summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--FILES.byname1690
-rw-r--r--FILES.byname.gzbin2512336 -> 2510866 bytes
-rw-r--r--FILES.last07days799
-rw-r--r--biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib33
-rw-r--r--biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdfbin3642831 -> 3642416 bytes
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/CTAN_NOTES.md4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/INSTALL_NOTES1
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/README.md8
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/RELEASE_NOTES.md111
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/ChangeLog5992
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/FILES918
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/INSTALL11
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/RELEASE_NOTES.md1
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/color.cfg5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/extract.lua171
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.bb5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.eps3956
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.bb5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.eps257
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.bb5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.eps381
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.xbb6
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-1.pdfbin147175 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-2.pdfbin89737 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/LICENSE34
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-free-documentation-license-1.2.txt397
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-public-license-2.txt339
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/latex-project-public-license-1.3c.txt416
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-code.txt2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-documentation.txt2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex)6
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex)6
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex)42
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex)5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex)8
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex)3
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex)3
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex)5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex)20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex)18
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-license.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-license.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex)3
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex)7
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex)24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex)23
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex)46
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex)14
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex)7
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-test.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual-test.tex)6
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.cfg (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/pgfmanual-luatex.cfg)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.pdfbin10185873 -> 10174139 bytes
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/pgfmanual.tex)6
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table204
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/Makefile30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/pgfmanual.tex16
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table204
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/pgfmanual-dvipdfm.cfg18
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/Makefile37
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual-test.tex22
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual.tex16
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table205
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table105
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table105
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/pgfmanual-dvipdfmx.cfg21
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/Makefile38
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual-test.tex23
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual.tex17
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table204
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/pgfmanual-dvips.cfg14
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/Makefile52
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/color.cfg1
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.html5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.tex27
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.html9
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.tex16
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table204
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/pgfmanual-dvisvgm.cfg351
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/Makefile35
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual.tex29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table205
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table105
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.table30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table105
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/Makefile35
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table204
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/pgfmanual-pdftex.cfg21
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/Makefile43
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/pgfmanual.tex16
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table204
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/pgfmanual-tex4ht.cfg130
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/Makefile29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/pgfmanual.tex16
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table204
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/pgfmanual-vtex.cfg16
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/Makefile30
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/pgfmanual.tex16
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table204
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.table29
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table104
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/pgfmanual-xetex.cfg17
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/BalloonLayout_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterHeuristic_script.h20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterPlacer_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/CirclePlacer_script.h56
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/CircularLayout_script.h47
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/CoffmanGrahamRanking_script.h34
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script.h20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/EdgeCoverMerger_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/ExampleLocalMakefileConfig.mk7
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/FMMMLayout_script.h44
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/FastHierarchyLayout_script.h48
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/FastMultipoleEmbedder_script.h51
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script.h41
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/GEMLayout_script.h101
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyCycleRemoval_script.h20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyInsertHeuristic_script.h20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/INSTALL28
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/IndependentSetMerger_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.c++215
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.h190
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.c1189
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.h613
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.c++105
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.h45
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/LocalBiconnectedMerger_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/LongestPathRanking_script.h50
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/MakefileConfig.mk45
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/MatchingMerger_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianHeuristic_script.h20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianPlacer_script.h26
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/MultilevelLayout_script.h33
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/OptimalRanking_script.h34
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/PlanarizationLayout_script.h43
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomMerger_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomPlacer_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SiftingHeuristic_script.h40
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoC.c42
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoCPlusPlus.c++47
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoOGDF.c++43
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarMerger_script.h36
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarPlacer_script.h26
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SplitHeuristic_script.h20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFRExact_script.h66
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFR_script.h45
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderKK_script.h39
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/SugiyamaLayout_script.h54
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/ZeroPlacer_script.h32
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/energybased_script.h31
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/layered_script.h46
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/misclayout_script.h13
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/module_script.h27
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/multilevelmixer_script.h33
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/ogdf_script.c++23
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/pgfmathtestsuite.tex1264
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/planarity_script.h11
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.code.tex41
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.sharedpreamble.tex20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.tex12
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltestmakefile.tex12
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/source/unittest_luamathparser.tex562
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgf.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgf.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbim.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbim.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbla.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbla.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbma.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbma.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpl.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbpl.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpt.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbpt.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsh.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbsh.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsn.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbsn.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfcor.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfcor.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/frontendlayer/t-tikz.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-tikz.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/math/t-pgfmat.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfmat.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/systemlayer/t-pgfsys.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfsys.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfcal.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfcal.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgffor.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgffor.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfkey.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfkey.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfmod.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfmod.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfrcs.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfrcs.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.code.tex)13
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorearrows.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreimage.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorelayers.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepoints.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorequick.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorerdf.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorescopes.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreshade.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex)33
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex)10
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzexternalshared.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzexternalshared.code.tex)15
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex)8
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex)6
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryer.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryer.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex)10
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex)366
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex)1
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex)24
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex)6
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex)8
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex)10
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.code.tex)65
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/LUA_CODING_STYLE (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/LUA_CODING_STYLE)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/experimental/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex)19
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex)20
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/lua/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex)8
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex)8
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex)18
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex)6
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual.lua18
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual/DocumentParser.lua613
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfint.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfint.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmath.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.code.tex)11
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathcalc.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathcalc.code.tex)5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfloat.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfloat.code.tex)11
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex)11
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathode.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathode.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathparser.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathparser.code.tex)16
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathutil.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathutil.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulebending.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulebending.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex)1
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex)12
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/pgf.revision.tex4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgf.cfg (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.cfg)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-pdf.def)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-postscript.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-postscript.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-svg.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-svg.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvi.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvi.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvips.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvips.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def)25
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-luatex.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-luatex.def)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-pdftex.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-pdftex.def)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-tex4ht.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-tex4ht.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-textures.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-textures.def)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-vtex.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-vtex.def)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-xetex.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-xetex.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.code.tex)12
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysanimations.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsysanimations.code.tex)17
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfcalendar.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.code.tex)10
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternal.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfexternal.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgffor.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.code.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeys.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.code.tex)118
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeyslibraryfiltered.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.code.tex)8
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common-lists.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-common-lists.tex)4
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-common.tex)3
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-context.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-context.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-latex.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-latex.def)5
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-plain.def (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-plain.def)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgf.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseimage.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaselayers.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasematrix.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasepatterns.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseplot.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseshapes.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasesnakes.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfcore.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.sty)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfarrows.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfarrows.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfautomata.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfautomata.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfheaps.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfheaps.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryarrows.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryautomata.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryautomata.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryshapes.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarysnakes.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysnakes.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfnodes.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfnodes.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfshade.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfshade.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex)21
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex)2
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/libraries/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/pgfpict2e.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfpict2e.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/tikz.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/math/pgfmath.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/systemlayer/pgfsys.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfcalendar.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgffor.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfkeys.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfpages.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfpages.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfparser.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfparser.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfrcs.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/tikzexternal.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzexternal.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/xxcolor.sty (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/xxcolor.sty)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.revision.tex15
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgf.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseimage.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaselayers.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasematrix.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasepatterns.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseplot.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseshapes.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasesnakes.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfcore.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/frontendlayer/tikz.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/math/pgfmath.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/systemlayer/pgfsys.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfcalendar.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgffor.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfkeys.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.tex)0
-rw-r--r--graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfrcs.tex (renamed from graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.tex)0
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog310
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile45
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS29
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws1
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi6
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk848
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html25693
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.info11836
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdfbin1358203 -> 1350270 bytes
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi739
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt15143
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml4992
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.dbk22168
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.html33805
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.info25051
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.pdfbin675395 -> 1421335 bytes
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.txt23874
-rw-r--r--info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.xml26257
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md11
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx93
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdfbin850065 -> 851744 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/zennote/README.txt25
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.pdfbin0 -> 72865 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.sty94
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.tex206
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/README3
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.pdfbin113378 -> 104899 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.tex1459
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes.sty113
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.dtx279
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.pdfbin1176569 -> 1203786 bytes
-rw-r--r--support/texfot/texfot.pdfbin32363 -> 32195 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xsupport/texfot/texfot.pl8
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl4
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb49
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md52
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha5122
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc14
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xzbin2447920 -> 2445016 bytes
-rw-r--r--timestamp2
959 files changed, 137623 insertions, 85747 deletions
diff --git a/FILES.byname b/FILES.byname
index 030dd04b7f..1fa7c465e6 100644
--- a/FILES.byname
+++ b/FILES.byname
@@ -2048,12 +2048,12 @@
2022/12/25 | 1673 | biblio/citation-style-language/README.md
2022/12/25 | 11958 | biblio/citation-style-language/vancouver.csl
2022/12/25 | 604004 | biblio/citation-style-language.zip
-2023/01/14 | 1678 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.bbx
+2023/01/15 | 1678 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.bbx
2022/10/08 | 127 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.cbx
-2023/01/14 | 2760087 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib
-2023/01/14 | 3641911 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 2760086 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib
+2023/01/15 | 3642831 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf
2022/10/08 | 1415 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/README
-2023/01/14 | 4035863 | biblio/ctan-bibdata.zip
+2023/01/15 | 4036368 | biblio/ctan-bibdata.zip
2022/02/06 | 3110 | biblio/pbibtex/pbibtex-base/cpp.awk
2022/02/06 | 1009 | biblio/pbibtex/pbibtex-base/generate.sh
2022/02/06 | 22422 | biblio/pbibtex/pbibtex-base/jabbrv.bst
@@ -5407,7 +5407,7 @@
1990/10/02 | 5440 | dviware/vutex/vaxvms.hlp
1990/10/02 | 812 | dviware/vutex/vaxvms.ins
1990/10/02 | 127576 | dviware/vutex/vutex.web
-2023/01/14 | 88113 | FILES.last07days
+2023/01/15 | 83208 | FILES.last07days
2021/07/24 | 1139410 | fonts/aboensis/Aboensis.glyphs
2021/07/24 | 18907382 | fonts/aboensis/aboensis.pdf
2021/07/24 | 137860 | fonts/aboensis/Aboensis-Regular.otf
@@ -157966,917 +157966,648 @@
2003/08/10 | 181328 | graphics/pdftricks/test.pdf
2003/08/10 | 19209 | graphics/pdftricks/test.tex
2008/11/24 | 242387 | graphics/pdftricks.zip
-2021/05/15 | 188335 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/ChangeLog
-2021/05/15 | 596 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/description.html
-2021/05/15 | 5364 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/extract.lua
-2021/05/15 | 57602 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/FILES
-2021/05/15 | 137 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.bb
-2021/05/15 | 50179 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.eps
-2021/05/15 | 57081 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.jpg
-2021/05/15 | 134 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.bb
-2021/05/15 | 63197 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.eps
-2021/05/15 | 78671 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.jpg
-2021/05/15 | 139 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.bb
-2021/05/15 | 274109 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.eps
-2021/05/15 | 60485 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.jpg
-2021/05/15 | 260 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.xbb
-2021/05/15 | 147175 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-1.pdf
-2021/05/15 | 89737 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-2.pdf
-2021/05/15 | 321 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/INSTALL
-2021/05/15 | 20415 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-free-documentation-license-1.2.txt
-2021/05/15 | 18032 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-public-license-2.txt
-2021/05/15 | 19110 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/latex-project-public-license-1.3c.txt
-2021/05/15 | 1142 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/LICENSE
-2021/05/15 | 88 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-code.txt
-2021/05/15 | 93 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-documentation.txt
-2021/05/15 | 10185873 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.pdf
-2021/05/15 | 76 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/RELEASE_NOTES.md
-2021/05/15 | 19154 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex
-2021/05/15 | 61664 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex
-2021/05/15 | 46825 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex
-2021/05/15 | 43551 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6189 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex
-2021/05/15 | 20474 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex
-2021/05/15 | 11960 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4919 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5515 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex
-2021/05/15 | 18393 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex
-2021/05/15 | 56043 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 32926 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10535 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex
-2021/05/15 | 23437 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex
-2021/05/15 | 23492 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6364 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex
-2021/05/15 | 41155 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 31708 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex
-2021/05/15 | 48509 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex
-2021/05/15 | 15479 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex
-2021/05/15 | 21452 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex
-2021/05/15 | 156060 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 713 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2616 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex
-2021/05/15 | 26872 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7692 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex
-2021/05/15 | 33851 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex
-2021/05/15 | 17294 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex
-2021/05/15 | 142672 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex
-2021/05/15 | 28872 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex
-2021/05/15 | 35298 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex
-2021/05/15 | 34987 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex
-2021/05/15 | 9631 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex
-2021/05/15 | 658 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex
-2021/05/15 | 11601 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex
-2021/05/15 | 813 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex
-2021/05/15 | 346 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1310 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex
-2021/05/15 | 950 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex
-2021/05/15 | 795 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4876 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex
-2021/05/15 | 14504 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2439 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex
-2021/05/15 | 968 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex
-2021/05/15 | 34338 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex
-2021/05/15 | 22072 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex
-2021/05/15 | 31876 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7390 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex
-2021/05/15 | 14536 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7412 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4051 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7256 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex
-2021/05/15 | 13039 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4294 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex
-2021/05/15 | 9829 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex
-2021/05/15 | 225 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex
-2021/05/15 | 38364 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex
-2021/05/15 | 19835 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex
-2021/05/15 | 93690 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex
-2021/05/15 | 89878 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex
-2021/05/15 | 11662 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4865 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex
-2021/05/15 | 49471 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1524 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6593 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5849 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7763 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex
-2021/05/15 | 27367 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex
-2021/05/15 | 16342 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex
-2021/05/15 | 17298 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10778 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex
-2021/05/15 | 21068 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex
-2021/05/15 | 20366 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex
-2021/05/15 | 14515 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex
-2021/05/15 | 16083 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex
-2021/05/15 | 23159 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3905 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10610 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex
-2021/05/15 | 45551 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7987 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10461 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex
-2021/05/15 | 98820 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 19702 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2161 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1251 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6616 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3968 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5251 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex
-2021/05/15 | 66153 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-license.tex
-2021/05/15 | 28643 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10074 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex
-2021/05/15 | 372 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10416 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex
-2021/05/15 | 8269 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4474 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex
-2021/05/15 | 31195 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex
-2021/05/15 | 43831 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex
-2021/05/15 | 13892 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex
-2021/05/15 | 28891 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex
-2021/05/15 | 27253 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex
-2021/05/15 | 21933 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex
-2021/05/15 | 16323 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex
-2021/05/15 | 21856 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex
-2021/05/15 | 69566 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex
-2021/05/15 | 62618 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex
-2021/05/15 | 57538 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2926 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex
-2021/05/15 | 9212 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3473 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex
-2021/05/15 | 54438 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex
-2021/05/15 | 115153 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex
-2021/05/15 | 106851 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex
-2021/05/15 | 52250 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex
-2021/05/15 | 23635 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex
-2021/05/15 | 11407 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex
-2021/05/15 | 143246 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex
-2021/05/15 | 32770 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex
-2021/05/15 | 57673 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex
-2021/05/15 | 23887 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex
-2021/05/15 | 30754 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex
-2021/05/15 | 24941 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 126272 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 19862 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex
-2021/05/15 | 37424 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex
-2021/05/15 | 32095 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex
-2021/05/15 | 46142 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex
-2021/05/15 | 28115 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex
-2021/05/15 | 61358 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex
-2021/05/15 | 43904 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 59122 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3648 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex
-2021/05/15 | 162 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3928 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 138 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 520 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 513 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 113 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 2044 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 701 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 449 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 170 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3928 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 151 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 144 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 520 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 513 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 113 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 2044 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 456 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/pgfmanual-dvipdfm.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 969 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 534 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
-2021/05/15 | 450 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 170 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3998 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 543 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 151 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 561 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
-2021/05/15 | 144 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 561 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1977 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 544 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 113 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 2070 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 533 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 491 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/pgfmanual-dvipdfmx.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 1172 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 532 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
-2021/05/15 | 448 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 170 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3928 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 151 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 144 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 520 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 513 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 113 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 2044 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 367 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/pgfmanual-dvips.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 35 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/color.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 1576 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 233 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.html
-2021/05/15 | 191 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.html
-2021/05/15 | 665 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
-2021/05/15 | 458 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 170 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3928 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 151 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 144 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 520 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 513 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 113 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 2044 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 11566 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/pgfmanual-dvisvgm.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 873 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 533 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
-2021/05/15 | 785 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 170 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3998 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 543 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 151 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 561 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
-2021/05/15 | 144 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 561 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1977 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 544 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 113 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 2070 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 533 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 496 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/pgfmanual-luatex.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 873 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 448 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 170 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3928 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 151 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 144 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 520 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 513 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 113 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 2044 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 490 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/pgfmanual-pdftex.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 771 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 440 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 162 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3928 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 138 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 520 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 513 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 3583 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/pgfmanual-tex4ht.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 668 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 447 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 162 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3928 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 138 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 520 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 513 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 417 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/pgfmanual-vtex.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 714 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/Makefile
-2021/05/15 | 448 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/pgfmanual.tex
-2021/05/15 | 170 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 3928 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 92 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 421 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-2021/05/15 | 151 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 144 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 520 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 90 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 87 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 513 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-2021/05/15 | 113 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 2044 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-2021/05/15 | 80 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-2021/05/15 | 507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-2021/05/15 | 455 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/pgfmanual-xetex.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 175 | graphics/pgf/base/INSTALL_NOTES
-2021/05/15 | 6661 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua
-2021/05/15 | 9893 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua
-2021/05/15 | 392 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4363 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua
-2021/05/15 | 620 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 378 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4156 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2668 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua
-2021/05/15 | 14014 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1679 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4285 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2757 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5364 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua
-2021/05/15 | 11083 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua
-2021/05/15 | 6529 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4099 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua
-2021/05/15 | 39378 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4477 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 389 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5400 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua
-2021/05/15 | 7167 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua
-2021/05/15 | 14802 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua
-2021/05/15 | 967 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua
-2021/05/15 | 8612 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua
-2021/05/15 | 9652 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2571 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua
-2021/05/15 | 6265 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5601 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3574 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1841 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4073 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4151 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 337 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua
-2021/05/15 | 909 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 974 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1398 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua
-2021/05/15 | 954 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua
-2021/05/15 | 973 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua
-2021/05/15 | 968 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua
-2021/05/15 | 962 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua
-2021/05/15 | 731 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua
-2021/05/15 | 948 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua
-2021/05/15 | 952 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1172 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua
-2021/05/15 | 730 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua
-2021/05/15 | 953 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2152 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1838 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2291 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua
-2021/05/15 | 729 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1238 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua
-2021/05/15 | 823 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2964 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2804 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 853 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua
-2021/05/15 | 734 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1997 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua
-2021/05/15 | 352 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua
-2021/05/15 | 722 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1151 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1068 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua
-2021/05/15 | 720 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3969 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1433 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2549 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 357 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 350 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua
-2021/05/15 | 342 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua
-2021/05/15 | 340 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua
-2021/05/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua
-2021/05/15 | 333 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua
-2021/05/15 | 357 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua
-2021/05/15 | 351 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2224 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 970 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1864 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua
-2021/05/15 | 802 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 392 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2351 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3706 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua
-2021/05/15 | 8444 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3216 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua
-2021/05/15 | 21326 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5287 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2861 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua
-2021/05/15 | 931 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 28852 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua
-2021/05/15 | 18669 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5222 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1468 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua
-2021/05/15 | 14370 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5149 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1563 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3081 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3534 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1963 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1135 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3937 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2968 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2463 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4611 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5693 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua
-2021/05/15 | 8196 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua
-2021/05/15 | 17151 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1105 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1741 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5082 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4076 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua
-2021/05/15 | 10197 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2541 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5227 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3057 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5401 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3294 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3056 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1715 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1508 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2488 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5297 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 386 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force.lua
-2021/05/15 | 7011 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua
-2021/05/15 | 22936 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1087 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua
-2021/05/15 | 19512 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua
-2021/05/15 | 13093 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua
-2021/05/15 | 630 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5258 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua
-2021/05/15 | 34020 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2472 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua
-2021/05/15 | 31025 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua
-2021/05/15 | 394 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3134 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua
-2021/05/15 | 8907 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3150 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1835 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1952 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3096 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1589 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4253 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua
-2021/05/15 | 402 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1309 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3869 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4513 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered.lua
-2021/05/15 | 22045 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3640 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1790 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3466 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1839 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua
-2021/05/15 | 982 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua
-2021/05/15 | 6774 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua
-2021/05/15 | 12227 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4404 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2282 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2790 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3493 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2540 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua
-2021/05/15 | 11127 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5573 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua
-2021/05/15 | 6223 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5984 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua
-2021/05/15 | 976 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3159 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2774 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1699 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd.lua
-2021/05/15 | 21005 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua
-2021/05/15 | 6254 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua
-2021/05/15 | 6550 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua
-2021/05/15 | 26467 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5923 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1030 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua
-2021/05/15 | 331 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 386 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model.lua
-2021/05/15 | 8605 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua
-2021/05/15 | 33646 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua
-2021/05/15 | 11312 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua
-2021/05/15 | 926 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3013 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua
-2021/05/15 | 442 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 376 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1868 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua
-2021/05/15 | 19618 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua
-2021/05/15 | 12261 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua
-2021/05/15 | 12413 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua
-2021/05/15 | 934 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua
-2021/05/15 | 24998 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2288 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua
-2021/05/15 | 8432 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua
-2021/05/15 | 22307 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua
-2021/05/15 | 19781 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua
-2021/05/15 | 72 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1778 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua
-2021/05/15 | 873 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua
-2021/05/15 | 73 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3034 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua
-2021/05/15 | 18773 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4326 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3107 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua
-2021/05/15 | 3183 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua
-2021/05/15 | 597 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 374 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2479 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua
-2021/05/15 | 4937 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua
-2021/05/15 | 7163 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua
-2021/05/15 | 11324 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua
-2021/05/15 | 946 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua
-2021/05/15 | 364 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees.lua
-2021/05/15 | 5214 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua
-2021/05/15 | 18668 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua
-2021/05/15 | 1910 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf.lua
-2021/05/15 | 14534 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua
-2021/05/15 | 16757 | graphics/pgf/base/lua/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua
-2021/05/15 | 2095 | graphics/pgf/base/README.md
-2021/05/15 | 831 | graphics/pgf/base/source/BalloonLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 577 | graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterHeuristic_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1077 | graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterPlacer_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1865 | graphics/pgf/base/source/CirclePlacer_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1651 | graphics/pgf/base/source/CircularLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1057 | graphics/pgf/base/source/CoffmanGrahamRanking_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 575 | graphics/pgf/base/source/DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1017 | graphics/pgf/base/source/EdgeCoverMerger_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 823 | graphics/pgf/base/source/energybased_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 154 | graphics/pgf/base/source/ExampleLocalMakefileConfig.mk
-2021/05/15 | 1740 | graphics/pgf/base/source/FastHierarchyLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 2238 | graphics/pgf/base/source/FastMultipoleEmbedder_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1303 | graphics/pgf/base/source/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1334 | graphics/pgf/base/source/FMMMLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 4445 | graphics/pgf/base/source/GEMLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 575 | graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyCycleRemoval_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 591 | graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyInsertHeuristic_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1104 | graphics/pgf/base/source/IndependentSetMerger_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1080 | graphics/pgf/base/source/INSTALL
-2021/05/15 | 29582 | graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.c
-2021/05/15 | 5204 | graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.c++
-2021/05/15 | 23778 | graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.h
-2021/05/15 | 4415 | graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.h
-2021/05/15 | 2505 | graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.c++
-2021/05/15 | 973 | graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.h
-2021/05/15 | 1337 | graphics/pgf/base/source/layered_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1101 | graphics/pgf/base/source/LocalBiconnectedMerger_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1701 | graphics/pgf/base/source/LongestPathRanking_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 747 | graphics/pgf/base/source/MakefileConfig.mk
-2021/05/15 | 1033 | graphics/pgf/base/source/MatchingMerger_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 549 | graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianHeuristic_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 663 | graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianPlacer_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 302 | graphics/pgf/base/source/misclayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 586 | graphics/pgf/base/source/module_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1000 | graphics/pgf/base/source/MultilevelLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1087 | graphics/pgf/base/source/multilevelmixer_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 553 | graphics/pgf/base/source/ogdf_script.c++
-2021/05/15 | 1022 | graphics/pgf/base/source/OptimalRanking_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 41150 | graphics/pgf/base/source/pgfmathtestsuite.tex
-2021/05/15 | 235 | graphics/pgf/base/source/planarity_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1308 | graphics/pgf/base/source/PlanarizationLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 981 | graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomMerger_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 989 | graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomPlacer_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1169 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SiftingHeuristic_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1572 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoC.c
-2021/05/15 | 1254 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoCPlusPlus.c++
-2021/05/15 | 1077 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoOGDF.c++
-2021/05/15 | 1222 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarMerger_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 655 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarPlacer_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 542 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SplitHeuristic_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 2556 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFRExact_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1608 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFR_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1280 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderKK_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1731 | graphics/pgf/base/source/SugiyamaLayout_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 1107 | graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 255 | graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltestmakefile.tex
-2021/05/15 | 541 | graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.sharedpreamble.tex
-2021/05/15 | 251 | graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.tex
-2021/05/15 | 16959 | graphics/pgf/base/source/unittest_luamathparser.tex
-2021/05/15 | 968 | graphics/pgf/base/source/ZeroPlacer_script.h
-2021/05/15 | 262 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt
-2021/05/15 | 782 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/LUA_CODING_STYLE
-2021/05/15 | 437 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfarrows.sty
-2021/05/15 | 7327 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfautomata.sty
-2021/05/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseimage.sty
-2021/05/15 | 429 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseimage.tex
-2021/05/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaselayers.sty
-2021/05/15 | 431 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaselayers.tex
-2021/05/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasematrix.sty
-2021/05/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasematrix.tex
-2021/05/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasepatterns.sty
-2021/05/15 | 435 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasepatterns.tex
-2021/05/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseplot.sty
-2021/05/15 | 467 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseplot.tex
-2021/05/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseshapes.sty
-2021/05/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseshapes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 398 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasesnakes.sty
-2021/05/15 | 485 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasesnakes.tex
-2021/05/15 | 24061 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 328 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.sty
-2021/05/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.tex
-2021/05/15 | 926 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.cfg
-2021/05/15 | 21013 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty
-2021/05/15 | 989 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty
-2021/05/15 | 43820 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 992 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 19324 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6038 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6944 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4883 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2544 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 44195 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 17311 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 21302 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 9690 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 33335 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2965 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorequick.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5196 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 20726 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 35249 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 410 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.sty
-2021/05/15 | 432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.tex
-2021/05/15 | 21989 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 8893 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1017 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfexternal.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1280 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex
-2021/05/15 | 23997 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 348 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.sty
-2021/05/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2220 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfheaps.sty
-2021/05/15 | 3063 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfint.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 37060 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 37431 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 274 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.sty
-2021/05/15 | 372 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.tex
-2021/05/15 | 31874 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 58801 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6846 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 403 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.sty
-2021/05/15 | 411 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryautomata.sty
-2021/05/15 | 14117 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4855 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6017 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7235 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 13375 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2739 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5220 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 8843 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7474 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 16467 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 12656 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2563 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 15631 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 85938 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 430 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 34957 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 366 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3397 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 368 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 493 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 44571 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 8251 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 22123 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7936 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 15474 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 32995 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 416 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty
-2021/05/15 | 14524 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 410 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty
-2021/05/15 | 20166 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 13134 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 91587 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 33336 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 517 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4878 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 22892 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3594 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 24617 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 85454 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 160993 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 46241 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 62281 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 405 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.sty
-2021/05/15 | 90515 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 499 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 404 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysnakes.sty
-2021/05/15 | 24742 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 415 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty
-2021/05/15 | 400 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty
-2021/05/15 | 6995 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2544 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 57255 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex
-2021/05/15 | 15497 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 50671 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 332 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.sty
-2021/05/15 | 13391 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathcalc.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 521 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 104935 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfloat.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10165 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 28178 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 9989 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3865 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3177 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 11024 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7854 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3379 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 92405 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6958 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathode.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 37376 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathparser.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 306 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.sty
-2021/05/15 | 432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.tex
-2021/05/15 | 8471 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathutil.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 39636 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10901 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulebending.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 95375 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 71722 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 21201 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 12243 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 27080 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 19581 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 16121 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 44784 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 10130 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1918 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 434 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfnodes.sty
-2021/05/15 | 36299 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfpages.sty
-2021/05/15 | 332 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfparser.sty
-2021/05/15 | 3727 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfpict2e.sty
-2021/05/15 | 4494 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 325 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.sty
-2021/05/15 | 462 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.tex
-2021/05/15 | 465 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.revision.tex
-2021/05/15 | 435 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfshade.sty
-2021/05/15 | 1090 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.sty
-2021/05/15 | 59652 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsysanimations.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 61163 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5546 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-pdf.def
-2021/05/15 | 6762 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def
-2021/05/15 | 22211 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-postscript.def
-2021/05/15 | 62448 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-svg.def
-2021/05/15 | 11349 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvi.def
-2021/05/15 | 2627 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def
-2021/05/15 | 18491 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def
-2021/05/15 | 23756 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvips.def
-2021/05/15 | 2413 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def
-2021/05/15 | 5510 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def
-2021/05/15 | 13244 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-luatex.def
-2021/05/15 | 12601 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-pdftex.def
-2021/05/15 | 1896 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7778 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 443 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.sty
-2021/05/15 | 523 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.tex
-2021/05/15 | 17612 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-tex4ht.def
-2021/05/15 | 2763 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-textures.def
-2021/05/15 | 2758 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-vtex.def
-2021/05/15 | 2926 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-xetex.def
-2021/05/15 | 503 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7251 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-common-lists.tex
-2021/05/15 | 29274 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-common.tex
-2021/05/15 | 11742 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-context.def
-2021/05/15 | 6825 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-latex.def
-2021/05/15 | 9975 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-plain.def
-2021/05/15 | 186007 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 68833 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzexternalshared.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5292 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzexternal.sty
-2021/05/15 | 3243 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3614 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 33432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3986 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 380 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4572 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 345 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 15929 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 12457 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 6810 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 8724 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4177 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 9614 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 590 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 946 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2108 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1571 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2919 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 997 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 93853 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 414 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 20502 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 632 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5493 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 317 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 788 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 321 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 315 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 29754 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1169 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryer.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4100 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1179 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3643 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 276 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 74959 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 283 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7275 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 532 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 86658 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2576 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 5286 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2866 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 25550 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4202 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 14804 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 770 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3036 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3544 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4375 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 331 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 325 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3937 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3931 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 7646 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 981 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 708 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2889 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 410 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1201 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 494 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1532 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1303 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 339 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 329 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 919 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2732 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 4058 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 911 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1040 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 11518 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 3360 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2184 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1718 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex
-2021/05/15 | 339 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.sty
-2021/05/15 | 448 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.tex
-2021/05/15 | 457 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbim.tex
-2021/05/15 | 349 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbla.tex
-2021/05/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbma.tex
-2021/05/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbpl.tex
-2021/05/15 | 351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbpt.tex
-2021/05/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbsh.tex
-2021/05/15 | 404 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbsn.tex
-2021/05/15 | 691 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfcal.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1286 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfcor.tex
-2021/05/15 | 666 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgffor.tex
-2021/05/15 | 633 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfkey.tex
-2021/05/15 | 724 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfmat.tex
-2021/05/15 | 1296 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfmod.tex
-2021/05/15 | 787 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfrcs.tex
-2021/05/15 | 796 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfsys.tex
-2021/05/15 | 543 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgf.tex
-2021/05/15 | 791 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-tikz.tex
-2021/05/15 | 2232 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/xxcolor.sty
-2021/05/15 | 12752809 | graphics/pgf/base.zip
+2023/01/15 | 210 | graphics/pgf/base/CTAN_NOTES.md
+2023/01/15 | 275 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/color.cfg
+2023/01/15 | 596 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/description.html
+2023/01/15 | 57081 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.jpg
+2023/01/15 | 78671 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.jpg
+2023/01/15 | 60485 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.jpg
+2023/01/15 | 496 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.cfg
+2023/01/15 | 19154 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex
+2023/01/15 | 61670 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 46822 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex
+2023/01/15 | 43551 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6189 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex
+2023/01/15 | 20474 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11960 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4919 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5515 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 18393 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex
+2023/01/15 | 56043 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 32926 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10535 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23437 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23492 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6364 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex
+2023/01/15 | 41155 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 31662 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex
+2023/01/15 | 48507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15479 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21452 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 156060 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 713 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2616 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex
+2023/01/15 | 26872 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7705 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex
+2023/01/15 | 33840 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex
+2023/01/15 | 17294 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex
+2023/01/15 | 142673 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28872 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 35298 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex
+2023/01/15 | 34987 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex
+2023/01/15 | 9631 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex
+2023/01/15 | 658 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11601 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex
+2023/01/15 | 813 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex
+2023/01/15 | 346 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1310 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex
+2023/01/15 | 950 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex
+2023/01/15 | 795 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4876 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14504 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2439 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex
+2023/01/15 | 968 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex
+2023/01/15 | 34339 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 22072 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex
+2023/01/15 | 31876 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7402 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14538 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7412 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4051 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7256 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex
+2023/01/15 | 13039 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4294 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex
+2023/01/15 | 9829 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex
+2023/01/15 | 225 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex
+2023/01/15 | 38364 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex
+2023/01/15 | 19835 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex
+2023/01/15 | 93688 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex
+2023/01/15 | 89958 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11662 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4865 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex
+2023/01/15 | 49458 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1524 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6593 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5849 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8410 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex
+2023/01/15 | 27368 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16342 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex
+2023/01/15 | 17298 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10778 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21068 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex
+2023/01/15 | 20366 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14514 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16083 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23159 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3905 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10610 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex
+2023/01/15 | 45564 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7987 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10461 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex
+2023/01/15 | 98822 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 19702 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2161 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1251 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6616 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3968 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5251 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex
+2023/01/15 | 66153 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-license.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28570 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10107 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex
+2023/01/15 | 372 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10416 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8269 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4474 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex
+2023/01/15 | 31195 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex
+2023/01/15 | 43828 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14267 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28891 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex
+2023/01/15 | 27253 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21933 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16323 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 22640 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex
+2023/01/15 | 69670 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex
+2023/01/15 | 62615 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 57537 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2926 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex
+2023/01/15 | 9212 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3473 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex
+2023/01/15 | 54438 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex
+2023/01/15 | 115167 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 106851 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex
+2023/01/15 | 52206 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23638 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11407 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex
+2023/01/15 | 143246 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex
+2023/01/15 | 32770 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex
+2023/01/15 | 57685 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23889 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex
+2023/01/15 | 30754 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex
+2023/01/15 | 24941 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 126270 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 19862 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 37424 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex
+2023/01/15 | 32095 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex
+2023/01/15 | 46142 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28115 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex
+2023/01/15 | 61358 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex
+2023/01/15 | 43904 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 59122 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3648 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10174139 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 541 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-test.tex
+2023/01/15 | 429 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2276 | graphics/pgf/base/README.md
+2023/01/15 | 4748 | graphics/pgf/base/RELEASE_NOTES.md
+2023/01/15 | 457 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbim.tex
+2023/01/15 | 349 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbla.tex
+2023/01/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbma.tex
+2023/01/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpl.tex
+2023/01/15 | 351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpt.tex
+2023/01/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsh.tex
+2023/01/15 | 404 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsn.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1286 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfcor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 543 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 791 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/frontendlayer/t-tikz.tex
+2023/01/15 | 724 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/math/t-pgfmat.tex
+2023/01/15 | 796 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/systemlayer/t-pgfsys.tex
+2023/01/15 | 691 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfcal.tex
+2023/01/15 | 666 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgffor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 633 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfkey.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1296 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfmod.tex
+2023/01/15 | 787 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfrcs.tex
+2023/01/15 | 43820 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1016 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 19324 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6038 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6911 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4883 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2544 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 44195 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 17311 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21302 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 9691 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 33335 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2965 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5196 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 20821 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 35249 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 22012 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8893 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8732 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4177 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 9614 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 590 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 946 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2108 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1571 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2919 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 997 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 93857 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 414 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 20502 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 632 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 86723 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2576 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 68925 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzexternalshared.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3243 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3644 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 33437 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3986 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 380 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4572 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 345 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15929 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 12457 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6816 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5628 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 317 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 788 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 321 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 315 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 29754 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1169 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryer.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1179 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3626 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 276 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 87147 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 283 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5286 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2866 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 25524 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4228 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14804 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 770 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3036 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3556 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4375 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 331 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 325 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3937 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3970 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7646 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 981 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 708 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2889 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 410 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1201 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 494 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1532 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1303 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 339 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 329 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 923 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2732 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4066 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 911 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1040 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11518 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3360 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2196 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1718 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 186782 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 782 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/LUA_CODING_STYLE
+2023/01/15 | 6661 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua
+2023/01/15 | 9893 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua
+2023/01/15 | 392 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4363 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 620 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 378 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4156 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2668 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua
+2023/01/15 | 14014 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1679 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4285 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2757 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5364 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11083 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6529 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4099 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua
+2023/01/15 | 39378 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4477 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 389 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5400 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua
+2023/01/15 | 7167 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua
+2023/01/15 | 14802 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua
+2023/01/15 | 967 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8612 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua
+2023/01/15 | 9652 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2571 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6265 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5601 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3574 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1841 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4073 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4151 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 337 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua
+2023/01/15 | 909 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 974 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1398 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 954 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 973 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 968 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 962 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 731 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 948 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 952 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1172 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 730 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 953 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2152 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1838 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2291 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua
+2023/01/15 | 729 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1238 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 823 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2964 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2804 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 853 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua
+2023/01/15 | 734 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1997 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 352 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua
+2023/01/15 | 722 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1151 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1068 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 720 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3969 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1433 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2549 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 357 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 350 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua
+2023/01/15 | 342 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua
+2023/01/15 | 340 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua
+2023/01/15 | 333 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua
+2023/01/15 | 357 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua
+2023/01/15 | 351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2224 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 970 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1864 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua
+2023/01/15 | 262 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt
+2023/01/15 | 802 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 392 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3706 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8444 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3216 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 21326 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5287 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2861 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua
+2023/01/15 | 931 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 28852 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua
+2023/01/15 | 18669 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5222 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1468 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua
+2023/01/15 | 14370 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5149 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1563 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3081 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3534 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1963 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1135 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3937 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2968 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2463 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4611 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5693 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8196 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua
+2023/01/15 | 17151 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1105 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1741 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5082 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4076 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua
+2023/01/15 | 10197 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2541 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5227 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3057 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5401 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3294 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3056 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1715 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1508 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2488 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5297 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 386 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force.lua
+2023/01/15 | 7011 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua
+2023/01/15 | 22936 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1087 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19512 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua
+2023/01/15 | 13093 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua
+2023/01/15 | 630 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5258 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua
+2023/01/15 | 34020 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2472 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua
+2023/01/15 | 31025 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua
+2023/01/15 | 394 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3134 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8907 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3150 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1835 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1952 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3096 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1589 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4253 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua
+2023/01/15 | 402 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1309 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3869 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4513 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered.lua
+2023/01/15 | 22045 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3640 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1790 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3466 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1839 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 982 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6774 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 12227 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4404 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2282 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2790 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3493 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2540 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11127 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5573 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6223 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5984 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua
+2023/01/15 | 976 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3159 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2774 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1699 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd.lua
+2023/01/15 | 21005 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6254 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6550 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua
+2023/01/15 | 26467 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5923 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1030 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua
+2023/01/15 | 331 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 386 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8605 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua
+2023/01/15 | 33646 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11312 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua
+2023/01/15 | 926 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3013 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua
+2023/01/15 | 442 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 376 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1868 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19618 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua
+2023/01/15 | 12261 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua
+2023/01/15 | 12413 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua
+2023/01/15 | 934 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua
+2023/01/15 | 24998 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2288 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua
+2023/01/15 | 22307 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19781 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua
+2023/01/15 | 72 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1778 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua
+2023/01/15 | 873 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua
+2023/01/15 | 73 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3034 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua
+2023/01/15 | 18773 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4326 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3107 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3183 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua
+2023/01/15 | 597 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 374 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2479 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4937 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua
+2023/01/15 | 7164 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11324 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 946 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 364 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5214 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua
+2023/01/15 | 18668 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1910 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf.lua
+2023/01/15 | 532 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/experimental/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 430 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 34957 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 366 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3397 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 368 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 493 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4855 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6017 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7235 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 13375 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2739 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5220 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8843 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7474 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16487 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 12656 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 22123 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14534 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua
+2023/01/15 | 16757 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua
+2023/01/15 | 31874 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 58801 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6846 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14117 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2563 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15631 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 85938 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 44571 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8255 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7936 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15474 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 32995 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14526 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 20166 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 13134 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 499 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 24742 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6995 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4878 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 22892 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3594 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 24788 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 85454 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 91587 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 33336 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 517 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 161011 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 46249 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 62281 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 90521 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15260 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual/DocumentParser.lua
+2023/01/15 | 335 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3063 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfint.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 13270 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathcalc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 949 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmath.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 104717 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfloat.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10165 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28178 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 9649 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3865 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3177 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11024 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7890 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3379 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 92405 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6958 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathode.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 37466 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathparser.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8471 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathutil.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 39645 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10901 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulebending.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 95452 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 71742 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21211 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 12243 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 27080 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 19581 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16121 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 44792 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10130 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1918 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 114 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/pgf.revision.tex
+2023/01/15 | 926 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgf.cfg
+2023/01/15 | 59945 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysanimations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 61351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5542 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf.def
+2023/01/15 | 6762 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def
+2023/01/15 | 22211 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-postscript.def
+2023/01/15 | 62448 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-svg.def
+2023/01/15 | 11349 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvi.def
+2023/01/15 | 2627 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def
+2023/01/15 | 18502 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def
+2023/01/15 | 23756 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvips.def
+2023/01/15 | 2308 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def
+2023/01/15 | 5510 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def
+2023/01/15 | 13255 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-luatex.def
+2023/01/15 | 12612 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-pdftex.def
+2023/01/15 | 1896 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7778 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 17612 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-tex4ht.def
+2023/01/15 | 2921 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-textures.def
+2023/01/15 | 2912 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-vtex.def
+2023/01/15 | 2926 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-xetex.def
+2023/01/15 | 24149 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfcalendar.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1017 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternal.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1280 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex
+2023/01/15 | 24033 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgffor.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 39784 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeys.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 37433 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeyslibraryfiltered.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4385 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7372 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common-lists.tex
+2023/01/15 | 29239 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11742 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-context.def
+2023/01/15 | 6950 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-latex.def
+2023/01/15 | 9975 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-plain.def
+2023/01/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.sty
+2023/01/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.sty
+2023/01/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.sty
+2023/01/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.sty
+2023/01/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.sty
+2023/01/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 398 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 373 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfcore.sty
+2023/01/15 | 1090 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgf.sty
+2023/01/15 | 437 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfarrows.sty
+2023/01/15 | 7327 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfautomata.sty
+2023/01/15 | 21013 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty
+2023/01/15 | 989 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty
+2023/01/15 | 2220 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfheaps.sty
+2023/01/15 | 403 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryarrows.sty
+2023/01/15 | 411 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryautomata.sty
+2023/01/15 | 416 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty
+2023/01/15 | 410 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty
+2023/01/15 | 405 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryshapes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 404 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarysnakes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 415 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty
+2023/01/15 | 400 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty
+2023/01/15 | 434 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfnodes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 435 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfshade.sty
+2023/01/15 | 2544 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 58130 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15499 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 50671 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 332 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.sty
+2023/01/15 | 4100 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/libraries/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3727 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/pgfpict2e.sty
+2023/01/15 | 339 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/tikz.sty
+2023/01/15 | 306 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/math/pgfmath.sty
+2023/01/15 | 443 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/systemlayer/pgfsys.sty
+2023/01/15 | 328 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfcalendar.sty
+2023/01/15 | 348 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgffor.sty
+2023/01/15 | 274 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfkeys.sty
+2023/01/15 | 36299 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfpages.sty
+2023/01/15 | 332 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfparser.sty
+2023/01/15 | 325 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfrcs.sty
+2023/01/15 | 5292 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/tikzexternal.sty
+2023/01/15 | 2232 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/xxcolor.sty
+2023/01/15 | 429 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.tex
+2023/01/15 | 431 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.tex
+2023/01/15 | 435 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.tex
+2023/01/15 | 467 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.tex
+2023/01/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 485 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfcore.tex
+2023/01/15 | 503 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 448 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/frontendlayer/tikz.tex
+2023/01/15 | 432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/math/pgfmath.tex
+2023/01/15 | 523 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/systemlayer/pgfsys.tex
+2023/01/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfcalendar.tex
+2023/01/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgffor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 372 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfkeys.tex
+2023/01/15 | 462 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfrcs.tex
+2023/01/15 | 12206009 | graphics/pgf/base.zip
2019/01/29 | 204715 | graphics/pgf/contrib/adigraph/adigraph_documentation.pdf
2019/01/29 | 26365 | graphics/pgf/contrib/adigraph/adigraph_documentation.tex
2018/12/01 | 158870 | graphics/pgf/contrib/adigraph/adigraph-large.png
@@ -190623,9 +190354,9 @@
1996/06/21 | 42303 | info/laan/pwt/pwt.txt
1996/06/27 | 2324 | info/laan/pwt/readme.fst
2006/06/04 | 115170 | info/laan/pwt.zip
-2022/01/18 | 2569 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws
-2022/01/26 | 244066 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
-2021/09/01 | 1886 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi
+2022/09/16 | 2577 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws
+2023/01/15 | 254593 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
+2022/08/12 | 1972 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi
2022/08/23 | 2175 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo-fr/aspell.fr.pws
2022/08/28 | 252261 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo-fr/ChangeLog
2022/08/12 | 1972 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo-fr/common.texi
@@ -190644,28 +190375,28 @@
2018/06/08 | 8851 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/graphics/asy/list.asy
2018/06/10 | 284 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/graphics/README
2021/07/23 | 769 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css
-2022/01/26 | 1069281 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
+2023/01/11 | 1076862 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
2018/06/08 | 71222 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e-figures/list.eps
2018/06/08 | 10128 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e-figures/list.pdf
2018/06/08 | 74651 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e-figures/list.png
2018/03/14 | 1326 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e-figures/list.txt
-2022/01/26 | 1649959 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
-2022/01/26 | 872936 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.info
-2022/01/26 | 1358203 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
-2022/01/26 | 728574 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
-2022/01/26 | 817399 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
-2022/01/26 | 1395640 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
+2023/01/11 | 1935479 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
+2023/01/11 | 906543 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.info
+2023/01/11 | 1350270 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
+2023/01/11 | 736333 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
+2023/01/11 | 850260 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
+2023/01/11 | 1407916 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
2016/11/21 | 11573 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ltx-help.el
-2021/11/13 | 6114 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
-2022/01/26 | 7352 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
+2023/01/15 | 6889 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
+2023/01/15 | 8046 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
2021/07/24 | 1368 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/README
-2018/03/29 | 370468 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.dbk
-2017/07/26 | 705595 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.html
-2018/03/29 | 328007 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.info
-2018/03/29 | 675395 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.pdf
-2018/03/29 | 296674 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.txt
-2022/01/26 | 505350 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.xml
-2022/01/26 | 3988691 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo.zip
+2023/01/15 | 1170115 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.dbk
+2023/01/15 | 2066609 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.html
+2023/01/15 | 1002844 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.info
+2023/01/15 | 1421335 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 940332 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.txt
+2023/01/15 | 1506131 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.xml
+2023/01/15 | 5771907 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo.zip
2019/01/19 | 8535 | info/latex4musicians/abctab.pdf
2019/01/19 | 15267 | info/latex4musicians/bravura.pdf
2019/01/19 | 9833 | info/latex4musicians/chordii.pdf
@@ -193382,7 +193113,7 @@
2019/12/25 | 20258750 | install/graphics/ketcindy.tds.zip
2021/04/17 | 1248635 | install/graphics/mahjong.tds.zip
2012/12/03 | 1483078 | install/graphics/mfpic.tds.zip
-2021/05/15 | 12827514 | install/graphics/pgf/base/pgf.tds.zip
+2023/01/15 | 12260744 | install/graphics/pgf/base/pgf.tds.zip
2013/02/23 | 92056 | install/graphics/pgf/contrib/battleship.tds.zip
2016/02/19 | 701759 | install/graphics/pgf/contrib/celtic.tds.zip
2022/12/10 | 3241670 | install/graphics/pgf/contrib/circuitikz.tds.zip
@@ -219794,10 +219525,10 @@
2021/11/07 | 368175 | macros/latex/contrib/etl/etl.pdf
2021/11/07 | 1380 | macros/latex/contrib/etl/README.md
2021/11/07 | 372730 | macros/latex/contrib/etl.zip
-2023/01/14 | 394094 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
-2023/01/14 | 850065 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
-2023/01/14 | 6739 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
-2023/01/14 | 919558 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc.zip
+2023/01/15 | 395922 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
+2023/01/15 | 851744 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 6968 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
+2023/01/15 | 922051 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc.zip
2020/10/05 | 2379 | macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.def
2020/10/05 | 227785 | macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.pdf
2020/10/05 | 46845 | macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.sty
@@ -241460,6 +241191,11 @@
1995/09/12 | 26545 | macros/latex/contrib/zed-csp/zed2e.tex
1995/09/12 | 31787 | macros/latex/contrib/zed-csp/zed-csp.sty
2005/08/06 | 248499 | macros/latex/contrib/zed-csp.zip
+2023/01/14 | 864 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote/README.txt
+2023/01/14 | 72865 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.pdf
+2023/01/14 | 2657 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.sty
+2023/01/14 | 5913 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.tex
+2023/01/15 | 59825 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote.zip
2020/04/09 | 1463 | macros/latex/contrib/zhlipsum/README.md
2020/04/09 | 51591 | macros/latex/contrib/zhlipsum/zhlipsum.dtx
2020/04/09 | 66910 | macros/latex/contrib/zhlipsum/zhlipsum-en.pdf
@@ -243477,11 +243213,11 @@
2020/08/13 | 2650 | macros/luatex/latex/luaprogtable/luaprogtable-utility.lua
2020/08/13 | 1127 | macros/luatex/latex/luaprogtable/README.md
2020/08/14 | 450022 | macros/luatex/latex/luaprogtable.zip
-2022/12/12 | 113378 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.pdf
-2022/12/12 | 41359 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.tex
-2022/12/12 | 13251 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes.sty
-2022/12/12 | 720 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/README
-2022/12/12 | 119678 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes.zip
+2023/01/15 | 104899 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 28838 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16135 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 777 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/README
+2023/01/15 | 111949 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes.zip
2018/12/15 | 65 | macros/luatex/latex/luarandom/Changes
2018/12/15 | 49787 | macros/luatex/latex/luarandom/doc/luarandom-doc.pdf
2018/12/15 | 2795 | macros/luatex/latex/luarandom/doc/luarandom-doc.tex
@@ -252568,12 +252304,12 @@
2020/09/29 | 211 | macros/unicodetex/latex/lilyglyphs/tex/README-tex
2020/09/29 | 49 | macros/unicodetex/latex/lilyglyphs/VERSION
2020/09/29 | 2283370 | macros/unicodetex/latex/lilyglyphs.zip
-2022/12/03 | 19105 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/LICENSE
-2022/12/03 | 300296 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.dtx
-2022/12/03 | 3094 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.ins
-2022/12/03 | 1176569 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.pdf
-2022/12/03 | 1077 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/README.md
-2022/12/03 | 1244739 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis.zip
+2023/01/15 | 19105 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/LICENSE
+2023/01/15 | 299254 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.dtx
+2023/01/15 | 3094 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.ins
+2023/01/15 | 1203786 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 1077 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/README.md
+2023/01/15 | 1271572 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis.zip
2021/08/05 | 269 | macros/unicodetex/latex/nwafuthesis/build.sh
2021/08/05 | 263 | macros/unicodetex/latex/nwafuthesis/build-win.bat
2021/08/05 | 218987 | macros/unicodetex/latex/nwafuthesis/logo/building.jpg
@@ -283699,9 +283435,9 @@
1994/03/14 | 129065 | support/texfilt/texfilt3.zip
1994/07/01 | 3776 | support/texfind
2017/08/08 | 739 | support/texfot/README
-2022/09/24 | 32363 | support/texfot/texfot.pdf
-2022/09/24 | 15696 | support/texfot/texfot.pl
-2022/09/24 | 35457 | support/texfot.zip
+2023/01/15 | 32195 | support/texfot/texfot.pdf
+2022/12/16 | 15703 | support/texfot/texfot.pl
+2023/01/15 | 35318 | support/texfot.zip
2005/07/14 | 14748 | support/texi2html/NEWS.1.76
2005/07/14 | 65 | support/texi2html/NEWS.1.76.sig
2005/07/14 | 20 | support/texi2html/texi2html-1.74-1.76.diff.gz
@@ -294264,9 +294000,9 @@
2020/05/08 | 443500 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/lengthconvert.doc.r55064.tar.xz
2020/05/08 | 2020 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/lengthconvert.r55064.tar.xz
2020/05/08 | 4160 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/lengthconvert.source.r55064.tar.xz
-2022/10/05 | 1241668 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.doc.r64618.tar.xz
-2022/10/05 | 49924 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.r64618.tar.xz
-2022/10/05 | 62932 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.source.r64618.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 1334476 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.doc.r65536.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 52960 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.r65536.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 67140 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.source.r65536.tar.xz
2019/12/05 | 290936 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letltxmacro.doc.r53022.tar.xz
2019/12/05 | 2092 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letltxmacro.r53022.tar.xz
2019/12/05 | 5912 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letltxmacro.source.r53022.tar.xz
@@ -297715,8 +297451,8 @@
2019/02/28 | 348 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pygmentex.x86_64-linuxmusl.r46840.tar.xz
2019/02/28 | 340 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pygmentex.x86_64-linux.r34996.tar.xz
2019/02/28 | 340 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pygmentex.x86_64-solaris.r34996.tar.xz
-2023/01/04 | 100388 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pyluatex.doc.r65454.tar.xz
-2023/01/04 | 5080 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pyluatex.r65454.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 101532 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pyluatex.doc.r65537.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 5348 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pyluatex.r65537.tar.xz
2021/08/05 | 864 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/python.doc.r60162.tar.xz
2019/02/28 | 1444 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pythonhighlight.doc.r43191.tar.xz
2019/02/28 | 2180 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pythonhighlight.r43191.tar.xz
@@ -299341,7 +299077,7 @@
2022/09/13 | 600 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.amd64-freebsd.r64356.tar.xz
2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.amd64-netbsd.r64356.tar.xz
2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.armhf-linux.r64356.tar.xz
-2023/01/14 | 424104 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r65531.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 424104 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r65535.tar.xz
2020/01/27 | 916 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.aarch64-linux.r53577.tar.xz
2020/01/27 | 924 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.amd64-freebsd.r53577.tar.xz
2020/01/27 | 916 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.amd64-netbsd.r53577.tar.xz
@@ -299365,7 +299101,7 @@
2022/09/13 | 592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-linux.r64356.tar.xz
2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-netbsd.r64356.tar.xz
2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-solaris.r64356.tar.xz
-2023/01/14 | 113676 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r65531.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 113660 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r65535.tar.xz
2022/09/13 | 580 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.universal-darwin.r64356.tar.xz
2022/11/29 | 36264 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.win32.r65128.tar.xz
2022/09/13 | 596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.x86_64-cygwin.r64356.tar.xz
@@ -301238,16 +300974,16 @@
2020/07/18 | 47816 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/zztex.doc.r55862.tar.xz
2020/07/18 | 101724 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/zztex.r55862.tar.xz
2022/07/17 | 124404 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl
-2023/01/14 | 5828591 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
-2023/01/14 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512
-2023/01/14 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc
+2023/01/15 | 5828952 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
+2023/01/15 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512
+2023/01/15 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc
2021/04/11 | 4945 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.bat
-2023/01/14 | 20437506 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe
-2023/01/14 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512
-2023/01/14 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc
-2023/01/14 | 25513434 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip
-2023/01/14 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512
-2023/01/14 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc
+2023/01/15 | 20435827 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe
+2023/01/15 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512
+2023/01/15 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc
+2023/01/15 | 25513412 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip
+2023/01/15 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512
+2023/01/15 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc
2022/04/03 | 1229 | systems/texlive/tlnet/README.md
2022/04/03 | 0 | systems/texlive/tlnet/TEXLIVE_2022
2022/02/28 | 7791 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/gpg/pubring.gpg
@@ -301257,7 +300993,7 @@
2022/02/28 | 1280 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/gpg/trustdb.gpg
2022/10/09 | 49938 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/config.guess
2010/11/11 | 11651 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/COPYING.MinGW-runtime.txt
-2023/01/13 | 7199 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
+2023/01/14 | 7164 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
2023/01/11 | 216583 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/curl/curl-ca-bundle.crt
2020/04/15 | 2606592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/curl/curl.exe
2017/04/16 | 2629 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/installer-options.txt
@@ -301300,12 +301036,12 @@
2021/05/16 | 20371 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLCrypto.pm
2021/12/21 | 5429 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLDownload.pm
2021/12/21 | 27582 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPaper.pm
-2023/01/14 | 18026403 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-2023/01/14 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
+2023/01/15 | 18026403 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+2023/01/15 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
2022/04/18 | 86658 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPDB.pm
-2023/01/14 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
-2023/01/14 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
-2023/01/14 | 2447920 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
+2023/01/15 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
+2023/01/15 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
+2023/01/15 | 2445016 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
2022/09/14 | 58922 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPOBJ.pm
2022/10/04 | 42404 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPSRC.pm
2021/12/21 | 16130 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLTREE.pm
@@ -311531,7 +311267,7 @@
2014/07/05 | 611 | systems/win32/yandy/README
2014/07/05 | 1004628 | systems/win32/yandy/yandy-src.tar.xz
2014/07/05 | 1012416 | systems/win32/yandy.zip
-2023/01/15 | 186 | timestamp
+2023/01/16 | 186 | timestamp
2002/08/26 | 61898 | usergrps/dante/antrag.pdf
2002/08/26 | 118217 | usergrps/dante/antrag.ps
2021/11/11 | 917 | usergrps/dante/dtk/doc/beispiel.bib
diff --git a/FILES.byname.gz b/FILES.byname.gz
index fc9eda49c5..533f279c55 100644
--- a/FILES.byname.gz
+++ b/FILES.byname.gz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/FILES.last07days b/FILES.last07days
index c60fcc492f..c3c726b694 100644
--- a/FILES.last07days
+++ b/FILES.last07days
@@ -1,68 +1,746 @@
+2023/01/15 | 997 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 9975 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-plain.def
+2023/01/15 | 989 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty
+2023/01/15 | 9893 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua
+2023/01/15 | 98822 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 982 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua
+2023/01/15 | 9829 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex
+2023/01/15 | 981 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 976 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua
+2023/01/15 | 974 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 973 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 970 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 9691 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 968 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 968 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex
+2023/01/15 | 967 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua
+2023/01/15 | 9652 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 9649 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 9631 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex
+2023/01/15 | 962 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 9614 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 954 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 95452 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 953 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 952 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 950 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex
+2023/01/15 | 949 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmath.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 948 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 946 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 946 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 940332 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.txt
+2023/01/15 | 93857 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 93688 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex
+2023/01/15 | 934 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 931 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 926 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgf.cfg
+2023/01/15 | 926 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 92405 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 923 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 922051 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc.zip
+2023/01/15 | 9212 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex
+2023/01/15 | 91587 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 911 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 909 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 90521 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 89958 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8907 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8893 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8843 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 873 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8732 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 87147 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 86723 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8612 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8605 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua
+2023/01/15 | 85938 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 85454 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 853 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua
+2023/01/15 | 851744 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 8471 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathutil.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8444 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8410 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8269 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8255 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 823 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 8196 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua
+2023/01/15 | 813 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex
+2023/01/15 | 8046 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
+2023/01/15 | 802 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 7987 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex
+2023/01/15 | 796 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/systemlayer/t-pgfsys.tex
+2023/01/15 | 795 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7936 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 791 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/frontendlayer/t-tikz.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7890 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 788 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 787 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfrcs.tex
+2023/01/15 | 78671 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.jpg
+2023/01/15 | 782 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/LUA_CODING_STYLE
+2023/01/15 | 777 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/README
+2023/01/15 | 7778 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 770 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7705 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7646 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7474 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7412 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7402 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex
+2023/01/15 | 73 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar.lua
+2023/01/15 | 7372 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common-lists.tex
+2023/01/15 | 734 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 7327 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfautomata.sty
+2023/01/15 | 731 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 730 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 72 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 729 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 7256 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex
+2023/01/15 | 724 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/math/t-pgfmat.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7235 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 722 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 720 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 71742 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7167 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua
+2023/01/15 | 7164 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua
+2023/01/15 | 713 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex
+2023/01/15 | 708 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 7011 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6995 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6968 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
+2023/01/15 | 69670 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6958 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathode.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6950 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-latex.def
+2023/01/15 | 691 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfcal.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6911 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 68925 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzexternalshared.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6889 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
+2023/01/15 | 6846 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6816 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6774 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6762 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def
+2023/01/15 | 67140 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.source.r65536.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 666 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgffor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6661 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6616 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex
+2023/01/15 | 66153 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-license.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6593 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex
+2023/01/15 | 658 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6550 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6529 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6364 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex
+2023/01/15 | 633 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfkey.tex
+2023/01/15 | 632 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 630 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6265 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua
+2023/01/15 | 62615 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6254 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua
+2023/01/15 | 62448 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-svg.def
+2023/01/15 | 62281 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6223 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua
+2023/01/15 | 620 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 6189 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex
+2023/01/15 | 61670 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 61358 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex
+2023/01/15 | 61351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 60485 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.jpg
+2023/01/15 | 6038 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 6017 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 59945 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysanimations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5984 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua
+2023/01/15 | 59825 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote.zip
+2023/01/15 | 597 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 596 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/description.html
+2023/01/15 | 5923 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua
+2023/01/15 | 59122 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
+2023/01/15 | 590 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 58801 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5849 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5828952 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
+2023/01/15 | 58130 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5771907 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo.zip
+2023/01/15 | 57685 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex
+2023/01/15 | 57537 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex
+2023/01/15 | 57081 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.jpg
+2023/01/15 | 5693 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5628 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 56043 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5601 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5573 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5542 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf.def
+2023/01/15 | 5515 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5510 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def
+2023/01/15 | 54438 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex
+2023/01/15 | 543 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 541 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-test.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5401 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5400 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5364 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5348 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pyluatex.r65537.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 532 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/experimental/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5297 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 52960 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.r65536.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 5292 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/tikzexternal.sty
+2023/01/15 | 5287 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5286 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5258 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5251 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex
+2023/01/15 | 523 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/systemlayer/pgfsys.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5227 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5222 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5220 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 52206 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5214 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5196 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 517 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 5149 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua
+2023/01/15 | 5082 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua
+2023/01/15 | 50671 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 503 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 499 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 496 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.cfg
+2023/01/15 | 494 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 49458 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex
+2023/01/15 | 493 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4937 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4919 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex
+2023/01/15 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
+2023/01/15 | 4883 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4878 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4876 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4865 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex
+2023/01/15 | 485 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4855 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 48507 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.tex
+2023/01/15 | 475 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4748 | graphics/pgf/base/RELEASE_NOTES.md
+2023/01/15 | 46822 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex
+2023/01/15 | 467 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.tex
+2023/01/15 | 462 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfrcs.tex
+2023/01/15 | 46249 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 46142 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4611 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua
+2023/01/15 | 457 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbim.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4572 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
+2023/01/15 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc
+2023/01/15 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc
+2023/01/15 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc
+2023/01/15 | 45564 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4513 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered.lua
+2023/01/15 | 448 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/frontendlayer/tikz.tex
+2023/01/15 | 44792 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4477 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4474 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex
+2023/01/15 | 44571 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 443 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/systemlayer/pgfsys.sty
+2023/01/15 | 442 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 44195 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4404 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua
+2023/01/15 | 43904 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4385 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 43828 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex
+2023/01/15 | 43820 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 437 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfarrows.sty
+2023/01/15 | 4375 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4363 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 435 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.tex
+2023/01/15 | 435 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfshade.sty
+2023/01/15 | 43551 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 434 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfnodes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/math/pgfmath.tex
+2023/01/15 | 432 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfcore.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4326 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 431 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 430 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 429 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.tex
+2023/01/15 | 429 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4294 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4285 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4253 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua
+2023/01/15 | 424104 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r65535.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 4228 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4177 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 416 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty
+2023/01/15 | 415 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty
+2023/01/15 | 4156 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4151 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 414 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 411 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryautomata.sty
+2023/01/15 | 41155 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 410 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty
+2023/01/15 | 410 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4100 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/libraries/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 4099 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4076 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4073 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 4066 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 405 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryshapes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 4051 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex
+2023/01/15 | 404 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarysnakes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 404 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsn.tex
+2023/01/15 | 403 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryarrows.sty
+2023/01/15 | 4036368 | biblio/ctan-bibdata.zip
+2023/01/15 | 402 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 400 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty
+2023/01/15 | 398 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 3986 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 39784 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeys.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3970 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3969 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3968 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex
+2023/01/15 | 39645 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 395922 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
+2023/01/15 | 394 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface.lua
+2023/01/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgffor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsh.tex
+2023/01/15 | 393 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbma.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3937 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3937 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 39378 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua
+2023/01/15 | 392 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples.lua
+2023/01/15 | 392 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3905 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex
+2023/01/15 | 389 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control.lua
+2023/01/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.sty
+2023/01/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua
+2023/01/15 | 388 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpl.tex
+2023/01/15 | 386 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model.lua
+2023/01/15 | 386 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3869 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3865 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfcalendar.tex
+2023/01/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.sty
+2023/01/15 | 384 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua
+2023/01/15 | 38364 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex
+2023/01/15 | 380 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 378 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular.lua
+2023/01/15 | 376 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua
+2023/01/15 | 374 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing.lua
+2023/01/15 | 37466 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathparser.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 37433 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeyslibraryfiltered.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 37424 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex
+2023/01/15 | 373 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfcore.sty
+2023/01/15 | 372 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfkeys.tex
+2023/01/15 | 372 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3727 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/pgfpict2e.sty
+2023/01/15 | 3706 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua
+2023/01/15 | 368 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 366 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 364 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3648 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3644 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3642831 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 3640 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 36299 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfpages.sty
+2023/01/15 | 3626 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3594 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 357 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua
+2023/01/15 | 357 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3574 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3556 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3534 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua
+2023/01/15 | 35318 | support/texfot.zip
+2023/01/15 | 352 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua
+2023/01/15 | 35298 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex
+2023/01/15 | 35249 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua
+2023/01/15 | 351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpt.tex
+2023/01/15 | 350 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua
+2023/01/15 | 349 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbla.tex
+2023/01/15 | 34987 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex
+2023/01/15 | 34957 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3493 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua
+2023/01/15 | 348 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgffor.sty
+2023/01/15 | 3473 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex
+2023/01/15 | 346 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3466 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 345 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.sty
+2023/01/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.sty
+2023/01/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.sty
+2023/01/15 | 344 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua
+2023/01/15 | 34339 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex
+2023/01/15 | 342 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua
+2023/01/15 | 340 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 34020 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua
+2023/01/15 | 339 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/tikz.sty
+2023/01/15 | 339 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3397 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 33840 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex
+2023/01/15 | 337 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3379 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 33646 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3360 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 335 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual.lua
+2023/01/15 | 33437 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 333 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua
+2023/01/15 | 33336 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 33335 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 332 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfparser.sty
+2023/01/15 | 332 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.sty
+2023/01/15 | 331 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 331 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 329 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 32995 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3294 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua
+2023/01/15 | 32926 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex
+2023/01/15 | 328 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfcalendar.sty
+2023/01/15 | 32770 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex
+2023/01/15 | 325 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfrcs.sty
+2023/01/15 | 325 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3243 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 321 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 32195 | support/texfot/texfot.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 3216 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 32095 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex
+2023/01/15 | 319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 31876 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex
+2023/01/15 | 31874 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3183 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua
+2023/01/15 | 317 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3177 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 31662 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex
+2023/01/15 | 315 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3159 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3150 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3134 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua
+2023/01/15 | 31195 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3107 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua
+2023/01/15 | 31025 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3096 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3094 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.ins
+2023/01/15 | 3081 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua
+2023/01/15 | 30754 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex
+2023/01/15 | 306 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/math/pgfmath.sty
+2023/01/15 | 3063 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfint.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3057 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3056 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3036 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 3034 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua
+2023/01/15 | 3013 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua
+2023/01/15 | 299254 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.dtx
+2023/01/15 | 29754 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2968 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2965 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2964 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2926 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-xetex.def
+2023/01/15 | 2926 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex
+2023/01/15 | 29239 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2921 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-textures.def
+2023/01/15 | 2919 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2912 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-vtex.def
+2023/01/15 | 2889 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28891 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28872 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28852 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua
+2023/01/15 | 28838 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2866 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2861 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua
+2023/01/15 | 28570 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex
+2023/01/15 | 283 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28178 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 28115 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2804 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2790 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2774 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua
+2023/01/15 | 276 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2760086 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib
+2023/01/15 | 275 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/color.cfg
+2023/01/15 | 2757 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua
+2023/01/15 | 274 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfkeys.sty
+2023/01/15 | 2739 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 27368 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2732 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 27253 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex
+2023/01/15 | 27080 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 26872 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2668 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua
+2023/01/15 | 26467 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 262 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt
+2023/01/15 | 2627 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def
+2023/01/15 | 2616 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2576 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2571 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2563 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 25524 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 25513412 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip
+2023/01/15 | 2549 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 254593 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
+2023/01/15 | 2544 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2544 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2541 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2540 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua
+2023/01/15 | 24998 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua
+2023/01/15 | 24941 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2488 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2479 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua
+2023/01/15 | 24788 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 24742 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2472 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2463 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2445016 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
+2023/01/15 | 2439 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex
+2023/01/15 | 24149 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfcalendar.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 24033 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgffor.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23889 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23756 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvips.def
+2023/01/15 | 23638 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2351 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua
+2023/01/15 | 23492 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23437 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex
+2023/01/15 | 23159 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2308 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def
+2023/01/15 | 22936 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2291 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua
+2023/01/15 | 22892 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2288 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2282 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2276 | graphics/pgf/base/README.md
+2023/01/15 | 22640 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex
+2023/01/15 | 225 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2232 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/xxcolor.sty
+2023/01/15 | 22307 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua
+2023/01/15 | 2224 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 22211 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-postscript.def
+2023/01/15 | 2220 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfheaps.sty
+2023/01/15 | 22123 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 22072 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex
+2023/01/15 | 22045 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua
+2023/01/15 | 22012 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2196 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21933 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2161 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2152 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua
+2023/01/15 | 21452 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21326 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua
+2023/01/15 | 21302 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21211 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 210 | graphics/pgf/base/CTAN_NOTES.md
+2023/01/15 | 2108 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21068 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex
+2023/01/15 | 21013 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty
+2023/01/15 | 21005 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 20821 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 2066609 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.html
+2023/01/15 | 20502 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 20474 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex
+2023/01/15 | 20435827 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe
+2023/01/15 | 20366 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex
+2023/01/15 | 20166 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1997 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19862 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 19835 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex
+2023/01/15 | 19781 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19702 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1963 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19618 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19581 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1952 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19512 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1944 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19324 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1918 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 19154 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1910 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf.lua
+2023/01/15 | 19105 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/LICENSE
+2023/01/15 | 1896 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 18773 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1868 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua
+2023/01/15 | 186782 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 18669 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 18668 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1864 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua
+2023/01/15 | 18502 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def
+2023/01/15 | 1841 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1839 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 18393 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1838 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1835 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua
+2023/01/15 | 18026403 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+2023/01/15 | 1790 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1778 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua
+2023/01/15 | 17612 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-tex4ht.def
+2023/01/15 | 1741 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua
+2023/01/15 | 17311 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 17298 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex
+2023/01/15 | 17294 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1718 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1715 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua
+2023/01/15 | 17151 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1699 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1679 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1678 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.bbx
+2023/01/15 | 16757 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua
+2023/01/15 | 16487 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16342 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16323 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16135 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes.sty
+2023/01/15 | 16121 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 161011 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 16083 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15929 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1589 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1571 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1563 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua
+2023/01/15 | 15631 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 156060 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15499 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15479 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex
+2023/01/15 | 15474 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512
+2023/01/15 | 1532 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512
+2023/01/15 | 15260 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual/DocumentParser.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1524 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1508 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1506131 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.xml
+2023/01/15 | 14804 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14802 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1468 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua
+2023/01/15 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512
+2023/01/15 | 14538 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14534 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua
+2023/01/15 | 14526 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14514 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14504 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex
+2023/01/15 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
+2023/01/15 | 14370 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1433 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua
+2023/01/15 | 143246 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14267 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex
+2023/01/15 | 142673 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1421335 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 14117 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 14014 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1398 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua
+2023/01/15 | 13375 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1334476 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/letgut.doc.r65536.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 13270 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathcalc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 13255 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-luatex.def
+2023/01/15 | 1319 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 13134 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1310 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1309 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua
+2023/01/15 | 13093 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1303 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 13039 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1296 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfmod.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1286 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfcor.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1280 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1271572 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis.zip
+2023/01/15 | 12656 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 126270 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex
+2023/01/15 | 12612 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-pdftex.def
+2023/01/15 | 1251 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex
+2023/01/15 | 12457 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 12413 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1238 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 12261 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua
+2023/01/15 | 12260744 | install/graphics/pgf/base/pgf.tds.zip
+2023/01/15 | 12243 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 12227 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua
+2023/01/15 | 12206009 | graphics/pgf/base.zip
+2023/01/15 | 1203786 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 1201 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11960 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1179 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11742 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-context.def
+2023/01/15 | 1172 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1170115 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.dbk
+2023/01/15 | 1169 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryer.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11662 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11601 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1151 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11518 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 115167 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex
+2023/01/15 | 114 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/pgf.revision.tex
+2023/01/15 | 11407 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex
+2023/01/15 | 113660 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r65535.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 1135 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11349 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvi.def
+2023/01/15 | 11324 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11312 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua
+2023/01/15 | 111949 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes.zip
+2023/01/15 | 11127 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11083 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1105 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua
+2023/01/15 | 11024 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1090 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgf.sty
+2023/01/15 | 10901 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulebending.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1087 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1077 | macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/README.md
+2023/01/15 | 10778 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1068 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua
+2023/01/15 | 106851 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10610 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10535 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex
+2023/01/15 | 104899 | macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 104717 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfloat.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10461 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10416 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1040 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1030 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua
+2023/01/15 | 10197 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua
+2023/01/15 | 1017 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternal.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10174139 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.pdf
+2023/01/15 | 1016 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10165 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 101532 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pyluatex.doc.r65537.tar.xz
+2023/01/15 | 10130 | graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex
+2023/01/15 | 10107 | graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex
+2023/01/15 | 1002844 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.info
2023/01/14 | 99781 | macros/generic/xstring/test_etex.pdf
2023/01/14 | 975334 | macros/generic/xstring.zip
-2023/01/14 | 919558 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc.zip
2023/01/14 | 91079 | macros/generic/xstring/xstring-en.tex
-2023/01/14 | 850065 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
+2023/01/14 | 864 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote/README.txt
2023/01/14 | 83049 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/pyluatex.pdf
2023/01/14 | 787519 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/letgut-code.pdf
2023/01/14 | 78706 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/letgut.tex
2023/01/14 | 7699 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/pyluatex.lua
+2023/01/14 | 72865 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.pdf
2023/01/14 | 717 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/readme-example.tex
-2023/01/14 | 6739 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
+2023/01/14 | 7164 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
2023/01/14 | 628 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/readme-custom-env.tex
-2023/01/14 | 5828591 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
+2023/01/14 | 5913 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.tex
2023/01/14 | 5086 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/pyluatex-interpreter.py
-2023/01/14 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
2023/01/14 | 484732 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/ufrgscca.doc.r65532.tar.xz
2023/01/14 | 48215 | macros/generic/xstring/xstring.tex
2023/01/14 | 461 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/README.md
-2023/01/14 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
-2023/01/14 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc
-2023/01/14 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc
-2023/01/14 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc
2023/01/14 | 435504 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/luakeys.doc.r65533.tar.xz
2023/01/14 | 4328 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/data-visualization.tex
-2023/01/14 | 424104 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r65531.tar.xz
2023/01/14 | 41390 | macros/generic/xstring/test_latex.tex
-2023/01/14 | 4035863 | biblio/ctan-bibdata.zip
2023/01/14 | 3956 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/localconf.tex
-2023/01/14 | 394094 | macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
2023/01/14 | 39167 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/population.csv
2023/01/14 | 391120 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/letgut.pdf
2023/01/14 | 3828 | macros/generic/xstring/README
2023/01/14 | 37798 | macros/generic/xstring/test_etex.tex
-2023/01/14 | 3641911 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf
2023/01/14 | 341138 | macros/generic/xstring/xstring-fr.pdf
2023/01/14 | 336458 | macros/generic/xstring/xstring-en.pdf
2023/01/14 | 3315 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/beamer.tex
2023/01/14 | 322224 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/source/letgut.org
2023/01/14 | 32188 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/ufrgscca.r65532.tar.xz
2023/01/14 | 3193 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/pyluatex.sty
-2023/01/14 | 2760087 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib
2023/01/14 | 274 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/letgut.bib
2023/01/14 | 2702 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/xindex-letgut.lua
+2023/01/14 | 2657 | macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.sty
2023/01/14 | 255 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/listings-conf.tex
-2023/01/14 | 25513434 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip
2023/01/14 | 25212 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/source/letgut-banner.org
-2023/01/14 | 2447920 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
2023/01/14 | 2400 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/typesetting-listings.tex
2023/01/14 | 2310 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/repl.tex
2023/01/14 | 2105 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/typesetting-minted.tex
-2023/01/14 | 20437506 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe
2023/01/14 | 19444 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/exemple-nouveautes.pdf
2023/01/14 | 1849 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/matplotlib-pgf.tex
-2023/01/14 | 18026403 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-2023/01/14 | 1678 | biblio/ctan-bibdata/biblatex-ctan/ctan.bbx
2023/01/14 | 154972 | macros/generic/xstring/test_latex.pdf
-2023/01/14 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512
2023/01/14 | 1535734 | install/macros/luatex/latex/letgut.tds.zip
2023/01/14 | 1534 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/README.md
-2023/01/14 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512
2023/01/14 | 152973 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/letgut-banner-code.pdf
2023/01/14 | 1527 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/matplotlib-external.tex
2023/01/14 | 1520 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/source/HOWTO.md
-2023/01/14 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512
-2023/01/14 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
2023/01/14 | 1429 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/sessions.tex
2023/01/14 | 14240 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/luakeys.r65533.tar.xz
2023/01/14 | 14045 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/pyluatex.tex
@@ -70,7 +748,6 @@
2023/01/14 | 123 | macros/generic/xstring/xstring.sty
2023/01/14 | 1221 | macros/luatex/latex/letgut/doc/latexmkrc
2023/01/14 | 117485 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex.zip
-2023/01/14 | 113676 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r65531.tar.xz
2023/01/14 | 1049 | macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex/example/typesetting-example.tex
2023/01/14 | 103753 | macros/generic/xstring/xstring-fr.tex
2023/01/13 | 9804 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/uptex-base.r65527.tar.xz
@@ -108,7 +785,6 @@
2023/01/13 | 73545 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/ntgclass__source.tar.lzma
2023/01/13 | 73330 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-graphite2-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2023/01/13 | 72830 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-ps2pk-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
-2023/01/13 | 7199 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
2023/01/13 | 7167 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/pst-flags__source.tar.lzma
2023/01/13 | 71261 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-tex4ht-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2023/01/13 | 702204 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-lcdf-typetools-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -314,16 +990,19 @@
2023/01/11 | 966 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/00readme_uptex.txt
2023/01/11 | 92038 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/adobe-gb-utf8.tex
2023/01/11 | 9132 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/bkmk-utf8.tex
+2023/01/11 | 906543 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.info
2023/01/11 | 883952 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/scrabble.doc.r65507.tar.xz
2023/01/11 | 8735 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/ukinsoku.tex
2023/01/11 | 87172 | macros/xetex/plain/unimath-plain-xetex.zip
2023/01/11 | 870 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/texxet-jis.tex
+2023/01/11 | 850260 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
2023/01/11 | 816187 | macros/latex/contrib/sagetex.zip
2023/01/11 | 813 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/console_io.tex
2023/01/11 | 7956 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/se2thesis.r65510.tar.xz
2023/01/11 | 744 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-latexrecommended.r65512.tar.xz
2023/01/11 | 74011 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/adobe-cns-utf8.tex
2023/01/11 | 73 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/euptex.ini
+2023/01/11 | 736333 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
2023/01/11 | 6784 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/aozora-ujreport-utf8.tex
2023/01/11 | 6782 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/aozora-ujbook-utf8.tex
2023/01/11 | 6748 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/aozora-ujarticle-utf8.tex
@@ -405,6 +1084,7 @@
2023/01/11 | 2024 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/yaku-jsc-utf8.tex
2023/01/11 | 197560 | macros/musixtex/tex/musixtex.tex
2023/01/11 | 1968 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/pdfcolfoot.r65512.tar.xz
+2023/01/11 | 1935479 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
2023/01/11 | 1900 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/jbib3-utf8.tex
2023/01/11 | 182560 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/maze.doc.r65508.tar.xz
2023/01/11 | 1810 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/uptex.tex
@@ -418,11 +1098,13 @@
2023/01/11 | 146972 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/luasseq.doc.r65511.tar.xz
2023/01/11 | 1438052 | macros/latex/contrib/diffcoeff.zip
2023/01/11 | 1419 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/check_enc.pl
+2023/01/11 | 1407916 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
2023/01/11 | 1382428 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/se2thesis.doc.r65510.tar.xz
2023/01/11 | 13795 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/punctuation.tex
2023/01/11 | 1376 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/maze.r65508.tar.xz
2023/01/11 | 136 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/jstr-uptex-incl.tex
2023/01/11 | 136 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/area-uptex-incl.tex
+2023/01/11 | 1350270 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
2023/01/11 | 134 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/jstr-utf8-incl.tex
2023/01/11 | 134 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/jstr-sjis-incl.tex
2023/01/11 | 134 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/area-utf8-incl.tex
@@ -438,6 +1120,7 @@
2023/01/11 | 11616 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/jis_uni_variation.tex
2023/01/11 | 11388 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/luasseq.source.r65511.tar.xz
2023/01/11 | 11271 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/misc-check-h-utf8.tex
+2023/01/11 | 1076862 | info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
2023/01/11 | 10491 | macros/jptex/generic/uptex-base/samples/misc-check-v-utf8.tex
2023/01/11 | 10276 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/luasseq.r65511.tar.xz
2023/01/10 | 9964 | dviware/dvisvgm/src/utility.cpp
@@ -1044,7 +1727,6 @@
2023/01/09 | 2788892 | graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-flags.zip
2023/01/09 | 2694 | graphics/mcf2graph/mcf_exa_soc.mp
2023/01/09 | 261821 | graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-flags/tex/pst-flags.sty
-2023/01/09 | 24367 | graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-mirror-lens/doc/tikz-mirror-lens.tex
2023/01/09 | 23220 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/scripture.source.r65493.tar.xz
2023/01/09 | 226604 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/mismath.doc.r65495.tar.xz
2023/01/09 | 2184 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/hopatch.r65491.tar.xz
@@ -1061,72 +1743,7 @@
2023/01/09 | 162 | macros/latex/contrib/langnames/ln_langs_wals_native.tex
2023/01/09 | 162 | macros/latex/contrib/langnames/ln_langs_glot_native.tex
2023/01/09 | 1493 | macros/latex/contrib/langnames/langnames.ins
-2023/01/09 | 1379636 | graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-mirror-lens/doc/tikz-mirror-lens-PT.pdf
-2023/01/09 | 1364264 | graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-mirror-lens/doc/tikz-mirror-lens.pdf
2023/01/09 | 1317364 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latexindent.doc.r65494.tar.xz
2023/01/09 | 1249155 | graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-flags/doc/pst-flags-doc.pdf
2023/01/09 | 10804 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/colorist.r65490.tar.xz
2023/01/09 | 106973 | graphics/mcf2graph/mcf_manual.tex
-2023/01/08 | 956076 | macros/latex/contrib/scripture/scripture.pdf
-2023/01/08 | 9440 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/piton.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 936265 | macros/latex/contrib/scripture.zip
-2023/01/08 | 9204 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/piton.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 91492 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/jwjournal__doc.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 90996 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/jwjournal.doc.r65480.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 7992852 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newcomputermodern.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 7515 | macros/latex/contrib/colorist/colorart.cls
-2023/01/08 | 7512 | macros/latex/contrib/colorist/colorbook.cls
-2023/01/08 | 72614 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latexindent.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 720044 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/functional.doc.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 672402 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/functional__doc.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 6475 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hopatch__source.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 623865 | install/macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist.tds.zip
-2023/01/08 | 621230 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist.zip
-2023/01/08 | 604616 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/doc/nicefilelist.pdf
-2023/01/08 | 531 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/doc/nicefilelist.RLS
-2023/01/08 | 514464 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/piton.doc.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 511516 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latexmk.doc.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 50 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/source/wrong.prv
-2023/01/08 | 503661 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/piton__doc.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 48779 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/functional__source.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 4864 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/ukbill.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 4782 | macros/latex/contrib/colorist/colorist.sty
-2023/01/08 | 39093 | macros/latex/contrib/colorist/colorist-fancy.sty
-2023/01/08 | 36278 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/piton__source.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 320226 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hopatch__doc.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 2877 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/simplebnf.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 2797 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/jwjournal.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 27092 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/piton.source.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 269380 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/luamodulartables.doc.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 2690 | graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-mirror-lens/doc/input_pacotes.tex
-2023/01/08 | 2656 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/simplebnf.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 2612 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/jwjournal.r65480.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 25439 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/tex/nicefilelist.sty
-2023/01/08 | 2510 | macros/latex/contrib/colorist/README.md
-2023/01/08 | 24908 | graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-mirror-lens/doc/tikz-mirror-lens-PT.tex
-2023/01/08 | 2420 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hopatch.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 2379 | graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-mirror-lens/README.md
-2023/01/08 | 2300 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/simplebnf__source.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 22367 | macros/latex/contrib/colorist.zip
-2023/01/08 | 2219 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/README
-2023/01/08 | 206 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/source/provonly.fd
-2023/01/08 | 2029 | macros/latex/contrib/scripture/README.md
-2023/01/08 | 192696 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/ukbill.doc.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 19106 | macros/latex/contrib/colorist/LICENSE
-2023/01/08 | 18497 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/source/nicefilelist.tex
-2023/01/08 | 18118456 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/newcomputermodern.doc.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 16539 | graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-mirror-lens/tex/tikz-mirror-lens.sty
-2023/01/08 | 159791 | macros/latex/contrib/scripture/scripture.dtx
-2023/01/08 | 154692 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/simplebnf.doc.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 153784 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/simplebnf__doc.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 1454 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/doc/SrcFILEs.txt
-2023/01/08 | 1364 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/luamodulartables.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 12 | macros/latex/contrib/colorist/DEPENDS.txt
-2023/01/08 | 1290 | macros/latex/contrib/scripture/scripture.ins
-2023/01/08 | 125536 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latexindent__source.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 1225 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/source/srcfiles.tex
-2023/01/08 | 1193936 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latexindent__doc.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 11060 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/functional.tar.lzma
-2023/01/08 | 10960 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/functional.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 108100 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latexmk.r65485.tar.xz
-2023/01/08 | 0 | macros/latex/contrib/nicefilelist/source/empty.f
diff --git a/biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib b/biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib
index 83772929d4..3c982ef969 100644
--- a/biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib
+++ b/biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.bib
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
%% bib file of all CTAN packages
%% (C) Herbert Voß
%%
-%% created at 15-01-2023, 02:01:19
+%% created at 16-01-2023, 02:01:22
%%
%% This file is provided under the terms of the LPPL v1.3 or
@@ -22862,8 +22862,8 @@
title = {The \texttt{etoc} package},
subtitle = {Completely customisable TOCs},
author = {Jean-François Burnol},
- date = {2023-01-14},
- version = {1.1a},
+ date = {2023-01-15},
+ version = {1.1b},
license = {lppl1.3c},
mirror = {https://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/etoc},
url = {https://ctan.org/pkg/etoc},
@@ -37264,7 +37264,7 @@
title = {The \texttt{latex2e-help-texinfo} package},
subtitle = {Unofficial reference manual covering \LaTeX{}2e},
author = {Karl Berry and Torsten Martinsen and George Greenwade and Stephen Gilmore and Jim Hefferon},
- date = {2022-01-26},
+ date = {2023-01-15},
version = {},
license = {other-free},
mirror = {https://mirror.ctan.org/info/latex2e-help-texinfo},
@@ -41159,8 +41159,8 @@
title = {The \texttt{luaquotes} package},
subtitle = {Smart setting of quotation marks},
author = {Elijah Z Granet},
- date = {2022-12-12},
- version = {1.2.2},
+ date = {2023-01-15},
+ version = {1.3.0},
license = {lppl1.3c,cc-by-sa-3},
mirror = {https://mirror.ctan.org/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes},
url = {https://ctan.org/pkg/luaquotes},
@@ -47834,7 +47834,7 @@
subtitle = {\LaTeX{} thesis template for Nanjing University},
author = {Yichen Zhao and Yu Xiong},
date = {2019-01-01},
- version = {1.1.1},
+ version = {1.1.2},
license = {lppl1.3c},
mirror = {https://mirror.ctan.org/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis},
url = {https://ctan.org/pkg/njuthesis},
@@ -51636,8 +51636,8 @@
title = {The \texttt{pgf} package},
subtitle = {Create PostScript and PDF graphics in \TeX{}},
author = {{The PGF/TikZ Team} and Till Tantau and Christian Feuersänger and Henri Menke},
- date = {2021-05-15},
- version = {3.1.9a},
+ date = {2023-01-15},
+ version = {3.1.10},
license = {lppl1.3c,gpl2,fdl},
mirror = {https://mirror.ctan.org/graphics/pgf/base},
url = {https://ctan.org/pkg/pgf},
@@ -66720,8 +66720,8 @@
title = {The \texttt{texfot} package},
subtitle = {Filter clutter from the output of a \TeX{} run},
author = {Karl Berry},
- date = {2022-09-24},
- version = {1.47},
+ date = {2023-01-15},
+ version = {1.48},
license = {pd},
mirror = {https://mirror.ctan.org/support/texfot},
url = {https://ctan.org/pkg/texfot},
@@ -77112,6 +77112,17 @@
url = {https://ctan.org/pkg/zefonts},
}
+@manual{ctan-zennote,
+ title = {The \texttt{zennote} package},
+ subtitle = {Streamline your note-taking process!},
+ author = {Yifan Liang},
+ date = {2023-01-15},
+ version = {1.0.0},
+ license = {cc-by-4},
+ mirror = {https://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/zennote},
+ url = {https://ctan.org/pkg/zennote},
+}
+
@manual{ctan-zero,
title = {The \texttt{zero} package},
subtitle = {Start list (etc.) numbering at zero},
diff --git a/biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf b/biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf
index 7f273c8245..f29bf6621b 100644
--- a/biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf
+++ b/biblio/ctan-bibdata/ctan.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/CTAN_NOTES.md b/graphics/pgf/base/CTAN_NOTES.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a5c78faba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/CTAN_NOTES.md
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+The release files are signed using a detached signature. You can obtain the
+signature from the GitHub release page
+
+ https://github.com/pgf-tikz/pgf/releases/download/3.1.10/pgf_3.1.10.ctan.flatdir.zip.sig
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/INSTALL_NOTES b/graphics/pgf/base/INSTALL_NOTES
deleted file mode 100644
index 2eaafdb647..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/INSTALL_NOTES
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-Please search for pgf.tds.zip and install that one into a local texmf branch (which is typically simpler). This release is intended to satisfy CTAN package browsing policies.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/README.md b/graphics/pgf/base/README.md
index 8be5668d45..cd2d795183 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/README.md
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/README.md
@@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ Please go to the official repository at https://github.com/pgf-tikz/pgf or the
official mailing list at https://tug.org/mailman/listinfo/pgf-tikz to submit
bug reports, request new features, etc.
+We also have a chat on the Matrix network at
+[#pgf-tikz:matrix.org](https://matrix.to/#/#pgf-tikz:matrix.org) ([read-only
+version](https://view.matrix.org/room/!NuxCISwYQJuyWwNsEI:matrix.org/)).
+
## Installation
In general you should just use the version of PGF that is shipped by
@@ -34,7 +38,7 @@ $ tlmgr install pgf --reinstall
## Development
-Currently PGF does not have a comprehensive test suite to check for
+Currently PGF only has a very rudimentary test suite to check for
regressions, so for now we check for bugs by building the manual for
each commit. To build the manual locally you can either copy the PGF
repository into your texmf tree (not recommended) or use the usertree
@@ -45,7 +49,7 @@ $ git clone https://github.com/pgf-tikz/pgf
$ tlmgr init-usertree --usertree pgf
$ export TEXMFHOME=$(readlink -f pgf)
$ cd pgf
-$ texlua build.lua manual luatex
+$ l3build doc -q -H
```
We recommend building at least the version for LuaTeX, as shown in the
example above because this has the broadest coverage of PGF features.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/RELEASE_NOTES.md b/graphics/pgf/base/RELEASE_NOTES.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..241ecfbad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/RELEASE_NOTES.md
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+## [3.1.10] - 2023-01-13 Henri Menke
+
+Even though this release is not too heavy on user-facing additions it has seen a
+lot of contributed changes. Thanks to everyone who volunteered their time!
+
+### BREAKING CHANGES
+
+- `\pgfversiondatetime` and `\pgfrevisiondatetime` have been removed.
+ `\pgfversiondate` and `\pgfrevisiondate` now use the format `YYYY-MM-DD`.
+ `\pgfrevision{,date}` and `\pgfversion{,date}` are synonyms for now, but the
+ revision should eventually gain back its original meaning. However, as of now
+ this is not supported by l3build.
+- Many operations in `pgfkeys` used to use `\csname` directly which lets the
+ given csname become `\relax` in case it wasn't defined. This resulted in some
+ leakage of accidentally `\relax`ed keys into the global scope. This has been
+ cleaned up a little. To preserve compatibility macros that used to expand to a
+ `\relax`ed csname now expand to a primitive `\relax`. This affects the
+ user-level commands `\pgfkeysgetvalue` and `\pgfkeysgetvalueof`. For the
+ former the change should not be visible except for the number of expansions
+ required. For `\pgfkeysgetvalueof`, however, the behavior is manifestly
+ different in that it will now expand to an alias for the primitive `\relax` in
+ case the value is undefined instead of a `\relax`ed csname. It has always been
+ semantically wrong to assign to the result of `\pgfkeysgetvalueof`, but now it
+ will have undesired side-effects. Therefore this change is breaking.
+- The `textures` and `vtex` drivers have been deprecated. Both engines are no
+ longer in active development and lack eTeX features which are required for
+ quite some time in PGF.
+- The file `pgfutil-common-lists.tex` is deprecated and therefore no longer
+ `\input` by `pgfutil-common.tex`. The macros from this file are specifically
+ meant for pgfplots and are not used in PGF at all.
+
+### Added
+
+- l3build support for packaging PGF/TikZ
+- Add Matrix chat to README
+- Add rhombic polihedra #1022
+- Add Developer Certificate of Origin (DCO) to Pull Request template and enforce
+- Add test set for `graphdrawing` (gd)
+- pgfkeys gained support for loading libraries
+- Add dependabot to keep GitHub Actions up to date
+
+### Fixed
+
+- Wrap logic gate symbol in `\pgfinterruptpicture` for shapes in library
+ `shapes.gates.logic.IEC`
+- Remove superfluous `;` for shape `arrow box`
+- Remove superfluous `/utils/exec` in animations
+- Gobble `\pgf@stop` when parsing finishes in animations
+- Add missing `\pgf@sys@tonumber` before `<dimen>` in drivers and animations
+- Rewrite `dash expand off`
+- Better unknown key error msg in decorations
+- Fix `\let` in drivers for two csnames #1088
+- Protect against comma in pgfkeys arguments #389
+- Let active `"` expand to non-active `"` in pgfmath #1062
+- Protect against comma in `/tikz/rotate fit` argument and make it
+ eagerly evaluated #1071
+- Set pics/code in angle #1068
+- Fix for externalization and horizontal mode
+- Avoid spurious tokens in `\pgfcalendarifdate` expansion
+- Remove angle restriction #1048
+- Fix compatibility of `external` lib with `fadings` lib
+- Only clearpage and flush `\pgfutil@everybye` if non-empty #724
+- Fix foreach documentation #1039
+- Fix pgfmathless documentation #1040
+- Blend mode as array is deprecated #1037
+- One-step expansion for `\pgfmathrandomitem` in pgfmath #1033
+- Check whether expanded is a primitive in all engines
+- Reinsert the last token when giving up on a path #1025
+- Make `/tikz/local bounding box` aware of `name prefix` and `name suffix`
+- Add empty Pattern dictionary to Resources dictionary
+- Spelling and typo fixes in the manual
+- Update Debian installation instructions
+- Suppress white space at line end when `datavisualization` reads from a file
+ #1112
+- Form-only patterns have no specified color #1122
+- Make `graphdrawing` work with `name prefix` and `name suffix` options #1087
+- pgfkeys was a bit too relaxed around `\relax` #1132
+- Remove spurious spaces for `3d view` #1151
+- Fix incorrectly placed matrix delimiters for implicitly positioned nodes #1102
+- Use `/.append` to fix a wrong usage of `/.add` in pgfmanual #1201
+
+### Changed
+
+- Cleanup `\newif`s
+- Remove unused scripts
+- Remove experiments/ folder
+- Simplify loading by delegating to top-level files
+- Promote `Missing character` to errors in building manual
+- Flatten the doc tree
+- Ensure `\tracinglostchars<3` in `\pgf@picture`
+- Use descriptive workflow job ids
+- Ensure `doc` v2 is loaded for pgfmanual
+- Ensure active `^^M` is non-expandable in `codeexample`
+
+### Contributors
+
+- 3geek14
+- BeneIII
+- graue70
+- Gábor Braun
+- Joel Coffman
+- Jonathan Spratte
+- Joseph Wright
+- Mario Frasca
+- Michael Kuron
+- Michal Hoftich
+- muzimuzhi
+- PhelypeOleinik
+- QJLc
+- Stefan Pinnow
+
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/ChangeLog b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 62f9b71680..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5992 +0,0 @@
-2021-05-15 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.9a
-
-2021-05-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #1012 from TorbjornT/incontrol_doc
-
-2021-05-08 Torbjørn T
-
- - Specify that relative coord is to end point
-
-2021-04-12 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #1005 from kechtel/patch-1
-
-2021-04-12 Christoph Kecht
-
- - Fix typo in guidelines on graphics
-
-2021-04-11 Henri Menke
-
- - CI: Expire the cache
-
-2021-04-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #1004 from michal-h21/patch-1
-
-2021-04-11 Michal Hoftich
-
- - Update pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def
-
-2021-04-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #1003 from tknuth/patch-1
-
-2021-04-03 Dr. Tobias Knuth
-
- - fixed typo
-
-2021-04-02 muzimuzhi
-
- - Merge pull request #977 from muzimuzhi/pgf-point-node-border
-
-2021-04-01 muzimuzhi
-
- - adjust comments
-
-2021-01-16 muzimuzhi
-
- - \pgfpointshapeborder: measure by distance < 0.02pt
-
-2021-01-14 muzimuzhi
-
- - \pgfpointshapeborder: more doc words
-
-2021-01-13 muzimuzhi
-
- - doc: use paired `` and ''
-
-2021-01-13 muzimuzhi
-
- - \pgfpointshapeborder: doc new behavior
-
-2021-01-13 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgf/shapes: add warning when \pgfpointshapeborder gives up
-
-2021-01-10 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgf/shapes: improve \pgfpointshapeborder, #908
-
-2021-03-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #1002 from muzimuzhi/edef-keys
-
-2021-03-24 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfkeys: enhance edef keys, #305
-
-2021-03-05 Henri Menke
-
- - fixup! build: copy the README into the TDS archive
-
-2021-03-02 Henri Menke
-
- - build: copy the README into the TDS archive
-
-2021-03-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.9
-
-2021-03-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #996 from muzimuzhi/dvips-blend-mode
-
-2021-02-28 muzimuzhi
-
- - dvips: fix displacement after blend group, #995
-
-2021-02-24 muzimuzhi
-
- - Revert "syntax is similar to METAPOST not METAFONT"
-
-2021-02-23 muzimuzhi
-
- - Merge pull request #994 from itmm/master
-
-2021-02-22 Timm Knape
-
- - syntax is similar to METAPOST not METAFONT
-
-2021-02-14 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #992 from joel-coffman/dev/fix-code-2-args-documentation
-
-2021-02-13 Joel Coffman
-
- - Correct documentation for .code 2 args second arg
-
-2021-01-22 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #987 from muzimuzhi/doc-typo
-
-2021-01-22 muzimuzhi
-
- - doc: fix typo #986
-
-2021-01-14 muzimuzhi
-
- - Merge pull request #981 from muzimuzhi/fix-tikz@handle
-
-2021-01-14 muzimuzhi
-
- - Apply suggestions from code review
-
-2021-01-13 muzimuzhi
-
- - tikz: fix uses of \pgfutil@switch
-
-2021-01-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #979 from muzimuzhi/doc-install-only
-
-2021-01-11 muzimuzhi
-
- - doc/fpu: fpu: mark /pgf/fpu/install only as not experimental
-
-2020-12-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix and document dim() #964
-
-2021-01-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #976 from muzimuzhi/tikz-math
-
-2021-01-05 muzimuzhi
-
- - tikz/math: gobble spaces between for list and loop body
-
-2021-01-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #970 from muzimuzhi/reset-tikz@expandcount
-
-2021-01-05 muzimuzhi
-
- - tikz: retry to handle \relax on path #966
-
-2021-01-04 Henri Menke
-
- - tikz/calendar: switch over \pgf@let@token in \tikz@lib@cal@handle
-
-2021-01-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #973 from schtandard/spurious_show
-
-2021-01-02 schtandard
-
- - Remove a spurious \show
-
-2021-01-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #972 from alisaaalehi/patch-1
-
-2021-01-02 Ali Salehi
-
- - doc: fix typo
-
-2021-01-01 Henri Menke
-
- - tikz: switch over \pgf@let@token in \tikz@handle
-
-2020-12-29 Henri Menke
-
- - tikz: improve \tikz@expandcount handling
-
-2020-12-29 muzimuzhi
-
- - tikz: reset \tikz@expandcount more frequent #969
-
-2020-12-27 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.8b
-
-2020-12-27 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "tikz: handle \relax and frozen \relax on path #966"
-
-2020-12-27 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.8a
-
-2020-12-25 Henri Menke
-
- - fixup! Preserve coordinate relativity across ..
-
-2020-12-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.8
-
-2020-12-03 Henri Menke
-
- - CI: Use GitHub Actions from pgf-tikz/actions
-
-2020-12-01 Henri Menke
-
- - Remove empty or outdated files
-
-2020-12-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Preserve coordinate relativity across ..
-
-2020-12-22 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #967 from muzimuzhi/handle-relax
-
-2020-12-22 Henri Menke
-
- - fixup! doc: Add note on expandsion of path operations #966
-
-2020-12-22 muzimuzhi
-
- - Remove spurious spaces, terminate \advance in time
-
-2020-12-22 muzimuzhi
-
- - tikz: handle \relax and frozen \relax on path #966
-
-2020-12-21 Henri Menke
-
- - doc: Add note on expandsion of path operations #966
-
-2020-12-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #961 from muzimuzhi/improve-doc
-
-2020-12-18 muzimuzhi
-
- - doc: relation of /.code & /.initial will remain
-
-2020-12-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Only force signed releases #962
-
-2020-12-18 muzimuzhi
-
- - doc: clarify /.code keys don't respect /.initial #654
-
-2020-12-18 muzimuzhi
-
- - Added doc for \pgfpointtransformed #844
-
-2020-12-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #959 from muzimuzhi/improve-doc
-
-2020-12-15 muzimuzhi
-
- - doc: clarify path or full key start with slash #904
-
-2020-12-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #956 from muzimuzhi/improve-doc
-
-2020-12-15 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfmathdeclarerandomlist: improve doc and code comment
-
-2020-12-14 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #955 from Ordoviz/master
-
-2020-12-14 Henri Menke
-
- - pgfmathrandominteger: reordering of arguments incomplete #954
-
-2020-12-12 Henri Menke
-
- - fpu: mark /pgf/fpu/install only as not experimental
-
-2020-11-30 Lennard Hofmann
-
- - Fix typos in manual
-
-2020-12-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'PimpLuaExamples' of https://github.com/Mo-Gul/pgf
-
-2020-12-11 Henri Menke
-
- - docs: set terminal table -> set table #952
-
-2020-06-21 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - correct codeexample preamble entries in Lua file
-
-2020-06-21 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - made some "normal" `codeexample`s compile again (when extracted)
-
-2020-06-21 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - just added end line commata at the end of values/styles
-
-2020-06-18 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - added hints which libraries need to be loaded as well to make the example in `pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex` work closes issue #755)
-
-2020-12-01 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.7a
-
-2020-11-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Assisted release script
-
-2020-11-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Attempt uploading to CTAN in CI
-
-2020-11-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Attempt signing builds in CI
-
-2020-11-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Protect possible parentheses in computing looseness #947
-
-2020-11-27 Henri Menke
-
- - Superficial fix for hook ordering problem
-
-2020-11-27 Henri Menke
-
- - Add pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
-
-2020-11-21 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.7
-
-2020-11-21 Henri Menke
-
- - CI: Create release from tag
-
-2020-11-21 Henri Menke
-
- - pgffor: new expand list option
-
-2020-11-06 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix spurious spaces #946
-
-2020-11-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #943 from agrahn/offpagefading
-
-2020-10-29 Alexander Grahn
-
- - hiding smask in the PS viewer
-
-2020-10-24 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #940 from Ordoviz/patch-1
-
-2020-10-24 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #941 from Skillmon/improve-parser-doc
-
-2020-10-23 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - macros are 'letters' for pgfparser as well
-
-2020-10-23 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - fix comment in example code
-
-2020-10-23 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - minor change to pgfparserletter
-
-2020-10-23 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - minor change to pgfparserdefunknown
-
-2020-10-23 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - minor change to pgfparserlet
-
-2020-10-23 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - more info for pgfparserdef
-
-2020-10-23 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - typos
-
-2020-10-19 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - more precise pgfparserreinsert description
-
-2020-10-23 Lennard Hofmann
-
- - [doc] Fix typo
-
-2020-10-12 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix trailing else problem in pgfkeys
-
-2020-10-12 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'pgfkeys-small-fixing' of https://github.com/muzimuzhi/pgf
-
-2020-10-12 Henri Menke
-
- - Always place shadings in TLT in LuaTeX #934
-
-2020-10-11 Andras Deak
-
- - DOC: typo fix in en-tikz-actions
-
-2020-10-11 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfkeys: fix spurious spaces in "/errors" keys
-
-2020-10-11 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfkeys: in "/.add code", ensure `/.@cmd` is long
-
-2020-10-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Random shifts to fix output routine shenenigans #928
-
-2020-10-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "pgfkeys: make `.initial` compatible with `.code`, fix #654"
-
-2020-10-03 muzimuzhi
-
- - doc: various minor fix
-
-2020-10-03 muzimuzhi
-
- - doc: minor fix, #930
-
-2020-10-01 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.6a
-
-2020-10-01 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Invert transform before assigning intersection #889"
-
-2020-10-01 Henri Menke
-
- - Omit missing library and fix spurious space
-
-2020-09-30 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix spurious spaces in pgfmathparse with fpu #508 #915
-
-2020-09-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Added sanity check for the catcode of '$' to avoid incompatibilities with onlyamsmath package"
-
-2020-09-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.6
-
-2020-09-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Activate CTAN zip action
-
-2020-09-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Adapt shipout to new hook management #900 #923
-
-2020-09-24 Alexander Grahn
-
- - improved functional shading (dvips); \pgfsys@definemask fixed
-
-2020-09-20 PhelypeOleinik
-
- - More missing args to \pgfmath@error
-
-2020-09-20 PhelypeOleinik
-
- - Add missing args to \pgfmath@error
-
-2020-09-20 PhelypeOleinik
-
- - Replace \pgfmath@PackageError by \pgfmath@error
-
-2020-09-20 PhelypeOleinik
-
- - Use \pgfmath@tonumber in pgfmath (fixes #924)
-
-2020-09-09 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'master' of https://github.com/erihe251/pgf
-
-2020-09-09 Erik
-
- - fixed typo notes -> nodes
-
-2020-09-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'pgfkeys-doc' of https://github.com/muzimuzhi/pgf into master
-
-2020-09-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Remove unused `.expand two once' #918
-
-2020-09-05 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] pgfkeys: update examples of ".search also"
-
-2020-09-05 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] pgfkeys: document \pgfkeyssetevalue
-
-2020-09-05 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] pgfkeys: unify order of ".code" and ".style"
-
-2020-09-04 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] pgfkeys: typo
-
-2020-07-07 Henri Menke
-
- - Invert transform before assigning intersection #889
-
-2020-09-03 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfsys-xetex: sync with upstream, #909
-
-2020-09-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Provide a convenient workaround for #508 (also #915)
-
-2020-08-30 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfkeys: avoid \pgfkeysalso used in ".search also"
-
-2020-08-31 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix CI badge; add PR template
-
-2020-08-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'ps3shading-fading-imgmask-dvips-3' of https://github.com/agrahn/pgf
-
-2020-08-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'fix-pgfkeys' of https://github.com/muzimuzhi/pgf
-
-2020-08-29 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfkeys: make `.initial` compatible with `.code`, fix #654
-
-2020-08-29 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfkeys: specially treat `.style n args={1}{...}`, fix #912
-
-2020-08-28 Alexander Grahn
-
- - fixing code lines with assignments, as requested in the review
-
-2020-08-27 Alexander Grahn
-
- - Merging upstream changes into ps3shading-fading-imgmask-dvips-3
-
-2020-07-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Switch to GitHub Actions
-
-2020-08-16 Alexander Grahn
-
- - optimizing sampling procedure (funct shadings, dvips)
-
-2020-08-13 Alexander Grahn
-
- - merging recent upstream changes
-
-2020-08-13 Alexander Grahn
-
- - addressing requested changes from review
-
-2020-08-12 Henri Menke
-
- - doc: correct some typos
-
-2020-08-02 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] pgffor: replace \diameter with \r
-
-2020-08-02 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] fix typo, s/to/two/ in "between to point"
-
-2020-08-07 Alexander Grahn
-
- - PS-3 functional shading for dvips
-
-2020-08-03 Alexander Grahn
-
- - PS-3 shadings, opacity masks (fadings) and image masks for dvips
-
-2020-08-02 Henri Menke
-
- - doc: remove reference to old "-to" arrow
-
-2020-07-22 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'context-module-wrap' of https://github.com/LeonardKoenig/pgf
-
-2020-07-20 Henri Menke
-
- - Update build instructions [ci skip]
-
-2020-07-17 Leonard König
-
- - context: Fix 'module wrapping error'
-
-2020-07-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'minor-change' of https://github.com/muzimuzhi/pgf
-
-2020-07-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix critical typo in documentation
-
-2020-07-08 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] enhanced consistency
-
-2020-07-08 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] fix wrong description for \pgfmathsubtract
-
-2020-07-08 muzimuzhi
-
- - fix typo in comment
-
-2020-06-18 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - Add library loading hints #755
-
-2020-06-16 thinbold
-
- - Fixed typo: of -> off
-
-2020-07-03 Erik
-
- - Fixed typo, if -> of
-
-2020-07-03 Alexander Grahn
-
- - gs-9.53 transparency; blend mode; transparency groups
-
-2020-06-30 Henri Menke
-
- - Install pgfmanual-en-macros.tex
-
-2020-06-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "- removed some trailing spaces and replaced TABs with spaces"
-
-2020-06-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'doc-fix-pdf-dest' of https://github.com/muzimuzhi/pgf
-
-2020-06-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix pt/bp confusion in dvipdfmx driver #888
-
-2020-06-28 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] rename counter, "dummy" -> "pgfmanualentry"
-
-2020-06-27 muzimuzhi
-
- - [script] use value of "maxruns" in not-converge message
-
-2020-06-27 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] move two key labels inside "key" env
-
-2020-06-27 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] fix typo
-
-2020-06-27 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] fix wrong pdf dest
-
-2020-06-25 muzimuzhi
-
- - [doc] external lib
-
-2020-06-17 Henri Menke
-
- - transform shape clashes with label position #843
-
-2020-06-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Add options to Lua examples #640 #839
-
-2020-06-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Resolve clash of object ids in SVG #876
-
-2020-06-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Decorations are implicitly sloped #748
-
-2020-06-16 Ilhan Polat
-
- - DOC:matrix:Use only default colorsin example
-
-2020-06-13 Ilhan Polat
-
- - DOC:matrix: Adjust the column color in example
-
-2020-06-16 Ilhan Polat
-
- - Fix merge conflicts
-
-2020-06-16 Henri Menke
-
- - Remove bbox library
-
-2020-06-15 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - followed @joulev's suggestion
-
-2020-06-13 Mo-Gul
-
- - Update doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex
-
-2020-06-13 Mo-Gul
-
- - Update doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex
-
-2020-06-12 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - added `codeexample` plus some text to the `decorations` library manual as suggested in pull request #872
-
-2020-06-12 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - removed braces as suggested in pull request #872
-
-2020-06-05 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - "improved" colors given in the `codeexample` of pull request #871
-
-2020-06-01 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - added reference from `matrix` library to "basic" matrix section
-
-2020-05-30 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - adapted formatting in `pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex` - changed order of mentioned libraries so they fit the order of references in the next sentence in `pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex`
-
-2020-06-01 Henri Menke
-
- - Little improvements for matrix/inner style
-
-2020-06-04 Ilhan Polat
-
- - Convert quotes to TeX quotes
-
-2020-06-04 Ilhan Polat
-
- - DOC:matrix: Add example for every row/col keys
-
-2020-05-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Configurable matrix inner styles #867
-
-2020-05-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Add key visualize as smooth cycle #823
-
-2020-05-28 Henri Menke
-
- - /.style -> /.code #808
-
-2020-05-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Documentation for /pgf/fpu/install only
-
-2020-05-26 Henri Menke
-
- - New key `/pgf/fpu/install only' #861
-
-2020-05-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'new-unit-px' of https://github.com/muzimuzhi/pgf
-
-2020-05-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Remove \pgfkeys@ifcsname #863
-
-2020-05-26 muzimuzhi
-
- - pgfmathparser.code.tex: add pdfTeX/LuaTeX unit px
-
-2020-05-25 Henri Menke
-
- - use fpu reciprocal is still under consideration
-
-2020-05-24 Arkonos
-
- - fixing typo in pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex
-
-2020-05-24 tallmarmot
-
- - Update bbox library #856
-
-2020-05-24 Henri Menke
-
- - Shift before rotate #859
-
-2020-05-24 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix undefined control sequence in \pgfutil@pushedmacro
-
-2020-05-23 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Execute size hook unconditionally #795"
-
-2020-05-22 muzimuzhi
-
- - Another improvement for #855
-
-2020-05-19 Mo-Gul
-
- - corrected typo in patch of issue #848
-
-2020-05-19 muzimuzhi
-
- - Improved fix for #855
-
-2020-05-18 Henri Menke
-
- - If prefixed name does not exist, look up global name #846
-
-2020-05-18 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix broken \foreach initializer #855
-
-2020-05-18 Henri Menke
-
- - Check if set is defined #853
-
-2020-05-18 Henri Menke
-
- - Forbid some more operations in patterns #852
-
-2020-04-30 Henri Menke
-
- - Trim surrounding whitespace from pattern name #851
-
-2020-04-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Use comma hack for pattern keys as well #851
-
-2020-04-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'master' of https://github.com/Mo-Gul/pgf
-
-2020-04-24 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - incorporated tallmarmots suggestion of issue #848
-
-2020-04-14 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix \pgfmathfloattoextentedprecision #845
-
-2020-03-29 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - (again) found double-space instances
-
-2020-03-23 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - minor issue additionally stated in issue #840
-
-2020-03-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix chiral anomaly #837
-
-2020-03-04 Henri Menke
-
- - dvisvgm4ht: ProvidesFileRCS and copyright
-
-2020-03-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge remote-tracking branch 'dvisvgm4ht/master'
-
-2020-03-02 thinbold
-
- - multiple is noun; multiply is verb
-
-2020-02-20 Henri Menke
-
- - New pgfparser utility package
-
-2020-02-20 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix typo in fadings driver for Lua/pdfTeX
-
-2020-02-06 Henri Menke
-
- - Don't swallow the delimiter #831
-
-2020-02-06 letzfets
-
- - Include dependencies in Makefile #829
-
-2020-01-30 Hironobu Yamashita
-
- - pgfmathparser.code.tex: add pdfTeX/LuaTeX/pTeX units
-
-2020-02-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Update manual issue template
-
-2020-01-16 Henri Menke
-
- - Address the CTAN issues #816
-
-2020-01-16 Henri Menke
-
- - Cherry-pick the useable stuff from #822
-
-2020-01-16 Henri Menke
-
- - Issue template: Reminder to use latest manual
-
-2020-01-07 Kamil Ziemian
-
- - `arrows` library replaced by `arrows.meta`
-
-2020-01-06 Henri Menke
-
- - Math parse looseness on to paths #813
-
-2019-12-21 Henri Menke
-
- - Update README and fix .travis.yml
-
-2019-12-21 Henri Menke
-
- - Error checking for postaction, correct xetex postaction
-
-2019-12-25 Kamil Ziemian
-
- - Mistake in code example
-
-2020-01-11 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - removed some more remaining instances of the `arrows` library (#819, #698) - minor change
-
-2019-05-04 Michal Hoftich
-
- - Pass emptry group as a \Picture argument
-
-2019-05-02 Michal Hoftich
-
- - Handle nesting
-
-2019-05-02 Michal Hoftich
-
- - Added comments
-
-2019-05-02 Michal Hoftich
-
- - Support display math inside picture
-
-2019-05-02 Michal Hoftich
-
- - check for the vmode
-
-2019-04-11 Michal Hoftich
-
- - Make the tex4ht patches active only at \begin{document}
-
-2019-04-10 Michal Hoftich
-
- - test for existence of tex4ht commands
-
-2019-04-03 Michal Hoftich
-
- - code cleanup
-
-2019-01-23 Michal Hoftich
-
- - Removed \Rcs command
-
-2018-06-26 Michal Hoftich
-
- - Initial commit
-
-2020-01-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.5b
-
-2020-01-08 Henri Menke
-
- - CI: Try to fix the usual oberdiek shenanigans
-
-2020-01-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Check \ifmeasuring@ #759"
-
-2019-12-21 Henri Menke
-
- Release 3.1.5a
-
-2019-12-21 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Forward scanned coordinate untouched #785" #809
-
-2019-12-19 Henri Menke
-
- Release 3.1.5
-
-2019-12-19 Henri Menke
-
- - [CI] bigintcalc, etexcmds, gettitlestring, hycolor, intcalc, kvdefinekeys, kvsetkeys, ltxcmds, refcount, uniquecounter
-
-2019-12-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Reseed the RNG before every use
-
-2019-12-16 Benjamin Desef
-
- - Remove redundant definition of `center` anchor
-
-2019-12-16 Benjamin Desef
-
- - Rewrite explanation for `\anchorborder`
-
-2019-12-16 Henri Menke
-
- - Document loading order for translator #804
-
-2019-12-15 Henri Menke
-
- - Hash doubling in pgfkeys edef only for numbers #305 #669
-
-2019-12-15 Henri Menke
-
- - Add conditional for externalize to manual
-
-2019-12-14 Henri Menke
-
- - Check \ifmeasuring@ #759
-
-2019-12-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Add comment about 8 character filename limit in old ConTeXt #769
-
-2019-12-13 Henri Menke
-
- - [CI] atbegshi, atveryend, bitset, pdfescape, rerunfilecheck
-
-2019-12-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Typos in the manual #805 #806
-
-2019-12-04 Henri Menke
-
- - New build system
-
-2019-12-05 Henri Menke
-
- - [CI] letltxmacro
-
-2019-12-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Document that matrix on path need ampersand replacement #801
-
-2019-12-05 Henri Menke
-
- - More nitpicking #803
-
-2019-12-05 fmitha
-
- - Minor typo fixes and word change suggestions.
-
-2019-12-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Missing letter in functional tokens #798
-
-2019-12-02 Henri Menke
-
- - [CI] stringenc
-
-2019-12-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Remove cleanuplink and friends #796
-
-2019-12-01 Henri Menke
-
- - [CI] kvoptions
-
-2019-12-01 Henri Menke
-
- - Execute size hook unconditionally #795
-
-2019-11-30 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - issue #775 - corrected some spellings - harmonized e.g. "$x$ direction" --> "$x$-direction" with the rest of the manual - adjusted "mystars" example so it fits to the "blue code box" - renamed `lines` to `mylines` in last `codeexample` to match the previous `mystars` example
-
-2019-11-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix sorting of intersections #480
-
-2019-11-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Update TeX Live CI
-
-2019-11-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Document shorten < and > #387
-
-2019-11-29 Henri Menke
-
- - pgfinterruptpath is not a scope #442
-
-2019-11-28 Henri Menke
-
- - \pgfkeys@temp is not safe to transport over other macros #428
-
-2019-11-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Draw to target instead of computed anchor #730
-
-2019-11-27 Henri Menke
-
- - Implement and document new patterns #775 #776
-
-2019-11-27 Henri Menke
-
- - \pgfmath@ensureregister produced missing characters #400
-
-2019-11-27 Henri Menke
-
- - Wrong numerical constant in ln #788
-
-2019-11-27 Henri Menke
-
- - AtBeginDocument for ConTeXt #790
-
-2019-11-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Some packages got moved out of oberdiek
-
-2019-11-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Protect parens and order of operations in turtle #789
-
-2019-11-24 Henri Menke
-
- - Missing name prefix in "<dir> of=" positioning #512
-
-2019-11-20 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix style key for datavisualization #726
-
-2019-11-18 Henri Menke
-
- - New pgfkeys handler .evaluated
-
-2019-11-18 Henri Menke
-
- - Forward scanned coordinate untouched #785
-
-2019-11-18 Henri Menke
-
- - Nitpick #784
-
-2019-11-16 JouleV
-
- - Fix spacing for keys in decorations manual
-
-2019-11-15 Matteo Gamboz
-
- - Correct typo in tutorial
-
-2019-11-14 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Add \rawx, \rawy, \rawz to let operation"
-
-2019-11-14 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Check for \pgfpointxyz before \rawx, \rawy, \rawz"
-
-2019-11-14 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Making the declared coordinate accessible"
-
-2019-11-13 samcarter
-
- - Improvements for markup in the manual
-
-2019-11-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Support for RGB for Plain TeX (docs)
-
-2019-11-12 Henri Menke
-
- - GitHub: Add mailing list link
-
-2019-11-12 Henri Menke
-
- - GitHub: Issue templates
-
-2019-11-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Add bbox library to manual (oops)
-
-2019-09-13 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - corrected spelling of `\todosp`
-
-2019-09-13 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - added some `\todosp` comments to `... Barb` arrows where no space between the two words is shown in the manual (v3.1.4b)
-
-2019-09-13 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - replaced all instances of `arrows.spaced` with `arrows.meta` - replaced most of the instances of `arrows` with `arrows.meta`
-
-2019-09-01 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - fixed some more wrongly spelled library names (related to issue #736) - marked more libraries in horizontal bars, i.e. `|...|`
-
-2019-11-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Change order of options in label and pin #643 #773 #774
-
-2019-11-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Support for RGB for Plain TeX
-
-2019-11-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Reset transformation in grow cyclic #770
-
-2019-11-06 Henri Menke
-
- - First version of the bbox library
-
-2019-11-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Correct example for every pic #519 #751
-
-2019-11-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Support styling of outer \pgfmatrix node #627
-
-2019-11-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Add some predefined patterns to patterns.meta
-
-2019-11-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Improve the 'lines' example for patterns.meta #602
-
-2019-11-05 Henri Menke
-
- - pgfmathfloat@parser@install in pgfmathfloatparse #727
-
-2019-11-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Reverse anchor of spy node #767
-
-2019-11-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Cannot use commas in pgfkeys #728
-
-2019-11-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Add generated gnuplot files #719
-
-2019-11-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix `name prefix' for pics
-
-2019-11-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Add quotes to error message #747
-
-2019-11-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Cheap trick to avoid leading space problem #753
-
-2019-11-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix pgfkeys pretty printer for single key-value pair #762
-
-2019-11-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'master' of https://github.com/lockywolf/pgf
-
-2019-11-03 Lockywolf
-
- - Update doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
-
-2019-11-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Install iftex in CI
-
-2019-11-03 Henri Menke
-
- - /tikz/radius dropped units #768
-
-2019-11-01 Lockywolf
-
- - Update pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
-
-2019-10-29 quark67
-
- - Fix of a typo
-
-2019-10-28 doraTeX
-
- - Support pattern objects with dvipdfmx
-
-2019-10-18 Henri Menke
-
- - Race condition in circle radius #756
-
-2019-10-20 Mo-Gul
-
- - Merge pull request #757 from Lipen/patch-1
-
-2019-10-19 Konstantin Chukharev
-
- - Fix typo 'arrow.meta' -> 'arrows.meta'
-
-2019-09-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Reset some text parameters inside a node #743
-
-2019-09-17 Henri Menke
-
- - principle -> principal
-
-2019-09-01 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - Fix misspelled library names
-
-2019-09-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Definition should be deferred to \pgfutil@guessdriver
-
-2019-09-11 Henri Menke
-
- - ConTeXt MKIV needs the LuaTeX driver #742
-
-2019-09-06 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge remote-tracking branch 'Mo-Gul/master'
-
-2019-08-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Reset \tikz@intersect@namedpaths at scope boundaries, fixes #284
-
-2019-08-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Make \node foreach work if loop variable is used for positioning, fixes #735
-
-2019-08-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Correct some typos, fixes #736
-
-2019-08-27 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - checked `pattern.meta` library stuff and fixed some minor issues
-
-2019-08-27 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - corrected a word in `pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex` - harmonized spelling of `i.e.` and `e.g.` - corrected line breaking in `pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex` where a |...| was split across lines
-
-2019-08-27 Mo-Gul
-
- - Merge pull request #733 from hmenke/PimpCodeexamples
-
-2019-08-27 Henri Menke
-
- - New .gitignore needs some special treatment
-
-2019-08-20 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - handled one more `codeexample` that was added after branching. (related issues #640, #711, #729)
-
-2019-08-05 Mo-Gul
-
- - - moved `colorlet` to the `codeexample` itself instead of to `pre` in `pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex`
-
-2019-07-28 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - included issue #720 ("sub-library" should load "main library" by default) - therefore added loading `graphs` library in `graphs.standard` library - adjusted `preamble` code in `codeexample`s accordingly - there exist `graphdrawing` `codeexample`s in the manual that don't need the `graphs` library --> adjusted `codeexample`s accordingly
-
-2019-07-27 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - fixed issue #718 ([manual] \usepgflibrary vs. \usetikzlibrary)
-
-2019-07-24 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - missed to commit/push the Lua documentation stuff - had a look at the `codeexample`s where a leading space was introduced (see https://github.com/pgf-tikz/pgf/pull/711#issuecomment-514506025). Some of them could be removed but others are introduced because of code added to the `pre` key where I don't have a clue if/how this can be avoided
-
-2019-07-23 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - continued(/finished) moving `setup code,hidden` to `preamble` of the `codeexample`s - minor stuff
-
-2019-07-20 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - corrected wrongly commented Lua comments in the Lua documentation files (of commit 900d47729d91dd9ba3eb59de56d5d9a4ba2eb155
-
-2019-07-20 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - moved `setup code` before `pre` in `extract.lua` - started moving `setup code,hidden` to `preamble` of the `codeexample`s
-
-2019-07-18 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - also need to Lua comment LaTeX comment in the Lua documentation files
-
-2019-07-18 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - commented some more `\begin{codeexample}[setup code,hidden]` (as @hmenke suggested in https://github.com/pgf-tikz/pgf/pull/711#discussion_r304140166)
-
-2019-07-18 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - implemented suggestions given in https://github.com/pgf-tikz/pgf/pull/711
-
-2019-07-18 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - removed commented/unnecessary stuff from `extract.lua` - minor stuff
-
-2019-07-14 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - accounted for some more `codeexample`s in `tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd`
-
-2019-07-13 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - adapted `extract.lua` after Henri changed it in Master to also account for the manual files at `/tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/` - accounted for some more `codeexample`s in `doc/generic/pgf/text-en/`
-
-2019-07-03 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - removed an unnecessary empty line
-
-2019-07-03 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - % TODOsp: ... --> % TODOsp: codeexamples: ... (so they can be found more easily)
-
-2019-07-03 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - continued adding code to make extracted `codeexample`s work
-
-2019-07-02 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - changed order of `setup code` and `preamble` in `extract.lua` - continued adding code to make extracted `codeexample`s work
-
-2019-07-02 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - continued adding code to make extracted `codeexample`s work
-
-2019-07-01 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - continued adding code to make extracted `codeexample`s work
-
-2019-06-27 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - finished switching from `libraries/tikz={...}` to `preamble={\usetikzlibrary{...}}` - continued with following files in the manual
-
-2019-06-26 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - adapted `extract.lua` - incorporated fixes from main PGF repository (provided by Henri) - changed `\documentclass` from `article` to `standalone` - reordered some stuff - started switching from `libraries/tikz={...}` to `preamble={\usetikzlibrary{...}}`
-
-2019-06-25 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - added `pre` stuff to codeexamples of the tutorial doc files so fewer files fail TeXing using the build bash script.
-
-2019-06-25 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - finished adding libraries to codeexamples of the tutorial doc files (so far not all needed styles and definitions were added using `pre` key)
-
-2019-06-24 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - commented line that adds all libraries to the extracted codeexamples in `extract.lua` - started adding libraries to the codeexamples
-
-2019-07-23 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - fixes #715
-
-2019-07-30 Henri Menke
-
- - .cvsignore -> .gitignore #721
-
-2019-07-28 Sašo Živanović
-
- - Fix a leaking space.
-
-2019-07-12 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix text color in nodes #361
-
-2019-07-19 Henri Menke
-
- - Halt on error
-
-2019-07-18 samcarter
-
- - On behalf of @marmot : Improving the calculation of bounding boxes for Bezier curves
-
-2019-08-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.4b
-
-2019-08-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Default implementation of \pgfsys@hboxsynced doesn't work for dvips #690"
-
-2019-07-16 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.4a
-
-2019-07-15 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Fix position tracking for XeTeX #353"
-
-2019-07-12 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.4
-
-2019-07-12 Henri Menke
-
- - after_script runs after deploy
-
-2019-07-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Add pgfmanual to release files
-
-2019-07-11 johannesborgstrom
-
- - Add URL of the pdf manual to the README.md file
-
-2019-07-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Goodbye SourceForge
-
-2019-07-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Clear trap before deploy
-
-2019-07-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Switch to a new branch for tlcontrib
-
-2019-07-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Stretchable dash patterns #629
-
-2019-07-09 Henri Menke
-
- - Try protected@edef in pgfmathparse
-
-2019-07-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Hardening patterns.meta a little
-
-2019-07-04 Henri Menke
-
- - \pgfmathrandominteger didn't handle expressions as input
-
-2019-07-04 Henri Menke
-
- - extract.lua: all extracted files are tex
-
-2019-07-04 Henri Menke
-
- - extract.lua: recurse into subdirectories, ignore remember picture
-
-2019-07-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Describe \pgfdeclarepattern and \tikzdeclarepattern
-
-2019-07-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Add patterns.meta to the manual
-
-2019-06-27 Henri Menke
-
- - /pgf/foreach/count is unscoped #702
-
-2019-04-22 Henri Menke
-
- - On the way to more configurable patterns
-
-2019-06-27 Henri Menke
-
- - Add mailing list to the README
-
-2019-06-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Missed stripping pt on dimensions #701
-
-2019-06-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Bend angle need not be integer #700
-
-2019-06-26 Henri Menke
-
- - No dedicated options for libraries (for now)
-
-2019-06-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Add option to hide code
-
-2019-06-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Stripping comments was too greedy
-
-2019-06-26 Henri Menke
-
- - Small fix to the grammar
-
-2019-06-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Typos in luamath
-
-2019-06-24 Henri Menke
-
- - Functionality to print libraries in code listings
-
-2019-06-23 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - fixed some typos
-
-2019-06-22 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - fixed regression (accidentally duplicated part of code)
-
-2019-06-21 Henri Menke
-
- - \pgf@nodecallback might be called twice #693
-
-2019-06-21 Henri Menke
-
- - Default implementation of \pgfsys@hboxsynced doesn't work for dvips #690
-
-2019-06-21 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix position tracking for XeTeX #353
-
-2019-06-06 Henri Menke
-
- - Wrong order in definition of \translate #689
-
-2019-06-05 Henri Menke
-
- - FILES is generated
-
-2019-06-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Change priority of Travis jobs
-
-2019-06-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Load imakeidx before hyperref
-
-2019-06-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Remove user config from deploy script
-
-2019-06-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Missing spaces in error messages #679"
-
-2019-05-31 cfeuersaenger
-
- - Restored lost functionality in intersections / fillbetween feature
-
-2019-05-30 Christian Feuersaenger
-
- - Revert 00f4e8d4154dcb3133ed4a106b6254b8faf874e2
-
-2019-05-30 Christian Feuersaenger
-
- - Fixed regression: the merge cc191ed4ae5bd11df9ce42595102caa4e1f141b4 accidentally deleted a feature
-
-2019-05-24 Henri Menke
-
- - Use imakeidx for automatic index creation
-
-2019-05-23 Henri Menke
-
- - Looks like I got tex4ht working
-
-2019-05-23 Henri Menke
-
- - Use T1 for DVI output for now, see also https://github.com/mgieseki/dvisvgm/issues/2
-
-2019-05-23 Henri Menke
-
- - luaotfload was missing this whole time
-
-2019-05-23 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge remote-tracking branch 'loopspace/master'
-
-2019-05-23 Henri Menke
-
- - Disable T1 encoding for LuaTeX
-
-2019-05-21 Andrew Stacey
-
- - Extended the higher-level save of the last moveto so that it also works with nodes.
-
-2019-05-21 Andrew Stacey
-
- - Added dimensions for saving the last moveto coordinates so that -- cycle works with nodes. The existing method uses the coordinates stored from the last soft path move to, but this has an extra transformation applied to it meaning that when it gets used in node placement the transformation is applied twice.
-
-2019-05-20 Henri Menke
-
- - Missing spaces in error messages #679
-
-2019-05-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Move tlcontrib to tlnet folder to make room for possible future MikTeX contrib
-
-2019-05-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Typo in alternate angles #676
-
-2019-05-15 Henri Menke
-
- - Missing xcolor definitions for Plain and ConTeXt #675
-
-2019-05-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Typo
-
-2019-05-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Some more fixes for the tex4ht manual
-
-2019-05-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge remote-tracking branch 'Mo-Gul/master'
-
-2019-05-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert all but the useful changes of 98829b450a96a6790570aba11949cd9834e49e2c
-
-2019-05-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Some more cleanup before deploy
-
-2019-05-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix .lastretry #672
-
-2019-05-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Deploy TDS and CTAN zip
-
-2019-05-13 Henri Menke
-
- - Get git tag in Makefile
-
-2019-05-09 Henri Menke
-
- - Release 3.1.3
-
-2019-05-09 Henri Menke
-
- - Further unbreaking of shadings #650
-
-2019-05-09 Henri Menke
-
- - \ifdim instead of \ifx #412
-
-2019-05-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Add push- and popmacro. Useful for smuggling. From ConTeXt
-
-2019-05-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #664 from dcpurton/shadings-colorspace
-
-2019-04-29 Henri Menke
-
- - Add navigation arrows to SVG manual
-
-2019-04-28 Henri Menke
-
- - Typos in pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex #667
-
-2019-04-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Simpler basename function for extract.lua #640
-
-2019-04-25 David Purton
-
- - Add copyright and attribution for CMYK and grayscale shadings
-
-2019-04-24 David Purton
-
- - Update documentation for color model independent shadings
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - CMYK and grayscale shadings library support
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - Functional shading color space conversion functions
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - Support for CMYK and grayscale shadings in set up code
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - Conversion from shade color to grayscale PostScript data support
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - Conversion from shade color to CMYK PostScript data support
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - Add grayscale shading postscript driver support
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - Add CMYK shading postscript driver support
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - Add grayscale shading parsing functions
-
-2019-04-21 David Purton
-
- - Add CMYK shading parsing functions
-
-2019-04-20 David Purton
-
- - Adapt shading drivers to allow for multiple color models
-
-2019-04-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Produce compilable examples from extract.lua #640
-
-2019-04-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Preliminary version of an extractor script for codeexamples #640
-
-2019-04-25 Henri Menke
-
- - Manual typos #665
-
-2019-04-23 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "No mode switch for typesetting pictures"
-
-2019-04-20 David Purton
-
- - Support shading color specifications in CMYK
-
-2019-04-20 David Purton
-
- - Set up RGB specific shading parsing
-
-2019-04-22 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix typos #662
-
-2019-04-22 Henri Menke
-
- - No mode switch for typesetting pictures
-
-2019-04-22 Henri Menke
-
- - Correct floored division (thanks @josephwright)
-
-2019-04-21 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #661 from dcpurton/mandelbrot-fix
-
-2019-04-20 David Purton
-
- - Fix Mandelbrot set shading definition #658
-
-2019-04-20 Henri Menke
-
- - Add Easter to PGF calendar #593
-
-2019-04-19 Henri Menke
-
- - Document save and use path #644
-
-2019-04-19 Henri Menke
-
- - Missing definitions in tex4ht driver #660
-
-2019-04-19 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix conflicting shading declarations for dvipdfm #659
-
-2019-04-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Add some circuit symbols #641
-
-2019-04-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Add tlpkg to Travis cache
-
-2019-04-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix shadings in dvisvgm
-
-2019-04-17 Henri Menke
-
- - % is not allowed in DVI #657
-
-2019-04-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix shading regression #656
-
-2019-04-17 Henri Menke
-
- - Don't switch mode in \pgfuseshading #655
-
-2019-04-12 Henri Menke
-
- - Use TL usertree in CI
-
-2019-04-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge pull request #647 from Skillmon/parserx
-
-2019-04-11 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - requested changes from review
-
-2019-04-11 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - Merge remote-tracking branch 'official/master' into parserx
-
-2019-04-11 Henri Menke
-
- - More checks, fewer rsyncs
-
-2019-04-11 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - fixed bug ignoring +
-
-2019-04-10 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - fixes #628; needs the new parser version
-
-2019-04-10 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - fixed a bug in pgfparserlet
-
-2019-04-10 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - removed parserx from FILES
-
-2019-04-10 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - parserx replaces parser
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Force push to SourceForge
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Add revision file to archive
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Override before_script for SourceForge mirror
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Update README [ci skip]
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Typo
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Missing packages
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Better commit message
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - Deploy tlcontrib
-
-2019-04-10 Henri Menke
-
- - PGF requires etex
-
-2019-04-09 Henri Menke
-
- - Looks like we have to rerun twice
-
-2019-04-09 Henri Menke
-
- - Rerun check for dvisvgm docs
-
-2019-04-09 Henri Menke
-
- - Deployment script for website
-
-2019-04-08 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - bugfix default space rule
-
-2019-04-08 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - added pgfparserxlet
-
-2019-04-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge branch 'fix-typos' of ssh://git.code.sf.net/u/frougon/pgf
-
-2019-04-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Shading assignment has to global #650
-
-2019-04-07 Henri Menke
-
- - Correct initial value for minimum width and height #649
-
-2019-04-06 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - use pgfutil@namedef
-
-2019-04-06 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - no etex, no folds
-
-2019-04-06 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - Merge remote-tracking branch 'official/master' into parserx
-
-2019-04-06 Henri Menke
-
- - Merge remote-tracking branch 'kpym/master'
-
-2019-04-06 Henri Menke
-
- - Optional e-TeX protection
-
-2019-04-05 Jonathan Spratte
-
- - finished parserx documentation and module
-
-2019-04-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix Travis conditional
-
-2019-04-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Only sync when on upstream
-
-2019-04-05 Henri Menke
-
- - \noexpand instead of \ignorespaces
-
-2019-04-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Automatically mirror changes to SourceForge
-
-2019-04-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Allow optional comma in let assignment list #606 (oberdiek)
-
-2019-04-04 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Release 3.1.2!
-
-2019-04-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Update README
-
-2019-04-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix #523 (jkinable)
-
-2019-04-03 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix #522 (kpymtzanev)
-
-2019-04-02 Henri Menke
-
- - Welcome to GitHub :octocat:
-
-2019-03-13 Max Snippe
-
- - Renaming perspective library macros
-
-2019-03-13 Max Snippe
-
- - Fixed typo and missing backslash
-
-2019-03-11 Henri Menke
-
- - Correct copyright statement
-
-2019-03-08 Max Snippe
-
- - Added perspective library
-
-2019-03-06 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix TeX conditionals on \pgfmathdeclarefunction (Eric Domenjoud) Feature Request #121
-
-2019-02-28 Henri Menke
-
- - More accurate \pgfpointnormalised #518 #519 Feature #96
-
-2019-02-22 Henri Menke
-
- - tikzmath needs to know about fpu
-
-2019-02-20 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix shading angle #516 (Eric Domenjoud)
-
-2019-02-14 Henri Menke
-
- - Fix trivial typo #514
-
-2019-02-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Missed ligature suppression for dvisvgm #473
-
-2019-02-08 Henri Menke
-
- - Now I hopefully got all of the ligatures #473
-
-2019-02-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Some fixes for the shading patch #511 (Eric Domenjoud)
-
-2019-02-05 Henri Menke
-
- - \long\def
-
-2019-02-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Fake \scantokens has to at least strip braces
-
-2019-02-05 Henri Menke
-
- - Only use \scantokens if available #508
-
-2019-02-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Revert "Patch for shadings #511 (Eric Domenjoud)""
-
-2019-02-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Revert "Patch for shadings #511 (Eric Domenjoud)"
-
-2019-02-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Making the declared coordinate accessible
-
-2019-02-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Globally remember declare coordinate of a node
-
-2019-02-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Check for \pgfpointxyz before \rawx, \rawy, \rawz
-
-2019-02-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Add \rawx, \rawy, \rawz to let operation
-
-2019-02-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Disable strict nesting for now
-
-2019-02-04 Henri Menke
-
- - Patch for shadings #511 (Eric Domenjoud)
-
-2019-02-03 Stefan Pinnow
-
- - - minor stuff
-
-2019-02-02 Christian Feuersaenger
-
- - Merge branch 'master' of ssh://git.code.sf.net/p/pgf/git
-
-2019-02-02 Christian Feuersaenger
-
- - Merge branch 'branch_3.1_hotfix'
-
-2019-02-02 Christian Feuersaenger
-
- - updated release file
-
-2019-02-02 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Release 3.1.1!
-
-2019-02-01 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug #503: regression prevented the use of dvips. This reverts the
- bugfix for bug #362
-
-2019-01-05 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Release 3.1!
-
-2018-12-28 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - \pgfmathprintnumber: implemented 'retain unit mantissa=true|false' (feature #92)
-
-2018-12-30 Henri Menke
-
- - fixed wrong projection of `canvas is xy plane at z` in `3d` library (bug #410)
- - added documentation of `3d` library to the manual (support request #11)
- - defined CMYK colors for ConTeXt (feature request #33)
- - `text along path` decoration repeated last char multiple times when
- this was in math mode (bug #479)
-
-2018-12-29 Henri Menke
-
- - fixed accidental usage of `\rm` (bug #476)
-
-2018-12-28 Henri Menke
-
- - fixed newlines for tex4ht (bug #327)
- - fixed bug that `fit` didn't work with `transform shape` (bug #330)
- - fill color in nodes now respects colormodel (bug #349)
- - fixed broken VTeX support (bug #350)
- - `text=<color>` now works fine when in the nodes' text `\textcolor` is used (bug #362)
-
-2018-12-26 Henri Menke
-
- - allowed whitespace between layers in `\pgfsetlayers` (bug #376)
-
-2018-12-25 Henri Menke
-
- - fixed `\method` which can now contain empty lines (bug #448)
- - manual improvement regarding `pgfoothis` (bug #452)
- - documented commands `\pgfooeset`, `\pgfooappend`, `\pgfooprefix` (bug #452)
-
-2018-12-24 Henri Menke
-
- - fixed bug in \pgfkeysedef (bug #306)
- - `miter limit` now raises an error when a value < 1 is given (bug #347)
- - fixed bug that `\pgfmathmax` and `pgfmathmin` were broken when
- `fixedpointarithmetic` library was loaded (bug #360)
- - added missing function `\pgfmathpneg` in `fixedpointarithmetic` library (bug #361)
- - fixed bug that brace decorations were malformed for large amplitudes (bug #351)
- - made node parser aware of prefix and suffix (bug #397)
-
-2018-12-23 Henri Menke
-
- - (almost) fixed guillemets for LuaTeX (bug #473)
-
-2018-12-21 Henri Menke
-
- - fixed incorrect spelling in pgflibrarydecorations.text (bug #479)
- (but this doesn't solve the bug 100%)
- - fixed 'bend left' bug if used with a formula (bug #423)
- - use \typeout stream instead of \write16 (bug #488)
- - fixed some bugs regarding graphdrawing electrical "springs" (bugs #380 and #381)
-
- 2018-12-20 Henri Menke
-
- - fixed pgf_lookup_and_require for new luaotfload (bug #493)
- - fixed graphdrawing for ConTeXt (bug #477)
-
-2018-04-30 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added utility \pgfmathifexpression (and special treatment in luamath
- library and fpu library)
-
-2017-11-14 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - intersections lib: improved accuracy of intersections for linear paths
-
-2017-02-08 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed incompatibility issue of tikzmath and fpu reported in
- http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/349766/pgfplots-on-tikzmath-function-with-conditionals-returns-an-error
-
-2016-12-31 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Improved driver detection (bug #395 TikZ does not create output with LuaTeX 0.95.0)
- - New luatex driver now supports fallback to pdftex driver if
- luatexversion is older than 95 (let's hope this works reliably - luatex
- used to have version 240 some time ago!)
-
-2016-08-10 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bugs that caused pgfsys-dvips.def to generate corrupt
- PostScript for all nodes.
-
-2016-07-16 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Bounding box computations for animations implemented.
- - Animated arrow tips are now possible.
-
-2016-07-13 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed incompatibility between textpos (absolute mode) and external
-
-2016-06-17 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed \write18 issues in luatex 0.87 and later (by using os.execute())
- affects external lib and plot function.
-
-2016-03-31 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Lots of bugfixes in animation and svg code.
- - Added optimizations to reduce file size for svg code
- (better support by dvisvgm will be needed however for more
- compact text!).
-
-2016-03-18 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - First working, fully documented version of TikZ animations!
-
-2016-02-24 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed manual stuff to compile it with dvisvgm.
-
-2016-02-02 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Rewrote tikz animation lib.
-
-2016-01-06 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added context-related aux file fix of Hans Hagen
-
-2016-01-02 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed save stack issues (eliminated 'retaining' issues) about pgf@x and pgf@y
-
-2015-12-29 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: 'force remake' now also updates .md5 files
-
-2015-11-28 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fpu: fixed floor and ceil
- - fixed basic layer floor function
- - lua library: improved interoperability of luamath and fpu
- - unit test now compares luamath, fpu, and pgfbasic math
-
-2015-11-15 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - activated math parser in foreach's end notation to allow \foreach \i in {0,...,10-9}
-
-2015-09-09 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on pgfsys-dvisvgm.def a lot. Now requires
- dvisvgm-1.5.3 because of switch from pt to bp there. Does
- correct bounding box computations.
-
-2015-09-06 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in luamath library
-
-2015-08-29 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: added support to automatically externalize references and
- labels with 'mode=convert with system call'
-
-2015-08-24 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Reworked implementation of animations for tikz and started
- on documentation of the backend.
-
-2015-08-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - First complete implementation of animations for tikz! (for
- svg backend). Documentation still missing, but works nicely.
-
-2015-08-13 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - First work on animations for svg. Added commands in pgfsys
- and added module pgfmoduleanimations. No documnetation yet.
-
-2015-08-07 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Release 3.0.1!
-
-2015-08-03 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed regression introduced for pgf 3.0.0 (bug #149): leading empty
- lines at the beginning of plot files disabled '-- plot'
- - fixed bug #291 (missing white space trimming in node labels)
- - fixed bug #313 (alias option did not respect name prefix/suffix)
- - fixed bug #341 ("is in pic" was not reset)
- - fixed bug #365 (caused by missing adoption after copy-paste in tikzlibraryfolding)
- - fixed bug #315/316 by applying the suggested patch and verifying it
-
-2015-06-12 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed fpu math functions for int, ceil, and floor
- - added \pgfmathlogtwo and \pgfmathlogten as requested in bug #359
-
-
-2015-06-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed problem in gd: Creating more than about 15 vertices
- inside a graph drawing algorithm was impossible since this
- created too many text input levels. Reorganized the interplay
- between tex and lua for the coroutine so that no input levels
- are created.
-
-2015-06-05 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added number nodes option to graph lib.
-
-2015-05-18 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed nullfont warnings in axes in datavisualization.
- - Fixed wrong axes for school book plots.
-
-2015-05-15 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed nullfont warnings when parsing logic gate inputs.
-
-2015-05-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug in tikz.code.tex concerning colors for arrow tips:
- Setting and restoring the global color "trackers"
- pgf@fillcolor@global over groups was done only in \pgfscope,
- but not in the scopes opened and closed by tikz when drawing a
- path (\pgfsys@beginscope is used there). This caused wrong
- colors to be used.
-
-2015-05-08 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Updated patterns.meta library.
-
-2015-05-02 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - context: committed patch to adopt pgfutil-context for new (incompatible)
- context handling of colors -- contains some cleanup by Hans Hagen.
-
-2015-03-28 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in external lib: braces in external filenames confused the generator
-
-2015-01-02 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in fpu: equal(x, 0) failed for x<0
-
-2014-12-30 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in atan2 (returned wrong sign for atan2(4e-5,-5))
- - implemented atan2 in FPU
-
-2014-11-02 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed save stack issue (TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [save size=250000])
- if the color changes a _huge_ number of times during a single path.
-
-2014-10-11 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - worked on LUA math parser: ensured that a suitable first scope of
- functions works. I also added support for 'declare function'
-
-2014-10-11 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added provisional code for patterns.meta library. Patterns
- can now be declared using TikZ code with additional support
- for tile transformations. Currently only PDF output supported
- at back-end (uses \pgfsys@declarepattern@meta in pgfsys-pdftex.def).
-
-2014-08-04 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - finished first prototype of a LUA math parser. It is orders of magnitude
- faster than its TeX pendant, features a pure LUA mode and also offers a
- fallback to the TeX \pgfmathparse for unsupported operations/functions
- only defined in TeX.
-
-2014-07-09 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug (regression of bug #229): external lib with dvips produced
- wrong bounding box (was broken entirely)
-
-2014-07-08 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed regression in external lib: 'mode=graphics if exists' broke any
- undefined label warnigns
- - added automatic "fast lane" to math parser: if the input is a number
- without units, it will return that as-is. Reduces typesetting time down to
- 66% for huge scatter plots and has just 1% overhead for math intensive
- figures.
-
-2014-06-22 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added switch 'trig format=deg|rad' which allows to switch sin,cos,tan,
- and their friends to radians. It works for all user input
- arguments - I hope without unanticipated side-effects (marked as
- experimental)
-
-2014-05-17 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: defined suitable defaults for 'system call' depending on driver
- - external lib: solved incompatibility with biblatex's \cite[][]{name}
- command (http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/173465/tikz-error-for-externalized-graphics-but-output-is-correct}
- - number parser/printer: added switch 'read comma as period' to read
- localized input numbers. Off by default but added useful hint to parser
- message.
-
-2014-05-06 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #308 fixedpointarithmetic: unwanted spaces by line ends
-
-2014-03-30 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed feature #81: signum function (fpu + pgf basic layer)
-
-2014-03-24 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed all \begin{scope} and \end{scope} in foldings lib,
- changed them to \scope and \endscope.
-
-2014-03-21 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed #303 Type in pgfmanual (colormixin)
- - Fixed #302 pgf-3.0: Cannot plot a constant function. Will
- now center the constant line.
- - Addressed #299 Precision problem with explicitily anchored
- labels: While not a bug, I added a "centered" option for cases
- similar to this one (although, in this particular case, the
- new centered option is not what is needed)...
- - Fixed #298 \pgfarrowsdeclare is still mentioned in pgfmanual
- - Fixed #294 Nodes for arcs, which angles are calculated
- simultaneously.
- - Fixed #292 "node scale and outer sep" by introducing the new
- option "outer sep=auto", which takes care of both this problem
- (at least in all normal cases) and also of the draw versus
- fill problem with outer seps.
-
-2014-03-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed #285 \tikz@intersect@namedpaths persists outside
- scopes as suggested.
- - Fixed #284 Additional rerun statement for overlays (for LyX)
- by adding the proposed solution (essentially).
- - Added post-fix for #288 by undoing all -- ligatures in
- verbatim code.
-
-2014-03-19 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fxied #283 "Is there a smarter way to handle units in math
- engine?" by adding the "scalar" function.
- - Fixed #288 "All the '£' should be '$' in the examples of
- pgfmanual..." by switching to T1 enconding.
- - Fixed #282 "\pgfmathredeclarefunction does not work properly."
-
-2014-02-24 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added first edge routing algorithm to gd.
-
-2014-02-02 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - intersections libs: improved robustness and accuracy for curveto paths
- by using the floating point library together with Mark Wibrow.
-
-2014-01-08 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in latex/plain tex shipout routines for xdvipdfmx and xelatex:
- combination of shadings and standalone package failed to work.
-
-2013-12-31 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix for 'rotate around x/y/z' keys which now evaluate
- the argument provided.
-
-2013-12-25 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - intersections lib: detected duplicates in line-to intersections
- in endpoints and suppressed them.
- - intersections lib: stored time offset for each intersections as optional
- property (i.e. if it comes for free). This is required to compute fill
- paths
-
-2013-12-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Release 3.0.0!
-
-2013-12-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - In preparation for the release 3.0.0, I pimped the manual a
- bit. It will now automatically detect whether graph drawing
- C libs are available or not. Also, syntax hilighting is now
- always switched on. I also some subtle optical hints to
- crossreferenced words in the code examples; this is pretty
- useful, I think.
- - Did a lot of cleaning up for the release.
-
-2013-12-18 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed a bug in Vertex.lua that returned wrong anchor
- positions for non-centered vertices.
-
-2013-12-13 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #280 "Layered layout" produces unknown key with graphs library.
- - Fixed bug #279 "Some parts of arguments in foreach macro are lost".
- - Fixed bug #258 "Default arrow edge style puts circumflex in
- drawn end node" by now allowing people to say tip=on proper draw.
-
-2013-12-08 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - intersections lib: ensured that 'name path global' is reset between main paths.
-
-2013-11-30 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - worked on intersections lib (internals only); added O(N) list
- append/prepend utilities
-
-2013-11-18 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added keys 'rotate around x', 'rotate around y' and
- 'rotate around z' to rotate the xyz coordinate system
- around the x, y, or z axis.
-
-2013-11-17 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixes for 'text effects along path' decoration and docs.
-
-2013-11-16 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: added support for 'up to date check=md5' for lualatex.
- Now, lualatex and pdftex both result in the same checksums (by means of
- \usepackage{pdftexcmds})
-
-2013-11-16 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Finalised 'text effects along path' decoration and docs.
-
-2013-11-11 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed keyval example (and references to define@key)
- in pgfcalendar documentation to pgfkeys stuff.
-
-2013-11-08 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Minor fixes to decorations.text and math libraries documentation
-
-2013-11-07 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added 'text effects along path' decoration.
-
-2013-11-01 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed regression/bug in 'name path global'.
-
-2013-10-31 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Applied path for bug #277 "\beforeforegroundpath not working".
-
-2013-10-09 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Prepared manual for new release (fixed overful boxes and
- index problems).
-
-2013-10-08 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Updated math library (minor fixes).
-
-2013-10-07 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Applied some fixes so that C code for graph drawing works
- once more.
- - Arrow tips and their doc are now officially finished!
- - Added documentation of nonlinear transformations.
-
-2013-10-06 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - modified release script to allow uploads of unstable TDS
- zips to http://pgf.sourceforge.net using
- make -f pgf/scripts/pgf/Makefile.pgf_release upload USER=cfeuersaenger
-
-2013-10-02 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed problem with math parser inserting extraneous
- spaces when parsing \dimenexpr
-
-2013-09-30 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed blend mode syntax to standard pgf syntax (since PDF
- and SVG do not agree on names...).
- - Added scale and slant options for arrow tips.
- - Added more generic arrow tips.
-
-2013-09-24 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - First version of comlete arrow documentation finished. Still
- need to document the arrows.meta library, though.
- - Added "tips" option for drawing arrow tips without drawing
- paths.
-
-2013-09-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #273 "Graph drawing sublayouts fails".
- - Incorporated first partial documentation of the arrow tips
- into the main documentation.
- - Fixed bug bugs:#272 "SVG parser error after close path" as
- suggested by Mark Wibrow.
- - Also changed the default syntax for svg path command so that
- it uses braces instead of quotation marks. (Quotation marks
- still work, of course.)
-
-2013-09-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Started working on arrow doc.
-
-2013-09-20 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added macro to convert string of digits to comma separated list.
-
-2013-09-18 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - First version of new arrow tip management done. Up and
- running! Still needs documentation and the old arrow tip
- codes should (but need not) be ported.
- - Did some porting of old code, added fixes. Doc still missing.
-
-2013-09-17 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #264: "\pgfkeys /errors/unknown key should (?) expand first argument"
- - Fixed bug #268: "`matrix of nodes' isn't working properly any more"
-
-2013-09-11 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Corrected typos (bug #266 and bug #265)
-
-2013-09-11 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added magnetic tape shape.
-
-2013-09-09 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #262/267: "Line breaks are not working in labels anyy more."
- - Fixed bug #260: "TikZ node on background in pgfextra"
- - Started work on bending arrows.
-
-2013-09-05 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: fixed bug: file dependency handling was incorrect and
- suffered from regression caused by MD5 checks
-
-2013-08-31 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - repaired incompatibility with pgfplots <= 1.8: samples key was
- evaluated in context of floating point unit and new pgf code relied on dimension
- registers.
-
-2013-08-29 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added "turn" key.
-
-2013-08-28 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added "angle" pic type and "angles" library.
- - Patched gd loader code so that it works with context mark IV.
-
-2013-08-27 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added new pic path command.
- - Patched pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def to step around the bug in
- (x)dvipdfmx that caused scaled boxes (including scaled
- graphics) inside nodes to be displayed incorrectly.
-
-2013-08-24 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in fpu: 0^0 and 0^x both produced nan. Now we get
- 0^0=1 and 0^x = 0.
-
-2013-08-22 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Removed claims from manual (not by me...) that TikZ does not
- work with Mark IV of context. I just tried it and everything
- I tried (including advanced stuff like shadings) worked fine.
-
-2013-08-18 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed pgf intersection library to ensure that
- specialround tokens are processed.
-
-2013-08-06 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added support for dvisvgm. Quite nice...
-
-2013-08-05 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on tex4ht code. Works reasonably well know and even
- graph drawing is possible (when luatex is used for
- typesetting; for this I needed to fix some latin1 characters in
- html4.4ht). Also, I renamed /tikz/tex4ht... to /pgf/tex4ht
- (someone else added that) since tikz has nothing to do with
- that stuff.
- Typesetting the manual in tex4ht no longer works, but that seems
- like too much bother for my taste.
-
-2013-08-02 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #256 "The special \pgfcoordinate macro doesn't
- expand \pgfpictureid."
-
-2013-08-04 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: fixed incompatibility of pdflscape with
- external lib
-
-2013-08-01 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed a problem with pdf resources of transparency groups in
- dvipdfmx.
-
-2013-07-31 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #149 "/tikz/raw gnuplot ignoring segmented plot"
- by introducing a new way of handling plot streams. There are
- now new kinds of points (outliers and undefined points) and
- "new data sets" commands inside streams. Handlers (like the
- lineto and curve handlers) can be configured to interpret
- these as jumps (this is the default).
- - Fixed bug #255 "Trig computations offend fp via fixedpointarithmetic lib"
-
-2013-07-31 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
- - Added "math" library. Could be integrated with calc library.
-
-2013-07-26 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug in external lib: mode=list and make did not cope well with
- \ref in externalized images. These will be remade now.
-
-2013-07-24 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #162 "PGF manual examples use undefined "shape example" style"
- - Fixed bug #169 "ghostscript error: /undefined in pgfo"
- - Concerning bug #167 "node pin option sets
- inconsistent/incorrect angle" I added some clarification in
- the manual that explains the observed behaviour.
- - Fixed bug #158 "\pgfmathparse does not support e-TeXs
- \numexpr and \dimexpr". You can now also use
- \pgfmathsetlength to assign a muskip a value. Internally,
- "mu" is treated like "pt", but if an expression contains
- "mu", \pgfmathsetlength and \pgfmathaddtolength will convert
- the number to "mu" before the assignment.
-
-2013-07-22 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #173 "Tikz's transparency, xelatex and preview
- package" by adding a specific fix for the interaction
- between preview.sty and everyshi.sty in pgfutil-latex.def.
-
-2013-07-19 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - optimized mark=* and mark=o (q path versions lead to 10% time reduction)
- - adopted new pgfkeys feature to /handler config/full or existing (
- required when /.search also is used to find the correct key path)
-
-2013-07-19 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #175 "In PGF oo module, calling a method strips grouping"
- - Fixed bug #181 "Need to document |- coordinates using calc notation"
- - Fixed bug #187 "\pgfmathanglebetweenpoints is not documented"
- - Increased accuracy of atan, atan2 and
- \pgfmathanglebetweenpoints.
-
-2013-07-18 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug "#168 PGF is sensitive to dollar catcode"
- - Fixed bug "#186 pgfonlayer makes pgf forget options" and
- added "every on background layer" option.
- - Fixed bug "#192 pgffor scope iteration is buggy"
- - Fixed bug "#196 Incoherent syntax for Bézier curves"
- - Fixed bug "#199 Drawing error for chamfered rectangle"
- - Fixed bug "#201 Markings fail with "Dimension too Large" on
- certain paths" by fixing a mistake and the decoration core
- and, additionally, in pgfmathanglebetweenpoints.
- - Fixed bug "#254 building currenct CVS version fails on
- graphdrawing with current luatex": Will now work nicely with
- TeXLive 2013 and Lua 5.2.
- - Added feature request "bug #203 Blending modes and better transparency"
-
-2013-07-17 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #204 "strange influence of \baselinestretch on
- tikz figure" by no longer sharing \pgfutil@tempa with latex:
- This register gets changed by LaTeX in a fontchange, which, in
- turn can happen at the beginning of every
- \pgfmathsetlength.
- - Fixed bug #207 "Decoration markings not on path on large
- lines" by using a more precise computation of positions on
- straight lines in decorations. Also, the angle computation
- is now much more precise by fixedin bug #201.
- - Fixed bug #212 "Error if using plot into a \foreach loop in
- a single path" by making \pgffor@beginhook and friends local
- to the current \foreach. A nice side-effect is that one can
- now nest \foreach statements on a path and also mix in the
- plots. Hopefully, no one relied on the (undocumented,
- unsupported) old bevahiour of the hooks.
- - Fixed bug #213 "pgfmathsetcounter only works in local scope"
- by adding a note in the documentation.
- - Fixed bug #211 "\nodepart ignores text transparency"
- - Fixed bug #220 "Transformations ignored in edge decoration."
- - Fixed bug #221 "xyz spherical and cylindrical coordinate, radius not defined"
- - Fixed bug #225 "pgfkeys "/errors/unknown choice value" ignores parameters"
- - Fixed bug #253 "\pgfkeysfiltered cannot accept long arguments"
- - Fixed bug #252 "I'm not able to build the current CVS
- version". This included a number of patches to fix problems
- introduced with the bugfixes introduced recently
-
-2013-07-16 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #226 "matrix column sep=-\pgflinewidth changes after empty cell"
- - Fixed bug #229 "pgfpagesuselayout breaks beamer class"
- (hopefully, setting page sizes is really messy in TeX!).
- - Fixed bug #232 "pow function broken for 0^x for non-integer values of x"
- - Fixed bug #165 "\draw with empty domain results in infinite calculation"
- - Added better error message to adress bug #244 "mindmap-style
- "invalidates" coordinate shape."
- - Fixed bug #235 "\def\costhirty{0.8660256} not really used"
-
-2013-07-15 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug "#237 CVS-version: pdfimage error: key interpolate undefined"
- - Fixed bug "#245 broken key /pgf/decoration/reset marks"
- - Fixed bug "#239 picture disappear after a zero-width rectangle width shading"
- - Fixed bug "#247 Error messages hard to catch in plain TeX/ConTeXt"
- - Fixed bug "#166 Possibly typos in circuits.logic.IEC"
- - Fixed bug "#249 pgfkeys: /handlers/first char syntax is not
- 'self-contained' (CVS version)"
- - Fixed bug "#248 circuits adjustable annotation improperly placed"
-
-2013-07-13 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug "#250 pgfkyes: .append style and similar undouble # tokens"
- - Fixed bug "#143 label changes center of a matrix node"
-
-2013-07-12 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #128 "fit does not scale if used in scaled scope"
- - Fixed bug #136 "\hrulefill inherits or not pgf line styles"
- - Fixed bug #224 "Including Tikzpicture in third part of
- multipart node"
-
-2013-07-11 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #251 "cross out shape interacts with path options of path it is drawn on"
- - Fixed bug #139 "Placement of node inside matix environment"
- - Fixed bug #131 "text centering calculates wrong" and added
- new "node font" option.
- - Fixed bug #121 "Annoying "Underfull \hbox (badness 10000)" message"
- - Fixed bug #134 "Edge node style affecting arrowhead".
-
-2013-07-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #132 "Error in matrix with column sep "between"
- origins"
- - Fixed bug #133 "\draw[-<<,>=stealth] (10,45) -- (40,45); does
- not work." However, this introduces a (small, only visual)
- incompatibility with previous versions. If you need the visual
- effect "-<<" used to have (which, in a sense, was wrong), use
- "-< <" instead. The new "-> >" is also quite handy.
-
-2013-06-28 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #116 "Decorations can't be repositioned when
- pre/post used."
-
-2013-06-25 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #241 "div/null error by (270:length) and a fading line."
- - Fixed bug #126 "Incorrect placed labels for inplicite positioned nodes."
- - Added foreach syntax to nodes. This is useful and also
- needed to fix the problem that the foreach statement cannot
- be used after a to path.
-
-2013-06-24 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #18 and #74 (active characters and tikz) by virtue
- of the new "babel" library, which deactivates catcodes at the
- beginning of tikz pictures and reactivates them in nodes.
-
-2013-06-21 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #110 "cannot add node after cycle operation"
- - Fixed bug #88 "\pgftransformarrow does not rotate with \pgfpointanchor"
- - Fixed bug #86 "macro-expanded tree node has bad edge anchor"
- - Fixed bug #85 "PGF + Crop package, at least for pdftex."
-
-2013-06-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #83 "Transparency Problem with \usepackage{endfloat}."
- - Applied patch #19 pgfkeys: ".search also" fails at unbalanced "\if" values
- - Applied patch #18 Missing grid lines with
- negative increment
- - Applied patch #17 TikZ folding library
- - Applied patch #14 inheritance in the oo module
- - Applied patch #13 leaking space in \pgfpointintersectionoflines
- - Applied patch #11 Patch for Bug #3165961 (\pgfmathmax and \pgfmathmin)
- - Fixed problem of patch #9 Add papersize to XeTeX driver
- - Applied patch #8 Support for changing physical page size with XeTeX
- (also added position saving support, while I was at it...)
- - Applied patches #3, #4, #5, #6 (typos in manual) as far as possible
-
-2013-06-18 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #236 "Scaled closed paths, start/end points dont exactly match":
- "cycle" can now be used with all path operations where it
- makes sense, not only with --. In particular, things like
- ".. cycle" or "to [bend right] cycle" are now allowed.
-
-2013-05-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Reworked handling of edge and vertex paths in gd. In
- particular, edge--vertex intersections are now computed in
- Lua, rather than in TikZ. This is much more powerful and
- allows beautiful arcs between vertices. It is also very
- useful for planar graph drawings when several edges leave a
- vertex in the same direction.
-
-2013-04-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Did away with luadoc, now using simple handcoded documentor
- that will also work with Lua 5.2
- - Redid OGDF support. Resonably stable base now.
- - Added better C support.
- - Should now work with both Lua 5.1 and 5.2
-
-2013-03-15 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed incompatibility of fixltx2e and external lib
-
-2013-02-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Reworked Storage mechanism of graph drawing system.
- - Added phylogenetics library for graph drawing; documentation
- still only rudimentary.
-
-2012-12-30 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Started adding support for calling C graph drawing functions
- from Lua.
- - First proof of concept for OGDF finished.
- - Must still address luatex shared library link problems.
-
-2012-12-25 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in external lib: \tikzexternalgetnextfilename did reset the
- value of \tikzsetnextfilename and 'export next'
-
-2012-11-30 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - updated driver pgfsys-xetex: now, it supports all that the new driver
- for dvipdfmx does which includes fadings, functional shadings, and
- patterns.
-
-2012-11-30 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - First complete documentation of the graph drawing
- system. (Finally!)
-
-2012-11-27 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Renamed gd files to shorter versions: instead of
- pgf/gd/model/pgf.gd.model.Edges.lua we now have
- pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua and so on.
- - Worked on gd documentation. Only binding doc is still a
- mess.
-
-2012-11-26 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on gd documentation.
-
-2012-11-21 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - New version of gd lib. The internals have been completely
- redone. In particular, no tikz libraries are needed for the
- individual algorithms any longer, all declarations are now
- done completely inside Lua. This makes gd usable (in
- principle) independently of tikz and pgf.
- - Because of this, all declarations of algorithms need to be
- redone.
-
-2012-11-10 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: fixed spurious white space (caused by 'up to date check')
-
-2012-11-01 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - manual styles: improved robustness of auto cross references & active spaces
-
-2012-10-18 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed a bug with active colon in circuits lib. Probably more to
- fix in other libraries.
-
-2012-10-11 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Improved precision of math functions asin and acos (using linear
- interpolation instead of constant interpolation)
-
-2012-09-27 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on gd.
-
-2012-09-26 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
- - fixed pgfsys-pdftex.def : very old regression with \setbeamercovered{transparent} and \pause
- Patch by Hendrik Vogt
-
-2012-08-29 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added support for sublayouts in gd (not yet fully
- documented). This allows one to use several algorithms inside
- a single graph.
-
-2012-06-28 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Redone handling of clusters in gd yet again. Renamed them to
- "collections". Much better system now, can handle hyperedges,
- subgraphs and other stuff (in principle).
- - Nodes generated by a gd algorithm now have correct size
- information (this one was tricky!).
-
-2012-06-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Redone handling of clusters in gd.
- - Worked on gd documentation.
-
-2012-06-18 Christian Feuersaenger <cfeuersaenger@users.sourceforge.net>
- - fixed minor expansion issue \foreach \x in {a,...,d} lead to unexpanded value \x
-
-2012-06-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - externalization: added special switch to deactivate incompatible
- geometry drivers during externalization
-
-2012-05-31 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Redone pgf.gd.model.Arc
- - Added documentation for said class.
-
-2012-05-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on gd documentation.
- - Replaced old luadoc by customized version. Gets called
- directly from tex.
-
-2012-05-17 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: added support for MD5/diff based up-to-date checks.
- Changes to a picture will automatically result in a remake of the
- respective external graphics.
-
-2012-05-03 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix bug #3527068 (\pgfmathatantwo did not exist)
-
-2012-05-14 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed pgf.gd.new_graph_drawing_algorithm syntax. Not
- likely to change again...
- - Added support for algorithms to create nodes and edge in the
- syntactic digraph.
- - Introduced library graphdrawing.examples that includes some
- code demonstrating how "things are done".
-
-
-2012-05-13 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - context: fixed catcode issues by means of suitable module
- \protect/\unprotect statements.
-
-2012-05-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Introduced a new class model for graph drawing (Digraph,
- Arc, and Vertex instead of Graph, Edge, Node). I'm currently
- porting all the old code, but it takes a while and it's a
- bit messy right now. Some easy algorithms are already based
- on the new system, old ones not. In the end, things should
- be significantly faster and also easier to program.
-
-2012-05-03 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Attempt to fix bug in calc lib when '!' or ':' are active (not
- fully tested but should work).
-
-2012-05-02 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Attempt to fix bug with label and pin when ':' is active (not
- fully tested but should work).
-
-2012-04-19 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Finished the first two chapters of the documentation of gd
- (overview and tikz usage).
- - Module system is now redone and the directory structure
- has been reorganized. No more messing around with lua
- modules, everything is perfectly portable now.
-
-2012-04-17 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Started to completely redo the module system of graph
- drawing in lua. I'm in the middle of it, so its currently
- messy, but it works.
-
-2012-04-12 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Implemented packing procedure for graph drawing.
- - Cleaned up graph drawing source some more.
- - Renamed lots of files (still not happy with it, though).
-
-2012-04-11 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Implemented Reingold-Tilford tree layout.
-
-2012-04-05 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Implemented my first graph drawing algorithm: circular layout.
-
-2012-04-03 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Introduced new declaration mechanism for graph drawing
- algorithm classes
- - Implemented preprocessing step of decomposing a graph into
- connected components.
-
-2012-04-02 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Cleaned up graph drawing algorithm directories: Moved
- obsolete algorithms to special directory.
- - Switched graph drawing calling interface from function-base
- to object-based: All graph drawing algorithms must now be
- implemented in a class
- - Cleaned up file and class names of graph drawing engine.
-
-2012-03-30 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed problem that in case math library is loaded before pgf
- some math functions were broken (because \pgfmath@xa and
- \pgf@xa were different registers, which they should not be).
-
-2012-03-29 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added anchoring and orientation to graph drawing library.
-
-2012-03-21 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added arrows.spaced library.
- - Added quotation syntax to graph lib.
- - Renamed some graph drawing layouts.
- - Worked on documentation of graph drawing lib.
-
-2012-03-07 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Moved wrappers for luatex primitives (\pgfutil@directlua,
- \pgfutil@ifluatex, \pgfutil@luaescapestring) to pgfutil-common.tex
- - Added support for luatex to the profiler library by emulating
- \pdfelapsedtime.
-
-2012-02-27 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed wrong edef in graph lib that broke the /-syntax when
- text contained expandable stuff.
-
-2012-02-21 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - More work on the luamath parser and evaluator.
-
-2012-01-24 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix a bug in tikz polar coordinates (reported on tex.se
- http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/41828/using-math-in-tikz):
- braces around a delimited argument are removed.
-
-2012-01-10 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix a bug in pgfmath != operator (reported and fixed on tex.se
- http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40605/using-in-pgfmathparse)
-
-2012-01-09 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix a pgfmath dependency for pgffor.
-
-2012-01-03 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added pos support to the arc command (finally...).
- - Added support to the graph library for drawing tries.
- - Added support to the graph library for adding edge labels in
- an easier way.
-
-2011-12-29 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added the 'fixed relative' number formatting style.
-
-2011-12-28 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added 'const plot mark mid' and 'jump mark mid' plot handlers.
-
-2011-12-02 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Renamed "layered drawing" to "layered layout" for
- consistency.
-
-2011-11-12 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - More work on the lua math parser and evaluator.
- - Added wrappers for luatex primitives: \pgfutil@directlua,
- \pgfutil@ifluatex, \pgfutil@luaescapestring
- - Make lua code more lua 5.2 compatible
-
-2011-11-11 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Work on the lua math parser and evaluator. Begin to merge Mark's
- code with mine.
-
-2011-11-03 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added FPU support for ==, !=, <=, >=, ?
-
-2011-10-29 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed problem with pgf number printer: it introduced spurious spaces
- tracker id 3430171. Thanks to Clemens Koppensteiner for the bugfix.
-
-2011-09-25 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - \pgfsetlayers can now be given inside of a pgfpicture (or tikzpicture)
-
-2011-06-22 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - The lua math parser now works on basic expressions (no units, no
- arrays, no strings, no functions, ...?).
-
-2011-06-02 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Some work on a lua (lpeg based) math parser.
-
-2011-05-31 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added a gnuplot call key to pgfmoduleplot.code.tex (feature
- request #3308340).
-
-2011-05-30 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Initial work on layered drawing algorithms.
-
-2011-05-25 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added dim function for array to pgfmath (to be documented)
- - Some work on a ODE solver
-
-2011-05-20 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - removed spurious white spaces in my bugfix for pgfmathdivide
-
-2011-05-19 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Second attempt at fixing spy lib...
-
-2011-05-18 Matthias Schulz <ma.schulz@email.de>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - added short overview for nodes and edges (lua class documentation)
-
-2011-05-17 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Separate 'spring layout' and 'spring electrical layout' families.
- Rename existing algorithms accordingly.
- - Add an implementation of the Floyd-Warshall algorithm.
- - Add a new 'Hu2006 spring' algorithm based solely on springs.
- - Improve the initial layout of 'Hu2006 spring electrical' by
- taking the graph size and diameter into account.
- - Rework existing spring electrical algorithms and improve
- documentation.
- - Catch -!- edges and remove them from the Lua graph when detected.
-
-2011-05-14 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Update documentation of spring and spring-electrical parameters.
- Add TODO items where things are missing, unclear or need to be
- worked on.
- - Make initial step dimension and the electric charge of nodes
- configurable. Both, Walshaw2000 and Hu2006 support this.
- - Improve the approximation of the repulsive force.
-
-2011-05-13 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug 3297817 (spy postscript problem).
- - Fixed bug of missing newpath in postscript and opacity
- settings.
-
-2011-05-13 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Rename graphdrawing.spring to graphdrawing.force.
- - Fix NaN bug in the orientation helper.
- - Initial work on improving and documenting the parameters for
- spring and spring-electrical algorithms.
- - Properly forward default node and edge parameters to Lua.
-
-2011-05-12 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Add Fibonacci heap and priority queue classes.
- - Add Lua file for common graph algorithms. Implement Dijkstra.
- - Add method Graph:getPseudoDiameter().
- - Hu2006: Scale coordinations of nodes in a coarse graph based on
- the quotient of its pseudo diameters and that of the parent coarse
- graph, as described in the paper.
-
-2011-05-11 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Fix several interpolation bugs in the coarse graph class.
- - Use the coarse graph class in the Walshaw2000 algorithm.
-
-2011-05-11 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on documentation of gd backend. Still need to
- document graph parameters.
-
-2011-05-10 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Remove files from the old graph drawing library tree.
- - Disable verbose logging by default.
- - Specify sane initial values for spring algorithm parameters.
-
-2011-05-10 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added .graph drawing parameter initial key.
-
-2011-05-09 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Implement graph coarsening in the Hu2006 algorithm.
- - Name force-based algorithms after the paper author and year.
-
-2011-05-09 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Reorganized graph drawing documentation.
-
-2011-05-06 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - Finished the graph drawing library reorganization started by Till.
-
-2011-05-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Reorganized the graph drawing key and directory
- structure. The documentation is still missing. Also, lots of
- files still need to be moved, but I'll leave that to Jannis.
-
-2011-05-06 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - implement a quadtree optimization in the Walshaw algorithm.
- - add a simple version of the Hu spring-electrical algorithm that
- seems to work almost as good as the Walshaw even without
- the multilevel approach implemented (which is the only thing
- that really makes the Walshaw algorithm useful).
-
-2011-05-04 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Initial work on a quad tree implementation for spring and spring
- electrical algorithms, with unit test.
- - Improve the internals of the Vector class.
-
-2011-05-03 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - graph drawing: Started to cleanup pgf and tikz layers. Ongoing...
-
-2011-05-03 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Fix Walshaw algorithm to properly set the subnodes when copying
- the coarse graphs. Simplify the code that updates the node
- coordinates.
-
-2011-05-02 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Modify the doclet to allow underscores in parameter names.
- - Document the Vector class as well as the table, iter and traversal
- helpers.
- - Remove old table and iterator helpers. Rename helper files. Rename
- table.merge() and table.copy() to table.custom_merge() and
- table.custom_copy() to avoid name clashes with luatools. Add
- string helpers, including string.parse_braces(). Update algorithms
- to work with these changes.
- - Allow vectors to have an origin vector, similar to the Position
- class. Introduce new alternative table-based syntax for
- Vector:set() that is much easier to read. Update unit tests
- and algorithms.
-
-2011-05-02 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fpu: added support for log10 and log2
-
-2011-05-02 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Drop the 'not yet positionedPGFGDINTERNAL' node name prefix
- internally. It's stripped off now when nodes are passed over to
- Lua and its added back again when shipping the node out to TeX.
- - Drop the Node:shortname() method which is no longer needed.
- - Improve coding style and documentation of the Interface, Sys,
- Node, Edge and Graph classes.
- - Rename Sys:logMessage() to Sys:log().
- - Make parameter labels in the API docs not appear in bold.
- - Disable verbose logging by default.
- - Add methods Edge:getNodes() and Node:getEdges().
-
-2011-05-02 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - graph drawing:
- - Initial work on spring-electrical and layered drawing algorithms.
- - Major rework of the Lua code of the graphdrawing library: added
- a Vector class for improved math operations and node positioning,
- added quite a number of table and iterator helpers, added
- post-processing code for fixing the orientation of graph drawings,
- updated the graph/node/edge data structures to store nodes in the order
- they appear instead of storing them in a random order, implement
- coordinate keys for nodes, and much more.
-
-2011-04-30 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - number printing: added '1000 sep in fractionals' switch
-
-2011-04-29 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Work on pgflibraryluamath (added pgfpointnormalised)
-
-2011-04-27 Matthias Schulz <ma.schulz@email.de>
-
- - Graphdrawing library documentation, split into two files, removed
- noluatex file, reworked the text (added information).
-
-2011-04-25 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - First attempt to do math with lua (very basical): pgflibraryluamath
-
-2011-04-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - bugfix for rounding error in \pgfmathdivide{83.407811000}{16.68156400}
- was 4.10, is now 5.0: it could happen in rare cases that digits where
- appended where they shouldhave been than added (4 + .10 instead of 4 + 1.0)
-
-2011-04-22 Jannis Pohlmann <jannis@xfce.org>
-
- - Implemented a G_n subgraph for creating grid (or: mesh) graphs.
- This also introduces a new key /tikz/graphs/wrap after=<number> that
- configures how the nodes in such a grid graph are connected. Some of
- the common subgraph keys such as /tikz/graphs/V and /tikz/graphs/n
- can be used with G_n subgraphs as well.
- - Added a simple grid placement strategy. It currently does not
- support the chain shift and group shift keys properly and does not
- implement any placement order other than left-to-right, so there is
- room for improvement.
-
-2011-04-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: reduced number of \newwrite allocations and allowed to disable features
- to safe more of them (aux in dpth=false,disable dependency files)
-
-2011-04-17 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added '/pgf/number format/relative' formatting style.
-
-2011-03-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Finished documentation of data visualization (sort of)!
- - First usable version of data visualization!
-
-2011-03-15 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on dv documentation. Finished chapter on visualizers,
- style sheets. Legends still missing
-
-2011-03-07 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on dv documentation. Finished chapter on axes.
-
-2011-03-07 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Incorporated a bugfix of Hans Hagen which makes pgf compatible with
- Context Mk IV.
- Verified: the patch is backwards compatible with TL 2009 and TL 2010
- i.e. Context MkII and it works with Context Mk IV.
-
-2011-01-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on dv documentation.
-
-2011-01-05 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Attempt to fix a bug #1911195 with pgfpages and rotation (fix
- contributed by Mark Wibrow). Note: Mark was not sure it has side
- effects.
-
-2010-12-17 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Documentation will now compile with auto-xref enabled (a problem
- with \_ in the graph lib not handled correctly by
- pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex).
- - Fix bug #3104978 thanks to Heiko Oberdiek patch on ctt.
-
-2010-12-17 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed the graph syntax for anonymous nodes in the graph
- library and simplified the as= syntax.
- - Added fresh nodes options to graph library.
-
-2010-12-14 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed graph lib so that it compiles with plain TeX.
-
-2010-12-10 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Small fixed in the graph library.
-
-2010-12-07 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Finished graph library!
-
-2010-12-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Nearly finished graph lib and its documentation.
-
-2010-11-30 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #3123605 (hopefully...).
- - Worked on graph lib.
-
-2010-11-19 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Some integer arithmetics functions for the math parser
- (contributed by Alain Matthes): gcd, isprime, isodd, iseven
-
-2010-11-19 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Second attempt at making \tikz work also with fragile stuff
- following. The new code will no longer fail in a situation
- like \tikz \foreach ...
- - Worked on graph lib stuff.
-
-2010-11-06 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - A luatex version of the doc is available (fixed inputenc issues
- since luatex works with utf8 by default).
-
-2010-11-04 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix bug in pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex (bug reported by
- Alain Matthes and fixed by Paul Gaborit on fctt): wrong
- interaction between pow and exp (linked to \pgfmath@x modified
- outside macro call).
-
-2010-11-01 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Make \pgfkeys@exp@call long (bug reported by Florent Chervet on
- fctt)
- - Fix bug in pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex: \pgf@test changed
- to \pgf@node@name (bug reported by Zarko F. Cucej on ctt and fix
- contributed by Mark Wibrow)
-
-2010-10-27 Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug 3096333 (Fix contributed by Mark Wibrow): pgffor
- failed to update \lastx in some cases
-
-2010-10-25 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Released version 2.10
-
-2010-10-22 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - closed a lot of bugs on sourceforge, especially documentation bugs
- - fixed bug 2429749: gnuplot invocation in tabularx did not work.
-
-2010-10-21 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug: there was an incompatibility between pgf and beamer due to a
- missing \interlineskip in the shipout handling for latex.
-
-2010-10-15 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - renamed 'halfcircle' marker to 'halfcircle*' and added 'halfcircle'.
- - provided special case 'mark color=none' for the half-filled markers.
-
-2010-10-13 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed incorrect fill/stroke coloring of new marker contributions (see
- ChangeLog 2010-09-27)
- - added more predefined dashed and dotted line patterns for black/white plots
- to fulfill a related feature request of Tomek
- - fixed bug: the 'name path global' feature did not work in every case...
- the actual implementation might need to be revised eventually.
-
-2010-10-12 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Imported spell checking results of Stefan Pinnow (thanks!)
- - Dealed with typo in 'sci generic' number formatting style: it now
- accepts 'mantissa' *and* 'mantisse'
-
-2010-10-11 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - External lib: Fixed bug. The 'failed ref warnings for' was not properly \protect'ed.
-
-2010-09-27 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Started on graph lib. Not yet finished and not documented.
-
-
-2010-09-21 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added plot markers of Magnus Tewes and Tomek: halfcircle, halfsquare*,
- halfsquare left*, halfsquare right*, heart
-
-2010-09-08 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added \pgfpositionnodelater and \pgfpositionnodenow
- commands.
-
-
-2010-08-31 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - externalization+\ref: fixed a bug
-
-2010-08-30 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: documented how to generate .png graphics and added support
- switches.
-
-2010-08-26 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added 'baseline=default', 'trim left=default' and 'trim right=default' choices to reset these keys.
-
-2010-08-25 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added support to provide paragraphs in "pin" arguments
-
-2010-08-24 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on data visualization and its documentation.
-
-
-2010-08-23 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - basic level externalization: added \hoffset=0pt and \voffset=0pt to improve
- compatibility with special document classes
- - added docs for \deferredanchor feature contributed by Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
- - ConTeXt support: fixed loading problem of calendar lib
-
-
-2010-08-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - pgfsys-tex4ht.def: fixed problem with \par in a non-long macro argument,
- thereby eliminating a compilation problem
- - pgfsys-tex4ht.def: renamed offending macro invocation \Par to \par
-
-
-2010-08-16 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - basic level image externalization: added '/pgf/images/trim external={<left>}{<bottom>}{<right>}{<top>}'
- to allow modifications to the hardcoded '1truein' shifts.
- - added '/.style n args' key.
- - \usetikzlibrary / \usepgflibrary: added support for white-space trimming
- and empty arguments in the lists. Now, lines do not need to be terminated
- by '%' and ',,' is valid.
-
-2010-08-13 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: documented how to solve compatibility problems with
- \tikzifexternalizing
-
-2010-08-11 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \deferredanchor feature contributed by Christophe Jorssen <cjorssen@users.sourceforge.net>
-
-2010-08-03 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added optimized and numerically stable arc path command
- \pgfpatharctoprecomputed which interpolates start- and end points
-
-2010-07-10 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: fixed incompatibility with 2010/06/08 v2.0b eso-pic package
-
-2010-07-06 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: added sanity checking for failed \ref,\pageref,\cite commands in external images.
-
-2010-07-01 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - math parser: improved error messages by providing the complete math expression.
-
-2010-06-30 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added 'trim left' and 'trim right' features to simplify bounding box
- modifications and allow support for restricted bounding boxes and image
- externalization.
-
-2010-06-16 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - pgfutil-latex.def: changed \usepackage to \RequirePackage (thanks to Christophe Jorssen)
- - external lib: added \tikzappendtofigurename{} shortcut for '\tikzset{external/figure name/.add={}{suffix}}'
-
-2010-06-14 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: added warning at end of document if not all graphics have
- been found.
-
-2010-06-10 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - updated file 'tikzexternal.sty' for \label and \ref support inside of
- externalized graphics
- - documented how \label and \ref support in external graphics works.
- - activated \label support for mode=convert with system call and
- documented limitations.
-
-2010-06-09 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \tikzifinpicture{<true code>}{<false code>} macro
-
-2010-05-31 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on data visualization.
-
-2010-05-30 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added .list key handler.
-
-2010-05-26 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on data visualization.
-
-2010-05-06 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - improved sanity checking in number printer: now, the zero flag is
- checked even if its exponent > 0
-
-2010-04-22 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - floatparsenumber: number format errors after exponents now contain the offending
- character instead of '\relax'
-
-2010-04-12 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - number printer: added 'frac denom' and 'frac whole' for fine tuning of
- fractional number printing.
-
-2010-04-10 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - number printer: made \protect portable across TeX variants (doesn't
- produce bugs with context anymore)
- - fpu: optimized \pgfmathfloatgetflagstomacro
-
-2010-04-09 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \pgfresetboundingbox
- - added \pgfgetlastxy coordinate macro
- - added '/pgf/images/include external/<image name>' code key.
-
-2010-04-08 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fpu: added convenience method \pgfmathfloattoint
-
-2010-03-31 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - number printer: added 'frac' style to automatically create fractionals.
-
-2010-03-25 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - splitted basic level file pgfcoreimage.code.tex: there is now a
- pgfcoreexternal.code.tex file.
-
-2010-03-24 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - \pgfmathprintnumber is no longer a "fragile" command (it is \protect'ed
- automatically in LaTeX).
-
-2010-03-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed baseline alignment with "text width" option in LaTeX.
-
-2010-03-23 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - New divide function
- - Rewrote code foreach extensions. Now no longer an impenetrable mess.
- pgffor.code.tex is much larger, but contains some (as yet) undocumented
- features which may get optimised out.
-
-2010-03-19 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Image externalization: added '/pgf/images/aux in dpth' feature.
- It allows to store \label and other .aux file related stuff in the image's
- .dpth file which is processed when when the main document includes the
- image.
- The new switch is on for the semi-automatic modes of the external lib, otherwise it is
- off.
-
-2010-03-17 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - pgfkeys: added '.code n args' handler. The difference to '.code
- args={#1#2#3}' is that keys defined with 'code n args' gobble spaces
- between the arguments.
- Note: 'code 2 args' remains as-is (it has the special feature that the
- second argument is optional).
- - fixed bug in '/.add code' key handler: it didn't work properly for
- complicated keys
- - pgfkeys manual section: updated xrefs and docs
-
-2010-03-15 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: \tikzexternalize no longer needs (but still accepts) the
- main job's name. Changes are now documented and the replacement |.sty|
- file has been updated.
- - intersection lib: added 'name path global' feature.
-
-2010-03-11 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: partially fixed incompatibility with glossary package and
- documented work-around
-
-2010-03-05 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - FPU: added \pgfmathfloatifapproxequalrel
- - number printing: added style to configure |sci precision|
- - number printing: added style to configure |std=<lower e>:<upper e>|
-
-2010-03-03 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: the <real job's name> argument from \tikzexternalize is
- now optional. It can be deduced automatically if it is missing.
-
-2010-02-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - number printing: added 'sci generic' style to customize the appearance
- of scientific format and a 'verbatim' style which doesn't use TeX macros
- for the formatted numbers.
-
-2010-02-17 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: now, a |\jobname.auxlock| file will be generated in order
- to detect whether the \jobname.aux file is in its final state. This allows
- to export any images containing |\ref{}| manually; the automatic procedure
- will not use the .aux file.
-
-2010-02-16 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added \ifpgfexternalreadmainaux switch. Will be used to avoid buffering
- problems during externalization mode 'convert with system call'.
-
-2010-02-16 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug "papersize not supported by pgfsys-xetex.def - ID: 2934982"
-
-
-2010-02-09 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Improved automatic cross referencing: auto key path prefixing failed for
- spaces in key paths.
-
-2010-02-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added "on background layer" key to backgrounds lib.
-
-2010-02-02 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \pgfmathifisint
- - supported \nofiles in auto xref generation
-
-2010-02-01 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - externalization: both, basic layer and external lib now support \ref{}s
- inside of externalized pictures. Furthermore, they won't generate any aux
- files on their own (which wouldn't be thread safe and is not useful
- anyway)
-
-2010-01-29 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: fixed bug with figure list/makefile handling and file
- deps: calling file dependency handlings outside of a picture could result
- in compilation failures
-
-2010-01-27 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: mode=list and make now supports the force remake keys.
- - external lib: the -shell-escape switch for nested system calls is
- activated only if it was active for the main document. This should allow a
- reasonable security measure for mode=list and make (which will also work
- without system calls from within TeX).
-
-2010-01-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: added support for file dependencies.
- For mode=list and make, any file dependencies configured with
- \tikzpicturedependsonfile{<name>} will be checked by the generated
- makefile.
-
-
-2010-01-16 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - profiler library now uses an output file which contains the current date
- and time. Furthermore, it counts every invocation and allows to show every
- command invocation (optionally with arguments expanded).
-
-2010-01-14 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - profiler library can now profile macros with arbitrary argument pattern
- and is more rebust with respect to save stack usage
-
-2010-01-11 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - worked on profiler library and added docs for it.
-
-2010-01-10 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added first draft of the pgf 'profiler' library
-
-2010-01-07 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix for rounded corners affecting custom fills in rectangle
- split shape.
-
-2009-12-29 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - updated the 'make dist' documentation target such that it compresses
- every pdf object. The resulting manual is half as large than without
- compression, but it requires pdf 1.5 (at least acrobat 6.0).
-
-2009-12-22 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: some output messages did not respect the 'verbose
- IO=false' flag; fixed that
- - fixed buggy treatment of some automatic cross references in manual
-
-2009-12-15 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: improved the tikzexternal.sty package which can be used
- without pgf installed.
-
-2009-12-04 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added spy library.
-
-2009-12-02 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - imported a patch of Andy Schlaikjer which extends the 'plot gnuplot'
- feature to read the ``unbounded point'' information provided by gnuplot.
-
-2009-11-29 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \r@pgf@reada temporary \openin register for compatibility with
- other packages
-
-2009-11-19 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed an auto xref bug which wrote '\pgfkeys{}' although the manual
- contained |\pgfkeys|.
-
-2009-11-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: the 'optimize command away' things where not activated
- accidentally. I fixed it.
- - added support for new paragraphs in pgfkeys values
- - fixed bug in |const plot| handler (and all its variants): the first
- coordinate was transformed twice
-
-2009-11-15 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - auto xrefs now support point coordinate systems.
- - auto xrefs now provide an interface to deal with tricky active
- characters (for |-)
- - external lib: improved compatibility with |fadings| libary.
- - replaced 'set terminal table; set output "<file>"' by 'set table "<file>"'
- to maintain compatibility with the new gnuplot version.
-
-2009-11-14 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - pgfmanual.pdf: provided a 'make dist' target in version_for_pdftex/en
- which activates automatic hyper references from codeexamples to key
- declarations.
- This utilizes larger memory limits, configured in
- doc/generic/pgf/text-en/texmf.cnf
-
-2009-11-12 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added the 'small mindmap' style.
-
-2009-11-06 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - FPU: improved sanity checks and exception handling for the decompose
- routines (pgfmathfloatgetexponent etc) and the number parser.
- Added exception 'wrong lowlevel format'.
-
-2009-10-20 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - renamed 'text mark/style' to 'text mark style' and 'text mark/as node'
- to 'text mark as node' (there are backw. compatibility hooks).
- This should avoid confusion with '.unknown' handlers.
-
-2009-10-19 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - improved error recovery of external lib.
-
-2009-10-16 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - temporarily disabled the auto cross references -- it seems they compile
- only with increased memory.
-
-2009-10-15 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Installed preliminary version of automatic cross referencing tool.
- Now, every codeexample is parsed for options and control sequences which
- have been defined somewhere else in the document; pdf cross references are
- built automatically as well.
- - configured links to be blue throughout the document.
- - external lib: added \tikzexternaldisable such that partial externalization is possible
- although the document contains unsupported constructs (where environments
- can't be identified without macro expansion).
- The pgfmanual compiles with image externalization now.
-
-2009-10-13 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \pgfutilsolvetwotwoleq to solve 2x2 linear equation systems using
- column pivotisation and gauss elim. Should result in improved quality
- compared with \pgftransforminvert as internal equation solver
-
-2009-10-09 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Defined \pgfdeclaregenericanchor to allow anchors which get the shape
- name as argument. Only useful internally.
-
-2009-09-15 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed buggy treatment of white spaces in \jobname and 'plot function'
- using \pgfutilpreparefilename.
-
-2009-09-04 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug item #2834141 [wrong reversed double arrows]
- - Fixed bug item #2834233 [shapes libraries]
- - Fixed bug item #2822265 [tangent coordinates not working in CVS]
- - Changed \rm to \tf in Context.
-
-2009-07-31 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: added 'mode=list and make'. Now, image externalisation
- time can be reduced with 'make -j 2 -f mainfile.makefile'.
-
-2009-07-08 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external lib: fixed treatment of long arguments in \tikz ... ; shortcut
- command.
-
-2009-06-30 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed white space bug in \pgfkeysdeactivatefamily
- - added \pgfmathfloatvalueof
-
-2009-06-22 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added a '*' feature to '\pgfmathdeclarefunction' which overwrites
- existing functions.
-
-2009-06-11 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added '/tikz/no marks' key.
- - fixed typo in external lib documentation: the key is called 'figure name',
- not 'file name'
-
-2009-06-10 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \pgfgettransformentries and \pgfsettransformentries.
- - updated the external library such that it deals with active characters
- in the same way as without external library.
- - fixed bug in fpu cosh, sinh and tanh
-
-2009-06-09 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - provided two new aliases for key filters, added \pgfkeyssetfamily.
-
-2009-05-29 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - allowed numbers like '.9' in fpu.
-
-2009-02-29 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix for signal shape.
-
-
-2009-05-22 Jin-Hwan Cho <jinhwancho@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Applied the patches for dvipdfmx driver,
- pgf-doc-diff.version2cvs (2009-04-18) and
- pgf-generic-diff.version2cvs (2009-04-19).
-
-2009-05-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Restored processing of unknown keys in the predefined key filters 'and',
- 'not', 'or' and 'false': it was not improvement...
-
-2009-05-17 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed the sequence of arguments of
- \pgfqkeysactivatefamiliesandfilteroptions and
- \pgfqkeysactivatesinglefamilyandfilteroptions
- in the reference manual.
-
-2009-05-16 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - key filtering: the composed key filter handlers 'not', 'and', 'false' and 'or' now
- ignore unknown options and call the .unknown handlers.
- - pgfkeys: removed the experimental \pgfkeyssetdefaultpathforhandled method.
- It doesn't fit into the clean interface for pgfkeys - and the problem of
- default paths for handled keys can be solved better with the '/handler
- config' method.
-
-2009-04-24 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - provided API function \pgfmathfloatifflags to simplify special cases in
- FPU.
-
-2009-04-23 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added (primitive) veclen implementation for FPU.
- - added cosh, sinh, tanh to FPU
-
-2009-04-21 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in external lib: empty lines in tikzpicture environments were not accepted
- for some operating modes.
-
-2009-04-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \pgfqpointscale
-
-2009-04-08 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added an optional argument count to 'optimize command away' in external
- library.
-
-2009-04-03 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added the |figure name| key to the externalization library
- - improved docs for externalization library
-
-2009-03-30 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - improved sanity checking of floating point comparison: does now also
- yield results for infty/nan
- - added fix for precedence bug for unary minus (fix has been suggested by
- Mark Wibrow, by mail conversation)
-
-2009-03-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Replaced \z@ by 0pt for context.
-
-2009-03-21 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - external library: fixed the 'optimize' feature: pictures which won't be
- exported could not be optimized away (although they should)
-
-2009-03-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Replaced \toks@ and \voidb@x by \pgfutil@toks@ and
- \pgfutil@voidb@x.
-
-2009-03-14 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - improved docs for .search also.
- - fixed initial value for 'domain' such that it really uses the default
- samples=25.
-
-
-2009-03-09 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added patch for context color support in luatex.
-
-2009-02-26 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - improved the optimization facilities of the external library:
- |optimize=false| will now properly restore any optimized material
- when used in \tikzset
-
-2009-02-23 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added |/handler config=all,only existing,full or existing|
- configuration.
- - added |.search also| key handler as a simple implementation of key
- search paths.
- - fixed default value for /tikz/samples at- there are no really 25
- samples, not 26. I forgot to fix this last time when I fixed 'samples'
-
-2009-02-20 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added |\pgfkeyssetdefaultpathforhandled| feature as improvement for
- multiple key paths to pgfkeys. Reference documentation and an
- application example is in the manual.
-
-2009-02-13 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added 'mark=text' which draws arbitrary TeX content as plot marks to
- plot mark library.
-
-2009-02-06 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added key 'define function' to define simple local functions.
-
-2009-02-04 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked on dv stuff.
-
-2009-02-01 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Index argument to array is automatically truncated to an
- integer.
- - Text decoration can now be aligned along or fitted to a path.
- - Added key '/pgf/decoration/reverse path' to decorate a path
- backwards.
-
-2009-01-24 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - the FPU deactivation command is now assembled once and for all during
- its first usage.
-
-2009-01-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed the "ellipse", "circle" and "arc" commands, so that
- they take options. This gives a much clearer and more
- flexible syntax. Naturally, the old syntax continues to work
- as expected.
- - Documented svg stuff and added tikz interface. Most useful
- for quickly converting svg pictures to tikz pictures...
-
-2009-01-23 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed fpu 'round' method - it rounded mantissas instead of the complete
- number before.
-
-2009-01-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed some math stuff
- - Renamed \pgfpathcurvebetweentime* to
- \pgfpathcurvebetweentimecontinue.
- - Added svg.path lib. It allows one to directly use
- the svg syntax for paths (like "M10 10 L 20 20"). Not yet
- documented.
-
-2009-01-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added tutorial for mind/lecture maps.
-
-2009-01-06 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - implemented fpu factorial
- - if the fixed point library is activated, the fpu will be deactivated
- automatically.
- - added draft for FPU documentation
-
-2009-01-03 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug in fpu sqrt.
- - added logical commands to fpu.
- - fixed bug in fpu related to multi-argument-commands
- - provided feature to disable fpu manually.
-
-2008-12-31 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added support for pgf 2.00 and the fpu (works only with additional
- and technical work - the fpu file is not all which is needed)
- - added pow and greaterthan to FPU
- - fixed some FPU issues
- - fixed processing of '/tikz/domain' key - it produced N+1 samples instead
- of N.
-
-2008-12-30 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added further functions to fpu; improved sanity checking; fixed smaller
- bugs related to fpu
-
-2008-12-29 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - improved internal floating point code: it is possible to change the
- low-level representation with minimal number of code lines.
- - modified low-level floating point representation. All high level code
- should be completely unaffected; the changes are backwards compatible.
- - Wrote first draft of a floating point unit library (fpu) similar in
- spirit to the fixed point library of Mark Wibrow.
- - Moved all floating point math operations (functions) into the fpu
- library. It is now necessary to include the library in order to use
- floating point math operations. The number formatting methods are still
- available as before.
-
-2008-12-28 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added trigonometric functions to floating point unit.
-
-2008-12-17 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added \colorlet to ConTeXt stuff.
-
-2008-12-14 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked some more on data visualization stuff. Still in
- pre-alpha.
-
-2008-12-11 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \pgfmathfloatexp.
-
-2008-12-07 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - floating point macros now always use the basic pgf math methods for
- mantisse computations, even if the fixed point library is active.
-
-2008-12-06 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - 'mark=none' is now equivalent with 'mark=' (disables plot marks).
- The previous behavior was to issue \pgfuseplotmark{none} which is
- equivalent to \relax (and wastes time).
-
-2008-12-03 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed exp function code in
- pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex. It is now *much* more
- precise for negative values and also more precise for
- positive values.
-
-2008-11-28 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - optimized \pgfmathfloattofixed for speed (although it introduces
- redundand zeros)
- - Added '/pgf/image/include external' command key as public interface
- to modify the '\includegraphics' command in image externalization routines.
-
-2008-11-24 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed bug with |overlay| option and matrizes: now, cell pictures won't
- collapse any more if the matrix has |overlay| enabled. However, the
- matrix' bounding box won't contribute to the image as desired.
-
-2008-11-23 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added support for active '!' characters (for example in blue!30!black
- and french babel setting)
- - modified processing of 'domain' option: the argument is '\edef'ed such
- that any potentially active ':' characters will be expanded to non-active
- ones (avoiding errors in the following processing).
-
-2008-11-13 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed \pgfnodealias bug that caused chains to fail in matrices.
-
-2008-10-30 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added shading library, mainly containing the new color wheel
- shading donated by Ken Starks.
-
-2008-10-27 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - More fixes for insertion of spaces.
-
-2008-10-27 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added square arrow send by
- gvtjongahung@users.sourceforge.net.
- - Changed pgfutil-context.def so that driver detection should
- work once more.
-
-2008-10-27 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed insertion of space when parsing exponents.
-
-2008-10-23 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added int truncation to floating point unit.
-
-2008-10-22 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added abs, abserror and relerror to floating point unit.
-
-2008-10-21 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added sqrt for floating point unit, built on top of pgfmathsqrt.
-
-2008-10-09 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed the wrong lengths of support vectors for circles. Used to
- be 0.555 (found by trial and error), while the correct value
- is 4/3*(sqrt(2)-1) = 0.5522847, which gives much better
- circles.
- Thanks to Ken Starks for point this out.
-
-2008-10-07 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed rounded rectangle right arc bug.
-
-2008-10-06 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed missing treatment of 'assume math mode' in \pgfmathprintnumber'
-
-2008-10-05 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed missing switching off of auto anchors in positioning
- library.
-
-2008-10-01 Till Tantau <tantau@tcs.uni-luebeck.de>
-
- - Fixed matrix/pdfsync incompatibility.
-
-2008-09-30 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed some parsing bugs with arrays.
- - Fix for parsing of arrays in TikZ coordinates.
-
-2008-09-25 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added number formatting option 'min exponent for 1000 sep'.
-
-2008-09-21 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug in math parser which inserted spaces into text
- or picture.
-
-2008-09-17 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added number formatting style 'sci superscript'
- Example: formats the number 42 as 4.2^1 instead of 4.2 \cdot 10^1
-
-2008-09-15 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug "TikZ, the shadow library and ConTeXt MKIV
- (LuaTeX)".
-
-2008-09-14 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #2105132 for rounded rectangle.
- - Fixed bug #2044129 for chamfered rectangle.
-
-2008-09-12 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added \pgfpathcurvebetweentime.
-
-2008-09-10 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed problem with nodes on a line inside a picture that is
- inside a node of another picture. Pictures will now always
- start with "pos=.5" set.
-
-2008-09-07 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Slight hack of decorations so that the input path can consist of a
- single move to. This enables stuff like
- \path [decoration={some decoration}, decorate] (4,5);
-
-2008-09-03 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed small bug related to '@dec sep mark' and not-a-number in number
- formatting routines.
-
-2008-09-03 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Solutions for path intersections can now be sorted along either path.
- - \pgfintersectionsolutions is now a macro, not a count register.
-
-2008-08-31 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fix for ``Missing character...' warnings in logfile when using
- foreach.
- - removed `trim integers' option from foreach as int function
- can now be used.
-
-2008-08-31 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Rewrote math parser. Anyone who relies on, or has hacked internal
- parser or function macros, or has defined their own functions for
- the parser will need to reconsult the code and/or documentation.
- - Files for functions definitions split (possibly permanantly) into
- different files.
- - Scaling of results at the end of the parse is no longer the default
- action. This doesn't break PGF or TikZ, but it may break user code
- that depended on this scaling. To turn it back on use
- \let\pgfmathpostparse=\pgfmathscaleresult.
- - Modifying existing functions or creating new functions must now be
- done using \pgfmathdeclarefunction and \pgfmathredeclarefunction.
- - Single argument functions do not need parentheses, provided the
- funtion is followed by a space, so sin 60 is the same as sin(60).
- But! Functions have the highest precedence, so sin 60*\x is the
- same as sin(60)*\x.
- - Added {} operators for array specification and [] operators for
- array access - see docs for details.
- - added postfix ! factorial operator.
- - added c++/java style conditional e.g., \x > 10 ? 13 : 20.
- - added >=, <=, !=, prefix !, &&, || operators.
- - added atan2, log10, log2, e, int and frac functions.
- - adapted cosh, sinh and tanh from Martin Heller.
- - added lua-style random function for generating random integers.
- - added Mod function (note capital letter). Uses floored division
- and is never negative.
- - min, max, veclen and pow can now be nested in any argument
- position.
- - min and max can now take a variable number of arguments.
- - For compatability \pgfmathmax and \pgfmathmin still take two
- arguments (although these can contain comma separated expressions).
- However \pgfmathmin@ and \pgfmathmax@ now only take
- one argument in the form \pgfmathmin@{{1}{2}{3}{4}{5}} (for 5
- arguments).
- - added hex, Hex, bin, and oct functions. These functions will not
- work properly if the post-parse scaling is turned back on.
- - 0 prefix for integers now specifies an octal number which is
- automatically converted to base 10.
- - 0x or 0X prefix for integers now specifies a hexadecimal number,
- which is automatically converted to base 10.
- - 0b or 0B prefix for integers now specifies a binary number,
- which is automatically converted to base 10.
- - "" characters turn off parsing (!) for part of an expression.
- - added width, height, and depth functions for text e.g.,
- width("Some text"), but as an expression is \edef'ed before
- parsing other commands will have to be `protected' e.g.,
- width("\noexpand\Huge Some text").
- - bugfix for tan and cot.
-
-2008-08-27 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added '/tikz/external/export={true,false}' key for externalization
- library.
-
-2008-08-05 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added documentation for basic layer externalization and baseline option.
-
-2008-07-28 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added 'showpos' key to number printing (and alias 'print sign').
-
-2008-07-22 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - fixed typo in pgfmathfloat.code.tex
- - added 'optimize command away=\macro' key to externalization library. It
- allows to discard unnecessary and possibly expensive user macros during
- export (unnecessary = not in selected picture).
-
-2008-07-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug in system layer path collecting. Very long paths
- are now processed more efficiently (the bug disabled an optimization).
-
-2008-07-14 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added "marker" positions into the output of number formatting routines
- to find period positions (even if no period is typeset) and exponent
- positions. Allows alignment within auxiliary routines.
-
-2008-07-14 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed dash phase bug.
- - Fixed missing library include in automata lib.
- - Added "align" option. "text ragged" and friends are now
- deprecated. Text width need no longer not, but can, be
- specified. The following now has the expected effect: \node
- [draw,align=center] {Hello\\world.};
-
-2008-07-10 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \pgfqpointxy and \pgfqpointxyz to complement the "quick" point
- commands in basic layer.
-
-2008-07-09 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added 'every mark' style.
- - 'mark options' simply overwrites 'every mark' (consistent with its old
- definition)
-
-2008-07-07 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Finished circuit library and documentation (well, some
- shapes still missing, but that's something users should
- contribute).
-
-2008-07-01 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - the external library now handles active double quotes ",
- single quotes ', and active semicolons ';' in its system call
- correctly. Furthermore, \\ will expand to a normal
- backslash. The initial system call now uses double quotes
- for indows compatibility, it also contains the shell-escape
- feature for gnuplot invocations.
-
-2008-06-30 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Did some documentation of circuit lib.
- - Removed the separated documentation of the intersection
- library and made this documentation part of the main
- documentation.
- - The intersection cs is now deprecated, the documentation
- is now only based on the intersection lib.
- - Added a "by" option so that "name intersections={of=A and
- B,by={c,d,e}}" will create an alias c for intersection-1, d
- for intersection-2 and e for intersection-3.
- - Renamed "path name" to "name path" in the intersection
- lib. This is more consistent with "name intersections".
-
-2008-06-29 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Minor changes on float stuff, wrote pgfmathfloatmultiply and
- pgfmathfloatdivide on top of pgfmathmultiply and pgfmathdivide
-
-2008-06-29 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added `Fixed Point Arithmetic' library, which provides
- a parsing interface to the fp package. Dealing with plotting
- files still a bit crude.
- - This library means the manual now requires the fp pacakge
- to compile.
- - Fixed floor function for negative numbers.
- - Fixed \pgfmathsetseed.
- - Font and group fix for external documentation.
-
-2008-06-27 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Complete change of TikZ intersections (PGF unchanged).
- - Slight hack of the TikZ scopes library to permit local
- path naming. Should work...
-
-2008-06-26 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Continued with circuit library.
- - Introduced subdirectories inside the pgf library
- directory and moved libs into them.
- You may need to update your checkout.
-
-2008-06-26 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - The external library now typesets as horizontal material by issueing
- \leavevmode. This fixes an inconsistency with the normal tikzpictures.
-
-2008-06-25 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added intersection library + documentation for
- intersecting ``named'' paths.
-
-2008-06-25 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug in external library. Now, strings like '#1' occuring
- somewhere in an image is collected correctly.
-
-2008-06-24 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Removed new intersection stuff. Need to restart from scratch...
-
-2008-06-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Started working on circuit library documentation.
-
-2008-06-23 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added PGF code and docs for intersections of two curves and
- intersections of a line and a curve.
- - Fixed bug in foreach code when registers are used with dots
- statement.
-
-2008-06-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Created first version of circuit libraries for electrical
- engineering (circuits.ee.*).
- - Added libraries so that ee circuits and logical circuits can
- be accessed using the same interface. (circuits.logic.*)
- - The tikz lib shapes.gates.logic.* will no
- longer be needed, the circuits.logic.* will replace them. (The
- pgf libs shapes.gates.* are still used as before, however.)
- - Minor patch in shapes.gates.logic.US so that the .0 and .180
- anchors of a not gate or a buffer gate are the same as the
- input or output anchors.
- - All this is not documented, yet.
- - Worked some more on dv stuff, but nothing to "show", yet.
-
-2008-06-21 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed parsing bug in foreach code.
- - Added "rotate fit" key to fit library, so (e.g.) a rotated
- rectangle can be fitted around nodes/coordinates.
-
-2008-06-21 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added documentation for tikz 'external' library.
- - created pgfexternalwithdepth.tex file to use the 'baseline' information.
- - improved some issues of the external library.
- - Added '/pgf/images/draft' option
- - Modified implementation of draft images to show the image file name
- instead of the internal image name
-
-2008-06-19 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added tikz library 'external' which allows automatic or semiautomatic
- export of each tikzpicture to pdf. Documentation is not yet ready.
- - Added self-contained latex package tikzexternal.sty to read those images
- without tikz/pgf installed.
- - Added support for the 'baseline' option in \beginpgfgraphicnamed ... \endpgfgraphicnamed
- by storing the box depth into a separate file.
-
-2008-06-19 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added first ideas for a circuit library.
- - Bugfixes in scoping behaviour.
- - Changed scoping rules for to path operation: Options are now
- local. This may break existing code, but is much more
- consistent with everything else and removes other problems.
- - Patched mindmap lib to account for these changed rules.
- - Added insert path option.
- - Deprecated "after node path". Use "append after command" and
- "prefix after command" instead.
- - Moved datavisualization libraries to separate subdirectory.
-
-2008-06-18 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed label and pin options once again, to allow more
- flexibility. In particular, the angle can now be
- omitted. Also, for rotated main nodes the anchors are now
- chosen in more sensible ways.
-
-2008-06-16 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added tiny little turtle graphics library for fun.
- - Changed scoping rules for \foreach statement on a path: the
- last coordinate is now persistent not only after the foreach
- statement, but also between different iterations.
- - Changed positioning of "label" when you attach a label to a
- transformed shape. The position is now absolute with respect
- to the page, unless the "transform shape" option is used.
-
-2008-06-11 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed the bug fix for character checking in foreach.
- - Updates and fixes for new foreach code.
-
-2008-06-13 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug in new \foreach stuff that causes an error on
- things like \foreach \i in {1,...,\foo}. If a list element
- is a macro, no is-it-a-character check is done.
-
-2008-06-11 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Checked in proposed \foreach extensions. Possibly the
- extensions would be better contained in a pgflibrary...
- - list items can now be evaluated.
- - dots replacement is context sensitive.
- - sequences indicated by dots can be character sequences.
- - a list item can be ``remembered'' in the next iteration.
- - access to the number of the current item in the list is
- provided.
-
-2008-06-09 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Worked a bit on data visualization stuff.
-
-2008-06-07 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added '/pgf/number format/1000 sep' and 'dec sep' shortcut
- styles which simply call 'set thousands separator' and 'set
- decimal separator'. Those option are somewhat long...
-
-2008-06-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed the "local bounding box" option so that it honors the
- "relevant for picture size"-if.
-
-2008-06-04 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed buggy "mid left" and "mid right" options.
- - Added "between positions" option to the "mark" option. This
- makes it possible to create paths with "repeated arrows along
- the path". This did not work before.
-
-2008-06-03 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added '/pgf/number format/assume math mode' to disable math checks.
- This allows to assemble tabulars, apply \pgfmathprintnumber to each cell
- and use the dcolumn package to align at decimal separators (no
- documentation for that feature yet)
-
-2008-06-02 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed pgfpages in conjunction with everyshi.
-
-2008-05-31 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Semantics of |/pgf/number format/fixed zerofill| changed: it now simply
- sets a boolean which affects all numbers in fixed format; it does not
- SET fixed format. The same holds for sci zerofill.
-
-2008-05-30 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Provided \pgfmathprintnumberto macro in addition to
- \pgfmathprintnumber.
-
-2008-05-22 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Revised Lindenmayer system stuff. Documentation should
- now be up to date.
-
-2008-05-22 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added 'xbar interval' and 'ybar interval' plot handlers.
- - Moved plot handler options to /pgf key tree.
- - added 'bar shift' option.
- - bar width option is now evaluated when needed.
- - Added documentation for plot handler library changes and for tikz-plot
- interfaces.
- - Modified pgf manual macros: codeexamples section now employs pgfkeys,
- xkeyval no longer required. Introduced style 'every codeexample' to
- maintain compatibility and allow customization for users.
-
-2008-05-21 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added missing documentation of moveto-decoration.
-
-2008-05-20 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed the processing of \pgflsystemstep. Now a TeX
- dimension, it permits a symbol to shorten the step.
-
-2008-05-19 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added Lindemayer system drawing library.
- - Renamed the ranomization keys for the step and angle.
- - Updated the L-system docs.
-
-2008-05-19 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added documentation of oo-subsystem.
- - Started documentation of data visualization-subsystem.
- - Fixed hyperlink problem in dvipdfm(x)/xetex.
- - Fixed typos in Lindemayer system doc.
-
-2008-05-17 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added \pgfmathfloatadd, \pgfmathfloatsubtract and
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplyfixed based on pgf's normal math parser
- - Added tests for float arithmetics
- - Added \pgfmathfloattoextentedprecision for 8-digit mantisse precision
- - Added documentation for these methods
- - Added basic layer input stream methods to set zero levels for [xy]comb/[xy]bar;
- allows to start bars at different offsets than x=0 / y=0.
- - Added documentation for zero level streams.
-
-2008-05-15 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added "path picture" option, mostly for the implementation
- of the corrected mindmap connecting bars.
- - Fixed buggy code of mindmap connect bars: Shading angles
- where sometimes wrong and shading was sometimes at the wrong
- position.
-
-2008-05-14 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Completely rewrote management of pdf resources. This affects
- pdftex, dvipdfm, dvipdfmx and xetex backends and all front
- ends. They should now all work together in harmony, as far
- as this is supported by them.
- - Completely rewrote driver detection in plain and context
- mode.
- - dvipdfmx and xetex now use \special{pdf:literal direct},
- which can *considerably* reduce file sizes (up to a factor
- of 2).
-
-2008-05-14 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed compatability issue with old calc code.
-
-2008-05-13 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - documented '.lasttry' key handler
- - introduced documentation for key filtering routines (as \input section
- in pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex). Main section of pgfkeys not really updated
- yet; I only removed the 'family limitation' item in the introduction.
-
-2008-05-11 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Multiple fixes for signal shape.
-
-2008-05-03 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - added \pgfplotbarwidth and docs
- - used \pgfmathparse to assign \pgfsetplotbarwidth
- - added 'const plot mark right' to plot handler library to complete the
- different variants of left/right connected/jump handlers.
-
-2008-05-01 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed parser for expressions that begin and end with braces.
-
-2008-04-27 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added \pgfmathapproxequalto operation and documentation below
- \pgfmathequalto
- - Added some user-interface methods to floating point arithmetics
- - Added options
- /pgf/number format/set decimal separator
- /pgf/number format/set thousands separator
- /pgf/number format/skip 0.
- - Added documentation for floating point arithmetics
- - Added documentation for number printing
-
-2008-04-26 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added PGF plot handlers to plot handler library:
- - \pgfplothandlerxbar
- - \pgfplothandlerybar
- with parameter \pgfsetplotbarwidth{} and
- - \pgfplothandlerconstantlineto
- - \pgfplothandlerjumpmarkleft
- - \pgfplothandlerjumpmarkright
- - Added Tikz-Plot handlers
- - /tikz/xbar
- - /tikz/ybar
- with option '/tikz/bar width' and
- - /tikz/const plot
- - /tikz/jump mark left
- - /tikz/jump mark right
- - Added documentation for new plot handlers to Tikz- and plot handler
- section in manual
-
-2008-04-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Documented changed double line handling.
- - Made some arrow tips work with double lines.
-
-2008-04-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added (not yet documented) "inner lines", which move the
- double line mechanism from tikz to the basic layer. This
- allows the definition of special arrow tips for double lines.
- - Added (not yet documented) new arrow tip "implies" using
- this mechanism.
-
-2008-04-21 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - New version of rectangle split shape. Now supports horizontal
- as well as vertical spliting. Also supports up to 20 parts.
-
-2008-04-17 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex which provides key filtering
- and provides key-selection utilities like xkeyvals families
- - changed pgfkeys.code.tex to '\input' pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex
-
-2008-04-14 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added \tikzaddtikzonlycommandshortcutlet and
- \tikzaddtikzonlycommandshortcutdef to install shortcut commands at the
- beginning of tikzpicture.
- - pgfkeys.code.tex: fixed incompatibility .try with .is choice
-
-2008-04-10 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed patterns in dvips mode (were broken).
-
-2008-04-03 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Switched to everyshi in latex mode to hack into
- \shipout. Wrote direct code to hack into \shipout in plain
- mode. Hacking into \shipout in Context is still unclear.
- - Added space arrow.
-
-2008-4-02 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Reimplemented parsing of operands.
-
-2008-04-01 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added cirlce solidus shape by Manuel Lacruz.
-
-2008-03-19 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - `curve control points' decoration no longer exists. It is
- replaced by the `show path construction' decoration.
- - added code + docs for defining changable patterns.
- - Parser altered to access \pgfmathfloatparsenumber when
- \ifpgfmathfloat is true (old interface to \pgfmathfloat deleted).
-
-2008-03-18 Christian Feuersaenger <ludewich@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfloat.code.tex
- - Modified pgfmath.code.tex to include pgfmathfloat.code.tex
- - Added generic/pgf/testsuite/mathtest/pgfmathtestsuite.tex [dvipdfm/pdflatex]
- which provides testing for pgfmathfloat.code.tex
-
-2008-03-17 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed minimum width handling in rounded rectangle shape.
-
-2008-03-12 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added key for rectangle split to ignore empty parts.
- - Extended \pgfshadecolortorgb to define macros for the
- individual color components.
-
-2008-03-08 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added `curve control points' decoration for drawing
- curve controls. NB: names/keys may change.
-
-2008-03-07 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix for (some) `hidden' bugs: ``Missing character:
- There is no <char> in font nullfont!''. This is usually
- only seen in log file. Fixed for star, circular sector
- and math macros.
-
-2008-03-03 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed documentation "placment" replaced by "positioning"
- - Fixed ConTeXt page resource problem. (ConTeXt support is
- still not as smooth as support of other formats)
- - Checked in some data visualization stuff, without any
- documentation. Everything still likely to change
- completely.
- - Moved module management to pgfutil.
- - Added support for simple oo-programming, not documented.
-
-2008-02-26 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug in pgfkeysaddvalue.
- - Fixed bug of stack leak in function shadings in postscript.
- - Fixed missing image inclusion documentation.
- - Fixed atan bug in documentation example.
- - Fixed missing dependency of chains--positioning library
- - Fixed missing dependency of mindmap--decorations library
-
-2008-02-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Released version 2.00
-
-2008-02-14 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed "initial"/"accepting" distance bug.
- - Fixed wrong intersection computation bug.
-
-2008-02-13 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added "local bounding box" option for Fabien...
-
-2008-02-12 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Finished chains and chain tutorial.
- - Fixed height of rounded rectangle shape.
-
-2008-02-11 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added "auto end on length" and "auto corner on length"
- options to decorations.
- - Added "if input segment is closepath" option to
- decorations.
- - Renamed "subpath" in decoration code to "inputsegment". In
- the pdf-specification (and in the rest of the pgf manual) a
- path is made up of subpath, which are started by movetos,
- and these in turn are made up of segments. In decorations,
- segments used to be called subpaths, which was too
- confusing...
- - More renaming in chains, but its stabilizing now.
- - Started a tutorial on chains.
-
-2008-02-10 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Moved chain part inside "positioning" into "chains"
- library.
- - Renamed things in the chains library, yet again and added
- branches.
- - Fixed bug with "xyz of" placements.
-
-2008-02-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Renamed "placements" library to "positioning".
- - Renamed and changed all chain commands.
- - Added scopes library.
- - Renamed cap and join to line cap and line join (but old ones
- are still available).
-
-2008-02-07 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Patched Makefiles according to suggestion by Hans Meine.
- - Fixed bug: duplicate fading name in pgflibraryfadings.
- - Fixed bug: wrong size of functional shading in dvips.
- - Fixed bud: documentation a4paper setting.
- - Fixed bug: Manual now compiles with tex4ht once more.
- - Fixed bug: Manual now is hyperlinked also for dvipdfm.
- - Fixed bug: wrong size of all shadings in svg code.
- - Slight change in placement lib, default chain now has a
- name.
-
-2008-02-07 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Removed internal asin tables as asin is now calculated from
- acos tables.
- - Misc. updates for shapes docs.
-
-
-2008-02-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed fit library, so that nodes are now "completely"
- fitted.
- - Changed tutorial so that fit library is now used.
- - Added placement library and documentation.
-
-2008-02-05 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixes in snake compatibility code.
- - Added dvipdfmx support (identical to dvipdfm).
- - Fixed missing braces and color stack problem in
- shapes.logic.IEC.
-
-2008-02-04 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Patched (and hopefully fixed) hyperref support.
- - Made matrix inversion more precise.
- - Added tutorial for geometric constructions.
- - Fixed partway and intersection computations.
- - Added line to circle intersection.
-
-2008-02-03 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added through library (still very simple...).
- - Added computation of intersection of circles and tangent to
- a circle.
-
-2008-01-31 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Updated isosceles triangle shape. Positioning of node
- contents improved. Added key so minimum width and height
- can be applied independently
- - Fix for trapezium shape for minimum height. This fix may
- ``break'' exisiting code by making any trapezium enlarged using
- minimum height to appear slightly wider than before. But...
- - Added keys for trapezium so that minimum width and height
- can be applied independently, or to just the `body' of the
- trapezium.
-
-2008-01-30 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Reimplemented shape `tape'. Anchors should behave a bit
- better now.
-
-2008-01-29 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed problem with pin a relative coordinates.
-
-2008-01-27 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added `logic gate IEC symbol color` key to change color
- for all symbols simultaneously.
- - Fix for loading US and IEC shape library separately.
- - Misc. updates for decoration docs.
-
-2008-01-26 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Modified calc library. Working on documentation.
- - Added calc library and ($...$) notation for coordinates.
-
-2008-01-25 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Reorganised logic shapes. Now two libraries:
- shapes.gates.logic.US (for `American' gates) and
- shapes.gates.logic.IEC (for rectangular gates).
- Gates are now named `and gate US' or `and gate IEC' etc.
- TikZ key `use US style logic gates' and `use IEC style
- logic gates' set up styles so that (e.g.) `and gate'
- becomes a synonym for `shape=and gate US'. See docs for
- details.
-
-2008-01-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added decorations.markings.
-
-2008-01-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed pgfpatharc: Fractional angles are now handled
- correctly.
- - Fixed incompatability with bm package: Changed hack to
- \@@end to \AtEndDocument.
- - Changed things in the math engine to speed up things: First,
- \pgfmath@returnone now uses simpler and faster code. Second,
- some marshals in the internal math commands like
- \pgfmathadd@ have been removed. This makes it necessary that
- the second operand in a call to an internal math macro no
- longer uses \pgf@x or \pgf@xa and I fixed the 3 places where
- this was the case.
- - Added footprint decoration and merged Marks footprints.
- - Added buffering to the subpath mechanism. This speeds up
- constructions of very long paths by a factor of 10 or more.
- - Fixed missing declaration of \iftikz@decoratepath in
- tikz.code.tex.
-
-2008-01-22 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added logic shapes library. Includes AND gate, NAND gate,
- OR gate, NOR gate, XOR gate, XNOR gate and NOT gate.
-
-2008-01-22 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fooled around with title page.
- - Changed TikZ path scoping rules: Scopes no longer affect the
- last point on a path. This was a nuiseance before and became
- a real problem with decorations.
- - Finished my move from snakes to decorations. Also finished
- documentation.
- We are now ready for a new release!
-
-2008-01-19 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Removed \externalcode command for decoration states as
- persistent pre/postcomputation stuff does a similar job.
-
-2008-01-18 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added \externalcode command for decoration states. Allows
- code to be executed outside the TeX-group the state code
- is executed in.
-
-2008-01-17 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Split decoration lib into several libs.
- - Renamed lineto decoration to curveto decoration.
- - Renamed many keys of decorations and snakes to shorter
- names.
- - Changed the tikz setting of decoration options.
- - No documentation yet.
-
-2008-01-17 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Started merging snakes and decorations. Not yet finished.
-
-2008-01-16 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - (Partly) rewrote the tikz support for decorations. There is
- now a "decorate" path command:
- \draw ... decorate [decoration=zigzag] { (0,0) -- (1,2) };
- This yields a much cleaner interface.
- - There is also a decorate=true/false option that causes the
- whole path to be decorated.
- - Decorated path can now contain nodes.
- - Node paths can also be decorated now.
- - Fixed missing \pgftransformreset inside decoration
- environment.
-
-2008-01-15 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed the decoration documentation a bit. Still not quite
- perfect...
- - Restructured the basic layer. There is a central core (which
- got slightly larger) and "modules", which can be included
- using \usepgfmodule. All the pgfbaseXXX files are now
- obsolete and only included for the old ones for
- compatibility.
- The {pgf} package no longer includes the modules "pattern",
- "snakes" and "decorations" by default. However, these
- modules are loaded by their respective libraries, so,
- normally, no one will notice.
-
-2008-01-15 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix for minimum size in ellipse split shape.
- - Added decorations documentation.
-
-2008-01-14 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Coordinates like (2,3cm) are now allowed. Has the same
- effect as ([shift={(2,0)}]0pt,3cm), which is what everybody
- would expect.
- - Moved tikz hacks inside tikzlibrarydecorations into
- tikz.code.tex itself.
-
-2008-01-14 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix for save stack overflow in decorations.
- - Renamed \pgfdecorate \endpgfdecorate, now \pgfdecoration
- \endpgfdecoration. Makes it more consistent with...
- - Meta decorations! Automata that decorate the path with
- decoration automata! Increased fancyness! Docs soon.
- - Removed a bunch of keys from \tikzlibrarydecorations as
- not really necessary.
-
-2008-01-13 Till tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Changed shadow lib once more and added it to CVS.
-
-2008-01-13 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added decorations files. Docs to follow soon(ish).
- - Fix for `star point ratio' and `star point height'
- keys in star shape.
-
-2008-01-11 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added copy shadow.
-
-2008-01-10 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added random steps snake.
-
-2008-01-09 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added shadow library, removed shadow shapes (no longer
- needed).
- - Added preaction and postaction options (very useful).
- - Added transform canvas option.
- - Added scale around option.
- - Moved tikz.code.tex to tikz/tikz.code.tex
- - Moved .../libraries/pgflibrarytikzXXXX.code.tex to
- .../frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryXXXX.code.tex.
-
-2007-12-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed missing example bbs for dvipdfm.
- - Fixed buggy swirl shading.
- - Finished documentation switch from \itemoption to {key}.
- - Changed TikZ fading options. More consistent and easier to use,
- now.
-
-2007-12-20 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
- - Added `ellipse split' shape.
-
-2007-12-17 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed spaces problem with external graphics.
- - Added [missing] option to supress children.
- - Reduced number of libs includes by {shapes} to geometric,
- misc and symbol. Shapes is now more or less deprecated.
- - Added shadowed shapes.
- - Added pgfsys-xetex for native xetex support.
- - Added documentation hint on scoping inside \foreach.
- - Fixed bug [1620194] "tikz library mindmap requires trees"
- - Fixed bug [1787504] "Usage of \@namelet in xxcolor.sty clases with memoir."
- - Fixed bug [1809693] "background rectangle is scaled".
-
-2007-12-13 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added fadings.
- - Added functional shadings.
- - Fixed bug in double drawing with arrows.
-
-2007-11-24 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix for all math functions with two arguments.
- - Fix for tikz when y-coordinate is a function within braces.
- - Fix for distance calculation in shape snake.
- - Added `cloud callout' shape.
- - cloud shape can now use (or ignore) `aspect' key.
- - More key updates/fixes for shapes.
-
-2007-11-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Corrected minimum size of a diamond shape (was twice the
- correct size -- this may break existing code, but that cannot
- be avoided!).
- - Changed some more documentation from \itemoption to {key}s. Not
- yet finished.
-
-2007-11-19 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Updated math documentation. Code examples now consistent with
- the rest of the manual.
-
-2007-11-12 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed hyperref-dvipdfm-problem.
-
-2007-11-10 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Updated cloud shape for minimum size calculations.
- - Reimplemented rounded rectangle. Now supports concave arcs.
- - Removed all stuff for Fancy hyperlinked picture of shapes.
-
-2007-11-07 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - \foreach will now allow a macro name to be given as list
- argument (as in \foreach \x in \mylist {...})
-
-2007-10-29 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed keys problem when .try is used with a comma.
-
-2007-10-28 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed shape snake for drawing to other pictures.
- - Added shapes `arrow box' shape, `rectangle callout` and
- `ellipse callout'.
-
-2007-10-26 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed dvipdfm problem with hyperref.
-
-2007-10-13 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - pgfbasesnakes: changed length calculation and added angle calculation.
- - added `shape snake' to snake library.
- - added cylinder shape to geometric shapes.
- - renamed `bevelled rectangle'. Now called `chamfered rectangle'.
- - renamed pgfsavepgf@process. Now called pgfextract@process.
-
-2007-10-12 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed bug #1803811 gobbling of tokens after \pgfmathaddtocounter.
- - Fixed insertion of spaces after \pgfmath stuff.
- - Fixed bug #1811862.
-
-2007-09-19 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fix for cot and tan. Now correctly return negative values.
- - Added `...head indent' option for single and doube arrow
- shapes (allows the arrowheads to look more `fancy').
- - Updated tikzshapes.geometric and tikzshapes.symbols so
- the incircle border construction can be used in TikZ
- if libraries are loaded separately.
- - Misc. fixes and updates for shapes doc.
-
-2007-09-18 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed isosceles triangle, circular sector and circle split
- for `text width' key.
- - Fixed star, cloud and rectangle shape for using anchors for
- positioning.
- - New shapes:Rectangle split, rounded rectangle,
- bevelled rectangle, tape, signal, single arrow and double arrow.
- - Fancy hyperlinked picture of all shapes added to shape lib. doc.
- - Updated math doc.
- - Fix for square root.
- - Fix for parsing negative box dimensions.
- - (Yet another) division version.
-
-
-2007-08-20 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
- - Added cloud shape.
- - Updated all shapes (and doc.) for pgfkeys.
- - Changed Kite key: Now use (e.g.) '/pgf/kite vertex angles=60 and 70' (see doc.)
- - Added keys /pgf/shape aspect and /pgf/shape aspect inverse, (but \pgfsetshapeaspect
- and, TikZ option `apsect' are still there for compatability).
- - Updated diamond shape (and doc.) to use keys.
- -`Housekeeping' stuff (moved some macros around).
-
-
-2007-08-10 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Trapezium shape updated. No longer uses left and right
- extensions. Uses internal angles instead.
- - Updated pgfkeys for shapes (not done \pgfsetshapeaspect for
- diamond shape)
-
-2007-08-09 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added new starburst shape to misc shapes.
- - Updated all shapes to pgfkeys.
-
-2007-08-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added fitting library.
-
-2007-07-28 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed parser for expressions beginning with groups
- preceeded by signs e.g. -(4+3)
- - This also fixes problem in TikZ when specifiying coordinates
- contatining groups. Coordinates in the form (1, {(2+3)}) will
- work even if there are spaces after the comma.
-
-2007-07-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Started to use new pgfkeys also in pgf. In particular,
- commands like \pgfsetshape... are now replaced by keys.
- (Not yet finished.)
-
-2007-07-21 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added new geometric shape: `circular sector'.
- - Updated pgfbaseshapes.code.tex for saved macro support.
-
-2007-07-12 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added overlay functionality to \node.
- - Added pgfkeys and its documentation.
-
-2007-07-10 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Updated all `new' geometric shapes: polygon, star, trapezium,
- semicircle, isosceles triangle, kite, dart.
- - `isosceles triangle' and `simple isosceles triangle' combined
- into one shape.
- - more accurate anchor positioning in polygon and star shapes.
- - Added `shape border uses incircle' option for supporting shapes.
- - Added `shape border rotate' option for supporting shapes.
-
-2007-07-04 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added support for sec, cosec and cot.
-
-2007-07-03 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed missing compatibility \pgfsincos
- - Fixed wrong \pgfmathsincos
-
-2007-06-23 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added semicircle shape.
- - Updated documentation for all new shapes.
-
-2007-06-22 Mark Wibrow <vibrovski@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Added support for savedmacros in \pgfdeclareshape.
- - Added trapezium shape.
- - Added support for `legacy' calc code (\real, \minof, \maxof, \ratio).
- - Fixed 'public' sqrt macro in \pgfmathoperations.code.tex
- - Added isosceles triangle shape: uses incircle, but supports arbitrary
- rotation of border.
- - Added simple isosceles triangle shape: much tighter fit of node
- contents, but restricted rotation of border.
-
-2007-06-21 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- - Fixed text width problem in matrix of nodes.
-
-2007-01-18 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 1.18:
-
- - Added regular polygon and star shapes (by Mark Wibrow).
- - Added graphic externalization commands.
- - Added barycentric coordinate system.
- - Added direct TikZ plotting of function based on math engine.
- - Added math documentation into main documentation.
- - Added Mark Wibrow's math library.
- - Added calendar support.
- - Added matrix stuff.
- - Added automatic driver selection for xetex.
- - Added "growth parent anchor" option.
- - Fixed superfluous spaces in quick math parse code
- - Fixed superfluous \newboxes in math and image code
- - Fixed mth parser to recognize \wd\mybox.
- - Fixed wrong \pgfmathsetrandomseed
- - Fixed wrong \pgfmathradians@
- - Fixed problems with long mantissa and plain tex math code.
- - Fixed things so that \setlength works in pictures, once
- more.
- - Fixed selectfont problem in pdfsys-dvipdfm.def
- - Fixed problem with lost lastx/lasty in foreach in TikZ.
- - Fixed snake+rectangle+transform problem.
- - Fixed rectangle+rounded corner problem.
- - Fixed postscrip eofill1 problem.
- - Fixed amsmath/pgf clash because of wrong definition of \:
- - Fixed size of hyperlinks inside nodes.
- - Fixed ConTeXt problem in pgfbaseplot.
- - Fixed .aux problems in plain and ConTeXt mode. Using .pgf as
- extension now.
-
-2006-10-26 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 1.10:
-
- - Renamed \pgf@sys@pdf@mark to \pgfsyspdfmark.
- - Fixed the ConTeXt support so that it is usable (which is wasn't).
-
-2006-10-11 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 1.09:
-
- - Added \usepgflibrary and \usetikzlibrary to simplify adding
- new libraries.
- - Added native ConTeXt support in the form of module
- wrappers.
- - Added patterns.
- - Added crosses snake.
- - Added to and edge path operations.
- - Added to path library. In particular, this gives decent
- curved paths.
- - Added tikz automata library.
- - Added tikz er diagram library.
- - Added tikz Petri net library.
- - Added tikz mindmap library.
- - Added access to nodes in other pictures (!).
- - Added extended baseline setting.
- - Added functionality to add new coordinate systems.
- - Added polar xy coordinate system.
- - Added diamond shape (!).
- - Added plot mark phase, repeat and indices.
- - Added text height and text depth options.
- - Added label and pin options.
- - Added automatic node placement (!).
- - Added pgfsys-dvi.def for pure dvi mode. Supports only
- black and white drawing (not documented and not really usable).
- - Added 3d library (not documented and not really usable).
- - Cleared up license chaos.
- - Reorganized library documentation.
- - Removed pgflibraryautomata, use pgflibrarytikzautomata instead.
- - Fixed tree level option bug.
- - Fixed missing options for coordinates.
- - Fixed bug in TikZ parabola code.
- - Fixed bug in TikZ snake cycle code.
- - Fixed bug with empty list in pgffor
- - Fixed bug in code for insertion of dvips header specials.
- - Fixed bug in shading code (wrong bigpoint correction).
- - Fixed bug #1472666.
- - Fixed bug #1473255.
- - Fixed bug #1526175.
- - Fixed bug #1542512.
- - Fixed bug in TikZ transformation code for nested pictures.
- - Fixed patch #1443606.
- - Fixed path #1526178.
-
-2005-11-16 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 1.01:
-
- - Added textures support.
- - Added text opacity option.
- - Fixed bug in pgfbasesnakes.code.tex causing lot's of
- 'missing = in nullfont' message in log file.
- - Fixed bug that made plain tex mode unusable.
- - Fixed missing pgfsys-vtex.def in FILES.
- - Fixed wrong box placements in compatibility mode.
- - Fixed SVG support to create legal xml.
- - Moved documentation to doc/generic/pgf.
-
-2005-10-23 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 1.00:
-
- - There have not been any real changes since 0.99.
-
-
-2005-10-11 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.99:
-
- - Added vtex support (finally!).
- - Added multi part mechanism to nodes.
- - Added very simple pgflibraryautomata.
- - Changed coordinate shape such that it now never produces a
- text label.
- - Renamed \pgfshapebox to \pgfnodeparttextbox (made necessary
- by the node part mechanism).
-
-2005-09-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.98:
-
- - Added transparency to PGF (quite nice...).
- - Added foreach option to child path operation (also nice...).
- - Fixed problem with \\ in centered text.
- - Fixed problem with hyperlinks in nodes.
- - Fixed wrong arrows in trees.
-
-2005-09-08 Till Tantau <tantua@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.97:
-
- - Reorganised directory structure of documentation.
- - Added tree mechanism.
- - Added snake mechanism.
- - Added layer mechanism.
- - Added new shapes: cross out, strike out, forbidden sign.
- - Added some more documentation.
- - Added "none" drawing and filling colors.
- - Added pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.
- - Changed syntax of \pgfqbox.
- - Changed syntax of several \pgfsys@xxxx commands.
- - Added SVG support / a tex4ht backend. (Complicated text
- inside svg graphics is not supported well, but that's mainly
- a shortcoming of the svg specification.)
-
-2005-07-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.96:
-
- This is a beta version. Version 1.00 will be the first stable
- version of TikZ/pgf.
-
- - Fixed spacing problem in dvips.
- - Changed syntax of plot and plot marks.
- - Changed syntax of ellipse and elliptical arc options.
- - Fixed baseline bug in tikz.
- - Fixed bug in pgfpages.
- - Introduced "every xxxx" styles, got rid of shape actions option.
- - Added "intersection of" syntax for coordinates.
- - Started revising the documentation.
- - Changed names of some pgfpages commands.
- - Changed syntax of parabola command.
- - Proof read documentation.
-
-2005-06-12 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.95:
-
- This is an *alpha* prerelease version. Syntax changes
- are still possible before the beta version. Version 1.00
- will be the stable version.
-
- Changes (this is almost a new program):
- - Introduced three layers: system, basic, frontends.
- - Wrote two frontends: TikZ (*most* useful!) and pgfpict2e (a
- demonstration).
- - Largely rewrote the basic layer.
- - Largely rewrote the system layer.
- - Completely rewrote the documentation.
- - Added two utilities: pgfpages and pgffor.
- - Made macro naming more consistent.
- - Added plain tex support.
- - Added dvipdfm support.
- - Restructured directory structure.
- - Zillions of small bugfixes.
-
-2004-10-20 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.65:
- - Fixed bug in pgfshade.sty that arises in conjunction with
- calc.sty and latex+dvips.
-
-2004-10-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.64:
- - Fixed missing depth of \pgfnodebox.
- - Fixed bug that caused infinite stack loop with pictures inside
- nodes.
-
-2004-07-08 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.63:
- - Added \pgfextractx, \pgfextracty, \pgfcorner.
- - Added some documentation on masks and images.
- - Fixed a somewhat obscure bug having to do with the modification
- of \spaceskip.
- - \pgfex and \pgfem no loner needed. Use 1ex etc. once more.
- - calc.sty is now supported.
-
-2004-07-06 Till Tantau <tantau@users.sourceforge.net>
-
- Version 0.62:
- - Fixed problem in xxcolor with option "gray" and xcolor.
- - Switched to xcolor version 2.00.
- - Added eofill and eofillstroke commands.
- - Added option to shadings, so that they are automatically
- recalculated upon color changes.
- - Changed names of example images to start with pgf.
-
-2004-04-07 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.61:
- - Added \pgfex and \pgfem dimensions.
- - Fixed bug that causes pgfshade to fail to work if xcolor
- is called with option "gray".
- - Fixed PostScript code for radial shadings.
- - xxcolor now works with xcolor 1.10 (and only 1.10).
-
-2004-02-18 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.60:
- - Replaced some commands for the postscript code by shorter
- versions for smaller file size.
- - Fixed bug in pgfbox command that caused incorrect kerning in
- postscript output.
- - Fixed bug in pgfsys@defineimage that made page inclusion
- impossible.
- - Fixed bug in pgfshading that did not reset dash patterns in
- shadings in the PostScript version.
- - Spaces are now allowed inside the pgfpicture environment.
- - Added \pgfgrid command.
-
-2004-01-13 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.50:
- - Switched to version 1.06 of xcolor.
- - Core pgf no longer relies on xxcolor.
- - The syntax of the mechanism for choosing alternate images and
- shadings is more flexible now. The syntax has been changed
- (mainly, you now have to have a dot between the original name and
- the alternate extension).
- - Some xxcolor commands have been removed.
-
-2003-12-02 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.43:
- - Fixed \normalcolor, so that it works also in preamble.
-
-2003-11-20 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.42:
- - Documented masks.
- - Fixed bug in pgf.sty for nested pictures.
-
-2003-11-18 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.41:
- - Added masks (not yet documented).
-
-2003-11-12 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.40:
- - Changed syntax of \pgfdeclareimage. Uses key=value scheme
- now. All parameters may now be omitted.
- - Added \pgfimage command.
- - Option for selecting a specific page from an image file.
- - Fixed bug in xxcolor.sty having to do with \@ifempty command.
- - Reworked the formatting of the user's guide.
-
-2003-10-29 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.34:
- - Shadings now work together with color mix-ins.
- - Shadings can now take color names as parameters.
-
-2003-10-24 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.33:
- - Fixed problem with missing \leavevmode in \pgfuseimage.
- - Reworked code for image inclusion.
- - "Draft" option is now supported. Supresses reading of images.
- - Added xxcolor package.
- - pgfpictures will now inherit the color from their surroundings.
-
-2003-10-20 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.32:
- - Updated installation procedure information.
-
-2003-09-18 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.31:
- - One parameter for \pgfdeclareimage may now be omitted. It will
- be computed automatically.
-
-2003-08-21 Till Tantau <tantau@cs.tu-berlin.de>
-
- Version 0.30:
- - Created ChangeLog
- - Added pgfshade.sty
-
-
-
-;;; Local Variables:
-;;; coding: undecided-unix
-;;; End:
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/FILES b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/FILES
deleted file mode 100644
index eee8e8ce0c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/FILES
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,918 +0,0 @@
-doc/generic/pgf/ChangeLog
-doc/generic/pgf/FILES
-doc/generic/pgf/INSTALL
-doc/generic/pgf/README.md
-doc/generic/pgf/RELEASE_NOTES.md
-doc/generic/pgf/description.html
-doc/generic/pgf/extract.lua
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.bb
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.eps
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.jpg
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.bb
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.eps
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.jpg
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.bb
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.eps
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.jpg
-doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.xbb
-doc/generic/pgf/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-1.pdf
-doc/generic/pgf/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-2.pdf
-doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE
-doc/generic/pgf/licenses/gnu-free-documentation-license-1.2.txt
-doc/generic/pgf/licenses/gnu-public-license-2.txt
-doc/generic/pgf/licenses/latex-project-public-license-1.3c.txt
-doc/generic/pgf/licenses/manifest-code.txt
-doc/generic/pgf/licenses/manifest-documentation.txt
-doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-license.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfm/pgfmanual-dvipdfm.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvipdfmx/pgfmanual-dvipdfmx.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvips/pgfmanual-dvips.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/color.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.html
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.html
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-dvisvgm/pgfmanual-dvisvgm.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/pgfmanual-luatex.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-pdftex/pgfmanual-pdftex.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/pgfmanual-tex4ht.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-vtex/pgfmanual-vtex.cfg
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/Makefile
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/pgfmanual.tex
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
-doc/generic/pgf/version-for-xetex/pgfmanual-xetex.cfg
-scripts/pgf/Makefile.pgf_release
-scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-source/generic/pgf/c/INSTALL
-source/generic/pgf/c/Makefile
-source/generic/pgf/c/config/ExampleLocalMakefileConfig.mk
-source/generic/pgf/c/config/MakefileConfig.mk
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/c/Makefile
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/c/SimpleDemoC.c
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/c/SimpleDemoCPlusPlus.c++
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC++.c++
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC++.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC.c
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/c/Makefile
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.c++
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/Makefile
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/SimpleDemoOGDF.c++
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/FMMMLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/GEMLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/MultilevelLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/energybased_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/energybased/multilevelmixer/multilevelmixer_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/BarycenterHeuristic_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/FastHierarchyLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/LongestPathRanking_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/MedianHeuristic_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/OptimalRanking_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/SiftingHeuristic_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/SplitHeuristic_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/SugiyamaLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/layered/layered_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/misclayout/BalloonLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/misclayout/CircularLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/misclayout/misclayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/module/module_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/ogdf_script.c++
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/planarity/PlanarizationLayout_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/c/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/c/planarity/planarity_script.h
-source/generic/pgf/testsuite/external/Makefile
-source/generic/pgf/testsuite/external/tikzexternaltest.code.tex
-source/generic/pgf/testsuite/external/tikzexternaltest.sharedpreamble.tex
-source/generic/pgf/testsuite/external/tikzexternaltest.tex
-source/generic/pgf/testsuite/external/tikzexternaltestmakefile.tex
-source/generic/pgf/testsuite/mathtest/pgfmathtestsuite.tex
-source/generic/pgf/testsuite/mathtest/unittest_luamathparser.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgf.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgfbim.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgfbla.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgfbma.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgfbpl.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgfbpt.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgfbsh.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgfbsn.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/basiclayer/t-pgfcor.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/frontendlayer/t-tikz.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/math/t-pgfmat.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/systemlayer/t-pgfsys.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/utilities/t-pgfcal.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/utilities/t-pgffor.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/utilities/t-pgfkey.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/utilities/t-pgfmod.tex
-tex/context/third/pgf/utilities/t-pgfrcs.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzexternalshared.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryer.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/LUA_CODING_STYLE
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/tex/experimental/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/graphdrawing/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/luamath/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/lua/pgf/manual.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/lua/pgf/manual/DocumentParser.lua
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfint.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmath.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathcalc.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfloat.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathode.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathparser.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathutil.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmodulebending.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/pgf.revision.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgf.cfg
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-postscript.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-svg.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvi.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvips.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-luatex.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-pdftex.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-tex4ht.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-textures.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-vtex.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-xetex.def
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsysanimations.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfcalendar.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfexternal.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgffor.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfkeys.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfutil-common-lists.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfutil-common.tex
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfutil-context.def
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfutil-latex.def
-tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfutil-plain.def
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgf.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcore.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfarrows.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfautomata.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfheaps.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgflibraryarrows.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgflibraryautomata.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgflibraryshapes.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgflibrarysnakes.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfnodes.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfshade.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/doc/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex
-tex/latex/pgf/doc/pgfmanual.code.tex
-tex/latex/pgf/doc/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex
-tex/latex/pgf/doc/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex
-tex/latex/pgf/doc/pgfmanual.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/frontendlayer/libraries/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex
-tex/latex/pgf/frontendlayer/pgfpict2e.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/math/pgfmath.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgfcalendar.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgffor.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgfkeys.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgfpages.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgfparser.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/utilities/tikzexternal.sty
-tex/latex/pgf/utilities/xxcolor.sty
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgf.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcore.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/math/pgfmath.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/utilities/pgfcalendar.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/utilities/pgffor.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/utilities/pgfkeys.tex
-tex/plain/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/INSTALL b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/INSTALL
deleted file mode 100644
index f3cb456dc4..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/INSTALL
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-Installing pgf:
----------------
-
-For the impatient:
-- Put the whole pgf directory somewhere where TeX can find them.
-- Install the xcolor package version 2.00 or higher.
-
-Long version:
-In the manual, which you find in the file
-doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf, you will find a
-detailed explanation on how to install pgf.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/RELEASE_NOTES.md b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/RELEASE_NOTES.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c9e4b60e8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/RELEASE_NOTES.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-Emergency release to fix pgfplots which depends on unreleased parts of PGF.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/color.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/color.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..05928b4f23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/color.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+% xcolor inputs this file and ignores the global document options to choose the engine
+% Here we just make sure that a driver is selected
+\expandafter\ifx\csname Gin@driver\endcsname\relax
+ \errmessage{No graphics driver has been selected. Load graphicx before xcolor.}%
+\fi \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/extract.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/extract.lua
deleted file mode 100644
index ee883f1ac8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/extract.lua
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-local lfs = require("lfs")
-local lpeg = require("lpeg")
-local C, Cf, Cg, Ct, P, S, V = lpeg.C, lpeg.Cf, lpeg.Cg, lpeg.Ct, lpeg.P, lpeg.S, lpeg.V
-
--- strip leading and trailing whitespace
-local function strip(str)
- return str:match"^%s*(.-)%s*$"
-end
--- strip braces
-local function strip_braces(str)
- return str:match"^{?(.-)}?$"
-end
-
--- optional whitespace
-local ws = S" \t\n\r"^0
-
--- match string literal
-local function lit(str)
- return ws * P(str) * ws
-end
-
--- setter for options table
-local invalid = string.char(0x8)
-local function set(t,k,v)
- -- strip whitespace from keys
- k = strip(k)
- -- if the value is empty, set it to invalid character
- v = v and strip_braces(v) or invalid
- return rawset(t,k,v)
-end
-
--- Grammar to extract code examples
-local extractor = lpeg.P{"document",
- name =
- C((1 - S",]=")^1),
-
- pair =
- Cg(V"name" * (lit"=" * (V"braces" + V"name"))^0) * lit","^-1,
-
- list =
- Cf(Ct"" * V"pair"^0, set),
-
- balanced =
- "{" * ((1 - S"{}") + V"balanced")^0 * "}",
-
- braces =
- C(V"balanced"),
-
- optarg =
- lit"[" * V"list" * lit"]",
-
- begincodeexample =
- P"\\begin{codeexample}" * V"optarg",
-
- endcodeexample =
- P"\\end{codeexample}",
-
- content =
- C((1 - V"endcodeexample")^0),
-
- codeexample =
- Ct(V"begincodeexample" * V"content" * V"endcodeexample"),
-
- anything =
- (1 - V"codeexample")^0,
-
- document =
- V"anything" * Ct(V"codeexample" * (V"anything" * V"codeexample")^0) * V"anything"
-}
-
--- get the basename and extension of a file
-local function basename(file)
- local basename, ext = string.match(file, "^(.+)%.([^.]+)$")
- return basename or "", ext or file
-end
-
-local pathsep = package.config:sub(1,1)
-
--- Walk the file tree
-local function walk(sourcedir, targetdir)
- -- Make sure the arguments are directories
- assert(lfs.attributes(sourcedir, "mode") == "directory", sourcedir .. " is not a directory")
- assert(lfs.attributes(targetdir, "mode") == "directory", targetdir .. " is not a directory")
-
- -- Append the path separator if necessary
- if sourcedir:sub(-1, -1) ~= pathsep then
- sourcedir = sourcedir .. pathsep
- end
- if targetdir:sub(-1, -1) ~= pathsep then
- targetdir = targetdir .. pathsep
- end
-
- -- Process all items in the directory
- for file in lfs.dir(sourcedir) do
- if file == "." or file == ".." then
- -- Ignore these two special ones
- elseif lfs.attributes(sourcedir .. file, "mode") == "directory" then
- -- Recurse into subdirectories
- lfs.mkdir(targetdir .. file)
- walk(sourcedir .. file .. pathsep, targetdir .. file .. pathsep)
- elseif lfs.attributes(sourcedir .. file, "mode") == "file" then
- print("Processing " .. sourcedir .. file)
-
- -- Read file into memory
- local f = io.open(sourcedir .. file)
- local text = f:read("*all")
- f:close()
- local name, ext = basename(file)
-
- -- preprocess, strip all commented lines
- text = text:gsub("\n%%[^\n]*","")
-
- -- extract all code examples
- local matches = extractor:match(text) or {}
-
- -- write code examples to separate files
- local setup_code = ""
- for n, e in ipairs(matches) do
- local options = e[1]
- local content = e[2]
-
- if content:match("remember picture") then
- goto continue
- end
-
- -- If the snippet is marked as setup code, we have to put it before
- -- every other snippet in the same file
- if options["setup code"] then
- setup_code = setup_code .. strip(content) .. "\n"
- goto continue
- end
-
- -- Skip those that say "code only" or "setup code"
- if not options["code only"] and not options["setup code"] then
- local newname = name .. "-" .. n .. ".tex"
- local examplefile = io.open(targetdir .. newname, "w")
-
- examplefile:write"\\documentclass{standalone}\n"
- examplefile:write"\\usepackage{fp,pgf,tikz,xcolor}\n"
- examplefile:write(options["preamble"] and options["preamble"] .. "\n" or "")
- examplefile:write"\\begin{document}\n"
-
- examplefile:write(setup_code)
- local pre = options["pre"] or ""
- pre = pre:gsub("##", "#")
- examplefile:write(pre .. "\n")
- if options["render instead"] then
- examplefile:write(options["render instead"] .. "\n")
- else
- examplefile:write(strip(content) .. "\n")
- end
- examplefile:write(options["post"] and options["post"] .. "\n" or "")
- examplefile:write"\\end{document}\n"
-
- examplefile:close()
- end
-
- ::continue::
- end
- end
- end
-end
-
--- Main loop
-if #arg < 2 then
- print("Usage: " .. arg[-1] .. " " .. arg[0] .. " <source-dirs...> <target-dir>")
- os.exit(1)
-end
-for n = 1, #arg - 1 do
- walk(arg[n], arg[#arg])
-end
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.bb b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.bb
deleted file mode 100644
index 381c194932..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.bb
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-%%Title: ./brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.jpg
-%%Creator: ebb Version 0.5.2
-%%BoundingBox: 0 0 246 279
-%%CreationDate: Thu Dec 20 23:49:52 2007
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.eps b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.eps
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a51c7416a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.eps
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3956 +0,0 @@
-%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
-%%Creator: (ImageMagick)
-%%Title: (brave-gnu-world-logo-mask.eps)
-%%CreationDate: (2020-07-30T07:46:49+00:00)
-%%BoundingBox: -0 -0 342 387
-%%HiResBoundingBox: 0 0 342.095 387
-%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit
-%%LanguageLevel: 1
-%%Pages: 1
-%%EndComments
-
-%%BeginDefaults
-%%EndDefaults
-
-%%BeginProlog
-%
-% Display a color image. The image is displayed in color on
-% Postscript viewers or printers that support color, otherwise
-% it is displayed as grayscale.
-%
-/DirectClassPacket
-{
- %
- % Get a DirectClass packet.
- %
- % Parameters:
- % red.
- % green.
- % blue.
- % length: number of pixels minus one of this color (optional).
- %
- currentfile color_packet readhexstring pop pop
- compression 0 eq
- {
- /number_pixels 3 def
- }
- {
- currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
- /number_pixels exch 1 add 3 mul def
- } ifelse
- 0 3 number_pixels 1 sub
- {
- pixels exch color_packet putinterval
- } for
- pixels 0 number_pixels getinterval
-} bind def
-
-/DirectClassImage
-{
- %
- % Display a DirectClass image.
- %
- systemdict /colorimage known
- {
- columns rows 8
- [
- columns 0 0
- rows neg 0 rows
- ]
- { DirectClassPacket } false 3 colorimage
- }
- {
- %
- % No colorimage operator; convert to grayscale.
- %
- columns rows 8
- [
- columns 0 0
- rows neg 0 rows
- ]
- { GrayDirectClassPacket } image
- } ifelse
-} bind def
-
-/GrayDirectClassPacket
-{
- %
- % Get a DirectClass packet; convert to grayscale.
- %
- % Parameters:
- % red
- % green
- % blue
- % length: number of pixels minus one of this color (optional).
- %
- currentfile color_packet readhexstring pop pop
- color_packet 0 get 0.299 mul
- color_packet 1 get 0.587 mul add
- color_packet 2 get 0.114 mul add
- cvi
- /gray_packet exch def
- compression 0 eq
- {
- /number_pixels 1 def
- }
- {
- currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
- /number_pixels exch 1 add def
- } ifelse
- 0 1 number_pixels 1 sub
- {
- pixels exch gray_packet put
- } for
- pixels 0 number_pixels getinterval
-} bind def
-
-/GrayPseudoClassPacket
-{
- %
- % Get a PseudoClass packet; convert to grayscale.
- %
- % Parameters:
- % index: index into the colormap.
- % length: number of pixels minus one of this color (optional).
- %
- currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
- /offset exch 3 mul def
- /color_packet colormap offset 3 getinterval def
- color_packet 0 get 0.299 mul
- color_packet 1 get 0.587 mul add
- color_packet 2 get 0.114 mul add
- cvi
- /gray_packet exch def
- compression 0 eq
- {
- /number_pixels 1 def
- }
- {
- currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
- /number_pixels exch 1 add def
- } ifelse
- 0 1 number_pixels 1 sub
- {
- pixels exch gray_packet put
- } for
- pixels 0 number_pixels getinterval
-} bind def
-
-/PseudoClassPacket
-{
- %
- % Get a PseudoClass packet.
- %
- % Parameters:
- % index: index into the colormap.
- % length: number of pixels minus one of this color (optional).
- %
- currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
- /offset exch 3 mul def
- /color_packet colormap offset 3 getinterval def
- compression 0 eq
- {
- /number_pixels 3 def
- }
- {
- currentfile byte readhexstring pop 0 get
- /number_pixels exch 1 add 3 mul def
- } ifelse
- 0 3 number_pixels 1 sub
- {
- pixels exch color_packet putinterval
- } for
- pixels 0 number_pixels getinterval
-} bind def
-
-/PseudoClassImage
-{
- %
- % Display a PseudoClass image.
- %
- % Parameters:
- % class: 0-PseudoClass or 1-Grayscale.
- %
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /class exch def pop
- class 0 gt
- {
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /depth exch def pop
- /grays columns 8 add depth sub depth mul 8 idiv string def
- columns rows depth
- [
- columns 0 0
- rows neg 0 rows
- ]
- { currentfile grays readhexstring pop } image
- }
- {
- %
- % Parameters:
- % colors: number of colors in the colormap.
- % colormap: red, green, blue color packets.
- %
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /colors exch def pop
- /colors colors 3 mul def
- /colormap colors string def
- currentfile colormap readhexstring pop pop
- systemdict /colorimage known
- {
- columns rows 8
- [
- columns 0 0
- rows neg 0 rows
- ]
- { PseudoClassPacket } false 3 colorimage
- }
- {
- %
- % No colorimage operator; convert to grayscale.
- %
- columns rows 8
- [
- columns 0 0
- rows neg 0 rows
- ]
- { GrayPseudoClassPacket } image
- } ifelse
- } ifelse
-} bind def
-
-/DisplayImage
-{
- %
- % Display a DirectClass or PseudoClass image.
- %
- % Parameters:
- % x & y translation.
- % x & y scale.
- % label pointsize.
- % image label.
- % image columns & rows.
- % class: 0-DirectClass or 1-PseudoClass.
- % compression: 0-none or 1-RunlengthEncoded.
- % hex color packets.
- %
- gsave
- /buffer 512 string def
- /byte 1 string def
- /color_packet 3 string def
- /pixels 768 string def
-
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /x exch def
- token pop /y exch def pop
- x y translate
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /x exch def
- token pop /y exch def pop
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /pointsize exch def pop
- x y scale
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /columns exch def
- token pop /rows exch def pop
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /class exch def pop
- currentfile buffer readline pop
- token pop /compression exch def pop
- class 0 gt { PseudoClassImage } { DirectClassImage } ifelse
- grestore
-} bind def
-%%EndProlog
-%%Page: 1 1
-%%PageBoundingBox: 0 0 342 387
-userdict begin
-DisplayImage
-0 0
-342.095 387.108
-12
-342 387
-1
-1
-1
-8
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFCFFFDFFFEFFFEFFFF
-FEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFAFFFFFFFEFEFFFCFFFDFCFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFDFFFFFFFEFEFFFF
-FFFBFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFCFFFFFBFEFFFFFCFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFFFDFDFEFFFF
-FFFDFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFBFFFFFCFFFFFFFCFFFEFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFCFFFEFDFFFDFF
-FCFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFE8D90929092979495FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFBFFFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFEFFFCFF
-FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFCFFFEFFFCFFFFFD
-FFFCFFFFFCFFFDFFFDFFFFFDFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFD85597F98FFFFFFFEFEFFFDFFFFFCFFFDFFFFFCFF
-FFFDFFFEFEFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFCFFFDFFFFFFAF8E5F492E2627292B332D32
-47464C565983D9FFFFFBFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFE
-FEFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFAFFFDFFFCFFFFFDFFFFFEFFFCFFFEFFFFFFFEFDFEFFFDFFFFFEFFFF
-FDFFFDFEFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFDFAFFFDFDFFFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFAFFFCFEFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFD93
-4944423748458D94D7FFFFFFFAFFFCFFFFFCFEFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFEFEFEFEFEFFFEFEFFD3
-8F884439202B2522212319242725292929343C364244494F546DFEFFFEFFFFFAFEFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFCFFFFFFFCFFFFFEFCFFFDFF
-FFFEFEFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFEFE
-FFFDFAFFFCFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFCFCFFFF974F443943394A38434B3C524A52538F8D8E
-9093908A92888D8D8D9087443C38412626212025191A1E1B181B1F1B141F1B1A1F2B2330
-32333843483D6A6655BAFBFEFFFFFFFCFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFF
-FEFFFEFFFFFDFFFCFFFDFFFBFFFFFEFFFFFEFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFD
-FEFFFEFFFDFFFFFEFCFFFDFFF9FFFAFEFFFBFBFFFFFDFFFDFFFFFE9A7995FCFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFFFFFFFE
-FFD83D3E2D293E3F3F333D393C4336323E33313A262E25312C2E29242A1F2622251F1818
-170E1410140F1115121010151018202622352A4243434A4D51705A6E9EFFFDFFFFFBFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFCFFFFFEFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFCAE8D
-938A8B8C929595918D8C8E90FFFFFFFBFFFFFCFFFFFFFDFFFCFFFFFEFCFFFFFFFEFFFEFF
-FFFFFDFFFC9A6B5E715FA0FFFFFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFCFFFDFFFFD4433D39423A35343739392E2F253837
-36382430242D262327212325211C181817160C0E11110B080F1512141211141925212733
-2F45423E48535A56585D6F5BBDF8FFFEFDFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF9
-FFFFFFFFFEFEFEFEFFB28C52432B252C2728242A37353634312F31383D3F3D453D3C5044
-4A90918FB7F9FFFBFEFEFFFBFEFEFFFF8F959A61616F7272607158D7FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFD
-FFFEFFFF71484B3D403F3F31333529393C382F27282B32272A22222025201A161A1D1616
-130F0F1419121618171A181F2D2A2F2A38353E3B404B5D555158716E5B747464D9FFFEFE
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFCFFFBD48B3E30211C1821191C1B1D1825
-23242D232E2A2422282F3231403C3B39312E31323934313E373B413D333742463A30534B
-5F696E766575665FDBFFFAFFFFFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFF9FFFCFFFFD54A433B403436363941414437
-3434343836312C2C312E24271B271F1E201B15202024201D2123242222282E2E40394545
-3D33444C51525D695C6C736F61596F7CFFFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FBFFAA271512160F1012121311191615151B2124212B23272A2A2B2D2E2D2D342F383C35
-39382E372D393D372E323431383B445563545F79836E836C76FEFFFDFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFD
-FFFDFFFCFEFFFD7745392D3545423B484642414A4A403E3D393B4B3935353633363A3435
-2D303D3B36352F3B403A403D39493B453F504F525A65556B556F7E6F5A5D5C5D615D57BE
-FEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FAFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFDAE22040700010402030A0E030E121313201A
-1B1F2D201E312627202C2E312C363233362B332D2C353736343F283E41494648556D7782
-88768C8B71A4FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFCFFD5583E453B3B57483D44
-524F525847575C675D4B5758493B55564945514C4458533D41655051434E525045575151
-574C6355596C6E736B85466F6E715F625F746FFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFEFFFFFDFFFEFDFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFDFFD230
-00010000010000020005030B0E15111A1A171C2D1E2732252E322E2F2C2D37363E3B3737
-2E2D2F313B3537413C404A505762828C7B927B97949ADBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFDFFFCFFFFFFFFFED9693F52594845424146594A61635A5351604F3D43525D5E544F
-4F38505F4D5867585C595855484D5856645B5B6754585C626F5C63715B6061575E5C7376
-606E9AFFFEFEFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFFFFFEFDFEFEFFFCFDFDFFFF620100020002030000000002030A11141D1B201918
-2B322633322F3B2E2F37303E32483F4D3D37373A433F4A443D5E565C696C7C7F9C809F9F
-9D9981FDFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFFFEFAFFFFFCD77D4F484346
-54554845594F524F4F5152414262536253514042615D506E575E5A4D48534456466A5265
-605258576C606F5F5E6C5F5C5E64605F735E7576797CFBFEFFFCFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFAFFFE
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFDAB13040001
-00030000010001000408181E211E24242232363B34372B3D344A4236473C57504D594351
-4A484F645772656C8B968283A086A7A5869F74ADFEFFFEFDFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFBFDFDFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFEB863535B5B5B5D4E504E5342503F3D66585F4E5052
-40515F5E5F583B5A36584F425942584C515F4D5B554F596B596A595A73725F5B715C7474
-6174627878D7FFFFFFFFFFFFFDFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFEFFFFFDFDFFFFFEFF450103000100020000030000011216241C292E2C26293F37
-4030452B434C594F4E47454360707B6B685E4B636D838E8D7D829CA4898DA7A3A2879A89
-DEFDFEFFFBFFFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFDFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFE
-D7875447506056444253536A5253555444405053644B5E3D48465246503A3F3143565751
-5347334A50656E6A5863747861657373746376787A8E7A51A8FFFEFCFEFFFFFEFDFFFDFD
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFD214050000010001
-000000000108141A21332627332F40334644403F4C5D6453595F616C4870867177695F55
-725F93967E86849FBEA7A387868A848FAEFEFFFDFFFCFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFCFFFEFDFFFFFFFEFFFEFDFFFEFBFFFFFFFBFFFFFF90945C6751565445425442573F
-575150544A5A5947464E4D4630444C3F403B2E2D3835605D505758718570726063636177
-76638B67677C7C6EFFFFFFFCFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFDFFFDFFFFFBFE81000200000302000200010102131825283E452E2B43433E574B51
-4D4F5D5C606475737F617F7F958A89757579787C969B829D8686A09E838A839D8EFFFBFF
-FBFFFBFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFEFFFFFEFFFEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFB
-FFFCFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFB9A977E5C4F4F55565251524F4B46564F4C3C463D453A3E34
-3037363B535A4E614F577069615F5F7576767877797C79687B5560DBFCFFFCFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFBD328030300010200000200
-01000B1B242D36343D4636575B426D6C5E6D5C80658D7A688168838781877571A2A97893
-7A7D7E807F868384838585628DBBFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFEFFFDFFFDFFFEFDFEFCFFFFFDFEFFFEFFFF
-FCFF9B9E5A685D4E55444E4C443F2D30403F303530333C3B434D495155575D4A73627778
-6478797767797B7E7C75BAFCFFFEFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFBFFFFFBFF
-FEFEFFFFFEFCD70101010001040000010101001B1B2741363B4547595556625D6565787A
-7A7D858483826C868E8788758BA677907A90967A9697809B837F837E73BBFBFFFCFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEB7985951474A303A422A33
-2A32302D3B3F394D3F4D5053554857697B72777C65507A7D80657E817DACFDFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFCFFFFFDFFFFFFFAFF84000200000300000101010002
-1C1F374339404A616A5E5F6A7E697F7C84846C7284736E6D866FA18A758A8A8D92A2787B
-608095967F8479686EBFFEFFFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFFFD7E3B463F39363A2A2625233035303739325048545268707063
-61697C7B7B6C7B836A6A826968FFFCFFFFFFFCFEFFFDFFFDFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFEFCFCFEFF
-FFFDFFFF2B00020002000200000400000A1E2B3E3C394E536A5F74667E7E80738BA0706D
-7872896F8B8A6E8A75748D8F768A8B958D637D78927D7A7C76BCFDFFFFFDFDFFFFFFFEFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFBFFFF7A373F3737
-301F24242C27282D2F39413F385F6D695A59686363667D927A687B807F6B6E76FFFDFDFF
-FFFFFEFDFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFAFFFFFFFDFFFFFFD01B0000000200000000030000132932
-33505A5354635C77676E6D7779787A7B7289918C8B8871728E868B89A4A3767291905A93
-5E7B936E91E1FDFFFFFEFEFFFFFEFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFDFFFFFF5D403623311B272A242B2F213C3443495B5C505856
-716378747F7E6A7F6E67506D686960DEFCFFFAFFFEFFFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFDFCFEFFFE
-FEAA0500010502000003020100031D34402F496851487268827E6F727C7E62797B7C797B
-8A8D707672718BA188778A8C8A8F8C7773796788B9FFFFFAFFFAFFFEFFFEFDFFFFFFFEFD
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFEFFFBFFD54A
-322A2B2C22212223212B3C423C48544E4E5A585872647C6B6980676F576885837076DDFF
-FFFEFFFBFFFDFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCFFFCFFFE83000700030000020000000002183A3C405C
-5266645E78826F8F657E81817F7E97808F8C7A8D758A878A8A888C86A18B5C73746E96D8
-FFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFEFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF8FFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFDB73B2A2C25241F21241D2F2926313D48546F
-68686A847A7A627F6C686855837F6E697DBCFCFFFFFEFEFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFEFFFEFF2B
-02010001000000010000000E1A2C40404B5C6464537D7C8E7CA0818483889B80805C957B
-8E758673898987888D9B896994BDFEFAFFFFFFFDFDFDFFFFFDFDFFFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFD
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFAFFFFFFFEFCFF
-FEFF77392726292A211D1F2221253A42574D5D64787D5E66776A546C546A6C5972848384
-A4FCFFFDFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFCFF150000000002000301000106172E3936405C556F
-757F6B87927C8488A2866DA283829964AC8E8F76738A73737970A2DCFDFFFFFFFEFFFCFF
-FDFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFBFFFCFFD53229272623222124282A2C302E3B
-39475E57575F666C675353716C6D6A98856E6CA1FBFFFBFFFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFEFFD2020300
-01000200020002000822203A3E4C4A656574786F8E7B848586A6888BA789869C7F7D9478
-8D73688CA7FBFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFF582D2D2B27232323201E213037444C5750655C5D4E52525372706A979A856F
-706EA1FFFFFFFEFFFDFFFCFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFBFFAA030000000000030001000106282E41504A4E645F7D6E
-80AC9BA486A8A7AAABA58AA58087826E82ABD9FFFFFCFBFFFDFFFCFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCD83827261A20191614191F2D
-33473B48503F464E476082667F719B7182876E888391FFFDFEFFFFFFFFFDFBFFFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFEFFFFFAFBFF840002000101
-0002000200000E253D3E555F685978658477AD9E9C8DAAA9A98F8B8D888C83748BFFFFFF
-FDFBFFFFFFFDFBFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFF9FF5F282A221817191A1D212C322E3B465650575959686D6A818296716E
-716E867175FFFFFEFFFEFEFFFFFCFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFEFFFEFDFFFF830001000300000200000100192D2F3C583C525D786B748C95
-B7A8908590918FAA8C8C8E8283DAFDFFFDFEFFFFFCFDFDFFFFFEFFFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFDFB92332318191F131C16
-211F253147374753696D607A706E96856D8670568984866CFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFCFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFCFFFFFEFE6200000100000000
-0000020018332443463D677366838792A0B8A88D70938F6E8D8E698D8FA7FDFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFFFFFCFDFFFDFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFCFFD53C2229221B0F1918191A282B35414C5266595E687D806B776E
-716C8D7372866BFFFEFCFFFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFAFF440100020102000401060004202D31445B4F555A656A767985BE8C
-8FA99390AC908D928585DFFDFFFEFAFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFEFD6F23261D1411
-0D191619232740436354536E72647B71866E847284708C6E8B78FFFFFAFFFFFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFEFF29000001000000020100
-0000223341504F53534B81587180A18AAC8C93AF7290926F8E83A6FEFEFEFFFCFFFCFDFF
-FEFEFDFFFFFFFEFAFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFCFFFFFFFFFEFE8E2F1E1816140E160F191B29324F59526857627B7F6C6F
-6D79858B868F858781FFFFFDFEFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFEFEFFFDFF27030000000104000400010F20313E454C675E4B7A748A82A1A7ACAF92
-93B1AF90A9A78FDFFFFEFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFEFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFEFFFFD42B1C1B
-12120B130F1B1A2640415B4C6B675F647E80876C7175736F76727785FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFFFDFFFFFCFF270300040000000000000211
-29333C525B7A4864798B947AA1C4AEAFB474CECB918DA792FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFED73E2318141309091517192B48425751676A716680
-8172728A74897375747193FFFCFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFC
-FEFFFDFFFF140100040000040001010215203042535D6A645F86877882A4A3AD8FB48FB1
-B2907497ACFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFF41
-1E120E0E08110E121E232F3A5460566B6F656D6D889D72778B8C76738BA4FFFFFCFFFFFD
-FFFEFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFE0402020000010100010003182431
-425A626564736F8B77848A8AAF93CBB3B494AFAB98E1FEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFCFE4E1F15080B05140C131D1E3B474664736D61
-7A938B83738B8C76748D8E8B9EFEFFFEFEFBFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF9FFFCFF
-FFFDFF0700000100000100020004122A414A5B676567727C7680A0A491B091B794AF758F
-8D7BFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFF
-FF8A23141005000609131D2C3C4D5954656873647D6E738A8F8B888C918A73A5FFFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFDFFFEFFD21700010000010000000000132841545C
-6A6465717C5C819D8B91909299B096948F8F91FFF7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFCFFFE8D19170B040203080E2025334E564E4B
-5166676E88896C768D768A90A79FDEFFFEFEFFFDFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFA
-D2290003010000040002000212283A535A6865586F697A81B8A48F9495B4B0B89391A9B2
-F7FFFFFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFF8FFFE
-FFFCFC8E1D0F1200010204081127434F415A6873767880848B728BA0938CA5A26CDDFFFC
-FFFFFEFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFF2E00000001030000020001182B464B55636A
-665E7D777F8AA48E9398B3B4B3B58F8FA7FDFFFCFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFDFEFDFFFFFD8C20170C0104020508162F414765
-796B63717884718EA59FA9A78F948A82D9FFFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF2C
-0003000300000200000118263A4E546058535F7D5D7F86AD909499939892938F8EB0FFFF
-FDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFBFFFEFF
-FDFEFEFFFA8D1D1106000000031724294044484D4D60627A88A6898C75A88E767C7570FB
-FFFDFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFC29040000000101000200000A2C49506154526B5B
-69776486A8B2939698B597709681A4FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFF8E1814000002000011192B2D
-3D425060757A7F878B7592A77D7578797988FDFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFEFFFFFDFEFFFFFC2E0000
-01000000000400001D2845553E66455559698E94868AB0B09E76B678929499DFFBFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFBFFFEFD87190D0400020105151620324A5C637261647E838DA7A3777B907B908E
-A2FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFAFFFFFEFCFF6200030000010300010000153836435856634362638B
-938590AEB295959C97958E6EDBFFFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFF8C120B0000000003031A
-2F394F5956566A7980898CA78D937B8F7B7678A7FDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFDFF8400040006
-000100010003161D2C374D54666C5963807A838E9373779A9B75967469DDFDFEFAFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFCFFFDFEFEFFFA70170200030100030C2331345249616A81947074735E8D797D787B
-935DDEFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFAFFFFFCFDFF8300030000010001020000152729464457696D56636F7B69
-A9AD989B979B94B99266E3FFFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFBFFFFFC3511040001000003
-141A2F404E576B6C6569888688947B7B997A5E616DFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFCFFFFD2000302020000
-01000200152B34384F4060655A5F538382A590B376B9B9B8B79668DDFCFDFFFFFBFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFDFFFFFEFFFEFFFEFD3D06020004000104121F3F39435D827177797F8C7B735F5B7F
-615F5E62FDFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFDFFCE050000000002020003000D2A323C3340595D69676C75858F91
-97BAB5BB9598B290DEFFFFFFFDFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFEFFFFFBFFFFFFD6120801000002
-00061A3231516A606B6E788287717E786377796561788DFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFDFFD20500000003000000
-060010264446433E5A616A64698F80A5B19496B99D959B93919FFEFFFDFEFFFDFEFDFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFDFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFDD613030200000100051A27304A5A686B6F7A58705D60907C
-6492807A7BDBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFD
-FFFCFFFEFFFDFFFFFD2A010001000300010100102443544E3F5B6F7C666273B584A8B5B7
-B9B97999B595A5FEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFF8713000100
-0101000A1837415963676C626480627A74967B7F637F9687FFFFFEFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFFFEFCFFFFFFFFFFFE2D010001000500000001
-131C3B45434D4F6F6B65669A92A3A997B9BABA9C7B98929FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFC4F0100000002020011282F4C4D51535B60677274917D
-817D9B99797F82FFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFD
-FDFFFFFEFCFFFE8000010002000000030300203148474B40596D5F62818EA4A9B2B7B7B9
-9A79979697FDFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFFFFFF250004
-06000003060F273C4B4C5666585373748A7A7B967F7D9B7E90A0FEFDFFFDFEFDFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFFFDFDFFFFFDA60401000300040101000116
-2B3C463C415272647083A89B9FB7B4999B9EBB989993FDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFED7110000000000000519372E4D4F66565E846A7279
-9499617F7B7E7D7DDDFEFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFF
-FDFFFFFEFFD408000000000200000004082F31433F3D4C65706E758F9885B5B7979B9D9B
-779980E1FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFAFFFE8503
-000100000004002030464759524660537F8C79927B9B6681827E6DFFFBFFFFFCFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFCFFFDFFFFFAFFFD2B0003000700000200010E253B
-434F4F4A557C6B618799A6A9B797BAA1D8BAB689DBFDFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFF2B0002000200000212242C4C544369476F6B81
-8F7E957D809B97827F96FDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD
-FFFAFFFC630000010100020000041827424A4B4039565F73807A7C9FA996B89CBCBA9B9A
-979CFBFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFCFFFFFBFFD6
-08000200040001001C293F515D50505D7C718C8F959A9A81687F7E7CDEFDFDFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFEFFFC840001000102000100030E233D2C36
-34485666637F6C7780A9B0D2B9BF9D9D9A7589FFFFFDFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFE8700020000010001051F3C484D5756657186
-6C89607C6581829A819970FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFC
-FFFCD40400020000000200020220303C3A3F3B68566F716A7280A3CCB9D6BDBD9F9B946C
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FE1C020001000100011926384A6357765B706788767D649D81A083817FA0FFFFFFFCFEFF
-FDFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFF28000000000400000300032E3C374D4A
-6A64727F687578BCADB4B89D9CA0B7798ADDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFAA020001010200010724243F66716A5559
-7A6F8E77999A9D9D7F8282B2DBFEFFFEFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFF
-FC6002010000000000010012282C373E4855656A7C816B769CA7CC9D9D9C9FBB9C95A5FF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FCFD45030000000301000B21376350465B45616F6C7091989B9D8383989D9CFFFBFFFDFB
-FFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFAFFD2050002020002000002052F3845403B5B6A
-63716B6B597AA9AEB49BBBBEBFB87583FFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD500000301000002001745405B5B4968
-6363618A94947E836880A29B9EBAFFFCFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFC
-190100010100000300051F3B3738414A6753657B6C6D6384C9D29D9BB9E2989C8CFCFCFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFAFF63010000030400001530414F4E485662657868859282816585BBB48178FEFFFFFD
-FEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFD630001000000010000041E34453C394A586576
-60836F75818BB2B89DBFC3BE7899ADFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFE05010003000002091A314C4A3D54
-5A657A90798A7D818784A0A1889B99FFFCFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFD700
-000500010002010015373E463A4367666853786F6E8289ACCFB9C6BCBD799886FDFFFFFE
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFF44000300020003000F2D3A403A5A67777C6681758081829FBBA29E9F9CFEFFFC
-FBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFE2702010000010100000F213B4738403C64695276
-6C808EA38D969CA09CA17C9AA4DBFFFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFF03000000010000001C393B3E3D
-696B6176628593987F89838686876584FEFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFFFBFFFFFF820002
-0200020000000513313A3A3F4C547768705085889390AC98BFBDA19EBA9797FFFDFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFCFE46000000000000011427383F4879646B527B84917B9684A0A48789A186D9FE
-FFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFBFFFBFFD2060200000002000001142C3939384D566A55656B80
-80769FA9B59E9AA49D9F7B82FFFCFFFDFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFCFFD101010101000000091E36374A
-5268587879668A87968681868889698683FFFAFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFEFBFFFFFEFE45000000
-02020001011224323C504465685568646A88867E8C929D7C82BE9FBD96CAFFFEFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FBFFFCFFFFFB1600000000010002122E3D396A67506D7E636A6F7B666CA089A48AA0A1C0
-FFFFFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFDFFD40103000300000500001D393F4C4F695767556875816F
-5E83A89A9C9DA0A29D999CFFFFFFFAFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFBFDFF8500010100030100041C393E
-5F646B51526678727683828C868CA7A38281FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFDFEFFFFFE1600000000
-010100010C284348455967645655627D71747C8AB7977D7DA29DBDB6DEFCFFFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFAFFFFFDFD030000000000000317353C56665658576978675D618389A2A68A8AA6A2
-E0FCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFCFFAB000003000300020000143A48485053565755567667898F
-82AD959F9FA2A0A1989EFFFFFDFFFDFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFF8FFFFFF4200020000000001112D30
-4957686454766B62707A827E89A78CA5A6A083FFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFAFFFB140101020100
-0300010F2639444B485B555554687B80747CA3AE9CA07CA3BDC3B2E1FFFFFFFFFFFFFEFE
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFBFFFFFFFEFC84000000010001010D262B4A655458666C636950749AA2A3A1A4A8A68A
-9EE0FEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFD860000010002020000081A3D47454B575268686557698A729F
-90969C7FA1A19E989DFFFFFCFFFEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFBFFFDFFFFFF01000001000100091D20
-3D6659665555654D666D77819CA7A98F8BA8A89AFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFF17000000000100
-0001122E473D4D5854557B64647282877B88757A7E9FA5C29DB6DFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFE
-FFFCFFFEFDFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFCFFFCFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFBFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFEFFFCFFFFFFFCFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF2A000000000000021828495E585442434865667C72999FA28C8B91A9
-A694FFFEFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFDA9000100020000000009243847383F536A78646A69506D736070
-949FBFA5C1BFBA8EFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFFFEFEFFFEFFFCFFFCFFFFFFB18D4A474B493D3946535E91B4FFFFFD
-FFFEFEFFFEFFFBFFFFFDFEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFDFCFFFFFDFFFEFFFEFFFD
-FEFFFFFDFDFDFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFEFBFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF61000200000200001A21
-30494542575666637E76837F9CA18B92A5AF8988A5FFFDFDFEFFFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFDFFFF1600000400000001
-0213313B2F3265493B69746556536F9083939BBBA29EA2C4B4E2FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFDFFFFFDFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFF9054
-2F2D2724232D2D312B3833403C4C43556084D9FFFFFFFEFDFFFFFCF9FFFFFEFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFEFEFFFFFDFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF85000200010002000F202B4D50575665585A65787E929AA28B8BB08B
-8D8B79FFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCAA00050000000000000624414846596B50577D6A545F69869A8BAE
-BB9FA2A7BEBC9EFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFEFFFCFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFCAE321A15151A1111171D1D202E28363647434441505563
-6375D4FFFDFFFFFBFFFFFFFEFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFBFFFFFFFEFFFFFBFF
-FCFFFFFBFCFEFEFEFDFFFEFFFFFCFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD01010000010000041C
-2E4459656757545778797A8F9A7F88B08DABAD8FC1DDFFFFFFFCFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF8FF160200000100000100
-1337494F51694F2567976B42647289B5ADD09F9FC1BFC4B5B6FDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFFFDFFFBFFD550181506080001
-01040B0E191822282127303E46454B4F555466555479D7FFFFFFFDFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFDFDFFFFFFFAFDFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF00000402000000001C30526879535766666D7E799C75998C8CAA93
-ABA8AB94FFFBFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD400000300000000010926424B504A672523806F5756838289A59176
-9EA2C5C2BDB4FEFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFDFFFDFFFCAE370703010002000300030109100F251521283540373D444B3E4959
-4B6A5B697690FFFFFEFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFEFDFFFFFFFDFFFBFFFE
-FFFDFFFEFFFDFFFFFCFFFDFFFEFEFFFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF2A0000030006000215
-264E54443C316C7367767B6D8E6489A98E8F97738A62FFFFFEFFFDFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF43020200000001010018
-3443535C654A072A869C575567A893A990A0BFC2C2C2DDAFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFAB2205000500010001020200
-00001315201D282D342F413B434C3E40485E6362696B87876FD5FFFEFEFFFAFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFBFFFFFF8C9241433F40483C53516490B7FDFDFFFFFFFBFFFEFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF26020200000000001E284554562921808C73807D935D7B85AAAEAB
-95938C72D8FFFDFFFDFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF010200020001000103273C3A505A56280B56877C567283777B90B8BD
-DEA3E49FB6ADFEFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFCFFAC1B00020003000101010000000006111C2427243434424544504C413C465D51
-61675A5D87766676BBFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFA8E3E2A2621282A25
-2729293F38373E414A42515099FEFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD2C000000020001010E
-153B69641B10B8836851846A82959DA48BB2AD94928B95FFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFFFDFFFFFEFFFFA702000000010100031135
-3C4452663A09227D858268658A7883CB99BDC4C2A47BB7FFFDFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFDFCFFFFFEFDFFFFFBFFFDFFFCFFFED1480002000003000001000202000409
-12202D32283436433743453D4344455B4F53626A5D71767866806B9FFFFEFFFFFFFFFDFF
-FEFEFFFCFFFDFFAD381618131918191B20221D242832352C3536444B3F4454534D80DCFE
-FFFFFCFFFEFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF6000040002000100161553586416147264716B6167678E98BAAAB1
-B3B2948B7BFFFBFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FDFFFFFFFFFFFC2A00050002000103001C54383F585622084786A0565480778F85AED7BF
-C3C4A1BC9AFBFFFBFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFF
-FB65040000000101000000000000000F101D2628352D3947574A59573C4E4E494D536266
-667C656275646C7D8469A2FFFFFFFDFEFFFDFFFFFAFFFD6E160907000005000610141614
-182420262B31353D3A42474D5148575D586DB6FCFFFBFFFFFCFFFEFFFCFEFEFEFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD890000000002000211
-15477669161160978A666B6C77899F84A8AF939373B08CFDFFFFFFFCFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFCFDFFFFFE0302000001000000022C3C
-3651653B0A2A53839E686085769388D1BEBDC1C19FBEB6FFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFEFEFFFFFEFDFCFFFFFCFFA61A0000000200000000010001020E11202225
-2B414F49455E4F555161575263656556725773605C7A79677F826A6D7FA3FFFDFFFCFFFF
-FFFFFF6812010002010200000400040A16131B1F2427332A3C3F3F44493D4C4954635C61
-534C84FFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF82050003010002001617546966111758839C5F55627E8996A4A890
-977994918EA8FBFDFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FEFFFDFFFEFF8400000003020000001835463C5A692A094658A380585780769BAC95DBC3
-A1C4A098E1FFFBFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFEFAFF4501
-0300040000000001030001001A1D27253C443E505F4B4C4F4A62474654635B5B4F47586F
-6C7367747C7F83836A896868B8FFFDFFFFFEFDAC1E0000020300000101000003041B191D
-1F262F3237373946423A493C545E53575E4E3D55554F77DAFFFCFFFCFEFFFFFDFFFDFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF420103000002000213
-163D77651812555F9275546A8188939670AF958F99B4AF94FFFFFEFCFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFBFF2800010200000002012A3C3A
-51673A0628595385856466947F9D8FB6D8A3C1C09FB6FFFDFFFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFAE010001000200020100010000020A212936313E405C
-5A5F4E5D52525D6E5D5E66655B5944436A807368737F697E836E6C6E68796ED8FFFFFAFF
-500502000202000002000000030B18202019262D2C37314154524549414F545151464A5B
-4E5D5661686A7EDBFFFEFFFFFBFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF2D00000000040000141D4978581513546A8882566A6675747EA6AE
-947898949191FFFDFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFEFFFD05000000000102000624323D5A5029075366669FA35379828187AFBD9BE0
-9CC69F81FFFFFAFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFEFFFDFF4600010700
-0200010100000301081623363C454541614E40645255465A666758545B6A57415C5D705A
-605D72696B839986877D7B627B5DFFFFD623090000000100000302000002121722212A2A
-3D45424335405941405942455D5549586A6E4F534D557558485285FFFFFDFFFFFDFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF27000000030001010E
-29455876131456566F998668636B6E958C939099B6B6B5ABFCFFFCFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFCFAAC00040300010002001234333A
-56571215685554849C69687E9CA3AFD3E1BCA3A0A09BFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFDFEFCFDFFF9D613020200000003000000030300082538325A42414F415D52
-5F5E574B665967645247656647473F686C5F525A59658080876A70697A71685E558C2714
-000005000100000000010E181E2E2F3931413F4C404044635D544C565B59675A5E6C625B
-4E535462685A595A6E67B2FFFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF05000400030101011A30557A6314125265789886546F67739B888C
-99B499B59593C0FFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFF
-FFFEFDFFFF820200000001010200163C465164460C2B5568679E9F675F8B9BA691B99CA2
-A1A099B6FEFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFDFFF78A00030000040002
-0001010001111B233849404B413F48535F584A6655663C3A3E3F403C5C6254555A696573
-73686B7B7F836B82817F7471535845391D12000200030001010005121F263239433A423F
-39344552525666604B4D675B6262666051514141505458666B5A6C5C627ADAFDFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFE000100020000000021
-254B505B0F13576567838467566D907B898FB197787996B0B3FCFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFE2C0200000300010005243B5159
-672F0F3A6779679F9F667A91998BAF989F9FA37BB9BBFFFFFFFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF
-FEFFFDFFFFFAFFFFFF2A000000010003000000000005132B3B3B4E5A424C5444495A6A65
-6854383E302B3E4B3F3D675F467569666A73886B6986906A7E907E7B776D6054422B2010
-00000200000001101C2B44393F424C402B383B46545665636D5F59596275636A5F615451
-3F675652686D685A5B5A7082718CFEFFFEFFFCFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFFFEFFFFFE850000010000000009252F3D55560E0E667857849B6A66808F7A808E
-7699749CB6B4A7FCFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FCFFFCFFFF01000000020000010D34323B696B1512657973639F9F586A8E7C83B0A1BBC1
-BCA1B4B8FBFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFCFFFDFFFFFBFFFFD117000300010002000100
-040216202D3E4740514A4547475B7B64663E303F3D2D343868765865725E7E7353686A69
-5C786D6E60798C8F7F7871594C513B282515020000060009171F3A3F3F4233533E504B47
-6B5D6F5E5E61714E3E6763665E5E795E6258695655486A69595B5C7F827171845BD8FFFB
-FFFCFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCFDFFFFFCFF42000300010000010D29
-393A67631512676750739D72575D598E82AAB396D6BBD7AF91FFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFF0000010001000001112F3C4961
-430D2279767C56B784637E7D79A08DBA99C1C29AB8FCFEFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FEFFFFFFFFFC850600000002010000020002011C323237405B514B46494D676369483933
-324F3C386957616865695A698A956556666C5D7164665D89848264885B6E59423B35261E
-180B0A1227242F4A4A344A414C55574E455D54585454685D684E576959735D6368495D5A
-584A5B566E5A6D596F806F73606279618BFFFFFEFFFCFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEFFFF0600020001000201153130505547092464695A89935B595E81929B91
-94B69F97979B95FFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF
-FFFFFFFDA9020101000102000013393A556B2B0B5056695364858058818EB09FAE979D9A
-9CBCB4FEFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFDFFFDFFFFFE66000000020102000201000306
-1F253B44373E57424E4C66656B3C2F352E4F6C5E7364717176715F605E70806F55567754
-676A6E8489596B60766158525E59554134221F2321303C3842504941423F46455B575355
-67676667656A54566E6768615C825C50475548445F70606C5E726C6F6F71607062745070
-D6FFFFFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFCFFFFA900030001000002002030
-4A495421064767646765888353546B7D9E85969AB6BFB8B8ABFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFD8500000100000200001B2F3D5778
-1515666864545A9C855481A68CA291969DBEBEBBB3E4FDF8FFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFE
-FEFFFCFF2B000502020000000000000016202A3D4341474B534A5A575655654B46433A71
-715D5F7065738587614B626E6D53575368545678667F8565695F6B715B5A636B4D433A38
-3035443C45513E5F4B334C574A655654536A57643B3E496C6353676A5A6B6F64445A5C5A
-446B5A6D5D6D6F72746F5B725C795F624C66689BFEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFCFFFFFCFE1702010002000100012D373D545A14186669635766826A64696894858D
-95B89DBA9DB7B0F9FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFC
-FFFBFFFF7C04000001000000052A313A7866121566556A52669F8557919178808C93B6BC
-BAB995BAFFFFFEFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFEFFFFFCFD2B0201000000000400020003162B33
-37555D4257545E62566553646B4756636F866D6A657975685666555455576C7468666655
-766870857658665B6D765B57805B464749434B564D4943655E65594A4868686458657853
-6A5640273F5361406A866678766F55455558715B52636E6774746B708863754B79614D65
-627A60FFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFDFFFFF9FFAA00000000000002000F3131
-3C546615146658766965869A6964808C81ACCC99BC9E9FB6B5FFFEFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFF2D000000010100000D3727486A45
-0D235B65545A66A09D7A8A87749D8C76BAB8B8B8D2AFFFFBFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD
-FED30800000300000200000200041B343B3C6E5B4C4C5C62696758665A6257516A676852
-77656769655568544D6270697D73676E5D6A6F6F74695D6955576B6F667370584958473F
-515855546C676A6555453D55566A517B6955665655384B696F4756637E78635643595D53
-4358616D585F7D625F5F73714F7660666165617C665EDCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFCFDFFFFFB190000000400000000222B4B4043480C2A677669696584A254596E8E7FBF
-B897BB9EBC9A93F9FFFEFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF
-FEFFFDFF2801010001020104113C384A522B055053666666649FB76958825F83899399B5
-BBB592A6FBFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFD304000100000003000400000F1936474952
-66604C5A665A536766686559666865676884746C6F7D5B5B596E7A6E6D616F6E736E8272
-6177698C5D6F726E716E7B695368445257535964655F5260575555394E5E66546855515A
-545654545963755B706C677D55555867525D6A54776D59675A7675597471796378626267
-79787A798FA0FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF8500020200020001000A372939
-4A582108486557665457836766657F7A948E909E9E9F9DB9B1DFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFBFF29000000000100000D282D416A15
-14666569677866B88359646B82808A90B5B5B798B280FDFDFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFE87
-0000010003000000020200141B30506D4E4E55535A6854555579666957715E72686E6B77
-7C657F8758667775576A64748682777A605E7979737472747485727F5C606E5B605D615D
-6B6E6D5F614F705E5A5B42546C6D5C5951515456566865546645495E8370555568535A54
-686C6857666B726A6B56757A646064617A7863677A90796673FFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFEFF
-FDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFDFFFE
-FDFFFFFFD10000000200000200041E3A343A5953151666586955625C809F56547F937D89
-999A9EA19EBBB4A9FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FEFEFFFD2A000100000000000921395F6415186853766866688584605981758385AAADCE
-9AB2AF8DFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFEFFFCFFFF8000020000020003000001001A26293E5E46434C
-486A67545553795D726C587878728A85736685777470646A7A64676B8E75867C777B7573
-8177887161867771735C5E6C5F6D5B615C72697E5B6D5F55576B70594A70715D5C586062
-6F6C7D61507C5266655569625767666765695656576B5A675E5D475979754F5E5B7B6368
-69747963637B7C74DDFFFEFFFCFFFFFEFFFFFDFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFCFFFEFFFBFFFFFEFFFF0205000000030300000632473746
-4F4B082F5765685558679F8456777E797E8EB7BEC0BEDEB994FDFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFC2C000000000000010E283B607318
-1C646867665863868457696B799481A3AD958FB1928CC7FAFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFFFBFFFC810400
-000002000000030004172F373F4F4B5244596864535E757E69617876768F747A90727688
-7F82757B696B84656891807D7F77677D6679897C847376736F666F5C5D5D675D5C6D5D68
-6B585D69545569665E5463676F575B5E5E6476776B66656A6D624F58656B646A67546542
-5666526B525F475A585C625554796767687E656765686469806366A2FFFDFFFDFFFFFFFD
-FFFDFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFEFFFFFE
-FFFFFE290200000101000000051F413A3E5B5727083E516A565565648684636A827881AE
-B5BBBFE0C1BBB4FFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FEFFFCFE2900020000000003163634545A3820626863686455A0836959688A8A9884CAAA
-B0AF8E8A8DFFFBFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFF8501000000000004000000040F2A464D443E52485856
-70767187735B61948A7B7C74796770926A69828379825A6F7F7F817F697D7F7D7B7D637B
-637E87887375736E5C6F5C6C5C5A6B646E5A7C696A6956586055695655645755645F666C
-56424E6755576D62777C6B61615655655A556756786654685E6655755D576A6560636861
-616B767C7A7A7C7E7C7E71FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFBFFFBFFFFFF2902020006000100010211353F3B4C69
-48033468686354556E559F815A65687F9FADB2BDA07FA0BA96FDFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFDFF2804020001010001193F2F496654
-2038665A655A558A7C6250786B8778A0A8AD8A91ADA69BE0FFFDFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFF2500010000
-03000000000000232F4D57434A504970625C7A725A8D6C61908F76826A94697084878480
-858580716C6B867E827C6D7C7F6876907C767B797676715F725B5C6E535C5B6A576D5867
-6867575466655D5354535153527050636765595D5A69586153625E576F64505B615F6468
-545A64546668545A6B74656A7160576F777B626A7A65687D7E637C907B74D9FFFFFDFFFC
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFEFFFBFEFF
-D102020201000001000100022335394B4C68220D426656566A67626D877B52606FAE88AC
-B7BFA0C2BDBC96FEFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FEFFFDFC2C00000000010000153A283C5456191654656757646098716B6E7D8978829CA5
-A8A4A1A8BB88FFFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFD2B000200000000000200011224352B4B583E49617061766E
-7A7E5E6B766997807E888D6F6E86889F757284706E6F715B80816D6A7C686A787F8B6467
-6460897460726F5B6B5D6D586F6C6A6855536A6666645E686D5F615D5263614F4C5F5B65
-50505D65675D616D616F6C49637C667559535F56686A57555356785858565F5F57586779
-5363837A6A7865817A794E6961B6FCFEFFFFFDFDFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFCFFFFA600050000000500000200091A3D36495A6846
-072269666664616C7696A58158798A7889AAB9BE9CA2C0BCB1FFFDFBFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFF5D030100010000000D29253E6865
-1517657755516D6582846865808981A99F9EA7A3A5BC9B7EADFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFBFFFF2C000000000400
-00000001112F3F42475A6750646B6E7B646F78556D85868A6E6E8D718A8B77878D82758B
-7473716E586C83846C6A6D7D69797C8E676278778A7776805D5A6F685A5E686968686A73
-65636266666B644E5E5B4B5B5D5A5C445E51514A5B4C716260674E58704C5D705A5D6F4F
-54514C5665566865525A534D584E5C597563757A7A646381698B788268687968A2FFFCFB
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFDFFD02A01
-000000060000000400061C363E3B5068662908556267656967756B859B6A577F8E909F97
-B7A1A6A2C199AAFEFFFEFDFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFDFEFF85000000000001030D22313C606633193C4356685466869F54786A6C7EA07F82
-A19F829C657F8DDFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFF2601010000030002010100143A3D56445F6555696E727E6A7975
-5789A188898B8D8B8A7A78758B7473738B73738787869A6F9B81826D7E6D7C7D79796465
-777862774B4C5D705E6F5C6B5C7F5B5569785656665F5161414C5C5D4D4C5D5A4957564C
-574A565C5A595B4D595C6254576C4E514D4E5153566A5160686756534450607167697064
-576C7A777B808F7A92627D7B697A7A70FEFFFFFDFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFF660301010000010001000400021F293C384D4B783A07
-297655596667546A3E85A065546A90998CACC09DC3A1C0BA99FFFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFAFFFCAC00000102000001051432494769
-55172E685765546871997267777C899B8F9B989980817C957568DEFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFE
-FFFBFFFFFFFFFBFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFCFF2B0000000100000000
-030018334E4E4F5E665D6F6C848E7B6F857B7390A88F8B7A8E927578908C77768C8A5C76
-888788896B8798837E87817B7F768776748A8787708081976C6A57566E575E6C6C6D7A7C
-666865645751515C4E4E5C6A58575662455657475361445449595759495B6A675C4A4E52
-5B595E6F6364644F55425656686B6C66615D6958688D7E7D79797C7D7F6C74788E8E6EBC
-FDFFFFFEFFFEFFFEFEFFFCFFFFFEFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFBFFFFFCFFFFFFFF670302000001
-000100010000020514363C433D5969652B094F796566666856586AA47C557298929CA7CF
-9DC1C4A1BFD5AAFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF
-FDFFFDFFFE00000000040000041139474D5D47301C55656B5554729A9E687E7D7C795E75
-92987F7BAA788C738ABBFEFFFEFEFFFFFDFFFDFFFBFFFCFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFE
-FFFDFFFFF9FFFEFF28000500020000010300011C2F50554B44705D737B73908489898B8C
-948F907D7C789195788F779074738A7674858B826D868797758C918B8B9473775D757287
-8B83647271747B83605A6E6F58879490907D555660675155735060536C5F6B5A49474646
-49615151525650544F4A554B594B575559565B63534F4D614154545256635666655B7171
-59716F7A757A767B6D7C667C7D798A7B79747EFDFFFEFFFFFDFEFFFFFDFFFDFFFFFDFFFC
-FFFDFFFCFFFFFDFFFAAE490D01050005000000010101000112203049443E50677448092A
-6865445768635655AE8882548D8AA9A08D94A09FA0E1BBB9C8FEFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFDFFFEFF1703030100000200102544404B
-63451E2D6864565558999C6053657E76889F7990769279748A7B807C74FBFFFFFAFFFFFF
-FEFFFFFCFFF9FFFEFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFFFDFFFBFFFDFDFFFCFF2900040000000101000007
-1E3E43445560695F7C8180967D7494928F7D979193979394988F9291918C78715C787088
-85907D797E92AE93929CAA9587846F69626162706E6F6C7A4E557F7E79707C8C9C9A9DAC
-8E7578767C6665515E5F6360495D5C48464B635F4E5152564E5D40414442565353454E4A
-665C49405D5C4E4B53546C52617667666D756467707453627E797E677A78788E7C5E7A73
-715DDCFEFEFFFDFFFFFDFFFEFFFEFDFFFFFEFEFFFDFFFFFEB04B160D0200000000000000
-0002020006151E2A4B513E3F467A451A1E3966656B7654685385837A687186867A9FB499
-A0A2E4E0BEB2FFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF
-FFFEFFFEFD4500000200000300132A42494B61683A1F5568686258757F85677D74747667
-5976777A706C877E7E75746A7AFFFFFDFEFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFEFEFFFFFFFDFEFFFE
-FFFEFFFDFFFF2C00020100000100000200193D4B5F4C4B69517F8383908773789A979593
-AD987F7A7C95AD93919076928C748972927E9C937F9E93998D7274828780898C9895957D
-7781858880736A74888B8986969683636677746F6C838E7566594F403E4E56534D4E5C58
-63544443585D3E3A353C513F4D4A3C4B47363C3A3956596E5E525C6A6C6960655169645B
-5C54737568596479507D797B7D7664667175746D7C76FEFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFE
-FFFD8C6D3818140B050000020102010000010300000B252E314E4F524C59576A23094577
-68666553475455798770637E7D8E9CA2969EBEC0E5BE9889FEFCFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFB8404000002000000061B2A534D
-5456463E4057545764679E9F7964698066666D7070847085978C788A8159574B6EBCFFFF
-FDFFFDFEFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFDFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFEFFFD2A00020000030000020100233D
-3F4B5B405B686E848B938F7F9580979A97809E947D949496928D9477797D929A989D7E85
-8F72717B88929AA6949798A29A9592A18D918B828B8A7F7C7D878791827F765D4D435160
-68695E6C7E888D89866D4B2F222A373146605C59565257444F34423C4750393D3F312D33
-45434246545E564C625E665964626564513E666C63595F4560696075788479677B5E7570
-725A6D684A84D7FEFFFEF8FFD5928E8A3E451F2821161207020000010300010001020000
-0006172A3733404F4F484B56443C2229766D6169535955556CA37A68839A809EB48D9B9D
-BFE6BDC2B9A6FDFFFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD
-FFFFFEFFFFFF00010000020003001A2C5D4E424E7B551832526666677298606F63746877
-7F7C8370836A7B7D7272586663527C564E5C96B9FFFCFFFFFAFFFFFEFDFDFEFFFFFDFFD4
-878B342D00010000060200030100031E304C4D5A6D607D9D908B94787E7F9A939F9A8277
-99977D8090939393789B7D9C83B39C7F808496A9AFADB5B3A696A0A09993919BA0A7A99E
-99938B817977848F96868068543F373C3035363240485A6A65676D8186848570676C6642
-1C2E4453555243384A404C3E37373B33363B40484C4B4A4643595C5A5B5F634A564F4252
-52655C62675772856875775E6064777370735B59635F4D47524F4B432F34322627241F19
-170E0B0B03010006000000020201000008010A23303B42475D4C3E4B59652A2432455368
-6866556664849681834E7D83828D8CADB59EFDC5C1BFB6DFFFFCFEFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFF2B00030002000103182F4146
-475B6455391E4752683D77926984575C6F88747D64816F777D8B706C6C76606B5653584E
-41504C4741444C444A4846444240362927261B0B080000000101000000000005193C4E4D
-61746A87A39890B07D9E839B81B89A7E829C98957B7993837C82839E8698B8B7B8B4C8CC
-BBA9B2B39F9BAAB2B8B7A4ABB0C2C8C0B3AA957C6A656E8495959B96948362484036322B
-28293041515253525C67778599ABC1A666514E2958836F563744433E4349443D383B4436
-49363B3B3C483C556356544E4E514F4F53675F5352685866837469796C75647A6587705E
-5E67655E464549423D342429252B201A1F100F07100501000300020105000006110A1524
-2D37424756524C425A68553C09186878577856526B7966AF8881527384938199AAD4BCDF
-C7BDC0BA8CFBFFFEFFFFFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFCFFFFFEFFAC0400000003000003222D33444B506747344055656A7874967143565C7E
-65697882757F8C8C716A684E5D4D4641404B3B3B4236393338373132312B27292821251B
-11050000010101000001010014233D405466666F8F7D987C837E809EB59D9A82817F9781
-937E917B9D818874695B5853333A78939AA1A4B5BCACB2B6C2CDCDCCCFDDE7DFCDB29480
-7981858F949A999795928B7A65544C403F372E2D323B48494E484C585F6C7A8799A3AA86
-5B4A2836658091604E4E534C4A4E3E46414250453736435152494D3F41554749615C644B
-535352535D5C7361595B5D7989767A615E5F6E52674E3A3E3B323431231F181D0E100C0C
-050C060F000203000403000C111A1E203326444147304B533E5A575545221F4A76686556
-425750666EA19566687A98958EA5B195BFA19FA1A1B894FFFCFFFEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF0000000000000102112C43
-4E5358706847413D47575568717F4C686577807D757C7A8B907E6F5568584E3E45424B48
-434133302A2F32272B252B282820261C1A0F0D0200000101000002000119353947695283
-7B8F96809B7F838086B79D9E98A080AE9A68969C84A17E6F605461664243586E563C8CB2
-CBCCB9A8A8B5BFCDDBD7DBB45F4D9B948A97A6AFAB9D908B8685817A6D594D4E50535149
-4038383F47525D5F5D5D62686F736F615858565148463B3B516B7F8D694749554A4D4C45
-48343A403D41483A383A49573346564A4E5D425C536462516761545562846C6F78746080
-6E44504C364D3A38322A2123191C101410160C11110E12090914161A1E1E1E2836412E3F
-3F50404251595A77663B211F3A5558675556456469809AAE806972979A9D9A8CB795A67D
-A3A2BBB3E4FAFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFF6601000000050000102C334E6062574F52554033546667608390726C69
-73556C626A76886C5C6A5854545146434E51373E31322E252B2B232826251D1E1A1A1313
-09100100030000000116232E45626D86727E949F7F9C808885A19DA28599837D98867E9A
-868477654A42435A6A737C858262445288A7B58A76889AB5CDD8D5DDB35671A9A5A5B1AE
-A79C876E5E5C6267665E5550576471746F6152474141464E5860646566686D706B5E5452
-585C606564646B6F707681879174484950493B3E3F3D3C39353F323343384C404754535C
-4F506256556147545A667271586B67636A5F5B50644D41434C3C342D2F18201B16141618
-13141B1B1F211F20292F2B3036324C58504E4269464459737D673A1B1F49576767645564
-756B8098936F695A7A859B9088AA94A19BA4A09FBCA9FAFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF0500010002000202262A
-414F5F4949637455455B4A5554747E6C7279696C56775A7B685C685B6D594057554C5B4C
-384130302D2C2D25222A312425251D151A131613140C100D151C21353D3E807AA18F7D9A
-8083A19FA086879C9D819D9B7E838080888568583B344260646D79857C66565152412C5F
-6F809BB9C7D1CFCBCFBE482D3B6DA3B9B5A8978774615C636F76756C64636B777C7C7260
-524C4A49474C56636C70717174787A766B62646A74746E6A6F75819091969396A49A6239
-4B3945483F423B403B3A4439333155475757465A4F555D5E5C53506475546A715F576E5A
-595D553A394F3E403A3527252621211C22252923293434323038453D363B3C4C654B4C45
-535D5645686C4C302A22516468635A675369696A97AF8667607B70998883A693BA9C7FC3
-BFBACDCBFFFFFDFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF6501010200030000161B3A394C5B584E5C69515F5B3F55665F7F6A62
-67665D5F61715749555A5E43625B5B5444494B39463A40342C272826332B2A2320202725
-222321241F2A27313744577185A17983859E848C86858880A1A0A1B4978880A193695144
-3631495C626364706C5A3A2D261E3E5A7C91A2B7BBB6AEA6A3B1C1D0762C191E47969488
-786D656067737D817D756E6A6A7073736C615A59585654565D68707476797A7B7D7C756E
-6E737778716A67666C768A929591919CA0A775454B4540413D413C352C31313D474A343E
-46544B46504E4B4C65626A7465715E566B69586F5851594B53493B36242C2D2E2E2D2E30
-3D352A40463C324150494A674C4E4D49444B5C425745773523353D36686B636A63686963
-70997B6E656865706983786E8F939E7ABFBFBAB985FEFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFB20010005000002070E
-2A3341564C555E6D5855533F4154585C96845454525A767669595B5A5959684C543D5557
-374C403E3A32382F3335373630382B292C34343C33363C4230415D736C8C96989C68A485
-A1A3A1A383A89BB1B5719CA5B08151414243515E5952545A5C5233281D1732919EA9AAA5
-A7A19FA6A9B6C8D9E9E7984F495D6F7D7C7367606165707B80807B757271737A7B7D7F7F
-7C756C645E5F636C7275787C7E7E7C797574777C82847F7773767F8990939B9E9493969D
-9E9686544D4248402830383732383C363E30463F50504E574D695B6F6F557E59546C6E58
-6B7F5A644F6D41473F2B473B2D35394B423B444348464E534D4E4440535D50565A475F63
-4046533D3B2B1E43576963755656676767817E81816A54606C6985A69F8D919B9B9FC19D
-9E77E0FFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFAFEFFD40A0100030300010E192D3B42585959574D535A56355B474A8A96
-88556A656A6A4557575C6859674C6A5755595745494E303938354447453F3D433B394037
-433C3644565C56596A7B74829A9E6A8784A58786BF83A1B597738B9FAB8C60504B444C54
-515151545E695F4838342A2470ADA48A7A7E8C94A5BAC6DBE8EBEBE5C5AC92939796958E
-837A7B80899095938F8D92939498929091938F867D756F6F737A808281818182807B7677
-7A7E7F827E757176828E9495979E9D978C8A8D8E808EA356444A3437302E2E2D39372731
-30453C3852425B666148516E515E546544675F575959494A464943344645454544544332
-394848576553445347445F5C47595769666744463B312A31475666686869545657656C99
-7F6E63648666848989956D949998BDA1B89DB38AFDFFFFFEFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFAFF4B0D000100010008
-18243144404D565C56505E55445B5D5C6C75506C72696766495666573C524E6273535552
-4A474B434E4840414B414B4D423A4A544C4C5F5B49675F6F5159797A86A1848A8786A6A4
-A39FA1859D8B8D94A5A4745B56594F4C5755595B5E686257402C303222216E8570707387
-96A1ADC0D0DFE6EFECDDD2C5C4C3C5BCB2ACA29B9DA3ABB0B8B9B4AFB0AEA8A6A4A2A1A0
-99928D898384878A8B88817C7F807D76717072747375736F6B6C737D888A8D8C89979685
-878C887F8295A0582F27363530372E282C3036383C40413E53575A5669634E585556645A
-625050504656454834485446494652595546485F605B5B524A554E5D7757686852694525
-413137464766656853536467575481706C9E7E64777562827F8B99A16F90BA9C7A9E9EB5
-B6DDFFFDFFFEFFFEFFFFFCFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFDFF170400000000020D172E414F49554B4D5559505654454A4E55
-60518273665755556F694D6F616556504853474845594142353F433D4D5D485B6753495D
-73665C696A7F5E7D8085A5888A8A89898885888566878993ABBF8C5C65615D5F6662605B
-59545A5548281A1B213B54737F766D7385939DADBDCCD8E9EEEEE8D1B2D2D5DBE0C8CFCA
-C2C0C6CFD8DFE6EBE4D2C4BAB2B0B0B3B8B8AFA59C9695989B9C989188827F81817E7A77
-73706D6F72767774767A808885888D90919B968E8F8F85899197914C34373F32302D2E28
-302A2E3029423A4336425E4F474D62524D525D5C4E5E4E4F4F4C504E4E4E5B4F5D4B4F4A
-4D685555575657645A6357644632433B2F2B4C3E4566666866687A696757557097706F69
-586065777C6D85949E8D919CB7BC9ED8BCB297FEFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFED7151101000300
-0414283348433B56525C4C3962686765574B4B5C74607175546A6656766B765A584F5E5D
-525C4D604B424A4F4D4B58717F7864695C7E735D65728E91839F84A3A78C8AA3896B8969
-836075A5B3C7B968747C696163645A4737353832291907101D315B7781776C65646E8397
-AEC2D9E9F4F8F3EEDEC7B6BDD0D0B89DB1C6D0CDE1DEE8FBE8D6C7B2B0BFB2B7BECCCFD1
-BBACA197969BA5A7ABA69E928986888782817E7673747C8184888580868A9095999C9E9D
-9E958C8784827D7685896C46413834372E2329242523323734393C4A4F414E60623D4557
-507153685557576765575467566556695657666758544259696447313E3F2A2B4D3B3550
-6557626969656569786656686C957D546765707B808A686C8F9BAAAF95B6BC9BD9BBD27F
-FFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFE90180C04010105101A30333B343E5F645B4A64524F576356
-5C6A836C51634156626A59615658566A6654526B58645555596558687B697069656F4F69
-80836E80827F866D6A6E8B896C8C6B8883767BB1C1C5D6A26C8A816D5B5E523E2E2D2C26
-1F13161817273E4C565951464047546A8BAAC7DFF3F8F9F6E8D9C3BEBABEC6CDCFD0BD88
-5D68757A65656D7179715C586789BFDAE3D5C8B3A49B99A3AFB0B4B2AB9E8F827B7A7676
-756F706C70747A8080818389929AA1A4A3A09B9B92847D7E74635956605D614B2B36252E
-31282B342C2C2F2C3744434441494C4B4D60524B52655853535547526A6965585541582C
-353D3E403E3D494128364D473F446778756B677769636566687566796A7386998157645F
-6A66787C80A6B4A6ADAF999E95BE99B285E3FBFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFDFFFEFEFC8F200F0405
-040B162226322E43555C3A4D6057525278756754595D835539654F4B3E5041595F645A56
-6752656B535552686777566C816854636D6D86747E6B9F6B6F4C906CA789898B856777A3
-CED0D4C68E887F6C6665644F3928222A2B2A343A3440434244423D3C3A3E4C62768AA3B9
-C8D3D5CDCACAC4BBB8BDC2C4C5CBD7E3EE713D5E7782868E8A918D877E745D412F68949B
-B8C0B8B0B1B2B7B9BBB6AEA18F7A6A646061676867615E5E63696C737A808A949DA19F9D
-918E8B86817F7A745A4E4950494B5B413227312330343127333136353E294834373A5F53
-495852614D57575465526B433C4A4E3E332A333E333C3F323C3F3250656C65647A796663
-666668686769667968817E848A823F60736478699299919CAAAACA9BB6B99EB699AEABFB
-FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFEFFFB691512120D0F111C1C2B283443464660544B576A6260
-65686B524C5E5F6D5B424B423B41534C2F4B5770746459666A4F685E618E7D7C737B788C
-979A8287898C6E8EAA8AA6A56D827196CECFA38675707E6A5F58685A4832252B425C6565
-67615D51433835373D495B6B7F8D969EA5A7A39F9795999EA3A7ABACACAEB9CBE1F2ED58
-77868F9290908C918F8C806E5435251A2A344472A7C4BFC0BDB9B7B4AFA5978779706868
-707577716A6262656974797E84898F9292928881848D8B7C6F695D494443525243525732
-2A31312929312E2E27312234373A473B564C4E4A64644C3D67525A6774251E4B2F3F3C35
-4656686844557A657866586257586465575655445466686465836E8A956C5259737D6361
-7C7D8D8E94A6A7B094B7B5BAB696AD8CFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFEFFFF3B1E1C
-190E1015191A28313A41375D6D5E5D4D72656450656459604B5C4F59486457625C3F4C59
-4D7A8945655357455F7C76758B6E658D7EB49A858D8B8D898DA7888DA5857979A3666D6D
-6272877D695A4A37293F4E586B646267686B6A5E4E372B3141566D7E8D99A09E9B9A958D
-857B716F717071777A838D9AADC1D6E6CC4F72898D8B908A8E8A8A826C4D33221B68A99F
-62484D73A3B2B3AEAAAAA49996918F8C8684878789867F736D6D727D868C8D8C8A888687
-807D818A90887460584E3F3A3A4554595B5E4930303435292F252A242630283140354344
-3F504E4C4852626267696433344A4855594F525754684458616877666564556768575268
-5456547774838786706D6F566771667B856F7D77AB95A48BAEB395D597B696AF81FCFFFC
-FFFCFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFCFDFEFFFEFFFA581E1D1511191A18202C3B2F335241464E555F5F
-6165736274645349675C504B5258666874676E69625766675F73617E665E7974A88F9F86
-858BA5AB6B738B8C896DA078955B285B827D7884806B482A2E557480726A55565A5E5A52
-493D332F3A51667C8F969B9A97918D88817A77736C6867676A6F7B8794A1B2C2D1DFD694
-5073858386847E7A78624B37241B61BCE0AC53394477A0ACA8A6A1958A8585888E939798
-96908D888278717075808C9498959089848484838282827D6C594A4445463C3C434F5B60
-645C593C3E30282A20252B212D2E383534413F5949584D5461464F6758533B4F36415756
-6A516A54536869785368566A56525467564257576372807486716E57676F76756C7A5B64
-7B7D9AA4A8AED0B2D3B69895CB92FEFFFFFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFBFFFFF9FFFEFEFFFF90
-221C1F17181E242B283D31443B3F434B524A4E6362794F5E59686547475B4F706851876D
-6F9A57556960627776797E8185819A81A5A3AC8B8B8D8F898C88867C818A50567B83746E
-7C6F4A25356C7D887E7C76625F615F5E58504D494C556379878B8C827B78777A7F828486
-8584807D7D80858A9AA7B3BECDD9E2EAF3C0596A828D7971675D574A3B23191E5A95884F
-322F263FA3B5B0AEA796888785878E99A3A7A0968679726E6A686C768490989997918B8C
-9293948F83715C4A38323A474644404D5661616367705B27302C282D2620282B242E3B2C
-343C37424D604F57675063525645343A5662684465445553656C63666656556852595456
-556784986F72845552676F7E7982697F6E6D7F83868C8FB0B3D196B094AD96FEFFFFF9FF
-FFFFFCFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFBFFFCFFFEFFFBFF902828262118201E22282A263A3143575954
-5E634B5054574E3F5757434837604E5D70716F6D57565D7B6C5E6F688D87969A8388898E
-8F8C908C6E6E8A8473A47365707B77756E654C323E647C7D7A7676736D6B6C74736D665F
-5E5C657176807E726D6461656B727981868A8B888588909AA5B0B8C4CFD9E6EFF6FDFB9F
-5C87978A7F685B544D4130171A2A3431314761522F266BA2B8BAB5AC9A90919198A4AEAD
-A296877268686664666F7F8C95999B989497999D9F9B8F7D6046393431404C534E4E5D66
-6D62666473784231363E2B2D23212C2D2239343B3C545550524D505349514355483F4A5F
-4356555467685566685667565566586456676B84707B865165687262756A6363615D737D
-85A4A9A9B0AF959791959066DAFFFFFEFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFF
-FFD42A2F221B1F24272D1F1E3233354C5155586D50584D5D54525B503E54575755498384
-56574973607D77616676947C9D848DC4A98D8F8D908B6C6D7786AA827480797D7365432E
-456C716F665F5B5F65686F7B7F8584786C66676A70726F665E5654585E6770757A7D8082
-81898A929DA6AFB8C3D1D8E5EBF4FFFFF77B6B90968E7B6A5F564F3A221B2336442B3249
-5A472122638CA6B2B5AFABA2979EA0A8AFACA1907F706A70726D6D727F8B909A9D999C97
-9B98999C9581654D3D3F404A5D676563666C767A736C6E737A6F44413826261C1E262226
-2E2E40434A4E3F54414C484452505453584D3546566655676669526754545952576F8683
-8789597F56575E7563636A7D768455637D8288A8AEABB1CD949394A980DBFFFEFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF8FFFE4632242C242A201C232F383A534C4B
-545F3C585B59474E595454424F6559525554534C644E626580679E807F86898EA293718F
-AF8D888B686C9EAA7E7C8882847F6036527780735E4740444A55637181909E978A796A63
-656A706B625A54545B6572777A7B7C7D80848D9298A1AAB4BDC0D2DAE9F0F8FEFCFDF562
-6B95968C7E715F5148331F2A5A92AE8D55312A1923588D9A9FADBDC2C6C4BBB5ADADADAA
-A59E948D8A8B89858280868F959C9E9D9F9B988B807A71624E3E37394251637177767472
-73787F807C777B7E7E532D35302D2723242A27222C2B2D3C41454D494D61634961565544
-363446577656665358555755416E85808761706C536781757775756474658872608084A2
-ABC6AAB4ACCB738BA97EFFFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFB
-FFFFFDFF8C3731382A2528242938373D41484C4B425A496041524F4D3F41666B4F526A66
-5D6A6C5C6E698E8D7AA28BA6A58F918A90A98B6F8D6191AAAD858A8D807E75522E74978A
-7F664945425468778594A1A9A69784746A676D75746C6666676E7B878A8A89898C90979E
-A6AAB4BCC1C6D2E0EAF3F9FBFFFCFEF2A14974918F857C6851453B1D1961AEC6D3D4CBA2
-6459849AA8AFB3C0D0DAE1E0D7C8BEB8B6B6B1AEADAFB1B0ADA99E908F9195999CA0A29D
-937F6A5B4F42342A292B3646546574787A7872727C8483807981808A6A413926272C1F28
-1D2322222B28465040405A41514B4850435853373356696553575664566A6CA071886F63
-545563707A627666597E839D877C878586A8A6ADABB3ADAD8AAE88FDFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFCFFFEFFD3393222242A1F322A353C4033
-353E423D446A4B46515D5C4D5E6B5462586F646F4E50818C8E7CA286A5AB8F8EAF918EAB
-6D89658DAE8E8A8B86736C615A3F60A0938467534C5A718498A3A9AEB0AFAA9B88787172
-797C776F6D72777F898F929292969FA7B0B8BFC5CBCFDCE3ECF7FCFBFFFDFEF9DA914A58
-88929285796054443A242977C5D9E5EBEDEDDCC9C7BEBDC0C2CBD9E3E6E3DFD2CBC0BBBF
-BEBDC2C6C9C9C8C3B3A098929090949E9F9B917E6654473B322E2E313B454D5762696F73
-706C71797F87877F7E818473482F34322128221F22232430303C38463B5A616054505D55
-67463A5B5C535A63818A7486886F7D4652694C4A657562645F65836E73756482866DA98B
-ACA9AE8A918D89A4FDFFFBFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFC
-FFFDFFFBFBFFFE92242F2E2734313941332E37333A4943475559484857654C715350725F
-4E52666791947C8688AF8E8B916CACA8AAA77B888AB08E9084705E57556858414E857066
-5C657893A4ACB5B9BCC0C1BEB5A9988A84878781766F6D7178838A8C92969BA4AEB6BEC6
-D0D8E3EAF5F8FFFFFDF2E2AB997E59567B9BA29D988E87807876746B60596171787B8D9A
-959FBAC5C2C9D0D3D5D8D6D6D2C9C6C1C0C7CBD1D1D0D1D2D0CBBEB2A299938D8F979997
-907F6955483F3C3D3F4A555E625F5B5C5F6466696F747C878B877F767C7968663B2D2828
-1E281B1D1D252A243432423D5D614D5654505F55434B4B515E5F746B7371985359577272
-62665D7D5F6369597259939B6683876EA9A7C6CB8C8F8B7CBFFDFFFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFDFCFFFED54635392F4238442E2E
-36374147394E524D5249575C59575C5249645F636D8EAB9AA1A5A88D929372ACACA7876A
-819BAE827E73645C515B6C6F4D2C534A4D668293A8B8BDBFC4C9CDD1D2CEBCB2A5999390
-86766C696A717C89939698A0AAB3BCC5D0DAE8F3FBFBFFFBE9B99573757B8C9292A1A2A4
-A0A09998949590969896948A7F7D7378685B5C4D5483B0CBE1DFDEE1D8D0CFC3BBBDC4CC
-D2DBD9D6D6D6D1CBC5C1B6B0A69D979594929085725E4F4541434554616D746F625C585A
-5D646C717A868F8E856F6C736D5D6D5F38282D21231A241F1D1E3036333F4F4F483E6065
-4C606666545874746E845765436A5E5F757A4C6473636C6F5A7593969CA2678890A38EC2
-AEBE898B90DCFFFFFCFDFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFDFFFEFFFEFFFAB63F3E463E3B2E353C3C373F3641534B62544D4D545957584764
-4B698B939F9DACAA908E928BA9ACA8889C82ACA4696D595A5452586163331427314E7D99
-B8CBD4D5D7DADFE2E0DBD1C7B8ABA0978C807467686B727D89939BA2AAB3BDC5D0DCE7F1
-FAFFF9E6BD8E97A0A5A2A1A4A2A0A29C998D8D89868A8D9095969B9B96928C817C747474
-6F6D65554C6A8A9BB7D3D6D6C8C7C0BFC8D1DAE0E5E4E2DED9D6D5D4D5D2C4BAAF9E938D
-87837766594D45434A535F6C787A70665957585F676F798289918F806D66736C6172883F
-2F1D2019191C1C22222B3C3439404657513D534A606767655A625953695E656766617E65
-5C7B6B5B6E5B787E7F7FA18189AAA38CA9BEA8A9858FFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFEFEFFFDFF98403837352E
-34333C41413738493C375643645A576668737A9D939A9FA9A791718EADAD8CA599B584B3
-A0455C54534D4C4F52462427313F6B9BBED4DFE4E4E8F2F4F5F0E3D2BFAEA6978E8A7E73
-7070787F8A98A2A7ADB7BEC7D0DBE7F2F8FCFBE9B299A59EA8A29E9995948D8D8B8A847E
-7A7077737C81848A8B8C8B867F7A6F685E626662626065666B6968615B6B9DBCCBD0D7E0
-ECEFF7F4EFE7E3E6EAE9EDEBD9D0C4A99588868780766D645B5753555E6A767F7A6D5B56
-555D6872797C828289877F747879786D7F8C50352F282027181E252925293031363D495E
-6346485E6A55655970746C79756E7E7C766566707174959398969F86848AA588A7A4C0A6
-8676C2FEFEFEFEFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF924849363E423544351C3B353E3F424E46554B615986
-91A77E84A5AB8E6F8FB08F8EA5A1BC89A4A369344549403536362C2C5459698DB8D6DFE5
-E5E3EAF6FBFFFCE6C8B4A499918C89857D7B859098A4AAB1B7BAC3C8D5DAE9F5FBFCFBD1
-A1A1A6A9A298918F8B858180807D7C7E7B766F6B6A6C7074797D80807F7D7670675F5857
-595956545D66727E81827D6D55576E9EC9DEEBF8FCEA914F57686B69676D686A8DAA9F8F
-8D8B918D88837D746761626D7A83837F70645B5F69747A7B7B7673767C7F80828389848B
-926E3F262326201A1F2617282C2F2C37405C5F5C575460605E7564766E7B7B6F7A7D636F
-6E8E7B909B979B9CA0A2A3A386898889A2859EFDFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCAF48
-39454935383D38473A3D4942444F4F50747380907F86A8A78DAFC6AB8991BC8A85959C9D
-6D342E2B2B2427245D848789A8CDDEE9EAEBE5EAF9FFFFF2E1C6B19B909192919292939B
-A7ACB3BBC4CDD0D2DBE4ECFDFAFCF9F7B698A8A19C9890898786807C7979787676777470
-6A6766686B6F7477797775726B655D5956585B58534E51586371777B7D756E655348577E
-ABC9C695667594979592887F7363493E5D898F97959B9C9B948C7D716A6E778186877E72
-68676B737C7F7F776E6A6E78848B8C8E96979B997B4D2A26251A1C1E161A1E21262E3A51
-535D4D5A65756474707D6E797A7A6D846776967F8B809BA19E9EA0A384A0A69FBE9C8BDD
-FEFFF8FFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFAB6534A3E3B2D3F472F3C3F4D514A475A7361
-81897EA2A3ADAC8EAC8890978F9297949BA29D8B744D3D373B7BA89B99B5D0E6F1F6F5F7
-FAFFEABDA2749FB3A096949BA1A8AFB2B1B7BFC3C9CCD7E0E5EAEFF4F8FFFCFDDEA696A6
-9E948C89858382817D7B797675737271706C6764636467696D6F706E6A665F5A5555575C
-615F57504E515862676D74757678767372706B686C7B8FA3A6A7A69285757262553B2547
-889A9BA39FA3A3999182757072798185857E787574777B7C7D7569616370818B948D96A3
-B4B39C7B66282E221A1D1717191E1D29383D48525D6766587C617078807F866C728C775E
-7C7FA0AD9E9F9D9D85A08AA1A19B90A4FFFFFCFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFEFF
-FCFFD9624331404B483E4B3F3D545043595A69747CA2A3A88BA9A58D8D869DA19C99A4AD
-BECCCBB3A69D8BA4A0A3BBDCF2F6FCF8DDBF9B7A6662492A559DA69DACBAC8D0D5D3CEC8
-C7CECFDCEBF0F3F8FBFFFFFBFFF0787BA09F928982807E7B79777778777573716F6C6864
-5E5C5C5E61646768696865605A575455585E636159524C4C50575C656E72747273787B79
-7B818B979EA5A39D94816B615B534B402A1B3584A2989B9D9A9D988D8177747980828684
-838381807D79736B60595B6675808A93999EB1BEBD9D75813D311F1A1A191A1520212F35
-384C4B62716E59607A6A6F8974738E7A7C7DB098B69B9D82BB8385A19B9D8D9AFFFFFFFE
-FEFDFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFBFEFFFFFBFFFDFEFE924953434E453F424F494E4F5B
-648B9899A1878CA8A4909DA3A49190A3B8C7C9B6AAABB2ADA7AAB2CFE4F7FAE1A77A738F
-91958F785D314793A9BCCADFEDF3ECDFD7CDCAD3E0EDF7F9FEFFFCFFFFFBDF8F93A2A693
-8C847C7873706E6D6E70727171716E6A645F5855535457595E5F6162605C59585B5C5E61
-6360564C4545484C545F6A6F70757673717071747D89898A8C867A6C59555455483C3420
-1D55939E9B919091908B8278747B83848B8A8B8C8B8A837B6F6358565B6574808A949EA8
-B4C4B5506677868729201F1F1717181C2521333E53736B4B78666B8A8F8E777A79977B85
-99968281839D9B839CB49E8EFFFFFEFFFCFFFFFBFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFC
-FFFFFFFCFFFDFDDB755352556457455F536B7E818F998687A094A086989C7A8598A9B2AC
-A29EA8B6BBB7C1CEE5F5FAD5926E8990989E9995826E4A2F3A94BECDE5F9FBFFF7E5DBD6
-DAE5F1FAFBFDFFFFFFFFF9EA8C70A2A59A9887807B7772706E6D6B6D6E6E6D6B66625B56
-514E4D4E4F5155555658575556585E616263635D51453C3C3E41495661687174726F6D6C
-68656D71757977706960544A4C5252473529245CA1ABA39B98989791877B777F898B908F
-8F90908F887E6F625759626E7C889198A2B1B7C6C4575A4E7783A2302B221E1117131C22
-27345E4F5C737F6E72887777668C9A94847C96A0979C8181677F7D90DDFFFFFCFFFFFFFB
-FFFFFDFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFFFFFFEFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFCDE7A4A4C4F4C535B
-7A838E937C8678D182958A64758B949F9D98A4BFD3DCE1E6EEF7EDAD8B90989B9696928E
-87836E583F2366AFC5DDF2FEFFF7EEE5DAD5DDE7EEFDFFFFFDFDFFF8DB5A819AA69E988A
-8883807F7C7975716E6C6A66615A524D46444446494C4E4F504E4D4D4C4D51565C5F6162
-605A4C3F343234373F4C5865727475736D625A59565C61615B5B5C544F49474F4741442F
-253F85C7CAC7BAB1ABA090827A7E868B909192908F908B83756A60626C77848D94A0A6B1
-BDC9C46267644A618696322A1E1911141E20293449587068815B79967864907C817B7E99
-9D977C857F7A7789FFFFFDFFFEFDFFFDFDFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFDFF
-FEFFFFFEFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFED78262576D75848590818BF18385634863798A9BA2A9BF
-E0F3F5F6EDE2C8837B96A49CA0918A868584786E5741282B82A6BDD7E9EFEFCEC3CCCCCA
-D3DAE9F5F5F7F7FCF4CA6C49839C9996908B8986848583807B76726E6861584E443D3D3D
-40454A4D4D4D4F4B484645474D545E616363615B4D3F35303133384350626D71716D675D
-514948494D525251514E4E49463C40483F3C2D232E75869394ADC0B19E8E8381878D9192
-928F8D90918D847A6F6E75818C93999EA8B5BFC6CE895A554B464931164321201C191B1C
-2038485E597A858A92917C94947F939A9A9A7F7E977E8390FDFFFFFEFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFF
-FDFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFDFFFC9F
-7E5D866CBDF2867B4640527486A4B0BBD9EFF3D6B97B644E779FA9A6A494837D7C787266
-573F251A2F567A93ACBECAD3D7CDBDB6B7B7BCC9D7E3E6E8E8EEEFD96759899795908D85
-86868683807F7A736D665B514539312F30373D41454A4D4D4D4B474443474E545E616565
-625B50453937393C3F44505D686B6B665D51443B373940494D4D4F53524E463D383C444A
-443F3B3B44535E5F5F6F95908786868A909599989393999D9B92847C7D838D97A1A4AAB7
-C2CACEC64A3E2C2938392A2520272C1B1E1C2E383B3B6E7C83778F9296AB7D957D7E9498
-7E9673A7FFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFDFFFFFAFFFCFFFFBCE8F287734148618397AEB1CDE5F8C3
-563028335F8CA6A5A9A092846E646C6552382622324D5965758AA5BAC7CEC8BFB4AEACAA
-AFBAC7D4D7CFDEE3ECDA865B7A8D948783827F7E7D7B7978736C655B4C3D302826293036
-3D3F4246494B4D4B4946464A51565B5E62635F5A52494341404243464D555C5E605D554B
-413A35353B464F53555755544F473E3C444D5D626B737D8A8E8A805F47537584898E949B
-A6A6A2A1A3A8ADAAA09389878E99A1A8AFB8C0C6CECC9A29241E38253A6E322E36312323
-21344E5E6D65878C787A927D787C9595B0837EDBFFFFFFFBFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFCFFFFFDFF
-FFFEFEF89769455B7991A8B7C8DBF2F39B5B52455E7D99A6A8A49E8D7659464F45331C27
-5161595E667B9AB5C7D1D6D5CBBFB0A69F9FA9B5C1C8CBD5CED9F2F4C355719297898078
-7673716F6C69635B493F30231C1E28323A4044454547494B4F5152545556585A5B5D6060
-5E5B56514E4C4A49484645464B4C4E4D48403834343337414B5156595E5E5D584E484C54
-66727F88929C9F9A91866E4C3A618A8A969DAAB0B4B4B2BABEBCB4A799908E929CA6ADB2
-B6BBC3C6A7374C6770612A5085261E1730242E37414F7A898A75919392767D8D9572BCFF
-FFFFFEFCFEFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCFEFFFFFEFEFDFFFD985C4969839CB1C4D5EEF9D87F6665
-5B608599AAA59E91775E4130312D201D3A5C636067748BA4BCC9D5DEDCD5C5B9ADA5A2A7
-B4C0CDD4D8DFE5FDF7FEB95086A2988F8278726D6966615C534B3E362A24242E3D485254
-5654535253535356595C5F616160605E5E5D5B5A595552514E4A46413B38393A3C3E3D38
-35343635373C434952595E5E5F5E585352545F6D7D8890989B9A96907C644732428C919E
-A5AEB9B9B7BDC5C5C0B7AC9F96939DA7ADB0B5B7BABDB88C4F877A7D7D5B7269201C1234
-3E3C5563747F6E8C74785F7A6890DBFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFCFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFFFFFEFEFF
-FFFD9F59567388A1B1C5DFFAF9A1697D7E7F899DA4AF99846E543025231D180D25435B60
-697A8C9FB1C7D2D1D6D7CCC3BEB7B2B2B7C2D2DEE3E8F0F7FCFAFCE78A73AAADA59B877B
-736B635E58524B44413D3A3D4754626B6C6C6B696765636160605F61676E72736F686360
-5E5D5C5856534D42382E25202021262C2F30323436343232343B46505556585857565554
-5D68757E858B90938E8B81715D5036366C8F99A0ACAFB5B9C1C8CAC5BAACA2A0A3ADB5B9
-BDBEBBBBBAB4A399928783857C755720174B3C435A5E756A6E87797183DAFFFEFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFDFDFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFCFEFFFCFEFFBA54576A8A9CAAC2E4FDEE897992939699
-A0A4A48B745B3D2C1F1D22191C3E595A6472869AA9B5BDC8C7BFBCB8B3B7B6B7BAC2CDD9
-E7F1F4FCFDFEFFFFDD75859DB3AEACA09483786E655F5A565351504F5157606971757675
-72716F6D6A676663606168717575746A615D5B595754504C44382D241D1913161D252C31
-343737312B26272C363F44484B4B4B4C4F51606871787C7F82868784746A5D5341263465
-808D99A3B3B8C0C9CFCFC8BDB2AEAEB7C2C7C8C7C1BFC2BDBBAFAA978B797A7B5A3A1D1C
-5D5A657C767F6BA7FEFCFFFBFFFDFFFCFFFFFCFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCFFFEFFFF
-BB565A708E9AA9C0E3F8CF6E98A09BA19CA2998B765C442D1E1E1B1026586E6B646F7986
-9DA8AAB4B1ACA19A9B9C9EA6ACB6C2CFDCE4EAF1FCFCFFFEF8D89C6FA5B4B4B0A397968A
-7F766F6C686768696B6C6D7175797C7D7B7A787675726F6D6966626265696660584E4744
-434241403D3831281E150D0A0C121A22292F32332F29201A181D262C343B42434140454B
-5A6570787D7D7A7975756D62534542331E365E7E91A1B1BCC7CFD6DADBD4C7BFBFC4CFD1
-D0CEC6C0BDC6C4C2B5A492827168603DB1FCFF626E869CFDFFFCFCFFFFFDFFFEFFFEFFFF
-FFFEFFFFFFFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFCFFD46064798E9FAFCAE4F6D96D94A09DA096988B
-7B644C44311C172F588EA6947E706E6E7D8E99A09B938C857E7D818A959DA8B4BEC7D2D8
-DDE6EBF2F9FFDD6C7197A9ACA6A399978C83807974747272747577787879797B7C7D7777
-7674716E6B6A67645E5A5A574E4438302C2C2C2C2E2F2E2A25211B11080309101921292E
-31302F2A231C1B1F282F39404A4E4A464A525D6871767B7D7A77706564554D40362F2519
-437896A9B6C4CAD3DCE3E6E1D5CDCBCBD3D3D0CDC3BAB6BCC5C4A978958570625B443ECD
-FFFEFEFFFFFFF9FFFEFEFEFFFBFFFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFDEF73
-708290ACB9D2E9FBCB71909C988B8B88816E5C4C473E2F1D50AECCC7A4856A66666D7B89
-8F8D8885807E7D8088909AA3AAB2BAC2C7CACBCED5DEE6EFCC836D879898918F8982817E
-7E7E7D7C7D7E7D7C7E7E7C78757473716E6C68696763625F5A51473E34281C120F070408
-090D14181B1C1B18140D0808121920282F343B3C3D3B312B2B2E3A414D555B5C5A575659
-60676D6F707272706A6156473A312A282D271A6C94A6B4BEC3CDD6DFE2E1DDCECBC7CED1
-CCC1B8A89DA6B0BDA6628585775B57594056E6FFFFFFFFFFFDFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFFF980758B92B0C4DCF6FAC176939F8D84867F847561
-544D4B42302C82C4C5B690726C65666F7C888D8E8C8B8A8C8E939AA0A6ACB4B9BCBEBFBE
-BEC1CBC9D6D9E7B55C658082847B797C788083838382828281807D7C79736E6A68676565
-6263615C58524F45382B1C1108010100000202050E161A1C1C1A16100E10171E252E363E
-46484A49403A393C474E555A5D5D5B5857595F676E6E6B6864615F55493A2E2722233138
-2538749AA7AAB8C0C2C5CCD5CDAE848399BBC8BAAFA2939094A3A4788278756C5D5A6555
-71F6FFFDFDFEFFFEFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFEFF9F7487
-94AFCBE9F6F7A8809B998586838A807160534C4A494229399EC1C0A78A7E766F74808E98
-9DA0A09E9D9D9DA0A6ACB2B8B8BDC1C2C3C1C0C1C0C7CDCFD4D6A5535F75787777757D7F
-8383838281807E7C7A76706A635F5F6064645F5D5B5650483E3122130700000001010307
-0D141A20232423211E1A181A1C242B363F4750535958514A46444B515758575755514F52
-5A646E706C665F5954493D2F231D191A263B39301E6D94A6B0B4B8BFBFC2C4B69B5D353F
-5D84A8A29389888E9B89807675746F5E606A718DFAFEFFFDFFFDFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFBB36F8791ACCFE2F3E27D83908777808A8D837766544B
-484C4E422652B3C8C9AB9386797B818E9BA3A7AAA9A5A4A2A1A5ABAFB3B9BFC6CBCFD0CC
-C8C8CACEC9D2D7D8CC9A505E75787777797D7F7F7E7C7A787572706B65605C5C60656869
-64605C564D423A2B1A0C020000010002020611191D20242422201F1B191A1C242C374048
-50525758544D4742454A4E4E4D4C4A464548525E6C7476746D675F5346382D241E1E2C3A
-42352529639DADB4BBC3C1BCBFBDBAB5854226437D918C8584838A8A7F7A797F826C635F
-6879AAFFFBFDFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFD4707D8AA3
-C2DCE6E47172766D61698582846F5E4B4B4D53585137246AC5D7CBB4A28F898A8E98A3A9
-ABABA6A096929199A3A9B1BAC5CCD2D5D5D0CAC8CCC9CFD4D3DBDBC9965B50606C6F7372
-73726F6D6B6764615D5A5756585C646B6D706C6863584A3A27180A030100000000000000
-060D1116191A1A19171514171C252D3840464C4D4B4B48413A36363C4648494846434347
-4F5A69767F85837E776A5B4C40362E2C364653463F362A85B4C1C5CDD1CCCAC8C5C5C3A1
-5E375B7F7B777C8187918E8981828778615859677CCEFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEE868185A1C5D8CED9AF49554C3B4E6C85857259534C5763
-6A6458412E5AACC6CABAA49B9594989EA4A6A19689807A787A86949FABB8C1C8CED0CEC7
-C0BEBFC3C3CBD3D6DBDCD2AA6A485E6B767D75716D6A67635E5B545354565B62696F7274
-706A63564534231305000002010000000001080E1316181C1C1A1511131920282F383E42
-46464543403A3533353D474B4E4C4A474649505A6773808A8E8C80736455483F38394456
-5E5C5A5038334A84B7D1D7D4D6D6D4D0CDCBC19B7F7564616A777F8D97978C8B8C877653
-53556A80EDF9FFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF9C858CA2BDD0
-CCCFD3992D201B26436E75726862676F797E7D73726B554E425B8FB2A5A398979795938F
-83736762656D7A8997A1A9B1BBBFC0BDB8B2AEAFB8BEC8CDD6E3E7ECEBEEDE824C648282
-837D76716C66605C5B5B5C5E63696D7071716B645B4B3A2A1C0E02000000000000010812
-1B232728292A28231D191A20252C31373A3C3F3E3A383836373A3F4952575854504C4948
-4E58646F7B868C8C887D716457504E535D687678746F6E5E483A3A58707FA5C8C9CAD6D0
-C4B69D7D675F66727B86959D9F90898284614D52607691FFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFB99388A1C2D3D3D2D8D8AF4C738D5841617071717981878987
-8C87837F7A6E53334897998E8B878179716A615A5A5F6A798996A1A9B0B5B5B4AEA5A09F
-A4ABB8C5D3E3EEF3FAFBFCFEF6B97B637D93958D847D776F676360605F5E616669696969
-635E53412E1D1309020201010101030B1D2C343A41443E3B342E2B28282B2F34373A3B3B
-3E3D3E3C3F40444A4F595E63625B56504A464954626D78818787857D766A5E5859616E7B
-7F818178726D685E4E433A3C443C405086B2BFAF998D7B6A6D758188919D9F9E8C8D7E70
-5454626B7DB1FFFBFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFEFFE5A285A5BED4D6D2
-DADBDBCCC1D5D36C34647E8C939997918C928E8A8C867564461E58887A78736B60575356
-56576370818F9EA7ADB3B5B3B1ABA39E9DA0ABB8C4D4E0EEF7FBFBFFFFFDFFFAA84587A3
-A49C948B827A716A6766635F5E60615F5D5852483928170C00000200000000040F223345
-545D63615B534E4B4746474746464847434346474C4C4F565E656B6F747370685E544D4A
-4B525F6C757B7D7E7C766D645D595F6A7880868A867C746C6B66635B5A5D5F655F4E3532
-5799998C827A777B7F828A929EA09A938B7C6957616B7888DDFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFEFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFEFFFEFDFFFCFEAD7CA4C2D8D5D7DBDFE0DEEADBAD6F33538199A3A29D948D8A86
-88887F7358381D2F5D716A665A52494A4E57626E7E8C99A3ADB3B6B6B3AFAAA5A09FA3AC
-BAC9DBE6F1F9FBFFFFFFFFFCFDE090669CA9ABA0968E847A726E686764605F5E5C59544B
-433A29170A01000001000104081127384A5D6E7677736C676666656466676361605C5653
-535256575B636B7276797B79746C62574F4B49505B6670757675716C645B56545B667680
-878A84796F65616164626266686D6E63523019578488837E7C7F7E7A7C828A949B9D9584
-73645A6F748796F7FEFFFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFDFFF9FFC88299C3D7DADCE1E8
-E8EEEB99635654768EA5AAA698877C797A77776D5E4C32213E67746A6964574F4D59646F
-7C889299A9ADB1B4B4B2ADA9A1A09FA4AFBDCEDDE9F1FCFFFFFFFFFDFDFED76F7A96A7B0
-A99B8C8073665E5C5A5B5B5B5D5D5A564D3F322716080300010000000712202F424F5E70
-7F868783807E7E7F7F7F828386838079706964615C5D61676E73777A7D7B766E655A514B
-484E5761696F6F6C67645D5550505864727E868883796E62595A5E61666C707472685437
-225275767F7D7D7E786F6C707883909C9D907E6E64646D7F82B3FFFEFEFEFFFFFFFCFEFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFDFEFEFFFFE48D8FBDDADFE0ECEFE8E3C1606F898C9898A6AAA39681706C6E6965
-5E554E321A2B73847C706F68605B66727A7F8992979DA6A9ACB0AFACA9A6A4A6ABB4C2D1
-E0EDF7FDFEFCFFFBFFFFFBBE715186A2A9ABA292817264595452535455565858524B4333
-251808010201000208111D293745555B636D7880858684828284878B909296938E877D73
-6B66646464666A6E72747877746F695F544C4A4E555D656B6B6765635E5753535C67727D
-8486827A706359585B61687073746C654D342343677C7C7A78766F635D5F6B7886959E9B
-8A746C6C6F7A8082D4FFFFFFFFFBFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFDFEA691B7D3E5E4EFBC9279
-57648DA1A19D9FA4A09B907D6960625C574B4236291D336D938B827B75727375787F8283
-8A90979FA5A9AFB3B2B0AEAEB4BAC3CEDBE7F0F8FCFFFFFCFFFFFFEDB95A5D829CA6A6A3
-968875655852514F515253535350494133271B0F03000201010C1A2B3A455058605D5E63
-6A72777A78797A7F879096999A9791887F766E6A69686767676A6C6E717172716E665A50
-4B4E5258606566646464615D5A5B636E787F82817E776B5E5251555C6166696762524331
-2147728085807870665951505B6F8390989C927C70737A7C7C7F85F8FCFDFFFCFEFFFFFE
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFEFFFEFFFFC89AB0CFEAE5B9644D4A43688E97A19B9E9A97938B7E6D65625A463E2D
-2822264D7E9C9D8F867E7A808486838585858A9099A3AEB2B7B9B9BABEC3C9D1DBE5EFF6
-FAFEFFFFFFFFFFFFF8AC4F376F8E9F9EA699968978685E5C5D5D5C5D5C5A5650453D2F27
-1C120C0D11131827374958606567635B595B606567686D72777D8790959897948C827A74
-70706E6F6F6D6C6B6A696C6D6E6F6F695E544B4B4D51575C5F606163636160616972797D
-7B7872695D4F4747495053575B5849392D1B154776828E897D70675D534F586B7E88909A
-97867C7481848C836FAEFFFFFEFFFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEE7A5B6C8E2DB747C7F6F5C66
-7A8A9793918789807D756B615E4D362416417896A4B7B59E948B827E828C8F8A88868486
-8C97A6B3BCC0C3C4C5CAD1D8DBE3ECF3FAFDFEFFFFFDFFFEFDFFF380383673949DA79BA0
-9588786D656467696E6F6D6760564A403D362E2A2C30373E4B5B69767D7A746B61595858
-57595A5F69727B818991959895938B827C78777A818384817C77726E6C6C6C6C6C685E54
-4B49484C4F53585D606364636263686F7375716B62544639312E2E363C3F423A2A1A1317
-2D576F7D8C8C8276716C635E646D77818992968D818081898A89826CE3FFF9FFFFFEFEFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFB2C1BDDDDE7792896C55505D76869288837974726D665D554D2B161C5C8B
-ACB9C1B9A79C8D82787B7E86918C87878B9199A6B5BFC7CCD1D2D4D8DEE1E7EFF5FAFEFF
-FFFFFFFEFEFFFFFDE86532488398A3A1A196908172685F5B5E61676A6B6A665F564F4945
-41444D5259636A777D82827C71655E5859565050555E65727E858D959BA1A2A19C94908C
-8C90959797928A827B76706F6C6A69675E554C4947494B4E545B626566646361646A6D6F
-6A63554334271E1919252E312E2013061A3C5564687B868A847B7A79726E686A707B7E82
-89887D797D838288837A86FBFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFEFFFEFDFFC9CEC4CEE38493855F40333250
-758B8C83786E6C67645651421E082B69899FB1BEBEAE9989776C6970797F828080878F98
-A3B0BDC7CCD2D8DADADCDFE0E6EDF3F7FBFCFBFDFFFFFDFEFCE69D556F8B9EA3A39D958E
-8273665B524F4E4A4F5559616467706D6C6C6B6D757A7D808383807E7D756B666363615C
-55545D676D7A8A949CA4ACB0B3AFAAA6A09C9C9FA2A6A5A0978D8478726D6966625E5A55
-4B4744454A5055595E6263605E5D5D5F65625D52443727170E08131E221710070D2E4652
-575A626B747A7E7E80817C7670686A6D7475777A6F6767737D82838378BEFFFDFCFFFDFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFF
-FEFFFFFFFBC4C9CBEA94857E592D2920274A7E878E83777269655A462D191B38618297AA
-B6B7AC96806D6361666E73777A7A7F858D97A4AFBAC3CCD1D6D7D6D6D8D9DEE2E6E9EAEB
-EFF6FDFFFEFFE47C668B9AA7A9A49E958B82796F665F5851483C2F34475B67707A858C8F
-91949795918F89857F7C7A777372716F6C6A696C737A858C969FA9B1B6B7B4B1ACA6A09C
-9A9AA1A4A4A39D958D8278726C655F59534C46423E3D40454B4F51565957524C4E555554
-50463B2F21140505181E180B10293B444A4D4F53595B63686F767E82807B7366605B6065
-696B60524B56697983858B80F8FEFFFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFDFFCCCBC9DBA470744F1E2025222A5E
-7F847A7671685C412E18122C55778FA1ADBAC0B7A28C7A6A61667077797B7D7D7F828892
-9DA5ADB4BEC3C7C8C7C6C6C7CACDD0D3D5D7E0ECF3FFFBCE8C678BA7AFAEA59C948B847C
-7A75716D69655D513B30415A75888E9DA6ACAFAFADA69D968F87817F7F80848888878789
-8B8D8F929C9FA6AEB4B7B6B3B0ACA7A29E9B99989B9D9D9F9C969188827B72675D54493F
-342F2A28282B2E3136363534302B2C323B3B362D27211A140B001B1F0A113354625E5856
-54575D5C5E6066707B82838076665A4F52595C594F40363F546D828C9188ADFFFAFFFDFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFEFFFFFF
-FFFDFFEEC5BDD0825C6D4E2D1E45352830626B6461605E50362518365D7991A7B6BCC2C5
-C4B69E8D83797C8187888785827E7F81848A92979DA4ABB0B5B8B8B7B6B7BBBEC1C2C4C7
-D0DBE7F6F8C6908295A9A8A59E978E8785818483817C7675736E685D667384949DAFB7B9
-B8B5B0A99E969087828281848B9196989B9D9C9B9B9CA0A6ADB1B4B4AFABA8A29A95928F
-8E8F939495989794928C847D7366594C3D2F261E161212151A1C1B191616151312151B20
-211F1E1A120F04071D17071F4E717676716F6D6D6F6C6C6D717A81858480726053474A51
-534E45383034435A778E929485ECFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFC6B5C96B4669512F1F2534221C2737
-2E2F363931212441768096B3C5CCD1D6D1C9C2B49F949290969A9A96918A807876797C80
-868B9199A0A6AAADAFADABADB1B7BBBCBFC5CED5E4EDF8FEC66A8594989895928C878888
-9092928C8584858387898D949CA6B2BDC0BDB8B2ACA49A90857E7D80838992999FA1A3A3
-A19F9E9E9FA4A8A8A7A6A19B938A817D7B797C808285888D8D8B8A857D756B5E4F3F2E1F
-0D060100000204030001000000000000060D111214120C0A020E1C160D30657B89908D89
-8A86817C7F81878D8E8B837B6A564940444C5150493E3638404E698392A0949BFFFCFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFE
-FFFFE8B7C38F43645D361B1D22211D37464E564D342C3441638597A9C1D9E8ECE7DDD3C6
-BFB5A8A2A3A5A4A8A69C928679716C72777D858C949BA3A6A6A6A8A5A3A6A9B1B6B9C0CA
-D3D9E4EDF5F39C446680878C8E8E8D8C8F90969796928F8F9292929A9AA3B0B9C0BCBFB9
-B3ADA59B8D827E7A7A7E828891989D9E9F9E9D99948F9193949393918A8177706A686869
-6E737B7F8387878480787166594C3C2D1D11030000000000000001010001080E11121418
-19181714100E08152017022A6F8794A1A09996918E8D8E8F9598948D8276614D433F454D
-5453534A454A51576271909BA176E3FFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFBC5B6CD3F56522F1D1C1A253F52757073
-7A8790817F898B9CB1C8DDE9EFEDE2D1C3B9B5AFA7A4A2A4A8A9A19283776D686B737C84
-8F989EA2A4A49E9A989593979DA6AFB6BEC8D2DAE3EAF4F1D19A4C536A7982878B8D9092
-9694918E8D9095999EAAACB3BABCBFBAB6AFA9A59B8E81777373747981888F9599999997
-938B8178706F71767B7A75706D6D6C6B6C7073767E7F7F7F7C756C5F4F413124180D0500
-02000407090F191D17120C0C121616161C20282C2D2C29242825140915467385919DA09A
-938D8F9190909496928D82745E4A44434C555A565854525A63646366708FA1477DFFFFFD
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFF
-FBEEB2D5902B4C28272C1D27596E6F6A6A78889399948F909AA5B7C7D4DBD9CFC2B3ABA6
-A7A4A1A09C9C9D9B8E7D706865666A747E87949DA1A19A978E85827E7C818D98A5B1BCC6
-D1DBE0E9E7EFECCE8E4D3B5568737B80858883827F7E7F848C939DA8AEB4B8B5B3B0ABA3
-9E998F8277707376777B83898D9292918E877F7569605B57575F666768696E75797B7F85
-89888986807A736A5C4A3828180D05020203090B13161213191B1B1A181919161418191C
-242B2C2E2D2A271E150E1D577E878C9092928C87878386888D92928F847366524C4C5661
-655F5D5D5C626B6E6B6B69748F5627D8FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCFFFFFFFEBAC9BC3434223E8362536B76767A7B8292
-999996949598A0AAB5BCBCB7A8A199989B9D9E9E9B948F8D8C867D6F646365656D747C86
-929B9A9390877C75706F767E8A94A3B2BDC6CFD6DCE0DDDFDCDCC992542B374A56626462
-5E5A5859616A73808C979BA7A6A29E9D99948F8B88817A7A787C7C8389898C8E8A84786C
-6153453F4144474C5157606974818890989E9F9D9790897F71634C3420100200050B1218
-1B100F130E090C0D1929333A434850576165654A231A23221B1914173A6C838381818587
-84817F7B7F82848C908F897B6D5F54555F696C6864605F697276736967637C7D1F74FFFF
-FEFFFFFFFCFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFBFE
-E5ADC8492B283C8DAEA19689858A8E939BA0A1A19E9C9EA1A5AAADABA39B919192979B9E
-9D988F86807D7B777067616368696C7179828C918D867D746C696B707A838E98A3ADB7C3
-CDD1D4D3CDCCC8CBD1C4AC8763453D3D4146413E3F42464B566773828E93939A94918E8D
-8C8C8D8B8786848684888D8B8986817767574B4039373D4042444A546472818D959CA3A8
-A9A79F988F826F5A4027180D0810191C1A18100F161E2020222323313C4855616E76818A
-91867671706B69656466728182807C7A7D8081817F7C7C7E81888F92928A7F70625E646F
-73716C66626A7479766B5E6466736535D9FEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFEA8B98027253F769EA8AB9E9094A09EA0AAAE
-AEB2B2B2B4B3AEAAA49C918D8B9199A2A5A39D9082797471716F6B6661636768696C737B
-82847F7975706C6F767F8B949AA4ADB2B7BDC0BDBEBCB7B9B8B5BABFC6C2BAB79E60403E
-3B3D423C2E292F3A50656F81888C938C8D8F9093959796928C8A84848785817C776A5A4D
-433F40434446474952617484949FA7ACB0B0ADA89F968B7C664F37241C1A1B1D190F0808
-1B242F36352E272227323D4A5866757B828B8D8B8C8D8A86898A919492897D797473767C
-8286847F7E81858D959DA3A0988A786D6C757B7B7770696D767D796B5B535C65686B89FF
-FEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFDFFFFE0
-97BB8B613C6F83A8B0A49999A0A9AEB1B7BDC3C7C8C5C3BDB0A599908A8C9097A1A9ACA1
-95867973706E7373726E6966656365686E777D7E7B7877787B838D96A0A7ACB1B3B1B0B0
-ADA9A39F9B9CA5AEB3BABBC6C6C6C6BBB9B1B0B1B2A48E785C483D4559687481848C8E90
-929495969793918C837D7C7A7671695D544D47484F545355575D69798A96A1AAAFB2B2AF
-AAA39D90806D5742302325231D1207071C33313739352F272121293441515E6A777B8285
-817D808281817C828D8F8C847A7776757880898F8E8A87898E969EA8B1B2AFA3907D7578
-7E81807A7171777C7768544D535E63706AD8FEFDFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEAEAAA5A5997C7991A0AAA3929BA3ADBAC2C7CD
-D0D3D0CAC5BBACA1979192979EA5AEB4B2A1928478726F71727475716C6764626368707B
-82848483888C939BA2A8AEB2B2B1AEAAA39C96928B8C91959EAAB0B4BFBFC2C4C6BFBEBC
-B7B6B9B7B9BDB5AA9E76454150576E78888E8F918F8F918D8A83786E67615B57504A4849
-4B5460686B6F757D8A97A3ABB1B6B6B4B0AAA49B907C634F40342B2523140405121D2327
-2B2C27211D1B1F272B374757626C76797B7A7875726F6B68676B73767675727273757981
-8C95979695959A9FA6B1BABFBDB5A38D7E7A7E8486837B76757670614B46526162676794
-FFFEFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFDFFEB9A
-A49BA99771748CA099898590A2B3BEC8D1D6D5D5D0C9C1B5A69E9898A1AAB3BAC3C3B8A3
-9484736A6467676A6B6965626062666D79848B8D8D8D92969CA1A5A8AAABAAA59F998F84
-7C7B7C7F89929CA9B5BBC1C8CBC1C0B9B3B3ACABAFB3B8C2CAD2D9D2B9804D35476D808E
-92918D8887827C7064564C46434343424449505D6C767F868D949DA6AEB4B3B5B3AFA89E
-958974614C3E352C221C0B0D0E1015151213161717181A1B222C313D495761666D6F706A
-67655E58534D504F565C5E5E5E63676D7581909B9E9E9C9A9C9EA4AFB9BEBCB7A893827A
-7D848A8A8279726F695B4845525966626852E7FFFDFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFCFFBCA39FAAAB806A718C8D7C6E717E96AFC4D3D9D7
-D4CFC7C1B9AA9C96949BAAB4BDC1C4BDAB927F6C5D5652555C606261605F61666D758088
-8C8E8F909195989B9E9F9D9B978D837A726D6F74767F8A98A6B1BCC2CACFCBC0C1BAB1AB
-AFACAFB7C3CDD6E1E6EFF5F4C76F484C758F97928C827A70645446392F2D2E33373E464F
-5D6C7B858F969CA1A6AAACAFACAAA39B8E7F7263544A3B2E22160D090E1C2521190F090A
-1113161B212730393F49515C64656768645C56534E49474647474D53545352575F666F7C
-8D999C9C9590909095A0A7ACACA79A8B7E7679828A8C857B716B665B4C4B50656E6B6954
-96FEFDFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFF89AAE
-AABCA168606F7D6F66606582A0B9D0DBD6CFC9C0B6B2ADA197959CA3B3B8BEBEBBAD9478
-6350474B4B4F585D61626364686E727A8286888A8C8E8E8F8F8F8E8C857E787169646264
-6C747A89929CA8B3BFC6CBCBCAC6BFB3B4AEAFB4BBC0CAD6E0EDF8FDFFFDF3B7734C6E91
-9C958D8073645443372C2423252B35414E5B6B7A868F94999C9FA3A4A19F9C978D85796E
-64574C412D180B0A1623303C3D2E1E120F1316191F252B323A3F474F52595F5B5756504B
-464443404145464A5153535351545B5F626C7C8A8E8F8D8686868A93989C9A948A7F7772
-767F8A8B857B716B675E58515C657276675B44F6FFFEFDFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEBFADB9C6BF88595E76776E62677E9DBBCCD7D5C9C2
-B5B0AFAFA89D989AA1A9B3B7B3AB9D8E715B4A47484A515862676A6B6C6C6E737677797C
-7E7E7E7F807E7C797574716C69625D5D626B767F8C959EA5AEB6BDC4C8C8C6C0B8AEABAE
-B1B7BDC4D1E1EEF7FEFFFEFDED8F563E7695A09F968370604F3D362B2429363D47515F6C
-77848C8E919395959594918F8E8781786F675C4E43301D041639465151504D3C281D191B
-1B20252A2F363D41484A4C4D4B463F3A3B3C3A3A3D4043484D535B5E5D5B58575757575D
-69767E807F7F7F7F82878C8F8D837975737276808A8A8479716F6C69635B5E6A73777062
-49A9FFFFFDFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDA6B7C2
-C7A971586A7F7B7472809DB7CDD4D4C8B6ADAAAEB3B2ACA5A09EA6AAAEABA0917D6C574A
-44484F5660687072727374706C6C6B6C6E7072727374716F6E6C6A6B6A67605F6167717B
-868E969EA4A9B0B6BBC0C1BFBAB4ADA7A8ADB5BDC6D0DEECF7FDFFFFFFFFE3714E588296
-99979385746356494239383941464D54606B76818687878A8D8D8D8D8D8C8C86817A7169
-5E50412D1C113165706E655D544431231B1A191C21252B33393D41413F3C37312B272A2D
-3033383C414550575F6363615E5B5855565B636B727675787B7A7B80888E8A8178757575
-7B858E8E877C767778766B62626D75756F665860FAFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFE0AABEC1AD865D607E8D87858C9FB6C9D4D1C7B8ABA9
-B1B9C0C0BAB2ACA9ABA8A2968678695C504D515B636B757C7B7A7876756F68666666686A
-6C6C6D6E6A696868696C6E6E6E7279848E969EA4AAAFB3B5B8BBBDC0C0BFBCB8B4B0B2B7
-BFC9D4E0EDF8FDFFFFFFFDFDDB6046597687867F776D655D504B453F3D363839444B5560
-6B7377798084898C9093959596918E887E766A5E4C39261D36727B6D685B50402D1D1311
-1215191D242B313435332F29231E1B1A21272D343B41474D555C63666766605B56535358
-5D61686E72777D7F81868F9592897F7C7E7F858F95968F847E8183817669646C74716B68
-6849D1FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFB9B7B1A5
-8E716274919994969FB1C3CED0C7BAB1B1B9C6CBD2D4CBBEB3B0A6A29B8F80746B636164
-6C74797E83857E7B76716B66656768686B6E6F6F6F6F6E6D6D6E71767C7F8287919BA3AA
-B0B4BCBFC1C2C3C4C5C6C4C4C2C2C1BFC0C5CFD9E5EFF8FDFEFEFFFFFEFFD85533355D66
-635D57504A433F3D3A35332F333130374351606C757C80858D949CA2A2A0A19D9A948A81
-776C594832242E6B79665C51453420110A0A0B0E12181F272D2F2E2B27221D1A1B1E232B
-3339424A52586165696A6A676058524F4F52575B61676A6F777D838A8E9191887F7C7E81
-8891989C998F8A8C8D8A80706468716F6967665B8DFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF3ADB19B86806D788EA19E9799A1B1BDC2C1BAB4B3BBC7
-D0D6DBD9CEBEB3AFA6A29B8F8078757372767E83858685827A736B656161676E7374777A
-7B7A78787777787B80878F949CA1A8B0B6BABFC3C6C7C8CACBCBCACAC8C7C4C3C5C6C9CF
-DBE6F1F8FDFFFEFEFFFCFFFFD0543028303737332D2A2B2A2A242526252528201D212736
-4B6173818E96A0A8AEB2B0ADA6A09B948980787062503623235B6B564E44392613080304
-070B111A242D323434322E2A2625292D323A434A51596065686A6967646058504D4B4A4C
-50565B5D61656C737A7F8080817A72717479828C949A9B96949798968A79666570726B67
-695C5CF2FEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFECFA6A08881
-86848F9EA2958C8D97A4ABABA9A8ADB6C1CCD1D9D9CDC0BAB5B0ACA59A8D7F797A7C7C7F
-85898885807B6D645D5C5F67727A81838588878584838285878C939BA3AAB0B3B8BCC0C3
-C6C8CBCACACBCAC9C8C6C8C6C2C3C6C8CCD2DDE7F1F7FCFEFEFFFFFFFFFFD67D5236303F
-525D5F5F62654F362C27272828212725222C466580939CA6B0B5B6B5B2AEA9A0978C7F77
-716B5D4C341E1A4759473D3329190A030102070D16222E373C3D383633312F2F353A4049
-52595F6466686765605C57534C474647474950575C5E64686C6F72747574716C66666A70
-7A858E949796979B9E9D92816D6770746F6A6D6053BCFFFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFAF9C89798A909697988B7B777C869095959599A4B2C0C9
-CDD1CCC0B9BCBDBAB0A6998B7E78797B8184898A857F7871625B59606A7682898E8F9090
-8E8C8B8C8D91969DA5ABB2BABDBFC2C5C8C9C9C8C7C4C4C5C3C1C1C0BFBEBDC0C5C8CBCF
-D9E2EBF2F9FDFEFEFFFFFFFDF5DEC7B2ACAEB8C5CED7DDDEBF87593A2F2C2C322B38485C
-778D9BA4ABB2B8B8B6B2ABA49C9185786B65635F5546301A16364B3E322820150A060509
-0D15202D3942464642403F3F3E40464D525B63676C6D6B6A645E56504B4642414042464D
-545C62666B6F7274737372716C676262676E78838E939697989C9FA19A8B787073767471
-6B6C5D85FEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEE9294747C9A
-A49A93886E606670787D7A7F848D9BACBAC3C5C3BEBBBEC3C6C4B9AA968478757A7E8184
-888880786F68625D606C77838D929A9A999895929294979DA3ABB2B7BDC4C8C9CACBCAC7
-C2BEBCB9B9BBBABABCBCBAB9B8BCC3C8CCD1D8DFE7EFF8FEFEFEFFFFFFFEFBF5E4E0D9D9
-E2ECF2F8FBFCDA955B352E30385065737F88949EA5ACB4B6B4B1AEA89C9083776A5E5351
-535245331F0D112D43372E241E160C06080F161E2A37434A4C4B4745444444464C535C63
-696C6E6D69665F574D46403B393A3C3E4650575D646B70737779797875726E6B67676C73
-7E8A9296999B9C9FA3A5A193837B7878787879726465EBFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFC090827890A7A5957F6954566570777875757A8799A7B2BC
-C1BFC0C8D0D3D3CCBAA6907A6F6E71797E838583827C736D6A6B6F7A87929A9FA4A2A09D
-9A989B9FA4A9B0B5BAC0C6C9CBCDCCC8C2BCB5AFAFB0B2B5B8B9BABAB9BBC0C6CBCED2D6
-DBE2E9F0F7FCFFFFFFFFFFFEFAF3EDEBE8F1F7FDFFFDFFEFA85137313644586F7B888C95
-9BA6ACAFB2B2AFA89D93826D605A534846413C34251E0D0B1D313C3A30271F1915121419
-1E27343F484E50504C484546484A4D515860676A6C6C665F5953493F3A3A3B3D3F454D55
-5B61686D73787D7D7F81807D7B7772737A828C969F9FA7A2A6A4AAABA8998D7D7F7F7B83
-847B7566B3FFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFFA88C8286A0AF
-A3846E5C535E6E777A7C797B7F8B9AA7B5C0C2C8CDD6DDDFD7C8B09477625A5F6A787E85
-898886817B7876787F8A959EA3A6A7A5A3A2A1A2A6AAAFB4BAC0C4C9CDCFCECDC9C3BBB4
-ADA9ABAFB3B7BABCBFC1C4C7CDD4D8DCDFE3E7EBF1F5F9FDFEFEFEFCFAF8F6F2F0F0F8F7
-FCFFFFFFF1BB7B3B2F2E3A485669798287969EA6ABB0B1AEA8A0948574665F514F493B2D
-281F210B021F42483E34302A24211D1B1D21292F3841494E50504C48454546484C4F575D
-63666867625C544E453E3A3B3D3F464B52585D62696D72777D8185888A898A8784858A91
-9AA3AAB2B2B6B0B5B7B7B4A48C87827D828990897C6E83FEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFCFFED9C90838EA3A9957060535A6B7C84828383868A919BA7B7C4
-D0DBE4E9EAE5D1B596775D52535E6E7D83898D8B898682807F828A939CA2A6A8ABA9A8A8
-AAAEB3B6BABFC5CACED2D4D3D2CEC8C0B7B0ACABADB3BBC0C3C7CCD0D5D8DEE4E8EAEDF0
-F3F6F8FAFCFDFEFDFFFCFAF8F7F6F8F9FDFBFFFFFEFFEEB5754536282931394661718091
-999EA2A4A5A1988D8275665C504F42322E2218140E192C4450483D372E2B292825232326
-2D31373E454C4F504F4B474647494C50565C61646565615C56514A444244474A4E52575B
-5F63696D71747A7F858B909394949293969AA1AAB0B8B9C0C2C4BDC9C1B196808186868D
-969B887968ECFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFDFFCC978E7F8C9997
-7F60514B5C6F7D857F8080868D949EACBFCFDAE8F1F3EEDFC19F7C65565862717F878E8F
-908F8E8C8986898C92999FA3A7AAADADADAFB3B8BEC1C5C8CCD0D4D6D7D6D4CFC8C2BAB5
-B3B4B7BEC7CED3D8DEE3E8ECF0F4F6F7F8FAFAFBFCFCFDFEFEFEFFFEFDFDFDFDFEFFFEFF
-FFFFFFFFFCE4B7857674705C443B3A4D5F72838F94908C8B827265594C463C3931262119
-1815334E615C4C3F362E2C2A2B2C2C2928282D31363C42494F5354504D4C4C4E5153595F
-6466686966625C57514C4A4B4F5255585D6063676B6D7071747A7F858D93949595959699
-9FA8B0BBC5CACDCCD3CDCBBBA4888A8B8995A0A4907E63B4FBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFEFFFFB096847983897E5E4B41445A6A757C77777A848E96A2B2C5D4
-E1EAF0EEDFC5A2816E64606979889192959594949495949394969A9FA3A5A9ACAFB0B3B7
-BCC3C8CACECFD0D2D4D7D8D7D4D1CDC9C4C0C0C2C8CDD4DCE2E8EDF1F5F7FAFBFBFCFDFD
-FCFCFCFDFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFFFAF6EED9C3BBB5B8BEB09778604946
-535E696B63584C40393022201D1D191B1E1730586B6962534031251F2525282D302F2D2C
-32363C41454A515759575453535456585E63686C6F706E6B69645D595655575A5D606467
-6A6C6E70717072767A7E84898D8F8F9092959CA6ADB9C2D0D2D5CA8D747C7C9387929AA0
-A6A49382687FFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFF3A39A7C73777664
-473C38445A6973787577828C97A0AAB7C4CED5D8D9D4C1A48770676B717F909C9E999696
-9697989A9D9D9C9C9EA0A3A5A7AAAFB3B8BEC3C9CDCED0CFCECDCFD3D6D7D6D6D7D7D6D5
-D7D8DCDFE4EAF0F5F8FAF9FBFCFCFCFDFDFDFEFDFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF
-FFFEFCEFE2D2C4B4B4B8B6BBC3C4C8C6AA764D3E403C382A24211C171A2C353236363B59
-7A6F6B58483B2B1B13161A1D242D33353333383D43474A4E565D615F5E5C5B5B5C5C6267
-6C7073757574716C65605C595B5D6265696D6F7172727272747778797B7D80818283878D
-98A3B1B8C0CED5CC7D4D524843578B96A0A7ACAD947D6B64F0FEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD49D917472726C58483F3C4C606E767779818D97A2ABB4BCC1C4
-C3BFB8B09D85766C6F7D8897A6A8A29A939293979A9FA2A2A29F9D9D9EA0A3A6ABB1B9BF
-C3C6C8C8C7C6C4C3C6CDD4D8DBDFE4E7E9ECEEEFF0F1F4F7FAFCFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFE
-FFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFF9F2E2D4C3B9B4B3BABEC5CDCFD3D1D2C6
-A5765F55383742433A3A4E6C7E848A8A82787565524236291C1410121B222D383E404141
-45484D51545860676C6B69676564636365696E727578797879736D68625F606366686D72
-757779797A7A7A7B7A797777757574767C85929FACB7C5CED6B15165746E5A4B3E82A6B2
-B3A9957D7364C6FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFCB998836F78797057
-4F44485968767D7B818D949FA9B1B9BCBBB8AFA79D948476757682929DA9B2AB9F96908D
-8E959DA4A7A5A29C969495989DA0A7AEB7BCBEC0C0BFBFBEBDBDC1CAD4DAE1E7EDF1F4F8
-F9F9FAFBFCFDFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFEFDFDFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFEFEFFFFFEFDF7
-ECE1DCCEC2BAB5BABAC1C7CBCECFCFCCCCC8C4B8B5AD918A8F8C86838288888C89858072
-644F41352C211715161B26303E494E4F505256575A5D60646B717675726F6C6A6968686B
-6F7275787A7A79736D68635F6063696C71777C7F8182848381807E7C7A7872716F717882
-919EADBBC8D4D6924F6F7A7B6B593D427CAF917383817B6AA6FDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFE9A7D757B807E74675C565A6A7A8687878F939AA2AAB0B3B3ADA6
-99948C847C787E8895A1ACB3B4A9988F8A8A8C949FA7A6A39B97928F8F9097A1A6AEB7BB
-BBBBBAB8B7B6B6BAC0C9D3DBE2E9F1F7FAFCFEFEFEFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFCF3E9DFD7CFC5BFBAB4B3B2B7BBBDC0C4C6C6C7C4C1BF
-BFBCB6B2ADA6A09C9A98989A9A958E857A6E5D4D3F352E2623252A333D4751575C606061
-6264676A6E7276797B7C7A76716D6A686968696D73767674706C655F5D5B5D61646D7278
-81838587888784807F7F7C79747372777F8794A2B2C1CFD6CC675B797E7F75685C47393F
-3E25387A887A85FFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFDE4816F7D8287868074
-686268798992928F9295989EA4A5A49F968E86837F7B787B89989DA8B1B2AD9C8A828485
-89939FA6A49F9895908E8F929AA5B1B6BCBDBCBBB9B7B6B5B7BBC2CCD7DFE8EEF4F8FAFC
-FDFDFDFCFCFDFEFFFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEF4E6D4C5BCB4
-AEA8A5A5A4A7AAAFB3B5B7BBBDBDBAB8B6B3B2B0B0B0AEADADAFAFAEACABA79F94887B6E
-5D4E403A363334383D444D565D6165676768686A6D7073777A7C7F807E7A75706B686665
-65676A6C6B6964615B575657595D646E747B8386888B8987837F7D7D7B797C7C7D81878E
-99A6B5C8D6D8BB56687B7E7D756D6554494D4D4B2C47947F86DEFEFFFFFEFFFEFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDBF6F738F928F8981766E6C78889497928A888A8E94979795918981
-7D7876777A818C959DA5A69F928073717478808C99A09D9791908D8E9297A1ACB7BCC0C1
-C1C0BEBDBDBEC1C7CFD9E3EAF1F5F8FAFBFDFDFDFDFCFDFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCEFD9C2AFA39C95918B898C8F959FA4AAADAEB0B1B1AEAEADAD
-AEB1B5B7B7BBC0C4C4C2BDB8B0A392827264554944403F40444A4E535B61666768696A6B
-696A6E7276797B7D7F7F7E7B756F67615A585758595A59585756535255575B5F6671777F
-86888B8D8C87807B787676777B7E82878D929BA6B4C4CFDB8E51777D817E777069605C61
-6B634D3C3E3854A9FEFFFFFEFFFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFF9D6F8AA09E93857970
-6F758692968F847B797E82878B8C8D8D88827D7876787A7E82848F8E8779695A55595E66
-72818D94928E8C8D8E91969CA7B2BAC0C6C8C9C8C7C7CBCFD4DBE3EBF2F7F9FBFCFCFDFE
-FDFDFDFBFCFDFEFEFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCF1DBBFA899908783
-817E7F858B929AA0A5A6A5A4A3A3A2A3A5A9B0B7BCBFC9CFD4D4D3CFC6BEB09F89766659
-5048474445494F555A5E63686A696968676867686B6F7377797A7C7D7D7A756D625A504C
-494A4D4F4F4F505152545A5F62666C757B8186878A8B898178726E6C6F74777D83898E92
-99A2ACBFCECD8C5E7D8384807A736962646B6C685E4F40443479FFFEFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFEFEFE81779AA69E8E7D747177818A8D88796C666B747B81878A8D8E8A84
-7F7D7C7976767A7B756F6252423839404C57677681888988898C90959BA1AAB4BFC6CCCE
-CFCFD0D3DADFE6EDF3F7FAFCFEFFFEFEFEFFFEFDFFFEFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF9EBD5BCA5938883818384888F959CA1A3A4A19D9A98979A9CA1A8
-B1BAC1C4CED5DAD9D6D0C3B7A18D7562544B474545464A525A6066686C6F6F6C6A686566
-68696B6F74787A7C7C7D7C7A756C5F564B454041454A4C4D5054575C62676A6D727A7E83
-8686888882796E6663636971787F868A8E91969DAAB0B6C187637E85847F7A7368616266
-67605D5452534D5BFCFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFE373809DA19382767378
-81898B837665595B66727C838B9094948D857E7976736D6B6A665A4E3F3228252D374451
-63717A808587858A91979EA5AEB7C2CACED1D5D8DCE3E7ECF3F8FBFDFDFDFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFEFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFDFEFDFDFDFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDF4E1C5AC9B909391
-93969AA1A4A9A9A7A39F9A9897979C9FA4A9AFB6BEC4C4CACFCECAC0AF9F8C786252463F
-4043454A515B63686D6E717372706D6966666A6B6F747A7E8081807F7E7B756C5F544841
-3C3D43494D51585E63686E7273757A7F8286888788867F7569615D5F666D767E84888C8F
-93989CA8B3B6B9617683837B736C625D5D5E6159524B55525551DDFDFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFB870849291847B797B8086877E6C5E504C5766727F858C929492887E
-786F6A66615E55493F3327201C1F2C384350616F777D8285838A91989FA6AFB8C1C8CED4
-DDE4EAF2F3F7FBFDFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFDFDF8ECD7D4D6E1F1FDFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEEDD1BAABA3A19E9EA0A5AAABAEA9A5A19D9B9A9A9A9B9EA1A4
-A7AAAFB3B2B4B3AFA99E8C7C6A59483E37353A404B535A64696B717175777675736F6D6E
-7174787E82838483827F7B767067594F433E3B3D444B545A62696F747A7D7F808386878B
-8B8988847E756B6361636A70777E83868A8F93979CA6AEBCC36A6D7F7D756B625B57585A
-5C524B4B4B4C4C51ACFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFF976F80807E787C848788
-8781715B4E474A5B6E7A8186898B8B85796D6059544F48443C302C241D1B1B1F2A364451
-616E767C8083868D93989DA3ACB5BFC7CDD7E4ECF1F9FAFDFEFEFEFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFEFFFFFCEFD8BA957359545B7CAEDCF7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDF1DDC9B9AFA8A2
-A09FA2A6A5A6A5A19D9B9A99989799999B9D9FA1A2A29D9A938C857A6A5B504237343335
-3D46515A61696C6D74757A7C7C7C7B7977797C7F8387888683807B767069635A4D423936
-363A414A5660676F767B81848688898B8C8E8E8B88827C766D68686C72777F8488898D91
-94979DAAB1B7C3725C78756F675F57525356585446434847484B84FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF6F6E6D7476778B969490847A63554B4C58666F77797A797771685E56
-4D4B453F3A31261F1B1B18181D27343F4A58666F777D82868C92989DA2A8AFB7BEC5CFDC
-E9F3F8FCFDFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFCFCD9B7B199858384838182807A6D738099B5
-D4F2FAFDFEFFFFFEFFFDFCF6E4D2C2B4A8A29D9D9E9E9FA2A2A3A2A0A0A1A1A0A2A2A4A4
-A19F9C97928A80777066594F464341414348525B656C7174797D808485888B8B8A8A8A89
-8B8C8C8B8A86807B736E665F574D423A3434363D46505C656B72797E83878A8C8E909190
-8F8C8986807B7674767B81858A8E919395989B9DA4AFB2C4CA8C4F6E6E67635E554D4B53
-55504340464947425DFEFFFFFEFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDF35B66666C6C7A939E9A92
-837362564F505963686C6A67635D564F48433F3E3B3530281F1C1A1D1F2128323E495761
-6B737B838A8F959CA1A5AAAFB6BDC6CED8E4F1F8FCFEFFFFFEFDFEFEFEFFFFFFFDF7DEC0
-95604E687F93A8B2B5B4ACA69E908A7B6C677C889FBEDDFAFFFFFFFEFDF8ECDDCBBAADA6
-A09FA0A1A4A8A9ABAEAFB1B1B1AFB1AFADA8A19B958E898279716A635C5755575A5F656B
-72777D828586898C8E9194969998979798999897938E89847D776E675F58524A433E3D3F
-43495159626970767D82868A8E9092939493918F8B888683818284888C8F95979A9C9DA0
-A3A6ADB5C1C0CDA3476A69625F5C544B484E525046424648433B45EFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEFFD25A6067696E869DA59D907E6A5B535254585E61615D595149413B3736
-363734302B2623252C33393F464F59626C72787D858C93999EA4AAAEB3B9C0C7CED5DFEB
-F5FBFDFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFDFDFEFEFBF0B174525A7E9BB3C1CACAC7C4C3B8AFA3A09A938C
-7E6F6B7197DFFDFEFEFBFBF8F1E7D7C5B4ADA6A4A4A5A8ADB1B5BBBFC2C4C2C1BDB9B4AD
-A59E97908C867F7974717274767B82888D919292959797969697989A9EA1A3A2A3A4A7A9
-A3A09A928B8279736C655D58544E4A4A4F53595E656B7174797D8185878A8D8E93959695
-9493908E8D8D8E919496989A9D9D9EA0A1A3A8ADB7BBCBD3D1BF4260655B585751484349
-51524A444649433735D2FFFDFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFAB60646A7082959FA19887
-745E524C4F5152585A5A5550473E37322F2F3334312E2D2C2F343C464F555B61686F7378
-7E858D939AA1A8AEB4B8BEC3CAD1D6DDE7F0F9FDFEFFFFFFFFFFFDF7F2F0F2FEFCE9B872
-517C9CB3C2C9CDCCCBC8BFB7B4ABA59F9C938C72676E92D5F6FBFDFDFCF9F3ECDECFBEB8
-B2AFADADAFB3B9BEC4C9CDCFCECCC8C1BAB1A8A19C96928D888685868B91989EA4A9ADB0
-AEABABA9A5A2A0A0A1A2A1A4A6A7A8ABAEAFA9A59D958B81766E6A635E5C5A5554565C62
-696D72777A7A8082848687898C8E939598999A9A999796989B9EA0A2A3A3A6A3A3A5A7AA
-B1B9C0CBD1D6D5C14F5C645751504C4541474E514A403F45423433ACFCFEFFFDFFFDFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFD935F6E7383969C99968E7B65514643494B4B5257575851483F38343334
-39393737393C4147515B64696D7074787B81888E959AA0A7ABB1B7BCC1C6CBD2DAE2EBF3
-FAFDFDFFFEFFFFFCF7F0EBEBF4F8F9FCF1925687A9BCC7CDCFCDC7C1B8ACA5A09F9C9A8E
-81706987AFDBF5FAFBFDFDFCF9F3E5D7C9C4BEBBB8B7B9BCC1C5CBD0D3D4D2CFCCC4BCB3
-ABA5A29E9C99989A9C9FA5ABB2B8BDC0C4C6C3BEB8B3ACA6A3A3A3A3A4A7A9AAACAFB0B1
-AEA9A0968B7E736C6B666363636162666F767C8083878785858586888A8D909295999DA0
-A2A3A3A2A3A4A7A9ABADAEAEACA8A6A8AAADB7C1CBD2D7DADA8E576968584E4A47424147
-4D514B3F3B403F302E89FEFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF7B5D6D82959D99908C836F
-56433A3B43464953595C5D5449403B38383A3C3C3C3F44474D535F676E717476787B8086
-8B8F93979DA3A8AEB3B8BDC2C7CDD7DFE8EFF4F5F4F5F3F4F3F1EDEAEBF1F5FEFFFCE987
-5790B3C2C9CAC9C5BEB6AA9B939295949285776B6698CBE8FAFBFCFCFDFDFDF7E9DBD1CD
-C7C3C0BFC1C4C6C9CDD1D4D4D1CDCAC3BCB6B0ADABAAACAAABAEB2B6BBBFC4C8CDCFD1D2
-CEC9C3BCB4ADA8A7A8A7A7A9ABAEB1B4B5B5B2ABA2978D827974726E6B6D6E7073787C82
-888A8C8E8D8A898887898B8E9295999DA1A4A7A9ABAAAEAFB1B3B5B8B9B8B6B1AEAFB0B5
-BFC9D3D7E1DEAB586076705E5047434040464B504C40373A392A2468FFFFFEFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFCFC5F5D6E8C9D9D938C847763493A353B454A50595F6262584C4643414143
-424344474C50575F656B6F70727577787F858A8E93999EA2A5AAADB0B4B7BCC2CAD0D7DC
-DFDFDEE0DEE0E2E3E4E5EBF3FFFCFDEBB25D5298B5C1C5C4C0BAB1A69B8E888A8D8A8C83
-796970BAF2FBFCFCFFFFFEFEFEF7ECE1DDD9D5D0CCCACACCCDCDCDCED1D2D0CDCCC6C2BF
-BAB7B6B5B6B6B8BABCBFC3C7CBCED3D6D8D9D6D2CAC2BAB5AFAEAEAEAEAFB0B2B5B9B9B8
-B3AEA69D948A84817C7978787B7E8285888D91939392908D8A8887888B8E92969CA0A4A7
-AAADB0B1B6B8BABCC0C3C3C2BEBBB7B7B8BDC6CFD9E2DDB25D58767B77665549433F3D41
-4548463C2F2E2E201C3FFBFFFEFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFF0535E7C8DA29D928C806F5B
-423638414C51575E60635F544A4544434344454545474C515963696E6F6E717476777D83
-888B91979A9AA0A4A5A4A6A7ABB0B6BBBFC1C3C3C4C7CCD0D7DFE7EBF2FBFDFFFED8875E
-6C9CB7C1C2C0BDB7AEA2968A858A8F8E918C817272ABE1F8FFFDFEFEFFFFFFFBF5F1EBE9
-E6E1DCD8D6D6D3D1CDCCCFD2D2D0CCC9C8C7C4C1C1BFC0C2C3C3C4C7CBCED1D3D6D9DBDC
-DAD7D4CCC5C1BCBABBBAB8B7B6B6B8BABAB8B5B1ABA49B918B8888878686898C8E909195
-999B99979391898786888C90959AA0A3A7AAADB1B5B6BBBDC1C4C9CCCCCACAC7C5C4C5CA
-D3DBE0DDC37E456F7E837B6B5A4C433F3B3D414442392A28281D1A1CECFFFEFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFFD35F6885999F978F837667503D39454F585C5C5C5D5F5B534B484947484C
-4C4C4D52595F646A70706F70717375777C7E83878A8E919397979695969B9FA0A5A9ACAF
-B0B0B5BCC6D1DEE8F3FAFEFFFFFEF9BB5B6F97AFBFC3C4C1BCB6ACA2989391949CA1A2A2
-9C958988A2CDEDFAFAFDFFFFFFFDFDFCF9F5F3EBEAE4E0DCD8D3D0CFCFCFCFCDCACAC9C9
-C8C6C7C8CAC8C7C7C8CBCFD3D4D9DDDEDFE1E2E0DCD8D2CCC9C9C7C5BFBCB9B7B6B9B9B6
-B6B0A9A39D96918E8D8D8F919496999A9B9E9F9D9996928F8986858990969B9EA5A8ACAE
-B0B3B6B8BEC0C3C8CDD1D2D2D3CED4CCD5D3DFE1DFB3815673828588817260544C413938
-3939392E261F1F16121FC7FFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFC769788F9999958776655343
-3B40545C61605E5C5D5F5C57514F4F4D4D505254565A61666A6F7373737272737576777B
-818588898B8C8E8E8C8A8B8F9294979A9DA0A5ABB5BFCEDCEBF5FCFEFEFFFFFDD78D517F
-A3B9C4C6C6C2BEB9B0A79E9C9CA1A8AEB3B6B8B8B5AD9E949AA6D6F7FFF9FFFFFDFFFEFD
-FFF8F5F3F3EEE3DAD3D1CFCECECDCBCACACAC9C8C9CACCCBCACBCCCFD3D7DDE2E6E8E9EA
-EBE9E8E4DEDAD6D2CDC9C6C1BCB7B4B5B5B3B2ADA7A39E9893908F9195999DA1A2A3A5A5
-A4A09B96908B8585878E959CA2A6ACAFB3B6B8BABDBFC1C3C6CBCFD3D6D7D5DCD9E0DCE2
-DEBE9164687886848A847F77695B50453A34333130251B161711111EB0FEFFFEFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFDB6768894939083705D4C3F393F50656868635E5B5C60615F5C5957555456
-5C6064686E71757A7B7B7A777574757676797D81838587898A8A8988888B8F909396999E
-A5AFBDCAD8E7F5FCFFFFFFFFFDE48262729EB4BDC4C4C2BFBCB8B1A9A5A4A5AAAEB3BAC1
-CBD0D5D3C9B9AAA29BACD5F7FCFCFFFFFFFDFFFEFEFCFAF2EEE2D8D4D1CECECECDCCCCCC
-CBCBCBCDCCCACACDD1D5DBE1E5EAEFF1F2F4F5F4F6F1EBE6E1DAD2CEC6BFB8B3AEAEAFAF
-ABA8A4A19E99949192959AA0A5A8AAABACAAA6A09A928B8685888E969DA3A9AEB2B5B9BC
-BDBFC2C4C5C7CACDD0D3D6D9D8E0DEE2E0D98B5E657B8A898C87817D7D7C7263594D3D31
-282625190F0C0F0D122192FFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEA78294968D85765D493C3537
-44596F6F6B645F5D61666A6A67635F5B5A5C60666C7176797D828483807C777474747779
-7C7F8184878A8D8E8E8F9194989B9FA2A6ACB3BBC8D5E2EDF7FCFEFEFEFFFFC6546693A7
-B7C0C1C0BDBAB8B5AFA9A4A3A6ABAFB4BDC5CFD7DBD6D2CCBEAFA5998DA6DEFCFDFFFFFF
-FDFFFFFEFEFDF6EADFD9D3D0D1D1D2D0CECECDCCCCCECAC9CAD0D6DCE5EDF0F4F9FBFBFD
-FEFEFEFBF6EEE5DACFC7BEB6AEAAA6A5A8AAAAA8A6A5A4A19D9A9DA0A3A8ACAFB1B2B1AE
-A8A198908A86858C969FA5ACB3B8BBBDC0C2C3C4C6C8CBCDD1D3D5D7D9DADDD7DDDFDAA0
-4B597B8C8B8A857A747A76766F645B4F3A2924211F130603060716267AFFFFFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFF9A869792867A684938333641516671716C6663646A717576726B65606063
-666D73787E82878C8C8A847D7672717274777B7F818386888D8E909295999EA1A6A9AEB3
-B9BFC9D4E2EBF4FAFEFFFDFBD089437096ADB9BEBCB9B6B3B1AEA9A5A2A1A4A9AFB5BCC3
-CCD0D4D3CCC5C2C2B5A69691A2C8EBFAFAFFFEFDFFFFFEFFFBF3E8DCD3D2D3D3D4D0CDCB
-CBCACBCCCACBD0D9E0E6EEF5F9FCFEFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFBF1E3D4C4B8B0A8A3A09E9EA2A6
-ADADADAEAFAFADABADAEB1B5B8BABBBBB8B4AEA49A928E8C8D959FA7ADB4BABFC3C4C6C8
-C9CACCCDCFD1D5D8DBDCDCDCD9D9DCE0D2684B718D8F87847977746A6E6E686056463224
-211F1E1102000204172764FFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF958B958A847B644232303847
-55666F6F6D6A696C72797E7D78716B66666A6F767C81878D92979591887E76706E6F7173
-76797B7E81838687888B8D9095999EA1A4A9AFB5BDC6D3DBE4EBF4FAFCFCDC95416A94AB
-B8BDBAB5B0ACA9A5A19E9E9FA2A9B0B7BEC3C9C8C9CAC6BDB9B8B9B3A99E9496A6B8D4F1
-FDFFFFFEFFFFFCF5EBDED4D2D4D2D0CCC8C7C8C9CBCCD0D5DDE7EEF4F9FDFCFDFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFDF5E5D4C2B2A69F999696979AA2A7B0B2B6B8BBBDBDBCBABBBDC0C2C3C1C0BCB8
-B0A79D959191979EA8B0B6BCC2C6CBCBCBCCCDCECFCFD2D3D6D9DBDBDBDAD7DCD4D7D25E
-557385877F7C756C6765656560584A372722222222130101010311224FFFFEFFFDFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFF918D968888815D3D3336405059666F7170707172767D83817C77716C6D72
-767C82878E94999C9D968B7E736B6867696B6D7074787C7E7D7D7C7D7E8085898D909398
-9FA3AAB2BBC4CDD4DFEBF5FCF5B74D6D98A4B2B7B2ACA49E999491908E9299A1ABB6BDC1
-BEC1C1BDB8B4AFACAFB4B6B5B3A996867DA1C8EFFBFDFEFDF8F3EBE3DCD9D7D5D1CECACB
-CED2D6D9DFE6EEF4F9FDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFCF1E2D2C1B1A49E9B9796989BA2ACB2
-B9BEC3C7CBCDCECDCAC9C8C8C9C8C5C2BFB9B2AAA39D9A999FA7B0B7BDC4C9CCCECCCAC9
-CACACAC9CBCDCFD1D2D4D6D7D5D7DAD8BD5B5178857F79716C6661585856514739281E1F
-27282716020301030F1E3AFDFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF68385968A897C533837404C5B
-626C7375767778787A7F84817D7A767172787D83888D959B9EA1A0988B7C6E645F5D6063
-676D72767778767473727273787D8183878C92969BA2AAB5BFC6CFDCEBF6FBB45167869D
-AAA8A29A9088827C7A7A7B8189929CA7AFB1B3B1AEA9A5A1A09FA4ABB4BABCBBAD9B8574
-79AEDAF3FBF5F6F0EDEBE7E3DEDAD8D5D2D5DAE1E7EAF0F6FAFCFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFA
-F8F6EADCCDC4BCB0A9A8A5A2A2A4A7AFBAC0C7CCD3D7DADDDDDCDCD8D3D0CFCDC9C6C3BD
-B6B1AEAAA7A5ADB2B9BDC1C4C7C7C6C3BFBDBDBCBAB9BABCBFC1C3C7CDD1D3D8DAB77048
-5E7F848078696A6159544F4C453C30231D1F25272817040A090C151F2CF8FDFDFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFF07D88948F8B774F4047585F6974797E7F7D7B7B7A7A7C7F7F7D7973707479
-8081868D92989D9D9A938472655A5454585E666E747677767573716F6D6E7175787C7F83
-888E97A0A9B1BBC5D0DAE6F0F8E6BE6F557A898C897E7068676563646A757A838D969C9C
-9D9B95919292919299A3B1B9BAB9B0A39283747194D9EBEFEEF3F4F3F2EEEAE8E5E3E2E5
-EBF0F5F8F8FCFDFEFFFEFFFDFDFDEFD3A3787B95BCD0CBC7C1BDB9BCBBBAB4B3B7BBC3CF
-D3DADFE4EAEBE9E8E7E1DAD5D3D1CECBC5C1BCB8B6B3B1B1B5B8BDC0BFBEBBB5B1A8A09F
-A09FA0A2A3A6A9ACB1B6BEC7D0D4D8713F517885867F756D665E554E473F3D362C241E1F
-24251E11150E070511222CEBFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFE97C8D9C93887255505C696C72
-7B828788847E7A7776797C7C79736E6D73797E7E83898F9495938F8A7B6A5C514C4D545B
-656F7576767572716F6E6C6C6F7275797D82888E97A0A7AFBAC4CFDAE4EDF6FFE5824960
-6E746F6E645B5A5C5E636B6F7580888B91928F8F8A8382868A8D959CA6ADAFAEA5968B7F
-6F627DC9E7ECF2F8FBFBFBFBF8F7F7F5F4F6F9FBFDFEFFFEFDFFFDFCF2EFE5B06F504232
-34428ECFD3CBD0CECDCFCFCFCCC7C6CBD1D6DBE1E7ECF0F2F0EEEAE6E0D9D3CECAC8C7C6
-C5C4C2C0BDBAB9B9BAB8B3ADA69E948E88898A8B8C8F94979A9EA4ABB5BFCECDA14E486F
-858A88827A71695F5249443C38322B26201F2023211C17081225271C2AD9FFFDFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDDD7D92A09686705C606F78777A828B8E8D887F787373777A79766F6A6B7277
-7B7B7F84888B8C8987807362544B484A5058636D737575747372716F6E6E7175797D8287
-8E959EA6ACB5BFCAD4DEE6EEF5F7F0E0A55E4746434341454B4B4F5B60717E868B8E9192
-8E8986848385898A8F92969899989085786C625E7EC8E7E7F3FBFFFEFFFFFFFEFEFDFDFE
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFAFDEFCA7B586163646351332B3673AECEDADADAE1E5E5E1DFDBD4D1D6DE
-E3E7EBEEEFEFECE8E1DFDAD3CDCACACBCBCDCFCFCECBC5BEB9B5B1AAA1988E86817F7E80
-8386898B9093969AA1A9B5BFCBD5874B5A7A848B86837C756E65574C413934302E2E2A26
-241E191206082C45492E24CDFFFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDC8C9DA2968772686F797C7B7E
-858E9391897F787475797B7A77706C6D7276787A7E81818385847F77695A4F49494B5056
-5F686D6F707172706F6E6E7074787E83888E969DA5AEB5BDC7D1DCE4EBF0F5F6F0E9E2C9
-925B50453C3A3D3F4449576A7B89979C9B9C9B908A898785868784848483827E7772675C
-59648AC7E2E7F4FCFFFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEF3C97C4E4C627B7F7D75664C
-3325254896D2EAF5F5F6F8F7F3EBE2DCDAE0E2E2E5E8E6E2DDD8D1CEC8C2C1C4CAD0D4D8
-D9D8D6D2C8BEB5ADA39A9189827C7D8084888D929597999DA0A3A9B1BBC5D2CD7648617C
-8280827F79716A6052463F3834333639342C201015160B1A39455D531EC8FEFEFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFD695A7A594897B777C817F7E8186919A968E847E7B7B7E807E7A7470717579
-7A7B7D7F7D7D7D7C72695D534B4949494D52585F6364656666656465666A70757D82878E
-969DA6AEB6BFC8D1DCE5ECF0F5EEEAE4E0D9CBC4C4B2987C6C6D6A595A57667E8C949DA4
-9D96918B837C78736D6A6463666562646B748498B2CFD9E0EDF4F8F9FBFEFFFEFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDDE94482F3B677D7F7C7367605237201E2C557A9BAFAEB1AFB5AFAAC2DCE0E0
-DFDDDBDBD9D5CFC9C4BFB9B7BBC3CDD3DADDDFDCD9D2C5B9AEA3968D85807F7D80868E95
-9BA1A5A7A9ADB0B3B7BDC5CCD2D1AD6256717B7D7F7B746B6054453A363433373C3E3629
-100A202D282E353F5D6B26BCFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFECB94ADA896938B848586838184
-8A969D9A938B8683818384807A7674757A7F7F7C7C7B7977746F645D56514C4A4846474A
-4E52555656565757585A5E646C72787D838A9198A0A8AFB7BFC8D3DDE3E7E4E7E1DBD3CB
-CECFD2D2D4D2D1D8D4C39974626670849290938C81756E6C67615A606773858F9296A3AF
-B8BBC0C7CBD2D6DDE3E8EFF5F8FAFCFDFEFDFDFDFDFCDCA4663A2B2E575B635F5B544B3F
-2B1D1B282C2F363638374048413B5A84A0B8D2D7D5CECAC8C4C2BCBAB9BDC5CFD6DADADD
-DDD9D3CABBADA19589817C7A7D80868E99A2A8AEB4B7BABFC2C4C7CBD1D6DADBDD6D4671
-7D82807C73675847382E292B2E353A3930200F2435332E2E2B3D586E40ACFFFFFCFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFCC99B0ACA0A89F928C898686888E9A9F9E99928C868384827C787778797F84
-837E7976716E6A655F5B57544F4C4944434344454748494A4D4F53585E656C72787D8289
-8F949AA0A5ACB3B9C3CCD0D2D4CDCDC8C9C9C4CBD5D4D8DDE1E5EAECE9CBA0745F636F7B
-7B746E696158565B778C9EAEC0C8C5C5BEC0BDB9B8BABFC3C3C8CDD5E0E8ECF0F4F6F7F7
-F6F5F2EFDDC59665452D3233302A292929271F1E22292A2D31374F58657172605146455A
-90B3C9C7C3C4C5C6C3C4C8CFD7DCDDDDD9D7D2CAC0B3A3958980797776787F848D95A1AC
-B4B9BFC4C9CDCFD0D3D6DADDDFE2E07552798386867F7365513D2E2727292A2F302D2415
-16383B2F2C303344576858A6FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFECD9BADAAAABCB0A2958D8A898B
-909AA4A5A199908782827D7775787B7C8186837E777069666462615D5A56504C4843423F
-3D3C3D404345494C525A61686F757A7F848A8F92959B9EA4A8ADB4BBBDBEBBBFB7BABBB8
-C0C1CAD2D7DADFE2E5EBEEF2E0CAC0996A64645A555853506C95ABC1CBCACED0CDCDC7C1
-BDBEBCBABDBDC1C3C7CFDAE2E7EBEAEDEEEDEBE7E1DCD9D3C2B3A6987554372E271F1B1C
-1C1F25262C31485D72818989877A6F5A3A313B80B9C6C7CACED2D2D4DADFE2E0DCD7D2CC
-C1B4A6978679736D6C707379828A949CA8B5BDC3C9CED5D9DAD9DCDFE1E4E9E2B96D6281
-8E8D89807465523F33302F2F2B2B2721190D2F44393430303B45546360A7FFFEFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEBC9FA7B1C3CEBDAB9C928C8B8A8E9AA7A8A19B8D857D78746E6C71787F8484
-817B7168636161605E5F5E5B56504A453F3B3A3B3E41464C50555D656B70767B8184888B
-8E909395979AA0A4A7ADB0B0ADACAAAAAAABB1B7C5C9CDCFD1D4D8DADDDFDFE2E3D7BFA5
-826C5856739DB7C3C9CED3D6D8D9D7D5D0CAC5C3C1C0C1C4C6C8CED6DEE4E9ECF0F1F0EC
-E6E0D9D4CCC8C5C8CCCDCAC6BBA4834D2E24262D322F2F456B828A9195948E8071614C37
-2B4C7FB3CBD8DCE1E2DFE5E7E4DED8CCC4B7A792817469656164666B747E868C96A4AAB8
-C1C5D3D5DDE0E4E3E2E3E4E8E9CE795F848D918D867F7160524A454239302419110E1319
-3F463F3331374449535E61A0FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFC1A1AFC3D0DBCEB09F98938987
-8F9BA5A9A39C8C8278726B67686D73797D7D7970655D5A5A5B5C5D5D5D5B575148433E3C
-3C3F42474E5459606970767E8386898B8E9091929394989A9EA1A2A4A5A3A19F9E9F9FA1
-A7ADB4B7BBBCBEBFBEBDBCC1C4C8CED4D8D6C9BFB6B3BAC5C9CCD0D4DADFE2E1DDD8D3CE
-CAC8C6C5C7CACDD0D7E0E7ECF0F3F7F8F6F0E9E0D8D2CAC6C4CBD7E3ECF0FBF4D6803935
-415457616C7C8D94959B9B978E807163524328283A6998BDCBD0D6E3EAE9E2D8CEBFB0A1
-907F736B626060656A70787F878D96A5ADB5C3CDD3D8E1E3E7E5DEE1E7E4C96C54738D94
-8F897F766B615853504B3D2E180D172840574C4A3A2F333F4A4B505C5AA1FEFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFC4A7B0C5E7EDD1B1A29D988986909AA5ABA49985776D665D5C60676C717575
-6E655B56555658595E5D5D5C595147413D3D4044494F575F6870787D82898D8D93949596
-9797979799989A9C9B999896939291919293999EA2A5A8A7A6A6A29E9EA3A6ACB2B9C2C5
-CBC7C6C6C7C9CBD1D0D2D6DADDDCD7D1CECCCBCACACACED2D7DBE3EBF1F5F8FAFAFAF8F3
-EAE1D8D3CBCBCFDAE9F5FDFFF8DD9E634B73878E93999D9FA09E9D9F99928A8073696059
-5C493633333A41476F99B7C2C3C0B7A796887A6F696664666A70767A7F848C93999EAFBA
-C1CAD2DEE5E3E5E7DFE0E3D3814B6D8C8C8F847E776A5F595352524C341E111E35444D53
-5047342C374A5452505E53A5FEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCA9FA9D2E59F93AFA7A59D8E89
-929AA8ABA08F76675D5753535962696E706F68635E5C5C5C5C5D61605F5D574E453F3C3E
-43484D555F6770777F84898F9393979797989898979594919192908D8B8A888787888A8C
-91979C9FA09C9997948F9495969CA5ACB5B8BDB9BABEC0C0C2C6C4C2C2C6CACCC9C5BFC0
-C0C1C2C4C8CDD4D9E2EBF1F5F8FAFAF8F4ECE2D7CFCBC8CDD8E6F2F9FCFDFBB8585A7395
-A1A5A8A8A8A7A6A5A19B978E867E746B67666C68645E5045414140342F47769E9C8D7E75
-6D6967686D737B7F83868A8F97A0AAB2BEC4CEDAE0E4EBEDEAE7E1E0D4AD49557789908B
-7D73685B534E494B4B442A14172A323D4C515045342E3A4C534E505E4DABFEFFFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFC8929FD0CE343E9CA5A59A908D959EABAA9882675A5350515158626B70716F
-6C6A69686765636363615E5951473F3C3A3E444A5059636C74787F868B8F939597969493
-918F8C8A88858384817F7F7E7D7C7E83888C92979B9F9F9A95928F8D8E8F8F959CA4AFB5
-B4B3B3B7BAB9B5B2ACA9A9ADB2B5B3B0ACADAEAFAFB1B6BAC2C8D1D9DFE4E7E9E9E7E1D9
-CFC6C1BEC3C7D0DCE7F0F6FAF9A8495F819BA6ACADAEAFAAA29C96908B84807E7A787B7F
-8684827E7A78746D5F432A20417E887F746F6B6D70757E868F9193979DA4ADB6B9C6CBD5
-E2E4E9F4EFF4ECE8E4CD954F3564838B8676716254473D373338372C110F1F2C2C3A4E54
-5143332F3B4A4D474B5746AFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEDA83AAD0AA1C22869C9F948E8D
-95A3AAA48E796158565658585E6870757775767573706C6864625D5A5650473F3A393A3F
-464E555D676D76797E85898B8E91918F8C898785827F7E7B7A79777677767676797F8589
-8E9396999995908C8B8B888C919BA3AAB2B5B4B3B0AFAEA9A49F9E9D9EA1A5A39F9B9798
-99999A9CA0A3ABB1B9BFC4C7CACBC8C5C2BDB7B1AFAEB2B5BCC5CED8E2E9EDA96A626D87
-98A4AAABA8A0958F8D8C87817F7F7F81888D9091918B88847A6C54412E1C306D7B767674
-747C858D979DA3A4A6ABB3BAC1C9CFD4DBE8EDF0F5F0F1D4A6866E584637547688868275
-674C40352D2A2A2C26190C192123304754544E3B2D2D3B4A4A45495245B4FEFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFD089ADD2A31A407C92948A8888919EA29A85756460616465656A71767A7C7C
-7E7C78716B655D56514D48443F3B3B3C41464E565D646A6E71757A7E828587888583807D
-7C7A787676757675737475737474777C808285888D8D8C8A8886888B8E9398A2ADB5BCBC
-BBBAB4B1AAA09B9693929294948F8985858584848486898B90969DA3A7AAABABABA9A6A3
-9E999594969AA2AAB2BBC5CCD3CDB16E55658090999A98938D8885858A88888A8C91979A
-9A9998918D816F5A482A1B2F4C6E777F878B909CA5AAB2B4B6B6B8BDC3C9CFD7DFE4EDF0
-F4F7DEBA86674C4A545A636E7D8488837D69574A372D25231F1A110819282B2A3C545B57
-4933282D3D49453E464B47B8FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCE8CB2D3B457616E80807B7E82
-8C979A917F7469686B6F6E6E72787A7D8081817F79716961554946413D3C3C3C3E41484E
-565E64696D6E707578797A7D7D7B7B79767371706E6D7072747472747572747375797C7D
-7F81878381818182878D929AA1ABB4BBC2C3C3BFB5AEA49794928C8A898987837E7C7978
-767473747576787F878E94989999999896948F888381878A90969CA4AFB7C3C9CAB29452
-4F7685898B8B888584878384888C90969B9C9D9B998D8472614F3523153860808D96A2AC
-B5C0C5C5C9C8C7C7C8CCD2D7DEE6EAF4F8F4EDBA75676D707674747A7D7C818489877C69
-5B44392A1A120E0F18212B2F3035475A5D52402B252F4049423A404345B8FFFEFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFD38EB9C8AF786563717772747D878F8E8B807672727776737072787A7C8185
-8580776D6052453D393B3C3D41454B52595E65696B6D6E6E7072747474747371706E6B69
-67666769696D71737374737173726F7072727173777878787C81888F949BA6B0B9C2C5C6
-C2BDB5AA9E96908C898786888987827D7B78736F6C6D6F71747B82888F93949495928F8C
-87827F7F81858B9198A2ABB2B8C1C6D2B5674459697C7F84848482848383838890939395
-948F897F716655412F1E1A5E8A98A8B4BEC9D1DADED9D9D7D5D5D3D7DEDFE5F0F3FBF5D5
-906A859094918C8886868585858989877E70604E39220B102A344649423D3C414C585547
-362727324048423D423F3EC2FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD88AB6BA9B6A5B606E716D737E
-868B89877F7875767A79726D6D72767B8184847E7366584C413A3B3F42474D535960676A
-6E7071706F6F6E707170706F6E6C6C6864615F5E5E6064676B6D6E6E6D6B666562626363
-6366686B6D71787F8890989FA8B0B8BFC2C1BAB3ACA399928E8A8B8B8C8F908F89847F7A
-74706E6F72767982898F959898989B9895918C878585858A9198A0A9B2B8BEC5CBCFD2CD
-98424F6C797E8182807E797A797C81828284817A736B645C4B38291B216C9BA7B6C4CFD7
-E0E8ECECE9E3DEDEDEE0E4EAF1F5FEEDC3666182929A968F888685828182858786868074
-6450361810365D666861534C47484C504A3D2C2226354347403E453F3FC4FFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEDC7FA79E7D5D555E6C706F7B888D8F8E8B827C78777875716B696E747A8082
-817B7061534A433F41474D555D646A6F7374767674716F6D6D6E6F6F70706F6E6B66605C
-5856565657585B5F61605F5E5C5C595859595A5E5E63696F78818B949CA2A9ACB0B4B3B0
-ADA69F9A94908E8C8E90939597948C857D77727071747A808A939BA0A5A7A6A6A3A09D9B
-98969697999EA6ADB3B9C0C5C9CDD4D9DCDBB26A564B61717375757471716E6D6F6F6E6D
-6A665F57504434251E16246FA0AEBDCBD5DFECF0F0F2EDE8EAE2E3EAEEF4F8F7C697745B
-809998958C8075747575787D80817F7F796E5D4A3119255A7476756F61574F4B4742382C
-24222B3C48443C3D463E3DCEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEE57899856A5C596270787E8D97
-99999893867D77737471706C6A6F757B7F82807B6F61544D4A4849505860696F73767A79
-7877736E6A686A6B6B6A6A6A6967665F58514D4A48484A4A4D5255555455545554545656
-595E5F666D747E868F969EA4A9AAACADA9A39D9691908E8C8C8C8C909395948F867D7670
-6D6F73788189909AA2A6AAABABABABA9A8A8A8A9AAACB2B7BEC3C7CBD0D3D9DEDEE2E5E3
-E0DA8E5146505E67666868645D58595B5B5B5B554C453F302017131F3978A0B0C1CFD9E3
-EDEFF0F3EAE8E5E6EBE1CBB39E8F66596088999792867E7269686B6F757C7C7D7B776E60
-52432D182E65757D7C7365594F483F342A22222936454B443C3D433E38DFFEFEFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFF07E947D6A6A66717C87939FA5A3A39E95857A73707374716F6E71767B8085
-857E726458514D4C5058606871757676787573706A645E5C5C5D5F60636565645E574E47
-423E3C3B3E3F42474C4D4F505457595B5E5F63696F767D858D949BA1A4A9ACAAA9A69F97
-8F8884858585858585888B8C8A837A716C68676D737A848D97A1A8ACAFB1B1B3B5B4B3B5
-B6B8BABCC3C8CED3D6DADEE1E5E7E9EDF0F1F2EDD49C532F38444C4F4A47433D3A393A3A
-3939373126160F142546688CA0ADBECAD4E0E9EEEDE0BFB3A88F82795F41436074869498
-928F8378706D6B6C6F72757775746E665A4D43382814316B788280726556483D3126201F
-2937454D4E4640403E3C32EFFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF889958077817D828A98A6AFB0
-ADAAA19684776F6D747978777475797E858C8B8276695D545151575E666D75777472716D
-69645E575251535456585B5D5D5B575047403C393737393B40454A4E5153575B6064686B
-6F757C828991989EA3A8ACAEADA8A39B928B87827F8080807F7D7B7C7D7C787067615D5D
-6068727C87909CA5ADB0B3B6B7BABBBBBCBFC1C4C7CAD1D5DBDFE2E6EAEDF1F1F2F4F7F8
-F9F9F7E596582F2335363835322B221F22252C2A2620191724375A768B97A1AEBFC8D1DF
-E6E7CEA067514B3A3235445A6F878F90958A897D75716A6D717376787774726C61584D44
-3C3223113A737A7B796F62523F30231B1C23374751524E47413B363536F8FCFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFC979C8B8796918E95A5B3B6B5AFA69F9482766F6F7B848684807E81858B92
-908475695E555254585F666B6F6E68635B56514D4842404144474A4E535657564F49413C
-393736373D41484D52575C5E64696E73777B80868A90959BA2A7AAAEAEACA8A29B928A84
-807C7B7A797976726F6D6B69645B545151545A64707C89929DA6ADB1B5B8BBBDBBBCBFC2
-C6C9CED3DADEE4E8EAEDF1F4F3FAFBF9FDFFFDFDFCFDDEAB532724272E2A28241D1A1F25
-27272C3B51626D737D899096A3B2C2CDDAE6ECEBBC7C46322D293C5874898C8D8F8A8B84
-7E707171767A7E7F81817D786E665950473E352A1F1040757D78746B5E4D3A2A1F1B2330
-455055534C453D31282A47FCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFA4A79893A19A939AABB7B7B3
-AA9B968D7E767277879392908B87898B8F95928372665B514E52545B6063656158514D48
-44413D3A3A3D4042464A4F5353524B46403B3938393A3F464E53585E62646C70767B7F83
-888E93969A9EA4A8AAAEACA7A09890867E7A76747272706F6C67635F5C5B564E49484D51
-58626E7B899198A1A8ACB0B4B7BAB8BABDC0C3C8CDD2DADEE4E9ECEFF3F6FCF9FEFFFDFF
-FFFEFFFFFFD88458384C5D6374889396999A9E9B97959699958F8E949CA8B6BFCCDBE4EA
-F0F2B8723D26252E54727C85888D8486807A767E778286888A8B8A867F7870695D554B40
-35281A164D77786C6A61544534261D1D29394950525049423A2A1B2159FFFFFDFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFDA7A699929E968A92A2B3B7AC9A8B88827A757A87949A9E99928D8D8F9396
-91836F5F53484141474D545857534C46403F3E3D3C3C3D3F4244474C5154524F48454240
-4042484D50576065696D7275787C808283868A8E92969A9EA1A4A5A5A3A29D948B847D78
-777673706D6965635E5D5A57544E49484D555F69737D88919A9FA6ABADAEAFB0B0B1B4B9
-BDC1C5C9CFD4DADDE0E4E9ECF2F4F5F5F9FAFAFDF8F8F9D8A280767E95B2C2C7CDCFD1D3
-CDC7BFB4A9A3A09C999EA5AFBBC6D1DBE6EEF4F08733232738546A757B7E807F807E7D80
-858B90949492918F8A847C7468615D53454038271818576F6F67605746382A1E1B212E3D
-4A4D48484740321D162772FCFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFB19A8B7F867F7A8295A9AD9F
-8B7C7A7875757C8A979E9F999491929496998D7F6B5A4D403A3A3F474F5353504B464443
-41414040424548494B4F5254514E4745434344484F545B626A6F72767A7C7C7F81838385
-888B8E9296999C9FA1A19F9E99938D88848181807E7A7773706E66645F5C5B5856585E67
-727C858C949BA1A5A9ACADADACADACACAEB1B4B8BCC0C5C9CED1D3D6DADCE0E2E3E4E7E8
-E8EAEAE8DED4CCAD98B0C5D1D0CDD0D3D5D5CEC7BDB3A79F9A9594989EA7B3BDC7CFD9DF
-E3DA7A2D24374D606C7176797C7C8184888D92959695928F8B857E7870675C57554E4440
-39291F3666746C5C5E483D2F231C1D232E3B454644423F3728171E2D8DFFFEFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFFBA8779696E6D676F859DA4988678747574747A8591979A96929192939495
-8B7D6855473B353640495357585653504F4C4B4A4A4B4D50505152535556524E4A49494A
-4C52595F666C73777B7E808182838484848587898B8D909296999C9D9E9D9A979492908E
-8D8B8985817D7A7975726E6C6D6E6F727A838C959CA1A6ABADAEB0B1B0AFAEADAEADADAF
-B2B6BABEC1C5C9CACBCDCFD1CFCFCECDCECDCCCDCBC7C2C3C9BFB3C0C0C4C2C2C8CCCDC9
-C1B8ADA499908B87898E939CA7B0B7BEC6CAD2CC975E2F273E55656E73787F848B90969A
-9B99948F88857F78716B62584D4B4B4B4A49413224447573716A5847372A222123282F3A
-4041413C362D1F152638A7FFFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEC77D705C60635961768E9996
-8B7F777878767A859197989591919291908F8A7C6653453B383A444F5A5F605F5D5B5552
-504F4F4F5154545455565756524E4C4B4B4D50555D636C71777B7F818282878686858484
-8587888A8C8E919598999B9B9998969492908F8D8A86827F7D7D7A7875767A7D80848C94
-9BA0A6AAAEB2B5B6B6B6B5B3B1B0B0AFAFB1B4B9BEC1C5C8CACBCBCBCACAC7C5C1BEBBB8
-B6B6B5B0B2AFACB3B4B0B1B4B5B8B8B6B3ADA9A299928A83808183899097A0A7AEB4BCC3
-C9D2D69838242E4A62717A808A92989C9D9A96918A837D7A756E6862584D4645474D5658
-504429276C8078715845392F2B2B2D2F323A3F3F40372D251B1B3044BCFDFFFEFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEDC806D595C5C555B6C818E9490847C7D7B7A7D88939A9A9692908E8B8987
-86796553484140434C5864696A6A68645A565352515153565C5D5E5F605E595552515153
-575C62686F74797D808384838686858484848585898A8C8D9093959593918F8D8B898887
-8785827E7C7B7B7B7B7A797B81868B9099A0A5A8ADB2B5B9BABAB9B8B6B4B3B2B3B3B5B8
-BDC3C8CBCFD1D1D1CFCDC9C6C2BEB8B4AFAAA8A7A7A19D9B9DA09D9C9999989A98969897
-928F8C89858080848990979DA2A8AFB5BEC3CFD3D5CC9B4F36506778868F979C9D9C9891
-8B87817A76726D67625C5349464649505A5F5C564C2D406A7E6B56453A3435363533353D
-41414033261E1C243C47D5FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFF0866D5B61605C5F6C7D8B97
-968A8181807E838D989E9E9A938E89848281817665564E49494D56616D7274736F695E59
-54535252555A5E5F616262605B56545353565A60666A71757A7E81848585868585858586
-87878C8D8F90919291908C8884807E7C7C7C7C7A787676777879777776787F868D949CA2
-A7ABB0B4B6B8BABBBAB8B5B3B3B4B6B9BDC2C8CFD5D7DCDCDAD7D4CFC9C5BDB7B1ACA6A1
-9F9E9C97929192918B8885837F7E7E7F8587898B8D8E8D8B8B8F989FA5A7ABAFB7BFC5CE
-D6E0E8F2D455415E7889959B9F9F99968F87827E78726F6A64605D5B554F4B4A4B4E5257
-5B5B51462A417971514139383C3D3937383F47474031241E222F4047EDFFFBFFFCFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFA917762676C68666E7D8B97988D81817F7F8794A0A6A49E968D857F7E7F
-7F786A5F595554565D66707475736B635A534D4C4D4E5359606164656665615D5B59595C
-62676D7174787C7F838687878989898A8B8D8E8F929395959593908D86817B7774727273
-706E6D6D6E707070717272757C838B9299A0A5A9AEB2B3B4B5B6B5B2AFAFB1B3B7BBC1C7
-CED5DBDDE0DFDBD7D3CDC6C1BAB4AFACA7A3A1A0A19E9D9992908D827D7D78797C7F878B
-969A9DA0A2A2A3A5ABB0B3B4B6BDC5CED3DCEAF0F8ECC2565C7B929CA09F9D99918B847E
-7B77706B655F5B5A5A5B5A57524E4D4B494B4F4F4B4B3828475E4C3C3C3E43423D3A3B42
-49493D2F25212A364159FBFFFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFE9E8669677370696E7B8792
-938A7D7B787881909DA3A39D93887F79797B817B7168635F5C5D616A72757571675B544D
-4746474A51585F616467696966625E5C5C5F656B7074787C808386898B8B8D8E8F919294
-959697999A9A9895908B807B75716E6B696965646363656665646567696D737A81889097
-9B9EA4A8AAABADADADAAA7A8ACB1B8BDC3C9D0D8DEE0E1DFDBD6D2CDC6C0BAB4B2B2AFAC
-ACABA8A6A19F9B948D8882837E7F848B979FA4A8AAADB1B4B5B7B9BDBEBEC2C9D3DBE7F0
-FAF8F89D56607D939E9F9F9D978F89827B7877736C675F585658595B5B5A58514D494443
-44414040362036554C4042454A47403D3D434747382B24222E394475FFFEFFFEFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFDFFAE8864617370696B79879093897C7471727B8B969C9F998E827A75777D
-868078726D67615D5F66696D685D544A44413C3B3F454F585F64686A6E6E6C6B67656567
-6B7074777C80848687898E92929497979898989899989896928F887F79736D6865615E5B
-595A5C5F6061626265686B6D70767F858B8E9195999A9B9D9FA09E9EA1A4ABB2B8BFC8CE
-D5DDE4E6E4E0DDD8D3CEC6BEBAB6B5B4B2B2B4B5B3B0ABA6A19D969090909093989FA8AD
-AFB3B6BABEBFC0C4C6CAC5C8D1D8E2EBF2FBFEF5DE7D5B889CA0A29E98958E857E7A7775
-716C655D565453555859595957534C463F3834322C312F2022484C49484847453F3B3D41
-4642352D2A2C37414590FFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCB97B5F5D696F6A6D7E8D96
-978F7B726F70778590979A958C817975787E85827D77726B625C5E6262625B4F463D3C3B
-393B4148515A62686C6F73757575716F6E6F72767A7D808387898A8D9194969899999999
-98969693908C857F77706C67615E5C5A58575B5D6164666768696E717577797D83888C8E
-8F9092919192949596989CA2A9B1B9C1C9D0D7DEE3E5E4DFD9D2CBC6C1BBB3B0B0B3B2B1
-B1B0AEADAAA7A4A29F9C9DA0A4A9ADB1B5B7B9BCBEC2C6C7C9CED2D0D2D8D9E3F2F2FEFD
-FBD5806A7899A09F9D978F89847E7C7773706D686059524E4C4F5357575854504B453B31
-29252224271A19434E484442403E3C3B3E4346443A3331323C454AABFFFDFFFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFFFFDB7759535C6A6C718397A2A29B867B75767C88929A9A958C827D7A7C81
-8887847E766D6259555755524A403A35383B3D434C545D64686D7174787A7B7D7C7C7A7A
-7A7D80828486898B8E9194979C9D9D9C9B9995918A85807B746E686365625F5E5E5D5D5E
-6163676A6C6E7173797C7F81828386898C8F8F8E8F8E8E90909395989FA5ADB4B9BFC6CC
-D1D6D7D7D3CEC7C0B7B1ACA7A39D9DA2A3A3A3A4A5A6A6A6A7A9AAABAFB2B6BABCBEC0C1
-C5C6C7CACCCDD1D7DAE1E0E2E9EDF4FDFBFCD9954877959A9F9A948D847E7B7876716D6B
-67615A524D49474A4E5152524E4C494237291E18181A2015174550463C373537393C4147
-49473F3A3839434A46D0FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFF678584E5C6C757C8BA0AD
-AEA99788807F85919AA2A39E948A858383848C8C8A83776C60544B4A48453F3937383C42
-4951595F666C6E7376787C7E818486878684838486878C8D8F92959A9D9FA0A09E9C9994
-8B857C75706E6966646363636567686868686C6E717274767A7D8081848483828385898B
-8C8C8D8E909396999C9FA6ACB1B7BCC0C4C7C9C8C5C1BAB3ABA49D98948F8D88898E9190
-92979EA2A6AAAFB5BABEC0C2C5C6C7C8C9CACACACCD0D4D8DEE4EAEBEDF1F6FAFCFBFEE2
-8A666F8A9BA099928B847D797673706C6A68645F58514A46444648494A4C4A4A48423526
-1A15151A1C14214E4E40332E2E363D43494E4E4C453F3B3D484E4AF0FFFEFFFDFEFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEFDFF8765566477848B95A7B6BAB6AB9A8F8C929DA6AEB1ADA3968E8A8888
-8C8D8D8577695B4D4442413F3A37393E48515B6166696C707175777A7E82858A8C8F908F
-8F8F8F8F8F8F9094999DA1A2A2A19D99938B7F766E67646362626466696B6E7273727171
-76787A7C7C7E8083818081807E7C7D7F85888A8B8D90959A9DA0A3A7ADB1B5B8BCBDBEBD
-BBB6AEA8A2998F888482817E7C7B7D838584878D969EA6AEB7C0C7CDCCCED0D1D0CECECF
-D0D1D5DAE0E6EDF2F3FCFDF8F9FAF4F1B078768697A39E9C928C847D78757169635F5C5B
-5855504A44403E3E3E3F43474A4C4C4538281B1616201D162F594A3A2D2A2F3D48505557
-545047403A3E4B5162FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFF9F6F616F849097A0AFBE
-C6C5BCACA19DA0AAB3B9BDBDB4A497908D8D8A8A8B84746555473E3C3E3E3C3C4049555F
-686E717172757375777A7E81858A8F93969697989897969596999EA2A4A5A3A09A938B81
-756B625D5C5F6164696B7475787B7B797878797A7D7F7F7F7E7E7B797776747375787E82
-878B90959BA2A5A9ADB1B6B9BABBB8B7B4B0ABA49B958F87807C7B7A79767475777B7D7D
-838D959FAAB3BFC8CED5D5D6D5D3D0CECECFD5D8DFE7EDF4F9FAFFFDFCFEE6A0645E6D7C
-8A9FA49F9D938C867F77716E675E5B575352504E4B463C37323232363E454C4E4D473928
-1C171A28251E375C4A3B2F2F3949555D605E584F453E3A404E5181FFFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFEF9BB726D7D8D949BA7B6C4CED0C9BDB4ADAEB5BCC2CACAC2B2A49A9492
-8B8887806F5E4F423A393F4243464C575F676F73767675767677787B8083878C9196999A
-9B9C9C9A9898989B9EA1A1A09F9990877E7469615A595C63686E7375797B7E81817E7B7A
-78797A7B7A787573716E6B6968686B70747B82899198A0A7ADB2B5B9BDBEBCBBB6B2ADA7
-A199918C878380807F7E7D7A787A7C7E82878F9AA4AEB7BFC9CFD2D6DAD8D5D1CECFD3D6
-DAE0EAF2F8FEFFFBF7F2E5B26A495E8493A1A0A2A19A948D85807A746C665F595652504F
-4C4A464137302B2A2C313A42494A484133251C191D2B2F2530534B3F393C485760666660
-574A3E393944504FABFDFFFFFEFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFE27F7A8793959BABB9C5
-CFD4D5CCC5BEBBC0C6CCD3D3C9BAAEA49B948E88847B6A594C413A3A42474A4D54616C71
-75787B7B787678797A7E85898D9395999C9D9D9E9D9B9C9B9C9EA0A09F9D979085797068
-5F5754555B636A7076777C7F838787837F7C7B79787775736F6C6964615F5F60656A737B
-848D969DA4ABAFB4B7B9BCBBB7B5B2ACA59F98918A8685818081807F7F7F8185898E949A
-A2ACB1BAC1C6CDCFCFD2D3D2D0CDCDD0D7DCE6EDF6FBFDFFFBF1C28A61637A8D939BA4A1
-A19A9A8E8A847F7A767169615D5A59565555524E4841372F29292C30373E454440382C21
-1C1B1E2A352824474A414448535F6569675F534437353946514CD7FFFFFFFCFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFB888891979698A9B7BFC2CACFD1CDCFCBC9D1D0D3D2CEC5B8AEA59B
-93867D70605448413A3D454E5259636A71767B7D7D7D7D7C7D7F83888D9195979D9FA0A0
-9F9E9D9C9D9C9C9C9C9B98928B8174695F554E4D4B525A616A7074777C7F84888885827F
-7E7A7774736F6A666563616062676F757F858E979DA3A9AEB2B5B7B7B6B4AFAAA6A09995
-908A84817F807E7C7B7B7D82868C959CA2A8B0B7BEC3C8CCCECFCFCFD0CFCBCACFD7DFE6
-EEF7FDFCFEF0CB9064637E909BA4AAA1A29B95928B86817C76726D6864605E5E5F605E5B
-58534B42342D28282C343C4042433C2F28221E2223292C2B1D464B4B50565A6162615E55
-493D36383F474E4DFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFF9E93979A918F9FACB1
-B0B5BECED3D0D3D6D5D6D3DAD6CDC8C0B1A495847464564F47413E424C565D656F747A7D
-80808080807F8285898F93979B9DA2A3A2A09E9D9C9B9A9A9B9A9795918B8074675D534A
-464749515960686E72767B80858786848484807E7B7875706C696A69696A6E747C838C90
-979CA1A6AAACAEAEACAAA8A6A29F9B989492908B858281817E7B7B7C81868F969FA7ADB3
-BBC1C7C9CCCDCECFCECDCECECCCED5DEE7EFF9FBFEFFF2A2654D697B90979D9F9F9D9892
-8D88817C766F6A676361606061636363615E5A53483D2E29272A2F373E4147453B322D27
-2527242A2B241E464F555C5E5C5D5B595750463D3A3F444F5172FEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEB78E9499878194A1A5A4A7B5BDCCD6DBDDDADBDFDEDAD8CFC6BDAC
-95806A574C4A4846484D58646D757D818384848280808181878B91969B9FA1A3A2A19E99
-95939190919293928E8B857E74685C544D47474A525A62697075787B7C7F828383838586
-8382807D7874706F717172767C848C92999DA1A3A6A9AAA9A6A29D999693929190909193
-938F8B888585828183878C9399A0A9B1B7BDC4C9CACACBCCCCCBC9C8C8CACBCED7E1EAF1
-F8FEFBE5B956354D657A818691938C8E86827D77716C645C58565557595D60636564615D
-584E3F332927292E343C4346484236322F2A2A26222121161840525B615E585451515350
-4D45454749544DA5FEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFDD878D88736D84949C
-9DA2B2C0CDD4D8DFE6EAE7E5E0E0DACFC3AD957C6452494A4C50585E68737C83888A8A89
-8683818284858C91979B9FA2A4A4A3A099928D8A898987888A8A87847E766B615955524F
-5258626971777A7C7E7F808080828486878789898885817D7A797B7B7D828991989EA1A5
-A7A8A9AAA7A29C958D89878586898C8F9397989793908A8988898C90959CA3A9B1B7BDC2
-C7CACACACACBCAC7C5C3C4C7CAD0D9E2EAF1F5FEF6C188402D2F4E616A747D84817F7B76
-706A645D544D4A4B4D52565B5E5F61605D5953493B302A2A2E343A42494C4B4537343330
-2E24201A1D121D43585C5D58514E4E525756544D4D494E584EDAFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFF97E716F5D5D788B94989FB1C9D0D8DDE1EEF0C9CBC7D9E6D9C4AC
-967C65554E4F555F6970787F878D9191918F8B8887888A8C91959A9EA0A2A2A19E988E86
-807F808284858789898780776F6964636361656B737980848483838284848486898C8E8E
-939291908E8C89888787898E959CA2A7A7AAABAAA9A69F98908982807F8084888F92979B
-9D9C9996908E8B8C9093989FA8ADB4B8BDC2C5C7C4C4C4C4C2BFBDBDC0C3C7CCD5DCE3E8
-EBE6EDD7A5593D3528344C646E7A7F78716A635D564D44414044494F5558585855555350
-4A4339332F31363D42494E4F4A443833322F281B171718142D4A565659545150545A5E5D
-5D57554954585BF8FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFF9560595056758991
-959EB6C9D6E2E4ECE1A54942538CB2BDC3B299826D5F5A5A606B757C81848A9196989694
-91908F8F909194989C9D9E9F9D9B958E837B77797F8386878A8E8F8E88807D7977787777
-797E84888D8E8B89888587898B8C8D9094979A99989898979593919193979CA1A6AAABAC
-ABA8A49E968F87837F8082858A8E96989B9D9E9D99968E8B888A90959BA2A8ACB1B4B8BC
-BEBDBBB9B8B8B7B6B6B8BABDBEC2C7CBCDD0D2C9C6BEBCB0A89C6842394C65747A767068
-5F595349444544484E54575754524F4E4C48433E3936383A3F45494C4E4B453E352F2D29
-1F15141A12184355575C5A56585A5E6363625F5B564C5C5B86FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFBFDC0544B4A57768D979BA5BFD4E6E8E6F2BF484D6561462F549DB1
-9D8B7A6E69696B71787E807F858E959A9A99989897959393949799989898969389827A76
-757980868C8E9295959590898786868788888B8D91939695918E8D8A8C8E91929294989C
-9D9D9D9E9D9D9B9A99999B9EA0A3A5A8A9A8A5A09B948E8A868485898D9296999D9FA0A0
-9F9D98948A87868B9399A0A8ADB1B5B7B9BBBBB9B9B5B2B2B2B1B1B3B3B3B2B2B3B3B1B1
-AFAEAAA7ABB4BDC2C2865034526A73776E685E57534E4D51575A5D5E5D59534E4D4A4744
-413E3C3A3D3D3E404142403B332C2721201C100F12160C25535E61676463686A696A6664
-645F57535F5DBEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFF057494D5C7D96A3
-AAB5C8DDEBF1F5E49C426E7B6B5C3A1D529CA093857975757272777C7B787D8892999E9D
-9E9F9E9A9694929494939393908C86827D7D7F83898E92959A9C9A9996908F9091929496
-999B9E9E9F9E999796939494959697999C9EA0A1A2A2A19F9F9E9F9FA0A2A3A3A4A6A4A1
-9D98938E8B89898A8C92989DA0A2A3A4A3A2A09D9893908E8E959EA4AAB1B9BDC0C0C1C2
-C0BCBAB4AFAEAEACA9A8A6A5A3A1A19E9B999994949DA2AFB9C4CDBF8B3C4A646C6E6F6B
-625B59595B60646565625C564D4745413E3C3C3C3A393C39373432312E28271E1C191A16
-0A101613113C656D747474747978726E6765625C52566161EEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFE7F555962849BADB7BFD1E5F0F2ECC1692E636C634C2E1F4389
-9E9A90837D7C797272757675767E8C96999FA19F9C9B96908D8C8C8D8E8E8E908C8A8A8D
-92969B9FA0A0A2A2A19D99969696989B9FA2A6A8A8A8A6A4A2A09D9B9A9894959A9D9FA2
-A3A3A3A2A09F9FA0A1A2A3A3A29F9E9E9D9896918E8C8B8E8E92989DA1A5A7A7A9A9A8A6
-A29E9B9A999B9DA4AEB4B7BCC2C5C8C8C7C5C1BDB7B3B0AEADAAA5A19D98938E8A898783
-818286909BA4B2C0CAD0AE7039425365696E6A646664686B6D69625B5349423F39363736
-34343333332C271F1A19161516160E17120C11150C12285F797F8588858086807D6D6B67
-645C565B6280FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFAE5F626F839EB1
-BEC8DAE9F3F1A8573227485D553D1E266198A09D94877F7B777370717171737B89939A9D
-9F9E9C99938D8686888B8E9092949796979B9FA2A5A8AAA9A9A8A7A39F9D9D9FA2A6A9AC
-B0B4B5B4B1AEADABA9A6A39F9A999C9FA1A5A7A6A5A2A0A0A0A2A2A3A4A3A19E9B999691
-908D8C8C8C9092979EA4A8ABACACACABA9A7A4A2A2A2A4A8ACB2BABFC3C7CBCCCBC8C4BF
-B8B3B0ADAAA8A7A39E9A948C857E7774726F71757C88949FACB8C3C3C7AC5E3A45556269
-716F706F6F6C69625A51473C36333432333330302F2E291D17100806090F110D0E15131A
-19140C166480879597918C928C847D756C696B5D5B5868AEFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFEFFFFE3616C7887A1B7C6D4DFEDF0CE532B1F232B3E371F1E599099
-A09E978A7F79777675737070727A87929B9C9D9C9A958E8985878A9095999DA0A2A3A6AA
-ADAFB0B1B4B3B0AEACAAA6A3A0A3A8ACAFB2B7BBBBBAB8B6B5B5B4B2AFABA4A0A0A0A2A5
-A5A4A3A19FA0A2A3A3A4A5A4A29E9995908B8B89898B8B90969CA3A8ADAFAFAEAEADACAB
-AAAAACADB1B6BBBFC4C8CBCDCECBC7C2BCB5ADA7A2A19F9E9D999490877F77716B686969
-6F767F8B97A1AAB3B8C4BFC5BA79443E535D707376726A675F5244392E2929292C2D3031
-2F2C2A261D0A020100010A14181520272420100D144C7A8C95A4A69B96949486817A6F6F
-6C615C5C64E5FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFDFE736D758B9FB7
-CBDCE6EEEB8F2E2E3B2E21271F153F859AA0A4A29C90847D7E81817C7775747A86929C9D
-9D9C97918C89888B90979EA3A8ABADAEB0B3B6B7B9B9BAB9B6B3B1AFABA8A6A8ACB1B5B9
-BDC1C1C0BEBDBEBFBFBEB9B5AEA9A5A1A1A2A0A09F9E9EA0A2A4A4A5A6A6A4A099948D89
-8887888A8A8E979CA2A7ABADAEADADAFB0B1B1B2B4B6BABEC3C7CACDCDCCC9C3BAB0A69C
-95919091929393918C888179716D69686B707A828A929BA2A8ACB0B0B0B7BBA07B4F3C4E
-6A71777669625441312721242A2F3336383834312D2618040001050D182224292C272821
-0F154273889BAEB39F9C989794928C827D786E645A6771FEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFEFFFDFFAA626C8093ADC8DBE6EDC6673347728C624B3F496C929CAE
-AFAFAA9F928B8D919089817B7678838E98999A99948F8D8E909399A1A8ADB2B5B7B7B7B9
-BCBFC1C1C0BFBCBAB8B6B3B0AEAEB0B6BDC2C5C7C8C7C6C6C7C8C7C5C0BBB4ADA5A09E9D
-9E9E9D9C9C9FA2A5A6A8AAAAA8A39B948B8686858688898D94989DA1A5A8ABABADAFB1B3
-B5B7B8B9BBBFC4C6C8C7C2BCB3A99A8C807876777E82868A8C8D8B88847E787674747A81
-8890979BA1A6A8AAA8AFB3AFB6BBBB99443E576A727266574B392D27262B3139444B4D4E
-49443E331F131013161C2124252625231E101B4273879DAAAD6F3A376B938E919685827A
-725F5B63AAFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFCFEFEFFE45E5F6B8599
-B6CBDCE09E58416280BEC1BAA49B99A3B2BCBFC0BCB1A49D9C9F9D958B8078777E858D90
-9494929193969C9FA5ACB1B6BABEBFBEBEBEC1C5C8C9C9C8C6C3C2C1BFBCB7B5B6BDC5CB
-CDCDCECDCCCCCDCECCCAC5BEB4AAA09998979A999796989DA3A8ACAEB0AFADA79E968C86
-8582828384888E92989CA0A4A7A8ACADAEB0B2B4B5B5B8BABDBCB8B3A89C8D8171645C5B
-626971787F858A8E8D8B87837E7B7B7C838C959CA2A6AAAEAEAFB0ACB1B5BAC0C7B58344
-3F606E685F5245362D2625282E3A4A565F645F564B3A271F1E2123221C1818171C19161E
-457583989DAA85301518317D958E585F687C715F6359E6FFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFEFE7F565D75839BB3C5CCB37E6948405593BEC0B9BBC0C8D3
-D0D1CCC0B3ACABABA9A193867D7A7C7E838A9196999DA2A6ABADB1B5B9BCC0C4C6C5C5C5
-C9CECFCFD1D0CECAC9CAC9C7C4C2C3C9D0D4D5D4D4D3D0CECDCCC9C6BEB6ADA399949393
-95949494979DA4A9ADB0B2B1AEA99F968D8784807E7F81868C92989EA1A5A7A7AAA9AAAB
-ADADACABAEAFAEA8A0988B7D7063554E4D525C656F767F858B8F8F8D8D8A84807F818892
-9AA1A7AAADAEADADAFADAEB0B4B6BEC7B1653A4453514E493D332C2421242C415A6A7479
-74685944352A23201C15121A1B32422F406E8488929CA6A85F1D121F60897434362A2F58
-6761637BFEFFFDFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFEFFAF53596873
-86A2B3BEBDAC7B2D373A39548FC3D2DEE1DADEDDD6C8BBB6B5B5B1A89A8C837F7D7B828A
-949DA5ADB3B6BBBCBDC0C1C4C7CBCBCBCBCDD1D5D6D5D4D4D0CCCBCDCECDCDCBCBD0D5D7
-D7D6D7D4CEC9C5C1BCB7B1AAA39C9592939395959697999EA3A7A9ACAEAEABA69C938C86
-827E7C7E828890979FA4A7A9A9A9A6A6A7A8A9A8A5A29E9D9A928882786B60544A494E56
-6069717981878B8F8F8D8785807D7E818A959CA3A8ABACABA8A7A2A3A3A6ADB4B3B8B894
-542A323D3F3A36312F28272A36506D7A7F7F76695C46342A211A13132A4D7B909161688E
-9190979DA39A7130305C80904440483B222E545653B4FEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEF64A5968768294A4A9B2B8A0425572654A3E5695CBC3A2
-A6C9D9C9BABAB7BFBFB5A89D938882858A96A1ACB3BAC6C4C9C9C9C8C7C8CBCDCDCCCED1
-D4D8D8D6D5D1C9C4C3C6C8C8C8CACBCCCED0D0CFCEC6BEB6B0AEAAAAA6A39E989495989A
-9C9C9D9D9C9DA1A5A7AAABABA9A49B928C8884828183888E949CA5ABAEAEADABAAA8A7A4
-A09E9A9592908B827973695D524E4C5058626B72787D8387898986827F797373777F8A92
-989CA1A2A3A2A09E989797989D9FA3A8ADA68961442F2124232F353F484D5F737D84817C
-6D5E453726181410213F597AA4AE88584F7595979FA09D988977717E93793954503F3026
-515046F5FCFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFD8C506B79
-838B939B9AACB761607A7B736854494C4A453F47679FB9B5BBBDC6C0B6ACA49C949096A2
-AEB7C3CBCFD7DAD8D5D1CECDCECFCECED1D5D8DADAD6D1C9BFB9B7B7B8B9BEBEBEBEBFC0
-C0BFB8AEA49C999B9B9F9E9F9F9E9EA1A3A5A7A6A4A29F9E9FA1A4A6A6A5A4A19B948E8C
-8B8B8B8C90959DA4ACB1B3B2B0ADABA7A39E9996928E8A847E7870696159545150545C65
-6D737B7E8182807D79756F6B68696F7781889192949595948F8A8889898C8F9194989A99
-9993938C60332125475C6A73787D857C736C55452F1B1912224777928D90A9884B292C48
-6E93999E948A84757D8B8C46515852443226483C89FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFD2466C7B8188909095A0B9AB5479807A7A78777C807F
-6F512E52A4B6B9C6CED1D0C7BDB6ADA3A7B2C0C2CEDCE0E8E9E6E0DBD6D2D0CECED0D6DB
-DDDEDBD5CDC2B7B0ADA9A9ACAFAFAEACABABA9A8A198928E91969A9EA2A6ABAFB3B7B9B9
-B6B3AEA9A4A09F9FA1A1A09F9F9F9B979393949697979A9EA5ABB2B5B5B4AFABA8A49F99
-94928F8B847B74716B635D58545354585F676D7176777774706B6764626161646A727A7F
-7F7F8081817F7B77797C7E8286888A8E9096909FACB6B17C3F2E6174797E7E7F7B705F4F
-381F111429496D83949B9A9F9C733D221C1829568F898A7C76818B9E664660584A432B34
-3A38D4FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF9636377
-7781848D8D9DAFCA5C607B797A7F848B91927F69443376B2CBD0DFE5E8E1D7D2CBC0BEC0
-CDD3D9E7F0F2F3EFE9E1DAD3CDC8CACED6DDE0DED8D1C8BEB3ACA7A4A6A9ADADACAAA7A5
-A2A099949292989FA2A6ADB2B8BDC1C5C6C6C1BBB4AEA8A3A1A09F9F9F9FA0A09E9B9899
-9B9E9E9D9FA2A6ACB1B3B3B0AAA4A19D9995918E8B867D736C6A655E5854515153575D62
-6668696967635F5C5B5A5A5C5E62676E7376757678787776757472777A7E828385898B90
-9AA5ACBBC8B5683D65767C7D7C786E624C34201325465C758489919695949A885A281518
-1625737F778087959F943B595A52493B213A3467FDFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFAF537172767E8991A0B4C69E5B777D7E87939B9E97
-8878683E3561B3E6EFF2F6F5EEE9E1D7D1CFD2DDE2E7F5FCFAF7EEE3D8CFC7C1C2C8D2DC
-DFDCD4CBC1BAAFA6A1A2A9AFB7B8B9B8B6B3AFABA8A19E9DA1A7ABAFB5B9BFC3C7C9C8C7
-C1BBB4AEAAA6A4A3A1A2A3A4A5A4A19E9B9B9B9C9B999A9DA3A8ACADABA7A09A9593908D
-87827B746B635B5854514D494A4B4D50535658585856545250505355595D61656B717576
-75767676757577787C80838587898B8F9497A3ADB8C3D0CC643F5F6F7574746C624C3922
-17244D67727E848D94918F929495845324151A34737B7D8B9DA3A44D515952443E262136
-40B8FFFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEF4575E
-685F6E7995A2B7CED75C6B828A91989A9B93897B6D6555415A70848B979FA5ACB4B9C9DA
-DADEEBEFF3F5FAF7EEE0D3C9C1BCBDC2CED9DEDCD3C8BDB7ADA5A2A6B0B9C0C3C6C7C6C3
-BDB8B6AFABA8AAAFB2B6BABEC4C8C9C9C6C4BCB7B2AEACAAA9A8A8A8A7A7A6A29E9A9794
-9393929193969DA1A4A3A19D97918D8B88837C736960585049454343423F414242434445
-45444342414142464C51575C62666B7173727473727477797C7E82878A8C8F92979CA6B1
-B6C0CACDD8C252435E6A6D6D71675B472E1C324C676F7F878E9598938E8E929296814D2B
-345F768193A2A99F4E40514A493F2C1A2C3867F3FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFCFF9753635B596F86A1B4CFE1726E8C91949B9A988F
-81786A6A6768726C6B685F503F312B2D5592C0D4E3E9EBF4F4F3ECDDCEC3BCB8B8BCC7D3
-DAD9D1C7BBB4ADAAAAAFB9C2C8CBCFD1D0CBC4BFB9B3B0AEB0B5B8BDC0C4C7C9C9C7C3BF
-BBB7B4B3B3B1B0B0B0ADA9A39E97918E8C8988898B8C9094999C9E9D9C9A96928E8A857D
-73685C5149423D3B3A3A393736373635343332302F2F31353A414A515B61676A6D71706E
-6E6D6E72777C8184878D9193989FA7AEB6BCCCCFD5DFDEB643384C5D666B6A5F52401F17
-4E65707B828C96989799979599979792817770778497A2A8933D2C3C3C40342A151B324C
-ADFFFDFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDE754
-61615A64748AA3BCCEA7648E999898908D8882706463646B707B7F7D756B5C452C1F1A27
-4573B0DAE4EBF3F3EEDFCEC1B8B4B2B6C0CCD4D4CDC3B8B1ADB0B3B6BEC7D0D4D7D9D6D1
-C9C3BCB7B4B1B4BABFC6CACBCCCBC9C7C3BFBDBAB8B9B9B9B7B6B6B0A89E958C85818280
-8084888D9297989B9D9D9D9D9C9A938D857A6D6053483F393637363432302F2F2E2B2827
-252225262A3139424D545C626869696B68646666696D71767D83878D92959AA2ABB3BEC4
-CAD9DEE1E49B372D445C6467625D4830181F58656E7E878A979E9D9A969796948E877C79
-7B8497A8A36D2F272A2A2B2B241A1B333961ECFEFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFF8D646B6463717A8EA5B9C45786918F908A8481
-7A72675F5C5F666E7877736A5C513F211A1A21234D90A7D2EEEEF1E0CBC1B3ADADB2B8C4
-CCD3CAC3BBB2AFAEB1B6BCC6CDD6D8D9D9D4CDC2B9B4B4B6B7BBC2C7CECFD1CFCECCC7CB
-C5C2C2C3C1BDBCBBB2A99D93897E7672747B7E828C949AA0A6A7A8A8A8A7A5A29F95897E
-71635448413E3B393939383635322F2C28242221272C333A424A52575D606365635F5C5C
-5C5F62666B71797D84878D949CA4ADB5BDCACED6D8DACC9E512C384B5358483E27191A33
-4C5A646E7A848C8F8E8C8B8C8A87827B767B8A99A4A0593638291A12191114203B2F4D91
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF9FDFFDE
-5C6F6B6B74788292A3B482688686887F81787A746B625B585A5E6162605C56503E211A1C
-1D22293E43545F6B737194B7AFAEAEAEB2C2CACECBC8BEB5AEABADB4BBC5CED7D9DADAD4
-CCC2BEB9B8BABDC3CBD0D5DBD9DFDEDADCD2D1CDCBCAC5BEB8B3A899887C756F69666F79
-8189959EA6ADAFB0B1B2B2B1AFACA89F93857566584D484643424241403E3C3936332F2C
-2A2A2E32383E444B5256595A5A5955504E4E5154585D636970747C81889098A0ABB3BAC1
-C5CAC6C4C4B0733C2727282C231E142332393D47545C6C757D8182807D7D7B7A7B7F8793
-A0A9AA4B3039311C23231721373D333E4CDAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFCFF926975737981868E99A8AD746276767C7779
-77746E665D55504F4C4E4C4C50554F3F2A27222521252A3A4645504B365391A9ABB0B3C0
-CAD4D6D1C8C0B9B4B5BDC5CCD4DBDDDCDCD9D3CDC8C3C1C3C7CFD8DEE2EEEAECEFEBEBE3
-D9D4CFCBC4BAAEA39888776D6A686869717C88929DA5ACB3B3B5B6B6B6B6B4B2ADA69C8E
-7E6F625954514D4A484643413E3C3836322F2E2E32353A3F43484D505351504D4A474749
-4D50565C62686E727B80878E939AA2AAB0B1B2B2AAA19B917D6351443B3A342F2A2C3034
-3B465057636B72777A7A797A7D81889099A3AAAD82232A241133683C32444439344181FF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFEFD
-E46774787B868D949FA5AEA86D666E6F6E7272716F6960554A423E3E3C3E47525A5B5B4F
-3D3133404B6A76848074533249739FACAEB6C5D1D8D5D2CFCAC4C3C8CED2DADFE0DFE0E1
-E0DFDBD7D4D5DAE1E9EEF9F5FBF9FAFCF4E7DCD3CAC2B8AB9B8D827A726D6A6A71787D87
-919BA3A8ABAFAFB0B1B1B1B1B0AFAAA59E9485776A615A56504B47433F3D3B383633312E
-2D2E32353A3F43474A4C4C4B49474646484A4F53585E656B71747D8085898B8D90949695
-9289817A6F665A59524D4B4840363932333D464A525D626971777C7E7F82858C97A0A9AF
-AEAA5C181B173F6D744D454038283444DAFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFF99687C80808E9AA7ADB6AEAC536365666C
-6F6F6E6B645643342A2A2C3543515E6A71716C656972788B9595968571502F3C8EA1A8B2
-C7D3D9DADBDBD8D2CDCBCDCFD6DADCDCE0E4E6E9EBE9E7E7EAEEF4F9FCFEFFFCFFFCF1EA
-DACDBDB0A395877B7778787775777F898F959BA3A9ABABACAAAAA9A9A9A9A8A7A49F9A92
-86786A5F57534C4743403C3A3735333231303031373B41474C4F5152535251504F4F5153
-585B61666C7276797C7C7D7D7B78767571726E635D5A53514B4B45494C44404042474D53
-55585F666E757E8387888A8E9398A0A8AFAEA2967452304475796E533F2D29294085FFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFDFFFF
-FCE366748581929EABB6B5B9B3A2656168646A6C6D6B64553E2A221F243243525D697077
-787B787E8F9097989A89735B3A2D5C86AAB4C1D0DFE8E8E8E2DBD2CBCAC9CBCFD5D8DEE4
-E7ECF1F2F2F1F3F5F8FCFFFFFDFCFEF2EFDCCEBEAB9C90867F7A7E83888B8C8F969CA1A2
-A4A8ABAAA9A7A5A5A3A2A1A19F9D9A948E877C71645A54504B4743403C39373533333333
-3436383D444B505456585A595858585758595E6065696E7275777A77736E69625B585554
-524F4E4B4749484F5052524F555C616366676A6F747780878F9394939396979DA4A6A49D
-9085807D747371715F40342C273C55DCFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFF99627F828E99A8B5B6AFB1C0865B6667
-646665615B4C352115121C2D4356626C7176797B7A8192939F9F9B98836C5A3C28589DBD
-CBD8E5EDF1EEE4DBCFC2BCB7B9BDC6CDD5DDE0E6ECF0F2F2F3F3F6FAFEFCF9DCB3A9C9C8
-BDAEA0958C8787898F969DA2A6AAACADAEACAAABAAA7A5A4A3A2A09E9C9A96928C857E75
-6C645D5754514E4B49443F3C3A383534333436383D434B53585D60636261616161606162
-65676B6F72747576746F68615A534E4C4D4C4A4C50525457575D5F5F646D757678797C7E
-7D7C80858A8E929495939295989D9F9B928A8683838273746F6150392D2E405589FDFFFD
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFFFE
-FFFDE65C76828390A5B3B3A5AAB1B8846A6B60605C554C3F29170D0D1A2C4259666D7470
-746F778389989CA1A0978A7A685940305893C4DFECF2F2EDDFD3C4B2A79EA1A5B0B8C2CC
-D0D7DEE5E8E9E9EAECF1F4E7AE5B40436796B4A89E99938F9298A2AAB3B7BABDBCB8B4B1
-AFADAAA7A5A4A3A29F9D9B97918C837B72685F5A5754525150504E4A4440403C38353434
-36393E444C545A5F6366656464646363636566686C6F717272726B665F58524E4D4E4E55
-575A5D6066656A696B7074797E80858A8C89858587898D8E8E8F919091949595928D8887
-8A8D8F7E796A60564233323B5C5AE2FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFE99617F788393ABA89593A1BDC6696C
-625650443E2C221512151E30475D6B7174706C6B6E768490989C9A948A7D7267655C474D
-6F91A3B5D0DAD7C2AD998581848D99A6B3BCC6CFD5DFE5E4E3E4E6E9E7C2824C36383D6B
-A6A79F9898969DA8B5B8BEC2C2C2BEB8B0A9A4A3A1A09E9B9B9A979493908982786D625A
-555251525052545656544F4B49443E3B3939393A41474F555B6064656767656364646567
-676A6D707172706E68625C57535255595E6266696C6F6F6E6D6D6E73767980868A919490
-8B88868787898C8F90929392918E8A888C91959A8F7B69605A4D3F3C45595C94FDFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFEEE6472787889949C8D8591AAC69756685E4E43372E1F1F1F26303C4E626F74736E
-6A6869707C878C92928D83766F6865635C5A534C454A517294AB947F7272788392A1AEB8
-C2CCD9E3E9EAE9E9EAECEEC28955333D5983A6A09F9D9D9DA3AFBBBDC0C2C0BDB4A9A299
-928F8C888684858583807E7A726B5C554F4D4D4E5155595D6162615F5B57524E48433F3D
-3E4043474E545B6165666667666566666668696B6F7172716E6A65605B5857595E64696C
-6F706F6E6C6A6867686C6F747B828990938E8985828183868C929493908C87858689929F
-A0977E655B5552514748546261EAFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFB06F7B797A88938B848EA0B8B665
-6C6257493A312E2D38424A4F58677174716C66636369747D838888847A6D66605C57555C
-5E5F58523727438B7F72726E778699AAB6BFCAD4DEE6ECEFF1F2F1F2EFD496544671A0BA
-B2ABA8A4A4AFB5BABBBCBDBCB7B1A597897F7876726F6E6F7272716E6A655D56504D4B4D
-50545A5F6B7073726E6A655F58554F484340404344474C5259606567676969696A69696B
-6F7174767776716D69645F5E60646B71727475726D6763615F5F6063676E777F888F918C
-8783807F83889096969189847F81878C949F967F61524B555A514F57625FABFFFBFFFCFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFAFC7E7F7979878C89828294AAC5B377695F5B4B4441454D5559575A636B6D6E69
-625E5E636C747F817F7D75675B514A463F414956534A3A212964757370707D8FA4B4BFC7
-D1DAE1E7EAEBEDECEBECD8A66C494871A8BFC2BAB4B8B9BBBEC2BBBAB6AEA59D90827469
-62615F5E616468696965615B55505152555A61676F757B7F7F7A756F675F56534F4A4541
-414243454950596066686B6D6D6D6E6E6E6F7375787A7A7974706B666262656A6F747475
-736E66605D5D5C5D61666B727C838C91918C87828082868C929490867E7A7C828A929896
-8165544A5057595D605D6166F5FEFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFC272807F7F85908F8B94A6B6C4
-9F506A61595953575759595655596063625D575353575E646B6D6C6B635444362C291D1E
-29352F271D1730566E6F757E8A9BAFBEC7CDD3DADFE1E1E0E2E2E2E4C594513736416B9A
-BDCBC5C9C7C6C8C5BCB6ACA0989085776A60595857575C6265676764605C5956595C6168
-6F777F858686827A736C61574F4D4B494744424244464C545D656A6D7273737273737375
-787B7D7E7D7A746F696664656A6E72757473706A64616264676A6F757B81888E9394938F
-89817F82868B8B87807671737B848C9191826652494B5A5B5D5F586356BBFFFDFDFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFCFF997787888C969BA09AA6B1BDC56A6A62615B5B595855514C4A4B4F535552
-4E4B4B4D5256595E5F5D554534251D13050F1F221717182354737E7C888C9AA8B7C2C9CB
-CDD0D2D2D0CFD1D3D6D9DFCC73362D2C2A3E6895B1C8CCCAC8C5BDB2A49B959085796961
-5C5C5C5E656B6E70706E6B676564676A6F74797F848889867E746B63584F494848494947
-4545484C535C646B7174777877767878787A7C7F81807D78716C6867686B717577787472
-6E6A68686D72777A7F84898D91949897948F877D7A7D81837F7870696A727E8B90897A62
-504D5257555B5F5E636376FAFFFFFEFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFCE4717E909397A3B2ADACB3BC
-C8C27C6066585956534F49423E3E4143474746454546494B51595C5A524537281C130D1B
-1F140C17456F878890969EA7AFB8C0C6CAC9C5C3BEBEBAB7B7B9BDC2CAD3B3813C262126
-262937689BC0BFBCB6AB9F97918A80766A656465676C757A7E7F807E7873706F6D707378
-7C808385837E756B635B534D4A4B4C4E4E4C4B4C50545B63696D727678787777797A7A7B
-7B7C7D7B77736F6B6B6C6E72777979787572706F7073797E8385888C8E91949597969086
-7E78777A7C7C766F6B686E79838B88776254535A5C5B5C5F5D636650E0FEFFFFFDFFFFFD
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFBFFFFFFAE6F91989BA8B2BAB4AEB8BED0BC49605D5E54524F49423E3E4042484A
-4C4D4D4E4F51555E61615D5548392B211D2824161222749BA1A5A7AAABB2B7BCC0C2C2BE
-B7B2ADADA9A6A7A9AEB4BFCEDAC7612F2833362F24224A97AFB0A59E9791898078726B68
-696C6F757D82888A8A867F7872706C6D70737578797A77736C645E5954524F5154555351
-5254555960666A6C707476767575797A797A7B7C7A77747372727576787B7E7E7C7A7775
-7374777B81868A8B8C8E9092949593938A7C7575787B7B7B746E6D6D7481888374605456
-5D5F5D59655A65635A9EFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFDFFF9767E979CA4BAC3C1AEAE
-B9C8D08B46595B5D575351504B4E4B4F5356595A595A5B5B5D62676C6D695F5143352E31
-342C20206FACB6B4B4AFB1B2B2B2B6B7B3ACA4A4A1A3A4A6A9ACB3BCC7CFDFDABA792A32
-33281F1A3F819D97938D857C75706C6B6665656970798084898B887F77736F6C696A6B6E
-6F6F7072716D69656564615D5D5E5F5E5B58585A5B5F63686D6E6E717375787A7A7B7A78
-787674737374777A7B7D80807F7D7974717274787E85898C8F8D8C8D8D8D8E908E867E79
-76797E817D7B777474777D8283736055586266605E586263695A64F9FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFDFFFEFFFEFFD26A939AAAB4C9CDBAAFB9C1CBC970425E666A645F5E5D615D5D6163
-6564626161605E63676D706E66594D3E34373F3B2B244292B9BBB8ACA7A39E9999989694
-92969DA1A6ACB4BDC8D2DAE1E6EDEEB94B26231B29415C778182807A726E69645F5D5E5E
-60666F777D8082837F7772706E6B68686A6D707172737473717070706C68676664625E5B
-5B5D62666A6E7171717376797C7D7D7C7A787774727476787A7C7E80817F7974706E6F71
-757B82878889878684838384858788827E7D7C808382817C767273767877685B52565D60
-5B5350566268624CD3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFEFFA17499A4BBCCD3C5BA
-B6C4CCD2C85C4A6F817F7A736A686364696D6E6B676361605D6063696C6B655950403230
-3A3E332B1D386790ABA69B9088807E7F82878C959FA7AFB7C2CEDAE3E8F4F4F3F3D78E6C
-60545B6970737377736E6B6A67615C5B5D5E6169727A7E7F7E7E7A747171706E6F6E7073
-777879797B7D7E7D7D7D7873706C6763605F6062666B70747777777A7C7F8182807E7B78
-76737275797C7C7C7D7D7B766E686566696D737A808281807D7D7D7D7F82858685807E7E
-7C80827C776E66636466635A4F484A55584F4540475D6A61539EFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF9777793B8C9CECABDB8BFCBCED3B33768878C897F6F665F606468
-6B6966615B5956595B5F63635F55493C2C242C36322E2A1C1F428A948183756E6E747C85
-8D98A5AFB8C1CCD7E1E8EEF4F7F6EDE5CEBDA894867B75797B7E7D7A7978726A65666667
-6A727B81838284837F7B7B7D7D7B7E7E80828383838386898A8987857F79746E68656465
-686B6E73787C7E7D7D8081838483807D7976747171747778777674716D6964606163676B
-72777B7C7B7A7A7D7E80848A8C8B87807D797578776F6357515252504A3F373A42484136
-353B4D635E5B72FAFCFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFEFEFCFFFAFFDD5479A6C5C3718A
-BCC0C4C9D4CC6A588A918C8374695C565A5F615F5B5146414245484E5254534A3F301D13
-1C2826212220161C698F83796F696B737E878F98A0A9B3BCC7D2DCE3EAEBEEF2ECE5D5C1
-B5A397929195989B9893908D857B757477777A81888D8E8D908E8A87888B8D8D8E8F9191
-908D8D8D9193928F8C89837E78736E6C6E7174777B7F8283827F7C7E7F80807D7A76726F
-6E6C6C6D6D6C6B6A68676664626063676C7075797A7C7E80818487898C8F8D897F77726F
-6D6D66594F45434846413A32363C403B312D3541555E5950D5FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFFFDFEAC4C87B8BD312265837965748E6346848F8A807064574F535A
-5B585143352E2E32353B3F413F36281A0D0B171E160E131E2A315D8387766C67686F7A85
-8C949BA2AAB2BBC6D0D9DDE6E7E9EAE4D9CDC4BBB4B0AFB1B1AFACA59F9B978E86838486
-898E93989A9C9E9C979494989A9B9A9B9C9B99969596969695928F8B87837E7A78787A7C
-7F81858685837F7A7779797A7976726F6C69686767666564646566696C6B68676B6F7477
-7B7E8083878A8B8C8E8F91908A82746E6A6B6C685949413C3F45423C38373E413F39383E
-4951595345A2FFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFBFDFFFFFF766797BA5D2A
-222D293B49413A3B738381756459525059605F554734221B2226292C2D2B281E15101013
-17150F10324F65798B877E7C726C6B6E78858D949CA2A9B0B9C1CBD4DAE3E5E5E9E7E1D9
-D0CDC7C1C1C6C7C2BAB3ACA8A6A0999493969A9EA1A5AAADB2B0ADA9A7A7A7A7A5A4A2A2
-A09E9D9E9D9B9997948F8B8885848384858687888887837F7B7775777879787672706D6B
-6A68666666686B6E72757876737275797B7E8185898C8E8F8F8E8D8D8E8A8279706F6D6D
-6B604E413D404447454243454A484342484E5357594577FFFFFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFFFDEE5E7B9E993B392025486C6B5A596F817E715F5754555F68
-685F503C2C282A2E3132302B261B1817160E05041229405460788485827A746E6B6B7380
-898F979DA6B0B9C1C9D3DDDFE6EBEAE8E5DDD3D0CED1D4D5D4D0CBC5BFBAB6B1ABA7A7AB
-AFB2B4B8BDC2C4C4C2BEBAB5B2B0AEAAA7A6A6A5A4A3A6A29F9E9B958F8D8B8B8C8E8E8E
-8E8E8C89847E7A7776797A7C7B79777572706E6B69696D71767A7F807F7C7A7B7D7E8182
-868B909392918F8C8887878279706C6F6D68604F3E373B42484745464A4E4F4B484E5759
-5B5F4C5BEEFEFEFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFBCD63899284
-3F45354369777973737B7971685F5C595D6667605C4B3E382D2C2E2E2A282317170F0504
-0A0E1928394853616F72706A67615F60666F78868E9BA7B2BFC8D0D9E2E8EAEBE9E7E5DA
-AA98B0CBD3D5DEDADBD5D1C8C4C3BDB8BBBDC2C3C8D2D7D8DCDFDED6C9C2BCB3AFAAA8A5
-A6A7ACACAEADABA59F99948E8E8E919697949294928D8682807B7A7C7E81817D7B7C7A74
-736E6B6E7376787A7F7F7D7B7A7A7D7F81888F929395928D867F7E7E79746E6764625D54
-4637303438414645474B4E4F4E4D565B5B60605849D1FEFEFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFCA97985888B4E605863707E7673757779756F695E5656
-56504D443A2D2723211F1C1C1C18242928222020263040484D545A5B59534D4846454B54
-606F7F91A4B5C5D1DBE6EDF2F4F2EDE8E2D6C3A8A7B6C6CFD2C9AAABBDCDD1CCC9C6C5C9
-D1DBDFE0E7EEF4F0ECE5D9CBBEB7B2A6A4A9B0B1B6B9BAB5AFA9A19892918F91969C9F9E
-9FA09B96908A848080818482807E7B79756F6E6A696C6F7274757676757474777C7F878C
-91939491898179767778756E665D5651473E352D2C3136404647494B4C4D51575E5C6060
-5E4FACF6FFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFB84827F
-8CA4555F5B68737B716B6C747676716255463C30292321171A15131A283B526256585044
-3E3D3F43494846464543423C3A3736373E4A58677C91A8B9C8D6E2ECF4F8FAF7F0E7DDD0
-C3B6B3B1B7BDC3C6C29E8C96AFC1CECCD4D8D9E2ECF0F4F1E8E1DAD2C5B7B4BCB4B2B3B1
-B6BDC8CBC3BCB1A69F99918B8C91989EA2A5A6A7A29D978E827C7B797A747272706D6966
-605D5C5F6263656667686A6C70767D82898B8E8D8A837A7273767A797165584E49453D34
-2E2C2F3541474A494747494C5057595C5F614D83F7FFFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCFFFFF87673769F975E66666776706660666D7170675241
-2C1811162E4148464C5D6C6C646162605D5B5B5854534B433D393635353130303136414E
-5D6A7F93A7B5C3D2DFE8F1F3F3EEE5D9CCC0B2AFB0B0B5BABDC1C2C0BAA792838691A0B3
-BDC2BBABA19472605350494254748E9EB5BEC5CBD1D0CAC1B2A49A938E8D8F969DA2A5A8
-A8A8A29B948979706C66625E5E61605F5D5B5855545557585B5E6365696C7074797C7E80
-82807B757271787E7F766756494342413B332E30373F4B4C4B4947484C51595A595F5D4F
-65F5FFFFFBFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFDA65
-6282B080636972686D675E5F66686761513713092A475C6C75787A776D5B5459575D6366
-67625B564C3F35302E303332373B3F4855616C758391A0A9B4C1CBD1D3D3D2CFCBC6BFB9
-B2ABACB3BABFBCBABDC4C9CCCCA455343643474A443E4E5B6E7F87817B726151403F5C8D
-BBCDD4D5CBBFAFA69F9793979AA0A6A8AAAAA8A69E948A7D6E6560595455585A5B5C5C5A
-5854525355585C61676B707374747575767878746F6E707378776E5D4D423D3C42403B36
-353C485152504E4C4C4E5358595E595A4F5BE1FFFEFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFBFFFFC84F5A8FB2676669727170696669665C51422F
-13133E5E6A707575737168574A48525A5F5E5F625E57493A2E27272C3239424B545F6B74
-7D818B92999EA4AAADADABA9A8A6A9ACACAEADABB1B9B8B9B9BDC1C7CCD7E2B8462C3348
-5A6A73767C7E84868684827C71685748332C5085A5A3ADB8B9AFA7A3A2A5A5A9ACADADAB
-A6A29A8F837669615C57565A6063646667635C5957585B5F666C7275787A787674737473
-716E6C6D6D6C695D4B3B323135383E3B393A404B555A5C57535253585D5F5A58555661CB
-FDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFAFFFF
-AF466596926378777B7B7573726E5E472E1B1329536A7274797978746B5F555252555654
-53544F4740332923252B354253616C7881858C8E90929596979694908D8A8A8A90989CA2
-A7A7AAAFACABAAB2B8C5D3DEE7C95151708289838285858281838483817D756C5B4A3521
-1C22343E547B9FB1B7B6AFABABACADADACA8A19C958C8178716A656465696F727272706A
-63605F62676D757B8080807D787573727373716F6E6C645C4F40312A2A323C3F4442454C
-545C61615F5956575A5F605E55546560A9FFFFFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFF9A5475A07A6F7A7E7B7674757464472516
-2B5267666C72726F6E6E6D69615B57575857524C48453C332C282C333E5061717D878B8C
-9193959493918D88827D7773716F7378787D8184858B8E9497A5AEBBCCD9E6D452557D87
-8C878685808283818486827A6D604D3A291E1D1E282D35394E7AA6B5B0ADA8A7A6A6A49F
-97918E8983807D78747575777B7D7B78716A666464686E757D848684817C777575777A7C
-7B7670675647392E292C323E494C4C4B51595F6365655E5A595B5D5D584E5866639AFFFF
-FFFFFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFF885F84AC6B74807A746B6C696256331C4C646A6A6B65615A595C5D6164605D5E5E5F
-5A57565048413B3A3D424E5A6B7781868B8D8D8D8D8B8884807A746F6C67626060616161
-67686B71787F8992A1B0C2CDDACB544C727F848582818384828587847B6F5C4835231719
-4B7D9A73563D33526A7FA1A59E9A9998938E8A868385828383828380807D7F7C77726B66
-6062656B737C828487837C7B78787E8085857F75685441393031353F4B55595857575B60
-63666663595A575857544B56696383FEFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFE816390A8657673716C5C5A594F4626
-336F787B705F554A4446484F595D5D606366666565615B524C4B4E525B6570798080817F
-7C7A787776757573706F6C696663615F5D5C5F61656B747C858F9BA9B6C2CCC582575B6F
-77787F837E7B7D7D7D786C5B473727161E4890B9B8865F43384B6981999997938F8A827C
-7A777A7D7F84888B8C89827975706B67605B5B60676F787E828484827F7F7E8087888784
-7B6A564339383B4049545D62605C5A5C5E606368675F595155574D41596C6774FFFEFFFD
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFEFDF9846A8F915C64665C524E4C484B4136467E838073604D3D3633373F46545A626B
-70727470695E5656595B61686F757773706B6562616163686B6E7174777674726E696766
-666A6E767F879099A1ABB6BBC2C9C6933C536C76787674746F6A665E504030251B114A99
-BFC7A0482F2734558B979595959089817771707173797F878D8E8C877E706862605D5855
-59616971797F81847F8180818082858282735E4A3A33363C424B58626766605B5A5A5D62
-67685F53524F53464B5C6B6375F6FCFFF9FFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEF26C6A8B8C5052524D474247404E
-514B3F717E7F725B443934353C455059636F79808584786B605D5D5D6065666968625D58
-535052545A61686C72777C7C7C7B77747476797D838B939AA2AAB3B8C5C5CAD2DDBA6B57
-637478766E645E59564F4435241A14214A869672442C29201D38889D9A9F9E988F847B76
-77797F8790979891898170645C5A5A5A56575F6971777F8283858383817E7A7670675945
-3329272C353A49515B60615F5B585C5D646B685B4F494E4D514C606B6363EEFFFFFFFEFF
-FBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FDFFFFFDFFF074667B81533A3E444E454645575A5346436970604D423F404955646C727A
-838B91928778685F5A57585C5E615E57504B48474A4E565F64686D71757676767475797E
-878C9299A1A8AFB6C1C5CDD6DEE7EACE5E5372837E776B5F514B49433B2F1F181A253039
-3032404941301F307A969FA0A39D938A827E7F81868F969993867C73625C5A5B5E5D5B5E
-6871797E83858483827C74695F55483C2E25212428323D434B4F53545355575961666D6C
-5E4E4A4F575C536D726061EEFFFFFCFDFFFCFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFBFFFCFEF1716F76786B45413E4B4444
-4A586151322C55544F4B4B4F5A66778084898E919493928575675C57575A5F615E564F49
-47484D535C626668696B6D6E6F7071747B818A90969CA4ABB2B9C3CACCD9DDE7EECF555C
-8184807B695A524C494136281A1A202A282A2C3A525749271B33647E969D9C99938D8985
-84868C929492897D766F6565686A6B6A686C74797D80838786827D6E6051453A2E272223
-2930363D434747494B4C4F555D61686C6A5F534F535B616976736068EFFFFCFEFFFEFFFF
-FAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FEFFFFFBFFFFFEF071727D77786135343B3A3C444F503616222E363D4A596876818C9194
-98989A98979186786A615D5C6366655E575151545A61696D6E6F6F6D6E6E7073777B8186
-8D92989DA4ACB4BCC2CCD3DBDEE3ECD3525780817E7B6B5E534C4B402E1C15222C483F2A
-2733463C2816305A7A8791989EA09F9C98928F909295928F8983817F7E80817E7B777376
-7C7D80828386847C6957483C332E2B2D343C454B4D4A4542474A4E52575D636569696158
-555A636A7878766675EEFFFDFFFEFCFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFDFFFDFFFFFEF06E737D7E787E533B28
-2F2E363A30140E1B263249627785919B9D9D9E9FA1A1A2A39F9282746A65656A6A655F5B
-5C61666E75767777767376777A7F84888D91979CA0A4ABB4BDC5CDD0DCD8E1E3E7DB5E4E
-76807D796B60564B4537251B2646719C976E452429231E366B83858C93A5ACB1B3B1ABA1
-9B9B97989594939397969999968D847C757776777D828080796B59473C35313136414A54
-5A5650484343484C52575C5E5E5D5A5C5C5C6066748383786C75EFFEFFFFFFFCFFFFFDFF
-FEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEE78727D73767D7C5D441F18212213173C313751688D98A5ACAEAD
-ADABADABADB2B0A39B8E81767271716D645E5E60656C73777979797C8086888D96999BA1
-A4A5ADB3B8C2CAD7D6E1E1E8E7E9DDA75043747D7B71695B4C3F382D15195291A2ADB6B0
-9C73434A6C859093999AA5B6C0BFBFBDB4A8A09E9BA09D999EA3A4AAA5A39C8E817B7673
-74767C7E7B786954473E3634353A444F585E5D53494243475054595F5553515255616063
-6D7984522B6885F2FEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFA786B71636B7B85
-8E8C66351F1D1D5C604F607791AAB1B6BABAB7B6BEC0BEBDB4B2AC999586817D7A73675C
-59585F666D73787A7C7F848A91969CA2A7ADAFB9B9BCCBD6DCE0E9EAE7EBE9DEAD573B4E
-757B7D7164574A3E33271F3772A5B3BCC2C7C9BDA1A59F9D9AA0A7A8B0B8BCBCBDB7ADA6
-A39FA3A0A5AAA7A9AEACA6A19991867D7A74777777767269594B3F3A36363B444F586160
-574B45454B52595D5C5850504F545D626B71897245383E85F4FEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFF8B64544E627D8A9EA49C78673D5B7E796E8099A9B4BDC0BC
-B7BEC9C7CBC8C4B3ACA1928F847E7973665A5555565D666F787C7E7F888C979CA1A9AEB4
-BCC2CFD8DDDFE4EBE7E4C1A8986C46425D7985807E736B635C514C4839365273919397A3
-ACA69BA4A4A4A4A6A8ADB3B1B5B0ACA8A09FA2A4A5B3B2AEADACABA9A7A19998928A887F
-7775706D695D5049423F3D3F48535D62635F554C4A4E555C5D5A51474953575F696D8282
-51493D3192FBFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFBFFA854373751
-6A7F8B94898188797F807B828EA2B5BABABCB8BBC5CED3D1CBB9A5948F817C76726C6156
-5455586068727B8082858F929CA2A9B3B8C2CEDBDEE3E6DECCA675645B5D61656C74808A
-8988807B7B7871727779746B635D5B5850494039455B839FABB0B8B5B1B5ACAAA49D999A
-A2ABB1B4B1B3AFACAEA9A8ACADA9A297897C726F6B69665F5855504C494D56606567635D
-555153575A5B544A45484E58606E778A664535373BA8FBFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFBB04A2B2F495F71797E787B848A87817D88A4AFC0C4C8
-C5C5C8D2D6D9CFBAA58F857E7672706D645E6063686E757B82878B90989DA5A9B2BBC4D3
-DDE4D8CBA2757F7882858582868985868A858080797A797D8181818182817B73726F6661
-635E52433C49739AA1AAB7AEA9A8A09DA3A4A8B5B9BEBFC2C1BCBCBCB5BCBEB0A59D8674
-6F6D70716E6B68625A5451565F656666615C59595A57504A48424A58636E7A8184473221
-2345B2FFFFFEFFFEFCFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFDFFFFCE4D2C
-3C435F7371787C8793988F8D9697B1C1C9D3CFC6BBBCB69A836E7B90877872717474706F
-72757980868B9093969A9FA8AFB5BFCAD6E1E8D3A87C7C8184868B8081807A7978787470
-6B65646867717274797D79716C6C625E58545858574F4D4D48484B4F54567797A6A3A8B2
-BAC2C7CAA87A6C6D645C594F464358787E7374747B7E797672675B56545B636666656362
-615B504845444C5863677181846A2A26321A55CBFFFFFFF9FFFEFFFAFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFDFFFFFDFFFCE655304F5A6C7C818595A7B5B3ABAFAFBAC9D1C8
-91605260625E60503643728075787E83848586868C9095999EA1A4A7ABB4BCC7D0DCE5DC
-B274808B89857C7B756F706F6B6F6F686665625A5A5A5A5F656B6C69696C675E5C4F4A49
-4D49474848555C6165655F534042567EA4B3BCC8C37E575D6E766F69635C4C3421396A79
-78787C7E7A756D635A5B5D626769686769635C514646505961696D7C8E8562243B5B5E6B
-E0FFFDFCFEFFFFFCFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFEFFFEFFF6
-7E3F5168767F8C98AABBBDB9B9B7C0BA9B76556172767676766D623E2F4F7E838D979DA2
-A29F9E9E9EA0A6ACB2B7BCC1C7D2D7DFDEBF787E877F7F76726E6B6B666263636161645E
-5B54524F58585B5E636765605A585049494448464240454953606262625B57493A384B68
-746F5D60767E7A786960564C3B311A2E6D7775767575736B625D5D63686A6B6D6C6A6559
-4F4C4F59656A6F787E8773494E545D5B81F4FFFFFFFFFFFFFAFFFDFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFF9F3F516C7B8A97ABBAB977493F473E4764
-7A807E7B7573746E6B5B43293B718F9CAFBBBDB6ADA3A0A0A8B3B7C0C5C7CCD2DBD9D771
-6D837E75726A6A68676463625F5D5D5C5C57555552505152575A5B5B59544D4944434549
-4A47403B40454B51565B5D5D5D5C5A5B5D5E656F787D7E786A584B4741312A1A15407475
-726F727069615960676B6C6B696A69665C575558606B7072797F826D445F5B5846A7F7FF
-FDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF
-FCFFCF5B5569798DA1B8BC903A3E2D334E707F807E7A726767686358513C253C7BA1AFC2
-C7CCBEADA7A5AAB5BDC7C9D0CDD3D6E3BB716A7D7B7168636261605E5E5E5C5A59575753
-514E4A4A4C4C51535453524E48474343464A4A463F3B3A3E444B515759595B5A58595E65
-6C727070695C4E433F40392F221C4375877F7E79736E66605F64676C6C696B706E696659
-5F676C73767A7D80756E6A54495BD0F5FFFFFEFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFAFDFEFFEC795567728EA9B89E40534B43506C
-7D827D73695F57595A504637221348788FAFBEC7C4B0A9A7A7B1BBC4CCCAD0D2D3DDA749
-747F7B7466625D5A545354565759585654514D4742424443474A4B4A4A47454545464A4C
-4A433B3635383E454E5558585856545152585B5A59574F443C38393D35251B2F759E9590
-8A8978686160697172727274797D786F6561686C747A777D7D7B7861495085EDFDFFFCFB
-FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFF
-FFFCFFFFFAA95A6F7B8DAAB56156695F616F7B807C75695A4A4145422F2117182F4E647C
-96A3AA9F9B9998A0ABB6C3C2C5C9CEBD6254747E756F68645E5B595654545353524E4E4A
-45403C3C3E3D3F4142424242424448494C4B453B312D2D3037414C55585755514C464348
-4B4846433F3A363233382F221B20363C3C4954646B62666B7078807D7F878981746D696E
-7B7E7C81847F705F524B5BB3FAFFFDFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFCFFFEFFFFFFDB73648496B3A9566A737775
-77787067553C2C1F232919142E4344454F5D798C9999968D89898D96A8B0B5B3BAA75F3F
-6578756C68666564625F5B5753504A433D3631313234393B3A3B3A38393B3F43484A4A47
-3F3329252429323E4B5355534C41373231383D3D3F3C3936302A2F3B3E3F435062656050
-2E375B646B777B8385868A8C877C77777C867E7A7F7D6C55504C4B78DCFFFFFEFFFFFFFD
-FDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFCFEFFFCFFF5A35F7D9EAC9A576A726C6D7066564334231419160315394546445267
-7C9098A09D938A817C7F8895A1A1A7ADAE555961726C67636463615F5C58524B42392E28
-262A2E32383C3A39363334373C42494949463D332B28292D353F494E4C4841342A292F36
-3B3C403F3D39322E394A5260646B726B614A2C23566D6F797E82868E938D83808283837B
-6D7173615553464CA8F7FFFCFFFCFFFCFFFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFCFFFFFFFFFDFFFFD9737296A361656763
-5E5F5C513E3622151210112D41424A54657682919A9E9C958D827A78808E929A9BA4AFB1
-77476569655E5A595B58554F473E32261E1E22282C2F33353A3A373537393D4248484744
-3E373230323335393F413D392F2A242630383D404445433E3A3A45535E676C6C69584E41
-27204D626C78838B9497948C87868077696061615C58504872DBFFFFFDFFFEFFFFFEFEFF
-FEFDFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFEFFF9FFFBFEAC6D858E6F5C5852545B594C372B271835698069574C566773
-80888D8A8888858282818894A0A3A8AFBAC1BB4C646F6C62575452504B443B31251A181F
-2A3133353735393B3B3B3D3F4144454544423E39363534312D2D2F32302D272724252C33
-3A4141423F3C3E444D565959615D5445372B1E305A6D838B8E959A8771676C71695C5C60
-5F5C5E4958B5FBFFFFFEFFFFFEFEFEFFFEFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCFFFEFFE1878089815C
-2D314A59544838312E214C848666504A4F5F6C716F66646569717A848E9BA6ABB3BDC6CB
-AD556D797E7060574C464239362F2D282F3C464949474544424242454A4D4D4B4843423F
-3D3D362E261F17171D2021252523201D1F262E333134363B444D535655504A4234292419
-28607279838787877B411A244A57565C62655F564983E9FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFDFFFFFABF84878C864C3640514A3E3239312F30717F6C564E4D
-5A63625E5D5B5E676E75808B979EA6B0BBC5875172847C706D5F564B4743403A3D3F464E
-545454504D4B4A4846474B4F4F4B433F3E3C39362C2417120E10161B1F24211B15161E27
-2E31363439414951534E4B3F332922201C16486D737B817F7F7C7547334251515B66655B
-526BC3FFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFF9FFFFF8B884
-8C928D8A724640403F444A3F315E877F675A5461696B6D69686D72777E8286898B8E98A3
-926058696F68675957535352535355525455555454524E4D4B47423E3B3A3124211D1F21
-211E150F09080C141B212628231F1E242E363B3D3B3C454B4A4943392C1F1A1A1F242021
-6578858483857C7D684F474D555F6C665A65B4F6FCFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFCFCFFFFFFFDFFFFEFA9937E7F81463C46565D5D58544643566A70
-6B656A6F74726D6A6B70777D84898A88898D8F967052565A5555565A5C57555557575550
-4C4B4C4B4846423D372C221D15090A080D1216150F0C090A1420282E32312C292B313839
-3938383F4B514E463D34251B1F29343326275262606367706D5C534B4A5165676062A3EA
-FFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFBFDFF
-FFE79A4F403247545F696D695D5B565248394565626566665F54535967727F888D8D8987
-8A8B8D896244424E5256555758554F504B4643444645413C352D200F0100000001030A11
-1616121214161F2A30353634302D2D32353431313947545A574B3C352E354448473F2F31
-2F302E1F2A51534B45415862616597E8FEFFFEFFFFFBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFFFEFFFCFFFFFEFCFFFFFFE2964D31425A5E64625B4D504C473B
-25294C4D49443F393D4555626F788185827D78848A8F9088603D4A4F504F4B4B47443E3C
-3E444949443C322411050101020200050D1215141011191B232B2F312E2B282C3133302E
-323844535A574F433C404C4E4E4340423D3E392F283C4744403E4C55585594E4FFFEFFFF
-FFFEFEFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFFEFDFEFFFFFEFFFDFFFF
-FEFEFCFFFFDD862E182B4D5050463F413B2C1E113A47453B3537424A576570767A787069
-6F7582919BA4A3A2564D525C514A443E3D3D40464A4B443A281805000200000313191E1C
-1A1713151E2225292D2F2E2F383D403B34323A43494D4B433D3E475252473C383B3B332B
-283E4F4E4644414841418FE8FFFCFFFDFFFFFDFFFFFDFFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFBFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFCFFFEFFFFFDE089231A304947453B3523
-142A405B615245454E5259656E7172716C6869778696A5AEB4B6BB72516765594E474442
-42434341382C180E010001010B1D2F3538332F2D2B2F2F31302F343940474C4840373235
-3C4246413D3B3E4449493A322D2E2921293549534B463F39383B94E0FFFBFFFEFFFFFFFF
-FFFEFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFE88D24181D2D2B2E1F0826566F6E61534A515357585D6972727173
-76808F9CA9B4B9B7AB4D56696C594D403C393D38382D1D13010000040F1B2A3A4C524F4D
-4E5055534F443D3D3E454A464946393231363F3E3C3E3A3F41382C1C1C13141E2735444C
-4D433A3939509CEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFEFEFFFEF2AA62433E3324
-20364D6671705F443F4C4E515662737C7D7F858D98A4AEB3B4B37F2B5663635D493C393A
-3E352F281A0402040B1B2A33383C474D4E53585B5B564F49484B46414346413A302D3135
-39373933383223190F0D1F2C363B454C473D3A3C4267B1F2FFFCFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFCFFFFFFFBDB93554A514F54637B867B685749505351525E6B767E
-83878D96A0A2A4AA9C3C4064625C46423B36393C392D29242B2F3A45474139353A404855
-6064615A58595A554E463E383328201F24282626212016140C10344B52514E5050433E4A
-4F8FD4F8FFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFDFEFFFEFFF2B8
-764C575960666D665B615C5E564A4649525D686B6C6F777D8795884853635F554B403A3A
-3438444A5054524F50514B464442474F5B656765625F5A5F5F554B4130241A12110F1417
-131516140E14314C52505B5A57534C4F7AB4F7FDFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFDFDFDFFFFFEFEFFFDFFFCFEFFFFFFE8A16A57676B5C4E4F535552483D383E47
-575C5B57595F6D7E8585504A4C504F534D4C474D5C696A6561544B4B4F56595754586060
-564D4949514C473B2B1A0A0802040A0D131A1C232528374B55535764655D5870A9E2FEFF
-FEFFFFFDFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFFDFD
-FFFCFFFEE2AB816A595554585A524034353B3A43454242495663727A80674B3C3C424542
-4A565E69655D5149454A51524C443B383C41454A4D4C3F302417100D090C1421323D4445
-4246454A4850545B685F7AAEE6FDFFFFFFFCFFFEFDFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFCFFFFFEFCFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFEFBB865B5B615F4D3C322A
-30373C3D3F454F565D5B54585763605143403B34374845484C4844424039302A282D404F
-55544639200F070309181F252F32323436323338434A52536795C5ECFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFF
-FBFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFBFFFFFFFF
-FDFFFEFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFFD6A67D5E524C413939393937383B3D3C39383D4B555F615D5B
-5D6974613A424A413025262B333C3D44524F3E2F20181906060D11161D292E2C272F3839
-40485C90B7DDFFFFFBFFFEFFFFFEFFFEFDFFFFFDFDFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFF9DCB292
-73563E3B393236423E3E434B51575C5E5A56616B818655283327140F14233E4A4F4D3C34
-1E15281D111A1D1F252827273432384C7195B9DEFEFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFDFDFFFFFFFFFFF3D4AF8F745A464C494D565E62605B5D63
-6970797D6F5D5F663510243B4650402F251F1815171925292F3434354E7198B3D9F4FFFF
-FBFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFE
-FEFFFFFDFEFFFAF0D0B79980716A66626E77787E7C767974695F4D484B4C483B2A232626
-2B343E55698AA7B9D4F1FFFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFDFEFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFEFEFFFEFEFFFFFFFBF6F1ED
-DCD3C7BABDBBA99F9DA7ABB1B8B0BEC9D0DEEBF2FCFFFFFFFDFCFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFEFEFE
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFEFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFEFCFEFEFEFEFFFFFAFE
-FFFFFFFBFBFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFFFEFDFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFE
-FFFFFFFFFEFFFFFCFEFFFFFDFFFFFEFEFFFFFDFDFFFFFFFEFDFEFFFEFEFEFFFFFCFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFEFEFFFFFDFEFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFDFFFEFFFEFFFFFEFEFFFFFFFCFDFFFFFFFFFBFFFF
-FFFFFDFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFFFCFEFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFDFFFFFFFEFDFEFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFEFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFEFFFF
-FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFDFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFFFFFFFFFFFEFEFFFEFEFFFFFEFFFEFEFFFF
-FFFEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-end
-%%PageTrailer
-%%Trailer
-%%EOF
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.bb b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.bb
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cc4f81a2a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.bb
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-%%Title: ./brave-gnu-world-logo.25.jpg
-%%Creator: ebb Version 0.5.2
-%%BoundingBox: 0 0 246 279
-%%CreationDate: Thu Dec 20 23:49:52 2007
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.eps b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.eps
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c02410d1d..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.25.eps
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0 %%Title: brave-gnu-world-logo.25.eps %%CreationDate: 09.10.2006 22:09 Uhr %%BoundingBox: 0 0 342 387 %%HiResBoundingBox: 0 0 342 387 %%SuppressDotGainCompensation %%EndComments %%BeginProlog %%EndProlog %%BeginSetup %%EndSetup %ImageData: 342 387 8 3 0 1 3 "beginimage" %BeginPhotoshop: 13952 % 3842494D0425000000000010000000000000000000000000000000003842494D % 03EA000000001DA63C3F786D6C2076657273696F6E3D22312E302220656E636F % 64696E673D225554462D38223F3E0A3C21444F435459504520706C6973742050 % 55424C494320222D2F2F4170706C6520436F6D70757465722F2F44544420504C % 49535420312E302F2F454E222022687474703A2F2F7777772E6170706C652E63 % 6F6D2F445444732F50726F70657274794C6973742D312E302E647464223E0A3C % 706C6973742076657273696F6E3D22312E30223E0A3C646963743E0A093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D48 % 6F72697A6F6E74616C5265733C2F6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F72 % 3C2F6B65793E0A09093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E61 % 70706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B6579 % 3E0A09093C61727261793E0A0909093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E63 % 6F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D486F7269 % 7A6F6E74616C5265733C2F6B65793E0A090909093C7265616C3E37323C2F7265 % 616C3E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E746963 % 6B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A090909093C737472696E673E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A % 090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E % 6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D % 30395432303A30333A33365A3C2F646174653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B % 65793E0A090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A090909 % 3C2F646963743E0A09093C2F61727261793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D4F % 7269656E746174696F6E3C2F6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E % 636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F % 6B65793E0A09093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E % 676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E617070 % 6C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A % 09093C61727261793E0A0909093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D4F7269656E74 % 6174696F6E3C2F6B65793E0A090909093C696E74656765723E313C2F696E7465 % 6765723E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469 % 636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A090909093C737472696E673E636F % 6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E % 0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B6574 % 2E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A090909093C646174653E323030362D3130 % 2D30395432303A30333A33365A3C2F646174653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F % 6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F % 6B65793E0A090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A0909 % 093C2F646963743E0A09093C2F61727261793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B % 65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D % 5363616C696E673C2F6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B6579 % 3E0A09093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D61 % 6E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A09093C % 61727261793E0A0909093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170 % 706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D5363616C696E673C2F % 6B65793E0A090909093C7265616C3E313C2F7265616C3E0A090909093C6B6579 % 3E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F % 6B65793E0A090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B6579 % 3E0A090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D30395432303A30333A33365A % 3C2F646174653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A090909093C696E74 % 656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A0909093C2F646963743E0A09093C2F % 61727261793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D566572746963616C5265733C2F % 6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072 % 696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A09093C73747269 % 6E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F7374 % 72696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E746963 % 6B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A09093C61727261793E0A0909 % 093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E50616765466F726D61742E504D566572746963616C5265733C2F6B65793E0A % 090909093C7265616C3E37323C2F7265616C3E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E % 0A090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D % 616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E617070 % 6C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A0909 % 09093C646174653E323030362D31302D30395432303A30333A33365A3C2F6461 % 74653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E746963 % 6B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A090909093C696E7465676572 % 3E303C2F696E74656765723E0A0909093C2F646963743E0A09093C2F61727261 % 793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E % 742E50616765466F726D61742E504D566572746963616C5363616C696E673C2F % 6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072 % 696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A09093C73747269 % 6E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F7374 % 72696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E746963 % 6B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A09093C61727261793E0A0909 % 093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E50616765466F726D61742E504D566572746963616C5363616C696E673C2F6B % 65793E0A090909093C7265616C3E313C2F7265616C3E0A090909093C6B65793E % 636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B % 65793E0A090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E7469 % 6E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E % 6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E % 0A090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D30395432303A30333A33365A3C % 2F646174653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E % 7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A090909093C696E7465 % 6765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A0909093C2F646963743E0A09093C2F61 % 727261793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E70 % 72696E742E7375625469636B65742E70617065725F696E666F5F7469636B6574 % 3C2F6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D41646A75737465645061676552 % 6563743C2F6B65793E0A09093C646963743E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E61 % 70706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A % 0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E % 616765723C2F737472696E673E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A090909 % 3C61727261793E0A090909093C646963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D41646A757374 % 656450616765526563743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C61727261793E0A0909 % 090909093C7265616C3E302E303C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C % 3E302E303C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E3738333C2F726561 % 6C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E3535393C2F7265616C3E0A09090909093C % 2F61727261793E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E % 742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C73747269 % 6E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F7374 % 72696E673E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E % 7469636B65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E % 323030362D31302D30395432303A30333A33365A3C2F646174653E0A09090909 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E737461 % 7465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E % 74656765723E0A090909093C2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09 % 093C2F646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E % 50616765466F726D61742E504D41646A75737465645061706572526563743C2F % 6B65793E0A09093C646963743E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C73 % 7472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C % 2F737472696E673E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261 % 793E0A090909093C646963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C % 652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D41646A7573746564506170 % 6572526563743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C61727261793E0A090909090909 % 3C7265616C3E2D31383C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E2D3138 % 3C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E3832343C2F7265616C3E0A09 % 09090909093C7265616C3E3537373C2F7265616C3E0A09090909093C2F617272 % 61793E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469 % 636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E63 % 6F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E67 % 3E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B % 65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E32303036 % 2D31302D30395432303A30333A33365A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C % 61673C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765 % 723E0A090909093C2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F64 % 6963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50617065 % 72496E666F2E504D50617065724E616D653C2F6B65793E0A09093C646963743E % 0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E % 63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E617070 % 6C652E7072696E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E0A % 0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E69 % 74656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261793E0A090909093C64 % 6963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50 % 61706572496E666F2E504D50617065724E616D653C2F6B65793E0A0909090909 % 3C737472696E673E69736F2D61343C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C % 2F6B65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E707269 % 6E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C % 6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F644461 % 74653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E323030332D30372D30315431 % 373A34393A33365A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170 % 706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E % 0A09090909093C696E74656765723E313C2F696E74656765723E0A090909093C % 2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F646963743E0A09093C % 6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E5061706572496E666F2E504D % 556E61646A757374656450616765526563743C2F6B65793E0A09093C64696374 % 3E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B6574 % 2E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170 % 706C652E7072696E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E % 0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E % 6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261793E0A090909093C % 646963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E % 5061706572496E666F2E504D556E61646A757374656450616765526563743C2F % 6B65793E0A09090909093C61727261793E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E302E % 303C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E302E303C2F7265616C3E0A % 0909090909093C7265616C3E3738333C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265 % 616C3E3535393C2F7265616C3E0A09090909093C2F61727261793E0A09090909 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69 % 656E743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C65 % 2E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C % 6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F644461 % 74653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D30395432 % 303A30333A33365A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170 % 706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E % 0A09090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A090909093C % 2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F646963743E0A09093C % 6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E5061706572496E666F2E504D % 556E61646A75737465645061706572526563743C2F6B65793E0A09093C646963 % 743E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65 % 742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E61 % 70706C652E7072696E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E67 % 3E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B6574 % 2E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261793E0A09090909 % 3C646963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E5061706572496E666F2E504D556E61646A7573746564506170657252656374 % 3C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C61727261793E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E % 2D31383C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E2D31383C2F7265616C % 3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E3832343C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C % 7265616C3E3537373C2F7265616C3E0A09090909093C2F61727261793E0A0909 % 0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63 % 6C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E617070 % 6C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09090909 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F64 % 446174653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D3039 % 5432303A30333A33365A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E % 6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65 % 793E0A09090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A090909 % 093C2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F646963743E0A09 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E5061706572496E666F2E % 7070642E504D50617065724E616D653C2F6B65793E0A09093C646963743E0A09 % 09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6372 % 6561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C65 % 2E7072696E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E0A0909 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E697465 % 6D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261793E0A090909093C646963 % 743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E506170 % 6572496E666F2E7070642E504D50617065724E616D653C2F6B65793E0A090909 % 09093C737472696E673E41343C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C6B65793E % 636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B % 65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F6444617465 % 3C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E323030332D30372D30315431373A % 34393A33365A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C % 652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A09 % 090909093C696E74656765723E313C2F696E74656765723E0A090909093C2F64 % 6963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F646963743E0A09093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E41504956657273 % 696F6E3C2F6B65793E0A09093C737472696E673E30302E32303C2F737472696E % 673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B6574 % 2E707269766174654C6F636B3C2F6B65793E0A09093C66616C73652F3E0A0909 % 3C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E74797065 % 3C2F6B65793E0A09093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E5061706572496E666F5469636B65743C2F737472696E673E0A093C2F646963 % 743E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E % 41504956657273696F6E3C2F6B65793E0A093C737472696E673E30302E32303C % 2F737472696E673E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E74 % 69636B65742E707269766174654C6F636B3C2F6B65793E0A093C66616C73652F % 3E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E74 % 7970653C2F6B65793E0A093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E707269 % 6E742E50616765466F726D61745469636B65743C2F737472696E673E0A3C2F64 % 6963743E0A3C2F706C6973743E0A3842494D03E9000000000078000300000048 % 004800000000030F022FFFEEFFEE033802410367057B03E00002000000480048 % 0000000002D802280001000000640000000100030303000000017FFF00010001 % 0000000000000000000000006808001901900000000000200000000000000000 % 0000000000000000000000000000000000003842494D03ED0000000000100048 % 00000001000200480000000100023842494D042600000000000E000000000000 % 000000003F8000003842494D040D0000000000040000001E3842494D04190000 % 000000040000001E3842494D03F3000000000009000000000000000001003842 % 494D040A00000000000100003842494D271000000000000A0001000000000000 % 00023842494D03F5000000000048002F66660001006C66660006000000000001 % 002F6666000100A1999A0006000000000001003200000001005A000000060000 % 00000001003500000001002D000000060000000000013842494D03F800000000 % 00700000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03E800000000 % FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03E800000000FFFFFFFF % FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03E800000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF % FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03E800003842494D04080000000000100000 % 00010000024000000240000000003842494D041E000000000004000000003842 % 494D041A00000000036300000006000000000000000000000183000001560000 % 001700620072006100760065002D0067006E0075002D0077006F0072006C0064 % 002D006C006F0067006F002E0032003500000001000000000000000000000000 % 0000000000000001000000000000000000000156000001830000000000000000 % 0000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000000000010000000 % 010000000000006E756C6C0000000200000006626F756E64734F626A63000000 % 01000000000000526374310000000400000000546F70206C6F6E670000000000 % 0000004C6566746C6F6E67000000000000000042746F6D6C6F6E670000018300 % 000000526768746C6F6E670000015600000006736C69636573566C4C73000000 % 014F626A6300000001000000000005736C6963650000001200000007736C6963 % 6549446C6F6E67000000000000000767726F757049446C6F6E67000000000000 % 00066F726967696E656E756D0000000C45536C6963654F726967696E0000000D % 6175746F47656E6572617465640000000054797065656E756D0000000A45536C % 6963655479706500000000496D672000000006626F756E64734F626A63000000 % 01000000000000526374310000000400000000546F70206C6F6E670000000000 % 0000004C6566746C6F6E67000000000000000042746F6D6C6F6E670000018300 % 000000526768746C6F6E67000001560000000375726C54455854000000010000 % 000000006E756C6C54455854000000010000000000004D736765544558540000 % 0001000000000006616C74546167544558540000000100000000000E63656C6C % 54657874497348544D4C626F6F6C010000000863656C6C546578745445585400 % 000001000000000009686F727A416C69676E656E756D0000000F45536C696365 % 486F727A416C69676E0000000764656661756C740000000976657274416C6967 % 6E656E756D0000000F45536C69636556657274416C69676E0000000764656661 % 756C740000000B6267436F6C6F7254797065656E756D0000001145536C696365 % 4247436F6C6F7254797065000000004E6F6E6500000009746F704F7574736574 % 6C6F6E67000000000000000A6C6566744F75747365746C6F6E67000000000000 % 000C626F74746F6D4F75747365746C6F6E67000000000000000B72696768744F % 75747365746C6F6E6700000000003842494D041100000000000101003842494D % 0414000000000004000000013842494D040C0000000011340000000100000071 % 00000080000001540000AA000000111800180001FFD8FFE000104A4649460001 % 0201004800480000FFED000C41646F62655F434D0002FFEE000E41646F626500 % 648000000001FFDB0084000C08080809080C09090C110B0A0B11150F0C0C0F15 % 18131315131318110C0C0C0C0C0C110C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C % 0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C010D0B0B0D0E0D100E0E10140E0E0E14140E0E0E0E % 14110C0C0C0C0C11110C0C0C0C0C0C110C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C % 0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0CFFC00011080080007103012200021101031101FF % DD00040008FFC4013F0000010501010101010100000000000000030001020405 % 060708090A0B0100010501010101010100000000000000010002030405060708 % 090A0B1000010401030204020507060805030C33010002110304211231054151 % 611322718132061491A1B14223241552C16233347282D14307259253F0E1F163 % 733516A2B283264493546445C2A3743617D255E265F2B384C3D375E3F3462794 % A485B495C4D4E4F4A5B5C5D5E5F55666768696A6B6C6D6E6F637475767778797 % A7B7C7D7E7F71100020201020404030405060707060535010002110321311204 % 4151617122130532819114A1B14223C152D1F0332462E1728292435315637334 % F1250616A2B283072635C2D2449354A317644555367465E2F2B384C3D375E3F3 % 4694A485B495C4D4E4F4A5B5C5D5E5F55666768696A6B6C6D6E6F62737475767 % 778797A7B7C7FFDA000C03010002110311003F00F5549249252952EA5D6303A6 % B01C9B3F48E04D74B06EB1D1FBACFDCFCDF56CD94FEFD8A9F5AEB8EC4B1B8182 % CF5BA85A040896B377D17387B7D4B1DB7D94FF00D72EF4AA50E93F57C54F766F % 513F69CDB4EE739E43849FECB5AE733E87B7F435FD0A2AAAA494969FAC06FD6A % C0CA73791ED64F9E82C72B9566DF63B6FD8EE66B05CF35868F3FE777BBFB0C56 % 80F979240009294275911E09D2492535322DEA35585D5555E4526206E2C7B74F % 76ED2C6DBEEFDDF4FF00E2FF00C22A77F51EAFF46BC7C7A9C7F3ADB6C81F9DF4 % 7D0ABF35BFBEB5D2494E5E066E7DAE8BDF8CFD09D94EEDC60EDFCF73BF3BF796 % 931E1ED04692260F2151EA1D1E9CB3EAD4EFB3E50D45AD120FFC755F46DFFCF9 % FCB553A7F53BC669E9FD440A731809601F42D1AFE998FF00F09BA3D9FF00A53D % 8929DB49327494A49249253FFFD0F55599D77ABFECDA18DA5A2CCCC825B8EC3A % 8111BEE7810E732ADECF637F9DB5F553FA3F53D5669AE4F12D6F53EB36752B3D % F57A831F10088D8D163FD4DDB7E8B696DD97F43E9E4D74FF00A2494E8740E91E % 8B1F999536655F2E7BDC649DC439DBB46B7DDB7F37FF003C7A55ADBF34CC6ED6 % 86F8052494A49258791F59EB7DBF67E9349EA16FFA469DB5027DA3F4B0EF57FA % D5B7D1FF0086494EE24B370733A8D8FDB96CA5A4CC8ADD3B6086EDE5DB9FB9DF % C853EA3D6FA7F4EDADBDE4DCF12CA2B05D6113B6767E637F9566C494DF4967E2 % F59AB206EFB3DF5375F73DA3B6A67D373DCAF32C658DDCC70703DC24A64B3BAD % F4A6F52C4DAC8665D277E2DA646D7FEEB8B7FC15BFCDDBFF006E7F395D6B4524 % 94E3F42EA8FCEA032F9664D07D3B6B321DB99ED79B3E97FEAE5B0B987B8627D6 % 6CCF4CED65B48B1FB7B13E9B777F9C3D477F5D74CD208D381A7DDA24A5D24924 % 94FF00FFD1F547025A434C3A343E6B95FAAAE68C4A75DA7DF519D00B1E2835EF % 67B7E936A733DDF9F52EAD60E574BC9C0CBBB3701A6EC6CA9765E20FA41C4973 % EDA3F7F7B8EED9F4FD4FE6FE9FE8D29DB37541BBDCE01BC1713027E2A166661D % 4D2FB6FAEB6375739CF6803E24959B5E4D790C635AE9DA76D8DB25C5A63F384B % 1CFB2BDAA4DE89D2FD3F57228640F77BF489ECFF00A2D494E65D9197F59AF763 % 636EA3A55662C79106D3CFBDA47B5BFB98EFFF00D0BFFB8AB6B1FA562E352296 % B4069FCD048DC63DDB8B8EF7EEFCFF007FFE05FA34B1EE6399E874F6B1B4D6ED % 81EC1EC6E81EE867B3F7FF007D068E9F6FDAB7643DD786C1208105C3875BEEF7 % 7FC055FA5F47F9CFE752009DBF15A6755E2DD6D0DADB0D6C37521ADD00D1C36B % 581BB550B6BC1392F71654ECD11BC020DAD6E9B7D92EB7DCDFDDF52C7AD0B1AD % 9DE40DEE01AEE4CB44BB6FE6AAB8A5D91634E562D7518B1ECF7377B06E6ED63D % A3DDEA58D77AB76DFD1D7FCDFBD2063746FE8A24F4AFF0BD281D958ED690F2EA % F7E9B4CC03EDFD1EDFF02E74B37D5F4FDFFA556A9C864876E0D6C7B23BE9FB8D % FA5FF93FF068EDA61CE6C35CC70F708E67F7964BB1FD5C9B7EC47EC81AFF004D % A1DB832C786C96FA2F1ED6FF0053FEDBB13B849BAD695C7FBDE9E8EC5993454D % 9BAC6543C5CE0047C5D0B3737EB3F4BC7696D160CCC8FCCA68F749FE5DAD9AEB % FF00ABFDCAEC556DC9739FF63EA558AED322B9FE69F103D967B7F44DF67A9EE6 % 7FD6958C7C66B59EC6358ED443181A07F298FF00D35D637DDFA3F4DBFF006D26 % AE73B031B2ADCD7E56701F6ACA2CB1F5813B6B043AA6ECFCDF5ACA29AAADDF4F % 1E9CABAEFF0008BA7ADBB5B1E249FBC9720518B5B786901C4971792E738E8DDC % F73FDDEEDBB7FE2995D7FCD2B49294924924A7FFD2F55492492520BB131AD70B % 2CAC1B1BC5834788F0B1BB5EAB64E48345C08FB5381DAFC6ADA1E040DCEA4EEF % DE6BBDCFB91731D9EF70A30C32ADD05F91619869277368A5BEEB2EF6FF0085F4 % AAFD27F86F7D4876E217EFB3A85E3ECC047A0D3B6B826375EF9DF91EDF66C7FE % 87FE0AD40D9D00DFAA083DE97C66E558FAEDC9BAB68FA5563E39961046DF7DAF % DAFC86B5AEF66DAA867F215AB9C5AD0448931204F6EEA149AC173995892434B9 % A002E81B771FCD4AE739DB1F503635AE2486380D60B750EDAD7FF9E8C850D100 % 820EBDDCCBD96BAC739D7FA75D624B18DFFA565B61FF00A0C594EEB1496EFA1B % 6B9F4BA77BB6B5AE274DB66DDCEDBFC9DAB6ADE9F8F98D7D598CB5C09DE2A712 % CD3F976D2FD963777F2D3E1BF16B2DAF02B365434229D82961F377B773FF007F % 6FA8A200750C03181F30D7C3F97A9CEFB45D9353AABDE0525A1F153C8D9DB67E % 8EB2E66DFA75D9BFF46B55D9CEAF2EBA2DA5EFA5EC97646D90D33B5A5E59F98F % 9FFAC7FC56FF0042A757EA34E2B4D2D6B6DC8B012E635DED6B4FB77E44FD062A % 755DD66DC57D8D76350C8F4BD67B9CD718FCEADCF6BAB73754E8896E02E88978 % 70F8BB39189899B43314B89A5B04110E0E05AEDA196582CF7B7F9CDECFD325D2 % 31DD46132AB2CF55ED2438F8104FE8F977F37F450BA6613DB41BAFBBD7C8BD8C % 6DEE6BB4696496D34D94FA7FA3A9F659EFDBEA588F45D915BC372FD30EB6368A % C1FA41BFA5DEE27DDF454B44824EFD596EA8550D9B8924926AE524924929FFD3 % F554C74D53A8BDA1ED2D3C1E47924A44CB1FF69B1AF2D02016346A4B40D6C7FB % 7DBB9FEC6FFC5A0BB3706CCC6E31BEB75C06E65421CE691FE11DF4B67F21567E % 0DD915BDF97A5971F731A4B9AD00FE8AA6CFEEB7F9DFF4967A8957F64E9EE656 % DDAD2E92F7C06807F96EFDE530803B1B95550FE2D696522C513ADBA2DC7A8012 % DDC7C5DA93F1944F6B60683B008745ECB9BB9A6478F8A8B1EF0FF4DD5B84925D % 669B493FD53BFF00CE6A866640D166870571446FD833B68A6D20D8D0E2D9027C % 0FD26FF55CA9D580FC2A5CDC67B4971DCEB2FDC63C5DB1AE6D7F47F36BF415C6 % 58C2D1E9CB9BC0238FF3BF393DAF656C2EB012D04030D2EE4EDFA2D0EFFCC134 % 709D579DABBBCE3F0F2B3DD7065FEB536C7AD94DFD1B1DE9977A7563D156F73E % A6EFFD25B65D67A9FF0017B158FB0E261DB4D977A7EA39BB2AF6973811FE8F76 % E72D2A3AB74FBC5A59688A1CE6DA4F0DDBF9CE7FF36D67F2B77FE09BD1DD451B % 8DA58DDF1F4C8D614D0C911A01A3164C529697FF0072D2C3ADF4836DAF739D61 % 009768E33A37467B559C8B1B5D4D6BD9BD847B817098FA3A6FFA7F4BF7D1DA1A % 00DBC762B23AC6506D4D0F6C5AED6AD636C3873FBDBFD9FA2FF0B67E8D899932 % 13B685118184753C44BAB8F732FA596B0CB5C3BE864687FE9222CCFABC727F67 % 4640877A961699E5AE77A9C7E66C73FD2DBFF06B4D0F3661B6AA49249253FFD4 % F5550B63D27CC81B4EA2678EDB21FF00E6A9A6735AE696B84B5C2083C1052521 % 756DB7D37133B007026473DF669EE5917B76BDF6BEB796D7616D4C716D758FE5 % 0FCEB372D2B32DEC6D0D6D42CB6DD1E1AE68637696B6EF7D858E77A5BBF32BFC % C51FD9D5BB25F9169F56C71258481B5A3B358DFDEDBF9EA6C79044907A7460CB % 8CCA363525AACCBCD758DAEB6358D03DDB89E4FEEED5A34D8F6B0BAF78D3BC6D % 1F892A4DA76C00040F1D4A1370DDB8BAD7FAAE719F701007EEB1A94A5097411F % CD8F1C32C28EFE1D190BECB2C0DA9AD2CFCE7870D3FAAD83B9584014EC3B8B8B % 8766E908A663DC62398D1472AD299E065AF10D5AD7D599BB6D26B7D446A2E930 % 7F77D9FCE31DFCBFA1FF000BBFF461AB1B230B1B2AE786E55AE3BEBC7AC7A758 % DAD8AE9AD8E758DDCE7FB9F77E7FFDB6AF36D63EB0FACEF69E0B759F8154F32E % C8C70F758F636A26597381DACFE45CDDDF4BFD1DDFF5BFD17E8FD5611C3A81AA % FB02CD5F7F1497DD15C5A62752C64C9FE40DB0EFF5FA0B16D75965B664871391 % EB86D0D0FDD5D15967A5F687532DFD2BB75DE9FF00C27E8FFD221E5E5B9DF67B % CD576CB5F1481A3AD77954E76F6334FF00468DD3F14D4CB2ECD0319D63CD950B % 1BC47E84DB65BA535DB6BEFDB8D5DBF99FE0FF009DF4C63F9AE4C71E33648E9A % 7F55D2E867761B9ED9F49D63853BB9D8C8A013FD6755B968A0E1D031F16AA75F % 6B759E64FB9DFF0049193E5B9F3648EC1492492097FFD5F5549249252175465C % 19A171DED9D4077E77B7F95FF56B2197E4B6E353AD3894D0F1E8D75ED797B662 % E65CCDB635B56EFE6FD3F4ED62DB7B43DA5A6402224120EBE0E6C39AB2BA80B3 % 1EA631F63D9481FA7CA76E76CAC37F4AF73EBDBFA6DAC6ECBACFD1D7FCF7E93F % 997B67777F4639020831BBFC1B14F53ADD98EC176E7DD24B0B58E03601BF758E % 70D9FF0007BD8EFF0047FBEACE564371A875EFFA0C8DE7B35A486BAC77EED75B % 7F4967F2163538169F4FA8623ADB5EC8153B29C5E367D0F5D94511BDDE9BECF4 % BDCCFE73E82D5C7C877A7B0EEB6C61DAE716ECDC47EEB53C4254B84C0AE22906 % 454FAEBBEBB05955801ACD7EF0F0ED5AE6B99BB7336AA7D40D97B4B585D536A9 % 2E7176D0EFE4EC66EB1EADDEF2C754E86EA483B84BBE8B9D0CD5BFBAA961F56F % B56406331DCEC7B1FB29BC35DB5C035EFB2F2EDA6AF437B19456EF57D4B2CFF0 % 7E9FA6FB146601DB50A944CAC0F36A60D79877B8D8E73C18697CB8347FC1876D % 5A7EADE1BE98607088758490493FBAC60F77F9EC44BD8E6B41A9BE32D02499FE % DD6D6AA96E6D58A7D323ED196D689AEB074DDF47D5B0EF652D77F2FF00EB75A9 % 8C8486C3CBAB008CE32278BFB12E174F38F90FCAB6C375D635B5EE7B40735838 % ADAE6FE6EEF7BFFE11553D359665D7451FA3E9F4B8BDD8EC02BAA49F58C56D1F % A675B92EDF63FF0099F4FF0043E9FE96E49D5E5E639A2D787020C5357B6B0276 % D85EF796D96ECFE6FE87FD67F48B4B1B1ABC6ABD3AC47771F13F3DCA23103CFB % 766789BD3A2649249357292492494FFFD6F554924925290EEA59706EED0B0EE6 % 38685AE1F9CD3FF47F96CFD1BFF4688924A73FA937A836B73B1ACFA65A37113E % 9025AC7BEBAEB0DF53FD2FE9ACFF00C013E167E2DEC0DA6C6BAD76E06C6B086B % 9ECF6DBDBE96EFF07BD5F42BB1E9BD8596B0381F9107F79AF6FB98EFE53521D7 % B1457F22E4E7E46654FF00758DA5BCBDF638C081BBD9B5BB76FB7E9D8F546BEA % B936D95DD48BEE6BA41706BEBADC08D3D371FF00C8FBD6FB7A7630209DEF8FA3 % EA3DCF23FAAFB0B9FDFF0079577742C7B06CBEFC8BABEF5BAD2D0E3FBD61A7D2 % 7D9FBBB1EFF4BFE0D33835DD8C62FE56E659D4F305753ADB61ECD59435E1BBDC % DFA2EC87B9DEB3F1B77D3F47F4977FC5AD46306535DE9D64B490E36BC1ADAF71 % 078AA1B6BABAFD9FF1BFE9559C5C0C2C36918D4B6A9E481A9FEB3CFB9CAC27C6 % E3B15E23A51D50D18B5504B9A25EE0017F7DADFA15B7F72AAF77E8EB6A324924 % B94924924A524924929FFFD93842494D04210000000000790000000101000000 % 1800410064006F00620065002000500068006F0074006F00730068006F007000 % 200045006C0065006D0065006E007400730000001C00410064006F0062006500 % 2000500068006F0074006F00730068006F007000200045006C0065006D006500 % 6E0074007300200032002E003000000001003842494D042200000000012E4D4D % 002A000000080007011200030000000100010000011A00050000000100000062 % 011B0005000000010000006A012800030000000100020000013100020000001D % 0000007201320002000000140000008F8769000400000001000000A4000000D0 % 0000004800000001000000480000000141646F62652050686F746F73686F7020 % 456C656D656E747320322E3000323030363A31303A30392032323A30393A3238 % 00000003A001000300000001FFFF0000A00200040000000100000156A0030004 % 00000001000001830000000000000006010300030000000100060000011A0005 % 000000010000011E011B00050000000100000126012800030000000100020000 % 02010004000000010000012E0202000400000001000000000000000000000048 % 0000000100000048000000013842494D03FD0000000000070000000000000000 %EndPhotoshop %begin_xml_code /pdfmark where {pop true} {false} ifelse /currentdistillerparams where {pop currentdistillerparams /CoreDistVersion get 5000 ge } {false} ifelse and not {userdict /pdfmark /cleartomark load put} if [/NamespacePush pdfmark [/_objdef {photoshop_metadata_stream} /type /stream /OBJ pdfmark /MetadataString 5038 string def % exact length of metadata /TempString 100 string def /ConsumeMetadata { currentfile TempString readline pop pop currentfile MetadataString readstring pop pop } bind def ConsumeMetadata %begin_xml_packet: 5038 <?xpacket begin='' id='W5M0MpCehiHzreSzNTczkc9d'?>
-<?adobe-xap-filters esc="CR"?>
-<x:xapmeta xmlns:x='adobe:ns:meta/' x:xaptk='XMP toolkit 2.8.2-33, framework 1.5'>
-<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf='http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#' xmlns:iX='http://ns.adobe.com/iX/1.0/'>
-
- <rdf:Description about='uuid:191a6b3a-5975-11db-aa93-dc897f9dfcbe'
- xmlns:pdf='http://ns.adobe.com/pdf/1.3/'>
- <!-- pdf:Creator is aliased -->
- </rdf:Description>
-
- <rdf:Description about='uuid:191a6b3a-5975-11db-aa93-dc897f9dfcbe'
- xmlns:xap='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/'>
- <xap:CreatorTool>Adobe Photoshop Elements for Macintosh, version 2.0</xap:CreatorTool>
- </rdf:Description>
-
- <rdf:Description about='uuid:191a6b3a-5975-11db-aa93-dc897f9dfcbe'
- xmlns:xapMM='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/mm/'>
- <xapMM:DocumentID>adobe:docid:photoshop:34766789-5974-11db-aa93-dc897f9dfcbe</xapMM:DocumentID>
- </rdf:Description>
-
-</rdf:RDF>
-</x:xapmeta>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<?xpacket end='w'?> %end_xml_packet [{photoshop_metadata_stream} 2 dict begin /Type /Metadata def /Subtype /XML def currentdict end /PUT pdfmark [{photoshop_metadata_stream} MetadataString /PUT pdfmark [/_objdef {nextImage} /NI pdfmark %end_xml_code gsave % EPS gsave /hascolor /deviceinfo where {pop deviceinfo /Colors known {deviceinfo /Colors get exec 1 gt} {false} ifelse} {/statusdict where {pop statusdict /processcolors known {statusdict /processcolors get exec 1 gt} {false} ifelse} {false} ifelse} ifelse def 40 dict begin /_image systemdict /image get def /_setgray systemdict /setgray get def /_currentgray systemdict /currentgray get def /_settransfer systemdict /settransfer get def /_currenttransfer systemdict /currenttransfer get def /blank 0 _currenttransfer exec 1 _currenttransfer exec eq def /negative blank {0 _currenttransfer exec 0.5 lt} {0 _currenttransfer exec 1 _currenttransfer exec gt} ifelse def /inverted? negative def /level2 systemdict /languagelevel known {languagelevel 2 ge} {false} ifelse def /level3 systemdict /languagelevel known {languagelevel 3 ge} {false} ifelse def level2 {/band 0 def} {/band 5 def} ifelse gsave % Image Header gsave /rows 387 def /cols 342 def 342 387 scale level2 { /DeviceRGB setcolorspace currentdict /PhotoshopDuotoneColorSpace undef currentdict /PhotoshopDuotoneAltColorSpace undef } if /beginimage level2 {/image load def} {{pop .9 setgray 0 0 moveto 0 1 lineto 1 1 lineto 1 0 lineto fill 0 setgray 0 1 translate 1 cols div 1 rows div scale /ratio {cols 400 div mul} def /Helvetica findfont 15 ratio scalefont setfont 5 ratio -20 ratio moveto (Mit JPEG komprimierte Bilder ben\232tigen PostScript Level 2) show /x 128 string def {currentfile x readline {} {pop exit} ifelse (~>) search {pop pop pop exit} {pop} ifelse } loop } def} ifelse 12 dict begin /ImageType 1 def /Width cols def /Height rows def /ImageMatrix [cols 0 0 rows neg 0 rows] def /BitsPerComponent 8 def /Decode [0 1 0 1 0 1] def /DataSource currentfile /ASCII85Decode filter /DCTDecode filter def currentdict end %%BeginBinary: 12801 beginimage s4IA0!"_al8O`[\!W`9l!([(is6]js6"FnCAH67k!!!!"s4[O,!"obO%M0*b&.fQt
-'+km!,8q:3)C$FB(Ddl(+qY4l$k*OQ&I]'V$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ
-$iq%U',DH$)]';0'FkT_'GM#e%Ls0b$k*OQ$kX'[$k*OQ$kWmV$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ
-$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ$k30O!"fJ;K)o!T!?qLF&HMtG!WUsU"995;_uW(&!!*6(!<E3%
-!<<*"z!rr?'"9eu7#RLhG!<<-(!<E3%!<E0#z!!*'$!sAc3#7(VC$P3:="9AT+"9J`3
-"pbA7$o7na!YGM;+VHL55uD&(,&r/h"r*2nYsKZ\'iMkW1Gj-(d6e-bP#Ll/nRHVt
-(8A*e-:F%sA4=A1F>ar`<T7T\Z\66FFlW'_-^:E\[$ASZjRf:V`RX)C<b?N0QDV+1
-f&lZb7os>ILR4pJa4KMK&HDk6!<NB,!sAc3#6tG:2$![Y&Ha12&d1Kt@<!J)"YtXk
-'VVcu,Jd:*n1u>!iGsO56W4_0F#<D5"r<r=K*N_\_U:i9<217?79)6fA`E9eKYu8]
-j7>a)UkQ1@`73l?V7":mjn2YdG(u<[[`6n\p*Vdh=(c`4Q`%=5s4RG]!s&B'&H`UF
-561*a8L0OrP"?rK,a(_k8L0HsP"?p`UlnFGZ%?<?dDV4jogpTSPui)J7e$As^]XT:
-IS_%\*;4U35OrM;\rs!QN<cf(iVrn@;Amt[ET\G>'U79B"7;KU!5J:Nr/-TYU"h\X
-8,iQ5P*2W9^I\G$.1(uU8P2Q"P#@H7,a>*g3MF;"Smt*d=n]EPn(ceAJ'QsD&lX'%
-RbZ\Z-P%s3!0PutccI8rhmi[djO-u&P/r*$=ZQQ?+@#FDcsN-.rrC=g4?^IP#q=\%
-F/7kZK&U$_9U0(a=:]nE8p6@tl#Xabe.31Pf<sBUP"K"*P"A8;,a)&g8L0OrP"?rK
-,a(_ps3U0H8L0OrP"?rK,a(_k8L0HsP"bVU[[4YoCNUo(9\uTB8Zn8cXpOOr!;qH^
-;f==h187oF=T7ad_>aM3(-Clop[3Bdh<'u&3l_4[nQOSt!!+=8B?;G[e`/d`riiL\
-%aH3=>0Wn'ciBuADA#m:0H]o`O^3O2!6VsD;]V$"=h$=!8LWr.[XA`/C2"ri,a(_J
-8L0Hk;Fr-sP`eT`UbB]dg^U(S+e32%g-P5"<MYdV9@1$d`Ni"N'Lcm>QS@aZ1fr*s
-:1N'LD1:Qcp4*,b25L*$nIGW$r/;R"]!$)Br8a*pAW:d@cp,.tM-04&i`8-XF&'%K
-obda[!=ehf8P)YPed?L^bl^9hnG`L4;mF8t4nU6QRRncfP`eT`V'M3q.7keJ8q6lg
-mLi):PbaI6,q1+&8P2gjlKM`__[QoXF`c2NYerukr0FL0.k8c42`jKiU<_!i.@tEm
-nmD:%2s@aMrr2u[W+4jKdlircE=I\EZte?mQ8PlNM('2u1IFHamM4"[8L5f2P"A8;
-,a)&g8L0OrP"?rK,a(_k8L0HsP"?p`Uln:q.3t'J8kC:k;d1UZ]7D3]B4L!#FcU#a
-`j9Hf5!=ttQU6IU(#I3$%tP^RPi^rd#E[Q0`G*o]>GjXm$R["N>9N4f>2e:A_on1L
-o>[UQ3l5;dK,bjk#N0/f,q1+&8P2Q"P#@H7,aA</s3g<J8L0OrP"?rK7`uZR$f6'7
-\rp$Y%oLUEhs%KCVB157rr2utP=\<OEnupql76b2DuKXlb>"%X?9of'^ephhpIWcI
-Q#5P\5hpJJ4G$1:<?k9>5#SJX!!33n.7/BWP"@)o,a(bt8L0I`P"?pq,a(_J8L0Hk
-;Fr-sP`eT`V'M3q.7keJ8lA5+P*D,$,c2AV?.GD1&eEh0mko0Q;e@o+NmNds@M__=
-B4?gg@"1/l=FC,KF8KZ#WIpEU%42j^i=\]V/mc$$Rlc31&])k2j5+%l]9JQ:%OKL@
-Gc<$]';VHMP"@)o,a(cLs3pBK8L0OrP!ct7dn?fe%20d1o3.<G4]a:H50h(6Gk[g7
-rpTf*A5ud;dG)3+AWO::pR-)]Q(s1'6UZo/V'S#S-ia>fG53]oM":%g3a:tVmN)Y5
-.7keJ8lA5+P*D,$,c)cL8L[4VP"JVD,a+CT8L1,XP"@)o,a(bt8L0I`P"?pq,a(_J
-8L0Hk;Fr-sS6i=V).:.P)eP-0^](#p_7sK<B:]mi<Be,Ylg@9PqSV+-bq[2?"=0n@
-a)nO!_+.HZXI@j5BbFFs4*::3P*mSY8L[4VP"L6(eF!r@,a>-dehSQ=TQ&e0^T;m>
-r=Ai$[MLNDVV@_Or8L8=_t.&pP%%GV=XSdr<j`'ZPAHjb!)JO.WDWLA%?[S-Ip(Yt
-B]E+Wd+1sgdc9=Z8o1c:cj>l2P"@)o,a(bt8L0I`P"?pq,`s7CP$e_j492ZBqQ\S<
-gip"&!9gj:Vb6le-kgBH4e'WUp(hMYA^_@!#E,uSk-\e%AZqY0j2j?IC90E?EVQ?,
-@ll:'9977lqNYZoMqTK&5<XM]PHpY05VN=]<5Vo?ZiXK?G\R+UPhW4dkQE+#K"r]5
-,Ojeg]5GBPP*r+:!`"8d<dn[[D*H*spR^R3Koos@hW]C1O($[j@3n&MZE`0/NVOUP
-oa0B89=T6Bl2L`_YUcRH:7i8=\m,C55a7N"!XOluGbh:h*mJs"4p]\F97>[cLFF[V
-P!FZ:8L[4VP"JVD,a+CT8L1,b@k"+^2RI-"h#kf$::\%#n&r*53^:mf+8tjY2Xt,$
-NaDN)]t8$eQo;Efe;jck<gXZKEnL9C[G#_4cbPSuPaNe[8P2Q"P#MD2mLi):P_Uj,
-\@.Q1fKf4o[B#^/QN?)I8Y-7+Zjh,L\F*V`EP8]sUo./lI1#cQQahNHq5qh3KTHMh
-h=0g>B@c"qBm`DD(3fkeqMOT1F$:'=jn)GKFHT3A.3t'J8kC:k;NU=X\go[@@AE9=
-pKF>UP?pD!hp:Go]8GeBZE20SHaElE0Q>C%RHA-bP3>*``sa'_:Jdf(p5u5.\Cb\=
-h!q16/R#FQL@3CuaXODg3,&$$nF9!?hkO?A*Sh@slmkc2%7oPpV6g7'!T9-0U5G?*
-cBfEsF]3'N_?4tQh6]Wq>Vu!&igm?i&<`04JksI;e?q/fcYg<'BE%aa\->_/EPOmd
-\;rcS8ol)/Cik[t6uFM)![:lu.eLOOn`TejA:^V4+J5)p@Oc&C@)ei)\P7ai$#+)/
-YPPXNnYm^<kJDLYk!!/;jHQ\j6[:ecl0E5Uks$dbFYeh/8KIdk,RG\eTCr0DPaY,F
-DM--S9o^i>OTbX*\8^A![f6?.S;]=tL`bsTP#=]4G=6+er"P;lP"?p`UlnQ_lD\Cm
-*#d]kPdU4nRU'^=BUJ<SRaoUpkId"ZS7J6)<LhjrA@`#SVYq;1!8lY&&r/X/dI9_%
-JC3U:U&GYK#Pt4O\S=pFcukFleP`5ppMM'>YA8WPn*nKc5R]]+,S.q98kq>P,a(bt
-8L0Iks46TN8L0P?`X=;>B0bri:W.*TW<KFJ_@'$Ljqh.)3j(-6Dm%LSZfua"rr>qB
-UpWY!1]n4/k+;k^Eur-q@#`kPi)WSfjelk?dml@]62ppd,c9LIR%7I*WR#Y==(S\c
-9JsTqqNUGi^^T:lOHQ"OL:?DpTeEf`rr2uV<G+-1GE6h-W]mc38p&?j0]h?_-oU`l
->/l6/h>g(E>0f1s,>D&V4msWA\k6^EI@1ie]ZE8:^`U/<Et8T&pUG"k/!ukg[R8rO
-n5mC*BH\ZUY+WV6V%GG$BTo)hCrroKX?caD,m$=tO;kXM"&kqM/TEK&@urQNn%:GX
-Sb=**5PNa(@ku)Zf_DXK[>f!PeYEZH5aCtZ,XhD(P!U_/edi63S8-ItcghZQb^qp?
-i1T4e1q8O`C3]*Bi:ETq4F=$<XjJI\nL;>dXZ+\^LH;_+HO)F'E2P7,r=a]EK89F(
-:>A\G!!+,A1GR'BWRV%c),,-Ap/o/Em>sPSci0+qG4<l@l4<%e8,X0:eUnL*NGDfO
-!.9uTHr;_D%2W.:UeGbXD6TE5T)l`/SP;m"61GjC[UH_XYjNPQdodK&f\ILMMOSH:
-?i]6?B88L&:dfITXLrc*;H'A3WU<8aR+\sp`E-W0!:)a=rrBd/k6EqDBD@^UaQM"!
-,ThPi)`kAYqCF8o_#FDVWqKN+62.)OPDSAb#q:54^$_"e6O/\#GPs1(UA%l5[lg"h
-`2sW-d2GSFoW#&[+F'*L8PL+C$.]%UEk/4]Vbm=B`"*%_hc"$d1[-e-K5okTrr@O;
-Wg9m`FcMXJ*e3E"V<Y-:Xff#&I!kp[d8jAr+haBF!*#]>)Bl=jh%?<2#q9tZ8L5f2
-P"AILfBs8C,a>+N@k;%u`oam"$?VG0JWke"24K?%-ee%eOsN'N6b"j$C!CGI>2_%q
-K!VaDGnTCbD^E*;r_4[aA(pJ5Y*,UTC\4NlnGVgMWAW##`rmE1Odc(aQm!b%B(u:D
--dUb^9X%1j-*]8EPnlX>&n%8#.`GE'Orth'q';3:=m_4RS102INB:i'e/n<Bknrt_
-99L2=P#0EJBEc6`@!-\hX['?D!(c;E7jS*7AJLJs0Pqa8qG0=LTIfjA[SG%PlduNt
-(cuX3?fj4HFtecXcZ/O'BJPm[`1I[+g(($dE"ThJ,.4=0N)p7&B_9@6*F,f!`j]6m
-mdVSndLJ#u7;Dlu1pe,AMs`C<FLY"MVO[IZ'$99<8HmO<5;2B'\N+--qaiF,XS.8(
-8`Zo=`FuV]@1NHpT-)o`>@R7hQ:!(*Xn<ai-8u]m%K=!<b1`llnOo[e:>fgCm8hgh
-+j>K?7rHGaYHW1QbTud$87WLI2^9UN_)N1,2R&QGZ.iAPm&$cDS"^flC%+N*<-/R^
-=m@)Q\9R`T%`N\CT&JGuQ&L%Gf$&noJui#Bit._Gm'DZ*PUq0/K!A=m8,CN2hF9:Q
-*(.=Mrr@LNQW%`+;5)p$b%(_2i58=(kgRFnk+N7P3kVi.$&q#qC9:e?S_L\UV3V/`
-e,=c="LDqs+i2HIhiBMjPp"X9@=XO^VhHV:coC56O3U.,N>gWJ]8o'"V(`bArB-cH
-OkHDk:ZiH.LQDfTj/e?#[n)KCf4moV)su8F.S1nKP`eT`V'M3q.K@c_&kO@5Uln:q
-.3t'J9J!3U5*1u\pJkRQ"I;)]Z/o7_,rA`I.r^XK6G;,QONbA'\(]^,*WH,<L^5>q
-LB:j$,Et9pWjKsF*[DTM9s&1M%1n)#X'mninji,o\,P,V,V&\fY*u@%f(%XaJ"3(\
-#(gB!W19BI[%an5pPse?]N82o?L>eNo7,"X;rEX_PN1B_CYn"gO<_7@WLD2bL:9E-
-:5\-]mh$^7%(62g\L8.*5oZ?RK^/_c0V.>*!1G3637caHH_>Te*rT:*;lN@SJooKk
-)lH!ELY7<).=,e78V@lC]<l8u.WQg%.LrnsNPMR?\Vr;n6Km+dlA(+00L#]RHF_Cp
-'!hMblN@oiF'@cgUT3k'h7%8jSCVkGfQUDqZs?U;Ulk'IZ!#Mq&7EYk=KDh_-cQ`&
-QO2$5T3qn!l+JbZN`Bk52''ps40\8RO5*cN[?e$[LI.RYB`]S"9Dq5TLp(K5#VFgV
-Kd;d-dhpPnPDmM@ofG`s_L9>rG(6;RU?=8S=Q*.NSZJ#=?e*j%'dqt4Zkh8o!0P4/
-rr.N3r?=KOKP6VhQrq/]"Z2I>P"?rK,a(_k8L0HsP"?p`rrE)HmLi):PbaI6,q1+&
-8P2Q"P#@?m*O^iUp:8X:6r+.cYV9eurr?Ef.$M/U@XAX`Op(DHSPbjaQlOL!l2Xhd
-U;t)hR3H.F8$_ujBEA/P-m,j%!,I!@47gcQrD0;ZYQK&+D7$S7p6fh;,[A=p-56Ua
-Q0_p%,g'<J1ZDAdD+aAG,Qo,SFHSp>,"*Obn6t&G*lT-/Nu#)d4hmINk3bql,/P]?
-4!AK_O+JsdFMhMfqq<<Ppa-Qf6J&hZAl_@/\aDNBO)o=nF9"j1Vl*X>Ze@MTJ-0r`
-![>fbN,uK3WO\q=<kT]W`m?n_ii:h;d$:MdcH]-,!N8CJ97^l$=q7:@btKY@f`JCD
-YqH)k$I+%n%:MTN/PrI_"<`UkPE0-qKTp:r?U4f$@JXj@!5Gp7;W)1U9.aou/hi)3
-KW-Z>U\WY?K>"2^P&\.E3N`jnniuc9fVgSUUT$@%NGke_]"&6$*.&CX8a+;CI2rkd
-]5cha?kp1R"ShoEluUl,U/QXbh0\]+r)M[r&4DQC->;*XPisDb,a(bt8L0I`P"?pq
-,a(_Js3g<J8L0OrP"?rK,a(_k6,+_Qk]r"S6"Mp^f@o8q`:AC7Ic<t@S+_f1"cuAC
-dp9),q5m^<1>V=+%K93[!k':0j0D3pKb+ba[9-+<KpEB^`rtT2obad+LLmT"K^+@6
-Og=$P%TBaW".U?AC5CPrnhaLgW`52b7*-nPZtUtr\4aPnH%sER48]e:#7kM\jG45<
-4!(;=2A=o\eC"suY]WWh.TK:^3A1**rKIaqA&7qlS==:8mrNicJ)?W_<ObJ!oo_9g
-%MU`KbX@_!q/nC3,pKS^ZX[i^;[Pk27Z*PE+SQ=8Wu8#p9Vpea$0[VdT#mMm)QAn>
-Kq"KrdL.#M,CS'-g?jnq?"6?l.Zhc\A1/50OpD<]6ijI<Xne4?"i;Acrn!;%8bUtJ
-f2\T%`jACS8$^oKoU$Ug)?QJGi1\$K@F-U>[CbYf>dg,[><[_I%K_?&`b2i@$n%2<
-<a+G?+Y"XYM?4!Z<?l@PUUK@f]V'%Vb\Bu[\g/3$52c%E<Y][sGAWm[A'#2)$jY#]
-Vj$OfqD02qoT:?j#R=Nb[#tP(,>_93?DN`U,q1+&8P2Q"P#MD0mLi):PbaI6,q1+&
-8P2egB_IW;P+(,oD(^Z.OJjJ@]T$0d#*u\q%@!%d':fe<"e@BAKE4F@h!Imo7+h5q
-EA0HX4gLRe/0L7kmP*&[;qg3d&2XP=#oP>gak[54O!RN.27iN\8IcrS5S"STP"76(
-(.2n\6rj>4JaSDY8e"ZRSClKFr(m;\BA2)XA3#0%b>kpM3t\@-@pVNZSR@-!4"(C-
-#dHO5+mdoF<R&6(5atk5DZ9\poDW6bHS<KaN2>8&3ZnLP3s;u1iX+^ZdctViI#["3
-'<\?Q`QNQ$`GP$TJ*L$\4UNL:QalVGSIf\h&R(EEGDEfa+Z0>=WfX0l9IhsLnY@Vn
-(<G]j_WMa@7:N8;bDM^a^reH8@O4"_$(52e.q"D%l*]!7)sI#f7B3jgJP"m=[JFVN
-%gC>f/NtS5Nli!X'7Eq)*`.b#O>nYKE+kE/gKNcV1=p[S\cPm+nc;`t7qqnW5"]P!
-E:ZhV<0BfuV'M3q.7keJ8q6ljmLi):PbaI6,q1%$)teP]%_S#m$.3t(4&3kGUB?,f
-WDg4a]#d+#)W"'@"A4&1Z-Q-M!::?RI;SgU=nc-:^cEU,h-kn4(t$C`h6X(:G1Huk
-<iWWUA?$AQf%j)t?EKk+*$@KI"!sKNK]sbWAdV*U(R#aS,_2"M,_62Q56QK:8*/8Z
-L_EBd,gDN/nkP9)/P8S[O]%>f%T6/F"1dA:20(HSI>p&BJR1-;G7^s8.N4%q4eQso
-iWEbf'%[kQN<5;3G"7(WiMMEN>/LHR$V1_l;7F3*$HqXSq+6sUB4W2.%d[_N0P_`s
-8OmQ(-Ok_oeCdDJJLHG:kQ)ETp4Vq(9-dn2ZGOllO]AO9?oq@tm9@'1+HMZ?ZgVlD
-JteRrT&CnGoUkt9%@Jg7<eA;qi-`Dl`cunH\/CTn]R*nB;Z]_Y;Fr.ql:E7a;NaTs
-PlCa`ea=&A,a>*f8L5f?!b]7SdN_/A>h^fXp?hdn;9`>HTLE]LB)tQ28]BA;5aJ2/
-f0qSq#K7C0.;fUV*[=Y)_lg(G"*mYn%a)KY(EXq=?Ijo]ga8:dW,IG%'eiWG=r_Wb
-(fYO81;\@c70$oeT?Y`1_d'(5p29:a*"\krbEi4!6EY=qRIqre&R-gun%Z.2StR(/
-8IX7u?l;-1<?PUp8&V2Li0Hq]BHWI3b&g.2P`eQr>4soU_HM50)l*9YPpT(7AEG_0
-dCmB6jGucLZ(O+;0CQ8^rr?#R&FrO6[c0hip:':<_;]_>!26q7&4DLDi1js`73n$o
-J:s)IP"5pVZ,NgWaWLaD)[GUnkM)o#W#_%E=jIQ,oAZ_1g;qa-I&D_.;9I./B`s[9
-_>u"+$QSC=F/HGe7KN=j&)Y/$rj!J?/nofbc!+:mMX,=Rd4URQCD<#U)[RdQ8Q&,*
-P*D,$,cC[nmLi):PbaI6,q218%<\"lQOt:dk'!`$GU9-p,pb0tF.<4>&kXBQ"3!(,
-6uKG;+D1W<('6?>*&Pg?PUB%#7+krkYAK8T)O25/-:gV/WkarKFgX/^/bBH^SUtH2
-UP)H/<<^1359PTQ@=^M;(*,+%+R*%1^;:JOlCRL6ERQ>WHFIH23l15q&l`Bs`7VI_
-#%LTS8[jBY?!Bdp.Oj?tdRZq5Nt4")&gEDHW?dWmEXQZbmfq,E)Dt*gXb%D:-c$D>
-%M3ad<4V^"&i[&a7jIlpUikJuM!am^HTaY"K`PECCbilYNlE+>!*"PjDuA<q7uS-D
-%W0+!CEe.S^\)8;=u_:,eh0nhZ0`YFhAd8c1qQ(^+Q;@L.b`o8EK^[Z4ghN-g^[9&
-Mq;`3GYWe5O_2#.mJZ3p8,`B[]=HGdG!O.PJ@hocJ6[I%rrBeo#e[R7TCfZYq%Y?!
-YE="ZOU7hHYfcTQ>F<i0,N'.'le_TdD"lP8F/RPkWRebUP2iNAn$cebCDrH4`%J&d
-+P>`,/Nd*PXSdR#<a/_3P"qp?Tn$a<HP[OrR\(atJ[4!$,a0#n,a(_k8L0Hts4?ZO
-8L0OrP"?rK6H;%d[7s!=\?p,866gRmQ`\6Of9G<[Rb.oI##alKFAZ"Xf_7I&(#gMD
-nf#VFJ^nT(X=<jX<H?+'-Zt_;5iE?gB[lUM#.H,re#OLXBUQ9M<nb?d.NOWF(',Yc
-2D>8!'S@(/L5@B8D1$>cWEl<QjhnY7W98RCNF_TXiU4I@Zq+H=UZp@tab(KFLG3\6
-Q(s0d.r.V*9gPXU_I7):<e3gfPb>QY,RR*l8L0Hk;@Z\ng.P"h2$_>LQN?5r#-':3
-cQ3?)X0#5s`sTV*Kh/]`'OP=PqfLdPlTi?:CSF>QA)#/-k^8/Q-t;RP%jAqL3i">o
-mC?5U)!7Nefu/>Y5Fe^AcL&S/3'2sEo5k>YFZoT55c0/Z[VO[]I1I'tL>A6@Dissu
-0X7M$K%ORVZ*!KqIEBrB"k#sg)^:G:,a>*f8L6V$d-_N<,a>*f8L5f0?k_M!8L1/J
-=m?&RJN>6C!$q%k.!<<OS.LC@\;%6&e#h%<n+r=qFB!BT0<DZ?b?XH9mY-d-hWXmf
-$?9A:$Z('l1j^JHX^!;COfA\keup*qo-g(Bp;'PIEKObh*EWMrPkZ\^VgsJs6g2Ef
-?HQUGWR4pA&LuH\(Y,\2[Y6CB.Spc;>O?[0/<n#E$8a#p&PohPJ-&VI.>/<q%2>04
-kodR%Or;!IgIA*_&/drpX=6Kuf]GV52;T^s3S[Aa'S7$l>0O80Q99#'nDO<H.72cq
-1]g:UD,%6MTc?%8<DA%-gE8YoO7JJ?,KXKUG6mq,-0SC_+p&LF^;n1VjJMiZ"#igd
-[t_:=R+?mB.!E:WT'/VG/qR`W.h'8-mL9RVSOn!d'<-5;<`i%DO"LK!&@=SZquW#Q
-n7ZT@ddg(GbFDE\aJH,q%anfVma(@"K1h/FCK3puI!+"?oI<+m3,ueb;DtJ2;Fr-c
-<0BfuV'M3q.K@f`&kO@5Uln:q.3t'J8=p<8Iq,2IKdT<JOfW:]+\BRjKc7l49b=dJ
-GY*EqH29>TG5hQlW7L^NjeV<Qj'>mh!0^<b(@")EjAdk;0tW"d.'/%o%#?arIRR7n
-H%GHLq%YeNO)F(kiSkVI<h,Rn\4<S1dsSI<d!5XRMn:*nf_T.B,cfS`CB;[+i,[9b
-O7Q59p=RaSR0=.#Cm%@8<2>[N>gP_]!dGa6;X#I$k*+X'8h9+r+<`"l(r!f%,uV3,
-VEe1cfNSMkf[)Sb8--<D(2V*pL.Wl=%ah=?_G:Hf1l`9?2TB<'NGgqBMB=r1&Rk*g
-:a;-k.#l_(inG*?qQ$hfg)N6%c0T((W19:P/L<p(HSYs<k]+R9B=(>GWT=<'goF.C
-4':C96Be\3@3qSUG,,1);l:,JcS1e27oa86mb+?JRRackmd<-#*/_&8G2#Bk3Yn:g
-[a7:hb&g\dNpH#-ZLb'RGc[r_oc:DdSDtlq2e.39ZQ]4#],EotrrAF[K1+D-Cb`SI
-P*K2Vg!HV2:9`3HmX3O48L18\P"A8;,a)&g8L0Q#!<:L8&kO@5Uln:q.3t'J8k_Vj
-nP56>.O%8%lT6I2(M[IWQ06i*Y&OU3e:Ggd55HjA[$"U?&,D'f6&gVq?Blm'N&!QO
-BSgM?BUI<SgDa@-[5!EDB5U!DO9nm@F+HO'-c!SXg=s!U<1Rt\+uDE,VZ=:Nolfl>
-ct`M;N[IU>r_beXK`$VWqI-%VY3peBXL6M+m%ni#-1.l/5/qJN6V-bHWjnJ`D2g)c
-QC^E3+O^\$WnH%h,E]hB!&_iR<F]$#-%ZHaSQ+C]mdQ>.61@D0=A/ai:H$4].CQq'
-jZ./O:9^sSenl_Q?Kk6qCMS/boY=.9*XM:N[tOHr*8/gE>,s.#VGE@o^_?L^BZDNb
-d=A>lBE:ZfU)i<aA=uDZMWDkd6lm6i3So#.9q\:Sn.`l%E`!0PV^Q^necOj!]-u#O
-/r_k@2HUeY?.^Vs0#O_[_*c_ca3=*OiDl`uepT\m>HNI9!=FQP%Qk4`cgN*O;A>9c
-+I+488L[4VP"JVD,a+f"e*[i?,a>*f8L5f2P"A8;,a)&dQR]LT6/9;bFE;g:YaC8<
-M\Lao24e1gi?0U-MfN,hG1suZDYDjCDQN:Hrr?c31upEX):c&=G9>=.!fj<*.-eFK
-.U\EFB9r`"MLidf*pA3O`uAjn$g"3jD'D-sWB^K(-YG8C@pQ?o!jtI@cK@1-Js5C,
-G2V$[52-t[d%=CF_G.KPQ!'0PO)gi3]<MZs.tlA"f^d#u!P"0F-Yl(9EW^t85trlH
--J;fGYW'Y8rr=7]SG/"27u"eO88T_bbktHlS;SV*d%8'/b0,o()i`1AEGPN5+5.h/
-<L12!'%.'U$SI4H)255sAWQik#j#Qomih+<d%>*J,rcZ4dCQ#[+D<&q0&A%nBktth
-9L=A+UnU#\]>uG+]1/dn/#*[a#oojcRmst"'FSt"=b_pT<3kiWqEnaT&?A@NWdAe*
-I?ho;b-"lYY1@#"T[4f?k)0F%ZVj`#"^*o0'p7tmbuGR'LA*,Q*RjF4jk3f;!<G)V
-m(+q>TE#N[!@3h%?DN`U,q1+&8P2Q"P#@H7,aA</s4$HL8L0OrP"?rK,a(_k8L0Hs
-P"?p``l>R64&4CN.]?p&'$Q5`Y]<3srMHWPSAr,fOhpGto1+uOW32dO#TuO7QNm';
-60p8+Z,`I"%GOfSFe3"3Rj1HZT\)2(#R&*9+G'N4KpB4(BX9;4Z0jKWL"!j!?G^iY
-^74fMguq9!;2IB8EMuXda:Lrd&<^\og33ECd1T')5hTW9&D^lK2b07urfRr?Se7[l
-.b7c?,ahLI(,IsV#0uLafJl\Ad`78L:?M(-Kh'`I1,r2)>]`>4>_0?Tnu#8t*X$uT
-8?BpICmL4QK!O7sDMdYe#Ip[7>UF6uY01U1d;UJNKDoV,@n3!0DGf6W8bUnI!d$oS
-mN^E5DG<p5e(8TtGbo1IC"<?^9+Et)Xt;7g8<Q4%.o\b#$kFRrn4ng8Ks&X>]5c@K
-J6g1Ti"b8&!/J._EUG3.-Q:hCKN(4oC"gte.5Y=Eg=H+"pNPf2(bsSQlNB]e+8=rm
-J,k/;@3i#g!G8\rTrek1J1!o6&u:[^,q1+&8P2Q"P#@H7,a>*f8L6V$ea=&A,a>*f
-8L5f2P"A8;,a)&g8L0OrP"?rK6HY\q!2Rt4i:)6BC77^Cb^Dgi$`ofip,I'l!,e]X
-;cl>)PP`6a<fmB6#`s-NWqKi\^[lW@/jITG$9Al!0=3U4&D'KSgL)V)&>)UR!.[Vu
-bS=F0[[9-fVo:keNCM0N.sV9'#Wffn<*rj!Y$pp&R@M,Z+qUi2D@C^Xi_H##9U&=<
-["*9@1LG)'5QD.dnluSW"`NbpE'BsIDi>Ab<]^^!&)L5uF[,qFX'!*q24],YZEqZ@
-=2g,6,lR.]X'(V&@^bU^O-!/!@b*ipC/ocd>O=W9?)#pgO:R)B>,qkZlX;O+4eXJ@
-W[4hAcdI35%a+`qNb_!V@A!lErrCqUfn!@'LVobUS?1=:<U/0$icQ]c;XbUt:eQe.
-)bZ-X<a*MPNdOfh8Ld:WP#@H7,a>*f8L5f2P"A8;,a)&g8L0OrP"?ras46TN8L0Or
-P"?rK,a(_k8L0HsP"?p`Uln:q.3t'J8kC:k;NaTsPekl!n"d`jmi)3+S>%b'+%/FF
-8D-uI5+=Hra0bCK%LtLJn-F6&.k)U<RH_'l/p#k=5P^0]E,f+$@o!_0Y`_VOZWP4q
-(5C.cK]sbFP`eT`V'M3q.7keJ8lA5+P*D,$,c)cL8L[4VP"JVD,a+CT8L156fBs8X
-*0NpB`?jKb,cBEq?6#,#IDmMkaX!e>;I1?+8q"Z)iQ3@CgeqGuP"L/A-/lrkVqb0V
-*0NpB`?jKb,cBEq?6#,#IDmMkaX!e>;I1?+8q"Z)iQ3@CgeqGuP"L/A-/lrkVqb0V
-*0NpB`?jKb,cBEq?6#,#IDmMkaX!e>;I1?+8q"Z)iQ3@Cs4I~> %%EndBinary grestore end % Image Trailer grestore grestore % EPS grestore [{nextImage} 1 dict begin /Metadata {photoshop_metadata_stream} def currentdict end /PUT pdfmark [/NamespacePop pdfmark \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.bb b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.bb
deleted file mode 100644
index 10d7e8f6c5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.bb
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-%%Title: ./brave-gnu-world-logo.jpg
-%%Creator: ebb Version 0.5.2
-%%BoundingBox: 0 0 246 279
-%%CreationDate: Thu Dec 20 23:49:52 2007
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.eps b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.eps
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c5f93cff2..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.eps
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
-%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0 %%Title: brave-gnu-world-logo.eps %%CreationDate: 09.10.2006 22:10 Uhr %%BoundingBox: 0 0 342 387 %%HiResBoundingBox: 0 0 342 387 %%SuppressDotGainCompensation %%EndComments %%BeginProlog %%EndProlog %%BeginSetup %%EndSetup %ImageData: 342 387 8 3 0 1 3 "beginimage" %BeginPhotoshop: 16252 % 3842494D0425000000000010000000000000000000000000000000003842494D % 03EA000000001DA63C3F786D6C2076657273696F6E3D22312E302220656E636F % 64696E673D225554462D38223F3E0A3C21444F435459504520706C6973742050 % 55424C494320222D2F2F4170706C6520436F6D70757465722F2F44544420504C % 49535420312E302F2F454E222022687474703A2F2F7777772E6170706C652E63 % 6F6D2F445444732F50726F70657274794C6973742D312E302E647464223E0A3C % 706C6973742076657273696F6E3D22312E30223E0A3C646963743E0A093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D48 % 6F72697A6F6E74616C5265733C2F6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F72 % 3C2F6B65793E0A09093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E61 % 70706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B6579 % 3E0A09093C61727261793E0A0909093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E63 % 6F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D486F7269 % 7A6F6E74616C5265733C2F6B65793E0A090909093C7265616C3E37323C2F7265 % 616C3E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E746963 % 6B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A090909093C737472696E673E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A % 090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E % 6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D % 30395432303A31303A30355A3C2F646174653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B % 65793E0A090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A090909 % 3C2F646963743E0A09093C2F61727261793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D4F % 7269656E746174696F6E3C2F6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E % 636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F % 6B65793E0A09093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E % 676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E617070 % 6C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A % 09093C61727261793E0A0909093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D4F7269656E74 % 6174696F6E3C2F6B65793E0A090909093C696E74656765723E313C2F696E7465 % 6765723E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469 % 636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A090909093C737472696E673E636F % 6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E % 0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B6574 % 2E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A090909093C646174653E323030362D3130 % 2D30395432303A31303A30355A3C2F646174653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F % 6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F % 6B65793E0A090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A0909 % 093C2F646963743E0A09093C2F61727261793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B % 65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D % 5363616C696E673C2F6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B6579 % 3E0A09093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D61 % 6E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A09093C % 61727261793E0A0909093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170 % 706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D5363616C696E673C2F % 6B65793E0A090909093C7265616C3E313C2F7265616C3E0A090909093C6B6579 % 3E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F % 6B65793E0A090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B6579 % 3E0A090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D30395432303A31303A30355A % 3C2F646174653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A090909093C696E74 % 656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A0909093C2F646963743E0A09093C2F % 61727261793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D566572746963616C5265733C2F % 6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072 % 696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A09093C73747269 % 6E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F7374 % 72696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E746963 % 6B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A09093C61727261793E0A0909 % 093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E50616765466F726D61742E504D566572746963616C5265733C2F6B65793E0A % 090909093C7265616C3E37323C2F7265616C3E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E % 0A090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D % 616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E617070 % 6C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A0909 % 09093C646174653E323030362D31302D30395432303A31303A30355A3C2F6461 % 74653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E746963 % 6B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A090909093C696E7465676572 % 3E303C2F696E74656765723E0A0909093C2F646963743E0A09093C2F61727261 % 793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E % 742E50616765466F726D61742E504D566572746963616C5363616C696E673C2F % 6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072 % 696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A09093C73747269 % 6E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F7374 % 72696E673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E746963 % 6B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A09093C61727261793E0A0909 % 093C646963743E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E50616765466F726D61742E504D566572746963616C5363616C696E673C2F6B % 65793E0A090909093C7265616C3E313C2F7265616C3E0A090909093C6B65793E % 636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B % 65793E0A090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E7469 % 6E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E % 6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E % 0A090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D30395432303A31303A30355A3C % 2F646174653E0A090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E % 7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A090909093C696E7465 % 6765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A0909093C2F646963743E0A09093C2F61 % 727261793E0A093C2F646963743E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E70 % 72696E742E7375625469636B65742E70617065725F696E666F5F7469636B6574 % 3C2F6B65793E0A093C646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D41646A75737465645061676552 % 6563743C2F6B65793E0A09093C646963743E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E61 % 70706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A % 0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E % 616765723C2F737472696E673E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A090909 % 3C61727261793E0A090909093C646963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D % 2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D41646A757374 % 656450616765526563743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C61727261793E0A0909 % 090909093C7265616C3E302E303C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C % 3E302E303C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E3738333C2F726561 % 6C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E3535393C2F7265616C3E0A09090909093C % 2F61727261793E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E % 742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C73747269 % 6E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F7374 % 72696E673E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E % 7469636B65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E % 323030362D31302D30395432303A31303A30355A3C2F646174653E0A09090909 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E737461 % 7465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E % 74656765723E0A090909093C2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09 % 093C2F646963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E % 50616765466F726D61742E504D41646A75737465645061706572526563743C2F % 6B65793E0A09093C646963743E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E % 7072696E742E7469636B65742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C73 % 7472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C % 2F737472696E673E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E7469636B65742E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261 % 793E0A090909093C646963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C % 652E7072696E742E50616765466F726D61742E504D41646A7573746564506170 % 6572526563743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C61727261793E0A090909090909 % 3C7265616C3E2D31383C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E2D3138 % 3C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E3832343C2F7265616C3E0A09 % 09090909093C7265616C3E3537373C2F7265616C3E0A09090909093C2F617272 % 61793E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469 % 636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E63 % 6F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E67 % 3E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B % 65742E6D6F64446174653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E32303036 % 2D31302D30395432303A31303A30355A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C % 61673C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765 % 723E0A090909093C2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F64 % 6963743E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50617065 % 72496E666F2E504D50617065724E616D653C2F6B65793E0A09093C646963743E % 0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E % 63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E617070 % 6C652E7072696E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E0A % 0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E69 % 74656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261793E0A090909093C64 % 6963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E50 % 61706572496E666F2E504D50617065724E616D653C2F6B65793E0A0909090909 % 3C737472696E673E69736F2D61343C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C % 2F6B65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E707269 % 6E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C % 6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F644461 % 74653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E323030332D30372D30315431 % 373A34393A33365A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170 % 706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E % 0A09090909093C696E74656765723E313C2F696E74656765723E0A090909093C % 2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F646963743E0A09093C % 6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E5061706572496E666F2E504D % 556E61646A757374656450616765526563743C2F6B65793E0A09093C64696374 % 3E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B6574 % 2E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170 % 706C652E7072696E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E % 0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E % 6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261793E0A090909093C % 646963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E % 5061706572496E666F2E504D556E61646A757374656450616765526563743C2F % 6B65793E0A09090909093C61727261793E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E302E % 303C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E302E303C2F7265616C3E0A % 0909090909093C7265616C3E3738333C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265 % 616C3E3535393C2F7265616C3E0A09090909093C2F61727261793E0A09090909 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69 % 656E743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C65 % 2E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C % 6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F644461 % 74653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D30395432 % 303A31303A30355A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170 % 706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E % 0A09090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A090909093C % 2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F646963743E0A09093C % 6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E5061706572496E666F2E504D % 556E61646A75737465645061706572526563743C2F6B65793E0A09093C646963 % 743E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65 % 742E63726561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E61 % 70706C652E7072696E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E67 % 3E0A0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B6574 % 2E6974656D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261793E0A09090909 % 3C646963743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E5061706572496E666F2E504D556E61646A7573746564506170657252656374 % 3C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C61727261793E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E % 2D31383C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E2D31383C2F7265616C % 3E0A0909090909093C7265616C3E3832343C2F7265616C3E0A0909090909093C % 7265616C3E3537373C2F7265616C3E0A09090909093C2F61727261793E0A0909 % 0909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E63 % 6C69656E743C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E617070 % 6C652E7072696E74696E676D616E616765723C2F737472696E673E0A09090909 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F64 % 446174653C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E323030362D31302D3039 % 5432303A31303A30355A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E % 6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65 % 793E0A09090909093C696E74656765723E303C2F696E74656765723E0A090909 % 093C2F646963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F646963743E0A09 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E5061706572496E666F2E % 7070642E504D50617065724E616D653C2F6B65793E0A09093C646963743E0A09 % 09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6372 % 6561746F723C2F6B65793E0A0909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C65 % 2E7072696E742E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E0A0909 % 093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E697465 % 6D41727261793C2F6B65793E0A0909093C61727261793E0A090909093C646963 % 743E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E506170 % 6572496E666F2E7070642E504D50617065724E616D653C2F6B65793E0A090909 % 09093C737472696E673E41343C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C6B65793E % 636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E636C69656E743C2F6B % 65793E0A09090909093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E706D2E506F73745363726970743C2F737472696E673E0A09090909093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E6D6F6444617465 % 3C2F6B65793E0A09090909093C646174653E323030332D30372D30315431373A % 34393A33365A3C2F646174653E0A09090909093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C % 652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E7374617465466C61673C2F6B65793E0A09 % 090909093C696E74656765723E313C2F696E74656765723E0A090909093C2F64 % 6963743E0A0909093C2F61727261793E0A09093C2F646963743E0A09093C6B65 % 793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E41504956657273 % 696F6E3C2F6B65793E0A09093C737472696E673E30302E32303C2F737472696E % 673E0A09093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B6574 % 2E707269766174654C6F636B3C2F6B65793E0A09093C66616C73652F3E0A0909 % 3C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E74797065 % 3C2F6B65793E0A09093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E74 % 2E5061706572496E666F5469636B65743C2F737472696E673E0A093C2F646963 % 743E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E % 41504956657273696F6E3C2F6B65793E0A093C737472696E673E30302E32303C % 2F737472696E673E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E74 % 69636B65742E707269766174654C6F636B3C2F6B65793E0A093C66616C73652F % 3E0A093C6B65793E636F6D2E6170706C652E7072696E742E7469636B65742E74 % 7970653C2F6B65793E0A093C737472696E673E636F6D2E6170706C652E707269 % 6E742E50616765466F726D61745469636B65743C2F737472696E673E0A3C2F64 % 6963743E0A3C2F706C6973743E0A3842494D03E9000000000078000300000048 % 004800000000030F022FFFEEFFEE033802410367057B03E00002000000480048 % 0000000002D802280001000000640000000100030303000000017FFF00010001 % 0000000000000000000000006808001901900000000000200000000000000000 % 0000000000000000000000000000000000003842494D03ED0000000000100048 % 00000001000200480000000100023842494D042600000000000E000000000000 % 000000003F8000003842494D040D0000000000040000001E3842494D04190000 % 000000040000001E3842494D03F3000000000009000000000000000001003842 % 494D040A00000000000100003842494D271000000000000A0001000000000000 % 00023842494D03F5000000000048002F66660001006C66660006000000000001 % 002F6666000100A1999A0006000000000001003200000001005A000000060000 % 00000001003500000001002D000000060000000000013842494D03F800000000 % 00700000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03E800000000 % FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03E800000000FFFFFFFF % FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03E800000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF % FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03E800003842494D04080000000000100000 % 00010000024000000240000000003842494D041E000000000004000000003842 % 494D041A00000000035D00000006000000000000000000000183000001560000 % 001400620072006100760065002D0067006E0075002D0077006F0072006C0064 % 002D006C006F0067006F00000001000000000000000000000000000000000000 % 0001000000000000000000000156000001830000000000000000000000000000 % 0000010000000000000000000000000000000000000010000000010000000000 % 006E756C6C0000000200000006626F756E64734F626A63000000010000000000 % 00526374310000000400000000546F70206C6F6E6700000000000000004C6566 % 746C6F6E67000000000000000042746F6D6C6F6E670000018300000000526768 % 746C6F6E670000015600000006736C69636573566C4C73000000014F626A6300 % 000001000000000005736C6963650000001200000007736C69636549446C6F6E % 67000000000000000767726F757049446C6F6E6700000000000000066F726967 % 696E656E756D0000000C45536C6963654F726967696E0000000D6175746F4765 % 6E6572617465640000000054797065656E756D0000000A45536C696365547970 % 6500000000496D672000000006626F756E64734F626A63000000010000000000 % 00526374310000000400000000546F70206C6F6E6700000000000000004C6566 % 746C6F6E67000000000000000042746F6D6C6F6E670000018300000000526768 % 746C6F6E67000001560000000375726C54455854000000010000000000006E75 % 6C6C54455854000000010000000000004D736765544558540000000100000000 % 0006616C74546167544558540000000100000000000E63656C6C546578744973 % 48544D4C626F6F6C010000000863656C6C546578745445585400000001000000 % 000009686F727A416C69676E656E756D0000000F45536C696365486F727A416C % 69676E0000000764656661756C740000000976657274416C69676E656E756D00 % 00000F45536C69636556657274416C69676E0000000764656661756C74000000 % 0B6267436F6C6F7254797065656E756D0000001145536C6963654247436F6C6F % 7254797065000000004E6F6E6500000009746F704F75747365746C6F6E670000 % 00000000000A6C6566744F75747365746C6F6E67000000000000000C626F7474 % 6F6D4F75747365746C6F6E67000000000000000B72696768744F75747365746C % 6F6E6700000000003842494D041100000000000101003842494D041400000000 % 0004000000013842494D040C000000001A350000000100000071000000800000 % 01540000AA0000001A1900180001FFD8FFE000104A4649460001020100480048 % 0000FFED000C41646F62655F434D0002FFEE000E41646F626500648000000001 % FFDB0084000C08080809080C09090C110B0A0B11150F0C0C0F15181313151313 % 18110C0C0C0C0C0C110C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C % 0C0C0C0C0C010D0B0B0D0E0D100E0E10140E0E0E14140E0E0E0E14110C0C0C0C % 0C11110C0C0C0C0C0C110C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C % 0C0C0C0C0C0CFFC00011080080007103012200021101031101FFDD00040008FF % C4013F0000010501010101010100000000000000030001020405060708090A0B % 0100010501010101010100000000000000010002030405060708090A0B100001 % 0401030204020507060805030C33010002110304211231054151611322718132 % 061491A1B14223241552C16233347282D14307259253F0E1F163733516A2B283 % 264493546445C2A3743617D255E265F2B384C3D375E3F3462794A485B495C4D4 % E4F4A5B5C5D5E5F55666768696A6B6C6D6E6F637475767778797A7B7C7D7E7F7 % 1100020201020404030405060707060535010002110321311204415161712213 % 0532819114A1B14223C152D1F0332462E1728292435315637334F1250616A2B2 % 83072635C2D2449354A317644555367465E2F2B384C3D375E3F34694A485B495 % C4D4E4F4A5B5C5D5E5F55666768696A6B6C6D6E6F62737475767778797A7B7C7 % FFDA000C03010002110311003F00F5549249252962FD63FADFD0BEADD3BFA95F % FA67006BC4AA1D7BC1DC039B4EE6EDAFF46FFD35BE9D3FF09BD61FD7EFAFE3A1 % 8FD91D22323AEDE000000E18E1C3DB658DFA2FC87B7DD451FF00A1191FA2F4AA % C9E1FA4FD5DCEEA998EEA7D58BFA8751CC74D3597026D70038716BABAF1F1D8D % DB65FF00CC52CF469AB67A94D8929EA2CFF1C4CB2D8E9FD132322AEEEB2C6D6E % E63F9BAD993F9BFF0008B5A9FF0018D45AD31D1F3C585E6BA9B1400F7EA1B5D7 % BF258EB2C76DFA14D76A9F4FFA834B58D7E7E4D8D773F66C6706D4D91F47D6B2 % BFB4DCE6EEFE77F56FFC2F5ADDE9BD07A474B71B30B19B5DCE043AF717597104 % 8739AFCABDD6E4399B9BBB67AA9292F4DBFA86452EB73B1460B8B88AA8F505AF % 0C1F45F7BEAFD0B2C7FF00A1A5F7FA7FF721FF00E0ADA4924A79BEBBD47EB974 % 9B1F7E06053D6B05DAB59597539356AEDCCB1937332D9B7D3F4ACC7632DFF494 % 7F855CB752FF0019FF005971C7A7FB2A8E9F748939A320340D665B65185FF07F % E13FF3E2F4D49253E59D37FC66FD64B323D4C9AF03269827ECF8FEA31CE8F67E % 8B21CFC8D9EFFF004B4FFDB5FCF57E83D13AFF004EEB743ADC37383EBDBEB63D % A36DB5EE1B99BD9AEE63FF00C1DF53ACC7BBFC0DB62C4FAD5FE2EFA4F5B6D995 % 84D6F4EEABF49B91588AEC7025F199437D96FA9BDDFA7FE91FF1BE9FA2BCFABB % FAD740EBC303A89FB1754C40E38990C135DA1FFE1F7B87EB38D76CF753FF005B % FD0E4D1FA24A7DB9258DF56FEB0B3ACE31173063E75207AF44CB48FCDC9C677F % 84C5B7F33FD1FF00336FE916CA4A524924929FFFD0F555CC7D7DFAE15FD58E96 % 3D269B3A96687D7835812039BB77DF618DBB28F52BFD1FF86B3F47F43D5B6AE9 % D782F56EA87EB37D6BCAEAAE71B315961A30441814D42CB3D50DB7DCDD98F5DB % 97657B7FA45DFE0D2527FAADD06CCA7D9D433C3F2AFB9C2581FF00A5BEEB9DBD % 98E2CB377BED7B7D5CABBFC151FA7C8B3D15EBDD07A1D7D2F1F7DA18FCFB9A06 % 4DCC076C0FA18F8FBE5D5E263FD0A6BFFAF59FA7B6D58DF527A355481956FBED % A2B635B31FA3B2D636FBDBB3DCE6DCDAACAFF49F4FF58BAA5D724A52499CE6B1 % A5CE21AD689738E8001DCAE03AFF00F8DAC1C6C87E07D5FC63D57246E67AF3B6 % 86BFE830B3682FCA67A9FB9E8D567F81C9494FA024BCBFA6FF008CDFAD0EC963 % 73B0F06DAF5DF4D0E7D76684336B2CB2DC9ABD5F51DF42C6319FF0D5AE9FA87F % 8CAFAAB81D3E9CCB6EB1F66434BABC163272416BBD1B59754E2C663BAAB37FF3 % F6D7EAFA567D9FD6494F5292E1F0FF00C6C746C8B62DC0CDA292EDA2ED8D7800 % 7D27DB5D563AE6EC6EDDDE9577AEB7A6756E9BD5F1465F4DC8665504ED2F61E1 % D01DE9D8C3EFAACDAE6FE8EC6FA8929B6B9FFAEDF5529FACFD1DD8A36579F4FE % 930725E0FB1FA6E61733DEDAB21ADF4EDFFADDFE958FA2B5D024929F11FAB3D7 % 3A85393582F38BD4F049AB6580B75691F68C7CE66D7BFECB7ECD96B367AACCA6 % 7E8EAFB4D78FE9FB2F4ECFA3A8E15799402D65920B1D1B98F6935DD4D9B4B9BE % A536B1F559B5CBC5FEB8B2AE9FFE303AA8A229AEC6B2D796E9B5D6B28B6DB7FE % DE7BAE7AEFBEA266165F6E00115DB59B76811B2DC77370AFF5777B9D6DF5FD99 % DFF07E8BFF00B694F66924924A7FFFD1F50CA6DCFC5B9943B6DCEADC2B7710E2 % 0EC77F9CBE7BFAB4E0031BB8377BECA4171F687DA296D46C0DF76C7EC77FDB5F % CB5F44AF2FFAEFF50F37133EFEBBD0697E5D19AE2EEA3D3DB2FB03DC4BDD918C % DFA56B2C7B9DBAAFE728B1FF00A1FD0FF454A75FEABFD6CE958551C5CFB7ECF5 % 585A5B976FB6BF576B6ABB1EFB3E856FFD17A8CB5DB29FF03FA3B29FD274EFFA % CBF5718DDCFEAB86D6F89C8A80FF00AB5E29565B32D95ED7EE021B66FF007169 % 8D1CF6EEAFD4B58DFF00AEBFFAEAE51F567A78A1D939748A98D87B59639AC3EF % FE65B90E26AAE86BBE97BFFF0003FCF4A6F7D6CFAD79DF5D731DD27A3EFABA15 % 0EFD259043B21CD3B9AFB07E653B87EAD8EFFF008EBFF58FB3E3D15B1BEAF328 % A994359B8D861B5D675B0804BFE916D96FE6FAAC67E67E8BFC27A0AE74EB72F2 % 5870FEAFE28BE9A5C2B665D601C7A3633D4B6DB03D94D3EADAEB376FBEFF00A1 % BFF43916FF00379FD33A66664752756E75BD42C69DAEAEB0C7EE206DDD6DB697 % 6DDBFF0069BF4791F63FE91FA0BD3A1094FE51F5DB4592CB18EA5B67A664E3D2 % 2CFB3D8CA7710D2D6398C0EDAF6B296B3D3AD9EAEBFB9EA7F3BF43F3F3727168 % 19363AD65673C1FD333783732086ED756E2EB9F6FF00C5FDA2F7B3FE1175DD4D % B57D9CBF368C367516FA78ADC2A326FBC8C6AEC7E4E463F517D77D1535FEA3BF % 43BFF9CBFF0056FD27ABE9ACCE9F89899F636ACAE9F878990197598CCFB5B28B % 2B25D35E2E6E1DF75F915DBB3D4C87BEBC6FF47EAD767E92C481C7C5C249F31C % 3308E324D47865A5D7CAE05D7D74EFAAF0FA5EE716163DA46D734B37D3B086FA % 16FD0F568FE77DFF00A657BA5F54C8C1CCAF370EFF00B2DAD86B5ED1B9AF6C7F % 35918ECFE9547FC67E9B7FF45FB3FD35B35F41EAB876BF763B6DC4B6B873F633 % 63B74FF3B4B5D7D9F67D5ED6E5595FBFFE2972AFC5AF2736EFD9CE6E157EA0AA % 9DC1EDAED786FB9BE859BBD2FA5F9BFF006CFEE38E23FA244BF050C9FBC0C5F5 % 7E8DF5F3A4655219D5AEA7A5E6B44B9B6D81B4BC69FA5C5C9B7D3ADFBB77F30E % FD62AFF8BFD3595BAD7F8D3FAA9D36A78C6C8FDA59634AE8C604B4B88259BB28 % B7D06D7BBD8FF4DD75ACFF004162F2BBED78B0E1753A832CD4327F9A7C7B5BB2 % C1FE05AE6FBF6BFF00EDB46C6C460692D0CADDA83B581B13F9D5B9A2FC8B9BFB % 9E933E87F39E8A8D911B9DD47AC754BFAAF5100E6E7BD8E3535BA064B7ECF486 % 39DFE15F551450CDFF00D169CBB6FF00E6BD45E93F526870CC65A5C48B3ED16B % 09DB2F639D57BDAD23D477B9DEA596FEFDB5D5FF0072172BD2FA68BEE630576F % A4F0EDC04BF22E062A7574D67DEF7E47D0BBF49ECC3FE7B2A9C15E97F573A3BB % A6E33ACBDA1995901BEA3038BF635BBBD2A5D6E9EB58CF52CF52EDBFF07FCC55 % 424A7612492494FF00FFD2F5549249253CF7D68FABFF0055F268B3AA755C3DD7 % D23DB918FB9992E7BB6D345553F1DD5D9917BECF4E9C5AADF53F49FA35C2E4F5 % 3661D76B2DA3EDF994EFAB23A78AFED5563B590F7613C3856CCACBF6FA99BD4E % EFF26E33FF0047D330723D3FD1749F5D7A9F52CCCFAFA27437554E6B008CAB1E % 5B6B5D68B2BB5BD3298FD264D78CCB7D5CD67F43AAEBAA65B55CFB3D3E7F230C % B2ACACAEB9946F65120D3539C7098F7FE8EBFB7E5BEFAF2BABE53D9E97EADEAF % F83FD62CF4922247488DF792C9DE801AEB6931EFCEFDA15D7D53229C8C363C33 % 0BA4E23EB661E457B3754FF4EDF4FD7C2AABB7F9CA3A6B2AC8B7F49FCD7A2B5B % AE67E453D0FECD5B9CEA3D573336EC4A982B67B4BAAC5CAFB3D8FF00D5AFB1FF % 00A4BD9E933F57F432FF004795F67B70BA2E4E3E3DB9165384324BFF00441C1A % DC72F1F9D6DAEA5F4E2D357FC17ABB2BAFF4752DAEA3D4DDD4307131FA18A2DA % 301CE7E6E2E23DB5B18F1FD15DBEE7D3859B4D0EDEFBB17ED6CFD73ECB91FA5A % EAB2A5265C5C38AA20D91F6B1717171441D28D7EFF00F8CF0993539C5FBEF15B % 291B9D5D55B8811F9D75B90E63BFEB752C8BBAAE3ED69A45B63AA3BCBDE1AD0E % 27F36CDBBB756BAAB3A062D9EA37A9D79B65D66EB68A2C6B6963DAD875B73BA8 % 5566563E5D0DF519FCCBF7D2A3D32CC365CCAFA7537E63041B29C67B1986C7FD % 16B9F75ADDEFFF0084B37AA5A0BB04D74F958408C7420923A7F37170065DD7D4 % 6AB5CD14002D632A77B6BD7F9B0D656FDAD64FE8B73FF43FE0D74EDEAACBBAB5 % 54F54A2D38F750D37676D0368693B72AC7E3B1CC7D6EDDEFB3D0A2CC6FE777AC % BEBF9D8B84D76331953F2EDDC6E6E35E6DA9A09FFB55B9BB773377E62CFC4B3A % BDD857DB5DB8B8C368A4DD6BCD6F7899FD0BED3E9B94B8BDCF9A029920244588 % 81127691F9BC5ECBAAF4BE92FE934F45AB25D9349B5D6E0DD5D6CBDB734B0B3E % CD4E5FAB7E3FDA5AD637D47B3D3C9A3D2F655E865FA8AC7D4AFA96DCCE995DB6 % 7516BEB63BD3C8AEBAE6EAEC60FD2E1DAEB9F6D0C7635DF47F57BBD7A7D2B3F9 % 9F4960F4AE946EC62D17FDAAEC96B6BCA2D756CABD6AC3DF8D55198CB2BF4DBE % EF7DDB3F4967AAB4FEAA75FCBE97D7AAB7A99ADADEA8598D7FA43F3E3D3664DF % EED8EF4727F41F68FDCBAFF53D5FD0FA73F0C88E23BF567040A1B7F2EEFA574D % E8FD3FA6348C5ACFA8F1166458E365CFFF008DC8B4BED7FF005377A75FF83575 % 249317A92492494FFFD3F5540CDCBA7070EFCDBE7D1C6ADF759024EDADA6C7ED % 1FD56A3AC6FADED73FEAEE5D4D0E70BFD3A5ED67D2732DB6AA2D637FAF558F6A % 205903BA09A04F67CF7033735DD49EFCCBC56FB817E4B2A8B5F73277E5BED716 % 8AFECD7DFF00AB50C6DB5E27A18FFA0F52BF52EB639FD5FA4F53EA95BDF7D74B % F56E363068BACAC47BF3B2AF6B7ECD4E43F6ECA7171BF9AAD6565E065E7B6CCB % EA00B6ECB3AD4C97319B0B6BA316B69FA0DA59ECD8D51ADDD3FA45B4D74B9A5C % 4137BDCD0D0D703F45EF8F7395D8E2BE136234D2965AE214657FB1EB3A2FD5AC % 1CE65561C3765C1871B1CD74FF00C3653ACFFA152E94748E9B896558B9D9D4D3 % EAB837170DA2AA019D19556C76EB2E589F54BEB1DB957B28B2C2719C4CFBAAAD % BFD7DC18CB9FB7F777AA37D79D5B5ECCEE9B7FA5937D97752CDC50C7E2DAF7B9 % E5CE65949BADFB1B58D63297E5329F43FED5FE9941CD66CB8F4034FD8BB1C61C % 3C422724AF500FC81EA3EB5D5F57A707F6BE0D9D42DAF78C4631AE2D13E9FAA2 % FDAEAB1BD37EDABD97FF00DB6B88C5E875E063D9FB2F3701F1FCF65F546BEA35 % C0F7BAA6FAD761DBFF0007B28A3FEBCB7BA3F59C3C8C3C5E9E3A7D995D1AA7B6 % 8A6F6D6E6B68630399F68BB3BDBD3F32B63BDB63E9BBD7FF0083CAB568F55C1E % 974D03A87567557E257B431CCADD90F74FD06D7454C737FB7B2C55E1EDE404CE % C3626090008F144F4F95F27C9AB273DD90CA328DD8EF2DFB4E5340AABB4D5BFD % 1F4F1696EF7B6BF51DFA4BBFF0244FB062605943F20B03EC6EDADA185EE04705 % ACB0EE5DD1FACBF563A858DB3A6DD461BAB7FA577DB5CEAB68076B2C6D78D5D9 % 89E959FE96DC9ABFE13629E67D54C4A1B9199BEA3601B9D977B0D74B43BFD1DB % 7FB6EFE47A2AD619E28815F9316486422AA8741178FC2A1D8C0E5E53DE5F6383 % 7F492DB1D3F4767A7BB62D7CEFD99574AC2A32697DADBF7FDA5CDB87A8CAD8E1 % 8FE8E39B9B5D76DF6FDA5CFB3D4B6AA6AABFE16C5BBD12AE9991655563E3E466 % 565C19F6A35B4540BBDAEB3DCFF57D26CFEE2E33EB4F561922B6FA5B1A379C0A % BE8FA55FABFE135B7ED19190CAAAFB4BFD6B3D6B595D389FA2AFF4ADE672C741 % 0DEC52DC6271167524D01FCBFAAFAEFD55EA87ABFD5DC0CF738D96DB486DEF23 % 693757FA0C9F60FF00BB15DAB55711FE2872326DFAAF757907F98CCB5958F06B % 9B4E4B9BFF006EE45ABB75036D4924924A7FFFD4F5558DF5BDF6D7F56F3ADA49 % 6BEA636D2F01C4B5B5BD965B6B3D27D36FA9556C7D95FA76D6FDEB6557EA1875 % 67E064E0DD22ACBA5F45846876D8D756E8FECB920A7C9EEA6ACA38EE3906D662 % D4CB5F75EDF4FDD73836D77A34BBDAFF006EC7596FBFD8B9FBDAD63ADBECA9E6 % BAEE7578F5B8B29AC1ECED9EEB2DDCBB1A73AA181D3F1AFE97567754CE0FC67D % 15B8627A2CC670AF2AA7DF93BB7E6E265BF7FA0CF57F55F52FBBF43E9AC7B7A1 % 0A3AADE3A9EF7673CB9D8E5CC1B5CD0760FB3501D67B9D5ED77D3FE5AB98720E % 2E1EDDDA99B1CB8788F5EDFCA2D06750EAD7DADA2BDAC635BEE0E240D7F77D3D % BB96DF4EB5F80D6E665DB2FA3FA3B48343371FF876BFD472BB8FD1FA87A6D751 % 8CD6318D906DF7DA5C78F6FB58CFEA6E552EFAB5998E0E6752C865CEB6093686 % B4B5AEF6B5B4D13F9AAC4CE396FA9FDE916B43DC8EDE91FBB10A1D6BAE751C81 % 5636539A376E7D8DCB018C6F01B4D3634AE9B05BD4322E6E4BBA8E7166303EF6 % 369B19FCADDEDF771FB8B98FB25188064DD6597D6E3B69A890DAE7FE118D1B95 % DBE9C9C8A98DC9CDAB171DBEEB035E71E96B40ED57D3B1CA0963801A533C72CC % CB5B010F59C56E3D95E2F4ECEA9D80E712CC5EA356512D2E3B8D2D6D1558FEA1 % 539CE73EBB2EFD255FCDDD7DDFA351E9FD2F1307A6754CDEA783FB50E316E4D3 % 82C16E26234B22A3E85777E8D8E731CFB3F494FAD91FCDD14BEC57F13AEF4AC2 % C607A6D2FCDA1CE0D2E61735D69F065D99B1EDABFA8A97D64CEEB228FB65B7D6 % DC5DE0D75BDBB6BC279DD6578D663D363AAC8B7F47EAE1755B3FED47A95FEA17 % 7A75AA73C631DCA313E619C480B908EA770373E6D6EA9D5B2998EEC379AFA763 % 3C7E93030B7B5CFD1D355F6B36E5DBB98FD8FF0052EC7FFC28B98C8B85A1F940 % 9194EC8D9556D7EFA68A7D36D755BE87B76BFF0048FF0041BBBF45E97A5E9A06 % 4D97D871AEF42F73322C2DC7810EBDE0ECDB5D7B9EE6B77FE6318AE61747B71B % 09FD43A8BEBC375B3914D17822D35CBB1DD9505BE937D5BACF4B11B77E93F476 % 5D4D1E9FE99478ACCAE66FCD18C4F52753AD7689FEAC5F48FF0014B5399F56F2 % 2D8229BF32C763B9D12EAD95D18BBFFCFC7B176CB17EA6F4B7F49FAAFD3B06D0 % E6DCDA459736CFA4DB2E2ECABEB3FF001575CFAD6D2909B24B30D8292492412F % FFD5F5549249253E7FF59FA2BA8EB36D54322BEA85B97845D5B1F43336B0E666 % 36E6E8EAA9C8A1FF006AB1FF00E9BED19DFF0068D71BD3BAFF0059E997BF1ABC % DBFA6D588F7369C41B6EDAE2FDB94CBB0DFBE86FA567A9B6B6FD9FD25ECDD57A % 5E3F54C3762DC5D59FA555F512CB6A7C1636EA2D6FBEBB36BDECFE5D6FB2AB3F % 45658BC83AF62752C0CDFB0756B6F168975D9CFDF683496B68B3305EDFD25DED % AF1EADF657FAAFF84FD37F3CD98BA901AEC4FF00D12C538906E3609D3FDF76F1 % FEB7579F9197D3B2E8CAEA179B3ED347D8E9DAD732B6EEDB9955C5DE87BB657E % BD3EA63FBEAB6DF47F49BF732EDE91D3F16EEA8CC68CE636B376156F66EA6B2E % 6B2FC9B6CC6AAFB594E356FF005AFB3659FF004D79C63F4FCDF4DBD5F019916B % 6A314D992E360158DD53AEAE9A19FA6F4B73FDDBBD3FF825D1F40FACAFE9186F % C3A319F9E64D6E360FB33741EE6B31EB190CBB9FF0FE9A9E10C9C3E202B8A028 % 4883D24D8CFC8C7AADAF26CCA63A9B9C7D0C5E9CDF5CD8D9735B7DD9DBF73B7E % DFCC585D7F21DD41CE755EAE3328FE75D75D1BDDE544D97B96F7526331B0307A % 93BA3E253EAD8EA48B6B326297E4D57D7F637E135DBFECF7FDA7FC1FF33F6654 % 3A7750AF39AD03A636BA32ED34E26563D37D4031822FCADB6372B0B231FD7FD5 % BFE50FB431FF00E0D18E500F0CAEC782D30B97A2B6E2FA3CD60559AF2E79B5CF % B1876B0D9EF0D1FF00042C236FF9AB77173B330996578D8B45965B5BA9393635 % CE7FE91A6BB5B8D5D1B37BFD377F38F7A2751A5D4877D9F19F4575CD6FA4B4B9 % FBBFD23DCCB2AA68639DFE95DEA2A1665518321FB32B318C00D4C6B9DB77F6B2 % DDEFAA9FEDFF00EC3298CA128D57F6B1819233BBEBA7F55B7D331B2BA7E47DA9 % D96F7E4DB532B69F49AEB98D67E869A6BB1AF7ECF53F3B66CF5BFC3AB9D23A4D % 3D73EB0E1F4BC661FD8D82FF00B5E550C0CFB392DF73BD59AF6E6BB3733F47F4 % 28C5A71BEDB8DD3EAB31FF004EB0DB89D4FAC64D54301C8B321C594E2E382CAB % DA36DAEB2C77E652D3B2D7B99FABB3F9CAFF004F532CF5DFAAFF0056707EAEF4 % FF00B3E3B41C8BA1F9778E6CB23B6EF7368ABE863D5F98CFF497D975D6D69803 % 402BC1B10DBC3F96CECA492498BD4924924A7FFFD6F5549249252952EA9D2713 % AAE31A32439AE1269BEB3B6DA9C46DF571EDFF0006FF00FC0EDAFF00437B2DA6 % CB2B5752494F997D6BE8DF5C7A66396E2DCEBBA73A03ECC16BAAF4F46FDA6FBF % A762EC7DBEB3C7ADEA3B272E967A6FFD16262DDE9ACCE85D7BA735CCF4AAC7AE % F757635D9F5D0E70F5D83FA6578D3E93EF636CAAEBB1BF9A7BFF0098F4D7B02C % AEABF55BEAF75871B3A8605375CE2D27200F4EEF6FD0FD6A8F4F23DB1FE95189 % A24EBAF62B4C7EBFDEF57FD27C67AA5DD5E8C99CBB5F55F631AE75D90F739EE6 % 387A83D3B7F3E9B367F38FB3DFB3F9AFF06A855D63A97DA19958F66497B8906C % A8BE96991B36D6FA9DEDFF0037DEBD6F23FC58740BEFF546466D4D6886542E16 % 359F4B5ADF975E4DEDDAE7EEFE79059FE2A3A00205D9BD4322A9F7D365CC0C7C % F6B7D1A29B5DC7FA451FB601D18FDAA363F3D5F361F597AC0AAAFB5E6D8EAEB6 % 6D6E27AA58CB23F372F65953EDC777F85DBFA7C9FF00C11747D1BEABE5F5CD8F % C4C72709E5B65B9F91BA8C7B090DDDF67C46B6ACDC8AAA63FF0045FA4A2AC8FC % FCCA7FC27A074AFA97F557A4383F03A6D2CB1AFF005196D80DD635C349AAFC93 % 75B57FD6DEB6D3E371BA3BB208F7F579B95D03EAEE0F43C7D94FE9B25E22ECA7 % B5A1EE03E8D4C6D6D65746355FE031286B28ABFE37D5B2CD5492497292492494 % A49249253FFFD9003842494D0421000000000079000000010100000018004100 % 64006F00620065002000500068006F0074006F00730068006F00700020004500 % 6C0065006D0065006E007400730000001C00410064006F006200650020005000 % 68006F0074006F00730068006F007000200045006C0065006D0065006E007400 % 7300200032002E003000000001003842494D042200000000012E4D4D002A0000 % 00080007011200030000000100010000011A00050000000100000062011B0005 % 000000010000006A012800030000000100020000013100020000001D00000072 % 01320002000000140000008F8769000400000001000000A4000000D000000048 % 00000001000000480000000141646F62652050686F746F73686F7020456C656D % 656E747320322E3000323030363A31303A30392032323A31303A313900000003 % A001000300000001FFFF0000A00200040000000100000156A003000400000001 % 000001830000000000000006010300030000000100060000011A000500000001 % 0000011E011B0005000000010000012601280003000000010002000002010004 % 000000010000012E020200040000000100000000000000000000004800000001 % 00000048000000013842494D03FD0000000000070000000000000000 %EndPhotoshop %begin_xml_code /pdfmark where {pop true} {false} ifelse /currentdistillerparams where {pop currentdistillerparams /CoreDistVersion get 5000 ge } {false} ifelse and not {userdict /pdfmark /cleartomark load put} if [/NamespacePush pdfmark [/_objdef {photoshop_metadata_stream} /type /stream /OBJ pdfmark /MetadataString 5038 string def % exact length of metadata /TempString 100 string def /ConsumeMetadata { currentfile TempString readline pop pop currentfile MetadataString readstring pop pop } bind def ConsumeMetadata %begin_xml_packet: 5038 <?xpacket begin='' id='W5M0MpCehiHzreSzNTczkc9d'?>
-<?adobe-xap-filters esc="CR"?>
-<x:xapmeta xmlns:x='adobe:ns:meta/' x:xaptk='XMP toolkit 2.8.2-33, framework 1.5'>
-<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf='http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#' xmlns:iX='http://ns.adobe.com/iX/1.0/'>
-
- <rdf:Description about='uuid:191a6b3d-5975-11db-aa93-dc897f9dfcbe'
- xmlns:pdf='http://ns.adobe.com/pdf/1.3/'>
- <!-- pdf:Creator is aliased -->
- </rdf:Description>
-
- <rdf:Description about='uuid:191a6b3d-5975-11db-aa93-dc897f9dfcbe'
- xmlns:xap='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/'>
- <xap:CreatorTool>Adobe Photoshop Elements for Macintosh, version 2.0</xap:CreatorTool>
- </rdf:Description>
-
- <rdf:Description about='uuid:191a6b3d-5975-11db-aa93-dc897f9dfcbe'
- xmlns:xapMM='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/mm/'>
- <xapMM:DocumentID>adobe:docid:photoshop:191a6b3b-5975-11db-aa93-dc897f9dfcbe</xapMM:DocumentID>
- </rdf:Description>
-
-</rdf:RDF>
-</x:xapmeta>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<?xpacket end='w'?> %end_xml_packet [{photoshop_metadata_stream} 2 dict begin /Type /Metadata def /Subtype /XML def currentdict end /PUT pdfmark [{photoshop_metadata_stream} MetadataString /PUT pdfmark [/_objdef {nextImage} /NI pdfmark %end_xml_code gsave % EPS gsave /hascolor /deviceinfo where {pop deviceinfo /Colors known {deviceinfo /Colors get exec 1 gt} {false} ifelse} {/statusdict where {pop statusdict /processcolors known {statusdict /processcolors get exec 1 gt} {false} ifelse} {false} ifelse} ifelse def 40 dict begin /_image systemdict /image get def /_setgray systemdict /setgray get def /_currentgray systemdict /currentgray get def /_settransfer systemdict /settransfer get def /_currenttransfer systemdict /currenttransfer get def /blank 0 _currenttransfer exec 1 _currenttransfer exec eq def /negative blank {0 _currenttransfer exec 0.5 lt} {0 _currenttransfer exec 1 _currenttransfer exec gt} ifelse def /inverted? negative def /level2 systemdict /languagelevel known {languagelevel 2 ge} {false} ifelse def /level3 systemdict /languagelevel known {languagelevel 3 ge} {false} ifelse def level2 {/band 0 def} {/band 5 def} ifelse gsave % Image Header gsave /rows 387 def /cols 342 def 342 387 scale level2 { /DeviceRGB setcolorspace currentdict /PhotoshopDuotoneColorSpace undef currentdict /PhotoshopDuotoneAltColorSpace undef } if /beginimage level2 {/image load def} {{pop .9 setgray 0 0 moveto 0 1 lineto 1 1 lineto 1 0 lineto fill 0 setgray 0 1 translate 1 cols div 1 rows div scale /ratio {cols 400 div mul} def /Helvetica findfont 15 ratio scalefont setfont 5 ratio -20 ratio moveto (Mit JPEG komprimierte Bilder ben\232tigen PostScript Level 2) show /x 128 string def {currentfile x readline {} {pop exit} ifelse (~>) search {pop pop pop exit} {pop} ifelse } loop } def} ifelse 12 dict begin /ImageType 1 def /Width cols def /Height rows def /ImageMatrix [cols 0 0 rows neg 0 rows] def /BitsPerComponent 8 def /Decode [0 1 0 1 0 1] def /DataSource currentfile /ASCII85Decode filter /DCTDecode filter def currentdict end %%BeginBinary: 21006 beginimage s4IA0!"_al8O`[\!W`9l!([(is6]js6"FnCAH67k!!!!"s4[O,!"obO%M0*b&.fQt
-'+km!,8q:3)C$FB(Ddl(+qY4l$k*OQ&I]'V$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ
-$iq%U',DH$)]';0'FkT_'GM#e%Ls0b$k*OQ$kX'[$k*OQ$kWmV$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ
-$k*OQ$k*OQ$k*OQ$k30O!"fJ;K)o!T!?qLF&HMtG!WUsU"995;_uW(&!!*6(!<E3%
-!<<*"z!rr?'"9eu7#RLhG!<<-(!<E3%!<E0#z!!*'$!sAc3#7(VC$P3:="9AT+"9J`3
-"pbA7$o7na!YGM;+VHL55uD&(,&r/h"r*2nYsKZ\'iMkW1Gj-(d6e-bP#Ll/nRHVt
-(8A*e-:F%sA4=A1F>ar`<T7T\Z\66FFlW'_-^:E\[$ASZjRf:V`RX)C<b?N0QDV+1
-f&lZb7os>ILR4pJa4KMK&HDk6!<NB,!sAc3#6tG:2$![Y&Ha12&d1Kt@<!J)"YtXk
-'VVcu,Jd:*n1u>!iGsO56W4_0F#<D5"r<r=K*N_\_U:i9<217?79)6fA`E9eKYu8]
-j7>a)UkQ1@`73l?V7":mjn2YdG(u<[[`6n\p*Vdh=(c`4Q`%=5s4RG]!s&B'&H`UF
-561*a8L0OrP"?rK,a(_k8L0HsP"?p`Uln!cbf.N(eB51`Za"cbPP_H]!(`9:Uq-C%
-\TBmHKoa"J/Vj?+G(.`:46tH-kcZ&J2mI@<:\g"CP#Ko,\Nfo[MLY"LrrC=dq%[Rk
-F6Q*4bD2\?J)>09:ILAbYNo7XHY(ftc\%V\rrBj&CD;i\IZ(S!?>Mj;elb64-$?I=
-3sdGcrFX(m%!jJ5`t00<%Ga7Zl2@@&r!@.J4"^,ljL)D+g:"H5M];Q&>Q,8mppMHD
-kp2Ea;Fr-sP`i)<JOXcGS^IeoQ8_=<rq127DL)*!dOd)#9pSaSZI7cEBDsWR*j;C>
-!;JW?n3iN8M(^o&et0A^o>/>hN;iml<lF1eDd4BScgq31I1[dfepVB#jQU>jBGIlR
-!(L%!UN^#0[lCqO<eL=*)Me-UrfTm%?-[4h>iGiNP"pN-K&""?&D#Z?,esH*,a82'
-j:6?-Y2&U2'A^U=ri$s9=:]nE8ptt2_"=e5R=bK!fgk4+j6cjHXh4K9qYlN*fQ@+p
-LRo]fD7"%mG)uXKqG6eW&lX'$P"A8;,a)&g8L0OrP"?rK,a(_ps3U0H8L0OrP"?rK
-,a(_k8L0HsOsC&U5S15ABZ6\@)%RJ2=I6_V!5.L\#M-PJU0Wb79c.&dg<59L2ssWE
-!!3*"DuTgRV)uA7l^^#Sf_mUCpM(^oetsPa+8_77rW3$!*k4>&XK:09fbQX7?-AaN
-q^qcd-rj3IE!).9Xc:g)e"')$8PXDQcTM4-X=Hu]Z]1hSfPWB]%3.q6IWLX[J0lM&
-!762T^Zn]qOPZU<j-43KiW+s.Lu\EpX[OnPgKRC-QSj<*:[GO1X-IdEV0Hg\;Bec8
-4%]E=X/jd[o28MF=%f<-%t:(qDr12i/t^Sj@i4Rg#MepG)[H,gr]`ZgCP21!DK+3@
-p/h7o8)ItUrf(]uN+53ld+5ZkeqaG*/P/Yf%[fd*6_HX2p.#el[=7,JP"@)o,a(bt
-8L0I`RI"G;=S@M)_Aq/6"Fhl':6J4g1Oc?GqoNs`j#tCQDn<^\A`*>:eWG(+:8LpY
-?!YA>5^(c"rHYNITD%jCP"AH@=jXaf0^%IVgr@UIEW6"Mq\;aXnu*M2U<:B`hT%He
-rH>A>8L6PspCZ.e\M:dj!!gbp?=ujoq5n^VV5;K;!!pu\ao1[2T)Sfh(:`5)ohR@_
-FgtuCco'NASnS+'D>o%aZi:#AerlI1Z*&Yh#PWS-BeF1Rf]!n!#]MI`C&H#"22p9p
-e#^F"7R/'r6[h'/;H)6?cG-Dnbs"k:rr@@0oY:@>rg@k9JcQ'Ae.B:QHUD11Sfdcc
-fBE0Fgh<kMCr\T!hQQ$>]DN3;&,OqCp'E.tD0FLb.r]hT-*A4&,a>*f8L5f2P"A8;
-,a)++dI%W=,a>*f8L5f2P"A8GZhfD0:W7KX;ta8J!;u#ir<d7OkM#q9p&,eHUXV$0
-FsHR`>mtV$IWO:nKf(gf,4_nCeoJ@9;7ber[`G>-I?cbk!(L5n!:\V?!/1@PMY*pN
-.48BdfmR3&Gr=Wdrec5SXoABSZi)K@N]o8$1YGP?&D21g7]l#N<gWkS7\lY%P_TbZ
-5_eup!Ge.Y=:Jb-U1B@.F+:3H8/8Loht(L9J'D2B*@ojuEkirK$FSSHHf"(Un'?L_
-Y4WE+T81kc1Cj0YL5dA(mVr1+JT(OHrrCB'DP!'@l"g]1o;%`POQlSuV>gPCC?eA>
-5R)`=J2@7F!_FZ#P`eT`V'M3q.7keJ8lA5+P*D,$,c)cL8L[4VP"JVD,a+Z-\+O5I
-W.T4)O-cgu!Z>E1n(&?%r;QcpkP@tWH1k8k?Vea"j=o1qHQEIm!(gPo9%U9s*ET%G
-F\HjO6Xdl9m2o*0r1E&"Uo>Y(AWMoo6XG6WX]:!^"-XXN(,o1V\U>tZds0nR4FJ$T
-r?Z-EH#bg7HV$e);:><3\1S4<I0]#g0cL&l3DT&4^\Rd,!!TF-WnQmC[aa7/4A/oq
-T2b=Y";B]NP#fn&c8[H1pJ*f2\YIsjrr>[Kr>:]hXX),3?I8BWk-tK@3$A/9-V6p%
-,a)&g8L0Q#!<:L8&kO@5Uln:q.0h@R*tKCf)%RJ4=I2#I!7\LRBWcD[dcV1mZq2W1
-!+'+,UT_;0AU60mN%,/+a8/kc+148HqeuK7#QFcBP+#ZtX^lR%^K'jI=f!uNN,S07
-a'8NZrr>orR/#e(&i;]S)C[=]SK%B*jrFSeg.W#"P*t@j(H;C'1i)(G^Ugi-<lU4/
-=r[S'giVBJN^^+Zd(uAc8XE6L]k__[&,TFIP4Q8nTDCMF(4Xn"i;WdJP*tsVQg"FR
-Oo`8M[ARA&IV8V+rr>33Jm-8AP*D,$,c)cL8L[4VP"JVD,a+CT8L1,XP"@)o,a(bt
-8L0I`P"?pq,a(_J8L0HkB_>\uNR]ahO*K9FllSj/rrAj-qYlV&7o7%El'[UP]PW!T
-,NuhUR;G_!!(QYJWt4MT6YBE9-FWoa5VAnj^&.T.rrA&Y!7/FQe<KHI),mr=`iEA"
-$O"J5"2:h"A)C"LJdY73*=e!C*qJI$gs8$WVlT$0<Rk8-/tYSp.WPC,TC?dtcVo&d
-]DhjJ\qRp$#R3OARHO0jO7ba0Rd.I;:cUA$D)6<%PKVYT[X5^ecg[S"^\!@3eO_$L
-;NaTsPlCa`e*[i?,a>*f<;NLhX/=fZQY*t!p,6E/LYGNfgOK3e8P_/8f<-$mrKWE,
-ZG6rCLZ[0:L,]'\q9+9G5NC?%<G'9ADWO%UgQR!Q\]+9rio`;qF-ZYq)B'l9FX\cE
-M*N"RC"[E4;n$n0L:fcZ3_/bSb(_KZd1?h&r6VjN%XYXn:e5A+TT_UPqBV<^_Sg>(
-7(QZb<j"()=RXJ1TC>)2reY_f31.t1TsZgW206C?a6C:YaXKe,P"JVD,a+CT8L1,X
-P"@)o,a(bt8L0I`P"?pq,a(_J8L0Hk;Fr-sP`eT`V'M3q.7keJ8pogfY=KM@NR+T/
-:0BcV%3'Qd5Q:^m^RbB)N;GrX_7sK<B:]p<p&:ODLIoS-!c/>'<!babJ#'3JrrA&X
-A,a'PNK,T0+XK98*L\gs;:p/r9M=83^M"00BcC5tOnnBb_8`crBa9J-<h;,'CPX?5
-,Q=%Wp*?QKU?_3HQW@[Y&e9]rV+kCj4H62iXu[YG,g8@J/URKtn5&q$DBu&(P"@,&
-eF!r@,a>.grr?C%RC=Z[SAX]d$S<DX]RG^PorN@em)neRp9BX)bVc'(a1r4,Q]("f
-5;OqYX$2fpF3*k+IC9(Tf)C7n<[D(KP'A(6CZE?;[SNb#T,5-<IkafqoMcbS:c/0X
-^5CIZVpiV#:O<<;ia["$FE$c==se')P965X5P0l.l'TB>ggKtDkVW#qg%8MI9,;+b
-<CFD!Ol0$tqOd*R!3#3f]d86>9lSR,/gKQDrrD8iPhntWP#@H7,a>*f8L5f3$Z2o4
-h/1IQf"itcNn1Re.F)0O>Pd_uS$Dfhf3Y0(,^\AI!/7Ito,mM2I\6W?$`']%l<SJ.
-oZ$m<E#(j!>OSuWorlU>!3Z0@Y"(_Bk#9B>%5"Eh$S;6&T@[jA[+G<XZO;mZXk":J
-QbDNdiae8N\%,YB%S5B(.4Mq0!3BIE+krWS@.IauL\[>:P80%*Zdn@brr?f@Oo*E^
-&+_F1`EAGV_?#03P,9/M"eZLg"2dq"Uo13Vhc]Lq1GOL$TC@hp]RO,"k+DYRJM*OP
-l,]f-9>g(>">;g;%GO-4FE4a-3fT[orTuC,JR^oiU[sncDs7m5gaLieFYMKaK,EEL
-k7H4*lTOQtl[N1ha)@a%5e>PVDK$f2kP$KMa4kh;#@IBYiNi(HZgIE@Y'nXI2]lgJ
-r=sh,e,KDP8Pc>?oo#PBmB=]A5KMYorr>8(QE`S[=F)j-%;o*15J.uPrdE"mMot@^
-qG*XtDRs'Upct(.qTW)?F#VQXD.afT6^p<k@[clQ*H_i-<o[E)k6&*#r5H@urj:e<
-"*/q5@/SpbD#XL1qBtY0!*bUbfqb\-k@3RT^E):\oUEbQrr<p?Y`b668L1,XP"@)o
-,a(btnXcXGEVbu$%/L]E@iPAI^$T;&A`N`7qtel`i\.NMr0KIZqr14\MY<!LpW3m3
-gJt_D1nCcjp?<Ujr^+E$9FGLDCjk\T5l5?(`h(U@rf^ZOSSG9M40,jr9kSQ)O*7"`
->Q4],r87AIMm-uck(be:>U0p:'udTBm;CslTT.B-&)D#f;pt$iK34Nm)a4;;c$njN
-+&+%?&kO@5rrE)LmLi):PidC'^X224YOSQtrn[NWrr>PB,&!;Di`E2ZCMA"Cr3-<k
-@JL9[F-i-C)r!JI8p*B(d'&O&H\_9DRbY=9/p0l9g<Wi!a6*77<Gi8SQc*fNB7Lps
-W3<Rp;uK4=nik!Vlsgg`da@]1rcbliQW&K>lq5Gh#k=HuoUkd-,E2+B+Eo'?eioR)
-6.'_?juX9e3UE*@5BZ/=rr>91^[P3elQhWb.7keJ8lDY<HBopQ`cb*Up+U1,21+0T
-[*m:HZi+_=)@os9(qh:2hg+#O8?/>2p:p?+qj"Mc2;d?,j#nlno%p@r1:j>[aN-F3
-`XehKJ'h5YRltQQ#&dSPoS:o8Bq"7"p:'j@J#9jW'E6_XepSC][#Hn2`kukXkD^Zo
-C=SBP2g0^j&lW,,E7+'(iSoeHGp09_K?KuprIoBY!NUbiGNOB>J+XM.)?C`^M"*0^
-RVedr]6!)RFJ!TC6.eG9#IN^r==r=u!62VJ6;<FX#19@-qoL9+8H=r89Fpuc3C_Ua
-`p9;KH[em(3MO7)+pj!s\<dfjTLhm_nBHuUa!e(/AO&XVO2YFm)L(5fpQ3K!9aj<P
-1mGpXd0.:F5M'qF$$['j7dY]UW>COc'(8!tb>0k`rr?+GV-+u]alN1l>BJIgq/Q;2
-S3`</jR]@u+A!JFrrB7k,c8gfgI'_,/hD'g/^bmBJ(DA3FWDjq"*+KYbQ>CId_Vbu
-,PV3<d(fS\!ri7YrbZZ6_gsGpriU8tABq*72#dQjI5I2b6;*L+]l)V"[,c,1NX,%&
-5;R6HfDbgQrr?p9!2<b)<nDJ2ZDRr4g4p.N;^@Mt,q1+)>lLRRe#E#Gm1m,%7kT)c
-g1kQ?`0A<Boa:P="ke&bo\8_Hr;.#5R_Q=@n\SQ*P'(i)PN#3eqSDiVrip\J)R1b>
-d].G^qiR$@!"Jr.Sj2VsDU67pcZjPZ&lW0pH;(8eKQBHYW:t15^lq^40a4`C?en[1
-@"$dbd&YmXjZEAqcspO?R0Rf%hoF7@,c=EP2e[9@r:P0Ok<JU2lftX>U`%4%Z:i;(
-2V,G*7Y]K!5]``A2[.TNTKOe6$/Yl:*&bQH8oLMg8La\jmLi):Ph47$qd(%-2LsUf
-fEpIP[EN.\!3j+Ec#Xq0i*,91E'/_9P?55s2u;^bh2.YCWZS;'P$Jaf^ZeqRJ)QIQ
-+85^7qBV<f<>O*2$oiU&HlNn!4'M2fg)`/^7.'tTr=tBIH"l!>1ssSE:k.$;.DEus
-e$Ks5Gn)rb+3\IWG.t76@4cV@>2c8LUru,m8Kk8;HsQ_ikG7k)!3D_dUjNeRdGk+@
-$iud(mYsA%aP?7Md-oB^!60JWrj9%:oqS5sJoWa_q5'.7rr?oep+?s%#MnFqq5TLW
-nrfV75?^)Zk9thJBE"#mZG*sCH:*BQb_L^lm;Bq-q4""*b8AS%ci%^"B-$&IW^E\t
-jE^Jk8G\BEbNa@jaiS_h]10/U(,th6V4Zu)rrB#Lr?<j0$_?]0:LLBaoX_jS=f>NS
-ZF2Z5?o+[Pfl,;181DL1Tng7qC].gP25#rU:F,r?e1$_>VAD51o'XQi[PRh-^[(_b
-QZdMI`EG*;pM+@8p7P,&a9MH]2Tto?1SEq,8XWLpeW4L:Up)km^5i0;=O5(@G<OfZ
-LOeFb!.AUkKZC]9mrtSc:<M56A,!`0lpqaaa:]ktNjE_AP$glX,?KBP=oSJo':th;
-`iUfpQOdd0!2QgW;f.QO#q*?V9>B[LfW++Co`oU]>.6ED(]`4IoQ:$bVuDZ>l_%&j
-e]rSSY1aq%7iQf)>@ULrWO0!Yg0R7G+A=;PA*;SENF?=E)^,FBQ]iY@8-AUC:B2Ge
-@Bn=mYNci^JGSu$FPG`GoM7]FE!NUde,J-;Z[YYo'*(OQ6a$scDn%/'E@X`D2FD@F
-of(F+S!hp5miU9[-nZ#=%VUrR3,1\'C:a818<iIN)":`3c4`qth/LQm3R4ni8=8C9
-gL2iJ4p->Ch2@2$F_i-8k^W.252Mh'c_PcG%NM5u+co51/UJG3Fn&CIU]V1[*m6ch
-R-8K6Ck<1.<aIlP-md=PeBbXb_-"\AR92@cWRF(+LZghrm/I&i(2GI7C"@Nmrr@I=
-c44`fcek]n:K65SSNKp^eCrOKCGrhTgQ/Y$r:[-pp%KK)oQZC@r_p^!l>*qNQ<1[a
-pS%PLM<*n-.Fu`>n($hF.G9YEH&^VZ!;#[PJ+,MN4a#F<<h"#Sm]kQ\jLNuo/aE,L
-BT4:3qGgT>O??+aUo',2K^/R;\Qm[?e#7_\iWk)@n#<SC)>'C'6+HF:rrBg.eOX,!
-$`nH:3:j&[o9*$%C4P#Q1.I_(mQ[5F<6oVf2&/TRIX1d'9KnO^\2FmEhn/l+pdK*B
-])ZVl/s8VCP+=^Y288Ar%"/med\!B$0u*&R%<$@^(?.$8h#@A",Ihsh?VCA'do^is
-k3L[U^Ihc*)%g6H)>*q/od/q$j$8clP"?pss4?ZO8L0Or%*V="EM&5Ph=XkmNrK+$
-HU!h7FHTS`rEl8[FGuco)l[g@Q)!QV^WQQV7sFf%cmc^r*PmS=[ul_@9eN16$S$CV
-29Ua?+&k!D-Jk@Re&efk.mNd'rjV`Bpb\5s1$s5Uf1AkeV#;E]j,`'n.Ze`:4*Y^*
-K@lqVnhi*f8kR@siP;'ML?BaAYoj#mTG-916G5;ER0;e8f@mE;i]579E7tTFVFNjB
-cUgfGUm=9mBP4gQq&e!q?k@HoM37f<7EWSc&iL"8LCa5FP<Z8M[AruS;a6g:dPPV"
-48oil!8C'Jd[^$_=nar%O@R6<iu"HEg1^T-[[T>t%eKUj:5ZeNrk!3KOdl\&5jZn?
-rkfJ`DOloT>>6u@8/n[TdWb@\NQCAK$[@O-W,(4,?:f:#!MJtpTDNJ_PHfd8NdHhQ
-Ml3VL$6-S):Rd6:QV.GDE8!8P8hnB2D>#(33;E8dh7Q0DpRS@NVE66/_>E&0a,^LK
-@iJ]"UlNW&(SnXZ4er60J,tVQh(iVHbQH=sTGtq\Q$Wni^#,Zbm<?tub&N8hL]$h:
-nbJ1=48t+MoucQ6DD`@+FcHnQk#L^q-S/c0Q:T*i+q?d1jO9HWhc@`$=?pY.G.#*C
-fZg&0=dbgY`ee910C^Z7rrB'>[pe1,^;0&OEI5npguGqEWs+dL2XC(o>CXK7htu`i
-E-9u'@*FfZ_pPi;]r\6-O_&e]^j;Ig=DRoLm.Pqe924h^W`n(i)A0!m]Cn+j#97s;
--eoR.=F[GKkgnT:r@cWN@j3aFcHlFcYtZ*\ZCV`;3=a*7o&dH:paW.CrLrcu:,-Ok
-O]u7l_h:*t2,I_QjX?T1K9X7H[n(V6j>kJd^#Be(0s/LDm=tD;9_[T\>1XdK3070k
-6VZ-XVqpb^4i//C*]7T?Fs!6Uj&Yl\]17*t'rn?NN(/VB!Y`R>dDm"c^-Pl$i?S;6
-<I6A7]*BDFc6)fBQ$!kh5pJb5*%9$%A.f'Y$oI;<NBB.KC(T7^X34.DR+&P,Wn$"[
-h7Jqe=^W?m5M,X.=#4\F+i2HIhiBMjPp"X9@=XO^VhHV@!Tu`gEpriQXbQ&ZmJZ4[
-TBmi"f[I2gcY/mpqapM`dKDBd6](Y7eMA.[LDuf+0g)L2a!:k>%j^bf50`!]XX,WW
-89!&k-U9tXJ$u`<)X"Q/iQl\,%6At4rBKuIrr>`X'jBcUS7[OY20WHSj]qJlJ^^X;
-AGnS\LHPS:e5uXaV#LG'rA:=;=MJIOgiqKI06]O-@s<B35P1eei>%T?8P2Q"P#MD-
-mLi):PbaI6,q1+&8PL3(O43^@lP0q/[B9/T5O4s#5O6%Xjn!quj]:C=3sEkk1#Jb1
-C\2g4oJV3W/%/"q5%ORbbW>g=VcN&5\/7H[J'bP$[^Bd1S$\1#Im*n8+7&q,UDIh+
-daB->UhUDPr2%Hs>g1EI@s%"T=S!;2>BZKlrQW+8J+[h:M'Wdr!<BZkYdLWs:7u;'
-kl,N"HUbK=<L`hMgB4/ZJF*P*P4W`p-V\6O>6VP^kqr>GkP[LB!'U>^n1,k>-=1T7
-^"2olJpfBR!*T;8$-jdD4\Gp.hramh9,jf$]Fd&aCYANBr?I68iGJR*Lq!'O<l/RR
-\q&g_fRNNd(GfZHAk7l,MeX?)&E!*YJgN]XZQi]34u.P]q['$Vrr>kGe9*VZq9jJu
-DFS8@B'b;'",I),6#ZE2p[l+!49.b)hFaVup)HPV1#&8\_REf(^<OLk>,;4Q`fBJX
-3#M=q&dFeiQ(QU\q5XtZBl&RW5<Sr,?c`6Ic\kEI<JO/T,/RR%=ugm.!(U5S+&9u7
-#B&]@#6*g6g;Oh1SZQGf1"4T#+L^SEpaV?>DPY-M]']Q`:u^AJV=&l."1nPoF%JRC
-/s)lL#nRH)fgC!6,.7UA1$4LQd<B9P8pW6gd@Cj+AUJA!<di2#QD-6B)`gp,:0kB-
-FZ):qlCC0,^ZO%Ic`5FZD#GrgjmU^#5IA#<"X[L*\dk]YSu\kk7$cr&G7SgkfLKAC
-5LsT'_g?F/RqJt8kk<)Zn*7Gkb8`g#.n:RU)_S3*isES7/%EA/7CF:(Y0nP2p.TJA
--,Z!Cm%6T@X"qunSj0LZNGIH_;3\k"fftRtiKD&;5o(Hoc)0]a4;OjJCU4f)p2>\P
-#5NeP?.67`ASm(U(94I<P(%)cJilsKOF/)g-Pir8APX3]23[GAoR/srW"`M!3HTOP
-(7NFJ#=l;7UVl]:4eG#Of@$kEb'Pi^l39)[BIs]'+6_AOHFNnSf"G9e9Wb<3?+4Lr
-6,KoWg^F;=2#dQOY$c?HU?2G*oS1*G4duBN`W#p$rr@U%]O$-.&H&Rl7rhe\[CgA0
-^"]XArr?j\V[8td=%a!_49k\QJ$RDU>?JQSa8<0&_>Ak#T>ocbqF[df!5X0N94Eip
-1#'.&"q;m`VE]M/!)CI3Perl(Tq7fL$u"uiIsKqcVNOM"8L0Hk;Fr-sTE!=,&kO@5
-Uln:q.3t'J8kC=52^-[Llk=1,XEjgF!;7%(S(7)r\c2Y;a7&s'a+sL5r@@mJD62OJ
-f(>tXWueQ`YS(aSEGJeXN=t%E:7_hu*KbV3U`b1Hrc[U7rrAeD4KSF#RI>?n>D*bJ
-P!@n\*VrS/Dph6V!-!Sa0p4JXnu"M$/pd\h$$3M*kPOP(f_7I/Jn0kgfIOGn;aUX:
-!Nd8cTo-FI>6/4CFWP@@%6piiieelN$Qoo2*IgZ3aEBaB4_#PTWIo#8(aJh^!SFcb
-*9fWf<Vn1SI4CapEbE/U,3*+@E"H?'9!nZ5A\!\5H'$)g-#&._`fG3`"<-g3gU4/;
-G8I*c]7#E4j8]U.-J7"2p=s^^Uk>^Rh6-_MY&c641D\qE6ZkGp_#%FSFQ6CZ&$Uk$
-D(]pT1i?Q`h+@Q?_0aqFMTPL+nGM0Dmeum[\Hq#W6d]r=Z]enShHGKDmlgbSbdHQn
-2?KcSm1Mhb'OWU#Xa@K7G:\YhF51oc*p2NekQ$^$:JA-Ted\<8!&nJF&Je#6N,uK3
-WO\q=<m:]7L>B/;f8iXpQ6^&"UH\tnO9!cS*MpQZ\ufbPlNS9F-t8NEWG6>a__/&H
-?3&Cgb$4-eQmd.Yk4g+KDUA`-&U"`I@p-Q6.b53S_g&G<=FQ`%J!AjPVY<+/P)XVN
-AT17(7n(:*<BL!S>7SYi2u691(>'!>qd2Vnn$OtDZt-Wj'`B?k*9$nt'lt0Lbc4F@
-1C<S(0?i6O[=f+N3%<dKFUZZ_kt]-5FlQnm#"8/5%eVODAjp;_@@8*eRcdf!THs<-
-2<+I'J's$&+IBJ"\b5,q2Wj5k/8sse>?jrrb^K`3r7#hnU\B7brjKF>\Z][f9XV`'
-*"Z%>81UL!80phQP"JVD,a+CT8L156dd@`>,a>*f8L5f2P"A8NQX/pKNMX&]1>NIa
-Zeam4rr@e_rr<+)rDOih5\#86VBC?OrceAB8Zje5d*0]%^&G(S,$ioP0r\#3.n:9n
-S>ugh&cpEUf"h4'/I,@L@13m*cOM<n>F8NWgth?/4p^m_77'JH8)"DI$*?Bm57?c2
-"Cu(I*9!h$5X29fCFOe<<E#TjR9d8uSEOYQZh#qSa6[TOn4sWbNf7eRPRUtFUZ,PJ
-AYE_LqhR"!<b_4bo+IjT@ZbiS;;*.S$GDFiCWM9E\].KOm]l'#F6TGlcJjtDUFsiq
-edH?l2/`.,-hPW$+4dpmrAB+CAW6bs"+6E23O`O4IYm,,&2H:9'8GGo;i[[)A,_8T
-C:*LM[R(,_?,+@!T8Qq"da\)fiq1UR?L>YT)4^r75G5U-]>`.Urr@F@Q\X)%HNUHi
-WBi9(2n/]rC,nUHBnYcG7%%<(C7FU(T+t4s[MV+N34EM_C'pYHI9!mp;ZJ@6*u=1A
-`Fla&e`Geq^>2E$pZ4KL/(iZ7"1djK_%HuNOp,T!].gqP0Z&g;%GU@!=aT\;B-C[U
-%-CYb)59B&_%D_?cm-]WW"KqXWZrkDOJ#e^80B"f&-fa9\)pZ,%=o&lrr?iUpa#`S
-Y\U8d`+']3i%$_ALjkV+E?&X*\/"7JnEBPKD,0,X/cPh(m&UYVJ_1)4mDWJ%l3q[Z
-O;5nrg'kM'(D<E=@gOdCZV@lSNn^42Ph/Jg?L8J4N-]9KfOP]hL!RcEk1E?"@HD[G
-#<oW+lt+W=\(%V\/=it_rFXCRppiI'/"\ZS5;(0-MXj#r8XTKKp=isQEJR4MPo4A<
-km8cg@kFgkeork,3N'j!)k*RtA5YuEP*D,$,c)cL8La\gmLi):PbaI6,q1+$ngtR&
-qbQ?2On&A!Pk3^434gX+X&lZE#PWE?5Pu+&ZFk@Bb8n.3bEQqhoS'FL>jWh;`[/F6
-_Hc)sLglKm9!>5]'iK4^EsS)Z<mVd<Ehe1b&Ed^gXUM;t>^?[Zh-ij3.Z(VV1<Tpd
-g?lWYShY#!^#i+ZYUR<`%Fu.2fHY\ciW=L.aLU;:kcMTV@7?i0Y>\@:@nBa;ToRXl
-U]<+^>`/$RYj+im:J,,FcfJol>sQ3e&bpP&oQWooK`NCJY,\P\WU+JWP-.a4&*GI%
-_5Wui;Nt</)0TMF7;Qe"8tkpM)_WQBXN"lH#DY=G*mbr)b@QVA)CI*APmk'5Knk6X
-S_#N&CN4kG"i4U-<HU5=m9jdj0LmYDn$9OiE%]lh2!&^QkQ1EAg95I:M'0;0UZ&>=
-(rKW!bQd.<_-q$I>2pYC06/#rl55"CZ#bD@]mn>0BB3Z:g[/hf!9pG8c5@;%"Q:RW
-#7*teEVS?9ACBaYaaAX-Bo1G@8)`Sic&l4WR@j>@>0fNlCF/C2\>^Va)'L%Aaum;R
-h<bcBJRR)"<*gmdRVI)q'o7N6k^gV6(^EK=S9Mo]U)G![UU%10&u?-J'$*q]b1IrM
-<8-T&U"PLpe>(Ji*$N+h3c8#8C>b:lCTQHj>IOJRU9R@j0+^!70r<l1aO&ZMW_]V<
-F.3Pda&.nVDm?SN!!b,rqCPhp,+OUO]1l$_2;6CL?DHK[de^GIqQZ3"_KJ#TQ91ah
-`P;&1rrD9%\@FeeF)h&W(t(<I%;mDMhbLr_CgCLa?5/Po+I+488L[4VP"L6(eF!r@
-,a>*f8L5frI:9a")efKccN*tF;88p5rqNnQ/+oJ$ZSrsG+/6XP!;#$Qrr>G3&S2*l
-E\:iAG-H<`F>("%`sSj[7jSs$eknoaW?'PiFuZ&.Ei4t1$$URkGPZWtBN3fQ>@"eb
-Qs$n(FN3\Z4ZD#$PXrNG"9H-6Ip4O_lOXf4>dl_VGq1A7)SlRI[BZ]=K]*!@=X1.f
-dbX<oXbsBmJ/YC`g-eM:GdcY`hkVPV7Y7?oMQ#duVfRluo2lnR.!k9)d+)\*@E>mW
-.W&6*XKfU<Xl[el:Yr.pB6)X`!-Tp%WggTO[=cH:2u]cdN8.*Y72I_r3=R+6Bp;H:
-k/"aYbDtW_!)6CrdTfEa[#PNBVuDR+h=+VgOX>UFpR^>Uoin_;BBZ]-]$L5fIV$j0
-^=)kGTPKLKrr@OQ=]Kd5OAkqVP_YOs1>_JHd62][5\4,J$\Pr=D8iY8)QBG3@Z_h9
-?+\FrckNUg!K>gs!`X*Y4>]<&h:!BYpDjqB(5_d+F0fYejgFTX=,\2E&A!2a%00'n
-;0E%D?o8N;l8.edMRJKG/SmP3$XL9emM0!,MaTBLM@=+?T6l*,BiLRKaagKX(<[2d
-Q1XRj;&4dL+D"S9a]E4hdAia[`dq<1)hN6aAu3b#VgJN>[>t<?)QSh]o;j0<Lj&k,
-1.QLa%qH\Pk0.Re0sB3g6bP@6OD?J$Wo*+HRdll+27_d-!VrFeG5!UmpGb>I@]@]9
-d?7R@aYaqh`jr:HgNL(kD^0=)W)iWE`kAski&Df'mTrCn_"i]KIol+97n1G&BA'Nh
-!7o>urrD[h0jOiUm[?]mS@qK>P"JVD,a+f"ea=&A,a>*f8L5g+I;-UmQ*9;nCK`sI
-ofqp2XB_AsWRbYA(@('D5L!tISIO/rB9p!l1+k.C6kk,@:`H'.X2PKd&[-:LW\$8F
-'o7UWNjS!&N<eI&7O7\+/LB*c0mBPO8.@;p'@e,)'cg8R[!8TR=#o]?au/6;U'b.+
-Xr7ef/S+/+(&Vhsgc%?W\`R':F:1_\Cl(k@[DGo:=I2if)T/T;numL4<kHu4coWao
-kg9i[d_WAXo&rI+R$bFe(,b6d^ju.RJ&3p>b5ubpOEdKibAA3(C\f<1*-5&>AR41p
-F.DK+m!/M+/O0"&&$t/LG%@l%O3\`Nr:O1-J?WK*Bre=0(&P!pS,WJ6VeQ/2U93Hu
-CMVBAHBjL3dI."g="sQ,DMF>FGQD'OSOUUdCYI\-(d]E6Ak7aZqqp7Vg+kB<ft+'d
-%cb(uZW15pLO48Jr@]5I>MXGIP2R?Hkj,s@":rIRM*4p4+jAS1J-f7j`-KnM!kgG"
->ls0bcX+qlha\TK>sk+AH2b]GRnl$m//[d<L-8pZW+S=9Xu/C9K?rhkj;mC[*:RK1
-+Fi-_g;Y^^TCnAV<7YU?]%[FQ>\j:V;)DhK=,741IBJ./c[7UG-[$N=#uM^]Vh]n9
-2GcV`^c6i%CKeBnT3-4ip:*X:4A6c](ccHL/c&)R78=aX/Xa&r-+dC@K91*=BeCT.
-\CU.0f_C-b<T_fNnj:O/34S@SkbUui>H)Vm4,B07!,h2T.i]:&X(Js[*PR@>]#P#-
-aUS1F)Ut_'[A4F-bNec6]h,'@GNd&oqjOH=&d'O)!dcc,\f=u7>k@TXm7CH+QS@\b
-.aDm^UJ\&7H"dDH'Lu1PMq"E)cB,^al;a>M0&Q;E]t\fpn,40;n[0"lQhUF.kT<`*
-/&]N1I32EK^Y30^nd8Q4!U5b=,a+sd8L5f2P"AILf'X/B,a>*f8L5g,4\$p[*6[)D
-WogrOXn-gVr^h4TOm?ksj^1YEMqf;%bcSs>24XO"p:7)l<G_Pmi785+7`WCiS(r6R
-\:0WWFXgMMbYkLMX^7nQPWN(,A^4?0>JmjK1Knug.T*Mo<i*5]L`2N-f-X$YWg^`Y
-jR0UFkg])+j^a5##2K]d%99$$VXUn25U\O$OE=6^Q:<4WZ'\&/;m.e6aY9tM^=!VG
-gR[.g@so5JX/ir-qaQQoWl5iY('o,p]tr60j(#ij'n=dK2jG9$h0@&p4QFlLrr>Wm
-EUEf6A#_8c1'5V-07!:,?27I-^1olK0B4\*m5bR'/I[*)L]ZY;F)>sLV]D6nE.SMS
-ClYQV6o@.T?5ns?;LDMY_/4smG9<Zg5mVET9uQ>HeSe?,Z7?B^MG$3M>X+P:ItUX8
-=L=.:1eI*O<Hh$4,(iUa>'N3aIt"fGF\H&SQ"[>:l;[67llH*+XK0Vbm[8o):f$g#
-F[l<k-EQ=e2#8'o[f5Llj8T)^<5qsArbe(4G_VB:B^.Ni.<tH'/cPgO5XnCU1(OBO
-@XV\1^!<J5Y72C5U(%&%.6Fg+10qH+_L@2lq>h?@c>f#Y/DT$0SVf#0KS,ou9FVG6
-8A1NeI[+HGRW4aR?`ACkC`V;>AM`X$Yg+jTM>C77:\/@$noHFtcW;:hUW/:,d>e.#
-&=-1tA!KQ*BD5\ZY.]`qF)fq2Sj&"c[?LQ9(I)L)L:Z]2l`AXWTBrF-[$`*>X-JkX
-/VOc`>HKY9d[GAl#<9es,V499^N8-mp#00?o[IVuY5j_Z'!'o-`tm5`.TjVE!D3J6
-*.%kEI8;YYOFNSDpGHp7B#[D'Sl^"+/5K$PcH`qNrK^I`!0U->d6QB2<0Bg-Efs!>
-PbaI6,sVF]mLi):PbaI6,q3kA=\Z;9K#=FE#QFcmrrD8jeuifS>n1pqm:S1XJ*NI%
-!2C-dka'LP4k;fK`uS)TdVS&GS/a]-K?7#(:U-6$2c_HV%?B*.H!)#eHgK48\!;dC
-\k:5k/Sf"1.p@OcdHX_P`pSNJZHE@\&Sf9L8?!i;7QG25LSk5Bbc4:^Y+TliG2bHB
-V4bfGF_auRNYRkaNWM([J]_c1AOF][80TcHc&Qj7W-2NNqF[0sZHWT)0r</.8r2f>
-.+<:@I83UU'\Hfj'ejZ-gA77[jYqt+mOle>4tR3F+^Ea;TIW't?h@@`W?Y;<-k3a;
-H]Ee`-2!=q_Pd+Ycns7PQZZM;F;cR'b83VG7eZcn8uIl?DZ5'R_g%GDR9)BH*`^pm
-2Mlm>S1L10M4IC)XKUR`6JF851)gTe\90Xl,ce<1aHN8`J56b0:+J(:7uDc/K'])"
-l<aJj:"9'@SfI4k>CV+@TmhJc_fTcT=Y[4U]T;CY!/%C`oaK#bC_+#IFL1101U$XJ
-J!Qk"j%A=ie=WM&M2q+&0D:4\&b]:5d1Uh+0?H<d(4DM^$AOCQP%8Dm\LquYPtfX$
-%kpi!g;4muN+d?0!IR<p.^=UGe22M3O3S"%PquS!\>I:OE?tO$JQT(Q^K5(_ct/Nf
-H^sPuik6H!V*:57X8W^WGPs0frr>Kk4Y1<Ri4Vd\;<W-"C.Ns1gUM_]NRiU.:7Bfn
-dRb`(,*GMCPbaI6,sVFVmLi):PbaI6,q3JL](^=4*X%p@^d"mtkPbVGU8%?>`]CSc
-CVaeAOnPRb?5j,%b;U2m';R7:(/p041(5msguI5m_85d61G$PT6X,I?nW2!loog`G
->uiAXdtgN)rLW'J:\8Am1`!l0D'#n0nm\mF<Nc0-Gkte%B'(Wab,g$0IVQ-?dB9eK
-h!5o-D'$_OaIh=0d)s/1E:ZC!oi.[Hj5Mb+9U0/88&6pYdpSa^T65`&'q!06]VDM3
-22rNQ](<KO'rnLnIZh"\+Zq!fZ\?VC['``:(Af*tY*&LMJ4cn1g`^*F"?6h-22$/(
-j.b:O1C)?YWES$.mr#)oKQ%]bnRX2SRLH`2#B>GV[MpZ8"E9YJb(cF[qY*+iGX4"W
-C9>oPE03&?.3"XFpMtr06_2%Cr%R]>lXJ;q.>F1I?Ab,dX&Y3dUHtWr]<*d!ASq7?
-))&3i$)^e=<pnd(F>;57X7_FAN7nFp2N%2%K.YkCGC()=`NOZ,=0\cJHHKZMZ:7gU
-ZKp_$W3r4fNT>TH[if%ABeVDK\TjD&1i=JF\*2I)ri5/<mmt$jFL?i6r^g1U.'8^=
-bV_i"r4NHl,X=]%f@]kh4HU_B@p-=+W>me,(,_c.MB/m/-b9n*MkHL/$I*u`-H?;t
-gsU>3B`n*nWHaJ(n<j(o>QfR#BR4iH6WKj0l$/0c)7ISQ!,8Y*3@p,Z@C<;)3.OY3
-kg0)q-\;E[*>!>Z0=5BB9LsNGGP,TshtRiVe]@\i`=L/$-^N7?[/U+TrrDnRrr>58
-\JZ>c74BLF9hLR?,a>*f8L6V$dI%W=,a>*f8L5f2P"AFsop6Waq2ER3p>.^Br\:$8
-rnOFO!'I9@B["AA&78Q4(_8CJG2N/V(L,C.gREt0#O)gO5J$Rg!&h@R-FoH0q@@9_
-NrhJJ@X%rOY0:P-/*S;ne[-.#`j#!9_HFMIhO:#WIC*AGguhs/j'BuDomKW5Q>J:J
-b;H*Z5ELBBXK7=I7dtP#rD>DXMG]XV*g\+MoMR$R@h4E)rrBcO=rf;)?I3Aj[Pu:n
-rMD1WX%l?rg4a;]$2%IB:!TreVAuBL#i1[%IW%oOo-osT^dDVcCG,%cI#P5%O1"tn
-mqDPkYjRYR!.8"A0'6`s]!EOM4+mI,kiB,P&hY[tp,^9/;_5uk6]nLF\m;kd&Z^%4
-[KEm4[8W:RgunR)8iq$.M0P2k/&A/FG=Y@Nm[HS_<a*MsmMJa1/g-/e>[&Zkm0GUs
-6o`&iQ^/O_C2BLWR/Cd$NoM5ri?T8H*g&W4=nN]a5R;JY.N[tL0sQ7D'CB?fE\`7M
-SJFrQ_9s(rkL0>i=S=Q]!c$X2ZR3*u.)S0Z7]bbZ4<mbAff2BbZB-!9<ES1''!/Pd
-a(QHuiksSSV61f&N)@M68qk4I<SuJPA6.l(ZoCAGG7jbLP2,3Kk#!5P1*#,ODMLY#
-_^l1bN%&NKBUC+Q5^TZW\CT8K@t'OIDT@0YQF+,EU]Ne[UB^#0JqRVmAL=pD]6#b]
-.&"8*".f>0;QJt\RPNWG&"1drIZO2&]'H\9"j4_%<F^*`cg2=$?6n+C]p.)!aEP8f
-/+2Ht!0C<,?0]1<pGqA@<LfS"D785dn!Pb@oD1]Fg:R#jVL>eL28uh]8%np&as6_Z
-J(GeB!2C++h$*1,*XT[I[8cVX?i!EFY5\M#-I:'k,a(_K8L0HsP"?p`Uln:q5QB1"
-&kO@5Uln:q.3t'J8mKDC_)13]b-Z#]#KLUEHiC_Y!1t'&LQP#N'Y^%>Z/Q;n8\`bC
-)CQfIaOO4jCY<@lG)/=PpQc#4$`ghgfq`@Fg\I-fNpC!"fo]"q07>P5[nfo-J#$,O
-Zatofbf9m<rj>V2gN8)GjY&rC]&"A9/RF\pcm-"H+!DFDPct5:b-,ZAXg2-)h2?C.
-)3-88,uA5NZ%TZ\YkYSkTDBtNCMpup<1Rt\+uDE,UClFu!kLN91$Wu2#!m=<QBrJ4
-e[^B)WIVYIh-fmAgs\Q+YZfC:2efo#Y1fsWPAAtaEK:8[=X<YLc,UCPl]^Wf'_ObS
-PtpUMoF"6G/^,qH,B/ot578Dd&CU9!:8!RPO54gh$&"gR9V.lB8ZKmOe?Qo,JsK//
-X:WHQCZn80_J,,qcD;$K$i?)Z0sjQAV^j4aJ5]S:R-#-PE,?XGDo&rUFMa7s''?KO
-j"GFS18Y<Y9#('D'OQ^ti>i]eE?*Z]"DTG:iPfe!5Z76C_$?5"kd"Bd'e,H'[7lYd
-JIFbL,beh#((I9;OeS7Z\6r(lC!n+K<6'NV=,U7N/=@e*dMi719rg[mb-eb\P2l>9
-b9U#UK0X3?P*MFZQ@AL^J?o_sVcJdQ#_&W<5%g%I6JtcRlVG6"8`=t#7Hq\l$*8*(
-TC02Kq6b_'Q4MN;Q>Url\\Fl;re)B>Y^_E,V*FeMr[E!SV/T=(,_B!Y8L1,XP"@)o
-,a(cLs3pBK8L0OrP"?rK,a(_k8L0Ht6`P7eRnp<non2M=rrD5O5N(m54d:81-*6ao
-$"^N,)]h67J)JqRXIcWD7T3%R!&=P02h?$?pc&3Q_Z'V0[3@/!>9RG7/<CA#+=\+a
-EaD"Sg;e>[._F?nTn^X-O)nh&CgsSC7<Gf`mVd+#Io.m,3j"4?ffK84#pn/J9FptJ
-B,_h;U'd(j[a3=7>'hh^n;/4b<:PiW.WNH$2;8sU/""iI\\Z8'"Zrt`0:f[t.@lTB
-5Re9r!*EcX4Ur6-F91Y5Kmio8(#s'mVp06UZI]D1Pqc*\ckIc6<+euo<^Rd#f74B>
-;eB6W2C%d]7BL8Fa+#N)p=Q^VE5[`.g)*Mq):[;1@tu+8gsmC>9X0s;AUSJ>1_GXM
-:\(#OrBjEMlPZl=>>u*KXrm<77@)Ob;n?W%b+Y)cBcBA$YY^0IoiZ;jTu4LQNRojW
-bApd%GDQ"#X,_U2,CV_,RH;NhZKC[qIN;0nW=?;`r:PU(e,G>af1.GGH^kKXm<I&Y
-JjkpB<kGsf[^Ej5.Y^m[q\q$(eQP_2!eFt7n6G&t-&BJr9<KI0KJjd-Zph6f#O)\j
-p-bm2NKR5V=@0oPI[7!0a=V>uNtkjbqWi5[D^q<ejBQ9VCO?a@+EpV)BQ;^1PME1W
-Q<NZf&ZQ9A"+FpfIZ$('6G',l+;L%.$X9CuX#bsn]!d?/C](rp=8r7,C55RK3>o;`
-gVDA.5=VpTci*`*dF>e`9M0:QD%qeAGs0sOcEbdXVFk-\7Qo2O?$03%lY(&N"'X*f
-!D+Q#(TA[C8P2Q"P#@H7,a>*f8L6V$eF!r@,a>*f8L5f2P"A8;,a)&g8L0P]FcM@7
-ef/9HXIqCok.X$;DZ9^bX,DBK^%g9j_3k]c:XOC^c2)6_QDo!:Q]%HN/K8MEo6.V-
-Zi:#&rrBm0%mkk04E`)Jo_(JW8/b9HX(BqJD=sD"5F;Im^Wil\cfs+>;!`"XCEsh%
-+$d>a(0UWlJ,9#"'!g40>HIT@:m?dhBd0X>;m2U]K_)I3-\C<bVu'+MoNPq/DMojs
-Rr!)HX=blOb1>f;Gr.rbLU;O)DrdZ29<,#3UP1QbQGaN?Mh4^,cjiW43F83L#(d@n
-O+()q@TctGM]ULak+k!HCp[[g\ub1!R-#f0W^l6^m;M]J4mIbt=j":8YLO@Bg(@Os
-a7\fl(1j<2AYm,h%q7]%V3ZiB-<4P)*Qm4f"%1Ml0;(.&,QoIE7<UTO\F4=0@#t.V
-LTXlmE2Dj0k_0SO:tFH<HF8fOa0rIaG&on>-"e=":`9_A/L1!u_uB^*Y'o_mkanh_
-H\us2ib#g9?$WefQkm%0aEP#k!7OYSAfYE:P5+.`'&W&hmUG;4P]qIQ^>#_3';@TX
-4@c`cAptcHo\7"-4Dk3bkWS4EX`7eD5ZDE8fo)tUa#NV!'-Gd!0jMb=aoU7?NrYdi
--UKY*=,o4W3i7-*gho:VBg/QL+H\hJn:1sA0[O.c?iW2::*@$!Tku&6IA^Q["1eE2
-^XG5UB2c-RD)h<C9.iG"rrBmerr<B)[OkgTolf\Rg\QHmWujf^UYJ)mTDf5u!'YnO
-Y,])!Wj^M`6Q"2[CIA.:E]1Eq"B_%9piJEQG3rdgoDH3?Nflpc;Fr-sP`eT`V'M3q
-.7keJ8lA5+P+Vd)mLi):PbaI6,q1+&8P2Q"P#@H7,a>*f8L5qM[I#Pb%Va:BW$,Sl
-+0/MqK)BR,@,[+nDt\$\l"XGE,cAhl0JC;a,;-H%BCp*'L]/qQ^;MD\25E7l?,:L-
-a84\\]i*Ra[>):qgFIH-COgJ%opGEuk5A*?Qi!]d)>o$BFas,6^\"6#;;DrW+)#F\
-+g.!8kg"Mn*#q@ijVol<k>J:@g=pjj%]oQ&r[n!gZ0hEX,GN?9h\Nj9J'E"q&9h;D
-khEE^l[t`u]Ju'XH'A06R:S[[mpQ>9+H?fUa6Mc>%A46B<4I^oq]3=4`SB`;HbVR2
--s".e"0^rH[fA5b!3/70^r$.Qrm'*tl4V\C_*\rIYe\WajYhln!!`;-Ms_fmf?$*)
-4IMI^=N7XBhWP<SR4K[8DS@Op"Si6RA0".9=9(4me*^5i/TI0YphEii-Um;<E*HQ'
-e)1U:rr?rO@hR`MU08(Dr?o_Vm'J:fEu5k\L4CC]\$8,o>"Ef)D%5paqqqBso5+F,
-_,j'Xd(4*,%]ZZ)O79T)hu01kYPtu#"a+,Ran4Jkq72ME3M)4K11'H<rrC$gr8jRH
-m<-*,UL@QJf\Q:G[JIN7\,M4tUln]?8L1,XP"@)o,a(bt8L0I`P"?pq,a(_J8L0Hk
-J,e*f&kO@5Uln:q.3t'J8kC:k;NaTsPbaI6,q1+&8P2Q"P#@K,N-f`]U!5`j,_+6;
-P"KeukZoD(0?%Inm@+%To>d`-]BZ:eT4b-1P?\XtIBLQ#Ou?0'_*:r(p6IVgL7U\d
-:]3ndrr=gY\!Qs:#Ka(UW(@-)_"s2B8XhBHrr=sdrr>J<<;f\XF[X[D,PU'`r>"QK
-e<718C=1KkIR!E`os"4GNSjHmdoMW',cN&P8P2Q"P#@H7,a>*f8L5f2P"A8;,a)&g
-8L0OrP"?rK,a(_ps4?ZO?6#,#IDmMkaX!e>;I1?+8q"Z)iQ3@CgeqGuP"L/A-/lrk
-Vqb0V*0NpB`?jKb,cBEq?6#,#IDmMkaX!e>;I1?+8q"Z)iQ3@CgeqGuP"L/A-/lrk
-Vqb0V*0NpB`?jKb,cBEq?6#,#IDmMkaX!e>;I1?+8q"Z)iQ3@CgeqGuP"L/A-/lrkVuPE~> %%EndBinary grestore end % Image Trailer grestore grestore % EPS grestore [{nextImage} 1 dict begin /Metadata {photoshop_metadata_stream} def currentdict end /PUT pdfmark [/NamespacePop pdfmark \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.xbb b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.xbb
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a4669dd91..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.xbb
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-%%Title: /Users/tantau/Library/texmf/tex/generic/pgf/doc/generic/pgf/images/brave-gnu-world-logo.jpg
-%%Creator: extractbb 20130405
-%%BoundingBox: 0 0 342 387
-%%HiResBoundingBox: 0.000000 0.000000 342.000000 387.000000
-%%CreationDate: Tue Aug 27 10:50:29 2013
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-1.pdf b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c3a81a7d3..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-2.pdf b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-2.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e1e46be0f..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/images/pgfmanual-mindmap-2.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/LICENSE b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/LICENSE
deleted file mode 100644
index 293753aff8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/LICENSE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Licenses for the PGF package
-============================
-
-Different parts of the PGF package are distributed under
-different licenses:
-
-1. The code of the package is dual-license. This means that
- you can decide which license you wish to use when using the
- pgf package. The two options are:
-
- a) You can use the GNU Public License, version 2.
- b) You can use the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c.
-
-2. The documentation of the package is also dual-license. Again,
- you can choose between two options:
-
- a) You can use the GNU Free Documentation License, version 1.2.
- b) You can use the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c.
-
-The ``documentation of the package'' refers to all files in the
-subdirectory doc of the pgf package. A detailed listing can be
-found in the file
-
- doc/generic/pgf/licenses/manifest-documentation.txt
-
-All files in other directories are part of the ``code of the
-package.'' A detailed listing can be found in the file
-
- doc/generic/pgf/licenses/manifest-code.txt
-
-You will find the licenses in the manual and also as plain text
-versions in the directory
-
- doc/generic/pgf/licenses
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-free-documentation-license-1.2.txt b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-free-documentation-license-1.2.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 26cf032dcd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-free-documentation-license-1.2.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,397 +0,0 @@
- GNU Free Documentation License
- Version 1.2, November 2002
-
-
- Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-0. PREAMBLE
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-
-1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
-refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
-
-A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
-within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
-
-The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
-
-A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
-or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
-HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
-transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
-include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
-proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
-processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
-processors for output purposes only.
-
-The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
-
-2. VERBATIM COPYING
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-
-3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-
-4. MODIFICATIONS
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
- (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
- of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
- if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
- Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
- Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
- unless they release you from this requirement.
-C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
- giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
- terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
- and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
- to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
- publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
- there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
- given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
- Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
- public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
- the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
- it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
- You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
- least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
- publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
- the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
- and/or dedications given therein.
-L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
- or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-
-5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
-Entitled "Endorsements".
-
-
-6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-
-7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-
-
-8. TRANSLATION
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
-its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
-
-
-9. TERMINATION
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-
-10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
-http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
- Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
- A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
- Free Documentation License".
-
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
-
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
- Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-public-license-2.txt b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-public-license-2.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index fd94e166f5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/gnu-public-license-2.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
- We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
- whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
- part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
- parties under the terms of this License.
-
- c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
- when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
- interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
- announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
- notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
- a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
- these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
- does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
- the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
- a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
- source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
- 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
- years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
- cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
- machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
- distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
- to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
- allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
- received the program in object code or executable form with such
- an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
- 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
- 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
- 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
- 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
- Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
- `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/latex-project-public-license-1.3c.txt b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/latex-project-public-license-1.3c.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 90e5e3ab79..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/latex-project-public-license-1.3c.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,416 +0,0 @@
-The LaTeX Project Public License
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-LPPL Version 1.3c 2006-05-20
-
-Copyright 1999 2002-2006 LaTeX3 Project
- Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
- license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
-
-
-PREAMBLE
-========
-
-The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
-which the the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
-
-You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
-and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
-suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
-it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
-unrelated to TeX.
-
-The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
-below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
-who are considering distributing their works under this license.
-
-This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
-and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
-that work may be distributed.
-
-We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
-the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
-that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
-maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
-that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
-meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
-and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
-
-
-DEFINITIONS
-===========
-
-In this license document the following terms are used:
-
- `Work'
- Any work being distributed under this License.
-
- `Derived Work'
- Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
-
- `Modification'
- Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
- law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
- original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
- such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
- translated into another language.
-
- `Modify'
- To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
- applicable law.
-
- `Distribution'
- Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
- whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
- making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
- file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
- systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
-
- `Compiled Work'
- A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
- is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
- include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
- transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
- other activities. Note that modification of any installation
- facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
-
- `Current Maintainer'
- A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
- no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
- any applicable law.
-
- `Base Interpreter'
- A program or process that is normally needed for running or
- interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
-
- A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
- are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
- external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
- interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
- license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
- `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
- `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
-
-
-
-CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-===========================================
-
-1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
-are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
-particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
-requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
-
-2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
-received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
-modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
-Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
-
-3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
-complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
-above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
-the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
-as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
-directly from the Work.
-
-4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
-restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
-also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
-Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
-distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
-be updated versions of the Work.
-
-5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
-your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
-and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
-the Derived Work.
-
-6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
-distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
-for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
-in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
-the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
-to a component of the Work.
-
- a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
- for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
- Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
- identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
- Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
- clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
- of this component to the user when used interactively with that
- Base Interpreter.
-
- b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
- detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
- prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
- of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
- of the changes.
-
- c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
- including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
- of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
- the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
- Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
- they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
-
- d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
-
- 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
- if your distribution of a modified component is made by
- offering access to copy the modified component from a
- designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
- the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
- condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
- copy the Work along with the modified component;
-
- 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
- unmodified copy of the Work.
-
-7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
-distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
-the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
-Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
-regard to the Derived Work.
-
-8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
-apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
-becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
-it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
-
-9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
-format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
-then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
-nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
-applying that process.
-
-10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
- provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
- Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
- to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
-
- b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
- Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
- itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
- restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
-
-11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
-the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
-such works with the Work by any means.
-
-12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
-complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
-
-
-NO WARRANTY
-===========
-
-There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
-writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
-warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
-limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
-particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
-of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
-the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
-
-In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
-will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
-Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
-permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
-special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
-the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
-to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
-anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
-programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
-party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
-
-
-MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
-=======================
-
-The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
-explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
-the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
-or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
-
-The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
-who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
-reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
-address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
-or act upon these error reports.
-
-The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
-is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
-Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
-of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
-significant signs of active maintenance.
-
-You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
-any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
-
-If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
-the Work through the following steps:
-
- 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
- the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
- an Internet or similar search.
-
- 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
- is still maintained.
-
- a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
- to update their communication data within one month.
-
- b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
- maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
- within the pertinent community your intention to take over
- maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
- done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
-
- 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
- maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
- immediately upon announcement.
-
- b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
- Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
- then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
-
- 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
- and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
- the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
- people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
- to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
-
- 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
- reachable once more within three months of a change completed
- under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
- become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
- they then update their communication data within one month.
-
-A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
-that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
-
-If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
-immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
-statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
-announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
-in 2b) above.
-
-
-WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
-======================================================
-
-This section contains important instructions, examples, and
-recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
-works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
-this section.
-
-Choosing This License or Another License
-----------------------------------------
-
-If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
-conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
-do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
-distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
-of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
-should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
-your work is distributed under the LPPL.
-
-The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
-the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
-for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
-License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
-unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
-relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
-license are encouraged to read it.
-
-A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
------------------------------------------------------
-
-It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
-personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
-distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
-modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
-accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
-it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
-version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
-of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
-cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
-best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
-one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
-without altering any of its licensed components.
-
-How to Use This License
------------------------
-
-To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
-an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
-was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
-statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
-component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
-
-Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
-
- %% pig.dtx
- %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
- %
- % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
- % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
- % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
- % The latest version of this license is in
- % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
- % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
- % version 2005/12/01 or later.
- %
- % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
- %
- % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
- %
- % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
- % and the derived file pig.sty.
-
-Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
-given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
-to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
-generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
-referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
-`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
-
-If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
-Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
-However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
-section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
-the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
-yourself.
-
-Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
----------------------------------------
-
-Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
-stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
-with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
-(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
-this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
-completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
-
-
-Important Recommendations
--------------------------
-
- Defining What Constitutes the Work
-
- The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
- files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
- way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
- This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
- files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
- using a line such as:
-
- % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-
- in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
- impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
- to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
- entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
- the Work.
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-code.txt b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-code.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f710872f7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-code.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-The code consists of all files listed in ../FILES that do not lie in
-the directory doc.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-documentation.txt b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-documentation.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 33c97f55e7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/licenses/manifest-documentation.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-The documentation consists of all files listed in ../FILES that lie in
-the doc subdirectory.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex
index 8a6fff31cb..8a6fff31cb 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-actions.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex
index e3b8ebca42..f3ae0cc3cc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-animations.tex
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ key:
animation list={0.333/\frac{1}{3},0.666/\frac{2}{3},1,1.333/1\frac{1}{3},1.666/1\frac{2}{3}},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\pgfanimateattribute{translate}{
whom = node, begin on = {click},
exit control={1}{0},
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ key:
animation list={0.5,1,1.5,2,2.5},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\pgfanimateattribute{translate}{
whom = node, begin on = {click},
entry = {0s}{\pgfpointorigin},
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ key:
animation list={0.5,1,1.5,2},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\pgfanimateattribute{translate}{
whom = node, begin on = {click},
entry = {0s}{\pgfpointorigin},
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex
index 5d81abf79d..4fd20d425a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-arrows.tex
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ where the arrow tip is drawn transparently so that we can see what is
\draw [->,thick] (5,-2.25) -- (5,2.25) node [above] {$y$-axis};
\foreach \i in {-3,-2,-1,1,2} \draw (\i+5,-1mm) -- (\i+5,1mm) node [above] {\small$\i$};
- \foreach \i in {-2,-1,1,2} \draw (49mm,\i) -- (51mm,\i) node [right] {\small$\i$};;
+ \foreach \i in {-2,-1,1,2} \draw (49mm,\i) -- (51mm,\i) node [right] {\small$\i$};
\end{tikzpicture}
I have also added a coordinate system. The code for drawing an arrow tip always
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ arrows.
There are, however, two cases in which the drawing code gets executed
each time the arrow is used: First, an arrow tip kind can specify that
- this should always happen by saying |cachable=false| in its definition.
+ this should always happen by saying |cache=false| in its definition.
This is necessary if the drawing code contains low-level drawing
commands that cannot be intercepted such as a use of |\pgftext| for
arrow tips that ``contain text''. Second, when the |bend| option is
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ fast arrow tip management.
low-level commands created by the drawing code (using the system
layer protocol subsystem, see Section~\ref{section-protocols}) will
be cached and reused later on. However, when the drawing code
- contains ``uncachable'' code like a call to |\pgftext|, caching
+ contains ``uncacheable'' code like a call to |\pgftext|, caching
must be switched off by saying |cache=false|.
\item \declare{|bending mode|}|=|\meta{mode}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex
index 50d4c370fe..50d4c370fe 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-decorations.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex
index fb7eacca2f..fb7eacca2f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-design.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex
index c6df6dc442..c6df6dc442 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-external.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex
index d5ea0b5d2e..d5ea0b5d2e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-images.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex
index fe28a3c5e8..fe28a3c5e8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-internalregisters.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex
index deba15d80b..deba15d80b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-layers.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex
index c35a345753..c35a345753 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-matrices.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex
index 19499ec551..19499ec551 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-nodes.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex
index 690de303d4..690de303d4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-paths.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex
index f032c5a2ea..f032c5a2ea 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-patterns.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex
index d11922a09b..d11922a09b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-plots.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex
index 2f4b963dc4..2f4b963dc4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-points.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex
index 3813556b95..3813556b95 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-quick.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex
index 51cce0ed8e..070bfffc05 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-scopes.tex
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ command:
before each object.
Besides the \meta{name} (or, more precisely, besides the system layer
- identifier is refers to), the current \emph{identifier type} is also
+ identifier it refers to), the current \emph{identifier type} is also
important: Actually, a graphic object is not referenced by a system layer
identifier, but by the combination of the identifier and a type. You can
use the following commands for modifying the type used for the creation of
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ command:
|\pgfuseid| and the type of the part.
As an example, this system is used to give you access to the different
- parts of a node: When use say |\pgfuseid{mynode}| and then create a
+ parts of a node: When you say |\pgfuseid{mynode}| and then create a
node, you can use |mynode| with the empty type to reference the
graphics scope that encompasses the whole node, but also |mynode|
together with the type |background| to access the background path of
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex
index a091bc31b5..0d5497362a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-shadings.tex
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ the |xcolor| package are supported.
\textbf{Note:} The color model chosen for a shading is based on the |xcolor|
color model \emph{at the time the shading is created}. This is either when
-\cs{pgfdeclare*shading} is called with no optional argument or when
-\cs{pgfuseshading} is called if \cs{pgfdeclare*shading} was called with an
+|\pgfdeclare*shading| is called with no optional argument or when
+|\pgfuseshading| is called if |\pgfdeclare*shading| was called with an
optional argument.
If the |xcolor| package |natural| color model is in use then the shading color
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ explicit color model (|rgb|, |cmyk|, or |gray|).
By nature, the PostScript code used in functional shadings must output one of
\textsc{rgb}, \textsc{cmyk}, or grayscale data. Therefore,
-\cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading} is \emph{not} portable across color models.
+|\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading| is \emph{not} portable across color models.
Take particular care that the same color model is in use at declaration time
and use time for functional shadings declared with an optional argument as
@@ -431,9 +431,9 @@ you will end up with a malformed PDF.
Having said this, it \emph{is} possible to create portable functional shadings
by providing conditional code to append color transformations to the
-PostScript data. A variety of \cs{pgffuncshading*to*} (e.g.,
-\cs{pgffuncshadingrgbtocmyk}) macros along with \cs{ifpgfshadingmodel*} (e.g.,
-\cs{ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk}) conditionals are provided to assist with these
+PostScript data. A variety of |\pgffuncshading*to*| (e.g.,
+|\pgffuncshadingrgbtocmyk|) macros along with |\ifpgfshadingmodel*| (e.g.,
+|\ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk|) conditionals are provided to assist with these
transformations. Obviously, this will make the PostScript code less efficient
than if you work in your intended color model.
@@ -498,51 +498,51 @@ than if you work in your intended color model.
\begin{command}{\pgffuncshadingrgbtocmyk}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to convert the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to convert the
top 3 elements on the stack from \textsc{rgb} to \textsc{cmyk}. In
- combination with the \cs{ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk} conditional this macro can
+ combination with the |\ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk| conditional this macro can
be used to make functional shading declarations more portable across color
models.
\end{command}
\begin{command}{\pgffuncshadingrgbtogray}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to convert the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to convert the
top 3 elements on the stack from \textsc{rgb} to grayscale. In combination
- with the \cs{ifpgfshadingmodelgray} conditional this macro can be used to
+ with the |\ifpgfshadingmodelgray| conditional this macro can be used to
make functional shading declarations more portable across color models.
\end{command}
\begin{command}{\pgffuncshadingcmyktorgb}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to convert the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to convert the
top 4 elements on the stack from \textsc{cmyk} to \textsc{rgb}. In
- combination with the \cs{ifpgfshadingmodelrgb} conditional this macro can be
+ combination with the |\ifpgfshadingmodelrgb| conditional this macro can be
used to make functional shading declarations more portable across color
models.
\end{command}
\begin{command}{\pgffuncshadingcmyktogray}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to convert the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to convert the
top 4 elements on the stack from \textsc{cmyk} to grayscale. In combination
- with the \cs{ifpgfshadingmodelgray} conditional this macro can be used to
+ with the |\ifpgfshadingmodelgray| conditional this macro can be used to
make functional shading declarations more portable across color models.
\end{command}
\begin{command}{\pgffuncshadinggraytorgb}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to convert the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to convert the
top element on the stack from grayscale to \textsc{rgb}. In combination with
- the \cs{ifpgfshadingmodelrgb} conditional this macro can be used to make
+ the |\ifpgfshadingmodelrgb| conditional this macro can be used to make
functional shading declarations more portable across color models.
\end{command}
\begin{command}{\pgffuncshadinggraytocmyk}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to convert the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to convert the
top element on the stack from grayscale to \textsc{cmyk}. In combination
- with the \cs{ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk} conditional this macro can be used to
+ with the |\ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk| conditional this macro can be used to
make functional shading declarations more portable across color models.
\end{command}
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ than if you work in your intended color model.
\let\ifpgfshadingmodelgray=\relax
\begin{command}{\ifpgfshadingmodelrgb}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to test if the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to test if the
|xcolor| color model is |rgb| \emph{at the time the shading is created}.
This can be used to ensure that the data output in the \meta{type 4
function} correctly matches the active color model.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ than if you work in your intended color model.
\begin{command}{\ifpgfshadingmodelcmyk}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to test if the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to test if the
|xcolor| color model is |cmyk| \emph{at the time the shading is created}.
This can be used to ensure that the data output in the \meta{type 4
function} correctly matches the active color model.
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ than if you work in your intended color model.
\begin{command}{\ifpgfshadingmodelgray}
Within the \meta{type 4 function} argument of
- \cs{pgfdeclarefunctionalshading}, this command can be used to test if the
+ |\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading|, this command can be used to test if the
|xcolor| color model is |gray| \emph{at the time the shading is created}.
This can be used to ensure that the data output in the \meta{type 4
function} correctly matches the active color model.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex
index afc5ed3d1d..8277dc5cd2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transformations.tex
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ such a local approximation:
\pgfapproximatenonlineartransformation
\draw [] (-10pt,-10pt) -- (10pt,10pt);
\draw [] (10pt,-10pt) -- (-10pt,10pt);
- \pgftext{foo};
+ \pgftext{foo}
\end{scope}
\end{tikzpicture}
\end{codeexample}
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ such a local approximation:
\pgfapproximatenonlineartranslation
\draw [] (-10pt,-10pt) -- (10pt,10pt);
\draw [] (10pt,-10pt) -- (-10pt,10pt);
- \pgftext{foo};
+ \pgftext{foo}
\end{scope}
\end{tikzpicture}
\end{codeexample}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex
index de9c874ed0..de9c874ed0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-base-transparency.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex
index 9ab6af46f1..9ab6af46f1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-drivers.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex
index 373402b5cd..373402b5cd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-axes.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex
index baf60247e2..baf60247e2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-backend.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex
index 75271694ca..75271694ca 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-examples.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex
index 69468800d0..69468800d0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-formats.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex
index 88641aea6b..3e8687d840 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-introduction.tex
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ automatic fitting of the data into a given area. In the main pass over the
data, called the \emph{visualization phase}, the data points are actually
visualized, for instance in the form of lines or points.
-Like as for data points, the visualized pipeline makes no assumptions
+Like as for data points, the visualization pipeline makes no assumptions
concerning what kind of visualization is desired. Indeed, one could even use it
to produce a plain-text table. This flexibility is achieved by extensive use of
objects and signals: When a data visualization starts, a number of signals (see
@@ -100,7 +100,8 @@ computed position.
The whole idea behind the rendering pipeline is that new kinds of data
visualizations can be implemented, ideally, just by adding one or two new
objects to the visualization pipeline. Furthermore, different kinds of plots
-can be combined in novel ways in this manner, which is usually very hard to do.
+can be combined in novel ways in this manner, which is usually very
+hard to do otherwise.
For instance, the visualization pipeline makes it easy to create, say,
polar-semilog-box-plots. At first sight, such new kinds of plots may seem
frivolous, but data visualization is all about gaining insights into the data
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex
index 9f95a44606..3502d46107 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-main.tex
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Data visualizations typically demand a much higher accuracy and range of values
than \TeX\ provides: \TeX\ numbers are limited to 13 bits for the integer part
and 16 bits for the fractional part. Because of this, the data visualization
engine does not use \pgfname's standard representation of numbers and \TeX\
-dimensions and is does not use the standard parser when reading numbers in a
+dimensions and does not use the standard parser when reading numbers in a
data point. Instead, the |fpu| library, described in
Section~\ref{section-library-fpu}, is used to handle numbers.
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ This use of the |fpu| library has several effects that users of the data
visualization system should be aware of:
%
\begin{enumerate}
- \item You can use numbers like |100000000000000| or |0.00000000001| in a
+ \item You can use numbers like |100000000000000| or |0.00000000001| in
data points.
\item Since the |fpu| library does not support advanced parsing, you
currently \emph{cannot} write things like |3+2| in a data point number.
@@ -651,8 +651,8 @@ picture to create pictures containing multiple data visualizations.
\begin{predefinednode}{data bounding box}
This rectangle node is similar to |data visualization bounding box|, but it
keeps track only of the actual data. The spaces needed for grid lines,
- ticks, axis labels, tick labels, and other all other information that is
- not part of the actual data is not part of this box.
+ ticks, axis labels, tick labels, and all other information that is not part
+ of the actual data is not part of this box.
\end{predefinednode}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex
index bbba69dee4..bbba69dee4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-polar.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex
index 98680aa335..d156108451 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-stylesheets.tex
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ there might be a set of points representing data from a first experiment and
another set of points representing data from a second experiment; and so on. In
order to indicate to which data set a data point belongs, one might plot the
curve of the sine in, say, black, and the curve of the cosine in red; we might
-plot the data from the fist experiment using stars and the data from the second
+plot the data from the first experiment using stars and the data from the second
experiment using circles; and so on. Finally, at some place in the
visualization -- either inside the data or in a legend next to it -- the
meaning of the colors or symbols need to be explained.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex
index f1e5c06ed8..f1e5c06ed8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-dv-visualizers.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex
index c4f8c4ed6d..c4f8c4ed6d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithm-layer.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex
index 305752fc44..305752fc44 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-algorithms-in-c.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex
index 229e1bc1eb..229e1bc1eb 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-binding-layer.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex
index 5d82f556ee..5d82f556ee 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-circular.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex
index c265b7f4af..c265b7f4af 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-display-layer.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex
index 6eb09f5f84..6eb09f5f84 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-edge-routing.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex
index 830880d917..830880d917 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-examples.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex
index 80402970f0..80402970f0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-force.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex
index c934a465a4..c934a465a4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-layered.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex
index e6a72771d8..e6a72771d8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-misc.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex
index b90e664bf1..b90e664bf1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-ogdf.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex
index 190451b149..190451b149 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-overview.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex
index d6ce489fc5..d6ce489fc5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-phylogenetics.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex
index ea18363172..ea18363172 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-trees.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex
index be04bb93d4..91ca8d1b82 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-pgf.tex
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ An overview of what happens is illustrated by the following call graph:
\draw[p] (tikz-node.east) -- (1.5,2) -- (1.5,1) -- (tex-add-edge.west);
\draw[p] (tex-add-edge.east) -- (interface-add-edge.west);
- % scope ends -- cloes graph, layouts it and draws it
+ % scope ends -- closes graph, layouts it and draws it
\node (tikz-end) at (0,0) [object node] {|};|};
\node (tex-end) at (6,0) [object node] {|\pgfgdendscope|};
\node (interface-draw-graph) at (13,0) [object node] {|runGraphDrawingAlgorithm()|};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex
index e34ed4d3f0..e34ed4d3f0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-gd-usage-tikz.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex
index fa29cce302..9511d88cd2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-guidelines.tex
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ that went wrong with the 3D-bar diagram:
\item The third dimension adds complexity to the graphic without adding
information.
\item The three dimensional setup makes it much harder to gauge the
- height of the bars correctly. Consider the ``bad'' bar. It the number
+ height of the bars correctly. Consider the ``bad'' bar. Is the number
this bar stands for more than 20 or less? While the front of the bar
is below the 20 line, the back of the bar (which counts) is above.
\item It is impossible to tell which numbers are represented by the
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex
index 307e972f66..1e3ceb7a23 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-installation.tex
@@ -82,7 +82,8 @@ at the Debian page or the MiK\TeX\ page first.
\subsubsection{Debian}
-The command ``|aptitude install pgf|'' should do the trick. Sit back and relax.
+The command ``|apt-get install texlive-pictures|'' should do the trick.
+Sit back and relax.
\subsubsection{MiKTeX}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex
index 2e65e1dabc..36670f4853 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-introduction.tex
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ What began as a small \LaTeX\ style for creating the graphics in my (Till
Tantau's) PhD thesis directly with pdf\LaTeX\ has now grown to become a
full-blown graphics language with a manual of over a thousand pages. The wealth
of options offered by \tikzname\ is often daunting to beginners; but
-fortunately this documentation comes with a number slowly-paced tutorials that
+fortunately this documentation comes with a number of slowly-paced tutorials that
will teach you almost all you should know about \tikzname\ without your having
to read the rest.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ that can be used both with pdf\LaTeX\ and also with the classical
(PostScript-based) \LaTeX. In other words, I wanted to implement a ``portable
graphics format'' for \TeX\ -- hence the name \pgfname. These early macros are
still around and they form the ``basic layer'' of the system described in this
-manual, but most of the interaction an author has theses days is with
+manual, but most of the interaction an author has these days is with
\tikzname\ -- which has become a whole language of its own.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex
index 79bb47a2f7..79bb47a2f7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-3d.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex
index e210cb2d75..e210cb2d75 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-angles.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex
index 9597701c41..9597701c41 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-arrows.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex
index c56bb6fd11..c56bb6fd11 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-automata.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex
index 221a84c640..221a84c640 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-babel.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex
index 4d9d49e9cf..4d9d49e9cf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-backgrounds.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex
index 49ece07ff9..49ece07ff9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calc.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex
index 4b324a1529..971da06bd9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-calendar.tex
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ say, the |\draw| command).
at the origin. Sometimes, additional spacing rules get in the way. There
are different ways of addressing this problem: First, you can just ignore
it. Since calendars are often placed in their own |{tikzpicture}| and since
- their size if computed automatically, the exact position of the origin
+ their size is computed automatically, the exact position of the origin
often does not matter at all. Second, you can put the calendar inside a
node as in |...node {\tikz \calendar...}|. This allows you to position the
node in the normal ways using the node's anchors. Third, you can be very
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex
index e601610e7f..e601610e7f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-chains.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex
index b46e562880..a0d29f60a2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-circuits.tex
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ symbol as in the following example:
\begin{tikzpicture}[circuit]
\draw (0,0) to [circuit handle symbol={draw,shape=rectangle,near start},
circuit handle symbol={draw,shape=circle,near end}] (3,2);
- \end{tikzpicture}
+\end{tikzpicture}
\end{codeexample}
%
\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usetikzlibrary{circuits}}]
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex
index df6960e672..ca6e67a371 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-decorations.tex
@@ -1385,7 +1385,8 @@ shapes. This library is included mostly for historical reasons, using the
text within a group, for example, |W{\kern-1ptA}TER|.
\item Each character is positioned using the center of its baseline. To
move the text vertically (relative to the path), the additional
- transform key should be used.
+ decoration key |raise| should be used (see
+ Section~\ref{section-decorations-adjust} for details).
\item No attempt is made to ensure characters do not overlap when the
angle between segments is considerably less than 180$^\circ$ (this
is tricky to do in \TeX{} without a huge processing overhead). In
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex
index 51332af0cc..51332af0cc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-edges.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex
index 27470015fd..27470015fd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-er.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex
index ee3a890518..e7ddea7836 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-external.tex
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ support for a) is unavailable for versions up to and including \pgfname\ 3.0.1.
begin\{document\}} in \LaTeX.}.
\end{enumerate}
- This does also work if a |\label|/|\ref| combination is implemented itsself
+ This does also work if a |\label|/|\ref| combination is implemented itself
by a |tikzpicture| (a feature offered by |pgfplots|).
\end{key}
@@ -1088,8 +1088,7 @@ with |pdflatex|, I can define the following style:
% This style is not pre-defined, you may need to copy-paste and
% adjust it.
png export/.style={
- external/system call/.add=
- {}
+ external/system call/.append=
{; convert -density 300 -transparent white "\image.pdf" "\image.png"},
%
/pgf/images/external info,
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex
index 3b0784e441..3b0784e441 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fadings.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex
index f5189a3cb1..f5189a3cb1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fit.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex
index 37d20d13a3..37d20d13a3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fixedpoint.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex
index a979470333..67f83b76bd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-folding.tex
@@ -188,6 +188,26 @@ The foldings are sorted by number of faces.
%
\end{pictype}
+\begin{pictype}{dodecahedron rhombic folding}{}
+ A rhombic dodecahedron, based on square-of-two rhombi.
+ %
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usetikzlibrary{folding}}]
+\tikz \pic [folding line length=6mm, numbered faces, transform shape]
+ { dodecahedron rhombic folding };
+\end{codeexample}
+ %
+\end{pictype}
+
+\begin{pictype}{dodecahedron golden folding}{}
+ An alternative rhombic dodecahedron, flat laying, based on golden rhombi.
+ %
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usetikzlibrary{folding}}]
+\tikz \pic [folding line length=6mm, numbered faces, transform shape]
+ { dodecahedron golden folding };
+\end{codeexample}
+ %
+\end{pictype}
+
\begin{pictype}{cuboctahedron folding}{}
A folding of a cuboctahedron.
%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex
index 6c0f62f5f5..b6fa991127 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-fpu.tex
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
\begin{pgflibrary}{fpu}
The floating point unit (fpu) allows the full data range of scientific
computing for use in \pgfname. Its core is the \pgfname\ math routines for
- mantissa operations, leading to a reasonable trade-of between speed and
+ mantissa operations, leading to a reasonable trade-off between speed and
accuracy. It does not require any third-party packages or external
programs.
\end{pgflibrary}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex
index 07abbb441b..4623eef5c2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-lsystems.tex
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ subsequently used to model branching patterns in plants and produce fractal
patterns. Typically, an L-system consists of a set of symbols, each of which is
associated with some graphical action (such as ``turn left'' or ``move
forward'') and a set of rules (``production'' or ``rewrite'' rules). Given a
-string of symbols, the rewrite rules are applied several times and the when
+string of symbols, the rewrite rules are applied several times and when the
resulting string is processed the action associated with each symbol is
executed.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex
index 8fabb4998e..8fabb4998e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-math.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex
index 816464c0e5..816464c0e5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-matrices.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex
index 646f12bf6c..646f12bf6c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-mindmaps.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex
index 40a370d3fc..40a370d3fc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-patterns.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex
index 0c0518f924..fdf3718e91 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-perspective.tex
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ An |r| that lies `below' your drawing can mimic a macro effect.
q = {(0,8,0)},
r = {(0,0,-8)}}]
- \simplecuboid{2}{2}{2}]
+ \simplecuboid{2}{2}{2}
\end{tikzpicture}
\end{codeexample}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex
index e5f0360bf7..e5f0360bf7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-petri.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex
index 689e3f0c1b..689e3f0c1b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-handlers.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex
index d6d8f7cb28..d6d8f7cb28 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-plot-marks.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex
index 6e5200a9fe..6e5200a9fe 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-profiler.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex
index 1e9debff43..0e8a88de60 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-rdf.tex
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ automaton like the following:
This description of the automaton carries a lot of ``semantic information''
like the information that the node |a| is not just some node, but actually the
initial state of the automaton, while |c| is a final state. Unfortunately, in
-the output produced \tikzname, this information is normally ``lost'': In the
+the output produced by \tikzname, this information is normally ``lost'': In the
output, |a| is only a short text, possibly with a circle drawn around it; but
there is no information that \emph{this} text and \emph{this} circle together
form the state of an automaton.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ annotations; currently \tikzname\ only supports \textsc{svg}.
node, at the beginning of the node's scope). Depending on which keys are
used, semantic information gets to be added to the output.
- Note that you cannot simply the keys with path prefix |/tikz/rdf engine|
+ Note that you cannot simply use the keys with path prefix |/tikz/rdf engine|
directly since they need to be executed at very specific times during
\tikzname's processing of scopes. Always call those keys via this key.
\end{key}
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ You add an \textsc{rdf} statement to the output file using the following key:
\end{codeexample}
The statements are normally added at the beginning of the scope where the
- |rdf enging| command is used (except when the |object| is |scope content|,
+ |rdf engine| command is used (except when the |object| is |scope content|,
which is explained later). This means that when you use |prefix| inside an
|rdf engine| command, it will apply to all statements, regardless of the
order.
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ Each of the above problems is solved by a special keys:
\tikz [ name = my automaton,
rdf engine = {
get new resource curie = \statecurie,
- get new resource curie = \transitiocurie,
+ get new resource curie = \transitioncurie,
statement = {
subject = (my automaton),
predicate = automata:hasStateSet,
@@ -357,9 +357,9 @@ Each of the above problems is solved by a special keys:
statement = {
subject = (my automaton),
predicate = automata:hasTransitionSet,
- object = \transitiocurie },
+ object = \transitioncurie },
statement = {
- subject = \transitiocurie,
+ subject = \transitioncurie,
hat type = automata:transitionSet } } ] { ... }
\end{codeexample}
%
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Each of the above problems is solved by a special keys:
\begin{codeexample}[code only]
\tikz [ rdf engine = {
get new resource curie = \statecurie,
- get new resource curie = \transitiocurie,
+ get new resource curie = \transitioncurie,
get scope curie = \automatoncurie,
statement = {
subject = \automatoncurie,
@@ -390,9 +390,9 @@ Each of the above problems is solved by a special keys:
statement = {
subject = \automatoncurie,
predicate = automata:hasTransitionSet,
- object = \transitiocurie },
+ object = \transitioncurie },
statement = {
- subject = \transitiocurie,
+ subject = \transitioncurie,
hat type = automata:transitionSet } } ] { ... }
\end{codeexample}
%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex
index e2afddbb34..e2afddbb34 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadings.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex
index 9d1ae581d5..9d1ae581d5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shadows.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex
index a248294ad2..26055b271c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-shapes.tex
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ anchors.
\begin{key}{/pgf/cylinder uses custom fill=\meta{boolean} (default true)}
This enables the use of a custom fill for the body and the end of the
cylinder. The background path for the shape should not be filled (e.g.,
- in \tikzname{}, the |fill| option for the node must be implicity or
+ in \tikzname{}, the |fill| option for the node must be implicitly or
explicitly set to |none|). Internally, this key sets the \TeX-if
|\ifpgfcylinderusescustomfill| appropriately.
\end{key}
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ center of the appropriate side.
This enables the use of a custom fill for each of the node parts
(including the area covered by the |inner sep|). The background path
for the shape should not be filled (e.g., in \tikzname{}, the |fill|
- option for the node must be implicity or explicitly set to |none|).
+ option for the node must be implicitly or explicitly set to |none|).
Internally, this key sets the \TeX-if
|\ifpgfrectanglesplitusecustomfill| appropriately.
\end{key}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex
index a85ff6a515..a85ff6a515 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-spy.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex
index ec45ca4435..ec45ca4435 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-svg-path.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex
index 55a4f934ea..55a4f934ea 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-through.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex
index ccb5eb53dc..ccb5eb53dc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-trees.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex
index cea9271069..cea9271069 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-turtle.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex
index a080042808..a080042808 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-library-views.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-license.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-license.tex
index ca56481b8d..ca56481b8d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-license.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-license.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex
index fd45d90821..cb3d68431f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-body.tex
@@ -855,6 +855,5 @@ work.
%%% Local Variables:
%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: "~/pgf/doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual"
-%%% coding: iso-latin-1-unix
+%%% TeX-master: "pgfmanual"
%%% End:
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex
index c26b542951..8e04c8768c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex
@@ -179,6 +179,10 @@
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\fi
+% Promote `Missing character` reports to full errors
+% require texlive 2021 or above
+\tracinglostchars=3
+
\graphicspath{{../../images/}}
\input{pgfmanual-en-macros}
@@ -379,6 +383,5 @@
%%% Local Variables:
%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: "~/pgf/doc/generic/pgf/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual"
-%%% coding: iso-latin-1-unix
+%%% TeX-master: "pgfmanual"
%%% End:
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main.tex
index b7349247dc..b7349247dc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-main.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex
index 9a4daeeaff..9a4daeeaff 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-algorithms.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex
index 393c0842d0..393c0842d0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-commands.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex
index 72e6ca084a..72e6ca084a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-design.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex
index 72b60ef6d9..72b60ef6d9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-numberprinting.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex
index c0d32d4d9c..4dd79cbc62 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-math-parsing.tex
@@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ some notable exceptions.
This returns |1| if $\mvar{x}<\mvar{y}$ and |0| otherwise.
%
\begin{codeexample}[]
-\pgfmathparse{greater(20,25)} \pgfmathresult
+\pgfmathparse{less(20,25)} \pgfmathresult
\end{codeexample}
%
\end{math-function}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex
index 143bc16851..3e48abb26c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-module-parser.tex
@@ -26,7 +26,9 @@ This module provides commands for defining a parser that scans some given text
letter-by-letter. For each letter, some code is executed and, possibly a
state-switch occurs. The code for each letter might take mandatory or optional
arguments. The parsing process ends when a final state has been reached, and
-optionally some code is executed afterwards.
+optionally some code is executed afterwards. Each newly defined parser by
+default ignores space tokens, if you want to change that you'll have to
+explicitly define an action for blank spaces (with |\pgfparserdef|).
\begin{command}{\pgfparserparse\marg{parser name}\meta{text}}%
This command is used to parse the \meta{text} using the (previously defined)
@@ -86,13 +88,21 @@ There are \the\mycount\ a's.
|\pgfparserdef{myparser}{initial}a{foo}|
define an \meta{action} for |the letter a|. This short form works for most
tokens, but not for a space (in which case you can use
- |\pgfparserdef{myparser}{initial}{blank space}{foo}|), and opening braces
+ |\pgfparserdef|\allowbreak|{myparser}|\allowbreak|{initial}|\allowbreak
+ |{blank space}|\allowbreak|{foo}|%
+ ), and opening braces
(in which case you can use
- |\pgfparserdef{myparser}{initial}{\meaning\bgroup}{foo}|, and one might prefer
- to use |\pgfparserdef{myparser}{initial}{\meaning\egroup}{foo}| for closing
- braces as well). You can as well define an action for a macro's meaning (note
- that macros with different names can have the same meaning), so things like
- |\pgfparserdef{myparser}{initial}\texttt{foo}| are possible as well.
+ |\pgfparserdef|\allowbreak|{myparser}|\allowbreak|{initial}|\allowbreak
+ |{\meaning\bgroup}|\allowbreak|{foo}|%
+ , and one might prefer
+ to use
+ |\pgfparserdef|\allowbreak|{myparser}|\allowbreak|{initial}|\allowbreak
+ |{\meaning\egroup}|\allowbreak|{foo}|
+ for closing braces as well). You can as well define an action for a macro's
+ meaning (note that macros with different names can have the same meaning), so
+ things like
+ |\pgfparserdef|\allowbreak|{myparser}|\allowbreak|{initial}\texttt{foo}|
+ are possible as well.
The \meta{action} might require arguments which you can specify in the
optional \meta{arguments} string. The argument string can contain up to nine
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex
index 66ddbc6c4a..66ddbc6c4a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-oo.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex
index 5da034e477..5da034e477 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pages.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex
index 50fc9ca140..50fc9ca140 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfcalendar.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex
index 94a41fbfe2..94a41fbfe2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgffor.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex
index 95994059da..aee930a298 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeys.tex
@@ -254,25 +254,24 @@ continue with the next subsection.
\end{command}
\begin{command}{\pgfkeysvalueof\marg{full key}}
- Inserts the value stored in \meta{full key} at the current position into
- the text.
+ Inserts the value stored in \meta{full key} at the current position into the
+ text. It expands to an alias of the primitive |\relax| if the key is undefined.
%
\begin{codeexample}[]
\pgfkeyssetvalue{/my family/my key}{Hello, world!}
\pgfkeysvalueof{/my family/my key}
\end{codeexample}
%
+ \emph{Note:} It is an error to assign to the result of the expansion of
+ |\pgfkeysvalueof|, not only semantically but in recent versions of \pgfname\
+ also logically. To set the value of a key \emph{always} use the appropriate
+ interfaces, e.g.\ |\pgfkeyssetvalue|.
\end{command}
\begin{command}{\pgfkeysifdefined\marg{full key}\marg{if}\marg{else}}
Checks whether this key was previously set using either |\pgfkeyssetvalue|
or |\pgfkeyslet|. If so, the code in \meta{if} is executed, otherwise the
code in \meta{else}.
-
- This command will use e\TeX's |\ifcsname| command, if available, for
- efficiency. This means, however, that it may behave differently for \TeX\
- and for e\TeX\ when you set keys to |\relax|. For this reason you should
- not do so.
%
\begin{codeexample}[]
\pgfkeyssetvalue{/my family/my key}{Hello, world!}
@@ -284,7 +283,7 @@ continue with the next subsection.
\subsection{Setting Keys}
-Settings keys is done using a powerful command called |\pgfkeys|. This command
+Setting keys is done using a powerful command called |\pgfkeys|. This command
takes a list of so-called \emph{key--value pairs}. These are pairs of the form
\meta{key}|=|\meta{value}. The principal idea is the following: For each pair
in the list, some \emph{action} is taken. This action can be one of the
@@ -957,14 +956,14 @@ new ones as described in Section~\ref{section-key-handlers}.
\end{handler}
\begin{handler}{{.value required}}
- This handler causes the error message key |/erros/value required| to be
+ This handler causes the error message key |/errors/value required| to be
issued whenever the \meta{key} is used without a value.
\example |\pgfkeys{/width/.value required}|
\end{handler}
\begin{handler}{{.value forbidden}}
- This handler causes the error message key |/erros/value forbidden| to be
+ This handler causes the error message key |/errors/value forbidden| to be
issued whenever the \meta{key} is used with a value.
This handler works be adding code to the code of the key. This means that
@@ -1108,7 +1107,7 @@ There are also handlers for modifying existing keys.
\begin{handler}{{.append code}|=|\meta{append code}}
This handler is a shortcut for \meta{key}|/.add code={}{|\meta{append
- code}|}{}|.
+ code}|}|.
\end{handler}
@@ -1250,7 +1249,7 @@ directly stored in a key.
and, thus, |\pgfkeysnovalue| will be stored in |/my key|.
To retrieve the value stored in a key, the handler |/.get| is used.
-
+
\medskip
\emph{Remark:} A key can both store a value and execute commands%
\footnote{This behavior was partially changed in \pgfname{} 3.1.6 and then
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex
index f0891afd7b..7b10788951 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfkeysfiltered.tex
@@ -11,11 +11,17 @@ different packages or \pgfname-libraries may need more control over the key
setting procedure: library~A may want to set its options directly and
communicate all remaining ones to library~B.
+\begin{pgfkeyslibrary}{filtered}
+ The |filtered| library provides functionality to filter keys and only process
+ selected ones, while forwarding the others to another namespace.
+
+ This library is loaded by default by |pgfkeys|.
+\end{pgfkeyslibrary}
+
This section describes key filtering methods of \pgfname, including options for
family groupings. If you merely want to use \pgfname\ (or its libraries), you
can skip this section. It is addressed to package (or library) authors.
-
\subsubsection{Starting With An Example}
\label{section-key-filter-example}
@@ -74,13 +80,13 @@ only family members of |A|. We prepare our key settings with
%
\noindent and
%
-\begin{codeexample}[code only]
+\begin{codeexample}[code only,preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{/pgf/key filters/active families/.install key filter}
\end{codeexample}
%
\noindent After this preparation, we can use |\pgfkeysfiltered| with
%
-\begin{codeexample}[]
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{/my group/A/.activate family}
\pgfkeysfiltered{/my group/A1=a1, /my group/A2=a2,
/my group/B=b, /my group/C=c}
@@ -88,7 +94,7 @@ only family members of |A|. We prepare our key settings with
%
\noindent or
%
-\begin{codeexample}[]
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{/my group/A/.activate family}
\pgfkeysfiltered{/my group/A1=a1, /my group/A2=a2,
/my group/B=b, /my group/C=c, /tikz/color=blue, /my group/A3=a3}
@@ -148,7 +154,7 @@ options. It works as follows.
The following example uses the same settings as in the intro
section~\ref{section-key-filter-example}.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[]
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{/pgf/key filter handlers/append filtered to/.install key filter handler=\remainingoptions}
\def\remainingoptions{}
\pgfkeysfiltered{/my group/A1=a1, /my group/A2=a2,
@@ -177,7 +183,7 @@ Remaining: `\remainingoptions'.
existing `|/.@cmd|' suffix. A simple example is a key filter which returns
always true:
%
-\begin{codeexample}[code only]
+\begin{codeexample}[code only,preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{/foo/bar/true key filter/.code={\pgfkeysfiltercontinuetrue}}
\pgfkeys{/foo/bar/true key filter/.install key filter}
\end{codeexample}
@@ -186,7 +192,7 @@ Remaining: `\remainingoptions'.
|.install key filter| as well. An example is the |/pgf/key filters/equals|
handler:
%
-\begin{codeexample}[]
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{/pgf/key filters/equals/.install key filter={/my group/A1}}
\pgfkeysfiltered{/my group/A1=a1, /my group/A2=a2,
/my group/B=b, /my group/C=c, /tikz/color=blue, /my group/A3=a3}
@@ -225,7 +231,7 @@ filter handler'. There are several predefined key filter handlers.
Install this filter handler to append any unprocessed options to macro
\marg{macro}.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[]
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{/pgf/key filter handlers/append filtered to/.install key filter handler=\remainingoptions}
\def\remainingoptions{}
\pgfkeysfiltered{/my group/A1=a1, /my group/A2=a2,
@@ -295,7 +301,7 @@ family $O(K)$).
Associates the current option with \marg{family name}, which is expected to
be a full path of a family.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[code only]
+\begin{codeexample}[code only,preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{/foo/bar/.is family}
\pgfkeys{
/foo/a/.belongs to family=/foo/bar,
@@ -331,12 +337,12 @@ family $O(K)$).
filters (possibly with options) and allow fine-grained control over the
filtering process.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[code only]
- \pgfkeysinstallkeyfilter
- {/pgf/key filters/active families or no family}
- {{/pgf/key filters/is descendant of=/tikz}% for keys without family
- {/pgf/key filters/false}% for unknown keys
- }%
+\begin{codeexample}[code only,preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
+\pgfkeysinstallkeyfilter
+ {/pgf/key filters/active families or no family}
+ {{/pgf/key filters/is descendant of=/tikz}% for keys without family
+ {/pgf/key filters/false}% for unknown keys
+ }%
\end{codeexample}
%
This key filter will return true for any option with active family. If an
@@ -401,7 +407,7 @@ There are some more key filters which have nothing to do with family handling.
\meta{path}. It also returns true for any unknown key, that means unknown
keys are processed using the standard unknown handlers of \pgfname.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[]
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{
/group 1/A/.code={(A:#1)},
/group 1/foo/bar/B/.code={(B:#1)},
@@ -417,7 +423,7 @@ There are some more key filters which have nothing to do with family handling.
\marg{full key}. The filter returns true for any unknown key or if the key
equals \marg{full key}.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[]
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{
/group 1/A/.code={(A:#1)},
/group 1/B/.code={(B:#1)},
@@ -430,7 +436,7 @@ There are some more key filters which have nothing to do with family handling.
\begin{key}{/pgf/key filters/not=\marg{key filter}}
This key filter logically inverts the result of \marg{key filter}.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[]
+\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeys{
/group 1/A/.code={(A:#1)},
/group 1/foo/bar/B/.code={(B:#1)},
@@ -510,7 +516,7 @@ There are some more key filters which have nothing to do with family handling.
\meta{deactivate macro name} which deactivates each family in \meta{family
list}.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[code only]
+\begin{codeexample}[code only,preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeysactivatefamilies{/family 1,/family 2,/family 3}{\deactivatename}
\pgfkeysfiltered{foo,bar}
\deactivatename
@@ -570,7 +576,7 @@ current key shall be processed or not.
Evaluates a fully qualified key filter \meta{full key} with argument(s)
\meta{filter arguments}.
%
-\begin{codeexample}[code only]
+\begin{codeexample}[code only,preamble={\usepgfkeyslibrary{filtered}}]
\pgfkeysevalkeyfilterwith{/pgf/key filters/equals=/tikz}
\end{codeexample}
%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex
index 2f115ca1b3..8cab346cf1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations.tex
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ first.
\scoped [meet={(-1,-2) (1,2)}, name=my view] {
\draw (-5mm,-15mm) rectangle (7mm,8mm)
node [font=\scriptsize, align=right, below left]
- {target\\ view\\ box}; ;
+ {target\\ view\\ box};
\filldraw (0,0) circle [radius=3mm];
} } }
\end{codeexample}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex
index 7bf200c044..03d697b981 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-commands.tex
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ of a great number of the many different possible parts of a node.
\begin{command}{\pgfsys@begin@idscope}
Starts a (graphics) scope whose sole purpose is to assign it an
id-type-pair so that it can be referenced later. Note that this command
- does not always produce a graphics scope: If not id is currently in use or
+ does not always produce a graphics scope: If no id is currently in use or
if the id-type-pair has already been used, a graphic scope may or may not
be created as defined by the driver (but always a \TeX\ scope). This allows
drivers to minimize the number of graphic scopes created.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex
index ae1875bb9b..ae1875bb9b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-overview.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex
index cf34900220..cf34900220 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-paths.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex
index 30a1d79cee..30a1d79cee 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-protocol.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex
index 2cd528bfa2..2cd528bfa2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-actions.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex
index 3ce6b452dc..cda41ef690 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations.tex
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Section~\ref{section-anim-syntax-obj}.
animate the node named |myself| by placing the |animate| key inside the
options of this node; you only cannot ``remotely'' add an animation to it).
- The \meta{object} may be followed by a dot and a \emph{type}. This is need
+ The \meta{object} may be followed by a dot and a \emph{type}. This is needed
in rare cases where you want to animate only a special ``part'' of an
object that is not accessible in other ways. Normally, \tikzname\ takes
care of choosing these types automatically, you only need to set these ``if
@@ -2544,7 +2544,7 @@ entry control={0.9}{1},
animation list={0.333/\frac{1}{3},0.666/\frac{2}{3},1,1.333/1\frac{1}{3},1.666/1\frac{2}{3}},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\node :yshift = { begin on = click,
0s = { exit control = {1}{0}, "0cm" },
1s = "-5mm",
@@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@ entry control={0.9}{1},
animation list={0.333/\frac{1}{3},0.666/\frac{2}{3},1,1.333/1\frac{1}{3},1.666/1\frac{2}{3}},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\node :yshift = { begin on = click,
0s = "0cm",
1s = "-5mm",
@@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ entry control={0.9}{1},
animation list={0.333/\frac{1}{3},0.666/\frac{2}{3},1,1.333/1\frac{1}{3},1.666/1\frac{2}{3}},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\node :yshift = { begin on = click,
0s = { exit control = {1}{0}, "0cm" },
1s = "-5mm",
@@ -2608,7 +2608,7 @@ entry control={0.9}{1},
animation list={0.333/\frac{1}{3},0.666/\frac{2}{3},1,1.333/1\frac{1}{3},1.666/1\frac{2}{3}},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\node :yshift = { begin on = click, ease, 0s = "0cm", 2s = "-10mm" }
[fill = blue!20, draw = blue, very thick, circle] {Click me!};
}
@@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ from one value to the next. There are two keys for this:
animation list={0.5,1,1.5,2,2.5},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\node :yshift = { begin on = click,
0s = "0cm",
1s = {stay, "-5mm"},
@@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ from one value to the next. There are two keys for this:
animation list={0.5,1,1.5,2,2.5},
]
\tikz {
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,1} \draw (-0.9,.9-\i) -- ++(1.8,0);
\node :yshift = { begin on = click,
0s = "0cm",
1s = {jump, "-5mm"},
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex
index 91bf2477da..91bf2477da 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-arrows.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex
index 7257629b80..bf6047fc1b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-coordinates.tex
@@ -193,8 +193,7 @@ same dimension as |2pt+3cm|.
zero degrees to the right, a degree of 90 upward.
%
\begin{key}{/tikz/cs/angle=\meta{degrees}}
- The angle of the coordinate. The angle must always be given in degrees
- and should be between $-360$ and $720$.
+ The angle of the coordinate. The angle must always be given in degrees.
\end{key}
%
\begin{key}{/tikz/cs/radius=\meta{dimension}}
@@ -688,7 +687,7 @@ coordinate systems. For this, the following commands are used:
You will wish to compute the intersection of two paths. For the special and
frequent case of two perpendicular lines, a special coordinate system called
-|perpendicular| is available. For more general cases, the |intersection|
+|perpendicular| is available. For more general cases, the |intersections|
library can be used.
@@ -1222,7 +1221,7 @@ Here are two examples:
\begin{tikzpicture}
\draw [help lines] (0,0) grid (4,4);
- \foreach \i in {0,0.1,...,2}
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.125,...,2}
\fill ($(2,2) !\i! \i*180:(3,2)$) circle (2pt);
\end{tikzpicture}
\end{codeexample}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex
index df7c779ddd..5758207a1f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-decorations.tex
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ decorate the decorated path once more.
\end{codeexample}
One final word of warning: Decorations can be pretty slow to typeset and they
-can be inaccurate. The reason is that \pgfname\ has to a \emph{lot} of rather
+can be inaccurate. The reason is that \pgfname\ has to do a \emph{lot} of rather
difficult computations in the background and \TeX\ is not very good at doing
math. Decorations are fastest when applied to straight line segments, but even
then they are much slower than other alternatives. For instance, the |ticks|
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex
index 978b0e665b..7c6a435d15 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-design.tex
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ possible (though a bit challenging) to define new shapes.
\subsection{Special Syntax for Specifying Trees}
-The ``node syntax'' can also be used to draw tress: A |node| can be followed by
+The ``node syntax'' can also be used to draw trees: A |node| can be followed by
any number of children, each introduced by the keyword |child|. The children
are nodes themselves, each of which may have children in turn.
%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex
index 0135679c6e..0135679c6e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-graphs.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex
index f46ad79b7b..f46ad79b7b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-matrices.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex
index 7e0cae5108..8d4e1bf92f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-paths.tex
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ operation.
%
\begin{key}{/tikz/x radius=\meta{value}}
Sets the horizontal radius of the circle (which, when this value is
- different form the vertical radius, is actually an ellipse). The
+ different from the vertical radius, is actually an ellipse). The
\meta{value} may either be a dimension or a dimensionless number. In
the latter case, the number is interpreted in the $xy$-coordinate
system (if the $x$-unit is set to, say, |2cm|, then |x radius=3| will
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ for a reference.
\subsection{The Foreach Operation}
\begin{pathoperation}{foreach}{\meta{variables}\opt{\oarg{options}} |in|
- \marg{path commands}}
+ \meta{list} \marg{path commands}}
The |foreach| operation can be used to repeatedly insert the \meta{path
commands} into the current path. Naturally, the \meta{path commands} should
internally reference some of the \meta{variables} so that you do not insert
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex
index 1e3645ab73..e24c1cee9f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-pics.tex
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ braces:
%
\begin{codeexample}[]
\tikz \draw (0,0) .. controls(1,0) and (2,1) .. (3,1)
- foreach \t in {0, 0.1, ..., 1} {
+ foreach \t in {0, 0.125, ..., 1} {
pic [pos=\t] {code={\draw circle [radius=2pt];}}
};
\end{codeexample}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex
index c069c1a44b..c069c1a44b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-plots.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex
index a8ffe644c8..a8ffe644c8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-scopes.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex
index aa9b1a8962..f30010976a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-shapes.tex
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ The syntax for specifying nodes is the following:
\textbf{The foreach statement for nodes.}
At the beginning of a node specification (and only there) you can provide
multiple \meta{foreach statements}, each of which has the form |foreach|
- \meta{var} |in| |{|\meta{list}|}| (note that there is no slash before
+ \meta{var} |in| \meta{list} (note that there is no backslash before
|foreach|). When they are given, instead of a single node, multiple nodes
will be created: The \meta{var} will iterate over all values of \meta{list}
and for each of them, a new node is created. These nodes are all created
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ the following command:
path operation. It works a little bit like a |\part| command in \LaTeX. It
will stop the typesetting of whatever node part was typeset until now and
then start putting all following text into the node part named \meta{part
- name} -- until another |\partname| is encountered or until the node
+ name} -- until another |\nodepart| is encountered or until the node
\meta{text} ends. The \meta{options} will be local to this part.
%
\begin{codeexample}[preamble={\usetikzlibrary{shapes.multipart}}]
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex
index baa38cb438..baa38cb438 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transformations.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex
index 1e2a20aba7..1e2a20aba7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-transparency.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex
index d53ae5516c..d53ae5516c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tikz-trees.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex
index 228cfbbe19..228cfbbe19 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-Euclid.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex
index 04b6f58433..04b6f58433 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-chains.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex
index 4c895031c6..c83e169c5b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-map.tex
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ shape of appropriate size. Johannes configures the style by defining
child [computational problems] { node (Computational Problems) {Computational Problems}
child { node (Problem Measures) {Problem Measures} }
child { node (Problem Aspects) {Problem Aspects} }
- child [faded] { node (problem Domains) {Problem Domains} }
+ child [faded] { node (Problem Domains) {Problem Domains} }
child { node (Key Problems) {Key Problems} }
}
child [computational models] { node (Computational Models) {Computational Models}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex
index 66cacc41af..66cacc41af 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial-nodes.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
index ae2c47cdc9..c6a498a1ab 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-tutorial.tex
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ providing a simpler syntax.
Inside the environment there are two |\draw| commands. They mean: ``The path,
which is specified following the command up to the semicolon, should be
-drawn.'' The first path is specified as |(-1.5,0) -- (0,1.5)|, which means ``a
+drawn.'' The first path is specified as |(-1.5,0) -- (1.5,0)|, which means ``a
straight line from the point at position $(-1.5,0)$ to the point at position
-$(0,1.5)$''. Here, the positions are specified within a special coordinate
+$(1.5,0)$''. Here, the positions are specified within a special coordinate
system in which, initially, one unit is 1cm.
Karl is quite pleased to note that the environment automatically reserves
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex
index de910e8292..de910e8292 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-en-xxcolor.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual-test.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-test.tex
index 98b08b3f74..ca7224e1ed 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual-test.tex
@@ -7,13 +7,13 @@
%
% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\documentclass[a4paper,doc2]{ltxdoc}
% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-\input{../pgfmanual-luatex.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex}
+\input{pgfmanual.cfg} % default engine is LuaTeX
+\input{pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex}
\begin{document}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/pgfmanual-luatex.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.cfg
index 289b8716fb..289b8716fb 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/pgfmanual-luatex.cfg
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.cfg
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.pdf b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.pdf
index a309703c55..6475720b27 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.pdf
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.tex
index 90cf47439c..3ca876c72a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/pgfmanual.tex
@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@
%
% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\documentclass[a4paper,doc2]{ltxdoc}
% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-\input{../pgfmanual-pdftex.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
+\input{pgfmanual.cfg}
+\input{pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index fca2b3fd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 173ab5e9c7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 200 points
-#x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e72857039..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c366fe529..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index de0c383ddd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 -0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab8f2c8d5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0a1ad8ff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-tan-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 100.0; plot [x=-3.141:3.141] [-3:3]tan(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 63beeda4b7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-
-#Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-#x y type
--3.14100 0.00059 i
--3.07755 0.06413 i
--3.01409 0.12820 i
--2.95064 0.19331 i
--2.88718 0.26005 i
--2.82373 0.32902 i
--2.76027 0.40094 i
--2.69682 0.47663 i
--2.63336 0.55704 i
--2.56991 0.64335 i
--2.50645 0.73701 i
--2.44300 0.83989 i
--2.37955 0.95436 i
--2.31609 1.08360 i
--2.25264 1.23197 i
--2.18918 1.40553 i
--2.12573 1.61314 i
--2.06227 1.86816 i
--1.99882 2.19188 i
--1.93536 2.62036 i
--1.87191 3.22003 o
--1.80845 4.12820 o
--1.74500 5.68222 o
--1.68155 8.99247 o
--1.61809 21.12830 o
--1.55464 -61.87594 o
--1.49118 -12.53398 o
--1.42773 -6.94188 o
--1.36427 -4.77302 o
--1.30082 -3.61357 o
--1.23736 -2.88713 i
--1.17391 -2.38590 i
--1.11045 -2.01664 i
--1.04700 -1.73126 i
--0.98355 -1.50245 i
--0.92009 -1.31351 i
--0.85664 -1.15368 i
--0.79318 -1.01569 i
--0.72973 -0.89443 i
--0.66627 -0.78621 i
--0.60282 -0.68828 i
--0.53936 -0.59856 i
--0.47591 -0.51542 i
--0.41245 -0.43755 i
--0.34900 -0.36390 i
--0.28555 -0.29357 i
--0.22209 -0.22582 i
--0.15864 -0.15998 i
--0.09518 -0.09547 i
--0.03173 -0.03174 i
-0.03173 0.03174 i
-0.09518 0.09547 i
-0.15864 0.15998 i
-0.22209 0.22582 i
-0.28555 0.29357 i
-0.34900 0.36390 i
-0.41245 0.43755 i
-0.47591 0.51542 i
-0.53936 0.59856 i
-0.60282 0.68828 i
-0.66627 0.78621 i
-0.72973 0.89443 i
-0.79318 1.01569 i
-0.85664 1.15368 i
-0.92009 1.31351 i
-0.98355 1.50245 i
-1.04700 1.73126 i
-1.11045 2.01664 i
-1.17391 2.38590 i
-1.23736 2.88713 i
-1.30082 3.61357 o
-1.36427 4.77302 o
-1.42773 6.94188 o
-1.49118 12.53398 o
-1.55464 61.87594 o
-1.61809 -21.12830 o
-1.68155 -8.99247 o
-1.74500 -5.68222 o
-1.80845 -4.12820 o
-1.87191 -3.22003 o
-1.93536 -2.62036 i
-1.99882 -2.19188 i
-2.06227 -1.86816 i
-2.12573 -1.61314 i
-2.18918 -1.40553 i
-2.25264 -1.23197 i
-2.31609 -1.08360 i
-2.37955 -0.95436 i
-2.44300 -0.83989 i
-2.50645 -0.73701 i
-2.56991 -0.64335 i
-2.63336 -0.55704 i
-2.69682 -0.47663 i
-2.76027 -0.40094 i
-2.82373 -0.32902 i
-2.88718 -0.26005 i
-2.95064 -0.19331 i
-3.01409 -0.12820 i
-3.07755 -0.06413 i
-3.14100 -0.00059 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 329b9fa56b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index cff802be0a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-set table "pgfmanual-sine.table"
-set format "%.5f"
-set samples 20
-plot [x=0:10] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e517898a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/text-en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 100 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index f02313d16f..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-rerun = "(There were undefined references|Rerun to get (cross-references|the bars) right)"
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = latex
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).pdf
-
-pgfmanual.pdf: $(doc).tex revisionfile
- (TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
- dvipdfm -p a4 $(doc)
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual*.aux
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/pgfmanual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 1eecb494bc..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-dvipdfm.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index c99b87dbc8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200.0; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] [] [] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 173ab5e9c7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 200 points
-#x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e72857039..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f81f6a7b9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [0:1] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ea9639bd78..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index de0c383ddd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 -0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab8f2c8d5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0a1ad8ff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-tan-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 100.0; plot [x=-3.141:3.141] [-3:3]tan(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 63beeda4b7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-
-#Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-#x y type
--3.14100 0.00059 i
--3.07755 0.06413 i
--3.01409 0.12820 i
--2.95064 0.19331 i
--2.88718 0.26005 i
--2.82373 0.32902 i
--2.76027 0.40094 i
--2.69682 0.47663 i
--2.63336 0.55704 i
--2.56991 0.64335 i
--2.50645 0.73701 i
--2.44300 0.83989 i
--2.37955 0.95436 i
--2.31609 1.08360 i
--2.25264 1.23197 i
--2.18918 1.40553 i
--2.12573 1.61314 i
--2.06227 1.86816 i
--1.99882 2.19188 i
--1.93536 2.62036 i
--1.87191 3.22003 o
--1.80845 4.12820 o
--1.74500 5.68222 o
--1.68155 8.99247 o
--1.61809 21.12830 o
--1.55464 -61.87594 o
--1.49118 -12.53398 o
--1.42773 -6.94188 o
--1.36427 -4.77302 o
--1.30082 -3.61357 o
--1.23736 -2.88713 i
--1.17391 -2.38590 i
--1.11045 -2.01664 i
--1.04700 -1.73126 i
--0.98355 -1.50245 i
--0.92009 -1.31351 i
--0.85664 -1.15368 i
--0.79318 -1.01569 i
--0.72973 -0.89443 i
--0.66627 -0.78621 i
--0.60282 -0.68828 i
--0.53936 -0.59856 i
--0.47591 -0.51542 i
--0.41245 -0.43755 i
--0.34900 -0.36390 i
--0.28555 -0.29357 i
--0.22209 -0.22582 i
--0.15864 -0.15998 i
--0.09518 -0.09547 i
--0.03173 -0.03174 i
-0.03173 0.03174 i
-0.09518 0.09547 i
-0.15864 0.15998 i
-0.22209 0.22582 i
-0.28555 0.29357 i
-0.34900 0.36390 i
-0.41245 0.43755 i
-0.47591 0.51542 i
-0.53936 0.59856 i
-0.60282 0.68828 i
-0.66627 0.78621 i
-0.72973 0.89443 i
-0.79318 1.01569 i
-0.85664 1.15368 i
-0.92009 1.31351 i
-0.98355 1.50245 i
-1.04700 1.73126 i
-1.11045 2.01664 i
-1.17391 2.38590 i
-1.23736 2.88713 i
-1.30082 3.61357 o
-1.36427 4.77302 o
-1.42773 6.94188 o
-1.49118 12.53398 o
-1.55464 61.87594 o
-1.61809 -21.12830 o
-1.68155 -8.99247 o
-1.74500 -5.68222 o
-1.80845 -4.12820 o
-1.87191 -3.22003 o
-1.93536 -2.62036 i
-1.99882 -2.19188 i
-2.06227 -1.86816 i
-2.12573 -1.61314 i
-2.18918 -1.40553 i
-2.25264 -1.23197 i
-2.31609 -1.08360 i
-2.37955 -0.95436 i
-2.44300 -0.83989 i
-2.50645 -0.73701 i
-2.56991 -0.64335 i
-2.63336 -0.55704 i
-2.69682 -0.47663 i
-2.76027 -0.40094 i
-2.82373 -0.32902 i
-2.88718 -0.26005 i
-2.95064 -0.19331 i
-3.01409 -0.12820 i
-3.07755 -0.06413 i
-3.14100 -0.00059 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 329b9fa56b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index cff802be0a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-set table "pgfmanual-sine.table"
-set format "%.5f"
-set samples 20
-plot [x=0:10] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e517898a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 100 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/pgfmanual-dvipdfm.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/pgfmanual-dvipdfm.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 04c05f7e14..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfm/pgfmanual-dvipdfm.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-
-\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
-
-\usepackage[dvipdfm]{graphics}
-% This will tell everyone which driver we are using.
-
-\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfm}{hyperref}
-
-% Make sure to compile this using latex + dvipdfm.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e5e701be1..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-rerun = "(There were undefined references|Rerun to get (cross-references|the bars) right)"
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = latex -shell-escape
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).pdf revisionfile
-
-pgfmanual.pdf: $(doc).tex revisionfile
- mkdir -p plots
- (TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
- dvipdfmx -p a4 $(doc)
-
-test: $(doc)-test.tex revisionfile
- mkdir -p plots
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex) || true
- dvipdfmx -p a4 $(doc)-test
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual*.aux
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual-test.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e6a93d80c2..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2016 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-dvipdfmx.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\include{pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations}
-
-\end{document}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 54cc718089..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-dvipdfmx.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index c99b87dbc8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200.0; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] [] [] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 98e1357c20..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 200 points
-# Curve title: "(t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))"
-# x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b4004ac39..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "0.05*exp(x)"
-# x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f81f6a7b9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [0:1] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
deleted file mode 100644
index fbd3c23fa7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "t*sin(t),t*cos(t)"
-# x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 o
-1.66651 1.66503 o
-1.81387 1.04628 o
-1.76998 0.47361 o
-1.57050 -0.00047 o
-1.26407 -0.33904 o
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 o
-1.57050 0.00047 o
-1.76998 -0.47361 o
-1.81387 -1.04628 o
-1.66651 -1.66503 o
-1.30987 -2.26617 o
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ea9639bd78..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 3755e8c6d0..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "t*sin(t),t*cos(t)"
-# x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 756bf7f093..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "sin(x)"
-# x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0a1ad8ff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-tan-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 100.0; plot [x=-3.141:3.141] [-3:3]tan(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index def4c60275..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-# Curve title: "tan(x)"
-# x y type
--3.14100 0.00059 i
--3.07755 0.06413 i
--3.01409 0.12820 i
--2.95064 0.19331 i
--2.88718 0.26005 i
--2.82373 0.32902 i
--2.76027 0.40094 i
--2.69682 0.47663 i
--2.63336 0.55704 i
--2.56991 0.64335 i
--2.50645 0.73701 i
--2.44300 0.83989 i
--2.37955 0.95436 i
--2.31609 1.08360 i
--2.25264 1.23197 i
--2.18918 1.40553 i
--2.12573 1.61314 i
--2.06227 1.86816 i
--1.99882 2.19188 i
--1.93536 2.62036 i
--1.87191 3.22003 o
--1.80845 4.12820 o
--1.74500 5.68222 o
--1.68155 8.99247 o
--1.61809 21.12830 o
--1.55464 -61.87594 o
--1.49118 -12.53398 o
--1.42773 -6.94188 o
--1.36427 -4.77302 o
--1.30082 -3.61357 o
--1.23736 -2.88713 i
--1.17391 -2.38590 i
--1.11045 -2.01664 i
--1.04700 -1.73126 i
--0.98355 -1.50245 i
--0.92009 -1.31351 i
--0.85664 -1.15368 i
--0.79318 -1.01569 i
--0.72973 -0.89443 i
--0.66627 -0.78621 i
--0.60282 -0.68828 i
--0.53936 -0.59856 i
--0.47591 -0.51542 i
--0.41245 -0.43755 i
--0.34900 -0.36390 i
--0.28555 -0.29357 i
--0.22209 -0.22582 i
--0.15864 -0.15998 i
--0.09518 -0.09547 i
--0.03173 -0.03174 i
-0.03173 0.03174 i
-0.09518 0.09547 i
-0.15864 0.15998 i
-0.22209 0.22582 i
-0.28555 0.29357 i
-0.34900 0.36390 i
-0.41245 0.43755 i
-0.47591 0.51542 i
-0.53936 0.59856 i
-0.60282 0.68828 i
-0.66627 0.78621 i
-0.72973 0.89443 i
-0.79318 1.01569 i
-0.85664 1.15368 i
-0.92009 1.31351 i
-0.98355 1.50245 i
-1.04700 1.73126 i
-1.11045 2.01664 i
-1.17391 2.38590 i
-1.23736 2.88713 i
-1.30082 3.61357 o
-1.36427 4.77302 o
-1.42773 6.94188 o
-1.49118 12.53398 o
-1.55464 61.87594 o
-1.61809 -21.12830 o
-1.68155 -8.99247 o
-1.74500 -5.68222 o
-1.80845 -4.12820 o
-1.87191 -3.22003 o
-1.93536 -2.62036 i
-1.99882 -2.19188 i
-2.06227 -1.86816 i
-2.12573 -1.61314 i
-2.18918 -1.40553 i
-2.25264 -1.23197 i
-2.31609 -1.08360 i
-2.37955 -0.95436 i
-2.44300 -0.83989 i
-2.50645 -0.73701 i
-2.56991 -0.64335 i
-2.63336 -0.55704 i
-2.69682 -0.47663 i
-2.76027 -0.40094 i
-2.82373 -0.32902 i
-2.88718 -0.26005 i
-2.95064 -0.19331 i
-3.01409 -0.12820 i
-3.07755 -0.06413 i
-3.14100 -0.00059 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e745c1166..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "x"
-# x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index cff802be0a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-set table "pgfmanual-sine.table"
-set format "%.5f"
-set samples 20
-plot [x=0:10] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 29942bca36..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-# Curve title: "x*sin(x)"
-# x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/pgfmanual-dvipdfmx.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/pgfmanual-dvipdfmx.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 36177cb14b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvipdfmx/pgfmanual-dvipdfmx.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
-
-\usepackage[dvipdfmx]{graphicx}
-% This will tell everyone which driver we are using.
-
-\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx}{hyperref}
-
-% Make sure to compile this using latex + dvipdfmx.
-
-\usepackage[dvipdfmx]{xcolor}
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 888e665a4c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-rerun = "(There were undefined references|Rerun to get (cross-references|the bars) right)"
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = latex
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).ps
-
-pgfmanual.ps: $(doc).tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
- dvips -o $(doc).ps $(doc).dvi
- gs -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=pdfwrite -dBATCH -dCompatibilityLevel=1.4 -dALLOWPSTRANSPARENCY -sOutputFile=$(doc).pdf $(doc).ps
-
-test: $(doc)-test.tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex) || true
- dvips -o $(doc)-test.ps $(doc)-test.dvi
- gs -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=pdfwrite -dBATCH -dCompatibilityLevel=1.4 -dALLOWPSTRANSPARENCY -sOutputFile=$(doc)-test.pdf $(doc)-test.ps
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual*.aux
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual-test.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ebc724cbe..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2016 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-dvips.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\include{pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations}
-
-\end{document}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 16b7647b74..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-dvips.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index c99b87dbc8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200.0; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] [] [] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 173ab5e9c7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 200 points
-#x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e72857039..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f81f6a7b9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [0:1] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ea9639bd78..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index de0c383ddd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 -0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab8f2c8d5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0a1ad8ff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-tan-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 100.0; plot [x=-3.141:3.141] [-3:3]tan(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 63beeda4b7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-
-#Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-#x y type
--3.14100 0.00059 i
--3.07755 0.06413 i
--3.01409 0.12820 i
--2.95064 0.19331 i
--2.88718 0.26005 i
--2.82373 0.32902 i
--2.76027 0.40094 i
--2.69682 0.47663 i
--2.63336 0.55704 i
--2.56991 0.64335 i
--2.50645 0.73701 i
--2.44300 0.83989 i
--2.37955 0.95436 i
--2.31609 1.08360 i
--2.25264 1.23197 i
--2.18918 1.40553 i
--2.12573 1.61314 i
--2.06227 1.86816 i
--1.99882 2.19188 i
--1.93536 2.62036 i
--1.87191 3.22003 o
--1.80845 4.12820 o
--1.74500 5.68222 o
--1.68155 8.99247 o
--1.61809 21.12830 o
--1.55464 -61.87594 o
--1.49118 -12.53398 o
--1.42773 -6.94188 o
--1.36427 -4.77302 o
--1.30082 -3.61357 o
--1.23736 -2.88713 i
--1.17391 -2.38590 i
--1.11045 -2.01664 i
--1.04700 -1.73126 i
--0.98355 -1.50245 i
--0.92009 -1.31351 i
--0.85664 -1.15368 i
--0.79318 -1.01569 i
--0.72973 -0.89443 i
--0.66627 -0.78621 i
--0.60282 -0.68828 i
--0.53936 -0.59856 i
--0.47591 -0.51542 i
--0.41245 -0.43755 i
--0.34900 -0.36390 i
--0.28555 -0.29357 i
--0.22209 -0.22582 i
--0.15864 -0.15998 i
--0.09518 -0.09547 i
--0.03173 -0.03174 i
-0.03173 0.03174 i
-0.09518 0.09547 i
-0.15864 0.15998 i
-0.22209 0.22582 i
-0.28555 0.29357 i
-0.34900 0.36390 i
-0.41245 0.43755 i
-0.47591 0.51542 i
-0.53936 0.59856 i
-0.60282 0.68828 i
-0.66627 0.78621 i
-0.72973 0.89443 i
-0.79318 1.01569 i
-0.85664 1.15368 i
-0.92009 1.31351 i
-0.98355 1.50245 i
-1.04700 1.73126 i
-1.11045 2.01664 i
-1.17391 2.38590 i
-1.23736 2.88713 i
-1.30082 3.61357 o
-1.36427 4.77302 o
-1.42773 6.94188 o
-1.49118 12.53398 o
-1.55464 61.87594 o
-1.61809 -21.12830 o
-1.68155 -8.99247 o
-1.74500 -5.68222 o
-1.80845 -4.12820 o
-1.87191 -3.22003 o
-1.93536 -2.62036 i
-1.99882 -2.19188 i
-2.06227 -1.86816 i
-2.12573 -1.61314 i
-2.18918 -1.40553 i
-2.25264 -1.23197 i
-2.31609 -1.08360 i
-2.37955 -0.95436 i
-2.44300 -0.83989 i
-2.50645 -0.73701 i
-2.56991 -0.64335 i
-2.63336 -0.55704 i
-2.69682 -0.47663 i
-2.76027 -0.40094 i
-2.82373 -0.32902 i
-2.88718 -0.26005 i
-2.95064 -0.19331 i
-3.01409 -0.12820 i
-3.07755 -0.06413 i
-3.14100 -0.00059 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 329b9fa56b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index cff802be0a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-set table "pgfmanual-sine.table"
-set format "%.5f"
-set samples 20
-plot [x=0:10] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e517898a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 100 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/pgfmanual-dvips.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/pgfmanual-dvips.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b26ef5d52..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvips/pgfmanual-dvips.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-
-\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
-\usepackage[dvips]{graphics}
-
-% Just make sure that you compile this using elatex + dvips
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fb60e4240..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-rerun = "(There were undefined references|Rerun to get (cross-references|the bars) right)"
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = lualatex --output-format=dvi
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).svg
-
-test: pgfmanual-test.svg
-
-test-no-fonts: pgfmanual-test-no-font.svg
-
-pgfmanual.dvi: $(doc).tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
-
-pgfmanual.svg: $(doc).dvi
- dvisvgm --font-format=woff --no-merge --output=%f-%4p.svg --page=1- --bbox=a4 --linkmark=none $(doc)
-
-pgfmanual-no-font.svg: $(doc).dvi
- dvisvgm --no-fonts --output=%f-%4p.svg --page=1- --bbox=a4 --linkmark=none $(doc)
-
-pgfmanual-test.dvi: $(doc)-test.tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex
-
-pgfmanual-test.svg: $(doc)-test.dvi
- dvisvgm --no-merge --output=%f-%4p.svg --page=1- --bbox=a4 --linkmark=none $(doc)-test
-
-pgfmanual-test-merged.svg: $(doc)-test.dvi
- dvisvgm --output=%f-%4p.svg --page=1- --bbox=a4 --linkmark=none $(doc)-test
-
-pgfmanual-test-no-font.svg: $(doc)-test.dvi
- dvisvgm --no-fonts --output=%f-%4p.svg --page=1- --bbox=a4 --linkmark=none $(doc)-test
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual*.aux
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/color.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/color.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ab2ccf891..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/color.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-% Override color.cfg from graphicx
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.html b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b35d8f265..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-<html>
-<head><title>PGF and TikZ, Manual for Version 3.0.1 - CVS</title></head>
-<body><object width="100%" type="image/svg+xml"
- data="pgfmanual-test-0001.svg"></object></body>
-</html>
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 65c29458ba..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual-test.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2016 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper,dvisvgm]{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-dvisvgm.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main-preamble.tex}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\label{table-of-contents}
-\tableofcontents
-
-\include{pgfmanual-en-tikz-animations}
-\include{pgfmanual-en-base-animations}
-\include{pgfmanual-en-pgfsys-animations}
-
-\end{document}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.html b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d30d893ac..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html>
-<html lang="en" dir="ltr">
-<head>
-<meta charset="UTF-8" />
-<title>PGF and TikZ, Manual for Version 3.0.1 - CVS</title>
-<body>
- <object width="100%" type="image/svg+xml" data="pgfmanual-0001.svg">
- </object>
-</body>
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index f4399ea448..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2016 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper,dvisvgm]{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-dvisvgm.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index c99b87dbc8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200.0; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] [] [] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 173ab5e9c7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 200 points
-#x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e72857039..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f81f6a7b9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [0:1] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ea9639bd78..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index de0c383ddd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 -0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab8f2c8d5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0a1ad8ff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-tan-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 100.0; plot [x=-3.141:3.141] [-3:3]tan(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 63beeda4b7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-
-#Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-#x y type
--3.14100 0.00059 i
--3.07755 0.06413 i
--3.01409 0.12820 i
--2.95064 0.19331 i
--2.88718 0.26005 i
--2.82373 0.32902 i
--2.76027 0.40094 i
--2.69682 0.47663 i
--2.63336 0.55704 i
--2.56991 0.64335 i
--2.50645 0.73701 i
--2.44300 0.83989 i
--2.37955 0.95436 i
--2.31609 1.08360 i
--2.25264 1.23197 i
--2.18918 1.40553 i
--2.12573 1.61314 i
--2.06227 1.86816 i
--1.99882 2.19188 i
--1.93536 2.62036 i
--1.87191 3.22003 o
--1.80845 4.12820 o
--1.74500 5.68222 o
--1.68155 8.99247 o
--1.61809 21.12830 o
--1.55464 -61.87594 o
--1.49118 -12.53398 o
--1.42773 -6.94188 o
--1.36427 -4.77302 o
--1.30082 -3.61357 o
--1.23736 -2.88713 i
--1.17391 -2.38590 i
--1.11045 -2.01664 i
--1.04700 -1.73126 i
--0.98355 -1.50245 i
--0.92009 -1.31351 i
--0.85664 -1.15368 i
--0.79318 -1.01569 i
--0.72973 -0.89443 i
--0.66627 -0.78621 i
--0.60282 -0.68828 i
--0.53936 -0.59856 i
--0.47591 -0.51542 i
--0.41245 -0.43755 i
--0.34900 -0.36390 i
--0.28555 -0.29357 i
--0.22209 -0.22582 i
--0.15864 -0.15998 i
--0.09518 -0.09547 i
--0.03173 -0.03174 i
-0.03173 0.03174 i
-0.09518 0.09547 i
-0.15864 0.15998 i
-0.22209 0.22582 i
-0.28555 0.29357 i
-0.34900 0.36390 i
-0.41245 0.43755 i
-0.47591 0.51542 i
-0.53936 0.59856 i
-0.60282 0.68828 i
-0.66627 0.78621 i
-0.72973 0.89443 i
-0.79318 1.01569 i
-0.85664 1.15368 i
-0.92009 1.31351 i
-0.98355 1.50245 i
-1.04700 1.73126 i
-1.11045 2.01664 i
-1.17391 2.38590 i
-1.23736 2.88713 i
-1.30082 3.61357 o
-1.36427 4.77302 o
-1.42773 6.94188 o
-1.49118 12.53398 o
-1.55464 61.87594 o
-1.61809 -21.12830 o
-1.68155 -8.99247 o
-1.74500 -5.68222 o
-1.80845 -4.12820 o
-1.87191 -3.22003 o
-1.93536 -2.62036 i
-1.99882 -2.19188 i
-2.06227 -1.86816 i
-2.12573 -1.61314 i
-2.18918 -1.40553 i
-2.25264 -1.23197 i
-2.31609 -1.08360 i
-2.37955 -0.95436 i
-2.44300 -0.83989 i
-2.50645 -0.73701 i
-2.56991 -0.64335 i
-2.63336 -0.55704 i
-2.69682 -0.47663 i
-2.76027 -0.40094 i
-2.82373 -0.32902 i
-2.88718 -0.26005 i
-2.95064 -0.19331 i
-3.01409 -0.12820 i
-3.07755 -0.06413 i
-3.14100 -0.00059 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 329b9fa56b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e517898a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 100 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/pgfmanual-dvisvgm.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/pgfmanual-dvisvgm.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index edbd6698ed..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-dvisvgm/pgfmanual-dvisvgm.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\def\pgfsysdriver{pgfsys-dvisvgm.def}
-
-\PassOptionsToPackage{hypertex}{hyperref}
-\makeatletter
-\g@addto@macro\selectfont{%
- \long\edef\longf@family{\f@family}%
- \ifx\longf@family\ttdefault
- \ignoreligaturesinfont\font\relax
- \fi
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\usepackage{graphicx,xcolor}
-
-\def\graphicsdvisvgmtext{dvisvgm.def}
-
-\expandafter\ifx\csname Gin@driver\endcsname\graphicsdvisvgmtext
-\else
- \PackageError{manual}{You must use dvisvgm.def as your graphics driver}
-\fi
-
-% Make sure to compile this using lualatex.
-
-
-% Add forward button to each page:
-
-\usepackage{everyshi}
-
-\makeatletter
-\newbox\pgfmanualbuttonbox
-\newcount\pgfmanualcount
-\newdimen\mydim
-
-\EveryShipout{%%
- \setbox255=\vbox{%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu=false}%
- \@tempdima=\ht255\relax%
- \unvbox255%
- \vskip-\@tempdima%
- \pgfmanualaddforwardbackward%
- \pgfmanualaddtoc%
- }%
-}
-
-\def\pgfmanualaddforwardbackward{%
- % Adds page forward and page backward buttons at the left and right
- % end of each page
- \let\protect=\relax%
- \pgfmanualcount=\c@page%
- \advance\pgfmanualcount by-1\relax%
- \ifnum\pgfmanualcount>0\relax%
- \begin{pgfpicture}{1in}{-1in}{1in}{-1in}
- \special{dvisvgm:raw <g pointer-events="all" visibility="hidden">}
- \pgftext[top,left]{\href{\jobname-\pgfmanualpadded{\pgfmanualcount}.svg}{{\color{white}\vrule width 2cm height \paperheight}}}
- \special{dvisvgm:raw </g>}
- \special{dvisvgm:raw <g pointer-events="all">}
- \pgftext[top,left]{%
- \href{\jobname-\pgfmanualpadded{\pgfmanualcount}.svg}
- {\vbox to \paperheight{\hsize=2cm\vss\centerline{$\blacktriangleleft$}\vss}}}
- \special{dvisvgm:raw </g>}
- \end{pgfpicture}%
- \fi%
- \advance\pgfmanualcount by2\relax%
- \begin{pgfpicture}{-\paperwidth+1in}{-1in}{-\paperwidth+1in}{-1in}
- \special{dvisvgm:raw <g pointer-events="all" visibility="hidden">}
- \pgftext[top,right]{\href{\jobname-\pgfmanualpadded{\pgfmanualcount}.svg}{\color{white}{\vrule width 2cm height \paperheight}}}
- \special{dvisvgm:raw </g>}
- \special{dvisvgm:raw <g pointer-events="all">}
- \pgftext[top,right]{%
- \href{\jobname-\pgfmanualpadded{\pgfmanualcount}.svg}%
- {\vbox to \paperheight{\hsize=2cm\vss\centerline{$\blacktriangleright$}\vss}}}
- \special{dvisvgm:raw </g>}
- \end{pgfpicture}%
-}
-
-\newbox\chapterbox
-
-\newcount\pgfmanualpartcount
-\newcount\pgfmanualsectioncount
-\newcount\pgfmanualsubsectioncount
-\newcount\pgfmanualsubsubsectioncount
-
-\newcount\pgfmanualtempcount
-
-\newtoks\toctoks
-{% Read toc into \toctoks
-
- \global\toctoks{
- \global\pgfmanualpartcount0\relax
- \global\pgfmanualsectioncount0\relax
- \global\pgfmanualsubsectioncount0\relax
- \global\pgfmanualsubsubsectioncount0\relax
- }
-
- \def\contentsline#1#2#3#4{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgfmanualhandler\csname pgfmanualhandlekind#1\endcsname%
- \ifx\pgfmanualhandler\relax%
- \PackageError{manual}{Unknown contents level '#1'}{}%
- \else%
- \pgfmanualhandler{#2}{#3}{#4}%%
- \fi%
- \ignorespaces%
- }
-
- \def\pgfmanualhandlekindpart#1#2#3{%
- \pgfmanualtempcount#2\relax%
- \advance\pgfmanualtempcount by-1\relax%
- \edef\pgfmanualtemponepagebefore{\the\pgfmanualtempcount}%
- \pgfmanualtempcount\pgfmanualpartcount\relax%
- \advance\pgfmanualtempcount by-1\relax%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname pgfmanualpartendpage\the\pgfmanualpartcount\endcsname{\pgfmanualtemponepagebefore}%
- \global\advance\pgfmanualpartcount by1\relax%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname pgfmanualpartstartpage\the\pgfmanualpartcount\endcsname{#2}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\toctoks\expandafter{\the\toctoks\pgfmanualtypesetpart{#1}{#2}}%
- }
- \def\pgfmanualhandlekindsection#1#2#3{%
- \pgfmanualtempcount#2\relax%
- \advance\pgfmanualtempcount by-1\relax%
- \edef\pgfmanualtemponepagebefore{\the\pgfmanualtempcount}%
- \pgfmanualtempcount\pgfmanualsectioncount\relax%
- \advance\pgfmanualtempcount by-1\relax%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname pgfmanualsectionendpage\the\pgfmanualsectioncount\endcsname{\pgfmanualtemponepagebefore}%
- \global\advance\pgfmanualsectioncount by1\relax%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname pgfmanualsectionstartpage\the\pgfmanualsectioncount\endcsname{#2}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\toctoks\expandafter{\the\toctoks\pgfmanualtypesetsection{#1}{#2}}%
- }
- \def\pgfmanualhandlekindsubsection#1#2#3{%
- \pgfmanualtempcount#2\relax%
- \advance\pgfmanualtempcount by-1\relax%
- \edef\pgfmanualtemponepagebefore{\the\pgfmanualtempcount}%
- \pgfmanualtempcount\pgfmanualsubsectioncount\relax%
- \advance\pgfmanualtempcount by-1\relax%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname pgfmanualsubsectionendpage\the\pgfmanualsubsectioncount\endcsname{\pgfmanualtemponepagebefore}%
- \global\advance\pgfmanualsubsectioncount by1\relax%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname pgfmanualsubsectionstartpage\the\pgfmanualsubsectioncount\endcsname{#2}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\toctoks\expandafter{\the\toctoks\pgfmanualtypesetsubsection{#1}{#2}}%
- }
- \def\pgfmanualhandlekindsubsubsection#1#2#3{%
- \pgfmanualtempcount#2\relax%
- \advance\pgfmanualtempcount by-1\relax%
- \edef\pgfmanualtemponepagebefore{\the\pgfmanualtempcount}%
- \pgfmanualtempcount\pgfmanualsubsubsectioncount\relax%
- \advance\pgfmanualtempcount by-1\relax%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname pgfmanualsubsubsectionendpage\the\pgfmanualsubsubsectioncount\endcsname{\pgfmanualtemponepagebefore}%
- \global\advance\pgfmanualsubsubsectioncount by1\relax%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname pgfmanualsubsubsectionstartpage\the\pgfmanualsubsubsectioncount\endcsname{#2}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\toctoks\expandafter{\the\toctoks\pgfmanualtypesetsubsubsection{#1}{#2}}%
- }
- \def\pgfmanualhandlekindparagraph#1#2#3{%
- % ignore
- }
-
- \IfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{\input{\jobname.toc}}{}%
-}
-
-{\catcode`\#=11
-\gdef\pgfmanualhashmark{#}
-}
-
-\def\pgfmanualaddifnotempty#1#2{%
- \ifvoid#1%
- \else%
- \setbox#1=\vtop{%
- \hsize\mydim%
- \leavevmode{\strut#2}%
- \unvbox#1%
- }%
- \fi%
-}
-
-\definecolor{tocbackground}{rgb}{0.99,0.99,0.97}
-
-\def\pgfmanualpickpage#1#2#3#4#5{%
- \c@pgf@counta#2\relax%
- \xdef\pgfmanualtocpage{\the\c@pgf@counta}%
-}
-
-\def\pgfmanualaddtoc{%
- \begingroup
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgfmanualtemp\csname r@table-of-contents\endcsname%
- \ifx\pgfmanualtemp\relax%
- \def\pgfmanualtocpage{1}%
- \else%
- \expandafter\pgfmanualpickpage\pgfmanualtemp%
- \fi%
- \let\numberline\pgfmanualpagetocnumberline%
- \mydim\paperwidth\advance\mydim by-3cm%
- \mydim=\mydim\relax%
- \footnotesize%
- \setbox\chapterbox=\box\voidb@x%
- \pgfmanualpagetoctobox{\chapterbox}{\pgfmanualpagetocline{\pgfmanualtocpage}{\Large\textbf{Contents}\vrule
- width0pt height7mmdepth2.5mm}{0cm}{tocbackground}}%
- \the\toctoks%
- \begin{pgfpicture}{1in-1.5cm}{-1in}{1in-1.5cm}{-1in}
- \pgftext[top,left]{\vbox{%
- \nointerlineskip%
- \parskip0pt%
- \hsize=\mydim%
- \leftskip0pt%
- \rightskip0pt%
- \parindent0pt%
- \special{dvisvgm:raw
- <style type="text/css">
- \pgfmanualhashmark toc:hover \pgfmanualhashmark content { visibility: visible }
- </style>
- <g id="toc" opacity=".97">
- }%
- \special{dvisvgm:raw <g pointer-events="all" visibility="hidden">}
- {\color{white}{\vrule width\mydim height 2cm}}\break%
- \special{dvisvgm:raw </g> }%
- \hbox{}\vskip-2.6cm\break\leavevmode%
- \special{dvisvgm:raw
- <g id="content" visibility="hidden">
- }%
- \box\chapterbox\break%
- \hbox{}\vskip-2pt\break%
- {\color{tocbackground}{\vrule width\mydim height 5mm}}\break%
- \special{dvisvgm:raw </g> }%
- \special{dvisvgm:raw </g> }
- }}%
- \end{pgfpicture}
- \endgroup
-}
-\def\pgfmanualpadded#1{%
- \ifnum#1<1000 0\fi%
- \ifnum#1<100 0\fi%
- \ifnum#1<10 0\fi%
- \the#1%
-}
-
-\def\pgfmanualpagetocnumberline#1{}
-\def\pgfmanualpagetoctobox#1#2{%
- \setbox#1=\vtop{%
- \unvbox#1%
- #2}%
-}
-\newdimen\pgfmanualtoclineskip
-\pgfmanualtoclineskip1.5pt
-\def\pgfmanualpagetocline#1#2#3#4{%
- \pgfmanualtempcount#1%
- \vskip-1pt%
- \hbox{\href{\jobname-\pgfmanualpadded{\pgfmanualtempcount}.svg}{%
- \fboxsep0pt%
- \colorbox{#4}{\vbox{%
- \vskip\pgfmanualtoclineskip
- \hsize\mydim%
- \leftskip#3%
- \advance\leftskip by5mm%
- \rightskip1em plus1fil%
- \advance\rightskip by5mm%
- \noindent\strut#2\strut}}}}%
-}
-
-
-\newif\ifpgfmanualbetweentest
-
-\def\pgfmanualifin#1#2#3#4{%
- \pgfmanualbetweentestfalse
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgfmanualstartnum\csname pgfmanual#1startpage\expandafter\the\csname pgfmanual#1count\endcsname\endcsname%
- \ifx\pgfmanualstartnum\relax%
- \def\pgfmanualstartnum{-1}%
- \fi%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\pgfmanualendnum\csname pgfmanual#1endpage\expandafter\the\csname pgfmanual#1count\endcsname\endcsname%
- \ifx\pgfmanualendnum\relax%
- \def\pgfmanualendnum{1000000000}%
- \fi%
- \ifnum\pgfmanualstartnum>\pgfmanualendnum\relax%
- \let\pgfmanualendnum\pgfmanualstartnum%
- \fi%
- \ifnum\pgfmanualstartnum>#2\relax%
- \else%
- \ifnum\pgfmanualendnum<#2\relax%
- \else%
- \pgfmanualbetweentesttrue%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- \ifpgfmanualbetweentest%
- #3%
- \else
- #4%
- \fi%
-}
-
-\def\pgfmanualtypesetpart#1#2{%
- \pgfmanualcleanuppart#1\relax%
- \global\advance\pgfmanualpartcount by1\relax%
- \pgfmanualifin{part}{\c@page}{\global\let\pgfmanualthispart\pgfmanualparttext}{}%
- \pgfmanualpagetoctobox{\chapterbox}{%
- \pgfmanualpagetocline{#2}{%
- \pgfmanualifin{part}{\c@page}{\bfseries\pgfmanualparttext}{\pgfmanualparttext}%
- }{1.5cm}{tocbackground}}%
-}
-\def\pgfmanualcleanuppart#1\hspace#2#3\relax{%
- \def\pgfmanualparttext{\llap{\hbox to 1.5cm{Part #1\hss}}#3}%
-}
-
-\def\pgfmanualtypesetsection#1#2{%
- \global\advance\pgfmanualsectioncount by1\relax%
- \pgfmanualifin{part}{\c@page}{%
- \pgfmanualifin{section}{\c@page}{\gdef\pgfmanualthischapter{#1}}{}%
- \pgfmanualpagetoctobox{\chapterbox}{%
- \def\numberline##1{\llap{##1\hskip3mm}}%
- \pgfmanualpagetocline{#2}{%
- \pgfmanualifin{section}{\c@page}{\bfseries\itshape#1}{\itshape#1}%
- }{1.5cm}{tocbackground}}%
- }{}%
-}
-\def\pgfmanualtypesetsubsection#1#2{%
- \global\advance\pgfmanualsubsectioncount by1\relax%
- \pgfmanualifin{part}{\c@page}{%
- \pgfmanualifin{section}{\c@page}{%
- \pgfmanualpagetoctobox{\chapterbox}{%
- \pgfmanualextraskip5mm%
- \pgfmanualpagetocline{#2}{
- \pgfmanualifin{subsection}{\c@page}{\bfseries}{}#1%
- }{2cm}{tocbackground}}%
- }{}%
- }{}%
-}
-\def\pgfmanualtypesetsubsubsection#1#2{%
- \global\advance\pgfmanualsubsubsectioncount by1\relax%
- \pgfmanualifin{part}{\c@page}{%
- \pgfmanualifin{section}{\c@page}{%
- \pgfmanualextraskip10mm%
- \pgfmanualpagetoctobox{\chapterbox}{\pgfmanualpagetocline{#2}{%
- \pgfmanualifin{subsubsection}{\c@page}{\bfseries}{}\itshape#1%
- }{2.5cm}{tocbackground}}%
- }{}%
- }{}%
-}
-\def\pgfmanualsplitnumberline#1{%
- \pgfmanualsplitnumberline@#1\relax%
-}
-\def\pgfmanualsplitnumberline@#1.#2\relax{%
- \llap{#1\rlap{.#2}\hskip3mm\hskip\pgfmanualextraskip}%
-}
-\newdimen\pgfmanualextraskip
-
-\makeatother
-
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index c1b811d61e..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-rerun = "(There were undefined references|Rerun to get (cross-references|the bars) right)"
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = lualatex
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:../../images:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).pdf
-
-pgfmanual.pdf: $(doc).tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
-
-test: $(doc)-test.tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex) || true
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-FORCE:
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual*.aux
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 83bf517733..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2018 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-luatex.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
-
-
-
-% =============================================================================
-% ToDo for Stefan Pinnow
-%
-% - search and replace for
-% - $x$-coordinate --> $x$ coordinate
-% (and similar)
-% - to-path vs. to--path
-%
-% - remove "spurious" spaces when loading libraries
-% (similar to <https://sourceforge.net/p/pgf/bugs/374/>)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index c99b87dbc8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200.0; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] [] [] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 98e1357c20..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 200 points
-# Curve title: "(t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))"
-# x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b4004ac39..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "0.05*exp(x)"
-# x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f81f6a7b9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [0:1] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
deleted file mode 100644
index fbd3c23fa7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "t*sin(t),t*cos(t)"
-# x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 o
-1.66651 1.66503 o
-1.81387 1.04628 o
-1.76998 0.47361 o
-1.57050 -0.00047 o
-1.26407 -0.33904 o
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 o
-1.57050 0.00047 o
-1.76998 -0.47361 o
-1.81387 -1.04628 o
-1.66651 -1.66503 o
-1.30987 -2.26617 o
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ea9639bd78..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 3755e8c6d0..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "t*sin(t),t*cos(t)"
-# x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 756bf7f093..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "sin(x)"
-# x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0a1ad8ff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-tan-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 100.0; plot [x=-3.141:3.141] [-3:3]tan(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index def4c60275..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-# Curve title: "tan(x)"
-# x y type
--3.14100 0.00059 i
--3.07755 0.06413 i
--3.01409 0.12820 i
--2.95064 0.19331 i
--2.88718 0.26005 i
--2.82373 0.32902 i
--2.76027 0.40094 i
--2.69682 0.47663 i
--2.63336 0.55704 i
--2.56991 0.64335 i
--2.50645 0.73701 i
--2.44300 0.83989 i
--2.37955 0.95436 i
--2.31609 1.08360 i
--2.25264 1.23197 i
--2.18918 1.40553 i
--2.12573 1.61314 i
--2.06227 1.86816 i
--1.99882 2.19188 i
--1.93536 2.62036 i
--1.87191 3.22003 o
--1.80845 4.12820 o
--1.74500 5.68222 o
--1.68155 8.99247 o
--1.61809 21.12830 o
--1.55464 -61.87594 o
--1.49118 -12.53398 o
--1.42773 -6.94188 o
--1.36427 -4.77302 o
--1.30082 -3.61357 o
--1.23736 -2.88713 i
--1.17391 -2.38590 i
--1.11045 -2.01664 i
--1.04700 -1.73126 i
--0.98355 -1.50245 i
--0.92009 -1.31351 i
--0.85664 -1.15368 i
--0.79318 -1.01569 i
--0.72973 -0.89443 i
--0.66627 -0.78621 i
--0.60282 -0.68828 i
--0.53936 -0.59856 i
--0.47591 -0.51542 i
--0.41245 -0.43755 i
--0.34900 -0.36390 i
--0.28555 -0.29357 i
--0.22209 -0.22582 i
--0.15864 -0.15998 i
--0.09518 -0.09547 i
--0.03173 -0.03174 i
-0.03173 0.03174 i
-0.09518 0.09547 i
-0.15864 0.15998 i
-0.22209 0.22582 i
-0.28555 0.29357 i
-0.34900 0.36390 i
-0.41245 0.43755 i
-0.47591 0.51542 i
-0.53936 0.59856 i
-0.60282 0.68828 i
-0.66627 0.78621 i
-0.72973 0.89443 i
-0.79318 1.01569 i
-0.85664 1.15368 i
-0.92009 1.31351 i
-0.98355 1.50245 i
-1.04700 1.73126 i
-1.11045 2.01664 i
-1.17391 2.38590 i
-1.23736 2.88713 i
-1.30082 3.61357 o
-1.36427 4.77302 o
-1.42773 6.94188 o
-1.49118 12.53398 o
-1.55464 61.87594 o
-1.61809 -21.12830 o
-1.68155 -8.99247 o
-1.74500 -5.68222 o
-1.80845 -4.12820 o
-1.87191 -3.22003 o
-1.93536 -2.62036 i
-1.99882 -2.19188 i
-2.06227 -1.86816 i
-2.12573 -1.61314 i
-2.18918 -1.40553 i
-2.25264 -1.23197 i
-2.31609 -1.08360 i
-2.37955 -0.95436 i
-2.44300 -0.83989 i
-2.50645 -0.73701 i
-2.56991 -0.64335 i
-2.63336 -0.55704 i
-2.69682 -0.47663 i
-2.76027 -0.40094 i
-2.82373 -0.32902 i
-2.88718 -0.26005 i
-2.95064 -0.19331 i
-3.01409 -0.12820 i
-3.07755 -0.06413 i
-3.14100 -0.00059 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e745c1166..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 25 points
-# Curve title: "x"
-# x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 29942bca36..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-luatex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-
-# Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-# Curve title: "x*sin(x)"
-# x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 413c8972cc..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-rerun = "(There were undefined references|Rerun to get (cross-references|the bars) right)"
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = pdflatex
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:../../images:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).pdf
-
-pgfmanual.pdf: $(doc).tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
-
-test: $(doc)-test.tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc)-test.tex) || true
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-FORCE:
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual*.aux
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index c99b87dbc8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200.0; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] [] [] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 173ab5e9c7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 200 points
-#x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e72857039..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f81f6a7b9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [0:1] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ea9639bd78..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index de0c383ddd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 -0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab8f2c8d5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0a1ad8ff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-tan-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 100.0; plot [x=-3.141:3.141] [-3:3]tan(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 63beeda4b7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-
-#Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-#x y type
--3.14100 0.00059 i
--3.07755 0.06413 i
--3.01409 0.12820 i
--2.95064 0.19331 i
--2.88718 0.26005 i
--2.82373 0.32902 i
--2.76027 0.40094 i
--2.69682 0.47663 i
--2.63336 0.55704 i
--2.56991 0.64335 i
--2.50645 0.73701 i
--2.44300 0.83989 i
--2.37955 0.95436 i
--2.31609 1.08360 i
--2.25264 1.23197 i
--2.18918 1.40553 i
--2.12573 1.61314 i
--2.06227 1.86816 i
--1.99882 2.19188 i
--1.93536 2.62036 i
--1.87191 3.22003 o
--1.80845 4.12820 o
--1.74500 5.68222 o
--1.68155 8.99247 o
--1.61809 21.12830 o
--1.55464 -61.87594 o
--1.49118 -12.53398 o
--1.42773 -6.94188 o
--1.36427 -4.77302 o
--1.30082 -3.61357 o
--1.23736 -2.88713 i
--1.17391 -2.38590 i
--1.11045 -2.01664 i
--1.04700 -1.73126 i
--0.98355 -1.50245 i
--0.92009 -1.31351 i
--0.85664 -1.15368 i
--0.79318 -1.01569 i
--0.72973 -0.89443 i
--0.66627 -0.78621 i
--0.60282 -0.68828 i
--0.53936 -0.59856 i
--0.47591 -0.51542 i
--0.41245 -0.43755 i
--0.34900 -0.36390 i
--0.28555 -0.29357 i
--0.22209 -0.22582 i
--0.15864 -0.15998 i
--0.09518 -0.09547 i
--0.03173 -0.03174 i
-0.03173 0.03174 i
-0.09518 0.09547 i
-0.15864 0.15998 i
-0.22209 0.22582 i
-0.28555 0.29357 i
-0.34900 0.36390 i
-0.41245 0.43755 i
-0.47591 0.51542 i
-0.53936 0.59856 i
-0.60282 0.68828 i
-0.66627 0.78621 i
-0.72973 0.89443 i
-0.79318 1.01569 i
-0.85664 1.15368 i
-0.92009 1.31351 i
-0.98355 1.50245 i
-1.04700 1.73126 i
-1.11045 2.01664 i
-1.17391 2.38590 i
-1.23736 2.88713 i
-1.30082 3.61357 o
-1.36427 4.77302 o
-1.42773 6.94188 o
-1.49118 12.53398 o
-1.55464 61.87594 o
-1.61809 -21.12830 o
-1.68155 -8.99247 o
-1.74500 -5.68222 o
-1.80845 -4.12820 o
-1.87191 -3.22003 o
-1.93536 -2.62036 i
-1.99882 -2.19188 i
-2.06227 -1.86816 i
-2.12573 -1.61314 i
-2.18918 -1.40553 i
-2.25264 -1.23197 i
-2.31609 -1.08360 i
-2.37955 -0.95436 i
-2.44300 -0.83989 i
-2.50645 -0.73701 i
-2.56991 -0.64335 i
-2.63336 -0.55704 i
-2.69682 -0.47663 i
-2.76027 -0.40094 i
-2.82373 -0.32902 i
-2.88718 -0.26005 i
-2.95064 -0.19331 i
-3.01409 -0.12820 i
-3.07755 -0.06413 i
-3.14100 -0.00059 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 329b9fa56b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index cff802be0a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-set table "pgfmanual-sine.table"
-set format "%.5f"
-set samples 20
-plot [x=0:10] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e517898a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 100 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/pgfmanual-pdftex.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/pgfmanual-pdftex.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index f888fb60b3..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-pdftex/pgfmanual-pdftex.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-
-\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
-\makeatletter
-\g@addto@macro\selectfont{%
- \long\edef\longf@family{\f@family}%
- \ifx\longf@family\ttdefault
- \pdfnoligatures\font\relax
- \fi
-}
-\makeatother
-
-% Just make sure to compile this using pdfelatex.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 4652399536..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = htlatex
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).html
-
-pgfmanual.idx:
- touch pgfmanual.idx
-
-pgfmanual.ind: pgfmanual.idx
- makeindex $(doc).idx
-
-pgfmanual.html: $(doc).tex $(doc).ind revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.*gif \
- pgfmanual.*html \
- pgfmanual.*svg \
- pgfmanual.xref \
- pgfmanual.css \
- pgfmanual.4ct \
- pgfmanual.4tc \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual.lg \
- pgfmanual.idv \
- pgfmanual*.aux \
- *.png
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/pgfmanual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bc4b274f7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2006 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-tex4ht.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index fca2b3fd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 173ab5e9c7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 200 points
-#x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e72857039..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c366fe529..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index de0c383ddd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 -0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab8f2c8d5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 329b9fa56b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index cff802be0a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-set table "pgfmanual-sine.table"
-set format "%.5f"
-set samples 20
-plot [x=0:10] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e517898a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 100 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/pgfmanual-tex4ht.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/pgfmanual-tex4ht.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 698a089573..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-tex4ht/pgfmanual-tex4ht.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2008 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-
-% Make sure to use tex4ht (or htlatex, to be precise) to compile this.
-
-\usepackage{tex4ht}
-\def\pgfsysdriver{pgfsys-tex4ht.def}
-
-\usepackage{xkeyval}
-\usepackage{colortbl}
-
-\makeatletter
-
-\AtBeginDocument{
-\CutAt{section,part}
-\definecolor{graphicbackground}{rgb}{0.96,0.96,0.8}
-\definecolor{codebackground}{rgb}{0.8,0.8,1}
-\definecolor{declarebg}{rgb}{1,0.8,0.8}
-\definecolor{gray}{gray}{.5}
-\definecolor{darkgreen}{rgb}{0,.5,0}
-\definecolor{orange}{rgb}{1,.5,0}
-\definecolor{mintgreen}{rgb}{.5,.75,.5}
-\definecolor{input}{rgb}{0,0,0.8}
-\definecolor{output}{rgb}{0.7,0,0}
-\definecolor{triangle}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}
-\definecolor{border}{rgb}{0,0.8,0}
-
-% Patches of macros...
-\renewenvironment{pgfmanualentry}{\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
-\renewcommand\pgfmanualentryheadline[1]{\item[\colorbox{declarebg}{\normalfont{#1}}]\par}
-\renewcommand\pgfmanualbody{}
-
-\def\endofcodeexample#1{%
- \endgroup%
- \ifcode@execute%
- \setbox\codeexamplebox=\hbox{%
- {%
- {%
- \returntospace%
- \commenthandler%
- \xdef\code@temp{#1}% removes returns and comments
- }%
- \color{black}\ignorespaces%
- \code@pre\expandafter\scantokens\expandafter{\code@temp\ignorespaces}\code@post\ignorespaces%
- }%
- }%
- \ifdim\wd\codeexamplebox>\codeexamplewidth%
- \box\codeexamplebox
- \begin{tabular}{>{\columncolor{codebackground}}l}
- \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
- {%
- \let\do\@makeother
- \dospecials
- \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
- \normalfont\ttfamily\footnotesize
- \typesetcomment%
- \@tempswafalse
- \def\par{%
- \if@tempswa
- \leavevmode \null \@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty
- \else
- \@tempswatrue
- \ifhmode\@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty\fi
- \fi}%
- \obeylines
- \everypar \expandafter{\the\everypar \unpenalty}%
- #1}
- \end{minipage}
- \end{tabular}%
- \else
- \begin{tabular}{>{\columncolor{graphicbackground}}l>{\columncolor{codebackground}}l}
- \ \box\codeexamplebox\ \par &
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
- {\let\do\@makeother
- \dospecials
- \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
- \normalfont\ttfamily\footnotesize
- \typesetcomment%
- \@tempswafalse
- \def\par{%
- \if@tempswa
- \leavevmode \null \@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty
- \else
- \@tempswatrue
- \ifhmode\@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty\fi
- \fi}%
- \obeylines
- \everypar \expandafter{\the\everypar \unpenalty}%
- #1}
- \end{minipage}
- \end{tabular}
- \fi
- \else%
- \begin{tabular}{>{\columncolor{codebackground}}l}
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
- {%
- \let\do\@makeother
- \dospecials
- \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
- \normalfont\ttfamily\footnotesize
- \typesetcomment%
- \@tempswafalse
- \def\par{%
- \if@tempswa
- \leavevmode \null \@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty
- \else
- \@tempswatrue
- \ifhmode\@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty\fi
- \fi}%
- \obeylines
- \everypar \expandafter{\the\everypar \unpenalty}%
- #1}
- \end{minipage}
- \end{tabular}%
- \fi%
- \par%
- \end{codeexample}
-}
-}
-
-
-
-\makeatother
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 77750aee20..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-rerun = "(There were undefined references|Rerun to get (cross-references|the bars) right)"
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = vlatex
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).ps
-
-pgfmanual.ps: $(doc).tex revisionfile
- TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual*.aux
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/pgfmanual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a0618eb5af..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2006 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-vtex.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index fca2b3fd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 173ab5e9c7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 200 points
-#x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e72857039..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c366fe529..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index de0c383ddd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 -0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab8f2c8d5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 329b9fa56b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index cff802be0a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-set table "pgfmanual-sine.table"
-set format "%.5f"
-set samples 20
-plot [x=0:10] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e517898a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 100 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/pgfmanual-vtex.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/pgfmanual-vtex.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d346686f2..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-vtex/pgfmanual-vtex.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
-\usepackage[vtex]{graphics}
-
-\let\command=\undefined
-\let\endcommand=\undefined
-
-% Just make sure that you compile this using elatex + dvips
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/Makefile b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f84eb5a51..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-rerun = "(There were undefined references|Rerun to get (cross-references|the bars) right)"
-doc = pgfmanual
-latex = xelatex --no-pdf
-TEXINPUTS := ../../text-en:$(TEXINPUTS)
-
-all: $(doc).pdf
-
-pgfmanual.pdf: $(doc).tex revisionfile
- (TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
- (egrep -q $(rerun) $(doc).log && TEXINPUTS="$(TEXINPUTS)" $(latex) $(doc).tex) || true
- xdvipdfmx -p a4 $(doc)
-
-revisionfile:
- cd ../../../../.. && ./scripts/pgf/pgfrevisionfile.sh
-
-clean:
- rm -f \
- plots/* \
- pgfmanual.out \
- pgfmanual.log \
- pgfmanual.idx \
- pgfmanual.ind \
- pgfmanual.ilg \
- pgfmanual.pdf \
- pgfmanual.toc \
- pgfmanual.bbl \
- pgfmanual.blg \
- pgfmanual.ps \
- pgfmanual.dvi \
- pgfmanual*.aux
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/pgfmanual.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/pgfmanual.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 97444031ce..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/pgfmanual.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2008 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-% pgf version is defined in \pgfversion in file
-% generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
-
-\input{../pgfmanual-xetex.cfg}
-\input{../../text-en/pgfmanual-en-main.tex}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index c99b87dbc8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 200.0; set parametric; plot [t=0.4:1.5] [] [] (t*t*t)*sin(1/(t*t*t)),(t*t*t)*cos(1/(t*t*t))
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 173ab5e9c7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-asymptotic-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 200 points
-#x y type
-0.00530 -0.06378 i
-0.04363 -0.05043 i
-0.06711 -0.01790 i
-0.06896 0.02170 i
-0.05014 0.05606 i
-0.01712 0.07631 i
--0.02110 0.07849 i
--0.05579 0.06337 i
--0.08032 0.03512 i
--0.09097 -0.00029 i
--0.08696 -0.03664 i
--0.06987 -0.06850 i
--0.04284 -0.09192 i
--0.00982 -0.10460 i
-0.02515 -0.10585 i
-0.05841 -0.09629 i
-0.08703 -0.07749 i
-0.10892 -0.05162 i
-0.12282 -0.02111 i
-0.12828 0.01163 i
-0.12547 0.04436 i
-0.11507 0.07518 i
-0.09810 0.10255 i
-0.07579 0.12534 i
-0.04948 0.14280 i
-0.02048 0.15454 i
--0.00995 0.16043 i
--0.04065 0.16063 i
--0.07063 0.15545 i
--0.09905 0.14536 i
--0.12521 0.13092 i
--0.14860 0.11273 i
--0.16882 0.09143 i
--0.18562 0.06764 i
--0.19885 0.04197 i
--0.20848 0.01500 i
--0.21454 -0.01276 i
--0.21712 -0.04083 i
--0.21637 -0.06879 i
--0.21247 -0.09627 i
--0.20565 -0.12295 i
--0.19613 -0.14858 i
--0.18415 -0.17294 i
--0.16996 -0.19585 i
--0.15379 -0.21718 i
--0.13589 -0.23682 i
--0.11647 -0.25471 i
--0.09576 -0.27080 i
--0.07396 -0.28508 i
--0.05126 -0.29753 i
--0.02783 -0.30819 i
--0.00384 -0.31707 i
-0.02057 -0.32421 i
-0.04526 -0.32967 i
-0.07011 -0.33350 i
-0.09502 -0.33576 i
-0.11989 -0.33651 i
-0.14463 -0.33582 i
-0.16917 -0.33376 i
-0.19345 -0.33040 i
-0.21741 -0.32580 i
-0.24100 -0.32003 i
-0.26418 -0.31315 i
-0.28691 -0.30524 i
-0.30918 -0.29634 i
-0.33096 -0.28653 i
-0.35222 -0.27585 i
-0.37297 -0.26437 i
-0.39318 -0.25213 i
-0.41285 -0.23918 i
-0.43197 -0.22557 i
-0.45056 -0.21134 i
-0.46860 -0.19654 i
-0.48611 -0.18119 i
-0.50309 -0.16535 i
-0.51954 -0.14904 i
-0.53547 -0.13229 i
-0.55090 -0.11514 i
-0.56582 -0.09761 i
-0.58026 -0.07972 i
-0.59422 -0.06150 i
-0.60772 -0.04298 i
-0.62076 -0.02416 i
-0.63336 -0.00508 i
-0.64554 0.01425 i
-0.65729 0.03382 i
-0.66864 0.05361 i
-0.67960 0.07361 i
-0.69018 0.09381 i
-0.70039 0.11420 i
-0.71024 0.13475 i
-0.71975 0.15548 i
-0.72892 0.17636 i
-0.73778 0.19739 i
-0.74632 0.21857 i
-0.75456 0.23989 i
-0.76251 0.26134 i
-0.77018 0.28291 i
-0.77759 0.30461 i
-0.78473 0.32643 i
-0.79162 0.34837 i
-0.79826 0.37042 i
-0.80468 0.39258 i
-0.81087 0.41485 i
-0.81684 0.43723 i
-0.82261 0.45972 i
-0.82817 0.48232 i
-0.83354 0.50502 i
-0.83872 0.52782 i
-0.84372 0.55073 i
-0.84855 0.57374 i
-0.85321 0.59686 i
-0.85772 0.62009 i
-0.86206 0.64342 i
-0.86626 0.66685 i
-0.87032 0.69040 i
-0.87423 0.71405 i
-0.87801 0.73781 i
-0.88167 0.76169 i
-0.88520 0.78567 i
-0.88861 0.80977 i
-0.89191 0.83398 i
-0.89510 0.85831 i
-0.89818 0.88276 i
-0.90115 0.90733 i
-0.90403 0.93202 i
-0.90682 0.95683 i
-0.90951 0.98177 i
-0.91211 1.00683 i
-0.91463 1.03202 i
-0.91707 1.05735 i
-0.91942 1.08280 i
-0.92171 1.10839 i
-0.92391 1.13411 i
-0.92605 1.15998 i
-0.92812 1.18598 i
-0.93012 1.21213 i
-0.93205 1.23842 i
-0.93393 1.26485 i
-0.93575 1.29143 i
-0.93751 1.31817 i
-0.93921 1.34505 i
-0.94086 1.37209 i
-0.94246 1.39929 i
-0.94401 1.42664 i
-0.94552 1.45415 i
-0.94697 1.48183 i
-0.94838 1.50967 i
-0.94975 1.53767 i
-0.95108 1.56584 i
-0.95236 1.59418 i
-0.95361 1.62270 i
-0.95482 1.65138 i
-0.95600 1.68025 i
-0.95713 1.70928 i
-0.95824 1.73850 i
-0.95931 1.76790 i
-0.96035 1.79748 i
-0.96136 1.82725 i
-0.96234 1.85720 i
-0.96329 1.88735 i
-0.96422 1.91768 i
-0.96511 1.94820 i
-0.96598 1.97892 i
-0.96683 2.00983 i
-0.96765 2.04094 i
-0.96845 2.07225 i
-0.96922 2.10376 i
-0.96998 2.13547 i
-0.97071 2.16739 i
-0.97142 2.19952 i
-0.97211 2.23185 i
-0.97278 2.26439 i
-0.97344 2.29714 i
-0.97407 2.33010 i
-0.97469 2.36328 i
-0.97529 2.39667 i
-0.97588 2.43028 i
-0.97644 2.46411 i
-0.97700 2.49817 i
-0.97754 2.53244 i
-0.97806 2.56694 i
-0.97857 2.60166 i
-0.97906 2.63661 i
-0.97955 2.67179 i
-0.98001 2.70720 i
-0.98047 2.74284 i
-0.98092 2.77871 i
-0.98135 2.81482 i
-0.98177 2.85117 i
-0.98218 2.88775 i
-0.98258 2.92457 i
-0.98297 2.96163 i
-0.98335 2.99894 i
-0.98372 3.03649 i
-0.98408 3.07428 i
-0.98443 3.11232 i
-0.98477 3.15061 i
-0.98511 3.18914 i
-0.98543 3.22793 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 8109ea408c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-exp.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] 0.05*exp(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e72857039..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-exp.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.05000 i
-0.16667 0.05907 i
-0.33333 0.06978 i
-0.50000 0.08244 i
-0.66667 0.09739 i
-0.83333 0.11505 i
-1.00000 0.13591 i
-1.16667 0.16056 i
-1.33333 0.18968 i
-1.50000 0.22408 i
-1.66667 0.26472 i
-1.83333 0.31274 i
-2.00000 0.36945 i
-2.16667 0.43646 i
-2.33333 0.51561 i
-2.50000 0.60912 i
-2.66667 0.71960 i
-2.83333 0.85010 i
-3.00000 1.00428 i
-3.16667 1.18641 i
-3.33333 1.40158 i
-3.50000 1.65577 i
-3.66667 1.95606 i
-3.83333 2.31082 i
-4.00000 2.72991 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f81f6a7b9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example-cut.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [0:1] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ea9639bd78..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-parametric-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; set parametric; plot [t=-3.141:3.141] [] [] t*sin(t),t*cos(t)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index de0c383ddd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-parametric-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00186 3.14100 i
-0.74672 2.78074 i
-1.30987 2.26617 i
-1.66651 1.66503 i
-1.81387 1.04628 i
-1.76998 0.47361 i
-1.57050 -0.00047 i
-1.26407 -0.33904 i
-0.90663 -0.52368 i
-0.55517 -0.55534 i
-0.26171 -0.45339 i
-0.06773 -0.25283 i
-0.00000 -0.00000 i
-0.06773 0.25283 i
-0.26171 0.45339 i
-0.55517 0.55534 i
-0.90663 0.52368 i
-1.26407 0.33904 i
-1.57050 0.00047 i
-1.76998 -0.47361 i
-1.81387 -1.04628 i
-1.66651 -1.66503 i
-1.30987 -2.26617 i
-0.74672 -2.78074 i
-0.00186 -3.14100 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 48df575630..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-sin.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab8f2c8d5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-sin.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16590 i
-0.33333 0.32719 i
-0.50000 0.47943 i
-0.66667 0.61837 i
-0.83333 0.74018 i
-1.00000 0.84147 i
-1.16667 0.91944 i
-1.33333 0.97194 i
-1.50000 0.99749 i
-1.66667 0.99541 i
-1.83333 0.96573 i
-2.00000 0.90930 i
-2.16667 0.82766 i
-2.33333 0.72309 i
-2.50000 0.59847 i
-2.66667 0.45727 i
-2.83333 0.30340 i
-3.00000 0.14112 i
-3.16667 -0.02507 i
-3.33333 -0.19057 i
-3.50000 -0.35078 i
-3.66667 -0.50128 i
-3.83333 -0.63788 i
-4.00000 -0.75680 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b0a1ad8ff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-tan-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 100.0; plot [x=-3.141:3.141] [-3:3]tan(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 63beeda4b7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-tan-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-
-#Curve 0 of 1, 100 points
-#x y type
--3.14100 0.00059 i
--3.07755 0.06413 i
--3.01409 0.12820 i
--2.95064 0.19331 i
--2.88718 0.26005 i
--2.82373 0.32902 i
--2.76027 0.40094 i
--2.69682 0.47663 i
--2.63336 0.55704 i
--2.56991 0.64335 i
--2.50645 0.73701 i
--2.44300 0.83989 i
--2.37955 0.95436 i
--2.31609 1.08360 i
--2.25264 1.23197 i
--2.18918 1.40553 i
--2.12573 1.61314 i
--2.06227 1.86816 i
--1.99882 2.19188 i
--1.93536 2.62036 i
--1.87191 3.22003 o
--1.80845 4.12820 o
--1.74500 5.68222 o
--1.68155 8.99247 o
--1.61809 21.12830 o
--1.55464 -61.87594 o
--1.49118 -12.53398 o
--1.42773 -6.94188 o
--1.36427 -4.77302 o
--1.30082 -3.61357 o
--1.23736 -2.88713 i
--1.17391 -2.38590 i
--1.11045 -2.01664 i
--1.04700 -1.73126 i
--0.98355 -1.50245 i
--0.92009 -1.31351 i
--0.85664 -1.15368 i
--0.79318 -1.01569 i
--0.72973 -0.89443 i
--0.66627 -0.78621 i
--0.60282 -0.68828 i
--0.53936 -0.59856 i
--0.47591 -0.51542 i
--0.41245 -0.43755 i
--0.34900 -0.36390 i
--0.28555 -0.29357 i
--0.22209 -0.22582 i
--0.15864 -0.15998 i
--0.09518 -0.09547 i
--0.03173 -0.03174 i
-0.03173 0.03174 i
-0.09518 0.09547 i
-0.15864 0.15998 i
-0.22209 0.22582 i
-0.28555 0.29357 i
-0.34900 0.36390 i
-0.41245 0.43755 i
-0.47591 0.51542 i
-0.53936 0.59856 i
-0.60282 0.68828 i
-0.66627 0.78621 i
-0.72973 0.89443 i
-0.79318 1.01569 i
-0.85664 1.15368 i
-0.92009 1.31351 i
-0.98355 1.50245 i
-1.04700 1.73126 i
-1.11045 2.01664 i
-1.17391 2.38590 i
-1.23736 2.88713 i
-1.30082 3.61357 o
-1.36427 4.77302 o
-1.42773 6.94188 o
-1.49118 12.53398 o
-1.55464 61.87594 o
-1.61809 -21.12830 o
-1.68155 -8.99247 o
-1.74500 -5.68222 o
-1.80845 -4.12820 o
-1.87191 -3.22003 o
-1.93536 -2.62036 i
-1.99882 -2.19188 i
-2.06227 -1.86816 i
-2.12573 -1.61314 i
-2.18918 -1.40553 i
-2.25264 -1.23197 i
-2.31609 -1.08360 i
-2.37955 -0.95436 i
-2.44300 -0.83989 i
-2.50645 -0.73701 i
-2.56991 -0.64335 i
-2.63336 -0.55704 i
-2.69682 -0.47663 i
-2.76027 -0.40094 i
-2.82373 -0.32902 i
-2.88718 -0.26005 i
-2.95064 -0.19331 i
-3.01409 -0.12820 i
-3.07755 -0.06413 i
-3.14100 -0.00059 i
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e57c0571a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgf-x.table"; set format "%.5f"
-set samples 25; plot [x=0:4] x
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 329b9fa56b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgf-x.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 25 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.16667 0.16667 i
-0.33333 0.33333 i
-0.50000 0.50000 i
-0.66667 0.66667 i
-0.83333 0.83333 i
-1.00000 1.00000 i
-1.16667 1.16667 i
-1.33333 1.33333 i
-1.50000 1.50000 i
-1.66667 1.66667 i
-1.83333 1.83333 i
-2.00000 2.00000 i
-2.16667 2.16667 i
-2.33333 2.33333 i
-2.50000 2.50000 i
-2.66667 2.66667 i
-2.83333 2.83333 i
-3.00000 3.00000 i
-3.16667 3.16667 i
-3.33333 3.33333 i
-3.50000 3.50000 i
-3.66667 3.66667 i
-3.83333 3.83333 i
-4.00000 4.00000 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index cff802be0a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-set table "pgfmanual-sine.table"
-set format "%.5f"
-set samples 20
-plot [x=0:10] sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d5d248a56..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfmanual-sine.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 20 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.52632 0.50235 i
-1.05263 0.86873 i
-1.57895 0.99997 i
-2.10526 0.86054 i
-2.63158 0.48819 i
-3.15789 -0.01630 i
-3.68421 -0.51638 i
-4.21053 -0.87669 i
-4.73684 -0.99970 i
-5.26316 -0.85212 i
-5.78947 -0.47390 i
-6.31579 0.03260 i
-6.84211 0.53027 i
-7.36842 0.88441 i
-7.89474 0.99917 i
-8.42105 0.84348 i
-8.94737 0.45948 i
-9.47368 -0.04889 i
-10.00000 -0.54402 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
deleted file mode 100644
index ebac36dd23..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.gnuplot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-set table "plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table"; set format "%.5f"
-plot [x=0:3.5] x*sin(x)
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e517898a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/en/plots/pgfplotgnuplot-example.table
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-#Curve 0, 100 points
-#x y type
-0.00000 0.00000 i
-0.03535 0.00125 i
-0.07071 0.00500 i
-0.10606 0.01123 i
-0.14141 0.01993 i
-0.17677 0.03108 i
-0.21212 0.04466 i
-0.24747 0.06062 i
-0.28283 0.07893 i
-0.31818 0.09954 i
-0.35354 0.12240 i
-0.38889 0.14745 i
-0.42424 0.17463 i
-0.45960 0.20387 i
-0.49495 0.23509 i
-0.53030 0.26822 i
-0.56566 0.30318 i
-0.60101 0.33986 i
-0.63636 0.37817 i
-0.67172 0.41803 i
-0.70707 0.45932 i
-0.74242 0.50194 i
-0.77778 0.54577 i
-0.81313 0.59069 i
-0.84848 0.63660 i
-0.88384 0.68337 i
-0.91919 0.73086 i
-0.95455 0.77896 i
-0.98990 0.82753 i
-1.02525 0.87643 i
-1.06061 0.92554 i
-1.09596 0.97471 i
-1.13131 1.02381 i
-1.16667 1.07269 i
-1.20202 1.12121 i
-1.23737 1.16923 i
-1.27273 1.21661 i
-1.30808 1.26320 i
-1.34343 1.30886 i
-1.37879 1.35345 i
-1.41414 1.39682 i
-1.44949 1.43884 i
-1.48485 1.47937 i
-1.52020 1.51826 i
-1.55556 1.55537 i
-1.59091 1.59059 i
-1.62626 1.62376 i
-1.66162 1.65477 i
-1.69697 1.68348 i
-1.73232 1.70977 i
-1.76768 1.73353 i
-1.80303 1.75463 i
-1.83838 1.77296 i
-1.87374 1.78841 i
-1.90909 1.80089 i
-1.94444 1.81028 i
-1.97980 1.81650 i
-2.01515 1.81946 i
-2.05051 1.81906 i
-2.08586 1.81524 i
-2.12121 1.80792 i
-2.15657 1.79704 i
-2.19192 1.78252 i
-2.22727 1.76433 i
-2.26263 1.74240 i
-2.29798 1.71671 i
-2.33333 1.68720 i
-2.36869 1.65386 i
-2.40404 1.61667 i
-2.43939 1.57560 i
-2.47475 1.53066 i
-2.51010 1.48184 i
-2.54545 1.42915 i
-2.58081 1.37260 i
-2.61616 1.31223 i
-2.65152 1.24805 i
-2.68687 1.18011 i
-2.72222 1.10845 i
-2.75758 1.03312 i
-2.79293 0.95418 i
-2.82828 0.87170 i
-2.86364 0.78576 i
-2.89899 0.69642 i
-2.93434 0.60380 i
-2.96970 0.50797 i
-3.00505 0.40904 i
-3.04040 0.30713 i
-3.07576 0.20235 i
-3.11111 0.09482 i
-3.14646 -0.01533 i
-3.18182 -0.12796 i
-3.21717 -0.24292 i
-3.25253 -0.36007 i
-3.28788 -0.47926 i
-3.32323 -0.60032 i
-3.35859 -0.72308 i
-3.39394 -0.84739 i
-3.42929 -0.97305 i
-3.46465 -1.09990 i
-3.50000 -1.22774 i
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/pgfmanual-xetex.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/pgfmanual-xetex.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index db64556861..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/doc/version-for-xetex/pgfmanual-xetex.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 2019 by Till Tantau
-%
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified
-%
-% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
-% 2. under the GNU Free Documentation License.
-%
-% See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more details.
-
-\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
-
-\usepackage[xetex]{graphics}
-% This will tell everyone which driver we are using.
-
-\PassOptionsToPackage{xetex}{hyperref}
-
-% Make sure to compile this using xelatex + xdvipdfmx.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/BalloonLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/BalloonLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 311bee3e09..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/BalloonLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.h>
-
-struct BalloonLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- BalloonLayout layout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("BalloonLayout.evenAngles",
- &BalloonLayout::setEvenAngles, layout);
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("BalloonLayout")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.misclayout.BalloonLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("BalloonLayout.evenAngles")
- .type ("boolean")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.misclayout.BalloonLayout"));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterHeuristic_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterHeuristic_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 709e91d3de..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterHeuristic_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.h>
-
-struct BarycenterHeuristic_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::BarycenterHeuristic>
-{
-
- ogdf::BarycenterHeuristic* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- return new ogdf::BarycenterHeuristic;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- s.declare (key ("BarycenterHeuristic")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.BarycenterHeuristic")
- .set_module ("TwoLayerCrossMin", this));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterPlacer_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterPlacer_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 19ac75d314..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/BarycenterPlacer_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.h>
-
-struct BarycenterPlacer_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::BarycenterPlacer>
-{
- ogdf::BarycenterPlacer* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- BarycenterPlacer* r = new BarycenterPlacer;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("BarycenterPlacer.weightedPositionPriority",
- &BarycenterPlacer::weightedPositionPriority, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("BarycenterPlacer")
- .set_module ("InitialPlacer", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.BarycenterPlacer"));
-
- s.declare (key ("BarycenterPlacer.weightedPositionPriority")
- .type ("boolean")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.BarycenterPlacer"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/CirclePlacer_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/CirclePlacer_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f208dbdecf..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/CirclePlacer_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.h>
-
-struct CirclePlacer_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::CirclePlacer>
-{
- ogdf::CirclePlacer* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- CirclePlacer* r = new CirclePlacer;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("CirclePlacer.circleSize",
- &CirclePlacer::setCircleSize, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("CirclePlacer.radiusFixed",
- &CirclePlacer::setRadiusFixed, *r);
-
-
- char* s = 0;
-
- if (parameters->option("CirclePlacer.nodeSelection", s)) {
- if (strcmp(s, "new") == 0)
- r->setNodeSelection(CirclePlacer::nsNew);
- else if (strcmp(s, "old") == 0)
- r->setNodeSelection(CirclePlacer::nsOld);
- else if (strcmp(s, "all") == 0)
- r->setNodeSelection(CirclePlacer::nsAll);
-
- free(s);
- }
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("CirclePlacer")
- .set_module ("InitialPlacer", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.CirclePlacer"));
-
- s.declare (key ("CirclePlacer.circleSize")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.CirclePlacer"));
-
- s.declare (key ("CirclePlacer.radiusFixed")
- .type ("boolean")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.CirclePlacer"));
-
- s.declare (key ("CirclePlacer.nodeSelection")
- .type ("string")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.CirclePlacer"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/CircularLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/CircularLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d0840e64f6..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/CircularLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.h>
-
-struct CircularLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- CircularLayout layout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("CircularLayout.minDistCircle",
- &CircularLayout::minDistCircle, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("CircularLayout.minDistLevel",
- &CircularLayout::minDistLevel, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("CircularLayout.minDistSibling",
- &CircularLayout::minDistSibling, layout);
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("CircularLayout")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.misclayout.CircularLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("CircularLayout.minDistCircle")
- .type ("length")
- .alias_function ("function (o) return o['part pre sep'] + o['part post sep'] end")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.CircularLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("CircularLayout.minDistLevel")
- .type ("length")
- .alias_function ("function (o) return o['level pre sep'] + o['level post sep'] end")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.CircularLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("CircularLayout.minDistSibling")
- .type ("length")
- .alias_function ("function (o) return o['sibling pre sep'] + o['sibling post sep'] end")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.CircularLayout"));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/CoffmanGrahamRanking_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/CoffmanGrahamRanking_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d8cb01a771..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/CoffmanGrahamRanking_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.h>
-
-struct CoffmanGrahamRanking_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::CoffmanGrahamRanking>
-{
-
- ogdf::CoffmanGrahamRanking* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- CoffmanGrahamRanking* r = new CoffmanGrahamRanking;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("CoffmanGrahamRanking.width",
- &CoffmanGrahamRanking::width, *r);
- parameters->configure_module ("AcyclicSubgraphModule",
- &CoffmanGrahamRanking::setSubgraph, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
- s.declare (key ("CoffmanGrahamRanking")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.CoffmanGrahamRanking")
- .set_module ("RankingModule", this));
-
- s.declare (key ("CoffmanGrahamRanking.width")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("3")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.CoffmanGrahamRanking"));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d784ff3f5..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.h>
-
-struct DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::DfsAcyclicSubgraph>
-{
-
- ogdf::DfsAcyclicSubgraph* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- return new ogdf::DfsAcyclicSubgraph;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- s.declare (key ("DfsAcyclicSubgraph")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.DfsAcyclicSubgraph")
- .set_module ("AcyclicSubgraphModule", this));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/EdgeCoverMerger_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/EdgeCoverMerger_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cb91637d5d..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/EdgeCoverMerger_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.h>
-
-struct EdgeCoverMerger_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::EdgeCoverMerger>
-{
- ogdf::EdgeCoverMerger* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- EdgeCoverMerger* r = new EdgeCoverMerger;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("EdgeCoverMerger.factor",
- &EdgeCoverMerger::setFactor, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("EdgeCoverMerger")
- .set_module ("MultilevelBuilder", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.EdgeCoverMerger"));
-
- s.declare (key ("EdgeCoverMerger.factor")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.EdgeCoverMerger"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/ExampleLocalMakefileConfig.mk b/graphics/pgf/base/source/ExampleLocalMakefileConfig.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index b42f097f54..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/ExampleLocalMakefileConfig.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-MYCFLAGS=-isysroot/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.7.sdk
-MYLDFLAGS=
-
-ARCHFLAGS=-arch x86_64
-
-SHAREDFLAGS=-undefined dynamic_lookup -bundle -llua -L$(LUALIBPATH)
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/FMMMLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/FMMMLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bdaf26bf67..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/FMMMLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.h>
-
-struct FMMMLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- FMMMLayout layout;
-
- layout.newInitialPlacement(false);
- layout.qualityVersusSpeed(FMMMLayout::qvsGorgeousAndEfficient);
-
- parameters->configure_option ("FMMMLayout.unitEdgeLength",
- &FMMMLayout::unitEdgeLength, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("FMMMLayout.randSeed",
- &FMMMLayout::randSeed, layout);
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
- s.declare (key ("FMMMLayout")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.FMMMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FMMMLayout.randSeed")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("42")
- .alias ("random seed")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.FMMMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FMMMLayout.unitEdgeLength")
- .type ("length")
- .initial ("1cm")
- .alias_function ("function (o) return o['node pre sep'] + o['node post sep'] end")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.FMMMLayout"));
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastHierarchyLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastHierarchyLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c8063e063a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastHierarchyLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.h>
-
-struct FastHierarchyLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::FastHierarchyLayout>
-{
-
- ogdf::FastHierarchyLayout* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- FastHierarchyLayout* r = new FastHierarchyLayout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("FastHierarchyLayout.fixedLayerDistance",
- &FastHierarchyLayout::fixedLayerDistance, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("FastHierarchyLayout.layerDistance",
- &FastHierarchyLayout::layerDistance, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("FastHierarchyLayout.nodeDistance",
- &FastHierarchyLayout::nodeDistance, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("FastHierarchyLayout")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.FastHierarchyLayout")
- .set_module ("HierarchyLayoutModule", this));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastHierarchyLayout.fixedLayerDistance")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("false")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.FastHierarchyLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastHierarchyLayout.layerDistance")
- .type ("length")
- .alias_function ("function (o) return o['level pre sep'] + o['level post sep'] end")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.FastHierarchyLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastHierarchyLayout.nodeDistance")
- .type ("length")
- .alias_function ("function (o) return o['sibling pre sep'] + o['sibling post sep'] end")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.FastHierarchyLayout"));
- }
-};
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastMultipoleEmbedder_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastMultipoleEmbedder_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 38d9b032c9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastMultipoleEmbedder_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.h>
-
-struct FastMultipoleEmbedder_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::FastMultipoleEmbedder>
-{
- ogdf::FastMultipoleEmbedder* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- FastMultipoleEmbedder* r = new FastMultipoleEmbedder;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("FastMultipoleEmbedder.numIterations",
- &FastMultipoleEmbedder::setNumIterations, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("FastMultipoleEmbedder.multipolePrec",
- &FastMultipoleEmbedder::setMultipolePrec, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("FastMultipoleEmbedder.defaultEdgeLength",
- &FastMultipoleEmbedder::setDefaultEdgeLength, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("FastMultipoleEmbedder.defaultNodeSize",
- &FastMultipoleEmbedder::setDefaultNodeSize, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("FastMultipoleEmbedder")
- .set_module ("LayoutModule", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.FastMultipoleEmbedder"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastMultipoleEmbedder.numIterations")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.FastMultipoleEmbedder"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastMultipoleEmbedder.multipolePrec")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.FastMultipoleEmbedder"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastMultipoleEmbedder.defaultEdgeLength")
- .type ("length")
- .alias_function ("function (o) return o['node pre sep'] + o['node post sep'] end")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.FastMultipoleEmbedder"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastMultipoleEmbedder.defaultNodeSize")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.FastMultipoleEmbedder"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 37c6c94bc0..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.h>
-
-struct FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::FastSimpleHierarchyLayout>
-{
-
- ogdf::FastSimpleHierarchyLayout* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- FastSimpleHierarchyLayout* r = new FastSimpleHierarchyLayout
- (
- parameters->option<int> ("FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.siblingDistance"),
- parameters->option<int> ("FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.layerDistance")
- );
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("FastSimpleHierarchyLayout")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.FastSimpleHierarchyLayout")
- .set_module ("HierarchyLayoutModule", this));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.layerDistance")
- .type ("length")
- .alias ("level distance")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.FastSimpleHierarchyLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.siblingDistance")
- .type ("length")
- .alias ("sibling distance")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.FastSimpleHierarchyLayout"));
- }
-};
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/GEMLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/GEMLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b4fda7e68..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/GEMLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.h>
-
-struct GEMLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::GEMLayout>
-{
- ogdf::GEMLayout* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- GEMLayout* r = new GEMLayout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.numberOfRounds",
- &GEMLayout::numberOfRounds, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.minimalTemperature",
- &GEMLayout::minimalTemperature, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.initialTemperature",
- &GEMLayout::initialTemperature, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.gravitationalConstant",
- &GEMLayout::gravitationalConstant, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.desiredLength",
- &GEMLayout::desiredLength, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.maximalDisturbance",
- &GEMLayout::maximalDisturbance, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.rotationAngle",
- &GEMLayout::rotationAngle, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.oscillationAngle",
- &GEMLayout::oscillationAngle, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.rotationSensitivity",
- &GEMLayout::rotationSensitivity, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.oscillationSensitivity",
- &GEMLayout::oscillationSensitivity, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("GEMLayout.attractionFormula",
- &GEMLayout::attractionFormula, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout")
- .set_module ("LayoutModule", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.numberOfRounds")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("20000")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.minimalTemperature")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("0.005")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.initialTemperature")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("10")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.gravitationalConstant")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("0.0625")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.desiredLength")
- .type ("length")
- .alias_function ("function (o) return o['node pre sep'] + o['node post sep'] end")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.maximalDisturbance")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("0")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.rotationAngle")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.oscillationAngle")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.rotationSensitivity")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("0.01")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.oscillationSensitivity")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("0.3")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("GEMLayout.attractionFormula")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("1")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.GEMLayout"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyCycleRemoval_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyCycleRemoval_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7461698141..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyCycleRemoval_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.h>
-
-struct GreedyCycleRemoval_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::GreedyCycleRemoval>
-{
-
- ogdf::GreedyCycleRemoval* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- return new ogdf::GreedyCycleRemoval;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- s.declare (key ("GreedyCycleRemoval")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.GreedyCycleRemoval")
- .set_module ("AcyclicSubgraphModule", this));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyInsertHeuristic_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyInsertHeuristic_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ab2675b5a..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/GreedyInsertHeuristic_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.h>
-
-struct GreedyInsertHeuristic_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::GreedyInsertHeuristic>
-{
-
- ogdf::GreedyInsertHeuristic* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- return new ogdf::GreedyInsertHeuristic;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- s.declare (key ("GreedyInsertHeuristic")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.GreedyInsertHeuristic")
- .set_module ("TwoLayerCrossMin", this));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/INSTALL b/graphics/pgf/base/source/INSTALL
deleted file mode 100644
index 0690faba7d..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/INSTALL
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-In order to use the C code in these directories, you should first
-modify / setup the file config/LocalMakefileConfig.mk, which is
-included by the main Makefiles and allows you to overwrite the
-settings from config/Makefile.mk.
-
-Once this is done, run make.
-
-You must then use the install targets to copy / link the resulting
-shared libraries with their full paths into the "luatex/lib"
-subdirectory of the directory where your TeX executable resides. For
-instance, if the luatex program is in
-
-/usr/texbin
-
-then you would put SimpleDemoC.so into
-
-/usr/texbin/lib/luatex/lua/pgf/gd/examples/c
-
-
-Due to bugs in the LuaTeX code, you currently need to append the paths
-of the libraries to their name as done in the Makefiles.
-
-Note that, currently, the Makefile will link the Lua library
-statically into the shared graph drawing library (at least on
-MacOS). This is conceptually wrong and, indeed, a lot of effort was
-need to avoid having LuaTeX crash on a TeX run because of two Lua
-libraries being used simultaneously. It works, but hopefully, in the
-fututure, this will be fixed. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/IndependentSetMerger_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/IndependentSetMerger_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d950f8b9c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/IndependentSetMerger_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.h>
-
-struct IndependentSetMerger_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::IndependentSetMerger>
-{
- ogdf::IndependentSetMerger* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- IndependentSetMerger* r = new IndependentSetMerger;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("IndependentSetMerger.searchDepthBase",
- &IndependentSetMerger::setSearchDepthBase, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("IndependentSetMerger")
- .set_module ("MultilevelBuilder", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.IndependentSetMerger"));
-
- s.declare (key ("IndependentSetMerger.searchDepthBase")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.IndependentSetMerger"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.c++ b/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.c++
deleted file mode 100644
index 11c1f99dee..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.c++
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-
-// Own header:
-#include <pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC++.h>
-
-extern "C" {
-
-// Own C header:
-#include <pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC.h>
-
-// Lua stuff:
-#include <lauxlib.h>
-
-}
-
-
-namespace {
-
- void cpp_caller(pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* g, void* f)
- {
- using namespace scripting;
-
- run_parameters p;
- p.syntactic_digraph = g;
-
- runner* algo = static_cast<runner*> (f);
-
- algo->prepare(&p);
- algo->bridge();
- algo->run();
- algo->unbridge();
- }
-
-}
-
-
-namespace scripting {
-
- // The key class
-
- key::key(const char* key) : d (pgfgd_new_key(key)) {}
- key::key(struct pgfgd_Declaration* dec) : d (dec) {}
- key::~key() {pgfgd_free_key(d); }
-
- const key& key::summary (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_summary(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::initial (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_initial(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::initial (factory_base* fac) const {
- pgfgd_key_initial_user(d, static_cast<void*>(fac));
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::type (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_type(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::module_type () const {
- pgfgd_key_type(d, "user value");
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::default_value (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_default(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::alias (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_alias(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::alias_function (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_alias_function(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::documentation (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_documentation(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::documentation_in (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_documentation_in(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::phase (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_phase(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::set_key (const char* k, const char* v) const {
- pgfgd_key_add_use(d, k, v);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::set_module (const char* k, factory_base* fac) const {
- pgfgd_key_add_use_user(d, k, static_cast<void*>(fac));
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::example (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_add_example(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::precondition (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_add_precondition(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::postcondition (const char* x) const {
- pgfgd_key_add_postcondition(d, x);
- return *this;
- }
-
- const key& key::algorithm (runner* a) const {
- pgfgd_key_algorithm(d, cpp_caller, static_cast<void*>(a));
- return *this;
- }
-
-
- // The script class
-
- script::script (struct lua_State* s) : state(s) {}
-
- void script::declare (const key& k) {
- pgfgd_declare(state, k.d);
- }
-
- void script::declare (declarations* d) {
- d->declare(*this);
- }
-
- void script::declare (declarations& d) {
- d.declare(*this);
- }
-
-
- // The run_parameters class
-
- namespace {
-
- // Helpers:
- template <class T>
- bool fromnumber (pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* g, const char* k, T& t)
- {
- if (pgfgd_isnumber(g->options, k)) {
- t = static_cast<T>(pgfgd_tonumber(g->options, k));
- return true;
- }
- return false;
- }
-
- };
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<bool> (const char* k, bool& t)
- {
- if (pgfgd_isboolean(syntactic_digraph->options, k)) {
- t = static_cast<bool>(pgfgd_toboolean(syntactic_digraph->options, k));
- return true;
- }
- return false;
- }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<char*> (const char* k, char*& t)
- {
- if (pgfgd_isstring(syntactic_digraph->options, k)) {
- t = pgfgd_tostring(syntactic_digraph->options, k);
- return true;
- }
- return false;
- }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<short> (const char* k, short& t)
- { return fromnumber<short> (syntactic_digraph, k, t); }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<unsigned short> (const char* k, unsigned short& t)
- { return fromnumber<unsigned short> (syntactic_digraph, k, t); }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<int> (const char* k, int& t)
- { return fromnumber<int> (syntactic_digraph, k, t); }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<unsigned int> (const char* k, unsigned int& t)
- { return fromnumber<unsigned int> (syntactic_digraph, k, t); }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<long> (const char* k, long& t)
- { return fromnumber<long> (syntactic_digraph, k, t); }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<unsigned long> (const char* k, unsigned long& t)
- { return fromnumber<unsigned long> (syntactic_digraph, k, t); }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<float> (const char* k, float& t)
- { return fromnumber<float> (syntactic_digraph, k, t); }
-
- template <> bool run_parameters::option<double> (const char* k, double& t)
- { return fromnumber<double> (syntactic_digraph, k, t); }
-
- void* run_parameters::invoke_void_factory_for (const char* k)
- {
- if (pgfgd_isuser (syntactic_digraph->options, k)) {
- factory_base* user = static_cast<factory_base *>(pgfgd_touser (syntactic_digraph->options, k));
- return user->make_void(this);
- }
- return 0;
- }
-
-}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 40cccb7884..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC++.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PGF_GD_INTERFACE_C_INTERFACEFROMCPP_H
-#define PGF_GD_INTERFACE_C_INTERFACEFROMCPP_H
-
-/** \file pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC++.h
-
- The C++-header file that should be used by algorithms written
- in C++ for graph drawing in Lua.
-*/
-
-
-struct lua_State;
-struct pgfgd_Declaration;
-struct pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph;
-
-namespace scripting {
-
- // Forward;
- class script;
- class run_parameters;
-
-
- class runner {
- public:
-
- void prepare (run_parameters* p) { parameters = p; }
-
- virtual void bridge () {}
- virtual void run () = 0;
- virtual void unbridge () {}
-
- virtual ~runner () {}
-
- protected:
-
- run_parameters* parameters;
-
- };
-
- class factory_base {
- public:
- virtual void* make_void (run_parameters*) = 0;
- virtual ~factory_base () {}
- };
-
- template <class T> class factory : public factory_base {
- virtual void* make_void (run_parameters*r) { return static_cast<void*>(make(r)); }
- virtual T* make (run_parameters*) { return new T(); }
- };
-
- class key {
- public:
-
- key (const char*);
- key (struct pgfgd_Declaration*);
- ~key ();
-
- const key& summary (const char*) const;
- const key& initial (const char*) const;
- const key& initial (factory_base*) const;
- const key& type (const char*) const;
- const key& module_type () const;
- const key& default_value (const char*) const;
- const key& alias (const char*) const;
- const key& alias_function (const char*) const;
- const key& documentation (const char*) const;
- const key& documentation_in (const char*) const;
- const key& phase (const char*) const;
- const key& set_key (const char*, const char*) const;
- const key& set_module (const char*, factory_base*) const;
- const key& example (const char*) const;
- const key& precondition (const char*) const;
- const key& postcondition (const char*) const;
- const key& algorithm (runner*) const;
-
- private:
-
- struct pgfgd_Declaration* d;
- friend class script;
-
- key (const key& k); // Not implemented.
- key& operator = (const key& k); // Not implemented.
-
- };
-
-
- // Declarations are useful for scripting:
-
- class declarations {
-
- public:
-
- virtual void declare (script) = 0;
- virtual ~declarations () {}
-
- };
-
-
- // The script class
-
- class script {
-
- public:
-
- script (struct lua_State*);
-
- // Declares a key
- void declare (const key&);
- void declare (declarations&);
- void declare (declarations*);
-
- private:
-
- struct lua_State* state;
-
- };
-
-
-
- // Declaring algorithms defined in a function
-
- class function_runner : public runner {
- public:
- function_runner (void (*f) (run_parameters&)) : fun(f) {}
- virtual void run () { fun(*parameters); }
-
- private:
- void (*fun) (run_parameters&);
- };
-
-
- // Configuring a class
-
- class run_parameters {
- public:
-
- struct pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* syntactic_digraph;
-
- template <class Layout, class T>
- void configure_option (const char*, void (Layout::*) (T), Layout&);
-
- template <class Layout, class T>
- void configure_module (const char*, void (Layout::*) (T*), Layout&);
-
- template <class T> bool option (const char*, T&);
- template <class T> T option (const char*);
- template <class T> bool option_is_set (const char*);
-
- template <class T> T* make (const char*);
-
- protected:
- void* invoke_void_factory_for (const char*);
- };
-
- template <class T>
- T run_parameters::option (const char* k)
- {
- T t;
- option (k, t);
- return t;
- }
-
- template <class T>
- bool run_parameters::option_is_set (const char* k)
- {
- T t;
- return option(k, t);
- }
-
- template <class Layout, class T>
- void run_parameters::configure_option (const char* k, void (Layout::*f) (T), Layout& l)
- {
- T t;
- if (option<T> (k, t))
- (l.*f) (t);
- }
-
- template <class Layout, class T>
- void run_parameters::configure_module (const char* k, void (Layout::*f) (T*), Layout& l)
- {
- if (void* obj = invoke_void_factory_for(k))
- (l.*f) (static_cast<T*> (obj));
- }
-
- template <class T>
- T* run_parameters::make (const char* k) { return static_cast<T*>(invoke_void_factory_for(k)); }
-
-}
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.c b/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b5606f2f39..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1189 +0,0 @@
-
-// Own header:
-#include <pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC.h>
-
-// Lua stuff:
-#include <lauxlib.h>
-
-// C stuff:
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-
-// Remove once Lua Link Bug is fixed:
-//
-// The following is a hack to avoid a problem with the Lua lib being linked twice.
-// When this happens, two version of "dummynode" exist in Lua and we must ensure that
-// we never create a table using such a dummynode while using a second lib.
-// The following should later be set to 0 and replaced everywhere, once this is fixed.
-#define MIN_HASH_SIZE_FIX 1
-
-
-
-// Help functions
-
-static void set_field (lua_State* L, const char* what, const char* where)
-{
- if (what) {
- lua_pushstring(L, what);
- lua_setfield(L, -2, where);
- }
-}
-
-
-static void init_vertex_array(pgfgd_Vertex_array* a, int count)
-{
- a->length = count;
- a->array = (pgfgd_Vertex**) calloc(count, sizeof(pgfgd_Vertex*));
-}
-
-static void init_edge_array(pgfgd_Edge_array* a, int count)
-{
- a->length = count;
- a->array = (pgfgd_Edge**) calloc(count, sizeof(pgfgd_Edge*));
-}
-
-static void init_arcs_array(pgfgd_Arc_array* arcs, int length)
-{
- arcs->length = length;
- arcs->tails = (int*) calloc(length, sizeof(int));
- arcs->heads = (int*) calloc(length, sizeof(int));
-}
-
-static void init_path(pgfgd_Path* a, int count)
-{
- a->length = count;
- a->coordinates = (pgfgd_Coordinate*) calloc(count, sizeof(pgfgd_Coordinate));
- a->strings = (char**) calloc(count, sizeof(char*));
-}
-
-static void clear_path(pgfgd_Path* p)
-{
- int i;
- for (i=0; i < p->length; i++)
- free(p->strings[i]);
-
- free(p->strings);
- free(p->coordinates);
-
- p->length = 0;
- p->strings = 0;
- p->coordinates = 0;
-}
-
-
-
-// Option handling
-
-struct pgfgd_OptionTable {
- lua_State* state;
-
- int kind;
- int index;
-};
-
-// These are the indices of the parameters during a run of the main
-// algorithm:
-#define GRAPH_INDEX 1
-#define VERTICES_INDEX 2
-#define EDGES_INDEX 3
-#define ALGORITHM_INDEX 4
-
-// This is the index of a special table mapping vertices back to the
-// index they have. It is created in the C code, but stays on the
-// stack during the computations.
-#define BACKINDEX_STORAGE_INDEX 5
-
-// These are the positions of different upvalues for the C closure of
-// a C algorithm.
-#define FUNCTION_UPVALUE 1
-#define USER_UPVALUE 2
-#define DIGRAPH_OBJECT_UPVALUE 3
-
-
-static pgfgd_OptionTable* make_option_table(lua_State* L, int kind, int index)
-{
- pgfgd_OptionTable* t = (pgfgd_OptionTable*) malloc(sizeof(pgfgd_OptionTable));
-
- t->state = L;
- t->kind = kind;
- t->index = index;
-
- return t;
-}
-
-static void push_option_table(pgfgd_OptionTable* t)
-{
- switch (t->kind) {
- case GRAPH_INDEX:
- lua_getfield(t->state, GRAPH_INDEX, "options");
- break;
- case VERTICES_INDEX:
- lua_rawgeti(t->state, VERTICES_INDEX, t->index);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, "options");
- lua_replace(t->state, -2);
- break;
- case EDGES_INDEX:
- lua_rawgeti(t->state, EDGES_INDEX, t->index);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, "options");
- lua_replace(t->state, -2);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-int pgfgd_isset(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- int is_nil = lua_isnil(t->state, -1);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return !is_nil;
-}
-
-int pgfgd_isnumber(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- int is_number = lua_isnumber(t->state, -1);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return is_number;
-}
-
-int pgfgd_isboolean(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- int is_bool = lua_isboolean(t->state, -1);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return is_bool;
-}
-
-int pgfgd_isstring(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- int is_string = lua_isstring(t->state, -1);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return is_string;
-}
-
-int pgfgd_isuser(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- int is_user = lua_isuserdata(t->state, -1);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return is_user;
-}
-
-
-double pgfgd_tonumber(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- double d = lua_tonumber(t->state, -1);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return d;
-}
-
-int pgfgd_toboolean(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- int d = lua_toboolean(t->state, -1);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return d;
-}
-
-char* pgfgd_tostring(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- const char* s = lua_tostring(t->state, -1);
- char* copy = strcpy((char*) malloc(strlen(s)+1), s);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return copy;
-}
-
-void* pgfgd_touser(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key)
-{
- push_option_table(t);
- lua_getfield(t->state, -1, key);
- void* d = lua_touserdata(t->state, -1);
- lua_pop(t->state, 2);
- return d;
-}
-
-
-// Handling algorithms
-
-struct pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph_internals {
- lua_State* state;
-};
-
-static char* make_string_from(lua_State* L, const char* name)
-{
- lua_getfield(L, -1, name);
- if (lua_isnil(L, -1)) {
- // Field not set; return emtpy string.
- lua_pop(L, 1);
- return (char*) calloc(1, sizeof(char));
- }
- else {
- const char* s = lua_tostring(L, -1);
- char* copy = strcpy((char*) malloc(strlen(s)+1), s);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
- return copy;
- }
-}
-
-static void make_coordinate(lua_State* L, pgfgd_Coordinate* c)
-{
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "x");
- c->x = lua_tonumber(L, -1);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "y");
- c->y = lua_tonumber(L, -1);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-}
-
-static pgfgd_Path* make_empty_path(lua_State* L)
-{
- return (pgfgd_Path*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_Path));
-}
-
-static pgfgd_Path* make_path(lua_State* L)
-{
- /* Path object must be on top of stack. */
- pgfgd_Path* p = make_empty_path(L);
-
- // Fill path:
- int path_length = lua_rawlen(L, -1);
- if (path_length > 0) {
- init_path(p, path_length);
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < path_length; i++) {
- lua_rawgeti(L, -1, i+1);
- if (lua_isstring(L, -1)) {
- const char* s = lua_tostring(L, -1);
- p->strings[i] = strcpy((char*) malloc(strlen(s)+1), s);
- } else {
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "x");
- p->coordinates[i].x = lua_tonumber(L, -1);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "y");
- p->coordinates[i].y = lua_tonumber(L, -1);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
- }
- lua_pop(L, 1);
- }
- }
-
- return p;
-}
-
-static void construct_digraph(lua_State* L, pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* d)
-{
- d->internals = (pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph_internals*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph_internals));
- d->internals->state = L;
-
- // Create the options table:
- d->options = make_option_table(L, GRAPH_INDEX, 0);
-
- // Create the vertex table
- init_vertex_array(&d->vertices, lua_rawlen(L, VERTICES_INDEX));
-
- // Create the vertices
- int i;
- for (i=0; i<d->vertices.length; i++) {
- pgfgd_Vertex* v = (pgfgd_Vertex*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_Vertex));
-
- // Push the vertex onto the Lua stack:
- lua_rawgeti(L, VERTICES_INDEX, i+1);
-
- // Fill v with information:
- v->name = make_string_from(L, "name");
- v->shape = make_string_from(L, "shape");
- v->kind = make_string_from(L, "kind");
-
- // Options:
- v->options = make_option_table(L, VERTICES_INDEX, i+1);
-
- // Index:
- v->array_index = i;
-
- // Setup pos field
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "pos");
- make_coordinate(L, &v->pos);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- // Setup path array:
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "path");
- v->path = make_path(L);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- // Pop the vertex
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- d->vertices.array[i] = v;
- }
-
- // Construct the edges:
- init_edge_array(&d->syntactic_edges, lua_rawlen(L, EDGES_INDEX));
-
- int edge_index;
- for (edge_index = 0; edge_index < d->syntactic_edges.length; edge_index++) {
- pgfgd_Edge* e = (pgfgd_Edge*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_Edge));
-
- lua_rawgeti(L, EDGES_INDEX, edge_index+1);
-
- e->direction = make_string_from(L, "direction");
- e->options = make_option_table(L, EDGES_INDEX, edge_index+1);
-
- // Index:
- e->array_index = edge_index;
-
- // Compute the tail vertex index:
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "tail");
- lua_gettable(L, VERTICES_INDEX);
- e->tail = d->vertices.array[lua_tointeger(L, -1) - 1];
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "head");
- lua_gettable(L, VERTICES_INDEX);
- e->head = d->vertices.array[lua_tointeger(L, -1) - 1];
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- // Fill path:
- e->path = make_empty_path(L);
- e->path->length = -1; // Means that a default path should be created.
-
- // Pop the edge form the Lua stack:
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- d->syntactic_edges.array[edge_index] = e;
- }
-}
-
-
-static void sync_digraph(lua_State* L, pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* d)
-{
- // Writes back the computed position information to the digraph:
- int i;
- for (i=0; i<d->vertices.length; i++) {
-
- // Push pos field of vertex:
- lua_rawgeti(L, VERTICES_INDEX, i+1);
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "pos");
-
- // Set x and y coordinates:
- pgfgd_Vertex* v = d->vertices.array[i];
- lua_pushnumber(L, v->pos.x);
- lua_setfield(L, -2, "x");
- lua_pushnumber(L, v->pos.y);
- lua_setfield(L, -2, "y");
-
- // pop pos and vertex
- lua_pop(L, 2);
- }
-
- // Write back the paths
-
- int tos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- // First, get "Coordinate.new" as a "local"
- lua_getglobal(L, "require");
- lua_pushstring(L, "pgf.gd.model.Path");
- lua_call(L, 1, 1);
- int Path_index = lua_gettop(L);
-
- lua_getglobal(L, "require");
- lua_pushstring(L, "pgf.gd.model.Coordinate");
- lua_call(L, 1, 1);
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "new");
-
- int Coordinate_new_index = lua_gettop(L);
-
- for (i=0; i < d->syntactic_edges.length; i++) {
- pgfgd_Edge* e = d->syntactic_edges.array[i];
-
- lua_rawgeti(L, EDGES_INDEX, i+1);
-
- if (e->path->length == -1) {
- // Create default path
- pgfgd_path_append_moveto_tail(e);
- pgfgd_path_append_lineto_head(e);
- }
-
- lua_createtable(L, e->path->length ? e->path->length : 1, MIN_HASH_SIZE_FIX);
- lua_pushvalue(L, Path_index);
- lua_setmetatable(L, -2);
-
- int j;
- for (j=0; j<e->path->length; j++) {
- if (e->path->strings[j]) {
- lua_pushstring(L, e->path->strings[j]);
- lua_rawseti(L, -2, j+1);
- } else {
- lua_pushvalue(L, Coordinate_new_index);
- lua_pushnumber(L, e->path->coordinates[j].x);
- lua_pushnumber(L, e->path->coordinates[j].y);
- lua_call(L, 2, 1);
-
- lua_rawseti(L, -2, j+1);
- }
- }
-
- lua_setfield(L, -2, "path");
- lua_pop(L, 1); // The edge object
- }
-
- lua_settop(L, tos); // Cleanup
-}
-
-
-static void free_digraph(pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* digraph)
-{
- int i;
- for (i=0; i < digraph->vertices.length; i++) {
- pgfgd_Vertex* v = digraph->vertices.array[i];
-
- clear_path(v->path);
- free(v->path);
- free(v->name);
- free(v->shape);
- free(v->kind);
- free(v->options);
- free(v->incoming.array);
- free(v->outgoing.array);
- free(v);
- }
-
- for (i=0; i < digraph->syntactic_edges.length; i++) {
- pgfgd_Edge* e = digraph->syntactic_edges.array[i];
-
- clear_path(e->path);
- free(e->path);
- free(e->direction);
- free(e->options);
- free(e);
- }
-
- free(digraph->vertices.array);
- free(digraph->syntactic_edges.array);
- free(digraph->options);
- free(digraph->internals);
- free(digraph);
-}
-
-static int algorithm_dispatcher(lua_State* L)
-{
- // Create the back index table. It will be at index BACKINDEX_STORAGE_INDEX
- lua_createtable(L, 0, MIN_HASH_SIZE_FIX);
-
- // The actual function is stored in an upvalue.
- pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* digraph = (pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph));
-
- construct_digraph(L, digraph);
-
- pgfgd_algorithm_fun fun = lua_touserdata(L, lua_upvalueindex(FUNCTION_UPVALUE));
- fun(digraph, lua_touserdata(L, lua_upvalueindex(USER_UPVALUE)));
-
- sync_digraph(L, digraph);
-
- free_digraph(digraph);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-int pgfgd_vertex_anchor(pgfgd_Vertex* v, const char* anchor, double* x, double* y)
-{
- lua_State* L = v->options->state;
-
- // Ok, first, find the vertex:
- lua_rawgeti(L, VERTICES_INDEX, v->array_index+1);
-
- // Find the anchor function:
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "anchor");
- lua_pushvalue(L, -2);
- lua_pushstring(L, anchor);
-
- // Find the anchor:
- lua_call(L, 2, 1);
-
- if (lua_isnil(L, -1)) {
- // Failed. Cleanup!
- lua_pop(L, 2);
- *x = 0;
- *y = 0;
- return 0;
- } else {
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "x");
- *x = lua_tonumber(L, -1);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "y");
- *y = lua_tonumber(L, -1);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- lua_pop(L, 2);
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-
-void pgfgd_path_clear(pgfgd_Edge* e)
-{
- clear_path (e->path);
-}
-
-static void path_add_segment(pgfgd_Edge* edge, const char* s, int num, double a, double b, double c, double d, double e, double f)
-{
- if (edge->path->length == -1)
- pgfgd_path_clear(edge);
-
- int start = edge->path->length;
-
- edge->path->length += num + 1;
- edge->path->strings = (char **)
- realloc(edge->path->strings, edge->path->length*sizeof(char*));
- edge->path->coordinates = (pgfgd_Coordinate*)
- realloc(edge->path->coordinates, edge->path->length*sizeof(pgfgd_Coordinate));
-
- edge->path->coordinates[start].x = 0;
- edge->path->coordinates[start].y = 0;
- edge->path->strings[start] = strcpy((char*) malloc(strlen(s)+1), s);
-
- if (num > 0) {
- edge->path->coordinates[start+1].x = a;
- edge->path->coordinates[start+1].y = b;
- edge->path->strings[start+1] = 0;
- }
-
- if (num > 1) {
- edge->path->coordinates[start+2].x = c;
- edge->path->coordinates[start+2].y = d;
- edge->path->strings[start+2] = 0;
- }
-
- if (num > 2) {
- edge->path->coordinates[start+3].x = e;
- edge->path->coordinates[start+3].y = f;
- edge->path->strings[start+3] = 0;
- }
-}
-
-
-void pgfgd_path_append_moveto(pgfgd_Edge* e, double x, double y)
-{
- path_add_segment(e, "moveto", 1, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-
-void pgfgd_path_append_moveto_tail (pgfgd_Edge* e)
-{
- double x, y;
- char* tail_anchor = pgfgd_tostring(e->tail->options, "tail anchor");
-
- pgfgd_vertex_anchor(e->tail, tail_anchor, &x, &y);
- x += e->tail->pos.x;
- y += e->tail->pos.y;
-
- pgfgd_path_append_moveto(e, x, y);
- free(tail_anchor);
-}
-
-void pgfgd_path_append_lineto(pgfgd_Edge* e, double x, double y)
-{
- path_add_segment(e, "lineto", 1, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-
-void pgfgd_path_append_lineto_head (pgfgd_Edge* e)
-{
- double x, y;
- char* head_anchor = pgfgd_tostring(e->head->options, "head anchor");
-
- pgfgd_vertex_anchor(e->head, head_anchor, &x, &y);
- x += e->head->pos.x;
- y += e->head->pos.y;
-
- pgfgd_path_append_lineto(e, x, y);
- free(head_anchor);
-}
-
-void pgfgd_path_append_curveto(pgfgd_Edge* edge, double a, double b, double c, double d, double e, double f)
-{
- path_add_segment(edge, "curveto", 3, a, b, c, d, e, f);
-}
-
-void pgfgd_path_append_closepath(pgfgd_Edge* e)
-{
- path_add_segment(e, "closepath", 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-
-
-
-// Handling digraphs
-
-struct pgfgd_Digraph {
- lua_State* state;
- const char* name;
- pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* syntactic_digraph;
-};
-
-
-pgfgd_Digraph* pgfgd_get_digraph (pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* g, const char* graph_name)
-{
- lua_State* L = g->internals->state;
-
- lua_getfield(L, ALGORITHM_INDEX, graph_name);
- if (lua_isnil(L, -1))
- luaL_error(L, "digraph named %s not found in algorithm class", graph_name);
- lua_pop(L, 1);
-
- pgfgd_Digraph* new = (pgfgd_Digraph*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_Digraph));
-
- new->state = L;
- new->name = graph_name;
- new->syntactic_digraph = g;
-
- return new;
-}
-
-int pgfgd_digraph_num_vertices (pgfgd_Digraph* g)
-{
- lua_getfield(g->state, ALGORITHM_INDEX, g->name);
- lua_getfield(g->state, -1, "vertices");
- int num = lua_rawlen(g->state, -1);
- lua_pop(g->state, 2);
-
- return num;
-}
-
-static void push_digraph_and_backindex(pgfgd_Digraph* g)
-{
- lua_State* L = g->state;
-
- // Get digraph
- lua_getfield(L, ALGORITHM_INDEX, g->name);
- int digraph_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- // Get entry in back index table
- lua_pushvalue(L, digraph_pos);
- lua_gettable(L, BACKINDEX_STORAGE_INDEX);
- int backtable_pos = lua_gettop(L);
- if (lua_isnil(L, backtable_pos)) {
- // Aha. We need to install a new table:
- lua_pop(L, 1); // Get rid of nil
-
- lua_createtable(L, 0, MIN_HASH_SIZE_FIX);
-
- lua_pushvalue(L, digraph_pos); // The digraph object
- lua_pushvalue(L, backtable_pos); // The new table
- lua_settable(L, BACKINDEX_STORAGE_INDEX);
-
- // Fill the table:
- lua_getfield(L, digraph_pos, "vertices");
- int vertex_pos = lua_gettop(L);
- int i;
- int n = lua_rawlen(L, -1);
- for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertex_pos, i);
- lua_pushinteger(L, i);
- lua_settable(L, backtable_pos);
- }
- lua_pop(L, 1);
- }
-}
-
-static pgfgd_Arc_array* build_c_array_of_arcs_from_lua_array_of_arcs(pgfgd_Digraph* g)
-{
- lua_State* L = g->state;
-
- pgfgd_Arc_array* arcs = (pgfgd_Arc_array*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_Arc_array));
-
- int array_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- push_digraph_and_backindex(g);
- int backtable_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- // Get number of arcs:
- init_arcs_array(arcs, lua_rawlen(L, array_pos));
- int i;
- for (i = 1; i<=arcs->length; i++) {
- lua_rawgeti(L, array_pos, i); // Get arcs[i]
-
- // The tail field:
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "tail");
- lua_gettable(L, backtable_pos);
-
- arcs->tails[i-1] = lua_tointeger(L, -1);
- lua_pop(L, 1); // The number
-
- // The head field:
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "head");
- lua_gettable(L, backtable_pos);
- arcs->heads[i-1] = lua_tointeger(L, -1);
- lua_pop(L, 1); // The number
-
- lua_pop(L, 1); // Pop arcs[i]
- }
-
- lua_settop(L, array_pos);
-
- return arcs;
-}
-
-
-pgfgd_Arc_array* pgfgd_digraph_arcs (pgfgd_Digraph* g)
-{
- lua_getfield(g->state, ALGORITHM_INDEX, g->name);
- lua_getfield(g->state, -1, "arcs");
-
- pgfgd_Arc_array* a = build_c_array_of_arcs_from_lua_array_of_arcs(g);
-
- lua_pop(g->state, 2);
-
- return a;
-}
-
-
-pgfgd_Vertex* pgfgd_digraph_syntactic_vertex (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int v)
-{
- int tos = lua_gettop(g->state);
- pgfgd_Vertex* return_me = 0;
-
- lua_getfield(g->state, ALGORITHM_INDEX, g->name);
- lua_getfield(g->state, -1, "vertices");
- lua_rawgeti(g->state, -1, v);
-
- lua_gettable(g->state, VERTICES_INDEX);
- if (lua_isnumber(g->state, -1)) {
- return_me = g->syntactic_digraph->vertices.array[lua_tointeger(g->state, -1)-1];
- }
-
- lua_settop(g->state, tos);
- return return_me;
-}
-
-
-int pgfgd_digraph_isarc (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int tail, int head)
-{
- lua_State* L = g->state;
- int is_arc = 0;
-
- lua_getfield(L, ALGORITHM_INDEX, g->name);
- int digraph_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- lua_getfield(L, digraph_pos, "vertices");
- int vertices_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- // Call digraph:connected(tail, head)
- lua_pushvalue(L, lua_upvalueindex(DIGRAPH_OBJECT_UPVALUE));
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "arc");
- lua_pushvalue(L, digraph_pos);
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertices_pos, tail);
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertices_pos, head);
- lua_call(L, 3, 1);
-
- is_arc = !lua_isnil(L, -1);
-
- lua_settop(L, digraph_pos-1);
-
- return is_arc;
-}
-
-pgfgd_Arc_array* pgfgd_digraph_incoming (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int v)
-{
- lua_State* L = g->state;
-
- lua_getfield(L, ALGORITHM_INDEX, g->name);
- int digraph_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- lua_getfield(L, digraph_pos, "vertices");
- int vertices_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- // Call digraph:connected(tail, head)
- lua_pushvalue(L, lua_upvalueindex(DIGRAPH_OBJECT_UPVALUE));
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "incoming");
- lua_pushvalue(L, digraph_pos);
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertices_pos, v);
- lua_call(L, 2, 1);
-
- pgfgd_Arc_array* a = build_c_array_of_arcs_from_lua_array_of_arcs(g);
-
- lua_settop(L, digraph_pos-1);
-
- return a;
-}
-
-pgfgd_Arc_array* pgfgd_digraph_outgoing (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int v)
-{
- lua_State* L = g->state;
-
- lua_getfield(L, ALGORITHM_INDEX, g->name);
- int digraph_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- lua_getfield(L, digraph_pos, "vertices");
- int vertices_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- // Call digraph:connected(tail, head)
- lua_pushvalue(L, lua_upvalueindex(DIGRAPH_OBJECT_UPVALUE));
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "outgoing");
- lua_pushvalue(L, digraph_pos);
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertices_pos, v);
- lua_call(L, 2, 1);
-
- pgfgd_Arc_array* a = build_c_array_of_arcs_from_lua_array_of_arcs(g);
-
- lua_settop(L, digraph_pos-1);
-
- return a;
-}
-
-pgfgd_Edge_array* pgfgd_digraph_syntactic_edges (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int tail, int head)
-{
- pgfgd_Edge_array* edges = (pgfgd_Edge_array*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_Edge_array));
-
- // First, get the arc in the syntatic digraph.
- lua_State* L = g->state;
- int tos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- lua_getfield(L, ALGORITHM_INDEX, g->name);
- int digraph_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- lua_getfield(L, digraph_pos, "vertices");
- int vertices_pos = lua_gettop(L);
-
- // Call digraph:arc(tail, head)
- lua_pushvalue(L, lua_upvalueindex(DIGRAPH_OBJECT_UPVALUE));
- int digraph_class_index = lua_gettop(L);
-
- lua_getfield(L, digraph_class_index, "arc");
- lua_pushvalue(L, digraph_pos);
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertices_pos, tail);
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertices_pos, head);
- lua_call(L, 3, 1);
-
- if (!lua_isnil(L, -1)) {
- // Get syntactic_digraph of the arc:
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "syntactic_digraph");
-
- // Call syntactic_digraph:arc(tail, head)
- lua_getfield(L, digraph_class_index, "arc");
- lua_pushvalue(L, -2);
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertices_pos, tail);
- lua_rawgeti(L, vertices_pos, head);
- lua_call(L, 3, 1);
-
- if (!lua_isnil(L, -1)) {
- lua_getfield(L, -1, "syntactic_edges");
- int syntactic_edges_index = lua_gettop(L);
-
- int n = lua_rawlen(L, syntactic_edges_index);
- init_edge_array(edges, n);
- int i;
- for (i=1; i<=n; i++) {
- lua_rawgeti(L, syntactic_edges_index, i);
- lua_gettable(L, EDGES_INDEX);
- if (!lua_isnumber(L, -1)) {
- pgfgd_digraph_free_edge_array(edges);
- luaL_error(L, "syntactic edge index not found");
- }
- int p = lua_tonumber(L, -1);
- edges->array[i-1] = g->syntactic_digraph->syntactic_edges.array[p-1];
- }
- }
- }
-
- lua_settop(L, tos);
-
- return edges;
-}
-
-
-
-void pgfgd_digraph_free (pgfgd_Digraph* g)
-{
- free(g);
-}
-
-void pgfgd_digraph_free_arc_array (pgfgd_Arc_array* arcs)
-{
- free (arcs->tails);
- free (arcs->heads);
- free (arcs);
-}
-
-void pgfgd_digraph_free_edge_array (pgfgd_Edge_array* edges)
-{
- free (edges->array);
- free (edges);
-}
-
-
-
-// Handling declarations
-
-
-struct pgfgd_Declaration {
- const char* key;
- const char* summary;
- const char* type;
- const char* initial;
- void* initial_user;
- const char* default_value;
- const char* alias;
- const char* alias_function_string;
- const char* documentation;
- const char* documentation_in;
- pgfgd_algorithm_fun algorithm;
- void* algorithm_user;
- const char* phase;
-
- int use_length;
- const char** use_keys;
- const char** use_values_strings;
- void** use_values_user;
-
- int examples_length;
- const char** examples;
-
- int pre_length;
- const char** pre;
-
- int post_length;
- const char** post;
-};
-
-
-pgfgd_Declaration* pgfgd_new_key (const char* key)
-{
- pgfgd_Declaration* d = (pgfgd_Declaration*) calloc(1, sizeof(pgfgd_Declaration));
-
- d->key = key;
-
- return d;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_declare(struct lua_State* state, pgfgd_Declaration* d)
-{
- if (d && d->key) {
- int tos = lua_gettop(state);
-
- lua_gc(state, LUA_GCSTOP, 0); // Remove once Lua Link Bug is fixed
-
- // Find declare function:
- lua_getglobal(state, "require");
- lua_pushstring(state, "pgf.gd.interface.InterfaceToAlgorithms");
- lua_call(state, 1, 1);
- lua_getfield(state, -1, "declare");
-
- // Build a Lua table:
- lua_createtable(state, 0, 11);
-
- set_field (state, d->key, "key");
- set_field (state, d->summary, "summary");
- set_field (state, d->type, "type");
- set_field (state, d->initial, "initial");
- set_field (state, d->documentation, "documentation");
- set_field (state, d->documentation_in, "documentation_in");
- set_field (state, d->default_value, "default");
- set_field (state, d->alias, "alias");
- set_field (state, d->alias_function_string, "alias_function_string");
- set_field (state, d->phase, "phase");
-
- if (d->initial_user) {
- lua_pushlightuserdata(state, d->initial_user);
- lua_setfield(state, -2, "initial");
- }
-
- if (d->use_length > 0) {
- lua_createtable(state, d->use_length, MIN_HASH_SIZE_FIX);
- int i;
- for (i=0; i < d->use_length; i++) {
- lua_createtable(state, 0, 2);
- set_field(state, d->use_keys[i], "key");
- if (d->use_values_strings[i])
- set_field(state, d->use_values_strings[i], "value");
- if (d->use_values_user[i]) {
- lua_pushlightuserdata(state, d->use_values_user[i]);
- lua_setfield(state, -2, "value");
- }
- lua_rawseti(state, -2, i+1);
- }
- lua_setfield(state, -2, "use");
- }
-
- if (d->pre) {
- lua_createtable(state, 0, d->pre_length);
- int i;
- for (i=0; i < d->pre_length; i++) {
- lua_pushboolean(state, 1);
- lua_setfield(state, -2, d->pre[i]);
- }
- lua_setfield(state, -2, "preconditions");
- }
-
- if (d->post) {
- lua_createtable(state, 0, d->post_length);
- int i;
- for (i=0; i < d->post_length; i++) {
- lua_pushboolean(state, 1);
- lua_setfield(state, -2, d->post[i]);
- }
- lua_setfield(state, -2, "postconditions");
- }
-
- if (d->examples) {
- lua_createtable(state, d->examples_length, MIN_HASH_SIZE_FIX);
- int i;
- for (i=0; i < d->examples_length; i++) {
- lua_pushstring(state, d->examples[i]);
- lua_rawseti(state, -2, i+1);
- }
- lua_setfield(state, -2, "examples");
- }
-
- if (d->algorithm) {
- // The algorithm function and the user data is stored as lightuserdate upvalue
- lua_pushlightuserdata(state, (void *) d->algorithm);
- lua_pushlightuserdata(state, (void *) d->algorithm_user);
-
- // Find the Digraph.arc function and store it as the second upvalue:
- lua_getglobal(state, "require");
- lua_pushstring(state, "pgf.gd.model.Digraph");
- lua_call(state, 1, 1);
-
- lua_pushcclosure(state, algorithm_dispatcher, 3);
- lua_setfield(state, -2, "algorithm_written_in_c");
- }
-
- // Call the declare function:
- lua_call(state, 1, 0);
-
- // Cleanup:
- lua_settop(state, tos);
-
- lua_gc(state, LUA_GCRESTART, 0); // Remove once Lua Link Bug is fixed
- }
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_add_use(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* key, const char* value)
-{
- d->use_length++;
- d->use_keys = (const char **) realloc(d->use_keys, d->use_length*sizeof(const char*));
- d->use_values_strings = (const char **) realloc(d->use_values_strings, d->use_length*sizeof(const char*));
- d->use_values_user = (void **) realloc(d->use_values_user, d->use_length*sizeof(void*));
-
- d->use_keys [d->use_length-1] = key;
- d->use_values_strings[d->use_length-1] = value;
- d->use_values_user [d->use_length-1] = 0;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_add_use_user(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* key, void* value)
-{
- d->use_length++;
- d->use_keys = (const char **) realloc(d->use_keys, d->use_length*sizeof(const char*));
- d->use_values_strings = (const char **) realloc(d->use_values_strings, d->use_length*sizeof(const char*));
- d->use_values_user = (void **) realloc(d->use_values_user, d->use_length*sizeof(void*));
-
- d->use_keys [d->use_length-1] = key;
- d->use_values_strings[d->use_length-1] = 0;
- d->use_values_user [d->use_length-1] = value;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_add_example(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->examples_length++;
- d->examples = (const char **) realloc(d->examples, d->examples_length*sizeof(const char*));
-
- d->examples[d->examples_length-1] = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_add_precondition(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->pre_length++;
- d->pre = (const char **) realloc(d->pre, d->pre_length*sizeof(const char*));
-
- d->pre[d->pre_length-1] = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_add_postcondition(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->post_length++;
- d->post = (const char **) realloc(d->post, d->post_length*sizeof(const char*));
-
- d->post[d->post_length-1] = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_summary(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->summary = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_type(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->type = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_initial(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->initial = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_initial_user(pgfgd_Declaration* d, void* s)
-{
- d->initial_user = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_default(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->default_value = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_alias(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->alias = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_alias_function(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->alias_function_string = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_documentation(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->documentation = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_documentation_in(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->documentation_in = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_phase(pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s)
-{
- d->phase = s;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_key_algorithm(pgfgd_Declaration* d, pgfgd_algorithm_fun f, void* user_data)
-{
- d->algorithm = f;
- d->algorithm_user = user_data;
-}
-
-void pgfgd_free_key(pgfgd_Declaration* d)
-{
- if (d) {
- free(d->examples);
- free(d->use_keys);
- free(d->use_values_user);
- free(d->use_values_strings);
- free(d);
- }
-}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 40495dbdc2..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromC.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,613 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PGF_GD_INTERFACE_C_INTERFACEFROMC_H
-#define PGF_GD_INTERFACE_C_INTERFACEFROMC_H
-
-/** \file pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC.h
-
- The C-header file that should be used by algorithms written
- in C for graph drawing in Lua.
-*/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-
-// Option handling
-
-/** Abstraction of a Lua option table.
- You cannot access it directly, but only through the function
- pgfgd_isset and so on. Note that pointers to such option tables
- will only be valid during a run of the algorithm; you cannot store
- a point to an option table past the run of an algorithm.
-*/
-
-typedef struct pgfgd_OptionTable pgfgd_OptionTable;
-
-
-/** Returns 1 if the key is actually set in the option table to any
- non-nil value; otherwise 0. */
-int pgfgd_isset(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-/** Returns 1 if the key is a number (or can be converted to a
- number) in the option table. */
-int pgfgd_isnumber(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-/** Returns 1 if the key is a string in the option table. */
-int pgfgd_isstring(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-/** Returns 1 if the key is a Boolean value in the option table. */
-int pgfgd_isboolean(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-/** Returns 1 if the key is a user value in the option table. */
-int pgfgd_isuser(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-/** Provided that pgfgd_isnumber returns 1 for the key, this funciton
- will return the number stored in the key (otherwise, the function
- may crash). Note that integers are also retrieved through this function. */
-double pgfgd_tonumber(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-/** Provided that pgfgd_isstring returns 1 for this key, this function
- returns a copy of the string stored in the key. You must free the
- returned string yourself. */
-char* pgfgd_tostring(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-/** Provided that pgfgd_isboolean returns 1 for this key, the function
- returns this Boolean value. */
-int pgfgd_toboolean(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-/** Provided that pgfgd_isuser returns 1 for this key, the function
- returns this user value. */
-void* pgfgd_touser(pgfgd_OptionTable* t, const char* key);
-
-
-
-// Graph model
-
-/** An abstraction of a pgf.gd.model.Coordinate object. */
-typedef struct pgfgd_Coordinate {
- double x;
- double y;
-} pgfgd_Coordinate;
-
-
-/** Used to pass around arrays of Coordinate objects. The main purpose
- of the structure is to provide access to the length of the
- array. Note that numbering starts with 0.
-*/
-typedef struct pgfgd_Coordinate_array {
- int length;
- pgfgd_Coordinate* array;
-} pgfgd_Coordinate_array;
-
-
-typedef struct pgfgd_Edge pgfgd_Edge;
-
-/** An array of Edge objects. */
-typedef struct pgfgd_Edge_array {
-
- int length;
- pgfgd_Edge** array;
-
-} pgfgd_Edge_array;
-
-
-/** This struct is used to model a Lua Path. In Lua, a path is an
- array where each entry is either a Coordinate object or a
- string. This is modeled on the C layer by having
- two arrays and for each position, either the coordinates array or
- the strings array is set (the strings
- array is set at position i if, and only if, it is not null).
-
- Graph drawing functions may wish to modify Edge paths, namely
- whenever they wish to setup a special routing for an edge. In this
- case, you may not directly modify the object, but, rather, you
- must use the functions pgfgd_path_xxx to modify the path
- field. When the graph drawing function is done, the values stored
- in the the path fields of the Edges of the syntactic digraph are
- copied back to Lua.
-
- Note that numbering starts at 0. Also note that you have to set
- the path field for each syntactic edge individually.
-
- The |length| field will be |-1| for the ``default path'' of an
- edge. The actual path (a straight line from the tail to the head
- vertex) is generated only when the graph is written back, because
- only then the coordinates of the nodes will be known.
-*/
-
-typedef struct pgfgd_Path {
-
- /** Both arrays of this struct will have this length, except when
- this field is set to -1, indicating that a default path should
- be generated when this path is written back to the graph. */
- int length;
-
- /** An array of coordinates. Not all entries of this array are
- relevant, namely only those for which the strings array is null
- at the some position.
- */
- pgfgd_Coordinate* coordinates;
-
- /** An array of strings. Whenever an entry in this array is not
- null, the entry in the coordinates array at the same position is
- ignored. */
- char** strings;
-
-} pgfgd_Path;
-
-
-
-/** An abstraction of a pgf.gd.model.Vertex. These objects are
- managed by the library (including creation and deletion), you
- should not create them yourself or modify them, except for the pos
- field, which you should modify (indeed, this is the whole purpose
- of your graph drawing algorithm).
-*/
-
-typedef struct pgfgd_Vertex {
-
- /** The name field of the Lua Vertex class. */
- char* name;
-
- /** The path field of the Lua Vertex class. */
- pgfgd_Path* path;
-
- /** The shape field of the Lua Vertex class. */
- char* shape;
-
- /** The kind field of the Lua Vertex class. */
- char* kind;
-
- /** The pos field of the Lua Vertex class. Unlike the other fields
- of this struct, you can write pos.x and pos.y. When the graph
- drawing function returns, the values stored in theses fields
- will be written back to the Lua layer.
- */
- pgfgd_Coordinate pos;
-
- /** The options fields of the Lua Vertex class. Note that you do
- not have direct access to theses options. Rather, all access to
- them must go through functions like pgfgd_isset that take a
- pgfgd_OptionsTable* as input. Also note that you cannot store a
- pointer to an options table: At the end of the graph drawing
- function, all option table pointers will loose their
- meaning. If you really wish to store an options table, you need
- to retrieve all information stored in it while the point is
- still active and then store the retrieved information in your
- own table.
- */
- pgfgd_OptionTable* options;
-
- /** Similar to the incoming field of the Lua Vertex class, but it
- stores abstractions of the syntactic Edges objects of the
- syntactic digraph, rather than the table of Arc objects that are
- really stored in a Vertex. Also note that in a Lua Vertex
- object, the incoming and outgoing arcs depend on the graph,
- while a pgfgd_Vertex always only stores the incoming and
- outgoing edges of the syntactic digraph. The order of the edges
- in the incoming array will be the same as on the Lua layer, but
- numbering starts with 0 (since these are C arrays).
- */
- pgfgd_Edge_array incoming;
-
- /** Like the incoming fields. */
- pgfgd_Edge_array outgoing;
-
- /** The index of this vertex in the array entry of the syntactic
- digraph. */
- int array_index;
-
-} pgfgd_Vertex;
-
-
-
-/** Used to pass around arrays of Vertex objects (more precisely, of
- arrays of pointers to pgfgd_Vertex objects). Note that numbering
- starts with 0.
-*/
-
-typedef struct pgfgd_Vertex_array {
- int length;
- pgfgd_Vertex** array;
-} pgfgd_Vertex_array;
-
-
-
-/** This function allows you to query an anchor of a vertex (like a
- call to |Vertex:anchor|). The function returns
- |1| if there is such an anchor, otherwise |0| is returned and
- both |x| and |y| will be set to 0. */
-extern int pgfgd_vertex_anchor(pgfgd_Vertex* v, const char* anchor, double* x, double* y);
-
-
-
-/** An abstraction of pgf.gd.model.Edge. */
-
-struct pgfgd_Edge {
-
- /** The tail field of the Lua Edge class. */
- pgfgd_Vertex* tail;
-
- /** The head field of the Lua Edge class. */
- pgfgd_Vertex* head;
-
- /** The direction field of the Lua Edge class. */
- char* direction;
-
- /** The path field of the Lua Edge class. You can read this field
- directly, but you can write it only through the function whose
- names start with pgfgd_path.
-
- For each pgfgd_Edge object, at the end of the graph drawing
- routinge, the value stored in this field will be written back to
- the path field of the original syntactic edge.
- */
- pgfgd_Path* path;
-
- /** A pointer to the options table of the Edge. This works like the
- options table of pgdgd_Vertex and the same restrictions apply.
- */
- pgfgd_OptionTable* options;
-
- /** The index of this edge in the array entry of the syntactic
- digraph. */
- int array_index;
-
-};
-
-
-typedef struct pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph_internals pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph_internals;
-
-
-/** The class pgf.gd.model.Digraph is modeled using two different C
- structs: First, we have pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph and, second, we
- have pgfgd_Digraph. The first is used, only, to model the (single)
- syntactic digraph that is passed to the graph drawing function,
- while the second is used to model different, more light weight
- digraphs that are computed be the graph drawing system prior to
- the call of the graph drawing routine. For instance, the spanning
- tree computed by the graph drawing system for algorithms whose
- preconditions included "tree" will be modeled as a pgfgd_Digraph.
-
- There is only one pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph during a call of
- the graph drawing routine and you can access its properties
- directly by accessing the fields of the struct. You cannot,
- however, modify the syntactic digraph, except for setting the pos
- fields of the vertices and for setting the path field arrays of
- the syntactic edges (through the pgfgd_path_xxx functions). When
- the graph drawing function is done, the modifications will be
- written back to the Lua layer.
-
- Note that the syntactic digraph only stores the syntactic edges,
- not the Arc objects. In particular, when you write
- |graph { a <- b }| on the TikZ layer, you will get one syntactic
- edge from a to b (not the other way round) with its direction
- field set to "<-" in the syntactic digraph object.
- */
-
-typedef struct pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph {
-
- /** The vertices field of a Lua (syntactic) digraph. You may not
- modify this array, except for changing the pos fields of the
- vertices. */
- pgfgd_Vertex_array vertices;
-
- /** All syntactic edges of the graph. You cannot modify this array,
- but you can use the pgfgd_path_xxx funtion to change the routing
- of the edges stored here. Note that, since you get access to
- syntactic edges, the direction of these edges may not be what
- you expect and there may be several syntactic edges between the
- same vertices.
- */
- pgfgd_Edge_array syntactic_edges;
-
- /** The syntactic digraph's options field. Like all options fields,
- it will go out of scope at the end of the graph drawing
- routine.
- */
- pgfgd_OptionTable* options;
-
- pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph_internals* internals;
-
-} pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph;
-
-
-
-
-// Modifying edge bend paths
-
-/** You can apply this function to an Edge to clear the routing path
- stored in it.
-*/
-extern void pgfgd_path_clear (pgfgd_Edge* e);
-
-/** This function adds a moveto at the end of a path. */
-extern void pgfgd_path_append_moveto (pgfgd_Edge* e, double x, double y);
-
-/** This function adds a moveto to the |tail anchor| of the tail of
- the edge. This call is useful for ``starting'' a path. This
- function is a ``service function,'' you can achieve the same
- effect by directly reading the option table of the tail vertex
- and then using the pgfgd_vertex_anchor method. */
-extern void pgfgd_path_append_moveto_tail (pgfgd_Edge* e);
-
-/** This function adds a lineto at the end of a path. */
-extern void pgfgd_path_append_lineto (pgfgd_Edge* e, double x, double y);
-
-/** This function adds a linto to the |head anchor| of the head of
- the edge. This call is useful for ``ending'' a path. */
-extern void pgfgd_path_append_lineto_head (pgfgd_Edge* e);
-
-/** This function adds a closepath at the end of a path. */
-extern void pgfgd_path_append_closepath (pgfgd_Edge* e);
-
-/** This function adds a curevto at the end of a path. */
-extern void pgfgd_path_append_curveto (pgfgd_Edge* e, double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x, double y);
-
-
-
-
-// Querying graphs other than the syntactic digraph
-
-/** A pgfgd_Digraph is a light-weight abstraction of a Lua Digraph
- object. Unlike a pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph, you cannot access the
- fields such an object directly, rather, all information is
- retrieved through functions starting with pgfgd_digraph.
-
- When the graph drawing function is called, the graph drawing
- system will already have computed a number of special digraphs in
- addition to the syntactic digraph passed to the function. For
- instance, there is always the "ugraph", which is the undirected
- graph underlying the syntactic digraph. To access these special
- graphs, you first call pgfgd_get_digraph and then use the
- pgfgd_digraph_xxx function to retrieve information about them.
-
- Unlike the pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph object, which is managed by the
- library, you must free pgfgd_Digraph objects yourself through the
- pgfgd_digraph_free function.
-*/
-
-typedef struct pgfgd_Digraph pgfgd_Digraph;
-
-/** There is no abstraction of an Arc object on the C layer. Rather,
- an arc is simply the index of the tail vertex plus the index of
- the head vertex, where the indices are relative to the array of
- vertices making up the digraph under consideration.
-
- You may wonder why we store indices rather than pointers to
- pgfgd_Vertex objects. The reason is that a pgfgd_Digraph may
- actually contain vertices that are not present in the syntactic
- digraph (for instance, dummy vertices in a spanning tree) and for
- which no pgfgd_Vertex obejct exists. For this reason, we only use
- indices and there is a special function
- (pgfgd_digraph_syntactic_vertex) that can be used to retrieve the
- pgfgd_Vertex object, provided it exists.
-
- Note that the numbers stored in the tails and heads arrays, which
- refer to positions inside a Lua vertices array, start numbering
- with 1. The arrays themselves, however, start numbering with
- 0. So, tails[0] == 1 and heads[0] == 2 would mean that there is an
- Arc from the first to the second vertex. You can pass the numbers
- stored in these arrays directly to the pgfgd_digraph_xxx
- functions.
-
- You must free pgfgd_Arc_array objects yourself via
- pgfgd_digraph_free_arc_array.
- */
-typedef struct pgfgd_Arc_array {
-
- /** The length of both arrays. */
- int length;
-
- /** The array of the numbers of the tail vertices of the arcs. The
- array itself starts numbering with 0, but its entries refer to
- positions inside Lua array, so their numbering starts with 1. */
- int* tails;
-
- /** Like tails. */
- int* heads;
-
-} pgfgd_Arc_array;
-
-
-/** In order to access special digraphs like the |ugraph| or the
- |spanning_tree| computed by the graph drawing system, you first
- need to call this function. In detail, the graph_name must be the
- name of a field of the Lua algorithm object and this field must
- store a |Digraph| object. Examples are "digraph" or "ugraph". The
- function will then return a handle to this digraph which you can
- subsequently access. The handle will become invalid at the end of
- the graph drawing funciton and you must free it explicitly using
- pgfgd_digraph_free.
- */
-extern pgfgd_Digraph* pgfgd_get_digraph (pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* g, const char* graph_name);
-
-/** Returns the number of vertices in the digraph. Note that this
- number needs not be the same as the number of vertices in the
- syntactic digraph and that the ordering need not be the
- same as in the syntactic digraph. */
-extern int pgfgd_digraph_num_vertices (pgfgd_Digraph* g);
-
-/** Returns a newly allocated array of all arcs present in the
- digraph. You must free this array explicitly using
- pgfgd_digraph_free_arc_array.
-*/
-extern pgfgd_Arc_array* pgfgd_digraph_arcs (pgfgd_Digraph* g);
-
-/** This function allows you to retrieve the syntatic vertex that
- corresponds to a given index in the digraph. Normally, the first
- vertex of a digraph like the ugraph will also be the first entry
- of the vertices field of the syntactic digraph, but this need not
- always be the case. For instance, for a spanning_tree digraph,
- there will be more vertices in the graph than there are syntactic
- vertices and the order may be quite different. For theses reaons,
- you must use this function to convert a vertex index into the
- digraph g into a pgfgd_Vertex object. It may happen that the index
- does not refer to any syntactic vertex, in this case 0 is
- returned.
-
- Note that v is an index into a Lua array and, thus, numbering
- starts with 1.
-*/
-extern pgfgd_Vertex* pgfgd_digraph_syntactic_vertex (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int v);
-
-/** Tests whether there is an arc between two vertices in the digraph
- g. The tail and head are indices starting with 1. This operation
- takes time $O(1)$.
-*/
-extern int pgfgd_digraph_isarc (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int tail, int head);
-
-/** Returns an array of all syntactic edges present between two
- vertices (whose indices are given as input). You must free the
- returned array explicitly using
- pgfgd_digraph_free_edge_array. Typically, this array will have at
- most one entry, but it may happen that the user has specified
- several syntatic edges between the same vertices, in which case
- you get a larger array here.
-
- Note that tail and head are indices (starting with 1) into the
- digraph's vertices array, which the return value is an array of
- syntactic edges present in the syntactic digraph between the
- vertices corresponding to these indices. In particular, if the
- vertices do not correspond to syntactic vertices, the returned
- array will always be empty.
-*/
-extern pgfgd_Edge_array* pgfgd_digraph_syntactic_edges (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int tail, int head);
-
-/** Returns an array of all incoming arcs of the given vertex. (As
- always, the vertex is coded as an index starting with 1 into the
- vertices array of the digraph.) You must free this array
- yourself using pgfgd_digraph_free_arc_array. In the returned
- array, all entries of the head array will equal v.
- */
-extern pgfgd_Arc_array* pgfgd_digraph_incoming (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int v);
-
-/** Like pgfgd_digraph_incoming. */
-extern pgfgd_Arc_array* pgfgd_digraph_outgoing (pgfgd_Digraph* g, int v);
-
-/** Frees a pgfgd_Digraph object previously allocated by the
- pgfgd_get_digraph function. */
-extern void pgfgd_digraph_free (pgfgd_Digraph* d);
-
-/** Frees a pgfgd_Arc_array object; in particular, the arrays stored
- inside it are freed. You should call this function once at some
- point for all objects of this kind returned by any library function.
-*/
-extern void pgfgd_digraph_free_arc_array (pgfgd_Arc_array* arcs);
-
-/** Like pgfgd_digraph_free_arc_array, but for the Edge arrays
- returned by pgfgd_digraph_syntactic_edges. Do not call this
- function for the syntactic_edges field of a syntactic digraph.
-*/
-extern void pgfgd_digraph_free_edge_array (pgfgd_Edge_array* edges);
-
-
-
-// Declarations
-
-struct lua_State;
-typedef void (*pgfgd_algorithm_fun) (pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* component, void* user_data);
-typedef struct pgfgd_Declaration pgfgd_Declaration;
-
-
-/** Each declaration of a new option starts with a call to this
- function. The function returns an object whose properties you can
- set subsequently through the pgfgd_key_xxx function. Once all
- properties of the key have been set, you call pgfgd_declare to
- make Lua aware of the option. Then, you need to call
- pgfgd_free_key on it.
- */
-
-extern pgfgd_Declaration* pgfgd_new_key (const char* key);
-
-/** Sets the summary field of the key. You should always call this
- function. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_summary (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the type field of the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_type (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the initial field of the key to a string. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_initial (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the initial field of the key to void* value (a light userdata
- in Lua-speak). */
-extern void pgfgd_key_initial_user (pgfgd_Declaration* d, void* v);
-
-/** Sets the default field of the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_default (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the alias field of the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_alias (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the alias_function_string field of the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_alias_function (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the documentation field of the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_documentation (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the documentation_in field of the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_documentation_in (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the phase field of the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_phase (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Sets the algorithm field of the key. The function f must conform
- to the function prototype pgfgd_algorithm_fun, which prescribes
- that the function takes a syntactic digraph as input
- (pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph*) and some user data and does not return
- anything. The user data that is passed to the function is the
- datum passed here.
-
- Whenever the key is now used on the Lua layer, the graph drawing
- system will run the normal layout pipeline on the graph. Then, at
- some point, it would call the actual Lua graph drawing
- algorithm. At that point, the function f is called instead. The
- parameter of this function will be a representation of the
- to-be-drawn syntatic digraph as a C pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph.
-*/
-extern void pgfgd_key_algorithm (pgfgd_Declaration* d,
- pgfgd_algorithm_fun f,
- void* user_data);
-
-/** Adds a use to the key. This means that whenever the key is used,
- the given key--value pairs will also be set. This is used, in
- particular, to create aliases for keys (but is not to be confused
- with the |alias| field, whose semantics are slightly different).
- */
-extern void pgfgd_key_add_use (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* key, const char* value);
-
-/** Adds a use to the key, but with the value being a user value in
- Lua-speak.
- */
-extern void pgfgd_key_add_use_user (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* key, void* value);
-
-/** Adds an example to the examples field of the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_add_example (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Adds a precondition (the field s of the precondition table is set
- to true) to the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_add_precondition (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** Adds a postcondition to the key. */
-extern void pgfgd_key_add_postcondition (pgfgd_Declaration* d, const char* s);
-
-/** After all properties of an option key have been set, call this
- function once to actually declare the key inside the state that
- your graph drawing library's main function gets
- passed by the Lua dynamic linkage code. */
-extern void pgfgd_declare (struct lua_State* s, pgfgd_Declaration* d);
-
-/** Frees the memory used by the key object. */
-extern void pgfgd_free_key (pgfgd_Declaration* d);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.c++ b/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.c++
deleted file mode 100644
index 248ee0b19e..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.c++
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC.h>
-
-#include <ogdf/basic/geometry.h>
-
-
-using namespace ogdf;
-
-namespace scripting {
-
-
- void ogdf_runner::bridge ()
- {
- graph = Graph();
- graph_attributes = GraphAttributes (graph,
- GraphAttributes::nodeGraphics |
- GraphAttributes::edgeGraphics |
- GraphAttributes::nodeLevel |
- GraphAttributes::edgeIntWeight |
- GraphAttributes::edgeDoubleWeight |
- GraphAttributes::nodeWeight);
-
- pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* g = parameters->syntactic_digraph;
-
- int n = g->vertices.length;
- int m = g->syntactic_edges.length;
-
- node* nodes = new node [n];
-
- for (int i=0; i < n; i++) {
- nodes[i] = graph.newNode();
-
- // Compute width and height
- double x1, x2,y1,y2;
- x1 = x2 = y1 = y2 = 0;
-
- int first = 1;
-
- pgfgd_Path* path = g->vertices.array[i]->path;
-
- for (int j = 1; j < path->length; j++)
- if (!path->strings[j]) {
- double x = path->coordinates[j].x;
- double y = path->coordinates[j].y;
-
- if (first) {
- x1 = x2 = x;
- y1 = y2 = y;
- first = 0;
- } else {
- x1 = x < x1 ? x : x1;
- x2 = x > x2 ? x : x2;
- y1 = y < y1 ? y : y1;
- y2 = y > y2 ? y : y2;
- }
- }
-
- graph_attributes.width(nodes[i]) = x2-x1;
- graph_attributes.height(nodes[i]) = y2-y1;
- }
-
- for (int i=0; i < m; i++) {
- int tail = g->syntactic_edges.array[i]->tail->array_index;
- int head = g->syntactic_edges.array[i]->head->array_index;
-
- graph.newEdge(nodes[tail], nodes[head]);
- }
- }
-
- void ogdf_runner::unbridge ()
- {
- pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* g = parameters->syntactic_digraph;
-
- node v;
- int i;
- for (i = 0, v = graph.firstNode(); v; v=v->succ(), i++) {
- g->vertices.array[i]->pos.x = graph_attributes.x(v);
- g->vertices.array[i]->pos.y = graph_attributes.y(v);
- }
-
- edge e;
- for (i = 0, e = graph.firstEdge(); e; e=e->succ(), i++) {
- pgfgd_Edge* ed = g->syntactic_edges.array[i];
-
- DPolyline bend = graph_attributes.bends(e);
-
- if (bend.begin().valid()) {
- bend.unify();
- bend.normalize();
-
- // We start with a moveto:
- pgfgd_path_clear (ed);
-
- pgfgd_path_append_moveto_tail(ed);
-
- for (List<DPoint>::iterator it = bend.begin(); it.valid(); it++)
- pgfgd_path_append_lineto(ed, (*it).m_x, (*it).m_y);
-
- // We end with a lineto:
- pgfgd_path_append_lineto_head(ed);
- }
- }
- }
-
-}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bd742eb161..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/InterfaceFromOGDF.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PGF_GD_INTERFACE_C_INTERFACEFROMOGDF_H
-#define PGF_GD_INTERFACE_C_INTERFACEFROMOGDF_H
-
-/** \file pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h
-
- The C++-header file that should be used by algorithms written
- for the OGFD library when the algorithm should be included in Lua.
-*/
-
-#include <pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC++.h>
-#include <ogdf/basic/Graph.h>
-#include <ogdf/basic/GraphAttributes.h>
-
-namespace scripting {
-
- class ogdf_runner : public runner {
- public:
-
- void bridge ();
- void unbridge ();
-
- protected:
-
- ogdf::Graph graph;
- ogdf::GraphAttributes graph_attributes;
-
- };
-
-
- class ogdf_function_runner : public ogdf_runner {
- public:
- typedef void (*function) (run_parameters&,
- ogdf::Graph&,
- ogdf::GraphAttributes&);
-
- ogdf_function_runner (function f) : fun(f) {}
- virtual void run () { fun(*parameters, graph, graph_attributes); }
-
- private:
- function fun;
- };
-}
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/LocalBiconnectedMerger_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/LocalBiconnectedMerger_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 898822e0c0..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/LocalBiconnectedMerger_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.h>
-
-struct LocalBiconnectedMerger_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::LocalBiconnectedMerger>
-{
- ogdf::LocalBiconnectedMerger* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- LocalBiconnectedMerger* r = new LocalBiconnectedMerger;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("LocalBiconnectedMerger.factor",
- &LocalBiconnectedMerger::setFactor, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("LocalBiconnectedMerger")
- .set_module ("MultilevelBuilder", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.LocalBiconnectedMerger"));
-
- s.declare (key ("LocalBiconnectedMerger.factor")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.LocalBiconnectedMerger"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/LongestPathRanking_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/LongestPathRanking_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ca2e634485..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/LongestPathRanking_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.h>
-
-struct LongestPathRanking_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::LongestPathRanking>
-{
-
- ogdf::LongestPathRanking* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- LongestPathRanking* r = new LongestPathRanking;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("LongestPathRanking.separateDeg0Layer",
- &LongestPathRanking::separateDeg0Layer, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("LongestPathRanking.separateMultiEdges",
- &LongestPathRanking::separateMultiEdges, *r);
- parameters->configure_option ("LongestPathRanking.optimizeEdgeLength",
- &LongestPathRanking::optimizeEdgeLength, *r);
-
- parameters->configure_module ("AcyclicSubgraphModule",
- &LongestPathRanking::setSubgraph, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
- s.declare (key ("LongestPathRanking")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.LongestPathRanking")
- .set_module ("RankingModule", this));
-
- s.declare (key ("LongestPathRanking.separateDeg0Layer")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("true")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.LongestPathRanking"));
-
- s.declare (key ("LongestPathRanking.separateMultiEdges")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("true")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.LongestPathRanking"));
-
- s.declare (key ("LongestPathRanking.optimizeEdgeLength")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("true")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.LongestPathRanking"));
- }
-};
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MakefileConfig.mk b/graphics/pgf/base/source/MakefileConfig.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 25310b6987..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MakefileConfig.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-# Where Lua is installed
-LUAPATH=/usr/local/lua52
-
-LUAINCLUDES = $(LUAPATH)/include
-LUALIBPATH = $(LUAPATH)/lib
-
-
-# Where ogdf is installed
-OGDFPATH=/usr/local/ogdf
-
-OGDFINCLUDES = $(OGDFPATH)
-OGDFLIBPATH = $(OGDFPATH)/_release
-
-
-# Where the pgf C includes are found
-PGFINCLUDES=../../../..
-
-
-# Where the shared libraries should be installed (base dir)
-INSTALLDIR=/usr/texbin/lib/luatex/lua
-
-
-# If you need special flags:
-MYCFLAGS=
-MYLDFLAGS=
-
-# Link flags for building a shared library
-SHAREDFLAGS=
-
-# Link flags for linking against the shared Lua lib
-LINKSHAREDLUA=
-
-# Architecture flags:
-ARCHFLAGS=
-
-# The to-be-used compiler
-CC=gcc
-
-
-# Now read local definition, which may overwrite the above
--include $(CONFIGDIR)/LocalMakefileConfig.mk
-
-
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MatchingMerger_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/MatchingMerger_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d50c273cd..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MatchingMerger_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.h>
-
-struct MatchingMerger_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::MatchingMerger>
-{
- ogdf::MatchingMerger* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- MatchingMerger* r = new MatchingMerger;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("MatchingMerger.selectByNodeMass",
- &MatchingMerger::selectByNodeMass, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("MatchingMerger")
- .set_module ("MultilevelBuilder", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.MatchingMerger"));
-
- s.declare (key ("MatchingMerger.selectByNodeMass")
- .type ("boolean")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.MatchingMerger"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianHeuristic_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianHeuristic_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ce4a610e7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianHeuristic_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.h>
-
-struct MedianHeuristic_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::MedianHeuristic>
-{
-
- ogdf::MedianHeuristic* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- return new ogdf::MedianHeuristic;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- s.declare (key ("MedianHeuristic")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.MedianHeuristic")
- .set_module ("TwoLayerCrossMin", this));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianPlacer_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianPlacer_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4670554393..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MedianPlacer_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.h>
-
-struct MedianPlacer_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::MedianPlacer>
-{
- ogdf::MedianPlacer* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- MedianPlacer* r = new MedianPlacer;
-
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("MedianPlacer")
- .set_module ("InitialPlacer", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.MedianPlacer"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MultilevelLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/MultilevelLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 091ab9766c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/MultilevelLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.h>
-
-struct MultilevelLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- MultilevelLayout layout;
-
- parameters->configure_module ("LayoutModule",
- &MultilevelLayout::setLayout, layout);
- parameters->configure_module ("MultilevelBuilder",
- &MultilevelLayout::setMultilevelBuilder, layout);
- parameters->configure_module ("InitialPlacer",
- &MultilevelLayout::setPlacer, layout);
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("MultilevelLayout")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.MultilevelLayout"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/OptimalRanking_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/OptimalRanking_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f35fc67da7..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/OptimalRanking_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.h>
-
-struct OptimalRanking_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::OptimalRanking>
-{
-
- ogdf::OptimalRanking* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- OptimalRanking* r = new OptimalRanking;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("OptimalRanking.separateMultiEdges",
- &OptimalRanking::separateMultiEdges, *r);
- parameters->configure_module ("AcyclicSubgraphModule",
- &OptimalRanking::setSubgraph, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
- s.declare (key ("OptimalRanking")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.OptimalRanking")
- .set_module ("RankingModule", this));
-
- s.declare (key ("OptimalRanking.separateMultiEdges")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("true")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.OptimalRanking"));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/PlanarizationLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/PlanarizationLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fa89d5d19..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/PlanarizationLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.h>
-
-struct PlanarizationLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
-
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- PlanarizationLayout layout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("PlanarizationLayout.preprocessCliques",
- &PlanarizationLayout::preprocessCliques, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("PlanarizationLayout.minCliqueSize",
- &PlanarizationLayout::minCliqueSize, layout);
-
- // .. TODO: configure modules
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
- s.declare (key ("PlanarizationLayout")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .postcondition ("fixed")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.planarity.PlanarizationLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("PlanarizationLayout.preprocessCliques")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("false")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.planarity.PlanarizationLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("PlanarizationLayout.minCliqueSize")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("10")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.planarity.PlanarizationLayout"));
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomMerger_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomMerger_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8acc53bbef..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomMerger_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.h>
-
-struct RandomMerger_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::RandomMerger>
-{
- ogdf::RandomMerger* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- RandomMerger* r = new RandomMerger;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("RandomMerger.factor",
- &RandomMerger::setFactor, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("RandomMerger")
- .set_module ("MultilevelBuilder", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.RandomMerger"));
-
- s.declare (key ("RandomMerger.factor")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.RandomMerger"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomPlacer_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomPlacer_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a92873ff47..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/RandomPlacer_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.h>
-
-struct RandomPlacer_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::RandomPlacer>
-{
- ogdf::RandomPlacer* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- RandomPlacer* r = new RandomPlacer;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("RandomPlacer.circleSize",
- &RandomPlacer::setCircleSize, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("RandomPlacer")
- .set_module ("InitialPlacer", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.RandomPlacer"));
-
- s.declare (key ("RandomPlacer.circleSize")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.RandomPlacer"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SiftingHeuristic_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SiftingHeuristic_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 653432f52b..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SiftingHeuristic_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.h>
-
-struct SiftingHeuristic_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::SiftingHeuristic>
-{
-
- ogdf::SiftingHeuristic* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- SiftingHeuristic* h = new SiftingHeuristic;
-
- char* strategy = 0;
-
- if (parameters->option("SiftingHeuristic.strategy", strategy)) {
- if (strcmp(strategy, "left_to_right") == 0)
- h->strategy(SiftingHeuristic::left_to_right);
- else if (strcmp(strategy, "desc_degree") == 0)
- h->strategy(SiftingHeuristic::desc_degree);
- else if (strcmp(strategy, "random") == 0)
- h->strategy(SiftingHeuristic::random);
-
- free(strategy);
- }
- return h;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- s.declare (key ("SiftingHeuristic")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.SiftingHeuristic")
- .set_module ("TwoLayerCrossMin", this));
-
- s.declare (key ("SiftingHeuristic.strategy")
- .type ("string")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.SiftingHeuristic"));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoC.c b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoC.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 18e5889ad1..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoC.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC.h>
-#include <math.h>
-
-static void fast_hello_world (pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* graph, void* v) {
- double angle = 6.28318530718 / graph->vertices.length;
- double radius = pgfgd_tonumber(graph->options, "fast simple demo radius");
-
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < graph->vertices.length; i++) {
- pgfgd_Vertex* v = graph->vertices.array[i];
- v->pos.x = cos(angle*i) * radius;
- v->pos.y = sin(angle*i) * radius;
- }
-}
-
-int luaopen_pgf_gd_examples_c_SimpleDemoC (struct lua_State *state) {
- pgfgd_Declaration* d;
-
- // The main layout key
- d = pgfgd_new_key ("fast simple demo layout");
- pgfgd_key_summary (d, "The C version of the hello world of graph drawing.");
- pgfgd_key_algorithm (d, fast_hello_world, 0);
- pgfgd_key_documentation (d,
- "Just like the |SimpleDemo| algorithm, this algorithm arranges \
- the nodes of a graph in a circle (without paying heed to the sizes of the \
- nodes or to the edges). Its main purpose is to show how C code \
- can access the Lua representation of graphs. See \
- Section~\ref{section-algorithms-in-c} of the manual for detais.");
- pgfgd_key_add_precondition (d, "connected");
- pgfgd_declare (state, d);
- pgfgd_free_key (d);
-
- // The radius key
- d = pgfgd_new_key ("fast simple demo radius");
- pgfgd_key_summary (d, "A radius value for the hello world of graph drawing");
- pgfgd_key_type (d, "length");
- pgfgd_key_initial (d, "1cm");
- pgfgd_declare (state, d);
- pgfgd_free_key (d);
-
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoCPlusPlus.c++ b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoCPlusPlus.c++
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c810d2570..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoCPlusPlus.c++
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC++.h>
-#include <pgf/gd/interface/c/InterfaceFromC.h>
-
-#include <math.h>
-
-
-struct FastLayout : scripting::declarations, scripting::runner {
-
- void run () {
- pgfgd_SyntacticDigraph* graph = parameters->syntactic_digraph;
-
- double angle = 6.28318530718 / graph->vertices.length;
- double radius = parameters->option<double>("fast simple demo radius c++");
-
- for (int i = 0; i < graph->vertices.length; i++) {
- pgfgd_Vertex* v = graph->vertices.array[i];
- v->pos.x = cos(angle*i) * radius;
- v->pos.y = sin(angle*i) * radius;
- }
- }
-
- void declare(scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
-
- s.declare(key ("fast simple demo layout c++")
- .summary ("The C++ version of the hello world of graph drawing")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .precondition ("tree")
- .algorithm (this));
-
- s.declare(key ("fast simple demo radius c++")
- .summary ("A radius value for the hello world of graph drawing")
- .type ("length")
- .initial ("1cm"));
- }
-
-};
-
-extern "C" int luaopen_pgf_gd_examples_c_SimpleDemoCPlusPlus (struct lua_State *state) {
-
- scripting::script s (state);
-
- s.declare (new FastLayout);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoOGDF.c++ b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoOGDF.c++
deleted file mode 100644
index b7d914c520..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SimpleDemoOGDF.c++
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-
-#include <math.h>
-
-using namespace ogdf;
-using namespace scripting;
-
-struct FastLayoutOGDF : declarations, ogdf_runner {
-
- void run () {
- double angle = 6.28318530718 / graph.numberOfNodes();
- double radius = parameters->option<double>("my radius ogdf");
-
- int i = 0;
- for (node v = graph.firstNode(); v; v=v->succ(), i++) {
- graph_attributes.x(v) = cos(angle*i) * radius;
- graph_attributes.y(v) = sin(angle*i) * radius;
- }
- }
-
- void declare(script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
-
- s.declare(key ("fast simple demo layout ogdf")
- .summary ("The OGDF version of the hello world of graph drawing")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .algorithm (this));
-
- s.declare(key ("my radius ogdf")
- .summary ("A radius value for the hello world of graph drawing")
- .type ("length")
- .initial ("1cm"));
- }
-
-};
-
-extern "C" int luaopen_pgf_gd_ogdf_c_SimpleDemoOGDF (struct lua_State *state) {
-
- script (state).declare (new FastLayoutOGDF);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarMerger_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarMerger_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8453241bd6..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarMerger_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.h>
-
-struct SolarMerger_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::SolarMerger>
-{
- ogdf::SolarMerger* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- SolarMerger* r = new SolarMerger (parameters->option<bool>("SolarMerger.simple"),
- parameters->option<bool>("SolarMerger.massAsNodeRadius"));
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("SolarMerger")
- .set_module ("MultilevelBuilder", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.SolarMerger"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SolarMerger.simple")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("false")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.SolarMerger"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SolarMerger.massAsNodeRadius")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("false")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.SolarMerger"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarPlacer_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarPlacer_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f9191251c..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SolarPlacer_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.h>
-
-struct SolarPlacer_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::SolarPlacer>
-{
- ogdf::SolarPlacer* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- SolarPlacer* r = new SolarPlacer;
-
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("SolarPlacer")
- .set_module ("InitialPlacer", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.SolarPlacer"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SplitHeuristic_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SplitHeuristic_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6799be36e9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SplitHeuristic_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.h>
-
-struct SplitHeuristic_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::SplitHeuristic>
-{
-
- ogdf::SplitHeuristic* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- return new ogdf::SplitHeuristic;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- s.declare (key ("SplitHeuristic")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.SplitHeuristic")
- .set_module ("TwoLayerCrossMin", this));
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFRExact_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFRExact_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e9fbfb3f1..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFRExact_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.h>
-
-struct SpringEmbedderFRExact_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- SpringEmbedderFRExact layout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.iterations",
- &SpringEmbedderFRExact::iterations, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.noise",
- &SpringEmbedderFRExact::noise, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.idealEdgeLength",
- &SpringEmbedderFRExact::idealEdgeLength, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.convTolerance",
- &SpringEmbedderFRExact::convTolerance, layout);
-
- char* s = 0;
-
- if (parameters->option("SpringEmbedderFRExact.coolingFunction", s)) {
- if (strcmp(s, "factor") == 0)
- layout.coolingFunction(SpringEmbedderFRExact::cfFactor);
- else if (strcmp(s, "logarithmic") == 0)
- layout.coolingFunction(SpringEmbedderFRExact::cfLogarithmic);
-
- free(s);
- }
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFRExact")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFRExact"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.iterations")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFRExact"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.noise")
- .type ("boolean")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFRExact"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.coolingFunction")
- .type ("string")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFRExact"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.idealEdgeLength")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFRExact"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFRExact.convTolerance")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFRExact"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFR_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFR_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ae182e589..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderFR_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.h>
-
-struct SpringEmbedderFR_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- SpringEmbedderFR layout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderFR.iterations",
- &SpringEmbedderFR::iterations, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderFR.noise",
- &SpringEmbedderFR::noise, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderFR.scaleFunctionFactor",
- &SpringEmbedderFR::scaleFunctionFactor, layout);
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFR")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFR"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFR.iterations")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFR"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFR.noise")
- .type ("boolean")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFR"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderFR.scaleFunctionFactor")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderFR"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderKK_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderKK_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b1586a546..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SpringEmbedderKK_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.h>
-
-struct SpringEmbedderKK_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- SpringEmbedderKK layout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderKK.stopTolerance",
- &SpringEmbedderKK::setStopTolerance, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("SpringEmbedderKK.desLength",
- &SpringEmbedderKK::setDesLength, layout);
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderKK")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderKK"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderKK.stopTolerance")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderKK"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SpringEmbedderKK.desLength")
- .type ("length")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.SpringEmbedderKK"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SugiyamaLayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/SugiyamaLayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c9cf097373..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/SugiyamaLayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.h>
-
-struct SugiyamaLayout_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::ogdf_runner
-{
- void run () {
- using namespace ogdf;
- SugiyamaLayout layout;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("SugiyamaLayout.runs",
- &SugiyamaLayout::runs, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("SugiyamaLayout.transpose",
- &SugiyamaLayout::transpose, layout);
- parameters->configure_option ("SugiyamaLayout.fails",
- &SugiyamaLayout::fails, layout);
-
- parameters->configure_module ("RankingModule",
- &SugiyamaLayout::setRanking, layout);
- parameters->configure_module ("TwoLayerCrossMin",
- &SugiyamaLayout::setCrossMin, layout);
- parameters->configure_module ("HierarchyLayoutModule",
- &SugiyamaLayout::setLayout, layout);
-
- layout.call (graph_attributes);
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
- s.declare (key ("SugiyamaLayout")
- .precondition ("connected")
- .postcondition ("upward_oriented_swapped")
- .algorithm (this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.SugiyamaLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SugiyamaLayout.runs")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("15")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.SugiyamaLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SugiyamaLayout.transpose")
- .type ("boolean")
- .initial ("true")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.SugiyamaLayout"));
-
- s.declare (key ("SugiyamaLayout.fails")
- .type ("number")
- .initial ("4")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.layered.SugiyamaLayout"));
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/ZeroPlacer_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/ZeroPlacer_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 255ac34bd8..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/ZeroPlacer_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-#include <ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.h>
-
-struct ZeroPlacer_script :
- scripting::declarations,
- scripting::factory<ogdf::ZeroPlacer>
-{
- ogdf::ZeroPlacer* make (scripting::run_parameters* parameters) {
- using namespace ogdf;
- ZeroPlacer* r = new ZeroPlacer;
-
- parameters->configure_option ("ZeroPlacer.randomRange",
- &ZeroPlacer::setRandomRange, *r);
-
- return r;
- }
-
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (key ("ZeroPlacer")
- .set_module ("InitialPlacer", this)
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.ZeroPlacer"));
-
- s.declare (key ("ZeroPlacer.randomRange")
- .type ("number")
- .documentation_in ("pgf.gd.doc.ogdf.energybased.multilevelmixer.ZeroPlacer"));
-
- }
-
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/energybased_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/energybased_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fdcd92565e..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/energybased_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-
-#include "FMMMLayout_script.h"
-#include "GEMLayout_script.h"
-#include "FastMultipoleEmbedder_script.h"
-
-#include "SpringEmbedderFR_script.h"
-#include "SpringEmbedderFRExact_script.h"
-#include "SpringEmbedderKK_script.h"
-
-#include "MultilevelLayout_script.h"
-
-#include "multilevelmixer/multilevelmixer_script.h"
-
-struct energybased_script :
- scripting::declarations
-{
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- s.declare (new FMMMLayout_script);
- s.declare (new GEMLayout_script);
- s.declare (new FastMultipoleEmbedder_script);
-
- s.declare (new SpringEmbedderFR_script);
- s.declare (new SpringEmbedderFRExact_script);
- s.declare (new SpringEmbedderKK_script);
-
- s.declare (new MultilevelLayout_script);
-
- s.declare (new multilevelmixer_script);
- }
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/layered_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/layered_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a117f1fc6..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/layered_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-
-#include "SugiyamaLayout_script.h"
-
-#include "LongestPathRanking_script.h"
-#include "OptimalRanking_script.h"
-#include "CoffmanGrahamRanking_script.h"
-
-#include "DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script.h"
-#include "GreedyCycleRemoval_script.h"
-
-#include "BarycenterHeuristic_script.h"
-#include "GreedyInsertHeuristic_script.h"
-#include "SiftingHeuristic_script.h"
-#include "MedianHeuristic_script.h"
-#include "SplitHeuristic_script.h"
-
-#include "FastHierarchyLayout_script.h"
-#include "FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script.h"
-
-struct layered_script :
- scripting::declarations
-{
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- using namespace scripting;
- using namespace ogdf;
-
- s.declare (new SugiyamaLayout_script);
-
- s.declare (new LongestPathRanking_script);
- s.declare (new OptimalRanking_script);
- s.declare (new CoffmanGrahamRanking_script);
-
- s.declare (new DfsAcyclicSubgraph_script);
- s.declare (new GreedyCycleRemoval_script);
-
- s.declare (new BarycenterHeuristic_script);
- s.declare (new GreedyInsertHeuristic_script);
- s.declare (new SiftingHeuristic_script);
- s.declare (new MedianHeuristic_script);
- s.declare (new SplitHeuristic_script);
-
- s.declare (new FastHierarchyLayout_script);
- s.declare (new FastSimpleHierarchyLayout_script);
- }
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/misclayout_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/misclayout_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 22ac039b7f..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/misclayout_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-
-#include "BalloonLayout_script.h"
-#include "CircularLayout_script.h"
-
-struct misclayout_script :
- scripting::declarations
-{
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- s.declare (new BalloonLayout_script);
- s.declare (new CircularLayout_script);
- }
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/module_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/module_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 97579ecdd9..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/module_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-
-struct module_script : scripting::declarations {
- void declare (scripting::script s)
- {
- using namespace scripting;
-
- s.declare (key ("RankingModule")
- .module_type ());
-
- s.declare (key ("AcyclicSubgraphModule")
- .module_type ());
-
- s.declare (key ("HierarchyLayoutModule")
- .module_type ());
-
- s.declare (key ("TwoLayerCrossMin")
- .module_type ());
-
- s.declare (key ("InitialPlacer")
- .module_type ());
-
- s.declare (key ("MultilevelBuilder")
- .module_type ());
- }
-};
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/multilevelmixer_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/multilevelmixer_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 499406bc33..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/multilevelmixer_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-
-#include "BarycenterPlacer_script.h"
-#include "IndependentSetMerger_script.h"
-#include "MedianPlacer_script.h"
-#include "SolarMerger_script.h"
-#include "CirclePlacer_script.h"
-#include "LocalBiconnectedMerger_script.h"
-#include "RandomMerger_script.h"
-#include "SolarPlacer_script.h"
-#include "EdgeCoverMerger_script.h"
-#include "MatchingMerger_script.h"
-#include "RandomPlacer_script.h"
-#include "ZeroPlacer_script.h"
-
-struct multilevelmixer_script :
- scripting::declarations
-{
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- s.declare (new BarycenterPlacer_script);
- s.declare (new IndependentSetMerger_script);
- s.declare (new MedianPlacer_script);
- s.declare (new SolarMerger_script);
- s.declare (new CirclePlacer_script);
- s.declare (new LocalBiconnectedMerger_script);
- s.declare (new RandomMerger_script);
- s.declare (new SolarPlacer_script);
- s.declare (new EdgeCoverMerger_script);
- s.declare (new MatchingMerger_script);
- s.declare (new RandomPlacer_script);
- s.declare (new ZeroPlacer_script);
- }
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/ogdf_script.c++ b/graphics/pgf/base/source/ogdf_script.c++
deleted file mode 100644
index 12a5f6bfeb..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/ogdf_script.c++
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-
-#include "module/module_script.h"
-
-#include "layered/layered_script.h"
-#include "energybased/energybased_script.h"
-#include "misclayout/misclayout_script.h"
-#include "planarity/planarity_script.h"
-
-
-extern "C" int luaopen_pgf_gd_ogdf_c_ogdf_script (struct lua_State *state) {
-
- scripting::script s (state);
-
- s.declare (new module_script);
- s.declare (new layered_script);
- s.declare (new energybased_script);
- s.declare (new misclayout_script);
- s.declare (new planarity_script);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/pgfmathtestsuite.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/source/pgfmathtestsuite.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 6baf5ddba4..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/pgfmathtestsuite.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1264 +0,0 @@
-% FIXME: this class is MESSY.
-%
-% rewrite with proper assertions ... it goes back to a time where I
-% merely wanted to inspect the results!
-%
-% --> see 'assertEquals' in this file
-%
-\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
-
-\usepackage[intlimits]{amsmath}
-\usepackage{amssymb}
-\usepackage{amsfonts}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage{hyperref}
-\else
- \def\pgfsysdriver{pgfsys-dvipdfm.def}
- \usepackage[dvipdfm]{hyperref}
-\fi
-\usepackage{tikz}
-\usepackage{fp}
-
-\makeatletter
-\pgfutil@ifundefined{pgfmathdeclarefunction}{
- % load pgfplots with its pgf 2.00 compatibility code:
- \usepackage{pgfplots}
-}{
- \usepgflibrary{fpu}
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\pgfmathfloatcreate{1}{5.0}{-4}
-\let\THRESH=\pgfmathresult
-
-
-\parindent=0pt
-
-
-\author{Christian Feuers\"anger}
-\title{Test cases for pgffloatmath.code.tex}
-
-\def\testsection#1{\message{---------- STARTING TEST SECTION '#1'}\section{#1}}
-\def\testsubsection#1{\message{-------STARTING TEST SUBSECTION '#1'}\subsection{#1}}
-\def\testsubsubsection#1{\message{------STARTING TEST SUBSUBSECTION '#1'}\subsubsection{#1}}
-
-
-\def\compare#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- \message{COMPUTING LOG(#1)}%
- \pgfmathlog{#1}%
- \let\actual=\pgfmathresult
- \def\expected{#2}%
- \pgfmathsubtract\actual\expected%
- \let\abserr=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathdivide\abserr\expected
- \let\relerr=\pgfmathresult
- \noindent
- log(#1)\hfill=
- \expected;\hfill%
- actual=\actual;\hfill%
- abserr=\abserr;\hfill%
- relerr=\relerr;\hfill%
- \endgroup
- \par
-}%
-%--------------------------------------------------
-% \def\showlowlevelfloat#1#2e#3\relax{%
-% \ensuremath{[#1] \cdot #2 \cdot 10^{#3}}%
-% }%
-%--------------------------------------------------
-\long\def\showlowlevelfloatmacro#1{#1}
-
-\long\def\showlowlevelfloatmacrolong#1{%
- #1 is decomposed into
-
- {%
- \gdef\testerror{}%
- \pgfmathfloattoregisters{#1}{\count0 }{\dimen0 }{\count1 }%
- pgfmathfloattoregisters: flags \the\count0; M=\the\dimen0; E=\the\count1
- \ifx\testerror\empty
- \else
- \par (caught \texttt{\testerror})%
- \fi
- }%
-
- {%
- \gdef\testerror{}%
- pgfmathfloattoregisterstok: \pgfmathfloattoregisterstok{#1}{\count0 }{\toks0 }{\count1 }%
- flags \the\count0; M=\the\toks0; E=\the\count1
- \ifx\testerror\empty
- \else
- \par (caught \texttt{\testerror})%
- \fi
- }%
-
- {%
- \gdef\testerror{}%
- pgfmathfloatgetflags \pgfmathfloatgetflags{#1}{\count0 }
- flags \the\count0;
- \ifx\testerror\empty
- \else
- \par (caught \texttt{\testerror})%
- \fi
- }%
-
- \medskip
- %\expandafter\showlowlevelfloat#1\relax
-}%
-
-\def\showsinglenumberparsing#1{%
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
- \begingroup
- \message{PARSING NUMBER #1...}%
- \gdef\testerror{}%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\resultasfloat=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\resultasfloat
- \let\resultasfixed=\pgfmathresult
- \[ #1 \mapsto \resultasfloat = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\resultasfloat \mapsto \resultasfixed
- \]
- \ifx\testerror\empty
- \else
- \par (caught \texttt{\testerror})%
- \fi
- \endgroup
-%\tracingmacros=0\tracingcommands=0
-}
-
-\def\pretty#1{%
- \message{Pretty-printing #1...}%
- \pgfmathprintnumberto{#1}\result
- {\pgfkeys{/pgf/number format/showpos}\pgfmathprintnumberto{#1}\resultpos\global\let\resultpos=\resultpos}%
- \[ #1 \mapsto \pgfmathprintnumber{#1} [=\resultpos] \]
- \message{#1 mapsto \meaning\result}%
-}
-
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-
-%--------------------------------------------------
-% \showit{2.8128}
-% log(12)=\pgfmathlog{1.2}\pgfmathadd{\pgfmathresult}{2.30258}\pgfmathresult\par
-% \showit{1.2}
-% \showit{4.0}
-% log(1200)=\pgfmathlog{1.2}\pgfmathadd{\pgfmathresult}{6.9077}\pgfmathresult\par
-% log(6.241e-7)=\pgfmathlog{6.241}\pgfmathadd{\pgfmathresult}{-16.11809}\pgfmathresult\par
-%--------------------------------------------------
-
-\testsection{Conversion to normalised floating point numbers basis 10}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{123.41251}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{1023.52}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{123412.51}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{12341251.0}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{-12341251.0}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{1.2341251}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{8.02410024}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{8.024100}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0001234.3100}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0001234.00001}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0001000.00001}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0001000.00001000}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0.12341251}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0.0012341251}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0.00000012341251}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{-0.00000012341251}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{10}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{100.351}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{100.35100}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{100.35100234}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{100.0035100234}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{100}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{99999}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{999.000}
-
-%\tracingmacros=2 \tracingcommands=2
-\showsinglenumberparsing{8.31160034e-02}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{2.54685628e-02}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{7.40715288e-03}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{2.10192154e-03}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{5.87352989e-04}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{-1.62269942e-04}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{4.44248889e-05}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{1.20714122e-05}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{3.26101452e-06}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{3261.01452e-06}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0.000326101452e-06}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{1.2345e-12}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{1.2345e+12}%
-
-\message{SPECIAL CASE 0}%
-\showsinglenumberparsing{0}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{-0}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{-0.000}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{+0.000}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{+0}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{-1}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{1.0e1}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{1e1}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{1141}
-\showsinglenumberparsing{-53e-5}
-
-\testsubsection{Error handling}
-{
- \pgfkeys{
- /pgf/fpu/handlers/empty number/.code 2 args={%
- \gdef\testerror{handlers/empty number=\{#1\}\{#2\}}%
- },
- /pgf/fpu/handlers/invalid number/.code 2 args={%
- \gdef\testerror{handlers/invalid number=\{#1\}\{#2\}}%
- },
- /pgf/fpu/handlers/wrong lowlevel format/.code 2 args={%
- \gdef\testerror{handlers/wrong lowlevel format=\{#1\}\{#2\}}%
- },
- }
- \showsinglenumberparsing{-53e-5 not terminated}
- %\showsinglenumberparsing{-53e-}
- \showsinglenumberparsing{}
- \showsinglenumberparsing{ ASDZ@414e12}
-
- This one has trailing spaces and should work:
- \showsinglenumberparsing{10 }
-
- This one has leading spaces and should work:
- \showsinglenumberparsing{ 10}
-
- \testsubsection{Error handling of decompose routines}
-
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{100}
- \showlowlevelfloatmacrolong{\pgfmathresult}
-
- \showlowlevelfloatmacrolong{132}
-
- \showlowlevelfloatmacrolong{Z}
-}
-
-\testsection{logarithms, compared with PGF arithmetics}
-
-\compare{0.1}{-2.30259}
-\compare{0.12}{-2.12026}
-\compare{0.2}{-1.60944}
-\compare{0.3}{-1.20397}
-\compare{0.4}{-0.916291}
-\compare{0.5}{-0.693147}
-\compare{0.6}{-0.510826}
-\compare{0.7}{-0.356675}
-\compare{0.75}{-0.287682}
-\compare{0.8}{-0.223144}
-\compare{0.823}{-0.194799}
-\compare{0.9}{-0.105361}
-\compare{0.96}{-0.040822}
-\compare{1.2}{0.182322}
-\compare{1.5}{0.405465}
-\compare{1.6}{0.470004}
-\compare{9.0}{2.1972245773}
-\compare{9.2}{2.2192034}
-\compare{9.3}{2.23001440}
-\compare{9.7}{2.27212588}
-\compare{10.0}{2.302585092}
-\compare{100.0}{4.605170185}
-\compare{1351.0}{7.208600337}
-\compare{9752.0}{9.185227671}
-\compare{9600.0}{9.169518377}
-
-\vskip1cm
-\compare{0.000142}{-8.8596835}
-\compare{0.0054124}{-5.219062661}
-\compare{0.000912697124}{-6.9991064}
-
-\vskip1cm
-\compare{8.31160034e-02}{-2.48751801563782}%
-\compare{2.54685628e-02}{-3.67031041875206}%
-\compare{7.40715288e-03}{-4.90530914022879}%
-\compare{2.10192154e-03}{-6.16490333357987}%
-\compare{5.87352989e-04}{-7.43988457474844}%
-\compare{1.62269942e-04}{-8.72624930084187}%
-\compare{4.44248889e-05}{-10.0217106847708}%
-\compare{1.20714122e-05}{-11.3246705288704}%
-\compare{3.26101452e-06}{-12.6334722085451}%
-
-\vskip1cm
-\compare{5}{1.6094379124341}%
-\compare{17}{2.83321334405622}%
-\compare{39}{3.66356164612965}%
-\compare{49}{3.89182029811063}%
-\compare{129}{4.85981240436167}%
-\compare{321}{5.77144112313002}%
-\compare{769}{6.64509096950564}%
-\compare{1793}{7.49164547360513}%
-\compare{4097}{8.31801027754687}%
-\compare{9217}{9.12880488399366}%
-
-
-\testsection{Test for prettyprinter}
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
-\message{PRETTY PRINTING}
-{
-\twocolumn
-\def\prettytest{%
- \pretty{1}
- \pretty{1.0}
- \pretty{-1.02311}
- \pretty{-11241.02311}
- \pretty{-11241}
- \pretty{8124.99999}
- \pretty{8124.849999}
- \pretty{8124.843333}
- \pretty{8.82}
- \pretty{8.5}
- \pretty{9.}
- \pretty{5.9}
- \pretty{-0.00001}
- \pretty{-1.00001}
- \pretty{-0.559}
- \pretty{-0.554}
- \pretty{-0.00000141}
- \pretty{1.234e10}
- \pretty{123456781}
- \pretty{1234}
- \pretty{8}
- \pretty{-9.995}
- \pretty{-0.015}
- \pretty{-0.1}
- \pretty{-0.15}
- \pretty{0.15}
- \pretty{-0}
- \pretty{0}
- \pretty{9.00}
- \pretty{200.01}
- \pretty{200.0000}
- \pretty{1.5e-7}
- \pretty{0.00035}
- \pretty{0.00005}
- \pretty{nan}
- \pretty{inf}
- \pretty{-inf}
- \pretty{10}
- \pretty{100}
- \pretty{200}
- \pretty{500}
- \pretty{1000}
- \pretty{30000}
- \pretty{600000}
- \pretty{1000000}
- \pretty{30000000}
- \pretty{600000000}
- \pretty{1000000000}
- \pretty{-10}
- \pretty{-100}
- \pretty{-200}
- \pretty{-500}
- \pretty{-1000}
- \pretty{-30000}
- \pretty{-600000}
- \pretty{-1000000}
- \pretty{-30000000}
- \pretty{-600000000}
- \pretty{-1000000000}
-}
-
-\testsubsection{STD format}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{std}
-\prettytest
-
-{
-\testsubsubsection{precision 0}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{precision=0}
-\prettytest
-}
-
-{
-\testsubsection{FIXED format}
-\testsubsubsection{with period}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{fixed,use period}
-\prettytest
-
-{
-\testsubsubsection{precision 0}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{precision=0}
-\prettytest
-}
-{
-\testsubsubsection{skip 0.=true}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{skip 0.=true}
-\prettytest
-}
-
-{
-\testsubsubsection{1000 sep; min exponent for 1000 sep=4}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{1000 sep=',min exponent for 1000 sep=4}
-\prettytest
-}
-
-\testsubsubsection{with comma}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{fixed,use comma}
-\prettytest
-}
-
-
-{
-\testsubsection{FIXED ZEROFILL format}
-\testsubsubsection{with period}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{fixed,fixed zerofill,use period}
-\prettytest
-
-{
-\testsubsubsection{precision 0}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{precision=0}
-\prettytest
-}
-
-\testsubsubsection{with comma}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{fixed,fixed zerofill,use comma}
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
-\prettytest
-%\tracingmacros=0\tracingcommands=0
-}
-
-{
-\testsubsection{sci format}
-\testsubsubsection{with period}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci,use period}
-\prettytest
-
-{
-\testsubsubsection{precision 0}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{precision=0}
-\prettytest
-}
-
-\testsubsubsection{with comma}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci,use comma}
-\prettytest
-
-%\testsubsection{may skip mantisse}
-%\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci may skip mantisse=true}
-%\prettytest
-
-}{
-\testsubsection{sci format zerofill}
-\testsubsubsection{with period}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci,sci zerofill,use period}
-\prettytest
-
-\testsubsubsection{with comma}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci,sci zerofill,use comma}
-\prettytest
-
-\testsubsubsection{e-style}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci e}
-\prettytest
-
-\testsubsubsection{subscript-style}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci subscript}
-\prettytest
-
-\testsubsubsection{subscript-style + period + no zero fill}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci subscript,use period,sci}
-\prettytest
-
-\testsubsubsection{subscript-style precision 4}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{sci subscript,precision=4}
-\prettytest
-}
-
-\testsubsection{int trunc format}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{int trunc}
-\prettytest
-
-\testsubsection{int detect format}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{int detect}
-\prettytest
-
-\testsubsection{frac}
-\pgfqkeys{/pgf/number format}{frac}
-\pretty{0.333333333333333}
-\pretty{0.5}
-\pretty{2.133333333333325e-01}%
-\pretty{0.12}
-\pretty{2.666666666666646e-02}%
-\pretty{-1.333333333333334e-02}%
-\pretty{7.200000000000000e-01}%
-\pretty{6.666666666666667e-02}%
-\pretty{1.333333333333333e-01}%
-\pretty{-1.333333333333333e-02}%
-\pretty{8.533333333333298e-01}
-\pretty{8.533333e-01}
-}
-\onecolumn
-
-\testsection{Pretty printing using the relative style}
-{
-\long\def\TESTIT#1#2{%
- \gdef\temptable{\begin{tabular}}%
- \gdef\header{l}%
- \def\n{\noexpand\n}%
- \foreach \number in {#2} {%
- \xdef\header{\header c}%
- }%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 {\header}\n}%
- %
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \toks1={}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 \the\toks1}%
- \foreach \number in {#2} {%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \toks1=\expandafter{\number}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 & \noexpand\texttt{\the\toks1}}%
- }%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 \noexpand\\\n}%
- %
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \toks1={With actual config:}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 \the\toks1}%
- \foreach \number in {#2} {%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \toks1=\expandafter{\number}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 & \noexpand\pgfmathprintnumber{\the\toks1}}%
- }%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 \noexpand\\\n}%
- %
- \foreach \relativeto in {#1} {%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 Relative to $10^{\relativeto}$:}%
- \foreach \number in {#2} {%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \toks1=\expandafter{\number}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 & \noexpand\pgfmathprintnumber[relative={\relativeto}]{\the\toks1}}%
- }%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 \noexpand\\\n}%
- }%
- %
- %
- \toks0=\expandafter{\temptable}%
- \toks1={\end{tabular}\n}%
- \xdef\temptable{\the\toks0 \the\toks1}%
- %
- \def\n{^^J}%
-%\message{TEMP-TABLE: \n\meaning\temptable\n}%
- %
- \let\n=\relax
- \noindent
- \temptable
-}%
-%\tracingmacros=2 \tracingcommands=2
-
-\TESTIT{1,3}{1e-16,0,15,17,20}
-
-\TESTIT{0,1,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}{-100.123456,1e-16,1431,2000.1234,123456789.1234}
-
-
-
-\TESTIT{-4,-3,-2,-1,0,1,2,3}{0.0001,0.00012678,0.00013678,0.00016678,1.23,2.345,123.4,1234.5}
-
-{
-\subsection*{every relative/.style={sci}}
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/number format/every relative/.style={sci}}
-\TESTIT{-4,-3,-2,-1,0,1,2,3}{0.0001,0.00012678,0.00013678,0.00016678,1.23,2.345,123.4,1234.5}
-}
-
-\TESTIT{-4,-3,-2,-1,0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}{-123.123456,123.1234565}
-{
-\subsection*{precision=4}
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/number format/precision=4}
-\TESTIT{-4,-3,-2,-1,0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}{-123.123456,123.1234565}
-}
-}
-
-\begingroup
-\testsection{testing pgfmathfloatadd}
-\def\testfloataddnonsymmetric#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\first=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\second=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing #1 + #2; \first + \second}%
- \pgfmathfloatadd\first\second
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\result
- \let\resultfixed=\pgfmathresult
- \[ \text{pgfmathfloatadd: } \showlowlevelfloatmacro\first + \showlowlevelfloatmacro\second = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\result \; \bigl( #1 + #2 = \resultfixed \bigr). \]
-}%
-\def\testfloatadd#1#2{%
- \testfloataddnonsymmetric{#1}{#2}%
- \testfloataddnonsymmetric{#2}{#1}%
-}%
-
-\testfloatadd{1}{100}
-\testfloatadd{100}{100}
-\testfloatadd{1}{2}
-\testfloatadd{1}{0}
-\testfloatadd{9.999999}{0}
-\testfloatadd{9.9999}{0.0001}
-\testfloatadd{9.9999e-5}{0.0001e-5}
-\testfloatadd{1e6}{1e5}
-\testfloatadd{1e6}{1e3}
-\testfloatadd{1e6}{1}
-\testfloatadd{1e6}{0.1}
-
-\testfloatadd{1}{-100}
-\testfloatadd{100}{-100}
-\testfloatadd{1}{-2}
-\testfloatadd{1e6}{-1e5}
-\testfloatadd{1e6}{-1e3}
-\testfloatadd{1e6}{-1}
-\testfloatadd{1e6}{-0.1}
-
-\testfloatadd{1e-3}{0}
-
-\testfloatadd{inf}{0}
-\testfloatadd{inf}{5}
-\testfloatadd{nan}{5}
-\testfloatadd{0}{0}
-\testfloatadd{-inf}{inf}
-\testfloatadd{-inf}{40}
-\endgroup
-
-\begingroup
-\testsection{testing pgfmathfloatmultiplyfixed}
-\def\testfloatmultiplyfixed#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\first=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\pgfmathresult
- \let\second=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing #1 * #2; \first * \second}%
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplyfixed\first\second
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\result
- \let\resultfixed=\pgfmathresult
- \[ \text{pgfmathfloatmultiplyfixed: } \showlowlevelfloatmacro\first \cdot \second = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\result \; \bigl( #1 \cdot #2 = \resultfixed \bigr). \]
-}%
-
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1}{100}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{100}{100}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1}{2}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{5}{2}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{5e4}{10}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1}{0}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{9.999999}{0}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{9.9999}{0.0001}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{9.9999e-5}{0.001}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e6}{4}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e6}{100}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e6}{1}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e6}{0.1}
-
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1}{-100}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{100}{-100}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1}{-2}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e6}{-9}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e6}{-100}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e6}{-1}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e6}{-0.1}
-
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{1e-3}{0}
-
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{inf}{0}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{inf}{5}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{nan}{5}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{0}{0}
-\testfloatmultiplyfixed{-inf}{40}
-\endgroup
-
-
-\testsection{testing pgfmathfloatlessthan}
-\def\testfloatlessthan#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\first=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\second=\pgfmathresult
- \message{checking #1 <= #2; \first <= \second}%
- \pgfmathfloatlessthan\first\second
- \ifpgfmathfloatcomparison
- \def\result{<}%
- \else
- \def\result{\ge}%
- \fi
- \[ \text{pgfmathfloatlessthan: } \bigl( \showlowlevelfloatmacro\first \bigr)\; = #1 \result #2\; \bigl( = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\second \big). \]
-}%
-
-\testfloatlessthan{4}{5}
-\testfloatlessthan{0}{2}
-\testfloatlessthan{91751123}{241924}
-\testfloatlessthan{-1}{-1}
-\testfloatlessthan{-1231}{0}
-\testfloatlessthan{10}{-5}
-\testfloatlessthan{0}{0}
-\testfloatlessthan{-0}{-0}
-\testfloatlessthan{0}{14}
-\testfloatlessthan{114812}{-123124123}
-\testfloatlessthan{114812}{1241231451}
-\testfloatlessthan{-141285}{29}
-\testfloatlessthan{-141285}{0}
-\testfloatlessthan{-141285}{-50}
-\testfloatlessthan{-141285}{-12498149012}
-
-\testsection{float to fixed test}
-\def\testpgfmathfloattofixed#1{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
- \let\argument=\pgfmathresult
- \message{converting #1 = \argument\ to fixed point}%
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\argument
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \message{-> \result}%
-%\tracingmacros=0\tracingcommands=0
- \[ \bigl( \showlowlevelfloatmacro\argument \bigr)\; = #1 \mapsto \result \]
-}%
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{0}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{5}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{5.520241}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{124.10241}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{-121.248}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{-12e-5}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{412e3}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{0.0001}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{0.0}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{-0.012125}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{1.2e-1}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{1.2e-2}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{1.2e4}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{1.2345e4}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{1.234567e4}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{1.51234e0}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{15}
-\testpgfmathfloattofixed{-20}
-
-\testsection{Testing pgfmathfloatmin and pgfmathfloatmax}
-\def\testfloatminmax#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\first=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\second=\pgfmathresult
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
- \message{computing min/max #1 and #2}%
- \pgfmathfloatmin\first\second
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\result
- \[ \min\{#1,#2\} = \min\{ \showlowlevelfloatmacro\first, \showlowlevelfloatmacro\second \} \; = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\result = \pgfmathresult \]
- %
- \pgfmathfloatmax\first\second
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\result
- \[ \max\{#1,#2\} = \max\{ \showlowlevelfloatmacro\first, \showlowlevelfloatmacro\second \} \; = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\result = \pgfmathresult \]
-}%
-\testfloatminmax{42}{56}
-\testfloatminmax{-4122}{1256}
-\testfloatminmax{1e12}{5.235412e24}
-\testfloatminmax{-12}{-145}
-
-\testsection{Testing pgfmathfloatshift}
-\def\pgfmathfloatshifttest#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\argument=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing mathshift #1 by #2}%
- \pgfmathfloatshift\argument{#2}%
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\result
- \[ #1 \cdot 10^{#2} = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\argument \cdot 10^{#2} = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\result = \pgfmathresult \]
-}%
-\pgfmathfloatshifttest{4}{1}
-\pgfmathfloatshifttest{4}{2}
-\pgfmathfloatshifttest{4}{-1}
-\pgfmathfloatshifttest{4}{-2}
-\pgfmathfloatshifttest{0}{-2}
-\pgfmathfloatshifttest{1.1415130}{-2}
-\pgfmathfloatshifttest{1.1415130}{5}
-
-\testsection{Testing pgfmathfloatmultiply}
-\begingroup
-\def\pgfmathfloatmultiplytest#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\argumentb=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing mathmultiply #1 by #2}%
- \pgfmathfloatmultiply\argumenta\argumentb%
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\result
- \[ #1 \cdot #2 = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\result = \pgfmathresult \]
-}%
-\def\tests{%
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{4}{1}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{4}{2}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{4}{-1}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{4}{-2}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{0}{-2}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{1.1415130}{-2}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{1.1415130}{5}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{10}{10}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{100}{100}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{9999999}{9999999}
- gnuplot for $\cdot$: $99999980000001.0$
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{-10}{10}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{-90}{3}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{-90}{-3}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{-inf}{nan}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{-inf}{+inf}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{1}{0}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{1}{0}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{1}{-0}
- \pgfmathfloatmultiplytest{3.14159265358979}{2}
-}%
-\tests
-
-\testsection{Testing pgfmathfloatdivide}
-
-\def\pgfmathfloatmultiplytest#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\argumentb=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing mathdivide #1 by #2}%
- \pgfmathfloatdivide\argumenta\argumentb%
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattofixed\result
- \[ #1 / #2 = \showlowlevelfloatmacro\result = \pgfmathresult \]
-}%
-\tests
-
-% #1/#2 expected #3
-\def\pgfmathfloattest#1#2#3{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\argumentb=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#3}%
- \let\reference=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing (#1/#2)}%
- \pgfmathfloatdivide\argumenta\argumentb%
- \let\resultfloat=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatrelerror\resultfloat\reference
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \[ #1/#2 = \result\quad (\text{error/r to }#3 = \pgfmathprintnumber\pgfmathresult)\]
-}%
-\pgfmathfloattest{83407811.0}{166815640.0}{0.499999946048224}
-\endgroup
-
-
-{
-\testsection{Testing pgfmathfloatsqrt}
-% #1 : number
-% #2 : the reference, sqrt (#1)
-\def\pgfmathfloatsqrttest#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\reference=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing sqrt(#1)}%
- \pgfmathfloatsqrt\argumenta%
- \let\resultfloat=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatrelerror\resultfloat\reference
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \[ \sqrt{#1} = \result\quad (\text{rel. error } \pgfmathresult)\]
-}%
-\def\tests{%
- \pgfmathfloatsqrttest{0}{0}
- \pgfmathfloatsqrttest{1}{1}
- \pgfmathfloatsqrttest{2}{1.414213562373}
- \pgfmathfloatsqrttest{4}{2}
- \pgfmathfloatsqrttest{16}{4}
- \pgfmathfloatsqrttest{10}{3.162277660168}
- \pgfmathfloatsqrttest{1000000}{1000}
- \pgfmathfloatsqrttest{123456789}{1.111111106055556e+04}
-}%
-\tests
-}
-
-{
-\testsection{Testing pgfmathfloatint}
-% #1 : number
-\def\pgfmathfloatinttest#1{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing int(#1)}%
- \pgfmathfloatint\argumenta%
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \[ int(#1) = \result \]
- %
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{-#1}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing int(-#1)}%
- \pgfmathfloatint\argumenta%
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \[ int(-#1) = \result \]
-}%
-\def\tests{%
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{1.23}
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{12.34}
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{123.4}
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{1234.}
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{1234.1}
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{1e-2}
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{0}
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{3.456789e4}
- \pgfmathfloatinttest{3.456789e10}
-}%
-\tests
-}
-
-{
-\testsection{Testing pgfmathfloatexp}
-% #1 : number
-% #2 : the reference, sqrt (#1)
-\def\pgfmathfloattest#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\reference=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing (#1)}%
- \pgfmathfloatexp\argumenta%
- \let\resultfloat=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatrelerror\resultfloat\reference
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \[ \exp(#1) = \result\quad (\text{error/r to }#2 = \pgfmathresult)\]
-}%
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
- \pgfmathfloattest{-700}{9.85967654375977e-305}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-1.0000000e+02}{3.7200760e-44}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-9.5918367e+01}{2.2038516e-42}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-9.1836735e+01}{1.3056083e-40}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-8.7755102e+01}{7.7346991e-39}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-8.3673469e+01}{4.5821992e-37}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-7.9591837e+01}{2.7145916e-35}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-7.5510204e+01}{1.6081814e-33}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-7.1428571e+01}{9.5272065e-32}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-6.7346939e+01}{5.6441184e-30}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-6.3265306e+01}{3.3436950e-28}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-5.9183673e+01}{1.9808756e-26}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-5.5102041e+01}{1.1735125e-24}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-5.1020408e+01}{6.9521362e-23}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-4.6938776e+01}{4.1185924e-21}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-4.2857143e+01}{2.4399411e-19}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-3.8775510e+01}{1.4454727e-17}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-3.4693878e+01}{8.5632855e-16}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-3.0612245e+01}{5.0730713e-14}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-2.6530612e+01}{3.0053946e-12}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-2.2448980e+01}{1.7804593e-10}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-1.8367347e+01}{1.0547817e-08}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-1.4285714e+01}{6.2487495e-07}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-1.0204082e+01}{3.7018912e-05}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-6.1224490e+00}{2.1930786e-03}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-2.0408163e+00}{1.2992261e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest{2.0408163e+00}{7.6968898e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest{6.1224490e+00}{4.5598001e+02}
- \pgfmathfloattest{1.0204082e+01}{2.7013219e+04}
- \pgfmathfloattest{1.4285714e+01}{1.6003202e+06}
- \pgfmathfloattest{1.8367347e+01}{9.4806349e+07}
- \pgfmathfloattest{2.2448980e+01}{5.6165284e+09}
- \pgfmathfloattest{2.6530612e+01}{3.3273501e+11}
- \pgfmathfloattest{3.0612245e+01}{1.9711925e+13}
- \pgfmathfloattest{3.4693878e+01}{1.1677761e+15}
- \pgfmathfloattest{3.8775510e+01}{6.9181522e+16}
- \pgfmathfloattest{4.2857143e+01}{4.0984595e+18}
- \pgfmathfloattest{4.6938776e+01}{2.4280140e+20}
- \pgfmathfloattest{5.1020408e+01}{1.4384068e+22}
- \pgfmathfloattest{5.5102041e+01}{8.5214258e+23}
- \pgfmathfloattest{5.9183673e+01}{5.0482727e+25}
- \pgfmathfloattest{6.3265306e+01}{2.9907034e+27}
- \pgfmathfloattest{6.7346939e+01}{1.7717559e+29}
- \pgfmathfloattest{7.1428571e+01}{1.0496256e+31}
- \pgfmathfloattest{7.5510204e+01}{6.2182039e+32}
- \pgfmathfloattest{7.9591837e+01}{3.6837954e+34}
- \pgfmathfloattest{8.3673469e+01}{2.1823582e+36}
- \pgfmathfloattest{8.7755102e+01}{1.2928751e+38}
- \pgfmathfloattest{9.1836735e+01}{7.6592653e+39}
- \pgfmathfloattest{9.5918367e+01}{4.5375106e+41}
- \pgfmathfloattest{1.0000000e+02}{2.6881171e+43}
- \pgfmathfloattest{700}{1.014232054735e+304}
-}
-
-{
-\testsection{Testing pgfmathfloatmod}
-% #1 : operand 1
-% #2 : operand 2
-% #3 : the reference, #1 mod #2
-\def\pgfmathfloattest#1#2#3{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#1}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\argumentb=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#3}%
- \let\reference=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing #1 mod #2}%
- \pgfmathfloatmod\argumenta\argumentb%
- \let\resultfloat=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatrelerror\resultfloat\reference
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \[ #1\text{ mod }#2 = \result\quad (\text{error/r to }#3 = \pgfmathresult)\]
-}%
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
- \pgfmathfloattest{4}{3}{1}
- \pgfmathfloattest{10}{10}{0}
- \pgfmathfloattest{20}{6}{2}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-100}{30}{-10}
- \pgfmathfloattest{10.5}{5}{0.5}
- \pgfmathfloattest{300.63}{360}{300.63}
- \pgfmathfloattest{-20}{30}{-20}
-}
-
-{
-\testsection{Testing Trigonometric functions}
-% #1 : operator
-% #2 : operand
-% #3 : the reference, #2(#1)
-\def\pgfmathfloattest#1#2#3{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#3}%
- \let\reference=\pgfmathresult
- \message{computing \string#1(#2)}%
- #1\argumenta%
- \let\resultfloat=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatrelerror\resultfloat\reference
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \[ \string#1(#2) = \result\quad (\text{error/r to }#3 = \pgfmathresult)\]
-}%
-%\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
-\testsubsection{SIN}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-7.2000000e+02}{4.8985872e-16}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-6.5454545e+02}{9.0963200e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-5.8909091e+02}{7.5574957e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-5.2363636e+02}{-2.8173256e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-4.5818182e+02}{-9.8982144e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-3.9272727e+02}{-5.4064082e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-3.2727273e+02}{5.4064082e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-2.6181818e+02}{9.8982144e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-1.9636364e+02}{2.8173256e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-1.3090909e+02}{-7.5574957e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{-6.5454545e+01}{-9.0963200e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{0.0000000e+00}{0.0000000e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{6.5454545e+01}{9.0963200e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{1.3090909e+02}{7.5574957e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{1.9636364e+02}{-2.8173256e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{2.6181818e+02}{-9.8982144e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{3.2727273e+02}{-5.4064082e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{3.9272727e+02}{5.4064082e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{4.5818182e+02}{9.8982144e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{5.2363636e+02}{2.8173256e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{5.8909091e+02}{-7.5574957e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{6.5454545e+02}{-9.0963200e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatsin{7.2000000e+02}{-4.8985872e-16}
-
-
-
-\testsubsection{COS}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-7.2000000e+02}{1.0000000e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-6.5454545e+02}{4.1541501e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-5.8909091e+02}{-6.5486073e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-5.2363636e+02}{-9.5949297e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-4.5818182e+02}{-1.4231484e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-3.9272727e+02}{8.4125353e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-3.2727273e+02}{8.4125353e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-2.6181818e+02}{-1.4231484e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-1.9636364e+02}{-9.5949297e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-1.3090909e+02}{-6.5486073e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{-6.5454545e+01}{4.1541501e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{0.0000000e+00}{1.0000000e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{6.5454545e+01}{4.1541501e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{1.3090909e+02}{-6.5486073e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{1.9636364e+02}{-9.5949297e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{2.6181818e+02}{-1.4231484e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{3.2727273e+02}{8.4125353e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{3.9272727e+02}{8.4125353e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{4.5818182e+02}{-1.4231484e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{5.2363636e+02}{-9.5949297e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{5.8909091e+02}{-6.5486073e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{6.5454545e+02}{4.1541501e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloatcos{7.2000000e+02}{1.0000000e+00}
-
-
-\testsubsection{TAN}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-7.2000000e+02}{4.8985872e-16}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-6.5454545e+02}{2.1896946e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-5.8909091e+02}{-1.1540615e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-5.2363636e+02}{2.9362649e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-4.5818182e+02}{6.9551528e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-3.9272727e+02}{-6.4266098e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-3.2727273e+02}{6.4266098e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-2.6181818e+02}{-6.9551528e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-1.9636364e+02}{-2.9362649e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-1.3090909e+02}{1.1540615e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{-6.5454545e+01}{-2.1896946e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{0.0000000e+00}{0.0000000e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{6.5454545e+01}{2.1896946e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{1.3090909e+02}{-1.1540615e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{1.9636364e+02}{2.9362649e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{2.6181818e+02}{6.9551528e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{3.2727273e+02}{-6.4266098e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{3.9272727e+02}{6.4266098e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{4.5818182e+02}{-6.9551528e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{5.2363636e+02}{-2.9362649e-01}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{5.8909091e+02}{1.1540615e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{6.5454545e+02}{-2.1896946e+00}
- \pgfmathfloattest\pgfmathfloattan{7.2000000e+02}{-4.8985872e-16}
-
-
-
-}
-
-{
- % #1 : expression
- % #2 : the reference
- \def\assertEquals#1#2{%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{#2}%
- \let\reference=\pgfmathresult
- \message{parsing expression #1...}%
- \pgfmathparse{#1}%
- \pgfmathfloatparsenumber{\pgfmathresult}%
- \let\argumenta=\pgfmathresult
- \let\resultfloat=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloattosci\pgfmathresult
- \let\result=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatrelerror\resultfloat\reference
- \let\actualerror=\pgfmathresult
- \pgfmathfloatgreaterthan{\pgfmathresult}{\THRESH}%
- \ifpgfmathfloatcomparison
- \begingroup
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu=false}%
- \pgfmathparse{#1}%
- \global\let\actualBasic=\pgfmathresult
- \endgroup
- \PackageError{pgf-fpu}{Got error: expected #1=#2, but was \result\space (error \actualerror; basic level returns \actualBasic)}{}%
- \fi
- \pgfmathfloattosci\actualerror
- \[ #1 = \result \quad[= \resultfloat] \quad (\text{error/r to }#2 = \pgfmathresult)\]
- }%
- \def\mathparserTestCases{%
- \assertEquals{1+1}{2}
- \assertEquals{1234567*4}{4938268}
- \assertEquals{exp(200)}{7.22597376812575e+86}
- \assertEquals{rad(360)}{6.28318530717959}
- \assertEquals{rad(180)}{3.14159265358979}
- \assertEquals{deg(2*pi)}{360}
- \assertEquals{deg(pi)}{180}
- \assertEquals{ln(1)}{0}
- \assertEquals{round(1.5)}{2}
- \assertEquals{round(-1.5)}{-2}
- \assertEquals{- (1.5)}{-1.5}
- \assertEquals{(1e4 - 1e3) * 1e5}{900000000.0}
- \assertEquals{4^2}{16}
- \assertEquals{4^3}{64}
- \assertEquals{4^-3}{0.015625}
- \assertEquals{4^-6}{0.000244140625}
- \assertEquals{111^4}{151807041}
- \assertEquals{8^10}{1073741824}
- \assertEquals{3^1.5}{5.19615242270663}
- \assertEquals{16^5.5}{4194304}
- \assertEquals{15^-0.25}{0.508132748154615}
- \assertEquals{sec(45)}{1.4142136e+00}
- \assertEquals{cot(30)}{1.7320508e+00}
- \assertEquals{asin(7.0710678e-01)}{45}
- \assertEquals{acos(8.6602540e-01)}{30}
- \assertEquals{atan(5.7735027e-01)}{30}
- \assertEquals{atan(16000)}{89.9964}
- \assertEquals{atan(1e6)}{8.9999943e+01}
- \assertEquals{atan(-1e6)}{-8.9999943e+01}
- \assertEquals{-12^2}{-144}%
- \assertEquals{0-12^2}{-144}%
- \assertEquals{-(12)^2}{-144}%
- \assertEquals{exp(-12^2)}{2.8946e-63}%
- \assertEquals{round(98.8)}{99}%
- \assertEquals{-pi}{-3.14159265358979}%
- \assertEquals{2*(-pi)}{-6.28318530717959}%
- \assertEquals{2*(-3)}{-6}%
- \assertEquals{veclen(1,1)}{1.414213562373095}%
- \assertEquals{veclen(1e5,6e5)}{6.082762530298220e+05}%
- \assertEquals{cosh(5)}{74.20994852478784}%
- \assertEquals{sinh(0.6)}{0.636653582148241}%
- \assertEquals{tanh(0.6)}{0.537049566998035}%
-
- {\pgfkeys{/pgf/trig format=rad}
- \assertEquals{atan2(4,5)}{0.674740942223553}%
- \assertEquals{atan2(-4,5)}{-0.674740942223553}%
- \assertEquals{atan2(4,-5)}{2.46685171136624}%
- \assertEquals{atan2(-4,-5)}{-2.46685171136624}%
- %
- \assertEquals{atan2(5,4)}{0.89605538457134}%
- \assertEquals{atan2(-5,4)}{-0.89605538457134}%
- \assertEquals{atan2(5,-4)}{2.24553726901845}%
- \assertEquals{atan2(-5,-4)}{-2.24553726901845}%
- %
- \assertEquals{atan2(4e-5,5)}{0}%
- \assertEquals{atan2(4e-5,-5)}{3.1415126535899}%
- }
- % \assertEquals{ceil(1.5)}{2}
- }
-
-
- {
- \testsection{Testing the FPU library (and math parser)}
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu}
- %\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
- \mathparserTestCases
- }
-
- {
- \def\mathparserTestCases{%
- \assertEquals{sin(90)}{1.0}%
- \assertEquals{cos(90)}{0.0}%
- \assertEquals{tan(45)}{1.0}%
- \assertEquals{sec(45)}{1.41429}%
- \assertEquals{cosec(30)}{2.0}%
- \assertEquals{cot(15)}{3.73215}%
- \assertEquals{asin(0.7071)}{44.99945}%
- \assertEquals{acos(0.5)}{60}%
- \assertEquals{atan(1)}{45}%
- \assertEquals{atan(16001)}{90}%
- \assertEquals{atan(-16001)}{-90}%
- %\assertEquals{atan2(-4,3)}{-53.13011}%
- }%
- \testsection{Testing trig format=deg, basic layer (selected examples)}
- %\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
- \mathparserTestCases
-
- \testsection{Testing trig format=deg, FPU (selected examples)}
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu}
- \mathparserTestCases
- }
-
- {
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/trig format=rad}
- \def\mathparserTestCases{%
- \assertEquals{sin(pi/2)}{1.0}%
- \assertEquals{cos(pi/2)}{0.0}%
- \assertEquals{tan(pi/4)}{1.0}%
- \assertEquals{sec(pi/4)}{1.41429}%
- \assertEquals{cosec(rad(30))}{2.0}%
- \assertEquals{cot(rad(15))}{3.73215}%
- \assertEquals{asin(0.7071)}{0.785388564086562}% 44.99945}%
- \assertEquals{acos(0.5)}{1.0471975511966}%
- \assertEquals{atan(1)}{0.785398163397448}%45}%
- \assertEquals{atan(16001)}{1.570796326794}%
- \assertEquals{atan(-16001)}{-1.570796326794}%
- %\assertEquals{atan2(-4,3)}{-53.13011}%
- }%
- \testsection{Testing trig format=rad, basic layer (selected examples)}
- %\tracingmacros=2\tracingcommands=2
- \mathparserTestCases
-
- \testsection{Testing trig format=rad, FPU (selected examples)}
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu}
- \mathparserTestCases
- }
-}
-\end{document}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/planarity_script.h b/graphics/pgf/base/source/planarity_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dd337fcc0e..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/planarity_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-#include <pgf/gd/ogdf/c/InterfaceFromOGDF.h>
-
-#include "PlanarizationLayout_script.h"
-
-struct planarity_script :
- scripting::declarations
-{
- void declare (scripting::script s) {
- s.declare (new PlanarizationLayout_script);
- }
-};
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.code.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 153a074255..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.code.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-\parskip=1cm
-\parindent=0pt
-
-A small image with a filled circle follows here (with baseline): \tikz[baseline] \fill[red] (0,1cm) circle(2pt);
-
-\tikzsetnextfilename{\tikzexternalrealjob-setnextfilename}
-The next one uses
-\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline]
- \draw (0,0) grid (4,4);
-\end{tikzpicture}
-an explizit file name.
-
-\begin{tikzpicture}
- \node[draw,rounded corners] {A node with a ref (\ref{eq:1})};
-\end{tikzpicture}
-
-\begin{equation}
- 1+1=3
- \label{eq:1}
-\end{equation}
-
-\begin{tikzpicture}
- \node[draw,rounded corners] {A node which contains a label\label{a:label:in:a:picture}};
-\end{tikzpicture}
-
-The label inside of a node is on page~\pageref{a:label:in:a:picture}.
-
-\expandafter\ifx\csname pgfplotslegendfromname\endcsname\relax
-\else
-The following picture exports a legend to the aux file (if possible).
-\begin{tikzpicture}
- \begin{axis}[legend entries={1,2,3,4},legend to name=legend:name]
- \addplot {x};
- \addplot {x+1};
- \addplot {x+2};
- \addplot {x+3};
- \end{axis}
-\end{tikzpicture}
-
-Here is the legend: \pgfplotslegendfromname{legend:name}.
-\fi
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.sharedpreamble.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.sharedpreamble.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index d2577b01b1..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.sharedpreamble.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-
-\usepackage{tikz}
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-
-\IfFileExists{pgfplots.sty}{%
- \usepackage{pgfplots}
-}{}%
-
-\IfFileExists{tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex}{%
- \usetikzlibrary{external}
-}{%
- \message{TEST IS RUNNING IN COMPATIBILITY MODE}%
- % a test to check for pgf 2.00 compatibility, to check whether the
- % external library copy shipped with pgfplots works:
- \usepgfplotslibrary{external}
-}%
-
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/images/include external/.code={\href{file:#1}{\pgfimage{#1}}}}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aaef55eff..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltest.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-\input tikzexternaltest.sharedpreamble.tex
-
-\tikzexternalize{tikzexternaltest}
-
-\author{Christian Feuers\"anger}
-\title{Test with default config and Provided Basefilename}
-
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\input{tikzexternaltest.code.tex}
-\end{document}
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltestmakefile.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltestmakefile.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 232489823e..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/tikzexternaltestmakefile.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-\input tikzexternaltest.sharedpreamble.tex
-
-\tikzexternalize[mode=list and make]
-
-\author{Christian Feuers\"anger}
-\title{Test with mode list and make, automatic Basefilename}
-
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\input{tikzexternaltest.code.tex}
-\end{document}
-
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/source/unittest_luamathparser.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/source/unittest_luamathparser.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 225927eb41..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/source/unittest_luamathparser.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,562 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\makeatletter
-\usepackage{pgf}
-\usepgflibrary{luamath,fpu}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-X
-
-\def\SHOW#1{%
- \dimen0=#1 %
- #1 = \the\dimen0
-}
-
-\SHOW{1pt}
-
-\SHOW{1mm}
-
-\SHOW{1cm}
-
-\SHOW{1in}
-
-\SHOW{1ex}
-
-\SHOW{1em}
-
-\SHOW{1bp}
-
-\SHOW{1pc}
-
-\SHOW{1dd}
-
-\SHOW{1cc}
-
-\SHOW{1sp}
-
-%\tracingmacros=2 \tracingcommands=2
-%
-\newif\ifcomparewithtex
-\newif\ifcomparewithfpu
-\pgfkeys{
- /ut/compare with TeX/.is if=comparewithtex,
- /ut/compare with TeX=true,
- /ut/compare with fpu/.is if=comparewithfpu,
- /ut/compare with fpu=true,
- /ut/.search also={/pgf/luamath},
- /pgf/luamath/show error message=true,
- /pgf/luamath/enable TeX fallback=false,
-}
-
-\newcount\numErrors
-
-% #1: options
-% #2: expression
-% #3: expected result
-% #4: expected 'units declared' (1 or 0)
-\def\parsertest{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[\parsertest@{\parsertest@[]}}%
-\def\parsertest@[#1]#2#3#4{%
- \begingroup
- \pgfqkeys{/ut}{#1}%
- \pgfluamathparse{#2}%
- \let\actual=\pgfmathresult
- \ifpgfmathunitsdeclared
- \def\actualunitsdeclared{1}%
- \else
- \def\actualunitsdeclared{0}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifcomparewithtex
- \ifpgfluamathusedTeXfallback
- \let\expectedTeX=\actual
- \else
- \pgfmathparse{#2}%
- \let\expectedTeX=\pgfmathresult
- \fi
- \else
- \def\expectedTeX{--}%
- \fi
- %
- \edef\expected{#3}%
- \def\success{1}%
- \ifx\expected\empty
- \ifx\actual\empty
- \else
- \def\success{0}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\actual\expected
- \else
- \def\success{0}%
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- \if1\success
- \else
- \message{FAILURE for #2 expected \expected\space but was \actual^^J}%
- \global\advance\numErrors by1
- \fi
- %
- \if1\success
- \def\expectedunitsdeclared{#4}%
- \ifx\actualunitsdeclared\expectedunitsdeclared
- \else
- \def\success{0}%
- \message{FAILURE for #2 expected units declared #4 but was \actualunitsdeclared^^J}%
- \global\advance\numErrors by1
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- \if1\success
- \ifcomparewithtex
- % check against PGF's basic layer as reference:
- \dimen0=\actual pt %
- \dimen1=\expectedTeX pt %
- \advance\dimen0 by-\dimen1
- \ifdim\dimen0<0sp
- \dimen0=-\dimen0
- \fi
- \ifdim\dimen0 > 0.004pt %
- \def\success{0}%
- \message{FAILURE for #2 : matches expectations, but does NOT match TeX output (error \the\dimen0). expected \expectedTeX\space but was \actual^^J}%
- \global\advance\numErrors by1
- \fi
- %
- %
- \ifpgfmathunitsdeclared
- \def\actualTeXunitsdeclared{1}%
- \else
- \def\actualTeXunitsdeclared{0}%
- \fi
- \ifx\actualTeXunitsdeclared\actualunitsdeclared
- \else
- \message{WARNING for #2 : matches ALL expectations, but TeX's output does NOT match TeX expected units declared (TeX returns \actualTeXunitsdeclared, expectation = LUA is \actualunitsdeclared)^^J}%
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- \ifcomparewithfpu
- % check that FPU works as well. This
- % * tests the FPU
- % * tests that FPU values can be injected into the LUA backend:
- \begingroup
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu,/pgf/fpu/output format=float}%
- \pgfmathparse{#2}%
- \xdef\actualfpu{\pgfmathresult}%
- \ifpgfmathunitsdeclared
- \xdef\actualfpuunitsdeclared{1}%
- \else
- \xdef\actualfpuunitsdeclared{0}%
- \fi
- \endgroup
- %
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/luamath/output format=fixed}%
- \pgfluamathparse{abs(\actual - \actualfpu) > 0.004}%
- \ifdim\pgfmathresult pt=1pt
- \def\success{0}%
- \pgfluamathparse{abs(\actual - \actualfpu)}%
- \message{FAILURE for #2 : matches expectations, but does NOT match output of FPU (error \pgfmathresult). fpu=\actualfpu\space lua=\actual^^J}%
- \global\advance\numErrors by1
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- \fi
- %
- \message{#2 = \actual\space (pgf=\expectedTeX) \if1\success OK\else FAILURE\fi^^J}%
- \endgroup
-}%
-
-\parsertest{1}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ 1}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-123}{-123.0}{0}
-\parsertest{+123}{123.0}{0}
-\parsertest{+1.23}{1.23}{0}
-\parsertest{+.123}{0.123}{0}
-\parsertest{1.23}{1.23}{0}
-\parsertest{1.}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{0.123}{0.123}{0}
-\parsertest{.123}{0.123}{0}
-\parsertest{1e4}{10000.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1e-4}{0.0001}{0}
-\parsertest{1e+4}{10000.0}{0}
-% only supported by FPU
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false]{1Y1.23e4]}{12300.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1.23e-004}{0.000123}{0}
-\parsertest{004}{4.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 + 10}{11.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 - 10}{-9.0}{0}
-\parsertest{(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{3 + 5*9 / (1+1) - 12}{13.5}{0}
-\parsertest{pi}{3.141593}{0}
-\parsertest{sin(0)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{max(0,1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{min(0.01,-5)}{-5.0}{0}
-\parsertest{sin(90)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{cos(90)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{pow(2,3)}{8.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-pow(2,3)}{-8.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-pi}{-3.141593}{0}
-% this is actually UNSUPPORTED by TeX:
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false]{inf}{inf}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false]{INF}{inf}{0}
-\parsertest{not(100)}{0.0}{0}% non-trivial since the function is pgfluamathfunctions.notPGF
-\parsertest{2^2}{4.0}{0}
-% only supported by FPU
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false]{1Y2.0e0]^2}{4.0}{0}
-\parsertest{0-2^2}{-4.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-2^2}{-4.0}{0}
-\parsertest{pi^2}{9.869604}{0}
-\parsertest{2^2+2}{6.0}{0}
-\parsertest{2^2-1}{3.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-1 + 4}{3.0}{0}
-\parsertest{2^2*5}{20.0}{0}
-\parsertest{2^(2+2)}{16.0}{0}
-\parsertest{multiply(2,3)^2}{36.0}{0}
-\parsertest{(2+3)^2}{25.0}{0}
-\parsertest{(2 + 3 ) ^ 2}{25.0}{0}
-\parsertest{2^add(1,1)}{4.0}{0}
-\parsertest{3!}{6.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1+3!}{7.0}{0}
-\parsertest{2*3!}{12.0}{0}
-\parsertest{3! + 1}{7.0}{0}
-\parsertest{3 !}{6.0}{0}
-\parsertest{3*2+4}{10.0}{0}
-\pgfmathdeclarefunction{x}{0}{\def\pgfmathresult{4}}%
-\pgfmathdeclarefunction{N1}{3}{\pgfmathparse{#1+#2+#3}}%
-\directlua{
-function pgfluamathfunctions.x()
- return 4
-end
-function pgfluamathfunctions.N1(x,m,n)
- return x+m+n
-end
-}
-\parsertest{2^x}{16.0}{0}
-\parsertest{exp(-x^2)}{0.0}{0} % requires output format=fpu
-\parsertest{N1(1,2,3)}{6.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ 1 + 2 * 4 ^ 2 }{33.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-x + 4}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-x * 4}{-16.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-x * - 4}{16.0}{0}
-\parsertest{2*pi r}{360.0}{0}
-\parsertest{6.28318530717959 r}{360.0}{0}
-\parsertest{sin(2*pi r)}{-0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1.5707963267949r + 1.5707963267949r}{180.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 ? 42 : 0}{42.0}{0}
-\parsertest{0 ? 42 : 0}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{-1 + 1 ? 42 : 0}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 + (1 ? 42 : 0)}{43.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 ? 42 : 0 ? 5 : 6}{5.0}{0}
-\parsertest{(1 ? 42 : 0) ? 5 : 6}{5.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 == 43}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 == 42}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 != 43}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 != 42}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 > 42}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 > 44}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 < 42}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 < 44}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 <= 44}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 >= 44}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{43 >= 44 == 1}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{!1}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{! 1}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{! -1}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{--1}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{! !1}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{3! - !0}{5.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 && 1 }{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 && 0 || 1 }{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 && 0 && 1 }{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{1 || 0 }{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{0 || 0 || 1 }{1.0}{0}
-
-% I test every function here to see that it is connected correctly
-\parsertest{abs(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{add(1,2)}{3.0}{0}
-\parsertest{and(1,1)}{1.0}{0}
-% \parsertest{array(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{asin(0.7071)}{44.999451}{0}
-\parsertest{atan(1)}{45.0}{0}
-\parsertest{atan2(-4,3)}{-53.130102}{0}
-% \parsertest{bin(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{cos(60)}{0.5}{0}
-\parsertest{cosec(30)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{cosh(0.5)}{1.127626}{0}
-\parsertest{cot(15)}{3.732051}{0}
-\parsertest{deg(2*pi)}{360.0}{0}
-% \parsertest{depth(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with fpu=false]{div(1,2)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{divide(1,2)}{0.5}{0}
-\parsertest{e}{2.718282}{0}
-\parsertest{equal(1,2)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{factorial(3)}{6.0}{0}
-\parsertest{false}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(0)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(0.6)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(1.6)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(100)}{100.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(-100)}{-100.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(-0.6)}{-1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(-1.6)}{-2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(-15000.6)}{-15001.0}{0}
-\parsertest{floor(15000.6)}{15000.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(0)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(0.6)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(1.6)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(-0.6)}{-0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(-1.6)}{-1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(100)}{100.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(-100)}{-100.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(-15000.6)}{-15000.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ceil(15000.6)}{15001.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with fpu=false]{frac(1.1)}{0.1}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with fpu=false]{frac(-1.1)}{0.1}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with fpu=false]{gcd(42,56)}{14.0}{0}
-\parsertest{greater(1,0)}{1.0}{0}
-% \parsertest{height(1)}{1.0}{0}
-% \parsertest{hex(1)}{1.0}{0}
-% \parsertest{Hex(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{int(1.2)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{int(-1.2)}{-1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ifthenelse(1,2,3)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with fpu=false]{iseven(2)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{isodd(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with fpu=false]{isprime(3)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{less(1,2)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{ln(e)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{log10(100)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{log2(2)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{max(1,2)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{min(1,2)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{mod(20,6)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{mod(-100,30)}{-10.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with fpu=false]{Mod(-100,30)}{20.0}{0}
-\parsertest{multiply(1,2)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{neg(1)}{-1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{not(1)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{notequal(1,1)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{notgreater(1,1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{notless(1,1)}{1.0}{0}
-%\parsertest{oct(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{or(1,0)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{pi}{3.141593}{0}
-\parsertest{pow(2,2)}{4.0}{0}
-\parsertest{rad(180)}{3.141593}{0}
-% done below \parsertest{rand(1)}{1.0}{0}
-% done below \parsertest{random(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with fpu=false]{real(1)}{1.0}{0}
-% done below \parsertest{rnd(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{round(1.5)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{round(1.2)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{round(1.9)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{round(-1.9)}{-2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{round(-1.2)}{-1.0}{0}
-% \parsertest{scalar(1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{sec(45)}{1.414214}{0}
-\parsertest{sign(-1)}{-1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{sin(60)}{0.866025}{0}
-\parsertest{sinh(0.5)}{0.521095}{0}
-\parsertest{sqrt(4)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest{subtract(1,1)}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{tan(45)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{tanh(0.5)}{0.462117}{0}
-\parsertest{true}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{veclen(12,5)}{13.0}{0}
-%\parsertest{width(1)}{1.0}{0}
-
-\parsertest{0 <0.1 && 4 <0.1}{0.0}{0}
-\parsertest{0 <0.1 || 4 <0.1}{1.0}{0}
-{
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/declare function={
- xx=4;
- yy=4;
-}}
-\parsertest{abs(xx-yy)<0.1 ? -42 : 42}{-42.0}{0}
-\parsertest{abs(xx-yy)<0.1 || abs(xx-0.5)<0.1}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{0 <0.1 || 4 <0.1}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{(abs(xx-yy)<0.1) || (abs(xx-0.5)<0.1)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest{abs(xx-yy)<0.1 || abs(xx-0.5)<0.1 ? -42 : 42}{-42.0}{0}
-\parsertest{4 < 2 || 5==5 ? -42 : 42}{-42.0}{0}
-}
-
-\parsertest{1pt}{1.0}{1}
-\parsertest{1mm}{2.845261}{1}
-\parsertest{1cm}{28.452744}{1}
-\parsertest{1in}{72.269989}{1}
-% \parsertest{1ex}{4.305542}{1}
-% \parsertest{1em}{10.000015}{1}
-\parsertest{1bp}{1.003738}{1}
-\parsertest{1dd}{1.070007}{1}
-\parsertest{1cc}{12.840103}{1}
-\parsertest{1sp}{0.000015}{1}
-\parsertest{1pc}{12.0}{1}
-% these TeX macros must be defined and set, of course!
-
-
-
-\count1=43
-% this is actually UNSUPPORTED by TeX:
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{\count1}{43.0}{0}
-%
-\newdimen\luamathparse@dimen
-\luamathparse@dimen=42pt
-\parsertest{1*\luamathparse@dimen}{42.0}{1}
-\parsertest{2\luamathparse@dimen}{84.0}{1}
-%
-\newcount\luamathparse@count
-\luamathparse@count=42
-\parsertest{1*\luamathparse@count}{42.0}{0}
-
-% this is a BUG in TeX, but works in LUA...:
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{0.5\luamathparse@count}{21.0}{0}
-%
-\setbox0=\hbox{1233}
-\parsertest{\wd0}{20.000061}{1}
-\parsertest{\ht0}{6.444443}{1}
-\parsertest{\dp0}{0.0}{1}
-
-%--------------------------------------------------
-% FIXME : these cases are still missing:
-% if false then
-% -- arrays created via '{}' and indexed with '[]'
-% -- strings with "<str>"
-% -- 'scalar' function
-% -- hex/octal/binary input
-% -- tex registers
-% -- What happens for undefined functions!? --> return nil and let TeX invoke its parser (no warning!?)
-% -- width/height/depth
-% end
-%--------------------------------------------------
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% The following tests are just for the TeX part, not for the LUA part.
-%
-%
-
-\parsertest[output format=float,compare with TeX=false]{4+4}{1Y8.0e+00]}{0}
-
-\begingroup
-\pgfmathdeclarefunction{testfct}{0}{\def\pgfmathresult{42.42}}
-\parsertest[parser,compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false,show error message=false]{testfct}{}{0}
-\parsertest[parser,enable TeX fallback]{testfct}{42.42}{0}
-
-\def\macro{1234}
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/declare function={res(\x)=\x*\macro;}}
-\parsertest[enable TeX fallback=true]{res(1)}{1234.0}{0}
-\endgroup
-
-% Check that setseed is communicated to LUA:
-\pgfmathsetseed{123}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{rnd}{0.788318}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{rnd}{0.203068}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{rand}{-0.302874}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{rand}{-0.276781}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{random}{0.134639}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{random}{0.375968}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{random(4)}{2.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{random(4)}{1.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{random(4,10)}{10.0}{0}
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{random(4,10)}{8.0}{0}
-
-\begingroup
-% Check that 'trig format' is property communicated to LUA and
-% implemented correctly:
-\parsertest{sin(50)}{0.766044}{0}%
-\parsertest{cos(50)}{0.642788}{0}%
-\parsertest{tan(50)}{1.191754}{0}%
-\parsertest{asin(0.766044)}{49.999961}{0}%
-\parsertest{acos(0.642788)}{49.999971}{0}%
-\parsertest{atan(1.191754)}{50.00001}{0}%
-\parsertest{atan2(-4,3)}{-53.130102}{0}%
-\parsertest{cot(50)}{0.8391}{0}%
-\parsertest{sec(50)}{1.555724}{0}%
-\parsertest{cosec(50)}{1.305407}{0}%
-%
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/trig format=rad}
-\parsertest{sin(0.5)}{0.479426}{0}%
-\parsertest{cos(0.5)}{0.877583}{0}%
-\parsertest{tan(0.5)}{0.546302}{0}%
-\parsertest{asin(0.5)}{0.523599}{0}%
-\parsertest{acos(0.5)}{1.047198}{0}%
-\parsertest{atan(0.5)}{0.463648}{0}%
-\parsertest{atan2(-4,3)}{-0.927295}{0}%
-\parsertest{cot(0.5)}{1.830488}{0}%
-\parsertest{sec(0.5)}{1.139494}{0}%
-\parsertest{cosec(0.5)}{2.08583}{0}%
-\endgroup
-
-\begingroup
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/declare function={mu1(\x,\i)=\x^\i;}}
-
-\parsertest{mu1(5,2)}{25.0}{0}
-% produces something different in TeX :-( See docs in LUA
-\parsertest[compare with TeX=false]{mu1(-5,2)}{25.0}{0}
-
-\begingroup
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/declare function={mu2=42;}}
-\parsertest{mu2}{42.0}{0}
-\endgroup
-% should have been clean up:
-\parsertest[show error message=false,compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{mu2}{}{0}
-% ... but this should NOT have been cleaned up!
-\parsertest{mu1(5,2)}{25.0}{0}
-
-\endgroup
-% should have been clean up:
-\parsertest[show error message=false,compare with TeX=false,compare with fpu=false]{mu1(-5,2)}{}{0}
-
-
-\def\pgfmathifexpressionTest#1{%
- \pgfmathifexpression{1000>999}{%
- % ok
- \message{PASSED for mathifexpression(1000>999) #1: = '\pgfmathresult'^^J}%
- }{%
- \message{FAILURE for mathifexpression(1000>999) #1: = '\pgfmathresult'^^J}%
- \global\advance\numErrors by1
- }%
-}
-
-\pgfmathifexpressionTest{basicmath}
-
-
-\begingroup
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu}%
-\pgfmathifexpressionTest{fpu}
-\endgroup
-
-\begingroup
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu,/pgf/fpu/output format=fixed}%
-\pgfmathifexpressionTest{fpu output fixed}
-\endgroup
-
-\begingroup
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/fpu,/pgf/fpu/output format=sci}%
-\pgfmathifexpressionTest{fpu output sci}
-\endgroup
-
-\begingroup
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/luamath/parser}%
-\pgfmathifexpressionTest{luamath}
-\endgroup
-
-\begingroup
-\pgfkeys{/pgf/luamath/parser,/pgf/luamath/output format=float}%
-\pgfmathifexpressionTest{luamath output float}
-\endgroup
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
-% NO MORE TEST CASES HERE!
-
-\ifnum\numErrors>0
- \PackageError{pgf}{Has \the\numErrors\space FAILURES}{}
-\else
- \message{All cases PASSED^^J}%
-\fi
-
-
-\end{document}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgf.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgf.tex
index 5adcc3cb51..5adcc3cb51 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgf.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgf.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbim.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbim.tex
index c68f6129cc..c68f6129cc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbim.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbim.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbla.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbla.tex
index 247be01f53..247be01f53 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbla.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbla.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbma.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbma.tex
index f7462a10f3..f7462a10f3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbma.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbma.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbpl.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpl.tex
index 400e871e39..400e871e39 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbpl.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpl.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbpt.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpt.tex
index 1f14b1500b..1f14b1500b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbpt.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbpt.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbsh.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsh.tex
index 69d2db178c..69d2db178c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbsh.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsh.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbsn.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsn.tex
index 7c864ad74d..7c864ad74d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfbsn.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfbsn.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfcor.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfcor.tex
index a2a35459db..a2a35459db 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfcor.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/basiclayer/t-pgfcor.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-tikz.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/frontendlayer/t-tikz.tex
index 9cda8239e5..9cda8239e5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-tikz.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/frontendlayer/t-tikz.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfmat.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/math/t-pgfmat.tex
index f2313db752..f2313db752 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfmat.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/math/t-pgfmat.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfsys.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/systemlayer/t-pgfsys.tex
index 50cea74e91..50cea74e91 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfsys.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/systemlayer/t-pgfsys.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfcal.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfcal.tex
index 16e65ab6dc..16e65ab6dc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfcal.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfcal.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgffor.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgffor.tex
index e233f8bc4d..e233f8bc4d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgffor.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgffor.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfkey.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfkey.tex
index 2d62486ea6..2d62486ea6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfkey.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfkey.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfmod.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfmod.tex
index d10b2c9d99..d10b2c9d99 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfmod.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfmod.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfrcs.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfrcs.tex
index 51456b7d45..51456b7d45 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/t-pgfrcs.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/context/utilities/t-pgfrcs.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex
index c751bf905d..b7e47f4ee3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex
@@ -12,8 +12,13 @@
\newif\ifpgf@draftmode
\def\pgf@typeout{\immediate\write0}
-\input pgfmath.code.tex
-\input pgfint.code.tex
+\ifdefined\pgfmathloaded\else
+ \input pgfmath.code.tex
+\fi
+
+\ifdefined\pgfintloaded\else
+ \input pgfint.code.tex
+\fi
\input pgfcorepoints.code.tex
\input pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
@@ -27,12 +32,10 @@
\input pgfcorearrows.code.tex
\input pgfcoreshade.code.tex
\input pgfcoreimage.code.tex
+\input pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
\input pgfcorelayers.code.tex
\input pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
\input pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
\input pgfcorerdf.code.tex
-\pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@texdist@protect}{%
- \def\pgf@texdist@protect{}%
-}{}
\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorearrows.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
index 7f079fa841..7f079fa841 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
index f6fef57755..f6fef57755 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
index f7783dcd98..f7783dcd98 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreimage.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
index 597561a001..fd1c0c48db 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex
@@ -239,6 +239,4 @@
\pgfuseimage{pgflastimage}}
-\input pgfcoreexternal.code.tex
-
\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorelayers.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
index 158f33d6ac..158f33d6ac 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
index 6906a9d987..6906a9d987 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
index cafc532938..cafc532938 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
index e33f0653ce..e33f0653ce 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
index 5a9c5fc22b..5a9c5fc22b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
index 7f72030c42..c2e438dfc4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
\expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@upperright@#1\endcsname{#4}%
\expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@tilesize@#1\endcsname{#5}%
\expandafter\long\expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@code@#1\endcsname{#6}%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@type@#1\endcsname{7}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname pgf@pattern@type@#1\endcsname{#7}%
}{\pgferror{The pattern `#1' is already defined}}%
}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepoints.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
index 6c28f20b73..6c28f20b73 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorequick.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex
index 4180440b00..4180440b00 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorequick.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorerdf.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
index 1069318a4b..1069318a4b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorerdf.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorescopes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
index 6bdf7ae639..75cb1b587d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex
@@ -242,6 +242,8 @@
\let\addtolength=\pgf@addtolength%
\let\selectfont=\pgf@selectfont%
\nullfont\spaceskip0pt\xspaceskip0pt%
+ \tracinglostchars=%
+ \ifnum\tracinglostchars>2 2\else\tracinglostchars\fi
\setbox\pgf@layerbox@main\hbox to0pt\bgroup%
\begingroup%
}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreshade.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
index 39a40c54ee..39a40c54ee 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
index 76803c0ec3..be252065c1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.code.tex
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
% #6 is a macro which will be filled with the y shift.
%
% Example:
-% \pgfgettransform\aa\ab\ba\bb\shiftx\shifty
+% \pgfgettransformentries\aa\ab\ba\bb\shiftx\shifty
%
% ->
%
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
%
% Example:
%
-% \pgftansformreset
+% \pgftransformresetnontranslations
\def\pgftransformresetnontranslations{%
\let\pgf@pt@aa\pgf@one@text%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
index 7da8f5a378..7da8f5a378 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex
index f06c4d9d08..1a9173fddc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.code.tex
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@
},
circuit symbol unit/.code=\pgfmathsetlength\tikzcircuitssizeunit{#1},
circuit symbol size/.style args={width #1 height #2}{
- minimum width=#1*\tikzcircuitssizeunit,
- minimum height=#2*\tikzcircuitssizeunit
+ minimum width={(#1)*\tikzcircuitssizeunit},
+ minimum height={(#2)*\tikzcircuitssizeunit}
},
huge circuit symbols/.style={circuit symbol unit=10pt},
large circuit symbols/.style={circuit symbol unit=8pt},
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex
index 9d1cfcfcea..9d1cfcfcea 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.IEC.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex
index 2e065d7dda..2e065d7dda 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.ee.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex
index 743bc24be8..743bc24be8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.CDH.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex
index 3d74ccd197..3d74ccd197 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.IEC.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex
index b20b4d58ba..b20b4d58ba 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.US.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex
index 390d022a8a..390d022a8a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/circuits/tikzlibrarycircuits.logic.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex
index df08b507d5..df08b507d5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.3d.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
index 3780a4638a..3780a4638a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex
index 22fa311db4..04dae1e6b5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.code.tex
@@ -245,14 +245,14 @@
\tikz@lib@dv@handle@data@group@use{#1}{#2}}}}%
\def\tikz@lib@dv@handle@data@group@def#1#2={%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/data/new group=#2}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/data/new group={#2}}%
\tikz@lib@dv@handle@data@group@extend{#1}{#2}+=%
}%
\def\tikz@lib@dv@handle@data@group@extend#1#2+={%
\pgfutil@ifnextchar\bgroup{
\begingroup%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/data/store in group=#2}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/data/store in group={#2}}%
\pgf@dv@do@adddata{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/data visualization/obj}.add data({{\begingroup\pgfkeys{/pgf/data/.cd,/pgf/every data/.try,#1}}})}%
\afterassignment\tikz@lib@dv@parse@loop%
\let\tikz@dummy=%get rid of \bgroup
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
store/.code=,% ignore
when/.code=,% ignore
class/.store in=\tikz@dv@new@class,
- before creation/.code=#1,
+ before creation/.code={#1},
after creation/.store in=\tikz@dv@new@after,
arg1/.store in=\tikz@dv@arg@a,
arg2/.store in=\tikz@dv@arg@b,
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
arg3 from key=/tikz/data visualization/#1/scaling,
arg4 from key=/tikz/data visualization/#1/function
},
- #1/attribute/.initial=#1,
+ #1/attribute/.initial={#1},
#1/function/.initial=,
#1/scaling/.initial=,
#1/scaling/default/.initial=0 at 0 and 1 at 1,
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@
\def\tikz@lib@dv@special@at#1#2{%
% Ok, calculate direction vector:
\tikzpointandanchordirection{\pgfkeysvalueof{#1/scaling mapper}.set in to(min)}{\pgfkeysvalueof{#1/scaling mapper}.set in to(max)}
- \tikzset{anchor/.expanded=#2}
+ \tikzset{anchor/.expanded={#2}}
}%
@@ -1380,7 +1380,6 @@
\tikzdatavisualizationset{major/.expanded={at={\tikz@lib@dv@ats}},minor/.expanded={at={\tikz@lib@dv@minor@ats}}}%
\fi%
}%
-\newif\iftikz@lib@dv@continue
\def\tikz@lib@dv@about@log#1{%
@@ -1436,9 +1435,9 @@
\tikzset{
/tikz/data visualization/axis options/.cd,
unit vector/.code=\tikz@scan@one@point\tikz@lib@dv@uv#1,
- length/.style={\tikz@dv@axis/scaling=min at 0 and max at #1},
+ length/.style={\tikz@dv@axis/scaling=min at 0 and max at {#1}},
unit length/.code={\tikz@dv@parse@unit@length{#1}},
- power unit length/.style={\tikz@dv@axis/scaling=1 at 0 and 10 at #1}
+ power unit length/.style={\tikz@dv@axis/scaling=1 at 0 and 10 at {#1}}
}%
\def\tikz@lib@dv@uv#1{%
@@ -1454,7 +1453,7 @@
\fi%
}%
\def\tikz@dv@parse@unit@length@#1per#2units\pgf@stop{
- \pgfkeysalso{\tikz@dv@axis/scaling=0 at 0 and #2 at #1}
+ \pgfkeysalso{\tikz@dv@axis/scaling=0 at 0 and {#2} at {#1}}
}%
@@ -1467,7 +1466,7 @@
#1/.code={
\def\tikz@visualizer{#1}%
\pgfkeys{/tikz/data visualization/visualizer options/.cd,##1}
- \pgf@dv@do@adddata{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/data visualization/obj}.add data(\pgfkeys{/data point/set=#1})}%
+ \pgf@dv@do@adddata{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/data visualization/obj}.add data(\pgfkeys{/data point/set={#1}})}%
},
/utils/exec={
\advance\tikzdvvisualizercounter by 1\relax
@@ -1491,7 +1490,7 @@
/tikz/data visualization/visualizers/#1/label in legend options/.style={#3},
},
style sheet/.style={/data point/set/.style sheet={#1}},
- /pgf/data/set/.style={/data point/set=#1},
+ /pgf/data/set/.style={/data point/set={#1}},
}%
\tikzdatavisualizationset{
@@ -1521,7 +1520,7 @@
\def\tikz@do@visualizer#1#2{%
\tikzdatavisualizationset{
- #2=#1
+ #2={#1}
}
}%
@@ -1568,7 +1567,7 @@
#2]
\tikzdatavisualizationset{every data set label/.try}
\path [
- /data point/set=#1,/utils/exec=\pgf@signalstyle.emit(),
+ /data point/set={#1},/utils/exec=\pgf@signalstyle.emit(),
/tikz/data visualization/.cd,every label in data/.try]
(label visualizer coordinate') --
(label visualizer coordinate)
@@ -2038,7 +2037,7 @@
/tikz/.cd,
every label/.try,
/tikz/data visualization/legend entry options/.cd,
- setup={/data point/set=#1},
+ setup={/data point/set={#1}},
/tikz/data visualization/visualizers/#1/label in legend options/.try,
#2,
}
@@ -2220,8 +2219,8 @@
%
%
visualizer options/.cd,
- attribute 1/.style={/data point/\tikz@visualizer/attribute 1=#1},
- attribute 2/.style={/data point/\tikz@visualizer/attribute 2=#1},
+ attribute 1/.style={/data point/\tikz@visualizer/attribute 1={#1}},
+ attribute 2/.style={/data point/\tikz@visualizer/attribute 2={#1}},
}%
@@ -2264,7 +2263,7 @@
\pgfdvdeclarestylesheet{vary thickness}
{
- default style/.style={line width={0.3pt+#1*0.2pt}}
+ default style/.style={line width={0.3pt+(#1)*0.2pt}}
}%
\pgfdvdeclarestylesheet{vary dashing}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
index 5a04c51646..5a04c51646 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
index 5a37b82854..5a37b82854 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex
index 2e2e77ae0b..2e2e77ae0b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/datavisualization/tikzlibrarydatavisualization.sparklines.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex
index ce7db967e6..20a1735807 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.code.tex
@@ -1195,8 +1195,8 @@
}%
\def\tikzlibignorecomparisonsINTERNAL{%
\pgfkeys{/handlers/first char syntax=true}
- \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/the character >}{\pgfutil@gobble}%
- \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/the character <}{\pgfutil@gobble}%
+ \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/\expandafter\meaning\string>}{\pgfutil@gobble}%
+ \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/\expandafter\meaning\string<}{\pgfutil@gobble}%
}%
\def\tikz@lib@layout@node@options@prefix{graphs/.cd,}%
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@
%
% Handle late options and operators
\tikzgraphsset{source,target,.unknown/.code=,#1}%
- \tikzgdlatenodeoptionacallback{\tikz@lib@graph@name}%
+ \tikzgdlatenodeoptionacallback{\tikz@pp@name\tikz@lib@graph@name}%
\node also[graphs/redirect unknown to tikz,/tikz/graphs/.cd,#1](\tikz@lib@graph@name);%
\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/graphs/@operators}%
}%
@@ -1222,8 +1222,8 @@
\def\tikz@lib@activate@source@target@edge@syntax{%
\pgfkeys{/handlers/first char syntax=true}
- \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/the character >}{\tikz@lg@parse@more}%
- \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/the character <}{\tikz@lg@parse@less}%
+ \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/\expandafter\meaning\string>}{\tikz@lg@parse@more}%
+ \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/\expandafter\meaning\string<}{\tikz@lg@parse@less}%
}%
\def\tikz@lg@parse@less#1{\tikz@lg@parse@less@#1\pgf@stop}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex
index 4cac3e51eb..4cac3e51eb 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/graphs/tikzlibrarygraphs.standard.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzexternalshared.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzexternalshared.code.tex
index fd880c3df9..2ff5aa2d38 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzexternalshared.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzexternalshared.code.tex
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
\pgfqkeys{/tikz/external}{
figure list/.is if=tikzexternal@genfigurelist,
- aux in dpth/.style={/pgf/images/aux in dpth=#1},%
+ aux in dpth/.style={/pgf/images/aux in dpth={#1}},%
disable dependency files/.code={%
\let\tikzexternalfiledependsonfile@ACTIVE=\tikzexternalfiledependsonfile
},
@@ -510,8 +510,7 @@
% can be used to (temporarily) disable the externalization.
\def\tikzexternaldisable{%
- \let\tikz=\tikzexternal@origtikz
- \tikzexternal@TEXDIALECT@restore@picture
+ \tikzexternaldisable@nofading
\pgfutil@ifundefined{tikzexternal@orig@tikzfadingfrompicture}
{}% NOP
{%
@@ -519,12 +518,16 @@
\let\endtikzfadingfrompicture=\tikzexternal@orig@endtikzfadingfrompicture
\let\tikzfading=\tikzexternal@orig@tikzfading
}%
+}%
+\def\tikzexternaldisable@nofading{%
+ \let\tikz=\tikzexternal@origtikz
+ \tikzexternal@TEXDIALECT@restore@picture
\iftikzexternal@optimize
\ifpgf@external@grabshipout
\tikzexternal@optimize@RESTORE
\fi
\fi
-}%
+}
% re-enables externalization after a \tikzexternalizedisable.
\def\tikzexternalenable{%
\if\tikzexternalize@hasbeencalled1%
@@ -541,14 +544,14 @@
}{}%
\def\tikzfadingfrompicture{%
\begingroup
- \tikzexternaldisable
+ \tikzexternaldisable@nofading
\tikzexternal@orig@tikzfadingfrompicture}%
\def\endtikzfadingfrompicture{%
\tikzexternal@orig@endtikzfadingfrompicture
\endgroup}%
\def\tikzfading[##1]{%
\begingroup
- \tikzexternaldisable
+ \tikzexternaldisable@nofading
\tikzexternal@orig@tikzfading[##1]%
\endgroup}%
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex
index f39eaee866..f39eaee866 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrary3d.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex
index 2bd7e428a6..2d6abbd2e9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryangles.code.tex
@@ -14,11 +14,13 @@
\tikzset{
pics/angle/.style = {
setup code = \tikz@lib@angle@parse#1\pgf@stop,
+ code = {},
background code = \tikz@lib@angle@background#1\pgf@stop,
foreground code = \tikz@lib@angle@foreground#1\pgf@stop,
},
pics/right angle/.style = {
setup code = \tikz@lib@angle@parse#1\pgf@stop,
+ code = {},
background code = \tikz@lib@rightangle@background#1\pgf@stop,
foreground code = \tikz@lib@rightangle@foreground#1\pgf@stop,
},
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex
index 4682a0df06..7b3fc12bf1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryanimations.code.tex
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
\tikzanimateset{
.code={
\pgfkeys{/handlers/first char syntax=true}
- \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/the character "}{\tikz@animation@value}%
+ \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/\expandafter\meaning\string"}{\tikz@animation@value}%
\def\tikz@anim@t{0}%
\def\tikz@anim@t@base{0}%
\def\tikz@anim@t@current{0}%
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
}%
\def\tikz@animation@value@rest@base base{%
- \tikz@anim@sync@scope{}{/utils/exec=\let\tikz@animation@time\tikz@anim@base@text\expandafter\tikz@anim@add\expandafter{\expandafter\tikz@anim@value\expandafter{\tikz@animation@value@head}}}{\tikz@anim@make@entry}%
+ \tikz@anim@sync@scope{}{\let\tikz@animation@time\tikz@anim@base@text\expandafter\tikz@anim@add\expandafter{\expandafter\tikz@anim@value\expandafter{\tikz@animation@value@head}}}{\tikz@anim@make@entry}%
\pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop{\tikz@animation@value@rest=}{\tikz@animation@value@rest}%
}%
@@ -489,8 +489,8 @@
origin/.code=\tikz@anim@parse@origin{#1},
transform/.code=\tikz@anim@add{\pgfanimationset{transform={\let\tikz@transform\relax\tikzset{#1}}}},
along/.code=\tikz@anim@handle@along#1\pgf@stop,
- entry control/.code=\tikz@anim@add{\pgfanimationset{entry control=#1}},
- exit control/.code=\tikz@anim@add{\pgfanimationset{exit control=#1}},
+ entry control/.code=\tikz@anim@add{\pgfanimationset{entry control={#1}}},
+ exit control/.code=\tikz@anim@add{\pgfanimationset{exit control={#1}}},
stay/.code=\tikz@anim@add{\pgfanimationset{stay}},
jump/.code=\tikz@anim@add{\pgfanimationset{jump}},
ease/.style={
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex
index b3f1728e44..b3f1728e44 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex
index 690e0fd63a..690e0fd63a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryautomata.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex
index e24439f75f..e24439f75f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybabel.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex
index 1a42a4b40e..1a42a4b40e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex
index 169995bcde..169995bcde 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarybending.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex
index 373ea7752d..373ea7752d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex
index 98cdffe154..98cdffe154 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarycalendar.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex
index 4708c32964..1d85b27c45 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarychains.code.tex
@@ -145,10 +145,10 @@
\xdef\tikzchaincurrent{#1-\the\c@pgf@counta}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname tikz@lib@chain@count@#1\endcsname{\the\c@pgf@counta}%
\ifnum\c@pgf@counta=1\relax%
- \tikzset{alias/.expanded=#1-begin} % Define pseudostart
+ \tikzset{alias/.expanded={#1-begin}} % Define pseudostart
\fi%
- \tikzset{alias/.expanded=#1-end} % Define pseudostart
- \tikzset{alias/.expanded=#1-\the\c@pgf@counta} % Define pseudostart
+ \tikzset{alias/.expanded={#1-end}} % Define pseudostart
+ \tikzset{alias/.expanded={#1-\the\c@pgf@counta}} % Define pseudostart
\tikz@lib@chain@direction%
\tikzset{every on chain/.try}%
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex
index e9967c8085..bfe8863efc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.code.tex
@@ -17,8 +17,10 @@
/pgf/decoration/.unknown/.code=%
\pgfifdecoration{\pgfkeyscurrentname}{\edef\tikz@decoration@name{\pgfkeyscurrentname}}
{\pgfifmetadecoration{\pgfkeyscurrentname}{\edef\tikz@decoration@name{\pgfkeyscurrentname}}
+ % Fully expand `\pgfkeyscurrentname' before being used in first-arg of
+ % `/errors/unknown key'.
{\pgfkeys{/errors/unknown
- key={/pgf/decoration/\pgfkeyscurrentname}{#1}}}},%
+ key/.expanded={/pgf/decoration/\pgfkeyscurrentname}{\pgfutil@unexpanded{#1}}}}},%
/pgf/decoration/raise/.code={\def\tikz@dec@shift{\pgftransformyshift{#1}}\tikz@dec@trans},
/pgf/decoration/mirror/.code={%
\csname if#1\endcsname
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
index 10bc743f24..10bc743f24 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
index 4ef2342784..4ef2342784 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
index 04f3e571b1..04f3e571b1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
index 5bc38b1dc8..5bc38b1dc8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
index 4f52ff9a1e..4f52ff9a1e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
index 3074a03905..3074a03905 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
index 030135d8f5..030135d8f5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryer.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryer.code.tex
index acb9b04997..acb9b04997 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryer.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryer.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex
index bddc83cb5c..bddc83cb5c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfadings.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex
index 7de158df40..b104a519c3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfit.code.tex
@@ -9,8 +9,12 @@
\ProvidesFileRCS{tikzlibraryfit.code.tex}
-\pgfkeys{/tikz/fit/.code=\tikz@lib@fit{#1},
- /tikz/rotate fit/.code=\def\tikz@lib@fit@rotate{#1}\pgfkeysalso{/tikz/rotate=#1}
+\pgfqkeys{/tikz}{%
+ fit/.code=\tikz@lib@fit{#1},
+ rotate fit/.code={%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\tikz@lib@fit@rotate{#1}%
+ \pgfkeysalso{/tikz/rotate=\tikz@lib@fit@rotate}%
+ },
}%
\def\tikz@lib@fit@rotate{0}%
@@ -21,8 +25,6 @@
\pgf@yb=-16000pt\relax%
\pgf@ya=16000pt\relax%
%
- \pgfmathsetmacro\tikz@lib@fit@rotate{\tikz@lib@fit@rotate}%
- %
% Now iterate over the coordinates
\tikz@lib@fit@scan#1\pgf@stop%
% Now, let's see what has happened
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
index 76616a6ddd..76616a6ddd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex
index 065ddd4bbb..4974fffa50 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfolding.code.tex
@@ -56,6 +56,78 @@
\endscope
}%
+\def\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusr#1#2#3#4#5{% right leaning "square-of-two" rhombus
+ \scope[xshift=.63\tikz@lib@fold@length,yshift=.4755\tikz@lib@fold@length,xslant=0.34]
+ #1
+ \endscope
+ \scope[shift={(70.529:\tikz@lib@fold@length)}]
+ #2
+ \endscope
+ \scope[shift={(35.264:1.63299\tikz@lib@fold@length)},rotate=-109.471]
+ #3
+ \endscope
+ \scope[xshift=\tikz@lib@fold@length,rotate=180]
+ #4
+ \endscope
+ \scope[rotate=70.529]
+ #5
+ \endscope
+}%
+
+\def\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusl#1#2#3#4#5{% left leaning "square-of-two" rhombus
+ \scope[xshift=.33\tikz@lib@fold@length,yshift=.4755\tikz@lib@fold@length,xslant=-0.34]
+ #1
+ \endscope
+ \scope[shift={(109.471:\tikz@lib@fold@length)}]
+ #2
+ \endscope
+ \scope[shift={(54.736:1.1547\tikz@lib@fold@length)},rotate=-70.529]
+ #3
+ \endscope
+ \scope[xshift=\tikz@lib@fold@length,rotate=180]
+ #4
+ \endscope
+ \scope[rotate=109.471]
+ #5
+ \endscope
+}%
+
+\def\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr#1#2#3#4#5{% right leaning golden rhombus
+ \scope[xshift=.724\tikz@lib@fold@length,yshift=.447\tikz@lib@fold@length, xslant=0.447]
+ #1
+ \endscope
+ \scope[shift={(63.435:\tikz@lib@fold@length)}]
+ #2
+ \endscope
+ \scope[shift={(31.717:1.701\tikz@lib@fold@length)},rotate=-116.565]
+ #3
+ \endscope
+ \scope[xshift=\tikz@lib@fold@length,rotate=180]
+ #4
+ \endscope
+ \scope[rotate=63.435]
+ #5
+ \endscope
+}%
+
+\def\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl#1#2#3#4#5{% left leaning golden rhombus
+ \scope[xshift=.276\tikz@lib@fold@length,yshift=.447\tikz@lib@fold@length, xslant=-0.447]
+ #1
+ \endscope
+ \scope[shift={(116.565:\tikz@lib@fold@length)}]
+ #2
+ \endscope
+ \scope[shift={(58.283:1.051\tikz@lib@fold@length)},rotate=-63.435]
+ #3
+ \endscope
+ \scope[xshift=\tikz@lib@fold@length,rotate=180]
+ #4
+ \endscope
+ \scope[rotate=116.565]
+ #5
+ \endscope
+}%
+
\def\tikz@lib@fold@pentagon#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
\scope[xshift=.5\tikz@lib@fold@length,yshift=0.68819\tikz@lib@fold@length]
#1
@@ -533,6 +605,8 @@
pics/octahedron truncated folding/.style = {code=\tikzfoldingtruncatedoctahedron[];},
pics/dodecahedron folding/.style = {code=\tikzfoldingdodecahedron[];},
pics/dodecahedron' folding/.style = {code=\tikzfoldingalternatedodecahedron[];},
+ pics/dodecahedron rhombic folding/.style = {code=\tikzfoldingrhombicdodecahedron[];},
+ pics/dodecahedron golden folding/.style = {code=\tikzfoldinggoldenrhombicdodecahedron[];},
pics/cuboctahedron folding/.style = {code=\tikzfoldingcuboctahedron[];},
pics/cuboctahedron truncated folding/.style = {code=\tikzfoldingtruncatedcuboctahedron[];},
pics/icosahedron folding/.style = {code=\tikzfoldingicosahedron[];},
@@ -2076,3 +2150,295 @@
}
\endgroup
}%
+
+%rhombic (Catalan) dodecahedron ("type 1" - spheric)
+\def\tikzfoldingrhombicdodecahedron#1[#2]#3;{%
+ \begingroup%
+ \tikzset{#2}%
+ \tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@B}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusl{\scope[rotate=90]\tikz@lib@fold@face@C\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusl{\scope[rotate=90]\tikz@lib@fold@face@F\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusr{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@D\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ }
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusl{\scope[rotate=-90]\tikz@lib@fold@face@H\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusr{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@G\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusl{\scope[rotate=-90]\tikz@lib@fold@face@L\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusr{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@K\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusl{\scope[rotate=90]\tikz@lib@fold@face@J\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@H}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@squarerhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@F}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ }
+ \endgroup
+}%
+
+%golden rhombic dodecahedron ("type 2" - flattened)
+\def\tikzfoldinggoldenrhombicdodecahedron#1[#2]#3;{%
+ \begingroup%
+ \tikzset{#2}%
+ \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@A}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@B\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@E\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@H}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@G}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ }
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@D\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@I}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@L}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@K\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@J\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@F}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\scope[rotate=180]\tikz@lib@fold@face@C\endscope}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ }
+ \endgroup
+}%
+
+%rhombic tricontahedron
+
+\def\tikzfoldingrhombictricontahedron#1[#2]#3;{%
+ \begingroup%
+ \tikzset{#2}%
+ \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@A}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@B}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@F}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@I}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@J}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@K}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@H}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ }
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@G}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@L}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@N}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@M}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ }
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@C}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@N}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@N}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@N}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@N}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ }
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@D}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@D}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@D}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@D}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@D}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ }
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@D}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ }
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@cut@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusl{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ { \tikz@lib@fold@goldenrhombusr{\tikz@lib@fold@face@E}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ }
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@ear@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ {\tikz@lib@fold@path}
+ }
+ }
+ \endgroup
+}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex
index 36e0afe133..36e0afe133 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryfpu.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex
index cf94f92367..cf94f92367 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
index 6763c733e9..6763c733e9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex
index 4683c71cd3..ec00bc4b8a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymath.code.tex
@@ -244,7 +244,6 @@
\def\tikz@math@process@keyword@length{\tikz@math@collecttosemicolon{\tikz@math@process@keyword@@length}}%
\def\tikz@math@process@keyword@@length{%
\def\tikz@math@assign@register{\csname newdimen\endcsname}%
-\show\tikz@math@collected
\expandafter\tikz@math@gobblespaces\expandafter\tikz@math@process@registers\tikz@math@collected,@,}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex
index 507ac7a40d..5118189376 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
\def\tikz@delimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
\bgroup
- \pgfextra{\let\tikz@save@last@fig@name=\tikz@last@fig@name}%
+ \pgfextra{\let\tikz@save@last@fig@name=\tikz@last@fig@name\tikz@node@is@a@labelfalse}%
node[outer sep=0pt,inner sep=0pt,draw=none,fill=none,anchor=#1,at=(\tikz@last@fig@name.#2),#3]
{%
{\nullfont\pgf@process{\pgfpointdiff{\pgfpointanchor{\tikz@last@fig@name}{#4}}{\pgfpointanchor{\tikz@last@fig@name}{#5}}}}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex
index ff5959c4f3..ff5959c4f3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymindmap.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex
index 8ef495bbba..8ef495bbba 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
index de96fd9093..de96fd9093 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex
index 61a8016057..f9651ea973 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryperspective.code.tex
@@ -88,21 +88,21 @@
}
\tikzset{
- 3d view/.code 2 args={
+ 3d view/.code 2 args={%
% Set elevation and azimuth angles
- \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@view@az{#1}
- \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@view@el{#2}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@view@az{#1}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@view@el{#2}%
% Calculate projections of rotation matrix
- \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@xvec@x{cos(\pgf@view@az)}
- \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@xvec@y{-sin(\pgf@view@az)*sin(\pgf@view@el)}
- \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@yvec@x{sin(\pgf@view@az)}
- \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@yvec@y{cos(\pgf@view@az)*sin(\pgf@view@el)}
- \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@zvec@x{+0}
- \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@zvec@y{cos(\pgf@view@el)}
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@xvec@x{cos(\pgf@view@az)}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@xvec@y{-sin(\pgf@view@az)*sin(\pgf@view@el)}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@yvec@x{sin(\pgf@view@az)}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@yvec@y{cos(\pgf@view@az)*sin(\pgf@view@el)}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@zvec@x{+0}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\pgf@zvec@y{cos(\pgf@view@el)}%
% Set base vectors
- \pgfsetxvec{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xvec@x cm}{\pgf@xvec@y cm}}
- \pgfsetyvec{\pgfpoint{\pgf@yvec@x cm}{\pgf@yvec@y cm}}
- \pgfsetzvec{\pgfpoint{\pgf@zvec@x cm}{\pgf@zvec@y cm}}
+ \pgfsetxvec{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xvec@x cm}{\pgf@xvec@y cm}}%
+ \pgfsetyvec{\pgfpoint{\pgf@yvec@x cm}{\pgf@yvec@y cm}}%
+ \pgfsetzvec{\pgfpoint{\pgf@zvec@x cm}{\pgf@zvec@y cm}}%
},
3d view/.default={-30}{15},
isometric view/.style={3d view={-45}{atan(1/sqrt(2))}},
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex
index 80c34c175e..80c34c175e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex
index e6db2b62ff..e6db2b62ff 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplothandlers.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex
index 15eea57201..15eea57201 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryplotmarks.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex
index b410975c32..b410975c32 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex
index bbd109bcb4..41ce3faaf5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryquotes.code.tex
@@ -38,15 +38,15 @@
\pgfkeys{/handlers/first char syntax=true}%
\def\tikz@enable@node@quotes{%
- \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/the character "}{\tikz@quote@parser}%
+ \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/\expandafter\meaning\string"}{\tikz@quote@parser}%
\let\tikz@quotes@as\tikz@node@quotes@as%
}%
\def\tikz@enable@edge@quotes{%
- \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/the character "}{\tikz@quote@parser}%
+ \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/\expandafter\meaning\string"}{\tikz@quote@parser}%
\let\tikz@quotes@as\tikz@edge@quotes@as%
}%
\def\tikz@enable@pic@quotes{%
- \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/the character "}{\tikz@quote@parser}%
+ \pgfkeyssetvalue{/handlers/first char syntax/\expandafter\meaning\string"}{\tikz@quote@parser}%
\let\tikz@quotes@as\tikz@pic@quotes@as%
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex
index 74e77ac3e2..74e77ac3e2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryrdf.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex
index 68856d591e..68856d591e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryscopes.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex
index 2cf08776f3..2cf08776f3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadings.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex
index 3bd60e99fa..3bd60e99fa 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshadows.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
index c20e6a73cc..c20e6a73cc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
index 2a3de5548a..2a3de5548a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex
index 2efb5c3308..2efb5c3308 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
index c34229b137..c34229b137 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
index 66503414a0..66503414a0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
index 3e923b940f..3e923b940f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
index 617c5f4034..617c5f4034 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
index e9d5e2fa84..91183aaf78 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
@@ -12,12 +12,12 @@
\usepgflibrary{shapes.multipart}%
\pgfkeys{/tikz/rectangle split/parts/.code={%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/rectangle split parts=#1}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/rectangle split parts={#1}}%
}%
}%
\pgfkeys{/tikz/rectangle split use custom fill/.code={%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/rectangle split use custom fill=#1}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/rectangle split use custom fill={#1}}%
\pgfkeys{/tikz/fill=none}}%
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
index b616b54c88..b616b54c88 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex
index 9acb6de915..9acb6de915 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysnakes.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex
index 7f3a63b045..a5fea2a79b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryspy.code.tex
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@
\let\tikz@lib@spy@collection=\pgfutil@empty%
\tikzset{spy scope/.style={
- size/.style={minimum size=##1},
- height/.style={minimum height=##1},
- width/.style={minimum width=##1},
+ size/.style={minimum size={##1}},
+ height/.style={minimum height={##1}},
+ width/.style={minimum width={##1}},
execute at begin scope={%
\let\tikz@lib@spy@save=\tikz@lib@spy@collection%
\setbox\tikz@lib@spybox=\hbox\bgroup\bgroup%
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
},
lens/.store in=\tikz@lib@spy@lens,
lens=,
- magnification/.style={lens={scale=#1}},
+ magnification/.style={lens={scale={#1}}},
spy connection path/.store in=\tikz@lib@spy@path,
spy connection path=
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex
index 521bf96b60..521bf96b60 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarysvg.path.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex
index 986235b75b..986235b75b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarythrough.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex
index ecf850ab40..ecf850ab40 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex
index d457f979b9..d457f979b9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarytrees.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex
index 58fd46b40c..889806f8d5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryturtle.code.tex
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
% given, by turtle distance
\tikzset{
turtle/back/.default=\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/turtle/distance},
- turtle/back/.style={turtle forward=-#1}
+ turtle/back/.style={turtle forward={-(#1)}}
}%
@@ -71,13 +71,13 @@
% Shortcuts:
\tikzset{turtle/.cd,
- fd/.style={forward=#1},
+ fd/.style={forward={#1}},
fd/.default=\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/turtle/distance},
- bk/.style={back=#1},
+ bk/.style={back={#1}},
bk/.default=\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/turtle/distance},
- lt/.style={left=#1},
+ lt/.style={left={#1}},
lt/.default=90,
- rt/.style={right=#1},
+ rt/.style={right={#1}},
rt/.default=90}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex
index 8ced1b64f3..8ced1b64f3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibraryviews.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex
index d5244e9e85..9b76858b3a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex
@@ -153,32 +153,34 @@
\tikzset{
dash expand off/.code={%
\ifcsname tikz@library@decorations@loaded\endcsname\else
- \tikzerror{You need \string\usetikzlibrary{decorations} for ``dash offexpand''}%
+ \tikzerror{You need \string\usetikzlibrary{decorations} for ``dash expand off''}%
\fi
\tikz@addoption{%
\pgfgetpath\currentpath
\pgfprocessround{\currentpath}{\currentpath}%
\pgf@decorate@parsesoftpath{\currentpath}{\currentpath}%
+ % All of \on, \off, \dashphase, \rest, and \onoff are unit-free.
% Parse \on and \off from the current path
- \edef\on{\expandafter\pgfutil@firstoftwo\tikz@dashpattern}%
- \edef\off{\expandafter\pgfutil@secondoftwo\tikz@dashpattern}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\on{\expandafter\pgfutil@firstoftwo\tikz@dashpattern}%
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\off{\expandafter\pgfutil@secondoftwo\tikz@dashpattern}%
% \dashphase = max(\on - \dashphase, 0)
+ \pgfmathsetmacro\tikz@dashphase{\tikz@dashphase}%
\pgfmathsubtract@{\on}{\tikz@dashphase}%
- \pgfmathmax@{\pgfmathresult}{0}%
- \edef\dashphase{\the\dimexpr\pgfmathresult pt\relax}%
- % \rest = \pgf@decorate@totalpathlength - \on
- \edef\rest{\expandafter\pgf@sys@tonumber\dimexpr\pgf@decorate@totalpathlength - \on + 2\dimexpr\dashphase\relax\relax}%
+ \pgfmathmax@{\pgfmathresult,0}%
+ \let\dashphase=\pgfmathresult
+ % \rest = \pgf@decorate@totalpathlength - \on + 2\dashphase
+ \edef\rest{\pgf@sys@tonumber\dimexpr\pgf@decorate@totalpathlength - \on pt + 2\dimexpr\dashphase pt\relax\relax}%
% \onoff = \on + \off
- \edef\onoff{\expandafter\pgf@sys@tonumber\dimexpr\on+\off\relax}%
+ \edef\onoff{\pgf@sys@tonumber\dimexpr\on pt+\off pt\relax}%
% \nfullonoff = max(floor(\rest/\onoff), 1)
\pgfmathdivide@{\rest}{\onoff}%
\pgfmathfloor@{\pgfmathresult}%
- \pgfmathmax@{\pgfmathresult}{1}%
+ \pgfmathmax@{\pgfmathresult,1}%
% \offexpand = max(\rest/\nfullonoff - \on, \off)
\pgfmathdivide@{\rest}{\pgfmathresult}%
\pgfmathsubtract@{\pgfmathresult}{\on}%
- \pgfmathmax@{\pgfmathresult}{\off}%
- \edef\tikz@marshal{\noexpand\pgfsetdash{{\on}{\pgfmathresult}}{\dashphase}}%
+ \pgfmathmax@{\pgfmathresult,\off}%
+ \edef\tikz@marshal{\noexpand\pgfsetdash{{+\on pt}{+\pgfmathresult pt}}{+\dashphase pt}}%
\tikz@marshal
}%
}
@@ -576,7 +578,7 @@
scope fading/.default=}%
\tikzset{fit fading/.is if=tikz@fade@adjust}%
\tikzset{fading transform/.store in=\tikz@fade@transform}%
-\tikzset{fading angle/.style={fading transform={rotate=#1}}}%
+\tikzset{fading angle/.style={fading transform={rotate={#1}}}}%
\newif\iftikz@fade@adjust%
\tikz@fade@adjusttrue%
@@ -948,7 +950,8 @@
\tikzset{
name/.code={\edef\tikz@fig@name{\tikz@pp@name{#1}}\let\tikz@id@name\tikz@fig@name},%
name prefix/.initial=,%
- name suffix/.initial=%
+ name suffix/.initial=,%
+ local bounding box/.style={/pgf/local bounding box/.expanded=\tikz@pp@name{#1}}
}%
\def\tikz@pp@name#1{\csname pgfk@/tikz/name prefix\endcsname#1\csname pgfk@/tikz/name suffix\endcsname}%
@@ -990,7 +993,6 @@
% Pic options
-\newif\iftikz@node@is@pic
\tikzset{pic text/.store in=\tikzpictext}%
\let\tikzpictext\relax
\tikzset{pic text options/.store in=\tikzpictextoptions}%
@@ -1646,7 +1648,7 @@
% Setting keys
%
-\pgfkeys{/tikz/style/.style=#1}%
+\pgfkeys{/tikz/style/.style={#1}}%
\pgfkeys{/tikz/.unknown/.code=%
% Is it a pgf key?
@@ -2485,12 +2487,27 @@
\def\tikz@expand{%
\advance\tikz@expandcount by -1
\ifnum\tikz@expandcount<0\relax%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+ {%
\tikzerror{Giving up on this path. Did you forget a semicolon?}%
- \let\pgfutil@next=\tikz@finish%
- \else%
- \let\pgfutil@next=\tikz@@expand
- \fi%
- \pgfutil@next}%
+ % since the last token caused an error we should reinsert it and therefore save it
+ \global\let\tikz@expand@last@token=\pgf@let@token
+ \tikz@finish%
+ %
+ % To be combatible with `scopes` lib, which uses a redefined
+ % \tikz@lib@scope@check to check the next token, the reinsertion is done
+ % here, not at the end of (every) \tikz@finish.
+ %
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\tikz@expand@last@token@\csname tikz@expand@last@token\endcsname
+ \global\let\tikz@expand@last@token=\relax
+ \tikz@expand@last@token@
+ }{%
+ \tikz@@expand
+ }%
+}
\def\tikz@@expand{%
\expandafter\tikz@scan@next@command\pgf@let@token}%
@@ -5120,7 +5137,7 @@
\tikzset{cs/angle/.store in=\tikz@cs@angle}%
\tikzset{cs/x radius/.store in=\tikz@cs@xradius}%
\tikzset{cs/y radius/.store in=\tikz@cs@yradius}%
-\tikzset{cs/radius/.style={/tikz/cs/x radius=#1,/tikz/cs/y radius=#1}}%
+\tikzset{cs/radius/.style={/tikz/cs/x radius={#1},/tikz/cs/y radius={#1}}}%
\tikzset{cs/name/.store in=\tikz@cs@node}%
\tikzset{cs/anchor/.store in=\tikz@cs@anchor}%
@@ -5460,18 +5477,18 @@
}%
}%
\def\tikz@parse@main@intersection#1#2of #3 and #4){%
- \tikzset{cs/solution=#2}%
+ \tikzset{cs/solution={#2}}%
\pgfutil@in@{--}{#3}%
\ifpgfutil@in@%
\tikz@reparse@line{first}#3\pgf@stop%
\else%
- \tikzset{cs/first node=#3}%
+ \tikzset{cs/first node={#3}}%
\fi%
\pgfutil@in@{--}{#4}%
\ifpgfutil@in@%
\tikz@reparse@line{second}#4\pgf@stop%
\else%
- \tikzset{cs/second node=#4}%
+ \tikzset{cs/second node={#4}}%
\fi%
\tikz@parse@cs@intersection()% advanced hackery...
\edef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand#1{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/LUA_CODING_STYLE b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/LUA_CODING_STYLE
index 295a8b2ed1..295a8b2ed1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/LUA_CODING_STYLE
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/LUA_CODING_STYLE
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf.lua
index b0a3247616..b0a3247616 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd.lua
index 20d8acafa5..20d8acafa5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings.lua
index 410da3af45..410da3af45 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua
index 6ffb4168f5..6ffb4168f5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/Binding.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua
index 5324a1652e..5324a1652e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/bindings/BindingToPGF.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular.lua
index cddfd96dfd..cddfd96dfd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua
index bebb87ab3e..bebb87ab3e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/Tantau2012.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua
index 9198885965..9198885965 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/doc.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua
index 016cfe483f..016cfe483f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/circular/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control.lua
index a3bec1fef3..a3bec1fef3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua
index 03a05ee627..03a05ee627 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Anchoring.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua
index 72a82be978..72a82be978 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentAlign.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua
index f941ff226e..f941ff226e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDirection.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua
index a2d04a178f..a2d04a178f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentDistance.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua
index 78537b614c..78537b614c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/ComponentOrder.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua
index c5019a56e2..c5019a56e2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Components.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua
index 6dc5a13018..6dc5a13018 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Distances.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua
index 87d67b5b56..87d67b5b56 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/FineTune.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua
index 1c5e48b4c7..1c5e48b4c7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/LayoutPipeline.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua
index 80aa7ef420..80aa7ef420 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/NodeAnchors.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua
index 1890fa4f39..1890fa4f39 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Orientation.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua
index 970483193f..970483193f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/Sublayouts.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua
index 19bfd52fdf..19bfd52fdf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/doc.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/library.lua
index df7ce68dd9..df7ce68dd9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/control/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/control/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua
index d7baed45da..d7baed45da 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Cluster.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua
index 7355597955..7355597955 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Edge.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua
index 161b89fd15..161b89fd15 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Graph.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua
index 903291a892..903291a892 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Iterators.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua
index 379a65fafd..379a65fafd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Node.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua
index 8af7378154..8af7378154 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/deprecated/Vector.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc.lua
index 78b68bbcb1..78b68bbcb1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua
index 552dd00dc8..552dd00dc8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua
index fcd5b26fb0..fcd5b26fb0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FMMMLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua
index 453078b130..453078b130 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/FastMultipoleEmbedder.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua
index d0b94c2bb7..d0b94c2bb7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/GEMLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua
index 6210c93941..6210c93941 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/MultilevelLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua
index ae3cf9c8ef..ae3cf9c8ef 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFR.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua
index 6286e9f395..6286e9f395 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderFRExact.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua
index a4fd46aa77..a4fd46aa77 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/SpringEmbedderKK.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua
index e658a896bd..e658a896bd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/BarycenterPlacer.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua
index e6f06add57..e6f06add57 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/CirclePlacer.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua
index e8723272ee..e8723272ee 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/EdgeCoverMerger.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua
index 81e2f37db0..81e2f37db0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/IndependentSetMerger.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua
index 7fbca25e81..7fbca25e81 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/LocalBiconnectedMerger.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua
index e966b49056..e966b49056 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MatchingMerger.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua
index 0b9d967db9..0b9d967db9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/MedianPlacer.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua
index 71bdbc7340..71bdbc7340 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomMerger.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua
index c26946d4e1..c26946d4e1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/RandomPlacer.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua
index 76b084fa67..76b084fa67 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarMerger.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua
index 530ddbc0d8..530ddbc0d8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/SolarPlacer.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua
index 6f579d0a45..6f579d0a45 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/energybased/multilevelmixer/ZeroPlacer.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua
index ffd3ea844d..ffd3ea844d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua
index 5e4138eece..5e4138eece 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/BarycenterHeuristic.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua
index fd13e9bd4b..fd13e9bd4b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/CoffmanGrahamRanking.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua
index eced60b2ed..eced60b2ed 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/DfsAcyclicSubgraph.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua
index a7baad7e10..a7baad7e10 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastHierarchyLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua
index 4af6daa620..4af6daa620 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/FastSimpleHierarchyLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua
index d2f1d8eeea..d2f1d8eeea 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyCycleRemoval.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua
index a8cd94ef19..a8cd94ef19 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/GreedyInsertHeuristic.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua
index 3d98fbe9c6..3d98fbe9c6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/LongestPathRanking.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua
index b37480ac78..b37480ac78 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/MedianHeuristic.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua
index 25a8dd5262..25a8dd5262 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/OptimalRanking.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua
index d0815a5b76..d0815a5b76 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SiftingHeuristic.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua
index 1579c7153d..1579c7153d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SplitHeuristic.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua
index ec75fa7e6e..ec75fa7e6e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/layered/SugiyamaLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua
index 9f5f291461..9f5f291461 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua
index 2a250ecece..2a250ecece 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/BalloonLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua
index c5e2cf7a6c..c5e2cf7a6c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/misclayout/CircularLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua
index b2bb7e1d24..b2bb7e1d24 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/AcyclicSubgraphModule.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua
index a0292530cd..a0292530cd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/HierarchyLayoutModule.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua
index 328a2806db..328a2806db 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/InitialPlacer.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua
index 9604c98640..9604c98640 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/MultilevelBuilder.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua
index 8dce27a335..8dce27a335 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/RankingModule.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua
index 877cba47f6..877cba47f6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/module/TwoLayerCrossMin.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua
index fb1abb5ccd..fb1abb5ccd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua
index e61f9281b9..e61f9281b9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/doc/ogdf/planarity/PlanarizationLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples.lua
index de33c0ed37..de33c0ed37 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua
index 5acc28396b..5acc28396b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/ASCIIDisplayer.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua
index 2b5c9cc0b6..2b5c9cc0b6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/BindingToASCII.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua
index 46eb4eff38..46eb4eff38 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleDemo.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua
index 3ff5f4ea23..3ff5f4ea23 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleEdgeDemo.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua
index 6aa9bffb72..6aa9bffb72 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/SimpleHuffman.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt
index 052ebdcdb8..052ebdcdb8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/example_graph_for_ascii_displayer.txt
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua
index 0c977600a7..0c977600a7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/examples/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua
index 31f8f27431..31f8f27431 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GraphAnimationCoordination.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua
index 0c348bcc8f..0c348bcc8f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/GreedyTemporalCycleRemoval.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua
index 2beec1e216..2beec1e216 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Skambath2016.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua
index 99e79919b5..99e79919b5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/Supergraph.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua
index b5a4ea22c9..b5a4ea22c9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/SupergraphVertexSplitOptimization.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua
index 2b2168da1a..2b2168da1a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/TimeSpec.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua
index dbd8146275..dbd8146275 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/doc.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua
index 15df9990f8..15df9990f8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/layered.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua
index bb50eaf2cb..bb50eaf2cb 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/experimental/evolving/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force.lua
index 71efda1b35..71efda1b35 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua
index a4e51dfeff..a4e51dfeff 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/CoarseGraph.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua
index d69d5fc6c9..d69d5fc6c9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlCoarsening.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua
index af209d2c78..af209d2c78 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlDeclare.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua
index c9f129c28d..c9f129c28d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlElectric.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua
index b8d96630cd..b8d96630cd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlIteration.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua
index 9b0c1071e3..9b0c1071e3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlSprings.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua
index 85a64b0a5a..85a64b0a5a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/ControlStart.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua
index 3e1620dc21..3e1620dc21 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/QuadTree.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua
index a7230eb1f6..a7230eb1f6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalHu2006.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua
index 6ab74fc367..6ab74fc367 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalLayouts.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua
index 5f7978da4e..5f7978da4e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringElectricalWalshaw2000.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua
index 86b65abc83..86b65abc83 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringHu2006.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua
index e3ac58d571..e3ac58d571 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/SpringLayouts.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua
index 2450bba2a2..2450bba2a2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/FruchtermanReingold.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua
index 57cd1547b6..57cd1547b6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/HuSpringElectricalFW.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua
index 4dbae2b1f4..4dbae2b1f4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SimpleSpring.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua
index 1c8a1bb8d9..1c8a1bb8d9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityCloseness.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua
index 6408349107..6408349107 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/algorithms/SocialGravityDegree.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua
index 0487214654..0487214654 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/CoarseGraphFW.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua
index ab30ada5b3..ab30ada5b3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceController.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua
index 29370fc029..29370fc029 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/ForceTemplate.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua
index 762717f64a..762717f64a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/InitialTemplate.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua
index 2d50677fa5..2d50677fa5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/PathLengthsFW.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua
index de59e0cb5c..de59e0cb5c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/base/Preprocessing.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua
index 19baca7333..19baca7333 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/doc.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua
index 4634b70123..4634b70123 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceAbsoluteValue.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua
index 8cea1aec6a..8cea1aec6a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasDistance.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua
index 41edaba358..41edaba358 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceCanvasPosition.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua
index 86d67f2678..86d67f2678 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForceGraphDistance.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua
index 5f53f5da78..5f53f5da78 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToGrid.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua
index 985b8eec2e..985b8eec2e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/forcetypes/ForcePullToPoint.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua
index ab8f1fad9a..ab8f1fad9a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/CircularInitialPositioning.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua
index 2b131e8ad9..2b131e8ad9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/GridInitialPositioning.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua
index ce3a40582c..ce3a40582c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/initialpositioning/RandomInitialPositioning.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua
index 5d5554ce35..5d5554ce35 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/jedi/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/library.lua
index acfda34ffc..acfda34ffc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/force/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/force/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface.lua
index df2649521b..df2649521b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua
index 8473eb3f10..8473eb3f10 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceCore.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua
index 1187fbc313..1187fbc313 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToAlgorithms.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua
index 282727b66a..282727b66a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToC.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua
index 23018efcaa..23018efcaa 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/InterfaceToDisplay.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua
index a750308e69..a750308e69 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/interface/Scope.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered.lua
index 6988e7a3d9..6988e7a3d9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua
index da9ff9698c..da9ff9698c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CrossingMinimizationGansnerKNV1993.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua
index 76deb8adaf..76deb8adaf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990a.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua
index d8f28980c8..d8f28980c8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalBergerS1990b.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua
index ffb919b209..ffb919b209 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalEadesLS1993.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua
index e52b0d38d1..e52b0d38d1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/CycleRemovalGansnerKNV1993.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua
index c451f74116..c451f74116 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/EdgeRoutingGansnerKNV1993.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua
index 0ccf7694ca..0ccf7694ca 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NetworkSimplex.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua
index 3e5a0f8f87..3e5a0f8f87 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodePositioningGansnerKNV1993.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua
index d6765ae2f0..d6765ae2f0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingGansnerKNV1993.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua
index 644b99c28a..644b99c28a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/NodeRankingMinimumHeight.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua
index 6ed63b0249..6ed63b0249 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Ranking.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua
index c91818dc30..c91818dc30 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/Sugiyama.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua
index 54a1fafb23..54a1fafb23 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/crossing_minimization.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua
index 18670df14e..18670df14e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/cycle_removal.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua
index eb9939c74c..eb9939c74c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/edge_routing.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua
index 950e02ffa3..950e02ffa3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua
index e51382d642..e51382d642 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_positioning.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua
index c663d9ce36..c663d9ce36 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/layered/node_ranking.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib.lua
index cc39ddd607..cc39ddd607 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua
index e4fe21d942..e4fe21d942 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Bezier.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua
index 564b8f6839..564b8f6839 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/DepthFirstSearch.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua
index 81728a1a44..81728a1a44 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Direct.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua
index 880796ce97..880796ce97 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Event.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua
index fc2043d523..fc2043d523 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/LookupTable.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua
index 4bfa896ef9..4bfa896ef9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PathLengths.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua
index 3fd29cdb74..3fd29cdb74 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/PriorityQueue.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua
index bcb7276190..bcb7276190 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Simplifiers.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua
index 75084b6e38..75084b6e38 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Stack.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua
index e029fdf7ff..e029fdf7ff 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Storage.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua
index 7695b1b239..7695b1b239 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/lib/Transform.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model.lua
index 4a0130488b..4a0130488b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua
index e007e9b59b..e007e9b59b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Arc.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua
index abc454b7db..abc454b7db 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Collection.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua
index 3a4448ab08..3a4448ab08 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Coordinate.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua
index 30b600e308..30b600e308 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Digraph.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua
index 45cbc60f9f..45cbc60f9f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Edge.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua
index cc265023fa..cc265023fa 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Hyperedge.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua
index cbd0f079bf..cbd0f079bf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua
index 1875b8d1a5..1875b8d1a5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Path_arced.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua
index 677ea4fbd0..677ea4fbd0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/Vertex.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/library.lua
index ad62faa0f3..ad62faa0f3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/model/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/model/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua
index f7905f2418..f7905f2418 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua
index f91c75a4d6..f91c75a4d6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/ogdf/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua
index 95689e6379..95689e6379 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua
index 32927530a2..32927530a2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/Koerner2015.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua
index db3d4f9cf7..db3d4f9cf7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/pedigrees/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua
index 77c66de5b2..77c66de5b2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua
index 04e1ca49f1..04e1ca49f1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/AuthorDefinedPhylogeny.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua
index ef40f0ee60..ef40f0ee60 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedMinimumEvolution.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua
index 1980afe7ad..1980afe7ad 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/BalancedNearestNeighbourInterchange.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua
index a65a83da17..a65a83da17 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/DistanceMatrix.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua
index a9acc48865..a9acc48865 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/Maeusle2012.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua
index 242ccf183f..242ccf183f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/PhylogeneticTree.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua
index 6a665b6732..6a665b6732 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/SokalMichener1958.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua
index 5ab821c4a8..5ab821c4a8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/phylogenetics/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar.lua
index 5d80de77cd..5d80de77cd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua
index f587861d79..f587861d79 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/BoyerMyrvold2004.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua
index 8d9d3b53b1..8d9d3b53b1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/Embedding.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua
index 35f8418fdf..35f8418fdf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/LinkedList.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua
index 22a91e6571..22a91e6571 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/List.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua
index 8c159cf61d..8c159cf61d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PDP.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua
index 9e5b8d72ec..9e5b8d72ec 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/PlanarLayout.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua
index c568ca5696..c568ca5696 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/ShiftMethod.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua
index 68c46898e3..68c46898e3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua
index 603f2ee7cc..603f2ee7cc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/planar/parameters.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing.lua
index 77166c5cbf..77166c5cbf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua
index 7d34726f47..7d34726f47 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/Hints.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua
index defcf9f8c6..defcf9f8c6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/NecklaceRouting.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua
index 17c959d685..17c959d685 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/routing/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua
index a0aee6501c..a0aee6501c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/tools/make_gd_wrap.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees.lua
index 8c45e912dc..8c45e912dc 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua
index 815f90d268..cc3c18d12c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ChildSpec.lua
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ declare {
While all of this might sound a bit complicated, the application of
the key in a binary tree is pretty straightforward: To indicate that
a node is a ``right'' child in a tree, just add \texttt{desired child index=2}
- to it. This will make it a second child, possibly causing the fist
+ to it. This will make it a second child, possibly causing the first
child to be missing. If there are two nodes specified as children of
a node, by saying \texttt{desired child index=}\meta{number} for one
of them, you will cause it be first or second child, depending on
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua
index 69babd443c..69babd443c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/ReingoldTilford1981.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua
index dacf634865..dacf634865 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/SpanningTreeComputation.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua
index a44fd47031..a44fd47031 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/doc.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua
index a0019666ac..a0019666ac 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/graphdrawing/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/lua/pgf/gd/trees/library.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/experimental/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex
index efa214a12e..efa214a12e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/experimental/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.evolving.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex
index 2fec25131d..2fec25131d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.circular.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
index 63efd352f1..63efd352f1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex
index 3a1308320c..3a1308320c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.examples.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex
index a06d99c5d5..a06d99c5d5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.force.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex
index 322296b11b..322296b11b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.layered.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex
index 2c05576a86..2c05576a86 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/pgflibrarygraphdrawing.trees.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
index 32d1b1b7a0..aac7311e34 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/graphdrawing/tex/tikzlibrarygraphdrawing.code.tex
@@ -83,15 +83,20 @@
%
% Setup for the graphs syntax
%
- /tikz/graphs/new ->/.code n args={4}{\pgfgdedge{##1}{##2}{->}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
- /tikz/graphs/new <-/.code n args={4}{\pgfgdedge{##1}{##2}{<-}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
- /tikz/graphs/new --/.code n args={4}{\pgfgdedge{##1}{##2}{--}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
- /tikz/graphs/new <->/.code n args={4}{\pgfgdedge{##1}{##2}{<->}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
- /tikz/graphs/new -!-/.code n args={4}{\pgfgdedge{##1}{##2}{-!-}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
+ /tikz/graphs/new ->/.code n args={4}{\tikz@lib@gd@edge{##1}{##2}{->}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
+ /tikz/graphs/new <-/.code n args={4}{\tikz@lib@gd@edge{##1}{##2}{<-}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
+ /tikz/graphs/new --/.code n args={4}{\tikz@lib@gd@edge{##1}{##2}{--}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
+ /tikz/graphs/new <->/.code n args={4}{\tikz@lib@gd@edge{##1}{##2}{<->}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
+ /tikz/graphs/new -!-/.code n args={4}{\tikz@lib@gd@edge{##1}{##2}{-!-}{/tikz,##3}{##4}},
/tikz/graphs/placement/compute position/.code=,%
}
}%
+% wrapper for \pgfgdedge
+\def\tikz@lib@gd@edge#1#2{%
+ \pgfgdedge{\tikz@pp@name{#1}}{\tikz@pp@name{#2}}%
+}
+
\pgfgdaddprepareedgehook{
\tikz@enable@edge@quotes%
\let\tikz@transform=\pgfutil@empty%
@@ -130,11 +135,11 @@
}%
\def\tikz@gd@edge@from@parent@macro#1#2{
- [/utils/exec=\pgfgdedge{\tikzparentnode}{\tikzchildnode}{--}{/tikz,#1}{#2}]
+ [/utils/exec=\tikz@lib@gd@edge{\tikzparentnode}{\tikzchildnode}{--}{/tikz,#1}{#2}]
}%
\def\tikz@gd@plain@edge@macro#1#2{
- \pgfgdedge{\tikztostart}{\tikztotarget}{--}{/tikz,#1}{#2}
+ \tikz@lib@gd@edge{\tikztostart}{\tikztotarget}{--}{/tikz,#1}{#2}
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
index 3ac0d476f9..3ac0d476f9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.barcharts.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
index d1e87cb1f7..d1e87cb1f7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.formats.functions.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
index a7d493491f..a7d493491f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/datavisualization/pgflibrarydatavisualization.polar.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
index 4fc6565c1b..4fc6565c1b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.footprints.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
index 8355460b54..8355460b54 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.fractals.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
index 23b7ff672e..23b7ff672e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.markings.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
index bdc2752cb8..bdc2752cb8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathmorphing.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
index f028ec6c37..f028ec6c37 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.pathreplacing.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
index 2341ee2c55..77c366ca0c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.shapes.code.tex
@@ -25,24 +25,24 @@
shape scaled/.is if=pgfshapedecorationscaled,
shape evenly spread/.store in=\pgf@lib@shapedecoration@spread,
shape start size/.style={%
- shape start width=#1,
- shape start height=#1%
+ shape start width={#1},
+ shape start height={#1}%
},%
shape end size/.style={%
- shape end width=#1,
- shape end height=#1%
+ shape end width={#1},
+ shape end height={#1}%
},%
shape size/.style={%
- shape start size=#1,
- shape end size=#1%
+ shape start size={#1},
+ shape end size={#1}%
},%
shape width/.style={%
- shape start width=#1,
- shape end width=#1
+ shape start width={#1},
+ shape end width={#1}
},
shape height/.style={%
- shape start height=#1,
- shape end height=#1
+ shape start height={#1},
+ shape end height={#1}
}
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
index 301fa24784..301fa24784 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydecorations.text.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua
index 367d6ae298..367d6ae298 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/functions.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua
index 42b690e6cf..42b690e6cf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/lua/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgf/luamath/parser.lua
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex
index cd991dab4c..cd991dab4c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/luamath/pgflibraryluamath.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex
index 96216c5f24..96216c5f24 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex
index dbe2fb77d4..dbe2fb77d4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.meta.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex
index f125afddca..f125afddca 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.spaced.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex
index 12f26ccbdf..12f26ccbdf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarycurvilinear.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex
index c8ce556b40..c8ce556b40 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfadings.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
index b10c7b795c..b10c7b795c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfixedpointarithmetic.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex
index a93fa7f90a..a93fa7f90a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryfpu.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex
index 2457157690..2457157690 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryintersections.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
index a458eb8e6a..6fbdd86664 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
},%
left angle/.code={\pgfmathparse{#1}\let\pgflsystemleftangle=\pgfmathresult},%
right angle/.code={\pgfmathparse{#1}\let\pgflsystemrightangle=\pgfmathresult},%
- angle/.style={/pgf/lindenmayer system/left angle=#1, /pgf/lindenmayer system/right angle=#1},%
+ angle/.style={/pgf/lindenmayer system/left angle={#1}, /pgf/lindenmayer system/right angle={#1}},%
randomize angle percent/.code={%
\pgfmathparse{#1}%
\let\pgflsystemrandomizeanglepercent=\pgfmathresult%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex
index a2dba8e076..a2dba8e076 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
index 00de962abe..00de962abe 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.meta.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex
index d0b9a388eb..d0b9a388eb 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex
index c9e6c141a5..0beb873c07 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryplotmarks.code.tex
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
% backw. compat: the extra search path confuses the '.unknown'
% handlers, so this here is deprecated:
/pgf/text mark/style/.style={/pgf/text mark style={#1}},%
- /pgf/text mark/as node/.style={/pgf/text mark as node=#1},%
+ /pgf/text mark/as node/.style={/pgf/text mark as node={#1}},%
}%
\pgfdeclareplotmark{text}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex
index d6327db062..d6327db062 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryprofiler.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex
index 81e0386a60..81e0386a60 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibraryshadings.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex
index c45140535e..c45140535e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysnakes.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex
index e802ca778e..e802ca778e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarysvg.path.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex
index 0e9afce0f2..0e9afce0f2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/pgflibrarytimelines.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex
index 0d25e307e4..0d25e307e4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.IEC.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex
index c8f95ff4bf..c8f95ff4bf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.ee.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
index 69f27e7d0d..4022cd605d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.IEC.code.tex
@@ -55,7 +55,13 @@
%
% Adjust for the width of the gate symbol.
%
- \setbox\pgf@hbox\hbox{{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/#1 gate IEC symbol}}}% add braces as color-aftergroup-fix TT
+ \setbox\pgf@hbox\hbox{%
+ % wrap in `\pgfinterruptpicture' to restore font, like how `\pgfnode` sets
+ % `\pgfnodeparttextbox`
+ \pgfinterruptpicture
+ {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/#1 gate IEC symbol}}% add braces as color-aftergroup-fix TT
+ \endpgfinterruptpicture
+ }%
\pgf@xa.5\wd\pgf@hbox%
\pgf@ya.5\ht\pgf@hbox%
\advance\pgf@ya.5\dp\pgf@hbox%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
index 3f0d668ca0..3f0d668ca0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.US.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex
index 474a183d6f..474a183d6f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/circuits/pgflibraryshapes.gates.logic.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
index c2f06697c6..be8cb3740c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.arrows.code.tex
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@
\arrowboxpoints%
\ifdim\eastextend>0pt\relax%
\let\pgf@lib@shapes@arrowbox@referencepoint\midpoint%
- \csname pgf@anchor@arrow box@border\endcsname{\pgfqpoint{\eastextend}{0pt}};
+ \csname pgf@anchor@arrow box@border\endcsname{\pgfqpoint{\eastextend}{0pt}}%
\else%
\arrowboxcorner%
\pgf@xa\pgf@x%
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@
\arrowboxpoints%
\ifdim\westextend>0pt\relax%
\let\pgf@lib@shapes@arrowbox@referencepoint\midpoint%
- \csname pgf@anchor@arrow box@border\endcsname{\pgfqpoint{-\westextend}{0pt}};
+ \csname pgf@anchor@arrow box@border\endcsname{\pgfqpoint{-\westextend}{0pt}}%
\else%
\arrowboxcorner%
\pgf@xa\pgf@x%
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@
\arrowboxpoints%
\ifdim\eastextend>0pt\relax%
\let\pgf@lib@shapes@arrowbox@referencepoint\basepoint%
- \csname pgf@anchor@arrow box@border\endcsname{\pgfqpoint{\eastextend}{0pt}};
+ \csname pgf@anchor@arrow box@border\endcsname{\pgfqpoint{\eastextend}{0pt}}%
\else%
\arrowboxcorner%
\pgf@xa\pgf@x%
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@
\arrowboxpoints%
\ifdim\westextend>0pt\relax%
\let\pgf@lib@shapes@arrowbox@referencepoint\basepoint%
- \csname pgf@anchor@arrow box@border\endcsname{\pgfqpoint{-\westextend}{0pt}};
+ \csname pgf@anchor@arrow box@border\endcsname{\pgfqpoint{-\westextend}{0pt}}%
\else%
\arrowboxcorner%
\pgf@xa\pgf@x%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
index 72d9761a19..72d9761a19 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.callouts.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex
index dace51bf0b..dace51bf0b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
index 8ed52a5187..71d03f9535 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.geometric.code.tex
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
aspect/.code={\pgfsetshapeaspect{#1}},% this for tikz...
shape aspect/.initial=1,% but this is consistent with other pgfset stuff.
shape aspect/.code={%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/aspect=#1}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/aspect={#1}}%
\pgfkeyssetvalue{/pgf/shape aspect}{#1}
}%
}%
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
\pgfkeyslet{/pgf/star point ratio}{\pgf@lib@temp}%
\pgf@lib@shapes@starouterradiususesratiotrue%
},%
- star rotate/.style={/pgf/shape border rotate=#1},% For compatibility with 1.18
+ star rotate/.style={/pgf/shape border rotate={#1}},% For compatibility with 1.18
}%
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
%
\pgfkeys{/pgf/.cd,
regular polygon sides/.initial=5,
- regular polygon rotate/.style={/pgf/shape border rotate=#1}% For compatibility with 1.18
+ regular polygon rotate/.style={/pgf/shape border rotate={#1}}% For compatibility with 1.18
}%
@@ -931,8 +931,8 @@
trapezium left angle/.initial=60,
trapezium right angle/.initial=60,
trapezium angle/.style={
- /pgf/trapezium left angle=#1,
- /pgf/trapezium right angle=#1
+ /pgf/trapezium left angle={#1},
+ /pgf/trapezium right angle={#1}
},%
trapezium stretches/.is if=pgf@lib@sh@trapeziumstretches,%
trapezium stretches body/.is if=pgf@lib@sh@trapeziumstretchesbody,%
@@ -2346,13 +2346,13 @@
\pgfutil@in@{and}{#1}%
\ifpgfutil@in@%
\def\pgf@marshal##1and##2\@@{%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/kite upper vertex angle=##1}%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/kite lower vertex angle=##2}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/kite upper vertex angle={##1}}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/kite lower vertex angle={##2}}%
}%
\expandafter\pgf@marshal#1\@@%
\else%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/kite upper vertex angle=#1}%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/kite lower vertex angle=#1}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/kite upper vertex angle={#1}}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/kite lower vertex angle={#1}}%
\fi%
}%
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
index 4096c3ded8..477a7b7caf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.misc.code.tex
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@
\pgfkeys{/pgf/.cd,
rounded rectangle west arc/.initial=convex,
rounded rectangle east arc/.initial=convex,
- rounded rectangle left arc/.style={/pgf/rounded rectangle west arc=#1},%
- rounded rectangle right arc/.style={/pgf/rounded rectangle east arc=#1},%
+ rounded rectangle left arc/.style={/pgf/rounded rectangle west arc={#1}},%
+ rounded rectangle right arc/.style={/pgf/rounded rectangle east arc={#1}},%
rounded rectangle arc length/.initial=180%
}%
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
chamfered rectangle ysep/.initial=.666ex%
}%
\pgfkeys{/pgf/chamfered rectangle sep/.style={%
- /pgf/chamfered rectangle xsep=#1,/pgf/chamfered rectangle ysep=#1}%
+ /pgf/chamfered rectangle xsep={#1},/pgf/chamfered rectangle ysep={#1}}%
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
index 481e65094f..481e65094f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.multipart.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
index 7fcba414ef..b876db6fd1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/libraries/shapes/pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
aspect/.code={\pgfsetshapeaspect{#1}},% this for tikz...
shape aspect/.initial=1,% but this is consistent with other pgfset stuff.
shape aspect/.code={%
- \pgfkeys{/pgf/aspect=#1}%
+ \pgfkeys{/pgf/aspect={#1}}%
\pgfkeyssetvalue{/pgf/shape aspect}{#1}
}%
}%
@@ -2104,7 +2104,7 @@
\pgfkeys{/pgf/.cd,
tape bend top/.initial=in and out,
tape bend bottom/.initial=in and out,
- tape bend/.style={/pgf/tape bend top=#1, /pgf/tape bend bottom=#1},
+ tape bend/.style={/pgf/tape bend top={#1}, /pgf/tape bend bottom={#1}},
tape bend height/.initial=5pt,
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual.lua
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7142eea3ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual.lua
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+-- Copyright 2013 by Till Tantau
+--
+-- This file may be distributed an/or modified
+--
+-- 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+-- 2. under the GNU Public License
+--
+-- See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more information
+
+-- @release $Header$
+
+
+
+local manual = {}
+
+require 'pgf'.manual = manual
+
+return manual
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual/DocumentParser.lua b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual/DocumentParser.lua
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd2a7026a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/lua/pgf/manual/DocumentParser.lua
@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+-- Copyright 2013 by Till Tantau
+--
+-- This file may be distributed an/or modified
+--
+-- 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+-- 2. under the GNU Public License
+--
+-- See the file doc/generic/pgf/licenses/LICENSE for more information
+
+-- @release $Header$
+
+
+
+---
+-- This class offers functions for converting the documentation of Lua
+-- and other code into \TeX.
+--
+-- @field renderers This array must consist of tables having two
+-- fields: |test| and |renderer|. The first must be set to a function
+-- that is called with an information table as parameter and must
+-- return |true| if the function stored in the |renderer| should be
+-- called. (Typically, the |test| will test whether the ``head line''
+-- following a documentation block has a special form.)
+
+local DocumentParser = {
+ renderers = {}
+}
+
+-- Namespace:
+require 'pgf.manual'.DocumentParser = DocumentParser
+
+-- Imports
+local keys = require 'pgf.gd.interface.InterfaceCore'.keys
+
+-- Forwards:
+
+local collect_infos, render_infos
+
+
+---
+-- Includes the documentation stored in some file in the manual.
+--
+-- @param filename The file from which the documentation is to be read
+-- @param type The type of the file.
+
+function DocumentParser.include(filename, typ)
+
+ local fullname = assert(kpse.find_file(filename:gsub("%.", "/"), typ or "lua")
+ or kpse.find_file(filename:gsub("%.", "\\"), typ or "lua"),
+ "file " .. filename .. " not found")
+
+ local file, error = io.open(fullname)
+
+ -- First, let us read the file into a table to make handling easier:
+ local lines = {}
+
+ for line in file:lines() do
+ lines [#lines + 1] = line
+ end
+
+ -- A table storing the current output. The array part contains TeX
+ -- lines, the table part contains information about special table.s
+ local output = {}
+
+ -- Now, start the main parser loop.
+ local i = 1
+ while i <= #lines do
+
+ if lines[i]:match("^%-%-%-") then
+ local infos = collect_infos (lines, i)
+
+ infos.filename = filename
+
+ render_infos(infos, output)
+
+ i = infos.last_line
+ end
+
+ i = i + 1
+ end
+
+ -- Render output:
+ for _,l in ipairs(output) do
+ if type(l) == "string" then
+ tex.print(l)
+ else
+ l()
+ end
+ end
+
+end
+
+
+
+---
+-- Add a test and a renderer to the array of renderers.
+--
+-- @param test A test function (see |DocumentParser.renderers|).
+-- @param renderer A rendering function.
+
+function DocumentParser.addRenderer (test, renderer)
+ DocumentParser.renderers [#DocumentParser.renderers + 1] =
+ { test = test, renderer = renderer }
+end
+
+
+-- Forwards:
+local print_on_output, print_on_output_escape, print_docline_on_output, open_mode, close_mode, print_lines_on_output
+
+
+
+local function strip_quotes(s)
+ if s then return string.gsub(s, '^"(.*)"$', "%1") end
+end
+
+local function split(s)
+ local t = {}
+ for line in string.gmatch(s, ".-\n") do
+ t[#t+1] = line
+ end
+ for i=#t,1,-1 do
+ if t[i]:match("^%s*$") then
+ t[i] = nil
+ else
+ return t
+ end
+ end
+ return t
+end
+
+
+local function process_string(s)
+ if s then
+ local t = split(s.."\n")
+ -- Compute min spaces
+ local min = math.huge
+ for _,l in ipairs(t) do
+ min = math.min(min, string.find(l, "%S") or math.huge)
+ end
+ if min < math.huge then
+ -- Now, trim 'em all!
+ for i=1,#t do
+ t[i] = string.sub(t[i],min,-2)
+ end
+ end
+ return t
+ end
+end
+
+
+local function process_examples(t)
+ if not t then
+ return nil
+ end
+
+ if type(t) == "string" then
+ t = {t}
+ end
+
+ local n = {}
+ for i=1,#t do
+ local code, options
+ if type(t[i]) == "table" then
+ code = assert(t[i].code)
+ options = t[i].options
+ else
+ code = t[i]
+ end
+ n[i] = {
+ options = process_string(strip_quotes(options)),
+ code = process_string(strip_quotes(code))
+ }
+ end
+ return n
+end
+
+
+
+-- The standard renderers:
+
+
+-- The function renderer
+DocumentParser.addRenderer (
+ function (infos)
+ -- The test
+ return
+ infos.keywords["function"] or
+ infos.head_line:match("^%s*function%s+") or
+ infos.head_line:match("^%s*local%s+function%s+")
+ end,
+ function (infos, output)
+ -- The renderer
+
+ if infos.keywords["function"] then
+ local k = infos.keywords["function"][1]
+ infos.head_line = k:match("^%s*@(.*)")
+ end
+
+ local rest = infos.head_line:match("function%s+(.*)")
+ local tab = rest:match("([^(]*[%.%:]).*")
+ local fun = rest:match("[^(]*[%.%:](.-)%s*%(") or rest:match("(.-)%s*%(")
+ local pars = rest:match(".-%((.*)%)")
+
+ -- Render the head
+ print_on_output_escape(output, [[\begin{luacommand}]])
+ output[#output+1] = "{" .. (tab or "") .. fun .. "}"
+ print_on_output_escape(output,
+ "{", tab or "", "}",
+ "{", fun, "}",
+ "{", pars, "}")
+
+ if tab then
+ local table_name = tab:sub(1,-2)
+ local t = output[table_name] or {}
+ t[#t+1] = {
+ link = "pgf/lua/" .. tab .. fun,
+ text = "function " .. tab .. "\\declare{" .. fun .. "} (" .. pars .. ")"
+ }
+ output[table_name] = t
+ end
+
+ local mode = "text"
+ for _,l in ipairs(infos.doc_lines) do
+ if mode ~= "done" then
+ mode = print_docline_on_output(output, l, mode)
+ end
+ end
+ close_mode(output, mode)
+
+ print_on_output(output, [[\end{luacommand}]])
+
+ end
+)
+
+
+-- The table renderer
+DocumentParser.addRenderer (
+ function (infos)
+ -- The test
+ return
+ infos.keywords["table"] or
+ infos.head_line:match("=%s*{")
+ end,
+ function (infos, output)
+ -- The renderer
+
+ if infos.keywords["table"] then
+ local k = infos.keywords["table"][1]
+ infos.head_line = k:match("^%s*@table(.*)") .. "="
+ end
+
+ local name =
+ infos.head_line:match("^%s*local%s+(.-)%s*=") or
+ infos.head_line:match("^%s*(.*)%s*=")
+
+ -- Render the head
+ print_on_output_escape(output,
+ [[\begin{luatable}]],
+ "{", name:match("(.*[%.%:]).*") or "", "}",
+ "{", name:match(".*[%.%:](*-)") or name,"}",
+ "{", infos.filename, "}")
+
+ local mode = "text"
+ for _,l in ipairs(infos.doc_lines) do
+ mode = print_docline_on_output(output, l, mode)
+ end
+ close_mode(output, mode)
+
+ output[#output+1] =
+ function ()
+ if output[name] then
+ tex.print("\\par\\emph{Alphabetical method summary:}\\par{\\small")
+ table.sort(output[name], function (a,b) return a.text < b.text end)
+ for _,l in ipairs(output[name]) do
+ tex.print("\\texttt{\\hyperlink{" .. l.link .. "}{" .. l.text:gsub("_", "\\_") .. "}}\\par")
+ end
+ tex.print("}")
+ end
+ end
+
+ print_on_output(output, [[\end{luatable}]])
+
+ end
+)
+
+
+
+-- The library renderer
+DocumentParser.addRenderer (
+ function (infos)
+ -- The test
+ return infos.keywords["library"]
+ end,
+ function (infos, output)
+ -- The renderer
+
+ local name = infos.filename:gsub("%.library$",""):gsub("^pgf%.gd%.","")
+
+ -- Render the head
+ print_on_output_escape(output, "\\begin{lualibrary}{", name, "}")
+
+ local mode = "text"
+ for _,l in ipairs(infos.doc_lines) do
+ mode = print_docline_on_output(output, l, mode)
+ end
+ close_mode(output, mode)
+
+ print_on_output(output, "\\end{lualibrary}")
+
+ end
+)
+
+
+-- The section renderer
+DocumentParser.addRenderer (
+ function (infos)
+ -- The test
+ return infos.keywords["section"]
+ end,
+ function (infos, output)
+ -- The renderer
+ local mode = "text"
+ for _,l in ipairs(infos.doc_lines) do
+ mode = print_docline_on_output(output, l, mode)
+ end
+ close_mode(output, mode)
+ end
+)
+
+
+-- The documentation (plain text) renderer
+DocumentParser.addRenderer (
+ function (infos)
+ -- The test
+ return infos.keywords["documentation"]
+ end,
+ function (infos, output)
+ -- The renderer
+ local mode = "text"
+ for _,l in ipairs(infos.doc_lines) do
+ mode = print_docline_on_output(output, l, mode)
+ end
+ close_mode(output, mode)
+ end
+)
+
+
+-- The declare renderer
+DocumentParser.addRenderer (
+ function (infos)
+ -- The test
+ return
+ infos.keywords["declare"] or
+ infos.head_line:match("declare%s*{") or
+ infos.head_line:match("^%s*key%s*")
+ end,
+ function (infos, output)
+ -- The renderer
+
+ local key_name
+
+ if infos.keywords["declare"] then
+ local k = infos.keywords["declare"][1]
+ key_name = k:match("^%s*@declare%s*(.*)")
+ elseif infos.head_line:match("^%s*key%s*") then
+ key_name = infos.head_line:match('^%s*key%s*"(.*)"') or
+ infos.head_line:match("^%s*key%s*'(.*)'")
+ else
+ local l = infos.lines [infos.last_line + 1]
+ key_name = l:match('key%s*=%s*"(.*)"') or l:match("key%s*=%s*'(.*)'")
+ end
+
+ assert (key_name, "could not determine key")
+ local key = assert (keys[key_name], "unknown key '" .. key_name .. "'")
+
+ -- Render the head
+ if key.type then
+ print_on_output_escape(output,
+ "\\begin{luadeclare}",
+ "{", key.key, "}",
+ "{\\meta{", key.type, "}}",
+ "{", key.default or "", "}",
+ "{", key.initial or "", "}")
+ else
+ print_on_output_escape(output,
+ "\\begin{luadeclarestyle}",
+ "{", key.key, "}",
+ "{}",
+ "{", key.default or "", "}",
+ "{", key.initial or "", "}")
+ end
+
+
+ local mode = "text"
+
+ print_lines_on_output(output, process_string(strip_quotes(key.summary)))
+ print_lines_on_output(output, process_string(strip_quotes(key.documentation)))
+
+ if key.examples then
+ local e = process_examples(key.examples)
+ print_on_output(output,
+ "\\par\\smallskip\\emph{Example" .. (((#e>1) and "s") or "") .. "}\\par")
+ for _,example in ipairs(e) do
+ local opts = table.concat(example.options or {}, "")
+ print_on_output(output, "\\begin{codeexample}[" .. opts .. "]")
+ print_lines_on_output(output, example.code)
+ print_on_output(output, "\\end{codeexample}")
+ end
+ end
+
+ print_on_output(output, key.type and "\\end{luadeclare}" or "\\end{luadeclarestyle}")
+ end
+)
+
+
+
+-- The empty line
+DocumentParser.addRenderer (
+ function (infos)
+ -- The test
+ return
+ #infos.doc_lines == 1 and
+ infos.doc_lines[1]:match("^%-*%s*$")
+ end,
+ function (infos, output)
+ end
+)
+
+
+function print_lines_on_output(output, lines)
+ for n,l in ipairs(lines or {}) do
+ if (n == 1 or n == #lines) and l == "" then
+ -- skip leading and trailing blank lines
+ else
+ output[#output+1] = l
+ end
+ end
+end
+
+function print_on_output(output, ...)
+ local args = {...}
+ if #args > 0 then
+ for i = 1, #args do
+ args[i] = tostring(args[i])
+ end
+ output[#output+1] = table.concat(args)
+ end
+end
+
+function print_on_output_escape(output, ...)
+ local args = {...}
+ if #args > 0 then
+ for i = 1, #args do
+ args[i] = tostring(args[i]):gsub("_", "\\_")
+ end
+ output[#output+1] = table.concat(args)
+ end
+end
+
+
+function print_docline_on_output(output, l, mode)
+
+ if l:match("^%s*@section") then
+ print_on_output(output, "\\", l:match("%s*@section%s*(.*)"))
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@param%s+") then
+ if mode ~= "param" then
+ close_mode (output, mode)
+ mode = open_mode (output, "param")
+ end
+ print_on_output(output, "\\item[\\texttt{",
+ l:match("%s@param%s+(.-)%s"):gsub("_", "\\_"),
+ "}] ",
+ l:match("%s@param%s+.-%s+(.*)"))
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@return%s+") then
+ if mode ~= "return" then
+ close_mode (output, mode)
+ mode = open_mode (output, "returns")
+ end
+ print_on_output(output, "\\item[]", l:match("%s@return%s+(.*)"))
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@see%s+") then
+ if mode ~= "text" then
+ close_mode (output, mode)
+ mode = open_mode (output, "text")
+ end
+ print_on_output(output, "\\par\\emph{See also:} \\texttt{",
+ l:match("%s@see%s+(.*)"):gsub("_", "\\_"),
+ "}")
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@usage%s+") then
+ if mode ~= "text" then
+ close_mode (output, mode)
+ mode = open_mode (output, "text")
+ end
+ print_on_output(output, "\\par\\emph{Usage:} ",
+ l:match("%s@usage%s+(.*)"))
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@field+") then
+ close_mode (output, mode)
+ mode = open_mode (output, "field")
+ print_on_output(output, "{",
+ (l:match("%s@field%s+(.-)%s") or l:match("%s@field%s+(.*)")):gsub("_", "\\_"),
+ "}",
+ l:match("%s@field%s+.-%s+(.*)"))
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@done") or l:match("^%s*@text") then
+ close_mode(output, mode)
+ print_on_output(output, l)
+
+ mode = "text"
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@library") then
+ -- do nothing
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@function") then
+ -- do nothing
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@end") then
+ close_mode(output, mode)
+ mode = "done"
+ elseif l:match("^%s*@") then
+ error("Unknown mark " .. l)
+ else
+ print_on_output(output, l)
+ end
+
+ return mode
+end
+
+function open_mode (output, mode)
+ if mode == "param" then
+ print_on_output(output, "\\begin{luaparameters}")
+ elseif mode == "field" then
+ print_on_output(output, "\\begin{luafield}")
+ elseif mode == "returns" then
+ print_on_output(output, "\\begin{luareturns}")
+ end
+ return mode
+end
+
+function close_mode (output, mode)
+ if mode == "param" then
+ print_on_output(output, "\\end{luaparameters}")
+ elseif mode == "field" then
+ print_on_output(output, "\\end{luafield}")
+ elseif mode == "returns" then
+ print_on_output(output, "\\end{luareturns}")
+ end
+ return mode
+end
+
+
+function collect_infos (lines, i, state)
+
+ local doc_lines = {}
+
+ local keywords = {}
+
+ local function find_keywords(line)
+ local keyword = line:match("^%s*@([^%s]*)")
+ if keyword then
+ local t = keywords[keyword] or {}
+ t[#t+1] = line
+ keywords[keyword] = t
+ end
+ return line
+ end
+
+ -- Copy triple matches:
+ while lines[i] and lines[i]:match("^%-%-%-") do
+ doc_lines [#doc_lines + 1] = find_keywords(lines[i]:sub(4))
+ i = i + 1
+ end
+
+ -- Continue with double matches:
+ while lines[i] and lines[i]:match("^%-%-") do
+ doc_lines [#doc_lines + 1] = find_keywords(lines[i]:sub(3))
+ i = i + 1
+ end
+
+ local head_line = ""
+
+ if not keywords["end"] then
+ -- Skip empty lines
+ while lines[i] and lines[i]:match("^%s*$") do
+ i = i + 1
+ end
+ head_line = lines[i] or ""
+ if lines[i] and lines[i]:match("^%-%-%-") then
+ i = i - 1
+ end
+ end
+
+ return {
+ lines = lines,
+ last_line = i,
+ doc_lines = doc_lines,
+ keywords = keywords,
+ head_line = head_line
+ }
+
+end
+
+
+
+function render_infos(infos, state)
+
+ for _,renderer in ipairs(DocumentParser.renderers) do
+ if renderer.test (infos, state) then
+ renderer.renderer (infos, state)
+ return
+ end
+ end
+
+ pgf.debug(infos)
+ error("Unknown documentation type")
+end
+
+
+return DocumentParser
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfint.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfint.code.tex
index 8921ee5fbd..8921ee5fbd 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfint.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfint.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmath.code.tex
index 7bfdf58a6c..fd40a36d59 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmath.code.tex
@@ -20,6 +20,17 @@
\input pgfkeys.code.tex
\fi
+\input pgfmathutil.code.tex
+\input pgfmathparser.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
+\input pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
\input pgfmathcalc.code.tex
\input pgfmathfloat.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathcalc.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathcalc.code.tex
index bb4d1022e5..1e854864d8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathcalc.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathcalc.code.tex
@@ -11,11 +11,6 @@
%
% Version 1.414213 29/9/2007
-\input pgfmathutil.code.tex
-\input pgfmathparser.code.tex
-\input pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
-%\input pgfmathbase.code.tex
-
% \pgfmathsetlength, \pgfmathaddtolength
%
% #1 = dimension register
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfloat.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfloat.code.tex
index a3a36d8254..f133c6d495 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfloat.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfloat.code.tex
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
}
-\global\newif\ifpgfmathfloatcomparison
+\newif\ifpgfmathfloatcomparison
\newif\ifpgfmathfloatroundhasperiod
\newif\ifpgfmathprintnumberskipzeroperiod
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@
fixed zerofill/.default=true,
sci zerofill/.is if= pgfmathfloat@usezerofill@sci,
sci zerofill/.default=true,
- zerofill/.style= {/pgf/number format/fixed zerofill=#1,/pgf/number format/sci zerofill=#1},
+ zerofill/.style= {/pgf/number format/fixed zerofill={#1},/pgf/number format/sci zerofill={#1}},
zerofill/.default= true,
precision/.store in= \pgfmathfloat@round@precision,
sci precision/.code={%
@@ -1637,12 +1637,7 @@
% variables in /pgf/number format).
%
% You may specify optional arguments with \pgfmathprintnumber[...].
-\def\pgfmathprintnumber{%
- % \protect allows to supply \pgfmathprintnumber inside of latex
- % captions. The \csname yields \relax in case protect is undefined.
- \pgf@texdist@protect\pgfmathprintnumber@protected
-}%
-\def\pgfmathprintnumber@protected{%
+\pgfutil@protected\def\pgfmathprintnumber{%
\pgfutil@ifnextchar[%
{\pgfmathprintnumber@OPT}%
{\pgfmathprintnumber@noopt}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
index fcf5503b36..fcf5503b36 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
index 1607c386e8..1607c386e8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
index 417ede069d..6e5d079c6b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex
@@ -262,17 +262,6 @@
\pgfmathredeclarefunction{#1}{#2}%
}%
-\input pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.tex
-\input pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
-\input pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
-\input pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
-\input pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex
-\input pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
-\input pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
-\input pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
-
-
-
% Local Variables:
% tab-width: 2
% End:
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
index a0632670d8..a0632670d8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
index ab8f4e6d3c..ab8f4e6d3c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.integerarithmetics.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
index 859d8266a9..859d8266a9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
index da20ce024f..969762c6c9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.tex
@@ -243,4 +243,4 @@
\pgfmath@ifundefined{pgfmath@randomlist@#2}{\pgfmath@error{Unknown random list `#2'}{}}{%
\edef\pgfmath@randomlistlength{\csname pgfmath@randomlist@#2\endcsname}%
\pgfmathrandominteger{\pgfmath@randomtemp}{1}{\pgfmath@randomlistlength}%
- \def#1{\csname pgfmath@randomlist@#2@\pgfmath@randomtemp\endcsname}}}
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname pgfmath@randomlist@#2@\pgfmath@randomtemp\endcsname}}}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
index 120e971c8c..120e971c8c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
index b76c5b440c..b76c5b440c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathode.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathode.code.tex
index f072c2361e..f072c2361e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathode.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathode.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathparser.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathparser.code.tex
index 439e62e437..8a560ff114 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathparser.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathparser.code.tex
@@ -29,12 +29,16 @@
\fi
\pgfmath@parse@next}
-\def\pgfmath@catcodes{% Maybe unnecessary.
- \catcode`\==12 %
- \catcode`\,=12 %
- \catcode`\|=12 %
- \catcode`\&=12 %
-}
+\begingroup
+ \lccode`\~=`\"
+ \lowercase{\endgroup
+ \def\pgfmath@catcodes{%
+ \catcode`\==12 %
+ \catcode`\,=12 %
+ \catcode`\|=12 %
+ \catcode`\&=12 %
+ \let~\pgfmath@char@quote
+ }}%
\def\pgfmathqparse{%
\begingroup
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathutil.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathutil.code.tex
index d8d67dd841..d8d67dd841 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmathutil.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/math/pgfmathutil.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex
index 5384b1a71b..c0a8346811 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleanimations.code.tex
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@
\def\pgf@anim@protocol@path@size{%
- \pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop\relax\pgf@anim@protocol@path@size@%
+ \pgfutil@ifnextchar\pgf@stop\pgfutil@gobble\pgf@anim@protocol@path@size@%
}%
\def\pgf@anim@protocol@path@size@#1#2#3{%
\pgf@protocolanimsizes@direct{#2}{#3}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulebending.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulebending.code.tex
index d2ffa8b3c5..d2ffa8b3c5 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulebending.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulebending.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex
index f60764d0be..96686aa73f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledatavisualization.code.tex
@@ -721,6 +721,7 @@
\def\pgf@partext{\par}%
\def\pgf@datagroup@readline{%
+ \endlinechar=-1 % suppress white space at end; this is local to `\pgfdata`
\immediate\read\r@pgf@reada to \pgf@temp%
\ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@partext%
\pgf@dv@format@emptyline%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex
index f7cdd13457..c119dd622f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduledecorations.code.tex
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
aspect/.code={\pgfmathparse{#1}\let\pgfdecorationsegmentaspect\pgfmathresult},
start radius/.initial=2.5pt,
end radius/.initial=2.5pt,
- radius/.style={start radius=#1,end radius=#1},
+ radius/.style={start radius={#1},end radius={#1}},
path has corners/.is if=pgfdecoratepathhascorners,
reverse path/.is if=pgf@decorate@inputsegmentobjects@reverse,
}%
@@ -2180,11 +2180,11 @@
\def\pgfsnakesegmentaspect{\pgfdecorationsegmentaspect}%
\pgfset{%
- /pgf/segment amplitude/.style={/pgf/decoration={amplitude=#1,shape height=2*#1}},
- /pgf/segment length/.style={/pgf/decoration={segment length=#1}},
- /pgf/segment angle/.style={/pgf/decoration={angle=#1}},
- /pgf/segment aspect/.style={/pgf/decoration={aspect=#1}},
- /pgf/segment object length/.style={/pgf/decoration={shape width=#1,radius=#1}}}%
+ /pgf/segment amplitude/.style={/pgf/decoration={amplitude={#1},shape height={2*(#1)}}},
+ /pgf/segment length/.style={/pgf/decoration={segment length={#1}}},
+ /pgf/segment angle/.style={/pgf/decoration={angle={#1}}},
+ /pgf/segment aspect/.style={/pgf/decoration={aspect={#1}}},
+ /pgf/segment object length/.style={/pgf/decoration={shape width={#1},radius={#1}}}}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex
index 01f6feee97..166eb47093 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
\def\pgf@matrix@addtolength#1#2{\edef\pgf@temp{#2}\expandafter\pgf@matrix@addtolength@\expandafter#1#2,\pgf@stop}%
\def\pgf@matrix@addtolength@#1#2,#3\pgf@stop{%
- \def\pgf@temp{#2}%
+ \pgfkeys@spdef\pgf@temp{#2}%
\ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty%
\else%
\ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@matrix@fixed@text%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex
index 55c9d6f651..55c9d6f651 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulenonlineartransformations.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex
index 86c1e8e996..86c1e8e996 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleoo.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex
index ca2a597560..ca2a597560 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleparser.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex
index 0afea0ae34..0afea0ae34 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex
index efef54af7a..6be10d1464 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex
@@ -887,13 +887,13 @@
\pgfset{
inner xsep/.initial =.3333em,
inner ysep/.initial =.3333em,
- inner sep/.style ={/pgf/inner xsep=#1,/pgf/inner ysep=#1},
+ inner sep/.style ={/pgf/inner xsep={#1},/pgf/inner ysep={#1}},
outer xsep/.initial =.5\pgflinewidth,
outer ysep/.initial =.5\pgflinewidth,
outer sep/.code =\pgf@handle@outer@sep{#1},
minimum width/.initial =1pt,
minimum height/.initial =1pt,
- minimum size/.style ={/pgf/minimum width=#1,/pgf/minimum height=#1},
+ minimum size/.style ={/pgf/minimum width={#1},/pgf/minimum height={#1}},
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex
index 9b692b1340..9b692b1340 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesnakes.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex
index 9aa1df9fef..9aa1df9fef 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/modules/pgfmodulesorting.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/pgf.revision.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/pgf.revision.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12b28e2045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/pgf.revision.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+\def\pgfrevision{3.1.10}
+\def\pgfversion{3.1.10}
+\def\pgfrevisiondate{2023-01-15}
+\def\pgfversiondate{2023-01-15}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.cfg b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgf.cfg
index 2580bad9d1..2580bad9d1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.cfg
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgf.cfg
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def
index 0678b18820..0678b18820 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-pdf.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf.def
index 765ffc8409..e1ad4e7021 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-pdf.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf.def
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
\pgferror{Unknown blend mode '#1'}%
\def\pgf@temp{Normal}%
\fi%
- \edef\pgf@temp{/pgf@bm\pgf@temp << /BM [ /\pgf@temp ] >>}%<<
+ \edef\pgf@temp{/pgf@bm\pgf@temp << /BM /\pgf@temp >>}%<<
\expandafter\pgfutil@addpdfresource@extgs\expandafter{\pgf@temp}%
\fi%
\pgfsysprotocol@literal{\csname pgf@sys@pdf@bm@#1\endcsname\space gs}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-postscript.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-postscript.def
index 004b8e38f4..004b8e38f4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-postscript.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-postscript.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-svg.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-svg.def
index f1d2729023..f1d2729023 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-common-svg.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-svg.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvi.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvi.def
index dbe6fb3130..dbe6fb3130 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvi.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvi.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def
index df1209aefb..df1209aefb 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfm.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def
index 2c0fc8ae55..7fc1a4e7ed 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvipdfmx.def
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
/XStep \pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xc\space
/YStep \pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yc\space
/Matrix [#2\space#3\space#4\space#5\space\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgfutil@tempdima\space\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgfutil@tempdimb]
- /Resources << >> %<<
+ /Resources <</Pattern<<>>>> %<<
}%
}%
\pgfutil@addpdfresource@patterns{/pgfpat#1\space @pgfpatternobject#1}%
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
/S /Luminosity
/G @pgfsmask\csname pgfsmaskxform@#1\endcsname
>> >>}%<<
- \expandafter\let\csname pgfsmask@#1\endcsname\expandafter\csname pgfsmaskxform@#1\endcsname%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgfsmask@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname pgfsmaskxform@#1\endcsname%
}
% Transparency groups came from pgfsys-pdftex.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvips.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvips.def
index 8a791ff5ad..8a791ff5ad 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvips.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvips.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def
index a089601182..a089601182 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def
index 4235c75d64..77e7c9bb7a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-dvisvgm4ht.def
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% Copyright 2020 by Michal Hoftich
+% Copyright 2021 by Michal Hoftich
% Copyright 2006 by Till Tantau
%
% This file may be distributed and/or modified
@@ -32,12 +32,11 @@
\def\run@pict@cmd{}% insert the \Picture hooks only in the top nesting level
\def\end@pict@cmd{}%
\ifdefined\EndPicture\else% We are already inside command that uses \Picture
- \ifdefined\inside@pict@cmd% handle nested uses
- \else
- % use different version of \Picture depending on the vertical mode
- \ifvmode\def\run@pict@cmd{\Picture*}\else\def\run@pict@cmd{\Picture+}\fi%
+ \ifdefined\inside@pict@cmd\else% handle nested uses
+ \ifdefined\tikzexternalize\else% Support externalize library
+ \def\run@pict@cmd{\Picture*}%
\def\end@pict@cmd{\EndPicture}%
- \fi\fi%
+ \fi\fi\fi%
% command used to detect nesting
\def\inside@pict@cmd{}%
\csname a:tikzpicture\endcsname%
@@ -48,16 +47,16 @@
\egroup%
}
-\AtBeginDocument{
- \NewConfigure{tikzpicture}{2}
- \catcode`\:=11
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \NewConfigure{tikzpicture}{2}%
+ \catcode`\:=11%
\Configure{tikzpicture}{%
\protect\csname nested:math\endcsname% support display math
\run@pict@cmd{}%
}{\end@pict@cmd}
% configure the output picture format to svg, as it will require dvisvgm
% post processing.
- \Configure{Picture}{.svg}
+ \Configure{Picture}{.svg}%
% insert tex4ht hooks around TikZ picture box
\def\pgfsys@typesetpicturebox#1{%
\texfourht@tikz@begin%
@@ -65,9 +64,9 @@
\texfourht@tikz@end%
}
%
- \ConfigureEnv{tikzpicture}{\ifvmode\Picture*{}\else\Picture+{}\fi\def\inside@pict@cmd{}}{\EndPicture}{}{}
- \ConfigureEnv{pgfpicture}{\ifvmode\Picture*{}\else\Picture+{}\fi\def\inside@pict@cmd{}}{\EndPicture}{}{}
- \catcode`\:=12
+ \ConfigureEnv{tikzpicture}{\texfourht@tikz@begin}{\texfourht@tikz@end}{}{}%
+ \ConfigureEnv{pgfpicture}{\texfourht@tikz@begin}{\texfourht@tikz@end}{}{}%
+ \catcode`\:=12%
}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-luatex.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-luatex.def
index b87edd0e6a..e60b1913a3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-luatex.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-luatex.def
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
/XStep \pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xc\space
/YStep \pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yc\space
/Matrix [#2\space#3\space#4\space#5\space\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgfutil@tempdima\space\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgfutil@tempdimb]
- /Resources << >> %<<
+ /Resources <</Pattern<<>>>> %<<
}
{#8}%
\pgfutil@addpdfresource@patterns{/pgfpat#1\space \the\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax\space 0 R}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-pdftex.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-pdftex.def
index 3654670e67..3b9b33006a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-pdftex.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-pdftex.def
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
/XStep \pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xc\space
/YStep \pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yc\space
/Matrix [#2\space#3\space#4\space#5\space\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgfutil@tempdima\space\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgfutil@tempdimb]
- /Resources << >> %<<
+ /Resources <</Pattern<<>>>> %<<
}
{#8}%
\pgfutil@addpdfresource@patterns{/pgfpat#1\space \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-tex4ht.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-tex4ht.def
index 44dd1ae5b0..44dd1ae5b0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-tex4ht.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-tex4ht.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-textures.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-textures.def
index 01f7cd9fb9..6f6163593d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-textures.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-textures.def
@@ -9,6 +9,10 @@
\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfsys-textures.def}
+\pgfutil@packagewarning
+ {pgfsys-textures.def}%
+ {This driver is deprecated and will be removed by the end of 2022.
+ Please switch to another TeX engine}
% Driver commands for textures driver
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-vtex.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-vtex.def
index 6bb0c71595..a1b0bea98d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-vtex.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-vtex.def
@@ -9,6 +9,10 @@
\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfsys-vtex.def}
+\pgfutil@packagewarning
+ {pgfsys-vtex.def}%
+ {This driver is deprecated and will be removed by the end of 2022.
+ Please switch to another TeX engine}
% Driver commands for vtex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-xetex.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-xetex.def
index ce08194ce1..ce08194ce1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys-xetex.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys-xetex.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys.code.tex
index fd87b09181..a673297299 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsys.code.tex
@@ -11,7 +11,9 @@
% Load key mechanism
-\input pgfkeys.code.tex
+\ifdefined\pgfkeysloaded\else
+ \input pgfkeys.code.tex
+\fi
% "pgf" is a family
\pgfkeys{/pgf/.is family}
@@ -519,7 +521,7 @@
\pgf@ya#4%
\advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@x%
\advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@y%
- \pgfmathdivide@\pgf@xa\pgf@ya%
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@ya}%
\let\aspectr\pgfmathresult%
\pgf@xb#5%
\pgf@yb#6%
@@ -527,12 +529,12 @@
\pgf@yc#8%
\advance\pgf@xc by-\pgf@xb%
\advance\pgf@yc by-\pgf@yb%
- \pgfmathdivide@\pgf@xc\pgf@yc%
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xc}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yc}%
\let\aspects\pgfmathresult%
\ifdim\aspectr pt#9\aspects pt%
- \pgfmathdivide@\pgf@xa\pgf@xc%
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xc}%
\else%
- \pgfmathdivide@\pgf@ya\pgf@yc%
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@ya}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yc}%
\fi%
\advance\pgf@x by.5\pgf@xa%
\advance\pgf@xb by.5\pgf@xc%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsysanimations.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysanimations.code.tex
index 49ba41bfc6..05bf9c3328 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsysanimations.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysanimations.code.tex
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@
% Interval too small: Goto end of interval
\def\pgfmathresult{1.0}%
\else%
- \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@ya}{\pgf@xa}%
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@ya}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}%
\fi%
\pgf@x\pgfmathresult pt\relax%
\expandafter\pgfsysanim@splitter\the\pgf@x%
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@
% Interval too small: Goto end of interval
\def\pgfmathresult{1.0}%
\else%
- \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@ya}{\pgf@xa}%
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@ya}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}%
\fi%
\pgf@x\pgfmathresult pt\relax%
\expandafter\pgfsysanim@splitter\the\pgf@x%
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@
% Interval too small: Goto end of interval
\def\pgfmathresult{1.0}%
\else%
- \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@ya}{\pgf@xa}%
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@ya}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}%
\fi%
\pgf@x\pgfmathresult pt\relax%
\expandafter\pgfsysanim@splitter\the\pgf@x%
@@ -1001,7 +1001,8 @@
% Interval too small: Goto end of interval
\def\pgfmathresult{1.0}%
\else%
- \pgfmathdivide@{\pgfsysanim@snap@repeat@arg}{\pgf@xa}%
+ % `\pgfsysanim@snap@repeat@arg` is a macro storing a dimen value, eg "4.0pt"
+ \pgfmathdivide@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\dimexpr\pgfsysanim@snap@repeat@arg}{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xa}%
\fi%
\pgf@x\pgfmathresult pt\relax%
\expandafter\pgfsysanim@splitter\the\pgf@x%
@@ -1823,7 +1824,7 @@
\def\pgfsysanim@frac@b{1}%
\else%
\let\pgfsysanim@divby\pgfmathresult%
- \pgfmathsubtract@{\pgf@xc}{\pgfsysanim@prev@time}%
+ \pgfmathsubtract@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@xc}{\pgfsysanim@prev@time}%
\pgfmathdivide@{\pgfmathresult}{\pgfsysanim@divby}%
\ifdim\pgfmathresult pt<0pt\def\pgfmathresult{0}\fi%
\ifdim\pgfmathresult pt>1pt\def\pgfmathresult{1}\fi%
@@ -1875,7 +1876,7 @@
\pgf@ya\pgfsysanim@ft%
\advance\pgf@ya by-\pgfsysanim@frac@a pt%
\pgf@yb\pgf@x
- \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@yb}%
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yb}%
\ifdim\pgfmathresult pt>2.5pt%
\def\pgfmathresult{2.5}%
\fi%
@@ -1906,7 +1907,7 @@
\pgf@ya\pgfsysanim@ft%
\advance\pgf@ya by-\pgfsysanim@frac@a pt%
\pgf@yb\pgf@x
- \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@yb}%
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yb}%
\ifdim\pgfmathresult pt>2.5pt%
\def\pgfmathresult{2.5}%
\fi%
@@ -1938,7 +1939,7 @@
\pgf@ya\pgfsysanim@ft%
\advance\pgf@ya by-\pgfsysanim@frac@a pt%
\pgf@yb\pgf@x
- \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@yb}%
+ \pgfmathreciprocal@{\pgf@sys@tonumber\pgf@yb}%
\ifdim\pgfmathresult pt>2.5pt%
\def\pgfmathresult{2.5}%
\fi%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex
index 32052b8a29..32052b8a29 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex
index 9fe3f1e7db..9fe3f1e7db 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/systemlayer/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfcalendar.code.tex
index a954d4adf0..0b02457d1f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfcalendar.code.tex
@@ -9,7 +9,9 @@
\ProvidesFileRCS{pgfcalendar.code.tex}
-\input pgfint.code.tex
+\ifdefined\pgfintloaded\else
+ \input pgfint.code.tex
+\fi
% Translation stuff
@@ -207,7 +209,7 @@
}
-\long\def\pgfcalendar@launch@ifdate#1#2#3{%
+\long\def\pgfcalendar@launch@ifdate#1{%
% When this macro is called, the pgfcalendarifdatexxxx macros must
% be setup correctly
%
@@ -215,9 +217,9 @@
\pgfcalendarmatchesfalse%
\pgfqkeys{/pgf/calendar}{#1}%
\ifpgfcalendarmatches%
- #2%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@firstoftwo
\else%
- #3%
+ \expandafter\pgfutil@secondoftwo
\fi%
}
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfexternal.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternal.tex
index 7f9c4a0293..7f9c4a0293 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfexternal.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternal.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex
index 907083ef3b..907083ef3b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfexternalwithdepth.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgffor.code.tex
index 65b62b8cf9..f81a61c9e1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgffor.code.tex
@@ -10,7 +10,9 @@
\ProvidesPackageRCS{pgffor.code.tex}
% pgfmath is needed
-\input pgfmath.code.tex
+\ifdefined\pgfmathloaded\else
+ \input pgfmath.code.tex
+\fi
\newdimen\pgffor@iter
\newdimen\pgffor@skip
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeys.code.tex
index 184506a185..f24557f842 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeys.code.tex
@@ -26,6 +26,13 @@
\def\pgfkeys@empty{}
\long\def\pgfkeys@firstoftwo#1#2{#1}
\long\def\pgfkeys@secondoftwo#1#2{#2}
+\long\def\pgfkeys@ifcsname#1{%
+ \ifcsname#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\pgfkeys@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\pgfkeys@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+}
% This is useful:
@@ -55,6 +62,17 @@
\let\pgfkeys@unexpanded \normalunexpanded
\fi
+\begingroup
+ \edef\pgfkeys@tmpa{\string\expanded}
+ \edef\pgfkeys@tmpb{\meaning\pgfkeys@expanded}
+ \expandafter
+\endgroup
+\ifx\pgfkeys@tmpa\pgfkeys@tmpb
+\else
+ \pgfkeys@error{PGF requires the \noexpand\expanded primitive}
+ \csname @@end\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter\end%
+\fi
+
% Set a key to a value
%
@@ -134,7 +152,7 @@
%
% \pgfkeyslet{/algo/swap}{\myswap}
-\def\pgfkeyslet#1#2{%
+\long\def\pgfkeyslet#1#2{%
\expandafter\let\csname pgfk@#1\endcsname#2%
}
@@ -152,7 +170,10 @@
%
% \pgfkeysgetvalue{/tikz/swap}{\myswap}
-\def\pgfkeysgetvalue#1#2{\expandafter\let\expandafter#2\csname pgfk@#1\endcsname}
+\long\def\pgfkeysgetvalue#1#2{%
+ \pgfkeys@ifcsname{pgfk@#1}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter#2\csname pgfk@#1\endcsname}%
+ {\let#2\relax}}
@@ -169,7 +190,8 @@
%
% The length is \pgfkeysvalue{/tikz/length}.
-\def\pgfkeysvalueof#1{\csname pgfk@#1\endcsname}
+\let\pgfkeys@relax\relax
+\long\def\pgfkeysvalueof#1{\csname\pgfkeys@ifcsname{pgfk@#1}{pgfk@#1}{pgfkeys@relax}\endcsname}
@@ -368,7 +390,9 @@
\def\pgfkeys@case@one{%
\pgfkeysifdefined{\pgfkeyscurrentkey/.@cmd}%
{\pgfkeysgetvalue{\pgfkeyscurrentkey/.@cmd}{\pgfkeys@code}%
- \expandafter\pgfkeys@code\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfeov}
+ \ifx\pgfkeys@code\relax\expandafter\pgfkeys@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\pgfkeys@secondoftwo\fi
+ {\pgfkeys@unknown}%
+ {\expandafter\pgfkeys@code\pgfkeyscurrentvalue\pgfeov}}
{\pgfkeys@case@two}%
}
@@ -436,20 +460,20 @@
\def\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler#1#2{#1}%
\let\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler@handleall=\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler
\def\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler@handleonlyexisting#1#2{%
- \ifcsname pgfk@excpt@\pgfkeyscurrentname\endcsname%
+ \pgfkeys@ifcsname{pgfk@excpt@\pgfkeyscurrentname}{%
#1% ok, this particular key handler is known and should be processed in any case (for example .try)
- \else
+ }{%
% implement the 'only existing' feature here:
\pgfkeysifdefined{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{#1}{%
\pgfkeysifdefined{\pgfkeyscurrentpath/.@cmd}{#1}{#2}%
}{}%
- \fi%
+ }%
}%
\def\pgfkeys@ifexecutehandler@handlefullorexisting#1#2{%
\ifpgfkeysaddeddefaultpath
- \ifcsname pgfk@excpt@\pgfkeyscurrentname\endcsname%
+ \pgfkeys@ifcsname{pgfk@excpt@\pgfkeyscurrentname}{%
#1% ok, this particular key handler is known and be processed in any case (for example .try)
- \else
+ }{%
% implement the 'only existing' feature here:
\pgfkeysifdefined{\pgfkeyscurrentpath}{%
#1%
@@ -460,7 +484,7 @@
#2%
}%
}%
- \fi%
+ }%
\else
#1% ok, always true if the USER explicitly provided the full key path.
\fi
@@ -560,7 +584,7 @@
%
% Example:
%
-% \pgfqkeys{/tikz}{myother length/.code=\def\myotherlength{#1}\pgfkeysalso{length=#1}}
+% \pgfqkeys{/tikz}{myother length/.code=\def\myotherlength{#1}\pgfkeysalso{length={#1}}}
\def\pgfqkeys{\expandafter\pgfkeys@@qset\expandafter{\pgfkeysdefaultpath}}%
\long\def\pgfkeys@@qset#1#2#3{\def\pgfkeysdefaultpath{#2/}\pgfkeys@parse#3,\pgfkeys@mainstop\def\pgfkeysdefaultpath{#1}}
@@ -578,7 +602,7 @@
%
% Example:
%
-% \pgfkeys{tikz,myother length/.code=\def\myotherlength{#1}\pgfkeysalso{length=#1}}
+% \pgfkeys{tikz,myother length/.code=\def\myotherlength{#1}\pgfkeysalso{length={#1}}}
\long\def\pgfkeysalso#1{\pgfkeys@parse#1,\pgfkeys@mainstop}
@@ -598,7 +622,7 @@
% Example:
%
% \begingroup
-% \pgfqkeysalso{/tikz}{myother length/.code=\def\myotherlength{#1}\pgfkeysalso{length=#1}}
+% \pgfqkeysalso{/tikz}{myother length/.code=\def\myotherlength{#1}\pgfkeysalso{length={#1}}}
\long\def\pgfqkeysalso#1#2{\def\pgfkeysdefaultpath{#1/}\pgfkeys@parse#2,\pgfkeys@mainstop}
@@ -848,12 +872,12 @@
}%
}
\def\pgfkeys@handle@boolean#1#2{%
- \ifcsname#1#2\endcsname%
+ \pgfkeys@ifcsname{#1#2}{%
\csname#1#2\endcsname%
- \else%
+ }{%
\def\pgf@marshal{\pgfkeysvalueof{/errors/boolean expected/.@cmd}}%
\expandafter\pgf@marshal\expandafter{\pgfkeyscurrentkey}{#2}\pgfeov%
- \fi
+ }%
}
\pgfkeys{/handlers/.is choice/.code=%
@@ -985,12 +1009,12 @@
\long\def\pgfkeys@exp@call#1{\pgfkeysalso{\pgfkeyscurrentpath={#1}}}
\def\pgfkeys@mathparse{%
- \ifcsname pgfmathparse\endcsname
- \expandafter\pgfmathparse
- \else
+ \pgfkeys@ifcsname{pgfmathparse}{%
+ \pgfmathparse
+ }{%
\pgfkeys@error{You have to load `pgfmath' to use \string\pgfmathparse}%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\pgfmathresult
- \fi
+ \def\pgfmathresult
+ }%
}
\pgfkeys{/handlers/.evaluated/.code=\pgfkeys@mathparse{#1}\expandafter\pgfkeys@exp@call\expandafter{\pgfmathresult}}
@@ -1044,7 +1068,7 @@
% Utilities
-\pgfkeys{/utils/exec/.code=#1} % simply execute the given code directly.
+\pgfkeys{/utils/exec/.code={#1}} % simply execute the given code directly.
% Errors
@@ -1154,7 +1178,55 @@
\def\:{\pgf@keys@utilxifnch} \expandafter\gdef\: {\futurelet\pgf@keys@utillet@token\pgf@keys@utilifnch}
}
+\chardef\pgfkeys@inputcheck0
+\def\pgfkeys@IfFileExists#1{%
+ \openin\pgfkeys@inputcheck=#1
+ \ifeof\pgfkeys@inputcheck
+ \expandafter\closein\expandafter\pgfkeys@inputcheck
+ \expandafter\pgfkeys@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\closein\expandafter\pgfkeys@inputcheck
+ \expandafter\pgfkeys@firstoftwo
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Library system for pgfkeys
+\def\usepgfkeyslibrary{\pgf@keys@utilifnextchar[{\pgfkeys@@uselibrary}{\pgfkeys@uselibrary}}
+\def\pgfkeys@@uselibrary[#1]{\pgfkeys@uselibrary{#1}}
+\def\pgfkeys@uselibrary#1{\pgfkeys@uselibrary@parse#1,\pgfkeys@mainstop}
+\def\pgfkeys@uselibrary@parse{%
+ \pgf@keys@utilifnextchar\pgfkeys@mainstop{\pgfkeys@cleanup}{\pgfkeys@uselibrary@normal}%
+}%
+\def\pgfkeys@uselibrary@normal#1,{%
+ \pgfkeys@uselibrary@load{#1}%
+ \pgfkeys@uselibrary@parse
+}
+\def\pgfkeys@uselibrary@load#1{%
+ \expandafter\pgfkeys@spdef\expandafter\pgf@temp\expandafter{#1}%
+ \ifx\pgf@temp\pgfkeys@empty\expandafter\pgfkeys@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\pgfkeys@secondoftwo\fi{}{%
+ \pgfkeys@ifcsname{pgfkeys@library@\pgf@temp @loaded}{}{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname pgfkeys@library@\pgf@temp @loaded\endcsname=\pgfkeys@empty
+ \expandafter\edef\csname pgfkeys@library@#1@atcode\endcsname{\the\catcode`\@}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname pgfkeys@library@#1@barcode\endcsname{\the\catcode`\|}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname pgfkeys@library@#1@dollarcode\endcsname{\the\catcode`\$}%
+ \catcode`\@=11
+ \catcode`\|=12
+ \catcode`\$=3
+ \pgfkeys@IfFileExists{pgfkeyslibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex}{%
+ \input pgfkeyslibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex
+ }{%
+ \pgfkeys@error{I did not find the pgfkeys library '\pgf@temp'. I looked for the
+ file named pgfkeyslibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex, but could not find it in the
+ current texmf trees.}%
+ }%
+ \catcode`\@=\csname pgfkeys@library@#1@atcode\endcsname
+ \catcode`\|=\csname pgfkeys@library@#1@barcode\endcsname
+ \catcode`\$=\csname pgfkeys@library@#1@dollarcode\endcsname
+ }%
+ }%
+}
-\input pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex
+\let\pgfkeys@library@filtered@loaded\pgfkeys@empty
+\input pgfkeyslibraryfiltered.code.tex
\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeyslibraryfiltered.code.tex
index 5772bcadca..37972ba7e0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfkeyslibraryfiltered.code.tex
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
\pgfkeysiffamilydefined{#2}{%
\pgfkeyssetvalue{#1/family}{#2}%
}{%
- \pgfkeysalso{/errors/family unknown=#2}%
+ \pgfkeysalso{/errors/family unknown={#2}}%
}%
}%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
index 8f53c1d7ba..ee194939ee 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex
@@ -23,12 +23,10 @@
% prints out a message to the log.
\pgfutil@IfFileExists{pgf.revision.tex}{\input pgf.revision.tex } {%
- \def\pgfrevision{0}%
+ \def\pgfrevision{0.0}%
\def\pgfversion{0.0}%
- \def\pgfversiondatetime{2014-07-01 00:00:00 +100}%
- \def\pgfrevisiondatetime{2014-07-01 00:00:00 +100}%
- \def\pgfversiondate{2014/07/01}%
- \def\pgfrevisiondate{2014/07/01}%
+ \def\pgfversiondate{2014-07-01}%
+ \def\pgfrevisiondate{2014-07-01}%
}
\begingroup
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-common-lists.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common-lists.tex
index 5e807b2e4f..783a53e11e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-common-lists.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common-lists.tex
@@ -18,6 +18,10 @@
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\pgfutil@packagewarning
+ {pgfutil-common-lists}%
+ {This package is deprecated and will be removed by the end of 2022}
+
% Usage:
% \pgfapplistnewempty\macro
\def\pgfapplistnewempty#1{%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-common.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common.tex
index 952af70f55..0ecdc68887 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-common.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-common.tex
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
\pgfutil@InputIfFileExists{pgflibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex}{}{%
\pgferror{I did not find the pgf library
'\pgf@temp'. I looked for the file named
- pgflibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex, but could not find it in in
+ pgflibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex, but could not find it in
the current texmf trees.}
}%
\catcode`\@=\csname pgf@library@#1@atcode\endcsname
@@ -909,6 +909,5 @@
\pgfmath@smuggleone#1%
\endgroup
}%
-\input pgfutil-common-lists.tex
\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-context.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-context.def
index eddab09aba..eddab09aba 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-context.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-context.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-latex.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-latex.def
index 07a7fb1a4b..e88cfb9427 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-latex.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-latex.def
@@ -90,7 +90,10 @@
\def\pgfutil@check@rerun#1#2{\@newl@bel{pgf@lab}{#1}{#2}}
-\AtBeginDocument{\AtEndDocument{\clearpage\the\pgfutil@everybye}}
+\AtBeginDocument{\AtEndDocument{%
+ \if\relax\detokenize\expandafter{\the\pgfutil@everybye}\relax\else
+ \expandafter\clearpage\expandafter\the\expandafter\pgfutil@everybye
+ \fi}}
% \@ifl@t@r is defined \@onlypremable so we have to save it here
\let\pgfutil@ifl@t@r=\@ifl@t@r
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-plain.def b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-plain.def
index 2d08c5303f..2d08c5303f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfutil-plain.def
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/generic/utilities/pgfutil-plain.def
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgf.sty
index 0474adfc31..0474adfc31 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgf.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseimage.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.sty
index 7920e4daa9..7920e4daa9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseimage.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaselayers.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.sty
index 7920e4daa9..7920e4daa9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaselayers.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasematrix.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.sty
index 01715384c1..01715384c1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasematrix.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasepatterns.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.sty
index 7920e4daa9..7920e4daa9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasepatterns.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseplot.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.sty
index 1db7f610e1..1db7f610e1 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseplot.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseshapes.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.sty
index b91b44df18..b91b44df18 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseshapes.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasesnakes.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.sty
index 82fcb1f0a2..82fcb1f0a2 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasesnakes.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfcore.sty
index e50a3cec5d..02c5e696e0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/basiclayer/pgfcore.sty
@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@
\RequirePackage{keyval}
\RequirePackage{xcolor}
-\def\pgf@texdist@protect{\protect}%
-
\input{pgfcore.code.tex}
\endinput
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfarrows.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfarrows.sty
index d619cfd7df..d619cfd7df 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfarrows.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfarrows.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfautomata.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfautomata.sty
index a5ccb62fae..a5ccb62fae 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfautomata.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfautomata.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty
index 8bb5ab447d..8bb5ab447d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty
index 573d45d9b4..573d45d9b4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfheaps.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfheaps.sty
index 6228c961ce..6228c961ce 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfheaps.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfheaps.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryarrows.sty
index 253ed35a84..253ed35a84 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryarrows.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryarrows.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryautomata.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryautomata.sty
index 1ea9902cc4..1ea9902cc4 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryautomata.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryautomata.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty
index 536003568b..536003568b 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplothandlers.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty
index af70c2d7d6..af70c2d7d6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryplotmarks.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryshapes.sty
index 96d64709a0..96d64709a0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibraryshapes.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibraryshapes.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysnakes.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarysnakes.sty
index d0ee7fa924..d0ee7fa924 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarysnakes.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarysnakes.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty
index 94a1c0f5cf..94a1c0f5cf 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikzbackgrounds.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty
index 676b28d47d..676b28d47d 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgflibrarytikztrees.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfnodes.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfnodes.sty
index c58f3bc2b7..c58f3bc2b7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfnodes.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfnodes.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfshade.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfshade.sty
index 2b3283010c..2b3283010c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfshade.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/compatibility/pgfshade.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex
index 4096700dbe..68ecfffc44 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual-en-macros.tex
@@ -1101,6 +1101,21 @@
\end{pgfmanualentry}
}
+\newenvironment{pgfkeyslibrary}[1]{%
+ \begin{pgfmanualentry}%
+ \pgfmanualentryheadline{%
+ \pgfmanualpdflabel{#1}{}%
+ \textbf{pgfkeys Library} \texttt{\declare{#1}}}%
+ \index{#1@\protect\texttt{#1} pgfkeys library}%
+ \index{pgfkeys Libraries!#1@\protect\texttt{#1}}%
+ \vskip.25em
+ {{\ttfamily\char`\\usepgfkeyslibrary\char`\{\declare{#1}\char`\}\space\space \char`\%\space\space \LaTeX\space and plain \TeX}}\\
+ {{\ttfamily\char`\\usepgfkeyslibrary[\declare{#1}]\space \char`\%\space\space Con\TeX t}}\\[.5em]%
+ \pgfmanualbody
+}%
+{%
+ \end{pgfmanualentry}%
+}
\newenvironment{filedescription}[1]{
@@ -1696,6 +1711,9 @@
{%
\returntospace%
\commenthandler%
+ % ensures the active ^^M is protected thus won't be expanded in the
+ % following \xdef\code@temp{#1}
+ \obeylines%
\xdef\code@temp{#1}% removes returns and comments
}%
\edef\pgfmanualmcatcode{\the\catcode`\^^M}%
@@ -1712,6 +1730,9 @@
{%
\returntospace%
\commenthandler%
+ % ensures the active ^^M is protected thus won't be expanded in the
+ % following \xdef\code@temp{#1}
+ \obeylines%
\xdef\code@temp{#1}% removes returns and comments
}%
\catcode`\^^M=9%
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.code.tex
index 3c5ebee2ab..3c5ebee2ab 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex
index 32186b64ed..e8dfaa565e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.pdflinks.code.tex
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
/pdflinks/codeexample links/.default=true,
%
% How to render a hyperlink
- /pdflinks/render hyperlink/.code=#1,
+ /pdflinks/render hyperlink/.code={#1},
%
% whenever an unqualified key is found, the following key prefix
% list is tried to find a match.
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex
index d01b375a9c..d01b375a9c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.prettyprinter.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.sty
index 9edf770834..9edf770834 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmanual.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/doc/pgfmanual.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/libraries/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex
index 3d2e48fa57..3d2e48fa57 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/libraries/tikzlibraryexternal.code.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfpict2e.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/pgfpict2e.sty
index 5bb19603ea..5bb19603ea 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfpict2e.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/pgfpict2e.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/tikz.sty
index 9efacf0d75..9efacf0d75 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/frontendlayer/tikz.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/math/pgfmath.sty
index 2ab7c54624..2ab7c54624 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/math/pgfmath.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/systemlayer/pgfsys.sty
index c87aded119..c87aded119 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/systemlayer/pgfsys.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfcalendar.sty
index 52cb4c3771..52cb4c3771 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfcalendar.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgffor.sty
index 246e8259ed..246e8259ed 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgffor.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfkeys.sty
index aa0d3e02fe..aa0d3e02fe 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfkeys.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfpages.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfpages.sty
index f71239f2e0..f71239f2e0 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfpages.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfpages.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfparser.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfparser.sty
index 5e1956b39f..5e1956b39f 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfparser.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfparser.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfrcs.sty
index b7124aab51..b7124aab51 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/pgfrcs.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzexternal.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/tikzexternal.sty
index 5add24053a..5add24053a 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikzexternal.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/tikzexternal.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/xxcolor.sty b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/xxcolor.sty
index 9a4bb4e5b6..9a4bb4e5b6 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/xxcolor.sty
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/latex/utilities/xxcolor.sty
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.revision.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.revision.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 18d9909178..0000000000
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.revision.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-\begingroup
-\catcode`\-=12
-\catcode`\/=12
-\catcode`\.=12
-\catcode`\:=12
-\catcode`\+=12
-\catcode`\-=12
-\gdef\pgfrevision{3.1.9a}
-\gdef\pgfversion{3.1.9a}
-\gdef\pgfversiondatetime{2021-05-15 12:06:55 +0200}
-\gdef\pgfrevisiondatetime{2021-05-15 12:06:55 +0200}
-\gdef\pgf@glob@TMPa#1-#2-#3 #4\relax{#1/#2/#3}
-\xdef\pgfversiondate{\expandafter\pgf@glob@TMPa\pgfversiondatetime\relax}
-\xdef\pgfrevisiondate{\expandafter\pgf@glob@TMPa\pgfrevisiondatetime\relax}
-\endgroup
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgf.tex
index 86de7a622e..86de7a622e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgf.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgf.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseimage.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.tex
index 3b7886284c..3b7886284c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseimage.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseimage.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaselayers.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.tex
index d6361eadd8..d6361eadd8 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaselayers.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaselayers.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasematrix.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.tex
index fadfabf8de..fadfabf8de 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasematrix.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasematrix.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasepatterns.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.tex
index a014a5123e..a014a5123e 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasepatterns.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasepatterns.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseplot.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.tex
index 1efa3a8ae9..1efa3a8ae9 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseplot.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseplot.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseshapes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.tex
index 3178e515ca..3178e515ca 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbaseshapes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbaseshapes.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasesnakes.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.tex
index 650e5ae1ac..650e5ae1ac 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfbasesnakes.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfbasesnakes.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfcore.tex
index a3d621b0ff..a3d621b0ff 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcore.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/basiclayer/pgfcore.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/frontendlayer/tikz.tex
index 52d809fb55..52d809fb55 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/tikz.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/frontendlayer/tikz.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/math/pgfmath.tex
index ffc401447c..ffc401447c 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfmath.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/math/pgfmath.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/systemlayer/pgfsys.tex
index f27edec1e3..f27edec1e3 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfsys.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/systemlayer/pgfsys.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfcalendar.tex
index 81b1893e87..81b1893e87 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfcalendar.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfcalendar.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgffor.tex
index 13885f2aba..13885f2aba 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgffor.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgffor.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfkeys.tex
index 278d520452..278d520452 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfkeys.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfkeys.tex
diff --git a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.tex b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfrcs.tex
index f1054823b7..f1054823b7 100644
--- a/graphics/pgf/base/tex/pgfrcs.tex
+++ b/graphics/pgf/base/tex/plain/utilities/pgfrcs.tex
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
index f7f8b0fd53..4bdfc0ddad 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
@@ -1,8 +1,318 @@
2022-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+ January 2023 release to CTAN.
+ * NEWS: update.
+
+ * mirroring.html,
+ * writing.html: use https, $Date.
+
+2023-01-14 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * latex2e-es.texi: install another updated translation from
+ Nachec <nachopacheco@gmail.com>, latexrefman mail
+ of 14 Jan 2023 04:35:07.
+
+2023-01-11 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * latex2e-es.texi: install updated translation from
+ Nachec <nachopacheco@gmail.com>, latexrefman mail
+ of 11 Jan 2023 04:26:49. Regenerate all.
+
+2023-01-10 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (bm): new section, split from
+ \boldmath & \unboldmath): here and revised per advice from Carlisle.
+ (OpenType bold math): another new node based on Carlisle's information.
+ https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/974
+
+2022-12-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (Dots): say more about amsmath's overwriting of the
+ kernel's \dots, and about Unicode vs. traditional output.
+ (@microtype on): use this, per Texinfo 7.0.
+ (thoughout): avoid some use of "very", fix under/overfull boxes.
+
+2022-11-19 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (\frame): "is put" typo, from Pieter van Oostrum.
+ https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/bugs/?580
+
+2022-09-17 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (Math symbols): \bigtriangle{up,down} are binary
+ operators (mathbin), not [big] operators (mathop), per fontdef.dtx.
+ And \varbigtriangle{up,down} are synonyms.
+ Report from Masato Shinokawa, 18 Apr 2022 10:36:24.
+
+ * latex2e.texi (\lastlinefit): reset to 0 (latest texinfo.tex sets
+ to 500) to avoid numerous new underfull box warnings for last
+ lines of paragraphs.
+ (Class and package commands): use @itemx for second and subsequent
+ items.
+ (Text symbols) <\textbackslash>: note that \texttt{\textbackslash}
+ does not produce a typewriter backslash without [T1]{fontenc}.
+ <\textbraceleft, \textbraceright>: likewise.
+
+2022-09-07 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (Page breaking): @dfn{...}-ize word ``badness''.
+ (\clearpage & \cleardoublepage): Clarifies that changing
+ \cleardooublepage will affect it everywhere, not only in \chapter.
+ (\enlargethispage): @var{...}-ize word ``size'' in synopsis.
+ (\pagebreak & \nopagebreak): ``this command'' -> ``these commands''.
+ (Colored text): ``specification'' -> ``color specification'' for
+ the sake of consistency.
+
+2022-08-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] More typoes (bis) + regenerate all files.
+
+ * README-fr: About word ``standard'' and example translation.
+
+ * latex2e.texi (\pagestyle): ``right'' -> ``right-head''.
+ (\write18): Fix example.
+ (Command line interface): @code{...} -> @command{...}
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi: More typoes, bis.
+
+2022-08-23 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] More typoes + regenerate HTML outputs.
+
+ Fix typoes reported on fr.comp.text.tex & gut@ens.fr. Thanks to @'Eric
+ Guichard, Paul Gaborit, G@'erard Fleuter for their reports.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Calligraphic: distinguish the French version description from the English one
+
+ Specific to the French version:
+ - use just ``script'' and not ``script-like''
+ - do not use ``cursive''
+ - introduce font name ``Math Calligraphic''
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Fonts, Font styles)
+ (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Text symbols): Align on en.
+ (Using BibTeX, Bib@TeX{} error messages): Typo
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Typoes
+
+ latex2e-fr.texi: Replace some ``x'' in column width specifiers by
+ ``@ '' for the spell checker not to find x as a typo.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propagate Jim's r677.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] complete propagating Jim's r643.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] translate ``material'' by ``mati`ere'', not by ``mat'eriel''.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propagate Jim's r641.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propagate Jim's r644.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\hspace): Use consistent wording ``non
+ suppressible'' for ``non discardable''.
+ (\vspace): ``@'etoil@'ee'' -> ``en @code{*}'' to stick to en.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Finalize propagating Jim's r639.
+
+ Notably nodes ``\indent & \noindent'' and ``\ensuremath''.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propagate Karl's r1086.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propagate Karl's r1083.
+
+ Clarify ``sequences of read characters'' -> ``stream of read
+ characters'', after discussing this with Karl.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propate Jim's r370.
+
+2022-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (Font styles): ``text'' -> ``@var{text}''
+ (Text symbols): @PkgIndex{...}-ize textcomp index.
+
+2022-08-21 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (Font styles, tabular)
+ (\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip): Add anchors.
+ (Font styles): Comment for asking English natives to improve some
+ wording.
+ (\flushbottom): ``documents'' -> ``document'' --- confirmed by Jim.
+ (\raggedbottom): ``twoside'' -> ``twocolumn'' --- confirmed by Karl.
+ (\appendix, tabular, Control sequences, Making paragraphs)
+ (Math functions, Over- and Underlining, \sqrt, \pagenumbering)
+ (\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak): Improve wording.
+ (abstract): Fix @PkgIndex call.
+ (tabular): fix => ``|'' does not remove \tabcolsep.
+ (Control sequences): ``sequences'' -> ``the stream'' --- confirmed by Karl.
+ (Subscripts & superscripts): Clarify why ``\(3^3^3\)''
+ fails. ``parenthesis'' -> ``curly braces''. ``error'' -> ``TeX error''.
+ (\left & \right): @dfn{...}-ize ``null delimiter''.
+ (Math functions): Fix @math{...} display. Typo --- Infimum. Fix extra @iftex.
+ (\stackrel): suppress useless ``one of''.
+ (\pagenumbering): Clarify how \pagenumbering is global.
+ (\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip): Add @findex.
+ (Accents): Fix @ref-erence.
+
+2022-08-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [en,fr] Use (...) brackets in index ``(for ...)'' qualifications.
+
+2022-08-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * README-fr: Elaborate on translating ``empty curly brackets'' to
+ ``accolades vides''.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propagate Karl's r1077.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propagate changes about BibTeX from Karl's r1069 & r1070.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Propagates changes on nodes \pagestyle, \maketitle from Jim's r644.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi: (\openin & \openout): After Karl's r1073, LuaTeX
+ max open stream count can be 127.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in a table): Align on English.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\newtheorem): align on English, ie propagate Jim's
+ r483.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\hrulefill & \dotfill): Realign on English.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\addtocontents): Align on English version.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] Various translation improvements.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] list, fix translation.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Fix translation.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Fix translation.
+ (\DeclareGraphicsRule): ``fichier bitmap'' -> ``fichier .bmp''.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (fontenc package): Fix translation.
+ (list): Fix translation.
+ (Accents): Fix translation.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (center): fix translation.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\accent): Translate this node.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\resizebox): Translation.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Fonts): Typo.
+ (\scalebox): Translate node.
+
+2022-08-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (html intro): Point at the French version of
+ learnlatex.org.
+ (\rotatebox): Translate this node.
+ (\scalebox): @file{...} -> @package{...}
+
+2022-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ [fr] typoes.
+
+2022-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\bibitem): Improve wording.
+ (\footnote): Improve wording.
+ (\footnotemark): Typoes.
+ (Footnotes in a table): Improve wording. Translate example.
+ (\includegraphics): Typoes.
+
+ * README-fr: add info about at-sign translation.
+
+2022-08-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (Units of length): @dmn{...} where applicable.
+ (\maketitle): ``footnote'' -> ``footnote mark''. Clarifies that
+ the No \title error happens on \maketitle.
+ (\pagestyle): ``blank'' -> ``empty content''.
+
+2022-05-13 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * latex2e.texi (.* & .*): for each node name "foo & bar",
+ uniformly provide @anchor{foo} and @anchor{bar}, for possible ease
+ of searching and referencing, especially online.
+
+ * latex2e.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): had an extra
+ [@var{nargs}] in synopsis. Report from Vladimir Ivanovic,
+ 11 May 2022. Also correct and (hopefully) clarify optional
+ argument description.
+
+2022-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * latex2e-es.xml: remove bogus CR characters. CTAN complained.
+
+2022-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
January 2022 release to CTAN.
* NEWS: update.
+ * mirroring.html,
+ * writing.html: use https, $Date.
+
2022-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
index 3f52d9459f..55f36948f0 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: Makefile 1073 2021-11-13 21:50:34Z karl $
+# $Id: Makefile 1142 2023-01-11 16:09:29Z karl $
# Public domain. Originally written 2006, Karl Berry.
# Makefile for latexrefman.
@@ -29,7 +29,13 @@ texi2info = $(makeinfo) --no-split
texi2txt = $(makeinfo) --plaintext --no-split
texi2xml = $(makeinfo) --xml
#
-htmlopts = --html --css-include=latex2e.css $(t2html_top) $(t2html_home) -c WORDS_IN_PAGE=10000
+htmlopts = --html $(html_css) $(t2html_top) $(t2html_home) $(html_pagewords)
+#
+html_css = --css-include=latex2e.css
+#
+# Nodes must be larger than this to get navigation panel at bottom of
+# page; default is 300.
+html_pagewords = -c WORDS_IN_PAGE=10000
#
# Go somewhere useful from Top:
t2html_top = -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=https://tug.org/texinfohtml/
@@ -46,7 +52,7 @@ t2html_home = -c PRE_BODY_CLOSE="<hr/><div class='referenceinfo'>\
#
%.dbk: %.texi
$(texi2docbook) -o $@ $<
-%.html: %.texi %.css
+%.html: %.texi latex2e.css
$(texi2html) $<
%.info: %.texi
$(texi2info) $<
@@ -106,7 +112,7 @@ dist: en es
rm -f $(distzip)
zip -q $(distzip) \
$(addprefix $(distname)/, $(txt_files) \
- latex2e.texi common.texi $(en_mi_output) latex2e.pdf) \
+latex2e.texi common.texi $(en_mi_output) latex2e.pdf) \
$(addprefix $(distname)/spanish/, $(es_mi_output) latex2e-es.pdf) \
$(addprefix $(distname)/latex2e-figures/, $(figure_files)) \
$(addprefix $(distname)/graphics/, README $(figure_source_files))
@@ -120,9 +126,12 @@ easyurls: htmlsplit dist
&& rm -rf testdist && mkdir -p testdist \
&& cp ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree.zip testdist \
&& rm -rf latex2e && unzip -q testdist/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree \
- && ./easyurls.py --directory latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index --debug \
+ && $(easyurls_python) ./easyurls.py $(easyurls_opt) \
&& zip -rq ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree-easyurls.zip latex2e
+easyurls_python = python3.6 # depends on bs4 (beautifulsoup4)
+easyurls_opt = --directory latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index --debug
+
# To update web site, after basic build is ok (check-dw, spelling, etc.),
# first undo temporary build results:
# make svr # revert generated single files
@@ -133,18 +142,32 @@ easyurls: htmlsplit dist
# make
# make htmlsplit
# make dist
-# make easyurls
-# make commitready
-# svn commit # to commit regenerated files
+# make easyurls # depends htmlsplit and dist
+# make commitready # many files will have status !
+# svn commit # to commit regenerated files
# then:
-# svn update # to restore easy url stubs
-#
+# svn update # restore easy url stubs
+# make svrsplit # restore generated split html
+#
+# If uploading to CTAN:
+# (update NEWS, write announcement)
+# upload latex2e-help-texinfo.zip
+#
+# Clean up:
+# rm -rf src/testdist src/latex2e
+# rm -rf latex2e-help-texinfo
+# rm latex2e-help-texinfo-tree{,-easyurls}.zip
+# rm latex2e-help-texinfo.zip
+
+# In Texinfo 7.0, the default output directory changed to foo_html.
+# Change it back.
+html_split_opts = $(htmlopts) -o latex2e
# Get many small .html files.
htmlsplit: en
rm -rf $(htmlsplit)
mkdir $(htmlsplit) && cd $(htmlsplit) && ln -s ../* .
- cd $(htmlsplit) && $(makeinfo) $(htmlopts) latex2e.texi
+ cd $(htmlsplit) && $(makeinfo) $(html_split_opts) latex2e.texi
cd $(htmlsplit)/latex2e && ln -s ../../latex2e-figures .
# Right before a commit, delete html files that are gone and add new ones.
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
index 26b3816a32..3c70b711cf 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
@@ -1,11 +1,30 @@
-$Id: NEWS 1078 2022-01-26 18:12:17Z karl $
+$Id: NEWS 1145 2023-01-15 16:23:59Z karl $
NEWS for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package.
Public domain. Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen.
-French translation originally from Vincent Belaiche.
-Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently looking for
-a maintainer).
- Some changes in January 2022 release:
+French translation from Vincent Belaiche.
+Spanish translation from Nacho Pacheco.
+Updates are welcome.
+
+ Notable changes in January 2023 release:
+
+Additions:
+* For each node name "foo & bar", provide separate anchors for foo and
+bar, so they can be referenced individually, especially online.
+* Brief discussion of bold math alternatives, including for OpenType.
+
+Fixes:
+* description of definition and use of optional arguments somewhat clarified.
+* \texttt{\textbackslash} (and \textbraceleft and \textbraceright)
+require T1 or other non-default encoding to produce typewriter characters.
+* \dots description extended, with more about the amsmath redefinition,
+and Unicode vs. traditional typesetting.
+* Spanish translation brought up to date.
+
+Formatting:
+* For the TeX output, enable microtype, since Texinfo now supports it.
+
+ Notable changes in January 2022 release:
New sections:
* \caption
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws
index bed1e3767f..d1d1ac9b7a 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws
@@ -289,3 +289,4 @@ disproven
unimagined
vitalism
tablefootnote
+Infimum
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi
index 51759254fb..93133e3bf4 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-@c $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $
+@c $Id: common.texi 1089 2022-08-12 20:30:20Z vincentb1 $
@c Public domain.
@set LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz
@set LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org
@@ -17,6 +17,10 @@
@macro package {packagename}
@code{\packagename\}
@end macro
+@c used to remove something form the spell checker
+@macro identity {x}
+\x\
+@end macro
@tex
\globaldefs=1
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
index a2145d20b9..4569eac934 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
@@ -1,45 +1,20 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY tex "TeX">
<!ENTITY latex "LaTeX">
]>
<book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en">
-<!-- $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ -->
-<!-- Public domain. -->
-
-<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</title>
-<!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
-
-<!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
-<!-- xx but latex2e stuff is missing. -->
-<!-- xx random list of a few of the missing items is at the end of this file -->
-<!-- xx read through latex2e news for things to update. -->
-<!-- -->
-<!-- xx ctan, distributions, components of TeX -->
-<!-- xx classes and packages: required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts -->
-<!-- xx merge permuted-index -->
-<!-- xx merge latex-manual from savannah -->
-<!-- xx merge display style math -->
-<!-- xx check recent ltnews for (lots of) changes -->
-<!-- xx \write of non-ASCII chars (vincent mail of 14 Mar 2020 21:39:41) -->
-<!-- xx \nonstopmode etc., if they are officially supported by LaTeX? -->
-<!-- xx JH explain nfss somewhere -->
-<!-- xx JH expand BiBTeX -->
-<!-- xx JH expand theorem, AMS math -->
-<!-- xx JH something on code listings -->
-<!-- xx JH ligatures -->
-<!-- -->
-<!-- xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17). -->
-<!-- -->
-<!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
-<!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
-<!-- xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. -->
-<!-- xx See also http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. -->
-<!-- -->
-<!-- xx All the special characters should be definitively described. -->
-
-<bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2022.
+<title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
+<subtitle>January 2023</subtitle>
+<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)</titleabbrev>
+<bookinfo><title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
+<subtitle>January 2023</subtitle>
+<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)</titleabbrev>
+<authorgroup>
+<collab><collabname><ulink url="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</ulink></collabname></collab>
+</authorgroup>
+<legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
+document preparation system, version of January 2023.
</para>
<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -77,62 +52,6 @@ notice identical to this one.
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
<!-- end of License -->
</para></legalnotice></bookinfo>
-<!-- Merge into one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index). -->
-
-
-
-
-<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2022.
-</para>
-<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
-VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
-George&#160;D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The
-&latex;&#160;2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The
-&latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl
-Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges
-using <citetitle>Hypertext Help with &latex;</citetitle>, by Sheldon Green, and
-<citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (for &latex;&#160;2.09) by
-L.&#160;Botway and C.&#160;Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users
-Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material. We also
-gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in
-latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no
-text was directly copied.)
-</para>
-<para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
-
-Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
-
-Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
-</para>
-<!-- start of License -->
-<para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-</para>
-
-<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-</para>
-<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
-<!-- end of License -->
-</para>
-
-<!-- Best Effort Symbol -->
-
-
-<chapter label="" id="Top">
-<title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-
-<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-January 2022) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
-</para>
-
-</chapter>
<chapter label="1" id="About-this-document">
<title>About this document</title>
@@ -461,8 +380,8 @@ before being released.
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>command syntax</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ character starting commands</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>[...] for optional arguments</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>{...} for required arguments</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>[...] (for optional arguments)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>{...} (for required arguments)</primary></indexterm>
<para>In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a backslash
character, <literal>\</literal>. The name itself then consists of either
(a)&#160;a string of letters or (b)&#160;a single non-letter.
@@ -910,7 +829,7 @@ of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtEndOfClass{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtEndOfPackage{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\AtEndOfPackage{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfClass</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfPackage</primary></indexterm>
<para>Hook to insert <replaceable>code</replaceable> to be executed when &latex; finishes
@@ -919,10 +838,10 @@ multiple times; the <literal>code</literal> will be executed in the order that y
called it. See also <link linkend="_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</link>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\CheckCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\CheckCommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\CheckCommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CheckCommand</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CheckCommand*</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new command, check</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new command, checking</primary></indexterm>
<para>Like <literal>\newcommand</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</link>) but does
not define <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>; instead it checks that the current definition of
<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is exactly as given by <replaceable>definition</replaceable> and is or is not
@@ -935,15 +854,15 @@ redefining <literal>cmd</literal> yourself that no other package has already
redefined this command.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassError{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageError{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassWarning{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageWarning{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassWarningNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageWarningNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassInfo{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageInfo{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassInfoNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageInfoNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassWarning{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassWarningNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassInfo{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassInfoNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageError{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageWarning{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageWarningNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageInfo{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageInfoNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassError</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageError</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarning</primary></indexterm>
@@ -980,7 +899,7 @@ be used within the <replaceable>code</replaceable> argument of either <literal>\
or <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareOption{<replaceable>option</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption*</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class options</primary></indexterm>
@@ -1016,7 +935,7 @@ passes the option to the <literal>article</literal> class.
\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
</screen>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareRobustCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareRobustCommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareRobustCommand</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareRobustCommand*</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new command, definition</primary></indexterm>
@@ -1052,9 +971,8 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> that already exists, in that case you need to use either
<literal>\renew&#8230;</literal> or <literal>\provide&#8230;</literal> or you get an error.
</para></listitem></orderedlist>
-
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\IfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\InputIfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\InputIfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfFileExists</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\InputIfFileExists</primary></indexterm>
<para>Execute <replaceable>true code</replaceable> if &latex; finds the file <filename><replaceable>file
@@ -1076,7 +994,7 @@ appending the <literal>.tex</literal>; for more on how &latex; handles file
extensions see <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\LoadClass[<replaceable>options list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\LoadClassWithOptions{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\LoadClassWithOptions{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClass</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClassWithOptions</primary></indexterm>
<para>Load a class, as with <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>options
@@ -1147,7 +1065,7 @@ within the <replaceable>code</replaceable> argument of either <literal>\DeclareO
<!-- reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. -->
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PassOptionsToClass{<replaceable>option list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>option list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>option list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToClass</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToPackage</primary></indexterm>
<para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <replaceable>option list</replaceable> to the
@@ -1186,7 +1104,7 @@ option. The user could start their &latex; file with
<literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProcessOptions*<replaceable>\@options</replaceable></literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ProcessOptions*<replaceable>\@options</replaceable></literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions*</primary></indexterm>
<para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it
@@ -1225,9 +1143,9 @@ the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this
means that the global options are processed first.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable> <replaceable>brief additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable> <replaceable>brief additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable> <replaceable>brief additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesClass</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesPackage</primary></indexterm>
<para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
@@ -1271,7 +1189,7 @@ file and you get in the log a string like <literal>File: test.config
&#8216;<literal>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>option list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackageWithOptions</primary></indexterm>
<para>Load a package, like the command <literal>\usepackage</literal> (see <link linkend="Additional-packages">Additional
@@ -1562,9 +1480,8 @@ definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from
<sect2 label="4.1.4" id="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">
<title><literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal> &amp; <literal>\ProvideTextCommand</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cDeclareTextCommand"/><anchor id="_005cProvideTextCommand"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
-
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<screen>\DeclareTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
@@ -1620,9 +1537,7 @@ take an optional argument.
<sect2 label="4.1.5" id="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">
<title><literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> &amp; <literal>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"/><anchor id="_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -1800,7 +1715,7 @@ name of the encoding explicitly.
<sect2 label="4.1.11" id="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">
<title><literal>\UseTextSymbol</literal> &amp; <literal>\UseTextAccent</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cUseTextSymbol"/><anchor id="_005cUseTextAccent"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextAccent</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -1864,7 +1779,7 @@ describe further at the end of the section.
you can get bold sans serif by saying either of
<literal>\sffamily\bfseries</literal> or <literal>\bfseries\sffamily</literal>.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocorrlist</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cnocorrlist"/><anchor id="_005cnocorr"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocorrlist</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocorr</primary></indexterm>
<para>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic
corrections if needed (see <link linkend="_005c_002f">\/</link>). Specifically, they insert the
@@ -1928,7 +1843,7 @@ To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>emphasis</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\emph</primary></indexterm>
<para>Although it also changes fonts, the <literal>\emph{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> command
-is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
+is semantic, for <replaceable>text</replaceable> to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
substitute for <literal>\textit</literal>. For example, <literal>\emph{<replaceable>start
text</replaceable> \emph{<replaceable>middle text</replaceable>} <replaceable>end text</replaceable>}</literal> will result in the
<replaceable>start text</replaceable> and <replaceable>end text</replaceable> in italics, but <replaceable>middle text</replaceable>
@@ -2018,14 +1933,14 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment.
<para>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathversion</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cmathversion"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathversion</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math, bold</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bold math</primary></indexterm>
<para>In addition, the command <literal>\mathversion{bold}</literal> can be used for
switching to bold letters and symbols in
formulas. <literal>\mathversion{normal}</literal> restores the default.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oldstylenums</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005coldstylenums"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oldstylenums</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>numerals, old-style</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>old-style numerals</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining numerals</primary></indexterm>
@@ -2481,7 +2396,7 @@ Two column text here.
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\flushbottom</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
+<para>Make all pages in the document after this declaration have the same
height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the
differences in facing pages can be glaring.
@@ -2497,7 +2412,8 @@ is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages
(see <link linkend="_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</link>).
</para>
<para>The <literal>\flushbottom</literal> state is the default only if you select the
-<literal>twoside</literal> document class option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>).
+<literal>twocolumn</literal> document class option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>),
+and for indexes made using <literal>makeidx</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
@@ -2512,7 +2428,7 @@ rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided
document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go
at any point in the document body. See <link linkend="_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</link>.
</para>
-<para>This is the default unless you select the <literal>twoside</literal> document class
+<para>This is the default unless you select the <literal>twocolumn</literal> document class
option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>).
</para>
@@ -2688,7 +2604,7 @@ same as the font size, e.g., &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; at a type siz
<sect1 label="5.6" id="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">
<title><literal>\baselineskip</literal> &amp; <literal>\baselinestretch</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselineskip</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cbaselineskip"/><anchor id="_005cbaselinestretch"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselineskip</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>space between lines</primary></indexterm>
@@ -2758,24 +2674,25 @@ paragraph start.
between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than
zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart.
</para>
-<para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double
-space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline
-distance is via <literal>\baselinestretch</literal>. It scales
-<literal>\baselineskip</literal>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command,
-not a length, so change the scale factor as in
+<para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in
+double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the
+interline distance is via <literal>\baselinestretch</literal>. It scales
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a
+command, not a length, and does not take effect until a font change
+happens, so set the scale factor like this:
<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</literal>.
</para>
<para>The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
document is to put <literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> in the preamble.
For double spacing, take <replaceable>factor</replaceable> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half
-spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the
+spacing use 1.3. These numbers are rough: for instance, since the
<literal>\baselineskip</literal> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by
1.6 gives a baseline skip to font size ratio of about 2. (The
<literal>\linespread</literal> command is defined as
-<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> so it won&#8217;t
-take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at
-the start of a document, so there you don&#8217;t need to follow it with
-<literal>\selectfont</literal>.)
+<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> so it also
+won&#8217;t take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes
+place at the start of a document, so there you don&#8217;t need to follow it
+with <literal>\selectfont</literal>.)
</para>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
@@ -3150,9 +3067,11 @@ something like a subsection numbered &#8216;<literal>3.0.1</literal>&#8217;.
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
<para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a
-simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case
-letters with <literal>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</literal> in the
-preamble (see <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>). CTAN
+simple example, you can change the section numbering to uppercase
+letters with this (in the preamble):
+
+<literal>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</literal> .
+(See <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>.) CTAN
has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably
<literal>titlesec</literal>.
</para>
@@ -3533,15 +3452,16 @@ text.
</para>
</sect1>
-
<sect1 label="6.5" id="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">
<title><literal>\subsubsection</literal>, <literal>\paragraph</literal>, <literal>\subparagraph</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubsection</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005csubsubsection"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubsection</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subsubsection</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paragraph</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- -->
+<anchor id="_005cparagraph"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paragraph</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subparagraph</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- -->
+<anchor id="_005csubparagraph"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subparagraph</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subparagraph</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -3615,10 +3535,10 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
</para>
</sect1>
-
<sect1 label="6.6" id="_005cappendix">
<title><literal>\appendix</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\appendix</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>appendix</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>appendices</primary></indexterm>
@@ -3627,12 +3547,12 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
</para>
<screen>\appendix
</screen>
-<para>This does not directly produce any output. But in a book or report it
-declares that subsequent <literal>\chapter</literal> commands start an appendix. In
-an article it does the same, for <literal>\section</literal> commands. It also
-resets the <literal>chapter</literal> and <literal>section</literal> counters to&#160;0 in a
-book or report, and in an article resets the <literal>section</literal> and
-<literal>subsection</literal> counters.
+<para>This does not directly produce any output. But in a <literal>book</literal> or
+<literal>report</literal> document it declares that subsequent <literal>\chapter</literal>
+commands start an appendix. In an article it does the same, for
+<literal>\section</literal> commands. It also resets the <literal>chapter</literal> and
+<literal>section</literal> counters to&#160;0 in a book or report, and in an article
+resets the <literal>section</literal> and <literal>subsection</literal> counters.
</para>
<para>In this book
</para>
@@ -3664,13 +3584,15 @@ number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN.
<sect1 label="6.7" id="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">
<title><literal>\frontmatter</literal>, <literal>\mainmatter</literal>, <literal>\backmatter</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frontmatter</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cfrontmatter"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frontmatter</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>book, front matter</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>front matter of a book</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mainmatter</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- -->
+<anchor id="_005cmainmatter"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mainmatter</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>book, main matter</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>main matter of a book</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backmatter</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- -->
+<anchor id="_005cbackmatter"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backmatter</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>book, back matter</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>book, end matter</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>back matter of a book</primary></indexterm>
@@ -4241,7 +4163,7 @@ default only in the <literal>report</literal> class.
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>abstract</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
<para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for
-a more flexible solution, use the package <filename>abstract</filename>).
+a more flexible solution, use the package <literal>abstract</literal>).
</para>
<!-- Adopted from http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-onecolabs.html -->
<screen>\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
@@ -5006,7 +4928,7 @@ Article by \myname.
...
\end{flushleft}
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>flushleft</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>flushleft</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
<para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
@@ -5057,10 +4979,10 @@ formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit&#8217;s format, the
scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <literal>\end</literal>
command that ends the paragraph unit.
</para>
-<para>Here <literal>\raggedright</literal> in each second column keeps &latex; from doing
-very awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note
-that <literal>\raggedright</literal> is inside the curly braces <literal>{...}</literal> to
-delimit its effect.
+<para>Here <literal>\raggedright</literal> in each second column keeps &latex; from
+doing awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column.
+Note that <literal>\raggedright</literal> is inside the curly braces
+<literal>{...}</literal> to delimit its effect.
</para>
<screen>\begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
Team alpha &amp;{\raggedright This team does all the real work.} \\
@@ -6480,10 +6402,11 @@ determined in some other way then either use <literal>\fbox</literal> (see <link
</para>
<screen>\frame{<replaceable>contents</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Puts a rectangular frame around <replaceable>contents</replaceable>. The reference point is
-the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to <literal>\framebox</literal>
-(see <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</link>), this command puts no extra space is put
-between the frame and the object. It is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+<para>Puts a rectangular frame around <replaceable>contents</replaceable>. The reference point
+is the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to
+<literal>\framebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</link>), this command puts no
+extra space between the frame and the object. It is fragile
+(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -6526,13 +6449,13 @@ take.
<sect1 label="8.20" id="quotation-_0026-quote">
<title><literal>quotation</literal> &amp; <literal>quote</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>quotation</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="quotation"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>quotation</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>quotation</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentations in quoted text</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>quote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="quote"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>quote</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>quote</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm>
@@ -6857,12 +6780,12 @@ illustrates many of the features.
<para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
between them. This is specified in <literal>tabular</literal>&#8217;s argument
<literal>{l|l}</literal>.
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>&amp; for table cells</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>&amp; (for table cells)</primary></indexterm>
Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an
ampersand, <literal>&amp;</literal>. The end of each row is marked with a double
backslash, <literal>\\</literal>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
backslash, with <literal>\hline</literal>.
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>tabular</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>tabular</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
After the last row the <literal>\\</literal> is optional, unless an <literal>\hline</literal>
command follows to put a rule below the table.
</para>
@@ -6901,14 +6824,14 @@ column and intercolumn material.
or space</replaceable> material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile
(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
</para>
-<para>If between two columns there is no @-expression then &latex;&#8217;s
-<literal>book</literal>, <literal>article</literal>, and <literal>report</literal> classes will put on
-either side of each column a space of length <literal>\tabcolsep</literal>, which by
-default is 6pt. That is, by default adjacent columns are
+<para>If between two column specifiers there is no @-expression then
+&latex;&#8217;s <literal>book</literal>, <literal>article</literal>, and <literal>report</literal> classes will
+put on either side of each column a space of width <literal>\tabcolsep</literal>,
+which by default is 6pt. That is, by default adjacent columns are
separated by 12pt (so <literal>\tabcolsep</literal> is misleadingly named
since it is only half of the separation between tabular columns). In
-addition, a space of 6pt also comes before the first column and
-after the final column, unless you put a <literal>@{...}</literal> or <literal>|</literal>
+addition, a space of <literal>\tabcolsep</literal> also comes before the first
+column and after the final column, unless you put a <literal>@{...}</literal>
there.
</para>
<para>If you override the default and use an @-expression then &latex; does
@@ -6934,7 +6857,7 @@ arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it.
$9$ &amp;$80665$
\end{tabular}
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\extracolsep</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cextracolsep"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\extracolsep</primary></indexterm>
<para>An <literal>\extracolsep{<replaceable>wd</replaceable>}</literal> command in an @-expression causes an
extra space of width <replaceable>wd</replaceable> to appear to the left of all subsequent
columns, until countermanded by another <literal>\extracolsep</literal>. Unlike
@@ -7760,7 +7683,7 @@ However, the <literal>cprotect</literal> package can help with this.
<screen>Then plainly know my heart's dear love is set \\
On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>verse</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>verse</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
<para>Separate the lines of each stanza with <literal>\\</literal>, and use one or more
blank lines to separate the stanzas.
</para>
@@ -7809,7 +7732,7 @@ fiddling with breaks that will change anyway.
<sect1 label="9.1" id="_005c_005c">
<title><literal>\\</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ force line break</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (force line break)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, starting</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line break, forcing</primary></indexterm>
@@ -7883,7 +7806,7 @@ something like this.
<sect1 label="9.2" id="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">
<title><literal>\obeycr</literal> &amp; <literal>\restorecr</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\obeycr</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cobeycr"/><anchor id="_005crestorecr"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\obeycr</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restorecr</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, output as input</primary></indexterm>
@@ -7990,10 +7913,10 @@ in unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column.
better fit.
</para>
<para>The <literal>\-</literal> command only allows &latex; to break there, it does not
-require that it break there. You can force a split with something like
-<literal>Hef-\linebreak feron</literal>. Of course, if you later change the text
-then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires
-care.
+require that it break there. You can force a split with something
+like <literal>Hef-\linebreak feron</literal>. Of course, if you later change the
+text then this forced break may look out of place, so this approach
+requires care.
</para>
</sect1>
@@ -8030,7 +7953,7 @@ automatically by &tex;&#8217;s hyphenation algorithm.
<sect1 label="9.6" id="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">
<title><literal>\fussy</literal> &amp; <literal>\sloppy</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fussy</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cfussy"/><anchor id="_005csloppy"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fussy</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sloppy</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaks, changing</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8115,7 +8038,7 @@ commands accumulate.
<sect1 label="9.8" id="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">
<title><literal>\linebreak</literal> &amp; <literal>\nolinebreak</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005clinebreak"/><anchor id="_005cnolinebreak"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nolinebreak</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaks, forcing</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaks, preventing</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8164,12 +8087,13 @@ tweaking the final version of a document, then you may need to
understand how to influence its actions.
</para>
<!-- credit: H Vogt https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115563 -->
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>badness</primary></indexterm>
<para>&latex;&#8217;s algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
outputting the result. Instead, &latex; typesets more material than
would fit on the page and then chooses a break that is optimal in some
-way (it has the smallest badness). An example of the advantage of this
-approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
+way (it has the smallest <firstterm>badness</firstterm>). An example of the advantage of
+this approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
stretched or shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs,
then &latex; can use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts
with the last line of a paragraph; &latex; can squeeze the extra line
@@ -8193,10 +8117,10 @@ influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.
<sect1 label="10.1" id="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">
<title><literal>\clearpage</literal> &amp; <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\clearpage</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cclearpage"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\clearpage</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>flushing floats and starting a page</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting a new page and clearing floats</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cleardoublepage</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005ccleardoublepage"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cleardoublepage</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting on a right-hand page</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -8231,7 +8155,9 @@ page, use this command.
}
</screen>
<para>If you want &latex;&#8217;s standard <literal>\chapter</literal> command to do this then
-add the line <literal>\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</literal>.
+add the line <literal>\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</literal>. (Of
+course this affects all uses of <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal>, not just the
+one in <literal>\chapter</literal>.)
</para>
<para>The command <literal>\newpage</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewpage">\newpage</link>) also ends the current
page, but without clearing pending floats. And, if &latex; is in
@@ -8289,8 +8215,8 @@ stretch out the page, as <literal>\pagebreak</literal> does.
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
-<screen>\enlargethispage{size}
-\enlargethispage*{size}
+<screen>\enlargethispage{<replaceable>size</replaceable>}
+\enlargethispage*{<replaceable>size</replaceable>}
</screen>
<para>Enlarge the <literal>\textheight</literal> for the current page. The required
argument <replaceable>size</replaceable> must be a rigid length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It may be
@@ -8314,7 +8240,7 @@ explicit <literal>\pagebreak</literal>.
<sect1 label="10.4" id="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">
<title><literal>\pagebreak</literal> &amp; <literal>\nopagebreak</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagebreak</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cpagebreak"/><anchor id="_005cnopagebreak"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagebreak</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nopagebreak</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page break, forcing</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page break, preventing</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8337,8 +8263,8 @@ prevent the break. But for instance <literal>\nopagebreak[1]</literal> suggests
the more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile
(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
</para>
-<para>&latex;&#8217;s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
-command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
+<para>&latex;&#8217;s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use these
+commands in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
</para>
<para>If you use these inside a paragraph, they apply to the point following
@@ -8704,13 +8630,15 @@ second.\footnotefrom{%
<sect1 label="12.1" id="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">
<title><literal>\newcommand</literal> &amp; <literal>\renewcommand</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcommand</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cnewcommand"/><anchor id="_005crenewcommand"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\renewcommand</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, defining new ones</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, redefining</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining a new command</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>redefining a command</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new commands, defining</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Synopses, one of:
+<para>Synopses, one of (three regular forms, three starred forms):
</para>
<screen>\newcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
\newcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
@@ -8719,34 +8647,35 @@ second.\footnotefrom{%
\newcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
\newcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>or one of these.
+<para>or all the same possibilities with <literal>\renewcommand</literal> instead of
+<literal>\newcommand</literal>:
</para>
-<screen>\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+<screen>\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
\renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
\renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
\renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
-<literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal> in <link linkend="Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</link>).
+
+<para>Define or redefine a command (see also <literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal> in
+<link linkend="Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</link>).
</para>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starred form, defining new commands</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>*-form, defining new commands</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\long</primary></indexterm>
<para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms, the commands
+multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms: the commands
are not <literal>\long</literal>). With the default form, arguments can be
multiple paragraphs.
</para>
-<para>These are the parameters:
+<para>These are the parameters (examples follow):
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>cmd</replaceable>
-</term><listitem>
-<para>Required; <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>,
-and must not begin with the four character string <literal>\end</literal>. For
-<literal>\newcommand</literal>, it must not be already defined. For
-<literal>\renewcommand</literal>, this name must already be defined.
+</term><listitem><para>Required; <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is the command name. It must begin with a
+backslash, <literal>\</literal>, and must not begin with the four character string
+<literal>\end</literal>. For <literal>\newcommand</literal>, it must not be already defined.
+For <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, this name must already be defined.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable>
</term><listitem><para>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments
@@ -8756,37 +8685,53 @@ arguments. If you redefine a command, the new version can have a
different number of arguments than the old version.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>optional arguments, defining and using</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>arguments, optional, defining and using</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is optional, with default value <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>
-(which may be the empty string). If <replaceable>optargsdefault</replaceable> is not present
+(which may be the empty string). If <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> is not present
then <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> does not take an optional argument.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>positional parameter</primary></indexterm>
-<para>That is, if <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is used with square brackets, as in
-<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>[<replaceable>optval</replaceable>]{...}...</literal>, then within <replaceable>defn</replaceable> the
-parameter&#160;<literal>#1</literal> is set to the value of <replaceable>optval</replaceable>. On the
-other hand, if <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is called without the square brackets
-then within <replaceable>defn</replaceable> the parameter <literal>#1</literal> is set to the value of
-<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>. In either case, the required arguments start with
-<literal>#2</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>Omitting <literal>[<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]</literal> is different from having the
-square brackets with no contents, as in <literal>[]</literal>. The former sets
-<literal>#1</literal> to the value of <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>; the latter sets <literal>#1</literal>
-to the empty string.
+<para>That is, if <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is called with a following argument in
+square brackets, as in <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>[<replaceable>optval</replaceable>]{...}...</literal>, then
+within <replaceable>defn</replaceable> the parameter&#160;<literal>#1</literal> is set to <replaceable>optval</replaceable>.
+On the other hand, if <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is called without following
+square brackets then within <replaceable>defn</replaceable> the parameter <literal>#1</literal> is set
+to <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>. In either case, the required arguments start
+with <literal>#2</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Omitting <literal>[<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]</literal> from the definition is entirely
+different from giving the square brackets with empty contents, as in
+<literal>[]</literal>. The former says the command being defined takes no
+optional argument, so <literal>#1</literal> is the first required argument (if
+<inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>nargs</replaceable> &#8805; 1</mathphrase></inlineequation>); the latter sets the optional argument
+<literal>#1</literal> to the empty string as the default, if no optional argument
+was given in the call.
+</para>
+<para>Similarly, omitting <literal>[<replaceable>optval</replaceable>]</literal> from a call is also entirely
+different from giving the square brackets with empty contents. The
+former sets <literal>#1</literal> to the value of <replaceable>optval</replaceable> (assuming the
+command was defined to take an optional argument); the latter sets
+<literal>#1</literal> to the empty string, just as with any other value.
+</para>
+<para>If a command is not defined to take an optional argument, but is
+called with an optional argument, the results are unpredictable: there
+may be a &latex; error, there may be incorrect typeset output, or both.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>defn</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>parameters, substituting</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>. The parameters <literal>#1</literal>, <literal>#2</literal>,
-... <literal>#<replaceable>nargs</replaceable></literal> are replaced by the values that you supply when
-you call the command (or by the default value if there is an optional
-argument and you don&#8217;t exercise the option).
+&#8230;, <literal>#<replaceable>nargs</replaceable></literal> are replaced by the values supplied when
+the command is called (or by <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> in the case of an
+optional argument not specified in the call, as just explained).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>blanks, after control sequences</primary></indexterm>
<para>&tex; ignores blanks in the source following a control word
-(see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control sequences</link>), as in &#8216;<literal>\cmd </literal>&#8217;. If you actually want a
-space there, one solution is to type <literal>{}</literal> after the command
-(&#8216;<literal>\cmd{} </literal>&#8217;, and another solution is to use an explicit control
+(see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control sequences</link>), as in &#8216;<literal>\cmd </literal>&#8217;. If you want a space
+there, one solution is to type <literal>{}</literal> after the command
+(&#8216;<literal>\cmd{} </literal>&#8217;), and another solution is to use an explicit control
space (&#8216;<literal>\cmd\ </literal>&#8217;).
</para>
<para>A simple example of defining a new command:
@@ -8794,14 +8739,15 @@ space (&#8216;<literal>\cmd\ </literal>&#8217;).
replaced by the longer text. Redefining an existing command is similar:
<literal>\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}</literal>.
</para>
-<para>If you try to define a command and the name has already been used then
-you get something like &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
-defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</literal>&#8217;. If you try
-to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get
-something like &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Error: \hank undefined</literal>&#8217;.
+<para>If you use <literal>\newcommand</literal> and the command name has already been
+used then you get something like &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Error: Command \fred
+already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</literal>&#8217;.
+Similarly, If you use <literal>\renewcommand</literal> and the command name has
+not been defined then you get something like &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Error: \hank
+undefined</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
<para>Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and the
-second, one with one required argument.
+second, a command with one required argument:
</para>
<screen>\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}}
@@ -8828,12 +8774,12 @@ something like &#8216;<literal>Definition~3.14</literal>&#8217;.
<screen>\newcommand{\lawyers}[3][company]{#2, #3, and~#1}
I employ \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.
</screen>
-<para>The output is &#8216;<literal>I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe</literal>&#8217;. The optional
-argument, the <literal>Howe</literal>, is associated with <literal>#1</literal>, while
+<para>The output is &#8216;<literal>I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe.</literal>&#8217;. The optional
+argument, <literal>Howe</literal>, is associated with <literal>#1</literal>, while
<literal>Dewey</literal> and <literal>Cheatem</literal> are associated with <literal>#2</literal>
and&#160;<literal>#3</literal>. Because of the optional argument,
-<literal>\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}</literal> will give the output &#8216;<literal>I employ
-Dewey, Cheatem, and company</literal>&#8217;.
+<literal>\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}</literal> will give the output &#8216;<literal>I
+employ Dewey, Cheatem, and company.</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
<para>The braces around <replaceable>defn</replaceable> do not define a group, that is, they do not
delimit the scope of the result of expanding <replaceable>defn</replaceable>. For example,
@@ -8841,39 +8787,46 @@ with <literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</literal>, in this sentence,
</para>
<screen>The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}.
</screen>
-<para>the words &#8216;<literal>met the</literal>&#8217; would incorrectly be in italics. The solution
-is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
-<literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</literal>.
+<para>the words &#8216;<literal>met the</literal>&#8217;, and the period, would incorrectly be in
+italics. The solution is to put another pair of braces inside the
+definition: <literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</literal>.
</para>
<sect2 label="12.1.1" id="Control-sequences">
<title>Control sequence, control word and control symbol</title>
-<para>When reading input &tex; converts the sequences of read characters into
-a sequence of <firstterm>tokens</firstterm>. When &tex; sees a backslash <literal>\</literal>, it
-will handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>control sequences</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>When reading input &tex; converts the stream of read characters into a
+sequence of <firstterm>tokens</firstterm>. When &tex; sees a backslash <literal>\</literal>, it will
+handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a
<firstterm>control sequence</firstterm> token.
</para>
<para>The control sequences fall into two categories:
</para>
-<itemizedlist><listitem><para><firstterm>control word</firstterm>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
-<literal>\</literal> followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one
-blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the
-<firstterm>control sequence name</firstterm>.
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><firstterm>control symbol</firstterm>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
+<itemizedlist><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>control word, defined</primary></indexterm>
+<para><firstterm>control word</firstterm>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
+<literal>\</literal> followed by at least one ASCII letter (<literal>A-Z</literal> and
+<literal>a-z</literal>), followed by at least one non-letter.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>control symbol, defined</primary></indexterm>
+<para><firstterm>control symbol</firstterm>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
<literal>\</literal> followed by one non-letter character.
</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
+<para>The sequence of characters so found after the <literal>\</literal> is also called
+the <firstterm>control sequence name</firstterm>.
+</para>
<para>Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any
whitespace in the output (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</link> and
<link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>).
</para>
-<para>Just as the <literal>\relax</literal> command does nothing, the following will print
-&#8216;<literal>Hello!</literal>&#8217;:
+<para>Just as the <literal>\relax</literal> command does nothing, the following input
+will simply print &#8216;<literal>Hello!</literal>&#8217; :
</para>
<screen>Hel\relax <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->
<!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->lo!
</screen>
-<para>This is because blanks after <literal>\relax</literal>, including the newline are
+<para>This is because blanks after <literal>\relax</literal>, including the newline, are
ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored
(see <link linkend="Leading-blanks">Leading blanks</link>).
</para>
@@ -8909,14 +8862,17 @@ See <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \r
\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV}
From \myaffiliation.
</screen>
-<para>outputs &#8216;<literal>From Saint Michael's College</literal>&#8217;. Unlike <literal>\newcommand</literal>,
-the repeated use of <literal>\providecommand</literal> does not give an error.
+<para>outputs &#8216;<literal>From Saint Michael's College.</literal>&#8217;. Unlike
+<literal>\newcommand</literal>, the repeated use of <literal>\providecommand</literal> to (try
+to) define <literal>\myaffiliation</literal> does not give an error.
</para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 label="12.3" id="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">
<title><literal>\makeatletter</literal> &amp; <literal>\makeatother</literal></title>
+<anchor id="_005cmakeatletter"/><anchor id="_005cmakeatother"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeatother</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeatother</primary></indexterm>
+
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
<screen>\makeatletter
@@ -9177,7 +9133,7 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}.
<sect1 label="12.8" id="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">
<title><literal>\newenvironment</literal> &amp; <literal>\renewenvironment</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cnewenvironment"/><anchor id="_005crenewenvironment"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\renewenvironment</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>environments, defining</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining new environments</primary></indexterm>
@@ -9554,7 +9510,7 @@ to <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>.
<sect1 label="12.12" id="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">
<title><literal>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ignorespaces</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cignorespaces"/><anchor id="_005cignorespacesafterend"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ignorespaces</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ignorespacesafterend</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces, ignore around commands</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, ignore spaces</primary></indexterm>
@@ -9570,7 +9526,7 @@ to <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>.
<para>Both commands cause &latex; to ignore blanks (that is, characters of
catcode&#160;10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the
command up to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a
-command from plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific.
+primitive command of &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific.
</para>
<para>The <literal>\ignorespaces</literal> is often used when defining commands via
<literal>\newcommand</literal>, or <literal>\newenvironment</literal>, or <literal>\def</literal>. The
@@ -9670,7 +9626,7 @@ braces or else there would be no space separating &#8216;<literal>Vermont</liter
<literal>\ </literal> for this. See <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>.)
</para>
<para>The <literal>xspace</literal> package provides <literal>\xspace</literal>. It is for writing
-commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place
+commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be placed
at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
@@ -9969,7 +9925,7 @@ not influence references; that is, it does not define the current
<sect1 label="13.8" id="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">
<title><literal>\day</literal> &amp; <literal>\month</literal> &amp; <literal>\year</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\day</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cday"/><anchor id="_005cmonth"/><anchor id="_005cyear"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\day</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\month</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\year</primary></indexterm>
@@ -10134,11 +10090,11 @@ PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm><literal>mm</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>millimeter</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+<anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter, 2.845pt
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm><literal>cm</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centimeter</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter, 10 mm
+<anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter, 10mm
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm><literal>dd</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>didot point</primary></indexterm>
@@ -10518,12 +10474,12 @@ of some one or other of their daughters.
``My dear Mr. Bennet,'' said his lady to him one day,
``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?''
</screen>
-<para>A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank
-line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank
-line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as
-space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <literal>%</literal> and
-span up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns
-are identical:
+<para>A paragraph separator can be made of a sequence of at least one blank
+line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank line
+is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as space
+or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <literal>%</literal> and span up
+to the end of line. In the following example the two columns are
+identical:
</para>
<screen>\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
\begin{document}
@@ -10626,9 +10582,8 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3&#160;inches and then
<sect1 label="15.2" id="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">
<title><literal>\indent</literal> &amp; <literal>\noindent</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indent</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cindent"/><anchor id="_005cnoindent"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indent</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\noindent</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>indent, forcing</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -10668,6 +10623,7 @@ because &latex; is already in horizontal mode there. The
\noindent shows this clearly.
</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
<para>To omit indentation in the entire document put
<literal>\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}</literal> in the preamble. If you do that,
you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
@@ -10685,7 +10641,7 @@ look on CTAN for the package <literal>indentfirst</literal>.
<sect1 label="15.3" id="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">
<title><literal>\parindent</literal> &amp; <literal>\parskip</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cparindent"/><anchor id="_005cparskip"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parskip</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>horizontal paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm>
@@ -10886,7 +10842,7 @@ see their documentation on CTAN.
<sect1 label="16.1" id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">
<title>Subscripts &amp; superscripts</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>superscript</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="superscript"/><anchor id="subscript"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>superscript</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subscript</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>^ superscript</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>_ subscript</primary></indexterm>
@@ -10926,8 +10882,9 @@ for the exponent.
subscript on a subscript, or supers on subs, or subs on supers. So,
expressions such as <literal>e^{x^2}</literal> and <literal>x_{i_0}</literal> give correct
output. Note the use in those expressions of curly braces to give the
-<replaceable>base</replaceable> a determined <replaceable>exp</replaceable>. If you enter <literal>\(3^3^3\)</literal> then
-you get &#8216;<literal>Double superscript</literal>&#8217;.
+<replaceable>base</replaceable> a determined <replaceable>exp</replaceable>. If you enter <literal>\(3^3^3\)</literal>, this
+interpreted as <literal>\(3^{3}^{3}\)</literal> and then you get &tex; error
+&#8216;<literal>Double superscript</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
<para>&latex; does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a
superscript. In this example the integral has both. They come out in
@@ -10937,7 +10894,7 @@ the correct place without any author intervention.
\int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
\end{displaymath}
</screen>
-<para>Note the parentheses around <literal>x=a</literal> to make the entire expression a
+<para>Note the curly braces around <literal>x=a</literal> to make the entire expression a
subscript.
</para>
<para>To put a superscript or subscript before a symbol, use a construct like
@@ -10947,7 +10904,7 @@ attaching to a prior symbols.
</para>
<para>Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or
display math mode, as in <literal>the expression x^2</literal>, will get you
-the error &#8216;<literal>Missing $ inserted</literal>&#8217;.
+the &tex; error &#8216;<literal>Missing $ inserted</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mhchem</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mhchem</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
@@ -11044,11 +11001,12 @@ union&#160;<literal>\cup</literal>.
</term><listitem><para>&#x2A02; Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigtriangledown</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigtriangledown</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>&#x25BD; Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down
-(operator).
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25BD; Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
+pointing down (binary). Synonym: <replaceable>\varbigtriangledown</replaceable>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigtriangleup</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigtriangleup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>&#x25B3; Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator).
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25B3; Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
+pointing up (binary). Synonym: <replaceable>\varbigtriangleup</replaceable>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigsqcup</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigsqcup</literal>
</term><listitem><para>&#x2A06; Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
@@ -11851,7 +11809,7 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text.
</term><listitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, &#x00B6;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsection</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathsection</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Section sign in math mode &#x00A7;.
+</term><listitem><para>Section sign in math mode: &#x00A7;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsterling</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathsterling</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: &#163;.
@@ -11896,10 +11854,10 @@ is: <literal>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</literal>.
<sect2 label="16.2.2" id="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">
<title><literal>\boldmath</literal> &amp; <literal>\unboldmath</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>boldface mathematics</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, boldface</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cboldmath"/><anchor id="_005cunboldmath"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>boldface mathematics</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mathematics, boldface</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
</para>
@@ -11913,9 +11871,9 @@ is: <literal>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</literal>.
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm>
<para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <replaceable>math</replaceable> to be in
a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular
-(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display
-math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). Both commands are fragile
-(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+(non-bold) default, respectively. They must be used when <emphasis>not</emphasis> in
+math mode or display math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). Both commands are
+fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
</para>
<para>In this example each <literal>\boldmath</literal> command takes place inside an
<literal>\mbox</literal>,
@@ -11923,30 +11881,76 @@ math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). Both commands are fragile
<screen>we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$
</screen>
<para>which means <literal>\boldmath</literal> is only called in a text mode, here LR
-mode, and explains why &latex; must switch to math mode to set <literal>v</literal>
-and <literal>u</literal>.
+mode, and explains why we must switch &latex; into math mode to set
+<literal>v</literal> and <literal>u</literal>.
</para>
<para>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <literal>Trouble: \(
\boldmath x \)</literal>, then you get something like &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Font Warning:
-Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</literal>&#8217; and &#8216;<literal>LaTeX
-Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line
-11</literal>&#8217;.
+Command \boldmath invalid in math mode</literal>&#8217; and &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Font Warning:
+Command \mathversion invalid in math mode</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
+
+<sect3 label="16.2.2.1" id="bm">
+<title><literal>bm</literal>: Individual bold math symbols</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>bm</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>bm</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, boldface</primary></indexterm>
-<para>There are many issues with <literal>\boldmath</literal>. New documents should use
-the <literal>bm</literal> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete
-description is outside the scope of this document (see the full
-documentation on CTAN) but even this small example
+<!-- https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/974 -->
+<para>Specifying <literal>\boldmath</literal> is the best method for typesetting a whole
+math expression in bold. But to typeset individual symbols within an
+expression in bold, the <literal>bm</literal> package provided by the &latex;
+Project team is better. Its usage is outside the scope of this
+document (see its documentation at <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/bm">https://ctan.org/pkg/bm</ulink> or in
+your installation) but the spacing in the output of this small example
+will show that it is an improvement over <literal>\boldmath</literal> within an
+expression:
</para>
<screen>\usepackage{bm} % in preamble
...
we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$
</screen>
-<para>shows that it is an improvement over <literal>\boldmath</literal>.
+</sect3>
+<sect3 label="16.2.2.2" id="OpenType-bold-math">
+<title>OpenType bold math</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fontspec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fontspec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+
+<para>Unfortunately, when using the Unicode engines (Xe&latex;,
+Lua&latex;), neither <literal>\boldmath</literal> nor <literal>bm</literal> usually work
+well, because the OpenType math fonts normally used with those engines
+rarely come with a bold companion, and both <literal>\boldmath</literal> and
+<literal>bm</literal> require this. (The implementation of <literal>bm</literal> relies
+on <literal>\boldmath</literal>, so the requirements are the same.) If you do have
+a bold math font, though, then <literal>\boldmath</literal> and <literal>bm</literal> work
+fine.
</para>
+<para>If no such font is available, one alternative is to construct fake
+bold fonts with the <literal>fontspec</literal> package&#8217;s <literal>FakeBold=1</literal>
+parameter (see its documentation,
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec">https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec</ulink>). This may be acceptable for
+drafting or informal distribution, but the results are far from a true
+bold font.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>unicode-math</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>unicode-math</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\symbf</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\symbfit</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Another alternative to handling bold for OpenType math fonts is to use
+the <literal>\symbf</literal> (bold), <literal>\symbfit</literal> (bold italic), and related
+commands from the <literal>unicode-math</literal> package. These do not change
+the current font, but rather change the (Unicode) &#8220;alphabet&#8221; used,
+which in practice is more widely supported than a separate bold font.
+Many variations are possible, and so there are subtleties to getting the
+desired output. As usual, see the package documentation
+(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math">https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math</ulink>).
+</para>
+</sect3>
</sect2>
<sect2 label="16.2.3" id="Blackboard-bold">
<title>Blackboard bold</title>
@@ -11971,8 +11975,9 @@ integers, etc.
<para>the <literal>\mathbb{N}</literal> gives blackboard bold symbol &#x2115;,
representing the natural numbers.
</para>
-<para>If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error
-but you get strange results, including unexpected characters.
+<para>If the argument contains something other than an uppercase letter, you
+do not get an error but you do get strange results, including
+unexpected characters.
</para>
<para>There are packages that give access to symbols other than just the
capital letters; look on CTAN.
@@ -12061,13 +12066,13 @@ same behavior.
<sect3 label="16.2.5.1" id="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">
<title><literal>\left</literal> &amp; <literal>\right</literal></title>
+<anchor id="_005cleft"/><anchor id="_005cright"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\left</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimiters, paired</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paired delimiters</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matching parentheses</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matching brackets</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>null delimiter</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\left</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right</primary></indexterm>
<!-- Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 -->
@@ -12104,7 +12109,7 @@ can't use `\eqno' in math mode</literal>&#8217;.
<para>However, <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> and <replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> need not match. A common
case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
-&#8216;<literal>.</literal>&#8217;, as a null delimiter.
+&#8216;<literal>.</literal>&#8217;, as a <firstterm>null delimiter</firstterm>.
</para>
<screen>\begin{equation}
f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
@@ -12190,6 +12195,9 @@ delimiter; you can&#8217;t use <literal>\left</literal> on the first line and
<sect3 label="16.2.5.2" id="_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">
<title><literal>\bigl</literal>, <literal>\bigr</literal>, etc.</title>
+<anchor id="_005cbigl"/><anchor id="_005cbigr"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigl</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigr</primary></indexterm>
+
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<screen>\bigl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \bigr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable>
@@ -12312,14 +12320,15 @@ in &#x22EF;. Used as: <literal>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1}
usage.
</para>
<anchor id="ellipses-ldots"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ldots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ldots</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathellipsis</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathellipsis</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dots</primary></indexterm><literal>\dots</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Ellipsis on the baseline, &#x2026;. Used as: <literal>\(
-x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</literal>. Another example is the above array example. A
-synonym is <literal>\mathellipsis</literal>. A synonym from the <literal>amsmath</literal>
-package is <literal>\hdots</literal>.
+x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</literal>. Another example is the above array example.
+Synonyms are <literal>\mathellipsis</literal> and <literal>\dots</literal>. A synonym from
+the <literal>amsmath</literal> package is <literal>\hdots</literal>.
</para>
<para>You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in
-<literal>The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken</literal>. (In a paragraph
-mode or LR mode a synonym for <literal>\ldots</literal> is <literal>\dots</literal>.)
+<literal>The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken</literal>.
</para>
<anchor id="ellipses-vdots"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\vdots</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Vertical ellipsis, &#x22EE;. See the above array example for a
@@ -12340,6 +12349,10 @@ Observe that \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_{n-1} +1 \) is not a
multiple of any \( p_i \).
Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotsc</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotsb</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotsi</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dots</primary></indexterm>
<para>In the first line &latex; looks to the comma following <literal>\dots</literal> to
determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline. The second
line has a <literal>\cdot</literal> following <literal>\dots</literal> so &latex; outputs an
@@ -12351,6 +12364,28 @@ the ellipses that fits when the dots are followed by a binary operator
or relation symbol, <literal>\dotsi</literal> for dots with integrals, or
<literal>\dotso</literal> for others.
</para>
+<!-- https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/976 -->
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>unicode-math</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>unicode-math</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>The <literal>\dots</literal> command from <literal>amsmath</literal> differs from the
+&latex; kernel&#8217;s <literal>\dots</literal> command in another way: it outputs a
+thin space after the ellipsis. Furthermore, the <literal>unicode-math</literal>
+package automatically loads <literal>amsmath</literal>, so <literal>amsmath</literal>&#8217;s
+<literal>\dots</literal> may be active even when you did not explicitly load it,
+thus changing the output from <literal>\dots</literal> in both text and math mode.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Yet more about the ellipsis commands: when running under Unicode
+engines (<literal>lualatex</literal>, <literal>xelatex</literal>), &latex; will use the
+Unicode ellipsis character (U+2026) in the font if it&#8217;s available;
+under traditional &tex; engines (<literal>pdflatex</literal>, <literal>latex</literal>), it
+will typeset three spaced periods. Generally, the Unicode
+single-character ellipsis has almost no space between the three
+periods, while the spacing of the non-Unicode ellipsis is looser, more
+in accordance with traditional typography.
+</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 label="16.2.7" id="Greek-letters">
@@ -12458,7 +12493,7 @@ spacing.
</term><listitem><para>Homomorphism
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\inf</primary></indexterm><literal>\inf</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Infinum
+</term><listitem><para>Infimum
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ker</primary></indexterm><literal>\ker</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Kernel
@@ -12503,7 +12538,8 @@ spacing.
</term><listitem><para>Hyperbolic sine
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sup</primary></indexterm><literal>\sup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>sup
+</term><listitem><para>Supremum
+sup
<!-- don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a -->
<!-- Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions -->
<!-- when it's just three roman letters anyway. -->
@@ -12518,13 +12554,14 @@ spacing.
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-<para>The <literal>amsmath</literal> package adds improvements on some of these, and also
-allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but
-briefly, you can define an identity operator with
+<para>The <literal>amsmath</literal> package adds improvements on some of these, and
+also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN,
+but briefly, you can define an identity operator with
<literal>\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}</literal> that is like the ones
above but prints as &#8216;<literal>id</literal>&#8217;. The starred form
-<literal>\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}</literal> sets any limits above and
-below, as is traditional with <literal>\lim</literal>, <literal>\sup</literal>, or <literal>\max</literal>.
+<literal>\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}</literal> sets any superscript or
+subscript to be above and below, as is traditional with <literal>\lim</literal>,
+<literal>\sup</literal>, or <literal>\max</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
@@ -12633,8 +12670,8 @@ accents</link>).
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Put a brace under <replaceable>math</replaceable>. For example, this
<literal>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</literal> emphasizes the telescoping part.
-Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <literal>_</literal>, or superscript,
-<literal>^</literal>, as here.
+Attach text to the brace by using the subscript command, <literal>_</literal>, or
+superscript, <literal>^</literal>, as here.
</para>
<screen>\begin{displaymath}
1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{&gt;1/2}+
@@ -12830,6 +12867,10 @@ control over smashing a subformula box.
<sect2 label="16.6.2" id="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">
<title><literal>\phantom</literal> &amp; <literal>\vphantom</literal> &amp; <literal>\hphantom</literal></title>
+<anchor id="_005cphantom"/><anchor id="_005cvphantom"/><anchor id="_005chphantom"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\phantom</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vphantom</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hphantom</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing, math mode</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>horizontal spacing</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical spacing</primary></indexterm>
@@ -13032,8 +13073,8 @@ some that don&#8217;t fit into other categories.
<sect2 label="16.8.1" id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">
<title>Colon character <literal>:</literal> &amp; <literal>\colon</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colon character</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>: for math</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="colon"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>colon character</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>: (for math)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\colon</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -13119,11 +13160,12 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <literal>\displaystyle</literal>
<para>The square root, or optionally other roots, of <replaceable>arg</replaceable>. The optional
argument <replaceable>root-number</replaceable> gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of
<literal>x+y</literal> as <literal>\sqrt[3]{x+y}</literal>.
-The radical grows with the size of <replaceable>arg</replaceable> (as the height of the
-radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets steeper, until for
-a large enough <literal>arg</literal>, it is vertical).
+The size of the radical grows with that of <replaceable>arg</replaceable> (as the height of
+the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets steeper, until
+for a tall enough <literal>arg</literal>, it is vertical).
</para>
-<para>&latex; has a separate <literal>\surd</literal> character (see <link linkend="Math-symbols">Math symbols</link>).
+<para>&latex; has a separate <literal>\surd</literal> symbol for making a square root
+without <replaceable>arg</replaceable> (see <link linkend="Math-symbols">Math symbols</link>).
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -13134,7 +13176,7 @@ a large enough <literal>arg</literal>, it is vertical).
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>relation, text above</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stackrel</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Synopsis, one of:
+<para>Synopsis:
</para>
<screen>\stackrel{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relation</replaceable>}
</screen>
@@ -13172,7 +13214,7 @@ making a box with an <literal>\mbox</literal> command. As in paragraph mode,
in paragraph mode, in LR mode &latex; never starts a new line, it just
keeps going from left to right. (Although &latex; will not complain
that the LR box is too long, when it is finished and next tries to put
-that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR
+that box into a line, it might well complain that the finished LR
box won&#8217;t fit there.)
</para>
</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode</primary></indexterm>
@@ -13255,8 +13297,8 @@ the first page of an article.
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fancyhdr</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fancyhdr</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-<para>The package <literal>fancyhdr</literal> is very helpful for constructing page
-styles. See its documentation on CTAN.
+<para>The package <literal>fancyhdr</literal> is commonly used for constructing page
+styles. See its documentation.
</para>
@@ -13304,8 +13346,8 @@ the following declarations. These must come before the
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\author{<replaceable>name1</replaceable> \and <replaceable>name2</replaceable> \and ...}</primary></indexterm><literal>\author{<replaceable>name1</replaceable> \and <replaceable>name2</replaceable> \and ...}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>author, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>\author</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\and for <literal>\author</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>\author</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\and (for <literal>\author</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
<para>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a
list of authors separated by <literal>\and</literal> commands. To separate lines
within a single author&#8217;s entry, for instance to give the author&#8217;s
@@ -13325,17 +13367,17 @@ To have no date, instead use <literal>\date{}</literal>.
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>credit footnote</primary></indexterm>
<para>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information
for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at
-all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
+the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense. It can be any text
+at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
address.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>\title</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>\title</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
<para>Required. Declare <replaceable>text</replaceable> to be the title of the document. Get line
breaks inside <replaceable>text</replaceable> with a double backslash, <literal>\\</literal>. If you
-omit the <literal>\title</literal> declaration then you get &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Error: No
-\title given</literal>&#8217;.
+omit the <literal>\title</literal> declaration then the <literal>\maketitle</literal> command
+yields error &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Error: No \title given</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
<para>To make your own title page, see&#160;<link linkend="titlepage">titlepage</link>. You can either
@@ -13359,11 +13401,13 @@ house requirements.)
<para>Specifies the style of page numbers, and resets the page number. The
numbering style is reflected on the page, and also in the table of
contents and other page references. This declaration has global scope
-so its effect is not delimited by braces or environments.
+so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
+or an end of environment.
</para>
-<para>In this example, before the Main section the pages are numbered
-&#8216;<literal>a</literal>&#8217;, etc. Starting on the page containing that section, the pages
-are numbered &#8216;<literal>1</literal>&#8217;, etc.
+<para>In this example, before the &#8216;<literal>Main</literal>&#8217; section the pages are numbered
+&#8216;<literal>a</literal>&#8217;, etc. Starting on the page containing the
+<literal>\pagenumbering</literal> call in that section, the pages are numbered
+&#8216;<literal>1</literal>&#8217;, etc.
</para>
<screen>\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
...
@@ -13487,8 +13531,8 @@ title of the last subsection to start, that is, the one in effect during
the right hand page.
</para>
<para>To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, &latex; has <literal>\section</literal>
-issue a command <literal>\markboth</literal>, setting <literal>\leftmark</literal>
-to &#8216;<literal>Section&#160;2</literal>&#8217; and setting <literal>\rightmark</literal> to blank.
+issue a command <literal>\markboth</literal>, setting <literal>\leftmark</literal> to
+&#8216;<literal>Section&#160;2</literal>&#8217; and setting <literal>\rightmark</literal> to an empty content.
And, &latex; has <literal>\subsection</literal> issue a command <literal>\markright</literal>,
setting <literal>\rightmark</literal> to &#8216;<literal>Subsection&#160;2.1</literal>&#8217;, etc.
</para>
@@ -13503,7 +13547,7 @@ command before the end of the page. A right hand page heading
<literal>\markright</literal> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
the last one that came before that page.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\markright{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\markright{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\markright{<replaceable>right-head</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\markright{<replaceable>right-head</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
@@ -13560,7 +13604,7 @@ see&#160;<link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>.
<sect1 label="19.1" id="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">
<title><literal>\enspace</literal> &amp; <literal>\quad</literal> &amp; <literal>\qquad</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enspace</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005censpace"/><anchor id="_005cquad"/><anchor id="_005cqquad"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enspace</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\quad</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\qquad</primary></indexterm>
@@ -13835,11 +13879,11 @@ Examples are <literal>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</literal>, and <literal>Mr.~Bean</lit
</para>
</sect2>
-<anchor id="_005cfrenchspacing"/><!-- old node name -->
<sect2 label="19.5.2" id="_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">
<title><literal>\frenchspacing</literal> &amp; <literal>\nonfrenchspacing</literal></title>
+<anchor id="_005cfrenchspacing"/><!-- old node name -->
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frenchspacing</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cnonfrenchspacing"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frenchspacing</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nonfrenchspacing</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing, inter-sentence</primary></indexterm>
@@ -14032,7 +14076,7 @@ Vall\'ee~Poussin</literal>.
<sect1 label="19.8" id="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">
<title><literal>\thinspace</literal> &amp; <literal>\negthinspace</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinspace</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cthinspace"/><anchor id="_005cnegthinspace"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinspace</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negthinspace</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>thin space</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>space, thin</primary></indexterm>
@@ -14127,7 +14171,7 @@ done in a different way.
<sect1 label="19.10" id="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">
<title><literal>\hrulefill</literal> &amp; <literal>\dotfill</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hrulefill</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005chrulefill"/><anchor id="_005cdotfill"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hrulefill</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotfill</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14181,6 +14225,10 @@ Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with
<sect1 label="19.11" id="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">
<title><literal>\bigskip</literal> &amp; <literal>\medskip</literal> &amp; <literal>\smallskip</literal></title>
+<anchor id="_005cbigskip"/><anchor id="_005cmedskip"/><anchor id="_005csmallskip"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm>
+
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<screen>\bigskip
@@ -14236,6 +14284,10 @@ put a page break (see <link linkend="_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_00
<sect1 label="19.12" id="_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">
<title><literal>\bigbreak</literal> &amp; <literal>\medbreak</literal> &amp; <literal>\smallbreak</literal></title>
+<anchor id="_005cbigbreak"/><anchor id="_005cmedbreak"/><anchor id="_005csmallbreak"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigbreak</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medbreak</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallbreak</primary></indexterm>
+
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<screen>\bigbreak
@@ -14244,7 +14296,8 @@ put a page break (see <link linkend="_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_00
</screen>
<para>Produce a vertical space that is big or medium-sized or small, and
suggest to &latex; that this is a good place to break the page. (The
-associated penalties are -200, -100, and -50.)
+associated penalties are respectively &#8722;200, &#8722;100, and
+&#8722;50.)
</para>
<para>See <link linkend="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</link>, for more. These commands
produce the same vertical space but differ in that they also remove a
@@ -14528,7 +14581,7 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <literal>adjustbox</literal>.
<sect1 label="20.1" id="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">
<title><literal>\mbox</literal> &amp; <literal>\makebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mbox</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cmbox"/><anchor id="_005cmakebox"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mbox</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makebox</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>box</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>make a box</primary></indexterm>
@@ -14552,9 +14605,10 @@ the tank name, &#8216;<literal>T-34</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
<screen>The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism.
</screen>
-<para>The first two command synopsis versions, <literal>\mbox</literal> and <literal>\makebox</literal>, are
-roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the
-<replaceable>text</replaceable>. (They are like plain &tex;&#8217;s <literal>\hbox</literal>.)
+<para>The first two command invocations shown, <literal>\mbox</literal> and
+<literal>\makebox</literal>, are roughly the same. They create a box just wide
+enough to contain the <replaceable>text</replaceable>. (They are like plain &tex;&#8217;s
+<literal>\hbox</literal>.)
</para>
<para>In the third version the optional argument <replaceable>width</replaceable> specifies the
width of the box. Note that the space occupied by the text need not
@@ -14607,9 +14661,9 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.
\pts{90}An African or European swallow?
</screen>
-<para><indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>TikZ</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>TikZ</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>TikZ</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>Asymptote</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Asymptote</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
@@ -14638,7 +14692,7 @@ and&#160;<link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>.
<sect1 label="20.2" id="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">
<title><literal>\fbox</literal> &amp; <literal>\framebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fbox</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cfbox"/><anchor id="_005cframebox"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fbox</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopses, one of:
@@ -14831,7 +14885,7 @@ second is the height of <filename>meta.png</filename>.
<sect1 label="20.5" id="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">
<title><literal>\sbox</literal> &amp; <literal>\savebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sbox</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005csbox"/><anchor id="_005csavebox"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sbox</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\savebox</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>box, save</primary></indexterm>
@@ -14863,13 +14917,13 @@ There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da.
<literal>\newcommand</literal> macro variable is efficiency, that &latex; need not
repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below.
</para>
-<para>The first two command invocations,
+<para>The first two command invocations shown above,
<literal>\sbox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> and
-<literal>\savebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>, are roughly equivalent.
-As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify
-the box width as <replaceable>width</replaceable>, and the position of the text inside that
-box as <replaceable>position</replaceable>. See <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</link>, for the full
-description.
+<literal>\savebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>, are roughly the same.
+As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to
+specify the box width as <replaceable>width</replaceable>, and the position of the text
+inside that box as <replaceable>position</replaceable>. See <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</link>, for the
+full description.
</para>
<para>In the <literal>\sbox</literal> and <literal>\savebox</literal> commands the <replaceable>text</replaceable> is
typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). If
@@ -15143,11 +15197,11 @@ or style, rather than in the document body.
<para>or
</para>
<screen>\color{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
-\color[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>specification</replaceable>}
+\color[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}
</screen>
<para>The affected text gets the color. This line
</para>
-<screen>\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:}
+<screen>\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
</screen>
<para>causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
@@ -15597,9 +15651,8 @@ files in a file with a PostScript style <literal>%%BoundingBox</literal> line if
other format is available.)
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>command</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>A command that will be applied to the
-file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a
-single backward quote. Thus,
+</term><listitem><para>A command that will be applied to the file. This is often left
+empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus,
<literal>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c
#1}</literal> specifies that any file with the extension <filename>.eps.gz</filename> should
be treated as an <literal>eps</literal> file, with the BoundingBox information
@@ -16170,8 +16223,8 @@ font circumflex use <literal>\^{}</literal>. To get a backslash in the font of
the text body, enter <literal>\textbackslash{}</literal>.
</para>
<para>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use
-<literal>\verb!!</literal> as below (the double backslash&#160;<literal>\\</literal> is only
-there to split the lines in the output).
+<literal>\verb!!</literal> as below (the double backslash&#160;<literal>\\</literal> in the
+example is only there to split the lines in the output).
</para>
<screen>\begin{center}
\# \$ \% \&amp; \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
@@ -16279,7 +16332,9 @@ visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>text symbols</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, text</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>textcomp package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>textcomp</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>textcomp</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>TS1 encoding</primary></indexterm>
<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
@@ -16327,11 +16382,12 @@ the <literal>textcomp</literal> package for some (technically, those in the
Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ldots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ldots</literal>
-</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dots</primary></indexterm><literal>\dots</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textellipsis</primary></indexterm><literal>\textellipsis</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dots</primary></indexterm><literal>\dots</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ellipsis</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&#8230; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <literal>\ldots</literal>
-and <literal>\dots</literal> also work in math mode.
+<para>&#8230; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <literal>\ldots</literal> and
+<literal>\dots</literal> also work in math mode (see <link linkend="Dots">Dots</link>). See that math
+mode ellipsis description for additional general information.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lq</primary></indexterm><literal>\lq</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left quote</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16390,8 +16446,14 @@ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbackslash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbackslash</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>backslash, in text</primary></indexterm>
-<para>\ Backslash.
+<para>\ Backslash. However, <literal>\texttt{\textbackslash}</literal> produces a roman
+(not typewriter) backslash by default; for a typewriter backslash, it
+is necessary to use the T1 (or other non-default) font encoding, as
+in:
</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+</screen><!-- https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/824 -->
+
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbar</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbar</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical bar, in text</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar, vertical, in text</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16411,12 +16473,14 @@ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbraceleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbraceleft</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left brace, in text</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>brace, left, in text</primary></indexterm>
-<para>{ Left brace.
+<para>{ Left brace. See remarks at <literal>\textbackslash</literal> above about
+making <literal>\texttt{\textbraceleft}</literal> produce a typewriter brace.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbraceright</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbraceright</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right brace, in text</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>brace, right, in text</primary></indexterm>
-<para>} Right brace.
+<para>} Right brace. See remarks at <literal>\textbackslash</literal> above about
+making <literal>\texttt{\textbraceright}</literal> produce a typewriter brace.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbullet</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bullet, in text</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16697,7 +16761,7 @@ accented.
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\b</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\b (bar-under accent)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar-under accent</primary></indexterm>
-<para>o_ Bar accent underneath.
+<para>o&#818; Bar accent underneath.
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbar</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>underbar</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16705,7 +16769,7 @@ accented.
<replaceable>text</replaceable>. The argument is always processed in LR mode
(see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
thus crossing through descenders. See also <literal>\underline</literal> in
-<link linkend="Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</link>.
+<link linkend="Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</link>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\c</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalcedilla</literal>
@@ -16740,7 +16804,7 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <literal>\underline</literal> in
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\r (ring accent)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalring</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ring accent</primary></indexterm>
-<para>o* Ring accent.
+<para>o&#778; Ring accent.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\t</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitaltie</literal>
@@ -17172,7 +17236,7 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an <literal>\if...</literal> with a
<sect1 label="24.2" id="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">
<title><literal>\include</literal> &amp; <literal>\includeonly</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\include</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cinclude"/><anchor id="_005cincludeonly"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\include</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\includeonly</primary></indexterm>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -17490,9 +17554,9 @@ these commands before you call <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>, etc.
\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications}
</screen>
-<para><indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-</para>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
@@ -18500,7 +18564,7 @@ such as <literal>\chapter</literal> that make no sense in a letter are turned of
Each <literal>letter</literal> environment body typically ends with a
<literal>\closing</literal> command such as <literal>\closing{Yours,}</literal>.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for letters</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for letters)</primary></indexterm>
<para>Additional material may come after the <literal>\closing</literal>. You can say who
is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <literal>\cc{the
Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</literal>. There&#8217;s a similar <literal>\encl</literal> command for
@@ -18826,7 +18890,7 @@ And, you can issue instructions for the operating system.
<sect1 label="27.1" id="_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">
<title><literal>\openin</literal> &amp; <literal>\openout</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\openin</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005copenin"/><anchor id="_005copenout"/><anchor id="_005cclosein"/><anchor id="_005ccloseout"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\openin</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\openout</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closein</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closeout</primary></indexterm>
@@ -19297,7 +19361,7 @@ finishes.
...
\newcommand{\fignum}{1}
\immediate\write18{cd pix &amp;&amp; asy figure\fignum}
-\includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf}
+\includegraphics{pix/figure\fignum.pdf}
</screen>
<para>will run Asymptote (the <literal>asy</literal> program) on <filename>pix/figure1.asy</filename>,
so that the document can later read in the resulting graphic
@@ -19404,8 +19468,8 @@ creating the output <filename>thesis.pdf</filename>.
</para>
<screen>pdflatex thesis
</screen>
-<para><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.tex, default extension</primary></indexterm>
-Note that <filename>.tex</filename> is the default file name extension.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.tex, default extension</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Note that <filename>.tex</filename> is the default file name extension.
</para>
<para>pdf&tex; is an extension of the original &tex; program, as are
Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). The first two are
@@ -19417,8 +19481,8 @@ such as hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and
PNG, and ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run
<command>pdflatex</command> or <command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> then you
will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern features.
-If you run <command>latex</command>, or <literal>dvilualatex</literal>, then you will get
-DVI. The description here assumes pdf&latex;.
+If you run <command>latex</command>, or <command>dvilualatex</command>, then you will get
+DVI. The description here assumes <command>pdflatex</command>.
</para>
<para>See <link linkend="Command-line-options">Command line options</link>, for a selection of the most useful
command line options. As to <replaceable>argument</replaceable>, the usual case is that it
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
index 730e89e15f..e0d96512ff 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.8, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2022.
+document preparation system, version of January 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ notice identical to this one.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</title>
+<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)</title>
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -60,21 +60,20 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
-a.copiable-anchor {visibility: hidden; text-decoration: none; line-height: 0em}
-a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
-blockquote.indentedblock {margin-right: 0em}
-div.display {margin-left: 3.2em}
+a.copiable-link {visibility: hidden; text-decoration: none; line-height: 0em}
+a.summary-letter-printindex {text-decoration: none}
div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
-kbd {font-style: oblique}
-pre.display {font-family: inherit}
-pre.format {font-family: inherit}
-pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
-pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
-span.nolinebreak {white-space: nowrap}
-span.roman {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal}
-span.sansserif {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: normal}
-span:hover a.copiable-anchor {visibility: visible}
-ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
+kbd.kbd {font-style: oblique}
+kbd.key {font-style: normal}
+span.r {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal; font-style: normal}
+span.w-nolinebreak-text {white-space: nowrap}
+span:hover a.copiable-link {visibility: visible}
+td.printindex-index-entry {vertical-align: top}
+td.printindex-index-section {vertical-align: top}
+th.entries-header-printindex {text-align:left}
+th.sections-header-printindex {text-align:left}
+ul.mark-bullet {list-style-type: disc}
+ul.toc-numbered-mark {list-style: none}
BODY {
margin-top: 1em;
margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
@@ -102,7 +101,7 @@ div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;}
</head>
<body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</h1>
+
@@ -140,26 +139,26 @@ as well as
-<div class="top" id="Top">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="top-level-extent" id="Top">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="https://tug.org/texinfohtml/" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
+<h1 class="top" id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
<p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
</p>
-<div class="Contents_element" id="SEC_Contents">
+<div class="element-contents" id="SEC_Contents">
<h2 class="contents-heading">Table of Contents</h2>
<div class="contents">
-<ul class="no-bullet">
+<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-About-this-document-1" href="#About-this-document">1 About this document</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#Overview">2 Overview of LaTeX</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Starting-and-ending-1" href="#Starting-and-ending">2.1 Starting and ending</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li>
@@ -168,241 +167,245 @@ January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
<li><a id="toc-CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Document-classes-1" href="#Document-classes">3 Document classes</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Document-class-options-1" href="#Document-class-options">3.1 Document class options</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Additional-packages-1" href="#Additional-packages">3.2 Additional packages</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-construction-1" href="#Class-and-package-construction">3.3 Class and package construction</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-structure-1" href="#Class-and-package-structure">3.3.1 Class and package structure</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-commands-1" href="#Class-and-package-commands">3.3.2 Class and package commands</a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Fonts-1" href="#Fonts">4 Fonts</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="#fontenc-package">4.1 <code>fontenc</code> package</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">4.1.1 <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">4.1.2 <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">4.1.3 <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">4.1.4 <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">4.1.5 <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextComposite-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">4.1.6 <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">4.1.7 <code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">4.1.8 <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">4.1.9 <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1" href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">4.1.10 <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent-1" href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">4.1.11 <code>\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="#fontenc-package">4.1 <code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">4.1.1 <code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">4.1.2 <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">4.1.3 <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">4.1.4 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">4.1.5 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextComposite-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">4.1.6 <code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">4.1.7 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">4.1.8 <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">4.1.9 <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1" href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">4.1.10 <code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent-1" href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">4.1.11 <code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Font-styles-1" href="#Font-styles">4.2 Font styles</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Font-sizes-1" href="#Font-sizes">4.3 Font sizes</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">4.4 Low-level font commands</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Layout-1" href="#Layout">5 Layout</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005conecolumn-1" href="#g_t_005conecolumn">5.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ctwocolumn-1" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">5.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cflushbottom-1" href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">5.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005craggedbottom-1" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005conecolumn-1" href="#g_t_005conecolumn">5.1 <code class="code">\onecolumn</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctwocolumn-1" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">5.2 <code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cflushbottom-1" href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">5.3 <code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005craggedbottom-1" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">5.4 <code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Page-layout-parameters-1" href="#Page-layout-parameters">5.5 Page layout parameters</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch-1" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">5.6 <code>\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code>\baselinestretch</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch-1" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">5.6 <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Floats-1" href="#Floats">5.7 Floats</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005ccaption-1" href="#g_t_005ccaption">5.7.1 <code>\caption</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccaption-1" href="#g_t_005ccaption">5.7.1 <code class="code">\caption</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Sectioning-1" href="#Sectioning">6 Sectioning</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cpart-1" href="#g_t_005cpart">6.1 <code>\part</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cchapter-1" href="#g_t_005cchapter">6.2 <code>\chapter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csection-1" href="#g_t_005csection">6.3 <code>\section</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csubsection-1" href="#g_t_005csubsection">6.4 <code>\subsection</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph" href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">6.5 <code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cappendix-1" href="#g_t_005cappendix">6.6 <code>\appendix</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">6.8 <code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpart-1" href="#g_t_005cpart">6.1 <code class="code">\part</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cchapter-1" href="#g_t_005cchapter">6.2 <code class="code">\chapter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csection-1" href="#g_t_005csection">6.3 <code class="code">\section</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csubsection-1" href="#g_t_005csubsection">6.4 <code class="code">\subsection</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph" href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">6.5 <code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cappendix-1" href="#g_t_005cappendix">6.6 <code class="code">\appendix</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Cross-references-1" href="#Cross-references">7 Cross references</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005clabel-1" href="#g_t_005clabel">7.1 <code>\label</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cpageref-1" href="#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cref-1" href="#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code>\ref</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-xr-package-1" href="#xr-package">7.4 <code>xr</code> package</a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005clabel-1" href="#g_t_005clabel">7.1 <code class="code">\label</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpageref-1" href="#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code class="code">\pageref</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cref-1" href="#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code class="code">\ref</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-xr-package-1" href="#xr-package">7.4 <code class="code">xr</code> package</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">8.1 <code>abstract</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-array-1" href="#array">8.2 <code>array</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-center-1" href="#center">8.3 <code>center</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005ccentering-1" href="#g_t_005ccentering">8.3.1 <code>\centering</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">8.1 <code class="code">abstract</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-array-1" href="#array">8.2 <code class="code">array</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-center-1" href="#center">8.3 <code class="code">center</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccentering-1" href="#g_t_005ccentering">8.3.1 <code class="code">\centering</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-description-1" href="#description">8.4 <code>description</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-displaymath-1" href="#displaymath">8.5 <code>displaymath</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-document-1" href="#document">8.6 <code>document</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cAtBeginDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">8.6.1 <code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cAtEndDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">8.6.2 <code>\AtEndDocument</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-description-1" href="#description">8.4 <code class="code">description</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-displaymath-1" href="#displaymath">8.5 <code class="code">displaymath</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-document-1" href="#document">8.6 <code class="code">document</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cAtBeginDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">8.6.1 <code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cAtEndDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">8.6.2 <code class="code">\AtEndDocument</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-enumerate-1" href="#enumerate">8.7 <code>enumerate</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-eqnarray-1" href="#eqnarray">8.8 <code>eqnarray</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-equation-1" href="#equation">8.9 <code>equation</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-figure-1" href="#figure">8.10 <code>figure</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-filecontents-1" href="#filecontents">8.11 <code>filecontents</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-flushleft-1" href="#flushleft">8.12 <code>flushleft</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005craggedright-1" href="#g_t_005craggedright">8.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-enumerate-1" href="#enumerate">8.7 <code class="code">enumerate</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-eqnarray-1" href="#eqnarray">8.8 <code class="code">eqnarray</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-equation-1" href="#equation">8.9 <code class="code">equation</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-figure-1" href="#figure">8.10 <code class="code">figure</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-filecontents-1" href="#filecontents">8.11 <code class="code">filecontents</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-flushleft-1" href="#flushleft">8.12 <code class="code">flushleft</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005craggedright-1" href="#g_t_005craggedright">8.12.1 <code class="code">\raggedright</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-flushright-1" href="#flushright">8.13 <code>flushright</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005craggedleft-1" href="#g_t_005craggedleft">8.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-flushright-1" href="#flushright">8.13 <code class="code">flushright</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005craggedleft-1" href="#g_t_005craggedleft">8.13.1 <code class="code">\raggedleft</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-itemize-1" href="#itemize">8.14 <code>itemize</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-letter-environment_003a-writing-letters" href="#letter">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-list-1" href="#list">8.16 <code>list</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list" href="#g_t_005citem">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list" href="#trivlist">8.16.2 <code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-itemize-1" href="#itemize">8.14 <code class="code">itemize</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-letter-environment_003a-writing-letters" href="#letter">8.15 <code class="code">letter</code> environment: writing letters</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-list-1" href="#list">8.16 <code class="code">list</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list" href="#g_t_005citem">8.16.1 <code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list" href="#trivlist">8.16.2 <code class="code">trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code class="code">list</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-math-1" href="#math">8.17 <code>math</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-minipage-1" href="#minipage">8.18 <code>minipage</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-picture-1" href="#picture">8.19 <code>picture</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cput-1" href="#g_t_005cput">8.19.1 <code>\put</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmultiput-1" href="#g_t_005cmultiput">8.19.2 <code>\multiput</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cqbezier-1" href="#g_t_005cqbezier">8.19.3 <code>\qbezier</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphpaper-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">8.19.4 <code>\graphpaper</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cline-1" href="#g_t_005cline">8.19.5 <code>\line</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005clinethickness-1" href="#g_t_005clinethickness">8.19.6 <code>\linethickness</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cthinlines-1" href="#g_t_005cthinlines">8.19.7 <code>\thinlines</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cthicklines-1" href="#g_t_005cthicklines">8.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ccircle-1" href="#g_t_005ccircle">8.19.9 <code>\circle</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005coval-1" href="#g_t_005coval">8.19.10 <code>\oval</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cshortstack-1" href="#g_t_005cshortstack">8.19.11 <code>\shortstack</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cvector-1" href="#g_t_005cvector">8.19.12 <code>\vector</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.13 <code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.14 <code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cframe-1" href="#g_t_005cframe">8.19.15 <code>\frame</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cdashbox-1" href="#g_t_005cdashbox">8.19.16 <code>\dashbox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-math-1" href="#math">8.17 <code class="code">math</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-minipage-1" href="#minipage">8.18 <code class="code">minipage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-picture-1" href="#picture">8.19 <code class="code">picture</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cput-1" href="#g_t_005cput">8.19.1 <code class="code">\put</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmultiput-1" href="#g_t_005cmultiput">8.19.2 <code class="code">\multiput</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cqbezier-1" href="#g_t_005cqbezier">8.19.3 <code class="code">\qbezier</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphpaper-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">8.19.4 <code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cline-1" href="#g_t_005cline">8.19.5 <code class="code">\line</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005clinethickness-1" href="#g_t_005clinethickness">8.19.6 <code class="code">\linethickness</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cthinlines-1" href="#g_t_005cthinlines">8.19.7 <code class="code">\thinlines</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cthicklines-1" href="#g_t_005cthicklines">8.19.8 <code class="code">\thicklines</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccircle-1" href="#g_t_005ccircle">8.19.9 <code class="code">\circle</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005coval-1" href="#g_t_005coval">8.19.10 <code class="code">\oval</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cshortstack-1" href="#g_t_005cshortstack">8.19.11 <code class="code">\shortstack</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvector-1" href="#g_t_005cvector">8.19.12 <code class="code">\vector</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.13 <code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.14 <code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cframe-1" href="#g_t_005cframe">8.19.15 <code class="code">\frame</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cdashbox-1" href="#g_t_005cdashbox">8.19.16 <code class="code">\dashbox</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-quotation-_0026-quote-1" href="#quotation-_0026-quote">8.20 <code>quotation</code> &amp; <code>quote</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-tabbing-1" href="#tabbing">8.21 <code>tabbing</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-table-1" href="#table">8.22 <code>table</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-tabular-1" href="#tabular">8.23 <code>tabular</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmulticolumn-1" href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">8.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cvline-1" href="#g_t_005cvline">8.23.2 <code>\vline</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ccline-1" href="#g_t_005ccline">8.23.3 <code>\cline</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005chline-1" href="#g_t_005chline">8.23.4 <code>\hline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-quotation-_0026-quote-1" href="#quotation-_0026-quote">8.20 <code class="code">quotation</code> &amp; <code class="code">quote</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-tabbing-1" href="#tabbing">8.21 <code class="code">tabbing</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-table-1" href="#table">8.22 <code class="code">table</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-tabular-1" href="#tabular">8.23 <code class="code">tabular</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmulticolumn-1" href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">8.23.1 <code class="code">\multicolumn</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvline-1" href="#g_t_005cvline">8.23.2 <code class="code">\vline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccline-1" href="#g_t_005ccline">8.23.3 <code class="code">\cline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chline-1" href="#g_t_005chline">8.23.4 <code class="code">\hline</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-thebibliography-1" href="#thebibliography">8.24 <code>thebibliography</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cbibitem-1" href="#g_t_005cbibitem">8.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ccite-1" href="#g_t_005ccite">8.24.2 <code>\cite</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnocite-1" href="#g_t_005cnocite">8.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-thebibliography-1" href="#thebibliography">8.24 <code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbibitem-1" href="#g_t_005cbibitem">8.24.1 <code class="code">\bibitem</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccite-1" href="#g_t_005ccite">8.24.2 <code class="code">\cite</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnocite-1" href="#g_t_005cnocite">8.24.3 <code class="code">\nocite</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Using-BibTeX-1" href="#Using-BibTeX">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-BibTeX-error-messages-1" href="#BibTeX-error-messages">8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages</a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-theorem-1" href="#theorem">8.25 <code>theorem</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-titlepage-1" href="#titlepage">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-verbatim-1" href="#verbatim">8.27 <code>verbatim</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cverb-1" href="#g_t_005cverb">8.27.1 <code>\verb</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-theorem-1" href="#theorem">8.25 <code class="code">theorem</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-titlepage-1" href="#titlepage">8.26 <code class="code">titlepage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-verbatim-1" href="#verbatim">8.27 <code class="code">verbatim</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cverb-1" href="#g_t_005cverb">8.27.1 <code class="code">\verb</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-verse-1" href="#verse">8.28 <code>verse</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-verse-1" href="#verse">8.28 <code class="code">verse</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Line-breaking-1" href="#Line-breaking">9 Line breaking</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_005c-1" href="#g_t_005c_005c">9.1 <code>\\</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1" href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">9.2 <code>\obeycr</code> &amp; <code>\restorecr</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewline-1" href="#g_t_005cnewline">9.3 <code>\newline</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029" href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029" href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1" href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">9.6 <code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-sloppypar-1" href="#sloppypar">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_005c-1" href="#g_t_005c_005c">9.1 <code class="code">\\</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1" href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">9.2 <code class="code">\obeycr</code> &amp; <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewline-1" href="#g_t_005cnewline">9.3 <code class="code">\newline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029" href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">9.4 <code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029" href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">9.5 <code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1" href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">9.6 <code class="code">\fussy</code> &amp; <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-sloppypar-1" href="#sloppypar">9.6.1 <code class="code">sloppypar</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="#g_t_005chyphenation">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="#g_t_005chyphenation">9.7 <code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">9.8 <code class="code">\linebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Page-breaking-1" href="#Page-breaking">10 Page breaking</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">10.1 <code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewpage-1" href="#g_t_005cnewpage">10.2 <code>\newpage</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cenlargethispage-1" href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">10.3 <code>\enlargethispage</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1" href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">10.4 <code>\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nopagebreak</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">10.1 <code class="code">\clearpage</code> &amp; <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewpage-1" href="#g_t_005cnewpage">10.2 <code class="code">\newpage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cenlargethispage-1" href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">10.3 <code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1" href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">10.4 <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Footnotes-1" href="#Footnotes">11 Footnotes</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnote-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnote">11.1 <code>\footnote</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnotemark-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">11.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnotetext-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">11.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnote-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnote">11.1 <code class="code">\footnote</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnotemark-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">11.2 <code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnotetext-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">11.3 <code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Footnotes-in-section-headings-1" href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">11.4 Footnotes in section headings</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Footnotes-in-a-table-1" href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">11.5 Footnotes in a table</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Footnotes-of-footnotes-1" href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">11.6 Footnotes of footnotes</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Definitions-1" href="#Definitions">12 Definitions</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Control-sequence_002c-control-word-and-control-symbol" href="#Control-sequences">12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cprovidecommand-1" href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code>\protect</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cprovidecommand-1" href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">12.2 <code class="code">\providecommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">12.3 <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">12.4 <code class="code">\@ifstar</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.5 <code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.6 <code class="code">\newlength</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.7 <code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">12.8 <code class="code">\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.9 <code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code class="code">\newfont</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code class="code">\protect</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code class="code">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-xspace-package-1" href="#xspace-package">12.13 xspace package</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Counters-1" href="#Counters">13 Counters</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">13.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cusecounter-1" href="#g_t_005cusecounter">13.2 <code>\usecounter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cvalue-1" href="#g_t_005cvalue">13.3 <code>\value</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csetcounter-1" href="#g_t_005csetcounter">13.4 <code>\setcounter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocounter-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">13.5 <code>\addtocounter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005crefstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">13.6 <code>\refstepcounter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">13.7 <code>\stepcounter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1" href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">13.8 <code>\day</code> &amp; <code>\month</code> &amp; <code>\year</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">13.1 <code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cusecounter-1" href="#g_t_005cusecounter">13.2 <code class="code">\usecounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvalue-1" href="#g_t_005cvalue">13.3 <code class="code">\value</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csetcounter-1" href="#g_t_005csetcounter">13.4 <code class="code">\setcounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocounter-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">13.5 <code class="code">\addtocounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005crefstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">13.6 <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">13.7 <code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1" href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">13.8 <code class="code">\day</code> &amp; <code class="code">\month</code> &amp; <code class="code">\year</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Lengths-1" href="#Lengths">14 Lengths</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Units-of-length-1" href="#Units-of-length">14.1 Units of length</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csetlength-1" href="#g_t_005csetlength">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005caddtolength-1" href="#g_t_005caddtolength">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csettodepth-1" href="#g_t_005csettodepth">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csettoheight-1" href="#g_t_005csettoheight">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csettowidth-1" href="#g_t_005csettowidth">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cstretch-1" href="#g_t_005cstretch">14.7 <code>\stretch</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csetlength-1" href="#g_t_005csetlength">14.2 <code class="code">\setlength</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddtolength-1" href="#g_t_005caddtolength">14.3 <code class="code">\addtolength</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csettodepth-1" href="#g_t_005csettodepth">14.4 <code class="code">\settodepth</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csettoheight-1" href="#g_t_005csettoheight">14.5 <code class="code">\settoheight</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csettowidth-1" href="#g_t_005csettowidth">14.6 <code class="code">\settowidth</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cstretch-1" href="#g_t_005cstretch">14.7 <code class="code">\stretch</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Expressions-1" href="#Expressions">14.8 Expressions</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Making-paragraphs-1" href="#Making-paragraphs">15 Making paragraphs</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cpar-1" href="#g_t_005cpar">15.1 <code>\par</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1" href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">15.2 <code>\indent</code> &amp; <code>\noindent</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1" href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">15.3 <code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpar-1" href="#g_t_005cpar">15.1 <code class="code">\par</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1" href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">15.2 <code class="code">\indent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\noindent</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1" href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">15.3 <code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Marginal-notes-1" href="#Marginal-notes">15.4 Marginal notes</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Math-formulas-1" href="#Math-formulas">16 Math formulas</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Subscripts-_0026-superscripts-1" href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">16.1 Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Math-symbols-1" href="#Math-symbols">16.2 Math symbols</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Arrows-1" href="#Arrows">16.2.1 Arrows</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath-1" href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">16.2.2 <code>\boldmath</code> &amp; <code>\unboldmath</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath-1" href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">16.2.2 <code class="code">\boldmath</code> &amp; <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-bm_003a-Individual-bold-math-symbols" href="#bm">16.2.2.1 <code class="code">bm</code>: Individual bold math symbols</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-OpenType-bold-math-1" href="#OpenType-bold-math">16.2.2.2 OpenType bold math</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Blackboard-bold-1" href="#Blackboard-bold">16.2.3 Blackboard bold</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Calligraphic-1" href="#Calligraphic">16.2.4 Calligraphic</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Delimiters-1" href="#Delimiters">16.2.5 Delimiters</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1" href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">16.2.5.1 <code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e" href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">16.2.5.2 <code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1" href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">16.2.5.1 <code class="code">\left</code> &amp; <code class="code">\right</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e" href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">16.2.5.2 <code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Dots_002c-horizontal-or-vertical" href="#Dots">16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Greek-letters-1" href="#Greek-letters">16.2.7 Greek letters</a></li>
@@ -411,72 +414,72 @@ January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
<li><a id="toc-Math-accents-1" href="#Math-accents">16.4 Math accents</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Over_002d-and-Underlining-1" href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">16.5 Over- and Underlining</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Spacing-in-math-mode-1" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">16.6 Spacing in math mode</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005csmash-1" href="#g_t_005csmash">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmathstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">16.6.3 <code>\mathstrut</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csmash-1" href="#g_t_005csmash">16.6.1 <code class="code">\smash</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code class="code">\phantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\vphantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmathstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">16.6.3 <code class="code">\mathstrut</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Math-styles-1" href="#Math-styles">16.7 Math styles</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="#Math-miscellany">16.8 Math miscellany</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon" href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">16.8.1 Colon character <code>:</code> &amp; <code>\colon</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_002a-1" href="#g_t_005c_002a">16.8.2 <code>\*</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cfrac-1" href="#g_t_005cfrac">16.8.3 <code>\frac</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csqrt-1" href="#g_t_005csqrt">16.8.4 <code>\sqrt</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cstackrel-1" href="#g_t_005cstackrel">16.8.5 <code>\stackrel</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon" href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">16.8.1 Colon character <code class="code">:</code> &amp; <code class="code">\colon</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_002a-1" href="#g_t_005c_002a">16.8.2 <code class="code">\*</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfrac-1" href="#g_t_005cfrac">16.8.3 <code class="code">\frac</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csqrt-1" href="#g_t_005csqrt">16.8.4 <code class="code">\sqrt</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cstackrel-1" href="#g_t_005cstackrel">16.8.5 <code class="code">\stackrel</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Modes-1" href="#Modes">17 Modes</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005censuremath-1" href="#g_t_005censuremath">17.1 <code>\ensuremath</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005censuremath-1" href="#g_t_005censuremath">17.1 <code class="code">\ensuremath</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Page-styles-1" href="#Page-styles">18 Page styles</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmaketitle-1" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">18.1 <code>\maketitle</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cpagenumbering-1" href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">18.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cpagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">18.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cthispagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">18.4 <code>\thispagestyle</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmaketitle-1" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">18.1 <code class="code">\maketitle</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpagenumbering-1" href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">18.2 <code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">18.3 <code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cthispagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">18.4 <code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Spaces-1" href="#Spaces">19 Spaces</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1" href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">19.1 <code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005chspace-1" href="#g_t_005chspace">19.2 <code>\hspace</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005chfill-1" href="#g_t_005chfill">19.3 <code>\hfill</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005chss-1" href="#g_t_005chss">19.4 <code>\hss</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cspacefactor-1" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">19.5 <code>\spacefactor</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040">19.5.1 <code>\@</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing-1" href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnormalsfcodes-1" href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">19.5.3 <code>\normalsfcodes</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1" href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">19.1 <code class="code">\enspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\quad</code> &amp; <code class="code">\qquad</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chspace-1" href="#g_t_005chspace">19.2 <code class="code">\hspace</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chfill-1" href="#g_t_005chfill">19.3 <code class="code">\hfill</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chss-1" href="#g_t_005chss">19.4 <code class="code">\hss</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cspacefactor-1" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">19.5 <code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040">19.5.1 <code class="code">\@</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing-1" href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">19.5.2 <code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnormalsfcodes-1" href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">19.5.3 <code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">19.6 Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_007e-1" href="#g_t_007e">19.7 <code>~</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">19.8 <code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_002f-1" href="#g_t_005c_002f">19.9 <code>\/</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1" href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">19.10 <code>\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code>\dotfill</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">19.11 <code>\bigskip</code> &amp; <code>\medskip</code> &amp; <code>\smallskip</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1" href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">19.12 <code>\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code>\medbreak</code> &amp; <code>\smallbreak</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cstrut">19.13 <code>\strut</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cvspace-1" href="#g_t_005cvspace">19.14 <code>\vspace</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cvfill-1" href="#g_t_005cvfill">19.15 <code>\vfill</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005caddvspace-1" href="#g_t_005caddvspace">19.16 <code>\addvspace</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">19.6 Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_007e-1" href="#g_t_007e">19.7 <code class="code">~</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">19.8 <code class="code">\thinspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_002f-1" href="#g_t_005c_002f">19.9 <code class="code">\/</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1" href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">19.10 <code class="code">\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">19.11 <code class="code">\bigskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1" href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">19.12 <code class="code">\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cstrut">19.13 <code class="code">\strut</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvspace-1" href="#g_t_005cvspace">19.14 <code class="code">\vspace</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvfill-1" href="#g_t_005cvfill">19.15 <code class="code">\vfill</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddvspace-1" href="#g_t_005caddvspace">19.16 <code class="code">\addvspace</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Boxes-1" href="#Boxes">20 Boxes</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">20.1 <code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">20.2 <code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cparbox-1" href="#g_t_005cparbox">20.3 <code>\parbox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005craisebox-1" href="#g_t_005craisebox">20.4 <code>\raisebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1" href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">20.5 <code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-lrbox-1" href="#lrbox">20.6 <code>lrbox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cusebox-1" href="#g_t_005cusebox">20.7 <code>\usebox</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">20.1 <code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">20.2 <code class="code">\fbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\framebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cparbox-1" href="#g_t_005cparbox">20.3 <code class="code">\parbox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005craisebox-1" href="#g_t_005craisebox">20.4 <code class="code">\raisebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1" href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">20.5 <code class="code">\sbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\savebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-lrbox-1" href="#lrbox">20.6 <code class="code">lrbox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cusebox-1" href="#g_t_005cusebox">20.7 <code class="code">\usebox</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Color-1" href="#Color">21 Color</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-color-package-options" href="#Color-package-options">21.1 <code>color</code> package options</a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-color-package-options" href="#Color-package-options">21.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Color-models-1" href="#Color-models">21.2 Color models</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Commands-for-color-1" href="#Commands-for-color">21.3 Commands for color</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Define-colors-1" href="#Define-colors">21.3.1 Define colors</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Colored-text-1" href="#Colored-text">21.3.2 Colored text</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Colored-boxes-1" href="#Colored-boxes">21.3.3 Colored boxes</a></li>
@@ -484,118 +487,118 @@ January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Graphics-1" href="#Graphics">22 Graphics</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-options" href="#Graphics-package-options">22.1 <code>graphics</code> package options</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-configuration" href="#Graphics-package-configuration">22.2 <code>graphics</code> package configuration</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">22.2.1 <code>\graphicspath</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">22.2.2 <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">22.2.3 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-options" href="#Graphics-package-options">22.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-configuration" href="#Graphics-package-configuration">22.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">22.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">22.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">22.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Commands-for-graphics-1" href="#Commands-for-graphics">22.3 Commands for graphics</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">22.3.1 <code>\includegraphics</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="#g_t_005crotatebox">22.3.2 <code>\rotatebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="#g_t_005cscalebox">22.3.3 <code>\scalebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="#g_t_005cresizebox">22.3.4 <code>\resizebox</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">22.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="#g_t_005crotatebox">22.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="#g_t_005cscalebox">22.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="#g_t_005cresizebox">22.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Special-insertions-1" href="#Special-insertions">23 Special insertions</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Reserved-characters-1" href="#Reserved-characters">23.1 Reserved characters</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Upper-and-lower-case-1" href="#Upper-and-lower-case">23.2 Upper and lower case</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Symbols-by-font-position-1" href="#Symbols-by-font-position">23.3 Symbols by font position</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Text-symbols-1" href="#Text-symbols">23.4 Text symbols</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Accents-1" href="#Accents">23.5 Accents</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005caccent-1" href="#g_t_005caccent">23.5.1 <code>\accent</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caccent-1" href="#g_t_005caccent">23.5.1 <code class="code">\accent</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Additional-Latin-letters-1" href="#Additional-Latin-letters">23.6 Additional Latin letters</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-inputenc-package-1" href="#inputenc-package">23.7 <code>inputenc</code> package</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005crule-1" href="#g_t_005crule">23.8 <code>\rule</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="#g_t_005ctoday">23.9 <code>\today</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-inputenc-package-1" href="#inputenc-package">23.7 <code class="code">inputenc</code> package</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005crule-1" href="#g_t_005crule">23.8 <code class="code">\rule</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="#g_t_005ctoday">23.9 <code class="code">\today</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#Splitting-the-input">24 Splitting the input</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cendinput-1" href="#g_t_005cendinput">24.1 <code>\endinput</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1" href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">24.2 <code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cinput-1" href="#g_t_005cinput">24.3 <code>\input</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cendinput-1" href="#g_t_005cendinput">24.1 <code class="code">\endinput</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1" href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">24.2 <code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cinput-1" href="#g_t_005cinput">24.3 <code class="code">\input</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#Front_002fback-matter">25 Front/back matter</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Table-of-contents_002c-list-of-figures_002c-list-of-tables" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">25.1 Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040dottedtocline-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">25.1.1 <code>\@dottedtocline</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">25.1.2 <code>\addcontentsline</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocontents-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">25.1.3 <code>\addtocontents</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ccontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">25.1.4 <code>\contentsline</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnofiles-1" href="#g_t_005cnofiles">25.1.5 <code>\nofiles</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnumberline-1" href="#g_t_005cnumberline">25.1.6 <code>\numberline</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040dottedtocline-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">25.1.1 <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">25.1.2 <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocontents-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">25.1.3 <code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">25.1.4 <code class="code">\contentsline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnofiles-1" href="#g_t_005cnofiles">25.1.5 <code class="code">\nofiles</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnumberline-1" href="#g_t_005cnumberline">25.1.6 <code class="code">\numberline</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Indexes-1" href="#Indexes">25.2 Indexes</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Produce-the-index-manually-1" href="#Produce-the-index-manually">25.2.1 Produce the index manually</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cindex-1" href="#g_t_005cindex">25.2.2 <code>\index</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-makeindex-1" href="#makeindex">25.2.3 <code>makeindex</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cprintindex-1" href="#g_t_005cprintindex">25.2.4 <code>\printindex</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cindex-1" href="#g_t_005cindex">25.2.2 <code class="code">\index</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-makeindex-1" href="#makeindex">25.2.3 <code class="command">makeindex</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cprintindex-1" href="#g_t_005cprintindex">25.2.4 <code class="command">\printindex</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Glossaries-1" href="#Glossaries">25.3 Glossaries</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cnewglossaryentry-1" href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">25.3.1 <code>\newglossaryentry</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cgls-1" href="#g_t_005cgls">25.3.2 <code>\gls</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewglossaryentry-1" href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">25.3.1 <code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cgls-1" href="#g_t_005cgls">25.3.2 <code class="code">\gls</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Letters-1" href="#Letters">26 Letters</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005caddress-1" href="#g_t_005caddress">26.1 <code>\address</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ccc-1" href="#g_t_005ccc">26.2 <code>\cc</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cclosing-1" href="#g_t_005cclosing">26.3 <code>\closing</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cencl-1" href="#g_t_005cencl">26.4 <code>\encl</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005clocation-1" href="#g_t_005clocation">26.5 <code>\location</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmakelabels-1" href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">26.6 <code>\makelabels</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cname-1" href="#g_t_005cname">26.7 <code>\name</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005copening-1" href="#g_t_005copening">26.8 <code>\opening</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cps-1" href="#g_t_005cps">26.9 <code>\ps</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005csignature-1" href="#g_t_005csignature">26.10 <code>\signature</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ctelephone-1" href="#g_t_005ctelephone">26.11 <code>\telephone</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddress-1" href="#g_t_005caddress">26.1 <code class="code">\address</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccc-1" href="#g_t_005ccc">26.2 <code class="code">\cc</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cclosing-1" href="#g_t_005cclosing">26.3 <code class="code">\closing</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cencl-1" href="#g_t_005cencl">26.4 <code class="code">\encl</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005clocation-1" href="#g_t_005clocation">26.5 <code class="code">\location</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmakelabels-1" href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">26.6 <code class="code">\makelabels</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cname-1" href="#g_t_005cname">26.7 <code class="code">\name</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005copening-1" href="#g_t_005copening">26.8 <code class="code">\opening</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cps-1" href="#g_t_005cps">26.9 <code class="code">\ps</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csignature-1" href="#g_t_005csignature">26.10 <code class="code">\signature</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctelephone-1" href="#g_t_005ctelephone">26.11 <code class="code">\telephone</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Input_002foutput-1" href="#Input_002foutput">27 Input/output</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout-1" href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">27.1 <code>\openin</code> &amp; <code>\openout</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cread-1" href="#g_t_005cread">27.2 <code>\read</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ctypein-1" href="#g_t_005ctypein">27.3 <code>\typein</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005ctypeout-1" href="#g_t_005ctypeout">27.4 <code>\typeout</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite">27.5 <code>\write</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite-and-security-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">27.5.1 <code>\write</code> and security</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cmessage-1" href="#g_t_005cmessage">27.5.2 <code>\message</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cwlog-1" href="#g_t_005cwlog">27.5.3 <code>\wlog</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite18-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite18">27.5.4 <code>\write18</code></a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout-1" href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">27.1 <code class="code">\openin</code> &amp; <code class="code">\openout</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cread-1" href="#g_t_005cread">27.2 <code class="code">\read</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctypein-1" href="#g_t_005ctypein">27.3 <code class="code">\typein</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctypeout-1" href="#g_t_005ctypeout">27.4 <code class="code">\typeout</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite">27.5 <code class="code">\write</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite-and-security-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">27.5.1 <code class="code">\write</code> and security</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmessage-1" href="#g_t_005cmessage">27.5.2 <code class="code">\message</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cwlog-1" href="#g_t_005cwlog">27.5.3 <code class="code">\wlog</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite18-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite18">27.5.4 <code class="code">\write18</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Command-line-interface-1" href="#Command-line-interface">28 Command line interface</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Command-line-options-1" href="#Command-line-options">28.1 Command line options</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Command-line-input-1" href="#Command-line-input">28.2 Command line input</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Jobname-1" href="#Jobname">28.3 Jobname</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-Recovering-from-errors-1" href="#Recovering-from-errors">28.4 Recovering from errors</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Document-templates-1" href="#Document-templates">Appendix A Document templates</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a id="toc-beamer-template-1" href="#beamer-template">A.1 <code>beamer</code> template</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-article-template-1" href="#article-template">A.2 <code>article</code> template</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-book-template-1" href="#book-template">A.3 <code>book</code> template</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Larger-book-template-1" href="#Larger-book-template">A.4 Larger <code>book</code> template</a></li>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-beamer-template-1" href="#beamer-template">A.1 <code class="code">beamer</code> template</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-article-template-1" href="#article-template">A.2 <code class="code">article</code> template</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-book-template-1" href="#book-template">A.3 <code class="code">book</code> template</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Larger-book-template-1" href="#Larger-book-template">A.4 Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Index-1" href="#Index" rel="index">Index</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="Overview_element" id="SEC_Overview">
+<div class="element-shortcontents" id="SEC_Shortcontents">
<h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Short Table of Contents</h2>
<div class="shortcontents">
-<ul class="no-bullet">
+<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="stoc-About-this-document-1" href="#toc-About-this-document-1">1 About this document</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#toc-Overview-of-LaTeX">2 Overview of LaTeX</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Document-classes-1" href="#toc-Document-classes-1">3 Document classes</a></li>
@@ -630,60 +633,60 @@ January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
</div>
</div>
<hr>
-<div class="chapter" id="About-this-document">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="About-this-document">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="n" rel="next">Overview of LaTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="About-this-document-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">1 About this document</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="About-this-document-1">1 About this document</h2>
-<span id="index-home-page-for-manual"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-home-page-for-manual"></a>
<p>This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document
preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX
-typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>).
+typesetting program (see <a class="pxref" href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>).
</p>
-<p>This document&rsquo;s home page is <a href="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</a>; it has
+<p>This document&rsquo;s home page is <a class="url" href="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</a>; it has
separate web pages for each topic. Alternatively.
-<a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html</a> has the entire document on
+<a class="url" href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html</a> has the entire document on
a single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more
-information, see <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/">https://latexref.xyz/dev/</a>.
+information, see <a class="url" href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/">https://latexref.xyz/dev/</a>.
</p>
-<span id="index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e"></a>
<p>In this document, we will mostly just use &lsquo;LaTeX&rsquo; rather than
&lsquo;LaTeX2e&rsquo;, since the previous version of LaTeX&nbsp;(2.09) was
frozen decades ago.
</p>
-<span id="index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual"></span>
-<span id="index-LaTeX-Project-team"></span>
-<span id="index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX-Project-team"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"></a>
<p>LaTeX is maintained by a group of volunteers
-(<a href="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</a>). The official documentation written
+(<a class="url" href="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</a>). The official documentation written
by the LaTeX project is available from their web site. The present
document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed
by the LaTeX maintainers.
-<span id="index-bug-reporting"></span>
-<span id="index-reporting-bugs"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bug-reporting"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-reporting-bugs"></a>
Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them.
-Instead, please send all comments to <a href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a>.
+Instead, please send all comments to <a class="email" href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a>.
</p>
<p>This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array
of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here
are a few introductions.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document'><span><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a><a href='#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document'><span><a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document'><span><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a><a href='#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document'><span><a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-lshort-document'><span><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</a><a href='#index-lshort-document' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-lshort-document'><span><a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</a><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lshort-document'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>A longer introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><a href="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</a></span></dt>
+<dt><a class="url" href="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt>
<dd><p>Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further
references.
</p>
@@ -693,26 +696,26 @@ references.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Overview">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Overview">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document classes</a>, Previous: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="p" rel="prev">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Overview-of-LaTeX"></span><h2 class="chapter">2 Overview of LaTeX</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Overview-of-LaTeX">2 Overview of LaTeX</h2>
-<span id="index-overview-of-LaTeX"></span>
-<span id="index-basics-of-LaTeX"></span>
-<span id="index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e"></span>
-<span id="index-Lamport_002c-Leslie"></span>
-<span id="index-LaTeX-overview"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-overview-of-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-basics-of-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Lamport_002c-Leslie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX-overview"></a>
<p>LaTeX is a system for typesetting documents. It was originally
created by Leslie Lamport in 1984, but has been maintained by a group
-of volunteers for many years now (<a href="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</a>).
+of volunteers for many years now (<a class="url" href="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</a>).
It is widely used, particularly but not exclusively for mathematical
and technical documents.
</p>
-<span id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-default-LaTeX-input-encoding"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-default-LaTeX-input-encoding"></a>
<p>A LaTeX user writes an input file containing text to be typeset
along with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is
UTF-8 (as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text
@@ -728,16 +731,16 @@ engine. (The following sections describe all this in more detail.)
the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands
available to a LaTeX user.
</p>
-<span id="index-Lamport-TeX"></span>
-<span id="index-pronunciation"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Lamport-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pronunciation"></a>
<p>The name LaTeX is short for &ldquo;Lamport TeX&rdquo;. It is pronounced
LAH-teck or LAY-teck, or sometimes LAY-tecks. Inside a document,
-produce the logo with <code>\LaTeX</code>. Where use of the logo is not
-sensible, such as in plain text, write it as &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX</samp>&rsquo;.
+produce the logo with <code class="code">\LaTeX</code>. Where use of the logo is not
+sensible, such as in plain text, write it as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="1">Starting and ending</a></li>
<li><a href="#Output-files" accesskey="2">Output files</a></li>
<li><a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="3">TeX engines</a></li>
@@ -746,48 +749,48 @@ sensible, such as in plain text, write it as &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX</samp>&rsquo;.
<li><a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Starting-and-ending">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Starting-and-ending">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="n" rel="next">Output files</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Starting-and-ending-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.1 Starting and ending</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Starting-and-ending-1">2.1 Starting and ending</h3>
-<span id="Starting-_0026-ending"></span><span id="index-starting-and-ending"></span>
-<span id="index-ending-and-starting"></span>
-<span id="index-hello_002c-world"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="Starting-_0026-ending"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-starting-and-ending"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ending-and-starting"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hello_002c-world"></a>
<p>LaTeX files have a simple global structure, with a standard beginning
and ending. This is a small example.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
\begin{document}
Hello, \LaTeX\ world.
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>Every LaTeX document has a <code>\begin{document}</code> line and an
-<code>\end{document}</code> line.
+<p>Every LaTeX document has a <code class="code">\begin{document}</code> line and an
+<code class="code">\end{document}</code> line.
</p>
-<span id="index-document-class_002c-defined"></span>
-<p>Here, the &lsquo;<samp>article</samp>&rsquo; is the <em>document class</em>. It is implemented
-in a file <samp>article.cls</samp>. You can use any document class on your
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-class_002c-defined"></a>
+<p>Here, the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo; is the <em class="dfn">document class</em>. It is implemented
+in a file <samp class="file">article.cls</samp>. You can use any document class on your
system. A few document classes are defined by LaTeX itself, and vast
-array of others are widely available. See <a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a>.
+array of others are widely available. See <a class="xref" href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a>.
</p>
-<span id="index-preamble_002c-defined"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-preamble_002c-defined"></a>
<p>You can include other LaTeX commands between the
-<code>\documentclass</code> and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands.
-This area is called the <em>preamble</em>.
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> and the <code class="code">\begin{document}</code> commands.
+This area is called the <em class="dfn">preamble</em>.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\begin{document}</code>, <code>\end{document}</code> pair defines an
-<span id="index-environment"></span>
-<em>environment</em>; the &lsquo;<samp>document</samp>&rsquo; environment (and no others) is
-required in all LaTeX documents (see <a href="#document"><code>document</code></a>). LaTeX make
+<p>The <code class="code">\begin{document}</code>, <code class="code">\end{document}</code> pair defines an
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment"></a>
+<em class="dfn">environment</em>; the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">document</samp>&rsquo; environment (and no others) is
+required in all LaTeX documents (see <a class="pxref" href="#document"><code class="code">document</code></a>). LaTeX make
available to you many environments that are documented here
-(see <a href="#Environments">Environments</a>). Many more are available to you from external
-packages, most importantly those available at CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Environments">Environments</a>). Many more are available to you from external
+packages, most importantly those available at CTAN (see <a class="pxref" href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>).
</p>
<p>The following sections discuss how to produce PDF or other output from
a LaTeX input file.
@@ -795,38 +798,38 @@ a LaTeX input file.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Output-files">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Output-files">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="n" rel="next">TeX engines</a>, Previous: <a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Starting and ending</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Output-files-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.2 Output files</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Output-files-1">2.2 Output files</h3>
<p>LaTeX produces a main output file and at least two auxiliary files.
-The main output file&rsquo;s name ends in either <samp>.dvi</samp> or <samp>.pdf</samp>.
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_002edvi-file'><span><code>.dvi</code><a href='#index-_002edvi-file' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-latex-command"></span>
-<span id="index-xdvi-command"></span>
-<span id="index-dvips-command"></span>
-<span id="index-dvipdfmx-command"></span>
-<span id="index-dvitype-command"></span>
-<span id="output-files-dvi"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked with the system command <code>latex</code> then it
-produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension <samp>.dvi</samp>. You
-can view this file with a command such as <code>xdvi</code>, or convert
-it to a PostScript <code>.ps</code> file with <code>dvips</code> or to a
-Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code> file with <code>dvipdfmx</code>.
+The main output file&rsquo;s name ends in either <samp class="file">.dvi</samp> or <samp class="file">.pdf</samp>.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_002edvi-file'><span><code class="code">.dvi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_002edvi-file'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-latex-command"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xdvi-command"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dvips-command"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dvipdfmx-command"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dvitype-command"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="output-files-dvi"></a><p>If LaTeX is invoked with the system command <code class="command">latex</code> then it
+produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension <samp class="file">.dvi</samp>. You
+can view this file with a command such as <code class="command">xdvi</code>, or convert
+it to a PostScript <code class="code">.ps</code> file with <code class="command">dvips</code> or to a
+Portable Document Format <code class="code">.pdf</code> file with <code class="command">dvipdfmx</code>.
The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with
-<code>dvitype</code>. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are
-available (<a href="https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</a>).
+<code class="command">dvitype</code>. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are
+available (<a class="url" href="https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_002epdf-file'><span><code>.pdf</code><a href='#index-_002epdf-file' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pdfTeX"></span>
-<span id="index-pdflatex-command"></span>
-<span id="output-files-pdf"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code>pdflatex</code>,
-among other commands (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), then the main output is
+<dt id='index-_002epdf-file'><span><code class="code">.pdf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_002epdf-file'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pdfTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pdflatex-command"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="output-files-pdf"></a><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code class="command">pdflatex</code>,
+among other commands (see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), then the main output is
a Portable Document Format (PDF) file. Typically this is a
self-contained file, with all fonts and images included.
</p>
@@ -835,27 +838,27 @@ self-contained file, with all fonts and images included.
<p>LaTeX always produces at least two additional files.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-transcript-file'><span><code>.log</code><a href='#index-transcript-file' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-log-file"></span>
-<span id="index-_002elog-file"></span>
-<span id="output-files-log"></span><p>This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-transcript-file'><span><code class="code">.log</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-transcript-file'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-log-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elog-file"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="output-files-log"></a><p>This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of
loaded packages. It also includes diagnostic messages and perhaps
additional information for any errors.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-auxiliary-file'><span><code>.aux</code><a href='#index-auxiliary-file' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_002eaux-file"></span>
-<span id="index-cross-references_002c-resolving"></span>
-<span id="index-forward-references_002c-resolving"></span>
-<span id="index-references_002c-resolving-forward"></span>
-<span id="output-files-aux"></span><p>Auxiliary information is used by LaTeX for things such as
+<dt id='index-auxiliary-file'><span><code class="code">.aux</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-auxiliary-file'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002eaux-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cross-references_002c-resolving"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-forward-references_002c-resolving"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-references_002c-resolving-forward"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="output-files-aux"></a><p>Auxiliary information is used by LaTeX for things such as
cross references. For example, the first time that LaTeX finds a
forward reference&mdash;a cross reference to something that has not yet
appeared in the source&mdash;it will appear in the output as a doubled
-question mark <code>??</code>. When the referred-to spot does eventually
+question mark <code class="code">??</code>. When the referred-to spot does eventually
appear in the source then LaTeX writes its location information to
-this <code>.aux</code> file. On the next invocation, LaTeX reads the
+this <code class="code">.aux</code> file. On the next invocation, LaTeX reads the
location information from this file and uses it to resolve the
reference, replacing the double question mark with the remembered
location.
@@ -863,129 +866,129 @@ location.
</dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-_002elof-file"></span>
-<span id="index-list-of-figures-file"></span>
-<span id="index-_002elot-file"></span>
-<span id="index-list-of-tables-file"></span>
-<span id="index-_002etoc-file"></span>
-<span id="index-table-of-contents-file"></span>
-<span id="index-contents-file"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elof-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-list-of-figures-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elot-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-list-of-tables-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002etoc-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-of-contents-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contents-file"></a>
<p>LaTeX may produce yet more files, characterized by the filename
-ending. These include a <code>.lof</code> file that is used to make a list of
-figures, a <code>.lot</code> file used to make a list of tables, and a
-<code>.toc</code> file used to make a table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). A particular class may create others; the list is
+ending. These include a <code class="code">.lof</code> file that is used to make a list of
+figures, a <code class="code">.lot</code> file used to make a list of tables, and a
+<code class="code">.toc</code> file used to make a table of contents (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). A particular class may create others; the list is
open-ended.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="TeX-engines">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="TeX-engines">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="n" rel="next">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Previous: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Output files</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="TeX-engines-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.3 TeX engines</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="TeX-engines-1">2.3 TeX engines</h3>
-<span id="index-engines_002c-TeX"></span>
-<span id="index-implementations-of-TeX"></span>
-<span id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-engine-support-for"></span>
-<span id="index-Unicode-input_002c-native"></span>
-<span id="index-TrueType-fonts"></span>
-<span id="index-OpenType-fonts"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-engines_002c-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-implementations-of-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-engine-support-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Unicode-input_002c-native"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TrueType-fonts"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-OpenType-fonts"></a>
-<span id="index-TeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files"></span>
-<span id="index-LaTeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files"></span>
-<span id="index-format-files_002c-TeX"></span>
-<span id="index-_002efmt-file"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-format-files_002c-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002efmt-file"></a>
<p>LaTeX is a large set of commands that is executed by a TeX
-program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>). Such a set of commands is called a
-<em>format</em>, and is embodied in a binary <code>.fmt</code> file, which can
+program (see <a class="pxref" href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>). Such a set of commands is called a
+<em class="dfn">format</em>, and is embodied in a binary <code class="code">.fmt</code> file, which can
be read much more quickly than the corresponding TeX source.
</p>
<p>This section gives a terse overview of the TeX programs that are
-commonly available (see also <a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a>).
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-latex'><span><code>latex</code><a href='#index-latex' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-pdflatex'><span><code>pdflatex</code><a href='#index-pdflatex' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-etex-command"></span>
-<span id="index-pdfTeX-engine"></span>
-<span id="index-e_002dTeX"></span>
-<span id="tex-engines-latex"></span><p>In TeX Live (<a href="https://tug.org/texlive">https://tug.org/texlive</a>), if LaTeX is invoked
-via either the system command <code>latex</code> or <code>pdflatex</code>,
-then the pdfTeX engine is run (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex">https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</a>).
-When invoked as <code>latex</code>, the main output is a <samp>.dvi</samp>
-file; as <code>pdflatex</code>, the main output is a <samp>.pdf</samp> file.
+commonly available (see also <a class="ref" href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a>).
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-latex'><span><code class="code">latex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-latex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-pdflatex'><span><code class="code">pdflatex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pdflatex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-etex-command"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pdfTeX-engine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-e_002dTeX"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="tex-engines-latex"></a><p>In TeX Live (<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/texlive">https://tug.org/texlive</a>), if LaTeX is invoked
+via either the system command <code class="command">latex</code> or <code class="command">pdflatex</code>,
+then the pdfTeX engine is run (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex">https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</a>).
+When invoked as <code class="command">latex</code>, the main output is a <samp class="file">.dvi</samp>
+file; as <code class="command">pdflatex</code>, the main output is a <samp class="file">.pdf</samp> file.
</p>
<p>pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth&rsquo;s original
-program (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/etex">https://ctan.org/pkg/etex</a>), including additional
+program (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/etex">https://ctan.org/pkg/etex</a>), including additional
programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty of
extensions of its own. e-TeX is available on its own as the system
-command <code>etex</code>, but this is plain TeX (and produces
-<samp>.dvi</samp>).
+command <code class="command">etex</code>, but this is plain TeX (and produces
+<samp class="file">.dvi</samp>).
</p>
-<p>In other TeX distributions, <code>latex</code> may invoke e-TeX
+<p>In other TeX distributions, <code class="command">latex</code> may invoke e-TeX
rather than pdfTeX. In any case, the e-TeX extensions can be
assumed to be available in LaTeX.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-lualatex'><span><code>lualatex</code><a href='#index-lualatex' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-LuaTeX"></span>
-<span id="tex-engines-lualatex"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code>lualatex</code>, the
-LuaTeX engine is run (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</a>). This
+<dt id='index-lualatex'><span><code class="code">lualatex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lualatex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LuaTeX"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="tex-engines-lualatex"></a><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code class="command">lualatex</code>, the
+LuaTeX engine is run (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</a>). This
program allows code written in the scripting language Lua
-(<a href="http://luatex.org">http://luatex.org</a>) to interact with TeX&rsquo;s typesetting.
+(<a class="url" href="http://luatex.org">http://luatex.org</a>) to interact with TeX&rsquo;s typesetting.
LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode input natively, can handle OpenType
-and TrueType fonts, and produces a <samp>.pdf</samp> file by default.
-There is also <code>dvilualatex</code> to produce a <samp>.dvi</samp> file.
+and TrueType fonts, and produces a <samp class="file">.pdf</samp> file by default.
+There is also <code class="command">dvilualatex</code> to produce a <samp class="file">.dvi</samp> file.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-xelatex'><span><code>xelatex</code><a href='#index-xelatex' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-XeTeX"></span>
-<span id="index-_002exdv-file"></span>
-<span id="index-xdvipdfmx"></span>
-<span id="tex-engines-xelatex"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked with the system command <code>xelatex</code>, the
-XeTeX engine is run (<a href="https://tug.org/xetex">https://tug.org/xetex</a>). Like LuaTeX,
+<dt id='index-xelatex'><span><code class="code">xelatex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-xelatex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-XeTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002exdv-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xdvipdfmx"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="tex-engines-xelatex"></a><p>If LaTeX is invoked with the system command <code class="command">xelatex</code>, the
+XeTeX engine is run (<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/xetex">https://tug.org/xetex</a>). Like LuaTeX,
XeTeX natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType
fonts, though the implementation is completely different, mainly using
external libraries instead of internal code. XeTeX produces a
-<samp>.pdf</samp> file as output; it does not support DVI output.
+<samp class="file">.pdf</samp> file as output; it does not support DVI output.
</p>
-<p>Internally, XeTeX creates an <code>.xdv</code> file, a variant of DVI,
-and translates that to PDF using the (<code>x</code>)<code>dvipdfmx</code>
-program, but this process is automatic. The <code>.xdv</code> file is only
+<p>Internally, XeTeX creates an <code class="code">.xdv</code> file, a variant of DVI,
+and translates that to PDF using the (<code class="code">x</code>)<code class="code">dvipdfmx</code>
+program, but this process is automatic. The <code class="code">.xdv</code> file is only
useful for debugging.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-platex'><span><code>platex</code><a href='#index-platex' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-uplatex'><span><code>uplatex</code><a href='#index-uplatex' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-platex'><span><code class="code">platex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-platex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-uplatex'><span><code class="code">uplatex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-uplatex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese and
-other languages; the <code>u</code> variant supports Unicode. See
-<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</a> and <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</a>.
+other languages; the <code class="code">u</code> variant supports Unicode. See
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</a> and <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</a>.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>As of 2019, there is a companion <code>-dev</code> command and format for
+<p>As of 2019, there is a companion <code class="code">-dev</code> command and format for
all of the above:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-dvilualatex_002ddev'><span><code>dvilualatex-dev</code><a href='#index-dvilualatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-latex_002ddev'><span><code>latex-dev</code><a href='#index-latex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-lualatex_002ddev'><span><code>lualatex-dev</code><a href='#index-lualatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-pdflatex_002ddev'><span><code>pdflatex-dev</code><a href='#index-pdflatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-platex_002ddev'><span><code>platex-dev</code><a href='#index-platex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-uplatex_002ddev'><span><code>uplatex-dev</code><a href='#index-uplatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-xelatex_002ddev'><span><code>xelatex-dev</code><a href='#index-xelatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-release-candidates"></span>
-<span id="index-prerelease-testing"></span>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-dvilualatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">dvilualatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-dvilualatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-latex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">latex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-latex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-lualatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">lualatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lualatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-pdflatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">pdflatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pdflatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-platex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">platex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-platex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-uplatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">uplatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-uplatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-xelatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">xelatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-xelatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-release-candidates"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-prerelease-testing"></a>
<p>These are candidates for an upcoming LaTeX release. The main
purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an
official release.
</p>
-<p>These <code>-dev</code> formats make it easy for anyone to help test
-documents and code: you can run, say, <code>pdflatex-dev</code> instead of
-<code>pdflatex</code>, without changing anything else in your environment.
-Indeed, it is easiest and most helpful to always run the <code>-dev</code>
+<p>These <code class="code">-dev</code> formats make it easy for anyone to help test
+documents and code: you can run, say, <code class="code">pdflatex-dev</code> instead of
+<code class="code">pdflatex</code>, without changing anything else in your environment.
+Indeed, it is easiest and most helpful to always run the <code class="code">-dev</code>
versions instead of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet
times after a release, the commands will be equivalent.
</p>
@@ -994,104 +997,104 @@ undergo the same extensive regression testing by the LaTeX team
before being released.
</p>
<p>For more information, see &ldquo;The LaTeX release workflow and the
-LaTeX <code>dev</code> formats&rdquo; by Frank Mittelbach, <cite>TUGboat</cite> 40:2,
-<a href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf</a>.
+LaTeX <code class="code">dev</code> formats&rdquo; by Frank Mittelbach, <cite class="cite">TUGboat</cite> 40:2,
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf</a>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="LaTeX-command-syntax">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="LaTeX-command-syntax">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="LaTeX-command-syntax-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="LaTeX-command-syntax-1">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3>
-<span id="index-command-syntax"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c-character-starting-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-for-optional-arguments"></span>
-<span id="index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-for-required-arguments"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-command-syntax"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c-character-starting-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-_0028for-optional-arguments_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-_0028for-required-arguments_0029"></a>
<p>In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a backslash
-character, <code>\</code>. The name itself then consists of either
+character, <code class="code">\</code>. The name itself then consists of either
(a)&nbsp;a string of letters or (b)&nbsp;a single non-letter.
</p>
-<p>LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that <code>\pagebreak</code>
-differs from <code>\Pagebreak</code> (the latter is not a standard command).
+<p>LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that <code class="code">\pagebreak</code>
+differs from <code class="code">\Pagebreak</code> (the latter is not a standard command).
Most command names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all
commands in the same case as they are defined.
</p>
<p>A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These
arguments may be either required or optional. Required arguments are
-contained in curly braces, <code>{...}</code>. Optional arguments are
-contained in square brackets, <code>[...]</code>. Generally, but not
+contained in curly braces, <code class="code">{...}</code>. Optional arguments are
+contained in square brackets, <code class="code">[...]</code>. Generally, but not
universally, if the command accepts an optional argument, it comes
first, before any required arguments.
</p>
<p>Inside of an optional argument, to use the character close square
-bracket&nbsp;(<code>]</code>) hide it inside curly braces, as
-in&nbsp;<code>\item[closing bracket {]}]</code>. Similarly, if an optional
+bracket&nbsp;(<code class="code">]</code>) hide it inside curly braces, as
+in&nbsp;<code class="code">\item[closing bracket {]}]</code>. Similarly, if an optional
argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make
the first character of the following text be an open square bracket,
hide it inside curly braces.
</p>
-<p>LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a <code>*</code> form that
-is related to the form without a <code>*</code>, such as <code>\chapter</code> and
-<code>\chapter*</code>. The exact difference in behavior varies from command
+<p>LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a <code class="code">*</code> form that
+is related to the form without a <code class="code">*</code>, such as <code class="code">\chapter</code> and
+<code class="code">\chapter*</code>. The exact difference in behavior varies from command
to command.
</p>
-<p>This manual describes all accepted options and <code>*</code>-forms for the
+<p>This manual describes all accepted options and <code class="code">*</code>-forms for the
commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-expl3"></span>
-<span id="index-expl3-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-expl3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-expl3-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-xparse"></span>
-<span id="index-xparse-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xparse"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xparse-package"></a>
-<span id="index-LaTeX3-syntax"></span>
-<p>As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the <code>expl3</code> and
-<code>xparse</code> packages are part of the LaTeX2e format. They
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX3-syntax"></a>
+<p>As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the <code class="code">expl3</code> and
+<code class="code">xparse</code> packages are part of the LaTeX2e format. They
provide a completely different underlying programming language
syntax. We won&rsquo;t try to cover them in this document; see the related
package documentation and other LaTeX manuals.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Environment">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Environment">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>, Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Environment-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.5 Environment</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Environment-1">2.5 Environment</h3>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{<var>environment-name</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{<var class="var">environment-name</var>}
...
-\end{<var>environment-name</var>}
+\end{<var class="var">environment-name</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>An <em>environment</em> is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which
+<p>An <em class="dfn">environment</em> is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which
there is a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX
-put the lines between <code>\begin{verse}</code> and <code>\end{verse}</code>.
+put the lines between <code class="code">\begin{verse}</code> and <code class="code">\end{verse}</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{verse}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verse}
There once was a man from Nantucket \\
...
\end{verse}
</pre></div>
-<p>See <a href="#Environments">Environments</a>, for a list of environments. Particularly notable is
-that every LaTeX document must have a <code>document</code> environment,
-a <code>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</code> pair.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Environments">Environments</a>, for a list of environments. Particularly notable is
+that every LaTeX document must have a <code class="code">document</code> environment,
+a <code class="code">\begin{document} ... \end{document}</code> pair.
</p>
-<p>The <var>environment-name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at
-the end. This includes the case where <var>environment-name</var> ends in a
-star&nbsp;(<code>*</code>); both the <code>\begin</code> and <code>\end</code> texts must
+<p>The <var class="var">environment-name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at
+the end. This includes the case where <var class="var">environment-name</var> ends in a
+star&nbsp;(<code class="code">*</code>); both the <code class="code">\begin</code> and <code class="code">\end</code> texts must
include the star.
</p>
<p>Environments may have arguments, including optional arguments. This
@@ -1100,7 +1103,7 @@ the table to be aligned on its top row) while the second argument is
required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}[t]{r|l}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}[t]{r|l}
... rows of table ...
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
@@ -1108,19 +1111,19 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="CTAN">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="CTAN">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network"></span><h3 class="section">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3>
-<span id="index-CTAN"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-CTAN"></a>
<p>The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and
LaTeX community&rsquo;s repository of free material. It is a set of
Internet sites around the world that offer material related to LaTeX
-for download. Visit CTAN on the web at <a href="https://ctan.org">https://ctan.org</a>.
+for download. Visit CTAN on the web at <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org">https://ctan.org</a>.
</p>
<p>This material is organized into packages, discrete bundles that
typically offer some coherent functionality and are maintained by one
@@ -1128,820 +1131,819 @@ person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have
a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher&rsquo;s
specifications.
</p>
-<p>In addition to the massive holdings, the <code>ctan.org</code> web site
+<p>In addition to the massive holdings, the <code class="code">ctan.org</code> web site
offers features such as search by name or by functionality.
</p>
-<span id="index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e"></a>
<p>CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of which
is the so-called &ldquo;master&rdquo;. The master host actively manages the
material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated
packages. For many years, it has been hosted by the German TeX
group, DANTE e.V.
</p>
-<span id="index-mirrors-of-CTAN"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mirrors-of-CTAN"></a>
<p>Other sites around the world help out by mirroring, that is,
automatically syncing their collections with the master site and then
in turn making their copies publicly available. This gives users close
to their location better access and relieves the load on the master
-site. The list of mirrors is at <a href="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan.org/mirrors</a>.
+site. The list of mirrors is at <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan.org/mirrors</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Document-classes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Document-classes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="n" rel="next">Fonts</a>, Previous: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Overview of LaTeX</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Document-classes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">3 Document classes</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Document-classes-1">3 Document classes</h2>
-<span id="index-document-classes"></span>
-<span id="index-classes-of-documents"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cdocumentclass"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-classes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-classes-of-documents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdocumentclass"></a>
<p>The document&rsquo;s overall class is defined with this command, which is
normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]{<var>class</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">class</var>}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-article-class"></span>
-<span id="index-report-class"></span>
-<span id="index-book-class"></span>
-<span id="index-letter-class"></span>
-<span id="index-slides-class"></span>
-<p>The following document <var>class</var> names are built into LaTeX.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-article-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-report-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-book-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letter-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-slides-class"></a>
+<p>The following document <var class="var">class</var> names are built into LaTeX.
(Many other document classes are available as separate packages;
-see <a href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>.)
+see <a class="pxref" href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>.)
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>article</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="document-classes-article"></span><p>For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general use.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">article</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="document-classes-article"></a><p>For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general use.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>book</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="document-classes-book"></span><p>Full-length books, including chapters and possibly including front
+<dt><code class="code">book</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="document-classes-book"></a><p>Full-length books, including chapters and possibly including front
matter, such as a preface, and back matter, such as an appendix
-(see <a href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>letter</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="document-classes-letter"></span><p>Mail, optionally including mailing labels
-(see <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>).
+<dt><code class="code">letter</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="document-classes-letter"></a><p>Mail, optionally including mailing labels
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Letters">Letters</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>report</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="document-classes-report"></span><p>For documents of length between an <code>article</code> and a <code>book</code>,
+<dt><code class="code">report</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="document-classes-report"></a><p>For documents of length between an <code class="code">article</code> and a <code class="code">book</code>,
such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>slides</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="document-classes-slides"></span><p>For slide presentations&mdash;rarely used nowadays. The
-<code>beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent
-(<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>). See <a href="#beamer-template"><code>beamer</code> template</a>, for a
+<dt><code class="code">slides</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="document-classes-slides"></a><p>For slide presentations&mdash;rarely used nowadays. The
+<code class="code">beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent
+(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>). See <a class="xref" href="#beamer-template"><code class="code">beamer</code> template</a>, for a
small template for a beamer document.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>Standard <var>options</var> are described in the next section.
+<p>Standard <var class="var">options</var> are described in the next section.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a></li>
<li><a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="2">Additional packages</a></li>
<li><a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="3">Class and package construction</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Document-class-options">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Document-class-options">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Document-class-options-1"></span><h3 class="section">3.1 Document class options</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Document-class-options-1">3.1 Document class options</h3>
-<span id="index-document-class-options"></span>
-<span id="index-options_002c-document-class"></span>
-<span id="index-class-options"></span>
-<span id="index-global-options"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-class-options"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-document-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-options"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-global-options"></a>
-<p>You can specify <em>global options</em> or <em>class options</em> to the
-<code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets. To
-specify more than one <var>option</var>, separate them with a comma.
+<p>You can specify <em class="dfn">global options</em> or <em class="dfn">class options</em> to the
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets. To
+specify more than one <var class="var">option</var>, separate them with a comma.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass[<var>option1</var>,<var>option2</var>,...]{<var>class</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[<var class="var">option1</var>,<var class="var">option2</var>,...]{<var class="var">class</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Here is the list of the standard class options.
</p>
-<span id="index-10pt-option"></span>
-<span id="index-11pt-option"></span>
-<span id="index-12pt-option"></span>
-<p>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>):
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-10pt-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-11pt-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-12pt-option"></a>
+<p>All of the standard classes except <code class="code">slides</code> accept the following
+options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code class="code">10pt</code>):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">10pt 11pt 12pt
+<pre class="example-preformatted">10pt 11pt 12pt
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-a4paper-option"></span>
-<span id="index-a5paper-option"></span>
-<span id="index-b5paper-option"></span>
-<span id="index-executivepaper-option"></span>
-<span id="index-legalpaper-option"></span>
-<span id="index-letterpaper-option"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-a4paper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-a5paper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-b5paper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-executivepaper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-legalpaper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letterpaper-option"></a>
<p>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper
size (these show height by width):
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>a4paper</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75&nbsp;inches)
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">a4paper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>210 by 297<span class="dmn">mm</span> (about 8.25 by 11.75&nbsp;inches)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>a5paper</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3&nbsp;inches)
+<dt><code class="code">a5paper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>148 by 210<span class="dmn">mm</span> (about 5.8 by 8.3&nbsp;inches)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>b5paper</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8&nbsp;inches)
+<dt><code class="code">b5paper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>176 by 250<span class="dmn">mm</span> (about 6.9 by 9.8&nbsp;inches)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>executivepaper</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">executivepaper</code></dt>
<dd><p>7.25 by 10.5&nbsp;inches
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>legalpaper</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">legalpaper</code></dt>
<dd><p>8.5 by 14&nbsp;inches
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>letterpaper</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">letterpaper</code></dt>
<dd><p>8.5 by 11&nbsp;inches (the default)
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-_005cpdfpagewidth"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cpdfpageheight"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-geometry"></span>
-<span id="index-geometry-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpdfpagewidth"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpdfpageheight"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-geometry"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-geometry-package"></a>
<p>When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX
-(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), options other than <code class="code">letterpaper</code> set
the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. One way
-to do that is to put <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
-<code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document&rsquo;s preamble.
-<span id="index-package_002c-geometry-1"></span>
-<span id="index-geometry-package-1"></span>
+to do that is to put <code class="code">\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
+<code class="code">\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document&rsquo;s preamble.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-geometry-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-geometry-package-1"></a>
</p>
-<p>The <code>geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print
+<p>The <code class="code">geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print
area and physical page size.
</p>
-<span id="index-draft-option"></span>
-<span id="index-final-option"></span>
-<span id="index-fleqn-option"></span>
-<span id="index-landscape-option"></span>
-<span id="index-leqno-option"></span>
-<span id="index-openbib-option"></span>
-<span id="index-titlepage-option"></span>
-<span id="index-notitlepage-option"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-draft-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-final-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fleqn-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-landscape-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-leqno-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-openbib-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlepage-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-notitlepage-option"></a>
<p>Miscellaneous other options:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-black-boxes_002c-omitting'><span><code>draft</code><a href='#index-black-boxes_002c-omitting' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>final</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a
-black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-black-boxes_002c-omitting'><span><code class="code">draft</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-black-boxes_002c-omitting'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">final</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Mark (<code class="code">draft</code>) or do not mark (<code class="code">final</code>) overfull boxes with a
+black box in the margin; default is <code class="code">final</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-flush-left-equations'><span><code>fleqn</code><a href='#index-flush-left-equations' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-centered-equations"></span>
-<span id="index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered"></span>
+<dt id='index-flush-left-equations'><span><code class="code">fleqn</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-flush-left-equations'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-centered-equations"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered"></a>
<p>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-landscape-orientation'><span><code>landscape</code><a href='#index-landscape-orientation' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-portrait-orientation"></span>
+<dt id='index-landscape-orientation'><span><code class="code">landscape</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-landscape-orientation'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-portrait-orientation"></a>
<p>Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers'><span><code>leqno</code><a href='#index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers"></span>
-<span id="index-equation-numbers_002c-left-vs_002e-right"></span>
+<dt id='index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers'><span><code class="code">leqno</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equation-numbers_002c-left-vs_002e-right"></a>
<p>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-bibliography-format_002c-open'><span><code>openbib</code><a href='#index-bibliography-format_002c-open' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-bibliography-format_002c-open'><span><code class="code">openbib</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-bibliography-format_002c-open'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Use &ldquo;open&rdquo; bibliography format.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din'><span><code>titlepage</code><a href='#index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>notitlepage</code></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din'><span><code class="code">titlepage</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">notitlepage</code></dt>
<dd><p>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and
for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the
-<code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is
-<code>notitlepage</code>.
+<code class="code">report</code> class is <code class="code">titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is
+<code class="code">notitlepage</code>.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>The following options are not available with the <code>slides</code> class.
+<p>The following options are not available with the <code class="code">slides</code> class.
</p>
-<span id="index-onecolumn-option"></span>
-<span id="index-twocolumn-option"></span>
-<span id="index-oneside-option"></span>
-<span id="index-twoside-option"></span>
-<span id="index-openright-option"></span>
-<span id="index-openany-option"></span>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>onecolumn</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>twocolumn</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Typeset in one or two columns; default is <code>onecolumn</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-onecolumn-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-twocolumn-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-oneside-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-twoside-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-openright-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-openany-option"></a>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">onecolumn</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">twocolumn</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Typeset in one or two columns; default is <code class="code">onecolumn</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cevensidemargin'><span><code>oneside</code><a href='#index-_005cevensidemargin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>twoside</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005coddsidemargin"></span>
-<p>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except
-that in the <code>book</code> class the default is <code>twoside</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cevensidemargin'><span><code class="code">oneside</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cevensidemargin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">twoside</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005coddsidemargin"></a>
+<p>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code class="code">oneside</code>, except
+that in the <code class="code">book</code> class the default is <code class="code">twoside</code>.
</p>
<p>For one-sided printing, the text is centered on the page. For two-sided
-printing, the <code>\evensidemargin</code> (<code>\oddsidemargin</code>) parameter
+printing, the <code class="code">\evensidemargin</code> (<code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code>) parameter
determines the distance on even (odd) numbered pages between the left
-side of the page and the text&rsquo;s left margin, with <code>\oddsidemargin</code>
-being 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and
-<code>\textwidth</code>, and <code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder.
+side of the page and the text&rsquo;s left margin, with <code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code>
+being 40% of the difference between <code class="code">\paperwidth</code> and
+<code class="code">\textwidth</code>, and <code class="code">\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>openright</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>openany</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">openright</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">openany</code></dt>
<dd><p>Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default is
-<code>openright</code> for <code>book</code>, and <code>openany</code> for <code>report</code>.
+<code class="code">openright</code> for <code class="code">book</code>, and <code class="code">openany</code> for <code class="code">report</code>.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-clock-option-to-slides-class"></span>
-<p>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-clock-option-to-slides-class"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">slides</code> class offers the option <code class="code">clock</code> for printing
the time at the bottom of each note.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Additional-packages">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Additional-packages">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package construction</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document class options</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Additional-packages-1"></span><h3 class="section">3.2 Additional packages</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Additional-packages-1">3.2 Additional packages</h3>
-<span id="index-loading-additional-packages"></span>
-<span id="index-packages_002c-loading-additional"></span>
-<span id="index-additional-packages_002c-loading"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cusepackage"></span>
-<p>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
-list <var>options</var>, as here.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-loading-additional-packages"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-packages_002c-loading-additional"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-additional-packages_002c-loading"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cusepackage"></a>
+<p>Load a package <var class="var">pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
+list <var class="var">options</var>, as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">pkg</var>}.
</pre></div>
<p>To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
-as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple
-<code>\usepackage</code> commands.
+as in <code class="code">\usepackage{<var class="var">pkg1</var>,<var class="var">pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple
+<code class="code">\usepackage</code> commands.
</p>
-<span id="index-global-options-1"></span>
-<span id="index-options_002c-global"></span>
-<p>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-global-options-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-global"></a>
+<p>Any options given in the <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-<code>\usepackage</code>.
+<code class="code">\usepackage</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Class-and-package-construction">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-construction">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Class-and-package-construction-1"></span><h3 class="section">3.3 Class and package construction</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Class-and-package-construction-1">3.3 Class and package construction</h3>
-<span id="index-document-class-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-document-class"></span>
-<span id="index-new-class-commands"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-class-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-document-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-class-commands"></a>
<p>You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if
your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a
standard header for each page, then you could create a new class
-<code>smcmemo.cls</code> and begin your documents with
-<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>.
+<code class="code">smcmemo.cls</code> and begin your documents with
+<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>.
</p>
<p>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in a
package are useful across classes while those in a document class are
specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a
-package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the
+package while a command to make the page headers say <code class="code">Memo from the
SMC Math Department</code> is for a class.
-<span id="index-class-and-package-difference"></span>
-<span id="index-difference-between-class-and-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-and-package-difference"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-difference-between-class-and-package"></a>
</p>
-<p>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>@</code> as a
+<p>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code class="code">@</code> as a
character in command names without having to surround the code
-containing that command with <code>\makeatletter</code> and
-<code>\makeatother</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a>. This allow
+containing that command with <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> and
+<code class="code">\makeatother</code>. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>. This allow
you to create commands that users will not accidentally redefine.
Another technique is to preface class- or package-specific commands with
some string to prevent your class or package from interfering with
-others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands
-<code>\smc@tolist</code>, <code>\smc@fromlist</code>, etc.
+others. For instance, the class <code class="code">smcmemo</code> might have commands
+<code class="code">\smc@tolist</code>, <code class="code">\smc@fromlist</code>, etc.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="1">Class and package structure</a></li>
<li><a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="2">Class and package commands</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-structure">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-structure">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package commands</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Class-and-package-structure-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">3.3.1 Class and package structure</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-structure-1">3.3.1 Class and package structure</h4>
-<span id="index-class-and-package-structure"></span>
-<span id="index-class-file-layout"></span>
-<span id="index-package-file-layout"></span>
-<span id="index-options_002c-document-class-1"></span>
-<span id="index-options_002c-package"></span>
-<span id="index-class-options-1"></span>
-<span id="index-package-options"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-and-package-structure"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-file-layout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-file-layout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-document-class-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-options-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-options"></a>
<p>A class file or package file typically has four parts.
-</p><ol>
-<li> In the <em>identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX
-package or class and describes itself, using the <code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code>
-and <code>\ProvidesClass</code> or <code>\ProvidesPackage</code> commands.
+</p><ol class="enumerate">
+<li> In the <em class="dfn">identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX
+package or class and describes itself, using the <code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code>
+and <code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> or <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code> commands.
-</li><li> The <em>preliminary declarations part</em> declares some commands and
+</li><li> The <em class="dfn">preliminary declarations part</em> declares some commands and
can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed
-for the code used in the next part. For example, an <code>smcmemo</code>
+for the code used in the next part. For example, an <code class="code">smcmemo</code>
class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list of
-people for the to-head, as <code>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</code>, and
+people for the to-head, as <code class="code">\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</code>, and
therefore needs to define a command
-<code>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</code> used in that
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</code> used in that
file.
-</li><li> In the <em>handle options part</em> the class or package declares
+</li><li> In the <em class="dfn">handle options part</em> the class or package declares
and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their
-document as <code>\documentclass[<var>option list</var>]{<var>class
+document as <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">option list</var>]{<var class="var">class
name</var>}</code>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you
-declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the default
+declare <code class="code">\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the default
document font size.
-</li><li> Finally, in the <em>more declarations part</em> the class or package
+</li><li> Finally, in the <em class="dfn">more declarations part</em> the class or package
usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and
fonts, and loading other files.
</li></ol>
-<p>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <samp>stub.cls</samp>
+<p>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <samp class="file">stub.cls</samp>
where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the
-<samp>.tex</samp> file.
+<samp class="file">.tex</samp> file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 stub to start building classes from]
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass{article}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-class-file-example"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-file-example"></a>
<p>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
-passing them all to the <code>article</code> class, and then loads the
-<code>article</code> class to provide the basis for this class&rsquo;s code.
+passing them all to the <code class="code">article</code> class, and then loads the
+<code class="code">article</code> class to provide the basis for this class&rsquo;s code.
</p>
<p>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
Class Guide, at
-<a href="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</a> (much
+<a class="url" href="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</a> (much
of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
-<a href="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-commands">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-commands">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Class and package structure</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Class-and-package-commands-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">3.3.2 Class and package commands</h4>
-<span id="index-class-and-package-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-class-and-package"></span>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-commands-1">3.3.2 Class and package commands</h4>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-and-package-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-class-and-package"></a>
<p>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cAtBeginDvi'><span><code>\AtBeginDvi{specials}</code><a href='#index-_005cAtBeginDvi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Save in a box register things that are written to the <samp>.dvi</samp> file
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005cAtBeginDvi'><span><code class="code">\AtBeginDvi{specials}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAtBeginDvi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Save in a box register things that are written to the <samp class="file">.dvi</samp> file
at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cAtEndOfClass'><span><code>\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cAtEndOfClass' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></span>
-<p>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when LaTeX finishes
+<dt id='index-_005cAtEndOfClass'><span><code class="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var class="var">code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAtEndOfClass'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var class="var">code</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></a>
+<p>Hook to insert <var class="var">code</var> to be executed when LaTeX finishes
processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks
-multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you
-called it. See also <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cCheckCommand'><span><code>\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cCheckCommand' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></span>
-<span id="index-new-command_002c-check"></span>
-<p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>) but does
-not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
-<var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not
-<span id="index-long-command"></span>
-<em>long</em> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts
-<code>\par</code> within an argument. The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be
-long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an
+multiple times; the <code class="code">code</code> will be executed in the order that you
+called it. See also <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cCheckCommand'><span><code class="code">\CheckCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cCheckCommand'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\CheckCommand*{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-command_002c-checking"></a>
+<p>Like <code class="code">\newcommand</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) but does
+not define <var class="var">cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
+<var class="var">cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var class="var">definition</var> and is or is not
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-long-command"></a>
+<em class="dfn">long</em> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts
+<code class="code">\par</code> within an argument. The <var class="var">cmd</var> command is expected to be
+long with the unstarred version of <code class="code">\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an
error when the check fails. This allows you to check before you start
-redefining <code>cmd</code> yourself that no other package has already
+redefining <code class="code">cmd</code> yourself that no other package has already
redefined this command.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\ClassError{<var>class name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\PackageError{<var>package name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\ClassWarning{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\PackageWarning{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\ClassWarningNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\PackageWarningNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\ClassInfo{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cClassError'><span><code>\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cClassError' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cPackageError"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cClassWarning"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cPackageWarning"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cClassInfo"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cPackageInfo"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cClassError'><span><code class="code">\ClassError{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">error text</var>}{<var class="var">help text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cClassError'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarning{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarningNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfo{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageError{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">error text</var>}{<var class="var">help text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarning{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarningNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfo{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageError"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarning"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarning"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></a>
<p>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
</p>
-<p>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is
-<var>error text</var>, followed by TeX&rsquo;s <code>?</code> error prompt. If the
-user then asks for help by typing <code>h</code>, they see the <var>help
+<p>For <code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> the message is
+<var class="var">error text</var>, followed by TeX&rsquo;s <code class="code">?</code> error prompt. If the
+user then asks for help by typing <code class="code">h</code>, they see the <var class="var">help
text</var>.
</p>
<p>The four warning commands are similar except that they write
-<var>warning text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
-commands write <var>info text</var> only in the transcript file. The
-<code>NoLine</code> versions do not show the number of the line generating the
+<var class="var">warning text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
+commands write <var class="var">info text</var> only in the transcript file. The
+<code class="code">NoLine</code> versions do not show the number of the line generating the
message, while the other versions do show that number.
</p>
-<p>To format the messages, including the <var>help text</var>: use
-<code>\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
-<code>\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code>\space</code> when a space
+<p>To format the messages, including the <var class="var">help text</var>: use
+<code class="code">\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
+<code class="code">\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code class="code">\space</code> when a space
character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX
appends a period to the messages.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cCurrentOption'><span><code>\CurrentOption</code><a href='#index-_005cCurrentOption' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cCurrentOption'><span><code class="code">\CurrentOption</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cCurrentOption'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only
-be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code>
-or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
+be used within the <var class="var">code</var> argument of either <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>
+or <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cDeclareOption'><span><code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cDeclareOption' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></span>
-<span id="index-class-options-2"></span>
-<span id="index-package-options-1"></span>
-<span id="index-options_002c-class"></span>
-<span id="index-options_002c-package-1"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cDeclareOption'><span><code class="code">\DeclareOption{<var class="var">option</var>}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDeclareOption'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-options-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-options-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-package-1"></a>
<p>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
-<code>\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class
-could have an option <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code class="code">smcmemo</code> class
+could have an option <code class="code">\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing
users to put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file
-must contain <code>\DeclareOption{logo}{<var>code</var>}</code> (and later,
-<code>\ProcessOptions</code>).
+must contain <code class="code">\DeclareOption{logo}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code> (and later,
+<code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>).
</p>
<p>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
-will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s):
+will produce a warning like <code class="code">Unused global option(s):
[badoption].</code> Change this behavior with the starred version
-<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes
extend an existing class, using a command such as
-<code>\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the
+<code class="code">\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the
underlying class use code such as this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareOption*{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{%
\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
}
</pre></div>
-<p>Another example is that the class <code>smcmemo</code> may allow users to keep
+<p>Another example is that the class <code class="code">smcmemo</code> may allow users to keep
lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke
-<code>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file
-<code>math.memo</code>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
-passes the option to the <code>article</code> class.
+<code class="code">\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file
+<code class="code">math.memo</code>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
+passes the option to the <code class="code">article</code> class.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
</pre></div>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'><span><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></span>
-<span id="index-new-command_002c-definition"></span>
-<p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
-within the <var>definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and
-fragile commands see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>.) Use this command to define new
+<dt><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'><span><code class="code">* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-command_002c-definition"></a>
+<p>Like <code class="code">\newcommand</code> and <code class="code">\newcommand*</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
+within the <var class="var">definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and
+fragile commands see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>.) Use this command to define new
robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
-robust. Unlike <code>\newcommand</code> these do not give an error if macro
-<var>cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
+robust. Unlike <code class="code">\newcommand</code> these do not give an error if macro
+<var class="var">cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
transcript file if a command is redefined.
</p>
<p>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
-using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command&rsquo;s data is fragile and the
-command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>.
-</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></span>
-<span id="index-etoolbox-package"></span>
-<p>The <code>etoolbox</code> package offers the commands
-<code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands
-<code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands
-<code>\providerobustcmd</code>, and <code>\providerobustcmd*</code>. These are
-similar to <code>\newcommand</code>, <code>\newcommand*</code>,
-<code>\renewcommand</code>, <code>\renewcommand*</code>, <code>\providecommand</code>, and
-<code>\providecommand*</code>, but define a robust <var>cmd</var> with two
-advantages as compared to <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
-</p><ol>
+using <code class="code">\newcommand</code> so unless the command&rsquo;s data is fragile and the
+command is used within a moving argument, use <code class="code">\newcommand</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-etoolbox-package"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">etoolbox</code> package offers the commands
+<code class="code">\newrobustcmd</code>, <code class="code">\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands
+<code class="code">\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code class="code">\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands
+<code class="code">\providerobustcmd</code>, and <code class="code">\providerobustcmd*</code>. These are
+similar to <code class="code">\newcommand</code>, <code class="code">\newcommand*</code>,
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, <code class="code">\renewcommand*</code>, <code class="code">\providecommand</code>, and
+<code class="code">\providecommand*</code>, but define a robust <var class="var">cmd</var> with two
+advantages as compared to <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
+</p><ol class="enumerate">
<li> They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than the
-higher level LaTeX <code>\protect</code> mechanism, so they do not incur
+higher level LaTeX <code class="code">\protect</code> mechanism, so they do not incur
the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
-</li><li> They make the same distinction between <code>\new&hellip;</code>,
-<code>\renew&hellip;</code>, and <code>\provide&hellip;</code>, as the standard
+</li><li> They make the same distinction between <code class="code">\new&hellip;</code>,
+<code class="code">\renew&hellip;</code>, and <code class="code">\provide&hellip;</code>, as the standard
commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
-<var>cmd</var> that already exists, in that case you need to use either
-<code>\renew&hellip;</code> or <code>\provide&hellip;</code> or you get an error.
+<var class="var">cmd</var> that already exists, in that case you need to use either
+<code class="code">\renew&hellip;</code> or <code class="code">\provide&hellip;</code> or you get an error.
</li></ol>
-
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\IfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cIfFileExists'><span><code>\InputIfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cIfFileExists' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></span>
-<p>Execute <var>true code</var> if LaTeX finds the file <samp><var>file
-name</var></samp> or <var>false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing
-<var>true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command
+<dt id='index-_005cIfFileExists'><span><code class="code">\IfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cIfFileExists'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></a>
+<p>Execute <var class="var">true code</var> if LaTeX finds the file <samp class="file"><var class="var">file
+name</var></samp> or <var class="var">false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing
+<var class="var">true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
\includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
</pre></div>
-<p>will include the graphic <samp>img.pdf</samp> if it is found and otherwise
+<p>will include the graphic <samp class="file">img.pdf</samp> if it is found and otherwise
give a warning.
</p>
<p>This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX uses,
not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
-directory do something like <code>\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var>true
-code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code>. If you ask for a filename without a
-<code>.tex</code> extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by
-appending the <code>.tex</code>; for more on how LaTeX handles file
-extensions see <a href="#g_t_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>.
+directory do something like <code class="code">\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var class="var">true
+code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code>. If you ask for a filename without a
+<code class="code">.tex</code> extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by
+appending the <code class="code">.tex</code>; for more on how LaTeX handles file
+extensions see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cLoadClass'><span><code>\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cLoadClass' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></span>
-<p>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options
-list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>. An example is
-<code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cLoadClass'><span><code class="code">\LoadClass[<var class="var">options list</var>]{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLoadClass'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></a>
+<p>Load a class, as with <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options
+list</var>]{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release info</var>]</code>. An example is
+<code class="code">\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
</p>
-<p>The <var>options list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<var>release date</var> is optional. If present it must have the form
-<var>YYYY/MM/DD</var>.
+<p>The <var class="var">options list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
+<var class="var">release date</var> is optional. If present it must have the form
+<var class="var">YYYY/MM/DD</var>.
</p>
-<p>If you request a <var>release date</var> and the date of the package
+<p>If you request a <var class="var">release date</var> and the date of the package
installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the
screen and in the log like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
+<pre class="example-preformatted">You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
</pre></div>
-<p>The command version <code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of
+<p>The command version <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of
options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed
-to it via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command
+to it via <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command
that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
-<code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
+<code class="code">article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cExecuteOptions'><span><code>\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cExecuteOptions' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command
-executes the command <code>\ds@<var>option</var></code>. If this command is not
+<dt id='index-_005cExecuteOptions'><span><code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var class="var">options-list</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cExecuteOptions'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>For each option <var class="var">option</var> in the <var class="var">options-list</var>, in order, this command
+executes the command <code class="code">\ds@<var class="var">option</var></code>. If this command is not
defined then that option is silently ignored.
</p>
<p>It can be used to provide a default option list before
-<code>\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the
+<code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the
default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
-<code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
+<code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'><span><code>\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'><span><code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var class="var">format</var>}[<var class="var">format date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
-<code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is
+<code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is
processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
-actually being run (including that the <var>format</var> string is case
+actually being run (including that the <var class="var">format</var> string is case
sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an error
-like &lsquo;<samp>This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.</samp>&rsquo;
+like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
<p>To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
-features, include the optional <var>format date</var> on which those features
-were implemented. If present it must be in the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
+features, include the optional <var class="var">format date</var> on which those features
+were implemented. If present it must be in the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
-<var>format date</var> then you get a warning like this.
+<var class="var">format date</var> then you get a warning like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
+<pre class="example-preformatted">You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
release `2016/02/01' is available.
</pre></div>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cOptionNotUsed'><span><code>\OptionNotUsed</code><a href='#index-_005cOptionNotUsed' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cOptionNotUsed'><span><code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cOptionNotUsed'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
-within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or
-<code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
+within the <var class="var">code</var> argument of either <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code> or
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'><span><code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></span>
-<p>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the
-options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code>
-command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>.
+<dt id='index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'><span><code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var class="var">option list</var>}{<var class="var">class name</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">option list</var>}{<var class="var">package name</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></a>
+<p>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var class="var">option list</var> to the
+options used by any future <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> or <code class="code">\usepackage</code>
+command for package <var class="var">package name</var> or the class <var class="var">class name</var>.
</p>
<p>The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of
times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply
them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options
-more than once will get you an error like <code>Option clash for package
+more than once will get you an error like <code class="code">Option clash for package
foo.</code> (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no conflict between the
options.)
</p>
<p>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse
that to once, for example replacing the two
-<code>\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}</code> and
-<code>\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</code> with the single command
-<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</code>.
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}</code> and
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</code> with the single command
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</code>.
</p>
-<p>However, imagine that you are loading <samp>firstpkg</samp> and inside that
-package it loads <samp>secondpkg</samp>, and you need the second package to be
-loaded with option <code>draft</code>. Then before doing the first package
+<p>However, imagine that you are loading <samp class="file">firstpkg</samp> and inside that
+package it loads <samp class="file">secondpkg</samp>, and you need the second package to be
+loaded with option <code class="code">draft</code>. Then before doing the first package
you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
</pre></div>
-<p>(If <code>firstpkg.sty</code> loads an option in conflict with what you want
+<p>(If <code class="code">firstpkg.sty</code> loads an option in conflict with what you want
then you may have to alter its source.)
</p>
<p>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package
-writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code>graphicx</code>
-package with the option <code>draft</code> and also wants to use a class
-<code>foo</code> that loads the <code>graphicx</code> package, but without that
+writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code class="code">graphicx</code>
+package with the option <code class="code">draft</code> and also wants to use a class
+<code class="code">foo</code> that loads the <code class="code">graphicx</code> package, but without that
option. The user could start their LaTeX file with
-<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>.
+<code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\ProcessOptions</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cProcessOptions'><span><code>\ProcessOptions*<var>\@options</var></code><a href='#index-_005cProcessOptions' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cProcessOptions'><span><code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProcessOptions'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ProcessOptions*<var class="var">\@options</var></code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></a>
<p>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it
-in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
+in the class file as <code class="code">\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
existence of the starred command).
</p>
-<p>Options come in two types. <em>Local options</em> have been specified for this
-particular package in the <var>options</var> argument of
-<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>options</var>}</code>,
-<code>\usepackage[<var>options</var>]</code>, or
-<code>\RequirePackage[<var>options</var>]</code>. <em>Global options</em> are those given
-by the class user in <code>\documentclass[<var>options</var>]</code> (If an option
+<p>Options come in two types. <em class="dfn">Local options</em> have been specified for this
+particular package in the <var class="var">options</var> argument of
+<code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">options</var>}</code>,
+<code class="code">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>, or
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>. <em class="dfn">Global options</em> are those given
+by the class user in <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]</code> (If an option
is specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
</p>
-<p>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <samp>pkg.sty</samp>, the
+<p>When <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>, the
following happens:
-</p><ol>
-<li> For each option <var>option</var> so far declared
-with <code>\DeclareOption</code>, it looks to see if that option is either a
-global or a local option for <code>pkg</code>. If so then it executes the
+</p><ol class="enumerate">
+<li> For each option <var class="var">option</var> so far declared
+with <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>, it looks to see if that option is either a
+global or a local option for <code class="code">pkg</code>. If so then it executes the
declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were
-given in <samp>pkg.sty</samp>.
+given in <samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>.
</li><li> For each remaining local option, it executes the command
-<code>\ds@</code><var>option</var> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
-a <code>\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
-given in <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. If no default option code has been
+<code class="code">\ds@</code><var class="var">option</var> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
+a <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
+given in <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>. If no default option code has been
declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in
which these options were specified.
</li></ol>
-<p>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same
-way except that all options are local, and the default <var>code</var> for
-<code>\DeclareOption*</code> is <code>\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error.
+<p>When <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same
+way except that all options are local, and the default <var class="var">code</var> for
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code> is <code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error.
</p>
-<p>The starred version <code>\ProcessOptions*</code> executes the
+<p>The starred version <code class="code">\ProcessOptions*</code> executes the
options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in
the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this
means that the global options are processed first.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cProvidesClass'><span><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cProvidesClass' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cProvidesClass'><span><code class="code">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var> <var class="var">brief additional information</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProvidesClass'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var> <var class="var">brief additional information</var>]</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></a>
<p>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
the log file.
</p>
<p>When you load a class or package, for example with
-<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> or <code>\usepackage{test}</code>, LaTeX
+<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> or <code class="code">\usepackage{test}</code>, LaTeX
inputs a file. If the name of the file does not match the class or
package name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
-<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file <samp>smcmemo.cls</samp> has
-the statement <code>\ProvidesClass{xxx}</code> then you get a warning like
-<code>You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document
+<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file <samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> has
+the statement <code class="code">\ProvidesClass{xxx}</code> then you get a warning like
+<code class="code">You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document
class provides 'xxx'.</code> This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
processing the rest of the class file normally.
</p>
<p>If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
-before any spaces, of the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest of the
+before any spaces, of the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest of the
optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies the
class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the log
-file. Thus, if your file <samp>smcmemo.cls</samp> contains the line
-<code>\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</code> and
-your document&rsquo;s first line is <code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then you
-will see <code>Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class</code>.
+file. Thus, if your file <samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> contains the line
+<code class="code">\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</code> and
+your document&rsquo;s first line is <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then you
+will see <code class="code">Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class</code>.
</p>
<p>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to ask
to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier than
-<var>release date</var>. For instance, a user could enter
-<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> or
-<code>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code> to require a class or package
+<var class="var">release date</var>. For instance, a user could enter
+<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> or
+<code class="code">\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code> to require a class or package
with certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely
include a date, and class users almost never do.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cProvidesFile'><span><code>\ProvidesFile{<var>filename</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cProvidesFile' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cProvidesFile'><span><code class="code">\ProvidesFile{<var class="var">filename</var>}[<var class="var">additional information</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProvidesFile'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that
-file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config
-2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var>filename</var> equal to
-&lsquo;<samp>test.config</samp>&rsquo; and <var>additional information</var> equal to
-&lsquo;<samp>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>&rsquo;.
+file and you get in the log a string like <code class="code">File: test.config
+2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var class="var">filename</var> equal to
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">test.config</samp>&rsquo; and <var class="var">additional information</var> equal to
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cRequirePackage'><span><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cRequirePackage' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></span>
-<p>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (see <a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a>). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
-these commands over Plain&nbsp;TeX&rsquo;s <code>\input</code>; see the Class
+<dt id='index-_005cRequirePackage'><span><code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">option list</var>]{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRequirePackage'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></a>
+<p>Load a package, like the command <code class="code">\usepackage</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a>). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
+these commands over Plain&nbsp;TeX&rsquo;s <code class="code">\input</code>; see the Class
Guide. An example is
-<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>.
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>.
</p>
-<p>The <var>option list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<var>release date</var>, if present, must have the form <var>YYYY/MM/DD</var>. If
+<p>The <var class="var">option list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
+<var class="var">release date</var>, if present, must have the form <var class="var">YYYY/MM/DD</var>. If
the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
-than <var>release date</var> then you get a warning like <code>You have
+than <var class="var">release date</var> then you get a warning like <code class="code">You have
requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but
only version `2000/01/01' is available</code>.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> version uses the list of options
+<p>The <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> version uses the list of options
for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
-via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to allow
+via <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to allow
easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which
options were passed.
</p>
-<p>The difference between <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\RequirePackage</code> is
-small. The <code>\usepackage</code> command is intended for the document file
-while <code>\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and class files.
-Thus, using <code>\usepackage</code> before the <code>\documentclass</code> command
-causes LaTeX to give error like <code>\usepackage before
-\documentclass</code>, but you can use <code>\RequirePackage</code> there.
+<p>The difference between <code class="code">\usepackage</code> and <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> is
+small. The <code class="code">\usepackage</code> command is intended for the document file
+while <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and class files.
+Thus, using <code class="code">\usepackage</code> before the <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command
+causes LaTeX to give error like <code class="code">\usepackage before
+\documentclass</code>, but you can use <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> there.
</p></dd>
</dl>
@@ -1950,19 +1952,19 @@ causes LaTeX to give error like <code>\usepackage before
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Fonts">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Fonts">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="n" rel="next">Layout</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document classes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Fonts-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">4 Fonts</h2>
-<span id="Typefaces"></span>
-<span id="index-typefaces"></span>
-<span id="index-fonts"></span>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Fonts-1">4 Fonts</h2>
+<a class="anchor" id="Typefaces"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-typefaces"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fonts"></a>
<p>LaTeX comes with powerful font capacities. For one thing, its New
Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families
-in your document (for instance, see&nbsp;<a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>). And,
+in your document (for instance, see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>). And,
LaTeX documents can use most fonts that are available today,
including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Note,
though, that many fonts do not have support for mathematics.)
@@ -1974,81 +1976,81 @@ involves a few commands. For instance, putting the following in your
preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more
readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to
typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
-<a href="https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</a>.)
+<a class="url" href="https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</a>.)
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math
\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter
\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
</pre></div>
-<p>In addition, the <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code> engines allow
+<p>In addition, the <code class="command">xelatex</code> or <code class="command">lualatex</code> engines allow
you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType
-format (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
+format (see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
</p>
-<p>The LaTeX Font Catalogue (<a href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue</a>) shows
+<p>The LaTeX Font Catalogue (<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue</a>) shows
font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts,
including many with support for mathematics. It aims to cover all Latin
alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX.
</p>
<p>More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at
-<a href="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</a>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="1"><code>fontenc</code> package</a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="1"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a></li>
<li><a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="2">Font styles</a></li>
<li><a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="3">Font sizes</a></li>
<li><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="4">Low-level font commands</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="fontenc-package">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="fontenc-package">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="fontenc-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.1 <code>fontenc</code> package</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="fontenc-package-1">4.1 <code class="code">fontenc</code> package</h3>
-<span id="index-font-encoding"></span>
-<span id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-font-support-for"></span>
-<span id="index-T1"></span>
-<span id="index-OT1"></span>
-<span id="index-fontenc"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-encoding"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-font-support-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-T1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-OT1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fontenc"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]{fontenc}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">font_encoding</var>]{fontenc}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding1</var>, <var>font_encoding2</var>, ...]{fontenc}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">font_encoding1</var>, <var class="var">font_encoding2</var>, ...]{fontenc}
</pre></div>
<p>Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the
character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-fontspec"></span>
-<span id="index-fontspec-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fontspec"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fontspec-package"></a>
-<p>This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine
-(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). If you use the <code>xelatex</code> or
-<code>lualatex</code> engine then instead use the <code>fontspec</code> package.
+<p>This package only applies if you use the <code class="code">pdflatex</code> engine
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). If you use the <code class="command">xelatex</code> or
+<code class="command">lualatex</code> engine then instead use the <code class="code">fontspec</code> package.
</p>
<p>TeX&rsquo;s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
-<code>\accent</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005caccent"><code>\accent</code></a>) but this disables hyphenation. TeX
+<code class="code">\accent</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caccent"><code class="code">\accent</code></a>) but this disables hyphenation. TeX
users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using
-<code>pdflatex</code> then put this in the preamble
+<code class="command">pdflatex</code> then put this in the preamble
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
</pre></div>
<p>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
@@ -2057,62 +2059,62 @@ words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your
output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you
to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-lmodern"></span>
-<span id="index-lmodern-package"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"></span>
-<span id="index-cm_002dsuper-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-lmodern"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lmodern-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cm_002dsuper-package"></a>
-<p>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear
+<p>If you are using an encoding such as <code class="code">T1</code> and the characters appear
blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
sometimes called raster or Type&nbsp;3. You want vector fonts. Use a
-package such as <code>lmodern</code> or <code>cm-super</code> to get a font that
+package such as <code class="code">lmodern</code> or <code class="code">cm-super</code> to get a font that
extends LaTeX&rsquo;s default using vector fonts.
</p>
-<p>For each <var>font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already
+<p>For each <var class="var">font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already
declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named
-<samp><var>font_encoding</var>enc.def</samp>. It also sets <code>\encodingdefault</code>
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">font_encoding</var>enc.def</samp>. It also sets <code class="code">\encodingdefault</code>
to be the last encoding in the option list.
</p>
-<p>These are the common values for <var>font_encoding</var>.
+<p>These are the common values for <var class="var">font_encoding</var>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>OT1</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">OT1</code></dt>
<dd><p>The original encoding for TeX. Limited to mostly English characters.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>OMS, OML</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">OMS, OML</code></dt>
<dd><p>Math symbols and math letters encoding.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>T1</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">T1</code></dt>
<dd><p>TeX text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most European
accented characters. The most common option for this package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>TS1</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">TS1</code></dt>
<dd><p>Text Companion encoding.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default is to load <code>OML</code>, <code>T1</code>, <code>OT1</code>, and
-then <code>OMS</code>, and set the default to <code>OT1</code>.
+<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default is to load <code class="code">OML</code>, <code class="code">T1</code>, <code class="code">OT1</code>, and
+then <code class="code">OMS</code>, and set the default to <code class="code">OT1</code>.
</p>
<p>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
encoding if your font requires it.
</p>
-<p>If you use <code>T1</code>&nbsp;encoded fonts other than the default Computer
+<p>If you use <code class="code">T1</code>&nbsp;encoded fonts other than the default Computer
Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your
-fonts before loading <samp>fontenc</samp>, to prevent the system from loading
-any <code>T1</code>&nbsp;encoded fonts from the default.
+fonts before loading <samp class="file">fontenc</samp>, to prevent the system from loading
+any <code class="code">T1</code>&nbsp;encoded fonts from the default.
</p>
-<p>The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: &lsquo;<samp>T</samp>&rsquo; for the
-standard text encodings with 256 characters, &lsquo;<samp>TS</samp>&rsquo; for symbols that
-extend the corresponding T encodings, &lsquo;<samp>X</samp>&rsquo; for test encodings,
-&lsquo;<samp>M</samp>&rsquo; for standard math encodings with 256 characters, &lsquo;<samp>A</samp>&rsquo; for
-special applications, &lsquo;<samp>OT</samp>&rsquo; for standard text encodings with 128
-characters, and &lsquo;<samp>OM</samp>&rsquo; for standard math encodings with 128
-characters (&lsquo;<samp>O</samp>&rsquo; stands for &lsquo;<samp>obsolete</samp>&rsquo;).
+<p>The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">T</samp>&rsquo; for the
+standard text encodings with 256 characters, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">TS</samp>&rsquo; for symbols that
+extend the corresponding T encodings, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">X</samp>&rsquo; for test encodings,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">M</samp>&rsquo; for standard math encodings with 256 characters, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A</samp>&rsquo; for
+special applications, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">OT</samp>&rsquo; for standard text encodings with 128
+characters, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">OM</samp>&rsquo; for standard math encodings with 128
+characters (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">O</samp>&rsquo; stands for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">obsolete</samp>&rsquo;).
</p>
<p>This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of
them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works
@@ -2121,822 +2123,820 @@ is not in effect.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="1"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="2"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="3"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="4"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="5"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="6"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="7"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="8"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="9"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.1 <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1">4.1.1 <code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></h4>
-<span id="index-font-encoding_002c-declaring"></span>
-<span id="index-encoding_002c-font"></span>
-<span id="index-accents_002c-defining"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-encoding_002c-declaring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-encoding_002c-font"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accents_002c-defining"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareFontEncoding{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>text-settings</var>}{<var>math-settings</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareFontEncoding{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">text-settings</var>}{<var class="var">math-settings</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Declare the font encoding <var>encoding</var>. It also saves the value of
-<var>encoding</var> in <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>).
+<p>Declare the font encoding <var class="var">encoding</var>. It also saves the value of
+<var class="var">encoding</var> in <code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The file <samp>t1enc.def</samp> contains this line (followed by many others).
+<p>The file <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> contains this line (followed by many others).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <var>text-settings</var> are the commands that LaTeX will run every
+<p>The <var class="var">text-settings</var> are the commands that LaTeX will run every
time it switches from one encoding to another with the
-<code>\selectfont</code> and <code>\fontencoding</code> commands. The
-<var>math-settings</var> are the commands that LaTeX will use whenever the
+<code class="code">\selectfont</code> and <code class="code">\fontencoding</code> commands. The
+<var class="var">math-settings</var> are the commands that LaTeX will use whenever the
font is accessed as a math alphabet.
</p>
-<p>LaTeX ignores any space characters inside <var>text-settings</var> and
-<var>math-settings</var>, to prevent unintended spaces in the output.
+<p>LaTeX ignores any space characters inside <var class="var">text-settings</var> and
+<var class="var">math-settings</var>, to prevent unintended spaces in the output.
</p>
<p>If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name
-starting with &lsquo;<samp>L</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp>local</samp>&rsquo;, or &lsquo;<samp>E</samp>&rsquo; for
-&lsquo;<samp>experimental</samp>&rsquo;.
+starting with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">L</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">local</samp>&rsquo;, or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">E</samp>&rsquo; for
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">experimental</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>Note that output encoding files may be read several times by LaTeX so
-using, e.g., <code>\newcommand</code> may cause an error. In addition, such
-files should contain <code>\ProvidesFile</code> line (see <a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>).
+using, e.g., <code class="code">\newcommand</code> may cause an error. In addition, such
+files should contain <code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code> line (see <a class="pxref" href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>).
</p>
-<p>Note also that you should use the <code>\...Default</code> commands only in a
+<p>Note also that you should use the <code class="code">\...Default</code> commands only in a
package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files
should only contain declarations specific to that encoding.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.2 <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent-1">4.1.2 <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></h4>
-<span id="index-font-encoding-1"></span>
-<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-encoding-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accents_002c-defining-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccent{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextAccent{<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">slot</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding
-<var>encoding</var> at the location <var>slot</var>.
+<var class="var">encoding</var> at the location <var class="var">slot</var>.
</p>
-<span id="index-slot_002c-font"></span>
-<p>A <em>slot</em> is the number identifying a glyph within a font.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-slot_002c-font"></a>
+<p>A <em class="dfn">slot</em> is the number identifying a glyph within a font.
</p>
-<p>This line from <samp>t1enc.def</samp> declares that to make a circumflex
-accent as in <code>\^A</code>, the system will put the accent in slot&nbsp;2
-over the &lsquo;<samp>A</samp>&rsquo; character, which is represented in ASCII as&nbsp;65.
-(This holds unless there is a relevant <code>DeclareTextComposite</code> or
-<code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code> declaration;
-see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>.)
+<p>This line from <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> declares that to make a circumflex
+accent as in <code class="code">\^A</code>, the system will put the accent in slot&nbsp;2
+over the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A</samp>&rsquo; character, which is represented in ASCII as&nbsp;65.
+(This holds unless there is a relevant <code class="code">DeclareTextComposite</code> or
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code> declaration;
+see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>.)
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}
</pre></div>
-<p>If <var>cmd</var> has already been defined then <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code>
+<p>If <var class="var">cmd</var> has already been defined then <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code>
does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the
transcript file.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.3 <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1">4.1.3 <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></h4>
-<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accents_002c-defining-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>If there is an encoding-specific accent command \<var>cmd</var> but there is
-no associated <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> for that encoding then this
+<p>If there is an encoding-specific accent command \<var class="var">cmd</var> but there is
+no associated <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code> for that encoding then this
command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for
-<var>encoding</var>.
+<var class="var">encoding</var>.
</p>
-<p>For example, to make the encoding <code>OT1</code> be the default encoding for
-the accent <code>\&quot;</code>, declare this.
+<p>For example, to make the encoding <code class="code">OT1</code> be the default encoding for
+the accent <code class="code">\&quot;</code>, declare this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\&quot;}{OT1}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\&quot;}{OT1}
</pre></div>
-<p>If you issue a <code>\&quot;</code> when the current encoding does not have a
+<p>If you issue a <code class="code">\&quot;</code> when the current encoding does not have a
definition for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from
-<code>OT1</code>
+<code class="code">OT1</code>
</p>
-<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>).
+<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\<var>cmd</var>}
- {\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}{#1}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}
+ {\UseTextAccent{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{#1}}
</pre></div>
-<p>Note that <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code> works for any one-argument
-<samp>fontenc</samp> command, not just the accent command.
+<p>Note that <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code> works for any one-argument
+<samp class="file">fontenc</samp> command, not just the accent command.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.4 <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></h4>
-
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand"></span>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand-1">4.1.4 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></h4>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cProvideTextCommand"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
-\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn}</var>
-\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn}</var>
+\DeclareTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
-\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ProvideTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\ProvideTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\ProvideTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Define the command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, which will be specific to one
-encoding. The command name <var>cmd</var> must be preceded by a backslash,
-<code>\</code>. These commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining
-\<var>cmd</var> does not cause an error. The defined command will be robust
-even if the code in <var>defn</var> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Define the command <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>, which will be specific to one
+encoding. The command name <var class="var">cmd</var> must be preceded by a backslash,
+<code class="code">\</code>. These commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining
+\<var class="var">cmd</var> does not cause an error. The defined command will be robust
+even if the code in <var class="var">defn</var> is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>For example, the file <samp>t1enc.def</samp> contains this line.
+<p>For example, the file <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> contains this line.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 }
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 }
</pre></div>
<p>With that, you can express parts per thousand.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % in preamble
...
Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand.
</pre></div>
-<p>If you change the font encoding to <code>OT1</code> then you get an error like
-&lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding
+<p>If you change the font encoding to <code class="code">OT1</code> then you get an error like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding
OT1</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></span>
-<p>The <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code> variant does the same, except that it
-does nothing if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is already defined. The
-<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> command is faster than this one for simple
-slot-to-glyph association (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>)
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code> variant does the same, except that it
+does nothing if <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> is already defined. The
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code> command is faster than this one for simple
+slot-to-glyph association (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>)
</p>
-<p>The optional <var>nargs</var> and <var>optargdefault</var> arguments play the same
-role here as in <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>). Briefly, <var>nargs</var> is an integer from 0 to 9
+<p>The optional <var class="var">nargs</var> and <var class="var">optargdefault</var> arguments play the same
+role here as in <code class="code">\newcommand</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>). Briefly, <var class="var">nargs</var> is an integer from 0 to 9
specifying the number of arguments that the defined command
-<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> takes. This number includes any optional argument.
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> takes. This number includes any optional argument.
Omitting this argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that
-<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> will have no arguments. And, if <var>optargdefault</var>
-is present then the first argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional,
-with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string).
-If <var>optargdefault</var> is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> will have no arguments. And, if <var class="var">optargdefault</var>
+is present then the first argument of <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> is optional,
+with default value <var class="var">optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string).
+If <var class="var">optargdefault</var> is not present then <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> does not
take an optional argument.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.5 <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-">4.1.5 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Give a default definition for <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, for when that command
+<p>Give a default definition for <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>, for when that command
is not defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should
only use encodings known to be available.
</p>
-<p>This makes <code>\copyright</code> available.
+<p>This makes <code class="code">\copyright</code> available.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
</pre></div>
<p>It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> should not occur in the encoding
+<p>The <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> should not occur in the encoding
definition files since those files should declare only commands for use
when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package.
</p>
<p>As with the related non-default commands, the
-<code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code> has exactly the same behavior as
-<code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> except that it does nothing if
-<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is already defined (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks
+<code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code> has exactly the same behavior as
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> except that it does nothing if
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> is already defined (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks
that other packages can improve upon.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.6 <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite-1">4.1.6 <code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></h4>
-<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-3"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accents_002c-defining-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextComposite{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>simple_object</var>}{<var>slot</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextComposite{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">simple_object</var>}{<var class="var">slot</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an
accent over a separate character.
</p>
-<p>This line from <samp>t1enc.def</samp> means that <code>\^o</code> will cause
-LaTeX to typeset lowercase&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp>o</samp>&rsquo; by taking the character
+<p>This line from <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> means that <code class="code">\^o</code> will cause
+LaTeX to typeset lowercase&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">o</samp>&rsquo; by taking the character
directly from slot 224 in the font.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244}
</pre></div>
-<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package"><code>fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The
-<var>simple_object</var> should be a single character or a single command.
-The <var>slot</var> argument is usually a positive integer represented in
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#fontenc-package"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The
+<var class="var">simple_object</var> should be a single character or a single command.
+The <var class="var">slot</var> argument is usually a positive integer represented in
decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally
-\<var>cmd</var> has already been declared for this encoding, either with
-<code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> or with a one-argument
-<code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. In <samp>t1enc.def</samp>, the above line follows
-the <code>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</code> command.
+\<var class="var">cmd</var> has already been declared for this encoding, either with
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code> or with a one-argument
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code>. In <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp>, the above line follows
+the <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</code> command.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.7 <code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1">4.1.7 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></h4>
-<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-4"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accents_002c-defining-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>arg</var>}{<var>code</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">arg</var>}{<var class="var">code</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>A more general version of <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code> that runs
-arbitrary code with <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>.
+<p>A more general version of <code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code> that runs
+arbitrary code with <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>.
</p>
-<p>This allows accents on &lsquo;<samp>i</samp>&rsquo; to act like accents on dotless&nbsp;i,
-<code>\i</code>.
+<p>This allows accents on &lsquo;<samp class="samp">i</samp>&rsquo; to act like accents on dotless&nbsp;i,
+<code class="code">\i</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
</pre></div>
-<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package"><code>fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. Normally
-<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> will have already been declared with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code>
-or as a one argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#fontenc-package"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. Normally
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> will have already been declared with <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code>
+or as a one argument <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.8 <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1">4.1.8 <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></h4>
-<span id="index-symbol_002c-defining"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-symbol_002c-defining"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbol{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbol{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">slot</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Define a symbol in the encoding <var>encoding</var> at the location
-<var>slot</var>. Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not
+<p>Define a symbol in the encoding <var class="var">encoding</var> at the location
+<var class="var">slot</var>. Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not
mathematics.
</p>
-<p>For example, this line from <samp>t1enc.def</samp> declares the number of the
+<p>For example, this line from <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> declares the number of the
glyph to use for &#x00AB;, the left guillemet.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
</pre></div>
-<p>The command <code>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char
-19}</code> has the same effect but is slower (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>).
+<p>The command <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char
+19}</code> has the same effect but is slower (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package"><code>fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The <var>slot</var>
-can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in <code>'023</code>), or
-hexadecimal (as in <code>&quot;13</code>), although decimal has the advantage that
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#fontenc-package"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The <var class="var">slot</var>
+can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in <code class="code">'023</code>), or
+hexadecimal (as in <code class="code">&quot;13</code>), although decimal has the advantage that
single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package.
</p>
-<p>If <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> has already been defined then
-<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> does not give an error but it does log the
+<p>If <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> has already been defined then
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code> does not give an error but it does log the
redefinition in the transcript file.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.9 <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1">4.1.9 <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></h4>
-<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-5"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accents_002c-defining-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> but
-there is no associated <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> for that encoding, then
+<p>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> but
+there is no associated <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code> for that encoding, then
this command will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as
-described for <var>encoding</var>.
+described for <var class="var">encoding</var>.
</p>
<p>For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for
-<code>\textdollar</code> then use the one from <code>OT1</code>, declare this.
+<code class="code">\textdollar</code> then use the one from <code class="code">OT1</code>, declare this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
</pre></div>
-<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>).
+<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}
- {\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}
+ {\UseTextSymbol{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}}
</pre></div>
-<p>Note that <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code> can be used to define a
-default for any zero-argument <samp>fontenc</samp> command.
+<p>Note that <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code> can be used to define a
+default for any zero-argument <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> command.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.10 <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1">4.1.10 <code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\LastDeclaredEncoding
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\LastDeclaredEncoding
</pre></div>
<p>Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The
-<code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code> command stores the name so that it can be
-retrieved with this command (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code> command stores the name so that it can be
+retrieved with this command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>This relies on <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> rather than give the
+<p>This relies on <code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> rather than give the
name of the encoding explicitly.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.11 <code>\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code>\UseTextAccent</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent-1">4.1.11 <code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cUseTextSymbol"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cUseTextAccent"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cUseTextAccent"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cUseTextSymbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cUseTextAccent"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\UseTextSymbol{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\UseTextAccent{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding.
</p>
-<p>In general, to use a <samp>fontenc</samp> command in an encoding where it is
+<p>In general, to use a <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> command in an encoding where it is
not defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it
like this:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss}
</pre></div>
<p>which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so LaTeX
-reverts back to the prior encoding after the <code>\ss</code>):
+reverts back to the prior encoding after the <code class="code">\ss</code>):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss}
</pre></div>
-<p>Similarly, to use a <samp>fontenc</samp> command in an encoding where it is
+<p>Similarly, to use a <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> command in an encoding where it is
not defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a}
</pre></div>
<p>which is equivalent to this (again note the outer braces forming a group):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{<var>enc_in_use</var>}\selectfont a}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{<var class="var">enc_in_use</var>}\selectfont a}}
</pre></div>
-<p>Here, <var>enc_in_use</var> is the encoding in force before this sequence
-of commands, so that &lsquo;<samp>a</samp>&rsquo; is typeset using the current encoding
-and only the accent is taken from <code>OT1</code>.
+<p>Here, <var class="var">enc_in_use</var> is the encoding in force before this sequence
+of commands, so that &lsquo;<samp class="samp">a</samp>&rsquo; is typeset using the current encoding
+and only the accent is taken from <code class="code">OT1</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Font-styles">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Font-styles">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Previous: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>fontenc</code> package</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Previous: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Font-styles-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.2 Font styles</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Font-styles-1">4.2 Font styles</h3>
-<span id="index-font-styles"></span>
-<span id="index-type-styles"></span>
-<span id="index-styles-of-text"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-styles"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-type-styles"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-styles-of-text"></a>
<p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
</p>
-<span id="index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands"></span>
-<p>In the table below the listed commands, the <code>\text...</code> commands,
-are used with an argument as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>. This is
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands"></a>
+<p>In the table below the listed commands, the <code class="code">\text...</code> commands,
+are used with an argument as in <code class="code">\textit{<var class="var">text</var>}</code>. This is
the preferred form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the
-corresponding <em>declaration form</em>, which is often useful. This
-form takes no arguments, as in <code>{\itshape <var>text</var>}</code>. The
+corresponding <em class="dfn">declaration form</em>, which is often useful. This
+form takes no arguments, as in <code class="code">{\itshape <var class="var">text</var>}</code>. The
scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command
or the end of the current group. In addition, each has an environment
-form such as <code>\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</code>, which we&rsquo;ll
+form such as <code class="code">\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</code>, which we&rsquo;ll
describe further at the end of the section.
</p>
<p>These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for instance
you can get bold sans serif by saying either of
-<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code>.
+<code class="code">\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code class="code">\bfseries\sffamily</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cnocorrlist"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnocorr"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnocorrlist"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnocorr"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocorrlist"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocorr"></a>
<p>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic
-corrections if needed (see <a href="#g_t_005c_002f"><code>\/</code></a>). Specifically, they insert the
+corrections if needed (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_002f"><code class="code">\/</code></a>). Specifically, they insert the
italic correction unless the following character is in the list
-<code>\nocorrlist</code>, which by default consists of period and comma.
+<code class="code">\nocorrlist</code>, which by default consists of period and comma.
To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use
-<code>\nocorr</code> at the start or end of the command argument, such as
-<code>\textit{\nocorr text}</code> or <code>\textsc{text \nocorr}</code>.
+<code class="code">\nocorr</code> at the start or end of the command argument, such as
+<code class="code">\textit{\nocorr text}</code> or <code class="code">\textsc{text \nocorr}</code>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005ctextrm'><span><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextrm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005crmfamily"></span>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005ctextrm'><span><code class="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextrm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crmfamily"></a>
<p>Roman.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextit'><span><code>\textit (\itshape)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextit' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005citshape"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextit'><span><code class="code">\textit (\itshape)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citshape"></a>
<p>Italics.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextmd'><span><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextmd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cmdseries"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextmd'><span><code class="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextmd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmdseries"></a>
<p>Medium weight (default).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextbf'><span><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbf' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cbfseries"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbf'><span><code class="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbfseries"></a>
<p>Boldface.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextup'><span><code>\textup (\upshape)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cupshape"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextup'><span><code class="code">\textup (\upshape)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cupshape"></a>
<p>Upright (default).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextsl'><span><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsl' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cslshape"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsl'><span><code class="code">\textsl (\slshape)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsl'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cslshape"></a>
<p>Slanted.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextsf'><span><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsf' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005csffamily"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsf'><span><code class="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csffamily"></a>
<p>Sans serif.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextsc'><span><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cscshape"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsc'><span><code class="code">\textsc (\scshape)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscshape"></a>
<p>Small caps.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctexttt'><span><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code><a href='#index-_005ctexttt' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cttfamily"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctexttt'><span><code class="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexttt'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cttfamily"></a>
<p>Typewriter.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextnormal'><span><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextnormal' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cnormalfont"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextnormal'><span><code class="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextnormal'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnormalfont"></a>
<p>Main document font.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-emphasis"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cemph"></span>
-<p>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command
-is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
-substitute for <code>\textit</code>. For example, <code>\emph{<var>start
-text</var> \emph{<var>middle text</var>} <var>end text</var>}</code> will result in the
-<var>start text</var> and <var>end text</var> in italics, but <var>middle text</var>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-emphasis"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cemph"></a>
+<p>Although it also changes fonts, the <code class="code">\emph{<var class="var">text</var>}</code> command
+is semantic, for <var class="var">text</var> to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
+substitute for <code class="code">\textit</code>. For example, <code class="code">\emph{<var class="var">start
+text</var> \emph{<var class="var">middle text</var>} <var class="var">end text</var>}</code> will result in the
+<var class="var">start text</var> and <var class="var">end text</var> in italics, but <var class="var">middle text</var>
will be in roman.
</p>
<p>LaTeX also provides the following commands, which unconditionally
-switch to the given style, that is, are <em>not</em> cumulative. They are
-used as declarations: <code>{\<var>cmd</var>...}</code> instead of
-<code>\<var>cmd</var>{...}</code>.
+switch to the given style, that is, are <em class="emph">not</em> cumulative. They are
+used as declarations: <code class="code">{\<var class="var">cmd</var>...}</code> instead of
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var>{...}</code>.
</p>
<p>(The unconditional commands below are an older version of font
switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most
circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is
needed.)
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cbf'><span><code>\bf</code><a href='#index-_005cbf' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-bold-font"></span>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cbf'><span><code class="code">\bf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bold-font"></a>
<p>Switch to bold face.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccal'><span><code>\cal</code><a href='#index-_005ccal' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-script-letters-for-math"></span>
-<span id="index-calligraphic-letters-for-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ccal'><span><code class="code">\cal</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccal'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-script-letters-for-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-calligraphic-letters-for-math"></a>
<p>Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cit'><span><code>\it</code><a href='#index-_005cit' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-italic-font"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cit'><span><code class="code">\it</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-italic-font"></a>
<p>Italics.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crm'><span><code>\rm</code><a href='#index-_005crm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-roman-font"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005crm'><span><code class="code">\rm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-roman-font"></a>
<p>Roman.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csc'><span><code>\sc</code><a href='#index-_005csc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-small-caps-font"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005csc'><span><code class="code">\sc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-small-caps-font"></a>
<p>Small caps.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csf'><span><code>\sf</code><a href='#index-_005csf' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-sans-serif-font"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005csf'><span><code class="code">\sf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sans-serif-font"></a>
<p>Sans serif.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csl'><span><code>\sl</code><a href='#index-_005csl' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-slanted-font"></span>
-<span id="index-oblique-font"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005csl'><span><code class="code">\sl</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csl'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-slanted-font"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-oblique-font"></a>
<p>Slanted (oblique).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctt'><span><code>\tt</code><a href='#index-_005ctt' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-typewriter-font"></span>
-<span id="index-monospace-font"></span>
-<span id="index-fixed_002dwidth-font"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctt'><span><code class="code">\tt</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctt'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-typewriter-font"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-monospace-font"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fixed_002dwidth-font"></a>
<p>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>The <code>\em</code> command is the unconditional version of <code>\emph</code>.
+<p>The <code class="code">\em</code> command is the unconditional version of <code class="code">\emph</code>.
</p>
<p>The following commands are for use in math mode. They are not
-cumulative, so <code>\mathbf{\mathit{<var>symbol</var>}}</code> does not
-create a boldface and italic <var>symbol</var>; instead, it will just be in
+cumulative, so <code class="code">\mathbf{\mathit{<var class="var">symbol</var>}}</code> does not
+create a boldface and italic <var class="var">symbol</var>; instead, it will just be in
italics. This is because typically math symbols need consistent
typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cmathrm'><span><code>\mathrm</code><a href='#index-_005cmathrm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005cmathrm'><span><code class="code">\mathrm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathrm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Roman, for use in math mode.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathbf'><span><code>\mathbf</code><a href='#index-_005cmathbf' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathbf'><span><code class="code">\mathbf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathbf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Boldface, for use in math mode.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathsf'><span><code>\mathsf</code><a href='#index-_005cmathsf' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathsf'><span><code class="code">\mathsf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathsf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Sans serif, for use in math mode.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathtt'><span><code>\mathtt</code><a href='#index-_005cmathtt' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathtt'><span><code class="code">\mathtt</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathtt'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Typewriter, for use in math mode.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>\mathit</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>(\mit)</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\mathit</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">(\mit)</code></dt>
<dd><p>Italics, for use in math mode.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathnormal'><span><code>\mathnormal</code><a href='#index-_005cmathnormal' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathnormal'><span><code class="code">\mathnormal</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathnormal'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathcal'><span><code>\mathcal</code><a href='#index-_005cmathcal' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathcal'><span><code class="code">\mathcal</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathcal'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-_005cmathversion"></span>
-<span id="index-math_002c-bold"></span>
-<span id="index-bold-math"></span>
-<p>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmathversion"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmathversion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math_002c-bold"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bold-math"></a>
+<p>In addition, the command <code class="code">\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for
switching to bold letters and symbols in
-formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.
+formulas. <code class="code">\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005coldstylenums"></span>
-<span id="index-numerals_002c-old_002dstyle"></span>
-<span id="index-old_002dstyle-numerals"></span>
-<span id="index-lining-numerals"></span>
-<p>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005coldstylenums"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005coldstylenums"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numerals_002c-old_002dstyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-old_002dstyle-numerals"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lining-numerals"></a>
+<p>Finally, the command <code class="code">\oldstylenums{<var class="var">numerals</var>}</code> will
typeset so-called &ldquo;old-style&rdquo; numerals, which have differing heights
and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &ldquo;lining&rdquo;
numerals, which all have the same height as uppercase letters.
-LaTeX&rsquo;s default fonts support this, and will respect <code>\textbf</code>
+LaTeX&rsquo;s default fonts support this, and will respect <code class="code">\textbf</code>
(but not other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in
Computer Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also;
sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ
-entry: <a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</a>.
+entry: <a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Font-sizes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Font-sizes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Low-level font commands</a>, Previous: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Font-sizes-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.3 Font sizes</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Font-sizes-1">4.3 Font sizes</h3>
-<span id="index-font-sizes"></span>
-<span id="index-typeface-sizes"></span>
-<span id="index-sizes-of-text"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-sizes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-typeface-sizes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sizes-of-text"></a>
<p>The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX.
The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font
-size used (in points) with the &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo;, and
-&lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo; document size options, respectively (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
-</p>
-<span id="index-_005ctiny"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cscriptsize"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cfootnotesize"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csmall"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnormalsize"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clarge"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cLarge"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cLARGE"></span>
-<span id="index-_005chuge"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cHuge"></span>
-
-<table>
-<thead><tr><th>Command</th><th><code>10pt</code></th><th><code>11pt</code></th><th><code>12pt</code></th></tr></thead>
-<tr><td><code>\tiny</code></td><td>5</td><td>6</td><td>6</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\scriptsize</code></td><td>7</td><td>8</td><td>8</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\footnotesize</code></td><td>8</td><td>9</td><td>10</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\small</code></td><td>9</td><td>10</td><td>10.95</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\normalsize</code> (default)</td><td>10</td><td>10.95</td><td>12</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\large</code></td><td>12</td><td>12</td><td>14.4</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\Large</code></td><td>14.4</td><td>14.4</td><td>17.28</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\LARGE</code></td><td>17.28</td><td>17.28</td><td>20.74</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\huge</code></td><td>20.74</td><td>20.74</td><td>24.88</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\Huge</code></td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td></tr>
+size used (in points) with the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo;, and
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo; document size options, respectively (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctiny"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscriptsize"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootnotesize"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csmall"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnormalsize"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clarge"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLarge"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLARGE"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chuge"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cHuge"></a>
+
+<table class="multitable">
+<thead><tr><th>Command</th><th><code class="code">10pt</code></th><th><code class="code">11pt</code></th><th><code class="code">12pt</code></th></tr></thead>
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">\tiny</code></td><td>5</td><td>6</td><td>6</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\scriptsize</code></td><td>7</td><td>8</td><td>8</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\footnotesize</code></td><td>8</td><td>9</td><td>10</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\small</code></td><td>9</td><td>10</td><td>10.95</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\normalsize</code> (default)</td><td>10</td><td>10.95</td><td>12</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\large</code></td><td>12</td><td>12</td><td>14.4</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\Large</code></td><td>14.4</td><td>14.4</td><td>17.28</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\LARGE</code></td><td>17.28</td><td>17.28</td><td>20.74</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\huge</code></td><td>20.74</td><td>20.74</td><td>24.88</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\Huge</code></td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<span id="index-declaration-form-of-font-size-commands"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-declaration-form-of-font-size-commands"></a>
<p>The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form,
since that is how they are typically used. For example.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{quotation} \small
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{quotation} \small
The Tao that can be named is not the eternal Tao.
\end{quotation}
</pre></div>
-<p>Here, the scope of the <code>\small</code> lasts until the end of the
-<code>quotation</code> environment. It would also end at the next type
+<p>Here, the scope of the <code class="code">\small</code> lasts until the end of the
+<code class="code">quotation</code> environment. It would also end at the next type
style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it
-in curly braces <code>{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</code>.
+in curly braces <code class="code">{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</code>.
</p>
-<p>Trying to use these commands in math, as with <code>$\small mv^2/2$</code>,
-results in &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small
+<p>Trying to use these commands in math, as with <code class="code">$\small mv^2/2$</code>,
+results in &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small
invalid in math mode</samp>&rsquo;, and the font size doesn&rsquo;t
change. To work with a too-large formula, often the best option is to
-use the <code>displaymath</code> environment (see <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>), or
-one of the environments from the <code>amsmath</code> package. For inline
+use the <code class="code">displaymath</code> environment (see <a class="pxref" href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>), or
+one of the environments from the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package. For inline
mathematics, such as in a table of formulas, an alternative is something
-like <code>{\small $mv^2/2$}</code>. (Sometimes <code>\scriptsize</code> and
-<code>\scriptstyle</code> are confused. Both change the font size, but the
+like <code class="code">{\small $mv^2/2$}</code>. (Sometimes <code class="code">\scriptsize</code> and
+<code class="code">\scriptstyle</code> are confused. Both change the font size, but the
latter also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is
-typeset. See <a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a>.)
+typeset. See <a class="xref" href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a>.)
</p>
-<span id="index-environment-form-of-font-size-commands"></span>
-<p>An <em>environment form</em> of each of these commands is also defined; for
-instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment-form-of-font-size-commands"></a>
+<p>An <em class="dfn">environment form</em> of each of these commands is also defined; for
+instance, <code class="code">\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice
this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or
end of the environment without careful consideration, so it&rsquo;s
generally less error-prone to stick to the declaration form.
</p>
-<p>(Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines <code>\begin</code> and
-<code>\end</code>, nearly every command that does not take an argument
+<p>(Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines <code class="code">\begin</code> and
+<code class="code">\end</code>, nearly every command that does not take an argument
technically has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would
only cause confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the
environment form of the font size declarations specifically is that
@@ -2945,169 +2945,174 @@ this particular use is not rare.)
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.4 Low-level font commands</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1">4.4 Low-level font commands</h3>
-<span id="index-low_002dlevel-font-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel"></a>
<p>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
ones.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfontencoding'><span><code>\fontencoding{<var>encoding</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontencoding' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontencoding'><span><code class="code">\fontencoding{<var class="var">encoding</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontencoding'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a
-large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code>OT1</code>,
+large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code class="code">OT1</code>,
Knuth&rsquo;s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
-<code>T1</code>, also known as the Cork encoding, which has support for the
+<code class="code">T1</code>, also known as the Cork encoding, which has support for the
accented characters used by the most widespread European languages
(German, French, Italian, Polish and others), which allows TeX to
hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see
-<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide</a>.
</p>
-<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfontfamily'><span><code>\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontfamily' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-families_002c-of-fonts"></span>
-<span id="index-font-catalogue"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontfamily'><span><code class="code">\fontfamily{<var class="var">family</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontfamily'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-families_002c-of-fonts"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-catalogue"></a>
<p>Select the font family. The web page
-<a href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</a> provides one way to browse
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</a> provides one way to browse
through many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX. Here are
examples of some common families.
</p>
-<table>
-<tr><td><code>pag</code></td><td>Avant Garde</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>fvs</code></td><td>Bitstream Vera Sans</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>pbk</code></td><td>Bookman</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>bch</code></td><td>Charter</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ccr</code></td><td>Computer Concrete</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>cmr</code></td><td>Computer Modern</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>cmss</code></td><td>Computer Modern Sans Serif</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>cmtt</code></td><td>Computer Modern Typewriter</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>pcr</code></td><td>Courier</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>phv</code></td><td>Helvetica</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>fi4</code></td><td>Inconsolata</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>lmr</code></td><td>Latin Modern</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>lmss</code></td><td>Latin Modern Sans</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>lmtt</code></td><td>Latin Modern Typewriter</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>pnc</code></td><td>New Century Schoolbook</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ppl</code></td><td>Palatino</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ptm</code></td><td>Times</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>uncl</code></td><td>Uncial</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>put</code></td><td>Utopia</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>pzc</code></td><td>Zapf Chancery</td></tr>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">pag</code></td><td>Avant Garde</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">fvs</code></td><td>Bitstream Vera Sans</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">pbk</code></td><td>Bookman</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">bch</code></td><td>Charter</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ccr</code></td><td>Computer Concrete</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">cmr</code></td><td>Computer Modern</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">cmss</code></td><td>Computer Modern Sans Serif</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">cmtt</code></td><td>Computer Modern Typewriter</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">pcr</code></td><td>Courier</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">phv</code></td><td>Helvetica</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">fi4</code></td><td>Inconsolata</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">lmr</code></td><td>Latin Modern</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">lmss</code></td><td>Latin Modern Sans</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">lmtt</code></td><td>Latin Modern Typewriter</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">pnc</code></td><td>New Century Schoolbook</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ppl</code></td><td>Palatino</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ptm</code></td><td>Times</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">uncl</code></td><td>Uncial</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">put</code></td><td>Utopia</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">pzc</code></td><td>Zapf Chancery</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontseries"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfontseries'><span><code>\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontseries' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-series_002c-of-fonts"></span>
-<p>Select the font series. A <em>series</em> combines a <em>weight</em> and a
-<em>width</em>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
+<a class="anchor" id="low-level-font-commands-fontseries"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontseries'><span><code class="code">\fontseries{<var class="var">series</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontseries'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-series_002c-of-fonts"></a>
+<p>Select the font series. A <em class="dfn">series</em> combines a <em class="dfn">weight</em> and a
+<em class="dfn">width</em>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
combinations. Some common combined series values include:
</p>
-<table>
-<tr><td><code>m</code></td><td>Medium (normal)</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>b</code></td><td>Bold</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>c</code></td><td>Condensed</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>bc</code></td><td>Bold condensed</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>bx</code></td><td>Bold extended</td></tr>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">m</code></td><td>Medium (normal)</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">b</code></td><td>Bold</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">c</code></td><td>Condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">bc</code></td><td>Bold condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">bx</code></td><td>Bold extended</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<span id="index-weights_002c-of-fonts"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-weights_002c-of-fonts"></a>
<p>The possible values for weight, individually, are:
</p>
-<table>
-<tr><td><code>ul</code></td><td>Ultra light</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>el</code></td><td>Extra light</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>l</code></td><td>Light</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>sl</code></td><td>Semi light</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>m</code></td><td>Medium (normal)</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>sb</code></td><td>Semi bold</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>b</code></td><td>Bold</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>eb</code></td><td>Extra bold</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ub</code></td><td>Ultra bold</td></tr>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">ul</code></td><td>Ultra light</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">el</code></td><td>Extra light</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">l</code></td><td>Light</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sl</code></td><td>Semi light</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">m</code></td><td>Medium (normal)</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sb</code></td><td>Semi bold</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">b</code></td><td>Bold</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">eb</code></td><td>Extra bold</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ub</code></td><td>Ultra bold</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<span id="index-widths_002c-of-fonts"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-widths_002c-of-fonts"></a>
<p>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
</p>
-<table>
-<tr><td><code>uc</code></td><td>Ultra condensed</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ec</code></td><td>Extra condensed</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>c</code></td><td>Condensed</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>sc</code></td><td>Semi condensed</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>m</code></td><td>Medium</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>sx</code></td><td>Semi expanded</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>x</code></td><td>Expanded</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ex</code></td><td>Extra expanded</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ux</code></td><td>Ultra expanded</td></tr>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">uc</code></td><td>Ultra condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ec</code></td><td>Extra condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">c</code></td><td>Condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sc</code></td><td>Semi condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">m</code></td><td>Medium</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sx</code></td><td>Semi expanded</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">x</code></td><td>Expanded</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ex</code></td><td>Extra expanded</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ux</code></td><td>Ultra expanded</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<p>When forming the <var>series</var> string from the weight and width, drop the
-<code>m</code> that stands for medium weight or medium width, unless both
-weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one
-(&lsquo;<samp><code>m</code></samp>&rsquo;).
+<p>When forming the <var class="var">series</var> string from the weight and width, drop the
+<code class="code">m</code> that stands for medium weight or medium width, unless both
+weight and width are <code class="code">m</code>, in which case use just one
+(&lsquo;<samp class="samp"><code class="code">m</code></samp>&rsquo;).
</p>
-<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontshape"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfontshape'><span><code>\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontshape' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-shapes_002c-of-fonts"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="low-level-font-commands-fontshape"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontshape'><span><code class="code">\fontshape{<var class="var">shape</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontshape'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-shapes_002c-of-fonts"></a>
<p>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
</p>
-<table>
-<tr><td><code>n</code></td><td>Upright (normal)</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>it</code></td><td>Italic</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>sl</code></td><td>Slanted (oblique)</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>sc</code></td><td>Small caps</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ui</code></td><td>Upright italics</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>ol</code></td><td>Outline</td></tr>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">n</code></td><td>Upright (normal)</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">it</code></td><td>Italic</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sl</code></td><td>Slanted (oblique)</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sc</code></td><td>Small caps</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ui</code></td><td>Upright italics</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ol</code></td><td>Outline</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
<p>The two last shapes are not available for most font families, and
small caps are often missing as well.
</p>
-<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontsize"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfontsize'><span><code>\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontsize' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-font-size"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cbaselineskip"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="low-level-font-commands-fontsize"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontsize'><span><code class="code">\fontsize{<var class="var">size</var>}{<var class="var">skip</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontsize'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-size"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbaselineskip"></a>
<p>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters
-defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal
+defaults to points (<code class="code">pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal
vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the
-parameter <code>\baselineskip</code>. The default <code>\baselineskip</code> for
-the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <code>\fontsize</code>.
-Changing <code>\baselineskip</code> directly is inadvisable since its value is
+parameter <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>. The default <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> for
+the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <code class="code">\fontsize</code>.
+Changing <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> directly is inadvisable since its value is
reset every time a size change happens; instead use
-<code>\baselinestretch</code>. (see <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code>\baselinestretch</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\baselinestretch</code>. (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="low-level-font-commands-linespread"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clinespread'><span><code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005clinespread' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>,
-and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any
-effect. Best specified in the preamble. See <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code>\baselinestretch</code></a>, for using <code>setspace</code> package instead.
+<a class="anchor" id="low-level-font-commands-linespread"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005clinespread'><span><code class="code">\linespread{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clinespread'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Equivalent to <code class="code">\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code>,
+and therefore must be followed by <code class="code">\selectfont</code> to have any
+effect. Best specified in the preamble. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a>, for using <code class="code">setspace</code> package instead.
</p>
-<span id="low-level-font-commands-selectfont"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cselectfont'><span><code>\selectfont</code><a href='#index-_005cselectfont' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="low-level-font-commands-selectfont"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cselectfont'><span><code class="code">\selectfont</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cselectfont'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until
-<code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in
-<code>\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. It is often useful
+<code class="code">\selectfont</code> is called, as in
+<code class="code">\fontfamily{<var class="var">familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. It is often useful
to put this in a macro:<br>
-<code>\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont}</code><br>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{<var class="var">familyname</var>}\selectfont}</code><br>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="low-level-font-commands-usefont"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cusefont'><span><code>\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cusefont' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
-<code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters,
-followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example:
+<a class="anchor" id="low-level-font-commands-usefont"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cusefont'><span><code class="code">\usefont{<var class="var">enc</var>}{<var class="var">family</var>}{<var class="var">series</var>}{<var class="var">shape</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cusefont'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>The same as invoking <code class="code">\fontencoding</code>, <code class="code">\fontfamily</code>,
+<code class="code">\fontseries</code> and <code class="code">\fontshape</code> with the given parameters,
+followed by <code class="code">\selectfont</code>. For example:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}
</pre></div>
</dd>
@@ -3117,171 +3122,171 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example:
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Layout">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Layout">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sectioning</a>, Previous: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Fonts</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Layout-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">5 Layout</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Layout-1">5 Layout</h2>
-<span id="index-layout-commands"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-layout-commands"></a>
<p>Commands for controlling the general page layout.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1"><code>\onecolumn</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2"><code>\twocolumn</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3"><code>\flushbottom</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\onecolumn</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="5">Page layout parameters</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="6"><code>\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code>\baselinestretch</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#Floats" accesskey="7">Floats</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005conecolumn">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005conecolumn">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005conecolumn-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005conecolumn-1">5.1 <code class="code">\onecolumn</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005conecolumn"></span>
-<span id="index-one_002dcolumn-output"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005conecolumn"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-one_002dcolumn-output"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\onecolumn
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\onecolumn
</pre></div>
<p>Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document is
-given the class option <code>onecolumn</code> then this is the default
-behavior (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). This command is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+given the class option <code class="code">onecolumn</code> then this is the default
+behavior (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). This command is fragile
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctwocolumn">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctwocolumn">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\onecolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ctwocolumn-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctwocolumn-1">5.2 <code class="code">\twocolumn</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005ctwocolumn"></span>
-<span id="index-multicolumn-text"></span>
-<span id="index-two_002dcolumn-output"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctwocolumn"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-multicolumn-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-two_002dcolumn-output"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\twocolumn
-\twocolumn[<var>prelim one column text</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\twocolumn
+\twocolumn[<var class="var">prelim one column text</var>]
</pre></div>
<p>Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is given
-the class option <code>twocolumn</code> then this is the default
-(see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). This command is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+the class option <code class="code">twocolumn</code> then this is the default
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). This command is fragile
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>If the optional <var>prelim one column text</var> argument
+<p>If the optional <var class="var">prelim one column text</var> argument
is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column
typesetting starts.
</p>
<p>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005ccolumnsep'><span><code>\columnsep</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="twocolumn-columnsep"></span><p>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a
-command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code>. You must change
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnsep'><span><code class="code">\columnsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="twocolumn-columnsep"></a><p>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a
+command such as <code class="code">\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code>. You must change
it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good
place.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccolumnseprule'><span><code>\columnseprule</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnseprule' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="twocolumn-columnseprule"></span><p>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnseprule'><span><code class="code">\columnseprule</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnseprule'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="twocolumn-columnseprule"></a><p>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that
there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two
columns. Change it with a command such as
-<code>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, before the two-column
+<code class="code">\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, before the two-column
mode starts.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccolumnwidth'><span><code>\columnwidth</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="twocolumn-columnwidth"></span><p>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to
-<code>\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the
-width of each of the two columns, <code>\columnwidth</code>, to be half of
-<code>\textwidth</code> minus <code>\columnsep</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnwidth'><span><code class="code">\columnwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="twocolumn-columnwidth"></a><p>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to
+<code class="code">\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the
+width of each of the two columns, <code class="code">\columnwidth</code>, to be half of
+<code class="code">\textwidth</code> minus <code class="code">\columnsep</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>In a two-column document, the starred environments <code>table*</code> and
-<code>figure*</code> are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments
-<code>table</code> and <code>figure</code> take up only one column (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a>
-and see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>). LaTeX places starred floats at the top of a page.
+<p>In a two-column document, the starred environments <code class="code">table*</code> and
+<code class="code">figure*</code> are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments
+<code class="code">table</code> and <code class="code">figure</code> take up only one column (see <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a>
+and see <a class="pxref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>). LaTeX places starred floats at the top of a page.
The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltopfraction"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdbltopfraction'><span><code>\dbltopfraction</code><a href='#index-_005cdbltopfraction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="twocolumn-dbltopfraction"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cdbltopfraction'><span><code class="code">\dbltopfraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdbltopfraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that
-the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not
-exceed <code>0.7\textheight</code>. If the height of your starred float
+the height of a <code class="code">table*</code> or <code class="code">figure*</code> environment must not
+exceed <code class="code">0.7\textheight</code>. If the height of your starred float
environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions
to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document:
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> Use the <code>[tp]</code> location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li>Use the <code class="code">[tp]</code> location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put
the bulky float on a page by itself, as well as at the top of a page.
-</li><li> Use the <code>[t!]</code> location specifier to override the effect of
-<code>\dbltopfraction</code> for this particular float.
+</li><li>Use the <code class="code">[t!]</code> location specifier to override the effect of
+<code class="code">\dbltopfraction</code> for this particular float.
-</li><li> Increase the value of <code>\dbltopfraction</code> to a suitably large number,
+</li><li>Increase the value of <code class="code">\dbltopfraction</code> to a suitably large number,
to avoid going to float pages so soon.
</li></ul>
<p>You can redefine it, as with
-<code>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>.
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction'><span><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code><a href='#index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction"></span><p>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction
+<dt id='index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction'><span><code class="code">\dblfloatpagefraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction"></a><p>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction
that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space.
-LaTeX&rsquo;s default is <code>0.5</code>. Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>.
+LaTeX&rsquo;s default is <code class="code">0.5</code>. Change it with <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdblfloatsep'><span><code>\dblfloatsep</code><a href='#index-_005cdblfloatsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="twocolumn-dblfloatsep"></span><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance
+<dt id='index-_005cdblfloatsep'><span><code class="code">\dblfloatsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdblfloatsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="twocolumn-dblfloatsep"></a><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance
between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is
-<code>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for a document set at <code>10pt</code> or
-<code>11pt</code>, and <code>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for a document set at
-<code>12pt</code>.
+<code class="code">12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for a document set at <code class="code">10pt</code> or
+<code class="code">11pt</code>, and <code class="code">14pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for a document set at
+<code class="code">12pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdbltextfloatsep'><span><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code><a href='#index-_005cdbltextfloatsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep"></span><p>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or
-bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code>20pt plus2pt
+<dt id='index-_005cdbltextfloatsep'><span><code class="code">\dbltextfloatsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdbltextfloatsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep"></a><p>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or
+bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code class="code">20pt plus2pt
minus4pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdbltopnumber'><span><code>\dbltopnumber</code><a href='#index-_005cdbltopnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltopnumber"></span><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
+<dt id='index-_005cdbltopnumber'><span><code class="code">\dbltopnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdbltopnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="twocolumn-dbltopnumber"></a><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The LaTeX
-default is <code>2</code>.
+default is <code class="code">2</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>This example uses <code>\twocolumn</code>&rsquo;s optional argument of to create a
+<p>This example uses <code class="code">\twocolumn</code>&rsquo;s optional argument of to create a
title that spans the two-column article:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
\newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
\begin{document}
\twocolumn[{% inside this optional argument goes one-column text
@@ -3303,232 +3308,233 @@ Two column text here.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cflushbottom">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cflushbottom">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cflushbottom-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cflushbottom-1">5.3 <code class="code">\flushbottom</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cflushbottom"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cflushbottom"></a>
-<p>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
+<p>Make all pages in the document after this declaration have the same
height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the
differences in facing pages can be glaring.
</p>
<p>If TeX cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page
-then you get a message like &lsquo;<samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
+then you get a message like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
occurred while \output is active</samp>&rsquo;. If you get that, one option is to
-change to <code>\raggedbottom</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>). Alternatively,
-you can adjust the <code>textheight</code> to make compatible pages, or you
+change to <code class="code">\raggedbottom</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom"><code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a>). Alternatively,
+you can adjust the <code class="code">textheight</code> to make compatible pages, or you
can add some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs,
-as in <code>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</code>. Your last option
+as in <code class="code">\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</code>. Your last option
is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage"><code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The <code>\flushbottom</code> state is the default only if you select the
-<code>twoside</code> document class option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">\flushbottom</code> state is the default only if you select the
+<code class="code">twocolumn</code> document class option (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>),
+and for indexes made using <code class="code">makeidx</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005craggedbottom">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005craggedbottom">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page layout parameters</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page layout parameters</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005craggedbottom-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005craggedbottom-1">5.4 <code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005craggedbottom"></span>
-<span id="index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005craggedbottom"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical"></a>
<p>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided
document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go
-at any point in the document body. See <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>.
+at any point in the document body. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cflushbottom"><code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>This is the default unless you select the <code>twoside</code> document class
-option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
+<p>This is the default unless you select the <code class="code">twocolumn</code> document class
+option (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Page-layout-parameters">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Page-layout-parameters">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code>\baselinestretch</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Page-layout-parameters-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.5 Page layout parameters</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Page-layout-parameters-1">5.5 Page layout parameters</h3>
-<span id="index-page-layout-parameters"></span>
-<span id="index-parameters_002c-page-layout"></span>
-<span id="index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for"></span>
-<span id="index-header_002c-parameters-for"></span>
-<span id="index-footer_002c-parameters-for"></span>
-<span id="index-running-header-and-footer"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-layout-parameters"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parameters_002c-page-layout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-header_002c-parameters-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footer_002c-parameters-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-running-header-and-footer"></a>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005ccolumnsep-1'><span><code>\columnsep</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnsep-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ccolumnseprule-1'><span><code>\columnseprule</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnseprule-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ccolumnwidth-1'><span><code>\columnwidth</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnwidth-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccolumnsep-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-columnsep"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth"></span><p>The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between the
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnsep-1'><span><code class="code">\columnsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnsep-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnseprule-1'><span><code class="code">\columnseprule</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnseprule-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnwidth-1'><span><code class="code">\columnwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnwidth-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccolumnsep-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-columnsep"></a><a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule"></a><a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth"></a><p>The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between the
columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class option
-<code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
-See <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>.
+<code class="code">twocolumn</code> is in effect (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
+See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cheadheight'><span><code>\headheight</code><a href='#index-_005cheadheight' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cheadheight-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-headheight"></span><p>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the
-<code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;,
+<dt id='index-_005cheadheight'><span><code class="code">\headheight</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cheadheight'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cheadheight-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-headheight"></a><p>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the
+<code class="code">article</code>, <code class="code">report</code>, and <code class="code">book</code> classes is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo;,
at all type sizes.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cheadsep'><span><code>\headsep</code><a href='#index-_005cheadsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cheadsep-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-headsep"></span><p>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of
-the main text. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
-classes is &lsquo;<samp>25pt</samp>&rsquo;. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: if the
-document is set at 10pt then it is &lsquo;<samp>0.25in</samp>&rsquo;, and at 11pt or 12pt
-it is &lsquo;<samp>0.275in</samp>&rsquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfootskip'><span><code>\footskip</code><a href='#index-_005cfootskip' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cfootskip-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-footskip"></span><p>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of
-the page footer. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
-classes is &lsquo;<samp>30pt</samp>&rsquo;. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: when
-the type size is 10pt the default is &lsquo;<samp>0.35in</samp>&rsquo;, while at 11pt it is
-&lsquo;<samp>0.38in</samp>&rsquo;, and at 12pt it is &lsquo;<samp>30pt</samp>&rsquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clinewidth'><span><code>\linewidth</code><a href='#index-_005clinewidth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005clinewidth-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-linewidth"></span><p>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code>
-(see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to
-equal <code>\textwidth</code> but for each nested list the <code>\linewidth</code>
-is decreased by the sum of that list&rsquo;s <code>\leftmargin</code> and
-<code>\rightmargin</code> (see <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>).
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmarginparpush'><span><code>\marginparpush</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparpush' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cmarginsep'><span><code>\marginsep</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cmarginparwidth'><span><code>\marginparwidth</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cmarginparpush-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmarginsep-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-marginsep"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth"></span><p>The minimum vertical space between two marginal notes, the horizontal
+<dt id='index-_005cheadsep'><span><code class="code">\headsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cheadsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cheadsep-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-headsep"></a><p>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of
+the main text. The default in the <code class="code">article</code> and <code class="code">report</code>
+classes is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">25pt</samp>&rsquo;. In the <code class="code">book</code> class the default is: if the
+document is set at 10pt then it is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">0.25in</samp>&rsquo;, and at 11pt or 12pt
+it is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">0.275in</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfootskip'><span><code class="code">\footskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfootskip'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootskip-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-footskip"></a><p>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of
+the page footer. The default in the <code class="code">article</code> and <code class="code">report</code>
+classes is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">30pt</samp>&rsquo;. In the <code class="code">book</code> class the default is: when
+the type size is 10pt the default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">0.35in</samp>&rsquo;, while at 11pt it is
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">0.38in</samp>&rsquo;, and at 12pt it is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">30pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005clinewidth'><span><code class="code">\linewidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clinewidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinewidth-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-linewidth"></a><p>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code class="code">list</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>). That is, the nominal value for <code class="code">\linewidth</code> is to
+equal <code class="code">\textwidth</code> but for each nested list the <code class="code">\linewidth</code>
+is decreased by the sum of that list&rsquo;s <code class="code">\leftmargin</code> and
+<code class="code">\rightmargin</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparpush'><span><code class="code">\marginparpush</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparpush'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginsep'><span><code class="code">\marginsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparwidth'><span><code class="code">\marginparwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmarginparpush-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmarginsep-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"></a><a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-marginsep"></a><a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth"></a><p>The minimum vertical space between two marginal notes, the horizontal
space between the text body and the marginal notes, and the horizontal
width of the notes.
</p>
<p>Normally marginal notes appear on the outside of the page, but the
-declaration <code>\reversemarginpar</code> changes that (and
-<code>\normalmarginpar</code> changes it back).
+declaration <code class="code">\reversemarginpar</code> changes that (and
+<code class="code">\normalmarginpar</code> changes it back).
</p>
-<p>The defaults for <code>\marginparpush</code> in both <code>book</code> and
-<code>article</code> classes are: &lsquo;<samp>7pt</samp>&rsquo; if the document is set at 12pt,
-and &lsquo;<samp>5pt</samp>&rsquo; if the document is set at 11pt or 10pt.
+<p>The defaults for <code class="code">\marginparpush</code> in both <code class="code">book</code> and
+<code class="code">article</code> classes are: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">7pt</samp>&rsquo; if the document is set at 12pt,
+and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5pt</samp>&rsquo; if the document is set at 11pt or 10pt.
</p>
-<p>For <code>\marginsep</code>, in <code>article</code> class the default is
-&lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; except if the document is set at 10pt and in two-column mode
-where the default is &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>For <code class="code">\marginsep</code>, in <code class="code">article</code> class the default is
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; except if the document is set at 10pt and in two-column mode
+where the default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>For <code>\marginsep</code> in <code>book</code> class the default is &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; in
-two-column mode and &lsquo;<samp>7pt</samp>&rsquo; in one-column mode.
+<p>For <code class="code">\marginsep</code> in <code class="code">book</code> class the default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; in
+two-column mode and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">7pt</samp>&rsquo; in one-column mode.
</p>
-<p>For <code>\marginparwidth</code> in both <code>book</code> and <code>article</code>
-classes, in two-column mode the default is 60% of <code>\paperwidth
-- \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that
+<p>For <code class="code">\marginparwidth</code> in both <code class="code">book</code> and <code class="code">article</code>
+classes, in two-column mode the default is 60% of <code class="code">\paperwidth
+&minus; \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that
distance.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005coddsidemargin-1'><span><code>\oddsidemargin</code><a href='#index-_005coddsidemargin-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cevensidemargin-1'><span><code>\evensidemargin</code><a href='#index-_005cevensidemargin-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005coddsidemargin-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cevensidemargin-2"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin"></span><p>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> length is the extra distance between the left side of
+<dt id='index-_005coddsidemargin-1'><span><code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coddsidemargin-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cevensidemargin-1'><span><code class="code">\evensidemargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cevensidemargin-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005coddsidemargin-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cevensidemargin-2"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin"></a><a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin"></a><p>The <code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code> length is the extra distance between the left side of
the page and the text&rsquo;s left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the
-document class option <code>twoside</code> is chosen and on all pages when
-<code>oneside</code> is in effect. When <code>twoside</code> is in effect, on
+document class option <code class="code">twoside</code> is chosen and on all pages when
+<code class="code">oneside</code> is in effect. When <code class="code">twoside</code> is in effect, on
even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is
-<code>\evensidemargin</code>.
+<code class="code">\evensidemargin</code>.
</p>
-<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default is that <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is 40% of the
-difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and
-<code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder.
+<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default is that <code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code> is 40% of the
+difference between <code class="code">\paperwidth</code> and <code class="code">\textwidth</code>, and
+<code class="code">\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpaperheight'><span><code>\paperheight</code><a href='#index-_005cpaperheight' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cpaperheight-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-paperheight"></span><p>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area.
+<dt id='index-_005cpaperheight'><span><code class="code">\paperheight</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpaperheight'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpaperheight-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-paperheight"></a><p>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area.
Normally set with a document class option, as in
-<code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
+<code class="code">\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpaperwidth'><span><code>\paperwidth</code><a href='#index-_005cpaperwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cpaperwidth-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth"></span><p>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area.
+<dt id='index-_005cpaperwidth'><span><code class="code">\paperwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpaperwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpaperwidth-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth"></a><p>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area.
Normally set with a document class option, as in
-<code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
+<code class="code">\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextheight'><span><code>\textheight</code><a href='#index-_005ctextheight' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ctextheight-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-textheight"></span><p>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at
-a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code>
-the default is &lsquo;<samp>43\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;, while for a <code>book</code> it is
-&lsquo;<samp>41\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;. At a type size of 11pt the default is
-&lsquo;<samp>38\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo; for all document classes. At 12pt it is
-&lsquo;<samp>36\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo; for all classes.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextheight'><span><code class="code">\textheight</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextheight'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextheight-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-textheight"></a><p>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at
+a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code class="code">article</code> or <code class="code">report</code>
+the default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">43\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;, while for a <code class="code">book</code> it is
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">41\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;. At a type size of 11pt the default is
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">38\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo; for all document classes. At 12pt it is
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">36\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo; for all classes.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextwidth'><span><code>\textwidth</code><a href='#index-_005ctextwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ctextwidth-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-textwidth"></span><p>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an
-<code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is &lsquo;<samp>345pt</samp>&rsquo;
-when the chosen type size is 10pt, the default is &lsquo;<samp>360pt</samp>&rsquo; at 11pt,
-and it is &lsquo;<samp>390pt</samp>&rsquo; at 12pt. For a <code>book</code> document, the default
-is &lsquo;<samp>4.5in</samp>&rsquo; at a type size of 10pt, and &lsquo;<samp>5in</samp>&rsquo; at 11pt or 12pt.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextwidth'><span><code class="code">\textwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextwidth-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-textwidth"></a><p>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an
+<code class="code">article</code> or <code class="code">report</code> document, the default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">345pt</samp>&rsquo;
+when the chosen type size is 10pt, the default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">360pt</samp>&rsquo; at 11pt,
+and it is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">390pt</samp>&rsquo; at 12pt. For a <code class="code">book</code> document, the default
+is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">4.5in</samp>&rsquo; at a type size of 10pt, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5in</samp>&rsquo; at 11pt or 12pt.
</p>
-<p>In multi-column output, <code>\textwidth</code> remains the width of the
-entire page body, while <code>\columnwidth</code> is the width of one column
-(see <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>).
+<p>In multi-column output, <code class="code">\textwidth</code> remains the width of the
+entire page body, while <code class="code">\columnwidth</code> is the width of one column
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>In lists (see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>), <code>\textwidth</code> remains the width of the
-entire page body (and <code>\columnwidth</code> the width of the entire
-column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists.
+<p>In lists (see <a class="pxref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>), <code class="code">\textwidth</code> remains the width of the
+entire page body (and <code class="code">\columnwidth</code> the width of the entire
+column), while <code class="code">\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists.
</p>
-<p>Inside a minipage (see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>) or <code>\parbox</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>), all the width-related parameters are set to the
+<p>Inside a minipage (see <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>) or <code class="code">\parbox</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>), all the width-related parameters are set to the
specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the
-<code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>.
+<code class="code">minipage</code> or <code class="code">\parbox</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005chsize'><span><code>\hsize</code><a href='#index-_005chsize' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005chsize-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-hsize"></span><p>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the TeX
+<dt id='index-_005chsize'><span><code class="code">\hsize</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chsize'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chsize-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-hsize"></a><p>This entry is included for completeness: <code class="code">\hsize</code> is the TeX
primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not
be used in normal LaTeX documents.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctopmargin'><span><code>\topmargin</code><a href='#index-_005ctopmargin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-topmargin"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-topmargin"></span><p>Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the
+<dt id='index-_005ctopmargin'><span><code class="code">\topmargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctopmargin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-topmargin"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-topmargin"></a><p>Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the
paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is computed
-based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight - 2in -
-\headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip</code>,
+based on many other parameters: <code class="code">\paperheight &minus; 2in &minus;
+\headheight &minus; \headsep &minus; \textheight &minus; \footskip</code>,
and then divided by two.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctopskip'><span><code>\topskip</code><a href='#index-_005ctopskip' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ctopskip-1"></span>
-<span id="page-layout-parameters-topskip"></span><p>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of
+<dt id='index-_005ctopskip'><span><code class="code">\topskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctopskip'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctopskip-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="page-layout-parameters-topskip"></a><p>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of
the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the
-same as the font size, e.g., &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; at a type size of 10pt.
+same as the font size, e.g., &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; at a type size of 10pt.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -3536,142 +3542,143 @@ same as the font size, e.g., &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; at a type size of 1
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Floats" accesskey="n" rel="next">Floats</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page layout parameters</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.6 <code>\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code>\baselinestretch</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch-1">5.6 <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cbaselineskip-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cbaselinestretch"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clinespread-1"></span>
-<span id="index-space-between-lines"></span>
-<span id="index-interline-space"></span>
-<span id="index-leading"></span>
-<span id="index-double-spacing"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbaselineskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbaselinestretch"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbaselineskip-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbaselinestretch"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinespread-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-space-between-lines"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-interline-space"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-leading"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-spacing"></a>
-<p>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It gives
-the <em>leading</em>, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
+<p>The <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It gives
+the <em class="dfn">leading</em>, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
baseline to baseline.
</p>
-<p>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <code>\baselineskip</code>
+<p>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>
while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection
-command <code>\fontsize</code> (see <a href="#low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</a>).
-The <code>\baselineskip</code>&rsquo;s value is reset every time a font change
-happens and so any direct change to <code>\baselineskip</code> would vanish
+command <code class="code">\fontsize</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</a>).
+The <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>&rsquo;s value is reset every time a font change
+happens and so any direct change to <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> would vanish
the next time there was a font switch. For how to influence line
-spacing, see the discussion of <code>\baselinestretch</code> below.
+spacing, see the discussion of <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code> below.
</p>
<p>Usually, a font&rsquo;s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font
designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance,
-a font&rsquo;s style file has the command <code>\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</code>
-then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall;
+a font&rsquo;s style file has the command <code class="code">\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</code>
+then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10<span class="dmn">pt</span> tall;
for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does
-it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk
+it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12<span class="dmn">pt</span> apart then they risk
touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the
-<code>\baselineskip</code> is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
</p>
-<p>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is not a property of each line but of the
+<p>The <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> is not a property of each line but of the
entire paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph,
-such as a single <code>{\Huge Q}</code>, will be squashed into its line.
+such as a single <code class="code">{\Huge Q}</code>, will be squashed into its line.
TeX will make sure it doesn&rsquo;t scrape up against the line above but
-won&rsquo;t change the <code>\baselineskip</code> for that one line to make extra
-room above. For the fix, use a <code>\strut</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>).
+won&rsquo;t change the <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> for that one line to make extra
+room above. For the fix, use a <code class="code">\strut</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The value of <code>\baselineskip</code> that TeX uses for the paragraph is
+<p>The value of <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> that TeX uses for the paragraph is
the value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph
unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be
scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as
bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph.
Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the
baseline spacing matching that size.
{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005clineskip"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clineskiplimit"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cprevdepth"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clineskip"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clineskiplimit"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprevdepth"></a>
<p>The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if
the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less
-than <code>\baselineskip</code> then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up
+than <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up
the difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the
-lines would be too close together, closer than <code>\lineskiplimit</code>,
-then TeX instead uses <code>\lineskip</code> as the interline glue. The
+lines would be too close together, closer than <code class="code">\lineskiplimit</code>,
+then TeX instead uses <code class="code">\lineskip</code> as the interline glue. The
second is that TeX doesn&rsquo;t actually use the depth of the previous
-line. Instead it uses <code>\prevdepth</code>, which usually contains that
+line. Instead it uses <code class="code">\prevdepth</code>, which usually contains that
depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or
-just after a rule, <code>\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000pt and
+just after a rule, <code class="code">\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000<span class="dmn">pt</span> and
this special value tells TeX not to insert any interline glue at the
paragraph start.
</p>
-<p>In the standard classes <code>\lineskiplimit</code> is 0pt and
-<code>\lineskip</code> is 1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance
+<p>In the standard classes <code class="code">\lineskiplimit</code> is 0<span class="dmn">pt</span> and
+<code class="code">\lineskip</code> is 1<span class="dmn">pt</span>. By the prior paragraph then, the distance
between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than
-zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart.
+zero) then the lines jump to 1<span class="dmn">pt</span> apart.
</p>
-<p>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double
-space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline
-distance is via <code>\baselinestretch</code>. It scales
-<code>\baselineskip</code>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command,
-not a length, so change the scale factor as in
-<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</code>.
+<p>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in
+double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the
+interline distance is via <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code>. It scales
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a
+command, not a length, and does not take effect until a font change
+happens, so set the scale factor like this:
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</code>.
</p>
<p>The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
-document is to put <code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code> in the preamble.
-For double spacing, take <var>factor</var> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half
-spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the
-<code>\baselineskip</code> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by
+document is to put <code class="code">\linespread{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code> in the preamble.
+For double spacing, take <var class="var">factor</var> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half
+spacing use 1.3. These numbers are rough: for instance, since the
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by
1.6 gives a baseline skip to font size ratio of about 2. (The
-<code>\linespread</code> command is defined as
-<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code> so it won&rsquo;t
-take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at
-the start of a document, so there you don&rsquo;t need to follow it with
-<code>\selectfont</code>.)
+<code class="code">\linespread</code> command is defined as
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code> so it also
+won&rsquo;t take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes
+place at the start of a document, so there you don&rsquo;t need to follow it
+with <code class="code">\selectfont</code>.)
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-setspace"></span>
-<span id="index-setspace-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-setspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-setspace-package"></a>
-<p>A simpler approach is the <code>setspace</code> package. The basic example:
+<p>A simpler approach is the <code class="code">setspace</code> package. The basic example:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{setspace}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{setspace}
\doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5
</pre></div>
<p>In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing.
But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change
the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is
-<code>\singlespacing</code> to return the spacing to normal. In the
+<code class="code">\singlespacing</code> to return the spacing to normal. In the
document body, a better practice than using the declarations is to use
-environments, such as <code>\begin{doublespace}
+environments, such as <code class="code">\begin{doublespace}
... \end{doublespace}</code>. The package also has commands to do
-arbitrary spacing: <code>\setstretch{<var>factor</var>}</code> and
-<code>\begin{spacing}{<var>factor</var>} ... \end{spacing}</code>.
+arbitrary spacing: <code class="code">\setstretch{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code> and
+<code class="code">\begin{spacing}{<var class="var">factor</var>} ... \end{spacing}</code>.
This package also keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places
where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure
captions. See the package documentation.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Floats">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Floats">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code>\baselinestretch</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Floats-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.7 Floats</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Floats-1">5.7 Floats</h3>
<p>Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken
across pages. They must be typeset outside of the normal flow of text,
for instance floating to the top of a later page.
</p>
<p>LaTeX can have a number of different classes of floating material.
-The default is the two classes, <code>figure</code> (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a>) and
-<code>table</code> (see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>), but you can create a new class with the
-package <code>float</code>.
+The default is the two classes, <code class="code">figure</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a>) and
+<code class="code">table</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>), but you can create a new class with the
+package <code class="code">float</code>.
</p>
<p>Within any one float class LaTeX always respects the order, so that
the first figure in a document source must be typeset before the second
@@ -3689,237 +3696,237 @@ float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which
event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order,
every following float in that class also appears at the end.
</p>
-<span id="index-placement-of-floats"></span>
-<span id="index-specifier_002c-float-placement"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-placement-of-floats"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-specifier_002c-float-placement"></a>
<p>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
-<var>placement</var> argument. The possible values are a sequence of the
-letters below. The default for both <code>figure</code> and <code>table</code>, in
-both <code>article</code> and <code>book</code> classes, is <code>tbp</code>.
+<var class="var">placement</var> argument. The possible values are a sequence of the
+letters below. The default for both <code class="code">figure</code> and <code class="code">table</code>, in
+both <code class="code">article</code> and <code class="code">book</code> classes, is <code class="code">tbp</code>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>t</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">t</code></dt>
<dd><p>(Top)&mdash;at the top of a text page.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>b</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>(Bottom)&mdash;at the bottom of a text page. (However, <code>b</code> is not
-allowed for full-width floats (<code>figure*</code>) with double-column
-output. To ameliorate this, use the <samp>stfloats</samp> or
-<samp>dblfloatfix</samp> package, but see the discussion at caveats in the
-FAQ: <a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</a>.
+<dt><code class="code">b</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(Bottom)&mdash;at the bottom of a text page. (However, <code class="code">b</code> is not
+allowed for full-width floats (<code class="code">figure*</code>) with double-column
+output. To ameliorate this, use the <samp class="file">stfloats</samp> or
+<samp class="file">dblfloatfix</samp> package, but see the discussion at caveats in the
+FAQ: <a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>h</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>(Here)&mdash;at the position in the text where the <code>figure</code> environment
-appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is
+<dt><code class="code">h</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(Here)&mdash;at the position in the text where the <code class="code">figure</code> environment
+appears. However, <code class="code">h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code class="code">t</code> is
automatically added.
</p>
-<span id="index-here_002c-putting-floats"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-float"></span>
-<span id="index-float-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-here_002c-putting-floats"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-float"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-float-package"></a>
<p>To absolutely force a float to appear &ldquo;here&rdquo;, you can
-<code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it
+<code class="code">\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code class="code">H</code> specifier which it
defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at
-<a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-float-page'><span><code>p</code><a href='#index-float-page' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>(Page of floats)&mdash;on a separate <em>float page</em>, which is a page
+<dt id='index-float-page'><span><code class="code">p</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-float-page'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>(Page of floats)&mdash;on a separate <em class="dfn">float page</em>, which is a page
containing no text, only floats.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>!</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">!</code></dt>
<dd><p>Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX
ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can appear
and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the page.
-The <code>!</code> specifier does <em>not</em> mean &ldquo;put the float here&rdquo;;
+The <code class="code">!</code> specifier does <em class="emph">not</em> mean &ldquo;put the float here&rdquo;;
see above.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>Note: the order in which letters appear in the <var>placement</var> argument
+<p>Note: the order in which letters appear in the <var class="var">placement</var> argument
does not change the order in which LaTeX tries to place the float;
-for instance, <code>btp</code> has the same effect as <code>tbp</code>. All that
-<var>placement</var> does is that if a letter is not present then the
+for instance, <code class="code">btp</code> has the same effect as <code class="code">tbp</code>. All that
+<var class="var">placement</var> does is that if a letter is not present then the
algorithm does not try that location. Thus, LaTeX&rsquo;s default of
-<code>tbp</code> is to try every location except placing the float where it
+<code class="code">tbp</code> is to try every location except placing the float where it
occurs in the source.
</p>
<p>To prevent LaTeX from moving floats to the end of the document or a
-chapter you can use a <code>\clearpage</code> command to start a new page and
+chapter you can use a <code class="code">\clearpage</code> command to start a new page and
insert all pending floats. If a pagebreak is undesirable then you can
-use the <samp>afterpage</samp> package and issue
-<code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. This will wait until the current page
+use the <samp class="file">afterpage</samp> package and issue
+<code class="code">\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. This will wait until the current page
is finished and then flush all outstanding floats.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-flafter"></span>
-<span id="index-flafter-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-flafter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flafter-package"></a>
<p>LaTeX can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
-(although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in
-the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting
-the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed
+(although on the same output page) if there is a <code class="code">t</code> specifier in
+the <var class="var">placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting
+the <code class="code">t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed
at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using
-the <code>flafter</code> package or using the command
-<span id="index-_005csuppressfloats"></span>
-<code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on
+the <code class="code">flafter</code> package or using the command
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csuppressfloats"></a>
+<code class="code">\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on
this page to moved to the next page.
</p>
<p>Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and
non-float text (change them with
-<code>\renewcommand{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>}</code>):
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{<var class="var">parameter</var>}{<var class="var">decimal between 0 and 1</var>}</code>):
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cbottomfraction'><span><code>\bottomfraction</code><a href='#index-_005cbottomfraction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cbottomfraction-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-bottomfraction"></span><p>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at
-the bottom; default &lsquo;<samp>.3</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cbottomfraction'><span><code class="code">\bottomfraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbottomfraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbottomfraction-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-bottomfraction"></a><p>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at
+the bottom; default &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.3</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfloatpagefraction'><span><code>\floatpagefraction</code><a href='#index-_005cfloatpagefraction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-floatpagefraction"></span><p>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats;
-default &lsquo;<samp>.5</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cfloatpagefraction'><span><code class="code">\floatpagefraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfloatpagefraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-floatpagefraction"></a><p>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats;
+default &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.5</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextfraction'><span><code>\textfraction</code><a href='#index-_005ctextfraction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ctextfraction-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-textfraction"></span><p>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
+<dt id='index-_005ctextfraction'><span><code class="code">\textfraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextfraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextfraction-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-textfraction"></a><p>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
-different page. The default is &lsquo;<samp>.2</samp>&rsquo;.
+different page. The default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.2</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctopfraction'><span><code>\topfraction</code><a href='#index-_005ctopfraction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ctopfraction-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-topfraction"></span><p>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
-floats; default &lsquo;<samp>.7</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctopfraction'><span><code class="code">\topfraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctopfraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctopfraction-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-topfraction"></a><p>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
+floats; default &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.7</samp>&rsquo;.
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p>Parameters relating to vertical space around floats (change them with a
-command of the form <code>\setlength{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>length
+command of the form <code class="code">\setlength{<var class="var">parameter</var>}{<var class="var">length
expression</var>}</code>):
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cfloatsep'><span><code>\floatsep</code><a href='#index-_005cfloatsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cfloatsep-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-floatsep"></span><p>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default
-&lsquo;<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cfloatsep'><span><code class="code">\floatsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfloatsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfloatsep-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-floatsep"></a><p>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cintextsep'><span><code>\intextsep</code><a href='#index-_005cintextsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cintextsep-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-intextsep"></span><p>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default
-&lsquo;<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>&rsquo; for 10 point and 11 point documents,
-and &lsquo;<samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo; for 12 point documents.
+<dt id='index-_005cintextsep'><span><code class="code">\intextsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cintextsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cintextsep-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-intextsep"></a><p>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>&rsquo; for 10 point and 11 point documents,
+and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo; for 12 point documents.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextfloatsep'><span><code>\textfloatsep</code><a href='#index-_005ctextfloatsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-textfloatsep"></span><p>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
-default &lsquo;<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextfloatsep'><span><code class="code">\textfloatsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextfloatsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-textfloatsep"></a><p>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
+default &lsquo;<samp class="samp">20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p>Counters relating to the number of floats on a page (change them with a
-command of the form <code>\setcounter{<var>ctrname</var>}{<var>natural
+command of the form <code class="code">\setcounter{<var class="var">ctrname</var>}{<var class="var">natural
number</var>}</code>):
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-bottomnumber'><span><code>bottomnumber</code><a href='#index-bottomnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-bottomnumber-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-bottomnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page;
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-bottomnumber'><span><code class="code">bottomnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-bottomnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bottomnumber-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-bottomnumber"></a><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page;
default 1.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-dbltopnumber'><span><code>dbltopnumber</code><a href='#index-dbltopnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dbltopnumber-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-dbltopnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
+<dt id='index-dbltopnumber'><span><code class="code">dbltopnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-dbltopnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dbltopnumber-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-dbltopnumber"></a><p>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
two-column page; default 2.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-topnumber'><span><code>topnumber</code><a href='#index-topnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-topnumber-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-topnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
+<dt id='index-topnumber'><span><code class="code">topnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-topnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-topnumber-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-topnumber"></a><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
default 2.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-totalnumber'><span><code>totalnumber</code><a href='#index-totalnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-totalnumber-1"></span>
-<span id="floats-totalnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
+<dt id='index-totalnumber'><span><code class="code">totalnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-totalnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-totalnumber-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="floats-totalnumber"></a><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p>The principal TeX&nbsp;FAQ entry relating to floats
-<a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats</a> contains
+<a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats</a> contains
suggestions for relaxing LaTeX&rsquo;s default parameters to reduce the
problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the
float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach&rsquo;s article &ldquo;How to
influence the position of float environments like figure and table in
LaTeX?&rdquo;
-(<a href="https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</a>).
+(<a class="url" href="https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</a>).
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ccaption" accesskey="1"><code>\caption</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccaption" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\caption</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccaption">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccaption">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Up: <a href="#Floats" accesskey="u" rel="up">Floats</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ccaption-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">5.7.1 <code>\caption</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccaption-1">5.7.1 <code class="code">\caption</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005ccaption"></span>
-<span id="index-captions"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccaption"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-captions"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\caption{<var>caption-text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\caption{<var class="var">caption-text</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\caption[<var>short-caption-text</var>]{<var>caption-text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\caption[<var class="var">short-caption-text</var>]{<var class="var">caption-text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a <code>figure</code> or
-<code>table</code> environment (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a> or <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>).
+<p>Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a <code class="code">figure</code> or
+<code class="code">table</code> environment (see <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a> or <a class="ref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>).
</p>
<p>In this example, LaTeX places a caption below the vertical blank
space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{figure}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}
\vspace*{1cm}
\caption{Alonzo Cushing, Battery A, 4th US Artillery.}
\label{fig:CushingPic}
\end{figure}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\caption</code> command will label the <var>caption-text</var> with
-something like &lsquo;<samp>Figure&nbsp;1:</samp>&rsquo; for an article or
-&lsquo;<samp>Figure&nbsp;1.1:</samp>&rsquo; for a book. The text is centered if it is
+<p>The <code class="code">\caption</code> command will label the <var class="var">caption-text</var> with
+something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Figure&nbsp;1:</samp>&rsquo; for an article or
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Figure&nbsp;1.1:</samp>&rsquo; for a book. The text is centered if it is
shorter than the text width, or set as an unindented paragraph if it
takes more than one line.
</p>
-<p>In addition to placing the <var>caption-text</var> in the output, the
-<code>\caption</code> command also saves that information for use in a list of
-figures or list of tables (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>).
+<p>In addition to placing the <var class="var">caption-text</var> in the output, the
+<code class="code">\caption</code> command also saves that information for use in a list of
+figures or list of tables (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>).
</p>
-<p>Here the <code>\caption</code> command uses the optional
-<var>short-caption-text</var>, so that the shorter text appears in the list
-of tables, rather than the longer <var>caption-text</var>.
+<p>Here the <code class="code">\caption</code> command uses the optional
+<var class="var">short-caption-text</var>, so that the shorter text appears in the list
+of tables, rather than the longer <var class="var">caption-text</var>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{table}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{table}
\centering
\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|}
\hline
@@ -3935,30 +3942,30 @@ of tables, rather than the longer <var>caption-text</var>.
\end{table}
</pre></div>
-<p>LaTeX will label the <var>caption-text</var> with something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Table&nbsp;1:</samp>&rsquo; for an article or &lsquo;<samp>Table&nbsp;1.1:</samp>&rsquo; for a
+<p>LaTeX will label the <var class="var">caption-text</var> with something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Table&nbsp;1:</samp>&rsquo; for an article or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Table&nbsp;1.1:</samp>&rsquo; for a
book.
</p>
-<p>The caption can appear at the top of the <code>figure</code> or <code>table</code>.
+<p>The caption can appear at the top of the <code class="code">figure</code> or <code class="code">table</code>.
For instance, that would happen in the prior example by putting the
-<code>\caption</code> between the <code>\centering</code> and the
-<code>\begin{tabular}</code>.
+<code class="code">\caption</code> between the <code class="code">\centering</code> and the
+<code class="code">\begin{tabular}</code>.
</p>
<p>Different floating environments are numbered separately, by default. It
-is <code>\caption</code> that updates the counter, and so any <code>\label</code>
-must come after the <code>\caption</code>. The counter for the <code>figure</code>
-environment is named <code>figure</code>, and similarly the counter for the
-<code>table</code> environment is <code>table</code>.
+is <code class="code">\caption</code> that updates the counter, and so any <code class="code">\label</code>
+must come after the <code class="code">\caption</code>. The counter for the <code class="code">figure</code>
+environment is named <code class="code">figure</code>, and similarly the counter for the
+<code class="code">table</code> environment is <code class="code">table</code>.
</p>
<p>The text that will be put in the list of figures or list of tables is
-moving argument. If you get the LaTeX error &lsquo;<samp>! Argument of
-\@caption has an extra }</samp>&rsquo; then you must put <code>\protect</code> in front
-of any fragile commands. See <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>.
+moving argument. If you get the LaTeX error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">! Argument of
+\@caption has an extra }</samp>&rsquo; then you must put <code class="code">\protect</code> in front
+of any fragile commands. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-caption"></span>
-<span id="index-caption-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-caption"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caption-package"></a>
-<p>The <code>caption</code> package has many options to adjust how the caption
+<p>The <code class="code">caption</code> package has many options to adjust how the caption
appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be
hanging text rather than set as a paragraph, or making the caption
always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short.
@@ -3968,245 +3975,247 @@ always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short.
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Sectioning">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Sectioning">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cross references</a>, Previous: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Layout</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Sectioning-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">6 Sectioning</h2>
-
-<span id="index-sectioning-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-part"></span>
-<span id="index-chapter"></span>
-<span id="index-section"></span>
-<span id="index-subsection"></span>
-<span id="index-subsubsection"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph"></span>
-<span id="index-subparagraph"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cpart"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cchapter"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csection"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csubsection"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csubsubsection"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cparagraph"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csubparagraph"></span>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Sectioning-1">6 Sectioning</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sectioning-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-part"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-chapter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subsection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subsubsection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subparagraph"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpart"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cchapter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsubsection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparagraph"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubparagraph"></a>
<p>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc. All
sectioning commands have the same form, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><var>sectioning-command</var>{<var>title</var>}
-<var>sectioning-command</var>*{<var>title</var>}
-<var>sectioning-command</var>[<var>toc-title</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">sectioning-command</var>{<var class="var">title</var>}
+<var class="var">sectioning-command</var>*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+<var class="var">sectioning-command</var>[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>For instance, declare the start of a subsection as with
-<code>\subsection{Motivation}</code>.
+<code class="code">\subsection{Motivation}</code>.
</p>
-<p>The table has each <var>sectioning-command</var> in LaTeX. All are
-available in all of LaTeX&rsquo;s standard document classes <code>book</code>,
-<code>report</code>, and&nbsp;<code>article</code>, except that <code>\chapter</code> is
-not available in <code>article</code>.
+<p>The table has each <var class="var">sectioning-command</var> in LaTeX. All are
+available in all of LaTeX&rsquo;s standard document classes <code class="code">book</code>,
+<code class="code">report</code>, and&nbsp;<code class="code">article</code>, except that <code class="code">\chapter</code> is
+not available in <code class="code">article</code>.
</p>
-<table>
+<table class="multitable">
<thead><tr><th width="25%">Sectioning unit</th><th width="25%">Command</th><th width="40%">Level</th></tr></thead>
-<tr><td width="25%">Part</td><td width="25%"><code>\part</code></td><td width="40%">-1 (<code>book</code>, <code>report</code>), 0 (<code>article</code>)</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="25%">Chapter</td><td width="25%"><code>\chapter</code></td><td width="40%">0</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="25%">Section</td><td width="25%"><code>\section</code></td><td width="40%">1</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="25%">Subsection</td><td width="25%"><code>\subsection</code></td><td width="40%">2</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="25%">Subsubsection</td><td width="25%"><code>\subsubsection</code></td><td width="40%">3</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="25%">Paragraph</td><td width="25%"><code>\paragraph</code></td><td width="40%">4</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="25%">Subparagraph</td><td width="25%"><code>\subparagraph</code></td><td width="40%">5</td></tr>
+<tbody><tr><td width="25%">Part</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\part</code></td><td width="40%">-1 (<code class="code">book</code>, <code class="code">report</code>), 0 (<code class="code">article</code>)</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Chapter</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\chapter</code></td><td width="40%">0</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Section</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\section</code></td><td width="40%">1</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Subsection</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\subsection</code></td><td width="40%">2</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Subsubsection</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code></td><td width="40%">3</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Paragraph</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\paragraph</code></td><td width="40%">4</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Subparagraph</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\subparagraph</code></td><td width="40%">5</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<span id="index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"></span>
-<p>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"></a>
+<p>All these commands have a <code class="code">*</code>-form that prints <var class="var">title</var> as usual
but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents.
-An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code>. The
-input <code>\appendix\section{Appendix}</code> gives the output &lsquo;<samp>A
-Appendix</samp>&rsquo; (see <a href="#g_t_005cappendix"><code>\appendix</code></a>). You can lose the numbering&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp>A</samp>&rsquo;
-by instead entering <code>\section*{Appendix}</code> (articles often omit a
+An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code class="code">article</code>. The
+input <code class="code">\appendix\section{Appendix}</code> gives the output &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A
+Appendix</samp>&rsquo; (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cappendix"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>). You can lose the numbering&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">A</samp>&rsquo;
+by instead entering <code class="code">\section*{Appendix}</code> (articles often omit a
table of contents and have simple page headers so the other differences
-from the <code>\section</code> command may not matter).
+from the <code class="code">\section</code> command may not matter).
</p>
-<p>The section title <var>title</var> provides the heading in the main text, but
+<p>The section title <var class="var">title</var> provides the heading in the main text, but
it may also appear in the table of contents and in the running head or
-foot (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). You may not want the same text in these
+foot (see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). You may not want the same text in these
places as in the main text. All of these commands have an optional
-argument <var>toc-title</var> for these other places.
+argument <var class="var">toc-title</var> for these other places.
</p>
<p>The level number in the table above determines which sectional units are
numbered, and which appear in the table of contents. If the sectioning
-command&rsquo;s <var>level</var> is less than or equal to the value of the counter
-<code>secnumdepth</code> then the titles for this sectioning command will be
-numbered (see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a>). And, if <var>level</var> is less
-than or equal to the value of the counter <code>tocdepth</code> then the table
+command&rsquo;s <var class="var">level</var> is less than or equal to the value of the counter
+<code class="code">secnumdepth</code> then the titles for this sectioning command will be
+numbered (see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a>). And, if <var class="var">level</var> is less
+than or equal to the value of the counter <code class="code">tocdepth</code> then the table
of contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit
-(see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
</p>
-<p>LaTeX expects that before you have a <code>\subsection</code> you will have
-a <code>\section</code> and, in a <code>book</code> class document, that before a
-<code>\section</code> you will have a <code>\chapter</code>. Otherwise you can get
-something like a subsection numbered &lsquo;<samp>3.0.1</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>LaTeX expects that before you have a <code class="code">\subsection</code> you will have
+a <code class="code">\section</code> and, in a <code class="code">book</code> class document, that before a
+<code class="code">\section</code> you will have a <code class="code">\chapter</code>. Otherwise you can get
+something like a subsection numbered &lsquo;<samp class="samp">3.0.1</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec"></span>
-<span id="index-titlesec-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package"></a>
<p>LaTeX lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a
-simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case
-letters with <code>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</code> in the
-preamble (see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>). CTAN
+simple example, you can change the section numbering to uppercase
+letters with this (in the preamble):<br>
+<code class="code">\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</code> .
+(See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>.) CTAN
has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably
-<code>titlesec</code>.
+<code class="code">titlesec</code>.
</p>
<p>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-secnumdepth'><span><code>secnumdepth</code><a href='#index-secnumdepth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-secnumdepth-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-section-numbers_002c-printing"></span>
-<span id="sectioning-secnumdepth"></span><span id="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"></span><p>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with
-<code>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> will suppress
-numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than <var>level</var>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter"><code>\setcounter</code></a>). See the above table for the level numbers.
-For instance, if the <code>secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code>article</code> then
-a <code>\section{Introduction}</code> command will produce output like
-&lsquo;<samp>1 Introduction</samp>&rsquo; while <code>\subsection{Discussion}</code> will
-produce output like &lsquo;<samp>Discussion</samp>&rsquo;, without the number. LaTeX&rsquo;s
-default <code>secnumdepth</code> is&nbsp;3 in <samp>article</samp> class and
-&nbsp;2 in the <samp>book</samp> and <samp>report</samp> classes.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-tocdepth'><span><code>tocdepth</code><a href='#index-tocdepth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-tocdepth-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed"></span>
-<span id="sectioning-tocdepth"></span><span id="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"></span><p>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents.
-The setting <code>\setcounter{tocdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> makes the
-sectioning units at <var>level</var> be the smallest ones listed
-(see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter"><code>\setcounter</code></a>). See the above table for the level numbers. For
-instance, if <code>tocdepth</code> is&nbsp;1 then the table of contents will
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-secnumdepth'><span><code class="code">secnumdepth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-secnumdepth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-secnumdepth-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section-numbers_002c-printing"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="sectioning-secnumdepth"></a><a class="anchor" id="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"></a><p>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with
+<code class="code">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var class="var">level</var>}</code> will suppress
+numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than <var class="var">level</var>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetcounter"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a>). See the above table for the level numbers.
+For instance, if the <code class="code">secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code class="code">article</code> then
+a <code class="code">\section{Introduction}</code> command will produce output like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">1 Introduction</samp>&rsquo; while <code class="code">\subsection{Discussion}</code> will
+produce output like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Discussion</samp>&rsquo;, without the number. LaTeX&rsquo;s
+default <code class="code">secnumdepth</code> is&nbsp;3 in <samp class="file">article</samp> class and
+&nbsp;2 in the <samp class="file">book</samp> and <samp class="file">report</samp> classes.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-tocdepth'><span><code class="code">tocdepth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-tocdepth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tocdepth-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="sectioning-tocdepth"></a><a class="anchor" id="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"></a><p>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents.
+The setting <code class="code">\setcounter{tocdepth}{<var class="var">level</var>}</code> makes the
+sectioning units at <var class="var">level</var> be the smallest ones listed
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetcounter"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a>). See the above table for the level numbers. For
+instance, if <code class="code">tocdepth</code> is&nbsp;1 then the table of contents will
list sections but not subsections. LaTeX&rsquo;s default
-<code>tocdepth</code> is&nbsp;3 in <samp>article</samp> class and &nbsp;2 in the
-<samp>book</samp> and <samp>report</samp> classes.
+<code class="code">tocdepth</code> is&nbsp;3 in <samp class="file">article</samp> class and &nbsp;2 in the
+<samp class="file">book</samp> and <samp class="file">report</samp> classes.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="1"><code>\part</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="2"><code>\chapter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="3"><code>\section</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="4"><code>\subsection</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="5"><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="6"><code>\appendix</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="7"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\part</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\chapter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\section</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\subsection</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpart">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpart">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\chapter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\chapter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cpart-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.1 <code>\part</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpart-1">6.1 <code class="code">\part</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cpart-1"></span>
-<span id="index-part-1"></span>
-<span id="index-sectioning_002c-part"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpart-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-part-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sectioning_002c-part"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\part{<var>title</var>}
-\part*{<var>title</var>}
-\part[<var>toc-title</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\part{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\part*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\part[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Start a document part. The standard LaTeX classes <code>book</code>,
-<code>report</code>, and <code>article</code>, all have this command.
+<p>Start a document part. The standard LaTeX classes <code class="code">book</code>,
+<code class="code">report</code>, and <code class="code">article</code>, all have this command.
</p>
<p>This produces a document part, in a book.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\part{VOLUME I \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\part{VOLUME I \\
PERSONAL MEMOIRS OF U.\ S.\ GRANT}
\chapter{ANCESTRY--BIRTH--BOYHOOD.}
My family is American, and has been for generations,
in all its branches, direct and collateral.
</pre></div>
-<p>In each standard class the <code>\part</code> command outputs a part number
-such as &lsquo;<samp>Part I</samp>&rsquo;, alone on its line, in boldface, and in large
-type. Then LaTeX outputs <var>title</var>, also alone on its line, in
-bold and in even larger type. In class <code>book</code>, the LaTeX
+<p>In each standard class the <code class="code">\part</code> command outputs a part number
+such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Part I</samp>&rsquo;, alone on its line, in boldface, and in large
+type. Then LaTeX outputs <var class="var">title</var>, also alone on its line, in
+bold and in even larger type. In class <code class="code">book</code>, the LaTeX
default puts each part alone on its own page. If the book is two-sided
then LaTeX will skip a page if needed to have the new part on an
-odd-numbered page. In <code>report</code> it is again alone on a page, but
-LaTeX won&rsquo;t force it onto an odd-numbered page. In an <code>article</code>
+odd-numbered page. In <code class="code">report</code> it is again alone on a page, but
+LaTeX won&rsquo;t force it onto an odd-numbered page. In an <code class="code">article</code>
LaTeX does not put it on a fresh page, but instead outputs the part
number and part title onto the main document page.
</p>
-<p>The <code>*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var>title</var>
+<p>The <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var class="var">title</var>
but it does not show the part number, does not increment the
-<code>part</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry.
+<code class="code">part</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry.
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the part title in
-the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in running
-headers (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then <var>title</var>
-will be there. This example puts a line break in <var>title</var> but omits
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">toc-title</var> will appear as the part title in
+the table of contents (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in running
+headers (see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then <var class="var">title</var>
+will be there. This example puts a line break in <var class="var">title</var> but omits
the break in the table of contents.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\part[Up from the bottom; my life]{Up from the bottom\\ my life}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\part[Up from the bottom; my life]{Up from the bottom\\ my life}
</pre></div>
<p>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in
the table of contents, the level number of a part is&nbsp;-1
-(see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a>, and <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a>, and <a class="ref" href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst"></span>
-<span id="index-indentfirst-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package"></a>
-<p>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
+<p>In the class <code class="code">article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package
-<code>indentfirst</code>.
+<code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-1"></span>
-<span id="index-titlesec-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-1"></a>
-<p>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <code>titlesec</code>.
+<p>One package to change the behavior of <code class="code">\part</code> is <code class="code">titlesec</code>.
See its documentation on CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cchapter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cchapter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\section</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\part</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\section</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\part</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cchapter-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.2 <code>\chapter</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cchapter-1">6.2 <code class="code">\chapter</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cchapter-1"></span>
-<span id="index-chapter-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cchapter-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-chapter-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter{<var>title</var>}
-\chapter*{<var>title</var>}
-\chapter[<var>toc-title</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\chapter*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\chapter[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Start a chapter. The standard LaTeX classes <code>book</code> and
-<code>report</code> have this command but <code>article</code> does not.
+<p>Start a chapter. The standard LaTeX classes <code class="code">book</code> and
+<code class="code">report</code> have this command but <code class="code">article</code> does not.
</p>
<p>This produces a chapter.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter{Loomings}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{Loomings}
Call me Ishmael.
Some years ago---never mind how long precisely---having little or no
money in my purse, and nothing particular to interest me on shore, I
@@ -4216,86 +4225,86 @@ the world.
<p>The LaTeX default starts each chapter on a fresh page, an
odd-numbered page if the document is two-sided. It produces a chapter
-number such as &lsquo;<samp>Chapter 1</samp>&rsquo; in large boldface type (the size is
-<code>\huge</code>). It then puts <var>title</var> on a fresh line, in boldface
-type that is still larger (size <code>\Huge</code>). It also increments the
-<code>chapter</code> counter, adds an entry to the table of contents
-(see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>), and sets the running header
-information (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>).
-</p>
-<p>The <code>*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var>title</var> on a fresh line, in boldface.
+number such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Chapter 1</samp>&rsquo; in large boldface type (the size is
+<code class="code">\huge</code>). It then puts <var class="var">title</var> on a fresh line, in boldface
+type that is still larger (size <code class="code">\Huge</code>). It also increments the
+<code class="code">chapter</code> counter, adds an entry to the table of contents
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>), and sets the running header
+information (see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>).
+</p>
+<p>The <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var class="var">title</var> on a fresh line, in boldface.
But it does not show the chapter number, does not increment the
-<code>chapter</code> counter, produces no table of contents entry, and does
+<code class="code">chapter</code> counter, produces no table of contents entry, and does
not affect the running header. (If you use the page style
-<code>headings</code> in a two-sided document then the header will be from the
+<code class="code">headings</code> in a two-sided document then the header will be from the
prior chapter.) This example illustrates.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter*{Preamble}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter*{Preamble}
</pre></div>
-<p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the chapter title
-in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in
-running headers (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then
-<var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in the chapter
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">toc-title</var> will appear as the chapter title
+in the table of contents (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in
+running headers (see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then
+<var class="var">title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in the chapter
title,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}
</pre></div>
-<p>but only &lsquo;<samp>Weyl</samp>&rsquo; on the contents page. This puts a line break in
+<p>but only &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Weyl</samp>&rsquo; on the contents page. This puts a line break in
the title but that doesn&rsquo;t work well with running headers so it omits
the break in the contents
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story}
</pre></div>
<p>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in
the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is&nbsp;0
-(see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"></span>
-<span id="index-indentfirst-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-1"></a>
<p>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package
-<code>indentfirst</code>.
+<code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
</p>
<p>You can change what is shown for the chapter number. To change it to
-something like &lsquo;<samp>Lecture 1</samp>&rsquo;, put in the preamble either
-<code>\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Lecture}</code> or this
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a>).
+something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Lecture 1</samp>&rsquo;, put in the preamble either
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Lecture}</code> or this
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makeatletter
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makeatletter
\renewcommand{\@chapapp}{Lecture}
\makeatother
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-babel"></span>
-<span id="index-babel-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package"></a>
<p>To make this change because of the primary language for
-the document, see the package <code>babel</code>.
+the document, see the package <code class="code">babel</code>.
</p>
<p>In a two-sided document LaTeX puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if
necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any
running headers. To make that page completely blank,
-see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>.
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> &amp; <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-2"></span>
-<span id="index-titlesec-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-2"></a>
-<p>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its
+<p>To change the behavior of the <code class="code">\chapter</code> command, you can copy its
definition from the LaTeX format file and make adjustments. But
there are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is
-<code>titlesec</code>. See its documentation, but the example below gives a
+<code class="code">titlesec</code>. See its documentation, but the example below gives a
sense of what it can do.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
\titleformat{\chapter}
{\Huge\bfseries} % format of title
{} % label, such as 1.2 for a subsection
@@ -4303,38 +4312,38 @@ sense of what it can do.
{} % before-code hook
</pre></div>
-<p>This omits the chapter number &lsquo;<samp>Chapter 1</samp>&rsquo; from the page but unlike
-<code>\chapter*</code> it keeps the chapter in the table of contents and the
+<p>This omits the chapter number &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Chapter 1</samp>&rsquo; from the page but unlike
+<code class="code">\chapter*</code> it keeps the chapter in the table of contents and the
running headers.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csection">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csection">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\subsection</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\chapter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\subsection</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\chapter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csection-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.3 <code>\section</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csection-1">6.3 <code class="code">\section</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005csection-1"></span>
-<span id="index-section-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csection-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\section{<var>title</var>}
-\section*{<var>title</var>}
-\section[<var>toc-title</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\section*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\section[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Start a section. The standard LaTeX classes <code>article</code>,
-<code>book</code>, and <code>report</code> all have this command.
+<p>Start a section. The standard LaTeX classes <code class="code">article</code>,
+<code class="code">book</code>, and <code class="code">report</code> all have this command.
</p>
<p>This produces a section.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">In this Part we tend to be more interested in the function,
+<pre class="example-preformatted">In this Part we tend to be more interested in the function,
in the input-output behavior,
than in the details of implementing that behavior.
@@ -4345,64 +4354,64 @@ first step toward defining the set of computable functions
is to reflect on the details of what mechanisms can do.
</pre></div>
-<p>For the standard LaTeX classes <code>book</code> and <code>report</code> the
-default output is like &lsquo;<samp>1.2 <var>title</var></samp>&rsquo; (for chapter&nbsp;1,
+<p>For the standard LaTeX classes <code class="code">book</code> and <code class="code">report</code> the
+default output is like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.2 <var class="var">title</var></samp>&rsquo; (for chapter&nbsp;1,
section&nbsp;2), alone on its line and flush left, in boldface and a
-larger type (the type size is <code>\Large</code>). The same holds in
-<code>article</code> except that there are no chapters in that class so it
-looks like &lsquo;<samp>2 <var>title</var></samp>&rsquo;.
+larger type (the type size is <code class="code">\Large</code>). The same holds in
+<code class="code">article</code> except that there are no chapters in that class so it
+looks like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2 <var class="var">title</var></samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>The <code>*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var>title</var>.
+<p>The <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var class="var">title</var>.
But it does not show the section number, does not increment the
-<code>section</code> counter, produces no table of contents entry, and does
+<code class="code">section</code> counter, produces no table of contents entry, and does
not affect the running header. (If you use the page style
-<code>headings</code> in a two-sided document then the header will be from the
+<code class="code">headings</code> in a two-sided document then the header will be from the
prior section.)
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the section title
-in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in
-running headers (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then
-<var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in the title of the
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">toc-title</var> will appear as the section title
+in the table of contents (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in
+running headers (see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then
+<var class="var">title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in the title of the
section:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\section[Elizabeth~II]{Elizabeth the Second,
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section[Elizabeth~II]{Elizabeth the Second,
by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom,
Canada and Her other Realms and Territories Queen,
Head of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith.}
</pre></div>
-<p>but only &lsquo;<samp>Elizabeth II</samp>&rsquo; on the contents page and in the headers.
-This has a line break in <var>title</var> but that does not work with headers
+<p>but only &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Elizabeth II</samp>&rsquo; on the contents page and in the headers.
+This has a line break in <var class="var">title</var> but that does not work with headers
so it is omitted from the contents and headers.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\section[Truth is, I cheated; my life story]{Truth is,
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section[Truth is, I cheated; my life story]{Truth is,
I cheated\\my life story}
</pre></div>
<p>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in
the table of contents, the level number of a section is&nbsp;1
-(see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"></span>
-<span id="index-indentfirst-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-2"></a>
<p>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the
-package <code>indentfirst</code>.
+package <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-3"></span>
-<span id="index-titlesec-package-3"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-3"></a>
-<p>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there
-are a number of options. One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command
-(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
-address this, including <code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the
+<p>In general, to change the behavior of the <code class="code">\section</code> command, there
+are a number of options. One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
+address this, including <code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the
example below gives a sense of what they can do.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
\titleformat{\section}
{\normalfont\Large\bfseries} % format of title
{\makebox[1pc][r]{\thesection\hspace{1pc}}} % label
@@ -4417,31 +4426,31 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csubsection">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csubsection">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\section</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\section</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csubsection-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.4 <code>\subsection</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csubsection-1">6.4 <code class="code">\subsection</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005csubsection-1"></span>
-<span id="index-subsection-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsection-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subsection-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\subsection{<var>title</var>}
-\subsection*{<var>title</var>}
-\subsection[<var>toc-title</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subsection{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subsection*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subsection[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Start a subsection. The standard LaTeX classes <code>article</code>,
-<code>book</code>, and <code>report</code> all have this command.
+<p>Start a subsection. The standard LaTeX classes <code class="code">article</code>,
+<code class="code">book</code>, and <code class="code">report</code> all have this command.
</p>
<p>This produces a subsection.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">We will show that there are more functions than Turing machines and that
+<pre class="example-preformatted">We will show that there are more functions than Turing machines and that
therefore some functions have no associated machine.
\subsection{Cardinality} We will begin with two paradoxes that
@@ -4449,52 +4458,52 @@ dramatize the challenge to our intuition posed by comparing the sizes of
infinite sets.
</pre></div>
-<p>For the standard LaTeX classes <code>book</code> and <code>report</code> the
-default output is like &lsquo;<samp>1.2.3 <var>title</var></samp>&rsquo; (for chapter&nbsp;1,
+<p>For the standard LaTeX classes <code class="code">book</code> and <code class="code">report</code> the
+default output is like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.2.3 <var class="var">title</var></samp>&rsquo; (for chapter&nbsp;1,
section&nbsp;2, subsection&nbsp;3), alone on its line and flush left, in
-boldface and a larger type (the type size is <code>\large</code>). The same
-holds in <code>article</code> except that there are no chapters in that class
-so it looks like &lsquo;<samp>2.3 <var>title</var></samp>&rsquo;.
+boldface and a larger type (the type size is <code class="code">\large</code>). The same
+holds in <code class="code">article</code> except that there are no chapters in that class
+so it looks like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.3 <var class="var">title</var></samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>The <code>*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var>title</var>.
+<p>The <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var class="var">title</var>.
But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the
-<code>subsection</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry.
+<code class="code">subsection</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry.
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the subsection title
-in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). If it is
-not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">toc-title</var> will appear as the subsection title
+in the table of contents (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). If it is
+not present then <var class="var">title</var> will be there. This
shows the full text in the title of the subsection:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of
Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow}
</pre></div>
-<p>but only &lsquo;<samp>&#x03B1;,&#x03B2;,&#x03B3;
+<p>but only &lsquo;<samp class="samp">&#x03B1;,&#x03B2;,&#x03B3;
paper</samp>&rsquo; on the contents page.
</p>
<p>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in
the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is&nbsp;2
-(see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-3"></span>
-<span id="index-indentfirst-package-3"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-3"></a>
<p>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the
-package <code>indentfirst</code>.
+package <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-4"></span>
-<span id="index-titlesec-package-4"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-4"></a>
<p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
-<code>\subsection</code> command. One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command
-(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
-address this, including <code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the
+<code class="code">\subsection</code> command. One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
+address this, including <code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the
example below gives a sense of what they can do.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
\titleformat{\subsection}[runin]
{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries} % format of the title
{\thesubsection} % label
@@ -4502,136 +4511,135 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do.
{} % before-code hook
</pre></div>
-<p>That puts the subsection number and <var>title</var> in the first line of
+<p>That puts the subsection number and <var class="var">title</var> in the first line of
text.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\appendix</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\subsection</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\subsection</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph">6.5 <code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></h3>
-<span id="g_t_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph"></span><h3 class="section">6.5 <code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></h3>
-
-<span id="index-_005csubsubsection-1"></span>
-<span id="index-subsubsection-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cparagraph-1"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csubparagraph-1"></span>
-<span id="index-subparagraph-1"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csubsubsection"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsubsection-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subsubsection-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cparagraph"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparagraph-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csubparagraph"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubparagraph-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subparagraph-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\subsubsection{<var>title</var>}
-\subsubsection*{<var>title</var>}
-\subsubsection[<var>toc-title</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subsubsection{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subsubsection*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subsubsection[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\paragraph{<var>title</var>}
-\paragraph*{<var>title</var>}
-\paragraph[<var>toc-title</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\paragraph{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\paragraph*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\paragraph[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\subparagraph{<var>title</var>}
-\subparagraph*{<var>title</var>}
-\subparagraph[<var>toc-title</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subparagraph{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subparagraph*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subparagraph[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Start a subsubsection, paragraph, or subparagraph. The standard
-LaTeX classes <code>article</code>, <code>book</code>, and <code>report</code> all have
+LaTeX classes <code class="code">article</code>, <code class="code">book</code>, and <code class="code">report</code> all have
these commands, although they are not commonly used.
</p>
<p>This produces a subsubsection.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\subsubsection{Piston ring compressors: structural performance}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subsubsection{Piston ring compressors: structural performance}
Provide exterior/interior wall cladding assemblies
capable of withstanding the effects of load and stresses from
consumer-grade gasoline engine piston rings.
</pre></div>
<p>The default output of each of the three does not change over the
-standard LaTeX classes <code>article</code>, <code>book</code>, and
-<code>report</code>. For <code>\subsubsection</code> the <var>title</var> is alone on
-its line, in boldface and normal size type. For <code>\paragraph</code> the
-<var>title</var> is inline with the text, not indented, in boldface and
-normal size type. For <code>\subparagraph</code> the <var>title</var> is inline
+standard LaTeX classes <code class="code">article</code>, <code class="code">book</code>, and
+<code class="code">report</code>. For <code class="code">\subsubsection</code> the <var class="var">title</var> is alone on
+its line, in boldface and normal size type. For <code class="code">\paragraph</code> the
+<var class="var">title</var> is inline with the text, not indented, in boldface and
+normal size type. For <code class="code">\subparagraph</code> the <var class="var">title</var> is inline
with the text, with a paragraph indent, in boldface and normal size type
-(Because an <code>article</code> has no chapters its subsubsections are
-numbered and so it looks like &lsquo;<samp>1.2.3 <var>title</var></samp>&rsquo;, for
+(Because an <code class="code">article</code> has no chapters its subsubsections are
+numbered and so it looks like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.2.3 <var class="var">title</var></samp>&rsquo;, for
section&nbsp;1, subsection&nbsp;2, and subsubsection&nbsp;3. The other
two divisions are not numbered.)
</p>
-<p>The <code>*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var>title</var>. But it does not increment the
+<p>The <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;form shows <var class="var">title</var>. But it does not increment the
associated counter and produces no table of contents entry (and does not
-show the number for <code>\subsubsection</code>).
+show the number for <code class="code">\subsubsection</code>).
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the division title
-in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). If it is
-not present then <var>title</var> will be there.
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">toc-title</var> will appear as the division title
+in the table of contents (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). If it is
+not present then <var class="var">title</var> will be there.
</p>
<p>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in
the table of contents, the level number of a subsubsection is&nbsp;3, of
a paragraph is&nbsp;4, and of a subparagraph is&nbsp;5
-(see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"></span>
-<span id="index-indentfirst-package-4"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-4"></a>
<p>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the
-package <code>indentfirst</code>.
+package <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-5"></span>
-<span id="index-titlesec-package-5"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-5"></a>
<p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands.
-One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>).
+One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>).
There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
-<code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation on CTAN.
+<code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation on CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cappendix">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cappendix">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cappendix-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.6 <code>\appendix</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cappendix-1">6.6 <code class="code">\appendix</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cappendix"></span>
-<span id="index-appendix"></span>
-<span id="index-appendices"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cappendix"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-appendix"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-appendices"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\appendix
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\appendix
</pre></div>
-<p>This does not directly produce any output. But in a book or report it
-declares that subsequent <code>\chapter</code> commands start an appendix. In
-an article it does the same, for <code>\section</code> commands. It also
-resets the <code>chapter</code> and <code>section</code> counters to&nbsp;0 in a
-book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and
-<code>subsection</code> counters.
+<p>This does not directly produce any output. But in a <code class="code">book</code> or
+<code class="code">report</code> document it declares that subsequent <code class="code">\chapter</code>
+commands start an appendix. In an article it does the same, for
+<code class="code">\section</code> commands. It also resets the <code class="code">chapter</code> and
+<code class="code">section</code> counters to&nbsp;0 in a book or report, and in an article
+resets the <code class="code">section</code> and <code class="code">subsection</code> counters.
</p>
<p>In this book
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter{One} ...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{One} ...
\chapter{Two} ...
...
\appendix
@@ -4639,48 +4647,48 @@ book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and
\chapter{Four} ...
</pre></div>
-<p>the first two will generate output numbered &lsquo;<samp>Chapter 1</samp>&rsquo; and
-&lsquo;<samp>Chapter 2</samp>&rsquo;. After the <code>\appendix</code> the numbering will be
-&lsquo;<samp>Appendix A</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>Appendix B</samp>&rsquo;. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>,
+<p>the first two will generate output numbered &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Chapter 1</samp>&rsquo; and
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Chapter 2</samp>&rsquo;. After the <code class="code">\appendix</code> the numbering will be
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Appendix A</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Appendix B</samp>&rsquo;. See <a class="xref" href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a>,
for another example.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-appendix"></span>
-<span id="index-appendix-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-appendix"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-appendix-package"></a>
-<p>The <code>appendix</code> package adds the command
-<code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate &lsquo;<samp>Appendices</samp>&rsquo; in the document
-body before the first appendix, and the command <code>\addappheadtotoc</code>
+<p>The <code class="code">appendix</code> package adds the command
+<code class="code">\appendixpage</code> to put a separate &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Appendices</samp>&rsquo; in the document
+body before the first appendix, and the command <code class="code">\addappheadtotoc</code>
to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name
-&lsquo;<samp>Appendices</samp>&rsquo; with a command like
-<code>\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}</code>, as well as a
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Appendices</samp>&rsquo; with a command like
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}</code>, as well as a
number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\appendix</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter"></span><h3 class="section">6.7 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cfrontmatter"></span>
-<span id="index-book_002c-front-matter"></span>
-<span id="index-front-matter-of-a-book"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmainmatter"></span>
-<span id="index-book_002c-main-matter"></span>
-<span id="index-main-matter-of-a-book"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cbackmatter"></span>
-<span id="index-book_002c-back-matter"></span>
-<span id="index-book_002c-end-matter"></span>
-<span id="index-back-matter-of-a-book"></span>
-<span id="index-end-matter-of-a-book"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfrontmatter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-book_002c-front-matter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-front-matter-of-a-book"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmainmatter"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmainmatter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-book_002c-main-matter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-main-matter-of-a-book"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbackmatter"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbackmatter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-book_002c-back-matter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-book_002c-end-matter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-back-matter-of-a-book"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-end-matter-of-a-book"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one or more of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\frontmatter
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\frontmatter
...
\mainmatter
...
@@ -4688,7 +4696,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\@star
...
</pre></div>
-<p>Format a <code>book</code> class document differently according to which part
+<p>Format a <code class="code">book</code> class document differently according to which part
of the document is being produced. All three commands are optional.
</p>
<p>Traditionally, a book&rsquo;s front matter contains such things as the title
@@ -4698,235 +4706,235 @@ pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not numbered.) The
back matter may contain such things as a glossary, notes, a
bibliography, and an index.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\frontmatter</code> command makes the pages numbered in lowercase
+<p>The <code class="code">\frontmatter</code> command makes the pages numbered in lowercase
roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter&rsquo;s title
appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands
-here, use the <code>*</code>-version (see <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>).
+here, use the <code class="code">*</code>-version (see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>).
</p>
-<p>The <code>\mainmatter</code> command changes the behavior back to the expected
+<p>The <code class="code">\mainmatter</code> command changes the behavior back to the expected
version, and resets the page number.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\backmatter</code> command leaves the page numbering alone but
+<p>The <code class="code">\backmatter</code> command leaves the page numbering alone but
switches the chapters back to being not numbered.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for an example using these three commands.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a>, for an example using these three commands.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings"></span><h3 class="section">6.8 <code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</h3>
-<span id="index-_005c_0040startsection"></span>
-<span id="index-section_002c-redefining"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040startsection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section_002c-redefining"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\@startsection{<var>name</var>}{<var>level</var>}{<var>indent</var>}{<var>beforeskip</var>}{<var>afterskip</var>}{<var>style</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\@startsection{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">level</var>}{<var class="var">indent</var>}{<var class="var">beforeskip</var>}{<var class="var">afterskip</var>}{<var class="var">style</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Used to help redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning
-divisions such as <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>.
+divisions such as <code class="code">\section</code> or <code class="code">\subsection</code>.
</p>
-<p>Note that the <code>titlesec</code> package makes manipulation of sectioning
+<p>Note that the <code class="code">titlesec</code> package makes manipulation of sectioning
easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be
-satisfied with <code>\@startsection</code>, some cannot. For instance, in
-the standard LaTeX <code>book</code> and <code>report</code> classes the commands
-<code>\chapter</code> and <code>\report</code> are not constructed in this way. To
-make such a command you may want to use the <code>\secdef</code> command.
+satisfied with <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, some cannot. For instance, in
+the standard LaTeX <code class="code">book</code> and <code class="code">report</code> classes the commands
+<code class="code">\chapter</code> and <code class="code">\report</code> are not constructed in this way. To
+make such a command you may want to use the <code class="code">\secdef</code> command.
</p>
-<p>Technically, <code>\@startsection</code> has the form
+<p>Technically, <code class="code">\@startsection</code> has the form
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\@startsection{<var>name</var>}
- {<var>level</var>}
- {<var>indent</var>}
- {<var>beforeskip</var>}
- {<var>afterskip</var>}
- {<var>style</var>}*[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\@startsection{<var class="var">name</var>}
+ {<var class="var">level</var>}
+ {<var class="var">indent</var>}
+ {<var class="var">beforeskip</var>}
+ {<var class="var">afterskip</var>}
+ {<var class="var">style</var>}*[<var class="var">toctitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>so that issuing
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{<var>name</var>}
- {<var>level</var>}
- {<var>indent</var>}
- {<var>beforeskip</var>}
- {<var>afterskip</var>}
- {<var>style</var>}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{<var class="var">name</var>}
+ {<var class="var">level</var>}
+ {<var class="var">indent</var>}
+ {<var class="var">beforeskip</var>}
+ {<var class="var">afterskip</var>}
+ {<var class="var">style</var>}}
</pre></div>
-<p>redefines <code>\section</code> while keeping its standard calling form
-<code>\section*[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code> (in which, for reminder,
-the star&nbsp;<code>*</code> is optional). See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>. This implies
+<p>redefines <code class="code">\section</code> while keeping its standard calling form
+<code class="code">\section*[<var class="var">toctitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}</code> (in which, for reminder,
+the star&nbsp;<code class="code">*</code> is optional). See <a class="xref" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>. This implies
that when you write a command like
-<code>\renewcommand{\section}{...}</code>, the
-<code>\@startsection{...}</code> must come last in the definition. See the
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\section}{...}</code>, the
+<code class="code">\@startsection{...}</code> must come last in the definition. See the
examples below.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>name</var></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="startsection-name"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"></span><p>Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This counter
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">name</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-name"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"></a><p>Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This counter
must be defined separately. Most commonly this is either
-<code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, or <code>paragraph</code>. Although in
+<code class="code">section</code>, <code class="code">subsection</code>, or <code class="code">paragraph</code>. Although in
those cases the counter name is the same as the sectioning command
itself, you don&rsquo;t have to use the same name.
</p>
-<p>Then <code>\the</code><var>name</var> displays the title number and
-<code>\</code><var>name</var><code>mark</code> is for the page headers. See the third
+<p>Then <code class="code">\the</code><var class="var">name</var> displays the title number and
+<code class="code">\</code><var class="var">name</var><code class="code">mark</code> is for the page headers. See the third
example below.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>level</var></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="startsection-level"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"></span><p>An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command.
-See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, for the list of standard level numbers.
+<dt><var class="var">level</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-level"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"></a><p>An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command.
+See <a class="xref" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, for the list of standard level numbers.
</p>
-<p>If <var>level</var> is less than or equal to the value of the counter
-<code>secnumdepth</code> then titles for this sectioning command will be
-numbered (see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a>). For instance, if
-<code>secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code>article</code> then the command
-<code>\section{Introduction}</code> will produce output like &ldquo;1
-Introduction&rdquo; while <code>\subsection{Discussion}</code> will produce
+<p>If <var class="var">level</var> is less than or equal to the value of the counter
+<code class="code">secnumdepth</code> then titles for this sectioning command will be
+numbered (see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a>). For instance, if
+<code class="code">secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code class="code">article</code> then the command
+<code class="code">\section{Introduction}</code> will produce output like &ldquo;1
+Introduction&rdquo; while <code class="code">\subsection{Discussion}</code> will produce
output like &ldquo;Discussion&rdquo;, without the number prefix.
</p>
-<p>If <var>level</var> is less than or equal to the value of the counter
-<var>tocdepth</var> then the table of contents will have an entry for this
-sectioning unit (see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). For instance, in an
-<code>article</code>, if <var>tocdepth</var> is 1 then the table of contents will
+<p>If <var class="var">level</var> is less than or equal to the value of the counter
+<var class="var">tocdepth</var> then the table of contents will have an entry for this
+sectioning unit (see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). For instance, in an
+<code class="code">article</code>, if <var class="var">tocdepth</var> is 1 then the table of contents will
list sections but not subsections.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>indent</var></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="startsection-indent"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"></span><p>A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with respect
+<dt><var class="var">indent</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-indent"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"></a><p>A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with respect
to the left margin. To have the title flush with the margin use
-<code>0pt</code>. A negative indentation such as <code>-\parindent</code> will move
+<code class="code">0pt</code>. A negative indentation such as <code class="code">-\parindent</code> will move
the title into the left margin.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>beforeskip</var></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="startsection-beforeskip"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"></span><p>The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that
+<dt><var class="var">beforeskip</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-beforeskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"></a><p>The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that
is inserted before this sectioning unit&rsquo;s title. This space will be
discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the beginning of a
page. If this number is negative then the first paragraph following the
header is not indented, if it is non-negative then the first paragraph
-is indented. (Note that the negative of <code>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code>
-is <code>-1pt plus -2pt minus -3pt</code>.)
+is indented. (Note that the negative of <code class="code">1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code>
+is <code class="code">-1pt plus -2pt minus -3pt</code>.)
</p>
-<p>For example, if <var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>
+<p>For example, if <var class="var">beforeskip</var> is <code class="code">-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>
then to start the new sectioning unit, LaTeX will add about 3.5 times
the height of a letter x in vertical space, and the first paragraph in
the section will not be indented. Using a rubber length, with
-<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code>, is good practice here since it gives
-LaTeX more flexibility in making up the page (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+<code class="code">plus</code> and <code class="code">minus</code>, is good practice here since it gives
+LaTeX more flexibility in making up the page (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
</p>
<p>The full accounting of the vertical space between the baseline of the
line prior to this sectioning unit&rsquo;s header and the baseline of the
-header is that it is the sum of the <code>\parskip</code> of the text font,
-the <code>\baselineskip</code> of the title font, and the absolute value of
-the <var>beforeskip</var>. This space is typically rubber so it may stretch
+header is that it is the sum of the <code class="code">\parskip</code> of the text font,
+the <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> of the title font, and the absolute value of
+the <var class="var">beforeskip</var>. This space is typically rubber so it may stretch
or shrink. (If the sectioning unit starts on a fresh page so that the
vertical space is discarded then the baseline of the header text will be
where LaTeX would put the baseline of the first text line on that
page.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>afterskip</var></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="startsection-afterskip"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"></span><p>This is a length. If <var>afterskip</var> is non-negative then this is the
+<dt><var class="var">afterskip</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-afterskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"></a><p>This is a length. If <var class="var">afterskip</var> is non-negative then this is the
vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit&rsquo;s title header. If it
is negative then the title header becomes a run-in header, so that it
becomes part of the next paragraph. In this case the absolute value of
the length gives the horizontal space between the end of the title and
the beginning of the following paragraph. (Note that the negative of
-<code>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> is <code>-1pt plus -2pt minus -3pt</code>.)
+<code class="code">1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> is <code class="code">-1pt plus -2pt minus -3pt</code>.)
</p>
-<p>As with <var>beforeskip</var>, using a rubber length, with <code>plus</code> and
-<code>minus</code> components, is good practice here since it gives LaTeX
+<p>As with <var class="var">beforeskip</var>, using a rubber length, with <code class="code">plus</code> and
+<code class="code">minus</code> components, is good practice here since it gives LaTeX
more flexibility in putting together the page.
</p>
-<p>If <code>afterskip</code> is non-negative then the full accounting of the
+<p>If <code class="code">afterskip</code> is non-negative then the full accounting of the
vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit&rsquo;s header and
the baseline of the first line of the following paragraph is that it is
-the sum of the <code>\parskip</code> of the title font, the
-<code>\baselineskip</code> of the text font, and the value of <var>after</var>.
+the sum of the <code class="code">\parskip</code> of the title font, the
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> of the text font, and the value of <var class="var">after</var>.
That space is typically rubber so it may stretch or shrink. (Note that
-because the sign of <code>afterskip</code> changes the sectioning unit
+because the sign of <code class="code">afterskip</code> changes the sectioning unit
header&rsquo;s from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative
-<code>afterskip</code> to cancel part of the <code>\parskip</code>.)
+<code class="code">afterskip</code> to cancel part of the <code class="code">\parskip</code>.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>style</var></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="startsection-style"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"></span><p>Controls the styling of the title. See the examples below. Typical
-commands to use here are <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>,
-<code>\normalfont</code>, <code>\hrule</code>, or <code>\newpage</code>. The last command
-in <var>style</var> may be one that takes one argument, such as
-<code>\MakeUppercase</code> or <code>\fbox</code> that takes one argument. The
+<dt><var class="var">style</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-style"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"></a><p>Controls the styling of the title. See the examples below. Typical
+commands to use here are <code class="code">\centering</code>, <code class="code">\raggedright</code>,
+<code class="code">\normalfont</code>, <code class="code">\hrule</code>, or <code class="code">\newpage</code>. The last command
+in <var class="var">style</var> may be one that takes one argument, such as
+<code class="code">\MakeUppercase</code> or <code class="code">\fbox</code> that takes one argument. The
section title will be supplied as the argument to this command. For
-instance, setting <var>style</var> to <code>\bfseries\MakeUppercase</code> would
+instance, setting <var class="var">style</var> to <code class="code">\bfseries\MakeUppercase</code> would
produce titles that are bold and uppercase.
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p>These are LaTeX&rsquo;s defaults for the first three sectioning units that
-are defined with <code>\@startsection</code>, for the <samp>article</samp>,
-<samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes.
-</p>
-<ul>
-<li> For <code>section</code>: <var>level</var> is 1, <var>indent</var> is 0pt,
-<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
-<var>afterskip</var> is <code>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is
-<code>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</code>.
-
-</li><li> For <code>subsection</code>: <var>level</var> is 2, <var>indent</var> is 0pt,
-<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus <span class="nolinebreak">-0.2ex</span><!-- /@w --></code>,
-<var>afterskip</var> is <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is
-<code>\normalfont\large\bfseries</code>.
-
-</li><li> <p>For <code>subsubsection</code>: <var>level</var> is 3, <var>indent</var> is 0pt,
-<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
-<var>afterskip</var> is <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is
-<code>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</code>.
-</p></li></ul>
+are defined with <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, for the <samp class="file">article</samp>,
+<samp class="file">book</samp>, and <samp class="file">report</samp> classes.
+</p>
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li>For <code class="code">section</code>: <var class="var">level</var> is 1, <var class="var">indent</var> is 0<span class="dmn">pt</span>,
+<var class="var">beforeskip</var> is <code class="code">-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
+<var class="var">afterskip</var> is <code class="code">2.3ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var class="var">style</var> is
+<code class="code">\normalfont\Large\bfseries</code>.
+
+</li><li>For <code class="code">subsection</code>: <var class="var">level</var> is 2, <var class="var">indent</var> is 0<span class="dmn">pt</span>,
+<var class="var">beforeskip</var> is <code class="code">-3.25ex plus -1ex minus <span class="w-nolinebreak-text">-0.2ex</span><!-- /@w --></code>,
+<var class="var">afterskip</var> is <code class="code">1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var class="var">style</var> is
+<code class="code">\normalfont\large\bfseries</code>.
+
+</li><li><div class="raggedright"><p class="raggedright-paragraph">For <code class="code">subsubsection</code>: <var class="var">level</var> is 3, <var class="var">indent</var> is 0<span class="dmn">pt</span>,
+<var class="var">beforeskip</var> is <code class="code">-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
+<var class="var">afterskip</var> is <code class="code">1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var class="var">style</var> is
+<code class="code">\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</code>.
+</p></div></li></ul>
<p>Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or in the
preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble they
-must go between a <code>\makeatletter</code> command and a
-<code>\makeatother</code>. (Probably the error message <code>You can't use
+must go between a <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> command and a
+<code class="code">\makeatother</code>. (Probably the error message <code class="code">You can't use
`\spacefactor' in vertical mode.</code> means that you forgot this.)
-See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a>.
+See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>.
</p>
<p>This will put section titles in large boldface type, centered. It says
-<code>\renewcommand</code> because LaTeX&rsquo;s standard classes have already
-defined a <code>\section</code>. For the same reason it does not define a
-<code>section</code> counter, or the commands <code>\thesection</code> and
-<code>\l@section</code>.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand\section{%
- \@startsection{section}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><var>name</var></a>
- {1}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><var>level</var></a>
- {0pt}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><var>indent</var></a>
- {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><var>beforeskip</var></a>
- {2.3ex plus.2ex}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><var>afterskip</var></a>
- {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><var>style</var></a>
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code> because LaTeX&rsquo;s standard classes have already
+defined a <code class="code">\section</code>. For the same reason it does not define a
+<code class="code">section</code> counter, or the commands <code class="code">\thesection</code> and
+<code class="code">\l@section</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand\section{%
+ \@startsection{section}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><var class="var">name</var></a>
+ {1}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><var class="var">level</var></a>
+ {0pt}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><var class="var">indent</var></a>
+ {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><var class="var">beforeskip</var></a>
+ {2.3ex plus.2ex}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><var class="var">afterskip</var></a>
+ {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><var class="var">style</var></a>
}
</pre></div>
-<p>This will put <code>subsection</code> titles in small caps type, inline with the paragraph.
+<p>This will put <code class="code">subsection</code> titles in small caps type, inline with the paragraph.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand\subsection{%
- \@startsection{subsection}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><var>name</var></a>
- {2}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><var>level</var></a>
- {0em}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><var>indent</var></a>
- {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><var>beforeskip</var></a>
- {-1em plus 0.2em}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><var>afterskip</var></a>
- {\scshape}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><var>style</var></a>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand\subsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsection}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><var class="var">name</var></a>
+ {2}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><var class="var">level</var></a>
+ {0em}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><var class="var">indent</var></a>
+ {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><var class="var">beforeskip</var></a>
+ {-1em plus 0.2em}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><var class="var">afterskip</var></a>
+ {\scshape}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><var class="var">style</var></a>
}
</pre></div>
@@ -4935,7 +4943,7 @@ This defines a new one, illustrating the needed counter and macros to
display that counter.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% show counters this far down
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% show counters this far down
\newcounter{subsubparagraph}[subparagraph]% counter for numbering
\renewcommand{\thesubsubparagraph}% how to display
{\thesubparagraph.\@arabic\c@subsubparagraph}% numbering
@@ -4954,25 +4962,25 @@ display that counter.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Cross-references">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Cross-references">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environments</a>, Previous: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Sectioning</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Cross-references-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">7 Cross references</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Cross-references-1">7 Cross references</h2>
-<span id="index-cross-references"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cross-references"></a>
-<span id="index-label"></span>
-<p>We often want something like &lsquo;<samp>See Theorem~31</samp>&rsquo;. But by-hand typing
-the 31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a <em>label</em> such as
-<code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <em>reference</em> it, as with
-<code>See equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}</code>. LaTeX will automatically
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-label"></a>
+<p>We often want something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">See Theorem~31</samp>&rsquo;. But by-hand typing
+the 31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a <em class="dfn">label</em> such as
+<code class="code">\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <em class="dfn">reference</em> it, as with
+<code class="code">See equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}</code>. LaTeX will automatically
work out the number, put it into the output, and will change that number
later if needed.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">We will see this with Theorem~\ref{th:GreensThm}. % forward reference
+<pre class="example-preformatted">We will see this with Theorem~\ref{th:GreensThm}. % forward reference
...
\begin{theorem} \label{th:GreensThm}
...
@@ -4982,110 +4990,110 @@ See Theorem~\ref{th:GreensThm} on page~\pageref{th:GreensThm}.
</pre></div>
<p>LaTeX tracks cross reference information in a file having the
-extension <samp>.aux</samp> and with the same base name as the file containing
-the <code>\label</code>. So if <code>\label</code> is in <samp>calculus.tex</samp> then
-the information is in <samp>calculus.aux</samp>. LaTeX puts the
-information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>.
+extension <samp class="file">.aux</samp> and with the same base name as the file containing
+the <code class="code">\label</code>. So if <code class="code">\label</code> is in <samp class="file">calculus.tex</samp> then
+the information is in <samp class="file">calculus.aux</samp>. LaTeX puts the
+information in that file every time it runs across a <code class="code">\label</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-forward-reference"></span>
-<span id="index-reference_002c-forward"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-forward-reference"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-reference_002c-forward"></a>
<p>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
-happens when your document has a <em>forward reference</em>, a <code>\ref</code>
-that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>. If this is the first
-time that you are compiling the document then you will get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX
+happens when your document has a <em class="dfn">forward reference</em>, a <code class="code">\ref</code>
+that appears before the associated <code class="code">\label</code>. If this is the first
+time that you are compiling the document then you will get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX
Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross references right</samp>&rsquo;
and in the output the forward reference will appear as two question
-marks&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp>??</samp>&rsquo;, in boldface. A similar thing happens if you
+marks&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">??</samp>&rsquo;, in boldface. A similar thing happens if you
change some things so the references changes; you get the same warning
and the output contains the old reference information. In both cases,
resolve this by compiling the document a second time.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-cleveref"></span>
-<span id="index-cleveref-package"></span>
-<p>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances LaTeX&rsquo;s
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cleveref"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cleveref-package"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">cleveref</code> package enhances LaTeX&rsquo;s
cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter
-<code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then
-<code>\cref{th:Nerode}</code> will output &lsquo;<samp>Theorem 3.21</samp>&rsquo;, without you
+<code class="code">\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then
+<code class="code">\cref{th:Nerode}</code> will output &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Theorem 3.21</samp>&rsquo;, without you
having to enter the &ldquo;Theorem.&rdquo;
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1"><code>\label</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2"><code>\pageref</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3"><code>\ref</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#xr-package" accesskey="4"><code>xr</code> package</a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\label</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\pageref</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\ref</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#xr-package" accesskey="4"><code class="code">xr</code> package</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005clabel">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005clabel">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\pageref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\pageref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005clabel-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.1 <code>\label</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005clabel-1">7.1 <code class="code">\label</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005clabel"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabel"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\label{<var>key</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Assign a reference number to <var>key</var>. In ordinary text
-<code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> assigns to <var>key</var> the number of the
+<p>Assign a reference number to <var class="var">key</var>. In ordinary text
+<code class="code">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}</code> assigns to <var class="var">key</var> the number of the
current sectional unit. Inside an environment with numbering, such as a
-<code>table</code> or <code>theorem</code> environment, <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code>
-assigns to <var>key</var> the number of that environment. Retrieve the
-assigned number with the <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code> command
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>).
+<code class="code">table</code> or <code class="code">theorem</code> environment, <code class="code">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}</code>
+assigns to <var class="var">key</var> the number of that environment. Retrieve the
+assigned number with the <code class="code">\ref{<var class="var">key</var>}</code> command
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cref"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>).
</p>
<p>A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common
punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are
distinguished, as usual.
</p>
<p>A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix
-separated by a colon or period. Thus, <code>\label{fig:Post}</code> is a
+separated by a colon or period. Thus, <code class="code">\label{fig:Post}</code> is a
label for a figure with a portrait of Emil Post. This helps to avoid
accidentally creating two labels with the same name, and makes your
source more readable. Some commonly-used prefixes:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>ch</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">ch</code></dt>
<dd><p>for chapters
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>sec</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>subsec</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">sec</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">subsec</code></dt>
<dd><p>for lower-level sectioning commands
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>fig</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">fig</code></dt>
<dd><p>for figures
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>tab</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">tab</code></dt>
<dd><p>for tables
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>eq</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">eq</code></dt>
<dd><p>for equations
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p>In the auxiliary file the reference information is kept as the text of
a command of the form
-<code>\newlabel{<var>label</var>}{{<var>currentlabel</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}}</code>.
-Here <var>currentlabel</var> is the current value of the macro
-<code>\@currentlabel</code> that is usually updated whenever you call
-<code>\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code>.
+<code class="code">\newlabel{<var class="var">label</var>}{{<var class="var">currentlabel</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}}</code>.
+Here <var class="var">currentlabel</var> is the current value of the macro
+<code class="code">\@currentlabel</code> that is usually updated whenever you call
+<code class="code">\refstepcounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code>.
</p>
-<p>Below, the key <code>sec:test</code> will get the number of the current
-section and the key <code>fig:test</code> will get the number of the figure.
+<p>Below, the key <code class="code">sec:test</code> will get the number of the current
+section and the key <code class="code">fig:test</code> will get the number of the figure.
(Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and tables.)
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\section{section name}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section{section name}
\label{sec:test}
This is Section~\ref{sec:test}.
\begin{figure}
@@ -5099,37 +5107,37 @@ See Figure~\ref{fig:test}.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpageref">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpageref">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\ref</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\label</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\label</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cpageref-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpageref-1">7.2 <code class="code">\pageref</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cpageref"></span>
-<span id="index-cross-referencing-with-page-number"></span>
-<span id="index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpageref"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cross-referencing-with-page-number"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pageref{<var>key</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pageref{<var class="var">key</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Produce the page number of the place in the text where the corresponding
-<code>\label</code>{<var>key</var>} command appears.
+<code class="code">\label</code>{<var class="var">key</var>} command appears.
</p>
-<p>If there is no <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on
+<p>If there is no <code class="code">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}</code> then you get something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on
input line 11.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
-<p>Below, the <code>\label{eq:main}</code> is used both for the formula number
+<p>Below, the <code class="code">\label{eq:main}</code> is used both for the formula number
and for the page number. (Note that the two references are forward
references so this document would need to be compiled twice to resolve
those.)
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The main result is formula~\ref{eq:main} on page~\pageref{eq:main}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The main result is formula~\ref{eq:main} on page~\pageref{eq:main}.
...
\begin{equation} \label{eq:main}
\mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP}
@@ -5139,41 +5147,41 @@ those.)
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cref">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cref">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#xr-package" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>xr</code> package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\pageref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#xr-package" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">xr</code> package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\pageref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cref-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.3 <code>\ref</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cref-1">7.3 <code class="code">\ref</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cref"></span>
-<span id="index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic"></span>
-<span id="index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span>
-<span id="index-equation-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span>
-<span id="index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span>
-<span id="index-footnote-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cref"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equation-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnote-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ref{<var>key</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ref{<var class="var">key</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Produces the number of the sectional unit,
equation, footnote, figure, &hellip;, of the corresponding
-<code>\label</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>). It does not produce any text,
+<code class="code">\label</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005clabel"><code class="code">\label</code></a>). It does not produce any text,
such as the word &lsquo;Section&rsquo; or &lsquo;Figure&rsquo;, just the bare number itself.
</p>
-<p>If there is no <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on
+<p>If there is no <code class="code">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}</code> then you get something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on
input line 11.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
-<p>In this example the <code>\ref{popular}</code> produces &lsquo;<samp>2</samp>&rsquo;. Note that
-it is a forward reference since it comes before <code>\label{popular}</code>
+<p>In this example the <code class="code">\ref{popular}</code> produces &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2</samp>&rsquo;. Note that
+it is a forward reference since it comes before <code class="code">\label{popular}</code>
so this document would have to be compiled twice.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}.
\begin{enumerate}
\item Plain \TeX
\item \label{popular} \LaTeX
@@ -5181,209 +5189,209 @@ so this document would have to be compiled twice.
\end{enumerate}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-cleveref-1"></span>
-<span id="index-cleveref-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cleveref-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cleveref-package-1"></a>
-<p>The <code>cleveref</code> package includes text such as &lsquo;<samp>Theorem</samp>&rsquo; in the
+<p>The <code class="code">cleveref</code> package includes text such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Theorem</samp>&rsquo; in the
reference. See the documentation on CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="xr-package">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="xr-package">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\ref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="xr-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.4 <code>xr</code> package</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="xr-package-1">7.4 <code class="code">xr</code> package</h3>
-<span id="index-package_002c-xr"></span>
-<span id="index-xr-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xr"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xr-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"></span>
-<span id="index-xr_002dhyper-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xr_002dhyper-package"></a>
-<span id="index-_005cexternaldocument"></span>
-<span id="index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cexternaldocument"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{xr}
- \externaldocument{<var>document-basename</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{<var class="var">document-basename</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{xr}
- \externaldocument[<var>reference-prefix</var>]{<var>document-basename</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument[<var class="var">reference-prefix</var>]{<var class="var">document-basename</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Make cross references to the external document
-<samp><var>document-basename</var>.tex</samp>.
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">document-basename</var>.tex</samp>.
</p>
-<p>Here is an example. If <samp>lectures.tex</samp> has this in the preamble
+<p>Here is an example. If <samp class="file">lectures.tex</samp> has this in the preamble
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{xr}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xr}
\externaldocument{exercises}
\externaldocument[H-]{hints}
\externaldocument{answers}
</pre></div>
<p>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents.
-Suppose that <samp>exercises.tex</samp> has an enumerated list containing
+Suppose that <samp class="file">exercises.tex</samp> has an enumerated list containing
this,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree?
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree?
</pre></div>
-<p>and <samp>hints.tex</samp> has an enumerated list with this,
+<p>and <samp class="file">hints.tex</samp> has an enumerated list with this,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices.
</pre></div>
-<p>and <samp>answers.tex</samp> has an enumerated list with this,
+<p>and <samp class="file">answers.tex</samp> has an enumerated list with this,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there
are exactly two vertices.
</pre></div>
<p>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering
-this in the body of <samp>lectures.tex</samp> will result in the lectures
+this in the body of <samp class="file">lectures.tex</samp> will result in the lectures
getting the reference numbers used in the other documents.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}.
The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
</pre></div>
-<p>The prefix <code>H-</code> for the reference from the hints file is needed
+<p>The prefix <code class="code">H-</code> for the reference from the hints file is needed
because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the
exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the
number from the later file.
</p>
-<p>Note: if the document uses the <code>hyperref</code> package then in place of
-<code>xr</code>, put <code>\usepackage{xr-hyper}</code> before the
-<code>\usepackage{hyperref}</code>. Also, if any of the multiple documents
-uses <code>hyperref</code> then they all must use it.
+<p>Note: if the document uses the <code class="code">hyperref</code> package then in place of
+<code class="code">xr</code>, put <code class="code">\usepackage{xr-hyper}</code> before the
+<code class="code">\usepackage{hyperref}</code>. Also, if any of the multiple documents
+uses <code class="code">hyperref</code> then they all must use it.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Environments">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Environments">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Line breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cross references</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Environments-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">8 Environments</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Environments-1">8 Environments</h2>
-<span id="index-environments"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cbegin"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cend"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environments"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbegin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cend"></a>
<p>LaTeX provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior.
-An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>,
+An environment begins with <code class="code">\begin</code> and ends with <code class="code">\end</code>,
like this:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{<var>environment-name</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{<var class="var">environment-name</var>}
...
-\end{<var>environment-name</var>}
+\end{<var class="var">environment-name</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <var>environment-name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at
+<p>The <var class="var">environment-name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at
the end. For instance, the input
-<code>\begin{table*}...\end{table}</code> will cause an error like:
-&lsquo;<samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
+<code class="code">\begin{table*}...\end{table}</code> will cause an error like:
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
\end{table}.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
-<span id="index-group_002c-and-environments"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-group_002c-and-environments"></a>
<p>Environments are executed within a group.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#abstract" accesskey="1"><code>abstract</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#array" accesskey="2"><code>array</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#center" accesskey="3"><code>center</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#description" accesskey="4"><code>description</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5"><code>displaymath</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#document" accesskey="6"><code>document</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7"><code>enumerate</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8"><code>eqnarray</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#equation" accesskey="9"><code>equation</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#filecontents"><code>filecontents</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#flushleft"><code>flushleft</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#flushright"><code>flushright</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#letter"><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a></li>
-<li><a href="#list"><code>list</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#math"><code>math</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote"><code>quotation</code> &amp; <code>quote</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#tabbing"><code>tabbing</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#table"><code>table</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#theorem"><code>theorem</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#titlepage"><code>titlepage</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#verbatim"><code>verbatim</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#verse"><code>verse</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#abstract" accesskey="1"><code class="code">abstract</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#array" accesskey="2"><code class="code">array</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#center" accesskey="3"><code class="code">center</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#description" accesskey="4"><code class="code">description</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#document" accesskey="6"><code class="code">document</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8"><code class="code">eqnarray</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#equation" accesskey="9"><code class="code">equation</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#filecontents"><code class="code">filecontents</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#flushleft"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#flushright"><code class="code">flushright</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#letter"><code class="code">letter</code> environment: writing letters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#math"><code class="code">math</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote"><code class="code">quotation</code> &amp; <code class="code">quote</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#tabbing"><code class="code">tabbing</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#theorem"><code class="code">theorem</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#titlepage"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#verbatim"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#verse"><code class="code">verse</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="abstract">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="abstract">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>array</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">array</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="abstract-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.1 <code>abstract</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="abstract-1">8.1 <code class="code">abstract</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-abstract"></span>
-<span id="index-abstract-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-abstract"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-abstract-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-abstracts"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-abstracts"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{abstract}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{abstract}
...
\end{abstract}
</pre></div>
<p>Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This environment
-is only defined in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> document classes
-(see <a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a>).
+is only defined in the <code class="code">article</code> and <code class="code">report</code> document classes
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a>).
</p>
-<p>Using the example below in the <code>article</code> class produces a displayed
-paragraph. Document class option <code>titlepage</code> causes the abstract
-to be on a separate page (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>); this is the
-default only in the <code>report</code> class.
+<p>Using the example below in the <code class="code">article</code> class produces a displayed
+paragraph. Document class option <code class="code">titlepage</code> causes the abstract
+to be on a separate page (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>); this is the
+default only in the <code class="code">report</code> class.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{abstract}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{abstract}
We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander
to Robert E Lee at the Appomattox Court House that the army continue
in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused.
\end{abstract}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-abstract"></span>
-<span id="index-abstract-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-abstract"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-abstract-package"></a>
<p>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for
-a more flexible solution, use the package <samp>abstract</samp>).
+a more flexible solution, use the package <code class="code">abstract</code>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
...
\begin{document}
\title{Babe Ruth as Cultural Progenitor: a Atavistic Approach}
@@ -5406,23 +5414,23 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <samp>abstract</samp>).
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="array">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="array">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>center</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#abstract" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>abstract</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">center</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#abstract" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">abstract</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="array-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.2 <code>array</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="array-1">8.2 <code class="code">array</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-array"></span>
-<span id="index-array-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-array"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-array-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-arrays_002c-math"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-arrays_002c-math"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{array}{<var>cols</var>}
- <var>column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var>column n entry</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{array}{<var class="var">cols</var>}
+ <var class="var">column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var class="var">column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var class="var">column n entry</var> \\
...
\end{array}
</pre></div>
@@ -5430,22 +5438,22 @@ Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>center</code></a>, Previo
<p>or:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{array}[<var>pos</var>]{<var>cols</var>}
- <var>column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var>column n entry</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{array}[<var class="var">pos</var>]{<var class="var">cols</var>}
+ <var class="var">column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var class="var">column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var class="var">column n entry</var> \\
...
\end{array}
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math
-mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>), and normally appears within a displayed
-mathematics environment such as <code>equation</code> (see <a href="#equation"><code>equation</code></a>).
+mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>), and normally appears within a displayed
+mathematics environment such as <code class="code">equation</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#equation"><code class="code">equation</code></a>).
Inside of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand,
-(<code>&amp;</code>). Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>).
+(<code class="code">&amp;</code>). Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This example shows a three by three array.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation*}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation*}
\chi(x) =
\left| % vertical bar fence
\begin{array}{ccc}
@@ -5457,45 +5465,45 @@ Inside of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand,
\end{equation*}
</pre></div>
-<p>The required argument <var>cols</var> describes the number of columns, their
+<p>The required argument <var class="var">cols</var> describes the number of columns, their
alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. For instance,
-<code>\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}</code> gives three columns: the
+<code class="code">\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}</code> gives three columns: the
first flush right, the second centered, and the third flush left. See
-<a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a> for the complete description of <var>cols</var> and of the
+<a class="ref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> for the complete description of <var class="var">cols</var> and of the
other common features of the two environments, including the optional
-<var>pos</var> argument.
-</p>
-<p>There are two ways that <code>array</code> diverges from <code>tabular</code>. The
-first is that <code>array</code> entries are typeset in math mode, in
-textstyle (see <a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a>) except if the <var>cols</var> definition specifies
-the column with <code>p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in
-text mode. The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&rsquo;s parameter
-<code>\tabcolsep</code>, LaTeX&rsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is
+<var class="var">pos</var> argument.
+</p>
+<p>There are two ways that <code class="code">array</code> diverges from <code class="code">tabular</code>. The
+first is that <code class="code">array</code> entries are typeset in math mode, in
+textstyle (see <a class="pxref" href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a>) except if the <var class="var">cols</var> definition specifies
+the column with <code class="code">p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in
+text mode. The second is that, instead of <code class="code">tabular</code>&rsquo;s parameter
+<code class="code">\tabcolsep</code>, LaTeX&rsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code class="code">array</code> is
governed by
-<span id="index-_005carraycolsep"></span>
-<code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The
-default for this is &lsquo;<samp>5pt</samp>&rsquo; so that between two columns comes
-10pt of space.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005carraycolsep"></a>
+<code class="code">\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The
+default for this is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5pt</samp>&rsquo; so that between two columns comes
+10<span class="dmn">pt</span> of space.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package"></a>
-<p>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <code>amsmath</code>
-package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array
-surrounded by parentheses&nbsp;<code>(...)</code>, <code>bmatrix</code> for an array
-surrounded by square brackets&nbsp;<code>[...]</code>, <code>Bmatrix</code> for an
-array surrounded by curly braces&nbsp;<code>{...}</code>, <code>vmatrix</code> for
-an array surrounded by vertical bars&nbsp;<code>|...|</code>, and
-<code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical
-bars&nbsp;<code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
+<p>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <code class="code">amsmath</code>
+package. It comes with environments <code class="code">pmatrix</code> for an array
+surrounded by parentheses&nbsp;<code class="code">(...)</code>, <code class="code">bmatrix</code> for an array
+surrounded by square brackets&nbsp;<code class="code">[...]</code>, <code class="code">Bmatrix</code> for an
+array surrounded by curly braces&nbsp;<code class="code">{...}</code>, <code class="code">vmatrix</code> for
+an array surrounded by vertical bars&nbsp;<code class="code">|...|</code>, and
+<code class="code">Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical
+bars&nbsp;<code class="code">||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-1"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-1"></a>
-<p>The next example uses the <code>amsmath</code> package.
+<p>The next example uses the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble
\begin{equation}
\begin{vmatrix}{cc} % array with vert lines
@@ -5505,59 +5513,59 @@ bars&nbsp;<code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-array"></span>
-<span id="index-array-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-array"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-array-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-dcolumn"></span>
-<span id="index-dcolumn-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-dcolumn"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dcolumn-package"></a>
-<p>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <code>array</code> package has
-many useful extensions, including more column types. The <code>dcolumn</code>
+<p>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <code class="code">array</code> package has
+many useful extensions, including more column types. The <code class="code">dcolumn</code>
package adds a column type to center on a decimal point. For both see
the documentation on CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="center">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="center">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>description</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#array" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>array</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">description</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#array" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">array</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="center-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.3 <code>center</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="center-1">8.3 <code class="code">center</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-center"></span>
-<span id="index-center-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-center"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-center-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-centering-text_002c-environment-for"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-centering-text_002c-environment-for"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
- <var>line1</var> \\
- <var>line2</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ <var class="var">line1</var> \\
+ <var class="var">line2</var> \\
...
\end{center}
</pre></div>
<p>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are
centered within the left and right margins. Use
-double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>).
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"></span>
+double-backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>, to get a line break (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"></a>
If some text is too long to fit on a line then LaTeX will insert line
breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any
interword space.
</p>
<p>This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See
-<a href="#g_t_005ccentering"><code>\centering</code></a> to avoid such space, for example inside a <code>figure</code>
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005ccentering"><code class="code">\centering</code></a> to avoid such space, for example inside a <code class="code">figure</code>
environment.
</p>
<p>This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical
space between the last two lines.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fufillment \\
of the Requirements of \\[0.5ex]
the School of Environmental Engineering
@@ -5571,7 +5579,7 @@ Then LaTeX will break at the double backslash, and will center the
ending.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink
alcohol was not to be tolerated.\\
I grew up in that belief. ---Richard Burton
@@ -5586,250 +5594,250 @@ entire page.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1"><code>\centering</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\centering</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccentering">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccentering">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>center</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Up: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">center</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ccentering-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.3.1 <code>\centering</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccentering-1">8.3.1 <code class="code">\centering</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005ccentering"></span>
-<span id="index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccentering"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">{\centering ... }
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\centering ... }
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{group}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{group}
\centering ...
\end{group}
</pre></div>
<p>Center the material in its scope. It is most often used inside an
-environment such as <code>figure</code>, or in a <code>parbox</code>.
+environment such as <code class="code">figure</code>, or in a <code class="code">parbox</code>.
</p>
-<p>This example&rsquo;s <code>\centering</code> declaration causes the graphic to be
+<p>This example&rsquo;s <code class="code">\centering</code> declaration causes the graphic to be
horizontally centered.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{figure}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}
\centering
\includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{ctan_lion.png}
\caption{CTAN Lion} \label{fig:CTANLion}
\end{figure}
</pre></div>
-<p>The scope of this <code>\centering</code> ends with the <code>\end{figure}</code>.
+<p>The scope of this <code class="code">\centering</code> ends with the <code class="code">\end{figure}</code>.
</p>
-<p>Unlike the <code>center</code> environment, the <code>\centering</code> command does
+<p>Unlike the <code class="code">center</code> environment, the <code class="code">\centering</code> command does
not add vertical space above and below the text. That&rsquo;s its advantage
in the above example; there is not an excess of space.
</p>
<p>It also does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX
-formats paragraph units. If <code>ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz</code> is
+formats paragraph units. If <code class="code">ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz</code> is
surrounded by blank lines then LaTeX will create a paragraph whose
-first line &lsquo;<samp>ww xx</samp>&rsquo; is centered and whose second line, not centered,
-contains &lsquo;<samp>yy zz</samp>&rsquo;. Usually what is desired is for the scope of the
-declaration to contain a blank line or the <code>\end</code> command of an
-environment such as <code>figure</code> or <code>table</code> that ends the
-paragraph unit. Thus, if <code>{\centering xx \\ yy\par} zz</code> is
+first line &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ww xx</samp>&rsquo; is centered and whose second line, not centered,
+contains &lsquo;<samp class="samp">yy zz</samp>&rsquo;. Usually what is desired is for the scope of the
+declaration to contain a blank line or the <code class="code">\end</code> command of an
+environment such as <code class="code">figure</code> or <code class="code">table</code> that ends the
+paragraph unit. Thus, if <code class="code">{\centering xx \\ yy\par} zz</code> is
surrounded by blank lines then it makes a new paragraph with two
-centered lines &lsquo;<samp>xx</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>yy</samp>&rsquo;, followed by a new paragraph with
-&lsquo;<samp>zz</samp>&rsquo; that is formatted as usual.
+centered lines &lsquo;<samp class="samp">xx</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">yy</samp>&rsquo;, followed by a new paragraph with
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">zz</samp>&rsquo; that is formatted as usual.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="description">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="description">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>displaymath</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#center" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>center</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#center" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">center</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="description-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.4 <code>description</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="description-1">8.4 <code class="code">description</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-description"></span>
-<span id="index-description-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-description"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-description-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-labelled-lists_002c-creating"></span>
-<span id="index-description-lists_002c-creating"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-labelled-lists_002c-creating"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-description-lists_002c-creating"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{description}
- \item[<var>label of first item</var>] <var>text of first item</var>
- \item[<var>label of second item</var>] <var>text of second item</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{description}
+ \item[<var class="var">label of first item</var>] <var class="var">text of first item</var>
+ \item[<var class="var">label of second item</var>] <var class="var">text of second item</var>
...
\end{description}
</pre></div>
-<p>Environment to make a list of labeled items. Each item&rsquo;s <var>label</var> is
+<p>Environment to make a list of labeled items. Each item&rsquo;s <var class="var">label</var> is
typeset in bold and is flush left, so that long labels continue into the
first line of the item text. There must be at least one item; having
-none causes the LaTeX error &lsquo;<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a
+none causes the LaTeX error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Something's wrong--perhaps a
missing \item</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>This example shows the environment used for a sequence of definitions.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{description}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{description}
\item[lama] A priest.
\item[llama] A beast.
\end{description}
</pre></div>
-<p>The labels &lsquo;<samp>lama</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>llama</samp>&rsquo; are output in boldface, with the
+<p>The labels &lsquo;<samp class="samp">lama</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">llama</samp>&rsquo; are output in boldface, with the
left edge on the left margin.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005citem"></span>
-<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). Use the
-optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is
-no sensible default. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem"></a>
+<p>Start list items with the <code class="code">\item</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). Use the
+optional labels, as in <code class="code">\item[Main point]</code>, because there is
+no sensible default. Following the <code class="code">\item</code> is optional text, which
may contain multiple paragraphs.
</p>
-<span id="index-bold-typewriter_002c-avoiding"></span>
-<span id="index-typewriter-labels-in-lists"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bold-typewriter_002c-avoiding"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-typewriter-labels-in-lists"></a>
<p>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font
-change given in argument style (see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>) then it will come
+change given in argument style (see <a class="ref" href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>) then it will come
out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with
-<code>\item[\texttt{label text}]</code> then it will appear in bold
+<code class="code">\item[\texttt{label text}]</code> then it will appear in bold
typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way around this, in this
example to get non-bold typewriter, is to use declarative style:
-<code>\item[{\tt label text}]</code>. Similarly, get the standard roman
-font with <code>\item[{\rm label text}]</code>.
+<code class="code">\item[{\tt label text}]</code>. Similarly, get the standard roman
+font with <code class="code">\item[{\rm label text}]</code>.
</p>
-<p>For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>
-and <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>. Unlike those environments, nesting
-<code>description</code> environments does not change the default label; it is
+<p>For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see <a class="ref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>
+and <a class="ref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>. Unlike those environments, nesting
+<code class="code">description</code> environments does not change the default label; it is
boldface and flush left at all levels.
</p>
<p>For information about list layout parameters, including the default
values, and for information about customizing list layout, see
-<a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>. The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing
+<a class="ref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>. The package <code class="code">enumitem</code> is useful for customizing
lists.
</p>
<p>This example changes the description labels to small caps.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%
{\hspace{\labelsep}\textsc{#1}}}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="displaymath">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="displaymath">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>document</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#description" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>description</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">document</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#description" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">description</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="displaymath-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.5 <code>displaymath</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="displaymath-1">8.5 <code class="code">displaymath</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-displaymath"></span>
-<span id="index-displaymath-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-displaymath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-displaymath-environment"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
- <var>mathematical text</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ <var class="var">mathematical text</var>
\end{displaymath}
</pre></div>
-<p>Environment to typeset the <var>mathematical text</var> on its own line, in
+<p>Environment to typeset the <var class="var">mathematical text</var> on its own line, in
display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the
-global option <code>fleqn</code>; see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>.
+global option <code class="code">fleqn</code>; see <a class="ref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>.
</p>
-<p>In the <code>displaymath</code> environment no equation number is added to the
+<p>In the <code class="code">displaymath</code> environment no equation number is added to the
math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the
-<code>equation</code> environment (see <a href="#equation"><code>equation</code></a>).
+<code class="code">equation</code> environment (see <a class="pxref" href="#equation"><code class="code">equation</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>LaTeX will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines.
+<p>LaTeX will not break the <var class="var">math text</var> across lines.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-2"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-2"></a>
-<p>Note that the <code>amsmath</code> package has significantly more extensive
+<p>Note that the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package has significantly more extensive
displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of
ways in that package for having math text broken across lines.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"></span>
-<p>The construct <code>\[<var>math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment
-<code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"></a>
+<p>The construct <code class="code">\[<var class="var">math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment
+<code class="code">\begin{displaymath} <var class="var">math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the
latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance,
searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word
-<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique.
+<code class="code">displaymath</code> will likely be unique.
</p>
-<span id="index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-plain-TeX-display-math"></span>
-<p>(Aside: The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain&nbsp;TeX is
-sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-plain-TeX-display-math"></a>
+<p>(Aside: The construct <code class="code">$$<var class="var">math</var>$$</code> from Plain&nbsp;TeX is
+sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code class="code">displaymath</code>. It is
not a synonym, and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all;
-<code>$$</code> doesn&rsquo;t support the <code>fleqn</code> option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>), has different vertical spacing, and doesn&rsquo;t perform
+<code class="code">$$</code> doesn&rsquo;t support the <code class="code">fleqn</code> option (see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>), has different vertical spacing, and doesn&rsquo;t perform
consistency checks.)
</p>
<p>The output from this example is centered and alone on its line.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
\int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
\end{displaymath}
</pre></div>
<p>Also, the integral sign is larger than the inline version
-<code>\( \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3 \)</code> produces.
+<code class="code">\( \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3 \)</code> produces.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="document">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="document">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>enumerate</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>displaymath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="document-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.6 <code>document</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="document-1">8.6 <code class="code">document</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-document"></span>
-<span id="index-document-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-document"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-environment"></a>
-<p>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document.
-It is required in every LaTeX document. See <a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a>.
+<p>The <code class="code">document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document.
+It is required in every LaTeX document. See <a class="xref" href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="1"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="2"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\AtEndDocument</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>document</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\AtEndDocument</code></a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">document</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.6.1 <code>\AtBeginDocument</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument-1">8.6.1 <code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cAtBeginDocument"></span>
-<span id="index-beginning-of-document-hook"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtBeginDocument"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-beginning-of-document-hook"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\AtBeginDocument{<var>code</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\AtBeginDocument{<var class="var">code</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Save <var>code</var> and execute it when <code>\begin{document}</code> is
+<p>Save <var class="var">code</var> and execute it when <code class="code">\begin{document}</code> is
executed, at the very end of the preamble. The code is executed after
the font selection tables have been set up, so the normal font for the
document is the current font. However, the code is executed as part of
@@ -5841,28 +5849,28 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>document</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">document</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.6.2 <code>\AtEndDocument</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument-1">8.6.2 <code class="code">\AtEndDocument</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cAtEndDocument"></span>
-<span id="index-end-of-document-hook"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndDocument"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-end-of-document-hook"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\AtEndDocument{<var>code</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\AtEndDocument{<var class="var">code</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Save <var>code</var> and execute it near the end of the document.
-Specifically, it is executed when <code>\end{document}</code> is executed,
+<p>Save <var class="var">code</var> and execute it near the end of the document.
+Specifically, it is executed when <code class="code">\end{document}</code> is executed,
before the final page is finished and before any leftover floating
environments are processed. If you want some of the code to be executed
-after these two processes then include a <code>\clearpage</code> at the
-appropriate point in <var>code</var>.
+after these two processes then include a <code class="code">\clearpage</code> at the
+appropriate point in <var class="var">code</var>.
</p>
<p>You can issue this command more than once; the successive code lines
will be executed in the order that you gave them.
@@ -5871,135 +5879,135 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="enumerate">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="enumerate">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>eqnarray</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#document" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>document</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">eqnarray</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#document" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">document</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="enumerate-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.7 <code>enumerate</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="enumerate-1">8.7 <code class="code">enumerate</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-enumerate"></span>
-<span id="index-enumerate-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-enumerate"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumerate-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{enumerate}
- \item[<var>optional label of first item</var>] <var>text of first item</var>
- \item[<var>optional label of second item</var>] <var>text of second item</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{enumerate}
+ \item[<var class="var">optional label of first item</var>] <var class="var">text of first item</var>
+ \item[<var class="var">optional label of second item</var>] <var class="var">text of second item</var>
...
\end{enumerate}
</pre></div>
<p>Environment to produce a numbered list of items. The format of the
label numbering depends on the nesting level of this environment; see
-below. The default top-level numbering is &lsquo;<samp>1.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>2.</samp>&rsquo;,
-etc. Each <code>enumerate</code> list environment must have at least one item;
-having none causes the LaTeX error &lsquo;<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a
+below. The default top-level numbering is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;,
+etc. Each <code class="code">enumerate</code> list environment must have at least one item;
+having none causes the LaTeX error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Something's wrong--perhaps a
missing \item</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>This example gives the first two finishers in the 1908 Olympic marathon.
-As a top-level list the labels would come out as &lsquo;<samp>1.</samp>&rsquo; and
-&lsquo;<samp>2.</samp>&rsquo;.
+As a top-level list the labels would come out as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo; and
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{enumerate}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{enumerate}
\item Johnny Hayes (USA)
\item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
\end{enumerate}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005citem-1"></span>
-<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). If you
-give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
-brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item
-will continue the interrupted sequence (see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). That is, you
-will get labels like &lsquo;<samp>1.</samp>&rsquo;, then &lsquo;<samp>Interstitial label</samp>&rsquo;, then
-&lsquo;<samp>2.</samp>&rsquo;. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem-1"></a>
+<p>Start list items with the <code class="code">\item</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). If you
+give <code class="code">\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
+brackets, as in <code class="code">\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item
+will continue the interrupted sequence (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). That is, you
+will get labels like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo;, then &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Interstitial label</samp>&rsquo;, then
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;. Following the <code class="code">\item</code> is optional text, which may
contain multiple paragraphs.
</p>
-<p>Enumerations may be nested within other <code>enumerate</code> environments,
-or within any paragraph-making environment such as <code>itemize</code>
-(see <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>), up to four levels deep. This gives LaTeX&rsquo;s
+<p>Enumerations may be nested within other <code class="code">enumerate</code> environments,
+or within any paragraph-making environment such as <code class="code">itemize</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>), up to four levels deep. This gives LaTeX&rsquo;s
default for the format at each nesting level, where 1 is the top level,
the outermost level.
</p>
-<ol>
-<li> arabic number followed by a period: &lsquo;<samp>1.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>2.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
-</li><li> lowercase letter inside parentheses: &lsquo;<samp>(a)</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>(b)</samp>&rsquo;&nbsp;&hellip;
-</li><li> lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: &lsquo;<samp>i.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>ii.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
-</li><li> uppercase letter followed by a period: &lsquo;<samp>A.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>B.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
+<ol class="enumerate">
+<li> arabic number followed by a period: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
+</li><li> lowercase letter inside parentheses: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">(a)</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">(b)</samp>&rsquo;&nbsp;&hellip;
+</li><li> lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">i.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ii.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
+</li><li> uppercase letter followed by a period: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">B.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
</li></ol>
-<span id="index-_005cenumi"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cenumii"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cenumiii"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cenumiv"></span>
-<span id="enumerate-enumi"></span><span id="enumerate-enumii"></span><span id="enumerate-enumiii"></span><span id="enumerate-enumiv"></span><p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the counters <code>\enumi</code> through
-<code>\enumiv</code> (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenumi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenumii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenumiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenumiv"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="enumerate-enumi"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-enumii"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-enumiii"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-enumiv"></a><p>The <code class="code">enumerate</code> environment uses the counters <code class="code">\enumi</code> through
+<code class="code">\enumiv</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Counters">Counters</a>).
</p>
<p>For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see
-<a href="#description"><code>description</code></a> and <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>. For information about list layout
+<a class="ref" href="#description"><code class="code">description</code></a> and <a class="ref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>. For information about list layout
parameters, including the default values, and for information about
-customizing list layout, see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>. The package <code>enumitem</code> is
+customizing list layout, see <a class="ref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>. The package <code class="code">enumitem</code> is
useful for customizing lists.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005clabelenumi"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clabelenumii"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clabelenumiii"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clabelenumiv"></span>
-<span id="enumerate-labelenumi"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumii"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumiii"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumiv"></span><p>To change the format of the label use <code>\renewcommand</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>) on the commands <code>\labelenumi</code>
-through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelenumi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelenumii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelenumiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelenumiv"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="enumerate-labelenumi"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-labelenumii"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-labelenumiii"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-labelenumiv"></a><p>To change the format of the label use <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) on the commands <code class="code">\labelenumi</code>
+through <code class="code">\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be
labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing
period.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cAlph-example"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAlph-example"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
\begin{enumerate}
\item Shows as boldface A
\item Shows as boldface B
\end{enumerate}
</pre></div>
-<p>For a list of counter-labeling commands see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>.
+<p>For a list of counter-labeling commands see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="eqnarray">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="eqnarray">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>equation</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>enumerate</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">equation</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="eqnarray-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.8 <code>eqnarray</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="eqnarray-1">8.8 <code class="code">eqnarray</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-eqnarray"></span>
-<span id="index-eqnarray-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-eqnarray"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eqnarray-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-equations_002c-aligning"></span>
-<span id="index-aligning-equations"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equations_002c-aligning"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-aligning-equations"></a>
-<span id="index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray"></span>
-<span id="index-Madsen_002c-Lars"></span>
-<p>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete. It has infelicities,
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Madsen_002c-Lars"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete. It has infelicities,
including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements.
(See &ldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&rdquo; by Lars Madsen
-<a href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</a>). New documents
-should include the <code>amsmath</code> package and use the displayed
-mathematics environments provided there, such as the <code>align</code>
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</a>). New documents
+should include the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package and use the displayed
+mathematics environments provided there, such as the <code class="code">align</code>
environment. We include a description only for completeness and for
working with old documents.
</p>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{eqnarray}
- <var>first formula left</var> &amp;<var>first formula middle</var> &amp;<var>first formula right</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{eqnarray}
+ <var class="var">first formula left</var> &amp;<var class="var">first formula middle</var> &amp;<var class="var">first formula right</var> \\
...
\end{eqnarray}
</pre></div>
@@ -6007,33 +6015,33 @@ working with old documents.
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{eqnarray*}
- <var>first formula left</var> &amp;<var>first formula middle</var> &amp;<var>first formula right</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{eqnarray*}
+ <var class="var">first formula left</var> &amp;<var class="var">first formula middle</var> &amp;<var class="var">first formula right</var> \\
...
\end{eqnarray*}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></a>
<p>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities. The left and right
sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text
mode.
</p>
-<p>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items
-within a row separated by an ampersand&nbsp;(<code>&amp;</code>), and with rows
-separated by double backslash&nbsp; <code>\\</code>).
-<span id="index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></span>
-The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate
-equations, and will disallow a page break there (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>).
-</p>
-<span id="index-_005cnonumber"></span>
-<span id="index-equation-numbers_002c-omitting"></span>
-<p>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every
-line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a
-<code>\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits
+<p>It is similar to a three-column <code class="code">array</code> environment, with items
+within a row separated by an ampersand&nbsp;(<code class="code">&amp;</code>), and with rows
+separated by double backslash&nbsp; <code class="code">\\</code>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></a>
+The starred form of line break (<code class="code">\\*</code>) can also be used to separate
+equations, and will disallow a page break there (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnonumber"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equation-numbers_002c-omitting"></a>
+<p>The unstarred form <code class="code">eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every
+line (using the <code class="code">equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a
+<code class="code">\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code class="code">eqnarray*</code> omits
equation numbering, while otherwise being the same.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005clefteqn"></span>
-<p>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clefteqn"></a>
+<p>The command <code class="code">\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across
lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
zero width.
</p>
@@ -6041,7 +6049,7 @@ zero width.
while the third line has not entry on the left side.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{eqnarray*}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{eqnarray*}
\lefteqn{x_1+x_2+\cdots+x_n} \\
&amp;\leq &amp;y_1+y_2+\cdots+y_n \\
&amp;= &amp;z+y_3+\cdots+y_n
@@ -6051,74 +6059,74 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="equation">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="equation">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>figure</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>eqnarray</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">figure</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">eqnarray</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="equation-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.9 <code>equation</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="equation-1">8.9 <code class="code">equation</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-equation"></span>
-<span id="index-equation-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-equation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equation-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-equations_002c-environment-for"></span>
-<span id="index-formulas_002c-environment-for"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equations_002c-environment-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-formulas_002c-environment-for"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
- <var>mathematical text</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ <var class="var">mathematical text</var>
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>The same as a <code>displaymath</code> environment (see <a href="#displaymath"><code>displaymath</code></a>)
+<p>The same as a <code class="code">displaymath</code> environment (see <a class="pxref" href="#displaymath"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a>)
except that LaTeX puts an equation number flush to the right margin.
-The equation number is generated using the <code>equation</code> counter.
+The equation number is generated using the <code class="code">equation</code> counter.
</p>
-<p>You should have no blank lines between <code>\begin{equation}</code> and
-<code>\begin{equation}</code>, or LaTeX will tell you that there is a
+<p>You should have no blank lines between <code class="code">\begin{equation}</code> and
+<code class="code">\begin{equation}</code>, or LaTeX will tell you that there is a
missing dollar sign.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-3"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-3"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-3"></a>
-<p>The package <code>amsmath</code> package has extensive displayed equation
+<p>The package <code class="code">amsmath</code> package has extensive displayed equation
facilities. New documents should include this package.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="figure">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="figure">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>filecontents</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#equation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>equation</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">filecontents</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#equation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">equation</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="figure-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.10 <code>figure</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="figure-1">8.10 <code class="code">figure</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-figure"></span>
-<span id="index-figure-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-figure"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figure-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-inserting-figures"></span>
-<span id="index-figures_002c-inserting"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inserting-figures"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figures_002c-inserting"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{figure}[<var>placement</var>]
- <var>figure body</var>
- \caption[<var>loftitle</var>]{<var>title</var>} % optional
- \label{<var>label}</var> % optional
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}[<var class="var">placement</var>]
+ <var class="var">figure body</var>
+ \caption[<var class="var">loftitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>} % optional
+ \label{<var class="var">label}</var> % optional
\end{figure}
</pre></div>
<p>or:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{figure*}[<var>placement</var>]
- <var>figure body</var>
- \caption[<var>loftitle</var>]{<var>title</var>} % optional
- \label{<var>label}</var> % optional
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure*}[<var class="var">placement</var>]
+ <var class="var">figure body</var>
+ \caption[<var class="var">loftitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>} % optional
+ \label{<var class="var">label}</var> % optional
\end{figure*}
</pre></div>
@@ -6126,35 +6134,35 @@ Next: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>filecontents</code>
example is material that you cannot have split between two pages, such
as a graphic. Because of this, LaTeX does not typeset figures in
sequence with normal text but instead &ldquo;floats&rdquo; them to a convenient
-place, such as the top of a following page (see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>).
+place, such as the top of a following page (see <a class="pxref" href="#Floats">Floats</a>).
</p>
-<p>The <var>figure body</var> can consist of imported graphics
-(see <a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>), or text, LaTeX commands, etc. It is typeset in a
-<code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code>.
+<p>The <var class="var">figure body</var> can consist of imported graphics
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>), or text, LaTeX commands, etc. It is typeset in a
+<code class="code">parbox</code> of width <code class="code">\textwidth</code>.
</p>
-<p>The possible values of <var>placement</var> are <code>h</code> for &lsquo;<samp>here</samp>&rsquo;,
-<code>t</code> for &lsquo;<samp>top</samp>&rsquo;, <code>b</code> for &lsquo;<samp>bottom</samp>&rsquo;, and <code>p</code> for
-&lsquo;<samp>on a separate page of floats</samp>&rsquo;. For the effect of these options on
-the float placement algorithm, see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>.
+<p>The possible values of <var class="var">placement</var> are <code class="code">h</code> for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">here</samp>&rsquo;,
+<code class="code">t</code> for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">top</samp>&rsquo;, <code class="code">b</code> for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">bottom</samp>&rsquo;, and <code class="code">p</code> for
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">on a separate page of floats</samp>&rsquo;. For the effect of these options on
+the float placement algorithm, see <a class="ref" href="#Floats">Floats</a>.
</p>
-<p>The starred form <code>figure*</code> is used when a document is in
-double-column mode (see <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>). It produces a figure that
+<p>The starred form <code class="code">figure*</code> is used when a document is in
+double-column mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>). It produces a figure that
spans both columns, at the top of the page. To add the possibility of
-placing at a page bottom see the discussion of <var>placement</var> <code>b</code>
-in <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>.
+placing at a page bottom see the discussion of <var class="var">placement</var> <code class="code">b</code>
+in <a class="ref" href="#Floats">Floats</a>.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005ccaption-1"></span>
-<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption
-text for the figure (see <a href="#g_t_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>). By default it is numbered.
-If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures
-instead of <var>title</var> (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccaption-1"></a>
+<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a class="pxref" href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). The optional <code class="code">\caption</code> command specifies caption
+text for the figure (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccaption"><code class="code">\caption</code></a>). By default it is numbered.
+If <var class="var">loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures
+instead of <var class="var">title</var> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>).
</p>
<p>This example makes a figure out of a graphic. LaTeX will place that
graphic and its caption at the top of a page or, if it is pushed to the
end of the document, on a page of floats.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble
...
\begin{figure}[t]
\centering
@@ -6166,61 +6174,61 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="filecontents">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="filecontents">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>flushleft</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#figure" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>figure</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#figure" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">figure</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="filecontents-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.11 <code>filecontents</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="filecontents-1">8.11 <code class="code">filecontents</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-filecontents"></span>
-<span id="index-filecontents-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-filecontents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-filecontents-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"></span>
-<span id="index-filecontents_002a-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-filecontents_002a-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-external-files_002c-writing"></span>
-<span id="index-writing-external-files"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-external-files_002c-writing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-writing-external-files"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{filecontents}[<var>option</var>]{<var>filename</var>}
- <var>text</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{filecontents}[<var class="var">option</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
\end{filecontents}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{filecontents*}[<var>option</var>]{<var>filename</var>}
- <var>text</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{filecontents*}[<var class="var">option</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
\end{filecontents*}
</pre></div>
-<p>Create a file named <var>filename</var> in the current directory (or the
-output directory, if specified; see <a href="#output-directory">output directory</a>) and write
-<var>text</var> to it. By default, an existing file is not overwritten.
+<p>Create a file named <var class="var">filename</var> in the current directory (or the
+output directory, if specified; see <a class="pxref" href="#output-directory">output directory</a>) and write
+<var class="var">text</var> to it. By default, an existing file is not overwritten.
</p>
<p>The unstarred version of the environment
-<code>filecontents</code> prefixes the content of the created file with a
+<code class="code">filecontents</code> prefixes the content of the created file with a
header of TeX comments; see the example below. The starred
-version <code>filecontents*</code> does not include the header.
+version <code class="code">filecontents*</code> does not include the header.
</p>
<p>The possible options are:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-force-option-for-filecontents'><span><code>force</code><a href='#index-force-option-for-filecontents' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>overwrite</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"></span>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-force-option-for-filecontents'><span><code class="code">force</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-force-option-for-filecontents'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">overwrite</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"></a>
<p>Overwrite an existing file.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-noheader-option-for-filecontents'><span><code>noheader</code><a href='#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>.
+<dt id='index-noheader-option-for-filecontents'><span><code class="code">noheader</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code class="code">filecontents*</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents'><span><code>nosearch</code><a href='#index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents'><span><code class="code">nosearch</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if
specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path.
</p>
@@ -6229,11 +6237,11 @@ specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path.
<p>These options were added in a 2019 release of LaTeX.
</p>
-<span id="index-self_002dcontained-sources"></span>
-<span id="index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-self_002dcontained-sources"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained"></a>
<p>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it
-often appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command. It is
-commonly used to create a <code>.bib</code> or other such data file from the
+often appears before the <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command. It is
+commonly used to create a <code class="code">.bib</code> or other such data file from the
main document source, to make the source file self-contained.
Similarly, it can be used to create a custom style or class file,
again making the source self-contained.
@@ -6241,7 +6249,7 @@ again making the source self-contained.
<p>For example, this document:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
\begin{filecontents}{JH.sty}
\newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
\end{filecontents}
@@ -6251,10 +6259,10 @@ Article by \myname.
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>produces this file <samp>JH.sty</samp>:
+<p>produces this file <samp class="file">JH.sty</samp>:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
+<pre class="example-preformatted">%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
%% generated by the `filecontents' environment
%% from source `test' on 2015/10/12.
%%
@@ -6264,42 +6272,42 @@ Article by \myname.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="flushleft">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="flushleft">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>flushright</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>filecontents</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">flushright</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">filecontents</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="flushleft-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.12 <code>flushleft</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="flushleft-1">8.12 <code class="code">flushleft</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-flushleft"></span>
-<span id="index-flushleft-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-flushleft"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flushleft-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></span>
-<span id="index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{flushleft}
- <var>line1</var> \\
- <var>line2</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{flushleft}
+ <var class="var">line1</var> \\
+ <var class="var">line2</var> \\
...
\end{flushleft}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-flushleft"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushleft_0029"></a>
<p>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a double
-backslash, <code>\\</code>. For the declaration form
-see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005craggedright"><code>\raggedright</code></a>.
+backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>. For the declaration form
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005craggedright"><code class="code">\raggedright</code></a>.
</p>
<p>This creates a box of text that is at most 3 inches wide, with the text
flush left and ragged right.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\noindent\begin{minipage}{3in}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent\begin{minipage}{3in}
\begin{flushleft}
A long sentence that will be broken by \LaTeX{}
at a convenient spot. \\
@@ -6311,54 +6319,54 @@ flush left and ragged right.
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1"><code>\raggedright</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\raggedright</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005craggedright">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005craggedright">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>flushleft</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005craggedright-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005craggedright-1">8.12.1 <code class="code">\raggedright</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005craggedright"></span>
-<span id="index-ragged-right-text"></span>
-<span id="index-left_002djustifying-text"></span>
-<span id="index-justification_002c-ragged-right"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005craggedright"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ragged-right-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left_002djustifying-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-justification_002c-ragged-right"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">{\raggedright ... }
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\raggedright ... }
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{<var>environment</var>} \raggedright
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{<var class="var">environment</var>} \raggedright
...
-\end{<var>environment</var>}
+\end{<var class="var">environment</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and
-ragged right. It can be used inside an <var>environment</var> such as <code>quote</code>
-or in a <code>parbox</code>. For the environment form
-see&nbsp;<a href="#flushleft"><code>flushleft</code></a>.
+ragged right. It can be used inside an <var class="var">environment</var> such as <code class="code">quote</code>
+or in a <code class="code">parbox</code>. For the environment form
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#flushleft"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>Unlike the <code>flushleft</code> environment, the <code>\raggedright</code>
+<p>Unlike the <code class="code">flushleft</code> environment, the <code class="code">\raggedright</code>
command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX
formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit&rsquo;s format, the
-scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code>
+scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code class="code">\end</code>
command that ends the paragraph unit.
</p>
-<p>Here <code>\raggedright</code> in each second column keeps LaTeX from doing
-very awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note
-that <code>\raggedright</code> is inside the curly braces <code>{...}</code> to
-delimit its effect.
+<p>Here <code class="code">\raggedright</code> in each second column keeps LaTeX from
+doing awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column.
+Note that <code class="code">\raggedright</code> is inside the curly braces
+<code class="code">{...}</code> to delimit its effect.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
Team alpha &amp;{\raggedright This team does all the real work.} \\
Team beta &amp;{\raggedright This team ensures that the water
cooler is never empty.} \\
@@ -6369,213 +6377,213 @@ delimit its effect.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="flushright">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="flushright">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>itemize</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>flushleft</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="flushright-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.13 <code>flushright</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="flushright-1">8.13 <code class="code">flushright</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-flushright"></span>
-<span id="index-flushright-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-flushright"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flushright-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for"></span>
-<span id="index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{flushright}
- <var>line1</var> \\
- <var>line2</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{flushright}
+ <var class="var">line1</var> \\
+ <var class="var">line2</var> \\
...
\end{flushright}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"></a>
<p>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long
to fit the margins then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that
avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a new
-line use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. For the declaration form
-see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005craggedleft"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>.
+line use a double backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>. For the declaration form
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005craggedleft"><code class="code">\raggedleft</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>For an example related to this environment, see&nbsp;<a href="#flushleft"><code>flushleft</code></a>,
-where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>flushleft</code> by
-<code>flushright</code>.
+<p>For an example related to this environment, see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#flushleft"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a>,
+where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code class="code">flushleft</code> by
+<code class="code">flushright</code>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1"><code>\raggedleft</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\raggedleft</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005craggedleft">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005craggedleft">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>flushright</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">flushright</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005craggedleft-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005craggedleft-1">8.13.1 <code class="code">\raggedleft</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005craggedleft"></span>
-<span id="index-ragged-left-text"></span>
-<span id="index-justification_002c-ragged-left"></span>
-<span id="index-right_002djustifying-text"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005craggedleft"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ragged-left-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-justification_002c-ragged-left"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right_002djustifying-text"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">{\raggedleft ... }
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\raggedleft ... }
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{<var>environment</var>} \raggedleft
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{<var class="var">environment</var>} \raggedleft
...
-\end{<var>environment</var>}
+\end{<var class="var">environment</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and
-ragged left. It can be used inside an <var>environment</var> such as <code>quote</code>
-or in a <code>parbox</code>. For the environment form
-see&nbsp;<a href="#flushright"><code>flushright</code></a>.
+ragged left. It can be used inside an <var class="var">environment</var> such as <code class="code">quote</code>
+or in a <code class="code">parbox</code>. For the environment form
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#flushright"><code class="code">flushright</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>Unlike the <code>flushright</code> environment, the <code>\raggedleft</code>
+<p>Unlike the <code class="code">flushright</code> environment, the <code class="code">\raggedleft</code>
command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX
formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit&rsquo;s format, the
-scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code>
+scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code class="code">\end</code>
command that ends the paragraph unit.
</p>
-<p>For an example related to this environment, see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005craggedright"><code>\raggedright</code></a>,
-where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>\raggedright</code> by
-<code>\raggedleft</code>.
+<p>For an example related to this environment, see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005craggedright"><code class="code">\raggedright</code></a>,
+where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code class="code">\raggedright</code> by
+<code class="code">\raggedleft</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="itemize">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="itemize">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>flushright</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">letter</code> environment: writing letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">flushright</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="itemize-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.14 <code>itemize</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="itemize-1">8.14 <code class="code">itemize</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-itemize"></span>
-<span id="index-itemize-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-itemize"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-itemize-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-_005citem-2"></span>
-<span id="index-lists-of-items"></span>
-<span id="index-unordered-lists"></span>
-<span id="index-bulleted-lists"></span>
-<span id="index-bullet-lists"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lists-of-items"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unordered-lists"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bulleted-lists"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bullet-lists"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{itemize}
- \item[<var>optional label of first item</var>] <var>text of first item</var>
- \item[<var>optional label of second item</var>] <var>text of second item</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{itemize}
+ \item[<var class="var">optional label of first item</var>] <var class="var">text of first item</var>
+ \item[<var class="var">optional label of second item</var>] <var class="var">text of second item</var>
...
\end{itemize}
</pre></div>
-<p>Produce an <em>unordered list</em>, sometimes called a bullet list. There
-must be at least one <code>\item</code> within the environment; having none causes the
-LaTeX error &lsquo;<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>Produce an <em class="dfn">unordered list</em>, sometimes called a bullet list. There
+must be at least one <code class="code">\item</code> within the environment; having none causes the
+LaTeX error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>This gives a two-item list.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{itemize}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{itemize}
\item Pencil and watercolor sketch by Cassandra
\item Rice portrait
\end{itemize}
</pre></div>
-<p>With the default locale&mdash;without loading e.g. <code>babel</code> package
+<p>With the default locale&mdash;without loading e.g. <code class="code">babel</code> package
with another language than USenglish&mdash;as a top-level list each label
would come out as a bullet, &bull;. The format of the labeling
depends on the nesting level; see below.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005citem-3"></span>
-<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). If you
-give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
-brackets, as in <code>\item[<var>Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default
-<var>Optional label</var> will appear in bold and be flush right, so it could
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem-3"></a>
+<p>Start list items with the <code class="code">\item</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). If you
+give <code class="code">\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
+brackets, as in <code class="code">\item[<var class="var">Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default
+<var class="var">Optional label</var> will appear in bold and be flush right, so it could
extend into the left margin. For labels that are flush left see the
-<a href="#description"><code>description</code></a> environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is the text of
+<a class="ref" href="#description"><code class="code">description</code></a> environment. Following the <code class="code">\item</code> is the text of
the item, which may be empty or contain multiple paragraphs.
</p>
<p>Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep.
They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such
-as <code>enumerate</code> (see <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>).
-</p>
-<span id="index-_005clabelitemi"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clabelitemii"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clabelitemiii"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clabelitemiv"></span>
-<span id="itemize-labelitemi"></span><span id="itemize-labelitemii"></span><span id="itemize-labelitemiii"></span><span id="itemize-labelitemiv"></span><p>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelitemi</code>
-through <code>\labelitemiv</code> to produce the default label (note the
+as <code class="code">enumerate</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelitemi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelitemii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelitemiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelitemiv"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="itemize-labelitemi"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-labelitemii"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-labelitemiii"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-labelitemiv"></a><p>The <code class="code">itemize</code> environment uses the commands <code class="code">\labelitemi</code>
+through <code class="code">\labelitemiv</code> to produce the default label (note the
convention of lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names
that signify the nesting level). These are the default marks at each
level.
</p>
-<ol>
-<li> &bull; (bullet, from <code>\textbullet</code>)
-</li><li> <b>-<span class="nolinebreak">-</span><!-- /@w --></b> (bold en-dash, from <code>\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</code>)
-</li><li> * (asterisk, from <code>\textasteriskcentered</code>)
-</li><li> . (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <code>\textperiodcentered</code>)
+<ol class="enumerate">
+<li> &bull; (bullet, from <code class="code">\textbullet</code>)
+</li><li> <b class="b">-<span class="w-nolinebreak-text">-</span><!-- /@w --></b> (bold en-dash, from <code class="code">\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</code>)
+</li><li> * (asterisk, from <code class="code">\textasteriskcentered</code>)
+</li><li> . (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <code class="code">\textperiodcentered</code>)
</li></ol>
-<p>Change the labels with <code>\renewcommand</code>. For instance, this makes
+<p>Change the labels with <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>. For instance, this makes
the first level use diamonds.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005cleftmargin"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cleftmargini"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cleftmarginii"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cleftmarginiii"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cleftmarginiv"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cleftmarginv"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cleftmarginvi"></span>
-<span id="itemize-leftmargin"></span><span id="itemize-leftmargini"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginii"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginiii"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginiv"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginv"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginvi"></span><p>The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and
-the left margin of the <code>itemize</code> list is determined by the
-parameters <code>\leftmargini</code> through <code>\leftmarginvi</code>. (This also
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmargin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmargini"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginiv"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginv"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginvi"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmargin"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmargini"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginii"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginiii"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginiv"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginv"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginvi"></a><p>The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and
+the left margin of the <code class="code">itemize</code> list is determined by the
+parameters <code class="code">\leftmargini</code> through <code class="code">\leftmarginvi</code>. (This also
uses the convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the
command name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are:
-<code>2.5em</code> in level 1 (<code>2em</code> in two-column mode), <code>2.2em</code> in
-level 2, <code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with
+<code class="code">2.5em</code> in level 1 (<code class="code">2em</code> in two-column mode), <code class="code">2.2em</code> in
+level 2, <code class="code">1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code class="code">1.7em</code> in level 4, with
smaller values for more deeply nested levels.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-enumitem"></span>
-<span id="index-enumitem-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-enumitem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumitem-package"></a>
<p>For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see
-<a href="#description"><code>description</code></a> and <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>. The <code>itemize</code>,
-<code>enumerate</code> and <code>description</code> environment use the same list
+<a class="ref" href="#description"><code class="code">description</code></a> and <a class="ref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>. The <code class="code">itemize</code>,
+<code class="code">enumerate</code> and <code class="code">description</code> environment use the same list
layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and
-for information about customizing list layout, see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>. The
-package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
+for information about customizing list layout, see <a class="ref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>. The
+package <code class="code">enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
</p>
<p>This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized
lists.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005cparskip-example"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparskip-example"></a>
<p>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
-space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code>
+space between items. Here is an example defining an <code class="code">itemize*</code>
environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
-within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific,
-see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></a>):
+within a single item (<code class="code">\parskip</code> is not list-specific,
+see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{itemize*}%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{itemize*}%
{\begin{itemize}%
\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
\setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
@@ -6586,40 +6594,40 @@ see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> &amp
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="letter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="letter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>list</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>itemize</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">list</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="letter-environment_003a-writing-letters"></span><h3 class="section">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="letter-environment_003a-writing-letters">8.15 <code class="code">letter</code> environment: writing letters</h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-letter"></span>
-<span id="index-letter-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-letter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letter-environment"></a>
-<p>This environment is used for creating letters. See <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>.
+<p>This environment is used for creating letters. See <a class="xref" href="#Letters">Letters</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="list">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="list">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>math</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#letter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">math</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#letter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">letter</code> environment: writing letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="list-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.16 <code>list</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="list-1">8.16 <code class="code">list</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-list"></span>
-<span id="index-list-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-list"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-list-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-lists-of-items_002c-generic"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lists-of-items_002c-generic"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{list}{<var>labeling</var>}{<var>spacing</var>}
- \item[<var>optional label of first item</var>] <var>text of first item</var>
- \item[<var>optional label of second item</var>] <var>text of second item</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{list}{<var class="var">labeling</var>}{<var class="var">spacing</var>}
+ \item[<var class="var">optional label of first item</var>] <var class="var">text of first item</var>
+ \item[<var class="var">optional label of second item</var>] <var class="var">text of second item</var>
...
\end{list}
</pre></div>
@@ -6628,19 +6636,19 @@ Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>math</code></a>, Previous:
</p>
<p>Note that this environment does not typically appear in the document
body. Most lists created by LaTeX authors are the ones that come
-standard: the <code>description</code>, <code>enumerate</code>, and <code>itemize</code>
-environments (see <a href="#description"><code>description</code></a>, <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>, and <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>).
+standard: the <code class="code">description</code>, <code class="code">enumerate</code>, and <code class="code">itemize</code>
+environments (see <a class="pxref" href="#description"><code class="code">description</code></a>, <a class="ref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>, and <a class="ref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Instead, the <code>list</code> environment is most often used in macros. For
+<p>Instead, the <code class="code">list</code> environment is most often used in macros. For
example, many standard LaTeX environments that do not immediately
-appear to be lists are in fact constructed using <code>list</code>, including
-<code>quotation</code>, <code>quote</code>, and <code>center</code> (see <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote"><code>quotation</code> &amp; <code>quote</code></a>, see <a href="#center"><code>center</code></a>).
+appear to be lists are in fact constructed using <code class="code">list</code>, including
+<code class="code">quotation</code>, <code class="code">quote</code>, and <code class="code">center</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#quotation-_0026-quote"><code class="code">quotation</code> &amp; <code class="code">quote</code></a>, see <a class="pxref" href="#center"><code class="code">center</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>This uses the <code>list</code> environment to define a new custom
+<p>This uses the <code class="code">list</code> environment to define a new custom
environment.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcounter{namedlistcounter} % number the items
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{namedlistcounter} % number the items
\newenvironment{named}
{\begin{list}
{Item~\Roman{namedlistcounter}.} % labeling
@@ -6656,164 +6664,164 @@ environment.
\end{named}
</pre></div>
-<p>The mandatory first argument <var>labeling</var> specifies the default
+<p>The mandatory first argument <var class="var">labeling</var> specifies the default
labeling of list items. It can contain text and LaTeX commands, as
-above where it contains both &lsquo;<samp>Item</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>\Roman{&hellip;}</samp>&rsquo;.
-LaTeX forms the label by putting the <var>labeling</var> argument in a box
-of width <code>\labelwidth</code>. If the label is wider than that, the
+above where it contains both &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Item</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">\Roman{&hellip;}</samp>&rsquo;.
+LaTeX forms the label by putting the <var class="var">labeling</var> argument in a box
+of width <code class="code">\labelwidth</code>. If the label is wider than that, the
additional material extends to the right. When making an instance of a
-<code>list</code> you can override the default labeling by giving <code>\item</code> an
+<code class="code">list</code> you can override the default labeling by giving <code class="code">\item</code> an
optional argument by including square braces and the text, as in the
-above <code>\item[Special label.]</code>; see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>.
+above <code class="code">\item[Special label.]</code>; see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>.
</p>
-<p>The mandatory second argument <var>spacing</var> has a list of commands.
+<p>The mandatory second argument <var class="var">spacing</var> has a list of commands.
This list can be empty. A command that can go in here is
-<code>\usecounter{<var>countername</var>}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>). Use this
+<code class="code">\usecounter{<var class="var">countername</var>}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a>). Use this
to tell LaTeX to number the items using the given counter. The
counter will be reset to zero each time LaTeX enters the environment,
and the counter is incremented by one each time LaTeX encounters an
-<code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument.
+<code class="code">\item</code> that does not have an optional argument.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cmakelabel"></span>
-<span id="list-makelabel"></span><p>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is
-<code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box. By default it puts
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakelabel"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="list-makelabel"></a><p>Another command that can go in <var class="var">spacing</var> is
+<code class="code">\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box. By default it puts
the contents flush right. Its only argument is the label, which it
-typesets in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). One example of changing its
-definition is that to the above <code>named</code> example, before the
+typesets in LR mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>). One example of changing its
+definition is that to the above <code class="code">named</code> example, before the
definition of the environment add
-<code>\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}</code>, and between
-the <code>\setlength</code> command and the parenthesis that closes the
-<var>spacing</var> argument also add <code>\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel</code>.
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}</code>, and between
+the <code class="code">\setlength</code> command and the parenthesis that closes the
+<var class="var">spacing</var> argument also add <code class="code">\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel</code>.
Then the labels will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the
-second code line to <code>\let\makelabel\fbox</code> puts the labels inside a
-framed box. Another example of the <code>\makelabel</code> command is below,
-in the definition of the <code>redlabel</code> environment.
+second code line to <code class="code">\let\makelabel\fbox</code> puts the labels inside a
+framed box. Another example of the <code class="code">\makelabel</code> command is below,
+in the definition of the <code class="code">redlabel</code> environment.
</p>
-<p>Also often in <var>spacing</var> are commands to redefine the spacing for the
+<p>Also often in <var class="var">spacing</var> are commands to redefine the spacing for the
list. Below are the spacing parameters with their default values.
-(Default values for derived environments such as <code>itemize</code> can be
+(Default values for derived environments such as <code class="code">itemize</code> can be
different than the values shown here.) See also the figure that follows
-the list. Each is a length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The vertical spaces are
-normally rubber lengths, with <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components,
+the list. Each is a length (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The vertical spaces are
+normally rubber lengths, with <code class="code">plus</code> and <code class="code">minus</code> components,
to give TeX flexibility in setting the page. Change each with a
-command such as <code>\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</code>.
+command such as <code class="code">\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</code>.
For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005citemindent'><span><code>\itemindent</code><a href='#index-_005citemindent' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-itemindent"></span><p>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the
-first line each item. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005citemindent'><span><code class="code">\itemindent</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005citemindent'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-itemindent"></a><p>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code class="code">leftmargin</code>, of the
+first line each item. Its default value is <code class="code">0pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005citemsep'><span><code>\itemsep</code><a href='#index-_005citemsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-itemsep"></span><p>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults
-for the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp>article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>book</samp>&rsquo;,
-and &lsquo;<samp>report</samp>&rsquo; classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt plus2pt
-minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and
-<code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at
-11 point are: <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is,
-<code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt
-plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 12 point are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt
-minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and
-<code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>).
+<dt id='index-_005citemsep'><span><code class="code">\itemsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005citemsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-itemsep"></a><p>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code class="code">\parsep</code>. The defaults
+for the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo;,
+and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; classes at 10 point size are: <code class="code">4pt plus2pt
+minus1pt</code>, <code class="code">\parsep</code> (that is, <code class="code">2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and
+<code class="code">\topsep</code> (that is, <code class="code">2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at
+11 point are: <code class="code">4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code class="code">\parsep</code> (that is,
+<code class="code">2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code class="code">\topsep</code> (that is, <code class="code">2pt
+plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 12 point are: <code class="code">5pt plus2.5pt
+minus1pt</code>, <code class="code">\parsep</code> (that is, <code class="code">2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and
+<code class="code">\topsep</code> (that is, <code class="code">2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clabelsep'><span><code>\labelsep</code><a href='#index-_005clabelsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-labelsep"></span><p>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item.
-The default for LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp>article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>book</samp>&rsquo;,
-and &lsquo;<samp>report</samp>&rsquo; classes is <code>0.5em</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005clabelsep'><span><code class="code">\labelsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clabelsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-labelsep"></a><p>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item.
+The default for LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo;,
+and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; classes is <code class="code">0.5em</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clabelwidth'><span><code>\labelwidth</code><a href='#index-_005clabelwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-labelwidth"></span><p>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide.
-If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first
+<dt id='index-_005clabelwidth'><span><code class="code">\labelwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clabelwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-labelwidth"></a><p>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide.
+If <code class="code">\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first
line of the item will be indented to make room for this extra material.
-If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text of width less than or equal to
-<code>\labelwidth</code> then LaTeX&rsquo;s default is that the label is typeset
+If <code class="code">\makelabel</code> returns text of width less than or equal to
+<code class="code">\labelwidth</code> then LaTeX&rsquo;s default is that the label is typeset
flush right in a box of this width.
</p>
<p>The left edge of the label box is
-<code>\leftmargin</code>+<code>\itemindent</code>-<code>\labelsep</code>-<code>\labelwidth</code>
+<code class="code">\leftmargin</code>+<code class="code">\itemindent</code>-<code class="code">\labelsep</code>-<code class="code">\labelwidth</code>
from the left margin of the enclosing environment.
</p>
-<p>The default for LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp>article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>book</samp>&rsquo;, and
-&lsquo;<samp>report</samp>&rsquo; classes at the top level is
-<code>\leftmargini</code>-<code>\labelsep</code>, (which is <code>2em</code> in one column
-mode and <code>1.5em</code> in two column mode). At the second level it is
-<code>\leftmarginii</code>-<code>\labelsep</code>, and at the third level it is
-<code>\leftmarginiii</code>-<code>\labelsep</code>. These definitions make the
+<p>The default for LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo;, and
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; classes at the top level is
+<code class="code">\leftmargini</code>-<code class="code">\labelsep</code>, (which is <code class="code">2em</code> in one column
+mode and <code class="code">1.5em</code> in two column mode). At the second level it is
+<code class="code">\leftmarginii</code>-<code class="code">\labelsep</code>, and at the third level it is
+<code class="code">\leftmarginiii</code>-<code class="code">\labelsep</code>. These definitions make the
label&rsquo;s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing
environment.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cleftmargin-1'><span><code>\leftmargin</code><a href='#index-_005cleftmargin-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-leftmargin"></span><p>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment
+<dt id='index-_005cleftmargin-1'><span><code class="code">\leftmargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftmargin-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-leftmargin"></a><p>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment
(or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the
left margin of this list. It must be non-negative.
</p>
<p>In the standard LaTeX document classes, a top-level list has this set
-to the value of <code>\leftmargini</code>, while a list that is nested inside
-a top-level list has this margin set to <code>\leftmarginii</code>. More
-deeply nested lists get the values of <code>\leftmarginiii</code> through
-<code>\leftmarginvi</code>. (Nesting greater than level five generates the
-error message &lsquo;<samp>Too deeply nested</samp>&rsquo;.)
+to the value of <code class="code">\leftmargini</code>, while a list that is nested inside
+a top-level list has this margin set to <code class="code">\leftmarginii</code>. More
+deeply nested lists get the values of <code class="code">\leftmarginiii</code> through
+<code class="code">\leftmarginvi</code>. (Nesting greater than level five generates the
+error message &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Too deeply nested</samp>&rsquo;.)
</p>
-<p>The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp>article</samp>&rsquo;,
-&lsquo;<samp>book</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp>report</samp>&rsquo; classes are: <code>\leftmargini</code> is
-<code>2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code> is
-<code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>.
+<p>The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; classes are: <code class="code">\leftmargini</code> is
+<code class="code">2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code class="code">2em</code>), <code class="code">\leftmarginii</code> is
+<code class="code">2.2em</code>, and <code class="code">\leftmarginiii</code> is <code class="code">1.87em</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clistparindent'><span><code>\listparindent</code><a href='#index-_005clistparindent' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-listparindent"></span><p>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
-<code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
+<dt id='index-_005clistparindent'><span><code class="code">\listparindent</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clistparindent'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-listparindent"></a><p>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
+<code class="code">\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
item. A negative value makes this an &ldquo;outdent&rdquo;. Its default value
-is <code>0pt</code>.
+is <code class="code">0pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cparsep'><span><code>\parsep</code><a href='#index-_005cparsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-parsep"></span><p>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item.
-The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp>article</samp>&rsquo;,
-&lsquo;<samp>book</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp>report</samp>&rsquo; classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt
-plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The
-defaults at 11 point size are: <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>,
-<code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 12 point
-size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt
-minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cparsep'><span><code class="code">\parsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cparsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-parsep"></a><p>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item.
+The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; classes at 10 point size are: <code class="code">4pt
+plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code class="code">2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code class="code">0pt</code>. The
+defaults at 11 point size are: <code class="code">4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>,
+<code class="code">2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code class="code">0pt</code>. The defaults at 12 point
+size are: <code class="code">5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code class="code">2.5pt plus1pt
+minus1pt</code>, and <code class="code">0pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpartopsep'><span><code>\partopsep</code><a href='#index-_005cpartopsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-partopsep"></span><p>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top
+<dt id='index-_005cpartopsep'><span><code class="code">\partopsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpartopsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-partopsep"></a><p>Vertical space added, beyond <code class="code">\topsep</code>+<code class="code">\parskip</code>, to the top
and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by
a blank line. (A blank line in the LaTeX source before the list
changes spacing at both the top and bottom of the list; whether the line
following the list is blank does not matter.)
</p>
-<p>The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp>article</samp>&rsquo;,
-&lsquo;<samp>book</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp>report</samp>&rsquo; classes at 10 point size are: <code>2pt
-plus1 minus1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt
-minus1pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point are: <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>,
-<code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>). The
-defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt
-minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>.
+<p>The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; classes at 10 point size are: <code class="code">2pt
+plus1 minus1pt</code>, <code class="code">2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code class="code">1pt plus0pt
+minus1pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point are: <code class="code">3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>,
+<code class="code">3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code class="code">1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>). The
+defaults at 12 point are: <code class="code">3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code class="code">3pt plus2pt
+minus2pt</code>, and <code class="code">1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crightmargin'><span><code>\rightmargin</code><a href='#index-_005crightmargin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-rightmargin"></span><p>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
-margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005crightmargin'><span><code class="code">\rightmargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightmargin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-rightmargin"></a><p>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
+margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code class="code">0pt</code>.
It must be non-negative.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctopsep'><span><code>\topsep</code><a href='#index-_005ctopsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-topsep"></span><p>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition
-to <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></a>). The defaults for
-the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp>article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>book</samp>&rsquo;, and
-&lsquo;<samp>report</samp>&rsquo; classes at 10 point size are: <code>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>,
-<code>4pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>. The
-defaults at 11 point are: <code>9pt plus3pt minus5pt</code>, <code>4.5pt
-plus2pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>. The defaults at 12
-point are: <code>10pt plus4pt minus6pt</code>, <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>,
-and <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005ctopsep'><span><code class="code">\topsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctopsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-topsep"></a><p>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition
+to <code class="code">\parskip</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>). The defaults for
+the first three levels in LaTeX&rsquo;s &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo;, and
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; classes at 10 point size are: <code class="code">8pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>,
+<code class="code">4pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, and <code class="code">2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>. The
+defaults at 11 point are: <code class="code">9pt plus3pt minus5pt</code>, <code class="code">4.5pt
+plus2pt minus1pt</code>, and <code class="code">2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>. The defaults at 12
+point are: <code class="code">10pt plus4pt minus6pt</code>, <code class="code">5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>,
+and <code class="code">2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -6821,101 +6829,101 @@ and <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>.
<p>This shows the horizontal and vertical distances.
</p>
<div class="float">
-<img src="latex2e-figures/list.png" alt="latex2e-figures/list">
+<img class="image" src="latex2e-figures/list.png" alt="latex2e-figures/list">
</div>
<p>The lengths shown are listed below. The key relationship is that the
-right edge of the bracket for <var>h1</var> equals the right edge of the
-bracket for <var>h4</var>, so that the left edge of the label box is at
-<var>h3</var>+<var>h4</var>-(<var>h0</var>+<var>h1</var>).
+right edge of the bracket for <var class="var">h1</var> equals the right edge of the
+bracket for <var class="var">h4</var>, so that the left edge of the label box is at
+<var class="var">h3</var>+<var class="var">h4</var>-(<var class="var">h0</var>+<var class="var">h1</var>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>v0</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><em class='math'><code>\topsep</code> + <code>\parskip</code></em> if
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">v0</var></dt>
+<dd><p><em class="math"><code class="code">\topsep</code> + <code class="code">\parskip</code></em> if
the list environment does not start a new paragraph, and
-<code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>+<code>\partopsep</code> if it does
+<code class="code">\topsep</code>+<code class="code">\parskip</code>+<code class="code">\partopsep</code> if it does
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>v1</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><code>\parsep</code>
+<dt><var class="var">v1</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\parsep</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>v2</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><code>\itemsep</code>+<code>\parsep</code>
+<dt><var class="var">v2</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\itemsep</code>+<code class="code">\parsep</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>v3</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Same as <var>v0</var>. (This space is affected by whether a blank line
+<dt><var class="var">v3</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Same as <var class="var">v0</var>. (This space is affected by whether a blank line
appears in the source above the environment; whether a blank line
appears in the source below the environment does not matter.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>h0</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><code>\labelwidth</code>
+<dt><var class="var">h0</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\labelwidth</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>h1</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><code>\labelsep</code>
+<dt><var class="var">h1</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\labelsep</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>h2</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><code>\listparindent</code>
+<dt><var class="var">h2</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\listparindent</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>h3</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><code>\leftmargin</code>
+<dt><var class="var">h3</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\leftmargin</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>h4</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><code>\itemindent</code>
+<dt><var class="var">h4</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\itemindent</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>h5</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p><code>\rightmargin</code>
+<dt><var class="var">h5</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\rightmargin</code>
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>The list&rsquo;s left and right margins, shown above as <var>h3</var> and <var>h5</var>,
+<p>The list&rsquo;s left and right margins, shown above as <var class="var">h3</var> and <var class="var">h5</var>,
are with respect to the ones provided by the surrounding environment, or
with respect to the page margins for a top-level list. The line width
-used for typesetting the list items is <code>\linewidth</code> (see <a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). For instance, set the list&rsquo;s left margin to be one
+used for typesetting the list items is <code class="code">\linewidth</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). For instance, set the list&rsquo;s left margin to be one
quarter of the distance between the left and right margins of the
enclosing environment with
-<code>\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}</code>.
+<code class="code">\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}</code>.
</p>
<p>Page breaking in a list structure is controlled by the three
parameters below. For each, the LaTeX default is
-<code>-\@lowpenalty</code>, that is, <code>-51</code>. Because it is negative,
+<code class="code">-\@lowpenalty</code>, that is, <code class="code">-51</code>. Because it is negative,
it somewhat encourages a page break at each spot. Change it with,
-e.g., <code>\@beginparpenalty=9999</code>; a value of 10000 prohibits a
+e.g., <code class="code">\@beginparpenalty=9999</code>; a value of 10000 prohibits a
page break.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty'><span><code>\@beginparpenalty</code><a href='#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-beginparpenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>).
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty'><span><code class="code">\@beginparpenalty</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-beginparpenalty"></a><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code class="code">-51</code>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_0040itempenalty'><span><code>\@itempenalty</code><a href='#index-_005c_0040itempenalty' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-itempenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>).
+<dt id='index-_005c_0040itempenalty'><span><code class="code">\@itempenalty</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0040itempenalty'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-itempenalty"></a><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code class="code">-51</code>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_0040endparpenalty'><span><code>\@endparpenalty</code><a href='#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="list-endparpenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>).
+<dt id='index-_005c_0040endparpenalty'><span><code class="code">\@endparpenalty</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="list-endparpenalty"></a><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code class="code">-51</code>).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-package_002c-enumitem-1"></span>
-<span id="index-enumitem-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-enumitem-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumitem-package-1"></a>
-<p>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
+<p>The package <code class="code">enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
</p>
<p>This example has the labels in red. They are numbered, and the left
edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text.
-See <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>.
+See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{color}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{color}
\newcounter{cnt}
\newcommand{\makeredlabel}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1.}}
\newenvironment{redlabel}
@@ -6934,107 +6942,107 @@ See <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>.
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="1"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a></li>
-<li><a href="#trivlist" accesskey="2"><code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</a></li>
+<li><a href="#trivlist" accesskey="2"><code class="code">trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code class="code">list</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005citem">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005citem">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>list</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code class="code">list</code></a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">list</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list">8.16.1 <code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</h4>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\item text of item
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item text of item
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\item[<var>optional-label</var>] text of item
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item[<var class="var">optional-label</var>] text of item
</pre></div>
<p>An entry in a list. The entries are prefixed by a label, whose default
depends on the list type.
</p>
<p>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets
-&lsquo;<samp>[...]</samp>&rsquo;, if you have an item whose text starts with [, you
-have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">[...]</samp>&rsquo;, if you have an item whose text starts with [, you
+have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code class="code">\item
{[} is an open square bracket</code>; otherwise, LaTeX will think it
marks the start of an optional label.
</p>
<p>Similarly, if the item does have the optional label and you need a
close square bracket inside that label, you must hide it in the same
-way: <code>\item[Close square bracket, {]}]</code>. See <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a>.
+way: <code class="code">\item[Close square bracket, {]}]</code>. See <a class="xref" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a>.
</p>
<p>In this example the enumerate list has two items that use the default
label and one that uses the optional label.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{enumerate}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{enumerate}
\item Moe
\item[sometimes] Shemp
\item Larry
\end{enumerate}
</pre></div>
-<p>The first item is labelled &lsquo;<samp>1.</samp>&rsquo;, the second item is labelled
-&lsquo;<samp>sometimes</samp>&rsquo;, and the third item is labelled &lsquo;<samp>2.</samp>&rsquo;. Because
+<p>The first item is labelled &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo;, the second item is labelled
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">sometimes</samp>&rsquo;, and the third item is labelled &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;. Because
of the optional label in the second item, the third item is not
-labelled&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp>3.</samp>&rsquo;.
+labelled&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">3.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="trivlist">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="trivlist">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>list</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">list</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.16.2 <code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list">8.16.2 <code class="code">trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code class="code">list</code></h4>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{trivlist}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{trivlist}
...
\end{trivlist}
</pre></div>
<p>A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are not
-indented and an <code>\item</code> without an optional argument produces no
+indented and an <code class="code">\item</code> without an optional argument produces no
text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where
-the <code>\item</code> command is part of the environment&rsquo;s definition. For
-instance, the <code>center</code> environment is defined essentially like
+the <code class="code">\item</code> command is part of the environment&rsquo;s definition. For
+instance, the <code class="code">center</code> environment is defined essentially like
this:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{center}
{\begin{trivlist}\centering\item\relax}
{\end{trivlist}}
</pre></div>
-<p>Using <code>trivlist</code> in this way allows the macro to inherit some
+<p>Using <code class="code">trivlist</code> in this way allows the macro to inherit some
common code: combining vertical space of two adjacent environments;
detecting whether the text following the environment should be
considered a new paragraph or a continuation of the previous one;
adjusting the left and right margins for possible nested list
environments.
</p>
-<p>Specifically, <code>trivlist</code> uses the current values of the list
-parameters (see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>), except that <code>\parsep</code> is set to the
-value of <code>\parskip</code>, and <code>\leftmargin</code>, <code>\labelwidth</code>,
-and <code>\itemindent</code> are set to zero.
+<p>Specifically, <code class="code">trivlist</code> uses the current values of the list
+parameters (see <a class="pxref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>), except that <code class="code">\parsep</code> is set to the
+value of <code class="code">\parskip</code>, and <code class="code">\leftmargin</code>, <code class="code">\labelwidth</code>,
+and <code class="code">\itemindent</code> are set to zero.
</p>
<p>This example outputs the items as two paragraphs, except that (by
default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{trivlist}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{trivlist}
\item The \textit{Surprise} is not old; no one would call her old.
\item She has a bluff bow, lovely lines.
\end{trivlist}
@@ -7044,74 +7052,74 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="math">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="math">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>minipage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#list" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>list</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#list" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">list</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="math-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.17 <code>math</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="math-1">8.17 <code class="code">math</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-math"></span>
-<span id="index-math-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-inline-formulas"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inline-formulas"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{math}
-<var>math</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{math}
+<var class="var">math</var>
\end{math}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_0024-inline-math"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_0028_002e_002e_002e_005c_0029-inline-math"></span>
-<p>The <code>math</code> environment inserts given <var>math</var> material within
-the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms.
-See <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_0024-inline-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0028_002e_002e_002e_005c_0029-inline-math"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">math</code> environment inserts given <var class="var">math</var> material within
+the running text. <code class="code">\(...\)</code> and <code class="code">$...$</code> are synonyms.
+See <a class="xref" href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="minipage">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="minipage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>picture</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#math" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>math</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">picture</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#math" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">math</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="minipage-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.18 <code>minipage</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="minipage-1">8.18 <code class="code">minipage</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-minipage"></span>
-<span id="index-minipage-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-minipage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minipage-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-minipage_002c-creating-a"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minipage_002c-creating-a"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{minipage}{<var>width</var>}
- <var>contents</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}{<var class="var">width</var>}
+ <var class="var">contents</var>
\end{minipage}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{minipage}[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]{<var>width</var>}
- <var>contents</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}[<var class="var">position</var>][<var class="var">height</var>][<var class="var">inner-pos</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}
+ <var class="var">contents</var>
\end{minipage}
</pre></div>
-<p>Put <var>contents</var> into a box that is <var>width</var> wide. This is like a
+<p>Put <var class="var">contents</var> into a box that is <var class="var">width</var> wide. This is like a
small version of a page; it can contain its own footnotes, itemized
lists, etc. (There are some restrictions, including that it cannot have
-floats.) This box will not be broken across pages. So <code>minipage</code>
-is similar to <code>\parbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>) but here you can have
+floats.) This box will not be broken across pages. So <code class="code">minipage</code>
+is similar to <code class="code">\parbox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>) but here you can have
paragraphs.
</p>
<p>This example will be 3&nbsp;inches wide, and has two paragraphs.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{minipage}{3in}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}{3in}
Stephen Kleene was a founder of the Theory of Computation.
He was a student of Church, wrote three influential texts,
@@ -7121,85 +7129,85 @@ paragraphs.
</pre></div>
<p>See below for a discussion of the paragraph indent inside a
-<code>minipage</code>.
+<code class="code">minipage</code>.
</p>
-<p>The required argument <var>width</var> is a rigid length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
-It gives the width of the box into which <var>contents</var> are typeset.
+<p>The required argument <var class="var">width</var> is a rigid length (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+It gives the width of the box into which <var class="var">contents</var> are typeset.
</p>
-<p>There are three optional arguments, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var>, and
-<var>inner-pos</var>. You need not include all three. For example, get the
-default <var>position</var> and set the <var>height</var> with
-<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <var>contents</var>
+<p>There are three optional arguments, <var class="var">position</var>, <var class="var">height</var>, and
+<var class="var">inner-pos</var>. You need not include all three. For example, get the
+default <var class="var">position</var> and set the <var class="var">height</var> with
+<code class="code">\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <var class="var">contents</var>
\end{minipage}</code>. (Get the natural height with an empty argument,
-<code>[]</code>.)
+<code class="code">[]</code>.)
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>position</var> governs how the <code>minipage</code>
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">position</var> governs how the <code class="code">minipage</code>
vertically aligns with the surrounding material.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>(synonym <code>m</code>) Default. Positions the <code>minipage</code> so its
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(synonym <code class="code">m</code>) Default. Positions the <code class="code">minipage</code> so its
vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX'><span><code>t</code><a href='#index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Align the baseline of the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the
-baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX&rsquo;s <code>\vtop</code>).
+<dt id='index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX'><span><code class="code">t</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Align the baseline of the top line in the <code class="code">minipage</code> with the
+baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX&rsquo;s <code class="code">\vtop</code>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029'><span><code>b</code><a href='#index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Align the baseline of the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the
-baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX&rsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>).
+<dt id='index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029'><span><code class="code">b</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Align the baseline of the bottom line in the <code class="code">minipage</code> with the
+baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX&rsquo;s <code class="code">\vbox</code>).
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p>To see the effects of these, contrast running this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">---\begin{minipage}[c]{0.25in}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">---\begin{minipage}[c]{0.25in}
first\\ second\\ third
\end{minipage}
</pre></div>
-<p>with the results of changing <code>c</code> to <code>b</code> or&nbsp;<code>t</code>.
+<p>with the results of changing <code class="code">c</code> to <code class="code">b</code> or&nbsp;<code class="code">t</code>.
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>height</var> is a rigid length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
-It sets the height of the <code>minipage</code>. You can enter any value
-larger than, or equal to, or smaller than the <code>minipage</code>&rsquo;s natural
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">height</var> is a rigid length (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+It sets the height of the <code class="code">minipage</code>. You can enter any value
+larger than, or equal to, or smaller than the <code class="code">minipage</code>&rsquo;s natural
height and LaTeX will not give an error or warning. You can also set
it to a height of zero or a negative value.
</p>
-<p>The final optional argument <var>inner-pos</var> controls the placement of
-<var>contents</var> inside the box. These are the possible values are (the
-default is the value of <var>position</var>).
+<p>The final optional argument <var class="var">inner-pos</var> controls the placement of
+<var class="var">contents</var> inside the box. These are the possible values are (the
+default is the value of <var class="var">position</var>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>t</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Place <var>contents</var> at the top of the box.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">t</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Place <var class="var">contents</var> at the top of the box.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
<dd><p>Place it in the vertical center.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>b</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">b</code></dt>
<dd><p>Place it at the box bottom.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>s</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Stretch <var>contents</var> out vertically; it must contain vertically
+<dt><code class="code">s</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Stretch <var class="var">contents</var> out vertically; it must contain vertically
stretchable space.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> option
-is set to a value larger than the <code>minipage</code>&rsquo;s natural height. To
+<p>The <var class="var">inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var class="var">height</var> option
+is set to a value larger than the <code class="code">minipage</code>&rsquo;s natural height. To
see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices
-in place of <code>b</code>.
+in place of <code class="code">b</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Text before
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Text before
\begin{center}
---\begin{minipage}[c][3in][b]{0.25\textwidth}
first\\ second\\ third
@@ -7208,27 +7216,27 @@ in place of <code>b</code>.
Text after
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph-indentation_002c-in-minipage"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cparindent"></span>
-<p>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>. Change
-that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at
-the start of <var>contents</var>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-indentation_002c-in-minipage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparindent"></a>
+<p>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code class="code">minipage</code>. Change
+that with a command such as <code class="code">\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at
+the start of <var class="var">contents</var>.
</p>
-<span id="index-footnotes-in-figures"></span>
-<span id="index-figures_002c-footnotes-in"></span>
-<p>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnotes-in-figures"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figures_002c-footnotes-in"></a>
+<p>Footnotes in a <code class="code">minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A
-<code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
+<code class="code">\footnote</code> or <code class="code">\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it
-uses the <code>\mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the ordinary
-<code>footnote</code> counter (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>).
+uses the <code class="code">\mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the ordinary
+<code class="code">footnote</code> counter (see <a class="pxref" href="#Counters">Counters</a>).
</p>
<p>This puts the footnote at the bottom of the table, not the bottom of the
page.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center} % center the minipage on the line
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center} % center the minipage on the line
\begin{minipage}{2.5in}
\begin{center} % center the table inside the minipage
\begin{tabular}{ll}
@@ -7244,16 +7252,16 @@ page.
<p>If you nest minipages then there is an oddness when using footnotes.
Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next
-<code>\end{minipage}</code> which may not be their logical place.
+<code class="code">\end{minipage}</code> which may not be their logical place.
</p>
<p>This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They
are vertically centered.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-siunitx"></span>
-<span id="index-siunitx-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-siunitx"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-siunitx-package"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">% siunitx to have the S column specifier,
+<pre class="example-preformatted">% siunitx to have the S column specifier,
% which aligns numbers on their decimal point.
\usepackage{siunitx}
\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
@@ -7281,35 +7289,35 @@ are vertically centered.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="picture">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="picture">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>quotation</code> &amp; <code>quote</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>minipage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">quotation</code> &amp; <code class="code">quote</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="picture-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.19 <code>picture</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="picture-1">8.19 <code class="code">picture</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-picture"></span>
-<span id="index-picture-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-picture"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-picture-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-creating-pictures"></span>
-<span id="index-pictures_002c-creating"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-creating-pictures"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pictures_002c-creating"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p><div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)
- <var>picture command</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>)
+ <var class="var">picture command</var>
\end{picture}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)(<var>xoffset</var>,<var>yoffset</var>)
- <var>picture command</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>)(<var class="var">xoffset</var>,<var class="var">yoffset</var>)
+ <var class="var">picture command</var>
\end{picture}
</pre></div>
-<p>Where there may be any number of <var>picture command</var>&rsquo;s.
+<p>Where there may be any number of <var class="var">picture command</var>&rsquo;s.
</p>
<p>An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows,
boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new
@@ -7319,9 +7327,9 @@ covered in this document; see CTAN.
</p>
<p>To start, here&rsquo;s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cunitlength"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cunitlength"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
\begin{picture}(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall
\put(0,0){\vector(2,1){4}} % for every 2 over this vector goes 1 up
\put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ first leg}}
@@ -7332,26 +7340,26 @@ covered in this document; see CTAN.
\end{picture}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>picture</code> environment has one required argument, a pair of
-positive real numbers (<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>). Multiply these by the
-value <code>\unitlength</code> to get the nominal size of the output, i.e.
+<p>The <code class="code">picture</code> environment has one required argument, a pair of
+positive real numbers (<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>). Multiply these by the
+value <code class="code">\unitlength</code> to get the nominal size of the output, i.e.
the space that LaTeX reserves on the output page. This nominal size
need not be how large the picture really is; LaTeX will draw things
from the picture outside the picture&rsquo;s box.
</p>
<p>This environment also has an optional argument
-(<var>xoffset</var>,<var>yoffset</var>). It is used to shift the origin. Unlike
+(<var class="var">xoffset</var>,<var class="var">yoffset</var>). It is used to shift the origin. Unlike
most optional arguments, this one is not contained in square brackets.
As with the required argument, it consists of a pair of two real
numbers, but these may also be negative or null. Multiply these
-by <code>\unitlength</code> to get the coordinates of the point at the
+by <code class="code">\unitlength</code> to get the coordinates of the point at the
lower-left corner of the picture.
</p>
-<p>For example, if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1mm</code>, the
+<p>For example, if <code class="code">\unitlength</code> has been set to <code class="code">1mm</code>, the
command
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
</pre></div>
<p>produces a box of width 100 millimeters and height 200 millimeters. The
@@ -7362,49 +7370,49 @@ the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your
picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
optional argument.
</p>
-<span id="index-position_002c-in-picture"></span>
-<p>Each <var>picture command</var> tells LaTeX where to put something by
-providing its position. A <em>position</em> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>
-giving the x- and y-coordinates. A <em>coordinate</em> is a not a length,
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-position_002c-in-picture"></a>
+<p>Each <var class="var">picture command</var> tells LaTeX where to put something by
+providing its position. A <em class="dfn">position</em> is a pair such as <code class="code">(2.4,-5)</code>
+giving the x- and y-coordinates. A <em class="dfn">coordinate</em> is a not a length,
it is a real number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It
-specifies a length in multiples of the unit length <code>\unitlength</code>,
-so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>, then the coordinate
-<code>2.54</code> specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters.
+specifies a length in multiples of the unit length <code class="code">\unitlength</code>,
+so if <code class="code">\unitlength</code> has been set to <code class="code">1cm</code>, then the coordinate
+<code class="code">2.54</code> specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters.
</p>
-<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default for <code>\unitlength</code> is <code>1pt</code>. It is a rigid
-length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). Change it with the <code>\setlength</code> command
-(see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>). Make this change only outside of a <code>picture</code>
+<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default for <code class="code">\unitlength</code> is <code class="code">1pt</code>. It is a rigid
+length (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). Change it with the <code class="code">\setlength</code> command
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>). Make this change only outside of a <code class="code">picture</code>
environment.
</p>
-<p>The <code>picture</code> environment supports using standard arithmetic
+<p>The <code class="code">picture</code> environment supports using standard arithmetic
expressions as well as numbers.
</p>
<p>Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default at
the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears
-as an argument, as with <code>\put(1,2){...}</code>, it is not enclosed in
+as an argument, as with <code class="code">\put(1,2){...}</code>, it is not enclosed in
braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also,
unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are
-further up the page, for example, <em class='math'>y = 1</em> is <em>above</em> <em class='math'>y = 0</em>.
+further up the page, for example, <em class="math">y = 1</em> is <em class="emph">above</em> <em class="math">y = 0</em>.
</p>
-<p>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <code>\put</code>,
-<code>\multiput</code>, <code>\qbezier</code>, and <code>\graphpaper</code>. The most
-often used is <code>\put</code>. This
+<p>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <code class="code">\put</code>,
+<code class="code">\multiput</code>, <code class="code">\qbezier</code>, and <code class="code">\graphpaper</code>. The most
+often used is <code class="code">\put</code>. This
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put(11.3,-0.3){...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(11.3,-0.3){...}
</pre></div>
<p>places the object with its reference point at coordinates
-<em class='math'>(11.3,-0.3)</em>. The reference points for various objects will be
+<em class="math">(11.3,-0.3)</em>. The reference points for various objects will be
described below.
-<span id="index-LR-box"></span>
-The <code>\put</code> command creates an <em>LR box</em> (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
-Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>) can
-go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. The reference point
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LR-box"></a>
+The <code class="code">\put</code> command creates an <em class="dfn">LR box</em> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+Anything that can go in an <code class="code">\mbox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>) can
+go in the text argument of the <code class="code">\put</code> command. The reference point
will be the lower left corner of the box. In this picture
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
...\begin{picture}(1,1)
\put(0,0){\line(1,0){1}}
\put(0,0){\line(1,1){1}}
@@ -7412,18 +7420,18 @@ will be the lower left corner of the box. In this picture
</pre></div>
<p>the three dots are just slightly left of the point of the angle formed
-by the two lines. (Also, <code>\line(1,1){1}</code> does not call for a
+by the two lines. (Also, <code class="code">\line(1,1){1}</code> does not call for a
line of length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of
1.)
</p>
-<p>The <code>\multiput</code>, <code>qbezier</code>, and <code>graphpaper</code> commands are
+<p>The <code class="code">\multiput</code>, <code class="code">qbezier</code>, and <code class="code">graphpaper</code> commands are
described below.
</p>
<p>You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an
exact location. For example:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble
...
\begin{center}
\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth}
@@ -7434,88 +7442,88 @@ exact location. For example:
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>The red&nbsp;X will be precisely a quarter of the <code>\textwidth</code> from
-the left margin, and <code>0.35\textwidth</code> up from the bottom of the
+<p>The red&nbsp;X will be precisely a quarter of the <code class="code">\textwidth</code> from
+the left margin, and <code class="code">0.35\textwidth</code> up from the bottom of the
picture. Another example of this usage is to put similar code in the
page header to get repeat material on each of a document&rsquo;s pages.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="1"><code>\put</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="2"><code>\multiput</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="3"><code>\qbezier</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="4"><code>\graphpaper</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="5"><code>\line</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="6"><code>\linethickness</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="7"><code>\thinlines</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8"><code>\thicklines</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="9"><code>\circle</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack"><code>\shortstack</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cvector"><code>\vector</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cdashbox"><code>\dashbox</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\put</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\multiput</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\qbezier</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\line</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\thinlines</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\thicklines</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\circle</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005coval"><code class="code">\oval</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack"><code class="code">\shortstack</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvector"><code class="code">\vector</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cframe"><code class="code">\frame</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cdashbox"><code class="code">\dashbox</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cput">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\multiput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\multiput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cput-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.1 <code>\put</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cput-1">8.19.1 <code class="code">\put</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cput"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cput"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put(<var>xcoord</var>,<var>ycoord</var>){<var>content</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(<var class="var">xcoord</var>,<var class="var">ycoord</var>){<var class="var">content</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Place <var>content</var> at the coordinate (<var>xcoord</var>,<var>ycoord</var>). See
-the discussion of coordinates and <code>\unitlength</code> in <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>.
-The <var>content</var> is processed in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it cannot
+<p>Place <var class="var">content</var> at the coordinate (<var class="var">xcoord</var>,<var class="var">ycoord</var>). See
+the discussion of coordinates and <code class="code">\unitlength</code> in <a class="ref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>.
+The <var class="var">content</var> is processed in LR mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it cannot
contain line breaks.
</p>
-<p>This includes the text into the <code>picture</code>.
+<p>This includes the text into the <code class="code">picture</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put(4.5,2.5){Apply the \textit{unpoke} move}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(4.5,2.5){Apply the \textit{unpoke} move}
</pre></div>
<p>The reference point, the location (4.5,2.5), is the lower left of the
-text, at the bottom left of the &lsquo;<samp>A</samp>&rsquo;.
+text, at the bottom left of the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmultiput">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmultiput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\qbezier</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\put</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\qbezier</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\put</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmultiput-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.2 <code>\multiput</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmultiput-1">8.19.2 <code class="code">\multiput</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cmultiput"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmultiput"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\multiput(<var>x</var>,<var>y</var>)(<var>delta_x</var>,<var>delta_y</var>){<var>num-copies</var>}{<var>obj</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\multiput(<var class="var">x</var>,<var class="var">y</var>)(<var class="var">delta_x</var>,<var class="var">delta_y</var>){<var class="var">num-copies</var>}{<var class="var">obj</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Copy <var>obj</var> a total of <var>num-copies</var> times, with an increment of
-<var>delta_x,delta_y</var>. The <var>obj</var> first appears at position
-<em class='math'>(x,y)</em>, then at <em class='math'>(x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y)</em>, and so on.
+<p>Copy <var class="var">obj</var> a total of <var class="var">num-copies</var> times, with an increment of
+<var class="var">delta_x,delta_y</var>. The <var class="var">obj</var> first appears at position
+<em class="math">(x,y)</em>, then at <em class="math">(x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y)</em>, and so on.
</p>
<p>This draws a simple grid with every fifth line in bold (see also
-<a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>).
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper"><code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(10,10)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(10,10)
\linethickness{0.05mm}
\multiput(0,0)(1,0){10}{\line(0,1){10}}
\multiput(0,0)(0,1){10}{\line(1,0){10}}
@@ -7528,48 +7536,48 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\qbezier</code><
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cqbezier">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cqbezier">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\multiput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\multiput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cqbezier-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.3 <code>\qbezier</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cqbezier-1">8.19.3 <code class="code">\qbezier</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cqbezier"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cqbezier"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\qbezier(<var>x1</var>,<var>y1</var>)(<var>x2</var>,<var>y2</var>)(<var>x3</var>,<var>y3</var>)
-\qbezier[<var>num</var>](<var>x1</var>,<var>y1</var>)(<var>x2</var>,<var>y2</var>)(<var>x3</var>,<var>y3</var>)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\qbezier(<var class="var">x1</var>,<var class="var">y1</var>)(<var class="var">x2</var>,<var class="var">y2</var>)(<var class="var">x3</var>,<var class="var">y3</var>)
+\qbezier[<var class="var">num</var>](<var class="var">x1</var>,<var class="var">y1</var>)(<var class="var">x2</var>,<var class="var">y2</var>)(<var class="var">x3</var>,<var class="var">y3</var>)
</pre></div>
<p>Draw a quadratic Bezier curve whose control points are given by the
-three required arguments <code>(<var>x1</var>,<var>y1</var>)</code>,
-<code>(<var>x2</var>,<var>y2</var>)</code>, and <code>(<var>x3</var>,<var>y3</var>)</code>. That is,
-the curve runs from <var>(x1,y1)</var> to <var>(x3,y3)</var>, is quadratic, and is
-such that the tangent line at <var>(x1,y1)</var> passes through
-<var>(x2,y2)</var>, as does the tangent line at <var>(x3,y3)</var>.
+three required arguments <code class="code">(<var class="var">x1</var>,<var class="var">y1</var>)</code>,
+<code class="code">(<var class="var">x2</var>,<var class="var">y2</var>)</code>, and <code class="code">(<var class="var">x3</var>,<var class="var">y3</var>)</code>. That is,
+the curve runs from <var class="var">(x1,y1)</var> to <var class="var">(x3,y3)</var>, is quadratic, and is
+such that the tangent line at <var class="var">(x1,y1)</var> passes through
+<var class="var">(x2,y2)</var>, as does the tangent line at <var class="var">(x3,y3)</var>.
</p>
<p>This draws a curve from the coordinate (1,1) to (1,0).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
</pre></div>
<p>The curve&rsquo;s tangent line at (1,1) contains (1.25,0.75), as does the
curve&rsquo;s tangent line at (1,0).
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>num</var> gives the number of calculated
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">num</var> gives the number of calculated
intermediate points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose
-maximum number of points is <code>\qbeziermax</code> (change this value with
-<code>\renewcommand</code>).
+maximum number of points is <code class="code">\qbeziermax</code> (change this value with
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code>).
</p>
-<p>This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using <code>\qbezier</code> for
+<p>This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using <code class="code">\qbezier</code> for
that curve.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(8,4)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(8,4)
\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis
\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis
\put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side
@@ -7584,34 +7592,34 @@ that curve.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphpaper">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cgraphpaper">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\line</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\qbezier</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\line</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\qbezier</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cgraphpaper-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.4 <code>\graphpaper</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphpaper-1">8.19.4 <code class="code">\graphpaper</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cgraphpaper"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cgraphpaper"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\graphpaper(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>)
-\graphpaper[<var>spacing</var>](<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\graphpaper(<var class="var">x_init</var>,<var class="var">y_init</var>)(<var class="var">x_dimen</var>,<var class="var">y_dimen</var>)
+\graphpaper[<var class="var">spacing</var>](<var class="var">x_init</var>,<var class="var">y_init</var>)(<var class="var">x_dimen</var>,<var class="var">y_dimen</var>)
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-graphpap"></span>
-<span id="index-graphpap-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-graphpap"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphpap-package"></a>
-<p>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <code>graphpap</code> package.
-The grid&rsquo;s origin is <code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>.
-Grid lines come every <var>spacing</var> units (the default is 10).
-The grid extends <var>x_dimen</var> units to the right and <var>y_dimen</var> units up.
+<p>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <code class="code">graphpap</code> package.
+The grid&rsquo;s origin is <code class="code">(<var class="var">x_init</var>,<var class="var">y_init</var>)</code>.
+Grid lines come every <var class="var">spacing</var> units (the default is 10).
+The grid extends <var class="var">x_dimen</var> units to the right and <var class="var">y_dimen</var> units up.
All arguments must be positive integers.
</p>
<p>This make a grid with seven vertical lines and eleven horizontal lines.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphpap} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphpap} % in preamble
...
\begin{picture}(6,20) % in document body
\graphpaper[2](0,0)(12,20)
@@ -7623,217 +7631,217 @@ All arguments must be positive integers.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\linethickness</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.5 <code>\line</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cline-1">8.19.5 <code class="code">\line</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cline"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cline"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\line(<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>){<var>travel</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\line(<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>){<var class="var">travel</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises <var>y_rise</var> for
-every horizontal <var>x_run</var>. The <var>travel</var> is the total horizontal
+<p>Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises <var class="var">y_rise</var> for
+every horizontal <var class="var">x_run</var>. The <var class="var">travel</var> is the total horizontal
change&mdash;it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in
-<em class='math'>x</em>. In the special case of vertical lines, where
-(<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), the <var>travel</var> gives the change in
-<em class='math'>y</em>.
+<em class="math">x</em>. In the special case of vertical lines, where
+(<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>)=(0,1), the <var class="var">travel</var> gives the change in
+<em class="math">y</em>.
</p>
<p>This draws a line starting at coordinates (1,3).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put(1,3){\line(2,5){4}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(1,3){\line(2,5){4}}
</pre></div>
-<p>For every over 2, this line will go up 5. Because <var>travel</var>
+<p>For every over 2, this line will go up 5. Because <var class="var">travel</var>
specifies that this goes over 4, it must go up&nbsp;10. Thus its
-endpoint is <em class='math'>(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13)</em>. In particular, note that
-<em class='math'><var>travel</var>=4</em> is not the length of the line, it is the change in
-<em class='math'>x</em>.
+endpoint is <em class="math">(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13)</em>. In particular, note that
+<em class="math"><var class="var">travel</var>=4</em> is not the length of the line, it is the change in
+<em class="math">x</em>.
</p>
-<p>The arguments <var>x_run</var> and <var>y_rise</var> are integers that can be
+<p>The arguments <var class="var">x_run</var> and <var class="var">y_rise</var> are integers that can be
positive, negative, or zero. (If both are 0 then LaTeX treats the
second as 1.) With
-<code>\put(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>){\line(<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>){<var>travel</var>}}</code>,
-if <var>x_run</var> is negative then the line&rsquo;s ending point has a first
-coordinate that is less than <var>x_init</var>. If <var>y_rise</var> is negative
+<code class="code">\put(<var class="var">x_init</var>,<var class="var">y_init</var>){\line(<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>){<var class="var">travel</var>}}</code>,
+if <var class="var">x_run</var> is negative then the line&rsquo;s ending point has a first
+coordinate that is less than <var class="var">x_init</var>. If <var class="var">y_rise</var> is negative
then the line&rsquo;s ending point has a second coordinate that is less than
-<var>y_init</var>.
+<var class="var">y_init</var>.
</p>
-<p>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or
+<p>If <var class="var">travel</var> is negative then you get <code class="code">LaTeX Error: Bad \line or
\vector argument.</code>
</p>
-<span id="index-graphics-packages"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-pict2e"></span>
-<span id="index-pict2e-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-packages"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-pict2e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pict2e-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-TikZ"></span>
-<span id="index-TikZ-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-TikZ"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TikZ-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-PSTricks"></span>
-<span id="index-PSTricks-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-PSTricks"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-PSTricks-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-MetaPost"></span>
-<span id="index-MetaPost-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-MetaPost"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-MetaPost-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-Asymptote"></span>
-<span id="index-Asymptote-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-Asymptote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asymptote-package"></a>
<p>Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
-pre-made fonts. The two numbers <var>x_run</var> and <var>y_rise</var> must have
-integer values from -6 through&nbsp;6. Also, they must be
-relatively prime, so that <var>(x_run,y_rise)</var> can be (2,1) but not
+pre-made fonts. The two numbers <var class="var">x_run</var> and <var class="var">y_rise</var> must have
+integer values from &minus;6 through&nbsp;6. Also, they must be
+relatively prime, so that <var class="var">(x_run,y_rise)</var> can be (2,1) but not
(4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences
of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines
of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like
-<code>picture</code>, see the package <code>pict2e</code>
-(<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</a>). Another solution
+<code class="code">picture</code>, see the package <code class="code">pict2e</code>
+(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</a>). Another solution
is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks,
MetaPost, or Asymptote.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005clinethickness">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005clinethickness">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\thinlines</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\line</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thinlines</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\line</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005clinethickness-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.6 <code>\linethickness</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005clinethickness-1">8.19.6 <code class="code">\linethickness</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005clinethickness"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinethickness"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\linethickness{<var>dim</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\linethickness{<var class="var">dim</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Declares the thickness of subsequent horizontal and vertical lines in a
-picture to be <var>dim</var>, which must be a positive length
-(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It differs from <code>\thinlines</code> and
-<code>\thicklines</code> in that it does not affect the thickness of slanted
-lines, circles, or ovals (see <a href="#g_t_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>).
+picture to be <var class="var">dim</var>, which must be a positive length
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It differs from <code class="code">\thinlines</code> and
+<code class="code">\thicklines</code> in that it does not affect the thickness of slanted
+lines, circles, or ovals (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005coval"><code class="code">\oval</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cthinlines">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthinlines">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\thicklines</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\linethickness</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thicklines</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cthinlines-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.7 <code>\thinlines</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cthinlines-1">8.19.7 <code class="code">\thinlines</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cthinlines"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthinlines"></a>
<p>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
-in a picture environment to be 0.4pt. This is the default
+in a picture environment to be 0.4<span class="dmn">pt</span>. This is the default
thickness, so this command is unnecessary unless the thickness has been
-changed with either <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a> or <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>.
+changed with either <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005clinethickness"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a> or <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cthicklines"><code class="code">\thicklines</code></a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cthicklines">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthicklines">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\circle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\thinlines</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\circle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\thinlines</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cthicklines-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cthicklines-1">8.19.8 <code class="code">\thicklines</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cthicklines"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthicklines"></a>
<p>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
-in a picture environment to be 0.8pt. See also
-<a href="#g_t_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a> and <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines"><code>\thinlines</code></a>. This command is illustrated
-in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier"><code>\qbezier</code></a>.
+in a picture environment to be 0.8<span class="dmn">pt</span>. See also
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005clinethickness"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a> and <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cthinlines"><code class="code">\thinlines</code></a>. This command is illustrated
+in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cqbezier"><code class="code">\qbezier</code></a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccircle">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccircle">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\oval</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\thicklines</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\oval</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\thicklines</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ccircle-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.9 <code>\circle</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccircle-1">8.19.9 <code class="code">\circle</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005ccircle"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccircle"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\circle{<var>diameter</var>}
-\circle*{<var>diameter</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\circle{<var class="var">diameter</var>}
+\circle*{<var class="var">diameter</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Produces a circle with a diameter as close as possible to the specified
-one. The <code>*</code>&nbsp;form produces a filled-in circle.
+one. The <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;form produces a filled-in circle.
</p>
-<p>This draws a circle of radius 6, centered at <code>(5,7)</code>.
+<p>This draws a circle of radius 6, centered at <code class="code">(5,7)</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put(5,7){\circle{6}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(5,7){\circle{6}}
</pre></div>
-<p>The available radii for <code>\circle</code> are, in points, the even
-numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For <code>\circle*</code> they are all the
+<p>The available radii for <code class="code">\circle</code> are, in points, the even
+numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For <code class="code">\circle*</code> they are all the
integers from 1 to 15.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005coval">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005coval">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\shortstack</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\circle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\shortstack</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\circle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005coval-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.10 <code>\oval</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005coval-1">8.19.10 <code class="code">\oval</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005coval"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005coval"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\oval(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)
-\oval(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)[<var>portion</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\oval(<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>)
+\oval(<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>)[<var class="var">portion</var>]
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a rectangle with rounded corners, hereinafter referred to as an
-<em>oval</em>. The optional argument <var>portion</var> allows you to produce
-only half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take <var>portion</var>
+<em class="dfn">oval</em>. The optional argument <var class="var">portion</var> allows you to produce
+only half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take <var class="var">portion</var>
to be one of these.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>t</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">t</code></dt>
<dd><p>top half
</p></dd>
-<dt><span><code>b</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">b</code></dt>
<dd><p>bottom half
</p></dd>
-<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
<dd><p>right half
</p></dd>
-<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
<dd><p>left half
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>Produce only one quarter of the oval by setting <var>portion</var> to
-<code>tr</code>, <code>br</code>, <code>bl</code>, or <code>tl</code>.
+<p>Produce only one quarter of the oval by setting <var class="var">portion</var> to
+<code class="code">tr</code>, <code class="code">br</code>, <code class="code">bl</code>, or <code class="code">tl</code>.
</p>
<p>This draws the top half of an oval that is 3 wide and 7 tall.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put(5,7){\oval(3,7)[t]}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(5,7){\oval(3,7)[t]}
</pre></div>
<p>The (5,7) is the center of the entire oval, not just the center of the
@@ -7841,34 +7849,34 @@ top half.
</p>
<p>These shapes are not ellipses. They are rectangles whose corners are
made with quarter circles. These circles have a maximum radius of
-20pt (see <a href="#g_t_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a> for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just
+20<span class="dmn">pt</span> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccircle"><code class="code">\circle</code></a> for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just
frames with a small amount of corner rounding.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cshortstack">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cshortstack">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\vector</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\oval</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\vector</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\oval</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cshortstack-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.11 <code>\shortstack</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cshortstack-1">8.19.11 <code class="code">\shortstack</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cshortstack"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cshortstack"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\shortstack[<var>position</var>]{<var>line 1</var> \\ ... }
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\shortstack[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">line 1</var> \\ ... }
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a vertical stack of objects.
</p>
-<p>This labels the <em class='math'>y</em> axis by writing the word &lsquo;<samp><em class='math'>y</em></samp>&rsquo; above
-the word &lsquo;<samp>axis</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>This labels the <em class="math">y</em> axis by writing the word &lsquo;<samp class="samp"><em class="math">y</em></samp>&rsquo; above
+the word &lsquo;<samp class="samp">axis</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
\begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0)
\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis
\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y
@@ -7877,127 +7885,127 @@ the word &lsquo;<samp>axis</samp>&rsquo;.
</pre></div>
<p>For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack.
-In the above example the <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>) puts
+In the above example the <code class="code">\makebox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>) puts
the stack flush right in a zero width box so in total the short stack
-sits slightly to the left of the <em class='math'>y</em>&nbsp;axis.
+sits slightly to the left of the <em class="math">y</em>&nbsp;axis.
</p>
<p>The valid positions are:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
<dd><p>Make objects flush right
</p></dd>
-<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
<dd><p>Make objects flush left
</p></dd>
-<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
<dd><p>Center objects (default)
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cshortstack-objects_0029"></span>
-<p>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>. These stacks are short in
-that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cshortstack-objects_0029"></a>
+<p>Separate objects into lines with <code class="code">\\</code>. These stacks are short in
+that, unlike in a <code class="code">tabular</code> or <code class="code">array</code> environment, here the
rows are not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in
-<code>\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}</code> the first and last rows are taller than
+<code class="code">\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}</code> the first and last rows are taller than
the middle two, and therefore the baseline skip between the two middle
rows is smaller than that between the third and last row. You can
adjust row heights and depths either by putting in the usual interline
-spacing with <code>\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>),
-or explicitly, via an zero-width box <code>\shortstack{X \\
-\rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}</code> or by using <code>\\</code>&rsquo;s optional
-argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>.
+spacing with <code class="code">\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>),
+or explicitly, via an zero-width box <code class="code">\shortstack{X \\
+\rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}</code> or by using <code class="code">\\</code>&rsquo;s optional
+argument <code class="code">\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\shortstack</code> command is also available outside the
-<code>picture</code> environment.
+<p>The <code class="code">\shortstack</code> command is also available outside the
+<code class="code">picture</code> environment.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cvector">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvector">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\shortstack</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\shortstack</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cvector-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.12 <code>\vector</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cvector-1">8.19.12 <code class="code">\vector</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cvector"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvector"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\vector(<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>){<var>travel</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\vector(<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>){<var class="var">travel</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it
-vertically rises <var>y_rise</var> for every horizontal <var>x_run</var>. The
-<var>travel</var> is the total horizontal change&mdash;it is not the
-length of the vector, it is the change in <em class='math'>x</em>. In the special case
-of vertical vectors, if (<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), then
-<var>travel</var> gives the change in <em class='math'>y</em>.
+vertically rises <var class="var">y_rise</var> for every horizontal <var class="var">x_run</var>. The
+<var class="var">travel</var> is the total horizontal change&mdash;it is not the
+length of the vector, it is the change in <em class="math">x</em>. In the special case
+of vertical vectors, if (<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>)=(0,1), then
+<var class="var">travel</var> gives the change in <em class="math">y</em>.
</p>
-<p>For an example see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>.
+<p>For an example see <a class="ref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>For elaboration on <var>x_run</var> and <var>y_rise</var> see <a href="#g_t_005cline"><code>\line</code></a>. As
-there, the values of <var>x_run</var> and <var>y_rise</var> are limited. For
-<code>\vector</code> you must chooses integers between -4 and 4,
+<p>For elaboration on <var class="var">x_run</var> and <var class="var">y_rise</var> see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cline"><code class="code">\line</code></a>. As
+there, the values of <var class="var">x_run</var> and <var class="var">y_rise</var> are limited. For
+<code class="code">\vector</code> you must chooses integers between &minus;4 and 4,
inclusive. Also, the two you choose must be relatively prime. Thus,
-<code>\vector(2,1){4}</code> is acceptable but <code>\vector(4,2){4}</code> is
+<code class="code">\vector(2,1){4}</code> is acceptable but <code class="code">\vector(4,2){4}</code> is
not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence of arrowheads).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\vector</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\vector</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.13 <code>\makebox</code> (picture)</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1">8.19.13 <code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</h4>
-<span id="index-_005cmakebox-_0028for-picture_0029"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakebox-_0028for-picture_0029"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>){<var>text</var>}
-\makebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>)[<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makebox(<var class="var">rec-width</var>,<var class="var">rec-height</var>){<var class="var">text</var>}
+\makebox(<var class="var">rec-width</var>,<var class="var">rec-height</var>)[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Make a box to hold <var>text</var>. This command fits with the
-<code>picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there,
-because <var>rec-width</var> and <var>rec-height</var> are numbers specifying
-distances in terms of the <code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>). This
-command is similar to the normal <code>\makebox</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>) except here that you must specify the width and height. This
-command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Make a box to hold <var class="var">text</var>. This command fits with the
+<code class="code">picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there,
+because <var class="var">rec-width</var> and <var class="var">rec-height</var> are numbers specifying
+distances in terms of the <code class="code">\unitlength</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>). This
+command is similar to the normal <code class="code">\makebox</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>) except here that you must specify the width and height. This
+command is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>This makes a box of length 3.5 times <code>\unitlength</code> and height 4
-times <code>\unitlength</code>.
+<p>This makes a box of length 3.5 times <code class="code">\unitlength</code> and height 4
+times <code class="code">\unitlength</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}
</pre></div>
-<p>The optional argument <code><var>position</var></code> specifies where in the box
-the <var>text</var> appears. The default is to center it, both horizontally
+<p>The optional argument <code class="code"><var class="var">position</var></code> specifies where in the box
+the <var class="var">text</var> appears. The default is to center it, both horizontally
and vertically. To place it somewhere else, use a string with one or
two of these letters.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>t</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Puts <var>text</var> the top of the box.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">t</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Puts <var class="var">text</var> the top of the box.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>b</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Put <var>text</var> at the bottom.
+<dt><code class="code">b</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Put <var class="var">text</var> at the bottom.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Put <var>text</var> on the left.
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Put <var class="var">text</var> on the left.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Put <var>text</var> on the right.
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Put <var class="var">text</var> on the right.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -8005,172 +8013,173 @@ two of these letters.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\frame</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\frame</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.14 <code>\framebox</code> (picture)</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1">8.19.14 <code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</h4>
-<span id="index-_005cframebox"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cframebox"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\framebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>){<var>text</var>}
-\framebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>)[<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\framebox(<var class="var">rec-width</var>,<var class="var">rec-height</var>){<var class="var">text</var>}
+\framebox(<var class="var">rec-width</var>,<var class="var">rec-height</var>)[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>This is the same as <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a> except that it puts a frame
+<p>This is the same as <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a> except that it puts a frame
around the outside of the box that it creates. The reference point is
the bottom left corner of the frame. This command fits with the
-<code>picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there,
+<code class="code">picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there,
because lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the
-<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>). This command is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\unitlength</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>). This command is fragile
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This example creates a frame 2.5&nbsp;inches by 3&nbsp;inches and puts
the text in the center.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}
\framebox(2.5,3){test text}
</pre></div>
<p>The required arguments are that the rectangle has overall width
-<var>rect-width</var> units and height <var>rect-height</var> units.
+<var class="var">rect-width</var> units and height <var class="var">rect-height</var> units.
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>position</var> specifies the position of
-<var>text</var>; see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a> for the values that it can
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">position</var> specifies the position of
+<var class="var">text</var>; see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a> for the values that it can
take.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cfboxrule-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cfboxsep-1"></span>
-<p>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space
-<code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfboxrule-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfboxsep-1"></a>
+<p>The rule has thickness <code class="code">\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space
+<code class="code">\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box.
</p>
-<p>For this command, you must specify the <var>width</var> and <var>height</var>. If
+<p>For this command, you must specify the <var class="var">width</var> and <var class="var">height</var>. If
you want to just put a frame around some contents whose dimension is
-determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></a>) or <code>\frame</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a>).
+determined in some other way then either use <code class="code">\fbox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code class="code">\fbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>) or <code class="code">\frame</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cframe"><code class="code">\frame</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cframe">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cframe">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\dashbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\dashbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cframe-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.15 <code>\frame</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cframe-1">8.19.15 <code class="code">\frame</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cframe"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cframe"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\frame{<var>contents</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\frame{<var class="var">contents</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Puts a rectangular frame around <var>contents</var>. The reference point is
-the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to <code>\framebox</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a>), this command puts no extra space is put
-between the frame and the object. It is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Puts a rectangular frame around <var class="var">contents</var>. The reference point
+is the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to
+<code class="code">\framebox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a>), this command puts no
+extra space between the frame and the object. It is fragile
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cdashbox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cdashbox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\frame</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frame</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cdashbox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.16 <code>\dashbox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cdashbox-1">8.19.16 <code class="code">\dashbox</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cdashbox"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdashbox"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\dashbox{<var>dash-len</var>}(<var>rect-width</var>,<var>rect-height</var>){<var>text</var>}
-\dashbox{<var>dash-len</var>}(<var>rect-width</var>,<var>rect-height</var>)[<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\dashbox{<var class="var">dash-len</var>}(<var class="var">rect-width</var>,<var class="var">rect-height</var>){<var class="var">text</var>}
+\dashbox{<var class="var">dash-len</var>}(<var class="var">rect-width</var>,<var class="var">rect-height</var>)[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Create a dashed rectangle around <var>text</var>. This command fits with the
-<code>picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there,
+<p>Create a dashed rectangle around <var class="var">text</var>. This command fits with the
+<code class="code">picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there,
because lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the
-<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\unitlength</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The required arguments are: dashes are <var>dash-len</var> units long, with
+<p>The required arguments are: dashes are <var class="var">dash-len</var> units long, with
the same length gap, and the rectangle has overall width
-<var>rect-width</var> units and height <var>rect-height</var> units.
+<var class="var">rect-width</var> units and height <var class="var">rect-height</var> units.
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>position</var> specifies the position of
-<var>text</var>; see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a> for the values that it can
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">position</var> specifies the position of
+<var class="var">text</var>; see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a> for the values that it can
take.
</p>
-<p>This shows that you can use non-integer value for <var>dash-len</var>.
+<p>This shows that you can use non-integer value for <var class="var">dash-len</var>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){My hovercraft is full of eels.}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){My hovercraft is full of eels.}}
</pre></div>
-<p>Each dash will be <code>0.1\unitlength</code> long, the box&rsquo;s width is
-<code>5\unitlength</code> and its height is <code>0.5\unitlength</code>.
+<p>Each dash will be <code class="code">0.1\unitlength</code> long, the box&rsquo;s width is
+<code class="code">5\unitlength</code> and its height is <code class="code">0.5\unitlength</code>.
</p>
-<p>As in that example, a dashed box looks best when <var>rect-width</var> and
-<var>rect-height</var> are multiples of the <var>dash-len</var>.
+<p>As in that example, a dashed box looks best when <var class="var">rect-width</var> and
+<var class="var">rect-height</var> are multiples of the <var class="var">dash-len</var>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="quotation-_0026-quote">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="quotation-_0026-quote">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>tabbing</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#picture" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>picture</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">tabbing</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#picture" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">picture</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="quotation-_0026-quote-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.20 <code>quotation</code> &amp; <code>quote</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="quotation-_0026-quote-1">8.20 <code class="code">quotation</code> &amp; <code class="code">quote</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-quotation"></span>
-<span id="index-quotation-environment"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="quotation"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-quotation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quotation-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></span>
-<span id="index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text"></span>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-quote"></span>
-<span id="index-quote-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="quote"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-quote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quote-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></span>
-<span id="index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text_002c-omitting"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text_002c-omitting"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{quotation}
- <var>text</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{quotation}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
\end{quotation}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{quote}
- <var>text</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{quote}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
\end{quote}
</pre></div>
<p>Include a quotation. Both environments indent margins on both sides by
-<code>\leftmargin</code> and the text is right-justified.
+<code class="code">\leftmargin</code> and the text is right-justified.
</p>
-<p>They differ in how they treat paragraphs. In the <code>quotation</code>
-environment, paragraphs are indented by 1.5em and the space
-between paragraphs is small, <code>0pt plus 1pt</code>. In the <code>quote</code>
+<p>They differ in how they treat paragraphs. In the <code class="code">quotation</code>
+environment, paragraphs are indented by 1.5<span class="dmn">em</span> and the space
+between paragraphs is small, <code class="code">0pt plus 1pt</code>. In the <code class="code">quote</code>
environment, paragraphs are not indented and there is vertical space
-between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>).
+between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code class="code">\parsep</code>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{quotation} \small\it
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{quotation} \small\it
Four score and seven years ago
... shall not perish from the earth.
\hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln
@@ -8180,42 +8189,42 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>).
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="tabbing">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="tabbing">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>table</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>quotation</code> &amp; <code>quote</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">table</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">quotation</code> &amp; <code class="code">quote</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="tabbing-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.21 <code>tabbing</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="tabbing-1">8.21 <code class="code">tabbing</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-tabbing"></span>
-<span id="index-tabbing-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-tabbing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabbing-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-tab-stops_002c-using"></span>
-<span id="index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops"></span>
-<span id="index-alignment-via-tabbing"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tab-stops_002c-using"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-alignment-via-tabbing"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabbing}
-<var>row1col1</var> \= <var>row1col2</var> ... \\
-<var>row2col1</var> \&gt; <var>row2col2</var> ... \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabbing}
+<var class="var">row1col1</var> \= <var class="var">row1col2</var> ... \\
+<var class="var">row2col1</var> \&gt; <var class="var">row2col2</var> ... \\
...
\end{tabbing}
</pre></div>
<p>Align text in columns, by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much as
was done on a typewriter. This is less often used than the environments
-<code>tabular</code> (see <a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a>) or <code>array</code> (see <a href="#array"><code>array</code></a>) because
+<code class="code">tabular</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>) or <code class="code">array</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#array"><code class="code">array</code></a>) because
in those the width of each column need not be constant and need not be
known in advance.
</p>
<p>This example has a first line where the tab stops are set to explicit
-widths, ended by a <code>\kill</code> command (which is described below):
+widths, ended by a <code class="code">\kill</code> command (which is described below):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabbing}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabbing}
\hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill
Ship \&gt;Guns \&gt;Year \\
\textit{Sophie} \&gt;14 \&gt;1800 \\
@@ -8225,123 +8234,123 @@ Ship \&gt;Guns \&gt;Year \\
\end{tabbing}
</pre></div>
-<p>Both the <code>tabbing</code> environment and the more widely-used
-<code>tabular</code> environment put text in columns. The most important
-distinction is that in <code>tabular</code> the width of columns is
-determined automatically by LaTeX, while in <code>tabbing</code> the user
-sets the tab stops. Another distinction is that <code>tabular</code>
-generates a box, but <code>tabbing</code> can be broken across pages.
-Finally, while <code>tabular</code> can be used in any mode, <code>tabbing</code>
+<p>Both the <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment and the more widely-used
+<code class="code">tabular</code> environment put text in columns. The most important
+distinction is that in <code class="code">tabular</code> the width of columns is
+determined automatically by LaTeX, while in <code class="code">tabbing</code> the user
+sets the tab stops. Another distinction is that <code class="code">tabular</code>
+generates a box, but <code class="code">tabbing</code> can be broken across pages.
+Finally, while <code class="code">tabular</code> can be used in any mode, <code class="code">tabbing</code>
can be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph,
without indentation.
</p>
<p>Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need
-to use the starred form of the <code>\hspace</code> command at the beginning
-of a tabbed row. The right margin of the <code>tabbing</code> environment is
+to use the starred form of the <code class="code">\hspace</code> command at the beginning
+of a tabbed row. The right margin of the <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment is
the end of line, so that the width of the environment is
-<code>\linewidth</code>.
+<code class="code">\linewidth</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-row_002c-tabbing"></span>
-<p>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <em>tabbed
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-row_002c-tabbing"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <em class="dfn">tabbed
rows</em>. The first tabbed row begins immediately after
-<code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or
-<code>\kill</code>. The last row may omit the <code>\\</code> and end with just
-<code>\end{tabbing}</code>.
-</p>
-<span id="index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing"></span>
-<p>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a <em>current tab stop
-pattern</em>, a sequence of <em class='math'><var>n</var> &gt; 0</em> tab stops, numbered 0, 1,
-etc. These create <var>n</var> corresponding columns. Tab stop&nbsp;0 is
+<code class="code">\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code class="code">\\</code> or
+<code class="code">\kill</code>. The last row may omit the <code class="code">\\</code> and end with just
+<code class="code">\end{tabbing}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing"></a>
+<p>At any point the <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment has a <em class="dfn">current tab stop
+pattern</em>, a sequence of <em class="math"><var class="var">n</var> &gt; 0</em> tab stops, numbered 0, 1,
+etc. These create <var class="var">n</var> corresponding columns. Tab stop&nbsp;0 is
always the left margin, defined by the enclosing environment. Tab
-stop number&nbsp;<var>i</var> is set if it is assigned a horizontal
-position on the page. Tab stop number&nbsp;<var>i</var> can only be set if
-all the stops 0, &hellip;, <em class='math'>i-1</em> have already been set; normally
+stop number&nbsp;<var class="var">i</var> is set if it is assigned a horizontal
+position on the page. Tab stop number&nbsp;<var class="var">i</var> can only be set if
+all the stops 0, &hellip;, <em class="math">i-1</em> have already been set; normally
later stops are to the right of earlier ones.
</p>
-<p>By default any text typeset in a <code>tabbing</code> environment is typeset
+<p>By default any text typeset in a <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment is typeset
ragged right and left-aligned on the current tab stop. Typesetting is
-done in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+done in LR mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
</p>
-<p>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabbing</code> environment.
-They are all fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>The following commands can be used inside a <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment.
+They are all fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\\ <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code class="code">\\ <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>End a tabbed line and typeset it.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\= <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code class="code">\= <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Sets a tab stop at the current position.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\&gt; <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005c_003e"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code class="code">\&gt; <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_003e"></a>
<p>Advances to the next tab stop.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_003c'><span><code>\&lt;</code><a href='#index-_005c_003c' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005c_003c'><span><code class="code">\&lt;</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003c'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing
the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_002b'><span><code>\+</code><a href='#index-_005c_002b' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005c_002b'><span><code class="code">\+</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_002b'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if
necessary.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_002d'><span><code>\-</code><a href='#index-_005c_002d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005c_002d'><span><code class="code">\-</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_002d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if
necessary.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\' <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code class="code">\' <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e.,
-everything from the most recent <code>\&gt;</code>, <code>\&lt;</code>, <code>\'</code>,
-<code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned
+everything from the most recent <code class="code">\&gt;</code>, <code class="code">\&lt;</code>, <code class="code">\'</code>,
+<code class="code">\\</code>, or <code class="code">\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned
to the right, flush against the current column&rsquo;s tab stop.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\` <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code class="code">\` <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab
stop&nbsp;0. However, it can&rsquo;t move text to the right of the last
-column because there&rsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves
-all the text that follows it, up to the <code>\\</code> or
-<code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line, to the right margin
-of the <code>tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code>\&gt;</code> or
-<code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the <code>\\</code> or
-<code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line.
+column because there&rsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code class="code">\`</code> command moves
+all the text that follows it, up to the <code class="code">\\</code> or
+<code class="code">\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line, to the right margin
+of the <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code class="code">\&gt;</code> or
+<code class="code">\'</code> command between the <code class="code">\`</code> and the <code class="code">\\</code> or
+<code class="code">\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span>
-<p>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and
-<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (see <a href="#Accents">Accents</a>). Instead,
-use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code class="code">\a <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></a>
+<p>In a <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code class="code">\=</code>, <code class="code">\'</code> and
+<code class="code">\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (see <a class="pxref" href="#Accents">Accents</a>). Instead,
+use the commands <code class="code">\a=</code>, <code class="code">\a'</code> and <code class="code">\a`</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ckill'><span><code>\kill</code><a href='#index-_005ckill' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except
+<dt id='index-_005ckill'><span><code class="code">\kill</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ckill'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code class="code">\\</code> except
that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it.
-Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in
+Any <code class="code">\=</code>, <code class="code">\+</code> or <code class="code">\-</code> commands in that line remain in
effect.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpoptabs'><span><code>\poptabs</code><a href='#index-_005cpoptabs' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cpoptabs-1"></span>
-<p>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cpoptabs'><span><code class="code">\poptabs</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpoptabs'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpoptabs-1"></a>
+<p>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code class="code">\pushtabs</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpushtabs'><span><code>\pushtabs</code><a href='#index-_005cpushtabs' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cpushtabs'><span><code class="code">\pushtabs</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpushtabs'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing
-tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment.
+tab stop positions in the middle of a <code class="code">tabbing</code> environment.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctabbingsep'><span><code>\tabbingsep</code><a href='#index-_005ctabbingsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop.
+<dt id='index-_005ctabbingsep'><span><code class="code">\tabbingsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctabbingsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Distance of the text moved by <code class="code">\'</code> to left of current tab stop.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -8349,7 +8358,7 @@ tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment.
<p>This example typesets a Pascal function:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabbing}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabbing}
function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
\&gt; begin \= \+ \\
\&gt; if \= n &gt; 1 then \+ \\
@@ -8363,7 +8372,7 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
<p>The output looks like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">function fact(n : integer) : integer;
+<pre class="example-preformatted">function fact(n : integer) : integer;
begin
if n &gt; 1 then
fact := n * fact(n-1);
@@ -8372,56 +8381,56 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
end;
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-algorithm2e"></span>
-<span id="index-algorithm2e-package"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-listings"></span>
-<span id="index-listings-package"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-minted"></span>
-<span id="index-minted-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-algorithm2e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-algorithm2e-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-listings"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listings-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-minted"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minted-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-fancyvrb"></span>
-<span id="index-fancyvrb-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyvrb"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyvrb-package"></a>
<p>This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually
typeset computer code in typewriter like this, a verbatim environment
-(see <a href="#verbatim"><code>verbatim</code></a>) would normally be best. For pretty-printed code,
-there are quite a few packages, including <code>algorithm2e</code>,
-<code>fancyvrb</code>, <code>listings</code>, and <code>minted</code>.
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#verbatim"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a>) would normally be best. For pretty-printed code,
+there are quite a few packages, including <code class="code">algorithm2e</code>,
+<code class="code">fancyvrb</code>, <code class="code">listings</code>, and <code class="code">minted</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="table">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="table">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>tabular</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>tabbing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">tabbing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="table-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.22 <code>table</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="table-1">8.22 <code class="code">table</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-table"></span>
-<span id="index-table-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-table"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-tables_002c-creating"></span>
-<span id="index-creating-tables"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tables_002c-creating"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-creating-tables"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{table}[<var>placement</var>]
- <var>table body</var>
- \caption[<var>loftitle</var>]{<var>title</var>} % optional
- \label{<var>label}</var> % also optional
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{table}[<var class="var">placement</var>]
+ <var class="var">table body</var>
+ \caption[<var class="var">loftitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>} % optional
+ \label{<var class="var">label}</var> % also optional
\end{table}
</pre></div>
-<p>A class of floats (see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>). They cannot be split across pages
+<p>A class of floats (see <a class="pxref" href="#Floats">Floats</a>). They cannot be split across pages
and so they are not typeset in sequence with the normal text but instead
are floated to a convenient place, such as the top of a following page.
</p>
-<p>This example <code>table</code> environment contains a <code>tabular</code>
+<p>This example <code class="code">table</code> environment contains a <code class="code">tabular</code>
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{table}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{table}
\centering\small
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Author}}
@@ -8435,25 +8444,25 @@ are floated to a convenient place, such as the top of a following page.
\end{table}
</pre></div>
-<p>but you can put many different kinds of content in a <code>table</code>:
-the <var>table body</var> may contain text, LaTeX commands, graphics, etc. It is
-typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code>.
+<p>but you can put many different kinds of content in a <code class="code">table</code>:
+the <var class="var">table body</var> may contain text, LaTeX commands, graphics, etc. It is
+typeset in a <code class="code">parbox</code> of width <code class="code">\textwidth</code>.
</p>
-<p>For the possible values of <var>placement</var> and their effect on the
-float placement algorithm, see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>.
+<p>For the possible values of <var class="var">placement</var> and their effect on the
+float placement algorithm, see <a class="ref" href="#Floats">Floats</a>.
</p>
-<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>).
-<span id="index-_005ccaption-2"></span>
-The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption
-text <var>title</var> for the table (see <a href="#g_t_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>). By default it is
-numbered. If its optional <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is
-used in the list of tables instead of <var>title</var> (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>).
+<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a class="pxref" href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccaption-2"></a>
+The <code class="code">\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption
+text <var class="var">title</var> for the table (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccaption"><code class="code">\caption</code></a>). By default it is
+numbered. If its optional <var class="var">lottitle</var> is present then that text is
+used in the list of tables instead of <var class="var">title</var> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>).
</p>
<p>In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a page,
unless it is pushed to a float page at the end.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{table}[b]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{table}[b]
\centering
\begin{tabular}{r|p{2in}} \hline
One &amp;The loneliest number \\
@@ -8468,24 +8477,24 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="tabular">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="tabular">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>thebibliography</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#table" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>table</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#table" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">table</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="tabular-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.23 <code>tabular</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="tabular-1">8.23 <code class="code">tabular</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-tabular"></span>
-<span id="index-tabular-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-tabular"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabular-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-lines-in-tables"></span>
-<span id="index-lining-text-up-in-tables"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lines-in-tables"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lining-text-up-in-tables"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}[<var>pos</var>]{<var>cols</var>}
- <var>column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var>column n entry</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}[<var class="var">pos</var>]{<var class="var">cols</var>}
+ <var class="var">column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var class="var">column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var class="var">column n entry</var> \\
...
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
@@ -8493,8 +8502,8 @@ Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>thebibliography<
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular*}{<var>width</var>}[<var>pos</var>]{<var>cols</var>}
- <var>column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var>column n entry</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular*}{<var class="var">width</var>}[<var class="var">pos</var>]{<var class="var">cols</var>}
+ <var class="var">column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var class="var">column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var class="var">column n entry</var> \\
...
\end{tabular*}
</pre></div>
@@ -8504,7 +8513,7 @@ Each row consists of items that are aligned vertically in columns. This
illustrates many of the features.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{l|l}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{l|l}
\textit{Player name} &amp;\textit{Career home runs} \\
\hline
Hank Aaron &amp;755 \\
@@ -8513,80 +8522,80 @@ illustrates many of the features.
</pre></div>
<p>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
-between them. This is specified in <code>tabular</code>&rsquo;s argument
-<code>{l|l}</code>.
-<span id="index-_0026-for-table-cells"></span>
+between them. This is specified in <code class="code">tabular</code>&rsquo;s argument
+<code class="code">{l|l}</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_0026-_0028for-table-cells_0029"></a>
Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an
-ampersand, <code>&amp;</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double
-backslash, <code>\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
-backslash, with <code>\hline</code>.
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-tabular"></span>
-After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code>
+ampersand, <code class="code">&amp;</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double
+backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
+backslash, with <code class="code">\hline</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-tabular_0029"></a>
+After the last row the <code class="code">\\</code> is optional, unless an <code class="code">\hline</code>
command follows to put a rule below the table.
</p>
-<p>The required and optional arguments to <code>tabular</code> consist of:
+<p>The required and optional arguments to <code class="code">tabular</code> consist of:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>pos</var></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">pos</var></dt>
<dd><p>Optional. Specifies the table&rsquo;s vertical position. The default is to
align the table so its vertical center matches the baseline of the
-surrounding text. There are two other possible alignments: <code>t</code>
+surrounding text. There are two other possible alignments: <code class="code">t</code>
aligns the table so its top row matches the baseline of the surrounding
-text, and <code>b</code> aligns on the bottom row.
+text, and <code class="code">b</code> aligns on the bottom row.
</p>
<p>This only has an effect if there is other text. In the common case of a
-<code>tabular</code> alone in a <code>center</code> environment this option makes
+<code class="code">tabular</code> alone in a <code class="code">center</code> environment this option makes
no difference.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>cols</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">cols</var></dt>
<dd><p>Required. Specifies the formatting of columns. It consists of a
sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the types of
column and intercolumn material.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
<dd><p>A column of left-aligned items.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
<dd><p>A column of right-aligned items.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
<dd><p>A column of centered items.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>|</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">|</code></dt>
<dd><p>A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>@{<var>text or space</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Insert <var>text or space</var> at this location in every row. The <var>text
+<dt><code class="code">@{<var class="var">text or space</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Insert <var class="var">text or space</var> at this location in every row. The <var class="var">text
or space</var> material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>If between two columns there is no @-expression then LaTeX&rsquo;s
-<code>book</code>, <code>article</code>, and <code>report</code> classes will put on
-either side of each column a space of length <code>\tabcolsep</code>, which by
-default is 6pt. That is, by default adjacent columns are
-separated by 12pt (so <code>\tabcolsep</code> is misleadingly named
+<p>If between two column specifiers there is no @-expression then
+LaTeX&rsquo;s <code class="code">book</code>, <code class="code">article</code>, and <code class="code">report</code> classes will
+put on either side of each column a space of width <code class="code">\tabcolsep</code>,
+which by default is 6<span class="dmn">pt</span>. That is, by default adjacent columns are
+separated by 12<span class="dmn">pt</span> (so <code class="code">\tabcolsep</code> is misleadingly named
since it is only half of the separation between tabular columns). In
-addition, a space of 6pt also comes before the first column and
-after the final column, unless you put a <code>@{...}</code> or <code>|</code>
+addition, a space of <code class="code">\tabcolsep</code> also comes before the first
+column and after the final column, unless you put a <code class="code">@{...}</code>
there.
</p>
<p>If you override the default and use an @-expression then LaTeX does
-not insert <code>\tabcolsep</code> so you must insert any desired space
-yourself, as in <code>@{\hspace{1em}}</code>.
+not insert <code class="code">\tabcolsep</code> so you must insert any desired space
+yourself, as in <code class="code">@{\hspace{1em}}</code>.
</p>
-<p>An empty expression <code>@{}</code> will eliminate the space. In
+<p>An empty expression <code class="code">@{}</code> will eliminate the space. In
particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first
column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{flushleft}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{flushleft}
\begin{tabular}{@{}l}
...
\end{tabular}
@@ -8597,66 +8606,66 @@ tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{r@{$.$}l}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{r@{$.$}l}
$3$ &amp;$14$ \\
$9$ &amp;$80665$
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005cextracolsep"></span>
-<p>An <code>\extracolsep{<var>wd</var>}</code> command in an @-expression causes an
-extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent
-columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>. Unlike
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cextracolsep"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cextracolsep"></a>
+<p>An <code class="code">\extracolsep{<var class="var">wd</var>}</code> command in an @-expression causes an
+extra space of width <var class="var">wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent
+columns, until countermanded by another <code class="code">\extracolsep</code>. Unlike
ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed by an
-@-expression. An <code>\extracolsep</code> command can be used only in an
-@-expression in the <code>cols</code> argument. Below, LaTeX inserts the
+@-expression. An <code class="code">\extracolsep</code> command can be used only in an
+@-expression in the <code class="code">cols</code> argument. Below, LaTeX inserts the
right amount of intercolumn space to make the entire table 4 inches
wide.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular*}{4in}{l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}l}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular*}{4in}{l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}l}
Seven times down, eight times up \ldots
&amp;such is life!
\end{tabular*}
</pre></div>
<p>To insert commands that are automatically executed before a given
-column, load the <code>array</code> package and use the <code>&gt;{...}</code>
+column, load the <code class="code">array</code> package and use the <code class="code">&gt;{...}</code>
specifier.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>p{<var>wd</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Each item in the column is typeset in a parbox of width <var>wd</var>, as if
-it were the argument of a <code>\parbox[t]{wd}{...}</code> command.
+<dt><code class="code">p{<var class="var">wd</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Each item in the column is typeset in a parbox of width <var class="var">wd</var>, as if
+it were the argument of a <code class="code">\parbox[t]{wd}{...}</code> command.
</p>
-<p>A line break double backslash <code>\\</code> may not appear in the item,
-except inside an environment like <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code>, or
-<code>tabular</code>, or inside an explicit <code>\parbox</code>, or in the scope of
-a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code>
-declaration (when used in a <code>p</code>-column element these declarations
-must appear inside braces, as with <code>{\centering .. \\
+<p>A line break double backslash <code class="code">\\</code> may not appear in the item,
+except inside an environment like <code class="code">minipage</code>, <code class="code">array</code>, or
+<code class="code">tabular</code>, or inside an explicit <code class="code">\parbox</code>, or in the scope of
+a <code class="code">\centering</code>, <code class="code">\raggedright</code>, or <code class="code">\raggedleft</code>
+declaration (when used in a <code class="code">p</code>-column element these declarations
+must appear inside braces, as with <code class="code">{\centering .. \\
..}</code>). Otherwise LaTeX will misinterpret the double backslash as
ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there use
-<code>\newline</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\newline</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>*{<var>num</var>}{<var>cols</var>}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Equivalent to <var>num</var> copies of <var>cols</var>, where <var>num</var> is a
-positive integer and <var>cols</var> is a list of specifiers. Thus the
-specifier <code>\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}</code> is equivalent to
-the specifier <code>\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}</code>. Note that
-<var>cols</var> may contain another <code>*</code>-expression.
+<dt><code class="code">*{<var class="var">num</var>}{<var class="var">cols</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Equivalent to <var class="var">num</var> copies of <var class="var">cols</var>, where <var class="var">num</var> is a
+positive integer and <var class="var">cols</var> is a list of specifiers. Thus the
+specifier <code class="code">\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}</code> is equivalent to
+the specifier <code class="code">\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}</code>. Note that
+<var class="var">cols</var> may contain another <code class="code">*</code>-expression.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>width</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Required for <code>tabular*</code>, not allowed for <code>tabular</code>. Specifies
-the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. The space between columns
-should be rubber, as with <code>@{\extracolsep{\fill}}</code>, to allow
+<dt><var class="var">width</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Required for <code class="code">tabular*</code>, not allowed for <code class="code">tabular</code>. Specifies
+the width of the <code class="code">tabular*</code> environment. The space between columns
+should be rubber, as with <code class="code">@{\extracolsep{\fill}}</code>, to allow
the table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you
-are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
+are likely to get the <code class="code">Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
...</code> warning.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -8664,72 +8673,72 @@ are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
<p>Parameters that control formatting:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005carrayrulewidth'><span><code>\arrayrulewidth</code><a href='#index-_005carrayrulewidth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="tabular-arrayrulewidth"></span><p>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>,
-<code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code>
-environments. The default is &lsquo;<samp>.4pt</samp>&rsquo;. Change it as in
-<code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005carrayrulewidth'><span><code class="code">\arrayrulewidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carrayrulewidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="tabular-arrayrulewidth"></a><p>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code class="code">|</code>,
+<code class="code">\hline</code>, and <code class="code">\vline</code> in the <code class="code">tabular</code> and <code class="code">array</code>
+environments. The default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.4pt</samp>&rsquo;. Change it as in
+<code class="code">\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005carraystretch'><span><code>\arraystretch</code><a href='#index-_005carraystretch' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="tabular-arraystrech"></span><p>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and
-<code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is &lsquo;<samp>1</samp>&rsquo;, for
-no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005carraystretch'><span><code class="code">\arraystretch</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carraystretch'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="tabular-arraystrech"></a><p>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code class="code">tabular</code> and
+<code class="code">array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1</samp>&rsquo;, for
+no scaling. Change it as <code class="code">\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdoublerulesep'><span><code>\doublerulesep</code><a href='#index-_005cdoublerulesep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="tabular-doublerulesep"></span><p>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the
-<code>||</code> specifier. The default is &lsquo;<samp>2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cdoublerulesep'><span><code class="code">\doublerulesep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdoublerulesep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="tabular-doublerulesep"></a><p>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the
+<code class="code">||</code> specifier. The default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctabcolsep'><span><code>\tabcolsep</code><a href='#index-_005ctabcolsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="tabular-tabcolsep"></span><p>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is
-&lsquo;<samp>6pt</samp>&rsquo;. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005ctabcolsep'><span><code class="code">\tabcolsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctabcolsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="tabular-tabcolsep"></a><p>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">6pt</samp>&rsquo;. Change it with <code class="code">\setlength</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>The following commands can be used inside the body of a <code>tabular</code>
+<p>The following commands can be used inside the body of a <code class="code">tabular</code>
environment, the first two inside an entry and the second two between
lines:
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1"><code>\multicolumn</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="2"><code>\vline</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="3"><code>\cline</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="4"><code>\hline</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\multicolumn</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\vline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\cline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\hline</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmulticolumn">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmulticolumn">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\vline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\vline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmulticolumn-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmulticolumn-1">8.23.1 <code class="code">\multicolumn</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cmulticolumn"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmulticolumn"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\multicolumn{<var>numcols</var>}{<var>cols</var>}{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\multicolumn{<var class="var">numcols</var>}{<var class="var">cols</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Make an <code>array</code> or <code>tabular</code> entry that spans several columns.
-The first argument <var>numcols</var> gives the number of columns to span.
-The second argument <var>cols</var> specifies the formatting of the entry,
-with <code>c</code> for centered, <code>l</code> for flush left, or <code>r</code> for
-flush right. The third argument <var>text</var> gives the contents of that
+<p>Make an <code class="code">array</code> or <code class="code">tabular</code> entry that spans several columns.
+The first argument <var class="var">numcols</var> gives the number of columns to span.
+The second argument <var class="var">cols</var> specifies the formatting of the entry,
+with <code class="code">c</code> for centered, <code class="code">l</code> for flush left, or <code class="code">r</code> for
+flush right. The third argument <var class="var">text</var> gives the contents of that
entry.
</p>
<p>In this example, in the first row, the second and third columns are
-spanned by the single heading &lsquo;<samp>Name</samp>&rsquo;.
+spanned by the single heading &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Name</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{lccl}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{lccl}
\textit{ID} &amp;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &amp;\textit{Age} \\
\hline
978-0-393-03701-2 &amp;O'Brian &amp;Patrick &amp;55 \\
@@ -8738,22 +8747,22 @@ spanned by the single heading &lsquo;<samp>Name</samp>&rsquo;.
</pre></div>
<p>What counts as a column is:&nbsp;the column format specifier for the
-<code>array</code> or <code>tabular</code> environment is broken into parts, where
-each part (except the first) begins with <code>l</code>, <code>c</code>, <code>r</code>,
-or&nbsp;<code>p</code>. So from <code>\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}</code>
-the parts are <code>|r|</code>, <code>c</code>, <code>c</code>,
-and&nbsp;<code>p{1.5in}|</code>.
+<code class="code">array</code> or <code class="code">tabular</code> environment is broken into parts, where
+each part (except the first) begins with <code class="code">l</code>, <code class="code">c</code>, <code class="code">r</code>,
+or&nbsp;<code class="code">p</code>. So from <code class="code">\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}</code>
+the parts are <code class="code">|r|</code>, <code class="code">c</code>, <code class="code">c</code>,
+and&nbsp;<code class="code">p{1.5in}|</code>.
</p>
-<p>The <var>cols</var> argument overrides the <code>array</code> or <code>tabular</code>
+<p>The <var class="var">cols</var> argument overrides the <code class="code">array</code> or <code class="code">tabular</code>
environment&rsquo;s intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn
entry. To affect that area, this argument can contain vertical bars
-<code>|</code> indicating the placement of vertical rules, and <code>@{...}</code>
-expressions. Thus if <var>cols</var> is &lsquo;<samp>|c|</samp>&rsquo; then this multicolumn
+<code class="code">|</code> indicating the placement of vertical rules, and <code class="code">@{...}</code>
+expressions. Thus if <var class="var">cols</var> is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">|c|</samp>&rsquo; then this multicolumn
entry will be centered and a vertical rule will come in the intercolumn
area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{|cc|c|c|}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{|cc|c|c|}
\multicolumn{1}{r}{w} % entry one
&amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r|}{x} % entry two
&amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y} % entry three
@@ -8762,33 +8771,33 @@ area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior.
</pre></div>
<p>Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because
-the <code>\multicolumn</code> has the <var>cols</var> specifier &lsquo;<samp>r</samp>&rsquo; with no
+the <code class="code">\multicolumn</code> has the <var class="var">cols</var> specifier &lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; with no
initial vertical bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a
-vertical rule; although the first <var>cols</var> does not have an ending
-vertical bar, the second <var>cols</var> does have a starting one. Between
+vertical rule; although the first <var class="var">cols</var> does not have an ending
+vertical bar, the second <var class="var">cols</var> does have a starting one. Between
entry two and entry three there is a single vertical rule; despite that
-the <var>cols</var> in both of the surrounding <code>multicolumn</code>&rsquo;s call for
+the <var class="var">cols</var> in both of the surrounding <code class="code">multicolumn</code>&rsquo;s call for
a vertical rule, you only get one rule. Between entry three and entry
four there is no vertical rule; the default calls for one but the
-<var>cols</var> in the entry three <code>\multicolumn</code> leaves it out, and
+<var class="var">cols</var> in the entry three <code class="code">\multicolumn</code> leaves it out, and
that takes precedence. Finally, following entry four there is a
vertical rule because of the default.
</p>
-<p>The number of spanned columns <var>numcols</var> can be 1. Besides giving
+<p>The number of spanned columns <var class="var">numcols</var> can be 1. Besides giving
the ability to change the horizontal alignment, this also is useful to
-override for one row the <code>tabular</code> definition&rsquo;s default intercolumn
+override for one row the <code class="code">tabular</code> definition&rsquo;s default intercolumn
area specification, including the placement of vertical rules.
</p>
-<p>In the example below, in the <code>tabular</code> definition the first column
+<p>In the example below, in the <code class="code">tabular</code> definition the first column
is specified to default to left justified but in the first row the entry
-is centered with <code>\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}</code>.
+is centered with <code class="code">\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}</code>.
Also in the first row, the second and third columns are spanned by a
-single entry with <code>\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}}</code>,
+single entry with <code class="code">\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}}</code>,
overriding the specification to center those two columns on the page
range en-dash.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}
&amp;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline
Baroque &amp;1600 &amp;1760 \\
@@ -8798,44 +8807,44 @@ range en-dash.
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
-<p>Although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a vertical
+<p>Although the <code class="code">tabular</code> specification by default puts a vertical
rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears
in the first row here. That&rsquo;s because there is no vertical bar in the
-<var>cols</var> part of the first row&rsquo;s first <code>\multicolumn</code> command.
+<var class="var">cols</var> part of the first row&rsquo;s first <code class="code">\multicolumn</code> command.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cvline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\cline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\cline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\multicolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cvline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.2 <code>\vline</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cvline-1">8.23.2 <code class="code">\vline</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cvline"></span>
-<p>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvline"></a>
+<p>Draw a vertical line in a <code class="code">tabular</code> or <code class="code">array</code> environment
extending the full height and depth of an entry&rsquo;s row. Can also be
used in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical
-bar&nbsp;<code>|</code> is more common. This command is rarely used in the
+bar&nbsp;<code class="code">|</code> is more common. This command is rarely used in the
body of a table; typically a table&rsquo;s vertical lines are specified in
-<code>tabular</code>&rsquo;s <var>cols</var> argument and overridden as needed with
-<code>\multicolumn</code> (see <a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a>).
+<code class="code">tabular</code>&rsquo;s <var class="var">cols</var> argument and overridden as needed with
+<code class="code">\multicolumn</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>).
</p>
<p>The example below illustrates some pitfalls. In the first row&rsquo;s second
-entry the <code>\hfill</code> moves the <code>\vline</code> to the left edge of the
+entry the <code class="code">\hfill</code> moves the <code class="code">\vline</code> to the left edge of the
cell. But that is different than putting it halfway between the two
columns, so between the first and second columns there are two vertical
-rules, with the one from the <code>{c|cc}</code> specifier coming before the
-one produced by the <code>\vline\hfill</code>. In contrast, the first row&rsquo;s
+rules, with the one from the <code class="code">{c|cc}</code> specifier coming before the
+one produced by the <code class="code">\vline\hfill</code>. In contrast, the first row&rsquo;s
third entry shows the usual way to put a vertical bar between two
-columns. In the second row, the <code>ghi</code> is the widest entry in its
-column so in the <code>\vline\hfill</code> the <code>\hfill</code> has no effect and
+columns. In the second row, the <code class="code">ghi</code> is the widest entry in its
+column so in the <code class="code">\vline\hfill</code> the <code class="code">\hfill</code> has no effect and
the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the
-<code>g</code>, with no whitespace.
+<code class="code">g</code>, with no whitespace.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{c|cc}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{c|cc}
x &amp;\vline\hfill y &amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r}{z} \\ % row 1
abc &amp;def &amp;\vline\hfill ghi % row 2
\end{tabular}
@@ -8844,25 +8853,25 @@ the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\vline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\vline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ccline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.3 <code>\cline</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccline-1">8.23.3 <code class="code">\cline</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005ccline"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccline"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cline{<var>i</var>-<var>j</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cline{<var class="var">i</var>-<var class="var">j</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>In an <code>array</code> or <code>tabular</code> environment, draw a horizontal rule
-beginning in column&nbsp;<var>i</var> and ending in column&nbsp;<var>j</var>. The
-dash, <code>-</code>, must appear in the mandatory argument. To span a single
-column use the number twice, as with <code>\cline{2-2}</code>.
+<p>In an <code class="code">array</code> or <code class="code">tabular</code> environment, draw a horizontal rule
+beginning in column&nbsp;<var class="var">i</var> and ending in column&nbsp;<var class="var">j</var>. The
+dash, <code class="code">-</code>, must appear in the mandatory argument. To span a single
+column use the number twice, as with <code class="code">\cline{2-2}</code>.
</p>
<p>This example puts two horizontal lines between the first and second
rows, one line in the first column only, and the other spanning the
@@ -8870,7 +8879,7 @@ third and fourth columns. The two lines are side-by-side, at the same
height.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{llrr}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{llrr}
a &amp;b &amp;c &amp;d \\ \cline{1-1} \cline{3-4}
e &amp;f &amp;g &amp;h
\end{tabular}
@@ -8879,27 +8888,27 @@ height.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005chline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005chline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\cline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\cline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005chline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.4 <code>\hline</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005chline-1">8.23.4 <code class="code">\hline</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005chline"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chline"></a>
-<p>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or
-<code>array</code> environment. It&rsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the
+<p>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code class="code">tabular</code> or
+<code class="code">array</code> environment. It&rsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the
top, bottom, and between the rows of a table.
</p>
<p>In this example the top of the table has two horizontal rules, one above
the other, that span both columns. The bottom of the table has a single
-rule spanning both columns. Because of the <code>\hline</code>, the
-<code>tabular</code> second row&rsquo;s line ending double backslash&nbsp;<code>\\</code>
+rule spanning both columns. Because of the <code class="code">\hline</code>, the
+<code class="code">tabular</code> second row&rsquo;s line ending double backslash&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code>
is required.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
Baseball &amp;Red Sox \\
Basketball &amp;Celtics \\ \hline
\end{tabular}
@@ -8909,36 +8918,36 @@ is required.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="thebibliography">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="thebibliography">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>theorem</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>tabular</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">theorem</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="thebibliography-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.24 <code>thebibliography</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="thebibliography-1">8.24 <code class="code">thebibliography</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-thebibliography"></span>
-<span id="index-thebibliography-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-thebibliography"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thebibliography-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{thebibliography}{<var>widest-label</var>}
- \bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key}</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{thebibliography}{<var class="var">widest-label</var>}
+ \bibitem[<var class="var">label</var>]{<var class="var">cite_key}</var>
...
\end{thebibliography}
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a bibliography or reference list. There are two ways to produce
bibliographic lists. This environment is suitable when you have only a
-few references and can maintain the list by hand. See <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>,
+few references and can maintain the list by hand. See <a class="xref" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>,
for a more sophisticated approach.
</p>
<p>This shows the environment with two entries.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">This work is based on \cite{latexdps}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">This work is based on \cite{latexdps}.
Together they are \cite{latexdps, texbook}.
...
\begin{thebibliography}{9}
@@ -8953,80 +8962,80 @@ Together they are \cite{latexdps, texbook}.
\end{thebibliography}
</pre></div>
-<p>This styles the first reference as &lsquo;<samp>[1] Leslie ...</samp>&rsquo;, and so that
-<code>... based on \cite{latexdps}</code> produces the matching
-&lsquo;<samp>... based on [1]</samp>&rsquo;. The second <code>\cite</code> produces &lsquo;<samp>[1,
+<p>This styles the first reference as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[1] Leslie ...</samp>&rsquo;, and so that
+<code class="code">... based on \cite{latexdps}</code> produces the matching
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">... based on [1]</samp>&rsquo;. The second <code class="code">\cite</code> produces &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[1,
2]</samp>&rsquo;. You must compile the document twice to resolve these references.
</p>
-<p>The mandatory argument <var>widest-label</var> is text that, when typeset, is
-as wide as the widest item label produced by the <code>\bibitem</code>
-commands. The tradition is to use <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less
-than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc.
-</p>
-<span id="index-_005cbibname"></span>
-<span id="index-_005crefname"></span>
-<p>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as &lsquo;<samp>Bibliography</samp>&rsquo;.
-To change it there are two cases. In the <samp>book</samp> and <samp>report</samp>
-classes, where the top level sectioning is <code>\chapter</code> and the
-default title is &lsquo;<samp>Bibliography</samp>&rsquo;, that title is in the macro
-<code>\bibname</code>. For <samp>article</samp>, where the class&rsquo;s top level
-sectioning is <code>\section</code> and the default is &lsquo;<samp>References</samp>&rsquo;, the
-title is in macro <code>\refname</code>. Change it by redefining the command,
-as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after
-<code>\begin{document}</code>.
-</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-babel-1"></span>
-<span id="index-babel-package-1"></span>
-
-<p>Language support packages such as <code>babel</code> will automatically
-redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected
+<p>The mandatory argument <var class="var">widest-label</var> is text that, when typeset, is
+as wide as the widest item label produced by the <code class="code">\bibitem</code>
+commands. The tradition is to use <code class="code">9</code> for bibliographies with less
+than 10 references, <code class="code">99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crefname"></a>
+<p>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Bibliography</samp>&rsquo;.
+To change it there are two cases. In the <samp class="file">book</samp> and <samp class="file">report</samp>
+classes, where the top level sectioning is <code class="code">\chapter</code> and the
+default title is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Bibliography</samp>&rsquo;, that title is in the macro
+<code class="code">\bibname</code>. For <samp class="file">article</samp>, where the class&rsquo;s top level
+sectioning is <code class="code">\section</code> and the default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">References</samp>&rsquo;, the
+title is in macro <code class="code">\refname</code>. Change it by redefining the command,
+as with <code class="code">\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after
+<code class="code">\begin{document}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-1"></a>
+
+<p>Language support packages such as <code class="code">babel</code> will automatically
+redefine <code class="code">\refname</code> or <code class="code">\bibname</code> to fit the selected
language.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>, for the list layout control parameters.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>, for the list layout control parameters.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1"><code>\bibitem</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2"><code>\cite</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3"><code>\nocite</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\cite</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\nocite</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Using BibTeX</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cbibitem">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbibitem">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\cite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\cite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cbibitem-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cbibitem-1">8.24.1 <code class="code">\bibitem</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cbibitem"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibitem"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bibitem{<var>cite_key</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bibitem{<var class="var">cite_key</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bibitem[<var class="var">label</var>]{<var class="var">cite_key</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the
-<code>enumi</code> counter. The <em>citation key</em>
-<span id="index-citation-key"></span>
-<var>cite_key</var> can be any string of
+<code class="code">enumi</code> counter. The <em class="dfn">citation key</em>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-citation-key"></a>
+<var class="var">cite_key</var> can be any string of
letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a>, for an example.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>, for an example.
</p>
-<p>When provided, the optional <var>label</var> becomes the entry label and the
-<code>enumi</code> counter is not incremented. With this
+<p>When provided, the optional <var class="var">label</var> becomes the entry label and the
+<code class="code">enumi</code> counter is not incremented. With this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{thebibliography}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{thebibliography}
\bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps}
Leslie Lamport.
\textit{\LaTeX{}: a document preparation system}.
@@ -9038,67 +9047,67 @@ letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
\end{thebibliography}
</pre></div>
-<p>the first entry will be styled as &lsquo;<samp>[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...</samp>&rsquo; (The
+<p>the first entry will be styled as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...</samp>&rsquo; (The
amount of horizontal space that LaTeX leaves for the label depends on
-the <var>widest-label</var> argument of the <code>thebibliography</code>
-environment; see <a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a>.) Similarly, <code>... based on
-\cite{latexdps}</code> will produce &lsquo;<samp>... based on [Lamport 1994]</samp>&rsquo;.
+the <var class="var">widest-label</var> argument of the <code class="code">thebibliography</code>
+environment; see <a class="ref" href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>.) Similarly, <code class="code">... based on
+\cite{latexdps}</code> will produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">... based on [Lamport 1994]</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>If you mix <code>\bibitem</code> entries having a <var>label</var> with those that
+<p>If you mix <code class="code">\bibitem</code> entries having a <var class="var">label</var> with those that
do not then LaTeX will number the unlabelled ones sequentially. In
-the example above the <code>texbook</code> entry will appear as &lsquo;<samp>[1]
+the example above the <code class="code">texbook</code> entry will appear as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[1]
Donald ...</samp>&rsquo;, despite that it is the second entry.
</p>
-<p>If you use the same <var>cite_key</var> twice then you get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX
+<p>If you use the same <var class="var">cite_key</var> twice then you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX
Warning: There were multiply-defined labels</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the <var>cite_key</var> and <var>label</var>
-information because <code>\bibitem</code> writes it to the auxiliary file
-<samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). For instance, the above
-example causes the two <code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and
-<code>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> to appear in that file. The <samp>.aux</samp>
-file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command and then the
-information is available for <code>\cite</code> commands. This explains why
+<p>Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the <var class="var">cite_key</var> and <var class="var">label</var>
+information because <code class="code">\bibitem</code> writes it to the auxiliary file
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). For instance, the above
+example causes the two <code class="code">\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and
+<code class="code">\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> to appear in that file. The <samp class="file">.aux</samp>
+file is read by the <code class="code">\begin{document}</code> command and then the
+information is available for <code class="code">\cite</code> commands. This explains why
you need to run LaTeX twice to resolve references: once to write it
out and once to read it in.
</p>
-<p>Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a <code>\bibitem</code> or
-change its <var>cite_key</var> you may get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may
+<p>Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a <code class="code">\bibitem</code> or
+change its <var class="var">cite_key</var> you may get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may
have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right</samp>&rsquo;. Fix it by
recompiling.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccite">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccite">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\nocite</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\bibitem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\nocite</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ccite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.2 <code>\cite</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccite-1">8.24.2 <code class="code">\cite</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005ccite"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccite"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cite{<var>keys</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cite{<var class="var">keys</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cite[<var>subcite</var>]{<var>keys</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cite[<var class="var">subcite</var>]{<var class="var">keys</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Generate as output a citation to the references associated with
-<var>keys</var>. The mandatory <var>keys</var> is a citation key, or a
-comma-separated list of citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>).
+<var class="var">keys</var>. The mandatory <var class="var">keys</var> is a citation key, or a
+comma-separated list of citation keys (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The ultimate source is \cite{texbook}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The ultimate source is \cite{texbook}.
...
\begin{thebibliography}
\bibitem{texbook}
@@ -9108,119 +9117,119 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code>\bib
\end{thebibliography}
</pre></div>
-<p>produces output like &lsquo;<samp>... source is [1]</samp>&rsquo;. You can change the
+<p>produces output like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">... source is [1]</samp>&rsquo;. You can change the
appearance of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography
-styles if you generate automatically the <code>thebibliography</code>
-environment. More information in <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>.
+styles if you generate automatically the <code class="code">thebibliography</code>
+environment. More information in <a class="ref" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>.
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>subcite</var> is appended to the citation. For
-example, <code>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</code> might produce
-&lsquo;<samp>See 14.3 in [1, p.&nbsp;314]</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">subcite</var> is appended to the citation. For
+example, <code class="code">See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</code> might produce
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">See 14.3 in [1, p.&nbsp;314]</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes
-information to the auxiliary file <samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp>
-(see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). For instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes
-&lsquo;<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp>&rsquo; to that file. This information is used by
+<p>In addition to what appears in the output, <code class="code">\cite</code> writes
+information to the auxiliary file <samp class="file"><var class="var">jobname</var>.aux</samp>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). For instance, <code class="code">\cite{latexdps}</code> writes
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">\citation{latexdps}</samp>&rsquo; to that file. This information is used by
BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you
-have actually cited; see <a href="#g_t_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a> also.
+have actually cited; see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cnocite"><code class="code">\nocite</code></a> also.
</p>
-<p>If <var>keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get
-&lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>&rsquo;, and in the output
+<p>If <var class="var">keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>&rsquo;, and in the output
the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in
-<code>\cite{texbok}</code> then you need to correct the spelling. On the
+<code class="code">\cite{texbok}</code> then you need to correct the spelling. On the
other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic
-information and so changed the <samp>.aux</samp> file (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>) then
+information and so changed the <samp class="file">.aux</samp> file (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a>) then
the fix may be to run LaTeX again.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnocite">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnocite">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\cite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\cite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnocite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnocite-1">8.24.3 <code class="code">\nocite</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cnocite"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocite"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><code>\nocite{<var>keys</var>}</code>
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><code class="code">\nocite{<var class="var">keys</var>}</code>
</pre></div>
-<p>Produces no output but writes <var>keys</var> to the auxiliary file
-<samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>).
+<p>Produces no output but writes <var class="var">keys</var> to the auxiliary file
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>).
</p>
-<p>The mandatory argument <var>keys</var> is a comma-separated list of one or
-more citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>). This information is used by
+<p>The mandatory argument <var class="var">keys</var> is a comma-separated list of one or
+more citation keys (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a>). This information is used by
BibTeX to include these works in your reference list even though you
-have not explicitly cited them (see <a href="#g_t_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>).
+have not explicitly cited them (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccite"><code class="code">\cite</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Using-BibTeX">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Using-BibTeX">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\nocite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\nocite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Using-BibTeX-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Using-BibTeX-1">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</h4>
-<span id="index-using-BibTeX"></span>
-<span id="index-bibTeX_002c-using"></span>
-<span id="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cbibliographystyle"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cbibliography"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-using-BibTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bibTeX_002c-using"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibliographystyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibliography"></a>
-<p>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (see <a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a>), a
+<p>As described in <code class="code">thebibliography</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>), a
sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the
BibTeX program. This is only an introduction; see the full
-documentation on CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>).
+documentation on CTAN (see <a class="pxref" href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>).
</p>
-<p>With BibTeX, you don&rsquo;t use the <code>thebibliography</code> environment
-directly (see <a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a>). Instead, include these lines:
+<p>With BibTeX, you don&rsquo;t use the <code class="code">thebibliography</code> environment
+directly (see <a class="pxref" href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>). Instead, include these lines:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bibliographystyle{<var>bibstyle</var>}
-\bibliography{<var>bibfile1</var>, <var>bibfile2</var>, ...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bibliographystyle{<var class="var">bibstyle</var>}
+\bibliography{<var class="var">bibfile1</var>, <var class="var">bibfile2</var>, ...}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <var>bibstyle</var> refers to a file <samp><var>bibstyle</var>.bst</samp>, which
-defines how your citations will look. The standard <var>bibstyle</var>&rsquo;s
+<p>The <var class="var">bibstyle</var> refers to a file <samp class="file"><var class="var">bibstyle</var>.bst</samp>, which
+defines how your citations will look. The standard <var class="var">bibstyle</var>&rsquo;s
distributed with BibTeX are:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>alpha</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">alpha</code></dt>
<dd><p>Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication.
The bibliographic items are sorted alphabetically.
</p></dd>
-<dt><span><code>plain</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">plain</code></dt>
<dd><p>Labels are integers.
Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically.
</p></dd>
-<dt><span><code>unsrt</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Like <code>plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation.
+<dt><code class="code">unsrt</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Like <code class="code">plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation.
</p></dd>
-<dt><span><code>abbrv</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels.
+<dt><code class="code">abbrv</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Like <code class="code">plain</code>, but more compact labels.
</p></dd>
</dl>
<p>Many, many other BibTeX style files exist,
tailored to the demands of various publications. See the CTAN topic
-<a href="https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty">https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty">https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</a>.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the
+<p>The <code class="code">\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the
bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to
-files named <samp><var>bibfile1</var>.bib</samp>, <samp><var>bibfile2</var>.bib</samp>,
+files named <samp class="file"><var class="var">bibfile1</var>.bib</samp>, <samp class="file"><var class="var">bibfile2</var>.bib</samp>,
&hellip; These contain your database in BibTeX format. This shows a
typical couple of entries in that format.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">@book{texbook,
+<pre class="example-preformatted">@book{texbook,
title = {The {{\TeX}}book},
author = {D.E. Knuth},
isbn = {0201134489},
@@ -9236,67 +9245,67 @@ typical couple of entries in that format.
}
</pre></div>
-<p>Only the bibliographic entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and
-<code>\nocite</code> will be listed in the document&rsquo;s bibliography. Thus you
+<p>Only the bibliographic entries referred to via <code class="code">\cite</code> and
+<code class="code">\nocite</code> will be listed in the document&rsquo;s bibliography. Thus you
can keep all your sources together in one file, or a small number of
files, and rely on BibTeX to include in this document only those that
you used.
</p>
-<span id="index-_002a_002c-to-_005cnocite-all-keys"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-for-all-keys"></span>
-<p>With BibTeX, the <var>keys</var> argument to <code>\nocite</code> can also be
-the single character &lsquo;<samp>*</samp>&rsquo;. This means to implicitly cite all
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a_002c-to-_005cnocite-all-keys"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-for-all-keys"></a>
+<p>With BibTeX, the <var class="var">keys</var> argument to <code class="code">\nocite</code> can also be
+the single character &lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo;. This means to implicitly cite all
entries from all given bibliographies.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages" accesskey="1">BibTeX error messages</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsubsection" id="BibTeX-error-messages">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="BibTeX-error-messages">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Up: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="u" rel="up">Using BibTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="BibTeX-error-messages-1"></span><h4 class="subsubsection">8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages</h4>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="BibTeX-error-messages-1">8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages</h4>
-<span id="index-BibTeX-error-messages"></span>
-<span id="index-error-messages_002c-from-BibTeX"></span>
-<span id="index-_002eaux-file-and-BibTeX-commands"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-BibTeX-error-messages"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-error-messages_002c-from-BibTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002eaux-file-and-BibTeX-commands"></a>
-<p>If you forget to use <code>\bibliography</code> or <code>\bibliographystyle</code>
-in your document (or, less likely, any <code>\cite</code> or <code>\nocite</code>
+<p>If you forget to use <code class="code">\bibliography</code> or <code class="code">\bibliographystyle</code>
+in your document (or, less likely, any <code class="code">\cite</code> or <code class="code">\nocite</code>
command), BibTeX will issue an error message. Because BibTeX
can be used with any program, not just LaTeX, the error messages
-refer to the internal commands read by BibTeX (from the <samp>.aux</samp>
+refer to the internal commands read by BibTeX (from the <samp class="file">.aux</samp>
file), rather than the user-level commands described above.
</p>
<p>Here is a table showing internal commands mentioned in the BibTeX
errors, and the corresponding user-level commands.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cbibdata'><span><code>\bibdata</code><a href='#index-_005cbibdata' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cbibliography-and-internal-_005cbibdata"></span>
-<p><code>\bibliography</code>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cbibdata'><span><code class="code">\bibdata</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbibdata'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibliography-and-internal-_005cbibdata"></a>
+<p><code class="code">\bibliography</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbibstyle'><span><code>\bibstyle</code><a href='#index-_005cbibstyle' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cbibliographystyle-and-internal-_005cbibstyle"></span>
-<p><code>\bibliographystyle</code>
+<dt id='index-_005cbibstyle'><span><code class="code">\bibstyle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbibstyle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibliographystyle-and-internal-_005cbibstyle"></a>
+<p><code class="code">\bibliographystyle</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccitation'><span><code>\citation</code><a href='#index-_005ccitation' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccite-and-internal-_005ccitation"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnocite-and-internal-_005ccitation"></span>
-<p><code>\cite</code>, <code>\nocite</code>
+<dt id='index-_005ccitation'><span><code class="code">\citation</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccitation'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccite-and-internal-_005ccitation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocite-and-internal-_005ccitation"></a>
+<p><code class="code">\cite</code>, <code class="code">\nocite</code>
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>For example, if your document has no <code>\bibliographystyle</code>
+<p>For example, if your document has no <code class="code">\bibliographystyle</code>
command, BibTeX complains as follows:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file <var>document</var>.aux
+<pre class="example-preformatted">I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file <var class="var">document</var>.aux
</pre></div>
@@ -9304,32 +9313,32 @@ command, BibTeX complains as follows:
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="theorem">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="theorem">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>titlepage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>thebibliography</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="theorem-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.25 <code>theorem</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="theorem-1">8.25 <code class="code">theorem</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-theorem"></span>
-<span id="index-theorem-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-theorem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theorem-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-theorems_002c-typesetting"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theorems_002c-typesetting"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{theorem}
- <var>theorem body</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{theorem}
+ <var class="var">theorem body</var>
\end{theorem}
</pre></div>
-<p>Produces &lsquo;<samp>Theorem <var>n</var></samp>&rsquo; in boldface followed by <var>theorem
-body</var> in italics. The numbering possibilities for <var>n</var> are described under
-<code>\newtheorem</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>).
+<p>Produces &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Theorem <var class="var">n</var></samp>&rsquo; in boldface followed by <var class="var">theorem
+body</var> in italics. The numbering possibilities for <var class="var">n</var> are described under
+<code class="code">\newtheorem</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem"><code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % in preamble
\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}
...
\begin{lem} % in document body
@@ -9342,13 +9351,13 @@ The next result follows immediately.
\end{thm}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-4"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-4"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-4"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsthm"></span>
-<span id="index-amsthm-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsthm"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsthm-package"></a>
-<p>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code>
+<p>Most new documents use the packages <code class="code">amsthm</code> and <code class="code">amsmath</code>
from the American Mathematical Society. Among other things these
packages include a large number of options for theorem environments,
such as styling options.
@@ -9356,23 +9365,23 @@ such as styling options.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="titlepage">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="titlepage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>verbatim</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>theorem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">theorem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="titlepage-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="titlepage-1">8.26 <code class="code">titlepage</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-titlepage"></span>
-<span id="index-titlepage-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-titlepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlepage-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-making-a-title-page"></span>
-<span id="index-title-pages_002c-creating"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-making-a-title-page"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-title-pages_002c-creating"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{titlepage}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{titlepage}
... text and spacing ...
\end{titlepage}
</pre></div>
@@ -9384,7 +9393,7 @@ with succeeding pages numbered starting with page one.
the author.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{titlepage}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{titlepage}
\vspace*{\stretch{1}}
\begin{center}
{\huge\bfseries Thesis \\[1ex]
@@ -9406,195 +9415,195 @@ the author.
\end{titlepage}
</pre></div>
-<p>To instead produce a standard title page without a <code>titlepage</code>
-environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle"><code>\maketitle</code></a>).
+<p>To instead produce a standard title page without a <code class="code">titlepage</code>
+environment, use <code class="code">\maketitle</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle"><code class="code">\maketitle</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="verbatim">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="verbatim">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>verse</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>titlepage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">verse</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="verbatim-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.27 <code>verbatim</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="verbatim-1">8.27 <code class="code">verbatim</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-verbatim"></span>
-<span id="index-verbatim-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-verbatim"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-verbatim-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-verbatim-text"></span>
-<span id="index-simulating-typed-text"></span>
-<span id="index-typed-text_002c-simulating"></span>
-<span id="index-code_002c-typesetting"></span>
-<span id="index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-verbatim-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simulating-typed-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-typed-text_002c-simulating"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-code_002c-typesetting"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{verbatim}
-<var>literal-text</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verbatim}
+<var class="var">literal-text</var>
\end{verbatim}
</pre></div>
<p>A paragraph-making environment in which LaTeX produces as output
-exactly what you type as input. For instance inside <var>literal-text</var>
-the backslash&nbsp;<code>\</code> character does not start commands, it
-produces a printed &lsquo;<samp>\</samp>&rsquo;, and carriage returns and blanks are taken
+exactly what you type as input. For instance inside <var class="var">literal-text</var>
+the backslash&nbsp;<code class="code">\</code> character does not start commands, it
+produces a printed &lsquo;<samp class="samp">\</samp>&rsquo;, and carriage returns and blanks are taken
literally. The output appears in a monospaced typewriter-like font
-(<code>\tt</code>).
+(<code class="code">\tt</code>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{verbatim}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verbatim}
Symbol swearing: %&amp;$#?!.
\end{verbatim}
</pre></div>
-<p>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include
-the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>.
+<p>The only restriction on <code class="code">literal-text</code> is that it cannot include
+the string <code class="code">\end{verbatim}</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-cprotect"></span>
-<span id="index-cprotect-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cprotect"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cprotect-package"></a>
<p>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for
-instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. This is not the same as
-commands being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>), instead it just cannot work,
-as the <code>verbatim</code> environment changes the catcode regime before
+instance in the argument to a <code class="code">\section</code>. This is not the same as
+commands being fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>), instead it just cannot work,
+as the <code class="code">verbatim</code> environment changes the catcode regime before
processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward,
nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has
already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect
-when the macro was called. However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can
+when the macro was called. However, the <code class="code">cprotect</code> package can
help with this.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-listings-1"></span>
-<span id="index-listings-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-listings-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listings-package-1"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-minted-1"></span>
-<span id="index-minted-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-minted-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minted-package-1"></a>
<p>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are
-packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment. For
+packages that are an improvement the <code class="code">verbatim</code> environment. For
instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external
-files, or parts of those files. Such packages include <code>listings</code>,
-and <code>minted</code>.
+files, or parts of those files. Such packages include <code class="code">listings</code>,
+and <code class="code">minted</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"></span>
-<span id="index-fancyvrb-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyvrb-package-1"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-verbatimbox"></span>
-<span id="index-verbatimbox-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-verbatimbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-verbatimbox-package"></a>
<p>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is
-<code>fancyvrb</code>. Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>.
+<code class="code">fancyvrb</code>. Another is <code class="code">verbatimbox</code>.
</p>
-<p>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>).
+<p>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (see <a class="pxref" href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>).
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1"><code>\verb</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\verb</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cverb">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cverb">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>verbatim</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Up: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cverb-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.27.1 <code>\verb</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cverb-1">8.27.1 <code class="code">\verb</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cverb"></span>
-<span id="index-verbatim-text_002c-inline"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cverb"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-verbatim-text_002c-inline"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\verb <var>char</var> <var>literal-text</var> <var>char</var>
-\verb* <var>char</var> <var>literal-text</var> <var>char</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\verb <var class="var">char</var> <var class="var">literal-text</var> <var class="var">char</var>
+\verb* <var class="var">char</var> <var class="var">literal-text</var> <var class="var">char</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>Typeset <var>literal-text</var> as it is input, including special characters
-and spaces, using the typewriter (<code>\tt</code>) font.
+<p>Typeset <var class="var">literal-text</var> as it is input, including special characters
+and spaces, using the typewriter (<code class="code">\tt</code>) font.
</p>
-<p>This example shows two different invocations of <code>\verb</code>.
+<p>This example shows two different invocations of <code class="code">\verb</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">This is \verb!literally! the biggest pumpkin ever.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">This is \verb!literally! the biggest pumpkin ever.
And this is the best squash, \verb+literally!+
</pre></div>
-<p>The first <code>\verb</code> has its <var>literal-text</var> surrounded with
-exclamation point, <code>!</code>. The second instead uses plus, <code>+</code>,
-because the exclamation point is part of <code>literal-text</code>.
+<p>The first <code class="code">\verb</code> has its <var class="var">literal-text</var> surrounded with
+exclamation point, <code class="code">!</code>. The second instead uses plus, <code class="code">+</code>,
+because the exclamation point is part of <code class="code">literal-text</code>.
</p>
-<p>The single-character delimiter <var>char</var> surrounds
-<var>literal-text</var>&mdash;it must be the same character before and after.
-No spaces come between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and <var>char</var>,
-or between <var>char</var> and <var>literal-text</var>, or between
-<var>literal-text</var> and the second occurrence of <var>char</var> (the
+<p>The single-character delimiter <var class="var">char</var> surrounds
+<var class="var">literal-text</var>&mdash;it must be the same character before and after.
+No spaces come between <code class="code">\verb</code> or <code class="code">\verb*</code> and <var class="var">char</var>,
+or between <var class="var">char</var> and <var class="var">literal-text</var>, or between
+<var class="var">literal-text</var> and the second occurrence of <var class="var">char</var> (the
synopsis shows a space only to distinguish one component from the
-other). The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The
-<var>literal-text</var> cannot include a line break.
+other). The delimiter must not appear in <var class="var">literal-text</var>. The
+<var class="var">literal-text</var> cannot include a line break.
</p>
-<span id="index-visible-space"></span>
-<p>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-visible-space"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
space character.
</p>
<p>The output from this will include a visible space on both side of word
-&lsquo;<samp>with</samp>&rsquo;:
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">with</samp>&rsquo;:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-url"></span>
-<span id="index-url-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-url"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-url-package"></a>
-<p>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code>
-is a better option than the <code>\verb</code> command, since
+<p>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code class="code">url</code>
+is a better option than the <code class="code">\verb</code> command, since
it allows line breaks.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-listings-2"></span>
-<span id="index-listings-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-listings-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listings-package-2"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-minted-2"></span>
-<span id="index-minted-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-minted-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minted-package-2"></a>
<p>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
-<code>\verb</code>. One is <code>listings</code>, another is <code>minted</code>.
+<code class="code">\verb</code>. One is <code class="code">listings</code>, another is <code class="code">minted</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-cprotect-1"></span>
-<span id="index-cprotect-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cprotect-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cprotect-package-1"></a>
-<p>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in
-the argument to a <code>\section</code>. It is not a question of <code>\verb</code>
-being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>), instead it just cannot work, as the
-<code>\verb</code> command changes the catcode regime before reading its
+<p>You cannot use <code class="code">\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in
+the argument to a <code class="code">\section</code>. It is not a question of <code class="code">\verb</code>
+being fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>), instead it just cannot work, as the
+<code class="code">\verb</code> command changes the catcode regime before reading its
argument, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a
macro argument the content of the argument has already be converted to a
token list along the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called.
-However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.
+However, the <code class="code">cprotect</code> package can help with this.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="verse">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="verse">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>verbatim</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="verse-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.28 <code>verse</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="verse-1">8.28 <code class="code">verse</code></h3>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-verse"></span>
-<span id="index-verse-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-verse"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-verse-environment"></a>
-<span id="index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{verse}
- <var>line1</var> \\
- <var>line2</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verse}
+ <var class="var">line1</var> \\
+ <var class="var">line2</var> \\
...
\end{verse}
</pre></div>
@@ -9604,16 +9613,16 @@ Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>verbatim</code></a>
<p>Here are two lines from Shakespeare&rsquo;s Romeo and Juliet.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Then plainly know my heart's dear love is set \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Then plainly know my heart's dear love is set \\
On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-verse"></span>
-<p>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-verse_0029"></a>
+<p>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code class="code">\\</code>, and use one or more
blank lines to separate the stanzas.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{verse}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verse}
\makebox[\linewidth][c]{\textit{Shut Not Your Doors} ---Walt Whitman}
\\[1\baselineskip]
Shut not your doors to me proud libraries, \\
@@ -9633,15 +9642,15 @@ are not indented, and the text is not right-justified.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Line-breaking">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Line-breaking">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environments</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Line-breaking-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">9 Line breaking</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Line-breaking-1">9 Line breaking</h2>
-<span id="index-line-breaking"></span>
-<span id="index-breaking-lines"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-line-breaking"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-breaking-lines"></a>
<p>The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to
translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To
@@ -9659,90 +9668,90 @@ fiddling with breaks that will change anyway.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1"><code>\\</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2"><code>\obeycr</code> &amp; <code>\restorecr</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3"><code>\newline</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4"><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="5"><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="6"><code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7"><code>\hyphenation</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8"><code>\linebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\\</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\obeycr</code> &amp; <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\newline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\fussy</code> &amp; <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\linebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_005c">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_005c">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\obeycr</code> &amp; <code>\restorecr</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\obeycr</code> &amp; <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005c_005c-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.1 <code>\\</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_005c-1">9.1 <code class="code">\\</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-force-line-break"></span>
-<span id="index-new-line_002c-starting"></span>
-<span id="index-line-break_002c-forcing"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028force-line-break_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-line_002c-starting"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-line-break_002c-forcing"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\\
-\\[<var>morespace</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\\
+\\[<var class="var">morespace</var>]
</pre></div>
<p>or one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\\*
-\\*[<var>morespace</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\\*
+\\*[<var class="var">morespace</var>]
</pre></div>
-<p>End the current line. The optional argument <var>morespace</var> specifies
+<p>End the current line. The optional argument <var class="var">morespace</var> specifies
extra vertical space to be inserted before the next line. This is a
-rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>) and can be negative. The text before
+rubber length (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>) and can be negative. The text before
the line break is set at its normal length, that is, it is not stretched
-to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\title{My story: \\[0.25in]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\title{My story: \\[0.25in]
a tale of woe}
</pre></div>
-<p>The starred form, <code>\\*</code>, tells LaTeX not to start a new page
-between the two lines, by issuing a <code>\nobreak</code>.
+<p>The starred form, <code class="code">\\*</code>, tells LaTeX not to start a new page
+between the two lines, by issuing a <code class="code">\nobreak</code>.
</p>
<p>Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in LaTeX. In
-particular, don&rsquo;t start new paragraphs with <code>\\</code>. Instead leave a
+particular, don&rsquo;t start new paragraphs with <code class="code">\\</code>. Instead leave a
blank line between the two paragraphs. And don&rsquo;t put in a sequence of
-<code>\\</code>&rsquo;s to make vertical space. Instead use
-<code>\vspace{<var>length</var>}</code>, or
-<code>\leavevmode\vspace{<var>length</var>}</code>, or
-<code>\vspace*{<var>length</var>}</code> if you want the space to not be thrown
-out at the top of a new page (see <a href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>).
-</p>
-<p>The <code>\\</code> command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text
-such as in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment or in an
+<code class="code">\\</code>&rsquo;s to make vertical space. Instead use
+<code class="code">\vspace{<var class="var">length</var>}</code>, or
+<code class="code">\leavevmode\vspace{<var class="var">length</var>}</code>, or
+<code class="code">\vspace*{<var class="var">length</var>}</code> if you want the space to not be thrown
+out at the top of a new page (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>The <code class="code">\\</code> command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text
+such as in a <code class="code">tabular</code> or <code class="code">array</code> environment or in an
equation environment.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\\</code> command is a synonym for <code>\newline</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>) under ordinary circumstances (an example of an
-exception is the <code>p{...}</code> column in a <code>tabular</code>
-environment; see <a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">\\</code> command is a synonym for <code class="code">\newline</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>) under ordinary circumstances (an example of an
+exception is the <code class="code">p{...}</code> column in a <code class="code">tabular</code>
+environment; see <a class="pxref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The <code>\\</code> command is a macro, and its definition changes by context
-so that its definition in normal text, a <code>center</code> environment, a
-<code>flushleft</code> environment, and a <code>tabular</code> are all different.
+<p>The <code class="code">\\</code> command is a macro, and its definition changes by context
+so that its definition in normal text, a <code class="code">center</code> environment, a
+<code class="code">flushleft</code> environment, and a <code class="code">tabular</code> are all different.
In normal text when it forces a linebreak it is essentially a shorthand
-for <code>\newline</code>. It does not end horizontal mode or end the
+for <code class="code">\newline</code>. It does not end horizontal mode or end the
paragraph, it just inserts some glue and penalties so that when the
paragraph does end a linebreak will occur at that point, with the short
line padded with white space.
</p>
-<p>You get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: There's no line here to end</samp>&rsquo; if you use
-<code>\\</code> to ask for a new line, rather than to end the current line.
-An example is if you have <code>\begin{document}\\</code> or, more likely,
+<p>You get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: There's no line here to end</samp>&rsquo; if you use
+<code class="code">\\</code> to ask for a new line, rather than to end the current line.
+An example is if you have <code class="code">\begin{document}\\</code> or, more likely,
something like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
\\
In that vertical space put your mark.
@@ -9751,34 +9760,34 @@ something like this.
</pre></div>
<p>Fix it by replacing the double backslash with something like
-<code>\vspace{\baselineskip}</code>.
+<code class="code">\vspace{\baselineskip}</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\\</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\\</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.2 <code>\obeycr</code> &amp; <code>\restorecr</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1">9.2 <code class="code">\obeycr</code> &amp; <code class="code">\restorecr</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cobeycr"></span>
-<span id="index-_005crestorecr"></span>
-<span id="index-new-line_002c-output-as-input"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cobeycr"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005crestorecr"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cobeycr"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crestorecr"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-line_002c-output-as-input"></a>
-<p>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (&lsquo;<samp>^^M</samp>&rsquo;,
-internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>. So each
+<p>The <code class="code">\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">^^M</samp>&rsquo;,
+internally) the same as <code class="code">\\</code>, followed by <code class="code">\relax</code>. So each
new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. The
-<code>\restorecr</code> command restores normal line-breaking behavior.
+<code class="code">\restorecr</code> command restores normal line-breaking behavior.
</p>
<p>This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use
-<code>verbatim</code> (see <a href="#verbatim"><code>verbatim</code></a>) instead.
+<code class="code">verbatim</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#verbatim"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a>) instead.
</p>
<p>With LaTeX&rsquo;s usual defaults, this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">aaa
+<pre class="example-preformatted">aaa
bbb
\obeycr
@@ -9797,7 +9806,7 @@ iii
<p>produces output like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> aaa bbb
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> aaa bbb
ccc
ddd
eee
@@ -9811,69 +9820,69 @@ fff ggg
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\obeycr</code> &amp; <code>\restorecr</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\obeycr</code> &amp; <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewline-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.3 <code>\newline</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewline-1">9.3 <code class="code">\newline</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewline"></span>
-<span id="index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewline"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029"></a>
<p>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in
-paragraph mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>), the <code>\newline</code> command is
-equivalent to double-backslash (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>). This command is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+paragraph mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>), the <code class="code">\newline</code> command is
+equivalent to double-backslash (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>). This command is fragile
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>However, the two commands are different inside a <code>tabular</code> or
-<code>array</code> environment. In a column with a specifier producing a
-paragraph box such as typically <code>p{...}</code>, <code>\newline</code> will
+<p>However, the two commands are different inside a <code class="code">tabular</code> or
+<code class="code">array</code> environment. In a column with a specifier producing a
+paragraph box such as typically <code class="code">p{...}</code>, <code class="code">\newline</code> will
insert a line end inside of the column; that is, it does not break the
-entire tabular row. To break the entire row use <code>\\</code> or its
-equivalent <code>\tabularnewline</code>.
+entire tabular row. To break the entire row use <code class="code">\\</code> or its
+equivalent <code class="code">\tabularnewline</code>.
</p>
-<p>This will print &lsquo;<samp>Name:</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>Address:</samp>&rsquo; as two lines in a
+<p>This will print &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Name:</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Address:</samp>&rsquo; as two lines in a
single cell of the table.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
Name: \newline Address: &amp;Date: \\ \hline
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
-<p>The &lsquo;<samp>Date:</samp>&rsquo; will be baseline-aligned with &lsquo;<samp>Name:</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>The &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Date:</samp>&rsquo; will be baseline-aligned with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Name:</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029"></span><h3 class="section">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029">9.4 <code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h3>
-<span id="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-hyphenation_002c-forcing"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyphenation_002c-forcing"></a>
<p>Tell LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you
-insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
+insert <code class="code">\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
those points and not at any of the other hyphenation points that
LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>LaTeX is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct
hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The
-<code>\-</code> command is for exceptional cases.
+<code class="code">\-</code> command is for exceptional cases.
</p>
<p>For example, LaTeX does not ordinarily hyphenate words containing a
hyphen. Below, the long and hyphenated word means LaTeX has to put
in unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{rp{1.75in}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rp{1.75in}}
Isaac Asimov &amp;The strain of
anti-intellectualism
% an\-ti-in\-tel\-lec\-tu\-al\-ism
@@ -9887,43 +9896,43 @@ in unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column.
<p>Commenting out the third line and uncommenting the fourth makes a much
better fit.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\-</code> command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not
-require that it break there. You can force a split with something like
-<code>Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Of course, if you later change the text
-then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires
-care.
+<p>The <code class="code">\-</code> command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not
+require that it break there. You can force a split with something
+like <code class="code">Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Of course, if you later change the
+text then this forced break may look out of place, so this approach
+requires care.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\fussy</code> &amp; <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029"></span><h3 class="section">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</h3>
-<span id="index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary"></span>
-<span id="index-discretionary-hyphenation"></span>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029">9.5 <code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</h3>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-discretionary-hyphenation"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\discretionary{<var>pre-break</var>}{<var>post-break</var>}{<var>no-break</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\discretionary{<var class="var">pre-break</var>}{<var class="var">post-break</var>}{<var class="var">no-break</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Handle word changes around hyphens. This command is not often used in
LaTeX documents.
</p>
-<p>If a line break occurs at the point where <code>\discretionary</code> appears
-then TeX puts <var>pre-break</var> at the end of the current line and puts
-<var>post-break</var> at the start of the next line. If there is no line
-break here then TeX puts <var>no-break</var>.
+<p>If a line break occurs at the point where <code class="code">\discretionary</code> appears
+then TeX puts <var class="var">pre-break</var> at the end of the current line and puts
+<var class="var">post-break</var> at the start of the next line. If there is no line
+break here then TeX puts <var class="var">no-break</var>.
</p>
-<p>In &lsquo;<samp>difficult</samp>&rsquo; the three letters <code>ffi</code> form a ligature. But
-TeX can nonetheless break between the two &lsquo;<samp>f</samp>&rsquo;&rsquo;s with this.
+<p>In &lsquo;<samp class="samp">difficult</samp>&rsquo; the three letters <code class="code">ffi</code> form a ligature. But
+TeX can nonetheless break between the two &lsquo;<samp class="samp">f</samp>&rsquo;&rsquo;s with this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult
+<pre class="example-preformatted">di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult
</pre></div>
<p>Note that users do not have to do this. It is typically handled
@@ -9933,62 +9942,62 @@ automatically by TeX&rsquo;s hyphenation algorithm.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.6 <code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1">9.6 <code class="code">\fussy</code> &amp; <code class="code">\sloppy</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cfussy"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csloppy"></span>
-<span id="index-line-breaks_002c-changing"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfussy"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csloppy"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfussy"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csloppy"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-line-breaks_002c-changing"></a>
<p>Declarations to make TeX more picky or less picky about line
-breaking. Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between
+breaking. Declaring <code class="code">\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between
words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely,
-<code>\sloppy</code> avoids overfull boxes while suffering loose interword
+<code class="code">\sloppy</code> avoids overfull boxes while suffering loose interword
spacing.
</p>
-<p>The default is <code>\fussy</code>. Line breaking in a paragraph is
+<p>The default is <code class="code">\fussy</code>. Line breaking in a paragraph is
controlled by whichever declaration is current at the end of the
-paragraph, i.e., at the blank line or <code>\par</code> or displayed
+paragraph, i.e., at the blank line or <code class="code">\par</code> or displayed
equation ending that paragraph. So to affect the line breaks, include
that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#sloppypar" accesskey="1"><code>sloppypar</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#sloppypar" accesskey="1"><code class="code">sloppypar</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="sloppypar">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="sloppypar">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\fussy</code> &amp; <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="sloppypar-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="sloppypar-1">9.6.1 <code class="code">sloppypar</code></h4>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></span>
-<span id="index-sloppypar-environment-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sloppypar-environment-1"></a>
-<span id="index-sloppypar-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sloppypar-environment"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{sloppypar}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{sloppypar}
... paragraphs ...
\end{sloppypar}
</pre></div>
-<p>Typeset the paragraphs with <code>\sloppy</code> in effect (see <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy"><code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></a>). Use this to locally adjust line breaking, to avoid
-&lsquo;<samp>Overfull box</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp>Underfull box</samp>&rsquo; errors.
+<p>Typeset the paragraphs with <code class="code">\sloppy</code> in effect (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy"><code class="code">\fussy</code> &amp; <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>). Use this to locally adjust line breaking, to avoid
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Overfull box</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Underfull box</samp>&rsquo; errors.
</p>
<p>The example is simple.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{sloppypar}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{sloppypar}
Her plan for the morning thus settled, she sat quietly down to her
book after breakfast, resolving to remain in the same place and the
same employment till the clock struck one; and from habitude very
@@ -10006,112 +10015,113 @@ Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\fus
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005chyphenation">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chyphenation">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\linebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nolinebreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\linebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\fussy</code> &amp; <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005chyphenation-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chyphenation-1">9.7 <code class="code">\hyphenation</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005chyphenation"></span>
-<span id="index-hyphenation_002c-defining"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chyphenation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyphenation_002c-defining"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hyphenation{<var>word1</var> ...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hyphenation{<var class="var">word1</var> ...}
</pre></div>
<p>Declares allowed hyphenation points within the words in the list. The
words in that list are separated by spaces. Show permitted points for
-hyphenation with a dash character, <code>-</code>.
+hyphenation with a dash character, <code class="code">-</code>.
</p>
<p>Here is an example:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
</pre></div>
<p>Use lowercase letters. TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches
-exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code>
+exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple <code class="code">\hyphenation</code>
commands accumulate.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nolinebreak</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1">9.8 <code class="code">\linebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005clinebreak"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnolinebreak"></span>
-<span id="index-line-breaks_002c-forcing"></span>
-<span id="index-line-breaks_002c-preventing"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005clinebreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnolinebreak"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinebreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnolinebreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-line-breaks_002c-forcing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-line-breaks_002c-preventing"></a>
<p>Synopses, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\linebreak
-\linebreak[<var>zero-to-four</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\linebreak
+\linebreak[<var class="var">zero-to-four</var>]
</pre></div>
<p>or one of these.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\nolinebreak
-\nolinebreak[<var>zero-to-four</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\nolinebreak
+\nolinebreak[<var class="var">zero-to-four</var>]
</pre></div>
-<p>Encourage or discourage a line break. The optional <var>zero-to-four</var>
+<p>Encourage or discourage a line break. The optional <var class="var">zero-to-four</var>
is an integer lying between 0 and 4 that allows you to soften the
instruction. The default is 4, so that without the optional argument
these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance,
-<code>\nolinebreak[1]</code> is a suggestion that another place may be better.
+<code class="code">\nolinebreak[1]</code> is a suggestion that another place may be better.
The higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands
-are fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+are fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Here we tell LaTeX that a good place to put a linebreak is after the
standard legal text.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\boilerplatelegal{} \linebreak[2]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\boilerplatelegal{} \linebreak[2]
We especially encourage applications from members of traditionally
underrepresented groups.
</pre></div>
-<p>When you issue <code>\linebreak</code>, the spaces in the line are stretched
-out so that the break point reaches the right margin. See <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>
-and&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>, to have the spaces not stretched out.
+<p>When you issue <code class="code">\linebreak</code>, the spaces in the line are stretched
+out so that the break point reaches the right margin. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>
+and&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>, to have the spaces not stretched out.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Page-breaking">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Page-breaking">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Line breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Page-breaking-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">10 Page breaking</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Page-breaking-1">10 Page breaking</h2>
-<span id="index-page-breaking"></span>
-<span id="index-breaking-pages"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-breaking"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-breaking-pages"></a>
<p>Ordinarily LaTeX automatically takes care of breaking output into
pages with its usual aplomb. But if you are writing commands, or
tweaking the final version of a document, then you may need to
understand how to influence its actions.
</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-badness"></a>
<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
outputting the result. Instead, LaTeX typesets more material than
would fit on the page and then chooses a break that is optimal in some
-way (it has the smallest badness). An example of the advantage of this
-approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
+way (it has the smallest <em class="dfn">badness</em>). An example of the advantage of
+this approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
stretched or shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs,
then LaTeX can use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts
with the last line of a paragraph; LaTeX can squeeze the extra line
@@ -10128,147 +10138,149 @@ second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn&rsquo;t look as
far ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to
influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Layout">Layout</a>, for more material that is relevant to page breaking.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Layout">Layout</a>, for more material that is relevant to page breaking.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1"><code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="2"><code>\newpage</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="3"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="4"><code>\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nopagebreak</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> &amp; <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newpage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.1 <code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1">10.1 <code class="code">\clearpage</code> &amp; <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cclearpage"></span>
-<span id="index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page"></span>
-<span id="index-starting-a-new-page-and-clearing-floats"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ccleardoublepage"></span>
-<span id="index-starting-on-a-right_002dhand-page"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cclearpage"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cclearpage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-starting-a-new-page-and-clearing-floats"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005ccleardoublepage"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccleardoublepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-starting-on-a-right_002dhand-page"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\clearpage
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\clearpage
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cleardoublepage
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cleardoublepage
</pre></div>
<p>End the current page and output all of the pending floating figures and
-tables (see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>). If there are too many floats to fit on the
+tables (see <a class="pxref" href="#Floats">Floats</a>). If there are too many floats to fit on the
page then LaTeX will put in extra pages containing only floats. In
-two-sided printing, <code>\cleardoublepage</code> also makes the next page of
+two-sided printing, <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> also makes the next page of
content a right-hand page, an odd-numbered page, if necessary inserting
-a blank page. The <code>\clearpage</code> command is robust while
-<code>\cleardoublepage</code> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+a blank page. The <code class="code">\clearpage</code> command is robust while
+<code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\cleardoublepage</code> command will put in a blank page, but it
+<p>The <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> command will put in a blank page, but it
will have the running headers and footers. To get a really blank
page, use this command.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage
\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
\clearpage
{\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%
}
</pre></div>
-<p>If you want LaTeX&rsquo;s standard <code>\chapter</code> command to do this then
-add the line <code>\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</code>.
+<p>If you want LaTeX&rsquo;s standard <code class="code">\chapter</code> command to do this then
+add the line <code class="code">\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</code>. (Of
+course this affects all uses of <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code>, not just the
+one in <code class="code">\chapter</code>.)
</p>
-<p>The command <code>\newpage</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>) also ends the current
+<p>The command <code class="code">\newpage</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewpage"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a>) also ends the current
page, but without clearing pending floats. And, if LaTeX is in
-two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while
-<code>\clearpage</code> and <code>\cleardoublepage</code> end the current page.
+two-column mode then <code class="code">\newpage</code> ends the current column while
+<code class="code">\clearpage</code> and <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> end the current page.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewpage">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewpage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> &amp; <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewpage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.2 <code>\newpage</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewpage-1">10.2 <code class="code">\newpage</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewpage"></span>
-<span id="index-new-page_002c-starting"></span>
-<span id="index-starting-a-new-page"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewpage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-page_002c-starting"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-starting-a-new-page"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newpage
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newpage
</pre></div>
-<p>End the current page. This command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>End the current page. This command is robust (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
</p>
-<p>While the commands <code>\clearpage</code> and <code>\cleardoublepage</code> also
+<p>While the commands <code class="code">\clearpage</code> and <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> also
end the current page, in addition they clear pending floats
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>). And, if LaTeX is in
-two-column mode then <code>\clearpage</code> and <code>\cleardoublepage</code> end
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> &amp; <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a>). And, if LaTeX is in
+two-column mode then <code class="code">\clearpage</code> and <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> end
the current page, possibly leaving an empty column, while
-<code>\newpage</code> only ends the current column.
+<code class="code">\newpage</code> only ends the current column.
</p>
-<p>In contrast with <code>\pagebreak</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nopagebreak</code></a>),
-the <code>\newpage</code> command will cause the new page to start right where
+<p>In contrast with <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"><code class="code">\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></a>),
+the <code class="code">\newpage</code> command will cause the new page to start right where
requested. This
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this
continent,
\newpage
\noindent a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the
proposition that all men are created equal.
</pre></div>
-<p>makes a new page start after &lsquo;<samp>continent</samp>&rsquo;, and the cut-off line is
-not right justified. In addition, <code>\newpage</code> does not vertically
-stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does.
+<p>makes a new page start after &lsquo;<samp class="samp">continent</samp>&rsquo;, and the cut-off line is
+not right justified. In addition, <code class="code">\newpage</code> does not vertically
+stretch out the page, as <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> does.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cenlargethispage">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cenlargethispage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nopagebreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newpage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cenlargethispage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.3 <code>\enlargethispage</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cenlargethispage-1">10.3 <code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cenlargethispage"></span>
-<span id="index-enlarge-current-page"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenlargethispage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enlarge-current-page"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\enlargethispage{size}
-\enlargethispage*{size}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\enlargethispage{<var class="var">size</var>}
+\enlargethispage*{<var class="var">size</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Enlarge the <code>\textheight</code> for the current page. The required
-argument <var>size</var> must be a rigid length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It may be
-positive or negative. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Enlarge the <code class="code">\textheight</code> for the current page. The required
+argument <var class="var">size</var> must be a rigid length (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It may be
+positive or negative. This command is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>A common strategy is to wait until you have the final text of a
document, and then pass through it tweaking line and page breaks. This
@@ -10277,100 +10289,100 @@ command allows you some page size leeway.
<p>This will allow one extra line on the current page.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
</pre></div>
-<p>The starred form <code>\enlargesthispage*</code> tries to squeeze the material
+<p>The starred form <code class="code">\enlargesthispage*</code> tries to squeeze the material
together on the page as much as possible, for the common use case of
getting one more line on the page. This is often used together with an
-explicit <code>\pagebreak</code>.
+explicit <code class="code">\pagebreak</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.4 <code>\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nopagebreak</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1">10.4 <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cpagebreak"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnopagebreak"></span>
-<span id="index-page-break_002c-forcing"></span>
-<span id="index-page-break_002c-preventing"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cpagebreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnopagebreak"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpagebreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnopagebreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-break_002c-forcing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-break_002c-preventing"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pagebreak
-\pagebreak[<var>zero-to-four</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagebreak
+\pagebreak[<var class="var">zero-to-four</var>]
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\nopagebreak
-\nopagebreak[<var>zero-to-four</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\nopagebreak
+\nopagebreak[<var class="var">zero-to-four</var>]
</pre></div>
-<p>Encourage or discourage a page break. The optional <var>zero-to-four</var>
+<p>Encourage or discourage a page break. The optional <var class="var">zero-to-four</var>
is an integer that allows you to soften the request. The default is 4,
so that without the optional argument these commands entirely force or
-prevent the break. But for instance <code>\nopagebreak[1]</code> suggests to
+prevent the break. But for instance <code class="code">\nopagebreak[1]</code> suggests to
LaTeX that another spot might be preferable. The higher the number,
the more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
-command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
+<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use these
+commands in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
</p>
<p>If you use these inside a paragraph, they apply to the point following
the line in which they appear. So this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this
continent,
\pagebreak
a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition
that all men are created equal.
</pre></div>
-<p>does not give a page break at &lsquo;<samp>continent</samp>&rsquo;, but instead at
-&lsquo;<samp>nation</samp>&rsquo;, since that is where LaTeX breaks that line. In
-addition, with <code>\pagebreak</code> the vertical space on the page is
+<p>does not give a page break at &lsquo;<samp class="samp">continent</samp>&rsquo;, but instead at
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">nation</samp>&rsquo;, since that is where LaTeX breaks that line. In
+addition, with <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> the vertical space on the page is
stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom
-margin. This can look strange, and if <code>\flushbottom</code> is in effect
-this can cause you to get &lsquo;<samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
-occurred while \output is active</samp>&rsquo;. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>, for a command that
+margin. This can look strange, and if <code class="code">\flushbottom</code> is in effect
+this can cause you to get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
+occurred while \output is active</samp>&rsquo;. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cnewpage"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a>, for a command that
does not have these effects.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005csamepage"></span>
-<span id="index-samepage-environment"></span>
-<p>(There is an obsolete declaration <code>\samepage</code>, which tries to only
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csamepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-samepage-environment"></a>
+<p>(There is an obsolete declaration <code class="code">\samepage</code>, which tries to only
allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment
-<code>samepage</code>, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For
+<code class="code">samepage</code>, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For
more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry
-<a href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</a>.)
+<a class="url" href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</a>.)
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Footnotes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Footnotes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Definitions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Footnotes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">11 Footnotes</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Footnotes-1">11 Footnotes</h2>
-<span id="index-footnotes_002c-creating"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnotes_002c-creating"></a>
<p>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">No&euml;l Coward quipped that having to read a footnote is like having
+<pre class="example-preformatted">No&euml;l Coward quipped that having to read a footnote is like having
to go downstairs to answer the door, while in the midst of making
love.\footnote{%
I wouldn't know, I don't read footnotes.}
@@ -10379,44 +10391,44 @@ love.\footnote{%
<p>You can put multiple footnotes on a page. If the footnote text becomes
too long then it will flow to the next page.
</p>
-<p>You can also produce footnotes by combining the <code>\footnotemark</code> and
-the <code>\footnotetext</code> commands, which is useful in special
+<p>You can also produce footnotes by combining the <code class="code">\footnotemark</code> and
+the <code class="code">\footnotetext</code> commands, which is useful in special
circumstances.
</p>
<p>To make bibliographic references come out as footnotes you need to
-include a bibliographic style with that behavior (see <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>).
+include a bibliographic style with that behavior (see <a class="pxref" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>).
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1"><code>\footnote</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2"><code>\footnotemark</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3"><code>\footnotetext</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\footnote</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="4">Footnotes in section headings</a></li>
<li><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="5">Footnotes in a table</a></li>
<li><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="6">Footnotes of footnotes</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnote">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfootnote">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cfootnote-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.1 <code>\footnote</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnote-1">11.1 <code class="code">\footnote</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cfootnote"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootnote"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\footnote{<var>text</var>}
-\footnote[<var>number</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\footnote{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\footnote[<var class="var">number</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Place a footnote <var>text</var> at the bottom of the current page.
+<p>Place a footnote <var class="var">text</var> at the bottom of the current page.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">There are over a thousand footnotes in Gibbon's
+<pre class="example-preformatted">There are over a thousand footnotes in Gibbon's
\textit{Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire}.\footnote{%
After reading an early version with endnotes David Hume complained,
``One is also plagued with his Notes, according to the present Method
@@ -10424,101 +10436,101 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\footnotema
at the Margin or the Bottom of the Page.''}
</pre></div>
-<p>The optional argument <var>number</var> allows you to specify the number of
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">number</var> allows you to specify the number of
the footnote. If you use this then LaTeX does not increment the
-<code>footnote</code> counter.
+<code class="code">footnote</code> counter.
</p>
-<span id="index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-and-footnotes"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-and-footnotes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"></a>
<p>By default, LaTeX uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change
this with something like
-<code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which
-uses a sequence of symbols (see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>). To make this change global put that in the preamble. If
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which
+uses a sequence of symbols (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>). To make this change global put that in the preamble. If
you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with
-<code>\setcounter{footnote}{0}</code>.
+<code class="code">\setcounter{footnote}{0}</code>.
</p>
<p>LaTeX determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
</p>
-<span id="index-footnote-parameters"></span>
-<span id="index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnote-parameters"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes"></a>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cfootnoterule'><span><code>\footnoterule</code><a href='#index-_005cfootnoterule' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="footnote-footnoterule"></span><p>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&rsquo;s
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cfootnoterule'><span><code class="code">\footnoterule</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfootnoterule'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="footnote-footnoterule"></a><p>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&rsquo;s
footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except
-<code>slides</code>, where it does not appear) is: vertical thickness of
-<code>0.4pt</code>, and horizontal size of <code>0.4\columnwidth</code> long.
+<code class="code">slides</code>, where it does not appear) is: vertical thickness of
+<code class="code">0.4pt</code>, and horizontal size of <code class="code">0.4\columnwidth</code> long.
Change the rule with something like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns avoid vertical space
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns avoid vertical space
\kern -3pt % This -3 is negative
\hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % of the sum of this 1
\kern 2pt} % and this 2
</pre></div>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfootnotesep'><span><code>\footnotesep</code><a href='#index-_005cfootnotesep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="footnote-footnotesep"></span><span id="index-strut"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cfootnotesep'><span><code class="code">\footnotesep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfootnotesep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="footnote-footnotesep"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-strut"></a>
<p>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for
-<code>\footnotesize</code> fonts (see <a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a>), therefore there is no
-extra space between footnotes. This is &lsquo;<samp>6.65pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;,
-&lsquo;<samp>7.7pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp>8.4pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;. Change
-it as with <code>\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}</code>.
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for
+<code class="code">\footnotesize</code> fonts (see <a class="pxref" href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a>), therefore there is no
+extra space between footnotes. This is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">6.65pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo;,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">7.7pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">8.4pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo;. Change
+it as with <code class="code">\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>The <code>\footnote</code> command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">\footnote</code> command is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default puts many restrictions on where you can use a
-<code>\footnote</code>; for instance, you cannot use it in an argument to a
-sectioning command such as <code>\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer
-paragraph mode; see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). There are some workarounds; see
+<code class="code">\footnote</code>; for instance, you cannot use it in an argument to a
+sectioning command such as <code class="code">\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer
+paragraph mode; see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>). There are some workarounds; see
following sections.
</p>
-<span id="index-footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage"></span>
-<span id="index-mpfootnote-counter"></span>
-<p>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the
-<code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mpfootnote-counter"></a>
+<p>In a <code class="code">minipage</code> environment the <code class="code">\footnote</code> command uses the
+<code class="code">mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code class="code">footnote</code> counter, so
they are numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the
environment, not at the bottom of the page. And by default they are
-shown alphabetically. See <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a> and <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>.
+shown alphabetically. See <a class="xref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a> and <a class="ref" href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnotemark">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfootnotemark">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\footnote</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\footnote</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cfootnotemark-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnotemark-1">11.2 <code class="code">\footnotemark</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cfootnotemark"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootnotemark"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\footnotemark
-\footnotemark[<var>number</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\footnotemark
+\footnotemark[<var class="var">number</var>]
</pre></div>
<p>Put the current footnote mark in the text. To specify associated text
-for the footnote see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>. The optional argument
-<var>number</var> causes the command to use that number to determine the
+for the footnote see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext"><code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a>. The optional argument
+<var class="var">number</var> causes the command to use that number to determine the
footnote mark. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode
-(see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
</p>
-<p>If you use <code>\footnotemark</code> without the optional argument then it
-increments the <code>footnote</code> counter, but if you use the optional
-<var>number</var> then it does not. The next example produces several
+<p>If you use <code class="code">\footnotemark</code> without the optional argument then it
+increments the <code class="code">footnote</code> counter, but if you use the optional
+<var class="var">number</var> then it does not. The next example produces several
consecutive footnote markers referring to the same footnote.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The first theorem\footnote{Due to Gauss.}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The first theorem\footnote{Due to Gauss.}
and the second theorem\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
</pre></div>
@@ -10526,11 +10538,11 @@ and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
<p>If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of
the number of the common mark. This example gives the same
institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors
-(<code>\thanks</code> is a version of <code>\footnote</code>), by-hand giving the
+(<code class="code">\thanks</code> is a version of <code class="code">\footnote</code>), by-hand giving the
number of the footnote.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem}
\author{J Moriarty\thanks{University of Leeds}
\and A C Doyle\thanks{Durham University}
\and S Holmes\footnotemark[1]}
@@ -10542,7 +10554,7 @@ number of the footnote.
is followed by the same footnote marker as the first.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcounter{footnoteValueSaver}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{footnoteValueSaver}
All babies are illogical.\footnote{%
Lewis Carroll.}\setcounter{footnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}}
Nobody is despised who can manage a crocodile.\footnote{%
@@ -10551,16 +10563,16 @@ Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}]
Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-cleveref-2"></span>
-<span id="index-cleveref-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cleveref-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cleveref-package-2"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref"></span>
-<span id="index-hyperref-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package"></a>
-<p>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <code>cleveref</code>.
+<p>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <code class="code">cleveref</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % in preamble
\crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}
...
The theorem is from Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker, Evers, 1994.}
@@ -10568,91 +10580,91 @@ The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.}
But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-1"></span>
-<span id="index-hyperref-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-1"></a>
-<p>It will work with the package <code>hyperref</code>.
+<p>It will work with the package <code class="code">hyperref</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnotetext">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfootnotetext">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in section headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in section headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cfootnotetext-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnotetext-1">11.3 <code class="code">\footnotetext</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cfootnotetext"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootnotetext"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\footnotetext{<var>text</var>}
-\footnotetext[<var>number</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\footnotetext{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\footnotetext[<var class="var">number</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Place <var>text</var> at the bottom of the page as a footnote. It pairs with
-<code>\footnotemark</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>) and can come anywhere after
-that command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
-The optional argument <var>number</var> changes the number of the footnote
+<p>Place <var class="var">text</var> at the bottom of the page as a footnote. It pairs with
+<code class="code">\footnotemark</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a>) and can come anywhere after
+that command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+The optional argument <var class="var">number</var> changes the number of the footnote
mark.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark"><code>\footnotemark</code></a> and&nbsp;<a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>, for usage
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a> and&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>, for usage
examples.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Footnotes-in-section-headings">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Footnotes-in-section-headings">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in a table</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in a table</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Footnotes-in-section-headings-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.4 Footnotes in section headings</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Footnotes-in-section-headings-1">11.4 Footnotes in section headings</h3>
-<span id="index-footnote_002c-in-section-headings"></span>
-<span id="index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnote_002c-in-section-headings"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes"></a>
<p>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material due to ...}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material due to ...}}
</pre></div>
<p>causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the
section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of
contents, where it is not likely to be desired. The simplest way
to have it not appear on the table of contents is to use the optional
-argument to <code>\section</code>
+argument to <code class="code">\section</code>
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\section[Please]{Please\footnote{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section[Please]{Please\footnote{%
Don't footnote in chapter and section headers!}}
</pre></div>
-<p>No <code>\protect</code> is needed in front of <code>\footnote</code> here because
+<p>No <code class="code">\protect</code> is needed in front of <code class="code">\footnote</code> here because
what gets moved to the table of contents is the optional argument.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Footnotes-in-a-table">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Footnotes-in-a-table">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes of footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes in section headings</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Footnotes-in-a-table-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.5 Footnotes in a table</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Footnotes-in-a-table-1">11.5 Footnotes in a table</h3>
-<span id="index-footnote_002c-in-a-table"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnote_002c-in-a-table"></a>
-<p>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code>
+<p>Inside a <code class="code">tabular</code> or <code class="code">array</code> environment the <code class="code">\footnote</code>
command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but
the footnote text does not appear. The solution is to use a
-<code>minipage</code> environment as here (see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>).
+<code class="code">minipage</code> environment as here (see <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth} \centering
\begin{tabular}{l|l}
\textsc{Ship} &amp;\textsc{Book} \\ \hline
@@ -10666,18 +10678,18 @@ the footnote text does not appear. The solution is to use a
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>Inside a <code>minipage</code>, footnote marks are lowercase letters. Change
+<p>Inside a <code class="code">minipage</code>, footnote marks are lowercase letters. Change
that with something like
-<code>\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>).
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>).
</p>
<p>The footnotes in the prior example appear at the bottom of the
-<code>minipage</code>. To have them appear at the bottom of the main page, as
-part of the regular footnote sequence, use the <code>\footnotemark</code> and
-<code>\footnotetext</code> pair and make a new counter.
+<code class="code">minipage</code>. To have them appear at the bottom of the main page, as
+part of the regular footnote sequence, use the <code class="code">\footnotemark</code> and
+<code class="code">\footnotetext</code> pair and make a new counter.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\setcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} \centering
@@ -10697,14 +10709,14 @@ part of the regular footnote sequence, use the <code>\footnotemark</code> and
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></span>
-<span id="index-tablefootnote-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tablefootnote-package"></a>
-<p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>), use the
-<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
+<p>For a floating <code class="code">table</code> environment (see <a class="pxref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>), use the
+<code class="code">tablefootnote</code> package.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble
...
\begin{table}
\centering
@@ -10725,25 +10737,25 @@ other footnotes.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Footnotes-of-footnotes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Footnotes-of-footnotes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes in a table</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Footnotes-of-footnotes-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.6 Footnotes of footnotes</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Footnotes-of-footnotes-1">11.6 Footnotes of footnotes</h3>
-<span id="index-footnote_002c-of-a-footnote"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnote_002c-of-a-footnote"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-bigfoot"></span>
-<span id="index-bigfoot-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-bigfoot"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bigfoot-package"></a>
<p>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package
-<code>bigfoot</code> extends LaTeX&rsquo;s default footnote mechanism in many
+<code class="code">bigfoot</code> extends LaTeX&rsquo;s default footnote mechanism in many
ways, including allow these two, as in this example.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{bigfoot} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{bigfoot} % in preamble
\DeclareNewFootnote{Default}
\DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % create class \footnotefrom{}
...
@@ -10756,93 +10768,96 @@ second.\footnotefrom{%
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Definitions">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Definitions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Definitions-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">12 Definitions</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Definitions-1">12 Definitions</h2>
-<span id="index-definitions"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-definitions"></a>
<p>LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2"><code>\providecommand</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3"><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4"><code>\@ifstar</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6"><code>\newlength</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7"><code>\newsavebox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8"><code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9"><code>\newtheorem</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont"><code>\newfont</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\providecommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\@ifstar</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\newlength</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont"><code class="code">\newfont</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code class="code">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\providecommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\providecommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1">12.1 <code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewcommand"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-redefining"></span>
-<span id="index-defining-a-new-command"></span>
-<span id="index-new-commands_002c-defining"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnewcommand"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005crenewcommand"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewcommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crenewcommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-redefining"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-defining-a-new-command"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-redefining-a-command"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-commands_002c-defining"></a>
-<p>Synopses, one of:
+<p>Synopses, one of (three regular forms, three starred forms):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
-\newcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\newcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\newcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
-\newcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\newcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>or one of these.
+<p>or all the same possibilities with <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> instead of
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code>:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\renewcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\renewcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\renewcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
-\renewcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\renewcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
-<code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>).
+
+<p>Define or redefine a command (see also <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in
+<a class="ref" href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clong"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clong"></a>
<p>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms, the commands
-are not <code>\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be
+multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms: the commands
+are not <code class="code">\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be
multiple paragraphs.
</p>
-<p>These are the parameters:
+<p>These are the parameters (examples follow):
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>cmd</var></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Required; <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>,
-and must not begin with the four character string <code>\end</code>. For
-<code>\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined. For
-<code>\renewcommand</code>, this name must already be defined.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">cmd</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Required; <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> is the command name. It must begin with a
+backslash, <code class="code">\</code>, and must not begin with the four character string
+<code class="code">\end</code>. For <code class="code">\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined.
+For <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, this name must already be defined.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>nargs</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">nargs</var></dt>
<dd><p>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments
that the command takes, including any optional argument. Omitting this
argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that the command has no
@@ -10850,257 +10865,282 @@ arguments. If you redefine a command, the new version can have a
different number of arguments than the old version.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>optargdefault</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
-<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var>
-(which may be the empty string). If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present
-then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument.
-</p>
-<span id="index-positional-parameter"></span>
-<p>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in
-<code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the
-parameter&nbsp;<code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>. On the
-other hand, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is called without the square brackets
-then within <var>defn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of
-<var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, the required arguments start with
-<code>#2</code>.
-</p>
-<p>Omitting <code>[<var>optargdefault</var>]</code> is different from having the
-square brackets with no contents, as in <code>[]</code>. The former sets
-<code>#1</code> to the value of <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter sets <code>#1</code>
-to the empty string.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span><var>defn</var></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-optional-arguments_002c-defining-and-using'><span><var class="var">optargdefault</var><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-optional-arguments_002c-defining-and-using'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-arguments_002c-optional_002c-defining-and-using"></a>
+<p>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var class="var">optargdefault</var>
+(which may be the empty string). If <var class="var">optargdefault</var> is not present
+then <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument.
+</p>
+<p>That is, if <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> is called with a following argument in
+square brackets, as in <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var>[<var class="var">optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then
+within <var class="var">defn</var> the parameter&nbsp;<code class="code">#1</code> is set to <var class="var">optval</var>.
+On the other hand, if <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> is called without following
+square brackets then within <var class="var">defn</var> the parameter <code class="code">#1</code> is set
+to <var class="var">optargdefault</var>. In either case, the required arguments start
+with <code class="code">#2</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Omitting <code class="code">[<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]</code> from the definition is entirely
+different from giving the square brackets with empty contents, as in
+<code class="code">[]</code>. The former says the command being defined takes no
+optional argument, so <code class="code">#1</code> is the first required argument (if
+<em class="math"><var class="var">nargs</var> &ge; 1</em>); the latter sets the optional argument
+<code class="code">#1</code> to the empty string as the default, if no optional argument
+was given in the call.
+</p>
+<p>Similarly, omitting <code class="code">[<var class="var">optval</var>]</code> from a call is also entirely
+different from giving the square brackets with empty contents. The
+former sets <code class="code">#1</code> to the value of <var class="var">optval</var> (assuming the
+command was defined to take an optional argument); the latter sets
+<code class="code">#1</code> to the empty string, just as with any other value.
+</p>
+<p>If a command is not defined to take an optional argument, but is
+called with an optional argument, the results are unpredictable: there
+may be a LaTeX error, there may be incorrect typeset output, or both.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-parameters_002c-substituting'><span><var class="var">defn</var><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-parameters_002c-substituting'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
-<code>\<var>cmd</var></code>. The parameters <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>,
-... <code>#<var>nargs</var></code> are replaced by the values that you supply when
-you call the command (or by the default value if there is an optional
-argument and you don&rsquo;t exercise the option).
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>. The parameters <code class="code">#1</code>, <code class="code">#2</code>,
+&hellip;, <code class="code">#<var class="var">nargs</var></code> are replaced by the values supplied when
+the command is called (or by <var class="var">optargdefault</var> in the case of an
+optional argument not specified in the call, as just explained).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-blanks_002c-after-control-sequences"></a>
<p>TeX ignores blanks in the source following a control word
-(see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), as in &lsquo;<samp>\cmd </samp>&rsquo;. If you actually want a
-space there, one solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command
-(&lsquo;<samp>\cmd{} </samp>&rsquo;, and another solution is to use an explicit control
-space (&lsquo;<samp>\cmd\ </samp>&rsquo;).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), as in &lsquo;<samp class="samp">\cmd </samp>&rsquo;. If you want a space
+there, one solution is to type <code class="code">{}</code> after the command
+(&lsquo;<samp class="samp">\cmd{} </samp>&rsquo;), and another solution is to use an explicit control
+space (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">\cmd\ </samp>&rsquo;).
</p>
<p>A simple example of defining a new command:
-<code>\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</code> results in <code>\RS</code> being
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</code> results in <code class="code">\RS</code> being
replaced by the longer text. Redefining an existing command is similar:
-<code>\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}</code>.
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}</code>.
</p>
-<p>If you try to define a command and the name has already been used then
-you get something like &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
-defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>&rsquo;. If you try
-to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get
-something like &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: \hank undefined</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>If you use <code class="code">\newcommand</code> and the command name has already been
+used then you get something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Command \fred
+already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>&rsquo;.
+Similarly, If you use <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> and the command name has
+not been defined then you get something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: \hank
+undefined</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and the
-second, one with one required argument.
+second, a command with one required argument:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}}
</pre></div>
-<p>Use the first as in <code>I highly recommend \student{} to you</code>. The
-second has a variable argument, so that <code>\defref{def:basis}</code> expands to
-<code>Definition~\ref{def:basis}</code>, which ultimately expands to
-something like &lsquo;<samp>Definition~3.14</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>Use the first as in <code class="code">I highly recommend \student{} to you</code>. The
+second has a variable argument, so that <code class="code">\defref{def:basis}</code> expands to
+<code class="code">Definition~\ref{def:basis}</code>, which ultimately expands to
+something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definition~3.14</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>Similarly, but with two required arguments:
-<code>\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}</code> is invoked as
-<code>\nbym{2}{k}</code>.
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}</code> is invoked as
+<code class="code">\nbym{2}{k}</code>.
</p>
<p>This example has an optional argument.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:}
</pre></div>
-<p>Then <code>\salutation</code> gives &lsquo;<samp>Dear Sir or Madam:</samp>&rsquo; while
-<code>\salutation[John]</code> gives &lsquo;<samp>Dear John:</samp>&rsquo;. And
-<code>\salutation[]</code> gives &lsquo;<samp>Dear :</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>Then <code class="code">\salutation</code> gives &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Dear Sir or Madam:</samp>&rsquo; while
+<code class="code">\salutation[John]</code> gives &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Dear John:</samp>&rsquo;. And
+<code class="code">\salutation[]</code> gives &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Dear :</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>This example has an optional argument and two required arguments.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\lawyers}[3][company]{#2, #3, and~#1}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\lawyers}[3][company]{#2, #3, and~#1}
I employ \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.
</pre></div>
-<p>The output is &lsquo;<samp>I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe</samp>&rsquo;. The optional
-argument, the <code>Howe</code>, is associated with <code>#1</code>, while
-<code>Dewey</code> and <code>Cheatem</code> are associated with <code>#2</code>
-and&nbsp;<code>#3</code>. Because of the optional argument,
-<code>\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}</code> will give the output &lsquo;<samp>I employ
-Dewey, Cheatem, and company</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>The output is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe.</samp>&rsquo;. The optional
+argument, <code class="code">Howe</code>, is associated with <code class="code">#1</code>, while
+<code class="code">Dewey</code> and <code class="code">Cheatem</code> are associated with <code class="code">#2</code>
+and&nbsp;<code class="code">#3</code>. Because of the optional argument,
+<code class="code">\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}</code> will give the output &lsquo;<samp class="samp">I
+employ Dewey, Cheatem, and company.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>The braces around <var>defn</var> do not define a group, that is, they do not
-delimit the scope of the result of expanding <var>defn</var>. For example,
-with <code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</code>, in this sentence,
+<p>The braces around <var class="var">defn</var> do not define a group, that is, they do not
+delimit the scope of the result of expanding <var class="var">defn</var>. For example,
+with <code class="code">\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</code>, in this sentence,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}.
</pre></div>
-<p>the words &lsquo;<samp>met the</samp>&rsquo; would incorrectly be in italics. The solution
-is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
-<code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code>.
+<p>the words &lsquo;<samp class="samp">met the</samp>&rsquo;, and the period, would incorrectly be in
+italics. The solution is to put another pair of braces inside the
+definition: <code class="code">\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Control-sequences" accesskey="1">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="Control-sequences">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Control-sequences">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Up: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Control-sequence_002c-control-word-and-control-symbol"></span><h4 class="subsection">12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Control-sequence_002c-control-word-and-control-symbol">12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-control-sequences"></a>
-<p>When reading input TeX converts the sequences of read characters into
-a sequence of <em>tokens</em>. When TeX sees a backslash <code>\</code>, it
-will handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a
-<em>control sequence</em> token.
+<p>When reading input TeX converts the stream of read characters into a
+sequence of <em class="dfn">tokens</em>. When TeX sees a backslash <code class="code">\</code>, it will
+handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a
+<em class="dfn">control sequence</em> token.
</p>
<p>The control sequences fall into two categories:
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> <em>control word</em>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
-<code>\</code> followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one
-blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the
-<em>control sequence name</em>.
-</li><li> <em>control symbol</em>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
-<code>\</code> followed by one non-letter character.
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-control-word_002c-defined"></a>
+<em class="dfn">control word</em>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
+<code class="code">\</code> followed by at least one ASCII letter (<code class="code">A-Z</code> and
+<code class="code">a-z</code>), followed by at least one non-letter.
+
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-control-symbol_002c-defined"></a>
+<em class="dfn">control symbol</em>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
+<code class="code">\</code> followed by one non-letter character.
</li></ul>
+<p>The sequence of characters so found after the <code class="code">\</code> is also called
+the <em class="dfn">control sequence name</em>.
+</p>
<p>Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any
-whitespace in the output (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a> and
-<a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>).
+whitespace in the output (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a> and
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Just as the <code>\relax</code> command does nothing, the following will print
-&lsquo;<samp>Hello!</samp>&rsquo;:
+<p>Just as the <code class="code">\relax</code> command does nothing, the following input
+will simply print &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hello!</samp>&rsquo; :
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Hel\relax <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Hel\relax <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->
<!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->lo!
</pre></div>
-<p>This is because blanks after <code>\relax</code>, including the newline are
+<p>This is because blanks after <code class="code">\relax</code>, including the newline, are
ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored
-(see <a href="#Leading-blanks">Leading blanks</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Leading-blanks">Leading blanks</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cprovidecommand">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cprovidecommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cprovidecommand-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cprovidecommand-1">12.2 <code class="code">\providecommand</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cprovidecommand"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1"></span>
-<span id="index-defining-a-new-command-1"></span>
-<span id="index-new-commands_002c-defining-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprovidecommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-defining-a-new-command-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-commands_002c-defining-1"></a>
<p>Synopses, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
-\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>}
-\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
-\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\providecommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists.
If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect
-as <code>\newcommand</code>. If a command of this name already exists then
+as <code class="code">\newcommand</code>. If a command of this name already exists then
this definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file
that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file.
-See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>, for the description of the arguments.
+See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>, for the description of the arguments.
</p>
<p>This example
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College}
\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV}
From \myaffiliation.
</pre></div>
-<p>outputs &lsquo;<samp>From Saint Michael's College</samp>&rsquo;. Unlike <code>\newcommand</code>,
-the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> does not give an error.
+<p>outputs &lsquo;<samp class="samp">From Saint Michael's College.</samp>&rsquo;. Unlike
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code>, the repeated use of <code class="code">\providecommand</code> to (try
+to) define <code class="code">\myaffiliation</code> does not give an error.
</p>
-
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\providecommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\@ifstar</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\providecommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1">12.3 <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmakeatletter"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmakeatother"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeatother"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeatother-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makeatletter
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makeatletter
... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
\makeatother
</pre></div>
<p>Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an
-at-sign character&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp><code>@</code></samp>&rsquo;. The <code>\makeatletter</code>
+at-sign character&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp"><code class="code">@</code></samp>&rsquo;. The <code class="code">\makeatletter</code>
declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a
-letter, code&nbsp;11. The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the
+letter, code&nbsp;11. The <code class="code">\makeatother</code> declaration sets the
category code of the at-sign to code&nbsp;12, its default value.
</p>
<p>As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-<span id="index-catcode"></span>
-<span id="index-character-category-code"></span>
-<span id="index-category-code_002c-character"></span>
-<em>catcode</em>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
-character&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp><code>\</code></samp>&rsquo; the catcode&nbsp;0. Command names
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-catcode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-character-category-code"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-category-code_002c-character"></a>
+<em class="dfn">catcode</em>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
+character&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp"><code class="code">\</code></samp>&rsquo; the catcode&nbsp;0. Command names
consist of a category&nbsp;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
by letters, category&nbsp;11 characters (except that a command name can
also consist of a category&nbsp;0 character followed by a single
non-letter symbol).
</p>
<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s source code has the convention that some commands use
-<code>@</code> in their name. These commands are mainly intended for package
+<code class="code">@</code> in their name. These commands are mainly intended for package
or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a
package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of
their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode&nbsp;12.
</p>
-<p>Use the pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> inside a
-<samp>.tex</samp> file, typically in the preamble, when you are defining or
-redefining commands named with <code>@</code>, by having them surround your
-definition. Don&rsquo;t use these inside <samp>.sty</samp> or <samp>.cls</samp> files
-since the <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already
+<p>Use the pair <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> and <code class="code">\makeatother</code> inside a
+<samp class="file">.tex</samp> file, typically in the preamble, when you are defining or
+redefining commands named with <code class="code">@</code>, by having them surround your
+definition. Don&rsquo;t use these inside <samp class="file">.sty</samp> or <samp class="file">.cls</samp> files
+since the <code class="code">\usepackage</code> and <code class="code">\documentclass</code> commands already
arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
catcode&nbsp;11.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-macros2e"></span>
-<span id="index-macros2e-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-macros2e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-macros2e-package"></a>
<p>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
-<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>.
</p>
<p>In this example the class file has a command
-<code>\thesis@universityname</code> that the user wants to change. These
+<code class="code">\thesis@universityname</code> that the user wants to change. These
three lines should go in the preamble, before the
-<code>\begin{document}</code>.
+<code class="code">\begin{document}</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makeatletter
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makeatletter
\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
\makeatother
</pre></div>
@@ -11108,56 +11148,56 @@ three lines should go in the preamble, before the
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1">12.4 <code class="code">\@ifstar</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></span>
-<span id="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
-\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]{<var>nostar-body</var>}
-\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<var>star-num-args</var>]{<var>star-body</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<var class="var">nostar-num-args</var>]{<var class="var">nostar-body</var>}
+\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<var class="var">star-num-args</var>]{<var class="var">star-body</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character&nbsp;<code>*</code>, an asterisk.
-Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the
-<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands.
+same name but ending with a star character&nbsp;<code class="code">*</code>, an asterisk.
+Examples are the <code class="code">table</code> and <code class="code">table*</code> environments and the
+<code class="code">\section</code> and <code class="code">\section*</code> commands.
</p>
<p>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the
+because <code class="code">\newenvironment</code> and <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code> allow the
environment name to contain a star. So you just have to write
-<code>\newenvironment{<var>myenv</var>}</code> or
-<code>\newenvironment{<var>myenv</var>*}</code> and continue the definition as
+<code class="code">\newenvironment{<var class="var">myenv</var>}</code> or
+<code class="code">\newenvironment{<var class="var">myenv</var>*}</code> and continue the definition as
usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the star not being
a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the synopsis above,
-there will be a user-called command, given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which
+there will be a user-called command, given above as <code class="code">\mycmd</code>, which
peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For instance, LaTeX
-does not really have a <code>\section*</code> command; instead, the
-<code>\section</code> command peeks ahead. This command does not accept
+does not really have a <code class="code">\section*</code> command; instead, the
+<code class="code">\section</code> command peeks ahead. This command does not accept
arguments but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept
-arguments. In the synopsis these two are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and
-<code>\mycmd@star</code>. They could take the same number of arguments or a
+arguments. In the synopsis these two are <code class="code">\mycmd@nostar</code> and
+<code class="code">\mycmd@star</code>. They could take the same number of arguments or a
different number, or no arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX
-document a command using an at-sign&nbsp;<code>@</code> in its name must be
-enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a>).
+document a command using an at-sign&nbsp;<code class="code">@</code> in its name must be
+enclosed inside a <code class="code">\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>This example of <code>\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a
-variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to
-<code>\ciel{blue}</code> will return &quot;not starry blue sky&quot; while
-<code>\ciel*{night}</code> will return &quot;starry night sky&quot;.
+<p>This example of <code class="code">\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code class="code">\ciel</code> and a
+variant <code class="code">\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to
+<code class="code">\ciel{blue}</code> will return &quot;not starry blue sky&quot; while
+<code class="code">\ciel*{night}</code> will return &quot;starry night sky&quot;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makeatletter
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makeatletter
\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{not starry #1 sky}
\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
@@ -11166,12 +11206,12 @@ variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to
<p>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007&rsquo;s
-<code>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond},
+<code class="code">``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond},
\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands
-<code>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code>
+<code class="code">``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code>
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
\@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
@@ -11181,168 +11221,168 @@ arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007&rsquo;s
argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is
part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus,
it is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the
-command and the star. Thus <code>\agentsecret*{Bond}</code> and
-<code>\agentsecret&nbsp;*<!-- /@w -->{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the
+command and the star. Thus <code class="code">\agentsecret*{Bond}</code> and
+<code class="code">\agentsecret&nbsp;*<!-- /@w -->{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the
standard practice is not to insert any such spaces.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-suffix"></span>
-<span id="index-suffix-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-suffix"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-suffix-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-xparse-1"></span>
-<span id="index-xparse-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xparse-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xparse-package-1"></a>
<p>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of
-<code>\@ifstar</code>. (1)&nbsp;The <code>suffix</code> package allows the
-construct <code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred-variant</var>}</code>
+<code class="code">\@ifstar</code>. (1)&nbsp;The <code class="code">suffix</code> package allows the
+construct <code class="code">\newcommand\mycommand{<var class="var">unstarred-variant</var>}</code>
followed by
-<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred-variant</var>}</code>.
-(2)&nbsp;LaTeX provides the <code>xparse</code> package, which allows
+<code class="code">\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var class="var">starred-variant</var>}</code>.
+(2)&nbsp;LaTeX provides the <code class="code">xparse</code> package, which allows
this code:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
- {<var>starred-variant</var>}%
- {<var>unstarred-variant</var>}%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+ {<var class="var">starred-variant</var>}%
+ {<var class="var">unstarred-variant</var>}%
}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewcounter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewcounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newlength</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newlength</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\@ifstar</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter"></span><h3 class="section">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter">12.5 <code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewcounter"></span>
-<span id="index-counters_002c-defining-new"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewcounter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-counters_002c-defining-new"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcounter{<var>countername</var>}
-\newcounter{<var>countername</var>}[<var>supercounter</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{<var class="var">countername</var>}
+\newcounter{<var class="var">countername</var>}[<var class="var">supercounter</var>]
</pre></div>
-<p>Globally defines a new counter named <var>countername</var> and initialize it
-to zero (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>).
+<p>Globally defines a new counter named <var class="var">countername</var> and initialize it
+to zero (see <a class="pxref" href="#Counters">Counters</a>).
</p>
-<p>The name <var>countername</var> must consist of letters only. It does not
+<p>The name <var class="var">countername</var> must consist of letters only. It does not
begin with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another
counter.
</p>
-<p>When you use the optional argument <code>[<var>supercounter</var>]</code> then the
-counter <var>countername</var> will be reset to zero whenever
-<var>supercounter</var> is incremented. For example, ordinarily
-<code>subsection</code> is numbered within <code>section</code> so that any time you
-increment <var>section</var>, either with <code>\stepcounter</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>) or <code>\refstepcounter</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>), then LaTeX will reset <var>subsection</var> to
+<p>When you use the optional argument <code class="code">[<var class="var">supercounter</var>]</code> then the
+counter <var class="var">countername</var> will be reset to zero whenever
+<var class="var">supercounter</var> is incremented. For example, ordinarily
+<code class="code">subsection</code> is numbered within <code class="code">section</code> so that any time you
+increment <var class="var">section</var>, either with <code class="code">\stepcounter</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a>) or <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a>), then LaTeX will reset <var class="var">subsection</var> to
zero.
</p>
<p>This example
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcounter{asuper} \setcounter{asuper}{1}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{asuper} \setcounter{asuper}{1}
\newcounter{asub}[asuper] \setcounter{asub}{3} % Note `asuper'
The value of asuper is \arabic{asuper} and of asub is \arabic{asub}.
\stepcounter{asuper}
Now asuper is \arabic{asuper} while asub is \arabic{asub}.
</pre></div>
-<p>produces &lsquo;<samp>The value of asuper is 1 and that of asub is 3</samp>&rsquo; and
-&lsquo;<samp>Now asuper is 2 while asub is 0</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>produces &lsquo;<samp class="samp">The value of asuper is 1 and that of asub is 3</samp>&rsquo; and
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Now asuper is 2 while asub is 0</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>If the counter already exists, for instance by entering <code>asuper</code>
-twice, then you get something like &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \c@asuper
+<p>If the counter already exists, for instance by entering <code class="code">asuper</code>
+twice, then you get something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Command \c@asuper
already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>If you use the optional argument then the super counter must already
-exist. Entering <code>\newcounter{jh}[lh]</code> when <code>lh</code> is not a
-defined counter will get you &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh'
+exist. Entering <code class="code">\newcounter{jh}[lh]</code> when <code class="code">lh</code> is not a
+defined counter will get you &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh'
defined.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewlength">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewlength">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewlength-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewlength-1">12.6 <code class="code">\newlength</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewlength"></span>
-<span id="index-lengths_002c-allocating-new"></span>
-<span id="index-rubber-lengths_002c-defining-new"></span>
-<span id="index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX"></span>
-<span id="index-glue-register_002c-plain-TeX"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewlength"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lengths_002c-allocating-new"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rubber-lengths_002c-defining-new"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glue-register_002c-plain-TeX"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\<var>len</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\<var class="var">len</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Allocate a new length register (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The required argument
-<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under
+<p>Allocate a new length register (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The required argument
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code> under
normal circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as
-<code>72.27pt</code> or <code>1in plus.2in minus.1in</code> (a LaTeX length
-register is what plain TeX calls a <code>skip</code> register). The
-initial value is zero. The control sequence <code>\<var>len</var></code> must not
+<code class="code">72.27pt</code> or <code class="code">1in plus.2in minus.1in</code> (a LaTeX length
+register is what plain TeX calls a <code class="code">skip</code> register). The
+initial value is zero. The control sequence <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> must not
be already defined.
</p>
<p>An example:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\graphichgt}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\graphichgt}
</pre></div>
-<p>If you forget the backslash then you get &lsquo;<samp>Missing control sequence
+<p>If you forget the backslash then you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Missing control sequence
inserted</samp>&rsquo;. If the control sequence already exists then you get
-something like &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined.
+something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined.
Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewsavebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewsavebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1">12.7 <code class="code">\newsavebox</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewsavebox"></span>
-<span id="index-box_002c-allocating-new"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewsavebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-box_002c-allocating-new"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\<var>cmd</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Define \<var>cmd</var>, the string consisting of a backslash followed by
-<var>cmd</var>, to refer to a new bin for storing material. These bins hold
+<p>Define \<var class="var">cmd</var>, the string consisting of a backslash followed by
+<var class="var">cmd</var>, to refer to a new bin for storing material. These bins hold
material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or
-manipulate (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>). The bin name \<var>cmd</var> is required, must
+manipulate (see <a class="pxref" href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>). The bin name \<var class="var">cmd</var> is required, must
start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command.
-This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+This command is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\logobox}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\logobox}
\savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}.
</pre></div>
-<p>The output is &lsquo;<samp>Our logo is LoGo</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>The output is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Our logo is LoGo</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>If there is an already defined bin then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \logobox already defined. Or name
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Command \logobox already defined. Or name
\end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>The allocation of a box is global.
@@ -11350,124 +11390,124 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1">12.8 <code class="code">\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewenvironment"></span>
-<span id="index-_005crenewenvironment"></span>
-<span id="index-environments_002c-defining"></span>
-<span id="index-defining-new-environments"></span>
-<span id="index-redefining-environments"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnewenvironment"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005crenewenvironment"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewenvironment"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crenewenvironment"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environments_002c-defining"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-defining-new-environments"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-redefining-environments"></a>
<p>Synopses, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{<var>env</var>}{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\newenvironment*{<var>env</var>}{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\newenvironment*{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\newenvironment*{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or one of these.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\renewenvironment*{<var>env</var>}{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\renewenvironment*{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
-\renewenvironment*{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the
-construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>.
+<p>Define or redefine the environment <var class="var">env</var>, that is, create the
+construct <code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>} ... <var class="var">body</var> ... \end{<var class="var">env</var>}</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"></a>
<p>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these
environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>env</var></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">env</var></dt>
<dd><p>Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the
-<code>*</code> character, and thus does not begin with backslash, <code>\</code>.
-It must not begin with the string <code>end</code>. For
-<code>\newenvironment</code>, the name <var>env</var> must not be the name of an
-already existing environment, and also the command <code>\<var>env</var></code>
-must be undefined. For <code>\renewenvironment</code>, <var>env</var> must be the
+<code class="code">*</code> character, and thus does not begin with backslash, <code class="code">\</code>.
+It must not begin with the string <code class="code">end</code>. For
+<code class="code">\newenvironment</code>, the name <var class="var">env</var> must not be the name of an
+already existing environment, and also the command <code class="code">\<var class="var">env</var></code>
+must be undefined. For <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code>, <var class="var">env</var> must be the
name of an existing environment.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>nargs</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">nargs</var></dt>
<dd><p>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of
that the environment takes. When you use the environment these
-arguments appear after the <code>\begin</code>, as in
-<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}{<var>arg1</var>} ... {<var>argn</var>}</code>. Omitting
+arguments appear after the <code class="code">\begin</code>, as in
+<code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">arg1</var>} ... {<var class="var">argn</var>}</code>. Omitting
this is equivalent to setting it to 0; the environment will have no
arguments. When redefining an environment, the new version can have a
different number of arguments than the old version.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>optargdefault</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">optargdefault</var></dt>
<dd><p>Optional; if this is present then the first argument of the defined
-environment is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which
+environment is optional, with default value <var class="var">optargdefault</var> (which
may be the empty string). If this is not in the definition then the
environment does not take an optional argument.
</p>
-<p>That is, when <var>optargdefault</var> is present in the definition of the
+<p>That is, when <var class="var">optargdefault</var> is present in the definition of the
environment then you can start the environment with square brackets, as
-in <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}[<var>optval</var>]{...} ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>.
-In this case, within <var>begdefn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the
-value of <var>optval</var>. If you call <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> without
-square brackets, then within <var>begdefn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is
-set to the value of the default <var>optargdefault</var>. In either case,
-any required arguments start with <code>#2</code>.
+in <code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">optval</var>]{...} ... \end{<var class="var">env</var>}</code>.
+In this case, within <var class="var">begdefn</var> the parameter <code class="code">#1</code> is set to the
+value of <var class="var">optval</var>. If you call <code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>}</code> without
+square brackets, then within <var class="var">begdefn</var> the parameter <code class="code">#1</code> is
+set to the value of the default <var class="var">optargdefault</var>. In either case,
+any required arguments start with <code class="code">#2</code>.
</p>
-<p>Omitting <code>[<var>myval</var>]</code> in the call is different than having the
-square brackets with no contents, as in <code>[]</code>. The former results
-in <code>#1</code> expanding to <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter results in
-<code>#1</code> expanding to the empty string.
+<p>Omitting <code class="code">[<var class="var">myval</var>]</code> in the call is different than having the
+square brackets with no contents, as in <code class="code">[]</code>. The former results
+in <code class="code">#1</code> expanding to <var class="var">optargdefault</var>; the latter results in
+<code class="code">#1</code> expanding to the empty string.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>begdef</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">begdef</var></dt>
<dd><p>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of
-<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code>. Within <var>begdef</var>, the parameters
-<code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>, ... <code>#<var>nargs</var></code>, are replaced by the
+<code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>}</code>. Within <var class="var">begdef</var>, the parameters
+<code class="code">#1</code>, <code class="code">#2</code>, ... <code class="code">#<var class="var">nargs</var></code>, are replaced by the
values that you supply when you call the environment; see the examples
below.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>enddef</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">enddef</var></dt>
<dd><p>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of
-<code>\end{<var>env</var>}</code>. This may not contain any parameters, that is,
-you cannot use <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>, etc., here (but see the final
+<code class="code">\end{<var class="var">env</var>}</code>. This may not contain any parameters, that is,
+you cannot use <code class="code">#1</code>, <code class="code">#2</code>, etc., here (but see the final
example below).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>All environments, that is to say the <var>begdef</var> code, the environment
-body, and the <var>enddef</var> code, are processed within a group. Thus, in
-the first example below, the effect of the <code>\small</code> is limited to
+<p>All environments, that is to say the <var class="var">begdef</var> code, the environment
+body, and the <var class="var">enddef</var> code, are processed within a group. Thus, in
+the first example below, the effect of the <code class="code">\small</code> is limited to
the quote and does not extend to material following the environment.
</p>
<p>If you try to define an environment and the name has already been used
-then you get something like &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
+then you get something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>&rsquo;. If you try
to redefine an environment and the name has not yet been used then you
-get something like &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Environment hank undefined.</samp>&rsquo;.
+get something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Environment hank undefined.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>This example gives an environment like LaTeX&rsquo;s <code>quotation</code>
+<p>This example gives an environment like LaTeX&rsquo;s <code class="code">quotation</code>
except that it will be set in smaller type.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{smallquote}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{smallquote}{%
\small\begin{quotation}
}{%
\end{quotation}
@@ -11478,7 +11518,7 @@ except that it will be set in smaller type.
paragraph.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{point}[1]{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{point}[1]{%
\noindent\textbf{#1}
}{%
}
@@ -11488,7 +11528,7 @@ paragraph.
environment that cites the author.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
\begin{quotation}
\noindent\textit{#1}:
}{%
@@ -11496,20 +11536,20 @@ environment that cites the author.
}
</pre></div>
-<p>The author&rsquo;s name is optional, and defaults to &lsquo;<samp>Shakespeare</samp>&rsquo;. In
+<p>The author&rsquo;s name is optional, and defaults to &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Shakespeare</samp>&rsquo;. In
the document, use the environment like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
...
\end{citequote}
</pre></div>
<p>The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use in
-<var>enddef</var>, in this case in a box (see <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></a>).
+<var class="var">enddef</var>, in this case in a box (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code class="code">\sbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\quoteauthor}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\quoteauthor}
\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
\sbox\quoteauthor{#1}%
\begin{quotation}
@@ -11522,92 +11562,92 @@ the document, use the environment like this.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewtheorem">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewtheorem">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newfont</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newfont</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1">12.9 <code class="code">\newtheorem</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewtheorem"></span>
-<span id="index-theorems_002c-defining"></span>
-<span id="index-defining-new-theorems"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewtheorem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theorems_002c-defining"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-defining-new-theorems"></a>
-<span id="index-theorem_002dlike-environment"></span>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-theorem_002dlike"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theorem_002dlike-environment"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-theorem_002dlike"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}
-\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>]
-\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>title</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">title</var>}[<var class="var">numbered_within</var>]
+\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}[<var class="var">numbered_like</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Define a new theorem-like environment. You can specify one of
-<var>numbered_within</var> and <var>numbered_like</var>, or neither, but not both.
+<var class="var">numbered_within</var> and <var class="var">numbered_like</var>, or neither, but not both.
</p>
-<p>The first form, <code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}</code>, creates
-an environment that will be labelled with <var>title</var>; see the first
+<p>The first form, <code class="code">\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">title</var>}</code>, creates
+an environment that will be labelled with <var class="var">title</var>; see the first
example below.
</p>
<p>The second form,
-<code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>]</code>,
+<code class="code">\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">title</var>}[<var class="var">numbered_within</var>]</code>,
creates an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing
-counter <var>numbered_within</var>, so this counter will be reset when
-<var>numbered_within</var> is reset. See the second example below.
+counter <var class="var">numbered_within</var>, so this counter will be reset when
+<var class="var">numbered_within</var> is reset. See the second example below.
</p>
<p>The third form
-<code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code>,
+<code class="code">\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}[<var class="var">numbered_like</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}</code>,
with optional argument between the two required arguments, creates an
environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter
-<var>numbered_like</var>. See the third example.
+<var class="var">numbered_like</var>. See the third example.
</p>
-<p>This command creates a counter named <var>name</var>. In addition, unless
-the optional argument <var>numbered_like</var> is used, inside of the
-theorem-like environment the current <code>\ref</code> value will be that of
-<code>\the<var>numbered_within</var></code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>).
+<p>This command creates a counter named <var class="var">name</var>. In addition, unless
+the optional argument <var class="var">numbered_like</var> is used, inside of the
+theorem-like environment the current <code class="code">\ref</code> value will be that of
+<code class="code">\the<var class="var">numbered_within</var></code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cref"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>This declaration is global. It is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>This declaration is global. It is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Arguments:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>name</var></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">name</var></dt>
<dd><p>The name of the environment. It is a string of letters. It must not
-begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. It must not be the name of an
-existing environment, and the command name <code>\<var>name</var></code> must not
+begin with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code>. It must not be the name of an
+existing environment, and the command name <code class="code">\<var class="var">name</var></code> must not
already be defined.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>title</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">title</var></dt>
<dd><p>The text to be printed at the beginning of the environment, before the
-number. For example, &lsquo;<samp>Theorem</samp>&rsquo;.
+number. For example, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Theorem</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>numbered_within</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">numbered_within</var></dt>
<dd><p>Optional; the name of an already defined counter, usually a sectional
-unit such as <code>chapter</code> or <code>section</code>. When the
-<var>numbered_within</var> counter is reset then the <var>name</var> environment&rsquo;s
+unit such as <code class="code">chapter</code> or <code class="code">section</code>. When the
+<var class="var">numbered_within</var> counter is reset then the <var class="var">name</var> environment&rsquo;s
counter will also be reset.
</p>
<p>If this optional argument is not used then the command
-<code>\the<var>name</var></code> is set to <code>\arabic{<var>name</var>}</code>.
+<code class="code">\the<var class="var">name</var></code> is set to <code class="code">\arabic{<var class="var">name</var>}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>numbered_like</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">numbered_like</var></dt>
<dd><p>Optional; the name of an already defined theorem-like environment. The
-new environment will be numbered in sequence with <var>numbered_like</var>.
+new environment will be numbered in sequence with <var class="var">numbered_like</var>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered
sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that
-results in &lsquo;<samp>Definition&nbsp;1</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>Definition&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; in the
+results in &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definition&nbsp;1</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definition&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; in the
output.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}
\begin{document}
\section{...}
\begin{defn}
@@ -11621,12 +11661,12 @@ output.
</pre></div>
<p>This example has the same document body as the prior one. But here
-<code>\newtheorem</code>&rsquo;s optional argument <var>numbered_within</var> is given as
-<code>section</code>, so the output is like &lsquo;<samp>Definition&nbsp;1.1</samp>&rsquo; and
-&lsquo;<samp>Definition&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo;.
+<code class="code">\newtheorem</code>&rsquo;s optional argument <var class="var">numbered_within</var> is given as
+<code class="code">section</code>, so the output is like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definition&nbsp;1.1</samp>&rsquo; and
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definition&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
\begin{document}
\section{...}
\begin{defn}
@@ -11640,12 +11680,12 @@ output.
</pre></div>
<p>In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the
-second of which calls for the new <code>thm</code> environment to use the same
-counter as <code>defn</code>. It gives &lsquo;<samp>Definition&nbsp;1.1</samp>&rsquo;, followed
-by &lsquo;<samp>Theorem&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>Definition&nbsp;2.2</samp>&rsquo;.
+second of which calls for the new <code class="code">thm</code> environment to use the same
+counter as <code class="code">defn</code>. It gives &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definition&nbsp;1.1</samp>&rsquo;, followed
+by &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Theorem&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definition&nbsp;2.2</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
\newtheorem{thm}[defn]{Theorem}
\begin{document}
\section{...}
@@ -11666,47 +11706,47 @@ by &lsquo;<samp>Theorem&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>Definition&nbsp;
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewfont">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewfont">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\protect</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewfont-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewfont-1">12.10 <code class="code">\newfont</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cnewfont"></span>
-<span id="index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for"></span>
-<span id="index-defining-new-fonts"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewfont"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-defining-new-fonts"></a>
<p>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old
documents. New documents should define fonts in families through the
New Font Selection Scheme which allows you to, for example, associate a
-boldface with a roman (see <a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>).
+boldface with a roman (see <a class="pxref" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>).
</p>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newfont{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>font description</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newfont{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">font description</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Define a command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> that will change the current font.
+<p>Define a command <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> that will change the current font.
The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
-backslash, <code>\</code>.
-</p>
-<span id="index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions"></span>
-<span id="index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions"></span>
-<p>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional
-<em>at clause</em>. LaTeX will look on your system for a file named
-<samp><var>fontname</var>.tfm</samp>. The at clause can have the form either
-<code>at <var>dimen</var></code> or <code>scaled <var>factor</var></code>, where a
-<var>factor</var> of &lsquo;<samp>1000</samp>&rsquo; means no scaling. For LaTeX&rsquo;s purposes,
+backslash, <code class="code">\</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions"></a>
+<p>The <var class="var">font description</var> consists of a <var class="var">fontname</var> and an optional
+<em class="dfn">at clause</em>. LaTeX will look on your system for a file named
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">fontname</var>.tfm</samp>. The at clause can have the form either
+<code class="code">at <var class="var">dimen</var></code> or <code class="code">scaled <var class="var">factor</var></code>, where a
+<var class="var">factor</var> of &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1000</samp>&rsquo; means no scaling. For LaTeX&rsquo;s purposes,
all this does is scale all the character and other font dimensions
relative to the font&rsquo;s design size, which is a value defined in the
-<samp>.tfm</samp> file.
+<samp class="file">.tfm</samp> file.
</p>
<p>This defines two equivalent fonts and typesets a few characters in each.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt}
\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100}
\testfontat abc
\testfontscaled abc
@@ -11715,18 +11755,18 @@ relative to the font&rsquo;s design size, which is a value defined in the
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cprotect">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cprotect">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newfont</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newfont</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cprotect-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.11 <code>\protect</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cprotect-1">12.11 <code class="code">\protect</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cprotect"></span>
-<span id="index-fragile-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-robust-commands"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprotect"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fragile-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-robust-commands"></a>
-<p>All LaTeX commands are either <em>fragile</em> or <em>robust</em>. A
+<p>All LaTeX commands are either <em class="dfn">fragile</em> or <em class="dfn">robust</em>. A
fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain
other commands. Commands that contain data that LaTeX writes to an
auxiliary file and re-reads later are fragile. This includes material
@@ -11734,49 +11774,49 @@ that goes into a table of contents, list of figures, list of tables,
etc. Fragile commands also include line breaks, any command that has an
optional argument, and many more. To prevent such commands from
breaking, one solution is to preceded them with the command
-<code>\protect</code>.
+<code class="code">\protect</code>.
</p>
-<p>For example, when LaTeX runs the <code>\section{<var>section
-name</var>}</code> command it writes the <var>section name</var> text to the
-<samp>.aux</samp> auxiliary file, moving it there for use elsewhere in the
+<p>For example, when LaTeX runs the <code class="code">\section{<var class="var">section
+name</var>}</code> command it writes the <var class="var">section name</var> text to the
+<samp class="file">.aux</samp> auxiliary file, moving it there for use elsewhere in the
document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is
internally expanded by LaTeX without typesetting it directly is
referred to as a
-<span id="index-moving-arguments"></span>
-<em>moving argument</em>. A command is fragile if it can
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-moving-arguments"></a>
+<em class="dfn">moving argument</em>. A command is fragile if it can
expand during this process into invalid TeX code. Some examples of
-moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code>
-command (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a>), in the <code>\thanks{...}</code> command
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle"><code>\maketitle</code></a>), and in @-expressions in the <code>tabular</code> and
-<code>array</code> environments (see <a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a>).
+moving arguments are those that appear in the <code class="code">\caption{...}</code>
+command (see <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a>), in the <code class="code">\thanks{...}</code> command
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle"><code class="code">\maketitle</code></a>), and in @-expressions in the <code class="code">tabular</code> and
+<code class="code">array</code> environments (see <a class="pxref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>).
</p>
<p>If you get strange errors from commands used in moving arguments, try
-preceding it with <code>\protect</code>. Every fragile commands must be
-protected with their own <code>\protect</code>.
+preceding it with <code class="code">\protect</code>. Every fragile commands must be
+protected with their own <code class="code">\protect</code>.
</p>
-<p>Although usually a <code>\protect</code> command doesn&rsquo;t hurt, length
-commands are robust and should not be preceded by a <code>\protect</code>
-command. Nor can a <code>\protect</code> command be used in the argument to
-<code>\addtocounter</code> or <code>\setcounter</code> command.
+<p>Although usually a <code class="code">\protect</code> command doesn&rsquo;t hurt, length
+commands are robust and should not be preceded by a <code class="code">\protect</code>
+command. Nor can a <code class="code">\protect</code> command be used in the argument to
+<code class="code">\addtocounter</code> or <code class="code">\setcounter</code> command.
</p>
-<p>In this example the <code>\caption</code> command gives a mysterious error
+<p>In this example the <code class="code">\caption</code> command gives a mysterious error
about an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each
-<code>\raisebox</code> command with <code>\protect</code>.
+<code class="code">\raisebox</code> command with <code class="code">\protect</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{figure}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}
...
\caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}}
\end{figure}
</pre></div>
-<p>In the next example the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command gives an error
-because the <code>\(..\)</code> in the section title expands to illegal TeX
-in the <samp>.toc</samp> file. You can solve this by changing <code>\(..\)</code>
-to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>.
+<p>In the next example the <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code> command gives an error
+because the <code class="code">\(..\)</code> in the section title expands to illegal TeX
+in the <samp class="file">.toc</samp> file. You can solve this by changing <code class="code">\(..\)</code>
+to <code class="code">\protect\(..\protect\)</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{document}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}
\tableofcontents
...
\section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)}
@@ -11786,44 +11826,44 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\protect</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1">12.12 <code class="code">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cignorespaces"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cignorespacesafterend"></span>
-<span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cignorespaces"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cignorespacesafterend"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cignorespaces"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cignorespacesafterend"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ignorespaces
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ignorespaces
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ignorespacesafterend
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ignorespacesafterend
</pre></div>
<p>Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore blanks (that is, characters of
catcode&nbsp;10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the
command up to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a
-command from plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific.
+primitive command of TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via
-<code>\newcommand</code>, or <code>\newenvironment</code>, or <code>\def</code>. The
+<p>The <code class="code">\ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code>, or <code class="code">\newenvironment</code>, or <code class="code">\def</code>. The
example below illustrates. It allows a user to show the points values
for quiz questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as
-shown in the <code>enumerate</code> list, users must not put any space between
+shown in the <code class="code">enumerate</code> list, users must not put any space between
the command and the question text.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
\begin{enumerate}
\item\points{10}no extra space output here
\item\points{15} extra space between the number and the `extra'
@@ -11833,17 +11873,17 @@ the command and the question text.
<p>The solution is to change to this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\points}[1]{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\points}[1]{%
\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces}
</pre></div>
<p>A second example shows blanks being removed from the front of text. The
commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But,
as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
-<code>\fullname</code> will reproduce that.
+<code class="code">\fullname</code> will reproduce that.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title
\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % put title before name
\begin{tabular}{|l|}
@@ -11853,20 +11893,20 @@ as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
</pre></div>
<p>To fix this, change to
-<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</code>.
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</code>.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is also often used in a <code>\newenvironment</code>
-at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, as in
-<code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env
+<p>The <code class="code">\ignorespaces</code> is also often used in a <code class="code">\newenvironment</code>
+at the end of the <var class="var">begin</var> clause, as in
+<code class="code">\begin{newenvironment}{<var class="var">env
name</var>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</code>.
</p>
<p>To strip blanks off the end of an environment use
-<code>\ignorespacesafterend</code>. An example is that this will show a much
+<code class="code">\ignorespacesafterend</code>. An example is that this will show a much
larger vertical space between the first and second environments than
between the second and third.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}
\begin{eq}
e=mc^2
\end{eq}
@@ -11878,222 +11918,223 @@ E=IR
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>Putting a comment character&nbsp;<code>%</code> immediately after the
-<code>\end{eq}</code> will make the vertical space disappear, but that is
+<p>Putting a comment character&nbsp;<code class="code">%</code> immediately after the
+<code class="code">\end{eq}</code> will make the vertical space disappear, but that is
inconvenient. The solution is to change to
-<code>\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}</code>.
+<code class="code">\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="xspace-package">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="xspace-package">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="xspace-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.13 xspace package</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="xspace-package-1">12.13 xspace package</h3>
-<span id="index-_005cxspace"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-xspace"></span>
-<span id="index-xspace-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cxspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xspace-package"></a>
-<span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{xspace}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xspace}
...
\newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command definition,
+<p>The <code class="code">\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command definition,
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
</p>
-<p>After a command control sequence that is a control word (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code>\$</code>), TeX
+<p>After a command control sequence that is a control word (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code class="code">\$</code>), TeX
gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has &lsquo;<samp>Vermont</samp>&rsquo; placed snugly against the period, without any
+has &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Vermont</samp>&rsquo; placed snugly against the period, without any
intervening space.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
Our college is in \VT .
The \VT{} summers are nice.
</pre></div>
<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
-braces or else there would be no space separating &lsquo;<samp>Vermont</samp>&rsquo; from
-&lsquo;<samp>summers</samp>&rsquo;. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
-<code>\ </code> for this. See <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>.)
+braces or else there would be no space separating &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Vermont</samp>&rsquo; from
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">summers</samp>&rsquo;. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
+<code class="code">\ </code> for this. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a>.)
</p>
-<p>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing
-commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place
+<p>The <code class="code">xspace</code> package provides <code class="code">\xspace</code>. It is for writing
+commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be placed
at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
Our college is in \VT .
\VT summers are nice.
</pre></div>
-<p>The default exception list contains the characters <code>,.'/?;:!~-)</code>,
+<p>The default exception list contains the characters <code class="code">,.'/?;:!~-)</code>,
the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above,
-and the commands <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotemark</code>. Add to that
-list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> which adds
-<code>\myfni</code> and&nbsp;<code>\myfnii</code> to the list, and remove from that
-list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
+and the commands <code class="code">\footnote</code> or <code class="code">\footnotemark</code>. Add to that
+list as with <code class="code">\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> which adds
+<code class="code">\myfni</code> and&nbsp;<code class="code">\myfnii</code> to the list, and remove from that
+list as with <code class="code">\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
</p>
-<p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in
+<p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code class="code">\xspace</code>. Putting it in
a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
But it isn&rsquo;t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
-<code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
-command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
+<code class="code">\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
+command, and so <code class="code">\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Counters">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Counters">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="n" rel="next">Lengths</a>, Previous: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Definitions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Counters-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">13 Counters</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Counters-1">13 Counters</h2>
-<span id="index-counters_002c-a-list-of"></span>
-<span id="index-variables_002c-a-list-of"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-counters_002c-a-list-of"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-variables_002c-a-list-of"></a>
<p>Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with
it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the
environment or command associated with the number, except that the
-counter&rsquo;s name has no backslash&nbsp;<code>\</code>. Thus, associated with
-the <code>\chapter</code> command is the <code>chapter</code> counter that keeps
+counter&rsquo;s name has no backslash&nbsp;<code class="code">\</code>. Thus, associated with
+the <code class="code">\chapter</code> command is the <code class="code">chapter</code> counter that keeps
track of the chapter number.
</p>
<p>Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX&rsquo;s standard document
classes to control numbering.
</p>
-<span id="index-part-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-chapter-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-section-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-subsection-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-subsubsection-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-subparagraph-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-page-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-equation-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-figure-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-table-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-footnote-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-mpfootnote-counter-1"></span>
-<span id="index-enumi-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-enumii-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-enumiii-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-enumiv-counter"></span>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">part paragraph figure enumi
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-part-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-chapter-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subsection-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subsubsection-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subparagraph-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equation-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figure-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnote-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mpfootnote-counter-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumi-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumii-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumiii-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumiv-counter"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">part paragraph figure enumi
chapter subparagraph table enumii
section page footnote enumiii
subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
subsubsection
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>mpfootnote</code> counter is used by the <code>\footnote</code> command
-inside of a minipage (see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>). The counters <code>enumi</code>
-through <code>enumiv</code> are used in the <code>enumerate</code> environment, for
-up to four levels of nesting (see <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">mpfootnote</code> counter is used by the <code class="code">\footnote</code> command
+inside of a minipage (see <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>). The counters <code class="code">enumi</code>
+through <code class="code">enumiv</code> are used in the <code class="code">enumerate</code> environment, for
+up to four levels of nesting (see <a class="pxref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Counters can have any integer value but they are typically positive.
</p>
-<p>New counters are created with <code>\newcounter</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>.
+<p>New counters are created with <code class="code">\newcounter</code>. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2"><code>\usecounter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3"><code>\value</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4"><code>\setcounter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5"><code>\addtocounter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7"><code>\stepcounter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="8"><code>\day</code> &amp; <code>\month</code> &amp; <code>\year</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\value</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\addtocounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\day</code> &amp; <code class="code">\month</code> &amp; <code class="code">\year</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\usecounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters"></span><h3 class="section">13.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters">13.1 <code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</h3>
-<span id="index-counters_002c-printing"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-counters_002c-printing"></a>
<p>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if
-the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a
-<code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> in your source will result in a lowercase
+the counter <var class="var">counter</var> has the value 1 then a
+<code class="code">\alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code> in your source will result in a lowercase
letter&nbsp;a appearing in the output.
</p>
<p>All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for
-instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. Note that the counter name does not
+instance, <code class="code">\alph{enumi}</code>. Note that the counter name does not
start with a backslash.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &lsquo;a&rsquo;, &lsquo;b&rsquo;,
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Print the value of <var class="var">counter</var> in lowercase letters: &lsquo;a&rsquo;, &lsquo;b&rsquo;,
<small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter&rsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then
-you get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>&rsquo;
+you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\Alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Print in uppercase letters: &lsquo;A&rsquo;, &lsquo;B&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter&rsquo;s value
-is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter
+is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Counter
too large.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Print in Arabic numbers such as &lsquo;<samp>5</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp>-2</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\arabic{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Print in Arabic numbers such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">-2</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\roman{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &lsquo;i&rsquo;, &lsquo;ii&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the
counter&rsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
LaTeX does not print anything in the output.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\Roman{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &lsquo;I&rsquo;, &lsquo;II&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the
counter&rsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
LaTeX does not print anything in the output.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that
+<dt id='index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\fnsymbol{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Prints the value of <var class="var">counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that
are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of
-<var>counter</var> should be between&nbsp;1 and&nbsp;9, inclusive. If the
-counter&rsquo;s value is less than 0 or more than 9 then you get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX
+<var class="var">counter</var> should be between&nbsp;1 and&nbsp;9, inclusive. If the
+counter&rsquo;s value is less than 0 or more than 9 then you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX
Error: Counter too large</samp>&rsquo;, while if it is 0 then you get no error or
warning but LaTeX does not output anything.
</p>
<p>Here are the symbols:
</p>
-<table>
+<table class="multitable">
<thead><tr><th width="11%">Number</th><th width="30%">Name</th><th width="30%">Command</th><th width="28%">Symbol</th></tr></thead>
-<tr><td width="11%">1</td><td width="30%">asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code>\ast</code></td><td width="28%">*</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">2</td><td width="30%">dagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\dagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2020;</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">3</td><td width="30%">ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\ddagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2021;</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">4</td><td width="30%">section-sign</td><td width="30%"><code>\S</code></td><td width="28%">&#x00A7;</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">5</td><td width="30%">paragraph-sign</td><td width="30%"><code>\P</code></td><td width="28%">&#x00B6;</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">6</td><td width="30%">double-vert</td><td width="30%"><code>\parallel</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2016;</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">7</td><td width="30%">double-asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code>\ast\ast</code></td><td width="28%">**</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">8</td><td width="30%">double-dagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\dagger\dagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2020;&#x2020;</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">9</td><td width="30%">double-ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\ddagger\ddagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2021;&#x2021;</td></tr>
+<tbody><tr><td width="11%">1</td><td width="30%">asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\ast</code></td><td width="28%">*</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">2</td><td width="30%">dagger</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\dagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2020;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">3</td><td width="30%">ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\ddagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2021;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">4</td><td width="30%">section-sign</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\S</code></td><td width="28%">&#x00A7;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">5</td><td width="30%">paragraph-sign</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\P</code></td><td width="28%">&#x00B6;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">6</td><td width="30%">double-vert</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\parallel</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2016;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">7</td><td width="30%">double-asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\ast\ast</code></td><td width="28%">**</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">8</td><td width="30%">double-dagger</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\dagger\dagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2020;&#x2020;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">9</td><td width="30%">double-ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\ddagger\ddagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2021;&#x2021;</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
</dd>
@@ -12102,36 +12143,36 @@ warning but LaTeX does not output anything.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cusecounter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cusecounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\value</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\value</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cusecounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.2 <code>\usecounter</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cusecounter-1">13.2 <code class="code">\usecounter</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cusecounter"></span>
-<span id="index-list-items_002c-specifying-counter"></span>
-<span id="index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cusecounter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-list-items_002c-specifying-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usecounter{<var>counter</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usecounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Used in the second argument of the <code>list</code> environment
-(see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>), this declares that list items will be numbered by
-<var>counter</var>. It initializes <var>counter</var> to zero, and arranges that
-when <code>\item</code> is called without its optional argument then
-<var>counter</var> is incremented by <code>\refstepcounter</code>, making its value
-be the current <code>ref</code> value (see <a href="#g_t_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>). This command is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Used in the second argument of the <code class="code">list</code> environment
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>), this declares that list items will be numbered by
+<var class="var">counter</var>. It initializes <var class="var">counter</var> to zero, and arranges that
+when <code class="code">\item</code> is called without its optional argument then
+<var class="var">counter</var> is incremented by <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code>, making its value
+be the current <code class="code">ref</code> value (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cref"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>). This command is fragile
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Put in the document preamble, this example makes a new list environment
-enumerated with <var>testcounter</var>:
+enumerated with <var class="var">testcounter</var>:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcounter{testcounter}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{testcounter}
\newenvironment{test}{%
\begin{list}{}{%
\usecounter{testcounter}
@@ -12144,30 +12185,30 @@ enumerated with <var>testcounter</var>:
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cvalue">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvalue">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\setcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\usecounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cvalue-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.3 <code>\value</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cvalue-1">13.3 <code class="code">\value</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cvalue"></span>
-<span id="index-counters_002c-getting-value-of"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvalue"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-counters_002c-getting-value-of"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\value{<var>counter</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\value{<var class="var">counter</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Expands to the value of the counter <var>counter</var>. (Note that the name
+<p>Expands to the value of the counter <var class="var">counter</var>. (Note that the name
of a counter does not begin with a backslash.)
</p>
-<p>This example outputs &lsquo;<samp>Test counter is&nbsp;6. Other counter
+<p>This example outputs &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Test counter is&nbsp;6. Other counter
is&nbsp;5.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
\newcounter{other} \setcounter{other}{\value{test}}
\addtocounter{test}{1}
@@ -12175,79 +12216,79 @@ Test counter is \arabic{test}.
Other counter is \arabic{other}.
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\value</code> command is not used for typesetting the value of the
-counter. For that, see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>.
+<p>The <code class="code">\value</code> command is not used for typesetting the value of the
+counter. For that, see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>.
</p>
-<p>It is often used in <code>\setcounter</code> or <code>\addtocounter</code> but
-<code>\value</code> can be used anywhere that LaTeX expects a number, such
-as in <code>\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}</code>. It must not be
-preceded by <code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>It is often used in <code class="code">\setcounter</code> or <code class="code">\addtocounter</code> but
+<code class="code">\value</code> can be used anywhere that LaTeX expects a number, such
+as in <code class="code">\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}</code>. It must not be
+preceded by <code class="code">\protect</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>This example inserts <code>\hspace{4\parindent}</code>.
+<p>This example inserts <code class="code">\hspace{4\parindent}</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
\hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csetcounter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csetcounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\value</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addtocounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\value</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csetcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.4 <code>\setcounter</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csetcounter-1">13.4 <code class="code">\setcounter</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005csetcounter"></span>
-<span id="index-counters_002c-setting"></span>
-<span id="index-setting-counters"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csetcounter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-counters_002c-setting"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-setting-counters"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setcounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}{<var class="var">value</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Globally set the counter <var>counter</var> to have the value of the
-<var>value</var> argument, which must be an integer. Thus, you can set a
-counter&rsquo;s value as <code>\setcounter{section}{5}</code>. Note that the
+<p>Globally set the counter <var class="var">counter</var> to have the value of the
+<var class="var">value</var> argument, which must be an integer. Thus, you can set a
+counter&rsquo;s value as <code class="code">\setcounter{section}{5}</code>. Note that the
counter name does not start with a backslash.
</p>
-<p>In this example if the counter <code>theorem</code> has value 12 then the
-second line will print &lsquo;<samp>XII</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>In this example if the counter <code class="code">theorem</code> has value 12 then the
+second line will print &lsquo;<samp class="samp">XII</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setcounter{exercise}{\value{theorem}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{exercise}{\value{theorem}}
Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}.
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005caddtocounter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddtocounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\setcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005caddtocounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.5 <code>\addtocounter</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005caddtocounter-1">13.5 <code class="code">\addtocounter</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005caddtocounter"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddtocounter"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addtocounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}{<var class="var">value</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Globally increment <var>counter</var> by the amount specified by the
-<var>value</var> argument, which may be negative.
+<p>Globally increment <var class="var">counter</var> by the amount specified by the
+<var class="var">value</var> argument, which may be negative.
</p>
-<p>In this example the section value appears as &lsquo;<samp>VII</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>In this example the section value appears as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">VII</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setcounter{section}{5}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{section}{5}
\addtocounter{section}{2}
Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}.
</pre></div>
@@ -12255,128 +12296,128 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005crefstepcounter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005crefstepcounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\addtocounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005crefstepcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.6 <code>\refstepcounter</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005crefstepcounter-1">13.6 <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005crefstepcounter"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crefstepcounter"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\refstepcounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Globally increments the value of <var>counter</var> by one, as does
-<code>\stepcounter</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>). The difference is that this
+<p>Globally increments the value of <var class="var">counter</var> by one, as does
+<code class="code">\stepcounter</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a>). The difference is that this
command resets the value of any counter numbered within it. (For the
-definition of &ldquo;counters numbered within&rdquo;, see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>.)
+definition of &ldquo;counters numbered within&rdquo;, see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>.)
</p>
-<p>In addition, this command also defines the current <code>\ref</code> value
-to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>.
+<p>In addition, this command also defines the current <code class="code">\ref</code> value
+to be the result of <code class="code">\thecounter</code>.
</p>
-<p>While the counter value is set globally, the <code>\ref</code> value is set
+<p>While the counter value is set globally, the <code class="code">\ref</code> value is set
locally, i.e., inside the current group.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cstepcounter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cstepcounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\day</code> &amp; <code>\month</code> &amp; <code>\year</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\day</code> &amp; <code class="code">\month</code> &amp; <code class="code">\year</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cstepcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.7 <code>\stepcounter</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cstepcounter-1">13.7 <code class="code">\stepcounter</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cstepcounter"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstepcounter"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\stepcounter{<var>counter</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\stepcounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Globally adds one to <var>counter</var> and resets all counters numbered
+<p>Globally adds one to <var class="var">counter</var> and resets all counters numbered
within it. (For the definition of &ldquo;counters numbered within&rdquo;,
-see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>.)
+see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>.)
</p>
-<p>This command differs from <code>\refstepcounter</code> in that this one does
+<p>This command differs from <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code> in that this one does
not influence references; that is, it does not define the current
-<code>\ref</code> value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\ref</code> value to be the result of <code class="code">\thecounter</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.8 <code>\day</code> &amp; <code>\month</code> &amp; <code>\year</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1">13.8 <code class="code">\day</code> &amp; <code class="code">\month</code> &amp; <code class="code">\year</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cday"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmonth"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cyear"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cday"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmonth"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cyear"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cday"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmonth"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cyear"></a>
-<p>LaTeX defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month
-(nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of
-the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and <code>\year</code> for
+<p>LaTeX defines the counter <code class="code">\day</code> for the day of the month
+(nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code class="code">\month</code> for the month of
+the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and <code class="code">\year</code> for
the year. When TeX starts up, they are set from the current values
-on the system. The related command <code>\today</code> produces a string
-representing the current day (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday"><code>\today</code></a>).
+on the system. The related command <code class="code">\today</code> produces a string
+representing the current day (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctoday"><code class="code">\today</code></a>).
</p>
<p>They counters are not updated as the job progresses so in principle they
could be incorrect by the end. In addition, TeX does no sanity
check:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
</pre></div>
-<p>gives no error or warning and results in the output &lsquo;<samp>-2, -4</samp>&rsquo; (the
+<p>gives no error or warning and results in the output &lsquo;<samp class="samp">-2, -4</samp>&rsquo; (the
bogus month value produces no output).
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a>, to force the date to a given value from the
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a>, to force the date to a given value from the
command line.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Lengths">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Lengths">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="n" rel="next">Making paragraphs</a>, Previous: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Counters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Lengths-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">14 Lengths</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Lengths-1">14 Lengths</h2>
-<span id="index-lengths_002c-defining-and-using"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lengths_002c-defining-and-using"></a>
-<p>A <em>length</em> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a
+<p>A <em class="dfn">length</em> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a
length as an argument.
</p>
-<span id="index-rigid-lengths"></span>
-<span id="index-rubber-lengths"></span>
-<span id="index-dimen-plain-TeX"></span>
-<span id="index-skip-plain-TeX"></span>
-<span id="index-glue-plain-TeX"></span>
-<p>Lengths come in two types. A <em>rigid length</em> such as <code>10pt</code>
-does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain
-TeX calls this a <em>dimen</em>.) A <em>rubber length</em> (what plain
-TeX calls a <em>skip</em> or <em>glue</em>) such as with <code>1cm
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rigid-lengths"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rubber-lengths"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dimen-plain-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-skip-plain-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glue-plain-TeX"></a>
+<p>Lengths come in two types. A <em class="dfn">rigid length</em> such as <code class="code">10pt</code>
+does not contain a <code class="code">plus</code> or <code class="code">minus</code> component. (Plain
+TeX calls this a <em class="dfn">dimen</em>.) A <em class="dfn">rubber length</em> (what plain
+TeX calls a <em class="dfn">skip</em> or <em class="dfn">glue</em>) such as with <code class="code">1cm
plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> can contain either or both of those
-components. In that rubber length, the <code>1cm</code> is the <em>natural
-length</em> while the other two, the <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code>
+components. In that rubber length, the <code class="code">1cm</code> is the <em class="dfn">natural
+length</em> while the other two, the <code class="code">plus</code> and <code class="code">minus</code>
components, allow TeX to stretch or shrink the length to optimize
placement.
</p>
<p>The illustrations below use these two commands.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
+<pre class="example-preformatted">% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border)
@@ -12385,30 +12426,30 @@ placement.
</pre></div>
<p>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100&nbsp;points
-long between &lsquo;<samp>XXX</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>YYY</samp>&rsquo;. This length is rigid.
+long between &lsquo;<samp class="samp">XXX</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">YYY</samp>&rsquo;. This length is rigid.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
</pre></div>
-<p>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code>1cm minus
-0.05cm</code>, the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down
-as far as 0.95cm. Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more.
+<p>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code class="code">1cm minus
+0.05cm</code>, the natural length is 1<span class="dmn">cm</span> but TeX can shrink it down
+as far as 0.95<span class="dmn">cm</span>. Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more.
Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of
98&nbsp;points between the two bars.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
</pre></div>
-<p>But the second one gets a warning like &lsquo;<samp>Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too
-wide) detected at line 17</samp>&rsquo;. In the output the first &lsquo;<samp>Y</samp>&rsquo; is
+<p>But the second one gets a warning like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too
+wide) detected at line 17</samp>&rsquo;. In the output the first &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Y</samp>&rsquo; is
overwritten by the end of the black bar, because the box&rsquo;s material is
-wider than the 300pt allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink
+wider than the 300<span class="dmn">pt</span> allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink
the total to less than 309&nbsp;points.
</p>
<p>Stretching is like shrinking except that if TeX is asked to stretch
@@ -12416,7 +12457,7 @@ beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine,
producing a space of 110&nbsp;points between the bars.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
@@ -12425,17 +12466,17 @@ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
<p>In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10&nbsp;points and only
1&nbsp;point was specified. TeX stretches the space to the required
-length but it gives you a warning like &lsquo;<samp>Underfull \hbox (badness
+length but it gives you a warning like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Underfull \hbox (badness
10000) detected at line 22</samp>&rsquo;. (We won&rsquo;t discuss badness.)
</p>
<p>You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in
-<code>1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex</code>.
+<code class="code">1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex</code>.
</p>
<p>If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
stretch or shrink in proportion.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{100pt}% left
\hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
@@ -12443,106 +12484,106 @@ stretch or shrink in proportion.
<p>The left and right bars take up 100&nbsp;points, so the middle needs
another 100. The middle bar is 80&nbsp;points so the two
-<code>\hspace</code>&rsquo;s must stretch 20&nbsp;points. Because the two are
-<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, TeX gets 5/6 of the stretch
+<code class="code">\hspace</code>&rsquo;s must stretch 20&nbsp;points. Because the two are
+<code class="code">plus 50pt</code> and <code class="code">plus 10pt</code>, TeX gets 5/6 of the stretch
from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
</p>
-<p>The <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component of a rubber length can contain
-a <em>fill</em> component, as in <code>1in plus2fill</code>. This gives the
+<p>The <code class="code">plus</code> or <code class="code">minus</code> component of a rubber length can contain
+a <em class="dfn">fill</em> component, as in <code class="code">1in plus2fill</code>. This gives the
length infinite stretchability or shrinkability so that TeX could set
it to any distance. Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across
the page.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
\hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{godel.png}%
\hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{einstein.png}%
\hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
\end{minipage}
</pre></div>
-<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
-<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than
+<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code class="code">fil</code>,
+<code class="code">fill</code>, and <code class="code">filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than
the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
-(see <a href="#g_t_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005chfill"><code class="code">\hfill</code></a> and see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code class="code">\vfill</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
-that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and
-<code>\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}</code> then the value of
-<code>\zlength</code> is <code>3in</code>.
+that after <code class="code">\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and
+<code class="code">\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}</code> then the value of
+<code class="code">\zlength</code> is <code class="code">3in</code>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="1">Units of length</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="2"><code>\setlength</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="3"><code>\addtolength</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="4"><code>\settodepth</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="5"><code>\settoheight</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="6"><code>\settowidth</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="7"><code>\stretch</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\addtolength</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\settodepth</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\settoheight</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\settowidth</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\stretch</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#Expressions" accesskey="8">Expressions</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Units-of-length">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Units-of-length">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\setlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Units-of-length-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.1 Units of length</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Units-of-length-1">14.1 Units of length</h3>
-<span id="index-units_002c-of-length"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-units_002c-of-length"></a>
<p>TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of
math mode.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-pt'><span><code>pt</code><a href='#index-pt' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
-is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-pt'><span><code class="code">pt</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pt'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-point"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-pt"></a><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1<span class="dmn">point</span> = .35146<span class="dmn">mm</span> = .035146<span class="dmn">cm</span>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-pc'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pica"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt
+<dt id='index-pc'><span><code class="code">pc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pica"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-pc"></a><p>Pica, 12 pt
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-in'><span><code>in</code><a href='#index-in' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-inch"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
+<dt id='index-in'><span><code class="code">in</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-in'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inch"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-in"></a><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-bp'><span><code>bp</code><a href='#index-bp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-big-point"></span>
-<span id="index-PostScript-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
+<dt id='index-bp'><span><code class="code">bp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-bp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-big-point"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-PostScript-point"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-bp"></a><p>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-mm'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-mm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+<dt id='index-mm'><span><code class="code">mm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-mm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-millimeter"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-mm"></a><p>Millimeter, 2.845<span class="dmn">pt</span>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-cm'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-cm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter, 10 mm
+<dt id='index-cm'><span><code class="code">cm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-cm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-centimeter"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-cm"></a><p>Centimeter, 10<span class="dmn">mm</span>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-dd'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-dd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
+<dt id='index-dd'><span><code class="code">dd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-dd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-didot-point"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-dd"></a><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-cc'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd
+<dt id='index-cc'><span><code class="code">cc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-cc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cicero"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-cc"></a><p>Cicero, 12 dd
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-sp'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-sp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
+<dt id='index-sp'><span><code class="code">sp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-sp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-scaled-point"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-sp"></a><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -12550,265 +12591,265 @@ PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
<p>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
than being an absolute dimension.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code>ex</code><a href='#index-ex-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
-<span id="index-ex"></span>
-<span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code class="code">ex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-ex-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-x_002dheight"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ex"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="Lengths_002fex"></a><a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-ex"></a><p>The x-height of the current font <em class="dfn">ex</em>, traditionally the
height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
lengths.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code>em</code><a href='#index-em-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
-<span id="index-em"></span>
-<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><p>Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
+<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code class="code">em</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-em-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-m_002dwidth"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-em"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="Lengths_002fem"></a><a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-em"></a><p>Similarly <em class="dfn">em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often
-the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
-have 1em = 10pt. LaTeX has several commands to produce
-horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></a>).
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10<span class="dmn">pt</span> font will
+have 1<span class="dmn">em</span> = 10<span class="dmn">pt</span>. LaTeX has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><code class="code">\enspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\quad</code> &amp; <code class="code">\qquad</code></a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-mu'><span><code>mu</code><a href='#index-mu' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-mu"></span><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
-of the math unit <em>mu</em>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
-em is taken from the current math symbols family. See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+<dt id='index-mu'><span><code class="code">mu</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-mu'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="units-of-length-mu"></a><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <em class="dfn">mu</em>, defined by 1<span class="dmn">em</span> = 18<span class="dmn">mu</span>, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family. See <a class="xref" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
-items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+items given as <code class="code">\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
than a definition given in points.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csetlength">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csetlength">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addtolength</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Units of length</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addtolength</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Units of length</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csetlength-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csetlength-1">14.2 <code class="code">\setlength</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005csetlength"></span>
-<span id="index-lengths_002c-setting"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csetlength"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lengths_002c-setting"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\<var class="var">len</var>}{<var class="var">amount</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Set the length \<var>len</var> to <var>amount</var>. The length name
-<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under
-normal circumstances. The <var>amount</var> can be a rubber length
-(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in
-any units that LaTeX understands (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>).
+<p>Set the length \<var class="var">len</var> to <var class="var">amount</var>. The length name
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code> under
+normal circumstances. The <var class="var">amount</var> can be a rubber length
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in
+any units that LaTeX understands (see <a class="pxref" href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>).
</p>
<p>Below, with LaTeX&rsquo;s defaults the first paragraph will be indented
while the second will not.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">I told the doctor I broke my leg in two places.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">I told the doctor I broke my leg in two places.
\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
He said stop going to those places.
</pre></div>
-<p>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if
+<p>If you did not declare \<var class="var">len</var> with <code class="code">\newlength</code>, for example if
you mistype it as in
-<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
-then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+<code class="code">\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
\sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>&rsquo;.
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005caddtolength">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddtolength">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\settodepth</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\setlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\settodepth</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005caddtolength-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005caddtolength-1">14.3 <code class="code">\addtolength</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005caddtolength"></span>
-<span id="index-lengths_002c-adding-to"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddtolength"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lengths_002c-adding-to"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addtolength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addtolength{\<var class="var">len</var>}{<var class="var">amount</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Increment the length \<var>len</var> by <var>amount</var>. The length name
-<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under
-normal circumstances. The <var>amount</var> is a rubber length
-(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in
-any units that LaTeX understands (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>).
+<p>Increment the length \<var class="var">len</var> by <var class="var">amount</var>. The length name
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code> under
+normal circumstances. The <var class="var">amount</var> is a rubber length
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in
+any units that LaTeX understands (see <a class="pxref" href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>).
</p>
-<p>Below, if <code>\parskip</code> starts with the value <code>0pt plus 1pt</code>
+<p>Below, if <code class="code">\parskip</code> starts with the value <code class="code">0pt plus 1pt</code>
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
Nurse: no change.
</pre></div>
-<p>then it has the value <code>1pt plus 1pt</code> for the second paragraph.
+<p>then it has the value <code class="code">1pt plus 1pt</code> for the second paragraph.
</p>
-<p>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if
+<p>If you did not declare \<var class="var">len</var> with <code class="code">\newlength</code>, for example if
you mistype it as in
-<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
-then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
-\sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;. If the <var>amount</var> uses some length that has not been
+<code class="code">\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;. If the <var class="var">amount</var> uses some length that has not been
declared, for instance if for example you mistype the above as
-<code>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</code>, then you get
-something like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</samp>&rsquo;.
-If you leave off the backslash at the start of \<var>len</var>, as in
-<code>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</code>, then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</samp>&rsquo;.
+<code class="code">\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</code>, then you get
+something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</samp>&rsquo;.
+If you leave off the backslash at the start of \<var class="var">len</var>, as in
+<code class="code">\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</code>, then you get something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csettodepth">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csettodepth">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\settoheight</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\addtolength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\settoheight</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\addtolength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csettodepth-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csettodepth-1">14.4 <code class="code">\settodepth</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005csettodepth"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csettodepth"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\settodepth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\settodepth{\<var class="var">len</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Set the length \<var>len</var> to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code>
-has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such
-must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances.
+<p>Set the length \<var class="var">len</var> to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on
+typesetting the <var class="var">text</var> argument. The length name <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code>
+has to be a control sequence (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such
+must begin with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code> under normal circumstances.
</p>
<p>This will print how low the character descenders go.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\alphabetdepth}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\alphabetdepth}
\settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetdepth
</pre></div>
-<p>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if for example you
-mistype the above as <code>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</code>,
-then you get something like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
-\aplhabetdepth</samp>&rsquo;. If you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in
-<code>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</code> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>If you did not declare \<var class="var">len</var> with <code class="code">\newlength</code>, if for example you
+mistype the above as <code class="code">\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</code>,
+then you get something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\aplhabetdepth</samp>&rsquo;. If you leave the backslash out of \<var class="var">len</var>, as in
+<code class="code">\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</code> then you get something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csettoheight">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csettoheight">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\settowidth</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\settodepth</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\settowidth</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\settodepth</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csettoheight-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csettoheight-1">14.5 <code class="code">\settoheight</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005csettoheight"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csettoheight"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\settoheight{\<var>len</var>}{text}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\settoheight{\<var class="var">len</var>}{text}
</pre></div>
-<p>Sets the length \<var>len</var> to the height of box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the <code>text</code> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code>
-has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such
-must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances.
+<p>Sets the length \<var class="var">len</var> to the height of box that LaTeX gets on
+typesetting the <code class="code">text</code> argument. The length name <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code>
+has to be a control sequence (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such
+must begin with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code> under normal circumstances.
</p>
<p>This will print how high the characters go.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\alphabetheight}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\alphabetheight}
\settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetheight
</pre></div>
-<p>If no such length \<var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if
+<p>If no such length \<var class="var">len</var> has been declared with <code class="code">\newlength</code>, if
for example you mistype as
-<code>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</code>, then you get something
-like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetheight</samp>&rsquo;. If
-you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in
-<code>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</code> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
+<code class="code">\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</code>, then you get something
+like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetheight</samp>&rsquo;. If
+you leave the backslash out of \<var class="var">len</var>, as in
+<code class="code">\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</code> then you get something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csettowidth">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csettowidth">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\stretch</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\settoheight</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\stretch</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\settoheight</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csettowidth-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csettowidth-1">14.6 <code class="code">\settowidth</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005csettowidth"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csettowidth"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\settowidth{\<var class="var">len</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Set the length \<var>len</var> to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code>
-has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such
-must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances.
+<p>Set the length \<var class="var">len</var> to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on
+typesetting the <var class="var">text</var> argument. The length name <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code>
+has to be a control sequence (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such
+must begin with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code> under normal circumstances.
</p>
<p>This prints the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\alphabetwidth}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\alphabetwidth}
\settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetwidth
</pre></div>
-<p>If no such length \<var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>,
+<p>If no such length \<var class="var">len</var> has been declared with <code class="code">\newlength</code>,
if for example you mistype the above as
-<code>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, then you get something
-like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \aplhabetwidth</samp>&rsquo;. If
-you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in
-<code>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</code> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
+<code class="code">\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, then you get something
+like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \aplhabetwidth</samp>&rsquo;. If
+you leave the backslash out of \<var class="var">len</var>, as in
+<code class="code">\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</code> then you get something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cstretch">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cstretch">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Expressions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Expressions</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\settowidth</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Expressions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Expressions</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\settowidth</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cstretch-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.7 <code>\stretch</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cstretch-1">14.7 <code class="code">\stretch</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cstretch"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstretch"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\stretch{<var>number</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\stretch{<var class="var">number</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and <var>number</var> times
-<code>\fill</code> units of stretchability (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The
-<var>number</var> can be positive or negative. This command is robust
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and <var class="var">number</var> times
+<code class="code">\fill</code> units of stretchability (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The
+<var class="var">number</var> can be positive or negative. This command is robust
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this horizontal
example, LaTeX produces three tick marks, and the distance between
@@ -12816,16 +12857,16 @@ the first and second is half again as long as the distance between the
second and third.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}
</pre></div>
-<p>In this vertical example, the &lsquo;<samp>We dedicate &hellip;</samp>&rsquo; will have three
+<p>In this vertical example, the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">We dedicate &hellip;</samp>&rsquo; will have three
times as much space under it as above it.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble
\clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}%
\vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top
\it
@@ -12842,43 +12883,43 @@ We dedicate this book to our wives.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Expressions">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Expressions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\stretch</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\stretch</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Expressions-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.8 Expressions</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Expressions-1">14.8 Expressions</h3>
-<span id="index-expressions"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-expressions"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\numexpr <var>expression</var>
-\dimexpr <var>expression</var>
-\glueexpr <var>expression</var>
-\muglue <var>expression</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\numexpr <var class="var">expression</var>
+\dimexpr <var class="var">expression</var>
+\glueexpr <var class="var">expression</var>
+\muglue <var class="var">expression</var>
</pre></div>
<p>Any place where you may write an integer, or a TeX dimen, or TeX
glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that
type of quantity.
</p>
-<p>An example is that <code>\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</code> will
+<p>An example is that <code class="code">\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</code> will
produce as output the length that is four points less than width of a
-line (the only purpose of <code>\the</code> is to show the result in the
-document). Analogously, <code>\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</code> will
-produce &lsquo;<samp>ix</samp>&rsquo;, and <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code>
-will produce &lsquo;<samp>10.0pt plus 2.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+line (the only purpose of <code class="code">\the</code> is to show the result in the
+document). Analogously, <code class="code">\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</code> will
+produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ix</samp>&rsquo;, and <code class="code">\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code>
+will produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10.0pt plus 2.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers and
-then using <code>\advance</code>, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
+then using <code class="code">\advance</code>, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places
where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width
-of the <code>\parbox</code>.
+of the <code class="code">\parbox</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
\begin{center}
\parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none
with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see
@@ -12891,57 +12932,57 @@ memorial}
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <var>expression</var> consists of one or more terms of the same type
+<p>The <var class="var">expression</var> consists of one or more terms of the same type
(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted. A term that is
a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type,
optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is
either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The
-expression produces a result of the given type, so that <code>\numexpr</code>
-produces an integer, <code>\dimexpr</code> produces a dimension, etc.
+expression produces a result of the given type, so that <code class="code">\numexpr</code>
+produces an integer, <code class="code">\dimexpr</code> produces a dimension, etc.
</p>
<p>In the quotation example above, changing to
-<code>\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</code> gives the error <code>Illegal unit
-of measure (pt inserted)</code>. This is because for <code>\dimexpr</code> and
-<code>\glueexpr</code>, the input consists of a dimension or glue value
+<code class="code">\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</code> gives the error <code class="code">Illegal unit
+of measure (pt inserted)</code>. This is because for <code class="code">\dimexpr</code> and
+<code class="code">\glueexpr</code>, the input consists of a dimension or glue value
followed by an optional multiplication factor, and not the other way
-around. Thus <code>\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</code> is valid and produces
-&lsquo;<samp>10.0pt</samp>&rsquo;, but <code>\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</code> gives the
-<code>Illegal unit</code> error.
+around. Thus <code class="code">\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</code> is valid and produces
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">10.0pt</samp>&rsquo;, but <code class="code">\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</code> gives the
+<code class="code">Illegal unit</code> error.
</p>
<p>The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics up
-to a <code>\relax</code> (which will be absorbed), or up to the first
-non-valid token. Thus, <code>\the\numexpr2+3px</code> will print
-&lsquo;<samp>5px</samp>&rsquo;, because LaTeX reads the <code>\numexpr2+3</code>, which is
-made up of numbers, and then finds the letter <code>p</code>, which cannot
+to a <code class="code">\relax</code> (which will be absorbed), or up to the first
+non-valid token. Thus, <code class="code">\the\numexpr2+3px</code> will print
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">5px</samp>&rsquo;, because LaTeX reads the <code class="code">\numexpr2+3</code>, which is
+made up of numbers, and then finds the letter <code class="code">p</code>, which cannot
be part of a number. It therefore terminates the expression and
-produces the &lsquo;<samp>5</samp>&rsquo;, followed by the regular text &lsquo;<samp>px</samp>&rsquo;.
+produces the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5</samp>&rsquo;, followed by the regular text &lsquo;<samp class="samp">px</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In
-<code>\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 &lt; 10pt Yes\else No\fi</code>, the less than
-sign terminates the expression and the result is &lsquo;<samp>No</samp>&rsquo; (in a
+<code class="code">\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 &lt; 10pt Yes\else No\fi</code>, the less than
+sign terminates the expression and the result is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No</samp>&rsquo; (in a
standard LaTeX article).
</p>
-<p>Expressions may use the operators <code>+</code>, <code>-</code>, <code>*</code> and
-<code>/</code> along with parentheses for subexpressions, <code>(...)</code>. In
-glue expressions the <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> parts do not need
-parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus
-1pt * 2 \relax</code> results in &lsquo;<samp>10pt plus 2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>Expressions may use the operators <code class="code">+</code>, <code class="code">-</code>, <code class="code">*</code> and
+<code class="code">/</code> along with parentheses for subexpressions, <code class="code">(...)</code>. In
+glue expressions the <code class="code">plus</code> and <code class="code">minus</code> parts do not need
+parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <code class="code">\the\glueexpr 5pt plus
+1pt * 2 \relax</code> results in &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt plus 2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when
-doing register assignment. Thus <code>\the\numexpr\dimexpr
-1pt\relax\relax</code> will result in &lsquo;<samp>65536</samp>&rsquo;, which is <code>1pt</code>
-converted to scaled points (see <a href="#units-of-length-sp"><code>sp</code></a>,
+doing register assignment. Thus <code class="code">\the\numexpr\dimexpr
+1pt\relax\relax</code> will result in &lsquo;<samp class="samp">65536</samp>&rsquo;, which is <code class="code">1pt</code>
+converted to scaled points (see <a class="pxref" href="#units-of-length-sp"><code class="code">sp</code></a>,
TeX&rsquo;s internal unit) and then coerced into an integer. With a
-<code>\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going
-the other way, a <code>\numexpr</code> inside a <code>\dimexpr</code> or
-<code>\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in
-<code>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, which produces
-&lsquo;<samp>3.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<code class="code">\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going
+the other way, a <code class="code">\numexpr</code> inside a <code class="code">\dimexpr</code> or
+<code class="code">\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in
+<code class="code">\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, which produces
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">3.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the
-allowed range, numbers must be less than <em class='math'>2^{31}</em> in absolute
+allowed range, numbers must be less than <em class="math">2^{31}</em> in absolute
value, and dimensions or glue components must be less than
-<em class='math'>2^{14}</em> points, or <code>mu</code>, or <code>fil</code>, etc. The
+<em class="math">2^{14}</em> points, or <code class="code">mu</code>, or <code class="code">fil</code>, etc. The
arithmetic operations are performed individually, except for a scaling
operation (a multiplication immediately followed by a division) which
is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit product as
@@ -12949,31 +12990,31 @@ intermediate value. The result of each operation is again checked to
be in the allowed range.
</p>
<p>Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX&rsquo;s
-<code>\divide</code>, which truncates). Thus
-<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</code> puts &lsquo;<samp>10.0pt</samp>&rsquo; in the document,
-because it rounds <code>3/2</code> to <code>2</code>, while
-<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</code> produces &lsquo;<samp>5.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<code class="code">\divide</code>, which truncates). Thus
+<code class="code">\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</code> puts &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10.0pt</samp>&rsquo; in the document,
+because it rounds <code class="code">3/2</code> to <code class="code">2</code>, while
+<code class="code">\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</code> produces &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Making-paragraphs">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Making-paragraphs">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math formulas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Lengths</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Making-paragraphs-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">15 Making paragraphs</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Making-paragraphs-1">15 Making paragraphs</h2>
-<span id="index-making-paragraphs"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraphs"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-making-paragraphs"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraphs"></a>
<p>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current
paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the
separation of which is made by two empty lines.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
+<pre class="example-preformatted">It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife.
However little known the feelings or views of such a man may be on his
@@ -12985,15 +13026,15 @@ of some one or other of their daughters.
``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?''
</pre></div>
-<p>A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank
-line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank
-line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as
-space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <code>%</code> and
-span up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns
-are identical:
+<p>A paragraph separator can be made of a sequence of at least one blank
+line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank line
+is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as space
+or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <code class="code">%</code> and span up
+to the end of line. In the following example the two columns are
+identical:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
\begin{document}
First paragraph.
@@ -13010,150 +13051,149 @@ Second paragraph.
<p>Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph&rsquo;s contents it divides that
content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
-(see <a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>).
</p>
<p>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don&rsquo;t put a
-blank line in math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>); here the blank line before the
-<code>\end{equation}</code>
+blank line in math mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>); here the blank line before the
+<code class="code">\end{equation}</code>
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
2^{|S|} &gt; |S|
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>will get you the error &lsquo;<samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>&rsquo;. Similarly, the blank
-line in this <code>\section</code> argument
+<p>will get you the error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Missing $ inserted</samp>&rsquo;. Similarly, the blank
+line in this <code class="code">\section</code> argument
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\section{aaa
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section{aaa
bbb}
</pre></div>
-<p>gets &lsquo;<samp>Runaway argument? {aaa ! Paragraph ended before \@sect was
+<p>gets &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Runaway argument? {aaa ! Paragraph ended before \@sect was
complete</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="1"><code>\par</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="2"><code>\indent</code> &amp; <code>\noindent</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="3"><code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\par</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\indent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\noindent</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="4">Marginal notes</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpar">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpar">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\indent</code> &amp; <code>\noindent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\indent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\noindent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cpar-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.1 <code>\par</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpar-1">15.1 <code class="code">\par</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cpar"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph_002c-ending"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph_002c-ending"></a>
<p>Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts any sequence
-of one or more blank lines to a <code>\par</code>, <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a>):
+of one or more blank lines to a <code class="code">\par</code>, <a class="ref" href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a>):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\par
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\par
</pre></div>
<p>End the current paragraph. The usual way to separate paragraphs is with
-a blank line but the <code>\par</code> command is entirely equivalent. This
-command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+a blank line but the <code class="code">\par</code> command is entirely equivalent. This
+command is robust (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>This example uses <code>\par</code> rather than a blank line simply for
+<p>This example uses <code class="code">\par</code> rather than a blank line simply for
readability.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
\whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
</pre></div>
-<p>In LR mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing and is ignored. In
-paragraph mode, the <code>\par</code> command terminates paragraph mode,
-switching LaTeX to vertical mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+<p>In LR mode the <code class="code">\par</code> command does nothing and is ignored. In
+paragraph mode, the <code class="code">\par</code> command terminates paragraph mode,
+switching LaTeX to vertical mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
</p>
-<p>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in a math mode. You also cannot
+<p>You cannot use the <code class="code">\par</code> command in a math mode. You also cannot
use it in the argument of many commands, such as the sectioning
-commands, e.g. <code>\section</code> (see <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a> and
-<a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a>).
+commands, e.g. <code class="code">\section</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a> and
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> &amp; <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as the <code>\paragraph</code>
-command. The latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a
+<p>The <code class="code">\par</code> command is not the same as the <code class="code">\paragraph</code>
+command. The latter is, like <code class="code">\section</code> or <code class="code">\subsection</code>, a
sectioning command used by the LaTeX document standard classes
-(see <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as <code>\newline</code> or the line
-break double backslash, <code>\\</code>. The difference is that <code>\par</code>
+<p>The <code class="code">\par</code> command is not the same as <code class="code">\newline</code> or the line
+break double backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>. The difference is that <code class="code">\par</code>
ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of
-the between-paragraph vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></a>).
+the between-paragraph vertical space <code class="code">\parskip</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>).
</p>
<p>The output from this example
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">xyz
+<pre class="example-preformatted">xyz
\setlength{\parindent}{3in}
\setlength{\parskip}{5in}
\noindent test\indent test1\par test2
</pre></div>
-<p>is: after &lsquo;<samp>xyz</samp>&rsquo; there is a vertical skip of 5&nbsp;inches and then
-&lsquo;<samp>test</samp>&rsquo; appears, aligned with the left margin. On the same line,
+<p>is: after &lsquo;<samp class="samp">xyz</samp>&rsquo; there is a vertical skip of 5&nbsp;inches and then
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">test</samp>&rsquo; appears, aligned with the left margin. On the same line,
there is an empty horizontal space of 3&nbsp;inches and then
-&lsquo;<samp>test1</samp>&rsquo; appears. Finally. there is a vertical space of
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">test1</samp>&rsquo; appears. Finally. there is a vertical space of
5&nbsp;inches, followed by a fresh paragraph with a paragraph indent of
-3&nbsp;inches, and then LaTeX puts the text &lsquo;<samp>test2</samp>&rsquo;.
+3&nbsp;inches, and then LaTeX puts the text &lsquo;<samp class="samp">test2</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\par</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\par</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.2 <code>\indent</code> &amp; <code>\noindent</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1">15.2 <code class="code">\indent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\noindent</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cindent"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnoindent"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cparindent-1"></span>
-<span id="index-indent_002c-forcing"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cindent"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnoindent"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnoindent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indent_002c-forcing"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\indent
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\indent
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\noindent
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent
</pre></div>
-<p>Go into horizontal mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). The <code>\indent</code> command
-first outputs an empty box whose width is <code>\parindent</code>. These
-commands are robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Go into horizontal mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>). The <code class="code">\indent</code> command
+first outputs an empty box whose width is <code class="code">\parindent</code>. These
+commands are robust (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line.
-See <a href="#g_t_005cpar"><code>\par</code></a>, for the difference between this command and <code>\par</code>. To
+See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cpar"><code class="code">\par</code></a>, for the difference between this command and <code class="code">\par</code>. To
start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted
-paragraph, use <code>\noindent</code>.
+paragraph, use <code class="code">\noindent</code>.
</p>
-<p>In the middle of a paragraph the <code>\noindent</code> command has no effect,
+<p>In the middle of a paragraph the <code class="code">\noindent</code> command has no effect,
because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The
-<code>\indent</code> command&rsquo;s only effect is to output a space.
+<code class="code">\indent</code> command&rsquo;s only effect is to output a space.
</p>
<p>This example starts a fresh paragraph.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">... end of the prior paragraph.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">... end of the prior paragraph.
\noindent This paragraph is not indented.
</pre></div>
@@ -13161,7 +13201,7 @@ because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The
<p>and this continues an interrupted paragraph.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The data
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The data
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{rl} ... \end{tabular}
@@ -13170,137 +13210,138 @@ because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The
\noindent shows this clearly.
</pre></div>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparindent-1"></a>
<p>To omit indentation in the entire document put
-<code>\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}</code> in the preamble. If you do that,
+<code class="code">\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}</code> in the preamble. If you do that,
you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
-<code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\parskip</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"></span>
-<span id="index-indentfirst-package-5"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-5"></a>
<p>Default LaTeX styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that,
-look on CTAN for the package <code>indentfirst</code>.
+look on CTAN for the package <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Marginal notes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\indent</code> &amp; <code>\noindent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Marginal notes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\indent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\noindent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.3 <code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1">15.3 <code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cparindent-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cparskip"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph-indentation"></span>
-<span id="index-horizontal-paragraph-indentation"></span>
-<span id="index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cparindent"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cparskip"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparindent-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparskip"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-indentation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-horizontal-paragraph-indentation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\parindent}{<var>horizontal len</var>}
-\setlength{\parskip}{<var>vertical len</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\parindent}{<var class="var">horizontal len</var>}
+\setlength{\parskip}{<var class="var">vertical len</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Both are rubber lengths (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). They affect the
+<p>Both are rubber lengths (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). They affect the
indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside
-minipages (see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>), and the vertical space between
+minipages (see <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>), and the vertical space between
paragraphs, respectively.
</p>
<p>For example, if this is put in the preamble:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
\setlength{\parskip}{1ex}
</pre></div>
<p>The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead
-are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase &lsquo;<samp>x</samp>&rsquo;.
+are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase &lsquo;<samp class="samp">x</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>In LaTeX standard class documents, the default value for
-<code>\parindent</code> in one-column documents is <code>15pt</code> when the
-default text size is <code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and
-<code>1.5em</code> for <code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>.
-(These values are set before LaTeX calls <code>\normalfont</code> so
-<code>em</code> is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use
-a different font then to set <code>\parindent</code> to 1em matching
+<code class="code">\parindent</code> in one-column documents is <code class="code">15pt</code> when the
+default text size is <code class="code">10pt</code>, <code class="code">17pt</code> for <code class="code">11pt</code>, and
+<code class="code">1.5em</code> for <code class="code">12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code class="code">1em</code>.
+(These values are set before LaTeX calls <code class="code">\normalfont</code> so
+<code class="code">em</code> is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use
+a different font then to set <code class="code">\parindent</code> to 1<span class="dmn">em</span> matching
that font, put
-<code>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code> in the
+<code class="code">\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code> in the
preamble.)
</p>
-<p>The default value for <code>\parskip</code> in LaTeX&rsquo;s standard document
-classes is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>.
+<p>The default value for <code class="code">\parskip</code> in LaTeX&rsquo;s standard document
+classes is <code class="code">0pt plus1pt</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Marginal-notes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Marginal-notes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\parindent</code> &amp; <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Marginal-notes-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.4 Marginal notes</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Marginal-notes-1">15.4 Marginal notes</h3>
-<span id="index-marginal-notes"></span>
-<span id="index-notes-in-the-margin"></span>
-<span id="index-remarks-in-the-margin"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmarginpar"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-marginal-notes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-notes-in-the-margin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-remarks-in-the-margin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmarginpar"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\marginpar{<var>right</var>}
-\marginpar[<var>left</var>]{<var>right</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\marginpar{<var class="var">right</var>}
+\marginpar[<var class="var">left</var>]{<var class="var">right</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Create a note in the margin. The first line of the note will have the
-same baseline as the line in the text where the <code>\marginpar</code>
+same baseline as the line in the text where the <code class="code">\marginpar</code>
occurs.
</p>
<p>The margin that LaTeX uses for the note depends on the current layout
-(see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>) and also on <code>\reversemarginpar</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>) and also on <code class="code">\reversemarginpar</code>
(see below). If you are using one-sided layout (document option
-<code>oneside</code>) then it goes in the right margin. If you are using
-two-sided layout (document option <code>twoside</code>) then it goes in the
+<code class="code">oneside</code>) then it goes in the right margin. If you are using
+two-sided layout (document option <code class="code">twoside</code>) then it goes in the
outside margin. If you are in two-column layout (document option
-<code>twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin.
+<code class="code">twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005creversemarginpar"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnormalmarginpar"></span>
-<p>If you declare <code>\reversemarginpar</code> then LaTeX will place
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005creversemarginpar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnormalmarginpar"></a>
+<p>If you declare <code class="code">\reversemarginpar</code> then LaTeX will place
subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with
-<code>\normalmarginpar</code>.
+<code class="code">\normalmarginpar</code>.
</p>
-<p>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for
-a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is
+<p>When you specify the optional argument <var class="var">left</var> then it is used for
+a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var class="var">right</var> is
used for a note in the right margin.
</p>
<p>Normally, a note&rsquo;s first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable
-hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with
-<code>\hspace{0pt}</code>.
+hyphenation there by beginning <var class="var">left</var> or <var class="var">right</var> with
+<code class="code">\hspace{0pt}</code>.
</p>
<p>These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cmarginparpush-2'><span><code>\marginparpush</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparpush-2' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparpush"></span><p>Minimum vertical space between notes; default &lsquo;<samp>7pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;
-documents, &lsquo;<samp>5pt</samp>&rsquo; else. See also&nbsp;<a href="#page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</a>.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparpush-2'><span><code class="code">\marginparpush</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparpush-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="marginal-notes-marginparpush"></a><p>Minimum vertical space between notes; default &lsquo;<samp class="samp">7pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo;
+documents, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5pt</samp>&rsquo; else. See also&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmarginparsep'><span><code>\marginparsep</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparsep' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparsep"></span><p>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default
-&lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; documents, &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; else.
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparsep'><span><code class="code">\marginparsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="marginal-notes-marginparsep"></a><p>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; documents, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; else.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmarginparwidth-2'><span><code>\marginparwidth</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparwidth-2' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparwidth"></span><p>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; document
-is &lsquo;<samp>90pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>83pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp>68pt</samp>&rsquo; for
-&lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;; &lsquo;<samp>17pt</samp>&rsquo; more in each case for a two-sided document.
-In two column mode, the default is &lsquo;<samp>48pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparwidth-2'><span><code class="code">\marginparwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparwidth-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="marginal-notes-marginparwidth"></a><p>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; document
+is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">90pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">83pt</samp>&rsquo; for &lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">68pt</samp>&rsquo; for
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo;; &lsquo;<samp class="samp">17pt</samp>&rsquo; more in each case for a two-sided document.
+In two column mode, the default is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">48pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -13312,31 +13353,31 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Math-formulas">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Math-formulas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Making paragraphs</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Math-formulas-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">16 Math formulas</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Math-formulas-1">16 Math formulas</h2>
-<span id="index-math-formulas"></span>
-<span id="index-formulas_002c-math"></span>
-<span id="index-math-mode_002c-entering"></span>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-math-1"></span>
-<span id="index-math-environment-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-formulas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-formulas_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-mode_002c-entering"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-math-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-environment-1"></a>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"></span>
-<span id="index-displaymath-environment-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-displaymath-environment-1"></a>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-equation-1"></span>
-<span id="index-equation-environment-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-equation-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equation-environment-1"></a>
<p>Produce mathematical text by putting LaTeX into math mode or display
-math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). This example shows both.
+math mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>). This example shows both.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The wave equation for \( u \) is
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The wave equation for \( u \) is
\begin{displaymath}
\frac{\partial^2u}{\partial t^2} = c^2\nabla^2u
\end{displaymath}
@@ -13344,9 +13385,9 @@ where \( \nabla^2 \) is the spatial Laplacian and \( c \) is constant.
</pre></div>
<p>Math mode is for inline mathematics. In the above example it is invoked
-by the starting <code>\(</code> and finished by the matching ending <code>\)</code>.
+by the starting <code class="code">\(</code> and finished by the matching ending <code class="code">\)</code>.
Display math mode is for displayed equations and here is invoked by the
-<code>displaymath</code> environment. Note that any mathematical text
+<code class="code">displaymath</code> environment. Note that any mathematical text
whatever, including mathematical text consisting of just one character,
is handled in math mode.
</p>
@@ -13354,7 +13395,7 @@ is handled in math mode.
your input text differently than in other text modes. For example,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">contrast x+y with \( x+y \)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">contrast x+y with \( x+y \)
</pre></div>
<p>in math mode the letters are in italics and the spacing around the plus
@@ -13364,60 +13405,60 @@ sign is different.
mode.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\( <var>mathematical material</var> \)
-$ <var>mathematical material</var> $
-\begin{math} <var>mathematical material</var> \end{math}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\( <var class="var">mathematical material</var> \)
+$ <var class="var">mathematical material</var> $
+\begin{math} <var class="var">mathematical material</var> \end{math}
</pre></div>
<p>The first form is preferred and the second is quite common, but the
third form is rarely used. You can sometimes use one and sometimes
-another, as in <code>\(x\) and $y$</code>. You can use these in paragraph
-mode or in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+another, as in <code class="code">\(x\) and $y$</code>. You can use these in paragraph
+mode or in LR mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
</p>
<p>To make displayed formulas, put LaTeX into display math mode with
either:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
- <var>mathematical material</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ <var class="var">mathematical material</var>
\end{displaymath}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
- <var>mathematical material</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ <var class="var">mathematical material</var>
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>(see <a href="#displaymath"><code>displaymath</code></a>, see <a href="#equation"><code>equation</code></a>). The only difference is that
-with the <code>equation</code> environment, LaTeX puts a formula number
-alongside the formula. The construct <code>\[ <var>math</var> \]</code> is
-equivalent to <code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var>
+<p>(see <a class="pxref" href="#displaymath"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a>, see <a class="pxref" href="#equation"><code class="code">equation</code></a>). The only difference is that
+with the <code class="code">equation</code> environment, LaTeX puts a formula number
+alongside the formula. The construct <code class="code">\[ <var class="var">math</var> \]</code> is
+equivalent to <code class="code">\begin{displaymath} <var class="var">math</var>
\end{displaymath}</code>. These environments can only be used in paragraph
-mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-5"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-5"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-5"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsfonts"></span>
-<span id="index-amsfonts-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsfonts"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsfonts-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools"></span>
-<span id="index-mathtools-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package"></a>
<p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
-package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>). New
+<code class="code">amsmath</code> and <code class="code">amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code class="code">mathtools</code>
+package that is an extension to, and loads, <code class="code">amsmath</code>). New
documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
see their documentation on CTAN.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="1">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></li>
<li><a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="2">Math symbols</a></li>
<li><a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="3">Math functions</a></li>
@@ -13428,51 +13469,51 @@ see their documentation on CTAN.
<li><a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="8">Math miscellany</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.1 Subscripts &amp; superscripts</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts-1">16.1 Subscripts &amp; superscripts</h3>
-<span id="index-superscript"></span>
-<span id="index-subscript"></span>
-<span id="index-_005e-superscript"></span>
-<span id="index-_005f-subscript"></span>
-<span id="index-exponent"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="superscript"></a><a class="anchor" id="subscript"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-superscript"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subscript"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005e-superscript"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005f-subscript"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-exponent"></a>
<p>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><var>base</var>^<var>exp</var>
-<var>base</var>^{<var>exp</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">base</var>^<var class="var">exp</var>
+<var class="var">base</var>^{<var class="var">exp</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><var>base</var>_<var>exp</var>
-<var>base</var>_{<var>exp</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">base</var>_<var class="var">exp</var>
+<var class="var">base</var>_{<var class="var">exp</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Make <var>exp</var> appear as a superscript of <var>base</var> (with the caret
-character,&nbsp;<code>^</code>) or a subscript (with
-underscore,&nbsp;<code>_</code>).
+<p>Make <var class="var">exp</var> appear as a superscript of <var class="var">base</var> (with the caret
+character,&nbsp;<code class="code">^</code>) or a subscript (with
+underscore,&nbsp;<code class="code">_</code>).
</p>
-<p>In this example the <code>0</code>&rsquo;s and <code>1</code>&rsquo;s are subscripts while the
-<code>2</code>&rsquo;s are superscripts.
+<p>In this example the <code class="code">0</code>&rsquo;s and <code class="code">1</code>&rsquo;s are subscripts while the
+<code class="code">2</code>&rsquo;s are superscripts.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
</pre></div>
<p>To have the subscript or superscript contain more than one character,
-surround the expression with curly braces, as in <code>e^{-2x}</code>.
+surround the expression with curly braces, as in <code class="code">e^{-2x}</code>.
This example&rsquo;s fourth line shows curly braces used to group an expression
for the exponent.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
(3^3)^3=27^3=19\,683
\qquad
3^{(3^3)}=3^{27}=7\,625\,597\,484\,987
@@ -13481,1134 +13522,1136 @@ for the exponent.
<p>LaTeX knows how to handle a superscript on a superscript, or a
subscript on a subscript, or supers on subs, or subs on supers. So,
-expressions such as <code>e^{x^2}</code> and <code>x_{i_0}</code> give correct
+expressions such as <code class="code">e^{x^2}</code> and <code class="code">x_{i_0}</code> give correct
output. Note the use in those expressions of curly braces to give the
-<var>base</var> a determined <var>exp</var>. If you enter <code>\(3^3^3\)</code> then
-you get &lsquo;<samp>Double superscript</samp>&rsquo;.
+<var class="var">base</var> a determined <var class="var">exp</var>. If you enter <code class="code">\(3^3^3\)</code>, this
+interpreted as <code class="code">\(3^{3}^{3}\)</code> and then you get TeX error
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Double superscript</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>LaTeX does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a
superscript. In this example the integral has both. They come out in
the correct place without any author intervention.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
\int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
\end{displaymath}
</pre></div>
-<p>Note the parentheses around <code>x=a</code> to make the entire expression a
+<p>Note the curly braces around <code class="code">x=a</code> to make the entire expression a
subscript.
</p>
<p>To put a superscript or subscript before a symbol, use a construct like
-<code>{}_t K^2</code>. The empty curly braces <code>{}</code> give the
+<code class="code">{}_t K^2</code>. The empty curly braces <code class="code">{}</code> give the
subscript something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally
attaching to a prior symbols.
</p>
<p>Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or
-display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you
-the error &lsquo;<samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>&rsquo;.
+display math mode, as in <code class="code">the expression x^2</code>, will get you
+the TeX error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Missing $ inserted</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-mhchem"></span>
-<span id="index-mhchem-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mhchem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mhchem-package"></a>
<p>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as
-<code>mhchem</code>; see CTAN.
+<code class="code">mhchem</code>; see CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Math-symbols">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Math-symbols">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math functions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Math-symbols-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.2 Math symbols</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Math-symbols-1">16.2 Math symbols</h3>
-<span id="index-math-symbols"></span>
-<span id="index-symbols_002c-math"></span>
-<span id="index-greek-letters"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-symbols"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-symbols_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-greek-letters"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-comprehensive"></span>
-<span id="index-comprehensive-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-comprehensive"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comprehensive-package"></a>
<p>LaTeX provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that
-anyone uses. For example, if you include <code>$\pi$</code> in your source,
+anyone uses. For example, if you include <code class="code">$\pi$</code> in your source,
you will get the pi symbol &#x03C0;. See the &ldquo;Comprehensive
LaTeX Symbol List&rdquo; package at
-<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive">https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive">https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive</a>.
</p>
<p>Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means exhaustive.
Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class,
which determines the spacing around it, is given in parenthesis. Unless
said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can be used only in math
mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current
-mode, see <a href="#g_t_005censuremath"><code>\ensuremath</code></a>.
+mode, see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005censuremath"><code class="code">\ensuremath</code></a>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005c_007c'><span><code>\|</code><a href='#index-_005c_007c' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2225; Parallel (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\parallel</code>.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005c_007c'><span><code class="code">\|</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_007c'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2225; Parallel (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\parallel</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005caleph'><span><code>\aleph</code><a href='#index-_005caleph' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005caleph'><span><code class="code">\aleph</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005caleph'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2135; Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005calpha'><span><code>\alpha</code><a href='#index-_005calpha' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005calpha'><span><code class="code">\alpha</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005calpha'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B1; Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005camalg'><span><code>\amalg</code><a href='#index-_005camalg' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005camalg'><span><code class="code">\amalg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005camalg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2A3F; Disjoint union (binary)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cangle'><span><code>\angle</code><a href='#index-_005cangle' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cangle'><span><code class="code">\angle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cangle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2220; Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than
-sign&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code> and angle bracket&nbsp;<code>\langle</code>.
+sign&nbsp;<code class="code">&lt;</code> and angle bracket&nbsp;<code class="code">\langle</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005capprox'><span><code>\approx</code><a href='#index-_005capprox' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005capprox'><span><code class="code">\approx</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005capprox'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2248; Almost equal to (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cast'><span><code>\ast</code><a href='#index-_005cast' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cast'><span><code class="code">\ast</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cast'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2217; Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed
-(binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or
-subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar:&nbsp;<code>\star</code>, which is
+(binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">*</code>, which is often a superscript or
+subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar:&nbsp;<code class="code">\star</code>, which is
five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and
sometimes reserved for cross-correlation.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005casymp'><span><code>\asymp</code><a href='#index-_005casymp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005casymp'><span><code class="code">\asymp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005casymp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x224D; Asymptotically equivalent (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbackslash'><span><code>\backslash</code><a href='#index-_005cbackslash' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus&nbsp;<code>\setminus</code>, and
-<code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode.
+<dt id='index-_005cbackslash'><span><code class="code">\backslash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbackslash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus&nbsp;<code class="code">\setminus</code>, and
+<code class="code">\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbeta'><span><code>\beta</code><a href='#index-_005cbeta' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbeta'><span><code class="code">\beta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbeta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B2; Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigcap'><span><code>\bigcap</code><a href='#index-_005cbigcap' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigcap'><span><code class="code">\bigcap</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigcap'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22C2; Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar:
-binary intersection&nbsp;<code>\cap</code>.
+binary intersection&nbsp;<code class="code">\cap</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigcirc'><span><code>\bigcirc</code><a href='#index-_005cbigcirc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigcirc'><span><code class="code">\bigcirc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigcirc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x26AA; Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function
-composition&nbsp;<code>\circ</code>.
+composition&nbsp;<code class="code">\circ</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigcup'><span><code>\bigcup</code><a href='#index-_005cbigcup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigcup'><span><code class="code">\bigcup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigcup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22C3; Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary
-union&nbsp;<code>\cup</code>.
+union&nbsp;<code class="code">\cup</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigodot'><span><code>\bigodot</code><a href='#index-_005cbigodot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigodot'><span><code class="code">\bigodot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigodot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2A00; Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigoplus'><span><code>\bigoplus</code><a href='#index-_005cbigoplus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigoplus'><span><code class="code">\bigoplus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigoplus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2A01; Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigotimes'><span><code>\bigotimes</code><a href='#index-_005cbigotimes' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigotimes'><span><code class="code">\bigotimes</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigotimes'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2A02; Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigtriangledown'><span><code>\bigtriangledown</code><a href='#index-_005cbigtriangledown' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x25BD; Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down
-(operator).
+<dt id='index-_005cbigtriangledown'><span><code class="code">\bigtriangledown</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigtriangledown'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25BD; Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
+pointing down (binary). Synonym: <var class="var">\varbigtriangledown</var>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigtriangleup'><span><code>\bigtriangleup</code><a href='#index-_005cbigtriangleup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x25B3; Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator).
+<dt id='index-_005cbigtriangleup'><span><code class="code">\bigtriangleup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigtriangleup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25B3; Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
+pointing up (binary). Synonym: <var class="var">\varbigtriangleup</var>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigsqcup'><span><code>\bigsqcup</code><a href='#index-_005cbigsqcup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigsqcup'><span><code class="code">\bigsqcup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigsqcup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2A06; Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbiguplus'><span><code>\biguplus</code><a href='#index-_005cbiguplus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbiguplus'><span><code class="code">\biguplus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbiguplus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2A04; Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus
(operator). (Note that the name has only one p.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigvee'><span><code>\bigvee</code><a href='#index-_005cbigvee' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigvee'><span><code class="code">\bigvee</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigvee'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22C1; Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigwedge'><span><code>\bigwedge</code><a href='#index-_005cbigwedge' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigwedge'><span><code class="code">\bigwedge</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigwedge'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22C0; Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbot'><span><code>\bot</code><a href='#index-_005cbot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbot'><span><code class="code">\bot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22A5;, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered
-set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also&nbsp;<code>\top</code>.
+set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also&nbsp;<code class="code">\top</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbowtie'><span><code>\bowtie</code><a href='#index-_005cbowtie' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cbowtie'><span><code class="code">\bowtie</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbowtie'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22C8; Natural join of two relations (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code>\Box</code><a href='#index-_005cBox' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code class="code">\Box</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cBox'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x25A1; Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
+(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code>\bullet</code><a href='#index-_005cbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-bullet-symbol"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code class="code">\bullet</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbullet'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bullet-symbol"></a>
<p>&#x2022; Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication
-dot&nbsp;<code>\cdot</code>.
+dot&nbsp;<code class="code">\cdot</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccap'><span><code>\cap</code><a href='#index-_005ccap' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccap'><span><code class="code">\cap</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccap'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2229; Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
-operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcap</code>.
+operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigcap</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccdot'><span><code>\cdot</code><a href='#index-_005ccdot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccdot'><span><code class="code">\cdot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccdot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22C5; Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet
-dot&nbsp;<code>\bullet</code>.
+dot&nbsp;<code class="code">\bullet</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cchi'><span><code>\chi</code><a href='#index-_005cchi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cchi'><span><code class="code">\chi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cchi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C7; Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccirc'><span><code>\circ</code><a href='#index-_005ccirc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccirc'><span><code class="code">\circ</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccirc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2218; Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar:
-variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcirc</code>.
+variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigcirc</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cclubsuit'><span><code>\clubsuit</code><a href='#index-_005cclubsuit' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cclubsuit'><span><code class="code">\clubsuit</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cclubsuit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2663; Club card suit (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code>\complement</code><a href='#index-_005ccomplement' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code class="code">\complement</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccomplement'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2201;, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
-<code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or&nbsp;<code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
+<code class="code">$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package. Also used:
+<code class="code">$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or&nbsp;<code class="code">$\bar{S}$</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccong'><span><code>\cong</code><a href='#index-_005ccong' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccong'><span><code class="code">\cong</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccong'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2245; Congruent (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccoprod'><span><code>\coprod</code><a href='#index-_005ccoprod' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccoprod'><span><code class="code">\coprod</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccoprod'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2210; Coproduct (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccup'><span><code>\cup</code><a href='#index-_005ccup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccup'><span><code class="code">\cup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x222A; Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
-operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcup</code>.
+operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigcup</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdagger'><span><code>\dagger</code><a href='#index-_005cdagger' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdagger'><span><code class="code">\dagger</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdagger'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2020; Dagger relation (binary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdashv'><span><code>\dashv</code><a href='#index-_005cdashv' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdashv'><span><code class="code">\dashv</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdashv'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22A3; Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar:
-turnstile&nbsp;<code>\vdash</code>.
+turnstile&nbsp;<code class="code">\vdash</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cddagger'><span><code>\ddagger</code><a href='#index-_005cddagger' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cddagger'><span><code class="code">\ddagger</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cddagger'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2021; Double dagger relation (binary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cDelta'><span><code>\Delta</code><a href='#index-_005cDelta' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cDelta'><span><code class="code">\Delta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDelta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x0394; Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdelta'><span><code>\delta</code><a href='#index-_005cdelta' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdelta'><span><code class="code">\delta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdelta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B4; Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code>\Diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cDiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
+<dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code class="code">\Diamond</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDiamond'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code>\diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code class="code">\diamond</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdiamond'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22C4; Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large
-diamond&nbsp;<code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet&nbsp;<code>\bullet</code>.
+diamond&nbsp;<code class="code">\Diamond</code>, circle bullet&nbsp;<code class="code">\bullet</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdiamondsuit'><span><code>\diamondsuit</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamondsuit' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdiamondsuit'><span><code class="code">\diamondsuit</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdiamondsuit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2662; Diamond card suit (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdiv'><span><code>\div</code><a href='#index-_005cdiv' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdiv'><span><code class="code">\div</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdiv'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x00F7; Division sign (binary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdoteq'><span><code>\doteq</code><a href='#index-_005cdoteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdoteq'><span><code class="code">\doteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdoteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2250; Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal
-to&nbsp;<code>\Doteq</code>.
+to&nbsp;<code class="code">\Doteq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdownarrow'><span><code>\downarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cdownarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdownarrow'><span><code class="code">\downarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdownarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2193; Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar:
-<code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow.
+<code class="code">\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cDownarrow'><span><code>\Downarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cDownarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cDownarrow'><span><code class="code">\Downarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDownarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21D3; Double line down arrow (relation). Similar:
-<code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow.
+<code class="code">\downarrow</code> single line down arrow.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cell'><span><code>\ell</code><a href='#index-_005cell' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cell'><span><code class="code">\ell</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cell'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2113; Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cemptyset'><span><code>\emptyset</code><a href='#index-_005cemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cemptyset'><span><code class="code">\emptyset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cemptyset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2205; Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is
-<code>\varnothing</code>.
+<code class="code">\varnothing</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cepsilon'><span><code>\epsilon</code><a href='#index-_005cepsilon' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cepsilon'><span><code class="code">\epsilon</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cepsilon'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03F5; Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to
Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small
-letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>&nbsp;&#x03B5;. Related:
-the set membership relation <code>\in</code>&nbsp;&#x2208;.
+letter epsilon <code class="code">\varepsilon</code>&nbsp;&#x03B5;. Related:
+the set membership relation <code class="code">\in</code>&nbsp;&#x2208;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cequiv'><span><code>\equiv</code><a href='#index-_005cequiv' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cequiv'><span><code class="code">\equiv</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cequiv'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2261; Equivalence (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ceta'><span><code>\eta</code><a href='#index-_005ceta' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ceta'><span><code class="code">\eta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ceta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B7; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cexists'><span><code>\exists</code><a href='#index-_005cexists' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cexists'><span><code class="code">\exists</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cexists'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2203; Existential quantifier (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cflat'><span><code>\flat</code><a href='#index-_005cflat' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cflat'><span><code class="code">\flat</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cflat'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x266D; Musical flat (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cforall'><span><code>\forall</code><a href='#index-_005cforall' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cforall'><span><code class="code">\forall</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cforall'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2200; Universal quantifier (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfrown'><span><code>\frown</code><a href='#index-_005cfrown' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cfrown'><span><code class="code">\frown</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfrown'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2322; Downward curving arc (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cGamma'><span><code>\Gamma</code><a href='#index-_005cGamma' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cGamma'><span><code class="code">\Gamma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cGamma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x0393; uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cgamma'><span><code>\gamma</code><a href='#index-_005cgamma' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cgamma'><span><code class="code">\gamma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgamma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B3; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cge'><span><code>\ge</code><a href='#index-_005cge' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cge'><span><code class="code">\ge</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cge'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2265; Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
-for&nbsp;<code>\geq</code>.
+for&nbsp;<code class="code">\geq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cgeq'><span><code>\geq</code><a href='#index-_005cgeq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cgeq'><span><code class="code">\geq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgeq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2265; Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
-for&nbsp;<code>\ge</code>.
+for&nbsp;<code class="code">\ge</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cgets'><span><code>\gets</code><a href='#index-_005cgets' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cgets'><span><code class="code">\gets</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgets'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2190; Is assigned the value (relation).
-Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\leftarrow</code>.
+Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\leftarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cgg'><span><code>\gg</code><a href='#index-_005cgg' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cgg'><span><code class="code">\gg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x226B; Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less
-than&nbsp;<code>\ll</code>.
+than&nbsp;<code class="code">\ll</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005chbar'><span><code>\hbar</code><a href='#index-_005chbar' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005chbar'><span><code class="code">\hbar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chbar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x210F; Planck constant over two pi (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cheartsuit'><span><code>\heartsuit</code><a href='#index-_005cheartsuit' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cheartsuit'><span><code class="code">\heartsuit</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cheartsuit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2661; Heart card suit (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005chookleftarrow'><span><code>\hookleftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005chookleftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005chookleftarrow'><span><code class="code">\hookleftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chookleftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21A9; Hooked left arrow (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005chookrightarrow'><span><code>\hookrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005chookrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005chookrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\hookrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chookrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21AA; Hooked right arrow (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ciff'><span><code>\iff</code><a href='#index-_005ciff' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x27F7; If and only if (relation). It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>
-with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side.
+<dt id='index-_005ciff'><span><code class="code">\iff</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ciff'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27F7; If and only if (relation). It is <code class="code">\Longleftrightarrow</code>
+with a <code class="code">\thickmuskip</code> on either side.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cIm'><span><code>\Im</code><a href='#index-_005cIm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2111; Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part&nbsp;<code>\Re</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cIm'><span><code class="code">\Im</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cIm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2111; Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part&nbsp;<code class="code">\Re</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cimath'><span><code>\imath</code><a href='#index-_005cimath' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dotless-i_002c-math"></span>
-<p>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (see <a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>).
+<dt id='index-_005cimath'><span><code class="code">\imath</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cimath'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dotless-i_002c-math"></a>
+<p>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (see <a class="pxref" href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cin'><span><code>\in</code><a href='#index-_005cin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cin'><span><code class="code">\in</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2208; Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate
-epsilon&nbsp;<code>\epsilon</code>&#x03F5; and small letter script
-epsilon&nbsp;<code>\varepsilon</code>.
+epsilon&nbsp;<code class="code">\epsilon</code>&#x03F5; and small letter script
+epsilon&nbsp;<code class="code">\varepsilon</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cinfty'><span><code>\infty</code><a href='#index-_005cinfty' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cinfty'><span><code class="code">\infty</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cinfty'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x221E; Infinity (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cint'><span><code>\int</code><a href='#index-_005cint' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cint'><span><code class="code">\int</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cint'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x222B; Integral (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ciota'><span><code>\iota</code><a href='#index-_005ciota' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ciota'><span><code class="code">\iota</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ciota'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B9; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cJoin'><span><code>\Join</code><a href='#index-_005cJoin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cJoin'><span><code class="code">\Join</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cJoin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2A1D; Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain
TeX.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cjmath'><span><code>\jmath</code><a href='#index-_005cjmath' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dotless-j_002c-math"></span>
-<p>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (see <a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>).
+<dt id='index-_005cjmath'><span><code class="code">\jmath</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cjmath'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dotless-j_002c-math"></a>
+<p>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (see <a class="pxref" href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ckappa'><span><code>\kappa</code><a href='#index-_005ckappa' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ckappa'><span><code class="code">\kappa</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ckappa'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03BA; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cLambda'><span><code>\Lambda</code><a href='#index-_005cLambda' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cLambda'><span><code class="code">\Lambda</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLambda'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x039B; uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clambda'><span><code>\lambda</code><a href='#index-_005clambda' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clambda'><span><code class="code">\lambda</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clambda'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03BB; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cland'><span><code>\land</code><a href='#index-_005cland' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2227; Logical and (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\wedge</code>.
-See also logical&nbsp;or&nbsp;<code>\lor</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cland'><span><code class="code">\land</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cland'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2227; Logical and (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\wedge</code>.
+See also logical&nbsp;or&nbsp;<code class="code">\lor</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clangle'><span><code>\langle</code><a href='#index-_005clangle' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clangle'><span><code class="code">\langle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clangle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x27E8; Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar:
-less-than&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\rangle</code>.
+less-than&nbsp;<code class="code">&lt;</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code class="code">\rangle</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clbrace'><span><code>\lbrace</code><a href='#index-_005clbrace' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clbrace'><span><code class="code">\lbrace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clbrace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x007B; Left curly brace
-(opening). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\{</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\rbrace</code>.
+(opening). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\{</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code class="code">\rbrace</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clbrack'><span><code>\lbrack</code><a href='#index-_005clbrack' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clbrack'><span><code class="code">\lbrack</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clbrack'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x005B; Left square bracket (opening).
-Synonym:&nbsp;<code>[</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\rbrack</code>.
+Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">[</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code class="code">\rbrack</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clceil'><span><code>\lceil</code><a href='#index-_005clceil' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clceil'><span><code class="code">\lceil</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clceil'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2308; Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom
-shaved off (opening). Matches&nbsp;<code>\rceil</code>.
+shaved off (opening). Matches&nbsp;<code class="code">\rceil</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cle'><span><code>\le</code><a href='#index-_005cle' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cle'><span><code class="code">\le</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2264; Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
-for&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
+for&nbsp;<code class="code">\leq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cleadsto'><span><code>\leadsto</code><a href='#index-_005cleadsto' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cleadsto'><span><code class="code">\leadsto</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleadsto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21DD; Squiggly right arrow (relation).
To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put
-<code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the
-preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead.
+<code class="code">\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the
+preamble and then use <code class="code">\Leadsto</code> instead.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cLeftarrow'><span><code>\Leftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cLeftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cLeftarrow'><span><code class="code">\Leftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLeftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21D0; Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar:
-single-line left arrow&nbsp;<code>\leftarrow</code>.
+single-line left arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\leftarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cleftarrow'><span><code>\leftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cleftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cleftarrow'><span><code class="code">\leftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2190; Single-line left arrow (relation).
-Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left
-arrow&nbsp;<code>\Leftarrow</code>.
+Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left
+arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Leftarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cleftharpoondown'><span><code>\leftharpoondown</code><a href='#index-_005cleftharpoondown' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cleftharpoondown'><span><code class="code">\leftharpoondown</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftharpoondown'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21BD; Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cleftharpoonup'><span><code>\leftharpoonup</code><a href='#index-_005cleftharpoonup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cleftharpoonup'><span><code class="code">\leftharpoonup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftharpoonup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21BC; Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cLeftrightarrow'><span><code>\Leftrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cLeftrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cLeftrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\Leftrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLeftrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21D4; Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation).
-Similar: single-line double headed arrow&nbsp;<code>\leftrightarrow</code>.
+Similar: single-line double headed arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\leftrightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cleftrightarrow'><span><code>\leftrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cleftrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cleftrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\leftrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2194; Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar:
-double-line double headed arrow&nbsp;<code>\Leftrightarrow</code>.
+double-line double headed arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Leftrightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cleq'><span><code>\leq</code><a href='#index-_005cleq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cleq'><span><code class="code">\leq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2264; Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
-for&nbsp;<code>\le</code>.
+for&nbsp;<code class="code">\le</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clfloor'><span><code>\lfloor</code><a href='#index-_005clfloor' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x230A; Left floor bracket (opening). Matches:&nbsp;<code>\floor</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005clfloor'><span><code class="code">\lfloor</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clfloor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x230A; Left floor bracket (opening). Matches:&nbsp;<code class="code">\floor</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code>\lhd</code><a href='#index-_005clhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code class="code">\lhd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clhd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code class="code">amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cll'><span><code>\ll</code><a href='#index-_005cll' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cll'><span><code class="code">\ll</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cll'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x226A; Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater
-than&nbsp;<code>\gg</code>.
+than&nbsp;<code class="code">\gg</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clnot'><span><code>\lnot</code><a href='#index-_005clnot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x00AC; Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\neg</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005clnot'><span><code class="code">\lnot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clnot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x00AC; Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\neg</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clongleftarrow'><span><code>\longleftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005clongleftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clongleftarrow'><span><code class="code">\longleftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clongleftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x27F5; Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long
-double-line left arrow&nbsp;<code>\Longleftarrow</code>.
+double-line left arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Longleftarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clongleftrightarrow'><span><code>\longleftrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005clongleftrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clongleftrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\longleftrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clongleftrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x27F7; Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long
-double-line double-headed arrow&nbsp;<code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>.
+double-line double-headed arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Longleftrightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clongmapsto'><span><code>\longmapsto</code><a href='#index-_005clongmapsto' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clongmapsto'><span><code class="code">\longmapsto</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clongmapsto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x27FC; Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
-(relation). Similar: shorter version&nbsp;<code>\mapsto</code>.
+(relation). Similar: shorter version&nbsp;<code class="code">\mapsto</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clongrightarrow'><span><code>\longrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005clongrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clongrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\longrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clongrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x27F6; Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long
-double-line right arrow&nbsp;<code>\Longrightarrow</code>.
+double-line right arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Longrightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clor'><span><code>\lor</code><a href='#index-_005clor' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2228; Logical or (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\vee</code>.
-See also logical&nbsp;and&nbsp;<code>\land</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005clor'><span><code class="code">\lor</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2228; Logical or (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\vee</code>.
+See also logical&nbsp;and&nbsp;<code class="code">\land</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmapsto'><span><code>\mapsto</code><a href='#index-_005cmapsto' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmapsto'><span><code class="code">\mapsto</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmapsto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21A6; Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
(relation).
-Similar: longer version&nbsp;<code>\longmapsto</code>.
+Similar: longer version&nbsp;<code class="code">\longmapsto</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmho'><span><code>\mho</code><a href='#index-_005cmho' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmho'><span><code class="code">\mho</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmho'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2127; Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmid'><span><code>\mid</code><a href='#index-_005cmid' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmid'><span><code class="code">\mid</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmid'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2223; Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of
-<code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>.
+<code class="code">\mid</code> is for a set <code class="code">\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>.
</p>
-<p>Similar: <code>\vert</code> and&nbsp;<code>|</code> produce the same single-line
+<p>Similar: <code class="code">\vert</code> and&nbsp;<code class="code">|</code> produce the same single-line
vertical bar symbol but without any spacing (they fall in class
ordinary) and you should not use them as relations but instead only as
ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry
-for&nbsp;<code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for&nbsp;<code>\Vert</code>.
+for&nbsp;<code class="code">\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for&nbsp;<code class="code">\Vert</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmodels'><span><code>\models</code><a href='#index-_005cmodels' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmodels'><span><code class="code">\models</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmodels'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22A8; Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash
-(relation). Similar: long double dash&nbsp;<code>\vDash</code>.
+(relation). Similar: long double dash&nbsp;<code class="code">\vDash</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmp'><span><code>\mp</code><a href='#index-_005cmp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmp'><span><code class="code">\mp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2213; Minus or plus (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmu'><span><code>\mu</code><a href='#index-_005cmu' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmu'><span><code class="code">\mu</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmu'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03BC; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnabla'><span><code>\nabla</code><a href='#index-_005cnabla' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cnabla'><span><code class="code">\nabla</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnabla'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2207; Hamilton&rsquo;s del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnatural'><span><code>\natural</code><a href='#index-_005cnatural' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cnatural'><span><code class="code">\natural</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnatural'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x266E; Musical natural notation (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cne'><span><code>\ne</code><a href='#index-_005cne' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2260; Not equal (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\neq</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cne'><span><code class="code">\ne</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cne'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2260; Not equal (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\neq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnearrow'><span><code>\nearrow</code><a href='#index-_005cnearrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cnearrow'><span><code class="code">\nearrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnearrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2197; North-east arrow (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cneg'><span><code>\neg</code><a href='#index-_005cneg' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cneg'><span><code class="code">\neg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cneg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x00AC; Logical negation (ordinary).
-Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for
-negation:&nbsp;<code>\sim</code>.
+Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for
+negation:&nbsp;<code class="code">\sim</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cneq'><span><code>\neq</code><a href='#index-_005cneq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2260; Not equal (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\ne</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cneq'><span><code class="code">\neq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cneq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2260; Not equal (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\ne</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cni'><span><code>\ni</code><a href='#index-_005cni' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cni'><span><code class="code">\ni</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cni'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x220B; Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
-(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member
-of&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
+(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\owns</code>. Similar: is a member
+of&nbsp;<code class="code">\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnot'><span><code>\not</code><a href='#index-_005cnot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cnot'><span><code class="code">\not</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x0020;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a
following operator (relation).
</p>
-<p>Many negated operators are available that don&rsquo;t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
-is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
+<p>Many negated operators are available that don&rsquo;t require <code class="code">\not</code>,
+particularly with the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package. For example, <code class="code">\notin</code>
+is typographically preferable to <code class="code">\not\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnotin'><span><code>\notin</code><a href='#index-_005cnotin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cnotin'><span><code class="code">\notin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnotin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2209; Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset
-of&nbsp;<code>\nsubseteq</code>.
+of&nbsp;<code class="code">\nsubseteq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnu'><span><code>\nu</code><a href='#index-_005cnu' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cnu'><span><code class="code">\nu</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnu'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03BD; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnwarrow'><span><code>\nwarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cnwarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cnwarrow'><span><code class="code">\nwarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnwarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2196; North-west arrow (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005codot'><span><code>\odot</code><a href='#index-_005codot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005codot'><span><code class="code">\odot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005codot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2299; Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
-operator&nbsp;<code>\bigodot</code>.
+operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigodot</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005coint'><span><code>\oint</code><a href='#index-_005coint' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005coint'><span><code class="code">\oint</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coint'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x222E; Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle
(operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cOmega'><span><code>\Omega</code><a href='#index-_005cOmega' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cOmega'><span><code class="code">\Omega</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cOmega'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03A9; uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005comega'><span><code>\omega</code><a href='#index-_005comega' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005comega'><span><code class="code">\omega</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005comega'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C9; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cominus'><span><code>\ominus</code><a href='#index-_005cominus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cominus'><span><code class="code">\ominus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cominus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2296; Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005coplus'><span><code>\oplus</code><a href='#index-_005coplus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005coplus'><span><code class="code">\oplus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coplus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2295; Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
-operator&nbsp;<code>\bigoplus</code>.
+operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigoplus</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005coslash'><span><code>\oslash</code><a href='#index-_005coslash' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005coslash'><span><code class="code">\oslash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coslash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2298; Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cotimes'><span><code>\otimes</code><a href='#index-_005cotimes' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cotimes'><span><code class="code">\otimes</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cotimes'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2297; Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar:
-variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code>\bigotimes</code>.
+variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigotimes</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cowns'><span><code>\owns</code><a href='#index-_005cowns' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cowns'><span><code class="code">\owns</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cowns'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x220B; Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
-(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member
-of&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
+(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\ni</code>. Similar: is a member
+of&nbsp;<code class="code">\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cparallel'><span><code>\parallel</code><a href='#index-_005cparallel' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2225; Parallel (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\|</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cparallel'><span><code class="code">\parallel</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cparallel'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2225; Parallel (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\|</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpartial'><span><code>\partial</code><a href='#index-_005cpartial' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cpartial'><span><code class="code">\partial</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpartial'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2202; Partial differential (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cperp'><span><code>\perp</code><a href='#index-_005cperp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x27C2; Perpendicular (relation). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\bot</code> uses the
+<dt id='index-_005cperp'><span><code class="code">\perp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cperp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27C2; Perpendicular (relation). Similar:&nbsp;<code class="code">\bot</code> uses the
same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class
ordinary.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cPhi'><span><code>\Phi</code><a href='#index-_005cPhi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cPhi'><span><code class="code">\Phi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPhi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03A6; Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cphi'><span><code>\phi</code><a href='#index-_005cphi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cphi'><span><code class="code">\phi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cphi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03D5; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
-<code>\varphi</code>&nbsp;&#x03C6;.
+<code class="code">\varphi</code>&nbsp;&#x03C6;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cPi'><span><code>\Pi</code><a href='#index-_005cPi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cPi'><span><code class="code">\Pi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03A0; uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpi'><span><code>\pi</code><a href='#index-_005cpi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cpi'><span><code class="code">\pi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C0; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
-<code>\varpi</code>&nbsp;&#x03D6;.
+<code class="code">\varpi</code>&nbsp;&#x03D6;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpm'><span><code>\pm</code><a href='#index-_005cpm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cpm'><span><code class="code">\pm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x00B1; Plus or minus (binary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cprec'><span><code>\prec</code><a href='#index-_005cprec' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x227A; Precedes (relation). Similar: less than&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cprec'><span><code class="code">\prec</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cprec'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x227A; Precedes (relation). Similar: less than&nbsp;<code class="code">&lt;</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpreceq'><span><code>\preceq</code><a href='#index-_005cpreceq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cpreceq'><span><code class="code">\preceq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpreceq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2AAF; Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or
-equals&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
+equals&nbsp;<code class="code">\leq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cprime'><span><code>\prime</code><a href='#index-_005cprime' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cprime'><span><code class="code">\prime</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cprime'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2032; Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary).
-Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code>
-and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second
-is that <code>$f'''$</code> produces the desired symbol, that is, the same
-result as <code>$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</code>, but uses rather less
-typing. You can only use <code>\prime</code> in math mode. Using the right
-single quote&nbsp;<code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character
+Typically used as a superscript: <code class="code">$f^\prime$</code>; <code class="code">$f^\prime$</code>
+and <code class="code">$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second
+is that <code class="code">$f'''$</code> produces the desired symbol, that is, the same
+result as <code class="code">$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</code>, but uses rather less
+typing. You can only use <code class="code">\prime</code> in math mode. Using the right
+single quote&nbsp;<code class="code">'</code> in text mode produces a different character
(apostrophe).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cprod'><span><code>\prod</code><a href='#index-_005cprod' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cprod'><span><code class="code">\prod</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cprod'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x220F; Product (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpropto'><span><code>\propto</code><a href='#index-_005cpropto' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cpropto'><span><code class="code">\propto</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpropto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x221D; Is proportional to (relation)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cPsi'><span><code>\Psi</code><a href='#index-_005cPsi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cPsi'><span><code class="code">\Psi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPsi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03A8; uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpsi'><span><code>\psi</code><a href='#index-_005cpsi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cpsi'><span><code class="code">\psi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpsi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C8; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crangle'><span><code>\rangle</code><a href='#index-_005crangle' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crangle'><span><code class="code">\rangle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crangle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x27E9; Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing).
-Similar: greater than&nbsp;<code>&gt;</code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>.
+Similar: greater than&nbsp;<code class="code">&gt;</code>. Matches:<code class="code">\langle</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crbrace'><span><code>\rbrace</code><a href='#index-_005crbrace' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crbrace'><span><code class="code">\rbrace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crbrace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x007D; Right curly brace
-(closing). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\}</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\lbrace</code>.
+(closing). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\}</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code class="code">\lbrace</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crbrack'><span><code>\rbrack</code><a href='#index-_005crbrack' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crbrack'><span><code class="code">\rbrack</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crbrack'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x005D; Right square bracket
-(closing). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>]</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\lbrack</code>.
+(closing). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">]</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code class="code">\lbrack</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crceil'><span><code>\rceil</code><a href='#index-_005crceil' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2309; Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches&nbsp;<code>\lceil</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005crceil'><span><code class="code">\rceil</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crceil'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2309; Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches&nbsp;<code class="code">\lceil</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cRe'><span><code>\Re</code><a href='#index-_005cRe' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cRe'><span><code class="code">\Re</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRe'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x211C; Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related:
-double-line, or blackboard bold, R&nbsp;<code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access
-this, load the <code>amsfonts</code> package.
+double-line, or blackboard bold, R&nbsp;<code class="code">\mathbb{R}</code>; to access
+this, load the <code class="code">amsfonts</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code>\restriction</code><a href='#index-_005crestriction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code class="code">\restriction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crestriction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21BE;, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
+<code class="code">\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code>\revemptyset</code><a href='#index-_005crevemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code class="code">\revemptyset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crevemptyset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x29B0;, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related:
-<code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>stix</samp> package.
+<code class="code">\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp class="file">stix</samp> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crfloor'><span><code>\rfloor</code><a href='#index-_005crfloor' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crfloor'><span><code class="code">\rfloor</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crfloor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x230B; Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut
-off (closing). Matches&nbsp;<code>\lfloor</code>.
+off (closing). Matches&nbsp;<code class="code">\lfloor</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code>\rhd</code><a href='#index-_005crhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code class="code">\rhd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crhd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code class="code">amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crho'><span><code>\rho</code><a href='#index-_005crho' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crho'><span><code class="code">\rho</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crho'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C1; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
-<code>\varrho</code>&nbsp;&#x03F1;.
+<code class="code">\varrho</code>&nbsp;&#x03F1;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cRightarrow'><span><code>\Rightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cRightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cRightarrow'><span><code class="code">\Rightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21D2; Implies, right-pointing double line arrow
-(relation). Similar: right single-line arrow&nbsp;<code>\rightarrow</code>.
+(relation). Similar: right single-line arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\rightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crightarrow'><span><code>\rightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005crightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crightarrow'><span><code class="code">\rightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2192; Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
-Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line
-arrow&nbsp;<code>\Rightarrow</code>.
+Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\to</code>. Similar: right double line
+arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Rightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crightharpoondown'><span><code>\rightharpoondown</code><a href='#index-_005crightharpoondown' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crightharpoondown'><span><code class="code">\rightharpoondown</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightharpoondown'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21C1; Right-pointing harpoon with barb below
the line (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crightharpoonup'><span><code>\rightharpoonup</code><a href='#index-_005crightharpoonup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crightharpoonup'><span><code class="code">\rightharpoonup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightharpoonup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21C0; Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the
line (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crightleftharpoons'><span><code>\rightleftharpoons</code><a href='#index-_005crightleftharpoons' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005crightleftharpoons'><span><code class="code">\rightleftharpoons</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightleftharpoons'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21CC; Right harpoon up above left harpoon down
(relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csearrow'><span><code>\searrow</code><a href='#index-_005csearrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csearrow'><span><code class="code">\searrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csearrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2198; Arrow pointing southeast (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csetminus'><span><code>\setminus</code><a href='#index-_005csetminus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csetminus'><span><code class="code">\setminus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csetminus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x29F5; Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash,
-like \ (binary). Similar: backslash&nbsp;<code>\backslash</code> and also
-<code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode.
+like \ (binary). Similar: backslash&nbsp;<code class="code">\backslash</code> and also
+<code class="code">\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csharp'><span><code>\sharp</code><a href='#index-_005csharp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csharp'><span><code class="code">\sharp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csharp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x266F; Musical sharp (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cSigma'><span><code>\Sigma</code><a href='#index-_005cSigma' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cSigma'><span><code class="code">\Sigma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cSigma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03A3; uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csigma'><span><code>\sigma</code><a href='#index-_005csigma' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csigma'><span><code class="code">\sigma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csigma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C3; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
-<code>\varsigma</code>&nbsp;&#x03C2;.
+<code class="code">\varsigma</code>&nbsp;&#x03C2;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csim'><span><code>\sim</code><a href='#index-_005csim' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csim'><span><code class="code">\sim</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csim'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x223C; Similar, in a relation (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csimeq'><span><code>\simeq</code><a href='#index-_005csimeq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csimeq'><span><code class="code">\simeq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csimeq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2243; Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csmallint'><span><code>\smallint</code><a href='#index-_005csmallint' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csmallint'><span><code class="code">\smallint</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csmallint'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x222B; Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a
display (operator).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csmile'><span><code>\smile</code><a href='#index-_005csmile' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csmile'><span><code class="code">\smile</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csmile'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2323; Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cspadesuit'><span><code>\spadesuit</code><a href='#index-_005cspadesuit' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cspadesuit'><span><code class="code">\spadesuit</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cspadesuit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2660; Spade card suit (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csqcap'><span><code>\sqcap</code><a href='#index-_005csqcap' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csqcap'><span><code class="code">\sqcap</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqcap'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2293; Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar:
-intersection&nbsp;<code>cap</code>.
+intersection&nbsp;<code class="code">cap</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csqcup'><span><code>\sqcup</code><a href='#index-_005csqcup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csqcup'><span><code class="code">\sqcup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqcup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2294; Square union symbol (binary). Similar:
-union&nbsp;<code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized
-operator&nbsp;<code>\bigsqcup</code>.
+union&nbsp;<code class="code">cup</code>. Related: variable-sized
+operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigsqcup</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code>\sqsubset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code class="code">\sqsubset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqsubset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x228F;, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
+subset&nbsp;<code class="code">\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code>\sqsubseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code class="code">\sqsubseteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqsubseteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2291; Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
-equal to&nbsp;<code>\subseteq</code>.
+equal to&nbsp;<code class="code">\subseteq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code>\sqsupset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code class="code">\sqsupset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqsupset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2290;, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
+superset&nbsp;<code class="code">\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code>\sqsupseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code class="code">\sqsupseteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqsupseteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2292; Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
-Similar: superset or equal&nbsp;<code>\supseteq</code>.
+Similar: superset or equal&nbsp;<code class="code">\supseteq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cstar'><span><code>\star</code><a href='#index-_005cstar' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cstar'><span><code class="code">\star</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cstar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22C6; Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary
operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary).
-Similar: the synonyms asterisk&nbsp;<code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which
+Similar: the synonyms asterisk&nbsp;<code class="code">*</code> and <code class="code">\ast</code>, which
are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript,
as with the Kleene star.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csubset'><span><code>\subset</code><a href='#index-_005csubset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csubset'><span><code class="code">\subset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csubset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2282; Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csubseteq'><span><code>\subseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csubseteq'><span><code class="code">\subseteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csubseteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2286; Subset or equal to (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csucc'><span><code>\succ</code><a href='#index-_005csucc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csucc'><span><code class="code">\succ</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csucc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x227B; Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less
-than&nbsp;<code>&gt;</code>.
+than&nbsp;<code class="code">&gt;</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csucceq'><span><code>\succeq</code><a href='#index-_005csucceq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csucceq'><span><code class="code">\succeq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csucceq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2AB0; Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less
-than or equal to&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
+than or equal to&nbsp;<code class="code">\leq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csum'><span><code>\sum</code><a href='#index-_005csum' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csum'><span><code class="code">\sum</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csum'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2211; Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital
-sigma&nbsp;<code>\Sigma</code>.
+sigma&nbsp;<code class="code">\Sigma</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csupset'><span><code>\supset</code><a href='#index-_005csupset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csupset'><span><code class="code">\supset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csupset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2283; Superset (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csupseteq'><span><code>\supseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csupseteq'><span><code class="code">\supseteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csupseteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2287; Superset or equal to (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csurd'><span><code>\surd</code><a href='#index-_005csurd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csurd'><span><code class="code">\surd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csurd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x221A; Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command
-<code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar
+<code class="code">\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar
that extends to cover the argument.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cswarrow'><span><code>\swarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cswarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cswarrow'><span><code class="code">\swarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cswarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2199; Southwest-pointing arrow (relation).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctau'><span><code>\tau</code><a href='#index-_005ctau' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctau'><span><code class="code">\tau</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctau'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C4; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctheta'><span><code>\theta</code><a href='#index-_005ctheta' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctheta'><span><code class="code">\theta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctheta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B8; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
-<code>\vartheta</code>&nbsp;&#x03D1;.
+<code class="code">\vartheta</code>&nbsp;&#x03D1;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctimes'><span><code>\times</code><a href='#index-_005ctimes' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctimes'><span><code class="code">\times</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctimes'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x00D7; Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See
-also&nbsp;<code>\cdot</code>.
+also&nbsp;<code class="code">\cdot</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cto'><span><code>\to</code><a href='#index-_005cto' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cto'><span><code class="code">\to</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2192; Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
-Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\rightarrow</code>.
+Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\rightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctop'><span><code>\top</code><a href='#index-_005ctop' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctop'><span><code class="code">\top</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctop'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22A4; Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set
-(ordinary). See also&nbsp;<code>\bot</code>.
+(ordinary). See also&nbsp;<code class="code">\bot</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctriangle'><span><code>\triangle</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangle' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctriangle'><span><code class="code">\triangle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctriangle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x25B3; Triangle (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code>\triangleleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleleft' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code class="code">\triangleleft</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctriangleleft'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x25C1; Not-filled triangle pointing left
-(binary). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+(binary). Similar:&nbsp;<code class="code">\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
+should load <code class="code">amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartriangleleft</code> (which
is a relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code>\triangleright</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code class="code">\triangleright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctriangleright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x25B7; Not-filled triangle pointing right
(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code class="code">amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code>\unlhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunlhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code class="code">\unlhd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cunlhd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22B4; Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
-use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
+normal subgroup symbol load <code class="code">amssymb</code> and
+use&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code>\unrhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunrhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code class="code">\unrhd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cunrhd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22B5; Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
-use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
+normal subgroup symbol load <code class="code">amssymb</code> and
+use&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cUparrow'><span><code>\Uparrow</code><a href='#index-_005cUparrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cUparrow'><span><code class="code">\Uparrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cUparrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21D1; Double-line upward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing
-arrow&nbsp;<code>\uparrow</code>.
+arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\uparrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cuparrow'><span><code>\uparrow</code><a href='#index-_005cuparrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cuparrow'><span><code class="code">\uparrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cuparrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2191; Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges
(relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing
-arrow&nbsp;<code>\Uparrow</code>.
+arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Uparrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cUpdownarrow'><span><code>\Updownarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cUpdownarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cUpdownarrow'><span><code class="code">\Updownarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cUpdownarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21D5; Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing
-arrow&nbsp;<code>\updownarrow</code>.
+arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\updownarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cupdownarrow'><span><code>\updownarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cupdownarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cupdownarrow'><span><code class="code">\updownarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cupdownarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2195; Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing
-arrow&nbsp;<code>\Updownarrow</code>.
+arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Updownarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code>\upharpoonright</code><a href='#index-_005cupharpoonright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code class="code">\upharpoonright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cupharpoonright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x21BE;, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
-(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
+(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\restriction</code>.
+Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code>\uplus</code><a href='#index-_005cuplus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code class="code">\uplus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cuplus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x228E; Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
-the middle (binary). Similar: union&nbsp;<code>\cup</code>. Related:
-variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code>\biguplus</code>.
+the middle (binary). Similar: union&nbsp;<code class="code">\cup</code>. Related:
+variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\biguplus</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cUpsilon'><span><code>\Upsilon</code><a href='#index-_005cUpsilon' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cUpsilon'><span><code class="code">\Upsilon</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cUpsilon'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03A5; uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cupsilon'><span><code>\upsilon</code><a href='#index-_005cupsilon' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cupsilon'><span><code class="code">\upsilon</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cupsilon'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C5; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvarepsilon'><span><code>\varepsilon</code><a href='#index-_005cvarepsilon' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvarepsilon'><span><code class="code">\varepsilon</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarepsilon'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B5; Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is
more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form
-<code>\epsilon</code>&nbsp;&#x03F5;. Related: set
-membership&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
+<code class="code">\epsilon</code>&nbsp;&#x03F5;. Related: set
+membership&nbsp;<code class="code">\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code>\vanothing</code><a href='#index-_005cvanothing' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2205;, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
+<dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code class="code">\vanothing</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvanothing'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2205;, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code class="code">\emptyset</code>. Related:
+<code class="code">\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code class="code">amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code>\varphi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarphi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code class="code">\varphi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarphi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C6; Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code>&nbsp;&#x03D5;.
+The non-variant form is <code class="code">\phi</code>&nbsp;&#x03D5;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvarpi'><span><code>\varpi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarpi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvarpi'><span><code class="code">\varpi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarpi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03D6; Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code>&nbsp;&#x03C0;.
+The non-variant form is <code class="code">\pi</code>&nbsp;&#x03C0;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvarrho'><span><code>\varrho</code><a href='#index-_005cvarrho' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvarrho'><span><code class="code">\varrho</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarrho'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03F1; Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code>&nbsp;&#x03C1;.
+The non-variant form is <code class="code">\rho</code>&nbsp;&#x03C1;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvarsigma'><span><code>\varsigma</code><a href='#index-_005cvarsigma' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvarsigma'><span><code class="code">\varsigma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarsigma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03C2; Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
(ordinary). The non-variant form is
-<code>\sigma</code>&nbsp;&#x03C3;.
+<code class="code">\sigma</code>&nbsp;&#x03C3;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvartheta'><span><code>\vartheta</code><a href='#index-_005cvartheta' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvartheta'><span><code class="code">\vartheta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvartheta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03D1; Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
(ordinary). The non-variant form is
-<code>\theta</code>&nbsp;&#x03B8;.
+<code class="code">\theta</code>&nbsp;&#x03B8;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvdash'><span><code>\vdash</code><a href='#index-_005cvdash' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvdash'><span><code class="code">\vdash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvdash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x22A2; Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash
(relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a
-half-circle&nbsp;<code>\dashv</code>.
+half-circle&nbsp;<code class="code">\dashv</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvee'><span><code>\vee</code><a href='#index-_005cvee' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvee'><span><code class="code">\vee</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvee'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2228; Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related:
-logical and&nbsp;<code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized
-operator&nbsp;<code>\bigvee</code>.
+logical and&nbsp;<code class="code">\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized
+operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigvee</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cVert'><span><code>\Vert</code><a href='#index-_005cVert' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2016; Vertical double bar (ordinary). See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>,
-for how to use the <code>mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized
+<dt id='index-_005cVert'><span><code class="code">\Vert</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cVert'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2016; Vertical double bar (ordinary). See <a class="xref" href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>,
+for how to use the <code class="code">mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized
norm symbols.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvert'><span><code>\vert</code><a href='#index-_005cvert' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cvert'><span><code class="code">\vert</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvert'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x007C; Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For &ldquo;such
-that&rdquo;, as in the definition of a set, use&nbsp;<code>\mid</code> because it
-is a relation. See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for how to use the <code>mathtools</code>
+that&rdquo;, as in the definition of a set, use&nbsp;<code class="code">\mid</code> because it
+is a relation. See <a class="xref" href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for how to use the <code class="code">mathtools</code>
package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cwedge'><span><code>\wedge</code><a href='#index-_005cwedge' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x2227; Logical and (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\land</code>. See also
-logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized
-operator&nbsp;<code>\bigwedge</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cwedge'><span><code class="code">\wedge</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwedge'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2227; Logical and (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code class="code">\land</code>. See also
+logical or <code class="code">\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized
+operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigwedge</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cwp'><span><code>\wp</code><a href='#index-_005cwp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cwp'><span><code class="code">\wp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2118; Weierstrass p (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cwr'><span><code>\wr</code><a href='#index-_005cwr' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cwr'><span><code class="code">\wr</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwr'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x2240; Wreath product (binary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cXi'><span><code>\Xi</code><a href='#index-_005cXi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cXi'><span><code class="code">\Xi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cXi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x039E; uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cxi'><span><code>\xi</code><a href='#index-_005cxi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cxi'><span><code class="code">\xi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cxi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03BE; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005czeta'><span><code>\zeta</code><a href='#index-_005czeta' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005czeta'><span><code class="code">\zeta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005czeta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>&#x03B6; Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</p>
</dd>
@@ -14617,24 +14660,24 @@ operator&nbsp;<code>\bigwedge</code>.
<p>The following symbols are most often used in plain text but LaTeX
provides versions to use in mathematical text.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cmathdollar'><span><code>\mathdollar</code><a href='#index-_005cmathdollar' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cmathdollar'><span><code class="code">\mathdollar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathdollar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Dollar sign in math mode: $.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathparagraph'><span><code>\mathparagraph</code><a href='#index-_005cmathparagraph' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathparagraph'><span><code class="code">\mathparagraph</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathparagraph'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, &#x00B6;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathsection'><span><code>\mathsection</code><a href='#index-_005cmathsection' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Section sign in math mode &#x00A7;.
+<dt id='index-_005cmathsection'><span><code class="code">\mathsection</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathsection'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Section sign in math mode: &#x00A7;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathsterling'><span><code>\mathsterling</code><a href='#index-_005cmathsterling' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathsterling'><span><code class="code">\mathsterling</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathsterling'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Sterling sign in math mode: &pound;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathunderscore'><span><code>\mathunderscore</code><a href='#index-_005cmathunderscore' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathunderscore'><span><code class="code">\mathunderscore</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathunderscore'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Underscore in math mode: _.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -14642,9 +14685,9 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text.
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Arrows" accesskey="1">Arrows</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="2"><code>\boldmath</code> &amp; <code>\unboldmath</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> &amp; <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="3">Blackboard bold</a></li>
<li><a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="4">Calligraphic</a></li>
<li><a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="5">Delimiters</a></li>
@@ -14652,155 +14695,215 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text.
<li><a href="#Greek-letters" accesskey="7">Greek letters</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="Arrows">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Arrows">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\boldmath</code> &amp; <code>\unboldmath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> &amp; <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Arrows-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.1 Arrows</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Arrows-1">16.2.1 Arrows</h4>
-<span id="index-arrows"></span>
-<span id="index-symbols_002c-arrows"></span>
-<span id="index-math_002c-arrows"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-arrows"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-symbols_002c-arrows"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math_002c-arrows"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsfonts-1"></span>
-<span id="index-amsfonts-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsfonts-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsfonts-package-1"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-latexsym"></span>
-<span id="index-latexsym-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-latexsym"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-latexsym-package"></a>
<p>These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The
-<code>latexsym</code> and <code>amsfonts</code> packages contain many more.
+<code class="code">latexsym</code> and <code class="code">amsfonts</code> packages contain many more.
</p>
-<table>
+<table class="multitable">
<thead><tr><th width="10%">Symbol</th><th width="40%">Command</th><th width="50%"></th></tr></thead>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D3;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Downarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02193;</td><td width="40%"><code>\downarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021A9;</td><td width="40%"><code>\hookleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021AA;</td><td width="40%"><code>\hookrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x2190;</td><td width="40%"><code>\leftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D0;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Leftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D4;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Leftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02194;</td><td width="40%"><code>\leftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F5;</td><td width="40%"><code>\longleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F8;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Longleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F7;</td><td width="40%"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x027FA;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Longleftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x027FC;</td><td width="40%"><code>\longmapsto</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F9;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Longrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F6;</td><td width="40%"><code>\longrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021A6;</td><td width="40%"><code>\mapsto</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02197;</td><td width="40%"><code>\nearrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02196;</td><td width="40%"><code>\nwarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D2;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Rightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02192;</td><td width="40%"><code>\rightarrow</code>, or <code>\to</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02198;</td><td width="40%"><code>\searrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02199;</td><td width="40%"><code>\swarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02191;</td><td width="40%"><code>\uparrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D1;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Uparrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x02195;</td><td width="40%"><code>\updownarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D5;</td><td width="40%"><code>\Updownarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tbody><tr><td width="10%">&#x021D3;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Downarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02193;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\downarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021A9;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\hookleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021AA;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\hookrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x2190;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\leftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D0;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Leftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D4;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Leftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02194;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\leftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F5;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\longleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F8;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Longleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F7;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\longleftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027FA;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Longleftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027FC;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\longmapsto</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F9;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Longrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F6;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\longrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021A6;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\mapsto</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02197;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\nearrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02196;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\nwarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D2;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Rightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02192;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\rightarrow</code>, or <code class="code">\to</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02198;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\searrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02199;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\swarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02191;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\uparrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D1;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Uparrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02195;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\updownarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D5;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Updownarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<p>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code>
-is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
+<p>An example of the difference between <code class="code">\to</code> and <code class="code">\mapsto</code>
+is: <code class="code">\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amscd"></span>
-<span id="index-amscd-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amscd"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amscd-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd"></span>
-<span id="index-tikz_002dcd-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tikz_002dcd-package"></a>
<p>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
-<code>tikz-cd</code> and <code>amscd</code>.
+<code class="code">tikz-cd</code> and <code class="code">amscd</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="n" rel="next">Blackboard bold</a>, Previous: <a href="#Arrows" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Arrows</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.2 <code>\boldmath</code> &amp; <code>\unboldmath</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath-1">16.2.2 <code class="code">\boldmath</code> &amp; <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></h4>
-<span id="index-boldface-mathematics"></span>
-<span id="index-symbols_002c-boldface"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cboldmath"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cunboldmath"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cboldmath"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cunboldmath"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cboldmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cunboldmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-boldface-mathematics"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathematics_002c-boldface"></a>
<p>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\boldmath \( <var>math</var> \)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\boldmath \( <var class="var">math</var> \)
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\unboldmath \( <var class="var">math</var> \)
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005cboldmath-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cunboldmath-1"></span>
-<p>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cboldmath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cunboldmath-1"></a>
+<p>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var class="var">math</var> to be in
a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular
-(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display
-math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). Both commands are fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+(non-bold) default, respectively. They must be used when <em class="emph">not</em> in
+math mode or display math mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>). Both commands are
+fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>In this example each <code>\boldmath</code> command takes place inside an
-<code>\mbox</code>,
+<p>In this example each <code class="code">\boldmath</code> command takes place inside an
+<code class="code">\mbox</code>,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$
+<pre class="example-preformatted">we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$
</pre></div>
-<p>which means <code>\boldmath</code> is only called in a text mode, here LR
-mode, and explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set <code>v</code>
-and <code>u</code>.
+<p>which means <code class="code">\boldmath</code> is only called in a text mode, here LR
+mode, and explains why we must switch LaTeX into math mode to set
+<code class="code">v</code> and <code class="code">u</code>.
</p>
-<p>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <code>Trouble: \(
-\boldmath x \)</code>, then you get something like &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Font Warning:
-Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX
-Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line
-11</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <code class="code">Trouble: \(
+\boldmath x \)</code>, then you get something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Font Warning:
+Command \boldmath invalid in math mode</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Font Warning:
+Command \mathversion invalid in math mode</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-bm"></span>
-<span id="index-bm-package"></span>
-<p>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use
-the <code>bm</code> package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete
-description is outside the scope of this document (see the full
-documentation on CTAN) but even this small example
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#bm" accesskey="1"><code class="code">bm</code>: Individual bold math symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#OpenType-bold-math" accesskey="2">OpenType bold math</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="bm">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#OpenType-bold-math" accesskey="n" rel="next">OpenType bold math</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> &amp; <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="bm_003a-Individual-bold-math-symbols">16.2.2.1 <code class="code">bm</code>: Individual bold math symbols</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-bm"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bm-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-symbols_002c-boldface"></a>
+
+<p>Specifying <code class="code">\boldmath</code> is the best method for typesetting a whole
+math expression in bold. But to typeset individual symbols within an
+expression in bold, the <code class="code">bm</code> package provided by the LaTeX
+Project team is better. Its usage is outside the scope of this
+document (see its documentation at <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bm">https://ctan.org/pkg/bm</a> or in
+your installation) but the spacing in the output of this small example
+will show that it is an improvement over <code class="code">\boldmath</code> within an
+expression:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{bm} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{bm} % in preamble
...
we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$
</pre></div>
-<p>shows that it is an improvement over <code>\boldmath</code>.
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="OpenType-bold-math">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#bm" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">bm</code>: Individual bold math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> &amp; <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="OpenType-bold-math-1">16.2.2.2 OpenType bold math</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fontspec-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fontspec-package-1"></a>
+
+
+<p>Unfortunately, when using the Unicode engines (XeLaTeX,
+LuaLaTeX), neither <code class="code">\boldmath</code> nor <code class="code">bm</code> usually work
+well, because the OpenType math fonts normally used with those engines
+rarely come with a bold companion, and both <code class="code">\boldmath</code> and
+<code class="code">bm</code> require this. (The implementation of <code class="code">bm</code> relies
+on <code class="code">\boldmath</code>, so the requirements are the same.) If you do have
+a bold math font, though, then <code class="code">\boldmath</code> and <code class="code">bm</code> work
+fine.
+</p>
+<p>If no such font is available, one alternative is to construct fake
+bold fonts with the <code class="code">fontspec</code> package&rsquo;s <code class="code">FakeBold=1</code>
+parameter (see its documentation,
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec">https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec</a>). This may be acceptable for
+drafting or informal distribution, but the results are far from a true
+bold font.
</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unicode_002dmath-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csymbf"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csymbfit"></a>
+<p>Another alternative to handling bold for OpenType math fonts is to use
+the <code class="code">\symbf</code> (bold), <code class="code">\symbfit</code> (bold italic), and related
+commands from the <code class="code">unicode-math</code> package. These do not change
+the current font, but rather change the (Unicode) &ldquo;alphabet&rdquo; used,
+which in practice is more widely supported than a separate bold font.
+Many variations are possible, and so there are subtleties to getting the
+desired output. As usual, see the package documentation
+(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math">https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math</a>).
+</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Blackboard-bold">
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Blackboard-bold">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="n" rel="next">Calligraphic</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\boldmath</code> &amp; <code>\unboldmath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="n" rel="next">Calligraphic</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> &amp; <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Blackboard-bold-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.3 Blackboard bold</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Blackboard-bold-1">16.2.3 Blackboard bold</h4>
-<span id="index-blackboard-bold"></span>
-<span id="index-doublestruck"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-blackboard-bold"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-doublestruck"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{amssymb} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{amssymb} % in preamble
...
-\mathbb{<var>uppercase-letter</var>}
+\mathbb{<var class="var">uppercase-letter</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Provide blackboard bold symbols, sometimes also known as doublestruck
@@ -14810,14 +14913,15 @@ integers, etc.
<p>Here
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)
</pre></div>
-<p>the <code>\mathbb{N}</code> gives blackboard bold symbol &#x2115;,
+<p>the <code class="code">\mathbb{N}</code> gives blackboard bold symbol &#x2115;,
representing the natural numbers.
</p>
-<p>If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error
-but you get strange results, including unexpected characters.
+<p>If the argument contains something other than an uppercase letter, you
+do not get an error but you do get strange results, including
+unexpected characters.
</p>
<p>There are packages that give access to symbols other than just the
capital letters; look on CTAN.
@@ -14825,21 +14929,21 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Calligraphic">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Calligraphic">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Delimiters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Blackboard bold</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Calligraphic-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.4 Calligraphic</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Calligraphic-1">16.2.4 Calligraphic</h4>
-<span id="index-calligraphic-fonts"></span>
-<span id="index-script-fonts"></span>
-<span id="index-fonts_002c-script"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-calligraphic-fonts"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-script-fonts"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fonts_002c-script"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\mathcal{<var>uppercase-letters</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\mathcal{<var class="var">uppercase-letters</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Use a script-like font.
@@ -14847,105 +14951,106 @@ Next: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Delimiters</a>, Previous: <
<p>In this example the graph identifier is output in a cursive font.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Let the graph be \( \mathcal{G} \).
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Let the graph be \( \mathcal{G} \).
</pre></div>
<p>If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not get
an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For instance,
-<code>\mathcal{g}</code> outputs a close curly brace symbol.
+<code class="code">\mathcal{g}</code> outputs a close curly brace symbol.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Delimiters">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Delimiters">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Dots" accesskey="n" rel="next">Dots, horizontal or vertical</a>, Previous: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Calligraphic</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Delimiters-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.5 Delimiters</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Delimiters-1">16.2.5 Delimiters</h4>
-<span id="index-delimiters"></span>
-<span id="index-parentheses"></span>
-<span id="index-braces"></span>
-<span id="index-curly-braces"></span>
-<span id="index-brackets"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-delimiters"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parentheses"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-braces"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-curly-braces"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-brackets"></a>
<p>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark
the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of
parentheses delimiting the three subformulas.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
+<pre class="example-preformatted">(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
</pre></div>
-<p>The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter <code>\( [0,1) \)</code>.
+<p>The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter <code class="code">\( [0,1) \)</code>.
</p>
<p>Here are the common delimiters:
</p>
-<table>
+<table class="multitable">
<thead><tr><th width="11%">Delimiter</th><th width="20%">Command</th><th width="40%">Name</th></tr></thead>
-<tr><td width="11%">(</td><td width="20%"><code>(</code></td><td width="40%">Left parenthesis</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">)</td><td width="20%"><code>)</code></td><td width="40%">Right parenthesis</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">\}</td><td width="20%"><code>{</code> or <code>\lbrace</code></td><td width="40%">Left brace</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">\{</td><td width="20%"><code>}</code> or <code>\rbrace</code></td><td width="40%">Right brace</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">[</td><td width="20%"><code>[</code> or <code>\lbrack</code></td><td width="40%">Left bracket</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">]</td><td width="20%"><code>]</code> or <code>\rbrack</code></td><td width="40%">Right bracket</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">&#x230A;</td><td width="20%"><code>\lfloor</code></td><td width="40%">Left floor bracket</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">&#x230B;</td><td width="20%"><code>\rfloor</code></td><td width="40%">Right floor bracket</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">&#x2308;</td><td width="20%"><code>\lceil</code></td><td width="40%">Left ceiling bracket</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">&#x2309;</td><td width="20%"><code>\rceil</code></td><td width="40%">Right ceiling bracket</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">&#x27E8;</td><td width="20%"><code>\langle</code></td><td width="40%">Left angle bracket</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">&#x27E9;</td><td width="20%"><code>\rangle</code></td><td width="40%">Right angle bracket</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">/</td><td width="20%"><code>/</code></td><td width="40%">Slash, or forward slash</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">\</td><td width="20%"><code>\backslash</code></td><td width="40%">Reverse slash, or backslash</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">|</td><td width="20%"><code>|</code> or <code>\vert</code></td><td width="40%">Vertical bar</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="11%">&#x2016;</td><td width="20%"><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code></td><td width="40%">Double vertical bar</td></tr>
+<tbody><tr><td width="11%">(</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">(</code></td><td width="40%">Left parenthesis</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">)</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">)</code></td><td width="40%">Right parenthesis</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">\}</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">{</code> or <code class="code">\lbrace</code></td><td width="40%">Left brace</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">\{</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">}</code> or <code class="code">\rbrace</code></td><td width="40%">Right brace</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">[</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">[</code> or <code class="code">\lbrack</code></td><td width="40%">Left bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">]</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">]</code> or <code class="code">\rbrack</code></td><td width="40%">Right bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x230A;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\lfloor</code></td><td width="40%">Left floor bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x230B;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\rfloor</code></td><td width="40%">Right floor bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x2308;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\lceil</code></td><td width="40%">Left ceiling bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x2309;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\rceil</code></td><td width="40%">Right ceiling bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x27E8;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\langle</code></td><td width="40%">Left angle bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x27E9;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\rangle</code></td><td width="40%">Right angle bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">/</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">/</code></td><td width="40%">Slash, or forward slash</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">\</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\backslash</code></td><td width="40%">Reverse slash, or backslash</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">|</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">|</code> or <code class="code">\vert</code></td><td width="40%">Vertical bar</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x2016;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\|</code> or <code class="code">\Vert</code></td><td width="40%">Double vertical bar</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-1"></span>
-<span id="index-mathtools-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-1"></a>
-<p>The <code>mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired
+<p>The <code class="code">mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired
delimiters. For instance, if you put
-<code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code> in your preamble
+<code class="code">\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code> in your preamble
then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work
in math mode). The starred form, such as
-<code>\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the height of the vertical bars
+<code class="code">\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the height of the vertical bars
match the height of the argument. The unstarred form, such as
-<code>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the bars fixed at a default height.
-This form accepts an optional argument, as in <code>\abs[<var>size
+<code class="code">\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the bars fixed at a default height.
+This form accepts an optional argument, as in <code class="code">\abs[<var class="var">size
command</var>]{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, where the height of the bars is given in
-<var>size command</var>, such as <code>\Bigg</code>. Using instead <code>\lVert</code>
-and <code>\rVert</code> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the
+<var class="var">size command</var>, such as <code class="code">\Bigg</code>. Using instead <code class="code">\lVert</code>
+and <code class="code">\rVert</code> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the
same behavior.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="1"><code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="2"><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\left</code> &amp; <code class="code">\right</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsubsection" id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1"></span><h4 class="subsubsection">16.2.5.1 <code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1">16.2.5.1 <code class="code">\left</code> &amp; <code class="code">\right</code></h4>
-<span id="index-delimiters_002c-paired"></span>
-<span id="index-paired-delimiters"></span>
-<span id="index-matching-parentheses"></span>
-<span id="index-matching-brackets"></span>
-<span id="index-null-delimiter"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cleft"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cright"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cleft"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cright"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleft"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cright"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-delimiters_002c-paired"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paired-delimiters"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-matching-parentheses"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-matching-brackets"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-null-delimiter"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\left <var>delimiter1</var> ... \right <var>delimiter2</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\left <var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \right <var class="var">delimiter2</var>
</pre></div>
<p>Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. LaTeX makes
@@ -14956,7 +15061,7 @@ they enclose.
the entries.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\left(\begin{array}{c}
1 \\
0 \\
@@ -14964,25 +15069,25 @@ the entries.
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for a list of the common delimiters.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for a list of the common delimiters.
</p>
-<p>Every <code>\left</code> must have a matching <code>\right</code>. In the above
-example, leaving out the <code>\left(</code> gets the error message
-&lsquo;<samp>Extra \right</samp>&rsquo;. Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets &lsquo;<samp>You
+<p>Every <code class="code">\left</code> must have a matching <code class="code">\right</code>. In the above
+example, leaving out the <code class="code">\left(</code> gets the error message
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Extra \right</samp>&rsquo;. Leaving out the <code class="code">\right)</code> gets &lsquo;<samp class="samp">You
can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-6"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-6"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-6"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-6"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-2"></span>
-<span id="index-mathtools-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-2"></a>
-<p>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match. A common
+<p>However, <var class="var">delimiter1</var> and <var class="var">delimiter2</var> need not match. A common
case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
-&lsquo;<samp>.</samp>&rsquo;, as a null delimiter.
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">.</samp>&rsquo;, as a <em class="dfn">null delimiter</em>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
1 &amp;\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\
f(n-1)+3n^2 &amp;\mbox{--else}
@@ -14991,48 +15096,48 @@ case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
</pre></div>
<p>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a
-backslash, <code>\{</code> (see <a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a>). (The packages
-<code>amsmath</code> and <code>mathtools</code> allow you to get the above
-construct through in a <code>cases</code> environment.)
+backslash, <code class="code">\{</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a>). (The packages
+<code class="code">amsmath</code> and <code class="code">mathtools</code> allow you to get the above
+construct through in a <code class="code">cases</code> environment.)
</p>
-<p>The <code>\left ... \right</code> pair make a group. One consequence is that
-the formula enclosed in the <code>\left ... \right</code> pair cannot have
+<p>The <code class="code">\left ... \right</code> pair make a group. One consequence is that
+the formula enclosed in the <code class="code">\left ... \right</code> pair cannot have
line breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and
LaTeX-generated automatic ones. In this example, LaTeX breaks the
equation to make the formula fit the margins.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \)
</pre></div>
-<p>But with <code>\left</code> and <code>\right</code>
+<p>But with <code class="code">\left</code> and <code class="code">\right</code>
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \)
</pre></div>
<p>LaTeX won&rsquo;t break the line, causing the formula to extend into the
margin.
</p>
-<p>Because <code>\left ... \right</code> make a group, all the usual grouping
-rules hold. Here, the value of <code>\testlength</code> set inside the
-equation will be forgotten, and the output is &lsquo;<samp>1.2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>Because <code class="code">\left ... \right</code> make a group, all the usual grouping
+rules hold. Here, the value of <code class="code">\testlength</code> set inside the
+equation will be forgotten, and the output is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt}
\begin{equation}
\left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right)
\the\testlength
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\left ... \right</code> pair affect the horizontal spacing of the
-enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in <code>\( \sin(x) =
+<p>The <code class="code">\left ... \right</code> pair affect the horizontal spacing of the
+enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in <code class="code">\( \sin(x) =
\sin\left(x\right) \)</code> the one after the equals sign has more space
-around the <code>x</code>. That&rsquo;s because <code>\left( ... \right)</code> inserts
-an inner node while <code>( ... )</code> inserts an opening node. The second
+around the <code class="code">x</code>. That&rsquo;s because <code class="code">\left( ... \right)</code> inserts
+an inner node while <code class="code">( ... )</code> inserts an opening node. The second
way that the pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they
form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural
width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better.
@@ -15042,7 +15147,7 @@ enclosed formula. Here LaTeX grows the brackets to extend the full
height of the integral.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right]
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
@@ -15052,94 +15157,97 @@ has no depth, TeX will create delimiters that extend far below the
rule.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right)
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in <code>\( \left|
+<p>TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in <code class="code">\( \left|
|x|+|y| \right| \)</code>. It can also choose delimiters that are too large,
as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\left( \sum_{0\leq i&lt;n} i^k \right)
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
<p>A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than
one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing
-delimiter; you can&rsquo;t use <code>\left</code> on the first line and
-<code>\right</code> on the last because they must be paired.
+delimiter; you can&rsquo;t use <code class="code">\left</code> on the first line and
+<code class="code">\right</code> on the last because they must be paired.
</p>
-<p>To size the delimiters manually, see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e"><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</a>.
+<p>To size the delimiters manually, see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e"><code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsubsection" id="g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\left</code> &amp; <code class="code">\right</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e"></span><h4 class="subsubsection">16.2.5.2 <code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</h4>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="g_t_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e">16.2.5.2 <code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbigl"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbigr"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigl"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigr"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bigl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var>delimiter2</var>
-\Bigl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var>delimiter2</var>
-\biggl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \biggr<var>delimiter2</var>
-\Biggl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \Biggr<var>delimiter2</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bigl<var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var class="var">delimiter2</var>
+\Bigl<var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var class="var">delimiter2</var>
+\biggl<var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \biggr<var class="var">delimiter2</var>
+\Biggl<var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \Biggr<var class="var">delimiter2</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>(as with <code>\bigl[...\bigr]</code>; strictly speaking they need not be
+<p>(as with <code class="code">\bigl[...\bigr]</code>; strictly speaking they need not be
paired, see below), or one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bigm<var>delimiter</var>
-\Bigm<var>delimiter</var>
-\biggm<var>delimiter</var>
-\Biggm<var>delimiter</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bigm<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\Bigm<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\biggm<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\Biggm<var class="var">delimiter</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>(as with <code>\bigm|</code>), or one of:
+<p>(as with <code class="code">\bigm|</code>), or one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\big<var>delimiter</var>
-\Big<var>delimiter</var>
-\bigg<var>delimiter</var>
-\Bigg<var>delimiter</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\big<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\Big<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\bigg<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\Bigg<var class="var">delimiter</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>(as with <code>\big[</code>).
+<p>(as with <code class="code">\big[</code>).
</p>
<p>Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are
-automatically sized see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></a>).
+automatically sized see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><code class="code">\left</code> &amp; <code class="code">\right</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This produces slightly larger outer vertical bars.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
</pre></div>
<p>The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can use
-the smallest size such as <code>\bigl...\bigr</code> in a paragraph without
+the smallest size such as <code class="code">\bigl...\bigr</code> in a paragraph without
causing LaTeX to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant
for displayed equations.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of
-commands with &lsquo;<samp>l</samp>&rsquo; or&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp>r</samp>&rsquo;, <var>delimiter1</var> and
-<var>delimiter2</var> need not match together.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of
+commands with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; or&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo;, <var class="var">delimiter1</var> and
+<var class="var">delimiter2</var> need not match together.
</p>
-<p>The &lsquo;<samp>l</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>r</samp>&rsquo; commands produce open and close delimiters
+<p>The &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; commands produce open and close delimiters
that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the
-delimiter, while the commands without &lsquo;<samp>l</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>r</samp>&rsquo; insert some
+delimiter, while the commands without &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; insert some
space (because each delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare
these two.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{l}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{l}
\(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % good
\(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % bad
\end{tabular}
@@ -15147,45 +15255,45 @@ these two.
<p>The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the
second line the output will have some extra space between the
-<code>\sin</code> and the open parenthesis.
+<code class="code">\sin</code> and the open parenthesis.
</p>
-<p>Commands without &lsquo;<samp>l</samp>&rsquo; or&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp>r</samp>&rsquo; do give correct spacing in
+<p>Commands without &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; or&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; do give correct spacing in
some circumstances, as with this large vertical line
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-7"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-7"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-7"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-7"></a>
-<p>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command
-from the <code>amsmath</code> package), and as with this larger slash.
+<p>(many authors would replace <code class="code">\frac</code> with the <code class="code">\tfrac</code> command
+from the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package), and as with this larger slash.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>Unlike the <code>\left...\right</code> pair (see <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></a>), the
-commands here with &lsquo;<samp>l</samp>&rsquo; or&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp>r</samp>&rsquo; do not make a group.
+<p>Unlike the <code class="code">\left...\right</code> pair (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><code class="code">\left</code> &amp; <code class="code">\right</code></a>), the
+commands here with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; or&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; do not make a group.
Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something
like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\Biggl[ \pi/6 ]
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>The commands with &lsquo;<samp>m</samp>&rsquo; are for relations, which are in the middle of
+<p>The commands with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">m</samp>&rsquo; are for relations, which are in the middle of
formulas, as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i&lt;n}3i^2+4 \biggr\}
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
@@ -15195,21 +15303,21 @@ formulas, as here.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Dots">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Dots">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Greek-letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Greek letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Delimiters</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Dots_002c-horizontal-or-vertical"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Dots_002c-horizontal-or-vertical">16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical</h4>
-<span id="index-ellipses"></span>
-<span id="index-dots"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ellipses"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dots"></a>
<p>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
continues.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{array}{cccc}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{array}{cccc}
a_{0,0} &amp;a_{0,1} &amp;a_{0,2} &amp;\ldots \\
a_{1,0} &amp;\ddots \\
\vdots
@@ -15218,46 +15326,47 @@ continues.
<p>LaTeX provides these.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="ellipses-cdots"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccdots'><span><code>\cdots</code><a href='#index-_005ccdots' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="ellipses-cdots"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ccdots'><span><code class="code">\cdots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccdots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as
-in &#x22EF;. Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1}
+in &#x22EF;. Used as: <code class="code">\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1}
\)</code>.
</p>
-<span id="ellipses-ddots"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cddots'><span><code>\ddots</code><a href='#index-_005cddots' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="ellipses-ddots"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cddots'><span><code class="code">\ddots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cddots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Diagonal ellipsis, &#x22F1;. See the above array example for a
usage.
</p>
-<span id="ellipses-ldots"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cldots'><span><code>\ldots</code><a href='#index-_005cldots' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Ellipsis on the baseline, &#x2026;. Used as: <code>\(
-x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>. Another example is the above array example. A
-synonym is <code>\mathellipsis</code>. A synonym from the <code>amsmath</code>
-package is <code>\hdots</code>.
+<a class="anchor" id="ellipses-ldots"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cldots'><span><code class="code">\ldots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cldots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathellipsis'><span><code class="code">\mathellipsis</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathellipsis'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdots'><span><code class="code">\dots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Ellipsis on the baseline, &#x2026;. Used as: <code class="code">\(
+x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>. Another example is the above array example.
+Synonyms are <code class="code">\mathellipsis</code> and <code class="code">\dots</code>. A synonym from
+the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package is <code class="code">\hdots</code>.
</p>
<p>You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in
-<code>The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken</code>. (In a paragraph
-mode or LR mode a synonym for <code>\ldots</code> is <code>\dots</code>.)
+<code class="code">The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken</code>.
</p>
-<span id="ellipses-vdots"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvdots'><span><code>\vdots</code><a href='#index-_005cvdots' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="ellipses-vdots"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cvdots'><span><code class="code">\vdots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvdots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Vertical ellipsis, &#x22EE;. See the above array example for a
usage.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-8"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-8"></a>
-<p>The <code>amsmath</code> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically
+<p>The <code class="code">amsmath</code> package has the command <code class="code">\dots</code> to semantically
mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs
-for the first two uses of the <code>\dots</code> command.
+for the first two uses of the <code class="code">\dots</code> command.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble
...
Suppose that \( p_0, p_1, \dots, p_{n-1} \) lists all of the primes.
Observe that \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_{n-1} +1 \) is not a
@@ -15265,375 +15374,403 @@ Observe that \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_{n-1} +1 \) is not a
Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
</pre></div>
-<p>In the first line LaTeX looks to the comma following <code>\dots</code> to
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdotsc"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdotsb"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdotsi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdots-1"></a>
+<p>In the first line LaTeX looks to the comma following <code class="code">\dots</code> to
determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline. The second
-line has a <code>\cdot</code> following <code>\dots</code> so LaTeX outputs an
+line has a <code class="code">\cdot</code> following <code class="code">\dots</code> so LaTeX outputs an
ellipsis that is on the math axis, vertically centered. However, the
third usage has no follow-on character so you have to tell LaTeX what
-to do. You can use one of the commands: <code>\dotsc</code> if you need the
-ellipsis appropriate for a comma following, <code>\dotsb</code> if you need
+to do. You can use one of the commands: <code class="code">\dotsc</code> if you need the
+ellipsis appropriate for a comma following, <code class="code">\dotsb</code> if you need
the ellipses that fits when the dots are followed by a binary operator
-or relation symbol, <code>\dotsi</code> for dots with integrals, or
-<code>\dotso</code> for others.
+or relation symbol, <code class="code">\dotsi</code> for dots with integrals, or
+<code class="code">\dotso</code> for others.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unicode_002dmath-package-1"></a>
+
+<p>The <code class="code">\dots</code> command from <code class="code">amsmath</code> differs from the
+LaTeX kernel&rsquo;s <code class="code">\dots</code> command in another way: it outputs a
+thin space after the ellipsis. Furthermore, the <code class="code">unicode-math</code>
+package automatically loads <code class="code">amsmath</code>, so <code class="code">amsmath</code>&rsquo;s
+<code class="code">\dots</code> may be active even when you did not explicitly load it,
+thus changing the output from <code class="code">\dots</code> in both text and math mode.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ellipsis_002c-in-Unicode-_0028U_002b2026_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ellipsis_002c-traditional-_0028three-periods_0029"></a>
+<p>Yet more about the ellipsis commands: when running under Unicode
+engines (<code class="code">lualatex</code>, <code class="code">xelatex</code>), LaTeX will use the
+Unicode ellipsis character (U+2026) in the font if it&rsquo;s available;
+under traditional TeX engines (<code class="code">pdflatex</code>, <code class="code">latex</code>), it
+will typeset three spaced periods. Generally, the Unicode
+single-character ellipsis has almost no space between the three
+periods, while the spacing of the non-Unicode ellipsis is looser, more
+in accordance with traditional typography.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Greek-letters">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Greek-letters">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Dots" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Dots, horizontal or vertical</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Greek-letters-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.7 Greek letters</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Greek-letters-1">16.2.7 Greek letters</h4>
-<span id="index-Greek-letters"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Greek-letters"></a>
<p>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they
differ from Roman upper case letters.
</p>
-<table>
+<table class="multitable">
<thead><tr><th width="10%">Symbol</th><th width="30%">Command</th><th width="15%">Name</th><th width="45%"></th></tr></thead>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B1;</td><td width="30%"><code>\alpha</code></td><td width="15%">Alpha</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B2;</td><td width="30%"><code>\beta</code></td><td width="15%">Beta</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B3;, &#x0393;</td><td width="30%"><code>\gamma</code>, <code>\Gamma</code></td><td width="15%">Gamma</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B4;, &#x0394;</td><td width="30%"><code>\delta</code>, <code>\Delta</code></td><td width="15%">Delta</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B5;, &#x03F5;</td><td width="30%"><code>\varepsilon</code>, <code>\epsilon</code></td><td width="15%">Epsilon</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B6;</td><td width="30%"><code>\zeta</code></td><td width="15%">Zeta</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B7;</td><td width="30%"><code>\eta</code></td><td width="15%">Eta</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B8;, &#x03D1;</td><td width="30%"><code>\theta</code>, <code>\vartheta</code></td><td width="15%">Theta</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B9;</td><td width="30%"><code>\iota</code></td><td width="15%">Iota</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BA;</td><td width="30%"><code>\kappa</code></td><td width="15%">Kappa</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BB;, &#x039B;</td><td width="30%"><code>\lambda</code>, <code>\Lambda</code></td><td width="15%">Lambda</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BC;</td><td width="30%"><code>\mu</code></td><td width="15%">Mu</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BD;</td><td width="30%"><code>\nu</code></td><td width="15%">Nu</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BE;, &#x039E;</td><td width="30%"><code>\xi</code>, <code>\Xi</code></td><td width="15%">Xi</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C0;, &#x03A0;</td><td width="30%"><code>\pi</code>, <code>\Pi</code></td><td width="15%">Pi</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C1;, &#x03F1;</td><td width="30%"><code>\rho</code>, <code>\varrho</code></td><td width="15%">Rho</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C3;, &#x03A3;</td><td width="30%"><code>\sigma</code>, <code>\Sigma</code></td><td width="15%">Sigma</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C4;</td><td width="30%"><code>\tau</code></td><td width="15%">Tau</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03D5;, &#x03C6;, &#x03A6;</td><td width="30%"><code>\phi</code>, <code>\varphi</code>, <code>\Phi</code></td><td width="15%">Phi</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C7;</td><td width="30%"><code>\chi</code></td><td width="15%">chi</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C8;, &#x03A8;</td><td width="30%"><code>\psi</code>, <code>\Psi</code></td><td width="15%">Psi</td></tr>
-<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C9;, &#x03A9;</td><td width="30%"><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></td><td width="15%">Omega</td></tr>
+<tbody><tr><td width="10%">&#x03B1;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\alpha</code></td><td width="15%">Alpha</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B2;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\beta</code></td><td width="15%">Beta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B3;, &#x0393;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\gamma</code>, <code class="code">\Gamma</code></td><td width="15%">Gamma</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B4;, &#x0394;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\delta</code>, <code class="code">\Delta</code></td><td width="15%">Delta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B5;, &#x03F5;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\varepsilon</code>, <code class="code">\epsilon</code></td><td width="15%">Epsilon</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B6;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\zeta</code></td><td width="15%">Zeta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B7;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\eta</code></td><td width="15%">Eta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B8;, &#x03D1;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\theta</code>, <code class="code">\vartheta</code></td><td width="15%">Theta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B9;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\iota</code></td><td width="15%">Iota</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BA;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\kappa</code></td><td width="15%">Kappa</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BB;, &#x039B;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\lambda</code>, <code class="code">\Lambda</code></td><td width="15%">Lambda</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BC;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\mu</code></td><td width="15%">Mu</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BD;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\nu</code></td><td width="15%">Nu</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BE;, &#x039E;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\xi</code>, <code class="code">\Xi</code></td><td width="15%">Xi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C0;, &#x03A0;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\pi</code>, <code class="code">\Pi</code></td><td width="15%">Pi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C1;, &#x03F1;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\rho</code>, <code class="code">\varrho</code></td><td width="15%">Rho</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C3;, &#x03A3;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\sigma</code>, <code class="code">\Sigma</code></td><td width="15%">Sigma</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C4;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\tau</code></td><td width="15%">Tau</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03D5;, &#x03C6;, &#x03A6;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\phi</code>, <code class="code">\varphi</code>, <code class="code">\Phi</code></td><td width="15%">Phi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C7;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\chi</code></td><td width="15%">chi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C8;, &#x03A8;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\psi</code>, <code class="code">\Psi</code></td><td width="15%">Psi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C9;, &#x03A9;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\omega</code>, <code class="code">\Omega</code></td><td width="15%">Omega</td></tr>
+</tbody>
</table>
-<span id="index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"></span>
-<span id="index-unicode_002dmath-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unicode_002dmath-package-2"></a>
<p>For omicron, if you are using LaTeX&rsquo;s default Computer Modern font
-then enter omicron just as &lsquo;<samp>o</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp>O</samp>&rsquo;. If you like having the
+then enter omicron just as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">o</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">O</samp>&rsquo;. If you like having the
name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like
-<code>\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. The package <code>unicode-math</code> has
-<code>\upomicron</code> for upright omicron and <code>\mitomicron</code> for math
+<code class="code">\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. The package <code class="code">unicode-math</code> has
+<code class="code">\upomicron</code> for upright omicron and <code class="code">\mitomicron</code> for math
italic.
</p>
<p>While the set membership relation symbol &#x2208; generated by
-<code>\in</code> is related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable.
+<code class="code">\in</code> is related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Math-functions">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Math-functions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Math-functions-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.3 Math functions</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Math-functions-1">16.3 Math functions</h3>
-<span id="index-math-functions"></span>
-<span id="index-functions_002c-math"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-functions"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-functions_002c-math"></a>
<p>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
spacing.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005carccos'><span><code>\arccos</code><a href='#index-_005carccos' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005carccos'><span><code class="code">\arccos</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carccos'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Inverse cosine
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005carcsin'><span><code>\arcsin</code><a href='#index-_005carcsin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005carcsin'><span><code class="code">\arcsin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carcsin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Inverse sine
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005carctan'><span><code>\arctan</code><a href='#index-_005carctan' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005carctan'><span><code class="code">\arctan</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carctan'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Inverse tangent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005carg'><span><code>\arg</code><a href='#index-_005carg' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005carg'><span><code class="code">\arg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbmod'><span><code>\bmod</code><a href='#index-_005cbmod' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code>
+<dt id='index-_005cbmod'><span><code class="code">\bmod</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbmod'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code class="code">\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccos'><span><code>\cos</code><a href='#index-_005ccos' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccos'><span><code class="code">\cos</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccos'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Cosine
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccosh'><span><code>\cosh</code><a href='#index-_005ccosh' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccosh'><span><code class="code">\cosh</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccosh'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Hyperbolic cosine
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccot'><span><code>\cot</code><a href='#index-_005ccot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccot'><span><code class="code">\cot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Cotangent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccoth'><span><code>\coth</code><a href='#index-_005ccoth' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccoth'><span><code class="code">\coth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccoth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Hyperbolic cotangent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccsc'><span><code>\csc</code><a href='#index-_005ccsc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccsc'><span><code class="code">\csc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccsc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Cosecant
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdeg'><span><code>\deg</code><a href='#index-_005cdeg' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdeg'><span><code class="code">\deg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdeg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Degrees
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdet'><span><code>\det</code><a href='#index-_005cdet' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdet'><span><code class="code">\det</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdet'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Determinant
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdim'><span><code>\dim</code><a href='#index-_005cdim' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdim'><span><code class="code">\dim</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdim'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Dimension
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cexp'><span><code>\exp</code><a href='#index-_005cexp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cexp'><span><code class="code">\exp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cexp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Exponential
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cgcd'><span><code>\gcd</code><a href='#index-_005cgcd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cgcd'><span><code class="code">\gcd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgcd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Greatest common divisor
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005chom'><span><code>\hom</code><a href='#index-_005chom' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005chom'><span><code class="code">\hom</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chom'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Homomorphism
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cinf'><span><code>\inf</code><a href='#index-_005cinf' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Infinum
+<dt id='index-_005cinf'><span><code class="code">\inf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cinf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Infimum
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cker'><span><code>\ker</code><a href='#index-_005cker' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cker'><span><code class="code">\ker</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cker'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Kernel
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clg'><span><code>\lg</code><a href='#index-_005clg' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clg'><span><code class="code">\lg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Base 2 logarithm
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clim'><span><code>\lim</code><a href='#index-_005clim' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clim'><span><code class="code">\lim</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clim'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Limit
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005climinf'><span><code>\liminf</code><a href='#index-_005climinf' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005climinf'><span><code class="code">\liminf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005climinf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Limit inferior
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005climsup'><span><code>\limsup</code><a href='#index-_005climsup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005climsup'><span><code class="code">\limsup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005climsup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Limit superior
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cln'><span><code>\ln</code><a href='#index-_005cln' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cln'><span><code class="code">\ln</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cln'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Natural logarithm
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clog'><span><code>\log</code><a href='#index-_005clog' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005clog'><span><code class="code">\log</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clog'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Logarithm
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmax'><span><code>\max</code><a href='#index-_005cmax' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmax'><span><code class="code">\max</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmax'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Maximum
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmin'><span><code>\min</code><a href='#index-_005cmin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmin'><span><code class="code">\min</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Minimum
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpmod'><span><code>\pmod</code><a href='#index-_005cpmod' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code>
+<dt id='index-_005cpmod'><span><code class="code">\pmod</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpmod'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code class="code">\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cPr'><span><code>\Pr</code><a href='#index-_005cPr' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cPr'><span><code class="code">\Pr</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPr'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Probability
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csec'><span><code>\sec</code><a href='#index-_005csec' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csec'><span><code class="code">\sec</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csec'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Secant
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csin'><span><code>\sin</code><a href='#index-_005csin' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csin'><span><code class="code">\sin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Sine
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csinh'><span><code>\sinh</code><a href='#index-_005csinh' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005csinh'><span><code class="code">\sinh</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csinh'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Hyperbolic sine
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csup'><span><code>\sup</code><a href='#index-_005csup' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>sup
+<dt id='index-_005csup'><span><code class="code">\sup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Supremum
+sup
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctan'><span><code>\tan</code><a href='#index-_005ctan' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctan'><span><code class="code">\tan</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctan'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Tangent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctanh'><span><code>\tanh</code><a href='#index-_005ctanh' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctanh'><span><code class="code">\tanh</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctanh'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Hyperbolic tangent
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-9"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-9"></a>
-<p>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and also
-allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but
-briefly, you can define an identity operator with
-<code>\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}</code> that is like the ones
-above but prints as &lsquo;<samp>id</samp>&rsquo;. The starred form
-<code>\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}</code> sets any limits above and
-below, as is traditional with <code>\lim</code>, <code>\sup</code>, or <code>\max</code>.
+<p>The <code class="code">amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and
+also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN,
+but briefly, you can define an identity operator with
+<code class="code">\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}</code> that is like the ones
+above but prints as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">id</samp>&rsquo;. The starred form
+<code class="code">\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}</code> sets any superscript or
+subscript to be above and below, as is traditional with <code class="code">\lim</code>,
+<code class="code">\sup</code>, or <code class="code">\max</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Math-accents">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Math-accents">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="n" rel="next">Over- and Underlining</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math functions</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Math-accents-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.4 Math accents</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Math-accents-1">16.4 Math accents</h3>
-<span id="index-math-accents"></span>
-<span id="index-accents_002c-mathematical"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-accents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accents_002c-mathematical"></a>
<p>LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters
in math. These are different from accents in normal text
-(see <a href="#Accents">Accents</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Accents">Accents</a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cacute'><span><code>\acute</code><a href='#index-_005cacute' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-acute-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cacute'><span><code class="code">\acute</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cacute'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acute-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math acute accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbar'><span><code>\bar</code><a href='#index-_005cbar' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-bar_002dover-accent_002c-math"></span>
-<span id="index-macron-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cbar'><span><code class="code">\bar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bar_002dover-accent_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-macron-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math bar-over accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbreve'><span><code>\breve</code><a href='#index-_005cbreve' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-breve-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cbreve'><span><code class="code">\breve</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbreve'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-breve-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math breve accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ccheck'><span><code>\check</code><a href='#index-_005ccheck' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-check-accent_002c-math"></span>
-<span id="index-hacek-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ccheck'><span><code class="code">\check</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccheck'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-check-accent_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hacek-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math h&aacute;&#269;ek (check) accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cddot'><span><code>\ddot</code><a href='#index-_005cddot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-double-dot-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cddot'><span><code class="code">\ddot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cddot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-dot-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math dieresis accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdot'><span><code>\dot</code><a href='#index-_005cdot' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-overdot-accent_002c-math"></span>
-<span id="index-dot-over-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cdot'><span><code class="code">\dot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-overdot-accent_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dot-over-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math dot accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cgrave'><span><code>\grave</code><a href='#index-_005cgrave' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-grave-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cgrave'><span><code class="code">\grave</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgrave'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-grave-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math grave accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005chat'><span><code>\hat</code><a href='#index-_005chat' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-hat-accent_002c-math"></span>
-<span id="index-circumflex-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005chat'><span><code class="code">\hat</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chat'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hat-accent_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-circumflex-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math hat (circumflex) accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmathring'><span><code>\mathring</code><a href='#index-_005cmathring' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-ring-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathring'><span><code class="code">\mathring</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathring'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ring-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math ring accent </p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctilde'><span><code>\tilde</code><a href='#index-_005ctilde' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-tilde-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctilde'><span><code class="code">\tilde</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctilde'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tilde-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math tilde accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cvec'><span><code>\vec</code><a href='#index-_005cvec' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-vector-symbol_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cvec'><span><code class="code">\vec</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvec'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vector-symbol_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math vector symbol
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cwidehat'><span><code>\widehat</code><a href='#index-_005cwidehat' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-wide-hat-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cwidehat'><span><code class="code">\widehat</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwidehat'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-wide-hat-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math wide hat accent
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cwidetilde'><span><code>\widetilde</code><a href='#index-_005cwidetilde' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-wide-tilde-accent_002c-math"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cwidetilde'><span><code class="code">\widetilde</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwidetilde'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-wide-tilde-accent_002c-math"></a>
<p>Math wide tilde accent
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>When you are putting an accent on an i or a j, the tradition is to use
-one without a dot, <code>\imath</code> or <code>jmath</code> (see <a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a>).
+one without a dot, <code class="code">\imath</code> or <code class="code">jmath</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Over_002d-and-Underlining">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Over_002d-and-Underlining">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spacing in math mode</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Over_002d-and-Underlining-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.5 Over- and Underlining</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Over_002d-and-Underlining-1">16.5 Over- and Underlining</h3>
-<span id="index-overlining"></span>
-<span id="index-underlining"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-overlining"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-underlining"></a>
<p>LaTeX provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or
putting braces over or under some material.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d'><span><code>\underline{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Underline <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\underline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Underline <var class="var">text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside.
The line is always completely below the text, taking account of
-descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in
-<code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+descenders, so in <code class="code">\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in
+<code class="code">\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-ulem"></span>
-<span id="index-ulem-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-ulem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ulem-package"></a>
-<p>Note that the package <code>ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows
+<p>Note that the package <code class="code">ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows
line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the
-documentation on CTAN. See also&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><code>\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code>\dotfill</code></a> for
+documentation on CTAN. See also&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a> for
producing a line, for such things as a signature.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005coverline_007btext_007d'><span><code>\overline{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and
-outside. For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>.
-Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (see <a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>).
+<dt id='index-_005coverline_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\overline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Put a horizontal line over <var class="var">text</var>. Works inside math mode, and
+outside. For example, <code class="code">\overline{x+y}</code>.
+Note that this differs from the command <code class="code">\bar</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d'><span><code>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this
-<code>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part.
-Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript,
-<code>^</code>, as here.
+<dt id='index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d'><span><code class="code">\underbrace{<var class="var">math</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Put a brace under <var class="var">math</var>. For example, this
+<code class="code">(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part.
+Attach text to the brace by using the subscript command, <code class="code">_</code>, or
+superscript, <code class="code">^</code>, as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{&gt;1/2}+
\underbrace{1/5+1/6+1/7+1/8}_{&gt;1/2}+\cdots
\end{displaymath}
@@ -15643,176 +15780,176 @@ Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript,
unconnected to the underbrace.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d'><span><code>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with
-<code>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>. See also
-<code>\underbrace</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d'><span><code class="code">\overbrace{<var class="var">math</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Put a brace over <var class="var">math</var>, as with
+<code class="code">\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>. See also
+<code class="code">\underbrace</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-3"></span>
-<span id="index-mathtools-package-3"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-3"></a>
-<p>The package <code>mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
+<p>The package <code class="code">mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Spacing-in-math-mode">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Spacing-in-math-mode">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Math-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math styles</a>, Previous: <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Over- and Underlining</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Spacing-in-math-mode-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.6 Spacing in math mode</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Spacing-in-math-mode-1">16.6 Spacing in math mode</h3>
-<span id="index-spacing-within-math-mode"></span>
-<span id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spacing-within-math-mode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing"></a>
<p>When typesetting mathematics, LaTeX puts in spacing according to the
-normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then
+normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code class="code">y=m x</code> then
LaTeX ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x,
-as <em class='math'>y=mx</em>.
+as <em class="math">y=mx</em>.
</p>
<p>But LaTeX&rsquo;s rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an
integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the
-<code>f(x)</code> and the <code>dx</code>, here done with the <code>\,</code> command:
+<code class="code">f(x)</code> and the <code class="code">dx</code>, here done with the <code class="code">\,</code> command:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
</pre></div>
<p>LaTeX provides the commands that follow for use in math mode. Many
of these spacing definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<em>mu</em>. It is defined as 1/18em, where the em is taken from the
-current math symbols family (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). Thus, a
-<code>\thickspace</code> is something like 5/18 times the width of
-a&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp>M</samp>&rsquo;.
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005c_003b'><span><code>\;</code><a href='#index-_005c_003b' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cthickspace"></span>
-<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"></span><span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-10"></span>
-
-<p>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. With
-the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
+<em class="dfn">mu</em>. It is defined as 1/18<span class="dmn">em</span>, where the em is taken from the
+current math symbols family (see <a class="pxref" href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). Thus, a
+<code class="code">\thickspace</code> is something like 5/18 times the width of
+a&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">M</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005c_003b'><span><code class="code">\;</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003b'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthickspace"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-10"></a>
+
+<p>Synonym: <code class="code">\thickspace</code>. Normally <code class="code">5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. With
+the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode
only.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnegthickspace'><span><code>\negthickspace</code><a href='#index-_005cnegthickspace' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code>
+<dt id='index-_005cnegthickspace'><span><code class="code">\negthickspace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnegthickspace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Normally <code class="code">-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code class="code">amsmath</code>
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_003a'><span><code>\:</code><a href='#index-_005c_003a' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\&gt;</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005c_003e-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmedspace"></span>
-<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus
-4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
+<dt id='index-_005c_003a'><span><code class="code">\:</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003a'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\&gt;</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_003e-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmedspace"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"></a><p>Synonym: <code class="code">\medspace</code>. Normally <code class="code">4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus
+4.0mu</code>. With the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; before
that, in math mode only.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cnegmedspace'><span><code>\negmedspace</code><a href='#index-_005cnegmedspace' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code>
+<dt id='index-_005cnegmedspace'><span><code class="code">\negmedspace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnegmedspace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Normally <code class="code">-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code class="code">amsmath</code>
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_002c'><span><code>\,</code><a href='#index-_005c_002c' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cthinspace"></span>
-<span id="index-thin-space"></span>
-<span id="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace"></span><span id="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6em.
-Can be used in both math mode and text mode (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></a>).
+<dt id='index-_005c_002c'><span><code class="code">\,</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_002c'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthinspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thin-space"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace"></a><a class="anchor" id="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace"></a><p>Synonym: <code class="code">\thinspace</code>. Normally <code class="code">3mu</code>, which is 1/6<span class="dmn">em</span>.
+Can be used in both math mode and text mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This space is widely used, for instance between the function and the
-infinitesimal in an integral <code>\int f(x)\,dx</code> and, if an author does
+infinitesimal in an integral <code class="code">\int f(x)\,dx</code> and, if an author does
this, before punctuation in a displayed equation.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The antiderivative is
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The antiderivative is
\begin{equation}
3x^{-1/2}+3^{1/2}\,.
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_0021'><span><code>\!</code><a href='#index-_005c_0021' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cnegthinspace"></span>
-<span id="index-thin-space_002c-negative"></span>
-<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally
-<code>-3mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
+<dt id='index-_005c_0021'><span><code class="code">\!</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0021'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnegthinspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thin-space_002c-negative"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"></a><p>Synonym: <code class="code">\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally
+<code class="code">-3mu</code>. With the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode;
-otherwise, the <code>\!</code> command is math mode only but the
-<code>\negthinspace</code> command has always also worked in text mode
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></a>).
+otherwise, the <code class="code">\!</code> command is math mode only but the
+<code class="code">\negthinspace</code> command has always also worked in text mode
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-quad'><span><code>\quad</code><a href='#index-quad' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cquad"></span>
-<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-quad"></span><p>This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space
+<dt id='index-quad'><span><code class="code">\quad</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-quad'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cquad"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="spacing-in-math-mode-quad"></a><p>This is 18<span class="dmn">mu</span>, that is, 1<span class="dmn">em</span>. This is often used for space
surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between
-two equations inside a <code>displaymath</code> environment. It is available
+two equations inside a <code class="code">displaymath</code> environment. It is available
in both text and math mode.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cqquad'><span><code>\qquad</code><a href='#index-_005cqquad' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad"></span><p>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in
+<dt id='index-_005cqquad'><span><code class="code">\qquad</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cqquad'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad"></a><p>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36<span class="dmn">mu</span> = 2<span class="dmn">em</span>. It is available in
both text and math mode.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1"><code>\smash</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="2"><code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="3"><code>\mathstrut</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\smash</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\phantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\vphantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\mathstrut</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005csmash">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005csmash">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\phantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\vphantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csmash-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005csmash-1">16.6.1 <code class="code">\smash</code></h4>
-<span id="index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode"></span>
-<span id="index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\smash{<var>subformula</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\smash{<var class="var">subformula</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Typeset <var>subformula</var> as if its height and depth were zero.
+<p>Typeset <var class="var">subformula</var> as if its height and depth were zero.
</p>
<p>In this example the exponential is so tall that without the
-<code>\smash</code> command LaTeX would separate its line from the line
+<code class="code">\smash</code> command LaTeX would separate its line from the line
above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+<pre class="example-preformatted">To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
</pre></div>
-<p>(Because of the <code>\smash</code> the printed expression could run into the
+<p>(Because of the <code class="code">\smash</code> the printed expression could run into the
line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
document to make such adjustments.)
</p>
-<p>This pictures the effect of <code>\smash</code> by using <code>\fbox</code> to
+<p>This pictures the effect of <code class="code">\smash</code> by using <code class="code">\fbox</code> to
surround the box that LaTeX will put on the line. The
-<code>\blackbar</code> command makes a bar extending from 10&nbsp;points below
+<code class="code">\blackbar</code> command makes a bar extending from 10&nbsp;points below
the baseline to 20&nbsp;points above.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
\fbox{\blackbar}
\fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
</pre></div>
@@ -15822,186 +15959,190 @@ the baseline to 20&nbsp;points above.
having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the
page still extends well above and below the line.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\smash</code> command appears often in mathematics to adjust the
+<p>The <code class="code">\smash</code> command appears often in mathematics to adjust the
size of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical
extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n} f(k)}
\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n}} f(k)}
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>Note the use of <code>\vphantom</code> to give the <code>\sqrt</code> command an
-argument with the height of the <code>\sum</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></a>).
+<p>Note the use of <code class="code">\vphantom</code> to give the <code class="code">\sqrt</code> command an
+argument with the height of the <code class="code">\sum</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><code class="code">\phantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\vphantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>While most often used in mathematics, the <code>\smash</code> command can
+<p>While most often used in mathematics, the <code class="code">\smash</code> command can
appear in other contexts. However, it doesn&rsquo;t change into horizontal
mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a
-<code>\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below.
+<code class="code">\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">xxx xxx xxx
+<pre class="example-preformatted">xxx xxx xxx
\smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent
\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-4"></span>
-<span id="index-mathtools-package-4"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-4"></a>
-<p>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
+<p>The package <code class="code">mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
control over smashing a subformula box.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\mathstrut</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\smash</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\mathstrut</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\smash</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1">16.6.2 <code class="code">\phantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\vphantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\hphantom</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cphantom"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cvphantom"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005chphantom"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cphantom"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvphantom"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chphantom"></a>
-<span id="index-spacing_002c-math-mode"></span>
-<span id="index-horizontal-spacing"></span>
-<span id="index-vertical-spacing"></span>
-<span id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1"></span>
-<span id="index-invisible-character"></span>
-<span id="index-character_002c-invisible"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spacing_002c-math-mode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-horizontal-spacing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-spacing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-invisible-character"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-character_002c-invisible"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\phantom{<var>subformula</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\phantom{<var class="var">subformula</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\vphantom{<var>subformula</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\vphantom{<var class="var">subformula</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hphantom{<var>subformula</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hphantom{<var class="var">subformula</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth,
-and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty. That is, this command causes
+<p>The <code class="code">\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth,
+and width as <var class="var">subformula</var>, but empty. That is, this command causes
LaTeX to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here
LaTeX will put a blank line that is the correct width for the answer,
but will not show that answer.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
\int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}}
\end{displaymath}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\vphantom</code> variant produces an invisible box with the same
-vertical size as <var>subformula</var>, the same height and depth, but having
-zero width. And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a box with the same width as
-<var>subformula</var> but with zero height and depth.
+<p>The <code class="code">\vphantom</code> variant produces an invisible box with the same
+vertical size as <var class="var">subformula</var>, the same height and depth, but having
+zero width. And <code class="code">\hphantom</code> makes a box with the same width as
+<var class="var">subformula</var> but with zero height and depth.
</p>
<p>In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand expression
is so tall that TeX places this expression further down than its
default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be at
-different levels. The <code>\vphantom</code> in the first expression tells
+different levels. The <code class="code">\vphantom</code> in the first expression tells
TeX to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the
two expressions come out at the same level.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
\sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
\sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
\end{displaymath}
</pre></div>
-<p>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>.
-See <a href="#g_t_005csmash"><code>\smash</code></a>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>.
+<p>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code class="code">\smash</code>.
+See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005csmash"><code class="code">\smash</code></a>, which includes another example of <code class="code">\vphantom</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-5"></span>
-<span id="index-mathtools-package-5"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-5"></a>
<p>The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides
a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
-convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>) as well
-as <code>\settodepth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth"><code>\settodepth</code></a>), <code>\settoheight</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight"><code>\settoheight</code></a>), and <code>\settowidth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth"><code>\settowidth</code></a>).
-In addition, the <code>mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer
+convenient, including <code class="code">\makebox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>) as well
+as <code class="code">\settodepth</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csettodepth"><code class="code">\settodepth</code></a>), <code class="code">\settoheight</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csettoheight"><code class="code">\settoheight</code></a>), and <code class="code">\settowidth</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csettowidth"><code class="code">\settowidth</code></a>).
+In addition, the <code class="code">mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer
fine-grained control over spacing.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-11"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-11"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-11"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-11"></a>
<p>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you
-should give it such a status, for example with the <code>\operatorname</code>
-command from the package <code>amsmath</code>.
+should give it such a status, for example with the <code class="code">\operatorname</code>
+command from the package <code class="code">amsmath</code>.
</p>
<p>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
contexts. However, they don&rsquo;t cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
-with <code>\leavevmode</code>.
+with <code class="code">\leavevmode</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmathstrut">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmathstrut">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\phantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\vphantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmathstrut-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.3 <code>\mathstrut</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmathstrut-1">16.6.3 <code class="code">\mathstrut</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cmathstrut"></span>
-<span id="index-spacing_002c-math-mode-1"></span>
-<span id="index-vertical-spacing-1"></span>
-<span id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2"></span>
-<span id="index-invisible-character-1"></span>
-<span id="index-character_002c-invisible-1"></span>
-<span id="index-strut_002c-math"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmathstrut"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spacing_002c-math-mode-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-spacing-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-invisible-character-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-character_002c-invisible-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-strut_002c-math"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\mathstrut
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\mathstrut
</pre></div>
-<p>The analogue of <code>\strut</code> for mathematics. See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>.
+<p>The analogue of <code class="code">\strut</code> for mathematics. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>The input <code>$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</code> gives output where the
+<p>The input <code class="code">$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</code> gives output where the
second radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space
without any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use
-<code>$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</code>.
+<code class="code">$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</code>.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\mathstrut</code> command adds the vertical height of an open
-parenthesis, <code>(</code>, but no horizontal space. It is defined as
-<code>\vphantom{(}</code>, so see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></a> for
-more. An advantage over <code>\strut</code> is that <code>\mathstrut</code> adds no
+<p>The <code class="code">\mathstrut</code> command adds the vertical height of an open
+parenthesis, <code class="code">(</code>, but no horizontal space. It is defined as
+<code class="code">\vphantom{(}</code>, so see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><code class="code">\phantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\vphantom</code> &amp; <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a> for
+more. An advantage over <code class="code">\strut</code> is that <code class="code">\mathstrut</code> adds no
depth, which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of
an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the
-amount of space, use <code>\rule</code> with a width of zero. See <a href="#g_t_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>.
+amount of space, use <code class="code">\rule</code> with a width of zero. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005crule"><code class="code">\rule</code></a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Math-styles">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Math-styles">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math miscellany</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spacing in math mode</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Math-styles-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.7 Math styles</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Math-styles-1">16.7 Math styles</h3>
-<span id="index-math-styles"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-styles"></a>
<p>TeX&rsquo;s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For
-example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code>\sum_{0\leq
+example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code class="code">\sum_{0\leq
i&lt;n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}</code> will give
output with the summation index centered below the summation symbol.
But if that input is inline then the summation index is off to the right
@@ -16012,36 +16153,36 @@ superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math.
</p>
<p>TeX uses four math styles.
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> <span id="index-display-style"></span>
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-display-style"></a>
Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as
-with <code>\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}</code>.
+with <code class="code">\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}</code>.
-</li><li> <span id="index-text-style"></span>
-Text style is for an inline formula, as with &lsquo;<samp>so we have $ ... $</samp>&rsquo;.
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-text-style"></a>
+Text style is for an inline formula, as with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">so we have $ ... $</samp>&rsquo;.
-</li><li> <span id="index-script-style"></span>
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-script-style"></a>
Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript.
-</li><li> <span id="index-scriptscript-style"></span>
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-scriptscript-style"></a>
Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more)
of subscript or superscript.
</li></ul>
-<span id="index-_005cdisplaystyle"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ctextstyle"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cscriptstyle"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cscriptscriptstyle"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdisplaystyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextstyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscriptstyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscriptscriptstyle"></a>
<p>TeX determines a default math style but you can override it with a
-declaration of <code>\displaystyle</code>, or <code>\textstyle</code>, or
-<code>\scriptstyle</code>, or <code>\scriptscriptstyle</code>.
+declaration of <code class="code">\displaystyle</code>, or <code class="code">\textstyle</code>, or
+<code class="code">\scriptstyle</code>, or <code class="code">\scriptscriptstyle</code>.
</p>
-<p>In this example, the &lsquo;<samp>Arithmetic</samp>&rsquo; line&rsquo;s fraction will look
+<p>In this example, the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Arithmetic</samp>&rsquo; line&rsquo;s fraction will look
scrunched.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{r|cc}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{r|cc}
\textsc{Name} &amp;\textsc{Series} &amp;\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline
Arithmetic &amp;$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$
&amp;$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\
@@ -16050,26 +16191,26 @@ scrunched.
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
-<p>But because of the <code>\displaystyle</code> declaration,
-the &lsquo;<samp>Geometric</samp>&rsquo; line&rsquo;s fraction will be easy to read, with
+<p>But because of the <code class="code">\displaystyle</code> declaration,
+the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Geometric</samp>&rsquo; line&rsquo;s fraction will be easy to read, with
characters the same size as in the rest of the line.
</p>
<p>Another example is that, compared to the same input without the
declaration, the result of
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">we get
+<pre class="example-preformatted">we get
$\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$
</pre></div>
<p>will have an integral sign that is much taller. Note that here the
-<code>\displaystyle</code> applies to only part of the formula, and it is
-delimited by being inside curly braces, as &lsquo;<samp>{\displaystyle ...}</samp>&rsquo;.
+<code class="code">\displaystyle</code> applies to only part of the formula, and it is
+delimited by being inside curly braces, as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">{\displaystyle ...}</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>The last example is a continued fraction.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
a_0+\frac{1}{
\displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
\displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
@@ -16077,196 +16218,197 @@ a_0+\frac{1}{
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
-<p>Without the <code>\displaystyle</code> declarations, the denominators would be
-set in script style and scriptscript style. (The <code>\mathstrut</code>
-improves the height of the denominators; see <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut"><code>\mathstrut</code></a>.)
+<p>Without the <code class="code">\displaystyle</code> declarations, the denominators would be
+set in script style and scriptscript style. (The <code class="code">\mathstrut</code>
+improves the height of the denominators; see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmathstrut"><code class="code">\mathstrut</code></a>.)
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Math-miscellany">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Math-miscellany">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Math-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Math-miscellany-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.8 Math miscellany</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Math-miscellany-1">16.8 Math miscellany</h3>
-<span id="index-math-miscellany"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-miscellany"></a>
<p>LaTeX contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are
some that don&rsquo;t fit into other categories.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="1">Colon character <code>:</code> &amp; <code>\colon</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="2"><code>\*</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="3"><code>\frac</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="4"><code>\sqrt</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="5"><code>\stackrel</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="1">Colon character <code class="code">:</code> &amp; <code class="code">\colon</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\*</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\frac</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\sqrt</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\stackrel</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\*</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\*</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.1 Colon character <code>:</code> &amp; <code>\colon</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon">16.8.1 Colon character <code class="code">:</code> &amp; <code class="code">\colon</code></h4>
-<span id="index-colon-character"></span>
-<span id="index-_003a-for-math"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ccolon"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="colon"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colon-character"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_003a-_0028for-math_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccolon"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">:
+<pre class="example-preformatted">:
\colon
</pre></div>
-<p>In mathematics, the colon character, <code>:</code>, is a relation.
+<p>In mathematics, the colon character, <code class="code">:</code>, is a relation.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-12"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-12"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-12"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-12"></a>
-<p>Ordinary LaTeX defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
+<p>Ordinary LaTeX defines <code class="code">\colon</code> to produce the colon character
with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
-<code>\{x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\}</code>.
+<code class="code">\{x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\}</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-13"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-13"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-13"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-13"></a>
-<p>But the widely-used <code>amsmath</code> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
-in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want
-the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct{:}</code>.
+<p>But the widely-used <code class="code">amsmath</code> package defines <code class="code">\colon</code> for use
+in the definition of functions <code class="code">f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want
+the colon character as a punctuation then use <code class="code">\mathpunct{:}</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_002a">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_002a">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\frac</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colon character <code>:</code> &amp; <code>\colon</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\frac</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colon character <code class="code">:</code> &amp; <code class="code">\colon</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005c_002a-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.2 <code>\*</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_002a-1">16.8.2 <code class="code">\*</code></h4>
-<span id="index-multiplication_002c-discretionary"></span>
-<span id="index-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></span>
-<span id="index-line-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></span>
-<span id="index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_002a"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-multiplication_002c-discretionary"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-line-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_002a"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\*
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\*
</pre></div>
<p>A multiplication symbol that allows a line break. If there is a break
-then LaTeX puts a <code>\times</code> symbol, &#x00D7;, before
+then LaTeX puts a <code class="code">\times</code> symbol, &#x00D7;, before
that break.
</p>
-<p>In <code>\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)</code>, if there is no line break then
-LaTeX outputs it as though it were <code>\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)</code>. If
+<p>In <code class="code">\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)</code>, if there is no line break then
+LaTeX outputs it as though it were <code class="code">\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)</code>. If
a line break does happen, for example between the two middle ones, then
-LaTeX sets it like <code>\( A_1 A_2 \times \)</code>, followed by the
-break, followed by <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>.
+LaTeX sets it like <code class="code">\( A_1 A_2 \times \)</code>, followed by the
+break, followed by <code class="code">\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cfrac">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfrac">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\sqrt</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\*</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\sqrt</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\*</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cfrac-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.3 <code>\frac</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cfrac-1">16.8.3 <code class="code">\frac</code></h4>
-<span id="index-fraction"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cfrac"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fraction"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfrac"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\frac{<var>numerator</var>}{<var>denominator</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\frac{<var class="var">numerator</var>}{<var class="var">denominator</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Produces the fraction. Used as: <code>\begin{displaymath}
+<p>Produces the fraction. Used as: <code class="code">\begin{displaymath}
\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}</code>. In inline math
-mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code>
-(see <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>).
+mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code class="code">\displaystyle</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005csqrt">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005csqrt">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\stackrel</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\frac</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\stackrel</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frac</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csqrt-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.4 <code>\sqrt</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005csqrt-1">16.8.4 <code class="code">\sqrt</code></h4>
-<span id="index-square-root"></span>
-<span id="index-roots"></span>
-<span id="index-radical"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csqrt"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-square-root"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-roots"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-radical"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csqrt"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\sqrt{<var>arg</var>}
-\sqrt[<var>root-number</var>]{<var>arg</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\sqrt{<var class="var">arg</var>}
+\sqrt[<var class="var">root-number</var>]{<var class="var">arg</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>The square root, or optionally other roots, of <var>arg</var>. The optional
-argument <var>root-number</var> gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of
-<code>x+y</code> as <code>\sqrt[3]{x+y}</code>.
-The radical grows with the size of <var>arg</var> (as the height of the
-radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets steeper, until for
-a large enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical).
+<p>The square root, or optionally other roots, of <var class="var">arg</var>. The optional
+argument <var class="var">root-number</var> gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of
+<code class="code">x+y</code> as <code class="code">\sqrt[3]{x+y}</code>.
+The size of the radical grows with that of <var class="var">arg</var> (as the height of
+the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets steeper, until
+for a tall enough <code class="code">arg</code>, it is vertical).
</p>
-<p>LaTeX has a separate <code>\surd</code> character (see <a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a>).
+<p>LaTeX has a separate <code class="code">\surd</code> symbol for making a square root
+without <var class="var">arg</var> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cstackrel">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cstackrel">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\sqrt</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\sqrt</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cstackrel-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.5 <code>\stackrel</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cstackrel-1">16.8.5 <code class="code">\stackrel</code></h4>
-<span id="index-stack-math"></span>
-<span id="index-relation_002c-text-above"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cstackrel"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-stack-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-relation_002c-text-above"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstackrel"></a>
-<p>Synopsis, one of:
+<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\stackrel{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">relation</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Put <var>text</var> above <var>relation</var>. To put a function name above an
-arrow enter <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>.
+<p>Put <var class="var">text</var> above <var class="var">relation</var>. To put a function name above an
+arrow enter <code class="code">\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Modes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Modes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page styles</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math formulas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Modes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">17 Modes</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Modes-1">17 Modes</h2>
-<span id="index-modes"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modes"></a>
<p>As LaTeX processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
modes. They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -16274,97 +16416,97 @@ modes, the math modes, and the vertical modes. Some commands only work
in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of
the math modes), and error messages will refer to these.
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> <span id="modes-paragraph-mode"></span><span id="index-paragraph-mode"></span>
-<em>Paragraph mode</em> (in plain TeX this is called <em>horizontal
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li><a class="anchor" id="modes-paragraph-mode"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-mode"></a>
+<em class="dfn">Paragraph mode</em> (in plain TeX this is called <em class="dfn">horizontal
mode</em>) is what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks
the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that
in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode LaTeX is
in most of the time.
-<span id="index-left_002dto_002dright-mode"></span>
-<span id="index-LR-mode"></span>
-<span id="modes-lr-mode"></span><p><em>LR mode</em> (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called
-<em>restricted horizontal mode</em>) is in effect when LaTeX starts
-making a box with an <code>\mbox</code> command. As in paragraph mode,
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left_002dto_002dright-mode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LR-mode"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modes-lr-mode"></a><p><em class="dfn">LR mode</em> (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called
+<em class="dfn">restricted horizontal mode</em>) is in effect when LaTeX starts
+making a box with an <code class="code">\mbox</code> command. As in paragraph mode,
LaTeX&rsquo;s output is a string of words with spaces between them. Unlike
in paragraph mode, in LR mode LaTeX never starts a new line, it just
keeps going from left to right. (Although LaTeX will not complain
that the LR box is too long, when it is finished and next tries to put
-that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR
+that box into a line, it might well complain that the finished LR
box won&rsquo;t fit there.)
</p>
-</li><li> <span id="index-math-mode"></span>
-<span id="modes-math-mode"></span><em>Math mode</em> is when LaTeX is generating
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-mode"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modes-math-mode"></a><em class="dfn">Math mode</em> is when LaTeX is generating
an inline mathematical formula.
-<span id="index-display-math-mode"></span>
-<p><em>Display math mode</em> is when LaTeX is generating a displayed
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-display-math-mode"></a>
+<p><em class="dfn">Display math mode</em> is when LaTeX is generating a displayed
mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
-ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
+ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code class="code">\int</code>
differs in the two situations.)
</p>
-</li><li> <span id="index-vertical-mode"></span>
-<span id="modes-vertical-mode"></span><em>Vertical mode</em> is when LaTeX is
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-mode"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modes-vertical-mode"></a><em class="dfn">Vertical mode</em> is when LaTeX is
building the list of lines and other material making the output page,
which comprises insertion of page breaks. This is the mode LaTeX is
in when it starts a document.
-<span id="index-internal-vertical-mode"></span>
-<span id="modes-internal-vertical-mode"></span><p><em>Internal vertical mode</em> is in effect when LaTeX starts making a
-<code>\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-internal-vertical-mode"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modes-internal-vertical-mode"></a><p><em class="dfn">Internal vertical mode</em> is in effect when LaTeX starts making a
+<code class="code">\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
vertical analogue of LR mode.
</p>
</li></ul>
-<p>For instance, if you begin a LaTeX article with &lsquo;<samp>Let \( x \) be
+<p>For instance, if you begin a LaTeX article with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Let \( x \) be
...</samp>&rsquo; then these are the modes: first LaTeX starts every document in
-vertical mode, then it reads the &lsquo;<samp>L</samp>&rsquo; and switches to paragraph
-mode, then the next switch happens at the &lsquo;<samp>\(</samp>&rsquo; where LaTeX
+vertical mode, then it reads the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">L</samp>&rsquo; and switches to paragraph
+mode, then the next switch happens at the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">\(</samp>&rsquo; where LaTeX
changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
back to paragraph mode.
</p>
-<span id="index-inner-paragraph-mode"></span>
-<span id="index-outer-paragraph-mode"></span>
-<span id="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"></span><span id="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"></span><p>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
-or a <code>minipage</code> then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inner-paragraph-mode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-outer-paragraph-mode"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"></a><a class="anchor" id="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"></a><p>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code class="code">\parbox</code> command
+or a <code class="code">minipage</code> then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it
will not put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a
-<em>parbox</em>, LaTeX is in <em>inner paragraph mode</em>. Its more usual
-situation, where it can put page breaks, is <em>outer paragraph mode</em>
-(see <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>).
+<em class="dfn">parbox</em>, LaTeX is in <em class="dfn">inner paragraph mode</em>. Its more usual
+situation, where it can put page breaks, is <em class="dfn">outer paragraph mode</em>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>).
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1"><code>\ensuremath</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\ensuremath</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005censuremath">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005censuremath">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Up: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Modes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005censuremath-1"></span><h3 class="section">17.1 <code>\ensuremath</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005censuremath-1">17.1 <code class="code">\ensuremath</code></h3>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ensuremath{<var>formula</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ensuremath{<var class="var">formula</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Ensure that <var>formula</var> is typeset in math mode.
+<p>Ensure that <var class="var">formula</var> is typeset in math mode.
</p>
<p>For instance, you can redefine commands that ordinarily can be used only
in math mode, so that they can be used both in math and in plain text.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
In $\int f(x)\, \dx$, the \dx{} is an infinitesimal.
</pre></div>
-<p>Caution: the <code>\ensuremath</code> command is useful but not a panacea.
+<p>Caution: the <code class="code">\ensuremath</code> command is useful but not a panacea.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
You get an alpha in text mode: \alf.
But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf.
</pre></div>
@@ -16375,15 +16517,15 @@ But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Page-styles">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Page-styles">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spaces</a>, Previous: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Modes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Page-styles-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">18 Page styles</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Page-styles-1">18 Page styles</h2>
-<span id="index-styles_002c-page"></span>
-<span id="index-page-styles"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-styles_002c-page"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-styles"></a>
<p>The style of a page determines where LaTeX places the components of
that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body. This
@@ -16391,47 +16533,47 @@ includes pages in the main part of the document but also includes
special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
the first page of an article.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr"></span>
-<span id="index-fancyhdr-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyhdr-package"></a>
-<p>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is very helpful for constructing page
-styles. See its documentation on CTAN.
+<p>The package <code class="code">fancyhdr</code> is commonly used for constructing page
+styles. See its documentation.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1"><code>\maketitle</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3"><code>\pagestyle</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\maketitle</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cmaketitle">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmaketitle">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmaketitle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.1 <code>\maketitle</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cmaketitle-1">18.1 <code class="code">\maketitle</code></h3>
-<span id="index-titles_002c-making"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmaketitle"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titles_002c-making"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmaketitle"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\maketitle
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\maketitle
</pre></div>
<p>Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a
-separate page, except in the <code>article</code> class where it is at the top
-of the first page. (See <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>, for information about
-the <code>titlepage</code> document class option.)
+separate page, except in the <code class="code">article</code> class where it is at the top
+of the first page. (See <a class="xref" href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>, for information about
+the <code class="code">titlepage</code> document class option.)
</p>
-<p>This example shows <code>\maketitle</code> appearing in its usual place,
-immediately after <code>\begin{document}</code>.
+<p>This example shows <code class="code">\maketitle</code> appearing in its usual place,
+immediately after <code class="code">\begin{document}</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
\title{Constructing a Nuclear Reactor Using Only Coconuts}
\author{Jonas Grumby\thanks{%
With the support of a Ginger Grant from the Roy Hinkley Society.} \\
@@ -16454,204 +16596,206 @@ sail that day for a three hour tour. A three hour tour.
<p>You tell LaTeX the information used to produce the title by making
the following declarations. These must come before the
-<code>\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body.
+<code class="code">\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d'><span><code>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</code><a href='#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-author_002c-for-titlepage"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-_005cauthor"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cand-for-_005cauthor"></span>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d'><span><code class="code">\author{<var class="var">name1</var> \and <var class="var">name2</var> \and ...}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-author_002c-for-titlepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cauthor_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cand-_0028for-_005cauthor_0029"></a>
<p>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a
-list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. To separate lines
+list of authors separated by <code class="code">\and</code> commands. To separate lines
within a single author&rsquo;s entry, for instance to give the author&rsquo;s
-institution or address, use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you omit
-the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Warning: No
+institution or address, use a double backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>. If you omit
+the <code class="code">\author</code> declaration then you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Warning: No
\author given</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdate_007btext_007d'><span><code>\date{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cdate_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-date_002c-for-titlepage"></span>
-<p>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&rsquo;s date. The <var>text</var>
+<dt id='index-_005cdate_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\date{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdate_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-date_002c-for-titlepage"></a>
+<p>Optional. Declare <var class="var">text</var> to be the document&rsquo;s date. The <var class="var">text</var>
doesn&rsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you
-omit <code>\date</code> then LaTeX uses the current date (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday"><code>\today</code></a>).
-To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>.
+omit <code class="code">\date</code> then LaTeX uses the current date (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctoday"><code class="code">\today</code></a>).
+To have no date, instead use <code class="code">\date{}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'><span><code>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></span>
-<span id="index-credit-footnote"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\thanks{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-credit-footnote"></a>
<p>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information
for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at
-all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
+the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense. It can be any text
+at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
address.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'><span><code>\title{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-title_002c-for-titlepage"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-_005ctitle"></span>
-<p>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line
-breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you
-omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: No
-\title given</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\title{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-title_002c-for-titlepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005ctitle_0029"></a>
+<p>Required. Declare <var class="var">text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line
+breaks inside <var class="var">text</var> with a double backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>. If you
+omit the <code class="code">\title</code> declaration then the <code class="code">\maketitle</code> command
+yields error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: No \title given</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>To make your own title page, see&nbsp;<a href="#titlepage"><code>titlepage</code></a>. You can either
+<p>To make your own title page, see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#titlepage"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>. You can either
create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-<code>\maketitle</code> command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use
-in place of <code>article</code> that formats the title according to their
+<code class="code">\maketitle</code> command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+in place of <code class="code">article</code> that formats the title according to their
house requirements.)
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpagenumbering">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpagenumbering">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\maketitle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\maketitle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cpagenumbering-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpagenumbering-1">18.2 <code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cpagenumbering"></span>
-<span id="index-page-numbering-style"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpagenumbering"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-numbering-style"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pagenumbering{<var>number-style</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagenumbering{<var class="var">number-style</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Specifies the style of page numbers, and resets the page number. The
numbering style is reflected on the page, and also in the table of
contents and other page references. This declaration has global scope
-so its effect is not delimited by braces or environments.
+so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
+or an end of environment.
</p>
-<p>In this example, before the Main section the pages are numbered
-&lsquo;<samp>a</samp>&rsquo;, etc. Starting on the page containing that section, the pages
-are numbered &lsquo;<samp>1</samp>&rsquo;, etc.
+<p>In this example, before the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Main</samp>&rsquo; section the pages are numbered
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">a</samp>&rsquo;, etc. Starting on the page containing the
+<code class="code">\pagenumbering</code> call in that section, the pages are numbered
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">1</samp>&rsquo;, etc.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
...
\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
...
</pre></div>
-<p>The argument <var>number-style</var> is one of the following (see
-also&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>).
+<p>The argument <var class="var">number-style</var> is one of the following (see
+also&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>arabic</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">arabic</code></dt>
<dd><p>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, &hellip;
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>roman</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">roman</code></dt>
<dd><p>lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, &hellip;
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>Roman</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">Roman</code></dt>
<dd><p>uppercase Roman numerals: I, II, &hellip;
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>alph</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">alph</code></dt>
<dd><p>lowercase letters: a, b, &hellip; If you have more than 26 pages then you
-get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>&rsquo;.
+get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>Alph</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">Alph</code></dt>
<dd><p>uppercase letters: A, B, &hellip; If you have more than 26 pages then you
-get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>&rsquo;.
+get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-package_002c-hyperref-2'><span><code>gobble</code><a href='#index-package_002c-hyperref-2' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-hyperref-package-2"></span>
+<dt id='index-package_002c-hyperref-2'><span><code class="code">gobble</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-package_002c-hyperref-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-2"></a>
<p>LaTeX does not output a page number, although it
does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not
-work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code> so to have the page number
-not appear you may want to instead use <code>\pagestyle{empty}</code> or
-<code>\thispagestyle{empty}</code>.)
+work with the popular package <code class="code">hyperref</code> so to have the page number
+not appear you may want to instead use <code class="code">\pagestyle{empty}</code> or
+<code class="code">\thispagestyle{empty}</code>.)
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>Traditionally, if a document has front matter&mdash;preface, table of
contents, etc.&mdash;then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The
-main matter of a document uses arabic. See <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a>.
+main matter of a document uses arabic. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>.
</p>
<p>If you want to change where the page number appears on the page,
-see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>. If you want to change the value of the page
-number, then you manipulate the <code>page</code> counter (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>).
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>. If you want to change the value of the page
+number, then you manipulate the <code class="code">page</code> counter (see <a class="pxref" href="#Counters">Counters</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpagestyle">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpagestyle">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cpagestyle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpagestyle-1">18.3 <code class="code">\pagestyle</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cpagestyle"></span>
-<span id="index-header-style"></span>
-<span id="index-footer-style"></span>
-<span id="index-running-header-and-footer-style"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpagestyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-header-style"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footer-style"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-running-header-and-footer-style"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pagestyle{<var>style</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagestyle{<var class="var">style</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
from the current page onwards.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"></span>
-<span id="index-fancyhdr-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyhdr-package-1"></a>
<p>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package
-<code>fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
+<code class="code">fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
footers. New documents that need to do anything other than one of the
standard options below should use this package. See its documentation
on CTAN.
</p>
-<p>Values for <var>style</var>:
+<p>Values for <var class="var">style</var>:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>plain</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">plain</code></dt>
<dd><p>The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number, centered.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>empty</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">empty</code></dt>
<dd><p>The header and footer are both empty.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>headings</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">headings</code></dt>
<dd><p>Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style
specifies what goes in there; see the discussion below.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>myheadings</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Custom headers, specified via the <code>\markboth</code> or the
-<code>\markright</code> commands.
+<dt><code class="code">myheadings</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Custom headers, specified via the <code class="code">\markboth</code> or the
+<code class="code">\markright</code> commands.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>Some discussion of the motivation for LaTeX&rsquo;s mechanism will help you
-work with the options <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>. The
+work with the options <code class="code">headings</code> or <code class="code">myheadings</code>. The
document source below produces an article, two-sided, with the pagestyle
-<code>headings</code>. On this document&rsquo;s left hand pages, LaTeX wants (in
+<code class="code">headings</code>. On this document&rsquo;s left hand pages, LaTeX wants (in
addition to the page number) the title of the current section. On its
right hand pages LaTeX wants the title of the current subsection.
When it makes up a page, LaTeX gets this information from the
-commands <code>\leftmark</code> and <code>\rightmark</code>. So it is up to
-<code>\section</code> and <code>\subsection</code> to store that information there.
+commands <code class="code">\leftmark</code> and <code class="code">\rightmark</code>. So it is up to
+<code class="code">\section</code> and <code class="code">\subsection</code> to store that information there.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass[twoside]{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[twoside]{article}
\pagestyle{headings}
\begin{document}
... \section{Section 1} ... \subsection{Subsection 1.1} ...
@@ -16665,7 +16809,7 @@ commands <code>\leftmark</code> and <code>\rightmark</code>. So it is up to
<p>Suppose that the second section falls on a left page. Although when the
page starts it is in the first section, LaTeX will put
-&lsquo;<samp>Section&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; in the left page header. As to the right header,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Section&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; in the left page header. As to the right header,
if no subsection starts before the end of the right page then LaTeX
blanks the right hand header. If a subsection does appear before the
right page finishes then there are two cases. If at least one
@@ -16676,26 +16820,26 @@ none starts on the right then LaTeX puts in the right hand header the
title of the last subsection to start, that is, the one in effect during
the right hand page.
</p>
-<p>To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, LaTeX has <code>\section</code>
-issue a command <code>\markboth</code>, setting <code>\leftmark</code>
-to &lsquo;<samp>Section&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; and setting <code>\rightmark</code> to blank.
-And, LaTeX has <code>\subsection</code> issue a command <code>\markright</code>,
-setting <code>\rightmark</code> to &lsquo;<samp>Subsection&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo;, etc.
+<p>To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, LaTeX has <code class="code">\section</code>
+issue a command <code class="code">\markboth</code>, setting <code class="code">\leftmark</code> to
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Section&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; and setting <code class="code">\rightmark</code> to an empty content.
+And, LaTeX has <code class="code">\subsection</code> issue a command <code class="code">\markright</code>,
+setting <code class="code">\rightmark</code> to &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Subsection&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo;, etc.
</p>
-<p>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>:
+<p>Here are the descriptions of <code class="code">\markboth</code> and <code class="code">\markright</code>:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d'><span><code>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d'><span><code class="code">\markboth{<var class="var">left-head</var>}{<var class="var">right-head</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a
-page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>. A left hand page
-heading <var>left-head</var> is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code>
+page style of <code class="code">headings</code> or <code class="code">myheadings</code>. A left hand page
+heading <var class="var">left-head</var> is generated by the last <code class="code">\markboth</code>
command before the end of the page. A right hand page heading
-<var>right-head</var> is generated by the first <code>\markboth</code> or
-<code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
+<var class="var">right-head</var> is generated by the first <code class="code">\markboth</code> or
+<code class="code">\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
the last one that came before that page.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d'><span><code>\markright{<var>right</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmarkright_007bright_002dhead_007d'><span><code class="code">\markright{<var class="var">right-head</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarkright_007bright_002dhead_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -16704,33 +16848,33 @@ the last one that came before that page.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cthispagestyle">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthispagestyle">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cthispagestyle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.4 <code>\thispagestyle</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cthispagestyle-1">18.4 <code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cthispagestyle"></span>
-<span id="index-page-style_002c-this-page"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthispagestyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page-style_002c-this-page"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\thispagestyle{<var>style</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\thispagestyle{<var class="var">style</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Works in the same way as the <code>\pagestyle</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>),
-except that it changes to <var>style</var> for the current page only. This
+<p>Works in the same way as the <code class="code">\pagestyle</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>),
+except that it changes to <var class="var">style</var> for the current page only. This
declaration has global scope, so its effect is not delimited by braces
or environments.
</p>
<p>Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style. For
example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>).
+chapter in <code class="code">plain</code> style, as is the default (see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
\pagestyle{headings}
\begin{document}
\chapter{First chapter}
@@ -16739,194 +16883,194 @@ chapter in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (see <a href="#Page-style
...
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>plain</code> style has a page number on it, centered in the footer.
+<p>The <code class="code">plain</code> style has a page number on it, centered in the footer.
To make the page entirely empty, the command
-<code>\thispagestyle{empty}</code> immediately follows the second
-<code>\chapter</code>.
+<code class="code">\thispagestyle{empty}</code> immediately follows the second
+<code class="code">\chapter</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Spaces">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Spaces">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Spaces-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">19 Spaces</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Spaces-1">19 Spaces</h2>
-<span id="index-spaces"></span>
-<span id="index-white-space"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spaces"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-white-space"></a>
<p>LaTeX has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of
these are best suited to mathematical text; for these
-see&nbsp;<a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>.
-</p>
-
-
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="1"><code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="2"><code>\hspace</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="3"><code>\hfill</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="4"><code>\hss</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="5"><code>\spacefactor</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="6">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7"><code>~</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="8"><code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="9"><code>\/</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><code>\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code>\dotfill</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code>\bigskip</code> &amp; <code>\medskip</code> &amp; <code>\smallskip</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"><code>\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code>\medbreak</code> &amp; <code>\smallbreak</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace"><code>\addvspace</code></a></li>
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\enspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\quad</code> &amp; <code class="code">\qquad</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\hfill</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\hss</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="6">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7"><code class="code">~</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\/</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code class="code">\bigskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"><code class="code">\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code class="code">\vfill</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace"><code class="code">\addvspace</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.1 <code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1">19.1 <code class="code">\enspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\quad</code> &amp; <code class="code">\qquad</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005censpace"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cquad-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cqquad-1"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005censpace"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cquad"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cqquad"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005censpace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cquad-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cqquad-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\enspace
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\enspace
\quad
\qquad
</pre></div>
-<p>Insert a horizontal space of 1/2em, 1em, or 2em. The
+<p>Insert a horizontal space of 1/2<span class="dmn">em</span>, 1<span class="dmn">em</span>, or 2<span class="dmn">em</span>. The
em is a length defined by a font designer, often thought of as being the
width of a capital&nbsp;M. One advantage of describing space in ems is
that it can be more portable across documents than an absolute
-measurement such as points (see <a href="#Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</a>).
+measurement such as points (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</a>).
</p>
<p>This puts a suitable gap between two graphics.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
\includegraphics{womensmile.png}%
\qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png}
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>, for <code>\quad</code> and <code>\qquad</code>. These
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>, for <code class="code">\quad</code> and <code class="code">\qquad</code>. These
are lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice
in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with
-<code>\hspace</code>.
+<code class="code">\hspace</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005chspace">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\enspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\quad</code> &amp; <code class="code">\qquad</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005chspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.2 <code>\hspace</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chspace-1">19.2 <code class="code">\hspace</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005chspace"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chspace"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hspace{<var>length</var>}
-\hspace*{<var>length</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hspace{<var class="var">length</var>}
+\hspace*{<var class="var">length</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Insert the amount <var>length</var> of horizontal space. The <var>length</var> can
+<p>Insert the amount <var class="var">length</var> of horizontal space. The <var class="var">length</var> can
be positive, negative, or zero; adding a negative amount of space is
like backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a
-<code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component, or both (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+<code class="code">plus</code> or <code class="code">minus</code> component, or both (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
Because the space is stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called
-<em>glue</em>.
+<em class="dfn">glue</em>.
</p>
-<p>This makes a line with &lsquo;<samp>Name:</samp>&rsquo; an inch from the right margin.
+<p>This makes a line with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Name:</samp>&rsquo; an inch from the right margin.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>*</code>-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More
+<p>The <code class="code">*</code>-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More
precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white
space&mdash;glues and kerns&mdash;that come at a line break are discarded. The
-<code>*</code>-form avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable
+<code class="code">*</code>-form avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable
invisible item in front of the space).
</p>
<p>In this example
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\parbox{0.8\linewidth}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\parbox{0.8\linewidth}{%
Fill in each blank: Four \hspace*{1in} and seven years ago our
fathers brought forth on this continent, a new \hspace*{1in},
conceived in \hspace*{1in}, and dedicated to the proposition
that all men are created \hspace*{1in}.}
</pre></div>
-<p>the 1&nbsp;inch blank following &lsquo;<samp>conceived in</samp>&rsquo; falls at the start
-of a line. If you erase the <code>*</code> then LaTeX discards the blank.
+<p>the 1&nbsp;inch blank following &lsquo;<samp class="samp">conceived in</samp>&rsquo; falls at the start
+of a line. If you erase the <code class="code">*</code> then LaTeX discards the blank.
</p>
-<p>Here, the <code>\hspace</code> separates the three graphics.
+<p>Here, the <code class="code">\hspace</code> separates the three graphics.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
\includegraphics{lion.png}% comment keeps out extra space
\hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{tiger.png}%
\hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{bear.png}
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>Because the argument to each <code>\hspace</code> has <code>minus 0.25cm</code>,
+<p>Because the argument to each <code class="code">\hspace</code> has <code class="code">minus 0.25cm</code>,
each can shrink a little if the three figures are too wide. But each
-space won&rsquo;t shrink more than 0.25cm (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+space won&rsquo;t shrink more than 0.25<span class="dmn">cm</span> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005chfill">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chfill">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hss</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hss</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005chfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.3 <code>\hfill</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chfill-1">19.3 <code class="code">\hfill</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005chfill"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chfill"></a>
-<span id="index-stretch_002c-infinite-horizontal"></span>
-<span id="index-infinite-horizontal-stretch"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-stretch_002c-infinite-horizontal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-infinite-horizontal-stretch"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hfill
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hfill
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a rubber length which has no natural space but that can stretch
-horizontally as far as needed (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+horizontally as far as needed (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
</p>
-<p>This creates a one-line paragraph with &lsquo;<samp>Name:</samp>&rsquo; on the left side
-of the page and &lsquo;<samp>Quiz One</samp>&rsquo; on the right.
+<p>This creates a one-line paragraph with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Name:</samp>&rsquo; on the left side
+of the page and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Quiz One</samp>&rsquo; on the right.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005cfill"></span>
-<p>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code> and
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfill"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code class="code">\hspace{\fill}</code> and
so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
-<code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\hspace*{\fill}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005chspace"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Here the graphs are evenly spaced in the middle of the figure.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
...
\begin{figure}
\hspace*{\fill}%
@@ -16937,74 +17081,74 @@ so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
\end{figure}
</pre></div>
-<p>Note the <code>\hspace*</code>&rsquo;s where the space could otherwise be dropped.
+<p>Note the <code class="code">\hspace*</code>&rsquo;s where the space could otherwise be dropped.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005chss">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chss">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005chss-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.4 <code>\hss</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chss-1">19.4 <code class="code">\hss</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005chss"></span>
-<span id="index-horizontal-space"></span>
-<span id="index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable"></span>
-<span id="index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chss"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-horizontal-space"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hss
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hss
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a horizontal space that is infinitely shrinkable as well as
infinitely stretchable (this command is a TeX primitive). LaTeX
-authors should reach first for the <code>\makebox</code> command to get the
-effects of <code>\hss</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>).
+authors should reach first for the <code class="code">\makebox</code> command to get the
+effects of <code class="code">\hss</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Here, the first line&rsquo;s <code>\hss</code> makes the Z stick out to the right,
+<p>Here, the first line&rsquo;s <code class="code">\hss</code> makes the Z stick out to the right,
overwriting the Y. In the second line the Z sticks out to the left,
overwriting the X.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
+<pre class="example-preformatted">X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y
</pre></div>
-<p>Without the <code>\hss</code> you get something like &lsquo;<samp>Overfull \hbox
+<p>Without the <code class="code">\hss</code> you get something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Overfull \hbox
(6.11111pt too wide) detected at line 20</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cspacefactor">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cspacefactor">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hss</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hss</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cspacefactor-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.5 <code>\spacefactor</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cspacefactor-1">19.5 <code class="code">\spacefactor</code></h3>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\spacefactor=<var class="var">integer</var>
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005cspacefactor"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspacefactor"></a>
<p>Influence LaTeX&rsquo;s glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level
documents do not use this command.
</p>
<p>While LaTeX is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the
gaps between words. (This space is not a character; it is called the
-<em>interword glue</em>; see <a href="#g_t_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>). The <code>\spacefactor</code> command
+<em class="dfn">interword glue</em>; see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005chspace"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>). The <code class="code">\spacefactor</code> command
(from Plain&nbsp;TeX) allows you to, for instance, have the space
after a period stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter.
</p>
<p>After LaTeX places each character, or rule or other box, it sets a
-parameter called the <em>space factor</em>. If the next thing in the input
+parameter called the <em class="dfn">space factor</em>. If the next thing in the input
is a space then this parameter affects how much stretching or shrinking
can happen. A space factor that is larger than the normal value means
that the glue can stretch more and shrink less. Normally, the space
@@ -17015,19 +17159,19 @@ a semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
bracket, or closing double quote or single quote. Finally, it is 999
after a capital letter.
</p>
-<p>If the space factor&nbsp;<var>f</var> is 1000 then the glue gap will be the
+<p>If the space factor&nbsp;<var class="var">f</var> is 1000 then the glue gap will be the
font&rsquo;s normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is
-3.3333&nbsp;points). Otherwise, if the space factor <var>f</var> is greater
+3.3333&nbsp;points). Otherwise, if the space factor <var class="var">f</var> is greater
than 2000 then TeX adds the font&rsquo;s extra space value (for Computer
Modern Roman 10 point this is 1.11111&nbsp;points), and then the font&rsquo;s
-normal stretch value is multiplied by <em class='math'>f /1000</em> and the normal
-shrink value is multiplied by <em class='math'>1000/f</em> (for Computer Modern Roman
+normal stretch value is multiplied by <em class="math">f /1000</em> and the normal
+shrink value is multiplied by <em class="math">1000/f</em> (for Computer Modern Roman
10 point these are 1.66666 and 1.11111&nbsp;points).
</p>
-<p>For example, consider the period ending <code>A man's best friend is his
+<p>For example, consider the period ending <code class="code">A man's best friend is his
dog.</code> After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as the glue
-after <code>friend</code>, which does not end in a period.
+after <code class="code">friend</code>, which does not end in a period.
</p>
<p>The rules for space factors are even more complex because they play
additional roles. In practice, there are two consequences. First, if a
@@ -17037,44 +17181,44 @@ period carries through those characters (that is, the following glue
will have increased stretch and shrink). Second, if
punctuation comes after a capital letter then its effect is not in place
so you get an ordinary space. This second case also affects abbreviations
-that do not end in a capital letter (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>).
+that do not end in a capital letter (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>You can only use <code>\spacefactor</code> in paragraph mode or LR mode
-(see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). You can see the current value with
-<code>\the\spacefactor</code> or <code>\showthe\spacefactor</code>.
+<p>You can only use <code class="code">\spacefactor</code> in paragraph mode or LR mode
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>). You can see the current value with
+<code class="code">\the\spacefactor</code> or <code class="code">\showthe\spacefactor</code>.
</p>
-<p>(Comment, not really related to <code>\spacefactor</code>: if you get errors
-like &lsquo;<samp>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp>&rsquo;, or &lsquo;<samp>You
-can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</samp>&rsquo;, or &lsquo;<samp>Improper \spacefactor</samp>&rsquo;
+<p>(Comment, not really related to <code class="code">\spacefactor</code>: if you get errors
+like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp>&rsquo;, or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">You
+can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</samp>&rsquo;, or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Improper \spacefactor</samp>&rsquo;
then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command.
-See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a>.)
+See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>.)
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="1"><code>\@</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="2"><code>\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="3"><code>\normalsfcodes</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\@</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_0040">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0040">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005c_0040-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.1 <code>\@</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_0040-1">19.5.1 <code class="code">\@</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005c_0040"></span>
-<span id="index-at_002dsign"></span>
-<span id="index-period_002c-sentence_002dending"></span>
-<span id="index-period_002c-abbreviation_002dending"></span>
-<span id="index-period_002c-spacing-after"></span>
-<span id="g_t_005cAT"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-at_002dsign"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-period_002c-sentence_002dending"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-period_002c-abbreviation_002dending"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-period_002c-spacing-after"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cAT"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><var>capital-letter</var>\@.
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">capital-letter</var>\@.
</pre></div>
<p>Treat a period as sentence-ending, where LaTeX would otherwise think
@@ -17083,63 +17227,63 @@ abbreviation if the period comes after a capital letter, and otherwise
thinks the period ends the sentence. By default, in justifying a line
LaTeX adjusts the space after a sentence-ending period (or a question
mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than it adjusts the space
-between words (see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>).
+between words (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This example shows the two cases to remember.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The songs \textit{Red Guitar}, etc.\ are by Loudon Wainwright~III\@.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The songs \textit{Red Guitar}, etc.\ are by Loudon Wainwright~III\@.
</pre></div>
<p>The second period ends the sentence, despite that it is preceded by a
capital. We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting
-<code>\@</code> before it. The first period ends the abbreviation
-&lsquo;<samp>etc.</samp>&rsquo; but not the sentence. The backslash-space, <code>\ </code>,
+<code class="code">\@</code> before it. The first period ends the abbreviation
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">etc.</samp>&rsquo; but not the sentence. The backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code>,
produces a mid-sentence space.
</p>
<p>So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
-sentence, then put <code>\@</code> before the period. This holds even if
+sentence, then put <code class="code">\@</code> before the period. This holds even if
there is an intervening right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or
double quote, because the spacing effect of that period carries through
those characters. For example, this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Use the \textit{Instructional Practices Guide},
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Use the \textit{Instructional Practices Guide},
(a book by the MAA)\@.
</pre></div>
<p>will have correct inter-sentence spacing after the period.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\@</code> command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of
-a text mode then you get &lsquo;<samp>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
-mode</samp>&rsquo; (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">\@</code> command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of
+a text mode then you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
+mode</samp>&rsquo; (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
</p>
<p>Comment: the converse case is a period ending an abbreviation whose last
letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the last
word in the sentence. For that case follow the period with a
-backslash-space, (<code>\ </code>), or a tie, (<code>~</code>), or <code>\@</code>.
-Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and
-<code>(manure, etc.\@) for sale</code> (note in the last one that the
-<code>\@</code> comes before the closing parenthesis).
+backslash-space, (<code class="code">\ </code>), or a tie, (<code class="code">~</code>), or <code class="code">\@</code>.
+Examples are <code class="code">Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code class="code">Mr.~Bean</code>, and
+<code class="code">(manure, etc.\@) for sale</code> (note in the last one that the
+<code class="code">\@</code> comes before the closing parenthesis).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\normalsfcodes</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\@</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\@</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing"></span><span id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></h4>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing"></a><h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing-1">19.5.2 <code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cfrenchspacing"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"></span>
-<span id="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnonfrenchspacing"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfrenchspacing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\frenchspacing
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\frenchspacing
\nonfrenchspacing
</pre></div>
@@ -17147,69 +17291,69 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\normalsfc
sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a
sentence. The second switches back to the default handling in which
spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the
space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark,
exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words
-that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring <code>\frenchspacing</code>
+that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring <code class="code">\frenchspacing</code>
(the command is from plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all
spaces are treated equally.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.3 <code>\normalsfcodes</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes-1">19.5.3 <code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cnormalsfcodes"></span>
-<span id="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnormalsfcodes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\normalsfcodes
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\normalsfcodes
</pre></div>
<p>Reset the LaTeX space factors to the default values
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>~</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">~</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-"></span><h3 class="section">19.6 Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-">19.6 Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cNEWLINE"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cSPACE"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cTAB"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c--_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cSPACE-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cNEWLINE"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cSPACE"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cTAB"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c-_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cSPACE-1"></a>
<p>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
backslash followed by a space.<br>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ <!-- /@w -->
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ <!-- /@w -->
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length
-3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt.
+3.33333<span class="dmn">pt</span> plus 1.66666<span class="dmn">pt</span> minus 1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span>.
</p>
<p>When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white
space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{rl}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rl}
One blank:&amp; makes some space \\
Three blanks:&amp; in a row \\
Three spaces:&amp;\ \ \ in a row \\
@@ -17224,123 +17368,123 @@ whitespace if one, two or all of the three blanks were replaced by a
tab, or by a newline. However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so
the white area is wider. That is, the backslash-space command creates a
fixed amount of horizontal space. (Note that you can define a
-horizontal space of any width at all with <code>\hspace</code>;
-see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>.)
+horizontal space of any width at all with <code class="code">\hspace</code>;
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005chspace"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>.)
</p>
<p>The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after
control sequences to keep them from gobbling the blank that follows, as
-after <code>\TeX</code> in <code>\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)</code>. (But using curly braces
+after <code class="code">\TeX</code> in <code class="code">\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)</code>. (But using curly braces
has the advantage of still working whether the next character is a blank
-or any other non-letter, as in <code>\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})</code> in which
-<code>{}</code> can be added after <code>\LaTeX</code> as well as after
-<code>\TeX</code>.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending
-an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>Prof.\ Smith</code>
-or <code>Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>).
+or any other non-letter, as in <code class="code">\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})</code> in which
+<code class="code">{}</code> can be added after <code class="code">\LaTeX</code> as well as after
+<code class="code">\TeX</code>.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending
+an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code class="code">Prof.\ Smith</code>
+or <code class="code">Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><tt class="key">TAB</tt> and <code>\</code><tt class="key">NEWLINE</tt>
-are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>.
+<p>Under normal circumstances, <code class="code">\</code><kbd class="key">TAB</kbd> and <code class="code">\</code><kbd class="key">NEWLINE</kbd>
+are equivalent to backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code>.
</p>
-<span id="Leading-blanks"></span><p>Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under
+<a class="anchor" id="Leading-blanks"></a><p>Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under
normal circumstances, TeX ignores leading blanks in a line. So the
-following prints &lsquo;<samp>one word</samp>&rsquo;:
+following prints &lsquo;<samp class="samp">one word</samp>&rsquo;:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">one
+<pre class="example-preformatted">one
word
</pre></div>
-<p>where the white space between &lsquo;<samp>one</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>word</samp>&rsquo; is produced by
-the newline after &lsquo;<samp>one</samp>&rsquo;, not by the space before &lsquo;<samp>word</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>where the white space between &lsquo;<samp class="samp">one</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">word</samp>&rsquo; is produced by
+the newline after &lsquo;<samp class="samp">one</samp>&rsquo;, not by the space before &lsquo;<samp class="samp">word</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_007e">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_007e">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_007e-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.7 <code>~</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_007e-1">19.7 <code class="code">~</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_007e"></span>
-<span id="index-tie"></span>
-<span id="index-space_002c-unbreakable"></span>
-<span id="index-hard-space"></span>
-<span id="index-unbreakable-space"></span>
-<span id="index-NBSP"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_007e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-space_002c-unbreakable"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hard-space"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unbreakable-space"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-NBSP"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><var>before</var>~<var>after</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">before</var>~<var class="var">after</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>The <em>tie</em> character, <code>~</code>, produces a space between <var>before</var> and
-<var>after</var> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white
-space has length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus
-1.11111pt (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+<p>The <em class="dfn">tie</em> character, <code class="code">~</code>, produces a space between <var class="var">before</var> and
+<var class="var">after</var> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white
+space has length 3.33333<span class="dmn">pt</span> plus 1.66666<span class="dmn">pt</span> minus
+1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
</p>
-<p>Note that the word &lsquo;<samp>tie</samp>&rsquo; has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
+<p>Note that the word &lsquo;<samp class="samp">tie</samp>&rsquo; has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
community; this differs from the typographic term &ldquo;tie&rdquo;, which
is a diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a &ldquo;tie-after&rdquo; accent
-in <cite>The TeXbook</cite>.
+in <cite class="cite">The TeXbook</cite>.
</p>
<p>Here LaTeX will not break the line between the final two words:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Thanks to Prof.~Lerman.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Thanks to Prof.~Lerman.
</pre></div>
<p>In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the
-end-of-sentence spacing (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>).
+end-of-sentence spacing (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>).
+words in an <code class="code">\mbox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>).
</p>
<p>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from <cite>The TeXbook</cite>.
+from <cite class="cite">The TeXbook</cite>.
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
-<code>Chapter~12</code>, or <code>Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</code>, or
-<code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>.
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li>Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
+<code class="code">Chapter~12</code>, or <code class="code">Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</code>, or
+<code class="code">Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>.
-</li><li> When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
+</li><li>When cases are enumerated inline: <code class="code">(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
(1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
-<span id="index-package_002c-siunitx-1"></span>
-<span id="index-siunitx-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-siunitx-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-siunitx-package-1"></a>
-</li><li> Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
-<code>siunitx</code> package has a special facility for this) or
-<code>144~eggs</code>. This includes between a month and day number in a date:
-<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions where
+</li><li>Between a number and its unit: <code class="code">$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
+<code class="code">siunitx</code> package has a special facility for this) or
+<code class="code">144~eggs</code>. This includes between a month and day number in a date:
+<code class="code">October~12</code> or <code class="code">12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions where
numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space:
-<code>AD~565</code>, or <code>2:50~pm</code>, or <code>Boeing~747</code>, or
-<code>268~Plains Road</code>, or <code>\$$1.4$~billion</code>. Other common
-choices here are a thin space (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></a>) and
+<code class="code">AD~565</code>, or <code class="code">2:50~pm</code>, or <code class="code">Boeing~747</code>, or
+<code class="code">268~Plains Road</code>, or <code class="code">\$$1.4$~billion</code>. Other common
+choices here are a thin space (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>) and
no space at all.
-</li><li> When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: <code>equals~$n$</code>, or
-<code>less than~$\epsilon$</code>, or <code>given~$X$</code>, or <code>modulo~$p^e$
-for all large~$n$</code> (but compare <code>is~$15$</code> with <code>is $15$~times
+</li><li>When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: <code class="code">equals~$n$</code>, or
+<code class="code">less than~$\epsilon$</code>, or <code class="code">given~$X$</code>, or <code class="code">modulo~$p^e$
+for all large~$n$</code> (but compare <code class="code">is~$15$</code> with <code class="code">is $15$~times
the height</code>). Between mathematical symbols in apposition with nouns:
-<code>dimension~$d$</code> or <code>function~$f(x)$</code> (but compare <code>with
+<code class="code">dimension~$d$</code> or <code class="code">function~$f(x)$</code> (but compare <code class="code">with
length $l$~or more</code>). When a symbol is a tightly bound object of a
-preposition: <code>of~$x$</code>, or <code>from $0$ to~$1$</code>, or <code>in
+preposition: <code class="code">of~$x$</code>, or <code class="code">from $0$ to~$1$</code>, or <code class="code">in
common with~$m$</code>.
-</li><li> Between symbols in series: <code>$1$,~$2$, or~$3$</code> or <code>$1$,~$2$,
+</li><li>Between symbols in series: <code class="code">$1$,~$2$, or~$3$</code> or <code class="code">$1$,~$2$,
\ldots,~$n$</code>.
-</li><li> Between a person&rsquo;s given names and between multiple surnames:
-<code>Donald~E. Knuth</code>, or <code>Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo</code>, or
-<code>Charles~XII</code>&mdash;but you must give TeX places to break the line
-so you might do <code>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la
+</li><li>Between a person&rsquo;s given names and between multiple surnames:
+<code class="code">Donald~E. Knuth</code>, or <code class="code">Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo</code>, or
+<code class="code">Charles~XII</code>&mdash;but you must give TeX places to break the line
+so you might do <code class="code">Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la
Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>.
</li></ul>
@@ -17348,110 +17492,110 @@ Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\/</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>~</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\/</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">~</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.8 <code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1">19.8 <code class="code">\thinspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cthinspace-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnegthinspace-1"></span>
-<span id="index-thin-space-1"></span>
-<span id="index-space_002c-thin"></span>
-<span id="index-thin-space_002c-negative-1"></span>
-<span id="index-space_002c-negative-thin"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cthinspace"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnegthinspace"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthinspace-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnegthinspace-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thin-space-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-space_002c-thin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thin-space_002c-negative-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-space_002c-negative-thin"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\thinspace
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\thinspace
\negthinspace
</pre></div>
-<p>These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6em and
--1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of
-<code>\,</code> and <code>\!</code> (see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</a>).
+<p>These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6<span class="dmn">em</span> and
+-1/6<span class="dmn">em</span>, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of
+<code class="code">\,</code> and <code class="code">\!</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</a>).
</p>
-<p>You can use <code>\,</code> as a synonym for <code>\thinspace</code> in text mode.
+<p>You can use <code class="code">\,</code> as a synonym for <code class="code">\thinspace</code> in text mode.
</p>
-<p>One common use of <code>\thinspace</code> is as the space between nested
+<p>One common use of <code class="code">\thinspace</code> is as the space between nested
quotes:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace''
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace''
</pre></div>
-<p>Another use is that some style guides call for a <code>\thinspace</code>
+<p>Another use is that some style guides call for a <code class="code">\thinspace</code>
between an ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides,
think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another
-style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\
+style-specific use is between initials, as in <code class="code">D.\thinspace E.\
Knuth</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-14"></span>
-<span id="index-amsmath-package-14"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-14"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-14"></a>
<p>LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode
-(see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>). With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>). With the <code class="code">amsmath</code> package, or as
of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, they can be used in text mode as
-well as math mode, including <code>\!</code> for <code>\negthinspace</code>; but
+well as math mode, including <code class="code">\!</code> for <code class="code">\negthinspace</code>; but
otherwise, they are available only in math mode.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_002f">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_002f">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code>\dotfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> &amp; <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005c_002f-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.9 <code>\/</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_002f-1">19.9 <code class="code">\/</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005c_002f"></span>
-<span id="index-italic-correction"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_002f"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-italic-correction"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><var>before-character</var>\/<var>after-character</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">before-character</var>\/<var class="var">after-character</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>Insert an <em>italic correction</em>, a small space defined by the font
+<p>Insert an <em class="dfn">italic correction</em>, a small space defined by the font
designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character
-colliding with whatever follows. When you use <code>\/</code>, LaTeX
+colliding with whatever follows. When you use <code class="code">\/</code>, LaTeX
takes the correction from the font metric file, scales it by any
scaling that has been applied to the font, and then inserts that much
horizontal space.
</p>
-<p>Here, were it not for the <code>\/</code>, the <var>before-character</var>
-italic&nbsp;f would hit the <var>after-character</var> roman&nbsp;H
+<p>Here, were it not for the <code class="code">\/</code>, the <var class="var">before-character</var>
+italic&nbsp;f would hit the <var class="var">after-character</var> roman&nbsp;H
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}
</pre></div>
<p>because the italic letter f leans far to the right.
</p>
-<p>If <var>after-character</var> is a period or comma then don&rsquo;t insert an
+<p>If <var class="var">after-character</var> is a period or comma then don&rsquo;t insert an
italic correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the
baseline already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with
normal letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used
between a switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font.
</p>
-<p>When you use commands such as <code>\emph</code> and <code>\textit</code> and
-<code>\textsl</code> to change fonts, LaTeX automatically inserts the
-italic correction when needed (see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>). However,
-declarations such as <code>\em</code> and <code>\itshape</code> and
-<code>\slshape</code> do not automatically insert italic corrections.
+<p>When you use commands such as <code class="code">\emph</code> and <code class="code">\textit</code> and
+<code class="code">\textsl</code> to change fonts, LaTeX automatically inserts the
+italic correction when needed (see <a class="pxref" href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>). However,
+declarations such as <code class="code">\em</code> and <code class="code">\itshape</code> and
+<code class="code">\slshape</code> do not automatically insert italic corrections.
</p>
<p>Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example
-where this is needed is the name <code>pdf\/\TeX</code>. However, most
+where this is needed is the name <code class="code">pdf\/\TeX</code>. However, most
upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators
do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cfontdimen1"></span>
-<span id="index-font-dimension_002c-slant"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfontdimen1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-dimension_002c-slant"></a>
<p>Technically, LaTeX uses another font-specific value, the so-called
-<em>slant parameter</em> (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether
+<em class="dfn">slant parameter</em> (namely <code class="code">\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether
to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
particular font commands.
</p>
@@ -17461,31 +17605,31 @@ done in a different way.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\bigskip</code> &amp; <code>\medskip</code> &amp; <code>\smallskip</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\/</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\bigskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\/</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.10 <code>\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code>\dotfill</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1">19.10 <code class="code">\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code class="code">\dotfill</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005chrulefill"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cdotfill"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005chrulefill"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cdotfill"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chrulefill"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdotfill"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hrulefill
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hrulefill
\dotfill
</pre></div>
-<p>Produce an infinite horizontal rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>) that
+<p>Produce an infinite horizontal rubber length (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>) that
LaTeX fills with a rule (that is, a line) or with dots, instead of
white space.
</p>
<p>This outputs a line 2 inches long.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Name:~\makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Name:~\makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}
</pre></div>
<p>This example, when placed between blank lines, creates a paragraph that
@@ -17493,68 +17637,72 @@ is left and right justified and where the middle is filled with evenly
spaced dots.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge
</pre></div>
-<p>To make the rule or dots go to the line&rsquo;s end use <code>\null</code> at the
+<p>To make the rule or dots go to the line&rsquo;s end use <code class="code">\null</code> at the
start or end.
</p>
<p>To change the rule&rsquo;s thickness, copy the definition and adjust it, as
here
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
\leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
</pre></div>
-<p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
+<p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4<span class="dmn">pt</span> to 1<span class="dmn">pt</span>.
Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
\leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
</pre></div>
-<p>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
+<p>which changes the default length of 0.33<span class="dmn">em</span> to 1.00<span class="dmn">em</span>.
</p>
<p>This example produces a line for a signature.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{minipage}{4cm}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}{4cm}
\centering
\hrulefill\\
Signed
\end{minipage}
</pre></div>
-<p>The line is 4cm long.
+<p>The line is 4<span class="dmn">cm</span> long.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code>\medbreak</code> &amp; <code>\smallbreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code>\dotfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.11 <code>\bigskip</code> &amp; <code>\medskip</code> &amp; <code>\smallskip</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1">19.11 <code class="code">\bigskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallskip</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbigskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmedskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csmallskip"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigskip"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmedskip"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csmallskip"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bigskip
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bigskip
\medskip
\smallskip
</pre></div>
<p>Produce an amount of vertical space, large or medium-sized or
-small. These commands are fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+small. These commands are fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Here the skip suggests the passage of time (from <i>The Golden Ocean</i> by
+<p>Here the skip suggests the passage of time (from <i class="i">The Golden Ocean</i> by
O&rsquo;Brian).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Mr Saumarez would have something rude to say to him, no doubt: he
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Mr Saumarez would have something rude to say to him, no doubt: he
was at home again, and it was delightful.
\bigskip
@@ -17565,117 +17713,122 @@ said Peter.
<p>Each command is associated with a length defined in the document class
file.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="bigskip"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cbigskip'><span><code>\bigskip</code><a href='#index-_005cbigskip' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cbigskipamount"></span>
-<p>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line
-space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and
-<code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>.
-</p>
-<span id="medskip"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cmedskip'><span><code>\medskip</code><a href='#index-_005cmedskip' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cmedskipamount"></span>
-<p>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a
-line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code>
-and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>.
-</p>
-<span id="smallskip"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005csmallskip'><span><code>\smallskip</code><a href='#index-_005csmallskip' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005csmallskipamount"></span>
-<p>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="bigskip"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigskip-1'><span><code class="code">\bigskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigskip-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigskipamount"></a>
+<p>The same as <code class="code">\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line
+space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code class="code">book</code> and
+<code class="code">article</code> classes is <code class="code">12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="medskip"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmedskip-1'><span><code class="code">\medskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmedskip-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmedskipamount"></a>
+<p>The same as <code class="code">\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a
+line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code class="code">book</code>
+and <code class="code">article</code> classes is <code class="code">6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="smallskip"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005csmallskip-1'><span><code class="code">\smallskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csmallskip-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csmallskipamount"></a>
+<p>The same as <code class="code">\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a
quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the
-<code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
+<code class="code">book</code> and <code class="code">article</code> classes is <code class="code">3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>Because each command is a <code>\vspace</code>, if you use it in mid-paragraph
+<p>Because each command is a <code class="code">\vspace</code>, if you use it in mid-paragraph
then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use
it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it. So
these are best between paragraphs.
</p>
-<p>The commands <code>\bigbreak</code>, <code>\medbreak</code>, and <code>\smallbreak</code>
+<p>The commands <code class="code">\bigbreak</code>, <code class="code">\medbreak</code>, and <code class="code">\smallbreak</code>
are similar but also suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to
-put a page break (see <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"><code>\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code>\medbreak</code> &amp; <code>\smallbreak</code></a>.
+put a page break (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"><code class="code">\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\strut</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\bigskip</code> &amp; <code>\medskip</code> &amp; <code>\smallskip</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\bigskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.12 <code>\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code>\medbreak</code> &amp; <code>\smallbreak</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1">19.12 <code class="code">\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbigbreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmedbreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csmallbreak"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigbreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmedbreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csmallbreak"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bigbreak
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bigbreak
\medbreak
\smallbreak
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a vertical space that is big or medium-sized or small, and
suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to break the page. (The
-associated penalties are -200, -100, and -50.)
+associated penalties are respectively &minus;200, &minus;100, and
+&minus;50.)
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code>\bigskip</code> &amp; <code>\medskip</code> &amp; <code>\smallskip</code></a>, for more. These commands
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code class="code">\bigskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a>, for more. These commands
produce the same vertical space but differ in that they also remove a
preceding vertical space if it is less than what they would insert (as
-with <code>\addvspace</code>). In addition, they terminate a paragraph where
+with <code class="code">\addvspace</code>). In addition, they terminate a paragraph where
they are used: this example
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">abc\bigbreak def ghi
+<pre class="example-preformatted">abc\bigbreak def ghi
jkl mno pqr
</pre></div>
-<p>will output three paragraphs, the first ending in &lsquo;<samp>abc</samp>&rsquo; and the
+<p>will output three paragraphs, the first ending in &lsquo;<samp class="samp">abc</samp>&rsquo; and the
second starting, after an extra vertical space and a paragraph indent,
-with &lsquo;<samp>def</samp>&rsquo;.
+with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">def</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cstrut">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cstrut">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\vspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code>\medbreak</code> &amp; <code>\smallbreak</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medbreak</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cstrut-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.13 <code>\strut</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cstrut-1">19.13 <code class="code">\strut</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cstrut"></span>
-<span id="index-strut-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstrut"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-strut-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\strut
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\strut
</pre></div>
-<p>Ensure that the current line has height at least <code>0.7\baselineskip</code>
-and depth at least <code>0.3\baselineskip</code>. Essentially, LaTeX
+<p>Ensure that the current line has height at least <code class="code">0.7\baselineskip</code>
+and depth at least <code class="code">0.3\baselineskip</code>. Essentially, LaTeX
inserts into the line a rectangle having zero width,
-<code>\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>).
-The <code>\baselineskip</code> changes with the current font or fontsize.
+<code class="code">\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crule"><code class="code">\rule</code></a>).
+The <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> changes with the current font or fontsize.
</p>
-<p>In this example the <code>\strut</code> keeps the box inside the frame from
+<p>In this example the <code class="code">\strut</code> keeps the box inside the frame from
having zero height.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}
</pre></div>
<p>This example has four lists. In the first there is a much bigger gap
between items 2 and&nbsp;3 than there is between items 1 and&nbsp;2.
-The second list fixes that with a <code>\strut</code> at the end of its first
+The second list fixes that with a <code class="code">\strut</code> at the end of its first
item&rsquo;s second line.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
\noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
\begin{enumerate}
\item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}
@@ -17706,32 +17859,32 @@ item&rsquo;s second line.
\end{minipage}%
</pre></div>
-<p>The final two lists use <code>\fbox</code> to show what&rsquo;s happening. The
-first item <code>\parbox</code> of the third list goes only to the bottom of
-its second &lsquo;<samp>test</samp>&rsquo;, which happens not have any characters that
+<p>The final two lists use <code class="code">\fbox</code> to show what&rsquo;s happening. The
+first item <code class="code">\parbox</code> of the third list goes only to the bottom of
+its second &lsquo;<samp class="samp">test</samp>&rsquo;, which happens not have any characters that
descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives
the needed extra below-baseline space.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-TikZ-1"></span>
-<span id="index-TikZ-package-1"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"></span>
-<span id="index-Asymptote-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-TikZ-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TikZ-package-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asymptote-package-1"></a>
-<p>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
-<code>TikZ</code> or <code>Asymptote</code>. For instance, you may have a command
-such as <code>\graphnode{<var>node-name</var>}</code> that fits a circle around
-<var>node-name</var>. However, unless you are careful the <var>node-name</var>&rsquo;s
-&lsquo;<samp>x</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>y</samp>&rsquo; will produce different-diameter circles because
-the characters are different sizes. A careful <code>\graphnode</code> might
-insert a <code>\strut</code>, then <var>node-name</var>, and then draw the circle.
+<p>The <code class="code">\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
+<code class="code">TikZ</code> or <code class="code">Asymptote</code>. For instance, you may have a command
+such as <code class="code">\graphnode{<var class="var">node-name</var>}</code> that fits a circle around
+<var class="var">node-name</var>. However, unless you are careful the <var class="var">node-name</var>&rsquo;s
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">x</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">y</samp>&rsquo; will produce different-diameter circles because
+the characters are different sizes. A careful <code class="code">\graphnode</code> might
+insert a <code class="code">\strut</code>, then <var class="var">node-name</var>, and then draw the circle.
</p>
-<p>The general approach of using a zero width <code>\rule</code> is useful in
+<p>The general approach of using a zero width <code class="code">\rule</code> is useful in
many circumstances. In this table, the zero-width rule keeps the top of
-the first integral from hitting the <code>\hline</code>. Similarly, the
+the first integral from hitting the <code class="code">\hline</code>. Similarly, the
second rule keeps the second integral from hitting the first.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{rl}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rl}
\textsc{Integral} &amp;\textsc{Value} \\
\hline
$\int_0^x t\, dt$ &amp;$x^2/2$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex} \\
@@ -17742,53 +17895,53 @@ second rule keeps the second integral from hitting the first.
<p>(Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available
optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won&rsquo;t
solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like
-<code>\\[2.5ex]</code> will put more room between the header line and the
-<code>\hline</code> rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.)
+<code class="code">\\[2.5ex]</code> will put more room between the header line and the
+<code class="code">\hline</code> rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.)
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cvspace">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\vfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\strut</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\vfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cvspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.14 <code>\vspace</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cvspace-1">19.14 <code class="code">\vspace</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cvspace"></span>
-<span id="index-vertical-space"></span>
-<span id="index-space_002c-vertical"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-space"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-space_002c-vertical"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\vspace{<var>length</var>}
-\vspace*{<var>length</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\vspace{<var class="var">length</var>}
+\vspace*{<var class="var">length</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Add the vertical space <var>length</var>. The <var>length</var> can be positive,
-negative, or zero. It is a rubber length&mdash;it may contain a <code>plus</code>
-or <code>minus</code> component (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+<p>Add the vertical space <var class="var">length</var>. The <var class="var">length</var> can be positive,
+negative, or zero. It is a rubber length&mdash;it may contain a <code class="code">plus</code>
+or <code class="code">minus</code> component (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
</p>
<p>This puts space between the two paragraphs.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">And I slept.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">And I slept.
\vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex}
The new day dawned cold.
</pre></div>
-<p>(See <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code>\bigskip</code> &amp; <code>\medskip</code> &amp; <code>\smallskip</code></a>, for common inter-paragraph
+<p>(See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code class="code">\bigskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\medskip</code> &amp; <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a>, for common inter-paragraph
spaces.)
</p>
-<p>The <code>*</code>-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More
+<p>The <code class="code">*</code>-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More
precisely, LaTeX discards vertical space at a page break and the
-<code>*</code>-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space
+<code class="code">*</code>-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space
between the two questions.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Question: Find the integral of \( 5x^4+5 \).
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Question: Find the integral of \( 5x^4+5 \).
\vspace*{2cm plus 0.5cm}
Question: Find the derivative of \( x^5+5x+9 \).
@@ -17797,16 +17950,16 @@ Question: Find the derivative of \( x^5+5x+9 \).
<p>That space will be present even if the page break happens to fall
between the questions.
</p>
-<p>If you use <code>\vspace</code> in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in
+<p>If you use <code class="code">\vspace</code> in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in
horizontal mode) then the space is inserted after the line containing
-the <code>\vspace</code> command; it does not start a new paragraph at the
-<code>\vspace</code> command.
+the <code class="code">\vspace</code> command; it does not start a new paragraph at the
+<code class="code">\vspace</code> command.
</p>
<p>In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on
the page, with at least one inch of space below each.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{document}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}
1) Who put the bomp in the bomp bah bomp bah bomp?
\vspace{1in plus 1fill}
@@ -17818,41 +17971,41 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cvfill">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvfill">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addvspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\vspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addvspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cvfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.15 <code>\vfill</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cvfill-1">19.15 <code class="code">\vfill</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cvfill"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvfill"></a>
-<span id="index-stretch_002c-infinite-vertical"></span>
-<span id="index-infinite-vertical-stretch"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-stretch_002c-infinite-vertical"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-infinite-vertical-stretch"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\vfill
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\vfill
</pre></div>
<p>End the current paragraph and insert a vertical rubber length that is
infinite, so it can stretch or shrink as far as needed
-(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
</p>
-<p>It is often used in the same way as <code>\vspace{\fill}</code>, except that
-<code>\vfill</code> ends the current paragraph whereas <code>\vspace{\fill}</code>
+<p>It is often used in the same way as <code class="code">\vspace{\fill}</code>, except that
+<code class="code">\vfill</code> ends the current paragraph whereas <code class="code">\vspace{\fill}</code>
adds the infinite vertical space below its line, irrespective of the
paragraph structure. In both cases that space will disappear at a page
boundary; to circumvent this see the starred option
-in&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>.
+in&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a>.
</p>
<p>In this example the page is filled, so the top and bottom lines contain
-the text &lsquo;<samp>Lost Dog!</samp>&rsquo; and the second &lsquo;<samp>Lost Dog!</samp>&rsquo; is exactly
+the text &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Lost Dog!</samp>&rsquo; and the second &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Lost Dog!</samp>&rsquo; is exactly
halfway between them.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{document}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}
Lost Dog!
\vfill
Lost Dog! % perfectly in the middle
@@ -17864,38 +18017,38 @@ Lost Dog!
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005caddvspace">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddvspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\vfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\vfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005caddvspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.16 <code>\addvspace</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005caddvspace-1">19.16 <code class="code">\addvspace</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005caddvspace"></span>
-<span id="index-vertical-space-1"></span>
-<span id="index-space_002c-inserting-vertical"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddvspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-space-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-space_002c-inserting-vertical"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addvspace{<var>vert-length</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addvspace{<var class="var">vert-length</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Add a vertical space of <var>vert-length</var>. However, if there are two or
-more <code>\addvspace</code>&rsquo;s in a sequence then together they only add the
+<p>Add a vertical space of <var class="var">vert-length</var>. However, if there are two or
+more <code class="code">\addvspace</code>&rsquo;s in a sequence then together they only add the
space needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the
-<var>vert-length</var>&rsquo;s in that sequence. This command is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). The <var>vert-length</var> is a rubber length
-(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+<var class="var">vert-length</var>&rsquo;s in that sequence. This command is fragile
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>). The <var class="var">vert-length</var> is a rubber length
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
</p>
-<p>This example illustrates. The <code>picture</code> draws a scale over which
+<p>This example illustrates. The <code class="code">picture</code> draws a scale over which
to rules are placed. In a standard LaTeX article the length
-<code>\baselineskip</code> is 12pt. As shown by the scale, the two
-rules are 22pt apart: the sum of the <code>\baselineskip</code> and the
-10pt from the first <code>\addvspace</code>.
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> is 12<span class="dmn">pt</span>. As shown by the scale, the two
+rules are 22<span class="dmn">pt</span> apart: the sum of the <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> and the
+10<span class="dmn">pt</span> from the first <code class="code">\addvspace</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{color}
\begin{document}
\setlength{\unitlength}{2pt}%
@@ -17909,309 +18062,310 @@ rules are 22pt apart: the sum of the <code>\baselineskip</code> and the
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>Now uncomment the second <code>\addvspace</code>. It does not make the gap
-20pt longer; instead the gap is the sum of <code>\baselineskip</code>
-and 20pt. So <code>\addvspace</code> in a sense does the opposite of
+<p>Now uncomment the second <code class="code">\addvspace</code>. It does not make the gap
+20<span class="dmn">pt</span> longer; instead the gap is the sum of <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>
+and 20<span class="dmn">pt</span>. So <code class="code">\addvspace</code> in a sense does the opposite of
its name&mdash;it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not
accumulate, but instead that only the largest one is used.
</p>
<p>LaTeX uses this command to adjust the vertical space above or below
an environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a
-<code>theorem</code> environment begins and ends with <code>\addvspace</code> so
-that two consecutive <code>theorem</code>&rsquo;s are separated by one vertical
+<code class="code">theorem</code> environment begins and ends with <code class="code">\addvspace</code> so
+that two consecutive <code class="code">theorem</code>&rsquo;s are separated by one vertical
space, not two.
</p>
-<p>A error &lsquo;<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>&rsquo; pointing to an
-<code>\addvspace</code> means that you were not in vertical mode when you hit
-this command. One way to change that is to precede <code>\addvspace</code>
-with a <code>\par</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cpar"><code>\par</code></a>), as in the above example.
+<p>A error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>&rsquo; pointing to an
+<code class="code">\addvspace</code> means that you were not in vertical mode when you hit
+this command. One way to change that is to precede <code class="code">\addvspace</code>
+with a <code class="code">\par</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cpar"><code class="code">\par</code></a>), as in the above example.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Boxes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Boxes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Boxes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">20 Boxes</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Boxes-1">20 Boxes</h2>
-<span id="index-boxes"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-boxes"></a>
<p>At its core, LaTeX puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
page. So these commands are central.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-adjustbox"></span>
-<span id="index-adjustbox-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-adjustbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-adjustbox-package"></a>
<p>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes.
-One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>.
+One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code class="code">adjustbox</code>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="1"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="2"><code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="3"><code>\parbox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="4"><code>\raisebox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="5"><code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#lrbox" accesskey="6"><code>lrbox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="7"><code>\usebox</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\fbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\framebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\raisebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\sbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\savebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#lrbox" accesskey="6"><code class="code">lrbox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\usebox</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\fbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.1 <code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1">20.1 <code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cmbox"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmakebox"></span>
-<span id="index-box"></span>
-<span id="index-make-a-box"></span>
-<span id="index-hyphenation_002c-preventing"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmbox"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmakebox"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-box"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-make-a-box"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyphenation_002c-preventing"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\mbox{<var>text</var>}
-\makebox{<var>text</var>}
-\makebox[<var>width</var>]{<var>text</var>}
-\makebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\mbox{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\makebox{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\makebox[<var class="var">width</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\makebox[<var class="var">width</var>][<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Create a box, a container for material. The <var>text</var> is typeset in
-LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it is not broken into lines. The
-<code>\mbox</code> command is robust, while <code>\makebox</code> is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Create a box, a container for material. The <var class="var">text</var> is typeset in
+LR mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it is not broken into lines. The
+<code class="code">\mbox</code> command is robust, while <code class="code">\makebox</code> is fragile
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Because <code>text</code> is not broken into lines, you can use <code>\mbox</code>
+<p>Because <code class="code">text</code> is not broken into lines, you can use <code class="code">\mbox</code>
to prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate
-the tank name, &lsquo;<samp>T-34</samp>&rsquo;.
+the tank name, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">T-34</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism.
</pre></div>
-<p>The first two command synopsis versions, <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code>, are
-roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the
-<var>text</var>. (They are like plain TeX&rsquo;s <code>\hbox</code>.)
+<p>The first two command invocations shown, <code class="code">\mbox</code> and
+<code class="code">\makebox</code>, are roughly the same. They create a box just wide
+enough to contain the <var class="var">text</var>. (They are like plain TeX&rsquo;s
+<code class="code">\hbox</code>.)
</p>
-<p>In the third version the optional argument <var>width</var> specifies the
+<p>In the third version the optional argument <var class="var">width</var> specifies the
width of the box. Note that the space occupied by the text need not
-equal the width of the box. For one thing, <var>text</var> can be too small;
+equal the width of the box. For one thing, <var class="var">text</var> can be too small;
this creates a full-line box
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}
</pre></div>
-<p>with &lsquo;<samp>Chapter Exam</samp>&rsquo; centered. But <var>text</var> can also be too wide
-for <var>width</var>. See the example below of zero-width boxes.
+<p>with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Chapter Exam</samp>&rsquo; centered. But <var class="var">text</var> can also be too wide
+for <var class="var">width</var>. See the example below of zero-width boxes.
</p>
-<span id="mbox-makebox-depth"></span><span id="mbox-makebox-height"></span><span id="mbox-makebox-width"></span><span id="mbox-makebox-totalheight"></span><p>In the <var>width</var> argument you can use the following lengths that refer
+<a class="anchor" id="mbox-makebox-depth"></a><a class="anchor" id="mbox-makebox-height"></a><a class="anchor" id="mbox-makebox-width"></a><a class="anchor" id="mbox-makebox-totalheight"></a><p>In the <var class="var">width</var> argument you can use the following lengths that refer
to the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets on typesetting
-<var>text</var>: <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\width</code>,
-<code>\totalheight</code> (this is the box&rsquo;s height plus its depth). For
+<var class="var">text</var>: <code class="code">\depth</code>, <code class="code">\height</code>, <code class="code">\width</code>,
+<code class="code">\totalheight</code> (this is the box&rsquo;s height plus its depth). For
example, to make a box with the text stretched to double the natural
size you can say this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}
</pre></div>
-<p>For the fourth command synopsis version the optional argument <var>position</var>
+<p>For the fourth command synopsis version the optional argument <var class="var">position</var>
gives position of the text within the box. It may take the following
values:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The <var>text</var> is centered (default).
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The <var class="var">text</var> is centered (default).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The <var>text</var> is flush left.
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The <var class="var">text</var> is flush left.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
<dd><p>Flush right.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>s</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Stretch the interword space in <var>text</var> across the entire <var>width</var>.
-The <var>text</var> must contain stretchable space for this to work. For
+<dt><code class="code">s</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Stretch the interword space in <var class="var">text</var> across the entire <var class="var">width</var>.
+The <var class="var">text</var> must contain stretchable space for this to work. For
instance, this could head a press release:
-<code>\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil
+<code class="code">\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil
RELEASE\hfil}</code>
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>A common use of <code>\makebox</code> is to make zero-width text boxes. This
+<p>A common use of <code class="code">\makebox</code> is to make zero-width text boxes. This
puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
\pts{10}What is the air-speed velocity of an unladen swallow?
\pts{90}An African or European swallow?
</pre></div>
-<p><span id="index-package_002c-TikZ-2"></span>
-<span id="index-TikZ-package-2"></span>
-</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"></span>
-<span id="index-Asymptote-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-TikZ-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TikZ-package-2"></a>
-<p>The right edge of the output &lsquo;<samp>10 points </samp>&rsquo; (note the ending space
-after &lsquo;<samp>points</samp>&rsquo;) will be just before the &lsquo;<samp>What</samp>&rsquo;. You can use
-<code>\makebox</code> similarly when making graphics, such as in <code>TikZ</code>
-or <code>Asymptote</code>, where you put the edge of the text at a known
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asymptote-package-2"></a>
+
+<p>The right edge of the output &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10 points </samp>&rsquo; (note the ending space
+after &lsquo;<samp class="samp">points</samp>&rsquo;) will be just before the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">What</samp>&rsquo;. You can use
+<code class="code">\makebox</code> similarly when making graphics, such as in <code class="code">TikZ</code>
+or <code class="code">Asymptote</code>, where you put the edge of the text at a known
location, regardless of the length of that text.
</p>
-<p>For boxes with frames see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></a>. For colors
-see&nbsp;<a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>.
+<p>For boxes with frames see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code class="code">\fbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>. For colors
+see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>.
</p>
-<p>There is a related version of <code>\makebox</code> that is used within the
-<code>picture</code> environment, where the length is given in terms of
-<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a>).
+<p>There is a related version of <code class="code">\makebox</code> that is used within the
+<code class="code">picture</code> environment, where the length is given in terms of
+<code class="code">\unitlength</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a>).
</p>
-<p>As <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash
-<code>\\</code> nor <code>\par</code> will give you a new line; for instance
-<code>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</code> outputs &lsquo;<samp>abc defghi</samp>&rsquo; while
-<code>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</code> outputs &lsquo;<samp>abc def ghi</samp>&rsquo;, both on
-a single line. To get multiple lines see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>
-and&nbsp;<a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>.
+<p>As <var class="var">text</var> is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash
+<code class="code">\\</code> nor <code class="code">\par</code> will give you a new line; for instance
+<code class="code">\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</code> outputs &lsquo;<samp class="samp">abc defghi</samp>&rsquo; while
+<code class="code">\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</code> outputs &lsquo;<samp class="samp">abc def ghi</samp>&rsquo;, both on
+a single line. To get multiple lines see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>
+and&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\parbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.2 <code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1">20.2 <code class="code">\fbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\framebox</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cfbox"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cframebox-1"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfbox"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cframebox"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cframebox-1"></a>
<p>Synopses, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\fbox{<var>text</var>}
-\framebox{<var>text</var>}
-\framebox[<var>width</var>]{<var>text</var>}
-\framebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\fbox{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\framebox{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\framebox[<var class="var">width</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\framebox[<var class="var">width</var>][<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the <var>text</var>.
-These commands are the same as <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code> except
-for the frame (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>). The <code>\fbox</code> command is
-robust, the <code>\framebox</code> command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the <var class="var">text</var>.
+These commands are the same as <code class="code">\mbox</code> and <code class="code">\makebox</code> except
+for the frame (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>). The <code class="code">\fbox</code> command is
+robust, the <code class="code">\framebox</code> command is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\fbox{Warning! No work shown, no credit given.}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\fbox{Warning! No work shown, no credit given.}
</pre></div>
<p>LaTeX puts the text into a box, the text cannot be hyphenated.
Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four rules making
a frame.
</p>
-<p>The first two command invocations, <code>\fbox{...}</code> and
-<code>\framebox{...}</code>, are roughly the same. As to the third and
+<p>The first two command invocations, <code class="code">\fbox{...}</code> and
+<code class="code">\framebox{...}</code>, are roughly the same. As to the third and
fourth invocations, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box
-width as <var>width</var> and the position of the text inside that box as
-<var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>, for the full description but
-here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide.
+width as <var class="var">width</var> and the position of the text inside that box as
+<var class="var">position</var>. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>, for the full description but
+here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<span class="dmn">in</span> wide.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\strut</code> ensures a total height of <code>\baselineskip</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">\strut</code> ensures a total height of <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>).
</p>
<p>These parameters determine the frame layout.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="fbox-framebox-fboxrule"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfboxrule-2'><span><code>\fboxrule</code><a href='#index-_005cfboxrule-2' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-frame_002c-line-width"></span>
-<span id="index-frame-rule-width"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cfboxrule"></span>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="fbox-framebox-fboxrule"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfboxrule-2'><span><code class="code">\fboxrule</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfboxrule-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-frame_002c-line-width"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-frame-rule-width"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfboxrule"></a>
<p>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is
-0.2pt. Change it with a command such as
-<code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>).
-</p>
-<span id="fbox-framebox-fboxsep"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cfboxsep-2'><span><code>\fboxsep</code><a href='#index-_005cfboxsep-2' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-frame_002c-separation-from-contents"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cfboxsep"></span>
-<p>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3pt.
-Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>). Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes:
+0.2<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Change it with a command such as
+<code class="code">\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="fbox-framebox-fboxsep"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfboxsep-2'><span><code class="code">\fboxsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfboxsep-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-frame_002c-separation-from-contents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfboxsep"></a>
+<p>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<span class="dmn">pt</span>.
+Change it with a command such as <code class="code">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>). Setting it to 0<span class="dmn">pt</span> is useful sometimes:
this will put a frame around the picture with no white border.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%
\framebox{%
\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}}
</pre></div>
-<p>The extra curly braces keep the effect of the <code>\setlength</code> local.
+<p>The extra curly braces keep the effect of the <code class="code">\setlength</code> local.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>As with <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code>, LaTeX will not break lines
-in <var>text</var>. But this example has LaTeX break lines to make a
+<p>As with <code class="code">\mbox</code> and <code class="code">\makebox</code>, LaTeX will not break lines
+in <var class="var">text</var>. But this example has LaTeX break lines to make a
paragraph, and then frame the result.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\framebox{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\framebox{%
\begin{minipage}{0.6\linewidth}
My dear, here we must run as fast as we can, just to stay in place.
And if you wish to go anywhere you must run twice as fast as that.
\end{minipage}}
</pre></div>
-<p>See <a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>, for colors other than black and white.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>, for colors other than black and white.
</p>
-<p>The <code>picture</code> environment has a version of the <code>\framebox</code>
-command where the units depend on <code>picture</code>&rsquo;s <code>\unitlength</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">picture</code> environment has a version of the <code class="code">\framebox</code>
+command where the units depend on <code class="code">picture</code>&rsquo;s <code class="code">\unitlength</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cparbox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cparbox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\raisebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\raisebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\fbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cparbox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.3 <code>\parbox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cparbox-1">20.3 <code class="code">\parbox</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cparbox"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph-mode-1"></span>
-<span id="index-paragraph_002c-in-a-box"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-mode-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph_002c-in-a-box"></a>
<p>Synopses, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\parbox{<var>width</var>}{<var>contents</var>}
-\parbox[<var>position</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>contents</var>}
-\parbox[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>contents</var>}
-\parbox[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>contents</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\parbox{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">contents</var>}
+\parbox[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">contents</var>}
+\parbox[<var class="var">position</var>][<var class="var">height</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">contents</var>}
+\parbox[<var class="var">position</var>][<var class="var">height</var>][<var class="var">inner-pos</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">contents</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Produce a box of text that is <var>width</var> wide. Use this command to make
+<p>Produce a box of text that is <var class="var">width</var> wide. Use this command to make
a box of small pieces of text, of a single paragraph. This command is
-fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(0,0)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(0,0)
...
\put(1,2){\parbox{1.75in}{\raggedright Because the graph is a line on
this semilog paper, the relationship is
@@ -18219,89 +18373,89 @@ fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
\end{picture}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <var>contents</var> are processed in a text mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so
+<p>The <var class="var">contents</var> are processed in a text mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so
LaTeX will break lines to make a paragraph. But it won&rsquo;t make
-multiple paragraphs; for that, use a <code>minipage</code> environment
-(see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>).
+multiple paragraphs; for that, use a <code class="code">minipage</code> environment
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The options for <code>\parbox</code> (except for <var>contents</var>) are the same
-as those for <code>minipage</code>. For convenience a summary of the options
-is here but see&nbsp;<a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a> for a complete description.
+<p>The options for <code class="code">\parbox</code> (except for <var class="var">contents</var>) are the same
+as those for <code class="code">minipage</code>. For convenience a summary of the options
+is here but see&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a> for a complete description.
</p>
-<p>There are two required arguments. The <var>width</var> is a rigid length
-(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It sets the width of the box into which LaTeX
-typesets <var>contents</var>. The <var>contents</var> is the text that is placed
+<p>There are two required arguments. The <var class="var">width</var> is a rigid length
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It sets the width of the box into which LaTeX
+typesets <var class="var">contents</var>. The <var class="var">contents</var> is the text that is placed
in that box. It should not have any paragraph-making components.
</p>
-<p>There are three optional arguments, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var>, and
-<var>inner-pos</var>. The <var>position</var> gives the vertical alignment of the
-<em>parbox</em> with respect to the surrounding material. The supported
-values are <code>c</code> or <code>m</code> to make the vertical center of the
+<p>There are three optional arguments, <var class="var">position</var>, <var class="var">height</var>, and
+<var class="var">inner-pos</var>. The <var class="var">position</var> gives the vertical alignment of the
+<em class="dfn">parbox</em> with respect to the surrounding material. The supported
+values are <code class="code">c</code> or <code class="code">m</code> to make the vertical center of the
parbox lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (this is the
-default), or <code>t</code> to match the top line of the parbox with
-the baseline of the surrounding material, or <code>b</code> to match the
+default), or <code class="code">t</code> to match the top line of the parbox with
+the baseline of the surrounding material, or <code class="code">b</code> to match the
bottom line.
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>height</var> overrides the natural height of the
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">height</var> overrides the natural height of the
box.
</p>
-<p>The optional argument <var>inner-pos</var> controls the placement of
-<var>content</var> inside the <code>parbox</code>. Its default is the value of
-<var>position</var>. Its possible values are: <code>t</code> to put the
-<var>content</var> at the top of the box, <code>c</code> to put it in the vertical
-center, <code>b</code> to put it at the bottom of the box, and <code>s</code> to
+<p>The optional argument <var class="var">inner-pos</var> controls the placement of
+<var class="var">content</var> inside the <code class="code">parbox</code>. Its default is the value of
+<var class="var">position</var>. Its possible values are: <code class="code">t</code> to put the
+<var class="var">content</var> at the top of the box, <code class="code">c</code> to put it in the vertical
+center, <code class="code">b</code> to put it at the bottom of the box, and <code class="code">s</code> to
stretch it out vertically (for this, the text must contain vertically
stretchable space).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005craisebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005craisebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\parbox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\sbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005craisebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.4 <code>\raisebox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005craisebox-1">20.4 <code class="code">\raisebox</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005craisebox"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005craisebox"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\raisebox{<var>distance</var>}{<var>text</var>}
-\raisebox{<var>distance</var>}[<var>height</var>]{<var>text</var>}
-\raisebox{<var>distance</var>}[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\raisebox{<var class="var">distance</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\raisebox{<var class="var">distance</var>}[<var class="var">height</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\raisebox{<var class="var">distance</var>}[<var class="var">height</var>][<var class="var">depth</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Raise or lower <var>text</var>. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Raise or lower <var class="var">text</var>. This command is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This example makes a command for denoting the restriction of a function
by lowering the vertical bar symbol.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}}
$f\restricted{A}$
</pre></div>
-<p>The first mandatory argument <var>distance</var> specifies how far to raise
-the second mandatory argument <var>text</var>. This is a rigid length
-(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). If it is negative then it lowers <var>text</var>. The
-<var>text</var> is processed in LR mode so it cannot contain line breaks
-(see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
+<p>The first mandatory argument <var class="var">distance</var> specifies how far to raise
+the second mandatory argument <var class="var">text</var>. This is a rigid length
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). If it is negative then it lowers <var class="var">text</var>. The
+<var class="var">text</var> is processed in LR mode so it cannot contain line breaks
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
</p>
-<p>The optional arguments <var>height</var> and <var>depth</var> are dimensions. If
+<p>The optional arguments <var class="var">height</var> and <var class="var">depth</var> are dimensions. If
they are specified, they override the natural height and depth of the
-box LaTeX gets by typesetting <var>text</var>.
+box LaTeX gets by typesetting <var class="var">text</var>.
</p>
-<span id="raisebox-depth"></span><span id="raisebox-height"></span><span id="raisebox-width"></span><span id="raisebox-totalheight"></span><p>In the arguments <var>distance</var>, <var>height</var>, and <var>depth</var> you can
+<a class="anchor" id="raisebox-depth"></a><a class="anchor" id="raisebox-height"></a><a class="anchor" id="raisebox-width"></a><a class="anchor" id="raisebox-totalheight"></a><p>In the arguments <var class="var">distance</var>, <var class="var">height</var>, and <var class="var">depth</var> you can
use the following lengths that refer to the dimension of the box that
-LaTeX gets on typesetting <var>text</var>: <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>,
-<code>\width</code>, <code>\totalheight</code> (this is the box&rsquo;s height plus its
+LaTeX gets on typesetting <var class="var">text</var>: <code class="code">\depth</code>, <code class="code">\height</code>,
+<code class="code">\width</code>, <code class="code">\totalheight</code> (this is the box&rsquo;s height plus its
depth).
</p>
-<p>This will align two graphics on their top (see <a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>).
+<p>This will align two graphics on their top (see <a class="pxref" href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx,calc} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx,calc} % in preamble
...
\begin{center}
\raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
@@ -18312,43 +18466,43 @@ depth).
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>The first <code>\height</code> is the height of <samp>lion.png</samp> while the
-second is the height of <samp>meta.png</samp>.
+<p>The first <code class="code">\height</code> is the height of <samp class="file">lion.png</samp> while the
+second is the height of <samp class="file">meta.png</samp>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>lrbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\raisebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">lrbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\raisebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.5 <code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1">20.5 <code class="code">\sbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\savebox</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005csbox"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csavebox"></span>
-<span id="index-box_002c-save"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csbox"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csavebox"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csavebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-box_002c-save"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\sbox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}
-\savebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}
-\savebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}[<var>width</var>]{<var>text</var>}
-\savebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}[<var>width</var>][<var>pos</var>]{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\sbox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\savebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\savebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}[<var class="var">width</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\savebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}[<var class="var">width</var>][<var class="var">pos</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Typeset <var>text</var> just as with <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>) except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it
-in a box register referred to by a variable named <var>box-cmd</var>. The
-variable name <var>box-cmd</var> begins with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must
-have previously allocated the box register <var>box-cmd</var> with <code>\newsavebox</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>). The <code>\sbox</code> command is robust while
-<code>\savebox</code> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Typeset <var class="var">text</var> just as with <code class="code">\makebox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>) except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it
+in a box register referred to by a variable named <var class="var">box-cmd</var>. The
+variable name <var class="var">box-cmd</var> begins with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code>. You must
+have previously allocated the box register <var class="var">box-cmd</var> with <code class="code">\newsavebox</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a>). The <code class="code">\sbox</code> command is robust while
+<code class="code">\savebox</code> is fragile (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This creates and uses a box register.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\fullname}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\fullname}
\sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt}
...
\usebox{\fullname}! His name is my name, too!
@@ -18357,28 +18511,28 @@ There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da.
</pre></div>
<p>One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a
-<code>\newcommand</code> macro variable is efficiency, that LaTeX need not
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code> macro variable is efficiency, that LaTeX need not
repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below.
</p>
-<p>The first two command invocations,
-<code>\sbox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code> and
-<code>\savebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>, are roughly equivalent.
-As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify
-the box width as <var>width</var>, and the position of the text inside that
-box as <var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></a>, for the full
-description.
+<p>The first two command invocations shown above,
+<code class="code">\sbox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code> and
+<code class="code">\savebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code>, are roughly the same.
+As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to
+specify the box width as <var class="var">width</var>, and the position of the text
+inside that box as <var class="var">position</var>. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>, for the
+full description.
</p>
-<p>In the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> commands the <var>text</var> is
-typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). If
+<p>In the <code class="code">\sbox</code> and <code class="code">\savebox</code> commands the <var class="var">text</var> is
+typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>). If
you use these then LaTeX doesn&rsquo;t give you an error but it ignores
-what you want: if you enter <code>\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}</code> and
-<code>\usebox{\newreg}</code> then you get &lsquo;<samp>testtest</samp>&rsquo;, while if you
-enter <code>\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}</code> and
-<code>\usebox{\newreg}</code> then you get &lsquo;<samp>test test</samp>&rsquo;, but no error or
-warning. To fix this use a <code>\parbox</code> or <code>minipage</code> as here.
+what you want: if you enter <code class="code">\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}</code> and
+<code class="code">\usebox{\newreg}</code> then you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">testtest</samp>&rsquo;, while if you
+enter <code class="code">\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}</code> and
+<code class="code">\usebox{\newreg}</code> then you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">test test</samp>&rsquo;, but no error or
+warning. To fix this use a <code class="code">\parbox</code> or <code class="code">minipage</code> as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\areg}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\areg}
\savebox{\areg}{%
\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
\begin{enumerate}
@@ -18395,7 +18549,7 @@ the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in the
header. LaTeX only typesets it once.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} % all this in the preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % all this in the preamble
\newsavebox{\sealreg}
\savebox{\sealreg}{%
\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}%
@@ -18411,44 +18565,44 @@ header. LaTeX only typesets it once.
\pagestyle{headings}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>picture</code> environment is good for fine-tuning the placement.
+<p>The <code class="code">picture</code> environment is good for fine-tuning the placement.
</p>
-<p>If the register <code>\noreg</code> has not already been defined then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \noreg</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>If the register <code class="code">\noreg</code> has not already been defined then you get something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \noreg</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="lrbox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="lrbox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\usebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\usebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\sbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="lrbox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.6 <code>lrbox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="lrbox-1">20.6 <code class="code">lrbox</code></h3>
-<span id="index-lrbox"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lrbox"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{lrbox}{<var>box-cmd</var>}
- <var>text</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{lrbox}{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
\end{lrbox}
</pre></div>
-<p>This is the environment form of the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code>
-commands, and is equivalent to them. See <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></a>, for the
+<p>This is the environment form of the <code class="code">\sbox</code> and <code class="code">\savebox</code>
+commands, and is equivalent to them. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code class="code">\sbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>, for the
full description.
</p>
-<p>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the box register
-referred to by variable <code><var>box-cmd</var></code>. The variable name
-<var>box-cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must allocate
-this box register in advance with <code>\newsavebox</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>). In this example the environment is convenient
-for entering the <code>tabular</code>.
+<p>The <var class="var">text</var> inside the environment is saved in the box register
+referred to by variable <code class="code"><var class="var">box-cmd</var></code>. The variable name
+<var class="var">box-cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, <code class="code">\</code>. You must allocate
+this box register in advance with <code class="code">\newsavebox</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a>). In this example the environment is convenient
+for entering the <code class="code">tabular</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\jhreg}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\jhreg}
\begin{lrbox}{\jhreg}
\begin{tabular}{c}
\includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\
@@ -18462,109 +18616,109 @@ for entering the <code>tabular</code>.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cusebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cusebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>lrbox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">lrbox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cusebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.7 <code>\usebox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cusebox-1">20.7 <code class="code">\usebox</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cusebox"></span>
-<span id="index-box_002c-use-saved-box"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cusebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-box_002c-use-saved-box"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Produce the box most recently saved in the box register <var>box-cmd</var> by
-the commands <code>\sbox</code> or <code>\savebox</code>, or the <code>lrbox</code>
-environment. For more information and examples, see <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></a>. (Note that the variable name <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a
-backslash, <code>\</code>.) This command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<p>Produce the box most recently saved in the box register <var class="var">box-cmd</var> by
+the commands <code class="code">\sbox</code> or <code class="code">\savebox</code>, or the <code class="code">lrbox</code>
+environment. For more information and examples, see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code class="code">\sbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>. (Note that the variable name <var class="var">box-cmd</var> starts with a
+backslash, <code class="code">\</code>.) This command is robust (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Color">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Color-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">21 Color</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Color-1">21 Color</h2>
-<span id="index-color"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color"></a>
<p>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
</p>
<p>Color support comes as an additional package. So put
-<code>\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the
+<code class="code">\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the
commands described here.
</p>
<p>Many other packages also supplement LaTeX&rsquo;s color abilities.
-Particularly worth mentioning is <samp>xcolor</samp>, which is widely used and
+Particularly worth mentioning is <samp class="file">xcolor</samp>, which is widely used and
significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
-&lsquo;<samp>HTML</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>Hsb</samp>&rsquo; color models.
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">HTML</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hsb</samp>&rsquo; color models.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="1"><code>color</code> package options</a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="1"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a></li>
<li><a href="#Color-models" accesskey="2">Color models</a></li>
<li><a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="3">Commands for color</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Color-package-options">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Color-package-options">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="color-package-options"></span><h3 class="section">21.1 <code>color</code> package options</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="color-package-options">21.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</h3>
-<span id="index-color-package-options"></span>
-<span id="index-options_002c-color-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-package-options"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-color-package"></a>
<p>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>comma-separated option list</var>]{color}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">comma-separated option list</var>]{color}
</pre></div>
-<p>When you load the <samp>color</samp> package there are two kinds of available
+<p>When you load the <samp class="file">color</samp> package there are two kinds of available
options.
</p>
-<p>The first specifies the <em>printer driver</em>. LaTeX doesn&rsquo;t contain
+<p>The first specifies the <em class="dfn">printer driver</em>. LaTeX doesn&rsquo;t contain
information about different output systems but instead depends on
information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system&rsquo;s
default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
-currently relevant ones are: <samp>dvipdfmx</samp>, <samp>dvips</samp>,
-<samp>dvisvgm</samp>, <samp>luatex</samp>, <samp>pdftex</samp>, <samp>xetex</samp>. The two
-<samp>xdvi</samp> and <samp>oztex</samp> are essentially aliases for <samp>dvips</samp>
-(and <samp>xdvi</samp> is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
-systems are: <samp>dvipdf</samp>, <samp>dvipdfm</samp>, <samp>dviwin</samp>,
-<samp>dvipsone</samp>, <samp>emtex</samp>, <samp>pctexps</samp>, <samp>pctexwin</samp>,
-<samp>pctexhp</samp>, <samp>pctex32</samp>, <samp>truetex</samp>, <samp>tcidvi</samp>,
-<samp>vtex</samp> (and <samp>dviwindo</samp> is an alias for <samp>dvipsone</samp>).
+currently relevant ones are: <samp class="file">dvipdfmx</samp>, <samp class="file">dvips</samp>,
+<samp class="file">dvisvgm</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp>, <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>. The two
+<samp class="file">xdvi</samp> and <samp class="file">oztex</samp> are essentially aliases for <samp class="file">dvips</samp>
+(and <samp class="file">xdvi</samp> is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
+systems are: <samp class="file">dvipdf</samp>, <samp class="file">dvipdfm</samp>, <samp class="file">dviwin</samp>,
+<samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>, <samp class="file">emtex</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexps</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexwin</samp>,
+<samp class="file">pctexhp</samp>, <samp class="file">pctex32</samp>, <samp class="file">truetex</samp>, <samp class="file">tcidvi</samp>,
+<samp class="file">vtex</samp> (and <samp class="file">dviwindo</samp> is an alias for <samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>).
</p>
<p>The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>monochrome</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">monochrome</code></dt>
<dd><p>Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but do
not generate color either.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>dvipsnames</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">dvipsnames</code></dt>
<dd><p>Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
particularly in legacy documents. These color names were originally
-provided by the <samp>dvips</samp> driver, giving the option name.
+provided by the <samp class="file">dvips</samp> driver, giving the option name.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>nodvipsnames</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">nodvipsnames</code></dt>
<dd><p>Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
memory space.
</p>
@@ -18574,18 +18728,18 @@ memory space.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Color-models">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Color-models">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>color</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Color-models-1"></span><h3 class="section">21.2 Color models</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Color-models-1">21.2 Color models</h3>
-<span id="index-color-models"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-models"></a>
-<p>A <em>color model</em> is a way of representing colors. LaTeX&rsquo;s
-capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <samp>pdftex</samp>,
-<samp>xetex</samp>, and <samp>luatex</samp> printer drivers are today by far the
+<p>A <em class="dfn">color model</em> is a way of representing colors. LaTeX&rsquo;s
+capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>,
+<samp class="file">xetex</samp>, and <samp class="file">luatex</samp> printer drivers are today by far the
most commonly used. The models below work for those drivers. All but
one of these is also supported by essentially all other printer drivers
used today.
@@ -18596,44 +18750,44 @@ of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
and yellow makes black.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="color-models-cmyk"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>cmyk</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="color-models-cmyk"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">cmyk</code></dt>
<dd><p>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is
magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means
minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often
used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
</p>
-<span id="color-models-gray"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>gray</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="color-models-gray"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">gray</code></dt>
<dd><p>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades
of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
</p>
-<span id="color-models-rgb"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>rgb</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="color-models-rgb"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">rgb</code></dt>
<dd><p>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the
second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that
none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity.
This is an additive model.
</p>
-<span id="color-models-RGB"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>RGB</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>(<samp>pdftex</samp>, <samp>xetex</samp>, <samp>luatex</samp> drivers) A comma-separated
+<a class="anchor" id="color-models-RGB"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">RGB</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(<samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp> drivers) A comma-separated
list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
-convenience for using <code>rgb</code> since outside of LaTeX colors are
+convenience for using <code class="code">rgb</code> since outside of LaTeX colors are
often described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
-The values entered here are converted to the <code>rgb</code> model by
+The values entered here are converted to the <code class="code">rgb</code> model by
dividing by 255.
</p>
-<span id="color-models-named"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>named</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Colors are accessed by name, such as &lsquo;<samp>PrussianBlue</samp>&rsquo;. The list of
-names depends on the driver, but all support the names &lsquo;<samp>black</samp>&rsquo;,
-&lsquo;<samp>blue</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>cyan</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>green</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>magenta</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>red</samp>&rsquo;,
-&lsquo;<samp>white</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp>yellow</samp>&rsquo; (See the <code>dvipsnames</code> option in
-<a href="#Color-package-options"><code>color</code> package options</a>).
+<a class="anchor" id="color-models-named"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">named</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Colors are accessed by name, such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">PrussianBlue</samp>&rsquo;. The list of
+names depends on the driver, but all support the names &lsquo;<samp class="samp">black</samp>&rsquo;,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">blue</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">cyan</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">green</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">magenta</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">red</samp>&rsquo;,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">white</samp>&rsquo;, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">yellow</samp>&rsquo; (See the <code class="code">dvipsnames</code> option in
+<a class="ref" href="#Color-package-options"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a>).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -18641,57 +18795,57 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names &lsquo;<samp>black</samp>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Commands-for-color">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Commands-for-color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Commands-for-color-1"></span><h3 class="section">21.3 Commands for color</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-color-1">21.3 Commands for color</h3>
-<span id="index-color-package-commands"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-package-commands"></a>
-<p>These are the commands available with the <samp>color</samp> package.
+<p>These are the commands available with the <samp class="file">color</samp> package.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="1">Define colors</a></li>
<li><a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="2">Colored text</a></li>
<li><a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="3">Colored boxes</a></li>
<li><a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="4">Colored pages</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="Define-colors">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Define-colors">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Define-colors-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">21.3.1 Define colors</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Define-colors-1">21.3.1 Define colors</h4>
-<span id="index-color-1"></span>
-<span id="index-define-color"></span>
-<span id="index-color_002c-define"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-define-color"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color_002c-define"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\definecolor{<var>name</var>}{<var>model</var>}{<var>specification</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">model</var>}{<var class="var">specification</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Give the name <var>name</var> to the color. For example, after this
+<p>Give the name <var class="var">name</var> to the color. For example, after this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
</pre></div>
-<p>you can use that color name with <code>Hi ho,
+<p>you can use that color name with <code class="code">Hi ho,
\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</code>.
</p>
<p>This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change and
not be misleading.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
</pre></div>
@@ -18701,57 +18855,57 @@ or style, rather than in the document body.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Colored-text">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-text">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Define colors</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Colored-text-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">21.3.2 Colored text</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-text-1">21.3.2 Colored text</h4>
-<span id="index-color-2"></span>
-<span id="index-colored-text"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-text"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\textcolor{<var>name</var>}{...}
-\textcolor[<var>color model</var>]{<var>color specification</var>}{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{<var class="var">name</var>}{...}
+\textcolor[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}{...}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\color{<var>name</var>}
-\color[<var>color model</var>]{<var>specification</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\color{<var class="var">name</var>}
+\color[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>The affected text gets the color. This line
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
</pre></div>
<p>causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
-can use a color declared with <code>\definecolor</code> in exactly the same
-way that we just used the builtin color &lsquo;<samp>magenta</samp>&rsquo;.
+can use a color declared with <code class="code">\definecolor</code> in exactly the same
+way that we just used the builtin color &lsquo;<samp class="samp">magenta</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
</pre></div>
-<p>The two <code>\textcolor</code> and <code>\color</code> differ in that the first is
+<p>The two <code class="code">\textcolor</code> and <code class="code">\color</code> differ in that the first is
a command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
-form is a declaration, as in <code>The moon is made of {\color{green}
+form is a declaration, as in <code class="code">The moon is made of {\color{green}
green} cheese</code>, so it is in effect until the end of the current group
or environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as
-below where it colors everything inside the <code>center</code> environment,
+below where it colors everything inside the <code class="code">center</code> environment,
including the vertical and horizontal lines.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center} \color{blue}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center} \color{blue}
\begin{tabular}{l|r}
UL &amp;UR \\ \hline
LL &amp;LR
@@ -18763,13 +18917,13 @@ including the vertical and horizontal lines.
in the preamble
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
</pre></div>
<p>and then contain this equation.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
\int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
\end{equation}
</pre></div>
@@ -18779,22 +18933,22 @@ but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the
synopses.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
</pre></div>
-<p>The format of <var>color specification</var> depends on the color model
-(see <a href="#Color-models">Color models</a>). For instance, while <code>rgb</code> takes three
-numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one.
+<p>The format of <var class="var">color specification</var> depends on the color model
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Color-models">Color models</a>). For instance, while <code class="code">rgb</code> takes three
+numbers, <code class="code">gray</code> takes only one.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
</pre></div>
<p>Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
</pre></div>
<p>has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
@@ -18803,94 +18957,94 @@ numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Colored-boxes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-boxes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored pages</a>, Previous: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Colored-boxes-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">21.3.3 Colored boxes</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-boxes-1">21.3.3 Colored boxes</h4>
-<span id="index-color-3"></span>
-<span id="index-colored-boxes"></span>
-<span id="index-box_002c-colored"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-boxes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-box_002c-colored"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\colorbox{<var>name</var>}{...}
-\colorbox[<var>model name</var>]{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\colorbox{<var class="var">name</var>}{...}
+\colorbox[<var class="var">model name</var>]{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\fcolorbox{<var>frame color</var>}{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
-\fcolorbox[<var>model name</var>]{<var>frame color</var>}{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\fcolorbox{<var class="var">frame color</var>}{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
+\fcolorbox[<var class="var">model name</var>]{<var class="var">frame color</var>}{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
</pre></div>
-<p>Make a box with the stated background color. The <code>\fcolorbox</code>
+<p>Make a box with the stated background color. The <code class="code">\fcolorbox</code>
command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
</pre></div>
<p>makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
-depth and height from the <code>\strut</code> (so the depth is
-<code>-.3\baselineskip</code> and the height is <code>\baselineskip</code>). This
+depth and height from the <code class="code">\strut</code> (so the depth is
+<code class="code">-.3\baselineskip</code> and the height is <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>). This
puts white text on a blue background.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\fcolorbox</code> commands use the same parameters as <code>\fbox</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></a>), <code>\fboxrule</code> and <code>\fboxsep</code>, to
+<p>The <code class="code">\fcolorbox</code> commands use the same parameters as <code class="code">\fbox</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code class="code">\fbox</code> &amp; <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>), <code class="code">\fboxrule</code> and <code class="code">\fboxsep</code>, to
set the thickness of the rule and the boundary between the box interior
-and the surrounding rule. LaTeX&rsquo;s defaults are <code>0.4pt</code> and
-<code>3pt</code>, respectively.
+and the surrounding rule. LaTeX&rsquo;s defaults are <code class="code">0.4pt</code> and
+<code class="code">3pt</code>, respectively.
</p>
<p>This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
of the second line.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="Colored-pages">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-pages">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Colored-pages-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">21.3.4 Colored pages</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-pages-1">21.3.4 Colored pages</h4>
-<span id="index-color-4"></span>
-<span id="index-colored-page"></span>
-<span id="index-page_002c-colored"></span>
-<span id="index-background_002c-colored"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-page"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page_002c-colored"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-background_002c-colored"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pagecolor{<var>name</var>}
-\pagecolor[<var>color model</var>]{<var>color specification</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagecolor{<var class="var">name</var>}
+\pagecolor[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}
\nopagecolor
</pre></div>
<p>The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent pages,
to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the second
-form see <a href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a>. The third returns the background to normal,
+form see <a class="pxref" href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a>. The third returns the background to normal,
which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported use
-<code>\pagecolor{white}</code>, although that will make a white background
+<code class="code">\pagecolor{white}</code>, although that will make a white background
rather than the default transparent background.)
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> ...
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> ...
\pagecolor{cyan}
...
\nopagecolor
@@ -18901,36 +19055,36 @@ rather than the default transparent background.)
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Graphics">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Graphics">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Graphics-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">22 Graphics</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Graphics-1">22 Graphics</h2>
-<span id="index-graphics"></span>
-<span id="index-graphics-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package"></a>
<p>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your LaTeX document.
You need an additional package, which comes standard with LaTeX.
This example is the short how-to.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\include{graphicx} % goes in the preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\include{graphicx} % goes in the preamble
...
\includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{plot.pdf}
</pre></div>
<p>To use the commands described here your document preamble must contain
-either <code>\usepackage{graphicx}</code> or
-<code>\usepackage{graphics}</code>. Most of the time, <code>graphicx</code> is the
+either <code class="code">\usepackage{graphicx}</code> or
+<code class="code">\usepackage{graphics}</code>. Most of the time, <code class="code">graphicx</code> is the
better choice.
</p>
<p>Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector. LaTeX can use
both. In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location
in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph
in JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of
-instructions such as &lsquo;<samp>draw a circle with this radius and that
+instructions such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">draw a circle with this radius and that
center</samp>&rsquo;. An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote
program, in PDF format. Generally vector graphics are more useful
because you can rescale their size without pixelation or other problems,
@@ -18938,8 +19092,8 @@ and because they often have a smaller size.
</p>
<p>There are systems particularly well-suited to make graphics for a
LaTeX document. For example, these allow you to use the same fonts
-as in your document. LaTeX comes with a <code>picture</code> environment
-(see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>) that has simple capabilities. Besides that, there are
+as in your document. LaTeX comes with a <code class="code">picture</code> environment
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>) that has simple capabilities. Besides that, there are
other ways to include the graphic-making commands in the document. Two
such systems are the PSTricks and TikZ packages. There are also systems
external to LaTeX, that generate a graphic that you include using the
@@ -18950,93 +19104,93 @@ see their documentation on CTAN.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="1"><code>graphics</code> package options</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="2"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="1"><code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="2"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a></li>
<li><a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="3">Commands for graphics</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Graphics-package-options">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Graphics-package-options">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="graphics-package-options"></span><h3 class="section">22.1 <code>graphics</code> package options</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-options">22.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</h3>
-<span id="index-graphics-package-options"></span>
-<span id="index-options_002c-graphics-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-options"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-graphics-package"></a>
<p>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>comma-separated option list</var>]{graphics}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">comma-separated option list</var>]{graphics}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>comma-separated option list</var>]{graphicx}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">comma-separated option list</var>]{graphicx}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>graphicx</code> package has a format for optional arguments to the
-<code>\includegraphics</code> command that is convenient (it is the key-value
+<p>The <code class="code">graphicx</code> package has a format for optional arguments to the
+<code class="code">\includegraphics</code> command that is convenient (it is the key-value
format), so it is the better choice for new documents. When you load
-the <code>graphics</code> or <code>graphicx</code> package with <code>\usepackage</code>
+the <code class="code">graphics</code> or <code class="code">graphicx</code> package with <code class="code">\usepackage</code>
there are two kinds of available options.
</p>
<p>The first is that LaTeX does not contain information about different
output systems but instead depends on information stored in a
-<em>printer driver</em> file. Normally you should not specify the driver
+<em class="dfn">printer driver</em> file. Normally you should not specify the driver
option in the document, and instead rely on your system&rsquo;s default. One
advantage of this is that it makes the document portable across systems.
</p>
<p>For completeness here is a list of the drivers. The currently relevant
-ones are: <samp>dvipdfmx</samp>, <samp>dvips</samp>, <samp>dvisvgm</samp>, <samp>luatex</samp>,
-<samp>pdftex</samp>, <samp>xetex</samp>. The two <samp>xdvi</samp> and <samp>oztex</samp> are
-essentially aliases for <samp>dvips</samp> (and <samp>xdvi</samp> is monochrome).
-Ones that should not be used for new systems are: <samp>dvipdf</samp>,
-<samp>dvipdfm</samp>, <samp>dviwin</samp>, <samp>dvipsone</samp>, <samp>emtex</samp>,
-<samp>pctexps</samp>, <samp>pctexwin</samp>, <samp>pctexhp</samp>, <samp>pctex32</samp>,
-<samp>truetex</samp>, <samp>tcidvi</samp>, <samp>vtex</samp> (and <samp>dviwindo</samp> is an
-alias for <samp>dvipsone</samp>). These are stored in files with a
-<samp>.def</samp> extension, such as <samp>pdftex.def</samp>.
+ones are: <samp class="file">dvipdfmx</samp>, <samp class="file">dvips</samp>, <samp class="file">dvisvgm</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp>,
+<samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>. The two <samp class="file">xdvi</samp> and <samp class="file">oztex</samp> are
+essentially aliases for <samp class="file">dvips</samp> (and <samp class="file">xdvi</samp> is monochrome).
+Ones that should not be used for new systems are: <samp class="file">dvipdf</samp>,
+<samp class="file">dvipdfm</samp>, <samp class="file">dviwin</samp>, <samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>, <samp class="file">emtex</samp>,
+<samp class="file">pctexps</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexwin</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexhp</samp>, <samp class="file">pctex32</samp>,
+<samp class="file">truetex</samp>, <samp class="file">tcidvi</samp>, <samp class="file">vtex</samp> (and <samp class="file">dviwindo</samp> is an
+alias for <samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>). These are stored in files with a
+<samp class="file">.def</samp> extension, such as <samp class="file">pdftex.def</samp>.
</p>
<p>The second kind of options are below.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>demo</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">demo</code></dt>
<dd><p>Instead of an image file, LaTeX puts in a 150&nbsp;pt by 100&nbsp;pt
rectangle (unless another size is specified in the
-<code>\includegraphics</code> command).
+<code class="code">\includegraphics</code> command).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>draft</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">draft</code></dt>
<dd><p>For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is
printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the size,
the file must be present.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>final</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>(Default) Override any previous <code>draft</code> option, so that the
+<dt><code class="code">final</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(Default) Override any previous <code class="code">draft</code> option, so that the
document shows the contents of the graphic files.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>hiderotate</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">hiderotate</code></dt>
<dd><p>Do not show rotated text. (This allows for the possibility that a
previewer does not have the capability to rotate text.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>hidescale</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">hidescale</code></dt>
<dd><p>Do not show scaled text. (This allows for the possibility that a
previewer does not have the capability to scale.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>hiresbb</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">hiresbb</code></dt>
<dd><p>In a PS or EPS file the graphic size may be specified in two ways. The
-<code>%%BoundingBox</code> lines describe the graphic size using integer
+<code class="code">%%BoundingBox</code> lines describe the graphic size using integer
multiples of a PostScript point, that is, integer multiples of 1/72
inch. A later addition to the PostScript language allows decimal
-multiples, such as 1.23, in <code>%%HiResBoundingBox</code> lines. This
+multiples, such as 1.23, in <code class="code">%%HiResBoundingBox</code> lines. This
option has LaTeX to read the size from the latter.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -19045,16 +19199,16 @@ option has LaTeX to read the size from the latter.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Graphics-package-configuration">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Graphics-package-configuration">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>graphics</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="graphics-package-configuration"></span><h3 class="section">22.2 <code>graphics</code> package configuration</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-configuration">22.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</h3>
-<span id="index-graphics-1"></span>
-<span id="index-graphics-package-1"></span>
-<span id="index-configuration_002c-graphics-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-configuration_002c-graphics-package"></a>
<p>These commands configure the way LaTeX searches the file system for
the graphic.
@@ -19062,133 +19216,133 @@ the graphic.
<p>The behavior of file system search code is necessarily platform
dependent. In this document we cover GNU/Linux, Macintosh, and Windows, as
those systems are typically configured. For other situations consult
-the documentation in <samp>grfguide.pdf</samp>, or the LaTeX source, or your
+the documentation in <samp class="file">grfguide.pdf</samp>, or the LaTeX source, or your
TeX distribution&rsquo;s documentation.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="1"><code>\graphicspath</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="2"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="3"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.1 <code>\graphicspath</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1">22.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cgraphicspath"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cgraphicspath"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\graphicspath{<var>list of directories inside curly braces</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\graphicspath{<var class="var">list of directories inside curly braces</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This allows
-you to later say something like <code>\includegraphics{lion.png}</code>
+you to later say something like <code class="code">\includegraphics{lion.png}</code>
instead of having to give its path.
</p>
<p>LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory
-(and the output directory, if specified; see <a href="#output-directory">output directory</a>).
+(and the output directory, if specified; see <a class="pxref" href="#output-directory">output directory</a>).
The declaration below tells the system to then look in the
-subdirectory <samp>pix</samp>, and then <samp>../pix</samp>.
+subdirectory <samp class="file">pix</samp>, and then <samp class="file">../pix</samp>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble
...
\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\graphicspath</code> declaration is optional. If you don&rsquo;t include
+<p>The <code class="code">\graphicspath</code> declaration is optional. If you don&rsquo;t include
it then LaTeX&rsquo;s default is to search all of the places that it
-usually looks for a file (it uses LaTeX&rsquo;s <code>\input@path</code>). In
+usually looks for a file (it uses LaTeX&rsquo;s <code class="code">\input@path</code>). In
particular, in this case one of the places it looks is the current
directory.
</p>
<p>Enclose each directory name in curly braces; for example, above it says
-&lsquo;<samp><code>{pix}</code></samp>&rsquo;. Do this even if there is only one directory.
-Each directory name must end in a forward slash, <samp>/</samp>. This is true
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp"><code class="code">{pix}</code></samp>&rsquo;. Do this even if there is only one directory.
+Each directory name must end in a forward slash, <samp class="file">/</samp>. This is true
even on Windows, where good practice is to use forward slashes for all
the directory separators since it makes the document portable to other
platforms. If you have spaces in your directory name then use double
-quotes, as with <code>{&quot;my docs/&quot;}</code>. Getting one of these rules wrong
-will cause LaTeX to report <code>Error: File `<var>filename</var>' not
+quotes, as with <code class="code">{&quot;my docs/&quot;}</code>. Getting one of these rules wrong
+will cause LaTeX to report <code class="code">Error: File `<var class="var">filename</var>' not
found</code>.
</p>
<p>Basically, the algorithm is that with this example, after looking in the
current directory,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
...
\usepackage{lion.png}
</pre></div>
<p>for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the
-filename and searches for the result, checking for <samp>pix/lion.png</samp>
-and then <samp>../pix/lion.png</samp>. This algorithm means that the
-<code>\graphicspath</code> command does not recursively search subdirectories:
-if you issue <code>\graphicspath{{a/}}</code> and the graphic is in
-<samp>a/b/lion.png</samp> then LaTeX will not find it. It also means that
+filename and searches for the result, checking for <samp class="file">pix/lion.png</samp>
+and then <samp class="file">../pix/lion.png</samp>. This algorithm means that the
+<code class="code">\graphicspath</code> command does not recursively search subdirectories:
+if you issue <code class="code">\graphicspath{{a/}}</code> and the graphic is in
+<samp class="file">a/b/lion.png</samp> then LaTeX will not find it. It also means that
you can use absolute paths such as
-<code>\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}</code> or
-<code>\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}</code>. However, using
+<code class="code">\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}</code> or
+<code class="code">\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}</code>. However, using
these means that the document is not portable. (You could preserve
portability by adjusting your TeX system settings configuration file
-parameter <code>TEXINPUTS</code>; see the documentation of your system.)
+parameter <code class="code">TEXINPUTS</code>; see the documentation of your system.)
</p>
-<p>You can use <code>\graphicspath</code> anywhere in the document. You can use
+<p>You can use <code class="code">\graphicspath</code> anywhere in the document. You can use
it more than once. Show its value with
-<code>\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother</code>.
+<code class="code">\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother</code>.
</p>
<p>The directories are taken with respect to the base file. That is,
-suppose that you are working on a document based on <samp>book/book.tex</samp>
-and it contains <code>\include{chapters/chap1}</code>. If in
-<samp>chap1.tex</samp> you put <code>\graphicspath{{plots/}}</code> then
-LaTeX will not search for graphics in <samp>book/chapters/plots</samp>, but
-instead in <samp>book/plots</samp>.
+suppose that you are working on a document based on <samp class="file">book/book.tex</samp>
+and it contains <code class="code">\include{chapters/chap1}</code>. If in
+<samp class="file">chap1.tex</samp> you put <code class="code">\graphicspath{{plots/}}</code> then
+LaTeX will not search for graphics in <samp class="file">book/chapters/plots</samp>, but
+instead in <samp class="file">book/plots</samp>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.2 <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1">22.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{<var>comma-separated list of file extensions</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{<var class="var">comma-separated list of file extensions</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Declare the filename extensions to try. This allows you to specify the
order in which to choose graphic formats when you include graphic files
by giving the filename without the extension, as in
-<code>\includegraphics{functionplot}</code>.
+<code class="code">\includegraphics{functionplot}</code>.
</p>
<p>In this example, LaTeX will find files in the PNG format before PDF
files.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,PNG,.pdf,.PDF}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,PNG,.pdf,.PDF}
...
-\includegraphics{lion} % will find <samp>lion.png</samp> before <samp>lion.pdf</samp>
+\includegraphics{lion} % will find <samp class="file">lion.png</samp> before <samp class="file">lion.pdf</samp>
</pre></div>
-<p>Because the filename <samp>lion</samp> does not have a period, LaTeX uses
+<p>Because the filename <samp class="file">lion</samp> does not have a period, LaTeX uses
the extension list. For each directory in the graphics path
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a>), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order
given. If it does not find such a file after trying all the directories
-and extensions then it reports &lsquo;<samp>! LaTeX Error: File `<samp>lion</samp>'
+and extensions then it reports &lsquo;<samp class="samp">! LaTeX Error: File `<samp class="file">lion</samp>'
not found</samp>&rsquo;. Note that you must include the periods at the start of the
extensions.
</p>
@@ -19196,108 +19350,107 @@ extensions.
file extensions is case sensitive on those platforms. The Windows
platform is not case sensitive.
</p>
-<p>You are not required to include <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code> in
+<p>You are not required to include <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code> in
your document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example,
-the most recent <samp>pdftex.def</samp> has this extension list.
+the most recent <samp class="file">pdftex.def</samp> has this extension list.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
+<pre class="example-preformatted">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-grfext"></span>
-<span id="index-grfext-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-grfext"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-grfext-package"></a>
-<p>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package.
+<p>To change the order, use the <code class="code">grfext</code> package.
</p>
<p>You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it more
than once. Show its value with
-<code>\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother</code>.
+<code class="code">\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.3 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1">22.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareGraphicsRule{<var>extension</var>}{<var>type</var>}{<var>size-file extension</var>}{<var>command</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsRule{<var class="var">extension</var>}{<var class="var">type</var>}{<var class="var">size-file extension</var>}{<var class="var">command</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
+<p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var class="var">extension</var>.
</p>
<p>This example declares that all files with names of the form
-<samp>filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
+<samp class="file">filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareGraphicsRule{.mps}{mps}{.mps}{}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsRule{.mps}{mps}{.mps}{}
</pre></div>
<p>This
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
</pre></div>
<p>tells LaTeX that it should handle as MetaPost output any file with an
-extension not covered by another rule, so it covers <samp>filename.1</samp>,
-<samp>filename.2</samp>, etc.
+extension not covered by another rule, so it covers <samp class="file">filename.1</samp>,
+<samp class="file">filename.2</samp>, etc.
</p>
<p>This describes the four arguments.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>extension</var></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">extension</var></dt>
<dd><p>The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is anything
after and including the first dot in the filename. Use the Kleene star,
-<code>*</code>, to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions.
+<code class="code">*</code>, to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>type</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">type</var></dt>
<dd><p>The type of file involved. This type is a string that must be defined
-in the printer driver. For instance, files with extensions <samp>.ps</samp>,
-<samp>.eps</samp>, or <samp>.ps.gz</samp> may all be classed as type <code>eps</code>.
+in the printer driver. For instance, files with extensions <samp class="file">.ps</samp>,
+<samp class="file">.eps</samp>, or <samp class="file">.ps.gz</samp> may all be classed as type <code class="code">eps</code>.
All files of the same type will be input with the same internal command
-by the printer driver. For example, the file types that <samp>pdftex</samp>
-recognizes are: <code>jpg</code>, <code>jbig2</code>, <code>mps</code>, <code>pdf</code>,
-<code>png</code>, <code>tif</code>.
+by the printer driver. For example, the file types that <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>
+recognizes are: <code class="code">jpg</code>, <code class="code">jbig2</code>, <code class="code">mps</code>, <code class="code">pdf</code>,
+<code class="code">png</code>, <code class="code">tif</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>size-file extension</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">size-file extension</var></dt>
<dd><p>The extension of the file to be read to determine the size of the
-graphic, if there is such a file. It may be the same as <var>extension</var>
+graphic, if there is such a file. It may be the same as <var class="var">extension</var>
but it may be different.
</p>
<p>As an example, consider a PostScript graphic. To make it smaller, it
-might be compressed into a <samp>.ps.gz</samp> file. Compressed files are not
+might be compressed into a <samp class="file">.ps.gz</samp> file. Compressed files are not
easily read by LaTeX so you can put the bounding box information in a
-separate file. If <var>size-file extension</var> is empty then you must
-specify size information in the arguments of <code>\includegraphics</code>.
+separate file. If <var class="var">size-file extension</var> is empty then you must
+specify size information in the arguments of <code class="code">\includegraphics</code>.
</p>
<p>If the driver file has a procedure for reading size files for
-<code>type</code> then that will be used, otherwise it will use the procedure
-for reading <samp>.eps</samp> files. (Thus you may specify the size of bitmap
-files in a file with a PostScript style <code>%%BoundingBox</code> line if no
+<code class="code">type</code> then that will be used, otherwise it will use the procedure
+for reading <samp class="file">.eps</samp> files. (Thus you may specify the size of bitmap
+files in a file with a PostScript style <code class="code">%%BoundingBox</code> line if no
other format is available.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>command</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p>A command that will be applied to the
-file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a
-single backward quote. Thus,
-<code>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c
-#1}</code> specifies that any file with the extension <samp>.eps.gz</samp> should
-be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the BoundingBox information
-stored in the file with extension <samp>.eps.bb</samp>, and that the command
-<code>gunzip -c</code> will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
+<dt><var class="var">command</var></dt>
+<dd><p>A command that will be applied to the file. This is often left
+empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus,
+<code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c
+#1}</code> specifies that any file with the extension <samp class="file">.eps.gz</samp> should
+be treated as an <code class="code">eps</code> file, with the BoundingBox information
+stored in the file with extension <samp class="file">.eps.bb</samp>, and that the command
+<code class="code">gunzip -c</code> will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
</p>
<p>Such a command is specific to your platform. In addition, your TeX
system must allow you to run external commands; as a security measure
@@ -19310,67 +19463,67 @@ See the documentation for your TeX distribution.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Commands-for-graphics">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Commands-for-graphics">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Commands-for-graphics-1"></span><h3 class="section">22.3 Commands for graphics</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-graphics-1">22.3 Commands for graphics</h3>
-<span id="index-graphics-package-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-graphics-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-graphics-package"></a>
-<p>These are the commands available with the <code>graphics</code> and
-<code>graphicx</code> packages.
+<p>These are the commands available with the <code class="code">graphics</code> and
+<code class="code">graphicx</code> packages.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="1"><code>\includegraphics</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="2"><code>\rotatebox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="3"><code>\scalebox</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="4"><code>\resizebox</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\resizebox</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.1 <code>\includegraphics</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1">22.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></h4>
-<span id="index-graphics-2"></span>
-<span id="index-graphics-package-2"></span>
-<span id="index-including-graphics"></span>
-<span id="index-importing-graphics"></span>
-<span id="index-EPS-files"></span>
-<span id="index-JPEG-files"></span>
-<span id="index-JPG-files"></span>
-<span id="index-PDF-graphic-files"></span>
-<span id="index-PNG-files"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cincludegraphics"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-including-graphics"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-importing-graphics"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-EPS-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-JPEG-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-JPG-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-PDF-graphic-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-PNG-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cincludegraphics"></a>
-<p>Synopses for <code>graphics</code> package:
+<p>Synopses for <code class="code">graphics</code> package:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>}
-\includegraphics[<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]{<var>filename</var>}
-\includegraphics[<var>llx</var>,<var>lly</var>][<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]{<var>filename</var>}
-\includegraphics*{<var>filename</var>}
-\includegraphics*[<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]{<var>filename</var>}
-\includegraphics*[<var>llx</var>,<var>lly</var>][<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]{<var>filename</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics[<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics[<var class="var">llx</var>,<var class="var">lly</var>][<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*[<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*[<var class="var">llx</var>,<var class="var">lly</var>][<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Synopses for <code>graphicx</code> package:
+<p>Synopses for <code class="code">graphicx</code> package:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>}
-\includegraphics[<var>key-value list</var>]{<var>filename</var>}
-\includegraphics*{<var>filename</var>}
-\includegraphics*[<var>key-value list</var>]{<var>filename</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics[<var class="var">key-value list</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*[<var class="var">key-value list</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Include a graphics file. The starred form <code>\includegraphics*</code> will
+<p>Include a graphics file. The starred form <code class="code">\includegraphics*</code> will
clip the graphic to the size specified, while for the unstarred form any
part of the graphic that is outside the box of the specified size will
over-print the surrounding area.
@@ -19378,41 +19531,41 @@ over-print the surrounding area.
<p>This
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble
...
\begin{center}
\includegraphics{plot.pdf}
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>will incorporate into the document the graphic in <samp>plot.pdf</samp>,
+<p>will incorporate into the document the graphic in <samp class="file">plot.pdf</samp>,
centered and at its nominal size. You can also give a path to the file,
-as with <code>\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}</code>. To specify a list
-of locations to search for the file, see <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>.
+as with <code class="code">\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}</code>. To specify a list
+of locations to search for the file, see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a>.
</p>
<p>If your filename includes spaces then put it in double quotes. An example
-is <code>\includegraphics{&quot;sister picture.jpg&quot;}</code>.
+is <code class="code">\includegraphics{&quot;sister picture.jpg&quot;}</code>.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>}</code> command decides on the
-type of graphic by splitting <var>filename</var> on the first dot. You can
-instead use <var>filename</var> with no dot, as in
-<code>\includegraphics{turing}</code>, and then LaTeX tries a sequence of
-extensions such as <code>.png</code> and <code>.pdf</code> until it finds a file
-with that extension (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">\includegraphics{<var class="var">filename</var>}</code> command decides on the
+type of graphic by splitting <var class="var">filename</var> on the first dot. You can
+instead use <var class="var">filename</var> with no dot, as in
+<code class="code">\includegraphics{turing}</code>, and then LaTeX tries a sequence of
+extensions such as <code class="code">.png</code> and <code class="code">.pdf</code> until it finds a file
+with that extension (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>).
</p>
<p>If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide
them with curly braces, as in
-<code>\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}</code>. Or, if you use
-the <code>graphicx</code> package then you can use the options <code>type</code> and
-<code>ext</code>; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled
-with the package <samp>grffile</samp>.
+<code class="code">\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}</code>. Or, if you use
+the <code class="code">graphicx</code> package then you can use the options <code class="code">type</code> and
+<code class="code">ext</code>; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled
+with the package <samp class="file">grffile</samp>.
</p>
-<p>This example puts a graphic in a <code>figure</code> environment so LaTeX can
+<p>This example puts a graphic in a <code class="code">figure</code> environment so LaTeX can
move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward
-(see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{figure}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}
\centering
\includegraphics[width=3cm]{lungxray.jpg}
\caption{The evidence is overwhelming: don't smoke.} \label{fig:xray}
@@ -19425,7 +19578,7 @@ resort to blank areas on the page. It will be centered and will have a
caption.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{caption} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{caption} % in preamble
...
\begin{center}
\includegraphics{pix/nix.png}
@@ -19437,7 +19590,7 @@ caption.
text, with the two vertically centered.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
...
\begin{center}
\vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.4\textwidth]{plot}}
@@ -19450,23 +19603,23 @@ text, with the two vertically centered.
\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>If you use the <code>graphics</code> package then the only options involve the
-size of the graphic (but see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a> and <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox"><code>\scalebox</code></a>).
+<p>If you use the <code class="code">graphics</code> package then the only options involve the
+size of the graphic (but see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a> and <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cscalebox"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>).
When one optional argument is present then it is
-<code>[<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]</code> and it gives the coordinates of the top
-right corner of the image, as a pair of TeX dimensions (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). If the units are omitted they default to <code>bp</code>. In
+<code class="code">[<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]</code> and it gives the coordinates of the top
+right corner of the image, as a pair of TeX dimensions (see <a class="pxref" href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). If the units are omitted they default to <code class="code">bp</code>. In
this case, the lower left corner of the image is assumed to be at (0,0).
If two optional arguments are present then the leading one is
-<code>[<var>llx</var>,<var>lly</var>]</code>, specifying the coordinates of the image&rsquo;s
-lower left. Thus, <code>\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}</code> calls for
+<code class="code">[<var class="var">llx</var>,<var class="var">lly</var>]</code>, specifying the coordinates of the image&rsquo;s
+lower left. Thus, <code class="code">\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}</code> calls for
the graphic to be placed so it is 1&nbsp;inch wide and 0.618&nbsp;inches
tall and so its origin is at (0,0).
</p>
-<p>The <code>graphicx</code> package gives you many more options. Specify them
+<p>The <code class="code">graphicx</code> package gives you many more options. Specify them
in a key-value form, as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
\includegraphics[width=1in,angle=90]{lion}
\hspace{2em}
\includegraphics[angle=90,width=1in]{lion}
@@ -19480,132 +19633,132 @@ two will end with different widths and heights.
</p>
<p>There are many options. The primary ones are listed first.
</p>
-<span id="index-bounding-box"></span>
-<span id="index-box_002c-bounding"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bounding-box"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-box_002c-bounding"></a>
<p>Note that a graphic is placed by LaTeX into a box, which is
-traditionally referred to as its <em>bounding box</em> (distinct from the
+traditionally referred to as its <em class="dfn">bounding box</em> (distinct from the
PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic&rsquo;s printed area may
go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when LaTeX makes up a
page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the
graphic.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="includegraphics-width"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>width</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-width"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">width</code></dt>
<dd><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this width. An example
-is <code>\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}</code>. You can use the standard
-TeX dimensions (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>) and also convenient is
-<code>\linewidth</code>, or in a two-column document, <code>\columnwidth</code>
-(see <a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). An example is that by using the
-<samp>calc</samp> package you can make the graphic be 1&nbsp;cm narrower than
+is <code class="code">\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}</code>. You can use the standard
+TeX dimensions (see <a class="pxref" href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>) and also convenient is
+<code class="code">\linewidth</code>, or in a two-column document, <code class="code">\columnwidth</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). An example is that by using the
+<samp class="file">calc</samp> package you can make the graphic be 1&nbsp;cm narrower than
the width of the text with
-<code>\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}</code>.
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>height</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="includegraphics-height"></span><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this height. You can
-use the standard TeX dimensions (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>), and also
-convenient are <code>\pageheight</code> and <code>\textheight</code> (see <a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). For instance, the command
-<code>\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}</code> will make the
+<dt><code class="code">height</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-height"></a><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this height. You can
+use the standard TeX dimensions (see <a class="pxref" href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>), and also
+convenient are <code class="code">\pageheight</code> and <code class="code">\textheight</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). For instance, the command
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}</code> will make the
graphic a quarter of the height of the text area.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>totalheight</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="includegraphics-totalheight"></span><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus
+<dt><code class="code">totalheight</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-totalheight"></a><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus
depth. This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated. For
instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero height
but a large depth.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>keepaspectratio</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="includegraphics-keepaspectratio"></span><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as here
+<dt><code class="code">keepaspectratio</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-keepaspectratio"></a><p>If set to <code class="code">true</code>, or just specified as here
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><code>\includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}</code>
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><code class="code">\includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}</code>
</pre></div>
-<p>and you give as options both <code>width</code> and <code>height</code> (or
-<code>totalheight</code>), then LaTeX will make the graphic is as large as
+<p>and you give as options both <code class="code">width</code> and <code class="code">height</code> (or
+<code class="code">totalheight</code>), then LaTeX will make the graphic is as large as
possible without distortion. That is, LaTeX will ensure that neither
-is the graphic wider than <code>width</code> nor taller than <code>height</code> (or
-<code>totalheight</code>).
+is the graphic wider than <code class="code">width</code> nor taller than <code class="code">height</code> (or
+<code class="code">totalheight</code>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>scale</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">scale</code></dt>
<dd><p>Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its
-nominal size, enter <code>\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}</code>. This
+nominal size, enter <code class="code">\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}</code>. This
number may be any value; a number between 0 and&nbsp;1 will shrink the
graphic and a negative number will reflect it.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>angle</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">angle</code></dt>
<dd><p>Rotate the graphic. The angle is taken in degrees and counterclockwise.
-The graphic is rotated about its <code>origin</code>; see that option. For a
+The graphic is rotated about its <code class="code">origin</code>; see that option. For a
complete description of how rotated material is typeset,
-see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>.
+see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>origin</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">origin</code></dt>
<dd><p>The point of the graphic about which the rotation happens. Possible
-values are any string containing one or two of: <code>l</code> for left,
-<code>r</code> for right, <code>b</code> for bottom, <code>c</code> for center, <code>t</code>
-for top, and <code>B</code> for baseline. Thus, entering the command
-<code>\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}</code> will turn the
+values are any string containing one or two of: <code class="code">l</code> for left,
+<code class="code">r</code> for right, <code class="code">b</code> for bottom, <code class="code">c</code> for center, <code class="code">t</code>
+for top, and <code class="code">B</code> for baseline. Thus, entering the command
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}</code> will turn the
picture upside down about that picture&rsquo;s center, while the command
-<code>\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}</code> will turn its
-picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character <code>c</code>
-gives the horizontal center in <code>bc</code> or <code>tc</code>, but gives the
-vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.) The default is <code>lB</code>.
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}</code> will turn its
+picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character <code class="code">c</code>
+gives the horizontal center in <code class="code">bc</code> or <code class="code">tc</code>, but gives the
+vertical center in <code class="code">lc</code> or <code class="code">rc</code>.) The default is <code class="code">lB</code>.
</p>
-<p>To rotate about an arbitrary point, see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>.
+<p>To rotate about an arbitrary point, see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>These are lesser-used options.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="includegraphics-viewport"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>viewport</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-viewport"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">viewport</code></dt>
<dd><p>Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments,
separated by spaces and given in TeX dimensions, as with
-<code>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. When
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. When
the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big
-points,&nbsp;<code>bp</code>. They are taken relative to the origin specified
-by the bounding box. See also the <code>trim</code> option.
+points,&nbsp;<code class="code">bp</code>. They are taken relative to the origin specified
+by the bounding box. See also the <code class="code">trim</code> option.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-trim"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>trim</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-trim"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">trim</code></dt>
<dd><p>Gives parts of the graphic to not show. Takes four arguments, separated
by spaces, that are given in TeX dimensions, as with
-<code>\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}</code>.
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}</code>.
These give the amounts of the graphic not to show, that is, LaTeX
will crop the picture by 0&nbsp;inches on the left, 0.1&nbsp;inches on
the bottom, 0.2&nbsp;inches on the right, and 0.3&nbsp;inches on the
-top. See also the <code>viewport</code> option.
+top. See also the <code class="code">viewport</code> option.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-clip"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>clip</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as here
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-clip"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">clip</code></dt>
+<dd><p>If set to <code class="code">true</code>, or just specified as here
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}
</pre></div>
<p>then the graphic is cropped to the bounding box. This is the same as
using the starred form of the command,
-<code>\includegraphics*[...]{...}</code>.
+<code class="code">\includegraphics*[...]{...}</code>.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-page"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>page</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-page"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">page</code></dt>
<dd><p>Give the page number of a multi-page PDF file. The default is
-<code>page=1</code>.
+<code class="code">page=1</code>.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-pagebox"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>pagebox</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-pagebox"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">pagebox</code></dt>
<dd><p>Specifies which bounding box to use for PDF files from among
-<code>mediabox</code>, <code>cropbox</code>, <code>bleedbox</code>, <code>trimbox</code>, or
-<code>artbox</code>. PDF files do not have the BoundingBox that PostScript
+<code class="code">mediabox</code>, <code class="code">cropbox</code>, <code class="code">bleedbox</code>, <code class="code">trimbox</code>, or
+<code class="code">artbox</code>. PDF files do not have the BoundingBox that PostScript
files have, but may specify up to four predefined rectangles. The
MediaBox gives the boundaries of the physical medium. The CropBox is the
region to which the contents of the page are to be clipped when
@@ -19616,27 +19769,27 @@ content. The driver will set the image size based on CropBox if
present, otherwise it will not use one of the others, with a
driver-defined order of preference. MediaBox is always present.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-interpolate"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>interpolate</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-interpolate"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">interpolate</code></dt>
<dd><p>Enable or disable interpolation of raster images by the viewer. Can be
-set with <code>interpolate=true</code> or just specified as here.
+set with <code class="code">interpolate=true</code> or just specified as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}
</pre></div>
-<span id="includegraphics-quiet"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>quiet</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-quiet"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">quiet</code></dt>
<dd><p>Do not write information to the log. You can set it with
-<code>quiet=true</code> or just specified it with
-<code>\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}</code>,
+<code class="code">quiet=true</code> or just specified it with
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}</code>,
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-draft"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>draft</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>If you set it with <code>draft=true</code> or just specify it with
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-draft"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">draft</code></dt>
+<dd><p>If you set it with <code class="code">draft=true</code> or just specify it with
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}
</pre></div>
<p>then the graphic will not appear in the document, possibly saving color
@@ -19648,82 +19801,82 @@ size with the filename printed in it.
<p>These options address the bounding box for Encapsulated PostScript
graphic files, which have a size specified with a line
-<code>%%BoundingBox</code> that appears in the file. It has four values,
-giving the lower <em class='math'>x</em> coordinate, lower <em class='math'>y</em> coordinate, upper
-<em class='math'>x</em> coordinate, and upper <em class='math'>y</em> coordinate. The units are
+<code class="code">%%BoundingBox</code> that appears in the file. It has four values,
+giving the lower <em class="math">x</em> coordinate, lower <em class="math">y</em> coordinate, upper
+<em class="math">x</em> coordinate, and upper <em class="math">y</em> coordinate. The units are
PostScript points, equivalent to TeX&rsquo;s big points, 1/72&nbsp;inch.
-For example, if an <samp>.eps</samp> file has the line <code>%%BoundingBox 10
+For example, if an <samp class="file">.eps</samp> file has the line <code class="code">%%BoundingBox 10
20 40 80</code> then its natural size is 30/72&nbsp;inch wide by
60/72&nbsp;inch tall.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="includegraphics-bb"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>bb</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bb"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">bb</code></dt>
<dd><p>Specify the bounding box of the displayed region. The argument is four
-dimensions separated by spaces, as with <code>\includegraphics[.., bb=
-0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. Usually <code>\includegraphics</code> reads the
+dimensions separated by spaces, as with <code class="code">\includegraphics[.., bb=
+0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. Usually <code class="code">\includegraphics</code> reads the
BoundingBox numbers from the EPS file automatically, so this option is
only useful if the bounding box is missing from that file or if you want
to change it.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-bbllx"></span><span id="includegraphics-bblly"></span><span id="includegraphics-bburx"></span><span id="includegraphics-bbury"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bbllx"></a><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bblly"></a><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bburx"></a><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bbury"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury</code></dt>
<dd><p>Set the bounding box. These four are obsolete, but are retained for
compatibility with old packages.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-natwidth"></span><span id="includegraphics-natheight"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>natwidth, natheight</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>An alternative for <code>bb</code>. Setting
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-natwidth"></a><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-natheight"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">natwidth, natheight</code></dt>
+<dd><p>An alternative for <code class="code">bb</code>. Setting
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}
</pre></div>
-<p>is the same as setting <code>bb=0 0 1in 0.618in</code>.
+<p>is the same as setting <code class="code">bb=0 0 1in 0.618in</code>.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-hiresbb"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>hiresbb</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as with
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-hiresbb"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">hiresbb</code></dt>
+<dd><p>If set to <code class="code">true</code>, or just specified as with
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}
</pre></div>
-<p>then LaTeX will look for <code>%%HiResBoundingBox</code> lines instead of
-<code>%%BoundingBox</code> lines. (The <code>BoundingBox</code> lines use only
-natural numbers while the <code>HiResBoundingBox</code> lines use decimals;
+<p>then LaTeX will look for <code class="code">%%HiResBoundingBox</code> lines instead of
+<code class="code">%%BoundingBox</code> lines. (The <code class="code">BoundingBox</code> lines use only
+natural numbers while the <code class="code">HiResBoundingBox</code> lines use decimals;
both use units equivalent to TeX&rsquo;s big points, 1/72&nbsp;inch.) To
-override a prior setting of <code>true</code>, you can set it to <code>false</code>.
+override a prior setting of <code class="code">true</code>, you can set it to <code class="code">false</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>These following options allow a user to override LaTeX&rsquo;s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that <code>\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</code>
-will read the file <samp>lion.xxx</samp> as though it were
-<samp>lion.png</samp>. For more on these, see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>.
+is that <code class="code">\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</code>
+will read the file <samp class="file">lion.xxx</samp> as though it were
+<samp class="file">lion.png</samp>. For more on these, see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="includegraphics-type"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>type</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-type"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">type</code></dt>
<dd><p>Specify the graphics type.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-ext"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>ext</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-ext"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">ext</code></dt>
<dd><p>Specify the graphics extension.
-Only use this in conjunction with the option <code>type</code>.
+Only use this in conjunction with the option <code class="code">type</code>.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-read"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>read</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-read"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">read</code></dt>
<dd><p>Specify the file extension of the read file.
-Only use this in conjunction with the option <code>type</code>.
+Only use this in conjunction with the option <code class="code">type</code>.
</p>
-<span id="includegraphics-command"></span></dd>
-<dt><span><code>command</code></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-command"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">command</code></dt>
<dd><p>Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in
-conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. See <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>,
-for a discussion of enabling the <code>\write18</code> functionality to run
+conjunction with the option <code class="code">type</code>. See <a class="xref" href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>,
+for a discussion of enabling the <code class="code">\write18</code> functionality to run
external commands.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -19732,52 +19885,52 @@ external commands.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005crotatebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005crotatebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\scalebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005crotatebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.2 <code>\rotatebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005crotatebox-1">22.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></h4>
-<span id="index-rotation"></span>
-<span id="index-rotating-graphics"></span>
-<span id="index-rotating-text"></span>
-<span id="index-_005crotatebox"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rotation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rotating-graphics"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rotating-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crotatebox"></a>
-<p>Synopsis if you use the <code>graphics</code> package:
+<p>Synopsis if you use the <code class="code">graphics</code> package:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rotatebox{<var class="var">angle</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Synopses if you use the <code>graphicx</code> package:
+<p>Synopses if you use the <code class="code">graphicx</code> package:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>}
-\rotatebox[<var>key-value list</var>]{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rotatebox{<var class="var">angle</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+\rotatebox[<var class="var">key-value list</var>]{<var class="var">angle</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Put <var>material</var> in a box and rotate it <var>angle</var> degrees
+<p>Put <var class="var">material</var> in a box and rotate it <var class="var">angle</var> degrees
counterclockwise.
</p>
<p>This example rotates the table column heads forty-five degrees.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{ll}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{ll}
\rotatebox{45}{Character} &amp;\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic} \\
A &amp;AL-FAH \\
B &amp;BRAH-VOH
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <var>material</var> can be anything that goes in a box, including a graphic.
+<p>The <var class="var">material</var> can be anything that goes in a box, including a graphic.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> \rotatebox[origin=c]{45}{\includegraphics[width=1in]{lion}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> \rotatebox[origin=c]{45}{\includegraphics[width=1in]{lion}}
</pre></div>
<p>To place the rotated material, the first step is that LaTeX sets
-<var>material</var> in a box, with a reference point on the left baseline.
+<var class="var">material</var> in a box, with a reference point on the left baseline.
The second step is the rotation, by default about the reference point.
The third step is that LaTeX computes a box to bound the rotated
material. Fourth, LaTeX moves this box horizontally so that the left
@@ -19786,43 +19939,43 @@ from the first step (they need not coincide vertically). This new
bounding box, in its new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when
typesetting this material.
</p>
-<p>If you use the <code>graphics</code> package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box. If you use the <code>graphicx</code> package
-then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>,
+<p>If you use the <code class="code">graphics</code> package then the rotation is about the
+reference point of the box. If you use the <code class="code">graphicx</code> package
+then these are the options that can go in the <var class="var">key-value list</var>,
but note that you can get the same effect without needing this
-package, except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>).
+package, except for the <code class="code">x</code> and <code class="code">y</code> options
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>origin</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The point of the <var>material</var>&rsquo;s box about which the rotation happens.
-Possible value is any string containing one or two of: <code>l</code> for
-left, <code>r</code> for right, <code>b</code> for bottom, <code>c</code> for center,
-<code>t</code> for top, and <code>B</code> for baseline. Thus, the first line here
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">origin</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The point of the <var class="var">material</var>&rsquo;s box about which the rotation happens.
+Possible value is any string containing one or two of: <code class="code">l</code> for
+left, <code class="code">r</code> for right, <code class="code">b</code> for bottom, <code class="code">c</code> for center,
+<code class="code">t</code> for top, and <code class="code">B</code> for baseline. Thus, the first line here
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
</pre></div>
<p>will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will
turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character
-<code>c</code> gives the horizontal center in <code>bc</code> or <code>tc</code> but gives
-the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>, and gives both in
-<code>c</code>.) The default is <code>lB</code>.
+<code class="code">c</code> gives the horizontal center in <code class="code">bc</code> or <code class="code">tc</code> but gives
+the vertical center in <code class="code">lc</code> or <code class="code">rc</code>, and gives both in
+<code class="code">c</code>.) The default is <code class="code">lB</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>x, y</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">x, y</code></dt>
<dd><p>Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with
-<code>\rotatebox[x=<var>TeX dimension</var>,y=<var>TeX
-dimension</var>]{...}</code> (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). These give the offset
+<code class="code">\rotatebox[x=<var class="var">TeX dimension</var>,y=<var class="var">TeX
+dimension</var>]{...}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). These give the offset
from the box&rsquo;s reference point.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>units</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">units</code></dt>
<dd><p>This key allows you to change the default of degrees counterclockwise.
-Setting <code>units=-360</code> changes the direction to degrees clockwise and
-setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise.
+Setting <code class="code">units=-360</code> changes the direction to degrees clockwise and
+setting <code class="code">units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -19830,184 +19983,184 @@ setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cscalebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cscalebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\resizebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\resizebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cscalebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.3 <code>\scalebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cscalebox-1">22.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></h4>
-<span id="index-graphics_002c-scaling"></span>
-<span id="index-graphics_002c-resizing"></span>
-<span id="index-scaling"></span>
-<span id="index-resizing"></span>
-<span id="index-text_002c-scaling"></span>
-<span id="index-text_002c-resizing"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cscalebox"></span>
-<span id="index-_005creflectbox"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-scaling"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-resizing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-scaling"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-resizing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-text_002c-scaling"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-text_002c-resizing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscalebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005creflectbox"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\scalebox{<var>horizontal factor</var>}{<var>material</var>}
-\scalebox{<var>horizontal factor</var>}[<var>vertical factor</var>]{<var>material</var>}
-\reflectbox{<var>material</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\scalebox{<var class="var">horizontal factor</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+\scalebox{<var class="var">horizontal factor</var>}[<var class="var">vertical factor</var>]{<var class="var">material</var>}
+\reflectbox{<var class="var">material</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Scale the <var>material</var>.
+<p>Scale the <var class="var">material</var>.
</p>
<p>This example halves the size, both horizontally and vertically, of the
first text and doubles the size of the second.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\scalebox{0.5}{DRINK ME} and \scalebox{2.0}{Eat Me}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\scalebox{0.5}{DRINK ME} and \scalebox{2.0}{Eat Me}
</pre></div>
-<p>If you do not specify the optional <var>vertical factor</var> then it
-defaults to the same value as the <var>horizontal factor</var>.
+<p>If you do not specify the optional <var class="var">vertical factor</var> then it
+defaults to the same value as the <var class="var">horizontal factor</var>.
</p>
<p>You can use this command to resize a graphic, as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}
</pre></div>
-<p>If you use the <code>graphicx</code> package then you can accomplish the same
-thing with optional arguments to <code>\includegraphics</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>).
+<p>If you use the <code class="code">graphicx</code> package then you can accomplish the same
+thing with optional arguments to <code class="code">\includegraphics</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>The <code>\reflectbox</code> command abbreviates
-<code>\scalebox{-1}[1]{<var>material</var>}</code>. Thus, <code>Able was
-I\reflectbox{Able was I}</code> will show the phrase &lsquo;<samp>Able was I</samp>&rsquo;
+<p>The <code class="code">\reflectbox</code> command abbreviates
+<code class="code">\scalebox{-1}[1]{<var class="var">material</var>}</code>. Thus, <code class="code">Able was
+I\reflectbox{Able was I}</code> will show the phrase &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Able was I</samp>&rsquo;
immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical axis.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cresizebox">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cresizebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\scalebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cresizebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.4 <code>\resizebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cresizebox-1">22.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></h4>
-<span id="index-graphics_002c-scaling-1"></span>
-<span id="index-graphics_002c-resizing-1"></span>
-<span id="index-scaling-1"></span>
-<span id="index-resizing-1"></span>
-<span id="index-text_002c-scaling-1"></span>
-<span id="index-text_002c-resizing-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cresizebox"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-scaling-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-resizing-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-scaling-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-resizing-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-text_002c-scaling-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-text_002c-resizing-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cresizebox"></a>
<p>Synopses:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\resizebox{<var>horizontal length</var>}{<var>vertical length</var>}{<var>material</var>}
-\resizebox*{<var>horizontal length</var>}{<var>vertical length</var>}{<var>material</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\resizebox{<var class="var">horizontal length</var>}{<var class="var">vertical length</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+\resizebox*{<var class="var">horizontal length</var>}{<var class="var">vertical length</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Given a size, such as <code>3cm</code>, transform <var>material</var> to make it
-that size. If either <var>horizontal length</var> or <var>vertical length</var>
-is an exclamation point&nbsp;<code>!</code> then the other argument is used
+<p>Given a size, such as <code class="code">3cm</code>, transform <var class="var">material</var> to make it
+that size. If either <var class="var">horizontal length</var> or <var class="var">vertical length</var>
+is an exclamation point&nbsp;<code class="code">!</code> then the other argument is used
to determine a scale factor for both directions.
</p>
<p>This example makes the graphic be a half inch wide and scales it
vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}
</pre></div>
-<p>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
-the box&rsquo;s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
+<p>The unstarred form <code class="code">\resizebox</code> takes <var class="var">vertical length</var> to be
+the box&rsquo;s height while the starred form <code class="code">\resizebox*</code> takes it to
be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
+quarter-inch with <code class="code">\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
box has both height and depth.}}</code>.
</p>
-<p>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and
-<code>\width</code> to refer to the original size of the box. Thus, make the
+<p>You can use <code class="code">\depth</code>, <code class="code">\height</code>, <code class="code">\totalheight</code>, and
+<code class="code">\width</code> to refer to the original size of the box. Thus, make the
text two inches wide but keep the original height with
-<code>\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Two inches}</code>.
+<code class="code">\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Two inches}</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Special-insertions">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Special-insertions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Special-insertions-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">23 Special insertions</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</h2>
-<span id="index-special-insertions"></span>
-<span id="index-insertions-of-special-characters"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-special-insertions"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-insertions-of-special-characters"></a>
<p>LaTeX provides commands for inserting characters that have a
special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a></li>
<li><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="2">Upper and lower case</a></li>
<li><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="3">Symbols by font position</a></li>
<li><a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="4">Text symbols</a></li>
<li><a href="#Accents" accesskey="5">Accents</a></li>
<li><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="6">Additional Latin letters</a></li>
-<li><a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="7"><code>inputenc</code> package</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="8"><code>\rule</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="9"><code>\today</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="7"><code class="code">inputenc</code> package</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\rule</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\today</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Reserved-characters">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Reserved-characters">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="n" rel="next">Upper and lower case</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Reserved-characters-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.1 Reserved characters</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Reserved-characters-1">23.1 Reserved characters</h3>
-<span id="index-reserved-characters"></span>
-<span id="index-characters_002c-reserved"></span>
-<span id="index-special-characters"></span>
-<span id="index-characters_002c-special"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-reserved-characters"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-characters_002c-reserved"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-special-characters"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-characters_002c-special"></a>
<p>LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
-example, the percent sign&nbsp;<code>%</code> is for comments. They are
-called <em>reserved characters</em> or <em>special characters</em>. They are
+example, the percent sign&nbsp;<code class="code">%</code> is for comments. They are
+called <em class="dfn">reserved characters</em> or <em class="dfn">special characters</em>. They are
all discussed elsewhere in this manual.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"># $ % &amp; { } _ ~ ^ \
+<pre class="example-preformatted"># $ % &amp; { } _ ~ ^ \
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005c_0023"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_0024"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_0025"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_0026"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_005f"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_007b"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_007d"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0023"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0024"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0025"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0026"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005f"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_007b"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_007d"></a>
<p>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text
body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply
-put a backslash&nbsp;<code>\</code> in front of the character. Thus,
-typing <code>\$1.23</code> will produce&nbsp;<code>$1.23</code> in your output.
+put a backslash&nbsp;<code class="code">\</code> in front of the character. Thus,
+typing <code class="code">\$1.23</code> will produce&nbsp;<code class="code">$1.23</code> in your output.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005c_007e"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_005e"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ctextbackslash"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_007e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextbackslash"></a>
<p>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font
-use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next
+use <code class="code">\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next
character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body
-font circumflex use <code>\^{}</code>. To get a backslash in the font of
-the text body, enter <code>\textbackslash{}</code>.
+font circumflex use <code class="code">\^{}</code>. To get a backslash in the font of
+the text body, enter <code class="code">\textbackslash{}</code>.
</p>
<p>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use
-<code>\verb!!</code> as below (the double backslash&nbsp;<code>\\</code> is only
-there to split the lines in the output).
+<code class="code">\verb!!</code> as below (the double backslash&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code> in the
+example is only there to split the lines in the output).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
\# \$ \% \&amp; \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
\verb!# $ % &amp; { } _ ~ ^ \!
\end{center}
@@ -20016,361 +20169,373 @@ there to split the lines in the output).
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Upper-and-lower-case">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Upper-and-lower-case">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="n" rel="next">Symbols by font position</a>, Previous: <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Reserved characters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Upper-and-lower-case-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.2 Upper and lower case</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Upper-and-lower-case-1">23.2 Upper and lower case</h3>
-<span id="index-uppercase"></span>
-<span id="index-lowercase"></span>
-<span id="index-characters_002c-case-of"></span>
-<span id="index-changing-case-of-characters"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-uppercase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lowercase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-characters_002c-case-of"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-changing-case-of-characters"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\uppercase{<var>text</var>}
-\lowercase{<var>text</var>}
-\MakeUppercase{<var>text</var>}
-\MakeLowercase{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\uppercase{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\lowercase{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\MakeUppercase{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\MakeLowercase{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Change the case of characters. The TeX primitive commands
-<code>\uppercase</code> and <code>\lowercase</code> are set up by default to work
+<code class="code">\uppercase</code> and <code class="code">\lowercase</code> are set up by default to work
only with the 26 letters a&ndash;z and A&ndash;Z. The LaTeX commands
-<code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> commands also change
-characters accessed by commands such as <code>\ae</code> or <code>\aa</code>. The
-commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> are robust
-but they have moving arguments (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\MakeUppercase</code> and <code class="code">\MakeLowercase</code> commands also change
+characters accessed by commands such as <code class="code">\ae</code> or <code class="code">\aa</code>. The
+commands <code class="code">\MakeUppercase</code> and <code class="code">\MakeLowercase</code> are robust
+but they have moving arguments (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<p>These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a
-command within <var>text</var>. But they do change the case of every other
-Latin letter inside the argument <var>text</var>. Thus,
-<code>\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$</code>} produces &lsquo;<samp>LET Y=F(X)</samp>&rsquo;. Another
+command within <var class="var">text</var>. But they do change the case of every other
+Latin letter inside the argument <var class="var">text</var>. Thus,
+<code class="code">\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$</code>} produces &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LET Y=F(X)</samp>&rsquo;. Another
example is that the name of an environment will be changed, so that
-<code>\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular}}</code> will
+<code class="code">\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular}}</code> will
produce an error because the first half is changed to
-<code>\begin{TABULAR}</code>.
+<code class="code">\begin{TABULAR}</code>.
</p>
<p>LaTeX uses the same fixed table for changing case throughout a
document, The table used is designed for the font encoding T1; this
works well with the standard TeX fonts for all Latin alphabets but
will cause problems when using other alphabets.
</p>
-<p>To change the case of text that results from a macro inside <var>text</var>
-you need to do expansion. Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces
-&lsquo;<samp>COLLEGE OF MATHEMATICS</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>To change the case of text that results from a macro inside <var class="var">text</var>
+you need to do expansion. Here the <code class="code">\Schoolname</code> produces
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">COLLEGE OF MATHEMATICS</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\schoolname}{College of Mathematics}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\schoolname}{College of Mathematics}
\newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase
<!-- /@w -->\expandafter{\schoolname}}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-textcase"></span>
-<span id="index-textcase-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-textcase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-textcase-package"></a>
-<p>The <code>textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the
-standard LaTeX commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
-<code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
+<p>The <code class="code">textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the
+standard LaTeX commands <code class="code">\MakeUppercase</code> and
+<code class="code">\MakeLowerCase</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-mfirstuc"></span>
-<span id="index-mfirstuc-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mfirstuc"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mfirstuc-package"></a>
<p>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
-<code>mfirstuc</code>.
+<code class="code">mfirstuc</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-expl3-1"></span>
-<span id="index-expl3-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-expl3-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-expl3-package-1"></a>
-<span id="index-Wright_002c-Joseph"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Wright_002c-Joseph"></a>
<p>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in
the original TeX and LaTeX. It has been implemented in the
-<code>expl3</code> package as of 2020. The article &ldquo;Case changing: From
+<code class="code">expl3</code> package as of 2020. The article &ldquo;Case changing: From
TeX primitives to the Unicode algorithm&rdquo;, (Joseph Wright,
-<cite>TUGboat</cite>&nbsp;41:1,
-<a href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf</a>), gives a
+<cite class="cite">TUGboat</cite>&nbsp;41:1,
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf</a>), gives a
good overview of the topic, past and present.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Symbols-by-font-position">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Symbols-by-font-position">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Text symbols</a>, Previous: <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Upper and lower case</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Symbols-by-font-position-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.3 Symbols by font position</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Symbols-by-font-position-1">23.3 Symbols by font position</h3>
-<span id="index-_005csymbol"></span>
-<span id="index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font"></span>
-<span id="index-font-symbols_002c-by-number"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csymbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-symbols_002c-by-number"></a>
<p>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
-the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
-used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code decimal 32 in the
+the <code class="code">\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
+used in the <code class="code">\verb*</code> command has the code decimal 32 in the
standard Computer Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as
-<code>\symbol{32}</code>.
+<code class="code">\symbol{32}</code>.
</p>
-<p>You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a <code>'</code>
-prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <code>&quot;</code> prefix, so the
+<p>You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a <code class="code">'</code>
+prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <code class="code">&quot;</code> prefix, so the
visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as
-<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{&quot;20}</code>.
+<code class="code">\symbol{'40}</code> or <code class="code">\symbol{&quot;20}</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Text-symbols">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Text-symbols">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Symbols by font position</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Text-symbols-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.4 Text symbols</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Text-symbols-1">23.4 Text symbols</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-text-symbols"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-symbols_002c-text"></a>
-<span id="index-text-symbols"></span>
-<span id="index-symbols_002c-text"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-textcomp"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-textcomp-package"></a>
-<span id="index-textcomp-package"></span>
-<span id="index-TS1-encoding"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TS1-encoding"></a>
<p>LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
not available in OT1. As of the LaTeX February 2020 release, all
symbols are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use
-the <code>textcomp</code> package for some (technically, those in the
-<code>TS1</code> font encoding).
+the <code class="code">textcomp</code> package for some (technically, those in the
+<code class="code">TS1</code> font encoding).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005ccopyright'><span><code>\copyright</code><a href='#index-_005ccopyright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextcopyright'><span><code>\textcopyright</code><a href='#index-_005ctextcopyright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-copyright-symbol"></span>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005ccopyright'><span><code class="code">\copyright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccopyright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextcopyright'><span><code class="code">\textcopyright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextcopyright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-copyright-symbol"></a>
<p>&copy; The copyright symbol.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdag'><span><code>\dag</code><a href='#index-_005cdag' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cdag'><span><code class="code">\dag</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdag'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dagger_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&#x2020; The dagger symbol (in text).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cddag'><span><code>\ddag</code><a href='#index-_005cddag' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cddag'><span><code class="code">\ddag</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cddag'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&#x2021; The double dagger symbol (in text).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cLaTeX'><span><code>\LaTeX</code><a href='#index-_005cLaTeX' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-LaTeX-logo"></span>
-<span id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cLaTeX'><span><code class="code">\LaTeX</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLaTeX'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX-logo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX"></a>
<p>The LaTeX logo.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cLaTeXe'><span><code>\LaTeXe</code><a href='#index-_005cLaTeXe' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-LaTeX2e-logo"></span>
-<span id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cLaTeXe'><span><code class="code">\LaTeXe</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLaTeXe'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX2e-logo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e"></a>
<p>The LaTeX2e logo.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029'><span><code>\guillemotleft <span class="roman">(&laquo;)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029'><span><code>\guillemotright <span class="roman">(&raquo;)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029'><span><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="roman">(&lsaquo;)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029'><span><code>\guilsinglright <span class="roman">(&rsaquo;)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-double-guillemets"></span>
-<span id="index-single-guillemets"></span>
-<span id="index-left-angle-quotation-marks"></span>
-<span id="index-right-angle-quotation-marks"></span>
-<span id="index-double-angle-quotation-marks"></span>
-<span id="index-single-angle-quotation-marks"></span>
-<span id="index-French-quotation-marks"></span>
-<span id="index-quotation-marks_002c-French"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029'><span><code class="code">\guillemotleft <span class="r">(&laquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029'><span><code class="code">\guillemotright <span class="r">(&raquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029'><span><code class="code">\guilsinglleft <span class="r">(&lsaquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029'><span><code class="code">\guilsinglright <span class="r">(&rsaquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-guillemets"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-single-guillemets"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left-angle-quotation-marks"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right-angle-quotation-marks"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-angle-quotation-marks"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-single-angle-quotation-marks"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-French-quotation-marks"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quotation-marks_002c-French"></a>
<p>&laquo;, &raquo;, &lsaquo;, &rsaquo;
Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cldots-1'><span><code>\ldots</code><a href='#index-_005cldots-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cdots'><span><code>\dots</code><a href='#index-_005cdots' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextellipsis'><span><code>\textellipsis</code><a href='#index-_005ctextellipsis' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-ellipsis"></span>
-<p>&hellip; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code>
-and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode.
+<dt id='index-_005cldots-1'><span><code class="code">\ldots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cldots-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextellipsis'><span><code class="code">\textellipsis</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextellipsis'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdots-2'><span><code class="code">\dots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdots-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ellipsis"></a>
+<p>&hellip; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code class="code">\ldots</code> and
+<code class="code">\dots</code> also work in math mode (see <a class="pxref" href="#Dots">Dots, horizontal or vertical</a>). See that math
+mode ellipsis description for additional general information.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005clq'><span><code>\lq</code><a href='#index-_005clq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-left-quote"></span>
-<span id="index-opening-quote"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005clq'><span><code class="code">\lq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left-quote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opening-quote"></a>
<p>&lsquo; Left (opening) quote.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cP'><span><code>\P</code><a href='#index-_005cP' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextparagraph'><span><code>\textparagraph</code><a href='#index-_005ctextparagraph' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-paragraph-symbol"></span>
-<span id="index-pilcrow"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cP'><span><code class="code">\P</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cP'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextparagraph'><span><code class="code">\textparagraph</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextparagraph'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph-symbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pilcrow"></a>
<p>&#x00B6; Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cpounds'><span><code>\pounds</code><a href='#index-_005cpounds' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextsterling'><span><code>\textsterling</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsterling' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pounds-symbol"></span>
-<span id="index-sterling-symbol"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cpounds'><span><code class="code">\pounds</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpounds'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsterling'><span><code class="code">\textsterling</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsterling'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pounds-symbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sterling-symbol"></a>
<p>&pound; English pounds sterling.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029'><span><code>\quotedblbase <span class="roman">(&bdquo;)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029'><span><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="roman">(&sbquo;)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></span>
-<span id="index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></span>
-<span id="index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029'><span><code class="code">\quotedblbase <span class="r">(&bdquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029'><span><code class="code">\quotesinglbase <span class="r">(&sbquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double"></a>
<p>&bdquo; and &sbquo;
Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005crq'><span><code>\rq</code><a href='#index-_005crq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-right-quote"></span>
-<span id="index-closing-quote"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005crq'><span><code class="code">\rq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right-quote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-closing-quote"></a>
<p>&rsquo; Right (closing) quote.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cS'><span><code>\S</code><a href='#index-_005cS' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextsection'><span><code>\textsection</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsection' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-section-symbol"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cS'><span><code class="code">\S</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cS'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsection'><span><code class="code">\textsection</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsection'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section-symbol"></a>
<p>&#x00A7; Section sign.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cTeX'><span><code>\TeX</code><a href='#index-_005cTeX' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-TeX-logo"></span>
-<span id="index-logo_002c-TeX"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cTeX'><span><code class="code">\TeX</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cTeX'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TeX-logo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-logo_002c-TeX"></a>
<p>The TeX logo.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextasciicircum'><span><code>\textasciicircum</code><a href='#index-_005ctextasciicircum' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-ASCII-circumflex_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextasciicircum'><span><code class="code">\textasciicircum</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextasciicircum'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ASCII-circumflex_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>^ ASCII circumflex.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextasciitilde'><span><code>\textasciitilde</code><a href='#index-_005ctextasciitilde' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-ASCII-tilde_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextasciitilde'><span><code class="code">\textasciitilde</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextasciitilde'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ASCII-tilde_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>~ ASCII tilde.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextasteriskcentered'><span><code>\textasteriskcentered</code><a href='#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-asterisk_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-centered-asterisk_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextasteriskcentered'><span><code class="code">\textasteriskcentered</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-asterisk_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-centered-asterisk_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>* Centered asterisk.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextbackslash-1'><span><code>\textbackslash</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbackslash-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-backslash_002c-in-text"></span>
-<p>\ Backslash.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbackslash-1'><span><code class="code">\textbackslash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbackslash-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-backslash_002c-in-text"></a>
+<p>\ Backslash. However, <code class="code">\texttt{\textbackslash}</code> produces a roman
+(not typewriter) backslash by default; for a typewriter backslash, it
+is necessary to use the T1 (or other non-default) font encoding, as
+in:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+</pre></div>
+
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextbar'><span><code>\textbar</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbar' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbar'><span><code class="code">\textbar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>| Vertical bar.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextbardbl'><span><code>\textbardbl</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbardbl' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbardbl'><span><code class="code">\textbardbl</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbardbl'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&#x23F8; Double vertical bar.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextbigcircle'><span><code>\textbigcircle</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbigcircle' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbigcircle'><span><code class="code">\textbigcircle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbigcircle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&#x25EF;, Big circle symbol.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextbraceleft'><span><code>\textbraceleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbraceleft' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-left-brace_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-brace_002c-left_002c-in-text"></span>
-<p>{ Left brace.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbraceleft'><span><code class="code">\textbraceleft</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbraceleft'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left-brace_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-brace_002c-left_002c-in-text"></a>
+<p>{ Left brace. See remarks at <code class="code">\textbackslash</code> above about
+making <code class="code">\texttt{\textbraceleft}</code> produce a typewriter brace.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextbraceright'><span><code>\textbraceright</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbraceright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-right-brace_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-brace_002c-right_002c-in-text"></span>
-<p>} Right brace.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbraceright'><span><code class="code">\textbraceright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbraceright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right-brace_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-brace_002c-right_002c-in-text"></a>
+<p>} Right brace. See remarks at <code class="code">\textbackslash</code> above about
+making <code class="code">\texttt{\textbraceright}</code> produce a typewriter brace.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextbullet'><span><code>\textbullet</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-bullet_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbullet'><span><code class="code">\textbullet</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbullet'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bullet_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&bull; Bullet.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d'><span><code>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-circled-letter_002c-in-text"></span>
-<p>&#x24B6;, Circle around <var>letter</var>.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d'><span><code class="code">\textcircled{<var class="var">letter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-circled-letter_002c-in-text"></a>
+<p>&#x24B6;, Circle around <var class="var">letter</var>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextcompwordmark'><span><code>\textcompwordmark</code><a href='#index-_005ctextcompwordmark' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark'><span><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code><a href='#index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark'><span><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code><a href='#index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-cap-height"></span>
-<span id="index-ascender-height"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextcompwordmark'><span><code class="code">\textcompwordmark</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextcompwordmark'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark'><span><code class="code">\textcapitalcompwordmark</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark'><span><code class="code">\textascendercompwordmark</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cap-height"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ascender-height"></a>
<p>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
-<code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces &lsquo;<samp>fi</samp>&rsquo; without a ligature. This
+<code class="code">f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces &lsquo;<samp class="samp">fi</samp>&rsquo; without a ligature. This
is most useful in non-English languages. The
-<code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> form has the cap height of the font
-while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
+<code class="code">\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> form has the cap height of the font
+while the <code class="code">\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextdagger'><span><code>\textdagger</code><a href='#index-_005ctextdagger' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextdagger'><span><code class="code">\textdagger</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextdagger'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></a>
<p>&#x2020; Dagger.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextdaggerdbl'><span><code>\textdaggerdbl</code><a href='#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-double_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextdaggerdbl'><span><code class="code">\textdaggerdbl</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dagger_002c-double_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></a>
<p>&#x2021; Double dagger.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029'><span><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>\$</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dollar-sign"></span>
-<span id="index-currency_002c-dollar"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029'><span><code class="code">\textdollar <span class="r">(or <code class="code">\$</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dollar-sign"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-currency_002c-dollar"></a>
<p>$ Dollar sign.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029'><span><code>\textemdash <span class="roman">(or <code>---</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-em_002ddash"></span>
-<p>&mdash; Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
-parentheses, as in &lsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky
+<dt id='index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029'><span><code class="code">\textemdash <span class="r">(or <code class="code">---</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-em_002ddash"></a>
+<div class="raggedright"><p class="raggedright-paragraph">&mdash; Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
+parentheses, as in &lsquo;<code class="code">The playoffs---if you're lucky
enough to make the playoffs---are more like a sprint.</code>&rsquo; Conventions
for spacing around em-dashes vary widely.
-</p>
+</p></div>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029'><span><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(or <code>--</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-e_002ddash"></span>
-<p>&ndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &lsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029'><span><code class="code">\textendash <span class="r">(or <code class="code">--</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-e_002ddash"></a>
+<p>&ndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &lsquo;<code class="code">see pages 12--14</code>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctexteuro'><span><code>\texteuro</code><a href='#index-_005ctexteuro' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-euro-symbol"></span>
-<span id="index-currency_002c-euro"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-eurosym"></span>
-<span id="index-eurosym-package"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctexteuro'><span><code class="code">\texteuro</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexteuro'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-euro-symbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-currency_002c-euro"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-eurosym"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eurosym-package"></a>
<p>The Euro currency symbol: &euro;.
-<span id="index-package_002c-eurosym-1"></span>
-<span id="index-eurosym-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-eurosym-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eurosym-package-1"></a>
</p>
<p>For an alternative glyph design, try the
-<code>eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
+<code class="code">eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029'><span><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(or <code>!`</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029'><span><code class="code">\textexclamdown <span class="r">(or <code class="code">!`</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown"></a>
<p>&iexcl; Upside down exclamation point.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextfiguredash'><span><code>\textfiguredash</code><a href='#index-_005ctextfiguredash' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-figure-dash-character"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextfiguredash'><span><code class="code">\textfiguredash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextfiguredash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figure-dash-character"></a>
<p>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
release of LaTeX. When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an
en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
@@ -20378,133 +20543,133 @@ in the current font, or writes the usual &ldquo;Missing character&rdquo; warning
to the log file.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextgreater'><span><code>\textgreater</code><a href='#index-_005ctextgreater' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextgreater'><span><code class="code">\textgreater</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextgreater'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&gt; Greater than symbol.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctexthorizontalbar'><span><code>\texthorizontalbar</code><a href='#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-horizontal-bar-character"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctexthorizontalbar'><span><code class="code">\texthorizontalbar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-horizontal-bar-character"></a>
<p>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
-release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above;
+release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code class="code">\textfiguredash</code> above;
the pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextless'><span><code>\textless</code><a href='#index-_005ctextless' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-less-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextless'><span><code class="code">\textless</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextless'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-less-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&lt; Less than symbol.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextleftarrow'><span><code>\textleftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005ctextleftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-left-arrow_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextleftarrow'><span><code class="code">\textleftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextleftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left-arrow_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&#x2190;, Left arrow.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen'><span><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code><a href='#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character"></span>
-<span id="index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen'><span><code class="code">\textnonbreakinghyphen</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking"></a>
<p>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
-2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code>
+2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code class="code">\textfiguredash</code>
above; the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
breaks disallowed after).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextordfeminine'><span><code>\textordfeminine</code><a href='#index-_005ctextordfeminine' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextordmasculine'><span><code>\textordmasculine</code><a href='#index-_005ctextordmasculine' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-feminine-ordinal-symbol"></span>
-<span id="index-masculine-ordinal-symbol"></span>
-<span id="index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></span>
-<span id="index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextordfeminine'><span><code class="code">\textordfeminine</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextordfeminine'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextordmasculine'><span><code class="code">\textordmasculine</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextordmasculine'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-feminine-ordinal-symbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-masculine-ordinal-symbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></a>
<p>&ordf;, &ordm; Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextperiodcentered'><span><code>\textperiodcentered</code><a href='#index-_005ctextperiodcentered' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-centered-period_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextperiodcentered'><span><code class="code">\textperiodcentered</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextperiodcentered'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-centered-period_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&#x00B7; Centered period.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029'><span><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(or <code>?`</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquestiondown <span class="r">(or <code class="code">?`</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown"></a>
<p>&iquest; Upside down question mark.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029'><span><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="roman">(or <code>``</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-left-quote_002c-double"></span>
-<span id="index-double-left-quote"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquotedblleft <span class="r">(or <code class="code">``</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left-quote_002c-double"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-left-quote"></a>
<p>&ldquo; Double left quote.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029'><span><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>''</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-right-quote_002c-double"></span>
-<span id="index-double-right-quote"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquotedblright <span class="r">(or <code class="code">''</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right-quote_002c-double"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-right-quote"></a>
<p>&rdquo; Double right quote.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029'><span><code>\textquoteleft <span class="roman">(or <code>`</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-left-quote_002c-single"></span>
-<span id="index-single-left-quote"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquoteleft <span class="r">(or <code class="code">`</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-left-quote_002c-single"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-single-left-quote"></a>
<p>&lsquo; Single left quote.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029'><span><code>\textquoteright <span class="roman">(or <code>'</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-right-quote_002c-single"></span>
-<span id="index-single-right-quote"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquoteright <span class="r">(or <code class="code">'</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right-quote_002c-single"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-single-right-quote"></a>
<p>&rsquo; Single right quote.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextquotesingle'><span><code>\textquotesingle</code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotesingle' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-quote_002c-single-straight"></span>
-<span id="index-straight-single-quote"></span>
-<span id="index-single-quote_002c-straight"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotesingle'><span><code class="code">\textquotesingle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotesingle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quote_002c-single-straight"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-straight-single-quote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-single-quote_002c-straight"></a>
<p>&#x0027;, Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextquotestraightbase'><span><code>\textquotestraightbase</code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase'><span><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-quote_002c-straight-base"></span>
-<span id="index-straight-quote_002c-base"></span>
-<span id="index-double-quote_002c-straight-base"></span>
-<span id="index-straight-double-quote_002c-base"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotestraightbase'><span><code class="code">\textquotestraightbase</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase'><span><code class="code">\textquotestraightdblbase</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quote_002c-straight-base"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-straight-quote_002c-base"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-double-quote_002c-straight-base"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-straight-double-quote_002c-base"></a>
<p>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextregistered'><span><code>\textregistered</code><a href='#index-_005ctextregistered' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-registered-symbol"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextregistered'><span><code class="code">\textregistered</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextregistered'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-registered-symbol"></a>
<p>&reg; Registered symbol.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextrightarrow'><span><code>\textrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005ctextrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text"></span>
-<span id="index-right-arrow_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\textrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right-arrow_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&#x2192;, Right arrow.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash'><span><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code><a href='#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-three_002dquarters-em_002ddash"></span>
-<span id="index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash'><span><code class="code">\textthreequartersemdash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-three_002dquarters-em_002ddash"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters"></a>
<p>&#xFE58;, &ldquo;Three-quarters&rdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctexttrademark'><span><code>\texttrademark</code><a href='#index-_005ctexttrademark' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-trademark-symbol"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctexttrademark'><span><code class="code">\texttrademark</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexttrademark'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-trademark-symbol"></a>
<p>&#x2122; Trademark symbol.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctexttwelveudash'><span><code>\texttwelveudash</code><a href='#index-_005ctexttwelveudash' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-two_002dthirds-em_002ddash"></span>
-<span id="index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctexttwelveudash'><span><code class="code">\texttwelveudash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexttwelveudash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-two_002dthirds-em_002ddash"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds"></a>
<p>&#xFE58;, &ldquo;Two-thirds&rdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextunderscore'><span><code>\textunderscore</code><a href='#index-_005ctextunderscore' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-underscore_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextunderscore'><span><code class="code">\textunderscore</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextunderscore'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-underscore_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>_ Underscore.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ctextvisiblespace'><span><code>\textvisiblespace</code><a href='#index-_005ctextvisiblespace' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextvisiblespace'><span><code class="code">\textvisiblespace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextvisiblespace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text"></a>
<p>&#x2423;, Visible space symbol.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -20513,174 +20678,174 @@ breaks disallowed after).
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Accents">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Accents">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional Latin letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Accents-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.5 Accents</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Accents-1">23.5 Accents</h3>
-<span id="index-accents"></span>
-<span id="index-characters_002c-accented"></span>
-<span id="index-letters_002c-accented"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-characters_002c-accented"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letters_002c-accented"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-babel-2"></span>
-<span id="index-babel-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-2"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia"></span>
-<span id="index-polyglossia-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-polyglossia"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polyglossia-package"></a>
-<span id="index-multilingual-support"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-multilingual-support"></a>
<p>LaTeX has wide support for many of the world&rsquo;s scripts and
-languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which
+languages, provided through the core <code class="code">babel</code> package, which
supports pdfLaTeX, XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The
-<code>polyglossia</code> package provides similar support with the latter
+<code class="code">polyglossia</code> package provides similar support with the latter
two engines.
</p>
<p>This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core
LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The
-<code>\capital...</code> commands shown here produce alternative forms for
+<code class="code">\capital...</code> commands shown here produce alternative forms for
use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1.
</p>
<p>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with
-lowercase &lsquo;<samp>o</samp>&rsquo;.
-</p>
-<span id="index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-dotless-i"></span>
-<p>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
-<span id="index-_005cj-_0028dotless-j_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-dotless-j"></span>
-and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
+lowercase &lsquo;<samp class="samp">o</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dotless-i"></a>
+<p>Note that <code class="code">\i</code> produces a dotless i,
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cj-_0028dotless-j_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dotless-j"></a>
+and <code class="code">\j</code> produces a dotless j.
These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
accented.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029'><span><code>\&quot;</code><a href='#index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitaldieresis</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitaldieresis"></span>
-<span id="index-umlaut-accent"></span>
-<span id="index-dieresis-accent"></span>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\&quot;</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitaldieresis</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitaldieresis"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-umlaut-accent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dieresis-accent"></a>
<p>&ouml; Umlaut (dieresis).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029'><span><code>\'</code><a href='#index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalacute</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalacute"></span>
-<span id="index-acute-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\'</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalacute</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalacute"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acute-accent"></a>
<p>&oacute; Acute accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029'><span><code>\.</code><a href='#index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dot-accent"></span>
-<span id="index-dot_002dover-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\.</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dot-accent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dot_002dover-accent"></a>
<p>&#559; Dot accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029'><span><code>\=</code><a href='#index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalmacron</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalmacron"></span>
-<span id="index-macron-accent"></span>
-<span id="index-overbar-accent"></span>
-<span id="index-bar_002dover-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\=</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalmacron</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalmacron"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-macron-accent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-overbar-accent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bar_002dover-accent"></a>
<p>&#333; Macron (overbar) accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029'><span><code>\^</code><a href='#index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"></span>
-<span id="index-circumflex-accent"></span>
-<span id="index-hat-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\^</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalcircumflex</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-circumflex-accent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hat-accent"></a>
<p>&ocirc; Circumflex (hat) accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029'><span><code>\`</code><a href='#index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalgrave</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalgrave"></span>
-<span id="index-grave-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\`</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalgrave</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalgrave"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-grave-accent"></a>
<p>&ograve; Grave accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029'><span><code>\~</code><a href='#index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitaltilde</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitaltilde"></span>
-<span id="index-tilde-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\~</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitaltilde</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitaltilde"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tilde-accent"></a>
<p>&ntilde; Tilde accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029'><span><code>\b</code><a href='#index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-bar_002dunder-accent"></span>
-<p>o_ Bar accent underneath.
+<dt id='index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\b</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bar_002dunder-accent"></a>
+<p>o&#818; Bar accent underneath.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cunderbar"></span>
-<span id="index-underbar"></span>
-<p>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under
-<var>text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode
-(see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
-thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in
-<a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cunderbar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-underbar"></a>
+<p>Related to this, <code class="code">\underbar{<var class="var">text</var>}</code> produces a bar under
+<var class="var">text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Modes">Modes</a>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
+thus crossing through descenders. See also <code class="code">\underline</code> in
+<a class="ref" href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029'><span><code>\c</code><a href='#index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalcedilla</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalcedilla"></span>
-<span id="index-cedilla-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\c</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalcedilla</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalcedilla"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cedilla-accent"></a>
<p>&ccedil; Cedilla accent underneath.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029'><span><code>\d</code><a href='#index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"></span>
-<span id="index-dot_002dunder-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\d</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitaldotaccent</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dot_002dunder-accent"></a>
<p>&#7885; Dot accent underneath.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029'><span><code>\H</code><a href='#index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"></span>
-<span id="index-hungarian-umlaut-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\H</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hungarian-umlaut-accent"></a>
<p>&#337; Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029'><span><code>\k</code><a href='#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalogonek</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalogonek"></span>
-<span id="index-ogonek"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029'><span><code class="code">\k</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalogonek</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalogonek"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ogonek"></a>
<p>&#491; Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029'><span><code>\r</code><a href='#index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalring</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalring"></span>
-<span id="index-ring-accent"></span>
-<p>o* Ring accent.
+<dt id='index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\r</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalring</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ring-accent"></a>
+<p>o&#778; Ring accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029'><span><code>\t</code><a href='#index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitaltie</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\newtie</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalnewtie</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitaltie"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnewtie"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ccapitalnewtie"></span>
-<span id="index-tie_002dafter-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\t</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitaltie</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\newtie</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalnewtie</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitaltie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewtie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalnewtie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tie_002dafter-accent"></a>
<p>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the
ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two characters.
-The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
+The <code class="code">\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029'><span><code>\u</code><a href='#index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalbreve</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalbreve"></span>
-<span id="index-breve-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\u</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalbreve</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalbreve"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-breve-accent"></a>
<p>&#335; Breve accent.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029'><span><code>\v</code><a href='#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\capitalcaron</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalcaron"></span>
-<span id="index-hacek-accent"></span>
-<span id="index-check-accent"></span>
-<span id="index-caron-accent"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029'><span><code class="code">\v</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalcaron</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalcaron"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hacek-accent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-check-accent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caron-accent"></a>
<p>&#466; H&aacute;&#269;ek (check, caron) accent.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -20688,33 +20853,33 @@ The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005caccent" accesskey="1"><code>\accent</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caccent" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\accent</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005caccent">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005caccent">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Up: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="u" rel="up">Accents</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005caccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">23.5.1 <code>\accent</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005caccent"></span>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005caccent-1">23.5.1 <code class="code">\accent</code></h4>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caccent"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\accent <var>number</var> <var>character</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\accent <var class="var">number</var> <var class="var">character</var>
</pre></div>
<p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
-numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var class="var">number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var class="var">character</var>
argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
</p>
-<p>These are accented &lsquo;<samp>e</samp>&rsquo; characters.
+<p>These are accented &lsquo;<samp class="samp">e</samp>&rsquo; characters.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\accent18 e
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\accent18 e
\accent20 e
\accent21 e
\accent22 e
@@ -20725,132 +20890,132 @@ argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
</p>
<p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
-outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
+outcome of <code class="code">\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building
-them using <code>\accent</code>. Using glyphs that already contain the
+them using <code class="code">\accent</code>. Using glyphs that already contain the
accented characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation
-whereas <code>\accent</code> disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font
+whereas <code class="code">\accent</code> disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font
encoding where accented glyphs are absent).
</p>
-<p>There can be an optional font change between <var>number</var> and
-<var>character</var>. Note also that this command sets the
-<code>\spacefactor</code> to 1000 (see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>).
+<p>There can be an optional font change between <var class="var">number</var> and
+<var class="var">character</var>. Note also that this command sets the
+<code class="code">\spacefactor</code> to 1000 (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
</p>
<p>An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and
the majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be
assembled from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while
-<code>\accent</code> provides for a single accent mark and a single letter
+<code class="code">\accent</code> provides for a single accent mark and a single letter
combination. There are also cases where accents must appear between
letters that \accent does not support. Still other cases exist where
the letters I and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that
-conflict with dotted accent marks. The use of <code>\accent</code> in these
+conflict with dotted accent marks. The use of <code class="code">\accent</code> in these
cases will not work as it cannot analyze upper/lower case.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Additional-Latin-letters">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Additional-Latin-letters">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>inputenc</code> package</a>, Previous: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">inputenc</code> package</a>, Previous: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Additional-Latin-letters-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.6 Additional Latin letters</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Additional-Latin-letters-1">23.6 Additional Latin letters</h3>
-<span id="Non_002dEnglish-characters"></span><span id="index-Latin-letters_002c-additional"></span>
-<span id="index-letters_002c-additional-Latin"></span>
-<span id="index-extended-Latin"></span>
-<span id="index-special-characters-1"></span>
-<span id="index-non_002dEnglish-characters"></span>
-<span id="index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="Non_002dEnglish-characters"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Latin-letters_002c-additional"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letters_002c-additional-Latin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-extended-Latin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-special-characters-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-non_002dEnglish-characters"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish"></a>
<p>Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters beyond
A&ndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
than English.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029'><span><code>\aa</code><a href='#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\AA</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-aring"></span>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029'><span><code class="code">\aa</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\AA</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-aring"></a>
<p>&aring; and &Aring;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029'><span><code>\ae</code><a href='#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\AE</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-ae-ligature"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029'><span><code class="code">\ae</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\AE</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ae-ligature"></a>
<p>&aelig; and &AElig;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029'><span><code>\dh</code><a href='#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\DH</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-Icelandic-eth"></span>
-<span id="index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter"></span>
-<p>Icelandic letter eth: &eth; and &ETH;. Not available with <small>OT1</small>
-encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate
-font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>.
+<dt id='index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029'><span><code class="code">\dh</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\DH</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Icelandic-eth"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter"></a>
+<p>Icelandic letter eth: &eth; and &ETH;. Not available with <small class="sc">OT1</small>
+encoding, you need the <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate
+font encoding, such as <small class="sc">T1</small>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cdj'><span><code>\dj</code><a href='#index-_005cdj' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\DJ</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cDJ"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cdj'><span><code class="code">\dj</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdj'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\DJ</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDJ"></a>
<p>Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. Not
-available with <small>OT1</small> encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to
-select an alternate font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>.
+available with <small class="sc">OT1</small> encoding, you need the <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> package to
+select an alternate font encoding, such as <small class="sc">T1</small>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029'><span><code>\ij</code><a href='#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\IJ</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029'><span><code class="code">\ij</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\IJ</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch"></a>
<p>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cl-_0028l_0029'><span><code>\l</code><a href='#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\L</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-polish-l"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cl-_0028l_0029'><span><code class="code">\l</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\L</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polish-l"></a>
<p>&#322; and &#321;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cng'><span><code>\ng</code><a href='#index-_005cng' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\NG</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cNG"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005cng'><span><code class="code">\ng</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cng'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\NG</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cNG"></a>
<p>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005co-_0028o_0029'><span><code>\o</code><a href='#index-_005co-_0028o_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\O</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-oslash"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005co-_0028o_0029'><span><code class="code">\o</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005co-_0028o_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\O</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-oslash"></a>
<p>&oslash; and &Oslash;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029'><span><code>\oe</code><a href='#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\OE</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-oe-ligature"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029'><span><code class="code">\oe</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\OE</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-oe-ligature"></a>
<p>&oelig; and &OElig;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005css-_0028ss_0029'><span><code>\ss</code><a href='#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\SS</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-es_002dzet-German-letter"></span>
-<span id="index-sharp-S-letters"></span>
+<dt id='index-_005css-_0028ss_0029'><span><code class="code">\ss</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\SS</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-es_002dzet-German-letter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sharp-S-letters"></a>
<p>&szlig; and SS.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cth-_0028th_0029'><span><code>\th</code><a href='#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>\TH</code></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></span>
-<span id="index-Icelandic-thorn"></span>
-<span id="index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter"></span>
-<p>Icelandic letter thorn: &thorn; and &THORN;. Not available with <small>OT1</small>
-encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate
-font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>.
+<dt id='index-_005cth-_0028th_0029'><span><code class="code">\th</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\TH</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Icelandic-thorn"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter"></a>
+<p>Icelandic letter thorn: &thorn; and &THORN;. Not available with <small class="sc">OT1</small>
+encoding, you need the <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate
+font encoding, such as <small class="sc">T1</small>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -20858,35 +21023,35 @@ font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="inputenc-package">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="inputenc-package">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\rule</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional Latin letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\rule</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional Latin letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="inputenc-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.7 <code>inputenc</code> package</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="inputenc-package-1">23.7 <code class="code">inputenc</code> package</h3>
-<span id="index-inputenc"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inputenc"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>encoding-name</var>]{inputenc}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">encoding-name</var>]{inputenc}
</pre></div>
-<p>Declare the input file&rsquo;s text encoding to be <var>encoding-name</var>. The
+<p>Declare the input file&rsquo;s text encoding to be <var class="var">encoding-name</var>. The
default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically,
specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
useful to omit it.
</p>
-<span id="index-encoding_002c-of-input-files"></span>
-<span id="index-character-encoding"></span>
-<span id="index-Unicode"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-encoding_002c-of-input-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-character-encoding"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Unicode"></a>
<p>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
-called the <em>encoding</em>. There are many different encodings. The
+called the <em class="dfn">encoding</em>. There are many different encodings. The
simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
for most of the world&rsquo;s languages. For instance, to typeset the
-a-umlaut character &lsquo;<samp>&auml;</samp>&rsquo; in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the
-sequence <code>\&quot;a</code> is used. This would make source files for anything
+a-umlaut character &lsquo;<samp class="samp">&auml;</samp>&rsquo; in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the
+sequence <code class="code">\&quot;a</code> is used. This would make source files for anything
but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive
encoding is more convenient.
</p>
@@ -20894,86 +21059,86 @@ encoding is more convenient.
UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for
LaTeX since 2018.
</p>
-<p>The <code>inputenc</code> package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is
+<p>The <code class="code">inputenc</code> package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is
used. For instance, the following command explicitly says that the
input file is UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
</pre></div>
-<p>Caution: use <code>inputenc</code> only with the pdfTeX engine
-(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). (The XeTeX and LuaTeX engines assume
+<p>Caution: use <code class="code">inputenc</code> only with the pdfTeX engine
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). (The XeTeX and LuaTeX engines assume
that the input file is UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke LaTeX with
-either the <code>xelatex</code> command or the <code>lualatex</code>
-command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with <code>inputenc</code>,
-such as <code>latin1</code>, then you will get the error <code>inputenc is
+either the <code class="command">xelatex</code> command or the <code class="command">lualatex</code>
+command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with <code class="code">inputenc</code>,
+such as <code class="code">latin1</code>, then you will get the error <code class="code">inputenc is
not designed for xetex or luatex</code>.
</p>
-<p>An <code>inputenc</code> package error such as <code>Invalid UTF-8 byte &quot;96</code>
+<p>An <code class="code">inputenc</code> package error such as <code class="code">Invalid UTF-8 byte &quot;96</code>
means that some of the material in the input file does not follow the
encoding scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a
document that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one
-is a left single quote from a web page using <code>latin1</code> inside a
+is a left single quote from a web page using <code class="code">latin1</code> inside a
LaTeX input file that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to
replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a
LaTeX equivalent command or character.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cinputencoding"></span>
-<span id="g_t_005cinputencoding"></span><p>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cinputencoding"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cinputencoding"></a><p>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
necessary. Use the command
-<code>\inputencoding{<var>encoding-name</var>}</code>. The most common values
-for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>,
-<code>latin2</code>, <code>latin3</code>, <code>latin4</code>, <code>latin5</code>,
-<code>latin9</code>, <code>latin10</code>, and&nbsp;<code>utf8</code>.
+<code class="code">\inputencoding{<var class="var">encoding-name</var>}</code>. The most common values
+for <var class="var">encoding-name</var> are: <code class="code">ascii</code>, <code class="code">latin1</code>,
+<code class="code">latin2</code>, <code class="code">latin3</code>, <code class="code">latin4</code>, <code class="code">latin5</code>,
+<code class="code">latin9</code>, <code class="code">latin10</code>, and&nbsp;<code class="code">utf8</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005crule">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005crule">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\today</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>inputenc</code> package</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\today</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">inputenc</code> package</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005crule-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.8 <code>\rule</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005crule-1">23.8 <code class="code">\rule</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005crule"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crule"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\rule{<var>width</var>}{<var>thickness</var>}
-\rule[<var>raise</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>thickness</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rule{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">thickness</var>}
+\rule[<var class="var">raise</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">thickness</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Produce a <em>rule</em>, a filled-in rectangle.
+<p>Produce a <em class="dfn">rule</em>, a filled-in rectangle.
</p>
-<span id="index-Halmos-symbol"></span>
-<span id="index-tombstone"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Halmos-symbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tombstone"></a>
<p>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
or just &ldquo;qed&rdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-amsthm-1"></span>
-<span id="index-amsthm-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsthm-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsthm-package-1"></a>
-<p>The <code>amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat
+<p>The <code class="code">amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat
different-looking symbol.
</p>
-<p>The mandatory arguments give the horizontal <var>width</var> and vertical
-<var>thickness</var> of the rectangle. They are rigid lengths
-(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The optional argument <var>raise</var> is also a rigid
+<p>The mandatory arguments give the horizontal <var class="var">width</var> and vertical
+<var class="var">thickness</var> of the rectangle. They are rigid lengths
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The optional argument <var class="var">raise</var> is also a rigid
length, and tells LaTeX how much to raise the rule above the
baseline, or lower it if the length is negative.
</p>
<p>This produces a line, a rectangle that is wide but not tall.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\noindent\rule{\textwidth}{0.4pt}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent\rule{\textwidth}{0.4pt}
</pre></div>
<p>The line is the width of the page and 0.4&nbsp;points tall. This line
@@ -20981,44 +21146,44 @@ thickness is common in LaTeX.
</p>
<p>A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in the
output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it.
-See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>, for examples.
+See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>, for examples.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctoday">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctoday">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\rule</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\rule</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ctoday-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.9 <code>\today</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctoday-1">23.9 <code class="code">\today</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005ctoday"></span>
-<span id="index-date_002c-today_0027s"></span>
-<span id="index-today_0027s-date"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctoday"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-date_002c-today_0027s"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-today_0027s-date"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\today
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\today
</pre></div>
-<p>Produce today&rsquo;s date in the format &lsquo;<samp><var>month</var> <var>dd</var>,
-<var>yyyy</var></samp>&rsquo;. An example of a date in that format is &lsquo;<samp>July 4,
+<p>Produce today&rsquo;s date in the format &lsquo;<samp class="samp"><var class="var">month</var> <var class="var">dd</var>,
+<var class="var">yyyy</var></samp>&rsquo;. An example of a date in that format is &lsquo;<samp class="samp">July 4,
1976</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-babel-3"></span>
-<span id="index-babel-package-3"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-3"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"></span>
-<span id="index-polyglossia-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polyglossia-package-1"></a>
-<p>Multilingual packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, or
-classes such as <samp>lettre</samp>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
-the following will output &lsquo;<samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>&rsquo;:
+<p>Multilingual packages such as <code class="code">babel</code> or <code class="code">polyglossia</code>, or
+classes such as <samp class="file">lettre</samp>, will localize <code class="code">\today</code>. For example,
+the following will output &lsquo;<samp class="samp">4 juillet 1976</samp>&rsquo;:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
\documentclass{minimal}
\usepackage[french]{babel}
\begin{document}
@@ -21026,13 +21191,13 @@ the following will output &lsquo;<samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>&rsquo;:
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
-<code>\year</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><code>\day</code> &amp; <code>\month</code> &amp; <code>\year</code></a>).
+<p><code class="code">\today</code> uses the counters <code class="code">\day</code>, <code class="code">\month</code>, and
+<code class="code">\year</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><code class="code">\day</code> &amp; <code class="code">\month</code> &amp; <code class="code">\year</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-datetime"></span>
-<span id="index-datetime-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-datetime"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-datetime-package"></a>
-<p>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <code>datetime</code> package
+<p>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <code class="code">datetime</code> package
which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
</p>
<p>The date is not updated as the LaTeX process runs, so in principle the
@@ -21042,28 +21207,28 @@ date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Splitting-the-input">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Splitting-the-input">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="n" rel="next">Front/back matter</a>, Previous: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Special insertions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Splitting-the-input-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">24 Splitting the input</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Splitting-the-input-1">24 Splitting the input</h2>
-<span id="index-splitting-the-input-file"></span>
-<span id="index-input-file"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-splitting-the-input-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-input-file"></a>
<p>LaTeX lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
document. It can also speed processing.
</p>
<p>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<span id="index-root-file"></span>
-<span id="index-file_002c-root"></span>
-<em>root file</em>, on which LaTeX compilation starts. This shows such
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-root-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-file_002c-root"></a>
+<em class="dfn">root file</em>, on which LaTeX compilation starts. This shows such
a file with five included files.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
\includeonly{ % comment out lines below to omit compiling
pref,
chap1,
@@ -21084,53 +21249,53 @@ a file with five included files.
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>This will bring in material from <samp>pref.tex</samp>, <samp>chap1.tex</samp>,
-<samp>chap2.tex</samp>, <samp>append.tex</samp>, and <samp>bib.tex</samp>. If you compile
+<p>This will bring in material from <samp class="file">pref.tex</samp>, <samp class="file">chap1.tex</samp>,
+<samp class="file">chap2.tex</samp>, <samp class="file">append.tex</samp>, and <samp class="file">bib.tex</samp>. If you compile
this file, and then comment out all of the lines inside
-<code>\includeonly{...}</code> except for <code>chap1</code>, and compile again,
+<code class="code">\includeonly{...}</code> except for <code class="code">chap1</code>, and compile again,
then LaTeX will only process the material in the first chapter.
Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to print.
-However, the advantage of the <code>\includeonly</code> command is that
+However, the advantage of the <code class="code">\includeonly</code> command is that
LaTeX will retain the page numbers and all of the cross reference
information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in
your output correctly.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for another example of <code>\includeonly</code>.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a>, for another example of <code class="code">\includeonly</code>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="1"><code>\endinput</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2"><code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3"><code>\input</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\endinput</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\input</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cendinput">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cendinput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cendinput-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.1 <code>\endinput</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cendinput-1">24.1 <code class="code">\endinput</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cendinput"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cendinput"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\endinput
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\endinput
</pre></div>
-<p>When you <code>\include{filename}</code>, inside <samp>filename.tex</samp> the
-material after <code>\endinput</code> will not be included. This command is
-optional; if <samp>filename.tex</samp> has no <code>\endinput</code> then LaTeX
+<p>When you <code class="code">\include{filename}</code>, inside <samp class="file">filename.tex</samp> the
+material after <code class="code">\endinput</code> will not be included. This command is
+optional; if <samp class="file">filename.tex</samp> has no <code class="code">\endinput</code> then LaTeX
will read all of the file.
</p>
<p>For example, suppose that a document&rsquo;s root file has
-<code>\input{chap1}</code> and this is <samp>chap1.tex</samp>.
+<code class="code">\input{chap1}</code> and this is <samp class="file">chap1.tex</samp>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter{One}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{One}
This material will appear in the document.
\endinput
This will not appear.
@@ -21139,62 +21304,62 @@ This will not appear.
<p>This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end of a
file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file is
transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for debugging:
-one strategy to localize errors is to put <code>\endinput</code> halfway
+one strategy to localize errors is to put <code class="code">\endinput</code> halfway
through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing
-which half contains the error, moving <code>\endinput</code> to halfway
+which half contains the error, moving <code class="code">\endinput</code> to halfway
through that area further narrows down the location. This process
rapidly finds the offending line.
</p>
-<p>After reading <code>\endinput</code>, LaTeX continues to read to the end of
+<p>After reading <code class="code">\endinput</code>, LaTeX continues to read to the end of
the line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless.
-This allows you, for instance, to close an <code>\if...</code> with a
-<code>\fi</code>.
+This allows you, for instance, to close an <code class="code">\if...</code> with a
+<code class="code">\fi</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\input</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\endinput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\input</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\endinput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.2 <code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1">24.2 <code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cinclude"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cincludeonly"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cinclude"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cincludeonly"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cinclude"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cincludeonly"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includeonly{ % in document preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includeonly{ % in document preamble
...
- <var>filename</var>,
+ <var class="var">filename</var>,
...
}
...
-\include{<var>filename</var>} % in document body
+\include{<var class="var">filename</var>} % in document body
</pre></div>
-<p>Bring material from the external file <samp><var>filename</var>.tex</samp> into a
+<p>Bring material from the external file <samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var>.tex</samp> into a
LaTeX document.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\include</code> command does three things: it executes
-<code>\clearpage</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>), then it
-inputs the material from <samp><var>filename</var>.tex</samp> into the document,
-and then it does another <code>\clearpage</code>. This command can only
+<p>The <code class="code">\include</code> command does three things: it executes
+<code class="code">\clearpage</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> &amp; <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a>), then it
+inputs the material from <samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var>.tex</samp> into the document,
+and then it does another <code class="code">\clearpage</code>. This command can only
appear in the document body.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read by
-LaTeX under subsequent <code>\include</code> commands. Its list of
+<p>The <code class="code">\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read by
+LaTeX under subsequent <code class="code">\include</code> commands. Its list of
filenames is comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even
earlier, e.g., the command line; it can&rsquo;t appear in the document body.
</p>
-<p>This example root document, <samp>constitution.tex</samp>, brings in
-three files, <samp>preamble.tex</samp>, <samp>articles.tex</samp>, and
-<samp>amendments.tex</samp>.
+<p>This example root document, <samp class="file">constitution.tex</samp>, brings in
+three files, <samp class="file">preamble.tex</samp>, <samp class="file">articles.tex</samp>, and
+<samp class="file">amendments.tex</samp>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
\includeonly{
preamble,
articles,
@@ -21207,44 +21372,44 @@ three files, <samp>preamble.tex</samp>, <samp>articles.tex</samp>, and
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>The file <samp>preamble.tex</samp> contains no special code; you have just
-excerpted the chapter from <samp>consitution.tex</samp> and put it in a
+<p>The file <samp class="file">preamble.tex</samp> contains no special code; you have just
+excerpted the chapter from <samp class="file">consitution.tex</samp> and put it in a
separate file just for editing convenience.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter{Preamble}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{Preamble}
We the People of the United States,
in Order to form a more perfect Union, ...
</pre></div>
-<p>Running LaTeX on <samp>constitution.tex</samp> makes the material from the
+<p>Running LaTeX on <samp class="file">constitution.tex</samp> makes the material from the
three files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary
-files <samp>preamble.aux</samp>, <samp>articles.aux</samp>, and
-<samp>amendments.aux</samp>. These contain information such as page numbers
-and cross-references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). If you now comment out
-<code>\includeonly</code>&rsquo;s lines with <code>preamble</code> and <code>amendments</code>
+files <samp class="file">preamble.aux</samp>, <samp class="file">articles.aux</samp>, and
+<samp class="file">amendments.aux</samp>. These contain information such as page numbers
+and cross-references (see <a class="pxref" href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). If you now comment out
+<code class="code">\includeonly</code>&rsquo;s lines with <code class="code">preamble</code> and <code class="code">amendments</code>
and run LaTeX again then the resulting document shows only the
-material from <samp>articles.tex</samp>, not the material from
-<samp>preamble.tex</samp> or <samp>amendments.tex</samp>. Nonetheless, all of the
+material from <samp class="file">articles.tex</samp>, not the material from
+<samp class="file">preamble.tex</samp> or <samp class="file">amendments.tex</samp>. Nonetheless, all of the
auxiliary information from the omitted files is still there, including
the starting page number of the chapter.
</p>
-<p>If the document preamble does not have <code>\includeonly</code> then
-LaTeX will include all the files you call for with <code>\include</code>
+<p>If the document preamble does not have <code class="code">\includeonly</code> then
+LaTeX will include all the files you call for with <code class="code">\include</code>
commands.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\include</code> command makes a new page. To avoid that, see
-<a href="#g_t_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a> (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary
+<p>The <code class="code">\include</code> command makes a new page. To avoid that, see
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a> (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary
information).
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for another example using <code>\include</code>
-and <code>\includeonly</code>. That example also uses <code>\input</code> for some
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a>, for another example using <code class="code">\include</code>
+and <code class="code">\includeonly</code>. That example also uses <code class="code">\input</code> for some
material that will not necessarily start on a new page.
</p>
<p>File names can involve paths.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
\includeonly{
chapters/chap1,
}
@@ -21255,12 +21420,12 @@ material that will not necessarily start on a new page.
<p>To make your document portable across distributions and platforms you
should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use
-dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name &lsquo;<samp>amo amas amat</samp>&rsquo;,
+dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name &lsquo;<samp class="samp">amo amas amat</samp>&rsquo;,
this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cspace"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspace"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
\includeonly{
&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;
}
@@ -21272,7 +21437,7 @@ this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
<p>and this works under MiKTeX on Windows:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
\includeonly{
{&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}
}
@@ -21281,116 +21446,116 @@ this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed"></span>
-<p>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
-you get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp>&rsquo; The
-<code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
-get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Missing \begin{document}</samp>&rsquo;.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed"></a>
+<p>You cannot use <code class="code">\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
+you get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp>&rsquo; The
+<code class="code">\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
+get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Missing \begin{document}</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>If a file that you <code>\include</code> does not exist, for instance if you
-<code>\include{athiesm}</code> but you meant <code>\include{atheism}</code>,
-then LaTeX does not give you an error but will warn you &lsquo;<samp>No file
-athiesm.tex.</samp>&rsquo; (It will also create <samp>athiesm.aux</samp>.)
+<p>If a file that you <code class="code">\include</code> does not exist, for instance if you
+<code class="code">\include{athiesm}</code> but you meant <code class="code">\include{atheism}</code>,
+then LaTeX does not give you an error but will warn you &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No file
+athiesm.tex.</samp>&rsquo; (It will also create <samp class="file">athiesm.aux</samp>.)
</p>
-<p>If you <code>\include</code> the root file in itself then you first get
-&lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.</samp>&rsquo; Later runs get
-&lsquo;<samp>TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]</samp>&rsquo;. To fix
-this, you must remove the inclusion <code>\include{<var>root</var>}</code> but
-also delete the file <samp><var>root</var>.aux</samp> and rerun LaTeX.
+<p>If you <code class="code">\include</code> the root file in itself then you first get
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.</samp>&rsquo; Later runs get
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]</samp>&rsquo;. To fix
+this, you must remove the inclusion <code class="code">\include{<var class="var">root</var>}</code> but
+also delete the file <samp class="file"><var class="var">root</var>.aux</samp> and rerun LaTeX.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cinput">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cinput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cinput-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.3 <code>\input</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cinput-1">24.3 <code class="code">\input</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cinput"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cinput"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\input{<var>filename</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\input{<var class="var">filename</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>LaTeX processes the file as if its contents were inserted in the
current file. For a more sophisticated inclusion mechanism see
-<a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></a>.
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>If <var>filename</var> does not end in &lsquo;<samp>.tex</samp>&rsquo; then LaTeX first tries
+<p>If <var class="var">filename</var> does not end in &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.tex</samp>&rsquo; then LaTeX first tries
the filename with that extension; this is the usual case. If
-<var>filename</var> ends with &lsquo;<samp>.tex</samp>&rsquo; then LaTeX looks for the
+<var class="var">filename</var> ends with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.tex</samp>&rsquo; then LaTeX looks for the
filename as it is.
</p>
<p>For example, this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\input{macros}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\input{macros}
</pre></div>
-<p>will cause LaTeX to first look for <samp>macros.tex</samp>. If it finds
+<p>will cause LaTeX to first look for <samp class="file">macros.tex</samp>. If it finds
that file then it processes its contents as thought they had been
-copy-pasted in. If there is no file of the name <samp>macros.tex</samp> then
-LaTeX tries the name <samp>macros</samp>, without an extension. (This may
+copy-pasted in. If there is no file of the name <samp class="file">macros.tex</samp> then
+LaTeX tries the name <samp class="file">macros</samp>, without an extension. (This may
vary by distribution.)
</p>
<p>To make your document portable across distributions and platforms you
should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use
-dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name &lsquo;<samp>amo amas amat</samp>&rsquo;,
+dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name &lsquo;<samp class="samp">amo amas amat</samp>&rsquo;,
this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cspace-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspace-1"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\input{&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\input{&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;}
</pre></div>
<p>and this works under MiKTeX on Windows:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\input{{&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\input{{&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Front_002fback-matter">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Front_002fback-matter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Splitting the input</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Front_002fback-matter-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">25 Front/back matter</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Front_002fback-matter-1">25 Front/back matter</h2>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="1">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a></li>
<li><a href="#Indexes" accesskey="2">Indexes</a></li>
<li><a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="3">Glossaries</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Indexes</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Table-of-contents_002c-list-of-figures_002c-list-of-tables"></span><h3 class="section">25.1 Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Table-of-contents_002c-list-of-figures_002c-list-of-tables">25.1 Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</h3>
-<span id="index-table-of-contents_002c-creating"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-of-contents_002c-creating"></a>
-<span id="index-_005ctableofcontents"></span>
-<span id="index-_002etoc-file-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clistoffigures"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clistoftables"></span>
-<span id="index-_002elof-file-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_002elot-file-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctableofcontents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002etoc-file-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clistoffigures"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clistoftables"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elof-file-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elot-file-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\tableofcontents
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\tableofcontents
\listoffigures
\listoftables
</pre></div>
@@ -21399,13 +21564,13 @@ Next: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Indexes</a>, Up: <a href="#Fro
the command in the input file where you want the table or list to
go. You do not type the entries; for example, typically the table of
contents entries are automatically generated from the sectioning
-commands <code>\chapter</code>, etc.
+commands <code class="code">\chapter</code>, etc.
</p>
-<p>This example illustrates the first command, <code>\tableofcontents</code>.
+<p>This example illustrates the first command, <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>.
LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book&rsquo;s first page.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
% \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
\begin{document}
\tableofcontents\newpage
@@ -21421,21 +21586,21 @@ LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book&rsquo;s first page.
<p>Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter
and section listings but not subsection listings, because the
-<code>\section</code> command has level&nbsp;1. See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, for level
-numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the <code>tocdepth</code>
-see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>.
+<code class="code">\section</code> command has level&nbsp;1. See <a class="xref" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, for level
+numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the <code class="code">tocdepth</code>
+see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>.
</p>
-<p>Another example of the use of <code>\tableofcontents</code> is in <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>.
+<p>Another example of the use of <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code> is in <a class="ref" href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a>.
</p>
<p>If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a
-<code>\newpage</code> command after the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command, as
+<code class="code">\newpage</code> command after the <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code> command, as
above.
</p>
<p>To make the table of contents, LaTeX stores the information in an
-auxiliary file named <samp><var>root-file</var>.toc</samp> (see <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). For example, this LaTeX file <samp>test.tex</samp>
+auxiliary file named <samp class="file"><var class="var">root-file</var>.toc</samp> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). For example, this LaTeX file <samp class="file">test.tex</samp>
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
\begin{document}
\tableofcontents\newpage
\section{First section}
@@ -21443,30 +21608,30 @@ auxiliary file named <samp><var>root-file</var>.toc</samp> (see <a href="#Splitt
...
</pre></div>
-<p>writes these lines to <samp>test.toc</samp>.
+<p>writes these lines to <samp class="file">test.toc</samp>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005ccontentsline"></span>
-<p>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>). The first argument, the <code>section</code> or
-<code>subsection</code>, is the sectioning unit. The second argument has two
-components. The hook <code>\numberline</code> determines how the sectioning
-number, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code>, appears in the table of contents
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline"><code>\numberline</code></a>). The remainder of the second argument of
-<code>\contentsline</code>, &lsquo;<samp>First section</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp>First subsection</samp>&rsquo;,
-is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, &lsquo;<samp>2</samp>&rsquo;, is
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccontentsline"></a>
+<p>Each line contains a single command, <code class="code">\contentsline</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>). The first argument, the <code class="code">section</code> or
+<code class="code">subsection</code>, is the sectioning unit. The second argument has two
+components. The hook <code class="code">\numberline</code> determines how the sectioning
+number, <code class="code">1</code> or <code class="code">1.1</code>, appears in the table of contents
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnumberline"><code class="code">\numberline</code></a>). The remainder of the second argument of
+<code class="code">\contentsline</code>, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">First section</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">First subsection</samp>&rsquo;,
+is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2</samp>&rsquo;, is
the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
</p>
<p>To typeset these lines, the document class provides
-<code>\l@<var>section-unit</var></code> commands such as
-<code>\l@section{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code> and
-<code>\l@subsection{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code>. These commands
-often use the <code>\@dottedtocline</code> command
-(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\l@<var class="var">section-unit</var></code> commands such as
+<code class="code">\l@section{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}</code> and
+<code class="code">\l@subsection{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}</code>. These commands
+often use the <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code> command
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a>).
</p>
<p>A consequence of LaTeX&rsquo;s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice,
@@ -21474,231 +21639,231 @@ once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In
the ordinary course of writing a document authors run LaTeX a number
of times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new
document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its
-&lsquo;<samp>Contents</samp>&rsquo; header. Just run LaTeX again.
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Contents</samp>&rsquo; header. Just run LaTeX again.
</p>
-<p>The commands <code>\listoffigures</code> and <code>\listoftables</code> produce a
+<p>The commands <code class="code">\listoffigures</code> and <code class="code">\listoftables</code> produce a
list of figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in
-files with extension <samp>.lof</samp> and <samp>.lot</samp>. They work the same way
-as <code>\tableofcontents</code> but the latter is more common, so we use it
+files with extension <samp class="file">.lof</samp> and <samp class="file">.lot</samp>. They work the same way
+as <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code> but the latter is more common, so we use it
for most examples.
</p>
<p>You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of
figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a
section to the table of contents with
-<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<var>text</var>}</code>.
-(see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>). Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line
-material, with <code>\addtocontents</code>, as with the command
-<code>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</code>, which adds
-vertical space to the list of figures (see <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code>.
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>). Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line
+material, with <code class="code">\addtocontents</code>, as with the command
+<code class="code">\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</code>, which adds
+vertical space to the list of figures (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddtocontents"><code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of
tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which
sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title
-text, such as &lsquo;<samp>First section</samp>&rsquo;. Finally there is a box up against
+text, such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">First section</samp>&rsquo;. Finally there is a box up against
the right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box.
For the indent and the width of the number box,
-see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>. The right margin box has width
-<code>\@tocrmarg</code> and the page number is flush right in that space,
-inside a box of width <code>\@pnumwidth</code>. By default
-<code>\@tocrmarg</code> is <code>2.55em</code> and <code>\@pnumwidth</code> is
-<code>1.55em</code>. Change these as with
-<code>\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>.
+see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a>. The right margin box has width
+<code class="code">\@tocrmarg</code> and the page number is flush right in that space,
+inside a box of width <code class="code">\@pnumwidth</code>. By default
+<code class="code">\@tocrmarg</code> is <code class="code">2.55em</code> and <code class="code">\@pnumwidth</code> is
+<code class="code">1.55em</code>. Change these as with
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-tocloft"></span>
-<span id="index-tocloft-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tocloft"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tocloft-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-tocbibbind"></span>
-<span id="index-tocbibbind-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tocbibbind"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tocbibbind-package"></a>
<p>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
-and tables (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>). The package <code>tocloft</code> is convenient for
+and tables (see <a class="pxref" href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>). The package <code class="code">tocloft</code> is convenient for
adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And,
-<code>tocbibbind</code> will automatically add the bibliography, index,
+<code class="code">tocbibbind</code> will automatically add the bibliography, index,
etc. to the table of contents.
</p>
<p>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like
-these commands before you call <code>\tableofcontents</code>, etc.
+these commands before you call <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>, etc.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}
\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications}
</pre></div>
-<p><span id="index-package_002c-babel-4"></span>
-<span id="index-babel-package-4"></span>
-</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"></span>
-<span id="index-polyglossia-package-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-4"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polyglossia-package-2"></a>
-<p>Internationalization packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>
+<p>Internationalization packages such as <code class="code">babel</code> or <code class="code">polyglossia</code>
will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="1"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="2"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="3"><code>\addtocontents</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="4"><code>\contentsline</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="5"><code>\nofiles</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="6"><code>\numberline</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\nofiles</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\numberline</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.1 <code>\@dottedtocline</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline-1">25.1.1 <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"></span>
-<span id="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-create-dotted-line"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-create-dotted-line"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\@dottedtocline{<var>section-level-num</var>}{<var>indent</var>}{<var>numwidth</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\@dottedtocline{<var class="var">section-level-num</var>}{<var class="var">indent</var>}{<var class="var">numwidth</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Used internally by LaTeX to format an entry line in the table of
contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly
-enter <code>\@dottedtocline</code> commands.
+enter <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code> commands.
</p>
-<p>This command is typically used by <code>\l@section</code>, <code>\l@subsection</code>,
-etc., to format the content lines. For example, the <samp>article.cls</samp>
+<p>This command is typically used by <code class="code">\l@section</code>, <code class="code">\l@subsection</code>,
+etc., to format the content lines. For example, the <samp class="file">article.cls</samp>
file contains these definitions:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
</pre></div>
-<p>In this example, <code>\@dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only
+<p>In this example, <code class="code">\@dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only
three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up
-the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
-from a call to <code>\contentsline</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>).
+the final <var class="var">text</var> and <var class="var">pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
+from a call to <code class="code">\contentsline</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents"></a>
<p>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
-box, these <code>\@dottedtocline</code> commands insert <em>leaders</em>, that
+box, these <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code> commands insert <em class="dfn">leaders</em>, that
is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
-<code>\@dotsep</code>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka.
-<code>mu</code>, which are <code>1/18</code>&nbsp;em. Change it using
-<code>\renewcommand</code>, as in <code>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</code>.
+<code class="code">\@dotsep</code>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka.
+<code class="code">mu</code>, which are <code class="code">1/18</code>&nbsp;em. Change it using
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, as in <code class="code">\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</code>.
</p>
-<p>In the standard <samp>book</samp> class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders
+<p>In the standard <samp class="file">book</samp> class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders
for the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard
-<samp>article</samp> class it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries.
+<samp class="file">article</samp> class it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005caddcontentsline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddcontentsline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.2 <code>\addcontentsline</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1">25.1.2 <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005caddcontentsline"></span>
-<span id="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddcontentsline"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addcontentsline{<var class="var">ext</var>}{<var class="var">unit</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005ccontentsline-1"></span>
-<p>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccontentsline-1"></a>
+<p>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var class="var">ext</var>.
</p>
-<p>The following will result in an &lsquo;<samp>Appendices</samp>&rsquo; line in the table of
+<p>The following will result in an &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Appendices</samp>&rsquo; line in the table of
contents.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}
</pre></div>
<p>It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in
boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point
where the command appears in the input file.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command writes information to the file
-<samp><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></samp>, where <var>root-name</var> is the file name
-of the root file (see <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). It writes that
+<p>The <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> command writes information to the file
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">root-name</var>.<var class="var">ext</var></samp>, where <var class="var">root-name</var> is the file name
+of the root file (see <a class="pxref" href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). It writes that
information as the text of the command
-<code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where
-<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>). The most common case is the table of contents
-and there <var>num</var> is the page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>.
-</p>
-<p>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <code>\chapter</code>,
-etc. (see <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>), and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float
-environment (see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>). But it is also directly used by authors.
+<code class="code">\contentsline{<var class="var">unit</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">num</var>}</code>, where
+<code class="code"><var class="var">num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code class="code"><var class="var">unit</var></code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>). The most common case is the table of contents
+and there <var class="var">num</var> is the page number of the first page of <var class="var">unit</var>.
+</p>
+<p>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <code class="code">\chapter</code>,
+etc. (see <a class="pxref" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>), and also by <code class="code">\caption</code> inside a float
+environment (see <a class="pxref" href="#Floats">Floats</a>). But it is also directly used by authors.
For example, an author writing a book whose style is to have an
-unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. But that
+unnumbered preface may use the starred <code class="code">\chapter*</code>. But that
command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered
manually, as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter*{Preface}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter*{Preface}
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface}
</pre></div>
-<p>In the <samp><var>root-name</var>.toc</samp> file LaTeX will put the line
-<code>\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note
-that the page number &lsquo;<samp>3</samp>&rsquo; is automatically generated by the system,
+<p>In the <samp class="file"><var class="var">root-name</var>.toc</samp> file LaTeX will put the line
+<code class="code">\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note
+that the page number &lsquo;<samp class="samp">3</samp>&rsquo; is automatically generated by the system,
not entered manually.
</p>
-<p>All of the arguments for <code>\addcontentsline</code> are required.
+<p>All of the arguments for <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> are required.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>ext</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Typically one of the strings <code>toc</code> for the table of contents,
-<code>lof</code> for the list of figures, or <code>lot</code> for the list of
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">ext</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Typically one of the strings <code class="code">toc</code> for the table of contents,
+<code class="code">lof</code> for the list of figures, or <code class="code">lot</code> for the list of
tables. The filename extension of the information file.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>unit</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p>A string that depends on the value of the <var>ext</var> argument, typically
+<dt><var class="var">unit</var></dt>
+<dd><p>A string that depends on the value of the <var class="var">ext</var> argument, typically
one of:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><code>toc</code></span></dt>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">toc</code></dt>
<dd><p>For the table of contents, this is the name of a sectional unit:
-<code>part</code>, <code>chapter</code>, <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, etc.
+<code class="code">part</code>, <code class="code">chapter</code>, <code class="code">section</code>, <code class="code">subsection</code>, etc.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>lof</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>For the list of figures: <code>figure</code>.
+<dt><code class="code">lof</code></dt>
+<dd><p>For the list of figures: <code class="code">figure</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>lot</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>For the list of tables: <code>table</code>.
+<dt><code class="code">lot</code></dt>
+<dd><p>For the list of tables: <code class="code">table</code>.
</p></dd>
</dl>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>text</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The text of the entry. You must <code>\protect</code> any fragile commands
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>) used in it.
+<dt><var class="var">text</var></dt>
+<dd><p>The text of the entry. You must <code class="code">\protect</code> any fragile commands
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>) used in it.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command has an interaction with
-<code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></a>). If you use them at
+<p>The <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> command has an interaction with
+<code class="code">\include</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>). If you use them at
the same level, as with
-<code>\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}</code> then lines
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}</code> then lines
in the table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution
-is to move <code>\addcontentsline</code> into the file being included.
+is to move <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> into the file being included.
</p>
-<p>If you use a <var>unit</var> that LaTeX does not recognize, as with the
+<p>If you use a <var class="var">unit</var> that LaTeX does not recognize, as with the
typo here
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}
</pre></div>
<p>then you don&rsquo;t get an error but the formatting in the table of contents
@@ -21707,39 +21872,39 @@ will not make sense.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005caddtocontents">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddtocontents">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\contentsline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005caddtocontents-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.3 <code>\addtocontents</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005caddtocontents-1">25.1.3 <code class="code">\addtocontents</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addtocontents{<var class="var">ext</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Add <var>text</var>, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to
-the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>. This is most commonly used
+<p>Add <var class="var">text</var>, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to
+the auxiliary file with extension <var class="var">ext</var>. This is most commonly used
for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also
applies to the list of figures and list of tables.
</p>
<p>This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the
-&lsquo;<samp>Contents</samp>&rsquo; header.
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Contents</samp>&rsquo; header.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\tableofcontents\newpage
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\tableofcontents\newpage
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
</pre></div>
-<p>This puts the word &lsquo;<samp>Page</samp>&rsquo;, in boldface, above the column of page
+<p>This puts the word &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Page</samp>&rsquo;, in boldface, above the column of page
numbers and after the header.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\tableofcontents
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\tableofcontents
\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par}
\chapter{...}
</pre></div>
@@ -21747,144 +21912,144 @@ numbers and after the header.
<p>This adds a line announcing work by a new author.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addtocontents{toc}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addtocontents{toc}{%
\protect\vspace{2ex}
\textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par}
</pre></div>
-<p>The difference between <code>\addtocontents</code> and <code>\addcontentsline</code>
+<p>The difference between <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> and <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code>
is that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the
page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above
-examples show, <code>\addtocontents</code> is for material such as spacing.
+examples show, <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> is for material such as spacing.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command has two arguments. Both are
+<p>The <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> command has two arguments. Both are
required.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><span><var>ext</var></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Typically one of: <samp>toc</samp> for the table of contents, <samp>lof</samp> for
-the list of figures, or <samp>lot</samp> for the list of tables. The
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">ext</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Typically one of: <samp class="file">toc</samp> for the table of contents, <samp class="file">lof</samp> for
+the list of figures, or <samp class="file">lot</samp> for the list of tables. The
extension of the file holding the information.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><span><var>text</var></span></dt>
+<dt><var class="var">text</var></dt>
<dd><p>The text, and possibly commands, to be written.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>The sectioning commands such as <code>\chapter</code> use the
-<code>\addcontentsline</code> command to store information. This command
-creates lines in the <samp>.toc</samp> auxiliary file containing the
-<code>\contentsline</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>). In contrast,
-the command <code>\addtocontents</code> puts material directly in that file.
+<p>The sectioning commands such as <code class="code">\chapter</code> use the
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> command to store information. This command
+creates lines in the <samp class="file">.toc</samp> auxiliary file containing the
+<code class="code">\contentsline</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>). In contrast,
+the command <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> puts material directly in that file.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command has an interaction with
-<code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></a>). If you use them at
+<p>The <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> command has an interaction with
+<code class="code">\include</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>). If you use them at
the same level, as with
-<code>\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}</code> then lines in the
+<code class="code">\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}</code> then lines in the
table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to
-move <code>\addtocontents</code> into the file being included.
+move <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> into the file being included.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccontentsline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccontentsline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\nofiles</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\nofiles</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ccontentsline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.4 <code>\contentsline</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccontentsline-1">25.1.4 <code class="code">\contentsline</code></h4>
-<span id="index-table-of-contents"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ccontentsline-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ctableofcontents-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_002etoc-file-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clistoffigures-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005clistoftables-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_002elof-file-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_002elot-file-2"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cl_0040chapter"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cl_0040section"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cl_0040subsection"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-of-contents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccontentsline-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctableofcontents-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002etoc-file-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clistoffigures-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clistoftables-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elof-file-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elot-file-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cl_0040chapter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cl_0040section"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cl_0040subsection"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline{<var class="var">unit</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Used internally by LaTeX to typeset an entry of the table of
-contents, list of figures, or list of tables (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). Authors do not directly enter <code>\contentsline</code> commands.
+contents, list of figures, or list of tables (see <a class="pxref" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). Authors do not directly enter <code class="code">\contentsline</code> commands.
</p>
<p>Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the
-commands <code>\chapter</code>, <code>\section</code>, etc. for the table of
-contents, or by the <code>\caption</code> command inside of a <code>\figure</code>
-or <code>\table</code> environment (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a> and see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>). Thus,
-where the root file is <samp>thesis.tex</samp>, and contains the declaration
-<code>\tableofcontents</code>, the command <code>\chapter{Chapter One}</code>
-produces something like this in the file <samp>thesis.toc</samp>.
+commands <code class="code">\chapter</code>, <code class="code">\section</code>, etc. for the table of
+contents, or by the <code class="code">\caption</code> command inside of a <code class="code">\figure</code>
+or <code class="code">\table</code> environment (see <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a> and see <a class="pxref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>). Thus,
+where the root file is <samp class="file">thesis.tex</samp>, and contains the declaration
+<code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>, the command <code class="code">\chapter{Chapter One}</code>
+produces something like this in the file <samp class="file">thesis.toc</samp>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3}
</pre></div>
-<p>If the file contains the declaration <code>\listoffigures</code> then a figure
-environment involving <code>\caption{Test}</code> will produce
-something like this in <samp>thesis.lof</samp>.
+<p>If the file contains the declaration <code class="code">\listoffigures</code> then a figure
+environment involving <code class="code">\caption{Test}</code> will produce
+something like this in <samp class="file">thesis.lof</samp>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6}
</pre></div>
<p>To manually add material, use
-<code>\addcontentsline{<var>filetype</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>,
-where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline{<var class="var">filetype</var>}{<var class="var">unit</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code>,
+where <var class="var">filetype</var> is <code class="code">toc</code>, <code class="code">lof</code>, or <code class="code">lot</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-tocloft-1"></span>
-<span id="index-tocloft-package-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tocloft-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tocloft-package-1"></a>
-<p>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see
-the <code>tocloft</code> package.
+<p>For manipulating how the <code class="code">\contentline</code> material is typeset, see
+the <code class="code">tocloft</code> package.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-3"></span>
-<span id="index-hyperref-package-3"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-3"></a>
-<p>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of
-<code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more
+<p>Note that the <code class="code">hyperref</code> package changes the definition of
+<code class="code">\contentsline</code> (and <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code>) to add more
arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error
-<code>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code> when one adds/remove
-the use of package <code>hyperref</code> and a compilation was already run.
-Fix this error by deleting the <samp>.toc</samp> or <samp>.lof</samp> or <samp>.lot</samp>
+<code class="code">Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code> when one adds/remove
+the use of package <code class="code">hyperref</code> and a compilation was already run.
+Fix this error by deleting the <samp class="file">.toc</samp> or <samp class="file">.lof</samp> or <samp class="file">.lot</samp>
file, and running LaTeX again.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnofiles">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnofiles">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\numberline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\contentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\numberline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnofiles-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.5 <code>\nofiles</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnofiles-1">25.1.5 <code class="code">\nofiles</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cnofiles"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnofiles"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\nofiles
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\nofiles
</pre></div>
<p>Prevent LaTeX from writing any auxiliary files. The only output will
-be the <samp>.log</samp> and <samp>.pdf</samp> (or <samp>.dvi</samp>) files. This command
+be the <samp class="file">.log</samp> and <samp class="file">.pdf</samp> (or <samp class="file">.dvi</samp>) files. This command
must go in the preamble.
</p>
-<p>Because of the <code>\nofiles</code> command this example will not produce a
-<samp>.toc</samp> file.
+<p>Because of the <code class="code">\nofiles</code> command this example will not produce a
+<samp class="file">.toc</samp> file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
\nofiles
\begin{document}
\tableofcontents\newpage
@@ -21893,82 +22058,82 @@ must go in the preamble.
</pre></div>
<p>LaTeX will not erase any existing auxiliary files, so if you insert
-the <code>\nofiles</code> command after you have run the file and gotten
-a <samp>.toc</samp> then the table of contents page will continue to show
+the <code class="code">\nofiles</code> command after you have run the file and gotten
+a <samp class="file">.toc</samp> then the table of contents page will continue to show
the old information.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnumberline">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnumberline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\nofiles</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\nofiles</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnumberline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.6 <code>\numberline</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnumberline-1">25.1.6 <code class="code">\numberline</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cnumberline"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnumberline"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\numberline{<var>number</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\numberline{<var class="var">number</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a
-<code>\contentsline</code> command to typeset the section number
-(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\contentsline</code> command to typeset the section number
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>For example, this line in a <samp>.toc</samp> file causes the <code>1.1</code> to be
+<p>For example, this line in a <samp class="file">.toc</samp> file causes the <code class="code">1.1</code> to be
typeset flush left.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2}
</pre></div>
<p>By default, LaTeX typesets the section numbers in a box of length
-<code>\@tempdima</code>. That length is set by the commands
-<code>\l@section</code>, <code>\l@subsection</code>, etc. Put section numbers
+<code class="code">\@tempdima</code>. That length is set by the commands
+<code class="code">\l@section</code>, <code class="code">\l@subsection</code>, etc. Put section numbers
inside a natural-width box with
-<code>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code> before
-<code>\tableofcontents</code>.
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code> before
+<code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>.
</p>
<p>This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with
-<code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). An example is the use of
-<code>\protect</code> in this command,
+<code class="code">\protect</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>). An example is the use of
+<code class="code">\protect</code> in this command,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code>
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><code class="code">\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code>
</pre></div>
-<p>to get the <code>\numberline</code> into the <code>\contentsline</code>
-command in the <samp>.toc</samp> file: <code>\contentsline
-{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the page number &lsquo;<samp>6</samp>&rsquo;
-is automatically added by LaTeX; see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>).
+<p>to get the <code class="code">\numberline</code> into the <code class="code">\contentsline</code>
+command in the <samp class="file">.toc</samp> file: <code class="code">\contentsline
+{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the page number &lsquo;<samp class="samp">6</samp>&rsquo;
+is automatically added by LaTeX; see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Indexes">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Indexes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="n" rel="next">Glossaries</a>, Previous: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Indexes-1"></span><h3 class="section">25.2 Indexes</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Indexes-1">25.2 Indexes</h3>
-<span id="index-indexes"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indexes"></a>
-<span id="index-_005cmakeindex"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cindex"></span>
-<span id="index-_002eidx-file"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeindex"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindex"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002eidx-file"></a>
<p>If you tell LaTeX what terms you want to appear in an index then it
can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers
automatically maintained. This illustrates the basics.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{makeidx} % Provide indexing commands
\makeindex
% \usepackage{showidx} % Show marginal notes of index entries
@@ -21984,76 +22149,76 @@ modulo~$n$.\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>As that shows, declare index entries with the <code>\index</code> command
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cindex"><code>\index</code></a>). When you run LaTeX, the <code>\index</code> writes its
-information, such as &lsquo;<samp>Wilson's Theorem</samp>&rsquo; and the page number, to an
-auxiliary file whose name ends in <samp>.idx</samp>. Next, to alphabetize and
+<p>As that shows, declare index entries with the <code class="code">\index</code> command
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cindex"><code class="code">\index</code></a>). When you run LaTeX, the <code class="code">\index</code> writes its
+information, such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Wilson's Theorem</samp>&rsquo; and the page number, to an
+auxiliary file whose name ends in <samp class="file">.idx</samp>. Next, to alphabetize and
do other manipulations, run an external command, typically
-<code>makeindex</code> (see <a href="#makeindex"><code>makeindex</code></a>), which writes a file whose name
-ends in <samp>.ind</samp>. Finally, <code>\printindex</code> brings this
-manipulated information into the output (see <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>).
+<code class="command">makeindex</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#makeindex"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a>), which writes a file whose name
+ends in <samp class="file">.ind</samp>. Finally, <code class="code">\printindex</code> brings this
+manipulated information into the output (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprintindex"><code class="command">\printindex</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Thus, if the above example is in the file <samp>numth.tex</samp> then running
-&lsquo;<samp>pdflatex numth</samp>&rsquo; will save index entry and page number information
-to <samp>numth.idx</samp>. Then running &lsquo;<samp>makeindex numth</samp>&rsquo; will
-alphabetize and save the results to <samp>numth.ind</samp>. Finally, again
-running &lsquo;<samp>pdflatex numth</samp>&rsquo; will show the desired index, at the place
-where the <code>\printindex</code> command is in the source file.
+<p>Thus, if the above example is in the file <samp class="file">numth.tex</samp> then running
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">pdflatex numth</samp>&rsquo; will save index entry and page number information
+to <samp class="file">numth.idx</samp>. Then running &lsquo;<samp class="samp">makeindex numth</samp>&rsquo; will
+alphabetize and save the results to <samp class="file">numth.ind</samp>. Finally, again
+running &lsquo;<samp class="samp">pdflatex numth</samp>&rsquo; will show the desired index, at the place
+where the <code class="code">\printindex</code> command is in the source file.
</p>
<p>There are many options for the output. An example is that the
-exclamation point in <code>\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}</code>
-produces a main entry of &lsquo;<samp>congruence</samp>&rsquo; with a subentry of &lsquo;<samp>and
-Wilson's Theorem</samp>&rsquo;. For more, see <a href="#makeindex"><code>makeindex</code></a>.
+exclamation point in <code class="code">\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}</code>
+produces a main entry of &lsquo;<samp class="samp">congruence</samp>&rsquo; with a subentry of &lsquo;<samp class="samp">and
+Wilson's Theorem</samp>&rsquo;. For more, see <a class="pxref" href="#makeindex"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>The <code>\makeindex</code> and <code>\printindex</code> commands are independent.
-Leaving out the <code>\makeindex</code> will stop LaTeX from saving the
-index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the <code>\printindex</code>
+<p>The <code class="code">\makeindex</code> and <code class="code">\printindex</code> commands are independent.
+Leaving out the <code class="code">\makeindex</code> will stop LaTeX from saving the
+index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the <code class="code">\printindex</code>
will cause LaTeX to not show the index in the document output.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-showidx"></span>
-<span id="index-showidx-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-showidx"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-showidx-package"></a>
-<span id="index-package_002c-multind"></span>
-<span id="index-multind-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-multind"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-multind-package"></a>
-<span id="index-index_002c-multiple"></span>
-<span id="index-multiple-indexes"></span>
-<p>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code>showidx</code>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index_002c-multiple"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-multiple-indexes"></a>
+<p>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code class="code">showidx</code>
package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the
-page where the <code>\index</code> appears. This can help in preparing the index.
-The <code>multind</code> package, among others, supports multiple indexes.
+page where the <code class="code">\index</code> appears. This can help in preparing the index.
+The <code class="code">multind</code> package, among others, supports multiple indexes.
See also the TeX FAQ entry on this topic,
-<a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</a>, and the CTAN topic,
-<a href="https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi">https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</a>, and the CTAN topic,
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi">https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</a>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually" accesskey="1">Produce the index manually</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="2"><code>\index</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#makeindex" accesskey="3"><code>makeindex</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="4"><code>\printindex</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\index</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#makeindex" accesskey="3"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="4"><code class="command">\printindex</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="Produce-the-index-manually">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Produce-the-index-manually">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\index</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\index</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Produce-the-index-manually-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.1 Produce the index manually</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Produce-the-index-manually-1">25.2.1 Produce the index manually</h4>
-<span id="index-index_002c-producing-manually"></span>
-<span id="index-theindex"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index_002c-producing-manually"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theindex"></a>
<p>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index.
-This will make a separate page labeled &lsquo;<samp>Index</samp>&rsquo;, in twocolumn
+This will make a separate page labeled &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Index</samp>&rsquo;, in twocolumn
format.
</p>
-<span id="index-environment_002c-theindex"></span>
-<span id="index-theindex-environment"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-theindex"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theindex-environment"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{theindex}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{theindex}
\item acorn squash, 1
\subitem maple baked, 2
\indexspace
@@ -22064,51 +22229,51 @@ format.
<p>Note that the author must enter the page numbers, which is tedious and
which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is why
-in most cases automated methods such as <code>makeindex</code> are best.
-See <a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>.
+in most cases automated methods such as <code class="command">makeindex</code> are best.
+See <a class="xref" href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005citem-4"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csubitem"></span>
-<span id="index-_005csubsubitem"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cindexspace"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubitem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsubitem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindexspace"></a>
<p>However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the
automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels
-of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses <code>\item</code>,
-subentries use <code>\subitem</code>, and the lowest level uses
-<code>\subsubitem</code>. Blank lines between entries have no effect. The
-example above includes <code>\indexspace</code> to produce vertical space in
+of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses <code class="code">\item</code>,
+subentries use <code class="code">\subitem</code>, and the lowest level uses
+<code class="code">\subsubitem</code>. Blank lines between entries have no effect. The
+example above includes <code class="code">\indexspace</code> to produce vertical space in
the output that some index styles use before the first entry starting
with a new letter.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cindex">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cindex">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>makeindex</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Produce-the-index-manually" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Produce the index manually</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Produce-the-index-manually" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Produce the index manually</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.2 <code>\index</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cindex-1">25.2.2 <code class="code">\index</code></h4>
-<span id="index-index-entry"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cindex-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index-entry"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindex-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\index{<var>index-entry-string</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\index{<var class="var">index-entry-string</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Declare an entry in the index. This command is fragile
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>For example, as described in <a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>, one way to get an index from
-what&rsquo;s below is to compile the document with <code>pdflatex test</code>, then
-process the index entries with <code>makeindex test</code>, and then compile
-again with <code>pdflatex test</code>.
+<p>For example, as described in <a class="ref" href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>, one way to get an index from
+what&rsquo;s below is to compile the document with <code class="code">pdflatex test</code>, then
+process the index entries with <code class="code">makeindex test</code>, and then compile
+again with <code class="code">pdflatex test</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">% file test.tex
+<pre class="example-preformatted">% file test.tex
...
W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
...
@@ -22117,30 +22282,30 @@ Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function}
rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-index-entries_002c-subentries"></span>
-<p>All three index entries will get a page number, such as &lsquo;<samp>Ackermann,
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index-entries_002c-subentries"></a>
+<p>All three index entries will get a page number, such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Ackermann,
22</samp>&rsquo;. LaTeX will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the
line below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second.
Three levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries. (If you add
-<code>\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}</code> then
-<code>makeindex</code> says &lsquo;<samp>Scanning input file test.idx....done (4
+<code class="code">\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}</code> then
+<code class="command">makeindex</code> says &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Scanning input file test.idx....done (4
entries accepted, 1 rejected)</samp>&rsquo; and the fourth level is silently missing
from the index.)
</p>
-<p>If you enter a second <code>\index</code> with the same
-<var>index-entry-string</var> then you will get a single index entry with two
+<p>If you enter a second <code class="code">\index</code> with the same
+<var class="var">index-entry-string</var> then you will get a single index entry with two
page numbers (unless they happen to fall on the same page). Thus,
-adding <code>as for Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}</code> later in the same
-document as above will give an index entry like &lsquo;<samp>Ackermann, 22,
+adding <code class="code">as for Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}</code> later in the same
+document as above will give an index entry like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Ackermann, 22,
151</samp>&rsquo;. Also, you can enter the index entries in any order, so for
-instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before
-<code>\index{Ackermann}</code>.
+instance <code class="code">\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before
+<code class="code">\index{Ackermann}</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-index_002c-page-range"></span>
-<p>Get a page range in the output, like &lsquo;<samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>&rsquo;, as here.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index_002c-page-range"></a>
+<p>Get a page range in the output, like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hilbert, 23--27</samp>&rsquo;, as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
...
D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(}
...
@@ -22151,41 +22316,41 @@ disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)}
just gives a single page number, not a range.
</p>
<p>If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with
-<code>\index{Jones!program}</code> and <code>\index{Jones!results}</code>, then
-the output is the item &lsquo;<samp>Jones</samp>&rsquo; with no comma or page number,
-followed by two subitems, like &lsquo;<samp>program, 50</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>results,
+<code class="code">\index{Jones!program}</code> and <code class="code">\index{Jones!results}</code>, then
+the output is the item &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Jones</samp>&rsquo; with no comma or page number,
+followed by two subitems, like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">program, 50</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">results,
51</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<span id="index-see-and-see-also-index-entries"></span>
-<span id="index-index-entries_002c-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cseename"></span>
-<span id="index-_005calsoname"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-babel-5"></span>
-<span id="index-babel-package-5"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"></span>
-<span id="index-polyglossia-package-3"></span>
-
-
-<p>Generate a index entry that says &lsquo;<samp>see</samp>&rsquo; by using a vertical bar
-character: <code>\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's
-function}}</code>. You can instead get &lsquo;<samp>see also</samp>&rsquo; with <code>seealso</code>.
-(The text &lsquo;<samp>see</samp>&rsquo; is defined by <code>\seename</code>, and &lsquo;<samp>see also</samp>&rsquo;
-by <code>\alsoname</code>. You can redefine these either by using an
-internationalization package such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>,
-or directly as with <code>\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also see}</code>.)
-</p>
-<p>The &lsquo;<samp>see</samp>&rsquo; feature is part of a more general functionality. After
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-see-and-see-also-index-entries"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index-entries_002c-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cseename"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005calsoname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polyglossia-package-3"></a>
+
+
+<p>Generate a index entry that says &lsquo;<samp class="samp">see</samp>&rsquo; by using a vertical bar
+character: <code class="code">\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's
+function}}</code>. You can instead get &lsquo;<samp class="samp">see also</samp>&rsquo; with <code class="code">seealso</code>.
+(The text &lsquo;<samp class="samp">see</samp>&rsquo; is defined by <code class="code">\seename</code>, and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">see also</samp>&rsquo;
+by <code class="code">\alsoname</code>. You can redefine these either by using an
+internationalization package such as <code class="code">babel</code> or <code class="code">polyglossia</code>,
+or directly as with <code class="code">\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also see}</code>.)
+</p>
+<p>The &lsquo;<samp class="samp">see</samp>&rsquo; feature is part of a more general functionality. After
the vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in
-<code>\index{group|textit}</code> (note the missing backslash on the
-<code>\textit</code> command) and the system will apply that command to the
-page number, here giving something like <code>\textit{7}</code>. You can
+<code class="code">\index{group|textit}</code> (note the missing backslash on the
+<code class="code">\textit</code> command) and the system will apply that command to the
+page number, here giving something like <code class="code">\textit{7}</code>. You can
define your own one-input commands, such as
-<code>\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}</code> and then
-<code>\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}</code> will give a blue page
-number (see <a href="#Color">Color</a>). Another, less practical, example is this,
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}</code> and then
+<code class="code">\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}</code> will give a blue page
+number (see <a class="pxref" href="#Color">Color</a>). Another, less practical, example is this,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
... Epimenides.\index{self-reference|indexownpage}
</pre></div>
@@ -22194,98 +22359,98 @@ number (see <a href="#Color">Color</a>). Another, less practical, example is th
<p>The two functions just described combine, as here
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\index{Ackermann!function|(definedpage}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\index{Ackermann!function|(definedpage}
...
\index{Ackermann!function|)}
</pre></div>
-<p>which outputs an index entry like &lsquo;<samp>function, 23--27</samp>&rsquo; where the page
+<p>which outputs an index entry like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">function, 23--27</samp>&rsquo; where the page
number range is in blue.
</p>
-<p>Consider an index entry such as &lsquo;<samp>&#x03B1;-ring</samp>&rsquo;. Entering
-it as <code>$\alpha$-ring</code> will cause it to be alphabetized according to
+<p>Consider an index entry such as &lsquo;<samp class="samp">&#x03B1;-ring</samp>&rsquo;. Entering
+it as <code class="code">$\alpha$-ring</code> will cause it to be alphabetized according to
the dollar sign. You can instead enter it using an at-sign, as
-<code>\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}</code>. If you specify an entry
-with an at-sign separating two strings, <code><var>pos</var>@<var>text</var></code>,
-then <var>pos</var> gives the alphabetical position of the entry while
-<var>text</var> produces the text of the entry. Another example is that
-<code>\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}</code> produces an index entry
-&lsquo;<samp>SMC</samp>&rsquo; alphabetized into a different location than its spelling
+<code class="code">\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}</code>. If you specify an entry
+with an at-sign separating two strings, <code class="code"><var class="var">pos</var>@<var class="var">text</var></code>,
+then <var class="var">pos</var> gives the alphabetical position of the entry while
+<var class="var">text</var> produces the text of the entry. Another example is that
+<code class="code">\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}</code> produces an index entry
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">SMC</samp>&rsquo; alphabetized into a different location than its spelling
would naturally give it.
</p>
-<p>To put a <code>!</code>, or <code>@</code>, or <code>|</code>, or <code>&quot;</code> character in
-an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code>&quot;</code>.
+<p>To put a <code class="code">!</code>, or <code class="code">@</code>, or <code class="code">|</code>, or <code class="code">&quot;</code> character in
+an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code class="code">&quot;</code>.
(The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.)
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-index"></span>
-<span id="index-index-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-index"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index-package"></a>
<p>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
-provided by <code>makeidx</code>. One is <code>index</code>, which allows for
+provided by <code class="code">makeidx</code>. One is <code class="code">index</code>, which allows for
multiple indices and contains a command
-<code>\index*{<var>index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the
-<var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
+<code class="code">\index*{<var class="var">index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the
+<var class="var">index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cindexentry"></span>
-<span id="index-idx-file"></span>
-<p>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
-<samp><var>root-name</var>.idx</samp> file. Specifically, it writes text of the
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindexentry"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-idx-file"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">root-name</var>.idx</samp> file. Specifically, it writes text of the
command
-<code>\indexentry{<var>index-entry-string</var>}{<var>page-num</var>}</code>,
-where <var>page-num</var> is the value of the <code>\thepage</code> counter. On
-occasion, when the <code>\printindex</code> command is confused, you have to
+<code class="code">\indexentry{<var class="var">index-entry-string</var>}{<var class="var">page-num</var>}</code>,
+where <var class="var">page-num</var> is the value of the <code class="code">\thepage</code> counter. On
+occasion, when the <code class="code">\printindex</code> command is confused, you have to
delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
</p>
-<p>If you omit the closing brace of an <code>\index</code> command then you get a
+<p>If you omit the closing brace of an <code class="code">\index</code> command then you get a
message like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Runaway argument? {Ackermann!function
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Runaway argument? {Ackermann!function
! Paragraph ended before \@wrindex was complete.
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="makeindex">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="makeindex">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\printindex</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\index</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="command">\printindex</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\index</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="makeindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.3 <code>makeindex</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="makeindex-1">25.2.3 <code class="command">makeindex</code></h4>
-<span id="index-index_002c-processing"></span>
-<span id="index-makeindex_002c-program"></span>
-<span id="index-makeindex-program"></span>
-<span id="index-_002eind-file"></span>
-<span id="index-_002eidx-file-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index_002c-processing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeindex_002c-program"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeindex-program"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002eind-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002eidx-file-1"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">makeindex <var>filename</var>
-makeindex -s <var>style-file</var> <var>filename</var>
-makeindex <var>options</var> <var>filename0</var> ...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">makeindex <var class="var">filename</var>
+makeindex -s <var class="var">style-file</var> <var class="var">filename</var>
+makeindex <var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">filename0</var> ...
</pre></div>
<p>Sort, and otherwise process, the index information in the auxiliary file
-<var>filename</var>. This is a command line program. It takes one or more
-raw index files, <samp><var>filename</var>.idx</samp> files, and produces the
-actual index file, the <samp><var>filename</var>.ind</samp> file that is input by
-<code>\printindex</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>).
-</p>
-<span id="index-_002eisty-file"></span>
-<span id="index-index_002c-style-file"></span>
-<span id="index-makeindex_002c-style-file"></span>
+<var class="var">filename</var>. This is a command line program. It takes one or more
+raw index files, <samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var>.idx</samp> files, and produces the
+actual index file, the <samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var>.ind</samp> file that is input by
+<code class="code">\printindex</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprintindex"><code class="command">\printindex</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002eisty-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index_002c-style-file"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeindex_002c-style-file"></a>
<p>The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second allows
-you to format the index by using an <em>index style file</em>, a
-<samp>.isty</samp> file. The third form is the most general; see the full
+you to format the index by using an <em class="dfn">index style file</em>, a
+<samp class="file">.isty</samp> file. The third form is the most general; see the full
documentation on CTAN.
</p>
-<p>This is a simple <samp>.isty</samp> file.
+<p>This is a simple <samp class="file">.isty</samp> file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">% book.isty
+<pre class="example-preformatted">% book.isty
% $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
% creates the index as book.ind, starting on an odd page.
preamble
@@ -22300,228 +22465,228 @@ postamble
</pre></div>
<p>The description here covers only some of the index formatting
-possibilities in <var>style-file</var>. For a full list see the documentation
+possibilities in <var class="var">style-file</var>. For a full list see the documentation
on CTAN.
</p>
-<p>A style file consists of a list of pairs: <var>specifier</var> and
-<var>attribute</var>. These can appear in the file in any order. All of the
-<var>attribute</var>s are strings, except where noted. Strings are
-surrounded with double quotes, <code>&quot;</code>, and the maximum length of a
-string is 144 characters. The <code>\n</code> is for a newline and <code>\t</code>
+<p>A style file consists of a list of pairs: <var class="var">specifier</var> and
+<var class="var">attribute</var>. These can appear in the file in any order. All of the
+<var class="var">attribute</var>s are strings, except where noted. Strings are
+surrounded with double quotes, <code class="code">&quot;</code>, and the maximum length of a
+string is 144 characters. The <code class="code">\n</code> is for a newline and <code class="code">\t</code>
is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with another backslash,
-<code>\\</code>. If a line begins with a percent sign, <code>%</code>, then it is a
+<code class="code">\\</code>. If a line begins with a percent sign, <code class="code">%</code>, then it is a
comment.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="makeindex-preamble"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-preamble'><span><code>preamble</code><a href='#index-preamble' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="makeindex-preamble"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-preamble'><span><code class="code">preamble</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-preamble'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which the index is
-formatted. Default: <code>&quot;\\begin{theindex}\n&quot;</code>.
+formatted. Default: <code class="code">&quot;\\begin{theindex}\n&quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-postamble"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-postamble'><span><code>postamble</code><a href='#index-postamble' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Postamble of the output index file. Default: <code>&quot;\n\n\\end{theindex}\n&quot;</code>.
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-postamble"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-postamble'><span><code class="code">postamble</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-postamble'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Postamble of the output index file. Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n\n\\end{theindex}\n&quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-group-skip"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-group_005fskip'><span><code>group_skip</code><a href='#index-group_005fskip' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-_005cindexspace-1"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-group-skip"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-group_005fskip'><span><code class="code">group_skip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-group_005fskip'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindexspace-1"></a>
<p>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for
-entries starting with letter &lsquo;<samp>a</samp>&rsquo;, etc. This specifier gives what
-is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>&quot;\n\n
-\\indexspace\n&quot;</code> (<code>\indexspace</code> is a command inserting a rubber
-length, by default <code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
+entries starting with letter &lsquo;<samp class="samp">a</samp>&rsquo;, etc. This specifier gives what
+is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n\n
+\\indexspace\n&quot;</code> (<code class="code">\indexspace</code> is a command inserting a rubber
+length, by default <code class="code">10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-letheadflag"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-lethead_005fflag'><span><code>lethead_flag</code><a href='#index-lethead_005fflag' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-letheadflag"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-lethead_005fflag'><span><code class="code">lethead_flag</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lethead_005fflag'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If
-it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing
+it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code class="code">group_skip</code> nothing
will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
-letter the <code>lethead_prefix</code> and <code>lethead_suffix</code> will be
+letter the <code class="code">lethead_prefix</code> and <code class="code">lethead_suffix</code> will be
inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is negative
then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default
is&nbsp;0.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-lethead-prefix"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-lethead_005fprefix'><span><code>lethead_prefix</code><a href='#index-lethead_005fprefix' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-lethead-prefix"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-lethead_005fprefix'><span><code class="code">lethead_prefix</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lethead_005fprefix'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix
-inserted before the new letter header. Default: <code>&quot;&quot;</code>
+inserted before the new letter header. Default: <code class="code">&quot;&quot;</code>
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-lethead-suffix"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-lethead_005fsuffix'><span><code>lethead_suffix</code><a href='#index-lethead_005fsuffix' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-lethead-suffix"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-lethead_005fsuffix'><span><code class="code">lethead_suffix</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lethead_005fsuffix'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix
-inserted after the new letter header. Default: <code>&quot;&quot;</code>.
+inserted after the new letter header. Default: <code class="code">&quot;&quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-item-0"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-item_005f0'><span><code>item_0</code><a href='#index-item_005f0' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>What is put between two level&nbsp;0 items. Default: <code>&quot;\n \\item
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-0"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f0'><span><code class="code">item_0</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f0'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>What is put between two level&nbsp;0 items. Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\item
&quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-item-1"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-item_005f1'><span><code>item_1</code><a href='#index-item_005f1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Put between two level&nbsp;1 items. Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-1"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f1'><span><code class="code">item_1</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Put between two level&nbsp;1 items. Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-item-2"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-item_005f2'><span><code>item_2</code><a href='#index-item_005f2' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>put between two level&nbsp;2 items. Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-2"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f2'><span><code class="code">item_2</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>put between two level&nbsp;2 items. Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-item-01"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-item_005f01'><span><code>item_01</code><a href='#index-item_005f01' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-01"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f01'><span><code class="code">item_01</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f01'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>What is put between a level&nbsp;0 item and a level&nbsp;1 item.
-Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
+Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-item-x1"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-item_005fx1'><span><code>item_x1</code><a href='#index-item_005fx1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-x1"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005fx1'><span><code class="code">item_x1</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005fx1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>What is put between a level&nbsp;0 item and a level&nbsp;1 item in the
case that the level&nbsp;0 item doesn&rsquo;t have any page numbers (as in
-<code>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>). Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
+<code class="code">\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>). Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-item-12"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-item_005f12'><span><code>item_12</code><a href='#index-item_005f12' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-12"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f12'><span><code class="code">item_12</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f12'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>What is put between a level&nbsp;1 item and a level&nbsp;2 item.
-Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
+Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-item-x2"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-item_005fx2'><span><code>item_x2</code><a href='#index-item_005fx2' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-x2"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005fx2'><span><code class="code">item_x2</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005fx2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>What is put between a level&nbsp;1 item and a level&nbsp;2 item, if the
-level&nbsp;1 item doesn&rsquo;t have page numbers. Default: <code>&quot;\n
+level&nbsp;1 item doesn&rsquo;t have page numbers. Default: <code class="code">&quot;\n
\\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-delim-0"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-delim_005f0'><span><code>delim_0</code><a href='#index-delim_005f0' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-0"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005f0'><span><code class="code">delim_0</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005f0'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Delimiter put between a level&nbsp;0 key and its first page
-number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code class="code">&quot;, &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-delim-1"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-delim_005f1'><span><code>delim_1</code><a href='#index-delim_005f1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-1"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005f1'><span><code class="code">delim_1</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005f1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Delimiter put between a level&nbsp;1 key and its first page
-number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code class="code">&quot;, &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-delim-2"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-delim_005f2'><span><code>delim_2</code><a href='#index-delim_005f2' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-2"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005f2'><span><code class="code">delim_2</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005f2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Delimiter between a level&nbsp;2 key and its first page number. Default:
-a comma followed by a blank, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+a comma followed by a blank, <code class="code">&quot;, &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-delim-n"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-delim_005fn'><span><code>delim_n</code><a href='#index-delim_005fn' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-n"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005fn'><span><code class="code">delim_n</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005fn'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any
-level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code class="code">&quot;, &quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-delim-r"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-delim_005fr'><span><code>delim_r</code><a href='#index-delim_005fr' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-r"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005fr'><span><code class="code">delim_r</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005fr'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range.
-Default: <code>&quot;--&quot;</code>.
+Default: <code class="code">&quot;--&quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-line-max"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-line_005fmax'><span><code>line_max</code><a href='#index-line_005fmax' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-line-max"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-line_005fmax'><span><code class="code">line_max</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-line_005fmax'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>An integer. Maximum length of an index entry&rsquo;s line in the output,
-beyond which the line wraps. Default: <code>72</code>.
+beyond which the line wraps. Default: <code class="code">72</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-indent-space"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-indent_005fspace'><span><code>indent_space</code><a href='#index-indent_005fspace' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-indent-space"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-indent_005fspace'><span><code class="code">indent_space</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-indent_005fspace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default:
-<code>&quot;\t\t&quot;</code>.
+<code class="code">&quot;\t\t&quot;</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-indent-length"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-indent_005flength'><span><code>indent_length</code><a href='#index-indent_005flength' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-indent-length"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-indent_005flength'><span><code class="code">indent_length</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-indent_005flength'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default
-<code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
-default here is <code>16</code>.
+<code class="code">indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
+default here is <code class="code">16</code>.
</p>
-<span id="makeindex-page-precedence"></span></dd>
-<dt id='index-page_005fprecedence'><span><code>page_precedence</code><a href='#index-page_005fprecedence' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-page-precedence"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-page_005fprecedence'><span><code class="code">page_precedence</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-page_005fprecedence'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example, a
book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main
matter pages are in arabic. This string specifies the order in which
-they will appear in the index. The <code>makeindex</code> command supports
-five different types of numerals: lowercase roman <code>r</code>, and numeric
-or arabic <code>n</code>, and lowercase alphabetic <code>a</code>, and uppercase
-roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>. Default:
-<code>&quot;rnaRA&quot;</code>.
+they will appear in the index. The <code class="command">makeindex</code> command supports
+five different types of numerals: lowercase roman <code class="code">r</code>, and numeric
+or arabic <code class="code">n</code>, and lowercase alphabetic <code class="code">a</code>, and uppercase
+roman <code class="code">R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code class="code">A</code>. Default:
+<code class="code">&quot;rnaRA&quot;</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<span id="index-xindy-program"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xindy-program"></a>
<p>There are a number of other programs that do the job
-<code>makeindex</code> does. One is <code>xindy</code>
-(<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</a>), which does internationalization and can
+<code class="command">makeindex</code> does. One is <code class="command">xindy</code>
+(<a class="uref" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</a>), which does internationalization and can
process indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of
other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in
markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as
described in its documentation.
</p>
-<span id="index-xindex-program"></span>
-<p>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <code>xindex</code>,
-written in Lua (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</a>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xindex-program"></a>
+<p>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <code class="code">xindex</code>,
+written in Lua (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cprintindex">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cprintindex">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>makeindex</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cprintindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.4 <code>\printindex</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cprintindex-1">25.2.4 <code class="command">\printindex</code></h4>
-<span id="index-index_002c-printing"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cprintindex"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index_002c-printing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprintindex"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\printindex
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\printindex
</pre></div>
<p>Place the index into the output.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-makeidx"></span>
-<span id="index-makeidx-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-makeidx"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeidx-package"></a>
<p>To get an index you must first include
-<code>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and
-compile the document, then run the system command <code>makeindex</code>,
-and then compile the document again. See <a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>, for further
-discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>.
+<code class="code">\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and
+compile the document, then run the system command <code class="command">makeindex</code>,
+and then compile the document again. See <a class="xref" href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>, for further
+discussion and an example of the use of <code class="code">\printindex</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Glossaries">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Glossaries">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Indexes</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Glossaries-1"></span><h3 class="section">25.3 Glossaries</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Glossaries-1">25.3 Glossaries</h3>
-<span id="index-glossary"></span>
-<span id="index-glossaries"></span>
-<span id="index-acronyms_002c-list-of"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cmakeglossary"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cprintglossaries"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glossary"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glossaries"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acronyms_002c-list-of"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeglossary"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprintglossaries"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
...
-\newglossaryentry{<var>label</var>}{<var>settings</var>}
+\newglossaryentry{<var class="var">label</var>}{<var class="var">settings</var>}
...
-\gls{<var>label</var>}.
+\gls{<var class="var">label</var>}.
...
\printglossaries
</pre></div>
-<p>The <samp>glossaries</samp> package allows you to make glossaries, including
+<p>The <samp class="file">glossaries</samp> package allows you to make glossaries, including
multiple glossaries, as well as lists of acronyms.
</p>
<p>To get the output from this example, compile the document (for instance
-with <code>pdflatex filename</code>), then run the command line command
-<code>makeglossaries filename</code>, and then compile the document again.
+with <code class="code">pdflatex filename</code>), then run the command line command
+<code class="code">makeglossaries filename</code>, and then compile the document again.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{...}
\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
\newglossaryentry{tm}{%
name={Turing machine},
@@ -22536,106 +22701,106 @@ Everything begins with the definition of a \gls{tm}.
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>That gives two things. In the main text it outputs &lsquo;<samp>... definition
+<p>That gives two things. In the main text it outputs &lsquo;<samp class="samp">... definition
of a Turing machine</samp>&rsquo;. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed
-&lsquo;<samp>Glossary</samp>&rsquo; there appears a description list. In boldface it says
-&lsquo;<samp>Turing machine</samp>&rsquo; and the rest of the item says in normal type
-&lsquo;<samp>A model of a machine &hellip; Computer Science</samp>&rsquo;.
-</p>
-<span id="index-_005cmakeglossary-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cprintglossaries-1"></span>
-<span id="index-_002eglo-file"></span>
-<p>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
-entry information, <samp><var>root-file</var>.glo</samp>. Put the
-<code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Glossary</samp>&rsquo; there appears a description list. In boldface it says
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Turing machine</samp>&rsquo; and the rest of the item says in normal type
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">A model of a machine &hellip; Computer Science</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeglossary-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprintglossaries-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002eglo-file"></a>
+<p>The command <code class="code">\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
+entry information, <samp class="file"><var class="var">root-file</var>.glo</samp>. Put the
+<code class="code">\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
in your document.
</p>
-<p>The <samp>glossaries</samp> package is very powerful. For instance, besides
-the commands <code>\newglossaryentry</code> and <code>\gls</code>, there are similar
+<p>The <samp class="file">glossaries</samp> package is very powerful. For instance, besides
+the commands <code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code> and <code class="code">\gls</code>, there are similar
commands for a list of acronyms. See the package documentations on
CTAN.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="1"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="2"><code>\gls</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\gls</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\gls</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\gls</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.3.1 <code>\newglossaryentry</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry-1">25.3.1 <code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></h4>
-<span id="index-glossary_002c-entries"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cnewglossaryentry"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glossary_002c-entries"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewglossaryentry"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newglossaryentry{<var>label</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newglossaryentry{<var class="var">label</var>}
{
- name={<var>name</var>},
- description={<var>description</var>},
- <var>other options</var>, ...
+ name={<var class="var">name</var>},
+ description={<var class="var">description</var>},
+ <var class="var">other options</var>, ...
}
</pre></div>
<p>or
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\longnewglossaryentry{<var>label</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\longnewglossaryentry{<var class="var">label</var>}
{
- name={<var>name</var>},
- <var>other options</var> ...,
+ name={<var class="var">name</var>},
+ <var class="var">other options</var> ...,
}
-{<var>description</var>}
+{<var class="var">description</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Declare a new entry for a glossary. The <var>label</var> must be unique for
+<p>Declare a new entry for a glossary. The <var class="var">label</var> must be unique for
the document. The settings associated with the label are pairs:
-<code><var>key</var>=<var>value</var></code>.
+<code class="code"><var class="var">key</var>=<var class="var">value</var></code>.
</p>
<p>This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers &#x211D;, in the
glossary.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newglossaryentry{R}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newglossaryentry{R}
{
name={\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}},
description={the real numbers},
}
</pre></div>
-<p>Use the second command form if the <var>description</var> spans more than one
+<p>Use the second command form if the <var class="var">description</var> spans more than one
paragraph.
</p>
-<p>For a full list of <var>key</var>s see the package documentation on CTAN but
+<p>For a full list of <var class="var">key</var>s see the package documentation on CTAN but
here are a few.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt id='index-name'><span><code>name</code><a href='#index-name' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-name'><span><code class="code">name</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-name'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-description'><span><code>description</code><a href='#index-description' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-description'><span><code class="code">description</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-description'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary.
If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command
form given in the synopsis.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-plural'><span><code>plural</code><a href='#index-plural' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The plural form of <var>name</var>. Refer to the plural form using
-<code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cgls"><code>\gls</code></a>).
+<dt id='index-plural'><span><code class="code">plural</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-plural'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>The plural form of <var class="var">name</var>. Refer to the plural form using
+<code class="code">\glspl</code> or <code class="code">\Glspl</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cgls"><code class="code">\gls</code></a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-sort'><span><code>sort</code><a href='#index-sort' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-sort'><span><code class="code">sort</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-sort'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-symbol'><span><code>symbol</code><a href='#index-symbol' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-symbol'><span><code class="code">symbol</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-symbol'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -22644,32 +22809,32 @@ form given in the synopsis.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgls">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cgls">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cgls-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.3.2 <code>\gls</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgls-1">25.3.2 <code class="code">\gls</code></h4>
-<span id="index-glossary_002c-entry-reference"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cgls"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glossary_002c-entry-reference"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cgls"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\gls{<var>label</var>}
-\glspl{<var>label</var>}
-\Gls{<var>label</var>}
-\Glspl{<var>label</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\gls{<var class="var">label</var>}
+\glspl{<var class="var">label</var>}
+\Gls{<var class="var">label</var>}
+\Glspl{<var class="var">label</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Refer to a glossary entry. The entries are declared with
-<code>\newglossaryentry</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry"><code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></a>).
</p>
<p>This
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newglossaryentry{N}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newglossaryentry{N}{%
name={the natural numbers},
description={The numbers $0$, $1$, $2$, $\ldots$\@},
symbol={\ensuremath{\mathbb{N}}},
@@ -22678,11 +22843,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\ne
Consider \gls{N}.
</pre></div>
-<p>gives the output &lsquo;<samp>Consider the natural numbers</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>gives the output &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Consider the natural numbers</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>The second command form <code>\glspl{<var>label</var>}</code> produces the plural
-of <var>name</var> (by default it tries adding an &lsquo;<samp>s</samp>&rsquo;). The third form
-capitalizes the first letter of <var>name</var>, as does the fourth form,
+<p>The second command form <code class="code">\glspl{<var class="var">label</var>}</code> produces the plural
+of <var class="var">name</var> (by default it tries adding an &lsquo;<samp class="samp">s</samp>&rsquo;). The third form
+capitalizes the first letter of <var class="var">name</var>, as does the fourth form,
which also takes the plural.
</p>
@@ -22690,27 +22855,27 @@ which also takes the plural.
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Letters">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Letters">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="n" rel="next">Input/output</a>, Previous: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Front/back matter</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Letters-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">26 Letters</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Letters-1">26 Letters</h2>
-<span id="index-letters_002c-writing"></span>
-<span id="index-writing-letters"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letters_002c-writing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-writing-letters"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{letter}
-\address{<var>senders address</var>} % return address
-\signature{<var>sender name</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{letter}
+\address{<var class="var">senders address</var>} % return address
+\signature{<var class="var">sender name</var>}
\begin{document}
-\begin{letter}{<var>recipient address</var>}
-\opening{<var>salutation</var>}
- <var>letter body</var>
-\closing{<var>closing text</var>}
+\begin{letter}{<var class="var">recipient address</var>}
+\opening{<var class="var">salutation</var>}
+ <var class="var">letter body</var>
+\closing{<var class="var">closing text</var>}
\end{letter}
...
\end{document}
@@ -22718,56 +22883,56 @@ Next: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="n" rel="next">Input/output</a>, Pre
<p>Produce one or more letters.
</p>
-<p>Each letter is in a separate <code>letter</code> environment, whose argument
-<var>recipient address</var> often contains multiple lines separated with a
-double backslash,&nbsp;(<code>\\</code>). For example, you might have:
+<p>Each letter is in a separate <code class="code">letter</code> environment, whose argument
+<var class="var">recipient address</var> often contains multiple lines separated with a
+double backslash,&nbsp;(<code class="code">\\</code>). For example, you might have:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> \begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> \begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
l'h\^otel Sagonne}
...
\end{letter}
</pre></div>
-<p>The start of the <code>letter</code> environment resets the page number to 1,
+<p>The start of the <code class="code">letter</code> environment resets the page number to 1,
and the footnote number to 1 also.
</p>
-<p>The <var>sender address</var> and <var>sender name</var> are common to all of the
+<p>The <var class="var">sender address</var> and <var class="var">sender name</var> are common to all of the
letters, whether there is one or more, so these are best put in the
-preamble. As with the recipient address, often <var>sender address</var>
+preamble. As with the recipient address, often <var class="var">sender address</var>
contains multiple lines separated by a double
-backslash&nbsp;(<code>\\</code>). LaTeX will put the <var>sender name</var>
+backslash&nbsp;(<code class="code">\\</code>). LaTeX will put the <var class="var">sender name</var>
under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional
hand-written signature.
</p>
-<p>Each <code>letter</code> environment body begins with a required
-<code>\opening</code> command such as <code>\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}</code>.
-The <var>letter body</var> text is ordinary LaTeX so it can contain
+<p>Each <code class="code">letter</code> environment body begins with a required
+<code class="code">\opening</code> command such as <code class="code">\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}</code>.
+The <var class="var">letter body</var> text is ordinary LaTeX so it can contain
everything from enumerated lists to displayed math, except that commands
-such as <code>\chapter</code> that make no sense in a letter are turned off.
-Each <code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a
-<code>\closing</code> command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>.
+such as <code class="code">\chapter</code> that make no sense in a letter are turned off.
+Each <code class="code">letter</code> environment body typically ends with a
+<code class="code">\closing</code> command such as <code class="code">\closing{Yours,}</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-letters"></span>
-<p>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>. You can say who
-is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc{the
-Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>. There&rsquo;s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for
-a list of enclosures. And, you can add a postscript with <code>\ps</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-letters_0029"></a>
+<p>Additional material may come after the <code class="code">\closing</code>. You can say who
+is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code class="code">\cc{the
+Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>. There&rsquo;s a similar <code class="code">\encl</code> command for
+a list of enclosures. And, you can add a postscript with <code class="code">\ps</code>.
</p>
<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default is to indent the sender name and the closing above it
-by a length of <code>\longindentation</code>. By default this is
-<code>0.5\textwidth</code>. To make them flush left, put
-<code>\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}</code> in your preamble.
+by a length of <code class="code">\longindentation</code>. By default this is
+<code class="code">0.5\textwidth</code>. To make them flush left, put
+<code class="code">\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}</code> in your preamble.
</p>
<p>To set a fixed date use something like
-<code>\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}</code>. If put in your preamble
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}</code>. If put in your preamble
then it will apply to all the letters.
</p>
-<p>This example shows only one <code>letter</code> environment. The three lines
+<p>This example shows only one <code class="code">letter</code> environment. The three lines
marked as optional are typically omitted.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{letter}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{letter}
\address{Sender's street \\ Sender's town}
\signature{Sender's name \\ Sender's title}
% optional: \location{Mailbox 13}
@@ -22782,208 +22947,208 @@ I am not interested in entering a business arrangement with you.
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class.
+<p>These commands are used with the <code class="code">letter</code> class.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1"><code>\address</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2"><code>\cc</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3"><code>\closing</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4"><code>\encl</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5"><code>\location</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6"><code>\makelabels</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7"><code>\name</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8"><code>\opening</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9"><code>\ps</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005csignature"><code>\signature</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone"><code>\telephone</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\address</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\cc</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\closing</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\encl</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\location</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\makelabels</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\name</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\opening</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\ps</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csignature"><code class="code">\signature</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone"><code class="code">\telephone</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005caddress">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddress">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\cc</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\cc</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005caddress-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.1 <code>\address</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005caddress-1">26.1 <code class="code">\address</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005caddress"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddress"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\address{<var>senders address</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\address{<var class="var">senders address</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Specify the return address, as it appears on the letter and on the
-envelope. Separate multiple lines in <var>senders address</var> with a
-double backslash,&nbsp;<code>\\</code>.
+envelope. Separate multiple lines in <var class="var">senders address</var> with a
+double backslash,&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code>.
</p>
<p>Because it can apply to multiple letters this declaration is often put
in the preamble. However, it can go anywhere, including inside an
-individual <code>letter</code> environment.
+individual <code class="code">letter</code> environment.
</p>
<p>This command is optional: if you do not use it then the letter is
formatted with some blank space on top, for copying onto pre-printed
-letterhead paper. If you do use the <code>\address</code> declaration then it
+letterhead paper. If you do use the <code class="code">\address</code> declaration then it
is formatted as a personal letter.
</p>
<p>Here is an example.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\address{Stephen Maturin \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\address{Stephen Maturin \\
The Grapes of the Savoy}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005ccc">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccc">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\closing</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\address</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\closing</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\address</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ccc-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.2 <code>\cc</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ccc-1">26.2 <code class="code">\cc</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005ccc"></span>
-<span id="index-cc-list_002c-in-letters"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccc"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cc-list_002c-in-letters"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cc{<var>name0</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cc{<var class="var">name0</var> \\
... }
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent. This
command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after
-<code>\closing</code>. Put the names on different lines by separating them
-with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>, as in:
+<code class="code">\closing</code>. Put the names on different lines by separating them
+with a double backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>, as in:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cc{President \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cc{President \\
Vice President}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cclosing">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cclosing">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\encl</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\cc</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\encl</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\cc</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cclosing-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.3 <code>\closing</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cclosing-1">26.3 <code class="code">\closing</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cclosing"></span>
-<span id="index-letters_002c-ending"></span>
-<span id="index-closing-letters"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cclosing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letters_002c-ending"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-closing-letters"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\closing{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\closing{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Produce the letter&rsquo;s closing. This is optional, but usual. It appears
at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For example:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\closing{Regards,}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\closing{Regards,}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cencl">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cencl">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\location</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\closing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\location</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\closing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cencl-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.4 <code>\encl</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cencl-1">26.4 <code class="code">\encl</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cencl"></span>
-<span id="index-enclosure-list"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cencl"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enclosure-list"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\encl{<var>first enclosed object</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\encl{<var class="var">first enclosed object</var> \\
... }
</pre></div>
<p>Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is
-optional; when it is used, it typically is put after <code>\closing</code>.
-Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>.
+optional; when it is used, it typically is put after <code class="code">\closing</code>.
+Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, <code class="code">\\</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\encl{License \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\encl{License \\
Passport}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005clocation">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005clocation">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\makelabels</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\encl</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\makelabels</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\encl</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005clocation-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.5 <code>\location</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005clocation-1">26.5 <code class="code">\location</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005clocation"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clocation"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\location{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\location{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <var>text</var> appears centered at the bottom of the page. It only
-appears if the page style is <code>firstpage</code>.
+<p>The <var class="var">text</var> appears centered at the bottom of the page. It only
+appears if the page style is <code class="code">firstpage</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cmakelabels">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmakelabels">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\name</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\location</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\name</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\location</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmakelabels-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.6 <code>\makelabels</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cmakelabels-1">26.6 <code class="code">\makelabels</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cmakelabels"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakelabels"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makelabels % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makelabels % in preamble
</pre></div>
-<p>Optional, for a document that contains <code>letter</code> environments. If
-you just put <code>\makelabels</code> in the preamble then at the end of the
+<p>Optional, for a document that contains <code class="code">letter</code> environments. If
+you just put <code class="code">\makelabels</code> in the preamble then at the end of the
document you will get a sheet with labels for all the recipients, one
for each letter environment, that you can copy to a sheet of peel-off
address labels.
</p>
-<p>Customize the labels by redefining the commands <code>\startlabels</code>,
-<code>\mlabel</code>, and <code>\returnaddress</code> (and perhaps <code>\name</code>) in
-the preamble. The command <code>\startlabels</code> sets the width, height,
+<p>Customize the labels by redefining the commands <code class="code">\startlabels</code>,
+<code class="code">\mlabel</code>, and <code class="code">\returnaddress</code> (and perhaps <code class="code">\name</code>) in
+the preamble. The command <code class="code">\startlabels</code> sets the width, height,
number of columns, etc., of the page onto which the labels are printed.
-The command <code>\mlabel{<var>return address</var>}{<var>recipient
+The command <code class="code">\mlabel{<var class="var">return address</var>}{<var class="var">recipient
address</var>}</code> produces the two labels (or one, if you choose to ignore the
-<var>return address</var>) for each letter environment. The first argument,
-<var>return address</var>, is the value returned by the macro
-<code>\returnaddress</code>. The second argument, <var>recipient address</var>, is
-the value passed in the argument to the <code>letter</code> environment. By
-default <code>\mlabel</code> ignores the first argument, the <var>return
+<var class="var">return address</var>) for each letter environment. The first argument,
+<var class="var">return address</var>, is the value returned by the macro
+<code class="code">\returnaddress</code>. The second argument, <var class="var">recipient address</var>, is
+the value passed in the argument to the <code class="code">letter</code> environment. By
+default <code class="code">\mlabel</code> ignores the first argument, the <var class="var">return
address</var>, causing the default behavior described in the prior paragraph.
</p>
<p>This illustrates customization. Its output includes a page with two
columns having two labels each.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{letter}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{letter}
\renewcommand*{\returnaddress}{Fred McGuilicuddy \\
Oshkosh, Mineola 12305}
\newcommand*\originalMlabel{}
@@ -23008,30 +23173,30 @@ columns having two labels each.
<p>The first column contains the return address twice. The second column
contains the address for each recipient.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-envlab"></span>
-<span id="index-envlab-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-envlab"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-envlab-package"></a>
-<p>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
+<p>The package <code class="code">envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines
-<code>\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}</code> and <code>\makelabels</code>
+<code class="code">\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}</code> and <code class="code">\makelabels</code>
are all that you need to print envelopes.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cname">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cname">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\opening</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\makelabels</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\opening</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\makelabels</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cname-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.7 <code>\name</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cname-1">26.7 <code class="code">\name</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cname"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cname"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\name{<var>name</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\name{<var class="var">name</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Optional. Sender&rsquo;s name, used for printing on the envelope together
@@ -23040,72 +23205,72 @@ with the return address.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005copening">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005copening">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\ps</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\name</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ps</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\name</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005copening-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.8 <code>\opening</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005copening-1">26.8 <code class="code">\opening</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005copening"></span>
-<span id="index-letters_002c-starting"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005copening"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letters_002c-starting"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\opening{<var>salutation</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\opening{<var class="var">salutation</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Required. Follows the <code>\begin{letter}{...}</code>. The argument
-<var>salutation</var> is mandatory. For instance:
+<p>Required. Follows the <code class="code">\begin{letter}{...}</code>. The argument
+<var class="var">salutation</var> is mandatory. For instance:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\opening{Dear John:}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\opening{Dear John:}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cps">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cps">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\signature</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\opening</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\signature</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\opening</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cps-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.9 <code>\ps</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cps"></span>
-<span id="index-postscript_002c-in-letters"></span>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cps-1">26.9 <code class="code">\ps</code></h3>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cps"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-postscript_002c-in-letters"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ps{<var>text</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ps{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Add a postscript. This command is optional and usually is used after
-<code>\closing</code>.
+<code class="code">\closing</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005csignature">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csignature">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\telephone</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\ps</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\telephone</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ps</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005csignature-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.10 <code>\signature</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csignature-1">26.10 <code class="code">\signature</code></h3>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\signature{<var>first line</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\signature{<var class="var">first line</var> \\
... }
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005csignature"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csignature"></a>
<p>The sender&rsquo;s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is
usual.
@@ -23113,53 +23278,53 @@ usual.
<p>The argument text appears at the end of the letter, after the closing.
LaTeX leaves some vertical space for a handwritten
signature. Separate multiple lines with a double
-backslash,&nbsp;<code>\\</code>. For example:
+backslash,&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code>. For example:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\signature{J Fred Muggs \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\signature{J Fred Muggs \\
White House}
</pre></div>
-<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default for the vertical space from the <code>\closing</code> text
-down to the <code>\signature</code> text is <code>6\medskipamount</code>, which is
-six times <code>\medskipamount</code> (where <code>\medskipamount</code> is equal to
-a <code>\parskip</code>, which in turn is defined by default here to
-0.7em).
+<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s default for the vertical space from the <code class="code">\closing</code> text
+down to the <code class="code">\signature</code> text is <code class="code">6\medskipamount</code>, which is
+six times <code class="code">\medskipamount</code> (where <code class="code">\medskipamount</code> is equal to
+a <code class="code">\parskip</code>, which in turn is defined by default here to
+0.7<span class="dmn">em</span>).
</p>
<p>This command is usually in the preamble, to apply to all the letters in
the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a
-<code>letter</code> environment and before the <code>\closing</code>.
+<code class="code">letter</code> environment and before the <code class="code">\closing</code>.
</p>
<p>You can include a graphic in the signature as here.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
My name}
</pre></div>
-<p>For this you must put <code>\usepackage{graphicx}</code> in the preamble
-(see <a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>).
+<p>For this you must put <code class="code">\usepackage{graphicx}</code> in the preamble
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>).
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctelephone">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctelephone">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\signature</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\signature</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ctelephone-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.11 <code>\telephone</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctelephone-1">26.11 <code class="code">\telephone</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005ctelephone"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctelephone"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\telephone{<var>number</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\telephone{<var class="var">number</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>The sender&rsquo;s telephone number. This is typically in the preamble, where
-it applies to all letters. This only appears if the <code>firstpage</code>
+it applies to all letters. This only appears if the <code class="code">firstpage</code>
pagestyle is selected. If so, it appears on the lower right of the
page.
</p>
@@ -23167,16 +23332,16 @@ page.
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Input_002foutput">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Input_002foutput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line interface</a>, Previous: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Input_002foutput-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">27 Input/output</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Input_002foutput-1">27 Input/output</h2>
-<span id="index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal"></span>
-<span id="index-terminal-input_002foutput"></span>
-<span id="index-input_002foutput"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-terminal-input_002foutput"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-input_002foutput"></a>
<p>LaTeX uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in
to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You
@@ -23186,87 +23351,87 @@ And, you can issue instructions for the operating system.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="1"><code>\openin</code> &amp; <code>\openout</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="2"><code>\read</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="3"><code>\typein</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="4"><code>\typeout</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="5"><code>\write</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\openin</code> &amp; <code class="code">\openout</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\read</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\typein</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\write</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\read</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\read</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.1 <code>\openin</code> &amp; <code>\openout</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout-1">27.1 <code class="code">\openin</code> &amp; <code class="code">\openout</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005copenin"></span>
-<span id="index-_005copenout"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cclosein"></span>
-<span id="index-_005ccloseout"></span>
-<span id="index-file_002c-opening"></span>
-<span id="index-file_002c-closing"></span>
-<span id="index-open-a-file"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005copenin"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005copenout"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cclosein"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005ccloseout"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005copenin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005copenout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cclosein"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccloseout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-file_002c-opening"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-file_002c-closing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-open-a-file"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\openin <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\openin <var class="var">number</var>=<var class="var">filename</var>
</pre></div>
<p>or:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\openout <var class="var">number</var>=<var class="var">filename</var>
</pre></div>
<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines,
-the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
-LuaLaTeX, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
+the <var class="var">number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code class="code">\openin3</code>; in
+LuaLaTeX, <var class="var">number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
</p>
-<p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading.
+<p>Here TeX opens the file <samp class="file">presidents.tex</samp> for reading.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newread\presidentsfile
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newread\presidentsfile
\openin\presidentsfile=presidents
\typeout{presidentsfile is \the\presidentsfile}
\read\presidentsfile to\presidentline
\typeout{\presidentline}
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>\newread</code> command allocates input stream numbers from 0
-to&nbsp;15 (there is also a <code>\newwrite</code>). The
-<code>\presidentsfile</code> is more memorable but under the hood it is still
-a number; the first <code>\typeout</code> gives something like
-&lsquo;<samp>presidentsfile is 1</samp>&rsquo;. In addition, <code>\newread</code> keeps track of
+<p>The <code class="code">\newread</code> command allocates input stream numbers from 0
+to&nbsp;15 (there is also a <code class="code">\newwrite</code>). The
+<code class="code">\presidentsfile</code> is more memorable but under the hood it is still
+a number; the first <code class="code">\typeout</code> gives something like
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">presidentsfile is 1</samp>&rsquo;. In addition, <code class="code">\newread</code> keeps track of
the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an error like
-&lsquo;<samp>! No room for a new \read</samp>&rsquo;. The second <code>\typeout</code> gives the
-first line of the file, something like &lsquo;<samp>1 Washington, George</samp>&rsquo;.
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">! No room for a new \read</samp>&rsquo;. The second <code class="code">\typeout</code> gives the
+first line of the file, something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1 Washington, George</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>Ordinarily TeX will not try to open the file until the next page
shipout. To change this, use
-<code>\immediate\openin <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var></code> or
-<code>\immediate\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var></code>.
+<code class="code">\immediate\openin <var class="var">number</var>=<var class="var">filename</var></code> or
+<code class="code">\immediate\openout <var class="var">number</var>=<var class="var">filename</var></code>.
</p>
-<p>Close files with <code>\closein <var>number</var></code> and
-<code>\closeout <var>number</var></code>.
+<p>Close files with <code class="code">\closein <var class="var">number</var></code> and
+<code class="code">\closeout <var class="var">number</var></code>.
</p>
<p>How LaTeX handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can
vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an
-extension then TeX will add a <samp>.tex</samp>. This creates
-<samp>presidents.tex</samp>, writes one line to it, and closes it.
+extension then TeX will add a <samp class="file">.tex</samp>. This creates
+<samp class="file">presidents.tex</samp>, writes one line to it, and closes it.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newwrite\presidentsfile
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newwrite\presidentsfile
\openout\presidentsfile=presidents
\write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George}
\closeout\presidentsfile
</pre></div>
<p>But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if TeX finds a
-<var>filename</var> of <samp>presidents.dat</samp> it could look first for
-<samp>presidents.dat.tex</samp> and later for <samp>presidents.dat</samp>, or it
+<var class="var">filename</var> of <samp class="file">presidents.dat</samp> it could look first for
+<samp class="file">presidents.dat.tex</samp> and later for <samp class="file">presidents.dat</samp>, or it
could do the opposite. Your distribution&rsquo;s documentation should say
more, and if you find something that works for you then you are good,
but to ensure complete portability the best thing is to use file names
@@ -23274,206 +23439,206 @@ containing only the twenty six ASCII letters (not case-sensitive) and
the ten digits, along with underscore and dash, and in particular with
no dot or space.
</p>
-<p>For <code>\openin</code>, if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give
+<p>For <code class="code">\openin</code>, if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give
an error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this
-with <code>\ifeof</code>; one recourse is the command
-<code>\InputIfFileExists</code>, see <a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>). If you
+with <code class="code">\ifeof</code>; one recourse is the command
+<code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code>, see <a class="pxref" href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>). If you
try to use the same number twice, LaTeX won&rsquo;t give you an error. If
-you try to use a bad number then you get an error message like &lsquo;<samp>!
+you try to use a bad number then you get an error message like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">!
Bad number (16). &lt;to be read again&gt; = l.30 \openin16=test.jh</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cread">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cread">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\typein</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\openin</code> &amp; <code>\openout</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\typein</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\openin</code> &amp; <code class="code">\openout</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cread-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.2 <code>\read</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cread-1">27.2 <code class="code">\read</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cread"></span>
-<span id="index-file_002c-reading"></span>
-<span id="index-read-a-file"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cread"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-file_002c-reading"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-read-a-file"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\read <var>number</var> to<var>macro</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\read <var class="var">number</var> to<var class="var">macro</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>Make the command <var>macro</var> contain the next line of input from text
-stream <var>number</var>, as in <code>\read5 to\data</code>.
+<p>Make the command <var class="var">macro</var> contain the next line of input from text
+stream <var class="var">number</var>, as in <code class="code">\read5 to\data</code>.
</p>
-<p>This opens the file <samp>email.tex</samp> for reading, puts the contents of
-the first line into the command <code>\email</code>, and then closes the file.
+<p>This opens the file <samp class="file">email.tex</samp> for reading, puts the contents of
+the first line into the command <code class="code">\email</code>, and then closes the file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newread\recipientfile
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newread\recipientfile
\openin\recipientfile=email
\read\recipientfile to\email
\typeout{Email address: \email}
\closein\recipientfile
</pre></div>
-<p>If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to&nbsp;15 or if no file
-of that number is open, or if the file has ended, then <code>\read</code>
+<p>If <var class="var">number</var> is outside the range from 0 to&nbsp;15 or if no file
+of that number is open, or if the file has ended, then <code class="code">\read</code>
will take input from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not
-allowed, e.g., <code>\nonstopmode</code>; see <a href="#interaction-modes">interaction modes</a>).
+allowed, e.g., <code class="code">\nonstopmode</code>; see <a class="pxref" href="#interaction-modes">interaction modes</a>).
(However, the natural way in LaTeX to take input from the terminal
-is <code>\typein</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypein"><code>\typein</code></a>.)
+is <code class="code">\typein</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctypein"><code class="code">\typein</code></a>.)
</p>
<p>To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use
-<code>\input</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>) or <code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></a>).
+<code class="code">\input</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>) or <code class="code">\include</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code class="code">\include</code> &amp; <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-datatool"></span>
-<span id="index-datatool-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-datatool"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-datatool-package"></a>
-<span id="index-mail-merges"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mail-merges"></a>
<p>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges.
-CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>.
+CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code class="code">datatool</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctypein">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctypein">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\typeout</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\read</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\read</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ctypein-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.3 <code>\typein</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctypein-1">27.3 <code class="code">\typein</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005ctypein"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctypein"></a>
<p>Synopsis, one of:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\typein{<var>prompt-msg</var>}
-\typein[<var>cmd</var>]{<var>prompt-msg</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\typein{<var class="var">prompt-msg</var>}
+\typein[<var class="var">cmd</var>]{<var class="var">prompt-msg</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Print <var>prompt-msg</var> on the terminal and cause LaTeX to stop and
+<p>Print <var class="var">prompt-msg</var> on the terminal and cause LaTeX to stop and
wait for you to type a line of input. This line of input ends when you
hit the return key.
</p>
<p>For example, this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">As long as I live I shall never forget \typein{Enter student name:}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">As long as I live I shall never forget \typein{Enter student name:}
</pre></div>
<p>coupled with this command line interaction
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Enter student name:
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Enter student name:
\@typein=Aphra Behn
</pre></div>
-<p>gives the output &lsquo;<samp>... never forget Aphra Behn</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>gives the output &lsquo;<samp class="samp">... never forget Aphra Behn</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>The first command version, <code>\typein{<var>prompt-msg</var>}</code>, causes
+<p>The first command version, <code class="code">\typein{<var class="var">prompt-msg</var>}</code>, causes
the input you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the
-input file in place of the <code>\typein</code> command.
+input file in place of the <code class="code">\typein</code> command.
</p>
-<p>In the second command version the optional argument <code><var>cmd</var></code>
+<p>In the second command version the optional argument <code class="code"><var class="var">cmd</var></code>
argument must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a
backslash, \. This command name is then defined or redefined to be
the input that you typed. For example, this
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\typein[\student]{Enter student name:}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\typein[\student]{Enter student name:}
\typeout{Recommendation for \student .}
</pre></div>
<p>gives this output on the command line,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Enter student name:
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Enter student name:
\student=John Dee
Recommendation for John Dee.
</pre></div>
-<p>where the user has entered &lsquo;<samp>John Dee.</samp>&rsquo;
+<p>where the user has entered &lsquo;<samp class="samp">John Dee.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctypeout">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctypeout">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\write</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\typein</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\write</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\typein</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005ctypeout-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.4 <code>\typeout</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctypeout-1">27.4 <code class="code">\typeout</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005ctypeout"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctypeout"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\typeout{<var>msg</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\typeout{<var class="var">msg</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Print <code>msg</code> on the terminal and in the <code>log</code> file.
+<p>Print <code class="code">msg</code> on the terminal and in the <code class="code">log</code> file.
</p>
<p>This
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
\typeout{Recommendation for \student .}
</pre></div>
-<p>outputs &lsquo;<samp>Recommendation for John Dee</samp>&rsquo;. Like what happens here with
-<code>\student</code>, commands that are defined with <code>\newcommand</code> or
-<code>\renewcommand</code> (among others) are replaced by their definitions
+<p>outputs &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Recommendation for John Dee</samp>&rsquo;. Like what happens here with
+<code class="code">\student</code>, commands that are defined with <code class="code">\newcommand</code> or
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code> (among others) are replaced by their definitions
before being printed.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cspace-2"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspace-2"></a>
<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
-and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>. Use the
-command <code>\space</code> to get a single space, independent of surrounding
-spaces. Use <code>^^J</code> to get a newline. Get a percent character with
-<code>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</code>.
+and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code class="code">msg</code>. Use the
+command <code class="code">\space</code> to get a single space, independent of surrounding
+spaces. Use <code class="code">^^J</code> to get a newline. Get a percent character with
+<code class="code">\csname @percentchar\endcsname</code>.
</p>
<p>This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\jhlength}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\jhlength}
\setlength{\jhlength}{5pt}
\typeout{The length is \the\jhlength.}
</pre></div>
-<p>produces on the command line &lsquo;<samp>The length is 5.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>produces on the command line &lsquo;<samp class="samp">The length is 5.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="g_t_005cwrite">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cwrite">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\typeout</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cwrite-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.5 <code>\write</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cwrite-1">27.5 <code class="code">\write</code></h3>
-<span id="index-_005cwrite"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\write <var>number</var>{<var>string</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\write <var class="var">number</var>{<var class="var">string</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Write <var>string</var> to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file
-opened by <code>\openout</code>. For instance, <code>\write6</code> writes to text
+<p>Write <var class="var">string</var> to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file
+opened by <code class="code">\openout</code>. For instance, <code class="code">\write6</code> writes to text
stream number&nbsp;6.
</p>
-<p>If the following appears in <samp><var>basefile</var>.tex</samp> then it opens
-<samp><var>basefile</var>.jh</samp>, writes &lsquo;<samp>Hello World!</samp>&rsquo; and a newline to
+<p>If the following appears in <samp class="file"><var class="var">basefile</var>.tex</samp> then it opens
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">basefile</var>.jh</samp>, writes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hello World!</samp>&rsquo; and a newline to
it, and closes that file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newwrite\myfile
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newwrite\myfile
\immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename
...
\immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!}
@@ -23481,141 +23646,141 @@ it, and closes that file.
\immediate\closeout\myfile
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-_005cnewwrite"></span>
-<p>The <code>\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic
-name to make life easier, so that <code>stream
-\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile</code> produces something like &lsquo;<samp>stream 3</samp>&rsquo;.
-Then <code>\openout</code> associates the stream number with the given file
-name. TeX ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewwrite"></a>
+<p>The <code class="code">\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic
+name to make life easier, so that <code class="code">stream
+\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile</code> produces something like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">stream 3</samp>&rsquo;.
+Then <code class="code">\openout</code> associates the stream number with the given file
+name. TeX ultimately executed <code class="code">\write3</code> which puts the string
in the file.
</p>
-<span id="index-log-file_002c-writing-to"></span>
-<span id="index-terminal_002c-writing-to"></span>
-<span id="index-_002d1_002c-write-stream-number"></span>
-<p>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and&nbsp;15, because typically
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-log-file_002c-writing-to"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-terminal_002c-writing-to"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d1_002c-write-stream-number"></a>
+<p>Typically <var class="var">number</var> is between 0 and&nbsp;15, because typically
LaTeX authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated
-by the system. If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or
+by the system. If <var class="var">number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or
if it is not associated with an open file then LaTeX writes
-<var>string</var> to the log file. If <var>number</var> is positive then in
-addition LaTeX writes <var>string</var> to the terminal.
+<var class="var">string</var> to the log file. If <var class="var">number</var> is positive then in
+addition LaTeX writes <var class="var">string</var> to the terminal.
</p>
-<p>Thus, <code>test \write-1{Hello World!}</code> puts &lsquo;<samp>Hello World!</samp>&rsquo;
-followed by a newline in the log file. (This is what the <code>\wlog</code>
-command does; see <a href="#g_t_005cwlog"><code>\wlog</code></a>). And <code>\write100{Hello World!}</code>
-puts the same in the log file but also puts &lsquo;<samp>Hello World!</samp>&rsquo;
+<p>Thus, <code class="code">test \write-1{Hello World!}</code> puts &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hello World!</samp>&rsquo;
+followed by a newline in the log file. (This is what the <code class="code">\wlog</code>
+command does; see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cwlog"><code class="code">\wlog</code></a>). And <code class="code">\write100{Hello World!}</code>
+puts the same in the log file but also puts &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hello World!</samp>&rsquo;
followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are
-special as <var>number</var>; see below.)
+special as <var class="var">number</var>; see below.)
</p>
-<span id="index-LuaTeX_002c-256-output-streams-in"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LuaTeX_002c-256-output-streams-in"></a>
<p>In LuaTeX, instead of 16 output streams there are 256
-(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-_005c_0040auxout"></span>
-<span id="index-_005c_0040mainaux"></span>
-<p>Use <code>\write\@auxout{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the current
-<samp>.aux</samp> file, which is associated with either the root file or
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040auxout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040mainaux"></a>
+<p>Use <code class="code">\write\@auxout{<var class="var">string</var>}</code> to write to the current
+<samp class="file">.aux</samp> file, which is associated with either the root file or
with the current include file; and use
-<code>\write\@mainaux{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the main
-<samp>.aux</samp>. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX.
+<code class="code">\write\@mainaux{<var class="var">string</var>}</code> to write to the main
+<samp class="file">.aux</samp>. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX.
</p>
-<p>By default LaTeX does not write <var>string</var> to the file right
-away. This is because, for example, you may need <code>\write</code> to
+<p>By default LaTeX does not write <var class="var">string</var> to the file right
+away. This is because, for example, you may need <code class="code">\write</code> to
save the current page number, but when TeX comes across a
-<code>\write</code> it typically does not know what the page number is,
-since it has not yet done the page breaking. So, you use <code>\write</code>
+<code class="code">\write</code> it typically does not know what the page number is,
+since it has not yet done the page breaking. So, you use <code class="code">\write</code>
in one of three contexts:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\immediate\write\@auxout{<var>string</var>} %1
-\write\@auxout{<var>string</var>} %2
-\protected@write\@auxout{}{<var>string</var>} %3
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\immediate\write\@auxout{<var class="var">string</var>} %1
+\write\@auxout{<var class="var">string</var>} %2
+\protected@write\@auxout{}{<var class="var">string</var>} %3
</pre></div>
-<ol>
-<li> <span id="index-immediate-_005cwrite"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"></span>
-With the first, LaTeX writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately.
-Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
-<code>\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code>\noexpand</code>,
-<code>toks</code>, etc., except that you should use <code>#</code> instead of
-<code>##</code>).
+<ol class="enumerate">
+<li> <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-immediate-_005cwrite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"></a>
+With the first, LaTeX writes <var class="var">string</var> to the file immediately.
+Any macros in <var class="var">string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
+<code class="code">\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code class="code">\noexpand</code>,
+<code class="code">toks</code>, etc., except that you should use <code class="code">#</code> instead of
+<code class="code">##</code>).
-</li><li> <span id="index-delayed-_005cwrite"></span>
-<span id="index-whatsit-item"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cshipout-and-expansion"></span>
-With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things
+</li><li> <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-delayed-_005cwrite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-whatsit-item"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cshipout-and-expansion"></a>
+With the second, <var class="var">string</var> is stored on the current list of things
(as a TeX &ldquo;whatsit&rdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out
-and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code>\shipout</code>. At
-<code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> is fully expanded.
+and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code class="code">\shipout</code>. At
+<code class="code">\shipout</code>, <var class="var">string</var> is fully expanded.
-</li><li> <span id="index-_005cprotected_0040write"></span>
-The third, <code>\protected@write</code>, is like the second except that
-you can use <code>\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first
+</li><li> <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprotected_0040write"></a>
+The third, <code class="code">\protected@write</code>, is like the second except that
+you can use <code class="code">\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first
argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more
macros protected or to have some other special definition for the
write.
</li></ol>
-<p>As a simple example of expansion with <code>\write</code>, <var>string</var> here
-contains a control sequence <code>\triplex</code> which we&rsquo;ve defined to be
-the text &lsquo;<samp>XYZ</samp>&rsquo;:
+<p>As a simple example of expansion with <code class="code">\write</code>, <var class="var">string</var> here
+contains a control sequence <code class="code">\triplex</code> which we&rsquo;ve defined to be
+the text &lsquo;<samp class="samp">XYZ</samp>&rsquo;:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newwrite\jhfile
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newwrite\jhfile
\openout\jhfile=test.jh
\newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ}
\write\jhfile{test \triplex test}
</pre></div>
-<p>This results in the file <samp>test.jh</samp> containing the text
-&lsquo;<samp>test XYZtest</samp>&rsquo; followed by a newline.
+<p>This results in the file <samp class="file">test.jh</samp> containing the text
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">test XYZtest</samp>&rsquo; followed by a newline.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cwrite-streams-16_002c-17_002c-18"></span>
-<p>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of
-<code>\write</code>&rsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0
-to 15 described above, in Plain&nbsp;TeX <code>\write16</code> and
-<code>\write17</code> were sometimes used to write to the log file and the
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite-streams-16_002c-17_002c-18"></a>
+<p>The cases where <var class="var">number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of
+<code class="code">\write</code>&rsquo;s behavior when <var class="var">number</var> is outside the range from 0
+to 15 described above, in Plain&nbsp;TeX <code class="code">\write16</code> and
+<code class="code">\write17</code> were sometimes used to write to the log file and the
terminal; however, in LaTeX, the natural way to do that is with
-<code>\typeout</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout"><code>\typeout</code></a>). The <code>\write18</code> command is
+<code class="code">\typeout</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctypeout"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a>). The <code class="code">\write18</code> command is
even more special; modern TeX systems use it for giving commands to
-the operating system (see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18"><code>\write18</code></a>).
+the operating system (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cwrite18"><code class="code">\write18</code></a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite"></span>
-<span id="index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"></span>
-<p>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line. You can include a
-newline with <code>^^J</code>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"></a>
+<p>Ordinarily <code class="code">\write</code> outputs a single line. You can include a
+newline with <code class="code">^^J</code>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log
file:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.}
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-package_002c-answers"></span>
-<span id="index-answers-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-answers"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-answers-package"></a>
<p>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write
out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of
-packages for this; one is <code>answers</code>.
+packages for this; one is <code class="code">answers</code>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="1"><code>\write</code> and security</a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="2"><code>\message</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="3"><code>\wlog</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="4"><code>\write18</code></a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\write</code> and security</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\message</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\wlog</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\write18</code></a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\message</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\message</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.1 <code>\write</code> and security</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security-1">27.5.1 <code class="code">\write</code> and security</h4>
-<span id="index-security-and-_005cwrite"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cwrite-and-security"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-security-and-_005cwrite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite-and-security"></a>
<p>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
downloaded LaTeX file and it overwrote your password file then you
@@ -23623,56 +23788,56 @@ would be justifiably troubled.
</p>
<p>Thus, by default TeX systems only allow you to open files for
writing that are in the current directory or output directory, if
-specified (see <a href="#output-directory">output directory</a>), or in a subdirectory of
+specified (see <a class="pxref" href="#output-directory">output directory</a>), or in a subdirectory of
those. So, this code
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newwrite\jhfile
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newwrite\jhfile
\openout\jhfile=../test.jh
</pre></div>
<p>gives an error like:
</p><div class="example">
-<pre class="example">Not writing to ../test.jh (openout_any = p).
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Not writing to ../test.jh (openout_any = p).
! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
</pre></div>
-<span id="index-parent-directories_002c-cannot-write-to"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parent-directories_002c-cannot-write-to"></a>
<p>You can get just such an error when using commands such as
-<code>\include{../filename}</code> because LaTeX will try to open
-<samp>../filename.aux</samp>. The simplest solution is to put the included
+<code class="code">\include{../filename}</code> because LaTeX will try to open
+<samp class="file">../filename.aux</samp>. The simplest solution is to put the included
files in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmessage">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmessage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\wlog</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\write</code> and security</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\wlog</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\write</code> and security</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cmessage-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.2 <code>\message</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmessage-1">27.5.2 <code class="code">\message</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cmessage"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmessage"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\message{<var>string</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\message{<var class="var">string</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Write <var>string</var> to the log file and the terminal.
+<p>Write <var class="var">string</var> to the log file and the terminal.
</p>
-<p>Typically, LaTeX authors use <code>\typeout</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout"><code>\typeout</code></a>). It
-allows you to use <code>\protect</code> on any fragile commands in
-<var>string</var> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). But <code>\typeout</code> always inserts a
-newline at the end of <var>string</var> while <code>\message</code> does not, so
+<p>Typically, LaTeX authors use <code class="code">\typeout</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctypeout"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a>). It
+allows you to use <code class="code">\protect</code> on any fragile commands in
+<var class="var">string</var> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>). But <code class="code">\typeout</code> always inserts a
+newline at the end of <var class="var">string</var> while <code class="code">\message</code> does not, so
the latter can be useful.
</p>
<p>With this example document body.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">before\message{One Two}\message{Three}\message{Four^^JI}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">before\message{One Two}\message{Three}\message{Four^^JI}
\message{declare a thumb war.}After
</pre></div>
@@ -23680,28 +23845,28 @@ the latter can be useful.
both the terminal and the log file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">One Two Three Four
+<pre class="example-preformatted">One Two Three Four
I declare a thumb war.
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>^^J</code> produces a newline. Also, in the output document,
-between &lsquo;<samp>before</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>After</samp>&rsquo; will be a single space (from
-the end of line following &lsquo;<samp>I}</samp>&rsquo;).
+<p>The <code class="code">^^J</code> produces a newline. Also, in the output document,
+between &lsquo;<samp class="samp">before</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp class="samp">After</samp>&rsquo; will be a single space (from
+the end of line following &lsquo;<samp class="samp">I}</samp>&rsquo;).
</p>
-<p>While <code>\message</code> allows you more control over formatting, a
+<p>While <code class="code">\message</code> allows you more control over formatting, a
gotcha is that LaTeX may mess up that formatting because it inserts
line breaks depending on what it has already written. Contrast this
-document body, where the &lsquo;<samp>Two</samp>&rsquo; has moved, to the one given above.
+document body, where the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Two</samp>&rsquo; has moved, to the one given above.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI}
\message{declare a thumb war.}After
</pre></div>
<p>This can happen: when LaTeX is outputting the messages to the
-terminal, now the message with &lsquo;<samp>One</samp>&rsquo; is shorter and it fits at the
+terminal, now the message with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">One</samp>&rsquo; is shorter and it fits at the
end of the output terminal line, and so LaTeX breaks the line between
-it and the &lsquo;<samp>Two Three</samp>&rsquo;. That line break appears also in the log
+it and the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Two Three</samp>&rsquo;. That line break appears also in the log
file. This line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length
of the full path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted
lines in a way that is portable is hard, likely requiring
@@ -23710,153 +23875,153 @@ starting your message at the beginning of a line.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwlog">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cwlog">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\write18</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\message</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\write18</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\message</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cwlog-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.3 <code>\wlog</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwlog-1">27.5.3 <code class="code">\wlog</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cwlog"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwlog"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\wlog{<var>string</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\wlog{<var class="var">string</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Write <var>string</var> to the log file.
+<p>Write <var class="var">string</var> to the log file.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?}
\wlog{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.}
</pre></div>
-<p>Ordinarily <var>string</var> appears in a single separate line. Use
-<code>^^J</code> to insert a newline.
+<p>Ordinarily <var class="var">string</var> appears in a single separate line. Use
+<code class="code">^^J</code> to insert a newline.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.}
\wlog{The barman says,^^JWe don't serve your type.}
</pre></div>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwrite18">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cwrite18">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\wlog</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\wlog</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="g_t_005cwrite18-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.4 <code>\write18</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwrite18-1">27.5.4 <code class="code">\write18</code></h4>
-<span id="index-_005cwrite18"></span>
-<span id="index-external-commands"></span>
-<span id="index-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX"></span>
-<span id="index-system-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX"></span>
-<span id="index-shell-access"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite18"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-external-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-system-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-shell-access"></a>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\write18{<var class="var">shell_command</var>}
</pre></div>
<p>Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system
runs the command and LaTeX&rsquo;s execution is blocked until that
finishes.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"></span>
-<span id="index-Asymptote-package-3"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asymptote-package-3"></a>
<p>This sequence (on Unix)
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble
...
\newcommand{\fignum}{1}
\immediate\write18{cd pix &amp;&amp; asy figure\fignum}
-\includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf}
+\includegraphics{pix/figure\fignum.pdf}
</pre></div>
-<p>will run Asymptote (the <code>asy</code> program) on <samp>pix/figure1.asy</samp>,
+<p>will run Asymptote (the <code class="code">asy</code> program) on <samp class="file">pix/figure1.asy</samp>,
so that the document can later read in the resulting graphic
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>). Like any <code>\write</code>, here LaTeX
-expands macros in <var>shell_command</var> so that <code>\fignum</code> is
-replaced by &lsquo;<samp>1</samp>&rsquo;.
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>). Like any <code class="code">\write</code>, here LaTeX
+expands macros in <var class="var">shell_command</var> so that <code class="code">\fignum</code> is
+replaced by &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<p>Another example is that you can automatically run BibTeX at the start
-of each LaTeX run (see <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>) by including
-<code>\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}</code> as the first line of the
-file. Note that <code>\jobname</code> expands to the basename of the root
-file unless the <code>--jobname</code> option is passed on the command line,
+of each LaTeX run (see <a class="pxref" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>) by including
+<code class="code">\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}</code> as the first line of the
+file. Note that <code class="code">\jobname</code> expands to the basename of the root
+file unless the <code class="code">--jobname</code> option is passed on the command line,
in which case this is the option argument.
</p>
<p>You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information
that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files
-in the current directory (but see <code>texosquery</code> below):
+in the current directory (but see <code class="code">texosquery</code> below):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf &gt; tmp.dat}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf &gt; tmp.dat}
\input{tmp.dat}
</pre></div>
-<p>The standard behavior of any <code>\write</code> is to wait until a page is
+<p>The standard behavior of any <code class="code">\write</code> is to wait until a page is
being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite"><code>\write</code></a>). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use
-<code>\immediate\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}</code>.
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cwrite"><code class="code">\write</code></a>). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use
+<code class="code">\immediate\write18{<var class="var">shell_command</var>}</code>.
</p>
<p>There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands inside
a LaTeX file. If you download a file off the net and it contains
commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The
standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell
access. You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are
-safe, by compiling with <code>latex --enable-write18 <var>filename</var></code>
-(see <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>). (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is
+safe, by compiling with <code class="code">latex --enable-write18 <var class="var">filename</var></code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>). (The <code class="code">--shell-escape</code> option is
a synonym, in TeX Live.)
</p>
-<span id="index-restricted-shell-access"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-restricted-shell-access"></a>
<p>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use
a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those
that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use
-the <code>enable-write18</code> option. By default this list of allowed
+the <code class="code">enable-write18</code> option. By default this list of allowed
commands is short and features only commands that are under the
-control of the distribution maintainers (see <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>).
+control of the distribution maintainers (see <a class="pxref" href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>).
</p>
-<span id="index-_002fbin_002fsh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></span>
-<span id="index-sh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></span>
-<span id="index-cmd_002eexe_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></span>
-<span id="index-SHELL_002c-environment-variables"></span>
-<p>The <var>shell_command</var> text is always passed to <samp>/bin/sh</samp> on
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002fbin_002fsh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cmd_002eexe_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-SHELL_002c-environment-variables"></a>
+<p>The <var class="var">shell_command</var> text is always passed to <samp class="file">/bin/sh</samp> on
Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter
-<samp>cmd.exe</samp> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and
-the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored.
+<samp class="file">cmd.exe</samp> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and
+the <code class="code">SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-texosquery"></span>
-<span id="index-texosquery-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-texosquery"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texosquery-package"></a>
-<span id="index-system-information"></span>
-<span id="index-operating-system-information"></span>
-<span id="index-locale-information_002c-from-system"></span>
-<span id="index-directory-listings_002c-from-system"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-system-information"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-operating-system-information"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-locale-information_002c-from-system"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-directory-listings_002c-from-system"></a>
<p>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
-<code>texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure
+<code class="code">texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure
interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw
-<code>\write18</code>: <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery">https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</a>.
+<code class="code">\write18</code>: <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery">https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</a>.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-shellesc"></span>
-<span id="index-shellesc-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-shellesc"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-shellesc-package"></a>
-<span id="index-_005cShellEscape"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"></span>
-<p>LaTeX provides a package <code>shellesc</code> on top of the primitive
-<code>\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
-<code>\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all TeX engines;
-LuaTeX intentionally did not retain <code>\write18</code> as a way to
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cShellEscape"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"></a>
+<p>LaTeX provides a package <code class="code">shellesc</code> on top of the primitive
+<code class="code">\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
+<code class="code">\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all TeX engines;
+LuaTeX intentionally did not retain <code class="code">\write18</code> as a way to
invoke a shell command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The
-<code>shellesc</code> package also provides a command
-<code>\DelayedShellEscape</code>, executed at <code>\output</code> time, for the
+<code class="code">shellesc</code> package also provides a command
+<code class="code">\DelayedShellEscape</code>, executed at <code class="code">\output</code> time, for the
same reason.
</p>
@@ -23864,197 +24029,197 @@ same reason.
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter" id="Command-line-interface">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Command-line-interface">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document templates</a>, Previous: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Input/output</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Command-line-interface-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">28 Command line interface</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Command-line-interface-1">28 Command line interface</h2>
-<span id="Command-line"></span><span id="index-command-line-interface"></span>
-<span id="index-interface_002c-command-line"></span>
-<span id="index-CLI"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="Command-line"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-command-line-interface"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-interface_002c-command-line"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-CLI"></a>
<p>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex <var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">argument</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>Run LaTeX on <var>argument</var>. In place of <code>pdflatex</code> you
-can also use (for PDF output) <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code>, or
-(for DVI output) <code>latex</code> or <code>dvilualatex</code>, among others
-(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
+<p>Run LaTeX on <var class="var">argument</var>. In place of <code class="command">pdflatex</code> you
+can also use (for PDF output) <code class="command">xelatex</code> or <code class="code">lualatex</code>, or
+(for DVI output) <code class="code">latex</code> or <code class="code">dvilualatex</code>, among others
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
</p>
-<p>For example, this will run LaTeX on the file <samp>thesis.tex</samp>,
-creating the output <samp>thesis.pdf</samp>.
+<p>For example, this will run LaTeX on the file <samp class="file">thesis.tex</samp>,
+creating the output <samp class="file">thesis.pdf</samp>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex thesis
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex thesis
</pre></div>
-<p><span id="index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"></span>
-Note that <samp>.tex</samp> is the default file name extension.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"></a>
+<p>Note that <samp class="file">.tex</samp> is the default file name extension.
</p>
<p>pdfTeX is an extension of the original TeX program, as are
-XeTeX and LuaTeX (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). The first two are
+XeTeX and LuaTeX (see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). The first two are
completely backward compatible and the latter, almost so. Perhaps the
most fundamental new feature for all three is that the original TeX
output its own DVI format, while the newer ones can output directly to
PDF. This allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF
such as hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and
PNG, and ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run
-<code>pdflatex</code> or <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code> then you
+<code class="command">pdflatex</code> or <code class="command">xelatex</code> or <code class="command">lualatex</code> then you
will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern features.
-If you run <code>latex</code>, or <code>dvilualatex</code>, then you will get
-DVI. The description here assumes pdfLaTeX.
+If you run <code class="command">latex</code>, or <code class="command">dvilualatex</code>, then you will get
+DVI. The description here assumes <code class="command">pdflatex</code>.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>, for a selection of the most useful
-command line options. As to <var>argument</var>, the usual case is that it
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>, for a selection of the most useful
+command line options. As to <var class="var">argument</var>, the usual case is that it
does not begin with a backslash, so the system takes it to be the name
-of a file and it compiles that file. If <var>argument</var> begins with a
+of a file and it compiles that file. If <var class="var">argument</var> begins with a
backslash then the system will interpret it as a line of LaTeX
-input, which can be used for special effects (see <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a>).
+input, which can be used for special effects (see <a class="pxref" href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a>).
</p>
-<p>If you gave no arguments or options then <code>pdflatex</code> prompts for
+<p>If you gave no arguments or options then <code class="command">pdflatex</code> prompts for
input from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering
-<kbd>CTRL-D</kbd>.
+<kbd class="kbd">CTRL-D</kbd>.
</p>
<p>If LaTeX finds an error in your document then by default it stops and
-asks you about it. See <a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a>, for an outline of what
+asks you about it. See <a class="xref" href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a>, for an outline of what
to do.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
+<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="1">Command line options</a></li>
<li><a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="2">Command line input</a></li>
<li><a href="#Jobname" accesskey="3">Jobname</a></li>
<li><a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="4">Recovering from errors</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="Command-line-options">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Command-line-options">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Command-line-options-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.1 Command line options</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Command-line-options-1">28.1 Command line options</h3>
-<span id="index-options_002c-command-line"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-command-line"></a>
<p>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
-authoring. For a full list, try running &lsquo;<samp>latex --help</samp>&rsquo; from the
+authoring. For a full list, try running &lsquo;<samp class="samp">latex --help</samp>&rsquo; from the
command line.
</p>
<p>With many implementations you can specify command line options by
-prefixing them with &lsquo;<samp>-</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp>--</samp>&rsquo;. This is the case for both
+prefixing them with &lsquo;<samp class="samp">-</samp>&rsquo; or &lsquo;<samp class="samp">--</samp>&rsquo;. This is the case for both
TeX Live (including MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both
conventions interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be
-specified either as a separate argument (&lsquo;<samp>--foo val</samp>&rsquo;), or as one
-argument with an &lsquo;<samp>=</samp>&rsquo; sign (&lsquo;<samp>--foo=val</samp>&rsquo;), but there can be no
-spaces around the &lsquo;<samp>=</samp>&rsquo;. We will generally use the &lsquo;<samp>=</samp>&rsquo; syntax.
+specified either as a separate argument (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">--foo val</samp>&rsquo;), or as one
+argument with an &lsquo;<samp class="samp">=</samp>&rsquo; sign (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">--foo=val</samp>&rsquo;), but there can be no
+spaces around the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">=</samp>&rsquo;. We will generally use the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">=</samp>&rsquo; syntax.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><span id="index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"></span>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"></a>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>-version</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Show the current version, like &lsquo;<samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
+<dt><code class="code">-version</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Show the current version, like &lsquo;<samp class="samp">pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
Live 2015/Debian)</samp>&rsquo; along with a small amount of additional information,
and exit.
</p>
-<span id="index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"></a>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>-help</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">-help</code></dt>
<dd><p>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit.
</p>
-<span id="interaction-modes"></span><span id="index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="interaction-modes"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"></a>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-batchmode'><span><code>-interaction=<var>mode</var></code><a href='#index-batchmode' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-scrollmode"></span>
-<span id="index-errorstopmode"></span>
-<span id="index-nonstopmode"></span>
+<dt id='index-batchmode'><span><code class="code">-interaction=<var class="var">mode</var></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-batchmode'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-scrollmode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-errorstopmode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nonstopmode"></a>
<p>TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
-<code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>,
-<code>errorstopmode</code>. In <em>errorstopmode</em> (the default), TeX
-stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In <em>batchmode</em>
+<code class="code">batchmode</code>, <code class="code">nonstopmode</code>, <code class="code">scrollmode</code>,
+<code class="code">errorstopmode</code>. In <em class="dfn">errorstopmode</em> (the default), TeX
+stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In <em class="dfn">batchmode</em>
it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user
-hit <kbd>RETURN</kbd> at every error, and missing files cause the job to
-abort. In <em>nonstopmode</em>, diagnostic message appear on the terminal
+hit <kbd class="kbd">RETURN</kbd> at every error, and missing files cause the job to
+abort. In <em class="dfn">nonstopmode</em>, diagnostic message appear on the terminal
but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In
-<em>scrollmode</em>, TeX stops for missing files or keyboard
+<em class="dfn">scrollmode</em>, TeX stops for missing files or keyboard
input, but nothing else.
</p>
<p>For instance, starting LaTeX with this command line
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex -interaction=batchmode <var>filename</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex -interaction=batchmode <var class="var">filename</var>
</pre></div>
<p>eliminates most terminal output.
</p>
-<span id="index-jobname"></span>
-<span id="index-filename-for-current-job"></span>
-<span id="index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-jobname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-filename-for-current-job"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"></a>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>-jobname=<var>string</var></code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Set the value of TeX&rsquo;s <em>jobname</em> to the string. The log file
-and output file will then be named <samp><var>string</var>.log</samp> and
-<samp><var>string</var>.pdf</samp>. see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>.
+<dt><code class="code">-jobname=<var class="var">string</var></code></dt>
+<dd><p>Set the value of TeX&rsquo;s <em class="dfn">jobname</em> to the string. The log file
+and output file will then be named <samp class="file"><var class="var">string</var>.log</samp> and
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">string</var>.pdf</samp>. see <a class="pxref" href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>.
</p>
-<span id="output-directory"></span><span id="index-output-directory-for-all-external-files"></span>
-<span id="index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"></span>
+<a class="anchor" id="output-directory"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-output-directory-for-all-external-files"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"></a>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>-output-directory=<var>directory</var></code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>. It must already exist.
+<dt><code class="code">-output-directory=<var class="var">directory</var></code></dt>
+<dd><p>Write files in the directory <var class="var">directory</var>. It must already exist.
This applies to all external files created by TeX or LaTeX, such
-as the <samp>.log</samp> file for the run, the <samp>.aux</samp>, <samp>.toc</samp>,
-etc., files created by LaTeX, as well as the main <samp>.pdf</samp> or
-<samp>.dvi</samp> output file itself.
+as the <samp class="file">.log</samp> file for the run, the <samp class="file">.aux</samp>, <samp class="file">.toc</samp>,
+etc., files created by LaTeX, as well as the main <samp class="file">.pdf</samp> or
+<samp class="file">.dvi</samp> output file itself.
</p>
-<p>When specified, the output directory <var>directory</var> is also
+<p>When specified, the output directory <var class="var">directory</var> is also
automatically checked first for any file that it is input, so that the
external files can be read back in, if desired. The true current
directory (in which LaTeX was run) remains unchanged, and is also
checked for input files.
</p>
-<span id="index-shell-escape"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cwrite18_002c-enabling"></span>
-<span id="index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></span>
-<span id="index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></span>
-<span id="index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></span>
-<span id="index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></span>
-</dd>
-<dt><span><code>--enable-write18</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>--disable-write18</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>--shell-escape</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>--no-shell-escape</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18"><code>\write18</code></a>). The first two options are supported by both
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-shell-escape"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite18_002c-enabling"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">--enable-write18</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">--disable-write18</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">--shell-escape</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">--no-shell-escape</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Enable or disable <code class="code">\write18{<var class="var">shell_command</var>}</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cwrite18"><code class="code">\write18</code></a>). The first two options are supported by both
TeX Live and MiKTeX, while the second two are synonyms supported
by TeX Live.
</p>
<p>Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since it
allows a LaTeX file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by
-default, unrestricted <code>\write18</code> is not allowed. (The default
+default, unrestricted <code class="code">\write18</code> is not allowed. (The default
for TeX Live, MacTeX, and MiKTeX is to allow the execution of
a limited number of TeX-related programs, which they distribute.)
</p>
<p>For example, if you invoke LaTeX with the option
-<code>no-shell-escape</code>, and in your document you call
-<code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an error but the log
-file says &lsquo;<samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>&rsquo;.
+<code class="code">no-shell-escape</code>, and in your document you call
+<code class="code">\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an error but the log
+file says &lsquo;<samp class="samp">runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<span id="index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>-halt-on-error</code></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">-halt-on-error</code></dt>
<dd><p>Stop processing at the first error.
</p>
-<span id="index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span>
-<span id="index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a>
</dd>
-<dt><span><code>-file-line-error</code></span></dt>
-<dt><span><code>-no-file-line-error</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Enable or disable <code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style
+<dt><code class="code">-file-line-error</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">-no-file-line-error</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Enable or disable <code class="code"><var class="var">filename</var>:<var class="var">lineno</var>:<var class="var">error</var></code>-style
error messages. These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX.
</p></dd>
</dl>
@@ -24062,33 +24227,33 @@ error messages. These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Command-line-input">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Command-line-input">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="n" rel="next">Jobname</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line options</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Command-line-input-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.2 Command line input</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Command-line-input-1">28.2 Command line input</h3>
-<span id="index-input_002c-on-command-line"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-input_002c-on-command-line"></a>
<p>As part of the command line invocation
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">latex-engine</var> <var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">argument</var>
</pre></div>
<p>you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting
-<var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
+<var class="var">argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
allows you to do some special effects.
</p>
-<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-4"></span>
-<span id="index-hyperref-package-4"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-4"></a>
<p>For example, this file (which uses the
-<code>hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
+<code class="code">hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble
\newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
\else
\newcommand{\urlcolor}{blue}
@@ -24099,12 +24264,12 @@ output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
...
</pre></div>
-<p>Compiling this document <samp>book.tex</samp> with the command line
-<code>pdflatex book</code> will give the &lsquo;<samp>CTAN</samp>&rsquo; link in blue. But
+<p>Compiling this document <samp class="file">book.tex</samp> with the command line
+<code class="code">pdflatex book</code> will give the &lsquo;<samp class="samp">CTAN</samp>&rsquo; link in blue. But
compiling it with
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex&quot;
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex&quot;
</pre></div>
<p>has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent
@@ -24113,24 +24278,24 @@ usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many
peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if
need be.)
</p>
-<p>In a similar way, from the single file <samp>main.tex</samp> you can compile
+<p>In a similar way, from the single file <samp class="file">main.tex</samp> you can compile
two different versions.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex -jobname=students &quot;\def\student{}\input{main}&quot;
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex -jobname=students &quot;\def\student{}\input{main}&quot;
pdflatex -jobname=teachers &quot;\def\teachers{}\input{main}&quot;
</pre></div>
-<p>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the
-first. (see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>.)
+<p>The <code class="code">jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be
+called <samp class="file">main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the
+first. (see <a class="pxref" href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>.)
</p>
<p>In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
-document to include. For a book named <samp>mybook.tex</samp> and structured
+document to include. For a book named <samp class="file">mybook.tex</samp> and structured
like this.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
\begin{document}
...
\include{chap1}
@@ -24142,207 +24307,207 @@ like this.
<p>the command line
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex &quot;\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}&quot;
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex &quot;\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}&quot;
</pre></div>
<p>will give output that has the first chapter but no other
-chapter. See <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>.
+chapter. See <a class="xref" href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Jobname">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Jobname">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="n" rel="next">Recovering from errors</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Jobname-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.3 Jobname</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Jobname-1">28.3 Jobname</h3>
-<span id="index-_005cjobname"></span>
-<span id="index-jobname-1"></span>
-<span id="index-document-root-name"></span>
-<span id="index-name-of-document-root"></span>
-<span id="index-root-file-1"></span>
-<span id="index-file_002c-root-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cjobname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-jobname-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-root-name"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-name-of-document-root"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-root-file-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-file_002c-root-1"></a>
<p>Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the
-so-called <em>jobname</em>. The most common case is also the simplest,
-where for instance the command <code>pdflatex thesis</code> creates
-<code>thesis.pdf</code> and also <code>thesis.log</code> and <code>thesis.aux</code>.
-Here the job name is <code>thesis</code>.
-</p>
-<p>In general, LaTeX is invoked as <code><var>latex-engine</var>
-<var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, where <var>latex-engine</var> is
-<code>pdflatex</code>, <code>lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
-If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above
-with <code>thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the name of the file
-to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <em>root
-file</em> (see <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>, and&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>). The name of
-that root file, without the <samp>.tex</samp> extension if any, is the
-jobname. If <var>argument</var> does start with a backslash, or if TeX is
-in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command,
-and the jobname is the argument to <code>\input</code>.
+so-called <em class="dfn">jobname</em>. The most common case is also the simplest,
+where for instance the command <code class="code">pdflatex thesis</code> creates
+<code class="code">thesis.pdf</code> and also <code class="code">thesis.log</code> and <code class="code">thesis.aux</code>.
+Here the job name is <code class="code">thesis</code>.
+</p>
+<p>In general, LaTeX is invoked as <code class="code"><var class="var">latex-engine</var>
+<var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">argument</var></code>, where <var class="var">latex-engine</var> is
+<code class="command">pdflatex</code>, <code class="command">lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
+If <var class="var">argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above
+with <code class="code">thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the name of the file
+to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <em class="dfn">root
+file</em> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>, and&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>). The name of
+that root file, without the <samp class="file">.tex</samp> extension if any, is the
+jobname. If <var class="var">argument</var> does start with a backslash, or if TeX is
+in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <code class="code">\input</code> command,
+and the jobname is the argument to <code class="code">\input</code>.
</p>
<p>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
-specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex
--jobname=myname</code> (see <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for a real example).
+specified with the <code class="code">-jobname</code> option, as in <code class="code">pdflatex
+-jobname=myname</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for a real example).
</p>
-<span id="index-texput_002c-jobname-default"></span>
-<span id="index-fallback-jobname"></span>
-<p>The final possibility is <samp>texput</samp>, which is the final fallback
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texput_002c-jobname-default"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fallback-jobname"></a>
+<p>The final possibility is <samp class="file">texput</samp>, which is the final fallback
default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no
-<code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
+<code class="code">-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
any input file is met, then the log file will be named
-<samp>texput.log</samp>.
+<samp class="file">texput.log</samp>.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"></a>
<p>A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately)
-2020 or later, the jobname is also <samp>texput</samp> if the first
-<code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either
-<code>\documentclass</code> or <code>\RequirePackage</code>. So this will produce
-a file named <samp>texput.pdf</samp>:
+2020 or later, the jobname is also <samp class="file">texput</samp> if the first
+<code class="code">\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> or <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code>. So this will produce
+a file named <samp class="file">texput.pdf</samp>:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex &quot;\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}&quot;
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex &quot;\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}&quot;
</pre></div>
<p>However, this special case only applies to those two commands. Thus, with
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">pdflatex &quot;\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}&quot;
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex &quot;\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}&quot;
</pre></div>
-<p>the output file is <samp>lipsum.pdf</samp>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls
-<code>\input</code>.
+<p>the output file is <samp class="file">lipsum.pdf</samp>, as <code class="code">\usepackage</code> calls
+<code class="code">\input</code>.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cjobname-1"></span>
-<p>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cjobname-1"></a>
+<p>Within the document, the macro <code class="code">\jobname</code> expands to the jobname.
(When you run LaTeX on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
-returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.)
+returned by <code class="code">\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.)
In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of
catcode&nbsp;12 (other) except that spaces are category&nbsp;10,
including letters that are normally catcode&nbsp;11.
</p>
-<span id="index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-xstring"></span>
-<span id="index-xstring-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xstring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xstring-package"></a>
<p>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
-<code>\IfBeginWith</code> from the <samp>xstring</samp> package in its star
+<code class="code">\IfBeginWith</code> from the <samp class="file">xstring</samp> package in its star
variant, which is insensitive to catcode. For example, in the
following text the footnote &ldquo;Including Respublica Bananensis
Francorum.&rdquo; is only present if the task name starts with
-<samp>my-doc</samp>.
+<samp class="file">my-doc</samp>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then
+<pre class="example-preformatted">If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then
all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}%
{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are
democracies.
</pre></div>
-<p>Manipulating the value of <code>\jobname</code> inside of a document does not
+<p>Manipulating the value of <code class="code">\jobname</code> inside of a document does not
change the name of the output file or the log file.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Recovering-from-errors">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Recovering-from-errors">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Jobname</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Recovering-from-errors-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.4 Recovering from errors</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Recovering-from-errors-1">28.4 Recovering from errors</h3>
<p>If LaTeX finds an error in your document then it gives you an error
-message and prompts you with a question mark, <code>?</code>. For instance,
+message and prompts you with a question mark, <code class="code">?</code>. For instance,
running LaTeX on this file
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
The \PN{} problem is a million dollar one.
</pre></div>
<p>causes it show this, and wait for input.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">! Undefined control sequence.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">! Undefined control sequence.
l.5 The \PN
{} problem is a million dollar one.
?
</pre></div>
-<p>The simplest thing is to enter <kbd>x</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> and fix the
-typo. You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other
+<p>The simplest thing is to enter <kbd class="kbd">x</kbd> and <kbd class="kbd">RETURN</kbd> and fix the
+typo. You could instead enter <kbd class="kbd">?</kbd> and <kbd class="kbd">RETURN</kbd> to see other
options.
</p>
-<span id="index-_002a-prompt"></span>
-<span id="index-prompt_002c-_002a"></span>
-<span id="index-_005cstop"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a-prompt"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-prompt_002c-_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstop"></a>
<p>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to
-include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it. In this case
-LaTeX gives you a &lsquo;<samp>*</samp>&rsquo; prompt. You can get back to the command
-line by typing <kbd>\stop</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd>; this command does its
+include the <code class="code">\end{document}</code> or misspelled it. In this case
+LaTeX gives you a &lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo; prompt. You can get back to the command
+line by typing <kbd class="kbd">\stop</kbd> and <kbd class="kbd">RETURN</kbd>; this command does its
best to exit LaTeX immediately, whatever state it may be in.
</p>
<p>The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance,
-instead of <code>pdflatex test</code> you might type <code>pdflatex tste</code>.
+instead of <code class="code">pdflatex test</code> you might type <code class="code">pdflatex tste</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">! I can't find file `tste'.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">! I can't find file `tste'.
&lt;*&gt; tste
(Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)
Please type another input file name:
</pre></div>
-<p>The simplest thing is to enter <kbd>CTRL d</kbd> (holding the Control and d
+<p>The simplest thing is to enter <kbd class="kbd">CTRL d</kbd> (holding the Control and d
keys down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="appendix" id="Document-templates">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="appendix-level-extent" id="Document-templates">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Next: <a href="#Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Index</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line interface</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Document-templates-1"></span><h2 class="appendix">Appendix A Document templates</h2>
+<h2 class="appendix" id="Document-templates-1">Appendix A Document templates</h2>
-<span id="index-document-templates"></span>
-<span id="index-templates_002c-document"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-templates"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-templates_002c-document"></a>
<p>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will
be useful. Additional template resources are listed at
-<a href="https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</a>.
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</a>.
</p>
-<ul class="section-toc">
-<li><a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="1"><code>beamer</code> template</a></li>
-<li><a href="#article-template" accesskey="2"><code>article</code> template</a></li>
-<li><a href="#book-template" accesskey="3"><code>book</code> template</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="4">Larger <code>book</code> template</a></li>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="1"><code class="code">beamer</code> template</a></li>
+<li><a href="#article-template" accesskey="2"><code class="code">article</code> template</a></li>
+<li><a href="#book-template" accesskey="3"><code class="code">book</code> template</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="4">Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
-<div class="section" id="beamer-template">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="beamer-template">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>article</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">article</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="beamer-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.1 <code>beamer</code> template</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="beamer-template-1">A.1 <code class="code">beamer</code> template</h3>
-<span id="index-beamer-template-and-class"></span>
-<span id="index-template_002c-beamer"></span>
-<span id="index-package_002c-beamer"></span>
-<span id="index-beamer-package"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-beamer-template-and-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-template_002c-beamer"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-beamer"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-beamer-package"></a>
-<p>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast
+<p>The <code class="code">beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast
array of features, but here is a basic template:
</p>
<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{beamer}
@@ -24367,19 +24532,19 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template:
\end{document}
</pre>
-<p>The Beamer package on CTAN: <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>.
+<p>The Beamer package on CTAN: <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="article-template">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="article-template">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>book</code> template</a>, Previous: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>beamer</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">book</code> template</a>, Previous: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">beamer</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="article-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.2 <code>article</code> template</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="article-template-1">A.2 <code class="code">article</code> template</h3>
-<span id="index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article"></a>
<p>A simple template for an article.
</p>
@@ -24404,16 +24569,16 @@ Some more text.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="book-template">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="book-template">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, Previous: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>article</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a>, Previous: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">article</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="book-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.3 <code>book</code> template</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="book-template-1">A.3 <code class="code">book</code> template</h3>
-<span id="index-template_002c-book"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-template_002c-book"></a>
-<p>This is a straightforward template for a book. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for a more elaborate one.
+<p>This is a straightforward template for a book. See <a class="xref" href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</a>, for a more elaborate one.
</p>
<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{book}
\title{Book Class Template}
@@ -24436,31 +24601,31 @@ The end.
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section" id="Larger-book-template">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Larger-book-template">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>book</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">book</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Larger-book-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.4 Larger <code>book</code> template</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Larger-book-template-1">A.4 Larger <code class="code">book</code> template</h3>
-<span id="index-template_002c-book-1"></span>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-template_002c-book-1"></a>
-<p>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. See <a href="#book-template"><code>book</code> template</a>,
+<p>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. See <a class="xref" href="#book-template"><code class="code">book</code> template</a>,
for a simpler one.
</p>
-<p>This template uses <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and
-<code>\backmatter</code> to control the typography of the three main areas
-of a book (see <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a>). The
+<p>This template uses <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, and
+<code class="code">\backmatter</code> to control the typography of the three main areas
+of a book (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>). The
book has a bibliography and an index.
</p>
-<p>Also notable is that it uses <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code>
-(see <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). While you are working on a chapter you
+<p>Also notable is that it uses <code class="code">\include</code> and <code class="code">\includeonly</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). While you are working on a chapter you
can comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to
-<code>\includeonly</code>. That will speed up compilation without losing
+<code class="code">\includeonly</code>. That will speed up compilation without losing
any information such as cross-references. (Material that does not
-need to come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of
-<code>\include</code>. You don&rsquo;t get the cross-reference benefit with
-<code>\input</code>.)
+need to come on a new page is brought in with <code class="code">\input</code> instead of
+<code class="code">\include</code>. You don&rsquo;t get the cross-reference benefit with
+<code class="code">\input</code>.)
</p>
<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
@@ -24504,2687 +24669,2727 @@ need to come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="unnumbered" id="Index">
-<div class="header">
+<div class="unnumbered-level-extent" id="Index">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templates</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<span id="Index-1"></span><h2 class="unnumbered">Index</h2>
+<h2 class="unnumbered" id="Index-1">Index</h2>
-<span id="Command-Index"></span>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="Command-Index"></a>
+<div class="printindex cp-printindex">
+<table class="cp-letters-header-printindex"><tr><th>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-2"><b>&amp;</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-2"><b>&amp;</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-3"><b>*</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-3"><b>*</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-4"><b>-</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-4"><b>-</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-5"><b>.</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-5"><b>.</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-6"><b>/</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-6"><b>/</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-7"><b>1</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-7"><b>1</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-8"><b>:</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-8"><b>:</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-9"><b>[</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-9"><b>[</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-10"><b>\</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-10"><b>\</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-11"><b>^</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-11"><b>^</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-12"><b>_</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-12"><b>_</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-13"><b>{</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-13"><b>{</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-14"><b>~</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-14"><b>~</b></a>
&nbsp;
<br>
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-B"><b>B</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-B"><b>B</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-G"><b>G</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-G"><b>G</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-H"><b>H</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-H"><b>H</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-J"><b>J</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-J"><b>J</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-K"><b>K</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-K"><b>K</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-N"><b>N</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-N"><b>N</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-Q"><b>Q</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-Q"><b>Q</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-R"><b>R</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-R"><b>R</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-S"><b>S</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-S"><b>S</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-U"><b>U</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-U"><b>U</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-W"><b>W</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-W"><b>W</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-X"><b>X</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-X"><b>X</b></a>
&nbsp;
</td></tr></table>
-<table class="index-cp" border="0">
-<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><td>&nbsp;</td><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
+<table class="cp-entries-printindex" border="0">
+<tr><td></td><th class="entries-header-printindex">Index Entry</th><td>&nbsp;</td><th class="sections-header-printindex"> Section</th></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-1">$</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0024-inline-math"><code>$ <span class="roman">inline math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-plain-TeX-display-math"><code>$$...$$ <span class="roman">plain TeX display math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_0024-inline-math"><code>$ <span class="r">inline math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-plain-TeX-display-math"><code>$$...$$ <span class="r">plain TeX display math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-2">&amp;</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0026-for-table-cells"><code>&amp; <span class="roman">for table cells</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_0026-_0028for-table-cells_0029"><code>&amp; <span class="r">(for table cells)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-3">*</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a-prompt">&lsquo;<samp>*</samp>&rsquo; prompt</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002c-to-_005cnocite-all-keys">&lsquo;<samp>*</samp>&rsquo;, to <code>\nocite</code> all keys</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands">*-form, defining new commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002a-prompt">&lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo; prompt</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002a_002c-to-_005cnocite-all-keys">&lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo;, to <code class="code">\nocite</code> all keys</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"><code class="code">*</code>-form of environment commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"><code class="code">*</code>-form of sectioning commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands">*-form, defining new commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-4">-</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"><code>--disable-write18 <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"><code>--enable-write18 <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--file-line-error <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--halt-on-error <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"><code>--help <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"><code>--interaction <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"><code>--jobname <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--no-file-line-error <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"><code>--no-shell-escape <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"><code>--output-directory <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"><code>--shell-escape <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"><code>--version <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d1_002c-write-stream-number"><em class='math'>-1</em>, write stream number</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"><code>--disable-write18 <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"><code>--enable-write18 <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--file-line-error <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--halt-on-error <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"><code>--help <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"><code>--interaction <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"><code>--jobname <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--no-file-line-error <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"><code>--no-shell-escape <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"><code>--output-directory <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"><code>--shell-escape <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"><code>--version <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d1_002c-write-stream-number"><em class="math">-1</em>, write stream number</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-5">.</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eaux-file"><code>.aux <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eaux-file-and-BibTeX-commands"><code>.aux <span class="roman">file and BibTeX commands</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002edvi-file"><code>.dvi <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002efmt-file"><code>.fmt <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eglo-file"><samp>.glo</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eidx-file"><samp>.idx</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eidx-file-1"><samp>.idx</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eind-file"><samp>.ind</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eisty-file"><samp>.isty</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elof-file"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elof-file-1"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elof-file-2"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elog-file"><code>.log <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elot-file"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elot-file-1"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elot-file-2"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002epdf-file"><code>.pdf <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"><code>.tex, <span class="roman">default extension</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file-1"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file-2"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002exdv-file"><code>.xdv <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002eaux-file"><code>.aux <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002eaux-file-and-BibTeX-commands"><code>.aux <span class="r">file and BibTeX commands</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002edvi-file"><code>.dvi <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002efmt-file"><code>.fmt <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002eglo-file"><samp class="file">.glo</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002eidx-file"><samp class="file">.idx</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002eidx-file-1"><samp class="file">.idx</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002eind-file"><samp class="file">.ind</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002eisty-file"><samp class="file">.isty</samp> file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elof-file"><code>.lof <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elof-file-1"><code>.lof <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elof-file-2"><code>.lof <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elog-file"><code>.log <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elot-file"><code>.lot <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elot-file-1"><code>.lot <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elot-file-2"><code>.lot <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002epdf-file"><code>.pdf <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"><code>.tex, <span class="r">default extension</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file"><code>.toc <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file-1"><code>.toc <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file-2"><code>.toc <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002exdv-file"><code>.xdv <span class="r">file</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-6">/</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002fbin_002fsh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>/bin/sh<span class="roman">, used by <code>\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002fbin_002fsh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>/bin/sh<span class="r">, used by <code class="code">\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-7">1</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-10pt-option"><code>10pt <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-11pt-option"><code>11pt <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-12pt-option"><code>12pt <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-10pt-option"><code>10pt <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-11pt-option"><code>11pt <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-12pt-option"><code>12pt <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-8">:</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_003a-for-math"><code>: <span class="roman">for math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_003a-_0028for-math_0029"><code>: <span class="r">(for math)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-9">[</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-for-optional-arguments"><code>[...] <span class="roman">for optional arguments</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-_0028for-optional-arguments_0029"><code>[...] <span class="r">(for optional arguments)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-10">\</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c--_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"><code>\&nbsp;<!-- /@w --> <span class="roman">(backslash-space)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c-character-starting-commands"><code>\ <span class="roman">character starting commands</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0021"><code>\!</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029"><code>\&quot; <span class="roman">(umlaut accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0023"><code>\#</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0024"><code>\$</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0025"><code>\%</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0026"><code>\&amp;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029"><code>\' <span class="roman">(acute accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\' <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0028_002e_002e_002e_005c_0029-inline-math"><code>\(...\) <span class="roman">inline math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002a"><code>\*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002b"><code>\+</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002c"><code>\,</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002d"><code>\-</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"><code>\- <span class="roman">(hyphenation)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029"><code>\. <span class="roman">(dot-over accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002f"><code>\/</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003a"><code>\:</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003b"><code>\;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003c"><code>\&lt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029"><code>\= <span class="roman">(macron accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\= <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e"><code>\&gt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-1"><code>\&gt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\&gt; <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040auxout"><code>\@auxout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty"><code>\@beginparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty"><code>\@endparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"><code>\@fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040ifstar"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040itempenalty"><code>\@itempenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040mainaux"><code>\@mainaux</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a' <span class="roman">(acute accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a= <span class="roman">(macron accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa <span class="roman">(&aring;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA <span class="roman">(&Aring;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caccent"><code>\accent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cacute"><code>\acute</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddress"><code>\address</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddress">\address</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"><code>\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtolength"><code>\addtolength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddvspace"><code>\addvspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"><code>\ae <span class="roman">(&aelig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"><code>\AE <span class="roman">(&AElig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caleph"><code>\aleph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAlph-example"><code>\Alph <span class="roman">example</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calpha"><code>\alpha</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d"><code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d"><code>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calsoname"><code>\alsoname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005camalg"><code>\amalg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cand-for-_005cauthor"><code>\and <span class="roman">for <code>\author</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cangle"><code>\angle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cappendix"><code>\appendix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005capprox"><code>\approx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d"><code>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carccos"><code>\arccos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carcsin"><code>\arcsin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carctan"><code>\arctan</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carg"><code>\arg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carraycolsep"><code>\arraycolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carrayrulewidth"><code>\arrayrulewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carraystretch"><code>\arraystretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cast"><code>\ast</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005casymp"><code>\asymp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDocument"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDvi"><code>\AtBeginDvi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndDocument"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfClass"><code>\AtEndOfClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"><code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d"><code>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a` <span class="roman">(grave accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\b <span class="roman">(bar-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbackmatter"><code>\backmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbackslash"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbar"><code>\bar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip-1"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbegin"><code>\begin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbeta"><code>\beta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbf"><code>\bf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbfseries"><code>\bfseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibdata"><code>\bibdata</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography"><code>\bibliography</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography-and-internal-_005cbibdata"><code>\bibliography <span class="roman">and internal <code>\bibdata</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle-and-internal-_005cbibstyle"><code>\bibliographystyle <span class="roman">and internal <code>\bibstyle</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibname"><code>\bibname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibstyle"><code>\bibstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcap"><code>\bigcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcirc"><code>\bigcirc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcup"><code>\bigcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigodot"><code>\bigodot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigoplus"><code>\bigoplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigotimes"><code>\bigotimes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigskip"><code>\bigskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigskipamount"><code>\bigskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigsqcup"><code>\bigsqcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigtriangledown"><code>\bigtriangledown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigtriangleup"><code>\bigtriangleup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbiguplus"><code>\biguplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigvee"><code>\bigvee</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigwedge"><code>\bigwedge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbmod"><code>\bmod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cboldmath"><code>\boldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cboldmath-1"><code>\boldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbot"><code>\bot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbottomfraction"><code>\bottomfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbottomfraction-1"><code>\bottomfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbowtie"><code>\bowtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cBox"><code>\Box</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbreve"><code>\breve</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbullet"><code>\bullet</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029"><code>\c <span class="roman">(cedilla accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccal"><code>\cal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccap"><code>\cap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalacute"><code>\capitalacute</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalbreve"><code>\capitalbreve</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcaron"><code>\capitalcaron</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcedilla"><code>\capitalcedilla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaldieresis"><code>\capitaldieresis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalgrave"><code>\capitalgrave</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalmacron"><code>\capitalmacron</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalnewtie"><code>\capitalnewtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalogonek"><code>\capitalogonek</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalring"><code>\capitalring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltie"><code>\capitaltie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltilde"><code>\capitaltilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-1"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-2"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccc"><code>\cc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccdot"><code>\cdot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccdots"><code>\cdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccentering"><code>\centering</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cchapter"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cchapter-1"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccheck"><code>\check</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand"><code>\CheckCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"><code>\CheckCommand*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cchi"><code>\chi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccirc"><code>\circ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccircle">\circle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccitation"><code>\citation</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\cite <span class="roman">and internal <code>\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarning"><code>\ClassWarning</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"><code>\ClassWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclearpage"><code>\clearpage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccline"><code>\cline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccline">\cline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclosein"><code>\closein</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccloseout"><code>\closeout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclosing"><code>\closing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclubsuit"><code>\clubsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolon"><code>\colon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep-1"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep-2"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule-1"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth-1"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccomplement"><code>\complement</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccong"><code>\cong</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline-1"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline-2"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccoprod"><code>\coprod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccopyright"><code>\copyright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccos"><code>\cos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccosh"><code>\cosh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccot"><code>\cot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccoth"><code>\coth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccsc"><code>\csc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccup"><code>\cup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cCurrentOption"><code>\CurrentOption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\d <span class="roman">(dot-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdag"><code>\dag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdagger"><code>\dagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdashbox"><code>\dashbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdashv"><code>\dashv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdate_007btext_007d"><code>\date{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cday"><code>\day</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction"><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdblfloatsep"><code>\dblfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdbltextfloatsep"><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdbltopfraction"><code>\dbltopfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdbltopnumber"><code>\dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddag"><code>\ddag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddagger"><code>\ddagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddot"><code>\ddot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddots"><code>\ddots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"><code>\DeclareOption*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommand-1"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-2"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdeg"><code>\deg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"><code>\DelayedShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDelta"><code>\Delta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdelta"><code>\delta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdet"><code>\det</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"><code>\dh <span class="roman">(&eth;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"><code>\DH <span class="roman">(&ETH;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDiamond"><code>\Diamond</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiamond"><code>\diamond</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiamondsuit"><code>\diamondsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdim"><code>\dim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdisplaystyle"><code>\displaystyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiv"><code>\div</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\documentclass<span class="roman">, and <code>texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdotfill"><code>\dotfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdots"><code>\dots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdoublerulesep"><code>\doublerulesep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdownarrow"><code>\downarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDownarrow"><code>\Downarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cell"><code>\ell</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cemph"><code>\emph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cemptyset"><code>\emptyset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cencl"><code>\encl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cend"><code>\end</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cendinput"><code>\endinput</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cendinput">\endinput</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenlargethispage"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005censpace"><code>\enspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenumi"><code>\enumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenumii"><code>\enumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenumiii"><code>\enumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenumiv"><code>\enumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cepsilon"><code>\epsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cequiv"><code>\equiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ceta"><code>\eta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-1"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-2"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexternaldocument"><code>\externaldocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cextracolsep"><code>\extracolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfbox"><code>\fbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-1"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule">\fboxrule</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-2"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep-1"><code>\fboxsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep">\fboxsep</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep-2"><code>\fboxsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfill"><code>\fill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cflat"><code>\flat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfloatpagefraction"><code>\floatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"><code>\floatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep-1"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-and-footnotes"><code>\fnsymbol<span class="roman">, and footnotes</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"><code>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontdimen1"><code>\fontdimen1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontseries"><code>\fontseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontshape"><code>\fontshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontsize"><code>\fontsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnote"><code>\footnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotemark"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnoterule"><code>\footnoterule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesep"><code>\footnotesep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesize"><code>\footnotesize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotetext"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootskip"><code>\footskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootskip-1"><code>\footskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cforall"><code>\forall</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrac"><code>\frac</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrac">\frac</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframebox"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframebox-1"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrenchspacing"><code>\frenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrontmatter"><code>\frontmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrown"><code>\frown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfussy"><code>\fussy</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cGamma"><code>\Gamma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgamma"><code>\gamma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgcd"><code>\gcd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cge"><code>\ge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgeq"><code>\geq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgets"><code>\gets</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgg"><code>\gg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgls"><code>\gls</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgraphicspath"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgraphpaper"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgrave"><code>\grave</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"><code>\guillemotleft <span class="roman">(&laquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"><code>\guillemotright <span class="roman">(&raquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="roman">(&lsaquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029"><code>\guilsinglright <span class="roman">(&rsaquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029"><code>\H <span class="roman">(Hungarian umlaut accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chat"><code>\hat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chbar"><code>\hbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheadheight"><code>\headheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheadheight-1"><code>\headheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheadsep"><code>\headsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheadsep-1"><code>\headsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheartsuit"><code>\heartsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chline"><code>\hline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chline">\hline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chom"><code>\hom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chookleftarrow"><code>\hookleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chookrightarrow"><code>\hookrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chrulefill"><code>\hrulefill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chsize"><code>\hsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chsize-1"><code>\hsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chss"><code>\hss</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chuge"><code>\huge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cHuge"><code>\Huge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chyphenation"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"><code>\i <span class="roman">(dotless i)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"><code>\IfBeginWith*<span class="roman"> macro from <samp>xstring</samp></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cignorespaces"><code>\ignorespaces</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code>\ignorespacesafterend</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij <span class="roman">(ij)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ <span class="roman">(IJ)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIm"><code>\Im</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cimath"><code>\imath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"><code>\immediate\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cin"><code>\in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinclude"><code>\include</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include &amp; \includeonly</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cincludeonly"><code>\includeonly</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include &amp; \includeonly</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindent"><code>\indent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindex"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindex-1"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexentry"><code>\indexentry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace-1"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinf"><code>\inf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinfty"><code>\infty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinputencoding"><code>\inputencoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cint"><code>\int</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep-1"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ciota"><code>\iota</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cit"><code>\it</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-1"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-2"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-3"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-4"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citemindent"><code>\itemindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citemsep"><code>\itemsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citshape"><code>\itshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cj-_0028dotless-j_0029"><code>\j <span class="roman">(dotless j)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cjmath"><code>\jmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cjobname"><code><code>\jobname</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cjobname-1"><code>\jobname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cJoin"><code>\Join</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029"><code>\k <span class="roman">(ogonek)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckappa"><code>\kappa</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cker"><code>\ker</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckill"><code>\kill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l <span class="roman">(&#322;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L <span class="roman">(&#321;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040chapter"><code>\l@chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040section"><code>\l@section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040subsection"><code>\l@subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumi"><code>\labelenumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumii"><code>\labelenumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumiii"><code>\labelenumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumiv"><code>\labelenumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemi"><code>\labelitemi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemii"><code>\labelitemii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemiii"><code>\labelitemiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemiv"><code>\labelitemiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelsep"><code>\labelsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelwidth"><code>\labelwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLambda"><code>\Lambda</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clambda"><code>\lambda</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cland"><code>\land</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clangle"><code>\langle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clarge"><code>\large</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLarge"><code>\Large</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLARGE"><code>\LARGE</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLaTeX"><code>\LaTeX</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLaTeXe"><code>\LaTeXe</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clbrace"><code>\lbrace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clbrack"><code>\lbrack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clceil"><code>\lceil</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cldots"><code>\ldots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cldots-1"><code>\ldots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cle"><code>\le</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleadsto"><code>\leadsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleft"><code>\left</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLeftarrow"><code>\Leftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftarrow"><code>\leftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clefteqn"><code>\lefteqn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftharpoondown"><code>\leftharpoondown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftharpoonup"><code>\leftharpoonup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargin"><code>\leftmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargin-1"><code>\leftmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargini"><code>\leftmargini</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginii"><code>\leftmarginii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginiii"><code>\leftmarginiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginiv"><code>\leftmarginiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginv"><code>\leftmarginv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginvi"><code>\leftmarginvi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLeftrightarrow"><code>\Leftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftrightarrow"><code>\leftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleq"><code>\leq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clfloor"><code>\lfloor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clg"><code>\lg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clhd"><code>\lhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clim"><code>\lim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005climinf"><code>\liminf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005climsup"><code>\limsup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cline"><code>\line</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinebreak"><code>\linebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clineskip"><code>\lineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clineskiplimit"><code>\lineskiplimit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinespread"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinespread-1"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth-1"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures-1"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables-1"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistparindent"><code>\listparindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clnot"><code>\lnot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClass"><code>\LoadClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clocation"><code>\location</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clocation">\location</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clog"><code>\log</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clong"><code>\long</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongleftarrow"><code>\longleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongleftrightarrow"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongmapsto"><code>\longmapsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongrightarrow"><code>\longrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clor"><code>\lor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clq"><code>\lq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmainmatter"><code>\mainmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakebox"><code>\makebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-_0028for-picture_0029"><code>\makebox <span class="roman">(for <code>picture</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakeglossary"><code>\makeglossary</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakeglossary-1"><code>\makeglossary</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakeindex"><code>\makeindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakelabel"><code>\makelabel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakelabels"><code>\makelabels</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmaketitle"><code>\maketitle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmapsto"><code>\mapsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginpar"><code>\marginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush-1"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush-2"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparsep"><code>\marginparsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth-2"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginsep"><code>\marginsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginsep-1"><code>\marginsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d"><code>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d"><code>\markright{<var>right</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathbf"><code>\mathbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathcal"><code>\mathcal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathdollar"><code>\mathdollar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathparagraph"><code>\mathparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathring"><code>\mathring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathrm"><code>\mathrm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsection"><code>\mathsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsf"><code>\mathsf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsterling"><code>\mathsterling</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathstrut"><code><code>\mathstrut</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathtt"><code>\mathtt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathunderscore"><code>\mathunderscore</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathversion"><code>\mathversion</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmax"><code>\max</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmbox"><code>\mbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmdseries"><code>\mdseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmedskip"><code>\medskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmedskipamount"><code>\medskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmedspace"><code>\medspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmessage"><code>\message</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmessage">\message</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmho"><code>\mho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmid"><code>\mid</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmin"><code>\min</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmodels"><code>\models</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmonth"><code>\month</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmp"><code>\mp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmu"><code>\mu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmulticolumn"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmultiput"><code>\multiput</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmultiput">\multiput</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnabla"><code>\nabla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cname"><code>\name</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cname">\name</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnatural"><code>\natural</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cne"><code>\ne</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnearrow"><code>\nearrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cneg"><code>\neg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnegmedspace"><code>\negmedspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnegthickspace"><code>\negthickspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\negthinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnegthinspace-1"><code>\negthinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cneq"><code>\neq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewenvironment"><code>\newenvironment</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewfont"><code>\newfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewglossaryentry"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewlength"><code>\newlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNEWLINE">\<tt class="key">NEWLINE</tt></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtie"><code>\newtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewwrite"><code>\newwrite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\nocite <span class="roman">and internal <code>\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-for-all-keys"><code>\nocite <span class="roman">{*}, for all keys</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocorr"><code>\nocorr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocorrlist"><code>\nocorrlist</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnofiles"><code>\nofiles</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnofiles">\nofiles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnoindent"><code>\noindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"><code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnonumber"><code>\nonumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont"><code>\normalfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnormalmarginpar"><code>\normalmarginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnormalsfcodes"><code>\normalsfcodes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnormalsize"><code>\normalsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnot"><code>\not</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnotin"><code>\notin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnu"><code>\nu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnumberline"><code>\numberline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline">\numberline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnwarrow"><code>\nwarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o <span class="roman">(&oslash;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O <span class="roman">(&Oslash;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cobeycr"><code>\obeycr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-1"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-2"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005codot"><code>\odot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"><code>\oe <span class="roman">(&oelig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"><code>\OE <span class="roman">(&OElig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coint"><code>\oint</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coldstylenums"><code>\oldstylenums</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOmega"><code>\Omega</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005comega"><code>\omega</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cominus"><code>\ominus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005conecolumn"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005copenin"><code>\openin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005copening"><code>\opening</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005copenout"><code>\openout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coplus"><code>\oplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coslash"><code>\oslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cotimes"><code>\otimes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"><code>\overline{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cowns"><code>\owns</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cP"><code>\P</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageError"><code>\PackageError</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfo"><code>\PackageInfo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"><code>\PackageInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarning"><code>\PackageWarning</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"><code>\PackageWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpageref"><code>\pageref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpagestyle"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpaperheight"><code>\paperheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpaperheight-1"><code>\paperheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpaperwidth"><code>\paperwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpaperwidth-1"><code>\paperwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpar"><code>\par</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparagraph"><code>\paragraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparagraph-1"><code>\paragraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparallel"><code>\parallel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparindent"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparindent-1"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparindent-2"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparsep"><code>\parsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparskip"><code>\parskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparskip-example"><code>\parskip <span class="roman">example</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpart"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpart-1"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpartial"><code>\partial</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpartopsep"><code>\partopsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpageheight"><code>\pdfpageheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpagewidth"><code>\pdfpagewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cperp"><code>\perp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPhi"><code>\Phi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cphi"><code>\phi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPi"><code>\Pi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpi"><code>\pi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpm"><code>\pm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpmod"><code>\pmod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs"><code>\poptabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs-1"><code>\poptabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpounds"><code>\pounds</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPr"><code>\Pr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprec"><code>\prec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpreceq"><code>\preceq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprevdepth"><code>\prevdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprime"><code>\prime</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries-1"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"><code>\ProcessOptions*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpropto"><code>\propto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprotected_0040write"><code>\protected@write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprovidecommand"><code>\providecommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"><code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"><code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cps"><code>\ps</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPsi"><code>\Psi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpsi"><code>\psi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpushtabs"><code>\pushtabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cput"><code>\put</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cput">\put</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cqbezier"><code>\qbezier</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cqbezier">\qbezier</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cqquad"><code>\qquad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cqquad-1"><code>\qquad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cquad"><code>\quad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cquad-1"><code>\quad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029"><code>\quotedblbase <span class="roman">(&bdquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029"><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="roman">(&sbquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029"><code>\r <span class="roman">(ring accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005craggedbottom"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005craggedleft"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005craggedright"><code>\raggedright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005craisebox"><code>\raisebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craisebox">\raisebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crangle"><code>\rangle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crbrace"><code>\rbrace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crbrack"><code>\rbrack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crceil"><code>\rceil</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRe"><code>\Re</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cread"><code>\read</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005creflectbox"><code>\reflectbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crefname"><code>\refname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\RequirePackage<span class="roman">, and <code>texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cresizebox"><code>\resizebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crestriction"><code>\restriction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crevemptyset"><code>\revemptyset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005creversemarginpar"><code>\reversemarginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crfloor"><code>\rfloor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crhd"><code>\rhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crho"><code>\rho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cright"><code>\right</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRightarrow"><code>\Rightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightarrow"><code>\rightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightharpoondown"><code>\rightharpoondown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightharpoonup"><code>\rightharpoonup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightleftharpoons"><code>\rightleftharpoons</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightmargin"><code>\rightmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crm"><code>\rm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crmfamily"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d"><code>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d"><code>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crq"><code>\rq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cS"><code>\S</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csamepage"><code>\samepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csavebox"><code>\savebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox &amp; \savebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csbox"><code>\sbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox &amp; \savebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csc"><code>\sc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscalebox"><code>\scalebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscriptscriptstyle"><code>\scriptscriptstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscriptstyle"><code>\scriptstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscshape"><code>\scshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csearrow"><code>\searrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csec"><code>\sec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csection"><code>\section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csection-1"><code>\section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cseename"><code>\seename</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cselectfont"><code>\selectfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csetcounter"><code>\setcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csetminus"><code>\setminus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csettodepth"><code>\settodepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csettoheight"><code>\settoheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csettowidth"><code>\settowidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csf"><code>\sf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csffamily"><code>\sffamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csharp"><code>\sharp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cShellEscape"><code>\ShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cshipout-and-expansion"><code>\shipout <span class="roman">and expansion</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cshortstack"><code>\shortstack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSigma"><code>\Sigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csigma"><code>\sigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csignature"><code>\signature</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csim"><code>\sim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csimeq"><code>\simeq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csin"><code>\sin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csinh"><code>\sinh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csl"><code>\sl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csloppy"><code>\sloppy</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cslshape"><code>\slshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmall"><code>\small</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallint"><code>\smallint</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallskip"><code>\smallskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallskipamount"><code>\smallskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmile"><code>\smile</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE">\<tt class="key">SPACE</tt></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE-1"><code>\<span class="key">SPACE</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspace"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include &amp; \includeonly</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspace-1"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspace-2"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqcup"><code>\sqcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqrt"><code>\sqrt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsubset"><code>\sqsubset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsubseteq"><code>\sqsubseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsupset"><code>\sqsupset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsupseteq"><code>\sqsupseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"><code>\ss <span class="roman">(&szlig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"><code>\SS <span class="roman">(SS)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstackrel"><code>\stackrel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstar"><code>\star</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstop"><code>\stop</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstretch"><code>\stretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstretch">\stretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubitem"><code>\subitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-1"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsection"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsection-1"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubset"><code>\subset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubseteq"><code>\subseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubitem"><code>\subsubitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-1"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csucc"><code>\succ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csucceq"><code>\succeq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csum"><code>\sum</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csup"><code>\sup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csuppressfloats"><code>\suppressfloats</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csupset"><code>\supset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csupseteq"><code>\supseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csurd"><code>\surd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cswarrow"><code>\swarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csymbol"><code>\symbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029"><code>\t <span class="roman">(tie-after accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTAB">\<tt class="key">TAB</tt></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabbingsep"><code>\tabbingsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabcolsep"><code>\tabcolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents-1"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctan"><code>\tan</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctanh"><code>\tanh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctau"><code>\tau</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctelephone"><code>\telephone</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTeX"><code>\TeX</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark"><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciicircum"><code>\textasciicircum</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciitilde"><code>\textasciitilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"><code>\textasteriskcentered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash-1"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbar"><code>\textbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbardbl"><code>\textbardbl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbf"><code>\textbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbigcircle"><code>\textbigcircle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceleft"><code>\textbraceleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceright"><code>\textbraceright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbullet"><code>\textbullet</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark"><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d"><code>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcompwordmark"><code>\textcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcopyright"><code>\textcopyright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdagger"><code>\textdagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"><code>\textdaggerdbl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029"><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>\$</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextellipsis"><code>\textellipsis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textemdash <span class="roman">(or <code>---</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(or <code>--</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexteuro"><code>\texteuro</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029"><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(or <code>!`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfiguredash"><code>\textfiguredash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfraction"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfraction-1"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextgreater"><code>\textgreater</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight-1"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar"><code>\texthorizontalbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextit"><code>\textit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextleftarrow"><code>\textleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextless"><code>\textless</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextmd"><code>\textmd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen"><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal"><code>\textnormal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextordfeminine"><code>\textordfeminine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextordmasculine"><code>\textordmasculine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextparagraph"><code>\textparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextperiodcentered"><code>\textperiodcentered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029"><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(or <code>?`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029"><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="roman">(or <code>``</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029"><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>''</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029"><code>\textquoteleft <span class="roman">(or <code>`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029"><code>\textquoteright <span class="roman">(or <code>'</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotesingle"><code>\textquotesingle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"><code>\textquotestraightbase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextregistered"><code>\textregistered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextrightarrow"><code>\textrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextrm"><code>\textrm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsc"><code>\textsc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsection"><code>\textsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsf"><code>\textsf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsl"><code>\textsl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsterling"><code>\textsterling</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextstyle"><code>\textstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexttrademark"><code>\texttrademark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexttt"><code>\texttt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexttwelveudash"><code>\texttwelveudash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextunderscore"><code>\textunderscore</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextup"><code>\textup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextvisiblespace"><code>\textvisiblespace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth-1"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th <span class="roman">(&thorn;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH <span class="roman">(&THORN;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"><code>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctheta"><code>\theta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines">\thicklines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthickspace"><code>\thickspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthinlines"><code>\thinlines</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinlines">\thinlines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthinspace-1"><code>\thinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthispagestyle"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctilde"><code>\tilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctimes"><code>\times</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctiny"><code>\tiny</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d"><code>\title{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cto"><code>\to</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctoday"><code>\today</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctop"><code>\top</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopfraction"><code>\topfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopfraction-1"><code>\topfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopmargin"><code>\topmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopsep"><code>\topsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopskip"><code>\topskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopskip-1"><code>\topskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangle"><code>\triangle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleleft"><code>\triangleleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleright"><code>\triangleright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctt"><code>\tt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cttfamily"><code>\ttfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctypein"><code>\typein</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctypein">\typein</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctypeout"><code>\typeout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\u <span class="roman">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunboldmath"><code>\unboldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunboldmath-1"><code>\unboldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderbar"><code>\underbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"><code>\underline{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunitlength"><code>\unitlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunlhd"><code>\unlhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunrhd"><code>\unrhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUparrow"><code>\Uparrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cuparrow"><code>\uparrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUpdownarrow"><code>\Updownarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cupdownarrow"><code>\updownarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cupharpoonright"><code>\upharpoonright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cuplus"><code>\uplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cupshape"><code>\upshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUpsilon"><code>\Upsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cupsilon"><code>\upsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusebox"><code>\usebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextSymbol"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\v <span class="roman">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvalue"><code>\value</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvanothing"><code>\vanothing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarepsilon"><code>\varepsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarphi"><code>\varphi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarpi"><code>\varpi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarrho"><code>\varrho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarsigma"><code>\varsigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvartheta"><code>\vartheta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029"><code>\vbox <span class="roman">(plain TeX)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdash"><code>\vdash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdots"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvec"><code>\vec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvector"><code>\vector</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvee"><code>\vee</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cverb"><code>\verb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cVert"><code>\Vert</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvert"><code>\vert</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvline"><code>\vline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvline">\vline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX"><code>\vtop <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwedge"><code>\wedge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwidehat"><code>\widehat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwidetilde"><code>\widetilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwlog"><code>\wlog</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwlog">\wlog</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwp"><code>\wp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwr"><code>\wr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite"><code>\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-and-security"><code>\write</code> and security</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-streams-16_002c-17_002c-18"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite18"><code>\write18</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite18_002c-enabling"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cXi"><code>\Xi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cxi"><code>\xi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cxspace"><code>\xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cyear"><code>\year</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005czeta"><code>\zeta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"><code>\[...\] <span class="roman">display math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>center</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>flushright</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cshortstack-objects_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-for-flushleft"><code>\\ <span class="roman">for <code>flushleft</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-for-letters"><code>\\ <span class="roman">for letters</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-for-tabular"><code>\\ <span class="roman">for <code>tabular</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-for-verse"><code>\\ <span class="roman">for <code>verse</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-for-_005cauthor"><code>\\ <span class="roman">for <code>\author</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-for-_005ctitle"><code>\\ <span class="roman">for <code>\title</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-force-line-break"><code>\\ <span class="roman">force line break</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\* <span class="roman">(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005e"><code>\^</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029"><code>\^ <span class="roman">(circumflex accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005f"><code>\_</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029"><code>\` <span class="roman">(grave accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\` <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007b"><code>\{</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007c"><code>\|</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007d"><code>\}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007e"><code>\~</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029"><code>\~ <span class="roman">(tilde accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c-_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"><code>\&nbsp;<!-- /@w --> <span class="r">(backslash-space)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c-character-starting-commands"><code>\ <span class="r">character starting commands</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0021"><code>\!</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029"><code>\&quot; <span class="r">(umlaut accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0023"><code>\#</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0024"><code>\$</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0025"><code>\%</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0026"><code>\&amp;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029"><code>\' <span class="r">(acute accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\' <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0028_002e_002e_002e_005c_0029-inline-math"><code>\(...\) <span class="r">inline math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002a"><code>\*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002b"><code>\+</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002c"><code>\,</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002d"><code>\-</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"><code>\- <span class="r">(hyphenation)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029"><code>\. <span class="r">(dot-over accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002f"><code>\/</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003a"><code>\:</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003b"><code>\;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003c"><code>\&lt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029"><code>\= <span class="r">(macron accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\= <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003e"><code>\&gt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-1"><code>\&gt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\&gt; <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040auxout"><code>\@auxout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty"><code>\@beginparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty"><code>\@endparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"><code>\@fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040ifstar"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040itempenalty"><code>\@itempenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040mainaux"><code>\@mainaux</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\a <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a' <span class="r">(acute accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a= <span class="r">(macron accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa <span class="r">(&aring;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA <span class="r">(&Aring;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caccent"><code>\accent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cacute"><code>\acute</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddress"><code>\address</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddress">\address</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"><code>\addtocontents{<var class="var">ext</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddtolength"><code>\addtolength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddvspace"><code>\addvspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"><code>\ae <span class="r">(&aelig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"><code>\AE <span class="r">(&AElig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caleph"><code>\aleph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAlph-example"><code>\Alph <span class="r">example</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005calpha"><code>\alpha</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d"><code>\alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d"><code>\Alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005calsoname"><code>\alsoname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005camalg"><code>\amalg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cand-_0028for-_005cauthor_0029"><code>\and <span class="r">(for <code class="code">\author</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cangle"><code>\angle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cappendix"><code>\appendix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005capprox"><code>\approx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d"><code>\arabic{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carccos"><code>\arccos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carcsin"><code>\arcsin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carctan"><code>\arctan</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carg"><code>\arg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carraycolsep"><code>\arraycolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carrayrulewidth"><code>\arrayrulewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carraystretch"><code>\arraystretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cast"><code>\ast</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005casymp"><code>\asymp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDocument"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDvi"><code>\AtBeginDvi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndDocument"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfClass"><code>\AtEndOfClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"><code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d"><code>\author{<var class="var">name1</var> \and <var class="var">name2</var> \and ...}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a` <span class="r">(grave accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\b <span class="r">(bar-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbackmatter"><code>\backmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbackslash"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbar"><code>\bar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip-1"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbegin"><code>\begin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbeta"><code>\beta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbf"><code>\bf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbfseries"><code>\bfseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibdata"><code>\bibdata</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography"><code>\bibliography</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography-and-internal-_005cbibdata"><code>\bibliography <span class="r">and internal <code class="code">\bibdata</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle-and-internal-_005cbibstyle"><code>\bibliographystyle <span class="r">and internal <code class="code">\bibstyle</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibname"><code>\bibname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibstyle"><code>\bibstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigbreak"><code>\bigbreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigcap"><code>\bigcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigcirc"><code>\bigcirc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigcup"><code>\bigcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigl"><code>\bigl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigodot"><code>\bigodot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigoplus"><code>\bigoplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigotimes"><code>\bigotimes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigr"><code>\bigr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigskip"><code>\bigskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigskip-1"><code>\bigskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigskipamount"><code>\bigskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigsqcup"><code>\bigsqcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigtriangledown"><code>\bigtriangledown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigtriangleup"><code>\bigtriangleup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbiguplus"><code>\biguplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigvee"><code>\bigvee</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigwedge"><code>\bigwedge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbmod"><code>\bmod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cboldmath"><code>\boldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cboldmath-1"><code>\boldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbot"><code>\bot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbottomfraction"><code>\bottomfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbottomfraction-1"><code>\bottomfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbowtie"><code>\bowtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cBox"><code>\Box</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbreve"><code>\breve</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbullet"><code>\bullet</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029"><code>\c <span class="r">(cedilla accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccal"><code>\cal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccap"><code>\cap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalacute"><code>\capitalacute</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalbreve"><code>\capitalbreve</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcaron"><code>\capitalcaron</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcedilla"><code>\capitalcedilla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaldieresis"><code>\capitaldieresis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalgrave"><code>\capitalgrave</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalmacron"><code>\capitalmacron</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalnewtie"><code>\capitalnewtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalogonek"><code>\capitalogonek</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalring"><code>\capitalring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltie"><code>\capitaltie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltilde"><code>\capitaltilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-1"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-2"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccc"><code>\cc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccdot"><code>\cdot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccdots"><code>\cdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccentering"><code>\centering</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchapter"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchapter-1"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccheck"><code>\check</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand"><code>\CheckCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"><code>\CheckCommand*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchi"><code>\chi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccirc"><code>\circ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccircle">\circle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccitation"><code>\citation</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\cite <span class="r">and internal <code class="code">\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarning"><code>\ClassWarning</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"><code>\ClassWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclearpage"><code>\clearpage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccline"><code>\cline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccline">\cline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclosein"><code>\closein</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccloseout"><code>\closeout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclosing"><code>\closing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclubsuit"><code>\clubsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolon"><code>\colon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep-1"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep-2"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule-1"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth-1"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccomplement"><code>\complement</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccong"><code>\cong</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline-1"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline-2"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccoprod"><code>\coprod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccopyright"><code>\copyright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccos"><code>\cos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccosh"><code>\cosh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccot"><code>\cot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccoth"><code>\coth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccsc"><code>\csc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccup"><code>\cup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCurrentOption"><code>\CurrentOption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\d <span class="r">(dot-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdag"><code>\dag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdagger"><code>\dagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdashbox"><code>\dashbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdashv"><code>\dashv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdate_007btext_007d"><code>\date{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cday"><code>\day</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction"><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdblfloatsep"><code>\dblfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdbltextfloatsep"><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdbltopfraction"><code>\dbltopfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdbltopnumber"><code>\dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cddag"><code>\ddag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cddagger"><code>\ddagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cddot"><code>\ddot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cddots"><code>\ddots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"><code>\DeclareOption*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-2"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdeg"><code>\deg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"><code>\DelayedShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDelta"><code>\Delta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdelta"><code>\delta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdet"><code>\det</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"><code>\dh <span class="r">(&eth;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"><code>\DH <span class="r">(&ETH;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDiamond"><code>\Diamond</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdiamond"><code>\diamond</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdiamondsuit"><code>\diamondsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdim"><code>\dim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdisplaystyle"><code>\displaystyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdiv"><code>\div</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\documentclass<span class="r">, and <code class="code">texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotfill"><code>\dotfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdots"><code>\dots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdots-1"><code>\dots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdots-2"><code>\dots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotsb"><code>\dotsb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotsc"><code>\dotsc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotsi"><code>\dotsi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdoublerulesep"><code>\doublerulesep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdownarrow"><code>\downarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDownarrow"><code>\Downarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cell"><code>\ell</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cemph"><code>\emph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cemptyset"><code>\emptyset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cencl"><code>\encl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cend"><code>\end</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cendinput"><code>\endinput</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cendinput">\endinput</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenlargethispage"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005censpace"><code>\enspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenumi"><code>\enumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenumii"><code>\enumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenumiii"><code>\enumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenumiv"><code>\enumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cepsilon"><code>\epsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cequiv"><code>\equiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ceta"><code>\eta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-1"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-2"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexternaldocument"><code>\externaldocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cextracolsep"><code>\extracolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfbox"><code>\fbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-1"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule">\fboxrule</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-2"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep-1"><code>\fboxsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep">\fboxsep</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep-2"><code>\fboxsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfill"><code>\fill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cflat"><code>\flat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfloatpagefraction"><code>\floatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"><code>\floatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep-1"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-and-footnotes"><code>\fnsymbol<span class="r">, and footnotes</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"><code>\fnsymbol{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontdimen1"><code>\fontdimen1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontseries"><code>\fontseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontshape"><code>\fontshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontsize"><code>\fontsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnote"><code>\footnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotemark"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnoterule"><code>\footnoterule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesep"><code>\footnotesep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesize"><code>\footnotesize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotetext"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootskip"><code>\footskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootskip-1"><code>\footskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cforall"><code>\forall</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfrac"><code>\frac</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrac">\frac</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cframebox"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cframebox-1"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfrenchspacing"><code>\frenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfrontmatter"><code>\frontmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfrown"><code>\frown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfussy"><code>\fussy</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cGamma"><code>\Gamma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgamma"><code>\gamma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgcd"><code>\gcd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cge"><code>\ge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgeq"><code>\geq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgets"><code>\gets</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgg"><code>\gg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgls"><code>\gls</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgraphicspath"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgraphpaper"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgrave"><code>\grave</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"><code>\guillemotleft <span class="r">(&laquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"><code>\guillemotright <span class="r">(&raquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="r">(&lsaquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029"><code>\guilsinglright <span class="r">(&rsaquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029"><code>\H <span class="r">(Hungarian umlaut accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chat"><code>\hat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chbar"><code>\hbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheadheight"><code>\headheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheadheight-1"><code>\headheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheadsep"><code>\headsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheadsep-1"><code>\headsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheartsuit"><code>\heartsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chline"><code>\hline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chline">\hline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chom"><code>\hom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chookleftarrow"><code>\hookleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chookrightarrow"><code>\hookrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chphantom"><code>\hphantom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chrulefill"><code>\hrulefill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chsize"><code>\hsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chsize-1"><code>\hsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chss"><code>\hss</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chuge"><code>\huge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cHuge"><code>\Huge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chyphenation"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"><code>\i <span class="r">(dotless i)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"><code>\IfBeginWith*<span class="r"> macro from <samp class="file">xstring</samp></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cignorespaces"><code>\ignorespaces</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code>\ignorespacesafterend</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij <span class="r">(ij)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ <span class="r">(IJ)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIm"><code>\Im</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cimath"><code>\imath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"><code>\immediate\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cin"><code>\in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinclude"><code>\include</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include &amp; \includeonly</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cincludeonly"><code>\includeonly</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include &amp; \includeonly</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindent"><code>\indent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindex"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindex-1"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindexentry"><code>\indexentry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace-1"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinf"><code>\inf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinfty"><code>\infty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinputencoding"><code>\inputencoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cint"><code>\int</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep-1"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ciota"><code>\iota</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cit"><code>\it</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem-1"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem-2"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem-3"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem-4"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citemindent"><code>\itemindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citemsep"><code>\itemsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citshape"><code>\itshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cj-_0028dotless-j_0029"><code>\j <span class="r">(dotless j)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cjmath"><code>\jmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cjobname"><code><code class="code">\jobname</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cjobname-1"><code>\jobname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cJoin"><code>\Join</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029"><code>\k <span class="r">(ogonek)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ckappa"><code>\kappa</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cker"><code>\ker</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ckill"><code>\kill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l <span class="r">(&#322;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L <span class="r">(&#321;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040chapter"><code>\l@chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040section"><code>\l@section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040subsection"><code>\l@subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumi"><code>\labelenumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumii"><code>\labelenumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumiii"><code>\labelenumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumiv"><code>\labelenumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemi"><code>\labelitemi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemii"><code>\labelitemii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemiii"><code>\labelitemiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemiv"><code>\labelitemiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelsep"><code>\labelsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelwidth"><code>\labelwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLambda"><code>\Lambda</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clambda"><code>\lambda</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cland"><code>\land</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clangle"><code>\langle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clarge"><code>\large</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLarge"><code>\Large</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLARGE"><code>\LARGE</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLaTeX"><code>\LaTeX</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLaTeXe"><code>\LaTeXe</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clbrace"><code>\lbrace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clbrack"><code>\lbrack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clceil"><code>\lceil</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cldots"><code>\ldots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cldots-1"><code>\ldots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cle"><code>\le</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleadsto"><code>\leadsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleft"><code>\left</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLeftarrow"><code>\Leftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftarrow"><code>\leftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clefteqn"><code>\lefteqn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftharpoondown"><code>\leftharpoondown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftharpoonup"><code>\leftharpoonup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargin"><code>\leftmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargin-1"><code>\leftmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargini"><code>\leftmargini</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginii"><code>\leftmarginii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginiii"><code>\leftmarginiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginiv"><code>\leftmarginiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginv"><code>\leftmarginv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginvi"><code>\leftmarginvi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLeftrightarrow"><code>\Leftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftrightarrow"><code>\leftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleq"><code>\leq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clfloor"><code>\lfloor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clg"><code>\lg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clhd"><code>\lhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clim"><code>\lim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005climinf"><code>\liminf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005climsup"><code>\limsup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cline"><code>\line</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinebreak"><code>\linebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clineskip"><code>\lineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clineskiplimit"><code>\lineskiplimit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinespread"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinespread-1"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth-1"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures-1"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables-1"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistparindent"><code>\listparindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clnot"><code>\lnot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClass"><code>\LoadClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clocation"><code>\location</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clocation">\location</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clog"><code>\log</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clong"><code>\long</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongleftarrow"><code>\longleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongleftrightarrow"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongmapsto"><code>\longmapsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongrightarrow"><code>\longrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clor"><code>\lor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clq"><code>\lq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmainmatter"><code>\mainmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatother</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeatother-1"><code>\makeatother</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakebox"><code>\makebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-_0028for-picture_0029"><code>\makebox <span class="r">(for <code class="code">picture</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeglossary"><code>\makeglossary</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeglossary-1"><code>\makeglossary</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeindex"><code>\makeindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakelabel"><code>\makelabel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakelabels"><code>\makelabels</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmaketitle"><code>\maketitle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmapsto"><code>\mapsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginpar"><code>\marginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush-1"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush-2"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparsep"><code>\marginparsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth-2"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginsep"><code>\marginsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginsep-1"><code>\marginsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d"><code>\markboth{<var class="var">left-head</var>}{<var class="var">right-head</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarkright_007bright_002dhead_007d"><code>\markright{<var class="var">right-head</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathbf"><code>\mathbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathcal"><code>\mathcal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathdollar"><code>\mathdollar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathellipsis"><code>\mathellipsis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathparagraph"><code>\mathparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathring"><code>\mathring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathrm"><code>\mathrm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathsection"><code>\mathsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathsf"><code>\mathsf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathsterling"><code>\mathsterling</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathstrut"><code><code class="code">\mathstrut</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathtt"><code>\mathtt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathunderscore"><code>\mathunderscore</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathversion"><code>\mathversion</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmax"><code>\max</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmbox"><code>\mbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmdseries"><code>\mdseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedbreak"><code>\medbreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedskip"><code>\medskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedskip-1"><code>\medskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedskipamount"><code>\medskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedspace"><code>\medspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmessage"><code>\message</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmessage">\message</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmho"><code>\mho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmid"><code>\mid</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmin"><code>\min</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmodels"><code>\models</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmonth"><code>\month</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmp"><code>\mp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmu"><code>\mu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmulticolumn"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmultiput"><code>\multiput</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmultiput">\multiput</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnabla"><code>\nabla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cname"><code>\name</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cname">\name</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnatural"><code>\natural</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cne"><code>\ne</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnearrow"><code>\nearrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cneg"><code>\neg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegmedspace"><code>\negmedspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegthickspace"><code>\negthickspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\negthinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegthinspace-1"><code>\negthinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cneq"><code>\neq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewenvironment"><code>\newenvironment</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewfont"><code>\newfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewglossaryentry"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewlength"><code>\newlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNEWLINE">\<kbd class="key">NEWLINE</kbd></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewtie"><code>\newtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewwrite"><code>\newwrite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\nocite <span class="r">and internal <code class="code">\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-for-all-keys"><code>\nocite <span class="r">{*}, for all keys</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocorr"><code>\nocorr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocorrlist"><code>\nocorrlist</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnofiles"><code>\nofiles</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnofiles">\nofiles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnoindent"><code>\noindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"><code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnonumber"><code>\nonumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont"><code>\normalfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnormalmarginpar"><code>\normalmarginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnormalsfcodes"><code>\normalsfcodes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnormalsize"><code>\normalsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnot"><code>\not</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnotin"><code>\notin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnu"><code>\nu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnumberline"><code>\numberline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline">\numberline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnwarrow"><code>\nwarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o <span class="r">(&oslash;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O <span class="r">(&Oslash;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cobeycr"><code>\obeycr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-1"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-2"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005codot"><code>\odot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"><code>\oe <span class="r">(&oelig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"><code>\OE <span class="r">(&OElig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coint"><code>\oint</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coldstylenums"><code>\oldstylenums</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cOmega"><code>\Omega</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005comega"><code>\omega</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cominus"><code>\ominus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005conecolumn"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005copenin"><code>\openin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005copening"><code>\opening</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005copenout"><code>\openout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coplus"><code>\oplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coslash"><code>\oslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cotimes"><code>\otimes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\overbrace{<var class="var">math</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"><code>\overline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cowns"><code>\owns</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cP"><code>\P</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageError"><code>\PackageError</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfo"><code>\PackageInfo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"><code>\PackageInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarning"><code>\PackageWarning</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"><code>\PackageWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpageref"><code>\pageref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpagestyle"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpaperheight"><code>\paperheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpaperheight-1"><code>\paperheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpaperwidth"><code>\paperwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpaperwidth-1"><code>\paperwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpar"><code>\par</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparagraph"><code>\paragraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparagraph-1"><code>\paragraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparallel"><code>\parallel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparindent"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparindent-1"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparindent-2"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparsep"><code>\parsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparskip"><code>\parskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparskip-example"><code>\parskip <span class="r">example</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpart"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpart-1"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpartial"><code>\partial</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpartopsep"><code>\partopsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpageheight"><code>\pdfpageheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpagewidth"><code>\pdfpagewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cperp"><code>\perp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cphantom"><code>\phantom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPhi"><code>\Phi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cphi"><code>\phi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPi"><code>\Pi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpi"><code>\pi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpm"><code>\pm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpmod"><code>\pmod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs"><code>\poptabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs-1"><code>\poptabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpounds"><code>\pounds</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPr"><code>\Pr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprec"><code>\prec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpreceq"><code>\preceq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprevdepth"><code>\prevdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprime"><code>\prime</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries-1"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"><code>\ProcessOptions*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpropto"><code>\propto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprotected_0040write"><code>\protected@write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprovidecommand"><code>\providecommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"><code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cps"><code>\ps</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPsi"><code>\Psi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpsi"><code>\psi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpushtabs"><code>\pushtabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cput"><code>\put</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cput">\put</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cqbezier"><code>\qbezier</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cqbezier">\qbezier</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cqquad"><code>\qquad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cqquad-1"><code>\qquad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cquad"><code>\quad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cquad-1"><code>\quad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029"><code>\quotedblbase <span class="r">(&bdquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029"><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="r">(&sbquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029"><code>\r <span class="r">(ring accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005craggedbottom"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005craggedleft"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005craggedright"><code>\raggedright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005craisebox"><code>\raisebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craisebox">\raisebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crangle"><code>\rangle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crbrace"><code>\rbrace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crbrack"><code>\rbrack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crceil"><code>\rceil</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRe"><code>\Re</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cread"><code>\read</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005creflectbox"><code>\reflectbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crefname"><code>\refname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crenewcommand"><code>\renewcommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\RequirePackage<span class="r">, and <code class="code">texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cresizebox"><code>\resizebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crestriction"><code>\restriction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crevemptyset"><code>\revemptyset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005creversemarginpar"><code>\reversemarginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crfloor"><code>\rfloor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crhd"><code>\rhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crho"><code>\rho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cright"><code>\right</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRightarrow"><code>\Rightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightarrow"><code>\rightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightharpoondown"><code>\rightharpoondown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightharpoonup"><code>\rightharpoonup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightleftharpoons"><code>\rightleftharpoons</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightmargin"><code>\rightmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crm"><code>\rm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crmfamily"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d"><code>\roman{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d"><code>\Roman{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crq"><code>\rq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cS"><code>\S</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csamepage"><code>\samepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csavebox"><code>\savebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox &amp; \savebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csbox"><code>\sbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox &amp; \savebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csc"><code>\sc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscalebox"><code>\scalebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscriptscriptstyle"><code>\scriptscriptstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscriptstyle"><code>\scriptstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscshape"><code>\scshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csearrow"><code>\searrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csec"><code>\sec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csection"><code>\section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csection-1"><code>\section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cseename"><code>\seename</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cselectfont"><code>\selectfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csetcounter"><code>\setcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csetminus"><code>\setminus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csettodepth"><code>\settodepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csettoheight"><code>\settoheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csettowidth"><code>\settowidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csf"><code>\sf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csffamily"><code>\sffamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csharp"><code>\sharp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cShellEscape"><code>\ShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cshipout-and-expansion"><code>\shipout <span class="r">and expansion</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cshortstack"><code>\shortstack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cSigma"><code>\Sigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csigma"><code>\sigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csignature"><code>\signature</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csim"><code>\sim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csimeq"><code>\simeq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csin"><code>\sin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csinh"><code>\sinh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csl"><code>\sl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csloppy"><code>\sloppy</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cslshape"><code>\slshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmall"><code>\small</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallbreak"><code>\smallbreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallint"><code>\smallint</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallskip"><code>\smallskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallskip-1"><code>\smallskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallskipamount"><code>\smallskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmile"><code>\smile</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE">\<kbd class="key">SPACE</kbd></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE-1"><code>\<kbd class="key">SPACE</kbd></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include &amp; \includeonly</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace-1"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace-2"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqcup"><code>\sqcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqrt"><code>\sqrt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqsubset"><code>\sqsubset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqsubseteq"><code>\sqsubseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqsupset"><code>\sqsupset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqsupseteq"><code>\sqsupseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"><code>\ss <span class="r">(&szlig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"><code>\SS <span class="r">(SS)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstackrel"><code>\stackrel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstar"><code>\star</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstop"><code>\stop</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstretch"><code>\stretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstretch">\stretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubitem"><code>\subitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-1"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsection"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsection-1"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubset"><code>\subset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubseteq"><code>\subseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsubitem"><code>\subsubitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-1"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csucc"><code>\succ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csucceq"><code>\succeq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csum"><code>\sum</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csup"><code>\sup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csuppressfloats"><code>\suppressfloats</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csupset"><code>\supset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csupseteq"><code>\supseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csurd"><code>\surd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cswarrow"><code>\swarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csymbf"><code>\symbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#OpenType-bold-math">OpenType bold math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csymbfit"><code>\symbfit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#OpenType-bold-math">OpenType bold math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csymbol"><code>\symbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029"><code>\t <span class="r">(tie-after accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cTAB">\<kbd class="key">TAB</kbd></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctabbingsep"><code>\tabbingsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctabcolsep"><code>\tabcolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents-1"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctan"><code>\tan</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctanh"><code>\tanh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctau"><code>\tau</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctelephone"><code>\telephone</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cTeX"><code>\TeX</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark"><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciicircum"><code>\textasciicircum</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciitilde"><code>\textasciitilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"><code>\textasteriskcentered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash-1"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbar"><code>\textbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbardbl"><code>\textbardbl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbf"><code>\textbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbigcircle"><code>\textbigcircle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceleft"><code>\textbraceleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceright"><code>\textbraceright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbullet"><code>\textbullet</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark"><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d"><code>\textcircled{<var class="var">letter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextcompwordmark"><code>\textcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextcopyright"><code>\textcopyright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextdagger"><code>\textdagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"><code>\textdaggerdbl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029"><code>\textdollar <span class="r">(or <code class="code">\$</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextellipsis"><code>\textellipsis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textemdash <span class="r">(or <code class="code">---</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textendash <span class="r">(or <code class="code">--</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexteuro"><code>\texteuro</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029"><code>\textexclamdown <span class="r">(or <code class="code">!`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfiguredash"><code>\textfiguredash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfraction"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfraction-1"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextgreater"><code>\textgreater</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight-1"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar"><code>\texthorizontalbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextit"><code>\textit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextleftarrow"><code>\textleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextless"><code>\textless</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextmd"><code>\textmd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen"><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal"><code>\textnormal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextordfeminine"><code>\textordfeminine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextordmasculine"><code>\textordmasculine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextparagraph"><code>\textparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextperiodcentered"><code>\textperiodcentered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029"><code>\textquestiondown <span class="r">(or <code class="code">?`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029"><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="r">(or <code class="code">``</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029"><code>\textquotedblright <span class="r">(or <code class="code">''</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029"><code>\textquoteleft <span class="r">(or <code class="code">`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029"><code>\textquoteright <span class="r">(or <code class="code">'</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotesingle"><code>\textquotesingle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"><code>\textquotestraightbase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextregistered"><code>\textregistered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextrightarrow"><code>\textrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextrm"><code>\textrm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsc"><code>\textsc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsection"><code>\textsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsf"><code>\textsf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsl"><code>\textsl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsterling"><code>\textsterling</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextstyle"><code>\textstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexttrademark"><code>\texttrademark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexttt"><code>\texttt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexttwelveudash"><code>\texttwelveudash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextunderscore"><code>\textunderscore</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextup"><code>\textup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextvisiblespace"><code>\textvisiblespace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth-1"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th <span class="r">(&thorn;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH <span class="r">(&THORN;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"><code>\thanks{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctheta"><code>\theta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines">\thicklines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthickspace"><code>\thickspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthinlines"><code>\thinlines</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinlines">\thinlines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthinspace-1"><code>\thinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthispagestyle"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctilde"><code>\tilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctimes"><code>\times</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctiny"><code>\tiny</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d"><code>\title{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cto"><code>\to</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctoday"><code>\today</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctop"><code>\top</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopfraction"><code>\topfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopfraction-1"><code>\topfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopmargin"><code>\topmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopsep"><code>\topsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopskip"><code>\topskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopskip-1"><code>\topskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctriangle"><code>\triangle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleleft"><code>\triangleleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleright"><code>\triangleright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctt"><code>\tt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cttfamily"><code>\ttfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctypein"><code>\typein</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctypein">\typein</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctypeout"><code>\typeout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\u <span class="r">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunboldmath"><code>\unboldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunboldmath-1"><code>\unboldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunderbar"><code>\underbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\underbrace{<var class="var">math</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"><code>\underline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunitlength"><code>\unitlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunlhd"><code>\unlhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunrhd"><code>\unrhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUparrow"><code>\Uparrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cuparrow"><code>\uparrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUpdownarrow"><code>\Updownarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cupdownarrow"><code>\updownarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cupharpoonright"><code>\upharpoonright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cuplus"><code>\uplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cupshape"><code>\upshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUpsilon"><code>\Upsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cupsilon"><code>\upsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusebox"><code>\usebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextSymbol"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\v <span class="r">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvalue"><code>\value</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvanothing"><code>\vanothing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarepsilon"><code>\varepsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarphi"><code>\varphi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarpi"><code>\varpi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarrho"><code>\varrho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarsigma"><code>\varsigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvartheta"><code>\vartheta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029"><code>\vbox <span class="r">(plain TeX)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvdash"><code>\vdash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvdots"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvec"><code>\vec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvector"><code>\vector</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvee"><code>\vee</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cverb"><code>\verb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cVert"><code>\Vert</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvert"><code>\vert</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvline"><code>\vline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvline">\vline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvphantom"><code>\vphantom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX"><code>\vtop <span class="r">plain TeX</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwedge"><code>\wedge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwidehat"><code>\widehat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwidetilde"><code>\widetilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwlog"><code>\wlog</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwlog">\wlog</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwp"><code>\wp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwr"><code>\wr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite"><code>\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-and-security"><code class="code">\write</code> and security</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-streams-16_002c-17_002c-18"><code class="code">\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite18"><code>\write18</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite18_002c-enabling"><code class="code">\write18</code>, enabling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cXi"><code>\Xi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cxi"><code>\xi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cxspace"><code>\xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cyear"><code>\year</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005czeta"><code>\zeta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"><code>\[...\] <span class="r">display math</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">center</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">eqnarray</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushleft_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">flushleft</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">flushright</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-letters_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for letters)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-tabular_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">tabular</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-verse_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">verse</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cauthor_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">\author</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cshortstack-objects_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">\shortstack</code> objects)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005ctitle_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(for <code class="code">\title</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028force-line-break_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(force line break)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\* <span class="r">(for <code class="code">eqnarray</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005e"><code>\^</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029"><code>\^ <span class="r">(circumflex accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005f"><code>\_</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029"><code>\` <span class="r">(grave accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\` <span class="r">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007b"><code>\{</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007c"><code>\|</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007d"><code>\}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007e"><code>\~</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029"><code>\~ <span class="r">(tilde accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-11">^</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005e-superscript"><code>^ <span class="roman">superscript</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005e-superscript"><code>^ <span class="r">superscript</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"><code class="code">^^J</code>, in <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-12">_</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005f-subscript"><code>_ <span class="roman">subscript</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005f-subscript"><code>_ <span class="r">subscript</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-13">{</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-for-required-arguments"><code>{...} <span class="roman">for required arguments</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-_0028for-required-arguments_0029"><code>{...} <span class="r">(for required arguments)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-14">~</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_007e"><code>~</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_007e"><code>~</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-A">A</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-a4paper-option"><code>a4paper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-a5paper-option"><code>a5paper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstract-environment"><code><code>abstract</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstract-package"><code>abstract</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstracts">abstracts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents">accents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-1">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-2">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-3">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-4">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-5">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-mathematical">accents, mathematical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font">accessing any character of a font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acronyms_002c-list-of">acronyms, list of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acute-accent">acute accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acute-accent_002c-math">acute accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-adjustbox-package"><code>adjustbox</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ae-ligature">ae ligature</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-algorithm2e-package"><code>algorithm2e</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath">align <span class="roman">environment, from <code>amsmath</code></span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aligning-equations">aligning equations</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-alignment-via-tabbing">alignment via tabbing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amscd-package"><code>amscd</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsfonts-package"><code>amsfonts</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsfonts-package-1"><code>amsfonts</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-1"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-2"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-3"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-4"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-5"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-6"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-7"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-9"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-11"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-12"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-13"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-14"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="roman">package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package-1"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-answers-package"><code>answers</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendices">appendices</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendix">appendix</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendix-package"><code>appendix</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aring">aring</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-array-environment"><code><code>array</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-array-package"><code>array</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrays_002c-math">arrays, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text">arrow, left, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text">arrow, right, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrows">arrows</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-article-class"><code>article <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ascender-height">ascender height</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ASCII-circumflex_002c-in-text">ASCII circumflex, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ASCII-tilde_002c-in-text">ASCII tilde, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-asterisk_002c-centered_002c-in-text">asterisk, centered, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package"><code>Asymptote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-1"><code>Asymptote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-2"><code>Asymptote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-3"><code>Asymptote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions">at clause, in font definitions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-at_002dsign"><code>at-sign</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-author_002c-for-titlepage">author, for titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-auxiliary-file">auxiliary file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-a4paper-option"><code>a4paper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-a5paper-option"><code>a5paper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-abstract-environment"><code><code class="code">abstract</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-abstract-package"><code class="code">abstract</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-abstracts">abstracts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents">accents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-1">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-2">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-3">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-4">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-5">accents, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-mathematical">accents, mathematical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font">accessing any character of a font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acronyms_002c-list-of">acronyms, list of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acute-accent">acute accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acute-accent_002c-math">acute accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-adjustbox-package"><code class="code">adjustbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ae-ligature">ae ligature</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-algorithm2e-package"><code class="code">algorithm2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath">align <span class="r">environment, from <code class="code">amsmath</code></span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-aligning-equations">aligning equations</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-alignment-via-tabbing">alignment via tabbing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amscd-package"><code class="code">amscd</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsfonts-package"><code class="code">amsfonts</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsfonts-package-1"><code class="code">amsfonts</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-1"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-2"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-3"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-4"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-5"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-6"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-7"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-9"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-11"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-12"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-13"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-14"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="r">package, replacing <code class="code">eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsthm-package"><code class="code">amsthm</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsthm-package-1"><code class="code">amsthm</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-answers-package"><code class="code">answers</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-appendices">appendices</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-appendix">appendix</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-appendix-package"><code class="code">appendix</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-arguments_002c-optional_002c-defining-and-using">arguments, optional, defining and using</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-aring">aring</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-array-environment"><code><code class="code">array</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-array-package"><code class="code">array</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-arrays_002c-math">arrays, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text">arrow, left, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text">arrow, right, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-arrows">arrows</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-article-class"><code>article <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ascender-height">ascender height</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ASCII-circumflex_002c-in-text">ASCII circumflex, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ASCII-tilde_002c-in-text">ASCII tilde, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-asterisk_002c-centered_002c-in-text">asterisk, centered, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-1"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-2"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-3"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions">at clause, in font definitions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-at_002dsign"><code>at-sign</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-author_002c-for-titlepage">author, for titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-auxiliary-file">auxiliary file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-B">B</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-b5paper-option"><code>b5paper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-1"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-2"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-3"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-4"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-5"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-back-matter-of-a-book">back matter of a book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-background_002c-colored">background, colored</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-backslash_002c-in-text">backslash, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text">bar, double vertical, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-in-text">bar, vertical, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002dover-accent">bar-over accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002dover-accent_002c-math">bar-over accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002dunder-accent">bar-under accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-basics-of-LaTeX">basics of LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-batchmode">batchmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-beamer-package"><code>beamer</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-beamer-template-and-class"><code>beamer</code> template and class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-beginning-of-document-hook">beginning of document hook</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliography-format_002c-open">bibliography format, open</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029">bibliography, creating (automatically)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029">bibliography, creating (manually)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibTeX_002c-using">bibTeX, using</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text">big circle symbols, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-big-point">big point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bigfoot-package"><code>bigfoot</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-black-boxes_002c-omitting">black boxes, omitting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-blackboard-bold">blackboard bold</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Blackboard-bold">Blackboard bold</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bm-package"><code>bm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bold-font">bold font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bold-math">bold math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bold-typewriter_002c-avoiding">bold typewriter, avoiding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-boldface-mathematics">boldface mathematics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-book-class"><code>book <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-book_002c-back-matter">book, back matter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-book_002c-end-matter">book, end matter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-book_002c-front-matter">book, front matter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-book_002c-main-matter">book, main matter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bottomnumber"><code>bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bottomnumber-1"><code>bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bounding-box">bounding box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box">box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-allocating-new">box, allocating new</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-bounding">box, bounding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-colored">box, colored</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-save">box, save</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox &amp; \savebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-use-saved-box">box, use saved box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-boxes">boxes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bp"><code>bp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-brace_002c-left_002c-in-text">brace, left, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-brace_002c-right_002c-in-text">brace, right, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-braces">braces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-brackets">brackets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breaking-lines">breaking lines</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breaking-pages">breaking pages</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary">breaks, multiplication discretionary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breve-accent">breve accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breve-accent_002c-math">breve accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bug-reporting">bug reporting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bullet-lists">bullet lists</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bullet-symbol">bullet symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bullet_002c-in-text">bullet, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bulleted-lists">bulleted lists</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-b5paper-option"><code>b5paper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-1"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-2"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-3"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-4"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-5"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-back-matter-of-a-book">back matter of a book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-background_002c-colored">background, colored</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-backslash_002c-in-text">backslash, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-badness">badness</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text">bar, double vertical, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-in-text">bar, vertical, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bar_002dover-accent">bar-over accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bar_002dover-accent_002c-math">bar-over accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bar_002dunder-accent">bar-under accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-basics-of-LaTeX">basics of LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-batchmode">batchmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-beamer-package"><code class="code">beamer</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-beamer-template-and-class"><code class="code">beamer</code> template and class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-beginning-of-document-hook">beginning of document hook</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bibliography-format_002c-open">bibliography format, open</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029">bibliography, creating (automatically)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029">bibliography, creating (manually)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bibTeX_002c-using">bibTeX, using</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text">big circle symbols, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-big-point">big point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bigfoot-package"><code class="code">bigfoot</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-black-boxes_002c-omitting">black boxes, omitting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-blackboard-bold">blackboard bold</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Blackboard-bold">Blackboard bold</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-blanks_002c-after-control-sequences">blanks, after control sequences</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bm-package"><code class="code">bm</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#bm">bm</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bold-font">bold font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bold-math">bold math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bold-typewriter_002c-avoiding">bold typewriter, avoiding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-boldface-mathematics">boldface mathematics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-book-class"><code>book <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-book_002c-back-matter">book, back matter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-book_002c-end-matter">book, end matter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-book_002c-front-matter">book, front matter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-book_002c-main-matter">book, main matter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bottomnumber"><code>bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bottomnumber-1"><code>bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bounding-box">bounding box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-box">box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-box_002c-allocating-new">box, allocating new</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-box_002c-bounding">box, bounding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-box_002c-colored">box, colored</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-box_002c-save">box, save</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox &amp; \savebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-box_002c-use-saved-box">box, use saved box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-boxes">boxes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bp"><code>bp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-brace_002c-left_002c-in-text">brace, left, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-brace_002c-right_002c-in-text">brace, right, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-braces">braces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-brackets">brackets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-breaking-lines">breaking lines</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-breaking-pages">breaking pages</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary">breaks, multiplication discretionary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-breve-accent">breve accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-breve-accent_002c-math">breve accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bug-reporting">bug reporting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bullet-lists">bullet lists</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bullet-symbol">bullet symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bullet_002c-in-text">bullet, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bulleted-lists">bulleted lists</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-C">C</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-calligraphic-fonts">calligraphic fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-calligraphic-letters-for-math">calligraphic letters for math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cap-height">cap height</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caption-package"><code>caption</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-captions">captions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caron-accent">caron accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-catcode">catcode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-category-code_002c-character">category code, character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cc"><code>cc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cc-list_002c-in-letters">cc list, in letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cedilla-accent">cedilla accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-center-environment"><code><code>center</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centered-asterisk_002c-in-text">centered asterisk, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centered-equations">centered equations</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centered-period_002c-in-text">centered period, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for">centering text, declaration for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centering-text_002c-environment-for">centering text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centimeter">centimeter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-changing-case-of-characters">changing case of characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter">chapter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter-1">chapter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter-counter"><code>chapter counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-category-code">character category code</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-encoding">character encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible">character, invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible-1">character, invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-accented">characters, accented</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-case-of">characters, case of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish">characters, non-English</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-reserved">characters, reserved</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-special">characters, special</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-check-accent">check accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-check-accent_002c-math">check accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cicero">cicero</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text">circle symbol, big, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circled-letter_002c-in-text">circled letter, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circumflex-accent">circumflex accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circumflex-accent_002c-math">circumflex accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text">circumflex, ASCII, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-citation-key">citation key</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-and-package-commands">class and package commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-and-package-difference">class and package difference</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-and-package-structure">class and package structure</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-file-example">class file example</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-file-layout">class file layout</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-options">class options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-options-1">class options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-options-2">class options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-classes-of-documents">classes of documents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cleveref-package"><code>cleveref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-1"><code>cleveref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-2"><code>cleveref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-CLI">CLI</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clock-option-to-slides-class"><code>clock <span class="roman">option to <code>slides</code> class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-closing-letters">closing letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-closing-quote">closing quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cm_002dsuper-package"><code>cm-super</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cmd_002eexe_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>cmd.exe<span class="roman">, used by <code>\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-code_002c-typesetting">code, typesetting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colon-character">colon character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Color">Color</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color-1">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Define-colors">Define colors</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color-2">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color-3">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color-4">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color-models">color models</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Color-models">Color models</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color-package-commands">color package commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Commands-for-color">Commands for color</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color-package-options">color package options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Color-package-options">Color package options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color_002c-define">color, define</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Define-colors">Define colors</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colored-boxes">colored boxes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colored-page">colored page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colored-text">colored text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-command-line-interface">command line interface</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-command-syntax">command syntax</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-class-and-package">commands, class and package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-graphics-package">commands, graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Commands-for-graphics">Commands for graphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-redefining">commands, redefining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX">commands, run from LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants">commands, star-variants</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text">composite word mark, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comprehensive-package"><code>comprehensive</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting">computer programs, typesetting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-configuration_002c-graphics-package">configuration, graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-contents-file">contents file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-copyright-symbol">copyright symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-counters_002c-a-list-of">counters, a list of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-counters_002c-defining-new">counters, defining new</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-counters_002c-getting-value-of">counters, getting value of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-counters_002c-printing">counters, printing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-counters_002c-setting">counters, setting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cprotect-package"><code>cprotect</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cprotect-package-1"><code>cprotect</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-creating-pictures">creating pictures</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-creating-tables">creating tables</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-credit-footnote">credit footnote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-references">cross references</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-references_002c-resolving">cross references, resolving</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-referencing-with-page-number">cross referencing with page number</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents">cross referencing, across documents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic">cross referencing, symbolic</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-CTAN">CTAN</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-curly-braces">curly braces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-currency_002c-dollar">currency, dollar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-currency_002c-euro">currency, euro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-calligraphic-fonts">calligraphic fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-calligraphic-letters-for-math">calligraphic letters for math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cap-height">cap height</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caption-package"><code class="code">caption</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-captions">captions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caron-accent">caron accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-catcode">catcode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-category-code_002c-character">category code, character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cc"><code>cc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cc-list_002c-in-letters">cc list, in letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cedilla-accent">cedilla accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-center-environment"><code><code class="code">center</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-centered-asterisk_002c-in-text">centered asterisk, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-centered-equations">centered equations</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-centered-period_002c-in-text">centered period, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for">centering text, declaration for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-centering-text_002c-environment-for">centering text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-centimeter">centimeter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-changing-case-of-characters">changing case of characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-chapter">chapter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-chapter-1">chapter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-chapter-counter"><code>chapter counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-character-category-code">character category code</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-character-encoding">character encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible">character, invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible-1">character, invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-characters_002c-accented">characters, accented</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-characters_002c-case-of">characters, case of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish">characters, non-English</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-characters_002c-reserved">characters, reserved</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-characters_002c-special">characters, special</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-check-accent">check accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-check-accent_002c-math">check accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cicero">cicero</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text">circle symbol, big, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-circled-letter_002c-in-text">circled letter, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-circumflex-accent">circumflex accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-circumflex-accent_002c-math">circumflex accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text">circumflex, ASCII, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-citation-key">citation key</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-and-package-commands">class and package commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-and-package-difference">class and package difference</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-and-package-structure">class and package structure</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-file-example">class file example</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-file-layout">class file layout</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-options">class options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-options-1">class options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-options-2">class options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-classes-of-documents">classes of documents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cleveref-package"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-1"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-2"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-CLI">CLI</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-clock-option-to-slides-class"><code>clock <span class="r">option to <code class="code">slides</code> class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-closing-letters">closing letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-closing-quote">closing quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cm_002dsuper-package"><code class="code">cm-super</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cmd_002eexe_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>cmd.exe<span class="r">, used by <code class="code">\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-code_002c-typesetting">code, typesetting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-colon-character">colon character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Color">Color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-1">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Define-colors">Define colors</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-2">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-3">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-4">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-models">color models</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Color-models">Color models</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-package-commands">color package commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Commands-for-color">Commands for color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-package-options">color package options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Color-package-options">Color package options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color_002c-define">color, define</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Define-colors">Define colors</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-colored-boxes">colored boxes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-colored-page">colored page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-colored-text">colored text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-command-line-interface">command line interface</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-command-syntax">command syntax</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-class-and-package">commands, class and package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-graphics-package">commands, graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Commands-for-graphics">Commands for graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-redefining">commands, redefining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX">commands, run from LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants">commands, star-variants</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text">composite word mark, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comprehensive-package"><code class="code">comprehensive</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting">computer programs, typesetting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-configuration_002c-graphics-package">configuration, graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contents-file">contents file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-control-sequences">control sequences</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequences</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-control-symbol_002c-defined">control symbol, defined</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequences</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-control-word_002c-defined">control word, defined</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequences</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-copyright-symbol">copyright symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-counters_002c-a-list-of">counters, a list of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-counters_002c-defining-new">counters, defining new</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-counters_002c-getting-value-of">counters, getting value of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-counters_002c-printing">counters, printing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-counters_002c-setting">counters, setting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cprotect-package"><code class="code">cprotect</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cprotect-package-1"><code class="code">cprotect</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-creating-pictures">creating pictures</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-creating-tables">creating tables</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-credit-footnote">credit footnote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cross-references">cross references</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cross-references_002c-resolving">cross references, resolving</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cross-referencing-with-page-number">cross referencing with page number</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents">cross referencing, across documents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic">cross referencing, symbolic</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-CTAN">CTAN</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-curly-braces">curly braces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-currency_002c-dollar">currency, dollar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-currency_002c-euro">currency, euro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-D">D</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-double_002c-in-text">dagger, double, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-in-text">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-in-text-1">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e">DANTE e.V.</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-datatool-package"><code>datatool</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-date_002c-for-titlepage">date, for titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-date_002c-today_0027s">date, today&rsquo;s</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-datetime-package"><code>datetime</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber-1"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dcolumn-package"><code>dcolumn</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dd"><code>dd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-declaration-form-of-font-size-commands">declaration form of font size commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands">declaration form of font style commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-define-color">define color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Define-colors">Define colors</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command">defining a new command</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command-1">defining a new command</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-new-environments">defining new environments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-new-fonts">defining new fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-new-theorems">defining new theorems</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-definitions">definitions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Definitions">Definitions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delayed-_005cwrite">delayed <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delimiters">delimiters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delimiters_002c-paired">delimiters, paired</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delim_005f0"><code>delim_0</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delim_005f1"><code>delim_1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delim_005f2"><code>delim_2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delim_005fn"><code>delim_n</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delim_005fr"><code>delim_r</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-description"><code>description</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-description-environment"><code><code>description</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-description-lists_002c-creating">description lists, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions">design size, in font definitions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-didot-point">didot point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dieresis-accent">dieresis accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dimen-plain-TeX">dimen <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-directory-listings_002c-from-system">directory listings, from system</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication">discretionary breaks, multiplication</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-discretionary-hyphenation">discretionary hyphenation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-display-math-mode">display math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-display-style">display style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment"><code><code>displaymath</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment-1"><code><code>displaymath</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-class-commands">document class commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-class-options">document class options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-class_002c-defined">document class, defined</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-classes">document classes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-environment"><code><code>document</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-root-name">document root name</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-templates">document templates</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dollar-sign">dollar sign</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dot-accent">dot accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dot-over-accent_002c-math">dot over accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dot_002dover-accent">dot-over accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dot_002dunder-accent">dot-under accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dotless-i">dotless i</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dotless-i_002c-math">dotless i, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dotless-j">dotless j</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dotless-j_002c-math">dotless j, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dots">dots</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-angle-quotation-marks">double angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-dagger_002c-in-text">double dagger, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-dagger_002c-in-text-1">double dagger, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-dot-accent_002c-math">double dot accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-guillemets">double guillemets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-left-quote">double left quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark">double low-9 quotation mark</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-quote_002c-straight-base">double quote, straight base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-right-quote">double right quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-spacing">double spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text">double vertical bar, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-doublestruck">doublestruck</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Blackboard-bold">Blackboard bold</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-draft-option"><code>draft <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvilualatex_002ddev"><code>dvilualatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvipdfmx-command"><code>dvipdfmx <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvips-command"><code>dvips <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvitype-command"><code>dvitype <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-double_002c-in-text">dagger, double, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-in-text">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-in-text-1">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e">DANTE e.V.</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-datatool-package"><code class="code">datatool</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-date_002c-for-titlepage">date, for titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-date_002c-today_0027s">date, today&rsquo;s</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-datetime-package"><code class="code">datetime</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber-1"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dcolumn-package"><code class="code">dcolumn</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dd"><code>dd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-declaration-form-of-font-size-commands">declaration form of font size commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands">declaration form of font style commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-define-color">define color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Define-colors">Define colors</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command">defining a new command</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command-1">defining a new command</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-defining-new-environments">defining new environments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-defining-new-fonts">defining new fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-defining-new-theorems">defining new theorems</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-definitions">definitions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Definitions">Definitions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delayed-_005cwrite">delayed <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delimiters">delimiters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delimiters_002c-paired">delimiters, paired</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005f0"><code>delim_0</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005f1"><code>delim_1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005f2"><code>delim_2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005fn"><code>delim_n</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005fr"><code>delim_r</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-description"><code>description</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-description-environment"><code><code class="code">description</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-description-lists_002c-creating">description lists, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions">design size, in font definitions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-didot-point">didot point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dieresis-accent">dieresis accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dimen-plain-TeX">dimen <span class="r">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-directory-listings_002c-from-system">directory listings, from system</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication">discretionary breaks, multiplication</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-discretionary-hyphenation">discretionary hyphenation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-display-math-mode">display math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-display-style">display style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment"><code><code class="code">displaymath</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment-1"><code><code class="code">displaymath</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-class-commands">document class commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-class-options">document class options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-class_002c-defined">document class, defined</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-classes">document classes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-environment"><code><code class="code">document</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-root-name">document root name</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-templates">document templates</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dollar-sign">dollar sign</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dot-accent">dot accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dot-over-accent_002c-math">dot over accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dot_002dover-accent">dot-over accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dot_002dunder-accent">dot-under accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dotless-i">dotless i</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dotless-i_002c-math">dotless i, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dotless-j">dotless j</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dotless-j_002c-math">dotless j, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dots">dots</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-angle-quotation-marks">double angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-dagger_002c-in-text">double dagger, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-dagger_002c-in-text-1">double dagger, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-dot-accent_002c-math">double dot accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-guillemets">double guillemets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-left-quote">double left quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark">double low-9 quotation mark</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-quote_002c-straight-base">double quote, straight base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-right-quote">double right quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-spacing">double spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text">double vertical bar, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-doublestruck">doublestruck</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Blackboard-bold">Blackboard bold</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-draft-option"><code>draft <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dvilualatex_002ddev"><code>dvilualatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dvipdfmx-command"><code>dvipdfmx <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dvips-command"><code>dvips <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dvitype-command"><code>dvitype <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-E">E</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-e_002ddash">e-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-e_002dTeX">e-TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ellipses">ellipses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ellipsis">ellipsis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em">em</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em-1"><code>em</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em_002ddash">em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters">em-dash, three-quarters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds">em-dash, two-thirds</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-emphasis">emphasis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enclosure-list">enclosure list</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-encoding_002c-font">encoding, font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-encoding_002c-of-input-files">encoding, of input files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-end-matter-of-a-book">end matter of a book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-end-of-document-hook">end of document hook</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ending-and-starting">ending and starting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-engines_002c-TeX">engines, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enlarge-current-page">enlarge current page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumerate-environment"><code><code>enumerate</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumi-counter"><code>enumi counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumii-counter"><code>enumii counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumiii-counter"><code>enumiii counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumitem-package"><code>enumitem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumitem-package-1"><code>enumitem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumiv-counter"><code>enumiv counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment">environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment-form-of-font-size-commands">environment form of font size commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-abstract"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>abstract</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-array"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>array</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-center"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>center</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-description"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>description</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-displaymath"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-document"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>document</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-enumerate"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>enumerate</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-eqnarray"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>eqnarray</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-equation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>equation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-equation-1"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>equation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-figure"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>figure</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-filecontents"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>filecontents</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>filecontents*</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-flushleft"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>flushleft</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-flushright"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>flushright</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-itemize"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>itemize</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-letter"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>letter</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-list"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>list</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-math"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>math</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-math-1"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>math</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-minipage"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>minipage</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-thebibliography"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>thebibliography</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theindex"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>theindex</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theorem"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>theorem</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theorem_002dlike">environment, theorem-like</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-titlepage"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>titlepage</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-verbatim"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>verbatim</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-verse"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>verse</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environments">environments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environments_002c-defining">environments, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-envlab-package"><code>envlab</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-EPS-files">EPS files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eqnarray-environment"><code><code>eqnarray</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-counter"><code>equation counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment"><code><code>equation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment-1"><code><code>equation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-number_002c-cross-referencing">equation number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-numbers_002c-left-vs_002e-right">equation numbers, left vs. right</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-numbers_002c-omitting">equation numbers, omitting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-aligning">equations, aligning</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-environment-for">equations, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered">equations, flush left vs. centered</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-error-messages_002c-from-BibTeX">error messages, from BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-errorstopmode">errorstopmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-German-letter">es-zet German letter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-etex-command"><code>etex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter">eth, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-etoolbox-package"><code>etoolbox</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-euro-symbol">euro symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eurosym-package"><code>eurosym</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eurosym-package-1"><code>eurosym</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ex">ex</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown">exclamation point, upside-down</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-executivepaper-option"><code>executivepaper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-expl3-package"><code>expl3</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-expl3-package-1"><code>expl3</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-exponent">exponent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-expressions"><code>expressions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Expressions">Expressions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-extended-Latin">extended Latin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-external-commands">external commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-external-files_002c-writing">external files, writing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-e_002ddash">e-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-e_002dTeX">e-TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ellipses">ellipses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ellipsis">ellipsis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ellipsis_002c-in-Unicode-_0028U_002b2026_0029">ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ellipsis_002c-traditional-_0028three-periods_0029">ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em">em</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em-1"><code>em</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash">em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters">em-dash, three-quarters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds">em-dash, two-thirds</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-emphasis">emphasis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enclosure-list">enclosure list</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-encoding_002c-font">encoding, font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-encoding_002c-of-input-files">encoding, of input files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-end-matter-of-a-book">end matter of a book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-end-of-document-hook">end of document hook</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ending-and-starting">ending and starting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-engines_002c-TeX">engines, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enlarge-current-page">enlarge current page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumerate-environment"><code><code class="code">enumerate</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumi-counter"><code>enumi counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumii-counter"><code>enumii counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumiii-counter"><code>enumiii counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumitem-package"><code class="code">enumitem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumitem-package-1"><code class="code">enumitem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumiv-counter"><code>enumiv counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment">environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment-form-of-font-size-commands">environment form of font size commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-abstract"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">abstract</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-array"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">array</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-center"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">center</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-description"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">description</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-displaymath"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-document"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">document</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-enumerate"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">enumerate</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-eqnarray"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">eqnarray</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-equation"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">equation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-equation-1"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">equation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-figure"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">figure</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-filecontents"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">filecontents</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">filecontents*</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-flushleft"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">flushleft</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-flushright"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">flushright</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-itemize"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">itemize</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-letter"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">letter</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-list"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">list</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-math"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">math</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-math-1"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">math</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-minipage"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">minipage</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">picture</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">quote</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">table</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-thebibliography"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">thebibliography</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theindex"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">theindex</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theorem"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">theorem</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theorem_002dlike">environment, theorem-like</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-titlepage"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">titlepage</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-verbatim"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">verbatim</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-verse"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">verse</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environments">environments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environments_002c-defining">environments, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-envlab-package"><code class="code">envlab</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-EPS-files">EPS files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eqnarray-environment"><code><code class="code">eqnarray</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equation-counter"><code>equation counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equation-environment"><code><code class="code">equation</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equation-environment-1"><code><code class="code">equation</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equation-number_002c-cross-referencing">equation number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equation-numbers_002c-left-vs_002e-right">equation numbers, left vs. right</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equation-numbers_002c-omitting">equation numbers, omitting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equations_002c-aligning">equations, aligning</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equations_002c-environment-for">equations, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered">equations, flush left vs. centered</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-error-messages_002c-from-BibTeX">error messages, from BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-errorstopmode">errorstopmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-German-letter">es-zet German letter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-etex-command"><code>etex <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter">eth, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-etoolbox-package"><code class="code">etoolbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-euro-symbol">euro symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eurosym-package"><code class="code">eurosym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eurosym-package-1"><code class="code">eurosym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ex">ex</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown">exclamation point, upside-down</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-executivepaper-option"><code>executivepaper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-expl3-package"><code class="code">expl3</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-expl3-package-1"><code class="code">expl3</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-exponent">exponent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-expressions"><code>expressions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Expressions">Expressions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-extended-Latin">extended Latin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-external-commands">external commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-external-files_002c-writing">external files, writing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-F">F</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fallback-jobname">fallback jobname</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-families_002c-of-fonts">families, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyhdr-package"><code>fancyhdr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyhdr-package-1"><code>fancyhdr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package"><code>fancyvrb</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package-1"><code>fancyvrb</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-feminine-ordinal-symbol">feminine ordinal symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-counter"><code>figure counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-dash-character">figure dash character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-environment"><code><code>figure</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing">figure number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figures_002c-footnotes-in">figures, footnotes in</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figures_002c-inserting">figures, inserting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-closing">file, closing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-opening">file, opening</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-reading">file, reading</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-root">file, root</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-root-1">file, root</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents-environment"><code><code>filecontents</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents_002a-environment"><code><code>filecontents*</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filename-for-current-job">filename for current job</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-final-option"><code>final <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document"><code>first-latex-doc <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fixed_002dwidth-font">fixed-width font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flafter-package"><code>flafter</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fleqn-option"><code>fleqn <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-float-package"><code>float</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-float-page">float page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flush-left-equations">flush left equations</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page">flushing floats and starting a page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushleft-environment"><code><code>flushleft</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushright-environment"><code><code>flushright</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-catalogue">font catalogue</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel">font commands, low-level</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-dimension_002c-slant">font dimension, slant</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-encoding">font encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-encoding-1">font encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-encoding_002c-declaring">font encoding, declaring</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-size">font size</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-sizes">font sizes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-styles">font styles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-symbols_002c-by-number">font symbols, by number</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fontenc"><code>fontenc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts">fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for">fonts, new commands for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-script">fonts, script</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fontspec-package"><code>fontspec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footer-style">footer style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footer_002c-parameters-for">footer, parameters for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote-counter"><code>footnote counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote-number_002c-cross-referencing">footnote number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote-parameters">footnote parameters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote_002c-in-a-table">footnote, in a table</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote_002c-in-section-headings">footnote, in section headings</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote_002c-of-a-footnote">footnote, of a footnote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes-in-figures">footnotes in figures</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-creating">footnotes, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage">footnotes, in a minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-force-option-for-filecontents"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-format-files_002c-TeX">format files, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-environment-for">formulas, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-math">formulas, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-forward-reference">forward reference</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-forward-references_002c-resolving">forward references, resolving</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fraction">fraction</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrac">\frac</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fragile-commands">fragile commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-frame-rule-width"><code>frame rule width</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-frame_002c-line-width"><code>frame, line width</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-frame_002c-separation-from-contents"><code>frame, separation from contents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-French-quotation-marks">French quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-front-matter-of-a-book">front matter of a book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-functions_002c-math">functions, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fallback-jobname">fallback jobname</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-families_002c-of-fonts">families, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fancyhdr-package"><code class="code">fancyhdr</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fancyhdr-package-1"><code class="code">fancyhdr</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package"><code class="code">fancyvrb</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package-1"><code class="code">fancyvrb</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-feminine-ordinal-symbol">feminine ordinal symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figure-counter"><code>figure counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figure-dash-character">figure dash character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figure-environment"><code><code class="code">figure</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing">figure number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figures_002c-footnotes-in">figures, footnotes in</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figures_002c-inserting">figures, inserting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-file_002c-closing">file, closing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-file_002c-opening">file, opening</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-file_002c-reading">file, reading</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-file_002c-root">file, root</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-file_002c-root-1">file, root</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-filecontents-environment"><code><code class="code">filecontents</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-filecontents_002a-environment"><code><code class="code">filecontents*</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-filename-for-current-job">filename for current job</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-final-option"><code>final <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document"><code>first-latex-doc <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fixed_002dwidth-font">fixed-width font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flafter-package"><code class="code">flafter</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fleqn-option"><code>fleqn <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-float-package"><code class="code">float</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-float-page">float page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flush-left-equations">flush left equations</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page">flushing floats and starting a page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flushleft-environment"><code><code class="code">flushleft</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flushright-environment"><code><code class="code">flushright</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-catalogue">font catalogue</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel">font commands, low-level</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-dimension_002c-slant">font dimension, slant</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-encoding">font encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-encoding-1">font encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-encoding_002c-declaring">font encoding, declaring</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-size">font size</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-sizes">font sizes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-styles">font styles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-symbols_002c-by-number">font symbols, by number</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fontenc"><code>fontenc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fonts">fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for">fonts, new commands for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-script">fonts, script</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fontspec-package"><code class="code">fontspec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fontspec-package-1"><code class="code">fontspec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#OpenType-bold-math">OpenType bold math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footer-style">footer style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footer_002c-parameters-for">footer, parameters for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnote-counter"><code>footnote counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnote-number_002c-cross-referencing">footnote number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnote-parameters">footnote parameters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnote_002c-in-a-table">footnote, in a table</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnote_002c-in-section-headings">footnote, in section headings</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnote_002c-of-a-footnote">footnote, of a footnote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnotes-in-figures">footnotes in figures</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-creating">footnotes, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage">footnotes, in a minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-force-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">force</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-format-files_002c-TeX">format files, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-environment-for">formulas, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-math">formulas, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-forward-reference">forward reference</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-forward-references_002c-resolving">forward references, resolving</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fraction">fraction</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrac">\frac</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fragile-commands">fragile commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-frame-rule-width"><code>frame rule width</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-frame_002c-line-width"><code>frame, line width</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-frame_002c-separation-from-contents"><code>frame, separation from contents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox &amp; \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-French-quotation-marks">French quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-front-matter-of-a-book">front matter of a book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-functions_002c-math">functions, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-G">G</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-geometry-package"><code>geometry</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-geometry-package-1"><code>geometry</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-global-options">global options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossaries">glossaries</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossary">glossary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossary_002c-entries">glossary, entries</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossary_002c-entry-reference">glossary, entry reference</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glue-plain-TeX">glue <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glue-register_002c-plain-TeX">glue register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics">graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-1">graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-2">graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-package">graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-package-1">graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-package-2">graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-package-commands">graphics package commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Commands-for-graphics">Commands for graphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-package-options">graphics package options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-options">Graphics package options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-packages">graphics packages</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-resizing">graphics, resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-resizing-1">graphics, resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-scaling">graphics, scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-scaling-1">graphics, scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphpap-package"><code>graphpap</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-grave-accent">grave accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-grave-accent_002c-math">grave accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text">greater than symbol, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-greek-letters">greek letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Greek-letters">Greek letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-grfext-package"><code>grfext</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-group_002c-and-environments">group, and environments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-group_005fskip"><code>group_skip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-geometry-package"><code class="code">geometry</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-geometry-package-1"><code class="code">geometry</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-global-options">global options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glossaries">glossaries</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glossary">glossary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glossary_002c-entries">glossary, entries</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glossary_002c-entry-reference">glossary, entry reference</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glue-plain-TeX">glue <span class="r">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glue-register_002c-plain-TeX">glue register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics">graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics-1">graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics-2">graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics-package">graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics-package-1">graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics-package-2">graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics-package-commands">graphics package commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Commands-for-graphics">Commands for graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics-package-options">graphics package options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics-package-options">Graphics package options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics-packages">graphics packages</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-resizing">graphics, resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-resizing-1">graphics, resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-scaling">graphics, scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-scaling-1">graphics, scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphpap-package"><code class="code">graphpap</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-grave-accent">grave accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-grave-accent_002c-math">grave accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text">greater than symbol, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-greek-letters">greek letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Greek-letters">Greek letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-grfext-package"><code class="code">grfext</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-group_002c-and-environments">group, and environments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-group_005fskip"><code>group_skip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-H">H</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hacek-accent_002c-math">h&aacute;&#269;ek accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hacek-accent">hacek accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Halmos-symbol">Halmos symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hard-space">hard space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hat-accent">hat accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hat-accent_002c-math">hat accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-header-style">header style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-header_002c-parameters-for">header, parameters for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hello_002c-world">hello, world</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-here_002c-putting-floats">here, putting floats</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-home-page-for-manual">home page for manual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-bar-character">horizontal bar character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-paragraph-indentation">horizontal paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-space">horizontal space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable">horizontal space, stretchable</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-spacing">horizontal spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hungarian-umlaut-accent">hungarian umlaut accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-1"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-2"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-3"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-4"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking">hyphen character, non-breaking</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-defining">hyphenation, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary">hyphenation, discretionary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-forcing">hyphenation, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-preventing">hyphenation, preventing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hacek-accent_002c-math">h&aacute;&#269;ek accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hacek-accent">hacek accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Halmos-symbol">Halmos symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hard-space">hard space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hat-accent">hat accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hat-accent_002c-math">hat accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-header-style">header style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-header_002c-parameters-for">header, parameters for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hello_002c-world">hello, world</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-here_002c-putting-floats">here, putting floats</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-home-page-for-manual">home page for manual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-horizontal-bar-character">horizontal bar character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-horizontal-paragraph-indentation">horizontal paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-horizontal-space">horizontal space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable">horizontal space, stretchable</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-horizontal-spacing">horizontal spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hungarian-umlaut-accent">hungarian umlaut accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-1"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-2"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-3"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-4"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking">hyphen character, non-breaking</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-defining">hyphenation, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary">hyphenation, discretionary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-forcing">hyphenation, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-preventing">hyphenation, preventing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-I">I</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Icelandic-eth">Icelandic eth</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Icelandic-thorn">Icelandic thorn</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-idx-file">idx file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch">ij letter, Dutch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-immediate-_005cwrite">immediate <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package"><code>indentfirst</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-1"><code>indentfirst</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-2"><code>indentfirst</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-3"><code>indentfirst</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-4"><code>indentfirst</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-5"><code>indentfirst</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_005flength"><code>indent_length</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_005fspace"><code>indent_space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-entries_002c-subentries">index entries, subentries</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-entries_002c-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027">index entries, &lsquo;see&rsquo; and &lsquo;see also&rsquo;</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-entry">index entry</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-package"><code>index</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-multiple">index, multiple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-page-range">index, page range</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-printing">index, printing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-processing">index, processing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-producing-manually">index, producing manually</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-style-file"><code>index, style file</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indexes">indexes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-infinite-horizontal-stretch">infinite horizontal stretch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-infinite-vertical-stretch">infinite vertical stretch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inline-formulas">inline formulas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inner-paragraph-mode">inner paragraph mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input-file">input file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input_002c-on-command-line">input, on command line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input_002foutput">input/output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal">input/output, to terminal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inputenc"><code>inputenc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inserting-figures">inserting figures</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-insertions-of-special-characters">insertions of special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-interface_002c-command-line">interface, command line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-interline-space">interline space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-internal-vertical-mode">internal vertical mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-invisible-character">invisible character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-invisible-character-1">invisible character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-italic-correction">italic correction</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-italic-font">italic font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-itemize-environment"><code><code>itemize</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005f0"><code>item_0</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005f01"><code>item_01</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005f1"><code>item_1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005f12"><code>item_12</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005f2"><code>item_2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005fx1"><code>item_x1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005fx2"><code>item_x2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Icelandic-eth">Icelandic eth</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Icelandic-thorn">Icelandic thorn</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-idx-file">idx file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch">ij letter, Dutch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-immediate-_005cwrite">immediate <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-1"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-2"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-3"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-4"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-5"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indent_005flength"><code>indent_length</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indent_005fspace"><code>indent_space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index-entries_002c-subentries">index entries, subentries</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index-entries_002c-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027">index entries, &lsquo;see&rsquo; and &lsquo;see also&rsquo;</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index-entry">index entry</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index-package"><code class="code">index</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index_002c-multiple">index, multiple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index_002c-page-range">index, page range</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index_002c-printing">index, printing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index_002c-processing">index, processing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index_002c-producing-manually">index, producing manually</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index_002c-style-file"><code>index, style file</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indexes">indexes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-infinite-horizontal-stretch">infinite horizontal stretch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-infinite-vertical-stretch">infinite vertical stretch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inline-formulas">inline formulas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inner-paragraph-mode">inner paragraph mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-input-file">input file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-input_002c-on-command-line">input, on command line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-input_002foutput">input/output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal">input/output, to terminal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inputenc"><code>inputenc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inserting-figures">inserting figures</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-insertions-of-special-characters">insertions of special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-interface_002c-command-line">interface, command line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-interline-space">interline space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-internal-vertical-mode">internal vertical mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-invisible-character">invisible character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-invisible-character-1">invisible character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-italic-correction">italic correction</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-italic-font">italic font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-itemize-environment"><code><code class="code">itemize</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f0"><code>item_0</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f01"><code>item_01</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f1"><code>item_1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f12"><code>item_12</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f2"><code>item_2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005fx1"><code>item_x1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005fx2"><code>item_x2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-J">J</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-jobname">jobname</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-jobname-1">jobname</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-JPEG-files">JPEG files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-JPG-files">JPG files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justification_002c-ragged-left">justification, ragged left</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justification_002c-ragged-right">justification, ragged right</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-jobname">jobname</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-jobname-1">jobname</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-JPEG-files">JPEG files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-JPG-files">JPG files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-justification_002c-ragged-left">justification, ragged left</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-justification_002c-ragged-right">justification, ragged right</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-K">K</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e">Knuth, Donald E.</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e">Knuth, Donald E.</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-L">L</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-label">label</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-labelled-lists_002c-creating">labelled lists, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Lamport-TeX">Lamport TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Lamport_002c-Leslie">Lamport, Leslie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-landscape-option"><code>landscape <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-landscape-orientation">landscape orientation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex"><code>latex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex-command"><code>latex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files">LaTeX format (<code>.fmt</code>) files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-logo">LaTeX logo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-overview">LaTeX overview</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-Project-team">LaTeX Project team</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e">LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex_002ddev"><code>latex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"><code>latex-doc-ptr <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX2e-logo">LaTeX2e logo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX3-syntax">LaTeX3 syntax</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"><code><a href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a> <span class="roman">email address</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latexsym-package"><code>latexsym</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Latin-letters_002c-additional">Latin letters, additional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-layout-commands">layout commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Layout">Layout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for">layout, page parameters for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents">leaders, dots in table of contents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-leading">leading</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-angle-quotation-marks">left angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-arrow_002c-in-text">left arrow, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-brace_002c-in-text">left brace, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-quote">left quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-quote_002c-double">left quote, double</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-quote_002c-single">left quote, single</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers">left-hand equation numbers</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left_002djustifying-text">left-justifying text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for">left-justifying text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left_002dto_002dright-mode">left-to-right mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-legalpaper-option"><code>legalpaper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-adding-to">lengths, adding to</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-allocating-new">lengths, allocating new</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-defining-and-using">lengths, defining and using</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-setting">lengths, setting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-leqno-option"><code>leqno <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-less-than-symbol_002c-in-text">less than symbol, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lethead_005fflag"><code>lethead_flag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lethead_005fprefix"><code>lethead_prefix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lethead_005fsuffix"><code>lethead_suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letter-class"><code>letter <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letter-environment"><code><code>letter</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letterpaper-option"><code>letterpaper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-accented">letters, accented</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-additional-Latin">letters, additional Latin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-ending">letters, ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-starting">letters, starting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-writing">letters, writing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-break_002c-forcing">line break, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-breaking">line breaking</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-changing">line breaks, changing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-forcing">line breaks, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-preventing">line breaks, preventing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lines-in-tables">lines in tables</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line_005fmax"><code>line_max</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lining-numerals">lining numerals</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lining-text-up-in-tables">lining text up in tables</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops">lining text up using tab stops</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-list-environment"><code><code>list</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-list-items_002c-specifying-counter">list items, specifying counter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-list-of-figures-file">list of figures file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-list-of-tables-file">list of tables file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listings-package"><code>listings</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listings-package-1"><code>listings</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listings-package-2"><code>listings</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items">lists of items</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-generic">lists of items, generic</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered">lists of items, numbered</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lmodern-package"><code>lmodern</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-locale-information_002c-from-system">locale information, from system</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-log-file">log file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-log-file_002c-writing-to">log file, writing to</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX">logo, LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e">logo, LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-TeX">logo, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-long-command">long command</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-low_002dlevel-font-commands">low-level font commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lowercase">lowercase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LR-box"><code>LR box</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LR-mode">LR mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lrbox"><code>lrbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lshort-document"><code>lshort <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lualatex"><code>lualatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lualatex_002ddev"><code>lualatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LuaTeX">LuaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LuaTeX_002c-256-output-streams-in">LuaTeX, 256 output streams in</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-label">label</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-labelled-lists_002c-creating">labelled lists, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Lamport-TeX">Lamport TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Lamport_002c-Leslie">Lamport, Leslie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-landscape-option"><code>landscape <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-landscape-orientation">landscape orientation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex"><code>latex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex-command"><code>latex <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files">LaTeX format (<code class="code">.fmt</code>) files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-logo">LaTeX logo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-overview">LaTeX overview</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-Project-team">LaTeX Project team</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e">LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex_002ddev"><code>latex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"><code>latex-doc-ptr <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX2e-logo">LaTeX2e logo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX3-syntax">LaTeX3 syntax</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"><code><a class="email" href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a> <span class="r">email address</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latexsym-package"><code class="code">latexsym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Latin-letters_002c-additional">Latin letters, additional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-layout-commands">layout commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Layout">Layout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for">layout, page parameters for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents">leaders, dots in table of contents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-leading">leading</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left-angle-quotation-marks">left angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left-arrow_002c-in-text">left arrow, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left-brace_002c-in-text">left brace, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left-quote">left quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left-quote_002c-double">left quote, double</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left-quote_002c-single">left quote, single</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers">left-hand equation numbers</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left_002djustifying-text">left-justifying text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for">left-justifying text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-left_002dto_002dright-mode">left-to-right mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-legalpaper-option"><code>legalpaper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-adding-to">lengths, adding to</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-allocating-new">lengths, allocating new</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-defining-and-using">lengths, defining and using</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-setting">lengths, setting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-leqno-option"><code>leqno <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-less-than-symbol_002c-in-text">less than symbol, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lethead_005fflag"><code>lethead_flag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lethead_005fprefix"><code>lethead_prefix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lethead_005fsuffix"><code>lethead_suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letter-class"><code>letter <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letter-environment"><code><code class="code">letter</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letterpaper-option"><code>letterpaper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letters_002c-accented">letters, accented</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letters_002c-additional-Latin">letters, additional Latin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letters_002c-ending">letters, ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letters_002c-starting">letters, starting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letters_002c-writing">letters, writing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-line-break_002c-forcing">line break, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-line-breaking">line breaking</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-changing">line breaks, changing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-forcing">line breaks, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-preventing">line breaks, preventing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lines-in-tables">lines in tables</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-line_005fmax"><code>line_max</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lining-numerals">lining numerals</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lining-text-up-in-tables">lining text up in tables</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops">lining text up using tab stops</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-list-environment"><code><code class="code">list</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-list-items_002c-specifying-counter">list items, specifying counter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-list-of-figures-file">list of figures file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-list-of-tables-file">list of tables file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listings-package"><code class="code">listings</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listings-package-1"><code class="code">listings</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listings-package-2"><code class="code">listings</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lists-of-items">lists of items</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-generic">lists of items, generic</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered">lists of items, numbered</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lmodern-package"><code class="code">lmodern</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-locale-information_002c-from-system">locale information, from system</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-log-file">log file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-log-file_002c-writing-to">log file, writing to</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX">logo, LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e">logo, LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logo_002c-TeX">logo, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-long-command">long command</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-low_002dlevel-font-commands">low-level font commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lowercase">lowercase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LR-box"><code>LR box</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LR-mode">LR mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lrbox"><code>lrbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lshort-document"><code>lshort <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lualatex"><code>lualatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lualatex_002ddev"><code>lualatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LuaTeX">LuaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LuaTeX_002c-256-output-streams-in">LuaTeX, 256 output streams in</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-M">M</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-m_002dwidth">m-width</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macron-accent">macron accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macron-accent_002c-math">macron accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macros2e-package"><code>macros2e</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Madsen_002c-Lars">Madsen, Lars</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mail-merges">mail merges</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-main-matter-of-a-book">main matter of a book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-make-a-box">make a box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeidx-package"><code>makeidx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex-program"><code>makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-program"><code>makeindex, <span class="roman">program</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-style-file"><code>makeindex, style file</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-making-a-title-page">making a title page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-making-paragraphs">making paragraphs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-marginal-notes">marginal notes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-masculine-ordinal-symbol">masculine ordinal symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-matching-brackets">matching brackets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-matching-parentheses">matching parentheses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-accents">math accents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-environment"><code><code>math</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-environment-1"><code><code>math</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-formulas">math formulas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-functions">math functions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-miscellany">math miscellany</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode">math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-entering">math mode, entering</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space">math mode, vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-styles">math styles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-symbols">math symbols</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-arrows"><code>math, arrows</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-bold">math, bold</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-1"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-2"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-3"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-4"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-5"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-MetaPost-package"><code>MetaPost</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mfirstuc-package"><code>mfirstuc</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mhchem-package"><code>mhchem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-millimeter">millimeter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minipage-environment"><code><code>minipage</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minipage_002c-creating-a">minipage, creating a</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minted-package"><code>minted</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minted-package-1"><code>minted</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minted-package-2"><code>minted</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mirrors-of-CTAN">mirrors of CTAN</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mm"><code>mm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-modes">modes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-monospace-font">monospace font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-moving-arguments">moving arguments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mpfootnote-counter">mpfootnote counter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mpfootnote-counter-1"><code>mpfootnote counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mu"><code>mu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mu_002c-math-unit">mu, math unit</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multicolumn-text">multicolumn text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multilingual-support">multilingual support</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multind-package"><code>multind</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multiple-indexes">multiple indexes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multiplication_002c-discretionary">multiplication, discretionary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-m_002dwidth">m-width</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-macron-accent">macron accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-macron-accent_002c-math">macron accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-macros2e-package"><code class="code">macros2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Madsen_002c-Lars">Madsen, Lars</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mail-merges">mail merges</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-main-matter-of-a-book">main matter of a book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-make-a-box">make a box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeidx-package"><code class="code">makeidx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex-program"><code class="command">makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-program"><code>makeindex, <span class="r">program</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-style-file"><code>makeindex, style file</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-making-a-title-page">making a title page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-making-paragraphs">making paragraphs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-marginal-notes">marginal notes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-masculine-ordinal-symbol">masculine ordinal symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-matching-brackets">matching brackets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-matching-parentheses">matching parentheses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-accents">math accents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-environment"><code><code class="code">math</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-environment-1"><code><code class="code">math</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-formulas">math formulas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-functions">math functions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-miscellany">math miscellany</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-mode">math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-entering">math mode, entering</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space">math mode, vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-styles">math styles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-symbols">math symbols</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math_002c-arrows"><code>math, arrows</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math_002c-bold">math, bold</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathematics_002c-boldface">mathematics, boldface</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-1"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-2"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-3"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-4"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-5"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-MetaPost-package"><code class="code">MetaPost</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mfirstuc-package"><code class="code">mfirstuc</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mhchem-package"><code class="code">mhchem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-millimeter">millimeter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minipage-environment"><code><code class="code">minipage</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minipage_002c-creating-a">minipage, creating a</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minted-package"><code class="code">minted</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minted-package-1"><code class="code">minted</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minted-package-2"><code class="code">minted</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mirrors-of-CTAN">mirrors of CTAN</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mm"><code>mm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modes">modes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-monospace-font">monospace font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-moving-arguments">moving arguments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mpfootnote-counter">mpfootnote counter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mpfootnote-counter-1"><code>mpfootnote counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mu"><code>mu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mu_002c-math-unit">mu, math unit</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-multicolumn-text">multicolumn text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-multilingual-support">multilingual support</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-multind-package"><code class="code">multind</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-multiple-indexes">multiple indexes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-multiplication_002c-discretionary">multiplication, discretionary</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-N">N</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-name"><code>name</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-name-of-document-root">name of document root</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-NBSP">NBSP</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include &amp; \includeonly</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-check">new command, check</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-definition">new command, definition</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-commands_002c-defining">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-commands_002c-defining-1">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-output-as-input">new line, output as input</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting">new line, starting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-page_002c-starting">new page, starting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite">newline, in <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character">non-breaking hyphen character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-non_002dEnglish-characters">non-English characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nonstopmode">nonstopmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notes-in-the-margin">notes in the margin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notitlepage-option"><code>notitlepage <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-null-delimiter">null delimiter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter">numbered items, specifying counter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numerals_002c-old_002dstyle">numerals, old-style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-name"><code>name</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-name-of-document-root">name of document root</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-NBSP">NBSP</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed">nested <code class="code">\include</code>, not allowed</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include &amp; \includeonly</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-checking">new command, checking</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-definition">new command, definition</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-commands_002c-defining">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-commands_002c-defining-1">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-output-as-input">new line, output as input</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting">new line, starting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-page_002c-starting">new page, starting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite">newline, in <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">noheader</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character">non-breaking hyphen character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-non_002dEnglish-characters">non-English characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nonstopmode">nonstopmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">nosearch</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-notes-in-the-margin">notes in the margin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-notitlepage-option"><code>notitlepage <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-null-delimiter">null delimiter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter">numbered items, specifying counter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numerals_002c-old_002dstyle">numerals, old-style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-O">O</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oblique-font">oblique font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oe-ligature">oe ligature</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ogonek">ogonek</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-old_002dstyle-numerals">old-style numerals</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-one_002dcolumn-output">one-column output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-onecolumn-option"><code>onecolumn <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oneside-option"><code>oneside <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-open-a-file">open a file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-openany-option"><code>openany <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-openbib-option"><code>openbib <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opening-quote">opening quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-openright-option"><code>openright <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-OpenType-fonts">OpenType fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-operating-system-information">operating system information</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-class">options, class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-color-package">options, color package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Color-package-options">Color package options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-command-line">options, command line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-document-class">options, document class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-document-class-1">options, document class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-global">options, global</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-graphics-package">options, graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-options">Graphics package options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-package">options, package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-package-1">options, package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-OT1">OT1</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-outer-paragraph-mode">outer paragraph mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-output-directory-for-all-external-files">output directory for all external files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overbar-accent">overbar accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overdot-accent_002c-math">overdot accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overlining">overlining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overview-of-LaTeX">overview of LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-oblique-font">oblique font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-oe-ligature">oe ligature</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ogonek">ogonek</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-old_002dstyle-numerals">old-style numerals</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-one_002dcolumn-output">one-column output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-onecolumn-option"><code>onecolumn <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-oneside-option"><code>oneside <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-open-a-file">open a file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin &amp; \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-openany-option"><code>openany <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-openbib-option"><code>openbib <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opening-quote">opening quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-openright-option"><code>openright <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-OpenType-fonts">OpenType fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-operating-system-information">operating system information</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-optional-arguments_002c-defining-and-using">optional arguments, defining and using</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-class">options, class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-color-package">options, color package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Color-package-options">Color package options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-command-line">options, command line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-document-class">options, document class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-document-class-1">options, document class</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-global">options, global</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-graphics-package">options, graphics package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics-package-options">Graphics package options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-package">options, package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-package-1">options, package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-OT1">OT1</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-outer-paragraph-mode">outer paragraph mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-output-directory-for-all-external-files">output directory for all external files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-overbar-accent">overbar accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-overdot-accent_002c-math">overdot accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-overlining">overlining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-overview-of-LaTeX">overview of LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">overwrite</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-P">P</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-file-layout">package file layout</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-options">package options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-options-1">package options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-abstract"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>abstract</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-adjustbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>adjustbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-algorithm2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>algorithm2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amscd"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amscd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsfonts"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsfonts</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsfonts-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsfonts</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-6"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-7"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-9"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-11"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-12"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-13"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-14"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-answers"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>answers</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-appendix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>appendix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-array"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>array</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-beamer"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>beamer</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-bigfoot"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>bigfoot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-bm"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>bm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-caption"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cm-super</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-comprehensive"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>comprehensive</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cprotect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cprotect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-datatool"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>datatool</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-datetime"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>datetime</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-dcolumn"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>dcolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>enumitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>enumitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-envlab"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>envlab</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>eurosym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>eurosym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-expl3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>expl3</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-expl3-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>expl3</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyhdr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fancyhdr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fancyhdr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyvrb"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fancyvrb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fancyvrb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-flafter"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>flafter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-float"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>float</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fontspec"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fontspec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>geometry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>geometry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-graphpap"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>graphpap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-grfext"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>grfext</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-index"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-latexsym"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>latexsym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-lmodern"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>lmodern</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-macros2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>macros2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-makeidx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>makeidx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-MetaPost"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>MetaPost</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mfirstuc"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mfirstuc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mhchem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mhchem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-multind"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>multind</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-pict2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>pict2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-PSTricks"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>PSTricks</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-setspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>setspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-shellesc"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>shellesc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-showidx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>showidx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tikz-cd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocbibbind"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tocbibbind</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tocloft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tocloft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-ulem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>ulem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>unicode-math</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-url"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>url</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-verbatimbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>verbatimbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-preventing">page break, preventing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-breaking">page breaking</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-counter"><code>page counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-layout-parameters">page layout parameters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing">page number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-numbering-style">page numbering style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-style_002c-this-page">page style, this page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-styles">page styles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page_002c-colored">page, colored</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page_005fprecedence"><code>page_precedence</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paired-delimiters">paired delimiters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph">paragraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-1">paragraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-counter"><code>paragraph counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentation">paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentation_002c-in-minipage">paragraph indentation, in minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text">paragraph indentations in quoted text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text_002c-omitting">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-mode">paragraph mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-mode-1">paragraph mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-symbol">paragraph symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph_002c-ending">paragraph, ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph_002c-in-a-box">paragraph, in a box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraphs">paragraphs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes">parameters, for footnotes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parameters_002c-page-layout">parameters, page layout</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parent-directories_002c-cannot-write-to">parent directories, cannot write to</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parentheses">parentheses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-part">part</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-part-1">part</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-part-counter"><code>part counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing">pattern, current tab stops, <span class="roman">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pc"><code>pc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PDF-graphic-files">PDF graphic files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdflatex"><code>pdflatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdflatex-command"><code>pdflatex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdflatex_002ddev"><code>pdflatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdfTeX">pdfTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdfTeX-engine">pdfTeX engine</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-abbreviation_002dending">period, abbreviation-ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text">period, centered, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-sentence_002dending">period, sentence-ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-spacing-after">period, spacing after</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pica">pica</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pict2e-package"><code>pict2e</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-picture-environment"><code><code>picture</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pictures_002c-creating">pictures, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pilcrow">pilcrow</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-placement-of-floats">placement of floats</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-platex"><code>platex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-platex_002ddev"><code>platex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-plural"><code>plural</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PNG-files">PNG files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for">poetry, an environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-point">point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polish-l">polish l</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package"><code>polyglossia</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-1"><code>polyglossia</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-2"><code>polyglossia</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-3"><code>polyglossia</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-portrait-orientation">portrait orientation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preamble_002c-defined">preamble, defined</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-prerelease-testing">prerelease testing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-prompt_002c-_002a">prompt, &lsquo;<samp>*</samp>&rsquo;</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pronunciation">pronunciation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PSTricks-package"><code>PSTricks</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pt"><code>pt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package-file-layout">package file layout</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package-options">package options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package-options-1">package options</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-abstract"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">abstract</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-adjustbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">adjustbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-algorithm2e"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">algorithm2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amscd"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amscd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsfonts"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsfonts</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsfonts-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsfonts</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-6"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-7"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-9"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-11"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-12"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-13"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-14"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsthm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsthm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-answers"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">answers</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-appendix"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">appendix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-array"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">array</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-beamer"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">beamer</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-bigfoot"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">bigfoot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-bm"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">bm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#bm">bm</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-caption"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cm-super</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-comprehensive"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">comprehensive</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cprotect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cprotect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-datatool"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">datatool</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-datetime"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">datetime</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-dcolumn"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">dcolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">enumitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">enumitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-envlab"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">envlab</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">eurosym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">eurosym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-expl3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">expl3</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-expl3-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">expl3</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyhdr"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fancyhdr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fancyhdr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyvrb"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fancyvrb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fancyvrb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-flafter"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">flafter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-float"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">float</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fontspec"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fontspec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fontspec-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fontspec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#OpenType-bold-math">OpenType bold math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">geometry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">geometry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-graphpap"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">graphpap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-grfext"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">grfext</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-index"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-latexsym"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">latexsym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-lmodern"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">lmodern</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-macros2e"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">macros2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-makeidx"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">makeidx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-MetaPost"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">MetaPost</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mfirstuc"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mfirstuc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mhchem"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mhchem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-multind"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">multind</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-pict2e"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">pict2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-PSTricks"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">PSTricks</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-setspace"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">setspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-shellesc"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">shellesc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-showidx"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">showidx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">texosquery</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">textcase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcomp"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">textcomp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tikz-cd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocbibbind"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tocbibbind</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tocloft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tocloft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-ulem"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">ulem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">unicode-math</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#OpenType-bold-math">OpenType bold math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">unicode-math</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">unicode-math</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-url"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">url</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-verbatimbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">verbatimbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xstring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-preventing">page break, preventing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-breaking">page breaking</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-counter"><code>page counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-layout-parameters">page layout parameters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing">page number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-numbering-style">page numbering style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-style_002c-this-page">page style, this page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-styles">page styles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page_002c-colored">page, colored</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page_005fprecedence"><code>page_precedence</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paired-delimiters">paired delimiters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left &amp; \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph">paragraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-1">paragraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-counter"><code>paragraph counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentation">paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentation_002c-in-minipage">paragraph indentation, in minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text">paragraph indentations in quoted text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text_002c-omitting">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-mode">paragraph mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-mode-1">paragraph mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph-symbol">paragraph symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph_002c-ending">paragraph, ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph_002c-in-a-box">paragraph, in a box</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraphs">paragraphs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes">parameters, for footnotes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parameters_002c-page-layout">parameters, page layout</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parameters_002c-substituting">parameters, substituting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parent-directories_002c-cannot-write-to">parent directories, cannot write to</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parentheses">parentheses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-part">part</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-part-1">part</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-part-counter"><code>part counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing">pattern, current tab stops, <span class="r">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pc"><code>pc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-PDF-graphic-files">PDF graphic files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex"><code>pdflatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex-command"><code>pdflatex <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex_002ddev"><code>pdflatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdfTeX">pdfTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdfTeX-engine">pdfTeX engine</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-period_002c-abbreviation_002dending">period, abbreviation-ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text">period, centered, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-period_002c-sentence_002dending">period, sentence-ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-period_002c-spacing-after">period, spacing after</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pica">pica</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pict2e-package"><code class="code">pict2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-picture-environment"><code><code class="code">picture</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pictures_002c-creating">pictures, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pilcrow">pilcrow</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-placement-of-floats">placement of floats</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-platex"><code>platex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-platex_002ddev"><code>platex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-plural"><code>plural</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-PNG-files">PNG files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for">poetry, an environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-point">point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polish-l">polish l</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package"><code class="code">polyglossia</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-1"><code class="code">polyglossia</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-2"><code class="code">polyglossia</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-3"><code class="code">polyglossia</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-portrait-orientation">portrait orientation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-preamble_002c-defined">preamble, defined</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-prerelease-testing">prerelease testing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-prompt_002c-_002a">prompt, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo;</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pronunciation">pronunciation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-PSTricks-package"><code class="code">PSTricks</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pt"><code>pt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-Q">Q</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quad">quad</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown">question mark, upside-down</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quotation-environment"><code><code>quotation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quotation-marks_002c-French">quotation marks, French</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quote-environment"><code><code>quote</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quote_002c-single-straight">quote, single straight</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quote_002c-straight-base">quote, straight base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quad">quad</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown">question mark, upside-down</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quotation-environment"><code><code class="code">quotation</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quotation-marks_002c-French">quotation marks, French</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quote-environment"><code><code class="code">quote</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quote_002c-single-straight">quote, single straight</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quote_002c-straight-base">quote, straight base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-R">R</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-radical">radical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-left-text">ragged left text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for">ragged left text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-right-text">ragged right text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for">ragged right text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-read-a-file">read a file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-redefining-environments">redefining environments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-reference_002c-forward">reference, forward</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-references_002c-resolving-forward">references, resolving forward</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-registered-symbol">registered symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-relation_002c-text-above">relation, text above</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-release-candidates">release candidates</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-remarks-in-the-margin">remarks in the margin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-report-class"><code>report <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-reporting-bugs">reporting bugs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-reserved-characters">reserved characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-resizing">resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-resizing-1">resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-restricted-shell-access">restricted shell access</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-angle-quotation-marks">right angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-arrow_002c-in-text">right arrow, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-brace_002c-in-text">right brace, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-quote">right quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-quote_002c-double">right quote, double</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-quote_002c-single">right quote, single</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers">right-hand equation numbers</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right_002djustifying-text">right-justifying text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for">right-justifying text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rigid-lengths">rigid lengths</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ring-accent">ring accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ring-accent_002c-math">ring accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-robust-commands">robust commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-roman-font">roman font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-root-file">root file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-root-file-1">root file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-roots">roots</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rotating-graphics">rotating graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rotating-text">rotating text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rotation">rotation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-row_002c-tabbing">row, <span class="roman">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rubber-lengths">rubber lengths</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rubber-lengths_002c-defining-new">rubber lengths, defining new</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer">running header and footer</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer-style">running header and footer style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-radical">radical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ragged-left-text">ragged left text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for">ragged left text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ragged-right-text">ragged right text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for">ragged right text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-read-a-file">read a file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-redefining-a-command">redefining a command</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-redefining-environments">redefining environments</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-reference_002c-forward">reference, forward</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-references_002c-resolving-forward">references, resolving forward</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-registered-symbol">registered symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-relation_002c-text-above">relation, text above</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-release-candidates">release candidates</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-remarks-in-the-margin">remarks in the margin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-report-class"><code>report <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-reporting-bugs">reporting bugs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-reserved-characters">reserved characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-resizing">resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-resizing-1">resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-restricted-shell-access">restricted shell access</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right-angle-quotation-marks">right angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right-arrow_002c-in-text">right arrow, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right-brace_002c-in-text">right brace, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right-quote">right quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right-quote_002c-double">right quote, double</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right-quote_002c-single">right quote, single</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers">right-hand equation numbers</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right_002djustifying-text">right-justifying text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for">right-justifying text, environment for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rigid-lengths">rigid lengths</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ring-accent">ring accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ring-accent_002c-math">ring accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-robust-commands">robust commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-roman-font">roman font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-root-file">root file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-root-file-1">root file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-roots">roots</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rotating-graphics">rotating graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rotating-text">rotating text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rotation">rotation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-row_002c-tabbing">row, <span class="r">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rubber-lengths">rubber lengths</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rubber-lengths_002c-defining-new">rubber lengths, defining new</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer">running header and footer</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer-style">running header and footer style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-S">S</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-samepage-environment"><code>samepage <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sans-serif-font">sans serif font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaled-point">scaled point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaling">scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaling-1">scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-script-fonts">script fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-script-letters-for-math">script letters for math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-script-style">script style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scriptscript-style">scriptscript style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scrollmode">scrollmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-secnumdepth"><code>secnumdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-secnumdepth-counter"><code>secnumdepth <span class="roman">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section">section</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-1">section</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-counter"><code>section counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing">section number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-numbers_002c-printing">section numbers, printing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-symbol">section symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section_002c-redefining">section, redefining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sectioning-commands">sectioning commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sectioning_002c-part">sectioning, part</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-security-and-_005cwrite">security and <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-see-and-see-also-index-entries">see and see also index entries</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-self_002dcontained-sources">self-contained sources</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-series_002c-of-fonts">series, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-setspace-package"><code>setspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-setting-counters">setting counters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>sh<span class="roman">, used by <code>\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shapes_002c-of-fonts">shapes, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sharp-S-letters">sharp S letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shell-access">shell access</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shell-escape">shell escape</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-SHELL_002c-environment-variables"><code>SHELL<span class="roman">, environment variables</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shellesc-package"><code>shellesc</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-showidx-package"><code>showidx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simulating-typed-text">simulating typed text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-angle-quotation-marks">single angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-guillemets">single guillemets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-left-quote">single left quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark">single low-9 quotation mark</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-quote_002c-straight">single quote, straight</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-right-quote">single right quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-siunitx-package"><code>siunitx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-siunitx-package-1"><code>siunitx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sizes-of-text">sizes of text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-skip-plain-TeX">skip <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code>sloppypar</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained">source files, making self-contained</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sp"><code>sp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space-between-lines">space between lines</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal">space, inserting horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-inserting-vertical">space, inserting vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-negative-thin">space, negative thin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-thin">space, thin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-unbreakable">space, unbreakable</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-vertical">space, vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces">spaces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode-1">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters-1">special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-insertions">special insertions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-specifier_002c-float-placement">specifier, float placement</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-splitting-the-input-file">splitting the input file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-square-root">square root</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stack-math">stack math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands">star-variants, commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands">starred form, defining new commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-a-new-page">starting a new page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-a-new-page-and-clearing-floats">starting a new page and clearing floats</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-and-ending">starting and ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-on-a-right_002dhand-page">starting on a right-hand page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sterling-symbol">sterling symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-straight-double-quote_002c-base">straight double quote, base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-straight-quote_002c-base">straight quote, base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-straight-single-quote">straight single quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-infinite-horizontal">stretch, infinite horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-infinite-vertical">stretch, infinite vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical">stretch, omitting vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-strut">strut</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-strut-1">strut</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-strut_002c-math">strut, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-styles-of-text">styles of text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-styles_002c-page">styles, page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subparagraph">subparagraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subparagraph-1">subparagraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subparagraph-counter"><code>subparagraph counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subscript">subscript</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsection">subsection</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsection-1">subsection</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsection-counter"><code>subsection counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection">subsubsection</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection-1">subsubsection</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection-counter"><code>subsubsection counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-suffix-package"><code>suffix</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-superscript">superscript</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbol"><code>symbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbol_002c-defining">symbol, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-arrows">symbols, arrows</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-boldface">symbols, boldface</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-math">symbols, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-text">symbols, text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-system-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX">system commands, run from LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-system-information">system information</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-samepage-environment"><code>samepage <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sans-serif-font">sans serif font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-scaled-point">scaled point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-scaling">scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-scaling-1">scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-script-fonts">script fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-script-letters-for-math">script letters for math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-script-style">script style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-scriptscript-style">scriptscript style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-scrollmode">scrollmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-secnumdepth"><code>secnumdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-secnumdepth-counter"><code>secnumdepth <span class="r">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-section">section</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-section-1">section</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-section-counter"><code>section counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing">section number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-section-numbers_002c-printing">section numbers, printing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-section-symbol">section symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-section_002c-redefining">section, redefining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sectioning-commands">sectioning commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sectioning_002c-part">sectioning, part</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-security-and-_005cwrite">security and <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-see-and-see-also-index-entries">see and see also index entries</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-self_002dcontained-sources">self-contained sources</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-series_002c-of-fonts">series, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-setspace-package"><code class="code">setspace</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-setting-counters">setting counters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>sh<span class="r">, used by <code class="code">\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-shapes_002c-of-fonts">shapes, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sharp-S-letters">sharp S letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-shell-access">shell access</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-shell-escape">shell escape</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-SHELL_002c-environment-variables"><code>SHELL<span class="r">, environment variables</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-shellesc-package"><code class="code">shellesc</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-showidx-package"><code class="code">showidx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simulating-typed-text">simulating typed text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-single-angle-quotation-marks">single angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-single-guillemets">single guillemets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-single-left-quote">single left quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark">single low-9 quotation mark</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-single-quote_002c-straight">single quote, straight</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-single-right-quote">single right quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-siunitx-package"><code class="code">siunitx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-siunitx-package-1"><code class="code">siunitx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sizes-of-text">sizes of text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-skip-plain-TeX">skip <span class="r">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code class="code">sloppypar</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained">source files, making self-contained</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sp"><code>sp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-space-between-lines">space between lines</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal">space, inserting horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-space_002c-inserting-vertical">space, inserting vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-space_002c-negative-thin">space, negative thin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-space_002c-thin">space, thin</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-space_002c-unbreakable">space, unbreakable</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-space_002c-vertical">space, vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-spaces">spaces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode-1">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-special-characters-1">special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-special-insertions">special insertions</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-specifier_002c-float-placement">specifier, float placement</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-splitting-the-input-file">splitting the input file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-square-root">square root</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-stack-math">stack math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands">star-variants, commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands">starred form, defining new commands</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-starting-a-new-page">starting a new page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-starting-a-new-page-and-clearing-floats">starting a new page and clearing floats</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-starting-and-ending">starting and ending</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-starting-on-a-right_002dhand-page">starting on a right-hand page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sterling-symbol">sterling symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-straight-double-quote_002c-base">straight double quote, base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-straight-quote_002c-base">straight quote, base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-straight-single-quote">straight single quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-infinite-horizontal">stretch, infinite horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-infinite-vertical">stretch, infinite vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical">stretch, omitting vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-strut">strut</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-strut-1">strut</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-strut_002c-math">strut, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-styles-of-text">styles of text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-styles_002c-page">styles, page</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subparagraph">subparagraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subparagraph-1">subparagraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subparagraph-counter"><code>subparagraph counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subscript">subscript</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subsection">subsection</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subsection-1">subsection</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subsection-counter"><code>subsection counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subsubsection">subsubsection</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subsubsection-1">subsubsection</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subsubsection-counter"><code>subsubsection counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-suffix-package"><code class="code">suffix</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-superscript">superscript</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-symbol"><code>symbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-symbol_002c-defining">symbol, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-arrows">symbols, arrows</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-boldface">symbols, boldface</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#bm">bm</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-math">symbols, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-text">symbols, text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-system-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX">system commands, run from LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-system-information">system information</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-T">T</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-T1">T1</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tab-stops_002c-using">tab stops, using</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabbing-environment"><code><code>tabbing</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-counter"><code>table counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-environment"><code><code>table</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents">table of contents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-create-dotted-line">table of contents entry, create dotted line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding">table of contents entry, manually adding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-file">table of contents file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tablefootnote-package"><code>tablefootnote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#article-template">article template</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-beamer">template, <code>beamer</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-book">template, <code>book</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#book-template">book template</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-book-1">template, <code>book</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-templates_002c-document">templates, document</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-terminal-input_002foutput">terminal input/output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-terminal_002c-writing-to">terminal, writing to</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files">TeX format (<code>.fmt</code>) files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TeX-logo">TeX logo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texosquery-package"><code>texosquery</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texput_002c-jobname-default"><code>texput<span class="roman">, jobname default</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text-style">text style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text-symbols">text symbols</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-resizing">text, resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-resizing-1">text, resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-scaling">text, scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-scaling-1">text, scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcase-package"><code>textcase</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcomp-package"><code>textcomp <span class="roman">package</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage">thanks, for titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thebibliography-environment"><code><code>thebibliography</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theindex"><code>theindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theindex-environment"><code><code>theindex</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem-environment"><code><code>theorem</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem_002dlike-environment">theorem-like environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorems_002c-defining">theorems, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorems_002c-typesetting">theorems, typesetting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thin-space">thin space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thin-space-1">thin space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thin-space_002c-negative">thin space, negative</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thin-space_002c-negative-1">thin space, negative</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter">thorn, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-three_002dquarters-em_002ddash">three-quarters em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tie">tie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tie_002dafter-accent">tie-after accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TikZ-package"><code>TikZ</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TikZ-package-1"><code>TikZ</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TikZ-package-2"><code>TikZ</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tikz_002dcd-package"><code>tikz-cd</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde-accent">tilde accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde-accent_002c-math">tilde accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text">tilde, ASCII, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din">title page, separate or run-in</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-title-pages_002c-creating">title pages, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-title_002c-for-titlepage">title, for titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlepage-environment"><code><code>titlepage</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlepage-option"><code>titlepage <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titles_002c-making">titles, making</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-1"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-2"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-3"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-4"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-5"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocbibbind-package"><code>tocbibbind</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocdepth"><code>tocdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocdepth-counter"><code>tocdepth <span class="roman">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocloft-package"><code>tocloft</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocloft-package-1"><code>tocloft</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-today_0027s-date">today&rsquo;s date</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tombstone">tombstone</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-topmargin"><code>topmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-topnumber"><code>topnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-topnumber-1"><code>topnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-totalnumber"><code>totalnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-totalnumber-1"><code>totalnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-trademark-symbol">trademark symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-transcript-file">transcript file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TrueType-fonts">TrueType fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TS1-encoding">TS1 encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-two_002dcolumn-output">two-column output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-two_002dthirds-em_002ddash">two-thirds em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-twocolumn-option"><code>twocolumn <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-twoside-option"><code>twoside <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-type-styles">type styles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-typed-text_002c-simulating">typed text, simulating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-typeface-sizes">typeface sizes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-typefaces">typefaces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-typewriter-font">typewriter font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-typewriter-labels-in-lists">typewriter labels in lists</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-T1">T1</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tab-stops_002c-using">tab stops, using</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabbing-environment"><code><code class="code">tabbing</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-counter"><code>table counter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-environment"><code><code class="code">table</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-of-contents">table of contents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-create-dotted-line">table of contents entry, create dotted line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding">table of contents entry, manually adding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-file">table of contents file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tablefootnote-package"><code class="code">tablefootnote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code class="code">tabular</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code class="code">article</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#article-template">article template</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-template_002c-beamer">template, <code class="code">beamer</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-template_002c-book">template, <code class="code">book</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#book-template">book template</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-template_002c-book-1">template, <code class="code">book</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-templates_002c-document">templates, document</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-terminal-input_002foutput">terminal input/output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-terminal_002c-writing-to">terminal, writing to</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files">TeX format (<code class="code">.fmt</code>) files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TeX-logo">TeX logo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texosquery-package"><code class="code">texosquery</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texput_002c-jobname-default"><code>texput<span class="r">, jobname default</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-text-style">text style</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-text-symbols">text symbols</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-text_002c-resizing">text, resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-text_002c-resizing-1">text, resizing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-text_002c-scaling">text, scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-text_002c-scaling-1">text, scaling</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-textcase-package"><code class="code">textcase</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-textcomp-package"><code class="code">textcomp</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage">thanks, for titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thebibliography-environment"><code><code class="code">thebibliography</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theindex"><code>theindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theindex-environment"><code><code class="code">theindex</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theorem-environment"><code><code class="code">theorem</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theorem_002dlike-environment">theorem-like environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theorems_002c-defining">theorems, defining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theorems_002c-typesetting">theorems, typesetting</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thin-space">thin space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thin-space-1">thin space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thin-space_002c-negative">thin space, negative</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thin-space_002c-negative-1">thin space, negative</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter">thorn, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-three_002dquarters-em_002ddash">three-quarters em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tie">tie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tie_002dafter-accent">tie-after accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TikZ-package"><code class="code">TikZ</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TikZ-package-1"><code class="code">TikZ</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TikZ-package-2"><code class="code">TikZ</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tikz_002dcd-package"><code class="code">tikz-cd</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tilde-accent">tilde accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tilde-accent_002c-math">tilde accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text">tilde, ASCII, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din">title page, separate or run-in</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-title-pages_002c-creating">title pages, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-title_002c-for-titlepage">title, for titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlepage-environment"><code><code class="code">titlepage</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlepage-option"><code>titlepage <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titles_002c-making">titles, making</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-1"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-2"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-3"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-4"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-5"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocbibbind-package"><code class="code">tocbibbind</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocdepth"><code>tocdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocdepth-counter"><code>tocdepth <span class="r">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocloft-package"><code class="code">tocloft</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocloft-package-1"><code class="code">tocloft</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-today_0027s-date">today&rsquo;s date</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tombstone">tombstone</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-topmargin"><code>topmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-topnumber"><code>topnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-topnumber-1"><code>topnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-totalnumber"><code>totalnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-totalnumber-1"><code>totalnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-trademark-symbol">trademark symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-transcript-file">transcript file</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TrueType-fonts">TrueType fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TS1-encoding">TS1 encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-two_002dcolumn-output">two-column output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-two_002dthirds-em_002ddash">two-thirds em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-twocolumn-option"><code>twocolumn <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-twoside-option"><code>twoside <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-type-styles">type styles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-typed-text_002c-simulating">typed text, simulating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-typeface-sizes">typeface sizes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-typefaces">typefaces</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-typewriter-font">typewriter font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-typewriter-labels-in-lists">typewriter labels in lists</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-U">U</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ulem-package"><code>ulem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-umlaut-accent">umlaut accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unbreakable-space">unbreakable space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-underbar">underbar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-underlining">underlining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-underscore_002c-in-text">underscore, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Unicode">Unicode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Unicode-input_002c-native">Unicode input, native</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unicode_002dmath-package"><code>unicode-math</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-units_002c-of-length">units, of length</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual">unofficial nature of this manual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unordered-lists">unordered lists</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-uplatex"><code>uplatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-uplatex_002ddev"><code>uplatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-uppercase">uppercase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-url-package"><code>url</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-using-BibTeX">using BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-default-LaTeX-input-encoding">UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-engine-support-for">UTF-8, engine support for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-font-support-for">UTF-8, font support for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ulem-package"><code class="code">ulem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-umlaut-accent">umlaut accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unbreakable-space">unbreakable space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-underbar">underbar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-underlining">underlining</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-underscore_002c-in-text">underscore, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Unicode">Unicode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Unicode-input_002c-native">Unicode input, native</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unicode_002dmath-package"><code class="code">unicode-math</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#OpenType-bold-math">OpenType bold math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unicode_002dmath-package-1"><code class="code">unicode-math</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unicode_002dmath-package-2"><code class="code">unicode-math</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-units_002c-of-length">units, of length</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual">unofficial nature of this manual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unordered-lists">unordered lists</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-uplatex"><code>uplatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-uplatex_002ddev"><code>uplatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-uppercase">uppercase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-url-package"><code class="code">url</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-using-BibTeX">using BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-default-LaTeX-input-encoding">UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-engine-support-for">UTF-8, engine support for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-font-support-for">UTF-8, font support for</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-V">V</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-variables_002c-a-list-of">variables, a list of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vector-symbol_002c-math">vector symbol, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verbatim-environment"><code><code>verbatim</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verbatim-text">verbatim text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verbatim-text_002c-inline">verbatim text, inline</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verbatimbox-package"><code>verbatimbox</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verse-environment"><code><code>verse</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text">vertical bar, double, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text">vertical bar, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-mode">vertical mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space">vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space-1">vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs">vertical space before paragraphs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing-1">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode">vertical spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-visible-space">visible space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text">visible space symbol, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-variables_002c-a-list-of">variables, a list of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vector-symbol_002c-math">vector symbol, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verbatim-environment"><code><code class="code">verbatim</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verbatim-text">verbatim text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verbatim-text_002c-inline">verbatim text, inline</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verbatimbox-package"><code class="code">verbatimbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verse-environment"><code><code class="code">verse</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text">vertical bar, double, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text">vertical bar, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-mode">vertical mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-space">vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-space-1">vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs">vertical space before paragraphs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing-1">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode">vertical spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-visible-space">visible space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text">visible space symbol, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-W">W</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-weights_002c-of-fonts">weights, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-whatsit-item">whatsit item</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-white-space">white space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-wide-hat-accent_002c-math">wide hat accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-wide-tilde-accent_002c-math">wide tilde accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-widths_002c-of-fonts">widths, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Wright_002c-Joseph">Wright, Joseph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-writing-external-files">writing external files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-writing-letters">writing letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-weights_002c-of-fonts">weights, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-whatsit-item">whatsit item</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-white-space">white space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-wide-hat-accent_002c-math">wide hat accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-wide-tilde-accent_002c-math">wide tilde accent, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-widths_002c-of-fonts">widths, of fonts</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Wright_002c-Joseph">Wright, Joseph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-writing-external-files">writing external files</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-writing-letters">writing letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-X">X</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-x_002dheight">x-height</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xdvi-command"><code>xdvi <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xdvipdfmx"><code>xdvipdfmx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xelatex"><code>xelatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xelatex_002ddev"><code>xelatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-XeTeX">XeTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindex-program"><code>xindex <span class="roman">program</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindy-program"><code>xindy <span class="roman">program</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xparse-package"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr-package"><code>xr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code>xr-hyper</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-x_002dheight">x-height</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xdvi-command"><code>xdvi <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xdvipdfmx"><code>xdvipdfmx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xelatex"><code>xelatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xelatex_002ddev"><code>xelatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-XeTeX">XeTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xindex-program"><code>xindex <span class="r">program</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xindy-program"><code>xindy <span class="r">program</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xparse-package"><code class="code">xparse</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xparse-package-1"><code class="code">xparse</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xr-package"><code class="code">xr</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code class="code">xr-hyper</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xspace-package"><code class="code">xspace</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xstring-package"><code class="code">xstring</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
</table>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>
+<table class="cp-letters-footer-printindex"><tr><th>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-2"><b>&amp;</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-2"><b>&amp;</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-3"><b>*</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-3"><b>*</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-4"><b>-</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-4"><b>-</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-5"><b>.</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-5"><b>.</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-6"><b>/</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-6"><b>/</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-7"><b>1</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-7"><b>1</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-8"><b>:</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-8"><b>:</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-9"><b>[</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-9"><b>[</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-10"><b>\</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-10"><b>\</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-11"><b>^</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-11"><b>^</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-12"><b>_</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-12"><b>_</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-13"><b>{</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-13"><b>{</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-14"><b>~</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_symbol-14"><b>~</b></a>
&nbsp;
<br>
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-B"><b>B</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-B"><b>B</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-G"><b>G</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-G"><b>G</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-H"><b>H</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-H"><b>H</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-J"><b>J</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-J"><b>J</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-K"><b>K</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-K"><b>K</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-N"><b>N</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-N"><b>N</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-Q"><b>Q</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-Q"><b>Q</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-R"><b>R</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-R"><b>R</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-S"><b>S</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-S"><b>S</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-U"><b>U</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-U"><b>U</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-W"><b>W</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-W"><b>W</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-X"><b>X</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#Index_cp_letter-X"><b>X</b></a>
&nbsp;
</td></tr></table>
+</div>
</div>
</div>
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.info b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.info
index a547df1ea2..ec085c4988 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.info
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.info
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.8 from
+This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 7.0.1 from
latex2e.texi.
This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of January 2022.
+preparation system, version of January 2023.
- This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the
+ This manual was originally translated from ‘LATEX.HLP’ v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D.
Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The LaTeX 2.09 version was
written by Stephen Gilmore. The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this
by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions,
-and gratefully acknowledges using 'Hypertext Help with LaTeX', by
-Sheldon Green, and 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by L. Botway
-and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as 'TeXniques'
+and gratefully acknowledges using ‘Hypertext Help with LaTeX’, by
+Sheldon Green, and ‘LaTeX Command Summary’ (for LaTeX 2.09) by L. Botway
+and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as ‘TeXniques’
number 10), as reference material. We also gratefully acknowledge
additional material appearing in latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert
Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
***************************************
This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January
-2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
* Menu:
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January
* Special insertions:: Inserting reserved and special characters.
* Splitting the input:: Dealing with big files by splitting.
* Front/back matter:: Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes.
-* Letters:: The 'letter' class.
+* Letters:: The ‘letter’ class.
* Input/output:: User interaction.
* Command line interface:: Common command-line options.
* Document templates:: Starter templates for various document classes.
@@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document
preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting
program (*note Overview::).
- This document's home page is <https://latexref.xyz>; it has separate
+ This document’s home page is <https://latexref.xyz>; it has separate
web pages for each topic. Alternatively.
<https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html> has the entire document on a
single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more
information, see <https://latexref.xyz/dev/>.
- In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than
-'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades
+ In this document, we will mostly just use ‘LaTeX’ rather than
+‘LaTeX2e’, since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades
ago.
LaTeX is maintained by a group of volunteers
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is UTF-8
(as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text should be
formatted.
- LaTeX is implemented as a set of related so-called "macros" which use
-Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program or one of its derivatives,
-collectively known as "engines". Thus, the user produces output,
+ LaTeX is implemented as a set of related so-called “macros” which use
+Donald E. Knuth’s TeX typesetting program or one of its derivatives,
+collectively known as “engines”. Thus, the user produces output,
typically PDF, by giving the input file to a TeX engine. (The following
sections describe all this in more detail.)
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ sections describe all this in more detail.)
the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands
available to a LaTeX user.
- The name LaTeX is short for "Lamport TeX". It is pronounced LAH-teck
+ The name LaTeX is short for “Lamport TeX”. It is pronounced LAH-teck
or LAY-teck, or sometimes LAY-tecks. Inside a document, produce the
-logo with '\LaTeX'. Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in
-plain text, write it as 'LaTeX'.
+logo with ‘\LaTeX’. Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in
+plain text, write it as ‘LaTeX’.
* Menu:
@@ -180,19 +180,19 @@ and ending. This is a small example.
Hello, \LaTeX\ world.
\end{document}
-Every LaTeX document has a '\begin{document}' line and an
-'\end{document}' line.
+Every LaTeX document has a ‘\begin{document}’ line and an
+‘\end{document}’ line.
-Here, the 'article' is the "document class". It is implemented in a
-file 'article.cls'. You can use any document class on your system. A
+Here, the ‘article’ is the “document class”. It is implemented in a
+file ‘article.cls’. You can use any document class on your system. A
few document classes are defined by LaTeX itself, and vast array of
others are widely available. *Note Document classes::.
- You can include other LaTeX commands between the '\documentclass' and
-the '\begin{document}' commands. This area is called the "preamble".
+ You can include other LaTeX commands between the ‘\documentclass’ and
+the ‘\begin{document}’ commands. This area is called the “preamble”.
- The '\begin{document}', '\end{document}' pair defines an
-"environment"; the 'document' environment (and no others) is required in
+ The ‘\begin{document}’, ‘\end{document}’ pair defines an
+“environment”; the ‘document’ environment (and no others) is required in
all LaTeX documents (*note document::). LaTeX make available to you
many environments that are documented here (*note Environments::). Many
more are available to you from external packages, most importantly those
@@ -208,45 +208,45 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Output files, Next: TeX engines, Prev: Starting and
================
LaTeX produces a main output file and at least two auxiliary files. The
-main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'.
-
-'.dvi'
- If LaTeX is invoked with the system command 'latex' then it
- produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension '.dvi'. You can
- view this file with a command such as 'xdvi', or convert it to a
- PostScript '.ps' file with 'dvips' or to a Portable Document Format
- '.pdf' file with 'dvipdfmx'. The contents of the file can be
- dumped in human-readable form with 'dvitype'. A vast array of
+main output file’s name ends in either ‘.dvi’ or ‘.pdf’.
+
+‘.dvi’
+ If LaTeX is invoked with the system command ‘latex’ then it
+ produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension ‘.dvi’. You can
+ view this file with a command such as ‘xdvi’, or convert it to a
+ PostScript ‘.ps’ file with ‘dvips’ or to a Portable Document Format
+ ‘.pdf’ file with ‘dvipdfmx’. The contents of the file can be
+ dumped in human-readable form with ‘dvitype’. A vast array of
other DVI utility programs are available
(<https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>).
-'.pdf'
- If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'pdflatex', among other
+‘.pdf’
+ If LaTeX is invoked via the system command ‘pdflatex’, among other
commands (*note TeX engines::), then the main output is a Portable
Document Format (PDF) file. Typically this is a self-contained
file, with all fonts and images included.
LaTeX always produces at least two additional files.
-'.log'
+‘.log’
This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of
loaded packages. It also includes diagnostic messages and perhaps
additional information for any errors.
-'.aux'
+‘.aux’
Auxiliary information is used by LaTeX for things such as cross
references. For example, the first time that LaTeX finds a forward
- reference--a cross reference to something that has not yet appeared
- in the source--it will appear in the output as a doubled question
- mark '??'. When the referred-to spot does eventually appear in the
- source then LaTeX writes its location information to this '.aux'
+ reference—a cross reference to something that has not yet appeared
+ in the source—it will appear in the output as a doubled question
+ mark ‘??’. When the referred-to spot does eventually appear in the
+ source then LaTeX writes its location information to this ‘.aux’
file. On the next invocation, LaTeX reads the location information
from this file and uses it to resolve the reference, replacing the
double question mark with the remembered location.
LaTeX may produce yet more files, characterized by the filename
-ending. These include a '.lof' file that is used to make a list of
-figures, a '.lot' file used to make a list of tables, and a '.toc' file
+ending. These include a ‘.lof’ file that is used to make a list of
+figures, a ‘.lot’ file used to make a list of tables, and a ‘.toc’ file
used to make a table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). A
particular class may create others; the list is open-ended.
@@ -257,77 +257,77 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: TeX engines, Next: LaTeX command syntax, Prev: Outp
===============
LaTeX is a large set of commands that is executed by a TeX program
-(*note Overview::). Such a set of commands is called a "format", and is
-embodied in a binary '.fmt' file, which can be read much more quickly
+(*note Overview::). Such a set of commands is called a “format”, and is
+embodied in a binary ‘.fmt’ file, which can be read much more quickly
than the corresponding TeX source.
This section gives a terse overview of the TeX programs that are
commonly available (see also *note Command line interface::).
-'latex'
-'pdflatex'
+‘latex’
+‘pdflatex’
In TeX Live (<https://tug.org/texlive>), if LaTeX is invoked via
- either the system command 'latex' or 'pdflatex', then the pdfTeX
+ either the system command ‘latex’ or ‘pdflatex’, then the pdfTeX
engine is run (<https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). When invoked as
- 'latex', the main output is a '.dvi' file; as 'pdflatex', the main
- output is a '.pdf' file.
+ ‘latex’, the main output is a ‘.dvi’ file; as ‘pdflatex’, the main
+ output is a ‘.pdf’ file.
- pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth's original
+ pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth’s original
program (<https://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), including additional
programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty
of extensions of its own. e-TeX is available on its own as the
- system command 'etex', but this is plain TeX (and produces '.dvi').
+ system command ‘etex’, but this is plain TeX (and produces ‘.dvi’).
- In other TeX distributions, 'latex' may invoke e-TeX rather than
+ In other TeX distributions, ‘latex’ may invoke e-TeX rather than
pdfTeX. In any case, the e-TeX extensions can be assumed to be
available in LaTeX.
-'lualatex'
- If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'lualatex', the LuaTeX
+‘lualatex’
+ If LaTeX is invoked via the system command ‘lualatex’, the LuaTeX
engine is run (<https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>). This program allows
code written in the scripting language Lua (<http://luatex.org>) to
- interact with TeX's typesetting. LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode
+ interact with TeX’s typesetting. LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode
input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and
- produces a '.pdf' file by default. There is also 'dvilualatex' to
- produce a '.dvi' file.
+ produces a ‘.pdf’ file by default. There is also ‘dvilualatex’ to
+ produce a ‘.dvi’ file.
-'xelatex'
- If LaTeX is invoked with the system command 'xelatex', the XeTeX
+‘xelatex’
+ If LaTeX is invoked with the system command ‘xelatex’, the XeTeX
engine is run (<https://tug.org/xetex>). Like LuaTeX, XeTeX
natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts,
though the implementation is completely different, mainly using
external libraries instead of internal code. XeTeX produces a
- '.pdf' file as output; it does not support DVI output.
+ ‘.pdf’ file as output; it does not support DVI output.
- Internally, XeTeX creates an '.xdv' file, a variant of DVI, and
- translates that to PDF using the ('x')'dvipdfmx' program, but this
- process is automatic. The '.xdv' file is only useful for
+ Internally, XeTeX creates an ‘.xdv’ file, a variant of DVI, and
+ translates that to PDF using the (‘x’)‘dvipdfmx’ program, but this
+ process is automatic. The ‘.xdv’ file is only useful for
debugging.
-'platex'
-'uplatex'
+‘platex’
+‘uplatex’
These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese
- and other languages; the 'u' variant supports Unicode. See
+ and other languages; the ‘u’ variant supports Unicode. See
<https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex> and <https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>.
- As of 2019, there is a companion '-dev' command and format for all of
+ As of 2019, there is a companion ‘-dev’ command and format for all of
the above:
-'dvilualatex-dev'
-'latex-dev'
-'lualatex-dev'
-'pdflatex-dev'
-'platex-dev'
-'uplatex-dev'
-'xelatex-dev'
+‘dvilualatex-dev’
+‘latex-dev’
+‘lualatex-dev’
+‘pdflatex-dev’
+‘platex-dev’
+‘uplatex-dev’
+‘xelatex-dev’
These are candidates for an upcoming LaTeX release. The main
purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an
official release.
- These '-dev' formats make it easy for anyone to help test documents
- and code: you can run, say, 'pdflatex-dev' instead of 'pdflatex',
+ These ‘-dev’ formats make it easy for anyone to help test documents
+ and code: you can run, say, ‘pdflatex-dev’ instead of ‘pdflatex’,
without changing anything else in your environment. Indeed, it is
- easiest and most helpful to always run the '-dev' versions instead
+ easiest and most helpful to always run the ‘-dev’ versions instead
of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet times after a
release, the commands will be equivalent.
@@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ the above:
undergo the same extensive regression testing by the LaTeX team
before being released.
- For more information, see "The LaTeX release workflow and the LaTeX
- 'dev' formats" by Frank Mittelbach, 'TUGboat' 40:2,
+ For more information, see “The LaTeX release workflow and the LaTeX
+ ‘dev’ formats” by Frank Mittelbach, ‘TUGboat’ 40:2,
<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf>.

@@ -346,37 +346,37 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: LaTeX command syntax, Next: Environment, Prev: TeX
========================
In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a backslash
-character, '\'. The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of
+character, ‘\’. The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of
letters or (b) a single non-letter.
- LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that '\pagebreak' differs
-from '\Pagebreak' (the latter is not a standard command). Most command
+ LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that ‘\pagebreak’ differs
+from ‘\Pagebreak’ (the latter is not a standard command). Most command
names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the
same case as they are defined.
A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These
arguments may be either required or optional. Required arguments are
-contained in curly braces, '{...}'. Optional arguments are contained in
-square brackets, '[...]'. Generally, but not universally, if the
+contained in curly braces, ‘{...}’. Optional arguments are contained in
+square brackets, ‘[...]’. Generally, but not universally, if the
command accepts an optional argument, it comes first, before any
required arguments.
Inside of an optional argument, to use the character close square
-bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket
-{]}]'. Similarly, if an optional argument comes last, with no required
+bracket (‘]’) hide it inside curly braces, as in ‘\item[closing bracket
+{]}]’. Similarly, if an optional argument comes last, with no required
argument after it, then to make the first character of the following
text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces.
- LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is
-related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'.
+ LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a ‘*’ form that is
+related to the form without a ‘*’, such as ‘\chapter’ and ‘\chapter*’.
The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command.
- This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the
+ This manual describes all accepted options and ‘*’-forms for the
commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs).
- As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the 'expl3' and 'xparse'
+ As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the ‘expl3’ and ‘xparse’
packages are part of the LaTeX2e format. They provide a completely
-different underlying programming language syntax. We won't try to cover
+different underlying programming language syntax. We won’t try to cover
them in this document; see the related package documentation and other
LaTeX manuals.
@@ -392,9 +392,9 @@ Synopsis:
...
\end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME}
- An "environment" is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is
+ An “environment” is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is
a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines
-between '\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'.
+between ‘\begin{verse}’ and ‘\end{verse}’.
\begin{verse}
There once was a man from Nantucket \\
@@ -402,12 +402,12 @@ between '\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'.
\end{verse}
*Note Environments::, for a list of environments. Particularly
-notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment,
-a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair.
+notable is that every LaTeX document must have a ‘document’ environment,
+a ‘\begin{document} ... \end{document}’ pair.
The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the
end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT-NAME ends in a
-star ('*'); both the '\begin' and '\end' texts must include the star.
+star (‘*’); both the ‘\begin’ and ‘\end’ texts must include the star.
Environments may have arguments, including optional arguments. This
example produces a table. The first argument is optional (and causes
@@ -425,21 +425,21 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: CTAN, Prev: Environment, Up: Overview
===============================================
The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX
-community's repository of free material. It is a set of Internet sites
+community’s repository of free material. It is a set of Internet sites
around the world that offer material related to LaTeX for download.
Visit CTAN on the web at <https://ctan.org>.
This material is organized into packages, discrete bundles that
typically offer some coherent functionality and are maintained by one
person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have
-a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher's
+a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher’s
specifications.
- In addition to the massive holdings, the 'ctan.org' web site offers
+ In addition to the massive holdings, the ‘ctan.org’ web site offers
features such as search by name or by functionality.
CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of
-which is the so-called "master". The master host actively manages the
+which is the so-called “master”. The master host actively manages the
material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages.
For many years, it has been hosted by the German TeX group, DANTE e.V.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Document classes, Next: Fonts, Prev: Overview, Up:
3 Document classes
******************
-The document's overall class is defined with this command, which is
+The document’s overall class is defined with this command, which is
normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
\documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}
@@ -463,27 +463,27 @@ normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
The following document CLASS names are built into LaTeX. (Many other
document classes are available as separate packages; *note Overview::.)
-'article'
+‘article’
For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general
use.
-'book'
+‘book’
Full-length books, including chapters and possibly including front
matter, such as a preface, and back matter, such as an appendix
(*note Front/back matter::).
-'letter'
+‘letter’
Mail, optionally including mailing labels (*note Letters::).
-'report'
- For documents of length between an 'article' and a 'book', such as
+‘report’
+ For documents of length between an ‘article’ and a ‘book’, such as
technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters.
-'slides'
- For slide presentations--rarely used nowadays. The 'beamer'
- package is perhaps the most prevalent
- (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>). *Note beamer template::, for a
- small template for a beamer document.
+‘slides’
+ For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The ‘beamer’ package
+ is perhaps the most prevalent (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>).
+ *Note beamer template::, for a small template for a beamer
+ document.
Standard OPTIONS are described in the next section.
@@ -499,100 +499,100 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Document class options, Next: Additional packages,
3.1 Document class options
==========================
-You can specify "global options" or "class options" to the
-'\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets. To
+You can specify “global options” or “class options” to the
+‘\documentclass’ command by enclosing them in square brackets. To
specify more than one OPTION, separate them with a comma.
\documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}
Here is the list of the standard class options.
- All of the standard classes except 'slides' accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'):
+ All of the standard classes except ‘slides’ accept the following
+options for selecting the typeface size (default is ‘10pt’):
10pt 11pt 12pt
All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the
paper size (these show height by width):
-'a4paper'
+‘a4paper’
210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches)
-'a5paper'
+‘a5paper’
148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches)
-'b5paper'
+‘b5paper’
176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches)
-'executivepaper'
+‘executivepaper’
7.25 by 10.5 inches
-'legalpaper'
+‘legalpaper’
8.5 by 14 inches
-'letterpaper'
+‘letterpaper’
8.5 by 11 inches (the default)
When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX (*note
-TeX engines::), options other than 'letterpaper' set the print area but
+TeX engines::), options other than ‘letterpaper’ set the print area but
you must also set the physical paper size. One way to do that is to put
-'\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth' and '\pdfpageheight=\paperheight' in your
-document's preamble.
+‘\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth’ and ‘\pdfpageheight=\paperheight’ in your
+document’s preamble.
- The 'geometry' package provides flexible ways of setting the print
+ The ‘geometry’ package provides flexible ways of setting the print
area and physical page size.
Miscellaneous other options:
-'draft'
-'final'
- Mark ('draft') or do not mark ('final') overfull boxes with a black
- box in the margin; default is 'final'.
+‘draft’
+‘final’
+ Mark (‘draft’) or do not mark (‘final’) overfull boxes with a black
+ box in the margin; default is ‘final’.
-'fleqn'
+‘fleqn’
Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
-'landscape'
+‘landscape’
Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
-'leqno'
+‘leqno’
Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the
right side.
-'openbib'
- Use "open" bibliography format.
+‘openbib’
+ Use “open” bibliography format.
-'titlepage'
-'notitlepage'
+‘titlepage’
+‘notitlepage’
Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title
information and for the abstract also, if there is one. The
- default for the 'report' class is 'titlepage', for the other
- classes it is 'notitlepage'.
+ default for the ‘report’ class is ‘titlepage’, for the other
+ classes it is ‘notitlepage’.
- The following options are not available with the 'slides' class.
+ The following options are not available with the ‘slides’ class.
-'onecolumn'
-'twocolumn'
- Typeset in one or two columns; default is 'onecolumn'.
+‘onecolumn’
+‘twocolumn’
+ Typeset in one or two columns; default is ‘onecolumn’.
-'oneside'
-'twoside'
- Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is 'oneside', except that
- in the 'book' class the default is 'twoside'.
+‘oneside’
+‘twoside’
+ Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is ‘oneside’, except that
+ in the ‘book’ class the default is ‘twoside’.
For one-sided printing, the text is centered on the page. For
- two-sided printing, the '\evensidemargin' ('\oddsidemargin')
+ two-sided printing, the ‘\evensidemargin’ (‘\oddsidemargin’)
parameter determines the distance on even (odd) numbered pages
- between the left side of the page and the text's left margin, with
- '\oddsidemargin' being 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth'
- and '\textwidth', and '\evensidemargin' is the remainder.
+ between the left side of the page and the text’s left margin, with
+ ‘\oddsidemargin’ being 40% of the difference between ‘\paperwidth’
+ and ‘\textwidth’, and ‘\evensidemargin’ is the remainder.
-'openright'
-'openany'
+‘openright’
+‘openany’
Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default
- is 'openright' for 'book', and 'openany' for 'report'.
+ is ‘openright’ for ‘book’, and ‘openany’ for ‘report’.
- The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at
+ The ‘slides’ class offers the option ‘clock’ for printing the time at
the bottom of each note.

@@ -607,12 +607,12 @@ comma-separated list OPTIONS, as here.
\usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}.
To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
-as in '\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}', or use multiple '\usepackage'
+as in ‘\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}’, or use multiple ‘\usepackage’
commands.
- Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown to
+ Any options given in the ‘\documentclass’ command that are unknown to
the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-'\usepackage'.
+‘\usepackage’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package construction, Prev: Additional packages, Up: Document classes
@@ -622,23 +622,23 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package construction, Prev: Additional pac
You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if
your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a standard
-header for each page, then you could create a new class 'smcmemo.cls'
-and begin your documents with '\documentclass{smcmemo}'.
+header for each page, then you could create a new class ‘smcmemo.cls’
+and begin your documents with ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’.
What separates a package from a document class is that the commands
in a package are useful across classes while those in a document class
are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for
-a package while a command to make the page headers say 'Memo from the
-SMC Math Department' is for a class.
+a package while a command to make the page headers say ‘Memo from the
+SMC Math Department’ is for a class.
- Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign '@' as a
+ Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign ‘@’ as a
character in command names without having to surround the code
-containing that command with '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother'. *Note
+containing that command with ‘\makeatletter’ and ‘\makeatother’. *Note
\makeatletter & \makeatother::. This allow you to create commands that
users will not accidentally redefine. Another technique is to preface
class- or package-specific commands with some string to prevent your
class or package from interfering with others. For instance, the class
-'smcmemo' might have commands '\smc@tolist', '\smc@fromlist', etc.
+‘smcmemo’ might have commands ‘\smc@tolist’, ‘\smc@fromlist’, etc.
* Menu:
@@ -652,31 +652,31 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package structure, Next: Class and package
---------------------------------
A class file or package file typically has four parts.
- 1. In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX
- package or class and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat'
- and '\ProvidesClass' or '\ProvidesPackage' commands.
+ 1. In the “identification part”, the file says that it is a LaTeX
+ package or class and describes itself, using the ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’
+ and ‘\ProvidesClass’ or ‘\ProvidesPackage’ commands.
- 2. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can
+ 2. The “preliminary declarations part” declares some commands and can
also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed
- for the code used in the next part. For example, an 'smcmemo'
+ for the code used in the next part. For example, an ‘smcmemo’
class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list
- of people for the to-head, as '\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}',
+ of people for the to-head, as ‘\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}’,
and therefore needs to define a command
- '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file.
+ ‘\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}’ used in that file.
- 3. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and
+ 3. In the “handle options part” the class or package declares and
processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their
- document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify
+ document as ‘\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}’, to modify
the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare
- '\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font
+ ‘\documentclass[11pt]{article}’ to set the default document font
size.
- 4. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package
+ 4. Finally, in the “more declarations part” the class or package
usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands
and fonts, and loading other files.
- Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as 'stub.cls'
-where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the '.tex'
+ Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as ‘stub.cls’
+where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the ‘.tex’
file.
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
@@ -686,8 +686,8 @@ file.
\LoadClass{article}
It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
-passing them all to the 'article' class, and then loads the 'article'
-class to provide the basis for this class's code.
+passing them all to the ‘article’ class, and then loads the ‘article’
+class to provide the basis for this class’s code.
For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
Class Guide, at
@@ -703,76 +703,76 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package commands, Prev: Class and package
These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
-'\AtBeginDvi{specials}'
- Save in a box register things that are written to the '.dvi' file
+‘\AtBeginDvi{specials}’
+ Save in a box register things that are written to the ‘.dvi’ file
at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
-'\AtEndOfClass{CODE}'
-'\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}'
+‘\AtEndOfClass{CODE}’
+‘\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}’
Hook to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing
the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple
- times; the 'code' will be executed in the order that you called it.
+ times; the ‘code’ will be executed in the order that you called it.
See also *note \AtBeginDocument::.
-'\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
-'\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
- Like '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does
+‘\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+‘\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+ Like ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does
not define CMD; instead it checks that the current definition of
- CMD is exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not "long" as
- expected. A long command is a command that accepts '\par' within
+ CMD is exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not “long” as
+ expected. A long command is a command that accepts ‘\par’ within
an argument. The CMD command is expected to be long with the
- unstarred version of '\CheckCommand'. Raises an error when the
+ unstarred version of ‘\CheckCommand’. Raises an error when the
check fails. This allows you to check before you start redefining
- 'cmd' yourself that no other package has already redefined this
+ ‘cmd’ yourself that no other package has already redefined this
command.
-'\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}'
-'\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}'
-'\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
-'\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
-'\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
-'\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
-'\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
-'\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
-'\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
-'\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
+‘\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
- For '\ClassError' and '\PackageError' the message is ERROR TEXT,
- followed by TeX's '?' error prompt. If the user then asks for help
- by typing 'h', they see the HELP TEXT.
+ For ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ the message is ERROR TEXT,
+ followed by TeX’s ‘?’ error prompt. If the user then asks for help
+ by typing ‘h’, they see the HELP TEXT.
The four warning commands are similar except that they write
WARNING TEXT on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
- commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file. The 'NoLine'
+ commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file. The ‘NoLine’
versions do not show the number of the line generating the message,
while the other versions do show that number.
- To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use '\protect' to
+ To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use ‘\protect’ to
stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
- '\MessageBreak', and get a space with '\space' when a space
+ ‘\MessageBreak’, and get a space with ‘\space’ when a space
character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX
appends a period to the messages.
-'\CurrentOption'
+‘\CurrentOption’
Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can
- only be used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or
- '\DeclareOption*'.
+ only be used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’.
-'\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}'
-'\DeclareOption*{CODE}'
+‘\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}’
+‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’
Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
- '\documentclass' command. For example, the 'smcmemo' class could
- have an option '\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}' allowing users to
+ ‘\documentclass’ command. For example, the ‘smcmemo’ class could
+ have an option ‘\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}’ allowing users to
put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file must
- contain '\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}' (and later,
- '\ProcessOptions').
+ contain ‘\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}’ (and later,
+ ‘\ProcessOptions’).
If you request an option that has not been declared, by default
- this will produce a warning like 'Unused global option(s):
- [badoption].' Change this behavior with the starred version
- '\DeclareOption*{CODE}'. For example, many classes extend an
- existing class, using a command such as '\LoadClass{article}', and
+ this will produce a warning like ‘Unused global option(s):
+ [badoption].’ Change this behavior with the starred version
+ ‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’. For example, many classes extend an
+ existing class, using a command such as ‘\LoadClass{article}’, and
for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as
this.
@@ -780,72 +780,72 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
}
- Another example is that the class 'smcmemo' may allow users to keep
+ Another example is that the class ‘smcmemo’ may allow users to keep
lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could
- invoke '\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}' and it will read the file
- 'math.memo'. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
- passes the option to the 'article' class.
+ invoke ‘\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}’ and it will read the file
+ ‘math.memo’. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
+ passes the option to the ‘article’ class.
\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
-'\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
-'\DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
- Like '\newcommand' and '\newcommand*' (*note \newcommand &
+‘\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+‘* \DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+ Like ‘\newcommand’ and ‘\newcommand*’ (*note \newcommand &
\renewcommand::) but these declare a robust command, even if some
code within the DEFINITION is fragile. (For a discussion of robust
and fragile commands *note \protect::.) Use this command to define
new robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
- robust. Unlike '\newcommand' these do not give an error if macro
+ robust. Unlike ‘\newcommand’ these do not give an error if macro
CMD already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
transcript file if a command is redefined.
Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those
- defined using '\newcommand' so unless the command's data is fragile
+ defined using ‘\newcommand’ so unless the command’s data is fragile
and the command is used within a moving argument, use
- '\newcommand'.
-
- The 'etoolbox' package offers the commands '\newrobustcmd',
- '\newrobustcmd*', as well as the commands '\renewrobustcmd',
- '\renewrobustcmd*', and the commands '\providerobustcmd', and
- '\providerobustcmd*'. These are similar to '\newcommand',
- '\newcommand*', '\renewcommand', '\renewcommand*',
- '\providecommand', and '\providecommand*', but define a robust CMD
- with two advantages as compared to '\DeclareRobustCommand':
+ ‘\newcommand’.
+
+ The ‘etoolbox’ package offers the commands ‘\newrobustcmd’,
+ ‘\newrobustcmd*’, as well as the commands ‘\renewrobustcmd’,
+ ‘\renewrobustcmd*’, and the commands ‘\providerobustcmd’, and
+ ‘\providerobustcmd*’. These are similar to ‘\newcommand’,
+ ‘\newcommand*’, ‘\renewcommand’, ‘\renewcommand*’,
+ ‘\providecommand’, and ‘\providecommand*’, but define a robust CMD
+ with two advantages as compared to ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’:
1. They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than
- the higher level LaTeX '\protect' mechanism, so they do not
+ the higher level LaTeX ‘\protect’ mechanism, so they do not
incur the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
- 2. They make the same distinction between '\new...', '\renew...',
- and '\provide...', as the standard commands, so they do not
+ 2. They make the same distinction between ‘\new...’, ‘\renew...’,
+ and ‘\provide...’, as the standard commands, so they do not
just make a log message when you redefine CMD that already
- exists, in that case you need to use either '\renew...' or
- '\provide...' or you get an error.
+ exists, in that case you need to use either ‘\renew...’ or
+ ‘\provide...’ or you get an error.
-'\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}'
-'\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}'
- Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file 'FILE NAME' or FALSE CODE
+‘\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
+‘\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
+ Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file ‘FILE NAME’ or FALSE CODE
otherwise. In the first case it executing TRUE CODE and then
inputs the file. Thus the command
\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
\includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
- will include the graphic 'img.pdf' if it is found and otherwise
+ will include the graphic ‘img.pdf’ if it is found and otherwise
give a warning.
This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX
uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the
- current directory do something like '\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE
- CODE}{FALSE CODE}'. If you ask for a filename without a '.tex'
+ current directory do something like ‘\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE
+ CODE}{FALSE CODE}’. If you ask for a filename without a ‘.tex’
extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the
- '.tex'; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note
+ ‘.tex’; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note
\input::.
-'\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
-'\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
- Load a class, as with '\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS
- NAME}[RELEASE INFO]'. An example is
- '\LoadClass[twoside]{article}'.
+‘\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Load a class, as with ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS
+ NAME}[RELEASE INFO]’. An example is
+ ‘\LoadClass[twoside]{article}’.
The OPTIONS LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
RELEASE DATE is optional. If present it must have the form
@@ -859,189 +859,189 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
- The command version '\LoadClassWithOptions' uses the list of
+ The command version ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’ uses the list of
options for the current class. This means it ignores any options
- passed to it via '\PassOptionsToClass'. This is a convenience
+ passed to it via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience
command that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the
- standard 'article' class, without having to track which options
+ standard ‘article’ class, without having to track which options
were passed.
-'\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}'
+‘\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}’
For each option OPTION in the OPTIONS-LIST, in order, this command
- executes the command '\ds@OPTION'. If this command is not defined
+ executes the command ‘\ds@OPTION’. If this command is not defined
then that option is silently ignored.
It can be used to provide a default option list before
- '\ProcessOptions'. For example, if in a class file you want the
+ ‘\ProcessOptions’. For example, if in a class file you want the
default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
- '\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax'.
+ ‘\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax’.
-'\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]'
+‘\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]’
Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often
issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
- '\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}'. When a document using that class is
+ ‘\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}’. When a document using that class is
processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
actually being run (including that the FORMAT string is case
sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an
- error like 'This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.'
+ error like ‘This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.’
To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
features, include the optional FORMAT DATE on which those features
- were implemented. If present it must be in the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'.
+ were implemented. If present it must be in the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’.
If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
FORMAT DATE then you get a warning like this.
You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
release `2016/02/01' is available.
-'\OptionNotUsed'
+‘\OptionNotUsed’
Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be
- used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or
- '\DeclareOption*'.
+ used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’.
-'\PassOptionsToClass{OPTION LIST}{CLASS NAME}'
-'\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}'
+‘\PassOptionsToClass{OPTION LIST}{CLASS NAME}’
+‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}’
Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTION LIST to the
- options used by any future '\RequirePackage' or '\usepackage'
+ options used by any future ‘\RequirePackage’ or ‘\usepackage’
command for package PACKAGE NAME or the class CLASS NAME.
The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number
of times with no options but if you want options then you may only
supply them when you first load the package. Loading a package
- with options more than once will get you an error like 'Option
- clash for package foo.' (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no
+ with options more than once will get you an error like ‘Option
+ clash for package foo.’ (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no
conflict between the options.)
If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can
collapse that to once, for example replacing the two
- '\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}' and
- '\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}' with the single command
- '\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}'.
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}’ and
+ ‘\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}’ with the single command
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}’.
- However, imagine that you are loading 'firstpkg' and inside that
- package it loads 'secondpkg', and you need the second package to be
- loaded with option 'draft'. Then before doing the first package
+ However, imagine that you are loading ‘firstpkg’ and inside that
+ package it loads ‘secondpkg’, and you need the second package to be
+ loaded with option ‘draft’. Then before doing the first package
you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
- (If 'firstpkg.sty' loads an option in conflict with what you want
+ (If ‘firstpkg.sty’ loads an option in conflict with what you want
then you may have to alter its source.)
These commands are useful for general users as well as class and
package writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the
- 'graphicx' package with the option 'draft' and also wants to use a
- class 'foo' that loads the 'graphicx' package, but without that
+ ‘graphicx’ package with the option ‘draft’ and also wants to use a
+ class ‘foo’ that loads the ‘graphicx’ package, but without that
option. The user could start their LaTeX file with
- '\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}'.
+ ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}’.
-'\ProcessOptions'
-'\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS'
+‘\ProcessOptions’
+‘\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS’
Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked.
- Include it in the class file as '\ProcessOptions\relax' (because of
+ Include it in the class file as ‘\ProcessOptions\relax’ (because of
the existence of the starred command).
- Options come in two types. "Local options" have been specified for
+ Options come in two types. “Local options” have been specified for
this particular package in the OPTIONS argument of
- '\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}', '\usepackage[OPTIONS]', or
- '\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]'. "Global options" are those given by
- the class user in '\documentclass[OPTIONS]' (If an option is
+ ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}’, ‘\usepackage[OPTIONS]’, or
+ ‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]’. “Global options” are those given by
+ the class user in ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS]’ (If an option is
specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
- When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a package 'pkg.sty', the
+ When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a package ‘pkg.sty’, the
following happens:
- 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with '\DeclareOption',
+ 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with ‘\DeclareOption’,
it looks to see if that option is either a global or a local
- option for 'pkg'. If so then it executes the declared code.
+ option for ‘pkg’. If so then it executes the declared code.
This is done in the order in which these options were given in
- 'pkg.sty'.
+ ‘pkg.sty’.
2. For each remaining local option, it executes the command
- '\ds@'OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
- '\DeclareOption'); otherwise, it executes the default option
- code given in '\DeclareOption*'. If no default option code
+ ‘\ds@’OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
+ ‘\DeclareOption’); otherwise, it executes the default option
+ code given in ‘\DeclareOption*’. If no default option code
has been declared then it gives an error message. This is
done in the order in which these options were specified.
- When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a class it works in the same
+ When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a class it works in the same
way except that all options are local, and the default CODE for
- '\DeclareOption*' is '\OptionNotUsed' rather than an error.
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’ is ‘\OptionNotUsed’ rather than an error.
- The starred version '\ProcessOptions*' executes the options in the
+ The starred version ‘\ProcessOptions*’ executes the options in the
order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order
of declaration in the class or package. For a package this means
that the global options are processed first.
-'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
-'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
-'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
-'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
+‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen
and the log file.
When you load a class or package, for example with
- '\documentclass{smcmemo}' or '\usepackage{test}', LaTeX inputs a
+ ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ or ‘\usepackage{test}’, LaTeX inputs a
file. If the name of the file does not match the class or package
name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
- '\documentclass{smcmemo}', and the file 'smcmemo.cls' has the
- statement '\ProvidesClass{xxx}' then you get a warning like 'You
+ ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’, and the file ‘smcmemo.cls’ has the
+ statement ‘\ProvidesClass{xxx}’ then you get a warning like ‘You
have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document class
- provides 'xxx'.' This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
+ provides 'xxx'.’ This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
processing the rest of the class file normally.
If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
- before any spaces, of the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'. The rest of the
+ before any spaces, of the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. The rest of the
optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally
identifies the class, and is written to the screen during
- compilation and to the log file. Thus, if your file 'smcmemo.cls'
- contains the line '\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
- class]' and your document's first line is '\documentclass{smcmemo}'
- then you will see 'Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
- class'.
+ compilation and to the log file. Thus, if your file ‘smcmemo.cls’
+ contains the line ‘\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
+ class]’ and your document’s first line is ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’
+ then you will see ‘Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
+ class’.
The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier
than RELEASE DATE. For instance, a user could enter
- '\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]' or
- '\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]' to require a class or package with
+ ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]’ or
+ ‘\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]’ to require a class or package with
certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only
rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.)
-'\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
+‘\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in
- that file and you get in the log a string like 'File: test.config
- 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls' for FILENAME equal to
- 'test.config' and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to '2017/10/12
- config file for test.cls'.
-
-'\RequirePackage[OPTION LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
-'\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
- Load a package, like the command '\usepackage' (*note Additional
+ that file and you get in the log a string like ‘File: test.config
+ 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls’ for FILENAME equal to
+ ‘test.config’ and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to ‘2017/10/12
+ config file for test.cls’.
+
+‘\RequirePackage[OPTION LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Load a package, like the command ‘\usepackage’ (*note Additional
packages::). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
- these commands over Plain TeX's '\input'; see the Class Guide. An
- example is '\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}'.
+ these commands over Plain TeX’s ‘\input’; see the Class Guide. An
+ example is ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}’.
The OPTION LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
RELEASE DATE, if present, must have the form YYYY/MM/DD. If the
release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
- than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like 'You have requested,
+ than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like ‘You have requested,
on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only
- version `2000/01/01' is available'.
+ version `2000/01/01' is available’.
- The '\RequirePackageWithOptions' version uses the list of options
+ The ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’ version uses the list of options
for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to
- it via '\PassOptionsToClass'. This is a convenience command to
+ it via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience command to
allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to
track which options were passed.
- The difference between '\usepackage' and '\RequirePackage' is
- small. The '\usepackage' command is intended for the document file
- while '\RequirePackage' is intended for package and class files.
- Thus, using '\usepackage' before the '\documentclass' command
- causes LaTeX to give error like '\usepackage before
- \documentclass', but you can use '\RequirePackage' there.
+ The difference between ‘\usepackage’ and ‘\RequirePackage’ is
+ small. The ‘\usepackage’ command is intended for the document file
+ while ‘\RequirePackage’ is intended for package and class files.
+ Thus, using ‘\usepackage’ before the ‘\documentclass’ command
+ causes LaTeX to give error like ‘\usepackage before
+ \documentclass’, but you can use ‘\RequirePackage’ there.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Fonts, Next: Layout, Prev: Document classes, Up: Top
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
-In addition, the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engines allow you to use any
+In addition, the ‘xelatex’ or ‘lualatex’ engines allow you to use any
fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType format (*note TeX
engines::).
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX.

File: latex2e.info, Node: fontenc package, Next: Font styles, Up: Fonts
-4.1 'fontenc' package
+4.1 ‘fontenc’ package
=====================
Synopsis:
@@ -1107,15 +1107,15 @@ Synopsis:
Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the
character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output.
- This package only applies if you use the 'pdflatex' engine (*note TeX
-engines::). If you use the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engine then instead
-use the 'fontspec' package.
+ This package only applies if you use the ‘pdflatex’ engine (*note TeX
+engines::). If you use the ‘xelatex’ or ‘lualatex’ engine then instead
+use the ‘fontspec’ package.
- TeX's original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+ TeX’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
-'\accent' (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation. TeX users
+‘\accent’ (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation. TeX users
have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
-characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using 'pdflatex' then
+characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using ‘pdflatex’ then
put this in the preamble
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
@@ -1126,53 +1126,53 @@ words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your
output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you
to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
- If you are using an encoding such as 'T1' and the characters appear
+ If you are using an encoding such as ‘T1’ and the characters appear
blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a
-package such as 'lmodern' or 'cm-super' to get a font that extends
-LaTeX's default using vector fonts.
+package such as ‘lmodern’ or ‘cm-super’ to get a font that extends
+LaTeX’s default using vector fonts.
For each FONT_ENCODING given as an option but not already declared,
this package loads the encoding definition files, named
-'FONT_ENCODINGenc.def'. It also sets '\encodingdefault' to be the last
+‘FONT_ENCODINGenc.def’. It also sets ‘\encodingdefault’ to be the last
encoding in the option list.
These are the common values for FONT_ENCODING.
-'OT1'
+‘OT1’
The original encoding for TeX. Limited to mostly English
characters.
-'OMS, OML'
+‘OMS, OML’
Math symbols and math letters encoding.
-'T1'
+‘T1’
TeX text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the
Users Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most
European accented characters. The most common option for this
package.
-'TS1'
+‘TS1’
Text Companion encoding.
-LaTeX's default is to load 'OML', 'T1', 'OT1', and then 'OMS', and set
-the default to 'OT1'.
+LaTeX’s default is to load ‘OML’, ‘T1’, ‘OT1’, and then ‘OMS’, and set
+the default to ‘OT1’.
Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a
font encoding if your font requires it.
- If you use 'T1' encoded fonts other than the default Computer Modern
+ If you use ‘T1’ encoded fonts other than the default Computer Modern
family then you may need to load the package that selects your fonts
-before loading 'fontenc', to prevent the system from loading any
-'T1' encoded fonts from the default.
+before loading ‘fontenc’, to prevent the system from loading any
+‘T1’ encoded fonts from the default.
- The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: 'T' for the
-standard text encodings with 256 characters, 'TS' for symbols that
-extend the corresponding T encodings, 'X' for test encodings, 'M' for
-standard math encodings with 256 characters, 'A' for special
-applications, 'OT' for standard text encodings with 128 characters, and
-'OM' for standard math encodings with 128 characters ('O' stands for
-'obsolete').
+ The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: ‘T’ for the
+standard text encodings with 256 characters, ‘TS’ for symbols that
+extend the corresponding T encodings, ‘X’ for test encodings, ‘M’ for
+standard math encodings with 256 characters, ‘A’ for special
+applications, ‘OT’ for standard text encodings with 128 characters, and
+‘OM’ for standard math encodings with 128 characters (‘O’ stands for
+‘obsolete’).
This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of
them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ is not in effect.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareFontEncoding, Next: \DeclareTextAccent, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.1 '\DeclareFontEncoding'
+4.1.1 ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’
----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1204,36 +1204,36 @@ Synopsis:
\DeclareFontEncoding{ENCODING}{TEXT-SETTINGS}{MATH-SETTINGS}
Declare the font encoding ENCODING. It also saves the value of
-ENCODING in '\LastDeclaredEncoding' (*note \LastDeclaredEncoding::).
+ENCODING in ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’ (*note \LastDeclaredEncoding::).
- The file 't1enc.def' contains this line (followed by many others).
+ The file ‘t1enc.def’ contains this line (followed by many others).
\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
The TEXT-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX will run every time it
-switches from one encoding to another with the '\selectfont' and
-'\fontencoding' commands. The MATH-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX
+switches from one encoding to another with the ‘\selectfont’ and
+‘\fontencoding’ commands. The MATH-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX
will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet.
LaTeX ignores any space characters inside TEXT-SETTINGS and
MATH-SETTINGS, to prevent unintended spaces in the output.
If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name
-starting with 'L' for 'local', or 'E' for 'experimental'.
+starting with ‘L’ for ‘local’, or ‘E’ for ‘experimental’.
Note that output encoding files may be read several times by LaTeX so
-using, e.g., '\newcommand' may cause an error. In addition, such files
-should contain '\ProvidesFile' line (*note Class and package
+using, e.g., ‘\newcommand’ may cause an error. In addition, such files
+should contain ‘\ProvidesFile’ line (*note Class and package
commands::).
- Note also that you should use the '\...Default' commands only in a
+ Note also that you should use the ‘\...Default’ commands only in a
package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files should
only contain declarations specific to that encoding.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextAccent, Next: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Prev: \DeclareFontEncoding, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.2 '\DeclareTextAccent'
+4.1.2 ‘\DeclareTextAccent’
--------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1243,24 +1243,24 @@ Synopsis:
Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding
ENCODING at the location SLOT.
- A "slot" is the number identifying a glyph within a font.
+ A “slot” is the number identifying a glyph within a font.
- This line from 't1enc.def' declares that to make a circumflex accent
-as in '\^A', the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the 'A'
+ This line from ‘t1enc.def’ declares that to make a circumflex accent
+as in ‘\^A’, the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the ‘A’
character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. (This holds unless
-there is a relevant 'DeclareTextComposite' or
-'\DeclareTextCompositeCommand' declaration; *note
+there is a relevant ‘DeclareTextComposite’ or
+‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’ declaration; *note
\DeclareTextComposite::.)
\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}
- If CMD has already been defined then '\DeclareTextAccent' does not
+ If CMD has already been defined then ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ does not
give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Next: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand, Prev: \DeclareTextAccent, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.3 '\DeclareTextAccentDefault'
+4.1.3 ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’
---------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1268,16 +1268,16 @@ Synopsis:
\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING}
If there is an encoding-specific accent command \CMD but there is no
-associated '\DeclareTextAccent' for that encoding then this command will
+associated ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ for that encoding then this command will
pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for ENCODING.
- For example, to make the encoding 'OT1' be the default encoding for
-the accent '\"', declare this.
+ For example, to make the encoding ‘OT1’ be the default encoding for
+the accent ‘\"’, declare this.
\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1}
-If you issue a '\"' when the current encoding does not have a definition
-for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1'
+If you issue a ‘\"’ when the current encoding does not have a definition
+for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from ‘OT1’
That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note
\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::).
@@ -1285,13 +1285,13 @@ for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1'
\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\CMD}
{\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{\CMD}{#1}}
- Note that '\DeclareTextAccentDefault' works for any one-argument
-'fontenc' command, not just the accent command.
+ Note that ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’ works for any one-argument
+‘fontenc’ command, not just the accent command.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand, Next: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Prev: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.4 '\DeclareTextCommand' & '\ProvideTextCommand'
+4.1.4 ‘\DeclareTextCommand’ & ‘\ProvideTextCommand’
---------------------------------------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -1306,13 +1306,13 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
- Define the command '\CMD', which will be specific to one encoding.
-The command name CMD must be preceded by a backslash, '\'. These
+ Define the command ‘\CMD’, which will be specific to one encoding.
+The command name CMD must be preceded by a backslash, ‘\’. These
commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining \CMD does not
cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code in
DEFN is fragile (*note \protect::).
- For example, the file 't1enc.def' contains this line.
+ For example, the file ‘t1enc.def’ contains this line.
\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 }
@@ -1322,28 +1322,28 @@ DEFN is fragile (*note \protect::).
...
Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand.
-If you change the font encoding to 'OT1' then you get an error like
-'LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1'.
+If you change the font encoding to ‘OT1’ then you get an error like
+‘LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1’.
- The '\ProvideTextCommand' variant does the same, except that it does
-nothing if '\CMD' is already defined. The '\DeclareTextSymbol' command
+ The ‘\ProvideTextCommand’ variant does the same, except that it does
+nothing if ‘\CMD’ is already defined. The ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ command
is faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (*note
\DeclareTextSymbol::)
The optional NARGS and OPTARGDEFAULT arguments play the same role
-here as in '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
+here as in ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
Briefly, NARGS is an integer from 0 to 9 specifying the number of
-arguments that the defined command '\CMD' takes. This number includes
+arguments that the defined command ‘\CMD’ takes. This number includes
any optional argument. Omitting this argument is the same as specifying
-0, meaning that '\CMD' will have no arguments. And, if OPTARGDEFAULT is
-present then the first argument of '\CMD' is optional, with default
+0, meaning that ‘\CMD’ will have no arguments. And, if OPTARGDEFAULT is
+present then the first argument of ‘\CMD’ is optional, with default
value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be the empty string). If OPTARGDEFAULT
-is not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument.
+is not present then ‘\CMD’ does not take an optional argument.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Next: \DeclareTextComposite, Prev: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.5 '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' & '\ProvideTextCommandDefault '
+4.1.5 ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ & ‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault ’
------------------------------------------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1354,23 +1354,23 @@ Synopsis:
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\CMD}{DEFN}
- Give a default definition for '\CMD', for when that command is not
+ Give a default definition for ‘\CMD’, for when that command is not
defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only
use encodings known to be available.
- This makes '\copyright' available.
+ This makes ‘\copyright’ available.
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available.
- The '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' should not occur in the encoding
+ The ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ should not occur in the encoding
definition files since those files should declare only commands for use
when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package.
As with the related non-default commands, the
-'\ProvideTextCommandDefault' has exactly the same behavior as
-'\DeclareTextCommandDefault' except that it does nothing if '\CMD' is
+‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault’ has exactly the same behavior as
+‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ except that it does nothing if ‘\CMD’ is
already defined (*note \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand::).
So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can
improve upon.
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ improve upon.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextComposite, Next: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Prev: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.6 '\DeclareTextComposite'
+4.1.6 ‘\DeclareTextComposite’
-----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1388,8 +1388,8 @@ Synopsis:
Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an
accent over a separate character.
- This line from 't1enc.def' means that '\^o' will cause LaTeX to
-typeset lowercase 'o' by taking the character directly from slot 224 in
+ This line from ‘t1enc.def’ means that ‘\^o’ will cause LaTeX to
+typeset lowercase ‘o’ by taking the character directly from slot 224 in
the font.
\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244}
@@ -1398,35 +1398,35 @@ the font.
SIMPLE_OBJECT should be a single character or a single command. The
SLOT argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal
(although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally \CMD has already
-been declared for this encoding, either with '\DeclareTextAccent' or
-with a one-argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. In 't1enc.def', the above
-line follows the '\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}' command.
+been declared for this encoding, either with ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ or
+with a one-argument ‘\DeclareTextCommand’. In ‘t1enc.def’, the above
+line follows the ‘\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}’ command.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Next: \DeclareTextSymbol, Prev: \DeclareTextComposite, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.7 '\DeclareTextCompositeCommand'
+4.1.7 ‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’
------------------------------------
Synopsis:
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{ARG}{CODE}
- A more general version of '\DeclareTextComposite' that runs arbitrary
-code with '\CMD'.
+ A more general version of ‘\DeclareTextComposite’ that runs arbitrary
+code with ‘\CMD’.
- This allows accents on 'i' to act like accents on dotless i, '\i'.
+ This allows accents on ‘i’ to act like accents on dotless i, ‘\i’.
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
*Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. Normally
-'\CMD' will have already been declared with '\DeclareTextAccent' or as a
-one argument '\DeclareTextCommand'.
+‘\CMD’ will have already been declared with ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ or as a
+one argument ‘\DeclareTextCommand’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextSymbol, Next: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Prev: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.8 '\DeclareTextSymbol'
+4.1.8 ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’
--------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1436,40 +1436,40 @@ Synopsis:
Define a symbol in the encoding ENCODING at the location SLOT.
Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not mathematics.
- For example, this line from 't1enc.def' declares the number of the
+ For example, this line from ‘t1enc.def’ declares the number of the
glyph to use for «, the left guillemet.
\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
-The command '\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}' has the
+The command ‘\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}’ has the
same effect but is slower (*note \DeclareTextCommand &
\ProvideTextCommand::).
*Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. The SLOT
-can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in ''023'), or hexadecimal (as
-in '"13'), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or
+can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in ‘'023’), or hexadecimal (as
+in ‘"13’), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or
double quote could be redefined by another package.
- If '\CMD' has already been defined then '\DeclareTextSymbol' does not
+ If ‘\CMD’ has already been defined then ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ does not
give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Next: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Prev: \DeclareTextSymbol, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.9 '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault'
+4.1.9 ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’
---------------------------------
Synopsis:
\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING}
- If there is an encoding-specific symbol command '\CMD' but there is
-no associated '\DeclareTextSymbol' for that encoding, then this command
+ If there is an encoding-specific symbol command ‘\CMD’ but there is
+no associated ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ for that encoding, then this command
will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for
ENCODING.
For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning
-for '\textdollar' then use the one from 'OT1', declare this.
+for ‘\textdollar’ then use the one from ‘OT1’, declare this.
\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
@@ -1479,13 +1479,13 @@ for '\textdollar' then use the one from 'OT1', declare this.
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\CMD}
{\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{\CMD}}
- Note that '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' can be used to define a default
-for any zero-argument 'fontenc' command.
+ Note that ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’ can be used to define a default
+for any zero-argument ‘fontenc’ command.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Next: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent, Prev: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.10 '\LastDeclaredEncoding'
+4.1.10 ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’
------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1493,10 +1493,10 @@ Synopsis:
\LastDeclaredEncoding
Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The
-'\DeclareFontEncoding' command stores the name so that it can be
+‘\DeclareFontEncoding’ command stores the name so that it can be
retrieved with this command (*note \DeclareFontEncoding::).
- This relies on '\LastDeclaredEncoding' rather than give the name of
+ This relies on ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’ rather than give the name of
the encoding explicitly.
\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ the encoding explicitly.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent, Prev: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Up: fontenc package
-4.1.11 '\UseTextSymbol' & '\UseTextAccent'
+4.1.11 ‘\UseTextSymbol’ & ‘\UseTextAccent’
------------------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1518,18 +1518,18 @@ Synopsis:
Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding.
- In general, to use a 'fontenc' command in an encoding where it is not
+ In general, to use a ‘fontenc’ command in an encoding where it is not
defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it like
this:
\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss}
which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so
-LaTeX reverts back to the prior encoding after the '\ss'):
+LaTeX reverts back to the prior encoding after the ‘\ss’):
{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss}
- Similarly, to use a 'fontenc' command in an encoding where it is not
+ Similarly, to use a ‘fontenc’ command in an encoding where it is not
defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this:
\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a}
@@ -1540,8 +1540,8 @@ group):
{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{ENC_IN_USE}\selectfont a}}
Here, ENC_IN_USE is the encoding in force before this sequence of
-commands, so that 'a' is typeset using the current encoding and only the
-accent is taken from 'OT1'.
+commands, so that ‘a’ is typeset using the current encoding and only the
+accent is taken from ‘OT1’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Font styles, Next: Font sizes, Prev: fontenc package, Up: Fonts
@@ -1551,136 +1551,136 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Font styles, Next: Font sizes, Prev: fontenc packag
The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
- In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, are
-used with an argument as in '\textit{TEXT}'. This is the preferred
+ In the table below the listed commands, the ‘\text...’ commands, are
+used with an argument as in ‘\textit{TEXT}’. This is the preferred
form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the corresponding
-"declaration form", which is often useful. This form takes no
-arguments, as in '{\itshape TEXT}'. The scope of the declaration form
+“declaration form”, which is often useful. This form takes no
+arguments, as in ‘{\itshape TEXT}’. The scope of the declaration form
lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group.
In addition, each has an environment form such as
-'\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}', which we'll describe further at the
+‘\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}’, which we’ll describe further at the
end of the section.
These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for
instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of
-'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily'.
+‘\sffamily\bfseries’ or ‘\bfseries\sffamily’.
One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert
italic corrections if needed (*note \/::). Specifically, they insert
the italic correction unless the following character is in the list
-'\nocorrlist', which by default consists of period and comma. To
-suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use '\nocorr' at
-the start or end of the command argument, such as '\textit{\nocorr
-text}' or '\textsc{text \nocorr}'.
+‘\nocorrlist’, which by default consists of period and comma. To
+suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use ‘\nocorr’ at
+the start or end of the command argument, such as ‘\textit{\nocorr
+text}’ or ‘\textsc{text \nocorr}’.
-'\textrm (\rmfamily)'
+‘\textrm (\rmfamily)’
Roman.
-'\textit (\itshape)'
+‘\textit (\itshape)’
Italics.
-'\textmd (\mdseries)'
+‘\textmd (\mdseries)’
Medium weight (default).
-'\textbf (\bfseries)'
+‘\textbf (\bfseries)’
Boldface.
-'\textup (\upshape)'
+‘\textup (\upshape)’
Upright (default).
-'\textsl (\slshape)'
+‘\textsl (\slshape)’
Slanted.
-'\textsf (\sffamily)'
+‘\textsf (\sffamily)’
Sans serif.
-'\textsc (\scshape)'
+‘\textsc (\scshape)’
Small caps.
-'\texttt (\ttfamily)'
+‘\texttt (\ttfamily)’
Typewriter.
-'\textnormal (\normalfont)'
+‘\textnormal (\normalfont)’
Main document font.
- Although it also changes fonts, the '\emph{TEXT}' command is
-semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
-substitute for '\textit'. For example, '\emph{START TEXT \emph{MIDDLE
-TEXT} END TEXT}' will result in the START TEXT and END TEXT in italics,
+ Although it also changes fonts, the ‘\emph{TEXT}’ command is
+semantic, for TEXT to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
+substitute for ‘\textit’. For example, ‘\emph{START TEXT \emph{MIDDLE
+TEXT} END TEXT}’ will result in the START TEXT and END TEXT in italics,
but MIDDLE TEXT will be in roman.
LaTeX also provides the following commands, which unconditionally
switch to the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. They are used
-as declarations: '{\CMD...}' instead of '\CMD{...}'.
+as declarations: ‘{\CMD...}’ instead of ‘\CMD{...}’.
(The unconditional commands below are an older version of font
switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most
circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is
needed.)
-'\bf'
+‘\bf’
Switch to bold face.
-'\cal'
+‘\cal’
Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
-'\it'
+‘\it’
Italics.
-'\rm'
+‘\rm’
Roman.
-'\sc'
+‘\sc’
Small caps.
-'\sf'
+‘\sf’
Sans serif.
-'\sl'
+‘\sl’
Slanted (oblique).
-'\tt'
+‘\tt’
Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
- The '\em' command is the unconditional version of '\emph'.
+ The ‘\em’ command is the unconditional version of ‘\emph’.
The following commands are for use in math mode. They are not
-cumulative, so '\mathbf{\mathit{SYMBOL}}' does not create a boldface and
+cumulative, so ‘\mathbf{\mathit{SYMBOL}}’ does not create a boldface and
italic SYMBOL; instead, it will just be in italics. This is because
typically math symbols need consistent typographic treatment, regardless
of the surrounding environment.
-'\mathrm'
+‘\mathrm’
Roman, for use in math mode.
-'\mathbf'
+‘\mathbf’
Boldface, for use in math mode.
-'\mathsf'
+‘\mathsf’
Sans serif, for use in math mode.
-'\mathtt'
+‘\mathtt’
Typewriter, for use in math mode.
-'\mathit'
-'(\mit)'
+‘\mathit’
+‘(\mit)’
Italics, for use in math mode.
-'\mathnormal'
+‘\mathnormal’
For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration.
-'\mathcal'
+‘\mathcal’
Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.
- In addition, the command '\mathversion{bold}' can be used for
+ In addition, the command ‘\mathversion{bold}’ can be used for
switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas.
-'\mathversion{normal}' restores the default.
+‘\mathversion{normal}’ restores the default.
- Finally, the command '\oldstylenums{NUMERALS}' will typeset so-called
-"old-style" numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and
-sometimes widths) from the standard "lining" numerals, which all have
-the same height as uppercase letters. LaTeX's default fonts support
-this, and will respect '\textbf' (but not other styles; there are no
+ Finally, the command ‘\oldstylenums{NUMERALS}’ will typeset so-called
+“old-style” numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and
+sometimes widths) from the standard “lining” numerals, which all have
+the same height as uppercase letters. LaTeX’s default fonts support
+this, and will respect ‘\textbf’ (but not other styles; there are no
italic old-style numerals in Computer Modern). Many other fonts have
old-style numerals also; sometimes package options are provided to make
them the default. FAQ entry: <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf>.
@@ -1693,21 +1693,21 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Font sizes, Next: Low-level font commands, Prev: Fo
The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The
table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used
-(in points) with the '10pt', '11pt', and '12pt' document size options,
+(in points) with the ‘10pt’, ‘11pt’, and ‘12pt’ document size options,
respectively (*note Document class options::).
-Command '10pt' '11pt' '12pt'
+Command ‘10pt’ ‘11pt’ ‘12pt’
--------------------------------------------------------
-'\tiny' 5 6 6
-'\scriptsize' 7 8 8
-'\footnotesize' 8 9 10
-'\small' 9 10 10.95
-'\normalsize' (default) 10 10.95 12
-'\large' 12 12 14.4
-'\Large' 14.4 14.4 17.28
-'\LARGE' 17.28 17.28 20.74
-'\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88
-'\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88
+‘\tiny’ 5 6 6
+‘\scriptsize’ 7 8 8
+‘\footnotesize’ 8 9 10
+‘\small’ 9 10 10.95
+‘\normalsize’ (default) 10 10.95 12
+‘\large’ 12 12 14.4
+‘\Large’ 14.4 14.4 17.28
+‘\LARGE’ 17.28 17.28 20.74
+‘\huge’ 20.74 20.74 24.88
+‘\Huge’ 24.88 24.88 24.88
The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form,
since that is how they are typically used. For example.
@@ -1716,30 +1716,30 @@ since that is how they are typically used. For example.
The Tao that can be named is not the eternal Tao.
\end{quotation}
-Here, the scope of the '\small' lasts until the end of the 'quotation'
+Here, the scope of the ‘\small’ lasts until the end of the ‘quotation’
environment. It would also end at the next type style command or the
end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces
-'{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}'.
+‘{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}’.
- Trying to use these commands in math, as with '$\small mv^2/2$',
-results in 'LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small invalid in math mode',
-and the font size doesn't change. To work with a too-large formula,
-often the best option is to use the 'displaymath' environment (*note
-Math formulas::), or one of the environments from the 'amsmath' package.
+ Trying to use these commands in math, as with ‘$\small mv^2/2$’,
+results in ‘LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small invalid in math mode’,
+and the font size doesn’t change. To work with a too-large formula,
+often the best option is to use the ‘displaymath’ environment (*note
+Math formulas::), or one of the environments from the ‘amsmath’ package.
For inline mathematics, such as in a table of formulas, an alternative
-is something like '{\small $mv^2/2$}'. (Sometimes '\scriptsize' and
-'\scriptstyle' are confused. Both change the font size, but the latter
+is something like ‘{\small $mv^2/2$}’. (Sometimes ‘\scriptsize’ and
+‘\scriptstyle’ are confused. Both change the font size, but the latter
also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is typeset.
*Note Math styles::.)
- An "environment form" of each of these commands is also defined; for
-instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. However, in practice this form
+ An “environment form” of each of these commands is also defined; for
+instance, ‘\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}’. However, in practice this form
can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or end of the
-environment without careful consideration, so it's generally less
+environment without careful consideration, so it’s generally less
error-prone to stick to the declaration form.
- (Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines '\begin' and
-'\end', nearly every command that does not take an argument technically
+ (Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines ‘\begin’ and
+‘\end’, nearly every command that does not take an argument technically
has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would only cause
confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the environment form of
the font size declarations specifically is that this particular use is
@@ -1755,125 +1755,125 @@ These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
ones.
-'\fontencoding{ENCODING}'
+‘\fontencoding{ENCODING}’
Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There
- are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are 'OT1',
- Knuth's original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
- 'T1', also known as the Cork encoding, which has support for the
+ are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are ‘OT1’,
+ Knuth’s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
+ ‘T1’, also known as the Cork encoding, which has support for the
accented characters used by the most widespread European languages
(German, French, Italian, Polish and others), which allows TeX to
hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see
<https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide>.
-'\fontfamily{FAMILY}'
+‘\fontfamily{FAMILY}’
Select the font family. The web page
<https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/> provides one way to browse through
many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX. Here are examples of
some common families.
- 'pag' Avant Garde
- 'fvs' Bitstream Vera Sans
- 'pbk' Bookman
- 'bch' Charter
- 'ccr' Computer Concrete
- 'cmr' Computer Modern
- 'cmss' Computer Modern Sans Serif
- 'cmtt' Computer Modern Typewriter
- 'pcr' Courier
- 'phv' Helvetica
- 'fi4' Inconsolata
- 'lmr' Latin Modern
- 'lmss' Latin Modern Sans
- 'lmtt' Latin Modern Typewriter
- 'pnc' New Century Schoolbook
- 'ppl' Palatino
- 'ptm' Times
- 'uncl' Uncial
- 'put' Utopia
- 'pzc' Zapf Chancery
-
-'\fontseries{SERIES}'
- Select the font series. A "series" combines a "weight" and a
- "width". Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
+ ‘pag’ Avant Garde
+ ‘fvs’ Bitstream Vera Sans
+ ‘pbk’ Bookman
+ ‘bch’ Charter
+ ‘ccr’ Computer Concrete
+ ‘cmr’ Computer Modern
+ ‘cmss’ Computer Modern Sans Serif
+ ‘cmtt’ Computer Modern Typewriter
+ ‘pcr’ Courier
+ ‘phv’ Helvetica
+ ‘fi4’ Inconsolata
+ ‘lmr’ Latin Modern
+ ‘lmss’ Latin Modern Sans
+ ‘lmtt’ Latin Modern Typewriter
+ ‘pnc’ New Century Schoolbook
+ ‘ppl’ Palatino
+ ‘ptm’ Times
+ ‘uncl’ Uncial
+ ‘put’ Utopia
+ ‘pzc’ Zapf Chancery
+
+‘\fontseries{SERIES}’
+ Select the font series. A “series” combines a “weight” and a
+ “width”. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
combinations. Some common combined series values include:
- 'm' Medium (normal)
- 'b' Bold
- 'c' Condensed
- 'bc' Bold condensed
- 'bx' Bold extended
+ ‘m’ Medium (normal)
+ ‘b’ Bold
+ ‘c’ Condensed
+ ‘bc’ Bold condensed
+ ‘bx’ Bold extended
The possible values for weight, individually, are:
- 'ul' Ultra light
- 'el' Extra light
- 'l' Light
- 'sl' Semi light
- 'm' Medium (normal)
- 'sb' Semi bold
- 'b' Bold
- 'eb' Extra bold
- 'ub' Ultra bold
+ ‘ul’ Ultra light
+ ‘el’ Extra light
+ ‘l’ Light
+ ‘sl’ Semi light
+ ‘m’ Medium (normal)
+ ‘sb’ Semi bold
+ ‘b’ Bold
+ ‘eb’ Extra bold
+ ‘ub’ Ultra bold
The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
- 'uc' Ultra condensed
- 'ec' Extra condensed
- 'c' Condensed
- 'sc' Semi condensed
- 'm' Medium
- 'sx' Semi expanded
- 'x' Expanded
- 'ex' Extra expanded
- 'ux' Ultra expanded
+ ‘uc’ Ultra condensed
+ ‘ec’ Extra condensed
+ ‘c’ Condensed
+ ‘sc’ Semi condensed
+ ‘m’ Medium
+ ‘sx’ Semi expanded
+ ‘x’ Expanded
+ ‘ex’ Extra expanded
+ ‘ux’ Ultra expanded
When forming the SERIES string from the weight and width, drop the
- 'm' that stands for medium weight or medium width, unless both
- weight and width are 'm', in which case use just one (''m'').
+ ‘m’ that stands for medium weight or medium width, unless both
+ weight and width are ‘m’, in which case use just one (‘‘m’’).
-'\fontshape{SHAPE}'
+‘\fontshape{SHAPE}’
Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
- 'n' Upright (normal)
- 'it' Italic
- 'sl' Slanted (oblique)
- 'sc' Small caps
- 'ui' Upright italics
- 'ol' Outline
+ ‘n’ Upright (normal)
+ ‘it’ Italic
+ ‘sl’ Slanted (oblique)
+ ‘sc’ Small caps
+ ‘ui’ Upright italics
+ ‘ol’ Outline
The two last shapes are not available for most font families, and
small caps are often missing as well.
-'\fontsize{SIZE}{SKIP}'
+‘\fontsize{SIZE}{SKIP}’
Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both
- parameters defaults to points ('pt'). The line spacing is the
+ parameters defaults to points (‘pt’). The line spacing is the
nominal vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is
- stored in the parameter '\baselineskip'. The default
- '\baselineskip' for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the
- '\fontsize'. Changing '\baselineskip' directly is inadvisable
+ stored in the parameter ‘\baselineskip’. The default
+ ‘\baselineskip’ for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the
+ ‘\fontsize’. Changing ‘\baselineskip’ directly is inadvisable
since its value is reset every time a size change happens; instead
- use '\baselinestretch'. (*note \baselineskip &
+ use ‘\baselinestretch’. (*note \baselineskip &
\baselinestretch::).
-'\linespread{FACTOR}'
- Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and
- therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect.
+‘\linespread{FACTOR}’
+ Equivalent to ‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}’, and
+ therefore must be followed by ‘\selectfont’ to have any effect.
Best specified in the preamble. *Note \baselineskip &
- \baselinestretch::, for using 'setspace' package instead.
+ \baselinestretch::, for using ‘setspace’ package instead.
-'\selectfont'
+‘\selectfont’
The effects of the font commands described above do not happen
- until '\selectfont' is called, as in
- '\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont'. It is often useful to put
+ until ‘\selectfont’ is called, as in
+ ‘\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont’. It is often useful to put
this in a macro:
- '\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont}'
+ ‘\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont}’
(*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
-'\usefont{ENC}{FAMILY}{SERIES}{SHAPE}'
- The same as invoking '\fontencoding', '\fontfamily', '\fontseries'
- and '\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by
- '\selectfont'. For example:
+‘\usefont{ENC}{FAMILY}{SERIES}{SHAPE}’
+ The same as invoking ‘\fontencoding’, ‘\fontfamily’, ‘\fontseries’
+ and ‘\fontshape’ with the given parameters, followed by
+ ‘\selectfont’. For example:
\usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}
@@ -1891,14 +1891,14 @@ Commands for controlling the general page layout.
* \twocolumn:: Use two-column layout.
* \flushbottom:: Make all text pages the same height.
* \raggedbottom:: Allow text pages of differing height.
-* Page layout parameters:: '\headheight' '\footskip'.
+* Page layout parameters:: ‘\headheight’ ‘\footskip’.
* \baselineskip & \baselinestretch:: Space between lines.
* Floats:: Figures, tables, etc.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \onecolumn, Next: \twocolumn, Up: Layout
-5.1 '\onecolumn'
+5.1 ‘\onecolumn’
================
Synopsis:
@@ -1906,14 +1906,14 @@ Synopsis:
\onecolumn
Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document
-is given the class option 'onecolumn' then this is the default behavior
+is given the class option ‘onecolumn’ then this is the default behavior
(*note Document class options::). This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \twocolumn, Next: \flushbottom, Prev: \onecolumn, Up: Layout
-5.2 '\twocolumn'
+5.2 ‘\twocolumn’
================
Synopses:
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ Synopses:
\twocolumn[PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT]
Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is
-given the class option 'twocolumn' then this is the default (*note
+given the class option ‘twocolumn’ then this is the default (*note
Document class options::). This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
If the optional PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT argument is present, it is
@@ -1930,76 +1930,76 @@ typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts.
These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
-'\columnsep'
+‘\columnsep’
The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with
- a command such as '\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}'. You must change
+ a command such as ‘\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}’. You must change
it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good
place.
-'\columnseprule'
+‘\columnseprule’
The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning
that there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between
the two columns. Change it with a command such as
- '\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}', before the two-column mode
+ ‘\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}’, before the two-column mode
starts.
-'\columnwidth'
+‘\columnwidth’
The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to
- '\textwidth'. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the width
- of each of the two columns, '\columnwidth', to be half of
- '\textwidth' minus '\columnsep'.
+ ‘\textwidth’. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the width
+ of each of the two columns, ‘\columnwidth’, to be half of
+ ‘\textwidth’ minus ‘\columnsep’.
- In a two-column document, the starred environments 'table*' and
-'figure*' are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments
-'table' and 'figure' take up only one column (*note figure:: and *note
+ In a two-column document, the starred environments ‘table*’ and
+‘figure*’ are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments
+‘table’ and ‘figure’ take up only one column (*note figure:: and *note
table::). LaTeX places starred floats at the top of a page. The
following parameters control float behavior of two-column output.
-'\dbltopfraction'
+‘\dbltopfraction’
The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning
- that the height of a 'table*' or 'figure*' environment must not
- exceed '0.7\textheight'. If the height of your starred float
+ that the height of a ‘table*’ or ‘figure*’ environment must not
+ exceed ‘0.7\textheight’. If the height of your starred float
environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following
actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the
document:
- * Use the '[tp]' location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put
+ • Use the ‘[tp]’ location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put
the bulky float on a page by itself, as well as at the top of
a page.
- * Use the '[t!]' location specifier to override the effect of
- '\dbltopfraction' for this particular float.
+ • Use the ‘[t!]’ location specifier to override the effect of
+ ‘\dbltopfraction’ for this particular float.
- * Increase the value of '\dbltopfraction' to a suitably large
+ • Increase the value of ‘\dbltopfraction’ to a suitably large
number, to avoid going to float pages so soon.
- You can redefine it, as with '\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}'.
+ You can redefine it, as with ‘\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}’.
-'\dblfloatpagefraction'
+‘\dblfloatpagefraction’
For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum
fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of
- blank space. LaTeX's default is '0.5'. Change it with
- '\renewcommand'.
+ blank space. LaTeX’s default is ‘0.5’. Change it with
+ ‘\renewcommand’.
-'\dblfloatsep'
+‘\dblfloatsep’
On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the
distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page.
- The default is '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for a document set at '10pt'
- or '11pt', and '14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for a document set at
- '12pt'.
+ The default is ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ for a document set at ‘10pt’
+ or ‘11pt’, and ‘14pt plus2pt minus4pt’ for a document set at
+ ‘12pt’.
-'\dbltextfloatsep'
+‘\dbltextfloatsep’
This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top
- or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is '20pt
- plus2pt minus4pt'.
+ or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is ‘20pt
+ plus2pt minus4pt’.
-'\dbltopnumber'
+‘\dbltopnumber’
On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The LaTeX
- default is '2'.
+ default is ‘2’.
- This example uses '\twocolumn''s optional argument of to create a
+ This example uses ‘\twocolumn’’s optional argument of to create a
title that spans the two-column article:
\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
@@ -2023,39 +2023,40 @@ title that spans the two-column article:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \flushbottom, Next: \raggedbottom, Prev: \twocolumn, Up: Layout
-5.3 '\flushbottom'
+5.3 ‘\flushbottom’
==================
-Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
+Make all pages in the document after this declaration have the same
height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the
differences in facing pages can be glaring.
If TeX cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page
-then you get a message like 'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
-occurred while \output is active'. If you get that, one option is to
-change to '\raggedbottom' (*note \raggedbottom::). Alternatively, you
-can adjust the 'textheight' to make compatible pages, or you can add
+then you get a message like ‘Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
+occurred while \output is active’. If you get that, one option is to
+change to ‘\raggedbottom’ (*note \raggedbottom::). Alternatively, you
+can adjust the ‘textheight’ to make compatible pages, or you can add
some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in
-'\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}'. Your last option is to, in a
+‘\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}’. Your last option is to, in a
final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (*note
\enlargethispage::).
- The '\flushbottom' state is the default only if you select the
-'twoside' document class option (*note Document class options::).
+ The ‘\flushbottom’ state is the default only if you select the
+‘twocolumn’ document class option (*note Document class options::), and
+for indexes made using ‘makeidx’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedbottom, Next: Page layout parameters, Prev: \flushbottom, Up: Layout
-5.4 '\raggedbottom'
+5.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
===================
Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided
document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go
-at any point in the document body. See *note \flushbottom::.
+at any point in the document body. *Note \flushbottom::.
- This is the default unless you select the 'twoside' document class
+ This is the default unless you select the ‘twocolumn’ document class
option (*note Document class options::).

@@ -2064,171 +2065,171 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Page layout parameters, Next: \baselineskip & \basel
5.5 Page layout parameters
==========================
-'\columnsep'
-'\columnseprule'
-'\columnwidth'
+‘\columnsep’
+‘\columnseprule’
+‘\columnwidth’
The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between
the columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class
- option 'twocolumn' is in effect (*note Document class options::).
+ option ‘twocolumn’ is in effect (*note Document class options::).
*Note \twocolumn::.
-'\headheight'
+‘\headheight’
Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in
- the 'article', 'report', and 'book' classes is '12pt', at all type
+ the ‘article’, ‘report’, and ‘book’ classes is ‘12pt’, at all type
sizes.
-'\headsep'
+‘\headsep’
Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top
- of the main text. The default in the 'article' and 'report'
- classes is '25pt'. In the 'book' class the default is: if the
- document is set at 10pt then it is '0.25in', and at 11pt or 12pt it
- is '0.275in'.
+ of the main text. The default in the ‘article’ and ‘report’
+ classes is ‘25pt’. In the ‘book’ class the default is: if the
+ document is set at 10pt then it is ‘0.25in’, and at 11pt or 12pt it
+ is ‘0.275in’.
-'\footskip'
+‘\footskip’
Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline
- of the page footer. The default in the 'article' and 'report'
- classes is '30pt'. In the 'book' class the default is: when the
- type size is 10pt the default is '0.35in', while at 11pt it is
- '0.38in', and at 12pt it is '30pt'.
-
-'\linewidth'
- Width of the current line, decreased for each nested 'list' (*note
- list::). That is, the nominal value for '\linewidth' is to equal
- '\textwidth' but for each nested list the '\linewidth' is decreased
- by the sum of that list's '\leftmargin' and '\rightmargin' (*note
+ of the page footer. The default in the ‘article’ and ‘report’
+ classes is ‘30pt’. In the ‘book’ class the default is: when the
+ type size is 10pt the default is ‘0.35in’, while at 11pt it is
+ ‘0.38in’, and at 12pt it is ‘30pt’.
+
+‘\linewidth’
+ Width of the current line, decreased for each nested ‘list’ (*note
+ list::). That is, the nominal value for ‘\linewidth’ is to equal
+ ‘\textwidth’ but for each nested list the ‘\linewidth’ is decreased
+ by the sum of that list’s ‘\leftmargin’ and ‘\rightmargin’ (*note
itemize::).
-'\marginparpush'
-'\marginsep'
-'\marginparwidth'
+‘\marginparpush’
+‘\marginsep’
+‘\marginparwidth’
The minimum vertical space between two marginal notes, the
horizontal space between the text body and the marginal notes, and
the horizontal width of the notes.
Normally marginal notes appear on the outside of the page, but the
- declaration '\reversemarginpar' changes that (and
- '\normalmarginpar' changes it back).
+ declaration ‘\reversemarginpar’ changes that (and
+ ‘\normalmarginpar’ changes it back).
- The defaults for '\marginparpush' in both 'book' and 'article'
- classes are: '7pt' if the document is set at 12pt, and '5pt' if the
+ The defaults for ‘\marginparpush’ in both ‘book’ and ‘article’
+ classes are: ‘7pt’ if the document is set at 12pt, and ‘5pt’ if the
document is set at 11pt or 10pt.
- For '\marginsep', in 'article' class the default is '10pt' except
+ For ‘\marginsep’, in ‘article’ class the default is ‘10pt’ except
if the document is set at 10pt and in two-column mode where the
- default is '11pt'.
+ default is ‘11pt’.
- For '\marginsep' in 'book' class the default is '10pt' in
- two-column mode and '7pt' in one-column mode.
+ For ‘\marginsep’ in ‘book’ class the default is ‘10pt’ in
+ two-column mode and ‘7pt’ in one-column mode.
- For '\marginparwidth' in both 'book' and 'article' classes, in
- two-column mode the default is 60% of '\paperwidth - \textwidth',
+ For ‘\marginparwidth’ in both ‘book’ and ‘article’ classes, in
+ two-column mode the default is 60% of ‘\paperwidth − \textwidth’,
while in one-column mode it is 50% of that distance.
-'\oddsidemargin'
-'\evensidemargin'
- The '\oddsidemargin' length is the extra distance between the left
- side of the page and the text's left margin, on odd-numbered pages
- when the document class option 'twoside' is chosen and on all pages
- when 'oneside' is in effect. When 'twoside' is in effect, on
+‘\oddsidemargin’
+‘\evensidemargin’
+ The ‘\oddsidemargin’ length is the extra distance between the left
+ side of the page and the text’s left margin, on odd-numbered pages
+ when the document class option ‘twoside’ is chosen and on all pages
+ when ‘oneside’ is in effect. When ‘twoside’ is in effect, on
even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is
- '\evensidemargin'.
+ ‘\evensidemargin’.
- LaTeX's default is that '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference
- between '\paperwidth' and '\textwidth', and '\evensidemargin' is
+ LaTeX’s default is that ‘\oddsidemargin’ is 40% of the difference
+ between ‘\paperwidth’ and ‘\textwidth’, and ‘\evensidemargin’ is
the remainder.
-'\paperheight'
+‘\paperheight’
The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print
area. Normally set with a document class option, as in
- '\documentclass[a4paper]{article}' (*note Document class
+ ‘\documentclass[a4paper]{article}’ (*note Document class
options::).
-'\paperwidth'
+‘\paperwidth’
The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print
area. Normally set with a document class option, as in
- '\documentclass[a4paper]{article}' (*note Document class
+ ‘\documentclass[a4paper]{article}’ (*note Document class
options::).
-'\textheight'
+‘\textheight’
The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is
- set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an 'article' or
- 'report' the default is '43\baselineskip', while for a 'book' it is
- '41\baselineskip'. At a type size of 11pt the default is
- '38\baselineskip' for all document classes. At 12pt it is
- '36\baselineskip' for all classes.
+ set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an ‘article’ or
+ ‘report’ the default is ‘43\baselineskip’, while for a ‘book’ it is
+ ‘41\baselineskip’. At a type size of 11pt the default is
+ ‘38\baselineskip’ for all document classes. At 12pt it is
+ ‘36\baselineskip’ for all classes.
-'\textwidth'
+‘\textwidth’
The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an
- 'article' or 'report' document, the default is '345pt' when the
- chosen type size is 10pt, the default is '360pt' at 11pt, and it is
- '390pt' at 12pt. For a 'book' document, the default is '4.5in' at
- a type size of 10pt, and '5in' at 11pt or 12pt.
+ ‘article’ or ‘report’ document, the default is ‘345pt’ when the
+ chosen type size is 10pt, the default is ‘360pt’ at 11pt, and it is
+ ‘390pt’ at 12pt. For a ‘book’ document, the default is ‘4.5in’ at
+ a type size of 10pt, and ‘5in’ at 11pt or 12pt.
- In multi-column output, '\textwidth' remains the width of the
- entire page body, while '\columnwidth' is the width of one column
+ In multi-column output, ‘\textwidth’ remains the width of the
+ entire page body, while ‘\columnwidth’ is the width of one column
(*note \twocolumn::).
- In lists (*note list::), '\textwidth' remains the width of the
- entire page body (and '\columnwidth' the width of the entire
- column), while '\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists.
+ In lists (*note list::), ‘\textwidth’ remains the width of the
+ entire page body (and ‘\columnwidth’ the width of the entire
+ column), while ‘\linewidth’ may decrease for nested lists.
- Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or '\parbox' (*note
+ Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or ‘\parbox’ (*note
\parbox::), all the width-related parameters are set to the
specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of
- the 'minipage' or '\parbox'.
+ the ‘minipage’ or ‘\parbox’.
-'\hsize'
- This entry is included for completeness: '\hsize' is the TeX
+‘\hsize’
+ This entry is included for completeness: ‘\hsize’ is the TeX
primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should
not be used in normal LaTeX documents.
-'\topmargin'
+‘\topmargin’
Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the
paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is
- computed based on many other parameters: '\paperheight - 2in -
- \headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip', and then divided
+ computed based on many other parameters: ‘\paperheight − 2in −
+ \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip’, and then divided
by two.
-'\topskip'
+‘\topskip’
Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline
of the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default
- is the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at a type size of 10pt.
+ is the same as the font size, e.g., ‘10pt’ at a type size of 10pt.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch, Next: Floats, Prev: Page layout parameters, Up: Layout
-5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch'
+5.6 ‘\baselineskip’ & ‘\baselinestretch’
========================================
-The '\baselineskip' is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). It gives the
-"leading", the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
+The ‘\baselineskip’ is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). It gives the
+“leading”, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
baseline to baseline.
- Ordinarily document authors do not directly change '\baselineskip'
+ Ordinarily document authors do not directly change ‘\baselineskip’
while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection
-command '\fontsize' (*note low level font commands fontsize::). The
-'\baselineskip''s value is reset every time a font change happens and so
-any direct change to '\baselineskip' would vanish the next time there
+command ‘\fontsize’ (*note low level font commands fontsize::). The
+‘\baselineskip’’s value is reset every time a font change happens and so
+any direct change to ‘\baselineskip’ would vanish the next time there
was a font switch. For how to influence line spacing, see the
-discussion of '\baselinestretch' below.
+discussion of ‘\baselinestretch’ below.
- Usually, a font's size and baseline skip is assigned by the font
+ Usually, a font’s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font
designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance,
-a font's style file has the command '\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}' then that
+a font’s style file has the command ‘\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}’ then that
does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; for
instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does it
mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk
touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the
-'\baselineskip' is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
+‘\baselineskip’ is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
- The '\baselineskip' is not a property of each line but of the entire
+ The ‘\baselineskip’ is not a property of each line but of the entire
paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, such
-as a single '{\Huge Q}', will be squashed into its line. TeX will make
-sure it doesn't scrape up against the line above but won't change the
-'\baselineskip' for that one line to make extra room above. For the
-fix, use a '\strut' (*note \strut::).
+as a single ‘{\Huge Q}’, will be squashed into its line. TeX will make
+sure it doesn’t scrape up against the line above but won’t change the
+‘\baselineskip’ for that one line to make extra room above. For the
+fix, use a ‘\strut’ (*note \strut::).
- The value of '\baselineskip' that TeX uses for the paragraph is the
+ The value of ‘\baselineskip’ that TeX uses for the paragraph is the
value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph
unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be
scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs.
@@ -2241,39 +2242,40 @@ scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs.
The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added,
if the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is
-less than '\baselineskip' then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up the
+less than ‘\baselineskip’ then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up the
difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the lines
-would be too close together, closer than '\lineskiplimit', then TeX
-instead uses '\lineskip' as the interline glue. The second is that TeX
-doesn't actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses
-'\prevdepth', which usually contains that depth. But at the beginning
+would be too close together, closer than ‘\lineskiplimit’, then TeX
+instead uses ‘\lineskip’ as the interline glue. The second is that TeX
+doesn’t actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses
+‘\prevdepth’, which usually contains that depth. But at the beginning
of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or just after a rule,
-'\prevdepth' has the value -1000pt and this special value tells TeX not
+‘\prevdepth’ has the value -1000pt and this special value tells TeX not
to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start.
- In the standard classes '\lineskiplimit' is 0pt and '\lineskip' is
+ In the standard classes ‘\lineskiplimit’ is 0pt and ‘\lineskip’ is
1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance between lines can
approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than zero) then the lines
jump to 1pt apart.
Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in
double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the
-interline distance is via '\baselinestretch'. It scales
-'\baselineskip', and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, not a
-length, so change the scale factor as in
-'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont'.
+interline distance is via ‘\baselinestretch’. It scales
+‘\baselineskip’, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, not a
+length, and does not take effect until a font change happens, so set the
+scale factor like this:
+‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont’.
The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
-document is to put '\linespread{FACTOR}' in the preamble. For double
+document is to put ‘\linespread{FACTOR}’ in the preamble. For double
spacing, take FACTOR to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3.
-These number are rough: for instance, since the '\baselineskip' is about
-1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a baseline skip to
-font size ratio of about 2. (The '\linespread' command is defined as
-'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}' so it won't take effect until
-a font setting happens. But that always takes place at the start of a
-document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.)
+These numbers are rough: for instance, since the ‘\baselineskip’ is
+about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a baseline skip
+to font size ratio of about 2. (The ‘\linespread’ command is defined as
+‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}’ so it also won’t take effect
+until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at the start
+of a document, so there you don’t need to follow it with ‘\selectfont’.)
- A simpler approach is the 'setspace' package. The basic example:
+ A simpler approach is the ‘setspace’ package. The basic example:
\usepackage{setspace}
\doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5
@@ -2281,11 +2283,11 @@ document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.)
In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. But
you can also use these declarations in the document body to change the
spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is
-'\singlespacing' to return the spacing to normal. In the document body,
+‘\singlespacing’ to return the spacing to normal. In the document body,
a better practice than using the declarations is to use environments,
-such as '\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}'. The package also
-has commands to do arbitrary spacing: '\setstretch{FACTOR}' and
-'\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}'. This package also keeps
+such as ‘\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}’. The package also
+has commands to do arbitrary spacing: ‘\setstretch{FACTOR}’ and
+‘\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}’. This package also keeps
the line spacing single-spaced in places where that is typically
desirable, such as footnotes and figure captions. See the package
documentation.
@@ -2301,9 +2303,9 @@ across pages. They must be typeset outside of the normal flow of text,
for instance floating to the top of a later page.
LaTeX can have a number of different classes of floating material.
-The default is the two classes, 'figure' (*note figure::) and 'table'
+The default is the two classes, ‘figure’ (*note figure::) and ‘table’
(*note table::), but you can create a new class with the package
-'float'.
+‘float’.
Within any one float class LaTeX always respects the order, so that
the first figure in a document source must be typeset before the second
@@ -2324,123 +2326,123 @@ that class also appears at the end.
In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
PLACEMENT argument. The possible values are a sequence of the letters
-below. The default for both 'figure' and 'table', in both 'article' and
-'book' classes, is 'tbp'.
+below. The default for both ‘figure’ and ‘table’, in both ‘article’ and
+‘book’ classes, is ‘tbp’.
-'t'
- (Top)--at the top of a text page.
+‘t’
+ (Top)—at the top of a text page.
-'b'
- (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page. (However, 'b' is not
- allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column
- output. To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix'
+‘b’
+ (Bottom)—at the bottom of a text page. (However, ‘b’ is not
+ allowed for full-width floats (‘figure*’) with double-column
+ output. To ameliorate this, use the ‘stfloats’ or ‘dblfloatfix’
package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ:
<https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat>.
-'h'
- (Here)--at the position in the text where the 'figure' environment
- appears. However, 'h' is not allowed by itself; 't' is
+‘h’
+ (Here)—at the position in the text where the ‘figure’ environment
+ appears. However, ‘h’ is not allowed by itself; ‘t’ is
automatically added.
- To absolutely force a float to appear "here", you can
- '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines.
+ To absolutely force a float to appear “here”, you can
+ ‘\usepackage{float}’ and use the ‘H’ specifier which it defines.
For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at
<https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere>.
-'p'
- (Page of floats)--on a separate "float page", which is a page
+‘p’
+ (Page of floats)—on a separate “float page”, which is a page
containing no text, only floats.
-'!'
+‘!’
Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX
ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can
appear and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the
- page. The '!' specifier does _not_ mean "put the float here"; see
+ page. The ‘!’ specifier does _not_ mean “put the float here”; see
above.
Note: the order in which letters appear in the PLACEMENT argument
does not change the order in which LaTeX tries to place the float; for
-instance, 'btp' has the same effect as 'tbp'. All that PLACEMENT does
+instance, ‘btp’ has the same effect as ‘tbp’. All that PLACEMENT does
is that if a letter is not present then the algorithm does not try that
-location. Thus, LaTeX's default of 'tbp' is to try every location
+location. Thus, LaTeX’s default of ‘tbp’ is to try every location
except placing the float where it occurs in the source.
To prevent LaTeX from moving floats to the end of the document or a
-chapter you can use a '\clearpage' command to start a new page and
+chapter you can use a ‘\clearpage’ command to start a new page and
insert all pending floats. If a pagebreak is undesirable then you can
-use the 'afterpage' package and issue '\afterpage{\clearpage}'. This
+use the ‘afterpage’ package and issue ‘\afterpage{\clearpage}’. This
will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all
outstanding floats.
LaTeX can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
-(although on the same output page) if there is a 't' specifier in the
-PLACEMENT parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the 't' is
+(although on the same output page) if there is a ‘t’ specifier in the
+PLACEMENT parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the ‘t’ is
not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the
-next page, then you can prevent it by either using the 'flafter' package
-or using the command '\suppressfloats[t]', which causes floats for the
+next page, then you can prevent it by either using the ‘flafter’ package
+or using the command ‘\suppressfloats[t]’, which causes floats for the
top position on this page to moved to the next page.
Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and
-non-float text (change them with '\renewcommand{PARAMETER}{DECIMAL
-BETWEEN 0 AND 1}'):
+non-float text (change them with ‘\renewcommand{PARAMETER}{DECIMAL
+BETWEEN 0 AND 1}’):
-'\bottomfraction'
+‘\bottomfraction’
The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats
- at the bottom; default '.3'.
+ at the bottom; default ‘.3’.
-'\floatpagefraction'
+‘\floatpagefraction’
The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by
- floats; default '.5'.
+ floats; default ‘.5’.
-'\textfraction'
+‘\textfraction’
Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
- different page. The default is '.2'.
+ different page. The default is ‘.2’.
-'\topfraction'
+‘\topfraction’
Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
- floats; default '.7'.
+ floats; default ‘.7’.
Parameters relating to vertical space around floats (change them with
-a command of the form '\setlength{PARAMETER}{LENGTH EXPRESSION}'):
+a command of the form ‘\setlength{PARAMETER}{LENGTH EXPRESSION}’):
-'\floatsep'
- Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default '12pt
- plus2pt minus2pt'.
+‘\floatsep’
+ Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default ‘12pt
+ plus2pt minus2pt’.
-'\intextsep'
+‘\intextsep’
Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text;
- default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for 10 point and 11 point
- documents, and '14pt plus4pt minus4pt' for 12 point documents.
+ default ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ for 10 point and 11 point
+ documents, and ‘14pt plus4pt minus4pt’ for 12 point documents.
-'\textfloatsep'
+‘\textfloatsep’
Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
- default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.
+ default ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.
Counters relating to the number of floats on a page (change them with
-a command of the form '\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NATURAL NUMBER}'):
+a command of the form ‘\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NATURAL NUMBER}’):
-'bottomnumber'
+‘bottomnumber’
Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text
page; default 1.
-'dbltopnumber'
+‘dbltopnumber’
Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
two-column page; default 2.
-'topnumber'
+‘topnumber’
Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
default 2.
-'totalnumber'
+‘totalnumber’
Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats
<https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats> contains suggestions for relaxing
-LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed
+LaTeX’s default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed
to the end. A full explanation of the float placement algorithm is in
-Frank Mittelbach's article "How to influence the position of float
-environments like figure and table in LaTeX?"
+Frank Mittelbach’s article “How to influence the position of float
+environments like figure and table in LaTeX?”
(<https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf>).
* Menu:
@@ -2450,7 +2452,7 @@ environments like figure and table in LaTeX?"

File: latex2e.info, Node: \caption, Up: Floats
-5.7.1 '\caption'
+5.7.1 ‘\caption’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -2461,8 +2463,8 @@ or
\caption[SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT]{CAPTION-TEXT}
- Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a 'figure' or
-'table' environment (*note figure:: or *note table::).
+ Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a ‘figure’ or
+‘table’ environment (*note figure:: or *note table::).
In this example, LaTeX places a caption below the vertical blank
space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture.
@@ -2473,16 +2475,16 @@ space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture.
\label{fig:CushingPic}
\end{figure}
-The '\caption' command will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like
-'Figure 1:' for an article or 'Figure 1.1:' for a book. The text is
+The ‘\caption’ command will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like
+‘Figure 1:’ for an article or ‘Figure 1.1:’ for a book. The text is
centered if it is shorter than the text width, or set as an unindented
paragraph if it takes more than one line.
- In addition to placing the CAPTION-TEXT in the output, the '\caption'
+ In addition to placing the CAPTION-TEXT in the output, the ‘\caption’
command also saves that information for use in a list of figures or list
of tables (*note Table of contents etc.::).
- Here the '\caption' command uses the optional SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT, so
+ Here the ‘\caption’ command uses the optional SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT, so
that the shorter text appears in the list of tables, rather than the
longer CAPTION-TEXT.
@@ -2501,25 +2503,25 @@ longer CAPTION-TEXT.
\label{tab:LoShu}
\end{table}
-LaTeX will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like 'Table 1:' for an
-article or 'Table 1.1:' for a book.
+LaTeX will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like ‘Table 1:’ for an
+article or ‘Table 1.1:’ for a book.
- The caption can appear at the top of the 'figure' or 'table'. For
+ The caption can appear at the top of the ‘figure’ or ‘table’. For
instance, that would happen in the prior example by putting the
-'\caption' between the '\centering' and the '\begin{tabular}'.
+‘\caption’ between the ‘\centering’ and the ‘\begin{tabular}’.
Different floating environments are numbered separately, by default.
-It is '\caption' that updates the counter, and so any '\label' must come
-after the '\caption'. The counter for the 'figure' environment is named
-'figure', and similarly the counter for the 'table' environment is
-'table'.
+It is ‘\caption’ that updates the counter, and so any ‘\label’ must come
+after the ‘\caption’. The counter for the ‘figure’ environment is named
+‘figure’, and similarly the counter for the ‘table’ environment is
+‘table’.
The text that will be put in the list of figures or list of tables is
-moving argument. If you get the LaTeX error '! Argument of \@caption
-has an extra }' then you must put '\protect' in front of any fragile
+moving argument. If you get the LaTeX error ‘! Argument of \@caption
+has an extra }’ then you must put ‘\protect’ in front of any fragile
commands. *Note \protect::.
- The 'caption' package has many options to adjust how the caption
+ The ‘caption’ package has many options to adjust how the caption
appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be
hanging text rather than set as a paragraph, or making the caption
always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short.
@@ -2538,30 +2540,30 @@ sectioning commands have the same form, one of:
SECTIONING-COMMAND[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
For instance, declare the start of a subsection as with
-'\subsection{Motivation}'.
+‘\subsection{Motivation}’.
The table has each SECTIONING-COMMAND in LaTeX. All are available in
-all of LaTeX's standard document classes 'book', 'report',
-and 'article', except that '\chapter' is not available in 'article'.
+all of LaTeX’s standard document classes ‘book’, ‘report’,
+and ‘article’, except that ‘\chapter’ is not available in ‘article’.
Sectioning unit Command Level
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-Part '\part' -1 ('book', 'report'), 0
- ('article')
-Chapter '\chapter' 0
-Section '\section' 1
-Subsection '\subsection' 2
-Subsubsection '\subsubsection' 3
-Paragraph '\paragraph' 4
-Subparagraph '\subparagraph' 5
-
- All these commands have a '*'-form that prints TITLE as usual but
+Part ‘\part’ -1 (‘book’, ‘report’), 0
+ (‘article’)
+Chapter ‘\chapter’ 0
+Section ‘\section’ 1
+Subsection ‘\subsection’ 2
+Subsubsection ‘\subsubsection’ 3
+Paragraph ‘\paragraph’ 4
+Subparagraph ‘\subparagraph’ 5
+
+ All these commands have a ‘*’-form that prints TITLE as usual but
does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents.
-An example of using this is for an appendix in an 'article'. The input
-'\appendix\section{Appendix}' gives the output 'A Appendix' (*note
-\appendix::). You can lose the numbering 'A' by instead entering
-'\section*{Appendix}' (articles often omit a table of contents and have
-simple page headers so the other differences from the '\section' command
+An example of using this is for an appendix in an ‘article’. The input
+‘\appendix\section{Appendix}’ gives the output ‘A Appendix’ (*note
+\appendix::). You can lose the numbering ‘A’ by instead entering
+‘\section*{Appendix}’ (articles often omit a table of contents and have
+simple page headers so the other differences from the ‘\section’ command
may not matter).
The section title TITLE provides the heading in the main text, but it
@@ -2572,46 +2574,47 @@ TOC-TITLE for these other places.
The level number in the table above determines which sectional units
are numbered, and which appear in the table of contents. If the
-sectioning command's LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the
-counter 'secnumdepth' then the titles for this sectioning command will
+sectioning command’s LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the
+counter ‘secnumdepth’ then the titles for this sectioning command will
be numbered (*note Sectioning/secnumdepth::). And, if LEVEL is less
-than or equal to the value of the counter 'tocdepth' then the table of
+than or equal to the value of the counter ‘tocdepth’ then the table of
contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (*note
Sectioning/tocdepth::).
- LaTeX expects that before you have a '\subsection' you will have a
-'\section' and, in a 'book' class document, that before a '\section' you
-will have a '\chapter'. Otherwise you can get something like a
-subsection numbered '3.0.1'.
+ LaTeX expects that before you have a ‘\subsection’ you will have a
+‘\section’ and, in a ‘book’ class document, that before a ‘\section’ you
+will have a ‘\chapter’. Otherwise you can get something like a
+subsection numbered ‘3.0.1’.
LaTeX lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a
-simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case
-letters with '\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}' in the preamble
-(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). CTAN has many
-packages that make this adjustment easier, notably 'titlesec'.
+simple example, you can change the section numbering to uppercase
+letters with this (in the preamble):
+‘\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}’ . (*Note \alph \Alph \arabic
+\roman \Roman \fnsymbol::.) CTAN has many packages that make this
+adjustment easier, notably ‘titlesec’.
Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning
commands.
-'secnumdepth'
+‘secnumdepth’
Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter
- with '\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}' will suppress numbering of
+ with ‘\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}’ will suppress numbering of
sectioning at any depth greater than LEVEL (*note \setcounter::).
See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if the
- 'secnumdepth' is 1 in an 'article' then a '\section{Introduction}'
- command will produce output like '1 Introduction' while
- '\subsection{Discussion}' will produce output like 'Discussion',
- without the number. LaTeX's default 'secnumdepth' is 3 in
- 'article' class and 2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes.
+ ‘secnumdepth’ is 1 in an ‘article’ then a ‘\section{Introduction}’
+ command will produce output like ‘1 Introduction’ while
+ ‘\subsection{Discussion}’ will produce output like ‘Discussion’,
+ without the number. LaTeX’s default ‘secnumdepth’ is 3 in
+ ‘article’ class and 2 in the ‘book’ and ‘report’ classes.
-'tocdepth'
+‘tocdepth’
Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of
- contents. The setting '\setcounter{tocdepth}{LEVEL}' makes the
+ contents. The setting ‘\setcounter{tocdepth}{LEVEL}’ makes the
sectioning units at LEVEL be the smallest ones listed (*note
\setcounter::). See the above table for the level numbers. For
- instance, if 'tocdepth' is 1 then the table of contents will list
- sections but not subsections. LaTeX's default 'tocdepth' is 3 in
- 'article' class and 2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes.
+ instance, if ‘tocdepth’ is 1 then the table of contents will list
+ sections but not subsections. LaTeX’s default ‘tocdepth’ is 3 in
+ ‘article’ class and 2 in the ‘book’ and ‘report’ classes.
* Menu:
@@ -2627,7 +2630,7 @@ commands.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \part, Next: \chapter, Up: Sectioning
-6.1 '\part'
+6.1 ‘\part’
===========
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2636,8 +2639,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\part*{TITLE}
\part[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
- Start a document part. The standard LaTeX classes 'book', 'report',
-and 'article', all have this command.
+ Start a document part. The standard LaTeX classes ‘book’, ‘report’,
+and ‘article’, all have this command.
This produces a document part, in a book.
@@ -2647,19 +2650,19 @@ and 'article', all have this command.
My family is American, and has been for generations,
in all its branches, direct and collateral.
- In each standard class the '\part' command outputs a part number such
-as 'Part I', alone on its line, in boldface, and in large type. Then
+ In each standard class the ‘\part’ command outputs a part number such
+as ‘Part I’, alone on its line, in boldface, and in large type. Then
LaTeX outputs TITLE, also alone on its line, in bold and in even larger
-type. In class 'book', the LaTeX default puts each part alone on its
+type. In class ‘book’, the LaTeX default puts each part alone on its
own page. If the book is two-sided then LaTeX will skip a page if
-needed to have the new part on an odd-numbered page. In 'report' it is
-again alone on a page, but LaTeX won't force it onto an odd-numbered
-page. In an 'article' LaTeX does not put it on a fresh page, but
+needed to have the new part on an odd-numbered page. In ‘report’ it is
+again alone on a page, but LaTeX won’t force it onto an odd-numbered
+page. In an ‘article’ LaTeX does not put it on a fresh page, but
instead outputs the part number and part title onto the main document
page.
- The '*' form shows TITLE but it does not show the part number, does
-not increment the 'part' counter, and produces no table of contents
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE but it does not show the part number, does
+not increment the ‘part’ counter, and produces no table of contents
entry.
The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the part title in the
@@ -2674,17 +2677,17 @@ the table of contents.
in the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 (*note
Sectioning/secnumdepth::, and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
- In the class 'article', if a paragraph immediately follows the part
+ In the class ‘article’, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package
-'indentfirst'.
+‘indentfirst’.
- One package to change the behavior of '\part' is 'titlesec'. See its
+ One package to change the behavior of ‘\part’ is ‘titlesec’. See its
documentation on CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \chapter, Next: \section, Prev: \part, Up: Sectioning
-6.2 '\chapter'
+6.2 ‘\chapter’
==============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2693,8 +2696,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\chapter*{TITLE}
\chapter[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
- Start a chapter. The standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' have
-this command but 'article' does not.
+ Start a chapter. The standard LaTeX classes ‘book’ and ‘report’ have
+this command but ‘article’ does not.
This produces a chapter.
@@ -2707,16 +2710,16 @@ this command but 'article' does not.
The LaTeX default starts each chapter on a fresh page, an
odd-numbered page if the document is two-sided. It produces a chapter
-number such as 'Chapter 1' in large boldface type (the size is '\huge').
+number such as ‘Chapter 1’ in large boldface type (the size is ‘\huge’).
It then puts TITLE on a fresh line, in boldface type that is still
-larger (size '\Huge'). It also increments the 'chapter' counter, adds
+larger (size ‘\Huge’). It also increments the ‘chapter’ counter, adds
an entry to the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::), and
sets the running header information (*note Page styles::).
- The '*' form shows TITLE on a fresh line, in boldface. But it does
-not show the chapter number, does not increment the 'chapter' counter,
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE on a fresh line, in boldface. But it does
+not show the chapter number, does not increment the ‘chapter’ counter,
produces no table of contents entry, and does not affect the running
-header. (If you use the page style 'headings' in a two-sided document
+header. (If you use the page style ‘headings’ in a two-sided document
then the header will be from the prior chapter.) This example
illustrates.
@@ -2729,8 +2732,8 @@ there. This shows the full name in the chapter title,
\chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}
-but only 'Weyl' on the contents page. This puts a line break in the
-title but that doesn't work well with running headers so it omits the
+but only ‘Weyl’ on the contents page. This puts a line break in the
+title but that doesn’t work well with running headers so it omits the
break in the contents
\chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story}
@@ -2741,11 +2744,11 @@ Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package
-'indentfirst'.
+‘indentfirst’.
You can change what is shown for the chapter number. To change it to
-something like 'Lecture 1', put in the preamble either
-'\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Lecture}' or this (*note \makeatletter &
+something like ‘Lecture 1’, put in the preamble either
+‘\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Lecture}’ or this (*note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::).
\makeatletter
@@ -2753,16 +2756,16 @@ something like 'Lecture 1', put in the preamble either
\makeatother
To make this change because of the primary language for the document,
-see the package 'babel'.
+see the package ‘babel’.
In a two-sided document LaTeX puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if
necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any
running headers. To make that page completely blank, see *note
\clearpage & \cleardoublepage::.
- To change the behavior of the '\chapter' command, you can copy its
+ To change the behavior of the ‘\chapter’ command, you can copy its
definition from the LaTeX format file and make adjustments. But there
-are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is 'titlesec'.
+are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is ‘titlesec’.
See its documentation, but the example below gives a sense of what it
can do.
@@ -2773,14 +2776,14 @@ can do.
{0pt} % length of separation between label and title
{} % before-code hook
-This omits the chapter number 'Chapter 1' from the page but unlike
-'\chapter*' it keeps the chapter in the table of contents and the
+This omits the chapter number ‘Chapter 1’ from the page but unlike
+‘\chapter*’ it keeps the chapter in the table of contents and the
running headers.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \section, Next: \subsection, Prev: \chapter, Up: Sectioning
-6.3 '\section'
+6.3 ‘\section’
==============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2789,8 +2792,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\section*{TITLE}
\section[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
- Start a section. The standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and
-'report' all have this command.
+ Start a section. The standard LaTeX classes ‘article’, ‘book’, and
+‘report’ all have this command.
This produces a section.
@@ -2804,16 +2807,16 @@ Synopsis, one of:
first step toward defining the set of computable functions
is to reflect on the details of what mechanisms can do.
- For the standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' the default output
-is like '1.2 TITLE' (for chapter 1, section 2), alone on its line and
-flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is '\Large').
-The same holds in 'article' except that there are no chapters in that
-class so it looks like '2 TITLE'.
+ For the standard LaTeX classes ‘book’ and ‘report’ the default output
+is like ‘1.2 TITLE’ (for chapter 1, section 2), alone on its line and
+flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is ‘\Large’).
+The same holds in ‘article’ except that there are no chapters in that
+class so it looks like ‘2 TITLE’.
- The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not show the section number,
-does not increment the 'section' counter, produces no table of contents
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE. But it does not show the section number,
+does not increment the ‘section’ counter, produces no table of contents
entry, and does not affect the running header. (If you use the page
-style 'headings' in a two-sided document then the header will be from
+style ‘headings’ in a two-sided document then the header will be from
the prior section.)
The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the section title in
@@ -2826,7 +2829,7 @@ there. This shows the full name in the title of the section:
Canada and Her other Realms and Territories Queen,
Head of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith.}
-but only 'Elizabeth II' on the contents page and in the headers. This
+but only ‘Elizabeth II’ on the contents page and in the headers. This
has a line break in TITLE but that does not work with headers so it is
omitted from the contents and headers.
@@ -2839,12 +2842,12 @@ Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the
-package 'indentfirst'.
+package ‘indentfirst’.
- In general, to change the behavior of the '\section' command, there
-are a number of options. One is the '\@startsection' command (*note
+ In general, to change the behavior of the ‘\section’ command, there
+are a number of options. One is the ‘\@startsection’ command (*note
\@startsection::). There are also many packages on CTAN that address
-this, including 'titlesec'. See the documentation but the example below
+this, including ‘titlesec’. See the documentation but the example below
gives a sense of what they can do.
\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
@@ -2861,7 +2864,7 @@ That puts the section number in the margin.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \subsection, Next: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph, Prev: \section, Up: Sectioning
-6.4 '\subsection'
+6.4 ‘\subsection’
=================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2870,8 +2873,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\subsection*{TITLE}
\subsection[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
- Start a subsection. The standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book',
-and 'report' all have this command.
+ Start a subsection. The standard LaTeX classes ‘article’, ‘book’,
+and ‘report’ all have this command.
This produces a subsection.
@@ -2882,14 +2885,14 @@ and 'report' all have this command.
dramatize the challenge to our intuition posed by comparing the sizes of
infinite sets.
- For the standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' the default output
-is like '1.2.3 TITLE' (for chapter 1, section 2, subsection 3), alone on
+ For the standard LaTeX classes ‘book’ and ‘report’ the default output
+is like ‘1.2.3 TITLE’ (for chapter 1, section 2, subsection 3), alone on
its line and flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is
-'\large'). The same holds in 'article' except that there are no
-chapters in that class so it looks like '2.3 TITLE'.
+‘\large’). The same holds in ‘article’ except that there are no
+chapters in that class so it looks like ‘2.3 TITLE’.
- The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not show the subsection
-number, does not increment the 'subsection' counter, and produces no
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE. But it does not show the subsection
+number, does not increment the ‘subsection’ counter, and produces no
table of contents entry.
The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the subsection title
@@ -2900,7 +2903,7 @@ of the subsection:
\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of
Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow}
-but only 'α,β,γ paper' on the contents page.
+but only ‘α,β,γ paper’ on the contents page.
For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear
in the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (*note
@@ -2908,12 +2911,12 @@ Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as
is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to
-use the package 'indentfirst'.
+use the package ‘indentfirst’.
There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
-'\subsection' command. One is the '\@startsection' command (*note
+‘\subsection’ command. One is the ‘\@startsection’ command (*note
\@startsection::). There are also many packages on CTAN that address
-this, including 'titlesec'. See the documentation but the example below
+this, including ‘titlesec’. See the documentation but the example below
gives a sense of what they can do.
\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
@@ -2928,7 +2931,7 @@ That puts the subsection number and TITLE in the first line of text.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph, Next: \appendix, Prev: \subsection, Up: Sectioning
-6.5 '\subsubsection', '\paragraph', '\subparagraph'
+6.5 ‘\subsubsection’, ‘\paragraph’, ‘\subparagraph’
===================================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2950,7 +2953,7 @@ or one of:
\subparagraph[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
Start a subsubsection, paragraph, or subparagraph. The standard
-LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and 'report' all have these commands,
+LaTeX classes ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’ all have these commands,
although they are not commonly used.
This produces a subsubsection.
@@ -2961,19 +2964,19 @@ although they are not commonly used.
consumer-grade gasoline engine piston rings.
The default output of each of the three does not change over the
-standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and 'report'. For
-'\subsubsection' the TITLE is alone on its line, in boldface and normal
-size type. For '\paragraph' the TITLE is inline with the text, not
-indented, in boldface and normal size type. For '\subparagraph' the
+standard LaTeX classes ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’. For
+‘\subsubsection’ the TITLE is alone on its line, in boldface and normal
+size type. For ‘\paragraph’ the TITLE is inline with the text, not
+indented, in boldface and normal size type. For ‘\subparagraph’ the
TITLE is inline with the text, with a paragraph indent, in boldface and
-normal size type (Because an 'article' has no chapters its
-subsubsections are numbered and so it looks like '1.2.3 TITLE', for
+normal size type (Because an ‘article’ has no chapters its
+subsubsections are numbered and so it looks like ‘1.2.3 TITLE’, for
section 1, subsection 2, and subsubsection 3. The other two divisions
are not numbered.)
- The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not increment the associated
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE. But it does not increment the associated
counter and produces no table of contents entry (and does not show the
-number for '\subsubsection').
+number for ‘\subsubsection’).
The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the division title in
the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). If it is not
@@ -2986,28 +2989,29 @@ Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented,
as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to
-use the package 'indentfirst'.
+use the package ‘indentfirst’.
There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these
-commands. One is the '\@startsection' command (*note \@startsection::).
+commands. One is the ‘\@startsection’ command (*note \@startsection::).
There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
-'titlesec'. See the documentation on CTAN.
+‘titlesec’. See the documentation on CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \appendix, Next: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter, Prev: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph, Up: Sectioning
-6.6 '\appendix'
+6.6 ‘\appendix’
===============
Synopsis:
\appendix
- This does not directly produce any output. But in a book or report
-it declares that subsequent '\chapter' commands start an appendix. In
-an article it does the same, for '\section' commands. It also resets
-the 'chapter' and 'section' counters to 0 in a book or report, and in an
-article resets the 'section' and 'subsection' counters.
+ This does not directly produce any output. But in a ‘book’ or
+‘report’ document it declares that subsequent ‘\chapter’ commands start
+an appendix. In an article it does the same, for ‘\section’ commands.
+It also resets the ‘chapter’ and ‘section’ counters to 0 in a book or
+report, and in an article resets the ‘section’ and ‘subsection’
+counters.
In this book
@@ -3018,21 +3022,21 @@ article resets the 'section' and 'subsection' counters.
\chapter{Three} ...
\chapter{Four} ...
-the first two will generate output numbered 'Chapter 1' and 'Chapter 2'.
-After the '\appendix' the numbering will be 'Appendix A' and 'Appendix
-B'. *Note Larger book template::, for another example.
+the first two will generate output numbered ‘Chapter 1’ and ‘Chapter 2’.
+After the ‘\appendix’ the numbering will be ‘Appendix A’ and ‘Appendix
+B’. *Note Larger book template::, for another example.
- The 'appendix' package adds the command '\appendixpage' to put a
-separate 'Appendices' in the document body before the first appendix,
-and the command '\addappheadtotoc' to do the same in the table of
-contents. You can reset the name 'Appendices' with a command like
-'\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}', as well as a number of
+ The ‘appendix’ package adds the command ‘\appendixpage’ to put a
+separate ‘Appendices’ in the document body before the first appendix,
+and the command ‘\addappheadtotoc’ to do the same in the table of
+contents. You can reset the name ‘Appendices’ with a command like
+‘\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}’, as well as a number of
other features. See the documentation on CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter, Next: \@startsection, Prev: \appendix, Up: Sectioning
-6.7 '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', '\backmatter'
+6.7 ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, ‘\backmatter’
================================================
Synopsis, one or more of:
@@ -3044,25 +3048,25 @@ Synopsis, one or more of:
\backmatter
...
- Format a 'book' class document differently according to which part of
+ Format a ‘book’ class document differently according to which part of
the document is being produced. All three commands are optional.
- Traditionally, a book's front matter contains such things as the
+ Traditionally, a book’s front matter contains such things as the
title page, an abstract, a table of contents, a preface, a list of
notations, a list of figures, and a list of tables. (Some of these
front matter pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not
numbered.) The back matter may contain such things as a glossary,
notes, a bibliography, and an index.
- The '\frontmatter' command makes the pages numbered in lowercase
-roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter's title
+ The ‘\frontmatter’ command makes the pages numbered in lowercase
+roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter’s title
appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands
-here, use the '*'-version (*note Sectioning::).
+here, use the ‘*’-version (*note Sectioning::).
- The '\mainmatter' command changes the behavior back to the expected
+ The ‘\mainmatter’ command changes the behavior back to the expected
version, and resets the page number.
- The '\backmatter' command leaves the page numbering alone but
+ The ‘\backmatter’ command leaves the page numbering alone but
switches the chapters back to being not numbered.
*Note Larger book template::, for an example using these three
@@ -3071,7 +3075,7 @@ commands.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \@startsection, Prev: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter, Up: Sectioning
-6.8 '\@startsection', typesetting sectional unit headings
+6.8 ‘\@startsection’, typesetting sectional unit headings
=========================================================
Synopsis:
@@ -3079,16 +3083,16 @@ Synopsis:
\@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
Used to help redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning
-divisions such as '\section' or '\subsection'.
+divisions such as ‘\section’ or ‘\subsection’.
- Note that the 'titlesec' package makes manipulation of sectioning
+ Note that the ‘titlesec’ package makes manipulation of sectioning
easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be
-satisfied with '\@startsection', some cannot. For instance, in the
-standard LaTeX 'book' and 'report' classes the commands '\chapter' and
-'\report' are not constructed in this way. To make such a command you
-may want to use the '\secdef' command.
+satisfied with ‘\@startsection’, some cannot. For instance, in the
+standard LaTeX ‘book’ and ‘report’ classes the commands ‘\chapter’ and
+‘\report’ are not constructed in this way. To make such a command you
+may want to use the ‘\secdef’ command.
- Technically, '\@startsection' has the form
+ Technically, ‘\@startsection’ has the form
\@startsection{NAME}
{LEVEL}
@@ -3106,20 +3110,20 @@ so that issuing
{AFTERSKIP}
{STYLE}}
-redefines '\section' while keeping its standard calling form
-'\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}' (in which, for reminder, the star '*' is
+redefines ‘\section’ while keeping its standard calling form
+‘\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}’ (in which, for reminder, the star ‘*’ is
optional). *Note Sectioning::. This implies that when you write a
-command like '\renewcommand{\section}{...}', the '\@startsection{...}'
+command like ‘\renewcommand{\section}{...}’, the ‘\@startsection{...}’
must come last in the definition. See the examples below.
NAME
Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This
counter must be defined separately. Most commonly this is either
- 'section', 'subsection', or 'paragraph'. Although in those cases
+ ‘section’, ‘subsection’, or ‘paragraph’. Although in those cases
the counter name is the same as the sectioning command itself, you
- don't have to use the same name.
+ don’t have to use the same name.
- Then '\the'NAME displays the title number and '\'NAME'mark' is for
+ Then ‘\the’NAME displays the title number and ‘\’NAME‘mark’ is for
the page headers. See the third example below.
LEVEL
@@ -3127,46 +3131,46 @@ LEVEL
Sectioning::, for the list of standard level numbers.
If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the counter
- 'secnumdepth' then titles for this sectioning command will be
+ ‘secnumdepth’ then titles for this sectioning command will be
numbered (*note Sectioning/secnumdepth::). For instance, if
- 'secnumdepth' is 1 in an 'article' then the command
- '\section{Introduction}' will produce output like "1 Introduction"
- while '\subsection{Discussion}' will produce output like
- "Discussion", without the number prefix.
+ ‘secnumdepth’ is 1 in an ‘article’ then the command
+ ‘\section{Introduction}’ will produce output like “1 Introduction”
+ while ‘\subsection{Discussion}’ will produce output like
+ “Discussion”, without the number prefix.
If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the counter TOCDEPTH
then the table of contents will have an entry for this sectioning
- unit (*note Sectioning/tocdepth::). For instance, in an 'article',
+ unit (*note Sectioning/tocdepth::). For instance, in an ‘article’,
if TOCDEPTH is 1 then the table of contents will list sections but
not subsections.
INDENT
A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with
respect to the left margin. To have the title flush with the
- margin use '0pt'. A negative indentation such as '-\parindent'
+ margin use ‘0pt’. A negative indentation such as ‘-\parindent’
will move the title into the left margin.
BEFORESKIP
The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space
- that is inserted before this sectioning unit's title. This space
+ that is inserted before this sectioning unit’s title. This space
will be discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the
beginning of a page. If this number is negative then the first
paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is
non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the
- negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus -2pt minus
- -3pt'.)
+ negative of ‘1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt’ is ‘-1pt plus -2pt minus
+ -3pt’.)
- For example, if BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex' then
+ For example, if BEFORESKIP is ‘-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’ then
to start the new sectioning unit, LaTeX will add about 3.5 times
the height of a letter x in vertical space, and the first paragraph
in the section will not be indented. Using a rubber length, with
- 'plus' and 'minus', is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more
+ ‘plus’ and ‘minus’, is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more
flexibility in making up the page (*note Lengths::).
The full accounting of the vertical space between the baseline of
- the line prior to this sectioning unit's header and the baseline of
- the header is that it is the sum of the '\parskip' of the text
- font, the '\baselineskip' of the title font, and the absolute value
+ the line prior to this sectioning unit’s header and the baseline of
+ the header is that it is the sum of the ‘\parskip’ of the text
+ font, the ‘\baselineskip’ of the title font, and the absolute value
of the BEFORESKIP. This space is typically rubber so it may
stretch or shrink. (If the sectioning unit starts on a fresh page
so that the vertical space is discarded then the baseline of the
@@ -3175,65 +3179,65 @@ BEFORESKIP
AFTERSKIP
This is a length. If AFTERSKIP is non-negative then this is the
- vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit's title header.
+ vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit’s title header.
If it is negative then the title header becomes a run-in header, so
that it becomes part of the next paragraph. In this case the
absolute value of the length gives the horizontal space between the
end of the title and the beginning of the following paragraph.
- (Note that the negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus
- -2pt minus -3pt'.)
+ (Note that the negative of ‘1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt’ is ‘-1pt plus
+ -2pt minus -3pt’.)
- As with BEFORESKIP, using a rubber length, with 'plus' and 'minus'
+ As with BEFORESKIP, using a rubber length, with ‘plus’ and ‘minus’
components, is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more
flexibility in putting together the page.
- If 'afterskip' is non-negative then the full accounting of the
- vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit's header
+ If ‘afterskip’ is non-negative then the full accounting of the
+ vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit’s header
and the baseline of the first line of the following paragraph is
- that it is the sum of the '\parskip' of the title font, the
- '\baselineskip' of the text font, and the value of AFTER. That
+ that it is the sum of the ‘\parskip’ of the title font, the
+ ‘\baselineskip’ of the text font, and the value of AFTER. That
space is typically rubber so it may stretch or shrink. (Note that
- because the sign of 'afterskip' changes the sectioning unit
- header's from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative
- 'afterskip' to cancel part of the '\parskip'.)
+ because the sign of ‘afterskip’ changes the sectioning unit
+ header’s from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative
+ ‘afterskip’ to cancel part of the ‘\parskip’.)
STYLE
Controls the styling of the title. See the examples below.
- Typical commands to use here are '\centering', '\raggedright',
- '\normalfont', '\hrule', or '\newpage'. The last command in STYLE
- may be one that takes one argument, such as '\MakeUppercase' or
- '\fbox' that takes one argument. The section title will be
+ Typical commands to use here are ‘\centering’, ‘\raggedright’,
+ ‘\normalfont’, ‘\hrule’, or ‘\newpage’. The last command in STYLE
+ may be one that takes one argument, such as ‘\MakeUppercase’ or
+ ‘\fbox’ that takes one argument. The section title will be
supplied as the argument to this command. For instance, setting
- STYLE to '\bfseries\MakeUppercase' would produce titles that are
+ STYLE to ‘\bfseries\MakeUppercase’ would produce titles that are
bold and uppercase.
- These are LaTeX's defaults for the first three sectioning units that
-are defined with '\@startsection', for the 'article', 'book', and
-'report' classes.
+ These are LaTeX’s defaults for the first three sectioning units that
+are defined with ‘\@startsection’, for the ‘article’, ‘book’, and
+‘report’ classes.
- * For 'section': LEVEL is 1, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex
- plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '2.3ex plus 0.2ex', and STYLE
- is '\normalfont\Large\bfseries'.
+ • For ‘section’: LEVEL is 1, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is ‘-3.5ex
+ plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP is ‘2.3ex plus 0.2ex’, and STYLE
+ is ‘\normalfont\Large\bfseries’.
- * For 'subsection': LEVEL is 2, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is '-3.25ex
- plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', and STYLE
- is '\normalfont\large\bfseries'.
+ • For ‘subsection’: LEVEL is 2, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is ‘-3.25ex
+ plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP is ‘1.5ex plus 0.2ex’, and STYLE
+ is ‘\normalfont\large\bfseries’.
- * For 'subsubsection': LEVEL is 3, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is
- '-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex',
- and STYLE is '\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries'.
+ • For ‘subsubsection’: LEVEL is 3, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is
+ ‘-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP is ‘1.5ex plus 0.2ex’,
+ and STYLE is ‘\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries’.
Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or
in the preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble
-they must go between a '\makeatletter' command and a '\makeatother'.
-(Probably the error message 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
-mode.' means that you forgot this.) *Note \makeatletter &
+they must go between a ‘\makeatletter’ command and a ‘\makeatother’.
+(Probably the error message ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
+mode.’ means that you forgot this.) *Note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::.
This will put section titles in large boldface type, centered. It
-says '\renewcommand' because LaTeX's standard classes have already
-defined a '\section'. For the same reason it does not define a
-'section' counter, or the commands '\thesection' and '\l@section'.
+says ‘\renewcommand’ because LaTeX’s standard classes have already
+defined a ‘\section’. For the same reason it does not define a
+‘section’ counter, or the commands ‘\thesection’ and ‘\l@section’.
\renewcommand\section{%
\@startsection{section}% *note NAME: \@startsection/name.
@@ -3244,7 +3248,7 @@ defined a '\section'. For the same reason it does not define a
{\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style.
}
- This will put 'subsection' titles in small caps type, inline with the
+ This will put ‘subsection’ titles in small caps type, inline with the
paragraph.
\renewcommand\subsection{%
@@ -3280,10 +3284,10 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Cross references, Next: Environments, Prev: Section
7 Cross references
******************
-We often want something like 'See Theorem~31'. But by-hand typing the
-31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a "label" such as
-'\label{eq:GreensThm}' and then "reference" it, as with 'See
-equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}'. LaTeX will automatically work out the
+We often want something like ‘See Theorem~31’. But by-hand typing the
+31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a “label” such as
+‘\label{eq:GreensThm}’ and then “reference” it, as with ‘See
+equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}’. LaTeX will automatically work out the
number, put it into the output, and will change that number later if
needed.
@@ -3296,26 +3300,26 @@ needed.
See Theorem~\ref{th:GreensThm} on page~\pageref{th:GreensThm}.
LaTeX tracks cross reference information in a file having the
-extension '.aux' and with the same base name as the file containing the
-'\label'. So if '\label' is in 'calculus.tex' then the information is
-in 'calculus.aux'. LaTeX puts the information in that file every time
-it runs across a '\label'.
+extension ‘.aux’ and with the same base name as the file containing the
+‘\label’. So if ‘\label’ is in ‘calculus.tex’ then the information is
+in ‘calculus.aux’. LaTeX puts the information in that file every time
+it runs across a ‘\label’.
The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
-happens when your document has a "forward reference", a '\ref' that
-appears before the associated '\label'. If this is the first time that
-you are compiling the document then you will get 'LaTeX Warning:
-Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross references right' and in
-the output the forward reference will appear as two question marks '??',
+happens when your document has a “forward reference”, a ‘\ref’ that
+appears before the associated ‘\label’. If this is the first time that
+you are compiling the document then you will get ‘LaTeX Warning:
+Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross references right’ and in
+the output the forward reference will appear as two question marks ‘??’,
in boldface. A similar thing happens if you change some things so the
references changes; you get the same warning and the output contains the
old reference information. In both cases, resolve this by compiling the
document a second time.
- The 'cleveref' package enhances LaTeX's cross referencing features.
+ The ‘cleveref’ package enhances LaTeX’s cross referencing features.
You can arrange that if you enter
-'\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}' then '\cref{th:Nerode}' will
-output 'Theorem 3.21', without you having to enter the "Theorem."
+‘\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}’ then ‘\cref{th:Nerode}’ will
+output ‘Theorem 3.21’, without you having to enter the “Theorem.”
* Menu:
@@ -3327,52 +3331,52 @@ output 'Theorem 3.21', without you having to enter the "Theorem."

File: latex2e.info, Node: \label, Next: \pageref, Up: Cross references
-7.1 '\label'
+7.1 ‘\label’
============
Synopsis:
\label{KEY}
- Assign a reference number to KEY. In ordinary text '\label{KEY}'
+ Assign a reference number to KEY. In ordinary text ‘\label{KEY}’
assigns to KEY the number of the current sectional unit. Inside an
-environment with numbering, such as a 'table' or 'theorem' environment,
-'\label{KEY}' assigns to KEY the number of that environment. Retrieve
-the assigned number with the '\ref{KEY}' command (*note \ref::).
+environment with numbering, such as a ‘table’ or ‘theorem’ environment,
+‘\label{KEY}’ assigns to KEY the number of that environment. Retrieve
+the assigned number with the ‘\ref{KEY}’ command (*note \ref::).
A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common
punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished,
as usual.
A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a
-suffix separated by a colon or period. Thus, '\label{fig:Post}' is a
+suffix separated by a colon or period. Thus, ‘\label{fig:Post}’ is a
label for a figure with a portrait of Emil Post. This helps to avoid
accidentally creating two labels with the same name, and makes your
source more readable. Some commonly-used prefixes:
-'ch'
+‘ch’
for chapters
-'sec'
-'subsec'
+‘sec’
+‘subsec’
for lower-level sectioning commands
-'fig'
+‘fig’
for figures
-'tab'
+‘tab’
for tables
-'eq'
+‘eq’
for equations
In the auxiliary file the reference information is kept as the text
-of a command of the form '\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}'.
-Here CURRENTLABEL is the current value of the macro '\@currentlabel'
-that is usually updated whenever you call '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}'.
+of a command of the form ‘\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}’.
+Here CURRENTLABEL is the current value of the macro ‘\@currentlabel’
+that is usually updated whenever you call ‘\refstepcounter{COUNTER}’.
- Below, the key 'sec:test' will get the number of the current section
-and the key 'fig:test' will get the number of the figure.
+ Below, the key ‘sec:test’ will get the number of the current section
+and the key ‘fig:test’ will get the number of the figure.
(Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and tables.)
\section{section name}
@@ -3388,7 +3392,7 @@ and the key 'fig:test' will get the number of the figure.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \pageref, Next: \ref, Prev: \label, Up: Cross references
-7.2 '\pageref'
+7.2 ‘\pageref’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -3396,12 +3400,12 @@ Synopsis:
\pageref{KEY}
Produce the page number of the place in the text where the
-corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears.
+corresponding ‘\label’{KEY} command appears.
- If there is no '\label{KEY}' then you get something like 'LaTeX
-Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.'
+ If there is no ‘\label{KEY}’ then you get something like ‘LaTeX
+Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.’
- Below, the '\label{eq:main}' is used both for the formula number and
+ Below, the ‘\label{eq:main}’ is used both for the formula number and
for the page number. (Note that the two references are forward
references so this document would need to be compiled twice to resolve
those.)
@@ -3415,7 +3419,7 @@ those.)

File: latex2e.info, Node: \ref, Next: xr package, Prev: \pageref, Up: Cross references
-7.3 '\ref'
+7.3 ‘\ref’
==========
Synopsis:
@@ -3423,15 +3427,15 @@ Synopsis:
\ref{KEY}
Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote,
-figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command (*note \label::). It
-does not produce any text, such as the word 'Section' or 'Figure', just
+figure, ..., of the corresponding ‘\label’ command (*note \label::). It
+does not produce any text, such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just
the bare number itself.
- If there is no '\label{KEY}' then you get something like 'LaTeX
-Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.'
+ If there is no ‘\label{KEY}’ then you get something like ‘LaTeX
+Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.’
- In this example the '\ref{popular}' produces '2'. Note that it is a
-forward reference since it comes before '\label{popular}' so this
+ In this example the ‘\ref{popular}’ produces ‘2’. Note that it is a
+forward reference since it comes before ‘\label{popular}’ so this
document would have to be compiled twice.
The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}.
@@ -3441,13 +3445,13 @@ document would have to be compiled twice.
\item Con\TeX t
\end{enumerate}
- The 'cleveref' package includes text such as 'Theorem' in the
+ The ‘cleveref’ package includes text such as ‘Theorem’ in the
reference. See the documentation on CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: xr package, Prev: \ref, Up: Cross references
-7.4 'xr' package
+7.4 ‘xr’ package
================
Synopsis:
@@ -3461,9 +3465,9 @@ or
\externaldocument[REFERENCE-PREFIX]{DOCUMENT-BASENAME}
Make cross references to the external document
-'DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex'.
+‘DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex’.
- Here is an example. If 'lectures.tex' has this in the preamble
+ Here is an example. If ‘lectures.tex’ has this in the preamble
\usepackage{xr}
\externaldocument{exercises}
@@ -3471,34 +3475,34 @@ or
\externaldocument{answers}
then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents.
-Suppose that 'exercises.tex' has an enumerated list containing this,
+Suppose that ‘exercises.tex’ has an enumerated list containing this,
\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree?
-and 'hints.tex' has an enumerated list with this,
+and ‘hints.tex’ has an enumerated list with this,
\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices.
-and 'answers.tex' has an enumerated list with this,
+and ‘answers.tex’ has an enumerated list with this,
\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there
are exactly two vertices.
After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering
-this in the body of 'lectures.tex' will result in the lectures getting
+this in the body of ‘lectures.tex’ will result in the lectures getting
the reference numbers used in the other documents.
See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}.
The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
- The prefix 'H-' for the reference from the hints file is needed
+ The prefix ‘H-’ for the reference from the hints file is needed
because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the
exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the
number from the later file.
- Note: if the document uses the 'hyperref' package then in place of
-'xr', put '\usepackage{xr-hyper}' before the '\usepackage{hyperref}'.
-Also, if any of the multiple documents uses 'hyperref' then they all
+ Note: if the document uses the ‘hyperref’ package then in place of
+‘xr’, put ‘\usepackage{xr-hyper}’ before the ‘\usepackage{hyperref}’.
+Also, if any of the multiple documents uses ‘hyperref’ then they all
must use it.

@@ -3508,16 +3512,16 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Environments, Next: Line breaking, Prev: Cross refe
**************
LaTeX provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. An
-environment begins with '\begin' and ends with '\end', like this:
+environment begins with ‘\begin’ and ends with ‘\end’, like this:
\begin{ENVIRONMENT-NAME}
...
\end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME}
The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the
-end. For instance, the input '\begin{table*}...\end{table}' will cause
-an error like: '! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
-\end{table}.'
+end. For instance, the input ‘\begin{table*}...\end{table}’ will cause
+an error like: ‘! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
+\end{table}.’
Environments are executed within a group.
@@ -3555,7 +3559,7 @@ an error like: '! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by

File: latex2e.info, Node: abstract, Next: array, Up: Environments
-8.1 'abstract'
+8.1 ‘abstract’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -3565,13 +3569,13 @@ Synopsis:
\end{abstract}
Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This
-environment is only defined in the 'article' and 'report' document
+environment is only defined in the ‘article’ and ‘report’ document
classes (*note Document classes::).
- Using the example below in the 'article' class produces a displayed
-paragraph. Document class option 'titlepage' causes the abstract to be
+ Using the example below in the ‘article’ class produces a displayed
+paragraph. Document class option ‘titlepage’ causes the abstract to be
on a separate page (*note Document class options::); this is the default
-only in the 'report' class.
+only in the ‘report’ class.
\begin{abstract}
We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander
@@ -3580,7 +3584,7 @@ only in the 'report' class.
\end{abstract}
The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column
-document (for a more flexible solution, use the package 'abstract').
+document (for a more flexible solution, use the package ‘abstract’).
\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
...
@@ -3604,7 +3608,7 @@ document (for a more flexible solution, use the package 'abstract').

File: latex2e.info, Node: array, Next: center, Prev: abstract, Up: Environments
-8.2 'array'
+8.2 ‘array’
===========
Synopsis:
@@ -3623,8 +3627,8 @@ or:
Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in
math mode (*note Modes::), and normally appears within a displayed
-mathematics environment such as 'equation' (*note equation::). Inside
-of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, ('&').
+mathematics environment such as ‘equation’ (*note equation::). Inside
+of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, (‘&’).
Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (*note \\::).
This example shows a three by three array.
@@ -3642,29 +3646,29 @@ Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (*note \\::).
The required argument COLS describes the number of columns, their
alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. For instance,
-'\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}' gives three columns: the first flush
+‘\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}’ gives three columns: the first flush
right, the second centered, and the third flush left. See *note
tabular:: for the complete description of COLS and of the other common
features of the two environments, including the optional POS argument.
- There are two ways that 'array' diverges from 'tabular'. The first
-is that 'array' entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (*note
+ There are two ways that ‘array’ diverges from ‘tabular’. The first
+is that ‘array’ entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (*note
Math styles::) except if the COLS definition specifies the column with
-'p{...}', which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second
-is that, instead of 'tabular''s parameter '\tabcolsep', LaTeX's
-intercolumn space in an 'array' is governed by '\arraycolsep', which
-gives half the width between columns. The default for this is '5pt' so
+‘p{...}’, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second
+is that, instead of ‘tabular’’s parameter ‘\tabcolsep’, LaTeX’s
+intercolumn space in an ‘array’ is governed by ‘\arraycolsep’, which
+gives half the width between columns. The default for this is ‘5pt’ so
that between two columns comes 10pt of space.
- To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the 'amsmath'
-package. It comes with environments 'pmatrix' for an array surrounded
-by parentheses '(...)', 'bmatrix' for an array surrounded by square
-brackets '[...]', 'Bmatrix' for an array surrounded by curly
-braces '{...}', 'vmatrix' for an array surrounded by vertical
-bars '|...|', and 'Vmatrix' for an array surrounded by double vertical
-bars '||...||', along with a number of other array constructs.
+ To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the ‘amsmath’
+package. It comes with environments ‘pmatrix’ for an array surrounded
+by parentheses ‘(...)’, ‘bmatrix’ for an array surrounded by square
+brackets ‘[...]’, ‘Bmatrix’ for an array surrounded by curly
+braces ‘{...}’, ‘vmatrix’ for an array surrounded by vertical
+bars ‘|...|’, and ‘Vmatrix’ for an array surrounded by double vertical
+bars ‘||...||’, along with a number of other array constructs.
- The next example uses the 'amsmath' package.
+ The next example uses the ‘amsmath’ package.
\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble
@@ -3675,15 +3679,15 @@ bars '||...||', along with a number of other array constructs.
\end{vmatrix}=ad-bc
\end{equation}
- There are many packages concerning arrays. The 'array' package has
-many useful extensions, including more column types. The 'dcolumn'
+ There are many packages concerning arrays. The ‘array’ package has
+many useful extensions, including more column types. The ‘dcolumn’
package adds a column type to center on a decimal point. For both see
the documentation on CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: center, Next: description, Prev: array, Up: Environments
-8.3 'center'
+8.3 ‘center’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -3695,13 +3699,13 @@ Synopsis:
\end{center}
Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are
-centered within the left and right margins. Use double-backslash, '\\',
+centered within the left and right margins. Use double-backslash, ‘\\’,
to get a line break (*note \\::). If some text is too long to fit on a
line then LaTeX will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid
stretching or shrinking any interword space.
This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See
-*note \centering:: to avoid such space, for example inside a 'figure'
+*note \centering:: to avoid such space, for example inside a ‘figure’
environment.
This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical
@@ -3713,7 +3717,7 @@ space between the last two lines.
the School of Environmental Engineering
\end{center}
- In this example, depending on the page's line width, LaTeX may choose
+ In this example, depending on the page’s line width, LaTeX may choose
a line break for the part before the double backslash. If so, it will
center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line.
Then LaTeX will break at the double backslash, and will center the
@@ -3726,19 +3730,19 @@ ending.
\end{center}
A double backslash after the final line is optional. If present it
-doesn't add any vertical space.
+doesn’t add any vertical space.
In a two-column document the text is centered in a column, not in the
entire page.
* Menu:
-* \centering:: Declaration form of the 'center' environment.
+* \centering:: Declaration form of the ‘center’ environment.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \centering, Up: center
-8.3.1 '\centering'
+8.3.1 ‘\centering’
------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -3752,9 +3756,9 @@ or
\end{group}
Center the material in its scope. It is most often used inside an
-environment such as 'figure', or in a 'parbox'.
+environment such as ‘figure’, or in a ‘parbox’.
- This example's '\centering' declaration causes the graphic to be
+ This example’s ‘\centering’ declaration causes the graphic to be
horizontally centered.
\begin{figure}
@@ -3763,27 +3767,27 @@ horizontally centered.
\caption{CTAN Lion} \label{fig:CTANLion}
\end{figure}
-The scope of this '\centering' ends with the '\end{figure}'.
+The scope of this ‘\centering’ ends with the ‘\end{figure}’.
- Unlike the 'center' environment, the '\centering' command does not
-add vertical space above and below the text. That's its advantage in
+ Unlike the ‘center’ environment, the ‘\centering’ command does not
+add vertical space above and below the text. That’s its advantage in
the above example; there is not an excess of space.
It also does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX
-formats paragraph units. If 'ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz' is surrounded
-by blank lines then LaTeX will create a paragraph whose first line 'ww
-xx' is centered and whose second line, not centered, contains 'yy zz'.
+formats paragraph units. If ‘ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz’ is surrounded
+by blank lines then LaTeX will create a paragraph whose first line ‘ww
+xx’ is centered and whose second line, not centered, contains ‘yy zz’.
Usually what is desired is for the scope of the declaration to contain a
-blank line or the '\end' command of an environment such as 'figure' or
-'table' that ends the paragraph unit. Thus, if '{\centering xx \\
-yy\par} zz' is surrounded by blank lines then it makes a new paragraph
-with two centered lines 'xx' and 'yy', followed by a new paragraph with
-'zz' that is formatted as usual.
+blank line or the ‘\end’ command of an environment such as ‘figure’ or
+‘table’ that ends the paragraph unit. Thus, if ‘{\centering xx \\
+yy\par} zz’ is surrounded by blank lines then it makes a new paragraph
+with two centered lines ‘xx’ and ‘yy’, followed by a new paragraph with
+‘zz’ that is formatted as usual.

File: latex2e.info, Node: description, Next: displaymath, Prev: center, Up: Environments
-8.4 'description'
+8.4 ‘description’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -3794,11 +3798,11 @@ Synopsis:
...
\end{description}
- Environment to make a list of labeled items. Each item's LABEL is
+ Environment to make a list of labeled items. Each item’s LABEL is
typeset in bold and is flush left, so that long labels continue into the
first line of the item text. There must be at least one item; having
-none causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing
-\item'.
+none causes the LaTeX error ‘Something's wrong--perhaps a missing
+\item’.
This example shows the environment used for a sequence of
definitions.
@@ -3808,31 +3812,31 @@ definitions.
\item[llama] A beast.
\end{description}
-The labels 'lama' and 'llama' are output in boldface, with the left edge
+The labels ‘lama’ and ‘llama’ are output in boldface, with the left edge
on the left margin.
- Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::). Use the
-optional labels, as in '\item[Main point]', because there is no sensible
-default. Following the '\item' is optional text, which may contain
+ Start list items with the ‘\item’ command (*note \item::). Use the
+optional labels, as in ‘\item[Main point]’, because there is no sensible
+default. Following the ‘\item’ is optional text, which may contain
multiple paragraphs.
Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a
font change given in argument style (see *note Font styles::) then it
will come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for
-typewriter with '\item[\texttt{label text}]' then it will appear in bold
+typewriter with ‘\item[\texttt{label text}]’ then it will appear in bold
typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way around this, in this
example to get non-bold typewriter, is to use declarative style:
-'\item[{\tt label text}]'. Similarly, get the standard roman font with
-'\item[{\rm label text}]'.
+‘\item[{\tt label text}]’. Similarly, get the standard roman font with
+‘\item[{\rm label text}]’.
For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see *note itemize::
-and *note enumerate::. Unlike those environments, nesting 'description'
+and *note enumerate::. Unlike those environments, nesting ‘description’
environments does not change the default label; it is boldface and flush
left at all levels.
For information about list layout parameters, including the default
values, and for information about customizing list layout, see *note
-list::. The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists.
+list::. The package ‘enumitem’ is useful for customizing lists.
This example changes the description labels to small caps.
@@ -3842,7 +3846,7 @@ list::. The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists.

File: latex2e.info, Node: displaymath, Next: document, Prev: description, Up: Environments
-8.5 'displaymath'
+8.5 ‘displaymath’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -3853,29 +3857,29 @@ Synopsis:
Environment to typeset the MATHEMATICAL TEXT on its own line, in
display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the
-global option 'fleqn'; see *note Document class options::.
+global option ‘fleqn’; see *note Document class options::.
- In the 'displaymath' environment no equation number is added to the
-math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the 'equation'
+ In the ‘displaymath’ environment no equation number is added to the
+math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the ‘equation’
environment (*note equation::).
LaTeX will not break the MATH TEXT across lines.
- Note that the 'amsmath' package has significantly more extensive
+ Note that the ‘amsmath’ package has significantly more extensive
displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways
in that package for having math text broken across lines.
- The construct '\[MATH\]' is a synonym for the environment
-'\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}' but the latter is easier to
+ The construct ‘\[MATH\]’ is a synonym for the environment
+‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’ but the latter is easier to
work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket
-may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will likely be
+may get false positives but the word ‘displaymath’ will likely be
unique.
- (Aside: The construct '$$MATH$$' from Plain TeX is sometimes
-mistakenly used as a synonym for 'displaymath'. It is not a synonym,
-and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all; '$$' doesn't support
-the 'fleqn' option (*note Document class options::), has different
-vertical spacing, and doesn't perform consistency checks.)
+ (Aside: The construct ‘$$MATH$$’ from Plain TeX is sometimes
+mistakenly used as a synonym for ‘displaymath’. It is not a synonym,
+and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all; ‘$$’ doesn’t support
+the ‘fleqn’ option (*note Document class options::), has different
+vertical spacing, and doesn’t perform consistency checks.)
The output from this example is centered and alone on its line.
@@ -3883,16 +3887,16 @@ vertical spacing, and doesn't perform consistency checks.)
\int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
\end{displaymath}
-Also, the integral sign is larger than the inline version '\( \int_1^2
-x^2\,dx=7/3 \)' produces.
+Also, the integral sign is larger than the inline version ‘\( \int_1^2
+x^2\,dx=7/3 \)’ produces.

File: latex2e.info, Node: document, Next: enumerate, Prev: displaymath, Up: Environments
-8.6 'document'
+8.6 ‘document’
==============
-The 'document' environment encloses the entire body of a document. It
+The ‘document’ environment encloses the entire body of a document. It
is required in every LaTeX document. *Note Starting and ending::.
* Menu:
@@ -3903,14 +3907,14 @@ is required in every LaTeX document. *Note Starting and ending::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \AtBeginDocument, Next: \AtEndDocument, Up: document
-8.6.1 '\AtBeginDocument'
+8.6.1 ‘\AtBeginDocument’
------------------------
Synopsis:
\AtBeginDocument{CODE}
- Save CODE and execute it when '\begin{document}' is executed, at the
+ Save CODE and execute it when ‘\begin{document}’ is executed, at the
very end of the preamble. The code is executed after the font selection
tables have been set up, so the normal font for the document is the
current font. However, the code is executed as part of the preamble so
@@ -3922,7 +3926,7 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \AtEndDocument, Prev: \AtBeginDocument, Up: document
-8.6.2 '\AtEndDocument'
+8.6.2 ‘\AtEndDocument’
----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -3930,10 +3934,10 @@ Synopsis:
\AtEndDocument{CODE}
Save CODE and execute it near the end of the document. Specifically,
-it is executed when '\end{document}' is executed, before the final page
+it is executed when ‘\end{document}’ is executed, before the final page
is finished and before any leftover floating environments are processed.
If you want some of the code to be executed after these two processes
-then include a '\clearpage' at the appropriate point in CODE.
+then include a ‘\clearpage’ at the appropriate point in CODE.
You can issue this command more than once; the successive code lines
will be executed in the order that you gave them.
@@ -3941,7 +3945,7 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them.

File: latex2e.info, Node: enumerate, Next: eqnarray, Prev: document, Up: Environments
-8.7 'enumerate'
+8.7 ‘enumerate’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -3954,49 +3958,49 @@ Synopsis:
Environment to produce a numbered list of items. The format of the
label numbering depends on the nesting level of this environment; see
-below. The default top-level numbering is '1.', '2.', etc. Each
-'enumerate' list environment must have at least one item; having none
-causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'.
+below. The default top-level numbering is ‘1.’, ‘2.’, etc. Each
+‘enumerate’ list environment must have at least one item; having none
+causes the LaTeX error ‘Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item’.
This example gives the first two finishers in the 1908 Olympic
-marathon. As a top-level list the labels would come out as '1.' and
-'2.'.
+marathon. As a top-level list the labels would come out as ‘1.’ and
+‘2.’.
\begin{enumerate}
\item Johnny Hayes (USA)
\item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
\end{enumerate}
- Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::). If you
-give '\item' an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
-as in '\item[Interstitial label]', then the next item will continue the
+ Start list items with the ‘\item’ command (*note \item::). If you
+give ‘\item’ an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
+as in ‘\item[Interstitial label]’, then the next item will continue the
interrupted sequence (*note \item::). That is, you will get labels like
-'1.', then 'Interstitial label', then '2.'. Following the '\item' is
+‘1.’, then ‘Interstitial label’, then ‘2.’. Following the ‘\item’ is
optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs.
- Enumerations may be nested within other 'enumerate' environments, or
-within any paragraph-making environment such as 'itemize' (*note
-itemize::), up to four levels deep. This gives LaTeX's default for the
+ Enumerations may be nested within other ‘enumerate’ environments, or
+within any paragraph-making environment such as ‘itemize’ (*note
+itemize::), up to four levels deep. This gives LaTeX’s default for the
format at each nesting level, where 1 is the top level, the outermost
level.
- 1. arabic number followed by a period: '1.', '2.', ...
- 2. lowercase letter inside parentheses: '(a)', '(b)' ...
- 3. lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: 'i.', 'ii.', ...
- 4. uppercase letter followed by a period: 'A.', 'B.', ...
+ 1. arabic number followed by a period: ‘1.’, ‘2.’, ...
+ 2. lowercase letter inside parentheses: ‘(a)’, ‘(b)’ ...
+ 3. lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: ‘i.’, ‘ii.’, ...
+ 4. uppercase letter followed by a period: ‘A.’, ‘B.’, ...
- The 'enumerate' environment uses the counters '\enumi' through
-'\enumiv' (*note Counters::).
+ The ‘enumerate’ environment uses the counters ‘\enumi’ through
+‘\enumiv’ (*note Counters::).
For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see *note
description:: and *note itemize::. For information about list layout
parameters, including the default values, and for information about
-customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package 'enumitem' is
+customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package ‘enumitem’ is
useful for customizing lists.
- To change the format of the label use '\renewcommand' (*note
-\newcommand & \renewcommand::) on the commands '\labelenumi' through
-'\labelenumiv'. For instance, this first level list will be labelled
+ To change the format of the label use ‘\renewcommand’ (*note
+\newcommand & \renewcommand::) on the commands ‘\labelenumi’ through
+‘\labelenumiv’. For instance, this first level list will be labelled
with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period.
\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
@@ -4011,15 +4015,15 @@ with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period.

File: latex2e.info, Node: eqnarray, Next: equation, Prev: enumerate, Up: Environments
-8.8 'eqnarray'
+8.8 ‘eqnarray’
==============
-The 'eqnarray' environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including
+The ‘eqnarray’ environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including
spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See
-"Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen
+“Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars Madsen
<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>). New documents should
-include the 'amsmath' package and use the displayed mathematics
-environments provided there, such as the 'align' environment. We
+include the ‘amsmath’ package and use the displayed mathematics
+environments provided there, such as the ‘align’ environment. We
include a description only for completeness and for working with old
documents.
@@ -4041,18 +4045,18 @@ or
sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text
mode.
- It is similar to a three-column 'array' environment, with items
-within a row separated by an ampersand ('&'), and with rows separated by
-double backslash '\\'). The starred form of line break ('\\*') can
+ It is similar to a three-column ‘array’ environment, with items
+within a row separated by an ampersand (‘&’), and with rows separated by
+double backslash ‘\\’). The starred form of line break (‘\\*’) can
also be used to separate equations, and will disallow a page break there
(*note \\::).
- The unstarred form 'eqnarray' places an equation number on every line
-(using the 'equation' counter), unless that line contains a '\nonumber'
-command. The starred form 'eqnarray*' omits equation numbering, while
+ The unstarred form ‘eqnarray’ places an equation number on every line
+(using the ‘equation’ counter), unless that line contains a ‘\nonumber’
+command. The starred form ‘eqnarray*’ omits equation numbering, while
otherwise being the same.
- The command '\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across
+ The command ‘\lefteqn’ is used for splitting long formulas across
lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
zero width.
@@ -4068,7 +4072,7 @@ inequality, while the third line has not entry on the left side.

File: latex2e.info, Node: equation, Next: figure, Prev: eqnarray, Up: Environments
-8.9 'equation'
+8.9 ‘equation’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -4077,21 +4081,21 @@ Synopsis:
MATHEMATICAL TEXT
\end{equation}
- The same as a 'displaymath' environment (*note displaymath::) except
+ The same as a ‘displaymath’ environment (*note displaymath::) except
that LaTeX puts an equation number flush to the right margin. The
-equation number is generated using the 'equation' counter.
+equation number is generated using the ‘equation’ counter.
- You should have no blank lines between '\begin{equation}' and
-'\begin{equation}', or LaTeX will tell you that there is a missing
+ You should have no blank lines between ‘\begin{equation}’ and
+‘\begin{equation}’, or LaTeX will tell you that there is a missing
dollar sign.
- The package 'amsmath' package has extensive displayed equation
+ The package ‘amsmath’ package has extensive displayed equation
facilities. New documents should include this package.

File: latex2e.info, Node: figure, Next: filecontents, Prev: equation, Up: Environments
-8.10 'figure'
+8.10 ‘figure’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -4113,26 +4117,26 @@ or:
Figures are for material that is not part of the normal text. An
example is material that you cannot have split between two pages, such
as a graphic. Because of this, LaTeX does not typeset figures in
-sequence with normal text but instead "floats" them to a convenient
+sequence with normal text but instead “floats” them to a convenient
place, such as the top of a following page (*note Floats::).
The FIGURE BODY can consist of imported graphics (*note Graphics::),
-or text, LaTeX commands, etc. It is typeset in a 'parbox' of width
-'\textwidth'.
+or text, LaTeX commands, etc. It is typeset in a ‘parbox’ of width
+‘\textwidth’.
- The possible values of PLACEMENT are 'h' for 'here', 't' for 'top',
-'b' for 'bottom', and 'p' for 'on a separate page of floats'. For the
+ The possible values of PLACEMENT are ‘h’ for ‘here’, ‘t’ for ‘top’,
+‘b’ for ‘bottom’, and ‘p’ for ‘on a separate page of floats’. For the
effect of these options on the float placement algorithm, see *note
Floats::.
- The starred form 'figure*' is used when a document is in
+ The starred form ‘figure*’ is used when a document is in
double-column mode (*note \twocolumn::). It produces a figure that
spans both columns, at the top of the page. To add the possibility of
-placing at a page bottom see the discussion of PLACEMENT 'b' in *note
+placing at a page bottom see the discussion of PLACEMENT ‘b’ in *note
Floats::.
The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross
-references::). The optional '\caption' command specifies caption text
+references::). The optional ‘\caption’ command specifies caption text
for the figure (*note \caption::). By default it is numbered. If
LOFTITLE is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of TITLE
(*note Table of contents etc.::).
@@ -4152,7 +4156,7 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats.

File: latex2e.info, Node: filecontents, Next: flushleft, Prev: figure, Up: Environments
-8.11 'filecontents'
+8.11 ‘filecontents’
===================
Synopsis:
@@ -4171,29 +4175,29 @@ or
directory, if specified; *note output directory::) and write TEXT to it.
By default, an existing file is not overwritten.
- The unstarred version of the environment 'filecontents' prefixes the
+ The unstarred version of the environment ‘filecontents’ prefixes the
content of the created file with a header of TeX comments; see the
-example below. The starred version 'filecontents*' does not include the
+example below. The starred version ‘filecontents*’ does not include the
header.
The possible options are:
-'force'
-'overwrite'
+‘force’
+‘overwrite’
Overwrite an existing file.
-'noheader'
- Omit the header. Equivalent to using 'filecontents*'.
+‘noheader’
+ Omit the header. Equivalent to using ‘filecontents*’.
-'nosearch'
+‘nosearch’
Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if
specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path.
These options were added in a 2019 release of LaTeX.
This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it
-often appears before the '\documentclass' command. It is commonly used
-to create a '.bib' or other such data file from the main document
+often appears before the ‘\documentclass’ command. It is commonly used
+to create a ‘.bib’ or other such data file from the main document
source, to make the source file self-contained. Similarly, it can be
used to create a custom style or class file, again making the source
self-contained.
@@ -4209,7 +4213,7 @@ self-contained.
Article by \myname.
\end{document}
-produces this file 'JH.sty':
+produces this file ‘JH.sty’:
%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
%% generated by the `filecontents' environment
@@ -4220,7 +4224,7 @@ produces this file 'JH.sty':

File: latex2e.info, Node: flushleft, Next: flushright, Prev: filecontents, Up: Environments
-8.12 'flushleft'
+8.12 ‘flushleft’
================
Synopsis:
@@ -4235,7 +4239,7 @@ Synopsis:
left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a
-double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form see *note
+double backslash, ‘\\’. For the declaration form see *note
\raggedright::.
This creates a box of text that is at most 3 inches wide, with the
@@ -4251,12 +4255,12 @@ text flush left and ragged right.
* Menu:
-* \raggedright:: Declaration form of the 'flushleft' environment.
+* \raggedright:: Declaration form of the ‘flushleft’ environment.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedright, Up: flushleft
-8.12.1 '\raggedright'
+8.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
---------------------
Synopses:
@@ -4270,18 +4274,18 @@ or
\end{ENVIRONMENT}
A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and
-ragged right. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as 'quote' or
-in a 'parbox'. For the environment form see *note flushleft::.
+ragged right. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as ‘quote’ or
+in a ‘parbox’. For the environment form see *note flushleft::.
- Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does
+ Unlike the ‘flushleft’ environment, the ‘\raggedright’ command does
not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
-units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
-declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
+units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or ‘\end’ command that ends the
paragraph unit.
- Here '\raggedright' in each second column keeps LaTeX from doing very
+ Here ‘\raggedright’ in each second column keeps LaTeX from doing
awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note that
-'\raggedright' is inside the curly braces '{...}' to delimit its effect.
+‘\raggedright’ is inside the curly braces ‘{...}’ to delimit its effect.
\begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
Team alpha &{\raggedright This team does all the real work.} \\
@@ -4292,7 +4296,7 @@ awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note that

File: latex2e.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: Environments
-8.13 'flushright'
+8.13 ‘flushright’
=================
\begin{flushright}
@@ -4305,21 +4309,21 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: En
right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long
to fit the margins then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids
hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a
-new line use a double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form
+new line use a double backslash, ‘\\’. For the declaration form
see *note \raggedleft::.
For an example related to this environment, see *note flushleft::,
-where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace 'flushleft' by
-'flushright'.
+where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace ‘flushleft’ by
+‘flushright’.
* Menu:
-* \raggedleft:: Declaration form of the 'flushright' environment.
+* \raggedleft:: Declaration form of the ‘flushright’ environment.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedleft, Up: flushright
-8.13.1 '\raggedleft'
+8.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
--------------------
Synopses:
@@ -4333,23 +4337,23 @@ or
\end{ENVIRONMENT}
A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and
-ragged left. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as 'quote' or in
-a 'parbox'. For the environment form see *note flushright::.
+ragged left. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as ‘quote’ or in
+a ‘parbox’. For the environment form see *note flushright::.
- Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does
+ Unlike the ‘flushright’ environment, the ‘\raggedleft’ command does
not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
-units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
-declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
+units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or ‘\end’ command that ends the
paragraph unit.
For an example related to this environment, see *note \raggedright::,
-where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace '\raggedright' by
-'\raggedleft'.
+where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace ‘\raggedright’ by
+‘\raggedleft’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: itemize, Next: letter, Prev: flushright, Up: Environments
-8.14 'itemize'
+8.14 ‘itemize’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -4360,9 +4364,9 @@ Synopsis:
...
\end{itemize}
- Produce an "unordered list", sometimes called a bullet list. There
-must be at least one '\item' within the environment; having none causes
-the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'.
+ Produce an “unordered list”, sometimes called a bullet list. There
+must be at least one ‘\item’ within the environment; having none causes
+the LaTeX error ‘Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item’.
This gives a two-item list.
@@ -4371,52 +4375,52 @@ the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'.
\item Rice portrait
\end{itemize}
-With the default locale--without loading e.g. 'babel' package with
-another language than USenglish--as a top-level list each label would
-come out as a bullet, *. The format of the labeling depends on the
+With the default locale—without loading e.g. ‘babel’ package with
+another language than USenglish—as a top-level list each label would
+come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling depends on the
nesting level; see below.
- Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::). If you
-give '\item' an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
-as in '\item[OPTIONAL LABEL]', then by default OPTIONAL LABEL will
+ Start list items with the ‘\item’ command (*note \item::). If you
+give ‘\item’ an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
+as in ‘\item[OPTIONAL LABEL]’, then by default OPTIONAL LABEL will
appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left
margin. For labels that are flush left see the *note description::
-environment. Following the '\item' is the text of the item, which may
+environment. Following the ‘\item’ is the text of the item, which may
be empty or contain multiple paragraphs.
Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels
deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making
-environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::).
+environments, such as ‘enumerate’ (*note enumerate::).
- The 'itemize' environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through
-'\labelitemiv' to produce the default label (note the convention of
+ The ‘itemize’ environment uses the commands ‘\labelitemi’ through
+‘\labelitemiv’ to produce the default label (note the convention of
lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify
the nesting level). These are the default marks at each level.
- 1. * (bullet, from '\textbullet')
- 2. -- (bold en-dash, from '\normalfont\bfseries\textendash')
- 3. * (asterisk, from '\textasteriskcentered')
+ 1. • (bullet, from ‘\textbullet’)
+ 2. -- (bold en-dash, from ‘\normalfont\bfseries\textendash’)
+ 3. * (asterisk, from ‘\textasteriskcentered’)
4. . (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from
- '\textperiodcentered')
+ ‘\textperiodcentered’)
- Change the labels with '\renewcommand'. For instance, this makes the
+ Change the labels with ‘\renewcommand’. For instance, this makes the
first level use diamonds.
\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and
-the left margin of the 'itemize' list is determined by the parameters
-'\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi'. (This also uses the convention
+the left margin of the ‘itemize’ list is determined by the parameters
+‘\leftmargini’ through ‘\leftmarginvi’. (This also uses the convention
of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command name to
-denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: '2.5em' in level 1 ('2em'
-in two-column mode), '2.2em' in level 2, '1.87em' in level 3, and
-'1.7em' in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels.
+denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: ‘2.5em’ in level 1 (‘2em’
+in two-column mode), ‘2.2em’ in level 2, ‘1.87em’ in level 3, and
+‘1.7em’ in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels.
For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see *note
-description:: and *note enumerate::. The 'itemize', 'enumerate' and
-'description' environment use the same list layout parameters. For a
+description:: and *note enumerate::. The ‘itemize’, ‘enumerate’ and
+‘description’ environment use the same list layout parameters. For a
description, including the default values, and for information about
-customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package 'enumitem' is
+customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package ‘enumitem’ is
useful for customizing lists.
This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized
@@ -4425,9 +4429,9 @@ lists.
\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em
Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
-space between items. Here is an example defining an 'itemize*'
+space between items. Here is an example defining an ‘itemize*’
environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
-within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \parindent
+within a single item (‘\parskip’ is not list-specific, *note \parindent
& \parskip::):
\newenvironment{itemize*}%
@@ -4440,7 +4444,7 @@ within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \parindent

File: latex2e.info, Node: letter, Next: list, Prev: itemize, Up: Environments
-8.15 'letter' environment: writing letters
+8.15 ‘letter’ environment: writing letters
==========================================
This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::.
@@ -4448,7 +4452,7 @@ This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: list, Next: math, Prev: letter, Up: Environments
-8.16 'list'
+8.16 ‘list’
===========
Synopsis:
@@ -4463,15 +4467,15 @@ Synopsis:
Note that this environment does not typically appear in the document
body. Most lists created by LaTeX authors are the ones that come
-standard: the 'description', 'enumerate', and 'itemize' environments
+standard: the ‘description’, ‘enumerate’, and ‘itemize’ environments
(*note description::, *note enumerate::, and *note itemize::).
- Instead, the 'list' environment is most often used in macros. For
+ Instead, the ‘list’ environment is most often used in macros. For
example, many standard LaTeX environments that do not immediately appear
-to be lists are in fact constructed using 'list', including 'quotation',
-'quote', and 'center' (*note quotation & quote::, *note center::).
+to be lists are in fact constructed using ‘list’, including ‘quotation’,
+‘quote’, and ‘center’ (*note quotation & quote::, *note center::).
- This uses the 'list' environment to define a new custom environment.
+ This uses the ‘list’ environment to define a new custom environment.
\newcounter{namedlistcounter} % number the items
\newenvironment{named}
@@ -4490,148 +4494,148 @@ to be lists are in fact constructed using 'list', including 'quotation',
The mandatory first argument LABELING specifies the default labeling
of list items. It can contain text and LaTeX commands, as above where
-it contains both 'Item' and '\Roman{...}'. LaTeX forms the label by
-putting the LABELING argument in a box of width '\labelwidth'. If the
+it contains both ‘Item’ and ‘\Roman{...}’. LaTeX forms the label by
+putting the LABELING argument in a box of width ‘\labelwidth’. If the
label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right.
-When making an instance of a 'list' you can override the default
-labeling by giving '\item' an optional argument by including square
-braces and the text, as in the above '\item[Special label.]'; *note
+When making an instance of a ‘list’ you can override the default
+labeling by giving ‘\item’ an optional argument by including square
+braces and the text, as in the above ‘\item[Special label.]’; *note
\item::.
The mandatory second argument SPACING has a list of commands. This
list can be empty. A command that can go in here is
-'\usecounter{COUNTERNAME}' (*note \usecounter::). Use this to tell
+‘\usecounter{COUNTERNAME}’ (*note \usecounter::). Use this to tell
LaTeX to number the items using the given counter. The counter will be
reset to zero each time LaTeX enters the environment, and the counter is
-incremented by one each time LaTeX encounters an '\item' that does not
+incremented by one each time LaTeX encounters an ‘\item’ that does not
have an optional argument.
- Another command that can go in SPACING is '\makelabel', which
+ Another command that can go in SPACING is ‘\makelabel’, which
constructs the label box. By default it puts the contents flush right.
Its only argument is the label, which it typesets in LR mode (*note
Modes::). One example of changing its definition is that to the above
-'named' example, before the definition of the environment add
-'\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}', and between the
-'\setlength' command and the parenthesis that closes the SPACING
-argument also add '\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel'. Then the labels will
+‘named’ example, before the definition of the environment add
+‘\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}’, and between the
+‘\setlength’ command and the parenthesis that closes the SPACING
+argument also add ‘\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel’. Then the labels will
be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the second code line to
-'\let\makelabel\fbox' puts the labels inside a framed box. Another
-example of the '\makelabel' command is below, in the definition of the
-'redlabel' environment.
+‘\let\makelabel\fbox’ puts the labels inside a framed box. Another
+example of the ‘\makelabel’ command is below, in the definition of the
+‘redlabel’ environment.
Also often in SPACING are commands to redefine the spacing for the
list. Below are the spacing parameters with their default values.
-(Default values for derived environments such as 'itemize' can be
+(Default values for derived environments such as ‘itemize’ can be
different than the values shown here.) See also the figure that follows
the list. Each is a length (*note Lengths::). The vertical spaces are
-normally rubber lengths, with 'plus' and 'minus' components, to give TeX
+normally rubber lengths, with ‘plus’ and ‘minus’ components, to give TeX
flexibility in setting the page. Change each with a command such as
-'\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}'. For some effects these
+‘\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}’. For some effects these
lengths should be zero or negative.
-'\itemindent'
- Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond 'leftmargin', of the
- first line each item. Its default value is '0pt'.
-
-'\itemsep'
- Vertical space between items, beyond the '\parsep'. The defaults
- for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and
- 'report' classes at 10 point size are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt',
- '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that
- is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 11 point are: '4.5pt
- plus2pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and
- '\topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 12
- point are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2.5pt
- plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that is, '2.5pt plus1pt
- minus1pt').
-
-'\labelsep'
+‘\itemindent’
+ Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond ‘leftmargin’, of the
+ first line each item. Its default value is ‘0pt’.
+
+‘\itemsep’
+ Vertical space between items, beyond the ‘\parsep’. The defaults
+ for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’, and
+ ‘report’ classes at 10 point size are: ‘4pt plus2pt minus1pt’,
+ ‘\parsep’ (that is, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’), and ‘\topsep’ (that
+ is, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’). The defaults at 11 point are: ‘4.5pt
+ plus2pt minus1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (that is, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’), and
+ ‘\topsep’ (that is, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’). The defaults at 12
+ point are: ‘5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (that is, ‘2.5pt
+ plus1pt minus1pt’), and ‘\topsep’ (that is, ‘2.5pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’).
+
+‘\labelsep’
Horizontal space between the label and text of an item. The
- default for LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes is
- '0.5em'.
+ default for LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’ classes is
+ ‘0.5em’.
-'\labelwidth'
+‘\labelwidth’
Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this
- wide. If '\makelabel' returns text that is wider than this then
+ wide. If ‘\makelabel’ returns text that is wider than this then
the first line of the item will be indented to make room for this
- extra material. If '\makelabel' returns text of width less than or
- equal to '\labelwidth' then LaTeX's default is that the label is
+ extra material. If ‘\makelabel’ returns text of width less than or
+ equal to ‘\labelwidth’ then LaTeX’s default is that the label is
typeset flush right in a box of this width.
The left edge of the label box is
- '\leftmargin'+'\itemindent'-'\labelsep'-'\labelwidth' from the left
+ ‘\leftmargin’+‘\itemindent’-‘\labelsep’-‘\labelwidth’ from the left
margin of the enclosing environment.
- The default for LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes at
- the top level is '\leftmargini'-'\labelsep', (which is '2em' in one
- column mode and '1.5em' in two column mode). At the second level
- it is '\leftmarginii'-'\labelsep', and at the third level it is
- '\leftmarginiii'-'\labelsep'. These definitions make the label's
+ The default for LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’ classes at
+ the top level is ‘\leftmargini’-‘\labelsep’, (which is ‘2em’ in one
+ column mode and ‘1.5em’ in two column mode). At the second level
+ it is ‘\leftmarginii’-‘\labelsep’, and at the third level it is
+ ‘\leftmarginiii’-‘\labelsep’. These definitions make the label’s
left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing
environment.
-'\leftmargin'
+‘\leftmargin’
Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing
environment (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level
list), and the left margin of this list. It must be non-negative.
In the standard LaTeX document classes, a top-level list has this
- set to the value of '\leftmargini', while a list that is nested
- inside a top-level list has this margin set to '\leftmarginii'.
- More deeply nested lists get the values of '\leftmarginiii' through
- '\leftmarginvi'. (Nesting greater than level five generates the
- error message 'Too deeply nested'.)
-
- The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article',
- 'book', and 'report' classes are: '\leftmargini' is '2.5em' (in two
- column mode, '2em'), '\leftmarginii' is '2.2em', and
- '\leftmarginiii' is '1.87em'.
-
-'\listparindent'
+ set to the value of ‘\leftmargini’, while a list that is nested
+ inside a top-level list has this margin set to ‘\leftmarginii’.
+ More deeply nested lists get the values of ‘\leftmarginiii’ through
+ ‘\leftmarginvi’. (Nesting greater than level five generates the
+ error message ‘Too deeply nested’.)
+
+ The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’,
+ ‘book’, and ‘report’ classes are: ‘\leftmargini’ is ‘2.5em’ (in two
+ column mode, ‘2em’), ‘\leftmarginii’ is ‘2.2em’, and
+ ‘\leftmarginiii’ is ‘1.87em’.
+
+‘\listparindent’
Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
- '\leftmargin', for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
- item. A negative value makes this an "outdent". Its default value
- is '0pt'.
+ ‘\leftmargin’, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
+ item. A negative value makes this an “outdent”. Its default value
+ is ‘0pt’.
-'\parsep'
+‘\parsep’
Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. The defaults for
- the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report'
- classes at 10 point size are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt
- minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults at 11 point size are: '4.5pt
- plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults
- at 12 point size are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '2.5pt plus1pt
- minus1pt', and '0pt'.
-
-'\partopsep'
- Vertical space added, beyond '\topsep'+'\parskip', to the top and
+ the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’
+ classes at 10 point size are: ‘4pt plus2pt minus1pt’, ‘2pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’, and ‘0pt’. The defaults at 11 point size are: ‘4.5pt
+ plus2pt minus1pt’, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’, and ‘0pt’. The defaults
+ at 12 point size are: ‘5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt’, ‘2.5pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’, and ‘0pt’.
+
+‘\partopsep’
+ Vertical space added, beyond ‘\topsep’+‘\parskip’, to the top and
bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded
by a blank line. (A blank line in the LaTeX source before the list
changes spacing at both the top and bottom of the list; whether the
line following the list is blank does not matter.)
- The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article',
- 'book', and 'report' classes at 10 point size are: '2pt plus1
- minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '1pt plus0pt minus1pt'. The
- defaults at 11 point are: '3pt plus1pt minus1pt', '3pt plus1pt
- minus1pt', and '1pt plus0pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 12 point
- are: '3pt plus2pt minus3pt', '3pt plus2pt minus2pt', and '1pt
- plus0pt minus1pt'.
+ The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’,
+ ‘book’, and ‘report’ classes at 10 point size are: ‘2pt plus1
+ minus1pt’, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’, and ‘1pt plus0pt minus1pt’. The
+ defaults at 11 point are: ‘3pt plus1pt minus1pt’, ‘3pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’, and ‘1pt plus0pt minus1pt’). The defaults at 12 point
+ are: ‘3pt plus2pt minus3pt’, ‘3pt plus2pt minus2pt’, and ‘1pt
+ plus0pt minus1pt’.
-'\rightmargin'
+‘\rightmargin’
Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
- margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is '0pt'.
+ margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is ‘0pt’.
It must be non-negative.
-'\topsep'
+‘\topsep’
Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in
- addition to '\parskip' (*note \parindent & \parskip::). The
- defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book',
- and 'report' classes at 10 point size are: '8pt plus2pt minus4pt',
- '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', and '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'. The defaults
- at 11 point are: '9pt plus3pt minus5pt', '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt',
- and '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'. The defaults at 12 point are: '10pt
- plus4pt minus6pt', '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', and '2.5pt plus1pt
- minus1pt'.
+ addition to ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent & \parskip::). The
+ defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’,
+ and ‘report’ classes at 10 point size are: ‘8pt plus2pt minus4pt’,
+ ‘4pt plus2pt minus1pt’, and ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’. The defaults
+ at 11 point are: ‘9pt plus3pt minus5pt’, ‘4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt’,
+ and ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’. The defaults at 12 point are: ‘10pt
+ plus4pt minus6pt’, ‘5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt’, and ‘2.5pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’.
This shows the horizontal and vertical distances.
@@ -4660,14 +4664,14 @@ right edge of the bracket for H1 equals the right edge of the bracket
for H4, so that the left edge of the label box is at H3+H4-(H0+H1).
V0
- '\topsep' + '\parskip' if the list environment does not start a new
- paragraph, and '\topsep'+'\parskip'+'\partopsep' if it does
+ ‘\topsep’ + ‘\parskip’ if the list environment does not start a new
+ paragraph, and ‘\topsep’+‘\parskip’+‘\partopsep’ if it does
V1
- '\parsep'
+ ‘\parsep’
V2
- '\itemsep'+'\parsep'
+ ‘\itemsep’+‘\parsep’
V3
Same as V0. (This space is affected by whether a blank line
@@ -4675,50 +4679,50 @@ V3
appears in the source below the environment does not matter.)
H0
- '\labelwidth'
+ ‘\labelwidth’
H1
- '\labelsep'
+ ‘\labelsep’
H2
- '\listparindent'
+ ‘\listparindent’
H3
- '\leftmargin'
+ ‘\leftmargin’
H4
- '\itemindent'
+ ‘\itemindent’
H5
- '\rightmargin'
+ ‘\rightmargin’
- The list's left and right margins, shown above as H3 and H5, are with
+ The list’s left and right margins, shown above as H3 and H5, are with
respect to the ones provided by the surrounding environment, or with
respect to the page margins for a top-level list. The line width used
-for typesetting the list items is '\linewidth' (*note Page layout
-parameters::). For instance, set the list's left margin to be one
+for typesetting the list items is ‘\linewidth’ (*note Page layout
+parameters::). For instance, set the list’s left margin to be one
quarter of the distance between the left and right margins of the
-enclosing environment with '\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}'.
+enclosing environment with ‘\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}’.
Page breaking in a list structure is controlled by the three
-parameters below. For each, the LaTeX default is '-\@lowpenalty', that
-is, '-51'. Because it is negative, it somewhat encourages a page break
-at each spot. Change it with, e.g., '\@beginparpenalty=9999'; a value
+parameters below. For each, the LaTeX default is ‘-\@lowpenalty’, that
+is, ‘-51’. Because it is negative, it somewhat encourages a page break
+at each spot. Change it with, e.g., ‘\@beginparpenalty=9999’; a value
of 10000 prohibits a page break.
-'\@beginparpenalty'
+‘\@beginparpenalty’
The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default
- '-51').
+ ‘-51’).
-'\@itempenalty'
+‘\@itempenalty’
The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default
- '-51').
+ ‘-51’).
-'\@endparpenalty'
+‘\@endparpenalty’
The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default
- '-51').
+ ‘-51’).
- The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists.
+ The package ‘enumitem’ is useful for customizing lists.
This example has the labels in red. They are numbered, and the left
edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. *Note
@@ -4743,12 +4747,12 @@ edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. *Note
* Menu:
* \item:: An entry in a list.
-* trivlist:: A restricted form of 'list'.
+* trivlist:: A restricted form of ‘list’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \item, Next: trivlist, Up: list
-8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list
+8.16.1 ‘\item’: An entry in a list
----------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -4762,15 +4766,15 @@ or
An entry in a list. The entries are prefixed by a label, whose
default depends on the list type.
- Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]',
+ Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets ‘[...]’,
if you have an item whose text starts with [, you have to hide the
-bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square
-bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional
+bracket inside curly braces, as in: ‘\item {[} is an open square
+bracket’; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional
label.
Similarly, if the item does have the optional label and you need a
close square bracket inside that label, you must hide it in the same
-way: '\item[Close square bracket, {]}]'. *Note LaTeX command syntax::.
+way: ‘\item[Close square bracket, {]}]’. *Note LaTeX command syntax::.
In this example the enumerate list has two items that use the default
label and one that uses the optional label.
@@ -4781,14 +4785,14 @@ label and one that uses the optional label.
\item Larry
\end{enumerate}
- The first item is labelled '1.', the second item is labelled
-'sometimes', and the third item is labelled '2.'. Because of the
-optional label in the second item, the third item is not labelled '3.'.
+ The first item is labelled ‘1.’, the second item is labelled
+‘sometimes’, and the third item is labelled ‘2.’. Because of the
+optional label in the second item, the third item is not labelled ‘3.’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: trivlist, Prev: \item, Up: list
-8.16.2 'trivlist': A restricted form of 'list'
+8.16.2 ‘trivlist’: A restricted form of ‘list’
----------------------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -4798,24 +4802,24 @@ Synopsis:
\end{trivlist}
A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are
-not indented and an '\item' without an optional argument produces no
+not indented and an ‘\item’ without an optional argument produces no
text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where
-the '\item' command is part of the environment's definition. For
-instance, the 'center' environment is defined essentially like this:
+the ‘\item’ command is part of the environment’s definition. For
+instance, the ‘center’ environment is defined essentially like this:
\newenvironment{center}
{\begin{trivlist}\centering\item\relax}
{\end{trivlist}}
- Using 'trivlist' in this way allows the macro to inherit some common
+ Using ‘trivlist’ in this way allows the macro to inherit some common
code: combining vertical space of two adjacent environments; detecting
whether the text following the environment should be considered a new
paragraph or a continuation of the previous one; adjusting the left and
right margins for possible nested list environments.
- Specifically, 'trivlist' uses the current values of the list
-parameters (*note list::), except that '\parsep' is set to the value of
-'\parskip', and '\leftmargin', '\labelwidth', and '\itemindent' are set
+ Specifically, ‘trivlist’ uses the current values of the list
+parameters (*note list::), except that ‘\parsep’ is set to the value of
+‘\parskip’, and ‘\leftmargin’, ‘\labelwidth’, and ‘\itemindent’ are set
to zero.
This example outputs the items as two paragraphs, except that (by
@@ -4829,7 +4833,7 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated.

File: latex2e.info, Node: math, Next: minipage, Prev: list, Up: Environments
-8.17 'math'
+8.17 ‘math’
===========
Synopsis:
@@ -4838,13 +4842,13 @@ Synopsis:
MATH
\end{math}
- The 'math' environment inserts given MATH material within the running
-text. '\(...\)' and '$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::.
+ The ‘math’ environment inserts given MATH material within the running
+text. ‘\(...\)’ and ‘$...$’ are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: minipage, Next: picture, Prev: math, Up: Environments
-8.18 'minipage'
+8.18 ‘minipage’
===============
Synopses:
@@ -4862,8 +4866,8 @@ or
Put CONTENTS into a box that is WIDTH wide. This is like a small
version of a page; it can contain its own footnotes, itemized lists,
etc. (There are some restrictions, including that it cannot have
-floats.) This box will not be broken across pages. So 'minipage' is
-similar to '\parbox' (*note \parbox::) but here you can have paragraphs.
+floats.) This box will not be broken across pages. So ‘minipage’ is
+similar to ‘\parbox’ (*note \parbox::) but here you can have paragraphs.
This example will be 3 inches wide, and has two paragraphs.
@@ -4875,31 +4879,31 @@ similar to '\parbox' (*note \parbox::) but here you can have paragraphs.
and won the National Medal of Science.
\end{minipage}
-See below for a discussion of the paragraph indent inside a 'minipage'.
+See below for a discussion of the paragraph indent inside a ‘minipage’.
The required argument WIDTH is a rigid length (*note Lengths::). It
gives the width of the box into which CONTENTS are typeset.
There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS.
You need not include all three. For example, get the default POSITION
-and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth}
-CONTENTS \end{minipage}'. (Get the natural height with an empty
-argument, '[]'.)
+and set the HEIGHT with ‘\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth}
+CONTENTS \end{minipage}’. (Get the natural height with an empty
+argument, ‘[]’.)
- The optional argument POSITION governs how the 'minipage' vertically
+ The optional argument POSITION governs how the ‘minipage’ vertically
aligns with the surrounding material.
-'c'
- (synonym 'm') Default. Positions the 'minipage' so its vertical
+‘c’
+ (synonym ‘m’) Default. Positions the ‘minipage’ so its vertical
center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line.
-'t'
- Align the baseline of the top line in the 'minipage' with the
- baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vtop').
+‘t’
+ Align the baseline of the top line in the ‘minipage’ with the
+ baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX’s ‘\vtop’).
-'b'
- Align the baseline of the bottom line in the 'minipage' with the
- baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vbox').
+‘b’
+ Align the baseline of the bottom line in the ‘minipage’ with the
+ baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX’s ‘\vbox’).
To see the effects of these, contrast running this
@@ -4907,11 +4911,11 @@ aligns with the surrounding material.
first\\ second\\ third
\end{minipage}
-with the results of changing 'c' to 'b' or 't'.
+with the results of changing ‘c’ to ‘b’ or ‘t’.
The optional argument HEIGHT is a rigid length (*note Lengths::). It
-sets the height of the 'minipage'. You can enter any value larger than,
-or equal to, or smaller than the 'minipage''s natural height and LaTeX
+sets the height of the ‘minipage’. You can enter any value larger than,
+or equal to, or smaller than the ‘minipage’’s natural height and LaTeX
will not give an error or warning. You can also set it to a height of
zero or a negative value.
@@ -4919,22 +4923,22 @@ zero or a negative value.
CONTENTS inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default
is the value of POSITION).
-'t'
+‘t’
Place CONTENTS at the top of the box.
-'c'
+‘c’
Place it in the vertical center.
-'b'
+‘b’
Place it at the box bottom.
-'s'
+‘s’
Stretch CONTENTS out vertically; it must contain vertically
stretchable space.
The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT option is set to a
-value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height. To see the effect of
-the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'.
+value larger than the ‘minipage’’s natural height. To see the effect of
+the options, run this example with the various choices in place of ‘b’.
Text before
\begin{center}
@@ -4944,15 +4948,15 @@ the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'.
\end{center}
Text after
- By default paragraphs are not indented in a 'minipage'. Change that
-with a command such as '\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' at the start of
+ By default paragraphs are not indented in a ‘minipage’. Change that
+with a command such as ‘\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}’ at the start of
CONTENTS.
- Footnotes in a 'minipage' environment are handled in a way that is
+ Footnotes in a ‘minipage’ environment are handled in a way that is
particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A
-'\footnote' or '\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom
+‘\footnote’ or ‘\footnotetext’ command puts the footnote at the bottom
of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the
-'\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary 'footnote' counter (*note
+‘\mpfootnote’ counter instead of the ordinary ‘footnote’ counter (*note
Counters::).
This puts the footnote at the bottom of the table, not the bottom of
@@ -4973,7 +4977,7 @@ the page.
If you nest minipages then there is an oddness when using footnotes.
Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next
-'\end{minipage}' which may not be their logical place.
+‘\end{minipage}’ which may not be their logical place.
This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic.
They are vertically centered.
@@ -5005,7 +5009,7 @@ They are vertically centered.

File: latex2e.info, Node: picture, Next: quotation & quote, Prev: minipage, Up: Environments
-8.19 'picture'
+8.19 ‘picture’
==============
Synopses:
@@ -5019,7 +5023,7 @@ or
PICTURE COMMAND
\end{picture}
-Where there may be any number of PICTURE COMMAND's.
+Where there may be any number of PICTURE COMMAND’s.
An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows,
boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new
@@ -5027,7 +5031,7 @@ documents typically use much more powerful graphics creation systems,
such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. None of these are
covered in this document; see CTAN.
- To start, here's an example showing the parallelogram law for adding
+ To start, here’s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding
vectors.
\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
@@ -5040,26 +5044,26 @@ vectors.
\put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }}
\end{picture}
- The 'picture' environment has one required argument, a pair of
+ The ‘picture’ environment has one required argument, a pair of
positive real numbers (WIDTH,HEIGHT). Multiply these by the value
-'\unitlength' to get the nominal size of the output, i.e. the space that
+‘\unitlength’ to get the nominal size of the output, i.e. the space that
LaTeX reserves on the output page. This nominal size need not be how
large the picture really is; LaTeX will draw things from the picture
-outside the picture's box.
+outside the picture’s box.
This environment also has an optional argument (XOFFSET,YOFFSET). It
is used to shift the origin. Unlike most optional arguments, this one
is not contained in square brackets. As with the required argument, it
consists of a pair of two real numbers, but these may also be negative
-or null. Multiply these by '\unitlength' to get the coordinates of the
+or null. Multiply these by ‘\unitlength’ to get the coordinates of the
point at the lower-left corner of the picture.
- For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command
+ For example, if ‘\unitlength’ has been set to ‘1mm’, the command
\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
produces a box of width 100 millimeters and height 200 millimeters. The
-picture's origin is the point (10mm,20mm) and so the lower-left corner
+picture’s origin is the point (10mm,20mm) and so the lower-left corner
is there, and the upper-right corner is at (110mm,220mm). When you
first draw a picture you typically omit the optional argument, leaving
the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your
@@ -5067,38 +5071,38 @@ picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
optional argument.
Each PICTURE COMMAND tells LaTeX where to put something by providing
-its position. A "position" is a pair such as '(2.4,-5)' giving the x-
-and y-coordinates. A "coordinate" is a not a length, it is a real
+its position. A “position” is a pair such as ‘(2.4,-5)’ giving the x-
+and y-coordinates. A “coordinate” is a not a length, it is a real
number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a
-length in multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if
-'\unitlength' has been set to '1cm', then the coordinate '2.54'
+length in multiples of the unit length ‘\unitlength’, so if
+‘\unitlength’ has been set to ‘1cm’, then the coordinate ‘2.54’
specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters.
- LaTeX's default for '\unitlength' is '1pt'. It is a rigid length
-(*note Lengths::). Change it with the '\setlength' command (*note
-\setlength::). Make this change only outside of a 'picture'
+ LaTeX’s default for ‘\unitlength’ is ‘1pt’. It is a rigid length
+(*note Lengths::). Change it with the ‘\setlength’ command (*note
+\setlength::). Make this change only outside of a ‘picture’
environment.
- The 'picture' environment supports using standard arithmetic
+ The ‘picture’ environment supports using standard arithmetic
expressions as well as numbers.
Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default
at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position
-appears as an argument, as with '\put(1,2){...}', it is not enclosed in
+appears as an argument, as with ‘\put(1,2){...}’, it is not enclosed in
braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also,
unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are
further up the page, for example, y = 1 is _above_ y = 0.
- There are four ways to put things in a picture: '\put', '\multiput',
-'\qbezier', and '\graphpaper'. The most often used is '\put'. This
+ There are four ways to put things in a picture: ‘\put’, ‘\multiput’,
+‘\qbezier’, and ‘\graphpaper’. The most often used is ‘\put’. This
\put(11.3,-0.3){...}
places the object with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-0.3).
The reference points for various objects will be described below. The
-'\put' command creates an "LR box" (*note Modes::). Anything that can
-go in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) can go in the text argument
-of the '\put' command. The reference point will be the lower left
+‘\put’ command creates an “LR box” (*note Modes::). Anything that can
+go in an ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::) can go in the text argument
+of the ‘\put’ command. The reference point will be the lower left
corner of the box. In this picture
\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
@@ -5108,10 +5112,10 @@ corner of the box. In this picture
\end{picture}
the three dots are just slightly left of the point of the angle formed
-by the two lines. (Also, '\line(1,1){1}' does not call for a line of
+by the two lines. (Also, ‘\line(1,1){1}’ does not call for a line of
length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of 1.)
- The '\multiput', 'qbezier', and 'graphpaper' commands are described
+ The ‘\multiput’, ‘qbezier’, and ‘graphpaper’ commands are described
below.
You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an
@@ -5127,10 +5131,10 @@ exact location. For example:
\end{picture}
\end{center}
-The red X will be precisely a quarter of the '\textwidth' from the left
-margin, and '0.35\textwidth' up from the bottom of the picture. Another
+The red X will be precisely a quarter of the ‘\textwidth’ from the left
+margin, and ‘0.35\textwidth’ up from the bottom of the picture. Another
example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get
-repeat material on each of a document's pages.
+repeat material on each of a document’s pages.
* Menu:
@@ -5154,7 +5158,7 @@ repeat material on each of a document's pages.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \put, Next: \multiput, Up: picture
-8.19.1 '\put'
+8.19.1 ‘\put’
-------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5162,20 +5166,20 @@ Synopsis:
\put(XCOORD,YCOORD){CONTENT}
Place CONTENT at the coordinate (XCOORD,YCOORD). See the discussion
-of coordinates and '\unitlength' in *note picture::. The CONTENT is
+of coordinates and ‘\unitlength’ in *note picture::. The CONTENT is
processed in LR mode (*note Modes::) so it cannot contain line breaks.
- This includes the text into the 'picture'.
+ This includes the text into the ‘picture’.
\put(4.5,2.5){Apply the \textit{unpoke} move}
The reference point, the location (4.5,2.5), is the lower left of the
-text, at the bottom left of the 'A'.
+text, at the bottom left of the ‘A’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \multiput, Next: \qbezier, Prev: \put, Up: picture
-8.19.2 '\multiput'
+8.19.2 ‘\multiput’
------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5201,7 +5205,7 @@ DELTA_X,DELTA_Y. The OBJ first appears at position (x,y), then at

File: latex2e.info, Node: \qbezier, Next: \graphpaper, Prev: \multiput, Up: picture
-8.19.3 '\qbezier'
+8.19.3 ‘\qbezier’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5210,7 +5214,7 @@ Synopsis:
\qbezier[NUM](X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)
Draw a quadratic Bezier curve whose control points are given by the
-three required arguments '(X1,Y1)', '(X2,Y2)', and '(X3,Y3)'. That is,
+three required arguments ‘(X1,Y1)’, ‘(X2,Y2)’, and ‘(X3,Y3)’. That is,
the curve runs from (X1,Y1) to (X3,Y3), is quadratic, and is such that
the tangent line at (X1,Y1) passes through (X2,Y2), as does the tangent
line at (X3,Y3).
@@ -5219,14 +5223,14 @@ line at (X3,Y3).
\qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
-The curve's tangent line at (1,1) contains (1.25,0.75), as does the
-curve's tangent line at (1,0).
+The curve’s tangent line at (1,1) contains (1.25,0.75), as does the
+curve’s tangent line at (1,0).
The optional argument NUM gives the number of calculated intermediate
points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of
-points is '\qbeziermax' (change this value with '\renewcommand').
+points is ‘\qbeziermax’ (change this value with ‘\renewcommand’).
- This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using '\qbezier' for that
+ This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using ‘\qbezier’ for that
curve.
\begin{picture}(8,4)
@@ -5244,7 +5248,7 @@ curve.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \graphpaper, Next: \line, Prev: \qbezier, Up: picture
-8.19.4 '\graphpaper'
+8.19.4 ‘\graphpaper’
--------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5252,8 +5256,8 @@ Synopsis:
\graphpaper(X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
\graphpaper[SPACING](X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
- Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the 'graphpap' package. The grid's
-origin is '(X_INIT,Y_INIT)'. Grid lines come every SPACING units (the
+ Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the ‘graphpap’ package. The grid’s
+origin is ‘(X_INIT,Y_INIT)’. Grid lines come every SPACING units (the
default is 10). The grid extends X_DIMEN units to the right and Y_DIMEN
units up. All arguments must be positive integers.
@@ -5271,7 +5275,7 @@ The lines are numbered every ten units.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \line, Next: \linethickness, Prev: \graphpaper, Up: picture
-8.19.5 '\line'
+8.19.5 ‘\line’
--------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5279,8 +5283,8 @@ Synopsis:
\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}
Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises Y_RISE for
-every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change--it
-is not the length of the vector, it is the change in x. In the special
+every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change—it is
+not the length of the vector, it is the change in x. In the special
case of vertical lines, where (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), the TRAVEL gives the
change in y.
@@ -5295,22 +5299,22 @@ length of the line, it is the change in x.
The arguments X_RUN and Y_RISE are integers that can be positive,
negative, or zero. (If both are 0 then LaTeX treats the second as 1.)
-With '\put(X_INIT,Y_INIT){\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}}', if X_RUN is
-negative then the line's ending point has a first coordinate that is
-less than X_INIT. If Y_RISE is negative then the line's ending point
+With ‘\put(X_INIT,Y_INIT){\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}}’, if X_RUN is
+negative then the line’s ending point has a first coordinate that is
+less than X_INIT. If Y_RISE is negative then the line’s ending point
has a second coordinate that is less than Y_INIT.
- If TRAVEL is negative then you get 'LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector
-argument.'
+ If TRAVEL is negative then you get ‘LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector
+argument.’
Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
pre-made fonts. The two numbers X_RUN and Y_RISE must have integer
-values from -6 through 6. Also, they must be relatively prime, so that
+values from −6 through 6. Also, they must be relatively prime, so that
(X_RUN,Y_RISE) can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then
instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to
switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of
-other shapes in a system like 'picture', see the package 'pict2e'
+other shapes in a system like ‘picture’, see the package ‘pict2e’
(<https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e>). Another solution is to use a
full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or
Asymptote.
@@ -5318,7 +5322,7 @@ Asymptote.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \linethickness, Next: \thinlines, Prev: \line, Up: picture
-8.19.6 '\linethickness'
+8.19.6 ‘\linethickness’
-----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5327,14 +5331,14 @@ Synopsis:
Declares the thickness of subsequent horizontal and vertical lines in
a picture to be DIM, which must be a positive length (*note Lengths::).
-It differs from '\thinlines' and '\thicklines' in that it does not
+It differs from ‘\thinlines’ and ‘\thicklines’ in that it does not
affect the thickness of slanted lines, circles, or ovals (*note
\oval::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \thinlines, Next: \thicklines, Prev: \linethickness, Up: picture
-8.19.7 '\thinlines'
+8.19.7 ‘\thinlines’
-------------------
Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
@@ -5345,7 +5349,7 @@ either *note \linethickness:: or *note \thicklines::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \thicklines, Next: \circle, Prev: \thinlines, Up: picture
-8.19.8 '\thicklines'
+8.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
--------------------
Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
@@ -5356,7 +5360,7 @@ Rule example of *note \qbezier::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \circle, Next: \oval, Prev: \thicklines, Up: picture
-8.19.9 '\circle'
+8.19.9 ‘\circle’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5365,20 +5369,20 @@ Synopsis:
\circle*{DIAMETER}
Produces a circle with a diameter as close as possible to the
-specified one. The '*' form produces a filled-in circle.
+specified one. The ‘*’ form produces a filled-in circle.
- This draws a circle of radius 6, centered at '(5,7)'.
+ This draws a circle of radius 6, centered at ‘(5,7)’.
\put(5,7){\circle{6}}
- The available radii for '\circle' are, in points, the even numbers
-from 2 to 20, inclusive. For '\circle*' they are all the integers from
+ The available radii for ‘\circle’ are, in points, the even numbers
+from 2 to 20, inclusive. For ‘\circle*’ they are all the integers from
1 to 15.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \oval, Next: \shortstack, Prev: \circle, Up: picture
-8.19.10 '\oval'
+8.19.10 ‘\oval’
---------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5387,21 +5391,21 @@ Synopsis:
\oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION]
Produce a rectangle with rounded corners, hereinafter referred to as
-an "oval". The optional argument PORTION allows you to produce only
+an “oval”. The optional argument PORTION allows you to produce only
half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take PORTION to be one
of these.
-'t'
+‘t’
top half
-'b'
+‘b’
bottom half
-'r'
+‘r’
right half
-'l'
+‘l’
left half
- Produce only one quarter of the oval by setting PORTION to 'tr',
-'br', 'bl', or 'tl'.
+ Produce only one quarter of the oval by setting PORTION to ‘tr’,
+‘br’, ‘bl’, or ‘tl’.
This draws the top half of an oval that is 3 wide and 7 tall.
@@ -5418,7 +5422,7 @@ a small amount of corner rounding.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \shortstack, Next: \vector, Prev: \oval, Up: picture
-8.19.11 '\shortstack'
+8.19.11 ‘\shortstack’
---------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5427,7 +5431,7 @@ Synopsis:
Produce a vertical stack of objects.
- This labels the y axis by writing the word 'y' above the word 'axis'.
+ This labels the y axis by writing the word ‘y’ above the word ‘axis’.
\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
\begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0)
@@ -5437,37 +5441,37 @@ Synopsis:
\end{picture}
For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack.
-In the above example the '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) puts the
+In the above example the ‘\makebox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::) puts the
stack flush right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits
slightly to the left of the y axis.
The valid positions are:
-'r'
+‘r’
Make objects flush right
-'l'
+‘l’
Make objects flush left
-'c'
+‘c’
Center objects (default)
- Separate objects into lines with '\\'. These stacks are short in
-that, unlike in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment, here the rows are
+ Separate objects into lines with ‘\\’. These stacks are short in
+that, unlike in a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’ environment, here the rows are
not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in
-'\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}' the first and last rows are taller than the
+‘\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}’ the first and last rows are taller than the
middle two, and therefore the baseline skip between the two middle rows
is smaller than that between the third and last row. You can adjust row
heights and depths either by putting in the usual interline spacing with
-'\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}' (*note \strut::), or explicitly, via
-an zero-width box '\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}' or by
-using '\\''s optional argument '\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}'.
+‘\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}’ (*note \strut::), or explicitly, via
+an zero-width box ‘\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}’ or by
+using ‘\\’’s optional argument ‘\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}’.
- The '\shortstack' command is also available outside the 'picture'
+ The ‘\shortstack’ command is also available outside the ‘picture’
environment.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \vector, Next: \makebox (picture), Prev: \shortstack, Up: picture
-8.19.12 '\vector'
+8.19.12 ‘\vector’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5476,23 +5480,23 @@ Synopsis:
Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it
vertically rises Y_RISE for every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the
-total horizontal change--it is not the length of the vector, it is the
+total horizontal change—it is not the length of the vector, it is the
change in x. In the special case of vertical vectors, if
(X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), then TRAVEL gives the change in y.
For an example see *note picture::.
For elaboration on X_RUN and Y_RISE see *note \line::. As there, the
-values of X_RUN and Y_RISE are limited. For '\vector' you must chooses
-integers between -4 and 4, inclusive. Also, the two you choose must be
-relatively prime. Thus, '\vector(2,1){4}' is acceptable but
-'\vector(4,2){4}' is not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence
+values of X_RUN and Y_RISE are limited. For ‘\vector’ you must chooses
+integers between −4 and 4, inclusive. Also, the two you choose must be
+relatively prime. Thus, ‘\vector(2,1){4}’ is acceptable but
+‘\vector(4,2){4}’ is not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence
of arrowheads).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \makebox (picture), Next: \framebox (picture), Prev: \vector, Up: picture
-8.19.13 '\makebox' (picture)
+8.19.13 ‘\makebox’ (picture)
----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5500,40 +5504,40 @@ Synopsis:
\makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT){TEXT}
\makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
- Make a box to hold TEXT. This command fits with the 'picture'
+ Make a box to hold TEXT. This command fits with the ‘picture’
environment, although you can use it outside of there, because REC-WIDTH
and REC-HEIGHT are numbers specifying distances in terms of the
-'\unitlength' (*note picture::). This command is similar to the normal
-'\makebox' command (*note \mbox & \makebox::) except here that you must
+‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::). This command is similar to the normal
+‘\makebox’ command (*note \mbox & \makebox::) except here that you must
specify the width and height. This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).
- This makes a box of length 3.5 times '\unitlength' and height 4 times
-'\unitlength'.
+ This makes a box of length 3.5 times ‘\unitlength’ and height 4 times
+‘\unitlength’.
\put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}
- The optional argument 'POSITION' specifies where in the box the TEXT
+ The optional argument ‘POSITION’ specifies where in the box the TEXT
appears. The default is to center it, both horizontally and vertically.
To place it somewhere else, use a string with one or two of these
letters.
-'t'
+‘t’
Puts TEXT the top of the box.
-'b'
+‘b’
Put TEXT at the bottom.
-'l'
+‘l’
Put TEXT on the left.
-'r'
+‘r’
Put TEXT on the right.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \framebox (picture), Next: \frame, Prev: \makebox (picture), Up: picture
-8.19.14 '\framebox' (picture)
+8.19.14 ‘\framebox’ (picture)
-----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5544,9 +5548,9 @@ Synopsis:
This is the same as *note \makebox (picture):: except that it puts a
frame around the outside of the box that it creates. The reference
point is the bottom left corner of the frame. This command fits with
-the 'picture' environment, although you can use it outside of there,
+the ‘picture’ environment, although you can use it outside of there,
because lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the
-'\unitlength' (*note picture::). This command is fragile (*note
+‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::). This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).
This example creates a frame 2.5 inches by 3 inches and puts the text
@@ -5561,18 +5565,18 @@ RECT-WIDTH units and height RECT-HEIGHT units.
The optional argument POSITION specifies the position of TEXT; see
*note \makebox (picture):: for the values that it can take.
- The rule has thickness '\fboxrule' and there is a blank space
-'\fboxsep' between the frame and the contents of the box.
+ The rule has thickness ‘\fboxrule’ and there is a blank space
+‘\fboxsep’ between the frame and the contents of the box.
For this command, you must specify the WIDTH and HEIGHT. If you want
to just put a frame around some contents whose dimension is determined
-in some other way then either use '\fbox' (*note \fbox & \framebox::) or
-'\frame' (*note \frame::).
+in some other way then either use ‘\fbox’ (*note \fbox & \framebox::) or
+‘\frame’ (*note \frame::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \frame, Next: \dashbox, Prev: \framebox (picture), Up: picture
-8.19.15 '\frame'
+8.19.15 ‘\frame’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5580,14 +5584,14 @@ Synopsis:
\frame{CONTENTS}
Puts a rectangular frame around CONTENTS. The reference point is the
-bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to '\framebox' (*note
-\framebox (picture)::), this command puts no extra space is put between
-the frame and the object. It is fragile (*note \protect::).
+bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to ‘\framebox’ (*note
+\framebox (picture)::), this command puts no extra space between the
+frame and the object. It is fragile (*note \protect::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \dashbox, Prev: \frame, Up: picture
-8.19.16 '\dashbox'
+8.19.16 ‘\dashbox’
------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5596,9 +5600,9 @@ Synopsis:
\dashbox{DASH-LEN}(RECT-WIDTH,RECT-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
Create a dashed rectangle around TEXT. This command fits with the
-'picture' environment, although you can use it outside of there, because
+‘picture’ environment, although you can use it outside of there, because
lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the
-'\unitlength' (*note picture::).
+‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::).
The required arguments are: dashes are DASH-LEN units long, with the
same length gap, and the rectangle has overall width RECT-WIDTH units
@@ -5611,8 +5615,8 @@ and height RECT-HEIGHT units.
\put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){My hovercraft is full of eels.}}
-Each dash will be '0.1\unitlength' long, the box's width is
-'5\unitlength' and its height is '0.5\unitlength'.
+Each dash will be ‘0.1\unitlength’ long, the box’s width is
+‘5\unitlength’ and its height is ‘0.5\unitlength’.
As in that example, a dashed box looks best when RECT-WIDTH and
RECT-HEIGHT are multiples of the DASH-LEN.
@@ -5620,7 +5624,7 @@ RECT-HEIGHT are multiples of the DASH-LEN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: quotation & quote, Next: tabbing, Prev: picture, Up: Environments
-8.20 'quotation' & 'quote'
+8.20 ‘quotation’ & ‘quote’
==========================
Synopsis:
@@ -5636,13 +5640,13 @@ or
\end{quote}
Include a quotation. Both environments indent margins on both sides
-by '\leftmargin' and the text is right-justified.
+by ‘\leftmargin’ and the text is right-justified.
- They differ in how they treat paragraphs. In the 'quotation'
+ They differ in how they treat paragraphs. In the ‘quotation’
environment, paragraphs are indented by 1.5em and the space between
-paragraphs is small, '0pt plus 1pt'. In the 'quote' environment,
+paragraphs is small, ‘0pt plus 1pt’. In the ‘quote’ environment,
paragraphs are not indented and there is vertical space between
-paragraphs (it is the rubber length '\parsep').
+paragraphs (it is the rubber length ‘\parsep’).
\begin{quotation} \small\it
Four score and seven years ago
@@ -5653,7 +5657,7 @@ paragraphs (it is the rubber length '\parsep').

File: latex2e.info, Node: tabbing, Next: table, Prev: quotation & quote, Up: Environments
-8.21 'tabbing'
+8.21 ‘tabbing’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -5666,12 +5670,12 @@ Synopsis:
Align text in columns, by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much
as was done on a typewriter. This is less often used than the
-environments 'tabular' (*note tabular::) or 'array' (*note array::)
+environments ‘tabular’ (*note tabular::) or ‘array’ (*note array::)
because in those the width of each column need not be constant and need
not be known in advance.
This example has a first line where the tab stops are set to explicit
-widths, ended by a '\kill' command (which is described below):
+widths, ended by a ‘\kill’ command (which is described below):
\begin{tabbing}
\hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill
@@ -5682,97 +5686,97 @@ widths, ended by a '\kill' command (which is described below):
\textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\
\end{tabbing}
- Both the 'tabbing' environment and the more widely-used 'tabular'
+ Both the ‘tabbing’ environment and the more widely-used ‘tabular’
environment put text in columns. The most important distinction is that
-in 'tabular' the width of columns is determined automatically by LaTeX,
-while in 'tabbing' the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is
-that 'tabular' generates a box, but 'tabbing' can be broken across
-pages. Finally, while 'tabular' can be used in any mode, 'tabbing' can
+in ‘tabular’ the width of columns is determined automatically by LaTeX,
+while in ‘tabbing’ the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is
+that ‘tabular’ generates a box, but ‘tabbing’ can be broken across
+pages. Finally, while ‘tabular’ can be used in any mode, ‘tabbing’ can
be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph,
without indentation.
Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need to use the
-starred form of the '\hspace' command at the beginning of a tabbed row.
-The right margin of the 'tabbing' environment is the end of line, so
-that the width of the environment is '\linewidth'.
+starred form of the ‘\hspace’ command at the beginning of a tabbed row.
+The right margin of the ‘tabbing’ environment is the end of line, so
+that the width of the environment is ‘\linewidth’.
- The 'tabbing' environment contains a sequence of "tabbed rows". The
-first tabbed row begins immediately after '\begin{tabbing}' and each row
-ends with '\\' or '\kill'. The last row may omit the '\\' and end with
-just '\end{tabbing}'.
+ The ‘tabbing’ environment contains a sequence of “tabbed rows”. The
+first tabbed row begins immediately after ‘\begin{tabbing}’ and each row
+ends with ‘\\’ or ‘\kill’. The last row may omit the ‘\\’ and end with
+just ‘\end{tabbing}’.
- At any point the 'tabbing' environment has a "current tab stop
-pattern", a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These
+ At any point the ‘tabbing’ environment has a “current tab stop
+pattern”, a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These
create N corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is always the left margin,
defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number I is set if it is
assigned a horizontal position on the page. Tab stop number I can only
be set if all the stops 0, ..., i-1 have already been set; normally
later stops are to the right of earlier ones.
- By default any text typeset in a 'tabbing' environment is typeset
+ By default any text typeset in a ‘tabbing’ environment is typeset
ragged right and left-aligned on the current tab stop. Typesetting is
done in LR mode (*note Modes::).
- The following commands can be used inside a 'tabbing' environment.
+ The following commands can be used inside a ‘tabbing’ environment.
They are all fragile (*note \protect::).
-'\\ (tabbing)'
+‘\\ (tabbing)’
End a tabbed line and typeset it.
-'\= (tabbing)'
+‘\= (tabbing)’
Sets a tab stop at the current position.
-'\> (tabbing)'
+‘\> (tabbing)’
Advances to the next tab stop.
-'\<'
+‘\<’
Put following text to the left of the local margin (without
changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line.
-'\+'
+‘\+’
Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary.
-'\-'
+‘\-’
Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary.
-'\' (tabbing)'
+‘\' (tabbing)’
Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column,
- i.e., everything from the most recent '\>', '\<', '\'', '\\', or
- '\kill' command, to the previous column and aligned to the right,
- flush against the current column's tab stop.
+ i.e., everything from the most recent ‘\>’, ‘\<’, ‘\'’, ‘\\’, or
+ ‘\kill’ command, to the previous column and aligned to the right,
+ flush against the current column’s tab stop.
-'\` (tabbing)'
+‘\` (tabbing)’
Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including
- tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last
- column because there's no tab stop there. The '\`' command moves
- all the text that follows it, up to the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}'
- command that ends the line, to the right margin of the 'tabbing'
- environment. There must be no '\>' or '\'' command between the
- '\`' and the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}' command that ends the line.
-
-'\a (tabbing)'
- In a 'tabbing' environment, the commands '\=', '\'' and '\`' do not
+ tab stop 0. However, it can’t move text to the right of the last
+ column because there’s no tab stop there. The ‘\`’ command moves
+ all the text that follows it, up to the ‘\\’ or ‘\end{tabbing}’
+ command that ends the line, to the right margin of the ‘tabbing’
+ environment. There must be no ‘\>’ or ‘\'’ command between the
+ ‘\`’ and the ‘\\’ or ‘\end{tabbing}’ command that ends the line.
+
+‘\a (tabbing)’
+ In a ‘tabbing’ environment, the commands ‘\=’, ‘\'’ and ‘\`’ do not
produce accents as usual (*note Accents::). Instead, use the
- commands '\a=', '\a'' and '\a`'.
+ commands ‘\a=’, ‘\a'’ and ‘\a`’.
-'\kill'
- Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like '\\' except
+‘\kill’
+ Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like ‘\\’ except
that it throws away the current line instead of producing output
- for it. Any '\=', '\+' or '\-' commands in that line remain in
+ for it. Any ‘\=’, ‘\+’ or ‘\-’ commands in that line remain in
effect.
-'\poptabs'
- Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last '\pushtabs'.
+‘\poptabs’
+ Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last ‘\pushtabs’.
-'\pushtabs'
+‘\pushtabs’
Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily
- changing tab stop positions in the middle of a 'tabbing'
+ changing tab stop positions in the middle of a ‘tabbing’
environment.
-'\tabbingsep'
- Distance of the text moved by '\'' to left of current tab stop.
+‘\tabbingsep’
+ Distance of the text moved by ‘\'’ to left of current tab stop.
This example typesets a Pascal function:
@@ -5799,13 +5803,13 @@ The output looks like this.
This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually
typeset computer code in typewriter like this, a verbatim environment
(*note verbatim::) would normally be best. For pretty-printed code,
-there are quite a few packages, including 'algorithm2e', 'fancyvrb',
-'listings', and 'minted'.
+there are quite a few packages, including ‘algorithm2e’, ‘fancyvrb’,
+‘listings’, and ‘minted’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: table, Next: tabular, Prev: tabbing, Up: Environments
-8.22 'table'
+8.22 ‘table’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -5821,7 +5825,7 @@ pages and so they are not typeset in sequence with the normal text but
instead are floated to a convenient place, such as the top of a
following page.
- This example 'table' environment contains a 'tabular'
+ This example ‘table’ environment contains a ‘tabular’
\begin{table}
\centering\small
@@ -5836,15 +5840,15 @@ following page.
\label{tab:cello}
\end{table}
-but you can put many different kinds of content in a 'table': the TABLE
+but you can put many different kinds of content in a ‘table’: the TABLE
BODY may contain text, LaTeX commands, graphics, etc. It is typeset in
-a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth'.
+a ‘parbox’ of width ‘\textwidth’.
For the possible values of PLACEMENT and their effect on the float
placement algorithm, see *note Floats::.
The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross
-references::). The '\caption' command is also optional. It specifies
+references::). The ‘\caption’ command is also optional. It specifies
caption text TITLE for the table (*note \caption::). By default it is
numbered. If its optional LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in
the list of tables instead of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::).
@@ -5866,7 +5870,7 @@ page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end.

File: latex2e.info, Node: tabular, Next: thebibliography, Prev: table, Up: Environments
-8.23 'tabular'
+8.23 ‘tabular’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -5895,24 +5899,24 @@ illustrates many of the features.
\end{tabular}
The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
-between them. This is specified in 'tabular''s argument '{l|l}'. Put
+between them. This is specified in ‘tabular’’s argument ‘{l|l}’. Put
the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand,
-'&'. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, '\\'. Put
-a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with '\hline'.
-After the last row the '\\' is optional, unless an '\hline' command
+‘&’. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, ‘\\’. Put
+a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with ‘\hline’.
+After the last row the ‘\\’ is optional, unless an ‘\hline’ command
follows to put a rule below the table.
- The required and optional arguments to 'tabular' consist of:
+ The required and optional arguments to ‘tabular’ consist of:
POS
- Optional. Specifies the table's vertical position. The default is
+ Optional. Specifies the table’s vertical position. The default is
to align the table so its vertical center matches the baseline of
- the surrounding text. There are two other possible alignments: 't'
+ the surrounding text. There are two other possible alignments: ‘t’
aligns the table so its top row matches the baseline of the
- surrounding text, and 'b' aligns on the bottom row.
+ surrounding text, and ‘b’ aligns on the bottom row.
This only has an effect if there is other text. In the common case
- of a 'tabular' alone in a 'center' environment this option makes no
+ of a ‘tabular’ alone in a ‘center’ environment this option makes no
difference.
COLS
@@ -5920,38 +5924,38 @@ COLS
sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the types of
column and intercolumn material.
- 'l'
+ ‘l’
A column of left-aligned items.
- 'r'
+ ‘r’
A column of right-aligned items.
- 'c'
+ ‘c’
A column of centered items.
- '|'
+ ‘|’
A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
- '@{TEXT OR SPACE}'
+ ‘@{TEXT OR SPACE}’
Insert TEXT OR SPACE at this location in every row. The TEXT
OR SPACE material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile
(*note \protect::).
- If between two columns there is no @-expression then LaTeX's
- 'book', 'article', and 'report' classes will put on either
- side of each column a space of length '\tabcolsep', which by
- default is 6pt. That is, by default adjacent columns are
- separated by 12pt (so '\tabcolsep' is misleadingly named since
- it is only half of the separation between tabular columns).
- In addition, a space of 6pt also comes before the first column
- and after the final column, unless you put a '@{...}' or '|'
- there.
+ If between two column specifiers there is no @-expression then
+ LaTeX’s ‘book’, ‘article’, and ‘report’ classes will put on
+ either side of each column a space of width ‘\tabcolsep’,
+ which by default is 6pt. That is, by default adjacent columns
+ are separated by 12pt (so ‘\tabcolsep’ is misleadingly named
+ since it is only half of the separation between tabular
+ columns). In addition, a space of ‘\tabcolsep’ also comes
+ before the first column and after the final column, unless you
+ put a ‘@{...}’ there.
If you override the default and use an @-expression then LaTeX
- does not insert '\tabcolsep' so you must insert any desired
- space yourself, as in '@{\hspace{1em}}'.
+ does not insert ‘\tabcolsep’ so you must insert any desired
+ space yourself, as in ‘@{\hspace{1em}}’.
- An empty expression '@{}' will eliminate the space. In
+ An empty expression ‘@{}’ will eliminate the space. In
particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before
the first column or after the last one, as in the example
below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
@@ -5971,12 +5975,12 @@ COLS
$9$ &$80665$
\end{tabular}
- An '\extracolsep{WD}' command in an @-expression causes an
+ An ‘\extracolsep{WD}’ command in an @-expression causes an
extra space of width WD to appear to the left of all
subsequent columns, until countermanded by another
- '\extracolsep'. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra
- space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An '\extracolsep'
- command can be used only in an @-expression in the 'cols'
+ ‘\extracolsep’. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra
+ space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An ‘\extracolsep’
+ command can be used only in an @-expression in the ‘cols’
argument. Below, LaTeX inserts the right amount of
intercolumn space to make the entire table 4 inches wide.
@@ -5986,60 +5990,60 @@ COLS
\end{tabular*}
To insert commands that are automatically executed before a
- given column, load the 'array' package and use the '>{...}'
+ given column, load the ‘array’ package and use the ‘>{...}’
specifier.
- 'p{WD}'
+ ‘p{WD}’
Each item in the column is typeset in a parbox of width WD, as
- if it were the argument of a '\parbox[t]{wd}{...}' command.
-
- A line break double backslash '\\' may not appear in the item,
- except inside an environment like 'minipage', 'array', or
- 'tabular', or inside an explicit '\parbox', or in the scope of
- a '\centering', '\raggedright', or '\raggedleft' declaration
- (when used in a 'p'-column element these declarations must
- appear inside braces, as with '{\centering .. \\ ..}').
+ if it were the argument of a ‘\parbox[t]{wd}{...}’ command.
+
+ A line break double backslash ‘\\’ may not appear in the item,
+ except inside an environment like ‘minipage’, ‘array’, or
+ ‘tabular’, or inside an explicit ‘\parbox’, or in the scope of
+ a ‘\centering’, ‘\raggedright’, or ‘\raggedleft’ declaration
+ (when used in a ‘p’-column element these declarations must
+ appear inside braces, as with ‘{\centering .. \\ ..}’).
Otherwise LaTeX will misinterpret the double backslash as
ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there
- use '\newline' (*note \newline::).
+ use ‘\newline’ (*note \newline::).
- '*{NUM}{COLS}'
+ ‘*{NUM}{COLS}’
Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive
integer and COLS is a list of specifiers. Thus the specifier
- '\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}' is equivalent to the specifier
- '\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}'. Note that COLS may contain
- another '*'-expression.
+ ‘\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}’ is equivalent to the specifier
+ ‘\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}’. Note that COLS may contain
+ another ‘*’-expression.
WIDTH
- Required for 'tabular*', not allowed for 'tabular'. Specifies the
- width of the 'tabular*' environment. The space between columns
- should be rubber, as with '@{\extracolsep{\fill}}', to allow the
+ Required for ‘tabular*’, not allowed for ‘tabular’. Specifies the
+ width of the ‘tabular*’ environment. The space between columns
+ should be rubber, as with ‘@{\extracolsep{\fill}}’, to allow the
table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you
- are likely to get the 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
- ...' warning.
+ are likely to get the ‘Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
+ ...’ warning.
Parameters that control formatting:
-'\arrayrulewidth'
- A length that is the thickness of the rule created by '|',
- '\hline', and '\vline' in the 'tabular' and 'array' environments.
- The default is '.4pt'. Change it as in
- '\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}'.
+‘\arrayrulewidth’
+ A length that is the thickness of the rule created by ‘|’,
+ ‘\hline’, and ‘\vline’ in the ‘tabular’ and ‘array’ environments.
+ The default is ‘.4pt’. Change it as in
+ ‘\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}’.
-'\arraystretch'
- A factor by which the spacing between rows in the 'tabular' and
- 'array' environments is multiplied. The default is '1', for no
- scaling. Change it as '\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}'.
+‘\arraystretch’
+ A factor by which the spacing between rows in the ‘tabular’ and
+ ‘array’ environments is multiplied. The default is ‘1’, for no
+ scaling. Change it as ‘\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}’.
-'\doublerulesep'
+‘\doublerulesep’
A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced
- by the '||' specifier. The default is '2pt'.
+ by the ‘||’ specifier. The default is ‘2pt’.
-'\tabcolsep'
+‘\tabcolsep’
A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is
- '6pt'. Change it with '\setlength'.
+ ‘6pt’. Change it with ‘\setlength’.
- The following commands can be used inside the body of a 'tabular'
+ The following commands can be used inside the body of a ‘tabular’
environment, the first two inside an entry and the second two between
lines:
@@ -6053,21 +6057,21 @@ lines:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \multicolumn, Next: \vline, Up: tabular
-8.23.1 '\multicolumn'
+8.23.1 ‘\multicolumn’
---------------------
Synopsis:
\multicolumn{NUMCOLS}{COLS}{TEXT}
- Make an 'array' or 'tabular' entry that spans several columns. The
+ Make an ‘array’ or ‘tabular’ entry that spans several columns. The
first argument NUMCOLS gives the number of columns to span. The second
-argument COLS specifies the formatting of the entry, with 'c' for
-centered, 'l' for flush left, or 'r' for flush right. The third
+argument COLS specifies the formatting of the entry, with ‘c’ for
+centered, ‘l’ for flush left, or ‘r’ for flush right. The third
argument TEXT gives the contents of that entry.
In this example, in the first row, the second and third columns are
-spanned by the single heading 'Name'.
+spanned by the single heading ‘Name’.
\begin{tabular}{lccl}
\textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\
@@ -6077,16 +6081,16 @@ spanned by the single heading 'Name'.
\end{tabular}
What counts as a column is: the column format specifier for the
-'array' or 'tabular' environment is broken into parts, where each part
-(except the first) begins with 'l', 'c', 'r', or 'p'. So from
-'\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}' the parts are '|r|', 'c', 'c',
-and 'p{1.5in}|'.
+‘array’ or ‘tabular’ environment is broken into parts, where each part
+(except the first) begins with ‘l’, ‘c’, ‘r’, or ‘p’. So from
+‘\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}’ the parts are ‘|r|’, ‘c’, ‘c’,
+and ‘p{1.5in}|’.
- The COLS argument overrides the 'array' or 'tabular' environment's
+ The COLS argument overrides the ‘array’ or ‘tabular’ environment’s
intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry. To affect
-that area, this argument can contain vertical bars '|' indicating the
-placement of vertical rules, and '@{...}' expressions. Thus if COLS is
-'|c|' then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule
+that area, this argument can contain vertical bars ‘|’ indicating the
+placement of vertical rules, and ‘@{...}’ expressions. Thus if COLS is
+‘|c|’ then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule
will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it. This table
details the exact behavior.
@@ -6098,27 +6102,27 @@ details the exact behavior.
\end{tabular}
Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because
-the '\multicolumn' has the COLS specifier 'r' with no initial vertical
+the ‘\multicolumn’ has the COLS specifier ‘r’ with no initial vertical
bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a vertical rule;
although the first COLS does not have an ending vertical bar, the second
COLS does have a starting one. Between entry two and entry three there
is a single vertical rule; despite that the COLS in both of the
-surrounding 'multicolumn''s call for a vertical rule, you only get one
+surrounding ‘multicolumn’’s call for a vertical rule, you only get one
rule. Between entry three and entry four there is no vertical rule; the
-default calls for one but the COLS in the entry three '\multicolumn'
+default calls for one but the COLS in the entry three ‘\multicolumn’
leaves it out, and that takes precedence. Finally, following entry four
there is a vertical rule because of the default.
The number of spanned columns NUMCOLS can be 1. Besides giving the
ability to change the horizontal alignment, this also is useful to
-override for one row the 'tabular' definition's default intercolumn area
+override for one row the ‘tabular’ definition’s default intercolumn area
specification, including the placement of vertical rules.
- In the example below, in the 'tabular' definition the first column is
+ In the example below, in the ‘tabular’ definition the first column is
specified to default to left justified but in the first row the entry is
-centered with '\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}'. Also in the first
+centered with ‘\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}’. Also in the first
row, the second and third columns are spanned by a single entry with
-'\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}}', overriding the specification to
+‘\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}}’, overriding the specification to
center those two columns on the page range en-dash.
\begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
@@ -6130,34 +6134,34 @@ center those two columns on the page range en-dash.
Impressionistic &1875 &1925
\end{tabular}
-Although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a vertical rule
+Although the ‘tabular’ specification by default puts a vertical rule
between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears in
-the first row here. That's because there is no vertical bar in the COLS
-part of the first row's first '\multicolumn' command.
+the first row here. That’s because there is no vertical bar in the COLS
+part of the first row’s first ‘\multicolumn’ command.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \vline, Next: \cline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabular
-8.23.2 '\vline'
+8.23.2 ‘\vline’
---------------
-Draw a vertical line in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment extending the
-full height and depth of an entry's row. Can also be used in an
-@-expression, although its synonym vertical bar '|' is more common.
-This command is rarely used in the body of a table; typically a table's
-vertical lines are specified in 'tabular''s COLS argument and overridden
-as needed with '\multicolumn' (*note tabular::).
+Draw a vertical line in a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’ environment extending the
+full height and depth of an entry’s row. Can also be used in an
+@-expression, although its synonym vertical bar ‘|’ is more common.
+This command is rarely used in the body of a table; typically a table’s
+vertical lines are specified in ‘tabular’’s COLS argument and overridden
+as needed with ‘\multicolumn’ (*note tabular::).
- The example below illustrates some pitfalls. In the first row's
-second entry the '\hfill' moves the '\vline' to the left edge of the
+ The example below illustrates some pitfalls. In the first row’s
+second entry the ‘\hfill’ moves the ‘\vline’ to the left edge of the
cell. But that is different than putting it halfway between the two
columns, so between the first and second columns there are two vertical
-rules, with the one from the '{c|cc}' specifier coming before the one
-produced by the '\vline\hfill'. In contrast, the first row's third
+rules, with the one from the ‘{c|cc}’ specifier coming before the one
+produced by the ‘\vline\hfill’. In contrast, the first row’s third
entry shows the usual way to put a vertical bar between two columns. In
-the second row, the 'ghi' is the widest entry in its column so in the
-'\vline\hfill' the '\hfill' has no effect and the vertical line in that
-entry appears immediately next to the 'g', with no whitespace.
+the second row, the ‘ghi’ is the widest entry in its column so in the
+‘\vline\hfill’ the ‘\hfill’ has no effect and the vertical line in that
+entry appears immediately next to the ‘g’, with no whitespace.
\begin{tabular}{c|cc}
x &\vline\hfill y &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{z} \\ % row 1
@@ -6167,17 +6171,17 @@ entry appears immediately next to the 'g', with no whitespace.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \cline, Next: \hline, Prev: \vline, Up: tabular
-8.23.3 '\cline'
+8.23.3 ‘\cline’
---------------
Synopsis:
\cline{I-J}
- In an 'array' or 'tabular' environment, draw a horizontal rule
-beginning in column I and ending in column J. The dash, '-', must
+ In an ‘array’ or ‘tabular’ environment, draw a horizontal rule
+beginning in column I and ending in column J. The dash, ‘-’, must
appear in the mandatory argument. To span a single column use the
-number twice, as with '\cline{2-2}'.
+number twice, as with ‘\cline{2-2}’.
This example puts two horizontal lines between the first and second
rows, one line in the first column only, and the other spanning the
@@ -6192,17 +6196,17 @@ height.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \hline, Prev: \cline, Up: tabular
-8.23.4 '\hline'
+8.23.4 ‘\hline’
---------------
-Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing 'tabular' or 'array'
-environment. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom,
+Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing ‘tabular’ or ‘array’
+environment. It’s most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom,
and between the rows of a table.
In this example the top of the table has two horizontal rules, one
above the other, that span both columns. The bottom of the table has a
-single rule spanning both columns. Because of the '\hline', the
-'tabular' second row's line ending double backslash '\\' is required.
+single rule spanning both columns. Because of the ‘\hline’, the
+‘tabular’ second row’s line ending double backslash ‘\\’ is required.
\begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
Baseball &Red Sox \\
@@ -6212,7 +6216,7 @@ single rule spanning both columns. Because of the '\hline', the

File: latex2e.info, Node: thebibliography, Next: theorem, Prev: tabular, Up: Environments
-8.24 'thebibliography'
+8.24 ‘thebibliography’
======================
Synopsis:
@@ -6243,27 +6247,27 @@ BibTeX::, for a more sophisticated approach.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
\end{thebibliography}
-This styles the first reference as '[1] Leslie ...', and so that '...
-based on \cite{latexdps}' produces the matching '... based on [1]'. The
-second '\cite' produces '[1, 2]'. You must compile the document twice
+This styles the first reference as ‘[1] Leslie ...’, and so that ‘...
+based on \cite{latexdps}’ produces the matching ‘... based on [1]’. The
+second ‘\cite’ produces ‘[1, 2]’. You must compile the document twice
to resolve these references.
The mandatory argument WIDEST-LABEL is text that, when typeset, is as
-wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands. The
-tradition is to use '9' for bibliographies with less than 10 references,
-'99' for ones with less than 100, etc.
-
- The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as 'Bibliography'.
-To change it there are two cases. In the 'book' and 'report' classes,
-where the top level sectioning is '\chapter' and the default title is
-'Bibliography', that title is in the macro '\bibname'. For 'article',
-where the class's top level sectioning is '\section' and the default is
-'References', the title is in macro '\refname'. Change it by redefining
-the command, as with '\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}', after
-'\begin{document}'.
-
- Language support packages such as 'babel' will automatically redefine
-'\refname' or '\bibname' to fit the selected language.
+wide as the widest item label produced by the ‘\bibitem’ commands. The
+tradition is to use ‘9’ for bibliographies with less than 10 references,
+‘99’ for ones with less than 100, etc.
+
+ The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as ‘Bibliography’.
+To change it there are two cases. In the ‘book’ and ‘report’ classes,
+where the top level sectioning is ‘\chapter’ and the default title is
+‘Bibliography’, that title is in the macro ‘\bibname’. For ‘article’,
+where the class’s top level sectioning is ‘\section’ and the default is
+‘References’, the title is in macro ‘\refname’. Change it by redefining
+the command, as with ‘\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}’, after
+‘\begin{document}’.
+
+ Language support packages such as ‘babel’ will automatically redefine
+‘\refname’ or ‘\bibname’ to fit the selected language.
*Note list::, for the list layout control parameters.
@@ -6277,7 +6281,7 @@ the command, as with '\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}', after

File: latex2e.info, Node: \bibitem, Next: \cite, Up: thebibliography
-8.24.1 '\bibitem'
+8.24.1 ‘\bibitem’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6289,13 +6293,13 @@ or
\bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the
-'enumi' counter. The "citation key" CITE_KEY can be any string of
+‘enumi’ counter. The “citation key” CITE_KEY can be any string of
letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
*Note thebibliography::, for an example.
When provided, the optional LABEL becomes the entry label and the
-'enumi' counter is not incremented. With this
+‘enumi’ counter is not incremented. With this
\begin{thebibliography}
\bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps}
@@ -6308,37 +6312,37 @@ letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
\end{thebibliography}
-the first entry will be styled as '[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...' (The
+the first entry will be styled as ‘[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...’ (The
amount of horizontal space that LaTeX leaves for the label depends on
-the WIDEST-LABEL argument of the 'thebibliography' environment; see
-*note thebibliography::.) Similarly, '... based on \cite{latexdps}'
-will produce '... based on [Lamport 1994]'.
+the WIDEST-LABEL argument of the ‘thebibliography’ environment; see
+*note thebibliography::.) Similarly, ‘... based on \cite{latexdps}’
+will produce ‘... based on [Lamport 1994]’.
- If you mix '\bibitem' entries having a LABEL with those that do not
+ If you mix ‘\bibitem’ entries having a LABEL with those that do not
then LaTeX will number the unlabelled ones sequentially. In the example
-above the 'texbook' entry will appear as '[1] Donald ...', despite that
+above the ‘texbook’ entry will appear as ‘[1] Donald ...’, despite that
it is the second entry.
- If you use the same CITE_KEY twice then you get 'LaTeX Warning: There
-were multiply-defined labels'.
+ If you use the same CITE_KEY twice then you get ‘LaTeX Warning: There
+were multiply-defined labels’.
Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the CITE_KEY and LABEL information
-because '\bibitem' writes it to the auxiliary file 'JOBNAME.aux' (*note
+because ‘\bibitem’ writes it to the auxiliary file ‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note
Jobname::). For instance, the above example causes the two
-'\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}' and '\bibcite{texbook}{1}' to appear
-in that file. The '.aux' file is read by the '\begin{document}' command
-and then the information is available for '\cite' commands. This
+‘\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}’ and ‘\bibcite{texbook}{1}’ to appear
+in that file. The ‘.aux’ file is read by the ‘\begin{document}’ command
+and then the information is available for ‘\cite’ commands. This
explains why you need to run LaTeX twice to resolve references: once to
write it out and once to read it in.
- Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a '\bibitem' or
-change its CITE_KEY you may get 'LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have
-changed. Rerun to get cross-references right'. Fix it by recompiling.
+ Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a ‘\bibitem’ or
+change its CITE_KEY you may get ‘LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have
+changed. Rerun to get cross-references right’. Fix it by recompiling.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \cite, Next: \nocite, Prev: \bibitem, Up: thebibliography
-8.24.2 '\cite'
+8.24.2 ‘\cite’
--------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6364,34 +6368,34 @@ citation keys (*note \bibitem::).
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
\end{thebibliography}
-produces output like '... source is [1]'. You can change the appearance
+produces output like ‘... source is [1]’. You can change the appearance
of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography styles if you
-generate automatically the 'thebibliography' environment. More
+generate automatically the ‘thebibliography’ environment. More
information in *note Using BibTeX::.
The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation. For
-example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in
-[1, p. 314]'.
+example, ‘See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}’ might produce ‘See 14.3 in
+[1, p. 314]’.
- In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information
-to the auxiliary file 'JOBNAME.aux' (*note Jobname::). For instance,
-'\cite{latexdps}' writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This
+ In addition to what appears in the output, ‘\cite’ writes information
+to the auxiliary file ‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Jobname::). For instance,
+‘\cite{latexdps}’ writes ‘\citation{latexdps}’ to that file. This
information is used by BibTeX to include in your reference list only
those works that you have actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also.
- If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX
-Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the
+ If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get ‘LaTeX
+Warning: There were undefined references’, and in the output the
citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in
-'\cite{texbok}' then you need to correct the spelling. On the other
+‘\cite{texbok}’ then you need to correct the spelling. On the other
hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information
-and so changed the '.aux' file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to
+and so changed the ‘.aux’ file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to
run LaTeX again.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Using BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: thebibliography
-8.24.3 '\nocite'
+8.24.3 ‘\nocite’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6399,7 +6403,7 @@ Synopsis:
\nocite{KEYS}
Produces no output but writes KEYS to the auxiliary file
-'JOBNAME.aux' (*note Jobname::).
+‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Jobname::).
The mandatory argument KEYS is a comma-separated list of one or more
citation keys (*note \bibitem::). This information is used by BibTeX to
@@ -6412,38 +6416,38 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Using BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography
8.24.4 Using BibTeX
-------------------
-As described in 'thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::), a
+As described in ‘thebibliography’ (*note thebibliography::), a
sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the
BibTeX program. This is only an introduction; see the full
documentation on CTAN (*note CTAN::).
- With BibTeX, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment directly
+ With BibTeX, you don’t use the ‘thebibliography’ environment directly
(*note thebibliography::). Instead, include these lines:
\bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE}
\bibliography{BIBFILE1, BIBFILE2, ...}
-The BIBSTYLE refers to a file 'BIBSTYLE.bst', which defines how your
-citations will look. The standard BIBSTYLE's distributed with BibTeX
+The BIBSTYLE refers to a file ‘BIBSTYLE.bst’, which defines how your
+citations will look. The standard BIBSTYLE’s distributed with BibTeX
are:
-'alpha'
+‘alpha’
Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication. The
bibliographic items are sorted alphabetically.
-'plain'
+‘plain’
Labels are integers. Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically.
-'unsrt'
- Like 'plain', but entries are in order of citation.
-'abbrv'
- Like 'plain', but more compact labels.
+‘unsrt’
+ Like ‘plain’, but entries are in order of citation.
+‘abbrv’
+ Like ‘plain’, but more compact labels.
Many, many other BibTeX style files exist, tailored to the demands of
various publications. See the CTAN topic
<https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty>.
- The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the
+ The ‘\bibliography’ command is what actually produces the
bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to
-files named 'BIBFILE1.bib', 'BIBFILE2.bib', ... These contain your
+files named ‘BIBFILE1.bib’, ‘BIBFILE2.bib’, ... These contain your
database in BibTeX format. This shows a typical couple of entries in
that format.
@@ -6462,13 +6466,13 @@ that format.
publisher = {Bantam Books}
}
- Only the bibliographic entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite'
-will be listed in the document's bibliography. Thus you can keep all
+ Only the bibliographic entries referred to via ‘\cite’ and ‘\nocite’
+will be listed in the document’s bibliography. Thus you can keep all
your sources together in one file, or a small number of files, and rely
on BibTeX to include in this document only those that you used.
- With BibTeX, the KEYS argument to '\nocite' can also be the single
-character '*'. This means to implicitly cite all entries from all given
+ With BibTeX, the KEYS argument to ‘\nocite’ can also be the single
+character ‘*’. This means to implicitly cite all entries from all given
bibliographies.
* Menu:
@@ -6481,26 +6485,26 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: BibTeX error messages, Up: Using BibTeX
8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages
..............................
-If you forget to use '\bibliography' or '\bibliographystyle' in your
-document (or, less likely, any '\cite' or '\nocite' command), BibTeX
+If you forget to use ‘\bibliography’ or ‘\bibliographystyle’ in your
+document (or, less likely, any ‘\cite’ or ‘\nocite’ command), BibTeX
will issue an error message. Because BibTeX can be used with any
program, not just LaTeX, the error messages refer to the internal
-commands read by BibTeX (from the '.aux' file), rather than the
+commands read by BibTeX (from the ‘.aux’ file), rather than the
user-level commands described above.
Here is a table showing internal commands mentioned in the BibTeX
errors, and the corresponding user-level commands.
-'\bibdata'
- '\bibliography'
+‘\bibdata’
+ ‘\bibliography’
-'\bibstyle'
- '\bibliographystyle'
+‘\bibstyle’
+ ‘\bibliographystyle’
-'\citation'
- '\cite', '\nocite'
+‘\citation’
+ ‘\cite’, ‘\nocite’
- For example, if your document has no '\bibliographystyle' command,
+ For example, if your document has no ‘\bibliographystyle’ command,
BibTeX complains as follows:
I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file DOCUMENT.aux
@@ -6508,7 +6512,7 @@ BibTeX complains as follows:

File: latex2e.info, Node: theorem, Next: titlepage, Prev: thebibliography, Up: Environments
-8.25 'theorem'
+8.25 ‘theorem’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -6517,8 +6521,8 @@ Synopsis:
THEOREM BODY
\end{theorem}
- Produces 'Theorem N' in boldface followed by THEOREM BODY in italics.
-The numbering possibilities for N are described under '\newtheorem'
+ Produces ‘Theorem N’ in boldface followed by THEOREM BODY in italics.
+The numbering possibilities for N are described under ‘\newtheorem’
(*note \newtheorem::).
\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % in preamble
@@ -6533,7 +6537,7 @@ The numbering possibilities for N are described under '\newtheorem'
text of theorem
\end{thm}
- Most new documents use the packages 'amsthm' and 'amsmath' from the
+ Most new documents use the packages ‘amsthm’ and ‘amsmath’ from the
American Mathematical Society. Among other things these packages
include a large number of options for theorem environments, such as
styling options.
@@ -6541,7 +6545,7 @@ styling options.

File: latex2e.info, Node: titlepage, Next: verbatim, Prev: theorem, Up: Environments
-8.26 'titlepage'
+8.26 ‘titlepage’
================
Synopsis:
@@ -6577,13 +6581,13 @@ to the author.
\vspace{\stretch{2}}
\end{titlepage}
- To instead produce a standard title page without a 'titlepage'
-environment, use '\maketitle' (*note \maketitle::).
+ To instead produce a standard title page without a ‘titlepage’
+environment, use ‘\maketitle’ (*note \maketitle::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: verbatim, Next: verse, Prev: titlepage, Up: Environments
-8.27 'verbatim'
+8.27 ‘verbatim’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -6594,46 +6598,46 @@ Synopsis:
A paragraph-making environment in which LaTeX produces as output
exactly what you type as input. For instance inside LITERAL-TEXT the
-backslash '\' character does not start commands, it produces a printed
-'\', and carriage returns and blanks are taken literally. The output
-appears in a monospaced typewriter-like font ('\tt').
+backslash ‘\’ character does not start commands, it produces a printed
+‘\’, and carriage returns and blanks are taken literally. The output
+appears in a monospaced typewriter-like font (‘\tt’).
\begin{verbatim}
Symbol swearing: %&$#?!.
\end{verbatim}
- The only restriction on 'literal-text' is that it cannot include the
-string '\end{verbatim}'.
+ The only restriction on ‘literal-text’ is that it cannot include the
+string ‘\end{verbatim}’.
You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros,
-for instance in the argument to a '\section'. This is not the same as
+for instance in the argument to a ‘\section’. This is not the same as
commands being fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work,
-as the 'verbatim' environment changes the catcode regime before
+as the ‘verbatim’ environment changes the catcode regime before
processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward,
nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has
already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect
-when the macro was called. However, the 'cprotect' package can help
+when the macro was called. However, the ‘cprotect’ package can help
with this.
One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There
-are packages that are an improvement the 'verbatim' environment. For
+are packages that are an improvement the ‘verbatim’ environment. For
instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external
-files, or parts of those files. Such packages include 'listings', and
-'minted'.
+files, or parts of those files. Such packages include ‘listings’, and
+‘minted’.
A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments
-is 'fancyvrb'. Another is 'verbatimbox'.
+is ‘fancyvrb’. Another is ‘verbatimbox’.
For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (*note CTAN::).
* Menu:
-* \verb:: The macro form of the 'verbatim' environment.
+* \verb:: The macro form of the ‘verbatim’ environment.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \verb, Up: verbatim
-8.27.1 '\verb'
+8.27.1 ‘\verb’
--------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6642,52 +6646,52 @@ Synopsis:
\verb* CHAR LITERAL-TEXT CHAR
Typeset LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including special characters and
-spaces, using the typewriter ('\tt') font.
+spaces, using the typewriter (‘\tt’) font.
- This example shows two different invocations of '\verb'.
+ This example shows two different invocations of ‘\verb’.
This is \verb!literally! the biggest pumpkin ever.
And this is the best squash, \verb+literally!+
-The first '\verb' has its LITERAL-TEXT surrounded with exclamation
-point, '!'. The second instead uses plus, '+', because the exclamation
-point is part of 'literal-text'.
+The first ‘\verb’ has its LITERAL-TEXT surrounded with exclamation
+point, ‘!’. The second instead uses plus, ‘+’, because the exclamation
+point is part of ‘literal-text’.
- The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT--it must
-be the same character before and after. No spaces come between '\verb'
-or '\verb*' and CHAR, or between CHAR and LITERAL-TEXT, or between
+ The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT—it must be
+the same character before and after. No spaces come between ‘\verb’ or
+‘\verb*’ and CHAR, or between CHAR and LITERAL-TEXT, or between
LITERAL-TEXT and the second occurrence of CHAR (the synopsis shows a
space only to distinguish one component from the other). The delimiter
must not appear in LITERAL-TEXT. The LITERAL-TEXT cannot include a line
break.
- The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
+ The ‘*’-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
space character.
The output from this will include a visible space on both side of
-word 'with':
+word ‘with’:
The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
- For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package 'url' is a
-better option than the '\verb' command, since it allows line breaks.
+ For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package ‘url’ is a
+better option than the ‘\verb’ command, since it allows line breaks.
For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
-'\verb'. One is 'listings', another is 'minted'.
+‘\verb’. One is ‘listings’, another is ‘minted’.
- You cannot use '\verb' in the argument to a macro, for instance in
-the argument to a '\section'. It is not a question of '\verb' being
-fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work, as the '\verb'
+ You cannot use ‘\verb’ in the argument to a macro, for instance in
+the argument to a ‘\section’. It is not a question of ‘\verb’ being
+fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work, as the ‘\verb’
command changes the catcode regime before reading its argument, and
restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a macro argument the
content of the argument has already be converted to a token list along
the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. However, the
-'cprotect' package can help with this.
+‘cprotect’ package can help with this.

File: latex2e.info, Node: verse, Prev: verbatim, Up: Environments
-8.28 'verse'
+8.28 ‘verse’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -6700,12 +6704,12 @@ Synopsis:
An environment for poetry.
- Here are two lines from Shakespeare's Romeo and Juliet.
+ Here are two lines from Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet.
Then plainly know my heart's dear love is set \\
On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
- Separate the lines of each stanza with '\\', and use one or more
+ Separate the lines of each stanza with ‘\\’, and use one or more
blank lines to separate the stanzas.
\begin{verse}
@@ -6757,7 +6761,7 @@ fiddling with breaks that will change anyway.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \\, Next: \obeycr & \restorecr, Up: Line breaking
-9.1 '\\'
+9.1 ‘\\’
========
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -6779,35 +6783,35 @@ to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
\title{My story: \\[0.25in]
a tale of woe}
-The starred form, '\\*', tells LaTeX not to start a new page between the
-two lines, by issuing a '\nobreak'.
+The starred form, ‘\\*’, tells LaTeX not to start a new page between the
+two lines, by issuing a ‘\nobreak’.
Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in LaTeX. In
-particular, don't start new paragraphs with '\\'. Instead leave a blank
-line between the two paragraphs. And don't put in a sequence of '\\''s
-to make vertical space. Instead use '\vspace{LENGTH}', or
-'\leavevmode\vspace{LENGTH}', or '\vspace*{LENGTH}' if you want the
+particular, don’t start new paragraphs with ‘\\’. Instead leave a blank
+line between the two paragraphs. And don’t put in a sequence of ‘\\’’s
+to make vertical space. Instead use ‘\vspace{LENGTH}’, or
+‘\leavevmode\vspace{LENGTH}’, or ‘\vspace*{LENGTH}’ if you want the
space to not be thrown out at the top of a new page (*note \vspace::).
- The '\\' command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such
-as in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment or in an equation environment.
+ The ‘\\’ command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such
+as in a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’ environment or in an equation environment.
- The '\\' command is a synonym for '\newline' (*note \newline::) under
-ordinary circumstances (an example of an exception is the 'p{...}'
-column in a 'tabular' environment; *note tabular::).
+ The ‘\\’ command is a synonym for ‘\newline’ (*note \newline::) under
+ordinary circumstances (an example of an exception is the ‘p{...}’
+column in a ‘tabular’ environment; *note tabular::).
- The '\\' command is a macro, and its definition changes by context so
-that its definition in normal text, a 'center' environment, a
-'flushleft' environment, and a 'tabular' are all different. In normal
+ The ‘\\’ command is a macro, and its definition changes by context so
+that its definition in normal text, a ‘center’ environment, a
+‘flushleft’ environment, and a ‘tabular’ are all different. In normal
text when it forces a linebreak it is essentially a shorthand for
-'\newline'. It does not end horizontal mode or end the paragraph, it
+‘\newline’. It does not end horizontal mode or end the paragraph, it
just inserts some glue and penalties so that when the paragraph does end
a linebreak will occur at that point, with the short line padded with
white space.
- You get 'LaTeX Error: There's no line here to end' if you use '\\' to
+ You get ‘LaTeX Error: There's no line here to end’ if you use ‘\\’ to
ask for a new line, rather than to end the current line. An example is
-if you have '\begin{document}\\' or, more likely, something like this.
+if you have ‘\begin{document}\\’ or, more likely, something like this.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
@@ -6817,23 +6821,23 @@ if you have '\begin{document}\\' or, more likely, something like this.
\end{center}
Fix it by replacing the double backslash with something like
-'\vspace{\baselineskip}'.
+‘\vspace{\baselineskip}’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \obeycr & \restorecr, Next: \newline, Prev: \\, Up: Line breaking
-9.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr'
+9.2 ‘\obeycr’ & ‘\restorecr’
============================
-The '\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file ('^^M',
-internally) the same as '\\', followed by '\relax'. So each new line in
-the input will also be a new line in the output. The '\restorecr'
+The ‘\obeycr’ command makes a return in the input file (‘^^M’,
+internally) the same as ‘\\’, followed by ‘\relax’. So each new line in
+the input will also be a new line in the output. The ‘\restorecr’
command restores normal line-breaking behavior.
This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use
-'verbatim' (*note verbatim::) instead.
+‘verbatim’ (*note verbatim::) instead.
- With LaTeX's usual defaults, this
+ With LaTeX’s usual defaults, this
aaa
bbb
@@ -6865,43 +6869,43 @@ The indents are paragraph indents.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newline, Next: \- (hyphenation), Prev: \obeycr & \restorecr, Up: Line breaking
-9.3 '\newline'
+9.3 ‘\newline’
==============
In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in
-paragraph mode (*note Modes::), the '\newline' command is equivalent to
+paragraph mode (*note Modes::), the ‘\newline’ command is equivalent to
double-backslash (*note \\::). This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).
- However, the two commands are different inside a 'tabular' or 'array'
+ However, the two commands are different inside a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’
environment. In a column with a specifier producing a paragraph box
-such as typically 'p{...}', '\newline' will insert a line end inside of
+such as typically ‘p{...}’, ‘\newline’ will insert a line end inside of
the column; that is, it does not break the entire tabular row. To break
-the entire row use '\\' or its equivalent '\tabularnewline'.
+the entire row use ‘\\’ or its equivalent ‘\tabularnewline’.
- This will print 'Name:' and 'Address:' as two lines in a single cell
+ This will print ‘Name:’ and ‘Address:’ as two lines in a single cell
of the table.
\begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
Name: \newline Address: &Date: \\ \hline
\end{tabular}
-The 'Date:' will be baseline-aligned with 'Name:'.
+The ‘Date:’ will be baseline-aligned with ‘Name:’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \- (hyphenation), Next: \discretionary, Prev: \newline, Up: Line breaking
-9.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen)
+9.4 ‘\-’ (discretionary hyphen)
===============================
Tell LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you
-insert '\-' commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
+insert ‘\-’ commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
those points and not at any of the other hyphenation points that LaTeX
might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust (*note \protect::).
LaTeX is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct
-hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The '\-'
+hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The ‘\-’
command is for exceptional cases.
For example, LaTeX does not ordinarily hyphenate words containing a
@@ -6921,15 +6925,15 @@ unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column.
Commenting out the third line and uncommenting the fourth makes a much
better fit.
- The '\-' command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not
+ The ‘\-’ command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not
require that it break there. You can force a split with something like
-'Hef-\linebreak feron'. Of course, if you later change the text then
-this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires care.
+‘Hef-\linebreak feron’. Of course, if you later change the text then
+this forced break may look out of place, so this approach requires care.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \discretionary, Next: \fussy & \sloppy, Prev: \- (hyphenation), Up: Line breaking
-9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point)
+9.5 ‘\discretionary’ (generalized hyphenation point)
====================================================
Synopsis:
@@ -6939,33 +6943,33 @@ Synopsis:
Handle word changes around hyphens. This command is not often used
in LaTeX documents.
- If a line break occurs at the point where '\discretionary' appears
+ If a line break occurs at the point where ‘\discretionary’ appears
then TeX puts PRE-BREAK at the end of the current line and puts
POST-BREAK at the start of the next line. If there is no line break
here then TeX puts NO-BREAK.
- In 'difficult' the three letters 'ffi' form a ligature. But TeX can
-nonetheless break between the two 'f''s with this.
+ In ‘difficult’ the three letters ‘ffi’ form a ligature. But TeX can
+nonetheless break between the two ‘f’’s with this.
di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult
Note that users do not have to do this. It is typically handled
-automatically by TeX's hyphenation algorithm.
+automatically by TeX’s hyphenation algorithm.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \fussy & \sloppy, Next: \hyphenation, Prev: \discretionary, Up: Line breaking
-9.6 '\fussy' & '\sloppy'
+9.6 ‘\fussy’ & ‘\sloppy’
========================
Declarations to make TeX more picky or less picky about line breaking.
-Declaring '\fussy' usually avoids too much space between words, at the
-cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, '\sloppy' avoids
+Declaring ‘\fussy’ usually avoids too much space between words, at the
+cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, ‘\sloppy’ avoids
overfull boxes while suffering loose interword spacing.
- The default is '\fussy'. Line breaking in a paragraph is controlled
+ The default is ‘\fussy’. Line breaking in a paragraph is controlled
by whichever declaration is current at the end of the paragraph, i.e.,
-at the blank line or '\par' or displayed equation ending that paragraph.
+at the blank line or ‘\par’ or displayed equation ending that paragraph.
So to affect the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in
the scope of the command.
@@ -6976,7 +6980,7 @@ the scope of the command.

File: latex2e.info, Node: sloppypar, Up: \fussy & \sloppy
-9.6.1 'sloppypar'
+9.6.1 ‘sloppypar’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6985,9 +6989,9 @@ Synopsis:
... paragraphs ...
\end{sloppypar}
- Typeset the paragraphs with '\sloppy' in effect (*note \fussy &
+ Typeset the paragraphs with ‘\sloppy’ in effect (*note \fussy &
\sloppy::). Use this to locally adjust line breaking, to avoid
-'Overfull box' or 'Underfull box' errors.
+‘Overfull box’ or ‘Underfull box’ errors.
The example is simple.
@@ -7007,7 +7011,7 @@ Synopsis:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \hyphenation, Next: \linebreak & \nolinebreak, Prev: \fussy & \sloppy, Up: Line breaking
-9.7 '\hyphenation'
+9.7 ‘\hyphenation’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -7016,20 +7020,20 @@ Synopsis:
Declares allowed hyphenation points within the words in the list.
The words in that list are separated by spaces. Show permitted points
-for hyphenation with a dash character, '-'.
+for hyphenation with a dash character, ‘-’.
Here is an example:
\hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
Use lowercase letters. TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches
-exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple '\hyphenation' commands
+exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple ‘\hyphenation’ commands
accumulate.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak, Prev: \hyphenation, Up: Line breaking
-9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak'
+9.8 ‘\linebreak’ & ‘\nolinebreak’
=================================
Synopses, one of:
@@ -7046,7 +7050,7 @@ or one of these.
an integer lying between 0 and 4 that allows you to soften the
instruction. The default is 4, so that without the optional argument
these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance,
-'\nolinebreak[1]' is a suggestion that another place may be better. The
+‘\nolinebreak[1]’ is a suggestion that another place may be better. The
higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands are
fragile (*note \protect::).
@@ -7057,7 +7061,7 @@ standard legal text.
We especially encourage applications from members of traditionally
underrepresented groups.
- When you issue '\linebreak', the spaces in the line are stretched out
+ When you issue ‘\linebreak’, the spaces in the line are stretched out
so that the break point reaches the right margin. *Note \\:: and *note
\newline::, to have the spaces not stretched out.
@@ -7072,24 +7076,24 @@ with its usual aplomb. But if you are writing commands, or tweaking the
final version of a document, then you may need to understand how to
influence its actions.
- LaTeX's algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
+ LaTeX’s algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
outputting the result. Instead, LaTeX typesets more material than would
fit on the page and then chooses a break that is optimal in some way (it
-has the smallest badness). An example of the advantage of this approach
-is that if the page has some vertical space that can be stretched or
-shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs, then LaTeX can
-use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts with the last
-line of a paragraph; LaTeX can squeeze the extra line onto the first
-page) and orphans (where the first line of paragraph is at the end of a
-page; LaTeX can stretch the material of the first page so the extra line
-falls on the second page). Another example is where LaTeX uses
-available vertical shrinkage to fit on a page not just the header for a
-new section but also the first two lines of that section.
-
- But LaTeX does not optimize over the entire document's set of page
+has the smallest “badness”). An example of the advantage of this
+approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
+stretched or shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs,
+then LaTeX can use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts
+with the last line of a paragraph; LaTeX can squeeze the extra line onto
+the first page) and orphans (where the first line of paragraph is at the
+end of a page; LaTeX can stretch the material of the first page so the
+extra line falls on the second page). Another example is where LaTeX
+uses available vertical shrinkage to fit on a page not just the header
+for a new section but also the first two lines of that section.
+
+ But LaTeX does not optimize over the entire document’s set of page
breaks. So it can happen that the first page break is great but the
-second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn't look as far
+second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn’t look as far
ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to influence
page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.
@@ -7105,7 +7109,7 @@ page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage, Next: \newpage, Up: Page breaking
-10.1 '\clearpage' & '\cleardoublepage'
+10.1 ‘\clearpage’ & ‘\cleardoublepage’
======================================
Synopsis:
@@ -7119,16 +7123,16 @@ or
End the current page and output all of the pending floating figures
and tables (*note Floats::). If there are too many floats to fit on the
page then LaTeX will put in extra pages containing only floats. In
-two-sided printing, '\cleardoublepage' also makes the next page of
+two-sided printing, ‘\cleardoublepage’ also makes the next page of
content a right-hand page, an odd-numbered page, if necessary inserting
-a blank page. The '\clearpage' command is robust while
-'\cleardoublepage' is fragile (*note \protect::).
+a blank page. The ‘\clearpage’ command is robust while
+‘\cleardoublepage’ is fragile (*note \protect::).
- LaTeX's page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
+ LaTeX’s page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
- The '\cleardoublepage' command will put in a blank page, but it will
+ The ‘\cleardoublepage’ command will put in a blank page, but it will
have the running headers and footers. To get a really blank page, use
this command.
@@ -7138,18 +7142,19 @@ this command.
{\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%
}
-If you want LaTeX's standard '\chapter' command to do this then add the
-line '\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage'.
+If you want LaTeX’s standard ‘\chapter’ command to do this then add the
+line ‘\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage’. (Of course this
+affects all uses of ‘\cleardoublepage’, not just the one in ‘\chapter’.)
- The command '\newpage' (*note \newpage::) also ends the current page,
+ The command ‘\newpage’ (*note \newpage::) also ends the current page,
but without clearing pending floats. And, if LaTeX is in two-column
-mode then '\newpage' ends the current column while '\clearpage' and
-'\cleardoublepage' end the current page.
+mode then ‘\newpage’ ends the current column while ‘\clearpage’ and
+‘\cleardoublepage’ end the current page.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newpage, Next: \enlargethispage, Prev: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage, Up: Page breaking
-10.2 '\newpage'
+10.2 ‘\newpage’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -7158,18 +7163,18 @@ Synopsis:
End the current page. This command is robust (*note \protect::).
- LaTeX's page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
+ LaTeX’s page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
- While the commands '\clearpage' and '\cleardoublepage' also end the
+ While the commands ‘\clearpage’ and ‘\cleardoublepage’ also end the
current page, in addition they clear pending floats (*note \clearpage &
\cleardoublepage::). And, if LaTeX is in two-column mode then
-'\clearpage' and '\cleardoublepage' end the current page, possibly
-leaving an empty column, while '\newpage' only ends the current column.
+‘\clearpage’ and ‘\cleardoublepage’ end the current page, possibly
+leaving an empty column, while ‘\newpage’ only ends the current column.
- In contrast with '\pagebreak' (*note \pagebreak & \nopagebreak::),
-the '\newpage' command will cause the new page to start right where
+ In contrast with ‘\pagebreak’ (*note \pagebreak & \nopagebreak::),
+the ‘\newpage’ command will cause the new page to start right where
requested. This
Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this
@@ -7178,22 +7183,22 @@ requested. This
\noindent a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the
proposition that all men are created equal.
-makes a new page start after 'continent', and the cut-off line is not
-right justified. In addition, '\newpage' does not vertically stretch
-out the page, as '\pagebreak' does.
+makes a new page start after ‘continent’, and the cut-off line is not
+right justified. In addition, ‘\newpage’ does not vertically stretch
+out the page, as ‘\pagebreak’ does.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \enlargethispage, Next: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak, Prev: \newpage, Up: Page breaking
-10.3 '\enlargethispage'
+10.3 ‘\enlargethispage’
=======================
Synopsis, one of:
- \enlargethispage{size}
- \enlargethispage*{size}
+ \enlargethispage{SIZE}
+ \enlargethispage*{SIZE}
- Enlarge the '\textheight' for the current page. The required
+ Enlarge the ‘\textheight’ for the current page. The required
argument SIZE must be a rigid length (*note Lengths::). It may be
positive or negative. This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
@@ -7205,15 +7210,15 @@ command allows you some page size leeway.
\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
- The starred form '\enlargesthispage*' tries to squeeze the material
+ The starred form ‘\enlargesthispage*’ tries to squeeze the material
together on the page as much as possible, for the common use case of
getting one more line on the page. This is often used together with an
-explicit '\pagebreak'.
+explicit ‘\pagebreak’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak, Prev: \enlargethispage, Up: Page breaking
-10.4 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak'
+10.4 ‘\pagebreak’ & ‘\nopagebreak’
==================================
Synopses:
@@ -7229,12 +7234,12 @@ or
Encourage or discourage a page break. The optional ZERO-TO-FOUR is
an integer that allows you to soften the request. The default is 4, so
that without the optional argument these commands entirely force or
-prevent the break. But for instance '\nopagebreak[1]' suggests to LaTeX
+prevent the break. But for instance ‘\nopagebreak[1]’ suggests to LaTeX
that another spot might be preferable. The higher the number, the more
insistent the request. Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::).
- LaTeX's page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
-command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
+ LaTeX’s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use these
+commands in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
If you use these inside a paragraph, they apply to the point
@@ -7246,17 +7251,17 @@ following the line in which they appear. So this
a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition
that all men are created equal.
-does not give a page break at 'continent', but instead at 'nation',
+does not give a page break at ‘continent’, but instead at ‘nation’,
since that is where LaTeX breaks that line. In addition, with
-'\pagebreak' the vertical space on the page is stretched out where
+‘\pagebreak’ the vertical space on the page is stretched out where
possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look
-strange, and if '\flushbottom' is in effect this can cause you to get
-'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active'.
+strange, and if ‘\flushbottom’ is in effect this can cause you to get
+‘Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active’.
*Note \newpage::, for a command that does not have these effects.
- (There is an obsolete declaration '\samepage', which tries to only
+ (There is an obsolete declaration ‘\samepage’, which tries to only
allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment
-'samepage', also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For more on
+‘samepage’, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For more on
keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry
<https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk>.)
@@ -7276,8 +7281,8 @@ Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
You can put multiple footnotes on a page. If the footnote text
becomes too long then it will flow to the next page.
- You can also produce footnotes by combining the '\footnotemark' and
-the '\footnotetext' commands, which is useful in special circumstances.
+ You can also produce footnotes by combining the ‘\footnotemark’ and
+the ‘\footnotetext’ commands, which is useful in special circumstances.
To make bibliographic references come out as footnotes you need to
include a bibliographic style with that behavior (*note Using BibTeX::).
@@ -7294,7 +7299,7 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (*note Using BibTeX::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnote, Next: \footnotemark, Up: Footnotes
-11.1 '\footnote'
+11.1 ‘\footnote’
================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -7312,24 +7317,24 @@ Synopsis, one of:
at the Margin or the Bottom of the Page.''}
The optional argument NUMBER allows you to specify the number of the
-footnote. If you use this then LaTeX does not increment the 'footnote'
+footnote. If you use this then LaTeX does not increment the ‘footnote’
counter.
By default, LaTeX uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change
this with something like
-'\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}', which uses a
+‘\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}’, which uses a
sequence of symbols (*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
\fnsymbol::). To make this change global put that in the preamble. If
you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with
-'\setcounter{footnote}{0}'.
+‘\setcounter{footnote}{0}’.
LaTeX determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
-'\footnoterule'
+‘\footnoterule’
Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the
- page's footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document
- classes (except 'slides', where it does not appear) is: vertical
- thickness of '0.4pt', and horizontal size of '0.4\columnwidth'
+ page’s footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document
+ classes (except ‘slides’, where it does not appear) is: vertical
+ thickness of ‘0.4pt’, and horizontal size of ‘0.4\columnwidth’
long. Change the rule with something like this.
\renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns avoid vertical space
@@ -7337,24 +7342,24 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with
\hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % of the sum of this 1
\kern 2pt} % and this 2
-'\footnotesep'
+‘\footnotesep’
The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
(*note \strut::). By default, this is set to the normal strut for
- '\footnotesize' fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no
- extra space between footnotes. This is '6.65pt' for '10pt',
- '7.7pt' for '11pt', and '8.4pt' for '12pt'. Change it as with
- '\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}'.
+ ‘\footnotesize’ fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no
+ extra space between footnotes. This is ‘6.65pt’ for ‘10pt’,
+ ‘7.7pt’ for ‘11pt’, and ‘8.4pt’ for ‘12pt’. Change it as with
+ ‘\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}’.
- The '\footnote' command is fragile (*note \protect::).
+ The ‘\footnote’ command is fragile (*note \protect::).
- LaTeX's default puts many restrictions on where you can use a
-'\footnote'; for instance, you cannot use it in an argument to a
-sectioning command such as '\chapter' (it can only be used in outer
+ LaTeX’s default puts many restrictions on where you can use a
+‘\footnote’; for instance, you cannot use it in an argument to a
+sectioning command such as ‘\chapter’ (it can only be used in outer
paragraph mode; *note Modes::). There are some workarounds; see
following sections.
- In a 'minipage' environment the '\footnote' command uses the
-'mpfootnote' counter instead of the 'footnote' counter, so they are
+ In a ‘minipage’ environment the ‘\footnote’ command uses the
+‘mpfootnote’ counter instead of the ‘footnote’ counter, so they are
numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the
environment, not at the bottom of the page. And by default they are
shown alphabetically. *Note minipage:: and *note Footnotes in a
@@ -7363,7 +7368,7 @@ table::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnotemark, Next: \footnotetext, Prev: \footnote, Up: Footnotes
-11.2 '\footnotemark'
+11.2 ‘\footnotemark’
====================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -7376,8 +7381,8 @@ text for the footnote see *note \footnotetext::. The optional argument
NUMBER causes the command to use that number to determine the footnote
mark. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode (*note Modes::).
- If you use '\footnotemark' without the optional argument then it
-increments the 'footnote' counter, but if you use the optional NUMBER
+ If you use ‘\footnotemark’ without the optional argument then it
+increments the ‘footnote’ counter, but if you use the optional NUMBER
then it does not. The next example produces several consecutive
footnote markers referring to the same footnote.
@@ -7387,8 +7392,8 @@ footnote markers referring to the same footnote.
If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value
of the number of the common mark. This example gives the same
-institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors ('\thanks'
-is a version of '\footnote'), by-hand giving the number of the footnote.
+institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors (‘\thanks’
+is a version of ‘\footnote’), by-hand giving the number of the footnote.
\title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem}
\author{J Moriarty\thanks{University of Leeds}
@@ -7408,7 +7413,7 @@ sentence is followed by the same footnote marker as the first.
Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}]
Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
- This example accomplishes the same by using the package 'cleveref'.
+ This example accomplishes the same by using the package ‘cleveref’.
\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % in preamble
\crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}
@@ -7417,12 +7422,12 @@ sentence is followed by the same footnote marker as the first.
The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.}
But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
- It will work with the package 'hyperref'.
+ It will work with the package ‘hyperref’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnotetext, Next: Footnotes in section headings, Prev: \footnotemark, Up: Footnotes
-11.3 '\footnotetext'
+11.3 ‘\footnotetext’
====================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -7431,7 +7436,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT}
Place TEXT at the bottom of the page as a footnote. It pairs with
-'\footnotemark' (*note \footnotemark::) and can come anywhere after that
+‘\footnotemark’ (*note \footnotemark::) and can come anywhere after that
command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (*note Modes::). The
optional argument NUMBER changes the number of the footnote mark.
@@ -7452,12 +7457,12 @@ causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the
section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of
contents, where it is not likely to be desired. The simplest way to
have it not appear on the table of contents is to use the optional
-argument to '\section'
+argument to ‘\section’
\section[Please]{Please\footnote{%
Don't footnote in chapter and section headers!}}
-No '\protect' is needed in front of '\footnote' here because what gets
+No ‘\protect’ is needed in front of ‘\footnote’ here because what gets
moved to the table of contents is the optional argument.

@@ -7466,9 +7471,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnotes in a table, Next: Footnotes of footnotes,
11.5 Footnotes in a table
=========================
-Inside a 'tabular' or 'array' environment the '\footnote' command does
+Inside a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’ environment the ‘\footnote’ command does
not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but the footnote
-text does not appear. The solution is to use a 'minipage' environment
+text does not appear. The solution is to use a ‘minipage’ environment
as here (*note minipage::).
\begin{center}
@@ -7484,15 +7489,15 @@ as here (*note minipage::).
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
- Inside a 'minipage', footnote marks are lowercase letters. Change
+ Inside a ‘minipage’, footnote marks are lowercase letters. Change
that with something like
-'\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}' (*note \alph \Alph
+‘\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}’ (*note \alph \Alph
\arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
The footnotes in the prior example appear at the bottom of the
-'minipage'. To have them appear at the bottom of the main page, as part
-of the regular footnote sequence, use the '\footnotemark' and
-'\footnotetext' pair and make a new counter.
+‘minipage’. To have them appear at the bottom of the main page, as part
+of the regular footnote sequence, use the ‘\footnotemark’ and
+‘\footnotetext’ pair and make a new counter.
\newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
\begin{center}
@@ -7513,8 +7518,8 @@ of the regular footnote sequence, use the '\footnotemark' and
Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
\end{center}
- For a floating 'table' environment (*note table::), use the
-'tablefootnote' package.
+ For a floating ‘table’ environment (*note table::), use the
+‘tablefootnote’ package.
\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble
...
@@ -7541,7 +7546,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnotes of footnotes, Prev: Footnotes in a table,
Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package
-'bigfoot' extends LaTeX's default footnote mechanism in many ways,
+‘bigfoot’ extends LaTeX’s default footnote mechanism in many ways,
including allow these two, as in this example.
\usepackage{bigfoot} % in preamble
@@ -7579,10 +7584,10 @@ LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Next: \providecommand, Up: Definitions
-12.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand'
+12.1 ‘\newcommand’ & ‘\renewcommand’
====================================
-Synopses, one of:
+Synopses, one of (three regular forms, three starred forms):
\newcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
\newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
@@ -7591,30 +7596,30 @@ Synopses, one of:
\newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
-or one of these.
+or all the same possibilities with ‘\renewcommand’ instead of
+‘\newcommand’:
- \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
\renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
\renewcommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
\renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
- Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
-'\DeclareRobustCommand' in *note Class and package commands::).
+ Define or redefine a command (see also ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’ in
+*note Class and package commands::).
The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms, the commands are not
-'\long'). With the default form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
+multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms: the commands are not
+‘\long’). With the default form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
- These are the parameters:
+ These are the parameters (examples follow):
CMD
-
- Required; '\CMD' is the command name. It must begin with a
- backslash, '\', and must not begin with the four character string
- '\end'. For '\newcommand', it must not be already defined. For
- '\renewcommand', this name must already be defined.
+ Required; ‘\CMD’ is the command name. It must begin with a
+ backslash, ‘\’, and must not begin with the four character string
+ ‘\end’. For ‘\newcommand’, it must not be already defined. For
+ ‘\renewcommand’, this name must already be defined.
NARGS
Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of
@@ -7626,85 +7631,100 @@ NARGS
OPTARGDEFAULT
Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
- '\CMD' is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be
- the empty string). If OPTARGSDEFAULT is not present then '\CMD'
+ ‘\CMD’ is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be
+ the empty string). If OPTARGDEFAULT is not present then ‘\CMD’
does not take an optional argument.
- That is, if '\CMD' is used with square brackets, as in
- '\CMD[OPTVAL]{...}...', then within DEFN the parameter '#1' is set
- to the value of OPTVAL. On the other hand, if '\CMD' is called
- without the square brackets then within DEFN the parameter '#1' is
- set to the value of OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, the required
- arguments start with '#2'.
-
- Omitting '[OPTARGDEFAULT]' is different from having the square
- brackets with no contents, as in '[]'. The former sets '#1' to the
- value of OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter sets '#1' to the empty string.
+ That is, if ‘\CMD’ is called with a following argument in square
+ brackets, as in ‘\CMD[OPTVAL]{...}...’, then within DEFN the
+ parameter ‘#1’ is set to OPTVAL. On the other hand, if ‘\CMD’ is
+ called without following square brackets then within DEFN the
+ parameter ‘#1’ is set to OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, the
+ required arguments start with ‘#2’.
+
+ Omitting ‘[OPTARGDEFAULT]’ from the definition is entirely
+ different from giving the square brackets with empty contents, as
+ in ‘[]’. The former says the command being defined takes no
+ optional argument, so ‘#1’ is the first required argument (if NARGS
+ ≥ 1); the latter sets the optional argument ‘#1’ to the empty
+ string as the default, if no optional argument was given in the
+ call.
+
+ Similarly, omitting ‘[OPTVAL]’ from a call is also entirely
+ different from giving the square brackets with empty contents. The
+ former sets ‘#1’ to the value of OPTVAL (assuming the command was
+ defined to take an optional argument); the latter sets ‘#1’ to the
+ empty string, just as with any other value.
+
+ If a command is not defined to take an optional argument, but is
+ called with an optional argument, the results are unpredictable:
+ there may be a LaTeX error, there may be incorrect typeset output,
+ or both.
DEFN
Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
- '\CMD'. The parameters '#1', '#2', ... '#NARGS' are replaced by
- the values that you supply when you call the command (or by the
- default value if there is an optional argument and you don't
- exercise the option).
+ ‘\CMD’. The parameters ‘#1’, ‘#2’, ..., ‘#NARGS’ are replaced by
+ the values supplied when the command is called (or by OPTARGDEFAULT
+ in the case of an optional argument not specified in the call, as
+ just explained).
TeX ignores blanks in the source following a control word (*note
-Control sequences::), as in '\cmd '. If you actually want a space
-there, one solution is to type '{}' after the command ('\cmd{} ', and
-another solution is to use an explicit control space ('\cmd\ ').
+Control sequences::), as in ‘\cmd ’. If you want a space there, one
+solution is to type ‘{}’ after the command (‘\cmd{} ’), and another
+solution is to use an explicit control space (‘\cmd\ ’).
- A simple example of defining a new command: '\newcommand{\RS}{Robin
-Smith}' results in '\RS' being replaced by the longer text. Redefining
-an existing command is similar: '\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small
-QED}}'.
+ A simple example of defining a new command: ‘\newcommand{\RS}{Robin
+Smith}’ results in ‘\RS’ being replaced by the longer text. Redefining
+an existing command is similar: ‘\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small
+QED}}’.
- If you try to define a command and the name has already been used
-then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \fred already defined.
-Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'. If you try to
-redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get
-something like 'LaTeX Error: \hank undefined'.
+ If you use ‘\newcommand’ and the command name has already been used
+then you get something like ‘LaTeX Error: Command \fred already defined.
+Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual’. Similarly, If you
+use ‘\renewcommand’ and the command name has not been defined then you
+get something like ‘LaTeX Error: \hank undefined’.
Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and
-the second, one with one required argument.
+the second, a command with one required argument:
\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}}
-Use the first as in 'I highly recommend \student{} to you'. The second
-has a variable argument, so that '\defref{def:basis}' expands to
-'Definition~\ref{def:basis}', which ultimately expands to something like
-'Definition~3.14'.
+Use the first as in ‘I highly recommend \student{} to you’. The second
+has a variable argument, so that ‘\defref{def:basis}’ expands to
+‘Definition~\ref{def:basis}’, which ultimately expands to something like
+‘Definition~3.14’.
Similarly, but with two required arguments:
-'\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}' is invoked as '\nbym{2}{k}'.
+‘\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}’ is invoked as ‘\nbym{2}{k}’.
This example has an optional argument.
\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:}
-Then '\salutation' gives 'Dear Sir or Madam:' while '\salutation[John]'
-gives 'Dear John:'. And '\salutation[]' gives 'Dear :'.
+Then ‘\salutation’ gives ‘Dear Sir or Madam:’ while ‘\salutation[John]’
+gives ‘Dear John:’. And ‘\salutation[]’ gives ‘Dear :’.
This example has an optional argument and two required arguments.
\newcommand{\lawyers}[3][company]{#2, #3, and~#1}
I employ \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.
-The output is 'I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe'. The optional
-argument, the 'Howe', is associated with '#1', while 'Dewey' and
-'Cheatem' are associated with '#2' and '#3'. Because of the optional
-argument, '\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}' will give the output 'I employ
-Dewey, Cheatem, and company'.
+The output is ‘I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe.’. The optional
+argument, ‘Howe’, is associated with ‘#1’, while ‘Dewey’ and ‘Cheatem’
+are associated with ‘#2’ and ‘#3’. Because of the optional argument,
+‘\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}’ will give the output ‘I employ Dewey,
+Cheatem, and company.’.
The braces around DEFN do not define a group, that is, they do not
delimit the scope of the result of expanding DEFN. For example, with
-'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}', in this sentence,
+‘\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}’, in this sentence,
The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}.
-the words 'met the' would incorrectly be in italics. The solution is to
-put another pair of braces inside the definition:
-'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}'.
+the words ‘met the’, and the period, would incorrectly be in italics.
+The solution is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
+‘\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}’.
* Menu:
@@ -7716,39 +7736,42 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Control sequences, Up: \newcommand & \renewcommand
12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol
--------------------------------------------------------
-When reading input TeX converts the sequences of read characters into a
-sequence of "tokens". When TeX sees a backslash '\', it will handle the
-following characters in a special way in order to make a "control
-sequence" token.
+When reading input TeX converts the stream of read characters into a
+sequence of “tokens”. When TeX sees a backslash ‘\’, it will handle the
+following characters in a special way in order to make a “control
+sequence” token.
The control sequences fall into two categories:
- * "control word", when the control sequence is gathered from a '\'
- followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one
- blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the
- "control sequence name".
- * "control symbol", when the control sequence is gathered from a '\'
+ • “control word”, when the control sequence is gathered from a ‘\’
+ followed by at least one ASCII letter (‘A-Z’ and ‘a-z’), followed
+ by at least one non-letter.
+
+ • “control symbol”, when the control sequence is gathered from a ‘\’
followed by one non-letter character.
+ The sequence of characters so found after the ‘\’ is also called the
+“control sequence name”.
+
Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any
whitespace in the output (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand:: and *note
\(SPACE)::).
- Just as the '\relax' command does nothing, the following will print
-'Hello!'--if you use the Emacs info viewer, turn on the whitespace-mode
-minor mode to see the trailing spaces:
+ Just as the ‘\relax’ command does nothing, the following input will
+simply print ‘Hello!’ (if you use the Emacs info viewer, turn on the
+‘whitespace-mode’ minor mode to see the trailing spaces):
Hel\relax
lo!
-This is because blanks after '\relax', including the newline are
+This is because blanks after ‘\relax’, including the newline, are
ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored (*note
Leading blanks::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \providecommand, Next: \makeatletter & \makeatother, Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Up: Definitions
-12.2 '\providecommand'
+12.2 ‘\providecommand’
======================
Synopses, one of:
@@ -7762,7 +7785,7 @@ Synopses, one of:
Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists.
If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect
-as '\newcommand'. If a command of this name already exists then this
+as ‘\newcommand’. If a command of this name already exists then this
definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may
be loaded more than once, such as a style file. *Note \newcommand &
\renewcommand::, for the description of the arguments.
@@ -7773,13 +7796,14 @@ be loaded more than once, such as a style file. *Note \newcommand &
\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV}
From \myaffiliation.
-outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'. Unlike '\newcommand', the
-repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error.
+outputs ‘From Saint Michael's College.’. Unlike ‘\newcommand’, the
+repeated use of ‘\providecommand’ to (try to) define ‘\myaffiliation’
+does not give an error.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother, Next: \@ifstar, Prev: \providecommand, Up: Definitions
-12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
+12.3 ‘\makeatletter’ & ‘\makeatother’
=====================================
Synopsis:
@@ -7789,37 +7813,37 @@ Synopsis:
\makeatother
Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an
-at-sign character ''@''. The '\makeatletter' declaration makes the
+at-sign character ‘‘@’’. The ‘\makeatletter’ declaration makes the
at-sign character have the category code of a letter, code 11. The
-'\makeatother' declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to
+‘\makeatother’ declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to
code 12, its default value.
As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-"catcode". For instance, it assigns the backslash character ''\'' the
+“catcode”. For instance, it assigns the backslash character ‘‘\’’ the
catcode 0. Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily
backslash, followed by letters, category 11 characters (except that a
command name can also consist of a category 0 character followed by a
single non-letter symbol).
- LaTeX's source code has the convention that some commands use '@' in
+ LaTeX’s source code has the convention that some commands use ‘@’ in
their name. These commands are mainly intended for package or class
writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package
or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their
own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12.
- Use the pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' inside a '.tex' file,
+ Use the pair ‘\makeatletter’ and ‘\makeatother’ inside a ‘.tex’ file,
typically in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands
-named with '@', by having them surround your definition. Don't use
-these inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and
-'\documentclass' commands already arrange that the at-sign has the
+named with ‘@’, by having them surround your definition. Don’t use
+these inside ‘.sty’ or ‘.cls’ files since the ‘\usepackage’ and
+‘\documentclass’ commands already arrange that the at-sign has the
character code of a letter, catcode 11.
For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
<https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.
- In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname'
+ In this example the class file has a command ‘\thesis@universityname’
that the user wants to change. These three lines should go in the
-preamble, before the '\begin{document}'.
+preamble, before the ‘\begin{document}’.
\makeatletter
\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
@@ -7828,7 +7852,7 @@ preamble, before the '\begin{document}'.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \@ifstar, Next: \newcounter, Prev: \makeatletter & \makeatother, Up: Definitions
-12.4 '\@ifstar'
+12.4 ‘\@ifstar’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -7838,30 +7862,30 @@ Synopsis:
\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}
Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk. Examples
-are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and
-'\section*' commands.
+same name but ending with a star character ‘*’, an asterisk. Examples
+are the ‘table’ and ‘table*’ environments and the ‘\section’ and
+‘\section*’ commands.
When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment
+because ‘\newenvironment’ and ‘\renewenvironment’ allow the environment
name to contain a star. So you just have to write
-'\newenvironment{MYENV}' or '\newenvironment{MYENV*}' and continue the
+‘\newenvironment{MYENV}’ or ‘\newenvironment{MYENV*}’ and continue the
definition as usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the
star not being a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the
synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above as
-'\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For
-instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the
-'\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments
+‘\mycmd’, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For
+instance, LaTeX does not really have a ‘\section*’ command; instead, the
+‘\section’ command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments
but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In
-the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They
+the synopsis these two are ‘\mycmd@nostar’ and ‘\mycmd@star’. They
could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no
arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using an
-at-sign '@' in its name must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ...
-\makeatother' block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).
+at-sign ‘@’ in its name must be enclosed inside a ‘\makeatletter ...
+\makeatother’ block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).
- This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant
-'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{blue}'
-will return "not starry blue sky" while '\ciel*{night}' will return
+ This example of ‘\@ifstar’ defines the command ‘\ciel’ and a variant
+‘\ciel*’. Both have one required argument. A call to ‘\ciel{blue}’
+will return "not starry blue sky" while ‘\ciel*{night}’ will return
"starry night sky".
\makeatletter
@@ -7871,10 +7895,10 @@ will return "not starry blue sky" while '\ciel*{night}' will return
\makeatother
In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
-arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's
-'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is
-equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
-\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.'''
+arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s
+‘``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''’ is
+equivalent to entering the commands ‘``My name is \textsc{Bond},
+\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''’
\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
@@ -7885,15 +7909,15 @@ equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is
part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus, it
is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the command
-and the star. Thus '\agentsecret*{Bond}' and '\agentsecret *{Bond}' are
+and the star. Thus ‘\agentsecret*{Bond}’ and ‘\agentsecret *{Bond}’ are
equivalent. However, the standard practice is not to insert any such
spaces.
- There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of '\@ifstar'.
-(1) The 'suffix' package allows the construct
-'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED-VARIANT}' followed by
-'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED-VARIANT}'. (2) LaTeX
-provides the 'xparse' package, which allows this code:
+ There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of ‘\@ifstar’.
+(1) The ‘suffix’ package allows the construct
+‘\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED-VARIANT}’ followed by
+‘\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED-VARIANT}’. (2) LaTeX
+provides the ‘xparse’ package, which allows this code:
\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
{STARRED-VARIANT}%
@@ -7903,7 +7927,7 @@ provides the 'xparse' package, which allows this code:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \@ifstar, Up: Definitions
-12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
+12.5 ‘\newcounter’: Allocating a counter
========================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -7918,11 +7942,11 @@ zero (*note Counters::).
with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another
counter.
- When you use the optional argument '[SUPERCOUNTER]' then the counter
+ When you use the optional argument ‘[SUPERCOUNTER]’ then the counter
COUNTERNAME will be reset to zero whenever SUPERCOUNTER is incremented.
-For example, ordinarily 'subsection' is numbered within 'section' so
-that any time you increment SECTION, either with '\stepcounter' (*note
-\stepcounter::) or '\refstepcounter' (*note \refstepcounter::), then
+For example, ordinarily ‘subsection’ is numbered within ‘section’ so
+that any time you increment SECTION, either with ‘\stepcounter’ (*note
+\stepcounter::) or ‘\refstepcounter’ (*note \refstepcounter::), then
LaTeX will reset SUBSECTION to zero.
This example
@@ -7933,21 +7957,21 @@ LaTeX will reset SUBSECTION to zero.
\stepcounter{asuper}
Now asuper is \arabic{asuper} while asub is \arabic{asub}.
- produces 'The value of asuper is 1 and that of asub is 3' and 'Now
-asuper is 2 while asub is 0'.
+ produces ‘The value of asuper is 1 and that of asub is 3’ and ‘Now
+asuper is 2 while asub is 0’.
- If the counter already exists, for instance by entering 'asuper'
-twice, then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \c@asuper
-already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.'.
+ If the counter already exists, for instance by entering ‘asuper’
+twice, then you get something like ‘LaTeX Error: Command \c@asuper
+already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.’.
If you use the optional argument then the super counter must already
-exist. Entering '\newcounter{jh}[lh]' when 'lh' is not a defined
-counter will get you 'LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.'
+exist. Entering ‘\newcounter{jh}[lh]’ when ‘lh’ is not a defined
+counter will get you ‘LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.’

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newlength, Next: \newsavebox, Prev: \newcounter, Up: Definitions
-12.6 '\newlength'
+12.6 ‘\newlength’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -7955,26 +7979,26 @@ Synopsis:
\newlength{\LEN}
Allocate a new length register (*note Lengths::). The required
-argument '\LEN' has to be a control sequence (*note Control
-sequences::), and as such must begin with a backslash, '\' under normal
-circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as '72.27pt'
-or '1in plus.2in minus.1in' (a LaTeX length register is what plain TeX
-calls a 'skip' register). The initial value is zero. The control
-sequence '\LEN' must not be already defined.
+argument ‘\LEN’ has to be a control sequence (*note Control
+sequences::), and as such must begin with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal
+circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as ‘72.27pt’
+or ‘1in plus.2in minus.1in’ (a LaTeX length register is what plain TeX
+calls a ‘skip’ register). The initial value is zero. The control
+sequence ‘\LEN’ must not be already defined.
An example:
\newlength{\graphichgt}
- If you forget the backslash then you get 'Missing control sequence
-inserted'. If the control sequence already exists then you get
-something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or
-name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'.
+ If you forget the backslash then you get ‘Missing control sequence
+inserted’. If the control sequence already exists then you get
+something like ‘LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or
+name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newsavebox, Next: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Prev: \newlength, Up: Definitions
-12.7 '\newsavebox'
+12.7 ‘\newsavebox’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -7994,18 +8018,18 @@ is fragile (*note \protect::).
\savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}.
-The output is 'Our logo is LoGo'.
+The output is ‘Our logo is LoGo’.
- If there is an already defined bin then you get something like 'LaTeX
+ If there is an already defined bin then you get something like ‘LaTeX
Error: Command \logobox already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see
-p.192 of the manual'.
+p.192 of the manual’.
The allocation of a box is global.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Next: \newtheorem, Prev: \newsavebox, Up: Definitions
-12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
+12.8 ‘\newenvironment’ & ‘\renewenvironment’
============================================
Synopses, one of:
@@ -8027,7 +8051,7 @@ or one of these.
\renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
Define or redefine the environment ENV, that is, create the construct
-'\begin{ENV} ... BODY ... \end{ENV}'.
+‘\begin{ENV} ... BODY ... \end{ENV}’.
The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these
@@ -8035,18 +8059,18 @@ environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
ENV
Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the
- '*' character, and thus does not begin with backslash, '\'. It
- must not begin with the string 'end'. For '\newenvironment', the
+ ‘*’ character, and thus does not begin with backslash, ‘\’. It
+ must not begin with the string ‘end’. For ‘\newenvironment’, the
name ENV must not be the name of an already existing environment,
- and also the command '\ENV' must be undefined. For
- '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an existing
+ and also the command ‘\ENV’ must be undefined. For
+ ‘\renewenvironment’, ENV must be the name of an existing
environment.
NARGS
Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments
of that the environment takes. When you use the environment these
- arguments appear after the '\begin', as in '\begin{ENV}{ARG1} ...
- {ARGN}'. Omitting this is equivalent to setting it to 0; the
+ arguments appear after the ‘\begin’, as in ‘\begin{ENV}{ARG1} ...
+ {ARGN}’. Omitting this is equivalent to setting it to 0; the
environment will have no arguments. When redefining an
environment, the new version can have a different number of
arguments than the old version.
@@ -8059,41 +8083,41 @@ OPTARGDEFAULT
That is, when OPTARGDEFAULT is present in the definition of the
environment then you can start the environment with square
- brackets, as in '\begin{ENV}[OPTVAL]{...} ... \end{ENV}'. In this
- case, within BEGDEFN the parameter '#1' is set to the value of
- OPTVAL. If you call '\begin{ENV}' without square brackets, then
- within BEGDEFN the parameter '#1' is set to the value of the
+ brackets, as in ‘\begin{ENV}[OPTVAL]{...} ... \end{ENV}’. In this
+ case, within BEGDEFN the parameter ‘#1’ is set to the value of
+ OPTVAL. If you call ‘\begin{ENV}’ without square brackets, then
+ within BEGDEFN the parameter ‘#1’ is set to the value of the
default OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, any required arguments
- start with '#2'.
+ start with ‘#2’.
- Omitting '[MYVAL]' in the call is different than having the square
- brackets with no contents, as in '[]'. The former results in '#1'
- expanding to OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter results in '#1' expanding to
+ Omitting ‘[MYVAL]’ in the call is different than having the square
+ brackets with no contents, as in ‘[]’. The former results in ‘#1’
+ expanding to OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter results in ‘#1’ expanding to
the empty string.
BEGDEF
- Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'.
- Within BEGDEF, the parameters '#1', '#2', ... '#NARGS', are
+ Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of ‘\begin{ENV}’.
+ Within BEGDEF, the parameters ‘#1’, ‘#2’, ... ‘#NARGS’, are
replaced by the values that you supply when you call the
environment; see the examples below.
ENDDEF
- Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'.
- This may not contain any parameters, that is, you cannot use '#1',
- '#2', etc., here (but see the final example below).
+ Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of ‘\end{ENV}’.
+ This may not contain any parameters, that is, you cannot use ‘#1’,
+ ‘#2’, etc., here (but see the final example below).
All environments, that is to say the BEGDEF code, the environment
body, and the ENDDEF code, are processed within a group. Thus, in the
-first example below, the effect of the '\small' is limited to the quote
+first example below, the effect of the ‘\small’ is limited to the quote
and does not extend to material following the environment.
If you try to define an environment and the name has already been
-used then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
-defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'. If you try
+used then you get something like ‘LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
+defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual’. If you try
to redefine an environment and the name has not yet been used then you
-get something like 'LaTeX Error: Environment hank undefined.'.
+get something like ‘LaTeX Error: Environment hank undefined.’.
- This example gives an environment like LaTeX's 'quotation' except
+ This example gives an environment like LaTeX’s ‘quotation’ except
that it will be set in smaller type.
\newenvironment{smallquote}{%
@@ -8120,7 +8144,7 @@ environment that cites the author.
\end{quotation}
}
-The author's name is optional, and defaults to 'Shakespeare'. In the
+The author’s name is optional, and defaults to ‘Shakespeare’. In the
document, use the environment like this.
\begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
@@ -8142,7 +8166,7 @@ in ENDDEF, in this case in a box (*note \sbox & \savebox::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newtheorem, Next: \newfont, Prev: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Up: Definitions
-12.9 '\newtheorem'
+12.9 ‘\newtheorem’
==================
Synopses:
@@ -8154,23 +8178,23 @@ Synopses:
Define a new theorem-like environment. You can specify one of
NUMBERED_WITHIN and NUMBERED_LIKE, or neither, but not both.
- The first form, '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}', creates an environment
+ The first form, ‘\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}’, creates an environment
that will be labelled with TITLE; see the first example below.
- The second form, '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]', creates
+ The second form, ‘\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]’, creates
an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing counter
NUMBERED_WITHIN, so this counter will be reset when NUMBERED_WITHIN is
reset. See the second example below.
- The third form '\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}', with
+ The third form ‘\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}’, with
optional argument between the two required arguments, creates an
environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter
NUMBERED_LIKE. See the third example.
This command creates a counter named NAME. In addition, unless the
optional argument NUMBERED_LIKE is used, inside of the theorem-like
-environment the current '\ref' value will be that of
-'\theNUMBERED_WITHIN' (*note \ref::).
+environment the current ‘\ref’ value will be that of
+‘\theNUMBERED_WITHIN’ (*note \ref::).
This declaration is global. It is fragile (*note \protect::).
@@ -8178,22 +8202,22 @@ environment the current '\ref' value will be that of
NAME
The name of the environment. It is a string of letters. It must
- not begin with a backslash, '\'. It must not be the name of an
- existing environment, and the command name '\NAME' must not already
+ not begin with a backslash, ‘\’. It must not be the name of an
+ existing environment, and the command name ‘\NAME’ must not already
be defined.
TITLE
The text to be printed at the beginning of the environment, before
- the number. For example, 'Theorem'.
+ the number. For example, ‘Theorem’.
NUMBERED_WITHIN
Optional; the name of an already defined counter, usually a
- sectional unit such as 'chapter' or 'section'. When the
- NUMBERED_WITHIN counter is reset then the NAME environment's
+ sectional unit such as ‘chapter’ or ‘section’. When the
+ NUMBERED_WITHIN counter is reset then the NAME environment’s
counter will also be reset.
- If this optional argument is not used then the command '\theNAME'
- is set to '\arabic{NAME}'.
+ If this optional argument is not used then the command ‘\theNAME’
+ is set to ‘\arabic{NAME}’.
NUMBERED_LIKE
Optional; the name of an already defined theorem-like environment.
@@ -8202,7 +8226,7 @@ NUMBERED_LIKE
Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered
sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that
-results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output.
+results in ‘Definition 1’ and ‘Definition 2’ in the output.
\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}
\begin{document}
@@ -8217,8 +8241,8 @@ results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output.
\end{defn}
This example has the same document body as the prior one. But here
-'\newtheorem''s optional argument NUMBERED_WITHIN is given as 'section',
-so the output is like 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'.
+‘\newtheorem’’s optional argument NUMBERED_WITHIN is given as ‘section’,
+so the output is like ‘Definition 1.1’ and ‘Definition 2.1’.
\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
\begin{document}
@@ -8233,9 +8257,9 @@ so the output is like 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'.
\end{defn}
In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the
-second of which calls for the new 'thm' environment to use the same
-counter as 'defn'. It gives 'Definition 1.1', followed by 'Theorem 2.1'
-and 'Definition 2.2'.
+second of which calls for the new ‘thm’ environment to use the same
+counter as ‘defn’. It gives ‘Definition 1.1’, followed by ‘Theorem 2.1’
+and ‘Definition 2.2’.
\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
\newtheorem{thm}[defn]{Theorem}
@@ -8257,7 +8281,7 @@ and 'Definition 2.2'.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newfont, Next: \protect, Prev: \newtheorem, Up: Definitions
-12.10 '\newfont'
+12.10 ‘\newfont’
================
This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with
@@ -8269,17 +8293,17 @@ associate a boldface with a roman (*note Fonts::).
\newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION}
- Define a command '\CMD' that will change the current font. The
+ Define a command ‘\CMD’ that will change the current font. The
control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
-backslash, '\'.
+backslash, ‘\’.
- The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional "at
-clause". LaTeX will look on your system for a file named
-'FONTNAME.tfm'. The at clause can have the form either 'at DIMEN' or
-'scaled FACTOR', where a FACTOR of '1000' means no scaling. For LaTeX's
+ The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional “at
+clause”. LaTeX will look on your system for a file named
+‘FONTNAME.tfm’. The at clause can have the form either ‘at DIMEN’ or
+‘scaled FACTOR’, where a FACTOR of ‘1000’ means no scaling. For LaTeX’s
purposes, all this does is scale all the character and other font
-dimensions relative to the font's design size, which is a value defined
-in the '.tfm' file.
+dimensions relative to the font’s design size, which is a value defined
+in the ‘.tfm’ file.
This defines two equivalent fonts and typesets a few characters in
each.
@@ -8292,51 +8316,51 @@ each.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \protect, Next: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Prev: \newfont, Up: Definitions
-12.11 '\protect'
+12.11 ‘\protect’
================
-All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust". A fragile command
+All LaTeX commands are either “fragile” or “robust”. A fragile command
can break when it is used in the argument to certain other commands.
Commands that contain data that LaTeX writes to an auxiliary file and
re-reads later are fragile. This includes material that goes into a
table of contents, list of figures, list of tables, etc. Fragile
commands also include line breaks, any command that has an optional
argument, and many more. To prevent such commands from breaking, one
-solution is to preceded them with the command '\protect'.
+solution is to preceded them with the command ‘\protect’.
- For example, when LaTeX runs the '\section{SECTION NAME}' command it
-writes the SECTION NAME text to the '.aux' auxiliary file, moving it
+ For example, when LaTeX runs the ‘\section{SECTION NAME}’ command it
+writes the SECTION NAME text to the ‘.aux’ auxiliary file, moving it
there for use elsewhere in the document such as in the table of
contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by LaTeX without
-typesetting it directly is referred to as a "moving argument". A
+typesetting it directly is referred to as a “moving argument”. A
command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid TeX
code. Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the
-'\caption{...}' command (*note figure::), in the '\thanks{...}' command
-(*note \maketitle::), and in @-expressions in the 'tabular' and 'array'
+‘\caption{...}’ command (*note figure::), in the ‘\thanks{...}’ command
+(*note \maketitle::), and in @-expressions in the ‘tabular’ and ‘array’
environments (*note tabular::).
If you get strange errors from commands used in moving arguments, try
-preceding it with '\protect'. Every fragile commands must be protected
-with their own '\protect'.
+preceding it with ‘\protect’. Every fragile commands must be protected
+with their own ‘\protect’.
- Although usually a '\protect' command doesn't hurt, length commands
-are robust and should not be preceded by a '\protect' command. Nor can
-a '\protect' command be used in the argument to '\addtocounter' or
-'\setcounter' command.
+ Although usually a ‘\protect’ command doesn’t hurt, length commands
+are robust and should not be preceded by a ‘\protect’ command. Nor can
+a ‘\protect’ command be used in the argument to ‘\addtocounter’ or
+‘\setcounter’ command.
- In this example the '\caption' command gives a mysterious error about
-an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each '\raisebox'
-command with '\protect'.
+ In this example the ‘\caption’ command gives a mysterious error about
+an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each ‘\raisebox’
+command with ‘\protect’.
\begin{figure}
...
\caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}}
\end{figure}
- In the next example the '\tableofcontents' command gives an error
-because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the
-'.toc' file. You can solve this by changing '\(..\)' to
-'\protect\(..\protect\)'.
+ In the next example the ‘\tableofcontents’ command gives an error
+because the ‘\(..\)’ in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the
+‘.toc’ file. You can solve this by changing ‘\(..\)’ to
+‘\protect\(..\protect\)’.
\begin{document}
\tableofcontents
@@ -8347,7 +8371,7 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the

File: latex2e.info, Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Next: xspace package, Prev: \protect, Up: Definitions
-12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
+12.12 ‘\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend’
=============================================
Synopsis:
@@ -8360,14 +8384,14 @@ or
Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore blanks (that is, characters of
catcode 10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the command up
-to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a command from
-plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific.
+to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a primitive
+command of TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific.
- The '\ignorespaces' is often used when defining commands via
-'\newcommand', or '\newenvironment', or '\def'. The example below
+ The ‘\ignorespaces’ is often used when defining commands via
+‘\newcommand’, or ‘\newenvironment’, or ‘\def’. The example below
illustrates. It allows a user to show the points values for quiz
questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as shown in the
-'enumerate' list, users must not put any space between the command and
+‘enumerate’ list, users must not put any space between the command and
the question text.
\newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
@@ -8384,7 +8408,7 @@ The solution is to change to this.
A second example shows blanks being removed from the front of text.
The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names.
But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
-'\fullname' will reproduce that.
+‘\fullname’ will reproduce that.
\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title
\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % put title before name
@@ -8395,14 +8419,14 @@ But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
\end{tabular}
To fix this, change to
-'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}'.
+‘\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}’.
- The '\ignorespaces' is also often used in a '\newenvironment' at the
-end of the BEGIN clause, as in '\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{...
-\ignorespaces}{...}'.
+ The ‘\ignorespaces’ is also often used in a ‘\newenvironment’ at the
+end of the BEGIN clause, as in ‘\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{...
+\ignorespaces}{...}’.
To strip blanks off the end of an environment use
-'\ignorespacesafterend'. An example is that this will show a much
+‘\ignorespacesafterend’. An example is that this will show a much
larger vertical space between the first and second environments than
between the second and third.
@@ -8417,10 +8441,10 @@ between the second and third.
E=IR
\end{equation}
- Putting a comment character '%' immediately after the '\end{eq}' will
+ Putting a comment character ‘%’ immediately after the ‘\end{eq}’ will
make the vertical space disappear, but that is inconvenient. The
solution is to change to
-'\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}'.
+‘\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: xspace package, Prev: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Up: Definitions
@@ -8434,14 +8458,14 @@ Synopsis:
...
\newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
- The '\xspace' macro, when used at the end of a command definition,
+ The ‘\xspace’ macro, when used at the end of a command definition,
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
After a command control sequence that is a control word (*note
-Control sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as '\$'), TeX
+Control sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as ‘\$’), TeX
gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has 'Vermont' placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
+has ‘Vermont’ placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
space.
\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
@@ -8449,12 +8473,12 @@ space.
The \VT{} summers are nice.
But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty
-curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from
-'summers'. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for this.
+curly braces or else there would be no space separating ‘Vermont’ from
+‘summers’. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space ‘\ ’ for this.
*Note \(SPACE)::.)
- The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'. It is for writing commands
-which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place at the
+ The ‘xspace’ package provides ‘\xspace’. It is for writing commands
+which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be placed at the
very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space after
that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions.
In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
@@ -8463,18 +8487,18 @@ In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
Our college is in \VT .
\VT summers are nice.
- The default exception list contains the characters ',.'/?;:!~-)', the
+ The default exception list contains the characters ‘,.'/?;:!~-)’, the
open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and
-the commands '\footnote' or '\footnotemark'. Add to that list as with
-'\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}' which adds '\myfni' and '\myfnii'
+the commands ‘\footnote’ or ‘\footnotemark’. Add to that list as with
+‘\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}’ which adds ‘\myfni’ and ‘\myfnii’
to the list, and remove from that list as with
-'\xspaceremoveexception{!}'.
+‘\xspaceremoveexception{!}’.
- A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'. Putting it in a
+ A comment: many experts prefer not to use ‘\xspace’. Putting it in a
definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
-'\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
-command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more
+But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
+‘\xspace’ will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
+command, and so ‘\xspace’ can make editing material harder and more
error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.

@@ -8485,11 +8509,11 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: To
Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The
name of the counter is often the same as the name of the environment or
-command associated with the number, except that the counter's name has
-no backslash '\'. Thus, associated with the '\chapter' command is the
-'chapter' counter that keeps track of the chapter number.
+command associated with the number, except that the counter’s name has
+no backslash ‘\’. Thus, associated with the ‘\chapter’ command is the
+‘chapter’ counter that keeps track of the chapter number.
- Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document
+ Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX’s standard document
classes to control numbering.
part paragraph figure enumi
@@ -8498,14 +8522,14 @@ classes to control numbering.
subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
subsubsection
- The 'mpfootnote' counter is used by the '\footnote' command inside of
-a minipage (*note minipage::). The counters 'enumi' through 'enumiv'
-are used in the 'enumerate' environment, for up to four levels of
+ The ‘mpfootnote’ counter is used by the ‘\footnote’ command inside of
+a minipage (*note minipage::). The counters ‘enumi’ through ‘enumiv’
+are used in the ‘enumerate’ environment, for up to four levels of
nesting (*note enumerate::).
Counters can have any integer value but they are typically positive.
- New counters are created with '\newcounter'. *Note \newcounter::.
+ New counters are created with ‘\newcounter’. *Note \newcounter::.
* Menu:
@@ -8521,77 +8545,77 @@ nesting (*note enumerate::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Next: \usecounter, Up: Counters
-13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
+13.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Printing counters
=====================================================================
Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if
-the counter COUNTER has the value 1 then a '\alph{COUNTER}' in your
+the counter COUNTER has the value 1 then a ‘\alph{COUNTER}’ in your
source will result in a lowercase letter a appearing in the output.
All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for
-instance, '\alph{enumi}'. Note that the counter name does not start
+instance, ‘\alph{enumi}’. Note that the counter name does not start
with a backslash.
-'\alph{COUNTER}'
- Print the value of COUNTER in lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ... If
- the counter's value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get
- 'LaTeX Error: Counter too large.'
+‘\alph{COUNTER}’
+ Print the value of COUNTER in lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, ... If
+ the counter’s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get
+ ‘LaTeX Error: Counter too large.’
-'\Alph{COUNTER}'
- Print in uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ... If the counter's value
- is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter
- too large.'
+‘\Alph{COUNTER}’
+ Print in uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, ... If the counter’s value
+ is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get ‘LaTeX Error: Counter
+ too large.’
-'\arabic{COUNTER}'
- Print in Arabic numbers such as '5' or '-2'.
+‘\arabic{COUNTER}’
+ Print in Arabic numbers such as ‘5’ or ‘-2’.
-'\roman{COUNTER}'
- Print in lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ... If the counter's
+‘\roman{COUNTER}’
+ Print in lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ... If the counter’s
value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but LaTeX
does not print anything in the output.
-'\Roman{COUNTER}'
- Print in uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ... If the counter's
+‘\Roman{COUNTER}’
+ Print in uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, ... If the counter’s
value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but LaTeX
does not print anything in the output.
-'\fnsymbol{COUNTER}'
+‘\fnsymbol{COUNTER}’
Prints the value of COUNTER using a sequence of nine symbols that
are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of
- COUNTER should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the counter's
- value is less than 0 or more than 9 then you get 'LaTeX Error:
- Counter too large', while if it is 0 then you get no error or
+ COUNTER should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the counter’s
+ value is less than 0 or more than 9 then you get ‘LaTeX Error:
+ Counter too large’, while if it is 0 then you get no error or
warning but LaTeX does not output anything.
Here are the symbols:
Number Name Command Symbol
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 1 asterisk '\ast' *
- 2 dagger '\dagger' †
- 3 ddagger '\ddagger' ‡
- 4 section-sign '\S' §
- 5 paragraph-sign '\P' ¶
- 6 double-vert '\parallel' ‖
- 7 double-asterisk '\ast\ast' **
- 8 double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' ††
- 9 double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' ‡‡
+ 1 asterisk ‘\ast’ *
+ 2 dagger ‘\dagger’ †
+ 3 ddagger ‘\ddagger’ ‡
+ 4 section-sign ‘\S’ §
+ 5 paragraph-sign ‘\P’ ¶
+ 6 double-vert ‘\parallel’ ‖
+ 7 double-asterisk ‘\ast\ast’ **
+ 8 double-dagger ‘\dagger\dagger’ ††
+ 9 double-ddagger ‘\ddagger\ddagger’ ‡‡

File: latex2e.info, Node: \usecounter, Next: \value, Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Up: Counters
-13.2 '\usecounter'
+13.2 ‘\usecounter’
==================
Synopsis:
\usecounter{COUNTER}
- Used in the second argument of the 'list' environment (*note list::),
+ Used in the second argument of the ‘list’ environment (*note list::),
this declares that list items will be numbered by COUNTER. It
-initializes COUNTER to zero, and arranges that when '\item' is called
+initializes COUNTER to zero, and arranges that when ‘\item’ is called
without its optional argument then COUNTER is incremented by
-'\refstepcounter', making its value be the current 'ref' value (*note
+‘\refstepcounter’, making its value be the current ‘ref’ value (*note
\ref::). This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
Put in the document preamble, this example makes a new list
@@ -8609,7 +8633,7 @@ environment enumerated with TESTCOUNTER:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \value, Next: \setcounter, Prev: \usecounter, Up: Counters
-13.3 '\value'
+13.3 ‘\value’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -8619,7 +8643,7 @@ Synopsis:
Expands to the value of the counter COUNTER. (Note that the name of
a counter does not begin with a backslash.)
- This example outputs 'Test counter is 6. Other counter is 5.'.
+ This example outputs ‘Test counter is 6. Other counter is 5.’.
\newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
\newcounter{other} \setcounter{other}{\value{test}}
@@ -8628,16 +8652,16 @@ a counter does not begin with a backslash.)
Test counter is \arabic{test}.
Other counter is \arabic{other}.
- The '\value' command is not used for typesetting the value of the
+ The ‘\value’ command is not used for typesetting the value of the
counter. For that, see *note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
\fnsymbol::.
- It is often used in '\setcounter' or '\addtocounter' but '\value' can
+ It is often used in ‘\setcounter’ or ‘\addtocounter’ but ‘\value’ can
be used anywhere that LaTeX expects a number, such as in
-'\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}'. It must not be preceded by '\protect'
+‘\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}’. It must not be preceded by ‘\protect’
(*note \protect::).
- This example inserts '\hspace{4\parindent}'.
+ This example inserts ‘\hspace{4\parindent}’.
\setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
\hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}
@@ -8645,7 +8669,7 @@ be used anywhere that LaTeX expects a number, such as in

File: latex2e.info, Node: \setcounter, Next: \addtocounter, Prev: \value, Up: Counters
-13.4 '\setcounter'
+13.4 ‘\setcounter’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -8653,12 +8677,12 @@ Synopsis:
\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}
Globally set the counter COUNTER to have the value of the VALUE
-argument, which must be an integer. Thus, you can set a counter's value
-as '\setcounter{section}{5}'. Note that the counter name does not start
+argument, which must be an integer. Thus, you can set a counter’s value
+as ‘\setcounter{section}{5}’. Note that the counter name does not start
with a backslash.
- In this example if the counter 'theorem' has value 12 then the second
-line will print 'XII'.
+ In this example if the counter ‘theorem’ has value 12 then the second
+line will print ‘XII’.
\setcounter{exercise}{\value{theorem}}
Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}.
@@ -8666,7 +8690,7 @@ line will print 'XII'.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocounter, Next: \refstepcounter, Prev: \setcounter, Up: Counters
-13.5 '\addtocounter'
+13.5 ‘\addtocounter’
====================
Synopsis:
@@ -8676,7 +8700,7 @@ Synopsis:
Globally increment COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE
argument, which may be negative.
- In this example the section value appears as 'VII'.
+ In this example the section value appears as ‘VII’.
\setcounter{section}{5}
\addtocounter{section}{2}
@@ -8685,7 +8709,7 @@ argument, which may be negative.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \refstepcounter, Next: \stepcounter, Prev: \addtocounter, Up: Counters
-13.6 '\refstepcounter'
+13.6 ‘\refstepcounter’
======================
Synopsis:
@@ -8693,20 +8717,20 @@ Synopsis:
\refstepcounter{COUNTER}
Globally increments the value of COUNTER by one, as does
-'\stepcounter' (*note \stepcounter::). The difference is that this
+‘\stepcounter’ (*note \stepcounter::). The difference is that this
command resets the value of any counter numbered within it. (For the
-definition of "counters numbered within", *note \newcounter::.)
+definition of “counters numbered within”, *note \newcounter::.)
- In addition, this command also defines the current '\ref' value to be
-the result of '\thecounter'.
+ In addition, this command also defines the current ‘\ref’ value to be
+the result of ‘\thecounter’.
- While the counter value is set globally, the '\ref' value is set
+ While the counter value is set globally, the ‘\ref’ value is set
locally, i.e., inside the current group.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \stepcounter, Next: \day & \month & \year, Prev: \refstepcounter, Up: Counters
-13.7 '\stepcounter'
+13.7 ‘\stepcounter’
===================
Synopsis:
@@ -8714,24 +8738,24 @@ Synopsis:
\stepcounter{COUNTER}
Globally adds one to COUNTER and resets all counters numbered within
-it. (For the definition of "counters numbered within", *note
+it. (For the definition of “counters numbered within”, *note
\newcounter::.)
- This command differs from '\refstepcounter' in that this one does not
-influence references; that is, it does not define the current '\ref'
-value to be the result of '\thecounter' (*note \refstepcounter::).
+ This command differs from ‘\refstepcounter’ in that this one does not
+influence references; that is, it does not define the current ‘\ref’
+value to be the result of ‘\thecounter’ (*note \refstepcounter::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \day & \month & \year, Prev: \stepcounter, Up: Counters
-13.8 '\day' & '\month' & '\year'
+13.8 ‘\day’ & ‘\month’ & ‘\year’
================================
-LaTeX defines the counter '\day' for the day of the month (nominally
-with value between 1 and 31), '\month' for the month of the year
-(nominally with value between 1 and 12), and '\year' for the year. When
+LaTeX defines the counter ‘\day’ for the day of the month (nominally
+with value between 1 and 31), ‘\month’ for the month of the year
+(nominally with value between 1 and 12), and ‘\year’ for the year. When
TeX starts up, they are set from the current values on the system. The
-related command '\today' produces a string representing the current day
+related command ‘\today’ produces a string representing the current day
(*note \today::).
They counters are not updated as the job progresses so in principle
@@ -8740,7 +8764,7 @@ check:
\day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
-gives no error or warning and results in the output '-2, -4' (the bogus
+gives no error or warning and results in the output ‘-2, -4’ (the bogus
month value produces no output).
*Note Command line input::, to force the date to a given value from
@@ -8752,15 +8776,15 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Lengths, Next: Making paragraphs, Prev: Counters,
14 Lengths
**********
-A "length" is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length
+A “length” is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length
as an argument.
- Lengths come in two types. A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not
-contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component. (Plain TeX calls this a
-"dimen".) A "rubber length" (what plain TeX calls a "skip" or "glue")
-such as with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of
-those components. In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural
-length" while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow
+ Lengths come in two types. A “rigid length” such as ‘10pt’ does not
+contain a ‘plus’ or ‘minus’ component. (Plain TeX calls this a
+“dimen”.) A “rubber length” (what plain TeX calls a “skip” or “glue”)
+such as with ‘1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm’ can contain either or both of
+those components. In that rubber length, the ‘1cm’ is the “natural
+length” while the other two, the ‘plus’ and ‘minus’ components, allow
TeX to stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement.
The illustrations below use these two commands.
@@ -8773,12 +8797,12 @@ TeX to stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement.
\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}
This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points long
-between 'XXX' and 'YYY'. This length is rigid.
+between ‘XXX’ and ‘YYY’. This length is rigid.
XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
- As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with '1cm minus
-0.05cm', the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
+ As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with ‘1cm minus
+0.05cm’, the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
0.95cm. Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more. Thus, below the
first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two
bars.
@@ -8789,9 +8813,9 @@ bars.
XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
-But the second one gets a warning like 'Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too wide)
-detected at line 17'. In the output the first 'Y' is overwritten by the
-end of the black bar, because the box's material is wider than the 300pt
+But the second one gets a warning like ‘Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too wide)
+detected at line 17’. In the output the first ‘Y’ is overwritten by the
+end of the black bar, because the box’s material is wider than the 300pt
allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink the total to less than
309 points.
@@ -8807,11 +8831,11 @@ producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was
specified. TeX stretches the space to the required length but it gives
-you a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line
-22'. (We won't discuss badness.)
+you a warning like ‘Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line
+22’. (We won’t discuss badness.)
- You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in '1ex
-plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'.
+ You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in ‘1ex
+plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex’.
If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
stretch or shrink in proportion.
@@ -8822,12 +8846,12 @@ stretch or shrink in proportion.
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another
-100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two '\hspace''s must stretch
-20 points. Because the two are 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX gets
+100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two ‘\hspace’’s must stretch
+20 points. Because the two are ‘plus 50pt’ and ‘plus 10pt’, TeX gets
5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
- The 'plus' or 'minus' component of a rubber length can contain a
-"fill" component, as in '1in plus2fill'. This gives the length infinite
+ The ‘plus’ or ‘minus’ component of a rubber length can contain a
+“fill” component, as in ‘1in plus2fill’. This gives the length infinite
stretchability or shrinkability so that TeX could set it to any
distance. Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page.
@@ -8837,14 +8861,14 @@ distance. Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page.
\hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
\end{minipage}
- TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', 'fill',
-and 'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
+ TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: ‘fil’, ‘fill’,
+and ‘filll’. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and
*note \vfill::).
Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
-so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
-'\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}' then the value of '\zlength' is '3in'.
+so that after ‘\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}’ and
+‘\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}’ then the value of ‘\zlength’ is ‘3in’.
* Menu:
@@ -8866,79 +8890,79 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Units of length, Next: \setlength, Up: Lengths
TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math
mode.
-'pt'
+‘pt’
Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
-'pc'
+‘pc’
Pica, 12 pt
-'in'
+‘in’
Inch, 72.27 pt
-'bp'
+‘bp’
Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
-'mm'
- Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+‘mm’
+ Millimeter, 2.845pt
-'cm'
- Centimeter, 10 mm
+‘cm’
+ Centimeter, 10mm
-'dd'
+‘dd’
Didot point, 1.07 pt
-'cc'
+‘cc’
Cicero, 12 dd
-'sp'
+‘sp’
Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
than being an absolute dimension.
-'ex'
- The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the height of
+‘ex’
+ The x-height of the current font “ex”, traditionally the height of
the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
-'em'
- Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
+‘em’
+ Similarly “em”, traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often the size of
the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will have 1em = 10pt.
LaTeX has several commands to produce horizontal spaces based on
the em (*note \enspace & \quad & \qquad::).
-'mu'
+‘mu’
Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of
- the math unit "mu", defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken
+ the math unit “mu”, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken
from the current math symbols family. *Note Spacing in math
mode::.
Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
-items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}' is
+items given as ‘\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}’ is
more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
definition given in points.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \setlength, Next: \addtolength, Prev: Units of length, Up: Lengths
-14.2 '\setlength'
+14.2 ‘\setlength’
=================
Synopsis:
\setlength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
- Set the length \LEN to AMOUNT. The length name '\LEN' has to be a
+ Set the length \LEN to AMOUNT. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to be a
control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin
-with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT can be a
+with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT can be a
rubber length (*note Lengths::). It can be positive, negative or zero,
and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (*note Units of
length::).
- Below, with LaTeX's defaults the first paragraph will be indented
+ Below, with LaTeX’s defaults the first paragraph will be indented
while the second will not.
I told the doctor I broke my leg in two places.
@@ -8946,55 +8970,55 @@ while the second will not.
\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
He said stop going to those places.
- If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', for example if you
+ If you did not declare \LEN with ‘\newlength’, for example if you
mistype it as in
-'\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
-get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
+‘\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}’, then you
+get an error like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent’.
If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
-an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero.'.
+an error like ‘Missing number, treated as zero.’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtolength, Next: \settodepth, Prev: \setlength, Up: Lengths
-14.3 '\addtolength'
+14.3 ‘\addtolength’
===================
Synopsis:
\addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
- Increment the length \LEN by AMOUNT. The length name '\LEN' has to
+ Increment the length \LEN by AMOUNT. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to
be a control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must
-begin with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT is a
+begin with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT is a
rubber length (*note Lengths::). It can be positive, negative or zero,
and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (*note Units of
length::).
- Below, if '\parskip' starts with the value '0pt plus 1pt'
+ Below, if ‘\parskip’ starts with the value ‘0pt plus 1pt’
Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
Nurse: no change.
-then it has the value '1pt plus 1pt' for the second paragraph.
+then it has the value ‘1pt plus 1pt’ for the second paragraph.
- If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', for example if you
+ If you did not declare \LEN with ‘\newlength’, for example if you
mistype it as in
-'\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
-get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
+‘\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}’, then you
+get an error like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent’.
If the AMOUNT uses some length that has not been declared, for instance
if for example you mistype the above as
-'\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}', then you get something
-like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. If you leave
+‘\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}’, then you get something
+like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent’. If you leave
off the backslash at the start of \LEN, as in
-'\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', then you get something like 'You can't
-use `the letter p' after \advance'.
+‘\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}’, then you get something like ‘You can't
+use `the letter p' after \advance’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \settodepth, Next: \settoheight, Prev: \addtolength, Up: Lengths
-14.4 '\settodepth'
+14.4 ‘\settodepth’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -9002,9 +9026,9 @@ Synopsis:
\settodepth{\LEN}{TEXT}
Set the length \LEN to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a
+typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to be a
control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin
-with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
+with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances.
This will print how low the character descenders go.
@@ -9012,17 +9036,17 @@ with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
\settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetdepth
- If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', if for example you
-mistype the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get
-something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth'.
+ If you did not declare \LEN with ‘\newlength’, if for example you
+mistype the above as ‘\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}’, then you get
+something like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth’.
If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
-'\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
-number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
+‘\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}’ then you get something like ‘Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \settoheight, Next: \settowidth, Prev: \settodepth, Up: Lengths
-14.5 '\settoheight'
+14.5 ‘\settoheight’
===================
Synopsis:
@@ -9030,9 +9054,9 @@ Synopsis:
\settoheight{\LEN}{text}
Sets the length \LEN to the height of box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the 'text' argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a
+typesetting the ‘text’ argument. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to be a
control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin
-with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
+with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances.
This will print how high the characters go.
@@ -9040,17 +9064,17 @@ with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
\settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetheight
- If no such length \LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for
-example you mistype as '\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}', then you
-get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument>
-\alphabetheight'. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
-'\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
-number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
+ If no such length \LEN has been declared with ‘\newlength’, if for
+example you mistype as ‘\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}’, then you
+get something like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\alphabetheight’. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
+‘\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}’ then you get something like ‘Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: \stretch, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Lengths
-14.6 '\settowidth'
+14.6 ‘\settowidth’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -9058,9 +9082,9 @@ Synopsis:
\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}
Set the length \LEN to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a
+typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to be a
control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin
-with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
+with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances.
This prints the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet.
@@ -9068,17 +9092,17 @@ with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
\settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetwidth
- If no such length \LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for
-example you mistype the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}',
-then you get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument>
-\aplhabetwidth'. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
-'\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
-number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
+ If no such length \LEN has been declared with ‘\newlength’, if for
+example you mistype the above as ‘\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}’,
+then you get something like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\aplhabetwidth’. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
+‘\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}’ then you get something like ‘Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \stretch, Next: Expressions, Prev: \settowidth, Up: Lengths
-14.7 '\stretch'
+14.7 ‘\stretch’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -9086,7 +9110,7 @@ Synopsis:
\stretch{NUMBER}
Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and NUMBER times
-'\fill' units of stretchability (*note Lengths::). The NUMBER can be
+‘\fill’ units of stretchability (*note Lengths::). The NUMBER can be
positive or negative. This command is robust (*note \protect::).
It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this
@@ -9098,7 +9122,7 @@ between the second and third.
\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}
- In this vertical example, the 'We dedicate ...' will have three times
+ In this vertical example, the ‘We dedicate ...’ will have three times
as much space under it as above it.
\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble
@@ -9131,18 +9155,18 @@ Synopsis, one of:
glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that
type of quantity.
- An example is that '\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax' will produce as
+ An example is that ‘\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax’ will produce as
output the length that is four points less than width of a line (the
-only purpose of '\the' is to show the result in the document).
-Analogously, '\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax' will produce 'ix', and
-'\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' will produce '10.0pt plus
-2.0pt'.
+only purpose of ‘\the’ is to show the result in the document).
+Analogously, ‘\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax’ will produce ‘ix’, and
+‘\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax’ will produce ‘10.0pt plus
+2.0pt’.
A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers
-and then using '\advance', etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
+and then using ‘\advance’, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places
where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width
-of the '\parbox'.
+of the ‘\parbox’.
\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
\begin{center}
@@ -9161,56 +9185,56 @@ of the '\parbox'.
is a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type,
optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is
either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The
-expression produces a result of the given type, so that '\numexpr'
-produces an integer, '\dimexpr' produces a dimension, etc.
+expression produces a result of the given type, so that ‘\numexpr’
+produces an integer, ‘\dimexpr’ produces a dimension, etc.
In the quotation example above, changing to
-'\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset' gives the error 'Illegal unit of measure
-(pt inserted)'. This is because for '\dimexpr' and '\glueexpr', the
+‘\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset’ gives the error ‘Illegal unit of measure
+(pt inserted)’. This is because for ‘\dimexpr’ and ‘\glueexpr’, the
input consists of a dimension or glue value followed by an optional
-multiplication factor, and not the other way around. Thus '\the\dimexpr
-1pt*10\relax' is valid and produces '10.0pt', but '\the\dimexpr
-10*1pt\relax' gives the 'Illegal unit' error.
+multiplication factor, and not the other way around. Thus ‘\the\dimexpr
+1pt*10\relax’ is valid and produces ‘10.0pt’, but ‘\the\dimexpr
+10*1pt\relax’ gives the ‘Illegal unit’ error.
The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics
-up to a '\relax' (which will be absorbed), or up to the first non-valid
-token. Thus, '\the\numexpr2+3px' will print '5px', because LaTeX reads
-the '\numexpr2+3', which is made up of numbers, and then finds the
-letter 'p', which cannot be part of a number. It therefore terminates
-the expression and produces the '5', followed by the regular text 'px'.
+up to a ‘\relax’ (which will be absorbed), or up to the first non-valid
+token. Thus, ‘\the\numexpr2+3px’ will print ‘5px’, because LaTeX reads
+the ‘\numexpr2+3’, which is made up of numbers, and then finds the
+letter ‘p’, which cannot be part of a number. It therefore terminates
+the expression and produces the ‘5’, followed by the regular text ‘px’.
This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In
-'\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi', the less than sign
-terminates the expression and the result is 'No' (in a standard LaTeX
+‘\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi’, the less than sign
+terminates the expression and the result is ‘No’ (in a standard LaTeX
article).
- Expressions may use the operators '+', '-', '*' and '/' along with
-parentheses for subexpressions, '(...)'. In glue expressions the 'plus'
-and 'minus' parts do not need parentheses to be affected by a factor.
-So '\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' results in '10pt plus 2pt'.
+ Expressions may use the operators ‘+’, ‘-’, ‘*’ and ‘/’ along with
+parentheses for subexpressions, ‘(...)’. In glue expressions the ‘plus’
+and ‘minus’ parts do not need parentheses to be affected by a factor.
+So ‘\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax’ results in ‘10pt plus 2pt’.
TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when
-doing register assignment. Thus '\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax'
-will result in '65536', which is '1pt' converted to scaled points (*note
-'sp': units of length sp, TeX's internal unit) and then coerced into an
-integer. With a '\glueexpr' here, the stretch and shrink would be
-dropped. Going the other way, a '\numexpr' inside a '\dimexpr' or
-'\glueexpr' will need appropriate units, as in '\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 +
-2\relax pt\relax', which produces '3.0pt'.
+doing register assignment. Thus ‘\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax’
+will result in ‘65536’, which is ‘1pt’ converted to scaled points (*note
+‘sp’: units of length sp, TeX’s internal unit) and then coerced into an
+integer. With a ‘\glueexpr’ here, the stretch and shrink would be
+dropped. Going the other way, a ‘\numexpr’ inside a ‘\dimexpr’ or
+‘\glueexpr’ will need appropriate units, as in ‘\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 +
+2\relax pt\relax’, which produces ‘3.0pt’.
The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the
allowed range, numbers must be less than 2^{31} in absolute value, and
-dimensions or glue components must be less than 2^{14} points, or 'mu',
-or 'fil', etc. The arithmetic operations are performed individually,
+dimensions or glue components must be less than 2^{14} points, or ‘mu’,
+or ‘fil’, etc. The arithmetic operations are performed individually,
except for a scaling operation (a multiplication immediately followed by
a division) which is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit
product as intermediate value. The result of each operation is again
checked to be in the allowed range.
- Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX's
-'\divide', which truncates). Thus '\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax' puts
-'10.0pt' in the document, because it rounds '3/2' to '2', while
-'\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax' produces '5.0pt'.
+ Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX’s
+‘\divide’, which truncates). Thus ‘\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax’ puts
+‘10.0pt’ in the document, because it rounds ‘3/2’ to ‘2’, while
+‘\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax’ produces ‘5.0pt’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Making paragraphs, Next: Math formulas, Prev: Lengths, Up: Top
@@ -9233,10 +9257,10 @@ of which is made by two empty lines.
``My dear Mr. Bennet,'' said his lady to him one day,
``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?''
- A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank
+ A paragraph separator can be made of a sequence of at least one blank
line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank
line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as
-space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a '%' and span
+space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a ‘%’ and span
up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns are
identical:
@@ -9253,28 +9277,28 @@ identical:
Second paragraph.
\end{document}
- Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that
+ Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph’s contents it divides that
content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
(*note Line breaking::).
- There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don't put a
+ There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don’t put a
blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the blank line before the
-'\end{equation}'
+‘\end{equation}’
\begin{equation}
2^{|S|} > |S|
\end{equation}
-will get you the error 'Missing $ inserted'. Similarly, the blank line
-in this '\section' argument
+will get you the error ‘Missing $ inserted’. Similarly, the blank line
+in this ‘\section’ argument
\section{aaa
bbb}
-gets 'Runaway argument? {aaa ! Paragraph ended before \@sect was
-complete'.
+gets ‘Runaway argument? {aaa ! Paragraph ended before \@sect was
+complete’.
* Menu:
@@ -9286,42 +9310,42 @@ complete'.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \par, Next: \indent & \noindent, Up: Making paragraphs
-15.1 '\par'
+15.1 ‘\par’
===========
Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts any sequence of
-one or more blank lines to a '\par', *note Making paragraphs::):
+one or more blank lines to a ‘\par’, *note Making paragraphs::):
\par
End the current paragraph. The usual way to separate paragraphs is
-with a blank line but the '\par' command is entirely equivalent. This
+with a blank line but the ‘\par’ command is entirely equivalent. This
command is robust (*note \protect::).
- This example uses '\par' rather than a blank line simply for
+ This example uses ‘\par’ rather than a blank line simply for
readability.
\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
\whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
- In LR mode the '\par' command does nothing and is ignored. In
-paragraph mode, the '\par' command terminates paragraph mode, switching
+ In LR mode the ‘\par’ command does nothing and is ignored. In
+paragraph mode, the ‘\par’ command terminates paragraph mode, switching
LaTeX to vertical mode (*note Modes::).
- You cannot use the '\par' command in a math mode. You also cannot
+ You cannot use the ‘\par’ command in a math mode. You also cannot
use it in the argument of many commands, such as the sectioning
-commands, e.g. '\section' (*note Making paragraphs:: and *note
+commands, e.g. ‘\section’ (*note Making paragraphs:: and *note
\newcommand & \renewcommand::).
- The '\par' command is not the same as the '\paragraph' command. The
-latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning command used
+ The ‘\par’ command is not the same as the ‘\paragraph’ command. The
+latter is, like ‘\section’ or ‘\subsection’, a sectioning command used
by the LaTeX document standard classes (*note \subsubsection &
\paragraph & \subparagraph::).
- The '\par' command is not the same as '\newline' or the line break
-double backslash, '\\'. The difference is that '\par' ends the
+ The ‘\par’ command is not the same as ‘\newline’ or the line break
+double backslash, ‘\\’. The difference is that ‘\par’ ends the
paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of the
-between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent &
+between-paragraph vertical space ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent &
\parskip::).
The output from this example
@@ -9332,17 +9356,17 @@ between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent &
\setlength{\parskip}{5in}
\noindent test\indent test1\par test2
-is: after 'xyz' there is a vertical skip of 5 inches and then 'test'
+is: after ‘xyz’ there is a vertical skip of 5 inches and then ‘test’
appears, aligned with the left margin. On the same line, there is an
-empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then 'test1' appears. Finally.
+empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then ‘test1’ appears. Finally.
there is a vertical space of 5 inches, followed by a fresh paragraph
with a paragraph indent of 3 inches, and then LaTeX puts the text
-'test2'.
+‘test2’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \indent & \noindent, Next: \parindent & \parskip, Prev: \par, Up: Making paragraphs
-15.2 '\indent' & '\noindent'
+15.2 ‘\indent’ & ‘\noindent’
============================
Synopsis:
@@ -9353,18 +9377,18 @@ or
\noindent
- Go into horizontal mode (*note Modes::). The '\indent' command first
-outputs an empty box whose width is '\parindent'. These commands are
+ Go into horizontal mode (*note Modes::). The ‘\indent’ command first
+outputs an empty box whose width is ‘\parindent’. These commands are
robust (*note \protect::).
Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line.
-*Note \par::, for the difference between this command and '\par'. To
+*Note \par::, for the difference between this command and ‘\par’. To
start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted
-paragraph, use '\noindent'.
+paragraph, use ‘\noindent’.
- In the middle of a paragraph the '\noindent' command has no effect,
-because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The '\indent'
-command's only effect is to output a space.
+ In the middle of a paragraph the ‘\noindent’ command has no effect,
+because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The ‘\indent’
+command’s only effect is to output a space.
This example starts a fresh paragraph.
@@ -9383,18 +9407,18 @@ and this continues an interrupted paragraph.
\noindent shows this clearly.
To omit indentation in the entire document put
-'\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}' in the preamble. If you do that, you may
-want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, '\parskip'
+‘\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}’ in the preamble. If you do that, you may
+want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, ‘\parskip’
(*note \parindent & \parskip::).
Default LaTeX styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that,
-look on CTAN for the package 'indentfirst'.
+look on CTAN for the package ‘indentfirst’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \parindent & \parskip, Next: Marginal notes, Prev: \indent & \noindent, Up: Making paragraphs
-15.3 '\parindent' & '\parskip'
+15.3 ‘\parindent’ & ‘\parskip’
==============================
Synopsis:
@@ -9413,18 +9437,18 @@ respectively.
\setlength{\parskip}{1ex}
The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are
-vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase 'x'.
+vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase ‘x’.
- In LaTeX standard class documents, the default value for '\parindent'
-in one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt',
-'17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em' for '12pt'. In two-column documents it
-is '1em'. (These values are set before LaTeX calls '\normalfont' so
-'em' is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a
-different font then to set '\parindent' to 1em matching that font, put
-'\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}' in the preamble.)
+ In LaTeX standard class documents, the default value for ‘\parindent’
+in one-column documents is ‘15pt’ when the default text size is ‘10pt’,
+‘17pt’ for ‘11pt’, and ‘1.5em’ for ‘12pt’. In two-column documents it
+is ‘1em’. (These values are set before LaTeX calls ‘\normalfont’ so
+‘em’ is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a
+different font then to set ‘\parindent’ to 1em matching that font, put
+‘\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}’ in the preamble.)
- The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document classes
-is '0pt plus1pt'.
+ The default value for ‘\parskip’ in LaTeX’s standard document classes
+is ‘0pt plus1pt’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Marginal notes, Prev: \parindent & \parskip, Up: Making paragraphs
@@ -9438,43 +9462,43 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT}
Create a note in the margin. The first line of the note will have
-the same baseline as the line in the text where the '\marginpar' occurs.
+the same baseline as the line in the text where the ‘\marginpar’ occurs.
The margin that LaTeX uses for the note depends on the current layout
-(*note Document class options::) and also on '\reversemarginpar' (see
-below). If you are using one-sided layout (document option 'oneside')
+(*note Document class options::) and also on ‘\reversemarginpar’ (see
+below). If you are using one-sided layout (document option ‘oneside’)
then it goes in the right margin. If you are using two-sided layout
-(document option 'twoside') then it goes in the outside margin. If you
-are in two-column layout (document option 'twocolumn') then it goes in
+(document option ‘twoside’) then it goes in the outside margin. If you
+are in two-column layout (document option ‘twocolumn’) then it goes in
the nearest margin.
- If you declare '\reversemarginpar' then LaTeX will place subsequent
+ If you declare ‘\reversemarginpar’ then LaTeX will place subsequent
marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior
-paragraph. Revert that to the default position with '\normalmarginpar'.
+paragraph. Revert that to the default position with ‘\normalmarginpar’.
When you specify the optional argument LEFT then it is used for a
note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument RIGHT is used for
a note in the right margin.
- Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable
-hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'.
+ Normally, a note’s first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable
+hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with ‘\hspace{0pt}’.
These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
-'\marginparpush'
- Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt'
- documents, '5pt' else. See also *note page layout parameters
+‘\marginparpush’
+ Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘7pt’ for ‘12pt’
+ documents, ‘5pt’ else. See also *note page layout parameters
marginparpush::.
-'\marginparsep'
- Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt'
- for '10pt' documents, '10pt' else.
+‘\marginparsep’
+ Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default ‘11pt’
+ for ‘10pt’ documents, ‘10pt’ else.
-'\marginparwidth'
- Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided '10pt' document
- is '90pt', '83pt' for '11pt', and '68pt' for '12pt'; '17pt' more in
+‘\marginparwidth’
+ Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided ‘10pt’ document
+ is ‘90pt’, ‘83pt’ for ‘11pt’, and ‘68pt’ for ‘12pt’; ‘17pt’ more in
each case for a two-sided document. In two column mode, the
- default is '48pt'.
+ default is ‘48pt’.
The standard LaTeX routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes
from falling off the bottom of the page.
@@ -9495,9 +9519,9 @@ math mode (*note Modes::). This example shows both.
where \( \nabla^2 \) is the spatial Laplacian and \( c \) is constant.
Math mode is for inline mathematics. In the above example it is invoked
-by the starting '\(' and finished by the matching ending '\)'. Display
+by the starting ‘\(’ and finished by the matching ending ‘\)’. Display
math mode is for displayed equations and here is invoked by the
-'displaymath' environment. Note that any mathematical text whatever,
+‘displaymath’ environment. Note that any mathematical text whatever,
including mathematical text consisting of just one character, is handled
in math mode.
@@ -9518,7 +9542,7 @@ mode.
The first form is preferred and the second is quite common, but the
third form is rarely used. You can sometimes use one and sometimes
-another, as in '\(x\) and $y$'. You can use these in paragraph mode or
+another, as in ‘\(x\) and $y$’. You can use these in paragraph mode or
in LR mode (*note Modes::).
To make displayed formulas, put LaTeX into display math mode with
@@ -9535,15 +9559,15 @@ or
\end{equation}
(*note displaymath::, *note equation::). The only difference is that
-with the 'equation' environment, LaTeX puts a formula number alongside
-the formula. The construct '\[ MATH \]' is equivalent to
-'\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}'. These environments can
+with the ‘equation’ environment, LaTeX puts a formula number alongside
+the formula. The construct ‘\[ MATH \]’ is equivalent to
+‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’. These environments can
only be used in paragraph mode (*note Modes::).
The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-'amsmath' and 'amssymb' (also be aware of the 'mathtools' package that
-is an extension to, and loads, 'amsmath'). New documents that will have
+‘amsmath’ and ‘amssymb’ (also be aware of the ‘mathtools’ package that
+is an extension to, and loads, ‘amsmath’). New documents that will have
mathematical text should use these packages. Descriptions of these
packages is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation
on CTAN.
@@ -9557,7 +9581,7 @@ on CTAN.
* Over- and Underlining:: Things over or under formulas.
* Spacing in math mode:: Thick, medium, thin, and negative spaces.
* Math styles:: Determine the size of things.
-* Math miscellany:: Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else.
+* Math miscellany:: Stuff that doesn’t fit anywhere else.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Subscripts & superscripts, Next: Math symbols, Up: Math formulas
@@ -9576,16 +9600,16 @@ or, one of:
BASE_{EXP}
Make EXP appear as a superscript of BASE (with the caret
-character, '^') or a subscript (with underscore, '_').
+character, ‘^’) or a subscript (with underscore, ‘_’).
- In this example the '0''s and '1''s are subscripts while the '2''s
+ In this example the ‘0’’s and ‘1’’s are subscripts while the ‘2’’s
are superscripts.
\( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
To have the subscript or superscript contain more than one character,
-surround the expression with curly braces, as in 'e^{-2x}'. This
-example's fourth line shows curly braces used to group an expression for
+surround the expression with curly braces, as in ‘e^{-2x}’. This
+example’s fourth line shows curly braces used to group an expression for
the exponent.
\begin{displaymath}
@@ -9596,10 +9620,10 @@ the exponent.
LaTeX knows how to handle a superscript on a superscript, or a
subscript on a subscript, or supers on subs, or subs on supers. So,
-expressions such as 'e^{x^2}' and 'x_{i_0}' give correct output. Note
+expressions such as ‘e^{x^2}’ and ‘x_{i_0}’ give correct output. Note
the use in those expressions of curly braces to give the BASE a
-determined EXP. If you enter '\(3^3^3\)' then you get 'Double
-superscript'.
+determined EXP. If you enter ‘\(3^3^3\)’, this interpreted as
+‘\(3^{3}^{3}\)’ and then you get TeX error ‘Double superscript’.
LaTeX does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a
superscript. In this example the integral has both. They come out in
@@ -9609,21 +9633,21 @@ the correct place without any author intervention.
\int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
\end{displaymath}
-Note the parentheses around 'x=a' to make the entire expression a
+Note the curly braces around ‘x=a’ to make the entire expression a
subscript.
To put a superscript or subscript before a symbol, use a construct
-like '{}_t K^2'. The empty curly braces '{}' give the subscript
+like ‘{}_t K^2’. The empty curly braces ‘{}’ give the subscript
something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a
prior symbols.
Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or
-display math mode, as in 'the expression x^2', will get you the error
-'Missing $ inserted'.
+display math mode, as in ‘the expression x^2’, will get you the TeX
+error ‘Missing $ inserted’.
A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is
to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as
-'mhchem'; see CTAN.
+‘mhchem’; see CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Math symbols, Next: Math functions, Prev: Subscripts & superscripts, Up: Math formulas
@@ -9632,8 +9656,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math symbols, Next: Math functions, Prev: Subscript
=================
LaTeX provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that anyone
-uses. For example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get
-the pi symbol π. See the "Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List" package at
+uses. For example, if you include ‘$\pi$’ in your source, you will get
+the pi symbol π. See the “Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List” package at
<https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive>.
Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means
@@ -9643,833 +9667,835 @@ parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can
be used only in math mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used
whatever the current mode, see *note \ensuremath::.
-'\|'
- ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\parallel'.
+‘\|’
+ ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: ‘\parallel’.
-'\aleph'
+‘\aleph’
ℵ Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary).
-'\alpha'
+‘\alpha’
α Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary).
-'\amalg'
+‘\amalg’
⨿ Disjoint union (binary)
-'\angle'
- ∠ Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign '<' and
- angle bracket '\langle'.
+‘\angle’
+ ∠ Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign ‘<’ and
+ angle bracket ‘\langle’.
-'\approx'
+‘\approx’
≈ Almost equal to (relation).
-'\ast'
+‘\ast’
∗ Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary).
- Synonym: '*', which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the
- Kleene star. Similar: '\star', which is five-pointed, and is
+ Synonym: ‘*’, which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the
+ Kleene star. Similar: ‘\star’, which is five-pointed, and is
sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes
reserved for cross-correlation.
-'\asymp'
+‘\asymp’
≍ Asymptotically equivalent (relation).
-'\backslash'
- \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus '\setminus', and
- '\textbackslash' for backslash outside of math mode.
+‘\backslash’
+ \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus ‘\setminus’, and
+ ‘\textbackslash’ for backslash outside of math mode.
-'\beta'
+‘\beta’
β Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary).
-'\bigcap'
+‘\bigcap’
⋂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar:
- binary intersection '\cap'.
+ binary intersection ‘\cap’.
-'\bigcirc'
- ⚪ Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition '\circ'.
+‘\bigcirc’
+ ⚪ Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition ‘\circ’.
-'\bigcup'
+‘\bigcup’
⋃ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary
- union '\cup'.
+ union ‘\cup’.
-'\bigodot'
+‘\bigodot’
⨀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator).
-'\bigoplus'
+‘\bigoplus’
⨁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator).
-'\bigotimes'
+‘\bigotimes’
⨂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
-'\bigtriangledown'
- ▽ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator).
+‘\bigtriangledown’
+ ▽ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (binary).
+ Synonym: \VARBIGTRIANGLEDOWN.
-'\bigtriangleup'
- △ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator).
+‘\bigtriangleup’
+ △ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (binary).
+ Synonym: \VARBIGTRIANGLEUP.
-'\bigsqcup'
+‘\bigsqcup’
⨆ Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
-'\biguplus'
+‘\biguplus’
⨄ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator).
(Note that the name has only one p.)
-'\bigvee'
+‘\bigvee’
⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator).
-'\bigwedge'
+‘\bigwedge’
⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator).
-'\bot'
+‘\bot’
⊥, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a
- contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'.
+ contradiction (ordinary). See also ‘\top’.
-'\bowtie'
+‘\bowtie’
⋈ Natural join of two relations (relation).
-'\Box'
+‘\Box’
□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). Not
- available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb'
+ available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the ‘amssymb’
package.
-'\bullet'
- • Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot '\cdot'.
+‘\bullet’
+ • Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot ‘\cdot’.
-'\cap'
+‘\cap’
∩ Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
- operator '\bigcap'.
+ operator ‘\bigcap’.
-'\cdot'
- ⋅ Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot '\bullet'.
+‘\cdot’
+ ⋅ Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot ‘\bullet’.
-'\chi'
+‘\chi’
χ Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary).
-'\circ'
+‘\circ’
∘ Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar:
- variable-sized operator '\bigcirc'.
+ variable-sized operator ‘\bigcirc’.
-'\clubsuit'
+‘\clubsuit’
♣ Club card suit (ordinary).
-'\complement'
- ∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in '$S^\complement$'
+‘\complement’
+ ∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in ‘$S^\complement$’
(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load
- the 'amssymb' package. Also used: '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$'
- or '$\bar{S}$'.
+ the ‘amssymb’ package. Also used: ‘$S^{\mathsf{c}}$’
+ or ‘$\bar{S}$’.
-'\cong'
+‘\cong’
≅ Congruent (relation).
-'\coprod'
+‘\coprod’
∐ Coproduct (operator).
-'\cup'
+‘\cup’
∪ Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
- operator '\bigcup'.
+ operator ‘\bigcup’.
-'\dagger'
+‘\dagger’
† Dagger relation (binary).
-'\dashv'
+‘\dashv’
⊣ Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar:
- turnstile '\vdash'.
+ turnstile ‘\vdash’.
-'\ddagger'
+‘\ddagger’
‡ Double dagger relation (binary).
-'\Delta'
+‘\Delta’
Δ Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary).
-'\delta'
+‘\delta’
δ Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
-'\Diamond'
+‘\Diamond’
◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX.
- In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package.
+ In LaTeX you need to load the ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\diamond'
- ⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond '\Diamond',
- circle bullet '\bullet'.
+‘\diamond’
+ ⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond ‘\Diamond’,
+ circle bullet ‘\bullet’.
-'\diamondsuit'
+‘\diamondsuit’
♢ Diamond card suit (ordinary).
-'\div'
+‘\div’
÷ Division sign (binary).
-'\doteq'
+‘\doteq’
≐ Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal
- to '\Doteq'.
+ to ‘\Doteq’.
-'\downarrow'
- ↓ Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: '\Downarrow' double
+‘\downarrow’
+ ↓ Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: ‘\Downarrow’ double
line down arrow.
-'\Downarrow'
- ⇓ Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: '\downarrow' single
+‘\Downarrow’
+ ⇓ Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: ‘\downarrow’ single
line down arrow.
-'\ell'
+‘\ell’
ℓ Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary).
-'\emptyset'
- ∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is '\varnothing'.
+‘\emptyset’
+ ∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is ‘\varnothing’.
-'\epsilon'
+‘\epsilon’
ϵ Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text
letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter
- epsilon '\varepsilon' ε. Related: the set membership relation
- '\in' ∈.
+ epsilon ‘\varepsilon’ ε. Related: the set membership relation
+ ‘\in’ ∈.
-'\equiv'
+‘\equiv’
≡ Equivalence (relation).
-'\eta'
+‘\eta’
η Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\exists'
+‘\exists’
∃ Existential quantifier (ordinary).
-'\flat'
+‘\flat’
♭ Musical flat (ordinary).
-'\forall'
+‘\forall’
∀ Universal quantifier (ordinary).
-'\frown'
+‘\frown’
⌢ Downward curving arc (ordinary).
-'\Gamma'
+‘\Gamma’
Γ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\gamma'
+‘\gamma’
γ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\ge'
+‘\ge’
≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
- for '\geq'.
+ for ‘\geq’.
-'\geq'
+‘\geq’
≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
- for '\ge'.
+ for ‘\ge’.
-'\gets'
- ← Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: '\leftarrow'.
+‘\gets’
+ ← Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: ‘\leftarrow’.
-'\gg'
- ≫ Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than '\ll'.
+‘\gg’
+ ≫ Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than ‘\ll’.
-'\hbar'
+‘\hbar’
ℏ Planck constant over two pi (ordinary).
-'\heartsuit'
+‘\heartsuit’
♡ Heart card suit (ordinary).
-'\hookleftarrow'
+‘\hookleftarrow’
↩ Hooked left arrow (relation).
-'\hookrightarrow'
+‘\hookrightarrow’
↪ Hooked right arrow (relation).
-'\iff'
- ⟷ If and only if (relation). It is '\Longleftrightarrow' with a
- '\thickmuskip' on either side.
+‘\iff’
+ ⟷ If and only if (relation). It is ‘\Longleftrightarrow’ with a
+ ‘\thickmuskip’ on either side.
-'\Im'
- ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part '\Re'.
+‘\Im’
+ ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part ‘\Re’.
-'\imath'
+‘\imath’
Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (*note Math
accents::).
-'\in'
+‘\in’
∈ Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate
- epsilon '\epsilon'ϵ and small letter script epsilon '\varepsilon'.
+ epsilon ‘\epsilon’ϵ and small letter script epsilon ‘\varepsilon’.
-'\infty'
+‘\infty’
∞ Infinity (ordinary).
-'\int'
+‘\int’
∫ Integral (operator).
-'\iota'
+‘\iota’
ι Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\Join'
+‘\Join’
⨝ Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain TeX.
-'\jmath'
+‘\jmath’
Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (*note Math
accents::).
-'\kappa'
+‘\kappa’
κ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\Lambda'
+‘\Lambda’
Λ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\lambda'
+‘\lambda’
λ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\land'
- ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\wedge'. See also
- logical or '\lor'.
+‘\land’
+ ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: ‘\wedge’. See also
+ logical or ‘\lor’.
-'\langle'
+‘\langle’
⟨ Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar:
- less-than '<'. Matches '\rangle'.
+ less-than ‘<’. Matches ‘\rangle’.
-'\lbrace'
- { Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: '\{'. Matches '\rbrace'.
+‘\lbrace’
+ { Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: ‘\{’. Matches ‘\rbrace’.
-'\lbrack'
- [ Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: '['. Matches '\rbrack'.
+‘\lbrack’
+ [ Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: ‘[’. Matches ‘\rbrack’.
-'\lceil'
+‘\lceil’
⌈ Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom
- shaved off (opening). Matches '\rceil'.
+ shaved off (opening). Matches ‘\rceil’.
-'\le'
- ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\leq'.
+‘\le’
+ ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for ‘\leq’.
-'\leadsto'
+‘\leadsto’
⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of
math mode you can put
- '\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}' in the preamble and
- then use '\Leadsto' instead.
+ ‘\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}’ in the preamble and
+ then use ‘\Leadsto’ instead.
-'\Leftarrow'
+‘\Leftarrow’
⇐ Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar:
- single-line left arrow '\leftarrow'.
+ single-line left arrow ‘\leftarrow’.
-'\leftarrow'
- ← Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: '\gets'. Similar:
- double-line left arrow '\Leftarrow'.
+‘\leftarrow’
+ ← Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: ‘\gets’. Similar:
+ double-line left arrow ‘\Leftarrow’.
-'\leftharpoondown'
+‘\leftharpoondown’
↽ Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation).
-'\leftharpoonup'
+‘\leftharpoonup’
↼ Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation).
-'\Leftrightarrow'
+‘\Leftrightarrow’
⇔ Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation).
- Similar: single-line double headed arrow '\leftrightarrow'.
+ Similar: single-line double headed arrow ‘\leftrightarrow’.
-'\leftrightarrow'
+‘\leftrightarrow’
↔ Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line
- double headed arrow '\Leftrightarrow'.
+ double headed arrow ‘\Leftrightarrow’.
-'\leq'
- ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\le'.
+‘\leq’
+ ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for ‘\le’.
-'\lfloor'
- ⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: '\floor'.
+‘\lfloor’
+ ⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: ‘\floor’.
-'\lhd'
+‘\lhd’
◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). For the
- normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' and
- use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better
+ normal subgroup symbol you should load ‘amssymb’ and
+ use ‘\vartriangleleft’ (which is a relation and so gives better
spacing).
-'\ll'
- ≪ Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than '\gg'.
+‘\ll’
+ ≪ Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than ‘\gg’.
-'\lnot'
- ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\neg'.
+‘\lnot’
+ ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: ‘\neg’.
-'\longleftarrow'
+‘\longleftarrow’
⟵ Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long
- double-line left arrow '\Longleftarrow'.
+ double-line left arrow ‘\Longleftarrow’.
-'\longleftrightarrow'
+‘\longleftrightarrow’
⟷ Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long
- double-line double-headed arrow '\Longleftrightarrow'.
+ double-line double-headed arrow ‘\Longleftrightarrow’.
-'\longmapsto'
+‘\longmapsto’
⟼ Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
- (relation). Similar: shorter version '\mapsto'.
+ (relation). Similar: shorter version ‘\mapsto’.
-'\longrightarrow'
+‘\longrightarrow’
⟶ Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long
- double-line right arrow '\Longrightarrow'.
+ double-line right arrow ‘\Longrightarrow’.
-'\lor'
- ∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: '\vee'. See also
- logical and '\land'.
+‘\lor’
+ ∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: ‘\vee’. See also
+ logical and ‘\land’.
-'\mapsto'
+‘\mapsto’
↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation).
- Similar: longer version '\longmapsto'.
+ Similar: longer version ‘\longmapsto’.
-'\mho'
+‘\mho’
℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary).
-'\mid'
- ∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of '\mid' is
- for a set '\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}'.
+‘\mid’
+ ∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of ‘\mid’ is
+ for a set ‘\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}’.
- Similar: '\vert' and '|' produce the same single-line vertical bar
+ Similar: ‘\vert’ and ‘|’ produce the same single-line vertical bar
symbol but without any spacing (they fall in class ordinary) and
you should not use them as relations but instead only as ordinals,
i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry
- for '\vert' and for norm see the entry for '\Vert'.
+ for ‘\vert’ and for norm see the entry for ‘\Vert’.
-'\models'
+‘\models’
⊨ Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash
- (relation). Similar: long double dash '\vDash'.
+ (relation). Similar: long double dash ‘\vDash’.
-'\mp'
+‘\mp’
∓ Minus or plus (relation).
-'\mu'
+‘\mu’
μ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\nabla'
- ∇ Hamilton's del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
+‘\nabla’
+ ∇ Hamilton’s del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
-'\natural'
+‘\natural’
♮ Musical natural notation (ordinary).
-'\ne'
- ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\neq'.
+‘\ne’
+ ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: ‘\neq’.
-'\nearrow'
+‘\nearrow’
↗ North-east arrow (relation).
-'\neg'
- ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\lnot'. Sometimes
- instead used for negation: '\sim'.
+‘\neg’
+ ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: ‘\lnot’. Sometimes
+ instead used for negation: ‘\sim’.
-'\neq'
- ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\ne'.
+‘\neq’
+ ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: ‘\ne’.
-'\ni'
+‘\ni’
∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation).
- Synonym: '\owns'. Similar: is a member of '\in'.
+ Synonym: ‘\owns’. Similar: is a member of ‘\in’.
-'\not'
+‘\not’
Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator
(relation).
- Many negated operators are available that don't require '\not',
- particularly with the 'amssymb' package. For example, '\notin' is
- typographically preferable to '\not\in'.
+ Many negated operators are available that don’t require ‘\not’,
+ particularly with the ‘amssymb’ package. For example, ‘\notin’ is
+ typographically preferable to ‘\not\in’.
-'\notin'
+‘\notin’
∉ Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset
- of '\nsubseteq'.
+ of ‘\nsubseteq’.
-'\nu'
+‘\nu’
ν Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\nwarrow'
+‘\nwarrow’
↖ North-west arrow (relation).
-'\odot'
+‘\odot’
⊙ Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
- operator '\bigodot'.
+ operator ‘\bigodot’.
-'\oint'
+‘\oint’
∮ Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator).
-'\Omega'
+‘\Omega’
Ω uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\omega'
+‘\omega’
ω Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\ominus'
+‘\ominus’
⊖ Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary).
-'\oplus'
+‘\oplus’
⊕ Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
- operator '\bigoplus'.
+ operator ‘\bigoplus’.
-'\oslash'
+‘\oslash’
⊘ Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary).
-'\otimes'
+‘\otimes’
⊗ Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar:
- variable-sized operator '\bigotimes'.
+ variable-sized operator ‘\bigotimes’.
-'\owns'
+‘\owns’
∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation).
- Synonym: '\ni'. Similar: is a member of '\in'.
+ Synonym: ‘\ni’. Similar: is a member of ‘\in’.
-'\parallel'
- ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\|'.
+‘\parallel’
+ ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: ‘\|’.
-'\partial'
+‘\partial’
∂ Partial differential (ordinary).
-'\perp'
- ⟂ Perpendicular (relation). Similar: '\bot' uses the same glyph
+‘\perp’
+ ⟂ Perpendicular (relation). Similar: ‘\bot’ uses the same glyph
but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary.
-'\Phi'
+‘\Phi’
Φ Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\phi'
+‘\phi’
ϕ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\varphi' φ.
+ ‘\varphi’ φ.
-'\Pi'
+‘\Pi’
Π uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\pi'
+‘\pi’
π Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\varpi' ϖ.
+ ‘\varpi’ ϖ.
-'\pm'
+‘\pm’
± Plus or minus (binary).
-'\prec'
- ≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than '<'.
+‘\prec’
+ ≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than ‘<’.
-'\preceq'
+‘\preceq’
⪯ Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or
- equals '\leq'.
+ equals ‘\leq’.
-'\prime'
+‘\prime’
′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically used
- as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$' produce the
- same result. An advantage of the second is that '$f'''$' produces
+ as a superscript: ‘$f^\prime$’; ‘$f^\prime$’ and ‘$f'$’ produce the
+ same result. An advantage of the second is that ‘$f'''$’ produces
the desired symbol, that is, the same result as
- '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses rather less typing. You can
- only use '\prime' in math mode. Using the right single quote '''
+ ‘$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$’, but uses rather less typing. You can
+ only use ‘\prime’ in math mode. Using the right single quote ‘'’
in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe).
-'\prod'
+‘\prod’
∏ Product (operator).
-'\propto'
+‘\propto’
∝ Is proportional to (relation)
-'\Psi'
+‘\Psi’
Ψ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\psi'
+‘\psi’
ψ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\rangle'
+‘\rangle’
⟩ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater
- than '>'. Matches:'\langle'.
+ than ‘>’. Matches:‘\langle’.
-'\rbrace'
- } Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: '\}'. Matches '\lbrace'.
+‘\rbrace’
+ } Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: ‘\}’. Matches ‘\lbrace’.
-'\rbrack'
- ] Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: ']'.
- Matches '\lbrack'.
+‘\rbrack’
+ ] Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: ‘]’.
+ Matches ‘\lbrack’.
-'\rceil'
- ⌉ Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches '\lceil'.
+‘\rceil’
+ ⌉ Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches ‘\lceil’.
-'\Re'
+‘\Re’
ℜ Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related:
- double-line, or blackboard bold, R '\mathbb{R}'; to access this,
- load the 'amsfonts' package.
+ double-line, or blackboard bold, R ‘\mathbb{R}’; to access this,
+ load the ‘amsfonts’ package.
-'\restriction'
+‘\restriction’
↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
- '\upharpoonright'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need
- to load the 'amssymb' package.
+ ‘\upharpoonright’. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need
+ to load the ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\revemptyset'
- ⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: '\varnothing'.
- Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'stix'
+‘\revemptyset’
+ ⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: ‘\varnothing’.
+ Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the ‘stix’
package.
-'\rfloor'
+‘\rfloor’
⌋ Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off
- (closing). Matches '\lfloor'.
+ (closing). Matches ‘\lfloor’.
-'\rhd'
+‘\rhd’
◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). For the
- normal subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and
- use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better
+ normal subgroup symbol you should instead load ‘amssymb’ and
+ use ‘\vartriangleright’ (which is a relation and so gives better
spacing).
-'\rho'
+‘\rho’
ρ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\varrho' ϱ.
+ ‘\varrho’ ϱ.
-'\Rightarrow'
+‘\Rightarrow’
⇒ Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar:
- right single-line arrow '\rightarrow'.
+ right single-line arrow ‘\rightarrow’.
-'\rightarrow'
- → Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: '\to'.
- Similar: right double line arrow '\Rightarrow'.
+‘\rightarrow’
+ → Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: ‘\to’.
+ Similar: right double line arrow ‘\Rightarrow’.
-'\rightharpoondown'
+‘\rightharpoondown’
⇁ Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation).
-'\rightharpoonup'
+‘\rightharpoonup’
⇀ Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation).
-'\rightleftharpoons'
+‘\rightleftharpoons’
⇌ Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation).
-'\searrow'
+‘\searrow’
↘ Arrow pointing southeast (relation).
-'\setminus'
+‘\setminus’
⧵ Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \
- (binary). Similar: backslash '\backslash' and also
- '\textbackslash' outside of math mode.
+ (binary). Similar: backslash ‘\backslash’ and also
+ ‘\textbackslash’ outside of math mode.
-'\sharp'
+‘\sharp’
♯ Musical sharp (ordinary).
-'\Sigma'
+‘\Sigma’
Σ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\sigma'
+‘\sigma’
σ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\varsigma' ς.
+ ‘\varsigma’ ς.
-'\sim'
+‘\sim’
∼ Similar, in a relation (relation).
-'\simeq'
+‘\simeq’
≃ Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation).
-'\smallint'
+‘\smallint’
∫ Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display
(operator).
-'\smile'
+‘\smile’
⌣ Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary).
-'\spadesuit'
+‘\spadesuit’
♠ Spade card suit (ordinary).
-'\sqcap'
+‘\sqcap’
⊓ Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar:
- intersection 'cap'.
+ intersection ‘cap’.
-'\sqcup'
- ⊔ Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union 'cup'. Related:
- variable-sized operator '\bigsqcup'.
+‘\sqcup’
+ ⊔ Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union ‘cup’. Related:
+ variable-sized operator ‘\bigsqcup’.
-'\sqsubset'
- ⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset '\subset'.
+‘\sqsubset’
+ ⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset ‘\subset’.
Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the
- 'amssymb' package.
+ ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\sqsubseteq'
+‘\sqsubseteq’
⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal
- to '\subseteq'.
+ to ‘\subseteq’.
-'\sqsupset'
- ⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset '\supset'.
+‘\sqsupset’
+ ⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset ‘\supset’.
Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the
- 'amssymb' package.
+ ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\sqsupseteq'
+‘\sqsupseteq’
⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or
- equal '\supseteq'.
+ equal ‘\supseteq’.
-'\star'
+‘\star’
⋆ Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation
but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). Similar:
- the synonyms asterisk '*' and '\ast', which are six-pointed, and
+ the synonyms asterisk ‘*’ and ‘\ast’, which are six-pointed, and
more often appear as a superscript or subscript, as with the Kleene
star.
-'\subset'
+‘\subset’
⊂ Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation).
-'\subseteq'
+‘\subseteq’
⊆ Subset or equal to (relation).
-'\succ'
- ≻ Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than '>'.
+‘\succ’
+ ≻ Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than ‘>’.
-'\succeq'
+‘\succeq’
⪰ Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal
- to '\leq'.
+ to ‘\leq’.
-'\sum'
- ∑ Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma '\Sigma'.
+‘\sum’
+ ∑ Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma ‘\Sigma’.
-'\supset'
+‘\supset’
⊃ Superset (relation).
-'\supseteq'
+‘\supseteq’
⊇ Superset or equal to (relation).
-'\surd'
- √ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}'
+‘\surd’
+ √ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command ‘\sqrt{...}’
typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends
to cover the argument.
-'\swarrow'
+‘\swarrow’
↙ Southwest-pointing arrow (relation).
-'\tau'
+‘\tau’
τ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\theta'
+‘\theta’
θ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\vartheta' ϑ.
+ ‘\vartheta’ ϑ.
-'\times'
- × Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also '\cdot'.
+‘\times’
+ × Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also ‘\cdot’.
-'\to'
+‘\to’
→ Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
- Synonym: '\rightarrow'.
+ Synonym: ‘\rightarrow’.
-'\top'
+‘\top’
⊤ Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See
- also '\bot'.
+ also ‘\bot’.
-'\triangle'
+‘\triangle’
△ Triangle (ordinary).
-'\triangleleft'
- ◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: '\lhd'.
- For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' and
- use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better
+‘\triangleleft’
+ ◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: ‘\lhd’.
+ For the normal subgroup symbol you should load ‘amssymb’ and
+ use ‘\vartriangleleft’ (which is a relation and so gives better
spacing).
-'\triangleright'
+‘\triangleright’
▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal
- subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and
- use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better
+ subgroup symbol you should instead load ‘amssymb’ and
+ use ‘\vartriangleright’ (which is a relation and so gives better
spacing).
-'\unlhd'
+‘\unlhd’
⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle,
with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load
- 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which is a relation and so
+ ‘amssymb’ and use ‘\vartrianglelefteq’ (which is a relation and so
gives better spacing).
-'\unrhd'
+‘\unrhd’
⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup
- symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which is a
+ symbol load ‘amssymb’ and use ‘\vartrianglerighteq’ (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
-'\Uparrow'
+‘\Uparrow’
⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar:
- single-line up-pointing arrow '\uparrow'.
+ single-line up-pointing arrow ‘\uparrow’.
-'\uparrow'
+‘\uparrow’
↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar:
- double-line up-pointing arrow '\Uparrow'.
+ double-line up-pointing arrow ‘\Uparrow’.
-'\Updownarrow'
+‘\Updownarrow’
⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation).
Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing
- arrow '\updownarrow'.
+ arrow ‘\updownarrow’.
-'\updownarrow'
+‘\updownarrow’
↕ Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation).
Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing
- arrow '\Updownarrow'.
+ arrow ‘\Updownarrow’.
-'\upharpoonright'
+‘\upharpoonright’
↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation).
- Synonym: '\restriction'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you
- need to load the 'amssymb' package.
+ Synonym: ‘\restriction’. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you
+ need to load the ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\uplus'
+‘\uplus’
⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle
- (binary). Similar: union '\cup'. Related: variable-sized
- operator '\biguplus'.
+ (binary). Similar: union ‘\cup’. Related: variable-sized
+ operator ‘\biguplus’.
-'\Upsilon'
+‘\Upsilon’
Υ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\upsilon'
+‘\upsilon’
υ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\varepsilon'
+‘\varepsilon’
ε Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used
in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form
- '\epsilon' ϵ. Related: set membership '\in'.
+ ‘\epsilon’ ϵ. Related: set membership ‘\in’.
-'\vanothing'
- ∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: '\emptyset'. Related:
- '\revemptyset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to
- load the 'amssymb' package.
+‘\vanothing’
+ ∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: ‘\emptyset’. Related:
+ ‘\revemptyset’. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to
+ load the ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\varphi'
+‘\varphi’
φ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\phi' ϕ.
+ non-variant form is ‘\phi’ ϕ.
-'\varpi'
+‘\varpi’
ϖ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\pi' π.
+ non-variant form is ‘\pi’ π.
-'\varrho'
+‘\varrho’
ϱ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\rho' ρ.
+ non-variant form is ‘\rho’ ρ.
-'\varsigma'
+‘\varsigma’
ς Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\sigma' σ.
+ non-variant form is ‘\sigma’ σ.
-'\vartheta'
+‘\vartheta’
ϑ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\theta' θ.
+ non-variant form is ‘\theta’ θ.
-'\vdash'
+‘\vdash’
⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar:
- turnstile rotated a half-circle '\dashv'.
+ turnstile rotated a half-circle ‘\dashv’.
-'\vee'
+‘\vee’
∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical
- and '\wedge'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigvee'.
+ and ‘\wedge’. Similar: variable-sized operator ‘\bigvee’.
-'\Vert'
+‘\Vert’
‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). *Note Delimiters::, for how to
- use the 'mathtools' package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols.
+ use the ‘mathtools’ package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols.
-'\vert'
- | Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For "such that", as in the
- definition of a set, use '\mid' because it is a relation. *Note
- Delimiters::, for how to use the 'mathtools' package to create
+‘\vert’
+ | Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For “such that”, as in the
+ definition of a set, use ‘\mid’ because it is a relation. *Note
+ Delimiters::, for how to use the ‘mathtools’ package to create
flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols.
-'\wedge'
- ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\land'. See also logical or
- '\vee'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigwedge'.
+‘\wedge’
+ ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: ‘\land’. See also logical or
+ ‘\vee’. Similar: variable-sized operator ‘\bigwedge’.
-'\wp'
+‘\wp’
℘ Weierstrass p (ordinary).
-'\wr'
+‘\wr’
≀ Wreath product (binary).
-'\Xi'
+‘\Xi’
Ξ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\xi'
+‘\xi’
ξ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\zeta'
+‘\zeta’
ζ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
The following symbols are most often used in plain text but LaTeX
provides versions to use in mathematical text.
-'\mathdollar'
+‘\mathdollar’
Dollar sign in math mode: $.
-'\mathparagraph'
+‘\mathparagraph’
Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, ¶.
-'\mathsection'
- Section sign in math mode §.
+‘\mathsection’
+ Section sign in math mode: §.
-'\mathsterling'
+‘\mathsterling’
Sterling sign in math mode: £.
-'\mathunderscore'
+‘\mathunderscore’
Underscore in math mode: _.
* Menu:
@@ -10488,48 +10514,48 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Arrows, Next: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Up: Math sym
16.2.1 Arrows
-------------
-These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The 'latexsym' and
-'amsfonts' packages contain many more.
+These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The ‘latexsym’ and
+‘amsfonts’ packages contain many more.
Symbol Command
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-⇓ '\Downarrow'
-↓ '\downarrow'
-↩ '\hookleftarrow'
-↪ '\hookrightarrow'
-← '\leftarrow'
-⇐ '\Leftarrow'
-⇔ '\Leftrightarrow'
-↔ '\leftrightarrow'
-⟵ '\longleftarrow'
-⟸ '\Longleftarrow'
-⟷ '\longleftrightarrow'
-⟺ '\Longleftrightarrow'
-⟼ '\longmapsto'
-⟹ '\Longrightarrow'
-⟶ '\longrightarrow'
-↦ '\mapsto'
-↗ '\nearrow'
-↖ '\nwarrow'
-⇒ '\Rightarrow'
-→ '\rightarrow', or '\to'
-↘ '\searrow'
-↙ '\swarrow'
-↑ '\uparrow'
-⇑ '\Uparrow'
-↕ '\updownarrow'
-⇕ '\Updownarrow'
-
- An example of the difference between '\to' and '\mapsto' is: '\(
-f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)'.
+⇓ ‘\Downarrow’
+↓ ‘\downarrow’
+↩ ‘\hookleftarrow’
+↪ ‘\hookrightarrow’
+← ‘\leftarrow’
+⇐ ‘\Leftarrow’
+⇔ ‘\Leftrightarrow’
+↔ ‘\leftrightarrow’
+⟵ ‘\longleftarrow’
+⟸ ‘\Longleftarrow’
+⟷ ‘\longleftrightarrow’
+⟺ ‘\Longleftrightarrow’
+⟼ ‘\longmapsto’
+⟹ ‘\Longrightarrow’
+⟶ ‘\longrightarrow’
+↦ ‘\mapsto’
+↗ ‘\nearrow’
+↖ ‘\nwarrow’
+⇒ ‘\Rightarrow’
+→ ‘\rightarrow’, or ‘\to’
+↘ ‘\searrow’
+↙ ‘\swarrow’
+↑ ‘\uparrow’
+⇑ ‘\Uparrow’
+↕ ‘\updownarrow’
+⇕ ‘\Updownarrow’
+
+ An example of the difference between ‘\to’ and ‘\mapsto’ is: ‘\(
+f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)’.
For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
-'tikz-cd' and 'amscd'.
+‘tikz-cd’ and ‘amscd’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Next: Blackboard bold, Prev: Arrows, Up: Math symbols
-16.2.2 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath'
+16.2.2 ‘\boldmath’ & ‘\unboldmath’
----------------------------------
Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
@@ -10542,32 +10568,74 @@ or
Declarations to change the letters and symbols in MATH to be in a
bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold)
-default. They must be used when not in math mode or display math mode
-(*note Modes::). Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::).
+default, respectively. They must be used when _not_ in math mode or
+display math mode (*note Modes::). Both commands are fragile (*note
+\protect::).
- In this example each '\boldmath' command takes place inside an
-'\mbox',
+ In this example each ‘\boldmath’ command takes place inside an
+‘\mbox’,
we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$
-which means '\boldmath' is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and
-explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set 'v' and 'u'.
+which means ‘\boldmath’ is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and
+explains why we must switch LaTeX into math mode to set ‘v’ and ‘u’.
+
+ If you use either command inside math mode, as with ‘Trouble: \(
+\boldmath x \)’, then you get something like ‘LaTeX Font Warning:
+Command \boldmath invalid in math mode’ and ‘LaTeX Font Warning: Command
+\mathversion invalid in math mode’.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* bm:: The ‘bm’ package for individual bold symbols.
+* OpenType bold math:: ‘FakeBold’ or ‘\symbf’.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: bm, Next: OpenType bold math, Up: \boldmath & \unboldmath
- If you use either command inside math mode, as with 'Trouble: \(
-\boldmath x \)', then you get something like 'LaTeX Font Warning:
-Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11' and 'LaTeX Font
-Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line 11'.
+16.2.2.1 ‘bm’: Individual bold math symbols
+...........................................
- There are many issues with '\boldmath'. New documents should use the
-'bm' package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete description
-is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on
-CTAN) but even this small example
+Specifying ‘\boldmath’ is the best method for typesetting a whole math
+expression in bold. But to typeset individual symbols within an
+expression in bold, the ‘bm’ package provided by the LaTeX Project team
+is better. Its usage is outside the scope of this document (see its
+documentation at <https://ctan.org/pkg/bm> or in your installation) but
+the spacing in the output of this small example will show that it is an
+improvement over ‘\boldmath’ within an expression:
\usepackage{bm} % in preamble
...
we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$
-shows that it is an improvement over '\boldmath'.
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: OpenType bold math, Prev: bm, Up: \boldmath & \unboldmath
+
+16.2.2.2 OpenType bold math
+...........................
+
+Unfortunately, when using the Unicode engines (XeLaTeX, LuaLaTeX),
+neither ‘\boldmath’ nor ‘bm’ usually work well, because the OpenType
+math fonts normally used with those engines rarely come with a bold
+companion, and both ‘\boldmath’ and ‘bm’ require this. (The
+implementation of ‘bm’ relies on ‘\boldmath’, so the requirements are
+the same.) If you do have a bold math font, though, then ‘\boldmath’
+and ‘bm’ work fine.
+
+ If no such font is available, one alternative is to construct fake
+bold fonts with the ‘fontspec’ package’s ‘FakeBold=1’ parameter (see its
+documentation, <https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec>). This may be acceptable
+for drafting or informal distribution, but the results are far from a
+true bold font.
+
+ Another alternative to handling bold for OpenType math fonts is to
+use the ‘\symbf’ (bold), ‘\symbfit’ (bold italic), and related commands
+from the ‘unicode-math’ package. These do not change the current font,
+but rather change the (Unicode) “alphabet” used, which in practice is
+more widely supported than a separate bold font. Many variations are
+possible, and so there are subtleties to getting the desired output. As
+usual, see the package documentation
+(<https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math>).

File: latex2e.info, Node: Blackboard bold, Next: Calligraphic, Prev: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Up: Math symbols
@@ -10589,11 +10657,12 @@ integers, etc.
\( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)
-the '\mathbb{N}' gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ, representing the
+the ‘\mathbb{N}’ gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ, representing the
natural numbers.
- If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an
-error but you get strange results, including unexpected characters.
+ If the argument contains something other than an uppercase letter,
+you do not get an error but you do get strange results, including
+unexpected characters.
There are packages that give access to symbols other than just the
capital letters; look on CTAN.
@@ -10616,7 +10685,7 @@ Synopsis:
If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not
get an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For
-instance, '\mathcal{g}' outputs a close curly brace symbol.
+instance, ‘\mathcal{g}’ outputs a close curly brace symbol.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Delimiters, Next: Dots, Prev: Calligraphic, Up: Math symbols
@@ -10630,45 +10699,45 @@ parentheses delimiting the three subformulas.
(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
-The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter '\( [0,1) \)'.
+The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter ‘\( [0,1) \)’.
Here are the common delimiters:
DelimiterCommand Name
------------------------------------------------------
-( '(' Left parenthesis
-) ')' Right parenthesis
-\} '{' or Left brace
- '\lbrace'
-\{ '}' or Right brace
- '\rbrace'
-[ '[' or Left bracket
- '\lbrack'
-] ']' or Right bracket
- '\rbrack'
-⌊ '\lfloor' Left floor bracket
-⌋ '\rfloor' Right floor bracket
-⌈ '\lceil' Left ceiling bracket
-⌉ '\rceil' Right ceiling bracket
-⟨ '\langle' Left angle bracket
-⟩ '\rangle' Right angle bracket
-/ '/' Slash, or forward slash
-\ '\backslash' Reverse slash, or backslash
-| '|' or Vertical bar
- '\vert'
-‖ '\|' or Double vertical bar
- '\Vert'
-
- The 'mathtools' package allows you to create commands for paired
+( ‘(’ Left parenthesis
+) ‘)’ Right parenthesis
+\} ‘{’ or Left brace
+ ‘\lbrace’
+\{ ‘}’ or Right brace
+ ‘\rbrace’
+[ ‘[’ or Left bracket
+ ‘\lbrack’
+] ‘]’ or Right bracket
+ ‘\rbrack’
+⌊ ‘\lfloor’ Left floor bracket
+⌋ ‘\rfloor’ Right floor bracket
+⌈ ‘\lceil’ Left ceiling bracket
+⌉ ‘\rceil’ Right ceiling bracket
+⟨ ‘\langle’ Left angle bracket
+⟩ ‘\rangle’ Right angle bracket
+/ ‘/’ Slash, or forward slash
+\ ‘\backslash’ Reverse slash, or backslash
+| ‘|’ or Vertical bar
+ ‘\vert’
+‖ ‘\|’ or Double vertical bar
+ ‘\Vert’
+
+ The ‘mathtools’ package allows you to create commands for paired
delimiters. For instance, if you put
-'\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}' in your preamble then you
+‘\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}’ in your preamble then you
get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work in math
-mode). The starred form, such as '\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}', has the height
+mode). The starred form, such as ‘\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}’, has the height
of the vertical bars match the height of the argument. The unstarred
-form, such as '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}', has the bars fixed at a default
-height. This form accepts an optional argument, as in '\abs[SIZE
-COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}', where the height of the bars is given in SIZE
-COMMAND, such as '\Bigg'. Using instead '\lVert' and '\rVert' as the
+form, such as ‘\abs{\frac{22}{7}}’, has the bars fixed at a default
+height. This form accepts an optional argument, as in ‘\abs[SIZE
+COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}’, where the height of the bars is given in SIZE
+COMMAND, such as ‘\Bigg’. Using instead ‘\lVert’ and ‘\rVert’ as the
symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same behavior.
* Menu:
@@ -10679,7 +10748,7 @@ symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same behavior.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \left & \right, Next: \bigl & \bigr etc., Up: Delimiters
-16.2.5.1 '\left' & '\right'
+16.2.5.1 ‘\left’ & ‘\right’
...........................
Synopsis:
@@ -10702,13 +10771,13 @@ cover the entries.
*Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters.
- Every '\left' must have a matching '\right'. In the above example,
-leaving out the '\left(' gets the error message 'Extra \right'. Leaving
-out the '\right)' gets 'You can't use `\eqno' in math mode'.
+ Every ‘\left’ must have a matching ‘\right’. In the above example,
+leaving out the ‘\left(’ gets the error message ‘Extra \right’. Leaving
+out the ‘\right)’ gets ‘You can't use `\eqno' in math mode’.
However, DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not match. A common case is
-that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, '.', as a
-null delimiter.
+that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, ‘.’, as a
+“null delimiter”.
\begin{equation}
f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
@@ -10718,12 +10787,12 @@ null delimiter.
\end{equation}
Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a
-backslash, '\{' (*note Reserved characters::). (The packages 'amsmath'
-and 'mathtools' allow you to get the above construct through in a
-'cases' environment.)
+backslash, ‘\{’ (*note Reserved characters::). (The packages ‘amsmath’
+and ‘mathtools’ allow you to get the above construct through in a
+‘cases’ environment.)
- The '\left ... \right' pair make a group. One consequence is that
-the formula enclosed in the '\left ... \right' pair cannot have line
+ The ‘\left ... \right’ pair make a group. One consequence is that
+the formula enclosed in the ‘\left ... \right’ pair cannot have line
breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and
LaTeX-generated automatic ones. In this example, LaTeX breaks the
equation to make the formula fit the margins.
@@ -10731,17 +10800,17 @@ equation to make the formula fit the margins.
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \)
-But with '\left' and '\right'
+But with ‘\left’ and ‘\right’
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \)
-LaTeX won't break the line, causing the formula to extend into the
+LaTeX won’t break the line, causing the formula to extend into the
margin.
- Because '\left ... \right' make a group, all the usual grouping rules
-hold. Here, the value of '\testlength' set inside the equation will be
-forgotten, and the output is '1.2pt'.
+ Because ‘\left ... \right’ make a group, all the usual grouping rules
+hold. Here, the value of ‘\testlength’ set inside the equation will be
+forgotten, and the output is ‘1.2pt’.
\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt}
\begin{equation}
@@ -10749,11 +10818,11 @@ forgotten, and the output is '1.2pt'.
\the\testlength
\end{equation}
- The '\left ... \right' pair affect the horizontal spacing of the
-enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in '\( \sin(x) =
-\sin\left(x\right) \)' the one after the equals sign has more space
-around the 'x'. That's because '\left( ... \right)' inserts an inner
-node while '( ... )' inserts an opening node. The second way that the
+ The ‘\left ... \right’ pair affect the horizontal spacing of the
+enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in ‘\( \sin(x) =
+\sin\left(x\right) \)’ the one after the equals sign has more space
+around the ‘x’. That’s because ‘\left( ... \right)’ inserts an inner
+node while ‘( ... )’ inserts an opening node. The second way that the
pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they form a group,
the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no
stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better.
@@ -10773,8 +10842,8 @@ has no depth, TeX will create delimiters that extend far below the rule.
\left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right)
\end{equation}
-TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in '\( \left| |x|+|y|
-\right| \)'. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, as here.
+TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in ‘\( \left| |x|+|y|
+\right| \)’. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, as here.
\begin{equation}
\left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right)
@@ -10782,7 +10851,7 @@ TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in '\( \left| |x|+|y|
A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than
one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing
-delimiter; you can't use '\left' on the first line and '\right' on the
+delimiter; you can’t use ‘\left’ on the first line and ‘\right’ on the
last because they must be paired.
To size the delimiters manually, see *note \bigl & \bigr etc.::.
@@ -10790,7 +10859,7 @@ last because they must be paired.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \bigl & \bigr etc., Prev: \left & \right, Up: Delimiters
-16.2.5.2 '\bigl', '\bigr', etc.
+16.2.5.2 ‘\bigl’, ‘\bigr’, etc.
...............................
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -10800,7 +10869,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\biggl DELIMITER1 ... \biggr DELIMITER2
\Biggl DELIMITER1 ... \Biggr DELIMITER2
-(as with '\bigl[...\bigr]'; strictly speaking they need not be paired,
+(as with ‘\bigl[...\bigr]’; strictly speaking they need not be paired,
see below), or one of:
\bigm DELIMITER
@@ -10808,14 +10877,14 @@ see below), or one of:
\biggm DELIMITER
\Biggm DELIMITER
-(as with '\bigm|'), or one of:
+(as with ‘\bigm|’), or one of:
\big DELIMITER
\Big DELIMITER
\bigg DELIMITER
\Bigg DELIMITER
-(as with '\big[').
+(as with ‘\big[’).
Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are
automatically sized see *note \left & \right::).
@@ -10825,17 +10894,17 @@ automatically sized see *note \left & \right::).
\bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can
-use the smallest size such as '\bigl...\bigr' in a paragraph without
+use the smallest size such as ‘\bigl...\bigr’ in a paragraph without
causing LaTeX to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for
displayed equations.
*Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters. In the
-family of commands with 'l' or 'r', DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not
+family of commands with ‘l’ or ‘r’, DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not
match together.
- The 'l' and 'r' commands produce open and close delimiters that
+ The ‘l’ and ‘r’ commands produce open and close delimiters that
insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the delimiter,
-while the commands without 'l' and 'r' insert some space (because each
+while the commands without ‘l’ and ‘r’ insert some space (because each
delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare these two.
\begin{tabular}{l}
@@ -10844,32 +10913,32 @@ delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare these two.
\end{tabular}
The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the
-second line the output will have some extra space between the '\sin' and
+second line the output will have some extra space between the ‘\sin’ and
the open parenthesis.
- Commands without 'l' or 'r' do give correct spacing in some
+ Commands without ‘l’ or ‘r’ do give correct spacing in some
circumstances, as with this large vertical line
\begin{equation}
\int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b
\end{equation}
-(many authors would replace '\frac' with the '\tfrac' command from the
-'amsmath' package), and as with this larger slash.
+(many authors would replace ‘\frac’ with the ‘\tfrac’ command from the
+‘amsmath’ package), and as with this larger slash.
\begin{equation}
\lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1
\end{equation}
- Unlike the '\left...\right' pair (*note \left & \right::), the
-commands here with 'l' or 'r' do not make a group. Strictly speaking
+ Unlike the ‘\left...\right’ pair (*note \left & \right::), the
+commands here with ‘l’ or ‘r’ do not make a group. Strictly speaking
they need not be matched so you can write something like this.
\begin{equation}
\Biggl[ \pi/6 ]
\end{equation}
- The commands with 'm' are for relations, which are in the middle of
+ The commands with ‘m’ are for relations, which are in the middle of
formulas, as here.
\begin{equation}
@@ -10893,28 +10962,30 @@ continues.
LaTeX provides these.
-'\cdots'
+‘\cdots’
Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line,
- as in ⋯. Used as: '\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)'.
+ as in ⋯. Used as: ‘\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)’.
-'\ddots'
+‘\ddots’
Diagonal ellipsis, ⋱. See the above array example for a usage.
-'\ldots'
- Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: '\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)'.
- Another example is the above array example. A synonym is
- '\mathellipsis'. A synonym from the 'amsmath' package is '\hdots'.
+‘\ldots’
+‘\mathellipsis’
+‘\dots’
+ Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: ‘\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)’.
+ Another example is the above array example. Synonyms are
+ ‘\mathellipsis’ and ‘\dots’. A synonym from the ‘amsmath’ package
+ is ‘\hdots’.
You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in
- 'The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken'. (In a paragraph mode
- or LR mode a synonym for '\ldots' is '\dots'.)
+ ‘The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken’.
-'\vdots'
+‘\vdots’
Vertical ellipsis, ⋮. See the above array example for a usage.
- The 'amsmath' package has the command '\dots' to semantically mark up
+ The ‘amsmath’ package has the command ‘\dots’ to semantically mark up
ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs for the
-first two uses of the '\dots' command.
+first two uses of the ‘\dots’ command.
\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble
...
@@ -10923,15 +10994,30 @@ first two uses of the '\dots' command.
multiple of any \( p_i \).
Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
-In the first line LaTeX looks to the comma following '\dots' to
+In the first line LaTeX looks to the comma following ‘\dots’ to
determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline. The second
-line has a '\cdot' following '\dots' so LaTeX outputs an ellipsis that
+line has a ‘\cdot’ following ‘\dots’ so LaTeX outputs an ellipsis that
is on the math axis, vertically centered. However, the third usage has
no follow-on character so you have to tell LaTeX what to do. You can
-use one of the commands: '\dotsc' if you need the ellipsis appropriate
-for a comma following, '\dotsb' if you need the ellipses that fits when
-the dots are followed by a binary operator or relation symbol, '\dotsi'
-for dots with integrals, or '\dotso' for others.
+use one of the commands: ‘\dotsc’ if you need the ellipsis appropriate
+for a comma following, ‘\dotsb’ if you need the ellipses that fits when
+the dots are followed by a binary operator or relation symbol, ‘\dotsi’
+for dots with integrals, or ‘\dotso’ for others.
+
+ The ‘\dots’ command from ‘amsmath’ differs from the LaTeX kernel’s
+‘\dots’ command in another way: it outputs a thin space after the
+ellipsis. Furthermore, the ‘unicode-math’ package automatically loads
+‘amsmath’, so ‘amsmath’’s ‘\dots’ may be active even when you did not
+explicitly load it, thus changing the output from ‘\dots’ in both text
+and math mode.
+
+ Yet more about the ellipsis commands: when running under Unicode
+engines (‘lualatex’, ‘xelatex’), LaTeX will use the Unicode ellipsis
+character (U+2026) in the font if it’s available; under traditional TeX
+engines (‘pdflatex’, ‘latex’), it will typeset three spaced periods.
+Generally, the Unicode single-character ellipsis has almost no space
+between the three periods, while the spacing of the non-Unicode ellipsis
+is looser, more in accordance with traditional typography.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Greek letters, Prev: Dots, Up: Math symbols
@@ -10944,39 +11030,39 @@ differ from Roman upper case letters.
Symbol Command Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-α '\alpha' Alpha
-β '\beta' Beta
-γ, Γ '\gamma', '\Gamma' Gamma
-δ, Δ '\delta', '\Delta' Delta
-ε, ϵ '\varepsilon', Epsilon
- '\epsilon'
-ζ '\zeta' Zeta
-η '\eta' Eta
-θ, ϑ '\theta', Theta
- '\vartheta'
-ι '\iota' Iota
-κ '\kappa' Kappa
-λ, Λ '\lambda', '\Lambda' Lambda
-μ '\mu' Mu
-ν '\nu' Nu
-ξ, Ξ '\xi', '\Xi' Xi
-π, Π '\pi', '\Pi' Pi
-ρ, ϱ '\rho', '\varrho' Rho
-σ, Σ '\sigma', '\Sigma' Sigma
-τ '\tau' Tau
-ϕ, φ, '\phi', '\varphi', Phi
-Φ '\Phi'
-χ '\chi' chi
-ψ, Ψ '\psi', '\Psi' Psi
-ω, Ω '\omega', '\Omega' Omega
-
- For omicron, if you are using LaTeX's default Computer Modern font
-then enter omicron just as 'o' or 'O'. If you like having the name or
+α ‘\alpha’ Alpha
+β ‘\beta’ Beta
+γ, Γ ‘\gamma’, ‘\Gamma’ Gamma
+δ, Δ ‘\delta’, ‘\Delta’ Delta
+ε, ϵ ‘\varepsilon’, Epsilon
+ ‘\epsilon’
+ζ ‘\zeta’ Zeta
+η ‘\eta’ Eta
+θ, ϑ ‘\theta’, Theta
+ ‘\vartheta’
+ι ‘\iota’ Iota
+κ ‘\kappa’ Kappa
+λ, Λ ‘\lambda’, ‘\Lambda’ Lambda
+μ ‘\mu’ Mu
+ν ‘\nu’ Nu
+ξ, Ξ ‘\xi’, ‘\Xi’ Xi
+π, Π ‘\pi’, ‘\Pi’ Pi
+ρ, ϱ ‘\rho’, ‘\varrho’ Rho
+σ, Σ ‘\sigma’, ‘\Sigma’ Sigma
+τ ‘\tau’ Tau
+ϕ, φ, ‘\phi’, ‘\varphi’, Phi
+Φ ‘\Phi’
+χ ‘\chi’ chi
+ψ, Ψ ‘\psi’, ‘\Psi’ Psi
+ω, Ω ‘\omega’, ‘\Omega’ Omega
+
+ For omicron, if you are using LaTeX’s default Computer Modern font
+then enter omicron just as ‘o’ or ‘O’. If you like having the name or
if your font shows a difference then you can use something like
-'\newcommand\omicron{o}'. The package 'unicode-math' has '\upomicron'
-for upright omicron and '\mitomicron' for math italic.
+‘\newcommand\omicron{o}’. The package ‘unicode-math’ has ‘\upomicron’
+for upright omicron and ‘\mitomicron’ for math italic.
- While the set membership relation symbol ∈ generated by '\in' is
+ While the set membership relation symbol ∈ generated by ‘\in’ is
related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable.

@@ -10988,115 +11074,115 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math functions, Next: Math accents, Prev: Math symb
These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
spacing.
-'\arccos'
+‘\arccos’
Inverse cosine
-'\arcsin'
+‘\arcsin’
Inverse sine
-'\arctan'
+‘\arctan’
Inverse tangent
-'\arg'
+‘\arg’
Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane
-'\bmod'
- Binary modulo operator, used as in '\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)'
+‘\bmod’
+ Binary modulo operator, used as in ‘\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)’
-'\cos'
+‘\cos’
Cosine
-'\cosh'
+‘\cosh’
Hyperbolic cosine
-'\cot'
+‘\cot’
Cotangent
-'\coth'
+‘\coth’
Hyperbolic cotangent
-'\csc'
+‘\csc’
Cosecant
-'\deg'
+‘\deg’
Degrees
-'\det'
+‘\det’
Determinant
-'\dim'
+‘\dim’
Dimension
-'\exp'
+‘\exp’
Exponential
-'\gcd'
+‘\gcd’
Greatest common divisor
-'\hom'
+‘\hom’
Homomorphism
-'\inf'
- Infinum
+‘\inf’
+ Infimum
-'\ker'
+‘\ker’
Kernel
-'\lg'
+‘\lg’
Base 2 logarithm
-'\lim'
+‘\lim’
Limit
-'\liminf'
+‘\liminf’
Limit inferior
-'\limsup'
+‘\limsup’
Limit superior
-'\ln'
+‘\ln’
Natural logarithm
-'\log'
+‘\log’
Logarithm
-'\max'
+‘\max’
Maximum
-'\min'
+‘\min’
Minimum
-'\pmod'
- Parenthesized modulus, as used in '\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)'
+‘\pmod’
+ Parenthesized modulus, as used in ‘\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)’
-'\Pr'
+‘\Pr’
Probability
-'\sec'
+‘\sec’
Secant
-'\sin'
+‘\sin’
Sine
-'\sinh'
+‘\sinh’
Hyperbolic sine
-'\sup'
- sup
+‘\sup’
+ Supremum sup
-'\tan'
+‘\tan’
Tangent
-'\tanh'
+‘\tanh’
Hyperbolic tangent
- The 'amsmath' package adds improvements on some of these, and also
+ The ‘amsmath’ package adds improvements on some of these, and also
allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but
briefly, you can define an identity operator with
-'\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}' that is like the ones above but
-prints as 'id'. The starred form '\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}' sets
-any limits above and below, as is traditional with '\lim', '\sup', or
-'\max'.
+‘\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}’ that is like the ones above but
+prints as ‘id’. The starred form ‘\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}’ sets
+any superscript or subscript to be above and below, as is traditional
+with ‘\lim’, ‘\sup’, or ‘\max’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Math accents, Next: Over- and Underlining, Prev: Math functions, Up: Math formulas
@@ -11108,47 +11194,47 @@ LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in
math. These are different from accents in normal text (*note
Accents::).
-'\acute'
+‘\acute’
Math acute accent
-'\bar'
+‘\bar’
Math bar-over accent
-'\breve'
+‘\breve’
Math breve accent
-'\check'
+‘\check’
Math háček (check) accent
-'\ddot'
+‘\ddot’
Math dieresis accent
-'\dot'
+‘\dot’
Math dot accent
-'\grave'
+‘\grave’
Math grave accent
-'\hat'
+‘\hat’
Math hat (circumflex) accent
-'\mathring'
+‘\mathring’
Math ring accent
-'\tilde'
+‘\tilde’
Math tilde accent
-'\vec'
+‘\vec’
Math vector symbol
-'\widehat'
+‘\widehat’
Math wide hat accent
-'\widetilde'
+‘\widetilde’
Math wide tilde accent
When you are putting an accent on an i or a j, the tradition is to
-use one without a dot, '\imath' or 'jmath' (*note Math symbols::).
+use one without a dot, ‘\imath’ or ‘jmath’ (*note Math symbols::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: Over- and Underlining, Next: Spacing in math mode, Prev: Math accents, Up: Math formulas
@@ -11159,27 +11245,27 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Over- and Underlining, Next: Spacing in math mode,
LaTeX provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or putting
braces over or under some material.
-'\underline{TEXT}'
+‘\underline{TEXT}’
Underline TEXT. Works inside math mode, and outside. The line is
always completely below the text, taking account of descenders, so
- in '\(\underline{y}\)' the line is lower than in
- '\(\underline{x}\)'. This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
+ in ‘\(\underline{y}\)’ the line is lower than in
+ ‘\(\underline{x}\)’. This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
- Note that the package 'ulem' does text mode underlining and allows
+ Note that the package ‘ulem’ does text mode underlining and allows
line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the
documentation on CTAN. See also *note \hrulefill & \dotfill:: for
producing a line, for such things as a signature.
-'\overline{TEXT}'
+‘\overline{TEXT}’
Put a horizontal line over TEXT. Works inside math mode, and
- outside. For example, '\overline{x+y}'. Note that this differs
- from the command '\bar' (*note Math accents::).
+ outside. For example, ‘\overline{x+y}’. Note that this differs
+ from the command ‘\bar’ (*note Math accents::).
-'\underbrace{MATH}'
+‘\underbrace{MATH}’
Put a brace under MATH. For example, this
- '(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)' emphasizes the telescoping part.
- Attach text to the brace by using subscript, '_', or superscript,
- '^', as here.
+ ‘(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)’ emphasizes the telescoping part.
+ Attach text to the brace by using the subscript command, ‘_’, or
+ superscript, ‘^’, as here.
\begin{displaymath}
1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{>1/2}+
@@ -11189,12 +11275,12 @@ braces over or under some material.
The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look
unconnected to the underbrace.
-'\overbrace{MATH}'
+‘\overbrace{MATH}’
Put a brace over MATH, as with
- '\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}'. See also
- '\underbrace'.
+ ‘\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}’. See also
+ ‘\underbrace’.
- The package 'mathtools' adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some
+ The package ‘mathtools’ adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some
improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN.

@@ -11204,52 +11290,52 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Spacing in math mode, Next: Math styles, Prev: Over
=========================
When typesetting mathematics, LaTeX puts in spacing according to the
-normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter 'y=m x' then LaTeX
+normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter ‘y=m x’ then LaTeX
ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as y=mx.
- But LaTeX's rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an
-integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the 'f(x)'
-and the 'dx', here done with the '\,' command:
+ But LaTeX’s rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an
+integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the ‘f(x)’
+and the ‘dx’, here done with the ‘\,’ command:
\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
LaTeX provides the commands that follow for use in math mode. Many
of these spacing definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-"mu". It is defined as 1/18em, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family (*note Units of length::). Thus, a '\thickspace' is
-something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'.
+“mu”. It is defined as 1/18em, where the em is taken from the current
+math symbols family (*note Units of length::). Thus, a ‘\thickspace’ is
+something like 5/18 times the width of a ‘M’.
-'\;'
+‘\;’
- Synonym: '\thickspace'. Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'. With the
- 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be
+ Synonym: ‘\thickspace’. Normally ‘5.0mu plus 5.0mu’. With the
+ ‘amsmath’ package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be
used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode
only.
-'\negthickspace'
- Normally '-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With the 'amsmath'
+‘\negthickspace’
+ Normally ‘-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’. With the ‘amsmath’
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only.
-'\:'
-'\>'
- Synonym: '\medspace'. Normally '4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'.
- With the 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
+‘\:’
+‘\>’
+ Synonym: ‘\medspace’. Normally ‘4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’.
+ With the ‘amsmath’ package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
can be used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math
mode only.
-'\negmedspace'
- Normally '-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With the 'amsmath'
+‘\negmedspace’
+ Normally ‘-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’. With the ‘amsmath’
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
-'\,'
- Synonym: '\thinspace'. Normally '3mu', which is 1/6em. Can be
+‘\,’
+ Synonym: ‘\thinspace’. Normally ‘3mu’, which is 1/6em. Can be
used in both math mode and text mode (*note \thinspace &
\negthinspace::).
This space is widely used, for instance between the function and
- the infinitesimal in an integral '\int f(x)\,dx' and, if an author
+ the infinitesimal in an integral ‘\int f(x)\,dx’ and, if an author
does this, before punctuation in a displayed equation.
The antiderivative is
@@ -11257,21 +11343,21 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'.
3x^{-1/2}+3^{1/2}\,.
\end{equation}
-'\!'
- Synonym: '\negthinspace'. A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'.
- With the 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
- can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, the '\!'
- command is math mode only but the '\negthinspace' command has
+‘\!’
+ Synonym: ‘\negthinspace’. A negative thin space. Normally ‘-3mu’.
+ With the ‘amsmath’ package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
+ can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, the ‘\!’
+ command is math mode only but the ‘\negthinspace’ command has
always also worked in text mode (*note \thinspace &
\negthinspace::).
-'\quad'
+‘\quad’
This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space
surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space
- between two equations inside a 'displaymath' environment. It is
+ between two equations inside a ‘displaymath’ environment. It is
available in both text and math mode.
-'\qquad'
+‘\qquad’
A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in both
text and math mode.
@@ -11284,7 +11370,7 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \smash, Next: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Up: Spacing in math mode
-16.6.1 '\smash'
+16.6.1 ‘\smash’
---------------
Synopsis:
@@ -11293,19 +11379,19 @@ Synopsis:
Typeset SUBFORMULA as if its height and depth were zero.
- In this example the exponential is so tall that without the '\smash'
+ In this example the exponential is so tall that without the ‘\smash’
command LaTeX would separate its line from the line above it, and the
uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
- (Because of the '\smash' the printed expression could run into the
+ (Because of the ‘\smash’ the printed expression could run into the
line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
document to make such adjustments.)
- This pictures the effect of '\smash' by using '\fbox' to surround the
-box that LaTeX will put on the line. The '\blackbar' command makes a
+ This pictures the effect of ‘\smash’ by using ‘\fbox’ to surround the
+box that LaTeX will put on the line. The ‘\blackbar’ command makes a
bar extending from 10 points below the baseline to 20 points above.
\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
@@ -11317,7 +11403,7 @@ But the second box is treated by LaTeX as having zero height and zero
depth, despite that the ink printed on the page still extends well above
and below the line.
- The '\smash' command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size
+ The ‘\smash’ command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size
of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical
extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
@@ -11326,13 +11412,13 @@ extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)}
\end{equation}
- Note the use of '\vphantom' to give the '\sqrt' command an argument
-with the height of the '\sum' (*note \phantom & \vphantom &
+ Note the use of ‘\vphantom’ to give the ‘\sqrt’ command an argument
+with the height of the ‘\sum’ (*note \phantom & \vphantom &
\hphantom::).
- While most often used in mathematics, the '\smash' command can appear
-in other contexts. However, it doesn't change into horizontal mode. So
-if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a '\leavevmode', as
+ While most often used in mathematics, the ‘\smash’ command can appear
+in other contexts. However, it doesn’t change into horizontal mode. So
+if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a ‘\leavevmode’, as
in the bottom line below.
xxx xxx xxx
@@ -11341,13 +11427,13 @@ in the bottom line below.
\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
- The package 'mathtools' has operators that provide even finer control
+ The package ‘mathtools’ has operators that provide even finer control
over smashing a subformula box.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Next: \mathstrut, Prev: \smash, Up: Spacing in math mode
-16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
+16.6.2 ‘\phantom’ & ‘\vphantom’ & ‘\hphantom’
---------------------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -11362,7 +11448,7 @@ Synopsis:
\hphantom{SUBFORMULA}
- The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and
+ The ‘\phantom’ command creates a box with the same height, depth, and
width as SUBFORMULA, but empty. That is, this command causes LaTeX to
typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here LaTeX will
put a blank line that is the correct width for the answer, but will not
@@ -11372,15 +11458,15 @@ show that answer.
\int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}}
\end{displaymath}
- The '\vphantom' variant produces an invisible box with the same
+ The ‘\vphantom’ variant produces an invisible box with the same
vertical size as SUBFORMULA, the same height and depth, but having zero
-width. And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as SUBFORMULA
+width. And ‘\hphantom’ makes a box with the same width as SUBFORMULA
but with zero height and depth.
In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand
expression is so tall that TeX places this expression further down than
its default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be
-at different levels. The '\vphantom' in the first expression tells TeX
+at different levels. The ‘\vphantom’ in the first expression tells TeX
to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the two
expressions come out at the same level.
@@ -11389,51 +11475,51 @@ expressions come out at the same level.
\sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
\end{displaymath}
- These commands are often used in conjunction with '\smash'. *Note
-\smash::, which includes another example of '\vphantom'.
+ These commands are often used in conjunction with ‘\smash’. *Note
+\smash::, which includes another example of ‘\vphantom’.
The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides
a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
-convenient, including '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as
-'\settodepth' (*note \settodepth::), '\settoheight' (*note
-\settoheight::), and '\settowidth' (*note \settowidth::). In addition,
-the 'mathtools' package has many commands that offer fine-grained
+convenient, including ‘\makebox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as
+‘\settodepth’ (*note \settodepth::), ‘\settoheight’ (*note
+\settoheight::), and ‘\settowidth’ (*note \settowidth::). In addition,
+the ‘mathtools’ package has many commands that offer fine-grained
control over spacing.
All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you
-should give it such a status, for example with the '\operatorname'
-command from the package 'amsmath'.
+should give it such a status, for example with the ‘\operatorname’
+command from the package ‘amsmath’.
While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
-contexts. However, they don't cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
+contexts. However, they don’t cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
-with '\leavevmode'.
+with ‘\leavevmode’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \mathstrut, Prev: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Up: Spacing in math mode
-16.6.3 '\mathstrut'
+16.6.3 ‘\mathstrut’
-------------------
Synopsis:
\mathstrut
- The analogue of '\strut' for mathematics. *Note \strut::.
+ The analogue of ‘\strut’ for mathematics. *Note \strut::.
- The input '$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$' gives output where the second
+ The input ‘$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$’ gives output where the second
radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space without
any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use
-'$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$'.
+‘$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$’.
- The '\mathstrut' command adds the vertical height of an open
-parenthesis, '(', but no horizontal space. It is defined as
-'\vphantom{(}', so see *note \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: for
-more. An advantage over '\strut' is that '\mathstrut' adds no depth,
+ The ‘\mathstrut’ command adds the vertical height of an open
+parenthesis, ‘(’, but no horizontal space. It is defined as
+‘\vphantom{(}’, so see *note \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: for
+more. An advantage over ‘\strut’ is that ‘\mathstrut’ adds no depth,
which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of an
open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the
-amount of space, use '\rule' with a width of zero. *Note \rule::.
+amount of space, use ‘\rule’ with a width of zero. *Note \rule::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Math styles, Next: Math miscellany, Prev: Spacing in math mode, Up: Math formulas
@@ -11441,34 +11527,34 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math styles, Next: Math miscellany, Prev: Spacing i
16.7 Math styles
================
-TeX's rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For
-example, inside a displayed equation, the input '\sum_{0\leq
-i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}' will give output
+TeX’s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For
+example, inside a displayed equation, the input ‘\sum_{0\leq
+i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}’ will give output
with the summation index centered below the summation symbol. But if
that input is inline then the summation index is off to the right rather
-than below, so it won't push the lines apart. Similarly, in a displayed
+than below, so it won’t push the lines apart. Similarly, in a displayed
context, the symbols in the numerator and denominator will be larger
than for an inline context, and in display math subscripts and
superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math.
TeX uses four math styles.
- * Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such
- as with '\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}'.
+ • Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such
+ as with ‘\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}’.
- * Text style is for an inline formula, as with 'so we have $ ... $'.
+ • Text style is for an inline formula, as with ‘so we have $ ... $’.
- * Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or
+ • Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or
superscript.
- * Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or
+ • Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or
more) of subscript or superscript.
TeX determines a default math style but you can override it with a
-declaration of '\displaystyle', or '\textstyle', or '\scriptstyle', or
-'\scriptscriptstyle'.
+declaration of ‘\displaystyle’, or ‘\textstyle’, or ‘\scriptstyle’, or
+‘\scriptscriptstyle’.
- In this example, the 'Arithmetic' line's fraction will look
+ In this example, the ‘Arithmetic’ line’s fraction will look
scrunched.
\begin{tabular}{r|cc}
@@ -11479,7 +11565,7 @@ scrunched.
&$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\
\end{tabular}
-But because of the '\displaystyle' declaration, the 'Geometric' line's
+But because of the ‘\displaystyle’ declaration, the ‘Geometric’ line’s
fraction will be easy to read, with characters the same size as in the
rest of the line.
@@ -11490,8 +11576,8 @@ declaration, the result of
$\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$
will have an integral sign that is much taller. Note that here the
-'\displaystyle' applies to only part of the formula, and it is delimited
-by being inside curly braces, as '{\displaystyle ...}'.
+‘\displaystyle’ applies to only part of the formula, and it is delimited
+by being inside curly braces, as ‘{\displaystyle ...}’.
The last example is a continued fraction.
@@ -11502,8 +11588,8 @@ by being inside curly braces, as '{\displaystyle ...}'.
\displaystyle a_3}}}
\end{equation}
-Without the '\displaystyle' declarations, the denominators would be set
-in script style and scriptscript style. (The '\mathstrut' improves the
+Without the ‘\displaystyle’ declarations, the denominators would be set
+in script style and scriptscript style. (The ‘\mathstrut’ improves the
height of the denominators; *note \mathstrut::.)

@@ -11513,7 +11599,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math miscellany, Prev: Math styles, Up: Math formul
====================
LaTeX contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are some
-that don't fit into other categories.
+that don’t fit into other categories.
* Menu:
@@ -11526,7 +11612,7 @@ that don't fit into other categories.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Colon character & \colon, Next: \*, Up: Math miscellany
-16.8.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon'
+16.8.1 Colon character ‘:’ & ‘\colon’
-------------------------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11534,22 +11620,22 @@ Synopsis, one of:
:
\colon
- In mathematics, the colon character, ':', is a relation.
+ In mathematics, the colon character, ‘:’, is a relation.
With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
-Ordinary LaTeX defines '\colon' to produce the colon character with the
+Ordinary LaTeX defines ‘\colon’ to produce the colon character with the
spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
-'\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}'.
+‘\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}’.
- But the widely-used 'amsmath' package defines '\colon' for use in the
-definition of functions 'f\colon D\to C'. So if you want the colon
-character as a punctuation then use '\mathpunct{:}'.
+ But the widely-used ‘amsmath’ package defines ‘\colon’ for use in the
+definition of functions ‘f\colon D\to C’. So if you want the colon
+character as a punctuation then use ‘\mathpunct{:}’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \*, Next: \frac, Prev: Colon character & \colon, Up: Math miscellany
-16.8.2 '\*'
+16.8.2 ‘\*’
-----------
Synopsis:
@@ -11557,33 +11643,33 @@ Synopsis:
\*
A multiplication symbol that allows a line break. If there is a
-break then LaTeX puts a '\times' symbol, ×, before that break.
+break then LaTeX puts a ‘\times’ symbol, ×, before that break.
- In '\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)', if there is no line break then
-LaTeX outputs it as though it were '\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)'. If a line
+ In ‘\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)’, if there is no line break then
+LaTeX outputs it as though it were ‘\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)’. If a line
break does happen, for example between the two middle ones, then LaTeX
-sets it like '\( A_1 A_2 \times \)', followed by the break, followed by
-'\( A_3 A_4 \)'.
+sets it like ‘\( A_1 A_2 \times \)’, followed by the break, followed by
+‘\( A_3 A_4 \)’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \frac, Next: \sqrt, Prev: \*, Up: Math miscellany
-16.8.3 '\frac'
+16.8.3 ‘\frac’
--------------
Synopsis:
\frac{NUMERATOR}{DENOMINATOR}
- Produces the fraction. Used as: '\begin{displaymath}
-\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}'. In inline math mode it
-comes out small; see the discussion of '\displaystyle' (*note Math
+ Produces the fraction. Used as: ‘\begin{displaymath}
+\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}’. In inline math mode it
+comes out small; see the discussion of ‘\displaystyle’ (*note Math
formulas::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \sqrt, Next: \stackrel, Prev: \frac, Up: Math miscellany
-16.8.4 '\sqrt'
+16.8.4 ‘\sqrt’
--------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11592,25 +11678,26 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\sqrt[ROOT-NUMBER]{ARG}
The square root, or optionally other roots, of ARG. The optional
-argument ROOT-NUMBER gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of 'x+y'
-as '\sqrt[3]{x+y}'. The radical grows with the size of ARG (as the
-height of the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets
-steeper, until for a large enough 'arg', it is vertical).
+argument ROOT-NUMBER gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of ‘x+y’
+as ‘\sqrt[3]{x+y}’. The size of the radical grows with that of ARG (as
+the height of the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets
+steeper, until for a tall enough ‘arg’, it is vertical).
- LaTeX has a separate '\surd' character (*note Math symbols::).
+ LaTeX has a separate ‘\surd’ symbol for making a square root without
+ARG (*note Math symbols::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \stackrel, Prev: \sqrt, Up: Math miscellany
-16.8.5 '\stackrel'
+16.8.5 ‘\stackrel’
------------------
-Synopsis, one of:
+Synopsis:
\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}
Put TEXT above RELATION. To put a function name above an arrow enter
-'\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'.
+‘\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Modes, Next: Page styles, Prev: Math formulas, Up: Top
@@ -11624,50 +11711,50 @@ modes, the math modes, and the vertical modes. Some commands only work
in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of
the math modes), and error messages will refer to these.
- * "Paragraph mode" (in plain TeX this is called "horizontal mode") is
+ • “Paragraph mode” (in plain TeX this is called “horizontal mode”) is
what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks the
input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so
that in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode
LaTeX is in most of the time.
- "LR mode" (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called
- "restricted horizontal mode") is in effect when LaTeX starts making
- a box with an '\mbox' command. As in paragraph mode, LaTeX's
+ “LR mode” (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called
+ “restricted horizontal mode”) is in effect when LaTeX starts making
+ a box with an ‘\mbox’ command. As in paragraph mode, LaTeX’s
output is a string of words with spaces between them. Unlike in
paragraph mode, in LR mode LaTeX never starts a new line, it just
keeps going from left to right. (Although LaTeX will not complain
that the LR box is too long, when it is finished and next tries to
- put that box into a line, it could very well complain that the
- finished LR box won't fit there.)
+ put that box into a line, it might well complain that the finished
+ LR box won’t fit there.)
- * "Math mode" is when LaTeX is generating an inline mathematical
+ • “Math mode” is when LaTeX is generating an inline mathematical
formula.
- "Display math mode" is when LaTeX is generating a displayed
+ “Display math mode” is when LaTeX is generating a displayed
mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from
inline ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on
- '\int' differs in the two situations.)
+ ‘\int’ differs in the two situations.)
- * "Vertical mode" is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and
+ • “Vertical mode” is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and
other material making the output page, which comprises insertion of
page breaks. This is the mode LaTeX is in when it starts a
document.
- "Internal vertical mode" is in effect when LaTeX starts making a
- '\vbox'. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
+ “Internal vertical mode” is in effect when LaTeX starts making a
+ ‘\vbox’. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
vertical analogue of LR mode.
-For instance, if you begin a LaTeX article with 'Let \( x \) be ...'
+For instance, if you begin a LaTeX article with ‘Let \( x \) be ...’
then these are the modes: first LaTeX starts every document in vertical
-mode, then it reads the 'L' and switches to paragraph mode, then the
-next switch happens at the '\(' where LaTeX changes to math mode, and
+mode, then it reads the ‘L’ and switches to paragraph mode, then the
+next switch happens at the ‘\(’ where LaTeX changes to math mode, and
then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode.
- Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a '\parbox' command or a
-'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a
-page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", LaTeX is
-in "inner paragraph mode". Its more usual situation, where it can put
-page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::).
+ Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a ‘\parbox’ command or a
+‘minipage’ then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a
+page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a “parbox”, LaTeX is
+in “inner paragraph mode”. Its more usual situation, where it can put
+page breaks, is “outer paragraph mode” (*note Page breaking::).
* Menu:
@@ -11676,7 +11763,7 @@ page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \ensuremath, Up: Modes
-17.1 '\ensuremath'
+17.1 ‘\ensuremath’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -11692,7 +11779,7 @@ text.
\newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
In $\int f(x)\, \dx$, the \dx{} is an infinitesimal.
- Caution: the '\ensuremath' command is useful but not a panacea.
+ Caution: the ‘\ensuremath’ command is useful but not a panacea.
\newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
You get an alpha in text mode: \alf.
@@ -11712,8 +11799,8 @@ pages in the main part of the document but also includes special pages
such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or the first
page of an article.
- The package 'fancyhdr' is very helpful for constructing page styles.
-See its documentation on CTAN.
+ The package ‘fancyhdr’ is commonly used for constructing page styles.
+See its documentation.
* Menu:
@@ -11725,7 +11812,7 @@ See its documentation on CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \maketitle, Next: \pagenumbering, Up: Page styles
-18.1 '\maketitle'
+18.1 ‘\maketitle’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -11733,12 +11820,12 @@ Synopsis:
\maketitle
Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a
-separate page, except in the 'article' class where it is at the top of
+separate page, except in the ‘article’ class where it is at the top of
the first page. (*Note Document class options::, for information about
-the 'titlepage' document class option.)
+the ‘titlepage’ document class option.)
- This example shows '\maketitle' appearing in its usual place,
-immediately after '\begin{document}'.
+ This example shows ‘\maketitle’ appearing in its usual place,
+immediately after ‘\begin{document}’.
\documentclass{article}
\title{Constructing a Nuclear Reactor Using Only Coconuts}
@@ -11761,45 +11848,46 @@ immediately after '\begin{document}'.
...
You tell LaTeX the information used to produce the title by making
-the following declarations. These must come before the '\maketitle',
+the following declarations. These must come before the ‘\maketitle’,
either in the preamble or in the document body.
-'\author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}'
+‘\author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}’
Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is
- a list of authors separated by '\and' commands. To separate lines
- within a single author's entry, for instance to give the author's
- institution or address, use a double backslash, '\\'. If you omit
- the '\author' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Warning: No \author
- given'.
-
-'\date{TEXT}'
- Optional. Declare TEXT to be the document's date. The TEXT
- doesn't need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If
- you omit '\date' then LaTeX uses the current date (*note \today::).
- To have no date, instead use '\date{}'.
-
-'\thanks{TEXT}'
+ a list of authors separated by ‘\and’ commands. To separate lines
+ within a single author’s entry, for instance to give the author’s
+ institution or address, use a double backslash, ‘\\’. If you omit
+ the ‘\author’ declaration then you get ‘LaTeX Warning: No \author
+ given’.
+
+‘\date{TEXT}’
+ Optional. Declare TEXT to be the document’s date. The TEXT
+ doesn’t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If
+ you omit ‘\date’ then LaTeX uses the current date (*note \today::).
+ To have no date, instead use ‘\date{}’.
+
+‘\thanks{TEXT}’
Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author
information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
- also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It
- can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as
- to print an email address.
+ also use it in the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense.
+ It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such
+ as to print an email address.
-'\title{TEXT}'
+‘\title{TEXT}’
Required. Declare TEXT to be the title of the document. Get line
- breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, '\\'. If you omit the
- '\title' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Error: No \title given'.
+ breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, ‘\\’. If you omit the
+ ‘\title’ declaration then the ‘\maketitle’ command yields error
+ ‘LaTeX Error: No \title given’.
To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::. You can either
create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-'\maketitle' command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
-place of 'article' that formats the title according to their house
+‘\maketitle’ command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
+place of ‘article’ that formats the title according to their house
requirements.)

File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagenumbering, Next: \pagestyle, Prev: \maketitle, Up: Page styles
-18.2 '\pagenumbering'
+18.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
=====================
Synopsis:
@@ -11809,11 +11897,12 @@ Synopsis:
Specifies the style of page numbers, and resets the page number. The
numbering style is reflected on the page, and also in the table of
contents and other page references. This declaration has global scope
-so its effect is not delimited by braces or environments.
+so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
+or an end of environment.
- In this example, before the Main section the pages are numbered 'a',
-etc. Starting on the page containing that section, the pages are
-numbered '1', etc.
+ In this example, before the ‘Main’ section the pages are numbered
+‘a’, etc. Starting on the page containing the ‘\pagenumbering’ call in
+that section, the pages are numbered ‘1’, etc.
\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
...
@@ -11823,43 +11912,43 @@ numbered '1', etc.
The argument NUMBER-STYLE is one of the following (see also *note
\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
-'arabic'
+‘arabic’
Arabic numerals: 1, 2, ...
-'roman'
+‘roman’
lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, ...
-'Roman'
+‘Roman’
uppercase Roman numerals: I, II, ...
-'alph'
+‘alph’
lowercase letters: a, b, ... If you have more than 26 pages then
- you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter too large'.
+ you get ‘LaTeX Error: Counter too large’.
-'Alph'
+‘Alph’
uppercase letters: A, B, ... If you have more than 26 pages then
- you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter too large'.
+ you get ‘LaTeX Error: Counter too large’.
-'gobble'
+‘gobble’
LaTeX does not output a page number, although it does get reset.
References to that page also are blank. (This does not work with
- the popular package 'hyperref' so to have the page number not
- appear you may want to instead use '\pagestyle{empty}' or
- '\thispagestyle{empty}'.)
+ the popular package ‘hyperref’ so to have the page number not
+ appear you may want to instead use ‘\pagestyle{empty}’ or
+ ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’.)
- Traditionally, if a document has front matter--preface, table of
-contents, etc.--then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The
+ Traditionally, if a document has front matter—preface, table of
+contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The
main matter of a document uses arabic. *Note \frontmatter & \mainmatter
& \backmatter::.
If you want to change where the page number appears on the page,
see *note \pagestyle::. If you want to change the value of the page
-number, then you manipulate the 'page' counter (*note Counters::).
+number, then you manipulate the ‘page’ counter (*note Counters::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagestyle, Next: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagenumbering, Up: Page styles
-18.3 '\pagestyle'
+18.3 ‘\pagestyle’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -11870,35 +11959,35 @@ Synopsis:
typeset, from the current page onwards.
A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package
-'fancyhdr' is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers.
+‘fancyhdr’ is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers.
New documents that need to do anything other than one of the standard
options below should use this package. See its documentation on CTAN.
Values for STYLE:
-'plain'
+‘plain’
The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number,
centered.
-'empty'
+‘empty’
The header and footer are both empty.
-'headings'
+‘headings’
Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style
specifies what goes in there; see the discussion below.
-'myheadings'
- Custom headers, specified via the '\markboth' or the '\markright'
+‘myheadings’
+ Custom headers, specified via the ‘\markboth’ or the ‘\markright’
commands.
- Some discussion of the motivation for LaTeX's mechanism will help you
-work with the options 'headings' or 'myheadings'. The document source
-below produces an article, two-sided, with the pagestyle 'headings'. On
-this document's left hand pages, LaTeX wants (in addition to the page
+ Some discussion of the motivation for LaTeX’s mechanism will help you
+work with the options ‘headings’ or ‘myheadings’. The document source
+below produces an article, two-sided, with the pagestyle ‘headings’. On
+this document’s left hand pages, LaTeX wants (in addition to the page
number) the title of the current section. On its right hand pages LaTeX
wants the title of the current subsection. When it makes up a page,
-LaTeX gets this information from the commands '\leftmark' and
-'\rightmark'. So it is up to '\section' and '\subsection' to store that
+LaTeX gets this information from the commands ‘\leftmark’ and
+‘\rightmark’. So it is up to ‘\section’ and ‘\subsection’ to store that
information there.
\documentclass[twoside]{article}
@@ -11913,7 +12002,7 @@ information there.
...
Suppose that the second section falls on a left page. Although when the
-page starts it is in the first section, LaTeX will put 'Section 2' in
+page starts it is in the first section, LaTeX will put ‘Section 2’ in
the left page header. As to the right header, if no subsection starts
before the end of the right page then LaTeX blanks the right hand
header. If a subsection does appear before the right page finishes then
@@ -11924,43 +12013,44 @@ subsection starting on that right page. If at least one of 2.1, 2.2,
puts in the right hand header the title of the last subsection to start,
that is, the one in effect during the right hand page.
- To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, LaTeX has '\section'
-issue a command '\markboth', setting '\leftmark' to 'Section 2' and
-setting '\rightmark' to blank. And, LaTeX has '\subsection' issue a
-command '\markright', setting '\rightmark' to 'Subsection 2.1', etc.
+ To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, LaTeX has ‘\section’
+issue a command ‘\markboth’, setting ‘\leftmark’ to ‘Section 2’ and
+setting ‘\rightmark’ to an empty content. And, LaTeX has ‘\subsection’
+issue a command ‘\markright’, setting ‘\rightmark’ to ‘Subsection 2.1’,
+etc.
- Here are the descriptions of '\markboth' and '\markright':
+ Here are the descriptions of ‘\markboth’ and ‘\markright’:
-'\markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}'
+‘\markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}’
Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for
- either a page style of 'headings' or 'myheadings'. A left hand
- page heading LEFT-HEAD is generated by the last '\markboth' command
+ either a page style of ‘headings’ or ‘myheadings’. A left hand
+ page heading LEFT-HEAD is generated by the last ‘\markboth’ command
before the end of the page. A right hand page heading RIGHT-HEAD
- is generated by the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on
+ is generated by the first ‘\markboth’ or ‘\markright’ that comes on
the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one that came
before that page.
-'\markright{RIGHT}'
+‘\markright{RIGHT-HEAD}’
Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagestyle, Up: Page styles
-18.4 '\thispagestyle'
+18.4 ‘\thispagestyle’
=====================
Synopsis:
\thispagestyle{STYLE}
- Works in the same way as the '\pagestyle' (*note \pagestyle::),
+ Works in the same way as the ‘\pagestyle’ (*note \pagestyle::),
except that it changes to STYLE for the current page only. This
declaration has global scope, so its effect is not delimited by braces
or environments.
Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.
For example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
+chapter in ‘plain’ style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
\documentclass{book}
\pagestyle{headings}
@@ -11970,9 +12060,9 @@ chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
\chapter{Second chapter}\thispagestyle{empty}
...
-The 'plain' style has a page number on it, centered in the footer. To
-make the page entirely empty, the command '\thispagestyle{empty}'
-immediately follows the second '\chapter'.
+The ‘plain’ style has a page number on it, centered in the footer. To
+make the page entirely empty, the command ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’
+immediately follows the second ‘\chapter’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Spaces, Next: Boxes, Prev: Page styles, Up: Top
@@ -12009,7 +12099,7 @@ Vertical space

File: latex2e.info, Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad, Next: \hspace, Up: Spaces
-19.1 '\enspace' & '\quad' & '\qquad'
+19.1 ‘\enspace’ & ‘\quad’ & ‘\qquad’
====================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12031,15 +12121,15 @@ points (*note Lengths/em::).
\qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png}
\end{center}
-*Note Spacing in math mode::, for '\quad' and '\qquad'. These are
+*Note Spacing in math mode::, for ‘\quad’ and ‘\qquad’. These are
lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in
many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with
-'\hspace'.
+‘\hspace’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \hspace, Next: \hfill, Prev: \enspace & \quad & \qquad, Up: Spaces
-19.2 '\hspace'
+19.2 ‘\hspace’
==============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12049,17 +12139,17 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Insert the amount LENGTH of horizontal space. The LENGTH can be
positive, negative, or zero; adding a negative amount of space is like
-backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a 'plus' or
-'minus' component, or both (*note Lengths::). Because the space is
-stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called "glue".
+backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a ‘plus’ or
+‘minus’ component, or both (*note Lengths::). Because the space is
+stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called “glue”.
- This makes a line with 'Name:' an inch from the right margin.
+ This makes a line with ‘Name:’ an inch from the right margin.
\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}
- The '*'-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More
-precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white space--glues
-and kerns--that come at a line break are discarded. The '*'-form avoids
+ The ‘*’-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More
+precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white space—glues
+and kerns—that come at a line break are discarded. The ‘*’-form avoids
that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in front of
the space).
@@ -12071,10 +12161,10 @@ the space).
conceived in \hspace*{1in}, and dedicated to the proposition
that all men are created \hspace*{1in}.}
-the 1 inch blank following 'conceived in' falls at the start of a line.
-If you erase the '*' then LaTeX discards the blank.
+the 1 inch blank following ‘conceived in’ falls at the start of a line.
+If you erase the ‘*’ then LaTeX discards the blank.
- Here, the '\hspace' separates the three graphics.
+ Here, the ‘\hspace’ separates the three graphics.
\begin{center}
\includegraphics{lion.png}% comment keeps out extra space
@@ -12082,14 +12172,14 @@ If you erase the '*' then LaTeX discards the blank.
\hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{bear.png}
\end{center}
-Because the argument to each '\hspace' has 'minus 0.25cm', each can
-shrink a little if the three figures are too wide. But each space won't
+Because the argument to each ‘\hspace’ has ‘minus 0.25cm’, each can
+shrink a little if the three figures are too wide. But each space won’t
shrink more than 0.25cm (*note Lengths::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \hfill, Next: \hss, Prev: \hspace, Up: Spaces
-19.3 '\hfill'
+19.3 ‘\hfill’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -12099,14 +12189,14 @@ Synopsis:
Produce a rubber length which has no natural space but that can
stretch horizontally as far as needed (*note Lengths::).
- This creates a one-line paragraph with 'Name:' on the left side of
-the page and 'Quiz One' on the right.
+ This creates a one-line paragraph with ‘Name:’ on the left side of
+the page and ‘Quiz One’ on the right.
\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One
- The '\hfill' command is equivalent to '\hspace{\fill}' and so the
+ The ‘\hfill’ command is equivalent to ‘\hspace{\fill}’ and so the
space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
-'\hspace*{\fill}' (*note \hspace::).
+‘\hspace*{\fill}’ (*note \hspace::).
Here the graphs are evenly spaced in the middle of the figure.
@@ -12120,12 +12210,12 @@ space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
\caption{Comparison of two graphs} \label{fig:twographs}
\end{figure}
-Note the '\hspace*''s where the space could otherwise be dropped.
+Note the ‘\hspace*’’s where the space could otherwise be dropped.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \hss, Next: \spacefactor, Prev: \hfill, Up: Spaces
-19.4 '\hss'
+19.4 ‘\hss’
===========
Synopsis:
@@ -12134,40 +12224,40 @@ Synopsis:
Produce a horizontal space that is infinitely shrinkable as well as
infinitely stretchable (this command is a TeX primitive). LaTeX authors
-should reach first for the '\makebox' command to get the effects of
-'\hss' (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
+should reach first for the ‘\makebox’ command to get the effects of
+‘\hss’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
- Here, the first line's '\hss' makes the Z stick out to the right,
+ Here, the first line’s ‘\hss’ makes the Z stick out to the right,
overwriting the Y. In the second line the Z sticks out to the left,
overwriting the X.
X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y
-Without the '\hss' you get something like 'Overfull \hbox (6.11111pt too
-wide) detected at line 20'.
+Without the ‘\hss’ you get something like ‘Overfull \hbox (6.11111pt too
+wide) detected at line 20’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \spacefactor, Next: \(SPACE), Prev: \hss, Up: Spaces
-19.5 '\spacefactor'
+19.5 ‘\spacefactor’
===================
Synopsis:
\spacefactor=INTEGER
- Influence LaTeX's glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level
+ Influence LaTeX’s glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level
documents do not use this command.
While LaTeX is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the
gaps between words. (This space is not a character; it is called the
-"interword glue"; *note \hspace::). The '\spacefactor' command (from
+“interword glue”; *note \hspace::). The ‘\spacefactor’ command (from
Plain TeX) allows you to, for instance, have the space after a period
stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter.
After LaTeX places each character, or rule or other box, it sets a
-parameter called the "space factor". If the next thing in the input is
+parameter called the “space factor”. If the next thing in the input is
a space then this parameter affects how much stretching or shrinking can
happen. A space factor that is larger than the normal value means that
the glue can stretch more and shrink less. Normally, the space factor
@@ -12178,19 +12268,19 @@ a semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
bracket, or closing double quote or single quote. Finally, it is 999
after a capital letter.
- If the space factor F is 1000 then the glue gap will be the font's
+ If the space factor F is 1000 then the glue gap will be the font’s
normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is
3.3333 points). Otherwise, if the space factor F is greater than 2000
-then TeX adds the font's extra space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10
-point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font's normal stretch value
+then TeX adds the font’s extra space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10
+point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font’s normal stretch value
is multiplied by f /1000 and the normal shrink value is multiplied by
1000/f (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point these are 1.66666 and
1.11111 points).
- For example, consider the period ending 'A man's best friend is his
-dog.' After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
+ For example, consider the period ending ‘A man's best friend is his
+dog.’ After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as the glue
-after 'friend', which does not end in a period.
+after ‘friend’, which does not end in a period.
The rules for space factors are even more complex because they play
additional roles. In practice, there are two consequences. First, if a
@@ -12202,13 +12292,13 @@ after a capital letter then its effect is not in place so you get an
ordinary space. This second case also affects abbreviations that do not
end in a capital letter (*note \@::).
- You can only use '\spacefactor' in paragraph mode or LR mode (*note
-Modes::). You can see the current value with '\the\spacefactor' or
-'\showthe\spacefactor'.
+ You can only use ‘\spacefactor’ in paragraph mode or LR mode (*note
+Modes::). You can see the current value with ‘\the\spacefactor’ or
+‘\showthe\spacefactor’.
- (Comment, not really related to '\spacefactor': if you get errors
-like 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode', or 'You can't use
-`\spacefactor' in math mode.', or 'Improper \spacefactor' then you have
+ (Comment, not really related to ‘\spacefactor’: if you get errors
+like ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode’, or ‘You can't use
+`\spacefactor' in math mode.’, or ‘Improper \spacefactor’ then you have
probably tried to redefine an internal command. *Note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::.)
@@ -12221,7 +12311,7 @@ probably tried to redefine an internal command. *Note \makeatletter &

File: latex2e.info, Node: \@, Next: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing, Up: \spacefactor
-19.5.1 '\@'
+19.5.1 ‘\@’
-----------
Synopsis:
@@ -12241,12 +12331,12 @@ between words (*note \spacefactor::).
The songs \textit{Red Guitar}, etc.\ are by Loudon Wainwright~III\@.
The second period ends the sentence, despite that it is preceded by a
-capital. We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting '\@' before
-it. The first period ends the abbreviation 'etc.' but not the sentence.
-The backslash-space, '\ ', produces a mid-sentence space.
+capital. We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting ‘\@’ before
+it. The first period ends the abbreviation ‘etc.’ but not the sentence.
+The backslash-space, ‘\ ’, produces a mid-sentence space.
So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
-sentence, then put '\@' before the period. This holds even if there is
+sentence, then put ‘\@’ before the period. This holds even if there is
an intervening right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or double
quote, because the spacing effect of that period carries through those
characters. For example, this
@@ -12256,21 +12346,21 @@ characters. For example, this
will have correct inter-sentence spacing after the period.
- The '\@' command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of a
-text mode then you get 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode'
+ The ‘\@’ command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of a
+text mode then you get ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode’
(*note Modes::).
Comment: the converse case is a period ending an abbreviation whose
last letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the
last word in the sentence. For that case follow the period with a
-backslash-space, ('\ '), or a tie, ('~'), or '\@'. Examples are 'Nat.\
-Acad.\ Science', and 'Mr.~Bean', and '(manure, etc.\@) for sale' (note
-in the last one that the '\@' comes before the closing parenthesis).
+backslash-space, (‘\ ’), or a tie, (‘~’), or ‘\@’. Examples are ‘Nat.\
+Acad.\ Science’, and ‘Mr.~Bean’, and ‘(manure, etc.\@) for sale’ (note
+in the last one that the ‘\@’ comes before the closing parenthesis).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing, Next: \normalsfcodes, Prev: \@, Up: \spacefactor
-19.5.2 '\frenchspacing' & '\nonfrenchspacing'
+19.5.2 ‘\frenchspacing’ & ‘\nonfrenchspacing’
---------------------------------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12287,14 +12377,14 @@ spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more (*note
Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the
space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark,
exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words
-that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring '\frenchspacing' (the
+that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring ‘\frenchspacing’ (the
command is from plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are
treated equally.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \normalsfcodes, Prev: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing, Up: \spacefactor
-19.5.3 '\normalsfcodes'
+19.5.3 ‘\normalsfcodes’
-----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -12307,7 +12397,7 @@ Synopsis:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \(SPACE), Next: ~, Prev: \spacefactor, Up: Spaces
-19.6 Backslash-space, '\ '
+19.6 Backslash-space, ‘\ ’
==========================
This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
@@ -12336,49 +12426,49 @@ of the three blanks were replaced by a tab, or by a newline. However,
the bottom line asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That
is, the backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal
space. (Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all
-with '\hspace'; see *note \hspace::.)
+with ‘\hspace’; see *note \hspace::.)
The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used
after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the blank that
-follows, as after '\TeX' in '\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)'. (But using curly
+follows, as after ‘\TeX’ in ‘\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)’. (But using curly
braces has the advantage of still working whether the next character is
-a blank or any other non-letter, as in '\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})' in which
-'{}' can be added after '\LaTeX' as well as after '\TeX'.) The other
+a blank or any other non-letter, as in ‘\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})’ in which
+‘{}’ can be added after ‘\LaTeX’ as well as after ‘\TeX’.) The other
common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead
-of ending a sentence, as in 'Prof.\ Smith' or 'Jones et al.\ (1993)'
+of ending a sentence, as in ‘Prof.\ Smith’ or ‘Jones et al.\ (1993)’
(*note \@::).
- Under normal circumstances, '\'<TAB> and '\'<NEWLINE> are equivalent
-to backslash-space, '\ '.
+ Under normal circumstances, ‘\’<TAB> and ‘\’<NEWLINE> are equivalent
+to backslash-space, ‘\ ’.
Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation,
under normal circumstances, TeX ignores leading blanks in a line. So
-the following prints 'one word':
+the following prints ‘one word’:
one
word
-where the white space between 'one' and 'word' is produced by the
-newline after 'one', not by the space before 'word'.
+where the white space between ‘one’ and ‘word’ is produced by the
+newline after ‘one’, not by the space before ‘word’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: ~, Next: \thinspace & \negthinspace, Prev: \(SPACE), Up: Spaces
-19.7 '~'
+19.7 ‘~’
========
Synopsis:
BEFORE~AFTER
- The "tie" character, '~', produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER
+ The “tie” character, ‘~’, produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER
at which the line will not be broken. By default the white space has
length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (*note Lengths::).
- Note that the word 'tie' has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
-community; this differs from the typographic term "tie", which is a
-diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a "tie-after" accent in 'The
-TeXbook'.
+ Note that the word ‘tie’ has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
+community; this differs from the typographic term “tie”, which is a
+diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a “tie-after” accent in ‘The
+TeXbook’.
Here LaTeX will not break the line between the final two words:
@@ -12390,49 +12480,49 @@ spacing (*note \@::).
Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
+words in an ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from 'The TeXbook'.
-
- * Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
- 'Chapter~12', or 'Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}', or
- 'Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}'.
-
- * When cases are enumerated inline: '(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
- (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded'.
-
- * Between a number and its unit: '$745.7.8$~watts' (the 'siunitx'
- package has a special facility for this) or '144~eggs'. This
- includes between a month and day number in a date: 'October~12' or
- '12~Oct'. In general, in any expressions where numbers and
- abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: 'AD~565', or
- '2:50~pm', or 'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or
- '\$$1.4$~billion'. Other common choices here are a thin space
+from ‘The TeXbook’.
+
+ • Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
+ ‘Chapter~12’, or ‘Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}’, or
+ ‘Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}’.
+
+ • When cases are enumerated inline: ‘(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
+ (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded’.
+
+ • Between a number and its unit: ‘$745.7.8$~watts’ (the ‘siunitx’
+ package has a special facility for this) or ‘144~eggs’. This
+ includes between a month and day number in a date: ‘October~12’ or
+ ‘12~Oct’. In general, in any expressions where numbers and
+ abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: ‘AD~565’, or
+ ‘2:50~pm’, or ‘Boeing~747’, or ‘268~Plains Road’, or
+ ‘\$$1.4$~billion’. Other common choices here are a thin space
(*note \thinspace & \negthinspace::) and no space at all.
- * When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: 'equals~$n$', or
- 'less than~$\epsilon$', or 'given~$X$', or 'modulo~$p^e$ for all
- large~$n$' (but compare 'is~$15$' with 'is $15$~times the height').
+ • When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: ‘equals~$n$’, or
+ ‘less than~$\epsilon$’, or ‘given~$X$’, or ‘modulo~$p^e$ for all
+ large~$n$’ (but compare ‘is~$15$’ with ‘is $15$~times the height’).
Between mathematical symbols in apposition with nouns:
- 'dimension~$d$' or 'function~$f(x)$' (but compare 'with length
- $l$~or more'). When a symbol is a tightly bound object of a
- preposition: 'of~$x$', or 'from $0$ to~$1$', or 'in common
- with~$m$'.
+ ‘dimension~$d$’ or ‘function~$f(x)$’ (but compare ‘with length
+ $l$~or more’). When a symbol is a tightly bound object of a
+ preposition: ‘of~$x$’, or ‘from $0$ to~$1$’, or ‘in common
+ with~$m$’.
- * Between symbols in series: '$1$,~$2$, or~$3$' or '$1$,~$2$,
- \ldots,~$n$'.
+ • Between symbols in series: ‘$1$,~$2$, or~$3$’ or ‘$1$,~$2$,
+ \ldots,~$n$’.
- * Between a person's given names and between multiple surnames:
- 'Donald~E. Knuth', or 'Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo', or 'Charles~XII'--but
- you must give TeX places to break the line so you might do 'Charles
- Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin'.
+ • Between a person’s given names and between multiple surnames:
+ ‘Donald~E. Knuth’, or ‘Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo’, or ‘Charles~XII’—but
+ you must give TeX places to break the line so you might do ‘Charles
+ Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace, Next: \/, Prev: ~, Up: Spaces
-19.8 '\thinspace' & '\negthinspace'
+19.8 ‘\thinspace’ & ‘\negthinspace’
===================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12441,68 +12531,68 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\negthinspace
These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6em and
--1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of '\,' and
-'\!' (*note Spacing in math mode/\thinspace::).
+-1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of ‘\,’ and
+‘\!’ (*note Spacing in math mode/\thinspace::).
- You can use '\,' as a synonym for '\thinspace' in text mode.
+ You can use ‘\,’ as a synonym for ‘\thinspace’ in text mode.
- One common use of '\thinspace' is as the space between nested quotes:
+ One common use of ‘\thinspace’ is as the space between nested quotes:
Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace''
-Another use is that some style guides call for a '\thinspace' between an
+Another use is that some style guides call for a ‘\thinspace’ between an
ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, think the
three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is
-between initials, as in 'D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth'.
+between initials, as in ‘D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth’.
LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode
-(*note Spacing in math mode::). With the 'amsmath' package, or as of
+(*note Spacing in math mode::). With the ‘amsmath’ package, or as of
the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, they can be used in text mode as well as
-math mode, including '\!' for '\negthinspace'; but otherwise, they are
+math mode, including ‘\!’ for ‘\negthinspace’; but otherwise, they are
available only in math mode.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \/, Next: \hrulefill & \dotfill, Prev: \thinspace & \negthinspace, Up: Spaces
-19.9 '\/'
+19.9 ‘\/’
=========
Synopsis:
BEFORE-CHARACTER\/AFTER-CHARACTER
- Insert an "italic correction", a small space defined by the font
+ Insert an “italic correction”, a small space defined by the font
designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character
-colliding with whatever follows. When you use '\/', LaTeX takes the
+colliding with whatever follows. When you use ‘\/’, LaTeX takes the
correction from the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has
been applied to the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space.
- Here, were it not for the '\/', the BEFORE-CHARACTER italic f would
+ Here, were it not for the ‘\/’, the BEFORE-CHARACTER italic f would
hit the AFTER-CHARACTER roman H
\newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}
because the italic letter f leans far to the right.
- If AFTER-CHARACTER is a period or comma then don't insert an italic
+ If AFTER-CHARACTER is a period or comma then don’t insert an italic
correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the baseline
already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with normal
letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used between a
switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font.
- When you use commands such as '\emph' and '\textit' and '\textsl' to
+ When you use commands such as ‘\emph’ and ‘\textit’ and ‘\textsl’ to
change fonts, LaTeX automatically inserts the italic correction when
-needed (*note Font styles::). However, declarations such as '\em' and
-'\itshape' and '\slshape' do not automatically insert italic
+needed (*note Font styles::). However, declarations such as ‘\em’ and
+‘\itshape’ and ‘\slshape’ do not automatically insert italic
corrections.
Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example
-where this is needed is the name 'pdf\/\TeX'. However, most upright
+where this is needed is the name ‘pdf\/\TeX’. However, most upright
characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators do not
include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
Technically, LaTeX uses another font-specific value, the so-called
-"slant parameter" (namely '\fontdimen1'), to determine whether to
+“slant parameter” (namely ‘\fontdimen1’), to determine whether to
possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
particular font commands.
@@ -12512,7 +12602,7 @@ is done in a different way.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill, Next: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip, Prev: \/, Up: Spaces
-19.10 '\hrulefill' & '\dotfill'
+19.10 ‘\hrulefill’ & ‘\dotfill’
===============================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12534,10 +12624,10 @@ spaced dots.
\noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge
- To make the rule or dots go to the line's end use '\null' at the
+ To make the rule or dots go to the line’s end use ‘\null’ at the
start or end.
- To change the rule's thickness, copy the definition and adjust it, as
+ To change the rule’s thickness, copy the definition and adjust it, as
here
\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
@@ -12564,7 +12654,7 @@ The line is 4cm long.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip, Next: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak, Prev: \hrulefill & \dotfill, Up: Spaces
-19.11 '\bigskip' & '\medskip' & '\smallskip'
+19.11 ‘\bigskip’ & ‘\medskip’ & ‘\smallskip’
============================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12577,7 +12667,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
These commands are fragile (*note \protect::).
Here the skip suggests the passage of time (from The Golden Ocean by
-O'Brian).
+O’Brian).
Mr Saumarez would have something rude to say to him, no doubt: he
was at home again, and it was delightful.
@@ -12589,34 +12679,34 @@ O'Brian).
Each command is associated with a length defined in the document
class file.
-'\bigskip'
- The same as '\vspace{\bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line
- space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the 'book' and
- 'article' classes is '12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt'.
+‘\bigskip’
+ The same as ‘\vspace{\bigskipamount}’, ordinarily about one line
+ space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the ‘book’ and
+ ‘article’ classes is ‘12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt’.
-'\medskip'
- The same as '\vspace{\medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a
- line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the 'book'
- and 'article' classes is '6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt'.
+‘\medskip’
+ The same as ‘\vspace{\medskipamount}’, ordinarily about half of a
+ line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the ‘book’
+ and ‘article’ classes is ‘6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt’.
-'\smallskip'
- The same as '\vspace{\smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter
+‘\smallskip’
+ The same as ‘\vspace{\smallskipamount}’, ordinarily about a quarter
of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the
- 'book' and 'article' classes is '3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt'.
+ ‘book’ and ‘article’ classes is ‘3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’.
- Because each command is a '\vspace', if you use it in mid-paragraph
+ Because each command is a ‘\vspace’, if you use it in mid-paragraph
then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use
it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it. So
these are best between paragraphs.
- The commands '\bigbreak', '\medbreak', and '\smallbreak' are similar
+ The commands ‘\bigbreak’, ‘\medbreak’, and ‘\smallbreak’ are similar
but also suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to put a page break
(*note \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak, Next: \strut, Prev: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip, Up: Spaces
-19.12 '\bigbreak' & '\medbreak' & '\smallbreak'
+19.12 ‘\bigbreak’ & ‘\medbreak’ & ‘\smallbreak’
===============================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12627,46 +12717,46 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Produce a vertical space that is big or medium-sized or small, and
suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to break the page. (The
-associated penalties are -200, -100, and -50.)
+associated penalties are respectively −200, −100, and −50.)
*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip::, for more. These commands
produce the same vertical space but differ in that they also remove a
preceding vertical space if it is less than what they would insert (as
-with '\addvspace'). In addition, they terminate a paragraph where they
+with ‘\addvspace’). In addition, they terminate a paragraph where they
are used: this example
abc\bigbreak def ghi
jkl mno pqr
-will output three paragraphs, the first ending in 'abc' and the second
+will output three paragraphs, the first ending in ‘abc’ and the second
starting, after an extra vertical space and a paragraph indent, with
-'def'.
+‘def’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \strut, Next: \vspace, Prev: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak, Up: Spaces
-19.13 '\strut'
+19.13 ‘\strut’
==============
Synopsis:
\strut
- Ensure that the current line has height at least '0.7\baselineskip'
-and depth at least '0.3\baselineskip'. Essentially, LaTeX inserts into
+ Ensure that the current line has height at least ‘0.7\baselineskip’
+and depth at least ‘0.3\baselineskip’. Essentially, LaTeX inserts into
the line a rectangle having zero width,
-'\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}' (*note \rule::). The
-'\baselineskip' changes with the current font or fontsize.
+‘\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}’ (*note \rule::). The
+‘\baselineskip’ changes with the current font or fontsize.
- In this example the '\strut' keeps the box inside the frame from
+ In this example the ‘\strut’ keeps the box inside the frame from
having zero height.
\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}
This example has four lists. In the first there is a much bigger gap
between items 2 and 3 than there is between items 1 and 2. The second
-list fixes that with a '\strut' at the end of its first item's second
+list fixes that with a ‘\strut’ at the end of its first item’s second
line.
\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
@@ -12699,23 +12789,23 @@ line.
\end{enumerate}
\end{minipage}%
-The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening. The first
-item '\parbox' of the third list goes only to the bottom of its second
-'test', which happens not have any characters that descend below the
+The final two lists use ‘\fbox’ to show what’s happening. The first
+item ‘\parbox’ of the third list goes only to the bottom of its second
+‘test’, which happens not have any characters that descend below the
baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra
below-baseline space.
- The '\strut' command is often useful in graphics, such as in 'TikZ'
-or 'Asymptote'. For instance, you may have a command such as
-'\graphnode{NODE-NAME}' that fits a circle around NODE-NAME. However,
-unless you are careful the NODE-NAME's 'x' and 'y' will produce
+ The ‘\strut’ command is often useful in graphics, such as in ‘TikZ’
+or ‘Asymptote’. For instance, you may have a command such as
+‘\graphnode{NODE-NAME}’ that fits a circle around NODE-NAME. However,
+unless you are careful the NODE-NAME’s ‘x’ and ‘y’ will produce
different-diameter circles because the characters are different sizes.
-A careful '\graphnode' might insert a '\strut', then NODE-NAME, and then
+A careful ‘\graphnode’ might insert a ‘\strut’, then NODE-NAME, and then
draw the circle.
- The general approach of using a zero width '\rule' is useful in many
+ The general approach of using a zero width ‘\rule’ is useful in many
circumstances. In this table, the zero-width rule keeps the top of the
-first integral from hitting the '\hline'. Similarly, the second rule
+first integral from hitting the ‘\hline’. Similarly, the second rule
keeps the second integral from hitting the first.
\begin{tabular}{rl}
@@ -12726,15 +12816,15 @@ keeps the second integral from hitting the first.
\end{tabular}
(Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available
-optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won't
+optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won’t
solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like
-'\\[2.5ex]' will put more room between the header line and the '\hline'
+‘\\[2.5ex]’ will put more room between the header line and the ‘\hline’
rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.)

File: latex2e.info, Node: \vspace, Next: \vfill, Prev: \strut, Up: Spaces
-19.14 '\vspace'
+19.14 ‘\vspace’
===============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12743,7 +12833,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\vspace*{LENGTH}
Add the vertical space LENGTH. The LENGTH can be positive, negative,
-or zero. It is a rubber length--it may contain a 'plus' or 'minus'
+or zero. It is a rubber length—it may contain a ‘plus’ or ‘minus’
component (*note Lengths::).
This puts space between the two paragraphs.
@@ -12756,9 +12846,9 @@ component (*note Lengths::).
(*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip::, for common inter-paragraph
spaces.)
- The '*'-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More
+ The ‘*’-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More
precisely, LaTeX discards vertical space at a page break and the
-'*'-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between
+‘*’-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between
the two questions.
Question: Find the integral of \( 5x^4+5 \).
@@ -12769,10 +12859,10 @@ the two questions.
That space will be present even if the page break happens to fall
between the questions.
- If you use '\vspace' in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in
+ If you use ‘\vspace’ in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in
horizontal mode) then the space is inserted after the line containing
-the '\vspace' command; it does not start a new paragraph at the
-'\vspace' command.
+the ‘\vspace’ command; it does not start a new paragraph at the
+‘\vspace’ command.
In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on
the page, with at least one inch of space below each.
@@ -12788,7 +12878,7 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \vfill, Next: \addvspace, Prev: \vspace, Up: Spaces
-19.15 '\vfill'
+19.15 ‘\vfill’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -12799,14 +12889,14 @@ Synopsis:
infinite, so it can stretch or shrink as far as needed (*note
Lengths::).
- It is often used in the same way as '\vspace{\fill}', except that
-'\vfill' ends the current paragraph whereas '\vspace{\fill}' adds the
+ It is often used in the same way as ‘\vspace{\fill}’, except that
+‘\vfill’ ends the current paragraph whereas ‘\vspace{\fill}’ adds the
infinite vertical space below its line, irrespective of the paragraph
structure. In both cases that space will disappear at a page boundary;
to circumvent this see the starred option in *note \vspace::.
In this example the page is filled, so the top and bottom lines
-contain the text 'Lost Dog!' and the second 'Lost Dog!' is exactly
+contain the text ‘Lost Dog!’ and the second ‘Lost Dog!’ is exactly
halfway between them.
\begin{document}
@@ -12820,7 +12910,7 @@ halfway between them.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \addvspace, Prev: \vfill, Up: Spaces
-19.16 '\addvspace'
+19.16 ‘\addvspace’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -12828,16 +12918,16 @@ Synopsis:
\addvspace{VERT-LENGTH}
Add a vertical space of VERT-LENGTH. However, if there are two or
-more '\addvspace''s in a sequence then together they only add the space
+more ‘\addvspace’’s in a sequence then together they only add the space
needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the
-VERT-LENGTH's in that sequence. This command is fragile (*note
+VERT-LENGTH’s in that sequence. This command is fragile (*note
\protect::). The VERT-LENGTH is a rubber length (*note Lengths::).
- This example illustrates. The 'picture' draws a scale over which to
+ This example illustrates. The ‘picture’ draws a scale over which to
rules are placed. In a standard LaTeX article the length
-'\baselineskip' is 12pt. As shown by the scale, the two rules are 22pt
-apart: the sum of the '\baselineskip' and the 10pt from the first
-'\addvspace'.
+‘\baselineskip’ is 12pt. As shown by the scale, the two rules are 22pt
+apart: the sum of the ‘\baselineskip’ and the 10pt from the first
+‘\addvspace’.
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{color}
@@ -12852,21 +12942,21 @@ apart: the sum of the '\baselineskip' and the 10pt from the first
\par\noindent\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
\end{document}
-Now uncomment the second '\addvspace'. It does not make the gap 20pt
-longer; instead the gap is the sum of '\baselineskip' and 20pt. So
-'\addvspace' in a sense does the opposite of its name--it makes sure
-that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only
-the largest one is used.
+Now uncomment the second ‘\addvspace’. It does not make the gap 20pt
+longer; instead the gap is the sum of ‘\baselineskip’ and 20pt. So
+‘\addvspace’ in a sense does the opposite of its name—it makes sure that
+multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only the
+largest one is used.
LaTeX uses this command to adjust the vertical space above or below
-an environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a 'theorem'
-environment begins and ends with '\addvspace' so that two consecutive
-'theorem''s are separated by one vertical space, not two.
+an environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a ‘theorem’
+environment begins and ends with ‘\addvspace’ so that two consecutive
+‘theorem’’s are separated by one vertical space, not two.
- A error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item' pointing to an
-'\addvspace' means that you were not in vertical mode when you hit this
-command. One way to change that is to precede '\addvspace' with a
-'\par' command (*note \par::), as in the above example.
+ A error ‘Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item’ pointing to an
+‘\addvspace’ means that you were not in vertical mode when you hit this
+command. One way to change that is to precede ‘\addvspace’ with a
+‘\par’ command (*note \par::), as in the above example.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Boxes, Next: Color, Prev: Spaces, Up: Top
@@ -12878,7 +12968,7 @@ At its core, LaTeX puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
page. So these commands are central.
There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating
-boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is 'adjustbox'.
+boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is ‘adjustbox’.
* Menu:
@@ -12886,14 +12976,14 @@ boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is 'adjustbox'.
* \fbox & \framebox:: Put a frame around a box.
* \parbox:: Box with text in paragraph mode.
* \raisebox:: Raise or lower text.
-* \sbox & \savebox:: Like '\makebox' but save the text for later.
-* lrbox:: Environment version of '\sbox'.
+* \sbox & \savebox:: Like ‘\makebox’ but save the text for later.
+* lrbox:: Environment version of ‘\sbox’.
* \usebox:: Print saved text.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \mbox & \makebox, Next: \fbox & \framebox, Up: Boxes
-20.1 '\mbox' & '\makebox'
+20.1 ‘\mbox’ & ‘\makebox’
=========================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12904,18 +12994,18 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
Create a box, a container for material. The TEXT is typeset in LR
-mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines. The '\mbox'
-command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::).
+mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines. The ‘\mbox’
+command is robust, while ‘\makebox’ is fragile (*note \protect::).
- Because 'text' is not broken into lines, you can use '\mbox' to
+ Because ‘text’ is not broken into lines, you can use ‘\mbox’ to
prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate the tank
-name, 'T-34'.
+name, ‘T-34’.
The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism.
- The first two command synopsis versions, '\mbox' and '\makebox', are
-roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the
-TEXT. (They are like plain TeX's '\hbox'.)
+ The first two command invocations shown, ‘\mbox’ and ‘\makebox’, are
+roughly the same. They create a box just wide enough to contain the
+TEXT. (They are like plain TeX’s ‘\hbox’.)
In the third version the optional argument WIDTH specifies the width
of the box. Note that the space occupied by the text need not equal the
@@ -12924,12 +13014,12 @@ full-line box
\makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}
-with 'Chapter Exam' centered. But TEXT can also be too wide for WIDTH.
+with ‘Chapter Exam’ centered. But TEXT can also be too wide for WIDTH.
See the example below of zero-width boxes.
In the WIDTH argument you can use the following lengths that refer to
-the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets on typesetting TEXT: '\depth',
-'\height', '\width', '\totalheight' (this is the box's height plus its
+the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets on typesetting TEXT: ‘\depth’,
+‘\height’, ‘\width’, ‘\totalheight’ (this is the box’s height plus its
depth). For example, to make a box with the text stretched to double
the natural size you can say this.
@@ -12939,23 +13029,23 @@ the natural size you can say this.
POSITION gives position of the text within the box. It may take the
following values:
-'c'
+‘c’
The TEXT is centered (default).
-'l'
+‘l’
The TEXT is flush left.
-'r'
+‘r’
Flush right.
-'s'
+‘s’
Stretch the interword space in TEXT across the entire WIDTH. The
TEXT must contain stretchable space for this to work. For
instance, this could head a press release:
- '\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil
- RELEASE\hfil}'
+ ‘\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil
+ RELEASE\hfil}’
- A common use of '\makebox' is to make zero-width text boxes. This
+ A common use of ‘\makebox’ is to make zero-width text boxes. This
puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.
\newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
@@ -12963,30 +13053,29 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.
\pts{90}An African or European swallow?
-
- The right edge of the output '10 points ' (note the ending space
-after 'points') will be just before the 'What'. You can use '\makebox'
-similarly when making graphics, such as in 'TikZ' or 'Asymptote', where
+ The right edge of the output ‘10 points ’ (note the ending space
+after ‘points’) will be just before the ‘What’. You can use ‘\makebox’
+similarly when making graphics, such as in ‘TikZ’ or ‘Asymptote’, where
you put the edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the
length of that text.
For boxes with frames see *note \fbox & \framebox::. For colors
see *note Colored boxes::.
- There is a related version of '\makebox' that is used within the
-'picture' environment, where the length is given in terms of
-'\unitlength' (*note \makebox (picture)::).
+ There is a related version of ‘\makebox’ that is used within the
+‘picture’ environment, where the length is given in terms of
+‘\unitlength’ (*note \makebox (picture)::).
- As TEXT is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash '\\' nor
-'\par' will give you a new line; for instance '\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}'
-outputs 'abc defghi' while '\makebox{abc def \par ghi}' outputs 'abc def
-ghi', both on a single line. To get multiple lines see *note \parbox::
+ As TEXT is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash ‘\\’ nor
+‘\par’ will give you a new line; for instance ‘\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}’
+outputs ‘abc defghi’ while ‘\makebox{abc def \par ghi}’ outputs ‘abc def
+ghi’, both on a single line. To get multiple lines see *note \parbox::
and *note minipage::.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \fbox & \framebox, Next: \parbox, Prev: \mbox & \makebox, Up: Boxes
-20.2 '\fbox' & '\framebox'
+20.2 ‘\fbox’ & ‘\framebox’
==========================
Synopses, one of:
@@ -12997,9 +13086,9 @@ Synopses, one of:
\framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the
-TEXT. These commands are the same as '\mbox' and '\makebox' except for
-the frame (*note \mbox & \makebox::). The '\fbox' command is robust,
-the '\framebox' command is fragile (*note \protect::).
+TEXT. These commands are the same as ‘\mbox’ and ‘\makebox’ except for
+the frame (*note \mbox & \makebox::). The ‘\fbox’ command is robust,
+the ‘\framebox’ command is fragile (*note \protect::).
\fbox{Warning! No work shown, no credit given.}
@@ -13007,7 +13096,7 @@ LaTeX puts the text into a box, the text cannot be hyphenated. Around
that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four rules making a
frame.
- The first two command invocations, '\fbox{...}' and '\framebox{...}',
+ The first two command invocations, ‘\fbox{...}’ and ‘\framebox{...}’,
are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the
optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as WIDTH and the
position of the text inside that box as POSITION. *Note \mbox &
@@ -13016,18 +13105,18 @@ empty box that is 1/4in wide.
\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}
-The '\strut' ensures a total height of '\baselineskip' (*note \strut::).
+The ‘\strut’ ensures a total height of ‘\baselineskip’ (*note \strut::).
These parameters determine the frame layout.
-'\fboxrule'
+‘\fboxrule’
The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is
0.2pt. Change it with a command such as
- '\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}' (*note \setlength::).
+ ‘\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}’ (*note \setlength::).
-'\fboxsep'
+‘\fboxsep’
The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is
- 3pt. Change it with a command such as '\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}'
+ 3pt. Change it with a command such as ‘\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}’
(*note \setlength::). Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes: this
will put a frame around the picture with no white border.
@@ -13035,9 +13124,9 @@ The '\strut' ensures a total height of '\baselineskip' (*note \strut::).
\framebox{%
\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}}
- The extra curly braces keep the effect of the '\setlength' local.
+ The extra curly braces keep the effect of the ‘\setlength’ local.
- As with '\mbox' and '\makebox', LaTeX will not break lines in TEXT.
+ As with ‘\mbox’ and ‘\makebox’, LaTeX will not break lines in TEXT.
But this example has LaTeX break lines to make a paragraph, and then
frame the result.
@@ -13049,14 +13138,14 @@ frame the result.
*Note Colored boxes::, for colors other than black and white.
- The 'picture' environment has a version of the '\framebox' command
-where the units depend on 'picture''s '\unitlength' (*note \framebox
+ The ‘picture’ environment has a version of the ‘\framebox’ command
+where the units depend on ‘picture’’s ‘\unitlength’ (*note \framebox
(picture)::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \parbox, Next: \raisebox, Prev: \fbox & \framebox, Up: Boxes
-20.3 '\parbox'
+20.3 ‘\parbox’
==============
Synopses, one of:
@@ -13078,11 +13167,11 @@ fragile (*note \protect::).
\end{picture}
The CONTENTS are processed in a text mode (*note Modes::) so LaTeX
-will break lines to make a paragraph. But it won't make multiple
-paragraphs; for that, use a 'minipage' environment (*note minipage::).
+will break lines to make a paragraph. But it won’t make multiple
+paragraphs; for that, use a ‘minipage’ environment (*note minipage::).
- The options for '\parbox' (except for CONTENTS) are the same as those
-for 'minipage'. For convenience a summary of the options is here but
+ The options for ‘\parbox’ (except for CONTENTS) are the same as those
+for ‘minipage’. For convenience a summary of the options is here but
see *note minipage:: for a complete description.
There are two required arguments. The WIDTH is a rigid length (*note
@@ -13091,26 +13180,26 @@ CONTENTS. The CONTENTS is the text that is placed in that box. It
should not have any paragraph-making components.
There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS.
-The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the "parbox" with respect
-to the surrounding material. The supported values are 'c' or 'm' to
+The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the “parbox” with respect
+to the surrounding material. The supported values are ‘c’ or ‘m’ to
make the vertical center of the parbox lines up with the center of the
-adjacent text line (this is the default), or 't' to match the top line
-of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or 'b' to
+adjacent text line (this is the default), or ‘t’ to match the top line
+of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or ‘b’ to
match the bottom line.
The optional argument HEIGHT overrides the natural height of the box.
The optional argument INNER-POS controls the placement of CONTENT
-inside the 'parbox'. Its default is the value of POSITION. Its
-possible values are: 't' to put the CONTENT at the top of the box, 'c'
-to put it in the vertical center, 'b' to put it at the bottom of the
-box, and 's' to stretch it out vertically (for this, the text must
+inside the ‘parbox’. Its default is the value of POSITION. Its
+possible values are: ‘t’ to put the CONTENT at the top of the box, ‘c’
+to put it in the vertical center, ‘b’ to put it at the bottom of the
+box, and ‘s’ to stretch it out vertically (for this, the text must
contain vertically stretchable space).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \raisebox, Next: \sbox & \savebox, Prev: \parbox, Up: Boxes
-20.4 '\raisebox'
+20.4 ‘\raisebox’
================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -13138,8 +13227,8 @@ gets by typesetting TEXT.
In the arguments DISTANCE, HEIGHT, and DEPTH you can use the
following lengths that refer to the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets
-on typesetting TEXT: '\depth', '\height', '\width', '\totalheight' (this
-is the box's height plus its depth).
+on typesetting TEXT: ‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\width’, ‘\totalheight’ (this
+is the box’s height plus its depth).
This will align two graphics on their top (*note Graphics::).
@@ -13153,13 +13242,13 @@ is the box's height plus its depth).
\includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{meta.png}}
\end{center}
-The first '\height' is the height of 'lion.png' while the second is the
-height of 'meta.png'.
+The first ‘\height’ is the height of ‘lion.png’ while the second is the
+height of ‘meta.png’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \sbox & \savebox, Next: lrbox, Prev: \raisebox, Up: Boxes
-20.5 '\sbox' & '\savebox'
+20.5 ‘\sbox’ & ‘\savebox’
=========================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -13169,12 +13258,12 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH]{TEXT}
\savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT}
- Typeset TEXT just as with '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::)
+ Typeset TEXT just as with ‘\makebox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::)
except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it in a box
register referred to by a variable named BOX-CMD. The variable name
-BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, '\'. You must have previously
-allocated the box register BOX-CMD with '\newsavebox' (*note
-\newsavebox::). The '\sbox' command is robust while '\savebox' is
+BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, ‘\’. You must have previously
+allocated the box register BOX-CMD with ‘\newsavebox’ (*note
+\newsavebox::). The ‘\sbox’ command is robust while ‘\savebox’ is
fragile (*note \protect::).
This creates and uses a box register.
@@ -13186,23 +13275,23 @@ fragile (*note \protect::).
Whenever we go out, the people always shout!
There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da.
-One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a '\newcommand'
+One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a ‘\newcommand’
macro variable is efficiency, that LaTeX need not repeatedly retypeset
the contents. See the example below.
- The first two command invocations, '\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}' and
-'\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}', are roughly equivalent. As to the third and
-fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as
+ The first two command invocations shown above, ‘\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}’
+and ‘\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}’, are roughly the same. As to the third
+and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as
WIDTH, and the position of the text inside that box as POSITION. *Note
\mbox & \makebox::, for the full description.
- In the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands the TEXT is typeset in LR mode
+ In the ‘\sbox’ and ‘\savebox’ commands the TEXT is typeset in LR mode
so it does not have line breaks (*note Modes::). If you use these then
-LaTeX doesn't give you an error but it ignores what you want: if you
-enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}' and '\usebox{\newreg}' then you get
-'testtest', while if you enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}' and
-'\usebox{\newreg}' then you get 'test test', but no error or warning.
-To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here.
+LaTeX doesn’t give you an error but it ignores what you want: if you
+enter ‘\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}’ and ‘\usebox{\newreg}’ then you get
+‘testtest’, while if you enter ‘\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}’ and
+‘\usebox{\newreg}’ then you get ‘test test’, but no error or warning.
+To fix this use a ‘\parbox’ or ‘minipage’ as here.
\newsavebox{\areg}
\savebox{\areg}{%
@@ -13215,7 +13304,7 @@ To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here.
...
\usebox{\areg}
- As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register's contents,
+ As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register’s contents,
this puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in
the header. LaTeX only typesets it once.
@@ -13234,15 +13323,15 @@ the header. LaTeX only typesets it once.
\markright{\usebox{\sealreg}}
\pagestyle{headings}
-The 'picture' environment is good for fine-tuning the placement.
+The ‘picture’ environment is good for fine-tuning the placement.
- If the register '\noreg' has not already been defined then you get
-something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg'.
+ If the register ‘\noreg’ has not already been defined then you get
+something like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: lrbox, Next: \usebox, Prev: \sbox & \savebox, Up: Boxes
-20.6 'lrbox'
+20.6 ‘lrbox’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -13251,15 +13340,15 @@ Synopsis:
TEXT
\end{lrbox}
- This is the environment form of the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands,
+ This is the environment form of the ‘\sbox’ and ‘\savebox’ commands,
and is equivalent to them. *Note \sbox & \savebox::, for the full
description.
The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the box register referred
-to by variable 'BOX-CMD'. The variable name BOX-CMD must begin with a
-backslash, '\'. You must allocate this box register in advance with
-'\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). In this example the environment is
-convenient for entering the 'tabular'.
+to by variable ‘BOX-CMD’. The variable name BOX-CMD must begin with a
+backslash, ‘\’. You must allocate this box register in advance with
+‘\newsavebox’ (*note \newsavebox::). In this example the environment is
+convenient for entering the ‘tabular’.
\newsavebox{\jhreg}
\begin{lrbox}{\jhreg}
@@ -13274,7 +13363,7 @@ convenient for entering the 'tabular'.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \usebox, Prev: lrbox, Up: Boxes
-20.7 '\usebox'
+20.7 ‘\usebox’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -13282,9 +13371,9 @@ Synopsis:
\usebox{BOX-CMD}
Produce the box most recently saved in the box register BOX-CMD by
-the commands '\sbox' or '\savebox', or the 'lrbox' environment. For
+the commands ‘\sbox’ or ‘\savebox’, or the ‘lrbox’ environment. For
more information and examples, *note \sbox & \savebox::. (Note that the
-variable name BOX-CMD starts with a backslash, '\'.) This command is
+variable name BOX-CMD starts with a backslash, ‘\’.) This command is
robust (*note \protect::).

@@ -13297,13 +13386,13 @@ You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
Color support comes as an additional package. So put
-'\usepackage{color}' in your document preamble to use the commands
+‘\usepackage{color}’ in your document preamble to use the commands
described here.
- Many other packages also supplement LaTeX's color abilities.
-Particularly worth mentioning is 'xcolor', which is widely used and
+ Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities.
+Particularly worth mentioning is ‘xcolor’, which is widely used and
significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
-'HTML' and 'Hsb' color models.
+‘HTML’ and ‘Hsb’ color models.
* Menu:
@@ -13314,41 +13403,41 @@ significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding

File: latex2e.info, Node: Color package options, Next: Color models, Up: Color
-21.1 'color' package options
+21.1 ‘color’ package options
============================
Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
\usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}
- When you load the 'color' package there are two kinds of available
+ When you load the ‘color’ package there are two kinds of available
options.
- The first specifies the "printer driver". LaTeX doesn't contain
+ The first specifies the “printer driver”. LaTeX doesn’t contain
information about different output systems but instead depends on
information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
-driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system's
+driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
-currently relevant ones are: 'dvipdfmx', 'dvips', 'dvisvgm', 'luatex',
-'pdftex', 'xetex'. The two 'xdvi' and 'oztex' are essentially aliases
-for 'dvips' (and 'xdvi' is monochrome). Ones that should not be used
-for new systems are: 'dvipdf', 'dvipdfm', 'dviwin', 'dvipsone', 'emtex',
-'pctexps', 'pctexwin', 'pctexhp', 'pctex32', 'truetex', 'tcidvi', 'vtex'
-(and 'dviwindo' is an alias for 'dvipsone').
+currently relevant ones are: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’,
+‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’. The two ‘xdvi’ and ‘oztex’ are essentially aliases
+for ‘dvips’ (and ‘xdvi’ is monochrome). Ones that should not be used
+for new systems are: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
+‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
+(and ‘dviwindo’ is an alias for ‘dvipsone’).
The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
-'monochrome'
+‘monochrome’
Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but
do not generate color either.
-'dvipsnames'
+‘dvipsnames’
Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
particularly in legacy documents. These color names were
- originally provided by the 'dvips' driver, giving the option name.
+ originally provided by the ‘dvips’ driver, giving the option name.
-'nodvipsnames'
+‘nodvipsnames’
Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
memory space.
@@ -13358,9 +13447,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Color models, Next: Commands for color, Prev: Color
21.2 Color models
=================
-A "color model" is a way of representing colors. LaTeX's capabilities
-depend on the printer driver. However, the 'pdftex', 'xetex', and
-'luatex' printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used. The
+A “color model” is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s capabilities
+depend on the printer driver. However, the ‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, and
+‘luatex’ printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used. The
models below work for those drivers. All but one of these is also
supported by essentially all other printer drivers used today.
@@ -13370,37 +13459,37 @@ of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
and yellow makes black.
-'cmyk'
+‘cmyk’
A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second
is magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of
0 means minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This
model is often used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
-'gray'
+‘gray’
A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are
shades of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
-'rgb'
+‘rgb’
A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component,
the second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0
means that none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full
intensity. This is an additive model.
-'RGB'
- ('pdftex', 'xetex', 'luatex' drivers) A comma-separated list with
+‘RGB’
+ (‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, ‘luatex’ drivers) A comma-separated list with
three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
- convenience for using 'rgb' since outside of LaTeX colors are often
+ convenience for using ‘rgb’ since outside of LaTeX colors are often
described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
- The values entered here are converted to the 'rgb' model by
+ The values entered here are converted to the ‘rgb’ model by
dividing by 255.
-'named'
- Colors are accessed by name, such as 'PrussianBlue'. The list of
- names depends on the driver, but all support the names 'black',
- 'blue', 'cyan', 'green', 'magenta', 'red', 'white', and 'yellow'
- (See the 'dvipsnames' option in *note Color package options::).
+‘named’
+ Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘PrussianBlue’. The list of
+ names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘black’,
+ ‘blue’, ‘cyan’, ‘green’, ‘magenta’, ‘red’, ‘white’, and ‘yellow’
+ (See the ‘dvipsnames’ option in *note Color package options::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: Commands for color, Prev: Color models, Up: Color
@@ -13408,7 +13497,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Commands for color, Prev: Color models, Up: Color
21.3 Commands for color
=======================
-These are the commands available with the 'color' package.
+These are the commands available with the ‘color’ package.
* Menu:
@@ -13431,7 +13520,7 @@ Synopsis:
\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
-you can use that color name with 'Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!'.
+you can use that color name with ‘Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!’.
This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change
and not be misleading.
@@ -13439,7 +13528,7 @@ and not be misleading.
\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
- Often a document's colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
+ Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
class or style, rather than in the document body.

@@ -13456,27 +13545,27 @@ Synopses:
or
\color{NAME}
- \color[COLOR MODEL]{SPECIFICATION}
+ \color[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
The affected text gets the color. This line
- \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:}
+ \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
-can use a color declared with '\definecolor' in exactly the same way
-that we just used the builtin color 'magenta'.
+can use a color declared with ‘\definecolor’ in exactly the same way
+that we just used the builtin color ‘magenta’.
\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
- The two '\textcolor' and '\color' differ in that the first is a
+ The two ‘\textcolor’ and ‘\color’ differ in that the first is a
command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
-form is a declaration, as in 'The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
-cheese', so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
+form is a declaration, as in ‘The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
+cheese’, so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as below
-where it colors everything inside the 'center' environment, including
+where it colors everything inside the ‘center’ environment, including
the vertical and horizontal lines.
\begin{center} \color{blue}
@@ -13505,7 +13594,7 @@ the synopses.
{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note
-Color models::). For instance, while 'rgb' takes three numbers, 'gray'
+Color models::). For instance, while ‘rgb’ takes three numbers, ‘gray’
takes only one.
The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
@@ -13532,22 +13621,22 @@ or
\fcolorbox{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
\fcolorbox[MODEL NAME]{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
- Make a box with the stated background color. The '\fcolorbox'
+ Make a box with the stated background color. The ‘\fcolorbox’
command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
-depth and height from the '\strut' (so the depth is '-.3\baselineskip'
-and the height is '\baselineskip'). This puts white text on a blue
+depth and height from the ‘\strut’ (so the depth is ‘-.3\baselineskip’
+and the height is ‘\baselineskip’). This puts white text on a blue
background.
\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
- The '\fcolorbox' commands use the same parameters as '\fbox' (*note
-\fbox & \framebox::), '\fboxrule' and '\fboxsep', to set the thickness
+ The ‘\fcolorbox’ commands use the same parameters as ‘\fbox’ (*note
+\fbox & \framebox::), ‘\fboxrule’ and ‘\fboxsep’, to set the thickness
of the rule and the boundary between the box interior and the
-surrounding rule. LaTeX's defaults are '0.4pt' and '3pt', respectively.
+surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are ‘0.4pt’ and ‘3pt’, respectively.
This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
@@ -13572,7 +13661,7 @@ Synopses:
pages, to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the
second form *note Colored text::. The third returns the background to
normal, which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported
-use '\pagecolor{white}', although that will make a white background
+use ‘\pagecolor{white}’, although that will make a white background
rather than the default transparent background.)
...
@@ -13595,14 +13684,14 @@ example is the short how-to.
\includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{plot.pdf}
To use the commands described here your document preamble must
-contain either '\usepackage{graphicx}' or '\usepackage{graphics}'. Most
-of the time, 'graphicx' is the better choice.
+contain either ‘\usepackage{graphicx}’ or ‘\usepackage{graphics}’. Most
+of the time, ‘graphicx’ is the better choice.
Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector. LaTeX can use
both. In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location
in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph in
JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of
-instructions such as 'draw a circle with this radius and that center'.
+instructions such as ‘draw a circle with this radius and that center’.
An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote program, in PDF
format. Generally vector graphics are more useful because you can
rescale their size without pixelation or other problems, and because
@@ -13610,7 +13699,7 @@ they often have a smaller size.
There are systems particularly well-suited to make graphics for a
LaTeX document. For example, these allow you to use the same fonts as
-in your document. LaTeX comes with a 'picture' environment (*note
+in your document. LaTeX comes with a ‘picture’ environment (*note
picture::) that has simple capabilities. Besides that, there are other
ways to include the graphic-making commands in the document. Two such
systems are the PSTricks and TikZ packages. There are also systems
@@ -13629,7 +13718,7 @@ see their documentation on CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Graphics package options, Next: Graphics package configuration, Up: Graphics
-22.1 'graphics' package options
+22.1 ‘graphics’ package options
===============================
Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
@@ -13640,63 +13729,63 @@ or
\usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{graphicx}
- The 'graphicx' package has a format for optional arguments to the
-'\includegraphics' command that is convenient (it is the key-value
+ The ‘graphicx’ package has a format for optional arguments to the
+‘\includegraphics’ command that is convenient (it is the key-value
format), so it is the better choice for new documents. When you load
-the 'graphics' or 'graphicx' package with '\usepackage' there are two
+the ‘graphics’ or ‘graphicx’ package with ‘\usepackage’ there are two
kinds of available options.
The first is that LaTeX does not contain information about different
-output systems but instead depends on information stored in a "printer
-driver" file. Normally you should not specify the driver option in the
-document, and instead rely on your system's default. One advantage of
+output systems but instead depends on information stored in a “printer
+driver” file. Normally you should not specify the driver option in the
+document, and instead rely on your system’s default. One advantage of
this is that it makes the document portable across systems.
For completeness here is a list of the drivers. The currently
-relevant ones are: 'dvipdfmx', 'dvips', 'dvisvgm', 'luatex', 'pdftex',
-'xetex'. The two 'xdvi' and 'oztex' are essentially aliases for 'dvips'
-(and 'xdvi' is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
-systems are: 'dvipdf', 'dvipdfm', 'dviwin', 'dvipsone', 'emtex',
-'pctexps', 'pctexwin', 'pctexhp', 'pctex32', 'truetex', 'tcidvi', 'vtex'
-(and 'dviwindo' is an alias for 'dvipsone'). These are stored in files
-with a '.def' extension, such as 'pdftex.def'.
+relevant ones are: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’, ‘pdftex’,
+‘xetex’. The two ‘xdvi’ and ‘oztex’ are essentially aliases for ‘dvips’
+(and ‘xdvi’ is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
+systems are: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
+‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
+(and ‘dviwindo’ is an alias for ‘dvipsone’). These are stored in files
+with a ‘.def’ extension, such as ‘pdftex.def’.
The second kind of options are below.
-'demo'
+‘demo’
Instead of an image file, LaTeX puts in a 150 pt by 100 pt
rectangle (unless another size is specified in the
- '\includegraphics' command).
+ ‘\includegraphics’ command).
-'draft'
+‘draft’
For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is
printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the
size, the file must be present.
-'final'
- (Default) Override any previous 'draft' option, so that the
+‘final’
+ (Default) Override any previous ‘draft’ option, so that the
document shows the contents of the graphic files.
-'hiderotate'
+‘hiderotate’
Do not show rotated text. (This allows for the possibility that a
previewer does not have the capability to rotate text.)
-'hidescale'
+‘hidescale’
Do not show scaled text. (This allows for the possibility that a
previewer does not have the capability to scale.)
-'hiresbb'
+‘hiresbb’
In a PS or EPS file the graphic size may be specified in two ways.
- The '%%BoundingBox' lines describe the graphic size using integer
+ The ‘%%BoundingBox’ lines describe the graphic size using integer
multiples of a PostScript point, that is, integer multiples of 1/72
inch. A later addition to the PostScript language allows decimal
- multiples, such as 1.23, in '%%HiResBoundingBox' lines. This
+ multiples, such as 1.23, in ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’ lines. This
option has LaTeX to read the size from the latter.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Graphics package configuration, Next: Commands for graphics, Prev: Graphics package options, Up: Graphics
-22.2 'graphics' package configuration
+22.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
=====================================
These commands configure the way LaTeX searches the file system for the
@@ -13705,8 +13794,8 @@ graphic.
The behavior of file system search code is necessarily platform
dependent. In this document we cover GNU/Linux, Macintosh, and Windows,
as those systems are typically configured. For other situations consult
-the documentation in 'grfguide.pdf', or the LaTeX source, or your TeX
-distribution's documentation.
+the documentation in ‘grfguide.pdf’, or the LaTeX source, or your TeX
+distribution’s documentation.
* Menu:
@@ -13717,7 +13806,7 @@ distribution's documentation.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \graphicspath, Next: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Up: Graphics package configuration
-22.2.1 '\graphicspath'
+22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -13725,31 +13814,31 @@ Synopsis:
\graphicspath{LIST OF DIRECTORIES INSIDE CURLY BRACES}
Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This
-allows you to later say something like '\includegraphics{lion.png}'
+allows you to later say something like ‘\includegraphics{lion.png}’
instead of having to give its path.
LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory
(and the output directory, if specified; *note output directory::). The
declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory
-'pix', and then '../pix'.
+‘pix’, and then ‘../pix’.
\usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble
...
\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
- The '\graphicspath' declaration is optional. If you don't include it
-then LaTeX's default is to search all of the places that it usually
-looks for a file (it uses LaTeX's '\input@path'). In particular, in
+ The ‘\graphicspath’ declaration is optional. If you don’t include it
+then LaTeX’s default is to search all of the places that it usually
+looks for a file (it uses LaTeX’s ‘\input@path’). In particular, in
this case one of the places it looks is the current directory.
Enclose each directory name in curly braces; for example, above it
-says ''{pix}''. Do this even if there is only one directory. Each
-directory name must end in a forward slash, '/'. This is true even on
+says ‘‘{pix}’’. Do this even if there is only one directory. Each
+directory name must end in a forward slash, ‘/’. This is true even on
Windows, where good practice is to use forward slashes for all the
directory separators since it makes the document portable to other
platforms. If you have spaces in your directory name then use double
-quotes, as with '{"my docs/"}'. Getting one of these rules wrong will
-cause LaTeX to report 'Error: File `FILENAME' not found'.
+quotes, as with ‘{"my docs/"}’. Getting one of these rules wrong will
+cause LaTeX to report ‘Error: File `FILENAME' not found’.
Basically, the algorithm is that with this example, after looking in
the current directory,
@@ -13759,31 +13848,31 @@ the current directory,
\usepackage{lion.png}
for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the
-filename and searches for the result, checking for 'pix/lion.png' and
-then '../pix/lion.png'. This algorithm means that the '\graphicspath'
+filename and searches for the result, checking for ‘pix/lion.png’ and
+then ‘../pix/lion.png’. This algorithm means that the ‘\graphicspath’
command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue
-'\graphicspath{{a/}}' and the graphic is in 'a/b/lion.png' then LaTeX
+‘\graphicspath{{a/}}’ and the graphic is in ‘a/b/lion.png’ then LaTeX
will not find it. It also means that you can use absolute paths such as
-'\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}' or
-'\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}'. However, using these
+‘\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}’ or
+‘\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}’. However, using these
means that the document is not portable. (You could preserve
portability by adjusting your TeX system settings configuration file
-parameter 'TEXINPUTS'; see the documentation of your system.)
+parameter ‘TEXINPUTS’; see the documentation of your system.)
- You can use '\graphicspath' anywhere in the document. You can use it
+ You can use ‘\graphicspath’ anywhere in the document. You can use it
more than once. Show its value with
-'\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother'.
+‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother’.
The directories are taken with respect to the base file. That is,
-suppose that you are working on a document based on 'book/book.tex' and
-it contains '\include{chapters/chap1}'. If in 'chap1.tex' you put
-'\graphicspath{{plots/}}' then LaTeX will not search for graphics in
-'book/chapters/plots', but instead in 'book/plots'.
+suppose that you are working on a document based on ‘book/book.tex’ and
+it contains ‘\include{chapters/chap1}’. If in ‘chap1.tex’ you put
+‘\graphicspath{{plots/}}’ then LaTeX will not search for graphics in
+‘book/chapters/plots’, but instead in ‘book/plots’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Next: \DeclareGraphicsRule, Prev: \graphicspath, Up: Graphics package configuration
-22.2.2 '\DeclareGraphicsExtensions'
+22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
-----------------------------------
Synopses:
@@ -13793,7 +13882,7 @@ Synopses:
Declare the filename extensions to try. This allows you to specify
the order in which to choose graphic formats when you include graphic
files by giving the filename without the extension, as in
-'\includegraphics{functionplot}'.
+‘\includegraphics{functionplot}’.
In this example, LaTeX will find files in the PNG format before PDF
files.
@@ -13802,33 +13891,33 @@ files.
...
\includegraphics{lion} % will find lion.png before lion.pdf
-Because the filename 'lion' does not have a period, LaTeX uses the
+Because the filename ‘lion’ does not have a period, LaTeX uses the
extension list. For each directory in the graphics path (*note
\graphicspath::), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order given. If
it does not find such a file after trying all the directories and
-extensions then it reports '! LaTeX Error: File `'lion'' not found'.
+extensions then it reports ‘! LaTeX Error: File `‘lion’' not found’.
Note that you must include the periods at the start of the extensions.
Because GNU/Linux and Macintosh filenames are case sensitive, the
list of file extensions is case sensitive on those platforms. The
Windows platform is not case sensitive.
- You are not required to include '\DeclareGraphicsExtensions' in your
+ You are not required to include ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’ in your
document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example, the
-most recent 'pdftex.def' has this extension list.
+most recent ‘pdftex.def’ has this extension list.
.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
- To change the order, use the 'grfext' package.
+ To change the order, use the ‘grfext’ package.
You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it
more than once. Show its value with
-'\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother'.
+‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule, Prev: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Up: Graphics package configuration
-22.2.3 '\DeclareGraphicsRule'
+22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
-----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -13838,7 +13927,7 @@ Synopsis:
Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in EXTENSION.
This example declares that all files with names of the form
-'filename-without-dot.mps' will be treated as output from MetaPost,
+‘filename-without-dot.mps’ will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.
@@ -13849,24 +13938,24 @@ input the file.
\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
tells LaTeX that it should handle as MetaPost output any file with an
-extension not covered by another rule, so it covers 'filename.1',
-'filename.2', etc.
+extension not covered by another rule, so it covers ‘filename.1’,
+‘filename.2’, etc.
This describes the four arguments.
EXTENSION
The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is
anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use
- the Kleene star, '*', to denote the default behavior for all
+ the Kleene star, ‘*’, to denote the default behavior for all
undeclared extensions.
TYPE
The type of file involved. This type is a string that must be
defined in the printer driver. For instance, files with extensions
- '.ps', '.eps', or '.ps.gz' may all be classed as type 'eps'. All
+ ‘.ps’, ‘.eps’, or ‘.ps.gz’ may all be classed as type ‘eps’. All
files of the same type will be input with the same internal command
- by the printer driver. For example, the file types that 'pdftex'
- recognizes are: 'jpg', 'jbig2', 'mps', 'pdf', 'png', 'tif'.
+ by the printer driver. For example, the file types that ‘pdftex’
+ recognizes are: ‘jpg’, ‘jbig2’, ‘mps’, ‘pdf’, ‘png’, ‘tif’.
SIZE-FILE EXTENSION
The extension of the file to be read to determine the size of the
@@ -13874,26 +13963,26 @@ SIZE-FILE EXTENSION
but it may be different.
As an example, consider a PostScript graphic. To make it smaller,
- it might be compressed into a '.ps.gz' file. Compressed files are
+ it might be compressed into a ‘.ps.gz’ file. Compressed files are
not easily read by LaTeX so you can put the bounding box
information in a separate file. If SIZE-FILE EXTENSION is empty
then you must specify size information in the arguments of
- '\includegraphics'.
+ ‘\includegraphics’.
If the driver file has a procedure for reading size files for
- 'type' then that will be used, otherwise it will use the procedure
- for reading '.eps' files. (Thus you may specify the size of bitmap
- files in a file with a PostScript style '%%BoundingBox' line if no
+ ‘type’ then that will be used, otherwise it will use the procedure
+ for reading ‘.eps’ files. (Thus you may specify the size of bitmap
+ files in a file with a PostScript style ‘%%BoundingBox’ line if no
other format is available.)
COMMAND
- A command that will be applied to the file. This is very often
- left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote.
- Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}'
- specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be
- treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored
- in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command 'gunzip
- -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
+ A command that will be applied to the file. This is often left
+ empty. This command must start with a single backward quote.
+ Thus, ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}’
+ specifies that any file with the extension ‘.eps.gz’ should be
+ treated as an ‘eps’ file, with the BoundingBox information stored
+ in the file with extension ‘.eps.bb’, and that the command ‘gunzip
+ -c’ will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
Such a command is specific to your platform. In addition, your TeX
system must allow you to run external commands; as a security
@@ -13907,7 +13996,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Commands for graphics, Prev: Graphics package config
22.3 Commands for graphics
==========================
-These are the commands available with the 'graphics' and 'graphicx'
+These are the commands available with the ‘graphics’ and ‘graphicx’
packages.
* Menu:
@@ -13920,10 +14009,10 @@ packages.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \includegraphics, Next: \rotatebox, Up: Commands for graphics
-22.3.1 '\includegraphics'
+22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
-------------------------
-Synopses for 'graphics' package:
+Synopses for ‘graphics’ package:
\includegraphics{FILENAME}
\includegraphics[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
@@ -13932,14 +14021,14 @@ Synopses for 'graphics' package:
\includegraphics*[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
\includegraphics*[LLX,LLY][URX,URY]{FILENAME}
- Synopses for 'graphicx' package:
+ Synopses for ‘graphicx’ package:
\includegraphics{FILENAME}
\includegraphics[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
\includegraphics*{FILENAME}
\includegraphics*[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
- Include a graphics file. The starred form '\includegraphics*' will
+ Include a graphics file. The starred form ‘\includegraphics*’ will
clip the graphic to the size specified, while for the unstarred form any
part of the graphic that is outside the box of the specified size will
over-print the surrounding area.
@@ -13952,28 +14041,28 @@ over-print the surrounding area.
\includegraphics{plot.pdf}
\end{center}
-will incorporate into the document the graphic in 'plot.pdf', centered
+will incorporate into the document the graphic in ‘plot.pdf’, centered
and at its nominal size. You can also give a path to the file, as with
-'\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}'. To specify a list of locations
+‘\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}’. To specify a list of locations
to search for the file, *note \graphicspath::.
If your filename includes spaces then put it in double quotes. An
-example is '\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}'.
+example is ‘\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}’.
- The '\includegraphics{FILENAME}' command decides on the type of
+ The ‘\includegraphics{FILENAME}’ command decides on the type of
graphic by splitting FILENAME on the first dot. You can instead use
-FILENAME with no dot, as in '\includegraphics{turing}', and then LaTeX
-tries a sequence of extensions such as '.png' and '.pdf' until it finds
+FILENAME with no dot, as in ‘\includegraphics{turing}’, and then LaTeX
+tries a sequence of extensions such as ‘.png’ and ‘.pdf’ until it finds
a file with that extension (*note \DeclareGraphicsExtensions::).
If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can
hide them with curly braces, as in
-'\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}'. Or, if you use the
-'graphicx' package then you can use the options 'type' and 'ext'; see
+‘\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}’. Or, if you use the
+‘graphicx’ package then you can use the options ‘type’ and ‘ext’; see
below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package
-'grffile'.
+‘grffile’.
- This example puts a graphic in a 'figure' environment so LaTeX can
+ This example puts a graphic in a ‘figure’ environment so LaTeX can
move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward
(*note figure::).
@@ -14010,19 +14099,19 @@ text, with the two vertically centered.
\end{minipage}}
\end{center}
- If you use the 'graphics' package then the only options involve the
+ If you use the ‘graphics’ package then the only options involve the
size of the graphic (but see *note \rotatebox:: and *note \scalebox::).
-When one optional argument is present then it is '[URX,URY]' and it
+When one optional argument is present then it is ‘[URX,URY]’ and it
gives the coordinates of the top right corner of the image, as a pair of
TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::). If the units are omitted they
-default to 'bp'. In this case, the lower left corner of the image is
+default to ‘bp’. In this case, the lower left corner of the image is
assumed to be at (0,0). If two optional arguments are present then the
-leading one is '[LLX,LLY]', specifying the coordinates of the image's
-lower left. Thus, '\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}' calls for the
+leading one is ‘[LLX,LLY]’, specifying the coordinates of the image’s
+lower left. Thus, ‘\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}’ calls for the
graphic to be placed so it is 1 inch wide and 0.618 inches tall and so
its origin is at (0,0).
- The 'graphicx' package gives you many more options. Specify them in
+ The ‘graphicx’ package gives you many more options. Specify them in
a key-value form, as here.
\begin{center}
@@ -14039,133 +14128,133 @@ two will end with different widths and heights.
There are many options. The primary ones are listed first.
Note that a graphic is placed by LaTeX into a box, which is
-traditionally referred to as its "bounding box" (distinct from the
-PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic's printed area may
+traditionally referred to as its “bounding box” (distinct from the
+PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic’s printed area may
go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when LaTeX makes up a
page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the
graphic.
-'width'
+‘width’
The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this width. An
- example is '\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}'. You can use the
+ example is ‘\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}’. You can use the
standard TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::) and also
- convenient is '\linewidth', or in a two-column document,
- '\columnwidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). An example is
- that by using the 'calc' package you can make the graphic be 1 cm
+ convenient is ‘\linewidth’, or in a two-column document,
+ ‘\columnwidth’ (*note Page layout parameters::). An example is
+ that by using the ‘calc’ package you can make the graphic be 1 cm
narrower than the width of the text with
- '\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}'.
+ ‘\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}’.
-'height'
+‘height’
The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this height. You
can use the standard TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::), and
- also convenient are '\pageheight' and '\textheight' (*note Page
+ also convenient are ‘\pageheight’ and ‘\textheight’ (*note Page
layout parameters::). For instance, the command
- '\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}' will make the
+ ‘\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}’ will make the
graphic a quarter of the height of the text area.
-'totalheight'
+‘totalheight’
The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus
depth. This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated.
For instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero
height but a large depth.
-'keepaspectratio'
- If set to 'true', or just specified as here
+‘keepaspectratio’
+ If set to ‘true’, or just specified as here
\includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}
- and you give as options both 'width' and 'height' (or
- 'totalheight'), then LaTeX will make the graphic is as large as
+ and you give as options both ‘width’ and ‘height’ (or
+ ‘totalheight’), then LaTeX will make the graphic is as large as
possible without distortion. That is, LaTeX will ensure that
- neither is the graphic wider than 'width' nor taller than 'height'
- (or 'totalheight').
+ neither is the graphic wider than ‘width’ nor taller than ‘height’
+ (or ‘totalheight’).
-'scale'
+‘scale’
Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its
- nominal size, enter '\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}'. This
+ nominal size, enter ‘\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}’. This
number may be any value; a number between 0 and 1 will shrink the
graphic and a negative number will reflect it.
-'angle'
+‘angle’
Rotate the graphic. The angle is taken in degrees and
- counterclockwise. The graphic is rotated about its 'origin'; see
+ counterclockwise. The graphic is rotated about its ‘origin’; see
that option. For a complete description of how rotated material is
typeset, *note \rotatebox::.
-'origin'
+‘origin’
The point of the graphic about which the rotation happens.
- Possible values are any string containing one or two of: 'l' for
- left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top,
- and 'B' for baseline. Thus, entering the command
- '\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}' will turn the picture
- upside down about that picture's center, while the command
- '\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}' will turn its
- picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character 'c'
- gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc', but gives the vertical
- center in 'lc' or 'rc'.) The default is 'lB'.
+ Possible values are any string containing one or two of: ‘l’ for
+ left, ‘r’ for right, ‘b’ for bottom, ‘c’ for center, ‘t’ for top,
+ and ‘B’ for baseline. Thus, entering the command
+ ‘\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}’ will turn the picture
+ upside down about that picture’s center, while the command
+ ‘\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}’ will turn its
+ picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character ‘c’
+ gives the horizontal center in ‘bc’ or ‘tc’, but gives the vertical
+ center in ‘lc’ or ‘rc’.) The default is ‘lB’.
To rotate about an arbitrary point, *note \rotatebox::.
These are lesser-used options.
-'viewport'
+‘viewport’
Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments,
separated by spaces and given in TeX dimensions, as with
- '\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'. When
- the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big points, 'bp'.
+ ‘\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}’. When
+ the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big points, ‘bp’.
They are taken relative to the origin specified by the bounding
- box. See also the 'trim' option.
+ box. See also the ‘trim’ option.
-'trim'
+‘trim’
Gives parts of the graphic to not show. Takes four arguments,
separated by spaces, that are given in TeX dimensions, as with
- '\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}'.
+ ‘\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}’.
These give the amounts of the graphic not to show, that is, LaTeX
will crop the picture by 0 inches on the left, 0.1 inches on the
bottom, 0.2 inches on the right, and 0.3 inches on the top. See
- also the 'viewport' option.
+ also the ‘viewport’ option.
-'clip'
- If set to 'true', or just specified as here
+‘clip’
+ If set to ‘true’, or just specified as here
\includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}
then the graphic is cropped to the bounding box. This is the same
as using the starred form of the command,
- '\includegraphics*[...]{...}'.
+ ‘\includegraphics*[...]{...}’.
-'page'
+‘page’
Give the page number of a multi-page PDF file. The default is
- 'page=1'.
+ ‘page=1’.
-'pagebox'
+‘pagebox’
Specifies which bounding box to use for PDF files from among
- 'mediabox', 'cropbox', 'bleedbox', 'trimbox', or 'artbox'. PDF
+ ‘mediabox’, ‘cropbox’, ‘bleedbox’, ‘trimbox’, or ‘artbox’. PDF
files do not have the BoundingBox that PostScript files have, but
may specify up to four predefined rectangles. The MediaBox gives
the boundaries of the physical medium. The CropBox is the region
to which the contents of the page are to be clipped when displayed.
The BleedBox is the region to which the contents of the page should
be clipped in production. The TrimBox is the intended dimensions
- of the finished page. The ArtBox is the extent of the page's
+ of the finished page. The ArtBox is the extent of the page’s
meaningful content. The driver will set the image size based on
CropBox if present, otherwise it will not use one of the others,
with a driver-defined order of preference. MediaBox is always
present.
-'interpolate'
+‘interpolate’
Enable or disable interpolation of raster images by the viewer.
- Can be set with 'interpolate=true' or just specified as here.
+ Can be set with ‘interpolate=true’ or just specified as here.
\includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}
-'quiet'
+‘quiet’
Do not write information to the log. You can set it with
- 'quiet=true' or just specified it with
- '\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}',
+ ‘quiet=true’ or just specified it with
+ ‘\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}’,
-'draft'
- If you set it with 'draft=true' or just specify it with
+‘draft’
+ If you set it with ‘draft=true’ or just specify it with
\includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}
@@ -14174,78 +14263,78 @@ graphic.
correct size with the filename printed in it.
These options address the bounding box for Encapsulated PostScript
-graphic files, which have a size specified with a line '%%BoundingBox'
+graphic files, which have a size specified with a line ‘%%BoundingBox’
that appears in the file. It has four values, giving the lower x
coordinate, lower y coordinate, upper x coordinate, and upper y
-coordinate. The units are PostScript points, equivalent to TeX's big
-points, 1/72 inch. For example, if an '.eps' file has the line
-'%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80' then its natural size is 30/72 inch wide by
+coordinate. The units are PostScript points, equivalent to TeX’s big
+points, 1/72 inch. For example, if an ‘.eps’ file has the line
+‘%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80’ then its natural size is 30/72 inch wide by
60/72 inch tall.
-'bb'
+‘bb’
Specify the bounding box of the displayed region. The argument is
- four dimensions separated by spaces, as with '\includegraphics[..,
- bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'. Usually '\includegraphics' reads
+ four dimensions separated by spaces, as with ‘\includegraphics[..,
+ bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}’. Usually ‘\includegraphics’ reads
the BoundingBox numbers from the EPS file automatically, so this
option is only useful if the bounding box is missing from that file
or if you want to change it.
-'bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury'
+‘bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury’
Set the bounding box. These four are obsolete, but are retained
for compatibility with old packages.
-'natwidth, natheight'
- An alternative for 'bb'. Setting
+‘natwidth, natheight’
+ An alternative for ‘bb’. Setting
\includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}
- is the same as setting 'bb=0 0 1in 0.618in'.
+ is the same as setting ‘bb=0 0 1in 0.618in’.
-'hiresbb'
- If set to 'true', or just specified as with
+‘hiresbb’
+ If set to ‘true’, or just specified as with
\includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}
- then LaTeX will look for '%%HiResBoundingBox' lines instead of
- '%%BoundingBox' lines. (The 'BoundingBox' lines use only natural
- numbers while the 'HiResBoundingBox' lines use decimals; both use
- units equivalent to TeX's big points, 1/72 inch.) To override a
- prior setting of 'true', you can set it to 'false'.
+ then LaTeX will look for ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’ lines instead of
+ ‘%%BoundingBox’ lines. (The ‘BoundingBox’ lines use only natural
+ numbers while the ‘HiResBoundingBox’ lines use decimals; both use
+ units equivalent to TeX’s big points, 1/72 inch.) To override a
+ prior setting of ‘true’, you can set it to ‘false’.
- These following options allow a user to override LaTeX's method of
+ These following options allow a user to override LaTeX’s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that '\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}' will read
-the file 'lion.xxx' as though it were 'lion.png'. For more on these,
+is that ‘\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}’ will read
+the file ‘lion.xxx’ as though it were ‘lion.png’. For more on these,
*note \DeclareGraphicsRule::.
-'type'
+‘type’
Specify the graphics type.
-'ext'
+‘ext’
Specify the graphics extension. Only use this in conjunction with
- the option 'type'.
+ the option ‘type’.
-'read'
+‘read’
Specify the file extension of the read file. Only use this in
- conjunction with the option 'type'.
+ conjunction with the option ‘type’.
-'command'
+‘command’
Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in
- conjunction with the option 'type'. *Note Command line options::,
- for a discussion of enabling the '\write18' functionality to run
+ conjunction with the option ‘type’. *Note Command line options::,
+ for a discussion of enabling the ‘\write18’ functionality to run
external commands.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \rotatebox, Next: \scalebox, Prev: \includegraphics, Up: Commands for graphics
-22.3.2 '\rotatebox'
+22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
-------------------
-Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package:
+Synopsis if you use the ‘graphics’ package:
\rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
- Synopses if you use the 'graphicx' package:
+ Synopses if you use the ‘graphicx’ package:
\rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
\rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
@@ -14274,42 +14363,42 @@ step (they need not coincide vertically). This new bounding box, in its
new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this
material.
- If you use the 'graphics' package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box. If you use the 'graphicx' package then
+ If you use the ‘graphics’ package then the rotation is about the
+reference point of the box. If you use the ‘graphicx’ package then
these are the options that can go in the KEY-VALUE LIST, but note that
you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the
-'x' and 'y' options (*note \includegraphics::).
+‘x’ and ‘y’ options (*note \includegraphics::).
-'origin'
- The point of the MATERIAL's box about which the rotation happens.
- Possible value is any string containing one or two of: 'l' for
- left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top,
- and 'B' for baseline. Thus, the first line here
+‘origin’
+ The point of the MATERIAL’s box about which the rotation happens.
+ Possible value is any string containing one or two of: ‘l’ for
+ left, ‘r’ for right, ‘b’ for bottom, ‘c’ for center, ‘t’ for top,
+ and ‘B’ for baseline. Thus, the first line here
\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second
will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The
- character 'c' gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc' but gives
- the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc', and gives both in 'c'.) The
- default is 'lB'.
+ character ‘c’ gives the horizontal center in ‘bc’ or ‘tc’ but gives
+ the vertical center in ‘lc’ or ‘rc’, and gives both in ‘c’.) The
+ default is ‘lB’.
-'x, y'
- Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with '\rotatebox[x=TeX
- DIMENSION,y=TeX DIMENSION]{...}' (*note Units of length::). These
- give the offset from the box's reference point.
+‘x, y’
+ Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with ‘\rotatebox[x=TeX
+ DIMENSION,y=TeX DIMENSION]{...}’ (*note Units of length::). These
+ give the offset from the box’s reference point.
-'units'
+‘units’
This key allows you to change the default of degrees
- counterclockwise. Setting 'units=-360' changes the direction to
- degrees clockwise and setting 'units=6.283185' changes to radians
+ counterclockwise. Setting ‘units=-360’ changes the direction to
+ degrees clockwise and setting ‘units=6.283185’ changes to radians
counterclockwise.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \scalebox, Next: \resizebox, Prev: \rotatebox, Up: Commands for graphics
-22.3.3 '\scalebox'
+22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
------------------
Synopses:
@@ -14332,19 +14421,19 @@ to the same value as the HORIZONTAL FACTOR.
\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}
-If you use the 'graphicx' package then you can accomplish the same thing
-with optional arguments to '\includegraphics' (*note
+If you use the ‘graphicx’ package then you can accomplish the same thing
+with optional arguments to ‘\includegraphics’ (*note
\includegraphics::).
- The '\reflectbox' command abbreviates '\scalebox{-1}[1]{MATERIAL}'.
-Thus, 'Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}' will show the phrase 'Able was
-I' immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical
+ The ‘\reflectbox’ command abbreviates ‘\scalebox{-1}[1]{MATERIAL}’.
+Thus, ‘Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}’ will show the phrase ‘Able was
+I’ immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical
axis.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \resizebox, Prev: \scalebox, Up: Commands for graphics
-22.3.4 '\resizebox'
+22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
-------------------
Synopses:
@@ -14352,9 +14441,9 @@ Synopses:
\resizebox{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
\resizebox*{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
- Given a size, such as '3cm', transform MATERIAL to make it that size.
+ Given a size, such as ‘3cm’, transform MATERIAL to make it that size.
If either HORIZONTAL LENGTH or VERTICAL LENGTH is an exclamation
-point '!' then the other argument is used to determine a scale factor
+point ‘!’ then the other argument is used to determine a scale factor
for both directions.
This example makes the graphic be a half inch wide and scales it
@@ -14362,16 +14451,16 @@ vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted.
\resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}
- The unstarred form '\resizebox' takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box's
-height while the starred form '\resizebox*' takes it to be height+depth.
+ The unstarred form ‘\resizebox’ takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box’s
+height while the starred form ‘\resizebox*’ takes it to be height+depth.
For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter-inch with
-'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and
-depth.}}'.
+‘\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and
+depth.}}’.
- You can use '\depth', '\height', '\totalheight', and '\width' to
+ You can use ‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\totalheight’, and ‘\width’ to
refer to the original size of the box. Thus, make the text two inches
-wide but keep the original height with '\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Two
-inches}'.
+wide but keep the original height with ‘\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Two
+inches}’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Special insertions, Next: Splitting the input, Prev: Graphics, Up: Top
@@ -14384,7 +14473,7 @@ meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
* Menu:
-* Reserved characters:: Inserting '# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \'
+* Reserved characters:: Inserting ‘# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \’
* Upper and lower case:: Make text upper or lower case.
* Symbols by font position:: Inserting font symbols by number.
* Text symbols:: Inserting other non-letter symbols in text.
@@ -14392,7 +14481,7 @@ meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
* Additional Latin letters:: Inserting other non-English characters.
* inputenc package:: Set the input file text encoding.
* \rule:: Inserting lines and rectangles.
-* \today:: Inserting today's date.
+* \today:: Inserting today’s date.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Reserved characters, Next: Upper and lower case, Up: Special insertions
@@ -14401,26 +14490,26 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Reserved characters, Next: Upper and lower case, Up
========================
LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
-example, the percent sign '%' is for comments. They are called
-"reserved characters" or "special characters". They are all discussed
+example, the percent sign ‘%’ is for comments. They are called
+“reserved characters” or “special characters”. They are all discussed
elsewhere in this manual.
# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \
If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text
body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply
-put a backslash '\' in front of the character. Thus, typing '\$1.23'
-will produce '$1.23' in your output.
+put a backslash ‘\’ in front of the character. Thus, typing ‘\$1.23’
+will produce ‘$1.23’ in your output.
As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font
-use '\~{}' (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character
+use ‘\~{}’ (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character
receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body font
-circumflex use '\^{}'. To get a backslash in the font of the text body,
-enter '\textbackslash{}'.
+circumflex use ‘\^{}’. To get a backslash in the font of the text body,
+enter ‘\textbackslash{}’.
- To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use '\verb!!'
-as below (the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the lines in
-the output).
+ To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use ‘\verb!!’
+as below (the double backslash ‘\\’ in the example is only there to
+split the lines in the output).
\begin{center}
\# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
@@ -14441,20 +14530,20 @@ Synopsis:
\MakeLowercase{TEXT}
Change the case of characters. The TeX primitive commands
-'\uppercase' and '\lowercase' are set up by default to work only with
-the 26 letters a-z and A-Z. The LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and
-'\MakeLowercase' commands also change characters accessed by commands
-such as '\ae' or '\aa'. The commands '\MakeUppercase' and
-'\MakeLowercase' are robust but they have moving arguments (*note
+‘\uppercase’ and ‘\lowercase’ are set up by default to work only with
+the 26 letters a–z and A–Z. The LaTeX commands ‘\MakeUppercase’ and
+‘\MakeLowercase’ commands also change characters accessed by commands
+such as ‘\ae’ or ‘\aa’. The commands ‘\MakeUppercase’ and
+‘\MakeLowercase’ are robust but they have moving arguments (*note
\protect::).
These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of
a command within TEXT. But they do change the case of every other Latin
-letter inside the argument TEXT. Thus, '\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$'}
-produces 'LET Y=F(X)'. Another example is that the name of an
-environment will be changed, so that '\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ...
-\end{tabular}}' will produce an error because the first half is changed
-to '\begin{TABULAR}'.
+letter inside the argument TEXT. Thus, ‘\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$’}
+produces ‘LET Y=F(X)’. Another example is that the name of an
+environment will be changed, so that ‘\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ...
+\end{tabular}}’ will produce an error because the first half is changed
+to ‘\begin{TABULAR}’.
LaTeX uses the same fixed table for changing case throughout a
document, The table used is designed for the font encoding T1; this
@@ -14462,24 +14551,24 @@ works well with the standard TeX fonts for all Latin alphabets but will
cause problems when using other alphabets.
To change the case of text that results from a macro inside TEXT you
-need to do expansion. Here the '\Schoolname' produces 'COLLEGE OF
-MATHEMATICS'.
+need to do expansion. Here the ‘\Schoolname’ produces ‘COLLEGE OF
+MATHEMATICS’.
\newcommand{\schoolname}{College of Mathematics}
\newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase
\expandafter{\schoolname}}
- The 'textcase' package brings some of the missing feature of the
-standard LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowerCase'.
+ The ‘textcase’ package brings some of the missing feature of the
+standard LaTeX commands ‘\MakeUppercase’ and ‘\MakeLowerCase’.
To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
-'mfirstuc'.
+‘mfirstuc’.
Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in the
-original TeX and LaTeX. It has been implemented in the 'expl3' package
-as of 2020. The article "Case changing: From TeX primitives to the
-Unicode algorithm", (Joseph Wright, 'TUGboat' 41:1,
+original TeX and LaTeX. It has been implemented in the ‘expl3’ package
+as of 2020. The article “Case changing: From TeX primitives to the
+Unicode algorithm”, (Joseph Wright, ‘TUGboat’ 41:1,
<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf>), gives a good
overview of the topic, past and present.
@@ -14490,13 +14579,13 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Symbols by font position, Next: Text symbols, Prev:
=============================
You can access any character of the current font using its number with
-the '\symbol' command. For example, the visible space character used in
-the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32 in the standard Computer
-Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'.
+the ‘\symbol’ command. For example, the visible space character used in
+the ‘\verb*’ command has the code decimal 32 in the standard Computer
+Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as ‘\symbol{32}’.
- You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ''' prefix,
-or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the visible space at 32
-decimal could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'.
+ You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ‘'’ prefix,
+or hexadecimal (base 16) with a ‘"’ prefix, so the visible space at 32
+decimal could also be written as ‘\symbol{'40}’ or ‘\symbol{"20}’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Text symbols, Next: Accents, Prev: Symbols by font position, Up: Special insertions
@@ -14508,209 +14597,217 @@ LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in
running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not
available in OT1. As of the LaTeX February 2020 release, all symbols
are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use the
-'textcomp' package for some (technically, those in the 'TS1' font
+‘textcomp’ package for some (technically, those in the ‘TS1’ font
encoding).
-'\copyright'
-'\textcopyright'
- (C) The copyright symbol.
+‘\copyright’
+‘\textcopyright’
+ © The copyright symbol.
-'\dag'
+‘\dag’
† The dagger symbol (in text).
-'\ddag'
+‘\ddag’
‡ The double dagger symbol (in text).
-'\LaTeX'
+‘\LaTeX’
The LaTeX logo.
-'\LaTeXe'
+‘\LaTeXe’
The LaTeX2e logo.
-'\guillemotleft («)'
-'\guillemotright (»)'
-'\guilsinglleft (‹)'
-'\guilsinglright (›)'
+‘\guillemotleft («)’
+‘\guillemotright (»)’
+‘\guilsinglleft (‹)’
+‘\guilsinglright (›)’
«, », ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used
in French.
-'\ldots'
-'\dots'
-'\textellipsis'
- ... An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): '\ldots' and '\dots'
- also work in math mode.
+‘\ldots’
+‘\textellipsis’
+‘\dots’
+ ... An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): ‘\ldots’ and ‘\dots’
+ also work in math mode (*note Dots::). See that math mode ellipsis
+ description for additional general information.
-'\lq'
- ' Left (opening) quote.
+‘\lq’
+ ‘ Left (opening) quote.
-'\P'
-'\textparagraph'
+‘\P’
+‘\textparagraph’
¶ Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
-'\pounds'
-'\textsterling'
+‘\pounds’
+‘\textsterling’
£ English pounds sterling.
-'\quotedblbase („)'
-'\quotesinglbase (‚)'
+‘\quotedblbase („)’
+‘\quotesinglbase (‚)’
„ and ‚ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
-'\rq'
- ' Right (closing) quote.
+‘\rq’
+ ’ Right (closing) quote.
-'\S'
-'\textsection'
+‘\S’
+‘\textsection’
§ Section sign.
-'\TeX'
+‘\TeX’
The TeX logo.
-'\textasciicircum'
+‘\textasciicircum’
^ ASCII circumflex.
-'\textasciitilde'
+‘\textasciitilde’
~ ASCII tilde.
-'\textasteriskcentered'
+‘\textasteriskcentered’
* Centered asterisk.
-'\textbackslash'
- \ Backslash.
+‘\textbackslash’
+ \ Backslash. However, ‘\texttt{\textbackslash}’ produces a roman
+ (not typewriter) backslash by default; for a typewriter backslash,
+ it is necessary to use the T1 (or other non-default) font encoding,
+ as in:
-'\textbar'
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+‘\textbar’
| Vertical bar.
-'\textbardbl'
+‘\textbardbl’
⏸ Double vertical bar.
-'\textbigcircle'
+‘\textbigcircle’
◯, Big circle symbol.
-'\textbraceleft'
- { Left brace.
+‘\textbraceleft’
+ { Left brace. See remarks at ‘\textbackslash’ above about making
+ ‘\texttt{\textbraceleft}’ produce a typewriter brace.
-'\textbraceright'
- } Right brace.
+‘\textbraceright’
+ } Right brace. See remarks at ‘\textbackslash’ above about making
+ ‘\texttt{\textbraceright}’ produce a typewriter brace.
-'\textbullet'
- * Bullet.
+‘\textbullet’
+ • Bullet.
-'\textcircled{LETTER}'
+‘\textcircled{LETTER}’
Ⓐ, Circle around LETTER.
-'\textcompwordmark'
-'\textcapitalcompwordmark'
-'\textascendercompwordmark'
+‘\textcompwordmark’
+‘\textcapitalcompwordmark’
+‘\textascendercompwordmark’
Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For
- example, 'f\textcompwordmark i' produces 'fi' without a ligature.
+ example, ‘f\textcompwordmark i’ produces ‘fi’ without a ligature.
This is most useful in non-English languages. The
- '\textcapitalcompwordmark' form has the cap height of the font
- while the '\textascendercompwordmark' form has the ascender height.
+ ‘\textcapitalcompwordmark’ form has the cap height of the font
+ while the ‘\textascendercompwordmark’ form has the ascender height.
-'\textdagger'
+‘\textdagger’
† Dagger.
-'\textdaggerdbl'
+‘\textdaggerdbl’
‡ Double dagger.
-'\textdollar (or '\$')'
+‘\textdollar (or ‘\$’)’
$ Dollar sign.
-'\textemdash (or '---')'
- -- Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
- parentheses, as in ''The playoffs---if you're lucky enough to make
- the playoffs---are more like a sprint.'' Conventions for spacing
+‘\textemdash (or ‘---’)’
+ — Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
+ parentheses, as in ‘‘The playoffs---if you're lucky enough to make
+ the playoffs---are more like a sprint.’’ Conventions for spacing
around em-dashes vary widely.
-'\textendash (or '--')'
- - En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ''see pages 12--14''.
+‘\textendash (or ‘--’)’
+ – En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ‘‘see pages 12--14’’.
-'\texteuro'
+‘\texteuro’
The Euro currency symbol: €.
- For an alternative glyph design, try the 'eurosym' package; also,
+ For an alternative glyph design, try the ‘eurosym’ package; also,
most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode
U+20AC).
-'\textexclamdown (or '!`')'
+‘\textexclamdown (or ‘!`’)’
¡ Upside down exclamation point.
-'\textfiguredash'
+‘\textfiguredash’
Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June
2021 release of LaTeX. When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an
en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if
- available in the current font, or writes the usual "Missing
- character" warning to the log file.
+ available in the current font, or writes the usual “Missing
+ character” warning to the log file.
-'\textgreater'
+‘\textgreater’
> Greater than symbol.
-'\texthorizontalbar'
+‘\texthorizontalbar’
Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
- release of LaTeX. Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above; the
+ release of LaTeX. Behavior as with ‘\textfiguredash’ above; the
pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash.
-'\textless'
+‘\textless’
< Less than symbol.
-'\textleftarrow'
+‘\textleftarrow’
←, Left arrow.
-'\textnonbreakinghyphen'
+‘\textnonbreakinghyphen’
Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
- 2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above;
+ 2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with ‘\textfiguredash’ above;
the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with breaks
disallowed after).
-'\textordfeminine'
-'\textordmasculine'
+‘\textordfeminine’
+‘\textordmasculine’
ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
-'\textperiodcentered'
+‘\textperiodcentered’
· Centered period.
-'\textquestiondown (or '?`')'
+‘\textquestiondown (or ‘?`’)’
¿ Upside down question mark.
-'\textquotedblleft (or '``')'
- " Double left quote.
+‘\textquotedblleft (or ‘``’)’
+ “ Double left quote.
-'\textquotedblright (or '''')'
- " Double right quote.
+‘\textquotedblright (or ‘''’)’
+ ” Double right quote.
-'\textquoteleft (or '`')'
- ' Single left quote.
+‘\textquoteleft (or ‘`’)’
+ ‘ Single left quote.
-'\textquoteright (or ''')'
- ' Single right quote.
+‘\textquoteright (or ‘'’)’
+ ’ Single right quote.
-'\textquotesingle'
+‘\textquotesingle’
', Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.)
-'\textquotestraightbase'
-'\textquotestraightdblbase'
+‘\textquotestraightbase’
+‘\textquotestraightdblbase’
Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
-'\textregistered'
- (R) Registered symbol.
+‘\textregistered’
+ ® Registered symbol.
-'\textrightarrow'
+‘\textrightarrow’
→, Right arrow.
-'\textthreequartersemdash'
- ﹘, "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
+‘\textthreequartersemdash’
+ ﹘, “Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
-'\texttrademark'
+‘\texttrademark’
™ Trademark symbol.
-'\texttwelveudash'
- ﹘, "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
+‘\texttwelveudash’
+ ﹘, “Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
-'\textunderscore'
+‘\textunderscore’
_ Underscore.
-'\textvisiblespace'
+‘\textvisiblespace’
␣, Visible space symbol.

@@ -14719,93 +14816,93 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Accents, Next: Additional Latin letters, Prev: Text
23.5 Accents
============
-LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages,
-provided through the core 'babel' package, which supports pdfLaTeX,
-XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The 'polyglossia' package provides similar
+LaTeX has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and languages,
+provided through the core ‘babel’ package, which supports pdfLaTeX,
+XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The ‘polyglossia’ package provides similar
support with the latter two engines.
This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core
-LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The '\capital...'
+LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The ‘\capital...’
commands shown here produce alternative forms for use with capital
letters. These are not available with OT1.
Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated
-with lowercase 'o'.
+with lowercase ‘o’.
- Note that '\i' produces a dotless i, and '\j' produces a dotless j.
+ Note that ‘\i’ produces a dotless i, and ‘\j’ produces a dotless j.
These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
accented.
-'\"'
-'\capitaldieresis'
+‘\"’
+‘\capitaldieresis’
ö Umlaut (dieresis).
-'\''
-'\capitalacute'
+‘\'’
+‘\capitalacute’
ó Acute accent.
-'\.'
+‘\.’
ȯ Dot accent.
-'\='
-'\capitalmacron'
+‘\=’
+‘\capitalmacron’
ō Macron (overbar) accent.
-'\^'
-'\capitalcircumflex'
+‘\^’
+‘\capitalcircumflex’
ô Circumflex (hat) accent.
-'\`'
-'\capitalgrave'
+‘\`’
+‘\capitalgrave’
ò Grave accent.
-'\~'
-'\capitaltilde'
+‘\~’
+‘\capitaltilde’
ñ Tilde accent.
-'\b'
+‘\b’
o̲ Bar accent underneath.
- Related to this, '\underbar{TEXT}' produces a bar under TEXT. The
+ Related to this, ‘\underbar{TEXT}’ produces a bar under TEXT. The
argument is always processed in LR mode (*note Modes::). The bar
is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing
- through descenders. See also '\underline' in *note Math
- miscellany::.
+ through descenders. See also ‘\underline’ in *note Over- and
+ Underlining::.
-'\c'
-'\capitalcedilla'
+‘\c’
+‘\capitalcedilla’
ç Cedilla accent underneath.
-'\d'
-'\capitaldotaccent'
+‘\d’
+‘\capitaldotaccent’
ọ Dot accent underneath.
-'\H'
-'\capitalhungarumlaut'
+‘\H’
+‘\capitalhungarumlaut’
ő Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
-'\k'
-'\capitalogonek'
+‘\k’
+‘\capitalogonek’
ǫ Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding.
-'\r'
-'\capitalring'
+‘\r’
+‘\capitalring’
o̊ Ring accent.
-'\t'
-'\capitaltie'
-'\newtie'
-'\capitalnewtie'
+‘\t’
+‘\capitaltie’
+‘\newtie’
+‘\capitalnewtie’
Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as
in the ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two
- characters. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box.
+ characters. The ‘\newtie’ form is centered in its box.
-'\u'
-'\capitalbreve'
+‘\u’
+‘\capitalbreve’
ŏ Breve accent.
-'\v'
-'\capitalcaron'
+‘\v’
+‘\capitalcaron’
ǒ Háček (check, caron) accent.
* Menu:
@@ -14815,7 +14912,7 @@ accented.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \accent, Up: Accents
-23.5.1 '\accent'
+23.5.1 ‘\accent’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14827,7 +14924,7 @@ accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a
numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument to
construct the accented character in the current font.
- These are accented 'e' characters.
+ These are accented ‘e’ characters.
\accent18 e
\accent20 e
@@ -14839,25 +14936,25 @@ The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so
-the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
+the outcome of ‘\accent’ use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building
-them using '\accent'. Using glyphs that already contain the accented
+them using ‘\accent’. Using glyphs that already contain the accented
characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation whereas
-'\accent' disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font encoding
+‘\accent’ disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font encoding
where accented glyphs are absent).
There can be an optional font change between NUMBER and CHARACTER.
-Note also that this command sets the '\spacefactor' to 1000 (*note
+Note also that this command sets the ‘\spacefactor’ to 1000 (*note
\spacefactor::).
An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and the
majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be assembled
-from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while '\accent'
+from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while ‘\accent’
provides for a single accent mark and a single letter combination.
There are also cases where accents must appear between letters that
\accent does not support. Still other cases exist where the letters I
and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that conflict with
-dotted accent marks. The use of '\accent' in these cases will not work
+dotted accent marks. The use of ‘\accent’ in these cases will not work
as it cannot analyze upper/lower case.

@@ -14866,81 +14963,81 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Additional Latin letters, Next: inputenc package, P
23.6 Additional Latin letters
=============================
-Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters beyond A-Z that
+Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters beyond A–Z that
extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other than
English.
-'\aa'
-'\AA'
+‘\aa’
+‘\AA’
å and Å.
-'\ae'
-'\AE'
+‘\ae’
+‘\AE’
æ and Æ.
-'\dh'
-'\DH'
+‘\dh’
+‘\DH’
Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with OT1 encoding, you
- need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding,
+ need the ‘fontenc’ package to select an alternate font encoding,
such as T1.
-'\dj'
-'\DJ'
+‘\dj’
+‘\DJ’
Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke.
- Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to
+ Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the ‘fontenc’ package to
select an alternate font encoding, such as T1.
-'\ij'
-'\IJ'
+‘\ij’
+‘\IJ’
ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
-'\l'
-'\L'
+‘\l’
+‘\L’
ł and Ł.
-'\ng'
-'\NG'
+‘\ng’
+‘\NG’
Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics.
-'\o'
-'\O'
+‘\o’
+‘\O’
ø and Ø.
-'\oe'
-'\OE'
+‘\oe’
+‘\OE’
œ and Œ.
-'\ss'
-'\SS'
+‘\ss’
+‘\SS’
ß and SS.
-'\th'
-'\TH'
+‘\th’
+‘\TH’
Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with OT1 encoding,
- you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font
+ you need the ‘fontenc’ package to select an alternate font
encoding, such as T1.

File: latex2e.info, Node: inputenc package, Next: \rule, Prev: Additional Latin letters, Up: Special insertions
-23.7 'inputenc' package
+23.7 ‘inputenc’ package
=======================
Synopsis:
\usepackage[ENCODING-NAME]{inputenc}
- Declare the input file's text encoding to be ENCODING-NAME. The
+ Declare the input file’s text encoding to be ENCODING-NAME. The
default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically,
specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
useful to omit it.
In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
-called the "encoding". There are many different encodings. The
+called the “encoding”. There are many different encodings. The
simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
-for most of the world's languages. For instance, to typeset the
-a-umlaut character 'ä' in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the
-sequence '\"a' is used. This would make source files for anything but
+for most of the world’s languages. For instance, to typeset the
+a-umlaut character ‘ä’ in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the
+sequence ‘\"a’ is used. This would make source files for anything but
English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding
is more convenient.
@@ -14948,38 +15045,38 @@ is more convenient.
UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for
LaTeX since 2018.
- The 'inputenc' package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is used. For
+ The ‘inputenc’ package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is used. For
instance, the following command explicitly says that the input file is
UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash).
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
- Caution: use 'inputenc' only with the pdfTeX engine (*note TeX
+ Caution: use ‘inputenc’ only with the pdfTeX engine (*note TeX
engines::). (The XeTeX and LuaTeX engines assume that the input file is
-UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke LaTeX with either the 'xelatex' command
-or the 'lualatex' command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with
-'inputenc', such as 'latin1', then you will get the error 'inputenc is
-not designed for xetex or luatex'.
+UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke LaTeX with either the ‘xelatex’ command
+or the ‘lualatex’ command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with
+‘inputenc’, such as ‘latin1’, then you will get the error ‘inputenc is
+not designed for xetex or luatex’.
- An 'inputenc' package error such as 'Invalid UTF-8 byte "96' means
+ An ‘inputenc’ package error such as ‘Invalid UTF-8 byte "96’ means
that some of the material in the input file does not follow the encoding
scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a document
that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one is a left
-single quote from a web page using 'latin1' inside a LaTeX input file
+single quote from a web page using ‘latin1’ inside a LaTeX input file
that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to replace the non-UTF-8
character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a LaTeX equivalent command
or character.
In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
-necessary. Use the command '\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}'. The most
-common values for ENCODING-NAME are: 'ascii', 'latin1', 'latin2',
-'latin3', 'latin4', 'latin5', 'latin9', 'latin10', and 'utf8'.
+necessary. Use the command ‘\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}’. The most
+common values for ENCODING-NAME are: ‘ascii’, ‘latin1’, ‘latin2’,
+‘latin3’, ‘latin4’, ‘latin5’, ‘latin9’, ‘latin10’, and ‘utf8’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: inputenc package, Up: Special insertions
-23.8 '\rule'
+23.8 ‘\rule’
============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14987,14 +15084,14 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\rule{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
\rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
- Produce a "rule", a filled-in rectangle.
+ Produce a “rule”, a filled-in rectangle.
This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos
-symbol, or just "qed", often used to mark the end of a proof:
+symbol, or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof:
\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
-The 'amsthm' package includes this command, with a somewhat
+The ‘amsthm’ package includes this command, with a somewhat
different-looking symbol.
The mandatory arguments give the horizontal WIDTH and vertical
@@ -15017,19 +15114,19 @@ the output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it. *Note

File: latex2e.info, Node: \today, Prev: \rule, Up: Special insertions
-23.9 '\today'
+23.9 ‘\today’
=============
Synopsis:
\today
- Produce today's date in the format 'MONTH DD, YYYY'. An example of a
-date in that format is 'July 4, 1976'.
+ Produce today’s date in the format ‘MONTH DD, YYYY’. An example of a
+date in that format is ‘July 4, 1976’.
- Multilingual packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia', or classes
-such as 'lettre', will localize '\today'. For example, the following
-will output '4 juillet 1976':
+ Multilingual packages such as ‘babel’ or ‘polyglossia’, or classes
+such as ‘lettre’, will localize ‘\today’. For example, the following
+will output ‘4 juillet 1976’:
\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
\documentclass{minimal}
@@ -15038,10 +15135,10 @@ will output '4 juillet 1976':
\today
\end{document}
-'\today' uses the counters '\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day &
+‘\today’ uses the counters ‘\day’, ‘\month’, and ‘\year’ (*note \day &
\month & \year::).
- A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is 'datetime'
+ A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is ‘datetime’
package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO
standards.
@@ -15059,7 +15156,7 @@ can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the document.
It can also speed processing.
Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-"root file", on which LaTeX compilation starts. This shows such a file
+“root file”, on which LaTeX compilation starts. This shows such a file
with five included files.
\documentclass{book}
@@ -15082,17 +15179,17 @@ with five included files.
\include{bib}
\end{document}
-This will bring in material from 'pref.tex', 'chap1.tex', 'chap2.tex',
-'append.tex', and 'bib.tex'. If you compile this file, and then comment
-out all of the lines inside '\includeonly{...}' except for 'chap1', and
+This will bring in material from ‘pref.tex’, ‘chap1.tex’, ‘chap2.tex’,
+‘append.tex’, and ‘bib.tex’. If you compile this file, and then comment
+out all of the lines inside ‘\includeonly{...}’ except for ‘chap1’, and
compile again, then LaTeX will only process the material in the first
chapter. Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to
-print. However, the advantage of the '\includeonly' command is that
+print. However, the advantage of the ‘\includeonly’ command is that
LaTeX will retain the page numbers and all of the cross reference
information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in
your output correctly.
- *Note Larger book template::, for another example of '\includeonly'.
+ *Note Larger book template::, for another example of ‘\includeonly’.
* Menu:
@@ -15103,19 +15200,19 @@ your output correctly.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \endinput, Next: \include & \includeonly, Up: Splitting the input
-24.1 '\endinput'
+24.1 ‘\endinput’
================
Synopsis:
\endinput
- When you '\include{filename}', inside 'filename.tex' the material
-after '\endinput' will not be included. This command is optional; if
-'filename.tex' has no '\endinput' then LaTeX will read all of the file.
+ When you ‘\include{filename}’, inside ‘filename.tex’ the material
+after ‘\endinput’ will not be included. This command is optional; if
+‘filename.tex’ has no ‘\endinput’ then LaTeX will read all of the file.
- For example, suppose that a document's root file has '\input{chap1}'
-and this is 'chap1.tex'.
+ For example, suppose that a document’s root file has ‘\input{chap1}’
+and this is ‘chap1.tex’.
\chapter{One}
This material will appear in the document.
@@ -15125,20 +15222,20 @@ and this is 'chap1.tex'.
This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end
of a file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file
is transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for
-debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to put '\endinput' halfway
+debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to put ‘\endinput’ halfway
through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing
-which half contains the error, moving '\endinput' to halfway through
+which half contains the error, moving ‘\endinput’ to halfway through
that area further narrows down the location. This process rapidly finds
the offending line.
- After reading '\endinput', LaTeX continues to read to the end of the
+ After reading ‘\endinput’, LaTeX continues to read to the end of the
line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless.
-This allows you, for instance, to close an '\if...' with a '\fi'.
+This allows you, for instance, to close an ‘\if...’ with a ‘\fi’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \include & \includeonly, Next: \input, Prev: \endinput, Up: Splitting the input
-24.2 '\include' & '\includeonly'
+24.2 ‘\include’ & ‘\includeonly’
================================
Synopsis:
@@ -15151,21 +15248,21 @@ Synopsis:
...
\include{FILENAME} % in document body
- Bring material from the external file 'FILENAME.tex' into a LaTeX
+ Bring material from the external file ‘FILENAME.tex’ into a LaTeX
document.
- The '\include' command does three things: it executes '\clearpage'
+ The ‘\include’ command does three things: it executes ‘\clearpage’
(*note \clearpage & \cleardoublepage::), then it inputs the material
-from 'FILENAME.tex' into the document, and then it does another
-'\clearpage'. This command can only appear in the document body.
+from ‘FILENAME.tex’ into the document, and then it does another
+‘\clearpage’. This command can only appear in the document body.
- The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by LaTeX
-under subsequent '\include' commands. Its list of filenames is
+ The ‘\includeonly’ command controls which files will be read by LaTeX
+under subsequent ‘\include’ commands. Its list of filenames is
comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even earlier, e.g.,
-the command line; it can't appear in the document body.
+the command line; it can’t appear in the document body.
- This example root document, 'constitution.tex', brings in three
-files, 'preamble.tex', 'articles.tex', and 'amendments.tex'.
+ This example root document, ‘constitution.tex’, brings in three
+files, ‘preamble.tex’, ‘articles.tex’, and ‘amendments.tex’.
\documentclass{book}
\includeonly{
@@ -15179,33 +15276,33 @@ files, 'preamble.tex', 'articles.tex', and 'amendments.tex'.
\include{amendments}
\end{document}
-The file 'preamble.tex' contains no special code; you have just
-excerpted the chapter from 'consitution.tex' and put it in a separate
+The file ‘preamble.tex’ contains no special code; you have just
+excerpted the chapter from ‘consitution.tex’ and put it in a separate
file just for editing convenience.
\chapter{Preamble}
We the People of the United States,
in Order to form a more perfect Union, ...
-Running LaTeX on 'constitution.tex' makes the material from the three
+Running LaTeX on ‘constitution.tex’ makes the material from the three
files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files
-'preamble.aux', 'articles.aux', and 'amendments.aux'. These contain
+‘preamble.aux’, ‘articles.aux’, and ‘amendments.aux’. These contain
information such as page numbers and cross-references (*note Cross
-references::). If you now comment out '\includeonly''s lines with
-'preamble' and 'amendments' and run LaTeX again then the resulting
-document shows only the material from 'articles.tex', not the material
-from 'preamble.tex' or 'amendments.tex'. Nonetheless, all of the
+references::). If you now comment out ‘\includeonly’’s lines with
+‘preamble’ and ‘amendments’ and run LaTeX again then the resulting
+document shows only the material from ‘articles.tex’, not the material
+from ‘preamble.tex’ or ‘amendments.tex’. Nonetheless, all of the
auxiliary information from the omitted files is still there, including
the starting page number of the chapter.
- If the document preamble does not have '\includeonly' then LaTeX will
-include all the files you call for with '\include' commands.
+ If the document preamble does not have ‘\includeonly’ then LaTeX will
+include all the files you call for with ‘\include’ commands.
- The '\include' command makes a new page. To avoid that, see *note
+ The ‘\include’ command makes a new page. To avoid that, see *note
\input:: (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information).
- *Note Larger book template::, for another example using '\include'
-and '\includeonly'. That example also uses '\input' for some material
+ *Note Larger book template::, for another example using ‘\include’
+and ‘\includeonly’. That example also uses ‘\input’ for some material
that will not necessarily start on a new page.
File names can involve paths.
@@ -15220,7 +15317,7 @@ that will not necessarily start on a new page.
To make your document portable across distributions and platforms you
should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use
-dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name 'amo amas amat', this
+dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name ‘amo amas amat’, this
works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
\documentclass{book}
@@ -15241,26 +15338,26 @@ works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
\include{{"amo amas amat"}}
\end{document}
- You cannot use '\include' inside a file that is being included or you
-get 'LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.' The '\include' command
-cannot appear in the document preamble; you will get 'LaTeX Error:
-Missing \begin{document}'.
+ You cannot use ‘\include’ inside a file that is being included or you
+get ‘LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.’ The ‘\include’ command
+cannot appear in the document preamble; you will get ‘LaTeX Error:
+Missing \begin{document}’.
- If a file that you '\include' does not exist, for instance if you
-'\include{athiesm}' but you meant '\include{atheism}', then LaTeX does
-not give you an error but will warn you 'No file athiesm.tex.' (It will
-also create 'athiesm.aux'.)
+ If a file that you ‘\include’ does not exist, for instance if you
+‘\include{athiesm}’ but you meant ‘\include{atheism}’, then LaTeX does
+not give you an error but will warn you ‘No file athiesm.tex.’ (It will
+also create ‘athiesm.aux’.)
- If you '\include' the root file in itself then you first get 'LaTeX
-Error: Can be used only in preamble.' Later runs get 'TeX capacity
-exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]'. To fix this, you must remove
-the inclusion '\include{ROOT}' but also delete the file 'ROOT.aux' and
+ If you ‘\include’ the root file in itself then you first get ‘LaTeX
+Error: Can be used only in preamble.’ Later runs get ‘TeX capacity
+exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]’. To fix this, you must remove
+the inclusion ‘\include{ROOT}’ but also delete the file ‘ROOT.aux’ and
rerun LaTeX.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \input, Prev: \include & \includeonly, Up: Splitting the input
-24.3 '\input'
+24.3 ‘\input’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -15271,22 +15368,22 @@ Synopsis:
current file. For a more sophisticated inclusion mechanism see *note
\include & \includeonly::.
- If FILENAME does not end in '.tex' then LaTeX first tries the
+ If FILENAME does not end in ‘.tex’ then LaTeX first tries the
filename with that extension; this is the usual case. If FILENAME ends
-with '.tex' then LaTeX looks for the filename as it is.
+with ‘.tex’ then LaTeX looks for the filename as it is.
For example, this
\input{macros}
-will cause LaTeX to first look for 'macros.tex'. If it finds that file
+will cause LaTeX to first look for ‘macros.tex’. If it finds that file
then it processes its contents as thought they had been copy-pasted in.
-If there is no file of the name 'macros.tex' then LaTeX tries the name
-'macros', without an extension. (This may vary by distribution.)
+If there is no file of the name ‘macros.tex’ then LaTeX tries the name
+‘macros’, without an extension. (This may vary by distribution.)
To make your document portable across distributions and platforms you
should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use
-dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name 'amo amas amat', this
+dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name ‘amo amas amat’, this
works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
\input{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
@@ -15323,10 +15420,10 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Put the command in the input file where you want the table or list to
go. You do not type the entries; for example, typically the table of
contents entries are automatically generated from the sectioning
-commands '\chapter', etc.
+commands ‘\chapter’, etc.
- This example illustrates the first command, '\tableofcontents'.
-LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book's first page.
+ This example illustrates the first command, ‘\tableofcontents’.
+LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book’s first page.
\documentclass{book}
% \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
@@ -15342,20 +15439,20 @@ LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book's first page.
\end{document}
Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter
-and section listings but not subsection listings, because the '\section'
+and section listings but not subsection listings, because the ‘\section’
command has level 1. *Note Sectioning::, for level numbers of the
-sectioning units. For more on the 'tocdepth' *note
+sectioning units. For more on the ‘tocdepth’ *note
Sectioning/tocdepth::.
- Another example of the use of '\tableofcontents' is in *note Larger
+ Another example of the use of ‘\tableofcontents’ is in *note Larger
book template::.
If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a
-'\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents' command, as above.
+‘\newpage’ command after the ‘\tableofcontents’ command, as above.
To make the table of contents, LaTeX stores the information in an
-auxiliary file named 'ROOT-FILE.toc' (*note Splitting the input::). For
-example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex'
+auxiliary file named ‘ROOT-FILE.toc’ (*note Splitting the input::). For
+example, this LaTeX file ‘test.tex’
\documentclass{article}
\begin{document}
@@ -15364,74 +15461,73 @@ example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex'
\subsection{First subsection}
...
-writes these lines to 'test.toc'.
+writes these lines to ‘test.toc’.
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
-Each line contains a single command, '\contentsline' (*note
-\contentsline::). The first argument, the 'section' or 'subsection', is
+Each line contains a single command, ‘\contentsline’ (*note
+\contentsline::). The first argument, the ‘section’ or ‘subsection’, is
the sectioning unit. The second argument has two components. The hook
-'\numberline' determines how the sectioning number, '1' or '1.1',
+‘\numberline’ determines how the sectioning number, ‘1’ or ‘1.1’,
appears in the table of contents (*note \numberline::). The remainder
-of the second argument of '\contentsline', 'First section' or 'First
-subsection', is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument,
-'2', is the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
+of the second argument of ‘\contentsline’, ‘First section’ or ‘First
+subsection’, is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument,
+‘2’, is the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
- To typeset these lines, the document class provides '\l@SECTION-UNIT'
-commands such as '\l@section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}' and
-'\l@subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}'. These commands often use the
-'\@dottedtocline' command (*note \@dottedtocline::).
+ To typeset these lines, the document class provides ‘\l@SECTION-UNIT’
+commands such as ‘\l@section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}’ and
+‘\l@subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}’. These commands often use the
+‘\@dottedtocline’ command (*note \@dottedtocline::).
- A consequence of LaTeX's strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
+ A consequence of LaTeX’s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice,
once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In
the ordinary course of writing a document authors run LaTeX a number of
times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new
document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its
-'Contents' header. Just run LaTeX again.
+‘Contents’ header. Just run LaTeX again.
- The commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a list of
+ The commands ‘\listoffigures’ and ‘\listoftables’ produce a list of
figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in files with
-extension '.lof' and '.lot'. They work the same way as
-'\tableofcontents' but the latter is more common, so we use it for most
+extension ‘.lof’ and ‘.lot’. They work the same way as
+‘\tableofcontents’ but the latter is more common, so we use it for most
examples.
You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of
figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a
section to the table of contents with
-'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}'. (*note \addcontentsline::).
+‘\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}’. (*note \addcontentsline::).
Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line material, with
-'\addtocontents', as with the command
-'\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}', which adds vertical space
+‘\addtocontents’, as with the command
+‘\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}’, which adds vertical space
to the list of figures (*note \addtocontents::).
Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of
tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which
sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title
-text, such as 'First section'. Finally there is a box up against the
+text, such as ‘First section’. Finally there is a box up against the
right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box. For the
indent and the width of the number box, *note \@dottedtocline::. The
-right margin box has width '\@tocrmarg' and the page number is flush
-right in that space, inside a box of width '\@pnumwidth'. By default
-'\@tocrmarg' is '2.55em' and '\@pnumwidth' is '1.55em'. Change these as
-with '\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}'.
+right margin box has width ‘\@tocrmarg’ and the page number is flush
+right in that space, inside a box of width ‘\@pnumwidth’. By default
+‘\@tocrmarg’ is ‘2.55em’ and ‘\@pnumwidth’ is ‘1.55em’. Change these as
+with ‘\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}’.
CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
-and tables (*note CTAN::). The package 'tocloft' is convenient for
+and tables (*note CTAN::). The package ‘tocloft’ is convenient for
adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And,
-'tocbibbind' will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to
+‘tocbibbind’ will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to
the table of contents.
To change the header for the table of contents page, do something
-like these commands before you call '\tableofcontents', etc.
+like these commands before you call ‘\tableofcontents’, etc.
\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}
\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications}
-
- Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will
+ Internationalization packages such as ‘babel’ or ‘polyglossia’ will
change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
* Menu:
@@ -15446,7 +15542,7 @@ change these headers depending on the chosen base language.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \@dottedtocline, Next: \addcontentsline, Up: Table of contents etc.
-25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline'
+25.1.1 ‘\@dottedtocline’
------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15455,36 +15551,36 @@ Synopsis:
Used internally by LaTeX to format an entry line in the table of
contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly
-enter '\@dottedtocline' commands.
+enter ‘\@dottedtocline’ commands.
- This command is typically used by '\l@section', '\l@subsection',
-etc., to format the content lines. For example, the 'article.cls' file
+ This command is typically used by ‘\l@section’, ‘\l@subsection’,
+etc., to format the content lines. For example, the ‘article.cls’ file
contains these definitions:
\newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
-In this example, '\@dottedcline' appears to have been given only three
+In this example, ‘\@dottedcline’ appears to have been given only three
arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the
final TEXT and PAGENUMBER arguments in the synopsis from a call to
-'\contentsline' (*note \contentsline::).
+‘\contentsline’ (*note \contentsline::).
Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
-box, these '\@dottedtocline' commands insert "leaders", that is,
+box, these ‘\@dottedtocline’ commands insert “leaders”, that is,
evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
-'\@dotsep'. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka. 'mu', which
-are '1/18' em. Change it using '\renewcommand', as in
-'\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}'.
+‘\@dotsep’. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka. ‘mu’, which
+are ‘1/18’ em. Change it using ‘\renewcommand’, as in
+‘\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}’.
- In the standard 'book' class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for
-the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard 'article' class
+ In the standard ‘book’ class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for
+the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard ‘article’ class
it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Prev: \@dottedtocline, Up: Table of contents etc.
-25.1.2 '\addcontentsline'
+25.1.2 ‘\addcontentsline’
-------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15493,7 +15589,7 @@ Synopsis:
Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension EXT.
- The following will result in an 'Appendices' line in the table of
+ The following will result in an ‘Appendices’ line in the table of
contents.
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}
@@ -15502,71 +15598,71 @@ It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in
boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point
where the command appears in the input file.
- The '\addcontentsline' command writes information to the file
-'ROOT-NAME.EXT', where ROOT-NAME is the file name of the root file
+ The ‘\addcontentsline’ command writes information to the file
+‘ROOT-NAME.EXT’, where ROOT-NAME is the file name of the root file
(*note Splitting the input::). It writes that information as the text
-of the command '\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the
-current value of counter 'UNIT' (*note \contentsline::). The most
+of the command ‘\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}’, where ‘NUM’ is the
+current value of counter ‘UNIT’ (*note \contentsline::). The most
common case is the table of contents and there NUM is the page number of
the first page of UNIT.
- This command is invoked by the sectioning commands '\chapter', etc.
-(*note Sectioning::), and also by '\caption' inside a float environment
+ This command is invoked by the sectioning commands ‘\chapter’, etc.
+(*note Sectioning::), and also by ‘\caption’ inside a float environment
(*note Floats::). But it is also directly used by authors. For
example, an author writing a book whose style is to have an unnumbered
-preface may use the starred '\chapter*'. But that command leaves out
+preface may use the starred ‘\chapter*’. But that command leaves out
table of contents information, which can be entered manually, as here.
\chapter*{Preface}
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface}
-In the 'ROOT-NAME.toc' file LaTeX will put the line '\contentsline
-{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note that the page number '3' is
+In the ‘ROOT-NAME.toc’ file LaTeX will put the line ‘\contentsline
+{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}’; note that the page number ‘3’ is
automatically generated by the system, not entered manually.
- All of the arguments for '\addcontentsline' are required.
+ All of the arguments for ‘\addcontentsline’ are required.
EXT
- Typically one of the strings 'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof'
- for the list of figures, or 'lot' for the list of tables. The
+ Typically one of the strings ‘toc’ for the table of contents, ‘lof’
+ for the list of figures, or ‘lot’ for the list of tables. The
filename extension of the information file.
UNIT
A string that depends on the value of the EXT argument, typically
one of:
- 'toc'
+ ‘toc’
For the table of contents, this is the name of a sectional
- unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section', 'subsection', etc.
+ unit: ‘part’, ‘chapter’, ‘section’, ‘subsection’, etc.
- 'lof'
- For the list of figures: 'figure'.
+ ‘lof’
+ For the list of figures: ‘figure’.
- 'lot'
- For the list of tables: 'table'.
+ ‘lot’
+ For the list of tables: ‘table’.
TEXT
- The text of the entry. You must '\protect' any fragile commands
+ The text of the entry. You must ‘\protect’ any fragile commands
(*note \protect::) used in it.
- The '\addcontentsline' command has an interaction with '\include'
+ The ‘\addcontentsline’ command has an interaction with ‘\include’
(*note \include & \includeonly::). If you use them at the same level,
-as with '\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}' then lines in the
+as with ‘\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}’ then lines in the
table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to
-move '\addcontentsline' into the file being included.
+move ‘\addcontentsline’ into the file being included.
If you use a UNIT that LaTeX does not recognize, as with the typo
here
\addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}
-then you don't get an error but the formatting in the table of contents
+then you don’t get an error but the formatting in the table of contents
will not make sense.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocontents, Next: \contentsline, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Table of contents etc.
-25.1.3 '\addtocontents'
+25.1.3 ‘\addtocontents’
-----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15579,12 +15675,12 @@ table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to
the list of figures and list of tables.
This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the
-'Contents' header.
+‘Contents’ header.
\tableofcontents\newpage
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
-This puts the word 'Page', in boldface, above the column of page numbers
+This puts the word ‘Page’, in boldface, above the column of page numbers
and after the header.
\tableofcontents
@@ -15597,37 +15693,37 @@ This adds a line announcing work by a new author.
\protect\vspace{2ex}
\textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par}
- The difference between '\addtocontents' and '\addcontentsline' is
+ The difference between ‘\addtocontents’ and ‘\addcontentsline’ is
that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the
page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above
-examples show, '\addtocontents' is for material such as spacing.
+examples show, ‘\addtocontents’ is for material such as spacing.
- The '\addtocontents' command has two arguments. Both are required.
+ The ‘\addtocontents’ command has two arguments. Both are required.
EXT
- Typically one of: 'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof' for the
- list of figures, or 'lot' for the list of tables. The extension of
+ Typically one of: ‘toc’ for the table of contents, ‘lof’ for the
+ list of figures, or ‘lot’ for the list of tables. The extension of
the file holding the information.
TEXT
The text, and possibly commands, to be written.
- The sectioning commands such as '\chapter' use the '\addcontentsline'
-command to store information. This command creates lines in the '.toc'
-auxiliary file containing the '\contentsline' command (*note
-\addcontentsline::). In contrast, the command '\addtocontents' puts
+ The sectioning commands such as ‘\chapter’ use the ‘\addcontentsline’
+command to store information. This command creates lines in the ‘.toc’
+auxiliary file containing the ‘\contentsline’ command (*note
+\addcontentsline::). In contrast, the command ‘\addtocontents’ puts
material directly in that file.
- The '\addtocontents' command has an interaction with '\include'
+ The ‘\addtocontents’ command has an interaction with ‘\include’
(*note \include & \includeonly::). If you use them at the same level,
-as with '\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}' then lines in the table
+as with ‘\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}’ then lines in the table
of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move
-'\addtocontents' into the file being included.
+‘\addtocontents’ into the file being included.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \contentsline, Next: \nofiles, Prev: \addtocontents, Up: Table of contents etc.
-25.1.4 '\contentsline'
+25.1.4 ‘\contentsline’
----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15636,42 +15732,42 @@ Synopsis:
Used internally by LaTeX to typeset an entry of the table of
contents, list of figures, or list of tables (*note Table of contents
-etc.::). Authors do not directly enter '\contentsline' commands.
+etc.::). Authors do not directly enter ‘\contentsline’ commands.
Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the
-commands '\chapter', '\section', etc. for the table of contents, or by
-the '\caption' command inside of a '\figure' or '\table' environment
+commands ‘\chapter’, ‘\section’, etc. for the table of contents, or by
+the ‘\caption’ command inside of a ‘\figure’ or ‘\table’ environment
(*note figure:: and *note table::). Thus, where the root file is
-'thesis.tex', and contains the declaration '\tableofcontents', the
-command '\chapter{Chapter One}' produces something like this in the file
-'thesis.toc'.
+‘thesis.tex’, and contains the declaration ‘\tableofcontents’, the
+command ‘\chapter{Chapter One}’ produces something like this in the file
+‘thesis.toc’.
\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3}
- If the file contains the declaration '\listoffigures' then a figure
-environment involving '\caption{Test}' will produce something like this
-in 'thesis.lof'.
+ If the file contains the declaration ‘\listoffigures’ then a figure
+environment involving ‘\caption{Test}’ will produce something like this
+in ‘thesis.lof’.
\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6}
To manually add material, use
-'\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}', where FILETYPE is 'toc',
-'lof', or 'lot' (*note \addcontentsline::).
+‘\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}’, where FILETYPE is ‘toc’,
+‘lof’, or ‘lot’ (*note \addcontentsline::).
- For manipulating how the '\contentline' material is typeset, see the
-'tocloft' package.
+ For manipulating how the ‘\contentline’ material is typeset, see the
+‘tocloft’ package.
- Note that the 'hyperref' package changes the definition of
-'\contentsline' (and '\addcontentsline') to add more arguments, to make
-hyperlinks. This is the source of the error 'Argument of \contentsline
-has an extra }' when one adds/remove the use of package 'hyperref' and a
-compilation was already run. Fix this error by deleting the '.toc' or
-'.lof' or '.lot' file, and running LaTeX again.
+ Note that the ‘hyperref’ package changes the definition of
+‘\contentsline’ (and ‘\addcontentsline’) to add more arguments, to make
+hyperlinks. This is the source of the error ‘Argument of \contentsline
+has an extra }’ when one adds/remove the use of package ‘hyperref’ and a
+compilation was already run. Fix this error by deleting the ‘.toc’ or
+‘.lof’ or ‘.lot’ file, and running LaTeX again.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \nofiles, Next: \numberline, Prev: \contentsline, Up: Table of contents etc.
-25.1.5 '\nofiles'
+25.1.5 ‘\nofiles’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15679,11 +15775,11 @@ Synopsis:
\nofiles
Prevent LaTeX from writing any auxiliary files. The only output will
-be the '.log' and '.pdf' (or '.dvi') files. This command must go in the
+be the ‘.log’ and ‘.pdf’ (or ‘.dvi’) files. This command must go in the
preamble.
- Because of the '\nofiles' command this example will not produce a
-'.toc' file.
+ Because of the ‘\nofiles’ command this example will not produce a
+‘.toc’ file.
\documentclass{book}
\nofiles
@@ -15693,13 +15789,13 @@ preamble.
...
LaTeX will not erase any existing auxiliary files, so if you insert the
-'\nofiles' command after you have run the file and gotten a '.toc' then
+‘\nofiles’ command after you have run the file and gotten a ‘.toc’ then
the table of contents page will continue to show the old information.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \numberline, Prev: \nofiles, Up: Table of contents etc.
-25.1.6 '\numberline'
+25.1.6 ‘\numberline’
--------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15707,28 +15803,28 @@ Synopsis:
\numberline{NUMBER}
Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a
-'\contentsline' command to typeset the section number (*note
+‘\contentsline’ command to typeset the section number (*note
\contentsline::).
- For example, this line in a '.toc' file causes the '1.1' to be
+ For example, this line in a ‘.toc’ file causes the ‘1.1’ to be
typeset flush left.
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2}
By default, LaTeX typesets the section numbers in a box of length
-'\@tempdima'. That length is set by the commands '\l@section',
-'\l@subsection', etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box
-with '\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}' before '\tableofcontents'.
+‘\@tempdima’. That length is set by the commands ‘\l@section’,
+‘\l@subsection’, etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box
+with ‘\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}’ before ‘\tableofcontents’.
- This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with '\protect'
-(*note \protect::). An example is the use of '\protect' in this
+ This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with ‘\protect’
+(*note \protect::). An example is the use of ‘\protect’ in this
command,
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}
-to get the '\numberline' into the '\contentsline' command in the '.toc'
-file: '\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}' (the page
-number '6' is automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::).
+to get the ‘\numberline’ into the ‘\contentsline’ command in the ‘.toc’
+file: ‘\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}’ (the page
+number ‘6’ is automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: Indexes, Next: Glossaries, Prev: Table of contents etc., Up: Front/back matter
@@ -15755,36 +15851,36 @@ maintained. This illustrates the basics.
\printindex
\end{document}
-As that shows, declare index entries with the '\index' command (*note
-\index::). When you run LaTeX, the '\index' writes its information,
-such as 'Wilson's Theorem' and the page number, to an auxiliary file
-whose name ends in '.idx'. Next, to alphabetize and do other
-manipulations, run an external command, typically 'makeindex' (*note
-makeindex::), which writes a file whose name ends in '.ind'. Finally,
-'\printindex' brings this manipulated information into the output (*note
+As that shows, declare index entries with the ‘\index’ command (*note
+\index::). When you run LaTeX, the ‘\index’ writes its information,
+such as ‘Wilson's Theorem’ and the page number, to an auxiliary file
+whose name ends in ‘.idx’. Next, to alphabetize and do other
+manipulations, run an external command, typically ‘makeindex’ (*note
+makeindex::), which writes a file whose name ends in ‘.ind’. Finally,
+‘\printindex’ brings this manipulated information into the output (*note
\printindex::).
- Thus, if the above example is in the file 'numth.tex' then running
-'pdflatex numth' will save index entry and page number information to
-'numth.idx'. Then running 'makeindex numth' will alphabetize and save
-the results to 'numth.ind'. Finally, again running 'pdflatex numth'
-will show the desired index, at the place where the '\printindex'
+ Thus, if the above example is in the file ‘numth.tex’ then running
+‘pdflatex numth’ will save index entry and page number information to
+‘numth.idx’. Then running ‘makeindex numth’ will alphabetize and save
+the results to ‘numth.ind’. Finally, again running ‘pdflatex numth’
+will show the desired index, at the place where the ‘\printindex’
command is in the source file.
There are many options for the output. An example is that the
-exclamation point in '\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}' produces
-a main entry of 'congruence' with a subentry of 'and Wilson's Theorem'.
+exclamation point in ‘\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}’ produces
+a main entry of ‘congruence’ with a subentry of ‘and Wilson's Theorem’.
For more, *note makeindex::.
- The '\makeindex' and '\printindex' commands are independent. Leaving
-out the '\makeindex' will stop LaTeX from saving the index entries to
-the auxiliary file. Leaving out the '\printindex' will cause LaTeX to
+ The ‘\makeindex’ and ‘\printindex’ commands are independent. Leaving
+out the ‘\makeindex’ will stop LaTeX from saving the index entries to
+the auxiliary file. Leaving out the ‘\printindex’ will cause LaTeX to
not show the index in the document output.
- There are many packages in the area of indexing. The 'showidx'
+ There are many packages in the area of indexing. The ‘showidx’
package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page
-where the '\index' appears. This can help in preparing the index. The
-'multind' package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also
+where the ‘\index’ appears. This can help in preparing the index. The
+‘multind’ package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also
the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind>,
and the CTAN topic, <https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi>.
@@ -15802,7 +15898,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Produce the index manually, Next: \index, Up: Index
---------------------------------
Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index.
-This will make a separate page labeled 'Index', in twocolumn format.
+This will make a separate page labeled ‘Index’, in twocolumn format.
\begin{theindex}
\item acorn squash, 1
@@ -15814,21 +15910,21 @@ This will make a separate page labeled 'Index', in twocolumn format.
Note that the author must enter the page numbers, which is tedious
and which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is
-why in most cases automated methods such as 'makeindex' are best. *Note
+why in most cases automated methods such as ‘makeindex’ are best. *Note
Indexes::.
However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the
automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels
-of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses '\item', subentries
-use '\subitem', and the lowest level uses '\subsubitem'. Blank lines
+of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses ‘\item’, subentries
+use ‘\subitem’, and the lowest level uses ‘\subsubitem’. Blank lines
between entries have no effect. The example above includes
-'\indexspace' to produce vertical space in the output that some index
+‘\indexspace’ to produce vertical space in the output that some index
styles use before the first entry starting with a new letter.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \index, Next: makeindex, Prev: Produce the index manually, Up: Indexes
-25.2.2 '\index'
+25.2.2 ‘\index’
---------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15839,9 +15935,9 @@ Synopsis:
\protect::).
For example, as described in *note Indexes::, one way to get an index
-from what's below is to compile the document with 'pdflatex test', then
-process the index entries with 'makeindex test', and then compile again
-with 'pdflatex test'.
+from what’s below is to compile the document with ‘pdflatex test’, then
+process the index entries with ‘makeindex test’, and then compile again
+with ‘pdflatex test’.
% file test.tex
...
@@ -15851,23 +15947,23 @@ with 'pdflatex test'.
...
rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
-All three index entries will get a page number, such as 'Ackermann, 22'.
+All three index entries will get a page number, such as ‘Ackermann, 22’.
LaTeX will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the line
below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second. Three
levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries. (If you add
-'\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}' then 'makeindex'
-says 'Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 entries accepted, 1
-rejected)' and the fourth level is silently missing from the index.)
+‘\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}’ then ‘makeindex’
+says ‘Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 entries accepted, 1
+rejected)’ and the fourth level is silently missing from the index.)
- If you enter a second '\index' with the same INDEX-ENTRY-STRING then
+ If you enter a second ‘\index’ with the same INDEX-ENTRY-STRING then
you will get a single index entry with two page numbers (unless they
-happen to fall on the same page). Thus, adding 'as for
-Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}' later in the same document as above will
-give an index entry like 'Ackermann, 22, 151'. Also, you can enter the
-index entries in any order, so for instance '\index{Ackermann!function}'
-could come before '\index{Ackermann}'.
+happen to fall on the same page). Thus, adding ‘as for
+Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}’ later in the same document as above will
+give an index entry like ‘Ackermann, 22, 151’. Also, you can enter the
+index entries in any order, so for instance ‘\index{Ackermann!function}’
+could come before ‘\index{Ackermann}’.
- Get a page range in the output, like 'Hilbert, 23--27', as here.
+ Get a page range in the output, like ‘Hilbert, 23--27’, as here.
W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
...
@@ -15879,25 +15975,25 @@ If the beginning and ending of the page range are equal then the system
just gives a single page number, not a range.
If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with
-'\index{Jones!program}' and '\index{Jones!results}', then the output is
-the item 'Jones' with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems,
-like 'program, 50' and 'results, 51'.
-
- Generate a index entry that says 'see' by using a vertical bar
-character: '\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's function}}'. You
-can instead get 'see also' with 'seealso'. (The text 'see' is defined
-by '\seename', and 'see also' by '\alsoname'. You can redefine these
-either by using an internationalization package such as 'babel' or
-'polyglossia', or directly as with '\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also
-see}'.)
-
- The 'see' feature is part of a more general functionality. After the
+‘\index{Jones!program}’ and ‘\index{Jones!results}’, then the output is
+the item ‘Jones’ with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems,
+like ‘program, 50’ and ‘results, 51’.
+
+ Generate a index entry that says ‘see’ by using a vertical bar
+character: ‘\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's function}}’. You
+can instead get ‘see also’ with ‘seealso’. (The text ‘see’ is defined
+by ‘\seename’, and ‘see also’ by ‘\alsoname’. You can redefine these
+either by using an internationalization package such as ‘babel’ or
+‘polyglossia’, or directly as with ‘\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also
+see}’.)
+
+ The ‘see’ feature is part of a more general functionality. After the
vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in
-'\index{group|textit}' (note the missing backslash on the '\textit'
+‘\index{group|textit}’ (note the missing backslash on the ‘\textit’
command) and the system will apply that command to the page number, here
-giving something like '\textit{7}'. You can define your own one-input
-commands, such as '\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}' and
-then '\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}' will give a blue page
+giving something like ‘\textit{7}’. You can define your own one-input
+commands, such as ‘\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}’ and
+then ‘\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}’ will give a blue page
number (*note Color::). Another, less practical, example is this,
\newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
@@ -15911,35 +16007,35 @@ which creates an entry citing the page number of its own index listing.
...
\index{Ackermann!function|)}
-which outputs an index entry like 'function, 23--27' where the page
+which outputs an index entry like ‘function, 23--27’ where the page
number range is in blue.
- Consider an index entry such as 'α-ring'. Entering it as
-'$\alpha$-ring' will cause it to be alphabetized according to the dollar
+ Consider an index entry such as ‘α-ring’. Entering it as
+‘$\alpha$-ring’ will cause it to be alphabetized according to the dollar
sign. You can instead enter it using an at-sign, as
-'\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}'. If you specify an entry with an
-at-sign separating two strings, 'POS@TEXT', then POS gives the
+‘\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}’. If you specify an entry with an
+at-sign separating two strings, ‘POS@TEXT’, then POS gives the
alphabetical position of the entry while TEXT produces the text of the
-entry. Another example is that '\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}'
-produces an index entry 'SMC' alphabetized into a different location
+entry. Another example is that ‘\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}’
+produces an index entry ‘SMC’ alphabetized into a different location
than its spelling would naturally give it.
- To put a '!', or '@', or '|', or '"' character in an index entry,
-escape it by preceding it with a double quote, '"'. (The double quote
+ To put a ‘!’, or ‘@’, or ‘|’, or ‘"’ character in an index entry,
+escape it by preceding it with a double quote, ‘"’. (The double quote
gets deleted before alphabetization.)
A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond
-that provided by 'makeidx'. One is 'index', which allows for multiple
-indices and contains a command '\index*{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}' that prints
+that provided by ‘makeidx’. One is ‘index’, which allows for multiple
+indices and contains a command ‘\index*{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}’ that prints
the INDEX-ENTRY-STRING as well as indexing it.
- The '\index' command writes the indexing information to the file
-'ROOT-NAME.idx' file. Specifically, it writes text of the command
-'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where PAGE-NUM is the value
-of the '\thepage' counter. On occasion, when the '\printindex' command
+ The ‘\index’ command writes the indexing information to the file
+‘ROOT-NAME.idx’ file. Specifically, it writes text of the command
+‘\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}’, where PAGE-NUM is the value
+of the ‘\thepage’ counter. On occasion, when the ‘\printindex’ command
is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
- If you omit the closing brace of an '\index' command then you get a
+ If you omit the closing brace of an ‘\index’ command then you get a
message like this.
Runaway argument? {Ackermann!function
@@ -15948,7 +16044,7 @@ message like this.

File: latex2e.info, Node: makeindex, Next: \printindex, Prev: \index, Up: Indexes
-25.2.3 'makeindex'
+25.2.3 ‘makeindex’
------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -15959,16 +16055,16 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Sort, and otherwise process, the index information in the auxiliary
file FILENAME. This is a command line program. It takes one or more
-raw index files, 'FILENAME.idx' files, and produces the actual index
-file, the 'FILENAME.ind' file that is input by '\printindex' (*note
+raw index files, ‘FILENAME.idx’ files, and produces the actual index
+file, the ‘FILENAME.ind’ file that is input by ‘\printindex’ (*note
\printindex::).
The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second
-allows you to format the index by using an "index style file", a '.isty'
+allows you to format the index by using an “index style file”, a ‘.isty’
file. The third form is the most general; see the full documentation on
CTAN.
- This is a simple '.isty' file.
+ This is a simple ‘.isty’ file.
% book.isty
% $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
@@ -15990,127 +16086,127 @@ CTAN.
A style file consists of a list of pairs: SPECIFIER and ATTRIBUTE.
These can appear in the file in any order. All of the ATTRIBUTEs are
strings, except where noted. Strings are surrounded with double quotes,
-'"', and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The '\n' is
-for a newline and '\t' is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with
-another backslash, '\\'. If a line begins with a percent sign, '%',
+‘"’, and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The ‘\n’ is
+for a newline and ‘\t’ is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with
+another backslash, ‘\\’. If a line begins with a percent sign, ‘%’,
then it is a comment.
-'preamble'
+‘preamble’
Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which
- the index is formatted. Default: '"\\begin{theindex}\n"'.
+ the index is formatted. Default: ‘"\\begin{theindex}\n"’.
-'postamble'
+‘postamble’
Postamble of the output index file. Default:
- '"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"'.
+ ‘"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"’.
-'group_skip'
+‘group_skip’
Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group
- for entries starting with letter 'a', etc. This specifier gives
- what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: '"\n\n
- \\indexspace\n"' ('\indexspace' is a command inserting a rubber
- length, by default '10pt plus5pt minus3pt').
+ for entries starting with letter ‘a’, etc. This specifier gives
+ what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: ‘"\n\n
+ \\indexspace\n"’ (‘\indexspace’ is a command inserting a rubber
+ length, by default ‘10pt plus5pt minus3pt’).
-'lethead_flag'
+‘lethead_flag’
An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.
- If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than 'group_skip'
+ If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than ‘group_skip’
nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then
- at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will be
+ at a new letter the ‘lethead_prefix’ and ‘lethead_suffix’ will be
inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is
negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.
The default is 0.
-'lethead_prefix'
+‘lethead_prefix’
If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the
- prefix inserted before the new letter header. Default: '""'
+ prefix inserted before the new letter header. Default: ‘""’
-'lethead_suffix'
+‘lethead_suffix’
If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix
- inserted after the new letter header. Default: '""'.
+ inserted after the new letter header. Default: ‘""’.
-'item_0'
- What is put between two level 0 items. Default: '"\n \\item "'.
+‘item_0’
+ What is put between two level 0 items. Default: ‘"\n \\item "’.
-'item_1'
- Put between two level 1 items. Default: '"\n \\subitem "'.
+‘item_1’
+ Put between two level 1 items. Default: ‘"\n \\subitem "’.
-'item_2'
- put between two level 2 items. Default: '"\n \\subsubitem "'.
+‘item_2’
+ put between two level 2 items. Default: ‘"\n \\subsubitem "’.
-'item_01'
+‘item_01’
What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item. Default:
- '"\n \\subitem "'.
+ ‘"\n \\subitem "’.
-'item_x1'
+‘item_x1’
What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the case
- that the level 0 item doesn't have any page numbers (as in
- '\index{aaa|see{bbb}}'). Default: '"\n \\subitem "'.
+ that the level 0 item doesn’t have any page numbers (as in
+ ‘\index{aaa|see{bbb}}’). Default: ‘"\n \\subitem "’.
-'item_12'
+‘item_12’
What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item. Default:
- '"\n \\subsubitem "'.
+ ‘"\n \\subsubitem "’.
-'item_x2'
+‘item_x2’
What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the
- level 1 item doesn't have page numbers. Default: '"\n \\subsubitem
- "'.
+ level 1 item doesn’t have page numbers. Default: ‘"\n \\subsubitem
+ "’.
-'delim_0'
+‘delim_0’
Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page number.
- Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.
+ Default: a comma followed by a blank, ‘", "’.
-'delim_1'
+‘delim_1’
Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page number.
- Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.
+ Default: a comma followed by a blank, ‘", "’.
-'delim_2'
+‘delim_2’
Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number.
- Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.
+ Default: a comma followed by a blank, ‘", "’.
-'delim_n'
+‘delim_n’
Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any level).
- Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.
+ Default: a comma followed by a blank, ‘", "’.
-'delim_r'
+‘delim_r’
What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a
- range. Default: '"--"'.
+ range. Default: ‘"--"’.
-'line_max'
- An integer. Maximum length of an index entry's line in the output,
- beyond which the line wraps. Default: '72'.
+‘line_max’
+ An integer. Maximum length of an index entry’s line in the output,
+ beyond which the line wraps. Default: ‘72’.
-'indent_space'
+‘indent_space’
What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default:
- '"\t\t"'.
+ ‘"\t\t"’.
-'indent_length'
+‘indent_length’
A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default
- 'indent_space' is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
- default here is '16'.
+ ‘indent_space’ is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
+ default here is ‘16’.
-'page_precedence'
+‘page_precedence’
A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example,
a book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman
while main matter pages are in arabic. This string specifies the
- order in which they will appear in the index. The 'makeindex'
+ order in which they will appear in the index. The ‘makeindex’
command supports five different types of numerals: lowercase roman
- 'r', and numeric or arabic 'n', and lowercase alphabetic 'a', and
- uppercase roman 'R', and uppercase alphabetic 'A'. Default:
- '"rnaRA"'.
+ ‘r’, and numeric or arabic ‘n’, and lowercase alphabetic ‘a’, and
+ uppercase roman ‘R’, and uppercase alphabetic ‘A’. Default:
+ ‘"rnaRA"’.
- There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex'
-does. One is 'xindy' (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy>), which does
+ There are a number of other programs that do the job ‘makeindex’
+does. One is ‘xindy’ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy>), which does
internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up
using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp,
highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating
order of the text, as described in its documentation.
- A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is 'xindex',
+ A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is ‘xindex’,
written in Lua (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex>).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \printindex, Prev: makeindex, Up: Indexes
-25.2.4 '\printindex'
+25.2.4 ‘\printindex’
--------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -16120,10 +16216,10 @@ Synopsis:
Place the index into the output.
To get an index you must first include
-'\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex' in the document preamble and compile
-the document, then run the system command 'makeindex', and then compile
+‘\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex’ in the document preamble and compile
+the document, then run the system command ‘makeindex’, and then compile
the document again. *Note Indexes::, for further discussion and an
-example of the use of '\printindex'.
+example of the use of ‘\printindex’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Glossaries, Prev: Indexes, Up: Front/back matter
@@ -16141,12 +16237,12 @@ Synopsis:
...
\printglossaries
- The 'glossaries' package allows you to make glossaries, including
+ The ‘glossaries’ package allows you to make glossaries, including
multiple glossaries, as well as lists of acronyms.
To get the output from this example, compile the document (for
-instance with 'pdflatex filename'), then run the command line command
-'makeglossaries filename', and then compile the document again.
+instance with ‘pdflatex filename’), then run the command line command
+‘makeglossaries filename’, and then compile the document again.
\documentclass{...}
\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
@@ -16162,18 +16258,18 @@ instance with 'pdflatex filename'), then run the command line command
\printglossaries
\end{document}
-That gives two things. In the main text it outputs '... definition of a
-Turing machine'. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed
-'Glossary' there appears a description list. In boldface it says
-'Turing machine' and the rest of the item says in normal type 'A model
-of a machine ... Computer Science'.
+That gives two things. In the main text it outputs ‘... definition of a
+Turing machine’. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed
+‘Glossary’ there appears a description list. In boldface it says
+‘Turing machine’ and the rest of the item says in normal type ‘A model
+of a machine ... Computer Science’.
- The command '\makeglossary' opens the file that will contain the
-entry information, 'ROOT-FILE.glo'. Put the '\printglossaries' command
+ The command ‘\makeglossary’ opens the file that will contain the
+entry information, ‘ROOT-FILE.glo’. Put the ‘\printglossaries’ command
where you want the glossaries to appear in your document.
- The 'glossaries' package is very powerful. For instance, besides the
-commands '\newglossaryentry' and '\gls', there are similar commands for
+ The ‘glossaries’ package is very powerful. For instance, besides the
+commands ‘\newglossaryentry’ and ‘\gls’, there are similar commands for
a list of acronyms. See the package documentations on CTAN.
* Menu:
@@ -16184,7 +16280,7 @@ a list of acronyms. See the package documentations on CTAN.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \newglossaryentry, Next: \gls, Up: Glossaries
-25.3.1 '\newglossaryentry'
+25.3.1 ‘\newglossaryentry’
--------------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -16207,7 +16303,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Declare a new entry for a glossary. The LABEL must be unique for the
document. The settings associated with the label are pairs:
-'KEY=VALUE'.
+‘KEY=VALUE’.
This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers ℝ, in the
glossary.
@@ -16224,29 +16320,29 @@ paragraph.
For a full list of KEYs see the package documentation on CTAN but
here are a few.
-'name'
+‘name’
(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining.
-'description'
+‘description’
(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary. If
this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second
command form given in the synopsis.
-'plural'
- The plural form of NAME. Refer to the plural form using '\glspl'
- or '\Glspl' (*note \gls::).
+‘plural’
+ The plural form of NAME. Refer to the plural form using ‘\glspl’
+ or ‘\Glspl’ (*note \gls::).
-'sort'
+‘sort’
How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary
holds.
-'symbol'
+‘symbol’
A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \gls, Prev: \newglossaryentry, Up: Glossaries
-25.3.2 '\gls'
+25.3.2 ‘\gls’
-------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -16257,7 +16353,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\Glspl{LABEL}
Refer to a glossary entry. The entries are declared with
-'\newglossaryentry' (*note \newglossaryentry::).
+‘\newglossaryentry’ (*note \newglossaryentry::).
This
@@ -16269,10 +16365,10 @@ Synopsis, one of:
...
Consider \gls{N}.
-gives the output 'Consider the natural numbers'.
+gives the output ‘Consider the natural numbers’.
- The second command form '\glspl{LABEL}' produces the plural of NAME
-(by default it tries adding an 's'). The third form capitalizes the
+ The second command form ‘\glspl{LABEL}’ produces the plural of NAME
+(by default it tries adding an ‘s’). The third form capitalizes the
first letter of NAME, as does the fourth form, which also takes the
plural.
@@ -16298,47 +16394,47 @@ Synopsis:
Produce one or more letters.
- Each letter is in a separate 'letter' environment, whose argument
+ Each letter is in a separate ‘letter’ environment, whose argument
RECIPIENT ADDRESS often contains multiple lines separated with a double
-backslash, ('\\'). For example, you might have:
+backslash, (‘\\’). For example, you might have:
\begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
l'h\^otel Sagonne}
...
\end{letter}
- The start of the 'letter' environment resets the page number to 1,
+ The start of the ‘letter’ environment resets the page number to 1,
and the footnote number to 1 also.
The SENDER ADDRESS and SENDER NAME are common to all of the letters,
whether there is one or more, so these are best put in the preamble. As
with the recipient address, often SENDER ADDRESS contains multiple lines
-separated by a double backslash ('\\'). LaTeX will put the SENDER NAME
+separated by a double backslash (‘\\’). LaTeX will put the SENDER NAME
under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional
hand-written signature.
- Each 'letter' environment body begins with a required '\opening'
-command such as '\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}'. The LETTER BODY text is
+ Each ‘letter’ environment body begins with a required ‘\opening’
+command such as ‘\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}’. The LETTER BODY text is
ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to
-displayed math, except that commands such as '\chapter' that make no
-sense in a letter are turned off. Each 'letter' environment body
-typically ends with a '\closing' command such as '\closing{Yours,}'.
-
- Additional material may come after the '\closing'. You can say who
-is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like '\cc{the Boss \\
-the Boss's Boss}'. There's a similar '\encl' command for a list of
-enclosures. And, you can add a postscript with '\ps'.
-
- LaTeX's default is to indent the sender name and the closing above it
-by a length of '\longindentation'. By default this is '0.5\textwidth'.
-To make them flush left, put '\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}' in your
+displayed math, except that commands such as ‘\chapter’ that make no
+sense in a letter are turned off. Each ‘letter’ environment body
+typically ends with a ‘\closing’ command such as ‘\closing{Yours,}’.
+
+ Additional material may come after the ‘\closing’. You can say who
+is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like ‘\cc{the Boss \\
+the Boss's Boss}’. There’s a similar ‘\encl’ command for a list of
+enclosures. And, you can add a postscript with ‘\ps’.
+
+ LaTeX’s default is to indent the sender name and the closing above it
+by a length of ‘\longindentation’. By default this is ‘0.5\textwidth’.
+To make them flush left, put ‘\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}’ in your
preamble.
To set a fixed date use something like
-'\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}'. If put in your preamble then it
+‘\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}’. If put in your preamble then it
will apply to all the letters.
- This example shows only one 'letter' environment. The three lines
+ This example shows only one ‘letter’ environment. The three lines
marked as optional are typically omitted.
\documentclass{letter}
@@ -16355,26 +16451,26 @@ marked as optional are typically omitted.
\end{letter}
\end{document}
- These commands are used with the 'letter' class.
+ These commands are used with the ‘letter’ class.
* Menu:
-* \address:: Sender's return address.
+* \address:: Sender’s return address.
* \cc:: Carbon copy list.
* \closing:: Saying goodbye.
* \encl:: List of enclosed material.
-* \location:: Sender's organizational location.
+* \location:: Sender’s organizational location.
* \makelabels:: Make address labels.
-* \name:: Sender's name, for the return address.
+* \name:: Sender’s name, for the return address.
* \opening:: Saying hello.
* \ps:: Adding a postscript.
-* \signature:: Sender's signature.
-* \telephone:: Sender's phone number.
+* \signature:: Sender’s signature.
+* \telephone:: Sender’s phone number.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \address, Next: \cc, Up: Letters
-26.1 '\address'
+26.1 ‘\address’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -16383,15 +16479,15 @@ Synopsis:
Specify the return address, as it appears on the letter and on the
envelope. Separate multiple lines in SENDERS ADDRESS with a double
-backslash, '\\'.
+backslash, ‘\\’.
Because it can apply to multiple letters this declaration is often
put in the preamble. However, it can go anywhere, including inside an
-individual 'letter' environment.
+individual ‘letter’ environment.
This command is optional: if you do not use it then the letter is
formatted with some blank space on top, for copying onto pre-printed
-letterhead paper. If you do use the '\address' declaration then it is
+letterhead paper. If you do use the ‘\address’ declaration then it is
formatted as a personal letter.
Here is an example.
@@ -16402,7 +16498,7 @@ formatted as a personal letter.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \cc, Next: \closing, Prev: \address, Up: Letters
-26.2 '\cc'
+26.2 ‘\cc’
==========
Synopsis:
@@ -16412,8 +16508,8 @@ Synopsis:
Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent.
This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after
-'\closing'. Put the names on different lines by separating them with a
-double backslash, '\\', as in:
+‘\closing’. Put the names on different lines by separating them with a
+double backslash, ‘\\’, as in:
\cc{President \\
Vice President}
@@ -16421,14 +16517,14 @@ double backslash, '\\', as in:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \closing, Next: \encl, Prev: \cc, Up: Letters
-26.3 '\closing'
+26.3 ‘\closing’
===============
Synopsis:
\closing{TEXT}
- Produce the letter's closing. This is optional, but usual. It
+ Produce the letter’s closing. This is optional, but usual. It
appears at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For
example:
@@ -16437,7 +16533,7 @@ example:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \encl, Next: \location, Prev: \closing, Up: Letters
-26.4 '\encl'
+26.4 ‘\encl’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -16446,8 +16542,8 @@ Synopsis:
... }
Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is
-optional; when it is used, it typically is put after '\closing'.
-Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, '\\'.
+optional; when it is used, it typically is put after ‘\closing’.
+Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, ‘\\’.
\encl{License \\
Passport}
@@ -16455,7 +16551,7 @@ Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, '\\'.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \location, Next: \makelabels, Prev: \encl, Up: Letters
-26.5 '\location'
+26.5 ‘\location’
================
Synopsis:
@@ -16463,34 +16559,34 @@ Synopsis:
\location{TEXT}
The TEXT appears centered at the bottom of the page. It only appears
-if the page style is 'firstpage'.
+if the page style is ‘firstpage’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \makelabels, Next: \name, Prev: \location, Up: Letters
-26.6 '\makelabels'
+26.6 ‘\makelabels’
==================
Synopsis:
\makelabels % in preamble
- Optional, for a document that contains 'letter' environments. If you
-just put '\makelabels' in the preamble then at the end of the document
+ Optional, for a document that contains ‘letter’ environments. If you
+just put ‘\makelabels’ in the preamble then at the end of the document
you will get a sheet with labels for all the recipients, one for each
letter environment, that you can copy to a sheet of peel-off address
labels.
- Customize the labels by redefining the commands '\startlabels',
-'\mlabel', and '\returnaddress' (and perhaps '\name') in the preamble.
-The command '\startlabels' sets the width, height, number of columns,
+ Customize the labels by redefining the commands ‘\startlabels’,
+‘\mlabel’, and ‘\returnaddress’ (and perhaps ‘\name’) in the preamble.
+The command ‘\startlabels’ sets the width, height, number of columns,
etc., of the page onto which the labels are printed. The command
-'\mlabel{RETURN ADDRESS}{RECIPIENT ADDRESS}' produces the two labels (or
+‘\mlabel{RETURN ADDRESS}{RECIPIENT ADDRESS}’ produces the two labels (or
one, if you choose to ignore the RETURN ADDRESS) for each letter
environment. The first argument, RETURN ADDRESS, is the value returned
-by the macro '\returnaddress'. The second argument, RECIPIENT ADDRESS,
-is the value passed in the argument to the 'letter' environment. By
-default '\mlabel' ignores the first argument, the RETURN ADDRESS,
+by the macro ‘\returnaddress’. The second argument, RECIPIENT ADDRESS,
+is the value passed in the argument to the ‘letter’ environment. By
+default ‘\mlabel’ ignores the first argument, the RETURN ADDRESS,
causing the default behavior described in the prior paragraph.
This illustrates customization. Its output includes a page with two
@@ -16520,35 +16616,35 @@ columns having two labels each.
The first column contains the return address twice. The second column
contains the address for each recipient.
- The package 'envlab' makes formatting the labels easier, with
+ The package ‘envlab’ makes formatting the labels easier, with
standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines
-'\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}' and '\makelabels' are all that
+‘\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}’ and ‘\makelabels’ are all that
you need to print envelopes.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \name, Next: \opening, Prev: \makelabels, Up: Letters
-26.7 '\name'
+26.7 ‘\name’
============
Synopsis:
\name{NAME}
- Optional. Sender's name, used for printing on the envelope together
+ Optional. Sender’s name, used for printing on the envelope together
with the return address.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \opening, Next: \ps, Prev: \name, Up: Letters
-26.8 '\opening'
+26.8 ‘\opening’
===============
Synopsis:
\opening{SALUTATION}
- Required. Follows the '\begin{letter}{...}'. The argument
+ Required. Follows the ‘\begin{letter}{...}’. The argument
SALUTATION is mandatory. For instance:
\opening{Dear John:}
@@ -16556,7 +16652,7 @@ SALUTATION is mandatory. For instance:

File: latex2e.info, Node: \ps, Next: \signature, Prev: \opening, Up: Letters
-26.9 '\ps'
+26.9 ‘\ps’
==========
Synopsis:
@@ -16564,14 +16660,14 @@ Synopsis:
\ps{TEXT}
Add a postscript. This command is optional and usually is used after
-'\closing'.
+‘\closing’.
\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.}

File: latex2e.info, Node: \signature, Next: \telephone, Prev: \ps, Up: Letters
-26.10 '\signature'
+26.10 ‘\signature’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -16579,45 +16675,45 @@ Synopsis:
\signature{FIRST LINE \\
... }
- The sender's name. This command is optional, although its inclusion
+ The sender’s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion
is usual.
The argument text appears at the end of the letter, after the
closing. LaTeX leaves some vertical space for a handwritten signature.
-Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, '\\'. For example:
+Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, ‘\\’. For example:
\signature{J Fred Muggs \\
White House}
- LaTeX's default for the vertical space from the '\closing' text down
-to the '\signature' text is '6\medskipamount', which is six times
-'\medskipamount' (where '\medskipamount' is equal to a '\parskip', which
+ LaTeX’s default for the vertical space from the ‘\closing’ text down
+to the ‘\signature’ text is ‘6\medskipamount’, which is six times
+‘\medskipamount’ (where ‘\medskipamount’ is equal to a ‘\parskip’, which
in turn is defined by default here to 0.7em).
This command is usually in the preamble, to apply to all the letters
in the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a
-'letter' environment and before the '\closing'.
+‘letter’ environment and before the ‘\closing’.
You can include a graphic in the signature as here.
\signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
My name}
-For this you must put '\usepackage{graphicx}' in the preamble (*note
+For this you must put ‘\usepackage{graphicx}’ in the preamble (*note
Graphics::).

File: latex2e.info, Node: \telephone, Prev: \signature, Up: Letters
-26.11 '\telephone'
+26.11 ‘\telephone’
==================
Synopsis:
\telephone{NUMBER}
- The sender's telephone number. This is typically in the preamble,
-where it applies to all letters. This only appears if the 'firstpage'
+ The sender’s telephone number. This is typically in the preamble,
+where it applies to all letters. This only appears if the ‘firstpage’
pagestyle is selected. If so, it appears on the lower right of the
page.
@@ -16644,7 +16740,7 @@ can issue instructions for the operating system.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \openin & \openout, Next: \read, Up: Input/output
-27.1 '\openin' & '\openout'
+27.1 ‘\openin’ & ‘\openout’
===========================
Synopsis:
@@ -16656,10 +16752,10 @@ Synopsis:
\openout NUMBER=FILENAME
Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most
-engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3'; in
+engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in ‘\openin3’; in
LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127.
- Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading.
+ Here TeX opens the file ‘presidents.tex’ for reading.
\newread\presidentsfile
\openin\presidentsfile=presidents
@@ -16667,23 +16763,23 @@ LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127.
\read\presidentsfile to\presidentline
\typeout{\presidentline}
-The '\newread' command allocates input stream numbers from 0 to 15
-(there is also a '\newwrite'). The '\presidentsfile' is more memorable
-but under the hood it is still a number; the first '\typeout' gives
-something like 'presidentsfile is 1'. In addition, '\newread' keeps
+The ‘\newread’ command allocates input stream numbers from 0 to 15
+(there is also a ‘\newwrite’). The ‘\presidentsfile’ is more memorable
+but under the hood it is still a number; the first ‘\typeout’ gives
+something like ‘presidentsfile is 1’. In addition, ‘\newread’ keeps
track of the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an
-error like '! No room for a new \read'. The second '\typeout' gives the
-first line of the file, something like '1 Washington, George'.
+error like ‘! No room for a new \read’. The second ‘\typeout’ gives the
+first line of the file, something like ‘1 Washington, George’.
Ordinarily TeX will not try to open the file until the next page
-shipout. To change this, use '\immediate\openin NUMBER=FILENAME' or
-'\immediate\openout NUMBER=FILENAME'.
+shipout. To change this, use ‘\immediate\openin NUMBER=FILENAME’ or
+‘\immediate\openout NUMBER=FILENAME’.
- Close files with '\closein NUMBER' and '\closeout NUMBER'.
+ Close files with ‘\closein NUMBER’ and ‘\closeout NUMBER’.
How LaTeX handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can
vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an
-extension then TeX will add a '.tex'. This creates 'presidents.tex',
+extension then TeX will add a ‘.tex’. This creates ‘presidents.tex’,
writes one line to it, and closes it.
\newwrite\presidentsfile
@@ -16692,26 +16788,26 @@ writes one line to it, and closes it.
\closeout\presidentsfile
But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if TeX finds a FILENAME
-of 'presidents.dat' it could look first for 'presidents.dat.tex' and
-later for 'presidents.dat', or it could do the opposite. Your
-distribution's documentation should say more, and if you find something
+of ‘presidents.dat’ it could look first for ‘presidents.dat.tex’ and
+later for ‘presidents.dat’, or it could do the opposite. Your
+distribution’s documentation should say more, and if you find something
that works for you then you are good, but to ensure complete portability
the best thing is to use file names containing only the twenty six ASCII
letters (not case-sensitive) and the ten digits, along with underscore
and dash, and in particular with no dot or space.
- For '\openin', if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give an
+ For ‘\openin’, if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give an
error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this
-with '\ifeof'; one recourse is the command '\InputIfFileExists', *note
+with ‘\ifeof’; one recourse is the command ‘\InputIfFileExists’, *note
Class and package commands::). If you try to use the same number twice,
-LaTeX won't give you an error. If you try to use a bad number then you
-get an error message like '! Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30
-\openin16=test.jh'.
+LaTeX won’t give you an error. If you try to use a bad number then you
+get an error message like ‘! Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30
+\openin16=test.jh’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \read, Next: \typein, Prev: \openin & \openout, Up: Input/output
-27.2 '\read'
+27.2 ‘\read’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -16719,10 +16815,10 @@ Synopsis:
\read NUMBER toMACRO
Make the command MACRO contain the next line of input from text
-stream NUMBER, as in '\read5 to\data'.
+stream NUMBER, as in ‘\read5 to\data’.
- This opens the file 'email.tex' for reading, puts the contents of the
-first line into the command '\email', and then closes the file.
+ This opens the file ‘email.tex’ for reading, puts the contents of the
+first line into the command ‘\email’, and then closes the file.
\newread\recipientfile
\openin\recipientfile=email
@@ -16731,21 +16827,21 @@ first line into the command '\email', and then closes the file.
\closein\recipientfile
If NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if no file of that
-number is open, or if the file has ended, then '\read' will take input
+number is open, or if the file has ended, then ‘\read’ will take input
from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not allowed, e.g.,
-'\nonstopmode'; *note interaction modes::). (However, the natural way
-in LaTeX to take input from the terminal is '\typein' (*note \typein::.)
+‘\nonstopmode’; *note interaction modes::). (However, the natural way
+in LaTeX to take input from the terminal is ‘\typein’ (*note \typein::.)
- To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use '\input'
-(*note \input::) or '\include' (*note \include & \includeonly::).
+ To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use ‘\input’
+(*note \input::) or ‘\include’ (*note \include & \includeonly::).
A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail
-merges. CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is 'datatool'.
+merges. CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is ‘datatool’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \typein, Next: \typeout, Prev: \read, Up: Input/output
-27.3 '\typein'
+27.3 ‘\typein’
==============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -16767,13 +16863,13 @@ coupled with this command line interaction
\@typein=Aphra Behn
-gives the output '... never forget Aphra Behn'.
+gives the output ‘... never forget Aphra Behn’.
- The first command version, '\typein{PROMPT-MSG}', causes the input
+ The first command version, ‘\typein{PROMPT-MSG}’, causes the input
you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file
-in place of the '\typein' command.
+in place of the ‘\typein’ command.
- In the second command version the optional argument 'CMD' argument
+ In the second command version the optional argument ‘CMD’ argument
must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a backslash, \.
This command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you
typed. For example, this
@@ -16788,35 +16884,35 @@ gives this output on the command line,
\student=John Dee
Recommendation for John Dee.
-where the user has entered 'John Dee.'
+where the user has entered ‘John Dee.’

File: latex2e.info, Node: \typeout, Next: \write, Prev: \typein, Up: Input/output
-27.4 '\typeout'
+27.4 ‘\typeout’
===============
Synopsis:
\typeout{MSG}
- Print 'msg' on the terminal and in the 'log' file.
+ Print ‘msg’ on the terminal and in the ‘log’ file.
This
\newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
\typeout{Recommendation for \student .}
-outputs 'Recommendation for John Dee'. Like what happens here with
-'\student', commands that are defined with '\newcommand' or
-'\renewcommand' (among others) are replaced by their definitions before
+outputs ‘Recommendation for John Dee’. Like what happens here with
+‘\student’, commands that are defined with ‘\newcommand’ or
+‘\renewcommand’ (among others) are replaced by their definitions before
being printed.
- LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
-and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'. Use the
-command '\space' to get a single space, independent of surrounding
-spaces. Use '^^J' to get a newline. Get a percent character with
-'\csname @percentchar\endcsname'.
+ LaTeX’s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
+and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to ‘msg’. Use the
+command ‘\space’ to get a single space, independent of surrounding
+spaces. Use ‘^^J’ to get a newline. Get a percent character with
+‘\csname @percentchar\endcsname’.
This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here:
@@ -16824,12 +16920,12 @@ spaces. Use '^^J' to get a newline. Get a percent character with
\setlength{\jhlength}{5pt}
\typeout{The length is \the\jhlength.}
-produces on the command line 'The length is 5.0pt'.
+produces on the command line ‘The length is 5.0pt’.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \write, Prev: \typeout, Up: Input/output
-27.5 '\write'
+27.5 ‘\write’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -16837,10 +16933,10 @@ Synopsis:
\write NUMBER{STRING}
Write STRING to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file opened by
-'\openout'. For instance, '\write6' writes to text stream number 6.
+‘\openout’. For instance, ‘\write6’ writes to text stream number 6.
- If the following appears in 'BASEFILE.tex' then it opens
-'BASEFILE.jh', writes 'Hello World!' and a newline to it, and closes
+ If the following appears in ‘BASEFILE.tex’ then it opens
+‘BASEFILE.jh’, writes ‘Hello World!’ and a newline to it, and closes
that file.
\newwrite\myfile
@@ -16850,10 +16946,10 @@ that file.
...
\immediate\closeout\myfile
-The '\newwrite' allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic name to
-make life easier, so that 'stream \newwrite\myfile\the\myfile' produces
-something like 'stream 3'. Then '\openout' associates the stream number
-with the given file name. TeX ultimately executed '\write3' which puts
+The ‘\newwrite’ allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic name to
+make life easier, so that ‘stream \newwrite\myfile\the\myfile’ produces
+something like ‘stream 3’. Then ‘\openout’ associates the stream number
+with the given file name. TeX ultimately executed ‘\write3’ which puts
the string in the file.
Typically NUMBER is between 0 and 15, because typically LaTeX authors
@@ -16862,73 +16958,73 @@ NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if it is not associated with
an open file then LaTeX writes STRING to the log file. If NUMBER is
positive then in addition LaTeX writes STRING to the terminal.
- Thus, 'test \write-1{Hello World!}' puts 'Hello World!' followed by a
-newline in the log file. (This is what the '\wlog' command does; *note
-\wlog::). And '\write100{Hello World!}' puts the same in the log file
-but also puts 'Hello World!' followed by a newline in the terminal
+ Thus, ‘test \write-1{Hello World!}’ puts ‘Hello World!’ followed by a
+newline in the log file. (This is what the ‘\wlog’ command does; *note
+\wlog::). And ‘\write100{Hello World!}’ puts the same in the log file
+but also puts ‘Hello World!’ followed by a newline in the terminal
output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are special as NUMBER; see below.)
In LuaTeX, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 (*note TeX
engines::).
- Use '\write\@auxout{STRING}' to write to the current '.aux' file,
+ Use ‘\write\@auxout{STRING}’ to write to the current ‘.aux’ file,
which is associated with either the root file or with the current
-include file; and use '\write\@mainaux{STRING}' to write to the main
-'.aux'. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX.
+include file; and use ‘\write\@mainaux{STRING}’ to write to the main
+‘.aux’. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX.
By default LaTeX does not write STRING to the file right away. This
-is because, for example, you may need '\write' to save the current page
-number, but when TeX comes across a '\write' it typically does not know
+is because, for example, you may need ‘\write’ to save the current page
+number, but when TeX comes across a ‘\write’ it typically does not know
what the page number is, since it has not yet done the page breaking.
-So, you use '\write' in one of three contexts:
+So, you use ‘\write’ in one of three contexts:
\immediate\write\@auxout{STRING} %1
\write\@auxout{STRING} %2
\protected@write\@auxout{}{STRING} %3
1. With the first, LaTeX writes STRING to the file immediately. Any
- macros in STRING are fully expanded (just as in '\edef') so to
- prevent expansion you must use '\noexpand', 'toks', etc., except
- that you should use '#' instead of '##').
+ macros in STRING are fully expanded (just as in ‘\edef’) so to
+ prevent expansion you must use ‘\noexpand’, ‘toks’, etc., except
+ that you should use ‘#’ instead of ‘##’).
2. With the second, STRING is stored on the current list of things (as
- a TeX "whatsit" item) and kept until the page is shipped out and
- likewise the macros are unexpanded until '\shipout'. At
- '\shipout', STRING is fully expanded.
+ a TeX “whatsit” item) and kept until the page is shipped out and
+ likewise the macros are unexpanded until ‘\shipout’. At
+ ‘\shipout’, STRING is fully expanded.
- 3. The third, '\protected@write', is like the second except that you
- can use '\protect' to avoid expansion. The extra first argument
+ 3. The third, ‘\protected@write’, is like the second except that you
+ can use ‘\protect’ to avoid expansion. The extra first argument
allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more macros
protected or to have some other special definition for the write.
- As a simple example of expansion with '\write', STRING here contains
-a control sequence '\triplex' which we've defined to be the text 'XYZ':
+ As a simple example of expansion with ‘\write’, STRING here contains
+a control sequence ‘\triplex’ which we’ve defined to be the text ‘XYZ’:
\newwrite\jhfile
\openout\jhfile=test.jh
\newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ}
\write\jhfile{test \triplex test}
-This results in the file 'test.jh' containing the text 'test XYZtest'
+This results in the file ‘test.jh’ containing the text ‘test XYZtest’
followed by a newline.
The cases where NUMBER is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of
-'\write''s behavior when NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15
-described above, in Plain TeX '\write16' and '\write17' were sometimes
+‘\write’’s behavior when NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15
+described above, in Plain TeX ‘\write16’ and ‘\write17’ were sometimes
used to write to the log file and the terminal; however, in LaTeX, the
-natural way to do that is with '\typeout' (*note \typeout::). The
-'\write18' command is even more special; modern TeX systems use it for
+natural way to do that is with ‘\typeout’ (*note \typeout::). The
+‘\write18’ command is even more special; modern TeX systems use it for
giving commands to the operating system (*note \write18::).
- Ordinarily '\write' outputs a single line. You can include a newline
-with '^^J'. Thus, this produces two lines in the log file:
+ Ordinarily ‘\write’ outputs a single line. You can include a newline
+with ‘^^J’. Thus, this produces two lines in the log file:
\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.}
A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write out
verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of packages
-for this; one is 'answers'.
+for this; one is ‘answers’.
* Menu:
@@ -16940,7 +17036,7 @@ for this; one is 'answers'.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \write and security, Next: \message, Up: \write
-27.5.1 '\write' and security
+27.5.1 ‘\write’ and security
----------------------------
The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
@@ -16960,14 +17056,14 @@ gives an error like:
! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
You can get just such an error when using commands such as
-'\include{../filename}' because LaTeX will try to open
-'../filename.aux'. The simplest solution is to put the included files
+‘\include{../filename}’ because LaTeX will try to open
+‘../filename.aux’. The simplest solution is to put the included files
in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \message, Next: \wlog, Prev: \write and security, Up: \write
-27.5.2 '\message'
+27.5.2 ‘\message’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -16976,10 +17072,10 @@ Synopsis:
Write STRING to the log file and the terminal.
- Typically, LaTeX authors use '\typeout' (*note \typeout::). It
-allows you to use '\protect' on any fragile commands in STRING (*note
-\protect::). But '\typeout' always inserts a newline at the end of
-STRING while '\message' does not, so the latter can be useful.
+ Typically, LaTeX authors use ‘\typeout’ (*note \typeout::). It
+allows you to use ‘\protect’ on any fragile commands in STRING (*note
+\protect::). But ‘\typeout’ always inserts a newline at the end of
+STRING while ‘\message’ does not, so the latter can be useful.
With this example document body.
@@ -16992,22 +17088,22 @@ the terminal and the log file.
One Two Three Four
I declare a thumb war.
-The '^^J' produces a newline. Also, in the output document, between
-'before' and 'After' will be a single space (from the end of line
-following 'I}').
+The ‘^^J’ produces a newline. Also, in the output document, between
+‘before’ and ‘After’ will be a single space (from the end of line
+following ‘I}’).
- While '\message' allows you more control over formatting, a gotcha is
+ While ‘\message’ allows you more control over formatting, a gotcha is
that LaTeX may mess up that formatting because it inserts line breaks
depending on what it has already written. Contrast this document body,
-where the 'Two' has moved, to the one given above.
+where the ‘Two’ has moved, to the one given above.
before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI}
\message{declare a thumb war.}After
This can happen: when LaTeX is outputting the messages to the
-terminal, now the message with 'One' is shorter and it fits at the end
+terminal, now the message with ‘One’ is shorter and it fits at the end
of the output terminal line, and so LaTeX breaks the line between it and
-the 'Two Three'. That line break appears also in the log file. This
+the ‘Two Three’. That line break appears also in the log file. This
line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length of the full
path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted lines in a
way that is portable is hard, likely requiring starting your message at
@@ -17016,7 +17112,7 @@ the beginning of a line.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \wlog, Next: \write18, Prev: \message, Up: \write
-27.5.3 '\wlog'
+27.5.3 ‘\wlog’
--------------
Synopsis:
@@ -17028,7 +17124,7 @@ Synopsis:
\wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?}
\wlog{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.}
- Ordinarily STRING appears in a single separate line. Use '^^J' to
+ Ordinarily STRING appears in a single separate line. Use ‘^^J’ to
insert a newline.
\wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.}
@@ -17037,7 +17133,7 @@ insert a newline.

File: latex2e.info, Node: \write18, Prev: \wlog, Up: \write
-27.5.4 '\write18'
+27.5.4 ‘\write18’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -17045,7 +17141,7 @@ Synopsis:
\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}
Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system
-runs the command and LaTeX's execution is blocked until that finishes.
+runs the command and LaTeX’s execution is blocked until that finishes.
This sequence (on Unix)
@@ -17053,64 +17149,64 @@ runs the command and LaTeX's execution is blocked until that finishes.
...
\newcommand{\fignum}{1}
\immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum}
- \includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf}
+ \includegraphics{pix/figure\fignum.pdf}
-will run Asymptote (the 'asy' program) on 'pix/figure1.asy', so that the
+will run Asymptote (the ‘asy’ program) on ‘pix/figure1.asy’, so that the
document can later read in the resulting graphic (*note
-\includegraphics::). Like any '\write', here LaTeX expands macros in
-SHELL_COMMAND so that '\fignum' is replaced by '1'.
+\includegraphics::). Like any ‘\write’, here LaTeX expands macros in
+SHELL_COMMAND so that ‘\fignum’ is replaced by ‘1’.
Another example is that you can automatically run BibTeX at the start
of each LaTeX run (*note Using BibTeX::) by including
-'\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}' as the first line of the file.
-Note that '\jobname' expands to the basename of the root file unless the
-'--jobname' option is passed on the command line, in which case this is
+‘\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}’ as the first line of the file.
+Note that ‘\jobname’ expands to the basename of the root file unless the
+‘--jobname’ option is passed on the command line, in which case this is
the option argument.
You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information
that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files
-in the current directory (but see 'texosquery' below):
+in the current directory (but see ‘texosquery’ below):
\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat}
\input{tmp.dat}
- The standard behavior of any '\write' is to wait until a page is
+ The standard behavior of any ‘\write’ is to wait until a page is
being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream
(*note \write::). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use
-'\immediate\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}'.
+‘\immediate\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}’.
There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands
inside a LaTeX file. If you download a file off the net and it contains
commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The
standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell access.
You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are safe, by
-compiling with 'latex --enable-write18 FILENAME' (*note Command line
-options::). (The '--shell-escape' option is a synonym, in TeX Live.)
+compiling with ‘latex --enable-write18 FILENAME’ (*note Command line
+options::). (The ‘--shell-escape’ option is a synonym, in TeX Live.)
In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default
use a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as
those that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not
-use the 'enable-write18' option. By default this list of allowed
+use the ‘enable-write18’ option. By default this list of allowed
commands is short and features only commands that are under the control
of the distribution maintainers (*note Command line options::).
- The SHELL_COMMAND text is always passed to '/bin/sh' on Unix-like
-operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter 'cmd.exe' on Windows.
-Any different shell set by the user, and the 'SHELL' environment
+ The SHELL_COMMAND text is always passed to ‘/bin/sh’ on Unix-like
+operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter ‘cmd.exe’ on Windows.
+Any different shell set by the user, and the ‘SHELL’ environment
variable, is ignored.
If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
-'texosquery' package, which provides a convenient and secure interface
-for this, unlike the above examples using the raw '\write18':
+‘texosquery’ package, which provides a convenient and secure interface
+for this, unlike the above examples using the raw ‘\write18’:
<https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery>.
- LaTeX provides a package 'shellesc' on top of the primitive
-'\write18' command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
-'\ShellEscape' which works identically on all TeX engines; LuaTeX
-intentionally did not retain '\write18' as a way to invoke a shell
-command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The 'shellesc' package
-also provides a command '\DelayedShellEscape', executed at '\output'
+ LaTeX provides a package ‘shellesc’ on top of the primitive
+‘\write18’ command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
+‘\ShellEscape’ which works identically on all TeX engines; LuaTeX
+intentionally did not retain ‘\write18’ as a way to invoke a shell
+command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The ‘shellesc’ package
+also provides a command ‘\DelayedShellEscape’, executed at ‘\output’
time, for the same reason.

@@ -17123,16 +17219,16 @@ Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT
- Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT. In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use (for
-PDF output) 'xelatex' or 'lualatex', or (for DVI output) 'latex' or
-'dvilualatex', among others (*note TeX engines::).
+ Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT. In place of ‘pdflatex’ you can also use (for
+PDF output) ‘xelatex’ or ‘lualatex’, or (for DVI output) ‘latex’ or
+‘dvilualatex’, among others (*note TeX engines::).
- For example, this will run LaTeX on the file 'thesis.tex', creating
-the output 'thesis.pdf'.
+ For example, this will run LaTeX on the file ‘thesis.tex’, creating
+the output ‘thesis.pdf’.
pdflatex thesis
-Note that '.tex' is the default file name extension.
+Note that ‘.tex’ is the default file name extension.
pdfTeX is an extension of the original TeX program, as are XeTeX and
LuaTeX (*note TeX engines::). The first two are completely backward
@@ -17141,10 +17237,10 @@ feature for all three is that the original TeX output its own DVI
format, while the newer ones can output directly to PDF. This allows
them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF such as hyperlinks,
support for modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and ubiquitous
-viewing programs. In short, if you run 'pdflatex' or 'xelatex' or
-'lualatex' then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its
-modern features. If you run 'latex', or 'dvilualatex', then you will
-get DVI. The description here assumes pdfLaTeX.
+viewing programs. In short, if you run ‘pdflatex’ or ‘xelatex’ or
+‘lualatex’ then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its
+modern features. If you run ‘latex’, or ‘dvilualatex’, then you will
+get DVI. The description here assumes ‘pdflatex’.
*Note Command line options::, for a selection of the most useful
command line options. As to ARGUMENT, the usual case is that it does
@@ -17153,8 +17249,8 @@ file and it compiles that file. If ARGUMENT begins with a backslash
then the system will interpret it as a line of LaTeX input, which can be
used for special effects (*note Command line input::).
- If you gave no arguments or options then 'pdflatex' prompts for input
-from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering 'CTRL-D'.
+ If you gave no arguments or options then ‘pdflatex’ prompts for input
+from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering ‘CTRL-D’.
If LaTeX finds an error in your document then by default it stops and
asks you about it. *Note Recovering from errors::, for an outline of
@@ -17174,34 +17270,34 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line options, Next: Command line input, Up:
=========================
These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
-authoring. For a full list, try running 'latex --help' from the command
+authoring. For a full list, try running ‘latex --help’ from the command
line.
With many implementations you can specify command line options by
-prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live
+prefixing them with ‘-’ or ‘--’. This is the case for both TeX Live
(including MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both conventions
interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be specified either
-as a separate argument ('--foo val'), or as one argument with an '='
-sign ('--foo=val'), but there can be no spaces around the '='. We will
-generally use the '=' syntax.
+as a separate argument (‘--foo val’), or as one argument with an ‘=’
+sign (‘--foo=val’), but there can be no spaces around the ‘=’. We will
+generally use the ‘=’ syntax.
-'-version'
- Show the current version, like 'pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
- Live 2015/Debian)' along with a small amount of additional
+‘-version’
+ Show the current version, like ‘pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
+ Live 2015/Debian)’ along with a small amount of additional
information, and exit.
-'-help'
+‘-help’
Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit.
-'-interaction=MODE'
+‘-interaction=MODE’
TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
- 'batchmode', 'nonstopmode', 'scrollmode', 'errorstopmode'. In
- "errorstopmode" (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks for
- user intervention. In "batchmode" it prints nothing on the
- terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit 'RETURN' at every
- error, and missing files cause the job to abort. In "nonstopmode",
+ ‘batchmode’, ‘nonstopmode’, ‘scrollmode’, ‘errorstopmode’. In
+ “errorstopmode” (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks for
+ user intervention. In “batchmode” it prints nothing on the
+ terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit ‘RETURN’ at every
+ error, and missing files cause the job to abort. In “nonstopmode”,
diagnostic message appear on the terminal but as in batch mode
- there is no user interaction. In "scrollmode", TeX stops for
+ there is no user interaction. In “scrollmode”, TeX stops for
missing files or keyboard input, but nothing else.
For instance, starting LaTeX with this command line
@@ -17210,16 +17306,16 @@ generally use the '=' syntax.
eliminates most terminal output.
-'-jobname=STRING'
- Set the value of TeX's "jobname" to the string. The log file and
- output file will then be named 'STRING.log' and 'STRING.pdf'.
+‘-jobname=STRING’
+ Set the value of TeX’s “jobname” to the string. The log file and
+ output file will then be named ‘STRING.log’ and ‘STRING.pdf’.
*note Jobname::.
-'-output-directory=DIRECTORY'
+‘-output-directory=DIRECTORY’
Write files in the directory DIRECTORY. It must already exist.
This applies to all external files created by TeX or LaTeX, such as
- the '.log' file for the run, the '.aux', '.toc', etc., files
- created by LaTeX, as well as the main '.pdf' or '.dvi' output file
+ the ‘.log’ file for the run, the ‘.aux’, ‘.toc’, etc., files
+ created by LaTeX, as well as the main ‘.pdf’ or ‘.dvi’ output file
itself.
When specified, the output directory DIRECTORY is also
@@ -17228,30 +17324,30 @@ generally use the '=' syntax.
current directory (in which LaTeX was run) remains unchanged, and
is also checked for input files.
-'--enable-write18'
-'--disable-write18'
-'--shell-escape'
-'--no-shell-escape'
- Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}' (*note \write18::).
+‘--enable-write18’
+‘--disable-write18’
+‘--shell-escape’
+‘--no-shell-escape’
+ Enable or disable ‘\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}’ (*note \write18::).
The first two options are supported by both TeX Live and MiKTeX,
while the second two are synonyms supported by TeX Live.
Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since
it allows a LaTeX file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by
- default, unrestricted '\write18' is not allowed. (The default for
+ default, unrestricted ‘\write18’ is not allowed. (The default for
TeX Live, MacTeX, and MiKTeX is to allow the execution of a limited
number of TeX-related programs, which they distribute.)
- For example, if you invoke LaTeX with the option 'no-shell-escape',
- and in your document you call '\write18{ls -l}', then you do not
- get an error but the log file says 'runsystem(ls -l)...disabled'.
+ For example, if you invoke LaTeX with the option ‘no-shell-escape’,
+ and in your document you call ‘\write18{ls -l}’, then you do not
+ get an error but the log file says ‘runsystem(ls -l)...disabled’.
-'-halt-on-error'
+‘-halt-on-error’
Stop processing at the first error.
-'-file-line-error'
-'-no-file-line-error'
- Enable or disable 'FILENAME:LINENO:ERROR'-style error messages.
+‘-file-line-error’
+‘-no-file-line-error’
+ Enable or disable ‘FILENAME:LINENO:ERROR’-style error messages.
These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX.

@@ -17268,7 +17364,7 @@ you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a
backslash. (All the engines support this.) This allows you to do some
special effects.
- For example, this file (which uses the 'hyperref' package for
+ For example, this file (which uses the ‘hyperref’ package for
hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical
paper and one to be read online.
@@ -17282,8 +17378,8 @@ paper and one to be read online.
\href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN} % in body
...
-Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book'
-will give the 'CTAN' link in blue. But compiling it with
+Compiling this document ‘book.tex’ with the command line ‘pdflatex book’
+will give the ‘CTAN’ link in blue. But compiling it with
pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"
@@ -17292,18 +17388,18 @@ of the symbols by the command line shell. (This usually works on both
Unix and Windows systems, but there are many peculiarities to shell
quoting, so read your system documentation if need be.)
- In a similar way, from the single file 'main.tex' you can compile two
+ In a similar way, from the single file ‘main.tex’ you can compile two
different versions.
pdflatex -jobname=students "\def\student{}\input{main}"
pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"
-The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. (*note
+The ‘jobname’ option is there because otherwise both files would be
+called ‘main.pdf’ and the second would overwrite the first. (*note
Jobname::.)
In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
-document to include. For a book named 'mybook.tex' and structured like
+document to include. For a book named ‘mybook.tex’ and structured like
this.
\documentclass{book}
@@ -17329,34 +17425,34 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Jobname, Next: Recovering from errors, Prev: Comman
Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI)
output but also including others. These files are named with the
-so-called "jobname". The most common case is also the simplest, where
-for instance the command 'pdflatex thesis' creates 'thesis.pdf' and also
-'thesis.log' and 'thesis.aux'. Here the job name is 'thesis'.
+so-called “jobname”. The most common case is also the simplest, where
+for instance the command ‘pdflatex thesis’ creates ‘thesis.pdf’ and also
+‘thesis.log’ and ‘thesis.aux’. Here the job name is ‘thesis’.
- In general, LaTeX is invoked as 'LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT',
-where LATEX-ENGINE is 'pdflatex', 'lualatex', etc. (*note TeX
+ In general, LaTeX is invoked as ‘LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT’,
+where LATEX-ENGINE is ‘pdflatex’, ‘lualatex’, etc. (*note TeX
engines::). If ARGUMENT does not start with a backslash, as is the case
-above with 'thesis', then TeX considers it to be the name of the file to
-input as the main document. This file is referred to as the "root file"
+above with ‘thesis’, then TeX considers it to be the name of the file to
+input as the main document. This file is referred to as the “root file”
(*note Splitting the input::, and *note \input::). The name of that
-root file, without the '.tex' extension if any, is the jobname. If
+root file, without the ‘.tex’ extension if any, is the jobname. If
ARGUMENT does start with a backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode,
-then it waits for the first '\input' command, and the jobname is the
-argument to '\input'.
+then it waits for the first ‘\input’ command, and the jobname is the
+argument to ‘\input’.
There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
-specified with the '-jobname' option, as in 'pdflatex -jobname=myname'
+specified with the ‘-jobname’ option, as in ‘pdflatex -jobname=myname’
(*note Command line input:: for a real example).
- The final possibility is 'texput', which is the final fallback
-default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no '-jobname'
+ The final possibility is ‘texput’, which is the final fallback
+default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no ‘-jobname’
option was specified, and the compilation stops before any input file is
-met, then the log file will be named 'texput.log'.
+met, then the log file will be named ‘texput.log’.
A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately)
-2020 or later, the jobname is also 'texput' if the first '\input' occurs
-as a result of being called by either '\documentclass' or
-'\RequirePackage'. So this will produce a file named 'texput.pdf':
+2020 or later, the jobname is also ‘texput’ if the first ‘\input’ occurs
+as a result of being called by either ‘\documentclass’ or
+‘\RequirePackage’. So this will produce a file named ‘texput.pdf’:
pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}"
@@ -17365,28 +17461,28 @@ with
pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}"
-the output file is 'lipsum.pdf', as '\usepackage' calls '\input'.
+the output file is ‘lipsum.pdf’, as ‘\usepackage’ calls ‘\input’.
- Within the document, the macro '\jobname' expands to the jobname.
+ Within the document, the macro ‘\jobname’ expands to the jobname.
(When you run LaTeX on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
-returned by '\jobname' contains matching start and end quotes.) In the
+returned by ‘\jobname’ contains matching start and end quotes.) In the
expansion of that macro, all characters are of catcode 12 (other) except
that spaces are category 10, including letters that are normally
catcode 11.
Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
-can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro '\IfBeginWith'
-from the 'xstring' package in its star variant, which is insensitive to
-catcode. For example, in the following text the footnote "Including
-Respublica Bananensis Francorum." is only present if the task name
-starts with 'my-doc'.
+can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro ‘\IfBeginWith’
+from the ‘xstring’ package in its star variant, which is insensitive to
+catcode. For example, in the following text the footnote “Including
+Respublica Bananensis Francorum.” is only present if the task name
+starts with ‘my-doc’.
If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then
all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}%
{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are
democracies.
- Manipulating the value of '\jobname' inside of a document does not
+ Manipulating the value of ‘\jobname’ inside of a document does not
change the name of the output file or the log file.

@@ -17396,7 +17492,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Recovering from errors, Prev: Jobname, Up: Command
===========================
If LaTeX finds an error in your document then it gives you an error
-message and prompts you with a question mark, '?'. For instance,
+message and prompts you with a question mark, ‘?’. For instance,
running LaTeX on this file
\newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
@@ -17409,17 +17505,17 @@ causes it show this, and wait for input.
{} problem is a million dollar one.
?
-The simplest thing is to enter 'x' and 'RETURN' and fix the typo. You
-could instead enter '?' and 'RETURN' to see other options.
+The simplest thing is to enter ‘x’ and ‘RETURN’ and fix the typo. You
+could instead enter ‘?’ and ‘RETURN’ to see other options.
There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to
-include the '\end{document}' or misspelled it. In this case LaTeX gives
-you a '*' prompt. You can get back to the command line by typing
-'\stop' and 'RETURN'; this command does its best to exit LaTeX
+include the ‘\end{document}’ or misspelled it. In this case LaTeX gives
+you a ‘*’ prompt. You can get back to the command line by typing
+‘\stop’ and ‘RETURN’; this command does its best to exit LaTeX
immediately, whatever state it may be in.
The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance,
-instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'.
+instead of ‘pdflatex test’ you might type ‘pdflatex tste’.
! I can't find file `tste'.
<*> tste
@@ -17427,7 +17523,7 @@ instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'.
(Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)
Please type another input file name:
-The simplest thing is to enter 'CTRL d' (holding the Control and d keys
+The simplest thing is to enter ‘CTRL d’ (holding the Control and d keys
down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line.

@@ -17450,10 +17546,10 @@ useful. Additional template resources are listed at

File: latex2e.info, Node: beamer template, Next: article template, Up: Document templates
-A.1 'beamer' template
+A.1 ‘beamer’ template
=====================
-The 'beamer' class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of
+The ‘beamer’ class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of
features, but here is a basic template:
\documentclass{beamer}
@@ -17483,7 +17579,7 @@ features, but here is a basic template:

File: latex2e.info, Node: article template, Next: book template, Prev: beamer template, Up: Document templates
-A.2 'article' template
+A.2 ‘article’ template
======================
A simple template for an article.
@@ -17509,7 +17605,7 @@ Some more text.

File: latex2e.info, Node: book template, Next: Larger book template, Prev: article template, Up: Document templates
-A.3 'book' template
+A.3 ‘book’ template
===================
This is a straightforward template for a book. *Note Larger book
@@ -17536,24 +17632,24 @@ The end.

File: latex2e.info, Node: Larger book template, Prev: book template, Up: Document templates
-A.4 Larger 'book' template
+A.4 Larger ‘book’ template
==========================
This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. *Note book
template::, for a simpler one.
- This template uses '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', and '\backmatter'
+ This template uses ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, and ‘\backmatter’
to control the typography of the three main areas of a book (*note
\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter::). The book has a
bibliography and an index.
- Also notable is that it uses '\include' and '\includeonly' (*note
+ Also notable is that it uses ‘\include’ and ‘\includeonly’ (*note
Splitting the input::). While you are working on a chapter you can
comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to
-'\includeonly'. That will speed up compilation without losing any
+‘\includeonly’. That will speed up compilation without losing any
information such as cross-references. (Material that does not need to
-come on a new page is brought in with '\input' instead of '\include'.
-You don't get the cross-reference benefit with '\input'.)
+come on a new page is brought in with ‘\input’ instead of ‘\include’.
+You don’t get the cross-reference benefit with ‘\input’.)
\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
@@ -17604,7 +17700,7 @@ Index
* $ inline math: math. (line 12)
* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 32)
-* & for table cells: tabular. (line 32)
+* & (for table cells): tabular. (line 32)
* * prompt: Recovering from errors.
(line 23)
* *, to \nocite all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 61)
@@ -17612,7 +17708,7 @@ Index
(line 27)
* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 31)
* *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 27)
+ (line 28)
* --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
(line 61)
* --enable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
@@ -17672,9 +17768,9 @@ Index
(line 14)
* 12pt option: Document class options.
(line 14)
-* : for math: Colon character & \colon.
+* : (for math): Colon character & \colon.
(line 6)
-* [...] for optional arguments: LaTeX command syntax.
+* [...] (for optional arguments): LaTeX command syntax.
(line 6)
* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 6)
* \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax.
@@ -17746,7 +17842,7 @@ Index
(line 19)
* \alsoname: \index. (line 58)
* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 27)
-* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 43)
+* \and (for \author): \maketitle. (line 43)
* \angle: Math symbols. (line 30)
* \appendix: \appendix. (line 6)
* \approx: Math symbols. (line 34)
@@ -17798,37 +17894,43 @@ Index
* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 44)
* \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages.
(line 19)
+* \bigbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
+ (line 6)
* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 54)
* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 58)
* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 61)
+* \bigl: \bigl & \bigr etc.. (line 6)
* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 65)
* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 68)
* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 71)
+* \bigr: \bigl & \bigr etc.. (line 6)
* \bigskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
+ (line 6)
+* \bigskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
(line 28)
* \bigskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
(line 29)
-* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 80)
+* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 82)
* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 74)
-* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 77)
-* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 83)
-* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 87)
-* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 90)
+* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 78)
+* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 85)
+* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 89)
+* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 92)
* \bmod: Math functions. (line 21)
* \boldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
(line 6)
* \boldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
(line 14)
-* \bot: Math symbols. (line 93)
+* \bot: Math symbols. (line 95)
* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 94)
* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 95)
-* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 97)
-* \Box: Math symbols. (line 100)
+* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 99)
+* \Box: Math symbols. (line 102)
* \breve: Math accents. (line 16)
-* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 105)
+* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 107)
* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 61)
* \cal: Font styles. (line 78)
-* \cap: Math symbols. (line 108)
+* \cap: Math symbols. (line 110)
* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 29)
* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 89)
* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 93)
@@ -17848,7 +17950,7 @@ Index
* \caption <1>: figure. (line 43)
* \caption <2>: table. (line 42)
* \cc: \cc. (line 6)
-* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 112)
+* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 114)
* \cdots: Dots. (line 17)
* \centering: \centering. (line 6)
* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 6)
@@ -17858,8 +17960,8 @@ Index
(line 21)
* \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands.
(line 21)
-* \chi: Math symbols. (line 115)
-* \circ: Math symbols. (line 118)
+* \chi: Math symbols. (line 117)
+* \circ: Math symbols. (line 120)
* \circle: \circle. (line 6)
* \citation: BibTeX error messages.
(line 22)
@@ -17884,7 +17986,7 @@ Index
* \closein: \openin & \openout. (line 6)
* \closeout: \openin & \openout. (line 6)
* \closing: \closing. (line 6)
-* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 122)
+* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 124)
* \colon: Colon character & \colon.
(line 6)
* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 20)
@@ -17902,27 +18004,27 @@ Index
(line 8)
* \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters.
(line 9)
-* \complement: Math symbols. (line 125)
-* \cong: Math symbols. (line 131)
+* \complement: Math symbols. (line 127)
+* \cong: Math symbols. (line 133)
* \contentsline: Table of contents etc..
(line 62)
* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 10)
* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 6)
-* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 134)
+* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 136)
* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13)
* \cos: Math functions. (line 24)
* \cosh: Math functions. (line 27)
* \cot: Math functions. (line 30)
* \coth: Math functions. (line 33)
* \csc: Math functions. (line 36)
-* \cup: Math symbols. (line 137)
+* \cup: Math symbols. (line 139)
* \CurrentOption: Class and package commands.
(line 60)
* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 65)
* \dag: Text symbols. (line 17)
-* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 141)
+* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 143)
* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 6)
-* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 144)
+* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 146)
* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 50)
* \day: \day & \month & \year.
(line 6)
@@ -17932,7 +18034,7 @@ Index
* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 45)
* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 84)
* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 20)
-* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 148)
+* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 150)
* \ddot: Math accents. (line 22)
* \ddots: Dots. (line 21)
* \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding.
@@ -17956,8 +18058,6 @@ Index
(line 6)
* \DeclareTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
(line 6)
-* \DeclareTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
- (line 6)
* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
(line 6)
* \DeclareTextComposite: \DeclareTextComposite.
@@ -17973,19 +18073,19 @@ Index
(line 6)
* \deg: Math functions. (line 39)
* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 71)
-* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 151)
-* \delta: Math symbols. (line 154)
+* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 153)
+* \delta: Math symbols. (line 156)
* \det: Math functions. (line 42)
* \dh (ð): Additional Latin letters.
(line 20)
* \DH (Ð): Additional Latin letters.
(line 20)
-* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 157)
-* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 161)
-* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 165)
+* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 159)
+* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 163)
+* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 167)
* \dim: Math functions. (line 45)
* \displaystyle: Math styles. (line 29)
-* \div: Math symbols. (line 168)
+* \div: Math symbols. (line 170)
* \dj: Additional Latin letters.
(line 26)
* \DJ: Additional Latin letters.
@@ -17993,16 +18093,21 @@ Index
* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 6)
* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 32)
* \dot: Math accents. (line 25)
-* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 171)
+* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 173)
* \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
(line 6)
-* \dots: Text symbols. (line 37)
+* \dots: Dots. (line 26)
+* \dots <1>: Dots. (line 49)
+* \dots <2>: Text symbols. (line 38)
+* \dotsb: Dots. (line 49)
+* \dotsc: Dots. (line 49)
+* \dotsi: Dots. (line 49)
* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 168)
-* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 175)
-* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 179)
-* \ell: Math symbols. (line 183)
+* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 177)
+* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 181)
+* \ell: Math symbols. (line 185)
* \emph: Font styles. (line 60)
-* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 186)
+* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 188)
* \encl: \encl. (line 6)
* \end: Environments. (line 6)
* \endinput: \endinput. (line 6)
@@ -18013,9 +18118,9 @@ Index
* \enumii: enumerate. (line 47)
* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 47)
* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 47)
-* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 189)
-* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 195)
-* \eta: Math symbols. (line 198)
+* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 191)
+* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 197)
+* \eta: Math symbols. (line 200)
* \evensidemargin: Document class options.
(line 84)
* \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters.
@@ -18024,7 +18129,7 @@ Index
(line 68)
* \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands.
(line 172)
-* \exists: Math symbols. (line 201)
+* \exists: Math symbols. (line 203)
* \exp: Math functions. (line 48)
* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 6)
* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 108)
@@ -18036,7 +18141,7 @@ Index
* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 43)
* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 42)
* \fill: \hfill. (line 18)
-* \flat: Math symbols. (line 204)
+* \flat: Math symbols. (line 206)
* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 98)
* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 99)
* \floatsep: Floats. (line 114)
@@ -18066,7 +18171,7 @@ Index
(line 26)
* \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 27)
-* \forall: Math symbols. (line 207)
+* \forall: Math symbols. (line 209)
* \frac: \frac. (line 6)
* \frame: \frame. (line 6)
* \framebox: \framebox (picture). (line 6)
@@ -18075,15 +18180,15 @@ Index
(line 6)
* \frontmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 6)
-* \frown: Math symbols. (line 210)
+* \frown: Math symbols. (line 212)
* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6)
-* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 213)
-* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 216)
+* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 215)
+* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 218)
* \gcd: Math functions. (line 51)
-* \ge: Math symbols. (line 219)
-* \geq: Math symbols. (line 223)
-* \gets: Math symbols. (line 227)
-* \gg: Math symbols. (line 230)
+* \ge: Math symbols. (line 221)
+* \geq: Math symbols. (line 225)
+* \gets: Math symbols. (line 229)
+* \gg: Math symbols. (line 232)
* \gls: \gls. (line 6)
* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 6)
* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 6)
@@ -18094,7 +18199,7 @@ Index
* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 32)
* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 69)
* \hat: Math accents. (line 31)
-* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 233)
+* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 235)
* \headheight: Page layout parameters.
(line 14)
* \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
@@ -18103,12 +18208,14 @@ Index
(line 19)
* \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 20)
-* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 236)
+* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 238)
* \hfill: \hfill. (line 6)
* \hline: \hline. (line 6)
* \hom: Math functions. (line 54)
-* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 239)
-* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 242)
+* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 241)
+* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 244)
+* \hphantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
* \hrulefill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
(line 6)
* \hsize: Page layout parameters.
@@ -18122,7 +18229,7 @@ Index
* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6)
* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 19)
* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 53)
-* \iff: Math symbols. (line 245)
+* \iff: Math symbols. (line 247)
* \IfFileExists: Class and package commands.
(line 128)
* \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
@@ -18133,10 +18240,10 @@ Index
(line 32)
* \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters.
(line 32)
-* \Im: Math symbols. (line 249)
-* \imath: Math symbols. (line 252)
+* \Im: Math symbols. (line 251)
+* \imath: Math symbols. (line 254)
* \immediate\write: \write. (line 60)
-* \in: Math symbols. (line 256)
+* \in: Math symbols. (line 258)
* \include: \include & \includeonly.
(line 6)
* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 6)
@@ -18150,15 +18257,15 @@ Index
(line 22)
* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 59)
* \inf: Math functions. (line 57)
-* \infty: Math symbols. (line 260)
+* \infty: Math symbols. (line 262)
* \input: \input. (line 6)
* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 50)
* \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands.
(line 128)
-* \int: Math symbols. (line 263)
+* \int: Math symbols. (line 265)
* \intextsep: Floats. (line 118)
* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 119)
-* \iota: Math symbols. (line 266)
+* \iota: Math symbols. (line 268)
* \it: Font styles. (line 81)
* \item: description. (line 31)
* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 29)
@@ -18170,12 +18277,12 @@ Index
* \itemsep: list. (line 88)
* \itshape: Font styles. (line 34)
* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 19)
-* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 272)
+* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 274)
* \jobname: Jobname. (line 6)
* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 46)
-* \Join: Math symbols. (line 269)
+* \Join: Math symbols. (line 271)
* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 73)
-* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 276)
+* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 278)
* \ker: Math functions. (line 60)
* \kill: tabbing. (line 107)
* \l (ł): Additional Latin letters.
@@ -18196,10 +18303,10 @@ Index
* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 42)
* \labelsep: list. (line 100)
* \labelwidth: list. (line 105)
-* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 279)
-* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 282)
-* \land: Math symbols. (line 285)
-* \langle: Math symbols. (line 289)
+* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 281)
+* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 284)
+* \land: Math symbols. (line 287)
+* \langle: Math symbols. (line 291)
* \large: Font sizes. (line 11)
* \Large: Font sizes. (line 11)
* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 11)
@@ -18207,19 +18314,19 @@ Index
(line 6)
* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 23)
* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 26)
-* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 293)
-* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 296)
-* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 299)
+* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 295)
+* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 298)
+* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 301)
* \ldots: Dots. (line 24)
* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 36)
-* \le: Math symbols. (line 303)
-* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 306)
+* \le: Math symbols. (line 305)
+* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 308)
* \left: \left & \right. (line 6)
-* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 312)
-* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 316)
+* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 314)
+* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 318)
* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 44)
-* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 320)
-* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 323)
+* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 322)
+* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 325)
* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 58)
* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 125)
* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 58)
@@ -18228,12 +18335,12 @@ Index
* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 58)
* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 58)
* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 58)
-* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 326)
-* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 330)
-* \leq: Math symbols. (line 334)
-* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 337)
+* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 328)
+* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 332)
+* \leq: Math symbols. (line 336)
+* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 339)
* \lg: Math functions. (line 63)
-* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 340)
+* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 342)
* \lim: Math functions. (line 66)
* \liminf: Math functions. (line 69)
* \limsup: Math functions. (line 72)
@@ -18260,9 +18367,9 @@ Index
(line 6)
* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 6)
* \listparindent: list. (line 142)
-* \ll: Math symbols. (line 346)
+* \ll: Math symbols. (line 348)
* \ln: Math functions. (line 75)
-* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 349)
+* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 351)
* \LoadClass: Class and package commands.
(line 148)
* \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands.
@@ -18270,15 +18377,19 @@ Index
* \location: \location. (line 6)
* \log: Math functions. (line 78)
* \long: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 27)
-* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 352)
-* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 356)
-* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 360)
-* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 364)
-* \lor: Math symbols. (line 368)
-* \lq: Text symbols. (line 42)
+ (line 28)
+* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 354)
+* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 358)
+* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 362)
+* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 366)
+* \lor: Math symbols. (line 370)
+* \lq: Text symbols. (line 43)
* \mainmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 6)
+* \makeatother: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
+ (line 6)
+* \makeatother <1>: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
+ (line 6)
* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6)
* \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture). (line 6)
* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 6)
@@ -18287,7 +18398,7 @@ Index
* \makelabel: list. (line 61)
* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 6)
* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 6)
-* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 372)
+* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 374)
* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 6)
* \marginparpush: Page layout parameters.
(line 40)
@@ -18304,50 +18415,55 @@ Index
(line 41)
* \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 43)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 75)
-* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 84)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 76)
+* \markright{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 85)
* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 111)
* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 127)
-* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 832)
+* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 834)
+* \mathellipsis: Dots. (line 25)
* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 124)
-* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 835)
+* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 837)
* \mathring: Math accents. (line 34)
* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 108)
-* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 838)
+* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 840)
* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 114)
-* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 841)
+* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 843)
* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 6)
* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 117)
-* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 844)
+* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 846)
* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 129)
* \max: Math functions. (line 81)
* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6)
* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 37)
+* \medbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
+ (line 6)
* \medskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
+ (line 6)
+* \medskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
(line 33)
* \medskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
(line 34)
* \medspace: Spacing in math mode.
(line 36)
* \message: \message. (line 6)
-* \mho: Math symbols. (line 376)
-* \mid: Math symbols. (line 379)
+* \mho: Math symbols. (line 378)
+* \mid: Math symbols. (line 381)
* \min: Math functions. (line 84)
-* \models: Math symbols. (line 389)
+* \models: Math symbols. (line 391)
* \month: \day & \month & \year.
(line 6)
-* \mp: Math symbols. (line 393)
-* \mu: Math symbols. (line 396)
+* \mp: Math symbols. (line 395)
+* \mu: Math symbols. (line 398)
* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 6)
* \multiput: \multiput. (line 6)
-* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 399)
+* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 401)
* \name: \name. (line 6)
-* \natural: Math symbols. (line 402)
-* \ne: Math symbols. (line 405)
-* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 408)
+* \natural: Math symbols. (line 404)
+* \ne: Math symbols. (line 407)
+* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 410)
* \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands.
(line 182)
-* \neg: Math symbols. (line 411)
+* \neg: Math symbols. (line 413)
* \negmedspace: Spacing in math mode.
(line 42)
* \negthickspace: Spacing in math mode.
@@ -18356,7 +18472,7 @@ Index
(line 61)
* \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
(line 6)
-* \neq: Math symbols. (line 415)
+* \neq: Math symbols. (line 417)
* \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 6)
* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6)
@@ -18376,7 +18492,7 @@ Index
(line 40)
* \NG: Additional Latin letters.
(line 40)
-* \ni: Math symbols. (line 418)
+* \ni: Math symbols. (line 420)
* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6)
* \nocite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages.
(line 23)
@@ -18396,11 +18512,11 @@ Index
* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 22)
* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 6)
* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \not: Math symbols. (line 422)
-* \notin: Math symbols. (line 430)
-* \nu: Math symbols. (line 434)
+* \not: Math symbols. (line 424)
+* \notin: Math symbols. (line 432)
+* \nu: Math symbols. (line 436)
* \numberline: \numberline. (line 6)
-* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 437)
+* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 439)
* \o (ø): Additional Latin letters.
(line 44)
* \O (Ø): Additional Latin letters.
@@ -18413,32 +18529,32 @@ Index
(line 66)
* \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters.
(line 68)
-* \odot: Math symbols. (line 440)
+* \odot: Math symbols. (line 442)
* \oe (œ): Additional Latin letters.
(line 48)
* \OE (Œ): Additional Latin letters.
(line 48)
-* \oint: Math symbols. (line 444)
+* \oint: Math symbols. (line 446)
* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 133)
-* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 447)
-* \omega: Math symbols. (line 450)
-* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 453)
+* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 449)
+* \omega: Math symbols. (line 452)
+* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 455)
* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 6)
* \openin: \openin & \openout. (line 6)
* \opening: \opening. (line 6)
* \openout: \openin & \openout. (line 6)
-* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 456)
+* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 458)
* \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands.
(line 200)
-* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 460)
-* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 463)
+* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 462)
+* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 465)
* \oval: \oval. (line 6)
* \overbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining.
(line 39)
* \overline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining.
(line 20)
-* \owns: Math symbols. (line 467)
-* \P: Text symbols. (line 45)
+* \owns: Math symbols. (line 469)
+* \P: Text symbols. (line 46)
* \PackageError: Class and package commands.
(line 41)
* \PackageInfo: Class and package commands.
@@ -18466,10 +18582,10 @@ Index
* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 6)
* \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 6)
-* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 471)
+* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 473)
* \parbox: \parbox. (line 6)
* \parindent: minipage. (line 103)
-* \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent. (line 6)
+* \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent. (line 43)
* \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip.
(line 6)
* \parsep: list. (line 148)
@@ -18478,7 +18594,7 @@ Index
* \parskip example: itemize. (line 78)
* \part: Sectioning. (line 6)
* \part <1>: \part. (line 6)
-* \partial: Math symbols. (line 474)
+* \partial: Math symbols. (line 476)
* \partopsep: list. (line 157)
* \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands.
(line 206)
@@ -18488,22 +18604,24 @@ Index
(line 40)
* \pdfpagewidth: Document class options.
(line 40)
-* \perp: Math symbols. (line 477)
-* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 481)
-* \phi: Math symbols. (line 484)
-* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 488)
-* \pi: Math symbols. (line 491)
-* \pm: Math symbols. (line 495)
+* \perp: Math symbols. (line 479)
+* \phantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 483)
+* \phi: Math symbols. (line 486)
+* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 490)
+* \pi: Math symbols. (line 493)
+* \pm: Math symbols. (line 497)
* \pmod: Math functions. (line 87)
* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 113)
* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 114)
-* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 49)
+* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 50)
* \Pr: Math functions. (line 90)
-* \prec: Math symbols. (line 498)
-* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 501)
+* \prec: Math symbols. (line 500)
+* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 503)
* \prevdepth: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 45)
-* \prime: Math symbols. (line 505)
+* \prime: Math symbols. (line 507)
* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 6)
* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 43)
* \printindex: \printindex. (line 6)
@@ -18511,8 +18629,8 @@ Index
(line 243)
* \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands.
(line 243)
-* \prod: Math symbols. (line 514)
-* \propto: Math symbols. (line 517)
+* \prod: Math symbols. (line 516)
+* \propto: Math symbols. (line 519)
* \protect: \protect. (line 6)
* \protected@write: \write. (line 70)
* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 6)
@@ -18524,13 +18642,11 @@ Index
(line 281)
* \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
(line 6)
-* \ProvideTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
- (line 6)
* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
(line 6)
* \ps: \ps. (line 6)
-* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 520)
-* \psi: Math symbols. (line 523)
+* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 522)
+* \psi: Math symbols. (line 525)
* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 116)
* \put: \put. (line 6)
* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 6)
@@ -18542,23 +18658,25 @@ Index
(line 69)
* \quad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
(line 6)
-* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 53)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 54)
+* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 54)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 55)
* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 77)
* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 6)
* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 6)
* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 6)
* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 6)
-* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 526)
-* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 530)
-* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 533)
-* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 537)
-* \Re: Math symbols. (line 540)
+* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 528)
+* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 532)
+* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 535)
+* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 539)
+* \Re: Math symbols. (line 542)
* \read: \read. (line 6)
* \ref: \ref. (line 6)
* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 6)
* \refname: thebibliography. (line 44)
* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 6)
+* \renewcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 6)
* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
(line 6)
* \RequirePackage: Class and package commands.
@@ -18569,18 +18687,18 @@ Index
* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 6)
* \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
(line 6)
-* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 545)
-* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 550)
+* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 547)
+* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 552)
* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 22)
-* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 555)
-* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 559)
-* \rho: Math symbols. (line 565)
+* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 557)
+* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 561)
+* \rho: Math symbols. (line 567)
* \right: \left & \right. (line 6)
-* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 569)
-* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 573)
-* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 577)
-* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 580)
-* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 583)
+* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 571)
+* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 575)
+* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 579)
+* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 582)
+* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 585)
* \rightmargin: list. (line 172)
* \rm: Font styles. (line 84)
* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 31)
@@ -18589,9 +18707,9 @@ Index
* \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
(line 32)
* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 6)
-* \rq: Text symbols. (line 57)
+* \rq: Text symbols. (line 58)
* \rule: \rule. (line 6)
-* \S: Text symbols. (line 60)
+* \S: Text symbols. (line 61)
* \samepage: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
(line 44)
* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 6)
@@ -18602,7 +18720,7 @@ Index
* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 11)
* \scriptstyle: Math styles. (line 29)
* \scshape: Font styles. (line 52)
-* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 586)
+* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 588)
* \sec: Math functions. (line 93)
* \section: Sectioning. (line 6)
* \section <1>: \section. (line 6)
@@ -18611,33 +18729,37 @@ Index
(line 118)
* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 6)
* \setlength: \setlength. (line 6)
-* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 589)
+* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 591)
* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 6)
* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 6)
* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 6)
* \sf: Font styles. (line 90)
* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 49)
-* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 594)
+* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 596)
* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 71)
* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 65)
* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 6)
-* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 597)
-* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 600)
+* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 599)
+* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 602)
* \signature: \signature. (line 11)
-* \sim: Math symbols. (line 604)
-* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 607)
+* \sim: Math symbols. (line 606)
+* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 609)
* \sin: Math functions. (line 96)
* \sinh: Math functions. (line 99)
* \sl: Font styles. (line 93)
* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6)
* \slshape: Font styles. (line 46)
* \small: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 610)
+* \smallbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
+ (line 6)
+* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 612)
* \smallskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
+ (line 6)
+* \smallskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
(line 38)
* \smallskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
(line 39)
-* \smile: Math symbols. (line 614)
+* \smile: Math symbols. (line 616)
* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 6)
* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 6)
* \space: \include & \includeonly.
@@ -18645,20 +18767,20 @@ Index
* \space <1>: \input. (line 32)
* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 22)
* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 10)
-* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 617)
-* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 620)
-* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 624)
+* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 619)
+* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 622)
+* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 626)
* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 6)
-* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 628)
-* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 633)
-* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 637)
-* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 642)
+* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 630)
+* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 635)
+* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 639)
+* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 644)
* \ss (ß): Additional Latin letters.
(line 52)
* \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters.
(line 52)
* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 6)
-* \star: Math symbols. (line 646)
+* \star: Math symbols. (line 648)
* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 6)
* \stop: Recovering from errors.
(line 23)
@@ -18671,22 +18793,24 @@ Index
(line 6)
* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 6)
* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 6)
-* \subset: Math symbols. (line 653)
-* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 656)
+* \subset: Math symbols. (line 655)
+* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 658)
* \subsubitem: Produce the index manually.
(line 22)
* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 6)
* \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
(line 6)
-* \succ: Math symbols. (line 659)
-* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 662)
-* \sum: Math symbols. (line 666)
+* \succ: Math symbols. (line 661)
+* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 664)
+* \sum: Math symbols. (line 668)
* \sup: Math functions. (line 102)
* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 87)
-* \supset: Math symbols. (line 669)
-* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 672)
-* \surd: Math symbols. (line 675)
-* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 680)
+* \supset: Math symbols. (line 671)
+* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 674)
+* \surd: Math symbols. (line 677)
+* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 682)
+* \symbf: OpenType bold math. (line 20)
+* \symbfit: OpenType bold math. (line 20)
* \symbol: Symbols by font position.
(line 6)
* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 83)
@@ -18698,79 +18822,79 @@ Index
* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 6)
* \tan: Math functions. (line 105)
* \tanh: Math functions. (line 108)
-* \tau: Math symbols. (line 683)
+* \tau: Math symbols. (line 685)
* \telephone: \telephone. (line 6)
-* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 64)
-* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 102)
-* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 67)
-* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 70)
-* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 73)
+* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 65)
+* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 110)
+* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 68)
+* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 71)
+* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 74)
* \textbackslash: Reserved characters. (line 18)
-* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 76)
-* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 79)
-* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 82)
+* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 77)
+* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 85)
+* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 88)
* \textbf: Font styles. (line 40)
-* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 85)
-* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 88)
-* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 91)
-* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 94)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 101)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 97)
-* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 100)
+* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 91)
+* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 94)
+* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 98)
+* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 102)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 109)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 105)
+* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 108)
* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 14)
-* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 109)
-* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 112)
-* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 115)
-* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 38)
-* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 118)
-* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 124)
-* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 127)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 135)
-* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 138)
+* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 117)
+* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 120)
+* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 123)
+* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 37)
+* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 126)
+* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 132)
+* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 135)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 143)
+* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 146)
* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 123)
* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 124)
* \textfraction: Floats. (line 102)
* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 103)
-* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 145)
+* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 153)
* \textheight: Page layout parameters.
(line 91)
* \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 92)
-* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 148)
+* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 156)
* \textit: Font styles. (line 34)
-* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 156)
-* \textless: Text symbols. (line 153)
+* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 164)
+* \textless: Text symbols. (line 161)
* \textmd: Font styles. (line 37)
-* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 159)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 167)
* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 58)
-* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 165)
-* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 166)
-* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 46)
-* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 169)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 172)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 175)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 178)
-* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 181)
-* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 184)
-* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 187)
-* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 190)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 191)
-* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 194)
-* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 197)
+* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 173)
+* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 174)
+* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 47)
+* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 177)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 180)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 183)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 186)
+* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 189)
+* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 192)
+* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 195)
+* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 198)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 199)
+* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 202)
+* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 205)
* \textrm: Font styles. (line 31)
* \textsc: Font styles. (line 52)
-* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 61)
+* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 62)
* \textsf: Font styles. (line 49)
* \textsl: Font styles. (line 46)
-* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 50)
+* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 51)
* \textstyle: Math styles. (line 29)
-* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 200)
-* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 203)
+* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 208)
+* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 211)
* \texttt: Font styles. (line 55)
-* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 206)
-* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 209)
+* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 214)
+* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 217)
* \textup: Font styles. (line 43)
-* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 212)
+* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 220)
* \textwidth: Page layout parameters.
(line 99)
* \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
@@ -18780,7 +18904,7 @@ Index
* \TH (Þ): Additional Latin letters.
(line 56)
* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 56)
-* \theta: Math symbols. (line 686)
+* \theta: Math symbols. (line 688)
* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 6)
* \thickspace: Spacing in math mode.
(line 23)
@@ -18791,12 +18915,12 @@ Index
(line 6)
* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 6)
* \tilde: Math accents. (line 37)
-* \times: Math symbols. (line 690)
+* \times: Math symbols. (line 692)
* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 11)
* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 63)
-* \to: Math symbols. (line 693)
+* \to: Math symbols. (line 695)
* \today: \today. (line 6)
-* \top: Math symbols. (line 697)
+* \top: Math symbols. (line 699)
* \topfraction: Floats. (line 107)
* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 108)
* \topmargin: Page layout parameters.
@@ -18806,9 +18930,9 @@ Index
(line 131)
* \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 132)
-* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 701)
-* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 704)
-* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 710)
+* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 703)
+* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 706)
+* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 712)
* \tt: Font styles. (line 96)
* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 55)
* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 6)
@@ -18825,17 +18949,17 @@ Index
* \underline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining.
(line 9)
* \unitlength: picture. (line 28)
-* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 716)
-* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 722)
-* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 728)
-* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 732)
-* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 736)
-* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 741)
-* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 746)
-* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 751)
+* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 718)
+* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 724)
+* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 730)
+* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 734)
+* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 738)
+* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 743)
+* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 748)
+* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 753)
* \upshape: Font styles. (line 43)
-* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 756)
-* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 759)
+* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 758)
+* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 761)
* \usebox: \usebox. (line 6)
* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 6)
* \usefont: Low-level font commands.
@@ -18847,57 +18971,59 @@ Index
(line 6)
* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 93)
* \value: \value. (line 6)
-* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 767)
-* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 762)
-* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 772)
-* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 776)
-* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 780)
-* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 784)
-* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 788)
+* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 769)
+* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 764)
+* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 774)
+* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 778)
+* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 782)
+* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 786)
+* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 790)
* \vbox (plain TeX): minipage. (line 57)
-* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 792)
-* \vdots: Dots. (line 33)
+* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 794)
+* \vdots: Dots. (line 35)
* \vec: Math accents. (line 40)
* \vector: \vector. (line 6)
-* \vee: Math symbols. (line 796)
+* \vee: Math symbols. (line 798)
* \verb: \verb. (line 6)
-* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 800)
-* \vert: Math symbols. (line 804)
+* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 802)
+* \vert: Math symbols. (line 806)
* \vfill: \vfill. (line 6)
* \vline: \vline. (line 6)
+* \vphantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
* \vspace: \vspace. (line 6)
* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 53)
-* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 810)
+* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 812)
* \widehat: Math accents. (line 43)
* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 46)
* \wlog: \wlog. (line 6)
-* \wp: Math symbols. (line 814)
-* \wr: Math symbols. (line 817)
+* \wp: Math symbols. (line 816)
+* \wr: Math symbols. (line 819)
* \write: \write. (line 6)
* \write and security: \write and security. (line 6)
* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 86)
* \write18: \write18. (line 6)
* \write18, enabling: Command line options.
(line 61)
-* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 820)
-* \xi: Math symbols. (line 823)
+* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 822)
+* \xi: Math symbols. (line 825)
* \xspace: xspace package. (line 6)
* \year: \day & \month & \year.
(line 6)
-* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 826)
+* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 828)
* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 26)
* \\ (for center): center. (line 16)
* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 29)
+* \\ (for flushleft): flushleft. (line 14)
* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 12)
+* \\ (for letters): Letters. (line 48)
+* \\ (for tabular): tabular. (line 36)
+* \\ (for verse): verse. (line 21)
+* \\ (for \author): \maketitle. (line 43)
* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 35)
+* \\ (for \title): \maketitle. (line 64)
+* \\ (force line break): \\. (line 6)
* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 66)
-* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 14)
-* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 48)
-* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 36)
-* \\ for verse: verse. (line 21)
-* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 43)
-* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 64)
-* \\ force line break: \\. (line 6)
* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 35)
* \^: Reserved characters. (line 18)
* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 40)
@@ -18914,7 +19040,7 @@ Index
* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 94)
* _ subscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
(line 6)
-* {...} for required arguments: LaTeX command syntax.
+* {...} (for required arguments): LaTeX command syntax.
(line 6)
* ~: ~. (line 6)
* a4paper option: Document class options.
@@ -18961,7 +19087,7 @@ Index
* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 61)
* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 30)
* amsmath package <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc.. (line 67)
-* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 36)
+* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 38)
* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 111)
* amsmath package <10>: Spacing in math mode.
(line 23)
@@ -18979,23 +19105,25 @@ Index
* answers package: \write. (line 99)
* appendices: \appendix. (line 6)
* appendix: \appendix. (line 6)
-* appendix package: \appendix. (line 29)
+* appendix package: \appendix. (line 30)
+* arguments, optional, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 49)
* aring: Additional Latin letters.
(line 12)
* array environment: array. (line 6)
* array package: array. (line 74)
* arrays, math: array. (line 6)
-* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 157)
-* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 198)
+* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 165)
+* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 206)
* arrows: Arrows. (line 6)
* article class: Document classes. (line 11)
-* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 103)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 68)
-* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 71)
-* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 74)
+* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 111)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 69)
+* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 72)
+* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 75)
* Asymptote package: \line. (line 35)
* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 62)
-* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 74)
+* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 73)
* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 13)
* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 19)
* at-sign: \@. (line 6)
@@ -19013,9 +19141,10 @@ Index
* back matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
(line 6)
* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 6)
-* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 77)
-* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 83)
-* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 80)
+* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 78)
+* badness: Page breaking. (line 11)
+* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 89)
+* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 86)
* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 36)
* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 14)
* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 51)
@@ -19032,15 +19161,16 @@ Index
* BibTeX error messages: BibTeX error messages.
(line 6)
* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6)
-* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 86)
+* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 92)
* big point: Units of length. (line 20)
* bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes.
(line 6)
* black boxes, omitting: Document class options.
(line 53)
* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 6)
-* bm package: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 32)
+* blanks, after control sequences: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 87)
+* bm package: bm. (line 6)
* bold font: Font styles. (line 76)
* bold math: Font styles. (line 129)
* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 36)
@@ -19066,8 +19196,8 @@ Index
* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 6)
* boxes: Boxes. (line 6)
* bp: Units of length. (line 19)
-* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 89)
-* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 92)
+* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 95)
+* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 99)
* braces: Delimiters. (line 6)
* brackets: Delimiters. (line 6)
* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6)
@@ -19077,12 +19207,12 @@ Index
* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 17)
* bug reporting: About this document. (line 24)
* bullet lists: itemize. (line 6)
-* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 106)
-* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 95)
+* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 108)
+* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 103)
* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 6)
* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 6)
* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 79)
-* cap height: Text symbols. (line 103)
+* cap height: Text symbols. (line 111)
* caption package: \caption. (line 72)
* captions: \caption. (line 6)
* caron accent: Accents. (line 93)
@@ -19094,10 +19224,10 @@ Index
* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 6)
* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 61)
* center environment: center. (line 6)
-* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 74)
+* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 75)
* centered equations: Document class options.
(line 57)
-* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 170)
+* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 178)
* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 6)
* centering text, environment for: center. (line 6)
* centimeter: Units of length. (line 27)
@@ -19122,11 +19252,11 @@ Index
* check accent: Accents. (line 93)
* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 20)
* cicero: Units of length. (line 33)
-* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 86)
-* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 98)
+* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 92)
+* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 106)
* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 40)
* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 32)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 68)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 69)
* citation key: \bibitem. (line 15)
* class and package commands: Class and package commands.
(line 6)
@@ -19153,7 +19283,7 @@ Index
* clock option to slides class: Document class options.
(line 99)
* closing letters: \closing. (line 6)
-* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 58)
+* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 59)
* cm: Units of length. (line 26)
* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 36)
* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 60)
@@ -19193,12 +19323,15 @@ Index
(line 6)
* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 6)
* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 6)
-* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 103)
+* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 111)
* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 6)
* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6)
* configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration.
(line 6)
* contents file: Output files. (line 43)
+* control sequences: Control sequences. (line 6)
+* control symbol, defined: Control sequences. (line 17)
+* control word, defined: Control sequences. (line 13)
* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 15)
* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 6)
* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 6)
@@ -19218,15 +19351,15 @@ Index
* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 6)
* CTAN: CTAN. (line 6)
* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 6)
-* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 116)
-* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 128)
-* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 113)
+* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 124)
+* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 136)
+* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 121)
* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 18)
-* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 110)
+* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 118)
* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 20)
* datatool package: \read. (line 31)
* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 51)
-* date, today's: \today. (line 6)
+* date, today’s: \today. (line 6)
* datetime package: \today. (line 27)
* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 134)
* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 135)
@@ -19280,28 +19413,28 @@ Index
* document environment: document. (line 6)
* document root name: Jobname. (line 6)
* document templates: Document templates. (line 6)
-* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 116)
+* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 124)
* dot accent: Accents. (line 32)
* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 26)
* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 32)
* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 65)
* dotless i: Accents. (line 19)
-* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 253)
+* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 255)
* dotless j: Accents. (line 19)
-* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 273)
+* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 275)
* dots: Dots. (line 6)
* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33)
* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 21)
-* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 113)
+* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 121)
* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 23)
* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 33)
-* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 176)
-* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 55)
-* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 192)
-* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 179)
+* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 184)
+* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 56)
+* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 200)
+* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 187)
* double spacing: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 6)
-* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 83)
+* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 89)
* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 6)
* draft option: Document class options.
(line 49)
@@ -19309,15 +19442,17 @@ Index
* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 10)
* dvips command: Output files. (line 10)
* dvitype command: Output files. (line 10)
-* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 125)
+* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 133)
* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 16)
* ellipses: Dots. (line 6)
* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 39)
+* ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026): Dots. (line 66)
+* ellipsis, traditional (three periods): Dots. (line 66)
* em: Units of length. (line 46)
* em <1>: Units of length. (line 45)
-* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 119)
-* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 201)
-* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 207)
+* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 127)
+* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 209)
+* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 215)
* emphasis: Font styles. (line 60)
* enclosure list: \encl. (line 6)
* encoding, font: \DeclareFontEncoding.
@@ -19403,12 +19538,12 @@ Index
(line 20)
* etoolbox package: Class and package commands.
(line 110)
-* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 128)
-* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 128)
-* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 129)
+* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 136)
+* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 136)
+* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 137)
* ex: Units of length. (line 42)
* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 41)
-* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 136)
+* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 144)
* executivepaper option: Document class options.
(line 19)
* expl3 package: LaTeX command syntax.
@@ -19429,9 +19564,9 @@ Index
* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 13)
* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 146)
* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 41)
-* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 167)
+* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 175)
* figure counter: Counters. (line 15)
-* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 139)
+* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 147)
* figure environment: figure. (line 6)
* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6)
* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 107)
@@ -19480,6 +19615,7 @@ Index
* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6)
* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 6)
* fontspec package: fontenc package. (line 17)
+* fontspec package <1>: OpenType bold math. (line 6)
* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6)
* footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
(line 6)
@@ -19544,7 +19680,7 @@ Index
* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 11)
* grave accent: Accents. (line 44)
* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 29)
-* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 146)
+* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 154)
* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 6)
* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 6)
* grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
@@ -19562,7 +19698,7 @@ Index
* hello, world: Starting and ending. (line 6)
* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 52)
* home page for manual: About this document. (line 6)
-* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 149)
+* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 157)
* horizontal paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip.
(line 6)
* horizontal space: \hss. (line 6)
@@ -19572,10 +19708,10 @@ Index
* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 69)
* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 48)
* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 57)
-* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 45)
+* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 46)
* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 37)
* hyperref package <4>: Command line input. (line 14)
-* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 160)
+* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 168)
* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6)
* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6)
* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6)
@@ -19606,7 +19742,7 @@ Index
* indent_length: makeindex. (line 137)
* indent_space: makeindex. (line 133)
* index entries, subentries: \index. (line 26)
-* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 58)
+* index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’: \index. (line 58)
* index entry: \index. (line 6)
* index package: \index. (line 103)
* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 51)
@@ -19685,11 +19821,11 @@ Index
* leading: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
(line 6)
* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33)
-* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 157)
-* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 89)
-* left quote: Text symbols. (line 43)
-* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 176)
-* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 182)
+* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 165)
+* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 95)
+* left quote: Text symbols. (line 44)
+* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 184)
+* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 190)
* left-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
(line 63)
* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 6)
@@ -19703,7 +19839,7 @@ Index
* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 6)
* leqno option: Document class options.
(line 49)
-* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 154)
+* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 162)
* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 65)
* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 74)
* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 78)
@@ -19747,10 +19883,10 @@ Index
* log file, writing to: \write. (line 30)
* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 24)
* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 65)
+* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 66)
* long command: Class and package commands.
(line 23)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 55)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 56)
* low-level font commands: Low-level font commands.
(line 6)
* lowercase: Upper and lower case.
@@ -19780,7 +19916,7 @@ Index
* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6)
* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6)
* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 6)
-* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 167)
+* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 175)
* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 6)
* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 6)
* math accents: Math accents. (line 6)
@@ -19801,6 +19937,8 @@ Index
* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 6)
* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 6)
* math, bold: Font styles. (line 129)
+* mathematics, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
+ (line 6)
* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 61)
* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 41)
* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 30)
@@ -19841,7 +19979,7 @@ Index
(line 106)
* new class commands: Class and package construction.
(line 6)
-* new command, check: Class and package commands.
+* new command, checking: Class and package commands.
(line 21)
* new command, definition: Class and package commands.
(line 96)
@@ -19855,7 +19993,7 @@ Index
* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6)
* newline, in \write: \write. (line 94)
* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 34)
-* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 160)
+* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 168)
* non-English characters: Additional Latin letters.
(line 6)
* nonstopmode: Command line options.
@@ -19882,11 +20020,13 @@ Index
(line 78)
* openbib option: Document class options.
(line 49)
-* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 43)
+* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 44)
* openright option: Document class options.
(line 78)
* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 6)
* operating system information: \write18. (line 65)
+* optional arguments, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 49)
* options, class: Class and package commands.
(line 66)
* options, color package: Color package options.
@@ -19904,7 +20044,7 @@ Index
(line 6)
* options, package <1>: Class and package commands.
(line 66)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 167)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 175)
* oslash: Additional Latin letters.
(line 44)
* OT1: fontenc package. (line 6)
@@ -19937,7 +20077,7 @@ Index
* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 61)
* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 30)
* package, amsmath <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc.. (line 67)
-* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 36)
+* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 38)
* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 111)
* package, amsmath <10>: Spacing in math mode.
(line 23)
@@ -19952,11 +20092,11 @@ Index
* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 28)
* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 18)
* package, answers: \write. (line 99)
-* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 29)
+* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 30)
* package, array: array. (line 74)
* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 35)
* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 62)
-* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 74)
+* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 73)
* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 13)
* package, babel: \chapter. (line 71)
* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 53)
@@ -19968,8 +20108,7 @@ Index
* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 6)
* package, bigfoot: Footnotes of footnotes.
(line 6)
-* package, bm: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 32)
+* package, bm: bm. (line 6)
* package, caption: \caption. (line 72)
* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 38)
* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 29)
@@ -19986,8 +20125,8 @@ Index
* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 55)
* package, etoolbox: Class and package commands.
(line 110)
-* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 128)
-* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 129)
+* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 136)
+* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 137)
* package, expl3: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 35)
* package, expl3 <1>: Upper and lower case.
@@ -19999,6 +20138,7 @@ Index
* package, flafter: Floats. (line 82)
* package, float: Floats. (line 52)
* package, fontspec: fontenc package. (line 17)
+* package, fontspec <1>: OpenType bold math. (line 6)
* package, geometry: Document class options.
(line 40)
* package, geometry <1>: Document class options.
@@ -20008,7 +20148,7 @@ Index
(line 39)
* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 48)
* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 57)
-* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 45)
+* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 46)
* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 37)
* package, hyperref <4>: Command line input. (line 14)
* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 50)
@@ -20048,11 +20188,11 @@ Index
* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 6)
* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 13)
* package, polyglossia <2>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 124)
+ (line 123)
* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 58)
* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 35)
* package, setspace: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 79)
+ (line 80)
* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 71)
* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 51)
* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 137)
@@ -20063,6 +20203,7 @@ Index
* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 65)
* package, textcase: Upper and lower case.
(line 42)
+* package, textcomp: Text symbols. (line 6)
* package, TikZ: \line. (line 35)
* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 62)
* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 73)
@@ -20081,7 +20222,9 @@ Index
* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 34)
* package, ulem: Over- and Underlining.
(line 15)
-* package, unicode-math: Greek letters. (line 37)
+* package, unicode-math: OpenType bold math. (line 20)
+* package, unicode-math <1>: Dots. (line 59)
+* package, unicode-math <2>: Greek letters. (line 37)
* package, url: \verb. (line 39)
* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 41)
* package, xparse: LaTeX command syntax.
@@ -20119,13 +20262,15 @@ Index
(line 6)
* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 12)
* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 6)
-* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 47)
+* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 48)
* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 6)
* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 6)
* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6)
* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 34)
* parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters.
(line 6)
+* parameters, substituting: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 81)
* parent directories, cannot write to: \write and security. (line 22)
* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 6)
* part: Sectioning. (line 6)
@@ -20140,14 +20285,14 @@ Index
* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 20)
* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 16)
* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 6)
-* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 170)
+* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 178)
* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 6)
* period, spacing after: \@. (line 6)
* pica: Units of length. (line 14)
* pict2e package: \line. (line 35)
* picture environment: picture. (line 6)
* pictures, creating: picture. (line 6)
-* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 47)
+* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 48)
* placement of floats: Floats. (line 31)
* platex: TeX engines. (line 54)
* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 67)
@@ -20160,17 +20305,15 @@ Index
* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 6)
* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 13)
* polyglossia package <2>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 124)
+ (line 123)
* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 58)
* portrait orientation: Document class options.
(line 60)
* position, in picture: picture. (line 64)
-* positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 54)
* postamble: makeindex. (line 54)
* PostScript point: Units of length. (line 20)
* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 6)
-* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 51)
+* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 52)
* preamble: makeindex. (line 50)
* preamble, defined: Starting and ending. (line 22)
* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 70)
@@ -20181,12 +20324,12 @@ Index
* pt: Units of length. (line 9)
* quad: Spacing in math mode.
(line 69)
-* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 173)
+* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 181)
* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 6)
* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 33)
* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 6)
-* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 188)
-* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 192)
+* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 196)
+* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 200)
* quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
(line 6)
* quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
@@ -20197,11 +20340,13 @@ Index
* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 6)
* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6)
* read a file: \read. (line 6)
+* redefining a command: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 6)
* redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
(line 6)
* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 27)
* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 33)
-* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 195)
+* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 203)
* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 6)
* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 70)
* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6)
@@ -20212,11 +20357,11 @@ Index
* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 6)
* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 53)
* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33)
-* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 198)
-* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 92)
-* right quote: Text symbols. (line 58)
-* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 179)
-* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 185)
+* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 206)
+* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 99)
+* right quote: Text symbols. (line 59)
+* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 187)
+* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 193)
* right-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
(line 63)
* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 6)
@@ -20250,14 +20395,14 @@ Index
* scriptscript style: Math styles. (line 26)
* scrollmode: Command line options.
(line 27)
-* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 69)
-* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 70)
+* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 70)
+* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 71)
* section: Sectioning. (line 6)
* section <1>: \section. (line 6)
* section counter: Counters. (line 15)
* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6)
-* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 70)
-* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 62)
+* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 71)
+* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 63)
* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 6)
* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 6)
* sectioning, part: \part. (line 6)
@@ -20267,7 +20412,7 @@ Index
* series, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
(line 48)
* setspace package: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 79)
+ (line 80)
* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 6)
* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 60)
* shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
@@ -20283,10 +20428,10 @@ Index
* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6)
* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33)
* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 33)
-* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 182)
-* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 55)
-* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 188)
-* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 185)
+* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 190)
+* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 56)
+* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 196)
+* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 193)
* siunitx package: minipage. (line 137)
* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 42)
* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 6)
@@ -20323,7 +20468,7 @@ Index
* spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
(line 6)
* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 167)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 175)
* special characters: Reserved characters. (line 6)
* special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters.
(line 6)
@@ -20334,17 +20479,17 @@ Index
* stack math: \stackrel. (line 6)
* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 6)
* starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 27)
+ (line 28)
* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6)
* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
(line 6)
* starting and ending: Starting and ending. (line 6)
* starting on a right-hand page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
(line 6)
-* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 51)
-* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 192)
-* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 192)
-* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 188)
+* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 52)
+* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 200)
+* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 200)
+* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 196)
* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 6)
* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 6)
* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 6)
@@ -20372,8 +20517,7 @@ Index
* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 59)
* symbol, defining: \DeclareTextSymbol. (line 6)
* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 6)
-* symbols, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 6)
+* symbols, boldface: bm. (line 6)
* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 6)
* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 6)
* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 6)
@@ -20392,7 +20536,7 @@ Index
(line 6)
* table of contents, creating: Table of contents etc..
(line 6)
-* table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning. (line 81)
+* table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning. (line 82)
* tablefootnote package: Footnotes in a table.
(line 53)
* tables, creating: table. (line 6)
@@ -20406,7 +20550,7 @@ Index
* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 6)
* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 30)
* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 6)
-* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 65)
+* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 66)
* texosquery package: \write18. (line 65)
* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 27)
* text style: Math styles. (line 21)
@@ -20438,7 +20582,7 @@ Index
(line 6)
* thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters.
(line 56)
-* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 201)
+* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 209)
* tie: ~. (line 6)
* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 83)
* TikZ package: \line. (line 35)
@@ -20447,7 +20591,7 @@ Index
* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 41)
* tilde accent: Accents. (line 48)
* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 38)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 71)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 72)
* title page, separate or run-in: Document class options.
(line 71)
* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6)
@@ -20465,12 +20609,12 @@ Index
(line 63)
* tocbibbind package: Table of contents etc..
(line 110)
-* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 80)
-* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 81)
+* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 81)
+* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 82)
* tocloft package: Table of contents etc..
(line 110)
* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 34)
-* today's date: \today. (line 6)
+* today’s date: \today. (line 6)
* tombstone: \rule. (line 13)
* topmargin: Page layout parameters.
(line 125)
@@ -20478,12 +20622,12 @@ Index
* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 139)
* totalnumber: Floats. (line 142)
* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 143)
-* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 204)
+* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 212)
* transcript file: Output files. (line 28)
* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 6)
* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 6)
* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 6)
-* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 207)
+* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 215)
* twocolumn option: Document class options.
(line 78)
* twoside option: Document class options.
@@ -20501,10 +20645,12 @@ Index
* underbar: Accents. (line 53)
* underlining: Over- and Underlining.
(line 6)
-* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 210)
+* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 218)
* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 15)
* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 6)
-* unicode-math package: Greek letters. (line 37)
+* unicode-math package: OpenType bold math. (line 20)
+* unicode-math package <1>: Dots. (line 59)
+* unicode-math package <2>: Greek letters. (line 37)
* units, of length: Units of length. (line 6)
* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. (line 20)
* unordered lists: itemize. (line 6)
@@ -20524,8 +20670,8 @@ Index
* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6)
* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 41)
* verse environment: verse. (line 6)
-* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 83)
-* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 80)
+* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 89)
+* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 86)
* vertical mode: Modes. (line 36)
* vertical space: \vspace. (line 6)
* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 6)
@@ -20536,7 +20682,7 @@ Index
* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6)
* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 6)
* visible space: \verb. (line 31)
-* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 213)
+* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 221)
* weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
(line 58)
* whatsit item: \write. (line 65)
@@ -20568,549 +20714,635 @@ Index

Tag Table:
-Node: Top1861
-Node: About this document3668
-Node: Overview5406
-Node: Starting and ending7186
-Ref: Starting & ending7321
-Node: Output files8498
-Ref: output files dvi8777
-Ref: output files pdf9289
-Ref: output files log9614
-Ref: output files aux9811
-Node: TeX engines10780
-Ref: tex engines latex11316
-Ref: tex engines lualatex12151
-Ref: tex engines xelatex12612
-Node: LaTeX command syntax14572
-Node: Environment16499
-Node: CTAN17726
-Node: Document classes19182
-Ref: document classes article19622
-Ref: document classes book19710
-Ref: document classes letter19895
-Ref: document classes report19971
-Ref: document classes slides20123
-Node: Document class options20576
-Node: Additional packages23658
-Node: Class and package construction24289
-Node: Class and package structure25739
-Node: Class and package commands28034
-Node: Fonts45639
-Ref: Typefaces45742
-Node: fontenc package47704
-Node: \DeclareFontEncoding51956
-Node: \DeclareTextAccent53376
-Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault54295
-Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand55370
-Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault57622
-Node: \DeclareTextComposite58934
-Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand60019
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbol60701
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault61810
-Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding62770
-Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent63394
-Node: Font styles64604
-Node: Font sizes68834
-Node: Low-level font commands71713
-Ref: low level font commands fontencoding71997
-Ref: low level font commands fontfamily72553
-Ref: low level font commands fontseries73316
-Ref: low level font commands fontshape74448
-Ref: low level font commands fontsize74765
-Ref: low level font commands linespread75342
-Ref: low level font commands selectfont75623
-Ref: low level font commands usefont75949
-Node: Layout76192
-Node: \onecolumn76758
-Node: \twocolumn77117
-Ref: twocolumn columnsep77740
-Ref: twocolumn columnseprule77984
-Ref: twocolumn columnwidth78284
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction78867
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction79833
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep80071
-Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep80380
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber80560
-Node: \flushbottom81509
-Node: \raggedbottom82609
-Node: Page layout parameters83145
-Ref: page layout parameters columnsep83374
-Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule83374
-Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth83374
-Ref: page layout parameters headheight83628
-Ref: page layout parameters headsep83795
-Ref: page layout parameters footskip84107
-Ref: page layout parameters linewidth84441
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush84794
-Ref: page layout parameters marginsep84794
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth84794
-Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin85834
-Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin85834
-Ref: page layout parameters paperheight86379
-Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth86605
-Ref: page layout parameters textheight86829
-Ref: page layout parameters textwidth87218
-Ref: page layout parameters hsize88156
-Ref: page layout parameters topmargin88353
-Ref: page layout parameters topskip88657
-Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch88873
-Node: Floats94043
-Ref: floats bottomfraction98381
-Ref: floats floatpagefraction98508
-Ref: floats textfraction98619
-Ref: floats topfraction98821
-Ref: floats floatsep99073
-Ref: floats intextsep99183
-Ref: floats textfloatsep99398
-Ref: floats bottomnumber99662
-Ref: floats dbltopnumber99770
-Ref: floats topnumber99889
-Ref: floats totalnumber99993
-Node: \caption100610
-Node: Sectioning103336
-Ref: sectioning secnumdepth106445
-Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth106445
-Ref: sectioning tocdepth107071
-Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth107071
-Node: \part108111
-Node: \chapter110283
-Node: \section114056
-Node: \subsection117323
-Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph120037
-Node: \appendix122694
-Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter123987
-Node: \@startsection125396
-Ref: startsection name126885
-Ref: \@startsection/name126885
-Ref: startsection level127339
-Ref: \@startsection/level127339
-Ref: startsection indent128220
-Ref: \@startsection/indent128220
-Ref: startsection beforeskip128483
-Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip128483
-Ref: startsection afterskip130004
-Ref: \@startsection/afterskip130004
-Ref: startsection style131315
-Ref: \@startsection/style131315
-Node: Cross references135016
-Node: \label137165
-Node: \pageref138985
-Node: \ref139775
-Node: xr package140770
-Node: Environments142591
-Node: abstract144593
-Node: array146182
-Node: center149095
-Node: \centering150848
-Node: description152345
-Node: displaymath154562
-Node: document156258
-Node: \AtBeginDocument156688
-Node: \AtEndDocument157312
-Node: enumerate157956
-Ref: enumerate enumi159819
-Ref: enumerate enumii159819
-Ref: enumerate enumiii159819
-Ref: enumerate enumiv159819
-Ref: enumerate labelenumi160217
-Ref: enumerate labelenumii160217
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiii160217
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiv160217
-Node: eqnarray160756
-Node: equation162752
-Node: figure163420
-Node: filecontents165593
-Node: flushleft167502
-Node: \raggedright168529
-Node: flushright169727
-Node: \raggedleft170551
-Node: itemize171422
-Ref: itemize labelitemi172970
-Ref: itemize labelitemii172970
-Ref: itemize labelitemiii172970
-Ref: itemize labelitemiv172970
-Ref: itemize leftmargin173629
-Ref: itemize leftmargini173629
-Ref: itemize leftmarginii173629
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiii173629
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiv173629
-Ref: itemize leftmarginv173629
-Ref: itemize leftmarginvi173629
-Node: letter175111
-Node: list175349
-Ref: list makelabel177796
-Ref: list itemindent179181
-Ref: list itemsep179318
-Ref: list labelsep179971
-Ref: list labelwidth180134
-Ref: list leftmargin181145
-Ref: list listparindent181998
-Ref: list parsep182229
-Ref: list partopsep182697
-Ref: list rightmargin183495
-Ref: list topsep183680
-Ref: list beginparpenalty187256
-Ref: list itempenalty187355
-Ref: list endparpenalty187459
-Node: \item188330
-Node: trivlist189576
-Node: math191104
-Node: minipage191410
-Node: picture197007
-Node: \put203237
-Node: \multiput203802
-Node: \qbezier204541
-Node: \graphpaper206014
-Node: \line206808
-Node: \linethickness208782
-Node: \thinlines209247
-Node: \thicklines209658
-Node: \circle210043
-Node: \oval210585
-Node: \shortstack211600
-Node: \vector213298
-Node: \makebox (picture)214212
-Node: \framebox (picture)215394
-Node: \frame216867
-Node: \dashbox217307
-Node: quotation & quote218442
-Node: tabbing219338
-Node: table225241
-Node: tabular227324
-Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth233661
-Ref: tabular arraystrech233901
-Ref: tabular doublerulesep234122
-Ref: tabular tabcolsep234258
-Node: \multicolumn234779
-Node: \vline238656
-Node: \cline240047
-Node: \hline240757
-Node: thebibliography241439
-Node: \bibitem243922
-Node: \cite246224
-Node: \nocite248092
-Node: Using BibTeX248600
-Node: BibTeX error messages250980
-Node: theorem251885
-Node: titlepage252807
-Node: verbatim254090
-Node: \verb255903
-Node: verse257996
-Node: Line breaking259223
-Node: \\260589
-Node: \obeycr & \restorecr263019
-Node: \newline263830
-Node: \- (hyphenation)264871
-Node: \discretionary266511
-Node: \fussy & \sloppy267402
-Node: sloppypar268217
-Node: \hyphenation269363
-Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak269983
-Node: Page breaking271163
-Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage273193
-Node: \newpage274713
-Node: \enlargethispage276011
-Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak276967
-Node: Footnotes278938
-Node: \footnote280084
-Ref: footnote footnoterule281352
-Ref: footnote footnotesep281963
-Node: \footnotemark283029
-Node: \footnotetext285386
-Node: Footnotes in section headings285988
-Node: Footnotes in a table286821
-Node: Footnotes of footnotes289752
-Node: Definitions290450
-Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand291497
-Node: Control sequences296932
-Node: \providecommand298286
-Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother299449
-Node: \@ifstar301551
-Node: \newcounter305036
-Node: \newlength306756
-Node: \newsavebox307679
-Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment308658
-Node: \newtheorem313982
-Node: \newfont317554
-Node: \protect318787
-Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend321175
-Node: xspace package323925
-Node: Counters326124
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327825
-Node: \usecounter330460
-Node: \value331319
-Node: \setcounter332372
-Node: \addtocounter332968
-Node: \refstepcounter333422
-Node: \stepcounter334091
-Node: \day & \month & \year334644
-Node: Lengths335553
-Node: Units of length340131
-Ref: units of length pt340334
-Ref: units of length pc340451
-Ref: units of length in340474
-Ref: units of length bp340500
-Ref: units of length mm340631
-Ref: units of length cm340663
-Ref: units of length dd340692
-Ref: units of length cc340724
-Ref: units of length sp340749
-Ref: Lengths/ex340891
-Ref: units of length ex340891
-Ref: Lengths/em341034
-Ref: units of length em341034
-Ref: units of length mu341375
-Node: \setlength341904
-Node: \addtolength343016
-Node: \settodepth344439
-Node: \settoheight345427
-Node: \settowidth346425
-Node: \stretch347430
-Node: Expressions348632
-Node: Making paragraphs353446
-Node: \par355761
-Node: \indent & \noindent357807
-Node: \parindent & \parskip359342
-Node: Marginal notes360671
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush362067
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362241
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362373
-Node: Math formulas362722
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts365770
-Node: Math symbols367931
-Node: Arrows391702
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392890
-Node: Blackboard bold394409
-Node: Calligraphic395211
-Node: Delimiters395742
-Node: \left & \right397929
-Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401966
-Node: Dots404736
-Ref: ellipses cdots405167
-Ref: ellipses ddots405312
-Ref: ellipses ldots405393
-Ref: ellipses vdots405810
-Node: Greek letters406994
-Node: Math functions408673
-Node: Math accents410317
-Node: Over- and Underlining411216
-Node: Spacing in math mode413043
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413974
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414425
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414881
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414881
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415362
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad415735
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad415991
-Node: \smash416329
-Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418546
-Node: \mathstrut421120
-Node: Math styles422082
-Node: Math miscellany424816
-Node: Colon character & \colon425313
-Node: \*426006
-Node: \frac426586
-Node: \sqrt426957
-Node: \stackrel427543
-Node: Modes427816
-Ref: modes paragraph mode428266
-Ref: modes lr mode428578
-Ref: modes math mode429184
-Ref: modes vertical mode429519
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode429737
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430260
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430260
-Node: \ensuremath430674
-Node: Page styles431379
-Node: \maketitle432142
-Node: \pagenumbering435160
-Node: \pagestyle437147
-Node: \thispagestyle440655
-Node: Spaces441609
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442929
-Node: \hspace443844
-Node: \hfill445701
-Node: \hss446765
-Node: \spacefactor447459
-Node: \@450866
-Ref: \AT450986
-Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452926
-Ref: \frenchspacing453044
-Node: \normalsfcodes453846
-Node: \(SPACE)454114
-Ref: Leading blanks456054
-Node: ~456367
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace459177
-Node: \/460375
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462333
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463693
-Ref: bigskip464511
-Ref: medskip464715
-Ref: smallskip464924
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465585
-Node: \strut466571
-Node: \vspace469808
-Node: \vfill471369
-Node: \addvspace472297
-Node: Boxes474343
-Node: \mbox & \makebox475049
-Ref: mbox makebox depth476317
-Ref: mbox makebox height476317
-Ref: mbox makebox width476317
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476317
-Node: \fbox & \framebox478412
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479719
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479909
-Node: \parbox481011
-Node: \raisebox483317
-Ref: raisebox depth484290
-Ref: raisebox height484290
-Ref: raisebox width484290
-Ref: raisebox totalheight484290
-Node: \sbox & \savebox484991
-Node: lrbox488077
-Node: \usebox488963
-Node: Color489402
-Node: Color package options490201
-Node: Color models491847
-Ref: color models cmyk492644
-Ref: color models gray493007
-Ref: color models rgb493156
-Ref: color models RGB493493
-Ref: color models named493868
-Node: Commands for color494156
-Node: Define colors494571
-Node: Colored text495296
-Node: Colored boxes497693
-Node: Colored pages499082
-Node: Graphics499775
-Node: Graphics package options501901
-Node: Graphics package configuration504654
-Node: \graphicspath505456
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508414
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule510232
-Node: Commands for graphics513411
-Node: \includegraphics513916
-Ref: includegraphics width518979
-Ref: includegraphics height519512
-Ref: includegraphics totalheight519918
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio520182
-Ref: includegraphics viewport521868
-Ref: includegraphics trim522263
-Ref: includegraphics clip522719
-Ref: includegraphics page522979
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox523070
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate523935
-Ref: includegraphics quiet524140
-Ref: includegraphics draft524301
-Ref: includegraphics bb525106
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx525504
-Ref: includegraphics bblly525504
-Ref: includegraphics bburx525504
-Ref: includegraphics bbury525504
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth525646
-Ref: includegraphics natheight525646
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525832
-Ref: includegraphics type526594
-Ref: includegraphics ext526634
-Ref: includegraphics read526737
-Ref: includegraphics command526854
-Node: \rotatebox527100
-Node: \scalebox529954
-Node: \resizebox531034
-Node: Special insertions532228
-Node: Reserved characters533096
-Node: Upper and lower case534356
-Node: Symbols by font position536742
-Node: Text symbols537421
-Node: Accents542405
-Node: \accent544690
-Node: Additional Latin letters546516
-Ref: Non-English characters546698
-Node: inputenc package547717
-Ref: \inputencoding549933
-Node: \rule550269
-Node: \today551457
-Node: Splitting the input552393
-Node: \endinput554135
-Node: \include & \includeonly555438
-Node: \input559735
-Node: Front/back matter560950
-Node: Table of contents etc.561283
-Node: \@dottedtocline567044
-Node: \addcontentsline568631
-Node: \addtocontents571694
-Node: \contentsline573911
-Node: \nofiles575689
-Node: \numberline576440
-Node: Indexes577604
-Node: Produce the index manually580398
-Node: \index581562
-Node: makeindex586773
-Ref: makeindex preamble588441
-Ref: makeindex postamble588587
-Ref: makeindex group skip588683
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag589023
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589484
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589636
-Ref: makeindex item 0589784
-Ref: makeindex item 1589864
-Ref: makeindex item 2589939
-Ref: makeindex item 01590017
-Ref: makeindex item x1590122
-Ref: makeindex item 12590327
-Ref: makeindex item x2590435
-Ref: makeindex delim 0590595
-Ref: makeindex delim 1590725
-Ref: makeindex delim 2590855
-Ref: makeindex delim n590981
-Ref: makeindex delim r591116
-Ref: makeindex line max591224
-Ref: makeindex indent space591359
-Ref: makeindex indent length591454
-Ref: makeindex page precedence591639
-Node: \printindex592676
-Node: Glossaries593149
-Node: \newglossaryentry595116
-Node: \gls596583
-Node: Letters597377
-Node: \address600995
-Node: \cc601806
-Node: \closing602248
-Node: \encl602562
-Node: \location602976
-Node: \makelabels603240
-Node: \name605557
-Node: \opening605798
-Node: \ps606079
-Node: \signature606368
-Node: \telephone607596
-Node: Input/output607961
-Node: \openin & \openout608691
-Node: \read611451
-Node: \typein612638
-Node: \typeout613898
-Node: \write614938
-Node: \write and security619665
-Node: \message620609
-Node: \wlog622438
-Node: \write18622939
-Node: Command line interface626430
-Ref: Command line626594
-Node: Command line options628747
-Ref: interaction modes629750
-Ref: output directory630704
-Node: Command line input632403
-Node: Jobname634520
-Node: Recovering from errors637763
-Node: Document templates639191
-Node: beamer template639625
-Node: article template640267
-Node: book template640730
-Node: Larger book template641209
-Node: Index642751
-Ref: Command Index642837
+Node: Top1879
+Node: About this document3690
+Node: Overview5438
+Node: Starting and ending7240
+Ref: Starting & ending7375
+Node: Output files8600
+Ref: output files dvi8893
+Ref: output files pdf9441
+Ref: output files log9774
+Ref: output files aux9975
+Node: TeX engines10966
+Ref: tex engines latex11518
+Ref: tex engines lualatex12395
+Ref: tex engines xelatex12878
+Node: LaTeX command syntax14934
+Node: Environment16919
+Node: CTAN18178
+Node: Document classes19646
+Ref: document classes article20092
+Ref: document classes book20184
+Ref: document classes letter20373
+Ref: document classes report20453
+Ref: document classes slides20617
+Node: Document class options21074
+Node: Additional packages24372
+Node: Class and package construction25019
+Node: Class and package structure26505
+Node: Class and package commands28866
+Node: Fonts47177
+Ref: Typefaces47280
+Node: fontenc package49250
+Node: \DeclareFontEncoding53640
+Node: \DeclareTextAccent55108
+Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault56059
+Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand57166
+Ref: \DeclareTextCommand57471
+Ref: \ProvideTextCommand57471
+Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault59478
+Ref: \DeclareTextCommandDefault59809
+Ref: \ProvideTextCommandDefault59809
+Node: \DeclareTextComposite60822
+Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand61939
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbol62653
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault63790
+Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding64778
+Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent65414
+Ref: \UseTextSymbol65623
+Ref: \UseTextAccent65623
+Node: Font styles66652
+Ref: \nocorrlist67592
+Ref: \nocorr67592
+Ref: \mathversion70347
+Ref: \oldstylenums70517
+Node: Font sizes71090
+Node: Low-level font commands74093
+Ref: low level font commands fontencoding74377
+Ref: low level font commands fontfamily74947
+Ref: low level font commands fontseries75794
+Ref: low level font commands fontshape77050
+Ref: low level font commands fontsize77395
+Ref: low level font commands linespread78000
+Ref: low level font commands selectfont78297
+Ref: low level font commands usefont78639
+Node: Layout78906
+Node: \onecolumn79480
+Node: \twocolumn79847
+Ref: twocolumn columnsep80482
+Ref: twocolumn columnseprule80734
+Ref: twocolumn columnwidth81042
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction81657
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction82669
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep82921
+Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep83254
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber83442
+Node: \flushbottom84401
+Node: \raggedbottom85572
+Node: Page layout parameters86114
+Ref: page layout parameters columnsep86355
+Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule86355
+Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth86355
+Ref: page layout parameters headheight86617
+Ref: page layout parameters headsep86804
+Ref: page layout parameters footskip87144
+Ref: page layout parameters linewidth87510
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush87901
+Ref: page layout parameters marginsep87901
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth87901
+Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin89027
+Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin89027
+Ref: page layout parameters paperheight89616
+Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth89850
+Ref: page layout parameters textheight90082
+Ref: page layout parameters textwidth90503
+Ref: page layout parameters hsize91509
+Ref: page layout parameters topmargin91714
+Ref: page layout parameters topskip92036
+Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch92256
+Ref: \baselineskip92469
+Ref: \baselinestretch92469
+Node: Floats97648
+Ref: floats bottomfraction102144
+Ref: floats floatpagefraction102279
+Ref: floats textfraction102398
+Ref: floats topfraction102608
+Ref: floats floatsep102872
+Ref: floats intextsep102990
+Ref: floats textfloatsep103217
+Ref: floats bottomnumber103493
+Ref: floats dbltopnumber103605
+Ref: floats topnumber103728
+Ref: floats totalnumber103836
+Node: \caption104461
+Node: Sectioning107287
+Ref: sectioning secnumdepth110546
+Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth110546
+Ref: sectioning tocdepth111222
+Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth111222
+Node: \part112288
+Node: \chapter114522
+Node: \section118377
+Node: \subsection121716
+Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph124498
+Ref: \subsubsection124744
+Ref: \paragraph124744
+Ref: \subparagraph124744
+Node: \appendix127231
+Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter128616
+Ref: \frontmatter128856
+Ref: \mainmatter128856
+Ref: \backmatter128856
+Node: \@startsection130061
+Ref: startsection name131614
+Ref: \@startsection/name131614
+Ref: startsection level132094
+Ref: \@startsection/level132094
+Ref: startsection indent133007
+Ref: \@startsection/indent133007
+Ref: startsection beforeskip133278
+Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip133278
+Ref: startsection afterskip134831
+Ref: \@startsection/afterskip134831
+Ref: startsection style136188
+Ref: \@startsection/style136188
+Node: Cross references140031
+Node: \label142266
+Node: \pageref144158
+Node: \ref144968
+Node: xr package146007
+Node: Environments147880
+Node: abstract149898
+Node: array151515
+Node: center154540
+Node: \centering156313
+Node: description157886
+Node: displaymath160153
+Node: document161905
+Node: \AtBeginDocument162343
+Node: \AtEndDocument162975
+Node: enumerate163631
+Ref: enumerate enumi165592
+Ref: enumerate enumii165592
+Ref: enumerate enumiii165592
+Ref: enumerate enumiv165592
+Ref: enumerate labelenumi166006
+Ref: enumerate labelenumii166006
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiii166006
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiv166006
+Node: eqnarray166557
+Node: equation168609
+Node: figure169301
+Node: filecontents171534
+Node: flushleft173487
+Node: \raggedright174526
+Node: flushright175757
+Node: \raggedleft176601
+Node: itemize177506
+Ref: itemize labelitemi179098
+Ref: itemize labelitemii179098
+Ref: itemize labelitemiii179098
+Ref: itemize labelitemiv179098
+Ref: itemize leftmargin179791
+Ref: itemize leftmargini179791
+Ref: itemize leftmarginii179791
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiii179791
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiv179791
+Ref: itemize leftmarginv179791
+Ref: itemize leftmarginvi179791
+Node: letter181329
+Node: list181571
+Ref: list makelabel184090
+Ref: list itemindent185527
+Ref: list itemsep185676
+Ref: list labelsep186411
+Ref: list labelwidth186596
+Ref: list leftmargin187689
+Ref: list listparindent188608
+Ref: list parsep188855
+Ref: list partopsep189377
+Ref: list rightmargin190237
+Ref: list topsep190430
+Ref: list beginparpenalty194144
+Ref: list itempenalty194251
+Ref: list endparpenalty194363
+Node: \item195246
+Node: trivlist196524
+Node: math198102
+Node: minipage198424
+Node: picture204169
+Node: \put210547
+Node: \multiput211128
+Node: \qbezier211871
+Node: \graphpaper213376
+Node: \line214184
+Node: \linethickness216185
+Node: \thinlines216662
+Node: \thicklines217077
+Node: \circle217466
+Node: \oval218028
+Node: \shortstack219083
+Node: \vector220851
+Node: \makebox (picture)221784
+Node: \framebox (picture)223010
+Node: \frame224511
+Node: \dashbox224952
+Node: quotation & quote226113
+Ref: quotation226275
+Ref: quote226275
+Node: tabbing227037
+Node: table233230
+Node: tabular235341
+Ref: \extracolsep239383
+Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth241924
+Ref: tabular arraystrech242196
+Ref: tabular doublerulesep242437
+Ref: tabular tabcolsep242585
+Node: \multicolumn243118
+Node: \vline247137
+Node: \cline248594
+Node: \hline249324
+Node: thebibliography250034
+Node: \bibitem252615
+Node: \cite255001
+Node: \nocite256917
+Node: Using BibTeX257433
+Node: BibTeX error messages259883
+Node: theorem260840
+Node: titlepage261782
+Node: verbatim263077
+Node: \verb264950
+Node: verse267128
+Node: Line breaking268365
+Node: \\269731
+Node: \obeycr & \restorecr272263
+Ref: \obeycr272429
+Ref: \restorecr272429
+Node: \newline273108
+Node: \- (hyphenation)274197
+Node: \discretionary275861
+Node: \fussy & \sloppy276776
+Ref: \fussy276946
+Ref: \sloppy276946
+Node: sloppypar277615
+Node: \hyphenation278777
+Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak279409
+Ref: \linebreak279583
+Ref: \nolinebreak279583
+Node: Page breaking280605
+Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage282647
+Ref: \clearpage282831
+Ref: \cleardoublepage282831
+Node: \newpage284317
+Node: \enlargethispage285661
+Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak286633
+Ref: \pagebreak286813
+Ref: \nopagebreak286813
+Node: Footnotes288648
+Node: \footnote289802
+Ref: footnote footnoterule291090
+Ref: footnote footnotesep291719
+Node: \footnotemark292847
+Node: \footnotetext295232
+Node: Footnotes in section headings295842
+Node: Footnotes in a table296687
+Node: Footnotes of footnotes299662
+Node: Definitions300366
+Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand301413
+Ref: \newcommand301596
+Ref: \renewcommand301596
+Node: Control sequences308007
+Node: \providecommand309474
+Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother310698
+Ref: \makeatletter310901
+Ref: \makeatother310901
+Node: \@ifstar312884
+Node: \newcounter316495
+Node: \newlength318267
+Node: \newsavebox319226
+Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment320217
+Ref: \newenvironment320440
+Ref: \renewenvironment320440
+Node: \newtheorem325673
+Node: \newfont329345
+Node: \protect330618
+Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend333112
+Ref: \ignorespaces333335
+Ref: \ignorespacesafterend333335
+Node: xspace package335924
+Node: Counters338198
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol339939
+Node: \usecounter342708
+Node: \value343587
+Node: \setcounter344676
+Node: \addtocounter345290
+Node: \refstepcounter345752
+Node: \stepcounter346445
+Node: \day & \month & \year347018
+Ref: \day347185
+Ref: \month347185
+Ref: \year347185
+Node: Lengths347959
+Node: Units of length352683
+Ref: units of length pt352890
+Ref: units of length pc353011
+Ref: units of length in353038
+Ref: units of length bp353068
+Ref: units of length mm353203
+Ref: units of length cm353238
+Ref: units of length dd353270
+Ref: units of length cc353306
+Ref: units of length sp353335
+Ref: Lengths/ex353481
+Ref: units of length ex353481
+Ref: Lengths/em353632
+Ref: units of length em353632
+Ref: units of length mu353981
+Node: \setlength354518
+Node: \addtolength355660
+Node: \settodepth357135
+Node: \settoheight358155
+Node: \settowidth359189
+Node: \stretch360226
+Node: Expressions361440
+Node: Making paragraphs366478
+Node: \par368821
+Node: \indent & \noindent370951
+Ref: \indent371135
+Ref: \noindent371135
+Node: \parindent & \parskip372532
+Ref: \parindent372730
+Ref: \parskip372730
+Node: Marginal notes373931
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush375365
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep375555
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth375703
+Node: Math formulas376084
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts379178
+Ref: superscript379338
+Ref: subscript379338
+Node: Math symbols381471
+Node: Arrows406951
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath408275
+Ref: \boldmath408466
+Ref: \unboldmath408466
+Node: bm409576
+Node: OpenType bold math410328
+Node: Blackboard bold411766
+Node: Calligraphic412595
+Node: Delimiters413130
+Node: \left & \right415441
+Ref: \left415595
+Ref: \right415595
+Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.419602
+Ref: \bigl419764
+Ref: \bigr419764
+Node: Dots422460
+Ref: ellipses cdots422891
+Ref: ellipses ddots423044
+Ref: ellipses ldots423129
+Ref: ellipses vdots423549
+Node: Greek letters425675
+Node: Math functions427524
+Node: Math accents429373
+Node: Over- and Underlining430332
+Node: Spacing in math mode432231
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace433196
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace433679
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace434163
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace434163
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace434660
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad435057
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad435321
+Node: \smash435659
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom437930
+Ref: \phantom438159
+Ref: \vphantom438159
+Ref: \hphantom438159
+Node: \mathstrut440574
+Node: Math styles441576
+Node: Math miscellany444382
+Node: Colon character & \colon444881
+Ref: colon445054
+Node: \*445610
+Node: \frac446214
+Node: \sqrt446597
+Node: \stackrel447244
+Node: Modes447517
+Ref: modes paragraph mode447969
+Ref: modes lr mode448289
+Ref: modes math mode448908
+Ref: modes vertical mode449257
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode449479
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode450022
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode450022
+Node: \ensuremath450456
+Node: Page styles451169
+Node: \maketitle451929
+Node: \pagenumbering455082
+Node: \pagestyle457210
+Node: \thispagestyle460874
+Node: Spaces461852
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad463172
+Ref: \enspace463344
+Ref: \quad463344
+Ref: \qquad463344
+Node: \hspace464111
+Node: \hfill466020
+Node: \hss467114
+Node: \spacefactor467834
+Node: \@471301
+Ref: \AT471425
+Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing473417
+Ref: \frenchspacing473535
+Ref: \nonfrenchspacing473636
+Node: \normalsfcodes474349
+Node: \(SPACE)474621
+Ref: Leading blanks476613
+Node: ~476946
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace479935
+Ref: \thinspace480107
+Ref: \negthinspace480107
+Node: \/481181
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill483193
+Ref: \hrulefill483383
+Ref: \dotfill483383
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip484569
+Ref: \bigskip484822
+Ref: \medskip484822
+Ref: \smallskip484822
+Ref: bigskip485401
+Ref: medskip485625
+Ref: smallskip485854
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak486551
+Ref: \bigbreak486795
+Ref: \medbreak486795
+Ref: \smallbreak486795
+Node: \strut487580
+Node: \vspace490913
+Node: \vfill492507
+Node: \addvspace493459
+Node: Boxes495576
+Node: \mbox & \makebox496294
+Ref: \mbox496440
+Ref: \makebox496440
+Ref: mbox makebox depth497606
+Ref: mbox makebox height497606
+Ref: mbox makebox width497606
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight497606
+Node: \fbox & \framebox499802
+Ref: \fbox499966
+Ref: \framebox499966
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule501149
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep501347
+Node: \parbox502487
+Node: \raisebox504851
+Ref: raisebox depth505828
+Ref: raisebox height505828
+Ref: raisebox width505828
+Ref: raisebox totalheight505828
+Node: \sbox & \savebox506559
+Ref: \sbox506711
+Ref: \savebox506711
+Node: lrbox509751
+Node: \usebox510665
+Node: Color511124
+Node: Color package options511941
+Node: Color models513715
+Ref: color models cmyk514530
+Ref: color models gray514897
+Ref: color models rgb515050
+Ref: color models RGB515391
+Ref: color models named515790
+Node: Commands for color516122
+Node: Define colors516541
+Node: Colored text517272
+Node: Colored boxes519707
+Node: Colored pages521138
+Node: Graphics521835
+Node: Graphics package options523981
+Node: Graphics package configuration526908
+Node: \graphicspath527720
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions530792
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule532646
+Node: Commands for graphics535924
+Node: \includegraphics536437
+Ref: includegraphics width541600
+Ref: includegraphics height542161
+Ref: includegraphics totalheight542583
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio542851
+Ref: includegraphics viewport544643
+Ref: includegraphics trim545054
+Ref: includegraphics clip545522
+Ref: includegraphics page545794
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox545893
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate546784
+Ref: includegraphics quiet546997
+Ref: includegraphics draft547170
+Ref: includegraphics bb547997
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx548407
+Ref: includegraphics bblly548407
+Ref: includegraphics bburx548407
+Ref: includegraphics bbury548407
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth548553
+Ref: includegraphics natheight548553
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb548751
+Ref: includegraphics type549561
+Ref: includegraphics ext549605
+Ref: includegraphics read549716
+Ref: includegraphics command549841
+Node: \rotatebox550099
+Node: \scalebox553061
+Node: \resizebox554169
+Node: Special insertions555409
+Node: Reserved characters556283
+Node: Upper and lower case557602
+Node: Symbols by font position560076
+Node: Text symbols560783
+Node: Accents566752
+Node: \accent569209
+Node: Additional Latin letters571067
+Ref: Non-English characters571249
+Node: inputenc package572370
+Ref: \inputencoding574646
+Node: \rule575022
+Node: \today576226
+Node: Splitting the input577216
+Node: \endinput578998
+Node: \include & \includeonly580355
+Ref: \include580543
+Ref: \includeonly580543
+Node: \input584840
+Node: Front/back matter586083
+Node: Table of contents etc.586416
+Node: \@dottedtocline592364
+Node: \addcontentsline594015
+Node: \addtocontents597204
+Node: \contentsline599497
+Node: \nofiles601387
+Node: \numberline602170
+Node: Indexes603398
+Node: Produce the index manually606288
+Node: \index607476
+Node: makeindex612917
+Ref: makeindex preamble614633
+Ref: makeindex postamble614787
+Ref: makeindex group skip614891
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag615251
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix615728
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix615888
+Ref: makeindex item 0616044
+Ref: makeindex item 1616132
+Ref: makeindex item 2616215
+Ref: makeindex item 01616301
+Ref: makeindex item x1616414
+Ref: makeindex item 12616633
+Ref: makeindex item x2616749
+Ref: makeindex delim 0616919
+Ref: makeindex delim 1617057
+Ref: makeindex delim 2617195
+Ref: makeindex delim n617329
+Ref: makeindex delim r617472
+Ref: makeindex line max617588
+Ref: makeindex indent space617733
+Ref: makeindex indent length617836
+Ref: makeindex page precedence618033
+Node: \printindex619114
+Node: Glossaries619603
+Node: \newglossaryentry621622
+Node: \gls623125
+Node: Letters623939
+Node: \address627655
+Node: \cc628482
+Node: \closing628936
+Node: \encl629256
+Node: \location629682
+Node: \makelabels629954
+Node: \name632331
+Node: \opening632578
+Node: \ps632867
+Node: \signature633164
+Node: \telephone634440
+Node: Input/output634815
+Node: \openin & \openout635545
+Ref: \openin635692
+Ref: \openout635692
+Ref: \closein635692
+Ref: \closeout635692
+Node: \read638413
+Node: \typein639640
+Node: \typeout640924
+Node: \write642014
+Node: \write and security646929
+Node: \message647885
+Node: \wlog649766
+Node: \write18650275
+Node: Command line interface653876
+Ref: Command line654040
+Node: Command line options656259
+Ref: interaction modes657306
+Ref: output directory658318
+Node: Command line input660093
+Node: Jobname662242
+Node: Recovering from errors665621
+Node: Document templates667097
+Node: beamer template667531
+Node: article template668181
+Node: book template668648
+Node: Larger book template669131
+Node: Index670715
+Ref: Command Index670801

End Tag Table
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
index f1f85b5593..6dfe50e62a 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
index 50a0d91903..3b3a163097 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
\input texinfo
-@c $Id: latex2e.texi 1079 2022-01-26 18:15:20Z karl $
+@c $Id: latex2e.texi 1141 2023-01-10 23:19:31Z karl $
@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
@setfilename latex2e.info
-@set UPDATED January 2022
+@set UPDATED January 2023
@include common.texi
@settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED})
@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
@@ -17,9 +17,11 @@
@c xx merge permuted-index
@c xx merge latex-manual from savannah
@c xx merge display style math
+@c xx systematically check stated math atom type vs. fontdef.dtx etc.
@c xx check recent ltnews for (lots of) changes
@c xx \write of non-ASCII chars (vincent mail of 14 Mar 2020 21:39:41)
@c xx \nonstopmode etc., if they are officially supported by LaTeX?
+@c xx LaTeX defines \do at \begin{document} even though it is not documented
@c xx JH explain nfss somewhere
@c xx JH expand BiBTeX
@c xx JH expand theorem, AMS math
@@ -92,6 +94,8 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
\global\hbadness=4444 % don't complain much
@end tex
+@microtype on
+
@html
<div class='intro'> <p>This is an unofficial reference manual for
LaTeX. See below for the <a href='#SEC_Overview'>Table of Contents</a>.
@@ -566,8 +570,8 @@ For more information, see ``The @LaTeX{} release workflow and the
@cindex command syntax
@findex \ @r{character starting commands}
-@findex [...] @r{for optional arguments}
-@findex @{...@} @r{for required arguments}
+@findex [...] @r{(for optional arguments)}
+@findex @{...@} @r{(for required arguments)}
In the @LaTeX{} input file, a command name starts with a backslash
character, @code{\}. The name itself then consists of either
(a)@tie{}a string of letters or (b)@tie{}a single non-letter.
@@ -1046,7 +1050,7 @@ Save in a box register things that are written to the @file{.dvi} file
at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
@item \AtEndOfClass@{@var{code}@}
-@item \AtEndOfPackage@{@var{code}@}
+@itemx \AtEndOfPackage@{@var{code}@}
@findex \AtEndOfClass
@findex \AtEndOfPackage
Hook to insert @var{code} to be executed when @LaTeX{} finishes
@@ -1055,10 +1059,10 @@ multiple times; the @code{code} will be executed in the order that you
called it. See also @ref{\AtBeginDocument}.
@item \CheckCommand@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@}
-@item \CheckCommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@}
+@itemx \CheckCommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@}
@findex \CheckCommand
@findex \CheckCommand*
-@cindex new command, check
+@cindex new command, checking
Like @code{\newcommand} (@pxref{\newcommand & \renewcommand}) but does
not define @var{cmd}; instead it checks that the current definition of
@var{cmd} is exactly as given by @var{definition} and is or is not
@@ -1071,15 +1075,15 @@ redefining @code{cmd} yourself that no other package has already
redefined this command.
@item \ClassError@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{error text}@}@{@var{help text}@}
-@item \PackageError@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{error text}@}@{@var{help text}@}
-@item \ClassWarning@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{warning text}@}
-@item \PackageWarning@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{warning text}@}
-@item \ClassWarningNoLine@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{warning text}@}
-@item \PackageWarningNoLine@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{warning text}@}
-@item \ClassInfo@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{info text}@}
-@item \PackageInfo@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{info text}@}
-@item \ClassInfoNoLine@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{info text}@}
-@item \PackageInfoNoLine@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{info text}@}
+@itemx \ClassWarning@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{warning text}@}
+@itemx \ClassWarningNoLine@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{warning text}@}
+@itemx \ClassInfo@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{info text}@}
+@itemx \ClassInfoNoLine@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{info text}@}
+@itemx \PackageError@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{error text}@}@{@var{help text}@}
+@itemx \PackageWarning@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{warning text}@}
+@itemx \PackageWarningNoLine@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{warning text}@}
+@itemx \PackageInfo@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{info text}@}
+@itemx \PackageInfoNoLine@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{info text}@}
@findex \ClassError
@findex \PackageError
@findex \ClassWarning
@@ -1116,7 +1120,7 @@ be used within the @var{code} argument of either @code{\DeclareOption}
or @code{\DeclareOption*}.
@item \DeclareOption@{@var{option}@}@{@var{code}@}
-@item \DeclareOption*@{@var{code}@}
+@itemx \DeclareOption*@{@var{code}@}
@findex \DeclareOption
@findex \DeclareOption*
@cindex class options
@@ -1156,7 +1160,7 @@ passes the option to the @code{article} class.
@end example
@item \DeclareRobustCommand@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@}
-@item \DeclareRobustCommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@}
+@item* \DeclareRobustCommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@}
@findex \DeclareRobustCommand
@findex \DeclareRobustCommand*
@cindex new command, definition
@@ -1194,9 +1198,8 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
@code{\renew@dots{}} or @code{\provide@dots{}} or you get an error.
@end enumerate
-
@item \IfFileExists@{@var{filename}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@}
-@item \InputIfFileExists@{@var{filename}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@}
+@itemx \InputIfFileExists@{@var{filename}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@}
@findex \IfFileExists
@findex \InputIfFileExists
Execute @var{true code} if @LaTeX{} finds the file @file{@var{file
@@ -1221,7 +1224,7 @@ appending the @code{.tex}; for more on how @LaTeX{} handles file
extensions see @ref{\input}.
@item \LoadClass[@var{options list}]@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date}]
-@item \LoadClassWithOptions@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date}]
+@itemx \LoadClassWithOptions@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date}]
@findex \LoadClass
@findex \LoadClassWithOptions
Load a class, as with @code{\documentclass[@var{options
@@ -1296,7 +1299,7 @@ within the @var{code} argument of either @code{\DeclareOption} or
@c reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}.
@item \PassOptionsToClass@{@var{option list}@}@{@var{class name}@}
-@item \PassOptionsToPackage@{@var{option list}@}@{@var{package name}@}
+@itemx \PassOptionsToPackage@{@var{option list}@}@{@var{package name}@}
@findex \PassOptionsToClass
@findex \PassOptionsToPackage
Adds the options in the comma-separated list @var{option list} to the
@@ -1338,7 +1341,7 @@ option. The user could start their @LaTeX{} file with
@code{\PassOptionsToPackage@{draft@}@{graphicx@}\documentclass@{foo@}}.
@item \ProcessOptions
-@item \ProcessOptions*@var{\@@options}
+@itemx \ProcessOptions*@var{\@@options}
@findex \ProcessOptions
@findex \ProcessOptions*
Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it
@@ -1381,9 +1384,9 @@ the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this
means that the global options are processed first.
@item \ProvidesClass@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date} @var{brief additional information}]
-@item \ProvidesClass@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date}]
-@item \ProvidesPackage@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date} @var{brief additional information}]
-@item \ProvidesPackage@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date}]
+@itemx \ProvidesClass@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date}]
+@itemx \ProvidesPackage@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date} @var{brief additional information}]
+@itemx \ProvidesPackage@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date}]
@findex \ProvidesClass
@findex \ProvidesPackage
Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
@@ -1427,7 +1430,7 @@ file and you get in the log a string like @code{File: test.config
@samp{2017/10/12 config file for test.cls}.
@item \RequirePackage[@var{option list}]@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date}]
-@item \RequirePackageWithOptions@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date}]
+@itemx \RequirePackageWithOptions@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date}]
@findex \RequirePackage
@findex \RequirePackageWithOptions
Load a package, like the command @code{\usepackage} (@pxref{Additional
@@ -1754,9 +1757,10 @@ Note that @code{\DeclareTextAccentDefault} works for any one-argument
@node \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand
@subsection @code{\DeclareTextCommand} & @code{\ProvideTextCommand}
+@anchor{\DeclareTextCommand}
+@anchor{\ProvideTextCommand}
@findex \DeclareTextCommand
@findex \ProvideTextCommand
-
Synopsis, one of:
@example
@@ -1820,9 +1824,9 @@ take an optional argument.
@node \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault
@subsection @code{\DeclareTextCommandDefault} & @code{\ProvideTextCommandDefault }
-@findex \DeclareTextCommand
+@anchor{\DeclareTextCommandDefault}
+@anchor{\ProvideTextCommandDefault}
@findex \DeclareTextCommandDefault
-@findex \ProvideTextCommand
@findex \ProvideTextCommandDefault
Synopsis:
@@ -2024,6 +2028,8 @@ name of the encoding explicitly.
@node \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent
@subsection @code{\UseTextSymbol} & @code{\UseTextAccent}
+@anchor{\UseTextSymbol}
+@anchor{\UseTextAccent}
@findex \UseTextSymbol
@findex \UseTextAccent
@@ -2101,6 +2107,8 @@ These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for instance
you can get bold sans serif by saying either of
@code{\sffamily\bfseries} or @code{\bfseries\sffamily}.
+@anchor{\nocorrlist}
+@anchor{\nocorr}
@findex \nocorrlist
@findex \nocorr
One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic
@@ -2167,7 +2175,7 @@ Main document font.
@cindex emphasis
@findex \emph
Although it also changes fonts, the @code{\emph@{@var{text}@}} command
-is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
+is semantic, for @var{text} to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
substitute for @code{\textit}. For example, @code{\emph@{@var{start
text} \emph@{@var{middle text}@} @var{end text}@}} will result in the
@var{start text} and @var{end text} in italics, but @var{middle text}
@@ -2261,6 +2269,7 @@ Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.
@end table
+@anchor{\mathversion}
@findex \mathversion
@cindex math, bold
@cindex bold math
@@ -2268,6 +2277,7 @@ In addition, the command @code{\mathversion@{bold@}} can be used for
switching to bold letters and symbols in
formulas. @code{\mathversion@{normal@}} restores the default.
+@anchor{\oldstylenums}
@findex \oldstylenums
@cindex numerals, old-style
@cindex old-style numerals
@@ -2775,7 +2785,7 @@ Two column text here.
@findex \flushbottom
-Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
+Make all pages in the document after this declaration have the same
height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the
differences in facing pages can be glaring.
@@ -2791,7 +2801,8 @@ is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages
(@pxref{\enlargethispage}).
The @code{\flushbottom} state is the default only if you select the
-@code{twoside} document class option (@pxref{Document class options}).
+@code{twocolumn} document class option (@pxref{Document class options}),
+and for indexes made using @code{makeidx}.
@node \raggedbottom
@@ -2803,9 +2814,9 @@ The @code{\flushbottom} state is the default only if you select the
Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided
document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go
-at any point in the document body. See @ref{\flushbottom}.
+at any point in the document body. @xref{\flushbottom}.
-This is the default unless you select the @code{twoside} document class
+This is the default unless you select the @code{twocolumn} document class
option (@pxref{Document class options}).
@@ -3000,6 +3011,8 @@ same as the font size, e.g., @samp{10pt} at a type size of 10pt.
@node \baselineskip & \baselinestretch
@section @code{\baselineskip} & @code{\baselinestretch}
+@anchor{\baselineskip}
+@anchor{\baselinestretch}
@findex \baselineskip
@findex \baselinestretch
@findex \linespread
@@ -3072,24 +3085,25 @@ In the standard classes @code{\lineskiplimit} is 0@dmn{pt} and
between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than
zero) then the lines jump to 1@dmn{pt} apart.
-Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double
-space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline
-distance is via @code{\baselinestretch}. It scales
-@code{\baselineskip}, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command,
-not a length, so change the scale factor as in
+Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in
+double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the
+interline distance is via @code{\baselinestretch}. It scales
+@code{\baselineskip}, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a
+command, not a length, and does not take effect until a font change
+happens, so set the scale factor like this:
@code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{1.5@}\selectfont}.
The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
document is to put @code{\linespread@{@var{factor}@}} in the preamble.
For double spacing, take @var{factor} to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half
-spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the
+spacing use 1.3. These numbers are rough: for instance, since the
@code{\baselineskip} is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by
1.6 gives a baseline skip to font size ratio of about 2. (The
@code{\linespread} command is defined as
-@code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{@var{factor}@}} so it won't
-take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at
-the start of a document, so there you don't need to follow it with
-@code{\selectfont}.)
+@code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{@var{factor}@}} so it also
+won't take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes
+place at the start of a document, so there you don't need to follow it
+with @code{\selectfont}.)
@PkgIndex{setspace}
A simpler approach is the @package{setspace} package. The basic example:
@@ -3491,9 +3505,10 @@ something like a subsection numbered @samp{3.0.1}.
@PkgIndex{titlesec}
@LaTeX{} lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a
-simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case
-letters with @code{\renewcommand\thesection@{\Alph@{section@}@}} in the
-preamble (@pxref{\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol}). CTAN
+simple example, you can change the section numbering to uppercase
+letters with this (in the preamble):@*
+@code{\renewcommand\thesection@{\Alph@{section@}@}} .
+(@xref{\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol}.) CTAN
has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably
@package{titlesec}.
@@ -3913,13 +3928,17 @@ text.
@node \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph
-
@section @code{\subsubsection}, @code{\paragraph}, @code{\subparagraph}
+@anchor{\subsubsection}
@findex \subsubsection
@cindex subsubsection
+@c
+@anchor{\paragraph}
@findex \paragraph
@cindex paragraph
+@c
+@anchor{\subparagraph}
@findex \subparagraph
@cindex subparagraph
@@ -4013,12 +4032,12 @@ Synopsis:
\appendix
@end example
-This does not directly produce any output. But in a book or report it
-declares that subsequent @code{\chapter} commands start an appendix. In
-an article it does the same, for @code{\section} commands. It also
-resets the @code{chapter} and @code{section} counters to@tie{}0 in a
-book or report, and in an article resets the @code{section} and
-@code{subsection} counters.
+This does not directly produce any output. But in a @code{book} or
+@code{report} document it declares that subsequent @code{\chapter}
+commands start an appendix. In an article it does the same, for
+@code{\section} commands. It also resets the @code{chapter} and
+@code{section} counters to@tie{}0 in a book or report, and in an article
+resets the @code{section} and @code{subsection} counters.
In this book
@@ -4050,12 +4069,17 @@ number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN.
@node \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter
@section @code{\frontmatter}, @code{\mainmatter}, @code{\backmatter}
+@anchor{\frontmatter}
@findex \frontmatter
@cindex book, front matter
@cindex front matter of a book
+@c
+@anchor{\mainmatter}
@findex \mainmatter
@cindex book, main matter
@cindex main matter of a book
+@c
+@anchor{\backmatter}
@findex \backmatter
@cindex book, back matter
@cindex book, end matter
@@ -4718,9 +4742,9 @@ default only in the @code{report} class.
\end@{abstract@}
@end example
-@PkgIndex abstract
+@PkgIndex{abstract}
The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for
-a more flexible solution, use the package @file{abstract}).
+a more flexible solution, use the package @package{abstract}).
@c Adopted from http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-onecolabs.html
@example
@@ -5529,7 +5553,7 @@ Synopsis:
\end@{flushleft@}
@end example
-@findex \\ @r{for @code{flushleft}}
+@findex \\ @r{(for @code{flushleft})}
An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
then @LaTeX{} will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
@@ -5590,10 +5614,10 @@ formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the
scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or @code{\end}
command that ends the paragraph unit.
-Here @code{\raggedright} in each second column keeps @LaTeX{} from doing
-very awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note
-that @code{\raggedright} is inside the curly braces @code{@{...@}} to
-delimit its effect.
+Here @code{\raggedright} in each second column keeps @LaTeX{} from
+doing awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column.
+Note that @code{\raggedright} is inside the curly braces
+@code{@{...@}} to delimit its effect.
@example
\begin@{tabular@}@{rp@{2in@}@}
@@ -7143,10 +7167,11 @@ Synopsis:
\frame@{@var{contents}@}
@end example
-Puts a rectangular frame around @var{contents}. The reference point is
-the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to @code{\framebox}
-(@pxref{\framebox (picture)}), this command puts no extra space is put
-between the frame and the object. It is fragile (@pxref{\protect}).
+Puts a rectangular frame around @var{contents}. The reference point
+is the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to
+@code{\framebox} (@pxref{\framebox (picture)}), this command puts no
+extra space between the frame and the object. It is fragile
+(@pxref{\protect}).
@node \dashbox
@@ -7191,10 +7216,12 @@ As in that example, a dashed box looks best when @var{rect-width} and
@node quotation & quote
@section @code{quotation} & @code{quote}
+@anchor{quotation}
@EnvIndex{quotation}
@cindex quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying
@cindex displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation
@cindex paragraph indentations in quoted text
+@anchor{quote}
@EnvIndex{quote}
@cindex quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying
@cindex displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation
@@ -7535,12 +7562,12 @@ illustrates many of the features.
The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
between them. This is specified in @code{tabular}'s argument
@code{@{l|l@}}.
-@findex & @r{for table cells}
+@findex & @r{(for table cells)}
Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an
ampersand, @code{&}. The end of each row is marked with a double
backslash, @code{\\}. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
backslash, with @code{\hline}.
-@findex \\ @r{for @code{tabular}}
+@findex \\ @r{(for @code{tabular})}
After the last row the @code{\\} is optional, unless an @code{\hline}
command follows to put a rule below the table.
@@ -7581,14 +7608,14 @@ Insert @var{text or space} at this location in every row. The @var{text
or space} material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile
(@pxref{\protect}).
-If between two columns there is no @@-expression then @LaTeX{}'s
-@code{book}, @code{article}, and @code{report} classes will put on
-either side of each column a space of length @code{\tabcolsep}, which by
-default is 6@dmn{pt}. That is, by default adjacent columns are
+If between two column specifiers there is no @@-expression then
+@LaTeX{}'s @code{book}, @code{article}, and @code{report} classes will
+put on either side of each column a space of width @code{\tabcolsep},
+which by default is 6@dmn{pt}. That is, by default adjacent columns are
separated by 12@dmn{pt} (so @code{\tabcolsep} is misleadingly named
since it is only half of the separation between tabular columns). In
-addition, a space of 6@dmn{pt} also comes before the first column and
-after the final column, unless you put a @code{@@@{...@}} or @code{|}
+addition, a space of @code{\tabcolsep} also comes before the first
+column and after the final column, unless you put a @code{@@@{...@}}
there.
If you override the default and use an @@-expression then @LaTeX{} does
@@ -7618,6 +7645,7 @@ arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it.
\end@{tabular@}
@end example
+@anchor{\extracolsep}
@findex \extracolsep
An @code{\extracolsep@{@var{wd}@}} command in an @@-expression causes an
extra space of width @var{wd} to appear to the left of all subsequent
@@ -8501,7 +8529,7 @@ Then plainly know my heart's dear love is set \\
On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
@end example
-@findex \\ @r{for @code{verse}}
+@findex \\ @r{(for @code{verse})}
Separate the lines of each stanza with @code{\\}, and use one or more
blank lines to separate the stanzas.
@@ -8576,7 +8604,7 @@ same time.
@node \\
@section @code{\\}
-@findex \\ @r{force line break}
+@findex \\ @r{(force line break)}
@cindex new line, starting
@cindex line break, forcing
@@ -8660,6 +8688,8 @@ Fix it by replacing the double backslash with something like
@node \obeycr & \restorecr
@section @code{\obeycr} & @code{\restorecr}
+@anchor{\obeycr}
+@anchor{\restorecr}
@findex \obeycr
@findex \restorecr
@cindex new line, output as input
@@ -8777,10 +8807,10 @@ Commenting out the third line and uncommenting the fourth makes a much
better fit.
The @code{\-} command only allows @LaTeX{} to break there, it does not
-require that it break there. You can force a split with something like
-@code{Hef-\linebreak feron}. Of course, if you later change the text
-then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires
-care.
+require that it break there. You can force a split with something
+like @code{Hef-\linebreak feron}. Of course, if you later change the
+text then this forced break may look out of place, so this approach
+requires care.
@node \discretionary
@@ -8857,6 +8887,8 @@ automatically by @TeX{}'s hyphenation algorithm.
@node \fussy & \sloppy
@section @code{\fussy} & @code{\sloppy}
+@anchor{\fussy}
+@anchor{\sloppy}
@findex \fussy
@findex \sloppy
@cindex line breaks, changing
@@ -8948,6 +8980,8 @@ commands accumulate.
@node \linebreak & \nolinebreak
@section @code{\linebreak} & @code{\nolinebreak}
+@anchor{\linebreak}
+@anchor{\nolinebreak}
@findex \linebreak
@findex \nolinebreak
@cindex line breaks, forcing
@@ -9002,12 +9036,13 @@ tweaking the final version of a document, then you may need to
understand how to influence its actions.
@c credit: H Vogt https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115563
+@cindex badness
@LaTeX{}'s algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
outputting the result. Instead, @LaTeX{} typesets more material than
would fit on the page and then chooses a break that is optimal in some
-way (it has the smallest badness). An example of the advantage of this
-approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
+way (it has the smallest @dfn{badness}). An example of the advantage of
+this approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
stretched or shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs,
then @LaTeX{} can use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts
with the last line of a paragraph; @LaTeX{} can squeeze the extra line
@@ -9037,9 +9072,11 @@ influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.
@node \clearpage & \cleardoublepage
@section @code{\clearpage} & @code{\cleardoublepage}
+@anchor{\clearpage}
@findex \clearpage
@cindex flushing floats and starting a page
@cindex starting a new page and clearing floats
+@anchor{\cleardoublepage}
@findex \cleardoublepage
@cindex starting on a right-hand page
@@ -9083,7 +9120,9 @@ page, use this command.
@noindent
If you want @LaTeX{}'s standard @code{\chapter} command to do this then
-add the line @code{\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage}.
+add the line @code{\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage}. (Of
+course this affects all uses of @code{\cleardoublepage}, not just the
+one in @code{\chapter}.)
The command @code{\newpage} (@pxref{\newpage}) also ends the current
page, but without clearing pending floats. And, if @LaTeX{} is in
@@ -9145,8 +9184,8 @@ stretch out the page, as @code{\pagebreak} does.
Synopsis, one of:
@example
-\enlargethispage@{size@}
-\enlargethispage*@{size@}
+\enlargethispage@{@var{size}@}
+\enlargethispage*@{@var{size}@}
@end example
Enlarge the @code{\textheight} for the current page. The required
@@ -9172,6 +9211,8 @@ explicit @code{\pagebreak}.
@node \pagebreak & \nopagebreak
@section @code{\pagebreak} & @code{\nopagebreak}
+@anchor{\pagebreak}
+@anchor{\nopagebreak}
@findex \pagebreak
@findex \nopagebreak
@cindex page break, forcing
@@ -9200,8 +9241,8 @@ prevent the break. But for instance @code{\nopagebreak[1]} suggests to
the more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile
(@pxref{\protect}).
-@LaTeX{}'s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
-command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
+@LaTeX{}'s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use these
+commands in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
If you use these inside a paragraph, they apply to the point following
@@ -9613,13 +9654,17 @@ second.\footnotefrom@{%
@node \newcommand & \renewcommand
@section @code{\newcommand} & @code{\renewcommand}
+@anchor{\newcommand}
+@anchor{\renewcommand}
@findex \newcommand
+@findex \renewcommand
@cindex commands, defining new ones
@cindex commands, redefining
@cindex defining a new command
+@cindex redefining a command
@cindex new commands, defining
-Synopses, one of:
+Synopses, one of (three regular forms, three starred forms):
@example
\newcommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@}
@@ -9631,10 +9676,11 @@ Synopses, one of:
@end example
@noindent
-or one of these.
+or all the same possibilities with @code{\renewcommand} instead of
+@code{\newcommand}:
@example
-\renewcommand@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@}
+\renewcommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@}
\renewcommand@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@}
\renewcommand@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@}
\renewcommand*@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@}
@@ -9642,26 +9688,26 @@ or one of these.
\renewcommand*@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@}
@end example
-Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
-@code{\DeclareRobustCommand} in @ref{Class and package commands}).
+
+Define or redefine a command (see also @code{\DeclareRobustCommand} in
+@ref{Class and package commands}).
@cindex starred form, defining new commands
@cindex *-form, defining new commands
@findex \long
The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain @TeX{} terms, the commands
+multiple paragraphs of text (in plain @TeX{} terms: the commands
are not @code{\long}). With the default form, arguments can be
multiple paragraphs.
-These are the parameters:
+These are the parameters (examples follow):
@table @var
@item cmd
-
-Required; @code{\@var{cmd}} is the command name. It must begin with a backslash, @code{\},
-and must not begin with the four character string @code{\end}. For
-@code{\newcommand}, it must not be already defined. For
-@code{\renewcommand}, this name must already be defined.
+Required; @code{\@var{cmd}} is the command name. It must begin with a
+backslash, @code{\}, and must not begin with the four character string
+@code{\end}. For @code{\newcommand}, it must not be already defined.
+For @code{\renewcommand}, this name must already be defined.
@item nargs
Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments
@@ -9671,38 +9717,54 @@ arguments. If you redefine a command, the new version can have a
different number of arguments than the old version.
@item optargdefault
+@cindex optional arguments, defining and using
+@cindex arguments, optional, defining and using
Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
@code{\@var{cmd}} is optional, with default value @var{optargdefault}
-(which may be the empty string). If @var{optargsdefault} is not present
+(which may be the empty string). If @var{optargdefault} is not present
then @code{\@var{cmd}} does not take an optional argument.
-@cindex positional parameter
-That is, if @code{\@var{cmd}} is used with square brackets, as in
-@code{\@var{cmd}[@var{optval}]@{...@}...}, then within @var{defn} the
-parameter@tie{}@code{#1} is set to the value of @var{optval}. On the
-other hand, if @code{\@var{cmd}} is called without the square brackets
-then within @var{defn} the parameter @code{#1} is set to the value of
-@var{optargdefault}. In either case, the required arguments start with
-@code{#2}.
-
-Omitting @code{[@var{optargdefault}]} is different from having the
-square brackets with no contents, as in @code{[]}. The former sets
-@code{#1} to the value of @var{optargdefault}; the latter sets @code{#1}
-to the empty string.
+That is, if @code{\@var{cmd}} is called with a following argument in
+square brackets, as in @code{\@var{cmd}[@var{optval}]@{...@}...}, then
+within @var{defn} the parameter@tie{}@code{#1} is set to @var{optval}.
+On the other hand, if @code{\@var{cmd}} is called without following
+square brackets then within @var{defn} the parameter @code{#1} is set
+to @var{optargdefault}. In either case, the required arguments start
+with @code{#2}.
+
+Omitting @code{[@var{optargdefault}]} from the definition is entirely
+different from giving the square brackets with empty contents, as in
+@code{[]}. The former says the command being defined takes no
+optional argument, so @code{#1} is the first required argument (if
+@math{@var{nargs} @geq{} 1}); the latter sets the optional argument
+@code{#1} to the empty string as the default, if no optional argument
+was given in the call.
+
+Similarly, omitting @code{[@var{optval}]} from a call is also entirely
+different from giving the square brackets with empty contents. The
+former sets @code{#1} to the value of @var{optval} (assuming the
+command was defined to take an optional argument); the latter sets
+@code{#1} to the empty string, just as with any other value.
+
+If a command is not defined to take an optional argument, but is
+called with an optional argument, the results are unpredictable: there
+may be a @LaTeX{} error, there may be incorrect typeset output, or both.
@item defn
+@cindex parameters, substituting
Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
@code{\@var{cmd}}. The parameters @code{#1}, @code{#2},
-... @code{#@var{nargs}} are replaced by the values that you supply when
-you call the command (or by the default value if there is an optional
-argument and you don't exercise the option).
+@dots{}, @code{#@var{nargs}} are replaced by the values supplied when
+the command is called (or by @var{optargdefault} in the case of an
+optional argument not specified in the call, as just explained).
@end table
+@cindex blanks, after control sequences
@TeX{} ignores blanks in the source following a control word
-(@pxref{Control sequences}), as in @samp{\cmd }. If you actually want a
-space there, one solution is to type @code{@{@}} after the command
-(@samp{\cmd@{@} }, and another solution is to use an explicit control
+(@pxref{Control sequences}), as in @samp{\cmd }. If you want a space
+there, one solution is to type @code{@{@}} after the command
+(@samp{\cmd@{@} }), and another solution is to use an explicit control
space (@samp{\cmd\ }).
A simple example of defining a new command:
@@ -9710,14 +9772,15 @@ A simple example of defining a new command:
replaced by the longer text. Redefining an existing command is similar:
@code{\renewcommand@{\qedsymbol@}@{@{\small QED@}@}}.
-If you try to define a command and the name has already been used then
-you get something like @samp{LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
-defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual}. If you try
-to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get
-something like @samp{LaTeX Error: \hank undefined}.
+If you use @code{\newcommand} and the command name has already been
+used then you get something like @samp{LaTeX Error: Command \fred
+already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual}.
+Similarly, If you use @code{\renewcommand} and the command name has
+not been defined then you get something like @samp{LaTeX Error: \hank
+undefined}.
Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and the
-second, one with one required argument.
+second, a command with one required argument:
@example
\newcommand@{\student@}@{Ms~O'Leary@}
@@ -9753,12 +9816,12 @@ I employ \lawyers[Howe]@{Dewey@}@{Cheatem@}.
@end example
@noindent
-The output is @samp{I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe}. The optional
-argument, the @code{Howe}, is associated with @code{#1}, while
+The output is @samp{I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe.}. The optional
+argument, @code{Howe}, is associated with @code{#1}, while
@code{Dewey} and @code{Cheatem} are associated with @code{#2}
and@tie{}@code{#3}. Because of the optional argument,
-@code{\lawyers@{Dewey@}@{Cheatem@}} will give the output @samp{I employ
-Dewey, Cheatem, and company}.
+@code{\lawyers@{Dewey@}@{Cheatem@}} will give the output @samp{I
+employ Dewey, Cheatem, and company.}.
The braces around @var{defn} do not define a group, that is, they do not
delimit the scope of the result of expanding @var{defn}. For example,
@@ -9769,9 +9832,9 @@ The \shipname@{Monitor@} met the \shipname@{Merrimac@}.
@end example
@noindent
-the words @samp{met the} would incorrectly be in italics. The solution
-is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
-@code{\newcommand@{\shipname@}[1]@{@{\it #1@}@}}.
+the words @samp{met the}, and the period, would incorrectly be in
+italics. The solution is to put another pair of braces inside the
+definition: @code{\newcommand@{\shipname@}[1]@{@{\it #1@}@}}.
@menu
* Control sequences:: Control sequence, control word and control symbol.
@@ -9780,33 +9843,40 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
@node Control sequences
@subsection Control sequence, control word and control symbol
-When reading input @TeX{} converts the sequences of read characters into
-a sequence of @dfn{tokens}. When @TeX{} sees a backslash @code{\}, it
-will handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a
+@cindex control sequences
+
+When reading input @TeX{} converts the stream of read characters into a
+sequence of @dfn{tokens}. When @TeX{} sees a backslash @code{\}, it will
+handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a
@dfn{control sequence} token.
The control sequences fall into two categories:
@itemize
@item
+@cindex control word, defined
@dfn{control word}, when the control sequence is gathered from a
-@code{\} followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one
-blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the
-@dfn{control sequence name}.
+@code{\} followed by at least one ASCII letter (@code{A-Z} and
+@code{a-z}), followed by at least one non-letter.
+
@item
+@cindex control symbol, defined
@dfn{control symbol}, when the control sequence is gathered from a
@code{\} followed by one non-letter character.
@end itemize
+The sequence of characters so found after the @code{\} is also called
+the @dfn{control sequence name}.
+
Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any
whitespace in the output (@pxref{\newcommand & \renewcommand} and
@ref{\(SPACE)}).
-Just as the @code{\relax} command does nothing, the following will print
-@samp{Hello!}@inlinefmt{tex,---where we used visible spaces
-@samp{@visiblespace{}} instead of blanks,}@inlinefmt{info,---if you use
-the Emacs info viewer@comma{} turn on the whitespace-mode minor mode to
-see the trailing spaces}:
+Just as the @code{\relax} command does nothing, the following input
+will simply print @samp{Hello!} @inlinefmt{tex,We use visible
+spaces @samp{@visiblespace{}} instead of blanks}@inlinefmt{info, (if
+you use the Emacs info viewer@comma{} turn on the @code{whitespace-mode}
+minor mode to see the trailing spaces)}:
@example
Hel\relax@visiblespace{}@visiblespace{}@visiblespace{}
@@ -9814,7 +9884,7 @@ Hel\relax@visiblespace{}@visiblespace{}@visiblespace{}
@end example
@noindent
-This is because blanks after @code{\relax}, including the newline are
+This is because blanks after @code{\relax}, including the newline, are
ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored
(@pxref{Leading blanks}).
@@ -9853,13 +9923,18 @@ From \myaffiliation.
@end example
@noindent
-outputs @samp{From Saint Michael's College}. Unlike @code{\newcommand},
-the repeated use of @code{\providecommand} does not give an error.
-
+outputs @samp{From Saint Michael's College.}. Unlike
+@code{\newcommand}, the repeated use of @code{\providecommand} to (try
+to) define @code{\myaffiliation} does not give an error.
@node \makeatletter & \makeatother
@section @code{\makeatletter} & @code{\makeatother}
+@anchor{\makeatletter}
+@anchor{\makeatother}
+@findex \makeatother
+@findex \makeatother
+
Synopsis:
@example
@@ -10134,6 +10209,8 @@ The allocation of a box is global.
@node \newenvironment & \renewenvironment
@section @code{\newenvironment} & @code{\renewenvironment}
+@anchor{\newenvironment}
+@anchor{\renewenvironment}
@findex \newenvironment
@findex \renewenvironment
@cindex environments, defining
@@ -10543,6 +10620,8 @@ to @code{\protect\(..\protect\)}.
@node \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend
@section @code{\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend}
+@anchor{\ignorespaces}
+@anchor{\ignorespacesafterend}
@findex \ignorespaces
@findex \ignorespacesafterend
@cindex spaces, ignore around commands
@@ -10564,7 +10643,7 @@ or
Both commands cause @LaTeX{} to ignore blanks (that is, characters of
catcode@tie{}10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the
command up to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a
-command from plain @TeX{}, and the second is @LaTeX{}-specific.
+primitive command of @TeX{}, and the second is @LaTeX{}-specific.
The @code{\ignorespaces} is often used when defining commands via
@code{\newcommand}, or @code{\newenvironment}, or @code{\def}. The
@@ -10675,7 +10754,7 @@ braces or else there would be no space separating @samp{Vermont} from
@code{\ } for this. @xref{\(SPACE)}.)
The @package{xspace} package provides @code{\xspace}. It is for writing
-commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place
+commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be placed
at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
@@ -11016,6 +11095,9 @@ not influence references; that is, it does not define the current
@node \day & \month & \year
@section @code{\day} & @code{\month} & @code{\year}
+@anchor{\day}
+@anchor{\month}
+@anchor{\year}
@findex \day
@findex \month
@findex \year
@@ -11214,12 +11296,12 @@ PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
@item mm
@cindex millimeter
@anchor{units of length mm}
-Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+Millimeter, 2.845@dmn{pt}
@item cm
@cindex centimeter
@anchor{units of length cm}
-Centimeter, 10 mm
+Centimeter, 10@dmn{mm}
@item dd
@cindex didot point
@@ -11634,12 +11716,12 @@ of some one or other of their daughters.
``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?''
@end example
-A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank
-line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank
-line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as
-space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a @code{%} and
-span up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns
-are identical:
+A paragraph separator can be made of a sequence of at least one blank
+line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank line
+is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as space
+or tab. Comments in source code are started with a @code{%} and span up
+to the end of line. In the following example the two columns are
+identical:
@example
\documentclass[twocolumn]@{article@}
@@ -11762,9 +11844,10 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3@tie{}inches and then
@node \indent & \noindent
@section @code{\indent} & @code{\noindent}
+@anchor{\indent}
+@anchor{\noindent}
@findex \indent
@findex \noindent
-@findex \parindent
@cindex indent, forcing
Synopsis:
@@ -11813,6 +11896,7 @@ The data
\noindent shows this clearly.
@end example
+@findex \parindent
To omit indentation in the entire document put
@code{\setlength@{\parindent@}@{0pt@}} in the preamble. If you do that,
you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
@@ -11827,6 +11911,8 @@ look on CTAN for the package @package{indentfirst}.
@node \parindent & \parskip
@section @code{\parindent} & @code{\parskip}
+@anchor{\parindent}
+@anchor{\parskip}
@findex \parindent
@findex \parskip
@cindex paragraph indentation
@@ -12050,6 +12136,8 @@ see their documentation on CTAN.
@node Subscripts & superscripts
@section Subscripts & superscripts
+@anchor{superscript}
+@anchor{subscript}
@cindex superscript
@cindex subscript
@findex ^ @r{superscript}
@@ -12099,8 +12187,9 @@ for the exponent.
subscript on a subscript, or supers on subs, or subs on supers. So,
expressions such as @code{e^@{x^2@}} and @code{x_@{i_0@}} give correct
output. Note the use in those expressions of curly braces to give the
-@var{base} a determined @var{exp}. If you enter @code{\(3^3^3\)} then
-you get @samp{Double superscript}.
+@var{base} a determined @var{exp}. If you enter @code{\(3^3^3\)}, this
+interpreted as @code{\(3^@{3@}^@{3@}\)} and then you get @TeX{} error
+@samp{Double superscript}.
@LaTeX{} does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a
superscript. In this example the integral has both. They come out in
@@ -12113,7 +12202,7 @@ the correct place without any author intervention.
@end example
@noindent
-Note the parentheses around @code{x=a} to make the entire expression a
+Note the curly braces around @code{x=a} to make the entire expression a
subscript.
To put a superscript or subscript before a symbol, use a construct like
@@ -12123,7 +12212,7 @@ attaching to a prior symbols.
Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or
display math mode, as in @code{the expression x^2}, will get you
-the error @samp{Missing $ inserted}.
+the @TeX{} error @samp{Missing $ inserted}.
@PkgIndex{mhchem}
A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
@@ -12216,11 +12305,12 @@ union@tie{}@code{\cup}.
@BES{2A02,\bigotimes} Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
@item \bigtriangledown
-@BES{25BD,\bigtriangledown} Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down
-(operator).
+@BES{25BD,\bigtriangledown} Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
+pointing down (binary). Synonym: @var{\varbigtriangledown}.
@item \bigtriangleup
-@BES{25B3,\bigtriangleup} Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator).
+@BES{25B3,\bigtriangleup} Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
+pointing up (binary). Synonym: @var{\varbigtriangleup}.
@item \bigsqcup
@BES{2A06,\bigsqcup} Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
@@ -13025,7 +13115,7 @@ Dollar sign in math mode: $.
Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, @BES{00B6,\P}.
@item \mathsection
-Section sign in math mode @BES{00A7,\S}.
+Section sign in math mode: @BES{00A7,\S}.
@item \mathsterling
Sterling sign in math mode: @pounds{}.
@@ -13126,10 +13216,12 @@ For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
@node \boldmath & \unboldmath
@subsection @code{\boldmath} & @code{\unboldmath}
-@cindex boldface mathematics
-@cindex symbols, boldface
+@anchor{\boldmath}
+@anchor{\unboldmath}
@findex \boldmath
@findex \unboldmath
+@cindex boldface mathematics
+@cindex mathematics, boldface
Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
@@ -13148,9 +13240,9 @@ or
@findex \unboldmath
Declarations to change the letters and symbols in @var{math} to be in
a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular
-(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display
-math mode (@pxref{Modes}). Both commands are fragile
-(@pxref{\protect}).
+(non-bold) default, respectively. They must be used when @emph{not} in
+math mode or display math mode (@pxref{Modes}). Both commands are
+fragile (@pxref{\protect}).
In this example each @code{\boldmath} command takes place inside an
@code{\mbox},
@@ -13161,20 +13253,34 @@ we have $\mbox@{\boldmath \( v \)@} = 5\cdot\mbox@{\boldmath \( u \)$@}$
@noindent
which means @code{\boldmath} is only called in a text mode, here LR
-mode, and explains why @LaTeX{} must switch to math mode to set @code{v}
-and @code{u}.
+mode, and explains why we must switch @LaTeX{} into math mode to set
+@code{v} and @code{u}.
If you use either command inside math mode, as with @code{Trouble: \(
\boldmath x \)}, then you get something like @samp{LaTeX Font Warning:
-Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11} and @samp{LaTeX
-Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line
-11}.
+Command \boldmath invalid in math mode} and @samp{LaTeX Font Warning:
+Command \mathversion invalid in math mode}.
-@PkgIndex{bm}
-There are many issues with @code{\boldmath}. New documents should use
-the @package{bm} package provided by the @LaTeX{} Project team. A complete
-description is outside the scope of this document (see the full
-documentation on CTAN) but even this small example
+@menu
+* bm:: The @package{bm} package for individual bold symbols.
+* OpenType bold math:: @code{FakeBold} or @code{\symbf}.
+@end menu
+
+@node bm
+@subsubsection @package{bm}: Individual bold math symbols
+
+@PkgIndex{bm}
+@cindex symbols, boldface
+
+@c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/974
+Specifying @code{\boldmath} is the best method for typesetting a whole
+math expression in bold. But to typeset individual symbols within an
+expression in bold, the @package{bm} package provided by the @LaTeX{}
+Project team is better. Its usage is outside the scope of this
+document (see its documentation at @url{https://ctan.org/pkg/bm} or in
+your installation) but the spacing in the output of this small example
+will show that it is an improvement over @code{\boldmath} within an
+expression:
@example
\usepackage@{bm@} % in preamble
@@ -13182,9 +13288,38 @@ documentation on CTAN) but even this small example
we have $\bm@{v@} = 5\cdot\bm@{u@}$
@end example
-@noindent
-shows that it is an improvement over @code{\boldmath}.
+@node OpenType bold math
+@subsubsection OpenType bold math
+
+@PkgIndex{fontspec}
+
+Unfortunately, when using the Unicode engines (Xe@LaTeX{},
+Lua@LaTeX{}), neither @code{\boldmath} nor @package{bm} usually work
+well, because the OpenType math fonts normally used with those engines
+rarely come with a bold companion, and both @code{\boldmath} and
+@package{bm} require this. (The implementation of @package{bm} relies
+on @code{\boldmath}, so the requirements are the same.) If you do have
+a bold math font, though, then @code{\boldmath} and @package{bm} work
+fine.
+
+If no such font is available, one alternative is to construct fake
+bold fonts with the @package{fontspec} package's @code{FakeBold=1}
+parameter (see its documentation,
+@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec}). This may be acceptable for
+drafting or informal distribution, but the results are far from a true
+bold font.
+@PkgIndex{unicode-math}
+@findex \symbf
+@findex \symbfit
+Another alternative to handling bold for OpenType math fonts is to use
+the @code{\symbf} (bold), @code{\symbfit} (bold italic), and related
+commands from the @package{unicode-math} package. These do not change
+the current font, but rather change the (Unicode) ``alphabet'' used,
+which in practice is more widely supported than a separate bold font.
+Many variations are possible, and so there are subtleties to getting the
+desired output. As usual, see the package documentation
+(@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math}).
@node Blackboard bold
@subsection Blackboard bold
@@ -13214,8 +13349,9 @@ Here
the @code{\mathbb@{N@}} gives blackboard bold symbol @BES{2115,\mathbbN},
representing the natural numbers.
-If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error
-but you get strange results, including unexpected characters.
+If the argument contains something other than an uppercase letter, you
+do not get an error but you do get strange results, including
+unexpected characters.
There are packages that give access to symbols other than just the
capital letters; look on CTAN.
@@ -13329,13 +13465,15 @@ same behavior.
@node \left & \right
@subsubsection @code{\left} & @code{\right}
+@anchor{\left}
+@anchor{\right}
+@findex \left
+@findex \right
@cindex delimiters, paired
@cindex paired delimiters
@cindex matching parentheses
@cindex matching brackets
@cindex null delimiter
-@findex \left
-@findex \right
@c Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793
@@ -13372,7 +13510,7 @@ can't use `\eqno' in math mode}.
@PkgIndex{mathtools}
However, @var{delimiter1} and @var{delimiter2} need not match. A common
case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
-@samp{.}, as a null delimiter.
+@samp{.}, as a @dfn{null delimiter}.
@example
\begin@{equation@}
@@ -13476,6 +13614,11 @@ To size the delimiters manually, see@tie{}@ref{\bigl & \bigr etc.}.
@node \bigl & \bigr etc.
@subsubsection @code{\bigl}, @code{\bigr}, etc.
+@anchor{\bigl}
+@anchor{\bigr}
+@findex \bigl
+@findex \bigr
+
Synopsis, one of:
@example
@@ -13623,14 +13766,15 @@ usage.
@anchor{ellipses ldots}
@item \ldots
+@itemx \mathellipsis
+@itemx \dots
Ellipsis on the baseline, @BES{2026,\ldots}. Used as: @code{\(
-x_0,\ldots x_@{n-1@} \)}. Another example is the above array example. A
-synonym is @code{\mathellipsis}. A synonym from the @package{amsmath}
-package is @code{\hdots}.
+x_0,\ldots x_@{n-1@} \)}. Another example is the above array example.
+Synonyms are @code{\mathellipsis} and @code{\dots}. A synonym from
+the @package{amsmath} package is @code{\hdots}.
You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in
-@code{The gears, brakes, \ldots@{@} are all broken}. (In a paragraph
-mode or LR mode a synonym for @code{\ldots} is @code{\dots}.)
+@code{The gears, brakes, \ldots@{@} are all broken}.
@anchor{ellipses vdots}
@item \vdots
@@ -13653,6 +13797,10 @@ Observe that \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_@{n-1@} +1 \) is not a
Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
@end example
+@findex \dotsc
+@findex \dotsb
+@findex \dotsi
+@findex \dots
@noindent
In the first line @LaTeX{} looks to the comma following @code{\dots} to
determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline. The second
@@ -13665,6 +13813,26 @@ the ellipses that fits when the dots are followed by a binary operator
or relation symbol, @code{\dotsi} for dots with integrals, or
@code{\dotso} for others.
+@c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/976
+@PkgIndex{unicode-math}
+The @code{\dots} command from @package{amsmath} differs from the
+@LaTeX{} kernel's @code{\dots} command in another way: it outputs a
+thin space after the ellipsis. Furthermore, the @package{unicode-math}
+package automatically loads @package{amsmath}, so @package{amsmath}'s
+@code{\dots} may be active even when you did not explicitly load it,
+thus changing the output from @code{\dots} in both text and math mode.
+
+@cindex ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)
+@cindex ellipsis, traditional (three periods)
+Yet more about the ellipsis commands: when running under Unicode
+engines (@code{lualatex}, @code{xelatex}), @LaTeX{} will use the
+Unicode ellipsis character (U+2026) in the font if it's available;
+under traditional @TeX{} engines (@code{pdflatex}, @code{latex}), it
+will typeset three spaced periods. Generally, the Unicode
+single-character ellipsis has almost no space between the three
+periods, while the spacing of the non-Unicode ellipsis is looser, more
+in accordance with traditional typography.
+
@node Greek letters
@subsection Greek letters
@@ -13775,7 +13943,7 @@ Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane
@item \bmod
Binary modulo operator, used as in @code{\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)}
@iftex
-@math{5 \bmod 3}
+@math{5 \bmod 3 = 2}
@end iftex
@item \cos
@@ -13845,7 +14013,7 @@ Homomorphism
@end iftex
@item \inf
-Infinum
+Infimum
@iftex
@math{\inf}
@end iftex
@@ -13935,7 +14103,6 @@ Hyperbolic sine
@end iftex
@item \sup
-@iftex
Supremum
@iftex
@math{\mathop {\rm sup}}
@@ -13962,13 +14129,14 @@ Hyperbolic tangent
@end ftable
@PkgIndex{amsmath}
-The @package{amsmath} package adds improvements on some of these, and also
-allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but
-briefly, you can define an identity operator with
+The @package{amsmath} package adds improvements on some of these, and
+also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN,
+but briefly, you can define an identity operator with
@code{\DeclareMathOperator@{\identity@}@{id@}} that is like the ones
above but prints as @samp{id}. The starred form
-@code{\DeclareMathOperator*@{\op@}@{op@}} sets any limits above and
-below, as is traditional with @code{\lim}, @code{\sup}, or @code{\max}.
+@code{\DeclareMathOperator*@{\op@}@{op@}} sets any superscript or
+subscript to be above and below, as is traditional with @code{\lim},
+@code{\sup}, or @code{\max}.
@node Math accents
@@ -13986,7 +14154,7 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text
@cindex acute accent, math
Math acute accent
@iftex
-@math{\acute{x}}.
+@math{\acute{x}}
@end iftex
@item \bar
@@ -14124,8 +14292,8 @@ Put a brace under @var{math}. For example, this
@ifset HAS-MATH
The result looks like this: @math{(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)}.
@end ifset
-Attach text to the brace by using subscript, @code{_}, or superscript,
-@code{^}, as here.
+Attach text to the brace by using the subscript command, @code{_}, or
+superscript, @code{^}, as here.
@example
\begin@{displaymath@}
@@ -14344,6 +14512,13 @@ control over smashing a subformula box.
@node \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom
@subsection @code{\phantom} & @code{\vphantom} & @code{\hphantom}
+@anchor{\phantom}
+@anchor{\vphantom}
+@anchor{\hphantom}
+@findex \phantom
+@findex \vphantom
+@findex \hphantom
+
@cindex spacing, math mode
@cindex horizontal spacing
@cindex vertical spacing
@@ -14569,11 +14744,12 @@ some that don't fit into other categories.
@end menu
-@node Colon character & \colon
+@node Colon character & \colon
@subsection Colon character @code{:} & @code{\colon}
+@anchor{colon}
@cindex colon character
-@findex : @r{for math}
+@findex : @r{(for math)}
@findex \colon
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14666,11 +14842,12 @@ argument @var{root-number} gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of
@ifset HAS-MATH
It comes out like this: @math{\root 3 \of {x+y}}.
@end ifset
-The radical grows with the size of @var{arg} (as the height of the
-radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets steeper, until for
-a large enough @code{arg}, it is vertical).
+The size of the radical grows with that of @var{arg} (as the height of
+the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets steeper, until
+for a tall enough @code{arg}, it is vertical).
-@LaTeX{} has a separate @code{\surd} character (@pxref{Math symbols}).
+@LaTeX{} has a separate @code{\surd} symbol for making a square root
+without @var{arg} (@pxref{Math symbols}).
@node \stackrel
@@ -14680,7 +14857,7 @@ a large enough @code{arg}, it is vertical).
@cindex relation, text above
@findex \stackrel
-Synopsis, one of:
+Synopsis:
@example
\stackrel@{@var{text}@}@{@var{relation}@}
@@ -14724,7 +14901,7 @@ making a box with an @code{\mbox} command. As in paragraph mode,
in paragraph mode, in LR mode @LaTeX{} never starts a new line, it just
keeps going from left to right. (Although @LaTeX{} will not complain
that the LR box is too long, when it is finished and next tries to put
-that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR
+that box into a line, it might well complain that the finished LR
box won't fit there.)
@item
@@ -14820,8 +14997,8 @@ special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
the first page of an article.
@PkgIndex{fancyhdr}
-The package @package{fancyhdr} is very helpful for constructing page
-styles. See its documentation on CTAN.
+The package @package{fancyhdr} is commonly used for constructing page
+styles. See its documentation.
@menu
* \maketitle:: Generate a title page.
@@ -14880,8 +15057,8 @@ the following declarations. These must come before the
@ftable @code
@item \author@{@var{name1} \and @var{name2} \and ...@}
@cindex author, for titlepage
-@findex \\ @r{for @code{\author}}
-@findex \and @r{for @code{\author}}
+@findex \\ @r{(for @code{\author})}
+@findex \and @r{(for @code{\author})}
Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a
list of authors separated by @code{\and} commands. To separate lines
within a single author's entry, for instance to give the author's
@@ -14901,17 +15078,17 @@ To have no date, instead use @code{\date@{@}}.
@cindex credit footnote
Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information
for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at
-all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
+the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense. It can be any text
+at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
address.
@item \title@{@var{text}@}
@cindex title, for titlepage
-@findex \\ @r{for @code{\title}}
+@findex \\ @r{(for @code{\title})}
Required. Declare @var{text} to be the title of the document. Get line
breaks inside @var{text} with a double backslash, @code{\\}. If you
-omit the @code{\title} declaration then you get @samp{LaTeX Error: No
-\title given}.
+omit the @code{\title} declaration then the @code{\maketitle} command
+yields error @samp{LaTeX Error: No \title given}.
@end ftable
@@ -14937,11 +15114,13 @@ Synopsis:
Specifies the style of page numbers, and resets the page number. The
numbering style is reflected on the page, and also in the table of
contents and other page references. This declaration has global scope
-so its effect is not delimited by braces or environments.
+so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
+or an end of environment.
-In this example, before the Main section the pages are numbered
-@samp{a}, etc. Starting on the page containing that section, the pages
-are numbered @samp{1}, etc.
+In this example, before the @samp{Main} section the pages are numbered
+@samp{a}, etc. Starting on the page containing the
+@code{\pagenumbering} call in that section, the pages are numbered
+@samp{1}, etc.
@example
\begin@{document@}\pagenumbering@{alph@}
@@ -15071,8 +15250,8 @@ title of the last subsection to start, that is, the one in effect during
the right hand page.
To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, @LaTeX{} has @code{\section}
-issue a command @code{\markboth}, setting @code{\leftmark}
-to @samp{Section@tie{}2} and setting @code{\rightmark} to blank.
+issue a command @code{\markboth}, setting @code{\leftmark} to
+@samp{Section@tie{}2} and setting @code{\rightmark} to an empty content.
And, @LaTeX{} has @code{\subsection} issue a command @code{\markright},
setting @code{\rightmark} to @samp{Subsection@tie{}2.1}, etc.
@@ -15088,7 +15267,7 @@ command before the end of the page. A right hand page heading
@code{\markright} that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
the last one that came before that page.
-@item \markright@{@var{right}@}
+@item \markright@{@var{right-head}@}
Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.
@end ftable
@@ -15169,6 +15348,9 @@ Vertical space
@node \enspace & \quad & \qquad
@section @code{\enspace} & @code{\quad} & @code{\qquad}
+@anchor{\enspace}
+@anchor{\quad}
+@anchor{\qquad}
@findex \enspace
@findex \quad
@findex \qquad
@@ -15485,6 +15667,7 @@ Examples are @code{Nat.\ Acad.\ Science}, and @code{Mr.~Bean}, and
@anchor{\frenchspacing}@c old node name
@subsection @code{\frenchspacing} & @code{\nonfrenchspacing}
+@anchor{\nonfrenchspacing}
@findex \frenchspacing
@findex \nonfrenchspacing
@cindex spacing, inter-sentence
@@ -15696,6 +15879,8 @@ Vall\'ee~Poussin}.
@node \thinspace & \negthinspace
@section @code{\thinspace} & @code{\negthinspace}
+@anchor{\thinspace}
+@anchor{\negthinspace}
@findex \thinspace
@findex \negthinspace
@cindex thin space
@@ -15797,6 +15982,8 @@ done in a different way.
@node \hrulefill & \dotfill
@section @code{\hrulefill} & @code{\dotfill}
+@anchor{\hrulefill}
+@anchor{\dotfill}
@findex \hrulefill
@findex \dotfill
@@ -15866,6 +16053,13 @@ The line is 4@dmn{cm} long.
@node \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip
@section @code{\bigskip} & @code{\medskip} & @code{\smallskip}
+@anchor{\bigskip}
+@anchor{\medskip}
+@anchor{\smallskip}
+@findex \bigskip
+@findex \medskip
+@findex \smallskip
+
Synopsis, one of:
@example
@@ -15929,6 +16123,13 @@ put a page break (@pxref{\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak}.
@node \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak
@section @code{\bigbreak} & @code{\medbreak} & @code{\smallbreak}
+@anchor{\bigbreak}
+@anchor{\medbreak}
+@anchor{\smallbreak}
+@findex \bigbreak
+@findex \medbreak
+@findex \smallbreak
+
Synopsis, one of:
@example
@@ -15939,7 +16140,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Produce a vertical space that is big or medium-sized or small, and
suggest to @LaTeX{} that this is a good place to break the page. (The
-associated penalties are -200, -100, and -50.)
+associated penalties are respectively @minus{}200, @minus{}100, and
+@minus{}50.)
@xref{\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip}, for more. These commands
produce the same vertical space but differ in that they also remove a
@@ -16252,6 +16454,8 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is @package{adjustbox}.
@node \mbox & \makebox
@section @code{\mbox} & @code{\makebox}
+@anchor{\mbox}
+@anchor{\makebox}
@findex \mbox
@findex \makebox
@cindex box
@@ -16280,9 +16484,10 @@ the tank name, @samp{T-34}.
The soviet tank \mbox@{T-34@} is a symbol of victory against nazism.
@end example
-The first two command synopsis versions, @code{\mbox} and @code{\makebox}, are
-roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the
-@var{text}. (They are like plain @TeX{}'s @code{\hbox}.)
+The first two command invocations shown, @code{\mbox} and
+@code{\makebox}, are roughly the same. They create a box just wide
+enough to contain the @var{text}. (They are like plain @TeX{}'s
+@code{\hbox}.)
In the third version the optional argument @var{width} specifies the
width of the box. Note that the space occupied by the text need not
@@ -16375,6 +16580,8 @@ and@tie{}@ref{minipage}.
@node \fbox & \framebox
@section @code{\fbox} & @code{\framebox}
+@anchor{\fbox}
+@anchor{\framebox}
@findex \fbox
@findex \framebox
@@ -16597,6 +16804,8 @@ second is the height of @file{meta.png}.
@node \sbox & \savebox
@section @code{\sbox} & @code{\savebox}
+@anchor{\sbox}
+@anchor{\savebox}
@findex \sbox
@findex \savebox
@cindex box, save
@@ -16634,13 +16843,13 @@ One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a
@code{\newcommand} macro variable is efficiency, that @LaTeX{} need not
repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below.
-The first two command invocations,
+The first two command invocations shown above,
@code{\sbox@{@var{box-cmd}@}@{@var{text}@}} and
-@code{\savebox@{@var{box-cmd}@}@{@var{text}@}}, are roughly equivalent.
-As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify
-the box width as @var{width}, and the position of the text inside that
-box as @var{position}. @xref{\mbox & \makebox}, for the full
-description.
+@code{\savebox@{@var{box-cmd}@}@{@var{text}@}}, are roughly the same.
+As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to
+specify the box width as @var{width}, and the position of the text
+inside that box as @var{position}. @xref{\mbox & \makebox}, for the
+full description.
In the @code{\sbox} and @code{\savebox} commands the @var{text} is
typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (@pxref{Modes}). If
@@ -16951,13 +17160,13 @@ or
@example
\color@{@var{name}@}
-\color[@var{color model}]@{@var{specification}@}
+\color[@var{color model}]@{@var{color specification}@}
@end example
The affected text gets the color. This line
@example
-\textcolor@{magenta@}@{My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:@}
+\textcolor@{magenta@}@{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;@}
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
@end example
@@ -17472,9 +17681,8 @@ files in a file with a PostScript style @code{%%BoundingBox} line if no
other format is available.)
@item command
-A command that will be applied to the
-file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a
-single backward quote. Thus,
+A command that will be applied to the file. This is often left
+empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus,
@code{\DeclareGraphicsRule@{.eps.gz@}@{eps@}@{.eps.bb@}@{`gunzip -c
#1@}} specifies that any file with the extension @file{.eps.gz} should
be treated as an @code{eps} file, with the BoundingBox information
@@ -18146,8 +18354,8 @@ font circumflex use @code{\^@{@}}. To get a backslash in the font of
the text body, enter @code{\textbackslash@{@}}.
To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use
-@code{\verb!!} as below (the double backslash@tie{}@code{\\} is only
-there to split the lines in the output).
+@code{\verb!!} as below (the double backslash@tie{}@code{\\} in the
+example is only there to split the lines in the output).
@example
\begin@{center@}
@@ -18252,7 +18460,7 @@ visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as
@cindex text symbols
@cindex symbols, text
-@findex textcomp @r{package}
+@PkgIndex{textcomp}
@cindex TS1 encoding
@LaTeX{} provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
@@ -18301,11 +18509,12 @@ The @LaTeX{}2e logo.
Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
@item \ldots
-@itemx \dots
@itemx \textellipsis
+@itemx \dots
@cindex ellipsis
-@dots{} An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): @code{\ldots}
-and @code{\dots} also work in math mode.
+@dots{} An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): @code{\ldots} and
+@code{\dots} also work in math mode (@pxref{Dots}). See that math
+mode ellipsis description for additional general information.
@item \lq
@cindex left quote
@@ -18364,7 +18573,15 @@ The @TeX{} logo.
@item \textbackslash
@cindex backslash, in text
-\ Backslash.
+\ Backslash. However, @code{\texttt@{\textbackslash@}} produces a roman
+(not typewriter) backslash by default; for a typewriter backslash, it
+is necessary to use the T1 (or other non-default) font encoding, as
+in:
+
+@example
+\usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@}
+@end example
+@c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/824
@item \textbar
@cindex vertical bar, in text
@@ -18385,12 +18602,14 @@ The @TeX{} logo.
@item \textbraceleft
@cindex left brace, in text
@cindex brace, left, in text
-@{ Left brace.
+@{ Left brace. See remarks at @code{\textbackslash} above about
+making @code{\texttt@{\textbraceleft@}} produce a typewriter brace.
@item \textbraceright
@cindex right brace, in text
@cindex brace, right, in text
-@} Right brace.
+@} Right brace. See remarks at @code{\textbackslash} above about
+making @code{\texttt@{\textbraceright@}} produce a typewriter brace.
@item \textbullet
@cindex bullet, in text
@@ -18674,7 +18893,7 @@ Related to this, @code{\underbar@{@var{text}@}} produces a bar under
@var{text}. The argument is always processed in LR mode
(@pxref{Modes}). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
thus crossing through descenders. See also @code{\underline} in
-@ref{Math miscellany}.
+@ref{Over- and Underlining}.
@item \c
@itemx \capitalcedilla
@@ -19170,6 +19389,8 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an @code{\if...} with a
@node \include & \includeonly
@section @code{\include} & @code{\includeonly}
+@anchor{\include}
+@anchor{\includeonly}
@findex \include
@findex \includeonly
@@ -20636,7 +20857,7 @@ such as @code{\chapter} that make no sense in a letter are turned off.
Each @code{letter} environment body typically ends with a
@code{\closing} command such as @code{\closing@{Yours,@}}.
-@findex \\ @r{for letters}
+@findex \\ @r{(for letters)}
Additional material may come after the @code{\closing}. You can say who
is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like @code{\cc@{the
Boss \\ the Boss's Boss@}}. There's a similar @code{\encl} command for
@@ -21012,6 +21233,10 @@ And, you can issue instructions for the operating system.
@node \openin & \openout
@section @code{\openin} & @code{\openout}
+@anchor{\openin}
+@anchor{\openout}
+@anchor{\closein}
+@anchor{\closeout}
@findex \openin
@findex \openout
@findex \closein
@@ -21553,7 +21778,7 @@ This sequence (on Unix)
...
\newcommand@{\fignum@}@{1@}
\immediate\write18@{cd pix && asy figure\fignum@}
-\includegraphics@{pix\figure\fignum.pdf@}
+\includegraphics@{pix/figure\fignum.pdf@}
@end example
@noindent
@@ -21675,8 +21900,8 @@ such as hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and
PNG, and ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run
@command{pdflatex} or @command{xelatex} or @command{lualatex} then you
will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern features.
-If you run @command{latex}, or @code{dvilualatex}, then you will get
-DVI. The description here assumes pdf@LaTeX{}.
+If you run @command{latex}, or @command{dvilualatex}, then you will get
+DVI. The description here assumes @command{pdflatex}.
@xref{Command line options}, for a selection of the most useful
command line options. As to @var{argument}, the usual case is that it
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
index 6ebb92c168..9f3dd169cb 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
@@ -45,229 +45,231 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
3.3.1 Class and package structure
3.3.2 Class and package commands
4 Fonts
- 4.1 'fontenc' package
- 4.1.1 '\DeclareFontEncoding'
- 4.1.2 '\DeclareTextAccent'
- 4.1.3 '\DeclareTextAccentDefault'
- 4.1.4 '\DeclareTextCommand' & '\ProvideTextCommand'
- 4.1.5 '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' & '\ProvideTextCommandDefault '
- 4.1.6 '\DeclareTextComposite'
- 4.1.7 '\DeclareTextCompositeCommand'
- 4.1.8 '\DeclareTextSymbol'
- 4.1.9 '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault'
- 4.1.10 '\LastDeclaredEncoding'
- 4.1.11 '\UseTextSymbol' & '\UseTextAccent'
+ 4.1 ‘fontenc’ package
+ 4.1.1 ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’
+ 4.1.2 ‘\DeclareTextAccent’
+ 4.1.3 ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’
+ 4.1.4 ‘\DeclareTextCommand’ & ‘\ProvideTextCommand’
+ 4.1.5 ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ & ‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault ’
+ 4.1.6 ‘\DeclareTextComposite’
+ 4.1.7 ‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’
+ 4.1.8 ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’
+ 4.1.9 ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’
+ 4.1.10 ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’
+ 4.1.11 ‘\UseTextSymbol’ & ‘\UseTextAccent’
4.2 Font styles
4.3 Font sizes
4.4 Low-level font commands
5 Layout
- 5.1 '\onecolumn'
- 5.2 '\twocolumn'
- 5.3 '\flushbottom'
- 5.4 '\raggedbottom'
+ 5.1 ‘\onecolumn’
+ 5.2 ‘\twocolumn’
+ 5.3 ‘\flushbottom’
+ 5.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
5.5 Page layout parameters
- 5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch'
+ 5.6 ‘\baselineskip’ & ‘\baselinestretch’
5.7 Floats
- 5.7.1 '\caption'
+ 5.7.1 ‘\caption’
6 Sectioning
- 6.1 '\part'
- 6.2 '\chapter'
- 6.3 '\section'
- 6.4 '\subsection'
- 6.5 '\subsubsection', '\paragraph', '\subparagraph'
- 6.6 '\appendix'
- 6.7 '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', '\backmatter'
- 6.8 '\@startsection', typesetting sectional unit headings
+ 6.1 ‘\part’
+ 6.2 ‘\chapter’
+ 6.3 ‘\section’
+ 6.4 ‘\subsection’
+ 6.5 ‘\subsubsection’, ‘\paragraph’, ‘\subparagraph’
+ 6.6 ‘\appendix’
+ 6.7 ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, ‘\backmatter’
+ 6.8 ‘\@startsection’, typesetting sectional unit headings
7 Cross references
- 7.1 '\label'
- 7.2 '\pageref'
- 7.3 '\ref'
- 7.4 'xr' package
+ 7.1 ‘\label’
+ 7.2 ‘\pageref’
+ 7.3 ‘\ref’
+ 7.4 ‘xr’ package
8 Environments
- 8.1 'abstract'
- 8.2 'array'
- 8.3 'center'
- 8.3.1 '\centering'
- 8.4 'description'
- 8.5 'displaymath'
- 8.6 'document'
- 8.6.1 '\AtBeginDocument'
- 8.6.2 '\AtEndDocument'
- 8.7 'enumerate'
- 8.8 'eqnarray'
- 8.9 'equation'
- 8.10 'figure'
- 8.11 'filecontents'
- 8.12 'flushleft'
- 8.12.1 '\raggedright'
- 8.13 'flushright'
- 8.13.1 '\raggedleft'
- 8.14 'itemize'
- 8.15 'letter' environment: writing letters
- 8.16 'list'
- 8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list
- 8.16.2 'trivlist': A restricted form of 'list'
- 8.17 'math'
- 8.18 'minipage'
- 8.19 'picture'
- 8.19.1 '\put'
- 8.19.2 '\multiput'
- 8.19.3 '\qbezier'
- 8.19.4 '\graphpaper'
- 8.19.5 '\line'
- 8.19.6 '\linethickness'
- 8.19.7 '\thinlines'
- 8.19.8 '\thicklines'
- 8.19.9 '\circle'
- 8.19.10 '\oval'
- 8.19.11 '\shortstack'
- 8.19.12 '\vector'
- 8.19.13 '\makebox' (picture)
- 8.19.14 '\framebox' (picture)
- 8.19.15 '\frame'
- 8.19.16 '\dashbox'
- 8.20 'quotation' & 'quote'
- 8.21 'tabbing'
- 8.22 'table'
- 8.23 'tabular'
- 8.23.1 '\multicolumn'
- 8.23.2 '\vline'
- 8.23.3 '\cline'
- 8.23.4 '\hline'
- 8.24 'thebibliography'
- 8.24.1 '\bibitem'
- 8.24.2 '\cite'
- 8.24.3 '\nocite'
+ 8.1 ‘abstract’
+ 8.2 ‘array’
+ 8.3 ‘center’
+ 8.3.1 ‘\centering’
+ 8.4 ‘description’
+ 8.5 ‘displaymath’
+ 8.6 ‘document’
+ 8.6.1 ‘\AtBeginDocument’
+ 8.6.2 ‘\AtEndDocument’
+ 8.7 ‘enumerate’
+ 8.8 ‘eqnarray’
+ 8.9 ‘equation’
+ 8.10 ‘figure’
+ 8.11 ‘filecontents’
+ 8.12 ‘flushleft’
+ 8.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
+ 8.13 ‘flushright’
+ 8.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
+ 8.14 ‘itemize’
+ 8.15 ‘letter’ environment: writing letters
+ 8.16 ‘list’
+ 8.16.1 ‘\item’: An entry in a list
+ 8.16.2 ‘trivlist’: A restricted form of ‘list’
+ 8.17 ‘math’
+ 8.18 ‘minipage’
+ 8.19 ‘picture’
+ 8.19.1 ‘\put’
+ 8.19.2 ‘\multiput’
+ 8.19.3 ‘\qbezier’
+ 8.19.4 ‘\graphpaper’
+ 8.19.5 ‘\line’
+ 8.19.6 ‘\linethickness’
+ 8.19.7 ‘\thinlines’
+ 8.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
+ 8.19.9 ‘\circle’
+ 8.19.10 ‘\oval’
+ 8.19.11 ‘\shortstack’
+ 8.19.12 ‘\vector’
+ 8.19.13 ‘\makebox’ (picture)
+ 8.19.14 ‘\framebox’ (picture)
+ 8.19.15 ‘\frame’
+ 8.19.16 ‘\dashbox’
+ 8.20 ‘quotation’ & ‘quote’
+ 8.21 ‘tabbing’
+ 8.22 ‘table’
+ 8.23 ‘tabular’
+ 8.23.1 ‘\multicolumn’
+ 8.23.2 ‘\vline’
+ 8.23.3 ‘\cline’
+ 8.23.4 ‘\hline’
+ 8.24 ‘thebibliography’
+ 8.24.1 ‘\bibitem’
+ 8.24.2 ‘\cite’
+ 8.24.3 ‘\nocite’
8.24.4 Using BibTeX
8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages
- 8.25 'theorem'
- 8.26 'titlepage'
- 8.27 'verbatim'
- 8.27.1 '\verb'
- 8.28 'verse'
+ 8.25 ‘theorem’
+ 8.26 ‘titlepage’
+ 8.27 ‘verbatim’
+ 8.27.1 ‘\verb’
+ 8.28 ‘verse’
9 Line breaking
- 9.1 '\\'
- 9.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr'
- 9.3 '\newline'
- 9.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen)
- 9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point)
- 9.6 '\fussy' & '\sloppy'
- 9.6.1 'sloppypar'
- 9.7 '\hyphenation'
- 9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak'
+ 9.1 ‘\\’
+ 9.2 ‘\obeycr’ & ‘\restorecr’
+ 9.3 ‘\newline’
+ 9.4 ‘\-’ (discretionary hyphen)
+ 9.5 ‘\discretionary’ (generalized hyphenation point)
+ 9.6 ‘\fussy’ & ‘\sloppy’
+ 9.6.1 ‘sloppypar’
+ 9.7 ‘\hyphenation’
+ 9.8 ‘\linebreak’ & ‘\nolinebreak’
10 Page breaking
- 10.1 '\clearpage' & '\cleardoublepage'
- 10.2 '\newpage'
- 10.3 '\enlargethispage'
- 10.4 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak'
+ 10.1 ‘\clearpage’ & ‘\cleardoublepage’
+ 10.2 ‘\newpage’
+ 10.3 ‘\enlargethispage’
+ 10.4 ‘\pagebreak’ & ‘\nopagebreak’
11 Footnotes
- 11.1 '\footnote'
- 11.2 '\footnotemark'
- 11.3 '\footnotetext'
+ 11.1 ‘\footnote’
+ 11.2 ‘\footnotemark’
+ 11.3 ‘\footnotetext’
11.4 Footnotes in section headings
11.5 Footnotes in a table
11.6 Footnotes of footnotes
12 Definitions
- 12.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand'
+ 12.1 ‘\newcommand’ & ‘\renewcommand’
12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol
- 12.2 '\providecommand'
- 12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
- 12.4 '\@ifstar'
- 12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
- 12.6 '\newlength'
- 12.7 '\newsavebox'
- 12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
- 12.9 '\newtheorem'
- 12.10 '\newfont'
- 12.11 '\protect'
- 12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
+ 12.2 ‘\providecommand’
+ 12.3 ‘\makeatletter’ & ‘\makeatother’
+ 12.4 ‘\@ifstar’
+ 12.5 ‘\newcounter’: Allocating a counter
+ 12.6 ‘\newlength’
+ 12.7 ‘\newsavebox’
+ 12.8 ‘\newenvironment’ & ‘\renewenvironment’
+ 12.9 ‘\newtheorem’
+ 12.10 ‘\newfont’
+ 12.11 ‘\protect’
+ 12.12 ‘\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend’
12.13 xspace package
13 Counters
- 13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
- 13.2 '\usecounter'
- 13.3 '\value'
- 13.4 '\setcounter'
- 13.5 '\addtocounter'
- 13.6 '\refstepcounter'
- 13.7 '\stepcounter'
- 13.8 '\day' & '\month' & '\year'
+ 13.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Printing counters
+ 13.2 ‘\usecounter’
+ 13.3 ‘\value’
+ 13.4 ‘\setcounter’
+ 13.5 ‘\addtocounter’
+ 13.6 ‘\refstepcounter’
+ 13.7 ‘\stepcounter’
+ 13.8 ‘\day’ & ‘\month’ & ‘\year’
14 Lengths
14.1 Units of length
- 14.2 '\setlength'
- 14.3 '\addtolength'
- 14.4 '\settodepth'
- 14.5 '\settoheight'
- 14.6 '\settowidth'
- 14.7 '\stretch'
+ 14.2 ‘\setlength’
+ 14.3 ‘\addtolength’
+ 14.4 ‘\settodepth’
+ 14.5 ‘\settoheight’
+ 14.6 ‘\settowidth’
+ 14.7 ‘\stretch’
14.8 Expressions
15 Making paragraphs
- 15.1 '\par'
- 15.2 '\indent' & '\noindent'
- 15.3 '\parindent' & '\parskip'
+ 15.1 ‘\par’
+ 15.2 ‘\indent’ & ‘\noindent’
+ 15.3 ‘\parindent’ & ‘\parskip’
15.4 Marginal notes
16 Math formulas
16.1 Subscripts & superscripts
16.2 Math symbols
16.2.1 Arrows
- 16.2.2 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath'
+ 16.2.2 ‘\boldmath’ & ‘\unboldmath’
+ 16.2.2.1 ‘bm’: Individual bold math symbols
+ 16.2.2.2 OpenType bold math
16.2.3 Blackboard bold
16.2.4 Calligraphic
16.2.5 Delimiters
- 16.2.5.1 '\left' & '\right'
- 16.2.5.2 '\bigl', '\bigr', etc.
+ 16.2.5.1 ‘\left’ & ‘\right’
+ 16.2.5.2 ‘\bigl’, ‘\bigr’, etc.
16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical
16.2.7 Greek letters
16.3 Math functions
16.4 Math accents
16.5 Over- and Underlining
16.6 Spacing in math mode
- 16.6.1 '\smash'
- 16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
- 16.6.3 '\mathstrut'
+ 16.6.1 ‘\smash’
+ 16.6.2 ‘\phantom’ & ‘\vphantom’ & ‘\hphantom’
+ 16.6.3 ‘\mathstrut’
16.7 Math styles
16.8 Math miscellany
- 16.8.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon'
- 16.8.2 '\*'
- 16.8.3 '\frac'
- 16.8.4 '\sqrt'
- 16.8.5 '\stackrel'
+ 16.8.1 Colon character ‘:’ & ‘\colon’
+ 16.8.2 ‘\*’
+ 16.8.3 ‘\frac’
+ 16.8.4 ‘\sqrt’
+ 16.8.5 ‘\stackrel’
17 Modes
- 17.1 '\ensuremath'
+ 17.1 ‘\ensuremath’
18 Page styles
- 18.1 '\maketitle'
- 18.2 '\pagenumbering'
- 18.3 '\pagestyle'
- 18.4 '\thispagestyle'
+ 18.1 ‘\maketitle’
+ 18.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
+ 18.3 ‘\pagestyle’
+ 18.4 ‘\thispagestyle’
19 Spaces
- 19.1 '\enspace' & '\quad' & '\qquad'
- 19.2 '\hspace'
- 19.3 '\hfill'
- 19.4 '\hss'
- 19.5 '\spacefactor'
- 19.5.1 '\@'
- 19.5.2 '\frenchspacing' & '\nonfrenchspacing'
- 19.5.3 '\normalsfcodes'
- 19.6 Backslash-space, '\ '
- 19.7 '~'
- 19.8 '\thinspace' & '\negthinspace'
- 19.9 '\/'
- 19.10 '\hrulefill' & '\dotfill'
- 19.11 '\bigskip' & '\medskip' & '\smallskip'
- 19.12 '\bigbreak' & '\medbreak' & '\smallbreak'
- 19.13 '\strut'
- 19.14 '\vspace'
- 19.15 '\vfill'
- 19.16 '\addvspace'
+ 19.1 ‘\enspace’ & ‘\quad’ & ‘\qquad’
+ 19.2 ‘\hspace’
+ 19.3 ‘\hfill’
+ 19.4 ‘\hss’
+ 19.5 ‘\spacefactor’
+ 19.5.1 ‘\@’
+ 19.5.2 ‘\frenchspacing’ & ‘\nonfrenchspacing’
+ 19.5.3 ‘\normalsfcodes’
+ 19.6 Backslash-space, ‘\ ’
+ 19.7 ‘~’
+ 19.8 ‘\thinspace’ & ‘\negthinspace’
+ 19.9 ‘\/’
+ 19.10 ‘\hrulefill’ & ‘\dotfill’
+ 19.11 ‘\bigskip’ & ‘\medskip’ & ‘\smallskip’
+ 19.12 ‘\bigbreak’ & ‘\medbreak’ & ‘\smallbreak’
+ 19.13 ‘\strut’
+ 19.14 ‘\vspace’
+ 19.15 ‘\vfill’
+ 19.16 ‘\addvspace’
20 Boxes
- 20.1 '\mbox' & '\makebox'
- 20.2 '\fbox' & '\framebox'
- 20.3 '\parbox'
- 20.4 '\raisebox'
- 20.5 '\sbox' & '\savebox'
- 20.6 'lrbox'
- 20.7 '\usebox'
+ 20.1 ‘\mbox’ & ‘\makebox’
+ 20.2 ‘\fbox’ & ‘\framebox’
+ 20.3 ‘\parbox’
+ 20.4 ‘\raisebox’
+ 20.5 ‘\sbox’ & ‘\savebox’
+ 20.6 ‘lrbox’
+ 20.7 ‘\usebox’
21 Color
- 21.1 'color' package options
+ 21.1 ‘color’ package options
21.2 Color models
21.3 Commands for color
21.3.1 Define colors
@@ -275,85 +277,85 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
21.3.3 Colored boxes
21.3.4 Colored pages
22 Graphics
- 22.1 'graphics' package options
- 22.2 'graphics' package configuration
- 22.2.1 '\graphicspath'
- 22.2.2 '\DeclareGraphicsExtensions'
- 22.2.3 '\DeclareGraphicsRule'
+ 22.1 ‘graphics’ package options
+ 22.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
+ 22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
+ 22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
+ 22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
22.3 Commands for graphics
- 22.3.1 '\includegraphics'
- 22.3.2 '\rotatebox'
- 22.3.3 '\scalebox'
- 22.3.4 '\resizebox'
+ 22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
+ 22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
+ 22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
+ 22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
23 Special insertions
23.1 Reserved characters
23.2 Upper and lower case
23.3 Symbols by font position
23.4 Text symbols
23.5 Accents
- 23.5.1 '\accent'
+ 23.5.1 ‘\accent’
23.6 Additional Latin letters
- 23.7 'inputenc' package
- 23.8 '\rule'
- 23.9 '\today'
+ 23.7 ‘inputenc’ package
+ 23.8 ‘\rule’
+ 23.9 ‘\today’
24 Splitting the input
- 24.1 '\endinput'
- 24.2 '\include' & '\includeonly'
- 24.3 '\input'
+ 24.1 ‘\endinput’
+ 24.2 ‘\include’ & ‘\includeonly’
+ 24.3 ‘\input’
25 Front/back matter
25.1 Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables
- 25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline'
- 25.1.2 '\addcontentsline'
- 25.1.3 '\addtocontents'
- 25.1.4 '\contentsline'
- 25.1.5 '\nofiles'
- 25.1.6 '\numberline'
+ 25.1.1 ‘\@dottedtocline’
+ 25.1.2 ‘\addcontentsline’
+ 25.1.3 ‘\addtocontents’
+ 25.1.4 ‘\contentsline’
+ 25.1.5 ‘\nofiles’
+ 25.1.6 ‘\numberline’
25.2 Indexes
25.2.1 Produce the index manually
- 25.2.2 '\index'
- 25.2.3 'makeindex'
- 25.2.4 '\printindex'
+ 25.2.2 ‘\index’
+ 25.2.3 ‘makeindex’
+ 25.2.4 ‘\printindex’
25.3 Glossaries
- 25.3.1 '\newglossaryentry'
- 25.3.2 '\gls'
+ 25.3.1 ‘\newglossaryentry’
+ 25.3.2 ‘\gls’
26 Letters
- 26.1 '\address'
- 26.2 '\cc'
- 26.3 '\closing'
- 26.4 '\encl'
- 26.5 '\location'
- 26.6 '\makelabels'
- 26.7 '\name'
- 26.8 '\opening'
- 26.9 '\ps'
- 26.10 '\signature'
- 26.11 '\telephone'
+ 26.1 ‘\address’
+ 26.2 ‘\cc’
+ 26.3 ‘\closing’
+ 26.4 ‘\encl’
+ 26.5 ‘\location’
+ 26.6 ‘\makelabels’
+ 26.7 ‘\name’
+ 26.8 ‘\opening’
+ 26.9 ‘\ps’
+ 26.10 ‘\signature’
+ 26.11 ‘\telephone’
27 Input/output
- 27.1 '\openin' & '\openout'
- 27.2 '\read'
- 27.3 '\typein'
- 27.4 '\typeout'
- 27.5 '\write'
- 27.5.1 '\write' and security
- 27.5.2 '\message'
- 27.5.3 '\wlog'
- 27.5.4 '\write18'
+ 27.1 ‘\openin’ & ‘\openout’
+ 27.2 ‘\read’
+ 27.3 ‘\typein’
+ 27.4 ‘\typeout’
+ 27.5 ‘\write’
+ 27.5.1 ‘\write’ and security
+ 27.5.2 ‘\message’
+ 27.5.3 ‘\wlog’
+ 27.5.4 ‘\write18’
28 Command line interface
28.1 Command line options
28.2 Command line input
28.3 Jobname
28.4 Recovering from errors
Appendix A Document templates
- A.1 'beamer' template
- A.2 'article' template
- A.3 'book' template
- A.4 Larger 'book' template
+ A.1 ‘beamer’ template
+ A.2 ‘article’ template
+ A.3 ‘book’ template
+ A.4 Larger ‘book’ template
Index
LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
***************************************
This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January
-2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
1 About this document
*********************
@@ -362,14 +364,14 @@ This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document
preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting
program (*note Overview::).
- This document's home page is <https://latexref.xyz>; it has separate
+ This document’s home page is <https://latexref.xyz>; it has separate
web pages for each topic. Alternatively.
<https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html> has the entire document on a
single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more
information, see <https://latexref.xyz/dev/>.
- In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than
-'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades
+ In this document, we will mostly just use ‘LaTeX’ rather than
+‘LaTeX2e’, since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades
ago.
LaTeX is maintained by a group of volunteers
@@ -411,9 +413,9 @@ with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is UTF-8
(as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text should be
formatted.
- LaTeX is implemented as a set of related so-called "macros" which use
-Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program or one of its derivatives,
-collectively known as "engines". Thus, the user produces output,
+ LaTeX is implemented as a set of related so-called “macros” which use
+Donald E. Knuth’s TeX typesetting program or one of its derivatives,
+collectively known as “engines”. Thus, the user produces output,
typically PDF, by giving the input file to a TeX engine. (The following
sections describe all this in more detail.)
@@ -421,10 +423,10 @@ sections describe all this in more detail.)
the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands
available to a LaTeX user.
- The name LaTeX is short for "Lamport TeX". It is pronounced LAH-teck
+ The name LaTeX is short for “Lamport TeX”. It is pronounced LAH-teck
or LAY-teck, or sometimes LAY-tecks. Inside a document, produce the
-logo with '\LaTeX'. Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in
-plain text, write it as 'LaTeX'.
+logo with ‘\LaTeX’. Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in
+plain text, write it as ‘LaTeX’.
2.1 Starting and ending
=======================
@@ -437,19 +439,19 @@ and ending. This is a small example.
Hello, \LaTeX\ world.
\end{document}
-Every LaTeX document has a '\begin{document}' line and an
-'\end{document}' line.
+Every LaTeX document has a ‘\begin{document}’ line and an
+‘\end{document}’ line.
-Here, the 'article' is the "document class". It is implemented in a
-file 'article.cls'. You can use any document class on your system. A
+Here, the ‘article’ is the “document class”. It is implemented in a
+file ‘article.cls’. You can use any document class on your system. A
few document classes are defined by LaTeX itself, and vast array of
others are widely available. *Note Document classes::.
- You can include other LaTeX commands between the '\documentclass' and
-the '\begin{document}' commands. This area is called the "preamble".
+ You can include other LaTeX commands between the ‘\documentclass’ and
+the ‘\begin{document}’ commands. This area is called the “preamble”.
- The '\begin{document}', '\end{document}' pair defines an
-"environment"; the 'document' environment (and no others) is required in
+ The ‘\begin{document}’, ‘\end{document}’ pair defines an
+“environment”; the ‘document’ environment (and no others) is required in
all LaTeX documents (*note document::). LaTeX make available to you
many environments that are documented here (*note Environments::). Many
more are available to you from external packages, most importantly those
@@ -462,45 +464,45 @@ from a LaTeX input file.
================
LaTeX produces a main output file and at least two auxiliary files. The
-main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'.
-
-'.dvi'
- If LaTeX is invoked with the system command 'latex' then it
- produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension '.dvi'. You can
- view this file with a command such as 'xdvi', or convert it to a
- PostScript '.ps' file with 'dvips' or to a Portable Document Format
- '.pdf' file with 'dvipdfmx'. The contents of the file can be
- dumped in human-readable form with 'dvitype'. A vast array of
+main output file’s name ends in either ‘.dvi’ or ‘.pdf’.
+
+‘.dvi’
+ If LaTeX is invoked with the system command ‘latex’ then it
+ produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension ‘.dvi’. You can
+ view this file with a command such as ‘xdvi’, or convert it to a
+ PostScript ‘.ps’ file with ‘dvips’ or to a Portable Document Format
+ ‘.pdf’ file with ‘dvipdfmx’. The contents of the file can be
+ dumped in human-readable form with ‘dvitype’. A vast array of
other DVI utility programs are available
(<https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>).
-'.pdf'
- If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'pdflatex', among other
+‘.pdf’
+ If LaTeX is invoked via the system command ‘pdflatex’, among other
commands (*note TeX engines::), then the main output is a Portable
Document Format (PDF) file. Typically this is a self-contained
file, with all fonts and images included.
LaTeX always produces at least two additional files.
-'.log'
+‘.log’
This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of
loaded packages. It also includes diagnostic messages and perhaps
additional information for any errors.
-'.aux'
+‘.aux’
Auxiliary information is used by LaTeX for things such as cross
references. For example, the first time that LaTeX finds a forward
- reference--a cross reference to something that has not yet appeared
- in the source--it will appear in the output as a doubled question
- mark '??'. When the referred-to spot does eventually appear in the
- source then LaTeX writes its location information to this '.aux'
+ reference—a cross reference to something that has not yet appeared
+ in the source—it will appear in the output as a doubled question
+ mark ‘??’. When the referred-to spot does eventually appear in the
+ source then LaTeX writes its location information to this ‘.aux’
file. On the next invocation, LaTeX reads the location information
from this file and uses it to resolve the reference, replacing the
double question mark with the remembered location.
LaTeX may produce yet more files, characterized by the filename
-ending. These include a '.lof' file that is used to make a list of
-figures, a '.lot' file used to make a list of tables, and a '.toc' file
+ending. These include a ‘.lof’ file that is used to make a list of
+figures, a ‘.lot’ file used to make a list of tables, and a ‘.toc’ file
used to make a table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). A
particular class may create others; the list is open-ended.
@@ -508,77 +510,77 @@ particular class may create others; the list is open-ended.
===============
LaTeX is a large set of commands that is executed by a TeX program
-(*note Overview::). Such a set of commands is called a "format", and is
-embodied in a binary '.fmt' file, which can be read much more quickly
+(*note Overview::). Such a set of commands is called a “format”, and is
+embodied in a binary ‘.fmt’ file, which can be read much more quickly
than the corresponding TeX source.
This section gives a terse overview of the TeX programs that are
commonly available (see also *note Command line interface::).
-'latex'
-'pdflatex'
+‘latex’
+‘pdflatex’
In TeX Live (<https://tug.org/texlive>), if LaTeX is invoked via
- either the system command 'latex' or 'pdflatex', then the pdfTeX
+ either the system command ‘latex’ or ‘pdflatex’, then the pdfTeX
engine is run (<https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). When invoked as
- 'latex', the main output is a '.dvi' file; as 'pdflatex', the main
- output is a '.pdf' file.
+ ‘latex’, the main output is a ‘.dvi’ file; as ‘pdflatex’, the main
+ output is a ‘.pdf’ file.
- pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth's original
+ pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth’s original
program (<https://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), including additional
programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty
of extensions of its own. e-TeX is available on its own as the
- system command 'etex', but this is plain TeX (and produces '.dvi').
+ system command ‘etex’, but this is plain TeX (and produces ‘.dvi’).
- In other TeX distributions, 'latex' may invoke e-TeX rather than
+ In other TeX distributions, ‘latex’ may invoke e-TeX rather than
pdfTeX. In any case, the e-TeX extensions can be assumed to be
available in LaTeX.
-'lualatex'
- If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'lualatex', the LuaTeX
+‘lualatex’
+ If LaTeX is invoked via the system command ‘lualatex’, the LuaTeX
engine is run (<https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>). This program allows
code written in the scripting language Lua (<http://luatex.org>) to
- interact with TeX's typesetting. LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode
+ interact with TeX’s typesetting. LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode
input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and
- produces a '.pdf' file by default. There is also 'dvilualatex' to
- produce a '.dvi' file.
+ produces a ‘.pdf’ file by default. There is also ‘dvilualatex’ to
+ produce a ‘.dvi’ file.
-'xelatex'
- If LaTeX is invoked with the system command 'xelatex', the XeTeX
+‘xelatex’
+ If LaTeX is invoked with the system command ‘xelatex’, the XeTeX
engine is run (<https://tug.org/xetex>). Like LuaTeX, XeTeX
natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts,
though the implementation is completely different, mainly using
external libraries instead of internal code. XeTeX produces a
- '.pdf' file as output; it does not support DVI output.
+ ‘.pdf’ file as output; it does not support DVI output.
- Internally, XeTeX creates an '.xdv' file, a variant of DVI, and
- translates that to PDF using the ('x')'dvipdfmx' program, but this
- process is automatic. The '.xdv' file is only useful for
+ Internally, XeTeX creates an ‘.xdv’ file, a variant of DVI, and
+ translates that to PDF using the (‘x’)‘dvipdfmx’ program, but this
+ process is automatic. The ‘.xdv’ file is only useful for
debugging.
-'platex'
-'uplatex'
+‘platex’
+‘uplatex’
These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese
- and other languages; the 'u' variant supports Unicode. See
+ and other languages; the ‘u’ variant supports Unicode. See
<https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex> and <https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>.
- As of 2019, there is a companion '-dev' command and format for all of
+ As of 2019, there is a companion ‘-dev’ command and format for all of
the above:
-'dvilualatex-dev'
-'latex-dev'
-'lualatex-dev'
-'pdflatex-dev'
-'platex-dev'
-'uplatex-dev'
-'xelatex-dev'
+‘dvilualatex-dev’
+‘latex-dev’
+‘lualatex-dev’
+‘pdflatex-dev’
+‘platex-dev’
+‘uplatex-dev’
+‘xelatex-dev’
These are candidates for an upcoming LaTeX release. The main
purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an
official release.
- These '-dev' formats make it easy for anyone to help test documents
- and code: you can run, say, 'pdflatex-dev' instead of 'pdflatex',
+ These ‘-dev’ formats make it easy for anyone to help test documents
+ and code: you can run, say, ‘pdflatex-dev’ instead of ‘pdflatex’,
without changing anything else in your environment. Indeed, it is
- easiest and most helpful to always run the '-dev' versions instead
+ easiest and most helpful to always run the ‘-dev’ versions instead
of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet times after a
release, the commands will be equivalent.
@@ -586,45 +588,45 @@ the above:
undergo the same extensive regression testing by the LaTeX team
before being released.
- For more information, see "The LaTeX release workflow and the LaTeX
- 'dev' formats" by Frank Mittelbach, 'TUGboat' 40:2,
+ For more information, see “The LaTeX release workflow and the LaTeX
+ ‘dev’ formats” by Frank Mittelbach, ‘TUGboat’ 40:2,
<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf>.
2.4 LaTeX command syntax
========================
In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a backslash
-character, '\'. The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of
+character, ‘\’. The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of
letters or (b) a single non-letter.
- LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that '\pagebreak' differs
-from '\Pagebreak' (the latter is not a standard command). Most command
+ LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that ‘\pagebreak’ differs
+from ‘\Pagebreak’ (the latter is not a standard command). Most command
names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the
same case as they are defined.
A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These
arguments may be either required or optional. Required arguments are
-contained in curly braces, '{...}'. Optional arguments are contained in
-square brackets, '[...]'. Generally, but not universally, if the
+contained in curly braces, ‘{...}’. Optional arguments are contained in
+square brackets, ‘[...]’. Generally, but not universally, if the
command accepts an optional argument, it comes first, before any
required arguments.
Inside of an optional argument, to use the character close square
-bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket
-{]}]'. Similarly, if an optional argument comes last, with no required
+bracket (‘]’) hide it inside curly braces, as in ‘\item[closing bracket
+{]}]’. Similarly, if an optional argument comes last, with no required
argument after it, then to make the first character of the following
text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces.
- LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is
-related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'.
+ LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a ‘*’ form that is
+related to the form without a ‘*’, such as ‘\chapter’ and ‘\chapter*’.
The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command.
- This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the
+ This manual describes all accepted options and ‘*’-forms for the
commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs).
- As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the 'expl3' and 'xparse'
+ As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the ‘expl3’ and ‘xparse’
packages are part of the LaTeX2e format. They provide a completely
-different underlying programming language syntax. We won't try to cover
+different underlying programming language syntax. We won’t try to cover
them in this document; see the related package documentation and other
LaTeX manuals.
@@ -637,9 +639,9 @@ Synopsis:
...
\end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME}
- An "environment" is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is
+ An “environment” is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is
a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines
-between '\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'.
+between ‘\begin{verse}’ and ‘\end{verse}’.
\begin{verse}
There once was a man from Nantucket \\
@@ -647,12 +649,12 @@ between '\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'.
\end{verse}
*Note Environments::, for a list of environments. Particularly
-notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment,
-a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair.
+notable is that every LaTeX document must have a ‘document’ environment,
+a ‘\begin{document} ... \end{document}’ pair.
The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the
end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT-NAME ends in a
-star ('*'); both the '\begin' and '\end' texts must include the star.
+star (‘*’); both the ‘\begin’ and ‘\end’ texts must include the star.
Environments may have arguments, including optional arguments. This
example produces a table. The first argument is optional (and causes
@@ -667,21 +669,21 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
===============================================
The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX
-community's repository of free material. It is a set of Internet sites
+community’s repository of free material. It is a set of Internet sites
around the world that offer material related to LaTeX for download.
Visit CTAN on the web at <https://ctan.org>.
This material is organized into packages, discrete bundles that
typically offer some coherent functionality and are maintained by one
person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have
-a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher's
+a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher’s
specifications.
- In addition to the massive holdings, the 'ctan.org' web site offers
+ In addition to the massive holdings, the ‘ctan.org’ web site offers
features such as search by name or by functionality.
CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of
-which is the so-called "master". The master host actively manages the
+which is the so-called “master”. The master host actively manages the
material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages.
For many years, it has been hosted by the German TeX group, DANTE e.V.
@@ -694,7 +696,7 @@ The list of mirrors is at <https://ctan.org/mirrors>.
3 Document classes
******************
-The document's overall class is defined with this command, which is
+The document’s overall class is defined with this command, which is
normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
\documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}
@@ -702,127 +704,127 @@ normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
The following document CLASS names are built into LaTeX. (Many other
document classes are available as separate packages; *note Overview::.)
-'article'
+‘article’
For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general
use.
-'book'
+‘book’
Full-length books, including chapters and possibly including front
matter, such as a preface, and back matter, such as an appendix
(*note Front/back matter::).
-'letter'
+‘letter’
Mail, optionally including mailing labels (*note Letters::).
-'report'
- For documents of length between an 'article' and a 'book', such as
+‘report’
+ For documents of length between an ‘article’ and a ‘book’, such as
technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters.
-'slides'
- For slide presentations--rarely used nowadays. The 'beamer'
- package is perhaps the most prevalent
- (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>). *Note beamer template::, for a
- small template for a beamer document.
+‘slides’
+ For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The ‘beamer’ package
+ is perhaps the most prevalent (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>).
+ *Note beamer template::, for a small template for a beamer
+ document.
Standard OPTIONS are described in the next section.
3.1 Document class options
==========================
-You can specify "global options" or "class options" to the
-'\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets. To
+You can specify “global options” or “class options” to the
+‘\documentclass’ command by enclosing them in square brackets. To
specify more than one OPTION, separate them with a comma.
\documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}
Here is the list of the standard class options.
- All of the standard classes except 'slides' accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'):
+ All of the standard classes except ‘slides’ accept the following
+options for selecting the typeface size (default is ‘10pt’):
10pt 11pt 12pt
All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the
paper size (these show height by width):
-'a4paper'
+‘a4paper’
210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches)
-'a5paper'
+‘a5paper’
148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches)
-'b5paper'
+‘b5paper’
176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches)
-'executivepaper'
+‘executivepaper’
7.25 by 10.5 inches
-'legalpaper'
+‘legalpaper’
8.5 by 14 inches
-'letterpaper'
+‘letterpaper’
8.5 by 11 inches (the default)
When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX (*note
-TeX engines::), options other than 'letterpaper' set the print area but
+TeX engines::), options other than ‘letterpaper’ set the print area but
you must also set the physical paper size. One way to do that is to put
-'\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth' and '\pdfpageheight=\paperheight' in your
-document's preamble.
+‘\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth’ and ‘\pdfpageheight=\paperheight’ in your
+document’s preamble.
- The 'geometry' package provides flexible ways of setting the print
+ The ‘geometry’ package provides flexible ways of setting the print
area and physical page size.
Miscellaneous other options:
-'draft'
-'final'
- Mark ('draft') or do not mark ('final') overfull boxes with a black
- box in the margin; default is 'final'.
+‘draft’
+‘final’
+ Mark (‘draft’) or do not mark (‘final’) overfull boxes with a black
+ box in the margin; default is ‘final’.
-'fleqn'
+‘fleqn’
Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
-'landscape'
+‘landscape’
Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
-'leqno'
+‘leqno’
Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the
right side.
-'openbib'
- Use "open" bibliography format.
+‘openbib’
+ Use “open” bibliography format.
-'titlepage'
-'notitlepage'
+‘titlepage’
+‘notitlepage’
Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title
information and for the abstract also, if there is one. The
- default for the 'report' class is 'titlepage', for the other
- classes it is 'notitlepage'.
+ default for the ‘report’ class is ‘titlepage’, for the other
+ classes it is ‘notitlepage’.
- The following options are not available with the 'slides' class.
+ The following options are not available with the ‘slides’ class.
-'onecolumn'
-'twocolumn'
- Typeset in one or two columns; default is 'onecolumn'.
+‘onecolumn’
+‘twocolumn’
+ Typeset in one or two columns; default is ‘onecolumn’.
-'oneside'
-'twoside'
- Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is 'oneside', except that
- in the 'book' class the default is 'twoside'.
+‘oneside’
+‘twoside’
+ Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is ‘oneside’, except that
+ in the ‘book’ class the default is ‘twoside’.
For one-sided printing, the text is centered on the page. For
- two-sided printing, the '\evensidemargin' ('\oddsidemargin')
+ two-sided printing, the ‘\evensidemargin’ (‘\oddsidemargin’)
parameter determines the distance on even (odd) numbered pages
- between the left side of the page and the text's left margin, with
- '\oddsidemargin' being 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth'
- and '\textwidth', and '\evensidemargin' is the remainder.
+ between the left side of the page and the text’s left margin, with
+ ‘\oddsidemargin’ being 40% of the difference between ‘\paperwidth’
+ and ‘\textwidth’, and ‘\evensidemargin’ is the remainder.
-'openright'
-'openany'
+‘openright’
+‘openany’
Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default
- is 'openright' for 'book', and 'openany' for 'report'.
+ is ‘openright’ for ‘book’, and ‘openany’ for ‘report’.
- The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at
+ The ‘slides’ class offers the option ‘clock’ for printing the time at
the bottom of each note.
3.2 Additional packages
@@ -834,65 +836,65 @@ comma-separated list OPTIONS, as here.
\usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}.
To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
-as in '\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}', or use multiple '\usepackage'
+as in ‘\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}’, or use multiple ‘\usepackage’
commands.
- Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown to
+ Any options given in the ‘\documentclass’ command that are unknown to
the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-'\usepackage'.
+‘\usepackage’.
3.3 Class and package construction
==================================
You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if
your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a standard
-header for each page, then you could create a new class 'smcmemo.cls'
-and begin your documents with '\documentclass{smcmemo}'.
+header for each page, then you could create a new class ‘smcmemo.cls’
+and begin your documents with ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’.
What separates a package from a document class is that the commands
in a package are useful across classes while those in a document class
are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for
-a package while a command to make the page headers say 'Memo from the
-SMC Math Department' is for a class.
+a package while a command to make the page headers say ‘Memo from the
+SMC Math Department’ is for a class.
- Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign '@' as a
+ Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign ‘@’ as a
character in command names without having to surround the code
-containing that command with '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother'. *Note
+containing that command with ‘\makeatletter’ and ‘\makeatother’. *Note
\makeatletter & \makeatother::. This allow you to create commands that
users will not accidentally redefine. Another technique is to preface
class- or package-specific commands with some string to prevent your
class or package from interfering with others. For instance, the class
-'smcmemo' might have commands '\smc@tolist', '\smc@fromlist', etc.
+‘smcmemo’ might have commands ‘\smc@tolist’, ‘\smc@fromlist’, etc.
3.3.1 Class and package structure
---------------------------------
A class file or package file typically has four parts.
- 1. In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX
- package or class and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat'
- and '\ProvidesClass' or '\ProvidesPackage' commands.
+ 1. In the “identification part”, the file says that it is a LaTeX
+ package or class and describes itself, using the ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’
+ and ‘\ProvidesClass’ or ‘\ProvidesPackage’ commands.
- 2. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can
+ 2. The “preliminary declarations part” declares some commands and can
also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed
- for the code used in the next part. For example, an 'smcmemo'
+ for the code used in the next part. For example, an ‘smcmemo’
class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list
- of people for the to-head, as '\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}',
+ of people for the to-head, as ‘\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}’,
and therefore needs to define a command
- '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file.
+ ‘\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}’ used in that file.
- 3. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and
+ 3. In the “handle options part” the class or package declares and
processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their
- document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify
+ document as ‘\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}’, to modify
the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare
- '\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font
+ ‘\documentclass[11pt]{article}’ to set the default document font
size.
- 4. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package
+ 4. Finally, in the “more declarations part” the class or package
usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands
and fonts, and loading other files.
- Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as 'stub.cls'
-where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the '.tex'
+ Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as ‘stub.cls’
+where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the ‘.tex’
file.
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
@@ -902,8 +904,8 @@ file.
\LoadClass{article}
It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
-passing them all to the 'article' class, and then loads the 'article'
-class to provide the basis for this class's code.
+passing them all to the ‘article’ class, and then loads the ‘article’
+class to provide the basis for this class’s code.
For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
Class Guide, at
@@ -916,76 +918,76 @@ the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
-'\AtBeginDvi{specials}'
- Save in a box register things that are written to the '.dvi' file
+‘\AtBeginDvi{specials}’
+ Save in a box register things that are written to the ‘.dvi’ file
at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
-'\AtEndOfClass{CODE}'
-'\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}'
+‘\AtEndOfClass{CODE}’
+‘\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}’
Hook to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing
the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple
- times; the 'code' will be executed in the order that you called it.
+ times; the ‘code’ will be executed in the order that you called it.
See also *note \AtBeginDocument::.
-'\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
-'\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
- Like '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does
+‘\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+‘\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+ Like ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does
not define CMD; instead it checks that the current definition of
- CMD is exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not "long" as
- expected. A long command is a command that accepts '\par' within
+ CMD is exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not “long” as
+ expected. A long command is a command that accepts ‘\par’ within
an argument. The CMD command is expected to be long with the
- unstarred version of '\CheckCommand'. Raises an error when the
+ unstarred version of ‘\CheckCommand’. Raises an error when the
check fails. This allows you to check before you start redefining
- 'cmd' yourself that no other package has already redefined this
+ ‘cmd’ yourself that no other package has already redefined this
command.
-'\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}'
-'\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}'
-'\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
-'\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
-'\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
-'\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}'
-'\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
-'\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
-'\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
-'\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}'
+‘\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
- For '\ClassError' and '\PackageError' the message is ERROR TEXT,
- followed by TeX's '?' error prompt. If the user then asks for help
- by typing 'h', they see the HELP TEXT.
+ For ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ the message is ERROR TEXT,
+ followed by TeX’s ‘?’ error prompt. If the user then asks for help
+ by typing ‘h’, they see the HELP TEXT.
The four warning commands are similar except that they write
WARNING TEXT on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
- commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file. The 'NoLine'
+ commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file. The ‘NoLine’
versions do not show the number of the line generating the message,
while the other versions do show that number.
- To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use '\protect' to
+ To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use ‘\protect’ to
stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
- '\MessageBreak', and get a space with '\space' when a space
+ ‘\MessageBreak’, and get a space with ‘\space’ when a space
character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX
appends a period to the messages.
-'\CurrentOption'
+‘\CurrentOption’
Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can
- only be used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or
- '\DeclareOption*'.
+ only be used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’.
-'\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}'
-'\DeclareOption*{CODE}'
+‘\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}’
+‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’
Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
- '\documentclass' command. For example, the 'smcmemo' class could
- have an option '\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}' allowing users to
+ ‘\documentclass’ command. For example, the ‘smcmemo’ class could
+ have an option ‘\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}’ allowing users to
put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file must
- contain '\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}' (and later,
- '\ProcessOptions').
+ contain ‘\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}’ (and later,
+ ‘\ProcessOptions’).
If you request an option that has not been declared, by default
- this will produce a warning like 'Unused global option(s):
- [badoption].' Change this behavior with the starred version
- '\DeclareOption*{CODE}'. For example, many classes extend an
- existing class, using a command such as '\LoadClass{article}', and
+ this will produce a warning like ‘Unused global option(s):
+ [badoption].’ Change this behavior with the starred version
+ ‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’. For example, many classes extend an
+ existing class, using a command such as ‘\LoadClass{article}’, and
for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as
this.
@@ -993,72 +995,72 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
}
- Another example is that the class 'smcmemo' may allow users to keep
+ Another example is that the class ‘smcmemo’ may allow users to keep
lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could
- invoke '\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}' and it will read the file
- 'math.memo'. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
- passes the option to the 'article' class.
+ invoke ‘\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}’ and it will read the file
+ ‘math.memo’. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
+ passes the option to the ‘article’ class.
\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
-'\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
-'\DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}'
- Like '\newcommand' and '\newcommand*' (*note \newcommand &
+‘\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+‘* \DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+ Like ‘\newcommand’ and ‘\newcommand*’ (*note \newcommand &
\renewcommand::) but these declare a robust command, even if some
code within the DEFINITION is fragile. (For a discussion of robust
and fragile commands *note \protect::.) Use this command to define
new robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
- robust. Unlike '\newcommand' these do not give an error if macro
+ robust. Unlike ‘\newcommand’ these do not give an error if macro
CMD already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
transcript file if a command is redefined.
Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those
- defined using '\newcommand' so unless the command's data is fragile
+ defined using ‘\newcommand’ so unless the command’s data is fragile
and the command is used within a moving argument, use
- '\newcommand'.
-
- The 'etoolbox' package offers the commands '\newrobustcmd',
- '\newrobustcmd*', as well as the commands '\renewrobustcmd',
- '\renewrobustcmd*', and the commands '\providerobustcmd', and
- '\providerobustcmd*'. These are similar to '\newcommand',
- '\newcommand*', '\renewcommand', '\renewcommand*',
- '\providecommand', and '\providecommand*', but define a robust CMD
- with two advantages as compared to '\DeclareRobustCommand':
+ ‘\newcommand’.
+
+ The ‘etoolbox’ package offers the commands ‘\newrobustcmd’,
+ ‘\newrobustcmd*’, as well as the commands ‘\renewrobustcmd’,
+ ‘\renewrobustcmd*’, and the commands ‘\providerobustcmd’, and
+ ‘\providerobustcmd*’. These are similar to ‘\newcommand’,
+ ‘\newcommand*’, ‘\renewcommand’, ‘\renewcommand*’,
+ ‘\providecommand’, and ‘\providecommand*’, but define a robust CMD
+ with two advantages as compared to ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’:
1. They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than
- the higher level LaTeX '\protect' mechanism, so they do not
+ the higher level LaTeX ‘\protect’ mechanism, so they do not
incur the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
- 2. They make the same distinction between '\new...', '\renew...',
- and '\provide...', as the standard commands, so they do not
+ 2. They make the same distinction between ‘\new...’, ‘\renew...’,
+ and ‘\provide...’, as the standard commands, so they do not
just make a log message when you redefine CMD that already
- exists, in that case you need to use either '\renew...' or
- '\provide...' or you get an error.
+ exists, in that case you need to use either ‘\renew...’ or
+ ‘\provide...’ or you get an error.
-'\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}'
-'\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}'
- Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file 'FILE NAME' or FALSE CODE
+‘\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
+‘\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
+ Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file ‘FILE NAME’ or FALSE CODE
otherwise. In the first case it executing TRUE CODE and then
inputs the file. Thus the command
\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
\includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
- will include the graphic 'img.pdf' if it is found and otherwise
+ will include the graphic ‘img.pdf’ if it is found and otherwise
give a warning.
This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX
uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the
- current directory do something like '\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE
- CODE}{FALSE CODE}'. If you ask for a filename without a '.tex'
+ current directory do something like ‘\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE
+ CODE}{FALSE CODE}’. If you ask for a filename without a ‘.tex’
extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the
- '.tex'; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note
+ ‘.tex’; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note
\input::.
-'\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
-'\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
- Load a class, as with '\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS
- NAME}[RELEASE INFO]'. An example is
- '\LoadClass[twoside]{article}'.
+‘\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Load a class, as with ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS
+ NAME}[RELEASE INFO]’. An example is
+ ‘\LoadClass[twoside]{article}’.
The OPTIONS LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
RELEASE DATE is optional. If present it must have the form
@@ -1072,189 +1074,189 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
- The command version '\LoadClassWithOptions' uses the list of
+ The command version ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’ uses the list of
options for the current class. This means it ignores any options
- passed to it via '\PassOptionsToClass'. This is a convenience
+ passed to it via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience
command that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the
- standard 'article' class, without having to track which options
+ standard ‘article’ class, without having to track which options
were passed.
-'\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}'
+‘\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}’
For each option OPTION in the OPTIONS-LIST, in order, this command
- executes the command '\ds@OPTION'. If this command is not defined
+ executes the command ‘\ds@OPTION’. If this command is not defined
then that option is silently ignored.
It can be used to provide a default option list before
- '\ProcessOptions'. For example, if in a class file you want the
+ ‘\ProcessOptions’. For example, if in a class file you want the
default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
- '\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax'.
+ ‘\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax’.
-'\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]'
+‘\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]’
Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often
issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
- '\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}'. When a document using that class is
+ ‘\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}’. When a document using that class is
processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
actually being run (including that the FORMAT string is case
sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an
- error like 'This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.'
+ error like ‘This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.’
To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
features, include the optional FORMAT DATE on which those features
- were implemented. If present it must be in the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'.
+ were implemented. If present it must be in the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’.
If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
FORMAT DATE then you get a warning like this.
You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
release `2016/02/01' is available.
-'\OptionNotUsed'
+‘\OptionNotUsed’
Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be
- used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or
- '\DeclareOption*'.
+ used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’.
-'\PassOptionsToClass{OPTION LIST}{CLASS NAME}'
-'\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}'
+‘\PassOptionsToClass{OPTION LIST}{CLASS NAME}’
+‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}’
Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTION LIST to the
- options used by any future '\RequirePackage' or '\usepackage'
+ options used by any future ‘\RequirePackage’ or ‘\usepackage’
command for package PACKAGE NAME or the class CLASS NAME.
The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number
of times with no options but if you want options then you may only
supply them when you first load the package. Loading a package
- with options more than once will get you an error like 'Option
- clash for package foo.' (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no
+ with options more than once will get you an error like ‘Option
+ clash for package foo.’ (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no
conflict between the options.)
If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can
collapse that to once, for example replacing the two
- '\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}' and
- '\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}' with the single command
- '\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}'.
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}’ and
+ ‘\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}’ with the single command
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}’.
- However, imagine that you are loading 'firstpkg' and inside that
- package it loads 'secondpkg', and you need the second package to be
- loaded with option 'draft'. Then before doing the first package
+ However, imagine that you are loading ‘firstpkg’ and inside that
+ package it loads ‘secondpkg’, and you need the second package to be
+ loaded with option ‘draft’. Then before doing the first package
you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
- (If 'firstpkg.sty' loads an option in conflict with what you want
+ (If ‘firstpkg.sty’ loads an option in conflict with what you want
then you may have to alter its source.)
These commands are useful for general users as well as class and
package writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the
- 'graphicx' package with the option 'draft' and also wants to use a
- class 'foo' that loads the 'graphicx' package, but without that
+ ‘graphicx’ package with the option ‘draft’ and also wants to use a
+ class ‘foo’ that loads the ‘graphicx’ package, but without that
option. The user could start their LaTeX file with
- '\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}'.
+ ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}’.
-'\ProcessOptions'
-'\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS'
+‘\ProcessOptions’
+‘\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS’
Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked.
- Include it in the class file as '\ProcessOptions\relax' (because of
+ Include it in the class file as ‘\ProcessOptions\relax’ (because of
the existence of the starred command).
- Options come in two types. "Local options" have been specified for
+ Options come in two types. “Local options” have been specified for
this particular package in the OPTIONS argument of
- '\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}', '\usepackage[OPTIONS]', or
- '\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]'. "Global options" are those given by
- the class user in '\documentclass[OPTIONS]' (If an option is
+ ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}’, ‘\usepackage[OPTIONS]’, or
+ ‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]’. “Global options” are those given by
+ the class user in ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS]’ (If an option is
specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
- When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a package 'pkg.sty', the
+ When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a package ‘pkg.sty’, the
following happens:
- 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with '\DeclareOption',
+ 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with ‘\DeclareOption’,
it looks to see if that option is either a global or a local
- option for 'pkg'. If so then it executes the declared code.
+ option for ‘pkg’. If so then it executes the declared code.
This is done in the order in which these options were given in
- 'pkg.sty'.
+ ‘pkg.sty’.
2. For each remaining local option, it executes the command
- '\ds@'OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
- '\DeclareOption'); otherwise, it executes the default option
- code given in '\DeclareOption*'. If no default option code
+ ‘\ds@’OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
+ ‘\DeclareOption’); otherwise, it executes the default option
+ code given in ‘\DeclareOption*’. If no default option code
has been declared then it gives an error message. This is
done in the order in which these options were specified.
- When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a class it works in the same
+ When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a class it works in the same
way except that all options are local, and the default CODE for
- '\DeclareOption*' is '\OptionNotUsed' rather than an error.
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’ is ‘\OptionNotUsed’ rather than an error.
- The starred version '\ProcessOptions*' executes the options in the
+ The starred version ‘\ProcessOptions*’ executes the options in the
order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order
of declaration in the class or package. For a package this means
that the global options are processed first.
-'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
-'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
-'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
-'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
+‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen
and the log file.
When you load a class or package, for example with
- '\documentclass{smcmemo}' or '\usepackage{test}', LaTeX inputs a
+ ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ or ‘\usepackage{test}’, LaTeX inputs a
file. If the name of the file does not match the class or package
name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
- '\documentclass{smcmemo}', and the file 'smcmemo.cls' has the
- statement '\ProvidesClass{xxx}' then you get a warning like 'You
+ ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’, and the file ‘smcmemo.cls’ has the
+ statement ‘\ProvidesClass{xxx}’ then you get a warning like ‘You
have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document class
- provides 'xxx'.' This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
+ provides 'xxx'.’ This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
processing the rest of the class file normally.
If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
- before any spaces, of the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'. The rest of the
+ before any spaces, of the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. The rest of the
optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally
identifies the class, and is written to the screen during
- compilation and to the log file. Thus, if your file 'smcmemo.cls'
- contains the line '\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
- class]' and your document's first line is '\documentclass{smcmemo}'
- then you will see 'Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
- class'.
+ compilation and to the log file. Thus, if your file ‘smcmemo.cls’
+ contains the line ‘\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
+ class]’ and your document’s first line is ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’
+ then you will see ‘Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
+ class’.
The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier
than RELEASE DATE. For instance, a user could enter
- '\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]' or
- '\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]' to require a class or package with
+ ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]’ or
+ ‘\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]’ to require a class or package with
certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only
rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.)
-'\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]'
+‘\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in
- that file and you get in the log a string like 'File: test.config
- 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls' for FILENAME equal to
- 'test.config' and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to '2017/10/12
- config file for test.cls'.
-
-'\RequirePackage[OPTION LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
-'\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]'
- Load a package, like the command '\usepackage' (*note Additional
+ that file and you get in the log a string like ‘File: test.config
+ 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls’ for FILENAME equal to
+ ‘test.config’ and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to ‘2017/10/12
+ config file for test.cls’.
+
+‘\RequirePackage[OPTION LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Load a package, like the command ‘\usepackage’ (*note Additional
packages::). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
- these commands over Plain TeX's '\input'; see the Class Guide. An
- example is '\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}'.
+ these commands over Plain TeX’s ‘\input’; see the Class Guide. An
+ example is ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}’.
The OPTION LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
RELEASE DATE, if present, must have the form YYYY/MM/DD. If the
release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
- than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like 'You have requested,
+ than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like ‘You have requested,
on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only
- version `2000/01/01' is available'.
+ version `2000/01/01' is available’.
- The '\RequirePackageWithOptions' version uses the list of options
+ The ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’ version uses the list of options
for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to
- it via '\PassOptionsToClass'. This is a convenience command to
+ it via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience command to
allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to
track which options were passed.
- The difference between '\usepackage' and '\RequirePackage' is
- small. The '\usepackage' command is intended for the document file
- while '\RequirePackage' is intended for package and class files.
- Thus, using '\usepackage' before the '\documentclass' command
- causes LaTeX to give error like '\usepackage before
- \documentclass', but you can use '\RequirePackage' there.
+ The difference between ‘\usepackage’ and ‘\RequirePackage’ is
+ small. The ‘\usepackage’ command is intended for the document file
+ while ‘\RequirePackage’ is intended for package and class files.
+ Thus, using ‘\usepackage’ before the ‘\documentclass’ command
+ causes LaTeX to give error like ‘\usepackage before
+ \documentclass’, but you can use ‘\RequirePackage’ there.
4 Fonts
*******
@@ -1281,7 +1283,7 @@ typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
-In addition, the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engines allow you to use any
+In addition, the ‘xelatex’ or ‘lualatex’ engines allow you to use any
fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType format (*note TeX
engines::).
@@ -1293,7 +1295,7 @@ alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX.
More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at
<https://www.tug.org/fonts/>.
-4.1 'fontenc' package
+4.1 ‘fontenc’ package
=====================
Synopsis:
@@ -1307,15 +1309,15 @@ Synopsis:
Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the
character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output.
- This package only applies if you use the 'pdflatex' engine (*note TeX
-engines::). If you use the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engine then instead
-use the 'fontspec' package.
+ This package only applies if you use the ‘pdflatex’ engine (*note TeX
+engines::). If you use the ‘xelatex’ or ‘lualatex’ engine then instead
+use the ‘fontspec’ package.
- TeX's original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+ TeX’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
-'\accent' (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation. TeX users
+‘\accent’ (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation. TeX users
have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
-characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using 'pdflatex' then
+characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using ‘pdflatex’ then
put this in the preamble
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
@@ -1326,60 +1328,60 @@ words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your
output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you
to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
- If you are using an encoding such as 'T1' and the characters appear
+ If you are using an encoding such as ‘T1’ and the characters appear
blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a
-package such as 'lmodern' or 'cm-super' to get a font that extends
-LaTeX's default using vector fonts.
+package such as ‘lmodern’ or ‘cm-super’ to get a font that extends
+LaTeX’s default using vector fonts.
For each FONT_ENCODING given as an option but not already declared,
this package loads the encoding definition files, named
-'FONT_ENCODINGenc.def'. It also sets '\encodingdefault' to be the last
+‘FONT_ENCODINGenc.def’. It also sets ‘\encodingdefault’ to be the last
encoding in the option list.
These are the common values for FONT_ENCODING.
-'OT1'
+‘OT1’
The original encoding for TeX. Limited to mostly English
characters.
-'OMS, OML'
+‘OMS, OML’
Math symbols and math letters encoding.
-'T1'
+‘T1’
TeX text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the
Users Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most
European accented characters. The most common option for this
package.
-'TS1'
+‘TS1’
Text Companion encoding.
-LaTeX's default is to load 'OML', 'T1', 'OT1', and then 'OMS', and set
-the default to 'OT1'.
+LaTeX’s default is to load ‘OML’, ‘T1’, ‘OT1’, and then ‘OMS’, and set
+the default to ‘OT1’.
Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a
font encoding if your font requires it.
- If you use 'T1' encoded fonts other than the default Computer Modern
+ If you use ‘T1’ encoded fonts other than the default Computer Modern
family then you may need to load the package that selects your fonts
-before loading 'fontenc', to prevent the system from loading any
-'T1' encoded fonts from the default.
+before loading ‘fontenc’, to prevent the system from loading any
+‘T1’ encoded fonts from the default.
- The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: 'T' for the
-standard text encodings with 256 characters, 'TS' for symbols that
-extend the corresponding T encodings, 'X' for test encodings, 'M' for
-standard math encodings with 256 characters, 'A' for special
-applications, 'OT' for standard text encodings with 128 characters, and
-'OM' for standard math encodings with 128 characters ('O' stands for
-'obsolete').
+ The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: ‘T’ for the
+standard text encodings with 256 characters, ‘TS’ for symbols that
+extend the corresponding T encodings, ‘X’ for test encodings, ‘M’ for
+standard math encodings with 256 characters, ‘A’ for special
+applications, ‘OT’ for standard text encodings with 128 characters, and
+‘OM’ for standard math encodings with 128 characters (‘O’ stands for
+‘obsolete’).
This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of
them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works
for one encoding but the current encoding is different then the command
is not in effect.
-4.1.1 '\DeclareFontEncoding'
+4.1.1 ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’
----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1387,33 +1389,33 @@ Synopsis:
\DeclareFontEncoding{ENCODING}{TEXT-SETTINGS}{MATH-SETTINGS}
Declare the font encoding ENCODING. It also saves the value of
-ENCODING in '\LastDeclaredEncoding' (*note \LastDeclaredEncoding::).
+ENCODING in ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’ (*note \LastDeclaredEncoding::).
- The file 't1enc.def' contains this line (followed by many others).
+ The file ‘t1enc.def’ contains this line (followed by many others).
\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
The TEXT-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX will run every time it
-switches from one encoding to another with the '\selectfont' and
-'\fontencoding' commands. The MATH-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX
+switches from one encoding to another with the ‘\selectfont’ and
+‘\fontencoding’ commands. The MATH-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX
will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet.
LaTeX ignores any space characters inside TEXT-SETTINGS and
MATH-SETTINGS, to prevent unintended spaces in the output.
If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name
-starting with 'L' for 'local', or 'E' for 'experimental'.
+starting with ‘L’ for ‘local’, or ‘E’ for ‘experimental’.
Note that output encoding files may be read several times by LaTeX so
-using, e.g., '\newcommand' may cause an error. In addition, such files
-should contain '\ProvidesFile' line (*note Class and package
+using, e.g., ‘\newcommand’ may cause an error. In addition, such files
+should contain ‘\ProvidesFile’ line (*note Class and package
commands::).
- Note also that you should use the '\...Default' commands only in a
+ Note also that you should use the ‘\...Default’ commands only in a
package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files should
only contain declarations specific to that encoding.
-4.1.2 '\DeclareTextAccent'
+4.1.2 ‘\DeclareTextAccent’
--------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1423,21 +1425,21 @@ Synopsis:
Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding
ENCODING at the location SLOT.
- A "slot" is the number identifying a glyph within a font.
+ A “slot” is the number identifying a glyph within a font.
- This line from 't1enc.def' declares that to make a circumflex accent
-as in '\^A', the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the 'A'
+ This line from ‘t1enc.def’ declares that to make a circumflex accent
+as in ‘\^A’, the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the ‘A’
character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. (This holds unless
-there is a relevant 'DeclareTextComposite' or
-'\DeclareTextCompositeCommand' declaration; *note
+there is a relevant ‘DeclareTextComposite’ or
+‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’ declaration; *note
\DeclareTextComposite::.)
\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}
- If CMD has already been defined then '\DeclareTextAccent' does not
+ If CMD has already been defined then ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ does not
give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file.
-4.1.3 '\DeclareTextAccentDefault'
+4.1.3 ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’
---------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1445,16 +1447,16 @@ Synopsis:
\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING}
If there is an encoding-specific accent command \CMD but there is no
-associated '\DeclareTextAccent' for that encoding then this command will
+associated ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ for that encoding then this command will
pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for ENCODING.
- For example, to make the encoding 'OT1' be the default encoding for
-the accent '\"', declare this.
+ For example, to make the encoding ‘OT1’ be the default encoding for
+the accent ‘\"’, declare this.
\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1}
-If you issue a '\"' when the current encoding does not have a definition
-for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1'
+If you issue a ‘\"’ when the current encoding does not have a definition
+for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from ‘OT1’
That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note
\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::).
@@ -1462,10 +1464,10 @@ for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1'
\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\CMD}
{\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{\CMD}{#1}}
- Note that '\DeclareTextAccentDefault' works for any one-argument
-'fontenc' command, not just the accent command.
+ Note that ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’ works for any one-argument
+‘fontenc’ command, not just the accent command.
-4.1.4 '\DeclareTextCommand' & '\ProvideTextCommand'
+4.1.4 ‘\DeclareTextCommand’ & ‘\ProvideTextCommand’
---------------------------------------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -1480,13 +1482,13 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
- Define the command '\CMD', which will be specific to one encoding.
-The command name CMD must be preceded by a backslash, '\'. These
+ Define the command ‘\CMD’, which will be specific to one encoding.
+The command name CMD must be preceded by a backslash, ‘\’. These
commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining \CMD does not
cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code in
DEFN is fragile (*note \protect::).
- For example, the file 't1enc.def' contains this line.
+ For example, the file ‘t1enc.def’ contains this line.
\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 }
@@ -1496,25 +1498,25 @@ DEFN is fragile (*note \protect::).
...
Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand.
-If you change the font encoding to 'OT1' then you get an error like
-'LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1'.
+If you change the font encoding to ‘OT1’ then you get an error like
+‘LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1’.
- The '\ProvideTextCommand' variant does the same, except that it does
-nothing if '\CMD' is already defined. The '\DeclareTextSymbol' command
+ The ‘\ProvideTextCommand’ variant does the same, except that it does
+nothing if ‘\CMD’ is already defined. The ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ command
is faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (*note
\DeclareTextSymbol::)
The optional NARGS and OPTARGDEFAULT arguments play the same role
-here as in '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
+here as in ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
Briefly, NARGS is an integer from 0 to 9 specifying the number of
-arguments that the defined command '\CMD' takes. This number includes
+arguments that the defined command ‘\CMD’ takes. This number includes
any optional argument. Omitting this argument is the same as specifying
-0, meaning that '\CMD' will have no arguments. And, if OPTARGDEFAULT is
-present then the first argument of '\CMD' is optional, with default
+0, meaning that ‘\CMD’ will have no arguments. And, if OPTARGDEFAULT is
+present then the first argument of ‘\CMD’ is optional, with default
value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be the empty string). If OPTARGDEFAULT
-is not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument.
+is not present then ‘\CMD’ does not take an optional argument.
-4.1.5 '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' & '\ProvideTextCommandDefault '
+4.1.5 ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ & ‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault ’
------------------------------------------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1525,28 +1527,28 @@ Synopsis:
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\CMD}{DEFN}
- Give a default definition for '\CMD', for when that command is not
+ Give a default definition for ‘\CMD’, for when that command is not
defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only
use encodings known to be available.
- This makes '\copyright' available.
+ This makes ‘\copyright’ available.
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available.
- The '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' should not occur in the encoding
+ The ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ should not occur in the encoding
definition files since those files should declare only commands for use
when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package.
As with the related non-default commands, the
-'\ProvideTextCommandDefault' has exactly the same behavior as
-'\DeclareTextCommandDefault' except that it does nothing if '\CMD' is
+‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault’ has exactly the same behavior as
+‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ except that it does nothing if ‘\CMD’ is
already defined (*note \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand::).
So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can
improve upon.
-4.1.6 '\DeclareTextComposite'
+4.1.6 ‘\DeclareTextComposite’
-----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1556,8 +1558,8 @@ Synopsis:
Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an
accent over a separate character.
- This line from 't1enc.def' means that '\^o' will cause LaTeX to
-typeset lowercase 'o' by taking the character directly from slot 224 in
+ This line from ‘t1enc.def’ means that ‘\^o’ will cause LaTeX to
+typeset lowercase ‘o’ by taking the character directly from slot 224 in
the font.
\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244}
@@ -1566,29 +1568,29 @@ the font.
SIMPLE_OBJECT should be a single character or a single command. The
SLOT argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal
(although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally \CMD has already
-been declared for this encoding, either with '\DeclareTextAccent' or
-with a one-argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. In 't1enc.def', the above
-line follows the '\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}' command.
+been declared for this encoding, either with ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ or
+with a one-argument ‘\DeclareTextCommand’. In ‘t1enc.def’, the above
+line follows the ‘\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}’ command.
-4.1.7 '\DeclareTextCompositeCommand'
+4.1.7 ‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’
------------------------------------
Synopsis:
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{ARG}{CODE}
- A more general version of '\DeclareTextComposite' that runs arbitrary
-code with '\CMD'.
+ A more general version of ‘\DeclareTextComposite’ that runs arbitrary
+code with ‘\CMD’.
- This allows accents on 'i' to act like accents on dotless i, '\i'.
+ This allows accents on ‘i’ to act like accents on dotless i, ‘\i’.
\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
*Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. Normally
-'\CMD' will have already been declared with '\DeclareTextAccent' or as a
-one argument '\DeclareTextCommand'.
+‘\CMD’ will have already been declared with ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ or as a
+one argument ‘\DeclareTextCommand’.
-4.1.8 '\DeclareTextSymbol'
+4.1.8 ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’
--------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1598,37 +1600,37 @@ Synopsis:
Define a symbol in the encoding ENCODING at the location SLOT.
Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not mathematics.
- For example, this line from 't1enc.def' declares the number of the
+ For example, this line from ‘t1enc.def’ declares the number of the
glyph to use for «, the left guillemet.
\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
-The command '\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}' has the
+The command ‘\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}’ has the
same effect but is slower (*note \DeclareTextCommand &
\ProvideTextCommand::).
*Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. The SLOT
-can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in ''023'), or hexadecimal (as
-in '"13'), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or
+can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in ‘'023’), or hexadecimal (as
+in ‘"13’), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or
double quote could be redefined by another package.
- If '\CMD' has already been defined then '\DeclareTextSymbol' does not
+ If ‘\CMD’ has already been defined then ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ does not
give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file.
-4.1.9 '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault'
+4.1.9 ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’
---------------------------------
Synopsis:
\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING}
- If there is an encoding-specific symbol command '\CMD' but there is
-no associated '\DeclareTextSymbol' for that encoding, then this command
+ If there is an encoding-specific symbol command ‘\CMD’ but there is
+no associated ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ for that encoding, then this command
will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for
ENCODING.
For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning
-for '\textdollar' then use the one from 'OT1', declare this.
+for ‘\textdollar’ then use the one from ‘OT1’, declare this.
\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
@@ -1638,10 +1640,10 @@ for '\textdollar' then use the one from 'OT1', declare this.
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\CMD}
{\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{\CMD}}
- Note that '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' can be used to define a default
-for any zero-argument 'fontenc' command.
+ Note that ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’ can be used to define a default
+for any zero-argument ‘fontenc’ command.
-4.1.10 '\LastDeclaredEncoding'
+4.1.10 ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’
------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1649,16 +1651,16 @@ Synopsis:
\LastDeclaredEncoding
Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The
-'\DeclareFontEncoding' command stores the name so that it can be
+‘\DeclareFontEncoding’ command stores the name so that it can be
retrieved with this command (*note \DeclareFontEncoding::).
- This relies on '\LastDeclaredEncoding' rather than give the name of
+ This relies on ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’ rather than give the name of
the encoding explicitly.
\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
-4.1.11 '\UseTextSymbol' & '\UseTextAccent'
+4.1.11 ‘\UseTextSymbol’ & ‘\UseTextAccent’
------------------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -1671,18 +1673,18 @@ Synopsis:
Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding.
- In general, to use a 'fontenc' command in an encoding where it is not
+ In general, to use a ‘fontenc’ command in an encoding where it is not
defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it like
this:
\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss}
which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so
-LaTeX reverts back to the prior encoding after the '\ss'):
+LaTeX reverts back to the prior encoding after the ‘\ss’):
{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss}
- Similarly, to use a 'fontenc' command in an encoding where it is not
+ Similarly, to use a ‘fontenc’ command in an encoding where it is not
defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this:
\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a}
@@ -1693,144 +1695,144 @@ group):
{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{ENC_IN_USE}\selectfont a}}
Here, ENC_IN_USE is the encoding in force before this sequence of
-commands, so that 'a' is typeset using the current encoding and only the
-accent is taken from 'OT1'.
+commands, so that ‘a’ is typeset using the current encoding and only the
+accent is taken from ‘OT1’.
4.2 Font styles
===============
The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
- In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, are
-used with an argument as in '\textit{TEXT}'. This is the preferred
+ In the table below the listed commands, the ‘\text...’ commands, are
+used with an argument as in ‘\textit{TEXT}’. This is the preferred
form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the corresponding
-"declaration form", which is often useful. This form takes no
-arguments, as in '{\itshape TEXT}'. The scope of the declaration form
+“declaration form”, which is often useful. This form takes no
+arguments, as in ‘{\itshape TEXT}’. The scope of the declaration form
lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group.
In addition, each has an environment form such as
-'\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}', which we'll describe further at the
+‘\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}’, which we’ll describe further at the
end of the section.
These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for
instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of
-'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily'.
+‘\sffamily\bfseries’ or ‘\bfseries\sffamily’.
One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert
italic corrections if needed (*note \/::). Specifically, they insert
the italic correction unless the following character is in the list
-'\nocorrlist', which by default consists of period and comma. To
-suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use '\nocorr' at
-the start or end of the command argument, such as '\textit{\nocorr
-text}' or '\textsc{text \nocorr}'.
+‘\nocorrlist’, which by default consists of period and comma. To
+suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use ‘\nocorr’ at
+the start or end of the command argument, such as ‘\textit{\nocorr
+text}’ or ‘\textsc{text \nocorr}’.
-'\textrm (\rmfamily)'
+‘\textrm (\rmfamily)’
Roman.
-'\textit (\itshape)'
+‘\textit (\itshape)’
Italics.
-'\textmd (\mdseries)'
+‘\textmd (\mdseries)’
Medium weight (default).
-'\textbf (\bfseries)'
+‘\textbf (\bfseries)’
Boldface.
-'\textup (\upshape)'
+‘\textup (\upshape)’
Upright (default).
-'\textsl (\slshape)'
+‘\textsl (\slshape)’
Slanted.
-'\textsf (\sffamily)'
+‘\textsf (\sffamily)’
Sans serif.
-'\textsc (\scshape)'
+‘\textsc (\scshape)’
Small caps.
-'\texttt (\ttfamily)'
+‘\texttt (\ttfamily)’
Typewriter.
-'\textnormal (\normalfont)'
+‘\textnormal (\normalfont)’
Main document font.
- Although it also changes fonts, the '\emph{TEXT}' command is
-semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
-substitute for '\textit'. For example, '\emph{START TEXT \emph{MIDDLE
-TEXT} END TEXT}' will result in the START TEXT and END TEXT in italics,
+ Although it also changes fonts, the ‘\emph{TEXT}’ command is
+semantic, for TEXT to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
+substitute for ‘\textit’. For example, ‘\emph{START TEXT \emph{MIDDLE
+TEXT} END TEXT}’ will result in the START TEXT and END TEXT in italics,
but MIDDLE TEXT will be in roman.
LaTeX also provides the following commands, which unconditionally
switch to the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. They are used
-as declarations: '{\CMD...}' instead of '\CMD{...}'.
+as declarations: ‘{\CMD...}’ instead of ‘\CMD{...}’.
(The unconditional commands below are an older version of font
switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most
circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is
needed.)
-'\bf'
+‘\bf’
Switch to bold face.
-'\cal'
+‘\cal’
Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
-'\it'
+‘\it’
Italics.
-'\rm'
+‘\rm’
Roman.
-'\sc'
+‘\sc’
Small caps.
-'\sf'
+‘\sf’
Sans serif.
-'\sl'
+‘\sl’
Slanted (oblique).
-'\tt'
+‘\tt’
Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
- The '\em' command is the unconditional version of '\emph'.
+ The ‘\em’ command is the unconditional version of ‘\emph’.
The following commands are for use in math mode. They are not
-cumulative, so '\mathbf{\mathit{SYMBOL}}' does not create a boldface and
+cumulative, so ‘\mathbf{\mathit{SYMBOL}}’ does not create a boldface and
italic SYMBOL; instead, it will just be in italics. This is because
typically math symbols need consistent typographic treatment, regardless
of the surrounding environment.
-'\mathrm'
+‘\mathrm’
Roman, for use in math mode.
-'\mathbf'
+‘\mathbf’
Boldface, for use in math mode.
-'\mathsf'
+‘\mathsf’
Sans serif, for use in math mode.
-'\mathtt'
+‘\mathtt’
Typewriter, for use in math mode.
-'\mathit'
-'(\mit)'
+‘\mathit’
+‘(\mit)’
Italics, for use in math mode.
-'\mathnormal'
+‘\mathnormal’
For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration.
-'\mathcal'
+‘\mathcal’
Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.
- In addition, the command '\mathversion{bold}' can be used for
+ In addition, the command ‘\mathversion{bold}’ can be used for
switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas.
-'\mathversion{normal}' restores the default.
+‘\mathversion{normal}’ restores the default.
- Finally, the command '\oldstylenums{NUMERALS}' will typeset so-called
-"old-style" numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and
-sometimes widths) from the standard "lining" numerals, which all have
-the same height as uppercase letters. LaTeX's default fonts support
-this, and will respect '\textbf' (but not other styles; there are no
+ Finally, the command ‘\oldstylenums{NUMERALS}’ will typeset so-called
+“old-style” numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and
+sometimes widths) from the standard “lining” numerals, which all have
+the same height as uppercase letters. LaTeX’s default fonts support
+this, and will respect ‘\textbf’ (but not other styles; there are no
italic old-style numerals in Computer Modern). Many other fonts have
old-style numerals also; sometimes package options are provided to make
them the default. FAQ entry: <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf>.
@@ -1840,21 +1842,21 @@ them the default. FAQ entry: <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf>.
The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The
table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used
-(in points) with the '10pt', '11pt', and '12pt' document size options,
+(in points) with the ‘10pt’, ‘11pt’, and ‘12pt’ document size options,
respectively (*note Document class options::).
-Command '10pt' '11pt' '12pt'
+Command ‘10pt’ ‘11pt’ ‘12pt’
--------------------------------------------------------
-'\tiny' 5 6 6
-'\scriptsize' 7 8 8
-'\footnotesize' 8 9 10
-'\small' 9 10 10.95
-'\normalsize' (default) 10 10.95 12
-'\large' 12 12 14.4
-'\Large' 14.4 14.4 17.28
-'\LARGE' 17.28 17.28 20.74
-'\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88
-'\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88
+‘\tiny’ 5 6 6
+‘\scriptsize’ 7 8 8
+‘\footnotesize’ 8 9 10
+‘\small’ 9 10 10.95
+‘\normalsize’ (default) 10 10.95 12
+‘\large’ 12 12 14.4
+‘\Large’ 14.4 14.4 17.28
+‘\LARGE’ 17.28 17.28 20.74
+‘\huge’ 20.74 20.74 24.88
+‘\Huge’ 24.88 24.88 24.88
The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form,
since that is how they are typically used. For example.
@@ -1863,30 +1865,30 @@ since that is how they are typically used. For example.
The Tao that can be named is not the eternal Tao.
\end{quotation}
-Here, the scope of the '\small' lasts until the end of the 'quotation'
+Here, the scope of the ‘\small’ lasts until the end of the ‘quotation’
environment. It would also end at the next type style command or the
end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces
-'{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}'.
+‘{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}’.
- Trying to use these commands in math, as with '$\small mv^2/2$',
-results in 'LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small invalid in math mode',
-and the font size doesn't change. To work with a too-large formula,
-often the best option is to use the 'displaymath' environment (*note
-Math formulas::), or one of the environments from the 'amsmath' package.
+ Trying to use these commands in math, as with ‘$\small mv^2/2$’,
+results in ‘LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small invalid in math mode’,
+and the font size doesn’t change. To work with a too-large formula,
+often the best option is to use the ‘displaymath’ environment (*note
+Math formulas::), or one of the environments from the ‘amsmath’ package.
For inline mathematics, such as in a table of formulas, an alternative
-is something like '{\small $mv^2/2$}'. (Sometimes '\scriptsize' and
-'\scriptstyle' are confused. Both change the font size, but the latter
+is something like ‘{\small $mv^2/2$}’. (Sometimes ‘\scriptsize’ and
+‘\scriptstyle’ are confused. Both change the font size, but the latter
also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is typeset.
*Note Math styles::.)
- An "environment form" of each of these commands is also defined; for
-instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. However, in practice this form
+ An “environment form” of each of these commands is also defined; for
+instance, ‘\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}’. However, in practice this form
can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or end of the
-environment without careful consideration, so it's generally less
+environment without careful consideration, so it’s generally less
error-prone to stick to the declaration form.
- (Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines '\begin' and
-'\end', nearly every command that does not take an argument technically
+ (Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines ‘\begin’ and
+‘\end’, nearly every command that does not take an argument technically
has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would only cause
confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the environment form of
the font size declarations specifically is that this particular use is
@@ -1899,125 +1901,125 @@ These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
ones.
-'\fontencoding{ENCODING}'
+‘\fontencoding{ENCODING}’
Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There
- are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are 'OT1',
- Knuth's original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
- 'T1', also known as the Cork encoding, which has support for the
+ are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are ‘OT1’,
+ Knuth’s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
+ ‘T1’, also known as the Cork encoding, which has support for the
accented characters used by the most widespread European languages
(German, French, Italian, Polish and others), which allows TeX to
hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see
<https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide>.
-'\fontfamily{FAMILY}'
+‘\fontfamily{FAMILY}’
Select the font family. The web page
<https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/> provides one way to browse through
many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX. Here are examples of
some common families.
- 'pag' Avant Garde
- 'fvs' Bitstream Vera Sans
- 'pbk' Bookman
- 'bch' Charter
- 'ccr' Computer Concrete
- 'cmr' Computer Modern
- 'cmss' Computer Modern Sans Serif
- 'cmtt' Computer Modern Typewriter
- 'pcr' Courier
- 'phv' Helvetica
- 'fi4' Inconsolata
- 'lmr' Latin Modern
- 'lmss' Latin Modern Sans
- 'lmtt' Latin Modern Typewriter
- 'pnc' New Century Schoolbook
- 'ppl' Palatino
- 'ptm' Times
- 'uncl' Uncial
- 'put' Utopia
- 'pzc' Zapf Chancery
-
-'\fontseries{SERIES}'
- Select the font series. A "series" combines a "weight" and a
- "width". Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
+ ‘pag’ Avant Garde
+ ‘fvs’ Bitstream Vera Sans
+ ‘pbk’ Bookman
+ ‘bch’ Charter
+ ‘ccr’ Computer Concrete
+ ‘cmr’ Computer Modern
+ ‘cmss’ Computer Modern Sans Serif
+ ‘cmtt’ Computer Modern Typewriter
+ ‘pcr’ Courier
+ ‘phv’ Helvetica
+ ‘fi4’ Inconsolata
+ ‘lmr’ Latin Modern
+ ‘lmss’ Latin Modern Sans
+ ‘lmtt’ Latin Modern Typewriter
+ ‘pnc’ New Century Schoolbook
+ ‘ppl’ Palatino
+ ‘ptm’ Times
+ ‘uncl’ Uncial
+ ‘put’ Utopia
+ ‘pzc’ Zapf Chancery
+
+‘\fontseries{SERIES}’
+ Select the font series. A “series” combines a “weight” and a
+ “width”. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
combinations. Some common combined series values include:
- 'm' Medium (normal)
- 'b' Bold
- 'c' Condensed
- 'bc' Bold condensed
- 'bx' Bold extended
+ ‘m’ Medium (normal)
+ ‘b’ Bold
+ ‘c’ Condensed
+ ‘bc’ Bold condensed
+ ‘bx’ Bold extended
The possible values for weight, individually, are:
- 'ul' Ultra light
- 'el' Extra light
- 'l' Light
- 'sl' Semi light
- 'm' Medium (normal)
- 'sb' Semi bold
- 'b' Bold
- 'eb' Extra bold
- 'ub' Ultra bold
+ ‘ul’ Ultra light
+ ‘el’ Extra light
+ ‘l’ Light
+ ‘sl’ Semi light
+ ‘m’ Medium (normal)
+ ‘sb’ Semi bold
+ ‘b’ Bold
+ ‘eb’ Extra bold
+ ‘ub’ Ultra bold
The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
- 'uc' Ultra condensed
- 'ec' Extra condensed
- 'c' Condensed
- 'sc' Semi condensed
- 'm' Medium
- 'sx' Semi expanded
- 'x' Expanded
- 'ex' Extra expanded
- 'ux' Ultra expanded
+ ‘uc’ Ultra condensed
+ ‘ec’ Extra condensed
+ ‘c’ Condensed
+ ‘sc’ Semi condensed
+ ‘m’ Medium
+ ‘sx’ Semi expanded
+ ‘x’ Expanded
+ ‘ex’ Extra expanded
+ ‘ux’ Ultra expanded
When forming the SERIES string from the weight and width, drop the
- 'm' that stands for medium weight or medium width, unless both
- weight and width are 'm', in which case use just one (''m'').
+ ‘m’ that stands for medium weight or medium width, unless both
+ weight and width are ‘m’, in which case use just one (‘‘m’’).
-'\fontshape{SHAPE}'
+‘\fontshape{SHAPE}’
Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
- 'n' Upright (normal)
- 'it' Italic
- 'sl' Slanted (oblique)
- 'sc' Small caps
- 'ui' Upright italics
- 'ol' Outline
+ ‘n’ Upright (normal)
+ ‘it’ Italic
+ ‘sl’ Slanted (oblique)
+ ‘sc’ Small caps
+ ‘ui’ Upright italics
+ ‘ol’ Outline
The two last shapes are not available for most font families, and
small caps are often missing as well.
-'\fontsize{SIZE}{SKIP}'
+‘\fontsize{SIZE}{SKIP}’
Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both
- parameters defaults to points ('pt'). The line spacing is the
+ parameters defaults to points (‘pt’). The line spacing is the
nominal vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is
- stored in the parameter '\baselineskip'. The default
- '\baselineskip' for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the
- '\fontsize'. Changing '\baselineskip' directly is inadvisable
+ stored in the parameter ‘\baselineskip’. The default
+ ‘\baselineskip’ for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the
+ ‘\fontsize’. Changing ‘\baselineskip’ directly is inadvisable
since its value is reset every time a size change happens; instead
- use '\baselinestretch'. (*note \baselineskip &
+ use ‘\baselinestretch’. (*note \baselineskip &
\baselinestretch::).
-'\linespread{FACTOR}'
- Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and
- therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect.
+‘\linespread{FACTOR}’
+ Equivalent to ‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}’, and
+ therefore must be followed by ‘\selectfont’ to have any effect.
Best specified in the preamble. *Note \baselineskip &
- \baselinestretch::, for using 'setspace' package instead.
+ \baselinestretch::, for using ‘setspace’ package instead.
-'\selectfont'
+‘\selectfont’
The effects of the font commands described above do not happen
- until '\selectfont' is called, as in
- '\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont'. It is often useful to put
+ until ‘\selectfont’ is called, as in
+ ‘\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont’. It is often useful to put
this in a macro:
- '\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont}'
+ ‘\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont}’
(*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
-'\usefont{ENC}{FAMILY}{SERIES}{SHAPE}'
- The same as invoking '\fontencoding', '\fontfamily', '\fontseries'
- and '\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by
- '\selectfont'. For example:
+‘\usefont{ENC}{FAMILY}{SERIES}{SHAPE}’
+ The same as invoking ‘\fontencoding’, ‘\fontfamily’, ‘\fontseries’
+ and ‘\fontshape’ with the given parameters, followed by
+ ‘\selectfont’. For example:
\usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}
@@ -2026,7 +2028,7 @@ ones.
Commands for controlling the general page layout.
-5.1 '\onecolumn'
+5.1 ‘\onecolumn’
================
Synopsis:
@@ -2034,11 +2036,11 @@ Synopsis:
\onecolumn
Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document
-is given the class option 'onecolumn' then this is the default behavior
+is given the class option ‘onecolumn’ then this is the default behavior
(*note Document class options::). This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).
-5.2 '\twocolumn'
+5.2 ‘\twocolumn’
================
Synopses:
@@ -2047,7 +2049,7 @@ Synopses:
\twocolumn[PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT]
Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is
-given the class option 'twocolumn' then this is the default (*note
+given the class option ‘twocolumn’ then this is the default (*note
Document class options::). This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
If the optional PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT argument is present, it is
@@ -2055,76 +2057,76 @@ typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts.
These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
-'\columnsep'
+‘\columnsep’
The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with
- a command such as '\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}'. You must change
+ a command such as ‘\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}’. You must change
it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good
place.
-'\columnseprule'
+‘\columnseprule’
The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning
that there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between
the two columns. Change it with a command such as
- '\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}', before the two-column mode
+ ‘\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}’, before the two-column mode
starts.
-'\columnwidth'
+‘\columnwidth’
The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to
- '\textwidth'. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the width
- of each of the two columns, '\columnwidth', to be half of
- '\textwidth' minus '\columnsep'.
+ ‘\textwidth’. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the width
+ of each of the two columns, ‘\columnwidth’, to be half of
+ ‘\textwidth’ minus ‘\columnsep’.
- In a two-column document, the starred environments 'table*' and
-'figure*' are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments
-'table' and 'figure' take up only one column (*note figure:: and *note
+ In a two-column document, the starred environments ‘table*’ and
+‘figure*’ are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments
+‘table’ and ‘figure’ take up only one column (*note figure:: and *note
table::). LaTeX places starred floats at the top of a page. The
following parameters control float behavior of two-column output.
-'\dbltopfraction'
+‘\dbltopfraction’
The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning
- that the height of a 'table*' or 'figure*' environment must not
- exceed '0.7\textheight'. If the height of your starred float
+ that the height of a ‘table*’ or ‘figure*’ environment must not
+ exceed ‘0.7\textheight’. If the height of your starred float
environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following
actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the
document:
- * Use the '[tp]' location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put
+ • Use the ‘[tp]’ location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put
the bulky float on a page by itself, as well as at the top of
a page.
- * Use the '[t!]' location specifier to override the effect of
- '\dbltopfraction' for this particular float.
+ • Use the ‘[t!]’ location specifier to override the effect of
+ ‘\dbltopfraction’ for this particular float.
- * Increase the value of '\dbltopfraction' to a suitably large
+ • Increase the value of ‘\dbltopfraction’ to a suitably large
number, to avoid going to float pages so soon.
- You can redefine it, as with '\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}'.
+ You can redefine it, as with ‘\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}’.
-'\dblfloatpagefraction'
+‘\dblfloatpagefraction’
For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum
fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of
- blank space. LaTeX's default is '0.5'. Change it with
- '\renewcommand'.
+ blank space. LaTeX’s default is ‘0.5’. Change it with
+ ‘\renewcommand’.
-'\dblfloatsep'
+‘\dblfloatsep’
On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the
distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page.
- The default is '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for a document set at '10pt'
- or '11pt', and '14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for a document set at
- '12pt'.
+ The default is ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ for a document set at ‘10pt’
+ or ‘11pt’, and ‘14pt plus2pt minus4pt’ for a document set at
+ ‘12pt’.
-'\dbltextfloatsep'
+‘\dbltextfloatsep’
This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top
- or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is '20pt
- plus2pt minus4pt'.
+ or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is ‘20pt
+ plus2pt minus4pt’.
-'\dbltopnumber'
+‘\dbltopnumber’
On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The LaTeX
- default is '2'.
+ default is ‘2’.
- This example uses '\twocolumn''s optional argument of to create a
+ This example uses ‘\twocolumn’’s optional argument of to create a
title that spans the two-column article:
\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
@@ -2145,203 +2147,204 @@ title that spans the two-column article:
Two column text here.
-5.3 '\flushbottom'
+5.3 ‘\flushbottom’
==================
-Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
+Make all pages in the document after this declaration have the same
height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the
differences in facing pages can be glaring.
If TeX cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page
-then you get a message like 'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
-occurred while \output is active'. If you get that, one option is to
-change to '\raggedbottom' (*note \raggedbottom::). Alternatively, you
-can adjust the 'textheight' to make compatible pages, or you can add
+then you get a message like ‘Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
+occurred while \output is active’. If you get that, one option is to
+change to ‘\raggedbottom’ (*note \raggedbottom::). Alternatively, you
+can adjust the ‘textheight’ to make compatible pages, or you can add
some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in
-'\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}'. Your last option is to, in a
+‘\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}’. Your last option is to, in a
final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (*note
\enlargethispage::).
- The '\flushbottom' state is the default only if you select the
-'twoside' document class option (*note Document class options::).
+ The ‘\flushbottom’ state is the default only if you select the
+‘twocolumn’ document class option (*note Document class options::), and
+for indexes made using ‘makeidx’.
-5.4 '\raggedbottom'
+5.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
===================
Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided
document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go
-at any point in the document body. See *note \flushbottom::.
+at any point in the document body. *Note \flushbottom::.
- This is the default unless you select the 'twoside' document class
+ This is the default unless you select the ‘twocolumn’ document class
option (*note Document class options::).
5.5 Page layout parameters
==========================
-'\columnsep'
-'\columnseprule'
-'\columnwidth'
+‘\columnsep’
+‘\columnseprule’
+‘\columnwidth’
The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between
the columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class
- option 'twocolumn' is in effect (*note Document class options::).
+ option ‘twocolumn’ is in effect (*note Document class options::).
*Note \twocolumn::.
-'\headheight'
+‘\headheight’
Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in
- the 'article', 'report', and 'book' classes is '12pt', at all type
+ the ‘article’, ‘report’, and ‘book’ classes is ‘12pt’, at all type
sizes.
-'\headsep'
+‘\headsep’
Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top
- of the main text. The default in the 'article' and 'report'
- classes is '25pt'. In the 'book' class the default is: if the
- document is set at 10pt then it is '0.25in', and at 11pt or 12pt it
- is '0.275in'.
+ of the main text. The default in the ‘article’ and ‘report’
+ classes is ‘25pt’. In the ‘book’ class the default is: if the
+ document is set at 10pt then it is ‘0.25in’, and at 11pt or 12pt it
+ is ‘0.275in’.
-'\footskip'
+‘\footskip’
Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline
- of the page footer. The default in the 'article' and 'report'
- classes is '30pt'. In the 'book' class the default is: when the
- type size is 10pt the default is '0.35in', while at 11pt it is
- '0.38in', and at 12pt it is '30pt'.
-
-'\linewidth'
- Width of the current line, decreased for each nested 'list' (*note
- list::). That is, the nominal value for '\linewidth' is to equal
- '\textwidth' but for each nested list the '\linewidth' is decreased
- by the sum of that list's '\leftmargin' and '\rightmargin' (*note
+ of the page footer. The default in the ‘article’ and ‘report’
+ classes is ‘30pt’. In the ‘book’ class the default is: when the
+ type size is 10pt the default is ‘0.35in’, while at 11pt it is
+ ‘0.38in’, and at 12pt it is ‘30pt’.
+
+‘\linewidth’
+ Width of the current line, decreased for each nested ‘list’ (*note
+ list::). That is, the nominal value for ‘\linewidth’ is to equal
+ ‘\textwidth’ but for each nested list the ‘\linewidth’ is decreased
+ by the sum of that list’s ‘\leftmargin’ and ‘\rightmargin’ (*note
itemize::).
-'\marginparpush'
-'\marginsep'
-'\marginparwidth'
+‘\marginparpush’
+‘\marginsep’
+‘\marginparwidth’
The minimum vertical space between two marginal notes, the
horizontal space between the text body and the marginal notes, and
the horizontal width of the notes.
Normally marginal notes appear on the outside of the page, but the
- declaration '\reversemarginpar' changes that (and
- '\normalmarginpar' changes it back).
+ declaration ‘\reversemarginpar’ changes that (and
+ ‘\normalmarginpar’ changes it back).
- The defaults for '\marginparpush' in both 'book' and 'article'
- classes are: '7pt' if the document is set at 12pt, and '5pt' if the
+ The defaults for ‘\marginparpush’ in both ‘book’ and ‘article’
+ classes are: ‘7pt’ if the document is set at 12pt, and ‘5pt’ if the
document is set at 11pt or 10pt.
- For '\marginsep', in 'article' class the default is '10pt' except
+ For ‘\marginsep’, in ‘article’ class the default is ‘10pt’ except
if the document is set at 10pt and in two-column mode where the
- default is '11pt'.
+ default is ‘11pt’.
- For '\marginsep' in 'book' class the default is '10pt' in
- two-column mode and '7pt' in one-column mode.
+ For ‘\marginsep’ in ‘book’ class the default is ‘10pt’ in
+ two-column mode and ‘7pt’ in one-column mode.
- For '\marginparwidth' in both 'book' and 'article' classes, in
- two-column mode the default is 60% of '\paperwidth - \textwidth',
+ For ‘\marginparwidth’ in both ‘book’ and ‘article’ classes, in
+ two-column mode the default is 60% of ‘\paperwidth − \textwidth’,
while in one-column mode it is 50% of that distance.
-'\oddsidemargin'
-'\evensidemargin'
- The '\oddsidemargin' length is the extra distance between the left
- side of the page and the text's left margin, on odd-numbered pages
- when the document class option 'twoside' is chosen and on all pages
- when 'oneside' is in effect. When 'twoside' is in effect, on
+‘\oddsidemargin’
+‘\evensidemargin’
+ The ‘\oddsidemargin’ length is the extra distance between the left
+ side of the page and the text’s left margin, on odd-numbered pages
+ when the document class option ‘twoside’ is chosen and on all pages
+ when ‘oneside’ is in effect. When ‘twoside’ is in effect, on
even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is
- '\evensidemargin'.
+ ‘\evensidemargin’.
- LaTeX's default is that '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference
- between '\paperwidth' and '\textwidth', and '\evensidemargin' is
+ LaTeX’s default is that ‘\oddsidemargin’ is 40% of the difference
+ between ‘\paperwidth’ and ‘\textwidth’, and ‘\evensidemargin’ is
the remainder.
-'\paperheight'
+‘\paperheight’
The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print
area. Normally set with a document class option, as in
- '\documentclass[a4paper]{article}' (*note Document class
+ ‘\documentclass[a4paper]{article}’ (*note Document class
options::).
-'\paperwidth'
+‘\paperwidth’
The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print
area. Normally set with a document class option, as in
- '\documentclass[a4paper]{article}' (*note Document class
+ ‘\documentclass[a4paper]{article}’ (*note Document class
options::).
-'\textheight'
+‘\textheight’
The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is
- set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an 'article' or
- 'report' the default is '43\baselineskip', while for a 'book' it is
- '41\baselineskip'. At a type size of 11pt the default is
- '38\baselineskip' for all document classes. At 12pt it is
- '36\baselineskip' for all classes.
+ set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an ‘article’ or
+ ‘report’ the default is ‘43\baselineskip’, while for a ‘book’ it is
+ ‘41\baselineskip’. At a type size of 11pt the default is
+ ‘38\baselineskip’ for all document classes. At 12pt it is
+ ‘36\baselineskip’ for all classes.
-'\textwidth'
+‘\textwidth’
The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an
- 'article' or 'report' document, the default is '345pt' when the
- chosen type size is 10pt, the default is '360pt' at 11pt, and it is
- '390pt' at 12pt. For a 'book' document, the default is '4.5in' at
- a type size of 10pt, and '5in' at 11pt or 12pt.
+ ‘article’ or ‘report’ document, the default is ‘345pt’ when the
+ chosen type size is 10pt, the default is ‘360pt’ at 11pt, and it is
+ ‘390pt’ at 12pt. For a ‘book’ document, the default is ‘4.5in’ at
+ a type size of 10pt, and ‘5in’ at 11pt or 12pt.
- In multi-column output, '\textwidth' remains the width of the
- entire page body, while '\columnwidth' is the width of one column
+ In multi-column output, ‘\textwidth’ remains the width of the
+ entire page body, while ‘\columnwidth’ is the width of one column
(*note \twocolumn::).
- In lists (*note list::), '\textwidth' remains the width of the
- entire page body (and '\columnwidth' the width of the entire
- column), while '\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists.
+ In lists (*note list::), ‘\textwidth’ remains the width of the
+ entire page body (and ‘\columnwidth’ the width of the entire
+ column), while ‘\linewidth’ may decrease for nested lists.
- Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or '\parbox' (*note
+ Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or ‘\parbox’ (*note
\parbox::), all the width-related parameters are set to the
specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of
- the 'minipage' or '\parbox'.
+ the ‘minipage’ or ‘\parbox’.
-'\hsize'
- This entry is included for completeness: '\hsize' is the TeX
+‘\hsize’
+ This entry is included for completeness: ‘\hsize’ is the TeX
primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should
not be used in normal LaTeX documents.
-'\topmargin'
+‘\topmargin’
Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the
paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is
- computed based on many other parameters: '\paperheight - 2in -
- \headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip', and then divided
+ computed based on many other parameters: ‘\paperheight − 2in −
+ \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip’, and then divided
by two.
-'\topskip'
+‘\topskip’
Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline
of the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default
- is the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at a type size of 10pt.
+ is the same as the font size, e.g., ‘10pt’ at a type size of 10pt.
-5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch'
+5.6 ‘\baselineskip’ & ‘\baselinestretch’
========================================
-The '\baselineskip' is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). It gives the
-"leading", the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
+The ‘\baselineskip’ is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). It gives the
+“leading”, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
baseline to baseline.
- Ordinarily document authors do not directly change '\baselineskip'
+ Ordinarily document authors do not directly change ‘\baselineskip’
while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection
-command '\fontsize' (*note low level font commands fontsize::). The
-'\baselineskip''s value is reset every time a font change happens and so
-any direct change to '\baselineskip' would vanish the next time there
+command ‘\fontsize’ (*note low level font commands fontsize::). The
+‘\baselineskip’’s value is reset every time a font change happens and so
+any direct change to ‘\baselineskip’ would vanish the next time there
was a font switch. For how to influence line spacing, see the
-discussion of '\baselinestretch' below.
+discussion of ‘\baselinestretch’ below.
- Usually, a font's size and baseline skip is assigned by the font
+ Usually, a font’s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font
designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance,
-a font's style file has the command '\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}' then that
+a font’s style file has the command ‘\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}’ then that
does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; for
instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does it
mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk
touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the
-'\baselineskip' is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
+‘\baselineskip’ is about twenty percent larger than the font size.)
- The '\baselineskip' is not a property of each line but of the entire
+ The ‘\baselineskip’ is not a property of each line but of the entire
paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, such
-as a single '{\Huge Q}', will be squashed into its line. TeX will make
-sure it doesn't scrape up against the line above but won't change the
-'\baselineskip' for that one line to make extra room above. For the
-fix, use a '\strut' (*note \strut::).
+as a single ‘{\Huge Q}’, will be squashed into its line. TeX will make
+sure it doesn’t scrape up against the line above but won’t change the
+‘\baselineskip’ for that one line to make extra room above. For the
+fix, use a ‘\strut’ (*note \strut::).
- The value of '\baselineskip' that TeX uses for the paragraph is the
+ The value of ‘\baselineskip’ that TeX uses for the paragraph is the
value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph
unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be
scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs.
@@ -2354,39 +2357,40 @@ scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs.
The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added,
if the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is
-less than '\baselineskip' then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up the
+less than ‘\baselineskip’ then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up the
difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the lines
-would be too close together, closer than '\lineskiplimit', then TeX
-instead uses '\lineskip' as the interline glue. The second is that TeX
-doesn't actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses
-'\prevdepth', which usually contains that depth. But at the beginning
+would be too close together, closer than ‘\lineskiplimit’, then TeX
+instead uses ‘\lineskip’ as the interline glue. The second is that TeX
+doesn’t actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses
+‘\prevdepth’, which usually contains that depth. But at the beginning
of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or just after a rule,
-'\prevdepth' has the value -1000pt and this special value tells TeX not
+‘\prevdepth’ has the value -1000pt and this special value tells TeX not
to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start.
- In the standard classes '\lineskiplimit' is 0pt and '\lineskip' is
+ In the standard classes ‘\lineskiplimit’ is 0pt and ‘\lineskip’ is
1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance between lines can
approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than zero) then the lines
jump to 1pt apart.
Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in
double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the
-interline distance is via '\baselinestretch'. It scales
-'\baselineskip', and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, not a
-length, so change the scale factor as in
-'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont'.
+interline distance is via ‘\baselinestretch’. It scales
+‘\baselineskip’, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, not a
+length, and does not take effect until a font change happens, so set the
+scale factor like this:
+‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont’.
The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
-document is to put '\linespread{FACTOR}' in the preamble. For double
+document is to put ‘\linespread{FACTOR}’ in the preamble. For double
spacing, take FACTOR to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3.
-These number are rough: for instance, since the '\baselineskip' is about
-1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a baseline skip to
-font size ratio of about 2. (The '\linespread' command is defined as
-'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}' so it won't take effect until
-a font setting happens. But that always takes place at the start of a
-document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.)
+These numbers are rough: for instance, since the ‘\baselineskip’ is
+about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a baseline skip
+to font size ratio of about 2. (The ‘\linespread’ command is defined as
+‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}’ so it also won’t take effect
+until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at the start
+of a document, so there you don’t need to follow it with ‘\selectfont’.)
- A simpler approach is the 'setspace' package. The basic example:
+ A simpler approach is the ‘setspace’ package. The basic example:
\usepackage{setspace}
\doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5
@@ -2394,11 +2398,11 @@ document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.)
In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. But
you can also use these declarations in the document body to change the
spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is
-'\singlespacing' to return the spacing to normal. In the document body,
+‘\singlespacing’ to return the spacing to normal. In the document body,
a better practice than using the declarations is to use environments,
-such as '\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}'. The package also
-has commands to do arbitrary spacing: '\setstretch{FACTOR}' and
-'\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}'. This package also keeps
+such as ‘\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}’. The package also
+has commands to do arbitrary spacing: ‘\setstretch{FACTOR}’ and
+‘\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}’. This package also keeps
the line spacing single-spaced in places where that is typically
desirable, such as footnotes and figure captions. See the package
documentation.
@@ -2411,9 +2415,9 @@ across pages. They must be typeset outside of the normal flow of text,
for instance floating to the top of a later page.
LaTeX can have a number of different classes of floating material.
-The default is the two classes, 'figure' (*note figure::) and 'table'
+The default is the two classes, ‘figure’ (*note figure::) and ‘table’
(*note table::), but you can create a new class with the package
-'float'.
+‘float’.
Within any one float class LaTeX always respects the order, so that
the first figure in a document source must be typeset before the second
@@ -2434,126 +2438,126 @@ that class also appears at the end.
In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
PLACEMENT argument. The possible values are a sequence of the letters
-below. The default for both 'figure' and 'table', in both 'article' and
-'book' classes, is 'tbp'.
+below. The default for both ‘figure’ and ‘table’, in both ‘article’ and
+‘book’ classes, is ‘tbp’.
-'t'
- (Top)--at the top of a text page.
+‘t’
+ (Top)—at the top of a text page.
-'b'
- (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page. (However, 'b' is not
- allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column
- output. To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix'
+‘b’
+ (Bottom)—at the bottom of a text page. (However, ‘b’ is not
+ allowed for full-width floats (‘figure*’) with double-column
+ output. To ameliorate this, use the ‘stfloats’ or ‘dblfloatfix’
package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ:
<https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat>.
-'h'
- (Here)--at the position in the text where the 'figure' environment
- appears. However, 'h' is not allowed by itself; 't' is
+‘h’
+ (Here)—at the position in the text where the ‘figure’ environment
+ appears. However, ‘h’ is not allowed by itself; ‘t’ is
automatically added.
- To absolutely force a float to appear "here", you can
- '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines.
+ To absolutely force a float to appear “here”, you can
+ ‘\usepackage{float}’ and use the ‘H’ specifier which it defines.
For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at
<https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere>.
-'p'
- (Page of floats)--on a separate "float page", which is a page
+‘p’
+ (Page of floats)—on a separate “float page”, which is a page
containing no text, only floats.
-'!'
+‘!’
Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX
ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can
appear and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the
- page. The '!' specifier does _not_ mean "put the float here"; see
+ page. The ‘!’ specifier does _not_ mean “put the float here”; see
above.
Note: the order in which letters appear in the PLACEMENT argument
does not change the order in which LaTeX tries to place the float; for
-instance, 'btp' has the same effect as 'tbp'. All that PLACEMENT does
+instance, ‘btp’ has the same effect as ‘tbp’. All that PLACEMENT does
is that if a letter is not present then the algorithm does not try that
-location. Thus, LaTeX's default of 'tbp' is to try every location
+location. Thus, LaTeX’s default of ‘tbp’ is to try every location
except placing the float where it occurs in the source.
To prevent LaTeX from moving floats to the end of the document or a
-chapter you can use a '\clearpage' command to start a new page and
+chapter you can use a ‘\clearpage’ command to start a new page and
insert all pending floats. If a pagebreak is undesirable then you can
-use the 'afterpage' package and issue '\afterpage{\clearpage}'. This
+use the ‘afterpage’ package and issue ‘\afterpage{\clearpage}’. This
will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all
outstanding floats.
LaTeX can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
-(although on the same output page) if there is a 't' specifier in the
-PLACEMENT parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the 't' is
+(although on the same output page) if there is a ‘t’ specifier in the
+PLACEMENT parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the ‘t’ is
not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the
-next page, then you can prevent it by either using the 'flafter' package
-or using the command '\suppressfloats[t]', which causes floats for the
+next page, then you can prevent it by either using the ‘flafter’ package
+or using the command ‘\suppressfloats[t]’, which causes floats for the
top position on this page to moved to the next page.
Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and
-non-float text (change them with '\renewcommand{PARAMETER}{DECIMAL
-BETWEEN 0 AND 1}'):
+non-float text (change them with ‘\renewcommand{PARAMETER}{DECIMAL
+BETWEEN 0 AND 1}’):
-'\bottomfraction'
+‘\bottomfraction’
The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats
- at the bottom; default '.3'.
+ at the bottom; default ‘.3’.
-'\floatpagefraction'
+‘\floatpagefraction’
The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by
- floats; default '.5'.
+ floats; default ‘.5’.
-'\textfraction'
+‘\textfraction’
Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
- different page. The default is '.2'.
+ different page. The default is ‘.2’.
-'\topfraction'
+‘\topfraction’
Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
- floats; default '.7'.
+ floats; default ‘.7’.
Parameters relating to vertical space around floats (change them with
-a command of the form '\setlength{PARAMETER}{LENGTH EXPRESSION}'):
+a command of the form ‘\setlength{PARAMETER}{LENGTH EXPRESSION}’):
-'\floatsep'
- Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default '12pt
- plus2pt minus2pt'.
+‘\floatsep’
+ Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default ‘12pt
+ plus2pt minus2pt’.
-'\intextsep'
+‘\intextsep’
Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text;
- default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for 10 point and 11 point
- documents, and '14pt plus4pt minus4pt' for 12 point documents.
+ default ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ for 10 point and 11 point
+ documents, and ‘14pt plus4pt minus4pt’ for 12 point documents.
-'\textfloatsep'
+‘\textfloatsep’
Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
- default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.
+ default ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.
Counters relating to the number of floats on a page (change them with
-a command of the form '\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NATURAL NUMBER}'):
+a command of the form ‘\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NATURAL NUMBER}’):
-'bottomnumber'
+‘bottomnumber’
Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text
page; default 1.
-'dbltopnumber'
+‘dbltopnumber’
Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
two-column page; default 2.
-'topnumber'
+‘topnumber’
Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
default 2.
-'totalnumber'
+‘totalnumber’
Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats
<https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats> contains suggestions for relaxing
-LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed
+LaTeX’s default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed
to the end. A full explanation of the float placement algorithm is in
-Frank Mittelbach's article "How to influence the position of float
-environments like figure and table in LaTeX?"
+Frank Mittelbach’s article “How to influence the position of float
+environments like figure and table in LaTeX?”
(<https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf>).
-5.7.1 '\caption'
+5.7.1 ‘\caption’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -2564,8 +2568,8 @@ or
\caption[SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT]{CAPTION-TEXT}
- Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a 'figure' or
-'table' environment (*note figure:: or *note table::).
+ Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a ‘figure’ or
+‘table’ environment (*note figure:: or *note table::).
In this example, LaTeX places a caption below the vertical blank
space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture.
@@ -2576,16 +2580,16 @@ space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture.
\label{fig:CushingPic}
\end{figure}
-The '\caption' command will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like
-'Figure 1:' for an article or 'Figure 1.1:' for a book. The text is
+The ‘\caption’ command will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like
+‘Figure 1:’ for an article or ‘Figure 1.1:’ for a book. The text is
centered if it is shorter than the text width, or set as an unindented
paragraph if it takes more than one line.
- In addition to placing the CAPTION-TEXT in the output, the '\caption'
+ In addition to placing the CAPTION-TEXT in the output, the ‘\caption’
command also saves that information for use in a list of figures or list
of tables (*note Table of contents etc.::).
- Here the '\caption' command uses the optional SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT, so
+ Here the ‘\caption’ command uses the optional SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT, so
that the shorter text appears in the list of tables, rather than the
longer CAPTION-TEXT.
@@ -2604,25 +2608,25 @@ longer CAPTION-TEXT.
\label{tab:LoShu}
\end{table}
-LaTeX will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like 'Table 1:' for an
-article or 'Table 1.1:' for a book.
+LaTeX will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like ‘Table 1:’ for an
+article or ‘Table 1.1:’ for a book.
- The caption can appear at the top of the 'figure' or 'table'. For
+ The caption can appear at the top of the ‘figure’ or ‘table’. For
instance, that would happen in the prior example by putting the
-'\caption' between the '\centering' and the '\begin{tabular}'.
+‘\caption’ between the ‘\centering’ and the ‘\begin{tabular}’.
Different floating environments are numbered separately, by default.
-It is '\caption' that updates the counter, and so any '\label' must come
-after the '\caption'. The counter for the 'figure' environment is named
-'figure', and similarly the counter for the 'table' environment is
-'table'.
+It is ‘\caption’ that updates the counter, and so any ‘\label’ must come
+after the ‘\caption’. The counter for the ‘figure’ environment is named
+‘figure’, and similarly the counter for the ‘table’ environment is
+‘table’.
The text that will be put in the list of figures or list of tables is
-moving argument. If you get the LaTeX error '! Argument of \@caption
-has an extra }' then you must put '\protect' in front of any fragile
+moving argument. If you get the LaTeX error ‘! Argument of \@caption
+has an extra }’ then you must put ‘\protect’ in front of any fragile
commands. *Note \protect::.
- The 'caption' package has many options to adjust how the caption
+ The ‘caption’ package has many options to adjust how the caption
appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be
hanging text rather than set as a paragraph, or making the caption
always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short.
@@ -2638,30 +2642,30 @@ sectioning commands have the same form, one of:
SECTIONING-COMMAND[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
For instance, declare the start of a subsection as with
-'\subsection{Motivation}'.
+‘\subsection{Motivation}’.
The table has each SECTIONING-COMMAND in LaTeX. All are available in
-all of LaTeX's standard document classes 'book', 'report',
-and 'article', except that '\chapter' is not available in 'article'.
+all of LaTeX’s standard document classes ‘book’, ‘report’,
+and ‘article’, except that ‘\chapter’ is not available in ‘article’.
Sectioning unit Command Level
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-Part '\part' -1 ('book', 'report'), 0
- ('article')
-Chapter '\chapter' 0
-Section '\section' 1
-Subsection '\subsection' 2
-Subsubsection '\subsubsection' 3
-Paragraph '\paragraph' 4
-Subparagraph '\subparagraph' 5
-
- All these commands have a '*'-form that prints TITLE as usual but
+Part ‘\part’ -1 (‘book’, ‘report’), 0
+ (‘article’)
+Chapter ‘\chapter’ 0
+Section ‘\section’ 1
+Subsection ‘\subsection’ 2
+Subsubsection ‘\subsubsection’ 3
+Paragraph ‘\paragraph’ 4
+Subparagraph ‘\subparagraph’ 5
+
+ All these commands have a ‘*’-form that prints TITLE as usual but
does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents.
-An example of using this is for an appendix in an 'article'. The input
-'\appendix\section{Appendix}' gives the output 'A Appendix' (*note
-\appendix::). You can lose the numbering 'A' by instead entering
-'\section*{Appendix}' (articles often omit a table of contents and have
-simple page headers so the other differences from the '\section' command
+An example of using this is for an appendix in an ‘article’. The input
+‘\appendix\section{Appendix}’ gives the output ‘A Appendix’ (*note
+\appendix::). You can lose the numbering ‘A’ by instead entering
+‘\section*{Appendix}’ (articles often omit a table of contents and have
+simple page headers so the other differences from the ‘\section’ command
may not matter).
The section title TITLE provides the heading in the main text, but it
@@ -2672,48 +2676,49 @@ TOC-TITLE for these other places.
The level number in the table above determines which sectional units
are numbered, and which appear in the table of contents. If the
-sectioning command's LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the
-counter 'secnumdepth' then the titles for this sectioning command will
+sectioning command’s LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the
+counter ‘secnumdepth’ then the titles for this sectioning command will
be numbered (*note Sectioning/secnumdepth::). And, if LEVEL is less
-than or equal to the value of the counter 'tocdepth' then the table of
+than or equal to the value of the counter ‘tocdepth’ then the table of
contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (*note
Sectioning/tocdepth::).
- LaTeX expects that before you have a '\subsection' you will have a
-'\section' and, in a 'book' class document, that before a '\section' you
-will have a '\chapter'. Otherwise you can get something like a
-subsection numbered '3.0.1'.
+ LaTeX expects that before you have a ‘\subsection’ you will have a
+‘\section’ and, in a ‘book’ class document, that before a ‘\section’ you
+will have a ‘\chapter’. Otherwise you can get something like a
+subsection numbered ‘3.0.1’.
LaTeX lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a
-simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case
-letters with '\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}' in the preamble
-(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). CTAN has many
-packages that make this adjustment easier, notably 'titlesec'.
+simple example, you can change the section numbering to uppercase
+letters with this (in the preamble):
+‘\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}’ . (*Note \alph \Alph \arabic
+\roman \Roman \fnsymbol::.) CTAN has many packages that make this
+adjustment easier, notably ‘titlesec’.
Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning
commands.
-'secnumdepth'
+‘secnumdepth’
Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter
- with '\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}' will suppress numbering of
+ with ‘\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}’ will suppress numbering of
sectioning at any depth greater than LEVEL (*note \setcounter::).
See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if the
- 'secnumdepth' is 1 in an 'article' then a '\section{Introduction}'
- command will produce output like '1 Introduction' while
- '\subsection{Discussion}' will produce output like 'Discussion',
- without the number. LaTeX's default 'secnumdepth' is 3 in
- 'article' class and 2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes.
+ ‘secnumdepth’ is 1 in an ‘article’ then a ‘\section{Introduction}’
+ command will produce output like ‘1 Introduction’ while
+ ‘\subsection{Discussion}’ will produce output like ‘Discussion’,
+ without the number. LaTeX’s default ‘secnumdepth’ is 3 in
+ ‘article’ class and 2 in the ‘book’ and ‘report’ classes.
-'tocdepth'
+‘tocdepth’
Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of
- contents. The setting '\setcounter{tocdepth}{LEVEL}' makes the
+ contents. The setting ‘\setcounter{tocdepth}{LEVEL}’ makes the
sectioning units at LEVEL be the smallest ones listed (*note
\setcounter::). See the above table for the level numbers. For
- instance, if 'tocdepth' is 1 then the table of contents will list
- sections but not subsections. LaTeX's default 'tocdepth' is 3 in
- 'article' class and 2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes.
+ instance, if ‘tocdepth’ is 1 then the table of contents will list
+ sections but not subsections. LaTeX’s default ‘tocdepth’ is 3 in
+ ‘article’ class and 2 in the ‘book’ and ‘report’ classes.
-6.1 '\part'
+6.1 ‘\part’
===========
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2722,8 +2727,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\part*{TITLE}
\part[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
- Start a document part. The standard LaTeX classes 'book', 'report',
-and 'article', all have this command.
+ Start a document part. The standard LaTeX classes ‘book’, ‘report’,
+and ‘article’, all have this command.
This produces a document part, in a book.
@@ -2733,19 +2738,19 @@ and 'article', all have this command.
My family is American, and has been for generations,
in all its branches, direct and collateral.
- In each standard class the '\part' command outputs a part number such
-as 'Part I', alone on its line, in boldface, and in large type. Then
+ In each standard class the ‘\part’ command outputs a part number such
+as ‘Part I’, alone on its line, in boldface, and in large type. Then
LaTeX outputs TITLE, also alone on its line, in bold and in even larger
-type. In class 'book', the LaTeX default puts each part alone on its
+type. In class ‘book’, the LaTeX default puts each part alone on its
own page. If the book is two-sided then LaTeX will skip a page if
-needed to have the new part on an odd-numbered page. In 'report' it is
-again alone on a page, but LaTeX won't force it onto an odd-numbered
-page. In an 'article' LaTeX does not put it on a fresh page, but
+needed to have the new part on an odd-numbered page. In ‘report’ it is
+again alone on a page, but LaTeX won’t force it onto an odd-numbered
+page. In an ‘article’ LaTeX does not put it on a fresh page, but
instead outputs the part number and part title onto the main document
page.
- The '*' form shows TITLE but it does not show the part number, does
-not increment the 'part' counter, and produces no table of contents
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE but it does not show the part number, does
+not increment the ‘part’ counter, and produces no table of contents
entry.
The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the part title in the
@@ -2760,14 +2765,14 @@ the table of contents.
in the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 (*note
Sectioning/secnumdepth::, and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
- In the class 'article', if a paragraph immediately follows the part
+ In the class ‘article’, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package
-'indentfirst'.
+‘indentfirst’.
- One package to change the behavior of '\part' is 'titlesec'. See its
+ One package to change the behavior of ‘\part’ is ‘titlesec’. See its
documentation on CTAN.
-6.2 '\chapter'
+6.2 ‘\chapter’
==============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2776,8 +2781,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\chapter*{TITLE}
\chapter[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
- Start a chapter. The standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' have
-this command but 'article' does not.
+ Start a chapter. The standard LaTeX classes ‘book’ and ‘report’ have
+this command but ‘article’ does not.
This produces a chapter.
@@ -2790,16 +2795,16 @@ this command but 'article' does not.
The LaTeX default starts each chapter on a fresh page, an
odd-numbered page if the document is two-sided. It produces a chapter
-number such as 'Chapter 1' in large boldface type (the size is '\huge').
+number such as ‘Chapter 1’ in large boldface type (the size is ‘\huge’).
It then puts TITLE on a fresh line, in boldface type that is still
-larger (size '\Huge'). It also increments the 'chapter' counter, adds
+larger (size ‘\Huge’). It also increments the ‘chapter’ counter, adds
an entry to the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::), and
sets the running header information (*note Page styles::).
- The '*' form shows TITLE on a fresh line, in boldface. But it does
-not show the chapter number, does not increment the 'chapter' counter,
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE on a fresh line, in boldface. But it does
+not show the chapter number, does not increment the ‘chapter’ counter,
produces no table of contents entry, and does not affect the running
-header. (If you use the page style 'headings' in a two-sided document
+header. (If you use the page style ‘headings’ in a two-sided document
then the header will be from the prior chapter.) This example
illustrates.
@@ -2812,8 +2817,8 @@ there. This shows the full name in the chapter title,
\chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}
-but only 'Weyl' on the contents page. This puts a line break in the
-title but that doesn't work well with running headers so it omits the
+but only ‘Weyl’ on the contents page. This puts a line break in the
+title but that doesn’t work well with running headers so it omits the
break in the contents
\chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story}
@@ -2824,11 +2829,11 @@ Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package
-'indentfirst'.
+‘indentfirst’.
You can change what is shown for the chapter number. To change it to
-something like 'Lecture 1', put in the preamble either
-'\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Lecture}' or this (*note \makeatletter &
+something like ‘Lecture 1’, put in the preamble either
+‘\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Lecture}’ or this (*note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::).
\makeatletter
@@ -2836,16 +2841,16 @@ something like 'Lecture 1', put in the preamble either
\makeatother
To make this change because of the primary language for the document,
-see the package 'babel'.
+see the package ‘babel’.
In a two-sided document LaTeX puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if
necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any
running headers. To make that page completely blank, see *note
\clearpage & \cleardoublepage::.
- To change the behavior of the '\chapter' command, you can copy its
+ To change the behavior of the ‘\chapter’ command, you can copy its
definition from the LaTeX format file and make adjustments. But there
-are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is 'titlesec'.
+are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is ‘titlesec’.
See its documentation, but the example below gives a sense of what it
can do.
@@ -2856,11 +2861,11 @@ can do.
{0pt} % length of separation between label and title
{} % before-code hook
-This omits the chapter number 'Chapter 1' from the page but unlike
-'\chapter*' it keeps the chapter in the table of contents and the
+This omits the chapter number ‘Chapter 1’ from the page but unlike
+‘\chapter*’ it keeps the chapter in the table of contents and the
running headers.
-6.3 '\section'
+6.3 ‘\section’
==============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2869,8 +2874,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\section*{TITLE}
\section[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
- Start a section. The standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and
-'report' all have this command.
+ Start a section. The standard LaTeX classes ‘article’, ‘book’, and
+‘report’ all have this command.
This produces a section.
@@ -2884,16 +2889,16 @@ Synopsis, one of:
first step toward defining the set of computable functions
is to reflect on the details of what mechanisms can do.
- For the standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' the default output
-is like '1.2 TITLE' (for chapter 1, section 2), alone on its line and
-flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is '\Large').
-The same holds in 'article' except that there are no chapters in that
-class so it looks like '2 TITLE'.
+ For the standard LaTeX classes ‘book’ and ‘report’ the default output
+is like ‘1.2 TITLE’ (for chapter 1, section 2), alone on its line and
+flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is ‘\Large’).
+The same holds in ‘article’ except that there are no chapters in that
+class so it looks like ‘2 TITLE’.
- The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not show the section number,
-does not increment the 'section' counter, produces no table of contents
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE. But it does not show the section number,
+does not increment the ‘section’ counter, produces no table of contents
entry, and does not affect the running header. (If you use the page
-style 'headings' in a two-sided document then the header will be from
+style ‘headings’ in a two-sided document then the header will be from
the prior section.)
The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the section title in
@@ -2906,7 +2911,7 @@ there. This shows the full name in the title of the section:
Canada and Her other Realms and Territories Queen,
Head of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith.}
-but only 'Elizabeth II' on the contents page and in the headers. This
+but only ‘Elizabeth II’ on the contents page and in the headers. This
has a line break in TITLE but that does not work with headers so it is
omitted from the contents and headers.
@@ -2919,12 +2924,12 @@ Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the
-package 'indentfirst'.
+package ‘indentfirst’.
- In general, to change the behavior of the '\section' command, there
-are a number of options. One is the '\@startsection' command (*note
+ In general, to change the behavior of the ‘\section’ command, there
+are a number of options. One is the ‘\@startsection’ command (*note
\@startsection::). There are also many packages on CTAN that address
-this, including 'titlesec'. See the documentation but the example below
+this, including ‘titlesec’. See the documentation but the example below
gives a sense of what they can do.
\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
@@ -2938,7 +2943,7 @@ gives a sense of what they can do.
That puts the section number in the margin.
-6.4 '\subsection'
+6.4 ‘\subsection’
=================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -2947,8 +2952,8 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\subsection*{TITLE}
\subsection[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
- Start a subsection. The standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book',
-and 'report' all have this command.
+ Start a subsection. The standard LaTeX classes ‘article’, ‘book’,
+and ‘report’ all have this command.
This produces a subsection.
@@ -2959,14 +2964,14 @@ and 'report' all have this command.
dramatize the challenge to our intuition posed by comparing the sizes of
infinite sets.
- For the standard LaTeX classes 'book' and 'report' the default output
-is like '1.2.3 TITLE' (for chapter 1, section 2, subsection 3), alone on
+ For the standard LaTeX classes ‘book’ and ‘report’ the default output
+is like ‘1.2.3 TITLE’ (for chapter 1, section 2, subsection 3), alone on
its line and flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is
-'\large'). The same holds in 'article' except that there are no
-chapters in that class so it looks like '2.3 TITLE'.
+‘\large’). The same holds in ‘article’ except that there are no
+chapters in that class so it looks like ‘2.3 TITLE’.
- The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not show the subsection
-number, does not increment the 'subsection' counter, and produces no
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE. But it does not show the subsection
+number, does not increment the ‘subsection’ counter, and produces no
table of contents entry.
The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the subsection title
@@ -2977,7 +2982,7 @@ of the subsection:
\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of
Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow}
-but only 'α,β,γ paper' on the contents page.
+but only ‘α,β,γ paper’ on the contents page.
For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear
in the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (*note
@@ -2985,12 +2990,12 @@ Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as
is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to
-use the package 'indentfirst'.
+use the package ‘indentfirst’.
There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
-'\subsection' command. One is the '\@startsection' command (*note
+‘\subsection’ command. One is the ‘\@startsection’ command (*note
\@startsection::). There are also many packages on CTAN that address
-this, including 'titlesec'. See the documentation but the example below
+this, including ‘titlesec’. See the documentation but the example below
gives a sense of what they can do.
\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble
@@ -3002,7 +3007,7 @@ gives a sense of what they can do.
That puts the subsection number and TITLE in the first line of text.
-6.5 '\subsubsection', '\paragraph', '\subparagraph'
+6.5 ‘\subsubsection’, ‘\paragraph’, ‘\subparagraph’
===================================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -3024,7 +3029,7 @@ or one of:
\subparagraph[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
Start a subsubsection, paragraph, or subparagraph. The standard
-LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and 'report' all have these commands,
+LaTeX classes ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’ all have these commands,
although they are not commonly used.
This produces a subsubsection.
@@ -3035,19 +3040,19 @@ although they are not commonly used.
consumer-grade gasoline engine piston rings.
The default output of each of the three does not change over the
-standard LaTeX classes 'article', 'book', and 'report'. For
-'\subsubsection' the TITLE is alone on its line, in boldface and normal
-size type. For '\paragraph' the TITLE is inline with the text, not
-indented, in boldface and normal size type. For '\subparagraph' the
+standard LaTeX classes ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’. For
+‘\subsubsection’ the TITLE is alone on its line, in boldface and normal
+size type. For ‘\paragraph’ the TITLE is inline with the text, not
+indented, in boldface and normal size type. For ‘\subparagraph’ the
TITLE is inline with the text, with a paragraph indent, in boldface and
-normal size type (Because an 'article' has no chapters its
-subsubsections are numbered and so it looks like '1.2.3 TITLE', for
+normal size type (Because an ‘article’ has no chapters its
+subsubsections are numbered and so it looks like ‘1.2.3 TITLE’, for
section 1, subsection 2, and subsubsection 3. The other two divisions
are not numbered.)
- The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not increment the associated
+ The ‘*’ form shows TITLE. But it does not increment the associated
counter and produces no table of contents entry (and does not show the
-number for '\subsubsection').
+number for ‘\subsubsection’).
The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the division title in
the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). If it is not
@@ -3060,25 +3065,26 @@ Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::).
The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented,
as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to
-use the package 'indentfirst'.
+use the package ‘indentfirst’.
There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these
-commands. One is the '\@startsection' command (*note \@startsection::).
+commands. One is the ‘\@startsection’ command (*note \@startsection::).
There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
-'titlesec'. See the documentation on CTAN.
+‘titlesec’. See the documentation on CTAN.
-6.6 '\appendix'
+6.6 ‘\appendix’
===============
Synopsis:
\appendix
- This does not directly produce any output. But in a book or report
-it declares that subsequent '\chapter' commands start an appendix. In
-an article it does the same, for '\section' commands. It also resets
-the 'chapter' and 'section' counters to 0 in a book or report, and in an
-article resets the 'section' and 'subsection' counters.
+ This does not directly produce any output. But in a ‘book’ or
+‘report’ document it declares that subsequent ‘\chapter’ commands start
+an appendix. In an article it does the same, for ‘\section’ commands.
+It also resets the ‘chapter’ and ‘section’ counters to 0 in a book or
+report, and in an article resets the ‘section’ and ‘subsection’
+counters.
In this book
@@ -3089,18 +3095,18 @@ article resets the 'section' and 'subsection' counters.
\chapter{Three} ...
\chapter{Four} ...
-the first two will generate output numbered 'Chapter 1' and 'Chapter 2'.
-After the '\appendix' the numbering will be 'Appendix A' and 'Appendix
-B'. *Note Larger book template::, for another example.
+the first two will generate output numbered ‘Chapter 1’ and ‘Chapter 2’.
+After the ‘\appendix’ the numbering will be ‘Appendix A’ and ‘Appendix
+B’. *Note Larger book template::, for another example.
- The 'appendix' package adds the command '\appendixpage' to put a
-separate 'Appendices' in the document body before the first appendix,
-and the command '\addappheadtotoc' to do the same in the table of
-contents. You can reset the name 'Appendices' with a command like
-'\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}', as well as a number of
+ The ‘appendix’ package adds the command ‘\appendixpage’ to put a
+separate ‘Appendices’ in the document body before the first appendix,
+and the command ‘\addappheadtotoc’ to do the same in the table of
+contents. You can reset the name ‘Appendices’ with a command like
+‘\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}’, as well as a number of
other features. See the documentation on CTAN.
-6.7 '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', '\backmatter'
+6.7 ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, ‘\backmatter’
================================================
Synopsis, one or more of:
@@ -3112,31 +3118,31 @@ Synopsis, one or more of:
\backmatter
...
- Format a 'book' class document differently according to which part of
+ Format a ‘book’ class document differently according to which part of
the document is being produced. All three commands are optional.
- Traditionally, a book's front matter contains such things as the
+ Traditionally, a book’s front matter contains such things as the
title page, an abstract, a table of contents, a preface, a list of
notations, a list of figures, and a list of tables. (Some of these
front matter pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not
numbered.) The back matter may contain such things as a glossary,
notes, a bibliography, and an index.
- The '\frontmatter' command makes the pages numbered in lowercase
-roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter's title
+ The ‘\frontmatter’ command makes the pages numbered in lowercase
+roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter’s title
appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands
-here, use the '*'-version (*note Sectioning::).
+here, use the ‘*’-version (*note Sectioning::).
- The '\mainmatter' command changes the behavior back to the expected
+ The ‘\mainmatter’ command changes the behavior back to the expected
version, and resets the page number.
- The '\backmatter' command leaves the page numbering alone but
+ The ‘\backmatter’ command leaves the page numbering alone but
switches the chapters back to being not numbered.
*Note Larger book template::, for an example using these three
commands.
-6.8 '\@startsection', typesetting sectional unit headings
+6.8 ‘\@startsection’, typesetting sectional unit headings
=========================================================
Synopsis:
@@ -3144,16 +3150,16 @@ Synopsis:
\@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
Used to help redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning
-divisions such as '\section' or '\subsection'.
+divisions such as ‘\section’ or ‘\subsection’.
- Note that the 'titlesec' package makes manipulation of sectioning
+ Note that the ‘titlesec’ package makes manipulation of sectioning
easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be
-satisfied with '\@startsection', some cannot. For instance, in the
-standard LaTeX 'book' and 'report' classes the commands '\chapter' and
-'\report' are not constructed in this way. To make such a command you
-may want to use the '\secdef' command.
+satisfied with ‘\@startsection’, some cannot. For instance, in the
+standard LaTeX ‘book’ and ‘report’ classes the commands ‘\chapter’ and
+‘\report’ are not constructed in this way. To make such a command you
+may want to use the ‘\secdef’ command.
- Technically, '\@startsection' has the form
+ Technically, ‘\@startsection’ has the form
\@startsection{NAME}
{LEVEL}
@@ -3171,20 +3177,20 @@ so that issuing
{AFTERSKIP}
{STYLE}}
-redefines '\section' while keeping its standard calling form
-'\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}' (in which, for reminder, the star '*' is
+redefines ‘\section’ while keeping its standard calling form
+‘\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}’ (in which, for reminder, the star ‘*’ is
optional). *Note Sectioning::. This implies that when you write a
-command like '\renewcommand{\section}{...}', the '\@startsection{...}'
+command like ‘\renewcommand{\section}{...}’, the ‘\@startsection{...}’
must come last in the definition. See the examples below.
NAME
Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This
counter must be defined separately. Most commonly this is either
- 'section', 'subsection', or 'paragraph'. Although in those cases
+ ‘section’, ‘subsection’, or ‘paragraph’. Although in those cases
the counter name is the same as the sectioning command itself, you
- don't have to use the same name.
+ don’t have to use the same name.
- Then '\the'NAME displays the title number and '\'NAME'mark' is for
+ Then ‘\the’NAME displays the title number and ‘\’NAME‘mark’ is for
the page headers. See the third example below.
LEVEL
@@ -3192,46 +3198,46 @@ LEVEL
Sectioning::, for the list of standard level numbers.
If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the counter
- 'secnumdepth' then titles for this sectioning command will be
+ ‘secnumdepth’ then titles for this sectioning command will be
numbered (*note Sectioning/secnumdepth::). For instance, if
- 'secnumdepth' is 1 in an 'article' then the command
- '\section{Introduction}' will produce output like "1 Introduction"
- while '\subsection{Discussion}' will produce output like
- "Discussion", without the number prefix.
+ ‘secnumdepth’ is 1 in an ‘article’ then the command
+ ‘\section{Introduction}’ will produce output like “1 Introduction”
+ while ‘\subsection{Discussion}’ will produce output like
+ “Discussion”, without the number prefix.
If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the counter TOCDEPTH
then the table of contents will have an entry for this sectioning
- unit (*note Sectioning/tocdepth::). For instance, in an 'article',
+ unit (*note Sectioning/tocdepth::). For instance, in an ‘article’,
if TOCDEPTH is 1 then the table of contents will list sections but
not subsections.
INDENT
A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with
respect to the left margin. To have the title flush with the
- margin use '0pt'. A negative indentation such as '-\parindent'
+ margin use ‘0pt’. A negative indentation such as ‘-\parindent’
will move the title into the left margin.
BEFORESKIP
The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space
- that is inserted before this sectioning unit's title. This space
+ that is inserted before this sectioning unit’s title. This space
will be discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the
beginning of a page. If this number is negative then the first
paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is
non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the
- negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus -2pt minus
- -3pt'.)
+ negative of ‘1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt’ is ‘-1pt plus -2pt minus
+ -3pt’.)
- For example, if BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex' then
+ For example, if BEFORESKIP is ‘-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’ then
to start the new sectioning unit, LaTeX will add about 3.5 times
the height of a letter x in vertical space, and the first paragraph
in the section will not be indented. Using a rubber length, with
- 'plus' and 'minus', is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more
+ ‘plus’ and ‘minus’, is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more
flexibility in making up the page (*note Lengths::).
The full accounting of the vertical space between the baseline of
- the line prior to this sectioning unit's header and the baseline of
- the header is that it is the sum of the '\parskip' of the text
- font, the '\baselineskip' of the title font, and the absolute value
+ the line prior to this sectioning unit’s header and the baseline of
+ the header is that it is the sum of the ‘\parskip’ of the text
+ font, the ‘\baselineskip’ of the title font, and the absolute value
of the BEFORESKIP. This space is typically rubber so it may
stretch or shrink. (If the sectioning unit starts on a fresh page
so that the vertical space is discarded then the baseline of the
@@ -3240,65 +3246,65 @@ BEFORESKIP
AFTERSKIP
This is a length. If AFTERSKIP is non-negative then this is the
- vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit's title header.
+ vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit’s title header.
If it is negative then the title header becomes a run-in header, so
that it becomes part of the next paragraph. In this case the
absolute value of the length gives the horizontal space between the
end of the title and the beginning of the following paragraph.
- (Note that the negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus
- -2pt minus -3pt'.)
+ (Note that the negative of ‘1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt’ is ‘-1pt plus
+ -2pt minus -3pt’.)
- As with BEFORESKIP, using a rubber length, with 'plus' and 'minus'
+ As with BEFORESKIP, using a rubber length, with ‘plus’ and ‘minus’
components, is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more
flexibility in putting together the page.
- If 'afterskip' is non-negative then the full accounting of the
- vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit's header
+ If ‘afterskip’ is non-negative then the full accounting of the
+ vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit’s header
and the baseline of the first line of the following paragraph is
- that it is the sum of the '\parskip' of the title font, the
- '\baselineskip' of the text font, and the value of AFTER. That
+ that it is the sum of the ‘\parskip’ of the title font, the
+ ‘\baselineskip’ of the text font, and the value of AFTER. That
space is typically rubber so it may stretch or shrink. (Note that
- because the sign of 'afterskip' changes the sectioning unit
- header's from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative
- 'afterskip' to cancel part of the '\parskip'.)
+ because the sign of ‘afterskip’ changes the sectioning unit
+ header’s from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative
+ ‘afterskip’ to cancel part of the ‘\parskip’.)
STYLE
Controls the styling of the title. See the examples below.
- Typical commands to use here are '\centering', '\raggedright',
- '\normalfont', '\hrule', or '\newpage'. The last command in STYLE
- may be one that takes one argument, such as '\MakeUppercase' or
- '\fbox' that takes one argument. The section title will be
+ Typical commands to use here are ‘\centering’, ‘\raggedright’,
+ ‘\normalfont’, ‘\hrule’, or ‘\newpage’. The last command in STYLE
+ may be one that takes one argument, such as ‘\MakeUppercase’ or
+ ‘\fbox’ that takes one argument. The section title will be
supplied as the argument to this command. For instance, setting
- STYLE to '\bfseries\MakeUppercase' would produce titles that are
+ STYLE to ‘\bfseries\MakeUppercase’ would produce titles that are
bold and uppercase.
- These are LaTeX's defaults for the first three sectioning units that
-are defined with '\@startsection', for the 'article', 'book', and
-'report' classes.
+ These are LaTeX’s defaults for the first three sectioning units that
+are defined with ‘\@startsection’, for the ‘article’, ‘book’, and
+‘report’ classes.
- * For 'section': LEVEL is 1, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex
- plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '2.3ex plus 0.2ex', and STYLE
- is '\normalfont\Large\bfseries'.
+ • For ‘section’: LEVEL is 1, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is ‘-3.5ex
+ plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP is ‘2.3ex plus 0.2ex’, and STYLE
+ is ‘\normalfont\Large\bfseries’.
- * For 'subsection': LEVEL is 2, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is '-3.25ex
- plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', and STYLE
- is '\normalfont\large\bfseries'.
+ • For ‘subsection’: LEVEL is 2, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is ‘-3.25ex
+ plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP is ‘1.5ex plus 0.2ex’, and STYLE
+ is ‘\normalfont\large\bfseries’.
- * For 'subsubsection': LEVEL is 3, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is
- '-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex',
- and STYLE is '\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries'.
+ • For ‘subsubsection’: LEVEL is 3, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is
+ ‘-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP is ‘1.5ex plus 0.2ex’,
+ and STYLE is ‘\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries’.
Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or
in the preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble
-they must go between a '\makeatletter' command and a '\makeatother'.
-(Probably the error message 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
-mode.' means that you forgot this.) *Note \makeatletter &
+they must go between a ‘\makeatletter’ command and a ‘\makeatother’.
+(Probably the error message ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
+mode.’ means that you forgot this.) *Note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::.
This will put section titles in large boldface type, centered. It
-says '\renewcommand' because LaTeX's standard classes have already
-defined a '\section'. For the same reason it does not define a
-'section' counter, or the commands '\thesection' and '\l@section'.
+says ‘\renewcommand’ because LaTeX’s standard classes have already
+defined a ‘\section’. For the same reason it does not define a
+‘section’ counter, or the commands ‘\thesection’ and ‘\l@section’.
\renewcommand\section{%
\@startsection{section}% *note NAME: \@startsection/name.
@@ -3309,7 +3315,7 @@ defined a '\section'. For the same reason it does not define a
{\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style.
}
- This will put 'subsection' titles in small caps type, inline with the
+ This will put ‘subsection’ titles in small caps type, inline with the
paragraph.
\renewcommand\subsection{%
@@ -3342,10 +3348,10 @@ display that counter.
7 Cross references
******************
-We often want something like 'See Theorem~31'. But by-hand typing the
-31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a "label" such as
-'\label{eq:GreensThm}' and then "reference" it, as with 'See
-equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}'. LaTeX will automatically work out the
+We often want something like ‘See Theorem~31’. But by-hand typing the
+31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a “label” such as
+‘\label{eq:GreensThm}’ and then “reference” it, as with ‘See
+equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}’. LaTeX will automatically work out the
number, put it into the output, and will change that number later if
needed.
@@ -3358,73 +3364,73 @@ needed.
See Theorem~\ref{th:GreensThm} on page~\pageref{th:GreensThm}.
LaTeX tracks cross reference information in a file having the
-extension '.aux' and with the same base name as the file containing the
-'\label'. So if '\label' is in 'calculus.tex' then the information is
-in 'calculus.aux'. LaTeX puts the information in that file every time
-it runs across a '\label'.
+extension ‘.aux’ and with the same base name as the file containing the
+‘\label’. So if ‘\label’ is in ‘calculus.tex’ then the information is
+in ‘calculus.aux’. LaTeX puts the information in that file every time
+it runs across a ‘\label’.
The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
-happens when your document has a "forward reference", a '\ref' that
-appears before the associated '\label'. If this is the first time that
-you are compiling the document then you will get 'LaTeX Warning:
-Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross references right' and in
-the output the forward reference will appear as two question marks '??',
+happens when your document has a “forward reference”, a ‘\ref’ that
+appears before the associated ‘\label’. If this is the first time that
+you are compiling the document then you will get ‘LaTeX Warning:
+Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross references right’ and in
+the output the forward reference will appear as two question marks ‘??’,
in boldface. A similar thing happens if you change some things so the
references changes; you get the same warning and the output contains the
old reference information. In both cases, resolve this by compiling the
document a second time.
- The 'cleveref' package enhances LaTeX's cross referencing features.
+ The ‘cleveref’ package enhances LaTeX’s cross referencing features.
You can arrange that if you enter
-'\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}' then '\cref{th:Nerode}' will
-output 'Theorem 3.21', without you having to enter the "Theorem."
+‘\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}’ then ‘\cref{th:Nerode}’ will
+output ‘Theorem 3.21’, without you having to enter the “Theorem.”
-7.1 '\label'
+7.1 ‘\label’
============
Synopsis:
\label{KEY}
- Assign a reference number to KEY. In ordinary text '\label{KEY}'
+ Assign a reference number to KEY. In ordinary text ‘\label{KEY}’
assigns to KEY the number of the current sectional unit. Inside an
-environment with numbering, such as a 'table' or 'theorem' environment,
-'\label{KEY}' assigns to KEY the number of that environment. Retrieve
-the assigned number with the '\ref{KEY}' command (*note \ref::).
+environment with numbering, such as a ‘table’ or ‘theorem’ environment,
+‘\label{KEY}’ assigns to KEY the number of that environment. Retrieve
+the assigned number with the ‘\ref{KEY}’ command (*note \ref::).
A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common
punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished,
as usual.
A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a
-suffix separated by a colon or period. Thus, '\label{fig:Post}' is a
+suffix separated by a colon or period. Thus, ‘\label{fig:Post}’ is a
label for a figure with a portrait of Emil Post. This helps to avoid
accidentally creating two labels with the same name, and makes your
source more readable. Some commonly-used prefixes:
-'ch'
+‘ch’
for chapters
-'sec'
-'subsec'
+‘sec’
+‘subsec’
for lower-level sectioning commands
-'fig'
+‘fig’
for figures
-'tab'
+‘tab’
for tables
-'eq'
+‘eq’
for equations
In the auxiliary file the reference information is kept as the text
-of a command of the form '\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}'.
-Here CURRENTLABEL is the current value of the macro '\@currentlabel'
-that is usually updated whenever you call '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}'.
+of a command of the form ‘\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}’.
+Here CURRENTLABEL is the current value of the macro ‘\@currentlabel’
+that is usually updated whenever you call ‘\refstepcounter{COUNTER}’.
- Below, the key 'sec:test' will get the number of the current section
-and the key 'fig:test' will get the number of the figure.
+ Below, the key ‘sec:test’ will get the number of the current section
+and the key ‘fig:test’ will get the number of the figure.
(Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and tables.)
\section{section name}
@@ -3437,7 +3443,7 @@ and the key 'fig:test' will get the number of the figure.
\end{figure}
See Figure~\ref{fig:test}.
-7.2 '\pageref'
+7.2 ‘\pageref’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -3445,12 +3451,12 @@ Synopsis:
\pageref{KEY}
Produce the page number of the place in the text where the
-corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears.
+corresponding ‘\label’{KEY} command appears.
- If there is no '\label{KEY}' then you get something like 'LaTeX
-Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.'
+ If there is no ‘\label{KEY}’ then you get something like ‘LaTeX
+Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.’
- Below, the '\label{eq:main}' is used both for the formula number and
+ Below, the ‘\label{eq:main}’ is used both for the formula number and
for the page number. (Note that the two references are forward
references so this document would need to be compiled twice to resolve
those.)
@@ -3461,7 +3467,7 @@ those.)
\mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP}
\end{equation}
-7.3 '\ref'
+7.3 ‘\ref’
==========
Synopsis:
@@ -3469,15 +3475,15 @@ Synopsis:
\ref{KEY}
Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote,
-figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command (*note \label::). It
-does not produce any text, such as the word 'Section' or 'Figure', just
+figure, ..., of the corresponding ‘\label’ command (*note \label::). It
+does not produce any text, such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just
the bare number itself.
- If there is no '\label{KEY}' then you get something like 'LaTeX
-Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.'
+ If there is no ‘\label{KEY}’ then you get something like ‘LaTeX
+Warning: Reference `th:GrensThm' on page 1 undefined on input line 11.’
- In this example the '\ref{popular}' produces '2'. Note that it is a
-forward reference since it comes before '\label{popular}' so this
+ In this example the ‘\ref{popular}’ produces ‘2’. Note that it is a
+forward reference since it comes before ‘\label{popular}’ so this
document would have to be compiled twice.
The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}.
@@ -3487,10 +3493,10 @@ document would have to be compiled twice.
\item Con\TeX t
\end{enumerate}
- The 'cleveref' package includes text such as 'Theorem' in the
+ The ‘cleveref’ package includes text such as ‘Theorem’ in the
reference. See the documentation on CTAN.
-7.4 'xr' package
+7.4 ‘xr’ package
================
Synopsis:
@@ -3504,9 +3510,9 @@ or
\externaldocument[REFERENCE-PREFIX]{DOCUMENT-BASENAME}
Make cross references to the external document
-'DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex'.
+‘DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex’.
- Here is an example. If 'lectures.tex' has this in the preamble
+ Here is an example. If ‘lectures.tex’ has this in the preamble
\usepackage{xr}
\externaldocument{exercises}
@@ -3514,54 +3520,54 @@ or
\externaldocument{answers}
then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents.
-Suppose that 'exercises.tex' has an enumerated list containing this,
+Suppose that ‘exercises.tex’ has an enumerated list containing this,
\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree?
-and 'hints.tex' has an enumerated list with this,
+and ‘hints.tex’ has an enumerated list with this,
\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices.
-and 'answers.tex' has an enumerated list with this,
+and ‘answers.tex’ has an enumerated list with this,
\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there
are exactly two vertices.
After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering
-this in the body of 'lectures.tex' will result in the lectures getting
+this in the body of ‘lectures.tex’ will result in the lectures getting
the reference numbers used in the other documents.
See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}.
The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
- The prefix 'H-' for the reference from the hints file is needed
+ The prefix ‘H-’ for the reference from the hints file is needed
because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the
exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the
number from the later file.
- Note: if the document uses the 'hyperref' package then in place of
-'xr', put '\usepackage{xr-hyper}' before the '\usepackage{hyperref}'.
-Also, if any of the multiple documents uses 'hyperref' then they all
+ Note: if the document uses the ‘hyperref’ package then in place of
+‘xr’, put ‘\usepackage{xr-hyper}’ before the ‘\usepackage{hyperref}’.
+Also, if any of the multiple documents uses ‘hyperref’ then they all
must use it.
8 Environments
**************
LaTeX provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. An
-environment begins with '\begin' and ends with '\end', like this:
+environment begins with ‘\begin’ and ends with ‘\end’, like this:
\begin{ENVIRONMENT-NAME}
...
\end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME}
The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the
-end. For instance, the input '\begin{table*}...\end{table}' will cause
-an error like: '! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
-\end{table}.'
+end. For instance, the input ‘\begin{table*}...\end{table}’ will cause
+an error like: ‘! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
+\end{table}.’
Environments are executed within a group.
-8.1 'abstract'
+8.1 ‘abstract’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -3571,13 +3577,13 @@ Synopsis:
\end{abstract}
Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This
-environment is only defined in the 'article' and 'report' document
+environment is only defined in the ‘article’ and ‘report’ document
classes (*note Document classes::).
- Using the example below in the 'article' class produces a displayed
-paragraph. Document class option 'titlepage' causes the abstract to be
+ Using the example below in the ‘article’ class produces a displayed
+paragraph. Document class option ‘titlepage’ causes the abstract to be
on a separate page (*note Document class options::); this is the default
-only in the 'report' class.
+only in the ‘report’ class.
\begin{abstract}
We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander
@@ -3586,7 +3592,7 @@ only in the 'report' class.
\end{abstract}
The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column
-document (for a more flexible solution, use the package 'abstract').
+document (for a more flexible solution, use the package ‘abstract’).
\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
...
@@ -3607,7 +3613,7 @@ document (for a more flexible solution, use the package 'abstract').
\footnotetext[1]{Thanks for all the fish.}
}
-8.2 'array'
+8.2 ‘array’
===========
Synopsis:
@@ -3626,8 +3632,8 @@ or:
Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in
math mode (*note Modes::), and normally appears within a displayed
-mathematics environment such as 'equation' (*note equation::). Inside
-of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, ('&').
+mathematics environment such as ‘equation’ (*note equation::). Inside
+of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, (‘&’).
Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (*note \\::).
This example shows a three by three array.
@@ -3645,29 +3651,29 @@ Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (*note \\::).
The required argument COLS describes the number of columns, their
alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. For instance,
-'\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}' gives three columns: the first flush
+‘\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}’ gives three columns: the first flush
right, the second centered, and the third flush left. See *note
tabular:: for the complete description of COLS and of the other common
features of the two environments, including the optional POS argument.
- There are two ways that 'array' diverges from 'tabular'. The first
-is that 'array' entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (*note
+ There are two ways that ‘array’ diverges from ‘tabular’. The first
+is that ‘array’ entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (*note
Math styles::) except if the COLS definition specifies the column with
-'p{...}', which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second
-is that, instead of 'tabular''s parameter '\tabcolsep', LaTeX's
-intercolumn space in an 'array' is governed by '\arraycolsep', which
-gives half the width between columns. The default for this is '5pt' so
+‘p{...}’, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second
+is that, instead of ‘tabular’’s parameter ‘\tabcolsep’, LaTeX’s
+intercolumn space in an ‘array’ is governed by ‘\arraycolsep’, which
+gives half the width between columns. The default for this is ‘5pt’ so
that between two columns comes 10pt of space.
- To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the 'amsmath'
-package. It comes with environments 'pmatrix' for an array surrounded
-by parentheses '(...)', 'bmatrix' for an array surrounded by square
-brackets '[...]', 'Bmatrix' for an array surrounded by curly
-braces '{...}', 'vmatrix' for an array surrounded by vertical
-bars '|...|', and 'Vmatrix' for an array surrounded by double vertical
-bars '||...||', along with a number of other array constructs.
+ To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the ‘amsmath’
+package. It comes with environments ‘pmatrix’ for an array surrounded
+by parentheses ‘(...)’, ‘bmatrix’ for an array surrounded by square
+brackets ‘[...]’, ‘Bmatrix’ for an array surrounded by curly
+braces ‘{...}’, ‘vmatrix’ for an array surrounded by vertical
+bars ‘|...|’, and ‘Vmatrix’ for an array surrounded by double vertical
+bars ‘||...||’, along with a number of other array constructs.
- The next example uses the 'amsmath' package.
+ The next example uses the ‘amsmath’ package.
\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble
@@ -3678,12 +3684,12 @@ bars '||...||', along with a number of other array constructs.
\end{vmatrix}=ad-bc
\end{equation}
- There are many packages concerning arrays. The 'array' package has
-many useful extensions, including more column types. The 'dcolumn'
+ There are many packages concerning arrays. The ‘array’ package has
+many useful extensions, including more column types. The ‘dcolumn’
package adds a column type to center on a decimal point. For both see
the documentation on CTAN.
-8.3 'center'
+8.3 ‘center’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -3695,13 +3701,13 @@ Synopsis:
\end{center}
Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are
-centered within the left and right margins. Use double-backslash, '\\',
+centered within the left and right margins. Use double-backslash, ‘\\’,
to get a line break (*note \\::). If some text is too long to fit on a
line then LaTeX will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid
stretching or shrinking any interword space.
This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See
-*note \centering:: to avoid such space, for example inside a 'figure'
+*note \centering:: to avoid such space, for example inside a ‘figure’
environment.
This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical
@@ -3713,7 +3719,7 @@ space between the last two lines.
the School of Environmental Engineering
\end{center}
- In this example, depending on the page's line width, LaTeX may choose
+ In this example, depending on the page’s line width, LaTeX may choose
a line break for the part before the double backslash. If so, it will
center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line.
Then LaTeX will break at the double backslash, and will center the
@@ -3726,12 +3732,12 @@ ending.
\end{center}
A double backslash after the final line is optional. If present it
-doesn't add any vertical space.
+doesn’t add any vertical space.
In a two-column document the text is centered in a column, not in the
entire page.
-8.3.1 '\centering'
+8.3.1 ‘\centering’
------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -3745,9 +3751,9 @@ or
\end{group}
Center the material in its scope. It is most often used inside an
-environment such as 'figure', or in a 'parbox'.
+environment such as ‘figure’, or in a ‘parbox’.
- This example's '\centering' declaration causes the graphic to be
+ This example’s ‘\centering’ declaration causes the graphic to be
horizontally centered.
\begin{figure}
@@ -3756,24 +3762,24 @@ horizontally centered.
\caption{CTAN Lion} \label{fig:CTANLion}
\end{figure}
-The scope of this '\centering' ends with the '\end{figure}'.
+The scope of this ‘\centering’ ends with the ‘\end{figure}’.
- Unlike the 'center' environment, the '\centering' command does not
-add vertical space above and below the text. That's its advantage in
+ Unlike the ‘center’ environment, the ‘\centering’ command does not
+add vertical space above and below the text. That’s its advantage in
the above example; there is not an excess of space.
It also does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX
-formats paragraph units. If 'ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz' is surrounded
-by blank lines then LaTeX will create a paragraph whose first line 'ww
-xx' is centered and whose second line, not centered, contains 'yy zz'.
+formats paragraph units. If ‘ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz’ is surrounded
+by blank lines then LaTeX will create a paragraph whose first line ‘ww
+xx’ is centered and whose second line, not centered, contains ‘yy zz’.
Usually what is desired is for the scope of the declaration to contain a
-blank line or the '\end' command of an environment such as 'figure' or
-'table' that ends the paragraph unit. Thus, if '{\centering xx \\
-yy\par} zz' is surrounded by blank lines then it makes a new paragraph
-with two centered lines 'xx' and 'yy', followed by a new paragraph with
-'zz' that is formatted as usual.
+blank line or the ‘\end’ command of an environment such as ‘figure’ or
+‘table’ that ends the paragraph unit. Thus, if ‘{\centering xx \\
+yy\par} zz’ is surrounded by blank lines then it makes a new paragraph
+with two centered lines ‘xx’ and ‘yy’, followed by a new paragraph with
+‘zz’ that is formatted as usual.
-8.4 'description'
+8.4 ‘description’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -3784,11 +3790,11 @@ Synopsis:
...
\end{description}
- Environment to make a list of labeled items. Each item's LABEL is
+ Environment to make a list of labeled items. Each item’s LABEL is
typeset in bold and is flush left, so that long labels continue into the
first line of the item text. There must be at least one item; having
-none causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing
-\item'.
+none causes the LaTeX error ‘Something's wrong--perhaps a missing
+\item’.
This example shows the environment used for a sequence of
definitions.
@@ -3798,38 +3804,38 @@ definitions.
\item[llama] A beast.
\end{description}
-The labels 'lama' and 'llama' are output in boldface, with the left edge
+The labels ‘lama’ and ‘llama’ are output in boldface, with the left edge
on the left margin.
- Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::). Use the
-optional labels, as in '\item[Main point]', because there is no sensible
-default. Following the '\item' is optional text, which may contain
+ Start list items with the ‘\item’ command (*note \item::). Use the
+optional labels, as in ‘\item[Main point]’, because there is no sensible
+default. Following the ‘\item’ is optional text, which may contain
multiple paragraphs.
Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a
font change given in argument style (see *note Font styles::) then it
will come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for
-typewriter with '\item[\texttt{label text}]' then it will appear in bold
+typewriter with ‘\item[\texttt{label text}]’ then it will appear in bold
typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way around this, in this
example to get non-bold typewriter, is to use declarative style:
-'\item[{\tt label text}]'. Similarly, get the standard roman font with
-'\item[{\rm label text}]'.
+‘\item[{\tt label text}]’. Similarly, get the standard roman font with
+‘\item[{\rm label text}]’.
For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see *note itemize::
-and *note enumerate::. Unlike those environments, nesting 'description'
+and *note enumerate::. Unlike those environments, nesting ‘description’
environments does not change the default label; it is boldface and flush
left at all levels.
For information about list layout parameters, including the default
values, and for information about customizing list layout, see *note
-list::. The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists.
+list::. The package ‘enumitem’ is useful for customizing lists.
This example changes the description labels to small caps.
\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%
{\hspace{\labelsep}\textsc{#1}}}
-8.5 'displaymath'
+8.5 ‘displaymath’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -3840,29 +3846,29 @@ Synopsis:
Environment to typeset the MATHEMATICAL TEXT on its own line, in
display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the
-global option 'fleqn'; see *note Document class options::.
+global option ‘fleqn’; see *note Document class options::.
- In the 'displaymath' environment no equation number is added to the
-math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the 'equation'
+ In the ‘displaymath’ environment no equation number is added to the
+math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the ‘equation’
environment (*note equation::).
LaTeX will not break the MATH TEXT across lines.
- Note that the 'amsmath' package has significantly more extensive
+ Note that the ‘amsmath’ package has significantly more extensive
displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways
in that package for having math text broken across lines.
- The construct '\[MATH\]' is a synonym for the environment
-'\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}' but the latter is easier to
+ The construct ‘\[MATH\]’ is a synonym for the environment
+‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’ but the latter is easier to
work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket
-may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will likely be
+may get false positives but the word ‘displaymath’ will likely be
unique.
- (Aside: The construct '$$MATH$$' from Plain TeX is sometimes
-mistakenly used as a synonym for 'displaymath'. It is not a synonym,
-and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all; '$$' doesn't support
-the 'fleqn' option (*note Document class options::), has different
-vertical spacing, and doesn't perform consistency checks.)
+ (Aside: The construct ‘$$MATH$$’ from Plain TeX is sometimes
+mistakenly used as a synonym for ‘displaymath’. It is not a synonym,
+and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all; ‘$$’ doesn’t support
+the ‘fleqn’ option (*note Document class options::), has different
+vertical spacing, and doesn’t perform consistency checks.)
The output from this example is centered and alone on its line.
@@ -3870,23 +3876,23 @@ vertical spacing, and doesn't perform consistency checks.)
\int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
\end{displaymath}
-Also, the integral sign is larger than the inline version '\( \int_1^2
-x^2\,dx=7/3 \)' produces.
+Also, the integral sign is larger than the inline version ‘\( \int_1^2
+x^2\,dx=7/3 \)’ produces.
-8.6 'document'
+8.6 ‘document’
==============
-The 'document' environment encloses the entire body of a document. It
+The ‘document’ environment encloses the entire body of a document. It
is required in every LaTeX document. *Note Starting and ending::.
-8.6.1 '\AtBeginDocument'
+8.6.1 ‘\AtBeginDocument’
------------------------
Synopsis:
\AtBeginDocument{CODE}
- Save CODE and execute it when '\begin{document}' is executed, at the
+ Save CODE and execute it when ‘\begin{document}’ is executed, at the
very end of the preamble. The code is executed after the font selection
tables have been set up, so the normal font for the document is the
current font. However, the code is executed as part of the preamble so
@@ -3895,7 +3901,7 @@ you cannot do any typesetting with it.
You can issue this command more than once; the successive code lines
will be executed in the order that you gave them.
-8.6.2 '\AtEndDocument'
+8.6.2 ‘\AtEndDocument’
----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -3903,15 +3909,15 @@ Synopsis:
\AtEndDocument{CODE}
Save CODE and execute it near the end of the document. Specifically,
-it is executed when '\end{document}' is executed, before the final page
+it is executed when ‘\end{document}’ is executed, before the final page
is finished and before any leftover floating environments are processed.
If you want some of the code to be executed after these two processes
-then include a '\clearpage' at the appropriate point in CODE.
+then include a ‘\clearpage’ at the appropriate point in CODE.
You can issue this command more than once; the successive code lines
will be executed in the order that you gave them.
-8.7 'enumerate'
+8.7 ‘enumerate’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -3924,49 +3930,49 @@ Synopsis:
Environment to produce a numbered list of items. The format of the
label numbering depends on the nesting level of this environment; see
-below. The default top-level numbering is '1.', '2.', etc. Each
-'enumerate' list environment must have at least one item; having none
-causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'.
+below. The default top-level numbering is ‘1.’, ‘2.’, etc. Each
+‘enumerate’ list environment must have at least one item; having none
+causes the LaTeX error ‘Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item’.
This example gives the first two finishers in the 1908 Olympic
-marathon. As a top-level list the labels would come out as '1.' and
-'2.'.
+marathon. As a top-level list the labels would come out as ‘1.’ and
+‘2.’.
\begin{enumerate}
\item Johnny Hayes (USA)
\item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
\end{enumerate}
- Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::). If you
-give '\item' an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
-as in '\item[Interstitial label]', then the next item will continue the
+ Start list items with the ‘\item’ command (*note \item::). If you
+give ‘\item’ an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
+as in ‘\item[Interstitial label]’, then the next item will continue the
interrupted sequence (*note \item::). That is, you will get labels like
-'1.', then 'Interstitial label', then '2.'. Following the '\item' is
+‘1.’, then ‘Interstitial label’, then ‘2.’. Following the ‘\item’ is
optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs.
- Enumerations may be nested within other 'enumerate' environments, or
-within any paragraph-making environment such as 'itemize' (*note
-itemize::), up to four levels deep. This gives LaTeX's default for the
+ Enumerations may be nested within other ‘enumerate’ environments, or
+within any paragraph-making environment such as ‘itemize’ (*note
+itemize::), up to four levels deep. This gives LaTeX’s default for the
format at each nesting level, where 1 is the top level, the outermost
level.
- 1. arabic number followed by a period: '1.', '2.', ...
- 2. lowercase letter inside parentheses: '(a)', '(b)' ...
- 3. lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: 'i.', 'ii.', ...
- 4. uppercase letter followed by a period: 'A.', 'B.', ...
+ 1. arabic number followed by a period: ‘1.’, ‘2.’, ...
+ 2. lowercase letter inside parentheses: ‘(a)’, ‘(b)’ ...
+ 3. lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: ‘i.’, ‘ii.’, ...
+ 4. uppercase letter followed by a period: ‘A.’, ‘B.’, ...
- The 'enumerate' environment uses the counters '\enumi' through
-'\enumiv' (*note Counters::).
+ The ‘enumerate’ environment uses the counters ‘\enumi’ through
+‘\enumiv’ (*note Counters::).
For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see *note
description:: and *note itemize::. For information about list layout
parameters, including the default values, and for information about
-customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package 'enumitem' is
+customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package ‘enumitem’ is
useful for customizing lists.
- To change the format of the label use '\renewcommand' (*note
-\newcommand & \renewcommand::) on the commands '\labelenumi' through
-'\labelenumiv'. For instance, this first level list will be labelled
+ To change the format of the label use ‘\renewcommand’ (*note
+\newcommand & \renewcommand::) on the commands ‘\labelenumi’ through
+‘\labelenumiv’. For instance, this first level list will be labelled
with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period.
\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
@@ -3978,15 +3984,15 @@ with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period.
For a list of counter-labeling commands see *note \alph \Alph \arabic
\roman \Roman \fnsymbol::.
-8.8 'eqnarray'
+8.8 ‘eqnarray’
==============
-The 'eqnarray' environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including
+The ‘eqnarray’ environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including
spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See
-"Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen
+“Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars Madsen
<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>). New documents should
-include the 'amsmath' package and use the displayed mathematics
-environments provided there, such as the 'align' environment. We
+include the ‘amsmath’ package and use the displayed mathematics
+environments provided there, such as the ‘align’ environment. We
include a description only for completeness and for working with old
documents.
@@ -4008,18 +4014,18 @@ or
sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text
mode.
- It is similar to a three-column 'array' environment, with items
-within a row separated by an ampersand ('&'), and with rows separated by
-double backslash '\\'). The starred form of line break ('\\*') can
+ It is similar to a three-column ‘array’ environment, with items
+within a row separated by an ampersand (‘&’), and with rows separated by
+double backslash ‘\\’). The starred form of line break (‘\\*’) can
also be used to separate equations, and will disallow a page break there
(*note \\::).
- The unstarred form 'eqnarray' places an equation number on every line
-(using the 'equation' counter), unless that line contains a '\nonumber'
-command. The starred form 'eqnarray*' omits equation numbering, while
+ The unstarred form ‘eqnarray’ places an equation number on every line
+(using the ‘equation’ counter), unless that line contains a ‘\nonumber’
+command. The starred form ‘eqnarray*’ omits equation numbering, while
otherwise being the same.
- The command '\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across
+ The command ‘\lefteqn’ is used for splitting long formulas across
lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
zero width.
@@ -4032,7 +4038,7 @@ inequality, while the third line has not entry on the left side.
&= &z+y_3+\cdots+y_n
\end{eqnarray*}
-8.9 'equation'
+8.9 ‘equation’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -4041,18 +4047,18 @@ Synopsis:
MATHEMATICAL TEXT
\end{equation}
- The same as a 'displaymath' environment (*note displaymath::) except
+ The same as a ‘displaymath’ environment (*note displaymath::) except
that LaTeX puts an equation number flush to the right margin. The
-equation number is generated using the 'equation' counter.
+equation number is generated using the ‘equation’ counter.
- You should have no blank lines between '\begin{equation}' and
-'\begin{equation}', or LaTeX will tell you that there is a missing
+ You should have no blank lines between ‘\begin{equation}’ and
+‘\begin{equation}’, or LaTeX will tell you that there is a missing
dollar sign.
- The package 'amsmath' package has extensive displayed equation
+ The package ‘amsmath’ package has extensive displayed equation
facilities. New documents should include this package.
-8.10 'figure'
+8.10 ‘figure’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -4074,26 +4080,26 @@ or:
Figures are for material that is not part of the normal text. An
example is material that you cannot have split between two pages, such
as a graphic. Because of this, LaTeX does not typeset figures in
-sequence with normal text but instead "floats" them to a convenient
+sequence with normal text but instead “floats” them to a convenient
place, such as the top of a following page (*note Floats::).
The FIGURE BODY can consist of imported graphics (*note Graphics::),
-or text, LaTeX commands, etc. It is typeset in a 'parbox' of width
-'\textwidth'.
+or text, LaTeX commands, etc. It is typeset in a ‘parbox’ of width
+‘\textwidth’.
- The possible values of PLACEMENT are 'h' for 'here', 't' for 'top',
-'b' for 'bottom', and 'p' for 'on a separate page of floats'. For the
+ The possible values of PLACEMENT are ‘h’ for ‘here’, ‘t’ for ‘top’,
+‘b’ for ‘bottom’, and ‘p’ for ‘on a separate page of floats’. For the
effect of these options on the float placement algorithm, see *note
Floats::.
- The starred form 'figure*' is used when a document is in
+ The starred form ‘figure*’ is used when a document is in
double-column mode (*note \twocolumn::). It produces a figure that
spans both columns, at the top of the page. To add the possibility of
-placing at a page bottom see the discussion of PLACEMENT 'b' in *note
+placing at a page bottom see the discussion of PLACEMENT ‘b’ in *note
Floats::.
The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross
-references::). The optional '\caption' command specifies caption text
+references::). The optional ‘\caption’ command specifies caption text
for the figure (*note \caption::). By default it is numbered. If
LOFTITLE is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of TITLE
(*note Table of contents etc.::).
@@ -4110,7 +4116,7 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats.
\caption{The CTAN lion, by Duane Bibby}
\end{figure}
-8.11 'filecontents'
+8.11 ‘filecontents’
===================
Synopsis:
@@ -4129,29 +4135,29 @@ or
directory, if specified; *note output directory::) and write TEXT to it.
By default, an existing file is not overwritten.
- The unstarred version of the environment 'filecontents' prefixes the
+ The unstarred version of the environment ‘filecontents’ prefixes the
content of the created file with a header of TeX comments; see the
-example below. The starred version 'filecontents*' does not include the
+example below. The starred version ‘filecontents*’ does not include the
header.
The possible options are:
-'force'
-'overwrite'
+‘force’
+‘overwrite’
Overwrite an existing file.
-'noheader'
- Omit the header. Equivalent to using 'filecontents*'.
+‘noheader’
+ Omit the header. Equivalent to using ‘filecontents*’.
-'nosearch'
+‘nosearch’
Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if
specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path.
These options were added in a 2019 release of LaTeX.
This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it
-often appears before the '\documentclass' command. It is commonly used
-to create a '.bib' or other such data file from the main document
+often appears before the ‘\documentclass’ command. It is commonly used
+to create a ‘.bib’ or other such data file from the main document
source, to make the source file self-contained. Similarly, it can be
used to create a custom style or class file, again making the source
self-contained.
@@ -4167,7 +4173,7 @@ self-contained.
Article by \myname.
\end{document}
-produces this file 'JH.sty':
+produces this file ‘JH.sty’:
%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
%% generated by the `filecontents' environment
@@ -4175,7 +4181,7 @@ produces this file 'JH.sty':
%%
\newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
-8.12 'flushleft'
+8.12 ‘flushleft’
================
Synopsis:
@@ -4190,7 +4196,7 @@ Synopsis:
left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a
-double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form see *note
+double backslash, ‘\\’. For the declaration form see *note
\raggedright::.
This creates a box of text that is at most 3 inches wide, with the
@@ -4204,7 +4210,7 @@ text flush left and ragged right.
\end{flushleft}
\end{minipage}
-8.12.1 '\raggedright'
+8.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
---------------------
Synopses:
@@ -4218,18 +4224,18 @@ or
\end{ENVIRONMENT}
A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and
-ragged right. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as 'quote' or
-in a 'parbox'. For the environment form see *note flushleft::.
+ragged right. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as ‘quote’ or
+in a ‘parbox’. For the environment form see *note flushleft::.
- Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does
+ Unlike the ‘flushleft’ environment, the ‘\raggedright’ command does
not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
-units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
-declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
+units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or ‘\end’ command that ends the
paragraph unit.
- Here '\raggedright' in each second column keeps LaTeX from doing very
+ Here ‘\raggedright’ in each second column keeps LaTeX from doing
awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note that
-'\raggedright' is inside the curly braces '{...}' to delimit its effect.
+‘\raggedright’ is inside the curly braces ‘{...}’ to delimit its effect.
\begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
Team alpha &{\raggedright This team does all the real work.} \\
@@ -4237,7 +4243,7 @@ awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note that
cooler is never empty.} \\
\end{tabular}
-8.13 'flushright'
+8.13 ‘flushright’
=================
\begin{flushright}
@@ -4250,14 +4256,14 @@ awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note that
right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long
to fit the margins then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids
hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a
-new line use a double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form
+new line use a double backslash, ‘\\’. For the declaration form
see *note \raggedleft::.
For an example related to this environment, see *note flushleft::,
-where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace 'flushleft' by
-'flushright'.
+where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace ‘flushleft’ by
+‘flushright’.
-8.13.1 '\raggedleft'
+8.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
--------------------
Synopses:
@@ -4271,20 +4277,20 @@ or
\end{ENVIRONMENT}
A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and
-ragged left. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as 'quote' or in
-a 'parbox'. For the environment form see *note flushright::.
+ragged left. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as ‘quote’ or in
+a ‘parbox’. For the environment form see *note flushright::.
- Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does
+ Unlike the ‘flushright’ environment, the ‘\raggedleft’ command does
not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
-units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
-declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
+units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or ‘\end’ command that ends the
paragraph unit.
For an example related to this environment, see *note \raggedright::,
-where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace '\raggedright' by
-'\raggedleft'.
+where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace ‘\raggedright’ by
+‘\raggedleft’.
-8.14 'itemize'
+8.14 ‘itemize’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -4295,9 +4301,9 @@ Synopsis:
...
\end{itemize}
- Produce an "unordered list", sometimes called a bullet list. There
-must be at least one '\item' within the environment; having none causes
-the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'.
+ Produce an “unordered list”, sometimes called a bullet list. There
+must be at least one ‘\item’ within the environment; having none causes
+the LaTeX error ‘Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item’.
This gives a two-item list.
@@ -4306,52 +4312,52 @@ the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'.
\item Rice portrait
\end{itemize}
-With the default locale--without loading e.g. 'babel' package with
-another language than USenglish--as a top-level list each label would
-come out as a bullet, *. The format of the labeling depends on the
+With the default locale—without loading e.g. ‘babel’ package with
+another language than USenglish—as a top-level list each label would
+come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling depends on the
nesting level; see below.
- Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::). If you
-give '\item' an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
-as in '\item[OPTIONAL LABEL]', then by default OPTIONAL LABEL will
+ Start list items with the ‘\item’ command (*note \item::). If you
+give ‘\item’ an optional argument by following it with square brackets,
+as in ‘\item[OPTIONAL LABEL]’, then by default OPTIONAL LABEL will
appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left
margin. For labels that are flush left see the *note description::
-environment. Following the '\item' is the text of the item, which may
+environment. Following the ‘\item’ is the text of the item, which may
be empty or contain multiple paragraphs.
Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels
deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making
-environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::).
+environments, such as ‘enumerate’ (*note enumerate::).
- The 'itemize' environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through
-'\labelitemiv' to produce the default label (note the convention of
+ The ‘itemize’ environment uses the commands ‘\labelitemi’ through
+‘\labelitemiv’ to produce the default label (note the convention of
lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify
the nesting level). These are the default marks at each level.
- 1. * (bullet, from '\textbullet')
- 2. -- (bold en-dash, from '\normalfont\bfseries\textendash')
- 3. * (asterisk, from '\textasteriskcentered')
+ 1. • (bullet, from ‘\textbullet’)
+ 2. -- (bold en-dash, from ‘\normalfont\bfseries\textendash’)
+ 3. * (asterisk, from ‘\textasteriskcentered’)
4. . (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from
- '\textperiodcentered')
+ ‘\textperiodcentered’)
- Change the labels with '\renewcommand'. For instance, this makes the
+ Change the labels with ‘\renewcommand’. For instance, this makes the
first level use diamonds.
\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and
-the left margin of the 'itemize' list is determined by the parameters
-'\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi'. (This also uses the convention
+the left margin of the ‘itemize’ list is determined by the parameters
+‘\leftmargini’ through ‘\leftmarginvi’. (This also uses the convention
of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command name to
-denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: '2.5em' in level 1 ('2em'
-in two-column mode), '2.2em' in level 2, '1.87em' in level 3, and
-'1.7em' in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels.
+denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: ‘2.5em’ in level 1 (‘2em’
+in two-column mode), ‘2.2em’ in level 2, ‘1.87em’ in level 3, and
+‘1.7em’ in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels.
For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see *note
-description:: and *note enumerate::. The 'itemize', 'enumerate' and
-'description' environment use the same list layout parameters. For a
+description:: and *note enumerate::. The ‘itemize’, ‘enumerate’ and
+‘description’ environment use the same list layout parameters. For a
description, including the default values, and for information about
-customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package 'enumitem' is
+customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package ‘enumitem’ is
useful for customizing lists.
This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized
@@ -4360,9 +4366,9 @@ lists.
\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em
Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
-space between items. Here is an example defining an 'itemize*'
+space between items. Here is an example defining an ‘itemize*’
environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
-within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \parindent
+within a single item (‘\parskip’ is not list-specific, *note \parindent
& \parskip::):
\newenvironment{itemize*}%
@@ -4372,12 +4378,12 @@ within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \parindent
\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
{\end{itemize}}
-8.15 'letter' environment: writing letters
+8.15 ‘letter’ environment: writing letters
==========================================
This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::.
-8.16 'list'
+8.16 ‘list’
===========
Synopsis:
@@ -4392,15 +4398,15 @@ Synopsis:
Note that this environment does not typically appear in the document
body. Most lists created by LaTeX authors are the ones that come
-standard: the 'description', 'enumerate', and 'itemize' environments
+standard: the ‘description’, ‘enumerate’, and ‘itemize’ environments
(*note description::, *note enumerate::, and *note itemize::).
- Instead, the 'list' environment is most often used in macros. For
+ Instead, the ‘list’ environment is most often used in macros. For
example, many standard LaTeX environments that do not immediately appear
-to be lists are in fact constructed using 'list', including 'quotation',
-'quote', and 'center' (*note quotation & quote::, *note center::).
+to be lists are in fact constructed using ‘list’, including ‘quotation’,
+‘quote’, and ‘center’ (*note quotation & quote::, *note center::).
- This uses the 'list' environment to define a new custom environment.
+ This uses the ‘list’ environment to define a new custom environment.
\newcounter{namedlistcounter} % number the items
\newenvironment{named}
@@ -4419,148 +4425,148 @@ to be lists are in fact constructed using 'list', including 'quotation',
The mandatory first argument LABELING specifies the default labeling
of list items. It can contain text and LaTeX commands, as above where
-it contains both 'Item' and '\Roman{...}'. LaTeX forms the label by
-putting the LABELING argument in a box of width '\labelwidth'. If the
+it contains both ‘Item’ and ‘\Roman{...}’. LaTeX forms the label by
+putting the LABELING argument in a box of width ‘\labelwidth’. If the
label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right.
-When making an instance of a 'list' you can override the default
-labeling by giving '\item' an optional argument by including square
-braces and the text, as in the above '\item[Special label.]'; *note
+When making an instance of a ‘list’ you can override the default
+labeling by giving ‘\item’ an optional argument by including square
+braces and the text, as in the above ‘\item[Special label.]’; *note
\item::.
The mandatory second argument SPACING has a list of commands. This
list can be empty. A command that can go in here is
-'\usecounter{COUNTERNAME}' (*note \usecounter::). Use this to tell
+‘\usecounter{COUNTERNAME}’ (*note \usecounter::). Use this to tell
LaTeX to number the items using the given counter. The counter will be
reset to zero each time LaTeX enters the environment, and the counter is
-incremented by one each time LaTeX encounters an '\item' that does not
+incremented by one each time LaTeX encounters an ‘\item’ that does not
have an optional argument.
- Another command that can go in SPACING is '\makelabel', which
+ Another command that can go in SPACING is ‘\makelabel’, which
constructs the label box. By default it puts the contents flush right.
Its only argument is the label, which it typesets in LR mode (*note
Modes::). One example of changing its definition is that to the above
-'named' example, before the definition of the environment add
-'\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}', and between the
-'\setlength' command and the parenthesis that closes the SPACING
-argument also add '\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel'. Then the labels will
+‘named’ example, before the definition of the environment add
+‘\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}’, and between the
+‘\setlength’ command and the parenthesis that closes the SPACING
+argument also add ‘\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel’. Then the labels will
be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the second code line to
-'\let\makelabel\fbox' puts the labels inside a framed box. Another
-example of the '\makelabel' command is below, in the definition of the
-'redlabel' environment.
+‘\let\makelabel\fbox’ puts the labels inside a framed box. Another
+example of the ‘\makelabel’ command is below, in the definition of the
+‘redlabel’ environment.
Also often in SPACING are commands to redefine the spacing for the
list. Below are the spacing parameters with their default values.
-(Default values for derived environments such as 'itemize' can be
+(Default values for derived environments such as ‘itemize’ can be
different than the values shown here.) See also the figure that follows
the list. Each is a length (*note Lengths::). The vertical spaces are
-normally rubber lengths, with 'plus' and 'minus' components, to give TeX
+normally rubber lengths, with ‘plus’ and ‘minus’ components, to give TeX
flexibility in setting the page. Change each with a command such as
-'\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}'. For some effects these
+‘\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}’. For some effects these
lengths should be zero or negative.
-'\itemindent'
- Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond 'leftmargin', of the
- first line each item. Its default value is '0pt'.
-
-'\itemsep'
- Vertical space between items, beyond the '\parsep'. The defaults
- for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and
- 'report' classes at 10 point size are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt',
- '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that
- is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 11 point are: '4.5pt
- plus2pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and
- '\topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 12
- point are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2.5pt
- plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that is, '2.5pt plus1pt
- minus1pt').
-
-'\labelsep'
+‘\itemindent’
+ Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond ‘leftmargin’, of the
+ first line each item. Its default value is ‘0pt’.
+
+‘\itemsep’
+ Vertical space between items, beyond the ‘\parsep’. The defaults
+ for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’, and
+ ‘report’ classes at 10 point size are: ‘4pt plus2pt minus1pt’,
+ ‘\parsep’ (that is, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’), and ‘\topsep’ (that
+ is, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’). The defaults at 11 point are: ‘4.5pt
+ plus2pt minus1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (that is, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’), and
+ ‘\topsep’ (that is, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’). The defaults at 12
+ point are: ‘5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (that is, ‘2.5pt
+ plus1pt minus1pt’), and ‘\topsep’ (that is, ‘2.5pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’).
+
+‘\labelsep’
Horizontal space between the label and text of an item. The
- default for LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes is
- '0.5em'.
+ default for LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’ classes is
+ ‘0.5em’.
-'\labelwidth'
+‘\labelwidth’
Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this
- wide. If '\makelabel' returns text that is wider than this then
+ wide. If ‘\makelabel’ returns text that is wider than this then
the first line of the item will be indented to make room for this
- extra material. If '\makelabel' returns text of width less than or
- equal to '\labelwidth' then LaTeX's default is that the label is
+ extra material. If ‘\makelabel’ returns text of width less than or
+ equal to ‘\labelwidth’ then LaTeX’s default is that the label is
typeset flush right in a box of this width.
The left edge of the label box is
- '\leftmargin'+'\itemindent'-'\labelsep'-'\labelwidth' from the left
+ ‘\leftmargin’+‘\itemindent’-‘\labelsep’-‘\labelwidth’ from the left
margin of the enclosing environment.
- The default for LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes at
- the top level is '\leftmargini'-'\labelsep', (which is '2em' in one
- column mode and '1.5em' in two column mode). At the second level
- it is '\leftmarginii'-'\labelsep', and at the third level it is
- '\leftmarginiii'-'\labelsep'. These definitions make the label's
+ The default for LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’ classes at
+ the top level is ‘\leftmargini’-‘\labelsep’, (which is ‘2em’ in one
+ column mode and ‘1.5em’ in two column mode). At the second level
+ it is ‘\leftmarginii’-‘\labelsep’, and at the third level it is
+ ‘\leftmarginiii’-‘\labelsep’. These definitions make the label’s
left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing
environment.
-'\leftmargin'
+‘\leftmargin’
Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing
environment (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level
list), and the left margin of this list. It must be non-negative.
In the standard LaTeX document classes, a top-level list has this
- set to the value of '\leftmargini', while a list that is nested
- inside a top-level list has this margin set to '\leftmarginii'.
- More deeply nested lists get the values of '\leftmarginiii' through
- '\leftmarginvi'. (Nesting greater than level five generates the
- error message 'Too deeply nested'.)
-
- The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article',
- 'book', and 'report' classes are: '\leftmargini' is '2.5em' (in two
- column mode, '2em'), '\leftmarginii' is '2.2em', and
- '\leftmarginiii' is '1.87em'.
-
-'\listparindent'
+ set to the value of ‘\leftmargini’, while a list that is nested
+ inside a top-level list has this margin set to ‘\leftmarginii’.
+ More deeply nested lists get the values of ‘\leftmarginiii’ through
+ ‘\leftmarginvi’. (Nesting greater than level five generates the
+ error message ‘Too deeply nested’.)
+
+ The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’,
+ ‘book’, and ‘report’ classes are: ‘\leftmargini’ is ‘2.5em’ (in two
+ column mode, ‘2em’), ‘\leftmarginii’ is ‘2.2em’, and
+ ‘\leftmarginiii’ is ‘1.87em’.
+
+‘\listparindent’
Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
- '\leftmargin', for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
- item. A negative value makes this an "outdent". Its default value
- is '0pt'.
+ ‘\leftmargin’, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
+ item. A negative value makes this an “outdent”. Its default value
+ is ‘0pt’.
-'\parsep'
+‘\parsep’
Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. The defaults for
- the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report'
- classes at 10 point size are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt
- minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults at 11 point size are: '4.5pt
- plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults
- at 12 point size are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '2.5pt plus1pt
- minus1pt', and '0pt'.
-
-'\partopsep'
- Vertical space added, beyond '\topsep'+'\parskip', to the top and
+ the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’, and ‘report’
+ classes at 10 point size are: ‘4pt plus2pt minus1pt’, ‘2pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’, and ‘0pt’. The defaults at 11 point size are: ‘4.5pt
+ plus2pt minus1pt’, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’, and ‘0pt’. The defaults
+ at 12 point size are: ‘5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt’, ‘2.5pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’, and ‘0pt’.
+
+‘\partopsep’
+ Vertical space added, beyond ‘\topsep’+‘\parskip’, to the top and
bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded
by a blank line. (A blank line in the LaTeX source before the list
changes spacing at both the top and bottom of the list; whether the
line following the list is blank does not matter.)
- The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article',
- 'book', and 'report' classes at 10 point size are: '2pt plus1
- minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '1pt plus0pt minus1pt'. The
- defaults at 11 point are: '3pt plus1pt minus1pt', '3pt plus1pt
- minus1pt', and '1pt plus0pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 12 point
- are: '3pt plus2pt minus3pt', '3pt plus2pt minus2pt', and '1pt
- plus0pt minus1pt'.
+ The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’,
+ ‘book’, and ‘report’ classes at 10 point size are: ‘2pt plus1
+ minus1pt’, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’, and ‘1pt plus0pt minus1pt’. The
+ defaults at 11 point are: ‘3pt plus1pt minus1pt’, ‘3pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’, and ‘1pt plus0pt minus1pt’). The defaults at 12 point
+ are: ‘3pt plus2pt minus3pt’, ‘3pt plus2pt minus2pt’, and ‘1pt
+ plus0pt minus1pt’.
-'\rightmargin'
+‘\rightmargin’
Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
- margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is '0pt'.
+ margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is ‘0pt’.
It must be non-negative.
-'\topsep'
+‘\topsep’
Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in
- addition to '\parskip' (*note \parindent & \parskip::). The
- defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book',
- and 'report' classes at 10 point size are: '8pt plus2pt minus4pt',
- '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', and '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'. The defaults
- at 11 point are: '9pt plus3pt minus5pt', '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt',
- and '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'. The defaults at 12 point are: '10pt
- plus4pt minus6pt', '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', and '2.5pt plus1pt
- minus1pt'.
+ addition to ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent & \parskip::). The
+ defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘article’, ‘book’,
+ and ‘report’ classes at 10 point size are: ‘8pt plus2pt minus4pt’,
+ ‘4pt plus2pt minus1pt’, and ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’. The defaults
+ at 11 point are: ‘9pt plus3pt minus5pt’, ‘4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt’,
+ and ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’. The defaults at 12 point are: ‘10pt
+ plus4pt minus6pt’, ‘5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt’, and ‘2.5pt plus1pt
+ minus1pt’.
This shows the horizontal and vertical distances.
@@ -4588,14 +4594,14 @@ right edge of the bracket for H1 equals the right edge of the bracket
for H4, so that the left edge of the label box is at H3+H4-(H0+H1).
V0
- '\topsep' + '\parskip' if the list environment does not start a new
- paragraph, and '\topsep'+'\parskip'+'\partopsep' if it does
+ ‘\topsep’ + ‘\parskip’ if the list environment does not start a new
+ paragraph, and ‘\topsep’+‘\parskip’+‘\partopsep’ if it does
V1
- '\parsep'
+ ‘\parsep’
V2
- '\itemsep'+'\parsep'
+ ‘\itemsep’+‘\parsep’
V3
Same as V0. (This space is affected by whether a blank line
@@ -4603,50 +4609,50 @@ V3
appears in the source below the environment does not matter.)
H0
- '\labelwidth'
+ ‘\labelwidth’
H1
- '\labelsep'
+ ‘\labelsep’
H2
- '\listparindent'
+ ‘\listparindent’
H3
- '\leftmargin'
+ ‘\leftmargin’
H4
- '\itemindent'
+ ‘\itemindent’
H5
- '\rightmargin'
+ ‘\rightmargin’
- The list's left and right margins, shown above as H3 and H5, are with
+ The list’s left and right margins, shown above as H3 and H5, are with
respect to the ones provided by the surrounding environment, or with
respect to the page margins for a top-level list. The line width used
-for typesetting the list items is '\linewidth' (*note Page layout
-parameters::). For instance, set the list's left margin to be one
+for typesetting the list items is ‘\linewidth’ (*note Page layout
+parameters::). For instance, set the list’s left margin to be one
quarter of the distance between the left and right margins of the
-enclosing environment with '\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}'.
+enclosing environment with ‘\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}’.
Page breaking in a list structure is controlled by the three
-parameters below. For each, the LaTeX default is '-\@lowpenalty', that
-is, '-51'. Because it is negative, it somewhat encourages a page break
-at each spot. Change it with, e.g., '\@beginparpenalty=9999'; a value
+parameters below. For each, the LaTeX default is ‘-\@lowpenalty’, that
+is, ‘-51’. Because it is negative, it somewhat encourages a page break
+at each spot. Change it with, e.g., ‘\@beginparpenalty=9999’; a value
of 10000 prohibits a page break.
-'\@beginparpenalty'
+‘\@beginparpenalty’
The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default
- '-51').
+ ‘-51’).
-'\@itempenalty'
+‘\@itempenalty’
The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default
- '-51').
+ ‘-51’).
-'\@endparpenalty'
+‘\@endparpenalty’
The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default
- '-51').
+ ‘-51’).
- The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists.
+ The package ‘enumitem’ is useful for customizing lists.
This example has the labels in red. They are numbered, and the left
edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. *Note
@@ -4668,7 +4674,7 @@ edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. *Note
}
{\end{list}}
-8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list
+8.16.1 ‘\item’: An entry in a list
----------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -4682,15 +4688,15 @@ or
An entry in a list. The entries are prefixed by a label, whose
default depends on the list type.
- Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]',
+ Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets ‘[...]’,
if you have an item whose text starts with [, you have to hide the
-bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square
-bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional
+bracket inside curly braces, as in: ‘\item {[} is an open square
+bracket’; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional
label.
Similarly, if the item does have the optional label and you need a
close square bracket inside that label, you must hide it in the same
-way: '\item[Close square bracket, {]}]'. *Note LaTeX command syntax::.
+way: ‘\item[Close square bracket, {]}]’. *Note LaTeX command syntax::.
In this example the enumerate list has two items that use the default
label and one that uses the optional label.
@@ -4701,11 +4707,11 @@ label and one that uses the optional label.
\item Larry
\end{enumerate}
- The first item is labelled '1.', the second item is labelled
-'sometimes', and the third item is labelled '2.'. Because of the
-optional label in the second item, the third item is not labelled '3.'.
+ The first item is labelled ‘1.’, the second item is labelled
+‘sometimes’, and the third item is labelled ‘2.’. Because of the
+optional label in the second item, the third item is not labelled ‘3.’.
-8.16.2 'trivlist': A restricted form of 'list'
+8.16.2 ‘trivlist’: A restricted form of ‘list’
----------------------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -4715,24 +4721,24 @@ Synopsis:
\end{trivlist}
A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are
-not indented and an '\item' without an optional argument produces no
+not indented and an ‘\item’ without an optional argument produces no
text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where
-the '\item' command is part of the environment's definition. For
-instance, the 'center' environment is defined essentially like this:
+the ‘\item’ command is part of the environment’s definition. For
+instance, the ‘center’ environment is defined essentially like this:
\newenvironment{center}
{\begin{trivlist}\centering\item\relax}
{\end{trivlist}}
- Using 'trivlist' in this way allows the macro to inherit some common
+ Using ‘trivlist’ in this way allows the macro to inherit some common
code: combining vertical space of two adjacent environments; detecting
whether the text following the environment should be considered a new
paragraph or a continuation of the previous one; adjusting the left and
right margins for possible nested list environments.
- Specifically, 'trivlist' uses the current values of the list
-parameters (*note list::), except that '\parsep' is set to the value of
-'\parskip', and '\leftmargin', '\labelwidth', and '\itemindent' are set
+ Specifically, ‘trivlist’ uses the current values of the list
+parameters (*note list::), except that ‘\parsep’ is set to the value of
+‘\parskip’, and ‘\leftmargin’, ‘\labelwidth’, and ‘\itemindent’ are set
to zero.
This example outputs the items as two paragraphs, except that (by
@@ -4743,7 +4749,7 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated.
\item She has a bluff bow, lovely lines.
\end{trivlist}
-8.17 'math'
+8.17 ‘math’
===========
Synopsis:
@@ -4752,10 +4758,10 @@ Synopsis:
MATH
\end{math}
- The 'math' environment inserts given MATH material within the running
-text. '\(...\)' and '$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::.
+ The ‘math’ environment inserts given MATH material within the running
+text. ‘\(...\)’ and ‘$...$’ are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::.
-8.18 'minipage'
+8.18 ‘minipage’
===============
Synopses:
@@ -4773,8 +4779,8 @@ or
Put CONTENTS into a box that is WIDTH wide. This is like a small
version of a page; it can contain its own footnotes, itemized lists,
etc. (There are some restrictions, including that it cannot have
-floats.) This box will not be broken across pages. So 'minipage' is
-similar to '\parbox' (*note \parbox::) but here you can have paragraphs.
+floats.) This box will not be broken across pages. So ‘minipage’ is
+similar to ‘\parbox’ (*note \parbox::) but here you can have paragraphs.
This example will be 3 inches wide, and has two paragraphs.
@@ -4786,31 +4792,31 @@ similar to '\parbox' (*note \parbox::) but here you can have paragraphs.
and won the National Medal of Science.
\end{minipage}
-See below for a discussion of the paragraph indent inside a 'minipage'.
+See below for a discussion of the paragraph indent inside a ‘minipage’.
The required argument WIDTH is a rigid length (*note Lengths::). It
gives the width of the box into which CONTENTS are typeset.
There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS.
You need not include all three. For example, get the default POSITION
-and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth}
-CONTENTS \end{minipage}'. (Get the natural height with an empty
-argument, '[]'.)
+and set the HEIGHT with ‘\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth}
+CONTENTS \end{minipage}’. (Get the natural height with an empty
+argument, ‘[]’.)
- The optional argument POSITION governs how the 'minipage' vertically
+ The optional argument POSITION governs how the ‘minipage’ vertically
aligns with the surrounding material.
-'c'
- (synonym 'm') Default. Positions the 'minipage' so its vertical
+‘c’
+ (synonym ‘m’) Default. Positions the ‘minipage’ so its vertical
center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line.
-'t'
- Align the baseline of the top line in the 'minipage' with the
- baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vtop').
+‘t’
+ Align the baseline of the top line in the ‘minipage’ with the
+ baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX’s ‘\vtop’).
-'b'
- Align the baseline of the bottom line in the 'minipage' with the
- baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vbox').
+‘b’
+ Align the baseline of the bottom line in the ‘minipage’ with the
+ baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX’s ‘\vbox’).
To see the effects of these, contrast running this
@@ -4818,11 +4824,11 @@ aligns with the surrounding material.
first\\ second\\ third
\end{minipage}
-with the results of changing 'c' to 'b' or 't'.
+with the results of changing ‘c’ to ‘b’ or ‘t’.
The optional argument HEIGHT is a rigid length (*note Lengths::). It
-sets the height of the 'minipage'. You can enter any value larger than,
-or equal to, or smaller than the 'minipage''s natural height and LaTeX
+sets the height of the ‘minipage’. You can enter any value larger than,
+or equal to, or smaller than the ‘minipage’’s natural height and LaTeX
will not give an error or warning. You can also set it to a height of
zero or a negative value.
@@ -4830,22 +4836,22 @@ zero or a negative value.
CONTENTS inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default
is the value of POSITION).
-'t'
+‘t’
Place CONTENTS at the top of the box.
-'c'
+‘c’
Place it in the vertical center.
-'b'
+‘b’
Place it at the box bottom.
-'s'
+‘s’
Stretch CONTENTS out vertically; it must contain vertically
stretchable space.
The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT option is set to a
-value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height. To see the effect of
-the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'.
+value larger than the ‘minipage’’s natural height. To see the effect of
+the options, run this example with the various choices in place of ‘b’.
Text before
\begin{center}
@@ -4855,15 +4861,15 @@ the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'.
\end{center}
Text after
- By default paragraphs are not indented in a 'minipage'. Change that
-with a command such as '\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' at the start of
+ By default paragraphs are not indented in a ‘minipage’. Change that
+with a command such as ‘\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}’ at the start of
CONTENTS.
- Footnotes in a 'minipage' environment are handled in a way that is
+ Footnotes in a ‘minipage’ environment are handled in a way that is
particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A
-'\footnote' or '\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom
+‘\footnote’ or ‘\footnotetext’ command puts the footnote at the bottom
of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the
-'\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary 'footnote' counter (*note
+‘\mpfootnote’ counter instead of the ordinary ‘footnote’ counter (*note
Counters::).
This puts the footnote at the bottom of the table, not the bottom of
@@ -4884,7 +4890,7 @@ the page.
If you nest minipages then there is an oddness when using footnotes.
Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next
-'\end{minipage}' which may not be their logical place.
+‘\end{minipage}’ which may not be their logical place.
This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic.
They are vertically centered.
@@ -4913,7 +4919,7 @@ They are vertically centered.
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
-8.19 'picture'
+8.19 ‘picture’
==============
Synopses:
@@ -4927,7 +4933,7 @@ or
PICTURE COMMAND
\end{picture}
-Where there may be any number of PICTURE COMMAND's.
+Where there may be any number of PICTURE COMMAND’s.
An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows,
boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new
@@ -4935,7 +4941,7 @@ documents typically use much more powerful graphics creation systems,
such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. None of these are
covered in this document; see CTAN.
- To start, here's an example showing the parallelogram law for adding
+ To start, here’s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding
vectors.
\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
@@ -4948,26 +4954,26 @@ vectors.
\put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }}
\end{picture}
- The 'picture' environment has one required argument, a pair of
+ The ‘picture’ environment has one required argument, a pair of
positive real numbers (WIDTH,HEIGHT). Multiply these by the value
-'\unitlength' to get the nominal size of the output, i.e. the space that
+‘\unitlength’ to get the nominal size of the output, i.e. the space that
LaTeX reserves on the output page. This nominal size need not be how
large the picture really is; LaTeX will draw things from the picture
-outside the picture's box.
+outside the picture’s box.
This environment also has an optional argument (XOFFSET,YOFFSET). It
is used to shift the origin. Unlike most optional arguments, this one
is not contained in square brackets. As with the required argument, it
consists of a pair of two real numbers, but these may also be negative
-or null. Multiply these by '\unitlength' to get the coordinates of the
+or null. Multiply these by ‘\unitlength’ to get the coordinates of the
point at the lower-left corner of the picture.
- For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command
+ For example, if ‘\unitlength’ has been set to ‘1mm’, the command
\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
produces a box of width 100 millimeters and height 200 millimeters. The
-picture's origin is the point (10mm,20mm) and so the lower-left corner
+picture’s origin is the point (10mm,20mm) and so the lower-left corner
is there, and the upper-right corner is at (110mm,220mm). When you
first draw a picture you typically omit the optional argument, leaving
the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your
@@ -4975,38 +4981,38 @@ picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
optional argument.
Each PICTURE COMMAND tells LaTeX where to put something by providing
-its position. A "position" is a pair such as '(2.4,-5)' giving the x-
-and y-coordinates. A "coordinate" is a not a length, it is a real
+its position. A “position” is a pair such as ‘(2.4,-5)’ giving the x-
+and y-coordinates. A “coordinate” is a not a length, it is a real
number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a
-length in multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if
-'\unitlength' has been set to '1cm', then the coordinate '2.54'
+length in multiples of the unit length ‘\unitlength’, so if
+‘\unitlength’ has been set to ‘1cm’, then the coordinate ‘2.54’
specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters.
- LaTeX's default for '\unitlength' is '1pt'. It is a rigid length
-(*note Lengths::). Change it with the '\setlength' command (*note
-\setlength::). Make this change only outside of a 'picture'
+ LaTeX’s default for ‘\unitlength’ is ‘1pt’. It is a rigid length
+(*note Lengths::). Change it with the ‘\setlength’ command (*note
+\setlength::). Make this change only outside of a ‘picture’
environment.
- The 'picture' environment supports using standard arithmetic
+ The ‘picture’ environment supports using standard arithmetic
expressions as well as numbers.
Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default
at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position
-appears as an argument, as with '\put(1,2){...}', it is not enclosed in
+appears as an argument, as with ‘\put(1,2){...}’, it is not enclosed in
braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also,
unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are
further up the page, for example, y = 1 is _above_ y = 0.
- There are four ways to put things in a picture: '\put', '\multiput',
-'\qbezier', and '\graphpaper'. The most often used is '\put'. This
+ There are four ways to put things in a picture: ‘\put’, ‘\multiput’,
+‘\qbezier’, and ‘\graphpaper’. The most often used is ‘\put’. This
\put(11.3,-0.3){...}
places the object with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-0.3).
The reference points for various objects will be described below. The
-'\put' command creates an "LR box" (*note Modes::). Anything that can
-go in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) can go in the text argument
-of the '\put' command. The reference point will be the lower left
+‘\put’ command creates an “LR box” (*note Modes::). Anything that can
+go in an ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::) can go in the text argument
+of the ‘\put’ command. The reference point will be the lower left
corner of the box. In this picture
\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
@@ -5016,10 +5022,10 @@ corner of the box. In this picture
\end{picture}
the three dots are just slightly left of the point of the angle formed
-by the two lines. (Also, '\line(1,1){1}' does not call for a line of
+by the two lines. (Also, ‘\line(1,1){1}’ does not call for a line of
length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of 1.)
- The '\multiput', 'qbezier', and 'graphpaper' commands are described
+ The ‘\multiput’, ‘qbezier’, and ‘graphpaper’ commands are described
below.
You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an
@@ -5035,12 +5041,12 @@ exact location. For example:
\end{picture}
\end{center}
-The red X will be precisely a quarter of the '\textwidth' from the left
-margin, and '0.35\textwidth' up from the bottom of the picture. Another
+The red X will be precisely a quarter of the ‘\textwidth’ from the left
+margin, and ‘0.35\textwidth’ up from the bottom of the picture. Another
example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get
-repeat material on each of a document's pages.
+repeat material on each of a document’s pages.
-8.19.1 '\put'
+8.19.1 ‘\put’
-------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5048,17 +5054,17 @@ Synopsis:
\put(XCOORD,YCOORD){CONTENT}
Place CONTENT at the coordinate (XCOORD,YCOORD). See the discussion
-of coordinates and '\unitlength' in *note picture::. The CONTENT is
+of coordinates and ‘\unitlength’ in *note picture::. The CONTENT is
processed in LR mode (*note Modes::) so it cannot contain line breaks.
- This includes the text into the 'picture'.
+ This includes the text into the ‘picture’.
\put(4.5,2.5){Apply the \textit{unpoke} move}
The reference point, the location (4.5,2.5), is the lower left of the
-text, at the bottom left of the 'A'.
+text, at the bottom left of the ‘A’.
-8.19.2 '\multiput'
+8.19.2 ‘\multiput’
------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5081,7 +5087,7 @@ DELTA_X,DELTA_Y. The OBJ first appears at position (x,y), then at
\multiput(0,0)(0,5){3}{\line(1,0){10}}
\end{picture}
-8.19.3 '\qbezier'
+8.19.3 ‘\qbezier’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5090,7 +5096,7 @@ Synopsis:
\qbezier[NUM](X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)
Draw a quadratic Bezier curve whose control points are given by the
-three required arguments '(X1,Y1)', '(X2,Y2)', and '(X3,Y3)'. That is,
+three required arguments ‘(X1,Y1)’, ‘(X2,Y2)’, and ‘(X3,Y3)’. That is,
the curve runs from (X1,Y1) to (X3,Y3), is quadratic, and is such that
the tangent line at (X1,Y1) passes through (X2,Y2), as does the tangent
line at (X3,Y3).
@@ -5099,14 +5105,14 @@ line at (X3,Y3).
\qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
-The curve's tangent line at (1,1) contains (1.25,0.75), as does the
-curve's tangent line at (1,0).
+The curve’s tangent line at (1,1) contains (1.25,0.75), as does the
+curve’s tangent line at (1,0).
The optional argument NUM gives the number of calculated intermediate
points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of
-points is '\qbeziermax' (change this value with '\renewcommand').
+points is ‘\qbeziermax’ (change this value with ‘\renewcommand’).
- This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using '\qbezier' for that
+ This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using ‘\qbezier’ for that
curve.
\begin{picture}(8,4)
@@ -5121,7 +5127,7 @@ curve.
\put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}}
\end{picture}
-8.19.4 '\graphpaper'
+8.19.4 ‘\graphpaper’
--------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5129,8 +5135,8 @@ Synopsis:
\graphpaper(X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
\graphpaper[SPACING](X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
- Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the 'graphpap' package. The grid's
-origin is '(X_INIT,Y_INIT)'. Grid lines come every SPACING units (the
+ Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the ‘graphpap’ package. The grid’s
+origin is ‘(X_INIT,Y_INIT)’. Grid lines come every SPACING units (the
default is 10). The grid extends X_DIMEN units to the right and Y_DIMEN
units up. All arguments must be positive integers.
@@ -5145,7 +5151,7 @@ lines.
The lines are numbered every ten units.
-8.19.5 '\line'
+8.19.5 ‘\line’
--------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5153,8 +5159,8 @@ Synopsis:
\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}
Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises Y_RISE for
-every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change--it
-is not the length of the vector, it is the change in x. In the special
+every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change—it is
+not the length of the vector, it is the change in x. In the special
case of vertical lines, where (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), the TRAVEL gives the
change in y.
@@ -5169,27 +5175,27 @@ length of the line, it is the change in x.
The arguments X_RUN and Y_RISE are integers that can be positive,
negative, or zero. (If both are 0 then LaTeX treats the second as 1.)
-With '\put(X_INIT,Y_INIT){\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}}', if X_RUN is
-negative then the line's ending point has a first coordinate that is
-less than X_INIT. If Y_RISE is negative then the line's ending point
+With ‘\put(X_INIT,Y_INIT){\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}}’, if X_RUN is
+negative then the line’s ending point has a first coordinate that is
+less than X_INIT. If Y_RISE is negative then the line’s ending point
has a second coordinate that is less than Y_INIT.
- If TRAVEL is negative then you get 'LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector
-argument.'
+ If TRAVEL is negative then you get ‘LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector
+argument.’
Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
pre-made fonts. The two numbers X_RUN and Y_RISE must have integer
-values from -6 through 6. Also, they must be relatively prime, so that
+values from −6 through 6. Also, they must be relatively prime, so that
(X_RUN,Y_RISE) can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then
instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to
switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of
-other shapes in a system like 'picture', see the package 'pict2e'
+other shapes in a system like ‘picture’, see the package ‘pict2e’
(<https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e>). Another solution is to use a
full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or
Asymptote.
-8.19.6 '\linethickness'
+8.19.6 ‘\linethickness’
-----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5198,11 +5204,11 @@ Synopsis:
Declares the thickness of subsequent horizontal and vertical lines in
a picture to be DIM, which must be a positive length (*note Lengths::).
-It differs from '\thinlines' and '\thicklines' in that it does not
+It differs from ‘\thinlines’ and ‘\thicklines’ in that it does not
affect the thickness of slanted lines, circles, or ovals (*note
\oval::).
-8.19.7 '\thinlines'
+8.19.7 ‘\thinlines’
-------------------
Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
@@ -5210,7 +5216,7 @@ in a picture environment to be 0.4pt. This is the default thickness, so
this command is unnecessary unless the thickness has been changed with
either *note \linethickness:: or *note \thicklines::.
-8.19.8 '\thicklines'
+8.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
--------------------
Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
@@ -5218,7 +5224,7 @@ in a picture environment to be 0.8pt. See also *note \linethickness::
and *note \thinlines::. This command is illustrated in the Trapezoidal
Rule example of *note \qbezier::.
-8.19.9 '\circle'
+8.19.9 ‘\circle’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5227,17 +5233,17 @@ Synopsis:
\circle*{DIAMETER}
Produces a circle with a diameter as close as possible to the
-specified one. The '*' form produces a filled-in circle.
+specified one. The ‘*’ form produces a filled-in circle.
- This draws a circle of radius 6, centered at '(5,7)'.
+ This draws a circle of radius 6, centered at ‘(5,7)’.
\put(5,7){\circle{6}}
- The available radii for '\circle' are, in points, the even numbers
-from 2 to 20, inclusive. For '\circle*' they are all the integers from
+ The available radii for ‘\circle’ are, in points, the even numbers
+from 2 to 20, inclusive. For ‘\circle*’ they are all the integers from
1 to 15.
-8.19.10 '\oval'
+8.19.10 ‘\oval’
---------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5246,21 +5252,21 @@ Synopsis:
\oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION]
Produce a rectangle with rounded corners, hereinafter referred to as
-an "oval". The optional argument PORTION allows you to produce only
+an “oval”. The optional argument PORTION allows you to produce only
half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take PORTION to be one
of these.
-'t'
+‘t’
top half
-'b'
+‘b’
bottom half
-'r'
+‘r’
right half
-'l'
+‘l’
left half
- Produce only one quarter of the oval by setting PORTION to 'tr',
-'br', 'bl', or 'tl'.
+ Produce only one quarter of the oval by setting PORTION to ‘tr’,
+‘br’, ‘bl’, or ‘tl’.
This draws the top half of an oval that is 3 wide and 7 tall.
@@ -5274,7 +5280,7 @@ made with quarter circles. These circles have a maximum radius of 20pt
(*note \circle:: for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just frames with
a small amount of corner rounding.
-8.19.11 '\shortstack'
+8.19.11 ‘\shortstack’
---------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5283,7 +5289,7 @@ Synopsis:
Produce a vertical stack of objects.
- This labels the y axis by writing the word 'y' above the word 'axis'.
+ This labels the y axis by writing the word ‘y’ above the word ‘axis’.
\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
\begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0)
@@ -5293,34 +5299,34 @@ Synopsis:
\end{picture}
For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack.
-In the above example the '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) puts the
+In the above example the ‘\makebox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::) puts the
stack flush right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits
slightly to the left of the y axis.
The valid positions are:
-'r'
+‘r’
Make objects flush right
-'l'
+‘l’
Make objects flush left
-'c'
+‘c’
Center objects (default)
- Separate objects into lines with '\\'. These stacks are short in
-that, unlike in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment, here the rows are
+ Separate objects into lines with ‘\\’. These stacks are short in
+that, unlike in a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’ environment, here the rows are
not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in
-'\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}' the first and last rows are taller than the
+‘\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}’ the first and last rows are taller than the
middle two, and therefore the baseline skip between the two middle rows
is smaller than that between the third and last row. You can adjust row
heights and depths either by putting in the usual interline spacing with
-'\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}' (*note \strut::), or explicitly, via
-an zero-width box '\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}' or by
-using '\\''s optional argument '\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}'.
+‘\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}’ (*note \strut::), or explicitly, via
+an zero-width box ‘\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}’ or by
+using ‘\\’’s optional argument ‘\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}’.
- The '\shortstack' command is also available outside the 'picture'
+ The ‘\shortstack’ command is also available outside the ‘picture’
environment.
-8.19.12 '\vector'
+8.19.12 ‘\vector’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5329,20 +5335,20 @@ Synopsis:
Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it
vertically rises Y_RISE for every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the
-total horizontal change--it is not the length of the vector, it is the
+total horizontal change—it is not the length of the vector, it is the
change in x. In the special case of vertical vectors, if
(X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), then TRAVEL gives the change in y.
For an example see *note picture::.
For elaboration on X_RUN and Y_RISE see *note \line::. As there, the
-values of X_RUN and Y_RISE are limited. For '\vector' you must chooses
-integers between -4 and 4, inclusive. Also, the two you choose must be
-relatively prime. Thus, '\vector(2,1){4}' is acceptable but
-'\vector(4,2){4}' is not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence
+values of X_RUN and Y_RISE are limited. For ‘\vector’ you must chooses
+integers between −4 and 4, inclusive. Also, the two you choose must be
+relatively prime. Thus, ‘\vector(2,1){4}’ is acceptable but
+‘\vector(4,2){4}’ is not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence
of arrowheads).
-8.19.13 '\makebox' (picture)
+8.19.13 ‘\makebox’ (picture)
----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5350,37 +5356,37 @@ Synopsis:
\makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT){TEXT}
\makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
- Make a box to hold TEXT. This command fits with the 'picture'
+ Make a box to hold TEXT. This command fits with the ‘picture’
environment, although you can use it outside of there, because REC-WIDTH
and REC-HEIGHT are numbers specifying distances in terms of the
-'\unitlength' (*note picture::). This command is similar to the normal
-'\makebox' command (*note \mbox & \makebox::) except here that you must
+‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::). This command is similar to the normal
+‘\makebox’ command (*note \mbox & \makebox::) except here that you must
specify the width and height. This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).
- This makes a box of length 3.5 times '\unitlength' and height 4 times
-'\unitlength'.
+ This makes a box of length 3.5 times ‘\unitlength’ and height 4 times
+‘\unitlength’.
\put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}
- The optional argument 'POSITION' specifies where in the box the TEXT
+ The optional argument ‘POSITION’ specifies where in the box the TEXT
appears. The default is to center it, both horizontally and vertically.
To place it somewhere else, use a string with one or two of these
letters.
-'t'
+‘t’
Puts TEXT the top of the box.
-'b'
+‘b’
Put TEXT at the bottom.
-'l'
+‘l’
Put TEXT on the left.
-'r'
+‘r’
Put TEXT on the right.
-8.19.14 '\framebox' (picture)
+8.19.14 ‘\framebox’ (picture)
-----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5391,9 +5397,9 @@ Synopsis:
This is the same as *note \makebox (picture):: except that it puts a
frame around the outside of the box that it creates. The reference
point is the bottom left corner of the frame. This command fits with
-the 'picture' environment, although you can use it outside of there,
+the ‘picture’ environment, although you can use it outside of there,
because lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the
-'\unitlength' (*note picture::). This command is fragile (*note
+‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::). This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).
This example creates a frame 2.5 inches by 3 inches and puts the text
@@ -5408,15 +5414,15 @@ RECT-WIDTH units and height RECT-HEIGHT units.
The optional argument POSITION specifies the position of TEXT; see
*note \makebox (picture):: for the values that it can take.
- The rule has thickness '\fboxrule' and there is a blank space
-'\fboxsep' between the frame and the contents of the box.
+ The rule has thickness ‘\fboxrule’ and there is a blank space
+‘\fboxsep’ between the frame and the contents of the box.
For this command, you must specify the WIDTH and HEIGHT. If you want
to just put a frame around some contents whose dimension is determined
-in some other way then either use '\fbox' (*note \fbox & \framebox::) or
-'\frame' (*note \frame::).
+in some other way then either use ‘\fbox’ (*note \fbox & \framebox::) or
+‘\frame’ (*note \frame::).
-8.19.15 '\frame'
+8.19.15 ‘\frame’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5424,11 +5430,11 @@ Synopsis:
\frame{CONTENTS}
Puts a rectangular frame around CONTENTS. The reference point is the
-bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to '\framebox' (*note
-\framebox (picture)::), this command puts no extra space is put between
-the frame and the object. It is fragile (*note \protect::).
+bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to ‘\framebox’ (*note
+\framebox (picture)::), this command puts no extra space between the
+frame and the object. It is fragile (*note \protect::).
-8.19.16 '\dashbox'
+8.19.16 ‘\dashbox’
------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -5437,9 +5443,9 @@ Synopsis:
\dashbox{DASH-LEN}(RECT-WIDTH,RECT-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
Create a dashed rectangle around TEXT. This command fits with the
-'picture' environment, although you can use it outside of there, because
+‘picture’ environment, although you can use it outside of there, because
lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the
-'\unitlength' (*note picture::).
+‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::).
The required arguments are: dashes are DASH-LEN units long, with the
same length gap, and the rectangle has overall width RECT-WIDTH units
@@ -5452,13 +5458,13 @@ and height RECT-HEIGHT units.
\put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){My hovercraft is full of eels.}}
-Each dash will be '0.1\unitlength' long, the box's width is
-'5\unitlength' and its height is '0.5\unitlength'.
+Each dash will be ‘0.1\unitlength’ long, the box’s width is
+‘5\unitlength’ and its height is ‘0.5\unitlength’.
As in that example, a dashed box looks best when RECT-WIDTH and
RECT-HEIGHT are multiples of the DASH-LEN.
-8.20 'quotation' & 'quote'
+8.20 ‘quotation’ & ‘quote’
==========================
Synopsis:
@@ -5474,13 +5480,13 @@ or
\end{quote}
Include a quotation. Both environments indent margins on both sides
-by '\leftmargin' and the text is right-justified.
+by ‘\leftmargin’ and the text is right-justified.
- They differ in how they treat paragraphs. In the 'quotation'
+ They differ in how they treat paragraphs. In the ‘quotation’
environment, paragraphs are indented by 1.5em and the space between
-paragraphs is small, '0pt plus 1pt'. In the 'quote' environment,
+paragraphs is small, ‘0pt plus 1pt’. In the ‘quote’ environment,
paragraphs are not indented and there is vertical space between
-paragraphs (it is the rubber length '\parsep').
+paragraphs (it is the rubber length ‘\parsep’).
\begin{quotation} \small\it
Four score and seven years ago
@@ -5488,7 +5494,7 @@ paragraphs (it is the rubber length '\parsep').
\hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln
\end{quotation}
-8.21 'tabbing'
+8.21 ‘tabbing’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -5501,12 +5507,12 @@ Synopsis:
Align text in columns, by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much
as was done on a typewriter. This is less often used than the
-environments 'tabular' (*note tabular::) or 'array' (*note array::)
+environments ‘tabular’ (*note tabular::) or ‘array’ (*note array::)
because in those the width of each column need not be constant and need
not be known in advance.
This example has a first line where the tab stops are set to explicit
-widths, ended by a '\kill' command (which is described below):
+widths, ended by a ‘\kill’ command (which is described below):
\begin{tabbing}
\hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill
@@ -5517,97 +5523,97 @@ widths, ended by a '\kill' command (which is described below):
\textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\
\end{tabbing}
- Both the 'tabbing' environment and the more widely-used 'tabular'
+ Both the ‘tabbing’ environment and the more widely-used ‘tabular’
environment put text in columns. The most important distinction is that
-in 'tabular' the width of columns is determined automatically by LaTeX,
-while in 'tabbing' the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is
-that 'tabular' generates a box, but 'tabbing' can be broken across
-pages. Finally, while 'tabular' can be used in any mode, 'tabbing' can
+in ‘tabular’ the width of columns is determined automatically by LaTeX,
+while in ‘tabbing’ the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is
+that ‘tabular’ generates a box, but ‘tabbing’ can be broken across
+pages. Finally, while ‘tabular’ can be used in any mode, ‘tabbing’ can
be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph,
without indentation.
Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need to use the
-starred form of the '\hspace' command at the beginning of a tabbed row.
-The right margin of the 'tabbing' environment is the end of line, so
-that the width of the environment is '\linewidth'.
+starred form of the ‘\hspace’ command at the beginning of a tabbed row.
+The right margin of the ‘tabbing’ environment is the end of line, so
+that the width of the environment is ‘\linewidth’.
- The 'tabbing' environment contains a sequence of "tabbed rows". The
-first tabbed row begins immediately after '\begin{tabbing}' and each row
-ends with '\\' or '\kill'. The last row may omit the '\\' and end with
-just '\end{tabbing}'.
+ The ‘tabbing’ environment contains a sequence of “tabbed rows”. The
+first tabbed row begins immediately after ‘\begin{tabbing}’ and each row
+ends with ‘\\’ or ‘\kill’. The last row may omit the ‘\\’ and end with
+just ‘\end{tabbing}’.
- At any point the 'tabbing' environment has a "current tab stop
-pattern", a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These
+ At any point the ‘tabbing’ environment has a “current tab stop
+pattern”, a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These
create N corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is always the left margin,
defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number I is set if it is
assigned a horizontal position on the page. Tab stop number I can only
be set if all the stops 0, ..., i-1 have already been set; normally
later stops are to the right of earlier ones.
- By default any text typeset in a 'tabbing' environment is typeset
+ By default any text typeset in a ‘tabbing’ environment is typeset
ragged right and left-aligned on the current tab stop. Typesetting is
done in LR mode (*note Modes::).
- The following commands can be used inside a 'tabbing' environment.
+ The following commands can be used inside a ‘tabbing’ environment.
They are all fragile (*note \protect::).
-'\\ (tabbing)'
+‘\\ (tabbing)’
End a tabbed line and typeset it.
-'\= (tabbing)'
+‘\= (tabbing)’
Sets a tab stop at the current position.
-'\> (tabbing)'
+‘\> (tabbing)’
Advances to the next tab stop.
-'\<'
+‘\<’
Put following text to the left of the local margin (without
changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line.
-'\+'
+‘\+’
Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary.
-'\-'
+‘\-’
Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary.
-'\' (tabbing)'
+‘\' (tabbing)’
Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column,
- i.e., everything from the most recent '\>', '\<', '\'', '\\', or
- '\kill' command, to the previous column and aligned to the right,
- flush against the current column's tab stop.
+ i.e., everything from the most recent ‘\>’, ‘\<’, ‘\'’, ‘\\’, or
+ ‘\kill’ command, to the previous column and aligned to the right,
+ flush against the current column’s tab stop.
-'\` (tabbing)'
+‘\` (tabbing)’
Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including
- tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last
- column because there's no tab stop there. The '\`' command moves
- all the text that follows it, up to the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}'
- command that ends the line, to the right margin of the 'tabbing'
- environment. There must be no '\>' or '\'' command between the
- '\`' and the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}' command that ends the line.
-
-'\a (tabbing)'
- In a 'tabbing' environment, the commands '\=', '\'' and '\`' do not
+ tab stop 0. However, it can’t move text to the right of the last
+ column because there’s no tab stop there. The ‘\`’ command moves
+ all the text that follows it, up to the ‘\\’ or ‘\end{tabbing}’
+ command that ends the line, to the right margin of the ‘tabbing’
+ environment. There must be no ‘\>’ or ‘\'’ command between the
+ ‘\`’ and the ‘\\’ or ‘\end{tabbing}’ command that ends the line.
+
+‘\a (tabbing)’
+ In a ‘tabbing’ environment, the commands ‘\=’, ‘\'’ and ‘\`’ do not
produce accents as usual (*note Accents::). Instead, use the
- commands '\a=', '\a'' and '\a`'.
+ commands ‘\a=’, ‘\a'’ and ‘\a`’.
-'\kill'
- Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like '\\' except
+‘\kill’
+ Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like ‘\\’ except
that it throws away the current line instead of producing output
- for it. Any '\=', '\+' or '\-' commands in that line remain in
+ for it. Any ‘\=’, ‘\+’ or ‘\-’ commands in that line remain in
effect.
-'\poptabs'
- Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last '\pushtabs'.
+‘\poptabs’
+ Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last ‘\pushtabs’.
-'\pushtabs'
+‘\pushtabs’
Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily
- changing tab stop positions in the middle of a 'tabbing'
+ changing tab stop positions in the middle of a ‘tabbing’
environment.
-'\tabbingsep'
- Distance of the text moved by '\'' to left of current tab stop.
+‘\tabbingsep’
+ Distance of the text moved by ‘\'’ to left of current tab stop.
This example typesets a Pascal function:
@@ -5634,10 +5640,10 @@ The output looks like this.
This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually
typeset computer code in typewriter like this, a verbatim environment
(*note verbatim::) would normally be best. For pretty-printed code,
-there are quite a few packages, including 'algorithm2e', 'fancyvrb',
-'listings', and 'minted'.
+there are quite a few packages, including ‘algorithm2e’, ‘fancyvrb’,
+‘listings’, and ‘minted’.
-8.22 'table'
+8.22 ‘table’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -5653,7 +5659,7 @@ pages and so they are not typeset in sequence with the normal text but
instead are floated to a convenient place, such as the top of a
following page.
- This example 'table' environment contains a 'tabular'
+ This example ‘table’ environment contains a ‘tabular’
\begin{table}
\centering\small
@@ -5668,15 +5674,15 @@ following page.
\label{tab:cello}
\end{table}
-but you can put many different kinds of content in a 'table': the TABLE
+but you can put many different kinds of content in a ‘table’: the TABLE
BODY may contain text, LaTeX commands, graphics, etc. It is typeset in
-a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth'.
+a ‘parbox’ of width ‘\textwidth’.
For the possible values of PLACEMENT and their effect on the float
placement algorithm, see *note Floats::.
The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross
-references::). The '\caption' command is also optional. It specifies
+references::). The ‘\caption’ command is also optional. It specifies
caption text TITLE for the table (*note \caption::). By default it is
numbered. If its optional LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in
the list of tables instead of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::).
@@ -5695,7 +5701,7 @@ page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end.
\label{tab:CardinalVirtues}
\end{table}
-8.23 'tabular'
+8.23 ‘tabular’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -5724,24 +5730,24 @@ illustrates many of the features.
\end{tabular}
The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
-between them. This is specified in 'tabular''s argument '{l|l}'. Put
+between them. This is specified in ‘tabular’’s argument ‘{l|l}’. Put
the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand,
-'&'. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, '\\'. Put
-a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with '\hline'.
-After the last row the '\\' is optional, unless an '\hline' command
+‘&’. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, ‘\\’. Put
+a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with ‘\hline’.
+After the last row the ‘\\’ is optional, unless an ‘\hline’ command
follows to put a rule below the table.
- The required and optional arguments to 'tabular' consist of:
+ The required and optional arguments to ‘tabular’ consist of:
POS
- Optional. Specifies the table's vertical position. The default is
+ Optional. Specifies the table’s vertical position. The default is
to align the table so its vertical center matches the baseline of
- the surrounding text. There are two other possible alignments: 't'
+ the surrounding text. There are two other possible alignments: ‘t’
aligns the table so its top row matches the baseline of the
- surrounding text, and 'b' aligns on the bottom row.
+ surrounding text, and ‘b’ aligns on the bottom row.
This only has an effect if there is other text. In the common case
- of a 'tabular' alone in a 'center' environment this option makes no
+ of a ‘tabular’ alone in a ‘center’ environment this option makes no
difference.
COLS
@@ -5749,38 +5755,38 @@ COLS
sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the types of
column and intercolumn material.
- 'l'
+ ‘l’
A column of left-aligned items.
- 'r'
+ ‘r’
A column of right-aligned items.
- 'c'
+ ‘c’
A column of centered items.
- '|'
+ ‘|’
A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
- '@{TEXT OR SPACE}'
+ ‘@{TEXT OR SPACE}’
Insert TEXT OR SPACE at this location in every row. The TEXT
OR SPACE material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile
(*note \protect::).
- If between two columns there is no @-expression then LaTeX's
- 'book', 'article', and 'report' classes will put on either
- side of each column a space of length '\tabcolsep', which by
- default is 6pt. That is, by default adjacent columns are
- separated by 12pt (so '\tabcolsep' is misleadingly named since
- it is only half of the separation between tabular columns).
- In addition, a space of 6pt also comes before the first column
- and after the final column, unless you put a '@{...}' or '|'
- there.
+ If between two column specifiers there is no @-expression then
+ LaTeX’s ‘book’, ‘article’, and ‘report’ classes will put on
+ either side of each column a space of width ‘\tabcolsep’,
+ which by default is 6pt. That is, by default adjacent columns
+ are separated by 12pt (so ‘\tabcolsep’ is misleadingly named
+ since it is only half of the separation between tabular
+ columns). In addition, a space of ‘\tabcolsep’ also comes
+ before the first column and after the final column, unless you
+ put a ‘@{...}’ there.
If you override the default and use an @-expression then LaTeX
- does not insert '\tabcolsep' so you must insert any desired
- space yourself, as in '@{\hspace{1em}}'.
+ does not insert ‘\tabcolsep’ so you must insert any desired
+ space yourself, as in ‘@{\hspace{1em}}’.
- An empty expression '@{}' will eliminate the space. In
+ An empty expression ‘@{}’ will eliminate the space. In
particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before
the first column or after the last one, as in the example
below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
@@ -5800,12 +5806,12 @@ COLS
$9$ &$80665$
\end{tabular}
- An '\extracolsep{WD}' command in an @-expression causes an
+ An ‘\extracolsep{WD}’ command in an @-expression causes an
extra space of width WD to appear to the left of all
subsequent columns, until countermanded by another
- '\extracolsep'. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra
- space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An '\extracolsep'
- command can be used only in an @-expression in the 'cols'
+ ‘\extracolsep’. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra
+ space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An ‘\extracolsep’
+ command can be used only in an @-expression in the ‘cols’
argument. Below, LaTeX inserts the right amount of
intercolumn space to make the entire table 4 inches wide.
@@ -5815,78 +5821,78 @@ COLS
\end{tabular*}
To insert commands that are automatically executed before a
- given column, load the 'array' package and use the '>{...}'
+ given column, load the ‘array’ package and use the ‘>{...}’
specifier.
- 'p{WD}'
+ ‘p{WD}’
Each item in the column is typeset in a parbox of width WD, as
- if it were the argument of a '\parbox[t]{wd}{...}' command.
-
- A line break double backslash '\\' may not appear in the item,
- except inside an environment like 'minipage', 'array', or
- 'tabular', or inside an explicit '\parbox', or in the scope of
- a '\centering', '\raggedright', or '\raggedleft' declaration
- (when used in a 'p'-column element these declarations must
- appear inside braces, as with '{\centering .. \\ ..}').
+ if it were the argument of a ‘\parbox[t]{wd}{...}’ command.
+
+ A line break double backslash ‘\\’ may not appear in the item,
+ except inside an environment like ‘minipage’, ‘array’, or
+ ‘tabular’, or inside an explicit ‘\parbox’, or in the scope of
+ a ‘\centering’, ‘\raggedright’, or ‘\raggedleft’ declaration
+ (when used in a ‘p’-column element these declarations must
+ appear inside braces, as with ‘{\centering .. \\ ..}’).
Otherwise LaTeX will misinterpret the double backslash as
ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there
- use '\newline' (*note \newline::).
+ use ‘\newline’ (*note \newline::).
- '*{NUM}{COLS}'
+ ‘*{NUM}{COLS}’
Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive
integer and COLS is a list of specifiers. Thus the specifier
- '\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}' is equivalent to the specifier
- '\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}'. Note that COLS may contain
- another '*'-expression.
+ ‘\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}’ is equivalent to the specifier
+ ‘\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}’. Note that COLS may contain
+ another ‘*’-expression.
WIDTH
- Required for 'tabular*', not allowed for 'tabular'. Specifies the
- width of the 'tabular*' environment. The space between columns
- should be rubber, as with '@{\extracolsep{\fill}}', to allow the
+ Required for ‘tabular*’, not allowed for ‘tabular’. Specifies the
+ width of the ‘tabular*’ environment. The space between columns
+ should be rubber, as with ‘@{\extracolsep{\fill}}’, to allow the
table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you
- are likely to get the 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
- ...' warning.
+ are likely to get the ‘Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
+ ...’ warning.
Parameters that control formatting:
-'\arrayrulewidth'
- A length that is the thickness of the rule created by '|',
- '\hline', and '\vline' in the 'tabular' and 'array' environments.
- The default is '.4pt'. Change it as in
- '\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}'.
+‘\arrayrulewidth’
+ A length that is the thickness of the rule created by ‘|’,
+ ‘\hline’, and ‘\vline’ in the ‘tabular’ and ‘array’ environments.
+ The default is ‘.4pt’. Change it as in
+ ‘\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}’.
-'\arraystretch'
- A factor by which the spacing between rows in the 'tabular' and
- 'array' environments is multiplied. The default is '1', for no
- scaling. Change it as '\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}'.
+‘\arraystretch’
+ A factor by which the spacing between rows in the ‘tabular’ and
+ ‘array’ environments is multiplied. The default is ‘1’, for no
+ scaling. Change it as ‘\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}’.
-'\doublerulesep'
+‘\doublerulesep’
A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced
- by the '||' specifier. The default is '2pt'.
+ by the ‘||’ specifier. The default is ‘2pt’.
-'\tabcolsep'
+‘\tabcolsep’
A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is
- '6pt'. Change it with '\setlength'.
+ ‘6pt’. Change it with ‘\setlength’.
- The following commands can be used inside the body of a 'tabular'
+ The following commands can be used inside the body of a ‘tabular’
environment, the first two inside an entry and the second two between
lines:
-8.23.1 '\multicolumn'
+8.23.1 ‘\multicolumn’
---------------------
Synopsis:
\multicolumn{NUMCOLS}{COLS}{TEXT}
- Make an 'array' or 'tabular' entry that spans several columns. The
+ Make an ‘array’ or ‘tabular’ entry that spans several columns. The
first argument NUMCOLS gives the number of columns to span. The second
-argument COLS specifies the formatting of the entry, with 'c' for
-centered, 'l' for flush left, or 'r' for flush right. The third
+argument COLS specifies the formatting of the entry, with ‘c’ for
+centered, ‘l’ for flush left, or ‘r’ for flush right. The third
argument TEXT gives the contents of that entry.
In this example, in the first row, the second and third columns are
-spanned by the single heading 'Name'.
+spanned by the single heading ‘Name’.
\begin{tabular}{lccl}
\textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\
@@ -5896,16 +5902,16 @@ spanned by the single heading 'Name'.
\end{tabular}
What counts as a column is: the column format specifier for the
-'array' or 'tabular' environment is broken into parts, where each part
-(except the first) begins with 'l', 'c', 'r', or 'p'. So from
-'\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}' the parts are '|r|', 'c', 'c',
-and 'p{1.5in}|'.
+‘array’ or ‘tabular’ environment is broken into parts, where each part
+(except the first) begins with ‘l’, ‘c’, ‘r’, or ‘p’. So from
+‘\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}’ the parts are ‘|r|’, ‘c’, ‘c’,
+and ‘p{1.5in}|’.
- The COLS argument overrides the 'array' or 'tabular' environment's
+ The COLS argument overrides the ‘array’ or ‘tabular’ environment’s
intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry. To affect
-that area, this argument can contain vertical bars '|' indicating the
-placement of vertical rules, and '@{...}' expressions. Thus if COLS is
-'|c|' then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule
+that area, this argument can contain vertical bars ‘|’ indicating the
+placement of vertical rules, and ‘@{...}’ expressions. Thus if COLS is
+‘|c|’ then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule
will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it. This table
details the exact behavior.
@@ -5917,27 +5923,27 @@ details the exact behavior.
\end{tabular}
Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because
-the '\multicolumn' has the COLS specifier 'r' with no initial vertical
+the ‘\multicolumn’ has the COLS specifier ‘r’ with no initial vertical
bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a vertical rule;
although the first COLS does not have an ending vertical bar, the second
COLS does have a starting one. Between entry two and entry three there
is a single vertical rule; despite that the COLS in both of the
-surrounding 'multicolumn''s call for a vertical rule, you only get one
+surrounding ‘multicolumn’’s call for a vertical rule, you only get one
rule. Between entry three and entry four there is no vertical rule; the
-default calls for one but the COLS in the entry three '\multicolumn'
+default calls for one but the COLS in the entry three ‘\multicolumn’
leaves it out, and that takes precedence. Finally, following entry four
there is a vertical rule because of the default.
The number of spanned columns NUMCOLS can be 1. Besides giving the
ability to change the horizontal alignment, this also is useful to
-override for one row the 'tabular' definition's default intercolumn area
+override for one row the ‘tabular’ definition’s default intercolumn area
specification, including the placement of vertical rules.
- In the example below, in the 'tabular' definition the first column is
+ In the example below, in the ‘tabular’ definition the first column is
specified to default to left justified but in the first row the entry is
-centered with '\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}'. Also in the first
+centered with ‘\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}}’. Also in the first
row, the second and third columns are spanned by a single entry with
-'\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}}', overriding the specification to
+‘\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}}’, overriding the specification to
center those two columns on the page range en-dash.
\begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
@@ -5949,48 +5955,48 @@ center those two columns on the page range en-dash.
Impressionistic &1875 &1925
\end{tabular}
-Although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a vertical rule
+Although the ‘tabular’ specification by default puts a vertical rule
between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears in
-the first row here. That's because there is no vertical bar in the COLS
-part of the first row's first '\multicolumn' command.
+the first row here. That’s because there is no vertical bar in the COLS
+part of the first row’s first ‘\multicolumn’ command.
-8.23.2 '\vline'
+8.23.2 ‘\vline’
---------------
-Draw a vertical line in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment extending the
-full height and depth of an entry's row. Can also be used in an
-@-expression, although its synonym vertical bar '|' is more common.
-This command is rarely used in the body of a table; typically a table's
-vertical lines are specified in 'tabular''s COLS argument and overridden
-as needed with '\multicolumn' (*note tabular::).
+Draw a vertical line in a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’ environment extending the
+full height and depth of an entry’s row. Can also be used in an
+@-expression, although its synonym vertical bar ‘|’ is more common.
+This command is rarely used in the body of a table; typically a table’s
+vertical lines are specified in ‘tabular’’s COLS argument and overridden
+as needed with ‘\multicolumn’ (*note tabular::).
- The example below illustrates some pitfalls. In the first row's
-second entry the '\hfill' moves the '\vline' to the left edge of the
+ The example below illustrates some pitfalls. In the first row’s
+second entry the ‘\hfill’ moves the ‘\vline’ to the left edge of the
cell. But that is different than putting it halfway between the two
columns, so between the first and second columns there are two vertical
-rules, with the one from the '{c|cc}' specifier coming before the one
-produced by the '\vline\hfill'. In contrast, the first row's third
+rules, with the one from the ‘{c|cc}’ specifier coming before the one
+produced by the ‘\vline\hfill’. In contrast, the first row’s third
entry shows the usual way to put a vertical bar between two columns. In
-the second row, the 'ghi' is the widest entry in its column so in the
-'\vline\hfill' the '\hfill' has no effect and the vertical line in that
-entry appears immediately next to the 'g', with no whitespace.
+the second row, the ‘ghi’ is the widest entry in its column so in the
+‘\vline\hfill’ the ‘\hfill’ has no effect and the vertical line in that
+entry appears immediately next to the ‘g’, with no whitespace.
\begin{tabular}{c|cc}
x &\vline\hfill y &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{z} \\ % row 1
abc &def &\vline\hfill ghi % row 2
\end{tabular}
-8.23.3 '\cline'
+8.23.3 ‘\cline’
---------------
Synopsis:
\cline{I-J}
- In an 'array' or 'tabular' environment, draw a horizontal rule
-beginning in column I and ending in column J. The dash, '-', must
+ In an ‘array’ or ‘tabular’ environment, draw a horizontal rule
+beginning in column I and ending in column J. The dash, ‘-’, must
appear in the mandatory argument. To span a single column use the
-number twice, as with '\cline{2-2}'.
+number twice, as with ‘\cline{2-2}’.
This example puts two horizontal lines between the first and second
rows, one line in the first column only, and the other spanning the
@@ -6002,24 +6008,24 @@ height.
e &f &g &h
\end{tabular}
-8.23.4 '\hline'
+8.23.4 ‘\hline’
---------------
-Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing 'tabular' or 'array'
-environment. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom,
+Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing ‘tabular’ or ‘array’
+environment. It’s most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom,
and between the rows of a table.
In this example the top of the table has two horizontal rules, one
above the other, that span both columns. The bottom of the table has a
-single rule spanning both columns. Because of the '\hline', the
-'tabular' second row's line ending double backslash '\\' is required.
+single rule spanning both columns. Because of the ‘\hline’, the
+‘tabular’ second row’s line ending double backslash ‘\\’ is required.
\begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
Baseball &Red Sox \\
Basketball &Celtics \\ \hline
\end{tabular}
-8.24 'thebibliography'
+8.24 ‘thebibliography’
======================
Synopsis:
@@ -6050,31 +6056,31 @@ BibTeX::, for a more sophisticated approach.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
\end{thebibliography}
-This styles the first reference as '[1] Leslie ...', and so that '...
-based on \cite{latexdps}' produces the matching '... based on [1]'. The
-second '\cite' produces '[1, 2]'. You must compile the document twice
+This styles the first reference as ‘[1] Leslie ...’, and so that ‘...
+based on \cite{latexdps}’ produces the matching ‘... based on [1]’. The
+second ‘\cite’ produces ‘[1, 2]’. You must compile the document twice
to resolve these references.
The mandatory argument WIDEST-LABEL is text that, when typeset, is as
-wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands. The
-tradition is to use '9' for bibliographies with less than 10 references,
-'99' for ones with less than 100, etc.
-
- The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as 'Bibliography'.
-To change it there are two cases. In the 'book' and 'report' classes,
-where the top level sectioning is '\chapter' and the default title is
-'Bibliography', that title is in the macro '\bibname'. For 'article',
-where the class's top level sectioning is '\section' and the default is
-'References', the title is in macro '\refname'. Change it by redefining
-the command, as with '\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}', after
-'\begin{document}'.
-
- Language support packages such as 'babel' will automatically redefine
-'\refname' or '\bibname' to fit the selected language.
+wide as the widest item label produced by the ‘\bibitem’ commands. The
+tradition is to use ‘9’ for bibliographies with less than 10 references,
+‘99’ for ones with less than 100, etc.
+
+ The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as ‘Bibliography’.
+To change it there are two cases. In the ‘book’ and ‘report’ classes,
+where the top level sectioning is ‘\chapter’ and the default title is
+‘Bibliography’, that title is in the macro ‘\bibname’. For ‘article’,
+where the class’s top level sectioning is ‘\section’ and the default is
+‘References’, the title is in macro ‘\refname’. Change it by redefining
+the command, as with ‘\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}’, after
+‘\begin{document}’.
+
+ Language support packages such as ‘babel’ will automatically redefine
+‘\refname’ or ‘\bibname’ to fit the selected language.
*Note list::, for the list layout control parameters.
-8.24.1 '\bibitem'
+8.24.1 ‘\bibitem’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6086,13 +6092,13 @@ or
\bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the
-'enumi' counter. The "citation key" CITE_KEY can be any string of
+‘enumi’ counter. The “citation key” CITE_KEY can be any string of
letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
*Note thebibliography::, for an example.
When provided, the optional LABEL becomes the entry label and the
-'enumi' counter is not incremented. With this
+‘enumi’ counter is not incremented. With this
\begin{thebibliography}
\bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps}
@@ -6105,34 +6111,34 @@ letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
\end{thebibliography}
-the first entry will be styled as '[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...' (The
+the first entry will be styled as ‘[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...’ (The
amount of horizontal space that LaTeX leaves for the label depends on
-the WIDEST-LABEL argument of the 'thebibliography' environment; see
-*note thebibliography::.) Similarly, '... based on \cite{latexdps}'
-will produce '... based on [Lamport 1994]'.
+the WIDEST-LABEL argument of the ‘thebibliography’ environment; see
+*note thebibliography::.) Similarly, ‘... based on \cite{latexdps}’
+will produce ‘... based on [Lamport 1994]’.
- If you mix '\bibitem' entries having a LABEL with those that do not
+ If you mix ‘\bibitem’ entries having a LABEL with those that do not
then LaTeX will number the unlabelled ones sequentially. In the example
-above the 'texbook' entry will appear as '[1] Donald ...', despite that
+above the ‘texbook’ entry will appear as ‘[1] Donald ...’, despite that
it is the second entry.
- If you use the same CITE_KEY twice then you get 'LaTeX Warning: There
-were multiply-defined labels'.
+ If you use the same CITE_KEY twice then you get ‘LaTeX Warning: There
+were multiply-defined labels’.
Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the CITE_KEY and LABEL information
-because '\bibitem' writes it to the auxiliary file 'JOBNAME.aux' (*note
+because ‘\bibitem’ writes it to the auxiliary file ‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note
Jobname::). For instance, the above example causes the two
-'\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}' and '\bibcite{texbook}{1}' to appear
-in that file. The '.aux' file is read by the '\begin{document}' command
-and then the information is available for '\cite' commands. This
+‘\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}’ and ‘\bibcite{texbook}{1}’ to appear
+in that file. The ‘.aux’ file is read by the ‘\begin{document}’ command
+and then the information is available for ‘\cite’ commands. This
explains why you need to run LaTeX twice to resolve references: once to
write it out and once to read it in.
- Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a '\bibitem' or
-change its CITE_KEY you may get 'LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have
-changed. Rerun to get cross-references right'. Fix it by recompiling.
+ Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a ‘\bibitem’ or
+change its CITE_KEY you may get ‘LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have
+changed. Rerun to get cross-references right’. Fix it by recompiling.
-8.24.2 '\cite'
+8.24.2 ‘\cite’
--------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6158,31 +6164,31 @@ citation keys (*note \bibitem::).
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
\end{thebibliography}
-produces output like '... source is [1]'. You can change the appearance
+produces output like ‘... source is [1]’. You can change the appearance
of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography styles if you
-generate automatically the 'thebibliography' environment. More
+generate automatically the ‘thebibliography’ environment. More
information in *note Using BibTeX::.
The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation. For
-example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in
-[1, p. 314]'.
+example, ‘See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}’ might produce ‘See 14.3 in
+[1, p. 314]’.
- In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information
-to the auxiliary file 'JOBNAME.aux' (*note Jobname::). For instance,
-'\cite{latexdps}' writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This
+ In addition to what appears in the output, ‘\cite’ writes information
+to the auxiliary file ‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Jobname::). For instance,
+‘\cite{latexdps}’ writes ‘\citation{latexdps}’ to that file. This
information is used by BibTeX to include in your reference list only
those works that you have actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also.
- If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX
-Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the
+ If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get ‘LaTeX
+Warning: There were undefined references’, and in the output the
citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in
-'\cite{texbok}' then you need to correct the spelling. On the other
+‘\cite{texbok}’ then you need to correct the spelling. On the other
hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information
-and so changed the '.aux' file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to
+and so changed the ‘.aux’ file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to
run LaTeX again.
-8.24.3 '\nocite'
+8.24.3 ‘\nocite’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6190,7 +6196,7 @@ Synopsis:
\nocite{KEYS}
Produces no output but writes KEYS to the auxiliary file
-'JOBNAME.aux' (*note Jobname::).
+‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Jobname::).
The mandatory argument KEYS is a comma-separated list of one or more
citation keys (*note \bibitem::). This information is used by BibTeX to
@@ -6200,38 +6206,38 @@ explicitly cited them (*note \cite::).
8.24.4 Using BibTeX
-------------------
-As described in 'thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::), a
+As described in ‘thebibliography’ (*note thebibliography::), a
sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the
BibTeX program. This is only an introduction; see the full
documentation on CTAN (*note CTAN::).
- With BibTeX, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment directly
+ With BibTeX, you don’t use the ‘thebibliography’ environment directly
(*note thebibliography::). Instead, include these lines:
\bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE}
\bibliography{BIBFILE1, BIBFILE2, ...}
-The BIBSTYLE refers to a file 'BIBSTYLE.bst', which defines how your
-citations will look. The standard BIBSTYLE's distributed with BibTeX
+The BIBSTYLE refers to a file ‘BIBSTYLE.bst’, which defines how your
+citations will look. The standard BIBSTYLE’s distributed with BibTeX
are:
-'alpha'
+‘alpha’
Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication. The
bibliographic items are sorted alphabetically.
-'plain'
+‘plain’
Labels are integers. Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically.
-'unsrt'
- Like 'plain', but entries are in order of citation.
-'abbrv'
- Like 'plain', but more compact labels.
+‘unsrt’
+ Like ‘plain’, but entries are in order of citation.
+‘abbrv’
+ Like ‘plain’, but more compact labels.
Many, many other BibTeX style files exist, tailored to the demands of
various publications. See the CTAN topic
<https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty>.
- The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the
+ The ‘\bibliography’ command is what actually produces the
bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to
-files named 'BIBFILE1.bib', 'BIBFILE2.bib', ... These contain your
+files named ‘BIBFILE1.bib’, ‘BIBFILE2.bib’, ... These contain your
database in BibTeX format. This shows a typical couple of entries in
that format.
@@ -6250,43 +6256,43 @@ that format.
publisher = {Bantam Books}
}
- Only the bibliographic entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite'
-will be listed in the document's bibliography. Thus you can keep all
+ Only the bibliographic entries referred to via ‘\cite’ and ‘\nocite’
+will be listed in the document’s bibliography. Thus you can keep all
your sources together in one file, or a small number of files, and rely
on BibTeX to include in this document only those that you used.
- With BibTeX, the KEYS argument to '\nocite' can also be the single
-character '*'. This means to implicitly cite all entries from all given
+ With BibTeX, the KEYS argument to ‘\nocite’ can also be the single
+character ‘*’. This means to implicitly cite all entries from all given
bibliographies.
8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages
..............................
-If you forget to use '\bibliography' or '\bibliographystyle' in your
-document (or, less likely, any '\cite' or '\nocite' command), BibTeX
+If you forget to use ‘\bibliography’ or ‘\bibliographystyle’ in your
+document (or, less likely, any ‘\cite’ or ‘\nocite’ command), BibTeX
will issue an error message. Because BibTeX can be used with any
program, not just LaTeX, the error messages refer to the internal
-commands read by BibTeX (from the '.aux' file), rather than the
+commands read by BibTeX (from the ‘.aux’ file), rather than the
user-level commands described above.
Here is a table showing internal commands mentioned in the BibTeX
errors, and the corresponding user-level commands.
-'\bibdata'
- '\bibliography'
+‘\bibdata’
+ ‘\bibliography’
-'\bibstyle'
- '\bibliographystyle'
+‘\bibstyle’
+ ‘\bibliographystyle’
-'\citation'
- '\cite', '\nocite'
+‘\citation’
+ ‘\cite’, ‘\nocite’
- For example, if your document has no '\bibliographystyle' command,
+ For example, if your document has no ‘\bibliographystyle’ command,
BibTeX complains as follows:
I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file DOCUMENT.aux
-8.25 'theorem'
+8.25 ‘theorem’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -6295,8 +6301,8 @@ Synopsis:
THEOREM BODY
\end{theorem}
- Produces 'Theorem N' in boldface followed by THEOREM BODY in italics.
-The numbering possibilities for N are described under '\newtheorem'
+ Produces ‘Theorem N’ in boldface followed by THEOREM BODY in italics.
+The numbering possibilities for N are described under ‘\newtheorem’
(*note \newtheorem::).
\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % in preamble
@@ -6311,12 +6317,12 @@ The numbering possibilities for N are described under '\newtheorem'
text of theorem
\end{thm}
- Most new documents use the packages 'amsthm' and 'amsmath' from the
+ Most new documents use the packages ‘amsthm’ and ‘amsmath’ from the
American Mathematical Society. Among other things these packages
include a large number of options for theorem environments, such as
styling options.
-8.26 'titlepage'
+8.26 ‘titlepage’
================
Synopsis:
@@ -6352,10 +6358,10 @@ to the author.
\vspace{\stretch{2}}
\end{titlepage}
- To instead produce a standard title page without a 'titlepage'
-environment, use '\maketitle' (*note \maketitle::).
+ To instead produce a standard title page without a ‘titlepage’
+environment, use ‘\maketitle’ (*note \maketitle::).
-8.27 'verbatim'
+8.27 ‘verbatim’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -6366,39 +6372,39 @@ Synopsis:
A paragraph-making environment in which LaTeX produces as output
exactly what you type as input. For instance inside LITERAL-TEXT the
-backslash '\' character does not start commands, it produces a printed
-'\', and carriage returns and blanks are taken literally. The output
-appears in a monospaced typewriter-like font ('\tt').
+backslash ‘\’ character does not start commands, it produces a printed
+‘\’, and carriage returns and blanks are taken literally. The output
+appears in a monospaced typewriter-like font (‘\tt’).
\begin{verbatim}
Symbol swearing: %&$#?!.
\end{verbatim}
- The only restriction on 'literal-text' is that it cannot include the
-string '\end{verbatim}'.
+ The only restriction on ‘literal-text’ is that it cannot include the
+string ‘\end{verbatim}’.
You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros,
-for instance in the argument to a '\section'. This is not the same as
+for instance in the argument to a ‘\section’. This is not the same as
commands being fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work,
-as the 'verbatim' environment changes the catcode regime before
+as the ‘verbatim’ environment changes the catcode regime before
processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward,
nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has
already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect
-when the macro was called. However, the 'cprotect' package can help
+when the macro was called. However, the ‘cprotect’ package can help
with this.
One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There
-are packages that are an improvement the 'verbatim' environment. For
+are packages that are an improvement the ‘verbatim’ environment. For
instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external
-files, or parts of those files. Such packages include 'listings', and
-'minted'.
+files, or parts of those files. Such packages include ‘listings’, and
+‘minted’.
A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments
-is 'fancyvrb'. Another is 'verbatimbox'.
+is ‘fancyvrb’. Another is ‘verbatimbox’.
For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (*note CTAN::).
-8.27.1 '\verb'
+8.27.1 ‘\verb’
--------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6407,49 +6413,49 @@ Synopsis:
\verb* CHAR LITERAL-TEXT CHAR
Typeset LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including special characters and
-spaces, using the typewriter ('\tt') font.
+spaces, using the typewriter (‘\tt’) font.
- This example shows two different invocations of '\verb'.
+ This example shows two different invocations of ‘\verb’.
This is \verb!literally! the biggest pumpkin ever.
And this is the best squash, \verb+literally!+
-The first '\verb' has its LITERAL-TEXT surrounded with exclamation
-point, '!'. The second instead uses plus, '+', because the exclamation
-point is part of 'literal-text'.
+The first ‘\verb’ has its LITERAL-TEXT surrounded with exclamation
+point, ‘!’. The second instead uses plus, ‘+’, because the exclamation
+point is part of ‘literal-text’.
- The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT--it must
-be the same character before and after. No spaces come between '\verb'
-or '\verb*' and CHAR, or between CHAR and LITERAL-TEXT, or between
+ The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT—it must be
+the same character before and after. No spaces come between ‘\verb’ or
+‘\verb*’ and CHAR, or between CHAR and LITERAL-TEXT, or between
LITERAL-TEXT and the second occurrence of CHAR (the synopsis shows a
space only to distinguish one component from the other). The delimiter
must not appear in LITERAL-TEXT. The LITERAL-TEXT cannot include a line
break.
- The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
+ The ‘*’-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
space character.
The output from this will include a visible space on both side of
-word 'with':
+word ‘with’:
The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
- For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package 'url' is a
-better option than the '\verb' command, since it allows line breaks.
+ For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package ‘url’ is a
+better option than the ‘\verb’ command, since it allows line breaks.
For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
-'\verb'. One is 'listings', another is 'minted'.
+‘\verb’. One is ‘listings’, another is ‘minted’.
- You cannot use '\verb' in the argument to a macro, for instance in
-the argument to a '\section'. It is not a question of '\verb' being
-fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work, as the '\verb'
+ You cannot use ‘\verb’ in the argument to a macro, for instance in
+the argument to a ‘\section’. It is not a question of ‘\verb’ being
+fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work, as the ‘\verb’
command changes the catcode regime before reading its argument, and
restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a macro argument the
content of the argument has already be converted to a token list along
the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. However, the
-'cprotect' package can help with this.
+‘cprotect’ package can help with this.
-8.28 'verse'
+8.28 ‘verse’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -6462,12 +6468,12 @@ Synopsis:
An environment for poetry.
- Here are two lines from Shakespeare's Romeo and Juliet.
+ Here are two lines from Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet.
Then plainly know my heart's dear love is set \\
On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
- Separate the lines of each stanza with '\\', and use one or more
+ Separate the lines of each stanza with ‘\\’, and use one or more
blank lines to separate the stanzas.
\begin{verse}
@@ -6502,7 +6508,7 @@ breaks). This differs from word processing, where you are formatting
text as you input it. Putting these off until the end prevents a lot of
fiddling with breaks that will change anyway.
-9.1 '\\'
+9.1 ‘\\’
========
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -6524,35 +6530,35 @@ to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
\title{My story: \\[0.25in]
a tale of woe}
-The starred form, '\\*', tells LaTeX not to start a new page between the
-two lines, by issuing a '\nobreak'.
+The starred form, ‘\\*’, tells LaTeX not to start a new page between the
+two lines, by issuing a ‘\nobreak’.
Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in LaTeX. In
-particular, don't start new paragraphs with '\\'. Instead leave a blank
-line between the two paragraphs. And don't put in a sequence of '\\''s
-to make vertical space. Instead use '\vspace{LENGTH}', or
-'\leavevmode\vspace{LENGTH}', or '\vspace*{LENGTH}' if you want the
+particular, don’t start new paragraphs with ‘\\’. Instead leave a blank
+line between the two paragraphs. And don’t put in a sequence of ‘\\’’s
+to make vertical space. Instead use ‘\vspace{LENGTH}’, or
+‘\leavevmode\vspace{LENGTH}’, or ‘\vspace*{LENGTH}’ if you want the
space to not be thrown out at the top of a new page (*note \vspace::).
- The '\\' command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such
-as in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment or in an equation environment.
+ The ‘\\’ command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such
+as in a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’ environment or in an equation environment.
- The '\\' command is a synonym for '\newline' (*note \newline::) under
-ordinary circumstances (an example of an exception is the 'p{...}'
-column in a 'tabular' environment; *note tabular::).
+ The ‘\\’ command is a synonym for ‘\newline’ (*note \newline::) under
+ordinary circumstances (an example of an exception is the ‘p{...}’
+column in a ‘tabular’ environment; *note tabular::).
- The '\\' command is a macro, and its definition changes by context so
-that its definition in normal text, a 'center' environment, a
-'flushleft' environment, and a 'tabular' are all different. In normal
+ The ‘\\’ command is a macro, and its definition changes by context so
+that its definition in normal text, a ‘center’ environment, a
+‘flushleft’ environment, and a ‘tabular’ are all different. In normal
text when it forces a linebreak it is essentially a shorthand for
-'\newline'. It does not end horizontal mode or end the paragraph, it
+‘\newline’. It does not end horizontal mode or end the paragraph, it
just inserts some glue and penalties so that when the paragraph does end
a linebreak will occur at that point, with the short line padded with
white space.
- You get 'LaTeX Error: There's no line here to end' if you use '\\' to
+ You get ‘LaTeX Error: There's no line here to end’ if you use ‘\\’ to
ask for a new line, rather than to end the current line. An example is
-if you have '\begin{document}\\' or, more likely, something like this.
+if you have ‘\begin{document}\\’ or, more likely, something like this.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
@@ -6562,20 +6568,20 @@ if you have '\begin{document}\\' or, more likely, something like this.
\end{center}
Fix it by replacing the double backslash with something like
-'\vspace{\baselineskip}'.
+‘\vspace{\baselineskip}’.
-9.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr'
+9.2 ‘\obeycr’ & ‘\restorecr’
============================
-The '\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file ('^^M',
-internally) the same as '\\', followed by '\relax'. So each new line in
-the input will also be a new line in the output. The '\restorecr'
+The ‘\obeycr’ command makes a return in the input file (‘^^M’,
+internally) the same as ‘\\’, followed by ‘\relax’. So each new line in
+the input will also be a new line in the output. The ‘\restorecr’
command restores normal line-breaking behavior.
This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use
-'verbatim' (*note verbatim::) instead.
+‘verbatim’ (*note verbatim::) instead.
- With LaTeX's usual defaults, this
+ With LaTeX’s usual defaults, this
aaa
bbb
@@ -6604,40 +6610,40 @@ produces output like this.
The indents are paragraph indents.
-9.3 '\newline'
+9.3 ‘\newline’
==============
In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in
-paragraph mode (*note Modes::), the '\newline' command is equivalent to
+paragraph mode (*note Modes::), the ‘\newline’ command is equivalent to
double-backslash (*note \\::). This command is fragile (*note
\protect::).
- However, the two commands are different inside a 'tabular' or 'array'
+ However, the two commands are different inside a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’
environment. In a column with a specifier producing a paragraph box
-such as typically 'p{...}', '\newline' will insert a line end inside of
+such as typically ‘p{...}’, ‘\newline’ will insert a line end inside of
the column; that is, it does not break the entire tabular row. To break
-the entire row use '\\' or its equivalent '\tabularnewline'.
+the entire row use ‘\\’ or its equivalent ‘\tabularnewline’.
- This will print 'Name:' and 'Address:' as two lines in a single cell
+ This will print ‘Name:’ and ‘Address:’ as two lines in a single cell
of the table.
\begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
Name: \newline Address: &Date: \\ \hline
\end{tabular}
-The 'Date:' will be baseline-aligned with 'Name:'.
+The ‘Date:’ will be baseline-aligned with ‘Name:’.
-9.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen)
+9.4 ‘\-’ (discretionary hyphen)
===============================
Tell LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you
-insert '\-' commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
+insert ‘\-’ commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
those points and not at any of the other hyphenation points that LaTeX
might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust (*note \protect::).
LaTeX is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct
-hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The '\-'
+hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The ‘\-’
command is for exceptional cases.
For example, LaTeX does not ordinarily hyphenate words containing a
@@ -6657,12 +6663,12 @@ unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column.
Commenting out the third line and uncommenting the fourth makes a much
better fit.
- The '\-' command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not
+ The ‘\-’ command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not
require that it break there. You can force a split with something like
-'Hef-\linebreak feron'. Of course, if you later change the text then
-this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires care.
+‘Hef-\linebreak feron’. Of course, if you later change the text then
+this forced break may look out of place, so this approach requires care.
-9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point)
+9.5 ‘\discretionary’ (generalized hyphenation point)
====================================================
Synopsis:
@@ -6672,34 +6678,34 @@ Synopsis:
Handle word changes around hyphens. This command is not often used
in LaTeX documents.
- If a line break occurs at the point where '\discretionary' appears
+ If a line break occurs at the point where ‘\discretionary’ appears
then TeX puts PRE-BREAK at the end of the current line and puts
POST-BREAK at the start of the next line. If there is no line break
here then TeX puts NO-BREAK.
- In 'difficult' the three letters 'ffi' form a ligature. But TeX can
-nonetheless break between the two 'f''s with this.
+ In ‘difficult’ the three letters ‘ffi’ form a ligature. But TeX can
+nonetheless break between the two ‘f’’s with this.
di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult
Note that users do not have to do this. It is typically handled
-automatically by TeX's hyphenation algorithm.
+automatically by TeX’s hyphenation algorithm.
-9.6 '\fussy' & '\sloppy'
+9.6 ‘\fussy’ & ‘\sloppy’
========================
Declarations to make TeX more picky or less picky about line breaking.
-Declaring '\fussy' usually avoids too much space between words, at the
-cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, '\sloppy' avoids
+Declaring ‘\fussy’ usually avoids too much space between words, at the
+cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, ‘\sloppy’ avoids
overfull boxes while suffering loose interword spacing.
- The default is '\fussy'. Line breaking in a paragraph is controlled
+ The default is ‘\fussy’. Line breaking in a paragraph is controlled
by whichever declaration is current at the end of the paragraph, i.e.,
-at the blank line or '\par' or displayed equation ending that paragraph.
+at the blank line or ‘\par’ or displayed equation ending that paragraph.
So to affect the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in
the scope of the command.
-9.6.1 'sloppypar'
+9.6.1 ‘sloppypar’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -6708,9 +6714,9 @@ Synopsis:
... paragraphs ...
\end{sloppypar}
- Typeset the paragraphs with '\sloppy' in effect (*note \fussy &
+ Typeset the paragraphs with ‘\sloppy’ in effect (*note \fussy &
\sloppy::). Use this to locally adjust line breaking, to avoid
-'Overfull box' or 'Underfull box' errors.
+‘Overfull box’ or ‘Underfull box’ errors.
The example is simple.
@@ -6727,7 +6733,7 @@ Synopsis:
there were anyone at leisure to answer her or not.
\end{sloppypar}
-9.7 '\hyphenation'
+9.7 ‘\hyphenation’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -6736,17 +6742,17 @@ Synopsis:
Declares allowed hyphenation points within the words in the list.
The words in that list are separated by spaces. Show permitted points
-for hyphenation with a dash character, '-'.
+for hyphenation with a dash character, ‘-’.
Here is an example:
\hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
Use lowercase letters. TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches
-exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple '\hyphenation' commands
+exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple ‘\hyphenation’ commands
accumulate.
-9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak'
+9.8 ‘\linebreak’ & ‘\nolinebreak’
=================================
Synopses, one of:
@@ -6763,7 +6769,7 @@ or one of these.
an integer lying between 0 and 4 that allows you to soften the
instruction. The default is 4, so that without the optional argument
these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance,
-'\nolinebreak[1]' is a suggestion that another place may be better. The
+‘\nolinebreak[1]’ is a suggestion that another place may be better. The
higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands are
fragile (*note \protect::).
@@ -6774,7 +6780,7 @@ standard legal text.
We especially encourage applications from members of traditionally
underrepresented groups.
- When you issue '\linebreak', the spaces in the line are stretched out
+ When you issue ‘\linebreak’, the spaces in the line are stretched out
so that the break point reaches the right margin. *Note \\:: and *note
\newline::, to have the spaces not stretched out.
@@ -6786,30 +6792,30 @@ with its usual aplomb. But if you are writing commands, or tweaking the
final version of a document, then you may need to understand how to
influence its actions.
- LaTeX's algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
+ LaTeX’s algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
outputting the result. Instead, LaTeX typesets more material than would
fit on the page and then chooses a break that is optimal in some way (it
-has the smallest badness). An example of the advantage of this approach
-is that if the page has some vertical space that can be stretched or
-shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs, then LaTeX can
-use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts with the last
-line of a paragraph; LaTeX can squeeze the extra line onto the first
-page) and orphans (where the first line of paragraph is at the end of a
-page; LaTeX can stretch the material of the first page so the extra line
-falls on the second page). Another example is where LaTeX uses
-available vertical shrinkage to fit on a page not just the header for a
-new section but also the first two lines of that section.
-
- But LaTeX does not optimize over the entire document's set of page
+has the smallest “badness”). An example of the advantage of this
+approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
+stretched or shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs,
+then LaTeX can use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts
+with the last line of a paragraph; LaTeX can squeeze the extra line onto
+the first page) and orphans (where the first line of paragraph is at the
+end of a page; LaTeX can stretch the material of the first page so the
+extra line falls on the second page). Another example is where LaTeX
+uses available vertical shrinkage to fit on a page not just the header
+for a new section but also the first two lines of that section.
+
+ But LaTeX does not optimize over the entire document’s set of page
breaks. So it can happen that the first page break is great but the
-second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn't look as far
+second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn’t look as far
ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to influence
page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.
*Note Layout::, for more material that is relevant to page breaking.
-10.1 '\clearpage' & '\cleardoublepage'
+10.1 ‘\clearpage’ & ‘\cleardoublepage’
======================================
Synopsis:
@@ -6823,16 +6829,16 @@ or
End the current page and output all of the pending floating figures
and tables (*note Floats::). If there are too many floats to fit on the
page then LaTeX will put in extra pages containing only floats. In
-two-sided printing, '\cleardoublepage' also makes the next page of
+two-sided printing, ‘\cleardoublepage’ also makes the next page of
content a right-hand page, an odd-numbered page, if necessary inserting
-a blank page. The '\clearpage' command is robust while
-'\cleardoublepage' is fragile (*note \protect::).
+a blank page. The ‘\clearpage’ command is robust while
+‘\cleardoublepage’ is fragile (*note \protect::).
- LaTeX's page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
+ LaTeX’s page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
- The '\cleardoublepage' command will put in a blank page, but it will
+ The ‘\cleardoublepage’ command will put in a blank page, but it will
have the running headers and footers. To get a really blank page, use
this command.
@@ -6842,15 +6848,16 @@ this command.
{\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%
}
-If you want LaTeX's standard '\chapter' command to do this then add the
-line '\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage'.
+If you want LaTeX’s standard ‘\chapter’ command to do this then add the
+line ‘\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage’. (Of course this
+affects all uses of ‘\cleardoublepage’, not just the one in ‘\chapter’.)
- The command '\newpage' (*note \newpage::) also ends the current page,
+ The command ‘\newpage’ (*note \newpage::) also ends the current page,
but without clearing pending floats. And, if LaTeX is in two-column
-mode then '\newpage' ends the current column while '\clearpage' and
-'\cleardoublepage' end the current page.
+mode then ‘\newpage’ ends the current column while ‘\clearpage’ and
+‘\cleardoublepage’ end the current page.
-10.2 '\newpage'
+10.2 ‘\newpage’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -6859,18 +6866,18 @@ Synopsis:
End the current page. This command is robust (*note \protect::).
- LaTeX's page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
+ LaTeX’s page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
- While the commands '\clearpage' and '\cleardoublepage' also end the
+ While the commands ‘\clearpage’ and ‘\cleardoublepage’ also end the
current page, in addition they clear pending floats (*note \clearpage &
\cleardoublepage::). And, if LaTeX is in two-column mode then
-'\clearpage' and '\cleardoublepage' end the current page, possibly
-leaving an empty column, while '\newpage' only ends the current column.
+‘\clearpage’ and ‘\cleardoublepage’ end the current page, possibly
+leaving an empty column, while ‘\newpage’ only ends the current column.
- In contrast with '\pagebreak' (*note \pagebreak & \nopagebreak::),
-the '\newpage' command will cause the new page to start right where
+ In contrast with ‘\pagebreak’ (*note \pagebreak & \nopagebreak::),
+the ‘\newpage’ command will cause the new page to start right where
requested. This
Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this
@@ -6879,19 +6886,19 @@ requested. This
\noindent a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the
proposition that all men are created equal.
-makes a new page start after 'continent', and the cut-off line is not
-right justified. In addition, '\newpage' does not vertically stretch
-out the page, as '\pagebreak' does.
+makes a new page start after ‘continent’, and the cut-off line is not
+right justified. In addition, ‘\newpage’ does not vertically stretch
+out the page, as ‘\pagebreak’ does.
-10.3 '\enlargethispage'
+10.3 ‘\enlargethispage’
=======================
Synopsis, one of:
- \enlargethispage{size}
- \enlargethispage*{size}
+ \enlargethispage{SIZE}
+ \enlargethispage*{SIZE}
- Enlarge the '\textheight' for the current page. The required
+ Enlarge the ‘\textheight’ for the current page. The required
argument SIZE must be a rigid length (*note Lengths::). It may be
positive or negative. This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
@@ -6903,12 +6910,12 @@ command allows you some page size leeway.
\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
- The starred form '\enlargesthispage*' tries to squeeze the material
+ The starred form ‘\enlargesthispage*’ tries to squeeze the material
together on the page as much as possible, for the common use case of
getting one more line on the page. This is often used together with an
-explicit '\pagebreak'.
+explicit ‘\pagebreak’.
-10.4 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak'
+10.4 ‘\pagebreak’ & ‘\nopagebreak’
==================================
Synopses:
@@ -6924,12 +6931,12 @@ or
Encourage or discourage a page break. The optional ZERO-TO-FOUR is
an integer that allows you to soften the request. The default is 4, so
that without the optional argument these commands entirely force or
-prevent the break. But for instance '\nopagebreak[1]' suggests to LaTeX
+prevent the break. But for instance ‘\nopagebreak[1]’ suggests to LaTeX
that another spot might be preferable. The higher the number, the more
insistent the request. Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::).
- LaTeX's page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
-command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
+ LaTeX’s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use these
+commands in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
If you use these inside a paragraph, they apply to the point
@@ -6941,17 +6948,17 @@ following the line in which they appear. So this
a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition
that all men are created equal.
-does not give a page break at 'continent', but instead at 'nation',
+does not give a page break at ‘continent’, but instead at ‘nation’,
since that is where LaTeX breaks that line. In addition, with
-'\pagebreak' the vertical space on the page is stretched out where
+‘\pagebreak’ the vertical space on the page is stretched out where
possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look
-strange, and if '\flushbottom' is in effect this can cause you to get
-'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active'.
+strange, and if ‘\flushbottom’ is in effect this can cause you to get
+‘Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active’.
*Note \newpage::, for a command that does not have these effects.
- (There is an obsolete declaration '\samepage', which tries to only
+ (There is an obsolete declaration ‘\samepage’, which tries to only
allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment
-'samepage', also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For more on
+‘samepage’, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For more on
keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry
<https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk>.)
@@ -6968,13 +6975,13 @@ Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
You can put multiple footnotes on a page. If the footnote text
becomes too long then it will flow to the next page.
- You can also produce footnotes by combining the '\footnotemark' and
-the '\footnotetext' commands, which is useful in special circumstances.
+ You can also produce footnotes by combining the ‘\footnotemark’ and
+the ‘\footnotetext’ commands, which is useful in special circumstances.
To make bibliographic references come out as footnotes you need to
include a bibliographic style with that behavior (*note Using BibTeX::).
-11.1 '\footnote'
+11.1 ‘\footnote’
================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -6992,24 +6999,24 @@ Synopsis, one of:
at the Margin or the Bottom of the Page.''}
The optional argument NUMBER allows you to specify the number of the
-footnote. If you use this then LaTeX does not increment the 'footnote'
+footnote. If you use this then LaTeX does not increment the ‘footnote’
counter.
By default, LaTeX uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change
this with something like
-'\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}', which uses a
+‘\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}’, which uses a
sequence of symbols (*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
\fnsymbol::). To make this change global put that in the preamble. If
you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with
-'\setcounter{footnote}{0}'.
+‘\setcounter{footnote}{0}’.
LaTeX determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
-'\footnoterule'
+‘\footnoterule’
Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the
- page's footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document
- classes (except 'slides', where it does not appear) is: vertical
- thickness of '0.4pt', and horizontal size of '0.4\columnwidth'
+ page’s footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document
+ classes (except ‘slides’, where it does not appear) is: vertical
+ thickness of ‘0.4pt’, and horizontal size of ‘0.4\columnwidth’
long. Change the rule with something like this.
\renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns avoid vertical space
@@ -7017,30 +7024,30 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with
\hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % of the sum of this 1
\kern 2pt} % and this 2
-'\footnotesep'
+‘\footnotesep’
The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
(*note \strut::). By default, this is set to the normal strut for
- '\footnotesize' fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no
- extra space between footnotes. This is '6.65pt' for '10pt',
- '7.7pt' for '11pt', and '8.4pt' for '12pt'. Change it as with
- '\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}'.
+ ‘\footnotesize’ fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no
+ extra space between footnotes. This is ‘6.65pt’ for ‘10pt’,
+ ‘7.7pt’ for ‘11pt’, and ‘8.4pt’ for ‘12pt’. Change it as with
+ ‘\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}’.
- The '\footnote' command is fragile (*note \protect::).
+ The ‘\footnote’ command is fragile (*note \protect::).
- LaTeX's default puts many restrictions on where you can use a
-'\footnote'; for instance, you cannot use it in an argument to a
-sectioning command such as '\chapter' (it can only be used in outer
+ LaTeX’s default puts many restrictions on where you can use a
+‘\footnote’; for instance, you cannot use it in an argument to a
+sectioning command such as ‘\chapter’ (it can only be used in outer
paragraph mode; *note Modes::). There are some workarounds; see
following sections.
- In a 'minipage' environment the '\footnote' command uses the
-'mpfootnote' counter instead of the 'footnote' counter, so they are
+ In a ‘minipage’ environment the ‘\footnote’ command uses the
+‘mpfootnote’ counter instead of the ‘footnote’ counter, so they are
numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the
environment, not at the bottom of the page. And by default they are
shown alphabetically. *Note minipage:: and *note Footnotes in a
table::.
-11.2 '\footnotemark'
+11.2 ‘\footnotemark’
====================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -7053,8 +7060,8 @@ text for the footnote see *note \footnotetext::. The optional argument
NUMBER causes the command to use that number to determine the footnote
mark. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode (*note Modes::).
- If you use '\footnotemark' without the optional argument then it
-increments the 'footnote' counter, but if you use the optional NUMBER
+ If you use ‘\footnotemark’ without the optional argument then it
+increments the ‘footnote’ counter, but if you use the optional NUMBER
then it does not. The next example produces several consecutive
footnote markers referring to the same footnote.
@@ -7064,8 +7071,8 @@ footnote markers referring to the same footnote.
If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value
of the number of the common mark. This example gives the same
-institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors ('\thanks'
-is a version of '\footnote'), by-hand giving the number of the footnote.
+institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors (‘\thanks’
+is a version of ‘\footnote’), by-hand giving the number of the footnote.
\title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem}
\author{J Moriarty\thanks{University of Leeds}
@@ -7085,7 +7092,7 @@ sentence is followed by the same footnote marker as the first.
Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}]
Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
- This example accomplishes the same by using the package 'cleveref'.
+ This example accomplishes the same by using the package ‘cleveref’.
\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % in preamble
\crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}
@@ -7094,9 +7101,9 @@ sentence is followed by the same footnote marker as the first.
The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.}
But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
- It will work with the package 'hyperref'.
+ It will work with the package ‘hyperref’.
-11.3 '\footnotetext'
+11.3 ‘\footnotetext’
====================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -7105,7 +7112,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT}
Place TEXT at the bottom of the page as a footnote. It pairs with
-'\footnotemark' (*note \footnotemark::) and can come anywhere after that
+‘\footnotemark’ (*note \footnotemark::) and can come anywhere after that
command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (*note Modes::). The
optional argument NUMBER changes the number of the footnote mark.
@@ -7123,20 +7130,20 @@ causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the
section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of
contents, where it is not likely to be desired. The simplest way to
have it not appear on the table of contents is to use the optional
-argument to '\section'
+argument to ‘\section’
\section[Please]{Please\footnote{%
Don't footnote in chapter and section headers!}}
-No '\protect' is needed in front of '\footnote' here because what gets
+No ‘\protect’ is needed in front of ‘\footnote’ here because what gets
moved to the table of contents is the optional argument.
11.5 Footnotes in a table
=========================
-Inside a 'tabular' or 'array' environment the '\footnote' command does
+Inside a ‘tabular’ or ‘array’ environment the ‘\footnote’ command does
not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but the footnote
-text does not appear. The solution is to use a 'minipage' environment
+text does not appear. The solution is to use a ‘minipage’ environment
as here (*note minipage::).
\begin{center}
@@ -7152,15 +7159,15 @@ as here (*note minipage::).
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
- Inside a 'minipage', footnote marks are lowercase letters. Change
+ Inside a ‘minipage’, footnote marks are lowercase letters. Change
that with something like
-'\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}' (*note \alph \Alph
+‘\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}’ (*note \alph \Alph
\arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
The footnotes in the prior example appear at the bottom of the
-'minipage'. To have them appear at the bottom of the main page, as part
-of the regular footnote sequence, use the '\footnotemark' and
-'\footnotetext' pair and make a new counter.
+‘minipage’. To have them appear at the bottom of the main page, as part
+of the regular footnote sequence, use the ‘\footnotemark’ and
+‘\footnotetext’ pair and make a new counter.
\newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
\begin{center}
@@ -7181,8 +7188,8 @@ of the regular footnote sequence, use the '\footnotemark' and
Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
\end{center}
- For a floating 'table' environment (*note table::), use the
-'tablefootnote' package.
+ For a floating ‘table’ environment (*note table::), use the
+‘tablefootnote’ package.
\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble
...
@@ -7206,7 +7213,7 @@ other footnotes.
Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package
-'bigfoot' extends LaTeX's default footnote mechanism in many ways,
+‘bigfoot’ extends LaTeX’s default footnote mechanism in many ways,
including allow these two, as in this example.
\usepackage{bigfoot} % in preamble
@@ -7222,10 +7229,10 @@ including allow these two, as in this example.
LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
-12.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand'
+12.1 ‘\newcommand’ & ‘\renewcommand’
====================================
-Synopses, one of:
+Synopses, one of (three regular forms, three starred forms):
\newcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
\newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
@@ -7234,30 +7241,30 @@ Synopses, one of:
\newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
-or one of these.
+or all the same possibilities with ‘\renewcommand’ instead of
+‘\newcommand’:
- \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
\renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
\renewcommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
\renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
- Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
-'\DeclareRobustCommand' in *note Class and package commands::).
+ Define or redefine a command (see also ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’ in
+*note Class and package commands::).
The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms, the commands are not
-'\long'). With the default form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
+multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms: the commands are not
+‘\long’). With the default form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
- These are the parameters:
+ These are the parameters (examples follow):
CMD
-
- Required; '\CMD' is the command name. It must begin with a
- backslash, '\', and must not begin with the four character string
- '\end'. For '\newcommand', it must not be already defined. For
- '\renewcommand', this name must already be defined.
+ Required; ‘\CMD’ is the command name. It must begin with a
+ backslash, ‘\’, and must not begin with the four character string
+ ‘\end’. For ‘\newcommand’, it must not be already defined. For
+ ‘\renewcommand’, this name must already be defined.
NARGS
Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of
@@ -7269,119 +7276,137 @@ NARGS
OPTARGDEFAULT
Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
- '\CMD' is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be
- the empty string). If OPTARGSDEFAULT is not present then '\CMD'
+ ‘\CMD’ is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be
+ the empty string). If OPTARGDEFAULT is not present then ‘\CMD’
does not take an optional argument.
- That is, if '\CMD' is used with square brackets, as in
- '\CMD[OPTVAL]{...}...', then within DEFN the parameter '#1' is set
- to the value of OPTVAL. On the other hand, if '\CMD' is called
- without the square brackets then within DEFN the parameter '#1' is
- set to the value of OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, the required
- arguments start with '#2'.
-
- Omitting '[OPTARGDEFAULT]' is different from having the square
- brackets with no contents, as in '[]'. The former sets '#1' to the
- value of OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter sets '#1' to the empty string.
+ That is, if ‘\CMD’ is called with a following argument in square
+ brackets, as in ‘\CMD[OPTVAL]{...}...’, then within DEFN the
+ parameter ‘#1’ is set to OPTVAL. On the other hand, if ‘\CMD’ is
+ called without following square brackets then within DEFN the
+ parameter ‘#1’ is set to OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, the
+ required arguments start with ‘#2’.
+
+ Omitting ‘[OPTARGDEFAULT]’ from the definition is entirely
+ different from giving the square brackets with empty contents, as
+ in ‘[]’. The former says the command being defined takes no
+ optional argument, so ‘#1’ is the first required argument (if NARGS
+ ≥ 1); the latter sets the optional argument ‘#1’ to the empty
+ string as the default, if no optional argument was given in the
+ call.
+
+ Similarly, omitting ‘[OPTVAL]’ from a call is also entirely
+ different from giving the square brackets with empty contents. The
+ former sets ‘#1’ to the value of OPTVAL (assuming the command was
+ defined to take an optional argument); the latter sets ‘#1’ to the
+ empty string, just as with any other value.
+
+ If a command is not defined to take an optional argument, but is
+ called with an optional argument, the results are unpredictable:
+ there may be a LaTeX error, there may be incorrect typeset output,
+ or both.
DEFN
Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
- '\CMD'. The parameters '#1', '#2', ... '#NARGS' are replaced by
- the values that you supply when you call the command (or by the
- default value if there is an optional argument and you don't
- exercise the option).
+ ‘\CMD’. The parameters ‘#1’, ‘#2’, ..., ‘#NARGS’ are replaced by
+ the values supplied when the command is called (or by OPTARGDEFAULT
+ in the case of an optional argument not specified in the call, as
+ just explained).
TeX ignores blanks in the source following a control word (*note
-Control sequences::), as in '\cmd '. If you actually want a space
-there, one solution is to type '{}' after the command ('\cmd{} ', and
-another solution is to use an explicit control space ('\cmd\ ').
+Control sequences::), as in ‘\cmd ’. If you want a space there, one
+solution is to type ‘{}’ after the command (‘\cmd{} ’), and another
+solution is to use an explicit control space (‘\cmd\ ’).
- A simple example of defining a new command: '\newcommand{\RS}{Robin
-Smith}' results in '\RS' being replaced by the longer text. Redefining
-an existing command is similar: '\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small
-QED}}'.
+ A simple example of defining a new command: ‘\newcommand{\RS}{Robin
+Smith}’ results in ‘\RS’ being replaced by the longer text. Redefining
+an existing command is similar: ‘\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small
+QED}}’.
- If you try to define a command and the name has already been used
-then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \fred already defined.
-Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'. If you try to
-redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get
-something like 'LaTeX Error: \hank undefined'.
+ If you use ‘\newcommand’ and the command name has already been used
+then you get something like ‘LaTeX Error: Command \fred already defined.
+Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual’. Similarly, If you
+use ‘\renewcommand’ and the command name has not been defined then you
+get something like ‘LaTeX Error: \hank undefined’.
Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and
-the second, one with one required argument.
+the second, a command with one required argument:
\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}}
-Use the first as in 'I highly recommend \student{} to you'. The second
-has a variable argument, so that '\defref{def:basis}' expands to
-'Definition~\ref{def:basis}', which ultimately expands to something like
-'Definition~3.14'.
+Use the first as in ‘I highly recommend \student{} to you’. The second
+has a variable argument, so that ‘\defref{def:basis}’ expands to
+‘Definition~\ref{def:basis}’, which ultimately expands to something like
+‘Definition~3.14’.
Similarly, but with two required arguments:
-'\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}' is invoked as '\nbym{2}{k}'.
+‘\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}’ is invoked as ‘\nbym{2}{k}’.
This example has an optional argument.
\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:}
-Then '\salutation' gives 'Dear Sir or Madam:' while '\salutation[John]'
-gives 'Dear John:'. And '\salutation[]' gives 'Dear :'.
+Then ‘\salutation’ gives ‘Dear Sir or Madam:’ while ‘\salutation[John]’
+gives ‘Dear John:’. And ‘\salutation[]’ gives ‘Dear :’.
This example has an optional argument and two required arguments.
\newcommand{\lawyers}[3][company]{#2, #3, and~#1}
I employ \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.
-The output is 'I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe'. The optional
-argument, the 'Howe', is associated with '#1', while 'Dewey' and
-'Cheatem' are associated with '#2' and '#3'. Because of the optional
-argument, '\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}' will give the output 'I employ
-Dewey, Cheatem, and company'.
+The output is ‘I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe.’. The optional
+argument, ‘Howe’, is associated with ‘#1’, while ‘Dewey’ and ‘Cheatem’
+are associated with ‘#2’ and ‘#3’. Because of the optional argument,
+‘\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}’ will give the output ‘I employ Dewey,
+Cheatem, and company.’.
The braces around DEFN do not define a group, that is, they do not
delimit the scope of the result of expanding DEFN. For example, with
-'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}', in this sentence,
+‘\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}’, in this sentence,
The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}.
-the words 'met the' would incorrectly be in italics. The solution is to
-put another pair of braces inside the definition:
-'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}'.
+the words ‘met the’, and the period, would incorrectly be in italics.
+The solution is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
+‘\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}’.
12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol
--------------------------------------------------------
-When reading input TeX converts the sequences of read characters into a
-sequence of "tokens". When TeX sees a backslash '\', it will handle the
-following characters in a special way in order to make a "control
-sequence" token.
+When reading input TeX converts the stream of read characters into a
+sequence of “tokens”. When TeX sees a backslash ‘\’, it will handle the
+following characters in a special way in order to make a “control
+sequence” token.
The control sequences fall into two categories:
- * "control word", when the control sequence is gathered from a '\'
- followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one
- blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the
- "control sequence name".
- * "control symbol", when the control sequence is gathered from a '\'
+ • “control word”, when the control sequence is gathered from a ‘\’
+ followed by at least one ASCII letter (‘A-Z’ and ‘a-z’), followed
+ by at least one non-letter.
+
+ • “control symbol”, when the control sequence is gathered from a ‘\’
followed by one non-letter character.
+ The sequence of characters so found after the ‘\’ is also called the
+“control sequence name”.
+
Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any
whitespace in the output (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand:: and *note
\(SPACE)::).
- Just as the '\relax' command does nothing, the following will print
-'Hello!'--if you use the Emacs info viewer, turn on the whitespace-mode
-minor mode to see the trailing spaces:
+ Just as the ‘\relax’ command does nothing, the following input will
+simply print ‘Hello!’ (if you use the Emacs info viewer, turn on the
+‘whitespace-mode’ minor mode to see the trailing spaces):
Hel\relax
lo!
-This is because blanks after '\relax', including the newline are
+This is because blanks after ‘\relax’, including the newline, are
ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored (*note
Leading blanks::).
-12.2 '\providecommand'
+12.2 ‘\providecommand’
======================
Synopses, one of:
@@ -7395,7 +7420,7 @@ Synopses, one of:
Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists.
If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect
-as '\newcommand'. If a command of this name already exists then this
+as ‘\newcommand’. If a command of this name already exists then this
definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may
be loaded more than once, such as a style file. *Note \newcommand &
\renewcommand::, for the description of the arguments.
@@ -7406,10 +7431,11 @@ be loaded more than once, such as a style file. *Note \newcommand &
\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV}
From \myaffiliation.
-outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'. Unlike '\newcommand', the
-repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error.
+outputs ‘From Saint Michael's College.’. Unlike ‘\newcommand’, the
+repeated use of ‘\providecommand’ to (try to) define ‘\myaffiliation’
+does not give an error.
-12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
+12.3 ‘\makeatletter’ & ‘\makeatother’
=====================================
Synopsis:
@@ -7419,43 +7445,43 @@ Synopsis:
\makeatother
Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an
-at-sign character ''@''. The '\makeatletter' declaration makes the
+at-sign character ‘‘@’’. The ‘\makeatletter’ declaration makes the
at-sign character have the category code of a letter, code 11. The
-'\makeatother' declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to
+‘\makeatother’ declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to
code 12, its default value.
As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-"catcode". For instance, it assigns the backslash character ''\'' the
+“catcode”. For instance, it assigns the backslash character ‘‘\’’ the
catcode 0. Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily
backslash, followed by letters, category 11 characters (except that a
command name can also consist of a category 0 character followed by a
single non-letter symbol).
- LaTeX's source code has the convention that some commands use '@' in
+ LaTeX’s source code has the convention that some commands use ‘@’ in
their name. These commands are mainly intended for package or class
writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package
or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their
own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12.
- Use the pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' inside a '.tex' file,
+ Use the pair ‘\makeatletter’ and ‘\makeatother’ inside a ‘.tex’ file,
typically in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands
-named with '@', by having them surround your definition. Don't use
-these inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and
-'\documentclass' commands already arrange that the at-sign has the
+named with ‘@’, by having them surround your definition. Don’t use
+these inside ‘.sty’ or ‘.cls’ files since the ‘\usepackage’ and
+‘\documentclass’ commands already arrange that the at-sign has the
character code of a letter, catcode 11.
For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
<https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.
- In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname'
+ In this example the class file has a command ‘\thesis@universityname’
that the user wants to change. These three lines should go in the
-preamble, before the '\begin{document}'.
+preamble, before the ‘\begin{document}’.
\makeatletter
\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
\makeatother
-12.4 '\@ifstar'
+12.4 ‘\@ifstar’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -7465,30 +7491,30 @@ Synopsis:
\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}
Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk. Examples
-are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and
-'\section*' commands.
+same name but ending with a star character ‘*’, an asterisk. Examples
+are the ‘table’ and ‘table*’ environments and the ‘\section’ and
+‘\section*’ commands.
When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment
+because ‘\newenvironment’ and ‘\renewenvironment’ allow the environment
name to contain a star. So you just have to write
-'\newenvironment{MYENV}' or '\newenvironment{MYENV*}' and continue the
+‘\newenvironment{MYENV}’ or ‘\newenvironment{MYENV*}’ and continue the
definition as usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the
star not being a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the
synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above as
-'\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For
-instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the
-'\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments
+‘\mycmd’, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For
+instance, LaTeX does not really have a ‘\section*’ command; instead, the
+‘\section’ command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments
but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In
-the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They
+the synopsis these two are ‘\mycmd@nostar’ and ‘\mycmd@star’. They
could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no
arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using an
-at-sign '@' in its name must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ...
-\makeatother' block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).
+at-sign ‘@’ in its name must be enclosed inside a ‘\makeatletter ...
+\makeatother’ block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).
- This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant
-'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{blue}'
-will return "not starry blue sky" while '\ciel*{night}' will return
+ This example of ‘\@ifstar’ defines the command ‘\ciel’ and a variant
+‘\ciel*’. Both have one required argument. A call to ‘\ciel{blue}’
+will return "not starry blue sky" while ‘\ciel*{night}’ will return
"starry night sky".
\makeatletter
@@ -7498,10 +7524,10 @@ will return "not starry blue sky" while '\ciel*{night}' will return
\makeatother
In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
-arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's
-'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is
-equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
-\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.'''
+arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s
+‘``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''’ is
+equivalent to entering the commands ‘``My name is \textsc{Bond},
+\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''’
\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
@@ -7512,22 +7538,22 @@ equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is
part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus, it
is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the command
-and the star. Thus '\agentsecret*{Bond}' and '\agentsecret *{Bond}' are
+and the star. Thus ‘\agentsecret*{Bond}’ and ‘\agentsecret *{Bond}’ are
equivalent. However, the standard practice is not to insert any such
spaces.
- There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of '\@ifstar'.
-(1) The 'suffix' package allows the construct
-'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED-VARIANT}' followed by
-'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED-VARIANT}'. (2) LaTeX
-provides the 'xparse' package, which allows this code:
+ There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of ‘\@ifstar’.
+(1) The ‘suffix’ package allows the construct
+‘\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED-VARIANT}’ followed by
+‘\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED-VARIANT}’. (2) LaTeX
+provides the ‘xparse’ package, which allows this code:
\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
{STARRED-VARIANT}%
{UNSTARRED-VARIANT}%
}
-12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
+12.5 ‘\newcounter’: Allocating a counter
========================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -7542,11 +7568,11 @@ zero (*note Counters::).
with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another
counter.
- When you use the optional argument '[SUPERCOUNTER]' then the counter
+ When you use the optional argument ‘[SUPERCOUNTER]’ then the counter
COUNTERNAME will be reset to zero whenever SUPERCOUNTER is incremented.
-For example, ordinarily 'subsection' is numbered within 'section' so
-that any time you increment SECTION, either with '\stepcounter' (*note
-\stepcounter::) or '\refstepcounter' (*note \refstepcounter::), then
+For example, ordinarily ‘subsection’ is numbered within ‘section’ so
+that any time you increment SECTION, either with ‘\stepcounter’ (*note
+\stepcounter::) or ‘\refstepcounter’ (*note \refstepcounter::), then
LaTeX will reset SUBSECTION to zero.
This example
@@ -7557,18 +7583,18 @@ LaTeX will reset SUBSECTION to zero.
\stepcounter{asuper}
Now asuper is \arabic{asuper} while asub is \arabic{asub}.
- produces 'The value of asuper is 1 and that of asub is 3' and 'Now
-asuper is 2 while asub is 0'.
+ produces ‘The value of asuper is 1 and that of asub is 3’ and ‘Now
+asuper is 2 while asub is 0’.
- If the counter already exists, for instance by entering 'asuper'
-twice, then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \c@asuper
-already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.'.
+ If the counter already exists, for instance by entering ‘asuper’
+twice, then you get something like ‘LaTeX Error: Command \c@asuper
+already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.’.
If you use the optional argument then the super counter must already
-exist. Entering '\newcounter{jh}[lh]' when 'lh' is not a defined
-counter will get you 'LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.'
+exist. Entering ‘\newcounter{jh}[lh]’ when ‘lh’ is not a defined
+counter will get you ‘LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.’
-12.6 '\newlength'
+12.6 ‘\newlength’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -7576,23 +7602,23 @@ Synopsis:
\newlength{\LEN}
Allocate a new length register (*note Lengths::). The required
-argument '\LEN' has to be a control sequence (*note Control
-sequences::), and as such must begin with a backslash, '\' under normal
-circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as '72.27pt'
-or '1in plus.2in minus.1in' (a LaTeX length register is what plain TeX
-calls a 'skip' register). The initial value is zero. The control
-sequence '\LEN' must not be already defined.
+argument ‘\LEN’ has to be a control sequence (*note Control
+sequences::), and as such must begin with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal
+circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as ‘72.27pt’
+or ‘1in plus.2in minus.1in’ (a LaTeX length register is what plain TeX
+calls a ‘skip’ register). The initial value is zero. The control
+sequence ‘\LEN’ must not be already defined.
An example:
\newlength{\graphichgt}
- If you forget the backslash then you get 'Missing control sequence
-inserted'. If the control sequence already exists then you get
-something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or
-name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'.
+ If you forget the backslash then you get ‘Missing control sequence
+inserted’. If the control sequence already exists then you get
+something like ‘LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or
+name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual’.
-12.7 '\newsavebox'
+12.7 ‘\newsavebox’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -7612,15 +7638,15 @@ is fragile (*note \protect::).
\savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}.
-The output is 'Our logo is LoGo'.
+The output is ‘Our logo is LoGo’.
- If there is an already defined bin then you get something like 'LaTeX
+ If there is an already defined bin then you get something like ‘LaTeX
Error: Command \logobox already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see
-p.192 of the manual'.
+p.192 of the manual’.
The allocation of a box is global.
-12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
+12.8 ‘\newenvironment’ & ‘\renewenvironment’
============================================
Synopses, one of:
@@ -7642,7 +7668,7 @@ or one of these.
\renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
Define or redefine the environment ENV, that is, create the construct
-'\begin{ENV} ... BODY ... \end{ENV}'.
+‘\begin{ENV} ... BODY ... \end{ENV}’.
The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these
@@ -7650,18 +7676,18 @@ environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
ENV
Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the
- '*' character, and thus does not begin with backslash, '\'. It
- must not begin with the string 'end'. For '\newenvironment', the
+ ‘*’ character, and thus does not begin with backslash, ‘\’. It
+ must not begin with the string ‘end’. For ‘\newenvironment’, the
name ENV must not be the name of an already existing environment,
- and also the command '\ENV' must be undefined. For
- '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an existing
+ and also the command ‘\ENV’ must be undefined. For
+ ‘\renewenvironment’, ENV must be the name of an existing
environment.
NARGS
Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments
of that the environment takes. When you use the environment these
- arguments appear after the '\begin', as in '\begin{ENV}{ARG1} ...
- {ARGN}'. Omitting this is equivalent to setting it to 0; the
+ arguments appear after the ‘\begin’, as in ‘\begin{ENV}{ARG1} ...
+ {ARGN}’. Omitting this is equivalent to setting it to 0; the
environment will have no arguments. When redefining an
environment, the new version can have a different number of
arguments than the old version.
@@ -7674,41 +7700,41 @@ OPTARGDEFAULT
That is, when OPTARGDEFAULT is present in the definition of the
environment then you can start the environment with square
- brackets, as in '\begin{ENV}[OPTVAL]{...} ... \end{ENV}'. In this
- case, within BEGDEFN the parameter '#1' is set to the value of
- OPTVAL. If you call '\begin{ENV}' without square brackets, then
- within BEGDEFN the parameter '#1' is set to the value of the
+ brackets, as in ‘\begin{ENV}[OPTVAL]{...} ... \end{ENV}’. In this
+ case, within BEGDEFN the parameter ‘#1’ is set to the value of
+ OPTVAL. If you call ‘\begin{ENV}’ without square brackets, then
+ within BEGDEFN the parameter ‘#1’ is set to the value of the
default OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, any required arguments
- start with '#2'.
+ start with ‘#2’.
- Omitting '[MYVAL]' in the call is different than having the square
- brackets with no contents, as in '[]'. The former results in '#1'
- expanding to OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter results in '#1' expanding to
+ Omitting ‘[MYVAL]’ in the call is different than having the square
+ brackets with no contents, as in ‘[]’. The former results in ‘#1’
+ expanding to OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter results in ‘#1’ expanding to
the empty string.
BEGDEF
- Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'.
- Within BEGDEF, the parameters '#1', '#2', ... '#NARGS', are
+ Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of ‘\begin{ENV}’.
+ Within BEGDEF, the parameters ‘#1’, ‘#2’, ... ‘#NARGS’, are
replaced by the values that you supply when you call the
environment; see the examples below.
ENDDEF
- Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'.
- This may not contain any parameters, that is, you cannot use '#1',
- '#2', etc., here (but see the final example below).
+ Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of ‘\end{ENV}’.
+ This may not contain any parameters, that is, you cannot use ‘#1’,
+ ‘#2’, etc., here (but see the final example below).
All environments, that is to say the BEGDEF code, the environment
body, and the ENDDEF code, are processed within a group. Thus, in the
-first example below, the effect of the '\small' is limited to the quote
+first example below, the effect of the ‘\small’ is limited to the quote
and does not extend to material following the environment.
If you try to define an environment and the name has already been
-used then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
-defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'. If you try
+used then you get something like ‘LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
+defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual’. If you try
to redefine an environment and the name has not yet been used then you
-get something like 'LaTeX Error: Environment hank undefined.'.
+get something like ‘LaTeX Error: Environment hank undefined.’.
- This example gives an environment like LaTeX's 'quotation' except
+ This example gives an environment like LaTeX’s ‘quotation’ except
that it will be set in smaller type.
\newenvironment{smallquote}{%
@@ -7735,7 +7761,7 @@ environment that cites the author.
\end{quotation}
}
-The author's name is optional, and defaults to 'Shakespeare'. In the
+The author’s name is optional, and defaults to ‘Shakespeare’. In the
document, use the environment like this.
\begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
@@ -7754,7 +7780,7 @@ in ENDDEF, in this case in a box (*note \sbox & \savebox::).
\end{quotation}
}
-12.9 '\newtheorem'
+12.9 ‘\newtheorem’
==================
Synopses:
@@ -7766,23 +7792,23 @@ Synopses:
Define a new theorem-like environment. You can specify one of
NUMBERED_WITHIN and NUMBERED_LIKE, or neither, but not both.
- The first form, '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}', creates an environment
+ The first form, ‘\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}’, creates an environment
that will be labelled with TITLE; see the first example below.
- The second form, '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]', creates
+ The second form, ‘\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]’, creates
an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing counter
NUMBERED_WITHIN, so this counter will be reset when NUMBERED_WITHIN is
reset. See the second example below.
- The third form '\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}', with
+ The third form ‘\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}’, with
optional argument between the two required arguments, creates an
environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter
NUMBERED_LIKE. See the third example.
This command creates a counter named NAME. In addition, unless the
optional argument NUMBERED_LIKE is used, inside of the theorem-like
-environment the current '\ref' value will be that of
-'\theNUMBERED_WITHIN' (*note \ref::).
+environment the current ‘\ref’ value will be that of
+‘\theNUMBERED_WITHIN’ (*note \ref::).
This declaration is global. It is fragile (*note \protect::).
@@ -7790,22 +7816,22 @@ environment the current '\ref' value will be that of
NAME
The name of the environment. It is a string of letters. It must
- not begin with a backslash, '\'. It must not be the name of an
- existing environment, and the command name '\NAME' must not already
+ not begin with a backslash, ‘\’. It must not be the name of an
+ existing environment, and the command name ‘\NAME’ must not already
be defined.
TITLE
The text to be printed at the beginning of the environment, before
- the number. For example, 'Theorem'.
+ the number. For example, ‘Theorem’.
NUMBERED_WITHIN
Optional; the name of an already defined counter, usually a
- sectional unit such as 'chapter' or 'section'. When the
- NUMBERED_WITHIN counter is reset then the NAME environment's
+ sectional unit such as ‘chapter’ or ‘section’. When the
+ NUMBERED_WITHIN counter is reset then the NAME environment’s
counter will also be reset.
- If this optional argument is not used then the command '\theNAME'
- is set to '\arabic{NAME}'.
+ If this optional argument is not used then the command ‘\theNAME’
+ is set to ‘\arabic{NAME}’.
NUMBERED_LIKE
Optional; the name of an already defined theorem-like environment.
@@ -7814,7 +7840,7 @@ NUMBERED_LIKE
Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered
sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that
-results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output.
+results in ‘Definition 1’ and ‘Definition 2’ in the output.
\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}
\begin{document}
@@ -7829,8 +7855,8 @@ results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output.
\end{defn}
This example has the same document body as the prior one. But here
-'\newtheorem''s optional argument NUMBERED_WITHIN is given as 'section',
-so the output is like 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'.
+‘\newtheorem’’s optional argument NUMBERED_WITHIN is given as ‘section’,
+so the output is like ‘Definition 1.1’ and ‘Definition 2.1’.
\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
\begin{document}
@@ -7845,9 +7871,9 @@ so the output is like 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'.
\end{defn}
In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the
-second of which calls for the new 'thm' environment to use the same
-counter as 'defn'. It gives 'Definition 1.1', followed by 'Theorem 2.1'
-and 'Definition 2.2'.
+second of which calls for the new ‘thm’ environment to use the same
+counter as ‘defn’. It gives ‘Definition 1.1’, followed by ‘Theorem 2.1’
+and ‘Definition 2.2’.
\newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]
\newtheorem{thm}[defn]{Theorem}
@@ -7866,7 +7892,7 @@ and 'Definition 2.2'.
Second def
\end{defn}
-12.10 '\newfont'
+12.10 ‘\newfont’
================
This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with
@@ -7878,17 +7904,17 @@ associate a boldface with a roman (*note Fonts::).
\newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION}
- Define a command '\CMD' that will change the current font. The
+ Define a command ‘\CMD’ that will change the current font. The
control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
-backslash, '\'.
+backslash, ‘\’.
- The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional "at
-clause". LaTeX will look on your system for a file named
-'FONTNAME.tfm'. The at clause can have the form either 'at DIMEN' or
-'scaled FACTOR', where a FACTOR of '1000' means no scaling. For LaTeX's
+ The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional “at
+clause”. LaTeX will look on your system for a file named
+‘FONTNAME.tfm’. The at clause can have the form either ‘at DIMEN’ or
+‘scaled FACTOR’, where a FACTOR of ‘1000’ means no scaling. For LaTeX’s
purposes, all this does is scale all the character and other font
-dimensions relative to the font's design size, which is a value defined
-in the '.tfm' file.
+dimensions relative to the font’s design size, which is a value defined
+in the ‘.tfm’ file.
This defines two equivalent fonts and typesets a few characters in
each.
@@ -7898,51 +7924,51 @@ each.
\testfontat abc
\testfontscaled abc
-12.11 '\protect'
+12.11 ‘\protect’
================
-All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust". A fragile command
+All LaTeX commands are either “fragile” or “robust”. A fragile command
can break when it is used in the argument to certain other commands.
Commands that contain data that LaTeX writes to an auxiliary file and
re-reads later are fragile. This includes material that goes into a
table of contents, list of figures, list of tables, etc. Fragile
commands also include line breaks, any command that has an optional
argument, and many more. To prevent such commands from breaking, one
-solution is to preceded them with the command '\protect'.
+solution is to preceded them with the command ‘\protect’.
- For example, when LaTeX runs the '\section{SECTION NAME}' command it
-writes the SECTION NAME text to the '.aux' auxiliary file, moving it
+ For example, when LaTeX runs the ‘\section{SECTION NAME}’ command it
+writes the SECTION NAME text to the ‘.aux’ auxiliary file, moving it
there for use elsewhere in the document such as in the table of
contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by LaTeX without
-typesetting it directly is referred to as a "moving argument". A
+typesetting it directly is referred to as a “moving argument”. A
command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid TeX
code. Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the
-'\caption{...}' command (*note figure::), in the '\thanks{...}' command
-(*note \maketitle::), and in @-expressions in the 'tabular' and 'array'
+‘\caption{...}’ command (*note figure::), in the ‘\thanks{...}’ command
+(*note \maketitle::), and in @-expressions in the ‘tabular’ and ‘array’
environments (*note tabular::).
If you get strange errors from commands used in moving arguments, try
-preceding it with '\protect'. Every fragile commands must be protected
-with their own '\protect'.
+preceding it with ‘\protect’. Every fragile commands must be protected
+with their own ‘\protect’.
- Although usually a '\protect' command doesn't hurt, length commands
-are robust and should not be preceded by a '\protect' command. Nor can
-a '\protect' command be used in the argument to '\addtocounter' or
-'\setcounter' command.
+ Although usually a ‘\protect’ command doesn’t hurt, length commands
+are robust and should not be preceded by a ‘\protect’ command. Nor can
+a ‘\protect’ command be used in the argument to ‘\addtocounter’ or
+‘\setcounter’ command.
- In this example the '\caption' command gives a mysterious error about
-an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each '\raisebox'
-command with '\protect'.
+ In this example the ‘\caption’ command gives a mysterious error about
+an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each ‘\raisebox’
+command with ‘\protect’.
\begin{figure}
...
\caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}}
\end{figure}
- In the next example the '\tableofcontents' command gives an error
-because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the
-'.toc' file. You can solve this by changing '\(..\)' to
-'\protect\(..\protect\)'.
+ In the next example the ‘\tableofcontents’ command gives an error
+because the ‘\(..\)’ in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the
+‘.toc’ file. You can solve this by changing ‘\(..\)’ to
+‘\protect\(..\protect\)’.
\begin{document}
\tableofcontents
@@ -7950,7 +7976,7 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the
\section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)}
...
-12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
+12.12 ‘\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend’
=============================================
Synopsis:
@@ -7963,14 +7989,14 @@ or
Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore blanks (that is, characters of
catcode 10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the command up
-to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a command from
-plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific.
+to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a primitive
+command of TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific.
- The '\ignorespaces' is often used when defining commands via
-'\newcommand', or '\newenvironment', or '\def'. The example below
+ The ‘\ignorespaces’ is often used when defining commands via
+‘\newcommand’, or ‘\newenvironment’, or ‘\def’. The example below
illustrates. It allows a user to show the points values for quiz
questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as shown in the
-'enumerate' list, users must not put any space between the command and
+‘enumerate’ list, users must not put any space between the command and
the question text.
\newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
@@ -7987,7 +8013,7 @@ The solution is to change to this.
A second example shows blanks being removed from the front of text.
The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names.
But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
-'\fullname' will reproduce that.
+‘\fullname’ will reproduce that.
\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title
\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % put title before name
@@ -7998,14 +8024,14 @@ But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then
\end{tabular}
To fix this, change to
-'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}'.
+‘\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}’.
- The '\ignorespaces' is also often used in a '\newenvironment' at the
-end of the BEGIN clause, as in '\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{...
-\ignorespaces}{...}'.
+ The ‘\ignorespaces’ is also often used in a ‘\newenvironment’ at the
+end of the BEGIN clause, as in ‘\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{...
+\ignorespaces}{...}’.
To strip blanks off the end of an environment use
-'\ignorespacesafterend'. An example is that this will show a much
+‘\ignorespacesafterend’. An example is that this will show a much
larger vertical space between the first and second environments than
between the second and third.
@@ -8020,10 +8046,10 @@ between the second and third.
E=IR
\end{equation}
- Putting a comment character '%' immediately after the '\end{eq}' will
+ Putting a comment character ‘%’ immediately after the ‘\end{eq}’ will
make the vertical space disappear, but that is inconvenient. The
solution is to change to
-'\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}'.
+‘\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}’.
12.13 xspace package
====================
@@ -8034,14 +8060,14 @@ Synopsis:
...
\newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
- The '\xspace' macro, when used at the end of a command definition,
+ The ‘\xspace’ macro, when used at the end of a command definition,
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
After a command control sequence that is a control word (*note
-Control sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as '\$'), TeX
+Control sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as ‘\$’), TeX
gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has 'Vermont' placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
+has ‘Vermont’ placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
space.
\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
@@ -8049,12 +8075,12 @@ space.
The \VT{} summers are nice.
But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty
-curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from
-'summers'. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for this.
+curly braces or else there would be no space separating ‘Vermont’ from
+‘summers’. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space ‘\ ’ for this.
*Note \(SPACE)::.)
- The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'. It is for writing commands
-which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place at the
+ The ‘xspace’ package provides ‘\xspace’. It is for writing commands
+which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be placed at the
very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space after
that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions.
In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
@@ -8063,18 +8089,18 @@ In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
Our college is in \VT .
\VT summers are nice.
- The default exception list contains the characters ',.'/?;:!~-)', the
+ The default exception list contains the characters ‘,.'/?;:!~-)’, the
open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and
-the commands '\footnote' or '\footnotemark'. Add to that list as with
-'\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}' which adds '\myfni' and '\myfnii'
+the commands ‘\footnote’ or ‘\footnotemark’. Add to that list as with
+‘\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}’ which adds ‘\myfni’ and ‘\myfnii’
to the list, and remove from that list as with
-'\xspaceremoveexception{!}'.
+‘\xspaceremoveexception{!}’.
- A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'. Putting it in a
+ A comment: many experts prefer not to use ‘\xspace’. Putting it in a
definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
-'\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
-command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more
+But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
+‘\xspace’ will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
+command, and so ‘\xspace’ can make editing material harder and more
error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
13 Counters
@@ -8082,11 +8108,11 @@ error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The
name of the counter is often the same as the name of the environment or
-command associated with the number, except that the counter's name has
-no backslash '\'. Thus, associated with the '\chapter' command is the
-'chapter' counter that keeps track of the chapter number.
+command associated with the number, except that the counter’s name has
+no backslash ‘\’. Thus, associated with the ‘\chapter’ command is the
+‘chapter’ counter that keeps track of the chapter number.
- Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document
+ Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX’s standard document
classes to control numbering.
part paragraph figure enumi
@@ -8095,83 +8121,83 @@ classes to control numbering.
subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
subsubsection
- The 'mpfootnote' counter is used by the '\footnote' command inside of
-a minipage (*note minipage::). The counters 'enumi' through 'enumiv'
-are used in the 'enumerate' environment, for up to four levels of
+ The ‘mpfootnote’ counter is used by the ‘\footnote’ command inside of
+a minipage (*note minipage::). The counters ‘enumi’ through ‘enumiv’
+are used in the ‘enumerate’ environment, for up to four levels of
nesting (*note enumerate::).
Counters can have any integer value but they are typically positive.
- New counters are created with '\newcounter'. *Note \newcounter::.
+ New counters are created with ‘\newcounter’. *Note \newcounter::.
-13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
+13.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Printing counters
=====================================================================
Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if
-the counter COUNTER has the value 1 then a '\alph{COUNTER}' in your
+the counter COUNTER has the value 1 then a ‘\alph{COUNTER}’ in your
source will result in a lowercase letter a appearing in the output.
All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for
-instance, '\alph{enumi}'. Note that the counter name does not start
+instance, ‘\alph{enumi}’. Note that the counter name does not start
with a backslash.
-'\alph{COUNTER}'
- Print the value of COUNTER in lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ... If
- the counter's value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get
- 'LaTeX Error: Counter too large.'
+‘\alph{COUNTER}’
+ Print the value of COUNTER in lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, ... If
+ the counter’s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get
+ ‘LaTeX Error: Counter too large.’
-'\Alph{COUNTER}'
- Print in uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ... If the counter's value
- is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter
- too large.'
+‘\Alph{COUNTER}’
+ Print in uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, ... If the counter’s value
+ is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get ‘LaTeX Error: Counter
+ too large.’
-'\arabic{COUNTER}'
- Print in Arabic numbers such as '5' or '-2'.
+‘\arabic{COUNTER}’
+ Print in Arabic numbers such as ‘5’ or ‘-2’.
-'\roman{COUNTER}'
- Print in lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ... If the counter's
+‘\roman{COUNTER}’
+ Print in lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ... If the counter’s
value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but LaTeX
does not print anything in the output.
-'\Roman{COUNTER}'
- Print in uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ... If the counter's
+‘\Roman{COUNTER}’
+ Print in uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, ... If the counter’s
value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but LaTeX
does not print anything in the output.
-'\fnsymbol{COUNTER}'
+‘\fnsymbol{COUNTER}’
Prints the value of COUNTER using a sequence of nine symbols that
are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of
- COUNTER should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the counter's
- value is less than 0 or more than 9 then you get 'LaTeX Error:
- Counter too large', while if it is 0 then you get no error or
+ COUNTER should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the counter’s
+ value is less than 0 or more than 9 then you get ‘LaTeX Error:
+ Counter too large’, while if it is 0 then you get no error or
warning but LaTeX does not output anything.
Here are the symbols:
Number Name Command Symbol
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 1 asterisk '\ast' *
- 2 dagger '\dagger' †
- 3 ddagger '\ddagger' ‡
- 4 section-sign '\S' §
- 5 paragraph-sign '\P' ¶
- 6 double-vert '\parallel' ‖
- 7 double-asterisk '\ast\ast' **
- 8 double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' ††
- 9 double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' ‡‡
-
-13.2 '\usecounter'
+ 1 asterisk ‘\ast’ *
+ 2 dagger ‘\dagger’ †
+ 3 ddagger ‘\ddagger’ ‡
+ 4 section-sign ‘\S’ §
+ 5 paragraph-sign ‘\P’ ¶
+ 6 double-vert ‘\parallel’ ‖
+ 7 double-asterisk ‘\ast\ast’ **
+ 8 double-dagger ‘\dagger\dagger’ ††
+ 9 double-ddagger ‘\ddagger\ddagger’ ‡‡
+
+13.2 ‘\usecounter’
==================
Synopsis:
\usecounter{COUNTER}
- Used in the second argument of the 'list' environment (*note list::),
+ Used in the second argument of the ‘list’ environment (*note list::),
this declares that list items will be numbered by COUNTER. It
-initializes COUNTER to zero, and arranges that when '\item' is called
+initializes COUNTER to zero, and arranges that when ‘\item’ is called
without its optional argument then COUNTER is incremented by
-'\refstepcounter', making its value be the current 'ref' value (*note
+‘\refstepcounter’, making its value be the current ‘ref’ value (*note
\ref::). This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
Put in the document preamble, this example makes a new list
@@ -8186,7 +8212,7 @@ environment enumerated with TESTCOUNTER:
\end{list}
}
-13.3 '\value'
+13.3 ‘\value’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -8196,7 +8222,7 @@ Synopsis:
Expands to the value of the counter COUNTER. (Note that the name of
a counter does not begin with a backslash.)
- This example outputs 'Test counter is 6. Other counter is 5.'.
+ This example outputs ‘Test counter is 6. Other counter is 5.’.
\newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
\newcounter{other} \setcounter{other}{\value{test}}
@@ -8205,21 +8231,21 @@ a counter does not begin with a backslash.)
Test counter is \arabic{test}.
Other counter is \arabic{other}.
- The '\value' command is not used for typesetting the value of the
+ The ‘\value’ command is not used for typesetting the value of the
counter. For that, see *note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
\fnsymbol::.
- It is often used in '\setcounter' or '\addtocounter' but '\value' can
+ It is often used in ‘\setcounter’ or ‘\addtocounter’ but ‘\value’ can
be used anywhere that LaTeX expects a number, such as in
-'\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}'. It must not be preceded by '\protect'
+‘\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}’. It must not be preceded by ‘\protect’
(*note \protect::).
- This example inserts '\hspace{4\parindent}'.
+ This example inserts ‘\hspace{4\parindent}’.
\setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
\hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}
-13.4 '\setcounter'
+13.4 ‘\setcounter’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -8227,17 +8253,17 @@ Synopsis:
\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}
Globally set the counter COUNTER to have the value of the VALUE
-argument, which must be an integer. Thus, you can set a counter's value
-as '\setcounter{section}{5}'. Note that the counter name does not start
+argument, which must be an integer. Thus, you can set a counter’s value
+as ‘\setcounter{section}{5}’. Note that the counter name does not start
with a backslash.
- In this example if the counter 'theorem' has value 12 then the second
-line will print 'XII'.
+ In this example if the counter ‘theorem’ has value 12 then the second
+line will print ‘XII’.
\setcounter{exercise}{\value{theorem}}
Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}.
-13.5 '\addtocounter'
+13.5 ‘\addtocounter’
====================
Synopsis:
@@ -8247,13 +8273,13 @@ Synopsis:
Globally increment COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE
argument, which may be negative.
- In this example the section value appears as 'VII'.
+ In this example the section value appears as ‘VII’.
\setcounter{section}{5}
\addtocounter{section}{2}
Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}.
-13.6 '\refstepcounter'
+13.6 ‘\refstepcounter’
======================
Synopsis:
@@ -8261,17 +8287,17 @@ Synopsis:
\refstepcounter{COUNTER}
Globally increments the value of COUNTER by one, as does
-'\stepcounter' (*note \stepcounter::). The difference is that this
+‘\stepcounter’ (*note \stepcounter::). The difference is that this
command resets the value of any counter numbered within it. (For the
-definition of "counters numbered within", *note \newcounter::.)
+definition of “counters numbered within”, *note \newcounter::.)
- In addition, this command also defines the current '\ref' value to be
-the result of '\thecounter'.
+ In addition, this command also defines the current ‘\ref’ value to be
+the result of ‘\thecounter’.
- While the counter value is set globally, the '\ref' value is set
+ While the counter value is set globally, the ‘\ref’ value is set
locally, i.e., inside the current group.
-13.7 '\stepcounter'
+13.7 ‘\stepcounter’
===================
Synopsis:
@@ -8279,21 +8305,21 @@ Synopsis:
\stepcounter{COUNTER}
Globally adds one to COUNTER and resets all counters numbered within
-it. (For the definition of "counters numbered within", *note
+it. (For the definition of “counters numbered within”, *note
\newcounter::.)
- This command differs from '\refstepcounter' in that this one does not
-influence references; that is, it does not define the current '\ref'
-value to be the result of '\thecounter' (*note \refstepcounter::).
+ This command differs from ‘\refstepcounter’ in that this one does not
+influence references; that is, it does not define the current ‘\ref’
+value to be the result of ‘\thecounter’ (*note \refstepcounter::).
-13.8 '\day' & '\month' & '\year'
+13.8 ‘\day’ & ‘\month’ & ‘\year’
================================
-LaTeX defines the counter '\day' for the day of the month (nominally
-with value between 1 and 31), '\month' for the month of the year
-(nominally with value between 1 and 12), and '\year' for the year. When
+LaTeX defines the counter ‘\day’ for the day of the month (nominally
+with value between 1 and 31), ‘\month’ for the month of the year
+(nominally with value between 1 and 12), and ‘\year’ for the year. When
TeX starts up, they are set from the current values on the system. The
-related command '\today' produces a string representing the current day
+related command ‘\today’ produces a string representing the current day
(*note \today::).
They counters are not updated as the job progresses so in principle
@@ -8302,7 +8328,7 @@ check:
\day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
-gives no error or warning and results in the output '-2, -4' (the bogus
+gives no error or warning and results in the output ‘-2, -4’ (the bogus
month value produces no output).
*Note Command line input::, to force the date to a given value from
@@ -8311,15 +8337,15 @@ the command line.
14 Lengths
**********
-A "length" is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length
+A “length” is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length
as an argument.
- Lengths come in two types. A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not
-contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component. (Plain TeX calls this a
-"dimen".) A "rubber length" (what plain TeX calls a "skip" or "glue")
-such as with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of
-those components. In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural
-length" while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow
+ Lengths come in two types. A “rigid length” such as ‘10pt’ does not
+contain a ‘plus’ or ‘minus’ component. (Plain TeX calls this a
+“dimen”.) A “rubber length” (what plain TeX calls a “skip” or “glue”)
+such as with ‘1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm’ can contain either or both of
+those components. In that rubber length, the ‘1cm’ is the “natural
+length” while the other two, the ‘plus’ and ‘minus’ components, allow
TeX to stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement.
The illustrations below use these two commands.
@@ -8332,12 +8358,12 @@ TeX to stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement.
\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}
This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points long
-between 'XXX' and 'YYY'. This length is rigid.
+between ‘XXX’ and ‘YYY’. This length is rigid.
XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
- As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with '1cm minus
-0.05cm', the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
+ As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with ‘1cm minus
+0.05cm’, the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
0.95cm. Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more. Thus, below the
first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two
bars.
@@ -8348,9 +8374,9 @@ bars.
XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
-But the second one gets a warning like 'Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too wide)
-detected at line 17'. In the output the first 'Y' is overwritten by the
-end of the black bar, because the box's material is wider than the 300pt
+But the second one gets a warning like ‘Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too wide)
+detected at line 17’. In the output the first ‘Y’ is overwritten by the
+end of the black bar, because the box’s material is wider than the 300pt
allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink the total to less than
309 points.
@@ -8366,11 +8392,11 @@ producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was
specified. TeX stretches the space to the required length but it gives
-you a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line
-22'. (We won't discuss badness.)
+you a warning like ‘Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line
+22’. (We won’t discuss badness.)
- You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in '1ex
-plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'.
+ You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in ‘1ex
+plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex’.
If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
stretch or shrink in proportion.
@@ -8381,12 +8407,12 @@ stretch or shrink in proportion.
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another
-100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two '\hspace''s must stretch
-20 points. Because the two are 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX gets
+100. The middle bar is 80 points so the two ‘\hspace’’s must stretch
+20 points. Because the two are ‘plus 50pt’ and ‘plus 10pt’, TeX gets
5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
- The 'plus' or 'minus' component of a rubber length can contain a
-"fill" component, as in '1in plus2fill'. This gives the length infinite
+ The ‘plus’ or ‘minus’ component of a rubber length can contain a
+“fill” component, as in ‘1in plus2fill’. This gives the length infinite
stretchability or shrinkability so that TeX could set it to any
distance. Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page.
@@ -8396,14 +8422,14 @@ distance. Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page.
\hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
\end{minipage}
- TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', 'fill',
-and 'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
+ TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: ‘fil’, ‘fill’,
+and ‘filll’. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and
*note \vfill::).
Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
-so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
-'\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}' then the value of '\zlength' is '3in'.
+so that after ‘\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}’ and
+‘\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}’ then the value of ‘\zlength’ is ‘3in’.
14.1 Units of length
====================
@@ -8411,76 +8437,76 @@ so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math
mode.
-'pt'
+‘pt’
Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
-'pc'
+‘pc’
Pica, 12 pt
-'in'
+‘in’
Inch, 72.27 pt
-'bp'
+‘bp’
Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
-'mm'
- Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+‘mm’
+ Millimeter, 2.845pt
-'cm'
- Centimeter, 10 mm
+‘cm’
+ Centimeter, 10mm
-'dd'
+‘dd’
Didot point, 1.07 pt
-'cc'
+‘cc’
Cicero, 12 dd
-'sp'
+‘sp’
Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
than being an absolute dimension.
-'ex'
- The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the height of
+‘ex’
+ The x-height of the current font “ex”, traditionally the height of
the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
-'em'
- Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
+‘em’
+ Similarly “em”, traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often the size of
the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will have 1em = 10pt.
LaTeX has several commands to produce horizontal spaces based on
the em (*note \enspace & \quad & \qquad::).
-'mu'
+‘mu’
Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of
- the math unit "mu", defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken
+ the math unit “mu”, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken
from the current math symbols family. *Note Spacing in math
mode::.
Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
-items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}' is
+items given as ‘\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}’ is
more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
definition given in points.
-14.2 '\setlength'
+14.2 ‘\setlength’
=================
Synopsis:
\setlength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
- Set the length \LEN to AMOUNT. The length name '\LEN' has to be a
+ Set the length \LEN to AMOUNT. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to be a
control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin
-with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT can be a
+with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT can be a
rubber length (*note Lengths::). It can be positive, negative or zero,
and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (*note Units of
length::).
- Below, with LaTeX's defaults the first paragraph will be indented
+ Below, with LaTeX’s defaults the first paragraph will be indented
while the second will not.
I told the doctor I broke my leg in two places.
@@ -8488,49 +8514,49 @@ while the second will not.
\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
He said stop going to those places.
- If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', for example if you
+ If you did not declare \LEN with ‘\newlength’, for example if you
mistype it as in
-'\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
-get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
+‘\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}’, then you
+get an error like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent’.
If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
-an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero.'.
+an error like ‘Missing number, treated as zero.’.
-14.3 '\addtolength'
+14.3 ‘\addtolength’
===================
Synopsis:
\addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
- Increment the length \LEN by AMOUNT. The length name '\LEN' has to
+ Increment the length \LEN by AMOUNT. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to
be a control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must
-begin with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT is a
+begin with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT is a
rubber length (*note Lengths::). It can be positive, negative or zero,
and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (*note Units of
length::).
- Below, if '\parskip' starts with the value '0pt plus 1pt'
+ Below, if ‘\parskip’ starts with the value ‘0pt plus 1pt’
Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
Nurse: no change.
-then it has the value '1pt plus 1pt' for the second paragraph.
+then it has the value ‘1pt plus 1pt’ for the second paragraph.
- If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', for example if you
+ If you did not declare \LEN with ‘\newlength’, for example if you
mistype it as in
-'\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
-get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
+‘\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}’, then you
+get an error like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent’.
If the AMOUNT uses some length that has not been declared, for instance
if for example you mistype the above as
-'\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}', then you get something
-like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. If you leave
+‘\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}’, then you get something
+like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent’. If you leave
off the backslash at the start of \LEN, as in
-'\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', then you get something like 'You can't
-use `the letter p' after \advance'.
+‘\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}’, then you get something like ‘You can't
+use `the letter p' after \advance’.
-14.4 '\settodepth'
+14.4 ‘\settodepth’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -8538,9 +8564,9 @@ Synopsis:
\settodepth{\LEN}{TEXT}
Set the length \LEN to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a
+typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to be a
control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin
-with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
+with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances.
This will print how low the character descenders go.
@@ -8548,14 +8574,14 @@ with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
\settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetdepth
- If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', if for example you
-mistype the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get
-something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth'.
+ If you did not declare \LEN with ‘\newlength’, if for example you
+mistype the above as ‘\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}’, then you get
+something like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth’.
If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
-'\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
-number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
+‘\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}’ then you get something like ‘Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox’.
-14.5 '\settoheight'
+14.5 ‘\settoheight’
===================
Synopsis:
@@ -8563,9 +8589,9 @@ Synopsis:
\settoheight{\LEN}{text}
Sets the length \LEN to the height of box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the 'text' argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a
+typesetting the ‘text’ argument. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to be a
control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin
-with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
+with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances.
This will print how high the characters go.
@@ -8573,14 +8599,14 @@ with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
\settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetheight
- If no such length \LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for
-example you mistype as '\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}', then you
-get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument>
-\alphabetheight'. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
-'\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
-number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
+ If no such length \LEN has been declared with ‘\newlength’, if for
+example you mistype as ‘\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}’, then you
+get something like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\alphabetheight’. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
+‘\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}’ then you get something like ‘Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox’.
-14.6 '\settowidth'
+14.6 ‘\settowidth’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -8588,9 +8614,9 @@ Synopsis:
\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}
Set the length \LEN to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on
-typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a
+typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name ‘\LEN’ has to be a
control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin
-with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
+with a backslash, ‘\’ under normal circumstances.
This prints the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet.
@@ -8598,14 +8624,14 @@ with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances.
\settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
\the\alphabetwidth
- If no such length \LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for
-example you mistype the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}',
-then you get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument>
-\aplhabetwidth'. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
-'\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
-number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
+ If no such length \LEN has been declared with ‘\newlength’, if for
+example you mistype the above as ‘\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}’,
+then you get something like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\aplhabetwidth’. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in
+‘\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}’ then you get something like ‘Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox’.
-14.7 '\stretch'
+14.7 ‘\stretch’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -8613,7 +8639,7 @@ Synopsis:
\stretch{NUMBER}
Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and NUMBER times
-'\fill' units of stretchability (*note Lengths::). The NUMBER can be
+‘\fill’ units of stretchability (*note Lengths::). The NUMBER can be
positive or negative. This command is robust (*note \protect::).
It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this
@@ -8625,7 +8651,7 @@ between the second and third.
\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}
- In this vertical example, the 'We dedicate ...' will have three times
+ In this vertical example, the ‘We dedicate ...’ will have three times
as much space under it as above it.
\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble
@@ -8655,18 +8681,18 @@ Synopsis, one of:
glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that
type of quantity.
- An example is that '\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax' will produce as
+ An example is that ‘\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax’ will produce as
output the length that is four points less than width of a line (the
-only purpose of '\the' is to show the result in the document).
-Analogously, '\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax' will produce 'ix', and
-'\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' will produce '10.0pt plus
-2.0pt'.
+only purpose of ‘\the’ is to show the result in the document).
+Analogously, ‘\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax’ will produce ‘ix’, and
+‘\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax’ will produce ‘10.0pt plus
+2.0pt’.
A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers
-and then using '\advance', etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
+and then using ‘\advance’, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions
does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places
where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width
-of the '\parbox'.
+of the ‘\parbox’.
\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
\begin{center}
@@ -8685,56 +8711,56 @@ of the '\parbox'.
is a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type,
optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is
either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The
-expression produces a result of the given type, so that '\numexpr'
-produces an integer, '\dimexpr' produces a dimension, etc.
+expression produces a result of the given type, so that ‘\numexpr’
+produces an integer, ‘\dimexpr’ produces a dimension, etc.
In the quotation example above, changing to
-'\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset' gives the error 'Illegal unit of measure
-(pt inserted)'. This is because for '\dimexpr' and '\glueexpr', the
+‘\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset’ gives the error ‘Illegal unit of measure
+(pt inserted)’. This is because for ‘\dimexpr’ and ‘\glueexpr’, the
input consists of a dimension or glue value followed by an optional
-multiplication factor, and not the other way around. Thus '\the\dimexpr
-1pt*10\relax' is valid and produces '10.0pt', but '\the\dimexpr
-10*1pt\relax' gives the 'Illegal unit' error.
+multiplication factor, and not the other way around. Thus ‘\the\dimexpr
+1pt*10\relax’ is valid and produces ‘10.0pt’, but ‘\the\dimexpr
+10*1pt\relax’ gives the ‘Illegal unit’ error.
The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics
-up to a '\relax' (which will be absorbed), or up to the first non-valid
-token. Thus, '\the\numexpr2+3px' will print '5px', because LaTeX reads
-the '\numexpr2+3', which is made up of numbers, and then finds the
-letter 'p', which cannot be part of a number. It therefore terminates
-the expression and produces the '5', followed by the regular text 'px'.
+up to a ‘\relax’ (which will be absorbed), or up to the first non-valid
+token. Thus, ‘\the\numexpr2+3px’ will print ‘5px’, because LaTeX reads
+the ‘\numexpr2+3’, which is made up of numbers, and then finds the
+letter ‘p’, which cannot be part of a number. It therefore terminates
+the expression and produces the ‘5’, followed by the regular text ‘px’.
This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In
-'\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi', the less than sign
-terminates the expression and the result is 'No' (in a standard LaTeX
+‘\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi’, the less than sign
+terminates the expression and the result is ‘No’ (in a standard LaTeX
article).
- Expressions may use the operators '+', '-', '*' and '/' along with
-parentheses for subexpressions, '(...)'. In glue expressions the 'plus'
-and 'minus' parts do not need parentheses to be affected by a factor.
-So '\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' results in '10pt plus 2pt'.
+ Expressions may use the operators ‘+’, ‘-’, ‘*’ and ‘/’ along with
+parentheses for subexpressions, ‘(...)’. In glue expressions the ‘plus’
+and ‘minus’ parts do not need parentheses to be affected by a factor.
+So ‘\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax’ results in ‘10pt plus 2pt’.
TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when
-doing register assignment. Thus '\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax'
-will result in '65536', which is '1pt' converted to scaled points (*note
-'sp': units of length sp, TeX's internal unit) and then coerced into an
-integer. With a '\glueexpr' here, the stretch and shrink would be
-dropped. Going the other way, a '\numexpr' inside a '\dimexpr' or
-'\glueexpr' will need appropriate units, as in '\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 +
-2\relax pt\relax', which produces '3.0pt'.
+doing register assignment. Thus ‘\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax’
+will result in ‘65536’, which is ‘1pt’ converted to scaled points (*note
+‘sp’: units of length sp, TeX’s internal unit) and then coerced into an
+integer. With a ‘\glueexpr’ here, the stretch and shrink would be
+dropped. Going the other way, a ‘\numexpr’ inside a ‘\dimexpr’ or
+‘\glueexpr’ will need appropriate units, as in ‘\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 +
+2\relax pt\relax’, which produces ‘3.0pt’.
The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the
allowed range, numbers must be less than 2^{31} in absolute value, and
-dimensions or glue components must be less than 2^{14} points, or 'mu',
-or 'fil', etc. The arithmetic operations are performed individually,
+dimensions or glue components must be less than 2^{14} points, or ‘mu’,
+or ‘fil’, etc. The arithmetic operations are performed individually,
except for a scaling operation (a multiplication immediately followed by
a division) which is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit
product as intermediate value. The result of each operation is again
checked to be in the allowed range.
- Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX's
-'\divide', which truncates). Thus '\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax' puts
-'10.0pt' in the document, because it rounds '3/2' to '2', while
-'\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax' produces '5.0pt'.
+ Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX’s
+‘\divide’, which truncates). Thus ‘\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax’ puts
+‘10.0pt’ in the document, because it rounds ‘3/2’ to ‘2’, while
+‘\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax’ produces ‘5.0pt’.
15 Making paragraphs
********************
@@ -8754,10 +8780,10 @@ of which is made by two empty lines.
``My dear Mr. Bennet,'' said his lady to him one day,
``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?''
- A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank
+ A paragraph separator can be made of a sequence of at least one blank
line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank
line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as
-space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a '%' and span
+space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a ‘%’ and span
up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns are
identical:
@@ -8774,65 +8800,65 @@ identical:
Second paragraph.
\end{document}
- Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that
+ Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph’s contents it divides that
content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
(*note Line breaking::).
- There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don't put a
+ There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don’t put a
blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the blank line before the
-'\end{equation}'
+‘\end{equation}’
\begin{equation}
2^{|S|} > |S|
\end{equation}
-will get you the error 'Missing $ inserted'. Similarly, the blank line
-in this '\section' argument
+will get you the error ‘Missing $ inserted’. Similarly, the blank line
+in this ‘\section’ argument
\section{aaa
bbb}
-gets 'Runaway argument? {aaa ! Paragraph ended before \@sect was
-complete'.
+gets ‘Runaway argument? {aaa ! Paragraph ended before \@sect was
+complete’.
-15.1 '\par'
+15.1 ‘\par’
===========
Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts any sequence of
-one or more blank lines to a '\par', *note Making paragraphs::):
+one or more blank lines to a ‘\par’, *note Making paragraphs::):
\par
End the current paragraph. The usual way to separate paragraphs is
-with a blank line but the '\par' command is entirely equivalent. This
+with a blank line but the ‘\par’ command is entirely equivalent. This
command is robust (*note \protect::).
- This example uses '\par' rather than a blank line simply for
+ This example uses ‘\par’ rather than a blank line simply for
readability.
\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
\whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
- In LR mode the '\par' command does nothing and is ignored. In
-paragraph mode, the '\par' command terminates paragraph mode, switching
+ In LR mode the ‘\par’ command does nothing and is ignored. In
+paragraph mode, the ‘\par’ command terminates paragraph mode, switching
LaTeX to vertical mode (*note Modes::).
- You cannot use the '\par' command in a math mode. You also cannot
+ You cannot use the ‘\par’ command in a math mode. You also cannot
use it in the argument of many commands, such as the sectioning
-commands, e.g. '\section' (*note Making paragraphs:: and *note
+commands, e.g. ‘\section’ (*note Making paragraphs:: and *note
\newcommand & \renewcommand::).
- The '\par' command is not the same as the '\paragraph' command. The
-latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning command used
+ The ‘\par’ command is not the same as the ‘\paragraph’ command. The
+latter is, like ‘\section’ or ‘\subsection’, a sectioning command used
by the LaTeX document standard classes (*note \subsubsection &
\paragraph & \subparagraph::).
- The '\par' command is not the same as '\newline' or the line break
-double backslash, '\\'. The difference is that '\par' ends the
+ The ‘\par’ command is not the same as ‘\newline’ or the line break
+double backslash, ‘\\’. The difference is that ‘\par’ ends the
paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of the
-between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent &
+between-paragraph vertical space ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent &
\parskip::).
The output from this example
@@ -8843,14 +8869,14 @@ between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent &
\setlength{\parskip}{5in}
\noindent test\indent test1\par test2
-is: after 'xyz' there is a vertical skip of 5 inches and then 'test'
+is: after ‘xyz’ there is a vertical skip of 5 inches and then ‘test’
appears, aligned with the left margin. On the same line, there is an
-empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then 'test1' appears. Finally.
+empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then ‘test1’ appears. Finally.
there is a vertical space of 5 inches, followed by a fresh paragraph
with a paragraph indent of 3 inches, and then LaTeX puts the text
-'test2'.
+‘test2’.
-15.2 '\indent' & '\noindent'
+15.2 ‘\indent’ & ‘\noindent’
============================
Synopsis:
@@ -8861,18 +8887,18 @@ or
\noindent
- Go into horizontal mode (*note Modes::). The '\indent' command first
-outputs an empty box whose width is '\parindent'. These commands are
+ Go into horizontal mode (*note Modes::). The ‘\indent’ command first
+outputs an empty box whose width is ‘\parindent’. These commands are
robust (*note \protect::).
Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line.
-*Note \par::, for the difference between this command and '\par'. To
+*Note \par::, for the difference between this command and ‘\par’. To
start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted
-paragraph, use '\noindent'.
+paragraph, use ‘\noindent’.
- In the middle of a paragraph the '\noindent' command has no effect,
-because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The '\indent'
-command's only effect is to output a space.
+ In the middle of a paragraph the ‘\noindent’ command has no effect,
+because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The ‘\indent’
+command’s only effect is to output a space.
This example starts a fresh paragraph.
@@ -8891,15 +8917,15 @@ and this continues an interrupted paragraph.
\noindent shows this clearly.
To omit indentation in the entire document put
-'\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}' in the preamble. If you do that, you may
-want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, '\parskip'
+‘\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}’ in the preamble. If you do that, you may
+want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, ‘\parskip’
(*note \parindent & \parskip::).
Default LaTeX styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that,
-look on CTAN for the package 'indentfirst'.
+look on CTAN for the package ‘indentfirst’.
-15.3 '\parindent' & '\parskip'
+15.3 ‘\parindent’ & ‘\parskip’
==============================
Synopsis:
@@ -8918,18 +8944,18 @@ respectively.
\setlength{\parskip}{1ex}
The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are
-vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase 'x'.
+vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase ‘x’.
- In LaTeX standard class documents, the default value for '\parindent'
-in one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt',
-'17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em' for '12pt'. In two-column documents it
-is '1em'. (These values are set before LaTeX calls '\normalfont' so
-'em' is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a
-different font then to set '\parindent' to 1em matching that font, put
-'\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}' in the preamble.)
+ In LaTeX standard class documents, the default value for ‘\parindent’
+in one-column documents is ‘15pt’ when the default text size is ‘10pt’,
+‘17pt’ for ‘11pt’, and ‘1.5em’ for ‘12pt’. In two-column documents it
+is ‘1em’. (These values are set before LaTeX calls ‘\normalfont’ so
+‘em’ is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a
+different font then to set ‘\parindent’ to 1em matching that font, put
+‘\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}’ in the preamble.)
- The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document classes
-is '0pt plus1pt'.
+ The default value for ‘\parskip’ in LaTeX’s standard document classes
+is ‘0pt plus1pt’.
15.4 Marginal notes
===================
@@ -8940,43 +8966,43 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT}
Create a note in the margin. The first line of the note will have
-the same baseline as the line in the text where the '\marginpar' occurs.
+the same baseline as the line in the text where the ‘\marginpar’ occurs.
The margin that LaTeX uses for the note depends on the current layout
-(*note Document class options::) and also on '\reversemarginpar' (see
-below). If you are using one-sided layout (document option 'oneside')
+(*note Document class options::) and also on ‘\reversemarginpar’ (see
+below). If you are using one-sided layout (document option ‘oneside’)
then it goes in the right margin. If you are using two-sided layout
-(document option 'twoside') then it goes in the outside margin. If you
-are in two-column layout (document option 'twocolumn') then it goes in
+(document option ‘twoside’) then it goes in the outside margin. If you
+are in two-column layout (document option ‘twocolumn’) then it goes in
the nearest margin.
- If you declare '\reversemarginpar' then LaTeX will place subsequent
+ If you declare ‘\reversemarginpar’ then LaTeX will place subsequent
marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior
-paragraph. Revert that to the default position with '\normalmarginpar'.
+paragraph. Revert that to the default position with ‘\normalmarginpar’.
When you specify the optional argument LEFT then it is used for a
note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument RIGHT is used for
a note in the right margin.
- Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable
-hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'.
+ Normally, a note’s first word will not be hyphenated. You can enable
+hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with ‘\hspace{0pt}’.
These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
-'\marginparpush'
- Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt'
- documents, '5pt' else. See also *note page layout parameters
+‘\marginparpush’
+ Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘7pt’ for ‘12pt’
+ documents, ‘5pt’ else. See also *note page layout parameters
marginparpush::.
-'\marginparsep'
- Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt'
- for '10pt' documents, '10pt' else.
+‘\marginparsep’
+ Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default ‘11pt’
+ for ‘10pt’ documents, ‘10pt’ else.
-'\marginparwidth'
- Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided '10pt' document
- is '90pt', '83pt' for '11pt', and '68pt' for '12pt'; '17pt' more in
+‘\marginparwidth’
+ Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided ‘10pt’ document
+ is ‘90pt’, ‘83pt’ for ‘11pt’, and ‘68pt’ for ‘12pt’; ‘17pt’ more in
each case for a two-sided document. In two column mode, the
- default is '48pt'.
+ default is ‘48pt’.
The standard LaTeX routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes
from falling off the bottom of the page.
@@ -8994,9 +9020,9 @@ math mode (*note Modes::). This example shows both.
where \( \nabla^2 \) is the spatial Laplacian and \( c \) is constant.
Math mode is for inline mathematics. In the above example it is invoked
-by the starting '\(' and finished by the matching ending '\)'. Display
+by the starting ‘\(’ and finished by the matching ending ‘\)’. Display
math mode is for displayed equations and here is invoked by the
-'displaymath' environment. Note that any mathematical text whatever,
+‘displaymath’ environment. Note that any mathematical text whatever,
including mathematical text consisting of just one character, is handled
in math mode.
@@ -9017,7 +9043,7 @@ mode.
The first form is preferred and the second is quite common, but the
third form is rarely used. You can sometimes use one and sometimes
-another, as in '\(x\) and $y$'. You can use these in paragraph mode or
+another, as in ‘\(x\) and $y$’. You can use these in paragraph mode or
in LR mode (*note Modes::).
To make displayed formulas, put LaTeX into display math mode with
@@ -9034,15 +9060,15 @@ or
\end{equation}
(*note displaymath::, *note equation::). The only difference is that
-with the 'equation' environment, LaTeX puts a formula number alongside
-the formula. The construct '\[ MATH \]' is equivalent to
-'\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}'. These environments can
+with the ‘equation’ environment, LaTeX puts a formula number alongside
+the formula. The construct ‘\[ MATH \]’ is equivalent to
+‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’. These environments can
only be used in paragraph mode (*note Modes::).
The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-'amsmath' and 'amssymb' (also be aware of the 'mathtools' package that
-is an extension to, and loads, 'amsmath'). New documents that will have
+‘amsmath’ and ‘amssymb’ (also be aware of the ‘mathtools’ package that
+is an extension to, and loads, ‘amsmath’). New documents that will have
mathematical text should use these packages. Descriptions of these
packages is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation
on CTAN.
@@ -9061,16 +9087,16 @@ or, one of:
BASE_{EXP}
Make EXP appear as a superscript of BASE (with the caret
-character, '^') or a subscript (with underscore, '_').
+character, ‘^’) or a subscript (with underscore, ‘_’).
- In this example the '0''s and '1''s are subscripts while the '2''s
+ In this example the ‘0’’s and ‘1’’s are subscripts while the ‘2’’s
are superscripts.
\( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
To have the subscript or superscript contain more than one character,
-surround the expression with curly braces, as in 'e^{-2x}'. This
-example's fourth line shows curly braces used to group an expression for
+surround the expression with curly braces, as in ‘e^{-2x}’. This
+example’s fourth line shows curly braces used to group an expression for
the exponent.
\begin{displaymath}
@@ -9081,10 +9107,10 @@ the exponent.
LaTeX knows how to handle a superscript on a superscript, or a
subscript on a subscript, or supers on subs, or subs on supers. So,
-expressions such as 'e^{x^2}' and 'x_{i_0}' give correct output. Note
+expressions such as ‘e^{x^2}’ and ‘x_{i_0}’ give correct output. Note
the use in those expressions of curly braces to give the BASE a
-determined EXP. If you enter '\(3^3^3\)' then you get 'Double
-superscript'.
+determined EXP. If you enter ‘\(3^3^3\)’, this interpreted as
+‘\(3^{3}^{3}\)’ and then you get TeX error ‘Double superscript’.
LaTeX does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a
superscript. In this example the integral has both. They come out in
@@ -9094,28 +9120,28 @@ the correct place without any author intervention.
\int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
\end{displaymath}
-Note the parentheses around 'x=a' to make the entire expression a
+Note the curly braces around ‘x=a’ to make the entire expression a
subscript.
To put a superscript or subscript before a symbol, use a construct
-like '{}_t K^2'. The empty curly braces '{}' give the subscript
+like ‘{}_t K^2’. The empty curly braces ‘{}’ give the subscript
something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a
prior symbols.
Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or
-display math mode, as in 'the expression x^2', will get you the error
-'Missing $ inserted'.
+display math mode, as in ‘the expression x^2’, will get you the TeX
+error ‘Missing $ inserted’.
A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is
to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as
-'mhchem'; see CTAN.
+‘mhchem’; see CTAN.
16.2 Math symbols
=================
LaTeX provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that anyone
-uses. For example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get
-the pi symbol π. See the "Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List" package at
+uses. For example, if you include ‘$\pi$’ in your source, you will get
+the pi symbol π. See the “Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List” package at
<https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive>.
Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means
@@ -9125,877 +9151,879 @@ parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can
be used only in math mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used
whatever the current mode, see *note \ensuremath::.
-'\|'
- ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\parallel'.
+‘\|’
+ ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: ‘\parallel’.
-'\aleph'
+‘\aleph’
ℵ Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary).
-'\alpha'
+‘\alpha’
α Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary).
-'\amalg'
+‘\amalg’
⨿ Disjoint union (binary)
-'\angle'
- ∠ Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign '<' and
- angle bracket '\langle'.
+‘\angle’
+ ∠ Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign ‘<’ and
+ angle bracket ‘\langle’.
-'\approx'
+‘\approx’
≈ Almost equal to (relation).
-'\ast'
+‘\ast’
∗ Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary).
- Synonym: '*', which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the
- Kleene star. Similar: '\star', which is five-pointed, and is
+ Synonym: ‘*’, which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the
+ Kleene star. Similar: ‘\star’, which is five-pointed, and is
sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes
reserved for cross-correlation.
-'\asymp'
+‘\asymp’
≍ Asymptotically equivalent (relation).
-'\backslash'
- \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus '\setminus', and
- '\textbackslash' for backslash outside of math mode.
+‘\backslash’
+ \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus ‘\setminus’, and
+ ‘\textbackslash’ for backslash outside of math mode.
-'\beta'
+‘\beta’
β Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary).
-'\bigcap'
+‘\bigcap’
⋂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar:
- binary intersection '\cap'.
+ binary intersection ‘\cap’.
-'\bigcirc'
- ⚪ Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition '\circ'.
+‘\bigcirc’
+ ⚪ Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition ‘\circ’.
-'\bigcup'
+‘\bigcup’
⋃ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary
- union '\cup'.
+ union ‘\cup’.
-'\bigodot'
+‘\bigodot’
⨀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator).
-'\bigoplus'
+‘\bigoplus’
⨁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator).
-'\bigotimes'
+‘\bigotimes’
⨂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
-'\bigtriangledown'
- ▽ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator).
+‘\bigtriangledown’
+ ▽ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (binary).
+ Synonym: \VARBIGTRIANGLEDOWN.
-'\bigtriangleup'
- △ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator).
+‘\bigtriangleup’
+ △ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (binary).
+ Synonym: \VARBIGTRIANGLEUP.
-'\bigsqcup'
+‘\bigsqcup’
⨆ Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
-'\biguplus'
+‘\biguplus’
⨄ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator).
(Note that the name has only one p.)
-'\bigvee'
+‘\bigvee’
⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator).
-'\bigwedge'
+‘\bigwedge’
⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator).
-'\bot'
+‘\bot’
⊥, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a
- contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'.
+ contradiction (ordinary). See also ‘\top’.
-'\bowtie'
+‘\bowtie’
⋈ Natural join of two relations (relation).
-'\Box'
+‘\Box’
□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). Not
- available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb'
+ available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the ‘amssymb’
package.
-'\bullet'
- • Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot '\cdot'.
+‘\bullet’
+ • Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot ‘\cdot’.
-'\cap'
+‘\cap’
∩ Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
- operator '\bigcap'.
+ operator ‘\bigcap’.
-'\cdot'
- ⋅ Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot '\bullet'.
+‘\cdot’
+ ⋅ Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot ‘\bullet’.
-'\chi'
+‘\chi’
χ Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary).
-'\circ'
+‘\circ’
∘ Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar:
- variable-sized operator '\bigcirc'.
+ variable-sized operator ‘\bigcirc’.
-'\clubsuit'
+‘\clubsuit’
♣ Club card suit (ordinary).
-'\complement'
- ∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in '$S^\complement$'
+‘\complement’
+ ∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in ‘$S^\complement$’
(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load
- the 'amssymb' package. Also used: '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$'
- or '$\bar{S}$'.
+ the ‘amssymb’ package. Also used: ‘$S^{\mathsf{c}}$’
+ or ‘$\bar{S}$’.
-'\cong'
+‘\cong’
≅ Congruent (relation).
-'\coprod'
+‘\coprod’
∐ Coproduct (operator).
-'\cup'
+‘\cup’
∪ Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
- operator '\bigcup'.
+ operator ‘\bigcup’.
-'\dagger'
+‘\dagger’
† Dagger relation (binary).
-'\dashv'
+‘\dashv’
⊣ Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar:
- turnstile '\vdash'.
+ turnstile ‘\vdash’.
-'\ddagger'
+‘\ddagger’
‡ Double dagger relation (binary).
-'\Delta'
+‘\Delta’
Δ Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary).
-'\delta'
+‘\delta’
δ Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
-'\Diamond'
+‘\Diamond’
◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX.
- In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package.
+ In LaTeX you need to load the ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\diamond'
- ⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond '\Diamond',
- circle bullet '\bullet'.
+‘\diamond’
+ ⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond ‘\Diamond’,
+ circle bullet ‘\bullet’.
-'\diamondsuit'
+‘\diamondsuit’
♢ Diamond card suit (ordinary).
-'\div'
+‘\div’
÷ Division sign (binary).
-'\doteq'
+‘\doteq’
≐ Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal
- to '\Doteq'.
+ to ‘\Doteq’.
-'\downarrow'
- ↓ Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: '\Downarrow' double
+‘\downarrow’
+ ↓ Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: ‘\Downarrow’ double
line down arrow.
-'\Downarrow'
- ⇓ Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: '\downarrow' single
+‘\Downarrow’
+ ⇓ Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: ‘\downarrow’ single
line down arrow.
-'\ell'
+‘\ell’
ℓ Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary).
-'\emptyset'
- ∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is '\varnothing'.
+‘\emptyset’
+ ∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is ‘\varnothing’.
-'\epsilon'
+‘\epsilon’
ϵ Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text
letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter
- epsilon '\varepsilon' ε. Related: the set membership relation
- '\in' ∈.
+ epsilon ‘\varepsilon’ ε. Related: the set membership relation
+ ‘\in’ ∈.
-'\equiv'
+‘\equiv’
≡ Equivalence (relation).
-'\eta'
+‘\eta’
η Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\exists'
+‘\exists’
∃ Existential quantifier (ordinary).
-'\flat'
+‘\flat’
♭ Musical flat (ordinary).
-'\forall'
+‘\forall’
∀ Universal quantifier (ordinary).
-'\frown'
+‘\frown’
⌢ Downward curving arc (ordinary).
-'\Gamma'
+‘\Gamma’
Γ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\gamma'
+‘\gamma’
γ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\ge'
+‘\ge’
≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
- for '\geq'.
+ for ‘\geq’.
-'\geq'
+‘\geq’
≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
- for '\ge'.
+ for ‘\ge’.
-'\gets'
- ← Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: '\leftarrow'.
+‘\gets’
+ ← Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: ‘\leftarrow’.
-'\gg'
- ≫ Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than '\ll'.
+‘\gg’
+ ≫ Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than ‘\ll’.
-'\hbar'
+‘\hbar’
ℏ Planck constant over two pi (ordinary).
-'\heartsuit'
+‘\heartsuit’
♡ Heart card suit (ordinary).
-'\hookleftarrow'
+‘\hookleftarrow’
↩ Hooked left arrow (relation).
-'\hookrightarrow'
+‘\hookrightarrow’
↪ Hooked right arrow (relation).
-'\iff'
- ⟷ If and only if (relation). It is '\Longleftrightarrow' with a
- '\thickmuskip' on either side.
+‘\iff’
+ ⟷ If and only if (relation). It is ‘\Longleftrightarrow’ with a
+ ‘\thickmuskip’ on either side.
-'\Im'
- ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part '\Re'.
+‘\Im’
+ ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part ‘\Re’.
-'\imath'
+‘\imath’
Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (*note Math
accents::).
-'\in'
+‘\in’
∈ Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate
- epsilon '\epsilon'ϵ and small letter script epsilon '\varepsilon'.
+ epsilon ‘\epsilon’ϵ and small letter script epsilon ‘\varepsilon’.
-'\infty'
+‘\infty’
∞ Infinity (ordinary).
-'\int'
+‘\int’
∫ Integral (operator).
-'\iota'
+‘\iota’
ι Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\Join'
+‘\Join’
⨝ Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain TeX.
-'\jmath'
+‘\jmath’
Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (*note Math
accents::).
-'\kappa'
+‘\kappa’
κ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\Lambda'
+‘\Lambda’
Λ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\lambda'
+‘\lambda’
λ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\land'
- ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\wedge'. See also
- logical or '\lor'.
+‘\land’
+ ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: ‘\wedge’. See also
+ logical or ‘\lor’.
-'\langle'
+‘\langle’
⟨ Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar:
- less-than '<'. Matches '\rangle'.
+ less-than ‘<’. Matches ‘\rangle’.
-'\lbrace'
- { Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: '\{'. Matches '\rbrace'.
+‘\lbrace’
+ { Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: ‘\{’. Matches ‘\rbrace’.
-'\lbrack'
- [ Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: '['. Matches '\rbrack'.
+‘\lbrack’
+ [ Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: ‘[’. Matches ‘\rbrack’.
-'\lceil'
+‘\lceil’
⌈ Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom
- shaved off (opening). Matches '\rceil'.
+ shaved off (opening). Matches ‘\rceil’.
-'\le'
- ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\leq'.
+‘\le’
+ ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for ‘\leq’.
-'\leadsto'
+‘\leadsto’
⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of
math mode you can put
- '\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}' in the preamble and
- then use '\Leadsto' instead.
+ ‘\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}’ in the preamble and
+ then use ‘\Leadsto’ instead.
-'\Leftarrow'
+‘\Leftarrow’
⇐ Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar:
- single-line left arrow '\leftarrow'.
+ single-line left arrow ‘\leftarrow’.
-'\leftarrow'
- ← Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: '\gets'. Similar:
- double-line left arrow '\Leftarrow'.
+‘\leftarrow’
+ ← Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: ‘\gets’. Similar:
+ double-line left arrow ‘\Leftarrow’.
-'\leftharpoondown'
+‘\leftharpoondown’
↽ Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation).
-'\leftharpoonup'
+‘\leftharpoonup’
↼ Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation).
-'\Leftrightarrow'
+‘\Leftrightarrow’
⇔ Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation).
- Similar: single-line double headed arrow '\leftrightarrow'.
+ Similar: single-line double headed arrow ‘\leftrightarrow’.
-'\leftrightarrow'
+‘\leftrightarrow’
↔ Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line
- double headed arrow '\Leftrightarrow'.
+ double headed arrow ‘\Leftrightarrow’.
-'\leq'
- ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\le'.
+‘\leq’
+ ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for ‘\le’.
-'\lfloor'
- ⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: '\floor'.
+‘\lfloor’
+ ⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: ‘\floor’.
-'\lhd'
+‘\lhd’
◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). For the
- normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' and
- use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better
+ normal subgroup symbol you should load ‘amssymb’ and
+ use ‘\vartriangleleft’ (which is a relation and so gives better
spacing).
-'\ll'
- ≪ Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than '\gg'.
+‘\ll’
+ ≪ Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than ‘\gg’.
-'\lnot'
- ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\neg'.
+‘\lnot’
+ ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: ‘\neg’.
-'\longleftarrow'
+‘\longleftarrow’
⟵ Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long
- double-line left arrow '\Longleftarrow'.
+ double-line left arrow ‘\Longleftarrow’.
-'\longleftrightarrow'
+‘\longleftrightarrow’
⟷ Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long
- double-line double-headed arrow '\Longleftrightarrow'.
+ double-line double-headed arrow ‘\Longleftrightarrow’.
-'\longmapsto'
+‘\longmapsto’
⟼ Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
- (relation). Similar: shorter version '\mapsto'.
+ (relation). Similar: shorter version ‘\mapsto’.
-'\longrightarrow'
+‘\longrightarrow’
⟶ Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long
- double-line right arrow '\Longrightarrow'.
+ double-line right arrow ‘\Longrightarrow’.
-'\lor'
- ∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: '\vee'. See also
- logical and '\land'.
+‘\lor’
+ ∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: ‘\vee’. See also
+ logical and ‘\land’.
-'\mapsto'
+‘\mapsto’
↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation).
- Similar: longer version '\longmapsto'.
+ Similar: longer version ‘\longmapsto’.
-'\mho'
+‘\mho’
℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary).
-'\mid'
- ∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of '\mid' is
- for a set '\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}'.
+‘\mid’
+ ∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of ‘\mid’ is
+ for a set ‘\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}’.
- Similar: '\vert' and '|' produce the same single-line vertical bar
+ Similar: ‘\vert’ and ‘|’ produce the same single-line vertical bar
symbol but without any spacing (they fall in class ordinary) and
you should not use them as relations but instead only as ordinals,
i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry
- for '\vert' and for norm see the entry for '\Vert'.
+ for ‘\vert’ and for norm see the entry for ‘\Vert’.
-'\models'
+‘\models’
⊨ Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash
- (relation). Similar: long double dash '\vDash'.
+ (relation). Similar: long double dash ‘\vDash’.
-'\mp'
+‘\mp’
∓ Minus or plus (relation).
-'\mu'
+‘\mu’
μ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\nabla'
- ∇ Hamilton's del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
+‘\nabla’
+ ∇ Hamilton’s del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
-'\natural'
+‘\natural’
♮ Musical natural notation (ordinary).
-'\ne'
- ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\neq'.
+‘\ne’
+ ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: ‘\neq’.
-'\nearrow'
+‘\nearrow’
↗ North-east arrow (relation).
-'\neg'
- ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\lnot'. Sometimes
- instead used for negation: '\sim'.
+‘\neg’
+ ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: ‘\lnot’. Sometimes
+ instead used for negation: ‘\sim’.
-'\neq'
- ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\ne'.
+‘\neq’
+ ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: ‘\ne’.
-'\ni'
+‘\ni’
∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation).
- Synonym: '\owns'. Similar: is a member of '\in'.
+ Synonym: ‘\owns’. Similar: is a member of ‘\in’.
-'\not'
+‘\not’
Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator
(relation).
- Many negated operators are available that don't require '\not',
- particularly with the 'amssymb' package. For example, '\notin' is
- typographically preferable to '\not\in'.
+ Many negated operators are available that don’t require ‘\not’,
+ particularly with the ‘amssymb’ package. For example, ‘\notin’ is
+ typographically preferable to ‘\not\in’.
-'\notin'
+‘\notin’
∉ Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset
- of '\nsubseteq'.
+ of ‘\nsubseteq’.
-'\nu'
+‘\nu’
ν Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\nwarrow'
+‘\nwarrow’
↖ North-west arrow (relation).
-'\odot'
+‘\odot’
⊙ Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
- operator '\bigodot'.
+ operator ‘\bigodot’.
-'\oint'
+‘\oint’
∮ Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator).
-'\Omega'
+‘\Omega’
Ω uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\omega'
+‘\omega’
ω Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\ominus'
+‘\ominus’
⊖ Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary).
-'\oplus'
+‘\oplus’
⊕ Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
- operator '\bigoplus'.
+ operator ‘\bigoplus’.
-'\oslash'
+‘\oslash’
⊘ Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary).
-'\otimes'
+‘\otimes’
⊗ Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar:
- variable-sized operator '\bigotimes'.
+ variable-sized operator ‘\bigotimes’.
-'\owns'
+‘\owns’
∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation).
- Synonym: '\ni'. Similar: is a member of '\in'.
+ Synonym: ‘\ni’. Similar: is a member of ‘\in’.
-'\parallel'
- ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\|'.
+‘\parallel’
+ ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: ‘\|’.
-'\partial'
+‘\partial’
∂ Partial differential (ordinary).
-'\perp'
- ⟂ Perpendicular (relation). Similar: '\bot' uses the same glyph
+‘\perp’
+ ⟂ Perpendicular (relation). Similar: ‘\bot’ uses the same glyph
but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary.
-'\Phi'
+‘\Phi’
Φ Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\phi'
+‘\phi’
ϕ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\varphi' φ.
+ ‘\varphi’ φ.
-'\Pi'
+‘\Pi’
Π uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\pi'
+‘\pi’
π Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\varpi' ϖ.
+ ‘\varpi’ ϖ.
-'\pm'
+‘\pm’
± Plus or minus (binary).
-'\prec'
- ≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than '<'.
+‘\prec’
+ ≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than ‘<’.
-'\preceq'
+‘\preceq’
⪯ Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or
- equals '\leq'.
+ equals ‘\leq’.
-'\prime'
+‘\prime’
′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically used
- as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$' produce the
- same result. An advantage of the second is that '$f'''$' produces
+ as a superscript: ‘$f^\prime$’; ‘$f^\prime$’ and ‘$f'$’ produce the
+ same result. An advantage of the second is that ‘$f'''$’ produces
the desired symbol, that is, the same result as
- '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses rather less typing. You can
- only use '\prime' in math mode. Using the right single quote '''
+ ‘$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$’, but uses rather less typing. You can
+ only use ‘\prime’ in math mode. Using the right single quote ‘'’
in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe).
-'\prod'
+‘\prod’
∏ Product (operator).
-'\propto'
+‘\propto’
∝ Is proportional to (relation)
-'\Psi'
+‘\Psi’
Ψ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\psi'
+‘\psi’
ψ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\rangle'
+‘\rangle’
⟩ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater
- than '>'. Matches:'\langle'.
+ than ‘>’. Matches:‘\langle’.
-'\rbrace'
- } Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: '\}'. Matches '\lbrace'.
+‘\rbrace’
+ } Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: ‘\}’. Matches ‘\lbrace’.
-'\rbrack'
- ] Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: ']'.
- Matches '\lbrack'.
+‘\rbrack’
+ ] Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: ‘]’.
+ Matches ‘\lbrack’.
-'\rceil'
- ⌉ Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches '\lceil'.
+‘\rceil’
+ ⌉ Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches ‘\lceil’.
-'\Re'
+‘\Re’
ℜ Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related:
- double-line, or blackboard bold, R '\mathbb{R}'; to access this,
- load the 'amsfonts' package.
+ double-line, or blackboard bold, R ‘\mathbb{R}’; to access this,
+ load the ‘amsfonts’ package.
-'\restriction'
+‘\restriction’
↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
- '\upharpoonright'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need
- to load the 'amssymb' package.
+ ‘\upharpoonright’. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need
+ to load the ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\revemptyset'
- ⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: '\varnothing'.
- Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'stix'
+‘\revemptyset’
+ ⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: ‘\varnothing’.
+ Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the ‘stix’
package.
-'\rfloor'
+‘\rfloor’
⌋ Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off
- (closing). Matches '\lfloor'.
+ (closing). Matches ‘\lfloor’.
-'\rhd'
+‘\rhd’
◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). For the
- normal subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and
- use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better
+ normal subgroup symbol you should instead load ‘amssymb’ and
+ use ‘\vartriangleright’ (which is a relation and so gives better
spacing).
-'\rho'
+‘\rho’
ρ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\varrho' ϱ.
+ ‘\varrho’ ϱ.
-'\Rightarrow'
+‘\Rightarrow’
⇒ Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar:
- right single-line arrow '\rightarrow'.
+ right single-line arrow ‘\rightarrow’.
-'\rightarrow'
- → Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: '\to'.
- Similar: right double line arrow '\Rightarrow'.
+‘\rightarrow’
+ → Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: ‘\to’.
+ Similar: right double line arrow ‘\Rightarrow’.
-'\rightharpoondown'
+‘\rightharpoondown’
⇁ Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation).
-'\rightharpoonup'
+‘\rightharpoonup’
⇀ Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation).
-'\rightleftharpoons'
+‘\rightleftharpoons’
⇌ Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation).
-'\searrow'
+‘\searrow’
↘ Arrow pointing southeast (relation).
-'\setminus'
+‘\setminus’
⧵ Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \
- (binary). Similar: backslash '\backslash' and also
- '\textbackslash' outside of math mode.
+ (binary). Similar: backslash ‘\backslash’ and also
+ ‘\textbackslash’ outside of math mode.
-'\sharp'
+‘\sharp’
♯ Musical sharp (ordinary).
-'\Sigma'
+‘\Sigma’
Σ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\sigma'
+‘\sigma’
σ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\varsigma' ς.
+ ‘\varsigma’ ς.
-'\sim'
+‘\sim’
∼ Similar, in a relation (relation).
-'\simeq'
+‘\simeq’
≃ Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation).
-'\smallint'
+‘\smallint’
∫ Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display
(operator).
-'\smile'
+‘\smile’
⌣ Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary).
-'\spadesuit'
+‘\spadesuit’
♠ Spade card suit (ordinary).
-'\sqcap'
+‘\sqcap’
⊓ Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar:
- intersection 'cap'.
+ intersection ‘cap’.
-'\sqcup'
- ⊔ Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union 'cup'. Related:
- variable-sized operator '\bigsqcup'.
+‘\sqcup’
+ ⊔ Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union ‘cup’. Related:
+ variable-sized operator ‘\bigsqcup’.
-'\sqsubset'
- ⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset '\subset'.
+‘\sqsubset’
+ ⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset ‘\subset’.
Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the
- 'amssymb' package.
+ ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\sqsubseteq'
+‘\sqsubseteq’
⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal
- to '\subseteq'.
+ to ‘\subseteq’.
-'\sqsupset'
- ⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset '\supset'.
+‘\sqsupset’
+ ⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset ‘\supset’.
Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the
- 'amssymb' package.
+ ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\sqsupseteq'
+‘\sqsupseteq’
⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or
- equal '\supseteq'.
+ equal ‘\supseteq’.
-'\star'
+‘\star’
⋆ Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation
but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). Similar:
- the synonyms asterisk '*' and '\ast', which are six-pointed, and
+ the synonyms asterisk ‘*’ and ‘\ast’, which are six-pointed, and
more often appear as a superscript or subscript, as with the Kleene
star.
-'\subset'
+‘\subset’
⊂ Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation).
-'\subseteq'
+‘\subseteq’
⊆ Subset or equal to (relation).
-'\succ'
- ≻ Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than '>'.
+‘\succ’
+ ≻ Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than ‘>’.
-'\succeq'
+‘\succeq’
⪰ Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal
- to '\leq'.
+ to ‘\leq’.
-'\sum'
- ∑ Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma '\Sigma'.
+‘\sum’
+ ∑ Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma ‘\Sigma’.
-'\supset'
+‘\supset’
⊃ Superset (relation).
-'\supseteq'
+‘\supseteq’
⊇ Superset or equal to (relation).
-'\surd'
- √ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}'
+‘\surd’
+ √ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command ‘\sqrt{...}’
typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends
to cover the argument.
-'\swarrow'
+‘\swarrow’
↙ Southwest-pointing arrow (relation).
-'\tau'
+‘\tau’
τ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\theta'
+‘\theta’
θ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
- '\vartheta' ϑ.
+ ‘\vartheta’ ϑ.
-'\times'
- × Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also '\cdot'.
+‘\times’
+ × Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also ‘\cdot’.
-'\to'
+‘\to’
→ Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
- Synonym: '\rightarrow'.
+ Synonym: ‘\rightarrow’.
-'\top'
+‘\top’
⊤ Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See
- also '\bot'.
+ also ‘\bot’.
-'\triangle'
+‘\triangle’
△ Triangle (ordinary).
-'\triangleleft'
- ◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: '\lhd'.
- For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' and
- use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better
+‘\triangleleft’
+ ◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: ‘\lhd’.
+ For the normal subgroup symbol you should load ‘amssymb’ and
+ use ‘\vartriangleleft’ (which is a relation and so gives better
spacing).
-'\triangleright'
+‘\triangleright’
▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal
- subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and
- use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better
+ subgroup symbol you should instead load ‘amssymb’ and
+ use ‘\vartriangleright’ (which is a relation and so gives better
spacing).
-'\unlhd'
+‘\unlhd’
⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle,
with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load
- 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which is a relation and so
+ ‘amssymb’ and use ‘\vartrianglelefteq’ (which is a relation and so
gives better spacing).
-'\unrhd'
+‘\unrhd’
⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup
- symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which is a
+ symbol load ‘amssymb’ and use ‘\vartrianglerighteq’ (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
-'\Uparrow'
+‘\Uparrow’
⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar:
- single-line up-pointing arrow '\uparrow'.
+ single-line up-pointing arrow ‘\uparrow’.
-'\uparrow'
+‘\uparrow’
↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar:
- double-line up-pointing arrow '\Uparrow'.
+ double-line up-pointing arrow ‘\Uparrow’.
-'\Updownarrow'
+‘\Updownarrow’
⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation).
Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing
- arrow '\updownarrow'.
+ arrow ‘\updownarrow’.
-'\updownarrow'
+‘\updownarrow’
↕ Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation).
Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing
- arrow '\Updownarrow'.
+ arrow ‘\Updownarrow’.
-'\upharpoonright'
+‘\upharpoonright’
↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation).
- Synonym: '\restriction'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you
- need to load the 'amssymb' package.
+ Synonym: ‘\restriction’. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you
+ need to load the ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\uplus'
+‘\uplus’
⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle
- (binary). Similar: union '\cup'. Related: variable-sized
- operator '\biguplus'.
+ (binary). Similar: union ‘\cup’. Related: variable-sized
+ operator ‘\biguplus’.
-'\Upsilon'
+‘\Upsilon’
Υ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\upsilon'
+‘\upsilon’
υ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\varepsilon'
+‘\varepsilon’
ε Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used
in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form
- '\epsilon' ϵ. Related: set membership '\in'.
+ ‘\epsilon’ ϵ. Related: set membership ‘\in’.
-'\vanothing'
- ∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: '\emptyset'. Related:
- '\revemptyset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to
- load the 'amssymb' package.
+‘\vanothing’
+ ∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: ‘\emptyset’. Related:
+ ‘\revemptyset’. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to
+ load the ‘amssymb’ package.
-'\varphi'
+‘\varphi’
φ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\phi' ϕ.
+ non-variant form is ‘\phi’ ϕ.
-'\varpi'
+‘\varpi’
ϖ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\pi' π.
+ non-variant form is ‘\pi’ π.
-'\varrho'
+‘\varrho’
ϱ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\rho' ρ.
+ non-variant form is ‘\rho’ ρ.
-'\varsigma'
+‘\varsigma’
ς Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\sigma' σ.
+ non-variant form is ‘\sigma’ σ.
-'\vartheta'
+‘\vartheta’
ϑ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The
- non-variant form is '\theta' θ.
+ non-variant form is ‘\theta’ θ.
-'\vdash'
+‘\vdash’
⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar:
- turnstile rotated a half-circle '\dashv'.
+ turnstile rotated a half-circle ‘\dashv’.
-'\vee'
+‘\vee’
∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical
- and '\wedge'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigvee'.
+ and ‘\wedge’. Similar: variable-sized operator ‘\bigvee’.
-'\Vert'
+‘\Vert’
‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). *Note Delimiters::, for how to
- use the 'mathtools' package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols.
+ use the ‘mathtools’ package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols.
-'\vert'
- | Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For "such that", as in the
- definition of a set, use '\mid' because it is a relation. *Note
- Delimiters::, for how to use the 'mathtools' package to create
+‘\vert’
+ | Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For “such that”, as in the
+ definition of a set, use ‘\mid’ because it is a relation. *Note
+ Delimiters::, for how to use the ‘mathtools’ package to create
flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols.
-'\wedge'
- ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\land'. See also logical or
- '\vee'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigwedge'.
+‘\wedge’
+ ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: ‘\land’. See also logical or
+ ‘\vee’. Similar: variable-sized operator ‘\bigwedge’.
-'\wp'
+‘\wp’
℘ Weierstrass p (ordinary).
-'\wr'
+‘\wr’
≀ Wreath product (binary).
-'\Xi'
+‘\Xi’
Ξ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\xi'
+‘\xi’
ξ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
-'\zeta'
+‘\zeta’
ζ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
The following symbols are most often used in plain text but LaTeX
provides versions to use in mathematical text.
-'\mathdollar'
+‘\mathdollar’
Dollar sign in math mode: $.
-'\mathparagraph'
+‘\mathparagraph’
Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, ¶.
-'\mathsection'
- Section sign in math mode §.
+‘\mathsection’
+ Section sign in math mode: §.
-'\mathsterling'
+‘\mathsterling’
Sterling sign in math mode: £.
-'\mathunderscore'
+‘\mathunderscore’
Underscore in math mode: _.
16.2.1 Arrows
-------------
-These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The 'latexsym' and
-'amsfonts' packages contain many more.
+These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The ‘latexsym’ and
+‘amsfonts’ packages contain many more.
Symbol Command
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-⇓ '\Downarrow'
-↓ '\downarrow'
-↩ '\hookleftarrow'
-↪ '\hookrightarrow'
-← '\leftarrow'
-⇐ '\Leftarrow'
-⇔ '\Leftrightarrow'
-↔ '\leftrightarrow'
-⟵ '\longleftarrow'
-⟸ '\Longleftarrow'
-⟷ '\longleftrightarrow'
-⟺ '\Longleftrightarrow'
-⟼ '\longmapsto'
-⟹ '\Longrightarrow'
-⟶ '\longrightarrow'
-↦ '\mapsto'
-↗ '\nearrow'
-↖ '\nwarrow'
-⇒ '\Rightarrow'
-→ '\rightarrow', or '\to'
-↘ '\searrow'
-↙ '\swarrow'
-↑ '\uparrow'
-⇑ '\Uparrow'
-↕ '\updownarrow'
-⇕ '\Updownarrow'
-
- An example of the difference between '\to' and '\mapsto' is: '\(
-f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)'.
+⇓ ‘\Downarrow’
+↓ ‘\downarrow’
+↩ ‘\hookleftarrow’
+↪ ‘\hookrightarrow’
+← ‘\leftarrow’
+⇐ ‘\Leftarrow’
+⇔ ‘\Leftrightarrow’
+↔ ‘\leftrightarrow’
+⟵ ‘\longleftarrow’
+⟸ ‘\Longleftarrow’
+⟷ ‘\longleftrightarrow’
+⟺ ‘\Longleftrightarrow’
+⟼ ‘\longmapsto’
+⟹ ‘\Longrightarrow’
+⟶ ‘\longrightarrow’
+↦ ‘\mapsto’
+↗ ‘\nearrow’
+↖ ‘\nwarrow’
+⇒ ‘\Rightarrow’
+→ ‘\rightarrow’, or ‘\to’
+↘ ‘\searrow’
+↙ ‘\swarrow’
+↑ ‘\uparrow’
+⇑ ‘\Uparrow’
+↕ ‘\updownarrow’
+⇕ ‘\Updownarrow’
+
+ An example of the difference between ‘\to’ and ‘\mapsto’ is: ‘\(
+f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)’.
For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
-'tikz-cd' and 'amscd'.
+‘tikz-cd’ and ‘amscd’.
-16.2.2 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath'
+16.2.2 ‘\boldmath’ & ‘\unboldmath’
----------------------------------
Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
@@ -10008,32 +10036,63 @@ or
Declarations to change the letters and symbols in MATH to be in a
bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold)
-default. They must be used when not in math mode or display math mode
-(*note Modes::). Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::).
+default, respectively. They must be used when _not_ in math mode or
+display math mode (*note Modes::). Both commands are fragile (*note
+\protect::).
- In this example each '\boldmath' command takes place inside an
-'\mbox',
+ In this example each ‘\boldmath’ command takes place inside an
+‘\mbox’,
we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$
-which means '\boldmath' is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and
-explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set 'v' and 'u'.
+which means ‘\boldmath’ is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and
+explains why we must switch LaTeX into math mode to set ‘v’ and ‘u’.
+
+ If you use either command inside math mode, as with ‘Trouble: \(
+\boldmath x \)’, then you get something like ‘LaTeX Font Warning:
+Command \boldmath invalid in math mode’ and ‘LaTeX Font Warning: Command
+\mathversion invalid in math mode’.
- If you use either command inside math mode, as with 'Trouble: \(
-\boldmath x \)', then you get something like 'LaTeX Font Warning:
-Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11' and 'LaTeX Font
-Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line 11'.
+16.2.2.1 ‘bm’: Individual bold math symbols
+...........................................
- There are many issues with '\boldmath'. New documents should use the
-'bm' package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete description
-is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on
-CTAN) but even this small example
+Specifying ‘\boldmath’ is the best method for typesetting a whole math
+expression in bold. But to typeset individual symbols within an
+expression in bold, the ‘bm’ package provided by the LaTeX Project team
+is better. Its usage is outside the scope of this document (see its
+documentation at <https://ctan.org/pkg/bm> or in your installation) but
+the spacing in the output of this small example will show that it is an
+improvement over ‘\boldmath’ within an expression:
\usepackage{bm} % in preamble
...
we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$
-shows that it is an improvement over '\boldmath'.
+16.2.2.2 OpenType bold math
+...........................
+
+Unfortunately, when using the Unicode engines (XeLaTeX, LuaLaTeX),
+neither ‘\boldmath’ nor ‘bm’ usually work well, because the OpenType
+math fonts normally used with those engines rarely come with a bold
+companion, and both ‘\boldmath’ and ‘bm’ require this. (The
+implementation of ‘bm’ relies on ‘\boldmath’, so the requirements are
+the same.) If you do have a bold math font, though, then ‘\boldmath’
+and ‘bm’ work fine.
+
+ If no such font is available, one alternative is to construct fake
+bold fonts with the ‘fontspec’ package’s ‘FakeBold=1’ parameter (see its
+documentation, <https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec>). This may be acceptable
+for drafting or informal distribution, but the results are far from a
+true bold font.
+
+ Another alternative to handling bold for OpenType math fonts is to
+use the ‘\symbf’ (bold), ‘\symbfit’ (bold italic), and related commands
+from the ‘unicode-math’ package. These do not change the current font,
+but rather change the (Unicode) “alphabet” used, which in practice is
+more widely supported than a separate bold font. Many variations are
+possible, and so there are subtleties to getting the desired output. As
+usual, see the package documentation
+(<https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math>).
16.2.3 Blackboard bold
----------------------
@@ -10052,11 +10111,12 @@ integers, etc.
\( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)
-the '\mathbb{N}' gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ, representing the
+the ‘\mathbb{N}’ gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ, representing the
natural numbers.
- If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an
-error but you get strange results, including unexpected characters.
+ If the argument contains something other than an uppercase letter,
+you do not get an error but you do get strange results, including
+unexpected characters.
There are packages that give access to symbols other than just the
capital letters; look on CTAN.
@@ -10076,7 +10136,7 @@ Synopsis:
If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not
get an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For
-instance, '\mathcal{g}' outputs a close curly brace symbol.
+instance, ‘\mathcal{g}’ outputs a close curly brace symbol.
16.2.5 Delimiters
-----------------
@@ -10087,48 +10147,48 @@ parentheses delimiting the three subformulas.
(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
-The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter '\( [0,1) \)'.
+The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter ‘\( [0,1) \)’.
Here are the common delimiters:
DelimiterCommand Name
------------------------------------------------------
-( '(' Left parenthesis
-) ')' Right parenthesis
-\} '{' or Left brace
- '\lbrace'
-\{ '}' or Right brace
- '\rbrace'
-[ '[' or Left bracket
- '\lbrack'
-] ']' or Right bracket
- '\rbrack'
-⌊ '\lfloor' Left floor bracket
-⌋ '\rfloor' Right floor bracket
-⌈ '\lceil' Left ceiling bracket
-⌉ '\rceil' Right ceiling bracket
-⟨ '\langle' Left angle bracket
-⟩ '\rangle' Right angle bracket
-/ '/' Slash, or forward slash
-\ '\backslash' Reverse slash, or backslash
-| '|' or Vertical bar
- '\vert'
-‖ '\|' or Double vertical bar
- '\Vert'
-
- The 'mathtools' package allows you to create commands for paired
+( ‘(’ Left parenthesis
+) ‘)’ Right parenthesis
+\} ‘{’ or Left brace
+ ‘\lbrace’
+\{ ‘}’ or Right brace
+ ‘\rbrace’
+[ ‘[’ or Left bracket
+ ‘\lbrack’
+] ‘]’ or Right bracket
+ ‘\rbrack’
+⌊ ‘\lfloor’ Left floor bracket
+⌋ ‘\rfloor’ Right floor bracket
+⌈ ‘\lceil’ Left ceiling bracket
+⌉ ‘\rceil’ Right ceiling bracket
+⟨ ‘\langle’ Left angle bracket
+⟩ ‘\rangle’ Right angle bracket
+/ ‘/’ Slash, or forward slash
+\ ‘\backslash’ Reverse slash, or backslash
+| ‘|’ or Vertical bar
+ ‘\vert’
+‖ ‘\|’ or Double vertical bar
+ ‘\Vert’
+
+ The ‘mathtools’ package allows you to create commands for paired
delimiters. For instance, if you put
-'\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}' in your preamble then you
+‘\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}’ in your preamble then you
get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work in math
-mode). The starred form, such as '\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}', has the height
+mode). The starred form, such as ‘\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}’, has the height
of the vertical bars match the height of the argument. The unstarred
-form, such as '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}', has the bars fixed at a default
-height. This form accepts an optional argument, as in '\abs[SIZE
-COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}', where the height of the bars is given in SIZE
-COMMAND, such as '\Bigg'. Using instead '\lVert' and '\rVert' as the
+form, such as ‘\abs{\frac{22}{7}}’, has the bars fixed at a default
+height. This form accepts an optional argument, as in ‘\abs[SIZE
+COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}’, where the height of the bars is given in SIZE
+COMMAND, such as ‘\Bigg’. Using instead ‘\lVert’ and ‘\rVert’ as the
symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same behavior.
-16.2.5.1 '\left' & '\right'
+16.2.5.1 ‘\left’ & ‘\right’
...........................
Synopsis:
@@ -10151,13 +10211,13 @@ cover the entries.
*Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters.
- Every '\left' must have a matching '\right'. In the above example,
-leaving out the '\left(' gets the error message 'Extra \right'. Leaving
-out the '\right)' gets 'You can't use `\eqno' in math mode'.
+ Every ‘\left’ must have a matching ‘\right’. In the above example,
+leaving out the ‘\left(’ gets the error message ‘Extra \right’. Leaving
+out the ‘\right)’ gets ‘You can't use `\eqno' in math mode’.
However, DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not match. A common case is
-that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, '.', as a
-null delimiter.
+that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, ‘.’, as a
+“null delimiter”.
\begin{equation}
f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
@@ -10167,12 +10227,12 @@ null delimiter.
\end{equation}
Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a
-backslash, '\{' (*note Reserved characters::). (The packages 'amsmath'
-and 'mathtools' allow you to get the above construct through in a
-'cases' environment.)
+backslash, ‘\{’ (*note Reserved characters::). (The packages ‘amsmath’
+and ‘mathtools’ allow you to get the above construct through in a
+‘cases’ environment.)
- The '\left ... \right' pair make a group. One consequence is that
-the formula enclosed in the '\left ... \right' pair cannot have line
+ The ‘\left ... \right’ pair make a group. One consequence is that
+the formula enclosed in the ‘\left ... \right’ pair cannot have line
breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and
LaTeX-generated automatic ones. In this example, LaTeX breaks the
equation to make the formula fit the margins.
@@ -10180,17 +10240,17 @@ equation to make the formula fit the margins.
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \)
-But with '\left' and '\right'
+But with ‘\left’ and ‘\right’
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \)
-LaTeX won't break the line, causing the formula to extend into the
+LaTeX won’t break the line, causing the formula to extend into the
margin.
- Because '\left ... \right' make a group, all the usual grouping rules
-hold. Here, the value of '\testlength' set inside the equation will be
-forgotten, and the output is '1.2pt'.
+ Because ‘\left ... \right’ make a group, all the usual grouping rules
+hold. Here, the value of ‘\testlength’ set inside the equation will be
+forgotten, and the output is ‘1.2pt’.
\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt}
\begin{equation}
@@ -10198,11 +10258,11 @@ forgotten, and the output is '1.2pt'.
\the\testlength
\end{equation}
- The '\left ... \right' pair affect the horizontal spacing of the
-enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in '\( \sin(x) =
-\sin\left(x\right) \)' the one after the equals sign has more space
-around the 'x'. That's because '\left( ... \right)' inserts an inner
-node while '( ... )' inserts an opening node. The second way that the
+ The ‘\left ... \right’ pair affect the horizontal spacing of the
+enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in ‘\( \sin(x) =
+\sin\left(x\right) \)’ the one after the equals sign has more space
+around the ‘x’. That’s because ‘\left( ... \right)’ inserts an inner
+node while ‘( ... )’ inserts an opening node. The second way that the
pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they form a group,
the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no
stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better.
@@ -10222,8 +10282,8 @@ has no depth, TeX will create delimiters that extend far below the rule.
\left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right)
\end{equation}
-TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in '\( \left| |x|+|y|
-\right| \)'. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, as here.
+TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in ‘\( \left| |x|+|y|
+\right| \)’. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, as here.
\begin{equation}
\left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right)
@@ -10231,12 +10291,12 @@ TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in '\( \left| |x|+|y|
A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than
one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing
-delimiter; you can't use '\left' on the first line and '\right' on the
+delimiter; you can’t use ‘\left’ on the first line and ‘\right’ on the
last because they must be paired.
To size the delimiters manually, see *note \bigl & \bigr etc.::.
-16.2.5.2 '\bigl', '\bigr', etc.
+16.2.5.2 ‘\bigl’, ‘\bigr’, etc.
...............................
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -10246,7 +10306,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\biggl DELIMITER1 ... \biggr DELIMITER2
\Biggl DELIMITER1 ... \Biggr DELIMITER2
-(as with '\bigl[...\bigr]'; strictly speaking they need not be paired,
+(as with ‘\bigl[...\bigr]’; strictly speaking they need not be paired,
see below), or one of:
\bigm DELIMITER
@@ -10254,14 +10314,14 @@ see below), or one of:
\biggm DELIMITER
\Biggm DELIMITER
-(as with '\bigm|'), or one of:
+(as with ‘\bigm|’), or one of:
\big DELIMITER
\Big DELIMITER
\bigg DELIMITER
\Bigg DELIMITER
-(as with '\big[').
+(as with ‘\big[’).
Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are
automatically sized see *note \left & \right::).
@@ -10271,17 +10331,17 @@ automatically sized see *note \left & \right::).
\bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can
-use the smallest size such as '\bigl...\bigr' in a paragraph without
+use the smallest size such as ‘\bigl...\bigr’ in a paragraph without
causing LaTeX to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for
displayed equations.
*Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters. In the
-family of commands with 'l' or 'r', DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not
+family of commands with ‘l’ or ‘r’, DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not
match together.
- The 'l' and 'r' commands produce open and close delimiters that
+ The ‘l’ and ‘r’ commands produce open and close delimiters that
insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the delimiter,
-while the commands without 'l' and 'r' insert some space (because each
+while the commands without ‘l’ and ‘r’ insert some space (because each
delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare these two.
\begin{tabular}{l}
@@ -10290,32 +10350,32 @@ delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare these two.
\end{tabular}
The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the
-second line the output will have some extra space between the '\sin' and
+second line the output will have some extra space between the ‘\sin’ and
the open parenthesis.
- Commands without 'l' or 'r' do give correct spacing in some
+ Commands without ‘l’ or ‘r’ do give correct spacing in some
circumstances, as with this large vertical line
\begin{equation}
\int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b
\end{equation}
-(many authors would replace '\frac' with the '\tfrac' command from the
-'amsmath' package), and as with this larger slash.
+(many authors would replace ‘\frac’ with the ‘\tfrac’ command from the
+‘amsmath’ package), and as with this larger slash.
\begin{equation}
\lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1
\end{equation}
- Unlike the '\left...\right' pair (*note \left & \right::), the
-commands here with 'l' or 'r' do not make a group. Strictly speaking
+ Unlike the ‘\left...\right’ pair (*note \left & \right::), the
+commands here with ‘l’ or ‘r’ do not make a group. Strictly speaking
they need not be matched so you can write something like this.
\begin{equation}
\Biggl[ \pi/6 ]
\end{equation}
- The commands with 'm' are for relations, which are in the middle of
+ The commands with ‘m’ are for relations, which are in the middle of
formulas, as here.
\begin{equation}
@@ -10336,28 +10396,30 @@ continues.
LaTeX provides these.
-'\cdots'
+‘\cdots’
Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line,
- as in ⋯. Used as: '\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)'.
+ as in ⋯. Used as: ‘\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)’.
-'\ddots'
+‘\ddots’
Diagonal ellipsis, ⋱. See the above array example for a usage.
-'\ldots'
- Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: '\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)'.
- Another example is the above array example. A synonym is
- '\mathellipsis'. A synonym from the 'amsmath' package is '\hdots'.
+‘\ldots’
+‘\mathellipsis’
+‘\dots’
+ Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: ‘\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)’.
+ Another example is the above array example. Synonyms are
+ ‘\mathellipsis’ and ‘\dots’. A synonym from the ‘amsmath’ package
+ is ‘\hdots’.
You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in
- 'The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken'. (In a paragraph mode
- or LR mode a synonym for '\ldots' is '\dots'.)
+ ‘The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken’.
-'\vdots'
+‘\vdots’
Vertical ellipsis, ⋮. See the above array example for a usage.
- The 'amsmath' package has the command '\dots' to semantically mark up
+ The ‘amsmath’ package has the command ‘\dots’ to semantically mark up
ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs for the
-first two uses of the '\dots' command.
+first two uses of the ‘\dots’ command.
\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble
...
@@ -10366,15 +10428,30 @@ first two uses of the '\dots' command.
multiple of any \( p_i \).
Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
-In the first line LaTeX looks to the comma following '\dots' to
+In the first line LaTeX looks to the comma following ‘\dots’ to
determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline. The second
-line has a '\cdot' following '\dots' so LaTeX outputs an ellipsis that
+line has a ‘\cdot’ following ‘\dots’ so LaTeX outputs an ellipsis that
is on the math axis, vertically centered. However, the third usage has
no follow-on character so you have to tell LaTeX what to do. You can
-use one of the commands: '\dotsc' if you need the ellipsis appropriate
-for a comma following, '\dotsb' if you need the ellipses that fits when
-the dots are followed by a binary operator or relation symbol, '\dotsi'
-for dots with integrals, or '\dotso' for others.
+use one of the commands: ‘\dotsc’ if you need the ellipsis appropriate
+for a comma following, ‘\dotsb’ if you need the ellipses that fits when
+the dots are followed by a binary operator or relation symbol, ‘\dotsi’
+for dots with integrals, or ‘\dotso’ for others.
+
+ The ‘\dots’ command from ‘amsmath’ differs from the LaTeX kernel’s
+‘\dots’ command in another way: it outputs a thin space after the
+ellipsis. Furthermore, the ‘unicode-math’ package automatically loads
+‘amsmath’, so ‘amsmath’’s ‘\dots’ may be active even when you did not
+explicitly load it, thus changing the output from ‘\dots’ in both text
+and math mode.
+
+ Yet more about the ellipsis commands: when running under Unicode
+engines (‘lualatex’, ‘xelatex’), LaTeX will use the Unicode ellipsis
+character (U+2026) in the font if it’s available; under traditional TeX
+engines (‘pdflatex’, ‘latex’), it will typeset three spaced periods.
+Generally, the Unicode single-character ellipsis has almost no space
+between the three periods, while the spacing of the non-Unicode ellipsis
+is looser, more in accordance with traditional typography.
16.2.7 Greek letters
--------------------
@@ -10384,39 +10461,39 @@ differ from Roman upper case letters.
Symbol Command Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-α '\alpha' Alpha
-β '\beta' Beta
-γ, Γ '\gamma', '\Gamma' Gamma
-δ, Δ '\delta', '\Delta' Delta
-ε, ϵ '\varepsilon', Epsilon
- '\epsilon'
-ζ '\zeta' Zeta
-η '\eta' Eta
-θ, ϑ '\theta', Theta
- '\vartheta'
-ι '\iota' Iota
-κ '\kappa' Kappa
-λ, Λ '\lambda', '\Lambda' Lambda
-μ '\mu' Mu
-ν '\nu' Nu
-ξ, Ξ '\xi', '\Xi' Xi
-π, Π '\pi', '\Pi' Pi
-ρ, ϱ '\rho', '\varrho' Rho
-σ, Σ '\sigma', '\Sigma' Sigma
-τ '\tau' Tau
-ϕ, φ, '\phi', '\varphi', Phi
-Φ '\Phi'
-χ '\chi' chi
-ψ, Ψ '\psi', '\Psi' Psi
-ω, Ω '\omega', '\Omega' Omega
-
- For omicron, if you are using LaTeX's default Computer Modern font
-then enter omicron just as 'o' or 'O'. If you like having the name or
+α ‘\alpha’ Alpha
+β ‘\beta’ Beta
+γ, Γ ‘\gamma’, ‘\Gamma’ Gamma
+δ, Δ ‘\delta’, ‘\Delta’ Delta
+ε, ϵ ‘\varepsilon’, Epsilon
+ ‘\epsilon’
+ζ ‘\zeta’ Zeta
+η ‘\eta’ Eta
+θ, ϑ ‘\theta’, Theta
+ ‘\vartheta’
+ι ‘\iota’ Iota
+κ ‘\kappa’ Kappa
+λ, Λ ‘\lambda’, ‘\Lambda’ Lambda
+μ ‘\mu’ Mu
+ν ‘\nu’ Nu
+ξ, Ξ ‘\xi’, ‘\Xi’ Xi
+π, Π ‘\pi’, ‘\Pi’ Pi
+ρ, ϱ ‘\rho’, ‘\varrho’ Rho
+σ, Σ ‘\sigma’, ‘\Sigma’ Sigma
+τ ‘\tau’ Tau
+ϕ, φ, ‘\phi’, ‘\varphi’, Phi
+Φ ‘\Phi’
+χ ‘\chi’ chi
+ψ, Ψ ‘\psi’, ‘\Psi’ Psi
+ω, Ω ‘\omega’, ‘\Omega’ Omega
+
+ For omicron, if you are using LaTeX’s default Computer Modern font
+then enter omicron just as ‘o’ or ‘O’. If you like having the name or
if your font shows a difference then you can use something like
-'\newcommand\omicron{o}'. The package 'unicode-math' has '\upomicron'
-for upright omicron and '\mitomicron' for math italic.
+‘\newcommand\omicron{o}’. The package ‘unicode-math’ has ‘\upomicron’
+for upright omicron and ‘\mitomicron’ for math italic.
- While the set membership relation symbol ∈ generated by '\in' is
+ While the set membership relation symbol ∈ generated by ‘\in’ is
related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable.
16.3 Math functions
@@ -10425,115 +10502,115 @@ related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable.
These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
spacing.
-'\arccos'
+‘\arccos’
Inverse cosine
-'\arcsin'
+‘\arcsin’
Inverse sine
-'\arctan'
+‘\arctan’
Inverse tangent
-'\arg'
+‘\arg’
Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane
-'\bmod'
- Binary modulo operator, used as in '\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)'
+‘\bmod’
+ Binary modulo operator, used as in ‘\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)’
-'\cos'
+‘\cos’
Cosine
-'\cosh'
+‘\cosh’
Hyperbolic cosine
-'\cot'
+‘\cot’
Cotangent
-'\coth'
+‘\coth’
Hyperbolic cotangent
-'\csc'
+‘\csc’
Cosecant
-'\deg'
+‘\deg’
Degrees
-'\det'
+‘\det’
Determinant
-'\dim'
+‘\dim’
Dimension
-'\exp'
+‘\exp’
Exponential
-'\gcd'
+‘\gcd’
Greatest common divisor
-'\hom'
+‘\hom’
Homomorphism
-'\inf'
- Infinum
+‘\inf’
+ Infimum
-'\ker'
+‘\ker’
Kernel
-'\lg'
+‘\lg’
Base 2 logarithm
-'\lim'
+‘\lim’
Limit
-'\liminf'
+‘\liminf’
Limit inferior
-'\limsup'
+‘\limsup’
Limit superior
-'\ln'
+‘\ln’
Natural logarithm
-'\log'
+‘\log’
Logarithm
-'\max'
+‘\max’
Maximum
-'\min'
+‘\min’
Minimum
-'\pmod'
- Parenthesized modulus, as used in '\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)'
+‘\pmod’
+ Parenthesized modulus, as used in ‘\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)’
-'\Pr'
+‘\Pr’
Probability
-'\sec'
+‘\sec’
Secant
-'\sin'
+‘\sin’
Sine
-'\sinh'
+‘\sinh’
Hyperbolic sine
-'\sup'
- sup
+‘\sup’
+ Supremum sup
-'\tan'
+‘\tan’
Tangent
-'\tanh'
+‘\tanh’
Hyperbolic tangent
- The 'amsmath' package adds improvements on some of these, and also
+ The ‘amsmath’ package adds improvements on some of these, and also
allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but
briefly, you can define an identity operator with
-'\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}' that is like the ones above but
-prints as 'id'. The starred form '\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}' sets
-any limits above and below, as is traditional with '\lim', '\sup', or
-'\max'.
+‘\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}’ that is like the ones above but
+prints as ‘id’. The starred form ‘\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}’ sets
+any superscript or subscript to be above and below, as is traditional
+with ‘\lim’, ‘\sup’, or ‘\max’.
16.4 Math accents
=================
@@ -10542,47 +10619,47 @@ LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in
math. These are different from accents in normal text (*note
Accents::).
-'\acute'
+‘\acute’
Math acute accent
-'\bar'
+‘\bar’
Math bar-over accent
-'\breve'
+‘\breve’
Math breve accent
-'\check'
+‘\check’
Math háček (check) accent
-'\ddot'
+‘\ddot’
Math dieresis accent
-'\dot'
+‘\dot’
Math dot accent
-'\grave'
+‘\grave’
Math grave accent
-'\hat'
+‘\hat’
Math hat (circumflex) accent
-'\mathring'
+‘\mathring’
Math ring accent
-'\tilde'
+‘\tilde’
Math tilde accent
-'\vec'
+‘\vec’
Math vector symbol
-'\widehat'
+‘\widehat’
Math wide hat accent
-'\widetilde'
+‘\widetilde’
Math wide tilde accent
When you are putting an accent on an i or a j, the tradition is to
-use one without a dot, '\imath' or 'jmath' (*note Math symbols::).
+use one without a dot, ‘\imath’ or ‘jmath’ (*note Math symbols::).
16.5 Over- and Underlining
==========================
@@ -10590,27 +10667,27 @@ use one without a dot, '\imath' or 'jmath' (*note Math symbols::).
LaTeX provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or putting
braces over or under some material.
-'\underline{TEXT}'
+‘\underline{TEXT}’
Underline TEXT. Works inside math mode, and outside. The line is
always completely below the text, taking account of descenders, so
- in '\(\underline{y}\)' the line is lower than in
- '\(\underline{x}\)'. This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
+ in ‘\(\underline{y}\)’ the line is lower than in
+ ‘\(\underline{x}\)’. This command is fragile (*note \protect::).
- Note that the package 'ulem' does text mode underlining and allows
+ Note that the package ‘ulem’ does text mode underlining and allows
line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the
documentation on CTAN. See also *note \hrulefill & \dotfill:: for
producing a line, for such things as a signature.
-'\overline{TEXT}'
+‘\overline{TEXT}’
Put a horizontal line over TEXT. Works inside math mode, and
- outside. For example, '\overline{x+y}'. Note that this differs
- from the command '\bar' (*note Math accents::).
+ outside. For example, ‘\overline{x+y}’. Note that this differs
+ from the command ‘\bar’ (*note Math accents::).
-'\underbrace{MATH}'
+‘\underbrace{MATH}’
Put a brace under MATH. For example, this
- '(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)' emphasizes the telescoping part.
- Attach text to the brace by using subscript, '_', or superscript,
- '^', as here.
+ ‘(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)’ emphasizes the telescoping part.
+ Attach text to the brace by using the subscript command, ‘_’, or
+ superscript, ‘^’, as here.
\begin{displaymath}
1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{>1/2}+
@@ -10620,64 +10697,64 @@ braces over or under some material.
The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look
unconnected to the underbrace.
-'\overbrace{MATH}'
+‘\overbrace{MATH}’
Put a brace over MATH, as with
- '\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}'. See also
- '\underbrace'.
+ ‘\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}’. See also
+ ‘\underbrace’.
- The package 'mathtools' adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some
+ The package ‘mathtools’ adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some
improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN.
16.6 Spacing in math mode
=========================
When typesetting mathematics, LaTeX puts in spacing according to the
-normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter 'y=m x' then LaTeX
+normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter ‘y=m x’ then LaTeX
ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as y=mx.
- But LaTeX's rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an
-integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the 'f(x)'
-and the 'dx', here done with the '\,' command:
+ But LaTeX’s rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an
+integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the ‘f(x)’
+and the ‘dx’, here done with the ‘\,’ command:
\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
LaTeX provides the commands that follow for use in math mode. Many
of these spacing definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-"mu". It is defined as 1/18em, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family (*note Units of length::). Thus, a '\thickspace' is
-something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'.
+“mu”. It is defined as 1/18em, where the em is taken from the current
+math symbols family (*note Units of length::). Thus, a ‘\thickspace’ is
+something like 5/18 times the width of a ‘M’.
-'\;'
+‘\;’
- Synonym: '\thickspace'. Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'. With the
- 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be
+ Synonym: ‘\thickspace’. Normally ‘5.0mu plus 5.0mu’. With the
+ ‘amsmath’ package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be
used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode
only.
-'\negthickspace'
- Normally '-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With the 'amsmath'
+‘\negthickspace’
+ Normally ‘-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’. With the ‘amsmath’
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only.
-'\:'
-'\>'
- Synonym: '\medspace'. Normally '4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'.
- With the 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
+‘\:’
+‘\>’
+ Synonym: ‘\medspace’. Normally ‘4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’.
+ With the ‘amsmath’ package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
can be used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math
mode only.
-'\negmedspace'
- Normally '-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With the 'amsmath'
+‘\negmedspace’
+ Normally ‘-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’. With the ‘amsmath’
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
-'\,'
- Synonym: '\thinspace'. Normally '3mu', which is 1/6em. Can be
+‘\,’
+ Synonym: ‘\thinspace’. Normally ‘3mu’, which is 1/6em. Can be
used in both math mode and text mode (*note \thinspace &
\negthinspace::).
This space is widely used, for instance between the function and
- the infinitesimal in an integral '\int f(x)\,dx' and, if an author
+ the infinitesimal in an integral ‘\int f(x)\,dx’ and, if an author
does this, before punctuation in a displayed equation.
The antiderivative is
@@ -10685,25 +10762,25 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'.
3x^{-1/2}+3^{1/2}\,.
\end{equation}
-'\!'
- Synonym: '\negthinspace'. A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'.
- With the 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
- can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, the '\!'
- command is math mode only but the '\negthinspace' command has
+‘\!’
+ Synonym: ‘\negthinspace’. A negative thin space. Normally ‘-3mu’.
+ With the ‘amsmath’ package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release,
+ can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, the ‘\!’
+ command is math mode only but the ‘\negthinspace’ command has
always also worked in text mode (*note \thinspace &
\negthinspace::).
-'\quad'
+‘\quad’
This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space
surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space
- between two equations inside a 'displaymath' environment. It is
+ between two equations inside a ‘displaymath’ environment. It is
available in both text and math mode.
-'\qquad'
+‘\qquad’
A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in both
text and math mode.
-16.6.1 '\smash'
+16.6.1 ‘\smash’
---------------
Synopsis:
@@ -10712,19 +10789,19 @@ Synopsis:
Typeset SUBFORMULA as if its height and depth were zero.
- In this example the exponential is so tall that without the '\smash'
+ In this example the exponential is so tall that without the ‘\smash’
command LaTeX would separate its line from the line above it, and the
uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
- (Because of the '\smash' the printed expression could run into the
+ (Because of the ‘\smash’ the printed expression could run into the
line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
document to make such adjustments.)
- This pictures the effect of '\smash' by using '\fbox' to surround the
-box that LaTeX will put on the line. The '\blackbar' command makes a
+ This pictures the effect of ‘\smash’ by using ‘\fbox’ to surround the
+box that LaTeX will put on the line. The ‘\blackbar’ command makes a
bar extending from 10 points below the baseline to 20 points above.
\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
@@ -10736,7 +10813,7 @@ But the second box is treated by LaTeX as having zero height and zero
depth, despite that the ink printed on the page still extends well above
and below the line.
- The '\smash' command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size
+ The ‘\smash’ command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size
of an element that surrounds a subformula. Here the first radical
extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
@@ -10745,13 +10822,13 @@ extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)}
\end{equation}
- Note the use of '\vphantom' to give the '\sqrt' command an argument
-with the height of the '\sum' (*note \phantom & \vphantom &
+ Note the use of ‘\vphantom’ to give the ‘\sqrt’ command an argument
+with the height of the ‘\sum’ (*note \phantom & \vphantom &
\hphantom::).
- While most often used in mathematics, the '\smash' command can appear
-in other contexts. However, it doesn't change into horizontal mode. So
-if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a '\leavevmode', as
+ While most often used in mathematics, the ‘\smash’ command can appear
+in other contexts. However, it doesn’t change into horizontal mode. So
+if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a ‘\leavevmode’, as
in the bottom line below.
xxx xxx xxx
@@ -10760,10 +10837,10 @@ in the bottom line below.
\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
- The package 'mathtools' has operators that provide even finer control
+ The package ‘mathtools’ has operators that provide even finer control
over smashing a subformula box.
-16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
+16.6.2 ‘\phantom’ & ‘\vphantom’ & ‘\hphantom’
---------------------------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -10778,7 +10855,7 @@ Synopsis:
\hphantom{SUBFORMULA}
- The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and
+ The ‘\phantom’ command creates a box with the same height, depth, and
width as SUBFORMULA, but empty. That is, this command causes LaTeX to
typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here LaTeX will
put a blank line that is the correct width for the answer, but will not
@@ -10788,15 +10865,15 @@ show that answer.
\int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}}
\end{displaymath}
- The '\vphantom' variant produces an invisible box with the same
+ The ‘\vphantom’ variant produces an invisible box with the same
vertical size as SUBFORMULA, the same height and depth, but having zero
-width. And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as SUBFORMULA
+width. And ‘\hphantom’ makes a box with the same width as SUBFORMULA
but with zero height and depth.
In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand
expression is so tall that TeX places this expression further down than
its default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be
-at different levels. The '\vphantom' in the first expression tells TeX
+at different levels. The ‘\vphantom’ in the first expression tells TeX
to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the two
expressions come out at the same level.
@@ -10805,80 +10882,80 @@ expressions come out at the same level.
\sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
\end{displaymath}
- These commands are often used in conjunction with '\smash'. *Note
-\smash::, which includes another example of '\vphantom'.
+ These commands are often used in conjunction with ‘\smash’. *Note
+\smash::, which includes another example of ‘\vphantom’.
The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides
a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
-convenient, including '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as
-'\settodepth' (*note \settodepth::), '\settoheight' (*note
-\settoheight::), and '\settowidth' (*note \settowidth::). In addition,
-the 'mathtools' package has many commands that offer fine-grained
+convenient, including ‘\makebox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as
+‘\settodepth’ (*note \settodepth::), ‘\settoheight’ (*note
+\settoheight::), and ‘\settowidth’ (*note \settowidth::). In addition,
+the ‘mathtools’ package has many commands that offer fine-grained
control over spacing.
All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you
-should give it such a status, for example with the '\operatorname'
-command from the package 'amsmath'.
+should give it such a status, for example with the ‘\operatorname’
+command from the package ‘amsmath’.
While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
-contexts. However, they don't cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
+contexts. However, they don’t cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
-with '\leavevmode'.
+with ‘\leavevmode’.
-16.6.3 '\mathstrut'
+16.6.3 ‘\mathstrut’
-------------------
Synopsis:
\mathstrut
- The analogue of '\strut' for mathematics. *Note \strut::.
+ The analogue of ‘\strut’ for mathematics. *Note \strut::.
- The input '$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$' gives output where the second
+ The input ‘$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$’ gives output where the second
radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space without
any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use
-'$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$'.
+‘$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$’.
- The '\mathstrut' command adds the vertical height of an open
-parenthesis, '(', but no horizontal space. It is defined as
-'\vphantom{(}', so see *note \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: for
-more. An advantage over '\strut' is that '\mathstrut' adds no depth,
+ The ‘\mathstrut’ command adds the vertical height of an open
+parenthesis, ‘(’, but no horizontal space. It is defined as
+‘\vphantom{(}’, so see *note \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: for
+more. An advantage over ‘\strut’ is that ‘\mathstrut’ adds no depth,
which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of an
open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the
-amount of space, use '\rule' with a width of zero. *Note \rule::.
+amount of space, use ‘\rule’ with a width of zero. *Note \rule::.
16.7 Math styles
================
-TeX's rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For
-example, inside a displayed equation, the input '\sum_{0\leq
-i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}' will give output
+TeX’s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For
+example, inside a displayed equation, the input ‘\sum_{0\leq
+i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}’ will give output
with the summation index centered below the summation symbol. But if
that input is inline then the summation index is off to the right rather
-than below, so it won't push the lines apart. Similarly, in a displayed
+than below, so it won’t push the lines apart. Similarly, in a displayed
context, the symbols in the numerator and denominator will be larger
than for an inline context, and in display math subscripts and
superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math.
TeX uses four math styles.
- * Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such
- as with '\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}'.
+ • Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such
+ as with ‘\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}’.
- * Text style is for an inline formula, as with 'so we have $ ... $'.
+ • Text style is for an inline formula, as with ‘so we have $ ... $’.
- * Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or
+ • Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or
superscript.
- * Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or
+ • Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or
more) of subscript or superscript.
TeX determines a default math style but you can override it with a
-declaration of '\displaystyle', or '\textstyle', or '\scriptstyle', or
-'\scriptscriptstyle'.
+declaration of ‘\displaystyle’, or ‘\textstyle’, or ‘\scriptstyle’, or
+‘\scriptscriptstyle’.
- In this example, the 'Arithmetic' line's fraction will look
+ In this example, the ‘Arithmetic’ line’s fraction will look
scrunched.
\begin{tabular}{r|cc}
@@ -10889,7 +10966,7 @@ scrunched.
&$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\
\end{tabular}
-But because of the '\displaystyle' declaration, the 'Geometric' line's
+But because of the ‘\displaystyle’ declaration, the ‘Geometric’ line’s
fraction will be easy to read, with characters the same size as in the
rest of the line.
@@ -10900,8 +10977,8 @@ declaration, the result of
$\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$
will have an integral sign that is much taller. Note that here the
-'\displaystyle' applies to only part of the formula, and it is delimited
-by being inside curly braces, as '{\displaystyle ...}'.
+‘\displaystyle’ applies to only part of the formula, and it is delimited
+by being inside curly braces, as ‘{\displaystyle ...}’.
The last example is a continued fraction.
@@ -10912,17 +10989,17 @@ by being inside curly braces, as '{\displaystyle ...}'.
\displaystyle a_3}}}
\end{equation}
-Without the '\displaystyle' declarations, the denominators would be set
-in script style and scriptscript style. (The '\mathstrut' improves the
+Without the ‘\displaystyle’ declarations, the denominators would be set
+in script style and scriptscript style. (The ‘\mathstrut’ improves the
height of the denominators; *note \mathstrut::.)
16.8 Math miscellany
====================
LaTeX contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are some
-that don't fit into other categories.
+that don’t fit into other categories.
-16.8.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon'
+16.8.1 Colon character ‘:’ & ‘\colon’
-------------------------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -10930,19 +11007,19 @@ Synopsis, one of:
:
\colon
- In mathematics, the colon character, ':', is a relation.
+ In mathematics, the colon character, ‘:’, is a relation.
With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
-Ordinary LaTeX defines '\colon' to produce the colon character with the
+Ordinary LaTeX defines ‘\colon’ to produce the colon character with the
spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
-'\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}'.
+‘\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}’.
- But the widely-used 'amsmath' package defines '\colon' for use in the
-definition of functions 'f\colon D\to C'. So if you want the colon
-character as a punctuation then use '\mathpunct{:}'.
+ But the widely-used ‘amsmath’ package defines ‘\colon’ for use in the
+definition of functions ‘f\colon D\to C’. So if you want the colon
+character as a punctuation then use ‘\mathpunct{:}’.
-16.8.2 '\*'
+16.8.2 ‘\*’
-----------
Synopsis:
@@ -10950,27 +11027,27 @@ Synopsis:
\*
A multiplication symbol that allows a line break. If there is a
-break then LaTeX puts a '\times' symbol, ×, before that break.
+break then LaTeX puts a ‘\times’ symbol, ×, before that break.
- In '\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)', if there is no line break then
-LaTeX outputs it as though it were '\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)'. If a line
+ In ‘\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)’, if there is no line break then
+LaTeX outputs it as though it were ‘\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)’. If a line
break does happen, for example between the two middle ones, then LaTeX
-sets it like '\( A_1 A_2 \times \)', followed by the break, followed by
-'\( A_3 A_4 \)'.
+sets it like ‘\( A_1 A_2 \times \)’, followed by the break, followed by
+‘\( A_3 A_4 \)’.
-16.8.3 '\frac'
+16.8.3 ‘\frac’
--------------
Synopsis:
\frac{NUMERATOR}{DENOMINATOR}
- Produces the fraction. Used as: '\begin{displaymath}
-\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}'. In inline math mode it
-comes out small; see the discussion of '\displaystyle' (*note Math
+ Produces the fraction. Used as: ‘\begin{displaymath}
+\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}’. In inline math mode it
+comes out small; see the discussion of ‘\displaystyle’ (*note Math
formulas::).
-16.8.4 '\sqrt'
+16.8.4 ‘\sqrt’
--------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -10979,22 +11056,23 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\sqrt[ROOT-NUMBER]{ARG}
The square root, or optionally other roots, of ARG. The optional
-argument ROOT-NUMBER gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of 'x+y'
-as '\sqrt[3]{x+y}'. The radical grows with the size of ARG (as the
-height of the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets
-steeper, until for a large enough 'arg', it is vertical).
+argument ROOT-NUMBER gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of ‘x+y’
+as ‘\sqrt[3]{x+y}’. The size of the radical grows with that of ARG (as
+the height of the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets
+steeper, until for a tall enough ‘arg’, it is vertical).
- LaTeX has a separate '\surd' character (*note Math symbols::).
+ LaTeX has a separate ‘\surd’ symbol for making a square root without
+ARG (*note Math symbols::).
-16.8.5 '\stackrel'
+16.8.5 ‘\stackrel’
------------------
-Synopsis, one of:
+Synopsis:
\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}
Put TEXT above RELATION. To put a function name above an arrow enter
-'\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'.
+‘\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}’.
17 Modes
********
@@ -11005,52 +11083,52 @@ modes, the math modes, and the vertical modes. Some commands only work
in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of
the math modes), and error messages will refer to these.
- * "Paragraph mode" (in plain TeX this is called "horizontal mode") is
+ • “Paragraph mode” (in plain TeX this is called “horizontal mode”) is
what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks the
input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so
that in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode
LaTeX is in most of the time.
- "LR mode" (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called
- "restricted horizontal mode") is in effect when LaTeX starts making
- a box with an '\mbox' command. As in paragraph mode, LaTeX's
+ “LR mode” (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called
+ “restricted horizontal mode”) is in effect when LaTeX starts making
+ a box with an ‘\mbox’ command. As in paragraph mode, LaTeX’s
output is a string of words with spaces between them. Unlike in
paragraph mode, in LR mode LaTeX never starts a new line, it just
keeps going from left to right. (Although LaTeX will not complain
that the LR box is too long, when it is finished and next tries to
- put that box into a line, it could very well complain that the
- finished LR box won't fit there.)
+ put that box into a line, it might well complain that the finished
+ LR box won’t fit there.)
- * "Math mode" is when LaTeX is generating an inline mathematical
+ • “Math mode” is when LaTeX is generating an inline mathematical
formula.
- "Display math mode" is when LaTeX is generating a displayed
+ “Display math mode” is when LaTeX is generating a displayed
mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from
inline ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on
- '\int' differs in the two situations.)
+ ‘\int’ differs in the two situations.)
- * "Vertical mode" is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and
+ • “Vertical mode” is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and
other material making the output page, which comprises insertion of
page breaks. This is the mode LaTeX is in when it starts a
document.
- "Internal vertical mode" is in effect when LaTeX starts making a
- '\vbox'. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
+ “Internal vertical mode” is in effect when LaTeX starts making a
+ ‘\vbox’. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
vertical analogue of LR mode.
-For instance, if you begin a LaTeX article with 'Let \( x \) be ...'
+For instance, if you begin a LaTeX article with ‘Let \( x \) be ...’
then these are the modes: first LaTeX starts every document in vertical
-mode, then it reads the 'L' and switches to paragraph mode, then the
-next switch happens at the '\(' where LaTeX changes to math mode, and
+mode, then it reads the ‘L’ and switches to paragraph mode, then the
+next switch happens at the ‘\(’ where LaTeX changes to math mode, and
then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode.
- Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a '\parbox' command or a
-'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a
-page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", LaTeX is
-in "inner paragraph mode". Its more usual situation, where it can put
-page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::).
+ Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a ‘\parbox’ command or a
+‘minipage’ then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a
+page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a “parbox”, LaTeX is
+in “inner paragraph mode”. Its more usual situation, where it can put
+page breaks, is “outer paragraph mode” (*note Page breaking::).
-17.1 '\ensuremath'
+17.1 ‘\ensuremath’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -11066,7 +11144,7 @@ text.
\newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
In $\int f(x)\, \dx$, the \dx{} is an infinitesimal.
- Caution: the '\ensuremath' command is useful but not a panacea.
+ Caution: the ‘\ensuremath’ command is useful but not a panacea.
\newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
You get an alpha in text mode: \alf.
@@ -11083,10 +11161,10 @@ pages in the main part of the document but also includes special pages
such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or the first
page of an article.
- The package 'fancyhdr' is very helpful for constructing page styles.
-See its documentation on CTAN.
+ The package ‘fancyhdr’ is commonly used for constructing page styles.
+See its documentation.
-18.1 '\maketitle'
+18.1 ‘\maketitle’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -11094,12 +11172,12 @@ Synopsis:
\maketitle
Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a
-separate page, except in the 'article' class where it is at the top of
+separate page, except in the ‘article’ class where it is at the top of
the first page. (*Note Document class options::, for information about
-the 'titlepage' document class option.)
+the ‘titlepage’ document class option.)
- This example shows '\maketitle' appearing in its usual place,
-immediately after '\begin{document}'.
+ This example shows ‘\maketitle’ appearing in its usual place,
+immediately after ‘\begin{document}’.
\documentclass{article}
\title{Constructing a Nuclear Reactor Using Only Coconuts}
@@ -11122,42 +11200,43 @@ immediately after '\begin{document}'.
...
You tell LaTeX the information used to produce the title by making
-the following declarations. These must come before the '\maketitle',
+the following declarations. These must come before the ‘\maketitle’,
either in the preamble or in the document body.
-'\author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}'
+‘\author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}’
Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is
- a list of authors separated by '\and' commands. To separate lines
- within a single author's entry, for instance to give the author's
- institution or address, use a double backslash, '\\'. If you omit
- the '\author' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Warning: No \author
- given'.
-
-'\date{TEXT}'
- Optional. Declare TEXT to be the document's date. The TEXT
- doesn't need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If
- you omit '\date' then LaTeX uses the current date (*note \today::).
- To have no date, instead use '\date{}'.
-
-'\thanks{TEXT}'
+ a list of authors separated by ‘\and’ commands. To separate lines
+ within a single author’s entry, for instance to give the author’s
+ institution or address, use a double backslash, ‘\\’. If you omit
+ the ‘\author’ declaration then you get ‘LaTeX Warning: No \author
+ given’.
+
+‘\date{TEXT}’
+ Optional. Declare TEXT to be the document’s date. The TEXT
+ doesn’t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If
+ you omit ‘\date’ then LaTeX uses the current date (*note \today::).
+ To have no date, instead use ‘\date{}’.
+
+‘\thanks{TEXT}’
Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author
information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
- also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It
- can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as
- to print an email address.
+ also use it in the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense.
+ It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such
+ as to print an email address.
-'\title{TEXT}'
+‘\title{TEXT}’
Required. Declare TEXT to be the title of the document. Get line
- breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, '\\'. If you omit the
- '\title' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Error: No \title given'.
+ breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, ‘\\’. If you omit the
+ ‘\title’ declaration then the ‘\maketitle’ command yields error
+ ‘LaTeX Error: No \title given’.
To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::. You can either
create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-'\maketitle' command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
-place of 'article' that formats the title according to their house
+‘\maketitle’ command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
+place of ‘article’ that formats the title according to their house
requirements.)
-18.2 '\pagenumbering'
+18.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
=====================
Synopsis:
@@ -11167,11 +11246,12 @@ Synopsis:
Specifies the style of page numbers, and resets the page number. The
numbering style is reflected on the page, and also in the table of
contents and other page references. This declaration has global scope
-so its effect is not delimited by braces or environments.
+so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
+or an end of environment.
- In this example, before the Main section the pages are numbered 'a',
-etc. Starting on the page containing that section, the pages are
-numbered '1', etc.
+ In this example, before the ‘Main’ section the pages are numbered
+‘a’, etc. Starting on the page containing the ‘\pagenumbering’ call in
+that section, the pages are numbered ‘1’, etc.
\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
...
@@ -11181,40 +11261,40 @@ numbered '1', etc.
The argument NUMBER-STYLE is one of the following (see also *note
\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
-'arabic'
+‘arabic’
Arabic numerals: 1, 2, ...
-'roman'
+‘roman’
lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, ...
-'Roman'
+‘Roman’
uppercase Roman numerals: I, II, ...
-'alph'
+‘alph’
lowercase letters: a, b, ... If you have more than 26 pages then
- you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter too large'.
+ you get ‘LaTeX Error: Counter too large’.
-'Alph'
+‘Alph’
uppercase letters: A, B, ... If you have more than 26 pages then
- you get 'LaTeX Error: Counter too large'.
+ you get ‘LaTeX Error: Counter too large’.
-'gobble'
+‘gobble’
LaTeX does not output a page number, although it does get reset.
References to that page also are blank. (This does not work with
- the popular package 'hyperref' so to have the page number not
- appear you may want to instead use '\pagestyle{empty}' or
- '\thispagestyle{empty}'.)
+ the popular package ‘hyperref’ so to have the page number not
+ appear you may want to instead use ‘\pagestyle{empty}’ or
+ ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’.)
- Traditionally, if a document has front matter--preface, table of
-contents, etc.--then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The
+ Traditionally, if a document has front matter—preface, table of
+contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The
main matter of a document uses arabic. *Note \frontmatter & \mainmatter
& \backmatter::.
If you want to change where the page number appears on the page,
see *note \pagestyle::. If you want to change the value of the page
-number, then you manipulate the 'page' counter (*note Counters::).
+number, then you manipulate the ‘page’ counter (*note Counters::).
-18.3 '\pagestyle'
+18.3 ‘\pagestyle’
=================
Synopsis:
@@ -11225,35 +11305,35 @@ Synopsis:
typeset, from the current page onwards.
A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package
-'fancyhdr' is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers.
+‘fancyhdr’ is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers.
New documents that need to do anything other than one of the standard
options below should use this package. See its documentation on CTAN.
Values for STYLE:
-'plain'
+‘plain’
The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number,
centered.
-'empty'
+‘empty’
The header and footer are both empty.
-'headings'
+‘headings’
Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style
specifies what goes in there; see the discussion below.
-'myheadings'
- Custom headers, specified via the '\markboth' or the '\markright'
+‘myheadings’
+ Custom headers, specified via the ‘\markboth’ or the ‘\markright’
commands.
- Some discussion of the motivation for LaTeX's mechanism will help you
-work with the options 'headings' or 'myheadings'. The document source
-below produces an article, two-sided, with the pagestyle 'headings'. On
-this document's left hand pages, LaTeX wants (in addition to the page
+ Some discussion of the motivation for LaTeX’s mechanism will help you
+work with the options ‘headings’ or ‘myheadings’. The document source
+below produces an article, two-sided, with the pagestyle ‘headings’. On
+this document’s left hand pages, LaTeX wants (in addition to the page
number) the title of the current section. On its right hand pages LaTeX
wants the title of the current subsection. When it makes up a page,
-LaTeX gets this information from the commands '\leftmark' and
-'\rightmark'. So it is up to '\section' and '\subsection' to store that
+LaTeX gets this information from the commands ‘\leftmark’ and
+‘\rightmark’. So it is up to ‘\section’ and ‘\subsection’ to store that
information there.
\documentclass[twoside]{article}
@@ -11268,7 +11348,7 @@ information there.
...
Suppose that the second section falls on a left page. Although when the
-page starts it is in the first section, LaTeX will put 'Section 2' in
+page starts it is in the first section, LaTeX will put ‘Section 2’ in
the left page header. As to the right header, if no subsection starts
before the end of the right page then LaTeX blanks the right hand
header. If a subsection does appear before the right page finishes then
@@ -11279,40 +11359,41 @@ subsection starting on that right page. If at least one of 2.1, 2.2,
puts in the right hand header the title of the last subsection to start,
that is, the one in effect during the right hand page.
- To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, LaTeX has '\section'
-issue a command '\markboth', setting '\leftmark' to 'Section 2' and
-setting '\rightmark' to blank. And, LaTeX has '\subsection' issue a
-command '\markright', setting '\rightmark' to 'Subsection 2.1', etc.
+ To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, LaTeX has ‘\section’
+issue a command ‘\markboth’, setting ‘\leftmark’ to ‘Section 2’ and
+setting ‘\rightmark’ to an empty content. And, LaTeX has ‘\subsection’
+issue a command ‘\markright’, setting ‘\rightmark’ to ‘Subsection 2.1’,
+etc.
- Here are the descriptions of '\markboth' and '\markright':
+ Here are the descriptions of ‘\markboth’ and ‘\markright’:
-'\markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}'
+‘\markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}’
Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for
- either a page style of 'headings' or 'myheadings'. A left hand
- page heading LEFT-HEAD is generated by the last '\markboth' command
+ either a page style of ‘headings’ or ‘myheadings’. A left hand
+ page heading LEFT-HEAD is generated by the last ‘\markboth’ command
before the end of the page. A right hand page heading RIGHT-HEAD
- is generated by the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on
+ is generated by the first ‘\markboth’ or ‘\markright’ that comes on
the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one that came
before that page.
-'\markright{RIGHT}'
+‘\markright{RIGHT-HEAD}’
Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.
-18.4 '\thispagestyle'
+18.4 ‘\thispagestyle’
=====================
Synopsis:
\thispagestyle{STYLE}
- Works in the same way as the '\pagestyle' (*note \pagestyle::),
+ Works in the same way as the ‘\pagestyle’ (*note \pagestyle::),
except that it changes to STYLE for the current page only. This
declaration has global scope, so its effect is not delimited by braces
or environments.
Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.
For example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
+chapter in ‘plain’ style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
\documentclass{book}
\pagestyle{headings}
@@ -11322,9 +11403,9 @@ chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
\chapter{Second chapter}\thispagestyle{empty}
...
-The 'plain' style has a page number on it, centered in the footer. To
-make the page entirely empty, the command '\thispagestyle{empty}'
-immediately follows the second '\chapter'.
+The ‘plain’ style has a page number on it, centered in the footer. To
+make the page entirely empty, the command ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’
+immediately follows the second ‘\chapter’.
19 Spaces
*********
@@ -11333,7 +11414,7 @@ LaTeX has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of
these are best suited to mathematical text; for these see *note Spacing
in math mode::.
-19.1 '\enspace' & '\quad' & '\qquad'
+19.1 ‘\enspace’ & ‘\quad’ & ‘\qquad’
====================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11355,12 +11436,12 @@ points (*note Lengths/em::).
\qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png}
\end{center}
-*Note Spacing in math mode::, for '\quad' and '\qquad'. These are
+*Note Spacing in math mode::, for ‘\quad’ and ‘\qquad’. These are
lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in
many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with
-'\hspace'.
+‘\hspace’.
-19.2 '\hspace'
+19.2 ‘\hspace’
==============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11370,17 +11451,17 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Insert the amount LENGTH of horizontal space. The LENGTH can be
positive, negative, or zero; adding a negative amount of space is like
-backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a 'plus' or
-'minus' component, or both (*note Lengths::). Because the space is
-stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called "glue".
+backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a ‘plus’ or
+‘minus’ component, or both (*note Lengths::). Because the space is
+stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called “glue”.
- This makes a line with 'Name:' an inch from the right margin.
+ This makes a line with ‘Name:’ an inch from the right margin.
\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}
- The '*'-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More
-precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white space--glues
-and kerns--that come at a line break are discarded. The '*'-form avoids
+ The ‘*’-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More
+precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white space—glues
+and kerns—that come at a line break are discarded. The ‘*’-form avoids
that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in front of
the space).
@@ -11392,10 +11473,10 @@ the space).
conceived in \hspace*{1in}, and dedicated to the proposition
that all men are created \hspace*{1in}.}
-the 1 inch blank following 'conceived in' falls at the start of a line.
-If you erase the '*' then LaTeX discards the blank.
+the 1 inch blank following ‘conceived in’ falls at the start of a line.
+If you erase the ‘*’ then LaTeX discards the blank.
- Here, the '\hspace' separates the three graphics.
+ Here, the ‘\hspace’ separates the three graphics.
\begin{center}
\includegraphics{lion.png}% comment keeps out extra space
@@ -11403,11 +11484,11 @@ If you erase the '*' then LaTeX discards the blank.
\hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{bear.png}
\end{center}
-Because the argument to each '\hspace' has 'minus 0.25cm', each can
-shrink a little if the three figures are too wide. But each space won't
+Because the argument to each ‘\hspace’ has ‘minus 0.25cm’, each can
+shrink a little if the three figures are too wide. But each space won’t
shrink more than 0.25cm (*note Lengths::).
-19.3 '\hfill'
+19.3 ‘\hfill’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -11417,14 +11498,14 @@ Synopsis:
Produce a rubber length which has no natural space but that can
stretch horizontally as far as needed (*note Lengths::).
- This creates a one-line paragraph with 'Name:' on the left side of
-the page and 'Quiz One' on the right.
+ This creates a one-line paragraph with ‘Name:’ on the left side of
+the page and ‘Quiz One’ on the right.
\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One
- The '\hfill' command is equivalent to '\hspace{\fill}' and so the
+ The ‘\hfill’ command is equivalent to ‘\hspace{\fill}’ and so the
space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
-'\hspace*{\fill}' (*note \hspace::).
+‘\hspace*{\fill}’ (*note \hspace::).
Here the graphs are evenly spaced in the middle of the figure.
@@ -11438,9 +11519,9 @@ space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
\caption{Comparison of two graphs} \label{fig:twographs}
\end{figure}
-Note the '\hspace*''s where the space could otherwise be dropped.
+Note the ‘\hspace*’’s where the space could otherwise be dropped.
-19.4 '\hss'
+19.4 ‘\hss’
===========
Synopsis:
@@ -11449,37 +11530,37 @@ Synopsis:
Produce a horizontal space that is infinitely shrinkable as well as
infinitely stretchable (this command is a TeX primitive). LaTeX authors
-should reach first for the '\makebox' command to get the effects of
-'\hss' (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
+should reach first for the ‘\makebox’ command to get the effects of
+‘\hss’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
- Here, the first line's '\hss' makes the Z stick out to the right,
+ Here, the first line’s ‘\hss’ makes the Z stick out to the right,
overwriting the Y. In the second line the Z sticks out to the left,
overwriting the X.
X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y
-Without the '\hss' you get something like 'Overfull \hbox (6.11111pt too
-wide) detected at line 20'.
+Without the ‘\hss’ you get something like ‘Overfull \hbox (6.11111pt too
+wide) detected at line 20’.
-19.5 '\spacefactor'
+19.5 ‘\spacefactor’
===================
Synopsis:
\spacefactor=INTEGER
- Influence LaTeX's glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level
+ Influence LaTeX’s glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level
documents do not use this command.
While LaTeX is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the
gaps between words. (This space is not a character; it is called the
-"interword glue"; *note \hspace::). The '\spacefactor' command (from
+“interword glue”; *note \hspace::). The ‘\spacefactor’ command (from
Plain TeX) allows you to, for instance, have the space after a period
stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter.
After LaTeX places each character, or rule or other box, it sets a
-parameter called the "space factor". If the next thing in the input is
+parameter called the “space factor”. If the next thing in the input is
a space then this parameter affects how much stretching or shrinking can
happen. A space factor that is larger than the normal value means that
the glue can stretch more and shrink less. Normally, the space factor
@@ -11490,19 +11571,19 @@ a semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
bracket, or closing double quote or single quote. Finally, it is 999
after a capital letter.
- If the space factor F is 1000 then the glue gap will be the font's
+ If the space factor F is 1000 then the glue gap will be the font’s
normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is
3.3333 points). Otherwise, if the space factor F is greater than 2000
-then TeX adds the font's extra space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10
-point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font's normal stretch value
+then TeX adds the font’s extra space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10
+point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font’s normal stretch value
is multiplied by f /1000 and the normal shrink value is multiplied by
1000/f (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point these are 1.66666 and
1.11111 points).
- For example, consider the period ending 'A man's best friend is his
-dog.' After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
+ For example, consider the period ending ‘A man's best friend is his
+dog.’ After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as the glue
-after 'friend', which does not end in a period.
+after ‘friend’, which does not end in a period.
The rules for space factors are even more complex because they play
additional roles. In practice, there are two consequences. First, if a
@@ -11514,17 +11595,17 @@ after a capital letter then its effect is not in place so you get an
ordinary space. This second case also affects abbreviations that do not
end in a capital letter (*note \@::).
- You can only use '\spacefactor' in paragraph mode or LR mode (*note
-Modes::). You can see the current value with '\the\spacefactor' or
-'\showthe\spacefactor'.
+ You can only use ‘\spacefactor’ in paragraph mode or LR mode (*note
+Modes::). You can see the current value with ‘\the\spacefactor’ or
+‘\showthe\spacefactor’.
- (Comment, not really related to '\spacefactor': if you get errors
-like 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode', or 'You can't use
-`\spacefactor' in math mode.', or 'Improper \spacefactor' then you have
+ (Comment, not really related to ‘\spacefactor’: if you get errors
+like ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode’, or ‘You can't use
+`\spacefactor' in math mode.’, or ‘Improper \spacefactor’ then you have
probably tried to redefine an internal command. *Note \makeatletter &
\makeatother::.)
-19.5.1 '\@'
+19.5.1 ‘\@’
-----------
Synopsis:
@@ -11544,12 +11625,12 @@ between words (*note \spacefactor::).
The songs \textit{Red Guitar}, etc.\ are by Loudon Wainwright~III\@.
The second period ends the sentence, despite that it is preceded by a
-capital. We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting '\@' before
-it. The first period ends the abbreviation 'etc.' but not the sentence.
-The backslash-space, '\ ', produces a mid-sentence space.
+capital. We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting ‘\@’ before
+it. The first period ends the abbreviation ‘etc.’ but not the sentence.
+The backslash-space, ‘\ ’, produces a mid-sentence space.
So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
-sentence, then put '\@' before the period. This holds even if there is
+sentence, then put ‘\@’ before the period. This holds even if there is
an intervening right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or double
quote, because the spacing effect of that period carries through those
characters. For example, this
@@ -11559,18 +11640,18 @@ characters. For example, this
will have correct inter-sentence spacing after the period.
- The '\@' command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of a
-text mode then you get 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode'
+ The ‘\@’ command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of a
+text mode then you get ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode’
(*note Modes::).
Comment: the converse case is a period ending an abbreviation whose
last letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the
last word in the sentence. For that case follow the period with a
-backslash-space, ('\ '), or a tie, ('~'), or '\@'. Examples are 'Nat.\
-Acad.\ Science', and 'Mr.~Bean', and '(manure, etc.\@) for sale' (note
-in the last one that the '\@' comes before the closing parenthesis).
+backslash-space, (‘\ ’), or a tie, (‘~’), or ‘\@’. Examples are ‘Nat.\
+Acad.\ Science’, and ‘Mr.~Bean’, and ‘(manure, etc.\@) for sale’ (note
+in the last one that the ‘\@’ comes before the closing parenthesis).
-19.5.2 '\frenchspacing' & '\nonfrenchspacing'
+19.5.2 ‘\frenchspacing’ & ‘\nonfrenchspacing’
---------------------------------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11587,11 +11668,11 @@ spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more (*note
Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the
space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark,
exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words
-that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring '\frenchspacing' (the
+that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring ‘\frenchspacing’ (the
command is from plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are
treated equally.
-19.5.3 '\normalsfcodes'
+19.5.3 ‘\normalsfcodes’
-----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -11601,7 +11682,7 @@ Synopsis:
Reset the LaTeX space factors to the default values (*note
\spacefactor::).
-19.6 Backslash-space, '\ '
+19.6 Backslash-space, ‘\ ’
==========================
This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
@@ -11630,46 +11711,46 @@ of the three blanks were replaced by a tab, or by a newline. However,
the bottom line asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That
is, the backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal
space. (Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all
-with '\hspace'; see *note \hspace::.)
+with ‘\hspace’; see *note \hspace::.)
The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used
after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the blank that
-follows, as after '\TeX' in '\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)'. (But using curly
+follows, as after ‘\TeX’ in ‘\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)’. (But using curly
braces has the advantage of still working whether the next character is
-a blank or any other non-letter, as in '\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})' in which
-'{}' can be added after '\LaTeX' as well as after '\TeX'.) The other
+a blank or any other non-letter, as in ‘\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})’ in which
+‘{}’ can be added after ‘\LaTeX’ as well as after ‘\TeX’.) The other
common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead
-of ending a sentence, as in 'Prof.\ Smith' or 'Jones et al.\ (1993)'
+of ending a sentence, as in ‘Prof.\ Smith’ or ‘Jones et al.\ (1993)’
(*note \@::).
- Under normal circumstances, '\'<TAB> and '\'<NEWLINE> are equivalent
-to backslash-space, '\ '.
+ Under normal circumstances, ‘\’<TAB> and ‘\’<NEWLINE> are equivalent
+to backslash-space, ‘\ ’.
Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation,
under normal circumstances, TeX ignores leading blanks in a line. So
-the following prints 'one word':
+the following prints ‘one word’:
one
word
-where the white space between 'one' and 'word' is produced by the
-newline after 'one', not by the space before 'word'.
+where the white space between ‘one’ and ‘word’ is produced by the
+newline after ‘one’, not by the space before ‘word’.
-19.7 '~'
+19.7 ‘~’
========
Synopsis:
BEFORE~AFTER
- The "tie" character, '~', produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER
+ The “tie” character, ‘~’, produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER
at which the line will not be broken. By default the white space has
length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (*note Lengths::).
- Note that the word 'tie' has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
-community; this differs from the typographic term "tie", which is a
-diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a "tie-after" accent in 'The
-TeXbook'.
+ Note that the word ‘tie’ has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
+community; this differs from the typographic term “tie”, which is a
+diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a “tie-after” accent in ‘The
+TeXbook’.
Here LaTeX will not break the line between the final two words:
@@ -11681,46 +11762,46 @@ spacing (*note \@::).
Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
+words in an ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from 'The TeXbook'.
-
- * Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
- 'Chapter~12', or 'Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}', or
- 'Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}'.
-
- * When cases are enumerated inline: '(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
- (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded'.
-
- * Between a number and its unit: '$745.7.8$~watts' (the 'siunitx'
- package has a special facility for this) or '144~eggs'. This
- includes between a month and day number in a date: 'October~12' or
- '12~Oct'. In general, in any expressions where numbers and
- abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: 'AD~565', or
- '2:50~pm', or 'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or
- '\$$1.4$~billion'. Other common choices here are a thin space
+from ‘The TeXbook’.
+
+ • Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
+ ‘Chapter~12’, or ‘Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}’, or
+ ‘Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}’.
+
+ • When cases are enumerated inline: ‘(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
+ (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded’.
+
+ • Between a number and its unit: ‘$745.7.8$~watts’ (the ‘siunitx’
+ package has a special facility for this) or ‘144~eggs’. This
+ includes between a month and day number in a date: ‘October~12’ or
+ ‘12~Oct’. In general, in any expressions where numbers and
+ abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: ‘AD~565’, or
+ ‘2:50~pm’, or ‘Boeing~747’, or ‘268~Plains Road’, or
+ ‘\$$1.4$~billion’. Other common choices here are a thin space
(*note \thinspace & \negthinspace::) and no space at all.
- * When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: 'equals~$n$', or
- 'less than~$\epsilon$', or 'given~$X$', or 'modulo~$p^e$ for all
- large~$n$' (but compare 'is~$15$' with 'is $15$~times the height').
+ • When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: ‘equals~$n$’, or
+ ‘less than~$\epsilon$’, or ‘given~$X$’, or ‘modulo~$p^e$ for all
+ large~$n$’ (but compare ‘is~$15$’ with ‘is $15$~times the height’).
Between mathematical symbols in apposition with nouns:
- 'dimension~$d$' or 'function~$f(x)$' (but compare 'with length
- $l$~or more'). When a symbol is a tightly bound object of a
- preposition: 'of~$x$', or 'from $0$ to~$1$', or 'in common
- with~$m$'.
+ ‘dimension~$d$’ or ‘function~$f(x)$’ (but compare ‘with length
+ $l$~or more’). When a symbol is a tightly bound object of a
+ preposition: ‘of~$x$’, or ‘from $0$ to~$1$’, or ‘in common
+ with~$m$’.
- * Between symbols in series: '$1$,~$2$, or~$3$' or '$1$,~$2$,
- \ldots,~$n$'.
+ • Between symbols in series: ‘$1$,~$2$, or~$3$’ or ‘$1$,~$2$,
+ \ldots,~$n$’.
- * Between a person's given names and between multiple surnames:
- 'Donald~E. Knuth', or 'Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo', or 'Charles~XII'--but
- you must give TeX places to break the line so you might do 'Charles
- Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin'.
+ • Between a person’s given names and between multiple surnames:
+ ‘Donald~E. Knuth’, or ‘Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo’, or ‘Charles~XII’—but
+ you must give TeX places to break the line so you might do ‘Charles
+ Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin’.
-19.8 '\thinspace' & '\negthinspace'
+19.8 ‘\thinspace’ & ‘\negthinspace’
===================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11729,72 +11810,72 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\negthinspace
These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6em and
--1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of '\,' and
-'\!' (*note Spacing in math mode/\thinspace::).
+-1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of ‘\,’ and
+‘\!’ (*note Spacing in math mode/\thinspace::).
- You can use '\,' as a synonym for '\thinspace' in text mode.
+ You can use ‘\,’ as a synonym for ‘\thinspace’ in text mode.
- One common use of '\thinspace' is as the space between nested quotes:
+ One common use of ‘\thinspace’ is as the space between nested quotes:
Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace''
-Another use is that some style guides call for a '\thinspace' between an
+Another use is that some style guides call for a ‘\thinspace’ between an
ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, think the
three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is
-between initials, as in 'D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth'.
+between initials, as in ‘D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth’.
LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode
-(*note Spacing in math mode::). With the 'amsmath' package, or as of
+(*note Spacing in math mode::). With the ‘amsmath’ package, or as of
the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, they can be used in text mode as well as
-math mode, including '\!' for '\negthinspace'; but otherwise, they are
+math mode, including ‘\!’ for ‘\negthinspace’; but otherwise, they are
available only in math mode.
-19.9 '\/'
+19.9 ‘\/’
=========
Synopsis:
BEFORE-CHARACTER\/AFTER-CHARACTER
- Insert an "italic correction", a small space defined by the font
+ Insert an “italic correction”, a small space defined by the font
designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character
-colliding with whatever follows. When you use '\/', LaTeX takes the
+colliding with whatever follows. When you use ‘\/’, LaTeX takes the
correction from the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has
been applied to the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space.
- Here, were it not for the '\/', the BEFORE-CHARACTER italic f would
+ Here, were it not for the ‘\/’, the BEFORE-CHARACTER italic f would
hit the AFTER-CHARACTER roman H
\newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}
because the italic letter f leans far to the right.
- If AFTER-CHARACTER is a period or comma then don't insert an italic
+ If AFTER-CHARACTER is a period or comma then don’t insert an italic
correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the baseline
already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with normal
letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used between a
switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font.
- When you use commands such as '\emph' and '\textit' and '\textsl' to
+ When you use commands such as ‘\emph’ and ‘\textit’ and ‘\textsl’ to
change fonts, LaTeX automatically inserts the italic correction when
-needed (*note Font styles::). However, declarations such as '\em' and
-'\itshape' and '\slshape' do not automatically insert italic
+needed (*note Font styles::). However, declarations such as ‘\em’ and
+‘\itshape’ and ‘\slshape’ do not automatically insert italic
corrections.
Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example
-where this is needed is the name 'pdf\/\TeX'. However, most upright
+where this is needed is the name ‘pdf\/\TeX’. However, most upright
characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators do not
include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
Technically, LaTeX uses another font-specific value, the so-called
-"slant parameter" (namely '\fontdimen1'), to determine whether to
+“slant parameter” (namely ‘\fontdimen1’), to determine whether to
possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
particular font commands.
There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing
is done in a different way.
-19.10 '\hrulefill' & '\dotfill'
+19.10 ‘\hrulefill’ & ‘\dotfill’
===============================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11816,10 +11897,10 @@ spaced dots.
\noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge
- To make the rule or dots go to the line's end use '\null' at the
+ To make the rule or dots go to the line’s end use ‘\null’ at the
start or end.
- To change the rule's thickness, copy the definition and adjust it, as
+ To change the rule’s thickness, copy the definition and adjust it, as
here
\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
@@ -11843,7 +11924,7 @@ which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
The line is 4cm long.
-19.11 '\bigskip' & '\medskip' & '\smallskip'
+19.11 ‘\bigskip’ & ‘\medskip’ & ‘\smallskip’
============================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11856,7 +11937,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
These commands are fragile (*note \protect::).
Here the skip suggests the passage of time (from The Golden Ocean by
-O'Brian).
+O’Brian).
Mr Saumarez would have something rude to say to him, no doubt: he
was at home again, and it was delightful.
@@ -11868,31 +11949,31 @@ O'Brian).
Each command is associated with a length defined in the document
class file.
-'\bigskip'
- The same as '\vspace{\bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line
- space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the 'book' and
- 'article' classes is '12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt'.
+‘\bigskip’
+ The same as ‘\vspace{\bigskipamount}’, ordinarily about one line
+ space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the ‘book’ and
+ ‘article’ classes is ‘12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt’.
-'\medskip'
- The same as '\vspace{\medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a
- line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the 'book'
- and 'article' classes is '6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt'.
+‘\medskip’
+ The same as ‘\vspace{\medskipamount}’, ordinarily about half of a
+ line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the ‘book’
+ and ‘article’ classes is ‘6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt’.
-'\smallskip'
- The same as '\vspace{\smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter
+‘\smallskip’
+ The same as ‘\vspace{\smallskipamount}’, ordinarily about a quarter
of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the
- 'book' and 'article' classes is '3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt'.
+ ‘book’ and ‘article’ classes is ‘3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’.
- Because each command is a '\vspace', if you use it in mid-paragraph
+ Because each command is a ‘\vspace’, if you use it in mid-paragraph
then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use
it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it. So
these are best between paragraphs.
- The commands '\bigbreak', '\medbreak', and '\smallbreak' are similar
+ The commands ‘\bigbreak’, ‘\medbreak’, and ‘\smallbreak’ are similar
but also suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to put a page break
(*note \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak::.
-19.12 '\bigbreak' & '\medbreak' & '\smallbreak'
+19.12 ‘\bigbreak’ & ‘\medbreak’ & ‘\smallbreak’
===============================================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11903,43 +11984,43 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Produce a vertical space that is big or medium-sized or small, and
suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to break the page. (The
-associated penalties are -200, -100, and -50.)
+associated penalties are respectively −200, −100, and −50.)
*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip::, for more. These commands
produce the same vertical space but differ in that they also remove a
preceding vertical space if it is less than what they would insert (as
-with '\addvspace'). In addition, they terminate a paragraph where they
+with ‘\addvspace’). In addition, they terminate a paragraph where they
are used: this example
abc\bigbreak def ghi
jkl mno pqr
-will output three paragraphs, the first ending in 'abc' and the second
+will output three paragraphs, the first ending in ‘abc’ and the second
starting, after an extra vertical space and a paragraph indent, with
-'def'.
+‘def’.
-19.13 '\strut'
+19.13 ‘\strut’
==============
Synopsis:
\strut
- Ensure that the current line has height at least '0.7\baselineskip'
-and depth at least '0.3\baselineskip'. Essentially, LaTeX inserts into
+ Ensure that the current line has height at least ‘0.7\baselineskip’
+and depth at least ‘0.3\baselineskip’. Essentially, LaTeX inserts into
the line a rectangle having zero width,
-'\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}' (*note \rule::). The
-'\baselineskip' changes with the current font or fontsize.
+‘\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}’ (*note \rule::). The
+‘\baselineskip’ changes with the current font or fontsize.
- In this example the '\strut' keeps the box inside the frame from
+ In this example the ‘\strut’ keeps the box inside the frame from
having zero height.
\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}
This example has four lists. In the first there is a much bigger gap
between items 2 and 3 than there is between items 1 and 2. The second
-list fixes that with a '\strut' at the end of its first item's second
+list fixes that with a ‘\strut’ at the end of its first item’s second
line.
\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
@@ -11972,23 +12053,23 @@ line.
\end{enumerate}
\end{minipage}%
-The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening. The first
-item '\parbox' of the third list goes only to the bottom of its second
-'test', which happens not have any characters that descend below the
+The final two lists use ‘\fbox’ to show what’s happening. The first
+item ‘\parbox’ of the third list goes only to the bottom of its second
+‘test’, which happens not have any characters that descend below the
baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra
below-baseline space.
- The '\strut' command is often useful in graphics, such as in 'TikZ'
-or 'Asymptote'. For instance, you may have a command such as
-'\graphnode{NODE-NAME}' that fits a circle around NODE-NAME. However,
-unless you are careful the NODE-NAME's 'x' and 'y' will produce
+ The ‘\strut’ command is often useful in graphics, such as in ‘TikZ’
+or ‘Asymptote’. For instance, you may have a command such as
+‘\graphnode{NODE-NAME}’ that fits a circle around NODE-NAME. However,
+unless you are careful the NODE-NAME’s ‘x’ and ‘y’ will produce
different-diameter circles because the characters are different sizes.
-A careful '\graphnode' might insert a '\strut', then NODE-NAME, and then
+A careful ‘\graphnode’ might insert a ‘\strut’, then NODE-NAME, and then
draw the circle.
- The general approach of using a zero width '\rule' is useful in many
+ The general approach of using a zero width ‘\rule’ is useful in many
circumstances. In this table, the zero-width rule keeps the top of the
-first integral from hitting the '\hline'. Similarly, the second rule
+first integral from hitting the ‘\hline’. Similarly, the second rule
keeps the second integral from hitting the first.
\begin{tabular}{rl}
@@ -11999,12 +12080,12 @@ keeps the second integral from hitting the first.
\end{tabular}
(Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available
-optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won't
+optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won’t
solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like
-'\\[2.5ex]' will put more room between the header line and the '\hline'
+‘\\[2.5ex]’ will put more room between the header line and the ‘\hline’
rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.)
-19.14 '\vspace'
+19.14 ‘\vspace’
===============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12013,7 +12094,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\vspace*{LENGTH}
Add the vertical space LENGTH. The LENGTH can be positive, negative,
-or zero. It is a rubber length--it may contain a 'plus' or 'minus'
+or zero. It is a rubber length—it may contain a ‘plus’ or ‘minus’
component (*note Lengths::).
This puts space between the two paragraphs.
@@ -12026,9 +12107,9 @@ component (*note Lengths::).
(*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip::, for common inter-paragraph
spaces.)
- The '*'-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More
+ The ‘*’-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More
precisely, LaTeX discards vertical space at a page break and the
-'*'-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between
+‘*’-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between
the two questions.
Question: Find the integral of \( 5x^4+5 \).
@@ -12039,10 +12120,10 @@ the two questions.
That space will be present even if the page break happens to fall
between the questions.
- If you use '\vspace' in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in
+ If you use ‘\vspace’ in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in
horizontal mode) then the space is inserted after the line containing
-the '\vspace' command; it does not start a new paragraph at the
-'\vspace' command.
+the ‘\vspace’ command; it does not start a new paragraph at the
+‘\vspace’ command.
In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on
the page, with at least one inch of space below each.
@@ -12055,7 +12136,7 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each.
\vspace{1in plus 1fill}
\end{document}
-19.15 '\vfill'
+19.15 ‘\vfill’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -12066,14 +12147,14 @@ Synopsis:
infinite, so it can stretch or shrink as far as needed (*note
Lengths::).
- It is often used in the same way as '\vspace{\fill}', except that
-'\vfill' ends the current paragraph whereas '\vspace{\fill}' adds the
+ It is often used in the same way as ‘\vspace{\fill}’, except that
+‘\vfill’ ends the current paragraph whereas ‘\vspace{\fill}’ adds the
infinite vertical space below its line, irrespective of the paragraph
structure. In both cases that space will disappear at a page boundary;
to circumvent this see the starred option in *note \vspace::.
In this example the page is filled, so the top and bottom lines
-contain the text 'Lost Dog!' and the second 'Lost Dog!' is exactly
+contain the text ‘Lost Dog!’ and the second ‘Lost Dog!’ is exactly
halfway between them.
\begin{document}
@@ -12084,7 +12165,7 @@ halfway between them.
Lost Dog!
\end{document}
-19.16 '\addvspace'
+19.16 ‘\addvspace’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -12092,16 +12173,16 @@ Synopsis:
\addvspace{VERT-LENGTH}
Add a vertical space of VERT-LENGTH. However, if there are two or
-more '\addvspace''s in a sequence then together they only add the space
+more ‘\addvspace’’s in a sequence then together they only add the space
needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the
-VERT-LENGTH's in that sequence. This command is fragile (*note
+VERT-LENGTH’s in that sequence. This command is fragile (*note
\protect::). The VERT-LENGTH is a rubber length (*note Lengths::).
- This example illustrates. The 'picture' draws a scale over which to
+ This example illustrates. The ‘picture’ draws a scale over which to
rules are placed. In a standard LaTeX article the length
-'\baselineskip' is 12pt. As shown by the scale, the two rules are 22pt
-apart: the sum of the '\baselineskip' and the 10pt from the first
-'\addvspace'.
+‘\baselineskip’ is 12pt. As shown by the scale, the two rules are 22pt
+apart: the sum of the ‘\baselineskip’ and the 10pt from the first
+‘\addvspace’.
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{color}
@@ -12116,21 +12197,21 @@ apart: the sum of the '\baselineskip' and the 10pt from the first
\par\noindent\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
\end{document}
-Now uncomment the second '\addvspace'. It does not make the gap 20pt
-longer; instead the gap is the sum of '\baselineskip' and 20pt. So
-'\addvspace' in a sense does the opposite of its name--it makes sure
-that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only
-the largest one is used.
+Now uncomment the second ‘\addvspace’. It does not make the gap 20pt
+longer; instead the gap is the sum of ‘\baselineskip’ and 20pt. So
+‘\addvspace’ in a sense does the opposite of its name—it makes sure that
+multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only the
+largest one is used.
LaTeX uses this command to adjust the vertical space above or below
-an environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a 'theorem'
-environment begins and ends with '\addvspace' so that two consecutive
-'theorem''s are separated by one vertical space, not two.
+an environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a ‘theorem’
+environment begins and ends with ‘\addvspace’ so that two consecutive
+‘theorem’’s are separated by one vertical space, not two.
- A error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item' pointing to an
-'\addvspace' means that you were not in vertical mode when you hit this
-command. One way to change that is to precede '\addvspace' with a
-'\par' command (*note \par::), as in the above example.
+ A error ‘Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item’ pointing to an
+‘\addvspace’ means that you were not in vertical mode when you hit this
+command. One way to change that is to precede ‘\addvspace’ with a
+‘\par’ command (*note \par::), as in the above example.
20 Boxes
********
@@ -12139,9 +12220,9 @@ At its core, LaTeX puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
page. So these commands are central.
There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating
-boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is 'adjustbox'.
+boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is ‘adjustbox’.
-20.1 '\mbox' & '\makebox'
+20.1 ‘\mbox’ & ‘\makebox’
=========================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12152,18 +12233,18 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
Create a box, a container for material. The TEXT is typeset in LR
-mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines. The '\mbox'
-command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::).
+mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines. The ‘\mbox’
+command is robust, while ‘\makebox’ is fragile (*note \protect::).
- Because 'text' is not broken into lines, you can use '\mbox' to
+ Because ‘text’ is not broken into lines, you can use ‘\mbox’ to
prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate the tank
-name, 'T-34'.
+name, ‘T-34’.
The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism.
- The first two command synopsis versions, '\mbox' and '\makebox', are
-roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the
-TEXT. (They are like plain TeX's '\hbox'.)
+ The first two command invocations shown, ‘\mbox’ and ‘\makebox’, are
+roughly the same. They create a box just wide enough to contain the
+TEXT. (They are like plain TeX’s ‘\hbox’.)
In the third version the optional argument WIDTH specifies the width
of the box. Note that the space occupied by the text need not equal the
@@ -12172,12 +12253,12 @@ full-line box
\makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}
-with 'Chapter Exam' centered. But TEXT can also be too wide for WIDTH.
+with ‘Chapter Exam’ centered. But TEXT can also be too wide for WIDTH.
See the example below of zero-width boxes.
In the WIDTH argument you can use the following lengths that refer to
-the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets on typesetting TEXT: '\depth',
-'\height', '\width', '\totalheight' (this is the box's height plus its
+the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets on typesetting TEXT: ‘\depth’,
+‘\height’, ‘\width’, ‘\totalheight’ (this is the box’s height plus its
depth). For example, to make a box with the text stretched to double
the natural size you can say this.
@@ -12187,23 +12268,23 @@ the natural size you can say this.
POSITION gives position of the text within the box. It may take the
following values:
-'c'
+‘c’
The TEXT is centered (default).
-'l'
+‘l’
The TEXT is flush left.
-'r'
+‘r’
Flush right.
-'s'
+‘s’
Stretch the interword space in TEXT across the entire WIDTH. The
TEXT must contain stretchable space for this to work. For
instance, this could head a press release:
- '\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil
- RELEASE\hfil}'
+ ‘\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil
+ RELEASE\hfil}’
- A common use of '\makebox' is to make zero-width text boxes. This
+ A common use of ‘\makebox’ is to make zero-width text boxes. This
puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.
\newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
@@ -12211,27 +12292,26 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.
\pts{90}An African or European swallow?
-
- The right edge of the output '10 points ' (note the ending space
-after 'points') will be just before the 'What'. You can use '\makebox'
-similarly when making graphics, such as in 'TikZ' or 'Asymptote', where
+ The right edge of the output ‘10 points ’ (note the ending space
+after ‘points’) will be just before the ‘What’. You can use ‘\makebox’
+similarly when making graphics, such as in ‘TikZ’ or ‘Asymptote’, where
you put the edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the
length of that text.
For boxes with frames see *note \fbox & \framebox::. For colors
see *note Colored boxes::.
- There is a related version of '\makebox' that is used within the
-'picture' environment, where the length is given in terms of
-'\unitlength' (*note \makebox (picture)::).
+ There is a related version of ‘\makebox’ that is used within the
+‘picture’ environment, where the length is given in terms of
+‘\unitlength’ (*note \makebox (picture)::).
- As TEXT is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash '\\' nor
-'\par' will give you a new line; for instance '\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}'
-outputs 'abc defghi' while '\makebox{abc def \par ghi}' outputs 'abc def
-ghi', both on a single line. To get multiple lines see *note \parbox::
+ As TEXT is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash ‘\\’ nor
+‘\par’ will give you a new line; for instance ‘\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}’
+outputs ‘abc defghi’ while ‘\makebox{abc def \par ghi}’ outputs ‘abc def
+ghi’, both on a single line. To get multiple lines see *note \parbox::
and *note minipage::.
-20.2 '\fbox' & '\framebox'
+20.2 ‘\fbox’ & ‘\framebox’
==========================
Synopses, one of:
@@ -12242,9 +12322,9 @@ Synopses, one of:
\framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the
-TEXT. These commands are the same as '\mbox' and '\makebox' except for
-the frame (*note \mbox & \makebox::). The '\fbox' command is robust,
-the '\framebox' command is fragile (*note \protect::).
+TEXT. These commands are the same as ‘\mbox’ and ‘\makebox’ except for
+the frame (*note \mbox & \makebox::). The ‘\fbox’ command is robust,
+the ‘\framebox’ command is fragile (*note \protect::).
\fbox{Warning! No work shown, no credit given.}
@@ -12252,7 +12332,7 @@ LaTeX puts the text into a box, the text cannot be hyphenated. Around
that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four rules making a
frame.
- The first two command invocations, '\fbox{...}' and '\framebox{...}',
+ The first two command invocations, ‘\fbox{...}’ and ‘\framebox{...}’,
are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the
optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as WIDTH and the
position of the text inside that box as POSITION. *Note \mbox &
@@ -12261,18 +12341,18 @@ empty box that is 1/4in wide.
\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}
-The '\strut' ensures a total height of '\baselineskip' (*note \strut::).
+The ‘\strut’ ensures a total height of ‘\baselineskip’ (*note \strut::).
These parameters determine the frame layout.
-'\fboxrule'
+‘\fboxrule’
The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is
0.2pt. Change it with a command such as
- '\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}' (*note \setlength::).
+ ‘\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}’ (*note \setlength::).
-'\fboxsep'
+‘\fboxsep’
The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is
- 3pt. Change it with a command such as '\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}'
+ 3pt. Change it with a command such as ‘\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}’
(*note \setlength::). Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes: this
will put a frame around the picture with no white border.
@@ -12280,9 +12360,9 @@ The '\strut' ensures a total height of '\baselineskip' (*note \strut::).
\framebox{%
\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}}
- The extra curly braces keep the effect of the '\setlength' local.
+ The extra curly braces keep the effect of the ‘\setlength’ local.
- As with '\mbox' and '\makebox', LaTeX will not break lines in TEXT.
+ As with ‘\mbox’ and ‘\makebox’, LaTeX will not break lines in TEXT.
But this example has LaTeX break lines to make a paragraph, and then
frame the result.
@@ -12294,11 +12374,11 @@ frame the result.
*Note Colored boxes::, for colors other than black and white.
- The 'picture' environment has a version of the '\framebox' command
-where the units depend on 'picture''s '\unitlength' (*note \framebox
+ The ‘picture’ environment has a version of the ‘\framebox’ command
+where the units depend on ‘picture’’s ‘\unitlength’ (*note \framebox
(picture)::).
-20.3 '\parbox'
+20.3 ‘\parbox’
==============
Synopses, one of:
@@ -12320,11 +12400,11 @@ fragile (*note \protect::).
\end{picture}
The CONTENTS are processed in a text mode (*note Modes::) so LaTeX
-will break lines to make a paragraph. But it won't make multiple
-paragraphs; for that, use a 'minipage' environment (*note minipage::).
+will break lines to make a paragraph. But it won’t make multiple
+paragraphs; for that, use a ‘minipage’ environment (*note minipage::).
- The options for '\parbox' (except for CONTENTS) are the same as those
-for 'minipage'. For convenience a summary of the options is here but
+ The options for ‘\parbox’ (except for CONTENTS) are the same as those
+for ‘minipage’. For convenience a summary of the options is here but
see *note minipage:: for a complete description.
There are two required arguments. The WIDTH is a rigid length (*note
@@ -12333,23 +12413,23 @@ CONTENTS. The CONTENTS is the text that is placed in that box. It
should not have any paragraph-making components.
There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS.
-The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the "parbox" with respect
-to the surrounding material. The supported values are 'c' or 'm' to
+The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the “parbox” with respect
+to the surrounding material. The supported values are ‘c’ or ‘m’ to
make the vertical center of the parbox lines up with the center of the
-adjacent text line (this is the default), or 't' to match the top line
-of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or 'b' to
+adjacent text line (this is the default), or ‘t’ to match the top line
+of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or ‘b’ to
match the bottom line.
The optional argument HEIGHT overrides the natural height of the box.
The optional argument INNER-POS controls the placement of CONTENT
-inside the 'parbox'. Its default is the value of POSITION. Its
-possible values are: 't' to put the CONTENT at the top of the box, 'c'
-to put it in the vertical center, 'b' to put it at the bottom of the
-box, and 's' to stretch it out vertically (for this, the text must
+inside the ‘parbox’. Its default is the value of POSITION. Its
+possible values are: ‘t’ to put the CONTENT at the top of the box, ‘c’
+to put it in the vertical center, ‘b’ to put it at the bottom of the
+box, and ‘s’ to stretch it out vertically (for this, the text must
contain vertically stretchable space).
-20.4 '\raisebox'
+20.4 ‘\raisebox’
================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12377,8 +12457,8 @@ gets by typesetting TEXT.
In the arguments DISTANCE, HEIGHT, and DEPTH you can use the
following lengths that refer to the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets
-on typesetting TEXT: '\depth', '\height', '\width', '\totalheight' (this
-is the box's height plus its depth).
+on typesetting TEXT: ‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\width’, ‘\totalheight’ (this
+is the box’s height plus its depth).
This will align two graphics on their top (*note Graphics::).
@@ -12392,10 +12472,10 @@ is the box's height plus its depth).
\includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{meta.png}}
\end{center}
-The first '\height' is the height of 'lion.png' while the second is the
-height of 'meta.png'.
+The first ‘\height’ is the height of ‘lion.png’ while the second is the
+height of ‘meta.png’.
-20.5 '\sbox' & '\savebox'
+20.5 ‘\sbox’ & ‘\savebox’
=========================
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12405,12 +12485,12 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH]{TEXT}
\savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT}
- Typeset TEXT just as with '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::)
+ Typeset TEXT just as with ‘\makebox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::)
except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it in a box
register referred to by a variable named BOX-CMD. The variable name
-BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, '\'. You must have previously
-allocated the box register BOX-CMD with '\newsavebox' (*note
-\newsavebox::). The '\sbox' command is robust while '\savebox' is
+BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, ‘\’. You must have previously
+allocated the box register BOX-CMD with ‘\newsavebox’ (*note
+\newsavebox::). The ‘\sbox’ command is robust while ‘\savebox’ is
fragile (*note \protect::).
This creates and uses a box register.
@@ -12422,23 +12502,23 @@ fragile (*note \protect::).
Whenever we go out, the people always shout!
There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da.
-One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a '\newcommand'
+One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a ‘\newcommand’
macro variable is efficiency, that LaTeX need not repeatedly retypeset
the contents. See the example below.
- The first two command invocations, '\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}' and
-'\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}', are roughly equivalent. As to the third and
-fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as
+ The first two command invocations shown above, ‘\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}’
+and ‘\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}’, are roughly the same. As to the third
+and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as
WIDTH, and the position of the text inside that box as POSITION. *Note
\mbox & \makebox::, for the full description.
- In the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands the TEXT is typeset in LR mode
+ In the ‘\sbox’ and ‘\savebox’ commands the TEXT is typeset in LR mode
so it does not have line breaks (*note Modes::). If you use these then
-LaTeX doesn't give you an error but it ignores what you want: if you
-enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}' and '\usebox{\newreg}' then you get
-'testtest', while if you enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}' and
-'\usebox{\newreg}' then you get 'test test', but no error or warning.
-To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here.
+LaTeX doesn’t give you an error but it ignores what you want: if you
+enter ‘\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}’ and ‘\usebox{\newreg}’ then you get
+‘testtest’, while if you enter ‘\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}’ and
+‘\usebox{\newreg}’ then you get ‘test test’, but no error or warning.
+To fix this use a ‘\parbox’ or ‘minipage’ as here.
\newsavebox{\areg}
\savebox{\areg}{%
@@ -12451,7 +12531,7 @@ To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here.
...
\usebox{\areg}
- As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register's contents,
+ As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register’s contents,
this puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in
the header. LaTeX only typesets it once.
@@ -12470,12 +12550,12 @@ the header. LaTeX only typesets it once.
\markright{\usebox{\sealreg}}
\pagestyle{headings}
-The 'picture' environment is good for fine-tuning the placement.
+The ‘picture’ environment is good for fine-tuning the placement.
- If the register '\noreg' has not already been defined then you get
-something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg'.
+ If the register ‘\noreg’ has not already been defined then you get
+something like ‘Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg’.
-20.6 'lrbox'
+20.6 ‘lrbox’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -12484,15 +12564,15 @@ Synopsis:
TEXT
\end{lrbox}
- This is the environment form of the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands,
+ This is the environment form of the ‘\sbox’ and ‘\savebox’ commands,
and is equivalent to them. *Note \sbox & \savebox::, for the full
description.
The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the box register referred
-to by variable 'BOX-CMD'. The variable name BOX-CMD must begin with a
-backslash, '\'. You must allocate this box register in advance with
-'\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). In this example the environment is
-convenient for entering the 'tabular'.
+to by variable ‘BOX-CMD’. The variable name BOX-CMD must begin with a
+backslash, ‘\’. You must allocate this box register in advance with
+‘\newsavebox’ (*note \newsavebox::). In this example the environment is
+convenient for entering the ‘tabular’.
\newsavebox{\jhreg}
\begin{lrbox}{\jhreg}
@@ -12504,7 +12584,7 @@ convenient for entering the 'tabular'.
...
\usebox{\jhreg}
-20.7 '\usebox'
+20.7 ‘\usebox’
==============
Synopsis:
@@ -12512,9 +12592,9 @@ Synopsis:
\usebox{BOX-CMD}
Produce the box most recently saved in the box register BOX-CMD by
-the commands '\sbox' or '\savebox', or the 'lrbox' environment. For
+the commands ‘\sbox’ or ‘\savebox’, or the ‘lrbox’ environment. For
more information and examples, *note \sbox & \savebox::. (Note that the
-variable name BOX-CMD starts with a backslash, '\'.) This command is
+variable name BOX-CMD starts with a backslash, ‘\’.) This command is
robust (*note \protect::).
21 Color
@@ -12524,58 +12604,58 @@ You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
Color support comes as an additional package. So put
-'\usepackage{color}' in your document preamble to use the commands
+‘\usepackage{color}’ in your document preamble to use the commands
described here.
- Many other packages also supplement LaTeX's color abilities.
-Particularly worth mentioning is 'xcolor', which is widely used and
+ Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities.
+Particularly worth mentioning is ‘xcolor’, which is widely used and
significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
-'HTML' and 'Hsb' color models.
+‘HTML’ and ‘Hsb’ color models.
-21.1 'color' package options
+21.1 ‘color’ package options
============================
Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
\usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}
- When you load the 'color' package there are two kinds of available
+ When you load the ‘color’ package there are two kinds of available
options.
- The first specifies the "printer driver". LaTeX doesn't contain
+ The first specifies the “printer driver”. LaTeX doesn’t contain
information about different output systems but instead depends on
information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
-driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system's
+driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
-currently relevant ones are: 'dvipdfmx', 'dvips', 'dvisvgm', 'luatex',
-'pdftex', 'xetex'. The two 'xdvi' and 'oztex' are essentially aliases
-for 'dvips' (and 'xdvi' is monochrome). Ones that should not be used
-for new systems are: 'dvipdf', 'dvipdfm', 'dviwin', 'dvipsone', 'emtex',
-'pctexps', 'pctexwin', 'pctexhp', 'pctex32', 'truetex', 'tcidvi', 'vtex'
-(and 'dviwindo' is an alias for 'dvipsone').
+currently relevant ones are: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’,
+‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’. The two ‘xdvi’ and ‘oztex’ are essentially aliases
+for ‘dvips’ (and ‘xdvi’ is monochrome). Ones that should not be used
+for new systems are: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
+‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
+(and ‘dviwindo’ is an alias for ‘dvipsone’).
The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
-'monochrome'
+‘monochrome’
Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but
do not generate color either.
-'dvipsnames'
+‘dvipsnames’
Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
particularly in legacy documents. These color names were
- originally provided by the 'dvips' driver, giving the option name.
+ originally provided by the ‘dvips’ driver, giving the option name.
-'nodvipsnames'
+‘nodvipsnames’
Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
memory space.
21.2 Color models
=================
-A "color model" is a way of representing colors. LaTeX's capabilities
-depend on the printer driver. However, the 'pdftex', 'xetex', and
-'luatex' printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used. The
+A “color model” is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s capabilities
+depend on the printer driver. However, the ‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, and
+‘luatex’ printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used. The
models below work for those drivers. All but one of these is also
supported by essentially all other printer drivers used today.
@@ -12585,42 +12665,42 @@ of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
and yellow makes black.
-'cmyk'
+‘cmyk’
A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second
is magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of
0 means minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This
model is often used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
-'gray'
+‘gray’
A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are
shades of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
-'rgb'
+‘rgb’
A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component,
the second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0
means that none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full
intensity. This is an additive model.
-'RGB'
- ('pdftex', 'xetex', 'luatex' drivers) A comma-separated list with
+‘RGB’
+ (‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, ‘luatex’ drivers) A comma-separated list with
three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
- convenience for using 'rgb' since outside of LaTeX colors are often
+ convenience for using ‘rgb’ since outside of LaTeX colors are often
described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
- The values entered here are converted to the 'rgb' model by
+ The values entered here are converted to the ‘rgb’ model by
dividing by 255.
-'named'
- Colors are accessed by name, such as 'PrussianBlue'. The list of
- names depends on the driver, but all support the names 'black',
- 'blue', 'cyan', 'green', 'magenta', 'red', 'white', and 'yellow'
- (See the 'dvipsnames' option in *note Color package options::).
+‘named’
+ Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘PrussianBlue’. The list of
+ names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘black’,
+ ‘blue’, ‘cyan’, ‘green’, ‘magenta’, ‘red’, ‘white’, and ‘yellow’
+ (See the ‘dvipsnames’ option in *note Color package options::).
21.3 Commands for color
=======================
-These are the commands available with the 'color' package.
+These are the commands available with the ‘color’ package.
21.3.1 Define colors
--------------------
@@ -12633,7 +12713,7 @@ Synopsis:
\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
-you can use that color name with 'Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!'.
+you can use that color name with ‘Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!’.
This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change
and not be misleading.
@@ -12641,7 +12721,7 @@ and not be misleading.
\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
- Often a document's colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
+ Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
class or style, rather than in the document body.
21.3.2 Colored text
@@ -12655,27 +12735,27 @@ Synopses:
or
\color{NAME}
- \color[COLOR MODEL]{SPECIFICATION}
+ \color[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
The affected text gets the color. This line
- \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:}
+ \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
-can use a color declared with '\definecolor' in exactly the same way
-that we just used the builtin color 'magenta'.
+can use a color declared with ‘\definecolor’ in exactly the same way
+that we just used the builtin color ‘magenta’.
\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
- The two '\textcolor' and '\color' differ in that the first is a
+ The two ‘\textcolor’ and ‘\color’ differ in that the first is a
command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
-form is a declaration, as in 'The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
-cheese', so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
+form is a declaration, as in ‘The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
+cheese’, so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as below
-where it colors everything inside the 'center' environment, including
+where it colors everything inside the ‘center’ environment, including
the vertical and horizontal lines.
\begin{center} \color{blue}
@@ -12704,7 +12784,7 @@ the synopses.
{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note
-Color models::). For instance, while 'rgb' takes three numbers, 'gray'
+Color models::). For instance, while ‘rgb’ takes three numbers, ‘gray’
takes only one.
The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
@@ -12728,22 +12808,22 @@ or
\fcolorbox{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
\fcolorbox[MODEL NAME]{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
- Make a box with the stated background color. The '\fcolorbox'
+ Make a box with the stated background color. The ‘\fcolorbox’
command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
-depth and height from the '\strut' (so the depth is '-.3\baselineskip'
-and the height is '\baselineskip'). This puts white text on a blue
+depth and height from the ‘\strut’ (so the depth is ‘-.3\baselineskip’
+and the height is ‘\baselineskip’). This puts white text on a blue
background.
\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
- The '\fcolorbox' commands use the same parameters as '\fbox' (*note
-\fbox & \framebox::), '\fboxrule' and '\fboxsep', to set the thickness
+ The ‘\fcolorbox’ commands use the same parameters as ‘\fbox’ (*note
+\fbox & \framebox::), ‘\fboxrule’ and ‘\fboxsep’, to set the thickness
of the rule and the boundary between the box interior and the
-surrounding rule. LaTeX's defaults are '0.4pt' and '3pt', respectively.
+surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are ‘0.4pt’ and ‘3pt’, respectively.
This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
@@ -12765,7 +12845,7 @@ Synopses:
pages, to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the
second form *note Colored text::. The third returns the background to
normal, which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported
-use '\pagecolor{white}', although that will make a white background
+use ‘\pagecolor{white}’, although that will make a white background
rather than the default transparent background.)
...
@@ -12785,14 +12865,14 @@ example is the short how-to.
\includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{plot.pdf}
To use the commands described here your document preamble must
-contain either '\usepackage{graphicx}' or '\usepackage{graphics}'. Most
-of the time, 'graphicx' is the better choice.
+contain either ‘\usepackage{graphicx}’ or ‘\usepackage{graphics}’. Most
+of the time, ‘graphicx’ is the better choice.
Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector. LaTeX can use
both. In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location
in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph in
JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of
-instructions such as 'draw a circle with this radius and that center'.
+instructions such as ‘draw a circle with this radius and that center’.
An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote program, in PDF
format. Generally vector graphics are more useful because you can
rescale their size without pixelation or other problems, and because
@@ -12800,7 +12880,7 @@ they often have a smaller size.
There are systems particularly well-suited to make graphics for a
LaTeX document. For example, these allow you to use the same fonts as
-in your document. LaTeX comes with a 'picture' environment (*note
+in your document. LaTeX comes with a ‘picture’ environment (*note
picture::) that has simple capabilities. Besides that, there are other
ways to include the graphic-making commands in the document. Two such
systems are the PSTricks and TikZ packages. There are also systems
@@ -12810,7 +12890,7 @@ Asymptote and MetaPost. One that uses a graphical interface is Xfig.
Full description of these systems is outside the scope of this document;
see their documentation on CTAN.
-22.1 'graphics' package options
+22.1 ‘graphics’ package options
===============================
Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
@@ -12821,60 +12901,60 @@ or
\usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{graphicx}
- The 'graphicx' package has a format for optional arguments to the
-'\includegraphics' command that is convenient (it is the key-value
+ The ‘graphicx’ package has a format for optional arguments to the
+‘\includegraphics’ command that is convenient (it is the key-value
format), so it is the better choice for new documents. When you load
-the 'graphics' or 'graphicx' package with '\usepackage' there are two
+the ‘graphics’ or ‘graphicx’ package with ‘\usepackage’ there are two
kinds of available options.
The first is that LaTeX does not contain information about different
-output systems but instead depends on information stored in a "printer
-driver" file. Normally you should not specify the driver option in the
-document, and instead rely on your system's default. One advantage of
+output systems but instead depends on information stored in a “printer
+driver” file. Normally you should not specify the driver option in the
+document, and instead rely on your system’s default. One advantage of
this is that it makes the document portable across systems.
For completeness here is a list of the drivers. The currently
-relevant ones are: 'dvipdfmx', 'dvips', 'dvisvgm', 'luatex', 'pdftex',
-'xetex'. The two 'xdvi' and 'oztex' are essentially aliases for 'dvips'
-(and 'xdvi' is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
-systems are: 'dvipdf', 'dvipdfm', 'dviwin', 'dvipsone', 'emtex',
-'pctexps', 'pctexwin', 'pctexhp', 'pctex32', 'truetex', 'tcidvi', 'vtex'
-(and 'dviwindo' is an alias for 'dvipsone'). These are stored in files
-with a '.def' extension, such as 'pdftex.def'.
+relevant ones are: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’, ‘pdftex’,
+‘xetex’. The two ‘xdvi’ and ‘oztex’ are essentially aliases for ‘dvips’
+(and ‘xdvi’ is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
+systems are: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
+‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
+(and ‘dviwindo’ is an alias for ‘dvipsone’). These are stored in files
+with a ‘.def’ extension, such as ‘pdftex.def’.
The second kind of options are below.
-'demo'
+‘demo’
Instead of an image file, LaTeX puts in a 150 pt by 100 pt
rectangle (unless another size is specified in the
- '\includegraphics' command).
+ ‘\includegraphics’ command).
-'draft'
+‘draft’
For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is
printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the
size, the file must be present.
-'final'
- (Default) Override any previous 'draft' option, so that the
+‘final’
+ (Default) Override any previous ‘draft’ option, so that the
document shows the contents of the graphic files.
-'hiderotate'
+‘hiderotate’
Do not show rotated text. (This allows for the possibility that a
previewer does not have the capability to rotate text.)
-'hidescale'
+‘hidescale’
Do not show scaled text. (This allows for the possibility that a
previewer does not have the capability to scale.)
-'hiresbb'
+‘hiresbb’
In a PS or EPS file the graphic size may be specified in two ways.
- The '%%BoundingBox' lines describe the graphic size using integer
+ The ‘%%BoundingBox’ lines describe the graphic size using integer
multiples of a PostScript point, that is, integer multiples of 1/72
inch. A later addition to the PostScript language allows decimal
- multiples, such as 1.23, in '%%HiResBoundingBox' lines. This
+ multiples, such as 1.23, in ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’ lines. This
option has LaTeX to read the size from the latter.
-22.2 'graphics' package configuration
+22.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
=====================================
These commands configure the way LaTeX searches the file system for the
@@ -12883,10 +12963,10 @@ graphic.
The behavior of file system search code is necessarily platform
dependent. In this document we cover GNU/Linux, Macintosh, and Windows,
as those systems are typically configured. For other situations consult
-the documentation in 'grfguide.pdf', or the LaTeX source, or your TeX
-distribution's documentation.
+the documentation in ‘grfguide.pdf’, or the LaTeX source, or your TeX
+distribution’s documentation.
-22.2.1 '\graphicspath'
+22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -12894,31 +12974,31 @@ Synopsis:
\graphicspath{LIST OF DIRECTORIES INSIDE CURLY BRACES}
Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This
-allows you to later say something like '\includegraphics{lion.png}'
+allows you to later say something like ‘\includegraphics{lion.png}’
instead of having to give its path.
LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory
(and the output directory, if specified; *note output directory::). The
declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory
-'pix', and then '../pix'.
+‘pix’, and then ‘../pix’.
\usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble
...
\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
- The '\graphicspath' declaration is optional. If you don't include it
-then LaTeX's default is to search all of the places that it usually
-looks for a file (it uses LaTeX's '\input@path'). In particular, in
+ The ‘\graphicspath’ declaration is optional. If you don’t include it
+then LaTeX’s default is to search all of the places that it usually
+looks for a file (it uses LaTeX’s ‘\input@path’). In particular, in
this case one of the places it looks is the current directory.
Enclose each directory name in curly braces; for example, above it
-says ''{pix}''. Do this even if there is only one directory. Each
-directory name must end in a forward slash, '/'. This is true even on
+says ‘‘{pix}’’. Do this even if there is only one directory. Each
+directory name must end in a forward slash, ‘/’. This is true even on
Windows, where good practice is to use forward slashes for all the
directory separators since it makes the document portable to other
platforms. If you have spaces in your directory name then use double
-quotes, as with '{"my docs/"}'. Getting one of these rules wrong will
-cause LaTeX to report 'Error: File `FILENAME' not found'.
+quotes, as with ‘{"my docs/"}’. Getting one of these rules wrong will
+cause LaTeX to report ‘Error: File `FILENAME' not found’.
Basically, the algorithm is that with this example, after looking in
the current directory,
@@ -12928,28 +13008,28 @@ the current directory,
\usepackage{lion.png}
for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the
-filename and searches for the result, checking for 'pix/lion.png' and
-then '../pix/lion.png'. This algorithm means that the '\graphicspath'
+filename and searches for the result, checking for ‘pix/lion.png’ and
+then ‘../pix/lion.png’. This algorithm means that the ‘\graphicspath’
command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue
-'\graphicspath{{a/}}' and the graphic is in 'a/b/lion.png' then LaTeX
+‘\graphicspath{{a/}}’ and the graphic is in ‘a/b/lion.png’ then LaTeX
will not find it. It also means that you can use absolute paths such as
-'\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}' or
-'\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}'. However, using these
+‘\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}’ or
+‘\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}’. However, using these
means that the document is not portable. (You could preserve
portability by adjusting your TeX system settings configuration file
-parameter 'TEXINPUTS'; see the documentation of your system.)
+parameter ‘TEXINPUTS’; see the documentation of your system.)
- You can use '\graphicspath' anywhere in the document. You can use it
+ You can use ‘\graphicspath’ anywhere in the document. You can use it
more than once. Show its value with
-'\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother'.
+‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother’.
The directories are taken with respect to the base file. That is,
-suppose that you are working on a document based on 'book/book.tex' and
-it contains '\include{chapters/chap1}'. If in 'chap1.tex' you put
-'\graphicspath{{plots/}}' then LaTeX will not search for graphics in
-'book/chapters/plots', but instead in 'book/plots'.
+suppose that you are working on a document based on ‘book/book.tex’ and
+it contains ‘\include{chapters/chap1}’. If in ‘chap1.tex’ you put
+‘\graphicspath{{plots/}}’ then LaTeX will not search for graphics in
+‘book/chapters/plots’, but instead in ‘book/plots’.
-22.2.2 '\DeclareGraphicsExtensions'
+22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
-----------------------------------
Synopses:
@@ -12959,7 +13039,7 @@ Synopses:
Declare the filename extensions to try. This allows you to specify
the order in which to choose graphic formats when you include graphic
files by giving the filename without the extension, as in
-'\includegraphics{functionplot}'.
+‘\includegraphics{functionplot}’.
In this example, LaTeX will find files in the PNG format before PDF
files.
@@ -12968,30 +13048,30 @@ files.
...
\includegraphics{lion} % will find lion.png before lion.pdf
-Because the filename 'lion' does not have a period, LaTeX uses the
+Because the filename ‘lion’ does not have a period, LaTeX uses the
extension list. For each directory in the graphics path (*note
\graphicspath::), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order given. If
it does not find such a file after trying all the directories and
-extensions then it reports '! LaTeX Error: File `'lion'' not found'.
+extensions then it reports ‘! LaTeX Error: File `‘lion’' not found’.
Note that you must include the periods at the start of the extensions.
Because GNU/Linux and Macintosh filenames are case sensitive, the
list of file extensions is case sensitive on those platforms. The
Windows platform is not case sensitive.
- You are not required to include '\DeclareGraphicsExtensions' in your
+ You are not required to include ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’ in your
document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example, the
-most recent 'pdftex.def' has this extension list.
+most recent ‘pdftex.def’ has this extension list.
.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
- To change the order, use the 'grfext' package.
+ To change the order, use the ‘grfext’ package.
You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it
more than once. Show its value with
-'\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother'.
+‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother’.
-22.2.3 '\DeclareGraphicsRule'
+22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
-----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -13001,7 +13081,7 @@ Synopsis:
Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in EXTENSION.
This example declares that all files with names of the form
-'filename-without-dot.mps' will be treated as output from MetaPost,
+‘filename-without-dot.mps’ will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.
@@ -13012,24 +13092,24 @@ input the file.
\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
tells LaTeX that it should handle as MetaPost output any file with an
-extension not covered by another rule, so it covers 'filename.1',
-'filename.2', etc.
+extension not covered by another rule, so it covers ‘filename.1’,
+‘filename.2’, etc.
This describes the four arguments.
EXTENSION
The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is
anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use
- the Kleene star, '*', to denote the default behavior for all
+ the Kleene star, ‘*’, to denote the default behavior for all
undeclared extensions.
TYPE
The type of file involved. This type is a string that must be
defined in the printer driver. For instance, files with extensions
- '.ps', '.eps', or '.ps.gz' may all be classed as type 'eps'. All
+ ‘.ps’, ‘.eps’, or ‘.ps.gz’ may all be classed as type ‘eps’. All
files of the same type will be input with the same internal command
- by the printer driver. For example, the file types that 'pdftex'
- recognizes are: 'jpg', 'jbig2', 'mps', 'pdf', 'png', 'tif'.
+ by the printer driver. For example, the file types that ‘pdftex’
+ recognizes are: ‘jpg’, ‘jbig2’, ‘mps’, ‘pdf’, ‘png’, ‘tif’.
SIZE-FILE EXTENSION
The extension of the file to be read to determine the size of the
@@ -13037,26 +13117,26 @@ SIZE-FILE EXTENSION
but it may be different.
As an example, consider a PostScript graphic. To make it smaller,
- it might be compressed into a '.ps.gz' file. Compressed files are
+ it might be compressed into a ‘.ps.gz’ file. Compressed files are
not easily read by LaTeX so you can put the bounding box
information in a separate file. If SIZE-FILE EXTENSION is empty
then you must specify size information in the arguments of
- '\includegraphics'.
+ ‘\includegraphics’.
If the driver file has a procedure for reading size files for
- 'type' then that will be used, otherwise it will use the procedure
- for reading '.eps' files. (Thus you may specify the size of bitmap
- files in a file with a PostScript style '%%BoundingBox' line if no
+ ‘type’ then that will be used, otherwise it will use the procedure
+ for reading ‘.eps’ files. (Thus you may specify the size of bitmap
+ files in a file with a PostScript style ‘%%BoundingBox’ line if no
other format is available.)
COMMAND
- A command that will be applied to the file. This is very often
- left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote.
- Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}'
- specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be
- treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored
- in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command 'gunzip
- -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
+ A command that will be applied to the file. This is often left
+ empty. This command must start with a single backward quote.
+ Thus, ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}’
+ specifies that any file with the extension ‘.eps.gz’ should be
+ treated as an ‘eps’ file, with the BoundingBox information stored
+ in the file with extension ‘.eps.bb’, and that the command ‘gunzip
+ -c’ will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
Such a command is specific to your platform. In addition, your TeX
system must allow you to run external commands; as a security
@@ -13067,13 +13147,13 @@ COMMAND
22.3 Commands for graphics
==========================
-These are the commands available with the 'graphics' and 'graphicx'
+These are the commands available with the ‘graphics’ and ‘graphicx’
packages.
-22.3.1 '\includegraphics'
+22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
-------------------------
-Synopses for 'graphics' package:
+Synopses for ‘graphics’ package:
\includegraphics{FILENAME}
\includegraphics[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
@@ -13082,14 +13162,14 @@ Synopses for 'graphics' package:
\includegraphics*[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
\includegraphics*[LLX,LLY][URX,URY]{FILENAME}
- Synopses for 'graphicx' package:
+ Synopses for ‘graphicx’ package:
\includegraphics{FILENAME}
\includegraphics[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
\includegraphics*{FILENAME}
\includegraphics*[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
- Include a graphics file. The starred form '\includegraphics*' will
+ Include a graphics file. The starred form ‘\includegraphics*’ will
clip the graphic to the size specified, while for the unstarred form any
part of the graphic that is outside the box of the specified size will
over-print the surrounding area.
@@ -13102,28 +13182,28 @@ over-print the surrounding area.
\includegraphics{plot.pdf}
\end{center}
-will incorporate into the document the graphic in 'plot.pdf', centered
+will incorporate into the document the graphic in ‘plot.pdf’, centered
and at its nominal size. You can also give a path to the file, as with
-'\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}'. To specify a list of locations
+‘\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}’. To specify a list of locations
to search for the file, *note \graphicspath::.
If your filename includes spaces then put it in double quotes. An
-example is '\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}'.
+example is ‘\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}’.
- The '\includegraphics{FILENAME}' command decides on the type of
+ The ‘\includegraphics{FILENAME}’ command decides on the type of
graphic by splitting FILENAME on the first dot. You can instead use
-FILENAME with no dot, as in '\includegraphics{turing}', and then LaTeX
-tries a sequence of extensions such as '.png' and '.pdf' until it finds
+FILENAME with no dot, as in ‘\includegraphics{turing}’, and then LaTeX
+tries a sequence of extensions such as ‘.png’ and ‘.pdf’ until it finds
a file with that extension (*note \DeclareGraphicsExtensions::).
If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can
hide them with curly braces, as in
-'\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}'. Or, if you use the
-'graphicx' package then you can use the options 'type' and 'ext'; see
+‘\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}’. Or, if you use the
+‘graphicx’ package then you can use the options ‘type’ and ‘ext’; see
below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package
-'grffile'.
+‘grffile’.
- This example puts a graphic in a 'figure' environment so LaTeX can
+ This example puts a graphic in a ‘figure’ environment so LaTeX can
move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward
(*note figure::).
@@ -13160,19 +13240,19 @@ text, with the two vertically centered.
\end{minipage}}
\end{center}
- If you use the 'graphics' package then the only options involve the
+ If you use the ‘graphics’ package then the only options involve the
size of the graphic (but see *note \rotatebox:: and *note \scalebox::).
-When one optional argument is present then it is '[URX,URY]' and it
+When one optional argument is present then it is ‘[URX,URY]’ and it
gives the coordinates of the top right corner of the image, as a pair of
TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::). If the units are omitted they
-default to 'bp'. In this case, the lower left corner of the image is
+default to ‘bp’. In this case, the lower left corner of the image is
assumed to be at (0,0). If two optional arguments are present then the
-leading one is '[LLX,LLY]', specifying the coordinates of the image's
-lower left. Thus, '\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}' calls for the
+leading one is ‘[LLX,LLY]’, specifying the coordinates of the image’s
+lower left. Thus, ‘\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}’ calls for the
graphic to be placed so it is 1 inch wide and 0.618 inches tall and so
its origin is at (0,0).
- The 'graphicx' package gives you many more options. Specify them in
+ The ‘graphicx’ package gives you many more options. Specify them in
a key-value form, as here.
\begin{center}
@@ -13189,133 +13269,133 @@ two will end with different widths and heights.
There are many options. The primary ones are listed first.
Note that a graphic is placed by LaTeX into a box, which is
-traditionally referred to as its "bounding box" (distinct from the
-PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic's printed area may
+traditionally referred to as its “bounding box” (distinct from the
+PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic’s printed area may
go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when LaTeX makes up a
page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the
graphic.
-'width'
+‘width’
The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this width. An
- example is '\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}'. You can use the
+ example is ‘\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}’. You can use the
standard TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::) and also
- convenient is '\linewidth', or in a two-column document,
- '\columnwidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). An example is
- that by using the 'calc' package you can make the graphic be 1 cm
+ convenient is ‘\linewidth’, or in a two-column document,
+ ‘\columnwidth’ (*note Page layout parameters::). An example is
+ that by using the ‘calc’ package you can make the graphic be 1 cm
narrower than the width of the text with
- '\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}'.
+ ‘\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}’.
-'height'
+‘height’
The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this height. You
can use the standard TeX dimensions (*note Units of length::), and
- also convenient are '\pageheight' and '\textheight' (*note Page
+ also convenient are ‘\pageheight’ and ‘\textheight’ (*note Page
layout parameters::). For instance, the command
- '\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}' will make the
+ ‘\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}’ will make the
graphic a quarter of the height of the text area.
-'totalheight'
+‘totalheight’
The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus
depth. This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated.
For instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero
height but a large depth.
-'keepaspectratio'
- If set to 'true', or just specified as here
+‘keepaspectratio’
+ If set to ‘true’, or just specified as here
\includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}
- and you give as options both 'width' and 'height' (or
- 'totalheight'), then LaTeX will make the graphic is as large as
+ and you give as options both ‘width’ and ‘height’ (or
+ ‘totalheight’), then LaTeX will make the graphic is as large as
possible without distortion. That is, LaTeX will ensure that
- neither is the graphic wider than 'width' nor taller than 'height'
- (or 'totalheight').
+ neither is the graphic wider than ‘width’ nor taller than ‘height’
+ (or ‘totalheight’).
-'scale'
+‘scale’
Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its
- nominal size, enter '\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}'. This
+ nominal size, enter ‘\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}’. This
number may be any value; a number between 0 and 1 will shrink the
graphic and a negative number will reflect it.
-'angle'
+‘angle’
Rotate the graphic. The angle is taken in degrees and
- counterclockwise. The graphic is rotated about its 'origin'; see
+ counterclockwise. The graphic is rotated about its ‘origin’; see
that option. For a complete description of how rotated material is
typeset, *note \rotatebox::.
-'origin'
+‘origin’
The point of the graphic about which the rotation happens.
- Possible values are any string containing one or two of: 'l' for
- left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top,
- and 'B' for baseline. Thus, entering the command
- '\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}' will turn the picture
- upside down about that picture's center, while the command
- '\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}' will turn its
- picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character 'c'
- gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc', but gives the vertical
- center in 'lc' or 'rc'.) The default is 'lB'.
+ Possible values are any string containing one or two of: ‘l’ for
+ left, ‘r’ for right, ‘b’ for bottom, ‘c’ for center, ‘t’ for top,
+ and ‘B’ for baseline. Thus, entering the command
+ ‘\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}’ will turn the picture
+ upside down about that picture’s center, while the command
+ ‘\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}’ will turn its
+ picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character ‘c’
+ gives the horizontal center in ‘bc’ or ‘tc’, but gives the vertical
+ center in ‘lc’ or ‘rc’.) The default is ‘lB’.
To rotate about an arbitrary point, *note \rotatebox::.
These are lesser-used options.
-'viewport'
+‘viewport’
Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments,
separated by spaces and given in TeX dimensions, as with
- '\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'. When
- the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big points, 'bp'.
+ ‘\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}’. When
+ the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big points, ‘bp’.
They are taken relative to the origin specified by the bounding
- box. See also the 'trim' option.
+ box. See also the ‘trim’ option.
-'trim'
+‘trim’
Gives parts of the graphic to not show. Takes four arguments,
separated by spaces, that are given in TeX dimensions, as with
- '\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}'.
+ ‘\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}’.
These give the amounts of the graphic not to show, that is, LaTeX
will crop the picture by 0 inches on the left, 0.1 inches on the
bottom, 0.2 inches on the right, and 0.3 inches on the top. See
- also the 'viewport' option.
+ also the ‘viewport’ option.
-'clip'
- If set to 'true', or just specified as here
+‘clip’
+ If set to ‘true’, or just specified as here
\includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}
then the graphic is cropped to the bounding box. This is the same
as using the starred form of the command,
- '\includegraphics*[...]{...}'.
+ ‘\includegraphics*[...]{...}’.
-'page'
+‘page’
Give the page number of a multi-page PDF file. The default is
- 'page=1'.
+ ‘page=1’.
-'pagebox'
+‘pagebox’
Specifies which bounding box to use for PDF files from among
- 'mediabox', 'cropbox', 'bleedbox', 'trimbox', or 'artbox'. PDF
+ ‘mediabox’, ‘cropbox’, ‘bleedbox’, ‘trimbox’, or ‘artbox’. PDF
files do not have the BoundingBox that PostScript files have, but
may specify up to four predefined rectangles. The MediaBox gives
the boundaries of the physical medium. The CropBox is the region
to which the contents of the page are to be clipped when displayed.
The BleedBox is the region to which the contents of the page should
be clipped in production. The TrimBox is the intended dimensions
- of the finished page. The ArtBox is the extent of the page's
+ of the finished page. The ArtBox is the extent of the page’s
meaningful content. The driver will set the image size based on
CropBox if present, otherwise it will not use one of the others,
with a driver-defined order of preference. MediaBox is always
present.
-'interpolate'
+‘interpolate’
Enable or disable interpolation of raster images by the viewer.
- Can be set with 'interpolate=true' or just specified as here.
+ Can be set with ‘interpolate=true’ or just specified as here.
\includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}
-'quiet'
+‘quiet’
Do not write information to the log. You can set it with
- 'quiet=true' or just specified it with
- '\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}',
+ ‘quiet=true’ or just specified it with
+ ‘\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}’,
-'draft'
- If you set it with 'draft=true' or just specify it with
+‘draft’
+ If you set it with ‘draft=true’ or just specify it with
\includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}
@@ -13324,75 +13404,75 @@ graphic.
correct size with the filename printed in it.
These options address the bounding box for Encapsulated PostScript
-graphic files, which have a size specified with a line '%%BoundingBox'
+graphic files, which have a size specified with a line ‘%%BoundingBox’
that appears in the file. It has four values, giving the lower x
coordinate, lower y coordinate, upper x coordinate, and upper y
-coordinate. The units are PostScript points, equivalent to TeX's big
-points, 1/72 inch. For example, if an '.eps' file has the line
-'%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80' then its natural size is 30/72 inch wide by
+coordinate. The units are PostScript points, equivalent to TeX’s big
+points, 1/72 inch. For example, if an ‘.eps’ file has the line
+‘%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80’ then its natural size is 30/72 inch wide by
60/72 inch tall.
-'bb'
+‘bb’
Specify the bounding box of the displayed region. The argument is
- four dimensions separated by spaces, as with '\includegraphics[..,
- bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'. Usually '\includegraphics' reads
+ four dimensions separated by spaces, as with ‘\includegraphics[..,
+ bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}’. Usually ‘\includegraphics’ reads
the BoundingBox numbers from the EPS file automatically, so this
option is only useful if the bounding box is missing from that file
or if you want to change it.
-'bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury'
+‘bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury’
Set the bounding box. These four are obsolete, but are retained
for compatibility with old packages.
-'natwidth, natheight'
- An alternative for 'bb'. Setting
+‘natwidth, natheight’
+ An alternative for ‘bb’. Setting
\includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}
- is the same as setting 'bb=0 0 1in 0.618in'.
+ is the same as setting ‘bb=0 0 1in 0.618in’.
-'hiresbb'
- If set to 'true', or just specified as with
+‘hiresbb’
+ If set to ‘true’, or just specified as with
\includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}
- then LaTeX will look for '%%HiResBoundingBox' lines instead of
- '%%BoundingBox' lines. (The 'BoundingBox' lines use only natural
- numbers while the 'HiResBoundingBox' lines use decimals; both use
- units equivalent to TeX's big points, 1/72 inch.) To override a
- prior setting of 'true', you can set it to 'false'.
+ then LaTeX will look for ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’ lines instead of
+ ‘%%BoundingBox’ lines. (The ‘BoundingBox’ lines use only natural
+ numbers while the ‘HiResBoundingBox’ lines use decimals; both use
+ units equivalent to TeX’s big points, 1/72 inch.) To override a
+ prior setting of ‘true’, you can set it to ‘false’.
- These following options allow a user to override LaTeX's method of
+ These following options allow a user to override LaTeX’s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that '\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}' will read
-the file 'lion.xxx' as though it were 'lion.png'. For more on these,
+is that ‘\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}’ will read
+the file ‘lion.xxx’ as though it were ‘lion.png’. For more on these,
*note \DeclareGraphicsRule::.
-'type'
+‘type’
Specify the graphics type.
-'ext'
+‘ext’
Specify the graphics extension. Only use this in conjunction with
- the option 'type'.
+ the option ‘type’.
-'read'
+‘read’
Specify the file extension of the read file. Only use this in
- conjunction with the option 'type'.
+ conjunction with the option ‘type’.
-'command'
+‘command’
Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in
- conjunction with the option 'type'. *Note Command line options::,
- for a discussion of enabling the '\write18' functionality to run
+ conjunction with the option ‘type’. *Note Command line options::,
+ for a discussion of enabling the ‘\write18’ functionality to run
external commands.
-22.3.2 '\rotatebox'
+22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
-------------------
-Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package:
+Synopsis if you use the ‘graphics’ package:
\rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
- Synopses if you use the 'graphicx' package:
+ Synopses if you use the ‘graphicx’ package:
\rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
\rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
@@ -13421,39 +13501,39 @@ step (they need not coincide vertically). This new bounding box, in its
new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this
material.
- If you use the 'graphics' package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box. If you use the 'graphicx' package then
+ If you use the ‘graphics’ package then the rotation is about the
+reference point of the box. If you use the ‘graphicx’ package then
these are the options that can go in the KEY-VALUE LIST, but note that
you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the
-'x' and 'y' options (*note \includegraphics::).
+‘x’ and ‘y’ options (*note \includegraphics::).
-'origin'
- The point of the MATERIAL's box about which the rotation happens.
- Possible value is any string containing one or two of: 'l' for
- left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top,
- and 'B' for baseline. Thus, the first line here
+‘origin’
+ The point of the MATERIAL’s box about which the rotation happens.
+ Possible value is any string containing one or two of: ‘l’ for
+ left, ‘r’ for right, ‘b’ for bottom, ‘c’ for center, ‘t’ for top,
+ and ‘B’ for baseline. Thus, the first line here
\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second
will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline. (The
- character 'c' gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc' but gives
- the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc', and gives both in 'c'.) The
- default is 'lB'.
+ character ‘c’ gives the horizontal center in ‘bc’ or ‘tc’ but gives
+ the vertical center in ‘lc’ or ‘rc’, and gives both in ‘c’.) The
+ default is ‘lB’.
-'x, y'
- Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with '\rotatebox[x=TeX
- DIMENSION,y=TeX DIMENSION]{...}' (*note Units of length::). These
- give the offset from the box's reference point.
+‘x, y’
+ Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with ‘\rotatebox[x=TeX
+ DIMENSION,y=TeX DIMENSION]{...}’ (*note Units of length::). These
+ give the offset from the box’s reference point.
-'units'
+‘units’
This key allows you to change the default of degrees
- counterclockwise. Setting 'units=-360' changes the direction to
- degrees clockwise and setting 'units=6.283185' changes to radians
+ counterclockwise. Setting ‘units=-360’ changes the direction to
+ degrees clockwise and setting ‘units=6.283185’ changes to radians
counterclockwise.
-22.3.3 '\scalebox'
+22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
------------------
Synopses:
@@ -13476,16 +13556,16 @@ to the same value as the HORIZONTAL FACTOR.
\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}
-If you use the 'graphicx' package then you can accomplish the same thing
-with optional arguments to '\includegraphics' (*note
+If you use the ‘graphicx’ package then you can accomplish the same thing
+with optional arguments to ‘\includegraphics’ (*note
\includegraphics::).
- The '\reflectbox' command abbreviates '\scalebox{-1}[1]{MATERIAL}'.
-Thus, 'Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}' will show the phrase 'Able was
-I' immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical
+ The ‘\reflectbox’ command abbreviates ‘\scalebox{-1}[1]{MATERIAL}’.
+Thus, ‘Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}’ will show the phrase ‘Able was
+I’ immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical
axis.
-22.3.4 '\resizebox'
+22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
-------------------
Synopses:
@@ -13493,9 +13573,9 @@ Synopses:
\resizebox{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
\resizebox*{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
- Given a size, such as '3cm', transform MATERIAL to make it that size.
+ Given a size, such as ‘3cm’, transform MATERIAL to make it that size.
If either HORIZONTAL LENGTH or VERTICAL LENGTH is an exclamation
-point '!' then the other argument is used to determine a scale factor
+point ‘!’ then the other argument is used to determine a scale factor
for both directions.
This example makes the graphic be a half inch wide and scales it
@@ -13503,16 +13583,16 @@ vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted.
\resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}
- The unstarred form '\resizebox' takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box's
-height while the starred form '\resizebox*' takes it to be height+depth.
+ The unstarred form ‘\resizebox’ takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box’s
+height while the starred form ‘\resizebox*’ takes it to be height+depth.
For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter-inch with
-'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and
-depth.}}'.
+‘\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and
+depth.}}’.
- You can use '\depth', '\height', '\totalheight', and '\width' to
+ You can use ‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\totalheight’, and ‘\width’ to
refer to the original size of the box. Thus, make the text two inches
-wide but keep the original height with '\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Two
-inches}'.
+wide but keep the original height with ‘\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Two
+inches}’.
23 Special insertions
*********************
@@ -13524,26 +13604,26 @@ meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
========================
LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
-example, the percent sign '%' is for comments. They are called
-"reserved characters" or "special characters". They are all discussed
+example, the percent sign ‘%’ is for comments. They are called
+“reserved characters” or “special characters”. They are all discussed
elsewhere in this manual.
# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \
If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text
body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply
-put a backslash '\' in front of the character. Thus, typing '\$1.23'
-will produce '$1.23' in your output.
+put a backslash ‘\’ in front of the character. Thus, typing ‘\$1.23’
+will produce ‘$1.23’ in your output.
As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font
-use '\~{}' (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character
+use ‘\~{}’ (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character
receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body font
-circumflex use '\^{}'. To get a backslash in the font of the text body,
-enter '\textbackslash{}'.
+circumflex use ‘\^{}’. To get a backslash in the font of the text body,
+enter ‘\textbackslash{}’.
- To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use '\verb!!'
-as below (the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the lines in
-the output).
+ To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use ‘\verb!!’
+as below (the double backslash ‘\\’ in the example is only there to
+split the lines in the output).
\begin{center}
\# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
@@ -13561,20 +13641,20 @@ Synopsis:
\MakeLowercase{TEXT}
Change the case of characters. The TeX primitive commands
-'\uppercase' and '\lowercase' are set up by default to work only with
-the 26 letters a-z and A-Z. The LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and
-'\MakeLowercase' commands also change characters accessed by commands
-such as '\ae' or '\aa'. The commands '\MakeUppercase' and
-'\MakeLowercase' are robust but they have moving arguments (*note
+‘\uppercase’ and ‘\lowercase’ are set up by default to work only with
+the 26 letters a–z and A–Z. The LaTeX commands ‘\MakeUppercase’ and
+‘\MakeLowercase’ commands also change characters accessed by commands
+such as ‘\ae’ or ‘\aa’. The commands ‘\MakeUppercase’ and
+‘\MakeLowercase’ are robust but they have moving arguments (*note
\protect::).
These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of
a command within TEXT. But they do change the case of every other Latin
-letter inside the argument TEXT. Thus, '\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$'}
-produces 'LET Y=F(X)'. Another example is that the name of an
-environment will be changed, so that '\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ...
-\end{tabular}}' will produce an error because the first half is changed
-to '\begin{TABULAR}'.
+letter inside the argument TEXT. Thus, ‘\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$’}
+produces ‘LET Y=F(X)’. Another example is that the name of an
+environment will be changed, so that ‘\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ...
+\end{tabular}}’ will produce an error because the first half is changed
+to ‘\begin{TABULAR}’.
LaTeX uses the same fixed table for changing case throughout a
document, The table used is designed for the font encoding T1; this
@@ -13582,24 +13662,24 @@ works well with the standard TeX fonts for all Latin alphabets but will
cause problems when using other alphabets.
To change the case of text that results from a macro inside TEXT you
-need to do expansion. Here the '\Schoolname' produces 'COLLEGE OF
-MATHEMATICS'.
+need to do expansion. Here the ‘\Schoolname’ produces ‘COLLEGE OF
+MATHEMATICS’.
\newcommand{\schoolname}{College of Mathematics}
\newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase
\expandafter{\schoolname}}
- The 'textcase' package brings some of the missing feature of the
-standard LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowerCase'.
+ The ‘textcase’ package brings some of the missing feature of the
+standard LaTeX commands ‘\MakeUppercase’ and ‘\MakeLowerCase’.
To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
-'mfirstuc'.
+‘mfirstuc’.
Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in the
-original TeX and LaTeX. It has been implemented in the 'expl3' package
-as of 2020. The article "Case changing: From TeX primitives to the
-Unicode algorithm", (Joseph Wright, 'TUGboat' 41:1,
+original TeX and LaTeX. It has been implemented in the ‘expl3’ package
+as of 2020. The article “Case changing: From TeX primitives to the
+Unicode algorithm”, (Joseph Wright, ‘TUGboat’ 41:1,
<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf>), gives a good
overview of the topic, past and present.
@@ -13607,13 +13687,13 @@ overview of the topic, past and present.
=============================
You can access any character of the current font using its number with
-the '\symbol' command. For example, the visible space character used in
-the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32 in the standard Computer
-Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'.
+the ‘\symbol’ command. For example, the visible space character used in
+the ‘\verb*’ command has the code decimal 32 in the standard Computer
+Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as ‘\symbol{32}’.
- You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ''' prefix,
-or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the visible space at 32
-decimal could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'.
+ You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ‘'’ prefix,
+or hexadecimal (base 16) with a ‘"’ prefix, so the visible space at 32
+decimal could also be written as ‘\symbol{'40}’ or ‘\symbol{"20}’.
23.4 Text symbols
=================
@@ -13622,304 +13702,312 @@ LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in
running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not
available in OT1. As of the LaTeX February 2020 release, all symbols
are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use the
-'textcomp' package for some (technically, those in the 'TS1' font
+‘textcomp’ package for some (technically, those in the ‘TS1’ font
encoding).
-'\copyright'
-'\textcopyright'
- (C) The copyright symbol.
+‘\copyright’
+‘\textcopyright’
+ © The copyright symbol.
-'\dag'
+‘\dag’
† The dagger symbol (in text).
-'\ddag'
+‘\ddag’
‡ The double dagger symbol (in text).
-'\LaTeX'
+‘\LaTeX’
The LaTeX logo.
-'\LaTeXe'
+‘\LaTeXe’
The LaTeX2e logo.
-'\guillemotleft («)'
-'\guillemotright (»)'
-'\guilsinglleft (‹)'
-'\guilsinglright (›)'
+‘\guillemotleft («)’
+‘\guillemotright (»)’
+‘\guilsinglleft (‹)’
+‘\guilsinglright (›)’
«, », ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used
in French.
-'\ldots'
-'\dots'
-'\textellipsis'
- ... An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): '\ldots' and '\dots'
- also work in math mode.
+‘\ldots’
+‘\textellipsis’
+‘\dots’
+ ... An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): ‘\ldots’ and ‘\dots’
+ also work in math mode (*note Dots::). See that math mode ellipsis
+ description for additional general information.
-'\lq'
- ' Left (opening) quote.
+‘\lq’
+ ‘ Left (opening) quote.
-'\P'
-'\textparagraph'
+‘\P’
+‘\textparagraph’
¶ Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
-'\pounds'
-'\textsterling'
+‘\pounds’
+‘\textsterling’
£ English pounds sterling.
-'\quotedblbase („)'
-'\quotesinglbase (‚)'
+‘\quotedblbase („)’
+‘\quotesinglbase (‚)’
„ and ‚ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
-'\rq'
- ' Right (closing) quote.
+‘\rq’
+ ’ Right (closing) quote.
-'\S'
-'\textsection'
+‘\S’
+‘\textsection’
§ Section sign.
-'\TeX'
+‘\TeX’
The TeX logo.
-'\textasciicircum'
+‘\textasciicircum’
^ ASCII circumflex.
-'\textasciitilde'
+‘\textasciitilde’
~ ASCII tilde.
-'\textasteriskcentered'
+‘\textasteriskcentered’
* Centered asterisk.
-'\textbackslash'
- \ Backslash.
+‘\textbackslash’
+ \ Backslash. However, ‘\texttt{\textbackslash}’ produces a roman
+ (not typewriter) backslash by default; for a typewriter backslash,
+ it is necessary to use the T1 (or other non-default) font encoding,
+ as in:
+
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-'\textbar'
+‘\textbar’
| Vertical bar.
-'\textbardbl'
+‘\textbardbl’
⏸ Double vertical bar.
-'\textbigcircle'
+‘\textbigcircle’
◯, Big circle symbol.
-'\textbraceleft'
- { Left brace.
+‘\textbraceleft’
+ { Left brace. See remarks at ‘\textbackslash’ above about making
+ ‘\texttt{\textbraceleft}’ produce a typewriter brace.
-'\textbraceright'
- } Right brace.
+‘\textbraceright’
+ } Right brace. See remarks at ‘\textbackslash’ above about making
+ ‘\texttt{\textbraceright}’ produce a typewriter brace.
-'\textbullet'
- * Bullet.
+‘\textbullet’
+ • Bullet.
-'\textcircled{LETTER}'
+‘\textcircled{LETTER}’
Ⓐ, Circle around LETTER.
-'\textcompwordmark'
-'\textcapitalcompwordmark'
-'\textascendercompwordmark'
+‘\textcompwordmark’
+‘\textcapitalcompwordmark’
+‘\textascendercompwordmark’
Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For
- example, 'f\textcompwordmark i' produces 'fi' without a ligature.
+ example, ‘f\textcompwordmark i’ produces ‘fi’ without a ligature.
This is most useful in non-English languages. The
- '\textcapitalcompwordmark' form has the cap height of the font
- while the '\textascendercompwordmark' form has the ascender height.
+ ‘\textcapitalcompwordmark’ form has the cap height of the font
+ while the ‘\textascendercompwordmark’ form has the ascender height.
-'\textdagger'
+‘\textdagger’
† Dagger.
-'\textdaggerdbl'
+‘\textdaggerdbl’
‡ Double dagger.
-'\textdollar (or '\$')'
+‘\textdollar (or ‘\$’)’
$ Dollar sign.
-'\textemdash (or '---')'
- -- Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
- parentheses, as in ''The playoffs---if you're lucky enough to make
- the playoffs---are more like a sprint.'' Conventions for spacing
+‘\textemdash (or ‘---’)’
+ — Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
+ parentheses, as in ‘‘The playoffs---if you're lucky enough to make
+ the playoffs---are more like a sprint.’’ Conventions for spacing
around em-dashes vary widely.
-'\textendash (or '--')'
- - En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ''see pages 12--14''.
+‘\textendash (or ‘--’)’
+ – En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ‘‘see pages 12--14’’.
-'\texteuro'
+‘\texteuro’
The Euro currency symbol: €.
- For an alternative glyph design, try the 'eurosym' package; also,
+ For an alternative glyph design, try the ‘eurosym’ package; also,
most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode
U+20AC).
-'\textexclamdown (or '!`')'
+‘\textexclamdown (or ‘!`’)’
¡ Upside down exclamation point.
-'\textfiguredash'
+‘\textfiguredash’
Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June
2021 release of LaTeX. When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an
en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if
- available in the current font, or writes the usual "Missing
- character" warning to the log file.
+ available in the current font, or writes the usual “Missing
+ character” warning to the log file.
-'\textgreater'
+‘\textgreater’
> Greater than symbol.
-'\texthorizontalbar'
+‘\texthorizontalbar’
Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
- release of LaTeX. Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above; the
+ release of LaTeX. Behavior as with ‘\textfiguredash’ above; the
pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash.
-'\textless'
+‘\textless’
< Less than symbol.
-'\textleftarrow'
+‘\textleftarrow’
←, Left arrow.
-'\textnonbreakinghyphen'
+‘\textnonbreakinghyphen’
Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
- 2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above;
+ 2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with ‘\textfiguredash’ above;
the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with breaks
disallowed after).
-'\textordfeminine'
-'\textordmasculine'
+‘\textordfeminine’
+‘\textordmasculine’
ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
-'\textperiodcentered'
+‘\textperiodcentered’
· Centered period.
-'\textquestiondown (or '?`')'
+‘\textquestiondown (or ‘?`’)’
¿ Upside down question mark.
-'\textquotedblleft (or '``')'
- " Double left quote.
+‘\textquotedblleft (or ‘``’)’
+ “ Double left quote.
-'\textquotedblright (or '''')'
- " Double right quote.
+‘\textquotedblright (or ‘''’)’
+ ” Double right quote.
-'\textquoteleft (or '`')'
- ' Single left quote.
+‘\textquoteleft (or ‘`’)’
+ ‘ Single left quote.
-'\textquoteright (or ''')'
- ' Single right quote.
+‘\textquoteright (or ‘'’)’
+ ’ Single right quote.
-'\textquotesingle'
+‘\textquotesingle’
', Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.)
-'\textquotestraightbase'
-'\textquotestraightdblbase'
+‘\textquotestraightbase’
+‘\textquotestraightdblbase’
Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
-'\textregistered'
- (R) Registered symbol.
+‘\textregistered’
+ ® Registered symbol.
-'\textrightarrow'
+‘\textrightarrow’
→, Right arrow.
-'\textthreequartersemdash'
- ﹘, "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
+‘\textthreequartersemdash’
+ ﹘, “Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
-'\texttrademark'
+‘\texttrademark’
™ Trademark symbol.
-'\texttwelveudash'
- ﹘, "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
+‘\texttwelveudash’
+ ﹘, “Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
-'\textunderscore'
+‘\textunderscore’
_ Underscore.
-'\textvisiblespace'
+‘\textvisiblespace’
␣, Visible space symbol.
23.5 Accents
============
-LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages,
-provided through the core 'babel' package, which supports pdfLaTeX,
-XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The 'polyglossia' package provides similar
+LaTeX has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and languages,
+provided through the core ‘babel’ package, which supports pdfLaTeX,
+XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The ‘polyglossia’ package provides similar
support with the latter two engines.
This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core
-LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The '\capital...'
+LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The ‘\capital...’
commands shown here produce alternative forms for use with capital
letters. These are not available with OT1.
Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated
-with lowercase 'o'.
+with lowercase ‘o’.
- Note that '\i' produces a dotless i, and '\j' produces a dotless j.
+ Note that ‘\i’ produces a dotless i, and ‘\j’ produces a dotless j.
These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
accented.
-'\"'
-'\capitaldieresis'
+‘\"’
+‘\capitaldieresis’
ö Umlaut (dieresis).
-'\''
-'\capitalacute'
+‘\'’
+‘\capitalacute’
ó Acute accent.
-'\.'
+‘\.’
ȯ Dot accent.
-'\='
-'\capitalmacron'
+‘\=’
+‘\capitalmacron’
ō Macron (overbar) accent.
-'\^'
-'\capitalcircumflex'
+‘\^’
+‘\capitalcircumflex’
ô Circumflex (hat) accent.
-'\`'
-'\capitalgrave'
+‘\`’
+‘\capitalgrave’
ò Grave accent.
-'\~'
-'\capitaltilde'
+‘\~’
+‘\capitaltilde’
ñ Tilde accent.
-'\b'
+‘\b’
o̲ Bar accent underneath.
- Related to this, '\underbar{TEXT}' produces a bar under TEXT. The
+ Related to this, ‘\underbar{TEXT}’ produces a bar under TEXT. The
argument is always processed in LR mode (*note Modes::). The bar
is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing
- through descenders. See also '\underline' in *note Math
- miscellany::.
+ through descenders. See also ‘\underline’ in *note Over- and
+ Underlining::.
-'\c'
-'\capitalcedilla'
+‘\c’
+‘\capitalcedilla’
ç Cedilla accent underneath.
-'\d'
-'\capitaldotaccent'
+‘\d’
+‘\capitaldotaccent’
ọ Dot accent underneath.
-'\H'
-'\capitalhungarumlaut'
+‘\H’
+‘\capitalhungarumlaut’
ő Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
-'\k'
-'\capitalogonek'
+‘\k’
+‘\capitalogonek’
ǫ Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding.
-'\r'
-'\capitalring'
+‘\r’
+‘\capitalring’
o̊ Ring accent.
-'\t'
-'\capitaltie'
-'\newtie'
-'\capitalnewtie'
+‘\t’
+‘\capitaltie’
+‘\newtie’
+‘\capitalnewtie’
Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as
in the ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two
- characters. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box.
+ characters. The ‘\newtie’ form is centered in its box.
-'\u'
-'\capitalbreve'
+‘\u’
+‘\capitalbreve’
ŏ Breve accent.
-'\v'
-'\capitalcaron'
+‘\v’
+‘\capitalcaron’
ǒ Háček (check, caron) accent.
-23.5.1 '\accent'
+23.5.1 ‘\accent’
----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -13931,7 +14019,7 @@ accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a
numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument to
construct the accented character in the current font.
- These are accented 'e' characters.
+ These are accented ‘e’ characters.
\accent18 e
\accent20 e
@@ -13943,102 +14031,102 @@ The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so
-the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
+the outcome of ‘\accent’ use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building
-them using '\accent'. Using glyphs that already contain the accented
+them using ‘\accent’. Using glyphs that already contain the accented
characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation whereas
-'\accent' disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font encoding
+‘\accent’ disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font encoding
where accented glyphs are absent).
There can be an optional font change between NUMBER and CHARACTER.
-Note also that this command sets the '\spacefactor' to 1000 (*note
+Note also that this command sets the ‘\spacefactor’ to 1000 (*note
\spacefactor::).
An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and the
majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be assembled
-from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while '\accent'
+from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while ‘\accent’
provides for a single accent mark and a single letter combination.
There are also cases where accents must appear between letters that
\accent does not support. Still other cases exist where the letters I
and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that conflict with
-dotted accent marks. The use of '\accent' in these cases will not work
+dotted accent marks. The use of ‘\accent’ in these cases will not work
as it cannot analyze upper/lower case.
23.6 Additional Latin letters
=============================
-Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters beyond A-Z that
+Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters beyond A–Z that
extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other than
English.
-'\aa'
-'\AA'
+‘\aa’
+‘\AA’
å and Å.
-'\ae'
-'\AE'
+‘\ae’
+‘\AE’
æ and Æ.
-'\dh'
-'\DH'
+‘\dh’
+‘\DH’
Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with OT1 encoding, you
- need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding,
+ need the ‘fontenc’ package to select an alternate font encoding,
such as T1.
-'\dj'
-'\DJ'
+‘\dj’
+‘\DJ’
Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke.
- Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to
+ Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the ‘fontenc’ package to
select an alternate font encoding, such as T1.
-'\ij'
-'\IJ'
+‘\ij’
+‘\IJ’
ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
-'\l'
-'\L'
+‘\l’
+‘\L’
ł and Ł.
-'\ng'
-'\NG'
+‘\ng’
+‘\NG’
Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics.
-'\o'
-'\O'
+‘\o’
+‘\O’
ø and Ø.
-'\oe'
-'\OE'
+‘\oe’
+‘\OE’
œ and Œ.
-'\ss'
-'\SS'
+‘\ss’
+‘\SS’
ß and SS.
-'\th'
-'\TH'
+‘\th’
+‘\TH’
Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with OT1 encoding,
- you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font
+ you need the ‘fontenc’ package to select an alternate font
encoding, such as T1.
-23.7 'inputenc' package
+23.7 ‘inputenc’ package
=======================
Synopsis:
\usepackage[ENCODING-NAME]{inputenc}
- Declare the input file's text encoding to be ENCODING-NAME. The
+ Declare the input file’s text encoding to be ENCODING-NAME. The
default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically,
specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
useful to omit it.
In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
-called the "encoding". There are many different encodings. The
+called the “encoding”. There are many different encodings. The
simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
-for most of the world's languages. For instance, to typeset the
-a-umlaut character 'ä' in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the
-sequence '\"a' is used. This would make source files for anything but
+for most of the world’s languages. For instance, to typeset the
+a-umlaut character ‘ä’ in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the
+sequence ‘\"a’ is used. This would make source files for anything but
English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding
is more convenient.
@@ -14046,35 +14134,35 @@ is more convenient.
UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for
LaTeX since 2018.
- The 'inputenc' package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is used. For
+ The ‘inputenc’ package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is used. For
instance, the following command explicitly says that the input file is
UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash).
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
- Caution: use 'inputenc' only with the pdfTeX engine (*note TeX
+ Caution: use ‘inputenc’ only with the pdfTeX engine (*note TeX
engines::). (The XeTeX and LuaTeX engines assume that the input file is
-UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke LaTeX with either the 'xelatex' command
-or the 'lualatex' command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with
-'inputenc', such as 'latin1', then you will get the error 'inputenc is
-not designed for xetex or luatex'.
+UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke LaTeX with either the ‘xelatex’ command
+or the ‘lualatex’ command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with
+‘inputenc’, such as ‘latin1’, then you will get the error ‘inputenc is
+not designed for xetex or luatex’.
- An 'inputenc' package error such as 'Invalid UTF-8 byte "96' means
+ An ‘inputenc’ package error such as ‘Invalid UTF-8 byte "96’ means
that some of the material in the input file does not follow the encoding
scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a document
that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one is a left
-single quote from a web page using 'latin1' inside a LaTeX input file
+single quote from a web page using ‘latin1’ inside a LaTeX input file
that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to replace the non-UTF-8
character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a LaTeX equivalent command
or character.
In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
-necessary. Use the command '\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}'. The most
-common values for ENCODING-NAME are: 'ascii', 'latin1', 'latin2',
-'latin3', 'latin4', 'latin5', 'latin9', 'latin10', and 'utf8'.
+necessary. Use the command ‘\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}’. The most
+common values for ENCODING-NAME are: ‘ascii’, ‘latin1’, ‘latin2’,
+‘latin3’, ‘latin4’, ‘latin5’, ‘latin9’, ‘latin10’, and ‘utf8’.
-23.8 '\rule'
+23.8 ‘\rule’
============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14082,14 +14170,14 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\rule{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
\rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
- Produce a "rule", a filled-in rectangle.
+ Produce a “rule”, a filled-in rectangle.
This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos
-symbol, or just "qed", often used to mark the end of a proof:
+symbol, or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof:
\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
-The 'amsthm' package includes this command, with a somewhat
+The ‘amsthm’ package includes this command, with a somewhat
different-looking symbol.
The mandatory arguments give the horizontal WIDTH and vertical
@@ -14109,19 +14197,19 @@ thickness is common in LaTeX.
the output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it. *Note
\strut::, for examples.
-23.9 '\today'
+23.9 ‘\today’
=============
Synopsis:
\today
- Produce today's date in the format 'MONTH DD, YYYY'. An example of a
-date in that format is 'July 4, 1976'.
+ Produce today’s date in the format ‘MONTH DD, YYYY’. An example of a
+date in that format is ‘July 4, 1976’.
- Multilingual packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia', or classes
-such as 'lettre', will localize '\today'. For example, the following
-will output '4 juillet 1976':
+ Multilingual packages such as ‘babel’ or ‘polyglossia’, or classes
+such as ‘lettre’, will localize ‘\today’. For example, the following
+will output ‘4 juillet 1976’:
\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
\documentclass{minimal}
@@ -14130,10 +14218,10 @@ will output '4 juillet 1976':
\today
\end{document}
-'\today' uses the counters '\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day &
+‘\today’ uses the counters ‘\day’, ‘\month’, and ‘\year’ (*note \day &
\month & \year::).
- A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is 'datetime'
+ A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is ‘datetime’
package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO
standards.
@@ -14148,7 +14236,7 @@ can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the document.
It can also speed processing.
Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-"root file", on which LaTeX compilation starts. This shows such a file
+“root file”, on which LaTeX compilation starts. This shows such a file
with five included files.
\documentclass{book}
@@ -14171,31 +14259,31 @@ with five included files.
\include{bib}
\end{document}
-This will bring in material from 'pref.tex', 'chap1.tex', 'chap2.tex',
-'append.tex', and 'bib.tex'. If you compile this file, and then comment
-out all of the lines inside '\includeonly{...}' except for 'chap1', and
+This will bring in material from ‘pref.tex’, ‘chap1.tex’, ‘chap2.tex’,
+‘append.tex’, and ‘bib.tex’. If you compile this file, and then comment
+out all of the lines inside ‘\includeonly{...}’ except for ‘chap1’, and
compile again, then LaTeX will only process the material in the first
chapter. Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to
-print. However, the advantage of the '\includeonly' command is that
+print. However, the advantage of the ‘\includeonly’ command is that
LaTeX will retain the page numbers and all of the cross reference
information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in
your output correctly.
- *Note Larger book template::, for another example of '\includeonly'.
+ *Note Larger book template::, for another example of ‘\includeonly’.
-24.1 '\endinput'
+24.1 ‘\endinput’
================
Synopsis:
\endinput
- When you '\include{filename}', inside 'filename.tex' the material
-after '\endinput' will not be included. This command is optional; if
-'filename.tex' has no '\endinput' then LaTeX will read all of the file.
+ When you ‘\include{filename}’, inside ‘filename.tex’ the material
+after ‘\endinput’ will not be included. This command is optional; if
+‘filename.tex’ has no ‘\endinput’ then LaTeX will read all of the file.
- For example, suppose that a document's root file has '\input{chap1}'
-and this is 'chap1.tex'.
+ For example, suppose that a document’s root file has ‘\input{chap1}’
+and this is ‘chap1.tex’.
\chapter{One}
This material will appear in the document.
@@ -14205,17 +14293,17 @@ and this is 'chap1.tex'.
This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end
of a file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file
is transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for
-debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to put '\endinput' halfway
+debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to put ‘\endinput’ halfway
through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing
-which half contains the error, moving '\endinput' to halfway through
+which half contains the error, moving ‘\endinput’ to halfway through
that area further narrows down the location. This process rapidly finds
the offending line.
- After reading '\endinput', LaTeX continues to read to the end of the
+ After reading ‘\endinput’, LaTeX continues to read to the end of the
line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless.
-This allows you, for instance, to close an '\if...' with a '\fi'.
+This allows you, for instance, to close an ‘\if...’ with a ‘\fi’.
-24.2 '\include' & '\includeonly'
+24.2 ‘\include’ & ‘\includeonly’
================================
Synopsis:
@@ -14228,21 +14316,21 @@ Synopsis:
...
\include{FILENAME} % in document body
- Bring material from the external file 'FILENAME.tex' into a LaTeX
+ Bring material from the external file ‘FILENAME.tex’ into a LaTeX
document.
- The '\include' command does three things: it executes '\clearpage'
+ The ‘\include’ command does three things: it executes ‘\clearpage’
(*note \clearpage & \cleardoublepage::), then it inputs the material
-from 'FILENAME.tex' into the document, and then it does another
-'\clearpage'. This command can only appear in the document body.
+from ‘FILENAME.tex’ into the document, and then it does another
+‘\clearpage’. This command can only appear in the document body.
- The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by LaTeX
-under subsequent '\include' commands. Its list of filenames is
+ The ‘\includeonly’ command controls which files will be read by LaTeX
+under subsequent ‘\include’ commands. Its list of filenames is
comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even earlier, e.g.,
-the command line; it can't appear in the document body.
+the command line; it can’t appear in the document body.
- This example root document, 'constitution.tex', brings in three
-files, 'preamble.tex', 'articles.tex', and 'amendments.tex'.
+ This example root document, ‘constitution.tex’, brings in three
+files, ‘preamble.tex’, ‘articles.tex’, and ‘amendments.tex’.
\documentclass{book}
\includeonly{
@@ -14256,33 +14344,33 @@ files, 'preamble.tex', 'articles.tex', and 'amendments.tex'.
\include{amendments}
\end{document}
-The file 'preamble.tex' contains no special code; you have just
-excerpted the chapter from 'consitution.tex' and put it in a separate
+The file ‘preamble.tex’ contains no special code; you have just
+excerpted the chapter from ‘consitution.tex’ and put it in a separate
file just for editing convenience.
\chapter{Preamble}
We the People of the United States,
in Order to form a more perfect Union, ...
-Running LaTeX on 'constitution.tex' makes the material from the three
+Running LaTeX on ‘constitution.tex’ makes the material from the three
files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files
-'preamble.aux', 'articles.aux', and 'amendments.aux'. These contain
+‘preamble.aux’, ‘articles.aux’, and ‘amendments.aux’. These contain
information such as page numbers and cross-references (*note Cross
-references::). If you now comment out '\includeonly''s lines with
-'preamble' and 'amendments' and run LaTeX again then the resulting
-document shows only the material from 'articles.tex', not the material
-from 'preamble.tex' or 'amendments.tex'. Nonetheless, all of the
+references::). If you now comment out ‘\includeonly’’s lines with
+‘preamble’ and ‘amendments’ and run LaTeX again then the resulting
+document shows only the material from ‘articles.tex’, not the material
+from ‘preamble.tex’ or ‘amendments.tex’. Nonetheless, all of the
auxiliary information from the omitted files is still there, including
the starting page number of the chapter.
- If the document preamble does not have '\includeonly' then LaTeX will
-include all the files you call for with '\include' commands.
+ If the document preamble does not have ‘\includeonly’ then LaTeX will
+include all the files you call for with ‘\include’ commands.
- The '\include' command makes a new page. To avoid that, see *note
+ The ‘\include’ command makes a new page. To avoid that, see *note
\input:: (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information).
- *Note Larger book template::, for another example using '\include'
-and '\includeonly'. That example also uses '\input' for some material
+ *Note Larger book template::, for another example using ‘\include’
+and ‘\includeonly’. That example also uses ‘\input’ for some material
that will not necessarily start on a new page.
File names can involve paths.
@@ -14297,7 +14385,7 @@ that will not necessarily start on a new page.
To make your document portable across distributions and platforms you
should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use
-dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name 'amo amas amat', this
+dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name ‘amo amas amat’, this
works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
\documentclass{book}
@@ -14318,23 +14406,23 @@ works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
\include{{"amo amas amat"}}
\end{document}
- You cannot use '\include' inside a file that is being included or you
-get 'LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.' The '\include' command
-cannot appear in the document preamble; you will get 'LaTeX Error:
-Missing \begin{document}'.
+ You cannot use ‘\include’ inside a file that is being included or you
+get ‘LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.’ The ‘\include’ command
+cannot appear in the document preamble; you will get ‘LaTeX Error:
+Missing \begin{document}’.
- If a file that you '\include' does not exist, for instance if you
-'\include{athiesm}' but you meant '\include{atheism}', then LaTeX does
-not give you an error but will warn you 'No file athiesm.tex.' (It will
-also create 'athiesm.aux'.)
+ If a file that you ‘\include’ does not exist, for instance if you
+‘\include{athiesm}’ but you meant ‘\include{atheism}’, then LaTeX does
+not give you an error but will warn you ‘No file athiesm.tex.’ (It will
+also create ‘athiesm.aux’.)
- If you '\include' the root file in itself then you first get 'LaTeX
-Error: Can be used only in preamble.' Later runs get 'TeX capacity
-exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]'. To fix this, you must remove
-the inclusion '\include{ROOT}' but also delete the file 'ROOT.aux' and
+ If you ‘\include’ the root file in itself then you first get ‘LaTeX
+Error: Can be used only in preamble.’ Later runs get ‘TeX capacity
+exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]’. To fix this, you must remove
+the inclusion ‘\include{ROOT}’ but also delete the file ‘ROOT.aux’ and
rerun LaTeX.
-24.3 '\input'
+24.3 ‘\input’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -14345,22 +14433,22 @@ Synopsis:
current file. For a more sophisticated inclusion mechanism see *note
\include & \includeonly::.
- If FILENAME does not end in '.tex' then LaTeX first tries the
+ If FILENAME does not end in ‘.tex’ then LaTeX first tries the
filename with that extension; this is the usual case. If FILENAME ends
-with '.tex' then LaTeX looks for the filename as it is.
+with ‘.tex’ then LaTeX looks for the filename as it is.
For example, this
\input{macros}
-will cause LaTeX to first look for 'macros.tex'. If it finds that file
+will cause LaTeX to first look for ‘macros.tex’. If it finds that file
then it processes its contents as thought they had been copy-pasted in.
-If there is no file of the name 'macros.tex' then LaTeX tries the name
-'macros', without an extension. (This may vary by distribution.)
+If there is no file of the name ‘macros.tex’ then LaTeX tries the name
+‘macros’, without an extension. (This may vary by distribution.)
To make your document portable across distributions and platforms you
should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use
-dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name 'amo amas amat', this
+dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name ‘amo amas amat’, this
works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux:
\input{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
@@ -14385,10 +14473,10 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Put the command in the input file where you want the table or list to
go. You do not type the entries; for example, typically the table of
contents entries are automatically generated from the sectioning
-commands '\chapter', etc.
+commands ‘\chapter’, etc.
- This example illustrates the first command, '\tableofcontents'.
-LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book's first page.
+ This example illustrates the first command, ‘\tableofcontents’.
+LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book’s first page.
\documentclass{book}
% \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
@@ -14404,20 +14492,20 @@ LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book's first page.
\end{document}
Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter
-and section listings but not subsection listings, because the '\section'
+and section listings but not subsection listings, because the ‘\section’
command has level 1. *Note Sectioning::, for level numbers of the
-sectioning units. For more on the 'tocdepth' *note
+sectioning units. For more on the ‘tocdepth’ *note
Sectioning/tocdepth::.
- Another example of the use of '\tableofcontents' is in *note Larger
+ Another example of the use of ‘\tableofcontents’ is in *note Larger
book template::.
If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a
-'\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents' command, as above.
+‘\newpage’ command after the ‘\tableofcontents’ command, as above.
To make the table of contents, LaTeX stores the information in an
-auxiliary file named 'ROOT-FILE.toc' (*note Splitting the input::). For
-example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex'
+auxiliary file named ‘ROOT-FILE.toc’ (*note Splitting the input::). For
+example, this LaTeX file ‘test.tex’
\documentclass{article}
\begin{document}
@@ -14426,77 +14514,76 @@ example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex'
\subsection{First subsection}
...
-writes these lines to 'test.toc'.
+writes these lines to ‘test.toc’.
\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2}
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
-Each line contains a single command, '\contentsline' (*note
-\contentsline::). The first argument, the 'section' or 'subsection', is
+Each line contains a single command, ‘\contentsline’ (*note
+\contentsline::). The first argument, the ‘section’ or ‘subsection’, is
the sectioning unit. The second argument has two components. The hook
-'\numberline' determines how the sectioning number, '1' or '1.1',
+‘\numberline’ determines how the sectioning number, ‘1’ or ‘1.1’,
appears in the table of contents (*note \numberline::). The remainder
-of the second argument of '\contentsline', 'First section' or 'First
-subsection', is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument,
-'2', is the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
+of the second argument of ‘\contentsline’, ‘First section’ or ‘First
+subsection’, is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument,
+‘2’, is the page number on which this sectioning unit starts.
- To typeset these lines, the document class provides '\l@SECTION-UNIT'
-commands such as '\l@section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}' and
-'\l@subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}'. These commands often use the
-'\@dottedtocline' command (*note \@dottedtocline::).
+ To typeset these lines, the document class provides ‘\l@SECTION-UNIT’
+commands such as ‘\l@section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}’ and
+‘\l@subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}’. These commands often use the
+‘\@dottedtocline’ command (*note \@dottedtocline::).
- A consequence of LaTeX's strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
+ A consequence of LaTeX’s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to
get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice,
once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In
the ordinary course of writing a document authors run LaTeX a number of
times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new
document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its
-'Contents' header. Just run LaTeX again.
+‘Contents’ header. Just run LaTeX again.
- The commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a list of
+ The commands ‘\listoffigures’ and ‘\listoftables’ produce a list of
figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in files with
-extension '.lof' and '.lot'. They work the same way as
-'\tableofcontents' but the latter is more common, so we use it for most
+extension ‘.lof’ and ‘.lot’. They work the same way as
+‘\tableofcontents’ but the latter is more common, so we use it for most
examples.
You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of
figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a
section to the table of contents with
-'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}'. (*note \addcontentsline::).
+‘\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}’. (*note \addcontentsline::).
Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line material, with
-'\addtocontents', as with the command
-'\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}', which adds vertical space
+‘\addtocontents’, as with the command
+‘\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}’, which adds vertical space
to the list of figures (*note \addtocontents::).
Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of
tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which
sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title
-text, such as 'First section'. Finally there is a box up against the
+text, such as ‘First section’. Finally there is a box up against the
right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box. For the
indent and the width of the number box, *note \@dottedtocline::. The
-right margin box has width '\@tocrmarg' and the page number is flush
-right in that space, inside a box of width '\@pnumwidth'. By default
-'\@tocrmarg' is '2.55em' and '\@pnumwidth' is '1.55em'. Change these as
-with '\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}'.
+right margin box has width ‘\@tocrmarg’ and the page number is flush
+right in that space, inside a box of width ‘\@pnumwidth’. By default
+‘\@tocrmarg’ is ‘2.55em’ and ‘\@pnumwidth’ is ‘1.55em’. Change these as
+with ‘\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}’.
CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
-and tables (*note CTAN::). The package 'tocloft' is convenient for
+and tables (*note CTAN::). The package ‘tocloft’ is convenient for
adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And,
-'tocbibbind' will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to
+‘tocbibbind’ will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to
the table of contents.
To change the header for the table of contents page, do something
-like these commands before you call '\tableofcontents', etc.
+like these commands before you call ‘\tableofcontents’, etc.
\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}
\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots}
\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications}
-
- Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will
+ Internationalization packages such as ‘babel’ or ‘polyglossia’ will
change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
-25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline'
+25.1.1 ‘\@dottedtocline’
------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14505,33 +14592,33 @@ Synopsis:
Used internally by LaTeX to format an entry line in the table of
contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly
-enter '\@dottedtocline' commands.
+enter ‘\@dottedtocline’ commands.
- This command is typically used by '\l@section', '\l@subsection',
-etc., to format the content lines. For example, the 'article.cls' file
+ This command is typically used by ‘\l@section’, ‘\l@subsection’,
+etc., to format the content lines. For example, the ‘article.cls’ file
contains these definitions:
\newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
-In this example, '\@dottedcline' appears to have been given only three
+In this example, ‘\@dottedcline’ appears to have been given only three
arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the
final TEXT and PAGENUMBER arguments in the synopsis from a call to
-'\contentsline' (*note \contentsline::).
+‘\contentsline’ (*note \contentsline::).
Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
-box, these '\@dottedtocline' commands insert "leaders", that is,
+box, these ‘\@dottedtocline’ commands insert “leaders”, that is,
evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
-'\@dotsep'. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka. 'mu', which
-are '1/18' em. Change it using '\renewcommand', as in
-'\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}'.
+‘\@dotsep’. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka. ‘mu’, which
+are ‘1/18’ em. Change it using ‘\renewcommand’, as in
+‘\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}’.
- In the standard 'book' class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for
-the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard 'article' class
+ In the standard ‘book’ class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for
+the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard ‘article’ class
it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries.
-25.1.2 '\addcontentsline'
+25.1.2 ‘\addcontentsline’
-------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14540,7 +14627,7 @@ Synopsis:
Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension EXT.
- The following will result in an 'Appendices' line in the table of
+ The following will result in an ‘Appendices’ line in the table of
contents.
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}
@@ -14549,68 +14636,68 @@ It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in
boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point
where the command appears in the input file.
- The '\addcontentsline' command writes information to the file
-'ROOT-NAME.EXT', where ROOT-NAME is the file name of the root file
+ The ‘\addcontentsline’ command writes information to the file
+‘ROOT-NAME.EXT’, where ROOT-NAME is the file name of the root file
(*note Splitting the input::). It writes that information as the text
-of the command '\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the
-current value of counter 'UNIT' (*note \contentsline::). The most
+of the command ‘\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}’, where ‘NUM’ is the
+current value of counter ‘UNIT’ (*note \contentsline::). The most
common case is the table of contents and there NUM is the page number of
the first page of UNIT.
- This command is invoked by the sectioning commands '\chapter', etc.
-(*note Sectioning::), and also by '\caption' inside a float environment
+ This command is invoked by the sectioning commands ‘\chapter’, etc.
+(*note Sectioning::), and also by ‘\caption’ inside a float environment
(*note Floats::). But it is also directly used by authors. For
example, an author writing a book whose style is to have an unnumbered
-preface may use the starred '\chapter*'. But that command leaves out
+preface may use the starred ‘\chapter*’. But that command leaves out
table of contents information, which can be entered manually, as here.
\chapter*{Preface}
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface}
-In the 'ROOT-NAME.toc' file LaTeX will put the line '\contentsline
-{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note that the page number '3' is
+In the ‘ROOT-NAME.toc’ file LaTeX will put the line ‘\contentsline
+{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}’; note that the page number ‘3’ is
automatically generated by the system, not entered manually.
- All of the arguments for '\addcontentsline' are required.
+ All of the arguments for ‘\addcontentsline’ are required.
EXT
- Typically one of the strings 'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof'
- for the list of figures, or 'lot' for the list of tables. The
+ Typically one of the strings ‘toc’ for the table of contents, ‘lof’
+ for the list of figures, or ‘lot’ for the list of tables. The
filename extension of the information file.
UNIT
A string that depends on the value of the EXT argument, typically
one of:
- 'toc'
+ ‘toc’
For the table of contents, this is the name of a sectional
- unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section', 'subsection', etc.
+ unit: ‘part’, ‘chapter’, ‘section’, ‘subsection’, etc.
- 'lof'
- For the list of figures: 'figure'.
+ ‘lof’
+ For the list of figures: ‘figure’.
- 'lot'
- For the list of tables: 'table'.
+ ‘lot’
+ For the list of tables: ‘table’.
TEXT
- The text of the entry. You must '\protect' any fragile commands
+ The text of the entry. You must ‘\protect’ any fragile commands
(*note \protect::) used in it.
- The '\addcontentsline' command has an interaction with '\include'
+ The ‘\addcontentsline’ command has an interaction with ‘\include’
(*note \include & \includeonly::). If you use them at the same level,
-as with '\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}' then lines in the
+as with ‘\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}’ then lines in the
table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to
-move '\addcontentsline' into the file being included.
+move ‘\addcontentsline’ into the file being included.
If you use a UNIT that LaTeX does not recognize, as with the typo
here
\addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}}
-then you don't get an error but the formatting in the table of contents
+then you don’t get an error but the formatting in the table of contents
will not make sense.
-25.1.3 '\addtocontents'
+25.1.3 ‘\addtocontents’
-----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14623,12 +14710,12 @@ table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to
the list of figures and list of tables.
This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the
-'Contents' header.
+‘Contents’ header.
\tableofcontents\newpage
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
-This puts the word 'Page', in boldface, above the column of page numbers
+This puts the word ‘Page’, in boldface, above the column of page numbers
and after the header.
\tableofcontents
@@ -14641,34 +14728,34 @@ This adds a line announcing work by a new author.
\protect\vspace{2ex}
\textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par}
- The difference between '\addtocontents' and '\addcontentsline' is
+ The difference between ‘\addtocontents’ and ‘\addcontentsline’ is
that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the
page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above
-examples show, '\addtocontents' is for material such as spacing.
+examples show, ‘\addtocontents’ is for material such as spacing.
- The '\addtocontents' command has two arguments. Both are required.
+ The ‘\addtocontents’ command has two arguments. Both are required.
EXT
- Typically one of: 'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof' for the
- list of figures, or 'lot' for the list of tables. The extension of
+ Typically one of: ‘toc’ for the table of contents, ‘lof’ for the
+ list of figures, or ‘lot’ for the list of tables. The extension of
the file holding the information.
TEXT
The text, and possibly commands, to be written.
- The sectioning commands such as '\chapter' use the '\addcontentsline'
-command to store information. This command creates lines in the '.toc'
-auxiliary file containing the '\contentsline' command (*note
-\addcontentsline::). In contrast, the command '\addtocontents' puts
+ The sectioning commands such as ‘\chapter’ use the ‘\addcontentsline’
+command to store information. This command creates lines in the ‘.toc’
+auxiliary file containing the ‘\contentsline’ command (*note
+\addcontentsline::). In contrast, the command ‘\addtocontents’ puts
material directly in that file.
- The '\addtocontents' command has an interaction with '\include'
+ The ‘\addtocontents’ command has an interaction with ‘\include’
(*note \include & \includeonly::). If you use them at the same level,
-as with '\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}' then lines in the table
+as with ‘\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}’ then lines in the table
of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move
-'\addtocontents' into the file being included.
+‘\addtocontents’ into the file being included.
-25.1.4 '\contentsline'
+25.1.4 ‘\contentsline’
----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14677,39 +14764,39 @@ Synopsis:
Used internally by LaTeX to typeset an entry of the table of
contents, list of figures, or list of tables (*note Table of contents
-etc.::). Authors do not directly enter '\contentsline' commands.
+etc.::). Authors do not directly enter ‘\contentsline’ commands.
Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the
-commands '\chapter', '\section', etc. for the table of contents, or by
-the '\caption' command inside of a '\figure' or '\table' environment
+commands ‘\chapter’, ‘\section’, etc. for the table of contents, or by
+the ‘\caption’ command inside of a ‘\figure’ or ‘\table’ environment
(*note figure:: and *note table::). Thus, where the root file is
-'thesis.tex', and contains the declaration '\tableofcontents', the
-command '\chapter{Chapter One}' produces something like this in the file
-'thesis.toc'.
+‘thesis.tex’, and contains the declaration ‘\tableofcontents’, the
+command ‘\chapter{Chapter One}’ produces something like this in the file
+‘thesis.toc’.
\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3}
- If the file contains the declaration '\listoffigures' then a figure
-environment involving '\caption{Test}' will produce something like this
-in 'thesis.lof'.
+ If the file contains the declaration ‘\listoffigures’ then a figure
+environment involving ‘\caption{Test}’ will produce something like this
+in ‘thesis.lof’.
\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6}
To manually add material, use
-'\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}', where FILETYPE is 'toc',
-'lof', or 'lot' (*note \addcontentsline::).
+‘\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}’, where FILETYPE is ‘toc’,
+‘lof’, or ‘lot’ (*note \addcontentsline::).
- For manipulating how the '\contentline' material is typeset, see the
-'tocloft' package.
+ For manipulating how the ‘\contentline’ material is typeset, see the
+‘tocloft’ package.
- Note that the 'hyperref' package changes the definition of
-'\contentsline' (and '\addcontentsline') to add more arguments, to make
-hyperlinks. This is the source of the error 'Argument of \contentsline
-has an extra }' when one adds/remove the use of package 'hyperref' and a
-compilation was already run. Fix this error by deleting the '.toc' or
-'.lof' or '.lot' file, and running LaTeX again.
+ Note that the ‘hyperref’ package changes the definition of
+‘\contentsline’ (and ‘\addcontentsline’) to add more arguments, to make
+hyperlinks. This is the source of the error ‘Argument of \contentsline
+has an extra }’ when one adds/remove the use of package ‘hyperref’ and a
+compilation was already run. Fix this error by deleting the ‘.toc’ or
+‘.lof’ or ‘.lot’ file, and running LaTeX again.
-25.1.5 '\nofiles'
+25.1.5 ‘\nofiles’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14717,11 +14804,11 @@ Synopsis:
\nofiles
Prevent LaTeX from writing any auxiliary files. The only output will
-be the '.log' and '.pdf' (or '.dvi') files. This command must go in the
+be the ‘.log’ and ‘.pdf’ (or ‘.dvi’) files. This command must go in the
preamble.
- Because of the '\nofiles' command this example will not produce a
-'.toc' file.
+ Because of the ‘\nofiles’ command this example will not produce a
+‘.toc’ file.
\documentclass{book}
\nofiles
@@ -14731,10 +14818,10 @@ preamble.
...
LaTeX will not erase any existing auxiliary files, so if you insert the
-'\nofiles' command after you have run the file and gotten a '.toc' then
+‘\nofiles’ command after you have run the file and gotten a ‘.toc’ then
the table of contents page will continue to show the old information.
-25.1.6 '\numberline'
+25.1.6 ‘\numberline’
--------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14742,28 +14829,28 @@ Synopsis:
\numberline{NUMBER}
Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a
-'\contentsline' command to typeset the section number (*note
+‘\contentsline’ command to typeset the section number (*note
\contentsline::).
- For example, this line in a '.toc' file causes the '1.1' to be
+ For example, this line in a ‘.toc’ file causes the ‘1.1’ to be
typeset flush left.
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2}
By default, LaTeX typesets the section numbers in a box of length
-'\@tempdima'. That length is set by the commands '\l@section',
-'\l@subsection', etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box
-with '\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}' before '\tableofcontents'.
+‘\@tempdima’. That length is set by the commands ‘\l@section’,
+‘\l@subsection’, etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box
+with ‘\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}’ before ‘\tableofcontents’.
- This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with '\protect'
-(*note \protect::). An example is the use of '\protect' in this
+ This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with ‘\protect’
+(*note \protect::). An example is the use of ‘\protect’ in this
command,
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}
-to get the '\numberline' into the '\contentsline' command in the '.toc'
-file: '\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}' (the page
-number '6' is automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::).
+to get the ‘\numberline’ into the ‘\contentsline’ command in the ‘.toc’
+file: ‘\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}’ (the page
+number ‘6’ is automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::).
25.2 Indexes
============
@@ -14787,36 +14874,36 @@ maintained. This illustrates the basics.
\printindex
\end{document}
-As that shows, declare index entries with the '\index' command (*note
-\index::). When you run LaTeX, the '\index' writes its information,
-such as 'Wilson's Theorem' and the page number, to an auxiliary file
-whose name ends in '.idx'. Next, to alphabetize and do other
-manipulations, run an external command, typically 'makeindex' (*note
-makeindex::), which writes a file whose name ends in '.ind'. Finally,
-'\printindex' brings this manipulated information into the output (*note
+As that shows, declare index entries with the ‘\index’ command (*note
+\index::). When you run LaTeX, the ‘\index’ writes its information,
+such as ‘Wilson's Theorem’ and the page number, to an auxiliary file
+whose name ends in ‘.idx’. Next, to alphabetize and do other
+manipulations, run an external command, typically ‘makeindex’ (*note
+makeindex::), which writes a file whose name ends in ‘.ind’. Finally,
+‘\printindex’ brings this manipulated information into the output (*note
\printindex::).
- Thus, if the above example is in the file 'numth.tex' then running
-'pdflatex numth' will save index entry and page number information to
-'numth.idx'. Then running 'makeindex numth' will alphabetize and save
-the results to 'numth.ind'. Finally, again running 'pdflatex numth'
-will show the desired index, at the place where the '\printindex'
+ Thus, if the above example is in the file ‘numth.tex’ then running
+‘pdflatex numth’ will save index entry and page number information to
+‘numth.idx’. Then running ‘makeindex numth’ will alphabetize and save
+the results to ‘numth.ind’. Finally, again running ‘pdflatex numth’
+will show the desired index, at the place where the ‘\printindex’
command is in the source file.
There are many options for the output. An example is that the
-exclamation point in '\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}' produces
-a main entry of 'congruence' with a subentry of 'and Wilson's Theorem'.
+exclamation point in ‘\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}’ produces
+a main entry of ‘congruence’ with a subentry of ‘and Wilson's Theorem’.
For more, *note makeindex::.
- The '\makeindex' and '\printindex' commands are independent. Leaving
-out the '\makeindex' will stop LaTeX from saving the index entries to
-the auxiliary file. Leaving out the '\printindex' will cause LaTeX to
+ The ‘\makeindex’ and ‘\printindex’ commands are independent. Leaving
+out the ‘\makeindex’ will stop LaTeX from saving the index entries to
+the auxiliary file. Leaving out the ‘\printindex’ will cause LaTeX to
not show the index in the document output.
- There are many packages in the area of indexing. The 'showidx'
+ There are many packages in the area of indexing. The ‘showidx’
package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page
-where the '\index' appears. This can help in preparing the index. The
-'multind' package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also
+where the ‘\index’ appears. This can help in preparing the index. The
+‘multind’ package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also
the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind>,
and the CTAN topic, <https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi>.
@@ -14824,7 +14911,7 @@ and the CTAN topic, <https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi>.
---------------------------------
Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index.
-This will make a separate page labeled 'Index', in twocolumn format.
+This will make a separate page labeled ‘Index’, in twocolumn format.
\begin{theindex}
\item acorn squash, 1
@@ -14836,18 +14923,18 @@ This will make a separate page labeled 'Index', in twocolumn format.
Note that the author must enter the page numbers, which is tedious
and which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is
-why in most cases automated methods such as 'makeindex' are best. *Note
+why in most cases automated methods such as ‘makeindex’ are best. *Note
Indexes::.
However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the
automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels
-of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses '\item', subentries
-use '\subitem', and the lowest level uses '\subsubitem'. Blank lines
+of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses ‘\item’, subentries
+use ‘\subitem’, and the lowest level uses ‘\subsubitem’. Blank lines
between entries have no effect. The example above includes
-'\indexspace' to produce vertical space in the output that some index
+‘\indexspace’ to produce vertical space in the output that some index
styles use before the first entry starting with a new letter.
-25.2.2 '\index'
+25.2.2 ‘\index’
---------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14858,9 +14945,9 @@ Synopsis:
\protect::).
For example, as described in *note Indexes::, one way to get an index
-from what's below is to compile the document with 'pdflatex test', then
-process the index entries with 'makeindex test', and then compile again
-with 'pdflatex test'.
+from what’s below is to compile the document with ‘pdflatex test’, then
+process the index entries with ‘makeindex test’, and then compile again
+with ‘pdflatex test’.
% file test.tex
...
@@ -14870,23 +14957,23 @@ with 'pdflatex test'.
...
rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
-All three index entries will get a page number, such as 'Ackermann, 22'.
+All three index entries will get a page number, such as ‘Ackermann, 22’.
LaTeX will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the line
below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second. Three
levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries. (If you add
-'\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}' then 'makeindex'
-says 'Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 entries accepted, 1
-rejected)' and the fourth level is silently missing from the index.)
+‘\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}’ then ‘makeindex’
+says ‘Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 entries accepted, 1
+rejected)’ and the fourth level is silently missing from the index.)
- If you enter a second '\index' with the same INDEX-ENTRY-STRING then
+ If you enter a second ‘\index’ with the same INDEX-ENTRY-STRING then
you will get a single index entry with two page numbers (unless they
-happen to fall on the same page). Thus, adding 'as for
-Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}' later in the same document as above will
-give an index entry like 'Ackermann, 22, 151'. Also, you can enter the
-index entries in any order, so for instance '\index{Ackermann!function}'
-could come before '\index{Ackermann}'.
+happen to fall on the same page). Thus, adding ‘as for
+Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}’ later in the same document as above will
+give an index entry like ‘Ackermann, 22, 151’. Also, you can enter the
+index entries in any order, so for instance ‘\index{Ackermann!function}’
+could come before ‘\index{Ackermann}’.
- Get a page range in the output, like 'Hilbert, 23--27', as here.
+ Get a page range in the output, like ‘Hilbert, 23--27’, as here.
W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
...
@@ -14898,25 +14985,25 @@ If the beginning and ending of the page range are equal then the system
just gives a single page number, not a range.
If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with
-'\index{Jones!program}' and '\index{Jones!results}', then the output is
-the item 'Jones' with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems,
-like 'program, 50' and 'results, 51'.
-
- Generate a index entry that says 'see' by using a vertical bar
-character: '\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's function}}'. You
-can instead get 'see also' with 'seealso'. (The text 'see' is defined
-by '\seename', and 'see also' by '\alsoname'. You can redefine these
-either by using an internationalization package such as 'babel' or
-'polyglossia', or directly as with '\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also
-see}'.)
-
- The 'see' feature is part of a more general functionality. After the
+‘\index{Jones!program}’ and ‘\index{Jones!results}’, then the output is
+the item ‘Jones’ with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems,
+like ‘program, 50’ and ‘results, 51’.
+
+ Generate a index entry that says ‘see’ by using a vertical bar
+character: ‘\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's function}}’. You
+can instead get ‘see also’ with ‘seealso’. (The text ‘see’ is defined
+by ‘\seename’, and ‘see also’ by ‘\alsoname’. You can redefine these
+either by using an internationalization package such as ‘babel’ or
+‘polyglossia’, or directly as with ‘\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also
+see}’.)
+
+ The ‘see’ feature is part of a more general functionality. After the
vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in
-'\index{group|textit}' (note the missing backslash on the '\textit'
+‘\index{group|textit}’ (note the missing backslash on the ‘\textit’
command) and the system will apply that command to the page number, here
-giving something like '\textit{7}'. You can define your own one-input
-commands, such as '\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}' and
-then '\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}' will give a blue page
+giving something like ‘\textit{7}’. You can define your own one-input
+commands, such as ‘\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}’ and
+then ‘\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}’ will give a blue page
number (*note Color::). Another, less practical, example is this,
\newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
@@ -14930,41 +15017,41 @@ which creates an entry citing the page number of its own index listing.
...
\index{Ackermann!function|)}
-which outputs an index entry like 'function, 23--27' where the page
+which outputs an index entry like ‘function, 23--27’ where the page
number range is in blue.
- Consider an index entry such as 'α-ring'. Entering it as
-'$\alpha$-ring' will cause it to be alphabetized according to the dollar
+ Consider an index entry such as ‘α-ring’. Entering it as
+‘$\alpha$-ring’ will cause it to be alphabetized according to the dollar
sign. You can instead enter it using an at-sign, as
-'\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}'. If you specify an entry with an
-at-sign separating two strings, 'POS@TEXT', then POS gives the
+‘\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}’. If you specify an entry with an
+at-sign separating two strings, ‘POS@TEXT’, then POS gives the
alphabetical position of the entry while TEXT produces the text of the
-entry. Another example is that '\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}'
-produces an index entry 'SMC' alphabetized into a different location
+entry. Another example is that ‘\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}’
+produces an index entry ‘SMC’ alphabetized into a different location
than its spelling would naturally give it.
- To put a '!', or '@', or '|', or '"' character in an index entry,
-escape it by preceding it with a double quote, '"'. (The double quote
+ To put a ‘!’, or ‘@’, or ‘|’, or ‘"’ character in an index entry,
+escape it by preceding it with a double quote, ‘"’. (The double quote
gets deleted before alphabetization.)
A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond
-that provided by 'makeidx'. One is 'index', which allows for multiple
-indices and contains a command '\index*{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}' that prints
+that provided by ‘makeidx’. One is ‘index’, which allows for multiple
+indices and contains a command ‘\index*{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}’ that prints
the INDEX-ENTRY-STRING as well as indexing it.
- The '\index' command writes the indexing information to the file
-'ROOT-NAME.idx' file. Specifically, it writes text of the command
-'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where PAGE-NUM is the value
-of the '\thepage' counter. On occasion, when the '\printindex' command
+ The ‘\index’ command writes the indexing information to the file
+‘ROOT-NAME.idx’ file. Specifically, it writes text of the command
+‘\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}’, where PAGE-NUM is the value
+of the ‘\thepage’ counter. On occasion, when the ‘\printindex’ command
is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
- If you omit the closing brace of an '\index' command then you get a
+ If you omit the closing brace of an ‘\index’ command then you get a
message like this.
Runaway argument? {Ackermann!function
! Paragraph ended before \@wrindex was complete.
-25.2.3 'makeindex'
+25.2.3 ‘makeindex’
------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14975,16 +15062,16 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Sort, and otherwise process, the index information in the auxiliary
file FILENAME. This is a command line program. It takes one or more
-raw index files, 'FILENAME.idx' files, and produces the actual index
-file, the 'FILENAME.ind' file that is input by '\printindex' (*note
+raw index files, ‘FILENAME.idx’ files, and produces the actual index
+file, the ‘FILENAME.ind’ file that is input by ‘\printindex’ (*note
\printindex::).
The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second
-allows you to format the index by using an "index style file", a '.isty'
+allows you to format the index by using an “index style file”, a ‘.isty’
file. The third form is the most general; see the full documentation on
CTAN.
- This is a simple '.isty' file.
+ This is a simple ‘.isty’ file.
% book.isty
% $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
@@ -15006,124 +15093,124 @@ CTAN.
A style file consists of a list of pairs: SPECIFIER and ATTRIBUTE.
These can appear in the file in any order. All of the ATTRIBUTEs are
strings, except where noted. Strings are surrounded with double quotes,
-'"', and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The '\n' is
-for a newline and '\t' is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with
-another backslash, '\\'. If a line begins with a percent sign, '%',
+‘"’, and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The ‘\n’ is
+for a newline and ‘\t’ is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with
+another backslash, ‘\\’. If a line begins with a percent sign, ‘%’,
then it is a comment.
-'preamble'
+‘preamble’
Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which
- the index is formatted. Default: '"\\begin{theindex}\n"'.
+ the index is formatted. Default: ‘"\\begin{theindex}\n"’.
-'postamble'
+‘postamble’
Postamble of the output index file. Default:
- '"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"'.
+ ‘"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"’.
-'group_skip'
+‘group_skip’
Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group
- for entries starting with letter 'a', etc. This specifier gives
- what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: '"\n\n
- \\indexspace\n"' ('\indexspace' is a command inserting a rubber
- length, by default '10pt plus5pt minus3pt').
+ for entries starting with letter ‘a’, etc. This specifier gives
+ what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: ‘"\n\n
+ \\indexspace\n"’ (‘\indexspace’ is a command inserting a rubber
+ length, by default ‘10pt plus5pt minus3pt’).
-'lethead_flag'
+‘lethead_flag’
An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.
- If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than 'group_skip'
+ If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than ‘group_skip’
nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then
- at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will be
+ at a new letter the ‘lethead_prefix’ and ‘lethead_suffix’ will be
inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is
negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.
The default is 0.
-'lethead_prefix'
+‘lethead_prefix’
If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the
- prefix inserted before the new letter header. Default: '""'
+ prefix inserted before the new letter header. Default: ‘""’
-'lethead_suffix'
+‘lethead_suffix’
If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix
- inserted after the new letter header. Default: '""'.
+ inserted after the new letter header. Default: ‘""’.
-'item_0'
- What is put between two level 0 items. Default: '"\n \\item "'.
+‘item_0’
+ What is put between two level 0 items. Default: ‘"\n \\item "’.
-'item_1'
- Put between two level 1 items. Default: '"\n \\subitem "'.
+‘item_1’
+ Put between two level 1 items. Default: ‘"\n \\subitem "’.
-'item_2'
- put between two level 2 items. Default: '"\n \\subsubitem "'.
+‘item_2’
+ put between two level 2 items. Default: ‘"\n \\subsubitem "’.
-'item_01'
+‘item_01’
What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item. Default:
- '"\n \\subitem "'.
+ ‘"\n \\subitem "’.
-'item_x1'
+‘item_x1’
What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the case
- that the level 0 item doesn't have any page numbers (as in
- '\index{aaa|see{bbb}}'). Default: '"\n \\subitem "'.
+ that the level 0 item doesn’t have any page numbers (as in
+ ‘\index{aaa|see{bbb}}’). Default: ‘"\n \\subitem "’.
-'item_12'
+‘item_12’
What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item. Default:
- '"\n \\subsubitem "'.
+ ‘"\n \\subsubitem "’.
-'item_x2'
+‘item_x2’
What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the
- level 1 item doesn't have page numbers. Default: '"\n \\subsubitem
- "'.
+ level 1 item doesn’t have page numbers. Default: ‘"\n \\subsubitem
+ "’.
-'delim_0'
+‘delim_0’
Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page number.
- Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.
+ Default: a comma followed by a blank, ‘", "’.
-'delim_1'
+‘delim_1’
Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page number.
- Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.
+ Default: a comma followed by a blank, ‘", "’.
-'delim_2'
+‘delim_2’
Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number.
- Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.
+ Default: a comma followed by a blank, ‘", "’.
-'delim_n'
+‘delim_n’
Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any level).
- Default: a comma followed by a blank, '", "'.
+ Default: a comma followed by a blank, ‘", "’.
-'delim_r'
+‘delim_r’
What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a
- range. Default: '"--"'.
+ range. Default: ‘"--"’.
-'line_max'
- An integer. Maximum length of an index entry's line in the output,
- beyond which the line wraps. Default: '72'.
+‘line_max’
+ An integer. Maximum length of an index entry’s line in the output,
+ beyond which the line wraps. Default: ‘72’.
-'indent_space'
+‘indent_space’
What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default:
- '"\t\t"'.
+ ‘"\t\t"’.
-'indent_length'
+‘indent_length’
A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default
- 'indent_space' is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
- default here is '16'.
+ ‘indent_space’ is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
+ default here is ‘16’.
-'page_precedence'
+‘page_precedence’
A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example,
a book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman
while main matter pages are in arabic. This string specifies the
- order in which they will appear in the index. The 'makeindex'
+ order in which they will appear in the index. The ‘makeindex’
command supports five different types of numerals: lowercase roman
- 'r', and numeric or arabic 'n', and lowercase alphabetic 'a', and
- uppercase roman 'R', and uppercase alphabetic 'A'. Default:
- '"rnaRA"'.
+ ‘r’, and numeric or arabic ‘n’, and lowercase alphabetic ‘a’, and
+ uppercase roman ‘R’, and uppercase alphabetic ‘A’. Default:
+ ‘"rnaRA"’.
- There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex'
-does. One is 'xindy' (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy>), which does
+ There are a number of other programs that do the job ‘makeindex’
+does. One is ‘xindy’ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy>), which does
internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up
using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp,
highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating
order of the text, as described in its documentation.
- A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is 'xindex',
+ A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is ‘xindex’,
written in Lua (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex>).
-25.2.4 '\printindex'
+25.2.4 ‘\printindex’
--------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15133,10 +15220,10 @@ Synopsis:
Place the index into the output.
To get an index you must first include
-'\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex' in the document preamble and compile
-the document, then run the system command 'makeindex', and then compile
+‘\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex’ in the document preamble and compile
+the document, then run the system command ‘makeindex’, and then compile
the document again. *Note Indexes::, for further discussion and an
-example of the use of '\printindex'.
+example of the use of ‘\printindex’.
25.3 Glossaries
===============
@@ -15151,12 +15238,12 @@ Synopsis:
...
\printglossaries
- The 'glossaries' package allows you to make glossaries, including
+ The ‘glossaries’ package allows you to make glossaries, including
multiple glossaries, as well as lists of acronyms.
To get the output from this example, compile the document (for
-instance with 'pdflatex filename'), then run the command line command
-'makeglossaries filename', and then compile the document again.
+instance with ‘pdflatex filename’), then run the command line command
+‘makeglossaries filename’, and then compile the document again.
\documentclass{...}
\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
@@ -15172,21 +15259,21 @@ instance with 'pdflatex filename'), then run the command line command
\printglossaries
\end{document}
-That gives two things. In the main text it outputs '... definition of a
-Turing machine'. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed
-'Glossary' there appears a description list. In boldface it says
-'Turing machine' and the rest of the item says in normal type 'A model
-of a machine ... Computer Science'.
+That gives two things. In the main text it outputs ‘... definition of a
+Turing machine’. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed
+‘Glossary’ there appears a description list. In boldface it says
+‘Turing machine’ and the rest of the item says in normal type ‘A model
+of a machine ... Computer Science’.
- The command '\makeglossary' opens the file that will contain the
-entry information, 'ROOT-FILE.glo'. Put the '\printglossaries' command
+ The command ‘\makeglossary’ opens the file that will contain the
+entry information, ‘ROOT-FILE.glo’. Put the ‘\printglossaries’ command
where you want the glossaries to appear in your document.
- The 'glossaries' package is very powerful. For instance, besides the
-commands '\newglossaryentry' and '\gls', there are similar commands for
+ The ‘glossaries’ package is very powerful. For instance, besides the
+commands ‘\newglossaryentry’ and ‘\gls’, there are similar commands for
a list of acronyms. See the package documentations on CTAN.
-25.3.1 '\newglossaryentry'
+25.3.1 ‘\newglossaryentry’
--------------------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -15209,7 +15296,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
Declare a new entry for a glossary. The LABEL must be unique for the
document. The settings associated with the label are pairs:
-'KEY=VALUE'.
+‘KEY=VALUE’.
This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers ℝ, in the
glossary.
@@ -15226,26 +15313,26 @@ paragraph.
For a full list of KEYs see the package documentation on CTAN but
here are a few.
-'name'
+‘name’
(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining.
-'description'
+‘description’
(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary. If
this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second
command form given in the synopsis.
-'plural'
- The plural form of NAME. Refer to the plural form using '\glspl'
- or '\Glspl' (*note \gls::).
+‘plural’
+ The plural form of NAME. Refer to the plural form using ‘\glspl’
+ or ‘\Glspl’ (*note \gls::).
-'sort'
+‘sort’
How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary
holds.
-'symbol'
+‘symbol’
A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name.
-25.3.2 '\gls'
+25.3.2 ‘\gls’
-------------
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -15256,7 +15343,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
\Glspl{LABEL}
Refer to a glossary entry. The entries are declared with
-'\newglossaryentry' (*note \newglossaryentry::).
+‘\newglossaryentry’ (*note \newglossaryentry::).
This
@@ -15268,10 +15355,10 @@ Synopsis, one of:
...
Consider \gls{N}.
-gives the output 'Consider the natural numbers'.
+gives the output ‘Consider the natural numbers’.
- The second command form '\glspl{LABEL}' produces the plural of NAME
-(by default it tries adding an 's'). The third form capitalizes the
+ The second command form ‘\glspl{LABEL}’ produces the plural of NAME
+(by default it tries adding an ‘s’). The third form capitalizes the
first letter of NAME, as does the fourth form, which also takes the
plural.
@@ -15294,47 +15381,47 @@ Synopsis:
Produce one or more letters.
- Each letter is in a separate 'letter' environment, whose argument
+ Each letter is in a separate ‘letter’ environment, whose argument
RECIPIENT ADDRESS often contains multiple lines separated with a double
-backslash, ('\\'). For example, you might have:
+backslash, (‘\\’). For example, you might have:
\begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
l'h\^otel Sagonne}
...
\end{letter}
- The start of the 'letter' environment resets the page number to 1,
+ The start of the ‘letter’ environment resets the page number to 1,
and the footnote number to 1 also.
The SENDER ADDRESS and SENDER NAME are common to all of the letters,
whether there is one or more, so these are best put in the preamble. As
with the recipient address, often SENDER ADDRESS contains multiple lines
-separated by a double backslash ('\\'). LaTeX will put the SENDER NAME
+separated by a double backslash (‘\\’). LaTeX will put the SENDER NAME
under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional
hand-written signature.
- Each 'letter' environment body begins with a required '\opening'
-command such as '\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}'. The LETTER BODY text is
+ Each ‘letter’ environment body begins with a required ‘\opening’
+command such as ‘\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}’. The LETTER BODY text is
ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to
-displayed math, except that commands such as '\chapter' that make no
-sense in a letter are turned off. Each 'letter' environment body
-typically ends with a '\closing' command such as '\closing{Yours,}'.
-
- Additional material may come after the '\closing'. You can say who
-is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like '\cc{the Boss \\
-the Boss's Boss}'. There's a similar '\encl' command for a list of
-enclosures. And, you can add a postscript with '\ps'.
-
- LaTeX's default is to indent the sender name and the closing above it
-by a length of '\longindentation'. By default this is '0.5\textwidth'.
-To make them flush left, put '\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}' in your
+displayed math, except that commands such as ‘\chapter’ that make no
+sense in a letter are turned off. Each ‘letter’ environment body
+typically ends with a ‘\closing’ command such as ‘\closing{Yours,}’.
+
+ Additional material may come after the ‘\closing’. You can say who
+is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like ‘\cc{the Boss \\
+the Boss's Boss}’. There’s a similar ‘\encl’ command for a list of
+enclosures. And, you can add a postscript with ‘\ps’.
+
+ LaTeX’s default is to indent the sender name and the closing above it
+by a length of ‘\longindentation’. By default this is ‘0.5\textwidth’.
+To make them flush left, put ‘\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}’ in your
preamble.
To set a fixed date use something like
-'\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}'. If put in your preamble then it
+‘\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}’. If put in your preamble then it
will apply to all the letters.
- This example shows only one 'letter' environment. The three lines
+ This example shows only one ‘letter’ environment. The three lines
marked as optional are typically omitted.
\documentclass{letter}
@@ -15351,9 +15438,9 @@ marked as optional are typically omitted.
\end{letter}
\end{document}
- These commands are used with the 'letter' class.
+ These commands are used with the ‘letter’ class.
-26.1 '\address'
+26.1 ‘\address’
===============
Synopsis:
@@ -15362,15 +15449,15 @@ Synopsis:
Specify the return address, as it appears on the letter and on the
envelope. Separate multiple lines in SENDERS ADDRESS with a double
-backslash, '\\'.
+backslash, ‘\\’.
Because it can apply to multiple letters this declaration is often
put in the preamble. However, it can go anywhere, including inside an
-individual 'letter' environment.
+individual ‘letter’ environment.
This command is optional: if you do not use it then the letter is
formatted with some blank space on top, for copying onto pre-printed
-letterhead paper. If you do use the '\address' declaration then it is
+letterhead paper. If you do use the ‘\address’ declaration then it is
formatted as a personal letter.
Here is an example.
@@ -15378,7 +15465,7 @@ formatted as a personal letter.
\address{Stephen Maturin \\
The Grapes of the Savoy}
-26.2 '\cc'
+26.2 ‘\cc’
==========
Synopsis:
@@ -15388,26 +15475,26 @@ Synopsis:
Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent.
This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after
-'\closing'. Put the names on different lines by separating them with a
-double backslash, '\\', as in:
+‘\closing’. Put the names on different lines by separating them with a
+double backslash, ‘\\’, as in:
\cc{President \\
Vice President}
-26.3 '\closing'
+26.3 ‘\closing’
===============
Synopsis:
\closing{TEXT}
- Produce the letter's closing. This is optional, but usual. It
+ Produce the letter’s closing. This is optional, but usual. It
appears at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For
example:
\closing{Regards,}
-26.4 '\encl'
+26.4 ‘\encl’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -15416,13 +15503,13 @@ Synopsis:
... }
Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is
-optional; when it is used, it typically is put after '\closing'.
-Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, '\\'.
+optional; when it is used, it typically is put after ‘\closing’.
+Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, ‘\\’.
\encl{License \\
Passport}
-26.5 '\location'
+26.5 ‘\location’
================
Synopsis:
@@ -15430,31 +15517,31 @@ Synopsis:
\location{TEXT}
The TEXT appears centered at the bottom of the page. It only appears
-if the page style is 'firstpage'.
+if the page style is ‘firstpage’.
-26.6 '\makelabels'
+26.6 ‘\makelabels’
==================
Synopsis:
\makelabels % in preamble
- Optional, for a document that contains 'letter' environments. If you
-just put '\makelabels' in the preamble then at the end of the document
+ Optional, for a document that contains ‘letter’ environments. If you
+just put ‘\makelabels’ in the preamble then at the end of the document
you will get a sheet with labels for all the recipients, one for each
letter environment, that you can copy to a sheet of peel-off address
labels.
- Customize the labels by redefining the commands '\startlabels',
-'\mlabel', and '\returnaddress' (and perhaps '\name') in the preamble.
-The command '\startlabels' sets the width, height, number of columns,
+ Customize the labels by redefining the commands ‘\startlabels’,
+‘\mlabel’, and ‘\returnaddress’ (and perhaps ‘\name’) in the preamble.
+The command ‘\startlabels’ sets the width, height, number of columns,
etc., of the page onto which the labels are printed. The command
-'\mlabel{RETURN ADDRESS}{RECIPIENT ADDRESS}' produces the two labels (or
+‘\mlabel{RETURN ADDRESS}{RECIPIENT ADDRESS}’ produces the two labels (or
one, if you choose to ignore the RETURN ADDRESS) for each letter
environment. The first argument, RETURN ADDRESS, is the value returned
-by the macro '\returnaddress'. The second argument, RECIPIENT ADDRESS,
-is the value passed in the argument to the 'letter' environment. By
-default '\mlabel' ignores the first argument, the RETURN ADDRESS,
+by the macro ‘\returnaddress’. The second argument, RECIPIENT ADDRESS,
+is the value passed in the argument to the ‘letter’ environment. By
+default ‘\mlabel’ ignores the first argument, the RETURN ADDRESS,
causing the default behavior described in the prior paragraph.
This illustrates customization. Its output includes a page with two
@@ -15484,34 +15571,34 @@ columns having two labels each.
The first column contains the return address twice. The second column
contains the address for each recipient.
- The package 'envlab' makes formatting the labels easier, with
+ The package ‘envlab’ makes formatting the labels easier, with
standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines
-'\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}' and '\makelabels' are all that
+‘\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}’ and ‘\makelabels’ are all that
you need to print envelopes.
-26.7 '\name'
+26.7 ‘\name’
============
Synopsis:
\name{NAME}
- Optional. Sender's name, used for printing on the envelope together
+ Optional. Sender’s name, used for printing on the envelope together
with the return address.
-26.8 '\opening'
+26.8 ‘\opening’
===============
Synopsis:
\opening{SALUTATION}
- Required. Follows the '\begin{letter}{...}'. The argument
+ Required. Follows the ‘\begin{letter}{...}’. The argument
SALUTATION is mandatory. For instance:
\opening{Dear John:}
-26.9 '\ps'
+26.9 ‘\ps’
==========
Synopsis:
@@ -15519,11 +15606,11 @@ Synopsis:
\ps{TEXT}
Add a postscript. This command is optional and usually is used after
-'\closing'.
+‘\closing’.
\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.}
-26.10 '\signature'
+26.10 ‘\signature’
==================
Synopsis:
@@ -15531,42 +15618,42 @@ Synopsis:
\signature{FIRST LINE \\
... }
- The sender's name. This command is optional, although its inclusion
+ The sender’s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion
is usual.
The argument text appears at the end of the letter, after the
closing. LaTeX leaves some vertical space for a handwritten signature.
-Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, '\\'. For example:
+Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, ‘\\’. For example:
\signature{J Fred Muggs \\
White House}
- LaTeX's default for the vertical space from the '\closing' text down
-to the '\signature' text is '6\medskipamount', which is six times
-'\medskipamount' (where '\medskipamount' is equal to a '\parskip', which
+ LaTeX’s default for the vertical space from the ‘\closing’ text down
+to the ‘\signature’ text is ‘6\medskipamount’, which is six times
+‘\medskipamount’ (where ‘\medskipamount’ is equal to a ‘\parskip’, which
in turn is defined by default here to 0.7em).
This command is usually in the preamble, to apply to all the letters
in the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a
-'letter' environment and before the '\closing'.
+‘letter’ environment and before the ‘\closing’.
You can include a graphic in the signature as here.
\signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
My name}
-For this you must put '\usepackage{graphicx}' in the preamble (*note
+For this you must put ‘\usepackage{graphicx}’ in the preamble (*note
Graphics::).
-26.11 '\telephone'
+26.11 ‘\telephone’
==================
Synopsis:
\telephone{NUMBER}
- The sender's telephone number. This is typically in the preamble,
-where it applies to all letters. This only appears if the 'firstpage'
+ The sender’s telephone number. This is typically in the preamble,
+where it applies to all letters. This only appears if the ‘firstpage’
pagestyle is selected. If so, it appears on the lower right of the
page.
@@ -15579,7 +15666,7 @@ also read a file that other programs written, or write a file for others
to read. You can communicate with users through the terminal. And, you
can issue instructions for the operating system.
-27.1 '\openin' & '\openout'
+27.1 ‘\openin’ & ‘\openout’
===========================
Synopsis:
@@ -15591,10 +15678,10 @@ Synopsis:
\openout NUMBER=FILENAME
Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most
-engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3'; in
+engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in ‘\openin3’; in
LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127.
- Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading.
+ Here TeX opens the file ‘presidents.tex’ for reading.
\newread\presidentsfile
\openin\presidentsfile=presidents
@@ -15602,23 +15689,23 @@ LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127.
\read\presidentsfile to\presidentline
\typeout{\presidentline}
-The '\newread' command allocates input stream numbers from 0 to 15
-(there is also a '\newwrite'). The '\presidentsfile' is more memorable
-but under the hood it is still a number; the first '\typeout' gives
-something like 'presidentsfile is 1'. In addition, '\newread' keeps
+The ‘\newread’ command allocates input stream numbers from 0 to 15
+(there is also a ‘\newwrite’). The ‘\presidentsfile’ is more memorable
+but under the hood it is still a number; the first ‘\typeout’ gives
+something like ‘presidentsfile is 1’. In addition, ‘\newread’ keeps
track of the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an
-error like '! No room for a new \read'. The second '\typeout' gives the
-first line of the file, something like '1 Washington, George'.
+error like ‘! No room for a new \read’. The second ‘\typeout’ gives the
+first line of the file, something like ‘1 Washington, George’.
Ordinarily TeX will not try to open the file until the next page
-shipout. To change this, use '\immediate\openin NUMBER=FILENAME' or
-'\immediate\openout NUMBER=FILENAME'.
+shipout. To change this, use ‘\immediate\openin NUMBER=FILENAME’ or
+‘\immediate\openout NUMBER=FILENAME’.
- Close files with '\closein NUMBER' and '\closeout NUMBER'.
+ Close files with ‘\closein NUMBER’ and ‘\closeout NUMBER’.
How LaTeX handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can
vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an
-extension then TeX will add a '.tex'. This creates 'presidents.tex',
+extension then TeX will add a ‘.tex’. This creates ‘presidents.tex’,
writes one line to it, and closes it.
\newwrite\presidentsfile
@@ -15627,23 +15714,23 @@ writes one line to it, and closes it.
\closeout\presidentsfile
But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if TeX finds a FILENAME
-of 'presidents.dat' it could look first for 'presidents.dat.tex' and
-later for 'presidents.dat', or it could do the opposite. Your
-distribution's documentation should say more, and if you find something
+of ‘presidents.dat’ it could look first for ‘presidents.dat.tex’ and
+later for ‘presidents.dat’, or it could do the opposite. Your
+distribution’s documentation should say more, and if you find something
that works for you then you are good, but to ensure complete portability
the best thing is to use file names containing only the twenty six ASCII
letters (not case-sensitive) and the ten digits, along with underscore
and dash, and in particular with no dot or space.
- For '\openin', if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give an
+ For ‘\openin’, if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give an
error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this
-with '\ifeof'; one recourse is the command '\InputIfFileExists', *note
+with ‘\ifeof’; one recourse is the command ‘\InputIfFileExists’, *note
Class and package commands::). If you try to use the same number twice,
-LaTeX won't give you an error. If you try to use a bad number then you
-get an error message like '! Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30
-\openin16=test.jh'.
+LaTeX won’t give you an error. If you try to use a bad number then you
+get an error message like ‘! Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30
+\openin16=test.jh’.
-27.2 '\read'
+27.2 ‘\read’
============
Synopsis:
@@ -15651,10 +15738,10 @@ Synopsis:
\read NUMBER toMACRO
Make the command MACRO contain the next line of input from text
-stream NUMBER, as in '\read5 to\data'.
+stream NUMBER, as in ‘\read5 to\data’.
- This opens the file 'email.tex' for reading, puts the contents of the
-first line into the command '\email', and then closes the file.
+ This opens the file ‘email.tex’ for reading, puts the contents of the
+first line into the command ‘\email’, and then closes the file.
\newread\recipientfile
\openin\recipientfile=email
@@ -15663,18 +15750,18 @@ first line into the command '\email', and then closes the file.
\closein\recipientfile
If NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if no file of that
-number is open, or if the file has ended, then '\read' will take input
+number is open, or if the file has ended, then ‘\read’ will take input
from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not allowed, e.g.,
-'\nonstopmode'; *note interaction modes::). (However, the natural way
-in LaTeX to take input from the terminal is '\typein' (*note \typein::.)
+‘\nonstopmode’; *note interaction modes::). (However, the natural way
+in LaTeX to take input from the terminal is ‘\typein’ (*note \typein::.)
- To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use '\input'
-(*note \input::) or '\include' (*note \include & \includeonly::).
+ To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use ‘\input’
+(*note \input::) or ‘\include’ (*note \include & \includeonly::).
A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail
-merges. CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is 'datatool'.
+merges. CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is ‘datatool’.
-27.3 '\typein'
+27.3 ‘\typein’
==============
Synopsis, one of:
@@ -15696,13 +15783,13 @@ coupled with this command line interaction
\@typein=Aphra Behn
-gives the output '... never forget Aphra Behn'.
+gives the output ‘... never forget Aphra Behn’.
- The first command version, '\typein{PROMPT-MSG}', causes the input
+ The first command version, ‘\typein{PROMPT-MSG}’, causes the input
you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file
-in place of the '\typein' command.
+in place of the ‘\typein’ command.
- In the second command version the optional argument 'CMD' argument
+ In the second command version the optional argument ‘CMD’ argument
must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a backslash, \.
This command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you
typed. For example, this
@@ -15717,32 +15804,32 @@ gives this output on the command line,
\student=John Dee
Recommendation for John Dee.
-where the user has entered 'John Dee.'
+where the user has entered ‘John Dee.’
-27.4 '\typeout'
+27.4 ‘\typeout’
===============
Synopsis:
\typeout{MSG}
- Print 'msg' on the terminal and in the 'log' file.
+ Print ‘msg’ on the terminal and in the ‘log’ file.
This
\newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
\typeout{Recommendation for \student .}
-outputs 'Recommendation for John Dee'. Like what happens here with
-'\student', commands that are defined with '\newcommand' or
-'\renewcommand' (among others) are replaced by their definitions before
+outputs ‘Recommendation for John Dee’. Like what happens here with
+‘\student’, commands that are defined with ‘\newcommand’ or
+‘\renewcommand’ (among others) are replaced by their definitions before
being printed.
- LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
-and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'. Use the
-command '\space' to get a single space, independent of surrounding
-spaces. Use '^^J' to get a newline. Get a percent character with
-'\csname @percentchar\endcsname'.
+ LaTeX’s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
+and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to ‘msg’. Use the
+command ‘\space’ to get a single space, independent of surrounding
+spaces. Use ‘^^J’ to get a newline. Get a percent character with
+‘\csname @percentchar\endcsname’.
This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here:
@@ -15750,9 +15837,9 @@ spaces. Use '^^J' to get a newline. Get a percent character with
\setlength{\jhlength}{5pt}
\typeout{The length is \the\jhlength.}
-produces on the command line 'The length is 5.0pt'.
+produces on the command line ‘The length is 5.0pt’.
-27.5 '\write'
+27.5 ‘\write’
=============
Synopsis:
@@ -15760,10 +15847,10 @@ Synopsis:
\write NUMBER{STRING}
Write STRING to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file opened by
-'\openout'. For instance, '\write6' writes to text stream number 6.
+‘\openout’. For instance, ‘\write6’ writes to text stream number 6.
- If the following appears in 'BASEFILE.tex' then it opens
-'BASEFILE.jh', writes 'Hello World!' and a newline to it, and closes
+ If the following appears in ‘BASEFILE.tex’ then it opens
+‘BASEFILE.jh’, writes ‘Hello World!’ and a newline to it, and closes
that file.
\newwrite\myfile
@@ -15773,10 +15860,10 @@ that file.
...
\immediate\closeout\myfile
-The '\newwrite' allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic name to
-make life easier, so that 'stream \newwrite\myfile\the\myfile' produces
-something like 'stream 3'. Then '\openout' associates the stream number
-with the given file name. TeX ultimately executed '\write3' which puts
+The ‘\newwrite’ allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic name to
+make life easier, so that ‘stream \newwrite\myfile\the\myfile’ produces
+something like ‘stream 3’. Then ‘\openout’ associates the stream number
+with the given file name. TeX ultimately executed ‘\write3’ which puts
the string in the file.
Typically NUMBER is between 0 and 15, because typically LaTeX authors
@@ -15785,75 +15872,75 @@ NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if it is not associated with
an open file then LaTeX writes STRING to the log file. If NUMBER is
positive then in addition LaTeX writes STRING to the terminal.
- Thus, 'test \write-1{Hello World!}' puts 'Hello World!' followed by a
-newline in the log file. (This is what the '\wlog' command does; *note
-\wlog::). And '\write100{Hello World!}' puts the same in the log file
-but also puts 'Hello World!' followed by a newline in the terminal
+ Thus, ‘test \write-1{Hello World!}’ puts ‘Hello World!’ followed by a
+newline in the log file. (This is what the ‘\wlog’ command does; *note
+\wlog::). And ‘\write100{Hello World!}’ puts the same in the log file
+but also puts ‘Hello World!’ followed by a newline in the terminal
output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are special as NUMBER; see below.)
In LuaTeX, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 (*note TeX
engines::).
- Use '\write\@auxout{STRING}' to write to the current '.aux' file,
+ Use ‘\write\@auxout{STRING}’ to write to the current ‘.aux’ file,
which is associated with either the root file or with the current
-include file; and use '\write\@mainaux{STRING}' to write to the main
-'.aux'. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX.
+include file; and use ‘\write\@mainaux{STRING}’ to write to the main
+‘.aux’. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX.
By default LaTeX does not write STRING to the file right away. This
-is because, for example, you may need '\write' to save the current page
-number, but when TeX comes across a '\write' it typically does not know
+is because, for example, you may need ‘\write’ to save the current page
+number, but when TeX comes across a ‘\write’ it typically does not know
what the page number is, since it has not yet done the page breaking.
-So, you use '\write' in one of three contexts:
+So, you use ‘\write’ in one of three contexts:
\immediate\write\@auxout{STRING} %1
\write\@auxout{STRING} %2
\protected@write\@auxout{}{STRING} %3
1. With the first, LaTeX writes STRING to the file immediately. Any
- macros in STRING are fully expanded (just as in '\edef') so to
- prevent expansion you must use '\noexpand', 'toks', etc., except
- that you should use '#' instead of '##').
+ macros in STRING are fully expanded (just as in ‘\edef’) so to
+ prevent expansion you must use ‘\noexpand’, ‘toks’, etc., except
+ that you should use ‘#’ instead of ‘##’).
2. With the second, STRING is stored on the current list of things (as
- a TeX "whatsit" item) and kept until the page is shipped out and
- likewise the macros are unexpanded until '\shipout'. At
- '\shipout', STRING is fully expanded.
+ a TeX “whatsit” item) and kept until the page is shipped out and
+ likewise the macros are unexpanded until ‘\shipout’. At
+ ‘\shipout’, STRING is fully expanded.
- 3. The third, '\protected@write', is like the second except that you
- can use '\protect' to avoid expansion. The extra first argument
+ 3. The third, ‘\protected@write’, is like the second except that you
+ can use ‘\protect’ to avoid expansion. The extra first argument
allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more macros
protected or to have some other special definition for the write.
- As a simple example of expansion with '\write', STRING here contains
-a control sequence '\triplex' which we've defined to be the text 'XYZ':
+ As a simple example of expansion with ‘\write’, STRING here contains
+a control sequence ‘\triplex’ which we’ve defined to be the text ‘XYZ’:
\newwrite\jhfile
\openout\jhfile=test.jh
\newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ}
\write\jhfile{test \triplex test}
-This results in the file 'test.jh' containing the text 'test XYZtest'
+This results in the file ‘test.jh’ containing the text ‘test XYZtest’
followed by a newline.
The cases where NUMBER is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of
-'\write''s behavior when NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15
-described above, in Plain TeX '\write16' and '\write17' were sometimes
+‘\write’’s behavior when NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15
+described above, in Plain TeX ‘\write16’ and ‘\write17’ were sometimes
used to write to the log file and the terminal; however, in LaTeX, the
-natural way to do that is with '\typeout' (*note \typeout::). The
-'\write18' command is even more special; modern TeX systems use it for
+natural way to do that is with ‘\typeout’ (*note \typeout::). The
+‘\write18’ command is even more special; modern TeX systems use it for
giving commands to the operating system (*note \write18::).
- Ordinarily '\write' outputs a single line. You can include a newline
-with '^^J'. Thus, this produces two lines in the log file:
+ Ordinarily ‘\write’ outputs a single line. You can include a newline
+with ‘^^J’. Thus, this produces two lines in the log file:
\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.}
A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write out
verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of packages
-for this; one is 'answers'.
+for this; one is ‘answers’.
-27.5.1 '\write' and security
+27.5.1 ‘\write’ and security
----------------------------
The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
@@ -15873,11 +15960,11 @@ gives an error like:
! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
You can get just such an error when using commands such as
-'\include{../filename}' because LaTeX will try to open
-'../filename.aux'. The simplest solution is to put the included files
+‘\include{../filename}’ because LaTeX will try to open
+‘../filename.aux’. The simplest solution is to put the included files
in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories.
-27.5.2 '\message'
+27.5.2 ‘\message’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15886,10 +15973,10 @@ Synopsis:
Write STRING to the log file and the terminal.
- Typically, LaTeX authors use '\typeout' (*note \typeout::). It
-allows you to use '\protect' on any fragile commands in STRING (*note
-\protect::). But '\typeout' always inserts a newline at the end of
-STRING while '\message' does not, so the latter can be useful.
+ Typically, LaTeX authors use ‘\typeout’ (*note \typeout::). It
+allows you to use ‘\protect’ on any fragile commands in STRING (*note
+\protect::). But ‘\typeout’ always inserts a newline at the end of
+STRING while ‘\message’ does not, so the latter can be useful.
With this example document body.
@@ -15902,28 +15989,28 @@ the terminal and the log file.
One Two Three Four
I declare a thumb war.
-The '^^J' produces a newline. Also, in the output document, between
-'before' and 'After' will be a single space (from the end of line
-following 'I}').
+The ‘^^J’ produces a newline. Also, in the output document, between
+‘before’ and ‘After’ will be a single space (from the end of line
+following ‘I}’).
- While '\message' allows you more control over formatting, a gotcha is
+ While ‘\message’ allows you more control over formatting, a gotcha is
that LaTeX may mess up that formatting because it inserts line breaks
depending on what it has already written. Contrast this document body,
-where the 'Two' has moved, to the one given above.
+where the ‘Two’ has moved, to the one given above.
before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI}
\message{declare a thumb war.}After
This can happen: when LaTeX is outputting the messages to the
-terminal, now the message with 'One' is shorter and it fits at the end
+terminal, now the message with ‘One’ is shorter and it fits at the end
of the output terminal line, and so LaTeX breaks the line between it and
-the 'Two Three'. That line break appears also in the log file. This
+the ‘Two Three’. That line break appears also in the log file. This
line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length of the full
path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted lines in a
way that is portable is hard, likely requiring starting your message at
the beginning of a line.
-27.5.3 '\wlog'
+27.5.3 ‘\wlog’
--------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15935,13 +16022,13 @@ Synopsis:
\wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?}
\wlog{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.}
- Ordinarily STRING appears in a single separate line. Use '^^J' to
+ Ordinarily STRING appears in a single separate line. Use ‘^^J’ to
insert a newline.
\wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.}
\wlog{The barman says,^^JWe don't serve your type.}
-27.5.4 '\write18'
+27.5.4 ‘\write18’
-----------------
Synopsis:
@@ -15949,7 +16036,7 @@ Synopsis:
\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}
Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system
-runs the command and LaTeX's execution is blocked until that finishes.
+runs the command and LaTeX’s execution is blocked until that finishes.
This sequence (on Unix)
@@ -15957,64 +16044,64 @@ runs the command and LaTeX's execution is blocked until that finishes.
...
\newcommand{\fignum}{1}
\immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum}
- \includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf}
+ \includegraphics{pix/figure\fignum.pdf}
-will run Asymptote (the 'asy' program) on 'pix/figure1.asy', so that the
+will run Asymptote (the ‘asy’ program) on ‘pix/figure1.asy’, so that the
document can later read in the resulting graphic (*note
-\includegraphics::). Like any '\write', here LaTeX expands macros in
-SHELL_COMMAND so that '\fignum' is replaced by '1'.
+\includegraphics::). Like any ‘\write’, here LaTeX expands macros in
+SHELL_COMMAND so that ‘\fignum’ is replaced by ‘1’.
Another example is that you can automatically run BibTeX at the start
of each LaTeX run (*note Using BibTeX::) by including
-'\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}' as the first line of the file.
-Note that '\jobname' expands to the basename of the root file unless the
-'--jobname' option is passed on the command line, in which case this is
+‘\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}’ as the first line of the file.
+Note that ‘\jobname’ expands to the basename of the root file unless the
+‘--jobname’ option is passed on the command line, in which case this is
the option argument.
You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information
that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files
-in the current directory (but see 'texosquery' below):
+in the current directory (but see ‘texosquery’ below):
\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat}
\input{tmp.dat}
- The standard behavior of any '\write' is to wait until a page is
+ The standard behavior of any ‘\write’ is to wait until a page is
being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream
(*note \write::). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use
-'\immediate\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}'.
+‘\immediate\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}’.
There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands
inside a LaTeX file. If you download a file off the net and it contains
commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The
standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell access.
You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are safe, by
-compiling with 'latex --enable-write18 FILENAME' (*note Command line
-options::). (The '--shell-escape' option is a synonym, in TeX Live.)
+compiling with ‘latex --enable-write18 FILENAME’ (*note Command line
+options::). (The ‘--shell-escape’ option is a synonym, in TeX Live.)
In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default
use a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as
those that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not
-use the 'enable-write18' option. By default this list of allowed
+use the ‘enable-write18’ option. By default this list of allowed
commands is short and features only commands that are under the control
of the distribution maintainers (*note Command line options::).
- The SHELL_COMMAND text is always passed to '/bin/sh' on Unix-like
-operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter 'cmd.exe' on Windows.
-Any different shell set by the user, and the 'SHELL' environment
+ The SHELL_COMMAND text is always passed to ‘/bin/sh’ on Unix-like
+operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter ‘cmd.exe’ on Windows.
+Any different shell set by the user, and the ‘SHELL’ environment
variable, is ignored.
If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
-'texosquery' package, which provides a convenient and secure interface
-for this, unlike the above examples using the raw '\write18':
+‘texosquery’ package, which provides a convenient and secure interface
+for this, unlike the above examples using the raw ‘\write18’:
<https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery>.
- LaTeX provides a package 'shellesc' on top of the primitive
-'\write18' command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
-'\ShellEscape' which works identically on all TeX engines; LuaTeX
-intentionally did not retain '\write18' as a way to invoke a shell
-command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The 'shellesc' package
-also provides a command '\DelayedShellEscape', executed at '\output'
+ LaTeX provides a package ‘shellesc’ on top of the primitive
+‘\write18’ command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
+‘\ShellEscape’ which works identically on all TeX engines; LuaTeX
+intentionally did not retain ‘\write18’ as a way to invoke a shell
+command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The ‘shellesc’ package
+also provides a command ‘\DelayedShellEscape’, executed at ‘\output’
time, for the same reason.
28 Command line interface
@@ -16024,16 +16111,16 @@ Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT
- Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT. In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use (for
-PDF output) 'xelatex' or 'lualatex', or (for DVI output) 'latex' or
-'dvilualatex', among others (*note TeX engines::).
+ Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT. In place of ‘pdflatex’ you can also use (for
+PDF output) ‘xelatex’ or ‘lualatex’, or (for DVI output) ‘latex’ or
+‘dvilualatex’, among others (*note TeX engines::).
- For example, this will run LaTeX on the file 'thesis.tex', creating
-the output 'thesis.pdf'.
+ For example, this will run LaTeX on the file ‘thesis.tex’, creating
+the output ‘thesis.pdf’.
pdflatex thesis
-Note that '.tex' is the default file name extension.
+Note that ‘.tex’ is the default file name extension.
pdfTeX is an extension of the original TeX program, as are XeTeX and
LuaTeX (*note TeX engines::). The first two are completely backward
@@ -16042,10 +16129,10 @@ feature for all three is that the original TeX output its own DVI
format, while the newer ones can output directly to PDF. This allows
them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF such as hyperlinks,
support for modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and ubiquitous
-viewing programs. In short, if you run 'pdflatex' or 'xelatex' or
-'lualatex' then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its
-modern features. If you run 'latex', or 'dvilualatex', then you will
-get DVI. The description here assumes pdfLaTeX.
+viewing programs. In short, if you run ‘pdflatex’ or ‘xelatex’ or
+‘lualatex’ then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its
+modern features. If you run ‘latex’, or ‘dvilualatex’, then you will
+get DVI. The description here assumes ‘pdflatex’.
*Note Command line options::, for a selection of the most useful
command line options. As to ARGUMENT, the usual case is that it does
@@ -16054,8 +16141,8 @@ file and it compiles that file. If ARGUMENT begins with a backslash
then the system will interpret it as a line of LaTeX input, which can be
used for special effects (*note Command line input::).
- If you gave no arguments or options then 'pdflatex' prompts for input
-from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering 'CTRL-D'.
+ If you gave no arguments or options then ‘pdflatex’ prompts for input
+from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering ‘CTRL-D’.
If LaTeX finds an error in your document then by default it stops and
asks you about it. *Note Recovering from errors::, for an outline of
@@ -16065,34 +16152,34 @@ what to do.
=========================
These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
-authoring. For a full list, try running 'latex --help' from the command
+authoring. For a full list, try running ‘latex --help’ from the command
line.
With many implementations you can specify command line options by
-prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live
+prefixing them with ‘-’ or ‘--’. This is the case for both TeX Live
(including MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both conventions
interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be specified either
-as a separate argument ('--foo val'), or as one argument with an '='
-sign ('--foo=val'), but there can be no spaces around the '='. We will
-generally use the '=' syntax.
+as a separate argument (‘--foo val’), or as one argument with an ‘=’
+sign (‘--foo=val’), but there can be no spaces around the ‘=’. We will
+generally use the ‘=’ syntax.
-'-version'
- Show the current version, like 'pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
- Live 2015/Debian)' along with a small amount of additional
+‘-version’
+ Show the current version, like ‘pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
+ Live 2015/Debian)’ along with a small amount of additional
information, and exit.
-'-help'
+‘-help’
Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit.
-'-interaction=MODE'
+‘-interaction=MODE’
TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
- 'batchmode', 'nonstopmode', 'scrollmode', 'errorstopmode'. In
- "errorstopmode" (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks for
- user intervention. In "batchmode" it prints nothing on the
- terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit 'RETURN' at every
- error, and missing files cause the job to abort. In "nonstopmode",
+ ‘batchmode’, ‘nonstopmode’, ‘scrollmode’, ‘errorstopmode’. In
+ “errorstopmode” (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks for
+ user intervention. In “batchmode” it prints nothing on the
+ terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit ‘RETURN’ at every
+ error, and missing files cause the job to abort. In “nonstopmode”,
diagnostic message appear on the terminal but as in batch mode
- there is no user interaction. In "scrollmode", TeX stops for
+ there is no user interaction. In “scrollmode”, TeX stops for
missing files or keyboard input, but nothing else.
For instance, starting LaTeX with this command line
@@ -16101,16 +16188,16 @@ generally use the '=' syntax.
eliminates most terminal output.
-'-jobname=STRING'
- Set the value of TeX's "jobname" to the string. The log file and
- output file will then be named 'STRING.log' and 'STRING.pdf'.
+‘-jobname=STRING’
+ Set the value of TeX’s “jobname” to the string. The log file and
+ output file will then be named ‘STRING.log’ and ‘STRING.pdf’.
*note Jobname::.
-'-output-directory=DIRECTORY'
+‘-output-directory=DIRECTORY’
Write files in the directory DIRECTORY. It must already exist.
This applies to all external files created by TeX or LaTeX, such as
- the '.log' file for the run, the '.aux', '.toc', etc., files
- created by LaTeX, as well as the main '.pdf' or '.dvi' output file
+ the ‘.log’ file for the run, the ‘.aux’, ‘.toc’, etc., files
+ created by LaTeX, as well as the main ‘.pdf’ or ‘.dvi’ output file
itself.
When specified, the output directory DIRECTORY is also
@@ -16119,30 +16206,30 @@ generally use the '=' syntax.
current directory (in which LaTeX was run) remains unchanged, and
is also checked for input files.
-'--enable-write18'
-'--disable-write18'
-'--shell-escape'
-'--no-shell-escape'
- Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}' (*note \write18::).
+‘--enable-write18’
+‘--disable-write18’
+‘--shell-escape’
+‘--no-shell-escape’
+ Enable or disable ‘\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}’ (*note \write18::).
The first two options are supported by both TeX Live and MiKTeX,
while the second two are synonyms supported by TeX Live.
Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since
it allows a LaTeX file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by
- default, unrestricted '\write18' is not allowed. (The default for
+ default, unrestricted ‘\write18’ is not allowed. (The default for
TeX Live, MacTeX, and MiKTeX is to allow the execution of a limited
number of TeX-related programs, which they distribute.)
- For example, if you invoke LaTeX with the option 'no-shell-escape',
- and in your document you call '\write18{ls -l}', then you do not
- get an error but the log file says 'runsystem(ls -l)...disabled'.
+ For example, if you invoke LaTeX with the option ‘no-shell-escape’,
+ and in your document you call ‘\write18{ls -l}’, then you do not
+ get an error but the log file says ‘runsystem(ls -l)...disabled’.
-'-halt-on-error'
+‘-halt-on-error’
Stop processing at the first error.
-'-file-line-error'
-'-no-file-line-error'
- Enable or disable 'FILENAME:LINENO:ERROR'-style error messages.
+‘-file-line-error’
+‘-no-file-line-error’
+ Enable or disable ‘FILENAME:LINENO:ERROR’-style error messages.
These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX.
28.2 Command line input
@@ -16156,7 +16243,7 @@ you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a
backslash. (All the engines support this.) This allows you to do some
special effects.
- For example, this file (which uses the 'hyperref' package for
+ For example, this file (which uses the ‘hyperref’ package for
hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical
paper and one to be read online.
@@ -16170,8 +16257,8 @@ paper and one to be read online.
\href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN} % in body
...
-Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book'
-will give the 'CTAN' link in blue. But compiling it with
+Compiling this document ‘book.tex’ with the command line ‘pdflatex book’
+will give the ‘CTAN’ link in blue. But compiling it with
pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"
@@ -16180,18 +16267,18 @@ of the symbols by the command line shell. (This usually works on both
Unix and Windows systems, but there are many peculiarities to shell
quoting, so read your system documentation if need be.)
- In a similar way, from the single file 'main.tex' you can compile two
+ In a similar way, from the single file ‘main.tex’ you can compile two
different versions.
pdflatex -jobname=students "\def\student{}\input{main}"
pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"
-The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. (*note
+The ‘jobname’ option is there because otherwise both files would be
+called ‘main.pdf’ and the second would overwrite the first. (*note
Jobname::.)
In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
-document to include. For a book named 'mybook.tex' and structured like
+document to include. For a book named ‘mybook.tex’ and structured like
this.
\documentclass{book}
@@ -16214,34 +16301,34 @@ Splitting the input::.
Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI)
output but also including others. These files are named with the
-so-called "jobname". The most common case is also the simplest, where
-for instance the command 'pdflatex thesis' creates 'thesis.pdf' and also
-'thesis.log' and 'thesis.aux'. Here the job name is 'thesis'.
+so-called “jobname”. The most common case is also the simplest, where
+for instance the command ‘pdflatex thesis’ creates ‘thesis.pdf’ and also
+‘thesis.log’ and ‘thesis.aux’. Here the job name is ‘thesis’.
- In general, LaTeX is invoked as 'LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT',
-where LATEX-ENGINE is 'pdflatex', 'lualatex', etc. (*note TeX
+ In general, LaTeX is invoked as ‘LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT’,
+where LATEX-ENGINE is ‘pdflatex’, ‘lualatex’, etc. (*note TeX
engines::). If ARGUMENT does not start with a backslash, as is the case
-above with 'thesis', then TeX considers it to be the name of the file to
-input as the main document. This file is referred to as the "root file"
+above with ‘thesis’, then TeX considers it to be the name of the file to
+input as the main document. This file is referred to as the “root file”
(*note Splitting the input::, and *note \input::). The name of that
-root file, without the '.tex' extension if any, is the jobname. If
+root file, without the ‘.tex’ extension if any, is the jobname. If
ARGUMENT does start with a backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode,
-then it waits for the first '\input' command, and the jobname is the
-argument to '\input'.
+then it waits for the first ‘\input’ command, and the jobname is the
+argument to ‘\input’.
There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
-specified with the '-jobname' option, as in 'pdflatex -jobname=myname'
+specified with the ‘-jobname’ option, as in ‘pdflatex -jobname=myname’
(*note Command line input:: for a real example).
- The final possibility is 'texput', which is the final fallback
-default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no '-jobname'
+ The final possibility is ‘texput’, which is the final fallback
+default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no ‘-jobname’
option was specified, and the compilation stops before any input file is
-met, then the log file will be named 'texput.log'.
+met, then the log file will be named ‘texput.log’.
A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately)
-2020 or later, the jobname is also 'texput' if the first '\input' occurs
-as a result of being called by either '\documentclass' or
-'\RequirePackage'. So this will produce a file named 'texput.pdf':
+2020 or later, the jobname is also ‘texput’ if the first ‘\input’ occurs
+as a result of being called by either ‘\documentclass’ or
+‘\RequirePackage’. So this will produce a file named ‘texput.pdf’:
pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}"
@@ -16250,35 +16337,35 @@ with
pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}"
-the output file is 'lipsum.pdf', as '\usepackage' calls '\input'.
+the output file is ‘lipsum.pdf’, as ‘\usepackage’ calls ‘\input’.
- Within the document, the macro '\jobname' expands to the jobname.
+ Within the document, the macro ‘\jobname’ expands to the jobname.
(When you run LaTeX on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
-returned by '\jobname' contains matching start and end quotes.) In the
+returned by ‘\jobname’ contains matching start and end quotes.) In the
expansion of that macro, all characters are of catcode 12 (other) except
that spaces are category 10, including letters that are normally
catcode 11.
Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
-can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro '\IfBeginWith'
-from the 'xstring' package in its star variant, which is insensitive to
-catcode. For example, in the following text the footnote "Including
-Respublica Bananensis Francorum." is only present if the task name
-starts with 'my-doc'.
+can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro ‘\IfBeginWith’
+from the ‘xstring’ package in its star variant, which is insensitive to
+catcode. For example, in the following text the footnote “Including
+Respublica Bananensis Francorum.” is only present if the task name
+starts with ‘my-doc’.
If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then
all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}%
{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are
democracies.
- Manipulating the value of '\jobname' inside of a document does not
+ Manipulating the value of ‘\jobname’ inside of a document does not
change the name of the output file or the log file.
28.4 Recovering from errors
===========================
If LaTeX finds an error in your document then it gives you an error
-message and prompts you with a question mark, '?'. For instance,
+message and prompts you with a question mark, ‘?’. For instance,
running LaTeX on this file
\newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
@@ -16291,17 +16378,17 @@ causes it show this, and wait for input.
{} problem is a million dollar one.
?
-The simplest thing is to enter 'x' and 'RETURN' and fix the typo. You
-could instead enter '?' and 'RETURN' to see other options.
+The simplest thing is to enter ‘x’ and ‘RETURN’ and fix the typo. You
+could instead enter ‘?’ and ‘RETURN’ to see other options.
There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to
-include the '\end{document}' or misspelled it. In this case LaTeX gives
-you a '*' prompt. You can get back to the command line by typing
-'\stop' and 'RETURN'; this command does its best to exit LaTeX
+include the ‘\end{document}’ or misspelled it. In this case LaTeX gives
+you a ‘*’ prompt. You can get back to the command line by typing
+‘\stop’ and ‘RETURN’; this command does its best to exit LaTeX
immediately, whatever state it may be in.
The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance,
-instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'.
+instead of ‘pdflatex test’ you might type ‘pdflatex tste’.
! I can't find file `tste'.
<*> tste
@@ -16309,7 +16396,7 @@ instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'.
(Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)
Please type another input file name:
-The simplest thing is to enter 'CTRL d' (holding the Control and d keys
+The simplest thing is to enter ‘CTRL d’ (holding the Control and d keys
down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
Appendix A Document templates
@@ -16319,10 +16406,10 @@ Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will be
useful. Additional template resources are listed at
<https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates>.
-A.1 'beamer' template
+A.1 ‘beamer’ template
=====================
-The 'beamer' class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of
+The ‘beamer’ class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of
features, but here is a basic template:
\documentclass{beamer}
@@ -16349,7 +16436,7 @@ features, but here is a basic template:
The Beamer package on CTAN: <https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>.
-A.2 'article' template
+A.2 ‘article’ template
======================
A simple template for an article.
@@ -16372,7 +16459,7 @@ Some more text.
\end{document}
-A.3 'book' template
+A.3 ‘book’ template
===================
This is a straightforward template for a book. *Note Larger book
@@ -16396,24 +16483,24 @@ The end.
\end{document}
-A.4 Larger 'book' template
+A.4 Larger ‘book’ template
==========================
This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. *Note book
template::, for a simpler one.
- This template uses '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', and '\backmatter'
+ This template uses ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, and ‘\backmatter’
to control the typography of the three main areas of a book (*note
\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter::). The book has a
bibliography and an index.
- Also notable is that it uses '\include' and '\includeonly' (*note
+ Also notable is that it uses ‘\include’ and ‘\includeonly’ (*note
Splitting the input::). While you are working on a chapter you can
comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to
-'\includeonly'. That will speed up compilation without losing any
+‘\includeonly’. That will speed up compilation without losing any
information such as cross-references. (Material that does not need to
-come on a new page is brought in with '\input' instead of '\include'.
-You don't get the cross-reference benefit with '\input'.)
+come on a new page is brought in with ‘\input’ instead of ‘\include’.
+You don’t get the cross-reference benefit with ‘\input’.)
\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
@@ -16458,3044 +16545,3102 @@ Index
* Menu:
-* $ inline math: math. (line 4754)
-* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 3860)
-* & for table cells: tabular. (line 5726)
+* $ inline math: math. (line 4760)
+* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 3866)
+* & (for table cells): tabular. (line 5732)
* * prompt: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16296)
-* *, to \nocite all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6257)
+ (line 16383)
+* *, to \nocite all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6263)
* *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7646)
-* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2657)
+ (line 7672)
+* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2661)
* *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7248)
+ (line 7256)
* --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16121)
+ (line 16208)
* --enable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16121)
+ (line 16208)
* --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16142)
+ (line 16229)
* --halt-on-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16139)
+ (line 16226)
* --help command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16083)
+ (line 16170)
* --interaction command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16086)
+ (line 16173)
* --jobname command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16103)
+ (line 16190)
* --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16142)
+ (line 16229)
* --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16121)
+ (line 16208)
* --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16108)
+ (line 16195)
* --shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16121)
+ (line 16208)
* --version command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16078)
-* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 15781)
-* .aux file: Output files. (line 490)
+ (line 16165)
+* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 15868)
+* .aux file: Output files. (line 492)
* .aux file and BibTeX commands: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6264)
-* .dvi file: Output files. (line 467)
-* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 15180)
-* .idx file: Indexes. (line 14770)
-* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 14969)
-* .ind file: makeindex. (line 14969)
-* .isty file: makeindex. (line 14981)
-* .lof file: Output files. (line 500)
+ (line 6270)
+* .dvi file: Output files. (line 469)
+* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 15267)
+* .idx file: Indexes. (line 14857)
+* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 15056)
+* .ind file: makeindex. (line 15056)
+* .isty file: makeindex. (line 15068)
+* .lof file: Output files. (line 502)
* .lof file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14377)
-* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* .log file: Output files. (line 485)
-* .lot file: Output files. (line 500)
+ (line 14465)
+* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* .log file: Output files. (line 487)
+* .lot file: Output files. (line 502)
* .lot file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14377)
-* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* .pdf file: Output files. (line 477)
+ (line 14465)
+* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* .pdf file: Output files. (line 479)
* .tex, default extension: Command line interface.
- (line 16035)
-* .toc file: Output files. (line 500)
+ (line 16122)
+* .toc file: Output files. (line 502)
* .toc file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14377)
-* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 545)
-* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000)
+ (line 14465)
+* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 547)
+* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16087)
* 10pt option: Document class options.
- (line 739)
+ (line 741)
* 11pt option: Document class options.
- (line 739)
+ (line 741)
* 12pt option: Document class options.
- (line 739)
-* : for math: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10927)
-* [...] for optional arguments: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 595)
-* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11606)
+ (line 741)
+* : (for math): Colon character & \colon.
+ (line 11004)
+* [...] (for optional arguments): LaTeX command syntax.
+ (line 597)
+* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11687)
* \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 595)
+ (line 597)
* \!: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10688)
-* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13851)
+ (line 10765)
+* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13939)
* \#: Reserved characters.
- (line 13532)
+ (line 13612)
* \$: Reserved characters.
- (line 13532)
+ (line 13612)
* \%: Reserved characters.
- (line 13532)
+ (line 13612)
* \&: Reserved characters.
- (line 13532)
-* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 13855)
-* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5574)
-* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 4754)
-* \*: \*. (line 10947)
-* \+: tabbing. (line 5566)
+ (line 13612)
+* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 13943)
+* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5580)
+* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 4760)
+* \*: \*. (line 11024)
+* \+: tabbing. (line 5572)
* \,: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10674)
-* \-: tabbing. (line 5570)
-* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6633)
-* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 13858)
-* \/: \/. (line 11754)
+ (line 10751)
+* \-: tabbing. (line 5576)
+* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6639)
+* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 13946)
+* \/: \/. (line 11835)
* \:: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10663)
+ (line 10740)
* \;: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10650)
-* \<: tabbing. (line 5562)
-* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 13862)
-* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5556)
-* \>: tabbing. (line 5560)
+ (line 10727)
+* \<: tabbing. (line 5568)
+* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 13950)
+* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5562)
+* \>: tabbing. (line 5566)
* \> <1>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10663)
-* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5559)
-* \@: \@. (line 11529)
-* \@auxout: \write. (line 15796)
-* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4636)
-* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14501)
-* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4644)
-* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6997)
-* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7460)
-* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4640)
-* \@mainaux: \write. (line 15796)
-* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 3141)
-* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5589)
-* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590)
-* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590)
+ (line 10740)
+* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5565)
+* \@: \@. (line 11610)
+* \@auxout: \write. (line 15883)
+* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4642)
+* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14588)
+* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4650)
+* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 7004)
+* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7486)
+* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4646)
+* \@mainaux: \write. (line 15883)
+* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 3147)
+* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5595)
+* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5596)
+* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5596)
* \aa (å): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13975)
+ (line 14063)
* \AA (Å): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13975)
-* \accent: \accent. (line 13924)
-* \acute: Math accents. (line 10544)
-* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14536)
-* \address: \address. (line 15358)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14615)
-* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8242)
-* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8500)
-* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 12089)
+ (line 14063)
+* \accent: \accent. (line 14012)
+* \acute: Math accents. (line 10621)
+* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14623)
+* \address: \address. (line 15445)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14702)
+* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8268)
+* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8526)
+* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 12170)
* \ae (æ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13979)
+ (line 14067)
* \AE (Æ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13979)
-* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 9130)
-* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3971)
-* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 9133)
+ (line 14067)
+* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 9156)
+* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3977)
+* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 9159)
* \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8117)
+ (line 8143)
* \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8122)
-* \alsoname: \index. (line 14904)
-* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 9136)
-* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 11128)
-* \angle: Math symbols. (line 9139)
-* \appendix: \appendix. (line 3072)
-* \approx: Math symbols. (line 9143)
+ (line 8148)
+* \alsoname: \index. (line 14991)
+* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 9162)
+* \and (for \author): \maketitle. (line 11206)
+* \angle: Math symbols. (line 9165)
+* \appendix: \appendix. (line 3077)
+* \approx: Math symbols. (line 9169)
* \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8127)
-* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10427)
-* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10430)
-* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10433)
-* \arg: Math functions. (line 10436)
-* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3657)
-* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5851)
-* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5857)
-* \ast: Math symbols. (line 9146)
-* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 9153)
-* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3884)
+ (line 8153)
+* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10504)
+* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10507)
+* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10510)
+* \arg: Math functions. (line 10513)
+* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3663)
+* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5857)
+* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5863)
+* \ast: Math symbols. (line 9172)
+* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 9179)
+* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3890)
* \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands.
- (line 919)
-* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3900)
+ (line 921)
+* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3906)
* \AtEndOfClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 924)
+ (line 926)
* \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 924)
-* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 11127)
-* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590)
-* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 13877)
+ (line 926)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 11205)
+* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5596)
+* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 13965)
* \backmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
-* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 9156)
-* \bar: Math accents. (line 10547)
+ (line 3111)
+* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 9182)
+* \bar: Math accents. (line 10624)
* \baselineskip: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1992)
+ (line 1994)
* \baselineskip <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2315)
+ (line 2318)
* \baselinestretch: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2315)
-* \begin: Environments. (line 3549)
-* \beta: Math symbols. (line 9160)
-* \bf: Font styles. (line 1770)
-* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1735)
+ (line 2318)
+* \begin: Environments. (line 3555)
+* \beta: Math symbols. (line 9186)
+* \bf: Font styles. (line 1772)
+* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1737)
* \bibdata: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6274)
-* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6079)
-* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6202)
+ (line 6280)
+* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6085)
+* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6208)
* \bibliography and internal \bibdata: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6275)
-* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6202)
+ (line 6281)
+* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6208)
* \bibliographystyle and internal \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6278)
-* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 6062)
+ (line 6284)
+* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 6068)
* \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6277)
-* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9163)
-* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9167)
-* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9170)
-* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9174)
-* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9177)
-* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9180)
+ (line 6283)
+* \bigbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
+ (line 11978)
+* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9189)
+* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9193)
+* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9196)
+* \bigl: \bigl & \bigr etc..
+ (line 10301)
+* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9200)
+* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9203)
+* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9206)
+* \bigr: \bigl & \bigr etc..
+ (line 10301)
* \bigskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11870)
+ (line 11929)
+* \bigskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
+ (line 11951)
* \bigskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11871)
-* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9189)
-* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9183)
-* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9186)
-* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9192)
-* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9196)
-* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9199)
-* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10439)
+ (line 11952)
+* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9217)
+* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9209)
+* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9213)
+* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9220)
+* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9224)
+* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9227)
+* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10516)
* \boldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10000)
+ (line 10028)
* \boldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10008)
-* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9202)
-* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 2496)
-* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2497)
-* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9206)
-* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9209)
-* \breve: Math accents. (line 10550)
-* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9214)
-* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 13887)
-* \cal: Font styles. (line 1773)
-* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9217)
-* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 13855)
-* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 13915)
-* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 13919)
-* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 13887)
-* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 13866)
-* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 13851)
-* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 13891)
-* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 13870)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 13895)
-* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 13862)
-* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 13909)
-* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 13899)
-* \capitalring: Accents. (line 13903)
-* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 13909)
-* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 13874)
-* \caption: \caption. (line 2558)
-* \caption <1>: figure. (line 4094)
-* \caption <2>: table. (line 5678)
-* \cc: \cc. (line 15383)
-* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9221)
-* \cdots: Dots. (line 10338)
-* \centering: \centering. (line 3736)
-* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2772)
-* \check: Math accents. (line 10553)
+ (line 10036)
+* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9230)
+* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 2500)
+* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2501)
+* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9234)
+* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9237)
+* \breve: Math accents. (line 10627)
+* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9242)
+* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 13975)
+* \cal: Font styles. (line 1775)
+* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9245)
+* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 13943)
+* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 14003)
+* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 14007)
+* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 13975)
+* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 13954)
+* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 13939)
+* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 13979)
+* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 13958)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 13983)
+* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 13950)
+* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 13997)
+* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 13987)
+* \capitalring: Accents. (line 13991)
+* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 13997)
+* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 13962)
+* \caption: \caption. (line 2562)
+* \caption <1>: figure. (line 4100)
+* \caption <2>: table. (line 5684)
+* \cc: \cc. (line 15470)
+* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9249)
+* \cdots: Dots. (line 10398)
+* \centering: \centering. (line 3742)
+* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2777)
+* \check: Math accents. (line 10630)
* \CheckCommand: Class and package commands.
- (line 931)
+ (line 933)
* \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands.
- (line 931)
-* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9224)
-* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9227)
-* \circle: \circle. (line 5223)
+ (line 933)
+* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9252)
+* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9255)
+* \circle: \circle. (line 5229)
* \citation: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6280)
-* \cite: \cite. (line 6137)
+ (line 6286)
+* \cite: \cite. (line 6143)
* \cite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6281)
+ (line 6287)
* \ClassError: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \ClassInfo: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \ClassInfoNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \ClassWarning: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \ClassWarningNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \cleardoublepage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6814)
+ (line 6820)
* \clearpage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6814)
-* \cline: \cline. (line 5985)
+ (line 6820)
+* \cline: \cline. (line 5991)
* \closein: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15584)
+ (line 15671)
* \closeout: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15584)
-* \closing: \closing. (line 15399)
-* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9231)
+ (line 15671)
+* \closing: \closing. (line 15486)
+* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9259)
* \colon: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10927)
-* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 2057)
+ (line 11004)
+* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 2059)
* \columnsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2182)
-* \columnsep <2>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2185)
-* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 2063)
+* \columnsep <2>: Page layout parameters.
+ (line 2188)
+* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 2065)
* \columnseprule <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2183)
+ (line 2186)
* \columnseprule <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2185)
-* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 2070)
+ (line 2188)
+* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 2072)
* \columnwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2184)
+ (line 2187)
* \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2185)
-* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9234)
-* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9240)
+ (line 2188)
+* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9262)
+* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9268)
* \contentsline: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14433)
-* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14540)
-* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9243)
-* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13627)
-* \cos: Math functions. (line 10442)
-* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10445)
-* \cot: Math functions. (line 10448)
-* \coth: Math functions. (line 10451)
-* \csc: Math functions. (line 10454)
-* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9246)
+ (line 14521)
+* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14627)
+* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9271)
+* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13707)
+* \cos: Math functions. (line 10519)
+* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10522)
+* \cot: Math functions. (line 10525)
+* \coth: Math functions. (line 10528)
+* \csc: Math functions. (line 10531)
+* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9274)
* \CurrentOption: Class and package commands.
- (line 970)
-* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 13891)
-* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13631)
-* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9250)
-* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5433)
-* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9253)
-* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11135)
+ (line 972)
+* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 13979)
+* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13711)
+* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9278)
+* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5439)
+* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9281)
+* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11213)
* \day: \day & \month & \year.
- (line 8291)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 2103)
-* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2109)
-* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2116)
-* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 2082)
-* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 2121)
-* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13634)
-* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9257)
-* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10556)
-* \ddots: Dots. (line 10342)
+ (line 8317)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 2105)
+* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2111)
+* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2118)
+* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 2084)
+* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 2123)
+* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13714)
+* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9285)
+* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10633)
+* \ddots: Dots. (line 10402)
* \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding.
- (line 1384)
+ (line 1386)
* \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 12954)
+ (line 13034)
* \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule.
- (line 12996)
+ (line 13076)
* \DeclareOption: Class and package commands.
- (line 976)
+ (line 978)
* \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands.
- (line 976)
+ (line 978)
* \DeclareRobustCommand: Class and package commands.
- (line 1006)
+ (line 1008)
* \DeclareRobustCommand*: Class and package commands.
- (line 1006)
+ (line 1008)
* \DeclareTextAccent: \DeclareTextAccent.
- (line 1418)
+ (line 1420)
* \DeclareTextAccent <1>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
- (line 1442)
+ (line 1444)
* \DeclareTextAccentDefault: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
- (line 1442)
+ (line 1444)
* \DeclareTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
- (line 1470)
-* \DeclareTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
- (line 1519)
+ (line 1472)
* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
- (line 1519)
+ (line 1521)
* \DeclareTextComposite: \DeclareTextComposite.
- (line 1551)
+ (line 1553)
* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
- (line 1575)
+ (line 1577)
* \DeclareTextSymbol: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
- (line 1501)
+ (line 1503)
* \DeclareTextSymbol <1>: \DeclareTextSymbol.
- (line 1593)
+ (line 1595)
* \DeclareTextSymbol <2>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
- (line 1620)
+ (line 1622)
* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
- (line 1620)
-* \deg: Math functions. (line 10457)
-* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 16011)
-* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9260)
-* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9263)
-* \det: Math functions. (line 10460)
+ (line 1622)
+* \deg: Math functions. (line 10534)
+* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 16098)
+* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9288)
+* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9291)
+* \det: Math functions. (line 10537)
* \dh (ð): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13983)
+ (line 14071)
* \DH (Ð): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13983)
-* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9266)
-* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9270)
-* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9274)
-* \dim: Math functions. (line 10463)
-* \displaystyle: Math styles. (line 10876)
-* \div: Math symbols. (line 9277)
+ (line 14071)
+* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9294)
+* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9298)
+* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9302)
+* \dim: Math functions. (line 10540)
+* \displaystyle: Math styles. (line 10953)
+* \div: Math symbols. (line 9305)
* \dj: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13989)
+ (line 14077)
* \DJ: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13989)
-* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 696)
-* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16240)
-* \dot: Math accents. (line 10559)
-* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9280)
+ (line 14077)
+* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 698)
+* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16327)
+* \dot: Math accents. (line 10636)
+* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9308)
* \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
- (line 11799)
-* \dots: Text symbols. (line 13651)
-* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5862)
-* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9284)
-* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9288)
-* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9292)
-* \emph: Font styles. (line 1755)
-* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9295)
-* \encl: \encl. (line 15412)
-* \end: Environments. (line 3549)
-* \endinput: \endinput. (line 14188)
-* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6888)
+ (line 11880)
+* \dots: Dots. (line 10407)
+* \dots <1>: Dots. (line 10430)
+* \dots <2>: Text symbols. (line 13732)
+* \dotsb: Dots. (line 10430)
+* \dotsc: Dots. (line 10430)
+* \dotsi: Dots. (line 10430)
+* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5868)
+* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9312)
+* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9316)
+* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9320)
+* \emph: Font styles. (line 1757)
+* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9323)
+* \encl: \encl. (line 15499)
+* \end: Environments. (line 3555)
+* \endinput: \endinput. (line 14276)
+* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6895)
* \enspace: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11338)
-* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3957)
-* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3957)
-* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3957)
-* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3957)
-* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9298)
-* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9304)
-* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9307)
+ (line 11419)
+* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3963)
+* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3963)
+* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3963)
+* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3963)
+* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9326)
+* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9332)
+* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9335)
* \evensidemargin: Document class options.
- (line 809)
+ (line 811)
* \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2243)
+ (line 2246)
* \evensidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2244)
+ (line 2247)
* \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 1082)
-* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9310)
-* \exp: Math functions. (line 10466)
-* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 3495)
-* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5802)
-* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12236)
+ (line 1084)
+* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9338)
+* \exp: Math functions. (line 10543)
+* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 3501)
+* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5808)
+* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12316)
* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture).
- (line 5410)
-* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
-* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12267)
+ (line 5416)
+* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12348)
+* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12347)
* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture).
- (line 5410)
-* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12273)
-* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12272)
-* \fill: \hfill. (line 11424)
-* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9313)
-* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 2500)
-* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 2501)
-* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2516)
-* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2517)
-* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 2150)
-* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6997)
+ (line 5416)
+* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12353)
+* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12352)
+* \fill: \hfill. (line 11505)
+* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9341)
+* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 2504)
+* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 2505)
+* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2520)
+* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2521)
+* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 2152)
+* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 7004)
* \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8140)
-* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 11788)
+ (line 8166)
+* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 11869)
* \fontencoding: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1902)
+ (line 1904)
* \fontfamily: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1912)
+ (line 1914)
* \fontseries: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1939)
+ (line 1941)
* \fontshape: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1979)
+ (line 1981)
* \fontsize: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1992)
-* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6979)
-* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 7045)
-* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 7007)
-* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 7019)
-* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 7101)
+ (line 1994)
+* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6986)
+* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 7052)
+* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 7014)
+* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 7026)
+* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 7108)
* \footskip: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2202)
+ (line 2205)
* \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2203)
-* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9316)
-* \frac: \frac. (line 10963)
-* \frame: \frame. (line 5421)
+ (line 2206)
+* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9344)
+* \frac: \frac. (line 11040)
+* \frame: \frame. (line 5427)
* \framebox: \framebox (picture).
- (line 5385)
-* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12236)
+ (line 5391)
+* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12316)
* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11575)
+ (line 11656)
* \frontmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
-* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9319)
-* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690)
-* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9322)
-* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9325)
-* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10469)
-* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9328)
-* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9332)
-* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9336)
-* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9339)
-* \gls: \gls. (line 15250)
-* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 12891)
-* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 5126)
-* \grave: Math accents. (line 10562)
-* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13643)
-* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13644)
-* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13645)
-* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13646)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13895)
-* \hat: Math accents. (line 10565)
-* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9342)
+ (line 3111)
+* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9347)
+* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6696)
+* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9350)
+* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9353)
+* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10546)
+* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9356)
+* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9360)
+* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9364)
+* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9367)
+* \gls: \gls. (line 15337)
+* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 12971)
+* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 5132)
+* \grave: Math accents. (line 10639)
+* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13723)
+* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13724)
+* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13725)
+* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13726)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13983)
+* \hat: Math accents. (line 10642)
+* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9370)
* \headheight: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2190)
+ (line 2193)
* \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2191)
+ (line 2194)
* \headsep: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2195)
+ (line 2198)
* \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2196)
-* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9345)
-* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11412)
-* \hline: \hline. (line 6007)
-* \hom: Math functions. (line 10472)
-* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9348)
-* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9351)
+ (line 2199)
+* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9373)
+* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11493)
+* \hline: \hline. (line 6013)
+* \hom: Math functions. (line 10549)
+* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9376)
+* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9379)
+* \hphantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+ (line 10845)
* \hrulefill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
- (line 11799)
+ (line 11880)
* \hsize: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2295)
+ (line 2298)
* \hsize <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2296)
-* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11365)
-* \hss: \hss. (line 11445)
-* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6732)
-* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 13845)
-* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 16261)
-* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9354)
+ (line 2299)
+* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11446)
+* \hss: \hss. (line 11526)
+* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6738)
+* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 13933)
+* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 16348)
+* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9382)
* \IfFileExists: Class and package commands.
- (line 1038)
+ (line 1040)
* \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
- (line 7955)
+ (line 7981)
* \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
- (line 7955)
+ (line 7981)
* \ij (ij): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13995)
+ (line 14083)
* \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13995)
-* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9358)
-* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9361)
-* \immediate\write: \write. (line 15811)
-* \in: Math symbols. (line 9365)
+ (line 14083)
+* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9386)
+* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9389)
+* \immediate\write: \write. (line 15898)
+* \in: Math symbols. (line 9393)
* \include: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14220)
-* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
+ (line 14308)
+* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
* \includeonly: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14220)
+ (line 14308)
* \indent: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8855)
-* \index: Indexes. (line 14770)
-* \index <1>: \index. (line 14852)
-* \indexentry: \index. (line 14954)
+ (line 8881)
+* \index: Indexes. (line 14857)
+* \index <1>: \index. (line 14939)
+* \indexentry: \index. (line 15041)
* \indexspace: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14841)
-* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 15022)
-* \inf: Math functions. (line 10475)
-* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9369)
-* \input: \input. (line 14339)
-* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 14070)
+ (line 14928)
+* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 15109)
+* \inf: Math functions. (line 10552)
+* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9397)
+* \input: \input. (line 14427)
+* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 14158)
* \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands.
- (line 1038)
-* \int: Math symbols. (line 9372)
-* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2520)
-* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2521)
-* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9375)
-* \it: Font styles. (line 1776)
-* \item: description. (line 3803)
-* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3939)
-* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4289)
-* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4313)
+ (line 1040)
+* \int: Math symbols. (line 9400)
+* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2524)
+* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2525)
+* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9403)
+* \it: Font styles. (line 1778)
+* \item: description. (line 3809)
+* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3945)
+* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4295)
+* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4319)
* \item <4>: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14841)
-* \itemindent: list. (line 4460)
-* \itemsep: list. (line 4464)
-* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1729)
-* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 13845)
-* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9381)
-* \jobname: Jobname. (line 16214)
-* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16254)
-* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9378)
-* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 13899)
-* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9385)
-* \ker: Math functions. (line 10478)
-* \kill: tabbing. (line 5594)
+ (line 14928)
+* \itemindent: list. (line 4466)
+* \itemsep: list. (line 4470)
+* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1731)
+* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 13933)
+* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9409)
+* \jobname: Jobname. (line 16301)
+* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16341)
+* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9406)
+* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 13987)
+* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9413)
+* \ker: Math functions. (line 10555)
+* \kill: tabbing. (line 5600)
* \l (ł): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13999)
+ (line 14087)
* \L (Ł): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13999)
-* \l@chapter: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* \l@section: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* \l@subsection: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* \label: \label. (line 3384)
-* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3966)
-* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3966)
-* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3966)
-* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3966)
-* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 4325)
-* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 4325)
-* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 4325)
-* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4325)
-* \labelsep: list. (line 4476)
-* \labelwidth: list. (line 4481)
-* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9388)
-* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9391)
-* \land: Math symbols. (line 9394)
-* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9398)
-* \large: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1845)
+ (line 14087)
+* \l@chapter: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* \l@section: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* \l@subsection: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* \label: \label. (line 3390)
+* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3972)
+* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3972)
+* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3972)
+* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3972)
+* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 4331)
+* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 4331)
+* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 4331)
+* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4331)
+* \labelsep: list. (line 4482)
+* \labelwidth: list. (line 4487)
+* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9416)
+* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9419)
+* \land: Math symbols. (line 9422)
+* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9426)
+* \large: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1847)
* \LastDeclaredEncoding: \LastDeclaredEncoding.
- (line 1646)
-* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13637)
-* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13640)
-* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9402)
-* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9405)
-* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9408)
-* \ldots: Dots. (line 10345)
-* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13650)
-* \le: Math symbols. (line 9412)
-* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9415)
-* \left: \left & \right. (line 10133)
-* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9421)
-* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9425)
-* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 4021)
-* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9429)
-* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9432)
-* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4341)
-* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4501)
-* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4341)
-* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 4341)
-* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 4341)
-* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4341)
-* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4341)
-* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4341)
-* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9435)
-* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9439)
-* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9443)
-* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9446)
-* \lg: Math functions. (line 10481)
-* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9449)
-* \lim: Math functions. (line 10484)
-* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10487)
-* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10490)
-* \line: \line. (line 5150)
+ (line 1648)
+* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13717)
+* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13720)
+* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9430)
+* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9433)
+* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9436)
+* \ldots: Dots. (line 10405)
+* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13730)
+* \le: Math symbols. (line 9440)
+* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9443)
+* \left: \left & \right. (line 10193)
+* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9449)
+* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9453)
+* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 4027)
+* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9457)
+* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9460)
+* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4347)
+* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4507)
+* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4347)
+* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 4347)
+* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 4347)
+* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4347)
+* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4347)
+* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4347)
+* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9463)
+* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9467)
+* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9471)
+* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9474)
+* \lg: Math functions. (line 10558)
+* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9477)
+* \lim: Math functions. (line 10561)
+* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10564)
+* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10567)
+* \line: \line. (line 5156)
* \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6751)
+ (line 6757)
* \lineskip: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2354)
+ (line 2357)
* \lineskiplimit: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2354)
+ (line 2357)
* \linespread: Low-level font commands.
- (line 2003)
+ (line 2005)
* \linespread <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2315)
-* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5194)
+ (line 2318)
+* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5200)
* \linewidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2209)
+ (line 2212)
* \linewidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2210)
+ (line 2213)
* \listoffigures: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14377)
-* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
+ (line 14465)
+* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 14760)
* \listoftables: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14377)
-* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* \listparindent: list. (line 4518)
-* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9455)
-* \ln: Math functions. (line 10493)
-* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9458)
+ (line 14465)
+* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* \listparindent: list. (line 4524)
+* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9483)
+* \ln: Math functions. (line 10570)
+* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9486)
* \LoadClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 1058)
+ (line 1060)
* \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 1058)
-* \location: \location. (line 15427)
-* \log: Math functions. (line 10496)
+ (line 1060)
+* \location: \location. (line 15514)
+* \log: Math functions. (line 10573)
* \long: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7248)
-* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9461)
-* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9465)
-* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9469)
-* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9473)
-* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9477)
-* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13656)
+ (line 7256)
+* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9489)
+* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9493)
+* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9497)
+* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9501)
+* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9505)
+* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13737)
* \mainmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
-* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
+ (line 3111)
+* \makeatother: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
+ (line 7440)
+* \makeatother <1>: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
+ (line 7440)
+* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12227)
* \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture).
- (line 5347)
-* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 15143)
-* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 15180)
-* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 14770)
-* \makelabel: list. (line 4437)
-* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15437)
-* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 11091)
-* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9481)
-* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8936)
+ (line 5353)
+* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 15230)
+* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 15267)
+* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 14857)
+* \makelabel: list. (line 4443)
+* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15524)
+* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 11169)
+* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9509)
+* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8962)
* \marginparpush: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2216)
-* \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 2219)
-* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8965)
-* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 8970)
+* \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters.
+ (line 2222)
+* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8991)
+* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 8996)
* \marginparwidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2218)
+ (line 2221)
* \marginparwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2219)
-* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8974)
+ (line 2222)
+* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 9000)
* \marginsep: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2217)
+ (line 2220)
* \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2219)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11288)
-* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 11297)
-* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1806)
-* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1822)
-* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 9941)
-* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1819)
-* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 9944)
-* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10568)
-* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1803)
-* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 9947)
-* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1809)
-* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 9950)
-* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
-* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1812)
-* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 9953)
-* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1824)
-* \max: Math functions. (line 10499)
-* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
-* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1732)
+ (line 2222)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11369)
+* \markright{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11378)
+* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1808)
+* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1824)
+* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 9969)
+* \mathellipsis: Dots. (line 10406)
+* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1821)
+* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 9972)
+* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10645)
+* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1805)
+* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 9975)
+* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1811)
+* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 9978)
+* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 10908)
+* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1814)
+* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 9981)
+* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1826)
+* \max: Math functions. (line 10576)
+* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12227)
+* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1734)
+* \medbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
+ (line 11978)
* \medskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11875)
+ (line 11929)
+* \medskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
+ (line 11956)
* \medskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11876)
+ (line 11957)
* \medspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10663)
-* \message: \message. (line 15882)
-* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9485)
-* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9488)
-* \min: Math functions. (line 10502)
-* \models: Math symbols. (line 9498)
+ (line 10740)
+* \message: \message. (line 15969)
+* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9513)
+* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9516)
+* \min: Math functions. (line 10579)
+* \models: Math symbols. (line 9526)
* \month: \day & \month & \year.
- (line 8291)
-* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9502)
-* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9505)
-* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5877)
-* \multiput: \multiput. (line 5063)
-* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9508)
-* \name: \name. (line 15494)
-* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9511)
-* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9514)
-* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9517)
+ (line 8317)
+* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9530)
+* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9533)
+* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5883)
+* \multiput: \multiput. (line 5069)
+* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9536)
+* \name: \name. (line 15581)
+* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9539)
+* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9542)
+* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9545)
* \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands.
- (line 1092)
-* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9520)
+ (line 1094)
+* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9548)
* \negmedspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10669)
+ (line 10746)
* \negthickspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10657)
+ (line 10734)
* \negthinspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10688)
+ (line 10765)
* \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11725)
-* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9524)
+ (line 11806)
+* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9552)
* \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7227)
-* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7532)
+ (line 7234)
+* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7558)
* \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7625)
-* \newfont: \newfont. (line 7871)
-* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 15191)
-* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7573)
-* \newline: \newline. (line 6609)
-* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 11606)
-* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6855)
-* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7597)
-* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
-* \newtie: Accents. (line 13909)
-* \newwrite: \write. (line 15775)
+ (line 7651)
+* \newfont: \newfont. (line 7897)
+* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 15278)
+* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7599)
+* \newline: \newline. (line 6615)
+* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 11687)
+* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6862)
+* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7623)
+* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 7785)
+* \newtie: Accents. (line 13997)
+* \newwrite: \write. (line 15862)
* \ng: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14003)
+ (line 14091)
* \NG: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14003)
-* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9527)
-* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6187)
+ (line 14091)
+* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9555)
+* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6193)
* \nocite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6281)
-* \nocite {*}, for all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6257)
-* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1717)
-* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1717)
-* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 14714)
+ (line 6287)
+* \nocite {*}, for all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6263)
+* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1719)
+* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1719)
+* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 14801)
* \noindent: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8855)
+ (line 8881)
* \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6751)
+ (line 6757)
* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11575)
-* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 4016)
+ (line 11656)
+* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 4022)
* \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6913)
-* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1753)
-* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8952)
-* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11596)
-* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \not: Math symbols. (line 9531)
-* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9539)
-* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9543)
-* \numberline: \numberline. (line 14739)
-* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9546)
+ (line 6920)
+* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1755)
+* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8978)
+* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11677)
+* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \not: Math symbols. (line 9559)
+* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9567)
+* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9571)
+* \numberline: \numberline. (line 14826)
+* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9574)
* \o (ø): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14007)
+ (line 14095)
* \O (Ø): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14007)
+ (line 14095)
* \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6569)
+ (line 6575)
* \oddsidemargin: Document class options.
- (line 809)
+ (line 811)
* \oddsidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2242)
+ (line 2245)
* \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2244)
-* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9549)
+ (line 2247)
+* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9577)
* \oe (œ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14011)
+ (line 14099)
* \OE (Œ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14011)
-* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9553)
-* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1828)
-* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9556)
-* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9559)
-* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9562)
-* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 2031)
+ (line 14099)
+* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9581)
+* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1830)
+* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9584)
+* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9587)
+* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9590)
+* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 2033)
* \openin: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15584)
-* \opening: \opening. (line 15504)
+ (line 15671)
+* \opening: \opening. (line 15591)
* \openout: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15584)
-* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9565)
+ (line 15671)
+* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9593)
* \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands.
- (line 1110)
-* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9569)
-* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9572)
-* \oval: \oval. (line 5242)
+ (line 1112)
+* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9597)
+* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9600)
+* \oval: \oval. (line 5248)
* \overbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10622)
+ (line 10699)
* \overline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10603)
-* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9576)
-* \P: Text symbols. (line 13659)
+ (line 10680)
+* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9604)
+* \P: Text symbols. (line 13740)
* \PackageError: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \PackageInfo: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \PackageInfoNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \PackageWarning: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \PackageWarningNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 951)
+ (line 953)
* \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6913)
-* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 11162)
-* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3442)
-* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11219)
+ (line 6920)
+* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 11241)
+* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3448)
+* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11299)
* \paperheight: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2255)
+ (line 2258)
* \paperheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2256)
+ (line 2259)
* \paperwidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2261)
+ (line 2264)
* \paperwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2262)
-* \par: \par. (line 8802)
-* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2632)
+ (line 2265)
+* \par: \par. (line 8828)
+* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2636)
* \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3007)
-* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9580)
-* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12303)
-* \parindent: minipage. (line 4857)
+ (line 3012)
+* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9608)
+* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12383)
+* \parindent: minipage. (line 4863)
* \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8855)
+ (line 8918)
* \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8904)
-* \parsep: list. (line 4524)
+ (line 8930)
+* \parsep: list. (line 4530)
* \parskip: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8904)
-* \parskip example: itemize. (line 4361)
-* \part: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* \part <1>: \part. (line 2718)
-* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9583)
-* \partopsep: list. (line 4533)
+ (line 8930)
+* \parskip example: itemize. (line 4367)
+* \part: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* \part <1>: \part. (line 2723)
+* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9611)
+* \partopsep: list. (line 4539)
* \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 1116)
+ (line 1118)
* \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 1116)
+ (line 1118)
* \pdfpageheight: Document class options.
- (line 765)
+ (line 767)
* \pdfpagewidth: Document class options.
- (line 765)
-* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9586)
-* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9590)
-* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9593)
-* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9597)
-* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9600)
-* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9604)
-* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10505)
-* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5600)
-* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5601)
-* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 13663)
-* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10508)
-* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9607)
-* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9610)
+ (line 767)
+* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9614)
+* \phantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+ (line 10845)
+* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9618)
+* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9621)
+* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9625)
+* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9628)
+* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9632)
+* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10582)
+* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5606)
+* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5607)
+* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 13744)
+* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10585)
+* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9635)
+* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9638)
* \prevdepth: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2354)
-* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9614)
-* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 15143)
-* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 15180)
-* \printindex: \printindex. (line 15128)
+ (line 2357)
+* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9642)
+* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 15230)
+* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 15267)
+* \printindex: \printindex. (line 15215)
* \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 1153)
+ (line 1155)
* \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands.
- (line 1153)
-* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9623)
-* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9626)
-* \protect: \protect. (line 7903)
-* \protected@write: \write. (line 15821)
-* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7386)
+ (line 1155)
+* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9651)
+* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9654)
+* \protect: \protect. (line 7929)
+* \protected@write: \write. (line 15908)
+* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7411)
* \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 1191)
+ (line 1193)
* \ProvidesFile: Class and package commands.
- (line 1224)
+ (line 1226)
* \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 1191)
+ (line 1193)
* \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
- (line 1470)
-* \ProvideTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
- (line 1519)
+ (line 1472)
* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
- (line 1519)
-* \ps: \ps. (line 15516)
-* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9629)
-* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9632)
-* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5603)
-* \put: \put. (line 5045)
-* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 5086)
+ (line 1521)
+* \ps: \ps. (line 15603)
+* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9657)
+* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9660)
+* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5609)
+* \put: \put. (line 5051)
+* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 5092)
* \qquad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10702)
+ (line 10779)
* \qquad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11338)
+ (line 11419)
* \quad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10696)
+ (line 10773)
* \quad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11338)
-* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 13667)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 13668)
-* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 13903)
-* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 2171)
-* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 4262)
-* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 4209)
-* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12354)
-* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9635)
-* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9639)
-* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9642)
-* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9646)
-* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9649)
-* \read: \read. (line 15648)
-* \ref: \ref. (line 3466)
-* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13458)
-* \refname: thebibliography. (line 6062)
-* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8258)
+ (line 11419)
+* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 13748)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 13749)
+* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 13991)
+* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 2174)
+* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 4268)
+* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 4215)
+* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12434)
+* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9663)
+* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9667)
+* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9670)
+* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9674)
+* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9677)
+* \read: \read. (line 15735)
+* \ref: \ref. (line 3472)
+* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13538)
+* \refname: thebibliography. (line 6068)
+* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8284)
+* \renewcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 7234)
* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7625)
+ (line 7651)
* \RequirePackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 1233)
-* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16240)
+ (line 1235)
+* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16327)
* \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 1233)
-* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13490)
+ (line 1235)
+* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13570)
* \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6569)
-* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9654)
-* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9659)
-* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8952)
-* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9664)
-* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9668)
-* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9674)
-* \right: \left & \right. (line 10133)
-* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9678)
-* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9682)
-* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9686)
-* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9689)
-* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9692)
-* \rightmargin: list. (line 4548)
-* \rm: Font styles. (line 1779)
-* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1726)
+ (line 6575)
+* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9682)
+* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9687)
+* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8978)
+* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9692)
+* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9696)
+* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9702)
+* \right: \left & \right. (line 10193)
+* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9706)
+* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9710)
+* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9714)
+* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9717)
+* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9720)
+* \rightmargin: list. (line 4554)
+* \rm: Font styles. (line 1781)
+* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1728)
* \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8130)
+ (line 8156)
* \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8135)
-* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13390)
-* \rq: Text symbols. (line 13671)
-* \rule: \rule. (line 14079)
-* \S: Text symbols. (line 13674)
+ (line 8161)
+* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13470)
+* \rq: Text symbols. (line 13752)
+* \rule: \rule. (line 14167)
+* \S: Text symbols. (line 13755)
* \samepage: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6951)
-* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400)
-* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400)
-* \sc: Font styles. (line 1782)
-* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13458)
-* \scriptscriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10876)
-* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \scriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10876)
-* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1747)
-* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9695)
-* \sec: Math functions. (line 10511)
-* \section: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* \section <1>: \section. (line 2865)
-* \seename: \index. (line 14904)
+ (line 6958)
+* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12480)
+* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12480)
+* \sc: Font styles. (line 1784)
+* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13538)
+* \scriptscriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10953)
+* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \scriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10953)
+* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1749)
+* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9723)
+* \sec: Math functions. (line 10588)
+* \section: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* \section <1>: \section. (line 2870)
+* \seename: \index. (line 14991)
* \selectfont: Low-level font commands.
- (line 2009)
-* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8224)
-* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8471)
-* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9698)
-* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8535)
-* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8560)
-* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8585)
-* \sf: Font styles. (line 1785)
-* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1744)
-* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9703)
-* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 16011)
-* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 15816)
-* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5279)
-* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9706)
-* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9709)
-* \signature: \signature. (line 15533)
-* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9713)
-* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9716)
-* \sin: Math functions. (line 10514)
-* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10517)
-* \sl: Font styles. (line 1788)
-* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690)
-* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1741)
-* \small: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9719)
+ (line 2011)
+* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8250)
+* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8497)
+* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9726)
+* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8561)
+* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8586)
+* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8611)
+* \sf: Font styles. (line 1787)
+* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1746)
+* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9731)
+* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 16098)
+* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 15903)
+* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5285)
+* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9734)
+* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9737)
+* \signature: \signature. (line 15620)
+* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9741)
+* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9744)
+* \sin: Math functions. (line 10591)
+* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10594)
+* \sl: Font styles. (line 1790)
+* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6696)
+* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1743)
+* \small: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \smallbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
+ (line 11978)
+* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9747)
* \smallskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11880)
+ (line 11929)
+* \smallskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
+ (line 11961)
* \smallskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 11881)
-* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9723)
-* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 11606)
-* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11606)
+ (line 11962)
+* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9751)
+* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 11687)
+* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11687)
* \space: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14302)
-* \space <1>: \input. (line 14365)
-* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 15740)
-* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11471)
-* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9726)
-* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9729)
-* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9733)
-* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 10975)
-* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9737)
-* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9742)
-* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9746)
-* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9751)
+ (line 14390)
+* \space <1>: \input. (line 14453)
+* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 15827)
+* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11552)
+* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9754)
+* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9757)
+* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9761)
+* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 11052)
+* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9765)
+* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9770)
+* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9774)
+* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9779)
* \ss (ß): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14015)
+ (line 14103)
* \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14015)
-* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 10991)
-* \star: Math symbols. (line 9755)
-* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8276)
+ (line 14103)
+* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 11069)
+* \star: Math symbols. (line 9783)
+* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8302)
* \stop: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16296)
-* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8610)
-* \strut: \strut. (line 11924)
+ (line 16383)
+* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8636)
+* \strut: \strut. (line 12005)
* \subitem: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14841)
-* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2632)
+ (line 14928)
+* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2636)
* \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3007)
-* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2943)
-* \subset: Math symbols. (line 9762)
-* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 9765)
+ (line 3012)
+* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2948)
+* \subset: Math symbols. (line 9790)
+* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 9793)
* \subsubitem: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14841)
-* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2632)
+ (line 14928)
+* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2636)
* \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3007)
-* \succ: Math symbols. (line 9768)
-* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 9771)
-* \sum: Math symbols. (line 9775)
-* \sup: Math functions. (line 10520)
-* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 2489)
-* \supset: Math symbols. (line 9778)
-* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 9781)
-* \surd: Math symbols. (line 9784)
-* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 9789)
+ (line 3012)
+* \succ: Math symbols. (line 9796)
+* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 9799)
+* \sum: Math symbols. (line 9803)
+* \sup: Math functions. (line 10597)
+* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 2493)
+* \supset: Math symbols. (line 9806)
+* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 9809)
+* \surd: Math symbols. (line 9812)
+* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 9817)
+* \symbf: OpenType bold math.
+ (line 10087)
+* \symbfit: OpenType bold math.
+ (line 10087)
* \symbol: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13608)
-* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 13909)
-* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 11606)
-* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5608)
-* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5866)
+ (line 13688)
+* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 13997)
+* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 11687)
+* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5614)
+* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5872)
* \tableofcontents: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14377)
-* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673)
-* \tan: Math functions. (line 10523)
-* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10526)
-* \tau: Math symbols. (line 9792)
-* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15563)
-* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 13678)
-* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13716)
-* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 13681)
-* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 13684)
-* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 13687)
+ (line 14465)
+* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 14760)
+* \tan: Math functions. (line 10600)
+* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10603)
+* \tau: Math symbols. (line 9820)
+* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15650)
+* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 13759)
+* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13804)
+* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 13762)
+* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 13765)
+* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 13768)
* \textbackslash: Reserved characters.
- (line 13537)
-* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 13690)
-* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 13693)
-* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 13696)
-* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1735)
-* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 13699)
-* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 13702)
-* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 13705)
-* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 13708)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13715)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 13711)
-* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13714)
-* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13628)
-* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 13723)
-* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 13726)
-* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 13729)
-* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13652)
-* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 13732)
-* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 13738)
-* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 13741)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 13749)
-* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 13752)
-* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2525)
-* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2526)
-* \textfraction: Floats. (line 2504)
-* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2505)
-* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 13759)
+ (line 13617)
+* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 13771)
+* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 13779)
+* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 13782)
+* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1737)
+* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 13785)
+* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 13788)
+* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 13792)
+* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 13796)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13803)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 13799)
+* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13802)
+* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13708)
+* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 13811)
+* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 13814)
+* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 13817)
+* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13731)
+* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 13820)
+* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 13826)
+* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 13829)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 13837)
+* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 13840)
+* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2529)
+* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2530)
+* \textfraction: Floats. (line 2508)
+* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2509)
+* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 13847)
* \textheight: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2267)
+ (line 2270)
* \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2268)
-* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 13762)
-* \textit: Font styles. (line 1729)
-* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 13770)
-* \textless: Text symbols. (line 13767)
-* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1732)
-* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 13773)
-* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1753)
-* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 13779)
-* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 13780)
-* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 13660)
-* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 13783)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 13786)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 13789)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 13792)
-* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 13795)
-* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 13798)
-* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 13801)
-* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 13804)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 13805)
-* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 13811)
-* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1726)
-* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1747)
-* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 13675)
-* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1744)
-* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1741)
-* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 13664)
-* \textstyle: Math styles. (line 10876)
-* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 13814)
-* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 13817)
-* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1750)
-* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 13820)
-* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 13823)
-* \textup: Font styles. (line 1738)
-* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 13826)
+ (line 2271)
+* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 13850)
+* \textit: Font styles. (line 1731)
+* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 13858)
+* \textless: Text symbols. (line 13855)
+* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1734)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 13861)
+* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1755)
+* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 13867)
+* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 13868)
+* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 13741)
+* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 13871)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 13874)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 13877)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 13880)
+* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 13883)
+* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 13886)
+* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 13889)
+* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 13892)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 13893)
+* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 13896)
+* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 13899)
+* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1728)
+* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1749)
+* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 13756)
+* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1746)
+* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1743)
+* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 13745)
+* \textstyle: Math styles. (line 10953)
+* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 13902)
+* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 13905)
+* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1752)
+* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 13908)
+* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 13911)
+* \textup: Font styles. (line 1740)
+* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 13914)
* \textwidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2275)
+ (line 2278)
* \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2276)
+ (line 2279)
* \th (þ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14019)
+ (line 14107)
* \TH (Þ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14019)
-* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11141)
-* \theta: Math symbols. (line 9795)
-* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5215)
+ (line 14107)
+* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11219)
+* \theta: Math symbols. (line 9823)
+* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5221)
* \thickspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10650)
-* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5207)
+ (line 10727)
+* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5213)
* \thinspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10674)
+ (line 10751)
* \thinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11725)
-* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11303)
-* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10571)
-* \times: Math symbols. (line 9799)
-* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1845)
-* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11148)
-* \to: Math symbols. (line 9802)
-* \today: \today. (line 14114)
-* \top: Math symbols. (line 9806)
-* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2509)
-* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2510)
+ (line 11806)
+* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11384)
+* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10648)
+* \times: Math symbols. (line 9827)
+* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1847)
+* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11226)
+* \to: Math symbols. (line 9830)
+* \today: \today. (line 14202)
+* \top: Math symbols. (line 9834)
+* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2513)
+* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2514)
* \topmargin: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2300)
-* \topsep: list. (line 4553)
+ (line 2303)
+* \topsep: list. (line 4559)
* \topskip: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2307)
+ (line 2310)
* \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2308)
-* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 9810)
-* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 9813)
-* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 9819)
-* \tt: Font styles. (line 1791)
-* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1750)
-* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 2043)
-* \typein: \typein. (line 15679)
-* \typeout: \typeout. (line 15724)
-* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 13915)
+ (line 2311)
+* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 9838)
+* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 9841)
+* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 9847)
+* \tt: Font styles. (line 1793)
+* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1752)
+* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 2045)
+* \typein: \typein. (line 15766)
+* \typeout: \typeout. (line 15811)
+* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 14003)
* \unboldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10000)
+ (line 10028)
* \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10008)
-* \underbar: Accents. (line 13879)
+ (line 10036)
+* \underbar: Accents. (line 13967)
* \underbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10608)
+ (line 10685)
* \underline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10592)
-* \unitlength: picture. (line 4940)
-* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 9825)
-* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 9831)
-* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9837)
-* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9841)
-* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9845)
-* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9850)
-* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 9855)
-* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 9860)
-* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1738)
-* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9865)
-* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9868)
-* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12509)
-* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8165)
+ (line 10669)
+* \unitlength: picture. (line 4946)
+* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 9853)
+* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 9859)
+* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9865)
+* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9869)
+* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9873)
+* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9878)
+* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 9883)
+* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 9888)
+* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1740)
+* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9893)
+* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9896)
+* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12589)
+* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8191)
* \usefont: Low-level font commands.
- (line 2017)
+ (line 2019)
* \usepackage: Additional packages.
- (line 830)
+ (line 832)
* \UseTextAccent: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
- (line 1663)
+ (line 1665)
* \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
- (line 1663)
-* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 13919)
-* \value: \value. (line 8191)
-* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 9876)
-* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 9871)
-* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 9881)
-* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 9885)
-* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 9889)
-* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 9893)
-* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 9897)
-* \vbox (plain TeX): minipage. (line 4811)
-* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 9901)
-* \vdots: Dots. (line 10354)
-* \vec: Math accents. (line 10574)
-* \vector: \vector. (line 5325)
-* \vee: Math symbols. (line 9905)
-* \verb: \verb. (line 6403)
-* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 9909)
-* \vert: Math symbols. (line 9913)
-* \vfill: \vfill. (line 12060)
-* \vline: \vline. (line 5959)
-* \vspace: \vspace. (line 12009)
-* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 4807)
-* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 9919)
-* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10577)
-* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10580)
-* \wlog: \wlog. (line 15928)
-* \wp: Math symbols. (line 9923)
-* \wr: Math symbols. (line 9926)
-* \write: \write. (line 15757)
+ (line 1665)
+* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 14007)
+* \value: \value. (line 8217)
+* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 9904)
+* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 9899)
+* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 9909)
+* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 9913)
+* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 9917)
+* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 9921)
+* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 9925)
+* \vbox (plain TeX): minipage. (line 4817)
+* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 9929)
+* \vdots: Dots. (line 10416)
+* \vec: Math accents. (line 10651)
+* \vector: \vector. (line 5331)
+* \vee: Math symbols. (line 9933)
+* \verb: \verb. (line 6409)
+* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 9937)
+* \vert: Math symbols. (line 9941)
+* \vfill: \vfill. (line 12141)
+* \vline: \vline. (line 5965)
+* \vphantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+ (line 10845)
+* \vspace: \vspace. (line 12090)
+* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 4813)
+* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 9947)
+* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10654)
+* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10657)
+* \wlog: \wlog. (line 16015)
+* \wp: Math symbols. (line 9951)
+* \wr: Math symbols. (line 9954)
+* \write: \write. (line 15844)
* \write and security: \write and security.
- (line 15858)
-* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 15837)
-* \write18: \write18. (line 15946)
+ (line 15945)
+* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 15924)
+* \write18: \write18. (line 16033)
* \write18, enabling: Command line options.
- (line 16121)
-* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 9929)
-* \xi: Math symbols. (line 9932)
-* \xspace: xspace package. (line 8030)
+ (line 16208)
+* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 9957)
+* \xi: Math symbols. (line 9960)
+* \xspace: xspace package. (line 8056)
* \year: \day & \month & \year.
- (line 8291)
-* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 9935)
-* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 3854)
-* \\ (for center): center. (line 3698)
-* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4006)
-* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 4248)
-* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 5308)
-* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5553)
-* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 4188)
-* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 15322)
-* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 5730)
-* \\ for verse: verse. (line 6469)
-* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 11128)
-* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 11149)
-* \\ force line break: \\. (line 6507)
-* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4012)
+ (line 8317)
+* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 9963)
+* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 3860)
+* \\ (for center): center. (line 3704)
+* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4012)
+* \\ (for flushleft): flushleft. (line 4194)
+* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 4254)
+* \\ (for letters): Letters. (line 15409)
+* \\ (for tabular): tabular. (line 5736)
+* \\ (for verse): verse. (line 6475)
+* \\ (for \author): \maketitle. (line 11206)
+* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 5314)
+* \\ (for \title): \maketitle. (line 11227)
+* \\ (force line break): \\. (line 6513)
+* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5559)
+* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4018)
* \^: Reserved characters.
- (line 13537)
-* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 13866)
+ (line 13617)
+* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 13954)
* \_: Reserved characters.
- (line 13532)
-* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 13870)
-* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5580)
+ (line 13612)
+* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 13958)
+* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5586)
* \{: Reserved characters.
- (line 13532)
-* \|: Math symbols. (line 9127)
+ (line 13612)
+* \|: Math symbols. (line 9153)
* \}: Reserved characters.
- (line 13532)
+ (line 13612)
* \~: Reserved characters.
- (line 13537)
-* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 13874)
+ (line 13617)
+* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 13962)
* ^ superscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9052)
-* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 15845)
+ (line 9078)
+* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 15932)
* _ subscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9052)
-* {...} for required arguments: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 595)
-* ~: ~. (line 11660)
+ (line 9078)
+* {...} (for required arguments): LaTeX command syntax.
+ (line 597)
+* ~: ~. (line 11741)
* a4paper option: Document class options.
- (line 744)
+ (line 746)
* a5paper option: Document class options.
- (line 744)
-* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3566)
-* abstract package: abstract. (line 3587)
-* abstracts: abstract. (line 3566)
-* accents: Accents. (line 13832)
+ (line 746)
+* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3572)
+* abstract package: abstract. (line 3593)
+* abstracts: abstract. (line 3572)
+* accents: Accents. (line 13920)
* accents, defining: \DeclareFontEncoding.
- (line 1384)
+ (line 1386)
* accents, defining <1>: \DeclareTextAccent.
- (line 1418)
+ (line 1420)
* accents, defining <2>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
- (line 1442)
+ (line 1444)
* accents, defining <3>: \DeclareTextComposite.
- (line 1551)
+ (line 1553)
* accents, defining <4>: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
- (line 1575)
+ (line 1577)
* accents, defining <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
- (line 1620)
-* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10540)
+ (line 1622)
+* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10617)
* accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13608)
-* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 15143)
-* acute accent: Accents. (line 13855)
-* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10545)
+ (line 13688)
+* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 15230)
+* acute accent: Accents. (line 13943)
+* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10622)
* additional packages, loading: Additional packages.
- (line 830)
-* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 12140)
+ (line 832)
+* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 12221)
* ae ligature: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13979)
-* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3983)
-* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3983)
-* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5493)
-* amscd package: Arrows. (line 9994)
-* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 9041)
-* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 9959)
-* amsmath package: array. (line 3661)
-* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3669)
-* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3850)
-* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 4051)
-* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6313)
-* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 9041)
-* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10157)
+ (line 14067)
+* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5639)
+* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3989)
+* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3989)
+* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5499)
+* amscd package: Arrows. (line 10022)
+* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 9067)
+* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 9987)
+* amsmath package: array. (line 3667)
+* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3675)
+* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3856)
+* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 4057)
+* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6319)
+* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 9067)
+* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10217)
* amsmath package <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc..
- (line 10302)
-* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10357)
-* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10529)
+ (line 10362)
+* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10419)
+* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10606)
* amsmath package <10>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10650)
+ (line 10727)
* amsmath package <11>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10818)
+ (line 10895)
* amsmath package <12>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10936)
+ (line 11013)
* amsmath package <13>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10940)
+ (line 11017)
* amsmath package <14>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11745)
-* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3983)
-* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6313)
-* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 14091)
-* answers package: \write. (line 15850)
-* appendices: \appendix. (line 3072)
-* appendix: \appendix. (line 3072)
-* appendix package: \appendix. (line 3095)
+ (line 11826)
+* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3989)
+* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6319)
+* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 14179)
+* answers package: \write. (line 15937)
+* appendices: \appendix. (line 3077)
+* appendix: \appendix. (line 3077)
+* appendix package: \appendix. (line 3101)
+* arguments, optional, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 7277)
* aring: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13975)
-* array environment: array. (line 3612)
-* array package: array. (line 3680)
-* arrays, math: array. (line 3612)
-* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13771)
-* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13812)
-* arrows: Arrows. (line 9959)
-* article class: Document classes. (line 701)
-* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 13717)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 13682)
-* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 13685)
-* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13688)
-* Asymptote package: \line. (line 5179)
-* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 11980)
-* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12214)
-* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 15953)
-* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7884)
-* at-sign: \@. (line 11529)
-* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11128)
-* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 490)
+ (line 14063)
+* array environment: array. (line 3618)
+* array package: array. (line 3686)
+* arrays, math: array. (line 3618)
+* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13859)
+* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13900)
+* arrows: Arrows. (line 9987)
+* article class: Document classes. (line 703)
+* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 13805)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 13763)
+* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 13766)
+* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13769)
+* Asymptote package: \line. (line 5185)
+* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 12061)
+* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12294)
+* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 16040)
+* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7910)
+* at-sign: \@. (line 11610)
+* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11206)
+* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 492)
* b5paper option: Document class options.
- (line 744)
-* babel package: \chapter. (line 2837)
-* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 6071)
-* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 13832)
-* babel package <3>: \today. (line 14121)
+ (line 746)
+* babel package: \chapter. (line 2842)
+* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 6077)
+* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 13920)
+* babel package <3>: \today. (line 14209)
* babel package <4>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14494)
-* babel package <5>: \index. (line 14904)
+ (line 14582)
+* babel package <5>: \index. (line 14991)
* back matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
-* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 12757)
-* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 13691)
-* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697)
-* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13694)
-* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 13862)
-* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10548)
-* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 13877)
-* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 402)
+ (line 3111)
+* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 12837)
+* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 13772)
+* badness: Page breaking. (line 6794)
+* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13783)
+* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13780)
+* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 13950)
+* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10625)
+* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 13965)
+* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 404)
* batchmode: Command line options.
- (line 16087)
-* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16324)
-* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16324)
-* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3884)
+ (line 16174)
+* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16411)
+* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16411)
+* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3890)
* bibliography format, open: Document class options.
- (line 792)
-* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6202)
-* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6024)
+ (line 794)
+* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6208)
+* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6030)
* BibTeX error messages: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6264)
-* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6202)
-* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 13700)
-* big point: Units of length. (line 8424)
+ (line 6270)
+* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6208)
+* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 13786)
+* big point: Units of length. (line 8450)
* bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes.
- (line 7206)
+ (line 7213)
* black boxes, omitting: Document class options.
- (line 778)
-* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 10040)
-* bm package: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10026)
-* bold font: Font styles. (line 1771)
-* bold math: Font styles. (line 1824)
-* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3808)
+ (line 780)
+* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 10099)
+* blanks, after control sequences: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 7315)
+* bm package: bm. (line 10058)
+* bold font: Font styles. (line 1773)
+* bold math: Font styles. (line 1826)
+* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3814)
* boldface mathematics: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10000)
-* book class: Document classes. (line 701)
+ (line 10028)
+* book class: Document classes. (line 703)
* book, back matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
+ (line 3111)
* book, end matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
+ (line 3111)
* book, front matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
+ (line 3111)
* book, main matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
-* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2532)
-* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2533)
-* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 13190)
-* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
-* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 7597)
-* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 13190)
-* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 12720)
-* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400)
-* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12509)
-* boxes: Boxes. (line 12137)
-* bp: Units of length. (line 8423)
-* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13703)
-* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13706)
-* braces: Delimiters. (line 10083)
-* brackets: Delimiters. (line 10083)
-* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6490)
-* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6783)
-* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10947)
-* breve accent: Accents. (line 13915)
-* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10551)
+ (line 3111)
+* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2536)
+* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2537)
+* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 13270)
+* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12227)
+* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 7623)
+* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 13270)
+* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 12800)
+* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12480)
+* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12589)
+* boxes: Boxes. (line 12218)
+* bp: Units of length. (line 8449)
+* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13789)
+* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13793)
+* braces: Delimiters. (line 10143)
+* brackets: Delimiters. (line 10143)
+* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6496)
+* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6789)
+* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 11024)
+* breve accent: Accents. (line 14003)
+* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10628)
* bug reporting: About this document.
- (line 378)
-* bullet lists: itemize. (line 4289)
-* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9215)
-* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 13709)
-* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 4289)
-* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10066)
-* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1774)
-* cap height: Text symbols. (line 13717)
-* caption package: \caption. (line 2624)
-* captions: \caption. (line 2558)
-* caron accent: Accents. (line 13919)
+ (line 380)
+* bullet lists: itemize. (line 4295)
+* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9243)
+* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 13797)
+* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 4295)
+* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10126)
+* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1776)
+* cap height: Text symbols. (line 13805)
+* caption package: \caption. (line 2628)
+* captions: \caption. (line 2562)
+* caron accent: Accents. (line 14007)
* catcode: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7426)
+ (line 7452)
* category code, character: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7426)
-* cc: Units of length. (line 8436)
-* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15383)
-* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 13887)
-* center environment: center. (line 3688)
-* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 13688)
+ (line 7452)
+* cc: Units of length. (line 8462)
+* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15470)
+* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 13975)
+* center environment: center. (line 3694)
+* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 13769)
* centered equations: Document class options.
- (line 782)
-* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 13784)
-* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3736)
-* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3688)
-* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8431)
+ (line 784)
+* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 13872)
+* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3742)
+* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3694)
+* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8457)
* changing case of characters: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13555)
-* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2772)
-* chapter counter: Counters. (line 8091)
+ (line 13635)
+* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2777)
+* chapter counter: Counters. (line 8117)
* character category code: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7426)
-* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 14035)
+ (line 7452)
+* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 14123)
* character, invisible: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10768)
-* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
-* characters, accented: Accents. (line 13832)
+ (line 10845)
+* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10908)
+* characters, accented: Accents. (line 13920)
* characters, case of: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13555)
+ (line 13635)
* characters, non-English: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13969)
+ (line 14057)
* characters, reserved: Reserved characters.
- (line 13525)
+ (line 13605)
* characters, special: Reserved characters.
- (line 13525)
-* check accent: Accents. (line 13919)
-* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10554)
-* cicero: Units of length. (line 8437)
-* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 13700)
-* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 13712)
-* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 13866)
-* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10566)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13682)
-* citation key: \bibitem. (line 6088)
+ (line 13605)
+* check accent: Accents. (line 14007)
+* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10631)
+* cicero: Units of length. (line 8463)
+* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 13786)
+* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 13800)
+* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 13954)
+* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10643)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13763)
+* citation key: \bibitem. (line 6094)
* class and package commands: Class and package commands.
- (line 916)
+ (line 918)
* class and package difference: Class and package construction.
- (line 855)
+ (line 857)
* class and package structure: Class and package structure.
- (line 869)
+ (line 871)
* class file example: Class and package structure.
- (line 902)
+ (line 904)
* class file layout: Class and package structure.
- (line 869)
+ (line 871)
* class options: Document class options.
- (line 731)
+ (line 733)
* class options <1>: Class and package structure.
- (line 869)
+ (line 871)
* class options <2>: Class and package commands.
- (line 976)
-* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 696)
-* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 3376)
-* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3489)
-* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7087)
+ (line 978)
+* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 698)
+* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 3382)
+* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3495)
+* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7094)
* CLI: Command line interface.
- (line 16022)
+ (line 16109)
* clock option to slides class: Document class options.
- (line 824)
-* closing letters: \closing. (line 15399)
-* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 13672)
-* cm: Units of length. (line 8430)
-* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 1328)
-* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000)
-* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6360)
+ (line 826)
+* closing letters: \closing. (line 15486)
+* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 13753)
+* cm: Units of length. (line 8456)
+* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 1330)
+* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16087)
+* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6366)
* colon character: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10927)
-* color: Color. (line 12522)
-* color <1>: Define colors. (line 12627)
-* color <2>: Colored text. (line 12649)
-* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 12720)
-* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 12757)
-* color models: Color models. (line 12575)
+ (line 11004)
+* color: Color. (line 12602)
+* color <1>: Define colors. (line 12707)
+* color <2>: Colored text. (line 12729)
+* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 12800)
+* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 12837)
+* color models: Color models. (line 12655)
* color package commands: Commands for color.
- (line 12622)
+ (line 12702)
* color package options: Color package options.
- (line 12537)
-* color, define: Define colors. (line 12627)
-* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 12720)
-* colored page: Colored pages. (line 12757)
-* colored text: Colored text. (line 12649)
+ (line 12617)
+* color, define: Define colors. (line 12707)
+* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 12800)
+* colored page: Colored pages. (line 12837)
+* colored text: Colored text. (line 12729)
* command line interface: Command line interface.
- (line 16022)
+ (line 16109)
* command syntax: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 595)
+ (line 597)
* commands, class and package: Class and package commands.
- (line 916)
+ (line 918)
* commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7227)
-* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 7386)
+ (line 7234)
+* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 7411)
* commands, document class: Class and package construction.
- (line 846)
+ (line 848)
* commands, graphics package: Commands for graphics.
- (line 13069)
+ (line 13149)
* commands, ignore spaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
- (line 7955)
-* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 8030)
+ (line 7981)
+* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 8056)
* commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7227)
-* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15946)
-* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 7460)
-* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 13717)
-* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 9115)
-* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6360)
+ (line 7234)
+* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 16033)
+* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 7486)
+* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 13805)
+* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 9141)
+* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6366)
* configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 12879)
-* contents file: Output files. (line 500)
-* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13629)
-* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 8082)
-* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 7532)
-* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 8191)
+ (line 12959)
+* contents file: Output files. (line 502)
+* control sequences: Control sequences. (line 7376)
+* control symbol, defined: Control sequences. (line 7387)
+* control word, defined: Control sequences. (line 7383)
+* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13709)
+* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 8108)
+* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 7558)
+* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 8217)
* counters, printing: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8109)
-* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 8224)
-* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 6379)
-* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6442)
-* creating pictures: picture. (line 4918)
-* creating tables: table. (line 5642)
-* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 11142)
-* cross references: Cross references. (line 3344)
-* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 490)
-* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 3442)
-* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 3495)
-* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 3466)
-* CTAN: CTAN. (line 668)
-* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 10083)
-* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 13730)
-* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 13742)
-* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13727)
-* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13632)
-* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13724)
-* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 682)
-* datatool package: \read. (line 15673)
-* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11136)
-* date, today's: \today. (line 14114)
-* datetime package: \today. (line 14135)
-* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2536)
-* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2537)
-* dcolumn package: array. (line 3680)
-* dd: Units of length. (line 8433)
-* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1858)
-* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 1703)
-* define color: Define colors. (line 12627)
+ (line 8135)
+* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 8250)
+* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 6385)
+* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6448)
+* creating pictures: picture. (line 4924)
+* creating tables: table. (line 5648)
+* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 11220)
+* cross references: Cross references. (line 3350)
+* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 492)
+* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 3448)
+* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 3501)
+* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 3472)
+* CTAN: CTAN. (line 670)
+* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 10143)
+* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 13818)
+* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 13830)
+* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13815)
+* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13712)
+* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13812)
+* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 684)
+* datatool package: \read. (line 15760)
+* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11214)
+* date, today’s: \today. (line 14202)
+* datetime package: \today. (line 14223)
+* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2540)
+* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2541)
+* dcolumn package: array. (line 3686)
+* dd: Units of length. (line 8459)
+* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1860)
+* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 1705)
+* define color: Define colors. (line 12707)
* defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7227)
-* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 7386)
+ (line 7234)
+* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 7411)
* defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7625)
-* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 7871)
-* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
-* definitions: Definitions. (line 7222)
-* delayed \write: \write. (line 15816)
-* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 10083)
-* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10133)
-* delim_0: makeindex. (line 15072)
-* delim_1: makeindex. (line 15076)
-* delim_2: makeindex. (line 15080)
-* delim_n: makeindex. (line 15084)
-* delim_r: makeindex. (line 15088)
-* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 15231)
-* description environment: description. (line 3778)
-* description lists, creating: description. (line 3778)
-* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7884)
-* didot point: Units of length. (line 8434)
-* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 13851)
+ (line 7651)
+* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 7897)
+* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 7785)
+* definitions: Definitions. (line 7229)
+* delayed \write: \write. (line 15903)
+* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 10143)
+* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10193)
+* delim_0: makeindex. (line 15159)
+* delim_1: makeindex. (line 15163)
+* delim_2: makeindex. (line 15167)
+* delim_n: makeindex. (line 15171)
+* delim_r: makeindex. (line 15175)
+* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 15318)
+* description environment: description. (line 3784)
+* description lists, creating: description. (line 3784)
+* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7910)
+* didot point: Units of length. (line 8460)
+* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 13939)
* difference between class and package: Class and package construction.
- (line 855)
-* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316)
-* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 16005)
-* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 10947)
-* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6667)
-* display math mode: Modes. (line 11026)
-* display style: Math styles. (line 10865)
+ (line 857)
+* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8342)
+* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 16092)
+* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 11024)
+* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6673)
+* display math mode: Modes. (line 11104)
+* display style: Math styles. (line 10942)
* displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
- (line 5463)
+ (line 5469)
* displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
- (line 5463)
-* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3834)
-* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
+ (line 5469)
+* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3840)
+* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9012)
* document class commands: Class and package construction.
- (line 846)
+ (line 848)
* document class options: Document class options.
- (line 731)
+ (line 733)
* document class, defined: Starting and ending.
- (line 442)
-* document classes: Document classes. (line 696)
-* document environment: document. (line 3878)
-* document root name: Jobname. (line 16214)
+ (line 444)
+* document classes: Document classes. (line 698)
+* document environment: document. (line 3884)
+* document root name: Jobname. (line 16301)
* document templates: Document templates.
- (line 16317)
-* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 13730)
-* dot accent: Accents. (line 13858)
-* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10560)
-* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 13858)
-* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 13891)
-* dotless i: Accents. (line 13845)
-* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9362)
-* dotless j: Accents. (line 13845)
-* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9382)
-* dots: Dots. (line 10327)
-* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
-* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13635)
-* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13727)
-* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10557)
-* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13647)
-* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 13790)
-* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13669)
-* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13806)
-* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 13793)
+ (line 16404)
+* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 13818)
+* dot accent: Accents. (line 13946)
+* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10637)
+* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 13946)
+* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 13979)
+* dotless i: Accents. (line 13933)
+* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9390)
+* dotless j: Accents. (line 13933)
+* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9410)
+* dots: Dots. (line 10387)
+* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13715)
+* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13815)
+* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10634)
+* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 13878)
+* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13750)
+* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13894)
+* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 13881)
* double spacing: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2315)
-* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697)
-* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 10040)
+ (line 2318)
+* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13783)
+* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 10099)
* draft option: Document class options.
- (line 774)
-* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 566)
-* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 467)
-* dvips command: Output files. (line 467)
-* dvitype command: Output files. (line 467)
-* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 13739)
-* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 519)
-* ellipses: Dots. (line 10327)
-* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13653)
-* em: Units of length. (line 8450)
-* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8449)
-* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13733)
-* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 13815)
-* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 13821)
-* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1755)
-* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15412)
+ (line 776)
+* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 568)
+* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 469)
+* dvips command: Output files. (line 469)
+* dvitype command: Output files. (line 469)
+* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 13827)
+* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 521)
+* ellipses: Dots. (line 10387)
+* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13733)
+* ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026): Dots. (line 10447)
+* ellipsis, traditional (three periods): Dots. (line 10447)
+* em: Units of length. (line 8476)
+* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8475)
+* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13821)
+* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 13903)
+* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 13909)
+* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1757)
+* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15499)
* encoding, font: \DeclareFontEncoding.
- (line 1384)
-* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 14035)
+ (line 1386)
+* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 14123)
* end matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
-* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3900)
+ (line 3111)
+* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3906)
* ending and starting: Starting and ending.
- (line 431)
-* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6888)
-* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3916)
-* enumi counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* enumii counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* enumiii counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* enumitem package: itemize. (line 4349)
-* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 4648)
-* enumiv counter: Counters. (line 8091)
+ (line 433)
+* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6895)
+* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3922)
+* enumi counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* enumii counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* enumiii counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* enumitem package: itemize. (line 4355)
+* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 4654)
+* enumiv counter: Counters. (line 8117)
* environment: Starting and ending.
- (line 450)
-* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1881)
-* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 3566)
-* environment, array: array. (line 3612)
-* environment, center: center. (line 3688)
-* environment, description: description. (line 3778)
-* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3834)
-* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
-* environment, document: document. (line 3878)
-* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3916)
-* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3983)
-* environment, equation: equation. (line 4037)
-* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
-* environment, figure: figure. (line 4057)
-* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 4115)
-* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 4115)
-* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 4180)
-* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 4242)
-* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 4289)
-* environment, letter: letter. (line 4377)
-* environment, list: list. (line 4382)
-* environment, math: math. (line 4748)
-* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
-* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4760)
-* environment, picture: picture. (line 4918)
-* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
-* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
-* environment, sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6704)
-* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5493)
-* environment, table: table. (line 5642)
-* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5700)
-* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6024)
+ (line 452)
+* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1883)
+* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 3572)
+* environment, array: array. (line 3618)
+* environment, center: center. (line 3694)
+* environment, description: description. (line 3784)
+* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3840)
+* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 9012)
+* environment, document: document. (line 3884)
+* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3922)
+* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3989)
+* environment, equation: equation. (line 4043)
+* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 9012)
+* environment, figure: figure. (line 4063)
+* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 4121)
+* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 4121)
+* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 4186)
+* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 4248)
+* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 4295)
+* environment, letter: letter. (line 4383)
+* environment, list: list. (line 4388)
+* environment, math: math. (line 4754)
+* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 9012)
+* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4766)
+* environment, picture: picture. (line 4924)
+* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 5469)
+* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 5469)
+* environment, sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6710)
+* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5499)
+* environment, table: table. (line 5648)
+* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5706)
+* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6030)
* environment, theindex: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14828)
-* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6291)
-* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
-* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6321)
-* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6360)
-* environment, verse: verse. (line 6454)
-* environments: Environments. (line 3549)
+ (line 14915)
+* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6297)
+* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 7785)
+* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6327)
+* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6366)
+* environment, verse: verse. (line 6460)
+* environments: Environments. (line 3555)
* environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7625)
-* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15486)
-* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
-* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3983)
-* equation counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* equation environment: equation. (line 4037)
-* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
-* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466)
+ (line 7651)
+* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15573)
+* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
+* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3989)
+* equation counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* equation environment: equation. (line 4043)
+* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9012)
+* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3472)
* equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options.
- (line 788)
-* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 4016)
-* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3983)
-* equations, environment for: equation. (line 4037)
+ (line 790)
+* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 4022)
+* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3989)
+* equations, environment for: equation. (line 4043)
* equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options.
- (line 782)
+ (line 784)
* error messages, from BibTeX: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6264)
+ (line 6270)
* errorstopmode: Command line options.
- (line 16087)
+ (line 16174)
* es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14015)
-* etex command: TeX engines. (line 519)
+ (line 14103)
+* etex command: TeX engines. (line 521)
* eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13983)
+ (line 14071)
* etoolbox package: Class and package commands.
- (line 1020)
-* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 13742)
-* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 13742)
-* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 13743)
-* ex: Units of length. (line 8446)
-* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8445)
-* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13750)
+ (line 1022)
+* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 13830)
+* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 13830)
+* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 13831)
+* ex: Units of length. (line 8472)
+* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8471)
+* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13838)
* executivepaper option: Document class options.
- (line 744)
+ (line 746)
* expl3 package: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 624)
+ (line 626)
* expl3 package <1>: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13597)
+ (line 13677)
* exponent: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9052)
-* expressions: Expressions. (line 8646)
+ (line 9078)
+* expressions: Expressions. (line 8672)
* extended Latin: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13969)
-* external commands: \write18. (line 15946)
-* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 4115)
-* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 16235)
+ (line 14057)
+* external commands: \write18. (line 16033)
+* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 4121)
+* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 16322)
* families, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1912)
-* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 11085)
-* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11226)
-* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6395)
-* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13781)
-* figure counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 13753)
-* figure environment: figure. (line 4057)
-* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466)
-* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4861)
-* figures, inserting: figure. (line 4057)
+ (line 1914)
+* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 11163)
+* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11306)
+* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5639)
+* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6401)
+* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13869)
+* figure counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 13841)
+* figure environment: figure. (line 4063)
+* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3472)
+* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4867)
+* figures, inserting: figure. (line 4063)
* file, closing: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15584)
+ (line 15671)
* file, opening: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15584)
-* file, reading: \read. (line 15648)
+ (line 15671)
+* file, reading: \read. (line 15735)
* file, root: Splitting the input.
- (line 14149)
-* file, root <1>: Jobname. (line 16214)
-* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 4115)
-* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 4115)
+ (line 14237)
+* file, root <1>: Jobname. (line 16301)
+* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 4121)
+* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 4121)
* filename for current job: Command line options.
- (line 16103)
+ (line 16190)
* final option: Document class options.
- (line 774)
+ (line 776)
* first-latex-doc document: About this document.
- (line 390)
-* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1792)
-* flafter package: Floats. (line 2484)
+ (line 392)
+* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1794)
+* flafter package: Floats. (line 2488)
* fleqn option: Document class options.
- (line 774)
-* float package: Floats. (line 2454)
-* float page: Floats. (line 2460)
+ (line 776)
+* float package: Floats. (line 2458)
+* float page: Floats. (line 2464)
* flush left equations: Document class options.
- (line 782)
+ (line 784)
* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6814)
-* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 4180)
-* flushright environment: flushright. (line 4242)
+ (line 6820)
+* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 4186)
+* flushright environment: flushright. (line 4248)
* font catalogue: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1912)
+ (line 1914)
* font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1897)
-* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 11788)
-* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 1298)
+ (line 1899)
+* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 11869)
+* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 1300)
* font encoding <1>: \DeclareTextAccent.
- (line 1418)
+ (line 1420)
* font encoding, declaring: \DeclareFontEncoding.
- (line 1384)
+ (line 1386)
* font size: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1992)
-* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1840)
-* font styles: Font styles. (line 1701)
+ (line 1994)
+* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1842)
+* font styles: Font styles. (line 1703)
* font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13608)
-* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 1298)
-* fonts: Fonts. (line 1261)
-* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 7871)
-* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 10066)
-* fontspec package: fontenc package. (line 1309)
-* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11219)
+ (line 13688)
+* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 1300)
+* fonts: Fonts. (line 1263)
+* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 7897)
+* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 10126)
+* fontspec package: fontenc package. (line 1311)
+* fontspec package <1>: OpenType bold math.
+ (line 10073)
+* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11299)
* footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2182)
-* footnote counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466)
-* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 7007)
+ (line 2185)
+* footnote counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3472)
+* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 7014)
* footnote, in a table: Footnotes in a table.
- (line 7136)
+ (line 7143)
* footnote, in section headings: Footnotes in section headings.
- (line 7117)
+ (line 7124)
* footnote, of a footnote: Footnotes of footnotes.
- (line 7206)
-* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4861)
-* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6960)
-* footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 7035)
-* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 6997)
-* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4140)
-* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 4037)
-* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 8986)
-* forward reference: Cross references. (line 3365)
-* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 490)
-* fraction: \frac. (line 10963)
-* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7903)
-* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
-* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
-* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12273)
-* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
+ (line 7213)
+* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4867)
+* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6967)
+* footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 7042)
+* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 7004)
+* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4146)
+* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 4043)
+* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 9012)
+* forward reference: Cross references. (line 3371)
+* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 492)
+* fraction: \frac. (line 11040)
+* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7929)
+* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12348)
+* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12348)
+* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12353)
+* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13727)
* front matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
-* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10424)
+ (line 3111)
+* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10501)
* geometry package: Document class options.
- (line 765)
+ (line 767)
* geometry package <1>: Document class options.
- (line 769)
+ (line 771)
* global options: Document class options.
- (line 731)
+ (line 733)
* global options <1>: Additional packages.
- (line 839)
-* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 15143)
-* glossary: Glossaries. (line 15143)
-* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 15191)
-* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 15250)
-* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316)
-* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7573)
-* graphics: Graphics. (line 12778)
+ (line 841)
+* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 15230)
+* glossary: Glossaries. (line 15230)
+* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 15278)
+* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 15337)
+* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8342)
+* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7599)
+* graphics: Graphics. (line 12858)
* graphics <1>: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 12879)
-* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
-* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12778)
+ (line 12959)
+* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
+* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12858)
* graphics package <1>: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 12879)
-* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
+ (line 12959)
+* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
* graphics package commands: Commands for graphics.
- (line 13069)
+ (line 13149)
* graphics package options: Graphics package options.
- (line 12815)
-* graphics packages: \line. (line 5179)
-* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458)
-* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
-* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458)
-* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
-* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 5131)
-* grave accent: Accents. (line 13870)
-* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10563)
-* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13760)
-* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 9115)
-* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10381)
+ (line 12895)
+* graphics packages: \line. (line 5185)
+* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13538)
+* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13570)
+* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13538)
+* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13570)
+* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 5137)
+* grave accent: Accents. (line 13958)
+* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10640)
+* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13848)
+* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 9141)
+* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10458)
* grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 12987)
-* group, and environments: Environments. (line 3561)
-* group_skip: makeindex. (line 15021)
-* hacek accent: Accents. (line 13919)
-* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 14086)
-* hard space: ~. (line 11660)
-* hat accent: Accents. (line 13866)
-* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10566)
-* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11219)
+ (line 13067)
+* group, and environments: Environments. (line 3567)
+* group_skip: makeindex. (line 15108)
+* hacek accent: Accents. (line 14007)
+* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 14174)
+* hard space: ~. (line 11741)
+* hat accent: Accents. (line 13954)
+* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10643)
+* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11299)
* header, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2182)
+ (line 2185)
* hello, world: Starting and ending.
- (line 431)
-* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 2454)
+ (line 433)
+* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 2458)
* home page for manual: About this document.
- (line 360)
-* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 13763)
+ (line 362)
+* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 13851)
* horizontal paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8904)
-* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11445)
-* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11445)
+ (line 8930)
+* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11526)
+* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11526)
* horizontal spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10768)
-* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13895)
-* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 7087)
-* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7096)
-* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11201)
-* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 14704)
+ (line 10845)
+* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13983)
+* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 7094)
+* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7103)
+* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11281)
+* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 14791)
* hyperref package <4>: Command line input.
- (line 16158)
-* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 13774)
-* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6732)
-* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6667)
-* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6633)
-* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
-* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10554)
+ (line 16245)
+* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 13862)
+* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6738)
+* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6673)
+* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6639)
+* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12227)
+* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10631)
* Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13983)
+ (line 14071)
* Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14019)
-* idx file: \index. (line 14954)
+ (line 14107)
+* idx file: \index. (line 15041)
* ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13995)
-* immediate \write: \write. (line 15811)
-* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
-* in: Units of length. (line 8420)
-* inch: Units of length. (line 8421)
-* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
+ (line 14083)
+* immediate \write: \write. (line 15898)
+* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
+* in: Units of length. (line 8446)
+* inch: Units of length. (line 8447)
+* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
* indent, forcing: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8855)
-* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4857)
-* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2762)
-* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2824)
-* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2919)
-* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2985)
+ (line 8881)
+* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4863)
+* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2767)
+* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2829)
+* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2924)
+* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2990)
* indentfirst package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3060)
+ (line 3065)
* indentfirst package <5>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8897)
-* indent_length: makeindex. (line 15100)
-* indent_space: makeindex. (line 15096)
-* index entries, subentries: \index. (line 14872)
-* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 14904)
-* index entry: \index. (line 14852)
-* index package: \index. (line 14949)
-* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 14815)
-* index, page range: \index. (line 14888)
-* index, printing: \printindex. (line 15128)
-* index, processing: makeindex. (line 14969)
+ (line 8923)
+* indent_length: makeindex. (line 15187)
+* indent_space: makeindex. (line 15183)
+* index entries, subentries: \index. (line 14959)
+* index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’: \index. (line 14991)
+* index entry: \index. (line 14939)
+* index package: \index. (line 15036)
+* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 14902)
+* index, page range: \index. (line 14975)
+* index, printing: \printindex. (line 15215)
+* index, processing: makeindex. (line 15056)
* index, producing manually: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14825)
-* index, style file: makeindex. (line 14981)
-* indexes: Indexes. (line 14770)
-* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11412)
-* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 12060)
-* inline formulas: math. (line 4748)
-* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11046)
+ (line 14912)
+* index, style file: makeindex. (line 15068)
+* indexes: Indexes. (line 14857)
+* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11493)
+* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 12141)
+* inline formulas: math. (line 4754)
+* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11124)
* input file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14145)
+ (line 14233)
* input, on command line: Command line input.
- (line 16150)
-* input/output: Input/output. (line 15575)
-* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15575)
-* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 14026)
-* inserting figures: figure. (line 4057)
+ (line 16237)
+* input/output: Input/output. (line 15662)
+* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15662)
+* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 14114)
+* inserting figures: figure. (line 4063)
* insertions of special characters: Special insertions.
- (line 13519)
+ (line 13599)
* interface, command line: Command line interface.
- (line 16022)
+ (line 16109)
* interline space: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2315)
-* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 11036)
+ (line 2318)
+* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 11114)
* invisible character: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10768)
-* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
-* italic correction: \/. (line 11754)
-* italic font: Font styles. (line 1777)
-* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4289)
-* item_0: makeindex. (line 15045)
-* item_01: makeindex. (line 15054)
-* item_1: makeindex. (line 15048)
-* item_12: makeindex. (line 15063)
-* item_2: makeindex. (line 15051)
-* item_x1: makeindex. (line 15058)
-* item_x2: makeindex. (line 15067)
+ (line 10845)
+* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10908)
+* italic correction: \/. (line 11835)
+* italic font: Font styles. (line 1779)
+* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4295)
+* item_0: makeindex. (line 15132)
+* item_01: makeindex. (line 15141)
+* item_1: makeindex. (line 15135)
+* item_12: makeindex. (line 15150)
+* item_2: makeindex. (line 15138)
+* item_x1: makeindex. (line 15145)
+* item_x2: makeindex. (line 15154)
* jobname: Command line options.
- (line 16103)
-* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16214)
-* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
-* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
-* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 4262)
-* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 4209)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 402)
-* label: Cross references. (line 3344)
-* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3778)
-* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 423)
-* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 402)
+ (line 16190)
+* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16301)
+* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
+* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
+* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 4268)
+* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 4215)
+* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 404)
+* label: Cross references. (line 3350)
+* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3784)
+* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 425)
+* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 404)
* landscape option: Document class options.
- (line 774)
+ (line 776)
* landscape orientation: Document class options.
- (line 785)
-* latex: TeX engines. (line 517)
-* latex command: Output files. (line 467)
-* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13638)
-* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 402)
+ (line 787)
+* latex: TeX engines. (line 519)
+* latex command: Output files. (line 469)
+* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13718)
+* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 404)
* LaTeX Project team: About this document.
- (line 374)
+ (line 376)
* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document.
- (line 370)
-* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 567)
+ (line 372)
+* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 569)
* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document.
- (line 387)
-* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13641)
+ (line 389)
+* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13721)
* LaTeX3 syntax: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 624)
+ (line 626)
* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document.
- (line 374)
-* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 9959)
+ (line 376)
+* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 9987)
* Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13969)
-* layout commands: Layout. (line 2026)
+ (line 14057)
+* layout commands: Layout. (line 2028)
* layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2182)
-* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14522)
+ (line 2185)
+* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14609)
* leading: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2315)
-* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
-* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13771)
-* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13703)
-* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13657)
-* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13790)
-* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13796)
+ (line 2318)
+* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13859)
+* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13789)
+* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13738)
+* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13878)
+* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13884)
* left-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
- (line 788)
-* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 4209)
-* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4180)
-* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 11013)
+ (line 790)
+* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 4215)
+* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4186)
+* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 11091)
* legalpaper option: Document class options.
- (line 744)
-* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8500)
-* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 7573)
-* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 8313)
-* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8471)
+ (line 746)
+* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8526)
+* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 7599)
+* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 8339)
+* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8497)
* leqno option: Document class options.
- (line 774)
-* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13768)
-* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 15028)
-* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 15037)
-* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 15041)
-* letter class: Document classes. (line 701)
-* letter environment: letter. (line 4377)
+ (line 776)
+* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13856)
+* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 15115)
+* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 15124)
+* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 15128)
+* letter class: Document classes. (line 703)
+* letter environment: letter. (line 4383)
* letterpaper option: Document class options.
- (line 744)
-* letters, accented: Accents. (line 13832)
+ (line 746)
+* letters, accented: Accents. (line 13920)
* letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13969)
-* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15399)
-* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15504)
-* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15280)
-* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6507)
-* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6490)
-* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690)
+ (line 14057)
+* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15486)
+* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15591)
+* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15367)
+* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6513)
+* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6496)
+* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6696)
* line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6751)
-* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10947)
+ (line 6757)
+* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 11024)
* line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6751)
-* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5700)
-* line_max: makeindex. (line 15092)
-* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1828)
-* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5700)
-* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5493)
-* list environment: list. (line 4382)
-* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8165)
-* list of figures file: Output files. (line 500)
-* list of tables file: Output files. (line 500)
-* listings package: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 6389)
-* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 6439)
-* lists of items: itemize. (line 4289)
-* lists of items, generic: list. (line 4382)
-* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3916)
-* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 1328)
+ (line 6757)
+* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5706)
+* line_max: makeindex. (line 15179)
+* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1830)
+* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5706)
+* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5499)
+* list environment: list. (line 4388)
+* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8191)
+* list of figures file: Output files. (line 502)
+* list of tables file: Output files. (line 502)
+* listings package: tabbing. (line 5639)
+* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 6395)
+* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 6445)
+* lists of items: itemize. (line 4295)
+* lists of items, generic: list. (line 4388)
+* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3922)
+* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 1330)
* loading additional packages: Additional packages.
- (line 830)
-* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 16005)
-* log file: Output files. (line 485)
-* log file, writing to: \write. (line 15781)
-* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13638)
-* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13641)
-* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 13679)
+ (line 832)
+* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 16092)
+* log file: Output files. (line 487)
+* log file, writing to: \write. (line 15868)
+* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13718)
+* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13721)
+* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 13760)
* long command: Class and package commands.
- (line 933)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 13669)
+ (line 935)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 13750)
* low-level font commands: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1897)
+ (line 1899)
* lowercase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13555)
-* LR box: picture. (line 5005)
-* LR mode: Modes. (line 11013)
-* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12480)
+ (line 13635)
+* LR box: picture. (line 5011)
+* LR mode: Modes. (line 11091)
+* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12560)
* lshort document: About this document.
- (line 393)
-* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 535)
-* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 568)
-* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 536)
-* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 15793)
-* m-width: Units of length. (line 8450)
-* macron accent: Accents. (line 13862)
-* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10548)
+ (line 395)
+* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 537)
+* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 570)
+* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 538)
+* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 15880)
+* m-width: Units of length. (line 8476)
+* macron accent: Accents. (line 13950)
+* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10625)
* macros2e package: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7446)
-* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3983)
-* mail merges: \read. (line 15673)
+ (line 7472)
+* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3989)
+* mail merges: \read. (line 15760)
* main matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3105)
-* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146)
-* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 15134)
-* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 14969)
-* makeindex, program: makeindex. (line 14969)
-* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 14981)
-* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6321)
-* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8741)
-* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 8936)
-* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13781)
-* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10133)
-* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10133)
-* math accents: Math accents. (line 10540)
-* math environment: math. (line 4748)
-* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986)
-* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 8986)
-* math functions: Math functions. (line 10424)
-* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 10921)
-* math mode: Modes. (line 11023)
-* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 8986)
+ (line 3111)
+* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12227)
+* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 15221)
+* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 15056)
+* makeindex, program: makeindex. (line 15056)
+* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 15068)
+* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6327)
+* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8767)
+* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 8962)
+* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13869)
+* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10193)
+* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10193)
+* math accents: Math accents. (line 10617)
+* math environment: math. (line 4754)
+* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9012)
+* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 9012)
+* math functions: Math functions. (line 10501)
+* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 10998)
+* math mode: Modes. (line 11101)
+* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 9012)
* math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10633)
+ (line 10710)
* math mode, spacing <1>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10768)
-* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
-* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 10708)
-* math styles: Math styles. (line 10853)
-* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 9115)
-* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 9959)
-* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1824)
-* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 9041)
-* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 10118)
-* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10157)
+ (line 10845)
+* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 10908)
+* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 10785)
+* math styles: Math styles. (line 10930)
+* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 9141)
+* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 9987)
+* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1826)
+* mathematics, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
+ (line 10028)
+* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 9067)
+* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 10178)
+* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10217)
* mathtools package <3>: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10627)
-* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 10762)
+ (line 10704)
+* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 10839)
* mathtools package <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10810)
-* MetaPost package: \line. (line 5179)
+ (line 10887)
+* MetaPost package: \line. (line 5185)
* mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13594)
+ (line 13674)
* mhchem package: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9108)
-* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8428)
-* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4760)
-* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4760)
-* minted package: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6389)
-* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6439)
-* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 687)
-* mm: Units of length. (line 8427)
-* modes: Modes. (line 11001)
-* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1792)
-* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7916)
-* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 7035)
-* mpfootnote counter <1>: Counters. (line 8091)
-* mu: Units of length. (line 8456)
-* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8457)
-* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 2043)
-* multilingual support: Accents. (line 13832)
-* multind package: Indexes. (line 14815)
-* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 14815)
-* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 10947)
-* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 15228)
-* name of document root: Jobname. (line 16214)
-* NBSP: ~. (line 11660)
+ (line 9134)
+* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8454)
+* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4766)
+* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4766)
+* minted package: tabbing. (line 5639)
+* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6395)
+* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6445)
+* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 689)
+* mm: Units of length. (line 8453)
+* modes: Modes. (line 11079)
+* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1794)
+* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7942)
+* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 7042)
+* mpfootnote counter <1>: Counters. (line 8117)
+* mu: Units of length. (line 8482)
+* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8483)
+* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 2045)
+* multilingual support: Accents. (line 13920)
+* multind package: Indexes. (line 14902)
+* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 14902)
+* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 11024)
+* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 15315)
+* name of document root: Jobname. (line 16301)
+* NBSP: ~. (line 11741)
* nested \include, not allowed: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14320)
+ (line 14408)
* new class commands: Class and package construction.
- (line 846)
-* new command, check: Class and package commands.
- (line 931)
+ (line 848)
+* new command, checking: Class and package commands.
+ (line 933)
* new command, definition: Class and package commands.
- (line 1006)
+ (line 1008)
* new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7227)
-* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 7386)
+ (line 7234)
+* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 7411)
* new line, output as input: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6569)
-* new line, starting: \\. (line 6507)
-* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6609)
-* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6855)
-* newline, in \write: \write. (line 15845)
-* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4143)
-* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 13774)
+ (line 6575)
+* new line, starting: \\. (line 6513)
+* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6615)
+* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6862)
+* newline, in \write: \write. (line 15932)
+* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4149)
+* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 13862)
* non-English characters: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13969)
+ (line 14057)
* nonstopmode: Command line options.
- (line 16087)
-* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4146)
-* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8936)
+ (line 16174)
+* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4152)
+* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8962)
* notitlepage option: Document class options.
- (line 774)
-* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10133)
-* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8165)
-* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1828)
-* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1789)
+ (line 776)
+* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10193)
+* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8191)
+* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1830)
+* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1791)
* oe ligature: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14011)
-* ogonek: Accents. (line 13899)
-* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1828)
-* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 2031)
+ (line 14099)
+* ogonek: Accents. (line 13987)
+* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1830)
+* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 2033)
* onecolumn option: Document class options.
- (line 803)
+ (line 805)
* oneside option: Document class options.
- (line 803)
+ (line 805)
* open a file: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15584)
+ (line 15671)
* openany option: Document class options.
- (line 803)
+ (line 805)
* openbib option: Document class options.
- (line 774)
-* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13657)
+ (line 776)
+* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13738)
* openright option: Document class options.
- (line 803)
-* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* operating system information: \write18. (line 16005)
+ (line 805)
+* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* operating system information: \write18. (line 16092)
+* optional arguments, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 7277)
* options, class: Class and package commands.
- (line 976)
+ (line 978)
* options, color package: Color package options.
- (line 12537)
+ (line 12617)
* options, command line: Command line options.
- (line 16066)
+ (line 16153)
* options, document class: Document class options.
- (line 731)
+ (line 733)
* options, document class <1>: Class and package structure.
- (line 869)
+ (line 871)
* options, global: Additional packages.
- (line 839)
+ (line 841)
* options, graphics package: Graphics package options.
- (line 12815)
+ (line 12895)
* options, package: Class and package structure.
- (line 869)
+ (line 871)
* options, package <1>: Class and package commands.
- (line 976)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13781)
+ (line 978)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13869)
* oslash: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14007)
-* OT1: fontenc package. (line 1298)
-* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11046)
+ (line 14095)
+* OT1: fontenc package. (line 1300)
+* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11124)
* output directory for all external files: Command line options.
- (line 16108)
-* overbar accent: Accents. (line 13862)
-* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10560)
+ (line 16195)
+* overbar accent: Accents. (line 13950)
+* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10637)
* overlining: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10589)
-* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 402)
-* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4140)
+ (line 10666)
+* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 404)
+* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4146)
* package file layout: Class and package structure.
- (line 869)
+ (line 871)
* package options: Class and package structure.
- (line 869)
+ (line 871)
* package options <1>: Class and package commands.
- (line 976)
-* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3587)
-* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 12140)
-* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 9994)
-* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 9041)
-* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 9959)
-* package, amsmath: array. (line 3661)
-* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3669)
-* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3850)
-* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 4051)
-* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6313)
-* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 9041)
-* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10157)
+ (line 978)
+* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3593)
+* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 12221)
+* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5639)
+* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 10022)
+* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 9067)
+* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 9987)
+* package, amsmath: array. (line 3667)
+* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3675)
+* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3856)
+* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 4057)
+* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6319)
+* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 9067)
+* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10217)
* package, amsmath <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc..
- (line 10302)
-* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10357)
-* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10529)
+ (line 10362)
+* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10419)
+* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10606)
* package, amsmath <10>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10650)
+ (line 10727)
* package, amsmath <11>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10818)
+ (line 10895)
* package, amsmath <12>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10936)
+ (line 11013)
* package, amsmath <13>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 10940)
+ (line 11017)
* package, amsmath <14>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11745)
-* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6313)
-* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 14091)
-* package, answers: \write. (line 15850)
-* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 3095)
-* package, array: array. (line 3680)
-* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 5179)
-* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 11980)
-* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12214)
-* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 15953)
-* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2837)
-* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 6071)
-* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 13832)
-* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 14121)
+ (line 11826)
+* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6319)
+* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 14179)
+* package, answers: \write. (line 15937)
+* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 3101)
+* package, array: array. (line 3686)
+* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 5185)
+* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 12061)
+* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12294)
+* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 16040)
+* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2842)
+* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 6077)
+* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 13920)
+* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 14209)
* package, babel <4>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14494)
-* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 14904)
-* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16324)
+ (line 14582)
+* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 14991)
+* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16411)
* package, bigfoot: Footnotes of footnotes.
- (line 7206)
-* package, bm: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10026)
-* package, caption: \caption. (line 2624)
-* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 3376)
-* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3489)
-* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7087)
-* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 1328)
-* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 9115)
-* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6379)
-* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6442)
-* package, datatool: \read. (line 15673)
-* package, datetime: \today. (line 14135)
-* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3680)
-* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4349)
-* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4648)
-* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15486)
+ (line 7213)
+* package, bm: bm. (line 10058)
+* package, caption: \caption. (line 2628)
+* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 3382)
+* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3495)
+* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7094)
+* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 1330)
+* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 9141)
+* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6385)
+* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6448)
+* package, datatool: \read. (line 15760)
+* package, datetime: \today. (line 14223)
+* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3686)
+* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4355)
+* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4654)
+* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15573)
* package, etoolbox: Class and package commands.
- (line 1020)
-* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 13742)
-* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 13743)
+ (line 1022)
+* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 13830)
+* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 13831)
* package, expl3: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 624)
+ (line 626)
* package, expl3 <1>: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13597)
-* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 11085)
-* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11226)
-* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6395)
-* package, flafter: Floats. (line 2484)
-* package, float: Floats. (line 2454)
-* package, fontspec: fontenc package. (line 1309)
+ (line 13677)
+* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 11163)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11306)
+* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5639)
+* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6401)
+* package, flafter: Floats. (line 2488)
+* package, float: Floats. (line 2458)
+* package, fontspec: fontenc package. (line 1311)
+* package, fontspec <1>: OpenType bold math.
+ (line 10073)
* package, geometry: Document class options.
- (line 765)
+ (line 767)
* package, geometry <1>: Document class options.
- (line 769)
-* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 5131)
+ (line 771)
+* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 5137)
* package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 12987)
-* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 7087)
-* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7096)
-* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11201)
-* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 14704)
+ (line 13067)
+* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 7094)
+* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7103)
+* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11281)
+* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 14791)
* package, hyperref <4>: Command line input.
- (line 16158)
-* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2762)
-* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2824)
-* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2919)
-* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2985)
+ (line 16245)
+* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2767)
+* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2829)
+* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2924)
+* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2990)
* package, indentfirst <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3060)
+ (line 3065)
* package, indentfirst <5>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8897)
-* package, index: \index. (line 14949)
-* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 9959)
-* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6389)
-* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6439)
-* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 1328)
+ (line 8923)
+* package, index: \index. (line 15036)
+* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 9987)
+* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5639)
+* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6395)
+* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6445)
+* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 1330)
* package, macros2e: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7446)
-* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 15134)
-* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 9041)
-* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 10118)
-* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10157)
+ (line 7472)
+* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 15221)
+* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 9067)
+* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 10178)
+* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10217)
* package, mathtools <3>: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10627)
-* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 10762)
+ (line 10704)
+* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 10839)
* package, mathtools <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10810)
-* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 5179)
+ (line 10887)
+* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 5185)
* package, mfirstuc: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13594)
+ (line 13674)
* package, mhchem: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9108)
-* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5633)
-* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6389)
-* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6439)
-* package, multind: Indexes. (line 14815)
-* package, pict2e: \line. (line 5179)
-* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 13832)
-* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 14121)
+ (line 9134)
+* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5639)
+* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6395)
+* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6445)
+* package, multind: Indexes. (line 14902)
+* package, pict2e: \line. (line 5185)
+* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 13920)
+* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 14209)
* package, polyglossia <2>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14495)
-* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 14904)
-* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 5179)
+ (line 14582)
+* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 14991)
+* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 5185)
* package, setspace: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2388)
-* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 16011)
-* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 14815)
-* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 4891)
-* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 11696)
-* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 7518)
+ (line 2392)
+* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 16098)
+* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 14902)
+* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 4897)
+* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 11777)
+* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 7544)
* package, tablefootnote: Footnotes in a table.
- (line 7183)
-* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 16005)
+ (line 7190)
+* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 16092)
* package, textcase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13591)
-* package, TikZ: \line. (line 5179)
-* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 11980)
-* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12213)
-* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 9994)
-* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 2686)
-* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2766)
-* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2845)
-* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 2923)
-* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 2989)
+ (line 13671)
+* package, textcomp: Text symbols. (line 13700)
+* package, TikZ: \line. (line 5185)
+* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 12061)
+* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12294)
+* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 10022)
+* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 2690)
+* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2771)
+* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2850)
+* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 2928)
+* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 2994)
* package, titlesec <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3064)
+ (line 3069)
* package, tocbibbind: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14481)
+ (line 14569)
* package, tocloft: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14481)
-* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 14701)
+ (line 14569)
+* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 14788)
* package, ulem: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10598)
-* package, unicode-math: Greek letters. (line 10412)
-* package, url: \verb. (line 6436)
-* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6395)
+ (line 10675)
+* package, unicode-math: OpenType bold math.
+ (line 10087)
+* package, unicode-math <1>: Dots. (line 10440)
+* package, unicode-math <2>: Greek letters. (line 10489)
+* package, url: \verb. (line 6442)
+* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6401)
* package, xparse: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 624)
-* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7518)
-* package, xr: xr package. (line 3495)
-* package, xr-hyper: xr package. (line 3495)
-* package, xspace: xspace package. (line 8030)
-* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 16261)
+ (line 626)
+* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7544)
+* package, xr: xr package. (line 3501)
+* package, xr-hyper: xr package. (line 3501)
+* package, xspace: xspace package. (line 8056)
+* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 16348)
* packages, loading additional: Additional packages.
- (line 830)
+ (line 832)
* page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6913)
+ (line 6920)
* page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6913)
-* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6783)
-* page counter: Counters. (line 8091)
+ (line 6920)
+* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6789)
+* page counter: Counters. (line 8117)
* page layout parameters: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2182)
-* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 3442)
-* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 11162)
-* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11303)
-* page styles: Page styles. (line 11079)
-* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 12757)
-* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 15105)
-* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10133)
-* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2632)
+ (line 2185)
+* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 3448)
+* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 11241)
+* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11384)
+* page styles: Page styles. (line 11157)
+* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 12837)
+* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 15192)
+* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10193)
+* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2636)
* paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3007)
-* paragraph counter: Counters. (line 8091)
+ (line 3012)
+* paragraph counter: Counters. (line 8117)
* paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8904)
-* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4857)
-* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
+ (line 8930)
+* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4863)
+* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 5469)
* paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
- (line 5463)
-* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11007)
-* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12303)
-* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 13661)
-* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 8802)
-* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12303)
-* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8741)
-* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 7007)
+ (line 5469)
+* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11085)
+* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12383)
+* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 13742)
+* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 8828)
+* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12383)
+* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8767)
+* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 7014)
* parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2182)
+ (line 2185)
+* parameters, substituting: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 7309)
* parent directories, cannot write to: \write and security.
- (line 15874)
-* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 10083)
-* part: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* part <1>: \part. (line 2718)
-* part counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5538)
-* pc: Units of length. (line 8417)
-* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
-* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 518)
-* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 477)
-* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 569)
-* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 477)
-* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 519)
-* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11529)
-* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13784)
-* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11529)
-* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11529)
-* pica: Units of length. (line 8418)
-* pict2e package: \line. (line 5179)
-* picture environment: picture. (line 4918)
-* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4918)
-* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 13661)
-* placement of floats: Floats. (line 2433)
-* platex: TeX engines. (line 557)
-* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 570)
-* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 15236)
-* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075)
-* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6454)
-* point: Units of length. (line 8414)
+ (line 15961)
+* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 10143)
+* part: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* part <1>: \part. (line 2723)
+* part counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5544)
+* pc: Units of length. (line 8443)
+* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
+* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 520)
+* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 479)
+* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 571)
+* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 479)
+* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 521)
+* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11610)
+* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13872)
+* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11610)
+* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11610)
+* pica: Units of length. (line 8444)
+* pict2e package: \line. (line 5185)
+* picture environment: picture. (line 4924)
+* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4924)
+* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 13742)
+* placement of floats: Floats. (line 2437)
+* platex: TeX engines. (line 559)
+* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 572)
+* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 15323)
+* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 13155)
+* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6460)
+* point: Units of length. (line 8440)
* polish l: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13999)
-* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 13832)
-* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 14121)
+ (line 14087)
+* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 13920)
+* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 14209)
* polyglossia package <2>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14495)
-* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 14904)
+ (line 14582)
+* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 14991)
* portrait orientation: Document class options.
- (line 785)
-* position, in picture: picture. (line 4976)
-* positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7275)
-* postamble: makeindex. (line 15017)
-* PostScript point: Units of length. (line 8424)
-* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15516)
-* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 13665)
-* preamble: makeindex. (line 15013)
+ (line 787)
+* position, in picture: picture. (line 4982)
+* postamble: makeindex. (line 15104)
+* PostScript point: Units of length. (line 8450)
+* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15603)
+* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 13746)
+* preamble: makeindex. (line 15100)
* preamble, defined: Starting and ending.
- (line 447)
-* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 573)
+ (line 449)
+* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 575)
* prompt, *: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16296)
-* pronunciation: Overview. (line 423)
-* PSTricks package: \line. (line 5179)
-* pt: Units of length. (line 8413)
+ (line 16383)
+* pronunciation: Overview. (line 425)
+* PSTricks package: \line. (line 5185)
+* pt: Units of length. (line 8439)
* quad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10696)
-* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13787)
-* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
-* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13647)
-* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 5463)
-* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 13802)
-* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13806)
+ (line 10773)
+* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13875)
+* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 5469)
+* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 5469)
+* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 13890)
+* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13894)
* quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
- (line 5463)
+ (line 5469)
* quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
- (line 5463)
-* radical: \sqrt. (line 10975)
-* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 4262)
-* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 4242)
-* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 4209)
-* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4180)
-* read a file: \read. (line 15648)
+ (line 5469)
+* radical: \sqrt. (line 11052)
+* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 4268)
+* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 4248)
+* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 4215)
+* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4186)
+* read a file: \read. (line 15735)
+* redefining a command: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 7234)
* redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7625)
-* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 3365)
-* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 490)
-* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 13809)
-* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 10991)
-* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 573)
-* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8936)
-* report class: Document classes. (line 701)
+ (line 7651)
+* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 3371)
+* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 492)
+* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 13897)
+* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 11069)
+* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 575)
+* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8962)
+* report class: Document classes. (line 703)
* reporting bugs: About this document.
- (line 378)
+ (line 380)
* reserved characters: Reserved characters.
- (line 13525)
-* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458)
-* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
-* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 15993)
-* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
-* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13812)
-* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13706)
-* right quote: Text symbols. (line 13672)
-* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13793)
-* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13799)
+ (line 13605)
+* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13538)
+* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13570)
+* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 16080)
+* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13900)
+* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13793)
+* right quote: Text symbols. (line 13753)
+* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13881)
+* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13887)
* right-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
- (line 788)
-* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 4262)
-* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 4242)
-* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 8316)
-* ring accent: Accents. (line 13903)
-* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10569)
-* robust commands: \protect. (line 7903)
-* roman font: Font styles. (line 1780)
+ (line 790)
+* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 4268)
+* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 4248)
+* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 8342)
+* ring accent: Accents. (line 13991)
+* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10646)
+* robust commands: \protect. (line 7929)
+* roman font: Font styles. (line 1782)
* root file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14149)
-* root file <1>: Jobname. (line 16214)
-* roots: \sqrt. (line 10975)
-* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13390)
-* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13390)
-* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13390)
-* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5533)
-* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 8316)
-* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 7573)
+ (line 14237)
+* root file <1>: Jobname. (line 16301)
+* roots: \sqrt. (line 11052)
+* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13470)
+* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13470)
+* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13470)
+* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5539)
+* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 8342)
+* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 7599)
* running header and footer: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2182)
-* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11219)
+ (line 2185)
+* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11299)
* samepage environment: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6951)
-* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1786)
-* scaled point: Units of length. (line 8440)
-* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458)
-* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
-* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10066)
-* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1774)
-* script style: Math styles. (line 10870)
-* scriptscript style: Math styles. (line 10873)
+ (line 6958)
+* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1788)
+* scaled point: Units of length. (line 8466)
+* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13538)
+* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13570)
+* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10126)
+* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1776)
+* script style: Math styles. (line 10947)
+* scriptscript style: Math styles. (line 10950)
* scrollmode: Command line options.
- (line 16087)
-* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2695)
-* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2696)
-* section: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* section <1>: \section. (line 2865)
-* section counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466)
-* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2696)
-* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 13676)
-* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 3141)
-* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2718)
+ (line 16174)
+* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2700)
+* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2701)
+* section: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* section <1>: \section. (line 2870)
+* section counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3472)
+* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2701)
+* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 13757)
+* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 3147)
+* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2723)
* security and \write: \write and security.
- (line 15858)
-* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 14904)
-* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 4151)
+ (line 15945)
+* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 14991)
+* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 4157)
* series, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1939)
+ (line 1941)
* setspace package: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2388)
-* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 8224)
-* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000)
+ (line 2392)
+* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 8250)
+* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16087)
* shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1979)
+ (line 1981)
* sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14015)
-* shell access: \write18. (line 15946)
+ (line 14103)
+* shell access: \write18. (line 16033)
* shell escape: Command line options.
- (line 16121)
-* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 16000)
-* shellesc package: \write18. (line 16011)
-* showidx package: Indexes. (line 14815)
-* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6360)
-* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647)
-* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13647)
-* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 13796)
-* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13669)
-* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 13802)
-* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 13799)
-* siunitx package: minipage. (line 4891)
-* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 11696)
-* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1840)
-* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316)
-* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7573)
-* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1789)
-* slides class: Document classes. (line 701)
-* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6704)
-* sloppypar environment <1>: sloppypar. (line 6704)
+ (line 16208)
+* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 16087)
+* shellesc package: \write18. (line 16098)
+* showidx package: Indexes. (line 14902)
+* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6366)
+* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13727)
+* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 13884)
+* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13750)
+* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 13890)
+* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 13887)
+* siunitx package: minipage. (line 4897)
+* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 11777)
+* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1842)
+* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8342)
+* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7599)
+* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1791)
+* slides class: Document classes. (line 703)
+* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6710)
+* sloppypar environment <1>: sloppypar. (line 6710)
* slot, font: \DeclareTextAccent.
- (line 1425)
-* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1783)
-* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 15240)
-* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 4151)
-* sp: Units of length. (line 8439)
+ (line 1427)
+* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1785)
+* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 15327)
+* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 4157)
+* sp: Units of length. (line 8465)
* space between lines: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2315)
-* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11445)
-* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 12089)
+ (line 2318)
+* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11526)
+* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 12170)
* space, negative thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11725)
+ (line 11806)
* space, thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11725)
-* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11660)
-* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 12009)
-* spaces: Spaces. (line 11331)
+ (line 11806)
+* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11741)
+* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 12090)
+* spaces: Spaces. (line 11412)
* spaces, ignore around commands: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
- (line 7955)
-* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 8030)
+ (line 7981)
+* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 8056)
* spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10633)
+ (line 10710)
* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11575)
-* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11596)
+ (line 11656)
+* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11677)
* spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10768)
-* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13781)
+ (line 10845)
+* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10908)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13869)
* special characters: Reserved characters.
- (line 13525)
+ (line 13605)
* special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 13969)
+ (line 14057)
* special insertions: Special insertions.
- (line 13519)
-* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 2433)
+ (line 13599)
+* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 2437)
* splitting the input file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14145)
-* square root: \sqrt. (line 10975)
-* stack math: \stackrel. (line 10991)
-* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 7460)
+ (line 14233)
+* square root: \sqrt. (line 11052)
+* stack math: \stackrel. (line 11069)
+* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 7486)
* starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7248)
-* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6855)
+ (line 7256)
+* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6862)
* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6814)
+ (line 6820)
* starting and ending: Starting and ending.
- (line 431)
+ (line 433)
* starting on a right-hand page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6814)
-* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 13665)
-* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13806)
-* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13806)
-* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 13802)
-* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11412)
-* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 12060)
-* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 2171)
-* strut: \footnote. (line 7020)
-* strut <1>: \strut. (line 11924)
-* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
-* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1701)
-* styles, page: Page styles. (line 11079)
-* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2632)
+ (line 6820)
+* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 13746)
+* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13894)
+* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13894)
+* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 13890)
+* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11493)
+* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 12141)
+* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 2174)
+* strut: \footnote. (line 7027)
+* strut <1>: \strut. (line 12005)
+* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 10908)
+* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1703)
+* styles, page: Page styles. (line 11157)
+* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2636)
* subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3007)
-* subparagraph counter: Counters. (line 8091)
+ (line 3012)
+* subparagraph counter: Counters. (line 8117)
* subscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9052)
-* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2632)
-* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2943)
-* subsection counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2632)
+ (line 9078)
+* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2636)
+* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2948)
+* subsection counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2636)
* subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3007)
-* subsubsection counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 7518)
+ (line 3012)
+* subsubsection counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 7544)
* superscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9052)
-* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 15244)
+ (line 9078)
+* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 15331)
* symbol, defining: \DeclareTextSymbol.
- (line 1593)
-* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 9959)
-* symbols, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10000)
-* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 9115)
-* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13620)
-* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15946)
-* system information: \write18. (line 16005)
-* T1: fontenc package. (line 1298)
-* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5493)
-* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5493)
-* table counter: Counters. (line 8091)
-* table environment: table. (line 5642)
-* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 14673)
+ (line 1595)
+* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 9987)
+* symbols, boldface: bm. (line 10058)
+* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 9141)
+* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13700)
+* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 16033)
+* system information: \write18. (line 16092)
+* T1: fontenc package. (line 1300)
+* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5499)
+* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5499)
+* table counter: Counters. (line 8117)
+* table environment: table. (line 5648)
+* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 14760)
* table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline.
- (line 14501)
+ (line 14588)
* table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
- (line 14536)
-* table of contents file: Output files. (line 500)
+ (line 14623)
+* table of contents file: Output files. (line 502)
* table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
- (line 7117)
+ (line 7124)
* table of contents, creating: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14377)
+ (line 14465)
* table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
- (line 2707)
+ (line 2712)
* tablefootnote package: Footnotes in a table.
- (line 7183)
-* tables, creating: table. (line 5642)
-* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5700)
-* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16354)
-* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16324)
-* template, book: book template. (line 16377)
+ (line 7190)
+* tables, creating: table. (line 5648)
+* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5706)
+* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16441)
+* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16411)
+* template, book: book template. (line 16464)
* template, book <1>: Larger book template.
- (line 16401)
+ (line 16488)
* templates, document: Document templates.
- (line 16317)
-* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15575)
-* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 15781)
-* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13679)
-* texosquery package: \write18. (line 16005)
-* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 16235)
-* text style: Math styles. (line 10868)
-* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13620)
-* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458)
-* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
-* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458)
-* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490)
+ (line 16404)
+* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15662)
+* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 15868)
+* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13760)
+* texosquery package: \write18. (line 16092)
+* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 16322)
+* text style: Math styles. (line 10945)
+* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13700)
+* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13538)
+* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13570)
+* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13538)
+* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13570)
* textcase package: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13591)
-* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13620)
-* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11142)
-* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6024)
+ (line 13671)
+* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13700)
+* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11220)
+* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6030)
* theindex: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14825)
+ (line 14912)
* theindex environment: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14828)
-* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6291)
-* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
-* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 7759)
-* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6291)
+ (line 14915)
+* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6297)
+* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 7785)
+* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 7785)
+* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6297)
* thin space: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10674)
+ (line 10751)
* thin space <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11725)
+ (line 11806)
* thin space, negative: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10688)
+ (line 10765)
* thin space, negative <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11725)
+ (line 11806)
* thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14019)
-* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13815)
-* tie: ~. (line 11660)
-* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 13909)
-* TikZ package: \line. (line 5179)
-* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 11980)
-* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12213)
-* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 9994)
-* tilde accent: Accents. (line 13874)
-* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10572)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13685)
+ (line 14107)
+* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13903)
+* tie: ~. (line 11741)
+* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 13997)
+* TikZ package: \line. (line 5185)
+* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 12061)
+* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12294)
+* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 10022)
+* tilde accent: Accents. (line 13962)
+* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10649)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13766)
* title page, separate or run-in: Document class options.
- (line 796)
-* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6321)
-* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11149)
-* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6321)
+ (line 798)
+* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6327)
+* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11227)
+* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6327)
* titlepage option: Document class options.
- (line 774)
-* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 11091)
-* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 2686)
-* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2766)
-* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2845)
-* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 2923)
-* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 2989)
+ (line 776)
+* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 11169)
+* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 2690)
+* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2771)
+* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2850)
+* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 2928)
+* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 2994)
* titlesec package <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3064)
+ (line 3069)
* tocbibbind package: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14481)
-* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2706)
-* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2707)
+ (line 14569)
+* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2711)
+* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2712)
* tocloft package: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14481)
-* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 14701)
-* today's date: \today. (line 14114)
-* tombstone: \rule. (line 14086)
+ (line 14569)
+* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 14788)
+* today’s date: \today. (line 14202)
+* tombstone: \rule. (line 14174)
* topmargin: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2301)
-* topnumber: Floats. (line 2540)
-* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2541)
-* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2544)
-* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2545)
-* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 13818)
-* transcript file: Output files. (line 485)
-* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13620)
-* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 2043)
-* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13821)
+ (line 2304)
+* topnumber: Floats. (line 2544)
+* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2545)
+* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2548)
+* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2549)
+* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 13906)
+* transcript file: Output files. (line 487)
+* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13700)
+* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 2045)
+* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13909)
* twocolumn option: Document class options.
- (line 803)
+ (line 805)
* twoside option: Document class options.
- (line 803)
-* type styles: Font styles. (line 1701)
-* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6360)
-* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1840)
-* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1261)
-* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1792)
-* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3808)
+ (line 805)
+* type styles: Font styles. (line 1703)
+* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6366)
+* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1842)
+* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1263)
+* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1794)
+* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3814)
* ulem package: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10598)
-* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13851)
-* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11660)
-* underbar: Accents. (line 13879)
+ (line 10675)
+* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13939)
+* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11741)
+* underbar: Accents. (line 13967)
* underlining: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10589)
-* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 13824)
-* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 14035)
-* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* unicode-math package: Greek letters. (line 10412)
-* units, of length: Units of length. (line 8410)
+ (line 10666)
+* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 13912)
+* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 14123)
+* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* unicode-math package: OpenType bold math.
+ (line 10087)
+* unicode-math package <1>: Dots. (line 10440)
+* unicode-math package <2>: Greek letters. (line 10489)
+* units, of length: Units of length. (line 8436)
* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document.
- (line 374)
-* unordered lists: itemize. (line 4289)
-* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 558)
-* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 571)
+ (line 376)
+* unordered lists: itemize. (line 4295)
+* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 560)
+* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 573)
* uppercase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13555)
-* url package: \verb. (line 6436)
-* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6202)
-* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 408)
-* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 509)
-* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 1298)
-* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 8082)
-* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10575)
-* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6360)
-* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6360)
-* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6403)
-* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6395)
-* verse environment: verse. (line 6454)
-* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697)
-* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13694)
-* vertical mode: Modes. (line 11031)
-* vertical space: \vspace. (line 12009)
-* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 12089)
+ (line 13635)
+* url package: \verb. (line 6442)
+* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6208)
+* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 410)
+* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 511)
+* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 1300)
+* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 8108)
+* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10652)
+* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6366)
+* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6366)
+* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6409)
+* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6401)
+* verse environment: verse. (line 6460)
+* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13783)
+* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13780)
+* vertical mode: Modes. (line 11109)
+* vertical space: \vspace. (line 12090)
+* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 12170)
* vertical space before paragraphs: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8904)
+ (line 8930)
* vertical spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10768)
-* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831)
-* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 10708)
-* visible space: \verb. (line 6428)
-* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13827)
+ (line 10845)
+* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10908)
+* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 10785)
+* visible space: \verb. (line 6434)
+* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13915)
* weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1949)
-* whatsit item: \write. (line 15816)
-* white space: Spaces. (line 11331)
-* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10578)
-* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10581)
+ (line 1951)
+* whatsit item: \write. (line 15903)
+* white space: Spaces. (line 11412)
+* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10655)
+* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10658)
* widths, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1961)
+ (line 1963)
* Wright, Joseph: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13597)
-* writing external files: filecontents. (line 4115)
-* writing letters: Letters. (line 15280)
-* x-height: Units of length. (line 8446)
-* xdvi command: Output files. (line 467)
-* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 545)
-* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 544)
-* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 572)
-* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 545)
-* xindex program: makeindex. (line 15122)
-* xindy program: makeindex. (line 15115)
+ (line 13677)
+* writing external files: filecontents. (line 4121)
+* writing letters: Letters. (line 15367)
+* x-height: Units of length. (line 8472)
+* xdvi command: Output files. (line 469)
+* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 547)
+* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 546)
+* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 574)
+* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 547)
+* xindex program: makeindex. (line 15209)
+* xindy program: makeindex. (line 15202)
* xparse package: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 624)
-* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7518)
-* xr package: xr package. (line 3495)
-* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 3495)
-* xspace package: xspace package. (line 8030)
-* xstring package: Jobname. (line 16261)
+ (line 626)
+* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7544)
+* xr package: xr package. (line 3501)
+* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 3501)
+* xspace package: xspace package. (line 8056)
+* xstring package: Jobname. (line 16348)
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
index 5081bda02d..4745352989 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
@@ -1,25 +1,28 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V6.8//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/6.8/texinfo.dtd">
-<texinfo xml:lang="en">
+<!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V7.0//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/7.0/texinfo.dtd">
+<texinfo>
<filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename>
-<preamble>\input texinfo
-</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1079 2022-01-26 18:15:20Z karl $ -->
+<preamblebeforebeginning>\input texinfo
+</preamblebeforebeginning><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1141 2023-01-10 23:19:31Z karl $ -->
<!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
<setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED January 2022">January 2022</set>
-<!-- c $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ -->
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED January 2023">January 2023</set>
+<!-- c $Id: common.texi 1089 2022-08-12 20:30:20Z vincentb1 $ -->
<!-- c Public domain. -->
<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set>
<set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org">latexrefman@@tug.org</set>
<clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH "></clear>
-<macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c
+<macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c
</macro>
-<macro name="package" line=" package {packagename}"><formalarg>packagename</formalarg>@code{\packagename\}
+<macro name="package" line=" package {packagename}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>packagename</formalarg>@code{\packagename\}
+</macro>
+<!-- c used to remove something form the spell checker -->
+<macro name="identity" line=" identity {x}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>x</formalarg>\x\
</macro>
<tex endspaces=" ">
</tex>
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</settitle>
+<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)</settitle>
<!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
<!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -32,9 +35,11 @@
<!-- c xx merge permuted-index -->
<!-- c xx merge latex-manual from savannah -->
<!-- c xx merge display style math -->
+<!-- c xx systematically check stated math atom type vs. fontdef.dtx etc. -->
<!-- c xx check recent ltnews for (lots of) changes -->
<!-- c xx \write of non-ASCII chars (vincent mail of 14 Mar 2020 21:39:41) -->
<!-- c xx \nonstopmode etc., if they are officially supported by LaTeX? -->
+<!-- c xx LaTeX defines \do at \begin{document} even though it is not documented -->
<!-- c xx JH explain nfss somewhere -->
<!-- c xx JH expand BiBTeX -->
<!-- c xx JH expand theorem, AMS math -->
@@ -52,7 +57,7 @@
<copying endspaces=" ">
<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2022.
+document preparation system, version of January 2023.
</para>
<para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -78,7 +83,7 @@ Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
</para>
-<ignore>
+<ignore endspaces=" ">
Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
@@ -96,7 +101,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
</para></copying>
<!-- c Merge into one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index). -->
-<syncodeindex from="fn" to="cp" line="fn cp"></syncodeindex>
+<syncodeindex spaces=" " from="fn" to="cp" line="fn cp"></syncodeindex>
<dircategory spaces=" ">TeX</dircategory>
<direntry endspaces=" ">
@@ -106,12 +111,14 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
<tex endspaces=" ">
</tex>
+<microtype spaces=" " value="on" line="on"></microtype>
+
<html endspaces=" ">
</html>
<titlepage endspaces=" ">
<title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">January 2022</subtitle>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">January 2023</subtitle>
<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author>
<page></page>
<vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
@@ -122,17 +129,17 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
<contents></contents>
<!-- c Best Effort Symbol -->
-<macro name="visiblespace" line=" visiblespace">@w{ }
+<macro name="visiblespace" line=" visiblespace" endspaces=" ">@w{ }
</macro>
-<macro name="BES" line=" BES {utf8,math}"><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\}
+<macro name="BES" line=" BES {utf8,math}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\}
</macro>
-<macro name="BESU" line=" BESU {utf8,math}"><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\}
+<macro name="BESU" line=" BESU {utf8,math}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\}
</macro>
-<macro name="EnvIndex" line=" EnvIndex {env}"><formalarg>env</formalarg>@findex @r{environment}, @code{\env\}
+<macro name="EnvIndex" line=" EnvIndex {env}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>env</formalarg>@findex @r{environment}, @code{\env\}
@findex @code{\env\} @r{environment}
</macro>
-<macro name="PkgIndex" line=" PkgIndex {pkg}"><formalarg>pkg</formalarg>@cindex @r{package}, @code{\pkg\}
+<macro name="PkgIndex" line=" PkgIndex {pkg}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>pkg</formalarg>@cindex @r{package}, @code{\pkg\}
@cindex @code{\pkg\} @r{package}
</macro>
@@ -145,7 +152,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
<top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle>
<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-January 2022) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2023) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -538,8 +545,8 @@ before being released.
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">command syntax</indexterm></cindex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">\ <r>character starting commands</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">[...] <r>for optional arguments</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">&lbrace;...&rbrace; <r>for required arguments</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">[...] <r>(for optional arguments)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">&lbrace;...&rbrace; <r>(for required arguments)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a backslash
character, <code>\</code>. The name itself then consists of either
(a)&nbsp;a string of letters or (b)&nbsp;a single non-letter.
@@ -955,8 +962,8 @@ others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package structure</sectiontitle>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">class file layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">package file layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">class file layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">package file layout</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">class options</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -1033,7 +1040,7 @@ of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfClass&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex>
<para>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when &latex; finishes
@@ -1042,10 +1049,10 @@ multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you
called it. See also <ref label="_005cAtBeginDocument"><xrefnodename>\AtBeginDocument</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">new command, check</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">new command, checking</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but does
not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
<var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not
@@ -1058,15 +1065,15 @@ redefining <code>cmd</code> yourself that no other package has already
redefined this command.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassError&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>error text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>help text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageError&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>error text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>help text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarning&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarning&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarningNoLine&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarningNoLine&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfo&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarning&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarningNoLine&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfo&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageError&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>error text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>help text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarning&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarningNoLine&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex>
@@ -1103,7 +1110,7 @@ be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code
or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption&lbrace;<var>option</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">class options</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -1143,7 +1150,7 @@ passes the option to the <code>article</code> class.
</pre></example>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace; </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand*&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">* \DeclareRobustCommand*&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -1183,9 +1190,8 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
<code>\renew&dots;</code> or <code>\provide&dots;</code> or you get an error.
</para></listitem></enumerate>
-
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>true code</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>false code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>true code</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>false code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>true code</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>false code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
<para>Execute <var>true code</var> if &latex; finds the file <file><var>file
@@ -1210,7 +1216,7 @@ appending the <code>.tex</code>; for more on how &latex; handles file
extensions see <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
<para>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options
@@ -1285,7 +1291,7 @@ within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or
<!-- c reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. -->
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToClass&lbrace;<var>option list</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage&lbrace;<var>option list</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage&lbrace;<var>option list</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex>
<para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the
@@ -1327,7 +1333,7 @@ option. The user could start their &latex; file with
<code>\PassOptionsToPackage&lbrace;draft&rbrace;&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace;\documentclass&lbrace;foo&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex>
<para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it
@@ -1370,9 +1376,9 @@ the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this
means that the global options are processed first.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex>
<para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
@@ -1416,7 +1422,7 @@ file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config
<samp>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
<para>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (<pxref label="Additional-packages"><xrefnodename>Additional
@@ -1755,9 +1761,10 @@ definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from
<node name="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></sectiontitle>
+<anchor name="_005cDeclareTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cProvideTextCommand">\ProvideTextCommand</anchor>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
-
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -1822,10 +1829,10 @@ take an optional argument.
<node name="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> &amp; <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1869,7 +1876,7 @@ that other packages can improve upon.
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></sectiontitle>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1903,7 +1910,7 @@ the <code>\DeclareTextAccent&lbrace;\^&rbrace;&lbrace;T1&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></sectiontitle>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1931,7 +1938,7 @@ or as a one argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>.
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></sectiontitle>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1970,8 +1977,8 @@ redefinition in the transcript file.
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></sectiontitle>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -2007,7 +2014,7 @@ default for any zero-argument <file>fontenc</file> command.
<node name="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\LastDeclaredEncoding</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\LastDeclaredEncoding</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -2032,8 +2039,10 @@ name of the encoding explicitly.
<node name="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> &amp; <code>\UseTextAccent</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cUseTextSymbol">\UseTextSymbol</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextAccent</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -2111,8 +2120,10 @@ describe further at the end of the section.
you can get bold sans serif by saying either of
<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cnocorrlist">\nocorrlist</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnocorr">\nocorr</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex>
<para>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic
corrections if needed (<pxref label="_005c_002f"><xrefnodename>\/</xrefnodename></pxref>). Specifically, they insert the
italic correction unless the following character is in the list
@@ -2123,61 +2134,61 @@ To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex>
<para>Roman.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textit (\itshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex>
<para>Italics.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex>
<para>Medium weight (default).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex>
<para>Boldface.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex>
<para>Upright (default).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex>
<para>Slanted.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sans serif.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex>
<para>Small caps.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex>
<para>Typewriter.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex>
<para>Main document font.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
<para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> command
-is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
+is semantic, for <var>text</var> to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
substitute for <code>\textit</code>. For example, <code>\emph&lbrace;<var>start
text</var> \emph&lbrace;<var>middle text</var>&rbrace; <var>end text</var>&rbrace;</code> will result in the
<var>start text</var> and <var>end text</var> in italics, but <var>middle text</var>
@@ -2194,37 +2205,37 @@ circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is
needed.)
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Switch to bold face.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Italics.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Roman.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Small caps.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sans serif.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Slanted (oblique).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -2242,19 +2253,19 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex>
<para>Roman, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex>
<para>Boldface, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sans serif, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex>
<para>Typewriter, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item>
@@ -2262,23 +2273,25 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment.
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex>
<para>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex>
<para>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cmathversion">\mathversion</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion&lbrace;bold&rbrace;</code> can be used for
switching to bold letters and symbols in
formulas. <code>\mathversion&lbrace;normal&rbrace;</code> restores the default.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005coldstylenums">\oldstylenums</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -2307,39 +2320,39 @@ size used (in points) with the <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>11pt</samp>, and
<samp>12pt</samp> document size options, respectively (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on"><code>\normalsize</code> (default)<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
-<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>12pt</code>
-</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\tiny</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>6 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>6
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\scriptsize</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>7 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>8
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\footnotesize</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\small</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10.95
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\normalsize</code> (default)
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10.95 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>12
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\large</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>14.4
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\Large</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>17.28
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\LARGE</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>17.28 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>17.28 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>20.74
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\huge</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\Huge</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>12pt</code>
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\tiny</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>5 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>6 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>6
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\scriptsize</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>7 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>8
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\footnotesize</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\small</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10.95
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\normalsize</code> (default)
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10.95 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>12
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\large</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>14.4
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\Large</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>17.28
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\LARGE</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>17.28 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>17.28 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>20.74
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\huge</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\Huge</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -2401,7 +2414,7 @@ ones.
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding">low level font commands fontencoding</anchor>
</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex>
<para>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a
large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code>OT1</code>,
Knuth&textrsquo;s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
@@ -2413,7 +2426,7 @@ hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily&lbrace;<var>family</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Select the font family. The web page
@@ -2422,92 +2435,92 @@ through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;. Here are
examples of some common families.
</para>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">font</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Computer Modern Typewriter more space</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
-<tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>pag</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Avant Garde
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>fvs</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bitstream Vera Sans
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>pbk</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bookman
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>bch</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Charter
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ccr</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Computer Concrete
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>cmr</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Computer Modern
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>cmss</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Computer Modern Sans Serif
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>cmtt</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Computer Modern Typewriter
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>pcr</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Courier
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>phv</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Helvetica
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>fi4</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Inconsolata
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>lmr</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Latin Modern
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>lmss</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Latin Modern Sans
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>lmtt</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Latin Modern Typewriter
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>pnc</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>New Century Schoolbook
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ppl</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Palatino
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ptm</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Times
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>uncl</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Uncial
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>put</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Utopia
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>pzc</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Zapf Chancery
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pag</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Avant Garde
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>fvs</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bitstream Vera Sans
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pbk</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bookman
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>bch</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Charter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ccr</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Computer Concrete
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>cmr</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Computer Modern
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>cmss</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Computer Modern Sans Serif
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>cmtt</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Computer Modern Typewriter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pcr</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Courier
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>phv</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Helvetica
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>fi4</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Inconsolata
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>lmr</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Latin Modern
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>lmss</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Latin Modern Sans
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>lmtt</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Latin Modern Typewriter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pnc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>New Century Schoolbook
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ppl</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Palatino
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ptm</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Times
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>uncl</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Uncial
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>put</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Utopia
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pzc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Zapf Chancery
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries&lbrace;<var>series</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Select the font series. A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a
<dfn>width</dfn>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
combinations. Some common combined series values include:
</para>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal)xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
-<tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>m</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Medium (normal)
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>b</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>c</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Condensed
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>bc</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold condensed
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>bx</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold extended
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>m</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Medium (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>b</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>c</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>bc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>bx</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold extended
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The possible values for weight, individually, are:
</para>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
-<tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ul</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra light
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>el</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Extra light
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>l</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Light
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>sl</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Semi light
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>m</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Medium (normal)
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>sb</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Semi bold
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>b</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>eb</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Extra bold
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ub</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra bold
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ul</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>el</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Extra light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>l</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sl</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Semi light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>m</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Medium (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sb</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Semi bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>b</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>eb</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Extra bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ub</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra bold
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -2515,24 +2528,24 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include:
relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
</para>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Ultra condensed</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
-<tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>uc</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra condensed
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ec</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Extra condensed
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>c</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Condensed
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>sc</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Semi condensed
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>m</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Medium
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>sx</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Semi expanded
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>x</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Expanded
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ex</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Extra expanded
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ux</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra expanded
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>uc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ec</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Extra condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>c</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Semi condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>m</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Medium
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sx</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Semi expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>x</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ex</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Extra expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ux</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra expanded
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
<para>When forming the <var>series</var> string from the weight and width, drop the
@@ -2542,23 +2555,23 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape&lbrace;<var>shape</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
</para>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Slanted (oblique)xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
-<tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>n</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Upright (normal)
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>it</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Italic
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>sl</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Slanted (oblique)
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>sc</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Small caps
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ui</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Upright italics
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>ol</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Outline
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>n</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Upright (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>it</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Italic
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sl</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Slanted (oblique)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Small caps
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ui</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Upright italics
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ol</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Outline
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
<para>The two last shapes are not available for most font families, and
@@ -2566,9 +2579,9 @@ small caps are often missing as well.
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize&lbrace;<var>size</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>skip</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">font size</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
<para>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters
defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal
vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the
@@ -2580,7 +2593,7 @@ reset every time a size change happens; instead use
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-linespread">low level font commands linespread</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
<para>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code>,
and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any
effect. Best specified in the preamble. <xref label="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><xrefnodename>\baselineskip &amp;
@@ -2588,7 +2601,7 @@ effect. Best specified in the preamble. <xref label="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_00
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-selectfont">low level font commands selectfont</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
<para>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until
<code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in
<code>\fontfamily&lbrace;<var>familyname</var>&rbrace;\selectfont</code>. It is often useful
@@ -2598,7 +2611,7 @@ to put this in a macro:&linebreak;
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-usefont">low level font commands usefont</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont&lbrace;<var>enc</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>family</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>series</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>shape</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
<para>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
<code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters,
followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example:
@@ -2633,7 +2646,7 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example:
<node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -2652,7 +2665,7 @@ behavior (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class opt
<node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -2675,14 +2688,14 @@ typesetting starts.
<para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnsep">twocolumn columnsep</anchor>
<para>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a
command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;\columnsep&rbrace;&lbrace;40pt&rbrace;</code>. You must change
it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good
place.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnseprule">twocolumn columnseprule</anchor>
<para>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that
there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two
@@ -2690,7 +2703,7 @@ columns. Change it with a command such as
<code>\setlength&lbrace;\columnseprule&rbrace;&lbrace;0.4pt&rbrace;</code>, before the two-column
mode starts.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnwidth">twocolumn columnwidth</anchor>
<para>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to
<code>\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default &latex; sets the
@@ -2707,7 +2720,7 @@ The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopfraction">twocolumn dbltopfraction</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that
the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not
@@ -2732,13 +2745,13 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon.
<para>You can redefine it, as with
<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\dbltopfraction&rbrace;&lbrace;0.9&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction">twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction</anchor>
<para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction
that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space.
&latex;&textrsquo;s default is <code>0.5</code>. Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatsep">twocolumn dblfloatsep</anchor>
<para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance
between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is
@@ -2746,13 +2759,13 @@ between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is
<code>11pt</code>, and <code>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for a document set at
<code>12pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep">twocolumn dbltextfloatsep</anchor>
<para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or
bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code>20pt plus2pt
minus4pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopnumber">twocolumn dbltopnumber</anchor>
<para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The &latex;
@@ -2789,9 +2802,9 @@ Two column text here.
<node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
+<para>Make all pages in the document after this declaration have the same
height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the
differences in facing pages can be glaring.
@@ -2807,22 +2820,23 @@ is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages
(<pxref label="_005cenlargethispage"><xrefnodename>\enlargethispage</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<para>The <code>\flushbottom</code> state is the default only if you select the
-<code>twoside</code> document class option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<code>twocolumn</code> document class option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>),
+and for indexes made using <code>makeidx</code>.
</para>
</section>
<node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided
document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go
-at any point in the document body. See <ref label="_005cflushbottom"><xrefnodename>\flushbottom</xrefnodename></ref>.
+at any point in the document body. <xref label="_005cflushbottom"><xrefnodename>\flushbottom</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
-<para>This is the default unless you select the <code>twoside</code> document class
+<para>This is the default unless you select the <code>twocolumn</code> document class
option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
@@ -2838,12 +2852,12 @@ option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class optio
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnsep">page layout parameters columnsep</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule">page layout parameters columnseprule</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth">page layout parameters columnwidth</anchor>
@@ -2852,15 +2866,15 @@ columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class option
<code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
<xref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headheight">page layout parameters headheight</anchor>
<para>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the
<code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is <samp>12pt</samp>,
at all type sizes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headsep">page layout parameters headsep</anchor>
<para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of
the main text. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
@@ -2868,8 +2882,8 @@ classes is <samp>25pt</samp>. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: if
document is set at 10pt then it is <samp>0.25in</samp>, and at 11pt or 12pt
it is <samp>0.275in</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-footskip">page layout parameters footskip</anchor>
<para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of
the page footer. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
@@ -2877,8 +2891,8 @@ classes is <samp>30pt</samp>. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: wh
the type size is 10pt the default is <samp>0.35in</samp>, while at 11pt it is
<samp>0.38in</samp>, and at 12pt it is <samp>30pt</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-linewidth">page layout parameters linewidth</anchor>
<para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code>
(<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to
@@ -2889,12 +2903,12 @@ is decreased by the sum of that list&textrsquo;s <code>\leftmargin</code> and
<!-- c etc. For an @code{article} document set in 10pt, the default is -->
<!-- c @samp{345pt}, while in two-column mode that becomes @samp{229.5pt}. -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginsep">page layout parameters marginsep</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth">page layout parameters marginparwidth</anchor>
@@ -2922,10 +2936,10 @@ classes, in two-column mode the default is 60% of <code>\paperwidth
&minus; \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that
distance.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin">page layout parameters oddsidemargin</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin">page layout parameters evensidemargin</anchor>
<!-- c xx TODO re-align on French version that is more complete/accurate. -->
@@ -2940,24 +2954,24 @@ even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is
difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and
<code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperheight">page layout parameters paperheight</anchor>
<para>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area.
Normally set with a document class option, as in
<code>\documentclass[a4paper]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth">page layout parameters paperwidth</anchor>
<para>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area.
Normally set with a document class option, as in
<code>\documentclass[a4paper]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textheight">page layout parameters textheight</anchor>
<para>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at
a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code>
@@ -2966,8 +2980,8 @@ the default is <samp>43\baselineskip</samp>, while for a <code>book</code> it is
<samp>38\baselineskip</samp> for all document classes. At 12pt it is
<samp>36\baselineskip</samp> for all classes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textwidth">page layout parameters textwidth</anchor>
<para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an
<code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is <samp>345pt</samp>
@@ -2988,15 +3002,15 @@ column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists.
specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the
<code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-hsize">page layout parameters hsize</anchor>
<para>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex;
primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not
be used in normal &latex; documents.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topmargin">page layout parameters topmargin</anchor>
<!-- c xxx TODO re-align on French version that is more accurate. -->
<para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the
@@ -3005,8 +3019,8 @@ based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight &minus; 2in &minus;
\headheight &minus; \headsep &minus; \textheight &minus; \footskip</code>,
and then divided by two.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topskip">page layout parameters topskip</anchor>
<para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of
the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the
@@ -3019,9 +3033,11 @@ same as the font size, e.g., <samp>10pt</samp> at a type size of 10pt.
<node name="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\baselineskip</code> &amp; <code>\baselinestretch</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cbaselineskip">\baselineskip</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cbaselinestretch">\baselinestretch</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">space between lines</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">interline space</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">leading</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -3070,9 +3086,9 @@ baseline spacing matching that size.
&lbrace;\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\lineskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\lineskiplimit</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\prevdepth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\lineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">\lineskiplimit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\prevdepth</indexterm></findex>
<para>The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if
the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less
than <code>\baselineskip</code> then &tex; inserts vertical glue to make up
@@ -3091,24 +3107,25 @@ paragraph start.
between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than
zero) then the lines jump to 1<dmn>pt</dmn> apart.
</para>
-<para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double
-space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline
-distance is via <code>\baselinestretch</code>. It scales
-<code>\baselineskip</code>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command,
-not a length, so change the scale factor as in
+<para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in
+double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the
+interline distance is via <code>\baselinestretch</code>. It scales
+<code>\baselineskip</code>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a
+command, not a length, and does not take effect until a font change
+happens, so set the scale factor like this:
<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;1.5&rbrace;\selectfont</code>.
</para>
<para>The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire
document is to put <code>\linespread&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code> in the preamble.
For double spacing, take <var>factor</var> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half
-spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the
+spacing use 1.3. These numbers are rough: for instance, since the
<code>\baselineskip</code> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by
1.6 gives a baseline skip to font size ratio of about 2. (The
<code>\linespread</code> command is defined as
-<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code> so it won&textrsquo;t
-take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at
-the start of a document, so there you don&textrsquo;t need to follow it with
-<code>\selectfont</code>.)
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code> so it also
+won&textrsquo;t take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes
+place at the start of a document, so there you don&textrsquo;t need to follow it
+with <code>\selectfont</code>.)
</para>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
@@ -3234,7 +3251,7 @@ the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting
the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed
at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using
the <code>flafter</code> package or using the command
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
<code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on
this page to moved to the next page.
</para>
@@ -3243,27 +3260,27 @@ non-float text (change them with
<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;<var>parameter</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>&rbrace;</code>):
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-bottomfraction">floats bottomfraction</anchor>
<para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at
the bottom; default <samp>.3</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-floatpagefraction">floats floatpagefraction</anchor>
<para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats;
default <samp>.5</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-textfraction">floats textfraction</anchor>
<para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
different page. The default is <samp>.2</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-topfraction">floats topfraction</anchor>
<para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
floats; default <samp>.7</samp>.
@@ -3274,21 +3291,21 @@ command of the form <code>\setlength&lbrace;<var>parameter</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;
expression</var>&rbrace;</code>):
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-floatsep">floats floatsep</anchor>
<para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default
<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-intextsep">floats intextsep</anchor>
<para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default
<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for 10 point and 11 point documents,
and <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> for 12 point documents.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-textfloatsep">floats textfloatsep</anchor>
<para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>.
@@ -3299,26 +3316,26 @@ command of the form <code>\setcounter&lbrace;<var>ctrname</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<
number</var>&rbrace;</code>):
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-bottomnumber">floats bottomnumber</anchor>
<para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page;
default 1.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-dbltopnumber">floats dbltopnumber</anchor>
<para>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
two-column page; default 2.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-topnumber">floats topnumber</anchor>
<para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
default 2.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-totalnumber">floats totalnumber</anchor>
<para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -3340,7 +3357,7 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in
<node name="_005ccaption" spaces=" "><nodename>\caption</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Floats</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\caption</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">captions</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -3446,13 +3463,13 @@ always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short.
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
<para>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc. All
sectioning commands have the same form, one of:
@@ -3472,22 +3489,22 @@ available in all of &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document classes <code>book</co
<code>report</code>, and&nbsp;<code>article</code>, except that <code>\chapter</code> is
not available in <code>article</code>.
</para>
-<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".25 .25 .40 "><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
-<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Sectioning unit </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Level
-</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para>Part
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\part</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>-1 (<code>book</code>, <code>report</code>), 0 (<code>article</code>)
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para>Chapter
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\chapter</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>0
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para>Section
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\section</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>1
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para>Subsection
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subsection</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>2
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para>Subsubsection
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subsubsection</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>3
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para>Paragraph
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\paragraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>4
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para>Subparagraph
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subparagraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".25 .25 .40 "><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Sectioning unit </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Level
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para>Part
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\part</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>-1 (<code>book</code>, <code>report</code>), 0 (<code>article</code>)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Chapter
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\chapter</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>0
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Section
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\section</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>1
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Subsection
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\subsection</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>2
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Subsubsection
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\subsubsection</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>3
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Paragraph
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\paragraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>4
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Subparagraph
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\subparagraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>5
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -3524,17 +3541,18 @@ something like a subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>.
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a
-simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case
-letters with <code>\renewcommand\thesection&lbrace;\Alph&lbrace;section&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> in the
-preamble (<pxref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>). CTAN
+simple example, you can change the section numbering to uppercase
+letters with this (in the preamble):&linebreak;
+<code>\renewcommand\thesection&lbrace;\Alph&lbrace;section&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> .
+(<xref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></xref>.) CTAN
has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably
<code>titlesec</code>.
</para>
<para>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor>
<anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor>
@@ -3549,8 +3567,8 @@ produce output like <samp>Discussion</samp>, without the number. &latex;&textrsq
default <code>secnumdepth</code> is&nbsp;3 in <file>article</file> class and
&nbsp;2 in the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor>
<anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor>
@@ -3580,7 +3598,7 @@ list sections but not subsections. &latex;&textrsquo;s default
<node name="_005cpart" spaces=" "><nodename>\part</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\chapter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">part</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -3652,7 +3670,7 @@ See its documentation on CTAN.
<node name="_005cchapter" spaces=" "><nodename>\chapter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\section</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\part</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -3741,7 +3759,7 @@ something like <samp>Lecture 1</samp>, put in the preamble either
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<noindent></noindent><para>To make this change because of the primary language for
+<noindent></noindent> <para>To make this change because of the primary language for
the document, see the package <code>babel</code>.
</para>
<para>In a two-sided document &latex; puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if
@@ -3777,7 +3795,7 @@ running headers.
<node name="_005csection" spaces=" "><nodename>\section</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\chapter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">section</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -3882,7 +3900,7 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do.
<node name="_005csubsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsection</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\section</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -3968,14 +3986,18 @@ text.
</section>
<node name="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\appendix</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\subsection</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
-
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005csubsubsection">\subsubsection</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<!-- c -->
+<anchor name="_005cparagraph">\paragraph</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<!-- c -->
+<anchor name="_005csubparagraph">\subparagraph</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -4063,7 +4085,7 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -4073,12 +4095,12 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
<pre xml:space="preserve">\appendix
</pre></example>
-<para>This does not directly produce any output. But in a book or report it
-declares that subsequent <code>\chapter</code> commands start an appendix. In
-an article it does the same, for <code>\section</code> commands. It also
-resets the <code>chapter</code> and <code>section</code> counters to&nbsp;0 in a
-book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and
-<code>subsection</code> counters.
+<para>This does not directly produce any output. But in a <code>book</code> or
+<code>report</code> document it declares that subsequent <code>\chapter</code>
+commands start an appendix. In an article it does the same, for
+<code>\section</code> commands. It also resets the <code>chapter</code> and
+<code>section</code> counters to&nbsp;0 in a book or report, and in an article
+resets the <code>section</code> and <code>subsection</code> counters.
</para>
<para>In this book
</para>
@@ -4113,13 +4135,18 @@ number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN.
<node name="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" spaces=" "><nodename>\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;startsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\appendix</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cfrontmatter">\frontmatter</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<!-- c -->
+<anchor name="_005cmainmatter">\mainmatter</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<!-- c -->
+<anchor name="_005cbackmatter">\backmatter</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -4164,7 +4191,7 @@ switches the chapters back to being not numbered.
<node name="_005c_0040startsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;startsection</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -4329,7 +4356,7 @@ produce titles that are bold and uppercase.
are defined with <code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, for the <file>article</file>,
<file>book</file>, and <file>report</file> classes.
</para>
-<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>&bullet;</itemprepend>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
<para>For <code>section</code>: <var>level</var> is 1, <var>indent</var> is 0<dmn>pt</dmn>,
<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
@@ -4473,7 +4500,7 @@ having to enter the &textldquo;Theorem.&textrdquo;
<node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4545,7 +4572,7 @@ See Figure~\ref&lbrace;fig:test&rbrace;.
<node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -4580,7 +4607,7 @@ those.)
<node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xr package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -4632,7 +4659,7 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN.
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266"><r>package</r>, <code>xr-hyper</code></indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><code>xr-hyper</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -4712,8 +4739,8 @@ uses <code>hyperref</code> then they all must use it.
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior.
An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>,
@@ -4769,8 +4796,8 @@ the end. For instance, the input
<node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -4803,7 +4830,7 @@ default only in the <code>report</code> class.
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for
-a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>).
+a more flexible solution, use the package <code>abstract</code>).
</para>
<!-- c Adopted from http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-onecolabs.html -->
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -4832,8 +4859,8 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>).
<node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -4892,7 +4919,7 @@ the column with <code>p&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>, which causes the entry to be
text mode. The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s parameter
<code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is
governed by
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
<code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The
default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes
10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space.
@@ -4941,8 +4968,8 @@ the documentation on CTAN.
<node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -4959,7 +4986,7 @@ the documentation on CTAN.
<para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are
centered within the left and right margins. Use
double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
If some text is too long to fit on a line then &latex; will insert line
breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any
interword space.
@@ -5007,7 +5034,7 @@ entire page.
<node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -5064,8 +5091,8 @@ centered lines <samp>xx</samp> and <samp>yy</samp>, followed by a new paragraph
<node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5099,7 +5126,7 @@ missing \item</samp>.
<para>The labels <samp>lama</samp> and <samp>llama</samp> are output in boldface, with the
left edge on the left margin.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
<para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Use the
optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is
no sensible default. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which
@@ -5139,8 +5166,8 @@ lists.
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle>
<!-- c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -5168,14 +5195,14 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the
displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of
ways in that package for having math text broken across lines.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The construct <code>\[<var>math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment
<code>\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace; <var>math</var> \end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;</code> but the
latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance,
searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word
<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>(Aside: The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain&nbsp;&tex; is
sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is
not a synonym, and is not officially supported in &latex; at all;
@@ -5200,8 +5227,8 @@ consistency checks.)
<node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document.
@@ -5216,7 +5243,7 @@ It is required in every &latex; document. <xref label="Starting-and-ending"><xr
<node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -5239,7 +5266,7 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them.
<node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -5264,8 +5291,8 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them.
<node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5297,7 +5324,7 @@ As a top-level list the labels would come out as <samp>1.</samp> and
\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
<para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you
give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item
@@ -5313,16 +5340,16 @@ default for the format at each nesting level, where 1 is the top level,
the outermost level.
</para>
<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem spaces=" "><para>arabic number followed by a period: <samp>1.</samp>, <samp>2.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>lowercase letter inside parentheses: <samp>(a)</samp>, <samp>(b)</samp>&nbsp;&dots;
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: <samp>i.</samp>, <samp>ii.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>uppercase letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
+<listitem> <para>arabic number followed by a period: <samp>1.</samp>, <samp>2.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>lowercase letter inside parentheses: <samp>(a)</samp>, <samp>(b)</samp>&nbsp;&dots;
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>lowercase roman numeral followed by a period: <samp>i.</samp>, <samp>ii.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>uppercase letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
</para></listitem></enumerate>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="enumerate-enumi">enumerate enumi</anchor>
<anchor name="enumerate-enumii">enumerate enumii</anchor>
<anchor name="enumerate-enumiii">enumerate enumiii</anchor>
@@ -5336,10 +5363,10 @@ parameters, including the default values, and for information about
customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package <code>enumitem</code> is
useful for customizing lists.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="enumerate-labelenumi">enumerate labelenumi</anchor>
<anchor name="enumerate-labelenumii">enumerate labelenumii</anchor>
<anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiii">enumerate labelenumiii</anchor>
@@ -5350,7 +5377,7 @@ through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be
labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing
period.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\labelenumi&rbrace;&lbrace;\textbf&lbrace;\Alph&lbrace;enumi&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
@@ -5367,8 +5394,8 @@ period.
<node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5404,7 +5431,7 @@ working with old documents.
\end&lbrace;eqnarray*&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities. The left and right
sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text
mode.
@@ -5412,18 +5439,18 @@ mode.
<para>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items
within a row separated by an ampersand&nbsp;(<code>&amp;</code>), and with rows
separated by double backslash&nbsp; <code>\\</code>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate
equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every
line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a
<code>\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits
equation numbering, while otherwise being the same.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
<para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across
lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
zero width.
@@ -5444,8 +5471,8 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side.
<node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5477,8 +5504,8 @@ facilities. New documents should include this package.
<node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5525,7 +5552,7 @@ spans both columns, at the top of the page. To add the possibility of
placing at a page bottom see the discussion of <var>placement</var> <code>b</code>
in <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross
references</xrefnodename></pxref>). The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption
text for the figure (<pxref label="_005ccaption"><xrefnodename>\caption</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default it is numbered.
@@ -5551,11 +5578,11 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats.
<node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5646,8 +5673,8 @@ Article by \myname.
<node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5662,7 +5689,7 @@ Article by \myname.
\end&lbrace;flushleft&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>flushleft</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
@@ -5692,7 +5719,7 @@ flush left and ragged right.
<node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5723,10 +5750,10 @@ formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit&textrsquo;s format, the
scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code>
command that ends the paragraph unit.
</para>
-<para>Here <code>\raggedright</code> in each second column keeps &latex; from doing
-very awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note
-that <code>\raggedright</code> is inside the curly braces <code>&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> to
-delimit its effect.
+<para>Here <code>\raggedright</code> in each second column keeps &latex; from
+doing awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column.
+Note that <code>\raggedright</code> is inside the curly braces
+<code>&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> to delimit its effect.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;rp&lbrace;2in&rbrace;&rbrace;
@@ -5742,8 +5769,8 @@ delimit its effect.
<node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5756,7 +5783,7 @@ delimit its effect.
\end&lbrace;flushright&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>flushright</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>flushright</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long
to fit the margins then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that
@@ -5776,7 +5803,7 @@ where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>flushleft</code> by
<node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5817,10 +5844,10 @@ where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>\raggedright</code> by
<node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -5855,7 +5882,7 @@ with another language than USenglish&textmdash;as a top-level list each label
would come out as a bullet, &bullet;. The format of the labeling
depends on the nesting level; see below.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
<para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you
give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
brackets, as in <code>\item[<var>Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default
@@ -5868,10 +5895,10 @@ the item, which may be empty or contain multiple paragraphs.
They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such
as <code>enumerate</code> (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="itemize-labelitemi">itemize labelitemi</anchor>
<anchor name="itemize-labelitemii">itemize labelitemii</anchor>
<anchor name="itemize-labelitemiii">itemize labelitemiii</anchor>
@@ -5883,10 +5910,10 @@ that signify the nesting level). These are the default marks at each
level.
</para>
<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem spaces=" "><para>&bullet; (bullet, from <code>\textbullet</code>)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para><b>-<w>-</w></b> (bold en-dash, from <code>\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</code>)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>* (asterisk, from <code>\textasteriskcentered</code>)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>. (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <code>\textperiodcentered</code>)
+<listitem> <para>&bullet; (bullet, from <code>\textbullet</code>)
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para><b>-<w>-</w></b> (bold en-dash, from <code>\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</code>)
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>* (asterisk, from <code>\textasteriskcentered</code>)
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>. (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <code>\textperiodcentered</code>)
</para></listitem></enumerate>
<para>Change the labels with <code>\renewcommand</code>. For instance, this makes
@@ -5896,13 +5923,13 @@ the first level use diamonds.
<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\labelitemi&rbrace;&lbrace;$\diamond$&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="itemize-leftmargin">itemize leftmargin</anchor>
<anchor name="itemize-leftmargini">itemize leftmargini</anchor>
<anchor name="itemize-leftmarginii">itemize leftmarginii</anchor>
@@ -5936,7 +5963,7 @@ lists.
<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\leftmargini&rbrace;&lbrace;1.25em&rbrace; % default 2.5em
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code>
environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
@@ -5957,8 +5984,8 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific,
<node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>This environment is used for creating letters. <xref label="Letters"><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>.
@@ -5968,8 +5995,8 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific,
<node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -6034,7 +6061,7 @@ counter will be reset to zero each time &latex; enters the environment,
and the counter is incremented by one each time &latex; encounters an
<code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="list-makelabel">list makelabel</anchor> <para>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is
<code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box. By default it puts
the contents flush right. Its only argument is the label, which it
@@ -6060,12 +6087,12 @@ command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;itemsep&rbrace;&lbrace;2pt plus1pt minus
For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemindent">list itemindent</anchor>
<para>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the
first line each item. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemsep">list itemsep</anchor>
<para>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults
for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>,
@@ -6078,13 +6105,13 @@ plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 12 point are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt
minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and
<code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelsep">list labelsep</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item.
The default for &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>,
and <samp>report</samp> classes is <code>0.5em</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelwidth">list labelwidth</anchor>
<para>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide.
If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first
@@ -6106,7 +6133,7 @@ mode and <code>1.5em</code> in two column mode). At the second level it is
label&textrsquo;s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing
environment.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-leftmargin">list leftmargin</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment
(or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the
@@ -6124,14 +6151,14 @@ error message <samp>Too deeply nested</samp>.)
<code>2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code> is
<code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-listparindent">list listparindent</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
<code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
item. A negative value makes this an &textldquo;outdent&textrdquo;. Its default value
is <code>0pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-parsep">list parsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item.
The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>,
<samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt
@@ -6141,7 +6168,7 @@ defaults at 11 point size are: <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>,
size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt
minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-partopsep">list partopsep</anchor>
<para>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top
and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by
@@ -6157,13 +6184,13 @@ minus1pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point are: <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code
defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt
minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-rightmargin">list rightmargin</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
It must be non-negative.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-topsep">list topsep</anchor>
<para>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition
to <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent &amp; \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). The defaults for
@@ -6242,15 +6269,15 @@ e.g., <code>\&arobase;beginparpenalty=9999</code>; a value of 10000 prohibits a
page break.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-beginparpenalty">list beginparpenalty</anchor>
<para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itempenalty">list itempenalty</anchor>
<para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-endparpenalty">list endparpenalty</anchor>
<para>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>).
</para>
@@ -6389,8 +6416,8 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated.
<node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -6402,8 +6429,8 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated.
\end&lbrace;math&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The <code>math</code> environment inserts given <var>math</var> material within
the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms.
<xref label="Math-formulas"><xrefnodename>Math formulas</xrefnodename></xref>.
@@ -6413,8 +6440,8 @@ the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms.
<node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -6479,12 +6506,12 @@ vertically aligns with the surrounding material.
vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Align the baseline of the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the
baseline of the surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vtop</code>).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>(plain &tex;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>(plain &tex;)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Align the baseline of the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the
baseline of the surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>).
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -6545,7 +6572,7 @@ Text after
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
<para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>. Change
that with a command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;1pc&rbrace;</code> at
the start of <var>contents</var>.
@@ -6618,8 +6645,8 @@ are vertically centered.
<node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation &amp; quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -6651,7 +6678,7 @@ covered in this document; see CTAN.
</para>
<para>To start, here&textrsquo;s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;1cm&rbrace;
\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall
@@ -6731,7 +6758,7 @@ often used is <code>\put</code>. This
<para>places the object with its reference point at coordinates
<math>(11.3,-0.3)</math>. The reference points for various objects will be
described below.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex>
The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox &amp; \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) can
go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. The reference point
@@ -6798,7 +6825,7 @@ page header to get repeat material on each of a document&textrsquo;s pages.
<node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -6825,7 +6852,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>.
<node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\qbezier</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -6856,7 +6883,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>.
<node name="_005cqbezier" spaces=" "><nodename>\qbezier</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\qbezier</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -6908,7 +6935,7 @@ that curve.
<node name="_005cgraphpaper" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphpaper</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\qbezier</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphpaper</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -6943,7 +6970,7 @@ All arguments must be positive integers.
<node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7017,7 +7044,7 @@ MetaPost, or Asymptote.
<node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7036,7 +7063,7 @@ lines, circles, or ovals (<pxref label="_005coval"><xrefnodename>\oval</xrefnode
<node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
<para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
in a picture environment to be 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn>. This is the default
@@ -7048,7 +7075,7 @@ changed with either <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness
<node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\circle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
<para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
in a picture environment to be 0.8<dmn>pt</dmn>. See also
@@ -7060,7 +7087,7 @@ in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <ref label="_005cqbezier"><xrefnodename>\qbez
<node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7087,7 +7114,7 @@ integers from 1 to 15.
<node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7135,7 +7162,7 @@ frames with a small amount of corner rounding.
<node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7174,7 +7201,7 @@ sits slightly to the left of the <math>y</math>&nbsp;axis.
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Center objects (default)
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>. These stacks are short in
that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the
rows are not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in
@@ -7195,7 +7222,7 @@ argument <code>\shortstack&lbrace;X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X&rbrace;</code>.
<node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7224,7 +7251,7 @@ not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence of arrowheads).
<node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vector</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7273,7 +7300,7 @@ two of these letters.
<node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7305,8 +7332,8 @@ the text in the center.
<var>text</var>; see <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> for the values that it can
take.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
<para>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space
<code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box.
</para>
@@ -7320,7 +7347,7 @@ determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (<pxref label="_
<node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7328,17 +7355,18 @@ determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (<pxref label="_
<pre xml:space="preserve">\frame&lbrace;<var>contents</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Puts a rectangular frame around <var>contents</var>. The reference point is
-the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to <code>\framebox</code>
-(<pxref label="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\framebox (picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>), this command puts no extra space is put
-between the frame and the object. It is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Puts a rectangular frame around <var>contents</var>. The reference point
+is the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to
+<code>\framebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\framebox (picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>), this command puts no
+extra space between the frame and the object. It is fragile
+(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</subsection>
<node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7379,14 +7407,16 @@ take.
<node name="quotation-_0026-quote" spaces=" "><nodename>quotation &amp; quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> &amp; <code>quote</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="quotation">quotation</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="quote">quote</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -7433,8 +7463,8 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>).
<!-- c xx TODO align on the French which is more precise and has more illustrative examples. -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -7511,37 +7541,37 @@ done in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>
They are all fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>End a tabbed line and typeset it.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp">\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
<para>Advances to the next tab stop.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\&lt;</indexterm>\&lt;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\&lt;</indexterm>\&lt;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing
the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if
necessary.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if
necessary.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e.,
everything from the most recent <code>\&gt;</code>, <code>\&lt;</code>, <code>\'</code>,
<code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned
to the right, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab
stop&nbsp;0. However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last
column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves
@@ -7551,29 +7581,29 @@ of the <code>tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code>\&gt;</code> or
<code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the <code>\\</code> or
<code>\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;</code> command that ends the line.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and
<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead,
use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except
that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it.
Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in
effect.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
<para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing
tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -7627,8 +7657,8 @@ there are quite a few packages, including <code>algorithm2e</code>,
<node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -7674,7 +7704,7 @@ float placement algorithm, see <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnod
</para>
<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross
references</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption
text <var>title</var> for the table (<pxref label="_005ccaption"><xrefnodename>\caption</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default it is
numbered. If its optional <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is
@@ -7702,8 +7732,8 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end.
<node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -7744,12 +7774,12 @@ illustrates many of the features.
<para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
between them. This is specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s argument
<code>&lbrace;l|l&rbrace;</code>.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">&amp; <r>for table cells</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">&amp; <r>(for table cells)</r></indexterm></findex>
Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an
ampersand, <code>&amp;</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double
backslash, <code>\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
backslash, with <code>\hline</code>.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>tabular</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code>
command follows to put a rule below the table.
</para>
@@ -7790,14 +7820,14 @@ column and intercolumn material.
or space</var> material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile
(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>If between two columns there is no &arobase;-expression then &latex;&textrsquo;s
-<code>book</code>, <code>article</code>, and <code>report</code> classes will put on
-either side of each column a space of length <code>\tabcolsep</code>, which by
-default is 6<dmn>pt</dmn>. That is, by default adjacent columns are
+<para>If between two column specifiers there is no &arobase;-expression then
+&latex;&textrsquo;s <code>book</code>, <code>article</code>, and <code>report</code> classes will
+put on either side of each column a space of width <code>\tabcolsep</code>,
+which by default is 6<dmn>pt</dmn>. That is, by default adjacent columns are
separated by 12<dmn>pt</dmn> (so <code>\tabcolsep</code> is misleadingly named
since it is only half of the separation between tabular columns). In
-addition, a space of 6<dmn>pt</dmn> also comes before the first column and
-after the final column, unless you put a <code>&arobase;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> or <code>|</code>
+addition, a space of <code>\tabcolsep</code> also comes before the first
+column and after the final column, unless you put a <code>&arobase;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>
there.
</para>
<para>If you override the default and use an &arobase;-expression then &latex; does
@@ -7827,7 +7857,8 @@ arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it.
\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cextracolsep">\extracolsep</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
<para>An <code>\extracolsep&lbrace;<var>wd</var>&rbrace;</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an
extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent
columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>. Unlike
@@ -7886,25 +7917,25 @@ are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
<!-- c xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? -->
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arrayrulewidth">tabular arrayrulewidth</anchor>
<para>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>,
<code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code>
environments. The default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. Change it as in
<code>\setlength&lbrace;\arrayrulewidth&rbrace;&lbrace;0.8pt&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arraystrech">tabular arraystrech</anchor>
<para>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and
<code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is <samp>1</samp>, for
no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\arraystretch&rbrace;&lbrace;1.2&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-doublerulesep">tabular doublerulesep</anchor>
<para>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the
<code>||</code> specifier. The default is <samp>2pt</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-tabcolsep">tabular tabcolsep</anchor>
<para>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is
<samp>6pt</samp>. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>.
@@ -7926,7 +7957,7 @@ lines:
<node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8026,7 +8057,7 @@ in the first row here. That&textrsquo;s because there is no vertical bar in the
<node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment
extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row. Can also be
used in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical
@@ -8059,7 +8090,7 @@ the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the
<node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8089,7 +8120,7 @@ height.
<node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or
<code>array</code> environment. It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the
@@ -8114,8 +8145,8 @@ is required.
<node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -8162,8 +8193,8 @@ as wide as the widest item label produced by the <code>\bibitem</code>
commands. The tradition is to use <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less
than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex>
<para>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as <samp>Bibliography</samp>.
To change it there are two cases. In the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file>
classes, where the top level sectioning is <code>\chapter</code> and the
@@ -8194,7 +8225,7 @@ language.
<node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8268,7 +8299,7 @@ recompiling.
<node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8331,7 +8362,7 @@ the fix may be to run &latex; again.
<node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8355,8 +8386,8 @@ have not explicitly cited them (<pxref label="_005ccite"><xrefnodename>\cite</xr
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
<para>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>), a
sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the
@@ -8389,7 +8420,7 @@ Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically.
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<noindent></noindent><para>Many, many other Bib&tex; style files exist,
+<noindent></noindent> <para>Many, many other Bib&tex; style files exist,
tailored to the demands of various publications. See the CTAN topic
<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</urefurl></url>.
</para>
@@ -8423,7 +8454,7 @@ files, and rely on Bib&tex; to include in this document only those that
you used.
</para>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><samp>*</samp>, to <code>\nocite</code> all keys</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>&lbrace;*&rbrace;, for all keys</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>&lbrace;*&rbrace;, for all keys</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>With Bib&tex;, the <var>keys</var> argument to <code>\nocite</code> can also be
the single character <samp>*</samp>. This means to implicitly cite all
entries from all given bibliographies.
@@ -8437,7 +8468,7 @@ entries from all given bibliographies.
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">Bib&tex; error messages</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">error messages, from Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp">.aux <r>file and Bib&tex; commands</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">.aux <r>file and Bib&tex; commands</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>If you forget to use <code>\bibliography</code> or <code>\bibliographystyle</code>
in your document (or, less likely, any <code>\cite</code> or <code>\nocite</code>
@@ -8450,17 +8481,17 @@ file), rather than the user-level commands described above.
errors, and the corresponding user-level commands.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp">\bibdata</indexterm>\bibdata</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography <r>and internal <code>\bibdata</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\bibdata</indexterm>\bibdata</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography <r>and internal <code>\bibdata</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<para><code>\bibliography</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp">\bibstyle</indexterm>\bibstyle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle <r>and internal <code>\bibstyle</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp">\bibstyle</indexterm>\bibstyle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle <r>and internal <code>\bibstyle</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<para><code>\bibliographystyle</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp">\citation</indexterm>\citation</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\cite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp">\citation</indexterm>\citation</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp">\cite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<para><code>\cite</code>, <code>\nocite</code>
</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -8478,8 +8509,8 @@ command, Bib&tex; complains as follows:
<node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -8525,8 +8556,8 @@ such as styling options.
<node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -8576,8 +8607,8 @@ environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnod
<node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -8653,7 +8684,7 @@ and <code>minted</code>.
<node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -8734,8 +8765,8 @@ However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.
<node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -8758,7 +8789,7 @@ However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.
On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>verse</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more
blank lines to separate the stanzas.
</para>
@@ -8804,7 +8835,7 @@ text as you input it. Putting these off until the end prevents a lot of
fiddling with breaks that will change anyway.
<!-- c Alernative text proposed here: https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000803.html -->
<!-- c this text is that of the French version. -->
-<ignore>
+<ignore endspaces=" ">
A common workflow with LaTeX is to get a final version of the document
content before taking a final pass through and considering line breaks
(and page breaks). Most people do not consider LaTeX as a word
@@ -8835,7 +8866,7 @@ same time.
<node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(force line break)</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -8920,8 +8951,10 @@ something like this.
<node name="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> &amp; <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cobeycr">\obeycr</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005crestorecr">\restorecr</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>,
@@ -8972,7 +9005,7 @@ fff ggg
<node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
@@ -9005,7 +9038,7 @@ single cell of the table.
<node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you
@@ -9039,10 +9072,10 @@ in unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column.
better fit.
</para>
<para>The <code>\-</code> command only allows &latex; to break there, it does not
-require that it break there. You can force a split with something like
-<code>Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Of course, if you later change the text
-then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires
-care.
+require that it break there. You can force a split with something
+like <code>Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Of course, if you later change the
+text then this forced break may look out of place, so this approach
+requires care.
</para>
</section>
@@ -9078,7 +9111,7 @@ automatically by &tex;&textrsquo;s hyphenation algorithm.
<!-- c xxx TODO, complete this node, see LaTeX-fr (copied & pasted below, -->
<!-- c with accented letter escaped) -->
-<ignore>
+<ignore endspaces=" ">
@c Les arguments de @code{\discretionary} ne peuvent contenir que des
@c caract@`eres, des bo@^{@dotless{i}}tes ou des cr@'enages.
@c
@@ -9121,8 +9154,10 @@ automatically by &tex;&textrsquo;s hyphenation algorithm.
<node name="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\discretionary</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cfussy">\fussy</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005csloppy">\sloppy</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line
@@ -9145,8 +9180,8 @@ that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command.
<node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -9185,7 +9220,7 @@ that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command.
<node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -9217,8 +9252,10 @@ commands accumulate.
<node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005clinebreak">\linebreak</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -9273,12 +9310,13 @@ tweaking the final version of a document, then you may need to
understand how to influence its actions.
</para>
<!-- c credit: H Vogt https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115563 -->
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">badness</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
outputting the result. Instead, &latex; typesets more material than
would fit on the page and then chooses a break that is optimal in some
-way (it has the smallest badness). An example of the advantage of this
-approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
+way (it has the smallest <dfn>badness</dfn>). An example of the advantage of
+this approach is that if the page has some vertical space that can be
stretched or shrunk, such as with rubber lengths between paragraphs,
then &latex; can use that to avoid widow lines (where a new page starts
with the last line of a paragraph; &latex; can squeeze the extra line
@@ -9308,11 +9346,13 @@ influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.
<node name="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cclearpage">\clearpage</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -9354,7 +9394,9 @@ page, use this command.
<noindent></noindent>
<para>If you want &latex;&textrsquo;s standard <code>\chapter</code> command to do this then
-add the line <code>\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</code>.
+add the line <code>\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</code>. (Of
+course this affects all uses of <code>\cleardoublepage</code>, not just the
+one in <code>\chapter</code>.)
</para>
<para>The command <code>\newpage</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></pxref>) also ends the current
page, but without clearing pending floats. And, if &latex; is in
@@ -9367,9 +9409,9 @@ two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while
<node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -9412,14 +9454,14 @@ stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does.
<node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\enlargethispage&lbrace;size&rbrace;
-\enlargethispage*&lbrace;size&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\enlargethispage&lbrace;<var>size</var>&rbrace;
+\enlargethispage*&lbrace;<var>size</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
<para>Enlarge the <code>\textheight</code> for the current page. The required
@@ -9446,10 +9488,12 @@ explicit <code>\pagebreak</code>.
<node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -9474,8 +9518,8 @@ prevent the break. But for instance <code>\nopagebreak[1]</code> suggests to
the more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile
(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use this
-command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
+<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use these
+commands in a document body to polish the final version, or inside
commands.
</para>
<para>If you use these inside a paragraph, they apply to the point following
@@ -9499,8 +9543,8 @@ this can cause you to get <samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has
occurred while \output is active</samp>. <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref>, for a command that
does not have these effects.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>(There is an obsolete declaration <code>\samepage</code>, which tries to only
allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment
<code>samepage</code>, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For
@@ -9513,7 +9557,7 @@ more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry
<node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
</para>
@@ -9547,7 +9591,7 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x
<node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9571,9 +9615,9 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x
the footnote. If you use this then &latex; does not increment the
<code>footnote</code> counter.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
<para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change
this with something like
<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\thefootnote&rbrace;&lbrace;\fnsymbol&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, which
@@ -9584,11 +9628,11 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with
</para>
<para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor>
<para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s
footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except
@@ -9604,9 +9648,9 @@ Change the rule with something like this.
\kern 2pt&rbrace; % and this 2
</pre></example>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">strut</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
(<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for
<code>\footnotesize</code> fonts (<pxref label="Font-sizes"><xrefnodename>Font sizes</xrefnodename></pxref>), therefore there is no
@@ -9624,8 +9668,8 @@ sectioning command such as <code>\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer
paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). There are some workarounds; see
following sections.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the
<code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so
they are numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the
@@ -9637,7 +9681,7 @@ shown alphabetically. <xref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodenam
<node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9691,11 +9735,11 @@ Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value&lbrace;footnoteValueSaver&rb
Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <code>cleveref</code>.
</para>
@@ -9709,8 +9753,8 @@ The corollary is from Chance.\footnote&lbrace;Evers, Chance, 1990.&rbrace;
But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref&lbrace;fn:TE&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>It will work with the package <code>hyperref</code>.
</para>
@@ -9719,7 +9763,7 @@ But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref&lbrace;fn:TE&rbrace;
<node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9742,8 +9786,8 @@ examples.
<node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in:
</para>
@@ -9772,7 +9816,7 @@ what gets moved to the table of contents is the optional argument.
<node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code>
command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but
@@ -9825,8 +9869,8 @@ part of the regular footnote sequence, use the <code>\footnotemark</code> and
\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), use the
<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
@@ -9856,10 +9900,10 @@ other footnotes.
<node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package
@@ -9882,7 +9926,7 @@ second.\footnotefrom&lbrace;%
<node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
</para>
@@ -9906,13 +9950,17 @@ second.\footnotefrom&lbrace;%
<node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005crenewcommand">\renewcommand</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\renewcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">redefining a command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Synopses, one of:
+<para>Synopses, one of (three regular forms, three starred forms):
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
@@ -9924,10 +9972,11 @@ second.\footnotefrom&lbrace;%
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>or one of these.
+<para>or all the same possibilities with <code>\renewcommand</code> instead of
+<code>\newcommand</code>:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
\renewcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
\renewcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
\renewcommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
@@ -9935,26 +9984,26 @@ second.\footnotefrom&lbrace;%
\renewcommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
-<code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>).
+
+<para>Define or redefine a command (see also <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in
+<ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
<para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms, the commands
+multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms: the commands
are not <code>\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be
multiple paragraphs.
</para>
-<para>These are the parameters:
+<para>These are the parameters (examples follow):
</para>
<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">cmd</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem>
-<para>Required; <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>,
-and must not begin with the four character string <code>\end</code>. For
-<code>\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined. For
-<code>\renewcommand</code>, this name must already be defined.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Required; <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is the command name. It must begin with a
+backslash, <code>\</code>, and must not begin with the four character string
+<code>\end</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined.
+For <code>\renewcommand</code>, this name must already be defined.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">nargs</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments
@@ -9964,38 +10013,54 @@ arguments. If you redefine a command, the new version can have a
different number of arguments than the old version.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">optargdefault</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">optional arguments, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">arguments, optional, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var>
-(which may be the empty string). If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present
+(which may be the empty string). If <var>optargdefault</var> is not present
then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in
-<code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]&lbrace;...&rbrace;...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the
-parameter&nbsp;<code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>. On the
-other hand, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is called without the square brackets
-then within <var>defn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of
-<var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, the required arguments start with
-<code>#2</code>.
-</para>
-<para>Omitting <code>[<var>optargdefault</var>]</code> is different from having the
-square brackets with no contents, as in <code>[]</code>. The former sets
-<code>#1</code> to the value of <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter sets <code>#1</code>
-to the empty string.
+<para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is called with a following argument in
+square brackets, as in <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]&lbrace;...&rbrace;...</code>, then
+within <var>defn</var> the parameter&nbsp;<code>#1</code> is set to <var>optval</var>.
+On the other hand, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is called without following
+square brackets then within <var>defn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is set
+to <var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, the required arguments start
+with <code>#2</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Omitting <code>[<var>optargdefault</var>]</code> from the definition is entirely
+different from giving the square brackets with empty contents, as in
+<code>[]</code>. The former says the command being defined takes no
+optional argument, so <code>#1</code> is the first required argument (if
+<math><var>nargs</var> &ge; 1</math>); the latter sets the optional argument
+<code>#1</code> to the empty string as the default, if no optional argument
+was given in the call.
+</para>
+<para>Similarly, omitting <code>[<var>optval</var>]</code> from a call is also entirely
+different from giving the square brackets with empty contents. The
+former sets <code>#1</code> to the value of <var>optval</var> (assuming the
+command was defined to take an optional argument); the latter sets
+<code>#1</code> to the empty string, just as with any other value.
+</para>
+<para>If a command is not defined to take an optional argument, but is
+called with an optional argument, the results are unpredictable: there
+may be a &latex; error, there may be incorrect typeset output, or both.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">defn</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">parameters, substituting</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
<code>\<var>cmd</var></code>. The parameters <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>,
-... <code>#<var>nargs</var></code> are replaced by the values that you supply when
-you call the command (or by the default value if there is an optional
-argument and you don&textrsquo;t exercise the option).
+&dots;, <code>#<var>nargs</var></code> are replaced by the values supplied when
+the command is called (or by <var>optargdefault</var> in the case of an
+optional argument not specified in the call, as just explained).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">blanks, after control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex; ignores blanks in the source following a control word
-(<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), as in <samp>\cmd </samp>. If you actually want a
-space there, one solution is to type <code>&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> after the command
-(<samp>\cmd&lbrace;&rbrace; </samp>, and another solution is to use an explicit control
+(<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), as in <samp>\cmd </samp>. If you want a space
+there, one solution is to type <code>&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> after the command
+(<samp>\cmd&lbrace;&rbrace; </samp>), and another solution is to use an explicit control
space (<samp>\cmd\ </samp>).
</para>
<para>A simple example of defining a new command:
@@ -10003,14 +10068,15 @@ space (<samp>\cmd\ </samp>).
replaced by the longer text. Redefining an existing command is similar:
<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\qedsymbol&rbrace;&lbrace;&lbrace;\small QED&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<para>If you try to define a command and the name has already been used then
-you get something like <samp>LaTeX Error: Command \fred already
-defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>. If you try
-to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get
-something like <samp>LaTeX Error: \hank undefined</samp>.
+<para>If you use <code>\newcommand</code> and the command name has already been
+used then you get something like <samp>LaTeX Error: Command \fred
+already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>.
+Similarly, If you use <code>\renewcommand</code> and the command name has
+not been defined then you get something like <samp>LaTeX Error: \hank
+undefined</samp>.
</para>
<para>Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and the
-second, one with one required argument.
+second, a command with one required argument:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\student&rbrace;&lbrace;Ms~O'Leary&rbrace;
@@ -10046,12 +10112,12 @@ I employ \lawyers[Howe]&lbrace;Dewey&rbrace;&lbrace;Cheatem&rbrace;.
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>The output is <samp>I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe</samp>. The optional
-argument, the <code>Howe</code>, is associated with <code>#1</code>, while
+<para>The output is <samp>I employ Dewey, Cheatem, and Howe.</samp>. The optional
+argument, <code>Howe</code>, is associated with <code>#1</code>, while
<code>Dewey</code> and <code>Cheatem</code> are associated with <code>#2</code>
and&nbsp;<code>#3</code>. Because of the optional argument,
-<code>\lawyers&lbrace;Dewey&rbrace;&lbrace;Cheatem&rbrace;</code> will give the output <samp>I employ
-Dewey, Cheatem, and company</samp>.
+<code>\lawyers&lbrace;Dewey&rbrace;&lbrace;Cheatem&rbrace;</code> will give the output <samp>I
+employ Dewey, Cheatem, and company.</samp>.
</para>
<para>The braces around <var>defn</var> do not define a group, that is, they do not
delimit the scope of the result of expanding <var>defn</var>. For example,
@@ -10062,9 +10128,9 @@ with <code>\newcommand&lbrace;\shipname&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\it #1&rbrace;</code>,
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>the words <samp>met the</samp> would incorrectly be in italics. The solution
-is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
-<code>\newcommand&lbrace;\shipname&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;&lbrace;\it #1&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
+<para>the words <samp>met the</samp>, and the period, would incorrectly be in
+italics. The solution is to put another pair of braces inside the
+definition: <code>\newcommand&lbrace;\shipname&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;&lbrace;\it #1&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Control sequences</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Control sequence, control word and control symbol.
@@ -10073,30 +10139,37 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
<node name="Control-sequences" spaces=" "><nodename>Control sequences</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Control sequence, control word and control symbol</sectiontitle>
-<para>When reading input &tex; converts the sequences of read characters into
-a sequence of <dfn>tokens</dfn>. When &tex; sees a backslash <code>\</code>, it
-will handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>When reading input &tex; converts the stream of read characters into a
+sequence of <dfn>tokens</dfn>. When &tex; sees a backslash <code>\</code>, it will
+handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a
<dfn>control sequence</dfn> token.
</para>
<para>The control sequences fall into two categories:
</para>
-<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>&bullet;</itemprepend>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">control word, defined</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>control word</dfn>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
-<code>\</code> followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one
-blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the
-<dfn>control sequence name</dfn>.
-</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<code>\</code> followed by at least one ASCII letter (<code>A-Z</code> and
+<code>a-z</code>), followed by at least one non-letter.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">control symbol, defined</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>control symbol</dfn>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
<code>\</code> followed by one non-letter character.
</para></listitem></itemize>
+<para>The sequence of characters so found after the <code>\</code> is also called
+the <dfn>control sequence name</dfn>.
+</para>
<para>Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any
whitespace in the output (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref> and
<ref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
-<para>Just as the <code>\relax</code> command does nothing, the following will print
-<samp>Hello!</samp><inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>tex</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt>:
+<para>Just as the <code>\relax</code> command does nothing, the following input
+will simply print <samp>Hello!</samp> <inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>tex</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt>:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">Hel\relax<w> </w><w> </w><w> </w>
@@ -10104,7 +10177,7 @@ whitespace in the output (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>This is because blanks after <code>\relax</code>, including the newline are
+<para>This is because blanks after <code>\relax</code>, including the newline, are
ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored
(<pxref label="Leading-blanks"><xrefnodename>Leading blanks</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
@@ -10113,10 +10186,10 @@ ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored
<node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -10145,14 +10218,19 @@ From \myaffiliation.
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>outputs <samp>From Saint Michael's College</samp>. Unlike <code>\newcommand</code>,
-the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> does not give an error.
+<para>outputs <samp>From Saint Michael's College.</samp>. Unlike
+<code>\newcommand</code>, the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> to (try
+to) define <code>\myaffiliation</code> does not give an error.
</para>
-
</section>
<node name="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" spaces=" "><nodename>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\providecommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></sectiontitle>
+<anchor name="_005cmakeatletter">\makeatletter</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmakeatother">\makeatother</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
+
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10168,9 +10246,9 @@ letter, code&nbsp;11. The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the
category code of the at-sign to code&nbsp;12, its default value.
</para>
<para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
character&nbsp;<samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode&nbsp;0. Command names
consist of a category&nbsp;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
@@ -10192,8 +10270,8 @@ since the <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands alre
arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
catcode&nbsp;11.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
@@ -10214,9 +10292,9 @@ three lines should go in the preamble, before the
<node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10284,11 +10362,11 @@ command and the star. Thus <code>\agentsecret*&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;</code> and
<code>\agentsecret<w> *</w>&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;</code> are equivalent. However, the
standard practice is not to insert any such spaces.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of
<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. (1)&nbsp;The <code>suffix</code> package allows the
@@ -10310,8 +10388,8 @@ this code:
<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -10363,11 +10441,11 @@ defined.</samp>
<node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10400,8 +10478,8 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>.
<node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10438,11 +10516,13 @@ Our logo is \usebox&lbrace;\logobox&rbrace;.
<node name="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" spaces=" "><nodename>\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005crenewenvironment">\renewenvironment</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -10470,7 +10550,7 @@ Our logo is \usebox&lbrace;\logobox&rbrace;.
<para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the
construct <code>\begin&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace; ... <var>body</var> ... \end&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these
environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
@@ -10602,12 +10682,12 @@ the document, use the environment like this.
<node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10737,9 +10817,9 @@ by <samp>Theorem&nbsp;2.1</samp> and <samp>Definition&nbsp;2.2</samp>.
<node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} -->
<para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old
@@ -10760,8 +10840,8 @@ boldface with a roman (<pxref label="Fonts"><xrefnodename>Fonts</xrefnodename></
The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
backslash, <code>\</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional
<dfn>at clause</dfn>. &latex; will look on your system for a file named
<file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>. The at clause can have the form either
@@ -10785,9 +10865,9 @@ relative to the font&textrsquo;s design size, which is a value defined in the
<node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>. A
fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain
@@ -10805,7 +10885,7 @@ name</var>&rbrace;</code> command it writes the <var>section name</var> text to
document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is
internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is
referred to as a
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>moving argument</dfn>. A command is fragile if it can
expand during this process into invalid &tex; code. Some examples of
moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>
@@ -10851,10 +10931,12 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>.
<node name="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xspace package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cignorespaces">\ignorespaces</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespacesafterend</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10872,7 +10954,7 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>.
<para>Both commands cause &latex; to ignore blanks (that is, characters of
catcode&nbsp;10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the
command up to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a
-command from plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific.
+primitive command of &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific.
</para>
<para>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via
<code>\newcommand</code>, or <code>\newenvironment</code>, or <code>\def</code>. The
@@ -10949,12 +11031,12 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to
<node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>xspace package</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10986,7 +11068,7 @@ braces or else there would be no space separating <samp>Vermont</samp> from
<code>\ </code> for this. <xref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></xref>.)
</para>
<para>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing
-commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place
+commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be placed
at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
@@ -11018,8 +11100,8 @@ error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
<node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with
it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the
@@ -11031,23 +11113,23 @@ track of the chapter number.
<para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document
classes to control numbering.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">part paragraph figure enumi
chapter subparagraph table enumii
@@ -11081,7 +11163,7 @@ up to four levels of nesting (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</
<node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if
the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a
@@ -11093,30 +11175,30 @@ instance, <code>\alph&lbrace;enumi&rbrace;</code>. Note that the counter name d
start with a backslash.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;,
&enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then
you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value
is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter
too large.</samp>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers such as <samp>5</samp> or <samp>-2</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
&latex; does not print anything in the output.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
&latex; does not print anything in the output.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that
are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of
<var>counter</var> should be between&nbsp;1 and&nbsp;9, inclusive. If the
@@ -11126,22 +11208,22 @@ warning but &latex; does not output anything.
</para>
<para>Here are the symbols:
</para>
-<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".11 .30 .30 .29"><columnfraction value=".11"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".29"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
-<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Number</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Symbol
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".11 .30 .30 .29"><columnfraction value=".11"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".29"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Number</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Symbol
</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item">
-<para>1</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>*<!-- c -->
+<para>1</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>*<!-- c -->
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>2</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>dagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\dagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2020</U>
+<para>2</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>dagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\dagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2020</U>
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>3</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>ddagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ddagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2021</U>
+<para>3</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>ddagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ddagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2021</U>
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>4</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>section-sign</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\S</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>00A7</U>
+<para>4</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>section-sign</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\S</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>00A7</U>
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>5</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>paragraph-sign</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\P</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>00B6</U>
+<para>5</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>paragraph-sign</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\P</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>00B6</U>
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>6</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>double-vert</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\parallel</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2016</U>
+<para>6</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>double-vert</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\parallel</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2016</U>
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>7</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>double-asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>**<!-- c -->
+<para>7</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>double-asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>**<!-- c -->
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
<para>8</para></entry><entry command="tab">
<para>double-dagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\dagger\dagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2020</U><U>2020</U>
@@ -11157,9 +11239,9 @@ warning but &latex; does not output anything.
<node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11194,8 +11276,8 @@ enumerated with <var>testcounter</var>:
<node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11238,9 +11320,9 @@ preceded by <code>\protect</code> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\pr
<node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11266,7 +11348,7 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman&lbrace;exercise&rbrace;.
<node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11290,7 +11372,7 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman&lbrace;section&rbrace;.
<node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11314,7 +11396,7 @@ locally, i.e., inside the current group.
<node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11336,9 +11418,12 @@ not influence references; that is, it does not define the current
<node name="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day</code> &amp; <code>\month</code> &amp; <code>\year</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cday">\day</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmonth">\month</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cyear">\year</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex; defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month
(nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of
@@ -11367,16 +11452,16 @@ command line.
<node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a
length as an argument.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Lengths come in two types. A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code>
does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain
&tex; calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.) A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what plain
@@ -11504,57 +11589,57 @@ that after <code>\setlength&lbrace;\ylength&rbrace;&lbrace;1in plus 0.2in&rbrace
<node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
math mode.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">point</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor>
<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = .35146<dmn>mm</dmn> = .035146<dmn>cm</dmn>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">pica</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">pica</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor>
<para>Pica, 12 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">inch</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">inch</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-in">units of length in</anchor>
<para>Inch, 72.27 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">big point</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">big point</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor>
<para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
-<para>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+<para>Millimeter, 2.845<dmn>pt</dmn>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor>
-<para>Centimeter, 10 mm
+<para>Centimeter, 10<dmn>mm</dmn>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor>
<para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor>
<para>Cicero, 12 dd
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor>
<para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
</para>
@@ -11564,18 +11649,18 @@ PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
than being an absolute dimension.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">ex</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">ex</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="Lengths_002fex">Lengths/ex</anchor>
<anchor name="units-of-length-ex">units of length ex</anchor>
<para>The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the
height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
lengths.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">em</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">em</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
<anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor>
<para>Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital
@@ -11584,8 +11669,8 @@ the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10<dmn>pt</dmn> font will
have 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 10<dmn>pt</dmn>. &latex; has several commands to produce
horizontal spaces based on the em (<pxref label="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><xrefnodename>\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-mu">units of length mu</anchor>
<para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
of the math unit <dfn>mu</dfn>, defined by 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, where the
@@ -11604,8 +11689,8 @@ than a definition given in points.
<node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11641,8 +11726,8 @@ then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>.
<node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11685,7 +11770,7 @@ If you leave off the backslash at the start of \<var>len</var>, as in
<node name="_005csettodepth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11718,7 +11803,7 @@ then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
<node name="_005csettoheight" spaces=" "><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11752,7 +11837,7 @@ you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in
<node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11786,7 +11871,7 @@ you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in
<node name="_005cstretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\stretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Expressions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stretch</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11833,7 +11918,7 @@ We dedicate this book to our wives.
<node name="Expressions" spaces=" "><nodename>Expressions</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Expressions</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex>
<!-- c Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 -->
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -11945,8 +12030,8 @@ because it rounds <code>3/2</code> to <code>2</code>, while
<node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
<para>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current
paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the
@@ -11965,12 +12050,12 @@ of some one or other of their daughters.
``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?''
</pre></example>
-<para>A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank
-line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank
-line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as
-space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <code>%</code> and
-span up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns
-are identical:
+<para>A paragraph separator can be made of a sequence of at least one blank
+line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank line
+is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as space
+or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <code>%</code> and span up
+to the end of line. In the following example the two columns are
+identical:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[twocolumn]&lbrace;article&rbrace;
@@ -12029,8 +12114,8 @@ complete</samp>.
<node name="_005cpar" spaces=" "><nodename>\par</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\indent &amp; \noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts any sequence
of one or more blank lines to a <code>\par</code>, <ref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></ref>):
@@ -12094,10 +12179,11 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3&nbsp;inches and then
<node name="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\indent &amp; \noindent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parindent &amp; \parskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\par</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\indent</code> &amp; <code>\noindent</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cindent">\indent</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnoindent">\noindent</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -12105,7 +12191,7 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3&nbsp;inches and then
<pre xml:space="preserve">\indent
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent><para>or
+<noindent></noindent> <para>or
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent
@@ -12145,13 +12231,14 @@ because &latex; is already in horizontal mode there. The
\noindent shows this clearly.
</pre></example>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
<para>To omit indentation in the entire document put
<code>\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;</code> in the preamble. If you do that,
you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
<code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent &amp; \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that,
@@ -12162,11 +12249,13 @@ look on CTAN for the package <code>indentfirst</code>.
<node name="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\parindent &amp; \parskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Marginal notes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\indent &amp; \noindent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parindent</code> &amp; <code>\parskip</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cparindent">\parindent</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cparskip">\parskip</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -12210,10 +12299,10 @@ classes is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>.
<node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent &amp; \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -12234,8 +12323,8 @@ two-sided layout (document option <code>twoside</code>) then it goes in the
outside margin. If you are in two-column layout (document option
<code>twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
<para>If you declare <code>\reversemarginpar</code> then &latex; will place
subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with
@@ -12252,18 +12341,18 @@ hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with
<para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparpush">marginal notes marginparpush</anchor>
<para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>
documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. See also&nbsp;<ref label="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"><xrefnodename>page layout parameters
marginparpush</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparsep">marginal notes marginparsep</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default
<samp>11pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> documents, <samp>10pt</samp> else.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparwidth">marginal notes marginparwidth</anchor>
<para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document
is <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>68pt</samp> for
@@ -12284,17 +12373,17 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page.
<node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Produce mathematical text by putting &latex; into math mode or display
@@ -12368,14 +12457,14 @@ equivalent to <code>\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace; <var>math</var>
\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;</code>. These environments can only be used in paragraph
mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
@@ -12400,11 +12489,13 @@ see their documentation on CTAN.
<node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" spaces=" "><nodename>Subscripts &amp; superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subscripts &amp; superscripts</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="superscript">superscript</anchor>
+<anchor name="subscript">subscript</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of:
</para>
@@ -12449,8 +12540,9 @@ for the exponent.
subscript on a subscript, or supers on subs, or subs on supers. So,
expressions such as <code>e^&lbrace;x^2&rbrace;</code> and <code>x_&lbrace;i_0&rbrace;</code> give correct
output. Note the use in those expressions of curly braces to give the
-<var>base</var> a determined <var>exp</var>. If you enter <code>\(3^3^3\)</code> then
-you get <samp>Double superscript</samp>.
+<var>base</var> a determined <var>exp</var>. If you enter <code>\(3^3^3\)</code>, this
+interpreted as <code>\(3^&lbrace;3&rbrace;^&lbrace;3&rbrace;\)</code> and then you get &tex; error
+<samp>Double superscript</samp>.
</para>
<para>&latex; does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a
superscript. In this example the integral has both. They come out in
@@ -12463,7 +12555,7 @@ the correct place without any author intervention.
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>Note the parentheses around <code>x=a</code> to make the entire expression a
+<para>Note the curly braces around <code>x=a</code> to make the entire expression a
subscript.
</para>
<para>To put a superscript or subscript before a symbol, use a construct like
@@ -12473,10 +12565,10 @@ attaching to a prior symbols.
</para>
<para>Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or
display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you
-the error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>.
+the &tex; error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as
@@ -12487,12 +12579,12 @@ typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as
<node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that
@@ -12512,184 +12604,185 @@ mode, see <ref label="_005censuremath"><xrefnodename>\ensuremath</xrefnodename><
<!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html -->
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\parallel</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2135</U> Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B1</U> Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A3F</U> Disjoint union (binary)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2220</U> Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than
sign&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code> and angle bracket&nbsp;<code>\langle</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2248</U> Almost equal to (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2217</U> Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed
(binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or
subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar:&nbsp;<code>\star</code>, which is
five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and
sometimes reserved for cross-correlation.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asymptotically equivalent (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus&nbsp;<code>\setminus</code>, and
<code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B2</U> Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C2</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar:
binary intersection&nbsp;<code>\cap</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>26AA</U> Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function
composition&nbsp;<code>\circ</code>.
<!-- c bb Best unicode symbol for this? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary
union&nbsp;<code>\cup</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A00</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A01</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A02</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down
-(operator).
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
+pointing down (binary). Synonym: <var>\varbigtriangledown</var>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator).
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
+pointing up (binary). Synonym: <var>\varbigtriangleup</var>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A06</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A04</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus
(operator). (Note that the name has only one p.)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U>, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered
set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also&nbsp;<code>\top</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C8</U> Natural join of two relations (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box
(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
<!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication
dot&nbsp;<code>\cdot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2229</U> Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcap</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C5</U> Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet
dot&nbsp;<code>\bullet</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C7</U> Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2218</U> Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar:
variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcirc</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2663</U> Club card suit (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
<code>$S^&lbrace;\mathsf&lbrace;c&rbrace;&rbrace;$</code> or&nbsp;<code>$\bar&lbrace;S&rbrace;$</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2245</U> Congruent (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2210</U> Coproduct (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222A</U> Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcup</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2020</U> Dagger relation (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A3</U> Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar:
turnstile&nbsp;<code>\vdash</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2021</U> Double dagger relation (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0394</U> Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large
diamond&nbsp;<code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet&nbsp;<code>\bullet</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2662</U> Diamond card suit (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00F7</U> Division sign (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2250</U> Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal
to&nbsp;<code>\Doteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2193</U> Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar:
<code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D3</U> Double line down arrow (relation). Similar:
<code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2113</U> Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varnothing</code>.
<!-- c bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to
Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small
letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>&nbsp;<U>03B5</U>. Related:
@@ -12697,205 +12790,205 @@ the set membership relation <code>\in</code>&nbsp;<U>2208</U>.
<!-- c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and -->
<!-- c Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2261</U> Equivalence (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B7</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2203</U> Existential quantifier (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266D</U> Musical flat (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2200</U> Universal quantifier (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2322</U> Downward curving arc (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0393</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
for&nbsp;<code>\geq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
for&nbsp;<code>\ge</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Is assigned the value (relation).
Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\leftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226B</U> Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less
than&nbsp;<code>\ll</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>210F</U> Planck constant over two pi (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2661</U> Heart card suit (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A9</U> Hooked left arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21AA</U> Hooked right arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> If and only if (relation). It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>
with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part&nbsp;<code>\Re</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate
epsilon&nbsp;<code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> and small letter script
epsilon&nbsp;<code>\varepsilon</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221E</U> Infinity (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A1D</U> Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain
&tex;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BA</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039B</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BB</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\wedge</code>.
See also logical&nbsp;or&nbsp;<code>\lor</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E8</U> Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar:
less-than&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\rangle</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007B</U> Left curly brace
(opening). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\&lbrace;</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\rbrace</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005B</U> Left square bracket (opening).
Synonym:&nbsp;<code>[</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\rbrack</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2308</U> Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom
shaved off (opening). Matches&nbsp;<code>\rceil</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
for&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation).
To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put
<code>\newcommand*&lbrace;\Leadsto&rbrace;&lbrace;\ensuremath&lbrace;\leadsto&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> in the
preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead.
<!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D0</U> Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar:
single-line left arrow&nbsp;<code>\leftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Single-line left arrow (relation).
Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left
arrow&nbsp;<code>\Leftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BD</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BC</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D4</U> Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation).
Similar: single-line double headed arrow&nbsp;<code>\leftrightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2194</U> Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar:
double-line double headed arrow&nbsp;<code>\Leftrightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
for&nbsp;<code>\le</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Left floor bracket (opening). Matches:&nbsp;<code>\floor</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
and so gives better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226A</U> Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater
than&nbsp;<code>\gg</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\neg</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F5</U> Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long
double-line left arrow&nbsp;<code>\Longleftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long
double-line double-headed arrow&nbsp;<code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27FC</U> Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
(relation). Similar: shorter version&nbsp;<code>\mapsto</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F6</U> Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long
double-line right arrow&nbsp;<code>\Longrightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\vee</code>.
See also logical&nbsp;and&nbsp;<code>\land</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
(relation).
Similar: longer version&nbsp;<code>\longmapsto</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2127</U> Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2223</U> Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of
<code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\&lbrace;\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
@@ -12905,42 +12998,42 @@ ordinary) and you should not use them as relations but instead only as
ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry
for&nbsp;<code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for&nbsp;<code>\Vert</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A8</U> Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash
(relation). Similar: long double dash&nbsp;<code>\vDash</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2213</U> Minus or plus (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BC</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2207</U> Hamilton&textrsquo;s del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266E</U> Musical natural notation (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\neq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2197</U> North-east arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary).
Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for
negation:&nbsp;<code>\sim</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\ne</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member
of&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c the "@ "s put in spaces so the not slash doesn't hit the next char. -->
<para><U>0020</U><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/>Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a
following operator (relation).
@@ -12949,85 +13042,85 @@ following operator (relation).
particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2209</U> Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset
of&nbsp;<code>\nsubseteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BD</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2196</U> North-west arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2299</U> Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
operator&nbsp;<code>\bigodot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222E</U> Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle
(operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A9</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2296</U> Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2295</U> Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
operator&nbsp;<code>\bigoplus</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2298</U> Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2297</U> Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar:
variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code>\bigotimes</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member
of&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\|</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2202</U> Partial differential (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27C2</U> Perpendicular (relation). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\bot</code> uses the
same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class
ordinary.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A6</U> Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varphi</code>&nbsp;<U>03C6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A0</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C0</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varpi</code>&nbsp;<U>03D6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00B1</U> Plus or minus (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Precedes (relation). Similar: less than&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or
equals&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary).
Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code>
and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second
@@ -13037,334 +13130,334 @@ typing. You can only use <code>\prime</code> in math mode. Using the right
single quote&nbsp;<code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character
(apostrophe).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220F</U> Product (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221D</U> Is proportional to (relation)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A8</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E9</U> Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing).
Similar: greater than&nbsp;<code>&gt;</code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007D</U> Right curly brace
(closing). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\&rbrace;</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\lbrace</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005D</U> Right square bracket
(closing). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>]</code>. Matches&nbsp;<code>\lbrack</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2309</U> Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches&nbsp;<code>\lceil</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>211C</U> Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related:
double-line, or blackboard bold, R&nbsp;<code>\mathbb&lbrace;R&rbrace;</code>; to access
this, load the <code>amsfonts</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related:
<code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>stix</file> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230B</U> Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut
off (closing). Matches&nbsp;<code>\lfloor</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C1</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varrho</code>&nbsp;<U>03F1</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D2</U> Implies, right-pointing double line arrow
(relation). Similar: right single-line arrow&nbsp;<code>\rightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line
arrow&nbsp;<code>\Rightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C1</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb below
the line (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C0</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the
line (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21CC</U> Right harpoon up above left harpoon down
(relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2198</U> Arrow pointing southeast (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29F5</U> Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash,
like \ (binary). Similar: backslash&nbsp;<code>\backslash</code> and also
<code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266F</U> Musical sharp (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A3</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varsigma</code>&nbsp;<U>03C2</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>223C</U> Similar, in a relation (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2243</U> Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a
display (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2660</U> Spade card suit (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2293</U> Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar:
intersection&nbsp;<code>cap</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2294</U> Square union symbol (binary). Similar:
union&nbsp;<code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized
operator&nbsp;<code>\bigsqcup</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
equal to&nbsp;<code>\subseteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
Similar: superset or equal&nbsp;<code>\supseteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C6</U> Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary
operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary).
Similar: the synonyms asterisk&nbsp;<code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which
are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript,
as with the Kleene star.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2282</U> Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2286</U> Subset or equal to (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227B</U> Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less
than&nbsp;<code>&gt;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AB0</U> Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less
than or equal to&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2211</U> Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital
sigma&nbsp;<code>\Sigma</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2283</U> Superset (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2287</U> Superset or equal to (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221A</U> Radical symbol (ordinary). The &latex; command
<code>\sqrt&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar
that extends to cover the argument.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2199</U> Southwest-pointing arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C4</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\vartheta</code>&nbsp;<U>03D1</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00D7</U> Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See
also&nbsp;<code>\cdot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\rightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set
(ordinary). See also&nbsp;<code>\bot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triangle (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left
(binary). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
should load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
is a relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right
(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Double-line upward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing
arrow&nbsp;<code>\uparrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges
(relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing
arrow&nbsp;<code>\Uparrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing
arrow&nbsp;<code>\updownarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2195</U> Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing
arrow&nbsp;<code>\Updownarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
(relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>.
Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
the middle (binary). Similar: union&nbsp;<code>\cup</code>. Related:
variable-sized operator&nbsp;<code>\biguplus</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A5</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is
more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form
<code>\epsilon</code>&nbsp;<U>03F5</U>. Related: set
membership&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code>&nbsp;<U>03D5</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code>&nbsp;<U>03C0</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code>&nbsp;<U>03C1</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
(ordinary). The non-variant form is
<code>\sigma</code>&nbsp;<U>03C3</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
(ordinary). The non-variant form is
<code>\theta</code>&nbsp;<U>03B8</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash
(relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a
half-circle&nbsp;<code>\dashv</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related:
logical and&nbsp;<code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized
operator&nbsp;<code>\bigvee</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Vertical double bar (ordinary). <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>,
for how to use the <code>mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized
norm symbols.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For &textldquo;such
that&textrdquo;, as in the definition of a set, use&nbsp;<code>\mid</code> because it
is a relation. <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to use the <code>mathtools</code>
package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\land</code>. See also
logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized
operator&nbsp;<code>\bigwedge</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2118</U> Weierstrass p (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2240</U> Wreath product (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039E</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BE</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B6</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -13373,19 +13466,19 @@ operator&nbsp;<code>\bigwedge</code>.
provides versions to use in mathematical text.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Dollar sign in math mode: $.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, <U>00B6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Section sign in math mode <U>00A7</U>.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Section sign in math mode: <U>00A7</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: &pound;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Underscore in math mode: _.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -13404,83 +13497,83 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text.
<node name="Arrows" spaces=" "><nodename>Arrows</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Arrows</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;. The
<code>latexsym</code> and <code>amsfonts</code> packages contain many more.
</para>
-<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".10 .40 .50"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".50"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
-<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".10 .40 .50"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".50"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Symbol</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021D3</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Downarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021D3</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Downarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02193</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\downarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02193</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\downarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021A9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\hookleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021A9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\hookleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021AA</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\hookrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021AA</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\hookrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>2190</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\leftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>2190</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\leftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021D0</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Leftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021D0</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Leftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021D4</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Leftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021D4</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Leftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02194</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\leftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02194</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\leftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>027F5</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\longleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>027F5</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\longleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>027F8</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Longleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>027F8</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Longleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>027F7</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\longleftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>027F7</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\longleftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>027FA</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>027FA</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>027FC</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\longmapsto</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>027FC</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\longmapsto</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>027F9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Longrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>027F9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Longrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>027F6</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\longrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>027F6</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\longrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021A6</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\mapsto</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021A6</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\mapsto</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02197</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\nearrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02197</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\nearrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02196</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\nwarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02196</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\nwarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021D2</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Rightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021D2</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Rightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02192</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rightarrow</code>, or <code>\to</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02192</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rightarrow</code>, or <code>\to</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02198</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\searrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02198</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\searrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02199</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\swarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02199</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\swarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02191</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\uparrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02191</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\uparrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021D1</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Uparrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021D1</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Uparrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>02195</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\updownarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>02195</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\updownarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>021D5</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Updownarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>021D5</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Updownarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row></tbody></multitable>
<para>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code>
is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
<code>tikz-cd</code> and <code>amscd</code>.
@@ -13490,10 +13583,12 @@ is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
<node name="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Arrows</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> &amp; <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cboldmath">\boldmath</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cunboldmath">\unboldmath</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">mathematics, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
</para>
@@ -13508,13 +13603,13 @@ is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
<pre xml:space="preserve">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \)
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
<para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in
a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular
-(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display
-math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Both commands are fragile
-(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+(non-bold) default, respectively. They must be used when <emph>not</emph> in
+math mode or display math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Both commands are
+fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<para>In this example each <code>\boldmath</code> command takes place inside an
<code>\mbox</code>,
@@ -13525,22 +13620,36 @@ math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Bot
<noindent></noindent>
<para>which means <code>\boldmath</code> is only called in a text mode, here LR
-mode, and explains why &latex; must switch to math mode to set <code>v</code>
-and <code>u</code>.
+mode, and explains why we must switch &latex; into math mode to set
+<code>v</code> and <code>u</code>.
</para>
<para>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <code>Trouble: \(
\boldmath x \)</code>, then you get something like <samp>LaTeX Font Warning:
-Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</samp> and <samp>LaTeX
-Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line
-11</samp>.
+Command \boldmath invalid in math mode</samp> and <samp>LaTeX Font Warning:
+Command \mathversion invalid in math mode</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">bm</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The <code>bm</code> package for individual bold symbols.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">OpenType bold math</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"><code>FakeBold</code> or <code>\symbf</code>.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+<node name="bm" spaces=" "><nodename>bm</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">OpenType bold math</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</nodeup></node>
+<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>bm</code>: Individual bold math symbols</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use
-the <code>bm</code> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete
-description is outside the scope of this document (see the full
-documentation on CTAN) but even this small example
+<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/974 -->
+<para>Specifying <code>\boldmath</code> is the best method for typesetting a whole
+math expression in bold. But to typeset individual symbols within an
+expression in bold, the <code>bm</code> package provided by the &latex;
+Project team is better. Its usage is outside the scope of this
+document (see its documentation at <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/bm</urefurl></url> or in
+your installation) but the spacing in the output of this small example
+will show that it is an improvement over <code>\boldmath</code> within an
+expression:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;bm&rbrace; % in preamble
@@ -13548,16 +13657,51 @@ documentation on CTAN) but even this small example
we have $\bm&lbrace;v&rbrace; = 5\cdot\bm&lbrace;u&rbrace;$
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>shows that it is an improvement over <code>\boldmath</code>.
+</subsubsection>
+<node name="OpenType-bold-math" spaces=" "><nodename>OpenType bold math</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">bm</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</nodeup></node>
+<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>OpenType bold math</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+
+<para>Unfortunately, when using the Unicode engines (Xe&latex;,
+Lua&latex;), neither <code>\boldmath</code> nor <code>bm</code> usually work
+well, because the OpenType math fonts normally used with those engines
+rarely come with a bold companion, and both <code>\boldmath</code> and
+<code>bm</code> require this. (The implementation of <code>bm</code> relies
+on <code>\boldmath</code>, so the requirements are the same.) If you do have
+a bold math font, though, then <code>\boldmath</code> and <code>bm</code> work
+fine.
+</para>
+<para>If no such font is available, one alternative is to construct fake
+bold fonts with the <code>fontspec</code> package&textrsquo;s <code>FakeBold=1</code>
+parameter (see its documentation,
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec</urefurl></url>). This may be acceptable for
+drafting or informal distribution, but the results are far from a true
+bold font.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\symbf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\symbfit</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Another alternative to handling bold for OpenType math fonts is to use
+the <code>\symbf</code> (bold), <code>\symbfit</code> (bold italic), and related
+commands from the <code>unicode-math</code> package. These do not change
+the current font, but rather change the (Unicode) &textldquo;alphabet&textrdquo; used,
+which in practice is more widely supported than a separate bold font.
+Many variations are possible, and so there are subtleties to getting the
+desired output. As usual, see the package documentation
+(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math</urefurl></url>).
</para>
-
+</subsubsection>
</subsection>
<node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -13581,8 +13725,9 @@ integers, etc.
<para>the <code>\mathbb&lbrace;N&rbrace;</code> gives blackboard bold symbol <U>2115</U>,
representing the natural numbers.
</para>
-<para>If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error
-but you get strange results, including unexpected characters.
+<para>If the argument contains something other than an uppercase letter, you
+do not get an error but you do get strange results, including
+unexpected characters.
</para>
<para>There are packages that give access to symbols other than just the
capital letters; look on CTAN.
@@ -13592,9 +13737,9 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN.
<node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimiters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -13619,11 +13764,11 @@ an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For instance,
<node name="Delimiters" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimiters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimiters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark
the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of
@@ -13638,44 +13783,44 @@ parentheses delimiting the three subformulas.
</para>
<para>Here are the common delimiters:
</para>
-<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".11 .20 .40 .29"><columnfraction value=".11"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".20"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".29"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
-<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Delimiter</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Name
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".11 .20 .40 .29"><columnfraction value=".11"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".20"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".29"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Delimiter</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Name
</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item">
-<para>( </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>(</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left parenthesis
+<para>( </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>(</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Left parenthesis
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>) </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>)</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right parenthesis
+<para>) </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>)</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Right parenthesis
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>\&rbrace; </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>&lbrace;</code> or <code>\lbrace</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left brace
+<para>\&rbrace; </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>&lbrace;</code> or <code>\lbrace</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Left brace
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>\&lbrace; </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>&rbrace;</code> or <code>\rbrace</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right brace
+<para>\&lbrace; </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>&rbrace;</code> or <code>\rbrace</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Right brace
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>[ </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>[</code> or <code>\lbrack</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left bracket
+<para>[ </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>[</code> or <code>\lbrack</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Left bracket
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>] </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>]</code> or <code>\rbrack</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right bracket
+<para>] </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>]</code> or <code>\rbrack</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Right bracket
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>230A</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\lfloor</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left floor bracket
+<para><U>230A</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\lfloor</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Left floor bracket
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>230B</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rfloor</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right floor bracket
+<para><U>230B</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rfloor</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Right floor bracket
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>2308</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\lceil</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left ceiling bracket
+<para><U>2308</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\lceil</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Left ceiling bracket
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>2309</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rceil</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right ceiling bracket
+<para><U>2309</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rceil</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Right ceiling bracket
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>27E8</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\langle</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left angle bracket
+<para><U>27E8</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\langle</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Left angle bracket
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>27E9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rangle</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right angle bracket
+<para><U>27E9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rangle</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Right angle bracket
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>/ </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>/</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Slash, or forward slash
+<para>/ </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>/</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Slash, or forward slash
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>\ </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\backslash</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Reverse slash, or backslash
+<para>\ </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\backslash</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Reverse slash, or backslash
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para>| </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>|</code> or <code>\vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Vertical bar
+<para>| </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>|</code> or <code>\vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Vertical bar
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Double vertical bar
+<para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Double vertical bar
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired
delimiters. For instance, if you put
@@ -13700,13 +13845,15 @@ same behavior.
<node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left &amp; \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeup></node>
<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cleft">\left</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cright">\right</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 -->
@@ -13739,15 +13886,15 @@ example, leaving out the <code>\left(</code> gets the error message
<samp>Extra \right</samp>. Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You
can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match. A common
case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
-<samp>.</samp>, as a null delimiter.
+<samp>.</samp>, as a <dfn>null delimiter</dfn>.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
@@ -13852,6 +13999,11 @@ delimiter; you can&textrsquo;t use <code>\left</code> on the first line and
<node name="_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\left &amp; \right</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeup></node>
<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</sectiontitle>
+<anchor name="_005cbigl">\bigl</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cbigr">\bigr</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\bigl</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\bigr</indexterm></findex>
+
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -13931,8 +14083,8 @@ some circumstances, as with this large vertical line
\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command
@@ -13973,8 +14125,8 @@ formulas, as here.
<node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">dots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">dots</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
continues.
@@ -13991,36 +14143,37 @@ continues.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="ellipses-cdots">ellipses cdots</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as
in <U>22EF</U>. Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_&lbrace;n-1&rbrace;
\)</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="ellipses-ddots">ellipses ddots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Diagonal ellipsis, <U>22F1</U>. See the above array example for a
usage.
</para>
<anchor name="ellipses-ldots">ellipses ldots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\mathellipsis</indexterm>\mathellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Ellipsis on the baseline, <U>2026</U>. Used as: <code>\(
-x_0,\ldots x_&lbrace;n-1&rbrace; \)</code>. Another example is the above array example. A
-synonym is <code>\mathellipsis</code>. A synonym from the <code>amsmath</code>
-package is <code>\hdots</code>.
+x_0,\ldots x_&lbrace;n-1&rbrace; \)</code>. Another example is the above array example.
+Synonyms are <code>\mathellipsis</code> and <code>\dots</code>. A synonym from
+the <code>amsmath</code> package is <code>\hdots</code>.
</para>
<para>You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in
-<code>The gears, brakes, \ldots&lbrace;&rbrace; are all broken</code>. (In a paragraph
-mode or LR mode a synonym for <code>\ldots</code> is <code>\dots</code>.)
+<code>The gears, brakes, \ldots&lbrace;&rbrace; are all broken</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="ellipses-vdots">ellipses vdots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical ellipsis, <U>22EE</U>. See the above array example for a
usage.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically
mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs
@@ -14035,6 +14188,10 @@ Observe that \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_&lbrace;n-1&rbrace; +1 \) is not a
Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
</pre></example>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\dotsc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\dotsb</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\dotsi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm></findex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>In the first line &latex; looks to the comma following <code>\dots</code> to
determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline. The second
@@ -14047,70 +14204,92 @@ the ellipses that fits when the dots are followed by a binary operator
or relation symbol, <code>\dotsi</code> for dots with integrals, or
<code>\dotso</code> for others.
</para>
+<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/976 -->
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>The <code>\dots</code> command from <code>amsmath</code> differs from the
+&latex; kernel&textrsquo;s <code>\dots</code> command in another way: it outputs a
+thin space after the ellipsis. Furthermore, the <code>unicode-math</code>
+package automatically loads <code>amsmath</code>, so <code>amsmath</code>&textrsquo;s
+<code>\dots</code> may be active even when you did not explicitly load it,
+thus changing the output from <code>\dots</code> in both text and math mode.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Yet more about the ellipsis commands: when running under Unicode
+engines (<code>lualatex</code>, <code>xelatex</code>), &latex; will use the
+Unicode ellipsis character (U+2026) in the font if it&textrsquo;s available;
+under traditional &tex; engines (<code>pdflatex</code>, <code>latex</code>), it
+will typeset three spaced periods. Generally, the Unicode
+single-character ellipsis has almost no space between the three
+periods, while the spacing of the non-Unicode ellipsis is looser, more
+in accordance with traditional typography.
+</para>
</subsection>
<node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they
differ from Roman upper case letters.
</para>
-<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".10 .30 .15 .45"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".15"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".45"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
-<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".10 .30 .15 .45"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".15"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".45"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Symbol</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab">
</entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03B1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\alpha</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Alpha
+<para><U>03B1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\alpha</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Alpha
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03B2</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\beta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Beta
+<para><U>03B2</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\beta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Beta
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03B3</U>, <U>0393</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\gamma</code>, <code>\Gamma</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Gamma
+<para><U>03B3</U>, <U>0393</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\gamma</code>, <code>\Gamma</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Gamma
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03B4</U>, <U>0394</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\delta</code>, <code>\Delta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Delta
+<para><U>03B4</U>, <U>0394</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\delta</code>, <code>\Delta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Delta
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
<para><U>03B5</U>, <U>03F5</U></para></entry><entry command="tab">
- <para><code>\varepsilon</code>, <code>\epsilon</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Epsilon
+ <para><code>\varepsilon</code>, <code>\epsilon</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Epsilon
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03B6</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\zeta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Zeta
+<para><U>03B6</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\zeta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Zeta
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03B7</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\eta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Eta
+<para><U>03B7</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\eta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Eta
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03B8</U>, <U>03D1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\theta</code>, <code>\vartheta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>03B8</U>, <U>03D1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\theta</code>, <code>\vartheta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab">
<para>Theta
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03B9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\iota</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Iota
+<para><U>03B9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\iota</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Iota
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03BA</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\kappa</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Kappa
+<para><U>03BA</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\kappa</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Kappa
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03BB</U>, <U>039B</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\lambda</code>, <code>\Lambda</code></para></entry><entry command="tab">
+<para><U>03BB</U>, <U>039B</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\lambda</code>, <code>\Lambda</code></para></entry><entry command="tab">
<para>Lambda
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03BC</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\mu</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Mu
+<para><U>03BC</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\mu</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Mu
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03BD</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\nu</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Nu
+<para><U>03BD</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\nu</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Nu
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03BE</U>, <U>039E</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\xi</code>, <code>\Xi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Xi
+<para><U>03BE</U>, <U>039E</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\xi</code>, <code>\Xi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Xi
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03C0</U>, <U>03A0</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\pi</code>, <code>\Pi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Pi
+<para><U>03C0</U>, <U>03A0</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\pi</code>, <code>\Pi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Pi
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03C1</U>, <U>03F1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rho</code>, <code>\varrho</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Rho
+<para><U>03C1</U>, <U>03F1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rho</code>, <code>\varrho</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Rho
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03C3</U>, <U>03A3</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\sigma</code>, <code>\Sigma</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Sigma
+<para><U>03C3</U>, <U>03A3</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\sigma</code>, <code>\Sigma</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Sigma
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03C4</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\tau</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Tau
+<para><U>03C4</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\tau</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Tau
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
<para><U>03D5</U>, <U>03C6</U>, <U>03A6</U></para></entry><entry command="tab">
- <para><code>\phi</code>, <code>\varphi</code>, <code>\Phi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Phi
+ <para><code>\phi</code>, <code>\varphi</code>, <code>\Phi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Phi
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03C7</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\chi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>chi
+<para><U>03C7</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\chi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>chi
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03C8</U>, <U>03A8</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\psi</code>, <code>\Psi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Psi
+<para><U>03C8</U>, <U>03A8</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\psi</code>, <code>\Psi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Psi
</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
-<para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Omega
+<para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Omega
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font
then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>. If you like having the
@@ -14128,198 +14307,200 @@ italic.
<node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
spacing.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse cosine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse sine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse tangent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cosine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cotangent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cotangent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosecant
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Degrees
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Determinant
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Dimension
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Exponential
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Greatest common divisor
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Homomorphism
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Infinum
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Infimum
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Kernel
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Base 2 logarithm
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit inferior
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit superior
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Natural logarithm
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Logarithm
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Probability
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Secant
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic sine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>sup
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Supremum
+sup
<!-- c don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a -->
<!-- c Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions -->
<!-- c when it's just three roman letters anyway. -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic tangent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and also
-allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but
-briefly, you can define an identity operator with
+<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and
+also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN,
+but briefly, you can define an identity operator with
<code>\DeclareMathOperator&lbrace;\identity&rbrace;&lbrace;id&rbrace;</code> that is like the ones
above but prints as <samp>id</samp>. The starred form
-<code>\DeclareMathOperator*&lbrace;\op&rbrace;&lbrace;op&rbrace;</code> sets any limits above and
-below, as is traditional with <code>\lim</code>, <code>\sup</code>, or <code>\max</code>.
+<code>\DeclareMathOperator*&lbrace;\op&rbrace;&lbrace;op&rbrace;</code> sets any superscript or
+subscript to be above and below, as is traditional with <code>\lim</code>,
+<code>\sup</code>, or <code>\max</code>.
</para>
</section>
<node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters
in math. These are different from accents in normal text
(<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math acute accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math bar-over accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math breve accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math dieresis accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math dot accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math grave accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math hat (circumflex) accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math ring accent <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math tilde accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math vector symbol
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math wide hat accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math wide tilde accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -14332,39 +14513,39 @@ one without a dot, <code>\imath</code> or <code>jmath</code> (<pxref label="Math
<node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or
putting braces over or under some material.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\underline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\underline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\underline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\underline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Underline <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside.
The line is always completely below the text, taking account of
descenders, so in <code>\(\underline&lbrace;y&rbrace;\)</code> the line is lower than in
<code>\(\underline&lbrace;x&rbrace;\)</code>. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that the package <code>ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows
line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the
documentation on CTAN. See also&nbsp;<ref label="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><xrefnodename>\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill</xrefnodename></ref> for
producing a line, for such things as a signature.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\overline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\overline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\overline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\overline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and
outside. For example, <code>\overline&lbrace;x+y&rbrace;</code>.
Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\underbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\underbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this
<code>(1-\underbrace&lbrace;1/2)+(1/2&rbrace;-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part.
-Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript,
-<code>^</code>, as here.
+Attach text to the brace by using the subscript command, <code>_</code>, or
+superscript, <code>^</code>, as here.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
@@ -14376,15 +14557,15 @@ Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript,
<para>The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look
unconnected to the underbrace.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\overbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\overbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with
<code>\overbrace&lbrace;x+x+\cdots+x&rbrace;^&lbrace;\mbox&lbrace;\(k\) times&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>. See also
<code>\underbrace</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -14394,8 +14575,8 @@ some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN.
<node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the
normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then
@@ -14419,11 +14600,11 @@ a&nbsp;<samp>M</samp>.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace">spacing in math mode thickspace</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. With
the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release,
@@ -14431,16 +14612,16 @@ can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode
only.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negthickspace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code>
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\&gt;</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace">spacing in math mode medspace</anchor>
<para>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus
4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
@@ -14448,15 +14629,15 @@ mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only.
that, in math mode only.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negmedspace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code>
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor>
<para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>.
@@ -14475,9 +14656,9 @@ this, before punctuation in a displayed equation.
</pre></example>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor>
<para>Synonym: <code>\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally
<code>-3mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
@@ -14487,8 +14668,8 @@ otherwise, the <code>\!</code> command is math mode only but the
(<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">quad</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">quad</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor>
<para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space
surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between
@@ -14496,7 +14677,7 @@ two equations inside a <code>displaymath</code> environment. It is available
in both text and math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\qquad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad">spacing in math mode qquad</anchor>
<para>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36<dmn>mu</dmn> = 2<dmn>em</dmn>. It is available in
both text and math mode.
@@ -14512,8 +14693,8 @@ both text and math mode.
<node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14580,8 +14761,8 @@ mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a
\leavevmode\smash&lbrace;zzz&rbrace; % usual paragraph indent
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
control over smashing a subformula box.
@@ -14591,12 +14772,19 @@ control over smashing a subformula box.
<node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\mathstrut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cphantom">\phantom</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cvphantom">\vphantom</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005chphantom">\hphantom</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\phantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\vphantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\hphantom</indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14650,8 +14838,8 @@ two expressions come out at the same level.
<para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>.
<xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
@@ -14661,8 +14849,8 @@ as <code>\settodepth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettodepth"><xrefnodename>\setto
In addition, the <code>mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer
fine-grained control over spacing.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you
@@ -14679,13 +14867,13 @@ with <code>\leavevmode</code>.
<node name="_005cmathstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\mathstrut</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14714,7 +14902,7 @@ amount of space, use <code>\rule</code> with a width of zero. <xref label="_005
<node name="Math-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Math styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math styles</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex;&textrsquo;s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For
example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code>\sum_&lbrace;0\leq
@@ -14730,30 +14918,30 @@ superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math.
</para>
<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
<beforefirstitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">display style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">display style</indexterm></cindex>
</beforefirstitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
<para>Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as
with <code>\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace; ... \end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">text style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">text style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
<para>Text style is for an inline formula, as with <samp>so we have $ ... $</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">script style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">script style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
<para>Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
<para>Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more)
of subscript or superscript.
</para>
</listitem></itemize>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\textstyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\scriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\scriptscriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\textstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\scriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\scriptscriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
<para>&tex; determines a default math style but you can override it with a
declaration of <code>\displaystyle</code>, or <code>\textstyle</code>, or
<code>\scriptstyle</code>, or <code>\scriptscriptstyle</code>.
@@ -14810,7 +14998,7 @@ improves the height of the denominators; <pxref label="_005cmathstrut"><xrefnode
<node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Math styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are
some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
@@ -14824,12 +15012,13 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">Colon character &amp; \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename>Colon character &amp; \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> &amp; <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">: <r>for math</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="colon">colon</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">: <r>(for math)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -14844,16 +15033,16 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
<pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
<code>\&lbrace;x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>But the widely-used <code>amsmath</code> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want
@@ -14864,11 +15053,11 @@ the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct&lbrace;:&rbrace;<
<node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character &amp; \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14891,8 +15080,8 @@ break, followed by <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>.
<node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14910,10 +15099,10 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code>
<node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">square root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">roots</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">radical</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">square root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -14925,22 +15114,23 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code>
<para>The square root, or optionally other roots, of <var>arg</var>. The optional
argument <var>root-number</var> gives the root, i.e., enter the cube root of
<code>x+y</code> as <code>\sqrt[3]&lbrace;x+y&rbrace;</code>.
-The radical grows with the size of <var>arg</var> (as the height of the
-radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets steeper, until for
-a large enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical).
+The size of the radical grows with that of <var>arg</var> (as the height of
+the radical grows, the angle on the leftmost part gets steeper, until
+for a tall enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical).
</para>
-<para>&latex; has a separate <code>\surd</code> character (<pxref label="Math-symbols"><xrefnodename>Math symbols</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>&latex; has a separate <code>\surd</code> symbol for making a square root
+without <var>arg</var> (<pxref label="Math-symbols"><xrefnodename>Math symbols</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</subsection>
<node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Synopsis, one of:
+<para>Synopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\stackrel&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>relation</var>&rbrace;
@@ -14956,7 +15146,7 @@ arrow enter <code>\stackrel&lbrace;f&rbrace;&lbrace;\longrightarrow&rbrace;</cod
<node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">modes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">modes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
modes. They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -14964,18 +15154,18 @@ modes, the math modes, and the vertical modes. Some commands only work
in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of
the math modes), and error messages will refer to these.
</para>
-<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>&bullet;</itemprepend>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
<anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> (in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>horizontal
mode</dfn>) is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks
the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that
in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode &latex; is
in most of the time.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor>
<para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called
<dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts
@@ -14984,28 +15174,28 @@ making a box with an <code>\mbox</code> command. As in paragraph mode,
in paragraph mode, in LR mode &latex; never starts a new line, it just
keeps going from left to right. (Although &latex; will not complain
that the LR box is too long, when it is finished and next tries to put
-that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR
+that box into a line, it might well complain that the finished LR
box won&textrsquo;t fit there.)
</para>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating
an inline mathematical formula.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed
mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
differs in the two situations.)
</para>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is
building the list of lines and other material making the output page,
which comprises insertion of page breaks. This is the mode &latex; is
in when it starts a document.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor>
<para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a
<code>\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
@@ -15021,8 +15211,8 @@ mode, then the next switch happens at the <samp>\(</samp> where &latex;
changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
back to paragraph mode.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor>
<anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor>
<para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
@@ -15072,8 +15262,8 @@ But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf.
<node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of
that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body. This
@@ -15081,11 +15271,11 @@ includes pages in the main part of the document but also includes
special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
the first page of an article.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is very helpful for constructing page
-styles. See its documentation on CTAN.
+<para>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is commonly used for constructing page
+styles. See its documentation.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\maketitle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Generate a title page.
@@ -15098,8 +15288,8 @@ styles. See its documentation on CTAN.
<node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15142,10 +15332,10 @@ the following declarations. These must come before the
<code>\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</indexterm>\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</indexterm>\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a
list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. To separate lines
within a single author&textrsquo;s entry, for instance to give the author&textrsquo;s
@@ -15153,29 +15343,29 @@ institution or address, use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you omit
the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: No
\author given</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date. The <var>text</var>
doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you
omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
To have no date, instead use <code>\date&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information
for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at
-all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
+the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense. It can be any text
+at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
address.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\title</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line
breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you
-omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: No
-\title given</samp>.
+omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then the <code>\maketitle</code> command
+yields error <samp>LaTeX Error: No \title given</samp>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -15190,8 +15380,8 @@ house requirements.)
<node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15202,11 +15392,13 @@ house requirements.)
<para>Specifies the style of page numbers, and resets the page number. The
numbering style is reflected on the page, and also in the table of
contents and other page references. This declaration has global scope
-so its effect is not delimited by braces or environments.
+so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
+or an end of environment.
</para>
-<para>In this example, before the Main section the pages are numbered
-<samp>a</samp>, etc. Starting on the page containing that section, the pages
-are numbered <samp>1</samp>, etc.
+<para>In this example, before the <samp>Main</samp> section the pages are numbered
+<samp>a</samp>, etc. Starting on the page containing the
+<code>\pagenumbering</code> call in that section, the pages are numbered
+<samp>1</samp>, etc.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;\pagenumbering&lbrace;alph&rbrace;
@@ -15237,8 +15429,8 @@ get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it
does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not
work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code> so to have the page number
@@ -15261,10 +15453,10 @@ number, then you manipulate the <code>page</code> counter (<pxref label="Counter
<node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">header style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">header style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15275,8 +15467,8 @@ number, then you manipulate the <code>page</code> counter (<pxref label="Counter
<para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
from the current page onwards.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package
<code>fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
@@ -15341,15 +15533,15 @@ title of the last subsection to start, that is, the one in effect during
the right hand page.
</para>
<para>To accomplish this, in a two-sided article, &latex; has <code>\section</code>
-issue a command <code>\markboth</code>, setting <code>\leftmark</code>
-to <samp>Section&nbsp;2</samp> and setting <code>\rightmark</code> to blank.
+issue a command <code>\markboth</code>, setting <code>\leftmark</code> to
+<samp>Section&nbsp;2</samp> and setting <code>\rightmark</code> to an empty content.
And, &latex; has <code>\subsection</code> issue a command <code>\markright</code>,
setting <code>\rightmark</code> to <samp>Subsection&nbsp;2.1</samp>, etc.
</para>
<para>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>:
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\markboth&lbrace;<var>left-head</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\markboth&lbrace;<var>left-head</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\markboth&lbrace;<var>left-head</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\markboth&lbrace;<var>left-head</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a
page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>. A left hand page
heading <var>left-head</var> is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code>
@@ -15358,7 +15550,7 @@ command before the end of the page. A right hand page heading
<code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
the last one that came before that page.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\markright&lbrace;<var>right</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\markright&lbrace;<var>right</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\markright&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\markright&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -15368,8 +15560,8 @@ the last one that came before that page.
<node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15409,8 +15601,8 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command
<node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">white space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">white space</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of
these are best suited to mathematical text; for these
@@ -15442,9 +15634,12 @@ Vertical space
<node name="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" spaces=" "><nodename>\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hspace</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005censpace">\enspace</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cquad">\quad</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cqquad">\qquad</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -15480,7 +15675,7 @@ in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with
<node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -15542,10 +15737,10 @@ space won&textrsquo;t shrink more than 0.25<dmn>cm</dmn> (<pxref label="Lengths"
<node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hss</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15563,7 +15758,7 @@ of the page and <samp>Quiz One</samp> on the right.
<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
<para>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;</code> and
so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
<code>\hspace*&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -15590,10 +15785,10 @@ so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
<node name="_005chss" spaces=" "><nodename>\hss</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15630,7 +15825,7 @@ X\hbox to 0pt&lbrace;\hss Z&rbrace;Y
<pre xml:space="preserve">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var>
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
<para>Influence &latex;&textrsquo;s glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level
documents do not use this command.
</para>
@@ -15697,11 +15892,11 @@ then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command.
<node name="_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code> </sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name -->
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -15763,9 +15958,10 @@ Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and
<anchor name="_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</anchor><!-- c old node name -->
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code> &amp; <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cnonfrenchspacing">\nonfrenchspacing</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -15792,8 +15988,8 @@ spaces are treated equally.
<node name="_005cnormalsfcodes" spaces=" "><nodename>\normalsfcodes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15810,11 +16006,11 @@ spaces are treated equally.
<node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
<para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
backslash followed by a space.&linebreak;Synopsis:
@@ -15885,12 +16081,12 @@ the newline after <samp>one</samp>, not by the space before <samp>word</samp>.
<node name="_007e" spaces=" "><nodename>~</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">tie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15939,8 +16135,8 @@ from <cite>The &tex;book</cite>.
<para>When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
(1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
<para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
@@ -15981,12 +16177,14 @@ Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>.
<node name="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\/</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">~</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinspace</code> &amp; <code>\negthinspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cthinspace">\thinspace</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnegthinspace">\negthinspace</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16015,8 +16213,8 @@ think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another
style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\
Knuth</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode
(<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>). With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as
@@ -16028,8 +16226,8 @@ otherwise, they are available only in math mode.
<node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16071,8 +16269,8 @@ where this is needed is the name <code>pdf\/\TeX</code>. However, most
upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators
do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called
<dfn>slant parameter</dfn> (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether
to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
@@ -16086,8 +16284,10 @@ done in a different way.
<node name="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\/</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hrulefill</code> &amp; <code>\dotfill</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cdotfill">\dotfill</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16156,6 +16356,13 @@ Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with
<node name="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bigskip</code> &amp; <code>\medskip</code> &amp; <code>\smallskip</code></sectiontitle>
+<anchor name="_005cbigskip">\bigskip</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmedskip">\medskip</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005csmallskip">\smallskip</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm></findex>
+
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -16184,22 +16391,22 @@ file.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="bigskip">bigskip</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
<para>The same as <code>\vspace&lbrace;\bigskipamount&rbrace;</code>, ordinarily about one line
space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and
<code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="medskip">medskip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
<para>The same as <code>\vspace&lbrace;\medskipamount&rbrace;</code>, ordinarily about half of a
line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code>
and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="smallskip">smallskip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
<para>The same as <code>\vspace&lbrace;\smallskipamount&rbrace;</code>, ordinarily about a
quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the
<code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
@@ -16220,6 +16427,13 @@ put a page break (<pxref label="_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csma
<node name="_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\strut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bigbreak</code> &amp; <code>\medbreak</code> &amp; <code>\smallbreak</code></sectiontitle>
+<anchor name="_005cbigbreak">\bigbreak</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmedbreak">\medbreak</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005csmallbreak">\smallbreak</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\bigbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\medbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\smallbreak</indexterm></findex>
+
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -16230,7 +16444,8 @@ put a page break (<pxref label="_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csma
<para>Produce a vertical space that is big or medium-sized or small, and
suggest to &latex; that this is a good place to break the page. (The
-associated penalties are -200, -100, and -50.)
+associated penalties are respectively &minus;200, &minus;100, and
+&minus;50.)
</para>
<para><xref label="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><xrefnodename>\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip</xrefnodename></xref>, for more. These commands
produce the same vertical space but differ in that they also remove a
@@ -16254,8 +16469,8 @@ with <samp>def</samp>.
<node name="_005cstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\strut</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">strut</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16320,10 +16535,10 @@ its second <samp>test</samp>, which happens not have any characters that
descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives
the needed extra below-baseline space.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
<code>TikZ</code> or <code>Asymptote</code>. For instance, you may have a command
@@ -16359,9 +16574,9 @@ solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like
<node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\strut</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16426,10 +16641,10 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each.
<node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16467,9 +16682,9 @@ Lost Dog!
<node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16529,14 +16744,14 @@ with a <code>\par</code> command (<pxref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xr
<node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
<para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
page. So these commands are central.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes.
One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>.
@@ -16555,11 +16770,13 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>.
<node name="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\mbox &amp; \makebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fbox &amp; \framebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mbox</code> &amp; <code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cmbox">\mbox</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmakebox">\makebox</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16583,9 +16800,10 @@ the tank name, <samp>T-34</samp>.
<pre xml:space="preserve">The soviet tank \mbox&lbrace;T-34&rbrace; is a symbol of victory against nazism.
</pre></example>
-<para>The first two command synopsis versions, <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code>, are
-roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the
-<var>text</var>. (They are like plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\hbox</code>.)
+<para>The first two command invocations shown, <code>\mbox</code> and
+<code>\makebox</code>, are roughly the same. They create a box just wide
+enough to contain the <var>text</var>. (They are like plain &tex;&textrsquo;s
+<code>\hbox</code>.)
</para>
<para>In the third version the optional argument <var>width</var> specifies the
width of the box. Note that the space occupied by the text need not
@@ -16652,11 +16870,11 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space
after <samp>points</samp>) will be just before the <samp>What</samp>. You can use
@@ -16683,8 +16901,10 @@ and&nbsp;<ref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></ref>.
<node name="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\fbox &amp; \framebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\mbox &amp; \makebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fbox</code> &amp; <code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cfbox">\fbox</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cframebox">\framebox</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -16728,18 +16948,18 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> wide.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxrule">fbox framebox fboxrule</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is
0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as
<code>\setlength&lbrace;\fboxrule&rbrace;&lbrace;0.8pt&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>.
Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;\fboxsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;</code>
(<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes:
@@ -16779,9 +16999,9 @@ command where the units depend on <code>picture</code>&textrsquo;s <code>\unitle
<node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox &amp; \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -16843,7 +17063,7 @@ stretchable space).
<node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox &amp; \savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16908,9 +17128,11 @@ second is the height of <file>meta.png</file>.
<node name="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\sbox &amp; \savebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">lrbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raisebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sbox</code> &amp; <code>\savebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005csbox">\sbox</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005csavebox">\savebox</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16945,13 +17167,13 @@ There goes \usebox&lbrace;\fullname&rbrace;! Ya da da da da da da.
<code>\newcommand</code> macro variable is efficiency, that &latex; need not
repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below.
</para>
-<para>The first two command invocations,
+<para>The first two command invocations shown above,
<code>\sbox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> and
-<code>\savebox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code>, are roughly equivalent.
-As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify
-the box width as <var>width</var>, and the position of the text inside that
-box as <var>position</var>. <xref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox &amp; \makebox</xrefnodename></xref>, for the full
-description.
+<code>\savebox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code>, are roughly the same.
+As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to
+specify the box width as <var>width</var>, and the position of the text
+inside that box as <var>position</var>. <xref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox &amp; \makebox</xrefnodename></xref>, for the
+full description.
</para>
<para>In the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> commands the <var>text</var> is
typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). If
@@ -17008,7 +17230,7 @@ header. &latex; only typesets it once.
<node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox &amp; \savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17046,8 +17268,8 @@ for entering the <code>tabular</code>.
<node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17067,7 +17289,7 @@ backslash, <code>\</code>.) This command is robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"
<node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">color</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
@@ -17091,8 +17313,8 @@ significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
<node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
</para>
@@ -17142,7 +17364,7 @@ memory space.
<node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">color models</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">color models</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors. &latex;&textrsquo;s
capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
@@ -17203,7 +17425,7 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>,
<node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
</para>
@@ -17218,9 +17440,9 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>,
<node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">define color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">define color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17254,8 +17476,8 @@ or style, rather than in the document body.
<node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -17269,13 +17491,13 @@ or style, rather than in the document body.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\color&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;
-\color[<var>color model</var>]&lbrace;<var>specification</var>&rbrace;
+\color[<var>color model</var>]&lbrace;<var>color specification</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
<para>The affected text gets the color. This line
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor&lbrace;magenta&rbrace;&lbrace;My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor&lbrace;magenta&rbrace;&lbrace;My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;&rbrace;
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
</pre></example>
@@ -17356,9 +17578,9 @@ numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one.
<node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -17412,10 +17634,10 @@ of the second line.
<node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -17446,8 +17668,8 @@ rather than the default transparent background.)
<node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document.
You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;.
@@ -17496,8 +17718,8 @@ see their documentation on CTAN.
<node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
</para>
@@ -17577,9 +17799,9 @@ option has &latex; to read the size from the latter.
<node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for
the graphic.
@@ -17600,7 +17822,7 @@ the documentation in <file>grfguide.pdf</file>, or the &latex; source, or your
<node name="_005cgraphicspath" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphicspath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphicspath</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17678,7 +17900,7 @@ instead in <file>book/plots</file>.
<node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphicspath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -17721,8 +17943,8 @@ the most recent <file>pdftex.def</file> has this extension list.
<pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package.
</para>
@@ -17735,7 +17957,7 @@ than once. Show its value with
<node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17800,9 +18022,8 @@ files in a file with a PostScript style <code>%%BoundingBox</code> line if no
other format is available.)
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">command</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>A command that will be applied to the
-file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a
-single backward quote. Thus,
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>A command that will be applied to the file. This is often left
+empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus,
<code>\DeclareGraphicsRule&lbrace;.eps.gz&rbrace;&lbrace;eps&rbrace;&lbrace;.eps.bb&rbrace;&lbrace;`gunzip -c
#1&rbrace;</code> specifies that any file with the extension <file>.eps.gz</file> should
be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the BoundingBox information
@@ -17821,8 +18042,8 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution.
<node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the commands available with the <code>graphics</code> and
<code>graphicx</code> packages.
@@ -17838,16 +18059,16 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution.
<node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses for <code>graphics</code> package:
</para>
@@ -17982,8 +18203,8 @@ two will end with different widths and heights.
</para>
<para>There are many options. The primary ones are listed first.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is
traditionally referred to as its <dfn>bounding box</dfn> (distinct from the
PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic&textrsquo;s printed area may
@@ -18239,10 +18460,10 @@ external commands.
<node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis if you use the <code>graphics</code> package:
</para>
@@ -18330,14 +18551,14 @@ setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise.
<node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -18380,13 +18601,13 @@ immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical axis.
<node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -18425,8 +18646,8 @@ text two inches wide but keep the original height with
<node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a
special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@@ -18447,10 +18668,10 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
<node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
example, the percent sign&nbsp;<code>%</code> is for comments. They are
called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. They are
@@ -18460,21 +18681,21 @@ all discussed elsewhere in this manual.
<pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % &amp; &lbrace; &rbrace; _ ~ ^ \
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\&amp;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\&lbrace;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\&amp;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\&lbrace;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
<para>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text
body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply
put a backslash&nbsp;<code>\</code> in front of the character. Thus,
typing <code>\$1.23</code> will produce&nbsp;<code>$1.23</code> in your output.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
<para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font
use <code>\~&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next
character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body
@@ -18482,8 +18703,8 @@ font circumflex use <code>\^&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>. To get a backslash in the
the text body, enter <code>\textbackslash&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
<para>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use
-<code>\verb!!</code> as below (the double backslash&nbsp;<code>\\</code> is only
-there to split the lines in the output).
+<code>\verb!!</code> as below (the double backslash&nbsp;<code>\\</code> in the
+example is only there to split the lines in the output).
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
@@ -18497,10 +18718,10 @@ there to split the lines in the output).
<node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -18543,23 +18764,23 @@ you need to do expansion. Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces
<w> </w>\expandafter&lbrace;\schoolname&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the
standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
<code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
<code>mfirstuc</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in
the original &tex; and &latex;. It has been implemented in the
@@ -18574,9 +18795,9 @@ good overview of the topic, past and present.
<node name="Symbols-by-font-position" spaces=" "><nodename>Symbols by font position</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
@@ -18594,11 +18815,13 @@ visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as
<node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
not available in OT1. As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all
@@ -18607,172 +18830,183 @@ the <code>textcomp</code> package for some (technically, those in the
<code>TS1</code> font encoding).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&copyright; The copyright symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &latex; logo.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &latex;2e logo.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&guillemotleft;, &guillemotright;, &lsaquo;, &rsaquo;
Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&dots; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code>
-and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&dots; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code> and
+<code>\dots</code> also work in math mode (<pxref label="Dots"><xrefnodename>Dots</xrefnodename></pxref>). See that math
+mode ellipsis description for additional general information.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&pound; English pounds sterling.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&bdquo; and &sbquo;
Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00A7</U> Section sign.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &tex; logo.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>^ ASCII circumflex.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>~ ASCII tilde.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>* Centered asterisk.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>\ Backslash.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>\ Backslash. However, <code>\texttt&lbrace;\textbackslash&rbrace;</code> produces a roman
+(not typewriter) backslash by default; for a typewriter backslash, it
+is necessary to use the T1 (or other non-default) font encoding, as
+in:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]&lbrace;fontenc&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/824 -->
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>| Vertical bar.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>25EF</U>, Big circle symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&lbrace; Left brace.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&lbrace; Left brace. See remarks at <code>\textbackslash</code> above about
+making <code>\texttt&lbrace;\textbraceleft&rbrace;</code> produce a typewriter brace.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&rbrace; Right brace.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&rbrace; Right brace. See remarks at <code>\textbackslash</code> above about
+making <code>\texttt&lbrace;\textbraceright&rbrace;</code> produce a typewriter brace.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&bullet; Bullet.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>24B6</U>, Circle around <var>letter</var>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
<code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This
is most useful in non-English languages. The
<code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> form has the cap height of the font
while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2020</U> Dagger.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2021</U> Double dagger.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
<para>$ Dollar sign.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
<raggedright endspaces=" ">
<para>&textmdash; Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
parentheses, as in &textlsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky
@@ -18780,145 +19014,145 @@ enough to make the playoffs---are more like a sprint.</code>&textrsquo; Conventi
for spacing around em-dashes vary widely.
</para></raggedright>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &textlsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&textrsquo;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The Euro currency symbol: &euro;.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
</para>
<para>For an alternative glyph design, try the
<code>eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&iexcl; Upside down exclamation point.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an
en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
in the current font, or writes the usual &textldquo;Missing character&textrdquo; warning
to the log file.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&gt; Greater than symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above;
the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&lt; Less than symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2190</U>, Left arrow.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code>
above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
breaks disallowed after).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&ordf;, &ordm; Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00B7</U> Centered period.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&iquest; Upside down question mark.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textldquo; Double left quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrdquo; Double right quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textlsquo; Single left quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrsquo; Single right quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>0027</U>, Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
<para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&registered; Registered symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2192</U>, Right arrow.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol.
</para>
<!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash? In Unicode? -->
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>_ Underscore.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2423</U>, Visible space symbol.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -18928,17 +19162,17 @@ breaks disallowed after).
<node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and
languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which
supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The
@@ -18953,12 +19187,12 @@ use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1.
<para>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with
lowercase <samp>o</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
<!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
<!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
@@ -18967,131 +19201,131 @@ accented.
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\&quot;</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\&quot; <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\&quot; <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Related to this, <code>\underbar&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> produces a bar under
<var>text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode
(<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in
-<ref label="Math-miscellany"><xrefnodename>Math miscellany</xrefnodename></ref>.
+<ref label="Over_002d-and-Underlining"><xrefnodename>Over- and Underlining</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the
ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two characters.
The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="caron">o</accent> H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -19103,7 +19337,7 @@ The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
<node name="_005caccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\accent</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Accents</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\accent</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19159,12 +19393,12 @@ cases will not work as it cannot analyze upper/lower case.
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle>
<anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond
A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
@@ -19173,84 +19407,84 @@ than English.
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(&aring;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(&Aring;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">aring</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(&aring;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(&Aring;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">aring</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&aring; and &Aring;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(&aelig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(&AElig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(&aelig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(&AElig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&aelig; and &AElig;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(&eth;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(&ETH;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(&eth;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(&ETH;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Icelandic letter eth: &eth; and &ETH;. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
<para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a.&noeos; capital and small letter d with stroke. Not
available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to
select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&lslash; and &Lslash;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
<para>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(&oslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(&Oslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(&oslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(&Oslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&oslash; and &Oslash;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(&oelig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(&OElig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(&oelig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(&OElig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&oelig; and &OElig;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(&szlig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(&szlig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&szlig; and SS.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(&thorn;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(&THORN;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(&thorn;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(&THORN;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Icelandic letter thorn: &thorn; and &THORN;. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19262,7 +19496,7 @@ font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
<node name="inputenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>inputenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>inputenc</code> package</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19275,9 +19509,9 @@ default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically,
specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
useful to omit it.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
called the <dfn>encoding</dfn>. There are many different encodings. The
simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
@@ -19316,7 +19550,7 @@ is a left single quote from a web page using <code>latin1</code> inside a
replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a
&latex; equivalent command or character.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\inputencoding</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\inputencoding</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="_005cinputencoding">\inputencoding</anchor>
<para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
@@ -19331,7 +19565,7 @@ for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>,
<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">inputenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -19342,8 +19576,8 @@ for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>,
<para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
<para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof:
</para>
@@ -19351,8 +19585,8 @@ or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof:
<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\qedsymbol&rbrace;&lbrace;\rule&lbrace;0.4em&rbrace;&lbrace;2ex&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>The <code>amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat
@@ -19383,9 +19617,9 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it.
<node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19397,11 +19631,11 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it.
<var>yyyy</var></samp>. An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4,
1976</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Multilingual packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, or
classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
@@ -19420,8 +19654,8 @@ the following will output <samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>:
<para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
<code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <code>datetime</code> package
which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
@@ -19435,16 +19669,16 @@ date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes.
<node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">input file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
document. It can also speed processing.
</para>
<para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts. This shows such
a file with five included files.
</para>
@@ -19495,7 +19729,7 @@ your output correctly.
<node name="_005cendinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\endinput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\include &amp; \includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\endinput</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19537,8 +19771,10 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an <code>\if...</code> with a
<node name="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" spaces=" "><nodename>\include &amp; \includeonly</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\endinput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\include</code> &amp; <code>\includeonly</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cinclude">\include</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19637,7 +19873,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use
dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name <samp>amo amas amat</samp>,
this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
\includeonly&lbrace;
@@ -19660,7 +19896,7 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp> The
<code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
@@ -19682,7 +19918,7 @@ also delete the file <file><var>root</var>.aux</file> and rerun &latex;.
<node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\include &amp; \includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\input</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19717,7 +19953,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use
dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name <samp>amo amas amat</samp>,
this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\input&lbrace;&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
@@ -19744,14 +19980,14 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
<node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -19820,7 +20056,7 @@ input</xrefnodename></pxref>). For example, this &latex; file <file>test.tex</f
\contentsline &lbrace;subsection&rbrace;&lbrace;\numberline &lbrace;1.1&rbrace;First subsection&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code>
(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). The first argument, the <code>section</code> or
@@ -19875,11 +20111,11 @@ inside a box of width <code>\&arobase;pnumwidth</code>. By default
<code>1.55em</code>. Change these as with
<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\&arobase;tocrmarg&rbrace;&lbrace;3.5em&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). The package <code>tocloft</code> is convenient for
@@ -19897,11 +20133,11 @@ these commands before you call <code>\tableofcontents</code>, etc.
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Internationalization packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>
will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
@@ -19919,8 +20155,8 @@ will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
<node name="_005c_0040dottedtocline" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19948,7 +20184,7 @@ three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up
the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
from a call to <code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
box, these <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands insert <dfn>leaders</dfn>, that
is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
@@ -19965,8 +20201,8 @@ for the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard
<node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19974,7 +20210,7 @@ for the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard
<pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline&lbrace;<var>ext</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>unit</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.
</para>
<para>The following will result in an <samp>Appendices</samp> line in the table of
@@ -20069,7 +20305,7 @@ will not make sense.
<node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\contentsline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocontents</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents&lbrace;<var>ext</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents&lbrace;<var>ext</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20145,17 +20381,17 @@ move <code>\addtocontents</code> into the file being included.
<node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20192,14 +20428,14 @@ something like this in <file>thesis.lof</file>.
where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code>
(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see
the <code>tocloft</code> package.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of
<code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more
@@ -20214,7 +20450,7 @@ file, and running &latex; again.
<node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\numberline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\contentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nofiles</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20249,7 +20485,7 @@ the old information.
<node name="_005cnumberline" spaces=" "><nodename>\numberline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nofiles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\numberline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20295,11 +20531,11 @@ is automatically added by &latex;; <pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnode
<node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>If you tell &latex; what terms you want to appear in an index then it
can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers
@@ -20349,14 +20585,14 @@ Leaving out the <code>\makeindex</code> will stop &latex; from saving the
index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the <code>\printindex</code>
will cause &latex; to not show the index in the document output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code>showidx</code>
package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the
page where the <code>\index</code> appears. This can help in preparing the index.
@@ -20376,15 +20612,15 @@ See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic,
<node name="Produce-the-index-manually" spaces=" "><nodename>Produce the index manually</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\index</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Produce the index manually</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
<para>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index.
This will make a separate page labeled <samp>Index</samp>, in twocolumn
format.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theindex</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp"><code>theindex</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theindex</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp"><code>theindex</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;
@@ -20401,10 +20637,10 @@ which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is why
in most cases automated methods such as <command>makeindex</command> are best.
<xref label="Indexes"><xrefnodename>Indexes</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\subitem</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">\subsubitem</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\subitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">\subsubitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the
automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels
of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses <code>\item</code>,
@@ -20419,8 +20655,8 @@ with a new letter.
<node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Produce the index manually</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20446,7 +20682,7 @@ Ackermann function\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function&rbrace;
rate of growth\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function!growth rate&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>All three index entries will get a page number, such as <samp>Ackermann,
22</samp>. &latex; will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the
@@ -20466,7 +20702,7 @@ document as above will give an index entry like <samp>Ackermann, 22,
instance <code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function&rbrace;</code> could come before
<code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -20487,14 +20723,14 @@ the output is the item <samp>Jones</samp> with no comma or page number,
followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results,
51</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>see</samp> by using a vertical bar
@@ -20551,8 +20787,8 @@ would naturally give it.
an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code>&quot;</code>.
(The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
provided by <code>makeidx</code>. One is <code>index</code>, which allows for
@@ -20560,8 +20796,8 @@ multiple indices and contains a command
<code>\index*&lbrace;<var>index-entry-string</var>&rbrace;</code> that prints the
<var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
<file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file. Specifically, it writes text of the
command
@@ -20583,11 +20819,11 @@ message like this.
<node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -20603,9 +20839,9 @@ raw index files, <file><var>filename</var>.idx</file> files, and produces the
actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by
<code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
<para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second allows
you to format the index by using an <dfn>index style file</dfn>, a
<file>.isty</file> file. The third form is the most general; see the full
@@ -20643,17 +20879,17 @@ comment.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="makeindex-preamble">makeindex preamble</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which the index is
formatted. Default: <code>&quot;\\begin&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;\n&quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-postamble">makeindex postamble</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Postamble of the output index file. Default: <code>&quot;\n\n\\end&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;\n&quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-group-skip">makeindex group skip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for
entries starting with letter <samp>a</samp>, etc. This specifier gives what
is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>&quot;\n\n
@@ -20661,7 +20897,7 @@ is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>&quot;\n\n
length, by default <code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-letheadflag">makeindex letheadflag</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If
it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing
will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
@@ -20671,93 +20907,93 @@ then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default
is&nbsp;0.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-lethead-prefix">makeindex lethead prefix</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix
inserted before the new letter header. Default: <code>&quot;&quot;</code>
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-lethead-suffix">makeindex lethead suffix</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix
inserted after the new letter header. Default: <code>&quot;&quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-0">makeindex item 0</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between two level&nbsp;0 items. Default: <code>&quot;\n \\item
&quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-1">makeindex item 1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put between two level&nbsp;1 items. Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-2">makeindex item 2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>put between two level&nbsp;2 items. Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-01">makeindex item 01</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level&nbsp;0 item and a level&nbsp;1 item.
Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-x1">makeindex item x1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level&nbsp;0 item and a level&nbsp;1 item in the
case that the level&nbsp;0 item doesn&textrsquo;t have any page numbers (as in
<code>\index&lbrace;aaa|see&lbrace;bbb&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>). Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-12">makeindex item 12</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level&nbsp;1 item and a level&nbsp;2 item.
Default: <code>&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-x2">makeindex item x2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level&nbsp;1 item and a level&nbsp;2 item, if the
level&nbsp;1 item doesn&textrsquo;t have page numbers. Default: <code>&quot;\n
\\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-0">makeindex delim 0</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level&nbsp;0 key and its first page
number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-1">makeindex delim 1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level&nbsp;1 key and its first page
number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-2">makeindex delim 2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between a level&nbsp;2 key and its first page number. Default:
a comma followed by a blank, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-n">makeindex delim n</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any
level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-r">makeindex delim r</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range.
Default: <code>&quot;--&quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-line-max">makeindex line max</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. Maximum length of an index entry&textrsquo;s line in the output,
beyond which the line wraps. Default: <code>72</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-indent-space">makeindex indent space</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default:
<code>&quot;\t\t&quot;</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-indent-length">makeindex indent length</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default
<code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
default here is <code>16</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-page-precedence">makeindex page precedence</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example, a
book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main
matter pages are in arabic. This string specifies the order in which
@@ -20769,7 +21005,7 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>. Default:
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job
<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>
(<uref><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</urefurl></uref>), which does internationalization and can
@@ -20778,7 +21014,7 @@ other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in
markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as
described in its documentation.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <code>xindex</code>,
written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>).
</para>
@@ -20787,8 +21023,8 @@ written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>).
<node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20798,8 +21034,8 @@ written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>).
<para>Place the index into the output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To get an index you must first include
<code>\usepackage&lbrace;makeidx&rbrace;\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and
@@ -20813,11 +21049,11 @@ discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>.
<node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20861,9 +21097,9 @@ of a Turing machine</samp>. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed
<samp>Turing machine</samp> and the rest of the item says in normal type
<samp>A model of a machine &dots; Computer Science</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>. Put the
<code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
@@ -20883,8 +21119,8 @@ CTAN.
<node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -20930,22 +21166,22 @@ paragraph.
here are a few.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary.
If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command
form given in the synopsis.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>The plural form of <var>name</var>. Refer to the plural form using
<code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (<pxref label="_005cgls"><xrefnodename>\gls</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1217" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -20955,8 +21191,8 @@ form given in the synopsis.
<node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1218" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -20997,8 +21233,8 @@ which also takes the plural.
<node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21048,7 +21284,7 @@ such as <code>\chapter</code> that make no sense in a letter are turned off.
Each <code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a
<code>\closing</code> command such as <code>\closing&lbrace;Yours,&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1219" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for letters)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>. You can say who
is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc&lbrace;the
Boss \\ the Boss's Boss&rbrace;</code>. There&textrsquo;s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for
@@ -21102,7 +21338,7 @@ I am not interested in entering a business arrangement with you.
<node name="_005caddress" spaces=" "><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\address</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1220" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21135,8 +21371,8 @@ is formatted as a personal letter.
<node name="_005ccc" spaces=" "><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1221" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21160,9 +21396,9 @@ with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>, as in:
<node name="_005cclosing" spaces=" "><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1222" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21182,8 +21418,8 @@ at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For example:
<node name="_005cencl" spaces=" "><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1223" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21206,7 +21442,7 @@ Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>.
<node name="_005clocation" spaces=" "><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21222,7 +21458,7 @@ appears if the page style is <code>firstpage</code>.
<node name="_005cmakelabels" spaces=" "><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21279,8 +21515,8 @@ columns having two labels each.
<para>The first column contains the return address twice. The second column
contains the address for each recipient.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines
@@ -21292,7 +21528,7 @@ are all that you need to print envelopes.
<node name="_005cname" spaces=" "><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1226" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21308,8 +21544,8 @@ with the return address.
<node name="_005copening" spaces=" "><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1227" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21328,8 +21564,8 @@ with the return address.
</section>
<node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1228" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21356,7 +21592,7 @@ with the return address.
... &rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
<para>The sender&textrsquo;s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is
usual.
@@ -21397,7 +21633,7 @@ the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a
<node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1230" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21416,9 +21652,9 @@ page.
<node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line interface</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in
to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You
@@ -21438,13 +21674,17 @@ And, you can issue instructions for the operating system.
<node name="_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" spaces=" "><nodename>\openin &amp; \openout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\read</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\openin</code> &amp; <code>\openout</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005copenin">\openin</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005copenout">\openout</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cclosein">\closein</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005ccloseout">\closeout</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1231" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1232" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1233" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21526,9 +21766,9 @@ Bad number (16). &lt;to be read again&gt; = l.30 \openin16=test.jh</samp>.
<node name="_005cread" spaces=" "><nodename>\read</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typein</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\openin &amp; \openout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21561,10 +21801,10 @@ is <code>\typein</code> (<pxref label="_005ctypein"><xrefnodename>\typein</xrefn
<code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include &amp;
\includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges.
CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>.
</para>
@@ -21573,7 +21813,7 @@ CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>.
<node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\read</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1217" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1236" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -21636,7 +21876,7 @@ Recommendation for John Dee.
<node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1218" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1237" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21659,7 +21899,7 @@ Recommendation for John Dee.
<code>\renewcommand</code> (among others) are replaced by their definitions
before being printed.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1219" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1238" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>. Use the
command <code>\space</code> to get a single space, independent of surrounding
@@ -21682,7 +21922,7 @@ spaces. Use <code>^^J</code> to get a newline. Get a percent character with
<node name="_005cwrite" spaces=" "><nodename>\write</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typeout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1220" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21707,7 +21947,7 @@ it, and closes that file.
\immediate\closeout\myfile
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1221" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>The <code>\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic
name to make life easier, so that <code>stream
@@ -21716,9 +21956,9 @@ Then <code>\openout</code> associates the stream number with the given file
name. &tex; ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string
in the file.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and&nbsp;15, because typically
&latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated
by the system. If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or
@@ -21733,12 +21973,12 @@ puts the same in the log file but also puts <samp>Hello World!</samp>
followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are
special as <var>number</var>; see below.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256
(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1222" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1223" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
<para>Use <code>\write\&arobase;auxout&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace;</code> to write to the current
<file>.aux</file> file, which is associated with either the root file or
with the current include file; and use
@@ -21761,8 +22001,8 @@ in one of three contexts:
<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
<listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
<para>With the first, &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately.
Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
<code>\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code>\noexpand</code>,
@@ -21770,16 +22010,16 @@ Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
<code>##</code>).
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things
(as a &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out
and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code>\shipout</code>. At
<code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> is fully expanded.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1226" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1245" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
<para>The third, <code>\protected&arobase;write</code>, is like the second except that
you can use <code>\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first
argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more
@@ -21802,7 +22042,7 @@ the text <samp>XYZ</samp>:
<para>This results in the file <file>test.jh</file> containing the text
<samp>test XYZtest</samp> followed by a newline.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of
<code>\write</code>&textrsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0
to 15 described above, in Plain&nbsp;&tex; <code>\write16</code> and
@@ -21812,8 +22052,8 @@ terminal; however, in &latex;, the natural way to do that is with
even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to
the operating system (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line. You can include a
newline with <code>^^J</code>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log
file:
@@ -21822,8 +22062,8 @@ file:
<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog&lbrace;Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write
@@ -21841,8 +22081,8 @@ packages for this; one is <code>answers</code>.
<node name="_005cwrite-and-security" spaces=" "><nodename>\write and security</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> and security</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you
@@ -21865,7 +22105,7 @@ those. So, this code
! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as
<code>\include&lbrace;../filename&rbrace;</code> because &latex; will try to open
<file>../filename.aux</file>. The simplest solution is to put the included
@@ -21876,7 +22116,7 @@ files in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories.
<node name="_005cmessage" spaces=" "><nodename>\message</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\wlog</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\write and security</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\message</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1227" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1246" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21937,7 +22177,7 @@ starting your message at the beginning of a line.
<node name="_005cwlog" spaces=" "><nodename>\wlog</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write18</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\message</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\wlog</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1228" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1247" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21965,11 +22205,11 @@ starting your message at the beginning of a line.
<node name="_005cwrite18" spaces=" "><nodename>\write18</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\wlog</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1248" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -21982,8 +22222,8 @@ starting your message at the beginning of a line.
runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that
finishes.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This sequence (on Unix)
</para>
@@ -21992,7 +22232,7 @@ finishes.
...
\newcommand&lbrace;\fignum&rbrace;&lbrace;1&rbrace;
\immediate\write18&lbrace;cd pix &amp;&amp; asy figure\fignum&rbrace;
-\includegraphics&lbrace;pix\figure\fignum.pdf&rbrace;
+\includegraphics&lbrace;pix/figure\fignum.pdf&rbrace;
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
@@ -22032,7 +22272,7 @@ safe, by compiling with <code>latex --enable-write18 <var>filename</var></code>
(<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>). (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is
a synonym, in &tex; Live.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use
a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those
that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use
@@ -22041,33 +22281,33 @@ commands is short and features only commands that are under the
control of the distribution maintainers (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line
options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1230" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1231" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1232" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1233" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1251" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1252" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The <var>shell_command</var> text is always passed to <file>/bin/sh</file> on
Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter
<file>cmd.exe</file> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and
the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
<para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
<code>texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure
interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw
<code>\write18</code>: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1253" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex; provides a package <code>shellesc</code> on top of the primitive
<code>\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
<code>\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all &tex; engines;
@@ -22085,9 +22325,9 @@ same reason.
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line interface</sectiontitle>
<anchor name="Command-line">Command line</anchor><!-- c old name -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
</para>
@@ -22108,8 +22348,8 @@ creating the output <file>thesis.pdf</file>.
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1236" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex>
-Note that <file>.tex</file> is the default file name extension.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Note that <file>.tex</file> is the default file name extension.
</para>
<para>pdf&tex; is an extension of the original &tex; program, as are
Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). The first two are
@@ -22121,8 +22361,8 @@ such as hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and
PNG, and ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run
<command>pdflatex</command> or <command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> then you
will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern features.
-If you run <command>latex</command>, or <code>dvilualatex</code>, then you will get
-DVI. The description here assumes pdf&latex;.
+If you run <command>latex</command>, or <command>dvilualatex</command>, then you will get
+DVI. The description here assumes <command>pdflatex</command>.
</para>
<para><xref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></xref>, for a selection of the most useful
command line options. As to <var>argument</var>, the usual case is that it
@@ -22151,7 +22391,7 @@ to do.
<node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the
@@ -22166,23 +22406,23 @@ argument with an <samp>=</samp> sign (<samp>--foo=val</samp>), but there can be
spaces around the <samp>=</samp>. We will generally use the <samp>=</samp> syntax.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1237" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1256" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-version</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Show the current version, like <samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
Live 2015/Debian)</samp> along with a small amount of additional information,
and exit.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1238" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1257" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-help</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit.
</para>
<anchor name="interaction-modes">interaction modes</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1258" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
<code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>,
<code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (the default), &tex;
@@ -22203,17 +22443,17 @@ input, but nothing else.
<noindent></noindent>
<para>eliminates most terminal output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1259" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <dfn>jobname</dfn> to the string. The log file
and output file will then be named <file><var>string</var>.log</file> and
<file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>. <pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>.
</para>
<anchor name="output-directory">output directory</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1260" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>. It must already exist.
This applies to all external files created by &tex; or &latex;, such
@@ -22227,12 +22467,12 @@ external files can be read back in, if desired. The true current
directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also
checked for input files.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1245" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1261" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1262" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1263" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1264" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></itemx>
@@ -22253,12 +22493,12 @@ a limited number of &tex;-related programs, which they distribute.)
<code>\write18&lbrace;ls -l&rbrace;</code>, then you do not get an error but the log
file says <samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1246" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1265" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-halt-on-error</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Stop processing at the first error.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1247" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1248" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1266" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1267" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-no-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style
@@ -22270,7 +22510,7 @@ error messages. These are only available with &tex; Live or Mac&tex;.
<node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Jobname</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>As part of the command line invocation
</para>
@@ -22278,12 +22518,12 @@ error messages. These are only available with &tex; Live or Mac&tex;.
<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent><para>you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting
+<noindent></noindent> <para>you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting
<var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
allows you to do some special effects.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For example, this file (which uses the
<code>hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
@@ -22309,7 +22549,7 @@ compiling it with
<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion&lbrace;&rbrace;\input book.tex&quot;
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent><para>has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent
+<noindent></noindent> <para>has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent
interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell. (This
usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many
peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if
@@ -22359,12 +22599,12 @@ chapter. <xref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the input</xr
<node name="Jobname" spaces=" "><nodename>Jobname</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line input</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Jobname</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1268" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1183">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1184">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1185">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1186">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1187">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the
@@ -22389,16 +22629,16 @@ and the jobname is the argument to <code>\input</code>.
specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex
-jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a real example).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1269" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1188">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The final possibility is <file>texput</file>, which is the final fallback
default if no other name is available to &tex;. That is, if no
<code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
any input file is met, then the log file will be named
<file>texput.log</file>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1251" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1252" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1270" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1271" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>A special case of this is that in &latex; versions of (approximately)
2020 or later, the jobname is also <file>texput</file> if the first
<code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either
@@ -22420,7 +22660,7 @@ a file named <file>texput.pdf</file>:
<para>the output file is <file>lipsum.pdf</file>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls
<code>\input</code>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1253" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1272" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex>
<para>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname.
(When you run &latex; on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.)
@@ -22428,9 +22668,9 @@ In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of
catcode&nbsp;12 (other) except that spaces are category&nbsp;10,
including letters that are normally catcode&nbsp;11.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1273" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1189"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1190"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
@@ -22479,9 +22719,9 @@ l.5 The \PN
typo. You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other
options.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1191"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1192">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1274" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
<para>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to
include the <code>\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> or misspelled it. In this case
&latex; gives you a <samp>*</samp> prompt. You can get back to the command
@@ -22509,8 +22749,8 @@ keys down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
<node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1193">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1194">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will
be useful. Additional template resources are listed at
@@ -22527,16 +22767,16 @@ be useful. Additional template resources are listed at
<node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1195"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1196">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1197"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1198"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast
array of features, but here is a basic template:
</para>
-<verbatim xml:space="preserve">
+<verbatim xml:space="preserve" endspaces=" ">
\documentclass{beamer}
\title{Beamer Class template}
@@ -22567,11 +22807,11 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template:
<node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1199">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A simple template for an article.
</para>
-<verbatim xml:space="preserve">
+<verbatim xml:space="preserve" endspaces=" ">
\documentclass{article}
\title{Article Class Template}
\author{Alex Author}
@@ -22596,12 +22836,12 @@ Some more text.
<node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1200">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This is a straightforward template for a book. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book
template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more elaborate one.
</para>
-<verbatim xml:space="preserve">
+<verbatim xml:space="preserve" endspaces=" ">
\documentclass{book}
\title{Book Class Template}
\author{Alex Author}
@@ -22626,7 +22866,7 @@ The end.
<node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1201">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. <xref label="book-template"><xrefnodename>book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
for a simpler one.
@@ -22645,7 +22885,7 @@ need to come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of
<code>\include</code>. You don&textrsquo;t get the cross-reference benefit with
<code>\input</code>.)
</para>
-<verbatim xml:space="preserve">
+<verbatim xml:space="preserve" endspaces=" ">
\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
@@ -22694,7 +22934,7 @@ need to come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of
<!-- c Keep `Command Index' working for ltx-help.el. -->
<anchor name="Command-Index">Command Index</anchor>
-<printindex value="cp" line="cp"></printindex>
+<printindex spaces=" " value="cp" line="cp"></printindex>
</unnumbered>
<bye></bye>
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.dbk b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.dbk
index 927b437d27..dd5fc1129f 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.dbk
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.dbk
@@ -1,598 +1,2107 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY tex "TeX">
<!ENTITY latex "LaTeX">
]>
<book id="latex2e-es.dbk" lang="es">
-
-
-<title>&latex;2e Manual de Referencia (Julio 2010)</title>
-<!-- %**end of header (Esto es para ejecutar Texinfo en una región.) -->
-
-<!-- xx las instrucciones para latex 2.09 ahora deberían estar presentes, -->
-<!-- xx pero aún faltan algunas de latex2e. -->
-<!-- -->
-<!-- xx mencionar \mathring -->
-<!-- xx mencionar usrguide -->
-<!-- xx mencionar ! combinar la colocación de flotantes, p.15 de la guía -->
-<!-- xx de usuario en http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-info (paquete CTAN latex-info) -->
-<!-- -->
-<!-- xx La composición tipográfica de source2e debería tener un índice con -->
-<!-- xx todas las instrucciones del kernel, lo cual debería se un buen -->
-<!-- xx principio. en classes.dtx. define instrucciones adicionales, y -->
-<!-- xx algunas de las instrucciones son internas del kernel y por tanto no -->
-<!-- xx deben incluirse aquí. -->
-<!-- -->
-<!-- xx paquetes - requeridos, adicionales, útiles; oberdiek ... -->
-<!-- xx tipos de letra - latexsys -->
-
-
-<bookinfo><legalnotice><para>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para &latex;, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, para la
-versión de Julio 2010.
-</para>
-<para>Esto se tradujo originalmente del archivo <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a de la
-Biblioteca de Ayuda VMS. La versión pretraducción fue escrita por
-George&#160;D. Greenwade de Sam Houston State University. La versión de
-&latex;&#160;2.09 fue escrita por Stephen Gilmore. La versión de
-&latex;2e fue adaptada por Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo la
-actualización y posteriores adiciones, y reconoce su agradecimiento a la
-utilización de <citetitle>Hypertext Help con &latex;</citetitle>, por Sheldon Green, y
-del <citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (para
-&latex; 2.09) por L.&#160;Botway y C.&#160;Biemesderfer (publicada por
-el Grupo de Usuarios &tex; como <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> número 10), como
-material de referencia (no se copió texto directamente).
-</para>
-<para>Copyright 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Nacho Pacheco &#8212;Traducción.
-
-Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Karl Berry.
+<title>&latex;2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</title>
+<subtitle>Enero 2023</subtitle>
+<titleabbrev>Manual de referencia extraoficial de &latex;2e (Enero 2023)</titleabbrev>
+<bookinfo><title>&latex;2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</title>
+<subtitle>Enero 2023</subtitle>
+<titleabbrev>Manual de referencia extraoficial de &latex;2e (Enero 2023)</titleabbrev>
+<authorgroup>
+<collab><collabname><ulink url="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</ulink></collabname></collab>
+</authorgroup>
+<legalnotice><para>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para &latex;,
+un sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Enero 2023.
+</para>
+<para>Este manual se tradujo originalmente de <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a en la
+Biblioteca de ayuda de VMS. La versión previa a la traducción fue
+escrita por George&#160;D. Greenwade de la Universidad Estatal Sam
+Houston. La versión 2.09 de &latex;&#160; fue escrita por Stephen
+Gilmore. La versión &latex;2e fue adaptada desde esta por Torsten
+Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo más actualizaciones y adiciones, y
+reconoce con gratitud que ha utilizado <citetitle>Hypertext Help con
+&latex;</citetitle>, de Sheldon Green, y <citetitle>Resumen de comandos &latex;</citetitle>
+(para &latex;&#160;2.09) por L.&#160;Botway y C.&#160;Biemesderfer
+(publicado por los usuarios del Grupo &tex; como <citetitle>&tex;nicas</citetitle>
+número 10), como material de referencia. También reconocemos con
+gratitud el material adicional que aparece en la referencia de latex2e
+por Martin Herbert Dietze. (De estas referencias no se copió texto
+directamente).
+</para>
+<para>&#169; 2010-2023 Nacho Pacheco &#8212; Traducción.
+
+</para>
+<para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
</para>
-<para>A continuación se encuentra la licencia bajo la cual es
-distribuido este manual&#44; una traducción lo es dada en
-anexo&#44; ver <link linkend="License-translation">License translation</link>.
-</para>
-<!-- start of License -->
-<para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
+<!-- comienzo de la Licencia -->
+<para>Se otorga permiso para hacer y distribuir copias textuales de este
+manual siempre y cuando, se conserve en todas las copias este aviso de
+derechos de autor y este aviso de permiso.
</para>
-<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
+<para>Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
+este manual bajo las condiciones para la copia literal, siempre que la
+totalidad del trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los
+términos de un aviso de permiso idéntico a este.
</para>
-<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
-<!-- end of License -->
+<para>Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este manual
+a otro idioma, en las condiciones anteriores para versiones
+modificadas.
+<!-- fin de la Licencia -->
</para></legalnotice></bookinfo>
-
-
-<para>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para &latex;, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, para la
-versión de Julio 2010.
-</para>
-<para>Esto se tradujo originalmente del archivo <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a de la
-Biblioteca de Ayuda VMS. La versión pretraducción fue escrita por
-George&#160;D. Greenwade de Sam Houston State University. La versión de
-&latex;&#160;2.09 fue escrita por Stephen Gilmore. La versión de
-&latex;2e fue adaptada por Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo la
-actualización y posteriores adiciones, y reconoce su agradecimiento a la
-utilización de <citetitle>Hypertext Help con &latex;</citetitle>, por Sheldon Green, y
-del <citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (para
-&latex; 2.09) por L.&#160;Botway y C.&#160;Biemesderfer (publicada por
-el Grupo de Usuarios &tex; como <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> número 10), como
-material de referencia (no se copió texto directamente).
-</para>
-<para>Copyright 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Nacho Pacheco &#8212;Traducción.
-
-Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Karl Berry.
-
-Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
-
-Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
-</para>
-<para>A continuación se encuentra la licencia bajo la cual es
-distribuido este manual&#44; una traducción lo es dada en
-anexo&#44; ver <link linkend="License-translation">License translation</link>.
-</para>
-<!-- start of License -->
-<para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-</para>
-
-<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-</para>
-<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
-<!-- end of License -->
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- Best Effort Symbol -->
-
-<chapter label="" id="Top">
-<title>&latex;2e</title>
-
-<para>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para &latex;, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Julio 2010. Este se
-pretende que cubra &latex;2e, que ha sido la versión estándar de
-&latex; por muchos años.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- begin vincentb1 -->
-</chapter>
<chapter label="1" id="Acerca-de-este-documento">
<title>Acerca de este documento</title>
-<!-- end vincentb1 -->
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Knuth, Donald E.</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lamport, Leslie</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Equipo del Proyecto &latex;</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; está implementado como un paquete de macros por
-Donald&#160;E.&#160;Knuth&#8217;s para el programa de composición tipográfica
-&tex;. &latex; originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport; este
-ahora es mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios en
-(<ulink url="http://latex-project.org">http://latex-project.org</ulink>). La documentación oficial escrita por
-el proyecto &latex; está disponible allí.
-</para>
-<!-- begin vincentb1 -->
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>informes de errores</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>página oficial para el manual</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Este es un manual de referencia extraoficial para el sistema de
+preparación de documentos &latex;2e, que es un paquete de macros para
+el programa de composición tipográfica &tex; (véase <link linkend="Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</link>).
+</para>
+<para>La página oficial de este documento es
+<ulink url="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</ulink>; Tiene páginas web separadas para
+cada tema. Alternativamente
+<ulink url="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html</ulink> tiene el documento
+completo en una sola página. Para otros formatos de salida, las
+fuentes y mucho más información, consulta
+<ulink url="https://latexref.xyz/dev/">https://latexref.xyz/dev/</ulink>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; vs. &latex;2e</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En este documento, principalmente usaremos &#8216;&latex;&#8217; en lugar de
+&#8216;&latex;2e&#8217;, ya que la versión anterior de &latex;&#160;(2.09) está
+congelada hace décadas.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>naturaleza extraoficial de este manual</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Equipo del proyecto &latex;</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary><email>latexrefman@tug.org</email> dirección de correo electrónico</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- end vincentb1 -->
-<para>Una vez más, el presente documento no es oficial y no ha sido revisado
-por los responsables del proyecto &latex;.
-<!-- begin vincentb1 -->
-No enviar informes de error o cualquier otra cosa sobre este documento a
-ellos. En su lugar, por favor, envíe todos comentarios a
+<para>&latex; es mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios
+(<ulink url="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</ulink>). La documentación oficial escrita
+por el proyecto &latex; está disponible en su sitio web. El presente
+documento es completamente extraoficial y, no ha sido escrito ni
+revisado por los mantenedores de &latex;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>informar errores</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>reportar errores</primary></indexterm>
+No envíes informes de errores o cualquier otra cosa sobre este
+documento. En su lugar, envía todos los comentarios a
<email>latexrefman@tug.org</email>.
</para>
-<para>La página principal de este documento es
-<ulink url="http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/">http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/</ulink>. Esa página tiene enlaces al
-resultado actual de la compilación de este documento en varios formatos,
-a fuentes, a listas de correo, y a otros infraestructura.
+<para>Este documento es una referencia, no un tutorial. Hay una gran
+variedad de otra información disponible sobre &latex;, en todos los
+niveles. Aquí tienes algunas introducciones.
</para>
-<para>Por supuesto, hay muchas otras muchas fuentes de información sobre,
-&latex;. Éstos son algunos de ellos:
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</ulink>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex-doc-ptr document</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas para la documentación de
+&latex;.
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</ulink>
-</term><listitem><para>Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas a &latex; documentación.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</ulink>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>first-latex-doc document</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Escribe tu primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</ulink>
-</term><listitem><para>Escribir su primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</ulink>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lshort document</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Una introducción más larga a &latex;, traducida a muchos idiomas.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</ulink>
-</term><listitem><para>La guía para los autores de documentos mantenidos como parte de &latex;; hay
-varios otros.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</ulink>
+</term><listitem><para>Introducción al sistema &tex;, incluido &latex;, con más referencias
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://tug.org/begin.html">http://tug.org/begin.html</ulink>
-</term><listitem><para>Introducción al &tex; sistema, incluyendo &latex;.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist><!-- end vincentb1 -->
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</chapter>
<chapter label="2" id="Descripci_00f3n">
<title>Descripción de &latex;</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>descripción de &latex;</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex;, descripción</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Las instrucciones &latex; componen tipográficamente un archivo de texto
-usando el programa &tex; y el &#8220;paquete de macros&#8221; &latex; para
-&tex;. Para ser más específicos, este procesa un archivo de entrada que
-contiene el texto de un documento con instrucciones intercaladas que
-describen cómo se debe dar formato al texto.
-Este produce al menos tres archivos de salida:
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>Un archivo de salida principal, que es uno de:
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>Si se invoca como <command>latex</command>, un archivo &#8220;independiente del
-dispositivo&#8221; (<filename>.dvi</filename>). Este contiene las instrucciones que se
-pueden traducir en órdenes para una variedad de dispositivos de salida.
-Usted puede ver estos archivos <filename>.dvi</filename> producidos por &latex;
-utilizando un programa como <command>xdvi</command> (visualización directa) o
-<command>dvips</command> (los convierte a PostScript).
-</para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>Si es invocado como <command>pdflatex</command>, produce un archivo de
-&#8220;Documento de Formato Portátil&#8221; (<filename>.pdf</filename>). Normalmente, este es
-un archivo autocontenido, con todos los tipos de letra e imágenes
-incrustadas. Este puede ser muy útil, pero hace que produzca un archivo
-mucho más grande que el <filename>.dvi</filename> producido a partir del mismo
-documento.
-</para></listitem></orderedlist>
-<para>Existen otras variantes menos comunes de &latex; (y &tex;), de modo
-que puede producir HTML, XML y otras cosas.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>conceptos básicos de &latex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Knuth, Donald E.</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lamport, Leslie</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; descripción</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>&latex; es un sistema para la composición tipográfica de documentos.
+Originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport en 1984, pero ha sido
+mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios desde hace muchos años
+(<ulink url="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</ulink>). Se utiliza ampliamente, en
+particular, pero no exclusivamente, para matemáticas y documentos
+técnicos.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8, codificación de entrada &latex; predeterminada</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un usuario de &latex; escribe un archivo de entrada que contiene
+texto para componer junto con comandos intercalados. La codificación
+predeterminada para el texto es UTF-8 (a partir de 2018). Los comandos
+especifican, por ejemplo, cómo se debe formatear el texto.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; se implementa como un conjunto de las llamadas &#8220;macros&#8221;
+relacionadas que usa Donald&#160;E. El programa de composición
+tipográfica &tex; de Knuth o uno de sus derivados, conocidos
+colectivamente como &#8220;motores&#8221;. Así, el usuario produce una salida,
+normalmente PDF, entregando el archivo de entrada a un motor
+&tex;. (Las siguientes secciones describen todo esto con más
+detalle).
+</para>
+<para>(El término &latex; también se usa a veces para indicar el lenguaje
+en el que el documento de entrada está marcado, es decir, para
+especificar el conjunto de comandos disponible para un usuario de
+&latex;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lamport &tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pronunciación</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El nombre &latex; es la abreviatura de &#8220;Lamport &tex;&#8221;. Se
+pronuncia LAH-teck o LAY-teck, o a veces LAY-tecks. Dentro de un
+documento, puedes producir el logo con <literal>\LaTeX</literal>. Cuando el uso
+del logotipo no es sensible, como en texto sin formato, escríbelo como
+&#8216;<literal>LaTeX</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="2.1" id="Comenzar-y-terminar">
+<title>Comenzar y terminar</title>
+
+<anchor id="Iniciar-y-finalizar"/><!-- nombre anterior -->
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comenzar y terminar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>finalizar e iniciar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Hola, mundo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Los archivos &latex; tienen una estructura global simple, con un
+comienzo y fin estándar. Este es un pequeño ejemplo.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+Hola, mundo \LaTeX\.
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Cada documento &latex; tiene una línea <literal>\begin{document}</literal> y
+una línea <literal>\end{document}</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>Un archivo de&#8220;transcripción&#8221; o <filename>.log</filename> que contiene información
-resumida y mensajes de diagnóstico para cualquier error descubierto en el
-archivo de entrada.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>clase de documento, definida</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Aquí, &#8216;<literal>article</literal>&#8217; es la <firstterm>clase de documento</firstterm>. Se implementa en
+un archivo <filename>article.cls</filename>. Puedes utilizar cualquier clase de
+documento en tu sistema. Algunas clases de documentos están definidas
+por el mismo &latex; y hay una gran variedad de otras clases
+ampliamente disponibles. Véase <link linkend="Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</link>.
</para>
-</listitem><listitem><para>Un archivo &#8220;auxiliar&#8221; o <filename>.aux</filename>. Este es usado por &latex; mismo,
-para diversas cosas como el seccionado.
-</para></listitem></orderedlist>
-<para>Una instrucción &latex; comienza con el nombre de la instrucción, la
-cual consiste de una <literal>\</literal> seguida por o bien (a)&#160;una cadena de
-letras o (b)&#160;un único carácter no letra. Los argumentos que
-figuran entre corchetes, <literal>[]</literal>, son opcionales, mientras que los
-argumentos contenidos entre llaves, <literal>{}</literal>, son obligatorios.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>preámbulo, definido</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Puedes incluir otros comandos &latex; entre los comandos
+<literal>\documentclass</literal> y <literal>\begin{document}</literal>. Esta área se llama
+<firstterm>preámbulo</firstterm>.
+</para>
+<para>El par <literal>\begin{document}</literal>, <literal>\end{document}</literal> define un
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<firstterm>entorno</firstterm>; el entorno &#8216;<literal>document</literal>&#8217; (y no otros) es obligatorio
+en todos los documentos &latex; (véase <link linkend="document">document</link>). &latex; pone a
+tu disposición muchos entornos que están documentados aquí
+(véase <link linkend="Entornos">Entornos</link>). Muchos más están disponibles para ti desde
+paquetes externos, sobre todo los disponibles en CTAN (véase <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>).
</para>
-<para>&latex; es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. Cuando ingresa
-instrucciones&#44; use la caja de letras propia a cada
-instrucción &#8212; tradicionalmente es minúsculas.
+<para>Las siguientes secciones tratan sobre cómo producir PDF u otra salida
+desde un archivo de entrada &latex;.
</para>
-</chapter>
-<chapter label="3" id="Iniciando-y-Finalizando">
-<title>Iniciando y Finalizando</title>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="2.2" id="Archivos-de-salida">
+<title>Archivos de salida</title>
+
+<para>&latex; produce un archivo de salida principal y al menos dos
+archivos auxiliares. El nombre del archivo de salida principal
+termina en <filename>.dvi</filename> o <filename>.pdf</filename>.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>.dvi</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.dvi archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xdvi comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>dvips comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>dvipdfmx comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>dvitype comando</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="archivos-de-salida-dvi"/><para>Si &latex; se invoca con el comando
+del sistema <command>latex</command> entonces produce un archivo independiente
+del dispositivo, con extensión <filename>.dvi</filename>. Puedes ver este archivo
+con un comando como <command>xdvi</command>, o lo puedes convertir a un archivo
+PostScript <literal>.ps</literal> con <command>dvips</command> o a un archivo de formato de
+documento portable <literal>.pdf</literal> con <command>dvipdfmx</command>. El contenido
+del archivo se puede volcar en forma legible por humanos con
+<command>dvitype</command>. Hay disponible una amplia gama de programas DVI
+utilitarios (<ulink url="https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</ulink>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>.pdf</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.pdf archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pdf&tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>pdflatex comando</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="archivos-de-salida-pdf"/><para>Si &latex; se invoca a través del
+comando del sistema <command>pdflatex</command>, entre otros comandos
+(véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores &tex;</link>), entonces la salida principal es un archivo
+de formato de documento portable (PDF). Típicamente este es un
+archivo independiente, incluyendo todos los tipos de letra e imágenes
+necesarias.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>&latex; siempre produce al menos dos archivos adicionales.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>.log</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo de transcripción</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo de registro</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.log archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="registro-de-archivos-de-salida"/><para>Esta transcripción del archivo
+contiene información resumida, como una lista de paquetes cargados.
+También incluye mensajes de diagnóstico y quizás información adicional
+para cualquier error.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>.aux</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo auxiliar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>archivo .aux</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias cruzadas, resolviendo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>reenviar referencias, resolviendo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias, resolver</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="archivos-de-salida-aux"/><para>La información auxiliar la utiliza
+&latex; para cosas como referencias cruzadas. Por ejemplo, la
+primera vez que &latex; encuentra una referencia directa &#8212; una
+referencia cruzada a algo que aún no ha apareció en la fuente &#8212;
+aparecerá en la salida como un doble signo de interrogación <literal>??</literal>.
+Cuando el lugar al que se hace referencia finalmente aparece en la
+fuente, entonces &latex; escribe su información de ubicación en este
+archivo <literal>.aux</literal>. En la siguiente invocación, &latex; lee la
+información de ubicación de este archivo y la usa para resolver la
+referencia, sustituyendo el doble signo de interrogación por la
+ubicación guardada.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>archivo .lof</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo de lista de figuras</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.lot archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo de lista de tablas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.toc archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo de tabla de contenido</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>contenido del archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; puede producir aún más archivos, caracterizados por el nombre
+de archivo terminado. Estos incluyen un archivo <literal>.lof</literal> que se
+usa para hacer una lista de figuras, un archivo <literal>.lot</literal> usado para
+hacer una lista de tablas, y un archivo <literal>.toc</literal> utilizado para
+hacer una tabla de contenido (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>) Una
+clase particular puede crear otras; la lista no tiene límites.
+</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>iniciando y finalizando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>finalizando e iniciando</primary></indexterm>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="2.3" id="Motores-TeX">
+<title>Motores &tex;</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>motores, &tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>implementaciones de &tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8, compatibilidad del motor para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Entrada Unicode, nativa</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Tipos de letra TrueType</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Tipos de letra OpenType</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Archivos de formato &tex; (<literal>.fmt</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; archivos de formato (<literal>.fmt</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivos de formato, &tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.fmt archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; es un gran conjunto de comandos que ejecuta un programa
+&tex; (véase <link linkend="Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</link>). Tal conjunto de comandos se llama
+<firstterm>format</firstterm>, y está incorporado en un archivo <literal>.fmt</literal> binario,
+que se puede leer mucho más rápido que la fuente &tex;
+correspondiente.
+</para>
+<para>Esta sección ofrece una breve descripción general de los programas
+&tex; que comúnmente están disponibles (también <link linkend="Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Interfaz de
+línea de comandos</link>).
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex</primary></indexterm><literal>latex</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pdflatex</primary></indexterm><literal>pdflatex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>etex comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>motor pdf&tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>e-&tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="motores-tex-de-latex"/><para>En &tex; Live
+(<ulink url="https://tug.org/texlive">https://tug.org/texlive</ulink>), si se invoca a &latex; mediante el
+comando del sistema <command>latex</command> o <command>pdflatex</command>, luego se
+ejecuta el motor pdf&tex; (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex">https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</ulink>).
+Cuando se invoca como <command>latex</command>, la salida principal es un
+archivo <filename>.dvi</filename>; como con <command>pdflatex</command>, la salida principal
+es un archivo <filename>.pdf</filename>.
+</para>
+<para>pdf&tex; incorpora las extensiones e-&tex; al original del programa
+Knuth (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/etex">https://ctan.org/pkg/etex</ulink>), incluidas características de
+programación y composición tipográfica bidireccional, y tiene un
+montón de extensiones propias. e-&tex; está disponible por sí solo
+como el comando del sistema <command>etex</command>, pero este es simple &tex;
+(y produce <filename>.dvi</filename>).
+</para>
+<para>En otras distribuciones &tex;, <command>latex</command> puede invocar a
+e-&tex; en lugar de pdf&tex;. En cualquier caso, las extensiones
+e-&tex; se puede suponer que están disponibles en &latex;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lualatex</primary></indexterm><literal>lualatex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lua&tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="tex-motores-lualatex"/><para>Si &latex; se invoca a través del
+comando del sistema <command>lualatex</command>, se ejecuta el motor Lua&tex;
+(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</ulink>). Este programa permite escribir
+código en el lenguaje de programación Lua (<ulink url="http://luatex.org">http://luatex.org</ulink>)
+para interactuar con la composición tipográfica de &tex;. Lua&tex;
+maneja la entrada Unicode UTF-8 de forma nativa, puede manejar
+OpenType y tipos de letra TrueType, y genera un archivo <filename>.pdf</filename> de
+forma predeterminada. También existe <command>dvilualatex</command> para
+generar un archivo <filename>.dvi</filename>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>xelatex</primary></indexterm><literal>xelatex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Xe&tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.xdv archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xdvipdfmx</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="tex-motores-xelatex"/><para>Si &latex; se invoca con el comando del
+sistema <command>xelatex</command>, se ejecuta el motor Xe&tex;
+(<ulink url="https://tug.org/xetex">https://tug.org/xetex</ulink>). Como Lua&tex;, Xe&tex; admite de
+forma nativa tipos de letra Unicode UTF-8, TrueType y OpenType, aunque
+la implementación es completamente diferente, principalmente usando
+bibliotecas externas en lugar de código interno. Xe&tex; produce un
+archivo <filename>.pdf</filename> como salida; no es compatible con la salida DVI.
+</para>
+<para>Internamente, Xe&tex; crea un archivo <literal>.xdv</literal>, una variante de
+DVI, y traduce eso a PDF usando el programa (<literal>x</literal>)<literal>dvipdfmx</literal>,
+pero este proceso es automático. El archivo <literal>.xdv</literal> es útil solo
+para depuración.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>platex</primary></indexterm><literal>platex</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>uplatex</primary></indexterm><literal>uplatex</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Estos comandos brindan soporte adicional significativo para japonés y
+otros idiomas; la variante <literal>u</literal> es compatible con Unicode. Ve
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</ulink> y <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</ulink>.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>A partir de 2019, hay un comando y formato <literal>-dev</literal> complementario
+para todos los anteriores:
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dvilualatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>dvilualatex-dev</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>latex-dev</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lualatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>lualatex-dev</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pdflatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>pdflatex-dev</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>platex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>platex-dev</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>uplatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>uplatex-dev</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>xelatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>xelatex-dev</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>candidatos de lanzamiento</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pruebas preliminares</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Estos son candidatos para un próximo lanzamiento de &latex;. El
+propósito principal es encontrar y abordar los problemas de
+compatibilidad antes de un lanzamiento oficial.
+</para>
+<para>Estos formatos <literal>-dev</literal> facilitan que cualquier persona ayude a
+probar documentos y código: puedes ejecutar, digamos,
+<literal>pdflatex-dev</literal> en lugar de <literal>pdflatex</literal>, sin cambiar nada más
+en tu entorno. De hecho, es más fácil y más útil ejecutar siempre
+versiones <literal>-dev</literal> en lugar de molestarte en cambiar de un lado a
+otro. Durante el momento de silencio después de un lanzamiento, los
+comandos serán equivalentes.
+</para>
+<para>No se trata de instantáneas diarias ni de código de desarrollo no
+probado. Se somete a las mismas pruebas de regresión exhaustiva
+realizadas por el equipo de &latex; antes de ser liberado.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener más información, consulta &#8220;El flujo de trabajo de
+lanzamiento de &latex; y los formatos &latex; <literal>dev</literal>&#8221; por Frank
+Mittelbach, <citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> 40:2,
+<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf</ulink>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="2.4" id="Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">
+<title>Sintaxis del comando &latex;</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sintaxis del comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ caracteres de inicio de comandos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>[...] (para argumentos opcionales)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>{...} (para argumentos obligatorios)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En el archivo de entrada &latex;, un nombre de comando comienza con
+un carácter de barra invertida, <literal>\</literal>. El nombre en sí consiste
+entonces en (a)&#160;una cadena de letras o (b)&#160;una única no
+letra.
+</para>
+<para>Los nombres de los comandos de &latex; distinguen entre mayúsculas y
+minúsculas, por lo que <literal>\pagebreak</literal> es diferente de
+<literal>\Pagebreak</literal> (este último no es un comando estándar). La mayoría
+de los nombres de los comandos están en minúsculas, pero en cualquier
+caso debes ingresar todos estos comandos en el mismo caso en que están
+definidos.
+</para>
+<para>Un comando puede ir seguido de cero, uno o más argumentos. Estos
+argumentos pueden ser obligatorios u opcionales. Los argumentos
+requeridos están contenidos entre llaves, <literal>{...}</literal>. Los
+argumentos opcionales están contenidos entre corchetes, <literal>[...]</literal>.
+En general, pero no universalmente, si el comando acepta un argumento
+opcional, viene primero, antes de cualquier argumento requerido.
+</para>
+<para>Dentro de un argumento opcional, para usar el carácter de corchete de
+cierre&#160;(<literal>]</literal> &#8212;&#8220;bracket&#8221;) ocúltalo entre llaves, como
+en&#160;<literal>\item[corchete de cierre {]}]</literal>. Del mismo modo, si un
+argumento opcional viene al final, sin argumento requerido después de
+él, entonces, para hacer que el primer carácter del siguiente texto
+sea un corchete de apertura, ocúltalo entre llaves.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; tiene la convención de que algunos comandos tienen un formato
+<literal>*</literal> que está relacionado con la forma sin un <literal>*</literal>, como
+<literal>\chapter</literal> y <literal>\chapter*</literal>. La diferencia exacta en el
+comportamiento varía de comando a comando.
+</para>
+<para>Este manual describe todas las opciones aceptadas y las formas
+<literal>*</literal> para el comando que cubre (salvo omisiones involuntarias,
+alias: bugs).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>expl3</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>expl3</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xparse</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xparse</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sintaxis &latex;3</primary></indexterm>
+<para>A partir del lanzamiento 2020-10-01 de &latex;, <literal>expl3</literal> y los
+paquetes <literal>xparse</literal> son parte del formato &latex;2e. Ellos
+proporcionan una sintaxis del lenguaje de programación subyacente
+completamente diferente. No intentaremos cubrirlos en este documento;
+ve la documentación del paquete relacionado y otros manuales de
+&latex;.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="2.5" id="Entorno">
+<title>Entorno</title>
-<para>Un archivo de entrada mínimo tiene el siguiente aspecto:
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\documentclass{<replaceable>clase</replaceable>}
-\begin{document}
-<replaceable>su texto</replaceable>
-\end{document}
+<screen>\begin{<replaceable>nombre-entorno</replaceable>}
+ ...
+\end{<replaceable>nombre-entorno</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>donde <replaceable>clase</replaceable> es una clase de documento válida para &latex;.
-Véase <link linkend="Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</link>, para detalles de varias clases de documento
-disponibles localmente.
+<para>Un <firstterm>entorno</firstterm> es un área de la fuente &latex;, dentro de la cual
+hay un comportamiento distinto. Por ejemplo, para poesía en &latex;
+coloca las líneas entre <literal>\begin{verse}</literal> y <literal>\end{verse}</literal>.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>preámbulo, definido</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Usted puede incluir otras instrucciones &latex; entre las instrucciones
-<literal>\documentclass</literal> y <literal>\begin{document}</literal> (esta área se llama el
-<firstterm>preámbulo</firstterm>).
+<screen>\begin{verse}
+ Había una vez un hombre de Nantucket \\
+ ...
+\end{verse}
+</screen>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Entornos">Entornos</link>, para obtener una lista de entornos. Particularmente
+notable es que todo documento &latex; debe tener un entorno
+<literal>document</literal>, un par <literal>\begin{document}
+... \end{document}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El <replaceable>nombre-entorno</replaceable> al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el
+de el fin. Esto incluye el caso donde <replaceable>nombre-entorno</replaceable> termina en
+una estrella&#160;(<literal>*</literal>); los textos <literal>\begin</literal> y <literal>\end</literal>
+deben incluir la estrella.
+</para>
+<para>Los entornos pueden tener argumentos, incluidos argumentos opcionales.
+Este ejemplo produce una tabla. El primer argumento es opcional (y
+provoca que la tabla se alinee en su fila superior) mientras que el
+segundo argumento es requerido (especifica el formato de las
+columnas).
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}[t]{r|l}
+ ... filas de la tabla ...
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="2.6" id="CTAN">
+<title>CTAN: La red integral de archivo &tex;</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>CTAN</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>La red integral de archivos &tex;, CTAN, es el repositorio de
+material gratuito de la comunidad &tex; y &latex;. Es un conjunto
+de sitios de Internet de todo el mundo que ofrecen material
+relacionado con &latex; para descargar. Visita CTAN en la web en
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org">https://ctan.org</ulink>.
+</para>
+<para>Este material está organizado en paquetes, paquetes discretos que
+típicamente ofrecen alguna funcionalidad coherente y son mantenidos
+por una persona o un pequeño número de personas. Por ejemplo, muchos
+editores tienen un paquete que permite a los autores dar formato a los
+artículos según especificaciones del editor.
+</para>
+<para>Además de las existencias masivas, el sitio web <literal>ctan.org</literal> ofrece
+funciones como la búsqueda por nombre o por funcionalidad.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>DANTE e.V.</primary></indexterm>
+<para>CTAN no es un solo anfitrión, sino un conjunto de anfitriones, uno de
+los cuales es el llamado &#8220;maestro&#8221;. El anfitrión maestro administra
+activamente el material, por ejemplo, aceptando cargas de material
+nuevo o paquetes actualizados. Durante muchos años, ha sido alojado
+por el grupo &tex; alemán, DANTE e.V.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espejos de CTAN</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Otros sitios alrededor del mundo ayudan con la duplicación, es decir,
+sincronizar automáticamente sus colecciones con el sitio maestro y
+luego, a su vez, ponen sus copias a disposición del público. Esto
+proporciona a los usuarios cercanos a su ubicación mejor acceso y
+alivia la carga en el sitio maestro. La lista de espejos está en
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan.org/mirrors</ulink>.
</para>
+</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="4" id="Clases-de-Documento">
-<title>Clases de Documento</title>
+<chapter label="3" id="Clases-de-documentos">
+<title>Clases de documentos</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>clases de documento</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>clases de documentos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>documentos, clases de</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\documentclass</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La clase de un determinado documento se define con la instrucción:
+<para>La clase general del documento se define con este comando, que
+normalmente es el primer comando en un archivo fuente &latex;.
</para>
-<screen>\documentclass[<replaceable>opciones</replaceable>]{<replaceable>clase</replaceable>}
+<screen>\documentclass[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\documentclass</literal> debe ser la primer instrucción en un
-archivo fuente &latex;.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>article class</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>report class</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>book class</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>letter class</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>diapositivas clase</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los siguientes nombres de <replaceable>class</replaceable> de documento están integrados en
+&latex;. (Muchas otras clases de documentos están disponibles como
+paquetes separados; véase <link linkend="Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</link>).
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>article</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="clase-de-documento-article"/><para>Para un artículo de revista, una
+presentación y varios usos generales.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>book</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="clase-de-documento-book"/><para>Libros completos, incluidos capítulos
+y posiblemente una contra portada en el anverso, como un prefacio, y
+asunto posterior, como un apéndice (véase <link linkend="Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada">Material de
+portada/contraportada</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>letter</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="clase-de-documento-letter"/><para>Correo, opcionalmente incluyendo
+etiquetas postales (véase <link linkend="Cartas">Cartas</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>report</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="clase-de-documento-report"/><para>Para documentos de longitud entre
+un <literal>article</literal> y un <literal>book</literal>, como informes técnicos o tesis,
+que pueden contener varios capítulos.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>slides</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="clase-de-documento-slides"/><para>Para presentación de
+diapositivas&#8212;rara vez utilizado hoy día. El paquete <literal>beamer</literal>
+es quizás el más frecuentemente utilizado
+(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</ulink>). Véase <link linkend="Plantilla-beamer">Plantilla beamer</link>, para una
+pequeña plantilla para un documento beamer.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>clase article</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>clase report</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>clase book</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>clase letter</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>clase slides</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Los nombres integrados de <replaceable>clases</replaceable> de documento &latex; (muchas
-otras clases de documento están disponibles como complementos;
-véase <link linkend="Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</link>):
-</para>
-<screen>article report book letter slides
-</screen>
-<!-- xx describir brevemente cada una -->
-
-<para>Las <replaceable>opciones</replaceable> estándar están descritas más adelante.
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Las <replaceable>options</replaceable> estándar se describen en la siguiente sección.
</para>
-<sect1 label="4.1" id="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">
-<title>Opciones de Clase de Documento</title>
+<sect1 label="3.1" id="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">
+<title>Opciones de la clase documento</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones de clase de documento</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones de la clase documento</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, clase de documento</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones de clase</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones globales</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Usted puede especificar las así llamadas <firstterm>opciones globales</firstterm> u
-<firstterm>opciones de clase</firstterm> en la instrucción <literal>\documentclass</literal>
-encerrándolas entre corchetes de la manera usual. Para especificar más
-de una <replaceable>opción</replaceable>, deberá separarlas con una coma:
+<para>Puedes especificar <firstterm>opciones globales</firstterm> u <firstterm>opciones de clase</firstterm>
+al comando <literal>\documentclass</literal> encerrándolas entre corchetes. Para
+especificar más de una <replaceable>opción</replaceable>, sepáralas con una coma.
</para>
-<screen>\documentclass[<replaceable>opción1</replaceable>,<replaceable>opción2</replaceable>,...]{<replaceable>clase</replaceable>}
+<screen>\documentclass[<replaceable>option1</replaceable>,<replaceable>option2</replaceable>,...]{<replaceable>class</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Esta es la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
+<para>Aquí está la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción 10pt</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción 11pt</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción 12pt</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Todas las clases estándar salvo <literal>slides</literal> aceptan las siguientes
-opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el predeterminado
-es <literal>10pt</literal>):
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>10pt option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>11pt option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>12pt opción</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Todas las clases estándar excepto <literal>slides</literal> aceptan las siguientes
+opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el valor
+predeterminado es <literal>10pt</literal>):
</para>
<screen>10pt 11pt 12pt
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción a4paper</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción a5paper</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción b5paper</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción executivepaper</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción legalpaper</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción letterpaper</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
-tamaño del papel (el predeterminado es <literal>letterpaper</literal>):
-</para>
-<screen>a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
-</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción draft</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción final</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción fleqn</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción landscape</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción leqno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción openbib</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción notitlepage</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Otras opciones diversas:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>draft, final</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>omitiendo, cajas negras</primary></indexterm>
-<para>marca/no marca el desbordamiento de cajas con una gran caja negra; el
-predeterminado es <literal>final</literal>.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>fleqn</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; el
-predeterminado es centrado.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>landscape</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Selecciona el formato apaisado; el predeterminado es vertical.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>leqno</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Coloca los números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las ecuaciones;
-el predeterminado es el lado derecho.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>openbib</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Usa el formato de bibliografía &#8220;abierto&#8221;.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>titlepage, notitlepage</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Especifica si la página de título es independiente; de manera
-predeterminada depende de la clase.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>a4paper option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>a5paper option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>b5paper option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>executivepaper option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>legalpaper option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>letterpaper opción</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
+tamaño del papel (estos muestran alto por ancho):
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>a4paper</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>210 por 297mm (alrededor de 8.25 por 11.75&#160;pulgadas)
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>a5paper</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>148 por 210mm (alrededor de 5.8 por 8.3&#160;pulgadas)
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b5paper</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>176 por 250mm (alrededor de 6.9 ​​por 9.8&#160;pulgadas)
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>executivepaper</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>7.25 por 10.5&#160;pulgadas
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>legalpaper</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>8.5 por 14&#160;pulgadas
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>letterpaper</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>8.5 por 11&#160;pulgadas (el predeterminado)
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pdfpagewidth</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pdfpageheight</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>geometría</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>geometría</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Al usar uno de los motores pdf&latex;,
+Lua&latex; o Xe&latex; (véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores &tex;</link>), otras opciones a
+que <literal>letterpaper</literal> configura el área de impresión, pero también
+debes establecer el tamaño físico del papel. Una manera de hacer eso
+es poner <literal>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</literal> y
+<literal>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</literal> en el preámbulo de tu documento.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>geometría</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>geometría</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+ El paquete <literal>geometry</literal> proporciona formas
+flexibles de configurar el área de impresión y tamaño de página
+física.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>draft option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>final option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>fleqn option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>landscape option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>leqno option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>openbib option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>titlepage option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>notitlepage opción</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Varias otras opciones:
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>draft</literal>
+</term><term><literal>final</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cajas negras, omitir</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Marca cajas (<literal>draft</literal>) o no marcar (<literal>final</literal>) cajas demasiado
+llenas con un recuadro negro al margen; el valor predeterminado es
+<literal>final</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>fleqn</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ecuaciones a la izquierda</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ecuaciones centradas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ecuaciones, vaciar a la izquierda vs. centradas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; de manera
+predeterminada están centradas.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>landscape</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>orientación landscape</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>orientación retrato</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Selecciona el formato apaisado; el valor predeterminado es retrato.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>leqno</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>números de ecuación de la izquierda</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>números de ecuación de la derecha</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>números de ecuación, izquierda vs. derecha</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Poner números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las ecuaciones; de
+manera predeterminada es el lado derecho.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>openbib</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Formato de bibliografía, abierto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Utiliza el formato de bibliografía &#8220;abierta&#8221;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>titlepage</literal>
+</term><term><literal>notitlepage</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>página de título, separada o corrida</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Especifica si hay una página separada para la información del título y
+para el resumen también, si lo hay. El valor predeterminado para la
+clase <literal>report</literal> es <literal>titlepage</literal>, para las otras clases es
+<literal>notitlepage</literal>.
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Estas opciones no están disponibles con la clase <literal>slides</literal>:
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción onecolumn</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción twocolumn</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción oneside</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción twoside</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción openright</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>opción openany</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Las siguientes opciones no están disponibles con la clase
+<literal>slides</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>onecolumn option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>twocolumn option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>oneside option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>twoside option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>openright option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>openany option</primary></indexterm>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>onecolumn</literal>
</term><term><literal>twocolumn</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el predeterminado es
-<literal>onecolumn</literal>.
+</term><listitem><para>Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el valor predeterminado
+es <literal>onecolumn</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>oneside</literal>
</term><term><literal>twoside</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\evensidemargin</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oddsidemargin</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Selecciona el diseño de una o dos caras; el predeterminado es
-<literal>oneside</literal>, excepto para la clase <literal>book</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>El parámetro <literal>\evensidemargin</literal> (<literal>\oddsidemargin</literal>) determina la
-distancia en páginas par (impar) numeradas entre el lado izquierdo de la
-página y el margen excedente del texto. Los valores predeterminados
-varían con el tamaño del papel y si el diseño seleccionado es de uno o
-dos lados. Para imprimir texto en un lado es centrado, para dos lados,
-<literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> es 40% de la diferencia entre <literal>\paperwidth</literal> y
-<literal>\textwidth</literal> con el resto de <literal>\evensidemargin</literal>.
+<!-- xx TODO vuelve a alinear en la versión francesa, que es más -->
+<!-- precisa. -->
+<para>Selecciona el diseño de uno o dos lados; el valor predeterminado es
+<literal>oneside</literal>, excepto que en la clase <literal>book</literal> el valor
+predeterminado es <literal>twoside</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Para la impresión a una cara, el texto se centra en la página. Para
+impresión a dos caras, el parámetro <literal>\evensidemargin</literal>
+(<literal>\oddsidemargin</literal>) determina la distancia en páginas pares
+(impares) entre el lado izquierdo de la página y el margen izquierdo
+del texto, con <literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> siendo el 40% de la diferencia
+entre <literal>\paperwidth</literal> y <literal>\textwidth</literal> y <literal>\evensidemargin</literal>
+es el resto.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>openright</literal>
</term><term><literal>openany</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Determina si un capítulo debe iniciar en una página del lado derecho;
-para <literal>book</literal>, el predeterminado es <literal>openright</literal>.
+</term><listitem><para>Determina si un capítulo debe comenzar en una página de la derecha; el
+valor predeterminado es <literal>openright</literal> para <literal>book</literal> y
+<literal>openany</literal> para <literal>report</literal>.
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>La clase <literal>slides</literal> ofrece la opción <literal>clock</literal> para imprimir la
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>clock opción para la clase <literal>slides</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<para>La clase <literal>slides</literal> ofrece la opción <literal>clock</literal> para imprimir lo
hora en la parte inferior de cada nota.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquetes, cargando</primary></indexterm>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="3.2" id="Paquetes-adicionales">
+<title>Paquetes adicionales</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cargando paquetes adicionales</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquetes, cargando adicionales</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquetes adicionales, cargando</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usepackage</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Los paquetes adicionales se cargan de la siguiente manera:
+<para>Carga un paquete <replaceable>pkg</replaceable>, con las opciones de paquete dadas en la
+lista <replaceable>options</replaceable> separada por comas, como aquí.
</para>
-<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>opciones</replaceable>]{<replaceable>paquete</replaceable>}
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>pkg</replaceable>}.
</screen>
-<para>Para especificar más de un <replaceable>paquete</replaceable>, usted puede separarlos con una
-coma, o utilizar múltiples instrucciones<literal>\usepackage</literal>.
+<para>Para especificar más de un paquete, lo puedes separar con una coma,
+como en <literal>\usepackage{<replaceable>pkg1</replaceable>,<replaceable>pkg2</replaceable>,...}</literal>, o usa
+múltiples comandos <literal>\usepackage</literal>.
</para>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones globales</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, globales</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Cualquiera de las opciones que figuran en la instrucción
-<literal>\documentclass</literal> que no son conocidas por la clase de documento
-seleccionada son transmitidas a los paquetes cargados con
-<literal>\usepackage</literal>.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>globales, opciones</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Cualquier opción dada en el comando <literal>\documentclass</literal> que sea
+desconocida para la clase document seleccionada se pasa a los paquetes
+cargados con <literal>\usepackage</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="3.3" id="Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete">
+<title>Construcción de clase y paquete</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos de clase de documento</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, clase de documento</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nuevos comandos de clase</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Puedes crear nuevas clases de documentos y nuevos paquetes. Por
+ejemplo, si tus memorandos deben cumplir con algunos requisitos
+locales, como un encabezado estándar para cada página, entonces
+podrías crear una nueva clase <literal>smcmemo.cls</literal> y comienza tus
+documentos con <literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Lo que separa a un paquete de una clase de documento es que los
+comandos en un paquete son útiles en todas las clases, mientras que
+los de una clase de documento son específicos de esa clase. Por lo
+tanto, un comando para establecer encabezados de página es para un
+paquete mientras que un comando para hacer que los encabezados de
+página digan <literal>Memo desde el departamento de matemáticas SMC</literal> es
+para una clase.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>diferencia de clase y paquete</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>diferencia entre clase y paquete</primary></indexterm>
+</para>
+<para>Dentro de un archivo de clase o paquete, puedes usar el signo
+<literal>@</literal> como carácter en nombres de comandos sin tener que rodear el
+código que contiene ese comando con <literal>\makeatletter</literal> y
+<literal>\makeatother</literal>. Véase <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</link>. Esto te
+permite crear comandos que los usuarios no redefinirán
+accidentalmente. Otra técnica es prefijar comandos específicos de
+clase o paquete con alguna cadena para evitar que tu clase o paquete
+interfiera con otros. Por ejemplo, la clase <literal>smcmemo</literal> podría
+tener comandos <literal>\smc@tolist</literal>, <literal>\smc@fromlist</literal>, etc.
+</para>
+
+
+
+<sect2 label="3.3.1" id="Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">
+<title>Estructura de clase y paquete</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estructura de clase y paquete</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>composición del archivo de clase</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>composición del archivo del paquete</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, clase de documento</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, paquete</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones de clase</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones de paquete</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Un archivo de clase o un archivo de paquete normalmente consta de
+cuatro partes.
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>En la <firstterm>parte de identificación</firstterm>, el archivo dice que es un paquete
+o clase &latex; y se describe a sí mismo, usando
+<literal>\NeedsTeXFormat</literal> y los comandos <literal>\ProvidesClass</literal> o
+<literal>\ProvidesPackage</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>La <firstterm>parte de declaraciones preliminares</firstterm> declara algunos comandos
+y también puede cargar otros archivos. Generalmente, estos comandos
+serán los necesarios para el código utilizado en la siguiente parte.
+Por ejemplo, una clase <literal>smcmemo</literal> se puede llamar con una opción
+para leer un archivo con una lista de personas para el encabezado,
+como <literal>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</literal>, y por lo tanto
+necesitas definir un comando
+<literal>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</literal> usado en ese
+archivo.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>En <firstterm>manejar la parte de opciones</firstterm> la clase o paquete declara y
+procesa sus opciones. Las opciones de clase permiten que un usuario
+comience su documento como <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>lista de
+opciones</replaceable>]{<replaceable>nombre de clase</replaceable>}</literal>, para modificar el comportamiento
+de la clase. Un ejemplo es cuando declaras
+<literal>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</literal> para establecer el valor
+predeterminado para el tamaño del tipo de letra del documento.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Finalmente, en la <firstterm>parte de más declaraciones</firstterm> la clase o paquete
+suele hacer la mayor parte de su trabajo: declarar nuevas variables,
+comandos y tipos de letra y cargar otros archivos.
+</para></listitem></orderedlist>
+<para>Aquí hay un archivo de clase inicial, que se debe guardar como
+<filename>stub.cls</filename> donde &latex; lo pueda encontrar, por ejemplo en el
+mismo directorio que el archivo <filename>.tex</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 auxiliar
+para comenzar a crear clases desde]
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+\ProcessOptions\relax \LoadClass{article}
+</screen><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ejemplo de archivo de clase</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Se identifica a sí mismo, maneja las opciones de clase a través del
+valor predeterminado pasándolos todos a la clase <literal>article</literal>, y
+luego carga la clase <literal>article</literal> para proporcionar la base para el
+código de esta clase.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener más información, consulta la guía oficial para escritores
+de clases y paquetes, la clase Guide, en
+<ulink url="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</ulink>
+(muchas de las descripciones aquí se derivan de este documento), o el
+tutorial <ulink url="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</ulink>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="3.3.2" id="Comandos-class-y-package">
+<title>Comandos class y package</title>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Comandos class y package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, clase y paquete</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Estos son los comandos diseñados para ayudar a los escritores de
+clases o paquetes.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtBeginDvi{especiales}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtBeginDvi</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Guarda en un cuadro de registro las cosas que se escriben en el
+archivo <filename>.dvi</filename> al comienzo del envío de la primera página del
+documento.
</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtEndOfClass{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\AtEndOfPackage{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfClass</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfPackage</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Gancho para insertar <replaceable>code</replaceable> para que se ejecute cuando &latex;
+termine procesando la clase o paquete actual. Puedes usar estos
+ganchos varias veces; el <literal>código</literal> se ejecutará en el orden en que
+lo llames. Consulta también <link linkend="_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</link>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\CheckCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\CheckCommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CheckCommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CheckCommand*</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nuevo comando, comprobar</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Similar a <literal>\newcommand</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</link>)
+pero no define <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>; en su lugar, comprueba que la definición
+actual de <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> es o no es exactamente como la <replaceable>definition</replaceable>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comando long</primary></indexterm>
+<firstterm>long</firstterm> como se esperaba. Un comando largo es un comando que
+acepta <literal>\par</literal> dentro de un argumento. Se espera que el comando
+<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> sea largo con la versión sin estrella de
+<literal>\CheckCommand</literal>. Levanta un error cuando la comprobación falla.
+Esto te permite comprobar antes de empezar a redefinir <literal>cmd</literal> tú
+mismo que ningún otro paquete ya haya redefinido este comando.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassError{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassWarning{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassWarningNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassInfo{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassInfoNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageError{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageWarning{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageWarningNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageInfo{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageInfoNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassError</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageError</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarning</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageWarning</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarningNoLine</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageWarningNoLine</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassInfo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageInfo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassInfoNoLine</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageInfoNoLine</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Produce un mensaje de error, o mensajes de advertencia o informativo.
+</para>
+<para>Para <literal>\ClassError</literal> y <literal>\PackageError</literal> el mensaje es
+<replaceable>texto de error</replaceable>, seguido del indicador de error <literal>?</literal> de
+&tex;. Si el usuario luego, pide ayuda escribiendo <literal>h</literal>, ve el
+mensaje <replaceable>texto de ayuda</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Los cuatro comandos de advertencia son similares excepto que escriben
+<replaceable>texto de advertencia</replaceable> en la pantalla sin mensaje de error. Los
+cuatro comandos escriben <replaceable>texto info</replaceable> solo en el archivo de
+transcripción. Las versiones de <literal>NoLine</literal> no muestran el número
+de la línea que genera el mensaje, mientras que las otras versiones
+muestran ese número.
+</para>
+<para>Para dar formato a los mensajes, incluido el <replaceable>texto de ayuda</replaceable>: usa
+<literal>\protect</literal> para evitar que un comando se expanda, obtén un salto
+de línea con <literal>\MessageBreak</literal>, y obtén un espacio con
+<literal>\space</literal> cuando un carácter de espacio no lo permite, como
+después de un comando. Ten en cuenta que &latex; añade un punto a
+los mensajes.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\CurrentOption</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CurrentOption</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Expande al nombre de la opción que se está procesando actualmente.
+Sólo se pueden usar dentro del argumento <replaceable>code</replaceable> de
+<literal>\DeclareOption</literal> o <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareOption{<replaceable>option</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption*</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones de clase</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones de paquete</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, clase</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, paquete</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hace que una opción esté disponible para que un usuario la invoque en
+su comando <literal>\documentclass</literal>. Por ejemplo, la clase
+<literal>smcmemo</literal> podría tener una opción
+<literal>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</literal> que permita a los usuarios
+colocar el logo institucional en la primera página. El archivo de
+clase debe contener <literal>\DeclareOption{logo}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal> (y ​​más
+tarde, <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>Si solicitas una opción que no ha sido declarada, de manera
+predeterminada esta producirá una advertencia como <literal>Opciones
+globales no utilizadas: [badoption]</literal>. Cambia este comportamiento con
+la versión destacada <literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>. Por
+ejemplo, muchas clases extienden una clase existente, usando un
+comando como <literal>\LoadClass{article}</literal>, y para pasar opciones
+adicionales al código de uso de clase subyacente como este.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareOption*{% \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+}
+</screen>
+<para>Otro ejemplo es que la clase <literal>smcmemo</literal> puede permitir a los
+usuarios mantener listas de destinatarios de notas en archivos
+externos. Entonces el usuario podría invocar
+<literal>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</literal> y leerá el archivo
+<literal>math.memo</literal>. Este código maneja el archivo si existe y de lo
+contrario pasa la opción a la clase <literal>article</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+</screen>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareRobustCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareRobustCommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareRobustCommand*</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nuevo comando, definición</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Como <literal>\newcommand</literal> y <literal>\newcommand*</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y
+\renewcommand</link>) pero estos declaran un comando robusto, incluso si
+algún código dentro de la <replaceable>definición</replaceable> es frágil. (Para una
+discusión de comandos robustos y frágiles véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). Usa este
+comando para definir nuevos comandos robustos o para redefinir
+comandos existentes y hacerlos robustos. A diferencia de
+<literal>\newcommand</literal>, estos no dan un error si la macro <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> ya
+existe; en su lugar, se coloca un mensaje de registro en el archivo de
+transcripción si se redefine un comando.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos definidos de esta manera son un poco menos eficientes que
+los definidos usando <literal>\newcommand</literal> así que, a menos que los datos
+del comando sean frágiles y el comando se use dentro de un argumento
+en movimiento, usa <literal>\newcommand</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>etoolbox</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>etoolbox</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>etoolbox</literal> ofrece los comandos
+<literal>\newrobustcmd</literal>, <literal>\newrobustcmd*</literal>, así como los comandos
+<literal>\renewrobustcmd</literal>, <literal>\renewrobustcmd*</literal> y los comandos
+<literal>\providerobustcmd</literal> y <literal>\providerobustcmd*</literal>. Estos son
+similares a <literal>\newcommand</literal>, <literal>\newcommand*</literal>,
+<literal>\renewcommand</literal>, <literal>\renewcommand*</literal>, <literal>\providecommand</literal> y
+<literal>\providecommand*</literal>, pero define un <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> robusto con dos
+ventajas en comparación con <literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal>:
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>Utilizan el mecanismo de protección de bajo nivel e-&tex; en lugar
+del mecanismo <literal>\protect</literal> &latex; de nivel superior, por lo que
+no incurren la ligera pérdida de rendimiento mencionada anteriormente,
+y
+</para></listitem><listitem><para>Hacen la misma distinción entre <literal>\new&#8230;</literal>,
+<literal>\renew&#8230;</literal> y <literal>\provide&#8230;</literal>, como comandos estándar,
+por lo que no solo hacen un mensaje de registro cuando redefines
+<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> que ya existe, en ese caso necesitas usar
+<literal>\renew&#8230;</literal> o <literal>\provide&#8230;</literal> o recibes un error.
+</para></listitem></orderedlist>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\IfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\InputIfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfFileExists</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\InputIfFileExists</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Ejecuta <replaceable>código verdadero</replaceable> si &latex; encuentra el archivo
+<filename><replaceable>nombre de archivo</replaceable></filename> o <replaceable>código falso</replaceable> de lo contrario.
+En el primer caso se ejecuta <replaceable>código verdadero</replaceable> y entonces ingresa
+el archivo. Así el comando
+</para>
+<screen>\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf no encontrado}
+</screen>
+<para>incluirá el gráfico <filename>img.pdf</filename> si se encuentra y de lo contrario
+dará un aviso.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando busca el archivo en todas las rutas de búsqueda que usa
+&latex;, no solo en el directorio actual. Mirar solo en el
+directorio actual hace algo como
+<literal>\IfFileExists{./filename}{<replaceable>código
+verdadero</replaceable>}{<replaceable>código falso</replaceable>}</literal>. Si solicitas un nombre de
+archivo sin una extensión <literal>.tex</literal> entonces &latex; primero
+buscará el archivo agregando la extensión <literal>.tex</literal>; para obtener
+más información sobre cómo &latex; maneja las extensiones de archivo
+<link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\LoadClass[<replaceable>options list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\LoadClassWithOptions{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClass</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClassWithOptions</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Carga una clase, como con <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>lista de
+opciones</replaceable>]{<replaceable>nombre de clase</replaceable>}[<replaceable>información de
+publicación</replaceable>]</literal>. Un ejemplo es <literal>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>La <replaceable>options list</replaceable>, si está presente, es una lista separada por
+comas. La <replaceable>fecha de lanzamiento</replaceable> es opcional. Si está presente
+debe tener la forma <replaceable>AAAA/MM/DD</replaceable>.
+<!-- Por cierto, hay at-macros documentadas en macros2e.pdf para -->
+<!-- comprobar la versión y, condicionalmente, realizar algunas acciones -->
+<!-- en la versión posterior o no en algunas fechas. -->
+</para>
+<para>Si solicitas una <replaceable>fecha de lanzamiento</replaceable> y la fecha del paquete
+instalado en tu sistema es anterior, recibes una advertencia en la
+pantalla y en el registro como esta.
+</para>
+<screen>Has solicitado, en la línea de entrada 4, la versión `2038/01/19' de
+la clase de documento ``article'', pero solo la versión `2014/09/29
+v1.4h La clase de documento LaTeX estándar' está disponible.
+</screen>
+<para>La versión del comando <literal>\LoadClassWithOptions</literal> usa la lista de
+opciones para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignora cualquier
+opción pasada a través de <literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal>. Este es un
+comando de conveniencia que te permite construir clases sobre las
+existentes, como la clase <literal>article</literal> estándar, sin tener que
+rastrear qué opciones se pasaron.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ExecuteOptions{<replaceable>options-list</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ExecuteOptions</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para cada opción <replaceable>option</replaceable> en la <replaceable>lista de opciones</replaceable>, en orden,
+este comando ejecuta el comando <literal>\ds@<replaceable>option</replaceable></literal>. Si este
+comando no está definido, entonces esa opción se ignora
+silenciosamente.
+</para>
+<para>Se puede utilizar para proporcionar una lista de opciones
+predeterminada antes <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>. Por ejemplo, si en un
+archivo de clase deseas que el predeterminado sea el tipo de letra de
+11 puntos, entonces podrías especificar
+<literal>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\NeedsTeXFormat{<replaceable>format</replaceable>}[<replaceable>formato de fecha</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NeedsTeXFormat</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Especifica el formato con el que se debe ejecutar esta clase. A
+menudo emitido como la primera línea de un archivo de clase, y se usa
+con mayor frecuencia como: <literal>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</literal>. Cuando
+un documento que usa esa clase es procesado, el nombre de formato
+proporcionado aquí debe coincidir con el formato que en realidad se
+está ejecutando (incluyendo que la cadena <replaceable>format</replaceable> es sensible a
+mayúsculas y minúsculas). Si no coincide, la ejecución se detiene con
+un error como &#8216;<literal>Este archivo necesita formato `LaTeX2e' pero es
+`xxx'.</literal>&#8217;
+</para>
+<para>Para especificar una versión del formato que sabes que tiene ciertas
+características, incluye el <replaceable>formato de fecha</replaceable> opcional en el que
+esas características fueron implementadas. Si está presente, debe
+tener el formato <literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>. Si la versión del formato
+instalada en tu sistema es anterior al <replaceable>formato de fecha</replaceable>,
+entonces recibes una advertencia como esta.
+</para>
+<screen>Has solicitado la liberación `2038/01/20' de LaTeX, pero solo la
+versión `2016/02/01' está disponible.
+</screen>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\OptionNotUsed</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\OptionNotUsed</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Agrega la opción actual a la lista de opciones no utilizadas. Solo se
+puede usar dentro del argumento <replaceable>code</replaceable> de <literal>\DeclareOption</literal> o
+<literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>.
+</para>
+<!-- No puedo reproducir este comportamiento como está documentado en -->
+<!-- clsguide. En ausencia de una declaración @code{\DeclareOption*}, -->
+<!-- @LaTeX{} emite una advertencia en la consola como @code{Advertencia -->
+<!-- de LaTeX: Global no utilizadas opción(es): [opción no utilizada].} -->
+<!-- con la lista de opciones no utilizadas cuando llega a -->
+<!-- @code{\begin@{document@}}. -->
+
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PassOptionsToClass{<replaceable>options list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>options list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToClass</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToPackage</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Agrega las opciones en la lista separada por comas <replaceable>lista de
+opciones</replaceable> a las opciones utilizadas por cualquier futuro comando
+<literal>\RequirePackage</literal> o <literal>\usepackage</literal> para el paquete
+<replaceable>nombre del paquete</replaceable> o la clase <replaceable>nombre de clase</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>El motivo de estos comandos es: puedes cargar un paquete cualquier
+cantidad de veces sin opciones, pero, si deseas opciones, solo las
+puedes proporcionar cuando cargues el paquete por primera vez. Al
+cargar un paquete con opciones más de una vez obtendrás un error como
+<literal>Conflicto de opción para el paquete Foo.</literal> (&latex; arroja un
+error incluso si no hay conflicto entre opciones).
+</para>
+<para>Si tu propio código trae un paquete dos veces, entonces puedes
+colapsar eso a una vez, por ejemplo reemplazando los dos
+<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}</literal> y
+<literal>\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</literal> con el comando único
+<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Sin embargo, imagina que estás cargando <filename>firstpkg</filename> y dentro de
+ese paquete que carga <filename>secondpkg</filename>, y necesitas que el segundo
+paquete sea cargado con la opción <literal>draft</literal>. Entonces antes de
+hacer el primer paquete debes poner en cola las opciones para el
+segundo paquete, así.
+</para>
+<screen>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+</screen>
+<para>(Si <literal>firstpkg.sty</literal> carga una opción en conflicto con lo que
+deseas entonces posiblemente tengas que alterar tu fuente).
+</para>
+<para>Estos comandos son útiles para usuarios generales, así como para
+clases y paquetes. Por ejemplo, supongamos que un usuario quiere
+cargar el paquete <literal>graphicx</literal> con la opción <literal>draft</literal> y también
+quieres usar una clase <literal>foo</literal> que carga el paquete
+<literal>graphicx</literal>, pero sin esa opción. El usuario podría iniciar su
+archivo &latex; con
+<literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ProcessOptions*<replaceable>\@options</replaceable></literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions*</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Ejecuta el código para cada opción que el usuario haya invocado.
+Incluirlo en el archivo de clase como <literal>\ProcessOptions\relax</literal>
+(debido a la existencia del comando con asterisco).
+</para>
+<para>Las opciones vienen en dos tipos. <firstterm>Opciones locales</firstterm> se han
+especificado para este paquete particular en el argumento
+<replaceable>options</replaceable> de <literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>options</replaceable>}</literal>,
+<literal>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>, o
+<literal>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>. <firstterm>Opciones globales</firstterm> son
+las dadas por el usuario de la clase en
+<literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal> (si una opción se especifica
+tanto local como globalmente, entonces es local).
+</para>
+<para>Cuando se llama a <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> para un paquete
+<filename>pkg.sty</filename>, lo siguiente sucede:
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>Para cada opción <replaceable>option</replaceable> declarada hasta ahora con
+<literal>\DeclareOption</literal>, busca si esa opción es una opción global o
+local para <literal>pkg</literal>. Si es así, ejecuta el código declarado. Esto
+se hace en el orden en que estas opciones fueron dadas en
+<filename>pkg.sty</filename>.
+</para></listitem><listitem><para>Para cada opción local restante, ejecuta el comando
+<literal>\ds@</literal><replaceable>option</replaceable> si se ha definido en algún lugar (que no sea
+por una <literal>\DeclareOption</literal>); de lo contrario, ejecuta el código de
+opción predeterminada dada en <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>. Si no se ha
+introducido ningún código de opción predeterminado declarado entonces
+da un mensaje de error. Esto se hace en el orden en que se
+especificaron estas opciones.
+</para></listitem></orderedlist>
+<para>Cuando se llama a <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> para una clase, funciona en
+la misma manera salvo que todas las opciones son locales y el
+<replaceable>code</replaceable> predeterminado para <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal> es
+<literal>\OptionNotUsed</literal> en lugar de un error.
+</para>
+<para>La versión destacada <literal>\ProcessOptions*</literal> ejecuta las opciones en
+el orden especificado en las llamadas a comandos, en lugar de en el
+orden de declaración en la clase o paquete. Para un paquete esto
+significa que las opciones globales se procesan primero.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable> <replaceable>brief additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable> <replaceable>brief additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesClass</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesPackage</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Identifica la clase o paquete, imprimiendo un mensaje en pantalla y en
+el archivo de registro.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando cargas una clase o paquete, por ejemplo con
+<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal> o <literal>\usepackage{test}</literal>,
+&latex; ingresa un archivo. Si el nombre del archivo no coincide con
+la clase o nombre del paquete declarado en él, entonces recibes una
+advertencia. Así, si invocas <literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal>, y el
+archivo <filename>smcmemo.cls</filename> tiene la instrucción
+<literal>\ProvidesClass{xxx}</literal> luego recibes una advertencia como
+<literal>Has solicitado la clase de documento `smcmemo', pero la clase
+del documento proporciona 'xxx'.</literal> Esta advertencia no evita que
+&latex; procese el resto del archivo de clase normalmente.
+</para>
+<para>Si incluyes el argumento opcional, debes incluir una fecha, antes de
+cualquier espacio, en la forma <literal>AAAA/MM/DD</literal>. El resto del
+argumento opcional es de forma libre, aunque tradicionalmente
+identifica la clase, y se escribe en la pantalla durante la
+compilación y en el archivo de registro. Por lo tanto, si tu archivo
+<filename>smcmemo.cls</filename> contiene la línea
+<literal>\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC clase memo]</literal> y la
+primera línea de tu documento es <literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal>
+entonces verás <literal>Clase de documento: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC
+clase memo</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>La fecha en el argumento opcional permite a los usuarios de clases y
+paquetes preguntar para ser advertido si la versión de la clase o
+paquete es anterior a la <replaceable>fecha de lanzamiento</replaceable>. Por ejemplo, un
+usuario puede ingresar <literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</literal> o
+<literal>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</literal> para requerir una clase o
+paquete con ciertas características especificando que no se debe
+lanzar antes que la fecha dada. (Aunque, en la práctica, los usuarios
+de paquetes rara vez incluyen una fecha, y los usuarios de clases casi
+nunca lo hacen).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesFile{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}[<replaceable>additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesFile</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Declara un archivo que no sea la clase principal y los archivos del
+paquete, como archivos de configuración o archivos de definición del
+tipo de letra. Pon este comando en ese archivo y obtienes en el
+registro una cadena como <literal>File: test.config 2017/10/12 archivo de
+configuración para test.cls</literal> para <replaceable>filename</replaceable> igual a
+&#8216;<literal>test.config</literal>&#8217; e <replaceable>información adicional</replaceable> igual a
+&#8216;<literal>2017/10/12 archivo de configuración para test.cls</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>options list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackageWithOptions</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Carga un paquete, como el comando <literal>\usepackage</literal> (véase <link linkend="Paquetes-adicionales">Paquetes
+adicionales</link>). El equipo de desarrollo de &latex; recomienda
+encarecidamente el uso de estos comandos sobre el <literal>\input</literal> de
+&tex;&#160;estándar; ve la Guía de clase. Un ejemplo es
+<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>La <replaceable>lista de opciones</replaceable>, si está presente, es una lista separada
+por comas. La <replaceable>fecha de lanzamiento</replaceable>, si está presente, debe
+tener el formato <replaceable>AAAA/MM/DD</replaceable>. Si la fecha de lanzamiento del
+paquete instalado en tu sistema es anterior que la <replaceable>fecha de
+lanzamiento</replaceable>, recibes una advertencia como <literal>Has solicitado, en la
+línea de entrada 9, la versión `2017/07/03' del paquete jhtest, pero
+solo está disponible la versión `2000/01/01'</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>La versión <literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions</literal> usa la lista de opciones
+para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignoras cualquier opción que
+se le pase a través de <literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal>. Este es un comando
+de conveniencia para facilitar la construcción de clases sobre las
+existentes sin tener que rastrear cuáles opciones se pasaron.
+</para>
+<para>La diferencia entre <literal>\usepackage</literal> y <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> es
+pequeña. El comando <literal>\usepackage</literal> está diseñado para el archivo
+del documento mientras que <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> está diseñado para
+paquetes y archivos de clase. Por lo tanto, usar <literal>\usepackage</literal>
+antes del comando <literal>\documentclass</literal> hace que &latex; dé un error
+como <literal>\usepackage antes de \documentclass</literal>, pero allí puedes usar
+<literal>\RequirePackage</literal>.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="5" id="Tipos-de-Letra">
-<title>Tipos de Letra</title>
+<chapter label="4" id="Tipos-de-letra">
+<title>Tipos de letra</title>
+<anchor id="Tipograf_00eda"/><!-- nombre antiguo -->
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Tipos de Letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipografía</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Dos aspectos importantes de la selección de un <firstterm>tipo de letra</firstterm> son
-la especificación del tamaño y del estilo. Las
-instrucciones &latex; para hacer esto se describen a continuación.
+<para>&latex; viene con poderosas capacidades de tipos de letra. Por un
+lado, este nuevo esquema de selección de tipos de letra te permite
+trabajar fácilmente con las familias de tipos de letra en tu documento
+(por ejemplo, <link linkend="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</link>). Y, los documentos
+&latex; pueden usar la mayoría de los tipos de letra disponibles
+actualmente, incluyendo versiones de Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier,
+etc. (Nota sin embargo que, muchos tipos de letra no son compatibles
+con matemáticas).
+</para>
+<para>El primer tipo de letra en el mundo &tex; fue la familia Computer
+Modern, desarrollado por Donald Knuth. Es el predeterminado para los
+documentos &latex; y sigue siendo el más utilizado. Pero cambiar a
+otro tipo de letra a menudo solo implica algunos comandos. Por
+ejemplo, poner lo siguiente en tu preámbulo te da un tipo de letra
+similar a Palatino, que es hermoso y más legible en línea que muchos
+otros tipos de letra, al mismo tiempo que te permite tipografía de
+matemáticas. (Este ejemplo es de Michael Sharpe,
+<ulink url="https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</ulink>).
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf para texto, no matemáticas
+\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % máquina de escribir sans serif
+\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb de STIX
+\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+</screen>
+<para>Además, los motores <command>xelatex</command> o <command>lualatex</command> permiten
+que uses cualquier tipo de letra en tu sistema que esté en formato
+OpenType o TrueType (véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores &tex;</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El catálogo de tipos de letra &latex;
+(<ulink url="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue</ulink>) muestra gráficos de ejemplo del
+tipo de letra y fuente que se puede copiar y pegar para usar muchos
+tipos de letra, incluyendo muchos compatibles con matemáticas.
+Pretende abarcar todos los tipos de letra Latin alfabéticas libres
+disponibles para un uso sencillo con &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>También hay más información disponible en los grupos de usuarios
+&tex;, en <ulink url="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</ulink>.
</para>
-<sect1 label="5.1" id="Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">
-<title>Estilos del Tipo de Letra</title>
+<sect1 label="4.1" id="paquete-fontenc">
+<title>paquete <literal>fontenc</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilos del tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilos de tipografía</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilos de texto</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font codificación</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8, tipo de letra compatible con</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>T1</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>OT1</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>fontenc</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>]{fontenc}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>font_encoding1</replaceable>, <replaceable>font_encoding2</replaceable>, ...]{fontenc}
+</screen>
+<para>Especifica la codificación del tipo de letra. Una codificación de
+tipo de letra es una asignación de códigos de caracteres a los glifos
+del tipo de letra que se utilizan para escribir
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fontspec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fontspec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Este paquete solo se aplica si usas el motor
+<literal>pdflatex</literal> (véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores &tex;</link>). Si usas el comando
+<command>xelatex</command> o el motor <command>lualatex</command> entonces usa el
+paquete <literal>fontspec</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>La familia de tipos de letra original de &tex;, Computer Modern,
+tiene un conjunto de caracteres limitado. Por ejemplo, para hacer
+caracteres acentuados comunes, debes usar <literal>\accent</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005caccent">\accent</link>) pero esto deshabilita la separación silábica. Los
+usuarios &tex; han acordado una serie de estándares para acceder a
+conjuntos de caracteres más grandes proporcionados por los tipos de
+letra modernos. Si estás usando <command>pdflatex</command> entonces pon esto
+en el preámbulo
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+</screen>
+<para>te brinda soporte para los idiomas europeos ampliamente extendidos,
+incluidos francés, alemán, italiano, polaco y otros. En particular,
+si tienes palabras con letras acentuadas entonces &latex; las
+dividirá y tu salida se puede copiar y pegar. (La segunda línea
+opcional te permite ingresar directamente caracteres acentuados en tu
+archivo fuente).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>lmodern</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>lmodern</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cm-super</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cm-super</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Si estás utilizando una
+codificación como <literal>T1</literal> y los caracteres aparecen borrosos o no se
+amplían bien, entonces tus tipos de letra pueden estar en mapas de
+bits, a veces llamado raster o Type&#160;3. Quieres tipos de letra
+vectoriales. Utiliza un paquete como <literal>lmodern</literal> o
+<literal>cm-super</literal> para obtener un tipo de letra que extiende el valor
+predeterminado de &latex; usando tipos de letra vectoriales.
+</para>
+<para>Para cada <replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable> dado como opción pero aún no declarado,
+este paquete carga los archivos de definición de codificación,
+denominados <filename><replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>enc.def</filename>. También establece
+<literal>\encodingdefault</literal> para ser la última codificación en la lista de
+opciones.
+</para>
+<para>Estos son los valores comunes para <replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>OT1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>La codificación original para &tex;. Limitada a caracteres en su
+mayoría en inglés.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>OMS, OML</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Símbolos matemáticos y codificación de letras matemáticas.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>T1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Texto &tex; extendido. A veces se llama la codificación de Cork para
+la reunión de usuarios del grupo donde se desarrolló. Da acceso a la
+mayoría de los caracteres acentuados europeos. La opción más común
+para este paquete.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>TS1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Codificación de Text Companion.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; es cargar <literal>OML</literal>, <literal>T1</literal>,
+<literal>OT1</literal> y luego <literal>OMS</literal>, y establece el valor predeterminado en
+<literal>OT1</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Incluso si no usas letras acentuadas, es posible que debas especificar una
+codificación de tipo de letra si tu tipo de letra lo requiere.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas codificación<literal>T1</literal>&#160; en los tipos de letra que no sean
+las familias Modern predeterminadas, es posible que debas cargar el
+paquete que selecciona tus tipos de letra antes de cargar
+<filename>fontenc</filename>, para evitar que el sistema cargue cualquier tipo de
+letra codificada&#160;<literal>T1</literal> de la predeterminada.
+</para>
+<para>El equipo de &latex; reserva nombres de codificación que comienzan
+con: &#8216;<literal>T</literal>&#8217; para codificaciones de texto estándar con 256
+caracteres, &#8216;<literal>TS</literal>&#8217; para símbolos que extienden las codificaciones T
+correspondientes, &#8216;<literal>X</literal>&#8217; para codificaciones de prueba, &#8216;<literal>M</literal>&#8217;
+para codificaciones matemáticas estándar con 256 caracteres, &#8216;<literal>A</literal>&#8217;
+para aplicaciones especiales, &#8216;<literal>OT</literal>&#8217; para codificaciones de texto
+estándar con 128 caracteres y &#8216;<literal>OM</literal>&#8217; para codificaciones
+matemáticas estándar con 128 caracteres (&#8216;<literal>O</literal>&#8217; significa
+&#8216;<literal>obsoleto</literal>&#8217;).
+</para>
+<para>Este paquete proporciona una serie de comandos, que se detallan a
+continuación. Muchos de ellos son específicos de codificación, por lo
+que si has definido un comando que funciona para una codificación pero
+la codificación actual es diferente, entonces el comando no está en
+vigor.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="4.1.1" id="_005cDeclareFontEncoding">
+<title><literal>\DeclareFontEncoding</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>codificación del tipo de letra, declarado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>codificación, tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareFontEncoding</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareFontEncoding{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text-settings</replaceable>}{<replaceable>math-settings</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Declara la codificación del tipo de letra <replaceable>encoding</replaceable>. También
+guarda el valor de <replaceable>encoding</replaceable> en <literal>\LastDeclaredEncoding</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El archivo <filename>t1enc.def</filename> contiene esta línea (seguida de muchas
+otras).
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
+</screen>
+<para>Los <replaceable>text-settings</replaceable> son los comandos que &latex; ejecutará cada
+vez que cambias de una codificación a otra con los comandos
+<literal>\selectfont</literal> y <literal>\fontencoding</literal>. Los <replaceable>math-settings</replaceable>
+son los comandos que &latex; usará siempre que el tipo de letra se
+accede como un alfabeto matemático.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; ignora cualquier carácter de espacio dentro de
+<replaceable>text-settings</replaceable> y <replaceable>math-settings</replaceable>, para evitar espacios no
+deseados en la salida.
+</para>
+<para>Si inventas una codificación, debes elegir un nombre de dos o tres
+letras comenzando con &#8216;<literal>L</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>local</literal>&#8217;, o &#8216;<literal>E</literal>&#8217; para
+&#8216;<literal>experimental</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que &latex; puede leer varias veces los archivos de
+codificación de salida, por lo que usar, por ejemplo,
+<literal>\newcommand</literal> puede causar un error. Además, tales archivos
+deben contener la línea <literal>\ProvidesFile</literal> (véase <link linkend="Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y
+package</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta también que debes usar los comandos <literal>\...Default</literal>
+solo en un paquete, no en los archivos de definición de codificación,
+ya que esos archivos solo deben contener declaraciones específicas
+para esa codificación.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.2" id="_005cDeclareTextAccent">
+<title><literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font codificación</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccent</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextAccent{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Define un acento, para colocarlo encima de otros glifos, en la
+codificación <replaceable>encoding</replaceable> en la ubicación <replaceable>slot</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>slot, tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un <firstterm>slot</firstterm> es el número que identifica un glifo dentro de un tipo
+de letra.
+</para>
+<para>Esta línea de <filename>t1enc.def</filename> declara que para hacer un acento
+circunflejo como en <literal>\^A</literal>, el sistema pondrá el acento en el
+slot&#160;2 sobre el carácter &#8216;<literal>A</literal>&#8217;, que se representa en ASCII
+como&#160;65. (Esto se mantiene a menos que haya un
+<literal>DeclareTextComposite</literal> relevante o una declaración
+<literal>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</literal>; véase <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}
+</screen>
+<para>Si <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> ya se ha definido, entonces <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> no
+da error pero si registra la redefinición en el archivo de
+transcripción.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.3" id="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">
+<title><literal>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccent</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Si hay un comando específico de codificación de acento \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> pero
+no hay un <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> asociado para esa codificación,
+entonces este comando tomará el relevo, diciendo que lo use como se
+describe para <replaceable>encoding</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, para hacer que la codificación <literal>OT1</literal> sea la
+codificación predeterminada para el acento <literal>\&quot;</literal>, declara esto.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\&quot;}{OT1}
+</screen>
+<para>Si emites un <literal>\&quot;</literal> cuando la codificación actual no tiene una
+definición para ese acento entonces &latex; usará la definición desde
+<literal>OT1</literal>
+</para>
+<para>Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada
+(véase <link linkend="_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}
+ {\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{#1}}
+</screen>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que <literal>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</literal> funciona para
+cualquier comando <filename>fontenc</filename> de argumento único, no solo el
+comando de acento.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.4" id="_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand">
+<title><literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal> y <literal>\ProvideTextCommand</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cDeclareTextCommand"/><anchor id="_005cProvideTextCommand"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommand</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn}</replaceable>
+\DeclareTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\ProvideTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\ProvideTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\ProvideTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Define el comando <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>, que será específico para una
+codificación. El nombre del comando <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> debe estar precedido
+por una barra invertida, <literal>\</literal>. Estos comandos solo pueden
+aparecer en el preámbulo. Redefinir \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> no provoca un
+error. El comando definido será robusto incluso si el código en
+<replaceable>defn</replaceable> es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, el archivo <filename>t1enc.def</filename> contiene esta línea.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 }
+</screen>
+<para>Con eso, puedes expresar partes por mil.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+El límite legal es \(0.8 \)\textperthousand.
+</screen>
+<para>Si cambias la codificación del tipo de letra a <literal>OT1</literal>, obtendrás
+un error como &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Comando \textperthousand no
+disponible en codificación OT1</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La variante <literal>\ProvideTextCommand</literal> hace lo mismo, excepto que no
+hace nada si <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> ya está definido. El comando
+<literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> es más rápido que este por simple asociación
+de slot a glifo (véase <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</link>)
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos opcionales <replaceable>nargs</replaceable> y <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> juegan el
+mismo rol aquí como en <literal>\newcommand</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y
+\renewcommand</link>). Brevemente, <replaceable>nargs</replaceable> es un número entero de 0 a 9
+especificando el número de argumentos que el comando definido
+<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> toma. Este número incluye cualquier argumento
+opcional. Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que especificar 0, lo
+cual significa que <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> no tendrá argumentos. Y, si
+<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> está presente, entonces el primer argumento de
+<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> es opcional, con el valor predeterminado
+<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si
+<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> no está presente, entonces <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>
+tampoco toma un argumento opcional.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.5" id="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">
+<title><literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> y <literal>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"/><anchor id="_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o:
+</para>
+<screen>\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Proporciona una definición predeterminada para <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>, para
+cuando ese comando no está definido en la codificación actualmente en
+vigor. Este valor predeterminado debería utilizar únicamente
+codificaciones que sepas que están disponibles.
+</para>
+<para>Esto hace que <literal>\copyright</literal> esté disponible.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
+</screen>
+<para>Utiliza solo una codificación (OMS) que siempre está disponible.
+</para>
+<para>El <literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> no debería aparecer en la
+definición de codificación de archivos ya que esos archivos solo deben
+declarar comandos para su uso cuando seleccionas esa codificación. En
+cambio, debería estar en un paquete.
+</para>
+<para>Al igual que con los comandos no predeterminados relacionados,
+<literal>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</literal> tiene exactamente el mismo
+comportamiento que
+</para>
+<para><literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> excepto que no hace nada si
+<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> ya está definido (véase <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand y
+\ProvideTextCommand</link>). Entonces, los paquetes lo pueden usar para
+proporcionar respaldos que otros paquetes pueden mejorar.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.6" id="_005cDeclareTextComposite">
+<title><literal>\DeclareTextComposite</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextComposite</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextComposite{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>simple_object</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Accede a un glifo acentuado directamente, es decir, sin tener que
+poner un acento sobre un carácter separado.
+</para>
+<para>Esta línea de <filename>t1enc.def</filename> significa que <literal>\^o</literal> provocará a
+&latex; para componer la minúscula&#160;&#8216;<literal>o</literal>&#8217; tomando el carácter
+directamente desde el slot 224 en el tipo de letra.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244}
+</screen>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</link>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El <replaceable>simple_object</replaceable> debe ser un solo carácter o un solo
+comando. El argumento <replaceable>slot</replaceable> suele ser un entero positivo
+representado en decimal (aunque son posibles octal o hexadecimal).
+Normalmente \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> ya se ha declarado para esta codificación, ya
+sea con <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> o con un solo argumento
+<literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal>. En <filename>t1enc.def</filename>, sigue la línea
+anterior al comando <literal>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.7" id="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">
+<title><literal>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Una versión más general de <literal>\DeclareTextComposite</literal> que ejecuta
+código arbitrario con <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto permite que los acentos en &#8216;<literal>i</literal>&#8217; actúen como acentos en
+dotless&#160;i, <literal>\i</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
+</screen>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</link>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. Normalmente <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> ya se habrá declarado con
+<literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> o como un argumento
+<literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.8" id="_005cDeclareTextSymbol">
+<title><literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Las siguientes instrucciones para el estilo del tipo de letra son
-compatibles con &latex;.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Este primer grupo de instrucciones se utiliza normalmente con un
-argumento&#44; como en <literal>\textit{texto en cursiva}</literal>. En la
-siguiente tabla&#44; las instrucciones correspondientes
-entre paréntesis son la &#8220;forma declarativa&#8221;, la cual no toma
-argumentos. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura hasta la siguiente instucción para el
-estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el final del grupo actual.
+<screen>\DeclareTextSymbol{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Define un símbolo en la codificación <replaceable>encoding</replaceable> en la ubicación
+<replaceable>slot</replaceable>. Los símbolos definidos de esta manera son para usar en
+texto, no matemáticas.
</para>
-<para>Estos commandos&#44; tanto en las formas con argumento o en
-las formas declarativas&#44; son
-acumulativas; es decir, usted puede decir ya sea
-<literal>\sffamily\bfseries</literal> o <literal>\bfseries\sffamily</literal> para obtener sans
-serif en negrita.
+<para>Por ejemplo, esta línea de <filename>t1enc.def</filename> declara el número del
+glifo a usar para &#x00AB;, el guillemet
+izquierdo.
</para>
-<para>También puede utilizar la forma de entorno de las formas declarativas;
-por ejemplo, <literal>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</literal>.
+<screen>\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+</screen>
+<para>El comando <literal>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char
+19}</literal> tiene el mismo efecto pero es más lento
+(véase <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</link>).
</para>
-<para>Estas instrucciones proporcionan automáticamente una corrección en
-cursiva si es necesario.
-</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\textrm (\rmfamily)</literal>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</link>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El <replaceable>slot</replaceable> se puede especificar en decimal u octal (como
+en <literal>'023</literal>), o hexadecimal (como en <literal>&quot;13</literal>), aunque el decimal
+tiene la ventaja de que las comillas simples o dobles se pueden
+redefinir por otro paquete.
+</para>
+<para>Si <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> ya se ha definido, entonces
+<literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> no da un error pero registra la redefinición
+en el archivo de transcripción.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.9" id="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">
+<title><literal>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Si hay un comando de símbolo específico de codificación
+<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> pero no hay un <literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> asociado
+para esa codificación, entonces este comando tomará el relevo,
+diciendo que obtenga el símbolo como se describe para <replaceable>encoding</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, para declarar que si la codificación actual no tiene
+significado para <literal>\textdollar</literal> entonces usa el de <literal>OT1</literal>,
+declara esto.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
+</screen>
+<para>Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada
+(véase <link linkend="_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}
+ {\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}}
+</screen>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que <literal>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</literal> se puede usar para
+definir un predeterminado para cualquier comando <filename>fontenc</filename> de
+cero argumentos.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.10" id="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">
+<title><literal>\LastDeclaredEncoding</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LastDeclaredEncoding</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\LastDeclaredEncoding
+</screen>
+<para>Obtiene el nombre de la codificación declarada más recientemente. El
+comando <literal>\DeclareFontEncoding</literal> almacena el nombre para que se
+pueda recuperar con este comando (véase <link linkend="_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto se basa en <literal>\LastDeclaredEncoding</literal> en lugar de dar
+explícitamente el nombre de la codificación.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="4.1.11" id="_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent">
+<title><literal>\UseTextSymbol</literal> y <literal>\UseTextAccent</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cUseTextSymbol"/><anchor id="_005cUseTextAccent"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextSymbol</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextAccent</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o:
+</para>
+<screen>\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Utiliza un símbolo o acento que no sea de la codificación actual.
+</para>
+<para>En general, para usar un comando <filename>fontenc</filename> en una codificación
+donde no está definido, y si el comando no tiene argumentos, lo puedes
+usar con algo como esto:
+</para>
+<screen>\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss}
+</screen>
+<para>que es equivalente a esto (observa que las llaves exteriores forman un
+grupo, por lo que &latex; vuelve a la codificación anterior después
+de <literal>\ss</literal>):
+</para>
+<screen>{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss}
+</screen>
+<para>De manera similar, para usar un comando <filename>fontenc</filename> en una
+codificación donde no está definido, y si el comando tiene un
+argumento, lo puedes usar así:
+</para>
+<screen>\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a}
+</screen>
+<para>que es equivalente a esto (nuevamente, ten en cuenta las llaves
+exteriores que forman un grupo):
+</para>
+<screen>{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{<replaceable>enc_in_use</replaceable>}\selectfont a}}
+</screen>
+<para>Aquí, <replaceable>enc_in_use</replaceable> es la codificación vigente antes de esta
+secuencia de comandos, de modo que &#8216;<literal>a</literal>&#8217; se escribe utilizando la
+codificación actual y solo se toma el acento de <literal>OT1</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="4.2" id="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">
+<title>Estilos de tipos de letra</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilos de tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilos de texto</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Los siguientes comandos de estilo de letra son compatibles con
+&latex;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Forma de declaración de los comandos de estilo del tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En la tabla de abajo de los comandos enumerados, los comandos
+<literal>\text...</literal>, se usan con un argumento como en
+<literal>\textit{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>. Esta es la forma preferida. Pero se
+muestra después entre paréntesis si la correspondiente <firstterm>forma de
+declaración</firstterm>, que suele ser útil. Esta forma no toma argumentos, como
+en <literal>{\itshape <replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>. El alcance de la forma de
+declaración dura hasta el siguiente comando de estilo de tipo o el
+final del grupo actual. Además, cada uno tiene un entorno como
+<literal>\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</literal>, que describiremos al final
+de la sección.
+</para>
+<para>Estos comandos, en cualquiera de las tres formas, son acumulativos;
+por ejemplo puedes obtener negrita sans serif diciendo cualquiera de
+<literal>\sffamily\bfseries</literal> o <literal>\bfseries\sffamily</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="_005cnocorrlist"/><anchor id="_005cnocorr"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocorrlist</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocorr</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Una ventaja de estos comandos es que automáticamente insertan
+correcciones en cursiva si es necesario (véase <link linkend="_005c_002f">\/</link>). En concreto,
+insertan la corrección en cursiva a menos que el siguiente carácter
+esté en la lista <literal>\nocorrlist</literal>, que de manera predeterminada
+consta de punto y coma. Para suprimir la inserción automática de la
+corrección en cursiva, utiliza <literal>\nocorr</literal> al principio o al final
+del argumento del comando, como <literal>\textit{\nocorr text}</literal> o
+<literal>\textsc{text \nocorr}</literal>.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\textrm (\rmfamily)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textrm</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rmfamily</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Romana.
+<para>Roman.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textit (\itshape)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textit</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itshape</primary></indexterm>
-<para>cursivas.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\emph</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\emph</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Énfasis</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Énfasis (cambia entre <literal>\textit</literal> y <literal>\textrm</literal>).
+<para>Italics.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textmd (\mdseries)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textmd</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mdseries</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Peso medio (predeterminado).
+<para>Medium weight (predeterminado).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbf (\bfseries)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbf</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bfseries</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Negrita.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textup (\upshape)</literal>
+<para>Boldface.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textup (\upshape)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textup</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upshape</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Vertical (predeterminado). Lo opuesto a inclinada.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsl (\slshape)</literal>
+<para>Upright (predefinido).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsl (\slshape)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsl</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\slshape</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Oblicua.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsf (\sffamily)</literal>
+<para>Slanted.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsf (\sffamily)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsf</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sffamily</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sans serif.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsc (\scshape)</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsc (\scshape)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsc</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scshape</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Versales.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\texttt (\ttfamily)</literal>
+<para>Small caps.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\texttt (\ttfamily)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttt</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ttfamily</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Máquina de escribir.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textnormal (\normalfont)</literal>
+<para>Typewriter.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textnormal (\normalfont)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textnormal</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalfont</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Tipo de letra principal del documento.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathrm</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathrm</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Romana, para usar en modo math.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathbf</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathbf</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Negrita, para usarse en modo math.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathsf</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsf</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sans serif, para usarse en modo math.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathtt</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathtt</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Máquina de escribir, para usarse en modo math.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathit</literal>
-</term><term><literal>(\mit)</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>cursivas, para utilizarse en modo math.
+<para>Tipo de letra del documento principal.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathnormal</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathnormal</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Para usarse en modo math, por ejemplo dentro de otra declaración de
-estilo de letra.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathcal</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathcal</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Letras &#8216;caligráficas&#8217;, para usarse en modo math.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Además, la instrucción <literal>\mathversion{bold}</literal>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathversion</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- begin vincentb1 20140226 -->
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matemáticas, negrita</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>negrita matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
-<!-- end vincentb1 20140226 -->
-se pude utilizar para cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita dentro de
-fórmulas. <literal>\mathversion{normal}</literal> restablece el valor
-predeterminado.
-</para>
-<para>&latex; también proporciona las siguientes
-instrucciones, que incondicionalmente cambian a determinado estilo, es
-decir, <emphasis>no</emphasis> son acumulativas. Estas se utilizan de forma diferente
-que las instrucciones anteriores, también: <literal>{\<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>
-...}</literal> en lugar de <literal>\<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>{...}</literal>. Son dos cosas muy
-distintas.
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>emphasis</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\emph</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Aunque también cambia los tipos de letra, el comando
+<literal>\emph{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> es semántico, para que se enfatice
+<replaceable>text</replaceable>, y no se debe usar como sustituto de <literal>\textit</literal>. Por
+ejemplo, <literal>\emph{<replaceable>start text</replaceable> \emph{<replaceable>middle text</replaceable>}
+<replaceable>end text</replaceable>}</literal> resultará en <replaceable>start text</replaceable> y <replaceable>end text</replaceable> en
+cursiva, pero <replaceable>middle text</replaceable> estará en romano.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; también proporciona los siguientes comandos, que
+incondicionalmente cambia al estilo dado, es decir, <emphasis>no</emphasis> son
+acumulativos. Están usados ​​como declaraciones:
+<literal>{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>...}</literal> en lugar de <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>{...}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>(Los comandos incondicionales a continuación son una versión anterior
+de tipo de letra traspuesta. Los comandos anteriores son una mejora en
+la mayoría de las circunstancias. Pero a veces un cambio de tipo de
+letra incondicional es necesario).
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bf</primary></indexterm><literal>\bf</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra negrita</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Cambia a <emphasis role="bold">tipo de letra negrita</emphasis>.
+<para>Cambia a negrita.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cal</primary></indexterm><literal>\cal</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras script para math</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras caligráficas para math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Cambia a letras caligráficas para math.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\em</primary></indexterm><literal>\em</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>énfasis</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Énfasis (cursivas con romana, romana con cursivas).
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>script de letras para matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras caligráficas para matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Cambia a letras caligráficas para matemáticas.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\it</primary></indexterm><literal>\it</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra cursiva</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>italic font</primary></indexterm>
<para>cursivas.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rm</primary></indexterm><literal>\rm</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra romana</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Romana.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>roman font</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Roman.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sc</primary></indexterm><literal>\sc</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra versales</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Versales.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>small caps font</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Small caps.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sf</primary></indexterm><literal>\sf</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra sans serif</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>sans serif font</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sans serif.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sl</primary></indexterm><literal>\sl</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra oblicua</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra oblicua</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Oblicua (oblicua).
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra inclinada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>oblique font</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Slanted (oblicua).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tt</primary></indexterm><literal>\tt</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra de máquina de escribir</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra monoespacio</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipo de letra de ancho fijo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Máquina de escribir (monoespacio, de ancho fijo).
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fixed-width font</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Typewriter (monoespacio, ancho fijo).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>El comando <literal>\em</literal> es la versión incondicional de <literal>\emph</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Los siguientes comandos se utilizan en modo matemático. Ellos no son
+acumulativos, por lo que <literal>\mathbf{\mathit{<replaceable>symbol</replaceable>}}</literal> no
+crea una negrita y cursiva <replaceable>symbol</replaceable>; en cambio, solo estará en
+cursiva. Esto se debe a que, por lo general, los símbolos matemáticos
+necesitan tratamiento tipográfico, independientemente del entorno
+circundante.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathrm</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathrm</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Roman, para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathbf</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathbf</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Negrita (boldface), para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathsf</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsf</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sans serif, para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathtt</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathtt</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Typewriter, para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathit</literal>
+</term><term><literal>(\mit)</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Italics, para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathnormal</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathnormal</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para usar en modo matemático, por ejemplo, dentro de otra declaración
+de estilo de tipo.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathcal</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathcal</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Letras caligráficas, para uso en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<anchor id="_005cmathversion"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathversion</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matemáticas, negrita</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bold math</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Además, el comando <literal>\mathversion{bold}</literal> se puede usar para
+cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita en fórmulas
+<literal>\mathversion{normal}</literal> restaura el valor predeterminado.
+</para>
+<anchor id="_005coldstylenums"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oldstylenums</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>numerales, estilo antiguo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>números de estilo antiguo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining numerals</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Finalmente, el comando <literal>\oldstylenums{<replaceable>numerals</replaceable>}</literal> compone
+los llamados números de &#8220;estilo antiguo&#8221;, que tienen diferentes
+alturas y profundidades (y a veces anchos) del &#8220;revestimiento&quot;
+estándar de números, que tienen todos la misma altura que las letras
+mayúsculas. Los tipos de letra predeterminados de &latex; admiten
+esto y respetarán <literal>\textbf</literal> (pero no otros estilos; no hay
+números en estilo cursiva antiguo en Informática Moderna). Muchos
+otros tipos de letra también tienen números de estilo antiguo; a veces
+se proporcionan opciones de paquetes para que sean las
+predeterminadas. Preguntas frecuentes entrada:
+<ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</ulink>.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="5.2" id="Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">
-<title>Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tamaños del tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tamaños del tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tamaño del texto</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="4.3" id="Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">
+<title>Tamaños de los tipos de letra</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Tamaños de los tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tamaños de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tamaños de texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Las siguientes instrucciones para el tamaño del tipo de letra estándar
-son compatibles con &latex;.
-La tabla muestra el nombre de la
-instrucción y el tamaño real (en puntos) del tipo de letra
-correspondiente utilizado con las opciones de tamaño del documento
-&#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;, respectivamente (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones
-de Clase de Documento</link> ).
+<para>Los siguientes comandos de tamaño de letra estándar son compatibles
+con &latex;. La tabla muestra el nombre del comando y el tipo de
+letra en el tamaño real correspondiente utilizado (en puntos) con
+&#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217; opciones de tamaño del
+documento, respectivamente (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</link>).
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tiny</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scriptsize</primary></indexterm>
@@ -605,7 +2114,7 @@ de Clase de Documento</link> ).
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\huge</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Huge</primary></indexterm>
-<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="28*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="5*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="5*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="5*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Instrucción </para></entry><entry><para><literal>10pt</literal> </para></entry><entry><para><literal>11pt</literal> </para></entry><entry><para><literal>12pt</literal>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="7*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="7*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="5*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Comando </para></entry><entry><para><literal>10pt</literal> </para></entry><entry><para><literal>11pt</literal> </para></entry><entry><para><literal>12pt</literal>
</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para><literal>\tiny</literal>
</para></entry><entry><para>5 </para></entry><entry><para>6 </para></entry><entry><para>6
</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\scriptsize</literal>
@@ -621,1044 +2130,3298 @@ de Clase de Documento</link> ).
</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\Large</literal>
</para></entry><entry><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry><para>17.28
</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\LARGE</literal>
-</para></entry><entry><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry><para>17.28
+</para></entry><entry><para>17.28 </para></entry><entry><para>17.28 </para></entry><entry><para>20.74
</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\huge</literal>
</para></entry><entry><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry><para>24.88
</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\Huge</literal>
</para></entry><entry><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry><para>24.88
</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-<para>Las instrucciones tal como están listadas aquí son &#8220;formas
-declarativas&#8221;. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura
-hasta la instrucción &#8220;end&#8221; del estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el
-final del grupo actual. También puede utilizar la forma de entorno en
-estas instrucciones; por ejemplo, <literal>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</literal>.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>forma de declaración de los comandos de tamaño del tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los comandos se enumeran aquí en forma de declaración (no de entorno),
+ya que así es como se usan típicamente. Por ejemplo:
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{quotation} \small
+ El Tao que se puede nombrar no es el Tao eterno.
+\end{quotation}
+</screen>
+<para>Aquí, el alcance del <literal>\small</literal> dura hasta el final del entorno
+<literal>quotation</literal>. También terminaría en el siguiente comando de
+estilo de tipo o el final del grupo actual, por lo tanto lo podrías
+encerrar entre llaves <literal>{\small Este texto está escrito en letra
+pequeña.}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Tratar de usar estos comandos en matemáticas, como con <literal>$\small
+mv^2/2$</literal>, da como resultado &#8216;<literal>Advertencia de fuentes LaTeX:
+Comando \small inválido en modo matemático</literal>&#8217;, y el tamaño del tipo de
+letra no cambia. Para trabajar con una fórmula demasiado grande, a
+menudo la mejor opción es usar el entorno <literal>displaymath</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</link>), o uno de los entornos del paquete
+<literal>amsmath</literal>. Para matemáticas en línea, como en una tabla de
+fórmulas, una alternativa es algo como <literal>{\small $mv^2/2$}</literal>. (A
+veces <literal>\scriptsize</literal> y <literal>\scriptstyle</literal> se confunden. Ambos
+cambian el tamaño del tipo de letra, pero el último también cambia una
+serie de otros aspectos de cómo se componen las
+matemáticas. Véase <link linkend="Estilos-math">Estilos math</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Forma de entorno de comandos de tamaño de fuente</primary></indexterm>
+<para>También se define un <firstterm>entorno form</firstterm> de cada uno de estos comandos;
+por ejemplo, <literal>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</literal>. Sin embargo, en la
+práctica esta forma puede conducir fácilmente a espacios no deseados
+al principio y/o final del entorno sin una cuidadosa consideración,
+por lo que generalmente es menos propenso a errores apegarse a la
+forma de declaración.
+</para>
+<para>(Aparte: Técnicamente, debido a la forma en que &latex; define
+<literal>\begin</literal> y <literal>\end</literal>, casi todos los comandos que no toman un
+argumento técnicamente tiene una forma de entorno. Pero en casi todos
+los casos, solo sería causa de confusión al usarlo. La razón de
+mencionar la forma de entorno de las declaraciones de tamaño del tipo
+de letra específicamente es que este uso particular no es raro).
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="5.3" id="Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">
-<title>Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>instrucciones de tipo de letra, de bajo nivel</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="4.4" id="Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">
+<title>Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos de tipo de letra, bajo nivel</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Estas instrucciones están destinadas principalmente para los escritores
-de macros y paquetes. Las instrucciones listadas anteriormente son sólo
-un subconjunto de las disponibles.
+<para>Estos comandos están destinados principalmente a los escritores de
+macros y paquetes. Los comandos enumerados aquí son solo un
+subconjunto de los disponibles.
+<!-- xx pero debería estar completo -->
+<!-- xx algo sobre leer ENCFAM.fd en última instancia? -->
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontencoding{codificación}</literal>
+<variablelist><anchor id="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontencoding"/><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontencoding{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontencoding</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra. Las codificaciones válidas
-incluyen a <literal>OT1</literal> y <literal>T1</literal>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontfamily{familia}</literal>
+<para>Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra, la codificación del tipo
+de letra de salida. Hay un gran número de codificaciones válidas. Las
+más comunes son <literal>OT1</literal>, La codificación original de Knuth para
+Computer Modern (la predeterminada), y <literal>T1</literal>, también conocida
+como la codificación de Cork, que admite caracteres acentuados
+utilizados por los idiomas europeos más extendidos (alemán, francés,
+italiano, polaco y otros), lo que permite a &tex; separar con guiones
+las palabras que contengan letras acentuadas. Para más, ve
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide</ulink>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontfamily"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontfamily{<replaceable>family</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontfamily</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. Las familias válidas incluyen:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>cmr</literal> para Romana de Computadora Moderna
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>cmss</literal> para Sans Serif de Computadora Moderna
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>cmtt</literal> para Máquina de Escribir de Computadora Moderna
-</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
-<para>y muchas otras.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontseries{series}</literal>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>familias, de tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>catálogo de fuentes</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. La página web
+<ulink url="https//tug.org/FontCatalogue/">https//tug.org/FontCatalogue/</ulink> proporciona una forma de navegar a
+través de muchos de los tipos de letra que se usan fácilmente con
+&latex;. Aquí hay ejemplos de algunas familias comunes.
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="14*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="51*"></colspec><tbody><row><entry><para><literal>pag</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Avant Garde
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>fvs</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Bitstream Vera Sans
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>pbk</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Bookman
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>bch</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Charter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ccr</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Computer Concrete
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>cmr</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Computer Modern
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>cmss</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Computer Modern Sans Serif
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>cmtt</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Computer Modern Typewriter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>pcr</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Courier
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>phv</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Helvetica
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>fi4</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Inconsolata
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>lmr</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Latin Modern
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>lmss</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Latin Modern Sans
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>lmtt</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Latin Modern Typewriter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>pnc</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>New Century Schoolbook
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ppl</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Palatino
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ptm</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Times
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>uncl</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Uncial
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>put</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Utopia
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>pzc</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Zapf Chancery
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<anchor id="comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontseries"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontseries{<replaceable>series</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontseries</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Selecciona las series del tipo de letra. Las series válidas incluyen:
-</para>
-<itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>m</literal> Mediana (normal)
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>b</literal> Negrita
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>c</literal> Condensada
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>bc</literal> Negrita condensada
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>bx</literal> Negrita extendida
-</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
-<para>y otras combinaciones diferentes.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>serie, de tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Selecciona la serie de tipos de letra. Una <firstterm>serie</firstterm> combina un
+<firstterm>weight</firstterm> y un <firstterm>width</firstterm>. Por lo general, un tipo de letra solo
+admite algunas de las posibles combinaciones. Algunos valores comunes
+de series combinadas incluyen:
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="17*"></colspec><tbody><row><entry><para><literal>m</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Medium (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>b</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>c</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>bc</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Bold condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>bx</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Bold extended
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>grosor, tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los posibles valores de grosor, individualmente, son:
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="18*"></colspec><tbody><row><entry><para><literal>ul</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Ultra light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>el</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Extra light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>l</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>sl</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Semi light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>m</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Medium (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>sb</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Semi bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>b</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>eb</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Extra bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ub</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Ultra bold
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>anchos, de tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los valores posibles para el ancho, individualmente, son (el
+significado y relación de estos términos varía con los tipos de letra
+individuales):
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="15*"></colspec><tbody><row><entry><para><literal>uc</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Ultra condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ec</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Extra condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>c</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>sc</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Semi condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>m</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Medium
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>sx</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Semi expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>x</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ex</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Extra expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ux</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Ultra expanded
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>Al formar la cadena <replaceable>series</replaceable> a partir del peso y el ancho, la
+<literal>m</literal> suelta significa grosor medio o ancho medio, a menos que
+ambos, el grosor y el ancho sean <literal>m</literal>, en cuyo caso usa solo una
+(&#8216;<literal><literal>m</literal></literal>&#8217;).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontshape{forma}</literal>
+<anchor id="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontshape"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontshape{<replaceable>shape</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontshape</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>formas, de tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
<para>Selecciona la forma del tipo de letra. Las formas válidas son:
</para>
-<itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>n</literal> Vertical (normal)
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>it</literal> Cursiva
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>sl</literal> Oblicua (oblicua)
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>sc</literal> Versales
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>ui</literal> Cursiva vertical
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>ol</literal> Esquema
-</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
-<para>Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las familias de tipos de letra.
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="19*"></colspec><tbody><row><entry><para><literal>n</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Upright (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>it</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Italic
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>sl</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Slanted (oblique)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>sc</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Small caps
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ui</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Upright italics
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>ol</literal>
+</para></entry><entry><para>Outline
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las
+familias de tipos de letra, y a menudo también faltan las versalitas.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontsize{tamaño}{espaciado}</literal>
+<anchor id="comandos-fontsize-de-bajo-nivel"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontsize{<replaceable>size</replaceable>}{<replaceable>skip</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontsize</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tamaño del tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselineskip</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Establece el tamaño de letra. El primer parámetro es el tamaño a cambiar
-el tipo de letra y el segundo es el espaciado de línea a usar; este se
-almacena en un parámetro denominado <literal>\baselineskip</literal>. La unidad de
-ambos parámetros de manera predeterminada es pt. El valor
-predeterminado de <literal>\baselineskip</literal> para el tipo de letra Computadora
-Moderna es 1.2 veces <literal>\fontsize</literal>.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>interlineado doble</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El interlineado de espacio doble también es multiplicado por el valor
-del parámetro <literal>\baselinestretch</literal> cuando cambia el tamaño del tipo
-de letra; el predeterminado es 1. Sin embargo, la mejor manera de hacer
-un documento con &#8220;doble espacio&#8221;, si tiene la suficiente mala suerte
-de tener que producirlo, es usar el paquete <literal>setspace</literal>; vea
-<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace</ulink>.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Equivalente a <literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal>,
-y por lo tanto debe estar seguido por <literal>\selectfont</literal> para que tenga
-algún efecto. Es mejor especificarlo en el preámbulo, o utilizar el
-paquete <literal>setspace</literal>, justo como se acaba de describir anteriormente.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\selectfont</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Las modificaciones introducidas por llamar a la fuente de las
-instrucciones descritas anteriormente no entrará en vigor sino hasta que
-se invoque a <literal>\selectfont</literal>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\usefont{codificación}{familia}{series}{forma}</literal>
+<para>Establece el tamaño del tipo de letra y el espacio entre líneas. La
+unidad de ambos parámetros el valor predeterminado es puntos
+(<literal>pt</literal>). El interlineado es el espacio vertical nominal entre
+líneas, línea base a línea base. Se almacena en el parámetro
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal>. El <literal>\baselineskip</literal> predeterminado para el
+tipo de letra Computer Modern es 1.2 veces el <literal>\fontsize</literal>.
+Cambiar <literal>\baselineskip</literal> directamente no es recomendable ya que su
+valor se restablece cada vez que ocurre un cambio de tamaño; en su
+lugar usa <literal>\baselinestretch</literal>. (véase <link linkend="_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y
+\baselinestretch</link>).
+</para>
+<anchor id="lines-de-comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Equivalente a
+<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal>, y por lo
+tanto debe ir seguido de <literal>\selectfont</literal> para tener cualquier
+efecto. Mejor especificado en el preámbulo. Véase <link linkend="_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y
+\baselinestretch</link>, por usar el paquete <literal>setspace</literal> en su lugar.
+</para>
+<anchor id="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-selectfont"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\selectfont</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\selectfont</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los efectos de los comandos de tipo de letra descritos anteriormente
+no suceden hasta que se llama a <literal>\selectfont</literal>, como en
+<literal>\fontfamily{<replaceable>familyname</replaceable>}\selectfont</literal>. A menudo es útil
+poner esto en una macro:
+
+<literal>\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{<replaceable>familyname</replaceable>}\selectfont}</literal>
+
+(véase <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</link>).
+</para>
+<anchor id="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-usefont"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\usefont{<replaceable>enc</replaceable>}{<replaceable>family</replaceable>}{<replaceable>series</replaceable>}{<replaceable>shape</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usefont</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Lo mismo que invocar a <literal>\fontencoding</literal>, <literal>\fontfamily</literal>,
-<literal>\fontseries</literal> y <literal>\fontshape</literal> con los parámetros dados, seguida
-por <literal>\selectfont</literal>.
+<para>Lo mismo que invocar a <literal>\fontencoding</literal>, <literal>\fontfamily</literal>,
+<literal>\fontseries</literal> y <literal>\fontshape</literal> con los parámetros dados,
+seguidos de <literal>\selectfont</literal>. Por ejemplo:
</para>
+<screen>\usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+</screen>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="6" id="Dise_00f1o">
-<title>Diseño</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>instrucciones de diseño</primary></indexterm>
+<chapter label="5" id="Composici_00f3n">
+<title>Composición</title>
-<para>Varias instrucciones para controlar el diseño general de la página.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos de composición</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Comandos para controlar la composición general de página.
</para>
-<sect1 label="6.1" id="_005conecolumn">
+<sect1 label="5.1" id="_005conecolumn">
<title><literal>\onecolumn</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\onecolumn</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>produce una columna</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>one-column output</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\onecolumn</literal> comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con una sola columna. Este es el valor predeterminado.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\onecolumn
+</screen>
+<para>Inicia una nueva página y genera una salida de una sola columna. Si
+al documento le es dada la opción de clase <literal>onecolumn</literal> entonces
+este es el valor predeterminado del comportamiento (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de
+la clase documento</link>). Este comando es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="6.2" id="_005ctwocolumn">
+<sect1 label="5.2" id="_005ctwocolumn">
<title><literal>\twocolumn</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\twocolumn</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto multicolumna</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>produce dos columnas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>salida de dos columnas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\twocolumn[<replaceable>textocolumna1</replaceable>]
+<screen>\twocolumn
+\twocolumn[<replaceable>texto preliminar de una columna</replaceable>]
</screen>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\twocolumn</literal> comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con dos columnas. Si el argumento opcional <replaceable>textocolumna1</replaceable> está
-presente, esta es compuesta en modo de una columna antes de comenzar la
-composición de las dos columnas.
+<para>Inicia una nueva página y genera un resultado de dos columnas. Si se
+entrega al documento la opción de clase <literal>twocolumn</literal> entonces esta
+es la predeterminada (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</link>). Este
+comando es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Si el argumento opcional <replaceable>texto preliminar de una columna</replaceable> está
+presente, se escribe en el modo de una columna antes de que comience
+la composición tipográfica de dos columnas.
</para>
-<para>Estos parámetros controlan la tipografía en la producción de dos
-columnas:
+<para>Estos parámetros controlan la composición tipográfica en la salida de
+dos columnas:
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>La distancia entre las columnas (de manera predeterminada a 35pt).
+</term><listitem><anchor id="doscolumnas-columnasep"/><para>La distancia entre columnas. El valor
+predeterminado es 35 puntos. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<literal>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</literal>. Lo debes cambiar antes de que
+comience el modo de dos columnas; en el preámbulo es un buen lugar.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnseprule</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnseprule</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El ancho de la regla entre columnas; el predeterminado es 0pt, por lo
-tanto no hay regla.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="doscolumnas-columnasseprule"/><para>El ancho de la regla entre
+columnas. El valor predeterminado es 0pt, lo cual significa que no hay
+regla. De lo contrario, la regla aparece a medio camino entre las dos
+columnas. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<literal>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</literal>, antes de comenzar el
+modo de dos columnas.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnwidth</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El ancho de la columna actual; este es igual a <literal>\textwidth</literal>
-en texto de una sola columna.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="doscolumnas-columnwidth"/><para>El ancho de una sola columna. En el
+modo de una columna esto es igual a <literal>\textwidth</literal>. En el modo de
+dos columnas de manera predeterminada, &latex; establece el ancho de
+cada una de las dos columnas, para que <literal>\columnwidth</literal> sea la
+mitad de <literal>\textwidth</literal> menos <literal>\columnsep</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Estos parámetros controlan el comportamiento de la flotación de las dos
-columnas producidas:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltopfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltopfraction</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página de dos columna que
-pueden ocupar los flotantes. El predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>.7</literal>&#8217;, puede ser
-útil redefinirlo a (digamos) &#8216;<literal>.9</literal>&#8217; para evitar llegar tan pronto a
-páginas flotantes.
+<para>En un documento de dos columnas, los entornos destacados <literal>table*</literal>
+y <literal>figure*</literal> tienen dos columnas de ancho, mientras que los
+entornos sin estrellas <literal>table</literal> y <literal>figure</literal> ocupan solo una
+columna (véase <link linkend="figure">figure</link> y véase <link linkend="table">table</link>). &latex; coloca flotantes
+con estrellas en la parte superior de una página. Los siguientes
+parámetros controlan el comportamiento flotante de la salida de dos
+columnas.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="doscolumnas-dbltopfraction"/><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltopfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltopfraction</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>La fracción máxima en la parte superior de una página de dos columnas
+que pueden ocupar flotantes de dos columnas de ancho. El valor
+predeterminado es 0.7, lo cual significa que la altura de un entorno
+<literal>table*</literal> o <literal>figure*</literal> no debe superar <literal>0.7\textheight</literal>.
+Si la altura de tu entorno flotante estrellado excede esto, entonces
+puedes tomar una de las siguientes acciones para evitar que flote
+hasta el final del documento:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Usa el especificador de ubicación <literal>[tp]</literal> para decirle a &latex;
+que intente poner el voluminoso flotante en una página por sí mismo,
+así como en la parte superior de una página.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Utiliza el especificador de ubicación <literal>[t!]</literal> para anular el
+efecto de <literal>\dbltopfraction</literal> para este flotante en particular.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Aumenta el valor de <literal>\dbltopfraction</literal> a un número adecuadamente
+grande, para evitar ir a páginas flotantes tan pronto como sea
+posible.
+</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
+<para>Lo puedes redefinir, como con
+<literal>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dblfloatpagefraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\dblfloatpagefraction</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>La mínima fracción de una página con flotantes que deben ocupar los
-flotantes, para una página de dos columnas con flotantes. El
-predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>.5</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="doscolumnas-dblfloatpagefraction"/><para>Para una página flotante de
+dos columnas de ancho flotantes, esta es la fracción mínima que deben
+ocupar los flotantes, limitando la cantidad de espacio en blanco. El
+valor predeterminado de &latex; es <literal>0.5</literal>. Cámbialo con
+<literal>\renewcommand</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dblfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\dblfloatsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Distancia entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una página
-de dos columnas con flotantes. Predeterminado a &#8216;<literal>12pt plus2pt
-minus2pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; para documentos, &#8216;<literal>14pt
-plus2pt minus4pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="doscolumnas-dblfloatsep"/><para>En una página flotante de flotantes
+de dos columnas de ancho, esta longitud es la distancia entre
+flotantes, tanto en la parte superior como en la inferior de la
+página. El valor predeterminado es <literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal> para
+un documento establecido en <literal>10pt</literal> o <literal>11pt</literal> y <literal>14pt
+plus2pt minus4pt</literal> para un documento establecido en <literal>12pt</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltextfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltextfloatsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Distancia entre un flotante multicolumna en la parte superior o inferior
-de una página y el texto principal. De manera predeterminada es
-&#8216;<literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="doscolumnas-dbltextfloatsep"/><para>Esta longitud es la distancia
+entre un flotante de varias columnas en la parte superior o la parte
+inferior de una página y el texto principal. El valor predeterminado
+es <literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltopnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltopnumber</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="doscolumnas-dbltopnumber"/><para>En una página flotante de flotantes
+de dos columnas de ancho, este contador da el número máximo de
+flotantes permitidos en la parte superior de la página. El valor
+predeterminado de &latex; es <literal>2</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<!-- De egreg en https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/142232/339 -->
+<para>Este ejemplo usa el argumento opcional de <literal>\twocolumn</literal> para crear
+un título que abarca el artículo de dos columnas:
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+\newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+\begin{document}
+\twocolumn[{% dentro de este argumento opcional va texto de una columna
+ \centering
+ \LARGE El título \\[1.5em]
+ \large Autor uno\authormark{1},
+ Autor dos\authormark{2},
+ Autor tres\authormark{1} \\[1em]
+ \normalsize
+ \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}}
+ \authormark{1}Departamento uno &amp;\authormark{2}Departamento dos \\
+ Escuela uno &amp;Escuela dos
+ \end{tabular}\\[3em] % espacio debajo de la parte del título
+ }]
+
+Texto de dos columnas aquí.
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="6.3" id="_005cflushbottom">
+<sect1 label="5.3" id="_005cflushbottom">
<title><literal>\flushbottom</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\flushbottom</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\flushbottom</literal> hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-misma altura, añadiendo espacio vertical extra donde sea necesario para
-llenar la página.
+<para>Hace que todas las páginas del documento después de esta declaración
+tengan la misma altura, estirando el espacio vertical donde sea
+necesario para llenar la página. Esto se usa con más frecuencia
+cuando se hacen documentos de dos caras ya que las diferencias en las
+páginas opuestas pueden ser evidentes.
+</para>
+<para>Si &tex; no puede estirar satisfactoriamente el espacio vertical en
+una página luego obtienes un mensaje como &#8216;<literal>Infralleno \vbox
+(maliciosos 10000) ocurrió mientras \output está activa</literal>&#8217;. Si lo
+consigues, una opción es cambiar a <literal>\raggedbottom</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</link>). Alternativamente, puedes ajustar el
+<literal>textheight</literal> para hacer páginas compatibles, o puedes agregar un
+poco de pegamento de estiramiento vertical entre líneas o entre
+párrafos, como en <literal>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</literal>. Tu
+última opción es, en una etapa de edición final, ajustar la altura de
+las páginas individuales (véase <link linkend="_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</link>).
</para>
-<para>Este es el predeterminado si se selecciona el modo <literal>twocolumn</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</link>).
+<para>El estado <literal>\flushbottom</literal> es el predeterminado solo si seleccionas
+la opción <literal>twocolumn</literal> de la clase documento (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de
+la clase documento</link>), y para índices hechos con <literal>makeidx</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="6.4" id="_005craggedbottom">
+<sect1 label="5.4" id="_005craggedbottom">
<title><literal>\raggedbottom</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedbottom</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>reducción, omitiendo vertical</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estirar, omitiendo vertical</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\raggedbottom</literal> hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-altura natural del material en esa página. Sin longitudes flexibles que
-se deban ajustar.
+<para>Hace que todas las páginas posteriores tengan la altura natural del
+material en esa página; no se estirarán las longitudes verticales
+elásticas. Así, en documentos de dos caras las páginas opuestas
+pueden tener diferentes alturas. Este comando puede ir en cualquier
+punto del cuerpo del documento. Véase <link linkend="_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Este es el valor predeterminado a menos que selecciones la opción
+<literal>twocolumn</literal> de la clase documento (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase
+documento</link>).
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="6.5" id="Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">
-<title>Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</title>
+<sect1 label="5.5" id="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">
+<title>Parámetros de composición de página</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros para el diseño de página</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros, diseño de página</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>diseño, parámetros de página para</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>header, parámetros para</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footer, parámetros para</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ejecutando header y footer</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros de la composición de página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros, composición de página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>composición, parámetros de página para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>encabezado, parámetros para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pie de página, parámetros para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ejecutando encabezados y pie de página</primary></indexterm>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\headheight</primary></indexterm><literal>\headheight</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Altura de la caja que contiene el encabezado. El predeterminado es
-&#8216;<literal>30pt</literal>&#8217;, salvo en la clase <literal>book</literal>, donde este varía con el
-tamaño de letra.
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnsep</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnseprule</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnseprule</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnwidth</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnsep</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnseprule</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnwidth</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-columnasep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><anchor id="par_00e1metros-columnseprule-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><anchor id="par_00e1metros-columnwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>La distancia entre las dos columnas, el ancho de una
+regla entre las columnas y el ancho de las columnas, cuando la opción
+de clase de documento <literal>twocolumn</literal> está en vigor (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones
+de la clase documento</link>). Véase <link linkend="_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</link>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\headheight</primary></indexterm><literal>\headheight</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\headheight</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-headheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>Altura de la caja
+que contiene la cabecera móvil. El valor predeterminado en las clases
+<literal>article</literal>, <literal>report</literal> y <literal>book</literal> son &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;, en todos
+los tamaños de letra.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\headsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\headsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Distancia vertical entre la línea inferior de la cabecera y la parte
-superior del texto principal. El predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>25pt</literal>&#8217;, salvo
-en la clase <literal>book</literal>, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\headsep</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-headep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>Distancia vertical
+entre la parte inferior de la línea de cabecera y la parte superior
+del texto principal. El valor predeterminado en las clases
+<literal>article</literal> y <literal>report</literal> es &#8216;<literal>25pt</literal>&#8217;. En la clase
+<literal>book</literal> el valor predeterminado es: si el documento está
+configurado en 10pt, entonces es &#8216;<literal>0.25in</literal>&#8217;, y en 11pt o 12pt es
+&#8216;<literal>0.275in</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\footskip</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto a la línea
-base del pié de página. El predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>30pt</literal>&#8217;, salvo en la
-clase <literal>book</literal>, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footskip</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-de-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina-footskip"/><para>Distancia desde la
+línea base de la última línea de texto hasta la línea base de el pie
+de página. El valor predeterminado en las clases <literal>article</literal> y
+<literal>report</literal> es &#8216;<literal>30pt</literal>&#8217;. En la clase <literal>book</literal> el valor
+predeterminado es: cuando el tamaño de letra es de 10 puntos, el
+predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>0.35in</literal>&#8217;, mientras que en 11pt es
+&#8216;<literal>0.38in</literal>&#8217;, y en 12pt es &#8216;<literal>30pt</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linewidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\linewidth</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Ancho de la línea actual; el predeterminado varía con el tamaño de
-fuente, el ancho del papel, el modo two-column, etc. Para un documento
-<literal>article</literal> en &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;, este se establece a &#8216;<literal>345pt</literal>&#8217;; en modo
-two-column, este cambia a &#8216;<literal>229.5pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linewidth</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-linewidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>Ancho de la línea
+actual, disminuido para cada <literal>lista</literal> anidada (véase <link linkend="list">list</link>). Es
+decir, el valor nominal de <literal>\linewidth</literal> es igual a
+<literal>\textwidth</literal> pero para cada <literal>\linewidth</literal> de la lista anidada
+se reduce por la suma del <literal>\leftmargin</literal> de esa lista y
+<literal>\rightmargin</literal> (véase <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>).
+<!-- El valor predeterminado varía con el tamaño del tipo de letra, el -->
+<!-- ancho del papel, el modo de dos columnas, etc. Para un documento -->
+<!-- @code{article} configurado en 10 puntos, el valor predeterminado es -->
+<!-- @samp{345pt}, mientras que en modo de dos columnas se convierte en -->
+<!-- @samp{229.5pt}. -->
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparpush</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparpush</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginsep</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparwidth</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparpush</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginsep</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparwidth</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-marginparpush-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><anchor id="par_00e1metros-marginsep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><anchor id="par_00e1metros-marginparwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>El espacio vertical mínimo entre
+dos notas marginales, el espacio horizontal entre el cuerpo del texto
+y las notas marginales, y el ancho horizontal de las notas.
+</para>
+<para>Normalmente, las notas marginales aparecen en el exterior de la
+página, pero la declaración <literal>\reversemarginpar</literal> cambia eso (y
+<literal>\normalmarginpar</literal> lo vuelve a cambiar).
+</para>
+<para>Los valores predeterminados para <literal>\marginparpush</literal> tanto en
+<literal>book</literal> como en las clases <literal>article</literal> son: &#8216;<literal>7pt</literal>&#8217; si el
+documento se establece en 12pt, y &#8216;<literal>5pt</literal>&#8217; si el documento está
+configurado en 11 o 10 puntos.
+</para>
+<para>Para <literal>\marginsep</literal>, en la clase <literal>article</literal> el valor
+predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; excepto si el documento está configurado
+en 10pt y en modo de dos columnas donde el valor predeterminado es
+&#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Para <literal>\marginsep</literal> en la clase <literal>book</literal>, el valor
+predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; en modo de dos columnas y &#8216;<literal>7pt</literal>&#8217; en
+modo de una columna.
+</para>
+<para>Para <literal>\marginparwidth</literal> tanto en las clases <literal>book</literal> como
+<literal>article</literal>, en el modo de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es
+el 60 % de <literal>\paperwidth &#8722; \textwidth</literal>, mientras que en el
+modo de una columna es el 50% de esa distancia.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oddsidemargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\oddsidemargin</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\evensidemargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\evensidemargin</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oddsidemargin</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\evensidemargin</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-oddsidemargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><anchor id="par_00e1metros-evensidemargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><!-- xx TODO vuelve a alinear en la versión francesa que es más -->
+<!-- completa/precisa. -->
+<para>La longitud de <literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> es la distancia adicional entre
+el lado izquierdo de la página y el margen izquierdo del texto, en las
+páginas impares cuando se elige la opción de clase documento
+<literal>twoside</literal> y en todas las páginas cuando <literal>oneside</literal> está en
+vigor. Cuando <literal>twoside</literal> está en vigor, en páginas pares, la
+distancia adicional a la izquierda es <literal>\evensidemargin</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; es que <literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> es el
+40% de la diferencia entre <literal>\paperwidth</literal> y <literal>\textwidth</literal>, y
+<literal>\evensidemargin</literal> es el resto.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paperheight</primary></indexterm><literal>\paperheight</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paperheight</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-paperheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>La altura del
+papel, a diferencia de la altura del área de impresión. Normalmente
+se establece con una opción de la clase documento, como en
+<literal>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</literal> (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase
+documento</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paperwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\paperwidth</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paperwidth</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-paperwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>El ancho del
+papel, a diferencia del ancho del área de impresión. Normalmente se
+establece con una opción de la clase documento, como en
+<literal>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</literal> (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase
+documento</link>).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textheight</primary></indexterm><literal>\textheight</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página; el predeterminado
-varía con el tamaño de letra, clase de documento, etc. Para un
-documento <literal>article</literal> o <literal>report</literal> en &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;, este se fija a
-&#8216;<literal>43\baselineskip</literal>&#8217;; para <literal>book</literal>, es &#8216;<literal>41\baselineskip</literal>&#8217;.
-Para &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217;, es &#8216;<literal>38\baselineskip</literal>&#8217; y para &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;,
-&#8216;<literal>36\baselineskip</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textheight</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-textheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>La altura vertical
+normal del cuerpo de la página. Si el documento se establece en un
+tamaño de letra nominal de 10pt entonces para un <literal>article</literal> o
+<literal>report</literal> el valor predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>43\baselineskip</literal>&#8217;,
+mientras que para un <literal>book</literal> es &#8216;<literal>41\baselineskip</literal>&#8217;. Con un
+tamaño de letra de 11pt, el valor predeterminado es
+&#8216;<literal>38\baselineskip</literal>&#8217; para todas las clases de documento. A 12pt es
+&#8216;<literal>36\baselineskip</literal>&#8217; para todas las clases.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\textwidth</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El ancho horizontal normal del cuerpo de la página; el predeterminado
-varía de la manera usual. Para un documento <literal>article</literal> o
-<literal>report</literal>, es &#8216;<literal>345pt</literal>&#8217; en &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>360pt</literal>&#8217; en
-&#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>390pt</literal>&#8217; en &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;. Para un documento
-<literal>book</literal>, es &#8216;<literal>4.5in</literal>&#8217; en &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>5in</literal>&#8217; en &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217;
-o &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textwidth</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-textwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>El ancho horizontal
+completo de todo el cuerpo de la página. Para un documento
+<literal>article</literal> o <literal>report</literal>, el valor predeterminado es
+&#8216;<literal>345pt</literal>&#8217; cuando el tamaño de letra elegido es 10pt, el valor
+predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>360pt</literal>&#8217; a 11pt, y es &#8216;<literal>390pt</literal>&#8217; a 12pt. Para
+un documento <literal>book</literal>, el valor predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>4.5in</literal>&#8217; con
+un tamaño de letra de 10pt y &#8216;<literal>5in</literal>&#8217; con 11pt o 12pt.
+</para>
+<para>En la salida de varias columnas, <literal>\textwidth</literal> sigue siendo el
+ancho de todo el cuerpo de la página, mientras que <literal>\columnwidth</literal>
+es el ancho de una columna (véase <link linkend="_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</link>).
+</para>
+<para>En las listas (véase <link linkend="list">list</link>), <literal>\textwidth</literal> sigue siendo el ancho
+de todo el cuerpo de la página (y <literal>\columnwidth</literal> el ancho de toda
+la columna), mientras que <literal>\linewidth</literal> puede disminuir para las
+listas anidadas.
+</para>
+<para>Dentro de una minipágina (véase <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>) o <literal>\parbox</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link>), todos los parámetros relacionados con el ancho se
+establecen en el ancho especificado, y vuelven a sus valores normales
+al final de <literal>minipage</literal> o <literal>\parbox</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hsize</primary></indexterm><literal>\hsize</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hsize</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-hsize-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>Esta entrada se incluye
+para completar: <literal>\hsize</literal> es el parámetro primitivo &tex;
+utilizado cuando el texto se divide en líneas. No se debería usar en
+documentos &latex; normales.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topmargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\topmargin</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio entre la parte superior de la página &tex; (de manera
-predeterminada, una pulgada en la parte superior del papel) y en la
-parte superior del encabezado. El predeterminado se calcula basándose
-en muchos otros parámetros: <literal>\paperheight &#8722; 2in &#8722;
-\headheight &#8722; \headsep &#8722; \textheight &#8722; \footskip</literal>,
-y luego se divide entre dos.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>topmargin</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-topmargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><!-- xxx TODO se vuelve a alinear en la versión francesa que es más -->
+<!-- precisa. -->
+<para>Espacio entre la parte superior de la página &tex; (una pulgada desde
+la parte superior del papel, de manera predeterminada) y la parte
+superior de la cabecera. El valor se calcula basado en muchos otros
+parámetros: <literal>\paperheight &#8722; 2in &#8722; \headheight
+&#8722; \headsep &#8722; \textheight &#8722; \footskip</literal>, y luego
+dividido por dos.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\topskip</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>La distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página y la
-línea base de la primer línea de texto. Para clases estándar, el
-predeterminado es el mismo que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
-&#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; en &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topskip</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="par_00e1metros-topskip-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"/><para>Distancia mínima
+entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página y la línea base de la
+primera línea de texto. Para las clases estándar, el valor
+predeterminado es igual que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
+&#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; en un tamaño de letra de 10pt.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
+<sect1 label="5.6" id="_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">
+<title><literal>\baselineskip</literal> y <literal>\baselinestretch</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cbaselineskip"/><anchor id="_005cbaselinestretch"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselineskip</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio entre lineas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio interlinea</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>inicial</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>doble espacio</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>El <literal>\baselineskip</literal> es una longitud elástica (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
+Da la <firstterm>inicial</firstterm>, la distancia normal entre líneas en un párrafo,
+desde línea base a línea base.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo general, los autores de documentos no cambian directamente
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> mientras escribían. En su lugar, se establece
+mediante el comando de selección <literal>\fontsize</literal> del tamaño de letra
+de bajo nivel (véase <link linkend="comandos-fontsize-de-bajo-nivel">comandos fontsize de bajo nivel</link>). El valor de
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> se restablece cada vez que sucede un cambio de
+tipo de letra, por lo que cualquier cambio directo a
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> desaparecerá la próxima vez que haya un cambio de
+letra. Para cómo influir en el espaciado de línea, ve la explicación
+de <literal>\baselinestretch</literal> a continuación.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo general, el diseñador del tipo de letra asigna el tamaño de
+letra y el salto de línea base. Estos números son nominales en el
+sentido de que si, por ejemplo, el archivo de estilo de una letra
+tiene el comando <literal>\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</literal> entonces eso no
+significa que los caracteres en el tipo de letra tenga una altura de
+10pt; por ejemplo, los paréntesis y las mayúsculas acentuadas
+pueden ser más altas. Ni tampoco significa que si las líneas están
+separadas menos de 12pt entonces corren el riesgo de tocarse.
+Más bien estos números son juicios tipográficos. (A menudo, el
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> es un veinte por ciento más grande que el tamaño
+de la letra).
+</para>
+<!-- adaptado de preguntas frecuentes -->
+<para>El <literal>\baselineskip</literal> no es una propiedad de cada línea sino del
+párrafo completo. Como resultado, texto grande en medio de un
+párrafo, como una sola enorme <literal>{\Huge Q}</literal>, se aplastará en su
+línea. &tex; se asegurará de que no raspe la línea de arriba, pero
+no cambiará el <literal>\baselineskip</literal> para esa línea para hacer espacio
+extra arriba. Para solucionarlo, usa un <literal>\strut</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El valor de <literal>\baselineskip</literal> que usa &tex; para el párrafo es el
+valor en vigor en la línea en blanco o comando que finaliza la unidad
+párrafo. Entonces, si un documento contiene este párrafo, sus líneas
+se estrecharán juntas, en comparación con las líneas en los párrafos
+circundantes.
+</para>
+<!-- Adaptado de "Lapsos en TeX" de B Beeton TB 42:1 p 13. -->
+<screen>Mucha gente ve un salto de página entre el texto y una ecuación
+mostrada como mal estilo, por lo que en efecto la pantalla es parte
+del párrafo. Porque esto se muestra en footnotesize, todo el párrafo
+tiene el espaciado de línea base que coincide con ese tamaño.
+{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lineskip</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lineskiplimit</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prevdepth</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El proceso para crear párrafos es que cuando se agrega una nueva
+línea, si la profundidad de la línea anterior más la altura de la
+nueva línea es menor que <literal>\baselineskip</literal>, entonces, &tex;
+inserta pegamento vertical para compensar la diferencia. Hay dos
+puntos finos. El primero es que si las líneas estarían demasiado
+juntas, más cerca que <literal>\lineskiplimit</literal>, entonces, &tex; en su
+lugar usa <literal>\lineskip</literal> como el pegamento entre líneas. El segundo
+es que &tex; en realidad no usa la profundidad de la línea anterior.
+En su lugar, usa <literal>\prev depth</literal>, que generalmente contiene esa
+profundidad. Pero al comienzo del párrafo (o cualquier lista
+vertical) o justo después de una regla, <literal>\prevdepth</literal> tiene el
+valor -1000pt y este valor especial le dice a &tex; que no
+inserte ningún pegamento entre líneas en el inicio de párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>En las clases estándar <literal>\lineskiplimit</literal> es 0pt y
+<literal>\lineskip</literal> es 1pt. Por el párrafo anterior entonces, la
+distancia entre líneas se puede aproximar a cero, pero si llega a ser
+cero (o menos de cero), entonces las líneas saltan a 1pt aparte.
+</para>
+<para>A veces los autores deben, con fines de edición, poner el documento en
+espacio doble o espacio y medio. La forma correcta de influir en la
+distancia entre líneas es a través de <literal>\baselinestretch</literal>. Escala
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> y tiene un valor predeterminado de 1.0. Es un
+comando, no una longitud, y no surte efecto hasta que ocurre el cambio
+del tipo de letra, así que establece el factor de escala de esta
+manera: <literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>La forma más sencilla de cambiar el espacio entre líneas para un
+documento es poner <literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> en el preámbulo.
+Para espacios dobles, toma <replaceable>factor</replaceable> como 1.6 y como un espacio y
+medio usa 1.3. Estos números son aproximados: por ejemplo, dado que
+el <literal>\baselineskip</literal> es aproximadamente 1.2 veces el tamaño de
+letra, multiplicado por 1.6 suministra una proporción del tamaño de
+letra de salto de referencia de aproximadamente 2. (El comando
+<literal>\linespread</literal> se define como
+<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> por lo que
+también no tendrá efecto hasta que ocurra una configuración del tipo
+de letra. Pero eso siempre se lleva a cabo al comienzo de un
+documento, por lo que no es necesario que lo sigas con
+<literal>\selectfont</literal>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un enfoque más simple es el paquete
+<literal>setspace</literal>. El ejemplo básico:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{setspace}
+\doublespacing % o \onehalfspacing para 1.5
+</screen>
+<para>En el preámbulo, estos comenzarán el documento con ese tamaño. Pero
+también puedes usar estas declaraciones en el cuerpo del documento
+para cambiar el espacio desde ese punto en adelante, y en consecuencia
+hay <literal>\singlespacing</literal> para devolver el espacio a la normalidad.
+En el cuerpo del documento, una mejor práctica que usar las
+declaraciones es usar entornos, como <literal>\begin{doublespace}
+... \end{doublespace}</literal>. El paquete también tiene comandos para
+hacer espaciado arbitrario: <literal>\setstretch{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> y
+<literal>\begin{spacing}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>} ... \end{spacing}</literal>. Este
+paquete también mantiene el interlineado de espacio simple en lugares
+donde eso es típicamente deseable, como notas al pie y subtítulos de
+figura. Consulta la documentación del paquete.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="5.7" id="Flotantes">
+<title>Flotantes</title>
+
+<para>Algunos elementos tipográficos, como figuras y tablas, no se pueden
+romper a través de las páginas. Deben estar escritos fuera del flujo
+normal de texto, por ejemplo, flotando en la parte superior de una
+página posterior.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; puede tener varias clases diferentes de material flotante.
+El valor predeterminado son las dos clases, <literal>figure</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="figure">figure</link>) y <literal>table</literal> (véase <link linkend="table">table</link>), pero puedes crear una
+nueva clase con el paquete <literal>float</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Dentro de cualquier clase float, &latex; siempre respeta el orden, de
+modo que la primera figura en un documento fuente debe estar compuesta
+tipográficamente antes que la segunda figura. Sin embargo, &latex;
+puede mezclar las clases, por lo que puede suceder que mientras que la
+primera tabla aparece en la fuente antes de la primera figura, aparece
+en la salida después de ella.
+</para>
+<para>La colocación de flotantes está sujeta a parámetros, que se indican a
+continuación, que limitan el número de flotantes que pueden aparecer
+en la parte superior de una página, y el fondo, etc. Si hay tantos
+flotantes en cola que los límites impiden para que no encajen en una
+página, entonces &latex; coloca lo que puede y aplaza el resto a la
+página siguiente. De esta manera, los flotantes pueden terminar
+siendo tipografíados lejos de su lugar en la fuente. En particular,
+un flotante que es grande puede migrar al final del documento. En cuyo
+caso, porque todos los flotantes en una clase deben aparecer en orden
+secuencial, cada flotante siguiente en esa clase también aparece al
+final.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colocación de flotantes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>especificador, ubicación flotante</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Además de cambiar los parámetros, para cada flotante puedes ajustar
+dónde el algoritmo de colocación flotante intenta colocarlo usando su
+argumento <replaceable>placement</replaceable>. Los valores posibles son una secuencia de
+las letras debajo. El valor predeterminado para <literal>figure</literal> y
+<literal>table</literal>, en ambas clases, <literal>article</literal> y <literal>book</literal>, es
+<literal>tbp</literal>.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>(Top)&#8212;en la parte superior de una página de texto.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>(Bottom)&#8212;en la parte inferior de una página de texto. (Sin embargo,
+<literal>b</literal> no es permitido para flotantes de ancho completo
+(<literal>figure*</literal>) con producción en doble columna. Para mejorar esto,
+usa <filename>stfloats</filename> o el paquete <filename>dblfloatfix</filename>, pero ve la
+discusión en las advertencias en las preguntas frecuentes:
+<ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</ulink>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>h</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>(Here)&#8212;en la posición en el texto donde el entorno <literal>figure</literal>
+aparece. Sin embargo, <literal>h</literal> no está permitido por sí mismo;
+<literal>t</literal> se añade automáticamente.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>aquí, poniendo flotantes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>float</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>float</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para forzar absolutamente que un flotante aparezca
+&#8220;aquí&#8221;, puedes <literal>\usepackage{float}</literal> y usa el especificador
+<literal>H</literal> que define. Para obtener más información, consulta la
+entrada de preguntas frecuentes en
+<ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</ulink>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>página flotante</primary></indexterm>
+<para>(Página de flotantes)&#8212;en una <firstterm>página flotante</firstterm> separada, que es
+una página que no contiene texto, solo flotantes.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>!</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Se utiliza además de uno de los anteriores; solo para este flotante,
+&latex; ignora las restricciones tanto en el número de flotantes que
+pueden aparecer y las cantidades relativas de texto flotante y no
+flotante en la página. El especificador <literal>!</literal> <emphasis>no</emphasis> significa
+&#8220;pon el flotante aquí&#8221;, ve más arriba.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Nota: el orden en que aparecen las letras en el argumento
+<replaceable>placement</replaceable> no cambia el orden en que &latex; intenta colocar el
+flotante; por ejemplo, <literal>btp</literal> tiene el mismo efecto que
+<literal>tbp</literal>. Todo lo que <replaceable>placement</replaceable> hace es que si una letra no
+está presente entonces el algoritmo no intenta esa ubicación. Por lo
+tanto, el valor predeterminado de &latex; de <literal>tbp</literal> es probar
+cada ubicación excepto colocar el flotante donde ocurre en la fuente.
+</para>
+<para>Para evitar que &latex; mueva flotantes al final del documento o un
+capítulo puede usar un comando <literal>\clearpage</literal> para comenzar una
+nueva página e inserta todos los flotantes pendientes. Si no deseas un
+salto de página, puedes usar el paquete <filename>afterpage</filename> y emitir
+<literal>\afterpage{\clearpage}</literal>. Esto esperará hasta que la página
+actual haya terminado y entonces vuelca todos los flotantes
+pendientes.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>flafter</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>flafter</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; puede escribir un flotante antes de donde
+aparece en la fuente (aunque en la misma página de salida) si hay un
+especificador <literal>t</literal> en el parámetro <replaceable>placement</replaceable>. Si esto no se
+desea, y se elimina la <literal>t</literal> no es aceptable ya que evita que se
+coloque el flotante en la parte superior de la página siguiente, lo
+puedes evitar usando el paquete <literal>flafter</literal> o usando el comando
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\suppressfloats</primary></indexterm>
+<literal>\suppressfloats[t]</literal>, lo que provoca flotantes para la posición
+superior en esta página para pasar a la página siguiente.
+</para>
+<para>Parámetros relativos a las fracciones de páginas ocupadas por float y
+texto no flotante (cámbialos con
+<literal>\renewcommand{<replaceable>parameter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>decimal entre 0 y 1</replaceable>}</literal>):
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bottomfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\bottomfraction</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bottomfraction</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="fracci_00f3n-flotante-inferior"/><para>La fracción máxima de la página
+que se permite sea ocupada por flotantes en el fondo; predeterminado
+&#8216;<literal>.3</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\floatpagefraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\floatpagefraction</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\floatpagefraction</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="flotantes-floatpagefraction"/><para>La fracción mínima de una página
+flotante que debe estar ocupada por flotantes; predeterminado
+&#8216;<literal>.5</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfraction</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfraction</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="fracci_00f3n-de-texto-flotante"/><para>Fracción mínima de una página que
+debe ser texto; si los flotantes también ocupan mucho espacio para
+conservar tanto texto, los flotantes se moverán a una pagina
+diferente. El valor predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>.2</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\topfraction</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topfraction</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="fracci_00f3n-superior-flotante"/><para>Fracción máxima en la parte
+superior de una página que se puede ocupar antes por flotantes;
+predeterminado &#8216;<literal>.7</literal>&#8217;.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Parámetros relacionados con el espacio vertical alrededor de los
+flotantes (cámbialos con un comando de la forma
+<literal>\setlength{<replaceable>parameter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>expresión length</replaceable>}</literal>):
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\floatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\floatsep</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\floatsep</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="flotantes-floatsep"/><para>Espacio entre flotantes en la parte
+superior o inferior de una página; predefinido &#8216;<literal>12pt más 2pt
+menos 2pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\intextsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\intextsep</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\intextsep</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="flotantes-intextsep"/><para>Espacio encima y debajo de un flotante en
+medio del texto principal; predeterminado &#8216;<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>&#8217;
+para documentos de 10 y 11 puntos, y &#8216;<literal>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</literal>&#8217; para
+documentos de 12 puntos.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfloatsep</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfloatsep</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="flotante-textfloatsep"/><para>Espacio entre el último (primer)
+flotante en la parte superior (inferior) de una página; predeterminado
+&#8216;<literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Contadores relacionados con el número de flotantes en una página
+(cámbialos con un comando de la forma
+<literal>\setcounter{<replaceable>ctrname</replaceable>}{<replaceable>número natural</replaceable>}</literal>):
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bottomnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>bottomnumber</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bottomnumber</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="flotante-bottomnumber"/><para>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en la parte inferior de una página de texto; predeterminado
+1.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dbltopnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>dbltopnumber</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dbltopnumber</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="flotantes-dbltopnumber"/><para>Número máximo de flotantes de tamaño
+completo que pueden aparecer en la parte superior de una página de dos
+columnas; predeterminado 2.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>topnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>topnumber</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>topnumber</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="flotante-topnumber"/><para>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en la parte superior de una página de texto; predeterminado
+2.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>totalnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>totalnumber</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>totalnumber</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="flotante-totalnumber"/><para>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en una página de texto; predeterminado 3.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>La entrada principal de preguntas&#160;frecuentes
+&tex;&#160;relacionada con los flotantes
+<ulink url="https//www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats">https//www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats</ulink> contiene sugerencias para
+relajar los parámetros predeterminados de &latex; para reducir el
+problema de los flotantes empujados hasta el final. Una explicación
+completa del algoritmo de colocación de flotantes se encuentra en el
+artículo de Frank Mittelbach &#8220;Cómo influir en la posición de los
+entornos flotantes como figure y table en &latex;?&#8221;
+(<ulink url="https//www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf">https//www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</ulink>).
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="5.7.1" id="_005ccaption">
+<title><literal>\caption</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>leyendas</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\caption{<replaceable>caption-text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\caption[<replaceable>short-caption-text</replaceable>]{<replaceable>caption-text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Crea un título para un entorno flotante, como <literal>figure</literal> o entorno
+<literal>table</literal> (véase <link linkend="figure">figure</link> o <link linkend="table">table</link>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, &latex; coloca un título debajo del espacio en
+blanco vertical, espacio que deja el autor para la posterior inclusión
+de una imagen.
+</para>
+
+<screen>\begin{figure}
+ \vspace*{1cm}
+ \caption{Alonzo Cushing, Batería A, 4ª artillería de EE. UU.}
+ \label{fig:CushingPic}
+\end{figure}
+</screen>
+<para>El comando <literal>\caption</literal> etiquetará <replaceable>caption-text</replaceable> con algo como
+&#8216;<literal>Figura&#160;1:</literal>&#8217; para un artículo o &#8216;<literal>Figura&#160;1.1:</literal>&#8217; para
+un libro. El texto está centrado si está más corto que el ancho del
+texto, o establecido como un párrafo sin sangría si toma más de una
+línea.
+</para>
+<para>Además de colocar el <replaceable>caption-text</replaceable> en la salida, el comando
+<literal>\caption</literal> también guarda esa información para usarla en una
+lista de figuras o lista de tablas (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Aquí el comando <literal>\caption</literal> usa el comando opcional
+<replaceable>short-caption-text</replaceable>, para que el texto más corto aparezca en la
+lista de tablas, en lugar del <replaceable>caption-text</replaceable> más largo.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|}
+ \hline
+ 4 &amp;9 &amp;2 \\
+ 3 &amp;5 &amp;7 \\
+ 8 &amp;1 &amp;6 \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption[\textit{Lo Shu} cuadrado mágico]{%
+ The \textit{Lo Shu} que es único entre
+ cuadrados de orden tres hasta rotación y reflexión.}
+ \label{tab:LoShu}
+\end{table}
+</screen>
+<para>&latex; etiquetará <replaceable>caption-text</replaceable> con algo como
+&#8216;<literal>Tabla&#160;1:</literal>&#8217; para un artículo o &#8216;<literal>Tabla&#160;1.1:</literal>&#8217; para un
+libro.
+</para>
+<para>El título puede aparecer en la parte superior de la <literal>figura</literal> o
+<literal>tabla</literal>. Por ejemplo, eso sucedería en el ejemplo anterior
+poniendo el <literal>\caption</literal> entre el <literal>\centering</literal> y el
+<literal>\begin{tabular}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Los distintos entornos flotantes se numeran por separado, de forma
+predeterminada. Eso es <literal>\caption</literal> que actualiza el contador, por
+lo que cualquier <literal>\label</literal> debe ir después del <literal>\caption</literal>.
+El contador para el entorno <literal>figure</literal> se llama <literal>figure</literal>, y de
+manera similar el contador para el entorno <literal>table</literal> es
+<literal>table</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El texto que se pondrá en la lista de figuras o lista de tablas es
+argumento móvil. Si recibes el error &latex; &#8216;<literal>! Argumento de
+\@caption tiene un extra}</literal>&#8217;, entonces debes poner <literal>\protect</literal>
+delante de cualquier comando frágil. Véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>caption</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>caption</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>caption</literal> tiene muchas opciones
+para ajustar cómo aparece el título, por ejemplo, cambiando el tamaño
+del texto, haciendo que el título sea colgar texto en lugar de
+establecerlo como un párrafo, o hacer el título siempre establecido
+como un párrafo en lugar de centrado cuando es corto.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="7" id="Seccionado">
+<chapter label="6" id="Seccionado">
<title>Seccionado</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>seccionado</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Las instrucciones de seccionado proporcionan los medios para estructurar
-su texto en unidades:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\part</primary></indexterm><literal>\part</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\chapter</primary></indexterm><literal>\chapter</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(únicamente las clases <literal>report</literal> y <literal>book</literal>)
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\section</primary></indexterm><literal>\section</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsection</primary></indexterm><literal>\subsection</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubsection</primary></indexterm><literal>\subsubsection</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paragraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\paragraph</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subparagraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\subparagraph</literal>
-</term></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen la misma forma general, por
-ejemplo,
-</para>
-<screen>\chapter[<replaceable>títulobreve</replaceable>]{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
-</screen>
-<para>Además de proporcionar el encabezado <replaceable>título</replaceable> en el texto principal,
-el título de la sección puede aparecer en otros dos lugares:
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>La tabla de contenido.
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>El título breve en la parte superior de la página.
-</para></listitem></orderedlist>
-<para>Tal vez no quiera el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto
-principal. Para controlar esto, las instrucciones de seccionado tienen
-un argumento opcional, <replaceable>toctitle</replaceable> que, cuando se proporciona,
-especifica el texto de esos otros lugares.
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos de Seccionado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parte</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>capítulo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sección</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subsección</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subsubsección</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>párrafo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subpárrafo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\part</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\chapter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\section</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsection</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubsection</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paragraph</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subparagraph</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Estructura tu texto en divisiones: partes, capítulos, secciones,
+etc. Todos los comandos de seccionado tienen la misma forma, una de:
+</para>
+<screen><replaceable>sectioning-command</replaceable>{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+<replaceable>sectioning-command</replaceable>*{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+<replaceable>sectioning-command</replaceable>[<replaceable>toc-title</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Por ejemplo, declarar el comienzo de una subsección como con
+<literal>\subsection{Motivación}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>La tabla tiene cada <replaceable>sectioning-command</replaceable> en &latex;. Todos están
+disponibles en todas las clases de documentos estándar de &latex;
+<literal>book</literal>, <literal>report</literal> y&#160;<literal>article</literal>, excepto que
+<literal>\chapter</literal> no está disponible en <literal>article</literal>.
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colwidth="25*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="25*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="40*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Unidad de seccionado </para></entry><entry><para>Comando </para></entry><entry><para>Nivel
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>Parte
+</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\part</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>-1 (<literal>book</literal>, <literal>report</literal>), 0 (<literal>article</literal>)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>Capítulo
+</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\chapter</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>0
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>Sección
+</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\section</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>1
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>Subsección
+</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\subsection</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>2
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>Subsubsección
+</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\subsubsection</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>3
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>Párrafo
+</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\paragraph</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>4
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>Subpárrafo
+</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\subparagraph</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>5
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>forma-<literal>*</literal> de comandos de seccionado</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Todos estos comandos tienen una forma <literal>*</literal> que imprime
+<replaceable>título</replaceable> como de costumbre pero no lo numera y no hace una entrada
+en la tabla de contenido. Un ejemplo de cómo usar esto es para un
+apéndice en un <literal>article</literal>. Las entradas
+<literal>\appendix\section{Appendix}</literal> da como resultado &#8216;<literal>Apéndice
+A</literal>&#8217; (véase <link linkend="_005cappendix">\appendix</link>). Puedes perder la numeración&#160;&#8216;<literal>A</literal>&#8217;
+ingresando en su lugar <literal>\section*{Appendix}</literal> (los artículos a
+menudo omiten una tabla de contenido y tienen encabezados de página
+simples para que las otras diferencias del comando <literal>\section</literal>
+puedan no importar).
+</para>
+<para>El título de la sección <replaceable>título</replaceable> proporciona el título en el texto
+principal, pero también puede aparecer en la tabla de contenido y en
+el encabezado o pie (véase <link linkend="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</link>). Es posible que no
+desees el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto principal.
+Todos estos comandos tienen un argumento <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> opcional para
+esos otros lugares.
+</para>
+<para>El número de nivel en la tabla anterior determina qué unidades
+seccionales son numeradas, y que aparecen en la tabla de contenido.
+Si los comandos de seccionado <replaceable>level</replaceable> son menores o iguales que el
+valor del contador <literal>secnumdepth</literal> entonces los títulos para este
+comando de seccionado serán numerados
+(véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</link>). Y, si <replaceable>level</replaceable> es menor que o
+igual al valor del contador <literal>tocdepth</literal> luego la tabla de
+contenido tendrá una entrada para esta unidad de seccionado
+(véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</link>).
+</para>
+<para>&latex; espera que antes de tener una <literal>\subsection</literal> tengas una
+<literal>\section</literal> y, en un documento de clase <literal>book</literal>, que antes de
+una <literal>\section</literal> tendrás un <literal>\chapter</literal>. De lo contrario,
+puedes obtener algo así como una subsección numerada &#8216;<literal>3.0.1</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; te permite cambiar la apariencia de las
+unidades seccionales. Como un ejemplo simple, puedes cambiar la
+numeración de la sección a letras mayúsculas con esto (en el
+preámbulo):
+ <literal>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</literal> .
+(Véase <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>). CTAN tiene
+muchos paquetes que facilitan este ajuste, en particular
+<literal>titlesec</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Dos contadores se relacionan con la apariencia de los encabezados
+realizados por comandos de seccionado.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>secnumdepth</primary></indexterm><literal>secnumdepth</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>secnumdepth counter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>números de sección, imprimir</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="seccionado-secnumdepth"/><anchor id="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"/><para>Controla qué unidades de seccionado están numeradas. Poniendo el
+contador con <literal>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<replaceable>level</replaceable>}</literal>
+suprimirá numeración de seccionado a cualquier profundidad superior a
+<replaceable>level</replaceable> (véase <link linkend="_005csetcounter">\setcounter</link>). Consulta la tabla anterior para
+ver los números de nivel. Por ejemplo, si <literal>secnumdepth</literal> es 1 en
+un <literal>article</literal> entonces un comando <literal>\section{Introducción}</literal>
+producirá una salida como &#8216;<literal>1 Introducción</literal>&#8217; mientras que
+<literal>\subsection{Discusión}</literal> produce una salida como
+&#8216;<literal>Discusión</literal>&#8217;, sin número. &latex; <literal>secnumdepth</literal>
+predeterminado es&#160;3 en la clase <filename>article</filename> y&#160;2 en las
+clases <filename>book</filename> y <filename>report</filename>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>tocdepth</primary></indexterm><literal>tocdepth</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>tocdepth counter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tabla de contenido, números de seccionado impresos</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="seccionado-tocdepth"/><anchor id="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"/><para>Controla qué
+unidades de seccionado se enumeran en la tabla de contenido. La
+configuración <literal>\setcounter{tocdepth}{<replaceable>level</replaceable>}</literal> hace que
+las unidades de Seccionado en <replaceable>level</replaceable> sean las más pequeñas
+enumeradas (véase <link linkend="_005csetcounter">\setcounter</link>). Consulta la tabla anterior para ver
+los números de nivel. Por ejemplo, si <literal>tocdepth</literal> es&#160;1
+entonces la tabla de contenido enumera secciones pero no subsecciones.
+Predeterminado de &latex; <literal>tocdepth</literal> es&#160;3 en la clase
+<filename>article</filename> y&#160;2 en la clase <filename>book</filename> y <filename>report</filename>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+
+<sect1 label="6.1" id="_005cpart">
+<title><literal>\part</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\part</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parte</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>seccionado, parte</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\part{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+\part*{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+\part[<replaceable>toc-title</replaceable>]{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Inicia una parte del documento. Las clases estándar de &latex;
+<literal>book</literal>, <literal>report</literal> y <literal>article</literal>, todas tienen este
+comando.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una parte del documento, en un libro.
+</para>
+<screen>\part{VOLUMEN I \\
+ MEMORIAS PERSONALES DE U.\ S.\ GRANT}
+\chapter{ANCESTRIA--NACIMIENTO--INFANCIA.}
+Mi familia es estadounidense, y lo ha sido durante generaciones, en
+todas sus ramas, directas y colaterales.
+</screen>
+<para>En cada clase estándar, el comando <literal>\part</literal> genera un número de
+pieza como &#8216;<literal>Parte I</literal>&#8217;, solo en su línea, en negrita y en grandes
+letras. Entonces &latex; genera <replaceable>título</replaceable>, también solo en su
+línea, en negrita y en letra aún más grande. En la clase <literal>book</literal>,
+el &latex; predeterminado pone cada parte sola en su propia
+página. Si el libro tiene dos caras entonces &latex; saltará una
+página si es necesario para tener la nueva parte en una página impar.
+En <literal>report</literal> nuevamente está solo en una página, pero &latex; no
+forzará una página impar. En un <literal>article</literal> &latex; no lo coloca
+en una página nueva, sino que genera el número de parte y título de la
+parte en la página principal del documento.
+</para>
+<para>La forma <literal>*</literal>&#160;muestra <replaceable>título</replaceable> pero no muestra el número
+de parte, no incrementa el contador <literal>parte</literal>, y no produce ninguna
+entrada de tabla de contenido.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> aparecerá como el título de la
+parte en la tabla de contenido (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>) y, al
+ejecutar cabeceras (véase <link linkend="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</link>). Si no está presente,
+entonces <replaceable>título</replaceable> estará ahí. Este ejemplo pone un salto de línea
+en <replaceable>título</replaceable> pero omite el salto en la tabla de contenido.
+</para>
+<screen>\part[Arriba desde abajo; mi vida]{Arriba desde abajo\\ mi vida}
+</screen>
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una parte
+es&#160;-1 (véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</link> y
+<link linkend="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>indentfirst</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>indentfirst</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En la clase <literal>article</literal>, si un párrafo sigue
+inmediatamente a la parte título entonces no está sangrado. Para
+obtener una sangría, puedes usar el paquete <literal>indentfirst</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un paquete para cambiar el comportamiento de
+<literal>\part</literal> es <literal>titlesec</literal>. Consulta su documentación en
+CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="6.2" id="_005cchapter">
+<title><literal>\chapter</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\chapter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>capítulo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+\chapter*{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+\chapter[<replaceable>toc-title</replaceable>]{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Inicia un capítulo. Las clases estándar de &latex; <literal>book</literal> y
+<literal>report</literal> tienen este comando pero no <literal>article</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce un capítulo.
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter{Acechantes}
+
+Llámame Ismael. Hace algunos años---no importa cuánto tiempo
+exactamente---teniendo poco dinero en mi bolsa o nada, y nada en
+particular que me interese en tierra, pensé en navegar un poco y ver
+la parte acuosa del mundo.
+</screen>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; comienza cada capítulo en una
+nueva página, una página impar si el documento tiene dos caras.
+Produce un capitulo número como &#8216;<literal>Capítulo 1</literal>&#8217; en negrita grande
+(el tamaño es <literal>\huge</literal>). Luego pone <replaceable>título</replaceable> en una nueva
+línea, en tipo negrita que es aún más grande (tamaño <literal>\Huge</literal>).
+También incrementa el contador <literal>chapter</literal>, agrega una entrada a la
+tabla de contenido (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>), y establece la
+cabecera de información en ejecución (véase <link linkend="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</link>).
+</para>
+<para>La forma <literal>*</literal>&#160;muestra <replaceable>título</replaceable> en una nueva línea, en
+negrita. Pero no muestra el número de capítulo, ni incrementa el
+contador <literal>chapter</literal>, no produce una entrada de tabla de contenido
+y no afecta la cabecera en ejecución. (Si usas el estilo de página
+<literal>headings</literal> en un documento de dos caras, entonces la cabecera
+será del capítulo anterior).
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter*{Preamble}
+</screen>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> aparecerá como título del
+capítulo en la tabla de contenido (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>) y
+en ejecutar cabeceras (véase <link linkend="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</link>). Si no está
+presente entonces <replaceable>título</replaceable> estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre
+completo en el título del capítulo,
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}
+</screen>
+<para>pero solo &#8216;<literal>Weyl</literal>&#8217; en la página de contenido. Esto pone un salto
+de línea en el título, pero eso no funciona bien con las cabeceras en
+ejecución, por lo que omite el salto en el contenido.
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter[Dado todo; mi historia]{Dado todo\\ mi historia}
+</screen>
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de un capítulo
+es&#160;0 (véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</link> y
+véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>indentfirst</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>indentfirst</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El párrafo que sigue al título del capítulo no
+tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Para
+obtener una sangría, usa el paquete <literal>indentfirst</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes cambiar lo que se muestra para el número de capítulo. Para
+cambiarlo a algo como &#8216;<literal>Conferencia 1</literal>&#8217;, pon en el preámbulo
+<literal>\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Conferencia}</literal> o esto
+(véase <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\@chapapp}{Conferencia}
+\makeatother
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Para hacer este cambio debido al idioma principal de el documento,
+consulta el paquete <literal>babel</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En un documento de dos caras, &latex; coloca un capítulo en una
+página impar, si es necesario dejar una página par que esté en blanco
+excepto por cualquier cabecera en ejecución. Para dejar esa página
+completamente en blanco, <link linkend="_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</link>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para cambiar el comportamiento del comando
+<literal>\chapter</literal>, puedes copiar su definición del archivo de formato
+&latex; y realizar ajustes. Pero también hay muchos paquetes en CTAN
+que abordan esto. Uno es <literal>titlesec</literal>. Ve su documentación,
+pero el ejemplo a continuación da un sentido de lo que puede hacer.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat{\chapter}
+ {\Huge\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {} % etiqueta, tal como 1.2 para una subsección
+ {0pt} % longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+</screen>
+<para>Esto omite el número de capítulo &#8216;<literal>Capítulo 1</literal>&#8217; de la página pero a
+diferencia de <literal>\chapter*</literal> mantiene el capítulo en la tabla de
+contenido y la ejecución de cabeceras.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="6.3" id="_005csection">
+<title><literal>\section</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\section</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sección</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\section{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+\section*{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+\section[<replaceable>toc-title</replaceable>]{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Inicia una sección. Las clases estándar <literal>article</literal> de &latex;,
+<literal>book</literal> y <literal>report</literal> tienen este comando.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una sección.
+</para>
+<screen>En esta Parte tendemos a estar más interesados ​​en la función, en el
+comportamiento de entrada-salida, que en los detalles de implementar
+ese comportamiento.
+
+\section{Máquinas de Turing}
+
+A pesar de este deseo de minimizar la implementación, seguimos el
+enfoque de A~Turing de que el primer paso hacia la definición del
+conjunto de funciones computables es reflexionar sobre los detalles de
+lo que pueden hacer los mecanismos.
+</screen>
+<para>Para las clases estándar de &latex; <literal>book</literal> y <literal>report</literal> la
+salida predeterminada es como &#8216;<literal>1.2 <replaceable>título</replaceable></literal>&#8217; (para
+capítulo&#160;1, sección&#160;2), solo en su línea y alineado a la
+izquierda, en negrita y letra más grande (el tamaño de letra es
+<literal>\Large</literal>). Lo mismo se sostiene en <literal>article</literal> excepto que no
+hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que parece &#8216;<literal>2 <replaceable>título</replaceable></literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>La forma <literal>E*</literal>&#160;muestra <replaceable>título</replaceable>. Pero no muestra el
+número de sección, no incrementa el contador <literal>section</literal>, no
+produce ninguna entrada en la tabla de contenido y no afecta la
+cabecera en ejecución. (Si usas el estilo de página <literal>headings</literal>
+en un documento de dos caras, entonces el encabezado será de la parte
+anterior).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> aparecerá como título de la
+sección en la tabla de contenido (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>) y
+encabezados en ejecución (véase <link linkend="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</link>). Si no está
+presente entonces <replaceable>título</replaceable> estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre
+completo en el título de la sección:
+</para>
+<screen>\section[Isabel~II]{Isabel Segunda,
+ por la Gracia de Dios Reina del Reino Unido,
+ Canadá y sus otros reinos y territorios,
+ Jefe de la Commonwealth, Defensor de la Fe.}
+</screen>
+<para>pero solo &#8216;<literal>Isabel II</literal>&#8217; en la página de contenido y en los
+encabezados. Esto tiene un salto de línea en <replaceable>title</replaceable> pero eso no
+funciona con encabezados por lo que se omite de los contenidos y
+encabezados.
+</para>
+<screen>\section[La verdad es que hice trampa; la historia de mi vida]{La verdad es
+ que hice trampa\\la historia de mi vida}
+</screen>
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una sección
+es&#160;1 (véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</link> y
+véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>indentfirst</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>indentfirst</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El párrafo que sigue al título de la sección no
+tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una
+forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete <literal>indentfirst</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En general, para cambiar el comportamiento del
+comando <literal>\section</literal>, hay varias opciones. Una es el comando
+<literal>\@startsection</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</link>). También hay muchos
+paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto, incluido <literal>titlesec</literal>. Ve la
+documentación pero el siguiente ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden
+hacer.
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: egreg https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/comp.text.tex/tvc8oM5P4y4 -->
+<screen>\usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat{\section}
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {\makebox[1pc][r]{\thesection\hspace{1pc}}} % etiqueta
+ {0pt} % Longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+\titlespacing*{\section}
+ {-1pc}{18pt}{10pt}[10pc]
+</screen>
+<para>Eso pone el número de sección en el margen.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="6.4" id="_005csubsection">
+<title><literal>\subsection</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsection</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subsección</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\subsection{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\subsection*{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\subsection[<replaceable>toc-title</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Inicia una subsección. Las clases estándar <literal>article</literal> de
+&latex;, <literal>book</literal> y <literal>report</literal> tienen este comando.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una subsección.
+</para>
+<screen>Mostraremos que hay más funciones que las máquinas de Turing y que por
+tanto, algunas funciones no tienen máquina asociada.
+
+\subsection{Cardinalidad}
+
+Comenzaremos con dos paradojas que dramatizan el desafío a nuestra
+intuición planteado al comparar los tamaños de conjuntos infinitos.
+</screen>
+<para>Para las clases estándar de &latex; <literal>book</literal> y <literal>report</literal> la
+salida predeterminada es como &#8216;<literal>1.2.3 <replaceable>title</replaceable></literal>&#8217; (para
+capítulo&#160;1, sección&#160;2, subsección&#160;3), solo en su línea
+y alineado a la izquierda, en negrita y una letra más grande (el
+tamaño de letra es <literal>\large</literal>). Lo mismo contiene <literal>article</literal>
+excepto que no hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que parece &#8216;<literal>2.3
+<replaceable>título</replaceable></literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>La forma <literal>E*</literal>&#160;muestra <replaceable>título</replaceable>. Pero no muestra el
+número de subsección, no incrementa el contador <literal>subsection</literal> y no
+produce ninguna entrada en la tabla de contenido.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> aparecerá como título de la
+subsección en la tabla de contenido (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>).
+Si esto no está presente, <replaceable>title</replaceable> estará allí. Este muestra el
+texto completo en el título de la subsección:
+</para>
+<screen>\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{El origen de
+ Elementos químicos} por R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe y G.~Gamow}
+</screen>
+<para>pero solo &#8216;<literal>&#x03B1;,&#x03B2;,&#x03B3;
+paper</literal>&#8217; en la página de contenido.
+</para>
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una
+subsección es&#160;2 (véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</link> y
+véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>indentfirst</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>indentfirst</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El párrafo que sigue al título de la subsección
+no tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una
+forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete <literal>indentfirst</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hay varias maneras de cambiar el comportamiento
+del comando <literal>\subsection</literal>. Una es el comando
+<literal>\@startsection</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</link>). También hay muchos
+paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto, incluido <literal>titlesec</literal>. Ve la
+documentación pero el siguiente ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden
+hacer.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat{\subsection}[runin]
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {\thesubsection} % etiqueta
+ {0.6em} % espacio entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+</screen>
+<para>Eso pone el número de subsección y <replaceable>title</replaceable> en la primera línea de
+texto.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="6.5" id="_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">
+<title><literal>\subsubsection</literal>, <literal>\paragraph</literal>, <literal>\subparagraph</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005csubsubsection"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubsection</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subsubsección</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- -->
+<anchor id="_005cparagraph"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paragraph</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>párrafo</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- -->
+<anchor id="_005csubparagraph"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subparagraph</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subpárrafo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\subsubsection{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\subsubsection*{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\subsubsection[<replaceable>toc-title</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o una de:
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>forma con * de instrucciones de seccionado</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Además, todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen formas con <literal>*</literal>
-que imprimen el <replaceable>título</replaceable> de la manera usual, pero no incluyen un
-número y no producen una entrada en la tabla de contenido. Por ejemplo:
+<screen>\paragraph{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\paragraph*{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\paragraph[<replaceable>toc-title</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o una de:
</para>
-<screen>\section*{Preámbulo}
+<screen>\subparagraph{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\subparagraph*{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\subparagraph[<replaceable>toc-title</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
</screen>
+<para>Inicia una subsección, párrafo o subpárrafo. Las clases estandar de
+&latex; <literal>article</literal>, <literal>book</literal> y <literal>report</literal> tienen todas
+estos comandos, aunque no son de uso común.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una subsección.
+</para>
+<screen>\subsubsection{Compresores de anillos de pistón: rendimiento estructural}
+
+Proporciona ensamblajes de revestimiento de paredes
+exteriores/interiores capaces de resistir los efectos de la carga y
+las tensiones de anillos de pistón de motor de gasolina de grado de
+consumo.
+</screen>
+<para>La salida predeterminada de cada uno de los tres no cambia sobre las
+clases &latex; estándar <literal>article</literal>, <literal>book</literal> y <literal>report</literal>.
+Para <literal>\subsubsection</literal> el <replaceable>title</replaceable> está solo en su línea, en
+negrita y tipo de letra de tamaño normal. Para <literal>\paragraph</literal> el
+<replaceable>title</replaceable> está alineado con el texto, sin sangría, en negrita y
+letra de tamaño normal. Para <literal>\subparagraph</literal> el <replaceable>title</replaceable> está
+en línea con el texto, con sangría de párrafo, en negrita y letra de
+tamaño normal (Debido a que un <literal>article</literal> no tiene capítulos, sus
+subsubsecciones son numeradas y así se ve como &#8216;<literal>1.2.3
+<replaceable>title</replaceable></literal>&#8217;, por sección&#160;1, subsección&#160;2 y
+subsubsección&#160;3. Las otras dos divisiones no están numeradas).
+</para>
+<para>La forma <literal>E*</literal>&#160;muestra <replaceable>título</replaceable>. Pero no incrementa el
+contador asociado y no produce entrada en la tabla de contenido (y no
+muestra el número de <literal>\subsubsection</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> aparecerá como el título de la
+división en la tabla de contenido (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>).
+Si esto no está presente, <replaceable>title</replaceable> estará allí.
+</para>
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una
+subsubsección es&#160;3, de un párrafo es&#160;4, y de un subpárrafo
+es&#160;5 (véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</link> y
+véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>indentfirst</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>indentfirst</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El párrafo que sigue al título de la
+subsubsección no tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica
+estándar. Una forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete
+<literal>indentfirst</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hay varias formas de cambiar el comportamiento de
+estos comandos. Una es el comando <literal>\@startsection</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</link>). También hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que
+abordan esto, incluyendo <literal>titlesec</literal>. Consulta la
+documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="6.6" id="_005cappendix">
+<title><literal>\appendix</literal></title>
+
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\appendix</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>apéndices, creando</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\appendix</literal> cambia la manera en que se numeran las
-siguientes unidades de sección. La instrucción <literal>\appendix</literal> en sí
-misma no genera texto y no afecta la númeración de las partes. El uso
-normal de esta instrucción es algo así como:
-</para>
-<screen>\chapter{Un Capítulo}
-&#8230;
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>apéndice</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>apéndices</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\appendix
+</screen>
+<para>Este no produce directamente ningún resultado. Pero en un documento
+<literal>book</literal> o <literal>report</literal> declara que los subsiguientes comandos
+<literal>\chapter</literal> comienzan un apéndice. En un artículo hace lo mismo,
+para los comandos <literal>\section</literal>. También restablece los contadores
+<literal>chapter</literal> y <literal>section</literal> a&#160;0 en un libro o informe, y en
+un artículo restablece los contadores <literal>section</literal> y
+<literal>subsection</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En este libro
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter{Uno} ...
+\chapter{Dos} ...
+ ...
\appendix
-\chapter{El Primer Apéndice}
+\chapter{Tres} ...
+\chapter{Cuatro} ...
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador secnumdepth</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>números de sección, imprimiendo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El contador <literal>secnumdepth</literal> controla la impresión de los números de
-sección. La configuración
+<para>los dos primeros generarán una salida numerada &#8216;<literal>Capítulo 1</literal>&#8217; y
+&#8216;<literal>Capítulo 2</literal>&#8217;. Después del <literal>\appendix</literal> la numeración será
+&#8216;<literal>Apéndice A</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>Apéndice B</literal>&#8217;. Véase <link linkend="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de libro
+Larger</link>, para otro ejemplo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>appendix</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>appendix</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>appendix</literal> agrega el comando
+<literal>\appendixpage</literal> para poner &#8216;<literal>Apéndices</literal>&#8217; separados en el
+cuerpo del documento antes del primer apéndice y el comando
+<literal>\addappheadtotoc</literal> hace lo mismo en la tabla de contenido.
+Puedes restablecer el nombre &#8216;<literal>Apéndices</literal>&#8217; con un comando como
+<literal>\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Especificación}</literal>, así como una
+serie de otras características. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="6.7" id="_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">
+<title><literal>\frontmatter</literal>, <literal>\mainmatter</literal>, <literal>\backmatter</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cfrontmatter"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frontmatter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>libro, portada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>portada de un libro</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- -->
+<anchor id="_005cmainmatter"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mainmatter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>libro, asunto principal</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>asunto principal de un libro</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- -->
+<anchor id="_005cbackmatter"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backmatter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>libro, asunto contraportada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>libro, asunto final</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>asunto de contraportada de un libro</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>asunto final de un libro</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una o más de:
</para>
-<screen>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<replaceable>nivel</replaceable>}
+<screen>\frontmatter
+...
+\mainmatter
+...
+\backmatter
+...
</screen>
-<para>suprime los números en encabezados y cualquier profundidad <inlineequation><mathphrase>&gt;
-<replaceable>nivel</replaceable></mathphrase></inlineequation>, donde <literal>chapter</literal> es el nivel cero.
-(Véase <link linkend="_005csetcounter">\setcounter</link>.)
+<para>Da formato a un documento de clase <literal>book</literal> de forma diferente
+según la parte del documento que se está produciendo. Los tres
+comandos son opcionales.
+</para>
+<para>Tradicionalmente, la portada de un libro contiene elementos como la
+página de título, un resumen, un índice, un prefacio, una lista de
+anotaciones, una lista de figuras y una lista de tablas. (Algunas de
+estas páginas de asuntos frontales, como la página del título,
+tradicionalmente no están numeradas). El material anterior puede
+contener cosas tales como un glosario, notas, una bibliografía y un
+índice.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\frontmatter</literal> hace que las páginas se numeren en
+romanos minúsculas, y hace que los capítulos no estén numerados,
+aunque el título de cada capítulo aparece en la tabla de contenido; si
+usas otros comandos de seccionado aquí, usa la versión
+<literal>*</literal>-versión (véase <link linkend="Seccionado">Seccionado</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\mainmatter</literal> cambia el comportamiento de nuevo a la
+versión esperada y restablece el número de página.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\backmatter</literal> deja la numeración de páginas sola pero
+cambia los capítulos de nuevo a no estar numerados.
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de libro Larger</link>, por ejemplo, usando estos tres
+comandos.
</para>
-</chapter>
-<chapter label="8" id="Referencias-Cruzadas">
-<title>Referencias Cruzadas</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias cruzadas</primary></indexterm>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="6.8" id="_005c_0040startsection">
+<title><literal>\@startsection</literal>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</title>
-<para>Una razón para numerar cosas como figuras y ecuaciones es para referir
-al lector a ellas, como en &#8220;Vea la Figura 3 para más detalles&#8221;.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@startsection</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sección, redefiniendo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\@startsection{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>level</replaceable>}{<replaceable>indent</replaceable>}{<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable>}{<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable>}{<replaceable>style</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Se usa para ayudar a redefinir el comportamiento de los comandos que
+comienzan a seccionar divisiones como <literal>\section</literal> o
+<literal>\subsection</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <literal>titlesec</literal> facilita la
+manipulación de la sección. Además, mientras que la mayoría de los
+requisitos para los comandos de seccionado los puede satisfacer
+<literal>\@startsection</literal>, algunos no pueden. por ejemplo, en las clases
+&latex; estándar <literal>book</literal> y <literal>report</literal> los comandos
+<literal>\chapter</literal> y <literal>\report</literal> no se construyen de esta forma.
+Hacer un comando de este tipo, es posible que desees utilizar el
+comando <literal>\secdef</literal>.
+<!-- xx define y hace una referencia cruzada a secdef. -->
+</para>
+<para>Técnicamente, <literal>\@startsection</literal> tiene la forma
+</para>
+<screen>\@startsection{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>level</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>indent</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>style</replaceable>}*[<replaceable>toctitle</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>por lo tanto emite
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>level</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>indent</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable>}
+ {<replaceable>style</replaceable>}}
+</screen>
+<para>redefine <literal>\section</literal> manteniendo su forma de llamada estándar
+<literal>\section*[<replaceable>toctitle</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}</literal> (en el que, como
+recordatorio, el star&#160;<literal>*</literal> es opcional). Véase <link linkend="Seccionado">Seccionado</link>.
+Esto implica que cuando escribes un comando como
+<literal>\renewcommand{\section}{...}</literal>, el
+<literal>\@startsection{...}</literal> debe ser el último en la definición. Ve
+los ejemplos a continuación.
</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><replaceable>name</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="nombre-de-la-secci_00f3n-de-inicio"/><anchor id="_005c_0040startsection_002fname"/><para>Nombre del contador utilizado para numerar la cabecera de seccionado.
+Este contador se debe definir por separado. Lo más común es que esto
+sea <literal>sección</literal>, <literal>subsección</literal> o <literal>párrafo</literal>. Aunque en
+esos casos el nombre del contador es el mismo que el comando de
+seccionado en sí mismo, no tienes que usar el mismo nombre.
+</para>
+<para>Entonces <literal>\the</literal><replaceable>name</replaceable> muestra el número del título y
+<literal>\</literal><replaceable>name</replaceable><literal>mark</literal> es para los encabezados de página. Ve
+el tercer ejemplo a continuación.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>level</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="startsection-level"/><anchor id="_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"/><para>Un número
+entero que proporciona la profundidad del comando de seccionado.
+Véase <link linkend="Seccionado">Seccionado</link>, para la lista de números de nivel estándar.
+</para>
+<para>Si <replaceable>level</replaceable> es menor o igual que el valor del contador
+<literal>secnumdepth</literal> entonces los títulos para este comando de
+seccionado serán numerados (véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</link>). Por
+ejemplo, si <literal>secnumdepth</literal> es 1 en un <literal>article</literal> luego el
+comando <literal>\section{Introducción}</literal> producirá una salida como &#8220;1
+Introducción&#8221; mientras que <literal>\subsection{Debate}</literal> producirá
+salida como &#8220;Debate&#8221;, sin el prefijo numérico.
+</para>
+<para>Si <replaceable>level</replaceable> es menor o igual que el valor del contador
+<replaceable>tocdepth</replaceable> entonces la tabla de contenido tendrá una entrada para
+esta unidad de seccionado (véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</link>). Por ejemplo,
+en un <literal>article</literal>, si <replaceable>tocdepth</replaceable> es 1, la tabla de contenido
+será listar secciones pero no subsecciones.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>indent</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="startsection-indent"/><anchor id="_005c_0040startsection_002findent"/><para>Una
+longitud que da la sangría de todas las líneas del título con respecto
+al margen izquierdo. Para que el título quede alineado con el uso de
+la margen <literal>0pt</literal>. Una sangría negativa como <literal>-\parindent</literal> se
+moverá el título en el margen izquierdo.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="startsection-beforeskip"/><anchor id="_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"/><para>El valor absoluto de esta longitud es la cantidad de espacio vertical
+que se inserta antes del título de esta unidad de seccionado. Este
+espacio será descartado si la unidad de seccionado comienza al
+principio de una página. Si este número es negativo, el primer
+párrafo que sigue al encabezado no tendrá sangría, si no es negativo
+entonces el primer párrafo estará sangrado. (Ten en cuenta que el
+negativo de <literal>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</literal> es <literal>-1pt plus -2pt
+minus -3pt</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si <replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> es <literal>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+-0.2ex</literal> entonces, para iniciar la nueva unidad de seccionado, &latex;
+agregará unas 3.5 veces la altura de una letra x en espacio vertical,
+y el primer párrafo en la sección no tendrá sangría. Usando una
+longitud elástica, con <literal>plus</literal> y <literal>minus</literal>, es una buena
+práctica aquí ya que da &latex; más flexibilidad para crear la página
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
+</para>
+<para>La contabilización completa del espacio vertical entre la línea base
+de la línea anterior al encabezado de esta unidad de seccionado y la
+línea base del encabezado es que es la suma del <literal>\parskip</literal> de la
+letra del texto, el <literal>\baselineskip</literal> de la letra del título y el
+valor absoluto de <replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable>. Este espacio suele ser elástico,
+por lo que se puede estirar o encoger. (Si la unidad de seccionado
+comienza en una página nueva de modo que el espacio vertical se
+descarta, la línea base del texto del encabezado será donde &latex;
+pondría la línea base de la primera línea de texto en esa página).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>afterskip</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="startsection-afterskip"/><anchor id="_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"/><para>Esta es una longitud. Si <replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> no es negativo, entonces
+este es el espacio vertical insertado después del encabezado del
+título de la unidad de seccionado. Si es negativo, entonces el
+encabezado del título se convierte en un encabezado en ejecución, de
+modo que pasa a formar parte del párrafo siguiente. En este caso el
+valor absoluto de la longitud da el espacio horizontal entre el final
+del título y el comienzo del siguiente párrafo. (Ten en cuenta que el
+negativo de <literal>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</literal> es <literal>-1pt plus -2pt
+minus -3pt</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>Al igual que con <replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable>, usando una longitud elástica, con
+<literal>plus</literal> y <literal>minus</literal> componentes, es una buena práctica aquí ya
+que da a &latex; más flexibilidad en la elaboración de la página.
+</para>
+<para>Si <literal>afterskip</literal> no es negativo, la contabilidad completa del
+espacio vertical entre la línea base de la cabecera de la unidad de
+seccionado y la línea base de la primera línea del siguiente párrafo
+es que es la suma del <literal>\parskip</literal> de la letra del título, el
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> de la letra del texto y el valor de <replaceable>after</replaceable>.
+Ese espacio suele ser elástico, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger.
+(Ten en cuenta que debido a que el signo de <literal>afterskip</literal> cambia la
+unidad de seccionado encabezado independiente de la ejecución, no
+puedes usar un <literal>afterskip</literal> negativo para cancelar parte del
+<literal>\parskip</literal>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>style</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="estilo-de-startsection"/><anchor id="_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"/><para>Controla el estilo del título. Ve los ejemplos a continuación. Los
+comandos típicos para usar aquí son <literal>\centering</literal>,
+<literal>\raggedright</literal>, <literal>\normalfont</literal>, <literal>\hrule</literal> o
+<literal>\newpage</literal>. El ultimo comando en <replaceable>style</replaceable> puede ser uno que
+tome un argumento, como <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> o <literal>\fbox</literal> que toma
+un argumento. El título de la sección se proporcionará como argumento
+para este comando. Por ejemplo, establecer <replaceable>style</replaceable> en
+<literal>\bfseries\MakeUppercase</literal> sería producir títulos en negrita y
+mayúsculas.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Estos son los valores predeterminados de &latex; para las primeras
+tres unidades de seccionado que se definen con <literal>\@startsection</literal>,
+para las clases <filename>article</filename>, <filename>book</filename> y <filename>report</filename>.
+</para>
+<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Para <literal>section</literal>: <replaceable>level</replaceable> es 1, <replaceable>indent</replaceable> es 0pt,
+<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> es <literal>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</literal>,
+<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> es <literal>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</literal> y <replaceable>style</replaceable> es
+<literal>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Para <literal>subsection</literal>: <replaceable>level</replaceable> es 2, <replaceable>indent</replaceable> es 0pt,
+<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> es <literal>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex<!-- /@w --></literal>,
+<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> es <literal>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</literal> y <replaceable>style</replaceable> es
+<literal>\normalfont\large\bfseries</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Para <literal>subsubsection</literal>: <replaceable>level</replaceable> es 3, <replaceable>indent</replaceable> es
+0pt, <replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> es <literal>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</literal>,
+<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> es <literal>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</literal> y <replaceable>style</replaceable> es
+<literal>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</literal>.
+</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
+<para>A continuación se presentan algunos ejemplos. Estos van en un paquete
+o archivo de clase o en el preámbulo de un documento &latex;. Si los
+pones en el preámbulo deben ir entre un comando <literal>\makeatletter</literal> y
+un <literal>\makeatother</literal>. (Probablemente el mensaje de error <literal>No
+puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo vertical.</literal> significa que se te
+olvidó esto). Véase <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto colocará los títulos de las secciones en negrita grande,
+centrados. Dice <literal>\renewcommand</literal> porque las clases estándar de
+&latex; ya han definió una <literal>\section</literal>. Por la misma razón, no
+define un contador <literal>section</literal>, o los comandos <literal>\thesection</literal> y
+<literal>\l@section</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand\section{%
+ \@startsection{section}%
+ <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><replaceable>name</replaceable></link>
+ {1}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><replaceable>level</replaceable></link>
+ {0pt}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><replaceable>indent</replaceable></link>
+ {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable></link>
+ {2.3ex plus.2ex}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><replaceable>afterskip</replaceable></link>
+ {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><replaceable>style</replaceable></link>
+ }
+</screen>
+<para>Esto pondrá los títulos de <literal>subsection</literal> en letras minúsculas,
+alineados con el párrafo.
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand\subsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsection}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><replaceable>name</replaceable></link>
+ {2}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><replaceable>level</replaceable></link>
+ {0em}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><replaceable>indent</replaceable></link>
+ {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable></link>
+ {-1em plus 0,2em}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><replaceable>afterskip</replaceable></link>
+ {\scshape}% <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><replaceable>style</replaceable></link>
+ }
+</screen>
+<para>Los ejemplos anteriores redefinieron los comandos de título de
+unidades seccionales existentes. Esto define uno nuevo, ilustrando el
+contador y las macros necesarias para mostrar ese contador.
+</para>
+<!-- De -->
+<!-- https//groups.google.com/forum/#!searchin/comp.text.tex/startsection%7Csort:relevance/comp.text.tex/sB-nTS-oL08/ZZeKYdG0llMJ -->
+<screen>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% muestra los contadores tan abajo
+\newcounter{subsubparagraph}[subparagraph]% contador para numeración
+\renewcommand{\thesubsubparagraph}% cómo mostrar
+ {\thesubparagraph.\@arabic\c@subsubparagraph}% numeración
+\newcommand{\subsubparagraph}{\@startsection
+ {subsubparagraph}%
+ {6}%
+ {0em}%
+ {\baselineskip}%
+ {0.5\baselineskip}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize}}\newcommand*\l@subsubparagraph{\@dottedtocline{6}{10em}{5em}}% para toc
+\newcommand{\subsubparagraphmark}[1]{}% para encabezados de página
+</screen>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+<chapter label="7" id="Referencias-cruzadas">
+<title>Referencias cruzadas</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias cruzadas</primary></indexterm>
-<sect1 label="8.1" id="_005clabel">
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>label</primary></indexterm>
+<para>A menudo queremos algo como &#8216;<literal>Ve Teorema~31</literal>&#8217;. Pero escribir a
+mano el 31 es mala práctica. En su lugar, debes escribir un
+<firstterm>label</firstterm> como <literal>\label{eq:GreensThm}</literal> y luego
+<firstterm>reference</firstterm>, como con <literal>Ve ecuación~\ref{eq:GreensThm}</literal>.
+&latex; automáticamente calcula el número, lo pone en la salida y
+cambiará ese número más tarde si es necesario.
+</para>
+<screen>
+Veremos esto con el Teorema~\ref{th:GreensThm}. % referencia
+directa:GreensThm}
+ ...
+\end{theorem}
+ ...
+Ve Teorema~\ref{th:GreensThm} en la página~\pageref{th:GreensThm}.
+</screen>
+<para>&latex; rastrea información de referencias cruzadas en un archivo que
+tiene la extensión <filename>.aux</filename> y con el mismo nombre base que el
+archivo que contiene la <literal>\label</literal>. Entonces, si <literal>\label</literal>
+está en <filename>calculus.tex</filename> entonces la información está en
+<filename>calculus.aux</filename>. &latex; pone la información en ese archivo cada
+vez que se encuentra con un <literal>\label</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencia directa</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencia, adelantada</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El comportamiento descrito en el párrafo anterior da como resultado
+una peculiaridad que sucede cuando tu documento tiene una
+<firstterm>referencia hacia adelante</firstterm>, una <literal>\ref</literal> que aparece antes del
+<literal>\label</literal> asociado. Si esta es la primera vez que estás
+compilando el documento, obtendrás la &#8216;<literal>Advertencia LaTeX: : La(s)
+etiqueta(s) pueden haber cambiado. Vuelve a ejecutar para obtener las
+referencias cruzadas correctas</literal>&#8217; y en la salida, la referencia directa
+aparecerá como dos preguntas mark&#160;&#8216;<literal>??</literal>&#8217;, en negrita. Algo
+similar sucede si cambias algunas cosas para que cambien las
+referencias; recibes la misma advertencia y la salida contiene la
+información de referencia anterior. En ambos casos, resuelve esto
+compilando el documento por segunda vez.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cleveref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cleveref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>cleveref</literal> mejora las
+características de referencias cruzadas de &latex;. Puedes arreglar
+eso si entras <literal>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</literal>
+entonces <literal>\cref{thNerode}</literal> generará &#8216;<literal>Teorema 3.21</literal>&#8217;, sin
+que tengas que ingresar el &#8220;Teorema.&#8221;
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="7.1" id="_005clabel">
<title><literal>\label</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\label</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\label{<replaceable>clave</replaceable>}
+<screen>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Una instrucción <literal>\label</literal> que aparece en un texto normal asigna a
-<replaceable>clave</replaceable> el número de la unidad de sección actual; que aparece dentro
-de un entorno numerado asignando ese número a <replaceable>clave</replaceable>.
+<para>Asigna un número de referencia a <replaceable>key</replaceable>. En texto ordinario
+<literal>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> asigna a <replaceable>key</replaceable> el número de la unidad
+de seccionado actual. Dentro de un entorno con numeración, como un
+entorno <literal>table</literal> o <literal>theorem</literal>, <literal>\label{<replaceable>clave</replaceable>}</literal>
+asigna a <replaceable>key</replaceable> el número de ese entorno. Recuperar el número
+asignado con el comando <literal>\ref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cref">\ref</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Un nombre de clave puede consistir en cualquier secuencia de letras,
+dígitos o caracteres de puntuación. Las letras mayúsculas y
+minúsculas se distinguen, como de costumbre.
+</para>
+<para>Una convención común es usar etiquetas que consisten en un prefijo y
+un sufijo separados por dos puntos o punto. Por lo que,
+<literal>\label{fig:Post}</literal> es una etiqueta para una figura con un
+retrato de Emil Post. Esto ayuda a evitar crear accidentalmente dos
+etiquetas con el mismo nombre, y hace que tu fuente sea más legible.
+Algunos prefijos de uso común:
</para>
-<para>Un nombre de <replaceable>clave</replaceable> puede consistir de cualquier secuencia de
-letras, dígitos, o caracteres de puntuación. Distingue entre letras
-mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>ch</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>por capítulos
</para>
-<para>Para evitar la creación accidental de dos etiquetas con el mismo nombre,
-es común el uso de etiquetas que consisten de un prefijo y un sufijo,
-separados por una coma o un punto. Algunos prefijos utilizados
-convencionalmente:
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sec</literal>
+</term><term><literal>subsec</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>para comandos de seccionado de nivel inferior
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>ch</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>para capítulos
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sec</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>para instrucciones de seccionado de bajo nivel
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>fig</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>fig</literal>
</term><listitem><para>para figuras
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>tab</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>tab</literal>
</term><listitem><para>para tablas
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>eq</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>eq</literal>
</term><listitem><para>para ecuaciones
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Por lo tanto, una etiqueta para una figura parecería como
-<literal>fig:snark</literal> o <literal>fig.snark</literal>.
-</para>
+<para>En el archivo auxiliar se conserva la información de referencia como
+el texto de un comando de la forma
+<literal>\newlabel{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}{{<replaceable>currentlabel</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}}</literal>.
+Aquí <replaceable>currentlabel</replaceable> es el valor actual de la macro
+<literal>\@currentlabel</literal> que generalmente se actualiza cada vez que
+llamas a <literal>\refstepcounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>A continuación, la tecla <literal>sec:test</literal> obtendrá el número de sección
+actual y la tecla <literal>fig:test</literal> obtendrá el número de la figura.
+(Por cierto, coloca etiquetas después de los subtítulos en las figuras
+y tablas).
+</para>
+<screen>\section{nombre sección}
+\label{sec:test}
+Esta es la Sección~\ref{sec:test}.
+\begin{figure}
+ ...
+ \caption{del título}
+ \label{fig:test}
+\end{figure}
+Ve la figura~\ref{fig:test}.
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="8.2" id="_005cpageref">
-<title><literal>\pageref{<replaceable>clave</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="7.2" id="_005cpageref">
+<title><literal>\pageref</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pageref</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias cruzadas con número de página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias cruzadas con el número de página</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>número de página, referencias cruzadas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\pageref{<replaceable>clave</replaceable>}
+<screen>\pageref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Proporciona el número de página del lugar en el texto donde se
+encuentra el comando <literal>\label</literal>{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} correspondiente.
+</para>
+<para>Si no hay <literal>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> entonces obtienes algo como
+&#8216;<literal>Advertencia de LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1
+indefinida en la línea de entrada 11.</literal>&#8217;
+</para>
+<para>A continuación, el <literal>\label{eq:main}</literal> se usa tanto para el
+número de fórmula y para el número de página. (Ten en cuenta que las
+dos referencias son referencias directas por lo que este documento
+tendría que ser compilado dos veces para resolver aquellos).
+</para>
+<screen>El resultado principal es formula~\ref{eq:main} en la
+página~\pageref{eq:main}.
+ ...
+\begin{equation} \label{eq:main}
+ \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP}
+\end{equation}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\pageref</literal>{<replaceable>clave</replaceable>} produce el número de
-página del lugar en el texto en donde aparece la instrucción
-<literal>\label</literal>{<replaceable>clave</replaceable>}.
-</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="8.3" id="_005cref">
-<title><literal>\ref{<replaceable>clave</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="7.3" id="_005cref">
+<title><literal>\ref</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ref</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias cruzadas, simbólicas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias cruzadas, simbólico</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>número de sección, referencias cruzadas</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>número de figura, referencias cruzadas</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>número de pie de página, referencias cruzadas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>número de nota al pie, referencias cruzadas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\ref{<replaceable>clave</replaceable>}
+<screen>\ref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\ref</literal> produce el número de la unidad de sección de
-la ecuación, pie de página, figura, &#8230;, de la instrucción
-<literal>\label</literal> correspondiente (véase <link linkend="_005clabel">\label</link>). Esta no produce ningún
-texto, como por ejemplo la palabra &#8216;Sección&#8217; o &#8216;figura&#8217;, únicamente el
-número.
+<para>Produce el número de la unidad seccional, ecuación, pie de página,
+figura, &#8230;, del comando <literal>\label</literal> correspondiente
+(véase <link linkend="_005clabel">\label</link>). No produce ningún texto, como la palabra &#8216;Sección&#8217;
+o &#8216;Figura&#8217;, simplemente el número en sí.
+</para>
+<para>Si no hay <literal>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> entonces obtienes algo como
+&#8216;<literal>Advertencia de LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1
+indefinida en la línea de entrada 11.</literal>&#8217;
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, <literal>\ref{popular}</literal> produce &#8216;<literal>2</literal>&#8217;. Ten en
+cuenta que es una referencia directa ya que viene antes de
+<literal>\label{popular}</literal> por lo que este documento tendría que
+compilarse dos veces.
+</para>
+<screen>El formato más utilizado es el número de artículo~\ref{popular}.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Plain \TeX
+\item \label{popular} \LaTeX
+\item Con\TeX t
+\end{enumerate}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cleveref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cleveref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>cleveref</literal> incluye texto como
+&#8216;<literal>Theorem</literal>&#8217; en la referencia. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="7.4" id="paquete-xr">
+<title>paquete <literal>xr</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xr</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xr</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xr-hyper</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xr-hyper</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\externaldocument</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>referencias cruzadas, entre documentos</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{<replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument[<replaceable>reference-prefix</replaceable>]{<replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Hacer referencias cruzadas al documento externo
+<filename><replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>.tex</filename>.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí tienes un ejemplo: Si <filename>lectures.tex</filename> tiene esto en el
+preámbulo
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{exercises}
+ \externaldocument[H-]{hints}
+ \externaldocument{answers}
+</screen>
+<para>entonces puede usar etiquetas de referencias cruzadas de los otros
+tres documentos. Supón que <filename>exercises.tex</filename> tiene una lista
+enumerada que contiene este,
+</para>
+<screen>\item \label{exer:EulersThm} ¿Qué pasa si cada vértice tiene un grado impar?
+</screen>
+<para>y <filename>hints.tex</filename> tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+</para>
+<screen>\item \label{exerEulersThm} Distingue el caso de dos vértices.
+</screen>
+<para>y <filename>answers.tex</filename> tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+</para>
+<screen>\item \label{ansEulersThm} No hay camino de Euler, excepto si hay
+ exactamente dos vértices.
+</screen>
+<para>Después de compilar los ejercicios, sugerencias y documentos de
+respuestas, ingresar esto en el cuerpo de <filename>lectures.tex</filename> dará
+como resultado la obtención de los números de referencia de las
+conferencias utilizadas en los otros documentos.
+</para>
+<screen>Ve el ejercicio~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, con
+Sugerencia~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. La solución es la
+respuesta~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
+</screen>
+<para>Se necesita el prefijo <literal>H-</literal> para la referencia del archivo de
+sugerencias porque la etiqueta en el archivo de sugerencias es la
+misma que la etiqueta en el archivo de ejercicios. Sin ese prefijo,
+ambas referencias obtendrían el número del archivo posterior.
+</para>
+<para>Nota: si el documento usa el paquete <literal>hyperref</literal> entonces en
+lugar de <literal>xr</literal>, coloca <literal>\usepackage{xr-hyper}</literal> antes del
+<literal>\usepackage{hyperref}</literal>. Además, si alguno de los múltiples
+documentos usa <literal>hyperref</literal> entonces todos lo deben usar.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="9" id="Entornos">
+<chapter label="8" id="Entornos">
<title>Entornos</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entornos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entornos</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\begin</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\end</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; proporciona muchos entornos para marcar cierto texto. Cada
-entorno comienza y termina de la misma manera:
+<para>&latex; proporciona muchos entornos para delimitar cierto
+comportamiento. Un entorno comienza con <literal>\begin</literal> y termina con
+<literal>\end</literal>, como este:
</para>
-<screen>\begin{<replaceable>nombreentorno</replaceable>}
-...
-\end{<replaceable>nombreentorno</replaceable>}
+<screen>\begin{<replaceable>nombre-entorno</replaceable>}
+ ...
+\end{<replaceable>nombre-entorno</replaceable>}
</screen>
+<para>El <replaceable>nombre-entorno</replaceable> al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el
+de el fin. Por ejemplo, la entrada
+<literal>\begin{table*}...\end{table}</literal> generará un error como:
+&#8216;<literal>! Error de LaTeX: \begin{table*} en la línea de entrada 5
+terminada en \end{table}.</literal>&#8217;
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>grupo, y entornos</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los entornos se ejecutan dentro de un grupo.
+</para>
-<sect1 label="9.1" id="abstract">
+<sect1 label="8.1" id="abstract">
<title><literal>abstract</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>abstract</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>abstract</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>abstract</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>abstract</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>resúmenes</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
-</para><screen>\begin{abstract}
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{abstract}
...
\end{abstract}
</screen>
-<para>Entorno para producir un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos.
-</para>
+<para>Produce un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos. Este entorno
+solo se define en las clases de documentos <literal>article</literal> y
+<literal>report</literal> (véase <link linkend="Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Usar el ejemplo a continuación en la clase <literal>article</literal> produce la
+exhibición de un párrafo. La opción de clase de documento
+<literal>titlepage</literal> genera el resumen en una página separada
+(véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</link>); este es el predeterminado
+solo en la clase <literal>report</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{abstract}
+ Comparamos todos los relatos conocidos de la propuesta realizada por
+ Porter Alexander
+ a Robert E Lee en el Palacio de Justicia de Appomattox que el
+ ejército continúa en una guerra de guerrillas, a que Lee se negó.
+\end{abstract}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>abstract</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>abstract</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El siguiente ejemplo produce un resumen de una
+columna en un documento de dos columnas (para una solución más
+flexible, usa el paquete <literal>abstract</literal>).
+</para>
+<!-- Adoptado de http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-onecolabs.html -->
+<screen>\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+ ...
+\begin{document}
+\title{Babe Ruth como progenitor cultural: un enfoque atávico}
+\author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Subvención de seguimiento
+ ferroviario.}}
+\twocolumn[
+ \begin{@twocolumnfalse}
+ \maketitle
+ \begin{abstract}
+ Ruth no era solo el sultán del Swat, era todo el equipo swat.
+ \end{abstract}
+ \end{@twocolumnfalse}
+ ]
+{ % inserta a mano una nota al pie de página al final de la página
+ \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \footnotetext[1]{Gracias por todo el pescado.}
+}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.2" id="array">
+<sect1 label="8.2" id="array">
<title><literal>array</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>array</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>array</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matrices, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>array</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>array</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>arreglos, matemáticos</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\begin{array}{<replaceable>plantilla</replaceable>}
-<replaceable>texto col1</replaceable>&amp;<replaceable>texto col1</replaceable>&amp;<replaceable>coln</replaceable>}\\
-...
+<screen>\begin{array}{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>column 1 entry</replaceable> &amp;<replaceable>column 2 entry</replaceable> ... &amp;<replaceable>column n entry</replaceable> \\
+ ...
\end{array}
</screen>
-<para>Las matrices matemáticas se producen con el entorno <literal>array</literal>,
-normalmente dentro de un entorno <literal>equation</literal> (véase <link linkend="equation">equation</link>).
-Tiene un único argumento <replaceable>plantilla</replaceable> obligatorio que describe el
-número de columnas y la alineación dentro de ellas. Cada columna
-<replaceable>col</replaceable> se especifica por una sola letra que indica cual
-formato debe tener cada linea en esta columna de la siguiente manera:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>centrada
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>alineada a la izquierda
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>alineada a la derecha
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>array</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La entradas de columna son separadas con <literal>&amp;</literal>. Las entradas de
-columna pueden incluir otras instrucciones &latex;. Cada fila de la
-matriz se termina con <literal>\\</literal>.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>@{...}</primary></indexterm>
-<para>En la plantilla, la construcción <literal>@{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal> coloca
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable> entre columnas en cada fila.
-</para>
-<para>He aquí un ejemplo:
+<para>o:
</para>
-<screen>\begin{equation}
- \begin{array}{lrc}
- izquierda1 &amp; derecha1 &amp; centrado1 \\
- izquierda2 &amp; derecha2 &amp; centrado2 \\
- \end{array}
-\end{equation}
+<screen>\begin{array}[<replaceable>pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>column 1 entry</replaceable> &amp;<replaceable>column 2 entry</replaceable> ... &amp;<replaceable>column n entry</replaceable> \\
+ ...
+\end{array}
</screen>
+<para>Produce un arreglo de matemáticas. Este entorno solo se puede usar en
+modo math (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>), y normalmente aparece dentro de un entorno
+math como <literal>equation</literal> (véase <link linkend="equation">equation</link>). Dentro de cada fila,
+las entradas de la columna están separadas por un ampersand,
+(<literal>&amp;</literal>). Las filas terminan con barras invertidas dobles
+(véase <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra un arreglo de tres por tres.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation*}
+ \chi(x) =
+ \left| % cerca de la barra vertical
+ \begin{array}{ccc}
+ x-a &amp;-b &amp;-c \\
+ -d &amp;x-e &amp;-f \\
+ -g &amp;-h &amp;x-i
+ \end{array}
+ \right|
+\end{equation*}
+</screen>
+<para>El argumento requerido <replaceable>cols</replaceable> describe el número de columnas, su
+alineación y el formato de las regiones entre columnas. Por ejemplo,
+<literal>\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}</literal> da tres columnas: el
+primero alineado a la derecha, el segundo centrado y el tercero
+alineado a la izquierda. <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link> para la descripción completa
+de <replaceable>cols</replaceable> y de otras características comunes de los dos entornos,
+incluido el argumento opcional <replaceable>pos</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay dos formas en que <literal>array</literal> difiere de <literal>tabular</literal>. La
+primera es que las entradas de <literal>array</literal> se escriben en modo math,
+en estilo texto (véase <link linkend="Estilos-math">Estilos math</link>) excepto si la definición
+<replaceable>cols</replaceable> especifica la columna con <literal>p{...}</literal>, lo que hace que
+la entrada se escriba en modo de texto. La segunda es que, en lugar
+del parámetro <literal>tabular</literal> <literal>\tabcolsep</literal>, el espacio entre
+columnas de &latex; en un <literal>array</literal> está gobernado por
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arraycolsep</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El parámetro <literal>\arraycolsep</literal> define la mitad del ancho del espacio
-de separación entre columnas; el predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>5pt</literal>&#8217;.
-Véase <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>, para otros parámetros que afectan el formato en entornos
-<literal>array</literal>, a saber <literal>\arrayrulewidth</literal> y <literal>\arraystretch</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>El entorno <literal>array</literal> únicamente se puede utilizar en modo math.
+<literal>\arraycolsep</literal>, que da la mitad del ancho entre columnas. El
+predeterminado para esto es &#8216;<literal>5pt</literal>&#8217; por lo que entre dos columnas
+viene 10pt de espacio.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para obtener arreglos con llaves el estándar es
+usar el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>. Viene con entornos <literal>pmatrix</literal>
+para un arreglo rodeado de paréntesis&#160;<literal>(...)</literal>,
+<literal>bmatrix</literal> para un arreglo entre corchetes&#160;<literal>[...]</literal>,
+<literal>Bmatrix</literal> para un arreglo rodeado de llaves&#160;<literal>{...}</literal>,
+<literal>vmatrix</literal> para un arreglo rodeado de barras
+verticales&#160;<literal>|...|</literal>, y <literal>Vmatrix</literal> para un arreglo rodeado
+por dobles barras verticales&#160;<literal>||...||</literal>, junto con otras
+construcciones de arreglo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>El siguiente ejemplo usa el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{amsmath} % en el preámbulo
+
+\begin{equation}
+ \begin{vmatrix}{cc} % arreglo con líneas verticales
+ a &amp;b \\
+ c &amp;d
+ \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>array</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>array</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>dcolumn</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>dcolumn</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hay muchos paquetes relacionados
+con arreglos. El paquete <literal>array</literal> tiene muchas extensiones
+útiles, incluidos más tipos de columnas. El paquete <literal>dcolumn</literal>
+agrega un tipo de columna para centrarse en un punto decimal. Para
+ambos ve la documentación en CTAN.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.3" id="center">
+<sect1 label="8.3" id="center">
<title><literal>center</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>center</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>center</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>centrar texto, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>center</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>center</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto centrado, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{center}
-<replaceable>línea1</replaceable> \\
-<replaceable>línea2</replaceable> \\
+ <replaceable>line1</replaceable> \\
+ <replaceable>line2</replaceable> \\
+ ...
\end{center}
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>centrar</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>center</literal> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están centradas respecto al margen izquierdo y derecho de la
-página actual. Cada línea es terminada con dobles barras inversas
-<literal>\\</literal>.
+<para>Crea un nuevo párrafo que consta de una secuencia de líneas que está
+centrado dentro de los márgenes izquierdo y derecho. Usa doble barra
+invertida, <literal>\\</literal>, para obtener un salto de línea (véase <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>).
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>centro</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+Si algún texto es demasiado largo para caber en una línea, entonces
+&latex; insertará un salto de línea que evita la separación de
+sílabas y evita estirar o encoger cualquier espacio entre palabras.
+</para>
+<para>Este entorno inserta espacio por encima y por debajo del cuerpo del
+texto. <link linkend="_005ccentering">\centering</link> para evitar dicho espacio, por ejemplo dentro
+de un entorno <literal>figure</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo produce tres líneas centradas. Hay espacio extra
+vertical entre las dos últimas líneas.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center}
+ Una Tesis Presentada en Cumplimiento Parcial \\
+ de los Requisitos de \\[0.5ex]
+ la Escuela de Ingeniería Ambiental
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>En este ejemplo, según el ancho de línea de la página, &latex; puede
+elegir un salto de línea para la parte anterior a la barra invertida
+doble. Si es así, será centrar cada una de las dos líneas y si no
+centrará la única línea. Entonces &latex; se romperá en la barra
+invertida doble y centrará el final.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center}
+ Mi padre consideraba que cualquiera que fuera a la capilla y no
+ bebiera alcohol no debía ser tolerado.\\
+ Crecí en esa creencia. ---Richard Burton
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Una barra invertida doble después de la línea final es opcional. Si
+está presente no agrega ningún espacio vertical.
+</para>
+<para>En un documento de dos columnas, el texto está centrado en una
+columna, no en la página completa.
</para>
-<sect2 label="9.3.1" id="_005ccentering">
+<sect2 label="8.3.1" id="_005ccentering">
<title><literal>\centering</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\centering</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>centrar texto, declaración para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto centrado, declaración para</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\centering</literal> corresponde al entorno <literal>center</literal>.
-Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como
-<literal>quote</literal> o en un <literal>parbox</literal>. Por lo tanto, el texto de una
-figura o una tabla se puede centrar en la página poniendo una
-instrucción <literal>\centering</literal> al principio de la figura o en el entorno
-table.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <literal>center</literal>, la instrucción <literal>\centering</literal>
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta simplemente cambia el formato que
-&latex; aplica a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de
-la unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una
-línea en blanco o la instrucción <literal>\end</literal> (de un entorno tal como
-quote), que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+<screen>{\centering ... }
+</screen>
+<para>o
</para>
-<para>He aquí un ejemplo:
+<screen>\begin{group}
+ \centering ...
+\end{group}
+</screen>
+<para>Centra el material en su entorno. Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia
+dentro de un entorno como <literal>figure</literal>, o en un <literal>parbox</literal>.
</para>
-<screen>\begin{quote}
-\centering
-primer línea \\
-segunda línea \\
-\end{quote}
+<para>La declaración <literal>\centering</literal> de este ejemplo hace que el gráfico
+sea centrado horizontalmente.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{ctan_lion.png}
+ \caption{CTAN Lion} \label{fig:CTANLion}
+\end{figure}
</screen>
+<para>El entorno de este <literal>\centering</literal> termina con
+<literal>\end{figure}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>A diferencia del entorno <literal>center</literal>, el comando <literal>\centering</literal>
+no agrega espacio vertical por encima y por debajo del texto. Esa es
+su ventaja en el ejemplo anterior; no hay un exceso de espacio.
+</para>
+<para>Tampoco comienza un nuevo párrafo; simplemente cambia cómo &latex; da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Si <literal>ww {\centering xx \\
+yy} zz</literal> está rodeado de líneas en blanco, entonces &latex; creará un
+párrafo cuya primera línea &#8216;<literal>ww xx</literal>&#8217; está centrada y cuya segunda
+línea, no centrada, contiene &#8216;<literal>yy zz</literal>&#8217;. Usualmente lo que se desea
+es para el alcance de la declaración para contener una línea en blanco
+o el comando <literal>\end</literal> de un entorno como <literal>figure</literal> o
+<literal>table</literal> que termina la unidad de párrafo. Por lo tanto, si
+<literal>{\centering xx \\ yy\par} zz</literal> está rodeado de líneas en
+blanco, entonces crea un nuevo párrafo con dos líneas centradas
+&#8216;<literal>xx</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>yy</literal>&#8217;, seguidas de un nuevo párrafo con &#8216;<literal>zz</literal>&#8217; que
+tiene el formato habitual.
+</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.4" id="description">
-<title><literal>description</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="8.4" id="description">
+<title><literal>Description</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>Description</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>Description</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>description</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>description</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas etiquetadas, creando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas de descripción, creando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas etiquetadas, crear</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas de descripción, crear</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{description}
-\item [<replaceable>etiqueta1</replaceable>] <replaceable>elemento1</replaceable>
-\item [<replaceable>etiqueta2</replaceable>] <replaceable>elemento2</replaceable>
-...
+ \item[<replaceable>etiqueta del primer elemento</replaceable>] <replaceable>texto del primer
+ elemento</replaceable>
+ \item[<replaceable>etiqueta del segundo elemento</replaceable>] <replaceable>texto del segundo
+ elemento</replaceable>
+ ...
\end{description}
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>description</literal> se utiliza para hacer listas etiquetadas.
-Cada <replaceable>etiqueta</replaceable> es compuesta tipográficamente en negrita, alineada a
-la derecha. El texto del <replaceable>elemento</replaceable> puede contener múltiples
-párrafos.
+<para>Entorno para hacer una lista de elementos etiquetados. La <replaceable>label</replaceable>
+de cada elemento está escrita en negrita y alineada a la izquierda, de
+modo que las etiquetas largas continúan en la primera línea del texto
+del elemento. Debe haber al menos un elemento; al no tener alguno
+causa el error &latex; &#8216;<literal>Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item
+perdido</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>etiquetas en máquina de escribir en listas</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Otra variación: debido a que el estilo negrita se aplica a las
-etiquetas, si usted compone una etiqueta en máquina de escribir usando
-<literal>\texttt</literal>, obtendrá una máquina de escribir en negrita:
-<literal>\item[\texttt{máquina de escribir y negrita}]</literal>. Esta también
-puede estar en negrita, entre otras cuestiones. Para obtener sólo en
-máquina de escribir, use <literal>\tt</literal>, que restablece todas las
-variaciones de otros estilos: <literal>\item[{\tt máquina de escribir
-simple}]</literal>.
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra el entorno utilizado para una secuencia de
+definiciones.
</para>
-<para>Para detalles acerca del espaciado en listas, vea <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>.
+<screen>\begin{description}
+ \item[lama] un sacerdote.
+ \item[llama] a una bestia.
+\end{description}
+</screen>
+<para>Las etiquetas &#8216;<literal>lama</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>llama</literal>&#8217; se muestran en negrita, con
+el borde izquierdo en el margen izquierdo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <literal>\item</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link>). Utiliza las etiquetas opcionales, como en
+<literal>\item[Main point]</literal>, porque hay ningún valor predeterminado
+sensato. Después de <literal>\item</literal> hay texto opcional, que puede
+contener varios párrafos.
</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>etiquetas de máquina de escribir en listas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Dado que las etiquetas están en negrita, si el texto de la etiqueta
+requiere un cambio de letra dado en el estilo del argumento
+(<link linkend="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</link>) entonces vendrá en negrita. Por
+ejemplo, si el texto de la etiqueta requiere una máquina de escribir
+con <literal>\item[\texttt{label text}]</literal> entonces aparecerá en negrita
+máquina de escribir, si está disponible. La forma más sencilla de
+evitar esto, en este ejemplo para obtener una máquina de escribir sin
+negrita, es usar un estilo declarativo: <literal>\item[{\tt label
+text}]</literal>. Del mismo modo, obtiene la letra romana estándar con
+<literal>\item[{\rm texto etiqueta}]</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas &latex;,
+<link linkend="itemize">itemize</link> y <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>. A diferencia de esos entornos,
+anidar entornos <literal>description</literal> no cambia la etiqueta
+predeterminada; es negrita y alineada a la izquierda en todos los
+niveles.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener información sobre los parámetros de diseño de la lista,
+incluido el valor predeterminado y para obtener información sobre cómo
+personalizar el diseño de la lista, <link linkend="list">list</link>. El paquete
+<literal>enumitem</literal> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo cambia las etiquetas de descripción a versalitas.
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%
+ {\hspace{\labelsep}\textsc{#1}}}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.5" id="displaymath">
+<sect1 label="8.5" id="displaymath">
<title><literal>displaymath</literal></title>
+<!-- https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath -->
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>displaymath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>displaymath</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>displaymath</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>displaymath</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{displaymath}
-<replaceable>fórmula matemática</replaceable>
+ <replaceable>texto matemático</replaceable>
\end{displaymath}
</screen>
-<para>o
+<para>Entorno para componer el <replaceable>texto matemático</replaceable> en su propia línea, en
+estilo de visualización y centrado. Para hacer que el texto quede
+alineado a la izquierda, usa la opción global <literal>fleqn</literal>;
+<link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</link>.
+</para>
+<para>En el entorno <literal>displaymath</literal> no se agrega ningún número de
+ecuación al texto de matemáticas. Una forma de obtener un número de
+ecuación es usar el entorno <literal>equation</literal> (véase <link linkend="equation">equation</link>).
+</para>
+<para>&latex; no dividirá el <replaceable>texto matemático</replaceable> entre líneas.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>
+tiene significativamente más extensas facilidades de ecuación
+mostradas. Por ejemplo, hay una serie de formas en ese paquete para
+dividir el texto matemático en líneas.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\[...\] mostrar matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La construcción <literal>\[<replaceable>math</replaceable>\]</literal> es un sinónimo del entorno
+<literal>\begin{displaymath} <replaceable>math</replaceable> \end{displaymath}</literal> pero este
+último es más fácil de trabajar en la fuente; por ejemplo, la búsqueda
+de un corchete puede dar falsos positivos, pero la palabra
+<literal>displaymath</literal> probablemente será único.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>$$...$$ normal &tex; matemáticas de visualización</primary></indexterm>
+<para>(Aparte: la construcción <literal>$$<replaceable>math</replaceable>$$</literal> de Plain&#160;&tex; a
+veces se usa erróneamente como sinónimo de <literal>displaymath</literal>. Esté
+no es un sinónimo, y no se admite oficialmente en &latex; en
+absoluto; <literal>$$</literal> no admite la opción <literal>fleqn</literal> (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones
+de la clase documento</link>), tiene un espaciado vertical diferente y no
+realiza comprobaciones de consistencia).
+</para>
+<para>La salida de este ejemplo está centrada y sola en su línea.
</para>
-<screen>\[<replaceable>math</replaceable>\]
+<screen>\begin{displaymath}
+ \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
+\end{displaymath}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>displaymath</literal> (<literal>\[...\]</literal> es un sinónimo) de
-composición tipográfica de texto <replaceable>math</replaceable> en una línea independiente,
-centrada de manera predeterminada. La opción global <literal>fleqn</literal>
-produce ecuaciones alineadas a la izquierda; vea <link linkend="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase
-de Documento</link>.
-</para>
-<para>No se añade un número de ecuación al texto de <literal>displaymath</literal>; Para
-obtener un número de ecuación, utilice el entorno <literal>equation</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="equation">equation</link>).
+<para>Además, el signo integral es más grande que la versión en línea que
+produce <literal>\( \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3 \)</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.6" id="document">
+<sect1 label="8.6" id="document">
<title><literal>document</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>document</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>document</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>document</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>document</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>document</literal> encierra el cuerpo de un documento. este es
-obligatorio en cada documento &latex;. Véase <link linkend="Iniciando-y-Finalizando">Iniciando y Finalizando</link>.
+
+<para>El entorno <literal>document</literal> incluye todo el cuerpo de un documento. Se
+requiere en todos los documentos &latex;. Véase <link linkend="Comenzar-y-terminar">Comenzar y
+terminar</link>.
</para>
+
+<sect2 label="8.6.1" id="_005cAtBeginDocument">
+<title><literal>\AtBeginDocument</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtBeginDocument</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comienzo del gancho del documento</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\AtBeginDocument{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Guarda <replaceable>code</replaceable> y ejecútelo cuando <literal>\begin{document}</literal> sea
+ejecutado, al final del preámbulo. El código se ejecuta después de
+las tablas de selección de letras se han configurado, por lo que la
+letra normal para el documento es la letra actual. Sin embargo, el
+código se ejecuta como parte del preámbulo para que no puedas hacer
+ninguna composición tipográfica con él.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="8.6.2" id="_005cAtEndDocument">
+<title><literal>\AtEndDocument</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndDocument</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gancho final del documento</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\AtEndDocument{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Guarda <replaceable>code</replaceable> y ejecútalo cerca del final del documento.
+Específicamente, se ejecuta cuando se ejecuta <literal>\end{document}</literal>,
+antes de que termine la página final y antes de que quede flotando se
+procesan los entornos. Si deseas que parte del código se ejecute
+después de estos dos procesos, incluye un <literal>\clearpage</literal> en el
+punto apropiado en <replaceable>code</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.7" id="enumerate">
+<sect1 label="8.7" id="enumerate">
<title><literal>enumerate</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>enumerate</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>enumerate</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lista de elementos, numerados</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>enumerate</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>enumerate</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas de elementos, numerados</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{enumerate}
-\item <replaceable>elemento1</replaceable>
-\item <replaceable>elemento2</replaceable>
-...
+ \item[<replaceable>etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</replaceable>] <replaceable>texto del
+ primer elemento</replaceable>
+ \item[<replaceable>etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</replaceable>] <replaceable>texto del
+ segundo elemento</replaceable>
+ ...
\end{enumerate}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>enumerate</literal> produce una lista numerada. Las
-enumeraciones se pueden anidar unas dentro de otras, hasta cuatro
-niveles de profundidad. Estas también se pueden anidar en otros
-entornos de párrafo, tal como <literal>itemize</literal> (véase <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>) y
-<literal>description</literal> (véase <link linkend="description">description</link>).
+<para>Entorno para producir una lista numerada de elementos. El formato de
+la numeración de las etiquetas depende del nivel de anidamiento de
+este entorno; ve abajo. La numeración de nivel superior predeterminada
+es &#8216;<literal>1.</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>2.</literal>&#8217;, etc. Cada entorno de lista <literal>enumerate</literal>
+debe tener al menos un elemento; no tiene ninguna causa el error
+&latex; &#8216;<literal>Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item perdido</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Cada elemento de una lista enumerada comienza con una instrucción
-<literal>\item</literal>. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción
-<literal>\item</literal>.
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra a los dos primeros finalistas en el maratón
+olímpico de 1908. Como lista de nivel superior, las etiquetas
+aparecerían como &#8216;<literal>1.</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>2.</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-<para>De manera predeterminada, la numeración de cada nivel se hace de la
-siguiente manera:
+<screen>\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Johnny Hayes (USA)
+ \item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
+\end{enumerate}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <literal>\item</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link>). Si le das a <literal>\item</literal> un argumento opcional
+siguiéndolo con corchetes, como en <literal>\item[Etiqueta
+intersticial]</literal>, entonces el siguiente elemento continuará la secuencia
+interrumpida (véase <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link>). Es decir, obtendrás etiquetas como
+&#8216;<literal>1.</literal>&#8217;, entonces &#8216;<literal>Etiqueta intersticial</literal>&#8217;, luego &#8216;<literal>2.</literal>&#8217;.
+Después de <literal>\item</literal> hay texto opcional, que puede contener varios
+párrafos.
</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>1., 2., &#8230;
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>(a), (b), &#8230;
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>i., ii., &#8230;
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>A., B., &#8230;
+<para>Las enumeraciones se pueden anidar dentro de otros entornos
+<literal>enumerate</literal>, o dentro de cualquier entorno de creación de
+párrafos como <literal>itemize</literal> (véase <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>), hasta cuatro niveles
+de profundidad. Esto le proporciona el valor &latex; predeterminado
+para el formato en cada nivel de anidamiento, donde 1 es el nivel
+superior, el nivel más exterior.
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>número arábigo seguido de un punto: &#8216;<literal>1.</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>2.</literal>&#8217;,&#160;&#8230;
+</para></listitem><listitem><para>letra minúscula entre paréntesis: &#8216;<literal>(a)</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>(b)</literal>&#8217;&#160;&#8230;
+</para></listitem><listitem><para>número romano en minúsculas seguido de un punto: &#8216;<literal>i.</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>ii.</literal>&#8217;,&#160;&#8230;
+</para></listitem><listitem><para>letra mayúscula seguida de un punto: &#8216;<literal>A.</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>B.</literal>&#8217;,&#160;&#8230;
</para></listitem></orderedlist>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumi</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumii</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumiii</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumiv</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>enumerate</literal> usa los contadores <literal>\enumi</literal> hasta
-<literal>\enumiv</literal> (véase <link linkend="Contadores">Contadores</link>). Si se proporciona el argumento
-opcional a <literal>\item</literal>, el contador no se incrementa por cada elemento.
+<anchor id="enumerate-enumi"/><anchor id="enumerate-enumii"/><anchor id="enumerate-enumiii"/><anchor id="enumerate-enumiv"/><para>El entorno <literal>enumerate</literal> utiliza
+los contadores <literal>\enumi</literal> hasta <literal>\enumiv</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="Contadores">Contadores</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas &latex;,
+<link linkend="description">description</link> e <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>. Para obtener información sobre el
+diseño de parámetros de lista, incluidos los valores predeterminados,
+y para obtener información sobre personalizar el diseño de la lista,
+<link linkend="list">list</link>. El paquete <literal>enumitem</literal> es útil para personalizar
+listas.
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumi</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumii</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumiii</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumiv</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>enumerate</literal> utiliza las instrucciones desde
-<literal>\labelenumi</literal> hasta <literal>\labelenumiv</literal> para producir la etiqueta
-predeterminada. Por lo tanto, usted puede usar <literal>\renewcommand</literal>
-para cambiar las etiquetas (véase <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</link>). Por
-ejemplo, para hacer que el primer nivel use letras mayúsculas:
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>ejemplo \Alph</primary></indexterm>
-<screen>\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}
+<anchor id="enumerate-labelenumi"/><anchor id="enumerate-labelenumii"/><anchor id="enumerate-labelenumiii"/><anchor id="enumerate-labelenumiv"/><para>Para
+cambiar el formato de la etiqueta usa <literal>\renewcommand</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</link>) en los comandos
+<literal>\labelenumi</literal> a través de <literal>\labelenumiv</literal>. Por ejemplo, esta
+lista de primer nivel será etiquetada con letras mayúsculas, en
+negrita y sin punto final.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Alph example</primary></indexterm>
+<screen>\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Se muestra en negrita A
+ \item Se muestra en negrita B
+\end{enumerate}
</screen>
-
+<para>Para obtener una lista de comandos de contraetiquetado, consulta
+<link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.8" id="eqnarray">
+<sect1 label="8.8" id="eqnarray">
<title><literal>eqnarray</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>eqnarray</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>eqnarray</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ecuaciones, alineando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alineando Ecuaciones</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>eqnarray</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>eqnarray</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
-<screen>\begin{eqnarray} (o <literal>eqnarray*</literal>)
-<replaceable>fórmula1</replaceable> \\
-<replaceable>fórmula2</replaceable> \\
-...
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ecuaciones, alineando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alineando ecuaciones</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alinea entorno, de <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>amsmath package, reemplazar <literal>eqnarray</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Madsen, Lars</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El entorno <literal>eqnarray</literal> está obsoleto. Tiene infelicidades,
+incluyendo el espaciado que es inconsistente con otros elementos
+matemáticos. (Ve &#8220;¡Evita eqnarray!&#8221; por Lars Madsen
+<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</ulink>). Nuevos
+documentos deben incluir el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal> y usar el que
+muestra entornos matemáticos proporcionados allí, como el entorno
+<literal>align</literal>. Incluimos una descripción solo para completar y para
+trabajar con documentos antiguos.
+</para>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{eqnarray}
+ <replaceable>primera fórmula a la izquierda</replaceable>, <replaceable>primera fórmula en el
+ medio</replaceable> y <replaceable>primera fórmula a la derecha</replaceable> \\
+ ...
\end{eqnarray}
</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{eqnarray*}
+ <replaceable>primera fórmula a la izquierda</replaceable>, <replaceable>primera fórmula en el
+ medio</replaceable> y <replaceable>primera fórmula a la derecha</replaceable> \\
+ ...
+\end{eqnarray*}
+</screen>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>eqnarray</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>eqnarray</literal> se utiliza para mostrar una secuencia de
-ecuaciones o desigualdades. Es muy parecido a un entorno <literal>array</literal>
-de tres columnas, con filas consecutivas separadas por <literal>\\</literal> y
-elementos consecutivos en una fila, separados por un <literal>&amp;</literal>.
+<para>Muestra una secuencia de ecuaciones o desigualdades. Los lados
+izquierdo y derecho se escriben en el modo display, mientras que el
+medio se escribe en el modo texto.
</para>
+<para>Es similar a un entorno <literal>array</literal> de tres columnas, con elementos
+dentro de una fila separada por un ampersand&#160;(<literal>&amp;</literal>), y con
+filas separadas por dobles barras inversas&#160;<literal>\\</literal>).
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\* (para <literal>eqnarray</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
-<para>también puede utilizar <literal>\\*</literal> para separar ecuaciones
-independientes, con su propósito normal de no permitir saltos de página
-en esa línea.
+La forma de estrella del salto de línea (<literal>\\*</literal>) también se puede
+usar para separar ecuaciones, y no permitirá un salto de página allí
+(véase <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>).
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nonumber</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>números de ecuación, omitiendo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Se coloca un número de ecuación en cada línea a menos que la línea tenga
-una instrucción <literal>\nonumber</literal>. Alternativamente, la forma del
-entorno con <literal>*</literal> (<literal>\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}</literal>)
-debe omitir por completo la numeración de la ecuación, al tiempo que el
-mismo comienza con <literal>eqnarray</literal>.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>números de ecuación, omitir</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La forma sin estrella <literal>eqnarray</literal> coloca un número de ecuación en
+cada línea (usando el contador <literal>equation</literal>), a menos que esa línea
+contenga un comando <literal>\nonumber</literal>. La forma destacada
+<literal>eqnarray*</literal> omite numeración de ecuaciones, mientras que por lo
+demás son iguales.
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lefteqn</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\lefteqn</literal> se utiliza para dividir grandes fórmulas
-a través de varias líneas. Su argumento de composición tipográfica en el
-estilo de visualización alinea a la izquierda en una caja de ancho cero.
-</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\lefteqn</literal> se usa para dividir fórmulas largas en
+líneas. Escribe tu argumento en estilo de visualización alineado a la
+izquierda en un cuadro de ancho cero.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra tres líneas. Las dos primeras líneas forman una
+desigualdad, mientras que la tercera línea no tiene entrada por el
+lado izquierdo.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{eqnarray*}
+ \lefteqn{x_1+x_2+\cdots+x_n} \\
+ &amp;\leq &amp;y_1+y_2+\cdots+y_n \\
+ &amp;= &amp;z+y_3+\cdots+y_n
+\end{eqnarray*}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.9" id="equation">
+<sect1 label="8.9" id="equation">
<title><literal>equation</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>equation</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>equation</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ecuaciones, entornos para</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fórmulas, entornos para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>equation</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>equation</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ecuaciones, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fórmulas, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{equation}
-<replaceable>fórmula-matemática</replaceable>
+ <replaceable>texto matemático</replaceable>
\end{equation}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>equation</literal> comienza un entorno <literal>displaymath</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="displaymath">displaymath</link>), por ejemplo, centrando en la página el texto
-<replaceable>math</replaceable>, y además colocando el número de ecuación en el margen
-derecho.
+<para>Lo mismo que un entorno <literal>displaymath</literal> (véase <link linkend="displaymath">displaymath</link>)
+excepto que &latex; pone un número de ecuación al ras del margen
+derecho. El número de la ecuación se genera usando el contador
+<literal>equation</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>No debe haber líneas en blanco entre <literal>\begin{equation}</literal> y
+<literal>\begin{equation}</literal>, o &latex; te dirá que falta el signo de
+dólar.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>amsmath</literal> tiene una extensas
+facilidades para mostrar ecuaciones. Los nuevos documentos deben
+incluir este paquete.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.10" id="figure">
+<sect1 label="8.10" id="figure">
<title><literal>figure</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>figure</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>figure</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>insertando figuras</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>figure</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>figure</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>insertar figuras</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>figuras, insertando</primary></indexterm>
-<screen>\begin{figure[*]}[<replaceable>úbicación</replaceable>]
-<replaceable>figbody</replaceable>
-\label{<replaceable>etiqueta}</replaceable>
-\caption[<replaceable>títulobreve</replaceable>]{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{figure}[<replaceable>placement</replaceable>]
+ <replaceable>cuerpo de figura</replaceable>
+ \caption[<replaceable>loftitle</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>} % opcional
+ \label{<replaceable>label}</replaceable> % opcional
\end{figure}
</screen>
-<para>Las figuras son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y en su
-lugar son &#8220;flotados&#8221; a un lugar conveniente, como en la parte superior
-de una página. Las figuras no se dividen entre dos páginas.
-</para>
-<para>Cuando se compone tipográficamente en columnas dobles, la forma favorita
-produce un ancho completo (a través de las dos columnas).
+<para>o:
</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional <literal>[ubicación]</literal> determina donde debe tratar de
-colocar &latex; su figura. Hay cuatro lugares donde &latex;,
-posiblemente, pueda colocar un flotante:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(Top)&#8212;en lo alto de una página de texto.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(Bottom)&#8212;en la parte inferior de una página de texto. No obstante,
-<literal>b</literal> no se permite para flotantes de ancho completo (<literal>figure*</literal>)
-en entornos con columnas dobles. Para mejorar esto, utilice el paquete
-<literal>stfloats</literal> o <literal>dblfloatfix</literal>, pero vea el debate de advertencias
-en el FAQ:
-<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</ulink>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>h</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete <literal>float</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>(Here)&#8212;aquí, en la posición donde aparece el entorno <literal>figure</literal> en el
-texto. Sin embargo, este no está permitido por sí mismo,
-automáticamente se añade <literal>t</literal>. Para forzar que una figura
-absolutamente aparezca &#8220;aquí&#8221;, utilice el paquete <literal>float</literal> y use
-la letra de ubicación <literal>H</literal>. (Este paquete también ofrece otras
-opciones).
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(Página de flotantes)&#8212;en una página de flotantes separada, misma que
-es una página que no contiene texto, únicamente flotantes.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Las clases estándar <literal>report</literal> y <literal>article</literal> utilizan la ubicación
-predeterminada <literal>tbp</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>El cuerpo de la figura se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-&latex;, etc., que desee.
+<screen>\begin{figure*}[<replaceable>placement</replaceable>]
+ <replaceable>cuerpo de figura</replaceable>
+ \caption[<replaceable>loftitle</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>} % opcional
+ \label{<replaceable>label}</replaceable> % opcional
+\end{figure*}
+</screen>
+<para>Las figuras son para material que no forma parte del texto normal. Un
+ejemplo es material que no se puede dividir en dos páginas, tal como
+gráficos. Debido a esto, &latex; no escribe cifras en secuencia con
+texto normal, sino que los &#8220;hace flotar&#8221; a un lugar conveniente,
+como la parte superior de una página siguiente (véase <link linkend="Flotantes">Flotantes</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El <replaceable>cuerpo de figura</replaceable> puede consistir en gráficos importados
+(véase <link linkend="Gr_00e1ficos">Gráficos</link>), o texto, comandos de &latex;, etc. Está escrito
+en un <literal>parbox</literal> de ancho <literal>\textwidth</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Los posibles valores de <replaceable>placement</replaceable> son <literal>h</literal> para &#8216;<literal>aquí</literal>&#8217;,
+<literal>t</literal> para &#8216;<literal>top</literal>&#8217;, <literal>b</literal> para &#8216;<literal>bottom</literal>&#8217; y <literal>p</literal> para
+&#8216;<literal>en una página de flotantes separada</literal>&#8217;. Para el efecto de estas
+opciones en el algoritmo de colocación de flotantes, <link linkend="Flotantes">Flotantes</link>.
+</para>
+<para>La forma destacada <literal>figure*</literal> se usa cuando un documento está en
+modo de doble columna (véase <link linkend="_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</link>). Produce una figura que
+abarca ambas columnas, en la parte superior de la página. Para
+agregar la posibilidad de colocar en la parte inferior de una página,
+ve la discusión de <replaceable>placement</replaceable> <literal>b</literal> en <link linkend="Flotantes">Flotantes</link>.
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\caption</literal> especifica el <replaceable>texto</replaceable> del título de
-la figura. El título de manera predeterminada lleva el número. Si
-<replaceable>loftitle</replaceable> está presente, esta se utiliza en la lista de figuras en
-lugar del <replaceable>texto</replaceable> (véase <link linkend="Tablas-de-Contenido">Tablas de Contenido</link>).
-</para>
-<!-- xx ¿secciones float-placement, float-caption? -->
-<variablelist><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bottomfraction</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por flotantes
-en la parte inferior; el predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>.3</literal>&#8217;.
-</para>
-<varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\floatpagefraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\floatpagefraction</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>La fracción mínima de una página flotante que deben ocupar los
-flotantes; predeterminado a &#8216;<literal>.5</literal>&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\floatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\floatsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una página;
-predeterminado a &#8216;<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\intextsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\intextsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio por encima y por debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
-principal; predeterminado a &#8216;<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>&#8217; para estilos de
-&#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</literal>&#8217; para
-&#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfloatsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio entre el último/primero flotante en la parte superior/inferior
-de una página; de manera predeterminada a &#8216;<literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfraction</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mínima fracción de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
-ocupan mucho espacio preserva tanto texto como sea posible, para que los
-flotantes sean trasladados a una página diferente. El predeterminado es
-&#8216;<literal>.2</literal>&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\topfraction</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página que se puede ocupar
-antes de los flotantes; el predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>.7</literal>&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<!-- begin vincentb1 20160403 -->
+<para>La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas
+(véase <link linkend="Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</link>). El comando opcional <literal>\caption</literal>
+especifica el texto del título para la figura (véase <link linkend="_005ccaption">\caption</link>). De
+manera predeterminada está numerado. Si <replaceable>loftitle</replaceable> está presente,
+se usa en la lista de figuras en lugar de <replaceable>title</replaceable> (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de
+contenido etc.</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo hace una figura a partir de un gráfico. &latex;
+colocará ese gráfico y su título en la parte superior de una página o,
+si se empuja al final del documento, en una página de flotantes.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{figure}[t]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{CTANlion.png}
+ \caption{El CTAN lion, por Duane Bibby}
+\end{figure}
+</screen>
+
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.11" id="filecontents">
-<title><literal>filecontents</literal>: Crear un archivo externo</title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>filecontents</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>filecontents*</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>filecontents*</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="8.11" id="filecontents">
+<title><literal>filecontents</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>filecontents</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>filecontents*</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>filecontents*</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivos externos, escritura</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>escribiendo varios archivos desde la fuente.</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\begin{filecontents}{<replaceable>nombre-del-archivo</replaceable>}
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable>
+<screen>\begin{filecontents}[<replaceable>option</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>text</replaceable>
\end{filecontents}
</screen>
<para>o
</para>
-<screen>\begin{filecontents*}{<replaceable>nombre-del-archivo</replaceable>}
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable>
+<screen>\begin{filecontents*}[<replaceable>option</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>text</replaceable>
\end{filecontents*}
</screen>
-<para>&latex; crea un archivo llamado <replaceable>nombre-del-archivo</replaceable> cuyo contenido
-es <replaceable>texto</replaceable>. El entorno sin <literal>*</literal> pone comentario de cabecera ;
-ver el ejemplo más abajo. Con <literal>*</literal> <literal>filecontents*</literal> no incluye
-el comentario de cabecera.
+<para>Crea un archivo llamado <replaceable>filename</replaceable> en el directorio actual (o el
+directorio de salida, si se especifica; véase <link linkend="directorio-de-salida">directorio de salida</link>)
+y escribir <replaceable>text</replaceable> en él. De forma predeterminada, un archivo
+existente no se sobrescribe.
+</para>
+<para>La versión sin estrella del entorno <literal>filecontents</literal> prefija el
+contenido del archivo creado con un encabezado de comentarios &tex;;
+ve el siguiente ejemplo. La versión protagonista <literal>filecontents*</literal>
+no incluye el encabezado.
+</para>
+<para>Las opciones posibles son::
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>force</literal>
+</term><term><literal>overwrite</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>force</literal> opción para <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>force</literal> opción para <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<para>La opción <literal>overwrite</literal> para <literal>filecontents</literal>
+Sobrescribe un archivo existente.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>noheader</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Opción <literal>noheader</literal> para <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<para>Omite el encabezado. Equivale a usar <literal>filecontents*</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>nosearch</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Opción <literal>nosearch</literal> para <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<para>Solo verifica el directorio actual (y el directorio de salida, si se
+ha especificado) para un archivo existente, no la ruta de búsqueda
+completa.
</para>
-<para>Este entorno puede ser utilizado en cualquier lugar en el preámbulo,
-aunque aparezca en general antes de la instrucción
-<literal>\documentclass</literal>. Es típicamente utilizado cuando el archivo fuente
-necesita un archivo no estándar de estilo o de clase. El entorno permite
-escribir este archivo en el repertorio que contiene este archivo y así
-de devolver el código fuente autónoma. Otra utilización es incluir
-referencia al formato <literal>bib</literal> en el archivo fuente, lo mismo para
-hacerlo autónomo.
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Estas opciones se agregaron en una versión de &latex; de 2019.
</para>
-<para>El entorno verifica si un archivo con lo mismo nombre ya existe, y si
-sí, no hace nada. Hay un paquete <filename>filecontents</filename> quién vuelve a
-definir el entorno <literal>filecontents</literal> de modo que en lugar de no hacer
-nada en este caso, sobrescribe en el archivo existente.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fuentes autónomas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivos fuente, que los convierte en autónomos</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Este entorno se puede utilizar en cualquier parte del preámbulo,
+aunque a menudo aparece antes del comando <literal>\documentclass</literal>. Esta
+comúnmente se usa para crear un <literal>.bib</literal> u otro archivo de datos
+similar desde el origen del documento principal, para que el archivo
+fuente sea autónomo. Del mismo modo, se puede usar para crear un
+estilo personalizado o un archivo de clase, nuevamente haciendo que la
+fuente sea autónoma.
</para>
-<para>Por ejemplo, este documento
+<para>Por ejemplo, este documento::
</para>
<screen>\documentclass{article}
\begin{filecontents}{JH.sty}
-\newcommand{\minombre}{Jim Hef{}feron}
+\newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
\end{filecontents}
\usepackage{JH}
\begin{document}
-Un artículo de \minombre.
+Artículo por \myname.
\end{document}
</screen>
-<para>produce este archivo <filename>JH.sty</filename>.
+<para>produce este archivo <filename>JH.sty</filename>:
</para>
-<screen>%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
-%% generated by the `filecontents' environment
-%% from source `test' on 2015/10/12.
+<screen>%% Archivo LaTeX2e `JH.sty'
+%% generado por el entorno `filecontents'
+%% de la fuente `test' el 12/10/2015.
%%
-\newcommand{\minombre}{Jim Hef{}feron}
+\newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
</screen>
-<!-- end vincentb1 20160403 -->
-
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.12" id="flushleft">
+<sect1 label="8.12" id="flushleft">
<title><literal>flushleft</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>flushleft</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>flushleft</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justificar texto a la izquierda, entornos para</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto irregular a la derecha, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>flushleft</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>flushleft</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto justificado a la izquierda, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto justificado a la derecha irregular, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
<screen>\begin{flushleft}
-<replaceable>línea1</replaceable> \\
-<replaceable>línea2</replaceable> \\
-...
+ <replaceable>line1</replaceable> \\
+ <replaceable>line2</replaceable> \\
+ ...
\end{flushleft}
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ para <literal>flushleft</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>flushleft</literal> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen de la mano izquierda y no están
-justificadas a la derecha. Cada línea se debe terminar con <literal>\\</literal>.
-</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>flushleft</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular al lado derecho. Si tienes filas demasiado
+largas entonces &latex; las dividirá de una manera que evite la
+separación silábica y alargar o achicar los espacios entre palabras.
+Para forzar una nueva línea usa una doble barra invertida, <literal>\\</literal>.
+Para la forma de declaración&#160;<link linkend="_005craggedright">\raggedright</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto crea un cuadro de texto que tiene como máximo 3 pulgadas de
+ancho, con el texto alineado a la izquierda e irregular a la derecha.
+</para>
+<screen>\noindent\begin{minipage}{3in}
+\begin{flushleft}
+ Una oración larga que será dividida por \LaTeX{}
+ en un lugar conveniente. \\
+ Y, una nueva línea forzada por la doble barra invertida.
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{minipage}
+</screen>
+
-<sect2 label="9.12.1" id="_005craggedright">
+<sect2 label="8.12.1" id="_005craggedright">
<title><literal>\raggedright</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedright</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto irregular a la derecha</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justificando texto a la izquierda</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justificación, alineando a la derecha</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto justificado a la derecha irregular</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto justificado a la izquierda</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justificación, irregular a la derecha</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\raggedright</literal> corresponde al entorno
-<literal>flushleft</literal>. Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un
-entorno tal como <literal>quote</literal> o en un <literal>parbox</literal>.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <literal>flushleft</literal>, la instrucción
-<literal>\raggedright</literal> no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia
-como aplica &latex; el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar
-el formato de la unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe
-contener una línea en blanco o la instrucción <literal>\end</literal> que termina la
-unidad de párrafo.
+<screen>{\raggedright ... }
+</screen>
+<para>o
</para>
+<screen>\begin{<replaceable>environment</replaceable>} \raggedright
+ ...
+\end{<replaceable>environment</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular a la derecha. Se puede usar dentro de un
+<replaceable>environment</replaceable> como <literal>quote</literal> o en un <literal>parbox</literal>. Para la
+forma del entorno&#160;<link linkend="flushleft">flushleft</link>.
+</para>
+<para>A diferencia del entorno <literal>flushleft</literal>, <literal>\raggedright</literal> el
+comando no inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia en cómo &latex; da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una
+unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea
+en blanco o el comando <literal>\end</literal> que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí <literal>\raggedright</literal> en cada segunda columna evita que &latex;
+haga una composición tipográfica incómoda para encajar el texto en la
+columna reducida. Ten en cuenta que <literal>\raggedright</literal> está dentro
+de llaves <literal>{...}</literal> para delimitar su efecto.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
+ Equipo alfa &amp;{\raggedright Este equipo hace todo el trabajo real.} \\
+ Equipo beta &amp;{\raggedright Este equipo se asegura de que el
+ enfriador de agua nunca esté vacío.} \\
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.13" id="flushright">
+<sect1 label="8.13" id="flushright">
<title><literal>flushright</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>flushright</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>flushright</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto irregular a la izquierda, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>flushright</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>flushright</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto izquierdo irregular, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para</primary></indexterm>
<screen>\begin{flushright}
-<replaceable>línea1</replaceable> \\
-<replaceable>línea2</replaceable> \\
-...
+ <replaceable>line1</replaceable> \\
+ <replaceable>line2</replaceable> \\
+ ...
\end{flushright}
</screen>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>flushright</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>flushright</literal> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen a mano derecha e irregulares a
-la izquierda. Cada línea se debe terminar con <literal>\\</literal>.
+<para>Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+derecho e irregular al izquierdo. Si tienes filas demasiado largas
+para ajustarse a los márgenes, entonces &latex; los dividirá de una
+manera que evita la división con guiones y la ampliación o reducción
+de los espacios entre palabras. Para forzar una nueva línea usa una
+barra invertida doble, <literal>\\</literal>. Para la forma de
+declaración&#160;<link linkend="_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno, <link linkend="flushleft">flushleft</link>,
+donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para reemplazar <literal>flushleft</literal>
+por <literal>flushright</literal>.
</para>
-<sect2 label="9.13.1" id="_005craggedleft">
+<sect2 label="8.13.1" id="_005craggedleft">
<title><literal>\raggedleft</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedleft</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto irregular a la izquierda</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justificación, irregular a la izquierda</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto justificado a la derecha</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto alineado a la izquierda irregular</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justificación, desigual izquierda</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justificación de texto a la derecha</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\raggedleft</literal> corresponde al entorno
-<literal>flushright</literal>. Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un
-entorno tal como <literal>quote</literal> o en un <literal>parbox</literal>.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>{\raggedleft ... }
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{<replaceable>environment</replaceable>} \raggedleft
+ ...
+\end{<replaceable>environment</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+derecho e izquierdo irregular. Se puede usar dentro de un
+<replaceable>environment</replaceable> como <literal>quote</literal> o en un <literal>parbox</literal>. Para la
+forma del entorno&#160;<link linkend="flushright">flushright</link>.
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <literal>flushright</literal>, la instrucción
-<literal>\raggedleft</literal> no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia
-como aplica &latex; el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar
-el formato de la unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe
-contener una línea en blanco o la instrucción <literal>\end</literal> que termina la
-unidad de párrafo.
+<para>A diferencia del entorno <literal>flushright</literal>, <literal>\raggedleft</literal> el
+comando no inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia cómo &latex; da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una
+unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea
+en blanco o el comando <literal>\end</literal> que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno,
+&#160;<link linkend="_005craggedright">\raggedright</link>, donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para
+reemplazar <literal>\raggedright</literal> por <literal>\raggedleft</literal>.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.14" id="itemize">
+<sect1 label="8.14" id="itemize">
<title><literal>itemize</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>itemize</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>itemize</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>itemize</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>itemize</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas de elementos</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas no ordenadas</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas con viñetas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas de viñetas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{itemize}
-\item <replaceable>elemento1</replaceable>
-\item <replaceable>elemento2</replaceable>
-...
+ \item[<replaceable>etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</replaceable>] <replaceable>texto del
+ primer elemento</replaceable>
+ \item[<replaceable>etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</replaceable>] <replaceable>texto del
+ segundo elemento</replaceable>
+ ...
\end{itemize}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>itemize</literal> produce una lista &#8220;no ordenada&#8221;, &#8220;con
-viñetas&#8221;. Se pueden anidar entorno itemize dentro de otros, hasta
-cuatro niveles de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros
-entornos que marcan párrafos, tal como <literal>enumerate</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>).
+<para>Produce una <firstterm>lista desordenada</firstterm>, a veces denominada lista con
+viñetas. Ahí debe haber al menos un <literal>\item</literal> dentro del entorno;
+no tiene ninguna causa el error &latex; &#8216;<literal>Algo anda mal, tal vez
+un \item faltante</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Esto da una lista de dos elementos.
</para>
-<para>Cada elemento de una lista <literal>itemize</literal> comienza con una instrucción
-<literal>\item</literal>. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción
-<literal>\item</literal>.
+<screen>\begin{itemize}
+ \item Dibujo a lápiz y acuarela por Cassandra
+ \item Retrato de arroz
+\end{itemize}
+</screen>
+<para>Con la configuración regional predeterminada &#8212; sin cargar, por
+ejemplo, el paquete <literal>babel</literal> con otro idioma que no sea
+inglés&#8212;como una lista de nivel superior cada etiqueta saldría como
+una viñeta, &#8226;. El formato del etiquetado depende del nivel de
+anidamiento; ve abajo.
</para>
-<para>De forma predeterminada, las marcas en cada nivel tienen esta
-apariencia:
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <literal>\item</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link>). Si le das a <literal>\item</literal> un argumento opcional entre
+corchetes siguiéndolo, como en <literal>\item[<replaceable>Etiqueta optional</replaceable>]</literal>,
+entonces de manera predeterminada <replaceable>Etiqueta opcional</replaceable> aparecerá en
+negrita y alineada a la derecha, por lo que se podría extender hasta
+el margen izquierdo. Para las etiquetas que están niveladas a la
+izquierda, consulta el entorno <link linkend="description">description</link>. Después del
+<literal>\item</literal> está el texto del elemento, que puede estar vacío o
+contener varios párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Las listas desordenadas se pueden anidar una dentro de otra, hasta
+cuatro niveles de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros
+entornos de creación de párrafos, como <literal>enumerate</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>).
</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>&#8226; (bala)
-</para></listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">--<!-- /@w --></emphasis> (guión en negrita)
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>* (asterisco)
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>. (punto centrado, aquí representado como un punto)
-</para></listitem></orderedlist>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemi</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemii</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemiii</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemiv</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>itemize</literal> utiliza las instrucciones desde
-<literal>\labelitemi</literal> hasta <literal>\labelitemiv</literal> para producir la etiqueta
-predeterminada. De modo que, usted puede usar <literal>\renewcommand</literal> para
-cambiar las etiquetas. Por ejemplo, para que en primer nivel utilice
-diamantes:
+<anchor id="itemize-labelitemi"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemii"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemiii"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemiv"/><para>El entorno
+<literal>itemize</literal> usa los comandos <literal>\labelitemi</literal> a través de
+<literal>\labelitemiv</literal> para generar la etiqueta predeterminada (ten en
+cuenta la convención de números romanos en minúsculas al final de los
+nombres de los comandos que significan el nivel de anidamiento).
+Estas son las marcas predeterminadas en cada nivel.
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>&#8226; (bullet, de <literal>\textbullet</literal>)
+</para></listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">--<!-- /@w --></emphasis> (bold en-dash, de <literal>\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</literal>)
+</para></listitem><listitem><para>* (asterisco, de <literal>\textasteriskcentered</literal>)
+</para></listitem><listitem><para>. (verticalmente centrado dot, representado aquí como un punto, de <literal>\textperiodcentered</literal>)
+</para></listitem></orderedlist>
+<para>Cambia las etiquetas con <literal>\renewcommand</literal>. Por ejemplo, esto hace
+que el primer nivel use diamantes.
</para>
<screen>\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
</screen>
@@ -1669,769 +5432,1755 @@ diamantes:
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginiv</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginv</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginvi</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Los parámetros desde <literal>\leftmargini</literal> hasta <literal>\leftmarginvi</literal>
-definen la distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y
-el margen izquierdo de la lista. Por convención, <literal>\leftmargin</literal> se
-fija al <literal>\leftmargin<replaceable>N</replaceable></literal> adecuado cuando ingresa a un nuevo
-nivel de anidamiento.
+<anchor id="itemize-leftmargin"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmargini"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginii"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginiii"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginiv"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginv"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginvi"/><para>La distancia entre el margen izquierdo
+del entorno envolvente y el margen izquierdo de la lista
+<literal>itemize</literal> está determinado por el parámetros <literal>\leftmargini</literal>
+a <literal>\leftmarginvi</literal>. (Esto también usa la convención de usar
+números romanos en minúsculas al final del nombre del comando para
+indicar el nivel de anidamiento). Los valores predeterminados son:
+<literal>2.5em</literal> en el nivel 1 (<literal>2em</literal> en modo de dos columnas),
+<literal>2.2em</literal> en el nivel 2, <literal>1.87em</literal> en el nivel 3 y <literal>1.7em</literal>
+en el nivel 4, con valores más pequeños para niveles anidados más
+profundos.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>enumitem</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>enumitem</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para otros entornos principales de listas
+etiquetadas &latex;, <link linkend="description">description</link> y <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>.
+<literal>itemize</literal>, los entornos <literal>enumerate</literal> y <literal>description</literal>
+usan la misma lista de parámetros de diseño. Para obtener una
+descripción, incluidos los valores predeterminados, y para obtener
+información sobre cómo personalizar el diseño de la lista, <link linkend="list">list</link>.
+El paquete <literal>enumitem</literal> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo reduce en gran medida el espacio del margen para los
+elementos detallados más externos de listas.
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % predeterminado 2.5em
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parskip ejemplo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Especialmente para listas con artículos cortos, puede ser deseable
+eludir espacio entre elementos. Aquí hay un ejemplo que define un
+entorno <literal>itemize*</literal> sin espacios adicionales entre elementos o
+entre párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (<literal>\parskip</literal> no es
+específico de la lista, véase <link linkend="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y \parskip</link>):
</para>
+<screen>\newenvironment{itemize*}%
+ {\begin{itemize}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
+ {\end{itemize}}
+</screen>
-<para>El predeterminado varía desde &#8216;<literal>.5em</literal>&#8217; (el nivel de anidamiento
-superior) a &#8216;<literal>2.5em</literal>&#8217; (el primer nivel), y se reduce un poco en modo
-two-column. En este ejemplo se reduce mucho el espacio del margen para
-las listas anidadas:
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="8.15" id="letter">
+<title>entorno <literal>letter</literal>: escribir cartas</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>letter</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>letter</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+
+<para>Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. Véase <link linkend="Cartas">Cartas</link>.
</para>
-<screen>\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % predeterminado 2.5em
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="8.16" id="list">
+<title><literal>list</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>list</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>list</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas de elementos, genérica</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{list}{<replaceable>labeling</replaceable>}{<replaceable>spacing</replaceable>}
+ \item[<replaceable>etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</replaceable>] <replaceable>texto del
+ primer elemento</replaceable>
+ \item[<replaceable>etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</replaceable>] <replaceable>texto del
+ segundo elemento</replaceable>
+ ...
+\end{list}
+</screen>
+<para>Un entorno para la construcción de listas.
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que este entorno no suele aparecer en el cuerpo del
+documento. La mayoría de las listas creadas por los autores de
+&latex; son las que vienen estándar: los entornos <literal>description</literal>,
+<literal>enumerate</literal> e <literal>itemize</literal> (véase <link linkend="description">description</link>,
+<link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link> y <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>).
+</para>
+<para>En cambio, el entorno <literal>list</literal> se usa con mayor frecuencia en
+macros. Por ejemplo, muchos entornos &latex; estándar que no
+funcionan inmediatamente parecen ser listas, de hecho están
+construidos usando <literal>list</literal>, incluyendo <literal>quotation</literal>,
+<literal>quote</literal> y <literal>center</literal> (véase <link linkend="comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</link>,
+véase <link linkend="center">center</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este usa el entorno <literal>list</literal> para definir un nuevo entorno
+personalizado.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcounter{namedlistcounter} % número de elementos
+\newenvironment{named}
+ {\begin{list}
+ {Item~\Roman{namedlistcounter}.} % etiquetado
+ {\usecounter{namedlistcounter} % establece el contador
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{3.5em}} % establece el espaciado
+ }
+ {\end{list}}
+
+\begin{named}
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~I.''
+ \item[Etiqueta especial.] Se muestra como ``Etiqueta especial.''
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~II.''
+\end{named}
</screen>
-<!-- xx debe estar en su propia sección genérica -->
-<para>Algunos parámetros que afectan el formato de la lista:
+<para>El primer argumento obligatorio <replaceable>labeling</replaceable> especifica el valor
+predeterminado de etiquetado de los elementos de la lista. Puede
+contener comandos de texto y &latex;, como arriba donde contiene
+&#8216;<literal>Item</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>\Roman{&#8230;}</literal>&#8217;. &latex; forma la etiqueta
+poniendo el argumento <replaceable>labeling</replaceable> en un cuadro de ancho
+<literal>\labelwidth</literal>. Si la etiqueta es más ancha que eso, el material
+adicional se extiende a la derecha. Al hacer una instancia de una
+<literal>list</literal> puedes redefinir el etiquetado predeterminado dando a
+<literal>\item</literal> un argumento opcional al incluir corchetes y el texto,
+como en la <literal>\item[Etiqueta especial.]</literal>; véase <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link>.
+</para>
+<para>El segundo argumento obligatorio <replaceable>spacing</replaceable> tiene una lista de
+comandos. Esta lista puede estar vacía. Un comando que puede entrar
+aquí es <literal>\usecounter{<replaceable>countername</replaceable>}</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cusecounter">\usecounter</link>).
+Utiliza este diciéndole a &latex; que numere los elementos usando el
+contador dado. El contador se restablecerá a cero cada vez que
+&latex; ingrese al entorno, y el contador se incrementa en uno cada
+vez que &latex; encuentra un <literal>\item</literal> que no tiene un argumento
+opcional.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makelabel</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="list-makelabel"/><para>Otro comando que puede ir en <replaceable>spacing</replaceable> es
+<literal>\makelabel</literal>, que construye el cuadro de etiquetas. De manera
+predeterminada pone el contenido volcado a la derecha. Su único
+argumento es la etiqueta, que composiciones tipográficas en modo LR
+(véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). Un ejemplo de cambiar su definición es la del ejemplo
+del <literal>named</literal> anterior, antes de la definición del entorno añade
+<literal>\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}</literal>, y entre el
+comando <literal>\setlength</literal> y el paréntesis que cierra el argumento
+<replaceable>spacing</replaceable> también agrega <literal>\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel</literal>.
+Luego, las etiquetas se compondrán en versalitas. Del mismo modo,
+cambiando la segunda línea del código a <literal>\let\makelabel\fbox</literal>
+pone las etiquetas dentro de una caja enmarcada. A continuación se
+muestra otro ejemplo del comando <literal>\makelabel</literal>, en la definición
+del entorno <literal>redlabel</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>También a menudo en <replaceable>spacing</replaceable> hay comandos para redefinir el
+espacio para la lista. A continuación se muestran los parámetros de
+espaciado con sus valores predeterminados. (Los valores
+predeterminados para entornos derivados como <literal>itemize</literal> pueden ser
+diferentes a los valores que se muestran aquí). Consulta también la
+siguiente figura de lista. Cada uno tiene una longitud
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Los espacios verticales normalmente son
+longitudes elásticas, con componentes <literal>plus</literal> y <literal>minus</literal>, para
+darle flexibilidad a &tex; en la configuración de la página. Cambiar
+cada uno con un comando como <literal>\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt
+minus1pt}</literal>. Para algunos efectos, estas longitudes deben ser cero o
+negativas.
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itemindent</primary></indexterm><literal>\itemindent</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Sangrado extra antes de cada elemento de una lista; predeterminado a
-cero.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-itemindent"/><para>Sangría de espacio horizontal adicional, más
+allá de <literal>leftmargin</literal>, de la primera línea de cada elemento. Su
+valor predeterminado es <literal>0pt</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itemsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\itemsep</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-itemsep"/><para>Espacio vertical entre elementos, más allá del
+<literal>\parsep</literal>. Los valores predeterminados para los tres primeros
+niveles en las clases &latex; &#8216;<literal>article</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>book</literal>&#8217; y
+&#8216;<literal>report</literal>&#8217; con un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <literal>4pt plus2pt minus
+1pt</literal>, <literal>\parsep</literal> (es decir, <literal>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>), y
+<literal>\topsep</literal> (es decir, <literal>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>). Los valores
+predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <literal>4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</literal>,
+<literal>\parsep</literal> (es decir, <literal>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>) y
+<literal>\topsep</literal> (es decir, <literal>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>). Los valores
+predeterminados en 12 puntos son: <literal>5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</literal>,
+<literal>\parsep</literal> (es decir, <literal>2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>), y
+<literal>\topsep</literal> (es decir, <literal>2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\labelsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento; predeterminado a
-&#8216;<literal>.5em</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-labelsep"/><para>Espacio horizontal entre la etiqueta y el
+texto de un elemento. El valor predeterminado para las clases
+&latex; &#8216;<literal>article</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>book</literal>&#8217;, y &#8216;<literal>report</literal>&#8217; es <literal>0.5em</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\labelwidth</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Ancho de la etiqueta; predeterminado a &#8216;<literal>2em</literal>&#8217;, o &#8216;<literal>1.5em</literal>&#8217; en
-modo two-column.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-labelwidth"/><para>Ancho horizontal. La caja que contiene la
+etiqueta nominalmente es así de ancha. Si <literal>\makelabel</literal> devuelve
+un texto más ancho que este, entonces la primera línea del elemento se
+sangrará para dejar espacio para este material adicional. Si
+<literal>\makelabel</literal> devuelve texto de ancho menor o igual que
+<literal>\labelwidth</literal> entonces el valor predeterminado de &latex; es que
+la etiqueta está compuesta al ras en una caja de este ancho.
+</para>
+<para>El borde izquierdo del cuadro de etiqueta es
+<literal>\leftmargin</literal>+<literal>\itemindent</literal>-<literal>\labelsep</literal>-<literal>\labelwidth</literal>
+del margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado para las clases &#8216;<literal>article</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>book</literal>&#8217; y
+&#8216;<literal>report</literal>&#8217; de &latex; en el nivel superior es
+<literal>\leftmargini</literal>-<literal>\labelsep</literal>, (que es <literal>2em</literal> en modo una
+columna y <literal>1.5em</literal> en modo de dos columnas). En el segundo nivel
+es <literal>\leftmarginii</literal>-<literal>\labelsep</literal>, y en el tercer nivel es
+<literal>\leftmarginiii</literal>-<literal>\labelsep</literal>. Estas definiciones hacen que
+el borde izquierdo de la etiqueta coincida con el margen izquierdo del
+entorno envolvente.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftmargin</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-leftmargin"/><para>Espacio horizontal entre el margen izquierdo
+del entorno envolvente (o el margen izquierdo de la página si se trata
+de una lista de nivel superior), y el margen izquierdo de esta lista.
+No debe ser negativo.
+</para>
+<para>En las clases de documentos estándar de &latex;, una lista de nivel
+superior tiene este conjunto al valor de <literal>\leftmargini</literal>, mientras
+que una lista anidada dentro una lista de nivel superior tiene este
+margen establecido en <literal>\leftmarginii</literal>. Las listas más
+profundamente anidadas obtienen los valores de <literal>\leftmarginiii</literal> a
+través de <literal>\leftmarginvi</literal>. (La anidación superior al nivel cinco
+genera el mensaje de error &#8216;<literal>Anidado demasiado profundo</literal>&#8217;).
+</para>
+<para>Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las clases
+&latex; &#8216;<literal>article</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>book</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>report</literal>&#8217; son: <literal>\leftmargini</literal> es
+<literal>2.5em</literal> (en modo de dos columnas, <literal>2em</literal>), <literal>\leftmarginii</literal>
+es
+<literal>2.2em</literal> y <literal>\leftmarginiii</literal> es <literal>1.87em</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listparindent</primary></indexterm><literal>\listparindent</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Sangría extra añadida al segundo y subsecuentes párrafos, dentro de un
-elemento de la lista; predeterminado a &#8216;<literal>0pt</literal>&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightmargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightmargin</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Distancia horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el entorno
-envolvente; de manera predeterminada &#8216;<literal>0pt</literal>&#8217;, salbo en los entornos
-<literal>quote</literal>, <literal>quotation</literal> y <literal>verse</literal>, donde se hace igual a
-<literal>\leftmargin</literal>.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-listparindent"/><para>Espacio horizontal de sangría de línea
+adicional, más allá de <literal>\leftmargin</literal>, para el segundo y
+posteriores párrafos dentro de una lista <literal>item</literal>. Un valor
+negativo lo convierte en &#8220;outdent&#8221;. Su valor predeterminado es
+<literal>0pt</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Parámetros que afectan el espaciamiento vertical entre elementos de la
-lista (más bien libre, de manera predeterminada).
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\parsep</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-parsep"/><para>Espacio vertical entre párrafos dentro de un
+elemento. Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles
+en las clases &latex; &#8216;<literal>article</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>book</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>report</literal>&#8217; con
+un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <literal>4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</literal>, <literal>2pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal> y <literal>0pt</literal>. Los valores predeterminados en
+tamaño de 11 puntos son: <literal>4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</literal>, <literal>2pt
+plus1pt minus1pt</literal>, y <literal>0pt</literal>. Los valores predeterminados en
+tamaño de 12 puntos son: <literal>5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</literal>, <literal>2.5pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal> y <literal>0pt</literal>.
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itemsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\itemsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio vertical entre elementos. El predeterminado es <literal>2pt
-plus1pt minus1pt</literal> para <literal>10pt</literal> documentos, <literal>3pt plus2pt
-minus1pt</literal> para <literal>11pt</literal> y <literal>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</literal> para
-<literal>12pt</literal>.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\partopsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\partopsep</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-partopsep"/><para>Espacio vertical agregado, más allá de
+<literal>\topsep</literal>+<literal>\parskip</literal>, en la parte superior y la parte
+inferior de todo el entorno si la instancia de la lista está precedida
+por una línea en blanco. (Una línea en blanco en la fuente &latex;
+antes de la lista cambia el espaciado en la parte superior e inferior
+de la lista; si la línea siguiente a la lista está en blanco, no
+importa).
+</para>
+<para>Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las
+clases &latex; &#8216;<literal>article</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>book</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>report</literal>&#8217; con un
+tamaño de 10 puntos son: <literal>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>, <literal>2pt plus
+1pt minus 1pt</literal> y <literal>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</literal>. Los valores
+predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <literal>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>,
+<literal>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal> y <literal>1pt plus0pt minus 1pt</literal>). Los
+valores predeterminados en 12 puntos son: <literal>3pt plus 2pt minus
+3pt</literal>, <literal>3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</literal> y <literal>1pt plus0pt minus 1pt</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\parsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio vertical extra entre párrafos dentro de un elemento de la lista.
-Los predeterminados son los mismos que para <literal>\itemsep</literal>.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightmargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightmargin</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-rightmargin"/><para>Espacio horizontal entre el margen derecho
+de la lista y el margen derecho del entorno envolvente. Su valor
+predeterminado es <literal>0pt</literal>. No debe ser negativo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\topsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio vertical entre el primer elemento y el párrafo anterior.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-topsep"/><para>Espacio vertical agregado a la parte superior e
+inferior de la lista, además a <literal>\parskip</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y
+\parskip</link>). Los valores predeterminados para los tres primeros
+niveles en las clases &latex; &#8216;<literal>article</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>book</literal>&#8217; y
+&#8216;<literal>report</literal>&#8217; con un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <literal>8pt plus 2pt minus
+4pt</literal>, <literal>4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</literal> y <literal>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>.
+Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <literal>9pt plus 3pt minus
+5pt</literal>, <literal>4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</literal> y <literal>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>.
+Los valores predeterminados para 12 puntos son: <literal>10pt plus 4pt
+minus 6pt</literal>, <literal>5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</literal>, y <literal>2.5pt plus 1pt
+minus 1pt</literal>.
</para>
-<para>Para listas de nivel superior, el predeterminado es
-<literal>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal> para <literal>10pt</literal> documentos,
-<literal>9pt plus3pt minus5pt</literal> para <literal>11pt</literal> y
-<literal>10pt plus4pt minus6pt</literal> para <literal>12pt</literal>. Estos se reducen
-en listas anidadas.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\partopsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\partopsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio extra añadido a <literal>\topsep</literal> cuando el entorno lista comienza
-un párrafo. El valor predeterminado es <literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal> para
-<literal>10pt</literal> documentos, <literal>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal> para <literal>11pt</literal> y
-<literal>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal> para <literal>12pt</literal>.
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Esto muestra las distancias horizontal y vertical.
+</para>
+<informalfigure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="latex2e-figures/list.eps" format="EPS"></imagedata></imageobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="latex2e-figures/list.pdf" format="PDF"></imagedata></imageobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="latex2e-figures/list.png" format="PNG"></imagedata></imageobject><textobject><literallayout>.......................................................................
+..............Surrounding environment, preceding material.............. -
+ | v0
+ |---h0--|-h1-| |
+ ..Label.. .....First item..................................... -
+ ............................................................
+ ............................................................ -
+ | v1
+ ........First item, second paragraph .................. -
+ |-h2-| | v2
+ |
+ ..Label.. .....Second item.................................... -
+ ............................................................
+ ............................................................ -
+|-h3--|-h4-| |-h5-| |v3
+ |
+..............Surrounding environment, following material.............. -
+.......................................................................</literallayout></textobject></mediaobject></informalfigure>
+
+<para>Las longitudes que se muestran se enumeran a continuación. La
+relación clave es que el borde derecho del paréntesis para <replaceable>h1</replaceable> es
+igual al borde derecho del corchete para <replaceable>h4</replaceable>, de modo que el
+borde izquierdo del cuadro de etiqueta esté en
+<replaceable>h3</replaceable>+<replaceable>h4</replaceable>-(<replaceable>h0</replaceable>+<replaceable>h1</replaceable>).
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>v0</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase><literal>\topsep</literal> + <literal>\parskip</literal></mathphrase></inlineequation> si el entorno de la lista no
+comienza un nuevo párrafo, y
+<literal>\topsep</literal>+<literal>\parskip</literal>+<literal>\partopsep</literal> si lo comienza
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>v1</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><literal>\parsep</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>v2</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><literal>\itemsep</literal>+<literal>\parsep</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>v3</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Igual que <replaceable>v0</replaceable>. (Este espacio se ve afectado por si una línea en
+blanco aparece en la fuente por encima del entorno; si una línea en
+blanco aparece en la fuente debajo del entorno no importa).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>h0</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><literal>\labelwidth</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>h1</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><literal>\labelsep</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>h2</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><literal>\listparindent</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>h3</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><literal>\leftmargin</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>h4</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><literal>\itemindent</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>h5</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para><literal>\rightmargin</literal>
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>ejemplo \parskip</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sobre todo para listas con elementos cortos, puede ser conveniente
-eludir los espacios entre ellos. He aquí un ejemplo de una definición
-del entorno <literal>itemize*</literal> sin espacio extra entre elementos o entre
-párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (<literal>\parskip</literal> no es específico de
-la lista, véase <link linkend="_005cparskip">\parskip</link>):
+<para>Los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la lista, que se muestran arriba
+como <replaceable>h3</replaceable> y <replaceable>h5</replaceable>, son con respecto a las proporcionadas por el
+entorno circundante, o con respecto a los márgenes de página para una
+lista de nivel superior. El ancho de línea utilizado para componer
+los elementos de la lista es <literal>\linewidth</literal> (véase <link linkend="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de
+composición de página</link>). Por ejemplo, establece el margen izquierdo
+de la lista para que sea una cuarta parte de la distancia entre los
+márgenes izquierdo y derecho del entorno envolvente con
+<literal>\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Los saltos de página en una estructura de lista están controlados por
+los tres parámetros a continuación. Para cada uno, el valor
+predeterminado de &latex; es <literal>-\@lowpenalty</literal>, es decir,
+<literal>-51</literal>. Porque es negativo, de alguna manera fomenta un salto de
+página en cada punto. Cambiarlo con, por ejemplo,
+<literal>\@beginparpenalty=9999</literal>; un valor de 10000 prohíbe un salto de
+página.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@beginparpenalty</primary></indexterm><literal>\@beginparpenalty</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-beginparpenalty"/><para>La penalización de salto de página por
+romper antes de la lista (predeterminado <literal>-51</literal>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@itempenalty</primary></indexterm><literal>\@itempenalty</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-itempenalty"/><para>La penalización por salto de página al
+romper antes de un elemento de lista (predeterminado <literal>-51</literal>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@endparpenalty</primary></indexterm><literal>\@endparpenalty</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="lista-endparpenalty"/><para>La penalización de salto de página por
+romper después de una lista (predeterminado <literal>-51</literal>).
</para>
-<screen>\newenvironment{itemize*}%
- {\begin{itemize}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
- {\end{itemize}}
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>enumitem</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>enumitem</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>El paquete <literal>enumitem</literal> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene las etiquetas en rojo. Están numeradas, y el borde
+izquierdo de la etiqueta se alinea con el borde izquierdo del texto
+del elemento. Véase <link linkend="_005cusecounter">\usecounter</link>.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{color}
+\newcounter{cnt}
+\newcommand{\makeredlabel}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1.}}
+\newenvironment{redlabel}
+ {\begin{list}
+ {\arabic{cnt}}
+ {\usecounter{cnt}
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{0em}
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{0.5em}
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{0.5em} % equals \labelwidth+\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel
+ }
+ }
+{\end{list}}
</screen>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.15" id="letter">
-<title>Entorno <literal>letter</literal>: Escribiendo Cartas</title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>letter</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>letter</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. Véase <link linkend="Cartas">Cartas</link>.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.16" id="list">
-<title><literal>list</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>list</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>list</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas de elementos, genéricas</primary></indexterm>
+<sect2 label="8.16.1" id="_005citem">
+<title><literal>\item</literal>: Una entrada en una lista</title>
-<para>El entorno <literal>list</literal> es un entorno genérico que se utiliza para
-definir mucho de los entornos más específicos. Este rara vez se utiliza
-en documentos, pero a muy menudo en las macros.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\begin{list}{<replaceable>etiquetado</replaceable>}{<replaceable>espaciado</replaceable>}
-\item <replaceable>elemento1</replaceable>
-\item <replaceable>elemento2</replaceable>
-...
-\end{list}
+<screen>\item texto del elemento
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\item[<replaceable>optional-label</replaceable>] texto del elemento
</screen>
-<para>El argumento obligatorio <replaceable>etiquetado</replaceable> especifica como se deben
-etiquetar los elementos (a menos que se especifique el argumento
-opcional <literal>\item</literal>). Este argumento es una pieza de texto que se
-inserta en una caja para formar la etiqueta. Este se puede y suele
-contener otras instrucciones &latex;.
+<para>Una entrada en una lista. Las entradas están precedidas por una
+etiqueta, cuyo valor predeterminado depende del tipo de lista.
</para>
-<para>El argumento obligatorio <replaceable>spacing</replaceable> contiene instrucciones para
-cambiar los parámetros de espaciado para la lista. Este argumento por
-lo regular está vacío, es decir, <literal>{}</literal>, lo cual deja el espaciado
-predeterminado.
+<para>Porque la etiqueta opcional está entre corchetes &#8216;<literal>[...]</literal>&#8217;, si
+tienes un elemento cuyo texto comienza con [, tienes que ocultar el
+corchete dentro de las llaves, como en: <literal>\item {[} es un
+corchete de apertura</literal>; de lo contrario, &latex; pensará en la marca
+como el comienzo de una etiqueta opcional.
+</para>
+<para>Del mismo modo, si el artículo tiene la etiqueta opcional y necesitas
+un corchete de cierre dentro de esa etiqueta, lo debes ocultar en la
+misma forma: <literal>\item[Corchete de cierre, {]}]</literal>. Véase <link linkend="Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis
+del comando &latex;</link>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la lista de enumeración tiene dos elementos que usan
+el valor de etiqueta predeterminado y otra que usa la etiqueta
+opcional.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Moe
+ \item[a veces] Shemp
+ \item Larry
+\end{enumerate}
+</screen>
+<para>El primer elemento está etiquetado como &#8216;<literal>1.</literal>&#8217;, el segundo elemento
+está etiquetado &#8216;<literal>a veces</literal>&#8217;, y el tercer elemento está etiquetado
+como &#8216;<literal>2.</literal>&#8217;. Porque de la etiqueta opcional en el segundo
+artículo, el tercer artículo no está etiquetado&#160;&#8216;<literal>3.</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="8.16.2" id="trivlist">
+<title><literal>trivlist</literal>: Una forma restringida de <literal>list</literal></title>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{trivlist}
+ ...
+\end{trivlist}
+</screen>
+<para>Una versión restringida del entorno list, en la que los márgenes no
+son sangrados y un <literal>\item</literal> sin un argumento opcional no produce
+texto. Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia en macros, para definir un
+entorno en el que el comando <literal>\item</literal> es parte de la definición
+del entorno. Para instancia, el entorno <literal>center</literal> se define
+esencialmente como este:
+</para>
+<screen>\newenvironment{center}
+ {\begin{trivlist}\centering\item\relax}
+ {\end{trivlist}}
+</screen>
+<para>El uso de <literal>trivlist</literal> de esta manera permite que la macro herede
+algún código común: combinar el espacio vertical de dos entornos
+adyacentes; detectar si el texto que sigue al entorno debe ser
+considerado un nuevo párrafo o una continuación del anterior; ajustar
+los márgenes izquierdo y derecho para un posible entorno de lista
+anidada.
+</para>
+<para>Específicamente, <literal>trivlist</literal> usa los valores actuales de los
+parámetros de lista (véase <link linkend="list">list</link>), excepto que <literal>\parsep</literal> se
+establece en el valor de <literal>\parskip</literal>, y <literal>\leftmargin</literal>,
+<literal>\labelwidth</literal>, e <literal>\itemindent</literal> se establecen en cero.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo genera los elementos como dos párrafos, excepto que (de
+manera predeterminada) no tienen sangría de párrafo y están separados
+verticalmente.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{trivlist}
+\item La \textit{Sorpresa} no es antigua; nadie la llamaría vieja.
+\item Ella tiene un arco de farol, lindas líneas.
+\end{trivlist}
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.17" id="math">
+<sect1 label="8.17" id="math">
<title><literal>math</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>math</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>math</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>math</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>math</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fórmulas en línea</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{math}
-<replaceable>fórmula-matemática</replaceable>
+<replaceable>math</replaceable>
\end{math}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>math</literal> inserta la fórmula <replaceable>math</replaceable> dada dentro del
-texto actual. <literal>\(...\))</literal> y <literal>$...$</literal> son sinónimos.
-Véase <link linkend="F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</link>.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>$ matemáticas en línea</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\(...\) matemáticas en línea</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El entorno <literal>math</literal> inserta material dado <replaceable>math</replaceable> dentro del
+texto en ejecución. <literal>\(...\)</literal> y <literal>$...$</literal> son sinónimos.
+Véase <link linkend="F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</link>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.18" id="minipage">
+<sect1 label="8.18" id="minipage">
<title><literal>minipage</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>minipage</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>minipage</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>minipage, creando una</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>minipage</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>minipage</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
-<screen>\begin{minipage}[<replaceable>posición</replaceable>][<replaceable>alto</replaceable>][<replaceable>pos-interna</replaceable>]{<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>}
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>minipágina, crear una</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{minipage}{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>contenido</replaceable>
\end{minipage}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>minipage</literal> compone tipográficamente su cuerpo de
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable> en un bloque que no debe abarcar varias páginas. Este es
-similar a la instrucción <literal>\parbox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link>), pero a
-diferencia de <literal>\parbox</literal>, se pueden utilizar otros entornos de
-marcado de párrafos dentro de una minipágina.
+<para>o
</para>
-<!-- (xxref posiciones) -->
-<para>Los argumentos son los mismos que para <literal>\parbox</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link>).
+<screen>\begin{minipage}[<replaceable>position</replaceable>][<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>contenido</replaceable>
+\end{minipage}
+</screen>
+<para>Pon <replaceable>contenido</replaceable> en un cuadro que tenga un ancho de <replaceable>width</replaceable>.
+Esto es como una versión pequeña de una página; puede contener sus
+propias notas al pie, listas detalladas, etc. (Hay algunas
+restricciones, incluyendo que no puede tener flotante). Este cuadro
+no se dividirá entre páginas. Entonces <literal>minipage</literal> es similar a
+<literal>\parbox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link>) pero aquí puedes tener párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo tendrá 3&#160;pulgadas de ancho y tiene dos párrafos.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{minipage}{3in}
+ Stephen Kleene fue uno de los fundadores de la Teoría de la
+ Computación.
+
+ Fue estudiante de Iglesia, escribió tres textos influyentes, fue
+ presidente de la Asociación de Lógica Simbólica, y ganó la Medalla
+ Nacional de Ciencias.
+\end{minipage}
+</screen>
+<para>Ve adelante, para una explicación de la sangría de párrafo dentro de
+una <literal>minipage</literal>.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría de párrafos, en minipage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría de párrafos, en minipage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
-<para>De forma predeterminada, en el entorno <literal>minipage</literal> los párrafos no
-tienen sangría. Usted puede restablecer la sangría con una instrucción
-tal como <literal>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</literal>.
+<para>El argumento requerido <replaceable>width</replaceable> es una longitud rígida
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Da el ancho de la caja en la que se compone
+<replaceable>contenido</replaceable>.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas al pie en figuras</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>figuras, en notas al pie</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La notas al pie en un entorno <literal>minipage</literal> son manipuladas de una
-manera que es especialmente útil para poner notas en figuras o tablas.
-Una instrucción <literal>\footnote</literal> o <literal>\footnotetext</literal> coloca la nota
-al pie en la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte
-inferior de la página, y esta utiliza el contador <literal>\mpfootnote</literal> en
-lugar del contador normal <literal>footnote</literal> (véase <link linkend="Contadores">Contadores</link>).
+<para>Hay tres argumentos opcionales, <replaceable>position</replaceable>, <replaceable>height</replaceable> e
+<replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>. No es necesario incluir los tres. Por ejemplo,
+obtener la <replaceable>position</replaceable> predeterminada y establecer <replaceable>height</replaceable> con
+<literal>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <replaceable>content</replaceable>
+\end{minipage}</literal>. (Obtiene la altura natural con un argumento vacío,
+<literal>[]</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>position</replaceable> gobierna cómo <literal>minipage</literal> se
+alinea verticalmente con el material circundante.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal>
+</term><listitem><!-- xx Clarifica lo que significa cuando las líneas de texto adyacentes -->
+<!-- no están @c alineadas al centro vertical entre sí -->
+<para>(sinónimo <literal>m</literal>) Predeterminado. Posiciona la <literal>minipage</literal> para
+que su centro vertical se alinee con el centro de la línea de texto
+adyacente.
</para>
-<para>No obstante, no ponga una minipágina dentro de otra si usted está usando
-notas al pie; estas pueden terminar mal en la parte inferior de la
-minipágina.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vtop plain &tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Alinea la línea base de la línea superior en la <literal>minipage</literal> con la
+línea base del texto circundante (el <literal>\vtop</literal> de &tex; simple).
</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vbox (simple &tex;)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Alinea la línea base de la línea inferior en la <literal>minipage</literal> con la
+línea base del texto circundante (el <literal>\vbox</literal> de &tex; simple).
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Para ver los efectos de estos, contrasta esta ejecución
+</para>
+<screen>---\begin{minipage}[c]{0.25in}
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
+\end{minipage}
+</screen>
+<para>con los resultados de cambiar <literal>c</literal> a <literal>b</literal> o&#160;<literal>t</literal>.
+</para>
+<!-- xx Aclara qué sucede si el usuario ingresa una longitud elástica en -->
+<!-- lugar de una longitud rígida. -->
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>height</replaceable> es una longitud rígida
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Establece la altura de la <literal>minipage</literal>.
+Puedes ingresar cualquier valor más grande que, igual o más pequeño
+que el código natural de <literal>minipage</literal> height y &latex; no darán un
+error o una advertencia. También puedes establecer a una altura de
+cero o un valor negativo.
+</para>
+<para>El último argumento opcional <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> controla la ubicación de
+<replaceable>contenido</replaceable> dentro del cuadro. Estos son los valores posibles (el
+predeterminado es el valor de <replaceable>position</replaceable>).
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Coloca <replaceable>contenido</replaceable> en la parte superior del cuadro.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Lo coloca en el centro vertical.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Lo coloca en el fondo de la caja.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Estira <replaceable>contenido</replaceable> verticalmente; debe contener espacio elástico
+verticalmente.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>El argumento <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> tiene sentido cuando la opción
+<replaceable>height</replaceable> se establece en un valor mayor que la altura natural de
+<literal>minipage</literal>. Para ver el efecto de las opciones, ejecuta este
+ejemplo con las distintas opciones en lugar de <literal>b</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>Texto antes
+\begin{center}
+ ---\begin{minipage}[c][3in][b]{0.25\textwidth}
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+Texto después
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría de párrafos, en minipágina</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría, de párrafo en minipágina</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
+<para>De manera predeterminada, los párrafos no tienen sangría en una
+<literal>minipage</literal>. Cambio que con un comando como
+<literal>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</literal> en el inicio de
+<replaceable>contenido</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas al pie en figuras</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>figuras, notas al pie en</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Las notas al pie en un entorno <literal>minipage</literal> se manejan de una
+manera que es particularmente útil para poner notas a pie de página en
+figuras o tablas. Para el comando <literal>\footnote</literal> o
+<literal>\footnotetext</literal> coloca la nota al pie en la parte inferior de la
+minipágina en lugar de en la parte inferior de la página, y usa el
+contador <literal>\mpfootnote</literal> en lugar del contador ordinario
+<literal>footnote</literal> (véase <link linkend="Contadores">Contadores</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto coloca la nota al pie en la parte inferior de la tabla, no en la
+parte inferior de la página.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center} % centra la minipágina en la línea
+\begin{minipage}{2.5in}
+ \begin{center} % centra la tabla dentro de la minipágina
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \textsc{Monarca} &amp;\textsc{Reinado} \\ \hline
+ Isabel II &amp;96 años\footnote{hasta su fallecimiento} \\
+ Victoria &amp;63 años \\
+ Jorge III &amp;59 años
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{centro}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Si anidas minipáginas, hay una rareza al usar notas al pie. Las notas
+al pie aparecen en la parte inferior del texto terminadas por la
+siguiente <literal>\end{minipage}</literal> que puede no ser su lugar lógico.
+</para>
+<para>Esto coloca una tabla que contiene datos al lado de un gráfico de
+mapa. Ellos están centrados verticalmente.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>siunitx</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>siunitx</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<screen>% siunitx para tener el especificador de columna S,
+% que alinea los números en su punto decimal.
+\usepackage{siunitx}
+\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}}
+ \hspace{0.1\textwidth}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{r|S}
+ % \multicolumn para eliminar la barra vertical entre los encabezados
+ % de las columnas
+ \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &amp;
+ % llaves para evitar que siunitx malinterprete el
+ % período como separador decimal
+ {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline
+ The Bronx &amp;1.5 \\
+ Brooklyn &amp;2.6 \\
+ Manhattan &amp;1.6 \\
+ Queens &amp;2.3 \\
+ Staten Island &amp;0.5
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.19" id="picture">
+<sect1 label="8.19" id="picture">
<title><literal>picture</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>picture</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>picture</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>creando imágenes</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>imágenes, creando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>picture</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>picture</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
-<screen>\begin{picture}(ancho,alto)(desplazamiento x,desplazamiento y)
-&#8230; <replaceable>instrucciones de imagen</replaceable> &#8230;
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>crear imágenes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>imágenes, crear</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para><screen>\begin{picture}(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>)
+ <replaceable>comando picture</replaceable>
\end{picture}
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unitlength</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>picture</literal> le permite crear casi cualquier clase de
-imagen que desee que contenga su texto, lineas, flechas y círculos.
-Usted le dice a &latex; dónde colocar las cosas en la imagen
-especificando sus coordenadas. Una coordenada es un número que puede
-tener un punto decimal y un signo menos &#8212; un número como <literal>5</literal>,
-<literal>0.3</literal> o <literal>-3.1416</literal>. Una coordenada especifica una longitud en
-múltiplos de la unidad de longitud <literal>\unitlength</literal>, por lo que si
-<literal>\unitlength</literal> se ha establecido en <literal>1cm</literal>, entonces la
-coordenada 2.54 especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros. Sólo debe
-cambiar el valor de <literal>\unitlength</literal>, utilizando la instrucción
-<literal>\setlength</literal>, fuera del entorno <literal>picture</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>Una posición es un par de coordenadas, por ejemplo, <literal>(2.4, -5)</literal>,
-que especifican el punto con coordenada x <literal>2.4</literal> y coordenada y
-<literal>-5</literal>. Las coordenadas se especifican en la forma habitual con
-respecto a un origen, que normalmente está en la esquina inferior
-izquierda de la imagen. Tenga en cuenta que cuando una posición se
-presenta como un argumento, no se encierra entre llaves; los paréntesis
-sirven para delimitar el argumento.
-</para>
-<para>El entorno <literal>picture</literal> tiene un argumento obligatorio, el cual es una
-<literal>posición</literal>. este especifica el tamaño de la imagen. El entorno
-produce una caja rectangular con la anchura y altura determinada por los
-argumentos de las coordenadas x e y.
-</para>
-<para>El entorno <literal>picture</literal> también tiene un argumento opcional
-<literal>posición</literal>, seguido del argumento <literal>tamaño</literal>, que puede cambiar
-el origen. (A diferencia de los argumentos opcionales, este argumento
-no está contenido entre corchetes). El argumento opcional proporciona
-las coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen
-(con el cual se determina el origen). Por ejemplo, si
-<literal>\unitlength</literal> se ha fijado a <literal>1mm</literal>, la instrucción
+<para>o
</para>
-<screen>\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+<screen>\begin{picture}(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>)(<replaceable>xoffset</replaceable>,<replaceable>yoffset</replaceable>)
+ <replaceable>comando picture</replaceable>
+\end{picture}
</screen>
-<para>produce una imagen de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de
-altura, cuya esquina inferior izquierda está en el punto (10,20) y cuya
-esquina superior derecha está en el punto (110,220). La primera vez que
-haga un dibujo, normalmente se omite el argumento opcional, dejando el
-origen en el ángulo inferior izquierdo. Si a continuación desea
-modificar su imagen, trasladando todo, basta con añadir el argumento
-opcional apropiado.
+<para>Donde puede haber cualquier número de <replaceable>comando picture</replaceable>.
</para>
-<para>El argumento obligatorio del entorno determina el tamaño nominal de la
-imagen. Esta no necesita tener ninguna relación con el tamaño de la
-imagen real; Felizmente &latex; le permitirá poner cosas fuera de la
-imagen, o incluso fuera de la página. El tamaño nominal de la imagen lo
-utiliza &latex; para determinar cuánto espacio dejar para ello.
+<para>Un entorno para crear imágenes simples que contienen líneas, flechas,
+cuadros, círculos y texto. Este entorno no es obsoleto, sino que los
+nuevos documentos suelen utilizar sistemas de creación de gráficos
+mucho más potentes, como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o Asymptote.
+Ninguno de estos están cubiertos en este documento; ve CTAN.
</para>
-<para>Todo lo que aparece en una imagen es dibujado por la instrucción
-<literal>\put</literal>. La instrucción
+<para>Para empezar, aquí hay un ejemplo que muestra la ley del paralelogramo
+para sumar vectores.
</para>
-<screen>\put (11.3,-.3){...}
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unitlength</primary></indexterm>
+<screen>\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\begin{picture}(6,6) % cuadro de imagen tendrá 6 cm de ancho por
+ % 6 cm de alto
+ \put(0,0){\vector(2,1){4}} % por cada 2 sobre este vector sube 1
+ \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ primer etapa}}
+ \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}}
+ \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ segunda etapa}}
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}}
+ \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }}
+\end{picture}
</screen>
-<para>coloca el objeto especificado por <literal>...</literal> en la imagen, con su punto
-de referencia en las coordenadas <inlineequation><mathphrase>(11.3, -.3)</mathphrase></inlineequation>. Los puntos de
-referencia para distintos objetos se describen a continuación.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>caja lR</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\put</literal> crea una <firstterm>caja LR</firstterm>. Puede poner
-cualquier cosa que vaya en una <literal>\mbox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmbox">\mbox</link>) en el
-argumento texto de la instrucción <literal>\put</literal>. Al hacer esto, el punto
-de referencia será la esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
+<para>El entorno <literal>picture</literal> tiene un argumento requerido, un par de
+números reales positivos (<replaceable>width</replaceable>, <replaceable>height</replaceable>). Multiplica
+estos por el valor de <literal>\unitlength</literal> para obtener el tamaño
+nominal de la salida, es decir, el espacio que reserva &latex; en
+la página de salida. Este tamaño nominal no es necesario saber qué
+tan grande es realmente la imagen; &latex; dibujará cosas de picture
+fuera de la caja de la imagen.
+</para>
+<para>Este entorno también tiene un argumento opcional (<replaceable>xoffset</replaceable>,
+<replaceable>yoffset</replaceable>). Se utiliza para cambiar el origen. A diferencia de
+la mayoría de los argumentos opcionales, éste no está contenido entre
+corchetes. Al igual que con el argumento requerido, consiste en un
+par de dos números reales, pero estos también pueden ser negativos o
+nulos. Multiplica estos por <literal>\unitlength</literal> para obtener las
+coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si <literal>\unitlength</literal> se ha establecido en <literal>1mm</literal>, el
+comando
</para>
-<para>Las instrucciones para <literal>picture</literal> están descritas en las siguientes
-secciones.
+<screen>\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+</screen>
+<para>produce una caja de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de alto.
+El origen de la imagen es el punto (10mm, 20mm) y, por lo tanto, la
+esquina inferior izquierda está allí, y la esquina superior derecha
+está en (110mm, 220 mm). Cuando primero dibujes una imagen,
+normalmente omite el argumento opcional, dejando el origen en la
+esquina inferior izquierda. Si luego deseas modificar tu imagen
+cambiando todo, solo puedes agregar el argumento opcional apropiado.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>posición, en imagen</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Cada <replaceable>comando picture</replaceable> le dice a &latex; dónde colocar algo
+proporcionando su posición. Una <firstterm>position</firstterm> es un par como
+<literal>(2.4,-5)</literal> dando las coordenadas x e y. Una <firstterm>coordenada</firstterm> no
+es una longitud, es un número real (puede tener un punto decimal o un
+signo menos). Eso especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad
+de longitud <literal>\unitlength</literal>, por lo que si <literal>\unitlength</literal> se ha
+establecido en <literal>1cm</literal>, entonces la coordenada <literal>2.54</literal>
+especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; para <literal>\unitlength</literal> es
+<literal>1pt</literal>. Es una longitud rígida (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Cámbialo
+con el comando <literal>\setlength</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005csetlength">\setlength</link>). Haz este
+cambio solo fuera de un entorno <literal>picture</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El entorno <literal>picture</literal> admite el uso de expresiones aritméticas
+estándar como números.
+</para>
+<para>Las coordenadas se dan con respecto a un origen, que de manera
+predeterminada está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen.
+Ten en cuenta que cuando aparece una posición como argumento, como con
+<literal>\put(1,2){...}</literal>, no está encerrado entre llaves ya que los
+paréntesis sirven para delimitar el argumento. También, a diferencia
+de algunos sistemas de gráficos por ordenador, las coordenadas
+<literal>y</literal> más grandes son más arriba en la página, por ejemplo, <inlineequation><mathphrase>y
+= 1</mathphrase></inlineequation> es <emphasis>arriba</emphasis> <inlineequation><mathphrase>y = 0</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay cuatro formas de poner cosas en una imagen: <literal>\put</literal>,
+<literal>\multiput</literal>, <literal>\qbezier</literal> y <literal>\graphpaper</literal>. Más a menudo
+se usa <literal>\put</literal>. Este
+</para>
+<screen>\put(11.3,-0.3){...}
+</screen>
+<para>coloca el objeto con su punto de referencia en las coordenadas
+<inlineequation><mathphrase>(11.3,-0.3)</mathphrase></inlineequation>. Los puntos de referencia para varios objetos
+serán descritos abajo.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>Caja LR</primary></indexterm>
+El comando <literal>\put</literal> crea un <firstterm>LR box</firstterm> (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>).
+Cualquier cosa que pueda ir en un <literal>\mbox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y
+\makebox</link>) puede ir en el argumento de texto del comando <literal>\put</literal>.
+El punto de referencia será la esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
+En esta imagen
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+...\begin{picture}(1,1)
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,0){1}}
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,1){1}}
+\end{picture}
+</screen>
+<para>los tres puntos están ligeramente a la izquierda del punto del ángulo
+formado por las dos líneas. (Además, <literal>\line(1,1){1}</literal> no
+requiere una línea de longitud uno; más bien la línea tiene un cambio
+en la coordenada x de 1).
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos <literal>\multiput</literal>, <literal>qbezier</literal> y <literal>graphpaper</literal>
+están descritos abajo.
+</para>
+<para>También puedes utilizar este entorno para colocar material arbitrario
+en una ubicación exacta. Por ejemplo:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{color,graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth}
+\begin{picture}(1,1) % deja espacio, ancho de \textwidth y alto
+ \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}}
+ \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{Guarda X aquí}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>La red&#160;X será precisamente una cuarta parte del <literal>\textwidth</literal>
+de el margen izquierdo y <literal>0.35\textwidth</literal> hacia arriba desde la
+parte inferior de la imagen. Otro ejemplo de este uso es poner un
+código similar en el encabezado de página para obtener material
+repetido en cada una de las páginas de un documento.
</para>
-<sect2 label="9.19.1" id="_005ccircle">
-<title><literal>\circle</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\circle</primary></indexterm>
-
-<screen>\circle[*]{<replaceable>diámetro</replaceable>}
-</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\circle</literal> produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más
-cercano posible al especificado. La forma con <literal>*</literal> de la
-instrucción dibuja un círculo sólido.
-</para>
-<para>Se pueden dibujar círculos de hasta 40 pt.
-</para>
+<sect2 label="8.19.1" id="_005cput">
+<title><literal>\put</literal></title>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.2" id="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">
-<title><literal>\makebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makebox (<literal>picture</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\put</primary></indexterm>
-<screen>\makebox(<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>,<replaceable>alto</replaceable>)[<replaceable>posición</replaceable>]{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
-</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\makebox</literal> para el entorno <literal>picture</literal> es similar a la
-instrucción normal <literal>\makebox</literal> excepto que usted debe especificar el
-<replaceable>ancho</replaceable> y <replaceable>alto</replaceable> en múltiplos de <literal>\unitlength</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional, <literal>[<replaceable>posición</replaceable>]</literal>, especifica el cuadrante en el
-que debe aparecer el <replaceable>texto</replaceable>. Usted puede seleccionar hasta dos de los
-siguientes:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve el elemento a la parte superior del rectángulo.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve el elemento a la parte inferior.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve el elemento a la izquierda.
+<screen>\put(<replaceable>xcoord</replaceable>,<replaceable>ycoord</replaceable>){<replaceable>content</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Coloca <replaceable>content</replaceable> en la coordenada (<replaceable>xcoord</replaceable>,<replaceable>ycoord</replaceable>). Ve
+la discusión de coordenadas y <literal>\unitlength</literal> en <link linkend="picture">picture</link>. El
+<replaceable>contenido</replaceable> se procesa en modo LR (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>) por lo que no
+puede contener saltos de línea.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve el elemento hacia la derecha.
+<para>Esto incluye el texto en la <literal>picture</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Véase <link linkend="_005cmakebox">\makebox</link>.
+<screen>\put(4.5,2.5){Aplica el \textit{unpoke} move}
+</screen>
+<para>El punto de referencia, la ubicación (4.5,2.5), es la parte inferior
+izquierda del texto, en la parte inferior izquierda de &#8216;<literal>A</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.3" id="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">
-<title><literal>\framebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm>
+<sect2 label="8.19.2" id="_005cmultiput">
+<title><literal>\multiput</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\multiput</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\framebox(<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>,<replaceable>alto</replaceable>)[<replaceable>posición</replaceable>]{...}
+<screen>\multiput(<replaceable>x</replaceable>,<replaceable>y</replaceable>)(<replaceable>delta_x</replaceable>,<replaceable>delta_y</replaceable>){<replaceable>num-copies</replaceable>}{<replaceable>obj</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Copia <replaceable>obj</replaceable> un total de <replaceable>num-copies</replaceable> veces, con un incremento
+de <replaceable>delta_x,delta_y</replaceable>. El <replaceable>obj</replaceable> aparece primero en la posición
+<inlineequation><mathphrase>(x,y)</mathphrase></inlineequation>, entonces en <inlineequation><mathphrase>(x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y)</mathphrase></inlineequation>, y así
+sucesivamente.
+</para>
+<para>Esto dibuja una cuadrícula simple con cada quinta línea en negrita (ve
+también <link linkend="_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{picture}(10,10)
+ \linethickness{0.05mm}
+ \multiput(0,0)(1,0){10}{\line(0,1){10}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,1){10}{\line(1,0){10}}
+ \linethickness{0.5mm}
+ \multiput(0,0)(5,0){3}{\line(0,1){10}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,5){3}{\line(1,0){10}}
+\end{picture}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\framebox</literal> es como <literal>\makebox</literal> (vea la sección
-anterior), excepto que esta coloca un marco en el exterior alrededor de
-la caja que crea.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\framebox</literal> produce una regla de espesor
-<literal>\fboxrule</literal>, y deja un espacio <literal>\fboxsep</literal> entre la regla y el
-contenido de la caja.
-</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.4" id="_005cdashbox">
-<title><literal>\dashbox</literal></title>
+<sect2 label="8.19.3" id="_005cqbezier">
+<title><literal>\qbezier</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dashbox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\qbezier</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Dibuja un cuadro con una línea discontinua. Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\dashbox{<replaceable>glargo</replaceable>}(<replaceable>rancho</replaceable>,<replaceable>ralto</replaceable>)[<replaceable>posición</replaceable>]{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\qbezier(<replaceable>x1</replaceable>,<replaceable>y1</replaceable>)(<replaceable>x2</replaceable>,<replaceable>y2</replaceable>)(<replaceable>x3</replaceable>,<replaceable>y3</replaceable>)
+\qbezier[<replaceable>num</replaceable>](<replaceable>x1</replaceable>,<replaceable>y1</replaceable>)(<replaceable>x2</replaceable>,<replaceable>y2</replaceable>)(<replaceable>x3</replaceable>,<replaceable>y3</replaceable>)
</screen>
-<para><literal>\dashbox</literal> crea un rectángulo discontinuo alrededor del <replaceable>texto</replaceable>
-en un entorno <literal>picture</literal>. Los guiones son de <replaceable>glargo</replaceable> unidades
-de largo, y el rectángulo tiene una anchura total de <replaceable>rancho</replaceable> y una
-altura de <replaceable>ralto</replaceable>. El <replaceable>texto</replaceable> es posicionado en la
-<replaceable>posición</replaceable> opcional. <!-- xx ref a posiciones. -->
+<para>Dibuja una curva de Bézier cuadrática cuyos puntos de control estén
+dados por tres argumentos requeridos <literal>(<replaceable>x1</replaceable>,<replaceable>y1</replaceable>)</literal>,
+<literal>(<replaceable>x2</replaceable>,<replaceable>y2</replaceable>)</literal> y <literal>(<replaceable>x3</replaceable>,<replaceable>y3</replaceable>)</literal>. Eso es, la
+curva va de <replaceable>(x1,y1)</replaceable> a <replaceable>(x3,y3)</replaceable>, es cuadrática y es tal que
+la recta tangente en <replaceable>(x1,y1)</replaceable> pasa por <replaceable>(x2,y2)</replaceable>, al igual
+que la recta tangente en <replaceable>(x3,y3)</replaceable>.
</para>
-<para>Un cuadro de líneas discontinuas se ve mejor cuando <replaceable>rancho</replaceable> y
-<replaceable>ralto</replaceable> son múltiplos de <replaceable>glargo</replaceable>.
+<para>Esto dibuja una curva desde la coordenada (1,1) a (1,0).
</para>
-
+<screen>\qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
+</screen>
+<para>La línea tangente de la curva en (1,1) contiene (1.25,0.75), al igual
+que la recta tangente de la curva en (1,0).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>num</replaceable> da el número de cálculos de puntos
+intermedios. El valor predeterminado es dibujar una curva suave cuyo
+número máximo de puntos es <literal>\qbeziermax</literal> (cambia este valor con
+<literal>\renewcommand</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto dibuja un rectángulo con una parte superior ondulada, usando
+<literal>\qbezier</literal> para esa curva
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{picture}(8,4)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % eje x
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % eje y
+ \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % lado izquierdo
+ \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % lado derecho
+ \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25)
+ \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5)
+ \thicklines % debajo de aquí, las líneas son el
+ % doble de gruesas
+ \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}}
+ \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Regla trapezoidal}}
+\end{picture}
+</screen>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.5" id="_005cframe">
-<title><literal>\frame</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frame</primary></indexterm>
+<sect2 label="8.19.4" id="_005cgraphpaper">
+<title><literal>\graphpaper</literal></title>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\graphpaper</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\frame{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\graphpaper(<replaceable>x_init</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_init</replaceable>)(<replaceable>x_dimen</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_dimen</replaceable>)
+\graphpaper[<replaceable>spacing</replaceable>](<replaceable>x_init</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_init</replaceable>)(<replaceable>x_dimen</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_dimen</replaceable>)
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\frame</literal> coloca un marco rectangular alrededor de
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable>. El punto de referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda
-del marco. No añade espacio extra entre el marco y el objeto.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>graphpap</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>graphpap</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Dibuja una cuadrícula de coordenadas. Requiere el
+paquete <literal>graphpap</literal>. El origen de la cuadrícula es
+<literal>(<replaceable>x_init</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_init</replaceable>)</literal>. Las líneas de la cuadrícula
+vienen cada <replaceable>spacing</replaceable> unidades (el valor predeterminado es 10).
+La cuadrícula extiende <replaceable>x_dimen</replaceable> unidades hacia la derecha y
+<replaceable>y_dimen</replaceable> unidades hacia arriba. Todos los argumentos deben ser
+números enteros positivos.
+</para>
+<para>Esto crea una cuadrícula con siete líneas verticales y once líneas
+horizontales.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{graphpap} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{picture}(6,20) % en el cuerpo del documento
+ \graphpaper[2](0,0)(12,20)
+\end{picture}
+</screen>
+<para>Las líneas están numeradas cada diez unidades.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.6" id="_005cline">
+<sect2 label="8.19.5" id="_005cline">
<title><literal>\line</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\line</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\line(<replaceable>declivex</replaceable>,<replaceable>declivey</replaceable>){<replaceable>longitud</replaceable>}
+<screen>\line(<replaceable>x_run</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>){<replaceable>travel</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\line</literal> dibuja una línea con la <replaceable>longitud</replaceable> dada
-y declive <replaceable>declivex</replaceable>/<replaceable>declivey</replaceable>.
+<para>Dibuja una línea. Tiene una pendiente tal que sube verticalmente
+<replaceable>y_rise</replaceable> para cada <replaceable>x_run</replaceable> horizontal. El <replaceable>travel</replaceable> es el
+cambio horizontal total &#8212; no es la longitud del vector, es el cambio
+en <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation>. En el caso especial de las líneas verticales, donde
+(<replaceable>x_run</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>)=(0,1), <replaceable>travel</replaceable> da el cambio en
+<inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
</para>
-<para>&latex; estándar únicamente puede dibujar líneas con
-<inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>declive</replaceable> = x/y</mathphrase></inlineequation>, donde <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation> y <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> tienen valores
-enteros desde &#8722;6 hasta&#160;6. Para líneas de cualquier declive,
-por no hablar de otras formas, vea el paquete <literal>curve2e</literal> y muchos,
-muchos otros paquetes en CTAN.
+<para>Esto dibuja una línea que comienza en las coordenadas (1,3).
+</para>
+<screen>\put(1,3){\line(2,5){4}}
+</screen>
+<para>Por cada más de 2, esta línea aumentará 5. Porque <replaceable>travel</replaceable>
+especifica que esto pasa de 4, debe subir a&#160;10. Por lo tanto, su
+punto final es <inlineequation><mathphrase>(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13)</mathphrase></inlineequation>. En particular, ten en
+cuenta que <inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>travel</replaceable>=4</mathphrase></inlineequation> no es la longitud de la línea, es el
+cambio en <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos <replaceable>x_run</replaceable> y <replaceable>y_rise</replaceable> son números enteros que se
+pueden positivo, negativo o cero. (Si ambos son 0 entonces &latex;
+trata el segundo como 1). Con
+<literal>\put(<replaceable>x_init</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_init</replaceable>){\line(<replaceable>x_run</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>){<replaceable>travel</replaceable>}}</literal>,
+si <replaceable>x_run</replaceable> es negativo, el punto final de la línea tiene una
+primer coordenada menor que <replaceable>x_init</replaceable>. Si <replaceable>y_rise</replaceable> es negativo
+entonces el punto final de la línea tiene una segunda coordenada que
+es menor que <replaceable>y_init</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Si <replaceable>travel</replaceable> es negativo, obtendrás <literal>Error de LaTeX: \line
+incorrecta o el argumento \vector.</literal>
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquetes gráficos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>pict2e</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>pict2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>TikZ</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>TikZ</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>PSTricks</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>PSTricks</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>MetaPost</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>MetaPost</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>Asymptote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Asymptote</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; estándar solo puede
+dibujar líneas con un rango limitado de pendientes porque estas rectas
+se forman juntando segmentos de recta de letras prefabricadas. Los
+dos números <replaceable>x_run</replaceable> y <replaceable>y_rise</replaceable> deben tener valores enteros
+desde &#8722;6 hasta&#160;6. Asimismo, deben ser relativamente
+primos, por lo que <replaceable>(x_run,y_rise)</replaceable> puede ser (2,1) pero no (4,2)
+(si eliges el último, en lugar de líneas obtiene secuencias de puntas
+de flecha; la solución es cambiar a la primera). Para obtener lineas
+de pendiente arbitraria y muchas otras formas en un sistema como
+<literal>picture</literal>, ve el paquete <literal>pict2e</literal>
+(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</ulink>). Otra solución es usar un sistema
+de gráficos completo como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o Asymptote.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.7" id="_005clinethickness">
+<sect2 label="8.19.6" id="_005clinethickness">
<title><literal>\linethickness</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linethickness</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\linethickness{<replaceable>espesor</replaceable>}</literal> declara el grosor
-de las líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture para que
-sean de <replaceable>espesor</replaceable>, el cual debe ser una longitud positiva.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para><literal>\linethickness</literal> no afecta el espesor de las líneas inclinadas,
-círculos o los cuartos de círculo dibujados por <literal>\oval</literal>.
+<screen>\linethickness{<replaceable>dim</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Declara el grosor de las líneas horizontales y verticales
+subsiguientes en una imagen debe ser <replaceable>dim</replaceable>, que debe tener una
+longitud positiva (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Se diferencia de
+<literal>\thinlines</literal> y <literal>\thicklines</literal> en el sentido de que no afecta
+el grosor de las líneas inclinadas, círculos u óvalos (véase <link linkend="_005coval">\oval</link>).
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.8" id="_005cthicklines">
-<title><literal>\thicklines</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thicklines</primary></indexterm>
+<sect2 label="8.19.7" id="_005cthinlines">
+<title><literal>\thinlines</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinlines</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\thicklines</literal> es un espesor de línea alternativo
-para líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture;
-compárese&#160;<link linkend="_005clinethickness">\linethickness</link> y <link linkend="_005cthinlines">\thinlines</link>.
+<para>Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.4pt. Este es el
+valor predeterminado de grosor, por lo que este comando es innecesario
+a menos que el grosor haya cambiado con <link linkend="_005clinethickness">\linethickness</link> o
+<link linkend="_005cthicklines">\thicklines</link>.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.9" id="_005cthinlines">
-<title><literal>\thinlines</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinlines</primary></indexterm>
+<sect2 label="8.19.8" id="_005cthicklines">
+<title><literal>\thicklines</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thicklines</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\thinlines</literal> es el espesor de línea predeterminado
-para líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture;
-compárese&#160;<link linkend="_005clinethickness">\linethickness</link> y <link linkend="_005cthicklines">\thicklines</link>.
+<para>Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.8pt. Ve también
+<link linkend="_005clinethickness">\linethickness</link> y <link linkend="_005cthinlines">\thinlines</link>. Este comando se ilustra en
+el ejemplo de regla trapezoidal de <link linkend="_005cqbezier">\qbezier</link>.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.10" id="_005cmultiput">
-<title><literal>\multiput</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\multiput</primary></indexterm>
+<sect2 label="8.19.9" id="_005ccircle">
+<title><literal>\circle</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\circle</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
-</para><screen>\multiput(<replaceable>x</replaceable>,<replaceable>y</replaceable>)(<replaceable>delta_x</replaceable>,<replaceable>delta_y</replaceable>){<replaceable>n</replaceable>}{<replaceable>obj</replaceable>}
+</para>
+<screen>\circle{<replaceable>diameter</replaceable>}
+\circle*{<replaceable>diameter</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\multiput</literal> copia el objeto <replaceable>obj</replaceable> en un patrón
-regular entre imágenes. primero se coloca <replaceable>obj</replaceable> en la posición
-<inlineequation><mathphrase>(x,y)</mathphrase></inlineequation>, luego en la posición <inlineequation><mathphrase>(x+\delta x,y+\delta y)</mathphrase></inlineequation> y así
-sucesivamente, <replaceable>n</replaceable> veces.
+<para>Produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más cercano posible al
+especificado. La forma <literal>*</literal>&#160;produce un círculo relleno.
+</para>
+<para>Esto dibuja un círculo de radio 6, centrado en <literal>(5,7)</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\put(5,7){\circle{6}}
+</screen>
+<para>Los radios disponibles para <literal>\circle</literal> son, en puntos, los números
+pares del 2 al 20, ambos inclusive. Para <literal>\circle*</literal> son todos
+los números enteros del 1 al 15.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.11" id="_005coval">
+<sect2 label="8.19.10" id="_005coval">
<title><literal>\oval</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oval</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\oval(<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>,<replaceable>alto</replaceable>)[<replaceable>porción</replaceable>]
+<screen>\oval(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>)
+\oval(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>)[<replaceable>portion</replaceable>]
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\oval</literal> produce un rectángulo con esquinas
-redondeadas. El argumento opcional <replaceable>porción</replaceable> le permite seleccionar
-la parte del óvalo vía las siguientes letras:
+<para>Produce un rectángulo con esquinas redondeadas, en lo sucesivo
+denominado <firstterm>oval</firstterm>. El argumento opcional <replaceable>portion</replaceable> te permite
+producir sólo la mitad o un cuarto del óvalo. Para medio óvalo toma
+<replaceable>portion</replaceable> para que sea uno de estos.
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>selecciona la parte superior;
+</term><listitem><para>mitad superior (top)
</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>selecciona la parte inferior;
+</term><listitem><para>mitad inferior (bottom)
</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>selecciona la parte derecha;
+</term><listitem><para>mitad derecha (right)
</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>selecciona la parte izquierda.
+</term><listitem><para>mitad izquierda (left)
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Las &#8220;esquinas&#8221; del óvalo se hacen con cuartos de círculo con un radio
-máximo de 20pt, por lo tanto los &#8220;óvalos&#8221; grandes se parecen más
-a cajas con esquinas redondeadas.
+<para>Produce solo un cuarto del óvalo configurando en <replaceable>portion</replaceable> en
+<literal>tr</literal>, <literal>br</literal>, <literal>bl</literal> o <literal>tl</literal>.
</para>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.12" id="_005cput">
-<title><literal>\put</literal></title>
-
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\put</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para><literal>\put(<replaceable>xcoord</replaceable>,<replaceable>ycoord</replaceable>){ ... }</literal>
+<para>Esto dibuja la mitad superior de un óvalo de 3 de ancho y 7 de alto.
+</para>
+<screen>\put(5,7){\oval(3,7)[t]}
+</screen>
+<para>El (5,7) es el centro de todo el óvalo, no solo el centro de la mitad
+superior.
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\put</literal> coloca el elemento especificado por el
-argumento obligatorio en las coordenadas <replaceable>xcoord</replaceable> e
-<replaceable>ycoord</replaceable> proporcionadas.
+<para>Estas formas no son elipses. Son rectángulos cuyas esquinas están
+hechas con cuartos de círculo. Estos círculos tienen un radio máximo
+de 20pt (véase <link linkend="_005ccircle">\circle</link> para los tamaños). Por lo tanto, los
+óvalos grandes son solo Marcos con una pequeña cantidad de esquinas
+redondeadas.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.13" id="_005cshortstack">
+<sect2 label="8.19.11" id="_005cshortstack">
<title><literal>\shortstack</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\shortstack</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\shortstack[<replaceable>posición</replaceable>]{...\\...\\...}
+<screen>\shortstack[<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>line 1</replaceable> \\ ... }
+</screen>
+<para>Produce una pila vertical de objetos.
+</para>
+<para>Esto etiqueta el eje <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> escribiendo la palabra &#8216;<literal><inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation></literal>&#8217;
+arriba de la palabra &#8216;<literal>eje</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % eje x
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y
+ \put(-0.2,2){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ ejes}}}
+\end{picture}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\shortstack</literal> produce un montón de objetos. Las
-posiciones válidas son:
+<para>Para una pila pequeña, el punto de referencia es la parte inferior
+izquierda de la pila. En el ejemplo anterior, el <literal>\makebox</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</link>) pone la pila se alinea a la derecha en un
+cuadro de ancho cero, por lo que en total la pila corta se encuentra
+ligeramente a la izquierda del eje&#160;<inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</para>
+<para>Los puestos válidos son:
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve los objetos a la derecha de la pila.
+</term><listitem><para>Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la derecha
</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve los objetos a la izquierda de la pila
+</term><listitem><para>Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la izquierda
</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve los objetos hacia el centro de la pila (predeterminado)
+</term><listitem><para>Centra objetos (predeterminado)
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para objetos <literal>\shortstack</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Los objetos son separados con <literal>\\</literal>.
+<para>Separa los objetos en líneas con <literal>\\</literal>. Estas pilas son cortas en
+que, a diferencia de un entorno <literal>tabular</literal> o <literal>array</literal>, aquí
+las filas no están espaciadas para tener saltos de línea base
+uniformes. Así, en <literal>\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}</literal> la primera y la
+última fila son más altas que los dos medios, y por lo tanto la línea
+base salta entre los dos medios filas es más pequeña que la que hay
+entre la tercera y la última fila. Puedes ajustar las alturas y
+profundidades de las filas ya sea colocando la interlínea habitual
+espaciado con <literal>\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>), o explícitamente, a través de un cuadro de ancho
+cero <literal>\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}</literal> o
+mediante el uso opcional de <literal>\\</literal> argumento
+<literal>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\shortstack</literal> también está disponible fuera del
+entorno <literal>picture</literal>.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.19.14" id="_005cvector">
+<sect2 label="8.19.12" id="_005cvector">
<title><literal>\vector</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vector</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<!-- vincentb1 20140824 please replace @comma{} by , when accepting @vincentb macro -->
-<!-- vincentb1, also @backslashchar{} can be replaced by \ -->
-<screen>&#92;vector(<replaceable>declivex</replaceable>&#44;<replaceable>declivey</replaceable>){<replaceable>longitud</replaceable>}
+<screen>\vector(<replaceable>x_run</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>){<replaceable>travel</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\vector</literal> dibuja una línea con una flecha de la
-longitud y declive especificados. Los valores
-<inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>declivex</replaceable></mathphrase></inlineequation> i <inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>declivey</replaceable></mathphrase></inlineequation> deben
-estar entre &#8722;4 y +4 incluido.
+<para>Dibuja una línea que termine en una flecha. La pendiente de esa recta
+es: sube verticalmente <replaceable>y_rise</replaceable> por cada <replaceable>x_run</replaceable> horizontal.
+Los <replaceable>travel</replaceable> es el cambio horizontal total &#8212; no es la longitud
+del vector, es el cambio en <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation>. En el caso especial de vectores
+verticales, si (<replaceable>x_run</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>)=(0,1), entonces <replaceable>travel</replaceable>
+da el cambio en <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</para>
+<para>Para ver un ejemplo, <link linkend="picture">picture</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener más detalles sobre <replaceable>x_run</replaceable> y <replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>, consulta
+<link linkend="_005cline">\line</link>. Como allí, los valores de <replaceable>x_run</replaceable> y <replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>
+están limitados. Para <literal>\vector</literal> debes elegir números enteros
+entre &#8722;4 y 4, inclusive. Además, los dos que elijas deben ser
+relativamente primos. De este modo, <literal>\vector(2,1){4}</literal> es
+aceptable pero <literal>\vector(4,2){4}</literal> no es (si usas este último,
+obtendrás una secuencia de puntas de flecha).
</para>
</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.20" id="quotation">
-<title><literal>quotation</literal></title>
+<sect2 label="8.19.13" id="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">
+<title><literal>\makebox</literal> (picture)</title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>quotation</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>quotation</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mostrando texto citado con sangría de párrafo</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangrías de párrafo en texto citado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makebox (para <literal>picture</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\begin{quotation}
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable>
-\end{quotation}
+<screen>\makebox(<replaceable>rec-width</replaceable>,<replaceable>rec-height</replaceable>){<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\makebox(<replaceable>rec-width</replaceable>,<replaceable>rec-height</replaceable>)[<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>A los márgenes del entorno <literal>quotation</literal> se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
+<para>Hace un cuadro para contener <replaceable>text</replaceable>. Este comando encaja con el
+entorno <literal>picture</literal>, aunque los puedes usar fuera de allí, porque
+<replaceable>rec-width</replaceable> y <replaceable>rec-height</replaceable> son números que especifican
+distancias en términos de <literal>\unitlength</literal> (véase <link linkend="picture">picture</link>). Este
+comando es similar al comando <literal>\makebox</literal> normal (véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y
+\makebox</link>), excepto que aquí debes especificar el ancho y el alto.
+Este el comando es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto hace una caja de longitud 3.5 veces <literal>\unitlength</literal> y altura 4
+veces <literal>\unitlength</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}
+</screen>
+<para>El argumento opcional <literal><replaceable>position</replaceable></literal> especifica dónde aparece
+el <replaceable>text</replaceable> en el cuadro. El valor predeterminado es centrarlo,
+tanto horizontal como verticalmente. Para colocarlo en otro lugar,
+usa una cadena con una o dos de estas letras.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Pone <replaceable>text</replaceable> en la parte superior de la caja.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Pone <replaceable>text</replaceable> en la parte inferior.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Pone el <replaceable>text</replaceable> a la izquierda.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Pone el <replaceable>text</replaceable> a la derecha.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="8.19.14" id="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">
+<title><literal>\framebox</literal> (picture)</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\framebox(<replaceable>rec-width</replaceable>,<replaceable>rec-height</replaceable>){<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\framebox(<replaceable>rec-width</replaceable>,<replaceable>rec-height</replaceable>)[<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Esto es lo mismo que <link linkend="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</link> excepto que pone un
+marco alrededor del exterior de la caja que crea. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. Este comando
+encaja con el entorno <literal>picture</literal>, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de
+allí, porque las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia
+en términos de <literal>\unitlength</literal> (véase <link linkend="picture">picture</link>). Este comando es
+frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo crea un marco de 2.5&#160;pulgadas por 3&#160;pulgadas y
+coloca el texto en el centro.
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}
+\framebox(2.5,3){test text}
+</screen>
+<para>Los argumentos requeridos son que el rectángulo tiene un ancho total
+de <replaceable>rect-width</replaceable> unidades y una altura de <replaceable>rect-height</replaceable>
+unidades.
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <literal>quote</literal>, cada párrafo normalmente tiene
-sangría.
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>position</replaceable> especifica la posición de
+<replaceable>text</replaceable>; <link linkend="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</link> para los valores que puede tomar.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La regla tiene <literal>\fboxrule</literal> de grosor y hay un espacio en blanco
+<literal>\fboxsep</literal> entre el marco y el contenido de la caja.
</para>
+<para>Para este comando, debes especificar <replaceable>width</replaceable> y <replaceable>height</replaceable>. Si
+solo quieres poner un marco alrededor de algún contenido cuya
+dimensión está determinada de alguna otra manera, entonces usa
+<literal>\fbox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</link>) o <literal>\frame</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cframe">\frame</link>).
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="8.19.15" id="_005cframe">
+<title><literal>\frame</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frame</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\frame{<replaceable>contenido</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Pone un marco rectangular alrededor de <replaceable>content</replaceable>. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. En contraste
+con <literal>\framebox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</link>), este comando no
+pone espacio adicional entre el marco y el objeto. es frágil
+(véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="8.19.16" id="_005cdashbox">
+<title><literal>\dashbox</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dashbox</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\dashbox{<replaceable>dash-len</replaceable>}(<replaceable>rect-width</replaceable>,<replaceable>rect-height</replaceable>){<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\dashbox{<replaceable>dash-len</replaceable>}(<replaceable>rect-width</replaceable>,<replaceable>rect-height</replaceable>)[<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Crea un rectángulo punteado alrededor de <replaceable>text</replaceable>. Este comando
+encaja con el entorno <literal>picture</literal>, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de
+allí, porque las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia
+en términos de <literal>\unitlength</literal> (véase <link linkend="picture">picture</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos requeridos son: los guiones son <replaceable>dash-len</replaceable> unidades
+de largo, con el mismo espacio de longitud, y el rectángulo tiene un
+ancho total de <replaceable>rect-width</replaceable> unidades y una altura de
+<replaceable>rect-height</replaceable> unidades.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>position</replaceable> especifica la posición de
+<replaceable>text</replaceable>; <link linkend="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</link> para los valores que puede tomar.
+</para>
+<para>Esto muestra que puedes usar un valor no entero para <replaceable>dash-len</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<screen>\put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){Mi aerodeslizador está lleno de
+anguilas.}}
+</screen>
+<para>Cada guión tendrá una longitud de <literal>0.1\unitlength</literal>, el ancho del
+cuadro es <literal>5\unitlength</literal> y su altura es <literal>0.5\unitlength</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Como en ese ejemplo, un cuadro discontinuo se ve mejor cuando
+<replaceable>rect-width</replaceable> y <replaceable>rect-height</replaceable> son múltiplos de <replaceable>dash-len</replaceable>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.21" id="quote">
-<title><literal>quote</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="8.20" id="comillas-y-citas">
+<title><literal>quotation</literal> y <literal>quote</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="quotation"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>quotation</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>quotation</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mostrar texto citado con sangría de párrafo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría de párrafo en el texto citado</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="quote"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>quote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>quote</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>quote</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>quote</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mostrando texto citado sin sangría de párrafo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mostrar texto citado sin sangría de párrafo</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<screen>\begin{quotation}
+ <replaceable>text</replaceable>
+\end{quotation}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
<screen>\begin{quote}
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable>
+ <replaceable>text</replaceable>
\end{quote}
</screen>
-<para>A los márgenes del entorno <literal>quote</literal> se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
-</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <literal>quotation</literal>, a los párrafos no se les
-aplica una sangría.
-</para>
+<para>Incluye una comilla. Ambos entornos sangran los márgenes en ambos
+lados por <literal>\leftmargin</literal> y el texto está justificado a la derecha.
+</para>
+<para>Se diferencian en cómo tratan los párrafos. En el entorno
+<literal>quotation</literal>, los párrafos tienen una sangría de 1.5em y el
+espacio entre párrafos es pequeño, <literal>0pt plus 1pt</literal>. En el entorno
+<literal>quote</literal>, los párrafos no tienen sangría y hay espacio vertical
+entre párrafos (es la longitud elástica <literal>\parsep</literal>).
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{quotation} \smallskip\it
+ Hace cuatro veintenas y siete años
+ ... no se pierde de la tierra.
+ \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln
+\end{quotation}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.22" id="tabbing">
+<sect1 label="8.21" id="tabbing">
<title><literal>tabbing</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>tabbing</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>tabbing</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tabulaciones, utilizando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alineando texto en columnas con tabulaciones</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alineando a través de tabulación</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- xx TODO se alinea con el francés, que es más preciso y tiene -->
+<!-- ejemplos más ilustrativos. -->
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>tabbing</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>tabbing</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tabulaciones, usando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alinear el texto usando tabulaciones</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alineación mediante tabulación</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{tabbing}
-<replaceable>fila1col1</replaceable> \= <replaceable>fila1col2</replaceable> \= <replaceable>fila1col3</replaceable> \= <replaceable>fila1col4</replaceable> \\
-<replaceable>fila2col1</replaceable> \&gt; \&gt; <replaceable>fila2col3</replaceable> \\
+<replaceable>row1col1</replaceable> \= <replaceable>row1col2</replaceable> ... \\
+<replaceable>row2col1</replaceable> \&gt; <replaceable>row2col2</replaceable> ... \\
...
\end{tabbing}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>tabbing</literal> proporciona una manera de alinear el texto en
-columnas. Funciona mediante el establecimiento de tabuladores y
-tabulación tanto como si se hubiera hecho en una máquina de escribir
-común. Es el más adecuado para los casos en que el ancho de cada
-columna es constante y conocido de antemano.
+<para>Alinea el texto en columnas, configurando tabulaciones y tabulando en
+ellas tanto como fue posible en una máquina de escribir. Esto se usa
+con menos frecuencia que los entornos <literal>tabular</literal> (véase <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>)
+o <literal>array</literal> (véase <link linkend="array">array</link>) porque en esos, el ancho de cada
+columna no necesita ser constante y no es necesario conocerlo de
+antemano.
</para>
-<para>Este entorno se puede dividir en varias páginas, a diferencia del
-entorno <literal>tabular</literal>.
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene una primera línea donde las tabulaciones se
+establecen en anchos explícitos, terminados por un comando
+<literal>\kill</literal> (que se describe a continuación):
</para>
-<para>Las siguientes instrucciones se pueden utilizar dentro de un entorno
-<literal>tabbing</literal>:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ tabbing</primary></indexterm><literal>\\ tabbing</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Final de línea.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\= (tabbing)</primary></indexterm><literal>\= (tabbing)</literal>
+<screen>\begin{tabbing}
+\hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill
+Ship \&gt;Armas \&gt;Año \\
+\textit{Sophie} \&gt;14 \&gt;1800 \\
+\textit{Polychrest} \&gt;24 \&gt;1803 \\
+\textit{Lively} \&gt;38 \&gt;1804 \\
+\textit{Surprise} \&gt;28 \&gt;1805 \\
+\end{tabbing}
+</screen>
+<para>Tanto el entorno <literal>tabbing</literal> como el entorno más utilizado
+<literal>tabular</literal> ponen el texto en columnas. La más importante
+distinción es que en <literal>tabular</literal> el ancho de las columnas &latex;
+lo determina automáticamente, mientras que en <literal>tabbing</literal> el
+usuario establece las paradas de tabulación. Otra distinción es que
+ese <literal>tabular</literal> genera un cuadro, pero <literal>tabbing</literal> se puede a
+dividir en páginas. Finalmente, mientras que <literal>tabular</literal> se puede
+usar en cualquier modo, <literal>tabbing</literal> se puede usar solo en modo
+párrafo y siempre comienza un nuevo párrafo, sin sangría.
+</para>
+<para>Además, como se muestra en el ejemplo anterior, no es necesario para
+usar la forma destacada del comando <literal>\hspace</literal> al principio de una
+fila tabulada. El margen derecho del entorno <literal>tabbing</literal> es el
+final de la línea, de modo que el ancho del entorno sea
+<literal>\linewidth</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fila, tabbing</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El entorno <literal>tabbing</literal> contiene una secuencia de <firstterm>filas
+tabuladas</firstterm>. La primera fila tabulada comienza inmediatamente después
+<literal>\begin{tabbing}</literal> y cada fila termina con <literal>\\</literal> o
+<literal>\kill</literal>. La última fila puede omitir el <literal>\\</literal> y terminar con
+solo <literal>\end{tabbing}</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>patrón, tabulaciones actuales, tabbing</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En cualquier punto, el entorno <literal>tabbing</literal> tiene un <firstterm>patrón</firstterm> de
+tabulación actual, una secuencia de tabulaciones <inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>n</replaceable> &gt; 0</mathphrase></inlineequation>,
+numeradas 0, 1, etc. Estos crean <replaceable>n</replaceable> columnas correspondientes.
+Tabulaciones&#160;0 siempre es el margen izquierdo, definido por el
+entorno envolvente. Tabulación número&#160;<replaceable>i</replaceable> se establece si se
+le asigna una posición horizontal en la página. Número de
+tabulación&#160;<replaceable>i</replaceable> solo se puede establecer si todas las paradas
+0, &#8230;, <inlineequation><mathphrase>i-1</mathphrase></inlineequation> ya se han configurado; normalmente las paradas
+posteriores están a la derecha de las anteriores.
+</para>
+<para>De forma predeterminada, cualquier texto compuesto en un entorno
+<literal>tabbing</literal> está compuesto alineado de forma irregular a la derecha
+y a la izquierda en la tabulación actual. La composición tipográfica
+está hecha en modo LR (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro de un entorno
+<literal>tabbing</literal>. Todos son frágiles (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (tabulación)</primary></indexterm><literal>\\ (tabulación)</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Termina una línea tabulada y la compone.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\= (tabulación)</primary></indexterm><literal>\= (tabulación)</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Establece una tabulación en la posición actual.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\&gt; (tabbing)</primary></indexterm><literal>\&gt; (tabbing)</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\&gt; (tabulación)</primary></indexterm><literal>\&gt; (tabulación)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\&gt;</primary></indexterm>
<para>Avanza a la siguiente tabulación.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\&lt;</primary></indexterm><literal>\&lt;</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Coloca el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin necesidad
-de cambiar el margen). Sólo se puede usar al comienzo de la línea.
+</term><listitem><para>Pone el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin cambiar
+el margen). Solo se puede utilizar al principio de la línea.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\+</primary></indexterm><literal>\+</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve hacia la derecha el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todas las
-subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, empezando la línea de
-tabulación, de ser necesario.
+</term><listitem><para>Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+comandos una tabulación a la derecha, comenzando la línea tabulada si
+es necesario.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\-</primary></indexterm><literal>\-</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve el margen izquierdo hacia la izquierda de la siguiente y todas las
-subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, comenzando con la línea de
-tabulación si es necesario.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\' (tabbing)</primary></indexterm><literal>\' (tabbing)</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Mueve todo lo que ha escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es decir,
-cualquier cosa desde la instrucción <literal>\&gt;</literal>, <literal>\&lt;</literal>, <literal>\'</literal>,
-<literal>\\</literal> o <literal>\kill</literal> más reciente, a la derecha de la columna
-anterior, a ras de la tabulación de la columna actual.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\` (tabbing)</primary></indexterm><literal>\` (tabbing)</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Permite poner texto alineado a la derecha contra cualquier tabulación,
-incluyendo la tabulación&#160;0. Sin embargo, no puede mover el texto a
-la derecha de la última columna porque allí no hay tabulación. La
-instrucción <literal>\`</literal> mueve todo el texto que le sigue, hasta la
-instrucción <literal>\\</literal> o <literal>\end{tabbing}</literal> que termina la línea, al
-margen derecho del entorno tabbing. No debe haber instrucción <literal>\&gt;</literal>
-o <literal>\'</literal> entre el <literal>\`</literal> y la instrucción que termina la línea.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a (tabbing)</primary></indexterm><literal>\a (tabbing)</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+comandos una tabulación a la izquierda, comenzando la línea tabulada
+si es necesario.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\' (tabulación)</primary></indexterm><literal>\' (tabulación)</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Mueve todo lo que hayas escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es
+decir, todo, desde el comando <literal>\&gt;</literal> más reciente, <literal>\&lt;</literal>,
+<literal>\'</literal>, <literal>\\</literal>, o <literal>\kill</literal>, a la columna anterior y alineado
+a la derecha, al ras contra la tabulación de la columna actual.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\` (tabulación)</primary></indexterm><literal>\` (tabulación)</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Te permite poner el texto al ras contra cualquier tabulación,
+incluidas las tabulaciones&#160;0. Sin embargo, no puedes mover el
+texto a la derecha de la última columna porque no hay una tabulación
+allí. El comando <literal>\`</literal> mueve todo el texto que le sigue, hasta el
+comando <literal>\\</literal> o <literal>\end{tabbing}</literal> que finaliza la línea, al
+margen derecho del entorno <literal>tabbing</literal>. No debe haber ningún
+comando <literal>\&gt;</literal> o <literal>\'</literal> entre <literal>\`</literal> y <literal>\\</literal> o
+<literal>\end{tabbing}</literal> que finaliza la línea.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a (tabulación)</primary></indexterm><literal>\a (tabulación)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a' (acento agudo en tabulación)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a` (acento grave en tabulación)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a= (acento macrón en tabbing)</primary></indexterm>
-<para>En un entorno <literal>tabbing</literal>, las instrucciones <literal>\=</literal>, <literal>\'</literal> y
-<literal>\`</literal> no producen acentos en la manera usual (véase <link linkend="Acentos">Acentos</link>). En
-su lugar, se utilizan estas instrucciones <literal>\a=</literal>, <literal>\a'</literal> y
-<literal>\a`</literal>.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a= (acento macrón en tabulación)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En un entorno <literal>tabbing</literal>, los comandos <literal>\=</literal>, <literal>\'</literal> y
+<literal>\`</literal> no produce acentos como de costumbre (véase <link linkend="Acentos">Acentos</link>). En
+cambio, usa los comandos <literal>\a=</literal>, <literal>\a'</literal> y <literal>\a`</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\kill</primary></indexterm><literal>\kill</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Fija una tabulación sin producir texto. Trabaja igual que <literal>\\</literal>
-salvo que esta desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir algo útil.
-El efecto de cualquier instrucción <literal>\=</literal>, <literal>\+</literal> o <literal>\-</literal> en
-esa línea seguirá en vigor.
+</term><listitem><para>Establece tabulaciones sin producir texto. Funciona igual que
+<literal>\\</literal> excepto que desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir una
+salida para ella. Cualquier comando <literal>\=</literal>, <literal>\+</literal> o <literal>\-</literal>
+en esa línea permanece en efecto.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\poptabs</primary></indexterm><literal>\poptabs</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\poptabs</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Restaura las posiciones de tabulación salvadas por la última
+<para>Restaura las posiciones de tabulación guardadas por el último
<literal>\pushtabs</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pushtabs</primary></indexterm><literal>\pushtabs</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para cambiar
-temporalmente las posiciones de tabulación en medio de un entorno
+</term><listitem><para>Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para cambiar
+temporalmente posiciones de tabulación en medio de un entorno
<literal>tabbing</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tabbingsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\tabbingsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Distancia a la izquierda de la tabulación movida por <literal>\'</literal>.
+</term><listitem><para>Distancia del texto movido por <literal>\'</literal> a la izquierda de la
+tabulación actual.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>En este ejemplo se compone tipográficamente una función de Pascal en el
-formato tradicional:
+<para>Este ejemplo compone una función de Pascal:
</para>
<screen>\begin{tabbing}
function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
\&gt; begin \= \+ \\
- \&gt; if \= n $&gt;$ 1 then \+ \\
+ \&gt; if \= n &gt; 1 then \+ \\
fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
else \+ \\
fact := 1; \-\- \\
end;\\
\end{tabbing}
</screen>
+<para>La salida se ve así.
+</para>
+<screen>function fact(n : integer) : integer;
+ begin
+ if n &gt; 1 then
+ fact := n * fact(n-1);
+ else
+ fact := 1;
+ end;
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>algorithm2e</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>algorithm2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>listings</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>listings</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>minted</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>minted</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fancyvrb</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fancyvrb</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Este ejemplo es solo para ilustrar el entorno. En realidad escribir
+código de ordenador en una máquina de escribir como esta, un entorno
+textual (véase <link linkend="verbatim">verbatim</link>) normalmente sería lo mejor. Para un código
+bien impreso, hay unos cuantos paquetes, incluido
+<literal>algorithm2e</literal>, <literal>fancyvrb</literal>, <literal>listings</literal> y
+<literal>minted</literal>.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.23" id="table">
+<sect1 label="8.22" id="table">
<title><literal>table</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>table</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>table</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tablas, creando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>creando tablas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>table</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>table</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tablas, crear</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>crear tablas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen> \begin{table}[ubicación]
-
- cuerpo de la tabla
-
- \caption{título de la tabla}
- \end{table}
+<screen>\begin{table}[<replaceable>ubicación</replaceable>]
+ <replaceable>cuerpo de la tabla</replaceable>
+ \caption[<replaceable>loftitle</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>} % opcional
+ \label{<replaceable>label}</replaceable> % también opcional
+\end{table}
</screen>
-<para>Las tablas son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y por lo
-general &#8220;flotan&#8221; a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de una
-página. Las tablas no se dividen en dos páginas.
-</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional <literal>[ubicación]</literal> determina dónde &latex; trata
-de colocar su tabla. Hay cuatro lugares donde &latex;, posiblemente,
-pueda colocar un flotante:; estos son los mismo que los utilizados con
-el entorno <literal>figure</literal>, y se describen allí (véase <link linkend="figure">figure</link>).
-</para>
-<para>Las clases <literal>report</literal> y <literal>article</literal> estándar utilizan la ubicación
-<literal>[tbp]</literal> predeterminada.
+<para>Una clase de flotantes (véase <link linkend="Flotantes">Flotantes</link>). No se pueden dividir en
+páginas por lo que no se escriben en secuencia con el texto normal,
+sino que en su lugar flotan a un lugar conveniente, como la parte
+superior de una página siguiente.
+</para>
+<para>Este entorno <literal>table</literal> de ejemplo contiene un <literal>tabular</literal>
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{table}
+ \centering\small
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Autor}}
+ &amp;\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Pieza}} \\ \hline
+ Bach &amp;Cello Suite Número 1 \\
+ Beethoven &amp;Cello Sonata Número 3 \\
+ Brahms &amp;Cello Sonata Número 1
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Las mejores piezas de violonchelo}
+ \label{tab:cello}
+\end{table}
+</screen>
+<para>pero puedes poner muchos tipos diferentes de contenido en una
+<literal>tabla</literal>: el <replaceable>cuerpo de la tabla</replaceable> puede contener texto,
+comandos de &latex;, gráficos, etc. Es tipografiado en un
+<literal>parbox</literal> de ancho <literal>\textwidth</literal>.
</para>
-<para>El cuerpo de la tabla se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-&latex;, etc., que usted desee. La instrucción <literal>\caption</literal> le
-permite colocar un título a su tabla.
+<para>Para los posibles valores de <replaceable>placement</replaceable> y su efecto en el
+algoritmo de colocación de flotantes, <link linkend="Flotantes">Flotantes</link>.
</para>
+<para>La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas
+(véase <link linkend="Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</link>).
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm>
+El comando <literal>\caption</literal> también es opcional. Especifica texto del
+título <replaceable>title</replaceable> para la tabla (véase <link linkend="_005ccaption">\caption</link>). De manera
+predeterminada es numerado. Si su <replaceable>lottitle</replaceable> opcional está
+presente, entonces ese texto se utiliza en la lista de tablas en lugar
+de <replaceable>title</replaceable> (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</link>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la tabla y el título flotarán en la parte inferior de
+una página, a menos que se empuje a una página flotante al final.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{table}[b]
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|p{2in}} \hline
+ Uno &amp;El número loneliest \\
+ Dos &amp;Puede estar tan triste como uno.
+ Es el número más solitario desde el número uno.
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Virtud cardinal}
+ \label{tab:CardinalVirtues}
+\end{table}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.24" id="tabular">
+<sect1 label="8.23" id="tabular">
<title><literal>tabular</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>tabular</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>tabular</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>tabular</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>tabular</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>líneas en tablas</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alineando texto en tablas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\begin{tabular}[ubicación]{columnas}
-columna 1 entrada &amp; columna 2 entrada ... &amp; columna n entrada n \\
-...
+<screen>\begin{tabular}[<replaceable>pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>entrada de columna 1</replaceable> &amp;<replaceable>entrada de columna 2</replaceable>
+ ...
+ &amp;<replaceable>entrada de columna n</replaceable> \\
+ ...
\end{tabular}
</screen>
<para>o
</para>
-<screen>\begin{tabular*}{ancho}[posición]{columnas}
-columna 1 entrada &amp; columna 2 entrada ... &amp; columna n entrada n \\
-...
+<screen>\begin{tabular*}{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}[<replaceable>pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>entrada de columna 1</replaceable> &amp;<replaceable>entrada de columna 2</replaceable>
+ ...
+ &amp;<replaceable>entrada de columna n</replaceable> \\
+ ...
\end{tabular*}
</screen>
-<para>Estos entornos producen una caja consiste de una secuencia de filas de
-elementos, alineadas verticalmente en columnas.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ para <literal>tabular</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>Se debe utilizar <literal>\\</literal> para especificar el final de cada fila de la
-tabla, salvo por la última, en que esta es opcional &#8212;a menos que le
-siga una instrucción <literal>\hline</literal> (para colocar una raya bajo la
-tabla).
-</para>
-<para>Los argumentos obligatorios y opcionales consisten de:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>ancho</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Especifica la anchura del entorno <literal>tabular*</literal>. Este debe tener
-espacio entre las columnas que se puede estirar para llenar el ancho
-especificado.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>posición</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Especifica la posición vertical; de manera predeterminada
-alinea al centro el entorno.
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>alineado en la fila superior
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>alineado en la fila inferior
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>columnas</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Especifica el formato de columna. Este consiste en una secuencia de los
-siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a la secuencia de columnas
-y el material intercolumna.
-</para>
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
+<para>Produce una tabla, una caja que consta de una secuencia de filas
+horizontales. Cada fila consta de elementos alineados verticalmente
+en columnas. Este ilustra muchas de las características.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textit{Nombre del jugador} &amp;\textit{Carrera de jonrones} \\
+ \hline
+ Hank Aarón &amp;755 \\
+ nena Ruth &amp;714
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>La salida tendrá dos columnas alineadas a la izquierda con una barra
+vertical entre ellos. Esto se especifica en el argumento
+<literal>{l|l}</literal> de <literal>tabular</literal>.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>&amp; (para celdas de tabla)</primary></indexterm>
+Coloca las entradas en diferentes columnas separándolas con un
+ampersand, <literal>&amp;</literal>. El final de cada fila está marcado con una doble
+barra invertida, <literal>\\</literal>. Pone una regla horizontal debajo de una
+fila, después de una doble barra invertida, con <literal>\hline</literal>.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>tabular</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+Después de la última fila, las <literal>\\</literal> son opcionales, a menos que
+un <literal>\hline</literal> siga el comando para poner una regla debajo de la
+tabla.
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos requeridos y opcionales para <literal>tabular</literal> consisten
+en:
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>pos</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Opcional. Especifica la posición vertical de la tabla. El valor
+predeterminado es alinear la tabla para que su centro vertical
+coincida con la línea base del texto circundante. Hay otras dos
+posibles alineaciones: <literal>t</literal> alinea la tabla para que su fila
+superior coincida con la línea base del texto circundante y <literal>b</literal>
+se alinea en la fila inferior.
+</para>
+<para>Esto solo tiene efecto si hay otro texto. En el caso común de un
+<literal>tabular</literal> solo en un entorno <literal>center</literal> esta opción no hace
+ninguna diferencia.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>cols</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Requerido. Especifica el formato de las columnas. Consiste en una
+secuencia de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a los
+tipos de material de columna e intercolumna.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
</term><listitem><para>Una columna de elementos alineados a la izquierda.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal>
@@ -2441,327 +7190,755 @@ y el material intercolumna.
</term><listitem><para>Una columna de elementos centrados.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>|</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Una línea vertical que llena la altura y profundidad total del entorno.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>@{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Esta inserta <replaceable>texto</replaceable> en cada fila. Una @-expresión suprime el
-espacio intercolumnas insertado normalmente entre columnas; cualquier
-espacio deseado entre el texto insertado y los elementos adyacentes se
-deberá incluir en <replaceable>texto</replaceable>. Una instrucción
-<literal>\extracolsep{ancho}</literal> en una @-expresión provoca que aparezca un
-espacio extra de ancho <literal>ancho</literal> a la izquierda de todas las columnas
-subsecuentes, hasta que se anule por otra instrucción
-<literal>\extracolsep</literal>. A diferencia del espacio intercolumna ordinario,
-este espacio adicional no se suprime por una @-expresión. Una
-instrucción <literal>\extracolsep</literal> únicamente se pude utilizar en una
-@-expresión en el argumento <literal>columnas</literal>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p{<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Produce una columna con cada elemento compuesto tipográficamente en una
-parbox de ancho <replaceable>ancho</replaceable>, como si fuera el argumento de una
-instrucción <literal>\parbox[t]{<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>}</literal>. Sin embargo, una
-<literal>\\</literal> en el elemento no puede, salvo en las siguientes situaciones:
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>Dentro de un entorno como <literal>minipage</literal>, <literal>array</literal> o
-<literal>tabular</literal>.
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>Dentro de una <literal>\parbox</literal> explícita.
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>En el alcance de una declaración <literal>\centering</literal>, <literal>\raggedright</literal>
-o <literal>\raggedleft</literal>. La última declaración debe aparecer dentro de
-llaves o un entorno cuando se utiliza en un elemento <literal>p</literal>-columna.
-</para></listitem></orderedlist>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>*{<replaceable>número</replaceable>}{<replaceable>columnas</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Equivalente a <replaceable>número</replaceable> de copias de <replaceable>columnas</replaceable>, donde
-<replaceable>número</replaceable> es un entero positivo y <replaceable>columnas</replaceable> es cualquier lista
-de especificadores de columna, la cual puede contener otra
-<literal>*-expresión</literal>.
+</term><listitem><para>Una línea vertical de la altura y la profundidad completas del
+entorno.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>@{<replaceable>texto o espacio</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Inserta <replaceable>texto o espacio</replaceable> en esta ubicación en cada fila. El
+material <replaceable>texto o espacio</replaceable> está compuesto en modo LR. Este texto
+es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Si entre dos especificadores de columna no hay una @-expresión,
+entonces las clases <literal>book</literal>, <literal>article</literal> y <literal>report</literal> de
+&latex; ponen a cada lado de cada columna un espacio de ancho
+<literal>\tabcolsep</literal>, que de manera predeterminada es 6pt. Es
+decir, de manera predeterminada las columnas adyacentes se separan con
+12pt (por lo que <literal>\tabcolsep</literal> tiene un nombre engañoso ya
+que es solo la mitad de la separación entre columnas tabulares).
+Además, un espacio de <literal>\tabcolsep</literal> también viene antes de la
+primera columna y después de la columna final, a menos que coloques
+una <literal>@{...}</literal> allí.
+</para>
+<para>Si redefines el valor predeterminado y usas una @-expresión, entonces
+&latex; no inserta <literal>\tabcolsep</literal> por lo que debes insertar
+cualquier espacio deseado tú mismo, como en
+<literal>@{\hspace{1em}}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Una expresión <literal>@{}</literal> vacía eliminará el espacio. En particular,
+a veces deseas eliminar el espacio antes de la primera columna o
+después de la última, como en el siguiente ejemplo donde las líneas
+tabulares deben estar en el margen izquierdo.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<screen>\begin{flushleft}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+ ...
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+</screen>
+<para>El siguiente ejemplo muestra texto, un punto decimal entre las
+columnas, dispuestas de forma que los números de la tabla queden
+alineados en ella.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{r@{$.$}l}
+ $3$ &amp;$14$ \\
+ $9$ &amp;$80665$
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<anchor id="_005cextracolsep"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\extracolsep</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un comando <literal>\extracolsep{<replaceable>wd</replaceable>}</literal> en una expresión @ provoca
+un espacio adicional de ancho <replaceable>wd</replaceable> para que aparezca a la
+izquierda de todas las subsiguientes columnas, hasta que sea revocado
+por otro <literal>\extracolsep</literal>. A diferencia del espacio entre columnas
+ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime por una @-expresión.
+Un comando <literal>\extracolsep</literal> solo se puede usar en una @-expresión
+en el argumento <literal>cols</literal>. A continuación, &latex; inserta la
+cantidad correcta de espacios entre columnas para que toda la tabla
+tenga 4 pulgadas de ancho.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular*}{4in}{l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}l}
+ Siete veces abajo, ocho veces arriba \ldots
+ &amp;¡así es la vida!
+\end{tabular*}
+</screen>
+<para>Para insertar comandos que se ejecutan automáticamente antes de una
+determinada columna, carga el paquete <literal>array</literal> y usa el
+especificador <literal>&gt;{...}</literal>.
+<!-- xx se deberían explicar completamente array, tabularx y todos los -->
+<!-- demás paquetes base... -->
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p{<replaceable>wd</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Cada elemento de la columna se escribe en un parbox de ancho <replaceable>wd</replaceable>,
+como si fuera el argumento de un comando
+<literal>\parbox[t]{wd}{...}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Un salto de línea de doble barra invertida <literal>\\</literal> puede no aparecer
+en el elemento, excepto dentro de un entorno como <literal>minipage</literal>,
+<literal>array</literal> o <literal>tabular</literal>, o dentro de un <literal>\parbox</literal>
+explícito, o en el entorno de una declaración <literal>\centering</literal>,
+<literal>\raggedright</literal> o <literal>\raggedleft</literal> (cuando se usa en un elemento
+de columna <literal>p</literal>, estas declaraciones deben aparecer entre llaves,
+como con <literal>{\centering .. \\ ..}</literal>). De lo contrario, &latex;
+malinterpretará la doble barra invertida como terminando la fila
+tabular. En cambio, para obtener un salto de línea allí, usa
+<literal>\newline</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewline">\newline</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>*{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Equivalente a <replaceable>num</replaceable> copias de <replaceable>cols</replaceable>, donde <replaceable>num</replaceable> es un
+entero positivo y <replaceable>cols</replaceable> es una lista de especificadores. Por lo
+tanto, el especificador <literal>\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}</literal> es
+equivalente a el especificador
+<literal>\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}</literal>. Ten en cuenta que <replaceable>cols</replaceable>
+puede contener otra <literal>*</literal>-expresión.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>width</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Obligatorio para <literal>tabular*</literal>, no permitido para
+<literal>tabular</literal>. Especifica el ancho del entorno <literal>tabular*</literal>. El
+espacio entre columnas debe ser elástico, como con
+<literal>@{\extracolsep{\fill}}</literal>, para permitir la tabla para
+estirar o encoger para hacer el ancho especificado, o de lo contrario
+es probable que obtengan el <literal>Underfull \hbox (incorrecto 10000)
+alineado ...</literal> advertencia.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
<para>Parámetros que controlan el formato:
-<!-- xx predeterminado, ¿en su propio nodo (xref desde array)? -->
+<!-- xx predeterminados, propio nodo (xref del arreglo)? -->
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arrayrulewidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\arrayrulewidth</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El espesor de la línea creada por <literal>|</literal>, <literal>\hline</literal> y
-<literal>\vline</literal> en los entornos <literal>tabular</literal> y <literal>array</literal>; el
-predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>.4pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="tabular-arrayrulewidth"/><para>Una longitud que es el grosor de la
+regla creada por <literal>|</literal>, <literal>\hline</literal> y <literal>\vline</literal> en
+<literal>tabular</literal> y <literal>array</literal> entornos. El valor predeterminado es
+&#8216;<literal>.4pt</literal>&#8217;. Cámbialo como en
+<literal>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arraystretch</primary></indexterm><literal>\arraystretch</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El factor para escalar el espaciado entre hileras en los entornos
-<literal>tabular</literal> y <literal>array</literal>; el predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>1</literal>&#8217;, para no
-escalar.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="tabular-arraystrech"/><para>Un factor por el cual el espacio entre
+filas en los entorno <literal>tabular</literal> y <literal>array</literal> se multiplica. El
+valor predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>1</literal>&#8217;, para sin escala. Cámbialo a
+<literal>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\doublerulesep</primary></indexterm><literal>\doublerulesep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Distancia horizontal entre las líneas verticles producidas por <literal>||</literal>
-en los entornos <literal>tabular</literal> y <literal>array</literal>; el predeterminado es
-&#8216;<literal>2pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="tabular-doublerulesep"/><para>Una longitud que es la distancia entre
+las reglas verticales producidas por el especificador <literal>||</literal>. El
+valor predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>2pt</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tabcolsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\tabcolsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>La mitad de la anchura del espacio entre las columnas; el predeterminado
-es &#8216;<literal>6pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="tabular-tabcolsep"/><para>Una longitud que es la mitad del espacio
+entre columnas. El valor predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>6pt</literal>&#8217;. Cámbialo con
+<literal>\setlength</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Estas instrucciones se pueden utilizar en el interior de un entorno
-<literal>tabular</literal>:
+<para>Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro del cuerpo de un entorno
+<literal>tabular</literal>, los dos primeros dentro de una entrada y los dos
+segundos entre líneas:
</para>
-<sect2 label="9.24.1" id="_005cmulticolumn">
+<sect2 label="8.23.1" id="_005cmulticolumn">
<title><literal>\multicolumn</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\multicolumn</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
-</para><screen>\multicolumn{<replaceable>columnas</replaceable>}{<replaceable>posición</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
-</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\multicolumn</literal> provoca que una entrada se extienda
-por varias columnas. El primer argumento obligatorio, <replaceable>columnas</replaceable>,
-especifica es el número de columnas por abarcar. El segundo argumento
-obligatorio, <replaceable>posición</replaceable>, especifica el formato de la entrada;
-<literal>c</literal> para centrado, <literal>l</literal> para alineado a la izquierda, <literal>r</literal>
-para alineado a la derecha. El tercer argumento obligatorio,
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable>, especifica el texto a colocar en la entrada.
</para>
-<para>He aquí un ejemplo que muestra dos columnas separadas por un doble
-guión; <literal>\multicolumn</literal> se utiliza para el encabezado:
+<screen>\multicolumn{<replaceable>numcols</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Crea una entrada <literal>array</literal> o <literal>tabular</literal> que abarque varias
+columnas. El primer argumento <replaceable>numcols</replaceable> da el número de columnas
+a abarcar. El segundo argumento <replaceable>cols</replaceable> especifica el formato de
+la entrada, con <literal>c</literal> para centrado, <literal>l</literal> para alineado a la
+izquierda o <literal>r</literal> para volcarlo a la derecha. El tercer argumento
+<replaceable>text</replaceable> da el contenido de esa entrada.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, en la primera fila, la segunda y la tercera columna
+son abarcadas por el encabezado único &#8216;<literal>Name</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{lccl}
+ \textit{ID} &amp;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &amp;\textit{Age} \\
+ \hline
+ 978-0-393-03701-2 &amp;O'Brian &amp;Patrick &amp;55 \\
+ ...
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>Lo que cuenta como una columna es:&#160;el especificador de formato de
+columna para el entorno <literal>array</literal> o <literal>tabular</literal> se divide en
+partes, donde cada parte (excepto la primera) comienza con <literal>l</literal>,
+<literal>c</literal>, <literal>r</literal>, o&#160;<literal>p</literal>. Así que desde
+<literal>\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}</literal> las partes son
+<literal>|r|</literal>, <literal>c</literal>, <literal>c</literal>, y&#160;<literal>p{1.5in}|</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento <replaceable>cols</replaceable> redefine el área <literal>array</literal> o <literal>tabular</literal>
+intercolumna del entorno predeterminado junto a esta entrada
+multicolumna. Para afectar esa área, este argumento puede contener
+barras verticales <literal>|</literal> que indica la ubicación de las reglas
+verticales y expresiones <literal>@{...}</literal>. Por lo tanto, si
+<replaceable>cols</replaceable> es &#8216;<literal>|c|</literal>&#8217; entonces esta entrada multicolumna estará
+centrada y una regla vertical vendrá en el área intercolumna anterior
+y posterior. Esta tabla detalla el comportamiento exacto.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{|cc|c|c|}
+ \multicolumn{1}{r}{w} % entrada uno
+ &amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r|}{x} % entrada dos
+ &amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y} % entrada tres
+ &amp;z % entrada cuatro
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>Antes de la primera entrada, la salida no tendrá una regla vertical
+porque <literal>\multicolumn</literal> tiene el especificador <replaceable>cols</replaceable> &#8216;<literal>r</literal>&#8217;
+sin barra vertical inicial. Entre la entrada uno y la entrada dos
+habrá una regla vertical; aunque la primera <replaceable>cols</replaceable> no tiene barra
+vertical final, la segunda <replaceable>cols</replaceable> tiene una inicial. Entre la
+entrada dos y entrada tres hay una sola regla vertical; a pesar de eso
+<replaceable>cols</replaceable> en ambas llamadas de <literal>multicolumn</literal> circundantes para
+una regla vertical, solo obtienes una regla. Entre la entrada tres y
+la entrada cuatro no hay regla vertical; el valor predeterminado pide
+una, pero <replaceable>cols</replaceable> en la entrada tres <literal>\multicolumn</literal> lo deja
+afuera, y eso tiene prioridad. Finalmente, siguiendo la entrada
+cuatro hay una regla vertical debido al valor predeterminado.
+</para>
+<para>El número de columnas distribuidas <replaceable>numcols</replaceable> puede ser 1. Además
+de dar la capacidad de cambiar la alineación horizontal, esto también
+es útil para redefinir una fila de la intercolumna predeterminada de
+la especificación del área de definición <literal>tabular</literal>, incluida la
+colocación de reglas verticales.
+</para>
+<para>En el siguiente ejemplo, en la definición de <literal>tabular</literal>, la
+primera columna se especifica de manera predeterminada justificada a
+la izquierda, pero en la primera fila la entrada está centrada con
+<literal>\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Punto}}</literal>. También en la
+primera fila, las columnas segunda y tercera están atravesadas por una
+entrada única con <literal>\\multicolumn{2}{c}{\\textsc{Span}}</literal>,
+redefiniendo la especificación para centrar ese rango de dos columnas
+en la página en-guión.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Punto}}
+ &amp;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline
+ Barroca &amp;1600 &amp;1760 \\
+ Clásica &amp;1730 &amp;1820 \\
+ Romántica &amp;1780 &amp;1910 \\
+ Impresionista &amp;1875 &amp;1925
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>Aunque la especificación <literal>tabular</literal> de manera predeterminada pone
+una regla vertical entre la primera y la segunda columna, no aparece
+tal regla vertical en la primera fila aquí. Eso es porque no hay una
+barra vertical en la parte <replaceable>cols</replaceable> del primer comando
+<literal>\multicolumn</literal> de la primera fila.
</para>
-<screen>\begin{tabular}{r@{--}l}
-\multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr
- 0x80&amp;0x7FF \cr
- 0x800&amp;0xFFFF \cr
-0x10000&amp;0x1FFFF \cr
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="8.23.2" id="_005cvline">
+<title><literal>\vline</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vline</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Dibuja una línea vertical en un entorno <literal>tabular</literal> o <literal>array</literal>
+extendiendo la altura y la profundidad completas de la entrada de una
+fila. Posiblemente también se use en una @-expresión, aunque su
+sinónimo barra vertical&#160;<literal>|</literal> es más común. Este comando rara
+vez se usa en el cuerpo de una tabla; normalmente las líneas
+verticales de una tabla se especifican en el argumento <replaceable>cols</replaceable> de
+<literal>tabular</literal> y se anula según sea necesario con <literal>\multicolumn</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El siguiente ejemplo ilustra algunas dificultades. En el segundo de
+la primera fila la entrada <literal>\hfill</literal> mueve <literal>\vline</literal> al borde
+izquierdo de la celda. Pero eso es diferente a ponerlo a medio camino
+entre las dos columnas, por lo que entre la primera y la segunda
+columna hay dos reglas verticales, con la del especificador
+<literal>{c|cc}</literal> viniendo antes de uno producido por
+<literal>\vline\hfill</literal>. En cambio, la primera fila tercera entrada
+muestra la forma habitual de poner una barra vertical entre dos
+columnas. En la segunda fila, <literal>ghi</literal> es la entrada más ancha en
+su columna por lo que en <literal>\vline\hfill</literal> el <literal>\hfill</literal> no tiene
+efecto y la línea vertical en esa entrada aparece inmediatamente al
+lado de <literal>g</literal>, sin espacios en blanco.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{c|cc}
+ x &amp;\vline\hfill y &amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r}{z} \\ % fila 1
+ abc &amp;def &amp;\vline\hfill ghi % fila 2
\end{tabular}
</screen>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.24.2" id="_005ccline">
+<sect2 label="8.23.3" id="_005ccline">
<title><literal>\cline</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cline</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\cline{<replaceable>i</replaceable>-<replaceable>j</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\cline</literal> dibuja un línea horizontal a través de las
-columnas especificadas, comenzando en la colúmna <replaceable>i</replaceable> y terminando en
-la columna <replaceable>j</replaceable>, que son especificadas en el argumento obligatorio.
-</para>
+<para>En un entorno <literal>array</literal> o <literal>tabular</literal>, dibuja una regla
+horizontal comenzando en column&#160;<replaceable>i</replaceable> y terminando en
+column&#160;<replaceable>j</replaceable>. Los guiones, <literal>-</literal>, deben aparecer en el
+argumento obligatorio. Para abarcar una sola columna usa el número dos
+veces, como con <literal>\cline{2-2}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo pone dos líneas horizontales entre la primera y la
+segunda filas, una línea en la primera columna solamente, y la otra
+que abarca la tercera y cuarta columnas. Las dos líneas están una al
+lado de la otra, a la misma altura.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{llrr}
+ a &amp;b &amp;c &amp;d \\ \cline{1-1} \cline{3-4}
+ e &amp;f &amp;g &amp;h
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.24.3" id="_005chline">
+<sect2 label="8.23.4" id="_005chline">
<title><literal>\hline</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hline</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\hline</literal> dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del
-entorno <literal>tabular</literal> o <literal>array</literal> especificado. Se utiliza
-comúnmente para para dibujar una línea en la parte superior, inferior y
-entre filas de la tabla.
+<para>Dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del <literal>tabular</literal> adjunto o
+entorno <literal>array</literal>. Se utiliza comúnmente para dibujar una línea
+arriba, abajo y entre las filas de una tabla.
</para>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.24.4" id="_005cvline">
-<title><literal>\vline</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vline</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\vline</literal> dibuja una línea vertical extendida a la
-altura y profundidad total de su fila. Una instrucción <literal>\hfill</literal> se
-puede utilizar para mover la línea hasta el borde de la columna.
-También se puede utilizar en una @-expresión.
+<para>En este ejemplo, la parte superior de la tabla tiene dos reglas
+horizontales, una arriba de la otra, que abarca ambas columnas. La
+parte inferior de la tabla tiene una sola regla que abarca ambas
+columnas. Debido al <literal>\hline</literal>, la línea <literal>tabular</literal> de la
+segunda fila que termina con doble barra invertida&#160;<literal>\\</literal> es
+obligatoria.
</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
+ Béisbol y Medias Rojas \\
+ Baloncesto y Celtics \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.25" id="thebibliography">
+<sect1 label="8.24" id="thebibliography">
<title><literal>thebibliography</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>thebibliography</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>thebibliography</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliografía, creando (manualmente)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>thebibliography</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>thebibliography</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliografía, crear (manualmente)</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\begin{thebibliography}{<replaceable>etiqueta-más-amplia</replaceable>}
-\bibitem[<replaceable>etiqueta</replaceable>]{<replaceable>clave-de-cita}</replaceable>
-...
+<screen>\begin{thebibliography}{<replaceable>widest-label</replaceable>}
+ \bibitem[<replaceable>label</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cite_key}</replaceable>
+ ...
\end{thebibliography}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>thebibliography</literal> produce una bibliografía o lista de
-referencia.
-</para>
-<para>En las clase <literal>article</literal>, esta lista de referencia es etiquetada como
-&#8220;Referencias&#8221;; en la clase <literal>report</literal>, esta es etiquetada como
-&#8220;Bibliografía&#8221;. Usted puede cambiar la etiqueta (en las clases
-estándar) redefiniendo la instrucción <literal>\refname</literal>. Por ejemplo, la
-siguiente instrucción la elimina por completo:
-</para>
-<screen>\renewcommand{\refname}{}
+<para>Elabora una bibliografía o una lista de referencias. Hay dos formas
+de producir listas bibliográficas. Este entorno es adecuado cuando
+solo tienes unas pocas referencias y puedes mantener la lista a mano.
+Véase <link linkend="Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</link>, para un enfoque más sofisticado.
+</para>
+<para>Esto muestra el entorno con dos entradas.
+</para>
+<screen>Este trabajo se basa en \cite{latexdps}.
+Juntos son \cite{latexdps, texbook}.
+ ...
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+\bibitem{latexdps}
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit{\LaTeX{}: un sistema de preparación de documentos}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+\bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end{thebibliography}
</screen>
-<para>El argumento obligatorio <replaceable>etiqueta-más-amplia</replaceable> es texto que, al
-momento de componerla tipográficamente, es tan ancho como la etiqueta
-producida por la instrucción <literal>\bibitem</literal>. Se suele dar como
-<literal>9</literal> para bibliografías de menos de 10 referencias, <literal>99</literal> para
-las que tienen menos de 100, etc.
-</para>
-
-
-<sect2 label="9.25.1" id="_005cbibitem">
+<para>Esto estiliza la primera referencia como &#8216;<literal>[1] Leslie ...</literal>&#8217;, y así
+<literal>... basado en \cite{latexdps}</literal> produce la coincidencia
+&#8216;<literal>... basado en [1]</literal>&#8217;. El segundo <literal>\cite</literal> produce &#8216;<literal>[1,
+2]</literal>&#8217;. Debes compilar el documento dos veces para resolver estas
+referencias.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento obligatorio <replaceable>widest-label</replaceable> es texto que, cuando se
+compone, es tan ancho como la etiqueta de artículo más ancha producida
+por los comandos <literal>\bibitem</literal>. La tradición es usar <literal>9</literal> para
+bibliografías con menos de 10 referencias, <literal>99</literal> para las de menos
+de 100, etc.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibname</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\refname</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La lista bibliográfica está encabezada por un título como
+&#8216;<literal>Bibliography</literal>&#8217;. Para cambiarlo hay dos casos. En las clases
+<filename>book</filename> y <filename>report</filename>, donde la sección de nivel superior es
+<literal>\chapter</literal> y el título predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>Bibliography</literal>&#8217;, ese
+título está en la macro <literal>\bibname</literal>. Para <filename>article</filename>, donde
+el nivel superior de la clase de seccionado es <literal>\section</literal> y la
+predeterminada es &#8216;<literal>References</literal>&#8217;, el título está en la macro
+<literal>\refname</literal>. Cámbialo redefiniendo el comando, como con
+<literal>\renewcommand{\refname}{Referencias citadas}</literal>, después
+<literal>\begin{document}</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los paquetes de soporte de idiomas como
+<literal>babel</literal> automáticamente redefinen <literal>\refname</literal> o
+<literal>\bibname</literal> para ajustarse al idioma seleccionado.
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="list">list</link>, para los parámetros de control de diseño de lista.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="8.24.1" id="_005cbibitem">
<title><literal>\bibitem</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibitem</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
-</para><screen>\bibitem[<replaceable>etiqueta</replaceable>]{<replaceable>clave-de-cita</replaceable>}
+</para>
+<screen>\bibitem{<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\bibitem</literal> genera una entrada etiquetada por
-<replaceable>etiqueta</replaceable>. Si se omite el argumento <replaceable>etiqueta</replaceable>,
-automáticamente se genera un número utilizando el contador <literal>enumi</literal>.
-La <replaceable>clave-de-cita</replaceable> es cualquier secuencia de letras, números y
-signos de puntuación que no contenga una coma.
+<para>o
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción escribe una entrada al archivo <filename>.aux</filename> que contiene
-los elementos <replaceable>clave-de-cita</replaceable> y etiqueta. Cuando la instrucción
-<literal>\begin{document}</literal> lee el archivo <filename>.aux</filename>, los elementos
-<literal>etiqueta</literal> son asociados con <literal>clave-de-cita</literal>, produciendo
-referencias a <replaceable>clave-de-cita</replaceable> con una instrucción <literal>\cite</literal> (vea
-la siguiente sección) para producir la etiqueta asociada.
+<screen>\bibitem[<replaceable>label</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Genera una entrada etiquetada de manera predeterminada por un número
+generado usando el contador <literal>enumi</literal>. La <firstterm>clave de cita</firstterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>clave de cita</primary></indexterm>
+<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> puede ser cualquier cadena de letras, números y signos
+de puntuación (pero no comas).
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>, por ejemplo.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando se proporciona, el <replaceable>label</replaceable> opcional se convierte en la
+etiqueta de entrada y el contador <literal>enumi</literal> no se incrementa. Con
+este
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{thebibliography}
+\bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps}
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit{\LaTeX{}: un sistema de preparación de documentos}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+\bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end{thebibliography}
+</screen>
+<para>la primera entrada tendrá el estilo &#8216;<literal>[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...</literal>&#8217;
+(La cantidad de espacio horizontal que &latex; deja para la etiqueta
+depende de el argumento <replaceable>widest-label</replaceable> del entorno
+<literal>thebibliography</literal>; ve <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>). De manera similar,
+<literal>... basado en \cite{latexdps}</literal> producirá &#8216;<literal>... basado en
+[Lamport 1994]</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Si mezclas las entradas de <literal>\bibitem</literal> que tienen <replaceable>label</replaceable> con
+las que no, entonces &latex; enumerará las no etiquetadas
+secuencialmente. En el ejemplo de arriba la entrada <literal>texbook</literal>
+aparecerá como &#8216;<literal>[1] Donald ...</literal>&#8217;, a pesar de que es la segunda
+entrada.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas el mismo <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> dos veces, obtendrás &#8216;<literal>Advertencia
+LaTeX: había etiquetas definidas de forma múltiple</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Bajo el capó, &latex; recuerda información <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> y
+<replaceable>label</replaceable> porque <literal>\bibitem</literal> la escribe en el archivo auxiliar
+<filename><replaceable>jobname</replaceable>.aux</filename> (véase <link linkend="Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</link>). Por ejemplo,
+el ejemplo anterior hace que los dos
+<literal>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</literal> y
+<literal>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</literal> que aparezcan en ese archivo. El
+archivo <filename>.aux</filename> es leído por el comando <literal>\begin{document}</literal>
+y luego la información está disponible para los comandos <literal>\cite</literal>.
+Esto explica por qué necesitas ejecutar &latex; dos veces para
+resolver las referencias: una vez para escribirlo y una vez para
+leerlo.
+</para>
+<para>Debido a este algoritmo de dos pasos, cuando agregas un
+<literal>\bibitem</literal> o cambias su <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> puedes obtener
+&#8216;<literal>Advertencia de LaTeX: la(s) etiqueta(s) puede(n) haber
+cambiado. Vuelve a ejecutar para obtener referencias cruzadas
+correctas</literal>&#8217;. Arréglalo para recompilarlo.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.25.2" id="_005ccite">
+<sect2 label="8.24.2" id="_005ccite">
<title><literal>\cite</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cite</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\cite[<replaceable>subcita</replaceable>]{<replaceable>claves</replaceable>
+<screen>\cite{<replaceable>keys</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>El argumento <replaceable>claves</replaceable> es una lista de una o más claves de cita,
-separadas por comas. Esta instrucción genera una cita en el texto para
-referencias asociadas con <replaceable>claves</replaceable> por medio de entradas en el
-archivo <filename>.aux</filename>.
+<para>o
</para>
-<para>El argumento de texti opcional <replaceable>subcita</replaceable> aparece después de la cita.
-Por ejemplo, <literal>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</literal> podría producir &#8216;[Knuth,
-p.&#160;314]&#8217;.
+<screen>\cite[<replaceable>subcite</replaceable>]{<replaceable>keys</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Genera como salida una cita a las referencias asociadas a <replaceable>keys</replaceable>.
+La <replaceable>keys</replaceable> obligatoria es una clave de cita, o una lista de claves
+de citas separadas por comas (véase <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<screen>La fuente definitiva es \cite{texbook}.
+ ...
+\begin{thebibliography}
+\bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end{thebibliography}
+</screen>
+<para>produce una salida como &#8216;<literal>... la fuente es [1]</literal>&#8217;. Puedes cambiar
+la aparición de la cita y de la referencia mediante el uso de estilos
+de bibliografía si genera automáticamente el entorno
+<literal>thebibliography</literal>. Para más información <link linkend="Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</link>.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>subcite</replaceable> se adjunta a la cita. Por
+ejemplo, <literal>Ve 14.3 en \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</literal> podría producir
+&#8216;<literal>Ve 14.3 en [1, p.&#160;314]</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Además de lo que aparece en la salida, <literal>\cite</literal> escribe
+información al archivo auxiliar <filename><replaceable>jobname</replaceable>.aux</filename>
+(véase <link linkend="Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</link>). Por ejemplo, <literal>\cite{latexdps}</literal>
+escribe &#8216;<literal>\citation{latexdps}</literal>&#8217; a ese archivo. Esta información
+la utiliza Bib&tex; para incluir en su lista de referencias solo
+aquellos trabajos que realmente se han citado; <link linkend="_005cnocite">\nocite</link> también.
+</para>
+<para>Si <replaceable>keys</replaceable> no está en la información de tu bibliografía, obtendrás
+&#8216;<literal>Advertencia de LaTeX: Había referencias no definidas</literal>&#8217;, y en la
+salida la cita se muestra como un signo de interrogación en negrita
+entre corchetes. Hay dos posibles causas. Si has escrito algo mal,
+como en <literal>\cite{texbok}</literal> entonces necesitas corregir la
+ortografía. Por otro lado, si acabas de agregar o modificar
+información bibliográfica y así cambias el archivo <filename>.aux</filename>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem</link>) entonces la solución puede ser ejecutar &latex;
+nuevamente.
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.25.3" id="_005cnocite">
+<sect2 label="8.24.3" id="_005cnocite">
<title><literal>\nocite</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocite</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\nocite{lista-de-claves}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen><literal>\nocite{<replaceable>keys</replaceable>}</literal>
+</screen>
+<para>No produce salida pero escribe <replaceable>keys</replaceable> en el archivo auxiliar
+<filename><replaceable>jobname</replaceable>.aux</filename> (véase <link linkend="Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</link>).
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\nocite</literal> no produce texto, pero escribe en el archivo
-<filename>.aux</filename> la <literal>lista-de-claves</literal>, que es una lista de una o más
-etiquetas de cita.
+<para>El argumento obligatorio <replaceable>keys</replaceable> es una lista separada por comas de
+una o más claves de cita (véase <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem</link>). Esta información la
+utiliza Bib&tex; para incluir estos trabajos en tu lista de
+referencia aunque no los hayas citado explícitamente (véase <link linkend="_005ccite">\cite</link>).
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="9.25.4" id="Usando-BibTeX">
-<title>Usando Bib&tex;</title>
+<sect2 label="8.24.4" id="Usar-BibTeX">
+<title>Usar Bib&tex;</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>usando Bib&tex;</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bib&tex;, usando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliografía, creando (automáticamente)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliografía, crear (automáticamente)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliographystyle</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliography</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Si usted utiliza el programa Bib&tex; escrito por Oren Patashnik
-(altamente recomendable si necesita una bibliografía de más de un par de
-títulos) para mantener su bibliografía, no utilice el entorno
-<literal>thebibliography</literal> (véase <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>). En su lugar, incluya
-las líneas
+<para>Como se describe en <literal>thebibliography</literal> (véase <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>),
+un enfoque sofisticado para la gestión de bibliografías es
+proporcionado por el programa Bib&tex;. Esta es solo una
+introducción; ve la documentación completa sobre CTAN (véase <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Con Bib&tex;, no usas el entorno <literal>thebibliography</literal> directamente
+(véase <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>). En su lugar, incluye estas líneas:
</para>
-<screen>\bibliographystyle{<replaceable>estilo-de-bibliografía</replaceable>}
-\bibliography{<replaceable>archivo-de-bibliografía-1,</replaceable><replaceable>archivo-de-bibliografía-2</replaceable>}
+<screen>\bibliographystyle{<replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable>}
+\bibliography{<replaceable>bibfile1</replaceable>, <replaceable>bibfile2</replaceable>, ...}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\bibliographystyle</literal> por sí misma no produce salida
-alguna. Por el contrario, define el estilo en que se producirá la
-bibliografía: <replaceable>estilo-de-bibliografía</replaceable> se refiere a un archivo
-<filename><replaceable>estilo-de-bibliografía</replaceable>.bst</filename>, en el que se define qué
-apariencia tendrán las citas. Los nombres de <replaceable>estilo</replaceable> estándar
+<para><replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable> hace referencia a un archivo <filename><replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable>.bst</filename>,
+que define cómo se verán tus citas. Los <replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable>s estándar
distribuidos con Bib&tex; son:
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>alpha</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas están formadas por el nombre
-del autor y año de publicación.
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>alfa</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Las etiquetas se forman a partir del nombre del autor y el año de
+publicación. Los elementos bibliográficos están ordenados
+alfabéticamente.
</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>plain</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas son numéricas.
+</term><listitem><para>Las etiquetas son números enteros. Ordena los elementos
+bibliográficos alfabéticamente.
</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>unsrt</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Al igual que <literal>plain</literal>, pero las entradas están en el orden citado.
+</term><listitem><para>Como <literal>plain</literal>, pero las entradas están en orden de cita.
</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>abbrv</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Igual que <literal>plain</literal>, pero con etiquetas más compactas.
+</term><listitem><para>Como <literal>plain</literal>, pero etiquetas más compactas.
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Además, existen muchos otros archivos de estilo Bib&tex; adaptados a
-las demandas de diversas publicaciones. Vea
-<ulink url="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib">http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</ulink>.
-</para>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\bibliography</literal> es la que realmente produce la
-bibliografía. El argumento <literal>\bibliography</literal> se refiere a archivos
-con el nombre <filename><replaceable>archivo-de-bibliografía</replaceable>.bib</filename>, el cual debe
-contener la base de datos en formato Bib&tex;. Sólo las entradas
-referidas a través de <literal>\cite</literal> y <literal>\nocite</literal> serán incluidas en
-la bibliografía.
+<para>Existen muchos, muchos otros archivos de estilo Bib&tex;,
+adaptados a las demandas de varias publicaciones. Ve el tema CTAN
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty">https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</ulink>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\bibliography</literal> es lo que realmente produce la
+bibliografía. Su argumento es una lista separada por comas, que se
+refiere a archivos llamados <filename><replaceable>bibfile1</replaceable>.bib</filename>,
+<filename><replaceable>bibfile2</replaceable>.bib</filename>, &#8230; Estos contienen tu base de datos en
+formato Bib&tex;. Esto muestra un par típico de entradas en ese
+formato.
+</para>
+<screen>@book{texbook,
+ title = {El {{\TeX}}book},
+ author = {D.E. Knuth},
+ isbn = {0201134489},
+ series = {Ordenadores \&amp; typesetting},
+ year = {1983},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley}
+}
+@book{sexbook,
+ author = {W.H. Maestros y V.E. Johnson},
+ title = {Respuesta sexual humana},
+ year = {1966},
+ publisher = {Libros Bantam}
+}
+</screen>
+<para>Solo las entradas bibliográficas a las que se hace referencia a través
+de <literal>\cite</literal> y <literal>\nocite</literal> aparecerá en la bibliografía del
+documento. Así puedes mantener todas tus fuentes juntas en un
+archivo, o una pequeña cantidad de archivos, y confía en Bib&tex;
+para incluir en este documento solo aquellos que usaste.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&#8216;<literal>*}, para todas las claves <literal>\nocite</literal></literal>&#8217;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocite {*}, para todas las claves</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Con Bib&tex;, el argumento <replaceable>keys</replaceable> para <literal>\nocite</literal> también
+puede ser el carácter único &#8216;<literal>*</literal>&#8217;. Esto significa citar
+implícitamente todas las entradas de todas las bibliografías dadas.
+</para>
+
+<sect3 label="8.24.4.1" id="Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">
+<title>Mensajes de error Bib&tex;</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Mensajes de error Bib&tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mensajes de error, de Bib&tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.aux comandos file y Bib&tex;</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Si olvidas usar <literal>\bibliography</literal> o <literal>\bibliographystyle</literal> en tu
+documento (o, menos probablemente, cualquier comando <literal>\cite</literal> o
+<literal>\nocite</literal>), Bib&tex; emitirá un mensaje de error. Porque
+Bib&tex; se puede usar con cualquier programa, no solo &latex;, los
+mensajes de error se refieren a los comandos internos leídos por
+Bib&tex; (desde un archivo <filename>.aux</filename>), en lugar de los comandos de
+nivel de usuario descritos anteriormente.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí hay una tabla que muestra los comandos internos mencionados en
+los errores Bib&tex; y los correspondientes comandos a nivel de
+usuario.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibdata</primary></indexterm><literal>\bibdata</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliography y <literal>\bibdata</literal> interno</primary></indexterm>
+<para><literal>\bibliography</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibstyle</primary></indexterm><literal>\bibstyle</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliographystyle y <literal>\bibstyle</literal> interno</primary></indexterm>
+<para><literal>\bibliographystyle</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\citation</primary></indexterm><literal>\citation</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cite y <literal>\citation</literal> interna</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocite y <literal>\citation</literal> interna</primary></indexterm>
+<para><literal>\cite</literal>, <literal>\nocite</literal>
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si tu documento no tiene comando
+<literal>\bibliographystyle</literal>, Bib&tex; se queja de la siguiente manera:
</para>
+<screen>No encontré ningún comando \bibstyle --- mientras leía el archivo
+<replaceable>document</replaceable>.aux
+</screen>
+</sect3>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.26" id="theorem">
+<sect1 label="8.25" id="theorem">
<title><literal>theorem</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>theorem</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>theorem</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>teoremas, composición tipográfica de</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>theorem</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>theorem</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>teoremas, tipografía</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{theorem}
-<replaceable>texto-del-teorema</replaceable>
+ <replaceable>cuerpo del teorema</replaceable>
\end{theorem}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>theorem</literal> produce &#8220;Teorema <replaceable>n</replaceable>&#8221; en negrita seguido
-por el <replaceable>texto-del-teorema</replaceable>, donde las posibilidades de numeración
-para <replaceable>n</replaceable> se describen bajo <literal>\newtheorem</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</link>).
+<para>Produce &#8216;<literal>Teorema <replaceable>n</replaceable></literal>&#8217; en negrita seguido del <replaceable>cuerpo del
+teorema</replaceable> en cursiva. La posibilidad de numeración para <replaceable>n</replaceable> se
+describe en <literal>\newtheorem</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % en el preámbulo
+\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}
+ ...
+\begin{lem} % en el cuerpo del documento
+ texto del lema
+\end{lem}
+
+El siguiente resultado sigue inmediatamente.
+\begin{thm}[Gauss] % pone 'Gauss' entre paréntesis después del
+ encabezado del teorema
+ texto del teorema
+\end{thm}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsthm</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsthm</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La mayoría de los documentos
+nuevos usan los paquetes <literal>amsthm</literal> y <literal>amsmath</literal> de la
+Sociedad Matemática Americana. Entre otras cosas estos paquetes
+incluyen una gran cantidad de opciones para entornos de teorema, como
+las opciones de estilo.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.27" id="titlepage">
+<sect1 label="8.26" id="titlepage">
<title><literal>titlepage</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>titlepage</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>titlepage</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>haciendo una página de título</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>página de título, creando la</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>titlepage</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>titlepage</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hacer una página de título</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>páginas de título, crear</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{titlepage}
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable>
+ ... texto y espaciado ...
\end{titlepage}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>titlepage</literal> crea una página de título, es decir, una
-página en la cual no se imprime el número de página ni el encabezado.
-También provoca que la página siguiente sea numerada como la página uno.
-El formato de la página del título se deja bajo su responsabilidad. La
-instrucción <literal>\today</literal> puede ser útil en las páginas de título
-(véase <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>).
+<para>Crea una página de título, una página sin número de página impreso o
+encabezado y con las páginas sucesivas numeradas a partir de la página
+uno.
</para>
-<para>Usted puede utilizar la instrucción <literal>\maketitle</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>) para producir una página de título estándar sin un
-entorno <literal>titlepage</literal>.
+<para>En este ejemplo, todo el formato, incluido el espaciado vertical, se
+deja a el autor.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{titlepage}
+\vspace*{\stretch{1}}
+\begin{center}
+ {\huge\bfseries Tesis \\[1ex]
+ título} \\[6.5ex]
+ {\large\bfseries Nombre del autor} \\
+ \vspace{4ex}
+ Tesis enviada a \\[5pt]
+ \textit{Nombre de la universidad} \\[2cm]
+ en cumplimiento parcial para la concesión del título de \\[2cm]
+ \textsc{\Gran Doctor en Filosofía} \\[2ex]
+ \textsc{\large Matemáticas} \\[12ex]
+ \vfill
+ Departamento de Matemáticas \\
+ Dirección \\
+ \vfill
+ \today
+\end{center}
+\vspace{\stretch{2}}
+\end{titlepage}
+</screen>
+<para>En su lugar, produce una página de título estándar sin un entorno
+<literal>titlepage</literal>, usa <literal>\maketitle</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>).
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.28" id="verbatim">
+<sect1 label="8.27" id="verbatim">
<title><literal>verbatim</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>verbatim</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>verbatim</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>verbatim</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>verbatim</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto literal</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>simulando texto escrito</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto escrito, simulando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>código, composición tipográfica de</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>programas de ordenador, composición tipográfica</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>simular texto mecanografiado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto mecanografiado, simular</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>código, tipografía</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>programas informáticos, composición tipográfica</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
@@ -2769,18 +7946,58 @@ entorno <literal>titlepage</literal>.
<replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable>
\end{verbatim}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>verbatim</literal> es un entorno para crear párrafos en el cual
-&latex; produce exactamente lo que usted escriba en él; Por ejemplo el
-carácter <literal>\</literal> produce una &#8216;<literal>\</literal>&#8217; impresa. Este cambia el modo en
-que &latex; imprime los que usted escriba con retornos de carro y
-espacios en blanco con el mismo efecto que tendría en una máquina de
-escribir.
+<para>Un entorno de creación de párrafos en el que &latex; produce como
+salida exactamente lo que escribes como entrada. Por ejemplo, dentro
+de <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable> el carácter backslash&#160;<literal>\</literal> no inicia
+los comandos, imprime una &#8216;<literal>\</literal>&#8217;, y se toman literalmente los
+retornos de carro y espacios en blanco. La salida aparece en una
+letra de tipo máquina de escribir monoespaciada (<literal>\tt</literal>).
</para>
-<para>El entorno <literal>verbatim</literal> utiliza una composición tipográfica con tipo
-de letra monoespacio (<literal>\tt</literal>).
-</para>
-
-<sect2 label="9.28.1" id="_005cverb">
+<screen>\begin{verbatim}
+Símbolo juramento: %&amp;$#?!.
+\end{verbatim}
+</screen>
+<para>La única restricción en <literal>texto-literal</literal> es que no puede incluir
+la cadena <literal>\end{verbatim}</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cprotect</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cprotect</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>No puedes usar el entorno textual en el argumento
+de las macros, por instancia en el argumento de un <literal>\section</literal>.
+Esto no es lo mismo que los comandos son frágiles (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>),
+en lugar de eso, simplemente no puede funcionar, ya que el entorno
+<literal>verbatim</literal> cambia el régimen de catcode antes de tratar su
+contenido, y restaurarlo inmediatamente después, sin embargo, con un
+argumento macro, el contenido del argumento ya se ha convertido en una
+lista de tókenes a lo largo del régimen catcode vigente cuando se
+llamó a la macro. Sin embargo, el paquete <literal>cprotect</literal> puede
+ayudar con esto
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>listings</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>listings</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>minted</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>minted</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un uso común de la entrada
+textual es escribir código informático. Existen paquetes que son una
+mejora del entorno <literal>verbatim</literal>. Por ejemplo, una mejora es
+permitir la inclusión palabra por palabra de archivos, o partes de
+esos archivos. Dichos paquetes incluyen <literal>listings</literal>, y
+<literal>minted</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fancyvrb</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fancyvrb</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>verbatimbox</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>verbatimbox</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un paquete que proporciona
+muchas más opciones para entornos textuales es <literal>fancyvrb</literal>.
+Otro es <literal>verbatimbox</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener una lista de todos los paquetes relevantes, consulta CTAN
+(véase <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>).
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="8.27.1" id="_005cverb">
<title><literal>\verb</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\verb</primary></indexterm>
@@ -2788,2643 +8005,8981 @@ de letra monoespacio (<literal>\tt</literal>).
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\verb<replaceable>carácter</replaceable><replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable><replaceable>carácter</replaceable>
-\verb*<replaceable>carácter</replaceable><replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable><replaceable>carácter</replaceable>
+<screen>\verb <replaceable>char</replaceable> <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable> <replaceable>char</replaceable>
+\verb* <replaceable>char</replaceable> <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable> <replaceable>char</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Compone el <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable> tal como se ingresa, incluidos los
+caracteres especiales y espacios, usando la letra de máquina de
+escribir (<literal>\tt</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra dos diferentes invocaciones de <literal>\verb</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>¡Esto es \verb! ¡Literalmente! la calabaza más grande de todos los
+tiempos. Y esta es la mejor calabaza, \verb+¡literalmente!+
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\verb</literal> compone tipográficamente el
-<replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable> como este se ha ingresado incluyendo caracteres
-especiales y espacios, utilizando el tipo de letra de máquina de
-escribir (<literal>\tt</literal>). No se permiten espacios entre <literal>\verb</literal> o
-<literal>\verb*</literal> y el <replaceable>carácter</replaceable> delimitador, el cual comienza y
-termina el texto literal. El delimitador no debe aparecer en el
-<replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable>.
+<para>El primer <literal>\verb</literal> tiene su <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable> rodeado de signos
+de exclamación, <literal>!</literal>. En cambio, el segundo usa más, <literal>+</literal>,
+porque el signo de exclamación es parte del <literal>texto-literal</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El delimitador de un solo carácter <replaceable>char</replaceable> rodea
+<replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable>&#8212;debe ser el mismo carácter antes y después. No
+hay espacios entre <literal>\verb</literal> o <literal>\verb*</literal> y <replaceable>char</replaceable>, o entre
+<replaceable>char</replaceable> y <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable>, o entre <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable> y la
+segunda aparición de <replaceable>char</replaceable> (la sinopsis muestra un espacio solo
+para distinguir un componente del otro). El delimitador no debe
+aparecer en <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable>. El <replaceable>texto-literal</replaceable> no puede
+incluir un salto de línea.
</para>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio visible</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La forma con <literal>*</literal> difiere únicamente en que los espacios son
-impresos con un carácter de &#8220;espacio visible&#8221;.
+<para>La forma <literal>*</literal> se diferencia solo en que los espacios se imprimen
+con un carácter espacial.
+</para>
+<para>El resultado de esto incluirá un espacio visible en ambos lados de la
+palabra &#8216;<literal>con</literal>&#8217;:
+</para>
+<screen>El primer argumento del comando es \verb*!filename con extensión! y
+ ...
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>url</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>url</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para escribir direcciones de Internet, URL, el paquete
+<literal>url</literal> es una mejor opción que el comando <literal>\verb</literal>, ya que
+permite saltos de línea.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>listings</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>listings</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>minted</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>minted</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para el código informático hay
+muchos paquetes con ventajas sobre <literal>\verb</literal>. Uno es
+<literal>listings</literal>, otro es <literal>minted</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cprotect</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cprotect</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>No puedes usar <literal>\verb</literal> en el argumento de una
+macro, por ejemplo en el argumento de una <literal>\section</literal>. No es
+cuestión de que <literal>\verb</literal> sea frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>), en lugar
+de eso, simplemente no puede trabajar, ya que el comando <literal>\verb</literal>
+cambia el régimen de catcode antes de leer su argumento, y restaurarlo
+inmediatamente después, sin embargo con un argumento de macro el
+contenido del argumento ya ha sido convertido a una lista de tókenes a
+lo largo del régimen catcode vigente cuando se llamó a la macro. Sin
+embargo, el paquete <literal>cprotect</literal> puede ayudar con esto.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.29" id="verse">
+<sect1 label="8.28" id="verse">
<title><literal>verse</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>verse</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>verse</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>verse</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>verse</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>poesía, un entorno para</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<screen>\begin{verse}
-<replaceable>línea1</replaceable> \\
-<replaceable>línea2</replaceable> \\
-...
+ <replaceable>line1</replaceable> \\
+ <replaceable>line2</replaceable> \\
+ ...
\end{verse}
</screen>
-<para>El entorno <literal>verse</literal> está diseñado para poesía, aunque es posible que
-usted le encuentre alguna otra utilidad.
+<para>Un entorno para la poesía.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí hay dos líneas de Romeo y Julieta de Shakespeare.
+</para>
+<screen>Entonces sé claramente que el querido amor de mi corazón está \\
+establecido sobre la bella hija del rico Capuleto.
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>verse</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Separa las líneas de cada estrofa con <literal>\\</literal> y usa una o más líneas
+en blanco para separar las estrofas.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ para <literal>verse</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>Los márgenes tienen sangría a la izquierda y derecha, a los párrafos no
-se les aplica sangría y el texto no está justificado. Separe las líneas
-de cada estrofa con <literal>\\</literal> y use una o más líneas en blanco para
-separar las estrofas.
+<screen>\begin{verse}
+\makebox[\linewidth][c]{\textit{No cierres tus puertas} ---Walt Whitman}
+ \\[1\baselineskip]
+No cierres tus puertas orgullosa biblioteca, \\
+Por lo que faltaba en todos tus estantes bien llenos, \\
+\qquad todavía más necesitado, traigo, \\
+A partir de la guerra emergente, un libro que he hecho, \\
+Las palabras de mi libro nada, la deriva de él todo, \\
+Un libro separado, no vinculado con el resto ni sentido por el intelecto, \\
+Pero a ustedes, las latencias incalculables les emocionarán en cada página.
+\end{verse}
+</screen>
+<para>La salida tiene márgenes sangrados a la izquierda y a la derecha, los
+párrafos no tienen sangría y el texto no está justificado a la
+derecha.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="10" id="Saltos-de-L_00ednea">
-<title>Saltos de Línea</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos de línea</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>línea, saltos de</primary></indexterm>
+<chapter label="9" id="Salto-de-l_00ednea">
+<title>Salto de línea</title>
-<para>Lo primero que hace &latex; cuando procesa texto normal es traducir el
-archivo de entrada en una secuencia de unidades gráficas y espacios.
-Para producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe partir en
-líneas (y esas línea se deben dividir en páginas).
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>salto de linea</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>romper líneas</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Lo primero que hace &latex; al procesar texto ordinario es traducir
+tu archivo de entrada a una secuencia de glifos y espacios. Para
+producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe dividir en
+líneas (y estas líneas se deben dividir en páginas).
+</para>
+<para>&latex; normalmente hace el salto de línea (y de página) en el texto
+del cuerpo pero en algunos entornos fuerza manualmente los saltos de
+línea.
</para>
-<para>Normalmente &latex; se encarga de los saltos de línea (y página), pero
-en algunos entornos, usted mismo determina los saltos de líneas con la
-instrucción <literal>\\</literal>, y siempre puede forzar los saltos de línea
-manualmente.
+<para>Un flujo de trabajo común es obtener una versión final del contenido
+del documento antes de realizar una pasada final y considerar los
+saltos de línea (y saltos de página). Esto difiere del procesamiento
+de palabras, donde estás formateando texto a medida que lo ingresas.
+Aplazar esto hasta el final evita un montón saltos de línea que
+cambiarán de todos modos.
+<!-- Texto alternativo propuesto aquí: -->
+<!-- https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000803.html este texto -->
+<!-- es el de la versión francesa. -->
</para>
-<sect1 label="10.1" id="_005c_005c">
-<title><literal>\\</literal>[*][<replaceable>más-espacio</replaceable>]</title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ forzar la separación de línea</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="9.1" id="_005c_005c">
+<title><literal>\\</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (fuerza el salto de línea)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nueva línea, comenzando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>separación de línea, forzando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>salto de línea, forzando</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\\</literal> le dice a &latex; que comience una nueva
-línea. Esta tiene un argumento opcional, <replaceable>más-espacio</replaceable>, que
-especifica la cantidad de espacio vertical extra que se debe insertar
-antes de la siguiente línea. Este puede ser una cantidad negativa.
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\\*</literal> es la misma que la instrucción ordinaria
-<literal>\\</literal> salvo que esta le dice a &latex; que no comience una nueva
-página después de la línea.
+<screen>\\
+\\[<replaceable>morespace</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>o una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\\*
+\\*[<replaceable>morespace</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Finaliza la línea actual. El argumento opcional <replaceable>morespace</replaceable>
+especifica espacio vertical adicional que se insertará antes de la
+siguiente línea. Esta es un longitud elástica (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>) y
+puede ser negativa. El texto antes del salto de línea se establece en
+su longitud normal, es decir, no se estira para completar el ancho de
+la línea. Este comando es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\title{Mi historia: \\[0.25in]
+una historia de aflicción}
+</screen>
+<para>La forma destacada, <literal>\\*</literal>, le dice a &latex; que no inicie una
+nueva página entre las dos líneas, emitiendo un <literal>\nobreak</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Los saltos de línea explícitos en el cuerpo del texto principal son
+inusuales en &latex;. En particular, no comiences nuevos párrafos
+con <literal>\\</literal>. En lugar de eso, deja una línea en blanco entre los
+dos párrafos. Y no pongas una secuencia de <literal>\\</literal>&#8217;s para hacer
+espacio vertical. En su lugar, usa <literal>\vspace{<replaceable>length</replaceable>}</literal> o
+<literal>\leavevmode\vspace{<replaceable>length</replaceable>}</literal> o
+<literal>\vspace*{<replaceable>length</replaceable>}</literal> si deseas que no se arroje el espacio
+en la parte superior de una nueva página (véase <link linkend="_005cvspace">\vspace</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\\</literal> se usa principalmente fuera del flujo principal
+de texto como en un entorno <literal>tabular</literal> o <literal>array</literal> o en un
+entorno de la ecuación.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\\</literal> es un sinónimo de <literal>\newline</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cnewline">\newline</link>) en circunstancias ordinarias (un ejemplo de una
+excepción es la columna <literal>p{...}</literal> en un entorno <literal>tabular</literal>;
+véase <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>).
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/82666 -->
+<para>El comando <literal>\\</literal> es una macro y su definición cambia según el
+contexto para que su definición en texto normal, un entorno
+<literal>center</literal>, un <literal>flushleft</literal> y <literal>tabular</literal> son todos
+diferentes. En texto normal, cuando fuerza un salto de línea,
+esencialmente es una abreviatura para <literal>\newline</literal>. No finaliza el
+modo horizontal ni finaliza el párrafo, simplemente inserta un poco de
+pegamento y penalizaciones para que cuando el párrafo termine, se
+produzca un salto de línea en ese punto, con la breve línea rellena
+con espacios en blanco.
+</para>
+<para>Obtienes &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: No hay línea para terminar aquí</literal>&#8217; si
+usas <literal>\\</literal> para solicitar una nueva línea, en lugar de finalizar
+la línea actual. Un ejemplo es si tienes <literal>\begin{document}\\</literal>
+o, más probablemente, algo como esto.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
+ \\
+ En ese espacio vertical pon tu marca.
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Solucionalo reemplazando la doble barra invertida con algo como
+<literal>\vspace{\baselineskip}</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="10.2" id="_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">
+<sect1 label="9.2" id="_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">
<title><literal>\obeycr</literal> y <literal>\restorecr</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\obeycr</primary></indexterm>
+
+<anchor id="_005cobeycr"/><anchor id="_005crestorecr"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\obeycr</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restorecr</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nueva línea, salida como entrada</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\obeycr</literal> genera un retorno de carro en el archivo
-de entrada (&#8216;<literal>^^M</literal>&#8217;, internamente) lo mismo que <literal>\\</literal> (seguido
-por <literal>\relax</literal>). Por lo tanto, cada nueva línea en la entrada
-también será una nueva línea en la salida.
+<para>El comando <literal>\obeycr</literal> hace un retorno en el archivo de entrada
+(&#8216;<literal>^^M</literal>&#8217;, internamente) lo mismo que <literal>\\</literal>, seguido de
+<literal>\relax</literal>. Así que cada nueva línea en la entrada también será
+una nueva línea en la salida. El comando <literal>\restorecr</literal> restaura
+el comportamiento normal de salto de línea.
+</para>
+<para>Esta no es la forma de mostrar texto textual o código informático.
+Usa <literal>verbatim</literal> (véase <link linkend="verbatim">verbatim</link>) en su lugar.
+</para>
+<para>Con los valores predeterminados habituales de &latex;, este
+</para>
+<screen>aaa
+bbb
+
+\obeycr
+ccc
+ddd
+ eee
+
+\restorecr
+fff
+ggg
+
+hhh
+iii
+</screen>
+<para>produce una salida como esta.
</para>
-<para><literal>\restorecr</literal> restaura el comportamiento de saltos de línea normal.
+<screen> aaa bbb
+ ccc
+ddd
+eee
+
+fff ggg
+ hhh iii
+</screen>
+<para>Las sangrías son sangrías de párrafo.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="10.3" id="_005cnewline">
+<sect1 label="9.3" id="_005cnewline">
<title><literal>\newline</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newline</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nueva línea, comenzando (modo de párrafo)</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\newline</literal> rompe la línea en el punto actual, sin
-justificar el texto anterior. Sólo se puede utilizar en modo párrafo.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newline</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nueva línea, comenzando (modo párrafo)</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>En texto ordinario, esto termina una línea de una manera que no se
+justifica a la derecha. Para que el texto anterior al final de la
+línea no se estire, es decir, en modo de párrafo (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>), el
+comando <literal>\newline</literal> es equivalente a doble barra invertida
+(véase <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). Este comando es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Sin embargo, los dos comandos son diferentes dentro de un entorno
+<literal>tabular</literal> o entorno <literal>array</literal>. En una columna con un
+especificador que produce un cuadro de párrafo como típicamente
+<literal>p{...}</literal>, <literal>\newline</literal> inserta un final de línea dentro de
+la columna; es decir, no rompe toda la fila tabular. Para dividir
+toda la fila, usa <literal>\\</literal> o su equivalente <literal>\tabularnewline</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto imprimirá &#8216;<literal>Nombre:</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>Dirección:</literal>&#8217; como dos líneas en
+una sola celda de la tabla.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
+ Nombre: \newline Dirección: &amp;Date: \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>&#8216;<literal>Date:</literal>&#8217; se alineará con la línea base con &#8216;<literal>Nombre:</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="10.4" id="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">
-<title><literal>\-</literal> (división silábica discrecional)</title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\- (hyphenation)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>división silábica, forzando</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="9.4" id="_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029">
+<title><literal>\-</literal> (guion discrecional)</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\- (separación silábica)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>separación silábica, forzando</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\-</literal> le dice a &latex; que puede dividir la palabra
-con un guión en ese punto. &latex; cuenta con una muy buena separación
-silábica con guión, y por lo general en la mayoría de los casos
-encuentra los puntos correctos en la división de palabras, y casi nunca
-utiliza uno incorrecto. La instrucción <literal>\-</literal> se utiliza para casos
+<para>Le dice a &latex; que puede separar la palabra en ese punto. Cuando
+insertas comandos <literal>\-</literal> en una palabra, la palabra solo se
+dividirá con guiones en esos puntos y en ninguno de los otros puntos
+de guiones que &latex; podría haber elegido de otro modo. Este
+comando es robusto (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>&latex; es bueno separando guiones y generalmente encuentra la
+mayoría de los puntos de separación con guiones, mientras que casi
+nunca se usa uno incorrecto. El comando <literal>\-</literal> es para casos
excepcionales.
</para>
-<para>Cuando usted inserta la instrucción <literal>\-</literal> en una palabra, la palabra
-únicamente se debe dividir con guión en esos puntos y en ninguno de los
-puntos que &latex; pudiera haber elegido de otro modo.
+<para>Por ejemplo, &latex; normalmente no separa palabras que contienen un
+guión. Abajo, la palabra larga y con guión significa que &latex;
+tiene que poner en espacios inaceptablemente grandes para colocar la
+columna estrecha.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{rp{1.75in}}
+ Isaac Asimov &amp;La cepa del
+ antiintelectualismo
+ % an\-ti-in\-te\-lec\-tu\-al\-ismo
+ ha sido un hilo constante que se abre camino a través de
+ nuestra vida política y cultural, alimentada por
+ la falsa noción de que democracia significa que
+ 'mi ignorancia es tan buena como tu conocimiento'.
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>Comentar la tercera línea y descomentar la cuarta hace mucho mejor
+ajuste.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\-</literal> solo permite que &latex; rompa allí, no requiere
+que se rompa allí. Puedes forzar una división con algo como
+<literal>Hef-\linebreak feron</literal>. Por supuesto, si luego cambias el texto,
+entonces este salto de línea forzado puede parecer fuera de lugar, por
+lo que este enfoque requiere sumo cuidado.
</para>
-
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="10.5" id="_005cfussy">
-<title><literal>\fussy</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fussy</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="9.5" id="_005cdiscretionary">
+<title><literal>\discretionary</literal> (punto de separación silábica generalizada)</title>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>separación silábica, discrecional</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>discrecional, separación silábica</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\fussy</literal> (que es la predeterminada) provoca que
-&tex; sea quisquilloso con los saltos de línea. Esto por lo general
-también evita el espacio entre palabras, a costa de un ocasional
-desbordamiento de caja.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\discretionary{<replaceable>pre-break</replaceable>}{<replaceable>post-break</replaceable>}{<replaceable>no-break</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Maneja cambios de palabras alrededor de guiones. Este comando no se
+usa a menudo en documentos &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>Si se produce un salto de línea en el punto donde aparece
+<literal>\discretionary</literal> entonces &tex; pone <replaceable>pre-break</replaceable> al final de
+la línea actual y pone <replaceable>post-break</replaceable> al comienzo de la siguiente
+línea. Si no hay salto de linea aquí entonces &tex; pone
+<replaceable>no-break</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>En &#8216;<literal>difficult</literal>&#8217; las tres letras <literal>ffi</literal> forman una ligadura.
+Pero no obstante, &tex; se puede dividir entre las dos &#8216;<literal>f</literal>&#8217; con
+esto.
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción cancela el efecto de una instrucción <literal>\sloppy</literal>
-previa (véase <link linkend="_005csloppy">\sloppy</link>.
+<screen>di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult
+</screen>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que los usuarios no tienen que hacer esto. Normalmente
+se maneja automáticamente por el algoritmo de separación silábica de
+&tex;.
</para>
+<!-- xxx TODO, completa este nodo, ve LaTeX-fr (copiar y pegar a -->
+<!-- continuación, con letra acentuada escapada) -->
+
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="10.6" id="_005csloppy">
-<title><literal>\sloppy</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="9.6" id="_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy">
+<title><literal>\fussy</literal> y <literal>\sloppy</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cfussy"/><anchor id="_005csloppy"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fussy</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sloppy</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos de línea, cambiando</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\sloppy</literal> provoca que &tex; sea menos cuidadoso con
-los saltos de línea. Esto evitará el desbordamiento de cajas, a costa de
-un mayor espaciamiento entre palabras.
+<para>Declaraciones para hacer que &tex; sea más o menos quisquilloso con
+el salto de línea. Declarar <literal>\fussy</literal> por lo general evita
+demasiado espacio entre palabras, a costa de alguna que otra caja
+llena en exceso. En cambio, <literal>\sloppy</literal> evita cajas demasiado
+llenas mientras sufre espaciado interpalabras sueltas.
</para>
-<para>Dura hasta que se utilice una instrucción <literal>\fussy</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="_005cfussy">\fussy</link>).
+<para>El valor predeterminado es <literal>\fussy</literal>. El salto de línea en un
+párrafo es controlado por cualquier declaración que esté vigente al
+final del párrafo, es decir, en la línea en blanco o <literal>\par</literal> o
+ecuación mostrada que termina ese párrafo. Entonces, para afectar los
+saltos de línea, incluye ese material de final de párrafo en el
+entorno del párrafo.
</para>
+
+<sect2 label="9.6.1" id="sloppypar">
+<title><literal>sloppypar</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>sloppypar</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>sloppypar</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entorno descuidado</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{sloppypar}
+ ... párrafos ...
+\end{sloppypar}
+</screen>
+<para>Compone los párrafos con <literal>\sloppy</literal> en efecto (véase <link linkend="_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy">\fussy y
+\sloppy</link>). Usa esto para ajustar localmente el salto de línea, para
+evitar los errores &#8216;<literal>Caja demasiado llena</literal>&#8217; o &#8216;<literal>Caja
+incompleta</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>El ejemplo es simple.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{sloppypar} Con su plan para la mañana así resuelto, se sentó
+ en silencio a su libro después del desayuno, resolviendo permanecer
+ en el mismo lugar y el mismo empleo hasta que el reloj dio la una; y
+ por costumbre muy poco incomodado por los comentarios y
+ exclamaciones de la Sra.\ Allen, cuyo vacío de mente e incapacidad
+ para pensar eran tales, que como ella nunca hablaba mucho, por lo
+ que nunca podría estar completamente silencioso; y, por lo tanto,
+ mientras ella estaba sentada en su trabajo, si perdiera su aguja o
+ le rompía el hilo, si oía un carruaje en la calle, o vio una mota en
+ su vestido, debe observarla en voz alta, ya sea nadie tenía tiempo
+ para responderle o no. \end{sloppypar}
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="10.7" id="_005chyphenation">
+<sect1 label="9.7" id="_005chyphenation">
<title><literal>\hyphenation</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hyphenation</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>división de sílabas con guión, definiendo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>separación silábica, definiendo</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\hyphenation{<replaceable>palabra-uno</replaceable> <replaceable>palabra-dos</replaceable>}
+<screen>\hyphenation{<replaceable>word1</replaceable> ...}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\hyphenation</literal> declara los puntos dónde se permite
-la división de palabras por medio de un carácter <literal>-</literal> en las
-palabras proporcionadas. Las palabras están separadas por espacios.
-&tex; únicamente debe separar las palabras si la palabra coincide
-exactamente, sin juzgar las inflexiones. Múltiples instrucciones
-<literal>\hyphenation</literal> son acumulativas. Algunos ejemplos (los patrones de
-separación silábica de &tex; no se aplican a esas palabras):
+<para>Declara los puntos de separación de palabras permitidos dentro de las
+palabras de la lista. Las palabras en esa lista están separadas por
+espacios. Muestra puntos permitidos para separación silábica con un
+guión, <literal>-</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí hay un ejemplo:
</para>
-<screen>\hyphenation{ap-én-dice col-umnas hiper-fragilís-tico-espiali-doso}
+<screen>\hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
</screen>
+<para>Utiliza letras minúsculas. &tex; solo dividirá si la palabra
+coincide exactamente, no se intentan inflexiones. Múltiples
+<literal>\hyphenation</literal> los comandos se acumulan.
+</para>
+<!-- xx Vuelve a alinear en LaTeX-fr que también menciona fontenc, y eso -->
+<!-- babel/polyglossia ya carga los patrones de separación de sílabas, y -->
+<!-- tienes que declarar solo palabras no existentes. -->
+
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="10.8" id="_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">
+<sect1 label="9.8" id="_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">
<title><literal>\linebreak</literal> y <literal>\nolinebreak</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm>
+
+<anchor id="_005clinebreak"/><anchor id="_005cnolinebreak"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nolinebreak</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos de línea, forzando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos de línea, evitando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos de línea, previniendo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen>\linebreak[<replaceable>prioridad</replaceable>]
-\nolinebreak[<replaceable>prioridad</replaceable>]
+<screen>\linebreak
+\linebreak[<replaceable>cero-a-cuatro</replaceable>]
</screen>
-<para>De manera predeterminada, la instrucción <literal>\linebreak</literal>
-(<literal>\nolinebreak</literal>) fuerza (previene) un salto de línea en la posición
-actual. Para <literal>\linebreak</literal>, los espacios en la línea se expanden
-hasta el margen derecho de la manera normal.
+<para>o uno de estos.
</para>
-<para>Con el argumento opcional <replaceable>prioridad</replaceable>, usted puede convertir la
-instrucción de una petición a una demanda. La <replaceable>prioridad</replaceable> debe ser
-un número desde 0 hasta&#160;4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, es más
-insistente la petición.
+<screen>\nolinebreak
+\nolinebreak[<replaceable>cero-a-cuatro</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Anima o desalienta un salto de línea. El <replaceable>cero-a-cuatro</replaceable> opcional
+es un número entero entre 0 y 4 que te permite suavizar la
+instrucción. El valor predeterminado es 4, por lo que sin el
+argumento opcional estos comandos fuerzan o previenen por completo la
+ruptura. Pero por ejemplo, <literal>\nolinebreak[1]</literal> es una sugerencia
+de que otro lugar puede ser mejor. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más
+insistente será la solicitud. Ambos comandos son frágiles
+(véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Aquí le decimos a &latex; que un buen lugar para poner un salto de
+línea es después del texto legal estándar.
+</para>
+<screen>\boilerplatelegal{} \linebreak[2]
+Alentamos especialmente las solicitudes de miembros de tradicionalmente
+grupos subrepresentados.
+</screen>
+<para>Cuando emite <literal>\linebreak</literal>, los espacios en la línea se estiran
+para que el punto de quiebre alcance el margen derecho. Véase <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>
+y&#160;<link linkend="_005cnewline">\newline</link>, para que los espacios no se extiendan.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="11" id="Saltos-de-P_00e1gina">
-<title>Saltos de Página</title>
+<chapter label="10" id="Salto-de-p_00e1gina">
+<title>Salto de página</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>salto de página</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dividiendo páginas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>rompiendo páginas</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Normalmente, &latex; automáticamente se encarga de dividir la salida
+en páginas con su habitual aplomo. Pero si estás escribiendo
+comandos, o ajustar la versión final de un documento, es posible que
+debas entender cómo influir en sus acciones.
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: H Vogt https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115563 -->
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>badness</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El algoritmo de &latex; para dividir un documento en páginas es más
+complejo que simplemente esperar hasta que haya suficiente material
+para llenar una página y producir el resultado. En cambio, &latex;
+compone más material que cabría en la página y luego elige un salto
+que es óptimo en alguna forma (tiene el <firstterm>badness</firstterm> más pequeño). Un
+ejemplo de la ventaja de este enfoque es que si la página tiene algún
+espacio vertical que se puede estirar o encoger, como con tiras de
+goma entre párrafos, entonces &latex; lo puede usar para evitar
+líneas viudas (donde comienza una nueva página con la última línea de
+un párrafo; &latex; puede exprimir la línea adicional en la primera
+página) y huérfanas (donde la primera línea del párrafo está al final
+de una página; &latex; puede estirar el material de la primera página
+para que la línea extra caiga en la segunda página). Otro ejemplo es
+donde &latex; usa la reducción vertical disponible para caber en una
+página que no solo el encabezado de una nueva sección, pero también
+las dos primeras líneas de esa sección.
+</para>
+<para>Pero &latex; no optimiza el conjunto de saltos de páginas del
+documento completo. Entonces puede suceder que el salto de la primera
+página sea genial pero el segundo sea pésimo; para romper la página
+actual &latex; no ve tan adelante como el siguiente salto de página.
+Así que de vez en cuando es posible que desees influir en los saltos
+de página al preparar una versión final de un documento.
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Composici_00f3n">Composición</link>, para obtener más material relevante para el salto
+de página.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="10.1" id="_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">
+<title><literal>\clearpage</literal> y <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cclearpage"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\clearpage</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>enjuagar flotantes y comenzar una página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comenzar una nueva página y borrar flotantes</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005ccleardoublepage"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cleardoublepage</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comenzando en una página de la derecha</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; inicia nuevas páginas asincronicamente, cuando ha acumulado
-suficiente material para llenar una página. Por lo general, esto ocurre
-automáticamente, pero a veces, posiblemente, usted quiera influir en los
-saltos de página.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-
-
-<sect1 label="11.1" id="_005ccleardoublepage">
-<title><literal>\cleardoublepage</literal></title>
-
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cleardoublepage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>iniciando una página a mano derecha</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> termina la página actual y
-provoca que se impriman todas las imágenes y tablas que han aparecido
-hasta el momento en el texto. En un estilo de Impresión a doble cara,
-este también hace que la siguiente página sea a mano derecha, página
-(impares), produciendo una página en blanco si es necesario.
+<screen>\clearpage
+</screen>
+<para>o
</para>
-
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="11.2" id="_005cclearpage">
-<title><literal>\clearpage</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\clearpage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>descargando flotantes e iniciando una página</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>iniciando una nueva página y limpiando flotantes</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\clearpage</literal> termina la página actual y provoca que
-todas la imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta ahora en la entrada
-sean impresas.
+<screen>\cleardoublepage
+</screen>
+<para>Finaliza la página actual y genera todas las figuras flotantes
+pendientes y tablas (véase <link linkend="Flotantes">Flotantes</link>). Si hay demasiados flotantes
+para caber en la página entonces &latex; pondrá páginas adicionales
+que solo contienen flotantes. En impresión a doble cara,
+<literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> también hace que la siguiente página de
+contenido sea una página de la derecha, una página impar, si es
+necesario insertando una página en blanco. El comando
+<literal>\clearpage</literal> es robusto mientras <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> es
+frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Los saltos de página de &latex; están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: https://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-reallyblank.html -->
+<para>El comando <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> colocará una página en blanco, pero
+tendrá los encabezados y pies de página en ejecución. Para obtener
+una página con espacio en blanco, usa este comando.
+</para>
+<screen>\let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage
+\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
+ \clearpage
+ {\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%
+}
+</screen>
+<para>Si deseas que el comando <literal>\chapter</literal> estándar de &latex; haga
+esto, entonces agrega la línea
+<literal>\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</literal>. (Por supuesto, esto
+afecta todos los usos de <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal>, no solo uno en
+<literal>\chapter</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\newpage</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewpage">\newpage</link>) también termina la
+página actual, pero sin borrar los flotantes pendientes. Y, si
+&latex; está en modo de dos columnas, entonces <literal>\newpage</literal>
+finaliza la columna actual mientras <literal>\clearpage</literal> y
+<literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> finalizan la página actual.
</para>
+
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="11.3" id="_005cnewpage">
+<sect1 label="10.2" id="_005cnewpage">
<title><literal>\newpage</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newpage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nueva página, iniciando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>iniciando una nueva página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nueva página, comenzando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comenzando una nueva página</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\newpage</literal> termina la página actual, pero no
-descarga flotantes (vea <literal>\clearpage</literal> arriba).
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\newpage
+</screen>
+<para>Finaliza la página actual. Este comando es robusto
+(véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Los saltos de página de &latex; están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+</para>
+<para>Mientras que los comandos <literal>\clearpage</literal> y <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal>
+también finalizan la página actual, además borran los flotantes
+pendientes (véase <link linkend="_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</link>). Y, si &latex;
+está en modo de dos columnas, entonces <literal>\clearpage</literal> y
+<literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> terminan la página actual, posiblemente
+dejando una columna vacía, mientras <literal>\newpage</literal> solo finaliza la
+columna actual.
+</para>
+<para>A diferencia de <literal>\pagebreak</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</link>),
+el comando <literal>\newpage</literal> hará que la nueva página comience justo
+donde se solicitó. Este
+</para>
+<screen>Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+continente,
+\newpage
+
+\noindent
+una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+de que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+</screen>
+<para>hace que una nueva página comience después de &#8216;<literal>continente</literal>&#8217;, y la
+línea cortada no se justifica a la derecha. Además, <literal>\newpage</literal>
+no estira verticalmente la página, como lo hace <literal>\pagebreak</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="11.4" id="_005cenlargethispage">
+<sect1 label="10.3" id="_005cenlargethispage">
<title><literal>\enlargethispage</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enlargethispage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ampliando la página actual</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ampliar la página actual</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\enlargethispage{tamaño}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para><literal>\enlargethispage*{tamaño}</literal>
+<screen>\enlargethispage{<replaceable>size</replaceable>}
+\enlargethispage*{<replaceable>size</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Amplía el <literal>\textheight</literal> para la página actual. El argumento
+requerido <replaceable>size</replaceable> debe tener una longitud rígida
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Puede ser positivo o negativo. Este comando es
+frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Una estrategia común es esperar hasta tener el texto final de un
+documento y, a continuación, pásalo ajustando los saltos de línea y de
+página. Este comando te permite cierto margen de maniobra en el
+tamaño de la página.
</para>
-<para>Amplía el <literal>\textheight</literal> para la página actual por la cantidad
-especificada; por ejemplo <literal>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</literal>
-permitirá una línea adicional.
+<para>Esto permitirá una línea adicional en la página actual.
</para>
-<para>La forma favorita trata de apretar el material en la página tanto como
-sea posible. Esta normalmente se utiliza junto con un <literal>\pagebreak</literal>
-explícito.
+<screen>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+</screen>
+<para>La forma con estrella <literal>\enlargesthispage*</literal> intenta exprimir el
+material juntos en la página tanto como sea posible, para el caso de
+uso común de obtener una línea más en la página. Esto se usa a menudo
+junto con un <literal>\pagebreak</literal> explícito.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="11.5" id="_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">
+<sect1 label="10.4" id="_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">
<title><literal>\pagebreak</literal> y <literal>\nopagebreak</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagebreak</primary></indexterm>
+
+<anchor id="_005cpagebreak"/><anchor id="_005cnopagebreak"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagebreak</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nopagebreak</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos de página, forzando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos de página, evitando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>salto de página, forzando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>salto de página, evitando</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\pagebreak[<replaceable>prioridad</replaceable>]
-\nopagebreak[<replaceable>prioridad</replaceable>]
+<screen>\pagebreak
+\pagebreak[<replaceable>cero-a-cuatro</replaceable>]
</screen>
-<para>De forma predeterminada, la instrucción <literal>\pagebreak</literal>
-(<literal>\nopagebreak</literal>) fuerza (impide) un salto de página en la posición
-actual. Para <literal>\linebreak</literal>, el espacio vertical en la página se
-estira cuanto sea posible de modo que se extienda hasta el margen
-inferior normal.
+<para>o
</para>
-<para>Con el argumento opcional <replaceable>prioridad</replaceable>, puede convertir la
-instrucción <literal>\pagebreak</literal> desde una petición a una demanda. El
-número debe ser un número desde 0 hasta&#160;4. Cuanto mayor sea el
-número, más insistente es la petición.
+<screen>\nopagebreak
+\nopagebreak[<replaceable>cero-a-cuatro</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Anima o desalienta un salto de página. El <replaceable>cero-a-cuatro</replaceable>
+opcional es un número entero que te permite suavizar la solicitud. El
+valor predeterminado es 4, de modo que sin el argumento opcional estos
+comandos fuerzan o previenen el quiebre. Pero, por ejemplo,
+<literal>\nopagebreak[1]</literal> sugiere a &latex; que otro lugar podría ser
+preferible. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente la petición.
+Ambos comandos son frágiles. (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Los finales de página de &latex; están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas estos comandos en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+</para>
+<para>Si los usas dentro de un párrafo, se aplica al punto siguiente de la
+línea en la que aparecen. Así que esto
+</para>
+<screen>Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+continente,
+\pagebreak
+una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+</screen>
+<para>no da un salto de página en &#8216;<literal>continente</literal>&#8217;, sino en &#8216;<literal>nación</literal>&#8217;,
+ya que ahí es donde &latex; rompe esa línea. Además, con
+<literal>\pagebreak</literal> el espacio vertical en la página se estira donde sea
+posible para que se extienda hasta el fondo del margen normal. Esto
+puede parecer extraño, y si <literal>\flushbottom</literal> está en efecto esto
+puede hacer que obtengas &#8216;<literal>Infralleno \vbox (incorrecto 10000)
+ocurrió mientras \output está activo</literal>&#8217;. Véase <link linkend="_005cnewpage">\newpage</link>, para un
+comando que no tiene estos efectos.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\samepage</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>samepage entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<para>(Hay una declaración obsoleta <literal>\samepage</literal>, que intenta solo
+permitir un salto de línea entre dos párrafos. Hay un entorno
+relacionado <literal>samepage</literal>, también obsoleto. Ninguno de estos
+funciona de manera confiable. Para más información sobre cómo
+mantener el material en la misma página, consulta la entrada de
+preguntas frecuentes <ulink url="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</ulink>).
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="12" id="Notas-al-Pie">
-<title>Notas al Pie</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas al pie, creando</primary></indexterm>
+<chapter label="11" id="Notas-al-pie">
+<title>Notas al pie</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas al pie, crear</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Las notas al pie se pueden producir en una de dos maneras. Se pueden
-producir con una sola instrucción, la instrucción <literal>\footnote</literal>.
-También se pueden producir con dos instrucciones, las instrucciones
-<literal>\footnotemark</literal> y <literal>\footnotetext</literal>.
+<para>Coloca una nota a pie de página en la parte inferior de la página
+actual, como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>No&#235;l Coward bromeó diciendo que tener que leer una nota al pie es
+como tener que bajar las escaleras para abrir la puerta, mientras está
+en medio de hacer amor.\footnote{% No sabría, no leo las notas al
+pie.}
+</screen>
+<para>Puedes poner varias notas al pie de página en una página. Si el texto
+de la nota al pie se vuelve demasiado largo, entonces fluirá a la
+página siguiente.
+</para>
+<para>También puedes producir notas al pie combinando <literal>\footnotemark</literal> y
+los comandos <literal>\footnotetext</literal>, que es útil en casos con
+circunstancias especiales.
+</para>
+<para>Para que las referencias bibliográficas salgan a pie de página es
+necesario incluir un estilo bibliográfico con ese comportamiento
+(véase <link linkend="Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</link>).
</para>
-<sect1 label="12.1" id="_005cfootnote">
+<sect1 label="11.1" id="_005cfootnote">
<title><literal>\footnote</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnote</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen>\footnote[<replaceable>número</replaceable>]{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\footnote{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\footnote[<replaceable>number</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\footnote</literal> coloca una nota numerada con el
-<replaceable>texto</replaceable> al pie de la página actual. El argumento opcional
-<replaceable>número</replaceable> cambia el número predeterminado de la nota.
+<para>Coloca <replaceable>text</replaceable> como nota al pie al final de la página actual.
+</para>
+<screen>Hay más de mil notas a pie de página en el libro de Gibbon.
+\textit{Decadencia y Caída del Imperio Romano}.\footnote{% Después
+de leer una versión anterior con notas finales, David Hume se quejó:
+``Uno también está plagado de sus Notas, según el presente Método de
+imprimir el Libro'' y sugirió que ``sólo para ser impreso en el margen
+o en la parte inferior de la página.''}
+</screen>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>number</replaceable> te permite especificar el número de
+la nota al pie. Si usas esto, entonces &latex; no incrementa el
+contador <literal>footnote</literal>.
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción sólo puede utilizarse fuera del modo párrafo; es decir,
-no se puede utilizar en el instrucciones de seccionado tal como
-<literal>\chapter</literal>, en figuras, tablas o en un entorno <literal>tabular</literal>.
-(Vea las siguientes secciones).
-<!-- xx mencione paquetes que corrijan esto -->
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol, y notas al pie</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@fnsymbol</primary></indexterm>
+<para>De manera predeterminada, &latex; usa números arábigos como
+marcadores de notas al pie. Cambia esto con algo como
+<literal>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</literal>, que
+utiliza una secuencia de símbolos (véase <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman
+\Roman \fnsymbol</link>). Para que este cambio sea global, ponlo en el
+preámbulo. Si realizas el cambio local, entonces es posible que
+desees restablecer el contador con
+<literal>\setcounter{footnote}{0}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; determina el espaciado de las notas al pie con dos
+parámetros.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros de nota al pie</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros, para notas al pie</primary></indexterm>
+
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnoterule</primary></indexterm><literal>\footnoterule</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="footnote-footnoterule"/><para>Produce la regla que separa el texto
+principal de una página del texto de la notas al pie de la página.
+Dimensiones predeterminadas en las clases de documentos estándar
+(excepto <literal>slides</literal>, donde no aparece) es: espesor vertical de
+<literal>0.4pt</literal>, y tamaño horizontal de <literal>0.4\columnwidth</literal> de largo.
+Cambia la regla con algo como esto.
+</para>
+<!-- Agregación de créditos: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/21917 -->
+<screen>\renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns evita el espacio vertical
+ \kern -3pt % Este -3 es negativo
+ \hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % de la suma de este 1
+ \kern 2pt} % y este 2
+</screen>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotesep</primary></indexterm><literal>\footnotesep</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="footnote-footnotesep"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>strut</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La altura del puntal colocado al comienzo de la nota al pie.
+(véase <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>). De manera predeterminada, esto se establece en el
+puntal normal para <literal>\footnotesize</literal> fuentes (véase <link linkend="Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los
+tipos de letra</link>), por lo tanto no hay espacio adicional entre las
+notas al pie. Este es &#8216;<literal>6.65pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>7.7pt</literal>&#8217;
+para &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>8.4pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;. Cambio como con
+<literal>\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>El comando <literal>\footnote</literal> es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; pone muchas restricciones sobre
+dónde puedes usar un <literal>\footnote</literal>; por ejemplo, no lo puedes usar
+en un argumento para un comando de seccionado como <literal>\chapter</literal>
+(solo se puede usar en modo de párrafo; véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). Hay algunas
+soluciones; ve las siguientes secciones.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes, en una minipágina</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mpfootnote contador</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En un entorno <literal>minipage</literal>, el comando <literal>\footnote</literal> usa el
+contador <literal>mpfootnote</literal> en lugar del contador <literal>footnote</literal>, por
+lo que se numeran de forma independiente. Se muestran en la parte
+inferior del entorno, no en la parte inferior de la página. Y de
+manera predeterminada se muestran alfabéticamente. Véase <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link> y
+<link linkend="Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">Notas al pie en una tabla</link>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.2" id="_005cfootnotemark">
+<sect1 label="11.2" id="_005cfootnotemark">
<title><literal>\footnotemark</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotemark</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sin argumento opcional, la instrucción <literal>\footnotemark</literal> coloca el
-número de nota actual en el texto. Esta instrucción se puede utilizar
-en modo párrafo. Usted proporciona el texto de la nota por separado,
-con la instrucción <literal>\footnotetext</literal>.
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción se puede utilizar para producir varios marcadores de
-nota consecutivos refiriéndose a la misma nota
+<screen>\footnotemark
+\footnotemark[<replaceable>number</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Coloca la marca de nota al pie actual en el texto. Para especificar
+texto asociado para la nota al pie&#160;<link linkend="_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</link>. El
+argumento <replaceable>number</replaceable> opcional hace que el comando use ese número
+para determinar la marca de nota al pie. Este comando se puede
+utilizar en el modo de párrafo interior (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Si usas <literal>\footnotemark</literal> sin el argumento opcional, entonces
+incrementa el contador <literal>footnote</literal>, pero si usas el contador
+opcional <replaceable>number</replaceable> entonces no lo hace. El siguiente ejemplo
+produce varios marcadores consecutivos de notas al pie que se refieren
+a la misma nota al pie.
+</para>
+<screen>El primer teorema\footnote{Debido a Gauss.} y el segundo
+teorema\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] y el tercer
+teorema.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+</screen>
+<para>Si hay notas al pie intermedias, debes recordar el valor de el número
+de la marca común. Este ejemplo da la misma afiliación institucional
+del primer y tercer autor (<literal>\thanks</literal> es una versión de
+<literal>\footnote</literal>), dando a mano el número de la nota al pie.
+</para>
+<screen>\title{Un tratado sobre el teorema del binomio}
+\author{J Moriarty\thanks{Universidad de Leeds}
+ \y AC Doyle\thanks{Universidad de Durham}
+ \y S Holmes\footnotemark[1]}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+</screen>
+<para>Utiliza un contador para recordar el número de la nota al pie. La
+tercera frase va seguida del mismo marcador de nota al pie que la
+primera.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcounter{footnoteValueSaver} Todos los bebés son
+ilógicos.\footnote{% Lewis
+Carroll.}\setcounter{footnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} No
+se desprecia a nadie que pueda manejar un cocodrilo.\footnote{%
+Capitán Garfio.} Las personas ilógicas son
+despreciadas.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}] Por lo tanto,
+cualquiera que pueda manejar un cocodrilo no es un bebé.
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cleveref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cleveref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Este ejemplo logra lo mismo usando el paquete <literal>cleveref</literal>.
</para>
-<screen>\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+<!-- del usuario SE Jake https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/10116/339 -->
+<screen>\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % en el preámbulo
+\crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}
+...
+El teorema es de Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker, Evers,
+1994.} El corolario es de Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.}
+Pero el lema clave es de Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
</screen>
-<para>después de la primer instrucción <literal>\footnote</literal>.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Funcionará con el paquete <literal>hyperref</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.3" id="_005cfootnotetext">
+<sect1 label="11.3" id="_005cfootnotetext">
<title><literal>\footnotetext</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotetext</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen>\footnotetext[<replaceable>número</replaceable>]{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\footnotetext{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\footnotetext[<replaceable>number</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\footnotetext</literal> coloca el <replaceable>texto</replaceable> en la parte
-inferior de la página como una nota al pie. Esta instrucción puede
-venir en cualquier lugar después de la instrucción <literal>\footnotemark</literal>.
-La instrucción <literal>\footnotetext</literal> debe aparecer en el exterior del
-modo párrafo.
+<para>Coloca <replaceable>text</replaceable> en la parte inferior de la página como nota al pie.
+Se empareja con <literal>\footnotemark</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</link>) y puede
+venir en cualquier lugar después de ese comando, pero debe aparecer en
+modo de párrafo externo (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). El argumento opcional
+<replaceable>number</replaceable> cambia el número de la marca de nota al pie.
</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>número</replaceable> cambia el número predeterminado de la
-nota.
+<para>Véase <link linkend="_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</link> y&#160;<link linkend="Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">Notas al pie en una tabla</link>, para usar
+en ejemplos
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.4" id="Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas">
-<title>Notas al Pie Simbólicas</title>
+<sect1 label="11.4" id="Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones">
+<title>Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números en</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Si desea utilizar símbolos para las notas al pie, en lugar de un número
-creciente, redefina <literal>\thefootnote</literal> así:
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Notas a pie de página, en los títulos de las secciones</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tabla de contenido, evitando notas al pie de página</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Pone una nota al pie en el título de una sección, como en:
</para>
-<screen>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+<screen>\section{Juegos completos\protect\footnote{Este material se debe a
+ ...}}
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol, y notas al pie</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\fnsymbol</literal> produce a serie predefinida de símbolos
-(véase <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>). Si desea
-utilizar un símbolo diferente como su marca de nota al pie, necesitará
-redefinir <literal>\@fnsymbol</literal>.
+<para>hace que la nota al pie de página aparezca en la parte inferior de la
+página donde comienza la sección, como es habitual, pero también en la
+parte inferior de la tabla de contenido, donde no es probable que sea
+deseado. La forma más sencilla de hacer que no aparezca en la tabla
+de contenido es usar el argumento opcional para <literal>\section</literal>
+</para>
+<screen>\section[Por favor]{Por favor\footnote{%
+ ¡No incluyas notas al pie en los encabezados de capítulos y
+ secciones!}}
+</screen>
+<para>No se necesita <literal>\protect</literal> delante de <literal>\footnote</literal> aquí porque
+lo que se mueve a la tabla de contenido es el argumento opcional.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.5" id="Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote">
-<title>Parámetros para Footnote</title>
+<sect1 label="11.5" id="Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">
+<title>Notas al pie en una tabla</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros de footnote</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros, para footnote</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nota al pie, en una tabla</primary></indexterm>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnoterule</primary></indexterm><literal>\footnoterule</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Produce la línea que separa el texto principal en una página de las
-notas al pie de la página. Dimensiones predeterminadas: <literal>0.4pt</literal>
-espesor (o ancho), y longitud de <literal>0.4\columnwidth</literal> en las clases de
-documento estándar (salvo en <literal>slides</literal>, donde esta no aparece).
+<para>Dentro de un entorno <literal>tabular</literal> o <literal>array</literal> el comando
+<literal>\footnote</literal> no funciona; hay una marca de nota al pie en la celda
+de la tabla, pero el texto de la nota al pie no aparece. La solución
+es usar un entorno <literal>minipage</literal> como aquí (véase <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotesep</primary></indexterm><literal>\footnotesep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>La altura donde se coloca el puntal al comienzo de la nota al pie. De
-forma predeterminada, se establece en el puntal del tipo de letra normal
-<literal>\footnotesize</literal> (véase <link linkend="Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</link>, por lo tanto no
-hay espacio extra entre las notas. Este es &#8216;<literal>6.65pt</literal>&#8217; para
-&#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>7.7pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>8.4pt</literal>&#8217; para
-&#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;.
+<screen>\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Barco} &amp;\textsc{Libro} \\ \hline
+ \textit{HMS Sophie} &amp;Maestro y Comandante \\
+ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &amp;Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit{HMS Lively} &amp;Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit{HMS Surprise} &amp;Un número de libros\footnote{%
+ Comenzando con \textit{HMS Sorpresa}.}
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Dentro de una <literal>minipage</literal>, las marcas de las notas al pie son
+letras minúsculas. Cambio que con algo así
+<literal>\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Las notas al pie en el ejemplo anterior aparecen en la parte inferior
+de la <literal>minipage</literal>. Para que aparezcan en la parte inferior de la
+página principal, como parte de la secuencia regular de notas al pie,
+utiliza <literal>\footnotemark</literal> y <literal>\footnotetext</literal> empareja y crea un
+nuevo contador.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+ \setcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Mujer} &amp;\textsc{Relación} \\ \hline
+ Mona &amp;Adjunto\footnotemark\\
+ Diana Villiers &amp;Eventual esposa \\
+ Christine Hatherleigh Wood &amp;Prometida\footnotemark
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}% El signo de porcentaje mantiene el texto de la
+ % nota al pie cerca de la minipágina
+ \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
+ \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
+ Poco se sabe aparte de su muerte.}%
+ \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
+ \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
+ Relación no resuelta en XXI.}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tablefootnote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tablefootnote</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para un entorno <literal>table</literal> flotante
+(véase <link linkend="table">table</link>), usa el paquete <literal>tablefootnote</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<screen>\usepackage{tablefootnote} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Fecha} &amp;\textsc{Campaña} \\ \hline
+ 1862 &amp; Fuerte Donelson \\
+ 1863 &amp;Vicksburg \\
+ 1865 &amp;Ejército de Virginia del Norte\tablefootnote{%
+ Pone fin a la guerra.}
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Fuerzas capturadas por US Grant}
+\end table}
+</screen>
+<para>La nota al pie aparece en la parte inferior de la página y está
+numerada en secuencia con otras notas al pie.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="11.6" id="Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie">
+<title>Notas al pie de notas al pie</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nota al pie, de una nota al pie</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>bigfoot</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>bigfoot</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Particularmente en las humanidades, los autores
+pueden tener múltiples clases de notas al pie, incluyendo tener notas
+al pie de las notas al pie. El paquete <literal>bigfoot</literal> amplía el
+mecanismo de notas al pie predeterminado de &latex; en muchas
+maneras, incluyendo permitir estos dos, como en este ejemplo.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{bigfoot} % en el preámbulo
+\DeclareNewFootnote{Predeterminado}
+\DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % crea clase \footnotefrom{}
+ ...
+El tercer teorema es un inverso parcial del segundo.\footnotefrom{%
+ Anotado en Wilson.\footnote{Segunda edición solamente.}}
+</screen>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="13" id="Definiciones">
+<chapter label="12" id="Definiciones">
<title>Definiciones</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definiciones</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; tiene la capacidad para crear nuevas instrucciones de muchos
-tipos diferentes.
+<para>&latex; tiene soporte para crear nuevos comandos de muchos tipos
+diferentes.
</para>
-<!-- xx todo en este capítulo necesita ejemplos. -->
-
-<sect1 label="13.1" id="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">
+<sect1 label="12.1" id="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">
<title><literal>\newcommand</literal> y <literal>\renewcommand</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcommand</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>instrucciones, definiendo nuevas</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definiendo una nueva instrucción</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nuevas instrucciones, definiendo</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\newcommand</literal> y <literal>\renewcommand</literal> define y redefine una
-instrucción, respectivamente.
+<anchor id="_005cnewcommand"/><anchor id="_005crenewcommand"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\renewcommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, definiendo nuevos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, redefiniendo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definir un nuevo comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>redefinir un comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nuevos comandos, definiendo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de (tres formas regulares, tres formas destacadas):
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\newcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\newcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\newcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\newcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\newcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o todas las mismas posibilidades con <literal>\renewcommand</literal> en lugar de
+<literal>\newcommand</literal>:
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+
+<para>Define o redefine un comando (ve también <literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal>
+en <link linkend="Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>forma estrella, definiendo nuevos comandos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>*-forma, definiendo nuevos comandos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\long</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La forma estrellada de estos dos prohíbe que los argumentos contengan
+varios párrafos de texto (en términos simples de &tex;: los comandos
+no son <literal>\long</literal>). Con la forma predeterminada, los argumentos
+pueden ser varios párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Estos son los parámetros (a continuación se muestran algunos
+ejemplos):
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>cmd</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Requerido; <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> es el nombre del comando. Debe comenzar
+con una barra invertida, <literal>\</literal>, y no debe comenzar con la cadena de
+cuatro caracteres <literal>\end</literal>. Para <literal>\newcommand</literal>, no debe estar
+ya definido. Para <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, este nombre ya debe estar
+definido.
</para>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9, especificando el número de
+argumentos que toma el comando, incluido cualquier argumento opcional.
+Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que especificar 0, lo cual significa
+que el comando no tiene argumentos. Si redefines un comando, la nueva
+versión puede tener un diferente número de argumentos que la versión
+anterior.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>argumentos opcionales, definir y usar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>argumentos, opcional, definir y usar</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Opcional; si este argumento está presente entonces el primer argumento
+de <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> es opcional, con valor predeterminado
+<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si
+<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> no está presente entonces <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> no
+toma un argumento opcional.
+</para>
+<para>Es decir, si <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> se llama con el siguiente argumento
+entre corchetes, como en <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>[<replaceable>optval</replaceable>]{...}...</literal>,
+entonces dentro de <replaceable>defn</replaceable>, el parámetro&#160;<literal>#1</literal> se
+establece en <replaceable>optval</replaceable>. Por otro lado, si <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> se
+llama sin los siguientes corchetes entonces dentro de <replaceable>defn</replaceable> se
+establece el parámetro <literal>#1</literal> a <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>. En cualquier
+caso, los argumentos requeridos comienzan con <literal>#2</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Omitir <literal>[<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]</literal> de la definición es completamente
+diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío, como en <literal>[]</literal>.
+El primero dice que el comando que se define no requiere un argumento
+opcional, por lo que <literal>#1</literal> es el primer argumento requerido (si
+<inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>nargs</replaceable> &#8805; 1</mathphrase></inlineequation>); este último establece el argumento
+opcional <literal>#1</literal> a la cadena vacía como valor predeterminado, si no
+hay un argumento opcional dado en la llamada.
+</para>
+<para>De manera similar, omitir <literal>[<replaceable>optval</replaceable>]</literal> de una llamada también
+es completamente diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío.
+El anterior establece <literal>#1</literal> al valor de <replaceable>optval</replaceable> (suponiendo
+que el comando se definió para tomar un argumento opcional); el último
+<literal>#1</literal> configurado a la cadena vacía, al igual que con cualquier
+otro valor.
+</para>
+<para>Si un comando no está definido para tomar un argumento opcional, pero
+es llamado con un argumento opcional, los resultados son
+impredecibles: allí puede haber un error de &latex;, puede haber una
+salida tipográfica incorrecta, o ambos.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>defn</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>parámetros, sustituir</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Requerido; el texto que se sustituirá por cada aparición de
+<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>. Los parámetros <literal>#1</literal>, <literal>#2</literal>, &#8230;,
+<literal>#<replaceable>nargs</replaceable></literal> se reemplazan por los valores proporcionados
+cuando se llama al comando (o por <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> en el caso de un
+argumento opcional no especificado en la llamada, como se acaba de
+explicar).
</para>
-<screen> \newcommand{<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>}[<replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definición</replaceable>}
-\renewcommand{<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>}[<replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definición</replaceable>}
- \newcommand{<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>}[<replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>][<replaceable>predeterminado</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definición</replaceable>}
-\renewcommand{<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>}[<replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>][<replaceable>predeterminado</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definición</replaceable>}
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacios en blanco, después de las secuencias de control</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&tex; ignora los espacios en blanco en la fuente después de una
+secuencia de control (véase <link linkend="Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</link>), como en
+&#8216;<literal>\cmd </literal>&#8217;. Si quieres un espacio allí, una solución es escribir
+<literal>{}</literal> después del comando (&#8216;<literal>\cmd{} </literal>&#8217;), y otra solución es
+usar un espacio de control explícito (&#8216;<literal>\cmd\ </literal>&#8217;).
+</para>
+<para>Un ejemplo simple de definición de un nuevo comando:
+<literal>\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</literal> da como resultado que
+<literal>\RS</literal> sea reemplazado por el texto más largo. Redefinir un
+comando existente es similar:
+<literal>\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas <literal>\newcommand</literal> y el nombre del comando ya se ha usado
+entonces obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya
+definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</literal>&#8217;. De
+manera similar, si usas <literal>\renewcommand</literal> y el nombre del comando
+no se ha definido, obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: \hank no
+se ha definido</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí la primera definición crea un comando sin argumentos, y la
+segunda, un comando con un argumento requerido:
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
+\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definición~\ref{#1}}
</screen>
+<para>Usa el primero como en <literal>Te recomiendo \student{}</literal>. El segundo
+tiene un argumento variable, por lo que <literal>\defref{def:basis}</literal> se
+expande a <literal>Definición~\ref{def:basis}</literal>, que finalmente se
+expande a algo así como &#8216;<literal>Definición~3.14</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Del mismo modo, pero con dos argumentos obligatorios:
+<literal>\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}</literal> se invoca como
+<literal>\nbym{2}{k}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Señor o señora]{Estimado #1:}
+</screen>
+<para>Entonces <literal>\salutation</literal> da &#8216;<literal>Estimado señor o señora:</literal>&#8217;
+mientras <literal>\salutation[John]</literal> da &#8216;<literal>Querido John:</literal>&#8217;. Y
+<literal>\salutation[]</literal> da &#8216;<literal>Estimado :</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional y dos argumentos
+obligatorios.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\lawyers}[3][empresa]{#2, #3 y~#1}
+Empleo a \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.
+</screen>
+<para>El resultado es &#8216;<literal>Empleo Dewey, Cheatem y Howe</literal>&#8217;. El argumento
+opcional, <literal>Howe</literal>, está asociado con <literal>#1</literal>, mientras que
+<literal>Dewey</literal> y <literal>Cheatem</literal> están asociados con <literal>#2</literal>
+y&#160;<literal>#3</literal>. Debido al argumento opcional,
+<literal>\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}</literal> dará la salida &#8216;<literal>Empleo Dewey,
+Cheatem y Howe</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Las llaves alrededor de <replaceable>defn</replaceable> no definen un grupo, es decir, no
+delimitan el alcance del resultado de expandir <replaceable>defn</replaceable>. Por
+ejemplo, con <literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</literal>, en esta
+oración,
+</para>
+<screen>El \shipname{Monitor} se encontró con el \shipname{Merrimac}.
+</screen>
+<para>las palabras &#8216;<literal>se encontró con el</literal>&#8217;, y el punto, estarían
+incorrectamente en cursiva. La solución es poner otro par de
+corchetes dentro de la definición:
+<literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</literal>.
+</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El nombre de la instrucción comenzando con <literal>\</literal>. Para
-<literal>\newcommand</literal>, este no se debe haber definido y no debe comenzar
-con <literal>\end</literal>; para <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, este ya tiene que estar
-definido.
+<sect2 label="12.1.1" id="Secuencias-de-control">
+<title>Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>secuencias de control</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Al leer la entrada &tex; convierte el flujo de caracteres leídos en
+una secuencia de <firstterm>tókenes</firstterm>. Cuando &tex; ve una barra invertida
+<literal>\</literal>, la hará manejar los siguientes caracteres de una manera
+especial para hacer un token de <firstterm>secuencia de control</firstterm>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>Un entero opcional entre 1 y 9 especificando el número de argumentos que
-debe tomar la instrucción. El valor predeterminado es para que la
-instrucción no tome argumentos.
+<para>Las secuencias de control se dividen en dos categorías:
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>predeterminado</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>Si este parámetro opcional está presente, significa que el primer
-argumento del comando es opcional. Cuando se invoca a la nueva
-instrucción, el valor predeterminado del argumento opcional (es decir,
-si no se especifica en la llamada) es la cadena &#8216;<literal>definición</literal>&#8217;.
+<itemizedlist><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>palabra de control, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<para><firstterm>palabra de control</firstterm>, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+una <literal>\</literal> seguida de al menos una letra ASCII (<literal>A-Z</literal> y
+<literal>a-z</literal>), seguida de al menos una no letra.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>definición</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto con el que se sustituirá cada aparición de <literal>instrucción</literal>;
-una construcción de la forma <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> en <replaceable>definición</replaceable> es
-reemplazada por el texto del e<replaceable>n</replaceable>ésimo argumento.
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de control, definir</primary></indexterm>
+<para><firstterm>símbolo de control</firstterm>, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+una <literal>\</literal> seguida de un carácter que no sea una letra.
+</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
+<para>La secuencia de caracteres que se encuentran después de una <literal>\</literal>
+también se denominan el <firstterm>nombre de la secuencia de control</firstterm>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Los espacios en blanco después de una palabra de control se ignoran y
+no producen espacio en blanco en la salida (véase <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y
+\renewcommand</link> y <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Así como el comando <literal>\relax</literal> no hace nada, la siguiente entrada
+simplemente imprimirá &#8216;<literal>¡Hola!</literal>&#8217; :
+</para>
+<screen>¡Hol\relax <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->
+ <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->a!
+</screen>
+<para>Esto se debe a que los espacios en blanco después de <literal>\relax</literal>,
+incluida la nueva línea, son ignorados, y los espacios en blanco al
+principio de una línea también son ignorados (véase <link linkend="Espacios-en-blanco-iniciales">Espacios en
+blanco iniciales</link>).
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.2" id="_005cprovidecommand">
+<title><literal>\providecommand</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\providecommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, definiendo nuevos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definir un nuevo comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nuevos comandos, definiendo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\providecommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\providecommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\providecommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\providecommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\providecommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+\providecommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Define un comando, siempre que no exista ningún comando con este
+nombre. Si no existe ningún comando con este nombre, esto tiene el
+mismo efecto que <literal>\newcommand</literal>. Si ya existe un comando con este
+nombre, entonces esta definición no hace nada. Esto es
+particularmente útil en un archivo que se puede cargar más de una vez,
+como un archivo de estilo. Véase <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</link>, para
+la descripción de los argumentos.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo
+</para>
+<screen>\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Colegio de San Miguel}
+\providecommand{\myafiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV}
+De \myafiliation.
+</screen>
+<para>produce &#8216;<literal>De Saint Michael's College.</literal>&#8217; A diferencia de
+<literal>\newcommand</literal>, el uso repetido de <literal>\providecommand</literal> para
+(intentar) definir <literal>\myaffiliation</literal> no da error.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.3" id="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">
+<title><literal>\makeatletter</literal> y <literal>\makeatother</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cmakeatletter"/><anchor id="_005cmakeatother"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeatother</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeatother</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\makeatletter
+ ... definición de comandos con @ en su nombre ..
+\makeatother
+</screen>
+<para>Usa este par cuando redefines los comandos de &latex; que se nombran
+con un carácter arroba&#160;&#8216;<literal><literal>@</literal></literal>&#8217;. La declaración
+<literal>\makeatletter</literal> hace que el carácter de arroba tenga el código de
+categoría de una letra, code&#160;11. La declaración
+<literal>\makeatother</literal> establece el código de categoría del signo de
+arroba a code&#160;12, su valor predeterminado.
+</para>
+<para>A medida que &tex; lee caracteres, asigna a cada uno un código de
+categoría, o
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>catcode</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>código de categoría de caracter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>código de categoría, carácter</primary></indexterm>
+<firstterm>catcode</firstterm>. Por ejemplo, asigna el carácter&#160;&#8216;<literal><literal>\</literal></literal>&#8217; de
+barra invertida el catcode&#160;0. Nombres de comandos constan de un
+carácter categoría&#160;0, normalmente barra invertida, seguido por
+letras, caracteres de categoría&#160;11 (excepto que un nombre de
+comando también puede constar de un carácter categoría&#160;0 seguido
+de un solo símbolo que no es una letra).
+</para>
+<para>El código fuente de &latex; tiene la convención de que algunos
+comandos usan <literal>@</literal> en su nombre. Estos comandos están destinados
+principalmente a escritores de paquete o de clase. La convención
+impide que los autores que solo utilizan un paquete o clase reemplacen
+accidentalmente dicho comando con uno de ellos mismos, porque de
+manera predeterminada el signo de arroba tiene el catcode&#160;12.
+</para>
+<para>Usa el par <literal>\makeatletter</literal> y <literal>\makeatother</literal> dentro de un
+<filename>.tex</filename>, generalmente en el preámbulo, cuando estás definiendo o
+redefiniendo comandos nombrados con <literal>@</literal>, haciendo que rodeen tu
+definición. No los uses dentro de los archivos <filename>.sty</filename> o
+<filename>.cls</filename> ya que los comandos <literal>\usepackage</literal> y
+<literal>\documentclass</literal> ya disponen que la arroba tenga el código de
+carácter de una letra, catcode&#160;11.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>macros2e</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>macros2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para obtener una lista completa de macros con un
+signo de arroba en sus nombres, consulta
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</ulink>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, el archivo de clase tiene un comando
+<literal>\thesis@universityname</literal> que el usuario quiere cambiar. Estas
+tres líneas deben ir en el preámbulo, antes del
+<literal>\begin{document}</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen><literal>\begin{document}</literal>.
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Colegio de San Miguel}
+\makeatother
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.4" id="_005c_0040ifstar">
+<title><literal>\@ifstar</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@ifstar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, variantes con estrella</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>variantes con estrella, comandos</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<replaceable>nostar-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>nostar-body</replaceable>}
+\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<replaceable>star-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>star-body</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Muchos entornos o comandos estándar de &latex; tienen una variante
+con el mismo nombre pero terminando con un carácter de
+estrella&#160;<literal>*</literal>, un asterisco. Algunos ejemplos son los
+entornos <literal>table</literal> y <literal>table*</literal> y los comandos <literal>\section</literal> y
+<literal>\section*</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Al definir entornos, seguir este patrón es sencillo porque
+<literal>\newenvironment</literal> y <literal>\renewenvironment</literal> permiten que el
+nombre del entorno contenga una estrella. Entonces solo tienes que
+escribir <literal>\newenvironment{<replaceable>myenv</replaceable>}</literal> o
+<literal>\newenvironment{<replaceable>myenv</replaceable>*}</literal> y continúa la definición de la
+manera habitual. Para los comandos la situación es más compleja ya que
+la estrella no es una letra no puede ser parte del nombre del comando.
+Como en la sinopsis anterior, habrá un comando llamado por el usuario,
+dado anteriormente como <literal>\mycmd</literal>, que mira hacia delante para ver
+si le sigue una estrella. Por ejemplo, &latex; realmente no tiene un
+comando <literal>\section*</literal>; en cambio, el comando <literal>\section</literal> mira
+hacia adelante. Este comando no acepta argumentos, sino que se
+expande a uno de los dos comandos que aceptan argumentos. En la
+sinopsis estos dos son <literal>\mycmd@nostar</literal> y <literal>\mycmd@star</literal>.
+Podrían tomar el mismo número de argumentos o un número diferente, o
+ningún argumento en absoluto. Como siempre, en un documento &latex;
+un comando usando una arroba&#160;<literal>@</literal> en su nombre se debe
+encerrar dentro de un bloque <literal>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo de <literal>\@ifstar</literal> define el comando <literal>\ciel</literal> y una
+variante <literal>\ciel*</literal>. Ambos tienen un argumento obligatorio. Una
+llamada a <literal>\ciel{blue}</literal> devolverá &quot;cielo azul no estrellado&quot;
+mientras <literal>\ciel*{night}</literal> devolverá &quot;cielo nocturno estrellado&quot;.
+</para>
+<screen>\makeatletter
+\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{no estrellado #1 cielo}
+\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{cielo estrellado #1}
+\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
+\makeatother
+</screen>
+<para>En el siguiente ejemplo, la variante destacada toma un número
+diferente de argumentos que el sin estrella. Con esta definición, el
+Agente 007 <literal>``Mi nombre es \agentsecret*{Bond},
+\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</literal> es equivalente a ingresar los
+comandos <literal>``Mi nombre es \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James}
+textsc{Bond}.''</literal>
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
+ \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
+</screen>
+<para>Después de un nombre de comando, una estrella se maneja de manera
+similar a un argumento opcional. (Esto difiere de los nombres de
+entornos en los que la estrella es parte del nombre mismo y como tal
+podría estar en cualquier posición). Por lo tanto, técnicamente es
+posible poner cualquier número de espacios entre el comando y la
+estrella. Así <literal>\agentsecret*{Bond}</literal> y <literal>\agentsecret
+*<!-- /@w -->{Bond}</literal> son equivalentes. Sin embargo, la práctica estándar es no
+insertar tales espacios.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>sufijo</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>sufijo</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xparse</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xparse</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hay dos formas alternativas de
+realizar el trabajo de <literal>\@ifstar</literal>. (1)&#160;El paquete
+<literal>suffix</literal> permite la construcción
+<literal>\newcommand\mycommand{<replaceable>variante-sin-estrella</replaceable>}</literal> seguida
+por <literal>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<replaceable>starred-variant</replaceable>}</literal>.
+(2)&#160;&latex; proporciona el paquete <literal>xparse</literal>, que permite
+este código:
+</para>
+<screen>\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+ {<replaceable>variante-con-estrella</replaceable>}%
+ {<replaceable>variante-sin-estrella</replaceable>}%
+ }
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="13.2" id="_005cnewcounter">
-<title><literal>\newcounter</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="12.5" id="_005cnewcounter">
+<title><literal>\newcounter</literal>: Asignar un contador</title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcounter</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>contadores, definiendo nuevos</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen>\newcounter{<replaceable>nombre-contador</replaceable>}[<replaceable>super</replaceable>]
+<screen>\newcounter{<replaceable>countername</replaceable>}
+\newcounter{<replaceable>countername</replaceable>}[<replaceable>supercounter</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Define globalmente un nuevo contador llamado <replaceable>countername</replaceable> y lo
+inicializa a cero (véase <link linkend="Contadores">Contadores</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El nombre <replaceable>countername</replaceable> debe constar únicamente de letras. No
+comienza con una barra invertida. Este nombre no debe estar ya en uso
+por otro contador.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando usas el argumento opcional <literal>[<replaceable>supercounter</replaceable>]</literal> entonces
+el contador <replaceable>countername</replaceable> se restablecerá a cero siempre que
+<replaceable>supercounter</replaceable> se incrementa. Por ejemplo, ordinariamente
+<literal>subsection</literal> está numerado dentro de <literal>section</literal> para que cada
+vez que incremente <replaceable>sección</replaceable>, ya sea con <literal>\stepcounter</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</link>) o <literal>\refstepcounter</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</link>), entonces &latex; restablecerá
+<replaceable>subsection</replaceable> a cero.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo
+</para>
+<screen>\newcounter{asuper} \setcounter{asuper}{1}
+\newcounter{asub}[asuper] \setcounter{asub}{3} % Nota `asuper'
+El valor de asuper es \arabic{asuper} y el de asub es
+\arabic{asub}.
+\stepcounter{asuper}
+Ahora asuper es \arabic{asuper} mientras que asub es
+\arabic{asub}.
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\newcounter</literal> define un nuevo contador llamado
-<replaceable>nombre-contador</replaceable>. El nuevo contador se inicializa a cero.
+<para>produce &#8216;<literal>El valor de asuper es 1 y el de asub es 3</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>Ahora
+asuper es 2 mientras que asub es 0</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-<para>Dado el argumento opcional <literal>[<replaceable>super</replaceable>]</literal>, (<replaceable>nombre-contador</replaceable>
-se restablecerá cuando el contador cuyo nomber es
-<replaceable>super</replaceable> se incremente.
+<para>Si el contador ya existe, por ejemplo ingresando <literal>asuper</literal> dos
+veces, obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>Error LaTeX: Comando \c@asuper Ya
+definido. O name \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual.</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-<para>Véase <link linkend="Contadores">Contadores</link>, para mayor información.
+<para>Si usas el argumento opcional, entonces el súper contador ya debe
+existir. Al ingresar <literal>\newcounter{jh}[lh]</literal> cuando <literal>lh</literal> no
+es un contador definido obtendrás &#8216;<literal>Error LaTeX: Sin contador 'lh'
+definido.</literal>&#8217;
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="13.3" id="_005cnewlength">
+<sect1 label="12.6" id="_005cnewlength">
<title><literal>\newlength</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newlength</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes, definiendo nuevas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes, asignando nuevas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes elásticas, definiendo nuevas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>omitir registro, &tex; simple</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>registro de pegamento, &tex; simple</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\newlength{\<replaceable>argumento</replaceable>}
+<screen>\newlength{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\newlength</literal> define el argumento obligatorio como
-una instrucción de
-<firstterm>longitud</firstterm> con un valor de <literal>0in</literal>. El
-argumento debe ser una secuencia de control, como en
-<literal>\newlength{\foo}</literal>. Ocurre un error si <literal>\foo</literal> ya está
-definido.
-</para>
-<para>Véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>, para saber cómo fijar la nueva longitud a un valor
-distinto de cero, y para más información acerca de las longitudes en
-general.
+<para>Asigna un nuevo registro de longitud (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). El
+argumento requerido <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> tiene que ser una secuencia de
+control (véase <link linkend="Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</link>), y como tal debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <literal>\</literal> bajo circunstancias normales. El nuevo
+registro contiene longitudes elásticas como <literal>72.27pt</literal> o <literal>1in
+plus.2in minus.1in</literal> (una longitud de registro &latex; es lo que
+&tex; llama un <literal>skip</literal> de registro). El valor inicial es cero.
+La secuencia de control <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> no debe estar definida ya.
+</para>
+<para>Un ejemplo:
+</para>
+<screen>\newlength{\graphichgt}
+</screen>
+<para>Si olvidas la barra invertida, obtienes &#8216;<literal>Insertada secuencia de
+control faltante</literal>&#8217;. Si la secuencia de control ya existe, entonces
+obtienes algo así como &#8216;<literal>Error LaTeX: Comando \graphichgt ya
+definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="13.4" id="_005cnewsavebox">
+<sect1 label="12.7" id="_005cnewsavebox">
<title><literal>\newsavebox</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newsavebox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caja, asignando nueva</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\newsavebox{<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>}
+<screen>\newsavebox{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Define \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, la cadena que consta de una barra invertida seguida
+de <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, para referirse a un nuevo contenedor para almacenar
+material. Estos contenedores contienen material que ha sido
+compuesto, para usar varias veces o para medir o manipular
+(véase <link linkend="Cajas">Cajas</link>). El nombre del contenedor \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> es obligatorio,
+debe comenzar con una barra invertida, \, y no debe ser un comando
+definido. Este comando es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto asigna un contenedor y luego coloca material tipográfico en él.
+</para>
+<screen>\newsavebox{\logobox}
+\savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
+Nuestro logo es \usebox{\logobox}.
</screen>
-<para>Define <literal>\<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable></literal>, el cual debe ser un nombre de
-instrucción que no se haya definido, para referirse a una nueva bandeja
-para almacenar cajas.
+<para>La salida es &#8216;<literal>Nuestro logotipo es LoGo</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Si ya hay un contenedor definido, obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>Error de
+LaTeX: Comando \logobox ya definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la
+p.192 del manual</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>La asignación de una caja es global.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="13.5" id="_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">
+<sect1 label="12.8" id="_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">
<title><literal>\newenvironment</literal> y <literal>\renewenvironment</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<anchor id="_005cnewenvironment"/><anchor id="_005crenewenvironment"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\renewenvironment</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entornos, definiendo</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definiendo nuevos entornos</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>redefiniendo entornos</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen>
-\newenvironment{<replaceable>entorno</replaceable>}[<replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>antes-definición</replaceable>}
- {<replaceable>después-definición</replaceable>}
- \newenvironment{<replaceable>entorno</replaceable>}[<replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>][<replaceable>predeterminado</replaceable>]
- {<replaceable>antes-definición</replaceable>}{<replaceable>después-definición</replaceable>}
-\renewenvironment{<replaceable>entorno</replaceable>}[<replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>]
- {<replaceable>antes-definición</replaceable>}{<replaceable>después-definición</replaceable>}
+<screen>\newenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\newenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\newenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\newenvironment*{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\newenvironment*{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\newenvironment*{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Estas instrucciones definen o redefinen un entorno <replaceable>entorno</replaceable>, es
-decir, <literal>\begin{<replaceable>entorno</replaceable>} &#8230; \end{<replaceable>entorno</replaceable>}</literal>.
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>entorno</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El nombre del entorno. Para <literal>\newenvironment</literal>, <replaceable>entorno</replaceable>
-no debe ser un entorno existente, y la instrucción <literal>\<replaceable>entorno</replaceable></literal>
-debe ser una que no se haya definido previamente.
-Para <literal>\renewenvironment</literal>,
-<replaceable>entorno</replaceable> debe ser el nombre de un entorno existente.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>n-argumentos</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>Un entero desde 1 a 9 denotando el número de argumentos del nuevo
-entorno definido. El valor predeterminado es ningún argumento.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>predeterminado</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>Si se especifica, el primer argumento es opcional, y
-<replaceable>predeterminado</replaceable> proporciona el valor predeterminado para ese
-argumento.
+<para>o uno de estos.
+</para>
+<screen>\renewenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\renewenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\renewenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\renewenvironment*{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\renewenvironment*{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+\renewenvironment*{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Definir o redefinir el entorno <replaceable>env</replaceable>, es decir, crear el
+constructor <literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>} ... <replaceable>body</replaceable>
+... \end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>forma-<literal>*</literal> de comandos de entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La forma de asterisco de estos comandos requiere que los argumentos no
+contienen varios párrafos de texto. Sin embargo, el cuerpo de estos
+entornos pueden contener varios párrafos.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>env</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Requerido; el nombre del entorno. Se compone sólo de letras o el
+carácter forma-<literal>*</literal> y, por lo tanto, no comienza con una barra
+invertida, <literal>\</literal>. No debe comenzar con la cadena <literal>end</literal>. Para
+<literal>\newenvironment</literal>, el nombre <replaceable>env</replaceable> no debe ser el nombre de
+un entorno ya existente, y también el comando <literal>\<replaceable>env</replaceable></literal> debe
+ser indefinido. Para <literal>\renewenvironment</literal>, <replaceable>env</replaceable> debe ser el
+nombre de un entorno existente.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9 que indica el número de argumentos
+que toma el entorno. Cuando usas el entorno, estos argumentos
+aparecen después de <literal>\begin</literal>, como en
+<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}{<replaceable>arg1</replaceable>} ... {<replaceable>argn</replaceable>}</literal>.
+Omitiendo esto es equivalente a establecerlo en 0; el entorno no
+tendrá argumentos. Al redefinir un entorno, la nueva versión puede
+tener un diferente número de argumentos que la versión anterior.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Opcional; si esto está presente, entonces el primer argumento del
+entorno definido es opcional, con el valor predeterminado
+<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si esto no está
+en la definición, entonces el entorno no acepta un argumento opcional.
+</para>
+<para>Es decir, cuando <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> está presente en la definición
+del entorno entonces puedes comenzar el entorno con corchetes, como en
+<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>optval</replaceable>]{...} ... \end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>.
+En este caso, dentro de <replaceable>begdefn</replaceable> el parámetro <literal>#1</literal> se
+establece en el valor de <replaceable>optval</replaceable>. Si llamas a
+<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal> sin corchetes, luego dentro de
+<replaceable>begdefn</replaceable> el parámetro <literal>#1</literal> es establecido en el valor
+predeterminado <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>. En cualquier caso, cualquier
+argumento requerido comienza con <literal>#2</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Omitir <literal>[<replaceable>myval</replaceable>]</literal> en la llamada es diferente a tener
+corchetes sin contenido, como en <literal>[]</literal>. Los resultados anteriores
+en <literal>#1</literal> expandiéndose a <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>; esto último resulta
+en <literal>#1</literal> expandiéndose a la cadena vacía.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>begdef</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de
+<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. Dentro de <replaceable>begdef</replaceable>, los parámetros
+<literal>#1</literal>, <literal>#2</literal>, ... <literal>#<replaceable>nargs</replaceable></literal>, se sustituyen por los
+valores que proporcionas cuando llamas al entorno; ve los ejemplos
+abajo.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>enddef</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de
+<literal>\end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. Esto no puede contener ningún parámetro, es
+decir, no puedes usar <literal>#1</literal>, <literal>#2</literal>, etc., aquí (pero ve el
+ejemplo final a continuación).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>antes-definición</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto ampliado en cada aparición de <literal>\begin{<replaceable>entorno</replaceable>}</literal>;
-una construcción en forma <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> en <replaceable>antes-definición</replaceable> es
-sustituido por el texto del e<replaceable>n</replaceable>ésimo argumento.
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Todos los entornos, es decir el código <replaceable>begdef</replaceable>, el entorno body y
+el código <replaceable>enddef</replaceable> se procesan dentro de un grupo. Así, en el
+primer ejemplo a continuación, el efecto de <literal>\small</literal> se limita a
+la cotización y no se extiende al material siguiendo el entorno.
+</para>
+<para>Si intentas definir un entorno y el nombre ya se ha utilizado entonces
+obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya definido. O
+nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</literal>&#8217;. Si intentas
+redefinir un entorno y el nombre aún no se ha utilizado, entonces
+obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Entorno hank indefinido.</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo proporciona un entorno como <literal>quotation</literal> de &latex;
+excepto que se establecerá en letra más pequeña.
+</para>
+<screen>\newenvironment{smallquote}{%
+ \small\begin{quotation}
+}{%
+ \end{quotation}
+}
+</screen>
+<para>Esto tiene un argumento, que está en negrita al comienzo de un
+párrafo.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>después-definición</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto ampliado de cada aparición de <literal>\end{<replaceable>entorno</replaceable>}</literal>.
-este no debe contener ningún argumento para parámetros.
+<screen>\newenvironment{point}[1]{%
+ \noindent\textbf{#1}
+}{%
+}
+</screen>
+<para>Este muestra el uso de un argumento opcional; da un entorno quotation
+que cita el autor.
+</para>
+<screen>\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+ \begin{quotation}
+ \noindent\textit{#1}:
+}{%
+ \end{quotation}
+}
+</screen>
+<para>El nombre del autor es opcional y de manera predeterminada es
+&#8216;<literal>Shakespeare</literal>&#8217;. En el documento, utiliza el entorno como este.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<screen>\begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
+ ...
+\end{citequote}
+</screen>
+<para>El último ejemplo muestra cómo guardar el valor de un argumento para
+usarlo en <replaceable>enddef</replaceable>, en este caso en una caja (véase <link linkend="_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">\sbox y
+\savebox</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\newsavebox{\quoteauthor}
+\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+ \sbox\quoteauthor{#1}%
+ \begin{quotation}
+}{%
+ \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---\usebox{\quoteauthor}
+ \end{quotation}
+}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="13.6" id="_005cnewtheorem">
+<sect1 label="12.9" id="_005cnewtheorem">
<title><literal>\newtheorem</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtheorem</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>teoremas, definiendo</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definiendo nuevos teoremas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definir nuevos teoremas</primary></indexterm>
-<screen>\newtheorem{<replaceable>nuevo-entorno</replaceable>}{<replaceable>etiqueta</replaceable>}[<replaceable>con</replaceable>]
-\newtheorem{<replaceable>nuevo-entorno</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numerado-como</replaceable>]{<replaceable>etiqueta</replaceable>}
-</screen>
-<para>Esta instrucción define un entorno parecido a teorema. Argumentos:
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entorno similar a un teorema</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entorno, similar a un teorema</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nuevoentorno</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El nombre del nuevo entorno a definir; no debe ser el nombre de un
-entorno existente o de lo contrario será redefinido.
+<screen>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>]
+\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Define un nuevo entorno similar a un teorema. Puedes especificar uno
+de <replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable> y <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>, o ninguno, pero no
+ambos.
+</para>
+<para>La primera forma, <literal>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}</literal>,
+crea un entorno que se etiquetará con <replaceable>title</replaceable>; ve el primer
+ejemplo a continuación.
+</para>
+<para>La segunda forma,
+<literal>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>título</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>]</literal>,
+crea un entorno cuyo contador está subordinado al counter existente
+<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>, por lo que este contador se restablecerá cuando
+<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable> se restablece. Ve el segundo ejemplo a
+continuación.
+</para>
+<para>La tercera forma
+<literal>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}</literal>,
+con un argumento opcional entre los dos argumentos requeridos, crea un
+entorno cuyo contador compartirá el contador definido previamente
+<replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>. Ve el tercer ejemplo.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando crea un contador llamado <replaceable>name</replaceable>. Además, a menos que
+se use el argumento opcional <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>, dentro del entorno
+similar a un teorema, el valor actual de <literal>\ref</literal> será el de
+<literal>\the<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable></literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cref">\ref</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esta declaración es global. Es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Argumentos:
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>name</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>El nombre del entorno. Es una cadena de letras. No debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <literal>\</literal>. No debe ser el nombre de un entorno
+existente, y el nombre del comando <literal>\<replaceable>name</replaceable></literal> no debe estar
+definido.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>etiqueta</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto a imprimir al inicio del entorno, antes del número. Por
-ejemplo, &#8216;<literal>Teorema</literal>&#8217;.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>title</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>El texto que se imprimirá al principio del entorno, antes del
+número. Por ejemplo, &#8216;<literal>Teorema</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>numerado_como</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>(Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema;
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Opcional; el nombre de un contador ya definido, generalmente una
+unidad seccional como <literal>chapter</literal> o <literal>section</literal>. Cuando el
+contador <replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable> se restablece y luego el entorno
+<replaceable>name</replaceable> el contador también se restablecerá.
</para>
-<para>(Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema el
-nuevo entorno será numerado exactamente como <replaceable>numerado_como</replaceable>.
+<para>Si no se utiliza este argumento opcional, el comando
+<literal>\the<replaceable>name</replaceable></literal> se establece en <literal>\arabic{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>con</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>(Opcional). El nombre de un contador definido previamente, una unidad de
-seccionado. El nuevo contador de teorema será restablecido al mismo
-tiempo que el contador <replaceable>con</replaceable>.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Opcional; el nombre de un entorno similar a un teorema ya definido. El
+nuevo entorno se numerará en secuencia con <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Cuando menos uno de <replaceable>numerado_como</replaceable> y <replaceable>con</replaceable> se debe especificar,
-no ambos.
+<para>Sin ningún argumento opcional, los entornos están numerados
+secuencialmente. El siguiente ejemplo tiene una declaración en el
+preámbulo que da como resultado &#8216;<literal>Definición&#160;1</literal>&#8217; y
+&#8216;<literal>Definición&#160;2</literal>&#8217; en producción.
</para>
+<screen>\newtheorem{defn}{Definición}
+\begin{document}
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+\end{defn}
+
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+\end{defn}
+</screen>
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene el mismo cuerpo de documento que el anterior. Pero
+aquí el argumento opcional de <literal>\newtheorem</literal> <replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>
+se da como <literal>section</literal>, por lo que el resultado es como
+&#8216;<literal>Definición&#160;1.1</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>Definición&#160;2.1</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\newtheorem{defn}{Definición}[sección]
+\begin{document}
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+\end{defn}
+
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+\end{defn}
+</screen>
+<para>En el siguiente ejemplo hay dos declaraciones en el preámbulo, el
+segundo de los cuales requiere que el nuevo entorno <literal>thm</literal> use el
+mismo contador como <literal>defn</literal>. Da &#8216;<literal>Definición&#160;1.1</literal>&#8217;,
+seguido por &#8216;<literal>Teorema&#160;2.1</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>Definición&#160;2.2</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\newtheorem{defn}{Definición}[sección]
+\newtheorem{thm}[defn]{Teorema}
+\begin{document}
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+\end{defn}
+
+\section{...}
+\begin{thm}
+ Primer thm
+\end{thm}
+
+\begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+\end{defn}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="13.7" id="_005cnewfont">
+<sect1 label="12.10" id="_005cnewfont">
<title><literal>\newfont</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newfont</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipos de letra, nuevas instrucciones para</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definición de nuevos tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newfont</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipos de letra, nuevos comandos para</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definir nuevos tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+
+<!-- @findex .fd @r{archivo} -->
+<para>Este comando está obsoleto. Esta descripción está aquí solo para
+ayudar con los viejos documentos. Los nuevos documentos deben definir
+letras en familias a través del nuevo esquema de selección de letras
+que te permite, por ejemplo, asociar una negrita con una romana
+(véase <link linkend="Tipos-de-letra">Tipos de letra</link>).
+<!-- Esto se hace usando archivos @file{.fd} o mediante el uso de un -->
+<!-- motor que pueda acceder a los tipos de letra del sistema como -->
+<!-- Xe@LaTeX{} (@pxref{Motores @TeX{}}). -->
+</para>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\newfont{<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>}{<replaceable>nombredetipo</replaceable>}
+<screen>\newfont{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>font description</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Define un comando <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> que cambiará el tipo de letra
+actual. La secuencia de control no debe estar ya definida. Debe
+comenzar con una barra invertida, <literal>\</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cláusula at, en definiciones de tipos de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tamaño de diseño, en definiciones de letras</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La <replaceable>descripción de la letra</replaceable> consta de un <replaceable>nombre de letra</replaceable> y
+una opción <firstterm>cláusula at</firstterm>. &latex; buscará en tu sistema un
+archivo llamado <filename><replaceable>fontname</replaceable>.tfm</filename>. La cláusula at puede tener
+la forma <literal>en <replaceable>dimen</replaceable></literal> o <literal><replaceable>factor</replaceable> de escala</literal>, donde
+un <replaceable>factor</replaceable> de &#8216;<literal>1000</literal>&#8217; significa que no hay escalado. Para
+los propósitos de &latex;, todo lo que hace es escalar todos los
+caracteres y otras dimensiones de fuente relativo al tamaño de diseño
+de la fuente, que es un valor definido en el archivo <filename>.tfm</filename>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto define dos tipos de letra equivalentes y algunos caracteres
+tipográficos en cada una.
+</para>
+<screen>\newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt}
+\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100}
+\testfontat abc
+\testfontscaled abc
</screen>
-<para>Define una secuencia de control <literal>\<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable></literal>, misma que no
-se debe haber definido, para hacer que <replaceable>nombredetipo</replaceable> sea el tipo de
-letra actual. El archivo bloqueado en el sistema es llamado
-<filename><replaceable>nombredetipo</replaceable>.tfm</filename>.
-</para>
-<para>Esta es una instrucción de bajo nivel para configurar el uso de un tipo
-de letra individual. Comúnmente, los tipos de letra se definen a través
-de familias de archivos <filename>.fd</filename>.
-</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="13.8" id="_005cprotect">
+<sect1 label="12.11" id="_005cprotect">
<title><literal>\protect</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\protect</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>instrucciones frágiles</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\protect</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos frágiles</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos robustos</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Todos los comandos de &latex; son frágiles &#8212;<firstterm>fragile</firstterm>&#8212; o
+robustos &#8212;<firstterm>robust</firstterm>&#8212;. Un comando frágil se puede romper cuando
+se usa en el argumento para ciertos otros comandos. Comandos que
+contienen datos que &latex; escribe en un archivo auxiliar y las
+relecturas posteriores son frágiles. Esto incluye material que va en
+una tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas, etc. Los
+comandos frágiles también incluyen saltos de línea, cualquier comando
+que tenga un argumento opcional, y muchos más. Para evitar que tales
+comandos rompan, una solución es precederlos con el comando
+<literal>\protect</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, cuando &latex; ejecuta <literal>\section{<replaceable>nombre
+sección</replaceable>}</literal> escribe el texto <replaceable>nombre sección</replaceable> en el archivo
+auxiliar <filename>.aux</filename>, moviéndolo allí para usarlo en otra parte del
+documento como en la tabla de contenido. Cualquier argumento que sea
+expandido internamente por &latex; sin escribirlo directamente es
+referido como un
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>argumentos móviles</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Pies de página, saltos de línea, cualquier instrucción que tenga un
-argumento opcional, y muchas más de las así llamadas instrucciones
-<firstterm>frágiles</firstterm>. Cuando una instrucción frágil se utiliza en ciertos
-contextos, llamados <firstterm>argumentos móviles</firstterm>, estas se deben preceder
-con <literal>\protect</literal>. Además, algunas instrucciones con argumentos
-frágiles deben tener su propia <literal>\protect</literal>.
+<firstterm>argumento móvil</firstterm>. Un comando es frágil si se puede expandir
+durante este proceso en un código &tex; no válido. Algunos ejemplos
+de los argumentos móviles son los que aparecen en el comando
+<literal>\caption{...}</literal> (véase <link linkend="figure">figure</link>), en el comando
+<literal>\thanks{...}</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>), y en @expresiones en los
+entornos <literal>tabular</literal> y <literal>array</literal> (véase <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Si obtienes extraños errores de los comandos utilizados para mover
+argumentos, intenta precediéndolos con <literal>\protect</literal>. Todos los
+comandos frágiles se deben proteger con su propio <literal>\protect</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Aunque por lo general un comando <literal>\protect</literal> no duele, los
+comandos de longitud son robustos y no deben estar precedidos por un
+comando <literal>\protect</literal>. Tampoco se puede usar un comando
+<literal>\protect</literal> en el argumento para los comandos <literal>\addtocounter</literal>
+o <literal>\setcounter</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, el comando <literal>\caption</literal> da un misterioso error
+sobre una llave extra. Soluciona el problema precediendo a cada
+comando <literal>\raisebox</literal> con <literal>\protect</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{figure}
+ ...
+ \caption{Sede de la empresa A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}}
+\end{figure}
+</screen>
+<para>En el siguiente ejemplo, el comando <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> da un
+error porque los <literal>\(..\)</literal> en el título de la sección se expande a
+ilegal &tex; en el archivo <filename>.toc</filename>. Puedes resolver esto
+cambiando <literal>\(..\)</literal> a <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>.
</para>
-<para>Algunos ejemplos de argumentos móviles son <literal>\caption</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="figure">figure</link>), <literal>\thanks</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>) y @-expresiones
-en entornos <literal>tabular</literal> y <literal>array</literal> (véase <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>).
+<screen>\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+...
+\section{Einstein \( e=mc^2 \)}
+...
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.12" id="_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend">
+<title><literal>\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cignorespaces"/><anchor id="_005cignorespacesafterend"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ignorespaces</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ignorespacesafterend</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacios, ignorar en comandos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, ignorar espacios</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\ignorespaces
+</screen>
+<para>o
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>instrucciones robustas</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Las instrucciones que no son frágiles se llaman <firstterm>robustas</firstterm>. Estas
-no se deben preceder con <literal>\protect</literal>.
+<screen>\ignorespacesafterend
+</screen>
+<para>Ambos comandos hacen que &latex; ignore los espacios en blanco (es
+decir, los caracteres de catcode&#160;10 ​​como espacio o tabulación)
+después del final del comando hasta el primer cuadro o carácter que no
+esté en blanco. El primero es un comando primitivo de &tex;, y el
+segundo es específico de &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>El <literal>\ignorespaces</literal> se usa a menudo cuando se definen comandos a
+través de <literal>\newcommand</literal>, o <literal>\newenvironment</literal>, o <literal>\def</literal>.
+El ejemplo a continuación lo ilustra. Permite a un usuario mostrar
+los valores de los puntos para las preguntas de la prueba en el
+margen, pero es un inconveniente porque, como se muestra en la lista
+<literal>enumerate</literal>, los usuarios no deben poner ningún espacio entre el
+comando y el texto de la pregunta.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item\points{10}no hay salida de espacio adicional aquí
+ \item\points{15} espacio extra entre el número y el `extra'
+\end{enumerate}
+</screen>
+<para>La solución es cambiar a esto.
</para>
-<para>Vea también:
+<screen>\newcommand{\points}[1]{%
+ \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces}
+</screen>
+<para>Un segundo ejemplo muestra la eliminación de espacios en blanco del
+frente del texto. Los comandos a continuación permiten a un usuario
+adjuntar uniformemente un título a los nombres. Pero, tal como se
+indica, si un título accidentalmente comienza con un espacio, entonces
+<literal>\fullname</literal> reproducirá eso.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % recuerda el
+ % título
+\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % pone el título
+ % antes del nombre
+
+\begin{tabular}{|l|}
+\honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % sin espacio adicional
+ % aquí
+\honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % espacio adicional antes
+ % del título
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>Para arreglar esto, cambia a
+<literal>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El <literal>\ignorespaces</literal> también se usa a menudo en un
+<literal>\newenvironment</literal> al final de la cláusula <replaceable>begin</replaceable>, como en
+<literal>\begin{newenvironment}{<replaceable>nombre
+entorno</replaceable>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Para quitar los espacios en blanco del final de un entorno, usa
+<literal>\ignorespacesafterend</literal>. Un ejemplo es que esto mostrará mucho
+mayor espacio vertical entre el primer y el segundo entorno que entre
+el segundo y el tercero.
+</para>
+<screen>\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}
+\begin{eq}
+e=mc^2
+\end{eq}
+\begin{equation}
+F=ma
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+E=IR
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Poner un carácter de comentario&#160;<literal>%</literal> inmediatamente después
+del <literal>\end{eq}</literal> hará desaparecer el espacio vertical, pero eso
+es inconveniente. La solución es cambiar a
+<literal>\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}</literal>.
</para>
-<simpara><ulink url="http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html">http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html</ulink></simpara>
-<simpara><ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</ulink></simpara>
-<!-- xx realmente necesita ejemplos. -->
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.13" id="paquete-xspace">
+<title>paquete xspace</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacios, ignorar en comandos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, ignorar espacios</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{xspace}
+ ...
+\newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
+</screen>
+<para>La macro <literal>\xspace</literal>, cuando se usa al final de una definición de
+comando, agrega un espacio a menos que el comando vaya seguido de
+ciertos caracteres de puntuación.
+</para>
+<para>Después de un comando de secuencia de control que es una palabra de
+control (véase <link linkend="Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</link>, a diferencia de los símbolos
+de control como <literal>\$</literal>), &tex; engulle caracteres en blanco. Por
+lo tanto, en la primera oración a continuación, la salida tiene
+&#8216;<literal>Vermont</literal>&#8217; colocado cómodamente contra el punto, sin ningún
+espacio intermedio.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
+Nuestro colegio está en \VT.
+Los veranos \VT{} son agradables.
+</screen>
+<para>Pero debido al engullimiento, la segunda oración necesita llaves
+vacías o de lo contrario no habría espacio que separe a &#8216;<literal>Vermont</literal>&#8217;
+de &#8216;<literal>veranos</literal>&#8217;. (Muchos autores en su lugar utilizan una barra
+invertida-espacio <literal>\ </literal> para esto. Véase <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El paquete <literal>xspace</literal> proporciona <literal>\xspace</literal>. Es para
+escribir comandos que están diseñados para ser utilizados
+principalmente en texto. Se debe colocar al final de la definición de
+estos comandos. Inserta un espacio después de ese comando a menos que
+lo que siga inmediatamente esté en una lista de excepciones. En este
+ejemplo, las llaves vacías no son necesarias.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
+Nuestro colegio está en \VT .
+\VT los veranos son agradables.
+</screen>
+<para>La lista de excepciones predeterminada contiene los caracteres
+<literal>,.'/?;:!~-)</literal>, la llave de apertura y el comando de espacio de
+barra invertida explicados anteriormente, y los comandos
+<literal>\footnote</literal> o <literal>\footnotemark</literal>. Añaden a esa lista
+<literal>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</literal> que agrega <literal>\myfni</literal>
+y&#160;<literal>\myfnii</literal> a la lista, y elimina de esa lista como con
+<literal>\xspaceaddexceptions{!}</literal>.
+</para>
+<!-- David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
+<para>Un comentario: muchos expertos prefieren no usar <literal>\xspace</literal>.
+Ponerlo en una definición significa que el comando generalmente
+obtendrá el espaciado correcto. Pero no es fácil predecir cuándo
+ingresar llaves vacías porque <literal>\xspace</literal> se equivocará, como
+cuando le sigue otro comando, por lo que <literal>\xspace</literal> puede hacer
+que editar material sea más difícil y más propenso a errores que
+siempre insertar las llaves vacías.
+</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="14" id="Contadores">
+<chapter label="13" id="Contadores">
<title>Contadores</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>contadores, una lista de</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>variables, una lista de</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Cualquier cosa numerada por &latex; tiene un contador asociado a ella.
-El nombre del contador es el mismo nombre que el nombre del entorno o
-instrucción que produce el número, salvo las que no comienzan con
-<literal>\</literal>. (<literal>enumi</literal>&#8211;<literal>enumiv</literal> se utilizan para entornos
-enumerados anidados). A continuación hay una lista de los contadores
-utilizados en las clases de documentos estándar de &latex; para
-controlar la numeración.
-</para>
-<screen>part paragraph figure enumi
-chapter subparagraph table enumii
-section page footnote enumiii
-subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
-subsubsection
+<para>Todo lo que &latex; numera para ti tiene un contador asociado con
+él. El nombre del contador suele ser el mismo que el nombre del
+entorno o comando asociado con el número, excepto que el nombre del
+contador no tiene barra invertida&#160;<literal>\</literal>. Así, asociado al
+comando <literal>\chapter</literal> está el contador <literal>chapter</literal> que mantiene
+la pista del número de capítulo.
+</para>
+<para>A continuación se muestra una lista de los contadores utilizados en la
+clase <literal>document</literal> estándar de &latex; para controlar la
+numeración.
+</para>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de partes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de capítulos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de sección</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de subsección</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de subsubsección</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de párrafos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de subpárrafos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de páginas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de ecuaciones</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de cifras</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de tabla</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de notas al pie</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador de mpfootnote</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador enumi</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador enumii</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador enumiii</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>contador enumiv</primary></indexterm>
+<screen>parte párrafo figura enumi
+capítulo subpárrafo tabla enumii
+sección página nota al pie enumiii
+subsección ecuación mpfootnote enumiv
+subsubsección
</screen>
+<para>El contador <literal>mpfootnote</literal> lo utiliza el comando <literal>\footnote</literal>
+dentro de una minipágina (véase <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>). Los contadores
+<literal>enumi</literal> a través de <literal>enumiv</literal> se utilizan en el entorno
+<literal>enumerate</literal>, por hasta cuatro niveles de anidamiento
+(véase <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Los contadores pueden tener cualquier valor entero, pero normalmente
+son positivos.
+</para>
+<para>Los nuevos contadores se crean con <literal>\newcounter</literal>.
+Véase <link linkend="_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</link>.
+</para>
-<sect1 label="14.1" id="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">
-<title><literal>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</literal>: Imprimiendo Contadores</title>
+<sect1 label="13.1" id="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">
+<title><literal>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</literal>: Imprime contadores</title>
-<para>Todas estas instrucciones toman como argumento un solo contador, por
-ejemplo, <literal>\alph{enumi}</literal>.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>contadores, impresión</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Imprime el valor de un contador, en un estilo específico. Por
+ejemplo, si el contador <replaceable>counter</replaceable> tiene el valor 1 entonces un
+<literal>\alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal> en tu fuente resultará en una
+letra&#160;a en minúsculas que aparece en la salida.
+</para>
+<para>Todos estos comandos toman un solo contador como argumento, por
+ejemplo, <literal>\alph{enumi}</literal>. Ten en cuenta que el nombre del
+contador no comienza con una barra invertida.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Imprime el valor de <replaceable>counter</replaceable> en minúsculas: &#8216;a&#8217;, &#8216;b&#8217;, ...
+Si el valor del contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, entonces
+obtienes &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alph</primary></indexterm><literal>\alph</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>imprime <replaceable>contador</replaceable> usando letras minúsculas: &#8216;a&#8217;, &#8216;b&#8217;, ...
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\Alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Escribe en letras mayúsculas: &#8216;A&#8217;, &#8216;B&#8217;, ... Si el valor del
+contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, obtiene &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX:
+Contador demasiado grande.</literal>&#8217;
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Alph</primary></indexterm><literal>\Alph</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>utiliza letras mayúsculas: &#8216;A&#8217;, &#8216;B&#8217;, ...
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arabic{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\arabic{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Imprime en números arábigos como &#8216;<literal>5</literal>&#8217; o &#8216;<literal>-2</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arabic</primary></indexterm><literal>\arabic</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>utiliza números Arábigos: &#8216;1&#8217;, &#8216;2&#8217;, ...
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\roman{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\roman{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Escribe en minúsculas números romanos: &#8216;i&#8217;, &#8216;ii&#8217;, ... Si el
+valor del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna
+advertencia o error, pero &latex; no imprime nada en la salida.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\roman</primary></indexterm><literal>\roman</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>utiliza números romanos en minúsculas: &#8216;i&#8217;, &#8216;ii&#8217;, ...
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Roman{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\Roman{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Imprime en números romanos en mayúsculas: &#8216;I&#8217;, &#8216;II&#8217;, ... Si el
+valor del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna
+advertencia o error, pero &latex; no imprime nada en la salida.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\roman</primary></indexterm><literal>\roman</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>utiliza números romanos en mayúsculas: &#8216;I&#8217;, &#8216;II&#8217;, ...
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\fnsymbol{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Imprime el valor de <replaceable>counter</replaceable> usando una secuencia de nueve
+símbolos que se utilizan tradicionalmente para etiquetar las notas al
+pie. El valor de <replaceable>counter</replaceable> debe estar entre&#160;1 y&#160;9,
+inclusive. Si el el valor del contador es menor que 0 o mayor que 9,
+entonces obtienes &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</literal>&#8217;,
+mientras que si es 0, no obtienes ningún error o advertencia pero
+&latex; no genera nada.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol</primary></indexterm><literal>\fnsymbol</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>imprime el valor de <replaceable>contador</replaceable> en una secuencia específica de nueve
-símbolos (convencionalmente usada para etiquetar notas al pie de
-página). El valor de <replaceable>contador</replaceable> debe estar entre&#160;1 y&#160;9
-incluido.
+<para>Aquí están los símbolos:
</para>
-<para>Los símbolos no son compatibles en info principalmente, pero aquí están
-los nombres:
-</para><literallayout>asterix(*) dagger(†) ddagger(‡) section-sign(§) paragraph-sign(¶) parallel(‖)
-double-asterix(**) double-dagger(††) double-ddagger(‡‡)
-</literallayout>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="11*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="29*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Número</para></entry><entry><para>Nombre</para></entry><entry><para>Comando</para></entry><entry><para>Símbolo
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>1</para></entry><entry><para>asterisk</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ast</literal></para></entry><entry><para>*<!-- -->
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>2</para></entry><entry><para>dagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\dagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>&#x2020;
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>3</para></entry><entry><para>ddagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ddagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>&#x2021;
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>4</para></entry><entry><para>section-sign</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\S</literal></para></entry><entry><para>&#x00A7;
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>5</para></entry><entry><para>paragraph-sign</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\P</literal></para></entry><entry><para>&#x00B6;
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>6</para></entry><entry><para>double-vert</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\parallel</literal></para></entry><entry><para>&#x2016;
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>7</para></entry><entry><para>double-asterisk</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ast\ast</literal></para></entry><entry><para>**<!-- -->
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>8</para></entry><entry><para>double-dagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\dagger\dagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>&#x2020;&#x2020;
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>9</para></entry><entry><para>double-ddagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ddagger\ddagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>&#x2021;&#x2021;
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="14.2" id="_005cusecounter">
-<title><literal>\usecounter{<replaceable>contador</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="13.2" id="_005cusecounter">
+<title><literal>\usecounter</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usecounter</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lista de elementos, especificando el contador</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listar elementos, especificando contador</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>elementos numerados, especificando contador</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\usecounter{<replaceable>contador</replaceable>}
+<screen>\usecounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Usado en el segundo argumento del entorno <literal>list</literal> (véase <link linkend="list">list</link>),
+este declara que los elementos de la lista serán numerados por
+<replaceable>counter</replaceable>. Inicializa <replaceable>counter</replaceable> a cero y organiza que cuando
+se llama a <literal>\item</literal> sin su argumento opcional, entonces
+<replaceable>counter</replaceable> se incrementa en <literal>\refstepcounter</literal>, haciendo que su
+valor sea ​​el valor actual de <literal>ref</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cref">\ref</link>). Este comando
+es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Al ponerlo en el preámbulo del documento, este ejemplo crea un nuevo
+entorno de lista enumerada con <replaceable>testcounter</replaceable>:
+</para>
+<screen>\newcounter{testcounter}
+\newenvironment{test}{%
+ \begin{list}{}{%
+ \usecounter{testcounter}
+ }
+}{%
+ \end{list}
+}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\usecounter</literal> se utiliza en el segundo argumento del
-entorno <literal>list</literal> para especificar el <replaceable>contador</replaceable> a utilizar para
-numerar los elementos de la lista.
-</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="14.3" id="_005cvalue">
-<title><literal>\value{<replaceable>contador</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="13.3" id="_005cvalue">
+<title><literal>\value</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\value</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>contadores, consiguiendo el valor de</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>contadores, obteniendo el valor de</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\value{<replaceable>contador</replaceable>}
+<screen>\value{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\value</literal> produce el valor de <replaceable>contador</replaceable>. Esta
-se puede utilizar en cualquier lugar en que &latex; espera un número,
-por ejemplo:
+<para>Se expande al valor del contador <replaceable>counter</replaceable>. (Ten en cuenta que el
+nombre de un contador no comienza con una barra invertida).
</para>
-<screen>\setcounter{micontador}{3}
-\addtocounter{micontador}{1}
-\hspace{\value{micontador}\parindent}
+<para>Este ejemplo genera &#8216;<literal>El contador de prueba es&#160;6. Otro
+contador es&#160;5.</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
+\newcounter{other} \setcounter{other}{\value{test}}
+\addtocounter{test}{1}
+
+El contador de prueba es \arabic{test}. Otro contador es
+\arabic{other}.
+</screen>
+<para>El comando <literal>\value</literal> no se usa para componer el valor del
+contador. Para eso, <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
+\fnsymbol</link>.
+</para>
+<para>A menudo se usa en <literal>\setcounter</literal> o <literal>\addtocounter</literal> pero
+<literal>\value</literal> se puede usar en cualquier lugar donde &latex; espera
+un número, como en <literal>\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}</literal>. No debe
+estar precedido por <literal>\protect</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo inserta <literal>\hspace{4\parindent}</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
+\hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}
</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="14.4" id="_005csetcounter">
-<title><literal>\setcounter{<replaceable>\contador</replaceable>}{<replaceable>valor</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="13.4" id="_005csetcounter">
+<title><literal>\setcounter</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setcounter</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>contadores, configurando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fijando contadores</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>contadores, ajuste de</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>configurar contadores</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\setcounter{<replaceable>contador</replaceable>}{<replaceable>valor</replaceable>}
+<screen>\setcounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>}
</screen>
-
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\setcounter</literal> fija el valor de <replaceable>contador</replaceable> al
-argumento <replaceable>valor</replaceable>.
+<para>Configura globalmente el contador <replaceable>counter</replaceable> para que tenga el
+valor del argumento <replaceable>value</replaceable>, que debe ser un número entero. Por
+lo tanto, puedes establecer un valor del contador como
+<literal>\setcounter{section}{5}</literal>. Ten en cuenta que el nombre del
+contador no comienza con una barra invertida.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, si el contador <literal>theorem</literal> tiene el valor 12,
+entonces la segunda línea imprimirá &#8216;<literal>XII</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
+<screen>\setcounter{ejercicio}{\value{teorema}}
+Aquí está en Roman: \Roman{exercise}.
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="14.5" id="_005caddtocounter">
-<title><literal>\addtocounter{<replaceable>contador</replaceable>}{<replaceable>valor</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="13.5" id="_005caddtocounter">
+<title><literal>\addtocounter</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtocounter</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\addtocounter</literal> incrementa <replaceable>contador</replaceable> por la
-cantidad especificada por el argumento <replaceable>valor</replaceable>, que puede ser un
-número negativo.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<screen>\addtocounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Incrementar globalmente <replaceable>counter</replaceable> por la cantidad especificada por
+el argumento <replaceable>value</replaceable>, que puede ser negativo.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, el valor de la sección aparece como &#8216;<literal>VII</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\setcounter{section}{5}
+\addtocounter{section}{2}
+Aquí está en Roman: \Roman{section}.
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="14.6" id="_005crefstepcounter">
-<title><literal>\refstepcounter{<replaceable>contador</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="13.6" id="_005crefstepcounter">
+<title><literal>\refstepcounter</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\refstepcounter</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\refstepcounter</literal> trabaja de la misma manera que
-<literal>\stepcounter</literal> Véase <link linkend="_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</link>, excepto que esta además define
-el valor actual de <literal>\ref</literal> para que sea el resultado de
-<literal>\thecounter</literal>.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\refstepcounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Incrementa globalmente el valor de <replaceable>counter</replaceable> en uno, al igual que
+<literal>\stepcounter</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</link>). La diferencia es que este
+comando restablece el valor de cualquier contador numerado dentro de
+él. (Para la definición de &#8220;contadores numerados dentro&#8221;,
+véase <link linkend="_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Además, este comando también define el valor actual de <literal>\ref</literal> es
+el resultado de <literal>\thecounter</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Mientras que el valor del contador se establece globalmente, el valor
+de <literal>\ref</literal> se establece localmente, es decir, dentro del grupo
+actual.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="14.7" id="_005cstepcounter">
-<title><literal>\stepcounter{<replaceable>contador</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="13.7" id="_005cstepcounter">
+<title><literal>\stepcounter</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stepcounter</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\stepcounter</literal> añade uno al <replaceable>contador</replaceable> y
-restablece todos los contadores subsidiarios.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\stepcounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Agrega globalmente uno a <replaceable>counter</replaceable> y restablece todos los
+contadores numerados dentro de ella. (Para la definición de
+&#8220;contadores numerados dentro&#8221;, véase <link linkend="_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este comando difiere de <literal>\refstepcounter</literal> en que este no influye
+en las referencias; es decir, no define el valor actual de <literal>\ref</literal>
+será el resultado de <literal>\thecounter</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</link>).
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="14.8" id="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">
-<title><literal>\day \month \year</literal>: Contadores Predefinidos</title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\day</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="13.8" id="_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear">
+<title><literal>\day</literal>, <literal>\month</literal> y <literal>\year</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cday"/><anchor id="_005cmonth"/><anchor id="_005cyear"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\day</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\month</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\year</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; define contadores para el día del mes (<literal>\day</literal>, 1&#8211;31), mes
-del año (<literal>\month</literal>, 1&#8211;12), y año (<literal>\year</literal>, Era Común). Al
-iniciar &tex;, estas son establecidas a los valores actuales en el
-sistema donde se está ejecutando &tex;. Estas no se actualizan
-conforme al progreso del trabajo.
+<para>&latex; define el contador <literal>\day</literal> para el día del mes
+(nominalmente con valor entre 1 y 31), <literal>\month</literal> para el mes del
+año (nominalmente con un valor entre 1 y 12), y <literal>\year</literal> para el
+año. Cuando &tex; se inicia, se establecen a partir de los valores
+actuales en el sistema. El comando relacionado <literal>\today</literal> produce
+una cadena que representa el día actual (véase <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>).
</para>
-<para>La instrucción relacionada <literal>\today</literal> produce una cadena de texto que
-representa el día actual (véase <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>).
+<para>Los contadores no se actualizan a medida que avanza el trabajo, por lo
+que, en principio, podría ser incorrecto al final. Además, &tex; no
+controla la sensatez:
+</para>
+<screen>\day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
+</screen>
+<para>no da ningún error o advertencia y da como resultado la salida
+&#8216;<literal>-2, -4</literal>&#8217; (el valor del mes falso no produce ningún resultado).
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de comandos</link>, para forzar la fecha a un
+valor dado desde la línea de comandos.
</para>
-
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="15" id="Longitudes">
+<chapter label="14" id="Longitudes">
<title>Longitudes</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes, definiendo y usando</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Una <literal>longitud</literal> es una medida de distancia. Muchas instrucciones
-&latex; toman una longitud como argumento.
+<para><firstterm>length</firstterm> es una medida de distancia. Muchos comandos de &latex;
+toman un argumento como longitud.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes rígidas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes elásticas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dimen &tex; simple</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>skip &tex; simple</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pegamento simple &tex;</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Las longitudes vienen en dos tipos. Un <firstterm>longitud rígida</firstterm> como
+<literal>10pt</literal> no contiene un componente <literal>plus</literal> o <literal>minus</literal>.
+(&tex; sencillo llama a esto una <firstterm>dimensión</firstterm>). Una <firstterm>longitud
+de goma</firstterm> (que &tex; simple llama a <firstterm>skip</firstterm> o <firstterm>glue</firstterm>) como con
+<literal>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</literal> puede contener uno o ambos
+componentes. En esa longitud elástica, el <literal>1cm</literal> es la
+<firstterm>longitud natural</firstterm> mientras que los otros dos, componentes
+<literal>plus</literal> y <literal>minus</literal>, permiten que &tex; estire o reduzca la
+longitud para optimizar la colocación.
+</para>
+<para>Las siguientes ilustraciones utilizan estos dos comandos.
+</para>
+<screen>% hace una barra negra de 10pt de alto y #1 de ancho
+\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
+% Hace un cuadro alrededor del #2 que tenga el #1 de ancho (excluyendo
+% el borde)
+\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
+ \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox a #1{#2}}}
+</screen>
+<para>Este ejemplo usa esos comandos para mostrar una barra negra de
+100&#160;puntos de largo entre &#8216;<literal>XXX</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>YYY</literal>&#8217;. Esta longitud
+es rígida.
</para>
+<screen>XXX\muestracaja{100pt}{\barranegra{100pt}}YYY
+</screen>
+<para>En cuanto a las longitudes elásticas, la reducción es más simple: con
+<literal>1cm minus 0.05cm</literal>, la longitud natural es 1cm pero &tex;
+la puede reducir hasta 0.95cm. Más allá de eso, &tex; se niega
+a encogerse más. Por lo tanto, debajo del primero funciona bien,
+produciendo un espacio de 98&#160;puntos entre las dos barras.
+</para>
+<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
+XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
+</screen>
+<para>Pero el segundo recibe una advertencia como &#8216;<literal>Overfull \hbox
+(1.0pt too wide) detectado en la línea 17</literal>&#8217;. En la salida, la primer
+&#8216;<literal>Y</literal>&#8217; se sobrescribe al final de la barra negra, porque el material
+de la caja es más ancho que los 300pt asignados, ya que &tex;
+se ha negado a reducir el total a menos de 309&#160;puntos.
+</para>
+<para>Estirar es como encoger excepto que si se le pide a &tex; que estire
+más allá de la cantidad dada, lo hará. Aquí la primera línea está
+bien, produciendo un espacio de 110&#160;puntos entre las barras.
+</para>
+<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
+
+XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
+</screen>
+<para>En la segunda línea &tex; necesita un tramo de 10&#160;puntos y solo
+se especificó 1&#160;punto. &tex; estira el espacio al requerido
+pero te da una advertencia como &#8216;<literal>Infracompleto \hbox (maliciosos
+10000) detectados en la línea 22</literal>&#8217;. (No hablaremos de la malicia).
+</para>
+<para>Puedes estirar y encoger en la misma longitud, como en <literal>1ex plus
+0.05ex minus 0.02ex</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Si &tex; está configurando dos o más longitudes elásticas, asigna la
+ampliación o reducción en proporción.
+</para>
+<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{100pt}% left
+ \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
+ \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
+</screen>
+<para>Las barras izquierda y derecha ocupan 100&#160;puntos, por lo que la
+del medio necesita otros 100. La barra central es de 80&#160;puntos
+por lo que los dos <literal>\hspace</literal> se deben extender 20&#160;puntos.
+Porque los dos son <literal>plus 50pt</literal> y <literal>plus 10pt</literal>, &tex; obtiene
+5/6 del tramo del primer espacio y 1/6 del segundo.
+</para>
+<para>El componente <literal>plus</literal> o <literal>minus</literal> de una longitud elástica
+puede contener un componente <firstterm>fill</firstterm>, como en <literal>1in plus2fill</literal>.
+Esto da la longitud infinita capacidad de estiramiento o contracción
+para que &tex; pueda establecer a cualquier distancia. Aquí las dos
+figuras estarán espaciadas por igual en la página.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{godel.png}%
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{einstein.png}%
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
+\end{minipage}
+</screen>
+<para>&tex; tiene tres niveles de infinito para componentes de pegamento:
+<literal>fil</literal>, <literal>fill</literal> y <literal>filll</literal>. Los últimos son más infinitos
+que los anteriores. Por lo general, los autores de documentos solo
+usan el del medio (véase <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> y véase <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Multiplicar una longitud elástica por un número la convierte en una
+longitud rígida, por lo que después de
+<literal>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2 in}</literal> y
+<literal>\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}</literal> entonces el valor de
+<literal>\zlength</literal> es <literal>3in</literal>.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="14.1" id="Unidades-de-longitud">
+<title>Unidades de longitud</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>unidades, de longitud</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>&tex; y &latex; conocen estas unidades tanto dentro como fuera del
+modo math.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm><literal>pt</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-pt"/><para>Punto, 1/72,27 pulgadas. La
+conversión (aproximada) a unidades métricas es 1punto =
+.35146mm = .035146cm.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pc</primary></indexterm><literal>pc</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pica</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-pc"/><para>Pica, 12 puntos
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>in</primary></indexterm><literal>in</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>inch</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-en"/><para>Pulgada, 72.27 puntos
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm><literal>bp</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>gran punto</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto PostScript</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-pb"/><para>Punto grande, 1/72 pulgada. Esta
+longitud es la definición de un punto en PostScript y muchos sistemas
+de autoedición.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm><literal>mm</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>milímetro</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="mm-unidades-de-longitud"/><para>Milímetro, 2.845pt
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm><literal>cm</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centímetro</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="cm-unidades-de-longitud"/><para>Centímetro, 10mm
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm><literal>dd</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto didot</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-dd"/><para>Punto didot, 1.07 pt
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm><literal>cc</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cícero</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-cc"/><para>Cicero, 12 dd
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm><literal>sp</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto escalado</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-sp"/><para>Punto escalado, 1/65536 pt
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Otras tres unidades se definen de acuerdo con la letra actual, en
+lugar de que sea una dimensión absoluta.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm><literal>ex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>x-height</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="Longitudes_002fex"/><anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-ex"/><para>La altura x de
+la letra actual <firstterm>ex</firstterm>, tradicionalmente la altura de la letra
+minúscula x, se usa a menudo para longitudes verticales.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>em</primary></indexterm><literal>em</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>m-width</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="Longitudes_002fem"/><anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-em"/><para>Del mismo modo
+<firstterm>em</firstterm>, tradicionalmente el ancho de la letra M mayúscula, se
+utiliza a menudo para longitudes horizontales. Este también a menudo
+es el tamaño de la letra actual, por ejemplo, una letra nominal
+10pt debe tener 1em = 10pt. &latex; tiene varios
+comandos para producir espacios horizontales basados en em
+(véase <link linkend="_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad">\enspace - \quad y \qquad</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mu</primary></indexterm><literal>mu</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>mu, unidad matemática</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="unidades-de-longitud-mu"/><para>Finalmente, en el modo matemático,
+muchas definiciones se expresan en términos de la unidad matemática
+<firstterm>mu</firstterm>, definida por 1em = 18mu, donde el em es tomar de
+la familia actual de símbolos matemáticos. Véase <link linkend="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo
+matemático</link>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>El uso de estas unidades puede ayudar a que una definición funcione
+mejor en todos los cambios de letra. Por ejemplo, una definición del
+espacio vertical entre lista de elementos dados como
+<literal>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</literal> es más
+probable que siga siendo razonable si se cambia la letra que una
+definición dada en puntos.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="14.2" id="_005csetlength">
+<title><literal>\setlength</literal></title>
-<sect1 label="15.1" id="_005csetlength">
-<title><literal>\setlength{\<replaceable>largo</replaceable>}{<replaceable>valor</replaceable>}</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setlength</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes, configurando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes, configuración</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\setlength</literal> fija el valor de <replaceable>\largo</replaceable> al
-argumento <replaceable>valor</replaceable>, el cual se puede expresar en cualquier unidad que
-&latex; entienda, es decir, pulgadas (<literal>in</literal>), milímetros
-(<literal>mm</literal>), puntos (<literal>pt</literal>), puntos grandes (<literal>bp</literal>, etc.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Establece la longitud \<replaceable>len</replaceable> en <replaceable>amount</replaceable>. El nombre de
+longitud <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(véase <link linkend="Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</link>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <literal>\</literal> bajo circunstancias normales. La
+<replaceable>cantidad</replaceable> puede ser una longitud elástica (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
+Puede ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede estar en cualquier unidad
+que &latex; entienda (véase <link linkend="Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</link>).
</para>
+<para>A continuación, con los valores predeterminados de &latex;, el primer
+párrafo tendrá sangría mientras que el segundo no.
+</para>
+<screen>Le dije al médico que me rompí la pierna en dos lugares.
+\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+Dijo que dejara de ir a esos lugares.
+</screen>
+<para>Si no declaraste \<replaceable>len</replaceable> con <literal>\newlength</literal>, por ejemplo si lo
+escribes mal como en
+<literal>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</literal>,
+entonces obtienes un error como &#8216;<literal>Secuencia de control no
+definida. &lt;argument&gt; \sepcindent</literal>&#8217;. Si omites la barra invertida al
+comienzo del nombre de la longitud entonces obtienes un error como
+&#8216;<literal>Número faltante, tratado como cero.</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="15.2" id="_005caddtolength">
-<title>\addtolength{<replaceable>\largo</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cantidad</replaceable>}</title>
+<sect1 label="14.3" id="_005caddtolength">
+<title><literal>\addtolength</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtolength</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes, añadiendo a</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes, agregando a</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\addtolength</literal> incrementa la &#8220;instrucción de
-longitud&#8221; <replaceable>\largo</replaceable> por la cantidad especificada en el argumento
-<replaceable>cantidad</replaceable>, misma que puede ser un valor negativo.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\addtolength{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Incrementa la longitud \<replaceable>len</replaceable> por <replaceable>cantidad</replaceable>. El nombre de
+longitud <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(véase <link linkend="Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</link>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <literal>\</literal> bajo circunstancias normales. La
+<replaceable>cantidad</replaceable> es una longitud elástica (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Puede
+ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede estar en cualquier unidad que
+&latex; entienda (véase <link linkend="Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</link>).
+</para>
+<para>A continuación, si <literal>\parskip</literal> comienza con el valor <literal>0pt
+plus 1pt</literal>
</para>
+<screen>Doctor: ¿cómo está el niño que se tragó el dólar de plata?
+\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
+Enfermera: sin cambios.
+</screen>
+<para>luego tiene el valor <literal>1pt plus 1pt</literal> para el segundo párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>Si no declaraste \<replaceable>len</replaceable> con <literal>\newlength</literal>, por ejemplo si lo
+escribes mal como en
+<literal>\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}</literal>,
+luego obtienes un error como &#8216;<literal>Secuencia de control no
+definida. &lt;argument&gt; \sepcindent</literal>&#8217;. Si <replaceable>cantidad</replaceable> usa una longitud
+que no ha sido declarada, por ejemplo, si por ejemplo escribes mal lo
+anterior como <literal>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\prainden}</literal>,
+entonces obtienes algo así como &#8216;<literal>Secuencia de control
+indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt; \praindent</literal>&#8217;. Si dejas la barra invertida
+fuera de \<replaceable>len</replaceable>, como en <literal>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</literal>,
+entonces obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>No puedes usar `la letra p' después
+de \advance</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="15.3" id="_005csettodepth">
+<sect1 label="14.4" id="_005csettodepth">
<title><literal>\settodepth</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settodepth</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\settodepth{\gnat}{texto}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\settodepth</literal> fija el valor de una instrucción de
-<literal>longitud</literal> igual a la profundidad del argumento <literal>texto</literal>.
+<screen>\settodepth{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Establece la longitud \<replaceable>len</replaceable> en la profundidad del cuadro en el
+que se encuentra &latex; escribiendo el argumento <replaceable>text</replaceable>. El
+nombre de longitud <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> tiene que ser una secuencia de
+control (véase <link linkend="Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</link>), y como tal debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <literal>\</literal> en circunstancias normales.
+</para>
+<para>Esto imprimirá qué tan bajo van los descendientes de caracteres.
+</para>
+<screen>\newlength{\alphabetdepth}
+\settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+\the\alphabetdepth
+</screen>
+<para>Si no declaraste \<replaceable>len</replaceable> con <literal>\newlength</literal>, si por ejemplo
+escribes mal lo anterior como <literal>\setto depth{\aplhabet
+depth}{abc...}</literal>, entonces obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>Secuencia de
+control indefinida. &lt;argument&gt; \aplhabetdepth</literal>&#8217;. Si omites la barra
+invertida \<replaceable>len</replaceable>, como en
+<literal>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</literal> entonces obtienes algo como
+&#8216;<literal>Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de nuevo&gt;
+\setbox</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="15.4" id="_005csettoheight">
+<sect1 label="14.5" id="_005csettoheight">
<title><literal>\settoheight</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settoheight</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\settoheight{\gnat}{texto}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\settoheight</literal> fija el valor de la instrucción de
-<literal>longitud</literal> igual a la altura del argumento <literal>texto</literal>.
+<screen>\settoheight{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{text}
+</screen>
+<para>Establece la longitud \<replaceable>len</replaceable> a la altura del cuadro en el que se
+coloca &latex; escribe el argumento <literal>text</literal>. El nombre de
+longitud <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(véase <link linkend="Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</link>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <literal>\</literal> en circunstancias normales.
+</para>
+<para>Esto imprimirá qué tan alto van los caracteres.
+</para>
+<screen>\newlength{\alphabetheight}
+\settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+\the\alphabetheight
+</screen>
+<para>Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \<replaceable>len</replaceable> con <literal>\newlength</literal>,
+si por ejemplo escribes mal como
+<literal>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</literal>, entonces obtienes
+algo como &#8216;<literal>Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt;
+\alphabetheight</literal>&#8217;. Si y deja la barra invertida fuera de \<replaceable>len</replaceable>,
+como en <literal>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</literal> entonces obtienes
+algo como &#8216;<literal>Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de
+nuevo&gt; \setbox</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="15.5" id="_005csettowidth">
-<title><literal>\settowidth{\<replaceable>largo</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="14.6" id="_005csettowidth">
+<title><literal>\settowidth</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settowidth</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\settowidth</literal> establece el valor del la instrucción
-<replaceable>\largo</replaceable> al valor del argumento <replaceable>texto</replaceable>.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-
-
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="15.6" id="Longitudes-Predeterminadas">
-<title>Longitudes Predeterminadas</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes, predefinidas</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>longitudes predeterminadas</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para><literal>\width</literal>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\width</primary></indexterm>
+<screen>\settowidth{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Establece la longitud \<replaceable>len</replaceable> al ancho del cuadro en el que
+&latex; coloca el argumento <replaceable>text</replaceable> escrito. El nombre de
+longitud <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(véase <link linkend="Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</link>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <literal>\</literal> en circunstancias normales.
</para>
-<para><literal>\height</literal>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\height</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Esto imprime el ancho del alfabeto ASCII en minúsculas.
</para>
-<para><literal>\depth</literal>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\depth</primary></indexterm>
+<screen>\newlength{\alphabetwidth}
+\settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+\the\alphabetwidth
+</screen>
+<para>Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \<replaceable>len</replaceable> con <literal>\newlength</literal>,
+si, por ejemplo, escribes mal lo anterior como
+<literal>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</literal>, entonces obtienes algo
+como &#8216;<literal>Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt;
+\aplhabetwidth</literal>&#8217;. Si y deja la barra invertida fuera de \<replaceable>len</replaceable>,
+como en <literal>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</literal> entonces obtienes
+algo como &#8216;<literal>Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de
+nuevo&gt; \setbox</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-<para><literal>\totalheight</literal>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\totalheight</primary></indexterm>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="14.7" id="_005cstretch">
+<title><literal>\stretch</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stretch</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Estos parámetros de longitud se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que dibujan cajas (véase <link linkend="Cajas">Cajas</link>). Especifican el ancho
-natural, etc., del texto en la caja. <literal>\totalheight</literal> es igual a
-<literal>\height</literal> + <literal>\depth</literal>. Para hacer una caja con el texto
-extendido hasta el doble del tamaño natural, por ejemplo, digamos
+<screen>\stretch{<replaceable>number</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Produce una longitud de caucho con longitud natural cero y
+<replaceable>number</replaceable> veces <literal>\fill</literal> unidades de capacidad de estiramiento
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). El <replaceable>number</replaceable> puede ser positivo o negativo.
+Este comando es robusto (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este comando es robusto. (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). En este ejemplo
+horizontal, &latex; produce tres marcas y la distancia entre el
+primero y el segundo es otra vez la mitad de largo que la distancia
+entre el segundo y tercero.
+</para>
+<screen>\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}
+</screen>
+<para>En este ejemplo vertical, el &#8216;<literal>Dedicamos &#8230;</literal>&#8217; tendrá tres
+veces el espacio debajo de él que encima de él.
+</para>
+<screen>\newenvironment{dedication}{% en el preámbulo del documento
+ \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}%
+ \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % de espacio extensible en la parte
+ % superior
+ \it
+}{%
+ \vspace{\stretch{3}} % espacio en el bot es 3 veces mayor que
+ % en la parte superior
+ \clearpage
+}
+ ...
+\begin{dedication} % en el cuerpo del documento
+Dedicamos este libro a nuestras esposas.
+\end{dedication}
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="14.8" id="Expresiones">
+<title>Expresiones</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>expresiones</primary></indexterm>
+
+<!-- Gran parte de https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 -->
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para><literal>\makebox[ancho\2]{Consiga una camilla}</literal>
+<screen>\numexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable>
+\dimexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable>
+\glueexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable>
+\muglue <replaceable>expression</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Cualquier lugar donde puedes escribir un número entero, o una
+dimensión pegamento &tex;, o &tex;, o muglue, en su lugar puedes
+escribir una expresión para calcular ese tipo de cantidad.
+</para>
+<para>Un ejemplo es que <literal>\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</literal> produce como
+salida la longitud que es cuatro puntos menos que el ancho de una
+línea (el único propósito de <literal>\the</literal> es mostrar el resultado en el
+documento). Análogamente, <literal>\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</literal>
+produce &#8216;<literal>ix</literal>&#8217; y <literal>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</literal>
+producirá &#8216;<literal>10.0pt plus 2.0pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Una conveniencia aquí sobre hacer cálculos mediante la asignación de
+registros y entonces usando <literal>\advance</literal>, etc., es que la
+evaluación de expresiones no implica asignaciones y, por lo tanto, se
+puede realizar en lugares donde las asignaciones no están permitidas.
+El siguiente ejemplo calcula el ancho del <literal>\parbox</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
+\begin{center}
+\parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{Con malicia hacia ninguno con
+caridad para todos con firmeza en el derecho como Dios nos da para ver
+el derecho esforcémonos en terminar el trabajo en el que estamos para
+vendar las heridas de la nación, para cuidar de aquel que habrá
+llevado la batalla y para su viuda y su huérfano \textasciitilde\ para
+hacer todo lo que puedas alcanzar y cuidar una paz justa y duradera
+entre nosotros y con todas las naciones ---Abraham Lincoln, Segundo
+Discurso Inaugural, de el memorial}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>La <replaceable>expresión</replaceable> consta de uno o más términos del mismo tipo
+(entero, dimensión, etc.) que se suman o se restan. Un término que es
+un tipo de número, dimensión, etc., consta de un factor de ese tipo,
+opcionalmente multiplicado o dividido por factores. Un factor de un
+tipo es ya sea una cantidad de ese tipo o una subexpresión entre
+paréntesis. La expresión produce un resultado del tipo dado, por lo
+que <literal>\numexpr</literal> produce un número entero, <literal>\dimexpr</literal> produce
+una dimensión, etc.
+</para>
+<para>En el ejemplo de cita anterior, cambiando a
+<literal>\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</literal> da el error <literal>Unidad de medida
+ilegal (pt insertado)</literal>. Esto se debe a que para <literal>\dimexpr</literal> y
+<literal>\glueexpr</literal>, la entrada consiste en una dimensión o valor de
+pegamento seguido de un factor de multiplicación opcional, y no al
+revés. Así <literal>\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</literal> es válido y produce
+&#8216;<literal>10.0pt</literal>&#8217;, pero <literal>\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</literal> da el error
+<literal>Unidad ilegal</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Las expresiones absorben tókenes y llevan a cabo las matemáticas
+apropiadas hasta un <literal>\relax</literal> (que será absorbido), o hasta el
+primer token no válido. Por lo tanto, <literal>\the\numexpr2+3px</literal>
+imprimirá &#8216;<literal>5px</literal>&#8217;, porque &latex; lee el <literal>\numexpr2+3</literal>, que
+está formado por números, y luego encuentra la letra <literal>p</literal>, que no
+puede ser parte de un número. Por lo tanto, termina la expresión y
+produce &#8216;<literal>5</literal>&#8217;, seguido del texto normal &#8216;<literal>px</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Este comportamiento de terminación es útil en las comparaciones. En
+<literal>\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 &lt; 10pt Yes\else No\fi</literal>, el menor que
+sign termina la expresión y el resultado &#8216;<literal>No</literal>&#8217; es (en un artículo
+estándar de &latex;).
+</para>
+<para>Las expresiones pueden usar los operadores <literal>+</literal>, <literal>-</literal>,
+<literal>*</literal> y <literal>/</literal> junto con paréntesis para subexpresiones,
+<literal>(...)</literal>. En pegar expresiones en que las partes <literal>plus</literal> y
+<literal>minus</literal> no necesitan paréntesis para ser afectadas por un
+factor. Entonces <literal>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</literal> da como
+resultado &#8216;<literal>10pt plus 2pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>&tex; obligará a otros tipos numéricos de la misma manera que lo hace
+cuando hace asignación de registro. Así <literal>\the\numexpr\dimexpr
+1pt\relax\relax</literal> dará como resultado &#8216;<literal>65536</literal>&#8217;, que es <literal>1pt</literal>
+convertido a puntos escalados (véase <link linkend="unidades-de-longitud-sp"><literal>sp</literal></link>, la unidad interna de &tex;) y luego forzado a un
+número entero. Con un <literal>\glueexpr</literal> aquí, el estirar y encoger se
+eliminaría. Yendo por el contrario, un <literal>\numexpr</literal> dentro de un
+<literal>\dimexpr</literal> o <literal>\glueexpr</literal> necesitará unidades apropiadas,
+como en <literal>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</literal>, que produce
+&#8216;<literal>3.0pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Detalles de la aritmética: cada factor se comprueba para estar en el
+rango permitido, los números deben ser menores que <inlineequation><mathphrase>2^{31}</mathphrase></inlineequation> en
+valor absoluto, y las dimensiones o los componentes del pegamento
+deben ser inferiores a <inlineequation><mathphrase>2^{14}</mathphrase></inlineequation> puntos, o <literal>mu</literal>, o
+<literal>fil</literal>, etc. Las operaciones aritméticas se realizan
+individualmente, a excepción de una operación de escala (una
+multiplicación seguida inmediatamente por una división) que se realiza
+como una operación combinada con un producto de 64 bits como valor
+intermedio. El resultado de cada operación se vuelve a comprobar para
+estar en el rango permitido.
+</para>
+<para>Finalmente, la división y la escala se realizan con redondeo (a
+diferencia de &tex;&#8217;s <literal>\divide</literal>, que trunca). De este modo
+<literal>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</literal> pone &#8216;<literal>10.0pt</literal>&#8217; en el
+documento, porque redondea <literal>3/2</literal> a <literal>2</literal>, mientras que
+<literal>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</literal> produce &#8216;<literal>5.0pt</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="16" id="Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos">
-<title>Haciendo Párrafos</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>haciendo párrafos</primary></indexterm>
+<chapter label="15" id="Crear-p_00e1rrafos">
+<title>Crear párrafos</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hacer párrafos</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>párrafos</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Un párrafo se termina por medio de una o más líneas completamente en
-blanco &#8212;líneas que no contienen incluso un <literal>%</literal>. Una línea en
-blanco no debe aparecer donde no se puede iniciar un nuevo párrafo, tal
-como en modo math o en el argumento de una instrucción de seccionado.
+<para>Para comenzar un párrafo, simplemente escribe un texto. Para acabar
+con el párrafo actual, pon una línea vacía. Son tres párrafos, cuya
+separación se hace mediante dos líneas vacías.
</para>
+<screen>Es una verdad universalmente reconocida, que un solo hombre en
+posesión de buena fortuna, debe estar necesitado de una esposa.
+Por muy poco conocidos que puedan ser los sentimientos o las opiniones
+de un hombre así sobre su primer vez entrando en un barrio, esta
+verdad también está grabada en la mente de las familias aledañas, que
+se le considera la propiedad legítima de una u otra de sus hijas.
-<sect1 label="16.1" id="_005cindent">
-<title><literal>\indent</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indent</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría, forzando la</primary></indexterm>
+``Mi querido señor Bennet'', le dijo su dama un día, ``¿Has oído que
+Netherfield Park está alquilado por fin?''
+</screen>
+<para>Un separador de párrafo puede estar hecho de una secuencia de al menos
+una línea de espacio en blanco, al menos una de las cuales no termina
+con un comentario. Una línea en blanco es una línea que está vacía o
+compuesta solo de caracteres en blanco, como un espacio o
+tabulación. Los comentarios en el código fuente comienzan con un
+<literal>%</literal> y se extienden hasta el final de la línea. En el siguiente
+ejemplo, las dos columnas son idénticas:
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+\begin{document}
+Primer párrafo.
+
+Segundo párrafo.
+\newpage
+Primer párrafo
+
+ % La separación de líneas puede contener caracteres en blanco.
+
+Segundo párrafo.
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+
+<para>Una vez que &latex; ha recopilado todo el contenido de un párrafo,
+divide el contenido en líneas de una manera optimizada en todo el
+párrafo (véase <link linkend="Salto-de-l_00ednea">Salto de línea</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Hay lugares donde no se permite un nuevo párrafo. No pongas una línea
+en blanco en modo math (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>); aquí la línea en blanco antes
+del <literal>\end{equation}</literal>
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ 2^{|S|} &gt; |S|
+
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>obtendrás el error &#8216;<literal>Se inserto el $ faltante</literal>&#8217;. Del mismo modo,
+la línea en blanco en este argumento <literal>\section</literal>
+</para>
+<screen>\section{aaa
-<para><literal>\indent</literal> produce un espacio horizontal donde el ancho es igual la longitud de <literal>\parindent</literal>, la sangría de un párrafo
-normal. Esta se utiliza para añadir la sangría de párrafos donde esta
-debería suprimirse en otro caso.
+bbb}
+</screen>
+<para>obtiene &#8216;<literal>¿Argumento faltante? {aaa ! El párrafo terminó antes de
+completar \@sect</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
-<para>El valor predeterminado para <literal>\parindent</literal> es <literal>1em</literal> en modo de
-dos columnas, de lo contrario <literal>15pt</literal> para documentos de
-<literal>10pt</literal>, <literal>17pt</literal> para <literal>11pt</literal> y <literal>1.5em</literal> para
-<literal>12pt</literal>.
+
+
+
+<sect1 label="15.1" id="_005cpar">
+<title><literal>\par</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\par</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>párrafo, terminando</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (ten en cuenta que mientras lees la entrada &tex; convierte
+cualquier secuencia de una o más líneas en blanco a un <literal>\par</literal>,
+<link linkend="Crear-p_00e1rrafos">Crear párrafos</link>):
+</para>
+<screen>\par
+</screen>
+<para>Finaliza el párrafo actual. La forma habitual de separar párrafos es
+con una línea en blanco pero el comando <literal>\par</literal> es completamente
+equivalente. Este comando es robusto (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo usa <literal>\par</literal> en lugar de una línea en blanco
+simplemente por legibilidad.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
+ \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
+</screen>
+<para>En el modo LR, el comando <literal>\par</literal> no hace nada y se ignora. En
+modo de párrafo, el comando <literal>\par</literal> finaliza el modo de párrafo,
+cambiando &latex; a modo vertical (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>).
+</para>
+<para>No puedes usar el comando <literal>\par</literal> en modo matemático. Tampoco lo
+puedes utilizar en el argumento de muchos comandos, como los comandos
+de seccionado, por ejemplo, <literal>\section</literal> (véase <link linkend="Crear-p_00e1rrafos">Crear párrafos</link>
+y <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\par</literal> no es lo mismo que el comando
+<literal>\paragraph</literal>. Este último es, como <literal>\section</literal> o
+<literal>\subsection</literal>, un comando de seccionado utilizado por las clases
+de documentos estándar &latex; (véase <link linkend="_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y
+\subparagraph</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\par</literal> no es lo mismo que <literal>\newline</literal> o el salto
+de línea doble barra invertida, <literal>\\</literal>. La diferencia es que
+<literal>\par</literal> finaliza el párrafo, no solo la línea, y también
+desencadena la adición de el espacio vertical entre párrafos
+<literal>\parskip</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y \parskip</link>).
+</para>
+<para>La salida de este ejemplo
+</para>
+<screen>xyz
+
+\setlength{\parindent}{3in}
+\setlength{\parskip}{5in}
+\noindent test\indent test1\par test2
+</screen>
+<para>es: después de &#8216;<literal>xyz</literal>&#8217; hay un salto vertical de 5&#160;pulgadas y
+luego aparece &#8216;<literal>test</literal>&#8217;, alineado con el margen izquierdo. En la
+misma línea, hay un espacio horizontal vacío de 3&#160;pulgadas y
+luego aparece &#8216;<literal>test1</literal>&#8217;. Finalmente, hay un espacio vertical de
+5&#160;pulgadas, seguido de un párrafo nuevo con una sangría de
+párrafo de 3&#160;pulgadas, y luego &latex; pone el texto
+&#8216;<literal>test2</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="16.2" id="_005cnoindent">
-<title><literal>\noindent</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="15.2" id="_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">
+<title><literal>\indent</literal> y <literal>\noindent</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cindent"/><anchor id="_005cnoindent"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indent</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\noindent</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría, suprimiendo la</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría, forzando</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Cuando se utiliza al principio de un párrafo, <literal>\noindent</literal> suprime
-cualquier sangría. Esta no tiene efecto cuando se utiliza en medio de
-un párrafo.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\indent
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\noindent
+</screen>
+<para>Va al modo horizontal (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). El comando <literal>\indent</literal>
+primero genera un cuadro vacío cuyo ancho es <literal>\parindent</literal>. Estos
+comandos son robustos (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Normalmente se crea un nuevo párrafo poniendo una línea en blanco.
+Véase <link linkend="_005cpar">\par</link>, por la diferencia entre este comando y <literal>\par</literal>. Para
+comenzar un párrafo sin sangría, o continuar un párrafo interrumpido,
+usa <literal>\noindent</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En medio de un párrafo, el comando <literal>\noindent</literal> no tiene efecto,
+porque &latex; ya está en modo horizontal allí. El único efecto del
+comando <literal>\indent</literal> es generar un espacio.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo inicia un párrafo nuevo.
+</para>
+<screen>... fin del párrafo anterior.
+
+\noindent Este párrafo no tiene sangría.
+</screen>
+<para>y esto continúa un párrafo interrumpido.
+</para>
+<screen>Los datos
+
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl} ... \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\noindent muestra esto claramente.
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para omitir la sangría en todo el documento, pon
+<literal>\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}</literal> en el preámbulo. Si lo haces,
+es posible que también desees establecer la longitud de los espacios
+entre párrafos, <literal>\parskip</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y \parskip</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>indentfirst</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>indentfirst</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los estilos predeterminados de &latex; tienen
+el primer párrafo después de una sección que es sin sangría, como es
+la composición tipográfica tradicional en inglés. Para cambiar eso,
+busca en CTAN el paquete <literal>indentfirst</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="16.3" id="_005cparskip">
-<title><literal>\parskip</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="15.3" id="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">
+<title><literal>\parindent</literal> y <literal>\parskip</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cparindent"/><anchor id="_005cparskip"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parskip</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio vertical antes de párrafos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría de párrafo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sangría de párrafo horizontal</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio vertical antes de los párrafos</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\parskip</literal> es una instrucción que preserva la longitud definiendo
-espacio vertical extra añadido antes de cada párrafo. El predeterminado
-es <literal>0pt más 1pt</literal>.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\parindent}{<replaceable>horizontal len</replaceable>}
+\setlength{\parskip}{<replaceable>vertical len</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Ambas son longitudes elásticas (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Afectan a la
+sangría de párrafos ordinarios, no de párrafos dentro de minipáginas
+(véase <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>), y el espacio vertical entre párrafos,
+respectivamente.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si esto se pone en el preámbulo:
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+\setlength{\parskip}{1ex}
+</screen>
+<para>El documento tendrá párrafos sin sangría, pero en su lugar están
+separados verticalmente por aproximadamente la altura de una &#8216;<literal>x</literal>&#8217;
+minúscula.
+</para>
+<para>En la clase <replaceable>document</replaceable> estándar de &latex;, el valor
+predeterminado para <literal>\parindent</literal> en documentos de una columna es
+<literal>15pt</literal> cuando el el tamaño de texto predeterminado es
+<literal>10pt</literal>, <literal>17pt</literal> para <literal>11pt</literal> y <literal>1.5em</literal> para
+<literal>12pt</literal>. En documentos de dos columnas es <literal>1em</literal>. (Estos
+valores se establecen antes de que &latex; llame a <literal>\normalfont</literal>
+para que <literal>em</literal> se derive de la letra predeterminada, Computer
+Modern. Si utilizas una letra diferente y luego estableces
+<literal>\parindent</literal> en 1em coincidentes en esa letra, pon
+<literal>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</literal> en el
+preámbulo).
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado para <literal>\parskip</literal> en las clases
+<literal>document</literal> estándar de &latex; es <literal>0pt plus1pt</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="16.4" id="Notas-al-Margen">
-<title>Notas al Margen</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas al margen</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="15.4" id="Notas-marginales">
+<title>Notas marginales</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas marginales</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notas en el margen</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>observaciones en el margen</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comentarios en el margen</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginpar</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen>\marginpar[<replaceable>izquierda</replaceable>]{<replaceable>derecha</replaceable>}
+<screen>\marginpar{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}
+\marginpar[<replaceable>left</replaceable>]{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\marginpar</literal> crea una nota en el margen. La primera
-línea de una nota tiene que ser la misma línea base que la línea en el
-texto donde ocurre el <literal>\marginpar</literal>.
+<para>Crea una nota en el margen. La primera línea de la nota tendrá la
+misma línea base que la línea en el texto donde el <literal>\marginpar</literal>
+ocurre.
+</para>
+<para>El margen que usa &latex; para la nota depende del diseño actual
+(véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</link>) y también en
+<literal>\reversemarginpar</literal> (ve abajo). Si estás utilizando el diseño de
+un solo lado (opción de documento <literal>oneside</literal>) entonces va en el
+margen derecho. Si estás usando diseño de dos caras (opción de
+documento <literal>twoside</literal>) entonces va en el margen exterior. Si estás
+en el diseño de dos columnas (opción de documento <literal>twocolumn</literal>)
+entonces va en el margen más cercano.
</para>
-<para>Cuando únicamente se especifica el argumento obligatorio <replaceable>right</replaceable>, el
-texto se deberá colocar
-</para>
-<itemizedlist><listitem><para>en el margen derecho para diseños de un solo lado;
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>en el margen externo para diseños de dos caras;
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>en el margen más cercano en diseños de dos columnas.
-</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\reversemarginpar</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalmarginpar</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\reversemarginpar</literal> coloca las subsecuentes notas al
-margen en el margen (dentro) opuesto. <literal>\normalmarginpar</literal> las
-coloca en la posición predeterminada.
+<para>Si declaras <literal>\reversemarginpar</literal> entonces &latex; colocará notas
+marginales posteriores en el margen opuesto al dado en el párrafo
+anterior. Vuelve a la posición predeterminada con
+<literal>\normalmarginpar</literal>.
</para>
-<para>Cuando se especifican ambos argumentos, se utiliza <replaceable>left</replaceable> para el
-margen izquierdo y se utiliza <replaceable>right</replaceable> para el margen derecho.
+<para>Cuando especificas el argumento opcional <replaceable>left</replaceable>, entonces se usa
+para una nota en el margen izquierdo, mientras que el argumento
+obligatorio <replaceable>right</replaceable> se utiliza para una nota en el margen derecho.
</para>
-<para>La primer palabra normalmente no se debe separar con guiones; usted
-puede habilitar la separación silábica con guiones comenzando la nota
-con <literal>\hspace{0pt}</literal>.
+<para>Normalmente, a la primera palabra de una nota, no se le aplicará la
+separación silábica. Puedes habilitar guiones allí comenzando
+<replaceable>left</replaceable> o <replaceable>right</replaceable> con <literal>\hspace{0pt}</literal>.
</para>
-<para>Los parámetros que afectan el formato de la nota son:
+<para>Estos parámetros afectan el formato de la nota:
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparpush</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparpush</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El espacio mínimo vertical entre notas; el predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>7pt</literal>&#8217;
-para documentos de &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;, de lo contrario &#8216;<literal>5pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="notas-marginales-marginparpush"/><para>Espacio vertical mínimo entre
+notas; predeterminado &#8216;<literal>7pt</literal>&#8217; para documentos &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;,
+&#8216;<literal>5pt</literal>&#8217; de lo contrario. Ve también&#160;<link linkend="par_00e1metros-marginparpush-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros
+marginparpush del diseño de página</link>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparsep</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Espacio horizontal entre el texto vertical y la nota; predeterminado
-&#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; documentos, en otro caso &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="notas-marginales-marginparsep"/><para>Espacio horizontal entre el texto principal y la nota; predeterminado
+&#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; para documentos &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; de lo contrario.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparwidth</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El ancho de la nota en sí misma; el predeterminado para documentos de un
-solo lado de &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; es &#8216;<literal>90pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>83pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; y
-&#8216;<literal>68pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;; &#8216;<literal>17pt</literal>&#8217; más en cada caso para
-documentos de dos caras. En el modo de dos columnas, el predeterminado
-es &#8216;<literal>48pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</term><listitem><anchor id="notas-marginales-marginparwidth"/><para>Ancho de la nota en sí;
+predeterminado para un documento &#8216;<literal>10pt</literal>&#8217; de una sola cara es
+&#8216;<literal>90pt</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>83pt</literal>&#8217; para &#8216;<literal>11pt</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>68pt</literal>&#8217; para
+&#8216;<literal>12pt</literal>&#8217;; &#8216;<literal>17pt</literal>&#8217; más en cada caso para un documento de dos
+caras. En el modo de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es
+&#8216;<literal>48pt</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>La rutina estándar de &latex; para notas marginales no impide notas
+se caigan de la parte inferior de la página.
+<!-- @TeX{} Entrada de preguntas frecuentes sobre este tema (xx cuando -->
+<!-- existe): -->
+<!-- @url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=marginparside}. -->
+<!-- (+marginfix) -->
+</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="17" id="F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">
-<title>Fórmulas Matemáticas</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fórmulas matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fórmulas, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo math, ingresando al</primary></indexterm>
-
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>math</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>math</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>displaymath</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>displaymath</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>entorno <literal>equation</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>equation</literal>, entorno</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Existen tres entornos que ponen a &latex; en modo math:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>math</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Para fórmulas que aparecerán directamente en el texto.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>displaymath</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Para fórmulas que aparecerán en su propia línea.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>equation</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El mismo que el del entorno displaymath salvo que este añade un número
-de ecuación en el margen derecho.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\(</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\[</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\]</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El entorno <literal>math</literal> se pude utilizar tanto en párrafos como en modo
-LR, pero los entornos <literal>displaymath</literal> y <literal>equation</literal> se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo párrafo. Los entornos <literal>math</literal> y
-<literal>displaymath</literal> se utilizan tan a menudo que tienen las siguientes
-formas abreviadas:
+<chapter label="16" id="F_00f3rmulas-math">
+<title>Fórmulas math</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math, fórmulas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>formulas, math</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, ingresar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>math</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>math</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>displaymath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>displaymath</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>equation</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>equation</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+
+<para>Produce texto matemático poniendo &latex; en modo matemático o
+pantalla modo matemático (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). Este ejemplo muestra ambos.
</para>
-<screen>\(...\) en lugar de \begin{math}...\end{math}
-\[...\] en lugar de \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+<screen>La ecuación de onda para \( u \) es
+\begin{displaymath}
+ \frac{\partial^2u}{\partial t^2} = c^2\nabla^2u
+\end{displaymath}
+donde \( \nabla^2 \) es el Laplacian espacial y \( c \) es constante.
+</screen>
+<para>El modo math es para matemáticas en línea. En el ejemplo anterior se
+invoca por la <literal>\(</literal> inicial y terminado por la <literal>\)</literal> final
+correspondiente. El modo de pantalla matemática es para ecuaciones
+mostradas y aquí es invocado por el entorno <literal>displaymath</literal>. Ten
+en cuenta que cualquier texto matemático que sea, incluido el texto
+matemático que consta de un solo carácter, se maneja en modo
+matemático.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando está en modo matemático o en modo de visualización matemática,
+&latex; maneja muchos aspectos de tu texto de entrada de manera
+diferente que en otros modos de texto. Por ejemplo,
+</para>
+<screen>contrastar x+y con \( x+y \)
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>$</primary></indexterm>
-<para>De hecho, el entorno <literal>math</literal> es como una instrucción que tiene
-incluso una forma abreviada:
+<para>en el modo matemático, las letras están en cursiva y el espacio
+alrededor del signo más es diferente.
+</para>
+<para>Hay tres formas de hacer fórmulas en línea, para poner &latex; en
+modo math.
</para>
-<screen>$ ... $ en lugar de \(...\)
+<screen>\( <replaceable>material matemático</replaceable> \)
+$ <replaceable>material matemático</replaceable> $
+\begin{math} <replaceable>material matemático</replaceable> \end{math}
</screen>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\boldmath</literal> cambia letras y símbolos matemáticos en
-tipo de letra en negrita. Este se utiliza <emphasis>fuera</emphasis> del modo math.
-Por el contrario, la instrucción <literal>\unboldmath</literal> cambia los glifos
-matemáticos para estar en un tipo de letra normal; este también se
-utiliza <emphasis>fuera</emphasis> del modo math.
+<para>Se prefiere la primera forma y la segunda es bastante común, pero la
+tercera forma rara vez se usa. A veces puedes usar uno y a veces
+otro, como en <literal>\(x\) y $y$</literal>. Puedes utilizar estos en el párrafo
+o en modo LR (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>).
</para>
-<!-- xx ¿propia sección? ¿tipos de letra en Math? -->
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\displaystyle</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La declaración <literal>\displaystyle</literal> presiona para que el tamaño y estilo
-de la fórmula sea el de <literal>displaymath</literal>, por ejemplo, con limites por
-encima y debajo de sumatorias. Por ejemplo
-</para><screen>$\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $
+<para>Para mostrar fórmulas, pon a &latex; en modo de visualización
+matemática con o:
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{displaymath}
+ <replaceable>material matemático</replaceable>
+\end{displaymath}
</screen>
-<!-- xx vea además \cal, \mathcal -->
-
-
-
-<sect1 label="17.1" id="Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices">
-<title>Subíndices y Superíndices</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>superíndice</primary></indexterm>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ <replaceable>material matemático</replaceable>
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>(véase <link linkend="displaymath">displaymath</link>, véase <link linkend="equation">equation</link>). La única diferencia es que
+con el entorno <literal>equation</literal>, &latex; pone un número de fórmula
+junto a la fórmula. La construcción <literal>\[ <replaceable>math</replaceable> \]</literal> es
+equivalente a <literal>\begin{displaymath} <replaceable>math</replaceable>
+\end{displaymath}</literal>. Estos entornos sólo se pueden utilizar en el
+modo párrafo (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsfonts</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsfonts</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La
+American Mathematical Society ha puesto a disposición gratuitamente un
+conjunto de paquetes que amplían enormemente sus opciones para
+escribir matemáticas, <literal>amsmath</literal> y <literal>amssymb</literal> (también
+ten en cuenta el paquete <literal>mathtools</literal> que es una extensión y
+carga <literal>amsmath</literal>). Los nuevos documentos que tendrán texto
+matemático deben usar estos paquetes. Las descripciones de estos
+paquetes están fuera del alcance de este documento; ve su
+documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="16.1" id="Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">
+<title>Subíndices y superíndices</title>
+
+<anchor id="superscript"/><anchor id="subscript"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>superíndice</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subíndice</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>^ superíndice</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>_ subíndice</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>exponente</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>_</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>^</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Para hacer que una expresión <emphasis>exp</emphasis> aparezca como un subíndice, escriba
-<literal>_{</literal><emphasis>exp</emphasis><literal>}</literal>. Para hacer que <emphasis>exp</emphasis> aparezca como un
-exponente, escriba <literal>^{</literal><emphasis>exp</emphasis><literal>}</literal>. &latex; maneja
-superíndices, subíndices y todas esas cosas de manera natural. Incluso
-hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un subíndice como un
-superíndice.
+
+<para>Sinopsis (en modo matemático o modo de visualización matemático), uno
+de:
+</para>
+<screen><replaceable>base</replaceable>^<replaceable>exp</replaceable>
+<replaceable>base</replaceable>^{<replaceable>exp</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o, uno de:
+</para>
+<screen><replaceable>base</replaceable>_<replaceable>exp</replaceable>
+<replaceable>base</replaceable>_{<replaceable>exp</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Hace que <replaceable>exp</replaceable> aparezca como un superíndice de <replaceable>base</replaceable> (con el
+carácter signo de intercalación,&#160;<literal>^</literal>) o un subíndice (con
+guión bajo,&#160;<literal>_</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, <literal>0</literal> y <literal>1</literal> son subscripts mientras que
+<literal>2</literal> son superscripts.
+</para>
+<screen>\( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
+</screen>
+<para>Para que el subscript o superscript contenga más de un carácter, rodea
+la expresión con llaves, como en <literal>e^{-2x}</literal>. La cuarta línea de
+este ejemplo muestra llaves usadas para agrupar una expresión para el
+exponente.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{displaymath}
+ (3^3)^3=27^3=19\,683
+ \qquad
+ 3^{(3^3)}=3^{27}=7\,625\,597\,484\,987
+\end{displaymath}
+</screen>
+<para>&latex; sabe cómo manejar un superíndice en un superíndice, o un
+subíndice sobre subíndice, o superscript sobre subs, o subs sobre
+supers. Así que, expresiones como <literal>e^{x^2}</literal> y <literal>x_{i_0}</literal>
+dan producción. Ten en cuenta el uso en esas expresiones de llaves
+para dar a <replaceable>base</replaceable> una determinada <replaceable>exp</replaceable>. Si ingresas
+<literal>\(3^3^3\)</literal>, esto se interpreta como <literal>\(3^{3}^{3}\)</literal> y
+luego obtienes el error &tex; &#8216;<literal>Doble superíndice</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un subscript como un
+superscript. En este ejemplo, la integral tiene ambos. Salen en el
+lugar correcto sin ninguna intervención del autor.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{displaymath}
+ \int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
+\end{displaymath}
+</screen>
+<para>Ten en cuenta las llaves alrededor de <literal>x=a</literal> para hacer que la
+expresión completa sea un subíndice.
+</para>
+<para>Para poner un superscript o subscript antes de un símbolo, usa una
+construcción como <literal>{}_t K^2</literal>. Las llaves vacías <literal>{}</literal>
+dan al subíndice algo para adjuntar y evita que accidentalmente
+adjuntes un símbolo anterior.
+</para>
+<para>Usar el carácter de subíndice o superíndice fuera del modo math o el
+modo <literal>display math</literal>, como en <literal>la expresión x^2</literal>, obtendrás
+el error &tex; &#8216;<literal>Falta insertar el $</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mhchem</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mhchem</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Una razón común para querer subscripts fuera de un
+modo math es la composición tipográfica de fórmulas químicas. Hay
+paquetes para eso, como <literal>mhchem</literal>; ve CTAN.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="17.2" id="S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">
-<title>Símbolos Matemáticos</title>
+<sect1 label="16.2" id="S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">
+<title>Símbolos matemáticos</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolos matemáticos</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolos, matemáticos</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras griegas</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático que muy
-probablemente necesite. Las instrucciones para generarlas se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo math. Por ejemplo, si incluye <literal>$\pi$</literal>
-en su archivo fuente, aparecerá el símbolo de pi (<inlineequation><mathphrase>\pi</mathphrase></inlineequation>) en su
-salida.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>comprehensive</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>comprehensive</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+
+<para>&latex; proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático o técnico que
+cualquiera usa. Por ejemplo, si incluyes <literal>$\pi$</literal> en tu fuente,
+obtendrás el símbolo pi &#x03C0;. Ve el &#8220;Paquete &latex;
+Integral Lista de símbolos&#8221; en
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive">https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive</ulink>.
</para>
+<para>A continuación, tienes una lista de símbolos comúnmente usados. De
+ninguna manera es exhaustiva. Cada símbolo se describe con una frase
+corta y su clase de símbolo, que determina el espacio a su alrededor,
+se da entre paréntesis. A no ser que dicho de otra manera, los
+comandos para estos símbolos solo se pueden usar en modo matemáticas.
+Para redefinir un comando para que se pueda usar cualquiera que sea el
+estado modo actual, <link linkend="_005censuremath">\ensuremath</link>.
+</para>
+<!-- xx Agrega negación: para negaciones de símbolos relevantes -->
+<!-- Útil: https://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html -->
+
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\|</primary></indexterm><literal>\|</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\|</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2225; Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\parallel</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\aleph</primary></indexterm><literal>\aleph</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\aleph</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2135; Aleph, cardinal transfinito (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alpha</primary></indexterm><literal>\alpha</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\alpha</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B1; Letra griega alfa minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\amalg</primary></indexterm><literal>\amalg</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\amalg</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2A3F; Unión disjunta (binaria)
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\angle</primary></indexterm><literal>\angle</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\angle</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2220; Ángulo geométrico (común). Similar: less-than
+sign&#160;<literal>&lt;</literal> y salto de línea angular&#160;<literal>\langle</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\approx</primary></indexterm><literal>\approx</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\approx</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2248; Casi igual a (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ast</primary></indexterm><literal>\ast</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ast</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2217; Operador asterisco, convolución, seis puntas
+(binario). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>*</literal>, que suele ser un superíndice o
+subíndice, como en la estrella Kleene. Similar&#160;<literal>\star</literal>, que
+es de cinco puntas, y a veces se usa como una operación binaria
+general, y a veces reservado para la correlación cruzada.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\asymp</primary></indexterm><literal>\asymp</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\asymp</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x224D; Asintóticamente equivalente (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backslash</primary></indexterm><literal>\backslash</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>\ (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>\ Barra invertida (común). Similar: set
+minus&#160;<literal>\setminus</literal>, y <literal>\textbackslash</literal> para barra
+invertida fuera del modo matemático.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\beta</primary></indexterm><literal>\beta</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\beta</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B2; Letra griega minúscula beta (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigcap</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigcap</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigcap</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22C2; Intersección (operador) de tamaño variable o
+n-ario. Similar: intersección binaria&#160;<literal>\cap</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigcirc</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigcirc</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigcirc</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x26AA; Círculo, más grande (binario). Similar: función
+composición&#160;<literal>\circ</literal>.
+<!-- bb ¿El mejor símbolo Unicode para esto? -->
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigcup</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigcup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigcup</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22C3; Unión (operador) de tamaño variable o
+n-aria. Similar: binario union&#160;<literal>\cup</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigodot</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigodot</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigodot</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2A00; Operador de punto en un círculo de tamaño variable
+u (operador) n-ario.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigoplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigoplus</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigoplus</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2A01; Operador más (operador) de tamaño variable, o
+n-ario, dentro de un círculo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigotimes</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigotimes</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigotimes</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2A02; Operador de tiempo dentro de un círculo de
+tamaño variable, u (operador) n-ario.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigtriangledown</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigtriangledown</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigtriangledown</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25BD; Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o
+n-ary apuntando hacia abajo (binario). Sinónimo:
+<replaceable>\varbigtriangledown</replaceable>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigtriangleup</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigtriangleup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigtriangleup</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25B3; Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o
+n-ary apuntando hacia arriba (binario). Sinónimo:
+<replaceable>\varbigtriangleup</replaceable>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigsqcup</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigsqcup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigsqcup</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2A06; Unión cuadrada de tamaño variable u (operador)
+n-ario.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\biguplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\biguplus</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\biguplus</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2A04; Operador de unión de tamaño variable, o n-ario,
+con un signo más (operador). (Ten en cuenta que el nombre solo tiene
+una p).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigcap</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigcap</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigvee</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigvee</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigvee</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22C1; De tamaño variable, o n-ario, u (operador) lógico.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigwedge</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigwedge</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigwedge</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22C0; De tamaño variable, o n-ario, y lógico
+(operador).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bot</primary></indexterm><literal>\bot</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bot</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22A5;, arriba, abajo, elemento mínimo de un conjunto de elementos
+parcialmente ordenado, o una contradicción (común). Consulta
+también&#160;<literal>\top</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bowtie</primary></indexterm><literal>\bowtie</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bowtie</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22C8; Unión natural de dos relaciones (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Box</primary></indexterm><literal>\Box</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(símbolo de caja cuadrada abierta) <!-- xx no en el simple -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25A1; Operador modal por necesidad; caja cuadrada abierta
+(común). No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>.
+<!-- bb ¿El mejor equivalente Unicode? -->
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\bullet</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo bala</primary></indexterm>
-<para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bullet</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de bala</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#x2022; Viñeta (binario). Similar: multiplicación
+dot&#160;<literal>\cdot</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cap</primary></indexterm><literal>\cap</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cap</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2229; Intersección de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de
+tamaño variable operator&#160;<literal>\bigcap</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cdot</primary></indexterm><literal>\cdot</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cdot</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22C5; Multiplicación (binario). Similar: Bala
+dot&#160;<literal>\bullet</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\chi</primary></indexterm><literal>\chi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\chi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C7; Chi griego minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\circ</primary></indexterm><literal>\circ</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\circ</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2218; Composición de funciones, operador de anillo
+(binario). Similar: operator&#160;<literal>\bigcirc</literal> de tamaño
+variable.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\clubsuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\clubsuit</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\clubsuit</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2663; Palo de la carta del club (común).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\complement</primary></indexterm><literal>\complement</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2201;, Complemento de conjunto, usado como superíndice como en
+<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (común). No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>. También
+usado: <literal>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</literal> or&#160;<literal>$\bar{S}$</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cong</primary></indexterm><literal>\cong</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cong</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2245; Congruente (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\coprod</primary></indexterm><literal>\coprod</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\coprod</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2210; Coproducto (operador).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cup</primary></indexterm><literal>\cup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cup</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x222A; Unión de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+variable operator&#160;<literal>\bigcup</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dagger</primary></indexterm><literal>\dagger</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\dagger</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2020; Relación Dagger (binario).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dashv</primary></indexterm><literal>\dashv</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\dashv</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22A3; Guión con torniquete invertido vertical (relación).
+Similar: turnstile&#160;<literal>\vdash</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddagger</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddagger</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\dagger</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2021; Relación de doble daga (binario).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Delta</primary></indexterm><literal>\Delta</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Delta</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x0394; Delta mayúscula griega, usado para incremento
+(común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\delta</primary></indexterm><literal>\delta</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\delta</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B4; Delta minúscula griega (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\Diamond</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\diamond</mathphrase></inlineequation> más grande <!-- xx no en el simple -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25C7; Operador de diamante grande (común).
+No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\diamond</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\diamond</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22C4; Operador de diamante (binario). Similar: large
+diamond&#160;<literal>\Diamond</literal>, encierra en un círculo
+bullet&#160;<literal>\bullet</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\diamondsuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\diamondsuit</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\diamondsuit</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2662; Palo de carta diamante (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\div</primary></indexterm><literal>\div</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\div</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x00F7; Signo de división (binario).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\doteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\doteq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\doteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2250; Se acerca al límite (relación). Similar:
+geométricamente igual to&#160;<literal>\Doteq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\downarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\downarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\downarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2193; Flecha hacia abajo, converge (relación).
+Similar: <literal>\Downarrow</literal> flecha hacia abajo de doble línea.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Downarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Downarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Downarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21D3; Flecha hacia abajo de doble línea (relación).
+Similar: <literal>\downarrow</literal> flecha hacia abajo de una sola línea.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ell</primary></indexterm><literal>\ell</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ell</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2113; Letra cursiva minúscula l (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\emptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\emptyset</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\emptyset</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2205; Símbolo de conjunto vacío (común). La forma
+variante es <literal>\varnothing</literal>.
+<!-- bb ¿Por qué Unicode tiene \revemptyset pero no \emptyset? -->
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\epsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\epsilon</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\epsilon</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03F5; Epsilon semilunar en minúsculas
+(común). Similar a Letra de texto griego. Más ampliamente
+utilizado en matemáticas es el script en letra pequeña épsilon
+<literal>\varepsilon</literal>&#160;&#x03B5;. Relacionado: la
+relación de pertenencia del conjunto <literal>\in</literal>&#160;&#x2208;.
+<!-- src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 y -->
+<!-- Unicode referenciado allí afirma que varepsilon se usa mucho más -->
+<!-- ampliamente. -->
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\equiv</primary></indexterm><literal>\equiv</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\equiv</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2261; Equivalencia (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\eta</primary></indexterm><literal>\eta</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\eta</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B7; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\exists</primary></indexterm><literal>\exists</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\exists</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2203; Cuantificador existencial (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\flat</primary></indexterm><literal>\flat</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\flat</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x266D; Bemol musical (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\forall</primary></indexterm><literal>\forall</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\forall</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2200; Cuantificador universal (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frown</primary></indexterm><literal>\frown</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\frown</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relacion)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2322; Arco curvo hacia abajo (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Gamma</primary></indexterm><literal>\Gamma</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Gamma</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x0393; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gamma</primary></indexterm><literal>\gamma</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\gamma</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B3; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ge</primary></indexterm><literal>\ge</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ge</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2265; Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo
+for&#160;<literal>\geq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\geq</primary></indexterm><literal>\geq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\geq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2265; Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo
+for&#160;<literal>\ge</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gets</primary></indexterm><literal>\gets</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\gets</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2190; Se le asigna el valor (relación).
+Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\leftarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gg</primary></indexterm><literal>\gg</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\gg</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x226B; Mucho mayor que (relación). Similar: mucho menos
+que&#160;<literal>\ll</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hbar</primary></indexterm><literal>\hbar</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\hbar</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x210F; Constante de Planck sobre dos pi (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\heartsuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\heartsuit</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\heartsuit</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2661; Palo de cartas de corazón (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hookleftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\hookleftarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\hookleftarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21A9; Flecha izquierda enganchada (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hookrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\hookrightarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\hookrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21AA; Flecha derecha enganchada (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\iff</primary></indexterm><literal>\iff</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\iff</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x27F7; Si y solo si (relación). Es
+<literal>\Longleftrightarrow</literal> con un <literal>\thickmuskip</literal> a cada lado.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Im</primary></indexterm><literal>\Im</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Im</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2111; Parte imaginaria (común). Ve: parte
+real&#160;<literal>\Re</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\imath</primary></indexterm><literal>\imath</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>i sin punto, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>i sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una i (véase <link linkend="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos
+matemáticos</link>).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\in</primary></indexterm><literal>\in</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\in</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2208; Establecer elemento (relación). Ve también: semilunar
+minúscula epsilon&#160;<literal>\epsilon</literal>&#x03F5; y letra
+minúscula epsilon&#160;<literal>\varepsilon</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\infty</primary></indexterm><literal>\infty</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\infty</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x221E; Infinito (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\int</primary></indexterm><literal>\int</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\int</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x222B; Integral (operador).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\iota</primary></indexterm><literal>\iota</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\iota</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B9; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Join</primary></indexterm><literal>\Join</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>símbolo de corbata de moño condensado (relación) <!-- xx no en el simple -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2A1D; Símbolo de corbatín condensado (relación). No
+disponible en &tex; estándar.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\jmath</primary></indexterm><literal>\jmath</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>j sin punto, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>J sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una j (véase <link linkend="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos
+matemáticos</link>).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\kappa</primary></indexterm><literal>\kappa</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\kappa</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03BA; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Lambda</primary></indexterm><literal>\Lambda</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Lambda</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x039B; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lambda</primary></indexterm><literal>\lambda</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lambda</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03BB; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\land</primary></indexterm><literal>\land</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\land</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2227; Lógico y (binario). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\wedge</literal>.
+Consulta también or&#160;lógico&#160;<literal>\lor</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\langle</primary></indexterm><literal>\langle</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\langle</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x27E8; Ángulo izquierdo, o secuencia, corchete (apertura).
+Similar: menos-que&#160;<literal>&lt;</literal>. Coincide con&#160;<literal>\rangle</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lbrace</primary></indexterm><literal>\lbrace</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lbrace</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x007B; Llave izquierda
+(apertura). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\{</literal>. Coincide
+con&#160;<literal>\rbrace</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lbrack</primary></indexterm><literal>\lbrack</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lbrack</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x005B; Corchete izquierdo (apertura).
+Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>[</literal>. Coincide con&#160;<literal>\rbrack</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lceil</primary></indexterm><literal>\lceil</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lceil</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2308; Soporte de techo izquierdo, como un corchete pero
+con la parte inferior rasurada (apertura). Coincide
+con&#160;<literal>\rceil</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\le</primary></indexterm><literal>\le</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\le</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2264; Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo
+para&#160;<literal>\leq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leadsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\leadsto</literal>
-</term><listitem><!-- xx falta de simple -->
-
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21DD; Flecha derecha ondulada (relación). Para obtener
+este símbolo fuera del modo matemático, puedes poner
+<literal>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</literal> en el
+preámbulo y entonces usa <literal>\Leadsto</literal> en su lugar.
+<!-- bb ¿El mejor equivalente Unicode? -->
+</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Leftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Leftarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Leftarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21D0; Está implícito en la flecha izquierda de doble
+línea (relación). Similar: flecha izquierda de una sola
+línea&#160;<literal>\leftarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leftarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2190; Flecha izquierda de una sola línea (relación).
+Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\gets</literal>. Similar: doble línea izquierda
+flecha&#160;<literal>\Leftarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftharpoondown</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftharpoondown</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leftharpoondown</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21BD; Arpón izquierdo de una línea, lengüeta
+debajo de la lengüeta (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftharpoonup</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftharpoonup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leftharpoonup</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21BC; Arpón izquierdo de una línea, púa sobre
+barra (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Leftrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Leftrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21D4; Biimplicación; flecha de dos puntas de
+doble línea (relación). Similar: flecha de dos puntas de una sola
+línea&#160;<literal>\leftrightarrow</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Leftrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Leftrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftrightarrow</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2194; Flecha de dos puntas de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: doble línea flecha de dos
+puntas&#160;<literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leq</primary></indexterm><literal>\leq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2264; Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo
+para&#160;<literal>\le</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lfloor</primary></indexterm><literal>\lfloor</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lfloor</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x230A; Soporte de piso izquierdo
+(apertura). Coincidencia:&#160;<literal>\floor</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\lhd</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(flecha apuntando hacia arriba a la izquierda) <!-- xx no en el simple -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25C1; Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la
+izquierda (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, debe cargar
+<literal>amssymb</literal> y usa&#160;<literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (que es una
+relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ll</primary></indexterm><literal>\ll</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ll</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x226A; Mucho menos que (relación). Similar: mucho mayor
+que&#160;<literal>\gg</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lnot</primary></indexterm><literal>\lnot</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lnot</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x00AC; Negación lógica
+(común). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\neg</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\longleftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\longleftarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\longleftarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x27F5; Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: largo flecha izquierda de doble
+línea&#160;<literal>\Longleftarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\longleftrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\longleftrightarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\longleftrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x27F7; Flecha larga de dos puntas de una sola
+línea (relación). Similar: larga doble línea flecha de dos
+puntas&#160;<literal>\Longleftrightarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\longmapsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\longmapsto</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\longmapsto</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x27FC; Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea que
+comienza con una barra vertical (relación). Similar: versión más
+corta&#160;<literal>\mapsto</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\longrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\longrightarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\longrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x27F6; Flecha derecha larga de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: largo flecha derecha de doble
+línea&#160;<literal>\Longrightarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lor</primary></indexterm><literal>\lor</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lor</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2228; Lógico o (binario). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\vee</literal>.
+Consulta también y&#160;lógico&#160;<literal>\land</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mapsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\mapsto</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\mapsto</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21A6; Flecha izquierda de una sola línea que comienza con
+una barra vertical (relación). Similar: versión más
+larga&#160;<literal>\longmapsto</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mho</primary></indexterm><literal>\mho</literal>
-</term><listitem><!-- xx no en el simple -->
-
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2127; Conductancia, semicírculo omega mayúscula girada
+(común).
+</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mid</primary></indexterm><literal>\mid</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\mid</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2223; Barra vertical de una línea (relación). Un uso típico
+de <literal>\mid</literal> es para un conjunto <literal>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Similar: <literal>\vert</literal> y&#160;<literal>|</literal> producen la misma línea única de
+símbolo de barra vertical pero sin ningún espacio (caen en la clase
+ordinarios) y no los debes usar como relaciones, sino solo como
+ordinales, es decir, símbolos de notas al pie. Para el valor
+absoluto, consulta la entrada para&#160;<literal>\vert</literal> y por norma ve la
+entrada para&#160;<literal>\Vert</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\models</primary></indexterm><literal>\models</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\models</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22A8; Implica o satisface; torniquete doble, guión doble
+corto (relación). Similar: guión doble largo&#160;<literal>\vDash</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mp</primary></indexterm><literal>\mp</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\mp</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2213; Menos o más (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mu</primary></indexterm><literal>\mu</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\mu</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03BC; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nabla</primary></indexterm><literal>\nabla</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\nabla</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2207; Operador del, o diferencial, de Hamilton
+(común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\natural</primary></indexterm><literal>\natural</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\natural</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x266E; Notación musical natural (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ne</primary></indexterm><literal>\ne</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ne</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2260; No es igual (relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\neq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nearrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\nearrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\nearrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2197; Flecha noreste (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\neg</primary></indexterm><literal>\neg</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\neg</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x00AC; Negación lógica (común).
+Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\lnot</literal>. A veces, en cambio, se usa para
+negación:&#160;<literal>\sim</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\neq</primary></indexterm><literal>\neq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\neq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2260; No es igual (relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\ne</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ni</primary></indexterm><literal>\ni</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ni</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x220B; Membresía reflejada épsilon; tiene el miembro
+(relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\owns</literal>. Similar: es un miembro
+de&#160;<literal>\in</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\not</primary></indexterm><literal>\not</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Superpone una / al siguiente operador, tal como <inlineequation><mathphrase>\not=</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><!-- las "@ " se colocan en espacios para que la barra no llegue al -->
+<!-- siguiente caracter. -->
+<para>&#x0020;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;Sólido largo, o barra oblicua, que se usa para
+tachar un siguiente operador (relación).
+</para>
+<para>Muchos operadores negados están disponibles que no requieren
+<literal>\not</literal>, particularmente con el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>. Por
+ejemplo, <literal>\notin</literal> es tipográficamente preferible a
+<literal>\not\in</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\notin</primary></indexterm><literal>\notin</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ni</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2209; No es un elemento de (relación). Similar: no
+subconjunto de&#160;<literal>\nsubseteq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nu</primary></indexterm><literal>\nu</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\nu</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03BD; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nwarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\nwarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\nwarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2196; Flecha noroeste (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\odot</primary></indexterm><literal>\odot</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\odot</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2299; Punto dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar: de
+tamaño variable operador&#160;<literal>\bigodot</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oint</primary></indexterm><literal>\oint</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\oint</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x222E; Integral de contorno, integral con círculo en el
+medio (operador).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Omega</primary></indexterm><literal>\Omega</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Omega</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03A9; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\omega</primary></indexterm><literal>\omega</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\omega</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C9; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ominus</primary></indexterm><literal>\ominus</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ominus</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2296; Signo menos, o guión, dentro de un círculo
+(binario).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\oplus</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\oplus</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2295; Signo más dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar:
+de tamaño variable operador&#160;<literal>\bigoplus</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oslash</primary></indexterm><literal>\oslash</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\oslash</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2298; Solidus, o slash, dentro de un círculo (binario).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\otimes</primary></indexterm><literal>\otimes</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\otimes</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2297; Signo de tiempo, o cruz, dentro de un círculo
+(binario). Similar: operador de tamaño
+variable&#160;<literal>\bigotimes</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\owns</primary></indexterm><literal>\owns</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\owns</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x220B; épsilon de membresía reflejada; tiene el miembro
+(relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\ni</literal>. Similar: es un miembro
+de&#160;<literal>\in</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parallel</primary></indexterm><literal>\parallel</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\parallel</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2225; Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\|</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\partial</primary></indexterm><literal>\partial</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\partial</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2202; Diferencial parcial (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\perp</primary></indexterm><literal>\perp</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\perp</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x27C2; Perpendicular (relación). Similar:&#160;<literal>\bot</literal>
+usa el mismo glifo pero el espaciado es diferente porque está en la
+clase común.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Phi</primary></indexterm><literal>\Phi</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03A6; Letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\phi</primary></indexterm><literal>\phi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\phi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03D5; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <literal>\varphi</literal>&#160;&#x03C6;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Pi</primary></indexterm><literal>\Pi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Pi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03A0; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pi</primary></indexterm><literal>\pi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\pi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C0; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <literal>\varpi</literal>&#160;&#x03D6;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pm</primary></indexterm><literal>\pm</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\pm</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x00B1; Más o menos (binario).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prec</primary></indexterm><literal>\prec</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\prec</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x227A; Precede (relación). Similar: menor que&#160;<literal>&lt;</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\preceq</primary></indexterm><literal>\preceq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\preceq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2AAF; Precede o es igual a (relación). Similar: menor que
+o igual a&#160;<literal>\leq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prime</primary></indexterm><literal>\prime</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\prime</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2032; Prime, o minuto en una expresión de tiempo
+(común). Normalmente se usa como un superíndice:
+<literal>$f^\prime$</literal>; <literal>$f^\prime$</literal> y <literal>$f'$</literal> producen el mismo
+resultado. Una ventaja del segundo es que <literal>$f'''$</literal> produce el
+símbolo deseado, es decir, el mismo resultado como
+<literal>$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</literal>, pero usa bastante menos
+mecanografía. Solo puedes usar <literal>\prime</literal> en modo math. Usando la
+comilla derecha simple&#160;<literal>'</literal> en modo texto produce un carácter
+diferente (apóstrofe).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prod</primary></indexterm><literal>\prod</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\prod</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x220F; Producto (operador).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\propto</primary></indexterm><literal>\propto</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\propto</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x221D; Es proporcional a (relación)
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Psi</primary></indexterm><literal>\Psi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Psi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03A8; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\psi</primary></indexterm><literal>\psi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\psi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C8; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rangle</primary></indexterm><literal>\rangle</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rangle</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x27E9; Ángulo recto, o secuencia, corchete (cierre).
+Similar: mayor que&#160;<literal>&gt;</literal>. Coincidencia:<literal>\langle</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rbrace</primary></indexterm><literal>\rbrace</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rbrace</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x007D; Llave derecha (de
+cierre). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\}</literal>. Coincide con&#160;<literal>\lbrace</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rbrack</primary></indexterm><literal>\rbrack</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rbrack</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x005D; Corchete derecho (de
+cierre). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>]</literal>. Coincide con&#160;<literal>\lbrack</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rceil</primary></indexterm><literal>\rceil</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rceil</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2309; Soporte de techo derecho (cierre). Coincide
+con&#160;<literal>\lceil</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Re</primary></indexterm><literal>\Re</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Re</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x211C; Parte real, números reales, R mayúscula cursiva
+(común). Relacionado: doble línea o negrita de pizarra,
+R&#160;<literal>\mathbb{R}</literal>; acceder esto, carga el paquete
+<literal>amsfonts</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restriction</primary></indexterm><literal>\restriction</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21BE;, Restricción de una función (relación). Sinónimo:
+<literal>\upharpoonright</literal>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\revemptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\revemptyset</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x29B0;, Símbolo de conjunto vacío invertido (común).
+Relacionado: <literal>\varnothing</literal>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <filename>stix</filename>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rfloor</primary></indexterm><literal>\rfloor</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rfloor</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x230B; Soporte de piso derecho, un corchete derecho con el
+corte superior apagado (cierre). Coincide con&#160;<literal>\lfloor</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\rhd</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(operación binaria) <!-- xx no en sencillo @math{\rhd} -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25C1; Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la
+derecha (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar,
+debes cargar <literal>amssymb</literal> y use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleright</literal>
+(que es una relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rho</primary></indexterm><literal>\rho</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rho</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C1; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <literal>\varrho</literal>&#160;&#x03F1;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Rightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Rightarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Rightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21D2; Implica, flecha de doble línea hacia la derecha
+(relación). Similar: flecha derecha de una sola
+línea&#160;<literal>\rightarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2192; Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la
+derecha (relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\to</literal>. Similar: línea doble
+fecha derecha&#160;<literal>\Rightarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightharpoondown</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightharpoondown</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rightharpoondown</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21C1; Arpón que apunta hacia la derecha con
+lengüeta debajo de la línea (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightharpoonup</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightharpoonup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rightharpoonup</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21C0; Arpón apuntando a la derecha con lengüeta
+sobre el línea (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightleftharpoons</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightleftharpoons</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rightleftharpoons</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21CC; Arpón derecho arriba arpón izquierdo
+abajo (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\searrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\searrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\searrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2198; Flecha que apunta al sureste (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setminus</primary></indexterm><literal>\setminus</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\setminus</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x29F5; Establecer diferencia, solido inverso o barra
+invertida, como \ (binario). Similar: barra
+inversa&#160;<literal>\backslash</literal> y también <literal>\textbackslash</literal> fuera
+del modo matemático.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sharp</primary></indexterm><literal>\sharp</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sharp</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x266F; Sostenido musical (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Sigma</primary></indexterm><literal>\Sigma</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Sigma</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03A3; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sigma</primary></indexterm><literal>\sigma</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sigma</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C3; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma
+variante es <literal>\varsigma</literal>&#160;&#x03C2;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sim</primary></indexterm><literal>\sim</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sim</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x223C; Similar, en una relación (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\simeq</primary></indexterm><literal>\simeq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\simeq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2243; Similar o igual a, en una relación (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallint</primary></indexterm><literal>\smallint</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\smallint</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x222B; Signo integral que no cambia a un tamaño mayor en
+una pantalla (operador).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smile</primary></indexterm><literal>\smile</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\smile</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2323; Arco curvo hacia arriba, sonrisa (normal).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\spadesuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\spadesuit</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\spadesuit</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2660; Palo de cartas de espadas (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqcap</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqcap</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sqcap</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2293; Símbolo de intersección cuadrada (binario). Similar:
+intersección&#160;<literal>cap</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqcup</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqcup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sqcup</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2294; Símbolo de unión cuadrada (binario). Similar:
+unión&#160;<literal>cup</literal>. Relacionado: de tamaño variable
+operator&#160;<literal>\bigsqcup</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubset</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(relación) <!-- no en (@math{\sqsubset}) simple -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x228F;, símbolo de subconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+subconjunto&#160;<literal>\subset</literal>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubseteq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sqsubseteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2291; Subconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual
+(binario). Similar: subconjunto o igual a&#160;<literal>\subseteq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupset</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(relación) <!-- no en (@math{\sqsupset}) simple -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2290;, símbolo de superconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+superconjunto&#160;<literal>\supset</literal>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupseteq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sqsupseteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2292; Superconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual
+(binario). Similar: superconjunto o igual&#160;<literal>\supseteq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\star</primary></indexterm><literal>\star</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\star</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22C6; Estrella de cinco puntas, a veces utilizada como
+binario general pero a veces reservado para la correlación cruzada
+(binario). Similar: los sinónimos asterisco&#160;<literal>*</literal> y
+<literal>\ast</literal>, que son de seis puntas, y más a menudo aparecen como un
+superíndice o subíndice, como con la estrella Kleene.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subset</primary></indexterm><literal>\subset</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\subset</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2282; Subconjunto (ocasionalmente, está implícito en)
+(relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\subseteq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\subseteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2286; Subconjunto o igual a (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\succ</primary></indexterm><literal>\succ</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\succ</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x227B; Viene después, tiene éxito (relación). Similar: es
+menos que&#160;<literal>&gt;</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\succeq</primary></indexterm><literal>\succeq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\succeq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2AB0; Tiene éxito o es igual a (relación). Similar: menos
+que o igual a&#160;<literal>\leq</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sum</primary></indexterm><literal>\sum</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sum</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2211; Sumatoria (operador). Similar: capital griega
+sigma&#160;<literal>\Sigma</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\supset</primary></indexterm><literal>\supset</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\supset</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2283; Superconjunto (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\supseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\supseteq</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\supseteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relación)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2287; Superconjunto o igual a (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\surd</primary></indexterm><literal>\surd</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\surd</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x221A; Símbolo radical (común). El comando &latex;
+<literal>\sqrt{...}</literal> escribe la raíz cuadrada del argumento, con una
+barra que se extiende para cubrir el argumento.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\swarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\swarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\swarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2199; Flecha que apunta al suroeste (relación).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tau</primary></indexterm><literal>\tau</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\tau</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C4; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\theta</primary></indexterm><literal>\theta</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\theta</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B8; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma
+variante es <literal>\vartheta</literal>&#160;&#x03D1;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\times</primary></indexterm><literal>\times</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\times</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x00D7; Signo de multiplicación de escuela primaria
+(binario). Ve también&#160;<literal>\cdot</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\to</primary></indexterm><literal>\to</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\to</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2192; Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la derecha
+(relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\rightarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\top</primary></indexterm><literal>\top</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\top</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22A4; Arriba, elemento más grande de un conjunto
+parcialmente ordenado (común). Consulta también&#160;<literal>\bot</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangle</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangle</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\triangle</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25B3; Triángulo (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleleft</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\triangleleft</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25C1; Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta hacia la
+izquierda (binario). Similar:&#160;<literal>\lhd</literal>. Para el símbolo de
+subgrupo normal que debe cargar <literal>amssymb</literal> y
+usar&#160;<literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (que es una relación y por lo tanto
+proporciona un mejor espaciado).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleright</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleright</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\triangleright</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25B7; Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta a la
+derecha (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar,
+debe cargar <literal>amssymb</literal> y usar&#160;<literal>\vartriangleright</literal>
+(que es una relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unlhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unlhd</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>punta de flecha apuntando hacia la izquierda con una línea debajo
-(operación binaria) <!-- no en sencillo -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22B4; Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta
+hacia la izquierda, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo
+(binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga <literal>amssymb</literal>
+y usa&#160;<literal>\vartrianglelefteq</literal> (que es una relación y por lo
+tanto da mejor espaciado).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unrhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unrhd</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>punta de flecha apuntando hacia la derecha con línea debajo
-(operación binaria) <!-- no en sencillo -->
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22B5; Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta
+hacia la derecha, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo
+(binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga <literal>amssymb</literal>
+y usa&#160;<literal>\vartrianglerighteq</literal> (que es una relación y por lo
+tanto da mejor espaciado).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Uparrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Uparrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Uparrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21D1; Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba
+(relación). Similar: apuntando hacia arriba de una sola línea
+flecha&#160;<literal>\uparrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uparrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\uparrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\uparrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2191; Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia arriba,
+diverge (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia arriba
+flecha&#160;<literal>\Uparrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Updownarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Updownarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Updownarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21D5; Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba
+y hacia abajo (relación). Similar: una sola línea apuntando hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo arrow&#160;<literal>\updownarrow</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\updownarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\updownarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\updownarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2195; Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo arrow&#160;<literal>\Updownarrow</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upharpoonright</primary></indexterm><literal>\upharpoonright</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x21BE;, arpón levantado, con púa en el lado derecho
+(relación). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>&#92;restriction</literal>.
+No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\uplus</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\uplus</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x228E; Unión multiconjunto, un símbolo de unión con un
+símbolo más en el medio (binario). Similar:
+union&#160;<literal>\cup</literal>. Relacionado: operador de tamaño
+variable&#160;<literal>\biguplus</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Upsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\Upsilon</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Upsilon</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03A5; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\upsilon</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\upsilon</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C5; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varepsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\varepsilon</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varepsilon</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B5; Epsilon de script en letra minúscula
+(común). Esto es ampliamente utilizado en matemáticas que la
+forma épsilon semilunar no variante
+<literal>\epsilon</literal>&#160;&#x03F5;. Relacionado: establece
+membresía&#160;<literal>\in</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vanothing</primary></indexterm><literal>\vanothing</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2205;, Símbolo de conjunto vacío. Similar:
+<literal>\emptyset</literal>. Relacionado:
+<literal>\revemptyset</literal>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <literal>amssymb</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varphi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varphi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varphi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C6; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <literal>\phi</literal>&#160;&#x03D5;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varpi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varpi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varpi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03D6; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <literal>\pi</literal>&#160;&#x03C0;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varrho</primary></indexterm><literal>\varrho</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varrho</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03F1; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <literal>\rho</literal>&#160;&#x03C1;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varsigma</primary></indexterm><literal>\varsigma</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varsigma</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03C2; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <literal>\sigma</literal>&#160;&#x03C3;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vartheta</primary></indexterm><literal>\vartheta</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\vartheta</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03D1; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <literal>\theta</literal>&#160;&#x03B8;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdash</primary></indexterm><literal>\vdash</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\vdash</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x22A2; Demostrable; torniquete, vertical y un guión
+(relación). Similar: torniquete giró un
+semicírculo&#160;<literal>\dashv</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vee</primary></indexterm><literal>\vee</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\vee</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2228; Lógico o; una forma de v hacia abajo (binario).
+Relacionado: y lógico&#160;<literal>\wedge</literal>. Similar: de tamaño
+variable operator&#160;<literal>\bigvee</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\Vert</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Vert</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2016; Doble barra vertical (común). Véase <link linkend="Delimitadores">Delimitadores</link>,
+sobre cómo usar el paquete <literal>mathtools</literal> para crear símbolos de
+norma.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\vert</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\vert</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimitador)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x007C; Barra vertical de una sola línea (común). Para &#8220;tal
+que&#8221;, como en la definición de un conjunto, usa&#160;<literal>\mid</literal>
+porque es una relación Véase <link linkend="Delimitadores">Delimitadores</link>, para saber cómo usar el
+paquete <literal>mathtools</literal> para crear símbolos de valor absoluto de
+tamaño flexible.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wedge</primary></indexterm><literal>\wedge</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\wedge</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2227; y lógico (binario). Sinónimo:&#160;<literal>\land</literal>.
+Ve también or lógico <literal>\vee</literal>. Similar: operator de tamaño
+variable&#160;<literal>\bigwedge</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wp</primary></indexterm><literal>\wp</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\wp</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2118; Weierstrass p (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wr</primary></indexterm><literal>\wr</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\wr</mathphrase></inlineequation> (operación binaria)
+</term><listitem><para>&#x2240; Producto de guirnalda (binario).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Xi</primary></indexterm><literal>\Xi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Xi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x039E; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xi</primary></indexterm><literal>\xi</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\xi</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03BE; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\zeta</primary></indexterm><literal>\zeta</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\zeta</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>&#x03B6; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Los siguientes símbolos se usan con mayor frecuencia en texto sin
+formato, pero &latex; proporciona versiones para usar en texto
+matemático.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathdollar</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathdollar</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Signo de dólar en modo matemático: $.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathparagraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathparagraph</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Signo de párrafo (pilcrow) en modo matemático, &#x00B6;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsection</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathsection</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Signo de sección en modo math: &#x00A7;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsterling</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathsterling</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Signo esterlina en modo matemático: &#163;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathunderscore</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathunderscore</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Guión bajo en modo matemático: _.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+
+<sect2 label="16.2.1" id="Flechas">
+<title>Flechas</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>flechas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolos, flechas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>math, flechas</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsfonts</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsfonts</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>latexsym</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>latexsym</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Estas son las flechas que
+vienen con &latex; estándar. Los paquetes <literal>latexsym</literal> y
+<literal>amsfonts</literal> contienen muchos más.
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colwidth="10*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="40*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="50*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Símbolo</para></entry><entry><para>Comando</para></entry><entry></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>&#x021D3; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Downarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02193; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\downarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x021A9; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\hookleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x021AA; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\hookrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x2190; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\leftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x021D0; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Leftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x021D4; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02194; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\leftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x027F5; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x027F8; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x027F7; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longleftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x027FA; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longleftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x027FC; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longmapsto</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x027F9; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x027F6; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x021A6; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\mapsto</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02197; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\nearrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02196; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\nwarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x021D2; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Rightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02192; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rightarrow</literal>, o <literal>\to</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02198; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\searrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02199; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\swarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02191; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\uparrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x021D1; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Uparrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x02195; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\updownarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x021D5; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Updownarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>Un ejemplo de la diferencia entre <literal>\to</literal> y <literal>\mapsto</literal> es:
+<literal>\( f\colon D\to C \) dado por \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amscd</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amscd</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tikz-cd</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tikz-cd</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amscd</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amscd</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tikz-cd</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tikz-cd</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para diagramas conmutativos hay una serie de
+paquetes, incluyendo <literal>tikz-cd</literal> y <literal>amscd</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.2.2" id="_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">
+<title><literal>\boldmath</literal> y <literal>\unboldmath</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cboldmath"/><anchor id="_005cunboldmath"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matemáticas en negrita</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matemáticas, negrita</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (usada en modo párrafo o modo LR):
+</para>
+<screen>\boldmath \( <replaceable>math</replaceable> \)
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\unboldmath \( <replaceable>math</replaceable> \)
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Declaraciones para cambiar las letras y símbolos en <replaceable>math</replaceable> para
+estar en un tipo de letra en negrita, o para anular eso y traer de
+vuelta el predeterminado (sin negrita), respectivamente. Se deben usar
+cuando <emphasis>no</emphasis> está en modo math o el modo <literal>display math</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). Ambos comandos son frágiles (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, cada comando <literal>\boldmath</literal> tiene lugar dentro de
+un <literal>\mbox</literal>,
+</para>
+<screen>tenemos $\mbox{\boldmath \(v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \(u \)$}$
+</screen>
+<para>lo cual significa que <literal>\boldmath</literal> solo se llama en modo texto,
+aquí LR y explica por qué debemos cambiar &latex; al modo math para
+establecer <literal>v</literal> y <literal>u</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas cualquiera de los comandos dentro del <literal>modo math</literal>, como
+con <literal>Problema: \( \boldmath x \)</literal>, entonces obtienes algo como
+&#8216;<literal>Advertencia de letras LaTeX: Comando \boldmath no válido en
+modo math</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>Advertencia de tipo de letra LaTeX: Comando
+\mathversion inválido en modo math</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+
+<sect3 label="16.2.2.1" id="bm">
+<title><literal>bm</literal>: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>bm</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>bm</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolos, negrita</primary></indexterm>
+
+<!-- https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/974 -->
+<para>Especificar <literal>\boldmath</literal> es el mejor método para componer una
+expresión matemática en negrita. Pero para componer tipográficamente
+símbolos individuales dentro de una expresión en negrita, el paquete
+<literal>bm</literal> proporcionado por el equipo del proyecto &latex; es
+mejor. Su uso está fuera del alcance de este documento (consulta su
+documentación en <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/bm">https://ctan.org/pkg/bm</ulink> o en tu instalación)
+pero el espacio en la salida de este pequeño ejemplo mostrará que es
+una mejora sobre <literal>\boldmath</literal> dentro de una expresión:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{bm} % en el preámbulo
+...
+tenemos $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$
+</screen>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 label="16.2.2.2" id="Math-OpenType-en-negrita">
+<title>Math OpenType en negrita</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fontspec</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fontspec</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+
+<para>Desafortunadamente, al usar los motores Unicode (Xe&latex;,
+Lua&latex;), ni <literal>\boldmath</literal> ni <literal>bm</literal> suelen funcionar
+bien, porque los tipos de letra matemáticos de OpenType que
+normalmente se usan con esos motores rara vez vienen con un compañero
+en negrita, y tanto <literal>\boldmath</literal> como <literal>bm</literal> lo requieren.
+(La implementación de <literal>bm</literal> se basa en <literal>\boldmath</literal>, por lo
+que los requisitos son los mismos). Si tienes un tipo de letra
+matemático en negrita, entonces <literal>\boldmath</literal> y el <literal>bm</literal>
+funcionan bien.
+</para>
+<para>Si no hay tal tipo de letra disponible, una alternativa es construir
+un tipo de letra en negrita falso con el parámetro <literal>FakeBold=1</literal>
+del paquete <literal>fontspec</literal> (consulta su documentación,
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec">https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec</ulink>). Esto puede ser aceptable para
+redacción o distribución informal, pero los resultados están lejos de
+ser una verdadera negrita.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>unicode-math</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>unicode-math</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\symbf</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\symbfit</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Otra alternativa al manejo de negrita para tipos de letra matemáticos
+OpenType es usar el <literal>\symbf</literal> (negrita), <literal>\symbfit</literal> (negrita
+y cursiva) y comandos relacionados del paquete <literal>unicode-math</literal>.
+Estos no cambian el tipo de letra actual, sino que cambian el
+&quot;alfabeto&quot; (Unicode) usado, que en la práctica es más compatible que
+un tipo de letra en negrita separado. Son posibles muchas
+variaciones, por lo que hay sutilezas para obtener la salida deseada.
+Como de costumbre, consulta la documentación del paquete
+(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math">https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math</ulink>).
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.2.3" id="Pizarra-negra">
+<title>Pizarra negra</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pizarra en negrita</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>doblemente sorprendido</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{amssymb} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\mathbb{<replaceable>uppercase-letter</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Proporciona símbolos en negrita de pizarra, a veces también conocidos
+como letras doublestruck, usadas para denotar conjuntos de números
+como los números naturales, los enteros, etc.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí
+</para>
+<screen>\( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)
+</screen>
+<para>el <literal>\mathbb{N}</literal> da el símbolo de pizarra en negrita
+&#x2115;, representación de los números naturales.
+</para>
+<para>Si el argumento contiene algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, no
+obtienes un error, pero obtienes resultados extraños, incluidos
+caracteres inesperados.
+</para>
+<para>Hay paquetes que dan acceso a otros símbolos además de las letras
+mayúsculas; mira en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.2.4" id="Caligr_00e1fico">
+<title>Caligráfico</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipos de letra caligráficas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipos de letra script</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tipos de letra, script</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\mathcal{<replaceable>letras-mayúsculas</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Utiliza un tipo de letra como el tipo script.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, el identificador del gráfico se genera en letra
+cursiva.
+</para>
+<screen>Sea la gráfica \( \mathcal{G} \).
+</screen>
+<para>Si usa algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, entonces no obtienes un
+error, pero tampoco obtienes una salida caligráfica matemática. Por
+ejemplo, <literal>\mathcal{g}</literal> genera un símbolo de llave de cierre.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.2.5" id="Delimitadores">
+<title>Delimitadores</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimitadores</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paréntesis</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>corchetes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>llaves</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>soportes</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Los delimitadores son paréntesis, llaves u otros caracteres que se
+utilizan para marcar el inicio y el final de las subfórmulas. Esta
+fórmula tiene tres conjuntos de paréntesis que delimitan las tres
+subfórmulas.
+</para>
+<screen>(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
+</screen>
+<para>No es necesario que los delimitadores coincidan, por lo que puedes
+ingresar <literal>\( [0,1) \)</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Estos son los delimitadores comunes.:
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="11*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="20*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="40*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="29*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Delimitador</para></entry><entry><para>Comando</para></entry><entry><para>Nombre
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>( </para></entry><entry><para><literal>(</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Paréntesis izquierdo
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>) </para></entry><entry><para><literal>)</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Paréntesis derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>\} </para></entry><entry><para><literal>{</literal> o <literal>\lbrace</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Llave izquierda
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>\{ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>}</literal> o <literal>\rbrace</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Llave derecha
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>[ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>[</literal> o <literal>\lbrack</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Corchete izquierdo
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>] </para></entry><entry><para><literal>]</literal> o <literal>\rbrack</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Corchete derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x230A; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\lfloor</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Left floor bracket
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x230B; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rfloor</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Soporte de piso derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x2308; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\lceil</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Soporte superior izquierdo
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x2309; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rceil</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Soporte superior derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x27E8; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\langle</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Paréntesis angular
+izquierdo
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x27E9; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rangle</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Soporte angular derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>/ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>/</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Barra o barra inclinada
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>\ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\backslash</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Barra invertida o barra invertida
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>| </para></entry><entry><para><literal>|</literal> o <literal>\vert</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Barra vertical
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x2016; </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\|</literal> o <literal>\Vert</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Barra vertical doble
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>mathtools</literal> te permite crear
+comandos para pares delimitadores. Por ejemplo, si pones
+<literal>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</literal> en tu preámbulo
+entonces obtienes dos comandos para barras verticales de una sola
+línea (solo funcionan en modo matemático). La forma con estrella,
+como <literal>\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, tiene la altura de las barras
+verticales coincide con la altura del argumento. La forma sin
+estrella, como <literal>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, tiene las barras fijas
+a una altura predeterminada. Esta forma acepta un argumento opcional,
+como en el <literal>\abs[<replaceable>comando size</replaceable>]{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, donde
+la altura de las barras se da en <replaceable>comando size</replaceable>, como
+<literal>\Bigg</literal>. Usando en su lugar <literal>\lVert</literal> y <literal>\rVert</literal> como
+símbolos te darán un símbolo de norma con el mismo comportamiento.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect3 label="16.2.5.1" id="_005cleft-y-_005cright">
+<title><literal>\left</literal> y <literal>\right</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cleft"/><anchor id="_005cright"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\left</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right|</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimitadores, emparejados</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimitadores emparejados</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paréntesis coincidentes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>corchetes coincidentes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimitador nulo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<!-- Créditos: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 -->
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\left <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Crea paréntesis, llaves u otros delimitadores coincidentes. &latex;
+hace los delimitadores lo suficientemente altos como para cubrir el
+tamaño de la fórmula que ellos encierran.
+</para>
+<para>Esto crea un vector unitario rodeado por paréntesis lo suficientemente
+alto como para cubrir las entradas.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \left(\begin{array}{c}
+ 1 \\
+ 0 \\
+ \end{array}\right)
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Delimitadores">Delimitadores</link>, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes.
+</para>
+<para>Cada <literal>\left</literal> debe tener un <literal>\right</literal> coincidente. En el
+ejemplo anterior, al omitir <literal>\left(</literal> aparece el mensaje de error
+&#8216;<literal>Extra \right</literal>&#8217;. Omitir el <literal>\right)</literal> obtiene &#8216;<literal>No puedes
+usar `\eqno' en modo matemático</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sin embargo, <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable>
+y <replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> no necesitan coincidir. Una caso común es que
+deseas un aparato ortopédico sin igual, como se muestra a
+continuación. Usa un punto, &#8216;<literal>.</literal>&#8217;, como <firstterm>delimitador nulo</firstterm>.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
+ 1 &amp;\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\
+ f(n-1)+3n^2 &amp;\mbox{--else}
+ \end{array}\right.
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que para obtener una llave como delimitador, los debes
+prefijar con una barra invertida, <literal>\{</literal> (véase <link linkend="Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres
+reservados</link>). (Los paquetes <literal>amsmath</literal> y <literal>mathtools</literal>
+te permiten obtener la construcción anterior a través de un entorno
+<literal>cases</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>El par <literal>\left ... \right</literal> forma un grupo. Una consecuencia es
+que la fórmula encerrada en el par <literal>\left ... \right</literal> no puede
+tener saltos de línea en la salida. Esto incluye saltos de línea
+manuales y automáticos generados por &latex;. En este ejemplo,
+&latex; rompe la ecuación para que la fórmula se ajuste a los
+márgenes.
+</para>
+<screen>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \)
+</screen>
+<para>Pero con <literal>\left</literal> y <literal>\right</literal>
+</para>
+<screen>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \)
+</screen>
+<para>&latex; no romperá la línea, lo que hará que la fórmula se extienda
+al margen.
+</para>
+<para>Porque <literal>\left ... \right</literal> hace un grupo, todas las reglas de
+agrupación usuales se mantienen. Aquí, el valor de <literal>\testlength</literal>
+establecido dentro de la ecuación se olvidará y la salida es
+&#8216;<literal>1.2pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right)
+ \the\testlength
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>El par <literal>\left ... \right</literal> afecta el espaciado horizontal de la
+fórmula adjunta, de dos maneras. La primera es que en <literal>\(
+\sin(x) = \sin\left(x\right) \)</literal> el que está después del signo igual
+tiene más espacio alrededor del <literal>x</literal>. Eso es porque <literal>\left(
+... \right)</literal> inserta un nodo interno mientras que <literal>( ... )</literal>
+inserta un nodo de apertura. La segunda forma en que el par afecta el
+espacio horizontal es que debido a que forman un grupo, la subfórmula
+adjunta se escribirá en su forma de ancho natural, sin estirar ni
+encoger para que la línea se ajuste mejor.
+</para>
+<para>&tex; escala los delimitadores según la altura y la profundidad de la
+fórmula adjunta. Aquí &latex; aumenta los corchetes para extender la
+altura de la integral.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right]
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>El tamaño manual a menudo es mejor. Por ejemplo, aunque por debajo de
+la regla no tiene profundidad, &tex; creará delimitadores que se
+extienden muy por debajo de la regla.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right)
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>&tex; puede elegir delimitadores que son demasiado pequeños, como en
+<literal>\( \left| |x|+|y| \right| \)</literal>. También puede elegir
+delimitadores demasiado grandes, como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \left( \sum_{0\leq i&lt;n} i^k \right)
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Un tercer caso incómodo es cuando una fórmula que se muestra durante
+mucho tiempo está en más de una línea y debe hacer coincidir los
+tamaños del delimitador de apertura y cierre; no puedes usar
+<literal>\left</literal> en la primera línea y <literal>\right</literal> en la última porque
+deben estar emparejados.
+</para>
+<para>Para cambiar manualmente el tamaño de los delimitadores, <link linkend="_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl y
+\bigr etc.</link>.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+<sect3 label="16.2.5.2" id="_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e">
+<title><literal>\bigl</literal>, <literal>\bigr</literal>, etc.</title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cbigl"/><anchor id="_005cbigr"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigl</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigr</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\bigl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \bigr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable>
+\Bigl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \bigr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable>
+\biggl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \biggr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable>
+\Biggl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \Biggr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>(como con <literal>\bigl[...\bigr]</literal>; estrictamente hablando, no necesitan
+coincidir, ve más abajo), o uno de:
+</para>
+<screen>\bigm<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable>
+\Bigm<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable>
+\biggm<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable>
+\Biggm<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>(como con <literal>\bigm|</literal>), o uno de:
+</para>
+<screen>\big<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable>
+\Big<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable>
+\bigg<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable>
+\Bigg<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>(como con <literal>\\big[</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>Produce delimitadores de tamaño manual. Para delimitadores que son
+tamaño automático&#160;<link linkend="_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce barras verticales exteriores ligeramente más grandes.
+</para>
+<screen> \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
+</screen>
+<para>Los comandos anteriores se enumeran en orden de tamaño creciente.
+Puedes usar el tamaño más pequeño como <literal>\bigl...\bigr</literal> en un
+párrafo sin causar que &latex; separe las líneas. Los tamaños más
+grandes están destinados para las ecuaciones mostradas.
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Delimitadores">Delimitadores</link>, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes. En la familia de comandos con &#8216;<literal>l</literal>&#8217; o&#160;&#8216;<literal>r</literal>&#8217;,
+<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> y <replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> no necesita coincidir.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos &#8216;<literal>l</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>r</literal>&#8217; producen delimitadores abiertos y
+cerrados que no insertan ningún espacio horizontal entre un átomo
+precedente y el delimitador, mientras que los comandos sin &#8216;<literal>l</literal>&#8217; y
+&#8216;<literal>r</literal>&#8217; insertan algunos espacios (porque cada delimitador se
+establece como una variable ordinaria). Compara estos dos.
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: Martin Heller https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/1234 -->
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{l}
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % bien
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % mal
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>El tratamiento tipográfico tradicional está en la primera línea.
+Sobre la segunda línea, la salida tendrá algo de espacio extra entre
+la <literal>\sin</literal> y el que apoya una moción paréntesis de apertura.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos sin &#8216;<literal>l</literal>&#8217; o&#160;&#8216;<literal>r</literal>&#8217; dan el espacio correcto en
+algunas circunstancias, como con esta gran línea vertical
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>(muchos autores reemplazarían <literal>\frac</literal> con el comando
+<literal>\tfrac</literal> del paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>), y como con esta barra
+inclinada más grande.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>A diferencia del par <literal>\left...\right</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</link>),
+los comandos aquí con &#8216;<literal>l</literal>&#8217; o&#160;&#8216;<literal>r</literal>&#8217; no forman un grupo.
+Estrictamente hablando, no es necesario que coincidan para que puedas
+escribir algo como esto.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \Biggl[ \pi/6 ]
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Los comandos con &#8216;<literal>m</literal>&#8217; son para relaciones, que están en medio de
+fórmulas, como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i&lt;n}3i^2+4 \biggr\}
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<!-- xx Agregar discusión \bigg\mid no es bueno y \bigg| tiene razón; -->
+<!-- ¿Quizás mencionar el paquete \middle y braket? -->
+
+
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.2.6" id="Puntos">
+<title>Puntos, horizontales o verticales</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>puntos suspensivos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>puntos</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Las elipsis son los tres puntos (generalmente tres) que indican que un patrón
+continúa.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{array}{cccc}
+ a_{0,0} &amp;a_{0,1} &amp;a_{0,2} &amp;\ldots \\
+ a_{1,0} &amp;\ddots \\
+ \vdots
+\end{array}
+</screen>
+<para>&latex; proporciona estos.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="elipsis-cdots"/><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\cdots</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro de
+la línea, como en &#x22EF;. Usado como: <literal>\( a_0\cdot
+a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="elipsis-ddots"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddots</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Puntos suspensivos diagonales, &#x22F1;. Ve el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior para un uso.
+</para>
+<anchor id="elipsis-ldots"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ldots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ldots</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathellipsis</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathellipsis</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dots</primary></indexterm><literal>\dots</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Puntos suspensivos en la línea base, &#x2026;. Usado como:
+<literal>\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</literal>. Otro ejemplo es el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior. Los sinónimos son <literal>\mathellipsis</literal> y
+<literal>\dots</literal>. Un sinónimo de el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal> es
+<literal>\hdots</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>También puedes usar este comando fuera del texto matemático, como en
+<literal>Los engranajes, frenos, \ldots{} están todos rotos</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="elipsis-vdots"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\vdots</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Puntos suspensivos verticales, &#x22EE;. Ve el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior para un uso.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>ammath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>ammath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>amsmath</literal> tiene el comando
+<literal>\dots</literal> para semánticamente marcar puntos suspensivos. Este
+ejemplo produce dos salidas de aspecto diferente para los dos primeros
+usos del comando <literal>\dots</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{amsmath} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+
+Supongamos que \( p_0, p_1, \dots, p_{n-1} \) enumera todos los
+números primos. Observa que \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_{n-1} +1
+ \) no es un múltiplo de cualquier \( p_i \).
+Conclusión: hay infinitos números primos \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotsc</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotsb</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotsi</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dot</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En la primera línea, &latex; busca la coma que sigue a <literal>\dots</literal>
+para determinar que debe generar puntos suspensivos en la línea base.
+El segundo tiene un <literal>\cdot</literal> después de <literal>\dots</literal> por lo que
+&latex; genera un puntos suspensivos que están en el eje matemático,
+centrados verticalmente. Sin embargo, el tercer uso no tiene un
+carácter de seguimiento, por lo que debes decirle a &latex; qué
+hacer. Puedes usar uno de los comandos: <literal>\dotsc</literal> si necesitas
+los puntos suspensivos apropiados para una coma después, <literal>\dotsb</literal>
+si necesitas los puntos suspensivos que se ajustan cuando los puntos
+van seguidos de un operador binario o símbolo de relación,
+<literal>\dotsi</literal> para puntos con integrales, o <literal>\dotso</literal> para otros.
+</para>
+<!-- https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/976 -->
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>unicode-math</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>unicode-math</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El comando <literal>\dots</literal> de <literal>amsmath</literal>
+difiere de otra manera del comando <literal>\dots</literal> del kernel de
+&latex;: emite un espacio delgado después de los puntos
+suspensivos. Además, el paquete <literal>unicode-math</literal> automáticamente
+carga <literal>amsmath</literal>, por lo que <literal>\dots</literal> del <literal>amsmath</literal>
+puede estar activo incluso cuando no lo cargaste explícitamente,
+cambiando así la salida de <literal>\dots</literal> tanto en modo de texto como
+matemático.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>puntos suspensivos, en Unicode (U+2026)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>puntos suspensivos, tradicional (tres puntos)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Aún más sobre los comandos de puntos suspensivos: cuando se ejecuta
+bajo motores Unicode (<literal>lualatex</literal>, <literal>xelatex</literal>), &latex; usará
+el carácter de puntos suspensivos Unicode (U+2026) en el tipo de
+letra, si está disponible; bajo motores &tex; tradicionales
+(<literal>pdflatex</literal>, <literal>latex</literal>), compondrá tipográficamente tres
+puntos espaciados. En general, los puntos suspensivos Unicode de un
+solo carácter casi no tienen espacio entre los tres puntos, mientras
+que el espaciado de los puntos suspensivos no Unicode es más flexible,
+más de acuerdo con la tipografía tradicional.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.2.7" id="Letras-griegas">
+<title>Letras griegas</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Letras griegas</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Las versiones en mayúsculas de estas letras griegas solo se muestran
+cuando difieren de las mayúsculas romanas.
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="10*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="15*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="45*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry><para>Command</para></entry><entry><para>Name</para></entry><entry></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>&#x03B1;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\alpha</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Alpha
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03B2;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\beta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Beta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03B3;, &#x0393;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\gamma</literal>,
+<literal>\Gamma</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Gamma
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03B4;, &#x0394;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\delta</literal>,
+<literal>\Delta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Delta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03B5;, &#x03F5;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\varepsilon</literal>, <literal>\epsilon</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Epsilon
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03B6;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\zeta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Zeta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03B7;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\eta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Eta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03B8;, &#x03D1;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\theta</literal>,
+ <literal>\vartheta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Theta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03B9;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\iota</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Iota
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03BA;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\kappa</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Kappa
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03BB;, &#x039B;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\lambda</literal>,
+ <literal>\Lambda</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Lambda
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03BC;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\mu</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Mu
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03BD;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\nu</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Nu
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03BE;, &#x039E;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\xi</literal>, <literal>\Xi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Xi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03C0;, &#x03A0;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\pi</literal>, <literal>\Pi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Pi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03C1;, &#x03F1;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rho</literal>,
+<literal>\varrho</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Rho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03C3;, &#x03A3;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\sigma</literal>,
+<literal>\Sigma</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Sigma
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03C4;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\tau</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Tau
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03D5;, &#x03C6;, &#x03A6;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\phi</literal>,
+ <literal>\varphi</literal>, <literal>\Phi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Phi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03C7;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\chi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>chi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03C8;, &#x03A8;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\psi</literal>, <literal>\Psi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Psi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>&#x03C9;, &#x03A9;</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\omega</literal>,
+<literal>\Omega</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Omega
+</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>Para ómicron, si estás utilizando la letra Computer Modern
+predeterminada de &latex; luego ingresa ómicron como &#8216;<literal>o</literal>&#8217; o
+&#8216;<literal>O</literal>&#8217;. Si te gusta tener el nombre o si tu letra muestra una
+diferencia, entonces puedes usar algo como
+<literal>\newcommand\omicron{o}</literal>. El paquete <literal>unicode-math</literal>
+tiene <literal>\upomicron</literal> para omicron vertical y <literal>\mitomicron</literal>
+para matemáticas itálicas.
+</para>
+<para>Mientras que el símbolo de relación de pertenencia establecida
+&#x2208; generado por <literal>\in</literal> está relacionado con epsilon,
+nunca se usa para una variable.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="17.3" id="Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">
-<title>Funciones Matemáticas</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>funciones matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="16.3" id="Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">
+<title>Funciones matemáticas</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>funciones, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>funciones, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Estas instrucciones producen nombres de función romanos en modo math con
-el espaciado adecuado.
+<para>Estos comandos producen nombres de funciones romanas en modo
+matemático con espaciado.
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arccos</primary></indexterm><literal>\arccos</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\arccos</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>coseno inverso
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arcsin</primary></indexterm><literal>\arcsin</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\arcsin</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Seno inverso
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arctan</primary></indexterm><literal>\arctan</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\arctan</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Tangente inversa
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arg</primary></indexterm><literal>\arg</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\arg</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Ángulo entre el eje real y un punto en el plano complejo
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bmod</primary></indexterm><literal>\bmod</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Operador residuo binario (<inlineequation><mathphrase>x \bmod y</mathphrase></inlineequation>)
+</term><listitem><para>Operador módulo binario, usado como en <literal>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</literal>
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cos</primary></indexterm><literal>\cos</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cos</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Coseno
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cosh</primary></indexterm><literal>\cosh</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cosh</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Coseno hiperbólico
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cot</primary></indexterm><literal>\cot</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cos</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Cotangente
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\coth</primary></indexterm><literal>\coth</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cosh</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Cotangente hiperbólico
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\csc</primary></indexterm><literal>\csc</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\csc</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Cosecante
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\deg</primary></indexterm><literal>\deg</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\deg</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Grados
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\det</primary></indexterm><literal>\det</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\deg</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Determinante
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dim</primary></indexterm><literal>\dim</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\dim</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Dimensión
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\exp</primary></indexterm><literal>\exp</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\exp</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Exponencial
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gcd</primary></indexterm><literal>\gcd</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\gcd</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Máximo común divisor
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hom</primary></indexterm><literal>\hom</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\hom</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Homomorfismo
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\inf</primary></indexterm><literal>\inf</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\inf</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Infimum
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ker</primary></indexterm><literal>\ker</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ker</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Kernel
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lg</primary></indexterm><literal>\lg</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lg</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Logaritmo en base 2
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lim</primary></indexterm><literal>\lim</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lim</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Límite
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\liminf</primary></indexterm><literal>\liminf</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\liminf</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Límite inferior
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\limsup</primary></indexterm><literal>\limsup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\limsup</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Límite superior
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ln</primary></indexterm><literal>\ln</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ln</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Logaritmo natural
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\log</primary></indexterm><literal>\log</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\log</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Logaritmo
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\max</primary></indexterm><literal>\max</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\max</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Máximo
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\min</primary></indexterm><literal>\min</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\min</mathphrase></inlineequation>
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pmod</primary></indexterm><literal>\pmod</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>residuo entre paréntesis, como en (<inlineequation><mathphrase>\pmod 2^n - 1</mathphrase></inlineequation>)
+</term><listitem><para>Mínimo
</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en <literal>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</literal></primary></indexterm><literal>Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en <literal>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</literal></literal>
+</term><listitem>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Pr</primary></indexterm><literal>\Pr</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Pr</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Probabilidad
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sec</primary></indexterm><literal>\sec</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sec</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Secante
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sin</primary></indexterm><literal>\sin</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sin</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Seno
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sinh</primary></indexterm><literal>\sinh</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sinh</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Seno hiperbólico
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sup</primary></indexterm><literal>\sup</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>sup
-<!-- see comments in latex2e.texi. -->
+</term><listitem><para>Supremum
+sup
+<!-- no intentes usar \sup con salida dvi/pdf ya que se convirtió en un -->
+<!-- comando Texinfo y no vale la pena molestarse con diferentes -->
+<!-- versiones cuando son solo tres letras romanas de todos modos. -->
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tan</primary></indexterm><literal>\tan</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\tan</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Tangente
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tanh</primary></indexterm><literal>\tanh</literal>
-</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\tanh</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+</term><listitem><para>Tangente hiperbólica
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>amsmath</literal> agrega mejoras en
+algunos de estos, y también te permite definir el tuyo propio. La
+documentación completa está en CTAN, pero brevemente, puedes definir
+un operador de identidad con
+<literal>\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}</literal> que es como los de
+arriba pero se imprime como &#8216;<literal>id</literal>&#8217;. La forma estrellada
+<literal>\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}</literal> establece cualquier
+superíndice o subíndice para estar arriba y abajo, como es tradicional
+con <literal>\lim</literal>, <literal>\sup</literal> o <literal>\max</literal>.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="17.4" id="Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">
-<title>Acentos Matemáticos</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos matemáticos</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="16.4" id="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">
+<title>Acentos matemáticos</title>
-<para>&latex; proporciona una variedad de instrucciones para producir letras
-acentuadas en matemáticas. Son distintas de los acentos en un texto normal
-(véase <link linkend="Acentos">Acentos</link>).
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Acentos matemáticos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos, matemáticos</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>&latex; proporciona una variedad de comandos para producir letras
+acentuadas en matemáticas. Estos son diferentes de los acentos en el
+texto normal. (véase <link linkend="Acentos">Acentos</link>).
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\acute</primary></indexterm><literal>\acute</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento agudo, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento agudo en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\acute{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento agudo, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Acento agudo matemático
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bar</primary></indexterm><literal>\bar</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento barra horizontal, math</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento macrón, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento barra horizontal (macrón) en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\bar{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de barra, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento macrón, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Acento de barra de matemáticas
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\breve</primary></indexterm><literal>\breve</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento breve, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento breve en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\breve{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento breve, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Acento matemático breve
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\check</primary></indexterm><literal>\check</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de verificación, math</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento h&#225;&#269;ek, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento de verificación h&#225;&#269;ek en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\check{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddot</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddot</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento diéresis, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento diéresis en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\ddot{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
-</para>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comprobar acento, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento h&#225;&#269;ek, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddots</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de doble punto, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dot</primary></indexterm><literal>\dot</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento punto superior, math</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto superior acento, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento punto superior en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\dot{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
-</para>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento exagerado, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto sobre acento, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\grave</primary></indexterm><literal>\grave</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento grave, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento grave en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\grave{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
-</para>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento grave, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hat</primary></indexterm><literal>\hat</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento circunflejo, math</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento circunflejo, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento circunflejo en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\hat{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de sombrero, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento circunflejo, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Acento de sombrero de matemáticas (circunflejo)
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\imath</primary></indexterm><literal>\imath</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>i sin punto, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>i sin punto en modo Math.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\jmath</primary></indexterm><literal>\jmath</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>j sin punto, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>j sin punto en modo Math.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathring</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathring</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de anillo, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Acento de anillo matemático <!-- no te molestes en implementarlo en -->
+ <!-- texinfo -->
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tilde</primary></indexterm><literal>\tilde</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento tilde, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento tilde en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\tilde{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento tilde, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Acento de tilde matemática
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vec</primary></indexterm><literal>\vec</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de vector, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Símbolo de vector en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\vec{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo vectorial, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>símbolo de vector de matemáticas
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\widehat</primary></indexterm><literal>\widehat</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento circunflejo amplio, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento circunflejo amplio en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\widehat{x+y}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de sombrero ancho, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Acento de sombrero ancho de matemáticas
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\widetilde</primary></indexterm><literal>\widetilde</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento tilde amplia, math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Acento tilde amplia en modo Math: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\widetilde{x+y}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de tilde ancho, matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Acento de tilde ancho de matemáticas
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Cuando pones un acento en una i o una j, la tradición es usar uno sin
+punto, <literal>\imath</literal> o <literal>jmath</literal> (véase <link linkend="S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</link>).
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="17.5" id="Espacios-en-Modo-Math">
-<title>Espacios en Modo Math</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio dentro del modo math</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo math mode, espaciado</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="16.5" id="Sobre-y-subrayado">
+<title>Sobre y subrayado</title>
-<para>En un entorno <literal>math</literal>, &latex; ignora los espacios que usted
-escriba y coloca espacios de acuerdo a las reglas normales para texto
-matemático. Si desea un espaciado diferente, &latex; proporciona las
-siguientes instrucciones para su uso en modo matemático:
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>superposición</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subrayado</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>&latex; proporciona comandos para hacer líneas superpuestas o
+subrayadas, o poner llaves sobre o debajo de algún material.
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para><replaceable>text</replaceable> subrayado. Funciona dentro y fuera del modo matemático.
+La línea siempre está completamente debajo del texto, teniendo en
+cuenta descendientes, por lo que en <literal>\(\underline{y}\)</literal> la
+línea es más baja que en <literal>\(\underline{x}\)</literal>. Este comando es
+frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>ulem</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>ulem</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <literal>ulem</literal> subraya el
+modo de texto y permite salto de línea, así como una serie de otras
+características. Ve la documentación en CTAN.
+También&#160;<link linkend="_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill y \dotfill</link> para producir una línea, para
+cosas como una firma.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Coloca una línea horizontal sobre <replaceable>text</replaceable>. Funciona dentro y fuera
+del modo matemático. Por ejemplo, <literal>\overline{x+y}</literal>.
+Ten en cuenta que esto difiere del comando <literal>\bar</literal> (véase <link linkend="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos
+matemáticos</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Pone una llave debajo de <replaceable>math</replaceable>. Por ejemplo, este
+<literal>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</literal> enfatiza la parte telescópica.
+Adjunta texto a la llave usando el comando de subíndice, <literal>_</literal> o
+superíndice, <literal>^</literal>, como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{displaymath}
+ 1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{&gt;1/2}+
+ \underbrace{1/5+1/6+1/7+1/8}_{&gt;1/2}+\cdots
+\end{displaymath}
+</screen>
+<para>El superíndice aparece encima de la expresión, por lo que se puede ver
+desconectado de la llave inferior.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Pone una llave sobre <replaceable>math</replaceable>, como con
+<literal>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</literal>. Ve
+también <literal>\underbrace</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>mathtools</literal> agrega una llave
+superior e inferior, así como algunas mejoras en los corchetes.
+Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="16.6" id="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">
+<title>Espaciado en modo matemático</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Espaciado dentro del modo matemático</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo matemático, espaciado</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Al componer matemáticas, &latex; pone espacios de acuerdo con las
+reglas normales para textos de matemáticas. Si ingresas <literal>y=m x</literal>
+entonces &latex; ignora el espacio y en la salida la m está al lado
+de la x, como <inlineequation><mathphrase>y=mx</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+</para>
+<para>Pero las reglas de &latex; ocasionalmente necesitan ajustes. Por
+ejemplo, en una integral la tradición es poner un pequeño espacio
+extra entre el <literal>f(x)</literal> y el <literal>dx</literal>, aquí hecho con el comando
+<literal>\,</literal>:
+</para>
+<screen>\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
+</screen>
+<para>&latex; proporciona los siguientes comandos para usar en modo
+matemático. Muchas de estas definiciones de espaciado se expresan en
+términos de la unidad matemática <firstterm>mu</firstterm>. Se define como
+1/18em, donde el em se toma de la familia actual de símbolos
+matemáticos (véase <link linkend="Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</link>). Así, un
+<literal>\thickspace</literal> es algo así como 5/18 veces el ancho de
+una&#160;&#8216;<literal>M</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\;</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\;</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Un espacio de grosor (<inlineequation><mathphrase>5\over18\,</mathphrase></inlineequation>cuádruple).
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\:</literal>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thickspace</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-espacio-grueso"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>ammath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>ammath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinónimo: <literal>\thickspace</literal>. Normalmente <literal>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</literal>.
+Con el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01
+&latex;, se puede utilizar tanto en modo texto como en modo
+matemático; de lo contrario, en modo matemático solamente.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\negthickspace</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negthickspace</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Normalmente <literal>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. Con el paquete
+<literal>amsmath</literal>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 &latex;, se
+puede usar en modo texto así como en modo matemático; de lo contrario,
+solo en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\:</literal>
</term><term><literal>\&gt;</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\:</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\&gt;</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Ambos producen un espacio medio (<inlineequation><mathphrase>2\over9\,</mathphrase></inlineequation>cuádruple).
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\,</literal>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medspace</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-medspace"/><para>Sinónimo:
+<literal>\medspace</literal>. Normalmente <literal>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>.
+Con el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>, o a partir del 2020-10-01 la versión
+de &latex;, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto como en modo
+matemático; antes de eso, solo en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\negmedspace</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negmedspace</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Normalmente <literal>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. Con el paquete
+<literal>amsmath</literal>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 &latex;, se
+puede usar en modo texto así como modo matemático; antes de eso, solo
+en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\,</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\,</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Un espacio fino (<inlineequation><mathphrase>1\over6\,</mathphrase></inlineequation>cuádruple); no se limita a modo matemático.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\!</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Un espacio fino negativo (<inlineequation><mathphrase>-{1\over6}\,</mathphrase></inlineequation>cuádruple).
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio delgado</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico_002f_005cthinspace"/><anchor id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-thinspace"/><para>Sinónimo: <literal>\thinspace</literal>. Normalmente
+<literal>3mu</literal>, que es 1/6em. Se puede usar tanto en modo
+matemático como en modo texto (véase <link linkend="_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este espacio es muy utilizado, por ejemplo entre la función y el
+infinitesimal en una integral <literal>\int f(x)\,dx</literal> y, si un autor hace
+esto, antes de la puntuación en una ecuación mostrada.
+</para>
+<screen>La antiderivada es
+\begin{equation}
+ 3x^{-1/2}+3^{1/2}\,.
+\end{equation}
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\!</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\!</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negthinspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio delgado, negativo</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-negthinspace"/><para>Sinónimo:
+<literal>\negthinspace</literal>. Un espacio delgado negativo. Normalmente
+<literal>-3mu</literal>. Con el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>, o a partir de la
+versión 2020-10-01 de &latex;, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto
+como en modo matemático; de lo contrario, el comando <literal>\!</literal> es solo
+modo matemático, pero el comando <literal>\negthinspace</literal> también ha
+funcionado siempre en modo texto (véase <link linkend="_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\quad</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quad</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\quad</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-quad"/><para>Esto es 18mu, es
+decir, 1em. Esto se usa a menudo para el espacio ecuaciones o
+expresiones circundantes, por ejemplo para el espacio entre dos
+ecuaciones dentro de un entorno <literal>displaymath</literal>. Está disponible
+tanto en modo de texto como matemático.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\qquad</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\qquad</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-qquad"/><para>Una longitud de 2 quads,
+es decir, 36mu = 2em. Esta disponible en modo texto y
+modo matemático.
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+<sect2 label="16.6.1" id="_005csmash">
+<title><literal>\smash</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espaciado vertical, modo matemático</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo matemático, espacio vertical</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\smash{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Escribe <replaceable>subformula</replaceable> como si su altura y profundidad fuera cero.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la exponencial es tan alta que sin el comando
+<literal>\smash</literal> &latex; separaría su línea de la línea por encima de
+él, y el espaciado desigual de las líneas puede resultar antiestético.
+</para>
+<screen>Para calcular la tetración $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+evaluar de arriba hacia abajo, como $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
+</screen>
+<para>(Debido al <literal>\smash</literal>, la expresión impresa se podría encontrar con
+la línea anterior, por lo que es posible que desees esperar hasta la
+versión final del documento para hacer tales ajustes).
+</para>
+<para>Esto representa el efecto de <literal>\smash</literal> usando <literal>\fbox</literal> para
+rodear el cuadro que &latex; pondrá en la línea. El comando
+<literal>\blackbar</literal> crea una barra que se extiende desde 10&#160;puntos
+debajo la línea base a 20&#160;puntos arriba.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+\fbox{\blackbar}
+\fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
+</screen>
+<para>El primer cuadro que coloca &latex; tiene una altura de
+20&#160;puntos y 10&#160;puntos de profundidad. Pero el segundo
+cuadro es tratado por &latex; como teniendo cero altura y cero
+profundidad, a pesar de que la tinta impresa en la página aún se
+extiende muy por encima y por debajo de la línea.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\smash</literal> aparece a menudo en matemáticas para ajustar
+el tamaño de un elemento que rodea una subfórmula. Aquí el primer
+radical se extiende por debajo de la línea base mientras que el
+segundo se encuentra justo en la línea base.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+\sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n} f(k)}
+\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n}} f(k)}
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Ten en cuenta el uso de <literal>\\vphantom</literal> para dar al comando
+<literal>\sqrt</literal> un argumento con la altura de <literal>\sum</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres pueden
+aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que &latex;
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con <literal>\leavevmode</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>xxx xxx xxx
+
+\smash{yyy} % sin sangría de párrafo
+
+\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % sangría de párrafo habitual
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>mathtools</literal> tiene operadores
+que brindan control sobre romper un cuadro de subfórmula.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.6.2" id="_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">
+<title><literal>\phantom</literal>, <literal>\vphantom</literal> y <literal>\hphantom</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cphantom"/><anchor id="_005cvphantom"/><anchor id="_005chphantom"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\phantom</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vphantom</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hphantom</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espaciado, modo matemático</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espaciado horizontal</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espaciado vertical</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo matemático, espaciado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>carácter invisible</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>carácter, invisible</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\phantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\vphantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\hphantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>El comando <literal>\phantom</literal> crea un cuadro con la misma altura,
+profundidad y ancho como <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, pero vacío. Es decir, este
+comando provoca que &latex; escriba el espacio pero no lo llena con
+el material. Aquí &latex; pondrá una línea en blanco con el ancho
+correcto para la respuesta, pero no mostrará esa respuesta.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{displaymath}
+ \int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}}
+\end{displaymath}
+</screen>
+<para>La variante <literal>\vphantom</literal> produce un cuadro invisible con el mismo
+tamaño vertical que <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, la misma altura y profundidad,
+pero teniendo ancho cero. Y <literal>\hphantom</literal> crea un cuadro con el
+mismo ancho que <replaceable>subformula</replaceable> pero con altura y profundidad cero.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la torre de exponentes en la segunda expresión del
+sumando es tan alto que &tex; coloca esta expresión más abajo que su
+predeterminado. Sin ajuste, las dos expresiones de sumando estarían
+en niveles diferentes. El <literal>\vphantom</literal> en la primera expresión
+dice a &tex; que deje tanto espacio vertical como para la torre, por
+lo que las dos expresiones salen al mismo nivel.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{displaymath}
+ \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
+ \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
+\end{displaymath}
+</screen>
+<para>Estos comandos a menudo se usan junto con <literal>\smash</literal>.
+Véase <link linkend="_005csmash">\smash</link>, que incluye otro ejemplo de <literal>\vphantom</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los tres comandos fantasma aparecen a menudo,
+pero ten en cuenta que &latex; proporciona un conjunto de otros
+comandos para trabajar con tamaños de caja que pueden ser más
+convenientes, incluyendo <literal>\makebox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</link>)
+también como <literal>\settodepth</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005csettodepth">\settodepth</link>),
+<literal>\settoheight</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005csettoheight">\settoheight</link>), y <literal>\settowidth</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005csettowidth">\settowidth</link>). Además, el paquete <literal>mathtools</literal> tiene
+muchos comandos que ofrecen control detallado sobre el espaciado.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los tres comandos producen una caja ordinaria, sin
+ningún estado de matemáticas especial. Entonces, para hacer algo como
+adjuntar un superíndice, deberías darle ese estado, por ejemplo con el
+comando <literal>\operatorname</literal> del paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres pueden
+aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que &latex;
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con <literal>\leavevmode</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.6.3" id="_005cmathstrut">
+<title><literal>\mathstrut</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>\mathstrut</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espaciado, modo matemático</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espaciado vertical</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo matemático, espaciado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>carácter invisible</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>carácter, invisible</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>strut, math</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\mathstrut
+</screen>
+<para>El análogo de <literal>\strut</literal> para matemáticas. Véase <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>.
+</para>
+<para>La entrada <literal>$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</literal> da salida donde el
+segundo radical es más alto que el primero. Para agregar espacio
+vertical adicional sin ningún espacio horizontal, para que los dos
+tengan la misma altura, usa <literal>$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} +
+\sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\mathstrut</literal> agrega la altura vertical de un
+paréntesis de apertura, <literal>(</literal>, pero sin espacio horizontal. Se
+define como <literal>\vphantom{(}</literal>, así que <link linkend="_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y
+\hphantom</link> para más. Una ventaja sobre <literal>\strut</literal> es que
+<literal>\mathstrut</literal> no agrega profundidad, que suele ser lo correcto
+para las fórmulas. Usar la altura de un paréntesis de apertura es
+solo una convención; para un control completo sobre la cantidad de
+espacio, usa <literal>\rule</literal> con un ancho cero. Véase <link linkend="_005crule">\rule</link>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="16.7" id="Estilos-math">
+<title>Estilos math</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math estilos</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Las reglas de &tex; para escribir una fórmula dependen del contexto.
+Por ejemplo, dentro de una ecuación mostrada, la entrada
+<literal>\sum_{0\leq i&lt;n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{términos
+de orden inferior}</literal> dará salida con el índice de suma centrado debajo
+del símbolo de suma. Pero si esa entrada está en línea, entonces el
+índice de suma está a la derecha en lugar de debajo, por lo que no
+empujará aparte las líneas. Del mismo modo, en un contexto mostrado,
+los símbolos en el numerador y el denominador será más grande que para
+un contexto en línea, y en mostrar subíndices matemáticos y los
+superíndices están más separados que en matemáticas en línea.
+</para>
+<para>&tex; usa cuatro estilos matemáticos.
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo de visualización</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El estilo de visualización es para una fórmula que se muestra en una
+línea por sí misma, como con <literal>\begin{equation}
+... \end{equation}</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo de texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El estilo de texto es para una fórmula en línea, como con &#8216;<literal>así
+que tenemos $ ... $</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo de script</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El estilo de escritura es para partes de una fórmula en un subíndice o
+superíndice.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo scriptscript</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El estilo Scriptscript es para partes de una fórmula en un segundo
+nivel (o más) de subíndice o superíndice.
+</para>
+</listitem></itemizedlist>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\displaystyle</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textstyle</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scriptstyle</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scriptscriptstyle</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&tex; determina un estilo matemático predeterminado, pero lo puedes
+redefinir con una declaración de <literal>\displaystyle</literal>, o
+<literal>\textstyle</literal>, o <literal>\scriptstyle</literal> o <literal>\scriptscriptstyle</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la fracción de la línea &#8216;<literal>Arithmetic</literal>&#8217; se verá
+arrugada.
+</para>
+
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{r|cc}
+ \textsc{Name} &amp;\textsc{Series} &amp;\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline
+ Arithmetic &amp;$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$
+ &amp;$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\
+ Geometric &amp;$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1}$
+ &amp;$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>Pero debido a la declaración <literal>\displaystyle</literal>, la fracción de la
+línea &#8216;<literal>Geometric</literal>&#8217; será fácil de leer, con caracteres del mismo
+tamaño que en el resto de la línea.
+</para>
+<para>Otro ejemplo es que, en comparación con la misma entrada sin la
+declaración, el resultado de
+</para>
+<screen>obtenemos
+$\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$
+</screen>
+<para>tendrá un signo integral que es mucho más alto. Ten en cuenta que
+aquí el <literal>\displaystyle</literal> se aplica solo a una parte de la fórmula,
+y está delimitado por estar dentro de llaves, como
+&#8216;<literal>{\displaystyle ...}</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>El último ejemplo es una fracción continua.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+a_0+\frac{1}{
+ \displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
+ \displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
+ \displaystyle a_3}}}
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Sin las declaraciones de <literal>\displaystyle</literal>, los denominadores
+serían establecido en estilo script y estilo scriptscript. (El
+<literal>\mathstrut</literal> mejora la altura de los denominadores;
+véase <link linkend="_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</link>).
+</para>
+
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="17.6" id="Miscel_00e1nea-Math">
-<title>Miscelánea Math</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>miscelánea math</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="16.8" id="Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica">
+<title>Miscelánea matemática</title>
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\*</primary></indexterm><literal>\*</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>multiplicación discrecional</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de multiplicación, con salto de línea discrecional</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Un símbolo de multiplicación &#8220;discrecional&#8221;, en el que se permiten
-saltos de línea.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\cdots</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro de la
-línea.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>miscelánea matemática</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>&latex; contiene una amplia variedad de funciones matemáticas. Aquí
+están algunas que no encajan en otras categorías.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddots</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Puntos suspensivos en diagonal: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\ddots</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+
+
+<sect2 label="16.8.1" id="Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">
+<title>Carácter de dos puntos <literal>:</literal> y <literal>\colon</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="Dos-puntos"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>carácter dos puntos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>: (para math)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\colon</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac{num}{den}</primary></indexterm><literal>\frac{num}{den}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce la fracción <literal>num</literal> dividida entre <literal>den</literal>.
+<screen>:
+\colon
+</screen>
+<para>En matemáticas, el carácter de dos puntos, <literal>:</literal>, es una relación.
</para>
+<screen>Con proporciones laterales \( 3:4 \) y \( 4:5 \), el triángulo es
+correcto.
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\left <replaceable>delimitador1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delimitador2</replaceable></primary></indexterm><literal>\left <replaceable>delimitador1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delimitador2</replaceable></literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimitador nulo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Los dos delimitadores no necesitan coincidir; &#8216;<literal>.</literal>&#8217; actúa como un
-delimitador nulo, sin producir salida. Los delimitadores son del tamaño
-de acuerdo a las matemáticas en el medio. Ejemplo: <literal>\left(
-\sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]</literal>.
+<para>&latex; ordinario define <literal>\colon</literal> para producir el carácter de
+dos puntos con el espacio apropiado para la puntuación, como en la
+notación de creación de conjuntos <literal>\{x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\}</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overbrace{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overbrace{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Genera un par de <replaceable>texto</replaceable> más. Por ejemplo,
-<inlineequation><mathphrase>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;veces}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Pero el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal> ampliamente
+utilizado define <literal>\colon</literal> para su uso en la definición de
+funciones <literal>f\colon D\to C</literal>. Así que si quieres el carácter de
+dos puntos como puntuación y entonces usa <literal>\mathpunct{:}</literal>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overline{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overline{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Genera una línea horizontal sobre <replaceable>texo</replaceable>. Por ejemplo,
-<inlineequation><mathphrase>\overline{x+y}</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.8.2" id="_005c_002a">
+<title><literal>\*</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>multiplicación, discrecional</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos, multiplicación discrecional</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos de línea, multiplicación discrecional</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>saltos discrecionales, multiplicación</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\*</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqrt[<replaceable>raíz</replaceable>]{argumento}</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqrt[<replaceable>raíz</replaceable>]{argumento}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Produce la representación de la raíz cuadrada de <replaceable>argumento</replaceable>. El
-argumento opcional <replaceable>raíz</replaceable> determina qué raíz producir. Por ejemplo,
-la raíz cúbica de <literal>x+y</literal> se escribe como <literal>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</literal>.
+<screen>\*
+</screen>
+<para>Un símbolo de multiplicación que permite un salto de línea. Si hay un
+salto entonces &latex; pone un símbolo <literal>\times</literal>,
+&#x00D7;, antes de ese salto.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stackrel{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relación</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\stackrel{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relación</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Coloca el <replaceable>texto</replaceable> sobre la <replaceable>relación</replaceable>.
+<para>En <literal>\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)</literal>, si no hay salto de línea,
+entonces &latex; los muestra como si fuera <literal>\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4
+\)</literal>. Si ocurre un salto de línea, por ejemplo, entre los dos del
+medio, entonces &latex; lo establece como <literal>\( A_1 A_2 \times
+\)</literal>, seguido por el salto, seguido de <literal>\( A_3 A_4 \)</literal>.
</para>
-<para>Por ejemplo, <literal>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</literal>.
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.8.3" id="_005cfrac">
+<title><literal>\frac</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fracción</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbrace{matemáticas}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underbrace{matemáticas}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Genera <replaceable>matemáticas</replaceable> con una llave por debajo.
+<screen>\frac{<replaceable>numerator</replaceable>}{<replaceable>denominator</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Produce la fracción. Usado como: <literal>\begin{displaymath}
+\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}</literal>. En el modo
+math en línea sale pequeño; ve la explicación de <literal>\displaystyle</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</link>).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underline{text}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underline{text}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Provoca que se subraye el <replaceable>texto</replaceable>, el cual bien puede estar en modo
-math o no. La línea siempre está por debajo del texto, teniendo en
-cuenta los descendientes.
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.8.4" id="_005csqrt">
+<title><literal>\sqrt</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>raíz cuadrada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>roots</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>radical</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqrt</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\vdots</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce puntos suspensivos verticales.
+<screen>\sqrt{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>}
+\sqrt[<replaceable>root-number</replaceable>]{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>La raíz cuadrada, u opcionalmente otras raíces, de <replaceable>arg</replaceable>. El
+argumento opcional <replaceable>root-number</replaceable> da la raíz, es decir, ingresa la
+raíz cúbica de <literal>x+y</literal> como <literal>\sqrt[3]{x+y}</literal>.
+El tamaño del radical crece con el de <replaceable>arg</replaceable> (conforme la altura
+del radical crece, el ángulo en la parte más a la izquierda se hace
+más pronunciado, hasta que <literal>arg</literal> es lo suficientemente alto, es
+vertical).
+</para>
+<para>&latex; tiene un símbolo <literal>\surd</literal> separado para hacer una raíz
+cuadrada sin <replaceable>arg</replaceable> (véase <link linkend="S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</link>).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.8.5" id="_005cstackrel">
+<title><literal>\stackrel</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>la pila de matemáticas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>relación, texto arriba</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stackrel</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\stackrel{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relation</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Pon <replaceable>text</replaceable> encima de <replaceable>relation</replaceable>. Para poner un nombre de
+función encima de una flecha ingresa
+<literal>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="18" id="Modos">
+<chapter label="17" id="Modos">
<title>Modos</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modos</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo párrafo</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo math</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo izquierda-a-derecha</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo lR</primary></indexterm>
+<para>A medida que &latex; procesa tu documento, en cualquier momento se
+encuentra en uno de seis modos. Se dividen en tres categorías de dos
+cada una, los modos horizontales, los modos matemáticos y los modos
+verticales. Algunos comandos solo funcionan en un modo u otro (en
+particular, muchos comandos solo funcionan en uno de los modos
+matemáticos), y los mensajes de error se referirán a estos.
+</para>
+<itemizedlist><listitem><anchor id="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo párrafo</primary></indexterm>
+<para><firstterm>Modo párrafo</firstterm> (en &tex; simple esto se llama <firstterm>modo
+horizontal</firstterm>) es en lo que se encuentra &latex; cuando procesa texto
+normal. Se rompe el texto de entrada en líneas y encuentra las
+posiciones de los saltos de línea, de modo que en modo vertical se
+pueden hacer saltos de página. Este es el modo &latex;, es en la
+mayor parte del tiempo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo de izquierda a derecha</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo LR</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="modos-modo-lr"/><para><firstterm>modo LR</firstterm> (para el modo de izquierda a
+derecha; en &tex; simple esto se llama <firstterm>modo horizontal
+restringido</firstterm>) está en vigor cuando se inicia &latex; hace una caja
+con un comando <literal>\mbox</literal>. Como en el modo de párrafo, la salida de
+&latex; es una cadena de palabras con espacios entre ellas. A
+diferencia de en modo párrafo, en modo LR &latex; nunca comienza una
+nueva línea, simplemente continúa de izquierda a derecha. (Aunque
+&latex; no se quejará que la caja LR es demasiado larga, cuando está
+terminada y luego intenta poner esa caja en una línea, bien se podría
+quejar de que la caja LR terminada no cabe allí).
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo matemático</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="modos-modo-matem_00e1tico"/><para><firstterm>modo matemático</firstterm> es cuando
+&latex; está generando una fórmula matemática en línea.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>muestra el modo matemático</primary></indexterm>
+<para><firstterm>Muestra modo math</firstterm> es cuando &latex; está generando una fórmula
+matemática. (Las fórmulas mostradas difieren un poco de las fórmulas
+en línea. Un ejemplo es que la ubicación del subíndice en <literal>\int</literal>
+difiere en las dos situaciones).
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo vertical</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="modos-modo-vertical"/><para><firstterm>Modo vertical</firstterm> es cuando &latex;
+está construyendo la lista de líneas y otro material haciendo la
+página de salida, que comprende la inserción de saltos de página.
+Este es el modo &latex;, es cuando se inicia un documento.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo vertical interno</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="modos-modo-vertical-interno"/><para><firstterm>Modo vertical interno</firstterm> está
+en efecto cuando &latex; comienza a hacer una <literal>\vbox</literal>. No tiene
+saltos de página, y como tal es el análogo vertical del modo LR.
+</para>
+</listitem></itemizedlist>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si comienzas un artículo de &latex; con &#8216;<literal>Let \( x
+\) ...</literal>&#8217; entonces estos son los modos: primero &latex; inicia cada
+documento en modo vertical, entonces lee la &#8216;<literal>L</literal>&#8217; y cambia al modo
+párrafo, entonces el siguiente cambio ocurre en la &#8216;<literal>\(</literal>&#8217; donde
+&latex; cambia al modo matemático, y luego, cuando sale de la
+fórmula, parece volver al modo de párrafo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo de párrafo interno</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo párrafo externo</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo-interno"/><anchor id="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo-externo"/><para>El modo párrafo tiene dos subcasos. Si usas un comando
+<literal>\parbox</literal> o un <literal>minipage</literal> entonces &latex; se pone en modo
+párrafo. Pero no pondré un salto de página aquí. Dentro de una de
+estas cajas, llamada <firstterm>parbox</firstterm>, &latex; está en <firstterm>modo de
+párrafo interior</firstterm>. Es la situación mas usual, donde puedes poner
+saltos de página, es <firstterm>modo de párrafo externo</firstterm> (véase <link linkend="Salto-de-p_00e1gina">Salto de
+página</link>).
+</para>
+
+<sect1 label="17.1" id="_005censuremath">
+<title><literal>\ensuremath</literal></title>
-<para>Cuando &latex; está procesando el texto fuente, este siempre está en
-uno de tres modos:
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Modo Párrafo
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>Modo Math
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>Modo de Izquierda a derecha (Left-to-Right), llamado modo LR para
-abreviar
-</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
-<para>&latex; cambia el modo sólo cuando sube o baja una escala a un
-diferente nivel, aunque no todos los cambios de nivel producen cambios
-de modo. Los cambios de modo sólo se producen al entrar o salir de un
-entorno, o cuando &latex; está procesando el argumento de determinadas
-instrucciones que producen texto.
-</para>
-<para>El &#8220;modo Párrafo&#8221; es el más común; es en el que &latex; está cuando
-procesa texto ordinario. En ese modo, &latex; rompe el texto en líneas
-y separa líneas en páginas. &latex; está en &#8220;modo math&#8221; cuando está
-generando fórmulas matemáticas. En &#8220;modo LR&#8221;, como en modo párrafo,
-&latex; considera que la salida que produce es una cadena de palabras
-con espacios entre ellas. Sin embargo, a diferencia del modo párrafo,
-&latex; sigue yendo de izquierda a derecha; nunca inicia una nueva
-línea en modo LR. Incluso si usted pone un centenar de palabras en una
-<literal>\mbox</literal>, &latex; mantendrá la composición de izquierda a derecha
-dentro de una caja única, y luego se quejará porque la caja resultante
-fue demasiado grande para caber en la línea.
-</para>
-<para>&latex; está en modo LR cuando comienza a hacer una caja con una
-instrucción <literal>\mbox</literal>. Usted puede conseguir introducirse en un modo
-diferente dentro de la caja &#8212;por ejemplo, usted puede hacerlo entrar
-en el modo matemático para poner una fórmula en la caja. También hay
-varias instrucciones productoras de texto y entornos para hacer una caja
-que ponga a &latex; en el modo de párrafo. La caja hecha por medio de
-una de estas instrucciones o entornos se llama <literal>parbox</literal>. Cuando
-&latex; está en el modo de párrafo mientras que hace una caja, se dice
-que está en &#8220;modo interno de párrafo&#8221;. Su modo de párrafo normal, que
-se inicia fuera de él, se llama el &#8220;modo de párrafo externo&#8221;.
+<screen>\ensuremath{<replaceable>formula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Se asegura de que <replaceable>formula</replaceable> esté escrito en modo matemático.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, puedes redefinir comandos que normalmente solo se pueden
+usar en modo matemático, para que se puedan usar tanto en matemáticas
+como en texto sin formato.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
+En $\int f(x)\, \dx$, el \dx{} es un infinitesimal.
+</screen>
+<para>Precaución: el comando <literal>\ensuremath</literal> es útil pero no una panacea.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
+
+Obtienes un alfa en modo texto: \alf. Pero compara el espaciado
+correcto en $\alf+\alf$ con el de \alf+\alf.
+</screen>
+<para>Lo mejor es escribir cosas matemáticas en modo math.
</para>
+</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="19" id="Estilos-de-P_00e1gina">
-<title>Estilos de Página</title>
+<chapter label="18" id="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">
+<title>Estilos de página</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilos, página</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilos de página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>página, estilos</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\documentclass</literal> determina el tamaño y posición de
-las cabeceras y pies de página. El estilo de página determina lo que
-sucede en ellos.
+<para>El estilo de una página determina dónde coloca &latex; los
+componentes de esa página, como encabezados y pies de página, y el
+cuerpo del texto. Este incluye páginas en la parte principal del
+documento pero también incluye páginas especiales como la portada de
+un libro, una página de un índice o la primera página de un artículo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fancyhdr</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fancyhdr</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>fancyhdr</literal> se usa comúnmente
+para construir estilos de página. Ve su documentación.
</para>
-<sect1 label="19.1" id="_005cmaketitle">
+<sect1 label="18.1" id="_005cmaketitle">
<title><literal>\maketitle</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>títulos, haciendo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>títulos, hacer</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\maketitle</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\maketitle</literal> genera un título en una página
-independiente &#8212; excepto en la clase <literal>article</literal>, donde se coloca el
-título en la parte superior de la primera página. La información
-utilizada para producir el título se obtiene de las siguientes
-declaraciones:
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\author{<replaceable>nombre</replaceable> \and <replaceable>nombre2</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\author{<replaceable>nombre</replaceable> \and <replaceable>nombre2</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>autor, para titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ para <literal>\author</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\and para <literal>\author</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\author</literal> declara los autor(es) del documento, donde
-el argumento es una lista de autores separados por instrucciones
-<literal>\and</literal>. Use <literal>\\</literal> para separar líneas con una única entrada de
-autor &#8212;por ejemplo, para proporcionar las entidades de autor o
-dirección.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\date{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\date{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>fecha, para la página de título</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\date</literal> declara el <replaceable>texto</replaceable> para ser la fecha del
-documento. Sin la instrucción <literal>\date</literal>, se utiliza la fecha actual
-(véase <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>).
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thanks{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\thanks{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>thanks, para titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>créditos al pie de página</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\thanks</literal> produce un pie de página
-(<literal>\footnote</literal>) para el título, normalmente utilizada para
-reconocimiento de créditos.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\title{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\title{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title, para titlepage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ para <literal>\title</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\title</literal> declara <replaceable>texto</replaceable> para ser el título del
-documento. Use <literal>\\</literal> para forzar un salto de línea, de la manera
-usual.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\maketitle
+</screen>
+<para>Genera un título. En las clases estándar el título aparece en una
+página separada, excepto en la clase <literal>article</literal> donde está en la
+parte superior de la primera página. (Véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase
+documento</link>, para obtener información sobre la opción <literal>titlepage</literal>
+de la clase documento).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra que <literal>\maketitle</literal> aparece en su lugar
+habitual, inmediatamente después de <literal>\begin{document}</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{article} \title{Construir un reactor nuclear usando
+solo cocos} \author{Jonas Grumby\thanks{% Con el apoyo de una beca
+Ginger de la Roy Hinkley Society.} \\ Capitán, \textit{Minnow} \and
+Willy Gilligan\thanks{% Gracias a la fundación Mary Ann Summers ya
+Thurston y Lovey Howell.} \\ Compañero, \textit{Minnow} }
+\date{1964-Sep-26} \begin{document} \maketitle Solo siéntate y
+escucharás un cuento, el cuento de un fatídico viaje. Que partió
+desde este puerto tropical, a bordo de este diminuto barco. El
+compañero era un navegante poderoso, el Capitán valiente y seguro. Un
+conjunto de cinco pasajeros navega ese día para un recorrido de tres
+horas. Un recorrido de tres horas.
+ ...
+</screen>
+<para>Le dices a &latex; la información utilizada para producir el título
+haciendo las siguientes declaraciones. Estos deben venir antes de
+<literal>\maketitle</literal>, ya sea en el preámbulo o en el cuerpo del
+documento.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\author{<replaceable>name1</replaceable> \and <replaceable>name2</replaceable> \and ...}</primary></indexterm><literal>\author{<replaceable>name1</replaceable> \and <replaceable>name2</replaceable> \and ...}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>autor, para portada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>\author</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\and (para <literal>\author</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Requerido. Declara el autor o autores del documento. El argumento es
+un lista de autores separados por los comandos <literal>\and</literal>. Para
+separar líneas dentro de la entrada de un solo autor, por ejemplo,
+para dar la institución o dirección, usa una barra invertida doble,
+<literal>\\</literal>. Si omites la declaración <literal>\author</literal> entonces obtienes
+&#8216;<literal>Advertencia LaTeX: Sin \autor dado</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\date{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\date{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>fecha, para portada</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Opcional. Declara <replaceable>text</replaceable> como la fecha del documento. El
+<replaceable>text</replaceable> no necesita estar en un formato de fecha; puede ser
+cualquier texto. Si omites <literal>\date</literal> entonces &latex; usa la
+fecha actual (véase <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>). Para no tener fecha, utiliza
+<literal>\date{}</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thanks{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\thanks{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>thanks, para la portada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>crédito, en nota al pie</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Opcional. Produce una nota al pie. Lo puedes usar en la información
+del autor para agradecimientos como se ilustra arriba, pero también lo
+puedes usar en el título, o cualquier lugar donde tenga sentido una
+marca de nota al pie. Puede ser cualquier texto en absoluto para que
+lo puedas usar para cualquier propósito, como imprimir una dirección
+de correo electrónico.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>título, para portada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para <literal>\title</literal>)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Requerido. Declara <replaceable>text</replaceable> como título del documento. Obtiene un
+salto de línea dentro de <replaceable>text</replaceable> con una barra invertida doble,
+<literal>\\</literal>. Si omites la declaración <literal>\title</literal>, entonces el
+comando <literal>\maketitle</literal> produce el &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: No se
+proporcionó \title</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Para crear tu propia página de título, <link linkend="titlepage">titlepage</link>. También lo
+puedes crear como único o lo puedes incluir como parte de un comando
+<literal>\maketitle</literal> renovado. (Muchos editores proporcionarán una clase
+para usar en lugar de <literal>article</literal> que formatea el título según sus
+requisitos de la casa).
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="19.2" id="_005cpagenumbering">
+<sect1 label="18.2" id="_005cpagenumbering">
<title><literal>\pagenumbering</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagenumbering</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo de numeración de página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo de numeración de páginas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\pagenumbering{<replaceable>estilo</replaceable>}
+<screen>\pagenumbering{<replaceable>number-style</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Especifica el estilo de los números de página, de acuerdo a
-<replaceable>estilo</replaceable>. <literal>&#92;pagenumbering</literal> tambien
-reinicializa le numero de pagína a <inlineequation><mathphrase>1</mathphrase></inlineequation>. Los valores de <replaceable>estilo</replaceable>
-que se pueden utilizar son por ejemplo::
+<para>Especifica el estilo de los números de página y restablece el número
+de página. El estilo de numeración se refleja en la página, y también
+en la tabla de contenido y otras referencias de página. Esta
+declaración tiene alcance global por lo que su efecto no se detiene
+por un final de grupo como una llave de cierre o un fin de entorno.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, antes de la sección &#8216;<literal>Principal</literal>&#8217; las páginas
+están numeradas &#8216;<literal>a</literal>&#8217;, etc. Comenzando en la página que contiene la
+llamada a <literal>\pagenumbering</literal> en esa sección, las páginas están
+numeradas &#8216;<literal>1</literal>&#8217;, etc.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+ ...
+\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
+ ...
+</screen>
+<para>El argumento <replaceable>number-style</replaceable> es uno de los siguientes
+(también&#160;<link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>).
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>arabic</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>números arábigos
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>roman</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>números romanos en minúscula
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>Roman</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>numeros romanos en mayúscula
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>alph</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>letras en minúscula
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>Alph</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>letras en mayúscula
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+</term><listitem><para>número arábigo: 1, 2, &#8230;
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>roman</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Números romanos en minúsculas: i, ii, &#8230;
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>Roman</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Números romanos en mayúsculas: I, II, &#8230;
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>alph</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>minúsculas: a, b, &#8230; Si tienes más de 26 páginas, entonces obtén
+&#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>Alph</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>letras mayúsculas: A, B, &#8230; Si tiene más de 26 páginas, entonces
+obtienes &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>gobble</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; no genera un número de página, aunque se
+reinicia. Las referencias a esa página también están en blanco.
+(Esto no lo hace trabajar con el popular paquete <literal>hyperref</literal>
+para tener el número de página no aparece, es posible que desees
+utilizar <literal>\pagestyle{empty}</literal> o <literal>\thispagestyle{empty}</literal>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Tradicionalmente, si un documento tiene antesala&#8212;prefacio, tabla de
+contenido, etc.&#8212;entonces se numera con números romanos en
+minúsculas. El asunto principal de un documento utiliza el árabe.
+Véase <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Si deseas cambiar el lugar donde aparece el número de página en la
+página, <link linkend="_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</link>. Si deseas cambiar el valor del número de
+página, entonces manipula el contador <literal>page</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="Contadores">Contadores</link>).
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="19.3" id="_005cpagestyle">
+<sect1 label="18.3" id="_005cpagestyle">
<title><literal>\pagestyle</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagestyle</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo de encabezado</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo del pie de página</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>siguiendo el estilo de encabezado y pie de página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo de pie de página</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ejecutar estilo de encabezado y pie de página</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\pagestyle{<replaceable>estilo</replaceable>}
+<screen>\pagestyle{<replaceable>style</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\pagestyle</literal> especifica como se componen
-tipográficamente las cabeceras y pies de página a partir de la página
-actual. Valores para <replaceable>estilo</replaceable>:
+<para>Declaración que especifica cómo se componen los encabezados y pies de
+página, desde la página actual en adelante.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fancyhdr</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fancyhdr</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Una explicación con un ejemplo está abajo. Ten en
+cuenta primero que el paquete <literal>fancyhdr</literal> es ahora la forma
+estándar de manipular encabezados y pies de página. Nuevos documentos
+que necesitan hacer algo diferente a una de las opciones estándar a
+continuación deben usar este paquete. Ve su documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+<para>Valores para <replaceable>style</replaceable>:
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>plain</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Únicamente un número de página sencillo.
+</term><listitem><para>El encabezado está vacío. El pie de página contiene solo un número de
+página, centrado.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>empty</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Cabeceras y pies de página vacíos, por ejemplo, sin números de página.
+</term><listitem><para>Tanto el encabezado como el pie de página están vacíos.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>headings</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Coloca encabezados en cada página. El estilo de documento especifica lo
-que sucede en las cabeceras.
+</term><listitem><para>Coloca encabezados y pies de página continuos en cada página. El
+estilo del documento especifica lo que va allí; ve la explicación a
+continuación.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>myheadings</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Cabeceras personalizadas, especificadas via las instrucciones
+</term><listitem><para>Encabezados personalizados, especificados a través de los comandos
<literal>\markboth</literal> o <literal>\markright</literal>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Un poco de discusión sobre la motivación del mecanismo de &latex; te
+ayudará a trabajar con las opciones <literal>headings</literal> o
+<literal>myheadings</literal>. La fuente del documento a continuación produce un
+artículo, a dos caras, con el estilo de página <literal>headings</literal>. En
+las páginas de la izquierda de este documento, &latex; quiere (además
+del número de página) el título de la sección actual. En sus páginas
+de la derecha &latex; quiere el título de la subsección actual.
+Cuando crea una página, &latex; obtiene esta información del comandos
+<literal>\leftmark</literal> y <literal>\rightmark</literal>. Así que depende de
+<literal>\section</literal> y <literal>\subsection</literal> para almacenar esa información
+allí.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass[twoside]{article}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+ ... \section{Section 1} ... \subsection{Subsección 1.1} ...
+\section{Sección 2}
+ ...
+\subsection{Subsección 2.1}
+ ...
+\subsection{Subsección 2.2}
+ ...
+</screen>
+<para>Supongamos que la segunda sección cae en una página de la izquierda.
+Aunque cuando la página comienza en la primera sección, &latex;
+pondrá &#8216;<literal>Sección&#160;2</literal>&#8217; en el encabezado de la página izquierda.
+En cuanto al encabezado derecho, si ninguna subsección comienza antes
+del final de la página derecha, entonces &latex; deja en blanco el
+encabezado de la derecha. Si una subsección aparece antes de terminar
+la página derecha entonces hay dos casos. Si al menos una subsección
+comienza en la página de la derecha, entonces &latex; colocará el
+encabezado derecho en el título de la primera subsección que comienza
+en esa página derecha. Si al menos uno de 2.1, 2.2, &#8230;, comienza
+en la página izquierda pero ninguno empieza a la derecha entonces
+&latex; pone en el encabezado de la derecha el título del último
+inciso por comenzar, es decir, el que esté vigente durante la página
+de la derecha.
+</para>
+<para>Para lograr esto, en un artículo de dos caras, &latex; hace que
+<literal>\section</literal>emita un comando <literal>\markboth</literal>, configurando
+<literal>\leftmark</literal> a &#8216;<literal>Section&#160;2</literal>&#8217; y configura <literal>\rightmark</literal>
+en un contenido vacío. Y, &latex; hace que <literal>\subsection</literal> emita
+un comando <literal>\markright</literal>, configurando <literal>\rightmark</literal> a
+&#8216;<literal>Subsección&#160;2.1</literal>&#8217;, etc.
+</para>
<para>Aquí están las descripciones de <literal>\markboth</literal> y <literal>\markright</literal>:
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\markboth{<replaceable>izquierda</replaceable>}{<replaceable>derecha</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\markboth{<replaceable>izquierda</replaceable>}{<replaceable>derecha</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Establece ambas cabeceras izquierda y derecha. Una &#8220;cabecera a mano
-izquierda&#8221; (<replaceable>izquierda</replaceable>) es generada por la última instrucción
-<literal>\markboth</literal> antes del final de la página, mientras que una
-&#8220;cabecera a mano derecha&#8221; (<replaceable>derecha</replaceable>) es generada por la primera
-<literal>\markboth</literal> o <literal>\markright</literal> que venga en la página si la hay,
-de otra manera por la última antes de la página.
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\markboth{<replaceable>left-head</replaceable>}{<replaceable>right-head</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\markboth{<replaceable>left-head</replaceable>}{<replaceable>right-head</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Establece la información de rumbo tanto a la derecha como a la
+izquierda para un estilo de página de <literal>headings</literal> o
+<literal>myheadings</literal>. Una página de la izquierda el encabezado
+<replaceable>left-head</replaceable> es generado por el último comando <literal>\markboth</literal>
+antes del final de la página. Un encabezado de página a la derecha
+<replaceable>right-head</replaceable> es generado por el primer <literal>\markboth</literal> o
+<literal>\markright</literal> que viene en la página si hay uno, de lo contrario
+por el último que vino antes de esa página.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\markright{<replaceable>derecha</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\markright{<replaceable>derecha</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Establece la cabecera de la derecha, dejando la cabecera de la izquierda
-sin cambios.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\markright{<replaceable>right-head</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\markright{<replaceable>right-head</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Establece el encabezado de la página de la derecha, dejando el
+izquierdo sin cambios.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="19.4" id="_005cthispagestyle">
-<title><literal>\thispagestyle{<replaceable>estilo</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="18.4" id="_005cthispagestyle">
+<title><literal>\thispagestyle</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thispagestyle</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estilo de página, esta página</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\thispagestyle</literal> trabaja de la misma manera que la
-instrucción <literal>\pagestyle</literal> (vea la sección previa) excepto que esta
-únicamente cambia el <replaceable>estilo</replaceable> de la página actual.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\thispagestyle{<replaceable>style</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Funciona de la misma manera que el <literal>\pagestyle</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</link>), excepto que cambia a <replaceable>style</replaceable> solo para la
+página actual. Esta declaración tiene alcance global, por lo que su
+efecto no está delimitado por llaves o entornos.
+</para>
+<para>A menudo, la primera página de un capítulo o sección tiene un estilo
+diferente. Por ejemplo, este documento de libro &latex; tiene la
+primera página del primer capítulo en estilo <literal>plain</literal>, como es el
+predeterminado (véase <link linkend="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+\chapter{Primer capítulo}
+ ...
+\chapter{Segundo capítulo}\thispagestyle{empty}
+ ...
+</screen>
+<para>El estilo <literal>plain</literal> tiene un número de página, centrado en el pie
+de página. Para hacer que la página esté completamente vacía, el
+comando <literal>\thispagestyle{empty}</literal> sigue inmediatamente al segundo
+<literal>\chapter</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="20" id="Espacios">
+<chapter label="19" id="Espacios">
<title>Espacios</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacios</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio en blanco</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco (o llenos).
-</para>
-<para>Otra instrucción que produce espacios es <literal>\</literal> para producir un
-espacio &#8220;fino&#8221; (por lo general 1/6cuadrático).
-<!-- vincentb1: I don't think that quad should be translated in that context. -->
-Se puede
-utilizar en modo texto, pero más a menudo es útil en modo matemático
-(véase <link linkend="Espacios-en-Modo-Math">Espacios en Modo Math</link>).
+<para>&latex; tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco o espacios
+llenos. Algunos de estos se adaptan mejor al texto matemático; para
+estos&#160;<link linkend="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</link>.
</para>
-<sect1 label="20.1" id="_005chspace">
+<sect1 label="19.1" id="_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad">
+<title><literal>\enspace</literal>, <literal>\quad</literal> y <literal>\qquad</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005censpace"/><anchor id="_005cquad"/><anchor id="_005cqquad"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\quad</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\qquad</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\enspace
+\quad
+\qquad
+</screen>
+<para>Inserta un espacio horizontal de 1/2em, 1em o
+2em. La em es una longitud definida por un diseñador de fuentes,
+a menudo considerada como el ancho de una M&#160;mayúscula. Una
+ventaja de describir el espacio en ems es que puede ser más portátil
+entre documentos que una medida absoluta como puntos
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes_002fem">Longitudes/em</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto pone un
+espacio adecuado entre dos gráficos.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{womensmile.png}%
+ \qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</link>, para <literal>\quad</literal> y
+<literal>\qquad</literal>. Estas son longitudes de siglos de composición
+tipográfica y, por lo tanto, pueden ser una mejor opción en muchas
+circunstancias que las longitudes arbitrarias, como las que se
+obtienen con <literal>\hspace</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="19.2" id="_005chspace">
<title><literal>\hspace</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hspace</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\hspace{<replaceable>length</replaceable>}
+\hspace*{<replaceable>length</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Inserta la cantidad <replaceable>length</replaceable> de espacio horizontal. <replaceable>length</replaceable>
+puede ser positiva, negativa o cero; agregar una cantidad negativa de
+espacio es como retroceder. Es una longitud elástica, es decir, puede
+contener un componente <literal>plus</literal> o <literal>minus</literal>, o ambas
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Debido a que el espacio se puede estirar y
+contraer, a veces se le llama <firstterm>pegamento</firstterm>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto hace una línea con &#8216;<literal>Name:</literal>&#8217; a una pulgada del margen derecho.
</para>
-<screen>\hspace[*]{<replaceable>longitud</replaceable>}
+<screen>\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}
+</screen>
+<para>La forma <literal>*</literal> inserta un espacio horizontal que no se puede
+descartar. Más precisamente, cuando &tex; divide un párrafo en
+líneas blancas el espacio&#8212;pegamentos y kerns&#8212;que vienen en un
+salto de línea se descartan. La forma-<literal>*</literal> evita eso
+(técnicamente, agrega un elemento invisible no descartable delante del
+espacio).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo
+</para>
+<screen>\parbox{0.8\linewidth}{%
+ Completa cada espacio en blanco: Cuatro \hspace*{1in} y hace
+ siete años nuestros padres produjeron en este continente, un nuevo
+ \hspace*{1in}, concebido en \hspace*{1in}, y dedicado a la
+ propuesta que todos los hombres son creados \hspace*{1in}.}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\hspace</literal> añade espacio horizontal. El argumento
-<replaceable>length</replaceable> se puede expresar en cualquier término que &latex;
-entienda: puntos, pulgadas, etc. Esta es la longitud a preservar.
-Usted puede agregar tanto espacios negativos como positivos con una
-instrucción <literal>\hspace</literal>; agregar espacio negativo es como espacio
-hacia atrás.
+<para>el espacio en blanco de 1&#160;pulgada que sigue a &#8216;<literal>concebido en</literal>&#8217;
+cae al principio de una linea. Si borras el <literal>*</literal> entonces
+&latex; descarta el espacio en blanco.
</para>
-<para>&latex; normalmente elimina el espacio horizontal que viene al
-principio o al final de una línea. Para preservar este espacio, use la
-forma opcional con <literal>*</literal>.
+<para>Aquí, el <literal>\hspace</literal> separa los tres gráficos.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{lion.png}% el espacio extra queda fuera del
+ comentario
+ \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{tiger.png}%
+ \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{bear.png}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Porque el argumento de cada <literal>\hspace</literal> tiene <literal>minus 0.25cm</literal>,
+cada uno se puede encoger un poco si las tres figuras son demasiado
+anchas. Pero cada espacio no se reducirá más de 0.25cm
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.2" id="_005chfill">
+<sect1 label="19.3" id="_005chfill">
<title><literal>\hfill</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hfill</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\hfill</literal> produce un &#8220;relleno de longitud&#8221; que no
-tiene espacio natural sino que se puede extender o reducir en sentido
-horizontal en la medida necesaria.
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tramo, infinito horizontal</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tramo horizontal infinito</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\hfill
+</screen>
+<para>Produce una longitud elástica que no tenga espacio natural pero que se
+pueda estirar horizontalmente tanto como sea necesario
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto crea un párrafo de una línea con &#8216;<literal>Name:</literal>&#8217; en el lado izquierdo
+de la página y &#8216;<literal>Prueba uno</literal>&#8217; a la derecha.
</para>
+<screen>\noindent Name:\hfill Prueba uno
+</screen>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fill</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El parámetro <literal>\fill</literal> es la misma longitud a rellenar (técnicamente,
-el valor a agregar &#8216;<literal>0pt plus1fill</literal>&#8217;); es decir, <literal>\hspace\fill</literal>
-es equivalente a <literal>\hfill</literal>.
+<para>El comando <literal>\hfill</literal> es equivalente a <literal>\hspace{\fill}</literal> y
+por lo que el espacio se puede descartar en los saltos de línea. Para
+evitar eso, en su lugar usa <literal>\hspace*{\fill}</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Aquí las gráficas están espaciadas uniformemente en el centro de la
+figura.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+\begin{figure}
+ \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph0.png}}%
+ \hfill\vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph1.png}}%
+ \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \caption{Comparación de dos gráficos} \label{fig:twographs}
+\end{figure}
+</screen>
+<para>Ten en cuenta los <literal>\hspace*</literal> donde el espacio se podría eliminar.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.3" id="_005cSPACE">
-<title><literal>\SPACE</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\SPACE</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TAB</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NEWLINE</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="19.4" id="_005chss">
+<title><literal>\hss</literal></title>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\ </literal> (space) produce un espacio entre palabras
-normal. Es útil después de signos de puntuación que no deben terminar
-una oración. Por ejemplo, <literal>Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\
-Math\. Soc.\ es fundamental</literal>. Esta también se suele utilizar después de
-secuencias de control, como en <literal>\TeX\ es un sistema agradable</literal>.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hss</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio horizontal</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio horizontal, extensible</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio, insertando horizontal</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>En circunstancias normales, <literal>\</literal><keycap>tab</keycap> y <literal>\</literal><keycap>newline</keycap>
-son equivalentes a <literal>\ </literal>.
+<screen>\hss
+</screen>
+<para>Produce un espacio horizontal que es infinitamente contraíble así como
+infinitamente extensible (este comando es un primitivo &tex;). Los
+autores &latex; deben alcanzar primero el comando <literal>\makebox</literal>
+para obtener efectos de <literal>\hss</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Aquí, el <literal>\hss</literal> de la primera línea hace que la Z sobresalga
+hacia la derecha, sobrescribiendo la Y. En la segunda línea, la Z
+sobresale a la izquierda, sobrescribiendo la X.
+</para>
+<screen>X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
+X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y
+</screen>
+<para>Sin el <literal>\hss</literal> obtienes algo como &#8216;<literal>Sobrecarga \hbox
+(6.11111pt demasiado ancho) detectado en la línea 20</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.4" id="_005cAT">
+<sect1 label="19.5" id="_005cspacefactor">
+<title><literal>\spacefactor</literal></title>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\spacefactor=<replaceable>integer</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\spacefactor</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Influye en el comportamiento de estiramiento y contracción del
+pegamento de &latex;. La mayoría a nivel de usuario los documentos
+no utilizan este comando.
+</para>
+<para>Mientras &latex; está estilizando el material, puedes estirar o
+encoger los espacios entre palabras. (Este espacio no es un carácter;
+se llama el <firstterm>pegamento entre palabras</firstterm>; véase <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>). El
+comando <literal>\spacefactor</literal> (de &tex;&#160;simple) te permite, por
+ejemplo, hacer que el espacio después de un punto se extienda más que
+el espacio después de una letra de final de palabra.
+</para>
+<para>Después de que &latex; coloca cada carácter, regla u otro cuadro,
+establece un parámetro llamado <firstterm>factor de espacio</firstterm>. Si lo
+siguiente en la entrada es un espacio, entonces este parámetro afecta
+cuánto se puede estirar o encoger. Un factor de espacio que es mayor
+que el valor normal significa que el pegamento se puede estirar más y
+encoger menos. Normalmente, el espacio factor es 1000. Este valor
+está en efecto después de la mayoría de los caracteres, y cualquier
+cuadro que no sea de caracteres o fórmula matemática. Pero es 3000
+después de un punto, signo de exclamación o signo de interrogación, es
+2000 después de dos puntos, 1500 después un punto y coma, 1250 después
+de una coma y 0 después de un paréntesis derecho o paréntesis,
+comillas dobles de cierre o comillas simples. Finalmente, es 999
+después de una letra mayúscula.
+</para>
+<para>Si el factor espacio&#160;<replaceable>f</replaceable> es 1000, entonces el espacio de
+pegamento será el valor del espacio normal de la letra (para Computer
+Modern Roman 10 puntos esto es 3.3333&#160;puntos). De lo contrario,
+si el factor de espacio <replaceable>f</replaceable> es mayor de 2000, entonces &tex;
+agrega el valor de espacio extra de la letra (para Computer Modern
+Roman 10 point esto es 1.11111&#160;points), y entonces la letra el
+valor de estiramiento normal se multiplica por <inlineequation><mathphrase>f /1000</mathphrase></inlineequation> y el
+valor normal el valor de contracción se multiplica por <inlineequation><mathphrase>1000/f</mathphrase></inlineequation>
+(para Computer Modern Roman 10 puntos, estos son 1.66666 y
+1.11111&#160;puntos).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, considera el punto que termina <literal>El mejor amigo de un
+hombre es su perro.</literal> Después de eso, &tex; pone un espacio extra
+fijo, y también permite que el pegamento para estirar 3 veces más y
+encoger 1/3 más, que el pegamento después de <literal>amigo</literal>, que no
+termina en un punto.
+</para>
+<para>Las reglas para los factores espaciales son aún más complejas porque
+juegan papeles adicionales. En la práctica, hay dos consecuencias.
+Primero, si un punto u otro signo de puntuación está seguido por un
+paréntesis derecho o corchete, o comillas simples o dobles a la
+derecha, entonces el efecto de espaciado de ese período lleva a través
+de esos caracteres (es decir, el pegamento siguiente habrá aumentado
+el estiramiento y la contracción). Segundo, si la puntuación viene
+después de una letra mayúscula, entonces su efecto no está en su lugar
+por lo que obtienes un espacio ordinario. Este segundo caso también
+afecta a las abreviaturas que no terminen en mayúscula (véase <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Solo puedes usar <literal>\spacefactor</literal> en modo párrafo o modo LR
+(véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). Puedes ver el valor actual con
+<literal>\the\spacefactor</literal> o <literal>\showthe\spacefactor</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>(Comentario, no realmente relacionado con <literal>\spacefactor</literal>: si
+obtienes errores como &#8216;<literal>No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo
+vertical</literal>&#8217;, o &#8216;<literal>No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo matemático.</literal>&#8217;,
+o &#8216;<literal>Impropio \spacefactor</literal>&#8217; entonces probablemente hayas intentado
+redefinir un comando interno. Véase <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</link>).
+</para>
+
+
+
+<sect2 label="19.5.1" id="_005c_0040">
<title><literal>\@</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>arroba</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto, final de oración</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto, final de abreviatura</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto, espaciado después</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cAT"/><!-- nombre antiguo -->
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\@</literal> hace que el siguiente carácter de puntuación
-final una declaración incluso si normalmente no es así. Esto se suele
-utilizar después de una letra mayúscula. Aquí están lado a lado
-ejemplos con y sin <literal>\@</literal>:
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>&#8230; en C\@. Pascal, aunque &#8230;
-&#8230; en C. Pascal, aunque &#8230;
+<screen><replaceable>capital-letter</replaceable>\@.
</screen>
-<para>produce
+<para>Trata un punto como final de oración, donde &latex; de lo contrario
+pensaría que es parte de una abreviatura. &latex; piensa que un
+punto termina una abreviatura si el punto va después de una letra
+mayúscula, y en caso contrario piensa que el punto termina la oración.
+De manera predeterminada, al justificar una línea &latex; ajusta el
+espacio después de un punto final de oración (o un signo de pregunta,
+de exclamación, coma o dos puntos) más de lo que ajusta el espacio
+entre palabras (véase <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra los dos casos para recordar.
+</para>
+<screen>Las canciones \textit{Guitarra roja}, etc.\ son de Loudon
+Wainwright~III\@.
+</screen>
+<para>El segundo punto termina la oración, a pesar de que está precedido por
+una mayúscula. Le decimos a &latex; que termina la oración poniendo
+<literal>\@</literal> antes. El primer punto termina la abreviatura &#8216;<literal>etc.</literal>&#8217;
+pero no la oración. El espacio de barra invertida, <literal>\ </literal>, produce
+un espacio en la mitad de la oración.
+</para>
+<para>Entonces: si tienes una letra mayúscula seguida de un punto que
+termina la oración, entonces coloca <literal>\@</literal> antes del punto. Esto
+se mantiene incluso si hay un paréntesis o corchete derecho
+intermedio, o derecho simple o comillas dobles, porque el efecto de
+espaciado de ese período continúa esos caracteres. Por ejemplo, este
+</para>
+<screen>Usa la \textit{Guía de Prácticas de Instrucción}, (un libro de la
+MAA)\@.
+</screen>
+<para>tendrá el espaciado correcto entre oraciones después del punto.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\@</literal> es solo para un modo de texto. Si lo usas fuera
+de un modo de texto, entonces obtienes &#8216;<literal>No puedes usar
+`\spacefactor' en modo vertical</literal>&#8217; (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>).
</para>
-<!-- Texinfo lo hace de manera diferente, pero el resultado es el mismo. -->
-<blockquote><para>&#8230; en C. Pascal, aunque &#8230;
-&#8230; en C. Pascal, aunque &#8230;
-</para></blockquote>
+<para>Comentario: el caso inverso es un punto que termina una abreviatura
+cuya última letra no es una letra mayúscula, y esa abreviatura no es
+la última palabra en la oración. Para ese caso sigue el punto con una
+barra invertida, (<literal>\ </literal>), o una tie, (<literal>~</literal>), o <literal>\@</literal>.
+Algunos ejemplos son <literal>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</literal> y <literal>Mr.~Bean</literal>, y
+<literal>(manure, etc.\@) a la venta</literal> (nótese en la última que la
+<literal>\@</literal> viene antes del paréntesis de cierre).
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="19.5.2" id="_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing">
+<title><literal>\frenchspacing</literal> y <literal>\nonfrenchspacing</literal></title>
+<anchor id="_005cfrenchspacing"/><!-- nombre de nodo antiguo -->
+
+<anchor id="_005cnonfrenchspacing"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frenchspacing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nonfrenchspacing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espaciado, entre oraciones</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\frenchspacing
+\nonfrenchspacing
+</screen>
+<para>La primera declaración hace que &latex; maneje el espacio entre
+oraciones de la misma manera que el espaciado entre palabras en medio
+de una frase. El segundo vuelve al manejo predeterminado en el que el
+espacio entre oraciones se estira o se encoge más
+(véase <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Algunas tradiciones tipográficas, incluido el inglés, prefieren
+ajustar el espacio entre oraciones (o espacios después de un signo de
+interrogación, signo de exclamación, coma o dos puntos) más que el
+espacio entre palabras que están en medio de una oración. Declarando
+<literal>\frenchspacing</literal> (el comando es de &tex;) simple cambia a la
+tradición de que todos los espacios son tratados por igual.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="19.5.3" id="_005cnormalsfcodes">
+<title><literal>\normalsfcodes</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalsfcodes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espaciado, entre oraciones</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\normalsfcodes
+</screen>
+<para>Restablece los factores de espacio de &latex; a los valores
+predeterminados (véase <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>).
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.5" id="_005cthinspace">
-<title><literal>\thinspace</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinspace</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="19.6" id="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">
+<title>Barra invertida-espacio, <literal>\ </literal></title>
-<para><literal>\thinspace</literal> produce un espacio inviolable e inextensible que es de
-un 1/6 de em. Este es el espacio adecuado para su uso en citas
-anidadas, como en &#8217;&#8221;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\<keycap>NEWLINE</keycap></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\<keycap>SPACE</keycap></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\<keycap>TAB</keycap></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ <!-- /@w --> (backslash-space)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\<keycap>SPACE</keycap></primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Esta sección se refiere al comando que consta de dos caracteres, una
+barra invertida seguida de un espacio.
+Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\ <!-- /@w -->
+</screen>
+<para>Produce un espacio. De manera predeterminada produce espacios en
+blanco de longitud 3.33333pt más 1.66666pt menos
+1.11111pt.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando escribes uno o más espacios en blanco entre palabras, &latex;
+produce espacio blanco. Pero eso es diferente a un espacio explícito.
+Esto ilustra.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{rl}
+Un espacio en blanco:&amp; hace algo de espacio \\
+Tres espacios en blanco:&amp; en un renglón \\
+Tres espacios:&amp;\ \ \ en un renglón \\
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>En la primera línea, &latex; pone algo de espacio después de los dos
+puntos. Sobre la segunda línea &latex; colapsa los tres espacios en
+blanco para generar un espacio en blanco, por lo que termina con el
+mismo espacio después de los dos puntos como en la primera linea.
+&latex; los colapsaría de manera similar en un solo espacio en blanco
+si uno, dos o los tres espacios en blanco fueron reemplazados por una
+tabulación, o por una nueva línea. Sin embargo, la línea inferior
+pide tres espacios para que el área blanca sea más ancha. Es decir,
+el comando barra invertida-espacio crea una cantidad fija de espacio
+horizontal. (Ten en cuenta que puedes definir un espacio horizontal
+de cualquier ancho con <literal>\hspace</literal>; <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando barra-inversa-espacio tiene dos usos principales. A menudo
+se usa después de secuencias de control para evitar que se traguen el
+espacio en blanco que sigue, como después de <literal>\TeX</literal> en
+<literal>\TeX\ (o \LaTeX)</literal>. (Pero usar llaves tiene la ventaja de seguir
+funcionando si el siguiente carácter es un espacio en blanco o
+cualquier otra no letra, como en <literal>\TeX{} (o \LaTeX{})</literal> en la
+que <literal>{}</literal> se puede agregar después de <literal>\LaTeX</literal> así como
+después de <literal>\TeX</literal>). El otro uso común es que marca un punto como
+final de una abreviatura en lugar de terminar una oración, como en
+<literal>Prof.\ Smith</literal> o <literal>Jones et al.\ (1993)</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>).
+</para>
+<para>En circunstancias normales, <literal>\</literal><keycap>TAB</keycap> y <literal>\</literal><keycap>NEWLINE</keycap>
+son equivalentes a la barra invertida-espacio, <literal>\ </literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="Espacios-en-blanco-iniciales"/><para>Ten en cuenta también que para
+permitir la sangría del código fuente, en circunstancias normales,
+&tex; ignora los espacios en blanco iniciales en una línea. Entonces
+el siguiente imprime &#8216;<literal>una palabra</literal>&#8217;:
+</para>
+<screen>una
+ palabra
+</screen>
+<para>donde el espacio en blanco entre &#8216;<literal>una</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>palabra</literal>&#8217; es
+producido por la nueva línea después de &#8216;<literal>una</literal>&#8217;, no por el espacio
+antes de &#8216;<literal>palabra</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
+<!-- @PkgIndex{xspace} Algunos comandos individuales, en particular los -->
+<!-- definidos con @package{xspace}, el paquete no sigue el -->
+<!-- comportamiento estándar. -->
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="19.7" id="_007e">
+<title><literal>~</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>~</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tie</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio, irrompible</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio duro</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio irrompible</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>NBSP</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen><replaceable>before</replaceable>~<replaceable>after</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>El carácter <firstterm>tie</firstterm>, <literal>~</literal>, genera un espacio entre <replaceable>before</replaceable>
+y <replaceable>after</replaceable> en el que la línea no se romperá. De manera
+predeterminada el espacio en blanco tiene una longitud de
+3.33333pt más 1.66666pt menos 1.11111pt
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
+</para>
+<!-- Este párrafo no está traducido al francés, ya que la traducción al -->
+<!-- francés usa un término que significa ``irrompible''. -->
+<para>Ten en cuenta que la palabra &#8216;<literal>tie</literal>&#8217; tiene este significado en la
+comunidad &tex;/Texinfo; esto difiere del término tipográfico
+&#8220;tie&#8221;, que es un diacrítico en forma de arco, llamado acento de
+&#8220;lazo-después&#8221; en <citetitle>El libro &tex;</citetitle>.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí &latex; no romperá la línea entre las dos últimas palabras:
+</para>
+<screen>Gracias al Prof.~Lerman.
+</screen>
+<para>Además, a pesar del punto, &latex; no usa el espaciado al final de la
+oración (véase <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Los lazos evitan la separación de cosas al final de la línea donde eso
+podría causar confusión. También todavía permiten la separación
+silábica (de cualquiera de las palabras ligadas), por lo que
+generalmente son preferibles a poner palabras consecutivas en un
+<literal>\mbox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</link>).
+</para>
+<para>También son cuestión de gusto, a veces alarmantemente dogmáticos,
+entre los lectores. Sin embargo, aquí hay algunos modelos de uso,
+muchos de ellos de <citetitle>El libro de &tex;</citetitle>.
+</para>
+<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Entre una etiqueta de enumerador y un número, como en las referencias:
+<literal>Capítulo~12</literal>, o <literal>Teorema~\ref{th:Wilsons}</literal>, o
+<literal>Figura~\ref{fig:KGraph}</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Cuando los casos se enumeran en línea: <literal>(b)~Muestra que $f(x)$ es
+(1)~continuo, y (2)~acotado</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>siunitx</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>siunitx</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+</listitem><listitem><para>Entre un número y su unidad: <literal>$745.7.8$~watts</literal> (El paquete
+<literal>siunitx</literal> tiene una función especial para esto) o
+<literal>144~eggs</literal>. Esto incluye entre un número de mes y día en una
+fecha: <literal>Octubre~12</literal> o <literal>12~Oct</literal>. En general, en cualquier
+expresión donde números y abreviaturas o símbolos están separados por
+un espacio: <literal>AD~565</literal>, o <literal>2:50~pm</literal>, o <literal>Boeing~747</literal>, o
+<literal>268~Camino de las llanuras</literal>, o <literal>\$$1.4$~billón</literal>. Otras
+opciones comunes aquí son un espacio delgado (véase <link linkend="_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y
+\negthinspace</link>) y no hay espacio en absoluto.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Cuando las frases matemáticas se traducen en palabras:
+<literal>equals~$n$</literal>, o <literal>menor que~$\epsilon$</literal>, o <literal>dado~$X$</literal>, o
+<literal>módulo~$p^e$ para todos los ~$n$</literal> grandes (pero compara
+<literal>es~$15$</literal> con <literal>es $15$~veces la altura</literal>). Entre símbolos
+matemáticos en aposición con sustantivos: <literal>dimensión~$d$</literal> o
+<literal>función~$f(x)$</literal> (pero compara <literal>con longitud $l$~o
+más</literal>). Cuando un símbolo es un objeto fuertemente ligado de una
+preposición: <literal>de~$x$</literal>, o <literal>de $0$ a~$1$</literal>, o <literal>en común
+con ~$m$</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Entre símbolos en serie: <literal>$1$,~$2$, o~$3$</literal> o <literal>$1$,~$2$,
+\ldots,~$n$</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Entre los nombres de pila de una persona y entre varios apellidos:
+<literal>Donald~E. Knuth</literal>, o <literal>Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo</literal>, o
+<literal>Charles~XII</literal>&#8212;pero debes darle a &tex; lugares para romper la
+línea así que podrías hacer <literal>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la
+Vall\'ee~Poussin</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></itemizedlist>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="19.8" id="_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">
+<title><literal>\thinspace</literal> y <literal>\negthinspace</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cthinspace"/><anchor id="_005cnegthinspace"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negthinspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio delgado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio, delgado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio delgado, negativo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio, negativo delgado</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\thinspace
+\negthinspace
+</screen>
+<para>Estos producen espacios irrompibles e inextensibles de 1/6em y
+-1/6em, respectivamente. Estos son los equivalentes en modo
+texto de <literal>\,</literal> y <literal>\!</literal> (véase <link linkend="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico_002f_005cthinspace">Espaciado en modo
+matemático/\thinspace</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar <literal>\,</literal> como sinónimo de <literal>\thinspace</literal> en modo
+texto.
+</para>
+<para>Un uso común de <literal>\thinspace</literal> es como el espacio entre comillas
+anidadas:
+</para>
+<screen>Killick respondió: &quot;Escuché al capitán decir: 'Ahoy allí.'\thinspace&quot;
+</screen>
+<para>Otro uso es que algunas guías de estilo requieren un <literal>\thinspace</literal>
+entre una elipsis y un punto final de oración (otras guías de estilo,
+creo que los tres puntos y/o los cuatro puntos son suficientes). Otro
+uso específico del estilo es entre iniciales, como en
+<literal>D.\thinspace E.\Knuth</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; proporciona una variedad de comandos de
+espaciado similares para el modo matemático (véase <link linkend="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo
+matemático</link>). Con el paquete <literal>amsmath</literal>, o como de la versión
+2020-10-01 &latex;, se pueden usar en modo texto así como el modo
+matemático, incluido <literal>\!</literal> para <literal>\negthinspace</literal>; pero de lo
+contrario, solo están disponibles en el modo matemático.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.6" id="_005c_002f">
+<sect1 label="19.9" id="_005c_002f">
<title><literal>\/</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\/</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>corrección en cursiva</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\/</literal> produce una <firstterm>corrección en cursiva</firstterm>. Este
-es un pequeño espacio definido por el diseñador de tipografías para un
-carácter determinado, para evitar chocar con el carácter que lo sigue.
-El carácter en cursiva <emphasis>f</emphasis> típicamente tiene un valor de corrección en
-cursiva grande.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Si el siguiente carácter es un punto o una coma, no es necesario
-insertar una corrección en cursiva, dado que estos símbolos tienen una
-puntuación de muy poca altura. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos
-puntos, así como letras normales, puede ayudar. Compare
-<emphasis>f: f;</emphasis> (en la salida &tex;, las &#8216;f&#8217;s están separadas correctamente)
-con <emphasis>f: f;</emphasis>.
+<screen><replaceable>before-character</replaceable>\/<replaceable>after-character</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Inserta una <firstterm>corrección en cursiva</firstterm>, un pequeño espacio definido
+por el diseñador de letra para cada carácter (posiblemente cero), para
+evitar el carácter chocando con lo que sigue. Cuando usas <literal>\/</literal>,
+&latex; toma la corrección del archivo métrico de la fuente, la
+escala por cualquier escala que se ha aplicado a la fuente, y luego
+inserta esa cantidad de espacio horizontal.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí, si no fuera por la <literal>\/</literal>, el <replaceable>before-character</replaceable>
+cursiva&#160;f golpearía el <replaceable>after-character</replaceable> roman&#160;H
</para>
-<para>A pesar del nombre, los caracteres latinos también pueden tener una
-corrección en cursiva. Compare
-pdf&tex; (en la &tex; salida, hay un pequeño espacio después de la
-&#8216;f&#8217;)
-con pdf&tex;.
+<screen>\newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}
+</screen>
+<para>porque la letra cursiva f se inclina mucho hacia la derecha.
+</para>
+<para>Si <replaceable>after-character</replaceable> es un punto o una coma, no insertes una
+corrección en cursiva ya que esos símbolos de puntuación son tan bajos
+para la línea base ya. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos puntos,
+así como con letras normales, la corrección en cursiva puede
+ayudar. Se usa normalmente entre un cambio de fuentes cursivas o
+inclinadas a una fuente vertical.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando usas comandos como <literal>\emph</literal> y <literal>\textit</literal> y
+<literal>\textsl</literal> para cambiar las fuentes, &latex; inserta
+automáticamente la corrección en cursiva cuando sea necesario
+(véase <link linkend="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</link>). Sin embargo, declaraciones como
+<literal>\em</literal> e <literal>\itshape</literal> y <literal>\slshape</literal> no inserta
+automáticamente correcciones en cursiva.
+</para>
+<para>Los caracteres verticales también pueden tener una corrección en
+cursiva. Un ejemplo donde se necesita es el nombre
+<literal>pdf\/\TeX</literal>. Sin embargo, la mayoría de los caracteres verticales
+tienen una corrección de cursiva cero. Algunos creadores de fuentes no
+incluyen valores de corrección de cursiva ni siquiera para fuentes en
+cursiva.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontdimen1</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dimensión de fuente, inclinación</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Técnicamente, &latex; usa otro valor específico de fuente, el llamado
+<firstterm>parámetro inclinado</firstterm> (es decir, <literal>\fontdimen1</literal>), para
+determinar si posiblemente insertar una corrección en cursiva, en
+lugar de vincular la acción a comandos de fuente particulares.
+</para>
+<para>No existe el concepto de corrección de cursiva en el modo matemático;
+el espaciado matemático está hecho de una manera diferente.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.7" id="_005chrulefill">
-<title><literal>\hrulefill</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hrulefill</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="19.10" id="_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill">
+<title><literal>\hrulefill</literal> y <literal>\dotfill</literal></title>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\hrulefill</literal> produce un &#8220;relleno de longitud&#8221; el
-cual se puede estrechar o estirar horizontalmente. Este se llenará con
-una regla horizontal.
+<anchor id="_005chrulefill"/><anchor id="_005cdotfill"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hrulefill</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotfill</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\hrulefill
+\dotfill
+</screen>
+<para>Produce una longitud elástica horizontal infinita (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>)
+que &latex; se rellena con una regla (es decir, una línea) o con
+puntos, en lugar de espacio en blanco.
+</para>
+<para>Esto genera una línea de 2 pulgadas de largo.
+</para>
+<screen>Nombre:~\makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}
+</screen>
+<para>Este ejemplo, cuando se coloca entre líneas en blanco, crea un párrafo
+que está justificado a la izquierda y a la derecha y donde el medio
+está lleno de manera uniforme de puntos espaciados.
+</para>
+<screen>\noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge
+</screen>
+<para>Para hacer que la regla o los puntos vayan al final de la línea, usa
+<literal>\null</literal> al comenzar o terminar.
+</para>
+<para>Para cambiar el grosor de la regla, copia la definición y ajústala,
+como aquí
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
+</screen>
+<para>que cambia el grosor predeterminado de 0.4pt a 1pt. Del
+mismo modo, ajusta el espacio entre puntos como con
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
+</screen>
+<para>que cambia la longitud predeterminada de 0.33em a 1.00em.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo produce una línea para una firma.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{minipage}{4cm}
+ \centering
+ \hrulefill\\
+ Firmado
+\end{minipage}
+</screen>
+<para>La línea mide 4cm de largo.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.8" id="_005cdotfill">
-<title><literal>\dotfill</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="19.11" id="_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">
+<title><literal>\bigskip</literal>, <literal>\medskip</literal> y <literal>\smallskip</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotfill</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cbigskip"/><anchor id="_005cmedskip"/><anchor id="_005csmallskip"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\bigskip
+\medskip
+\smallskip
+</screen>
+<para>Produce una cantidad de espacio vertical, grande, mediano o
+pequeño. Estos comandos son frágiles (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Aquí el salto sugiere el paso del tiempo (de <emphasis>El océano dorado</emphasis> por
+O&#8217;Brian).
+</para>
+<screen>El señor Saumarez tendría algo grosero que decirle, sin duda: él
+estaba en casa de nuevo, y era una delicia.
+
+\bigskip
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\dotfill</literal> produce un &#8220;relleno de longitud&#8221; la
-cual se rellena con puntos en lugar de sólo espacios en blanco.
+``Ciento cincuenta y siete millas y un tercio, en veinticuatro horas&quot;,
+dijo Pedro.
+</screen>
+<para>Cada comando está asociado a una longitud definida en el archivo de la clase
+documento.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="bigskip"/><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigskip</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskipamount</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Lo mismo que <literal>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</literal>, normalmente alrededor
+de una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción. El valor
+predeterminado para el <literal>libro</literal> y las clases de <literal>article</literal> son
+<literal>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="medskip"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\medskip</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskipamount</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Lo mismo que <literal>\vspace{\medskipamount}</literal>, normalmente alrededor
+de la mitad de una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción.
+El valor predeterminado para las clases <literal>book</literal> y <literal>article</literal>
+son <literal>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="smallskip"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\smallskip</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskipamount</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Lo mismo que <literal>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</literal>, normalmente sobre un
+espacio de un cuarto de línea, con estiramiento y contracción. El
+valor predeterminado para las clases <literal>book</literal> y <literal>article</literal> son
+<literal>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Debido a que cada comando es un <literal>\vspace</literal>, si lo usas en medio
+del párrafo entonces insertará su espacio vertical entre la línea en
+la que lo usas y la siguiente línea, no necesariamente en el lugar
+donde lo usas. Así que estos son mejores entre párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos <literal>\bigbreak</literal>, <literal>\medbreak</literal> y <literal>\smallbreak</literal>
+son similares pero también sugieren a &latex; que este es un buen
+lugar para poner un salto de página (véase <link linkend="_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak - \medbreak y
+\smallbreak</link>.
</para>
-<!-- xx deshacer -->
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.9" id="_005caddvspace">
-<title><literal>\addvspace</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addvspace</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio vertical</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio vertical, insertando</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="19.12" id="_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak">
+<title><literal>\bigbreak</literal>, <literal>\medbreak</literal> y <literal>\smallbreak</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cbigbreak"/><anchor id="_005cmedbreak"/><anchor id="_005csmallbreak"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigbreak</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medbreak</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallbreak</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\addvspace{longitud}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\addvspace</literal> normalmente añade un espacio vertical
-de altura longitud. Sin embargo, si el espacio vertical ya se ha
-añadido al mismo punto en la salida por medio de una instrucción
-<literal>\addvspace</literal> anterior, esta instrucción no añade más espacio que el
-necesario para hacer que la longitud natural del espacio vertical total
-equivalente a <literal>longitud</literal>.
+<screen>\bigbreak
+\medbreak
+\smallbreak
+</screen>
+<para>Produce un espacio vertical que sea grande o mediano o pequeño, y
+sugiere a &latex; que este es un buen lugar para romper la página.
+(Las sanciones asociadas son &#8722;200, &#8722;100 y &#8722;50)
+respectivamente.
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</link>, para más. Estos comandos
+producen el mismo espacio vertical pero difieren en que también
+eliminan un espacio vertical precedente si es menor que lo que
+insertarías (como con <literal>\addvspace</literal>). Además, terminan un párrafo
+donde se usan: este ejemplo
+</para>
+<screen>abc\bigbreak def ghi
+
+jkl mno pqr
+</screen>
+<para>generará tres párrafos, el primero que termina en &#8216;<literal>abc</literal>&#8217; y el
+segundo comienza, después de un espacio vertical adicional y una
+sangría de párrafo, con &#8216;<literal>def</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.10" id="_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">
-<title><literal>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="19.13" id="_005cstrut">
+<title><literal>\strut</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\strut</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>strut</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Estas instrucciones producen una determinada cantidad de espacio.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigskip</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskipamount</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Al igual que <literal>\vspace{bigskipamount}</literal>, normalmente alrededor de
-un espacio de línea (con estirar y encoger).
+<screen>\strut
+</screen>
+<para>Asegúrate de que la línea actual tenga una altura de al menos
+<literal>0.7\baselineskip</literal> y profundidad al menos de
+<literal>0.3\baselineskip</literal>. Esencialmente, &latex; inserta en la línea
+un rectángulo de ancho cero,
+<literal>\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005crule">\rule</link>). El <literal>\baselineskip</literal> cambia con la fuente o
+tamaño de fuente actual.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, <literal>\strut</literal> mantiene la caja dentro del marco de
+tener altura cero.
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}
+</screen>
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene cuatro listas. En el primero hay una brecha mucho
+mayor. entre los elementos 2 y&#160;3 que entre los elementos 1
+y&#160;2. La segunda lista corrige eso con un <literal>\strut</literal> al final
+de su primer elemento de la segunda línea.
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
+\noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}
+ \item test
+ \item test
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}%
+\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}
+ \item test
+ \item test
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}%
+\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}%
+\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}%
+</screen>
+<para>Las dos listas finales usan <literal>\fbox</literal> para mostrar lo que está
+sucediendo. El primer elemento <literal>\parbox</literal> de la tercera lista va
+solo al final de su segundo &#8216;<literal>test</literal>&#8217;, que sucede que no tiene
+ningún carácter que descender por debajo de la línea base. La cuarta
+lista agrega el puntal que da el espacio adicional necesario debajo de
+la línea base.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>TikZ</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>TikZ</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>Asymptote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Asymptote</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El comando <literal>\strut</literal> suele
+ser útil en gráficos, como en <literal>TikZ</literal> o <literal>Asymptote</literal>.
+Por ejemplo, puedes tener un comando como
+<literal>\graphnode{<replaceable>nombre-nodo</replaceable>}</literal> que se ajusta a un círculo
+alrededor de <replaceable>nombre-nodo</replaceable>. Sin embargo, a menos que tengas
+cuidado con el <replaceable>nombre-nodo</replaceable> &#8216;<literal>x</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>y</literal>&#8217; producirán
+círculos de diferentes diámetros porque los caracteres son de
+diferentes tamaños. Un <literal>\graphnode</literal> cuidadoso podría insertar
+<literal>\strut</literal>, entonces <replaceable>nombre-nodo</replaceable> y luego dibujar el círculo.
+</para>
+<para>El enfoque general de usar un <literal>\rule</literal> ancho cero es útil en
+muchas circunstancias. En esta tabla, la regla de ancho cero mantiene
+la parte superior de la primera integral de golpear el <literal>\hline</literal>.
+Del mismo modo, la segunda regla evita que la segunda integral
+coincida con la primera.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{rl}
+ \textsc{Integral} &amp;\textsc{Value} \\
+ \hline
+ $\int_0^x t\, dt$ &amp;$x^2/2$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex} \\
+ $\int_0^x t^2\, dt$ &amp;$x^3/3$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex}
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>(Aunque el comando de doble barra invertida de final de línea tiene un
+argumento opcional para cambiar el salto de línea base
+correspondiente, eso no resuelve este problema. Cambiar la primera
+barra invertida doble a algo como <literal>\\[2.5ex]</literal> pondrá más espacio
+entre la línea de encabezado y la regla <literal>\hline</literal>, y la integral
+seguiría cumpliendo la regla).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\medskip</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskipamount</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Al igual que <literal>\vspace{medskipamount}</literal>, normalmente cerca de la
-mitad del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="19.14" id="_005cvspace">
+<title><literal>\vspace</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio vertical</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio, vertical</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\smallskip</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskipamount</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Al igual que <literal>\vspace{smallskipamount}</literal>, normalmente alrededor de
-un cuarto del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+<screen>\vspace{<replaceable>length</replaceable>}
+\vspace*{<replaceable>length</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Agrega <replaceable>length</replaceable> al espacio vertical. <replaceable>length</replaceable> puede ser
+positivo, negativo o cero. Es una longitud elástica &#8212; puede
+contener un componente <literal>plus</literal> o <literal>minus</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Los parámetros <literal>\...cantidad</literal> están determinados por la clase de
-documento.
+<para>Esto pone espacio entre los dos párrafos.
</para>
+<screen>Y dormí.
+
+\vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex}
+El nuevo día amaneció frío.
+</screen>
+<para>(Véase <link linkend="_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</link>, para interpárrafo de
+espacios común).
+</para>
+<para>La forma <literal>*</literal> inserta un espacio vertical que no se puede
+descartar. Más precisamente, &latex; descarta el espacio vertical en
+un salto de página y la forma-<literal>*</literal> hace que el espacio permanezca.
+Este ejemplo deja espacio entre las dos preguntas.
+</para>
+<screen>Pregunta: Encuentra la integral de \( 5x^4+5 \).
+
+\vspace*{2cm más 0.5cm}
+Pregunta: Encuentra la derivada de \( x^5+5x+9 \).
+</screen>
+<para>Ese espacio estará presente incluso si el salto de página cae entre
+las preguntas.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas <literal>\vspace</literal> en medio de un párrafo (es decir, en modo
+horizontal), entonces el espacio se inserta después de la línea que
+contiene el comando <literal>\vspace</literal>; no comienza un nuevo párrafo en el
+comando <literal>\vspace</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, las dos preguntas estarán espaciadas verticalmente de
+manera uniforme en la página, con al menos una pulgada de espacio
+debajo de cada una.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{document}
+1) ¿Quién puso el bomp en el bomp bah bomp bah bomp?
+\vspace{1in plus 1fill}
+
+2) ¿Quién puso el carnero en la rama lama ding dong?
+\vspace{1in plus 1fill}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.11" id="_005cvfill">
+<sect1 label="19.15" id="_005cvfill">
<title><literal>\vfill</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vfill</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\vfill</literal> produce un relleno de longitud (pegado) el
-cual se puede reducir y estirar verticalmente tanto como sea necesario.
-Este es equivalente a <literal>\vspace{\fill}</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link>).
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estiramiento, infinito vertical</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>estiramiento vertical infinito</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<screen>\vfill
+</screen>
+<para>Finaliza el párrafo actual e inserta una longitud elástica vertical
+que sea infinita, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger tanto como sea
+necesario (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
+</para>
+<para>A menudo se usa de la misma manera que <literal>\vspace{\fill}</literal>,
+excepto que <literal>\vfill</literal> finaliza el párrafo actual mientras que
+<literal>\vspace{\fill}</literal> agrega el espacio vertical infinito debajo de
+su línea, independientemente de la estructura del párrafo. En ambos
+casos ese espacio desaparecerá en un perímetro de la página; para
+eludir esto, ve la opción destacada en&#160;<link linkend="_005cvspace">\vspace</link>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la página está llena, por lo que las líneas superior
+e inferior contienen el texto &#8216;<literal>¡Perro perdido!</literal>&#8217; y el segundo
+&#8216;<literal>¡Perro perdido!</literal>&#8217; es exactamente a medio camino entre ellos.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{document}
+¡Perro perdido!
+\vfill
+¡Perro perdido! % perfectamente en el medio
+\vfill
+¡Perro perdido!
+\end{document}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="20.12" id="_005cvspace">
-<title><literal>\vspace[*]{<replaceable>longitud</replaceable>}</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vspace</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="19.16" id="_005caddvspace">
+<title><literal>\addvspace</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addvspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio vertical</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espacio, insertar vertical</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\vspace[*]{<replaceable>longitud</replaceable>}
+<screen>\addvspace{<replaceable>vert-length</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\vspace</literal> añade el espacio vertical <replaceable>length</replaceable>, es
-decir, un relleno de longitud. <replaceable>longitud</replaceable> puede ser positivo o
-negativo.
+<para>Agrega un espacio vertical de <replaceable>vert-length</replaceable>. Sin embargo, si hay
+dos o más <literal>\addvspace</literal> en una secuencia y luego juntos solo
+agregan el espacio necesario para que la longitud natural sea igual al
+máximo de la <replaceable>vert-length</replaceable> está en esa secuencia. Este comando es
+frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). El <replaceable>vert-length</replaceable> es una longitud
+elástica (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo ilustra. El <literal>picture</literal> dibuja una escala sobre la
+cual se colocan las reglas. En un artículo &latex; estándar, la
+longitud <literal>\baselineskip</literal> es 12pt. Como muestra la escala,
+las dos reglas están separadas por 22pt: la suma del
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> y el 10pt desde el primer
+<literal>\addvspace</literal>.
</para>
-<para>Normalmente, &latex; remueve el espacio vertical añadido por
-<literal>\vspace</literal> en la parte superior o inferior de una página. Con el
-argumento opcional <literal>*</literal>, no se elimina el espacio.
+<screen>\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{color}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{2pt}%
+\noindent\begin{picture}(0,0)%
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-1){25}{{\color{blue}\line(1,0){1}}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-5){6}{{\color{red}\line(1,0){2}}}
+\end{picture}%
+\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
+\par\addvspace{10pt}% \addvspace{20pt}%
+\par\noindent\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Ahora descomenta el segundo <literal>\addvspace</literal>. No hace la brecha
+20pt más; en cambio, la brecha es la suma de
+<literal>\baselineskip</literal> y 20pt. Entonces <literal>\addvspace</literal> en
+cierto sentido hace lo contrario de su nombre&#8212;se asegura de que
+múltiples espacios verticales no acumulan, sino que sólo se utiliza el
+más grande.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; usa este comando para ajustar el espacio vertical arriba o
+abajo de un entorno que comienza un nuevo párrafo. Por ejemplo, un
+entorno <literal>theorem</literal> comienza y termina con <literal>\addvspace</literal>, por
+lo que dos <literal>theorem</literal> consecutivos están separados por un espacio
+vertical, no dos.
+</para>
+<para>Un error &#8216;<literal>Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item</literal>&#8217; faltante que apunta a
+un <literal>\addvspace</literal> significa que no estabas en modo vertical cuando
+presionaste este comando. Una forma de cambiar eso es preceder a
+<literal>\addvspace</literal> con un comando <literal>\par</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cpar">\par</link>), como en
+el ejemplo anterior.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="21" id="Cajas">
+<chapter label="20" id="Cajas">
<title>Cajas</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cajas</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Todos los parámetros de longitud predeterminados (véase <link linkend="Longitudes-Predeterminadas">Longitudes
-Predeterminadas</link>) se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que generan cajas.
+<!-- xx Amplía los cuadros y pega, para xref de otro lugar. -->
+<para>En esencia, &latex; pone las cosas en cajas y luego pone las cajas en
+una página. Así que estos comandos son centrales.
</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>adjustbox</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>adjustbox</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que son útiles para
+manipular cajas. Un complemento útil para los comandos aquí es
+<literal>adjustbox</literal>.
+</para>
+
+<sect1 label="20.1" id="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">
+<title><literal>\mbox</literal> y <literal>\makebox</literal></title>
-<sect1 label="21.1" id="_005cmbox">
-<title><literal>\mbox{<replaceable>texto}</replaceable></literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mbox</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cmbox"/><anchor id="_005cmakebox"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mbox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makebox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caja</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hace una caja</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>separación silábica, prevenir</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>división silábica, impidiendo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\mbox</literal> crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el texto creado por sus argumentos. El <replaceable>texto</replaceable> no se
-separa en líneas, por lo tanto este se puede utilizar para prevenir la
-separación silábica.
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\mbox{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\makebox{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\makebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\makebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>][<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Crea una caja, un contenedor para el material. El <replaceable>text</replaceable> está
+escrito en modo LR (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>) para que no se divida en líneas.
+El comando <literal>\mbox</literal> es robusto, mientras que <literal>\makebox</literal> es
+frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Debido a que <literal>text</literal> no se divide en líneas, puedes usar
+<literal>\mbox</literal> para evitar la separación silábica. En este ejemplo,
+&latex; no dividirá con guiones el nombre del tanque, &#8216;<literal>T-34</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>El tanque soviético \mbox{T-34} es un símbolo de victoria contra el
+nazismo.
+</screen>
+<para>Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran, <literal>\mbox</literal> y
+<literal>\makebox</literal>, son más o menos iguales. Crean una caja apenas lo
+suficientemente ancha para contener el <replaceable>text</replaceable>o. (Son como simples
+<literal>\hbox</literal> de &tex;).
+</para>
+<para>En la tercera versión, el argumento opcional <replaceable>width</replaceable> especifica el
+ancho de la caja. Ten en cuenta que el espacio ocupado por el texto
+no necesita igualar el ancho de la caja. Por un lado, <replaceable>text</replaceable>
+puede ser demasiado pequeño; esto crea un cuadro de línea completa
+</para>
+<screen>\makebox[\linewidth]{Examen del capítulo}
+</screen>
+<para>con &#8216;<literal>Examen del capítulo</literal>&#8217; centrado. Pero <replaceable>text</replaceable> también
+puede ser demasiado ancho para <replaceable>width</replaceable>. Ve el siguiente ejemplo
+de cuadros de ancho cero.
+</para>
+<anchor id="mbox-makebox-depth"/><anchor id="mbox-makebox-height"/><anchor id="mbox-makebox-width"/><anchor id="mbox-makebox-totalheight"/><para>En el argumento
+<replaceable>width</replaceable> puedes usar las siguientes longitudes que se refieren a la
+dimensión de la caja que obtiene &latex; al componer <replaceable>text</replaceable>:
+<literal>\depth</literal>, <literal>\height</literal>, <literal>\width</literal>, <literal>\totalheight</literal>
+(esta es la altura de la caja más su profundidad). Por ejemplo, para
+hacer un cuadro con el texto estirado para duplicar el tamaño natural
+se puede decir esto.
+</para>
+<screen>\makebox[2\width]{Obtener una camilla}
+</screen>
+<para>Para la cuarta versión de la sinopsis del comando, el argumento
+opcional <replaceable>position</replaceable> da la posición del texto dentro del
+cuadro. Puede tomar los siguientes valores:
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>El <replaceable>text</replaceable> está centrado (predeterminado).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>El <replaceable>text</replaceable> está alineado a la izquierda.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Flujo a la derecha.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal>
+</term><listitem><!-- xx TODO agrega un nodo genérico para aclarar que alguna declaración -->
+<!-- puede no ser cierto para alguna internacionalización o algún -->
+<!-- script. P. ej. en árabe script o con paquete de microtipo creo que -->
+<!-- el estirar también juega en ancho de palabra -->
+<para>Estira el espacio entre palabras en <replaceable>text</replaceable> en todo el <replaceable>width</replaceable>.
+El <replaceable>text</replaceable> debe contener un espacio extensible para que esto
+funcione. Por ejemplo, esto podría encabezar un comunicado de prensa:
+<literal>\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil LIBERACIÓN\hfil
+INMEDIATA\hfil}</literal>
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Un uso común de <literal>\makebox</literal> es crear cuadros de texto de ancho
+cero. Esto pone el valor de las preguntas del cuestionario a la
+izquierda de esas preguntas.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
+\pts{10}¿Cuál es la velocidad en el aire de una golondrina sin carga?
+
+\pts{90}¿Una golondrina africana o europea?
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>TikZ</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>TikZ</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>Asymptote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Asymptote</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El borde derecho de la salida
+&#8216;<literal>10 puntos</literal>&#8217; (ten en cuenta el espacio final después de
+&#8216;<literal>puntos</literal>&#8217;) estará justo antes de &#8216;<literal>Cual</literal>&#8217;. Puedes usar
+<literal>\makebox</literal> de manera similar al hacer gráficos, como en
+<literal>TikZ</literal> o <literal>Asymptote</literal>, donde pones el borde del texto
+en una ubicación en un punto conocido, independientemente de la
+longitud de ese texto.
+</para>
+<para>Para cajas con marcos&#160;<link linkend="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</link>. Para
+colores&#160;<link linkend="Cuadros-de-colores">Cuadros de colores</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay una versión relacionada de <literal>\makebox</literal> que se usa dentro del
+entorno <literal>picture</literal>, donde la longitud se da en términos de
+<literal>\unitlength</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Puesto que <replaceable>text</replaceable> está escrito en modo LR, ni una barra invertida
+doble <literal>\\</literal> ni <literal>\par</literal> te darán una nueva línea; por ejemplo
+<literal>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</literal> genera &#8216;<literal>abc defghi</literal>&#8217; mientras
+<literal>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</literal> genera &#8216;<literal>abc def ghi</literal>&#8217;, ambos
+en una sola línea. Para obtener varias líneas, <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link>
+y&#160;<link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.2" id="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">
+<sect1 label="20.2" id="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">
<title><literal>\fbox</literal> y <literal>\framebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fbox</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cfbox"/><anchor id="_005cframebox"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fbox</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen>\fbox{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
-\framebox[<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>][<replaceable>posición</replaceable>]{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\fbox{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\framebox{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\framebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\framebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>][<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Las instrucciones <literal>\fbox</literal> y <literal>\framebox</literal> son como <literal>\mbox</literal>,
-excepto que estas ponen un marco al rededor del exterior de la caja que
-se está creando.
+<para>Crea un cuadro con un marco envolvente, cuatro reglas que rodean el
+<replaceable>text</replaceable>. Estos comandos son los mismos que <literal>\mbox</literal> y
+<literal>\makebox</literal> excepto para el marco (véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</link>). El
+comando <literal>\fbox</literal> es robusto, el comando <literal>\framebox</literal> es frágil
+(véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
</para>
-<para>Además, la instrucción <literal>\framebox</literal> permite especificar
-explícitamente la anchura de la caja con el argumento opcional
-<replaceable>width</replaceable> (una dimensión), y la posiciona con el argumento opcional
-<replaceable>posición</replaceable>. <!-- xx ref -->
+<screen>\fbox{¡Advertencia! No se muestra el trabajo, no se otorga crédito.}
+</screen>
+<para>&latex; pone el texto en un cuadro, el texto no se puede dividir
+silábicamente. Alrededor de esa caja, separadas de ella por un
+pequeño espacio, hay cuatro reglas que hacen un cuadro.
+</para>
+<para>Las dos primeras invocaciones de comandos, <literal>\fbox{...}</literal> y
+<literal>\framebox{...}</literal>, son más o menos iguales. En cuanto a la
+tercera y cuartas invocaciones, los argumentos opcionales te permiten
+especificar el ancho de la casilla como <replaceable>width</replaceable> y la posición del
+texto dentro de ese cuadro como <replaceable>position</replaceable>. Véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y
+\makebox</link>, para la descripción completa pero aquí hay un ejemplo de
+creación de un cuadro vacío de 1/4in de ancho.
+</para>
+<screen>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}
+</screen>
+<para>El <literal>\strut</literal> asegura una altura total de <literal>\baselineskip</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Estos parámetros determinan el diseño del marco.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="fbox-framebox-fboxrule"/><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm><literal>\fboxrule</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>marco, ancho de línea</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>Ancho de la regla de cuadro</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El grosor de las reglas alrededor de la caja cerrada. El valor
+predeterminado es 0.2pt. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<literal>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005csetlength">\setlength</link>).
+</para>
+<anchor id="fbox-framebox-fboxsep"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\fboxsep</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>marco, separación de contenido</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La distancia desde el marco hasta la caja cerrada. El valor
+predeterminado es 3pt. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<literal>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005csetlength">\setlength</link>).
+Establecerlo en 0pt es útil a veces: esto colocará un marco
+alrededor de la imagen sin borde blanco.
+</para>
+<screen>{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%
+ \framebox{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}}
+</screen>
+<para>Las llaves adicionales mantienen el efecto del <literal>\setlength</literal>
+local.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Ambas instrucciones producen una regla de espesor <literal>\fboxrule</literal>
-(predeterminado a &#8216;<literal>.4pt</literal>&#8217;), y dejan un espacio de <literal>\fboxsep</literal>
-(predeterminado a &#8216;<literal>3pt</literal>&#8217;) entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Al igual que con <literal>\mbox</literal> y <literal>\makebox</literal>, &latex; no romperá
+líneas en <replaceable>text</replaceable>. Pero este ejemplo tiene líneas de ruptura
+&latex; para hacer un párrafo, y luego encuadra el resultado.
+</para>
+<screen>\framebox{%
+ \begin{minipage}{0.6\linewidth}
+ Querida, aquí debemos correr lo más rápido que podamos, solo para
+ mantenernos en el lugar.
+ Y si deseas ir a donde debes correr el doble de rápido que eso.
+ \end{minipage}}
+</screen>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Cuadros-de-colores">Cuadros de colores</link>, para colores que no sean blanco y negro.
</para>
-<para>Véase <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</link>, para la instrucción <literal>\framebox</literal> en el
-entorno <literal>picture</literal>.
+<para>El entorno <literal>picture</literal> tiene una versión del comando
+<literal>\framebox</literal> donde las unidades dependen del <literal>\unitlength</literal> de
+<literal>picture</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</link>).
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="20.3" id="_005cparbox">
+<title><literal>\parbox</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parbox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modo paragraph</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph, en una caja</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\parbox{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}{<replaceable>contenido</replaceable>}
+\parbox[<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}{<replaceable>contenido</replaceable>}
+\parbox[<replaceable>position</replaceable>][<replaceable>height</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}{<replaceable>contenido</replaceable>}
+\parbox[<replaceable>position</replaceable>][<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}{<replaceable>contenido</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Produce un cuadro de texto de <replaceable>width</replaceable> de ancho. Usa este comando
+para hacer una caja de pequeños fragmentos de texto, de un solo
+párrafo. Este comando es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{picture}(0,0) ... \put(1,2){\parbox{1.75in}{\raggedright
+ Debido a que el gráfico es una línea en este artículo semilog, la
+ relación es exponencial.}} \end{picture}
+</screen>
+<para>El <replaceable>contenido</replaceable> se procesa en modo texto (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>) por lo que
+&latex; dividirá líneas para formar un párrafo. Pero no hará varios
+párrafos; para eso, usa un entorno <literal>minipage</literal> (véase <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Las opciones para <literal>\parbox</literal> (excepto <replaceable>contenido</replaceable>) son las
+mismas como las de <literal>minipage</literal>. Para mayor comodidad, un resumen
+de las opciones está aquí, pero <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link> para obtener una
+descripción completa.
+</para>
+<para>Hay dos argumentos necesarios. El <replaceable>width</replaceable> es una longitud rígida
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Establece el ancho del cuadro en el que
+&latex; compone <replaceable>contenido</replaceable>. <replaceable>contenido</replaceable> es el texto que se
+coloca en esa caja. No debe tener ningún componente de creación de
+párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Hay tres argumentos opcionales, <replaceable>position</replaceable>, <replaceable>height</replaceable> e
+<replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>. La <replaceable>position</replaceable> da la alineación vertical de la
+<firstterm>parbox</firstterm> con respecto al material circundante. Los valores
+apoyados son <literal>c</literal> o <literal>m</literal> para hacer que el centro vertical del
+parbox se alinea con el centro de la línea de texto adyacente (este es
+el predeterminado), o <literal>t</literal> para hacer coincidir la línea superior
+del parbox con la línea base del material circundante, o <literal>b</literal> para
+que coincida con la línea de fondo.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>height</replaceable> redefine la altura natural de la
+caja.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> controla la ubicación de
+<replaceable>content</replaceable> dentro del <literal>parbox</literal>. Su valor predeterminado es el
+valor de <replaceable>position</replaceable>. Sus posibles valores son: <literal>t</literal> para
+poner el <replaceable>content</replaceable> en la parte superior del cuadro, <literal>c</literal> para
+ponerlo en el centro vertical, <literal>b</literal> para colocarlo en la parte
+inferior del cuadro y <literal>s</literal> para estirarlo verticalmente (para
+ello, el texto debe contener espacio extensible verticalmente).
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="20.4" id="_005craisebox">
+<title><literal>\raisebox</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raisebox</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\raisebox{<replaceable>distance</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\raisebox{<replaceable>distance</replaceable>}[<replaceable>height</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\raisebox{<replaceable>distance</replaceable>}[<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>depth</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Sube o baja <replaceable>text</replaceable>. Este comando es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo hace un comando para denotar la restricción de una
+función bajando el símbolo de la barra vertical.
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/278631/121234 -->
+<screen>\newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}}
+$f\restricted{A}$
+</screen>
+<para>El primer argumento obligatorio <replaceable>distance</replaceable> especifica qué tan
+lejos subir el segundo argumento obligatorio <replaceable>text</replaceable>. Esta es una
+longitud rígida (véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). Si es negativo entonces baja
+<replaceable>text</replaceable>. El <replaceable>text</replaceable> se procesa en modo LR por lo que no puede
+contener saltos de línea (véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos opcionales <replaceable>height</replaceable> y <replaceable>depth</replaceable> son dimensiones.
+Si se especifican, redefinen la altura y profundidad natural de la
+caja, &latex; compone tipográficamente <replaceable>text</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="raisebox-depth"/><anchor id="raisebox-height"/><anchor id="raisebox-width"/><anchor id="raisebox-totalheight"/><para>En los argumentos <replaceable>distance</replaceable>,
+<replaceable>height</replaceable> y <replaceable>depth</replaceable> puedes utilizar las siguientes longitudes
+que se refieren a la dimensión de la caja que &latex; empieza a
+componer <replaceable>text</replaceable>: <literal>\depth</literal>, <literal>\height</literal>, <literal>\width</literal>,
+<literal>\totalheight</literal> (esta es la altura de la caja más su profundidad).
+</para>
+<para>Esto alineará dos gráficos en su parte superior (véase <link linkend="Gr_00e1ficos">Gráficos</link>).
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: Preguntas frecuentes https://texfaq.org/FAQ-topgraph -->
+<screen>\usepackage{graphicx,calc} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{lion.png}}
+ \qquad
+ \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{meta.png}}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>El primer <literal>\height</literal> es la altura de <filename>lion.png</filename> mientras que
+el segundo es la altura de <filename>meta.png</filename>.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="20.5" id="_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">
+<title><literal>\sbox</literal> y <literal>\savebox</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005csbox"/><anchor id="_005csavebox"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sbox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\savebox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caja, guardar</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\sbox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\savebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\savebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>width</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\savebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>width</replaceable>][<replaceable>pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Compone <replaceable>text</replaceable> igual que con <literal>\makebox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y
+\makebox</link>) excepto que &latex; no lo genera, sino que lo guarda en un
+registro de caja al que hace referencia una variable denominada
+<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>. El nombre de la variable <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> comienza con
+una barra invertida, <literal>\</literal>. Debes haber asignado previamente el
+cuadro de registro <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> con <literal>\newsavebox</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>). El comando <literal>\sbox</literal> es robusto mientras
+<literal>\savebox</literal> es frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto crea y utiliza un registro de caja.
+</para>
+<screen>\newsavebox{\fullname}
+\sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt}
+ ...
+\usebox{\fullname}! ¡Su nombre también es mi nombre!
+¡Cuando salimos, la gente siempre grita!
+¡Ahí va \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da.
+</screen>
+<para>Una ventaja de usar y reutilizar un registro de caja sobre una
+variable macro <literal>\newcommand</literal> es la eficiencia, que &latex; no
+necesita vuelve a escribir repetidamente el contenido. Ve el ejemplo
+a continuación.
+</para>
+<para>Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran arriba,
+<literal>\sbox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> y
+<literal>\savebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>, son más o menos
+iguales. En cuanto a la tercera y cuarta, los argumentos opcionales
+te permiten especificar el ancho de la caja como <replaceable>width</replaceable>, y la
+posición del texto dentro de esa caja como <replaceable>position</replaceable>.
+Véase <link linkend="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</link>, para la descripción completa.
+</para>
+<para>En los comandos <literal>\sbox</literal> y <literal>\savebox</literal> el <replaceable>text</replaceable> es
+tipografiado en modo LR para que no tenga saltos de línea
+(véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). Si usas estos, entonces &latex; no te da un error
+pero ignora lo que quieres: si ingresas <literal>\sbox{\newreg}{test
+\\ test}</literal> y <literal>\usebox{\newreg}</literal> entonces obtienes
+&#8216;<literal>testtest</literal>&#8217;, mientras que si ingresas <literal>\sbox{\newreg}{test
+\par test}</literal> y <literal>\usebox{\newreg}</literal> entonces obtienes &#8216;<literal>test
+test</literal>&#8217;, pero no hay error ni advertencia. Para solucionar esto, usa
+<literal>\parbox</literal> o <literal>minipage</literal> como aquí.
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/41668/121234 -->
+<screen>\newsavebox{\areg}
+\savebox{\areg}{%
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Primer elemento
+ \item Segundo elemento
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}}
+ ...
+\usebox{\areg}
+</screen>
+<para>Como ejemplo de la eficiencia de reutilizar el contenido de un
+registro, esto pone la misma imagen en cada página del documento
+colocándola en el encabezado. &latex; solo la compone una vez.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{graphicx} % todo esto en el preámbulo
+\newsavebox{\sealreg}
+\savebox{\sealreg}{%
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}%
+ \begin{picture}(0,0)%
+ \put(1.5,-2.5){%
+ \begin{tabular}{c}
+ \includegraphics[height=2in]{companylogo.png} \\
+ La oficina del presidente
+ \end{tabular}}
+ \end{picture}%
+}
+\markright{\usebox{\sealreg}}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+</screen>
+<para>El entorno <literal>picture</literal> es bueno para ajustar la ubicación.
+</para>
+<para>Si el registro <literal>\noreg</literal> aún no se ha definido, obtendrás algo
+como &#8216;<literal>Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argument&gt; \noreg</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.3" id="lrbox">
+<sect1 label="20.6" id="lrbox">
<title><literal>lrbox</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>lrbox</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\begin{lrbox}{instrucción} texto \end{lrbox}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Esta es la forma de entorno de <literal>\sbox</literal>.
+<screen>\begin{lrbox}{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>text</replaceable>
+\end{lrbox}
+</screen>
+<para>Esta es la forma de entorno de los comandos <literal>\sbox</literal> y
+<literal>\savebox</literal>, y es equivalente a ellos. Véase <link linkend="_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">\sbox y \savebox</link>,
+para la descripción completa.
+</para>
+<para>El <replaceable>text</replaceable> dentro del entorno se guarda en el cuadro de registro
+referido por la variable <literal><replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable></literal>. El nombre de la
+variable <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> debe comenzar con una barra invertida,
+<literal>\</literal>. Debes asignar esta caja regístrate con anticipación con
+<literal>\newsavebox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>). En este ejemplo el entorno
+es conveniente para ingresar el <literal>tabular</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\newsavebox{\jhreg}
+\begin{lrbox}{\jhreg}
+ \begin{tabular}{c}
+ \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\
+ Jim Hef{}feron
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{lrbox}
+ ...
+\usebox{\jhreg}
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="20.7" id="_005cusebox">
+<title><literal>\usebox</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usebox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cuadro, usa cuadro guardado</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>El texto dentro del entorno se guarda en la caja <literal>instrucción</literal>,
-misma que se debe haber declarado con <literal>\newsavebox</literal>.
+<screen>\usebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Produce el cuadro guardado más recientemente en el registro de cuadro
+<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> por los comandos <literal>\sbox</literal> o <literal>\savebox</literal>, o el
+entorno <literal>lrbox</literal>. Para obtener más información y ejemplos,
+véase <link linkend="_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">\sbox y \savebox</link>. (Ten en cuenta que el nombre de la variable
+<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> comienza con una barra invertida, <literal>\</literal>). Este
+comando es robusto (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.4" id="_005cmakebox">
-<title><literal>\makebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makebox</primary></indexterm>
+</chapter>
+<chapter label="21" id="Color">
+<title>Color</title>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Puedes agregar color al texto, reglas, etc. También puedes tener color
+en un cuadro o en una página entera y escribir texto encima.
</para>
-<screen>\makebox[<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>][<replaceable>posición</replaceable>]{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<para>El soporte de color viene como un paquete adicional. Así que pon
+<literal>\usepackage{color}</literal> en el preámbulo de su documento para usar
+los comandos descritos aquí.
+</para>
+<para>Muchos otros paquetes también complementan las capacidades de color de
+&latex;. Particularmente digno de mención es <filename>xcolor</filename>, que se
+utiliza ampliamente y extiende significativamente las capacidades
+descritas aquí, incluida la adición de modelos de color &#8216;<literal>HTML</literal>&#8217; y
+&#8216;<literal>Hsb</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="21.1" id="Opciones-del-paquete-Color">
+<title>Opciones del paquete <literal>color</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones de paquete color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, paquete color</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>comma-separated option list</replaceable>]{color}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\makebox</literal> crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha
-para contener el <replaceable>texto</replaceable> especificado. La anchura de la caja es
-especificada por el argumento opcional <replaceable>ancho</replaceable>. La posición del
-texto dentro de la caja está determinada por el argumento opcional
-<replaceable>posición</replaceable>, el cual puede tomar los siguientes valores:
+<para>Cuando cargas el paquete <filename>color</filename> hay dos tipos de opciones de
+archivo disponibles.
+</para>
+<para>El primero especifica el <firstterm>controlador de impresora</firstterm>. &latex; no
+contiene información sobre diferentes sistemas de salida, sino que
+depende de información almacenada en un archivo. Normalmente no debes
+especificar la opción driver en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en
+la configuración predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es
+que hace que el documento sea portátil a través de los sistemas. Para
+completar, incluimos una lista de los controladores. Los relevantes
+actualmente son: <filename>dvipdfmx</filename>, <filename>dvips</filename>, <filename>dvisvgm</filename>,
+<filename>luatex</filename>, <filename>pdftex</filename>, <filename>xetex</filename>. Los dos <filename>xdvi</filename> y
+<filename>oztex</filename> esencialmente son alias para <filename>dvips</filename> (y <filename>xdvi</filename>
+es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para nuevos sistemas son:
+<filename>dvipdf</filename>, <filename>dvipdfm</filename>, <filename>dviwin</filename>, <filename>dvipsone</filename>,
+<filename>emtex</filename>, <filename>pctexps</filename>, <filename>pctexwin</filename>, <filename>pctexhp</filename>,
+<filename>pctex32</filename>, <filename>truetex</filename>, <filename>tcidvi</filename>, <filename>vtex</filename> (y
+<filename>dviwindo</filename> es un alias de <filename>dvipsone</filename>).
+</para>
+<para>El segundo tipo de opciones, más allá de los controladores, se
+encuentran a continuación.
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Centrado (predeterminado).
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Alineado a la izquierda
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Alineado a la derecha
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Alineado (justificado) a través de <replaceable>ancho</replaceable>; <replaceable>texto</replaceable> debe
-contener espacio elástico para que esto funcione.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para><literal>\makebox</literal> también se utiliza en el entorno picture véase <link linkend="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox
-(picture)</link>.
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>monochrome</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Deshabilita los comandos de color, para que no generen errores pero
+tampoco generar color.
</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>dvipsnames</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Pone a disposición una lista de 68 nombres de colores que se usan con
+frecuencia, particularmente en documentos heredados. Estos nombres de
+colores originalmente fueron proporcionados por el controlador
+<filename>dvips</filename>, dando el nombre de la opción.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>nodvipsnames</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>No carga esa lista de nombres de colores, ahorrando &latex; una
+pequeña cantidad de espacio de memoria.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.5" id="_005cparbox">
-<title><literal>\parbox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parbox</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="21.2" id="Modelos-de-color">
+<title>Modelos de color</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modelos de color</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Un <firstterm>modelo de color</firstterm> es una forma de representar los colores. Las
+capacidades de &latex; dependen del controlador de la impresora. Sin
+embargo, <filename>pdftex</filename>, los controladores de impresora <filename>xetex</filename> y
+<filename>luatex</filename> son, con diferencia, los más comúnmente utilizados. Los
+siguientes modelos funcionan para esos controladores. Todo pero uno
+de estos también es compatible con prácticamente todos los demás
+controladores de impresora usados hoy.
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que la combinación de colores puede ser aditiva o
+sustractiva. Mezcla aditiva de colores de luz, de modo que, por
+ejemplo, combinando intensidades completas de rojo, verde y azul
+produce blanco. Mezclas sustractivas de pigmentos, como con tintas,
+de modo que la combinación de la intensidad total de cian, magenta y
+el amarillo hace negro.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="modelos-de-color-cmyk"/><varlistentry><term><literal>cmyk</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Una lista separada por comas con cuatro números reales entre 0 y 1,
+inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del cian, el segundo es
+magenta, y los otros son amarillo y negro. Un valor numérico de 0
+significa intensidad mínima, mientras que un 1 es para intensidad
+máxima. Este modelo a menudo se utiliza en la impresión a color. Es
+un modelo sustractivo.
+</para>
+<anchor id="modelos-de-color-gris"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>gray</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Un solo número real entre 0 y 1, ambos inclusive. Los colores son
+sombras de gris. El número 0 produce negro mientras que el 1 da
+blanco.
+</para>
+<anchor id="modelos-de-color-rgb"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>rgb</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Una lista separada por comas con tres números reales entre 0 y 1,
+inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del componente rojo, el
+segundo es verde, y el tercero el azul. Un valor numérico de 0
+significa que no se agrega nada de ese componente, mientras que un 1
+significa intensidad total. Este es un modelo aditivo.
+</para>
+<anchor id="modelos-de-color-RGB"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>RGB</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>(<filename>pdftex</filename>, <filename>xetex</filename>, <filename>luatex</filename> drivers) Una lista
+separada por comas con tres números enteros entre 0 y 255, ambos
+inclusive. Este modelo es una conveniencia de usar <literal>rgb</literal> ya que
+fuera de &latex; los colores a menudo se describen en un modelo
+rojo-verde-azul usando números en este rango. Los valores
+introducidos aquí se convierten al modelo <literal>rgb</literal> mediante división
+entre 255.
+</para>
+<anchor id="modelos-de-color-nombrados"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>named</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Se accede a los colores por nombre, como &#8216;<literal>PrussianBlue</literal>&#8217;. La
+lista de nombres depende del controlador, pero todos admiten los
+nombres &#8216;<literal>black</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>azul</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>cian</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>verde</literal>&#8217;,
+&#8216;<literal>magenta</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>rojo</literal>&#8217;, &#8216;<literal>white</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>yellow</literal>&#8217; (Consulta la
+opción <literal>dvipsnames</literal> en <link linkend="Opciones-del-paquete-Color">Opciones del paquete Color</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="21.3" id="Comandos-para-color">
+<title>Comandos para color</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos del paquete color</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Estos son los comandos disponibles con el paquete <filename>color</filename>.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="21.3.1" id="Definir-colores">
+<title>Definir colores</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>definir color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color, definir</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\parbox[<replaceable>posición</replaceable>][<replaceable>alto</replaceable>][<replaceable>pos-interna</replaceable>]{<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\definecolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>model</replaceable>}{<replaceable>specification</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\parbox</literal> produce una caja cuyo contenido es creado
-en modo <literal>paragraph</literal>. Se debe utilizar para hacer una caja de
-pequeñas piezas de texto, sin nada lujoso en el interior. En
-particular, no debe utilizar ningún entorno que genere párrafos dentro
-de un argumento <literal>\parbox</literal>. Para grandes piezas de texto,
-incluyendo aquellas que contienen un entorno que genera párrafos, debe
-usar un entorno <literal>minipágina</literal> (véase <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>).
+<para>Asigna el nombre <replaceable>name</replaceable> al color. Por ejemplo, después de esto
</para>
-<para><literal>\parbox</literal> tiene dos argumentos obligatorios:
+<screen>\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+</screen>
+<para>puedes usar ese nombre de color con <literal>Hola hola,
+\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</literal>.
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ancho</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>la anchura de parbox;
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>texto</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto que va dentro de la parbox.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>posición</replaceable> le permite alinear la línea en la
-parte superior o inferior de parbox con la línea base del texto que lo
-rodea (de manera predeterminada es superior).
+<para>Este ejemplo da al color un nombre más abstracto, por lo que podría
+cambiar y no ser engañoso.
</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional <replaceable>alto</replaceable> reemplaza la altura natural de la caja.
+<screen>\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+</screen>
+<para>A menudo, los colores de un documento se definen en el preámbulo o en
+la clase o estilo, en lugar de en el cuerpo del documento.
</para>
-<para>Al argumento <replaceable>pos-interior</replaceable> controla la ubicación del texto dentro
-de la caja de la siguiente manera; Si no se especifica, se utiliza
-<replaceable>posición</replaceable>.
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="21.3.2" id="Texto-en-color">
+<title>Texto en color</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto en color</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto es colocado en la parte superior de la caja.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto se coloca al centro de la caja.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto se coloca en la parte inferior de la caja.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Se extiende verticalmente; el texto debe contener espacio vertical
-extensible para que esto funcione.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<screen>\textcolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{...}
+\textcolor[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}{...}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\color{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
+\color[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>El texto afectado obtiene el color. Esta línea
+</para>
+<screen>\textcolor{magenta}{Mi nombre es Ozymandias, Rey de Reyes;} ¡Mirad
+mis obras, poderosos, y desesperaos!
+</screen>
+<para>hace que la primera mitad esté en magenta mientras que el resto está
+en negro. Puedes usar un color declarado con <literal>\definecolor</literal>
+exactamente de la misma manera que usamos el color integrado
+&#8216;<literal>magenta</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+Estoy pensando en adquirir un \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{auto
+deportivo}.
+</screen>
+<para>Los dos <literal>\textcolor</literal> y <literal>\color</literal> difieren en que la primera
+es una forma de comando, que incluye el texto a colorear como
+argumento. Con frecuencia esta forma es más conveniente, o al menos
+más explícita. La segunda forma es una declaración, como en <literal>La
+luna está hecha de {\color{green} green} cheese</literal>, por lo que está
+vigente hasta el final del grupo actual o entorno. Esto a veces es
+útil cuando se escriben macros o como debajo, donde colorea todo
+dentro del entorno <literal>center</literal>, incluyendo las líneas verticales y
+horizontales.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &amp;UR \\ \hline
+ LL &amp;LR
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Puedes usar el color en las ecuaciones. Un documento podría tener
+esta definición en el preámbulo
+</para>
+<screen>\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+</screen>
+<para>y luego contener esta ecuación.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Normalmente, los colores utilizados en un documento se declaran en una
+clase o estilo. Pero a veces quieres uno único. Esas son las segundas
+formas en la sinopsis.
+</para>
+<screen>Colores de \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} y
+{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} para el equipo.
+</screen>
+<para>El formato de <replaceable>especificación de color</replaceable> depende del modelo de
+color (véase <link linkend="Modelos-de-color">Modelos de color</link>). Por ejemplo, mientras <literal>rgb</literal>
+toma tres números, <literal>gray</literal> solo toma uno.
+</para>
+<screen>La selección fue \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+</screen>
+<para>Los colores dentro de los colores no combinan. De este modo
+</para>
+<screen>\textcolor{green}{clase de \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+</screen>
+<para>tiene una palabra final que es azul, no una combinación de azul y
+verde.
+</para>
+<!-- xx ¿dirección coloreando una línea de una tabla? -->
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.6" id="_005craisebox">
-<title><literal>\raisebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raisebox</primary></indexterm>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="21.3.3" id="Cuadros-de-colores">
+<title>Cuadros de colores</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cajas de colores</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caja, coloreada</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\raisebox{distancia}[<replaceable>alto</replaceable>][<replaceable>profundidad</replaceable>]{texto}
+<screen>\colorbox{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{...}
+\colorbox[<replaceable>nombre del modelo</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color de fondo del
+cuadro</replaceable>}{...}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\fcolorbox{<replaceable>color del cuadro</replaceable>}{<replaceable>color de fondo del
+cuadro</replaceable>}{...}
+\fcolorbox[<replaceable>nombre del modelo</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color del
+cuadro</replaceable>}{<replaceable>color de fondo del cuadro</replaceable>}{...}
+</screen>
+<para>Haz un cuadro con el color de fondo indicado. El comando
+<literal>\fcolorbox</literal> pone un marco alrededor de la caja. Por ejemplo
+esto
+</para>
+<screen>Nombre:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\raisebox</literal> aumenta o disminuye el <replaceable>texto</replaceable>. El
-primer argumento obligatorio especifica a qué altura se va a levantar (o
-bajar si la cantidad es negativa) el <replaceable>texto</replaceable>. El <replaceable>texto</replaceable> mismo
-es procesado en modo LR.
+<para>hace una caja de color cian de cinco centímetros de largo y recibe su
+profundidad y altura del <literal>\strut</literal> (por lo que la profundidad es
+<literal>-.3\baselineskip</literal> y la altura es <literal>\baselineskip</literal>). Este
+pone texto blanco sobre un fondo azul.
</para>
-<para>Los argumentos opcionales <replaceable>alto</replaceable> y <replaceable>profundidad</replaceable> son
-dimensiones. Si se especifican, &latex; trata a <replaceable>texto</replaceable> como una
-ampliación de una distancia determinada sobre la línea base (alto) o
-bajo (profundidad), omitiendo su altura y profundidad natural.
+<screen>\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Bienvenido a la máquina.}}
+</screen>
+<para>Los comandos <literal>\fcolorbox</literal> usan los mismos parámetros que
+<literal>\fbox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</link>), <literal>\fboxrule</literal> y
+<literal>\fboxsep</literal>, para establecer el grosor de la regla y el límite
+entre el interior de la caja y la regla circundante. Los valores
+predeterminados de &latex; son <literal>0.4pt</literal> y <literal>3pt</literal>,
+respectivamente.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo cambia el grosor del borde a 0.8 puntos. Nota que está
+rodeado de llaves para que el cambio termine al final de la segunda
+línea.
</para>
+<screen>{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Bajo ninguna circunstancia gires esta
+perilla.}}
+</screen>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.7" id="_005csavebox">
-<title><literal>\savebox</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\savebox</primary></indexterm>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="21.3.4" id="P_00e1ginas-coloreadas">
+<title>Páginas coloreadas</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pagina coloreada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>página, en color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fondo, coloreado</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\savebox{<replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable>}[<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>][<replaceable>posición</replaceable>]{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\pagecolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
+\pagecolor[<replaceable>modelo de color</replaceable>]{<replaceable>especificación de color</replaceable>}
+\nopagecolor
+</screen>
+<para>Los dos primeros establecen el fondo de la página, y todas las páginas
+posteriores, al color. Para una explicación de la especificación en
+la segunda forma véase <link linkend="Texto-en-color">Texto en color</link>. La tercera devuelve el fondo
+a la normalidad, que es un fondo transparente. (Si eso no es
+compatible, usa <literal>\pagecolor{white}</literal>, aunque eso hará un fondo
+blanco en lugar del fondo transparente predeterminado).
+</para>
+<screen> ...
+\pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+\nopagecolor
</screen>
-<para>Esta instrucción fija la tipografía de <replaceable>texto</replaceable> en una caja al igual
-que <literal>\makebox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cmakebox">\makebox</link>), excepto que el lugar de imprimir
-la caja resultante, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada
-<replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable>, que se debe haber declarado con
-<literal>\newsavebox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>).
+
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+<chapter label="22" id="Gr_00e1ficos">
+<title>Gráficos</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gráficos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete graphics</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Puedes usar gráficos como archivos PNG o PDF en tu documento &latex;.
+Necesitas un paquete adicional, que viene estándar con &latex;. Este
+ejemplo es el breve procedimiento.
</para>
+<screen>\include{graphicx} % va en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{plot.pdf}
+</screen>
+<para>Para usar los comandos descritos aquí, el preámbulo de tu documento
+debe contener ya sea <literal>\usepackage{graphicx}</literal> o
+<literal>\usepackage{graphics}</literal>. La mayoría de las veces,
+<literal>graphicx</literal> es la mejor elección.
+</para>
+<para>Los gráficos vienen en dos tipos principales, rasterizados y
+vectoriales. &latex; puede usar ambos. En gráficos rasterizados, el
+archivo contiene una entrada para cada ubicación en un arreglo,
+describiendo de qué color es. Un ejemplo es una fotografía en formato
+JPG. En gráficos vectoriales, el archivo contiene una lista de
+instrucciones como &#8216;<literal>dibuja un círculo con este radio y ese
+centro</literal>&#8217;. Un ejemplo es un dibujo lineal producido por el programa
+Asymptote, en formato PDF. En general, los gráficos vectoriales son
+más útiles porque puedes cambiar la escala de su tamaño sin pixelación
+u otros problemas, y porque suelen tener un tamaño más pequeño.
+</para>
+<para>Hay sistemas particularmente adecuados para hacer gráficos para un
+documento &latex;. Por ejemplo, estos te permiten usar las mismas
+letras como en tu documento. &latex; viene con un entorno
+<literal>picture</literal> (véase <link linkend="picture">picture</link>) que tiene capacidades simples.
+Además de eso, hay otras formas de incluir los comandos de creación de
+gráficos en el documento. Dos de dichos sistemas son los paquetes
+PSTricks y TikZ. También hay sistemas externos a &latex;, que
+generan un gráfico que incluyes usando los comandos de este capítulo.
+Dos que usan un lenguaje de programación son Asymptote y MetaPost.
+Uno que utiliza una interfaz gráfica es Xfig. La descripción completa
+de estos sistemas está fuera del alcance de este documento; ve su
+documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="22.1" id="Opciones-del-paquete-Graphics">
+<title>Opciones del paquete <literal>graphics</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones del paquete graphics</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, paquete graphics</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>lista de opciones separadas por comas</replaceable>]{graphics}
+</screen>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>lista de opciones separadas por comas</replaceable>]{graphicx}
+</screen>
+<para>El paquete <literal>graphicx</literal> tiene un formato para argumentos opcionales
+al comando <literal>\includegraphics</literal> que sea conveniente (es el formato
+valor-clave), por lo que es la mejor opción para documentos nuevos.
+Cuando cargas el paquete <literal>graphics</literal> o <literal>graphicx</literal> con
+<literal>\usepackage</literal> hay dos tipos de opciones disponibles.
+</para>
+<para>La primera es que &latex; no contiene información sobre diferentes
+sistemas de salida, sino que depende de la información almacenada en
+un archivo <firstterm>controlador de impresora</firstterm>. Normalmente no debes
+especificar el controlador en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en
+la opción predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es que
+hace que el documento sea portátil entre sistemas.
+</para>
+<para>Para completar, aquí hay una lista de los controladores. Los
+actualmente relevantes son: <filename>dvipdfmx</filename>, <filename>dvips</filename>,
+<filename>dvisvgm</filename>, <filename>luatex</filename>, <filename>pdftex</filename>, <filename>xetex</filename>. Los dos
+<filename>xdvi</filename> y <filename>oztex</filename> esencialmente son alias para <filename>dvips</filename>
+(y <filename>xdvi</filename> es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para sistemas
+nuevos son: <filename>dvipdf</filename>, <filename>dvipdfm</filename>, <filename>dviwin</filename>,
+<filename>dvipsone</filename>, <filename>emtex</filename>, <filename>pctexps</filename>, <filename>pctexwin</filename>,
+<filename>pctexhp</filename>, <filename>pctex32</filename>, <filename>truetex</filename>, <filename>tcidvi</filename>,
+<filename>vtex</filename> (y <filename>dviwindo</filename> es un alias para <filename>dvipsone</filename>).
+Estos se almacenan en archivos con una extensión <filename>.def</filename>, como
+<filename>pdftex.def</filename>.
+</para>
+<para>El segundo tipo de opciones se encuentra a continuación.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>demo</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>En lugar de un archivo de imagen, &latex; coloca un rectángulo de
+150&#160;pt por 100&#160;pt (a menos que se especifique otro tamaño en
+el comando <literal>\includegraphics</literal>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>draft</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Para cada archivo gráfico, no se muestra, sino que su nombre de
+archivo es impreso en una caja del tamaño correcto. Para determinar
+el tamaño, el archivo debe estar presente.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>final</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>(Predeterminado) Redefinir cualquier opción <literal>draft</literal> anterior, de
+modo que el documento muestra el contenido de los archivos gráficos.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>hiderotate</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>No muestra texto girado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+vista previa no tiene la capacidad de rotar el texto).
+<!-- ¿qué muestra? -->
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>hidescale</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>No mostrar texto escalado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+vista previa no tiene la capacidad de escalar).
+<!-- ¿qué muestra? -->
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>hiresbb</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>En un archivo PS o EPS, el tamaño del gráfico se puede especificar de
+dos formas. Las líneas de <literal>%%BoundingBox</literal> describen el tamaño
+del gráfico usando un número entero múltiplo de un punto PostScript,
+es decir, múltiplos enteros de 1/72 pulgada. Una adición posterior al
+lenguaje PostScript permite múltiplos decimales, como 1.23, en líneas
+<literal>%%HiResBoundingBox</literal>. Esta opción tiene &latex; para leer el
+tamaño de esta última.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.8" id="_005csbox">
-<title><literal>\sbox{<replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sbox</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="22.2" id="Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics">
+<title>Configuración del paquete <literal>graphics</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gráficos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete graphics</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>configuración, paquete graphics</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Estos comandos configuran la forma en que &latex; busca en el sistema
+de archivos gráficos.
+</para>
+<para>El comportamiento del código de búsqueda del sistema de archivos
+necesariamente es dependiente de la plataforma. En este documento
+cubrimos GNU/Linux, Macintosh y Windows, así como esos sistemas suelen
+estar configurados. Para otras situaciones consulta la documentación
+en <filename>grfguide.pdf</filename>, o la fuente de &latex;, o su documentación de
+la distribución de &tex;.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="22.2.1" id="_005cgraphicspath">
+<title><literal>\graphicspath</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\graphicspath</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\graphicspath{<replaceable>lista de directorios entre llaves</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Declara una lista de directorios para buscar archivos gráficos. Esto
+permite que luego digas algo como <literal>\includegraphics{lion.png}</literal>
+en lugar de tener que dar su ruta.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; siempre busca archivos gráficos primero en el directorio
+actual (y el directorio de salida, si se especifica; véase <link linkend="directorio-de-salida">directorio
+de salida</link>). La siguiente declaración le dice al sistema que busque
+en el subdirectorio <filename>pix</filename>, y luego <filename>../pix</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{graphicx} % o gráficos; poner en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+</screen>
+<para>La declaración <literal>\graphicspath</literal> es opcional. Si no lo incluyes
+entonces el valor predeterminado de &latex; es buscar en todos los
+lugares en los que generalmente busca un archivo (usa el
+<literal>\input@path</literal> de &latex;). En particular, en este caso uno de
+los lugares donde mira es el directorio actual.
+</para>
+<para>Encierra cada nombre de directorio entre llaves; por ejemplo arriba
+dice &#8216;<literal><literal>{pix}</literal></literal>&#8217;. Haz esto incluso si solo hay un
+directorio. Cada nombre de directorio debe terminar en una barra
+diagonal, <filename>/</filename>. Esto es cierto incluso en Windows, donde una
+buena práctica es usar barras diagonales para todos los separadores de
+directorio ya que hace que el documento sea portátil a otras
+plataformas. Si tienes espacios en el nombre de tu directorio, usa
+dobles comillas, como con <literal>{&quot;my docs/&quot;}</literal>. Usar una de estas
+reglas incorrectamente hará que &latex; informe <literal>Error: Archivo
+`<replaceable>filename</replaceable>' no encontrado</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Básicamente, el algoritmo es que con este ejemplo, después de mirar en
+el directorio actual,
+</para>
+<screen>\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+...
+\usepackage{lion.png}
+</screen>
+<para>para cada uno de los directorios enumerados, &latex; lo concatena con
+el nombre de archivo y busca el resultado, encontrando
+<filename>pix/lion.png</filename> y luego <filename>../pix/lion.png</filename>. Este algoritmo
+significa que el comando <literal>\graphicspath</literal> no busca subdirectorios
+recursivamente: si emites <literal>\graphicspath{{a/}}</literal> y el gráfico
+está en <filename>a/b/lion.png</filename> entonces &latex; no lo encontrará.
+También significa que puedes usar rutas absolutas como
+<literal>\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}</literal> o
+<literal>\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}</literal>. Sin embargo,
+usar esto significa que el documento no es portátil. (Puedes
+conservar portabilidad ajustando el parámetro <literal>TEXINPUTS</literal> de tu
+archivo de configuración del sistema &tex;; consulta la documentación
+de tu sistema).
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar <literal>\graphicspath</literal> en cualquier parte del documento. Lo
+puedes usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+<literal>\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Los directorios se toman con respecto al archivo base. Eso es, supón
+que estás trabajando en un documento basado en <filename>book/book.tex</filename> y
+contiene <literal>\include{chapters/chap1}</literal>. Si en <filename>chap1.tex</filename>
+pones <literal>\graphicspath{{plots/}}</literal> entonces &latex; no buscará
+gráficos en <filename>book/chapters/plots</filename>, sino en cambio en
+<filename>book/plots</filename>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="22.2.2" id="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">
+<title><literal>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\sbox{<replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{<replaceable>lista de extensiones de archivo
+separadas por comas</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Declara las extensiones de nombre de archivo para probar. Esto te
+permite especificar el orden en el que elegir los formatos gráficos
+cuando incluyes archivos gráficos dando el nombre del archivo sin la
+extensión, como en <literal>\includegraphics{functionplot}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, &latex; encontrará archivos en formato PNG antes que
+archivos PDF.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,PNG,.pdf,.PDF}
+ ...
+\includegraphics{lion} % encontrará <filename>lion.png</filename> antes que
+<filename>lion.pdf</filename>
+</screen>
+<para>Debido a que el nombre de archivo <filename>lion</filename> no tiene punto, &latex;
+usa la lista de extensiones. Para cada directorio en la ruta de
+gráficos (véase <link linkend="_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</link>), &latex; probará las extensiones en
+el orden dado. Si no encuentra dicho archivo después de probar todos
+los directorios y extensiones, entonces informa &#8216;<literal>! Error de
+LaTeX: Archivo `<filename>lion</filename>' no encontrado</literal>&#8217;. Ten en cuenta que debes
+incluir los puntos al comienzo de las extensiones.
+</para>
+<para>Dado que los nombres de archivo de GNU/Linux y Macintosh distinguen
+entre mayúsculas y minúsculas, la lista de extensiones de archivo
+distinguen entre mayúsculas y minúsculas en esas plataformas. La
+plataforma Windows no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+</para>
+<para>No es necesario que incluya <literal>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</literal> en tu
+documento; el controlador de la impresora tiene un valor
+predeterminado razonable. Por ejemplo, el <filename>pdftex.def</filename> más
+reciente tiene esta lista de extensiones.
+</para>
+<screen>.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
</screen>
-<para><literal>\sbox</literal> escribe el <replaceable>texto</replaceable> en una caja tal como <literal>\mbox</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="_005cmbox">\mbox</link>) excepto que en lugar de incluir la caja resultante en la
-salida normal, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada
-<replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable>. <replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable> se debió declarar
-previamente con <literal>\newsavebox</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>).
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>grfext</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>grfext</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Para cambiar el orden, usa el paquete <literal>grfext</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar este comando en cualquier parte del documento. Lo puedes
+usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+<literal>\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother</literal>.
</para>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="22.2.3" id="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">
+<title><literal>\DeclareGraphicsRule</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareGraphicsRule</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareGraphicsRule{<replaceable>extension</replaceable>}{<replaceable>type</replaceable>}{<replaceable>size-file
+extension</replaceable>}{<replaceable>command</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Declara cómo manejar archivos gráficos cuyos nombres terminan en
+<replaceable>extensión</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo declara que todos los archivos con nombres de la forma
+<filename>nombre-de-archivo-sin-punto.mps</filename> se tratará como salida de
+MetaPost, lo cual significa que el controlador de la impresora usará
+su código de manejo de MetaPost para ingresar el archivo.
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.mps}{mps}{.mps}{}
+</screen>
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
+</screen>
+<para>le dice a &latex; que debe manejar como salida MetaPost cualquier
+archivo con una extensión no cubierta por otra regla, por lo que cubre
+<filename>filename.1</filename>, <filename>nombre-de-archivo.2</filename>, etc.
+</para>
+<para>Esto describe los cuatro argumentos.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>extension</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>La extensión de archivo a la que se aplica esta regla. La extensión es
+cualquier cosa después e incluyendo el primer punto en el nombre del
+archivo. Usa la estrella Kleene, forma-<literal>*</literal>, para indicar el
+comportamiento predeterminado de todas las extensiones no declaradas.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>type</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>El tipo de archivo involucrado. Este tipo es una cadena que se debe
+definir en el controlador de la impresora. Por ejemplo, archivos con
+extensiones <filename>.ps</filename>, <filename>.eps</filename> o <filename>.ps.gz</filename> se pueden
+clasificar como tipo <literal>eps</literal>. Todos los archivos del mismo tipo se
+ingresarán con el mismo comando interno por el controlador de la
+impresora. Por ejemplo, los tipos de archivo que <filename>pdftex</filename>
+reconoce son: <literal>jpg</literal>, <literal>jbig2</literal>, <literal>mps</literal>, <literal>pdf</literal>,
+<literal>png</literal>, <literal>tif</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>tamaño de extensión de archivo</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>La extensión del archivo a leer para determinar el tamaño del gráfico,
+si existe tal archivo. Puede ser lo mismo que <replaceable>extension</replaceable> pero
+puede ser diferente.
+</para>
+<para>Como ejemplo, considera un gráfico PostScript. Para hacerlo más
+pequeño, puede estar comprimido en un archivo <filename>.ps.gz</filename>. Los
+archivos comprimidos no son fáciles de leer por &latex; para que
+pueda poner la información del cuadro delimitador en un archivo
+separado. Si <replaceable>size-file extension</replaceable> está vacío, entonces debes
+especificar la información de tamaño en los argumentos de
+<literal>\includegraphics</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Si el archivo del controlador tiene un procedimiento para leer
+archivos de tamaño para <literal>tipo</literal> entonces se usará, de lo contrario
+usará el procedimiento para leer archivos <filename>.eps</filename>. (Por lo tanto,
+puedes especificar el tamaño de archivos de mapa de bits en un archivo
+con una línea de estilo PostScript <literal>%%BoundingBox</literal> si no otro
+formato está disponible).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>command</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Un comando que se aplicará al archivo. Este a menudo se deja
+vacío. Este comando debe comenzar con una sola comilla inversa. De
+este modo,
+<literal>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c
+#1}</literal> especifica que cualquier archivo con la extensión <filename>.eps.gz</filename>
+se debe tratar como un archivo <literal>eps</literal>, con la información de
+BoundingBox almacenado en el archivo con extensión <filename>.eps.bb</filename>, y
+que el comando <literal>gunzip -c</literal> se ejecutará en tu plataforma para
+descomprimir el archivo.
+</para>
+<para>Tal comando es específico para tu plataforma. Además, tu sistema
+&tex; te debe permitir ejecutar comandos externos; como medida de
+seguridad los sistemas modernos restringen la ejecución de comandos a
+menos que lo permitas explícitamente. Consulta la documentación de tu
+distribución &tex;.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.9" id="_005cusebox">
-<title><literal>\usebox{<replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable>}</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usebox</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="22.3" id="Comandos-para-graphics">
+<title>Comandos para graphics</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos del paquete graphics</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, paquete graphics</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Estos son los comandos disponibles con los paquetes <literal>graphics</literal>
+y <literal>graphicx</literal>.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="22.3.1" id="_005cincludegraphics">
+<title><literal>\includegraphics</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gráficos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete graphics</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>incluir gráficos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>importar gráficos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivos EPS</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivos JPEG</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivos JPG</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivos gráficos PDF</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivos PNG</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\includegraphics</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis del paquete <literal>graphics</literal>:
+</para>
+<screen>\includegraphics{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+\includegraphics[<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+\includegraphics[<replaceable>llx</replaceable>,<replaceable>lly</replaceable>][<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+\includegraphics*{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+\includegraphics*[<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+\includegraphics*[<replaceable>llx</replaceable>,<replaceable>lly</replaceable>][<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Sinopsis del paquete <literal>graphicx</literal>:
+</para>
+<screen>\includegraphics{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+\includegraphics[<replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+\includegraphics*{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+\includegraphics*[<replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Incluye un archivo de gráficos. La forma destacada
+<literal>\includegraphics*</literal> recortar el gráfico al tamaño especificado,
+mientras que para la forma sin estrella cualquier parte del gráfico
+que está fuera del cuadro del tamaño especificado se sobreimprimir el
+área circundante.
+</para>
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{plot.pdf}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>incorporará al documento el gráfico en <filename>plot.pdf</filename>, centrado y en
+su tamaño nominal. También puedes dar una ruta al archivo, como con
+<literal>\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}</literal>. Para especificar una
+lista de ubicaciones para buscar el archivo, véase <link linkend="_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Si tu nombre de archivo incluye espacios, ponlo entre comillas
+dobles. Un ejemplo es <literal>\includegraphics{&quot;sister picture.jpg&quot;}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\includegraphics{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}</literal> decide sobre el
+tipo de gráfico dividiendo <replaceable>filename</replaceable> en el primer punto. Puedes
+en su lugar, usar <replaceable>filename</replaceable> sin punto, como en
+<literal>\includegraphics{turing}</literal>, y luego &latex; intenta una
+secuencia de extensiones como <literal>.png</literal> y <literal>.pdf</literal> hasta que
+encuentre un archivo con esa extensión
+(véase <link linkend="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Si tu nombre de archivo contiene puntos antes de la extensión, puedes
+ocultar con llaves, como en
+<literal>\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}</literal>. O, si usas el
+paquete <literal>graphicx</literal> entonces puedes usar las opciones
+<literal>type</literal> y <literal>ext</literal>; ve abajo. Este y otros problemas de nombre
+de archivo también se manejan con el paquete <filename>grffile</filename>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo coloca un gráfico en un entorno <literal>figure</literal> para que
+&latex; lo pueda mover a la página siguiente si al encajarlo en la
+página actual es incómodo (véase <link linkend="figure">figure</link>).
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=3cm]{lungxray.jpg}
+ \caption{La evidencia es abrumadora: no fumes.} \label{fig:xray}
+\end{figure}
+</screen>
+<para>Esto coloca un gráfico que no flotará, por lo que es seguro que
+aparecerá en este punto en el documento incluso si haces que &latex;
+estire el texto o recurra a las áreas en blanco de la página. Estará
+centrado y tendrá un subtítulo.
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{caption} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{pix/nix.png}
+ \captionof{figure}{El espíritu de la noche} \label{pix:nix} % opcional
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Este ejemplo pone una caja con un gráfico al lado de otra que tiene
+texto, con los dos centrados verticalmente.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.4\textwidth]{plot}}
+ \hspace{1em}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ f(x)=x\cdot \sin (1/x)
+ \end{displaymath}
+ \end{minipage}}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Si usas el paquete <literal>graphics</literal> entonces las únicas opciones
+involucran el tamaño del gráfico (pero <link linkend="_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</link> y
+<link linkend="_005cscalebox">\scalebox</link>). Cuando un argumento opcional está presente,
+entonces es <literal>[<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]</literal> y da las coordenadas de la
+parte superior esquina derecha de la imagen, como un par de
+dimensiones &tex; (véase <link linkend="Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</link>). Si se omiten las
+unidades, de manera predeterminada son <literal>bp</literal>. En este caso, se
+supone que la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen está en (0,0).
+Si hay dos argumentos opcionales, entonces el principal es
+<literal>[<replaceable>llx</replaceable>,<replaceable>lly</replaceable>]</literal>, especificando las coordenadas de la
+imagen abajo a la izquierda. Por lo tanto,
+<literal>\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}</literal> pide el gráfico se
+colocará de manera que tenga 1&#160;pulgadas de ancho y
+0.618&#160;pulgadas alto y por lo que su origen está en (0,0).
+</para>
+<para>El paquete <literal>graphicx</literal> te brinda muchas más opciones.
+Especifícalos en una forma clave-valor, como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics[width=1in,angle=90]{lion}
+ \hspace{2em}
+ \includegraphics[angle=90,width=1in]{lion}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>Las opciones se leen de izquierda a derecha. Así que el primer gráfico
+de arriba está hecho de una pulgada de ancho y luego se gira, mientras
+que el segundo se gira y luego se hace de una pulgada de ancho. Por
+lo tanto, a menos que el gráfico sea perfectamente cuadrado, los dos
+terminarán con diferentes anchos y alturas.
+</para>
+<para>Hay muchas opciones. Las principales se enumeran primero.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimitador del cuadro</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cuadro, delimitar</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que &latex; coloca un gráfico en un cuadro, que es
+conocido tradicionalmente como su <firstterm>delimitador de cuadro</firstterm>
+(distinto del PostScript BoundingBox descrito a continuación). El
+área impresa del gráfico puede ir más allá de este cuadro, o sentarse
+dentro de este cuadro, pero cuando &latex; crea una página junta
+casillas y esta es la casilla asignada para el gráfico.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="incluye-ancho-de-gr_00e1ficos"/><varlistentry><term><literal>width</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su cuadro delimitador tenga este
+ancho. Un ejemplo es <literal>\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}</literal>.
+Puedes usar las dimensiones &tex; estándar (véase <link linkend="Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de
+longitud</link>) y también es conveniente <literal>\linewidth</literal>, o en un
+documento de dos columnas, <literal>\columnwidth</literal> (véase <link linkend="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de
+composición de página</link>). Un ejemplo es que al usar <filename>calc</filename> puedes
+hacer que el gráfico sea 1&#160;cm más estrecho que el ancho del texto
+con <literal>\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>height</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="includegraphics-height"/><para>El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su
+delimitador de cuadro tenga esta altura. Puedes usar las dimensiones
+&tex; estándar (véase <link linkend="Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</link>), y también
+<literal>\pageheight</literal> y <literal>\textheight</literal> son convenientes
+(véase <link linkend="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</link>). Por ejemplo, el
+comando <literal>\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}</literal> hará
+el gráfico un cuarto de la altura del área de texto.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>totalheight</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="incluye-la-altura-total-de-los-gr_00e1ficos"/><para>El gráfico se
+mostrará de modo que su delimitador de cuadro tenga esta altura más
+profundidad. Esto difiere de la altura si se gira el gráfico. Por
+ejemplo, si se ha girado -90, entonces tendrá una altura cero pero una
+gran profundidad.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>keepaspectratio</literal>
+</term><listitem><anchor id="includegraphics-keepaspectratio"/><para>Si se establece en
+<literal>true</literal>, o simplemente se especifica como aquí
+</para>
+<screen><literal>\includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}</literal>
+</screen>
+<para>y das como opciones tanto <literal>width</literal> como <literal>height</literal> (o
+<literal>totalheight</literal>), entonces &latex; hará que el gráfico sea tan
+grande como sea posible sin distorsión. Es decir, &latex; se
+asegurará de que el gráfico no sea más ancho que <literal>width</literal> ni más
+alto que <literal>height</literal> (o <literal>totalheight</literal>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>scale</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Factor por el cual escalar el gráfico. Para hacer un gráfico el doble
+de su tamaño nominal, ingresa
+<literal>\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}</literal>. Este número puede ser
+cualquier valor; un número entre 0 y&#160;1 reducirá el gráfico y un
+número negativo lo reflejará.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>angle</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Rota el gráfico. El ángulo se toma en grados y en sentido
+antihorario. El gráfico se gira sobre su <literal>origen</literal>; ve esa
+opción. Para una descripción completa de cómo se compone el material
+rotado, véase <link linkend="_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</link>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>origin</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>El punto del gráfico sobre el que ocurre la rotación. Los posible
+valores son cualquier cadena que contenga una o dos: <literal>l</literal> para
+izquierda, <literal>r</literal> para derecha, <literal>b</literal> para la parte inferior,
+<literal>c</literal> para el centro, <literal>t</literal> para la parte superior y <literal>B</literal>
+para la línea base. Por lo tanto, al ingresar el comando
+<literal>\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}</literal> convertirá la
+imagen al revés sobre el centro de esa imagen, mientras que el comando
+<literal>\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}</literal> convertirá su
+imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El carácter <literal>c</literal>
+da el centro horizontal en <literal>bc</literal> o <literal>tc</literal>, pero da el centro
+vertical en <literal>lc</literal> o <literal>rc</literal>). El valor predeterminado es
+<literal>lB</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Para rotar sobre un punto arbitrario, véase <link linkend="_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</link>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Estas son opciones menos utilizadas.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="incluir-ventana-gr_00e1fica"/><varlistentry><term><literal>viewport</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Selecciona una subregión del gráfico para mostrar. Toma cuatro
+argumentos, separados por espacios y dados en dimensiones &tex;, como
+con <literal>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</literal>.
+Cuando la unidad se omite, las dimensiones predeterminadas son grandes
+puntos&#160;<literal>bp</literal>. Se toman en relación con el origen
+especificado por el delimitador del cuadro. Ve también la opción
+<literal>trim</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-trim"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>trim</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Proporciona partes del gráfico para que no se muestren. Toma cuatro
+argumentos, separados por espacios, que se dan en dimensiones &tex;,
+como con <literal>\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in,
+...]{...}</literal>. Estos dan las cantidades del gráfico para no mostrar,
+es decir, &latex; recortará la imagen 0&#160;pulgadas a la izquierda,
+0.1&#160;pulgadas a la parte inferior, 0.2&#160;pulgadas a la derecha
+y 0.3&#160;pulgadas en la parte superior. Consulta también la opción
+<literal>viewport</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-clip"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>clip</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Si se establece en <literal>true</literal>, o solo se especifica como aquí
+</para>
+<screen>\includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}
+</screen>
+<para>luego, el gráfico se recorta al delimitador del cuadro. Esto es lo
+mismo que utilizar la forma estrellada del comando,
+<literal>\includegraphics*[...]{...}</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-page"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>page</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Proporciona el número de página de un archivo PDF de varias páginas.
+El valor predeterminado es <literal>page=1</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-pagebox"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pagebox</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Especifica qué delimitador de cuadro usar para los archivos PDF de
+entre <literal>mediabox</literal>, <literal>cropbox</literal>, <literal>bleedbox</literal>,
+<literal>trimbox</literal>, o <literal>artbox</literal>. Los archivos PDF no tienen el
+BoundingBox que los archivos PostScript tienen, pero pueden
+especificar hasta cuatro rectángulos predefinidos. MediaBox da los
+límites del medio físico. CropBox es la región a la que se recortará
+el contenido de la página cuando se despliega. BleedBox es la región
+a la que se dirige el contenido de la página se debe recortar en
+producción. TrimBox tiene las dimensiones previstas de la página
+terminada. El ArtBox es el grado de significado del contenido de la
+página. El controlador establecerá el tamaño de la imagen en función
+de CropBox si está presente, de lo contrario no utilizará uno de los
+otros, con un orden de preferencia definido por el controlador.
+MediaBox siempre está presente.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-interpolate"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>interpolate</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Habilita o deshabilita la interpolación de imágenes rasterizadas por
+parte del espectador. Se puede configurar con <literal>interpolate=true</literal>
+o simplemente especificarlo como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>\includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}
+</screen>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-quiet"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>quiet</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>No escribe información en el registro. Lo puedes configurar con
+<literal>quiet=true</literal> o simplemente especificarlo con
+<literal>\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}</literal>,
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-draft"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>draft</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Si lo configuras con <literal>draft=true</literal> o simplemente lo especificas
+con
+</para>
+<screen>\includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}
+</screen>
+<para>entonces el gráfico no aparecerá en el documento, posiblemente
+guardando tinta de color de la impresora. En su lugar, &latex;
+colocará un cuadro vacío del tamaño correcto con el nombre del archivo
+impreso en él.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Estas opciones abordan el delimitador del cuadro para PostScript
+encapsulando archivos gráficos, que tienen un tamaño especificado con
+una línea <literal>%%BoundingBox</literal> que aparece en el archivo. Tiene
+cuatro valores, dando la coordenada <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation> inferior, la coordenada
+<inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> inferior, la coordenada <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation> superior y la coordenada
+<inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> superior. Las unidades son puntos PostScript, equivalentes a
+los puntos grandes de &tex;, 1/72&#160;pulgada. Por ejemplo, si un
+archivo <filename>.eps</filename> tiene la línea <literal>%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80</literal>
+entonces su tamaño natural es 30/72&#160;pulgadas de ancho por
+60/72&#160;pulgadas de alto.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="includegraphics-bb"/><varlistentry><term><literal>bb</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Especifica el cuadro delimitador de la región mostrada. El argumento
+es cuatro dimensiones separadas por espacios, como con
+<literal>\includegraphics[.., bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</literal>. Por lo
+general, <literal>\includegraphics</literal> lee los números BoundingBox del
+archivo EPS automáticamente, por lo que esta opción solo es útil si
+falta el cuadro delimitador en ese archivo o si deseas cambiarlo.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-bbllx"/><anchor id="includegraphics-bblly"/><anchor id="includegraphics-bburx"/><anchor id="includegraphics-bbury"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Establece el cuadro delimitador. Estos cuatro son obsoletos, pero se
+conservan por compatibilidad con paquetes antiguos.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-natwidth"/><anchor id="includegraphics-natheight"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>natwidth, natheight</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Una alternativa para <literal>bb</literal>. Ajustar
+</para>
+<screen>\includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}
+</screen>
+<para>es lo mismo que configurar <literal>bb=0 0 1in 0.618in</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-hiresbb"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>hiresbb</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Si se establece en <literal>true</literal>, o simplemente se especifica como con
+</para>
+<screen>\includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}
+</screen>
+<para>entonces &latex; buscará las líneas <literal>%%HiResBoundingBox</literal> en
+lugar de líneas <literal>%%BoundingBox</literal>. (Las líneas <literal>BoundingBox</literal>
+solo usan números naturales mientras que las líneas
+<literal>HiResBoundingBox</literal> usan decimales; ambos usan unidades
+equivalentes a los puntos grandes de &tex;, 1/72&#160;pulgadas). Para
+redefinir una configuración anterior de <literal>true</literal>, la puedes
+establecer en <literal>false</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Las siguientes opciones permiten a un usuario anular el método
+&latex; de elegir el tipo de gráfico en función de la extensión del
+nombre de archivo. Un ejemplo es ese
+<literal>\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</literal> leerá el
+archivo <filename>lion.xxx</filename> como si fuera <filename>lion.png</filename>. Para obtener
+más información sobre estos, véase <link linkend="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</link>.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="includegraphics-type"/><varlistentry><term><literal>type</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Especifica el tipo de gráficos.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-ext"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>ext</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Especifica la extensión de gráficos. Solo usa esto junto con la
+opción <literal>type</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-read"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>read</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Especifica la extensión de archivo del archivo leído. Solo usa esto
+junto con la opción <literal>type</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="includegraphics-command"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>command</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Especifica un comando que se aplicará a este archivo. Solo usa esto
+en conjunción con la opción <literal>type</literal>. Véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea
+de comandos</link>, para una explicación sobre cómo habilitar la
+funcionalidad <literal>\write18</literal> para ejecutar comandos externos.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="22.3.2" id="_005crotatebox">
+<title><literal>\rotatebox</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>rotación</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gráficos giratorios</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto giratorio</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rotatebox</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis si usas el paquete <literal>graphics</literal>:
+</para>
+<screen>\rotatebox{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Sinopsis si usas el paquete <literal>graphicx</literal>:
+</para>
+<screen>\rotatebox{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
+\rotatebox[<replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Pon <replaceable>material</replaceable> en un cuadro y lo gira <replaceable>angle</replaceable> grados en
+sentido antihorario.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo gira los encabezados de las columnas de la tabla cuarenta
+y cinco grados.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \rotatebox{45}{Character} &amp;\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic} \\
+ A &amp;AL-FAH \\
+ B &amp;BRAH-VOH
+\end{tabular}
+</screen>
+<para>El <replaceable>material</replaceable> puede ser cualquier cosa que vaya en una caja,
+incluido un gráfico.
+</para>
+<screen> \rotatebox[origin=c]{45}{\includegraphics[width=1in]{lion}}
+</screen>
+<para>Para colocar el material rotado, el primer paso es que &latex;
+establece <replaceable>material</replaceable> en un cuadro, con un punto de referencia en
+la línea base izquierda. El segundo paso es la rotación,
+predeterminada sobre el punto de referencia. El tercer paso es que
+&latex; calcula un cuadro para delimitar el material rotado. Cuarto,
+&latex; mueve este cuadro horizontalmente para que el borde izquierdo
+de este nuevo delimitador del cuadro coincida con el borde izquierdo
+del cuadro del primer paso (no es necesario que coincidan
+verticalmente). Este nuevo cuadro delimitador, en su nueva posición,
+es lo que &latex; usa como cuadro cuando se compone tipográficamente
+este material.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas el paquete <literal>graphics</literal> entonces la rotación es sobre el
+punto de referencia de la caja. Si usas el paquete <literal>graphicx</literal>
+entonces estas son las opciones que pueden ir en la <replaceable>lista de
+valores clave</replaceable>, pero ten en cuenta que puedes obtener el mismo efecto
+sin necesidad de este paquete, excepto las opciones <literal>x</literal> e
+<literal>y</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>).
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>origin</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>El punto de la caja de <replaceable>material</replaceable> sobre el cual ocurre la
+rotación. El posible valor es cualquier cadena que contenga uno o dos
+de: <literal>l</literal> para izquierda, <literal>r</literal> para derecha, <literal>b</literal> para la
+parte inferior, <literal>c</literal> para el centro, <literal>t</literal> para la parte
+superior y <literal>B</literal> para la línea base. Así, la primera línea aquí
+</para>
+<screen>\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
+</screen>
+<para>dará la vuelta a la imagen desde el centro mientras que la segunda
+voltea tu imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El carácter
+<literal>c</literal> da el centro horizontal en <literal>bc</literal> o <literal>tc</literal> pero da el
+centro vertical en <literal>lc</literal> o <literal>rc</literal>, y da ambos en <literal>c</literal>). El
+valor predeterminado es <literal>lB</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>x, y</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Especifica un punto arbitrario de rotación con
+<literal>\rotatebox[x=<replaceable>&tex; dimensión</replaceable>,y=<replaceable>&tex;
+dimensión</replaceable>]{...}</literal> (véase <link linkend="Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</link>). Estos dan la
+compensación desde el punto de referencia de la caja.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>units</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Esta clave te permite cambiar el valor predeterminado de grados en el
+sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj. Establecer
+<literal>units=-360</literal> cambia la dirección a grados en el sentido de las
+agujas del reloj y la configuración de <literal>units=6.283185</literal> cambia a
+radianes en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="22.3.3" id="_005cscalebox">
+<title><literal>\scalebox</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gráficos, escalar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gráficos, cambiar de tamaño</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>escalando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>redimensionado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto, escalado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto, cambio de tamaño</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scalebox</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\reflectbox</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\usebox{<replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable>}
+<screen>\scalebox{<replaceable>factor horizontal</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
+\scalebox{<replaceable>factor horizontal</replaceable>}[<replaceable>factor vertical</replaceable>]{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
+\reflectbox{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Escala el <replaceable>material</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo reduce a la mitad el tamaño, tanto horizontal como
+verticalmente, del primer texto y duplica el tamaño del segundo.
+</para>
+<screen>\scalebox{0.5}{DRINK ME} and \scalebox{2.0}{Eat Me}
</screen>
-<para><literal>\usebox</literal> produce la caja guardada más recientemente en el depósito
-<replaceable>\instrucción-caja</replaceable> por una instrucción <literal>\savebox</literal>
-(véase <link linkend="_005csavebox">\savebox</link>).
+<para>Si no especificas el <replaceable>factor vertical</replaceable> opcional, entonces el valor
+predeterminado es el mismo que el <replaceable>factor horizontal</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar este comando para cambiar el tamaño de un gráfico, como
+aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+</screen>
+<para>Si usas el paquete <literal>graphicx</literal>, puedes conseguir la misma cosa
+con argumentos opcionales para <literal>\includegraphics</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\reflectbox</literal> abrevia
+<literal>\scalebox{-1}[1]{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}</literal>. Por lo tanto, <literal>Able
+was I\reflectbox{Able was I}</literal> mostrará la frase &#8216;<literal>Able was I</literal>&#8217;
+seguida inmediatamente por su reflejo especular contra un eje
+vertical.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="22.3.4" id="_005cresizebox">
+<title><literal>\resizebox</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gráficos, escalar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>gráficos, cambiar de tamaño</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>escalando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>redimensionado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto, escalado</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>texto, cambio de tamaño</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\resizebox</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\resizebox{<replaceable>horizontal length</replaceable>}{<replaceable>vertical length</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
+\resizebox*{<replaceable>horizontal length</replaceable>}{<replaceable>vertical length</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Dado un tamaño, como <literal>3cm</literal>, transforma <replaceable>material</replaceable> para
+hacerlo a ese tamaño. Si <replaceable>longitud horizontal</replaceable> o <replaceable>longitud
+vertical</replaceable> es un signo de exclamación&#160;<literal>!</literal> entonces se usa el
+otro argumento para determinar un factor de escala para ambas
+direcciones.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo hace que el gráfico tenga media pulgada de ancho y lo
+escala verticalmente por el mismo factor para evitar que se
+distorsione.
+</para>
+<screen>\resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+</screen>
+<para>La forma sin estrella <literal>\resizebox</literal> toma <replaceable>longitud vertical</replaceable>
+como la altura del cuadro mientras que la forma estrellada
+<literal>\resizebox*</literal> lo lleva a ser altura+profundidad. Por ejemplo,
+haz que el texto tenga una altura+profundidad de un cuarto de pulgada
+con <literal>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{Este cuadro
+tiene altura y profundidad.}}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar <literal>\depth</literal>, <literal>\height</literal>, <literal>\totalheight</literal> y
+<literal>\width</literal> para referirte al tamaño original de la caja. Es decir,
+hace el texto de dos pulgadas de ancho pero manteniendo la altura
+original con <literal>\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Dos pulgadas}</literal>.
</para>
+</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="22" id="Inserciones-Especiales">
-<title>Inserciones Especiales</title>
+<chapter label="23" id="Inserciones-especiales">
+<title>Inserciones especiales</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Inserciones especiales</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Inserción de caracteres especiales</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; proporciona instrucciones para insertar caracteres que tienen
-un significado especial que no corresponde a caracteres simples que
-usted puede escribir.
+<para>&latex; proporciona comandos para insertar caracteres que tienen un
+significado especial no corresponde a los caracteres simples que
+puedes escribir.
</para>
-<sect1 label="22.1" id="Caracteres-Reservados">
-<title>Caracteres Reservados</title>
+<sect1 label="23.1" id="Caracteres-reservados">
+<title>Caracteres reservados</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres reservados</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres, reservados</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Los siguientes caracteres desempeñan un papel especial en &latex; y se
-llaman &#8220;caracteres reservados&#8221; o &#8220;caracteres especiales&#8221;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres especiales</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres, especiales</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; reserva los siguientes caracteres para propósitos
+especiales. Por ejemplo, el signo de porcentaje&#160;<literal>%</literal> es para
+comentarios. Se llaman <firstterm>caracteres reservados</firstterm> o <firstterm>caracteres
+especiales</firstterm>. Todo está explicado en otra parte de este manual.
</para>
-<screen># $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ { }
+<screen># $ % &amp; { } _ ~ ^ \
</screen>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\#</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\$</primary></indexterm>
@@ -5433,549 +16988,765 @@ llaman &#8220;caracteres reservados&#8221; o &#8220;caracteres especiales&#8221;
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\_</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\{</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\}</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Siempre que escriba en su archivo uno de estos caracteres, &latex; debe
-hacer algo especial. Si simplemente desea imprimir el carácter en sí
-mismo, incluya un carácter <literal>\</literal> anteponiéndolo a este. Por ejemplo,
-<literal>\$</literal> debe producir <literal>$</literal> en su salida.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backslash</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Una excepción a esta regla es la <literal>\</literal> misma, debido a que <literal>\</literal>
-tiene su propio significado especial (dependiente del contexto). Una \
-romana es producida al escribir <literal>$\backslash$</literal> en su archivo, y una
-<literal>\</literal> de máquina de escribir es producida usando &#8216;<literal>\</literal>&#8217; en una
-instrucción verbatim (véase <link linkend="verbatim">verbatim</link>).
+<para>Si deseas que un carácter reservado se imprima por sí mismo, en el
+texto fuente del cuerpo, para todos menos los últimos tres caracteres
+en esa lista simplemente coloca una barra invertida&#160;<literal>\</literal>
+delante del carácter. De este modo, escribir <literal>\$1.23</literal>
+producirá&#160;<literal>$1.23</literal> en tu salida.
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\~</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\^</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Además, <literal>\~</literal> y <literal>\^</literal> colocan acentos tilde y circunflejo sobre
-la siguiente letra, como en &#245; y &#244; (véase <link linkend="Acentos">Acentos</link>); Para
-obtener una <literal>~</literal> o <literal>^</literal> independiente, usted puede utilizar una
-instrucción verbatim.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbackslash</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En cuanto a los últimos tres caracteres, para obtener una tilde en la
+letra del cuerpo del texto usa <literal>\~{}</literal> (omitir las llaves daría
+como resultado que el siguiente carácter recibe un acento de tilde).
+Del mismo modo, para colocar un acento circunflejo en el texto del
+cuerpo fuente usa <literal>\^{}</literal>. Para colocar una barra invertida en
+el texto del cuerpo fuente, ingresa <literal>\textbackslash{}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Para producir los caracteres reservados en una fuente de máquina de
+escribir, utiliza <literal>\verb!!</literal> como se muestra a continuación (la
+doble barra inversa&#160;<literal>\\</literal> en el ejemplo solo está ahí para
+dividir las líneas en la salida).
</para>
+<screen>\begin{center}
+ \# \$ \% \&amp; \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
+ \verb!# $ % &amp; { } _ ~ ^ \!
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="23.2" id="May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">
+<title>Mayúsculas y minúsculas</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mayúsculas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lowercase</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres, caso de</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cambiar caracteres de mayúsculas y minúsculas</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\uppercase{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\lowercase{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\MakeUppercase{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+\MakeLowercase{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Cambia el caso de los caracteres. Los comandos primitivos &tex;
+<literal>\uppercase</literal> y <literal>\lowercase</literal> están configurados de forma
+predeterminada para funcionar solo con las 26 letras a&#8211;z y A&#8211;Z. Los
+comandos &latex; <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> y <literal>\MakeLowercase</literal>
+también cambian caracteres a los que se accede mediante comandos como
+<literal>\ae</literal> o <literal>\aa</literal>. Los comandos <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> y
+<literal>\MakeLowercase</literal> son robustos pero tienen argumentos en
+movimiento (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Estos comandos no cambian el uso de mayúsculas y minúsculas en el
+nombre de un comando dentro de <replaceable>text</replaceable>. Pero cambian el caso de
+todas las demás letras dentro del argumento <replaceable>text</replaceable>. De este modo,
+<literal>\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$</literal>} produce &#8216;<literal>LET Y=F(X)</literal>&#8217;. Otro
+ejemplo es que se cambiará el nombre de un entorno, de modo que
+<literal>\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular}}</literal> produce
+un error porque la primera mitad se cambia a <literal>\begin{TABULAR}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; usa la misma tabla fija para cambiar mayúsculas y minúsculas
+a lo largo de un documento. La tabla utilizada está diseñada para la
+codificación de fuente T1; esto funciona bien con las fuentes &tex;
+estándar para todos los alfabetos latinos, pero causará problemas al
+usar otros alfabetos.
+</para>
+<para>Para cambiar el caso del texto que resulta de una macro dentro de
+<replaceable>text</replaceable> tienes que hacer la expansión. Aquí el <literal>\Schoolname</literal>
+produce &#8216;<literal>FACULTAD DE MATEMÁTICAS</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\schoolname}{Facultad de matemáticas}
+\newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase
+ <!-- /@w -->\expandafter{\schoolname}}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>textcase</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>textcase</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>textcase</literal> trae algunas de las
+funciones que faltan en los comandos &latex; estándar
+<literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> y <literal>\MakeLowerCase</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mfirstuc</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mfirstuc</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para escribir en mayúsculas solo la primera letra
+de las palabras, puedes usar el paquete <literal>mfirstuc</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>pict2e</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>pict2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Wright, Joseph</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El manejo de todas las reglas de mayúsculas y minúsculas especificadas
+por Unicode, por ejemplo, para escrituras no latinas, es un trabajo
+mucho más grande que cualquier cosa prevista en el &tex; original y
+&latex;. Se ha implementado en el paquete <literal>expl3</literal> a partir
+de 2020. El artículo &#8220;Cambio de caso: De primitivas &tex; al
+algoritmo Unicode&#8221;, (Joseph Wright, <citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle>&#160;41:1,
+<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf</ulink>), da una
+buena visión general del tema, pasado y presente.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="23.3" id="S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente">
+<title>Símbolos por posición de fuente</title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\symbol</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accediendo a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acceder a cualquier carácter de una fuente</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolos de fuente, por número</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Por último, puede acceder a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra actual
-una vez que sepa su número utilizando la instrucción <literal>\symbol</literal>. Por
-ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visibles utilizada en la instrucción
-<literal>\verb*</literal> tiene el código decimal 32, por lo tanto se puede escribir
-como <literal>\symbol{32}</literal>.
+<para>Puedes acceder a cualquier carácter de la fuente actual usando su
+número con el comando <literal>\symbol</literal>. Por ejemplo, el carácter de
+espacio visible usado en el comando <literal>\verb*</literal> tiene el código
+decimal 32 en la fuente de máquina de escribir Computer Modern
+estándar, por lo que se puede escribir como <literal>\symbol{32}</literal>.
</para>
-<para>También puede especificar números octales con <literal>'</literal> o números
-hexadecimales con <literal>&quot;</literal>, por lo que el ejemplo anterior también se
-podría escribir como <literal>\symbol{'40}</literal> o <literal>\symbol{&quot;20}</literal>.
+<para>También puedes especificar números en octal (base 8) usando un prefijo
+<literal>'</literal>, o hexadecimal (base 16) con un prefijo <literal>&quot;</literal>, por lo que
+el espacio visible en 32 decimal también se podría escribir como
+<literal>\symbol{'40}</literal> o <literal>\symbol{&quot;20}</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="22.2" id="S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">
-<title>Símbolos de Texto</title>
+<sect1 label="23.4" id="S_00edmbolos-de-texto">
+<title>Símbolos de texto</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolos de texto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>paquete textcomp</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; proporciona instrucciones para generar una serie símbolos
-distintos de letras, en el texto. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
-más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1; posiblemente tenga que cargar
-el paquete <literal>textcomp</literal>.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolos, texto</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>textcomp</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>textcomp</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>codificación TS1</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; proporciona comandos para generar una serie de símbolos que
+no son letras en texto corriente. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
+más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1. A partir del lanzamiento de
+&latex; de febrero de 2020, todos los símbolos están disponibles de
+manera predeterminada; antes de eso, era necesario usar el paquete
+<literal>textcomp</literal> para algunos (técnicamente, aquellos en la
+codificación de fuentes <literal>TS1</literal>).
</para>
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\copyright</primary></indexterm><literal>\copyright</literal>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\copyright</primary></indexterm><literal>\copyright</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcopyright</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcopyright</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de copyright</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El símbolo de copyright, &#169;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de derechos de autor</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#169; El símbolo de copyright.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dag</primary></indexterm><literal>\dag</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>daga, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El símbolo daga (en texto).
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dagger, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#x2020; El símbolo de la daga (en texto).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddag</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddag</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>doble daga, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El símbolo doble daga (en texto).
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>daga doble, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#x2021; El símbolo de la daga doble (en texto).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LaTeX</primary></indexterm><literal>\LaTeX</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Logotipo de &latex;</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>logotipo, &latex;</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex</primary></indexterm><literal>latex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>logotipo &latex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>logo, &latex;</primary></indexterm>
<para>El logotipo de &latex;.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LaTeXe</primary></indexterm><literal>\LaTeXe</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Logotipo de &latex;2e</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>logotipo, &latex;2e</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El logotypo de &latex;2e.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex</primary></indexterm><literal>latex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex;2e logo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>logo, &latex;2e</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex;2e, logo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemotleft (&#171;)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemotleft (&#171;)</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemotright (&#187;)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemotright (&#187;)</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guilsinglleft (&#8249;)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guilsinglleft (&#8249;)</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guilsinglright (&#8250;)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guilsinglright (&#8250;)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas tipográficas, latinas o angulares</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas tipográficas simples</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla angular de apertura</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla angular de cierre</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas tipográficas angulares</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas tipográficas angulares simples</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas tipográficas Francesas</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas tipográficas, Francesas</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Comillas tipográficas angulares dobles y simples, utilizadas comúnmente
-en Francés: &#171;, &#187;, &#8249;,
-&#8250;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>doble guillemets</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>guillemet única</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla angular izquierda</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla angular derecha</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dobles comillas angulares</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla angular única</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas francesas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas, francesas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#171;, &#187;, &#8249;, &#8250;
+Comillas angulares simples y dobles, de uso común en francés.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ldots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ldots</literal>
-</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dots</primary></indexterm><literal>\dots</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textellipsis</primary></indexterm><literal>\textellipsis</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>puntos suspensivos</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): &#8216;&#8230;&#8217;.
-<literal>\ldots</literal> y <literal>\dots</literal> también trabajan en modo math.
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dot</primary></indexterm><literal>\dot</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>elipsis</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#8230; Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base):
+<literal>\ldots</literal> y <literal>\dots</literal> también trabaja en modo math
+(véase <link linkend="Puntos">Puntos</link>). Ve la descripción de los puntos suspensivos del
+<literal>modo math</literal> para obtener información adicional.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lq</primary></indexterm><literal>\lq</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla izquierda</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla de apertura</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Comilla izquierda (de apertura): &#8216;.
+<para>&#8216; Comilla izquierda (apertura).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\P</primary></indexterm><literal>\P</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>p</primary></indexterm><literal>p</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textparagraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\textparagraph</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de párrafo</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>antígrafo o simplemente signo de párrafo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Signo de párrafo (antígrafo).
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pilcrow, almohada</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#x00B6; Signo de párrafo (pilcrow).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pounds</primary></indexterm><literal>\pounds</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsterling</primary></indexterm><literal>\textsterling</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de libra esterlina</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de libra esterlina</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Libras esterlinas en Inglés: &#163;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de libras</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de la libra esterlina</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#163; libras esterlinas inglesas.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\quotedblbase (&#8222;)</primary></indexterm><literal>\quotedblbase (&#8222;)</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\quotesinglbase (&#8218;)</primary></indexterm><literal>\quotesinglbase (&#8218;)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas dobles en línea base</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla simple en línea base</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla en línea base, simple y doble</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Simple y dobles comillas en la línea base:
-&#8222; y &#8218;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dobles comillas low-9</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas simples low-9</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>low-9 comillas simples y dobles</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#8222; y &#8218;
+Comillas simples y dobles en la línea base.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rq</primary></indexterm><literal>\rq</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla derecha</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla de cierre</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Comilla derecha (de cierre): &#8217;.
+<para>&#8217; Comilla de derecha (de cierre).
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\S</primary></indexterm><literal>\S</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>s</primary></indexterm><literal>s</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsection</primary></indexterm><literal>\textsection</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de sección</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Símbolo de sección.
+<para>&#x00A7; Signo de sección.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TeX</primary></indexterm><literal>\TeX</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>logotipo de &tex;</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>tex</primary></indexterm><literal>tex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Logotipo de &tex;</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>logotipo, &tex;</primary></indexterm>
<para>El logotipo de &tex;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textasciicircum</primary></indexterm><literal>\textasciicircum</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circunflejo, ASCII, en texto</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ASCII circunflejo, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Circunflejo ASCII: ^.
+<para>^ circunflejo ASCII.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textasciitilde</primary></indexterm><literal>\textasciitilde</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tilde, ASCII, en texto</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tilde ASCII, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Tilde ASCII: ~.
+<para>~ Tilde ASCII.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textasteriskcentered</primary></indexterm><literal>\textasteriskcentered</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>asterisco, centrado, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>asterisco centrado, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Asterisco centrado: *.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Asterisco centrado, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>* asterisco centrado
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbackslash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbackslash</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>barra inversa, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Barra inversa: \.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>barra invertida, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>\ Barra invertida. Sin embargo, <literal>\texttt{\textbackslash}</literal> de
+manera predeterminada produce una barra invertida en letra romana (no
+de máquina de escribir); para una barra invertida de máquina de
+escribir, es necesario utilizar la codificación de tipo de letra T1 (u
+otra no predeterminada), como en:
</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+</screen><!-- https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/824 -->
+
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbar</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbar</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>barra vertical, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar, vertical, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Barra Vertical: |.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>barra, vertical, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>| Barra vertical.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbardbl</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbardbl</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>barra vertical, doble, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>barra, vertical doble, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>barra, doble vertical, en texto</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>doble barra vertical, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Doble barra vertical.
+<para>&#x23F8; Doble barra vertical.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbigcircle</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbigcircle</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo círculo grande, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Símbolos de grandes círculos, en texto</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Símbolo círculo grande.
+<para>&#x25EF;, símbolo de círculo grande.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbraceleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbraceleft</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>llave de apertura, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>llave, izquierda, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Llave izquierda: {.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>llave izquierda, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>llave, izquierdo, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>{ Llave izquierda. Ve los comentarios en <literal>\textbackslash</literal>
+arriba sobre hacer que <literal>\texttt{\textbraceleft}</literal> produzca una
+llave en máquina de escribir.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbraceright</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbraceright</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>llave derecha, en texto</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>llave, derecha, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Llave derecha: }.
+<para>} Llave derecha. Ve los comentarios en <literal>\textbackslash</literal> arriba
+sobre hacer que <literal>\texttt{\textbraceright}</literal> produzca una llave
+en máquina de escribir.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbullet</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bala, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Bala: &#8226;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>viñeta, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#8226; Viñeta.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcircled{<replaceable>letra</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcircled{<replaceable>letra</replaceable>}</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcircled{<replaceable>letter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcircled{<replaceable>letter</replaceable>}</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>letra en círculo, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para><replaceable>letra</replaceable> en un círculo, como en &#174;.
+<para>&#x24B6;, circulo alrededor de <replaceable>letra</replaceable>.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcompwordmark</literal>
-</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcapitalwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcapitalwordmark</literal>
-</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textascenderwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textascenderwordmark</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>marca palabra compuesta, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tapa superior</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ascender superior</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Marca de palabra compuesta (invisible). La forma <literal>\textcapital...</literal>
-tiene la tapa del tipo de letra, mientras que la forma
-<literal>\textascender...</literal> tiene el ascender superior.
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcapitalcompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcapitalcompwordmark</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textascendercompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textascendercompwordmark</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>marca denominativa compuesta, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>altura de la tapa</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>altura del ascendente</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Se utiliza para separar letras que normalmente se ligarían. Por
+ejemplo, <literal>f\textcompwordmark i</literal> produce &#8216;<literal>fi</literal>&#8217; sin
+ligadura. Este es más útil en idiomas distintos del inglés. La forma
+<literal>\textcapitalcompwordmark</literal> tiene la altura máxima de la fuente
+mientras que la forma <literal>\textascendercompwordmark</literal> tiene la altura
+ascendente.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textdagger</primary></indexterm><literal>\textdagger</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>daga, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Daga: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\dag</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+<para>&#x2020; Daga.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textdaggerdbl</primary></indexterm><literal>\textdaggerdbl</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>daga, doble, en texto</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>daga doble, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Daga doble: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\ddag</mathphrase></inlineequation>.
+<para>&#x2021; Daga doble.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textdollar (o <literal>\$</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textdollar (o <literal>\$</literal>)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>signo de dólar</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>signo de dolar</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>moneda, dólar</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Signo de Dólar: $.
+<para>$ signo de dólar.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textemdash (o <literal>---</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textemdash (o <literal>---</literal>)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Em-dash: &#8212; (para puntuación).
+<para>&#8212; Guión largo. Se utiliza para puntuación, por lo general similar a
+las comas o paréntesis, como en &#8216;<literal>Los playoffs---si tienes
+suficiente suerte para llegar a los playoffs --- son más como un
+sprint.</literal>&#8217; Convenciones para espaciar alrededor de guiones-em que
+varían ampliamente.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textendash (o <literal>--</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textendash (o <literal>--</literal>)</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>e-dash</primary></indexterm>
-<para>En-dash: &#8212; (para rangos).
+<para>&#8211; En-dash. Usado para rangos, como en &#8216;<literal>ve las páginas 12--14</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texteuro</primary></indexterm><literal>\texteuro</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo del euro</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>divisas, euro</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El Símbolo del Euro: &#8364;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>moneda, euro</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>eurosym</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>eurosym</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El símbolo de la moneda del euro: &#8364;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>eurosym</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>eurosym</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+ Para un diseño de glifo alternativo, prueba el
+paquete <literal>eurosym</literal>; además, la mayoría de las fuentes hoy día
+vienen con su propio símbolo de euro (Unicode U+20AC).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textexclamdown (o <literal>!`</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textexclamdown (o <literal>!`</literal>)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>exclamación, inicial</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Signo de exclamación inicial: &#161;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>signo de exclamación, al revés</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#161; Signo de exclamación al revés.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfiguredash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfiguredash</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>figura del carácter guión</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Guión usado entre números, Unicode U+2012. Definido en junio de 2021
+lanzamiento de &latex;. Cuando se usa en pdf&tex;, aproximado por un
+guión-en; con un motor Unicode, escribe el glifo si está disponible en
+la fuente actual, o escribe la advertencia habitual &#8220;Carácter
+faltante&#8221; al archivo de registro.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textgreater</primary></indexterm><literal>\textgreater</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo mayor que, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Mayor que: &gt;.
+<para>&gt; Símbolo mayor que.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texthorizontalbar</primary></indexterm><literal>\texthorizontalbar</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>carácter de barra horizontal</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Carácter de barra horizontal, Unicode U+2015. Definido en junio de
+2021 lanzamiento de &latex;. Comportamiento como con
+<literal>\textfiguredash</literal> arriba; la aproximación pdf&tex; es un guión
+largo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textless</primary></indexterm><literal>\textless</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo menor que, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Menor que: &lt;.
+<para>&lt; Símbolo menor que.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textleftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\textleftarrow</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>flecha, izquierda, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>flecha hacia la izquierda, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Flecha izquierda.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>flecha izquierda, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#x2190;, Flecha izquierda.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textnonbreakinghyphen</primary></indexterm><literal>\textnonbreakinghyphen</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>carácter de guion que no se rompe</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>carácter de guión, irrompible</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Carácter de guión de no separación, Unicode U+2011. Definido en junio
+lanzamiento de 2021 de &latex;. Comportamiento como con
+<literal>\textfiguredash</literal> arriba; la aproximación pdf&tex; es un guión
+ASCII regular (con saltos no permitidos después).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordfeminine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordfeminine</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordmasculine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordmasculine</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Símbolo ordinal femenino</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo ordinal femenino</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo ordinal masculino</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ordinales, femenino y masculino</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ordinales en español, femenino y masculino</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Símbolos ordinales femenino y masculino: &#170;, &#186;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordfeminine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordfeminine</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo femenino ordinal</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Símbolo ordinal femenino: &#170;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Ordinales en español, femenino y masculino</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#170;, &#186; Símbolos ordinales femeninos y masculinos.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textperiodcentered</primary></indexterm><literal>\textperiodcentered</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto, centrado, en texto</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>punto centrado, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Punto centrado: ·.
+<para>&#x00B7; Punto centrado.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquestiondown (o <literal>?`</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquestiondown (o <literal>?`</literal>)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>interrogación, inicial</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Signo de interrogación inicial: &#191;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>signo de interrogación, al revés</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#191; Signo de interrogación de apertura.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotedblleft (o <literal>``</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotedblleft (o <literal>``</literal>)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>marca izquierda, doble</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas dobles de apertura</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Comillas dobles de apertura: &#8220;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla izquierda, doble</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas dobles a la izquierda</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#8220; Comillas dobles a la izquierda.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotedblright (o <literal>'</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotedblright (o <literal>'</literal>)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas de cierre, dobles</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas de cierre dobles</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Dobles comillas de cierre: &#8221;.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotedblright (o <literal>''</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotedblright (o <literal>''</literal>)</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla derecha, doble</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas dobles a la derecha</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#8221; Doble comilla derecha.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquoteleft (o <literal>`</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquoteleft (o <literal>`</literal>)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla izquierda, sola</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla de apertura simple</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Comilla de apertura simple: &#8216;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla izquierda, simple</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla izquierda simple</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#8216; Comilla izquierda simple.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquoteright (o <literal>'</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquoteright (o <literal>'</literal>)</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla de cierre, simple</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla de cierre simple</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Comilla de cierre simple: &#8217;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla derecha, simple</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla derecha simple</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#8217; Comilla simple derecha.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotesingle</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotesingle</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla, simple derecha</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas simples derechas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas simples, rectas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#x0027;, Comillas rectas simples. (De la codificación TS1).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotestraightbase</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotestraightbase</literal>
</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotestraightdblbase</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotestraightdblbase</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla, en la línea base (coma)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillastraight quote, base</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>guión doble, línea recta</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>línea recta de guión doble, base</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Líneas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla, recta base</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comilla, base recta</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas dobles, base recta</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comillas dobles rectas, base</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- Unicode no tiene estos https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
+<para>Comillas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textregistered</primary></indexterm><literal>\textregistered</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de marca registrada</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Símbolo de marca registrada: &#174;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo registrado</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#174; Símbolo de registrado.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\textrightarrow</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>flecha derecha, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>flecha hacia la derecha, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Flecha hacia la derecha.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>flecha, derecha, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>flecha derecha, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#x2192;, Flecha derecha.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textthreequartersemdash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textthreequartersemdash</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash de tres cuartos</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tres cuartos em-dash</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash, tres cuartos</primary></indexterm>
-<para>em-dash de &#8220;Tres cuartos&#8221;, entre en-dash y em-dash.
+<para>&#xFE58;, &#8220;Tres cuartos&#8221; de guión largo, entre guión corto y guión
+largo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttrademark</primary></indexterm><literal>\texttrademark</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de marca comercial</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Símbolo de marca comercial: ™.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de marca registrada</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#x2122; Símbolo de marca comercial.
</para>
+<!-- ?? ¿Diferencia de \texttrescuartosemdash? ¿En Unicode? -->
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttwelveudash</primary></indexterm><literal>\texttwelveudash</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Xx 12u-.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dos tercios de em-guion</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash, dos tercios</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#xFE58;, &#8220;Dos tercios&#8221; guión largo, entre guión corto y guión
+largo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textunderscore</primary></indexterm><literal>\textunderscore</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>subrayado, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Subrayado: _.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>guión bajo, en texto</primary></indexterm>
+<para>_ Guion bajo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textvisiblespace</primary></indexterm><literal>\textvisiblespace</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo de espacio visible, en texto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Símbolo de espacio visible.
+<para>&#x2423;, Símbolo de espacio visible.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="22.3" id="Acentos">
+<sect1 label="23.5" id="Acentos">
<title>Acentos</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acentos</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres, acentuados</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras, acentuadas</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; tiene un amplio apoyo para muchos de los guiones de idiomas del
-mundo, a través del paquete <literal>babel</literal> y de apoyo relacionados. Esta
-sección no pretende abarcar todas con las que es compatible. Este
-simplemente se limita a enumerar las principales instrucciones &latex;
-para crear caracteres acentuados.
-</para>
-<para>Las instrucciones <literal>\capital...</literal> producen formas alternativas para
-su uso con letras mayúsculas. Estas no están disponibles con OT1.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>compatibilidad multilingüe</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; tiene una amplia compatibilidad para muchos de los scripts
+del mundo e idiomas, proporcionada a través del paquete principal
+<literal>babel</literal>, que admite pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; y Lua&latex;. El
+paquete <literal>polyglossia</literal> proporciona una compatibilidad similar
+con estos últimos dos motores.
+</para>
+<para>Esta sección no cubre esa compatibilidad. Solo enumera los comandos
+del núcleo &latex; para crear caracteres acentuados. Los comandos
+<literal>\capital...</literal> que se muestran aquí producen formas alternativas
+para utilizar con mayúsculas. Estos no están disponibles con OT1.
+</para>
+<para>A continuación, para que sean más fáciles de encontrar, los acentos se
+ilustran con minúsculas &#8216;<literal>o</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\i (dotless i)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless i</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que <literal>\i</literal> produce una i sin punto,
+<!-- @dotless{i}, -->
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\j (j sin punto)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless j</primary></indexterm>
+y <literal>\j</literal> produce una j sin punto.
+<!-- @dotless{j}. -->
+Estos se usan a menudo en lugar de sus contrapartes punteadas cuando
+están acentuados.
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\&quot;</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitaldieresis</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\&quot; (acento diéresis)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaldieresis</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento diéresis</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento diéresis</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce una diéresis, como en &#246;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>diéresis acento</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#246; Umlaut (diéresis).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\'</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalacute</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\' (acento agudo)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalacute</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento agudo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un acento agudo, como en &#243;. En el entorno <literal>tabbing</literal>,
-empuja la columna actual a la derecha de la columna anterior
-(véase <link linkend="tabbing">tabbing</link>).
+<para>&#243; Acento agudo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\.</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\. (acento punto encima)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento punto</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento punto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un punto como acento sobre la siguiente, como en &#559;.
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\. (acento de puntos)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de punto</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Acento de punto sobre</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#559; Acento de punto.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\=</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalmacron</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\= (acento macrón)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalmacron</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento macrón</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento barra encima</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento barra sobre</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un acento macrón (una barra) sobre el siguiente, como en &#333;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento sobre la barra</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de barra sobre</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#333; Acento macrón (sobre la barra).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\^</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalcircumflex</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\^ (acento circunflejo)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcircumflex</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento circunflejo</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento circunflejo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un acento circunflejo (sombrero) sobre la siguiente, como en
-&#244;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de sombrero</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#244; Acento circunflejo (sombrero).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\`</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalgrave</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\` (acento grave)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalgrave</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento grave</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un acento grave sobre la siguiente, como en &#242;. En el
-entorno <literal>tabbing</literal>, mueve el siguiente texto hacia el margen derecho
-(véase <link linkend="tabbing">tabbing</link>).
+<para>&#242; Acento grave.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\~</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitaltilde</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\~ (acento tilde)</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\~ (tilde acento)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaltilde</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento tilde</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce una tilde como acento sobre la siguiente, como en &#241;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de tilde</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#241; Acento de tilde.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\b</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\b (acento barra)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento barra</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce una barra como acento debajo de la siguiente, como en
-o_. Vea también <literal>\underbar</literal> a continuación
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\b (barra debajo del acento)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>barra debajo del acento</primary></indexterm>
+<para>o&#818; Acento de barra debajo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>underbar</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Relacionado con esto, <literal>\underbar{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> produce una barra
+debajo del <replaceable>text</replaceable>. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo LR
+(véase <link linkend="Modos">Modos</link>). La barra siempre es una posición fija debajo de la
+línea base, cruzando así a través de descendientes. Véase también
+<literal>\underline</literal> en <link linkend="Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</link>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\c</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalcedilla</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\c (acento cedilla)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcedilla</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento cedilla</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce una cedilla como acento sobre la siguiente, como en &#231;.
+<para>&#231; Acento cedilla debajo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\d</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitaldotaccent</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\d (acento círculo)</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\d (punto debajo del acento)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaldotaccent</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento círculo</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un círculo como acento sobre la siguiente, como en
-&#7885;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de punto debajo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#7885; Acento de puntos debajo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\H</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\capitalhungarumlaut</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\H (acento diéresis Húngara)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalhungarumlaut</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento diéresis húngara</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un acento diéresis húngaro sobre la siguiente, como en &#337;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\i</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\i (i sin punto)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>i sin punto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce una i sin punto, como en &#8216;i&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\j</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\j (j sin punto)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>j sin punto</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce una j sin punto, como en &#8216;j&#8217;.
+</term><term><literal>h</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\H (acento húngaro con diéresis)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>h</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Acento con diéresis húngara</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#337; Acento largo con diéresis húngara.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\k</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalogonek</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\k (colita &#8212;ogonek en polaco)</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\k (ogonek)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalogonek</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colita</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce una letra con colita, como en &#8216;&#491;&#8217;. No disponible en la
-codificación OT1.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ogonek</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#491; Ogonek. No disponible en la codificación OT1.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\r</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalring</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\r (acento anillo)</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\r (acento de anillo)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalring</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>anillo acento</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un anillo como acento, como en &#8216;o*&#8217;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento de anillo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>o&#778; Acento de anillo.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\t</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitaltie</literal>
</term><term><literal>\newtie</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalnewtie</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\t (acento atadura con siguiente)</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\t (ligadura después del acento)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaltie</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtie</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalnewtie</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>atadura con siguiente acento</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce una atadura con el siguiente como acento, como en
-&#8216;oo[&#8217;. La forma <literal>\newtie</literal> está centrada en su caja.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tie-después de acento</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Tie después de acento (utilizado para transliterar del cirílico, como
+en la romanización ALA-LC). Se espera que el argumento tenga dos
+caracteres. La forma <literal>\newtie</literal> está centrada en su cuadro.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\u</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalbreve</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\u (breve acento)</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\u (acento breve)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalbreve</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>breve acento</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un acento breve, como en &#8216;&#335;&#8217;.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\underbar</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbar</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subrayado</primary></indexterm>
-<para>No es exactamente un acento, este produce una barra en el argumento
-texto. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo horizontal. La barra
-siempre está en una posición fija en la línea base, por lo que cruza a
-través de los trazos descendentes. Vea también <literal>\underline</literal> en
-<link linkend="Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</link>. Vea también <literal>\b</literal> aquí antes
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento breve</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&#335; Acento breve.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\v</literal>
</term><term><literal>\capitalcaron</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\v (breve acento)</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\v (acento breve)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcaron</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento anticircunflejo</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>anticircunflejo acento</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>carón acento</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce un acento h&#225;&#269;ek (anticircunflejo, carón), como en &#8216;&#466;&#8217;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hacek accent</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comprobar acento</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acento carón</primary></indexterm>
+<para>acento de &#466; H&#225;&#269;ek (cheque, carón).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+<sect2 label="23.5.1" id="_005caccent">
+<title><literal>\accent</literal></title>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\accent</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\accent <replaceable>number</replaceable> <replaceable>character</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Un comando primitivo de &tex; utilizado para generar caracteres
+acentuados a partir de acentos y letras. El acento es seleccionado por
+<replaceable>number</replaceable>, un argumento numérico, seguido de un espacio y luego un
+<replaceable>character</replaceable> argumento para construir el carácter acentuado en la
+fuente actual.
+</para>
+<para>Estos son caracteres &#8216;<literal>e</literal>&#8217; acentuados.
+</para>
+<screen>\accent18 e
+\accent20 e
+\accent21 e
+\accent22 e
+\accent23 e
+</screen>
+<para>El primero es un acento grave, el segundo un carón, el tercero un
+breve, el cuarto un macrón, y el quinto un anillo arriba.
+</para>
+<para>La posición del acento la determina el diseñador de la fuente y, por
+lo tanto, el resultado del uso de <literal>\accent</literal> puede diferir entre
+las fuentes. En &latex; es deseable tener glifos para caracteres
+acentuados en lugar de construirlos usando <literal>\accent</literal>. Usar glifos
+que ya contienen los caracteres acentuados (como en la codificación
+T1) permite la separación silábica correcta mientras que
+<literal>\accent</literal> deshabilita la separación silábica (específicamente con
+la codificación de fuente OT1 donde los glifos acentuados están
+ausentes).
+</para>
+<para>Puede haber un cambio de fuente opcional entre <replaceable>number</replaceable> y
+<replaceable>character</replaceable>. Ten en cuenta también que este comando establece el
+<literal>\spacefactor</literal> a 1000 (véase <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Una característica inevitable de algunas letras cirílicas y la mayoría
+de las letras cirílicas acentuadas es que se deben ensamblar a partir
+de múltiples elementos (acentos, modificadores, etc.) mientras
+<literal>\accent</literal> proporciona un solo acento y una sola combinación de
+letras. También hay casos en los que deben aparecer acentos entre
+letras que \accent no admite. Aún existen otros casos en los que las
+letras I y J tienen puntos sobre sus contrapartes minúsculas que
+entran en conflicto con los acentos punteados. El uso de
+<literal>\accent</literal> en estos casos no funcionará ya que no puede analizar
+mayúsculas/minúsculas.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="22.4" id="Caracteres-no-Ingleses">
-<title>Caracteres no Ingleses</title>
+<sect1 label="23.6" id="Letras-latinas-adicionales">
+<title>Letras latinas adicionales</title>
+<anchor id="caracteres-no-ingleses"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras latinas, adicional</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras, latín adicional</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Latín extendido</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres especiales</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres no Ingleses</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres, no Ingleses</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras, no Inglesas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres no ingleses</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caracteres, no ingleses</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Estas son las instrucciones &latex; básicas para insertar los
-caracteres más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
+<para>Estos son los comandos básicos de &latex; para insertar letras más
+allá de A&#8211;Z que extienden el alfabeto latino, usados principalmente
+en otros idiomas distintos al inglés.
</para>
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><literal>\aa</literal>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\aa</literal>
</term><term><literal>\AA</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\aa (&#229;)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AA (&#197;)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ash</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>aring, un anillo</primary></indexterm>
<para>&#229; y &#197;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ae</literal>
</term><term><literal>\AE</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ae (&#230;)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AE (&#198;)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ligadura ae</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ae ligadura</primary></indexterm>
<para>&#230; y &#198;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dh</literal>
</term><term><literal>\DH</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dh (&#230;)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DH (&#198;)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>islandés eth</primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dh (&#240;)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DH (&#208;)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>eth islandesa</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>eth, letra islandesa</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Letra eth islandesa: &#240; y &#208;.
+<para>Letra islandesa eth: &#240; y &#208;. No disponible con codificación
+OT1, necesitas el paquete <filename>fontenc</filename> para seleccionar una
+codificación de fuentes alternativa, como T1.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dj</literal>
</term><term><literal>\DJ</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dj</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DJ</primary></indexterm>
-<para>xxxx
+<para>d y D cruzadas, alias d mayúscula y minúscula con trazo. No
+disponible con la codificación OT1, necesitas el paquete
+<filename>fontenc</filename> para seleccionar una codificación de fuente
+alternativa, como T1.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ij</literal>
</term><term><literal>\IJ</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ij (ij)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IJ (IJ)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letra ij, Neerlandés</primary></indexterm>
-<para>ij y IJ (salvo que un poco más juntas que como aparecen aquí).
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ij letra, Holandés</primary></indexterm>
+<para>ij e IJ (excepto algo más juntos de lo que aparece aquí).
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\l</literal>
</term><term><literal>\L</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l (&#322;)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\L (&#321;)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>l Polaca</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>l polaco</primary></indexterm>
<para>&#322; y &#321;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ng</literal>
</term><term><literal>\NG</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ng</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NG</primary></indexterm>
-<para>xxxx
+<para>Letra lapona eng, también utilizada en fonética.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\o</literal>
</term><term><literal>\O</literal>
@@ -5988,802 +17759,3161 @@ caracteres más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
</term><term><literal>\OE</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oe (&#339;)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\OE (&#338;)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>oe ligadura</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ligadura oe</primary></indexterm>
<para>&#339; y &#338;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ss</literal>
</term><term><literal>\SS</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ss (&#223;)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\SS (SS)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>es-zet letra Alemana</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras S afiladas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>es-zet Letra alemana</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letras S nítidas</primary></indexterm>
<para>&#223; y SS.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\th</literal>
</term><term><literal>\TH</literal>
</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\th (&#254;)</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TH (&#222;)</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espina Islandesa</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espina, letra Islandesa</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Letra espina Islandesa: &#254; y &#222;.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>espina islandesa</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>thorn, letra islandesa</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Espina de letra islandesa: &#254; y &#222;. No disponible con
+codificación OT1, necesitas el paquete <filename>fontenc</filename> para
+seleccionar una codificación de fuentes alternativa, como T1.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="22.5" id="_005crule">
+<sect1 label="23.7" id="paquete-inputenc">
+<title>paquete <literal>inputenc</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>inputenc</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>]{inputenc}
+</screen>
+<para>Declara que la codificación de texto del archivo de entrada sea
+<replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>. De manera predeterminada, si este paquete no está
+cargado, es UTF-8. Técnicamente, especificar el nombre de
+codificación es opcional, pero en la práctica no es útil omitirlo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>codificación, archivos de entrada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>codificación de caracteres</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Unicode</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En un archivo de ordenador, los caracteres se almacenan de acuerdo con
+un esquema llamado <firstterm>codificación</firstterm>. Hay muchas codificaciones
+diferentes. La más simple es ASCII, que admite 95 caracteres
+imprimibles, no suficientes para la mayoría de los idiomas del
+mundo. Por ejemplo, para componer un carácter de diéresis &#8216;<literal>&#228;</literal>&#8217;
+en un archivo fuente &latex; codificado en ASCII, se usa la secuencia
+<literal>\&quot;a</literal>. Esto crearía archivos fuente para cualquier cosa pero el
+inglés es difícil de leer; incluso para el inglés, a menudo más
+extenso que la codificación más conveniente.
+</para>
+<para>El estándar de codificación moderno, en cierto modo una unión de los
+demás, es UTF-8, una de las representaciones de Unicode. Este es el
+valor predeterminado para &latex; desde 2018.
+</para>
+<para>El paquete <literal>inputenc</literal> es cómo &latex; sabe qué codificación se
+usó. Por ejemplo, el siguiente comando dice explícitamente que el
+archivo de entrada es UTF-8 (ten en cuenta la falta de un guión).
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+</screen>
+<para>Precaución: usa <literal>inputenc</literal> solo con el motor pdf&tex;
+(véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores &tex;</link>). (Los motores Xe&tex; y Lua&tex; asumen
+que el archivo de entrada está codificado en UTF-8). Si invocas a
+&latex; con ya sea el comando <command>xelatex</command> o el comando
+<command>lualatex</command> e intentas declarar una codificación que no sea
+UTF-8 con <literal>inputenc</literal>, como <literal>latin1</literal>, obtendrás el error
+<literal>inputenc no está diseñado para xetex o luatex</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Un error de paquete <literal>inputenc</literal> como <literal>Byte UTF-8 no válido
+&quot;96</literal> significa que parte del material en el archivo de entrada no
+sigue el esquema de codificación. A menudo, estos errores provienen
+de la copia de material de un documento que utiliza una codificación
+diferente a la del archivo de entrada; Esta es una comilla izquierda
+simple de una página web usando <literal>latin1</literal> dentro de un archivo de
+entrada &latex; que usa UTF-8. La solución más sencilla es
+reemplazar el carácter no UTF-8 con su equivalente UTF-8, o usar un
+comando &latex; o carácter equivalente.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\inputencoding</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cinputencoding"/><para>En algunos documentos, como una colección de
+artículos de revistas de una variedad de autores, cambiar la
+codificación en medio del documento puede ser necesario. Usa el
+comando <literal>\inputencoding{<replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>}</literal>. Los valores más
+comunes para <replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable> son: <literal>ascii</literal>, <literal>latin1</literal>,
+<literal>latin2</literal>, <literal>latin3</literal>, <literal>latin4</literal>, <literal>latin5</literal>,
+<literal>latin9</literal>, <literal>latin10</literal>, y&#160;<literal>utf8</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="23.8" id="_005crule">
<title><literal>\rule</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rule</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen>\rule[<replaceable>aumentar</replaceable>]{<replaceable>ancho</replaceable>}{<replaceable>espesor</replaceable>}
+<screen>\rule{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}{<replaceable>thickness</replaceable>}
+\rule[<replaceable>raise</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}{<replaceable>thickness</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\rule</literal> produce <firstterm>reglas</firstterm>, que son, líneas o
-rectángulos. Los argumentos son:
+<para>Produce una <firstterm>regla</firstterm>, un rectángulo relleno.
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>aumentar</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>Qué tanto aumentar la regla (opcional).
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>símbolo Halmos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tombstone</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Este ejemplo produce una mancha rectangular, a veces llamada símbolo
+de Halmos, o simplemente &#8220;qed&#8221;, a menudo usado para marcar el final
+de una prueba:
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ancho</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>La longitud de la regla (obligatorio).
+<screen>\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsthm</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsthm</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>El paquete <literal>amsthm</literal> incluye este comando, con un símbolo de
+aspecto poco diferente.
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos obligatorios dan el <replaceable>width</replaceable> horizontal y el
+vertical <replaceable>thickness</replaceable> del rectángulo. Son longitudes rígidas
+(véase <link linkend="Longitudes">Longitudes</link>). El argumento opcional <replaceable>raise</replaceable> también es un
+argumento rígido y le dice a &latex; cuánto elevar la regla por
+encima de la línea base, o la baja si la longitud es negativa.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una línea, un rectángulo que es ancho pero no alto.
+</para>
+<screen>\noindent\rule{\textwidth}{0.4pt}
+</screen>
+<para>La línea es el ancho de la página y 0.4&#160;puntos de altura. El
+grosor esta línea es común en &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>Una regla que tenga cero ancho o cero espesor, no aparecerá en la
+salida, pero puede hacer que &latex; cambie la salida a su alrededor.
+Véase <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>, por ejemplo.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>espesor</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El espesor de la regla (obligatorio).
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="22.6" id="_005ctoday">
+<sect1 label="23.9" id="_005ctoday">
<title><literal>\today</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\today</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fecha, de hoy</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>la fecha de hoy</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\today</literal> produce la fecha de hoy, en formato
-&#8216;<literal><replaceable>mes</replaceable> <replaceable>dd</replaceable>, <replaceable>aaaa</replaceable></literal>&#8217;; por ejemplo, &#8216;Julio 04 1976&#8217;.
-Utiliza los contadores predefinidos <literal>\day</literal>, <literal>\month</literal>, y
-<literal>\year</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">\day \month \year</link>) para hacerlo. No se actualiza
-cuando se ejecuta el programa.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete <literal>datetime</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>El paquete <literal>datetime</literal>, entre otros, puede producir una amplia
-variedad de formatos de fecha.
+<screen>\today
+</screen>
+<para>Produce la fecha de hoy en el formato &#8216;<literal><replaceable>mes</replaceable> <replaceable>dd</replaceable>,
+<replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></literal>&#8217;. Un ejemplo de una fecha en ese formato es &#8216;<literal>julio 4,
+1976</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Paquetes multilingües como
+<literal>babel</literal> o <literal>polyglossia</literal>, o clases como <filename>lettre</filename>,
+localizarán <literal>\today</literal>. Por ejemplo, lo siguiente generará
+&#8216;<literal>julio 4, 1976</literal>&#8217;:
+</para>
+<screen>\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
+\documentclass{minimal}
+\usepackage[french]{babel}
+\begin{document}
+\today
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para><literal>\today</literal> utiliza los contadores <literal>\day</literal>, <literal>\month</literal> y
+<literal>\year</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear">\day - \month y \year</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>datetime</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>datetime</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Varios paquetes en CTAN funcionan con fechas. Uno
+es el paquete <literal>datetime</literal> que puede producir una amplia
+variedad de formatos de fecha, incluidos los estándares ISO.
+</para>
+<para>La fecha no se actualiza mientras se ejecuta el proceso &latex;, por
+lo que, en principio, la fecha podría ser incorrecta para cuando
+finalice el programa.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="23" id="Dividiendo-la-Entrada">
-<title>Dividiendo la Entrada</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dividiendo el archivo de entrada</primary></indexterm>
+<chapter label="24" id="Dividir-la-entrada">
+<title>Dividir la entrada</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dividir el archivo de entrada</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo de entrada</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Un documento de gran tamaño requiere una gran cantidad de insumos. En
-lugar de poner toda la entrada en un único archivo de gran tamaño, es
-más eficiente dividirlo en varios más pequeños. Independientemente del
-número de archivos separados que utilice, hay uno que es el archivo
-raíz; este es cuyo nombre se escribe cuando se ejecuta &latex;.
+<para>&latex; te permite dividir un documento grande en varios pequeños.
+Esto puede simplificar la edición o permitir que varios autores
+trabajen en el documento. También puede acelerar el procesamiento.
+</para>
+<para>Independientemente de cuántos archivos independientes utilices,
+siempre hay uno
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo raíz</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo, raíz</primary></indexterm>
+<firstterm>archivo raíz</firstterm>, en el que comienza la compilación de &latex;.
+Esto muestra tal archivo con cinco archivos incluidos.
</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{ % comenta las líneas a continuación para omitir la
+ % compilación
+ pref,
+ chap1,
+ chap2,
+ append,
+ bib
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\frontmatter
+\include{pref}
+\mainmatter
+\include{chap1}
+\include{chap2}
+\appendix
+\include{append}
+\backmatter
+\include{bib}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Esto traerá material de <filename>pref.tex</filename>, <filename>chap1.tex</filename>,
+<filename>chap2.tex</filename>, <filename>append.tex</filename> y <filename>bib.tex</filename>. Si compilas
+este archivo, y luego comentas todas las líneas dentro
+<literal>\includeonly{...}</literal> a excepción de <literal>chap1</literal>, y vuelve a
+compilar, entonces &latex; solo procesará el material del primer
+capítulo. Por lo tanto, tu salida aparecerá más rápidamente y será
+más breve para imprimir. Sin embargo, la ventaja del comando
+<literal>\includeonly</literal> es que &latex; conservará la información de los
+números de página y todas las referencias cruzadas de las otras partes
+del documento para que estas aparezcan correctamente en tu salida.
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de libro Larger</link>, para otro ejemplo de
+<literal>\includeonly</literal>.
+</para>
+
+
+
+<sect1 label="24.1" id="_005cendinput">
+<title><literal>\endinput</literal></title>
-<sect1 label="23.1" id="_005cinclude">
-<title><literal>\include</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\include</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\endinput</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\include{<replaceable>archivo</replaceable>}
+<screen>\endinput
</screen>
-<para>No hay presente una instrucción <literal>\includeonly</literal>, la instrucción
-<literal>\include</literal> executa <literal>\clearpage</literal> para iniciar una nueva página
-(véase <link linkend="_005cclearpage">\clearpage</link>), entonces lee el <replaceable>archivo</replaceable>, y luego hace otro
-<literal>\clearpage</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>Dada una instrucción <literal>\includeonly</literal>, las acciones <literal>\include</literal>
-únicamente se ejecutan si <replaceable>archivo</replaceable> está listado como un argumento
-para <literal>\includeonly</literal>. Consulte la siguiente sección.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\include</literal> anidada, no se permite</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\include</literal> no puede aparecer en el preámbulo o en un
-archivo leído por otra instrucción <literal>\include</literal>.
+<para>Cuando <literal>\include{filename}</literal>, dentro de <filename>filename.tex</filename> el
+material después de <literal>\endinput</literal> no se incluirá. Este comando es
+opcional; si <filename>filename.tex</filename> no tiene <literal>\endinput</literal> entonces
+&latex; leerá todo el archivo.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, supón que el archivo raíz de un documento tiene
+<literal>\input{chap1}</literal> y este es <filename>chap1.tex</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter{Uno}
+Este material aparecerá en el documento.
+\endinput
+Esto no aparecerá.
+</screen>
+<para>Esto puede ser útil para poner documentación o comentarios al final de
+un archivo, o para evitar caracteres basura que se pueden agregar si
+el archivo es transmitido en el cuerpo de un correo electrónico.
+También es útil para depurar: una estrategia para localizar errores
+es poner <literal>\endinput</literal> a mitad del camino a través del archivo
+incluido y ver si el error desaparece. Ahora, sabiendo qué mitad
+contiene el error, mover el <literal>\endinput</literal> a la mitad a través de
+esa área reduce aún más la ubicación. Este proceso encuentra
+rápidamente la línea infractora.
+</para>
+<para>Después de leer <literal>\endinput</literal>, &latex; continúa leyendo hasta el
+final de la línea, por lo que algo puede seguir este comando y ser
+leído, no obstante. Esto te permite, por ejemplo, cerrar un
+<literal>\if...</literal> con un <literal>\fi</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="23.2" id="_005cincludeonly">
-<title><literal>\includeonly</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="24.2" id="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">
+<title><literal>\include</literal> e <literal>\includeonly</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cinclude"/><anchor id="_005cincludeonly"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\include</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\includeonly</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\includeonly{<replaceable>archivo1</replaceable>,<replaceable>archivo2</replaceable>,...}
+<screen>\includeonly{ % en el preámbulo del documento
+ ...
+ <replaceable>filename</replaceable>,
+ ...
+ }
+ ...
+\include{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} % en el cuerpo del documento
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\includeonly</literal> controla cuales archivos se deben
-leer en subsecuentes instrucciones <literal>\include</literal>. La lista de nombres
-de archivo se separa con comas. Cada <replaceable>archivo</replaceable> debe coincidir
-exactamente con un nombre de archivo especificado en una instrucción
-<literal>\include</literal> para una selección eficaz.
+<para>Lleva material del archivo externo <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.tex</filename> a un
+documento &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\include</literal> hace tres cosas: ejecuta <literal>\clearpage</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</link>), entonces ingresa el material
+de <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.tex</filename> en el documento, y luego hace otro
+<literal>\clearpage</literal>. Este comando solo puede aparecer en el cuerpo del
+documento.
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción únicamente puede aparecer en el preámbulo.
+<para>El comando <literal>\includeonly</literal> controla qué archivos leerá &latex;
+bajo los siguientes comandos <literal>\include</literal>. Su lista de los nombres
+de archivo están separados por comas. Debe aparecer en el preámbulo o
+incluso anterior, por ejemplo, la línea de comandos; no puede aparecer
+en el cuerpo del documento.
+</para>
+<para>Este documento raíz de ejemplo, <filename>constitution.tex</filename>, trae tres
+archivos, <filename>preamble.tex</filename>, <filename>articles.tex</filename> y
+<filename>enmiendas.tex</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{
+ preamble,
+ articles,
+ amendments
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\include{preamble}
+\include{articles}
+\include{amendments}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>El archivo <filename>preamble.tex</filename> no contiene ningún código especial;
+justamente tienes un extracto del capítulo <filename>constitution.tex</filename> y
+lo pones en un archivo separado solo por conveniencia de edición.
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter{Preamble}
+
+Nosotros, el Pueblo de los Estados Unidos, con el fin de formar una
+Unión más perfecta, ...
+</screen>
+<para>Ejecutar &latex; en <filename>constitution.tex</filename> hace que el material de
+tres archivos aparezca en el documento pero también genera los
+archivos auxiliares <filename>preamble.aux</filename>, <filename>articles.aux</filename> y
+<filename>enmiendas.aux</filename>. Estos contienen información como números de
+página (véase <link linkend="Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</link>). Si ahora comentas líneas de
+<literal>\includeonly</literal> con <literal>preámbulo</literal> y <literal>enmiendas</literal> y ejecuta
+&latex; nuevamente, el documento resultante muestra solo el material
+de <filename>articles.tex</filename>, no el material de <filename>preamble.tex</filename> o
+<filename>amendments.tex</filename>. No obstante, toda la información de los
+archivos auxiliares omitidos todavía está allí, incluyendo el número
+de página inicial del capítulo.
+</para>
+<para>Si el preámbulo del documento no tiene <literal>\includeonly</literal> entonces
+&latex; incluirá todos los archivos que solicites con comandos
+<literal>\include</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\include</literal> crea una nueva página. Para evitarlo,
+consulta <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link> (que, sin embargo, no retiene la información
+auxiliar).
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de libro Larger</link>, para otro ejemplo usando
+<literal>\include</literal> e <literal>\includeonly</literal>. Ese ejemplo también usa
+<literal>\input</literal> para algún material que no necesariamente comenzará en
+una nueva página.
+</para>
+<para>Los nombres de archivo pueden incluir rutas.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{
+ chapters/chap1,
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\include{chapters/chap1}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y plataformas,
+debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La tradición es
+usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante, para el nombre
+&#8216;<literal>amo amas amat</literal>&#8217;, esto funciona bajo &tex; Live en GNU/Linux:
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\space</primary></indexterm>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{
+ &quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\include{&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>y esto funciona bajo MiK&tex; en Windows:
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{
+ {&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\include{{&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\include</literal> anidado, no permitido</primary></indexterm>
+<para>No puedes usar <literal>\include</literal> dentro de un archivo que se está
+incluyendo u obtienes &#8216;<literal>Error LaTeX: \include no se puede anidar.</literal>&#8217;
+El comando <literal>\include</literal> no puede aparecer en el preámbulo del
+documento; vas a obtener &#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: Falta
+\begin{document}</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Si un archivo que <literal>\include</literal> no existe, por ejemplo, si
+<literal>\include{athiesm}</literal> pero quisiste decir
+<literal>\include{atheism}</literal>, entonces &latex; no te da un error pero
+te avisa &#8216;<literal>No hay archivo athiesm.tex.</literal>&#8217; (También creará
+<filename>athiesm.aux</filename>).
+</para>
+<para>Si <literal>\include</literal> el archivo raíz en sí mismo, primero obtienes
+&#8216;<literal>Error de LaTeX: solo se puede usar en el preámbulo.</literal>&#8217; Las
+ejecuciones posteriores obtienen &#8216;<literal>Capacidad excedida de TeX, lo
+siento [text input levels=15]</literal>&#8217;. Arreglar esto, debe eliminar la
+inclusión <literal>\include{<replaceable>root</replaceable>}</literal> pero también elimina el
+archivo <filename><replaceable>root</replaceable>.aux</filename> y vuelve a ejecutar &latex;.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="23.3" id="_005cinput">
+<sect1 label="24.3" id="_005cinput">
<title><literal>\input</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\input</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\input{<replaceable>archivo</replaceable>}
+<screen>\input{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\input</literal> provoca que el <replaceable>archivo</replaceable> especificado
-sea leído y procesado, tal como si su contendido se hubiera insertado en
-ese punto en el archivo actual.
+<para>&latex; procesa el archivo como si su contenido estuviera insertado
+en el archivo actual. Para un mecanismo de inclusión más sofisticado
+<link linkend="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">\include e \includeonly</link>.
</para>
-<para>Si <replaceable>archivo</replaceable> no termina en &#8216;<literal>.tex </literal>&#8217; (por ejemplo, &#8216;<literal>foo</literal>&#8217; o
-&#8216;<literal>foo.bar</literal>&#8217;), primero se intenta con esa extensión (&#8216;<literal>foo.tex</literal>&#8217; o
-&#8216;<literal>foo.bar.tex</literal>&#8217;). Si no se encuentra, el <replaceable>archivo</replaceable> original se
-intenta con (&#8216;<literal>foo</literal>&#8217; o &#8216;<literal>foo.bar</literal>&#8217;).
+<para>Si <replaceable>filename</replaceable> no termina en &#8216;<literal>.tex</literal>&#8217; entonces &latex; primero
+intenta el nombre del archivo con esa extensión; este es el caso
+habitual. Si <replaceable>filename</replaceable> termina con &#8216;<literal>.tex</literal>&#8217; luego &latex;
+busca el nombre de archivo tal como es.
</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, este
+</para>
+<screen>\input{macros}
+</screen>
+<para>hará que &latex; busque primero <filename>macros.tex</filename>. Si encuentra ese
+archivo, entonces procesa su contenido como si hubiera sido copiar y
+pegar. Si no hay ningún archivo con el nombre <filename>macros.tex</filename>,
+entonces &latex; intenta el nombre <filename>macros</filename>, sin
+extensión. (Esto puede variar según la distribución).
+</para>
+<para>Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y plataformas,
+debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La tradición es
+usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante, para el nombre
+&#8216;<literal>amo amas amat</literal>&#8217;, esto funciona bajo &tex; Live en GNU/Linux:
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\space</primary></indexterm>
+<screen>\input{&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;}
+</screen>
+<para>y esto funciona bajo MiK&tex; en Windows:
+</para>
+<screen>\input{{&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}}
+</screen>
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="24" id="Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada">
-<title>Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</title>
-
+<chapter label="25" id="Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada">
+<title>Material de portada/contraportada</title>
-<sect1 label="24.1" id="Tablas-de-Contenido">
-<title>Tablas de Contenido</title>
+<!-- sin coma en el nombre del nodo porque Texinfo no lo admite tan -->
+<!-- bien. -->
+<sect1 label="25.1" id="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">
+<title>Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tabla de contenido, creando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tabla de contenido, crear</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tableofcontents</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Se produce una tabla de contenido con la instrucción
-<literal>\tableofcontents</literal>. Usted pone la instrucción adecuada donde desea
-que aparezca la tabla de contenido; &latex; hace el resto para usted.
-Una ejecución previa habrá generado un archivo <filename>.toc</filename>.
-</para>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> produce una sección, pero no
-inicia una nueva página automáticamente. Si desea una nueva página
-después de la tabla de contenido, escriba una instrucción código
-<literal>\newpage</literal> después de la instrucción <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>.
-</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.toc archivo</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoffigures</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoftables</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Las instrucciones análogas <literal>\listoffigures</literal> y <literal>\listoftables</literal>
-producen una lists de figuras y una lista de tablas, respectivamente.
-Cada una funciona exactamente igual que la tabla de contenido.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>archivo .lof</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.lot archivo</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nofiles</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\nofiles</literal> reemplaza estas instrucciones, e
-<emphasis>impide</emphasis> que se genere cualquiera de estas listas.
+<screen>\tableofcontents
+\listoffigures
+\listoftables
+</screen>
+<para>Produce una tabla de contenido, o una lista de figuras, o una lista de
+tablas. Pon el comando en el archivo de entrada donde deseas que se
+coloque la tabla o la lista. No escribas las entradas; por ejemplo,
+normalmente las entradas de la tabla de contenido se genera
+automáticamente a partir de los comandos de seccionado
+<literal>\chapter</literal>, etc.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo ilustra el primer comando, <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>.
+&latex; producirá una tabla de contenido en la primera página del
+libro.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+ ...
+\chapter{...}
+ ...
+\section{...}
+ ...
+\subsection{...}
+ ...
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Descomentar la segunda línea haría que esa tabla contuviera los
+listados de capítulos y secciones, pero no listados de subsecciones,
+porque el comando <literal>\section</literal> tiene nivel&#160;1.
+Véase <link linkend="Seccionado">Seccionado</link>, para nivel números de las unidades de corte. Para
+obtener más información sobre el <literal>tocdepth</literal>
+véase <link linkend="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Otro ejemplo del uso de <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> está en <link linkend="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla
+de libro Larger</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Si deseas un salto de página después de la tabla de contenido, escribe
+un comando <literal>\newpage</literal> después del comando
+<literal>\tableofcontents</literal>, como arriba.
+</para>
+<para>Para hacer la tabla de contenido, &latex; almacena la información en
+un archivo auxiliar llamado <filename><replaceable>root-file</replaceable>.toc</filename> (véase <link linkend="Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir
+la entrada</link>). Por ejemplo, este archivo &latex; <filename>test.tex</filename>
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+\section{Primera sección}
+\subsection{Primera subsección}
+ ...
+</screen>
+<para>escribe estas líneas en <filename>test.toc</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Primera sección}{2}
+\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Primera
+ subsección}{2}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Cada línea contiene un solo comando, <literal>\contentsline</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>). El primer argumento, el <literal>section</literal> o
+<literal>subsection</literal>, es la unidad de seccionamiento. El segundo
+argumento tiene dos componentes. El gancho <literal>\numberline</literal>
+determina cómo el número de sección, <literal>1</literal> o <literal>1.1</literal>, aparece en
+la tabla de contenido (véase <link linkend="_005cnumberline">\numberline</link>). El resto del segundo
+argumento de <literal>\contentsline</literal>, &#8216;<literal>Primera sección</literal>&#8217; o
+&#8216;<literal>Primera subsección</literal>&#8217;, es el texto del título de la sección.
+Finalmente, el tercer argumento, &#8216;<literal>2</literal>&#8217;, es el número de página en
+el que comienza esta unidad de seccionado.
+</para>
+<para>Para componer estas líneas, la clase &#8220;document&#8221; proporciona
+<literal>\l@<replaceable>section-unit</replaceable></literal> comandos como
+<literal>\l@section{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}</literal> y
+<literal>\l@subsection{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}</literal>. Estos
+comandos a menudo usan el comando <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Una consecuencia de la estrategia de &latex; de usar archivos
+auxiliares es que para obtener la información correcta en el documento
+debes ejecutar &latex; dos veces, una vez para almacenar la
+información y la segunda vez para recuperarla. En el curso normal de
+escribir un documento los autores ejecutan &latex; un número de
+veces, pero puedes notar que la primera vez que compilas un nuevo
+documento, la página de la tabla de contenido estará vacía excepto por
+su encabezado &#8216;<literal>Contenido</literal>&#8217;. Simplemente ejecuta &latex; de
+nuevo.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos <literal>\listoffigures</literal> y <literal>\listoftables</literal> producen un
+lista de figuras y lista de tablas. Su información se almacena en
+archivos con extensión <filename>.lof</filename> y <filename>.lot</filename>. Funcionan de la
+misma manera como <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> pero este último es más
+común, así que lo usamos para la mayoría de los ejemplos.
+</para>
+<para>Puede agregar material manualmente a la tabla de contenido, la lista
+de figuras y la lista de tablas. Por ejemplo, agrega una línea sobre
+un sección a la tabla de contenido con
+<literal>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>.
+(véase <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). Agregar material arbitrario, es decir,
+sin línea material, con <literal>\addtocontents</literal>, como con el comando
+<literal>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</literal>, que agrega
+espacio vertical a la lista de figuras (véase <link linkend="_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Líneas en la tabla de contenido, la lista de figuras y la lista de
+tablas, tienen cuatro partes. Primero es una sangría. A continuación
+hay una caja en la que se colocan números de seccionado, y luego el
+tercer recuadro contiene el título del texto, como &#8216;<literal>Primera
+sección</literal>&#8217;. Finalmente hay una caja contra el margen derecho, dentro de
+la cual &latex; pone el cuadro del número de página. Para la sangría
+y el ancho del cuadro numérico, véase <link linkend="_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</link>. El cuadro
+del margen derecho tiene ancho <literal>\@tocrmarg</literal> y el número de
+página está justo en ese espacio, dentro de un cuadro de ancho
+<literal>\@pnumwidth</literal>. De manera predeterminada <literal>\@tocrmarg</literal> es
+<literal>2.55em</literal> y <literal>\@pnumwidth</literal> es <literal>1.55em</literal>. Cámbialos como
+con <literal>\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocloft</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocloft</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocbibbind</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocbibbind</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>CTAN tiene muchos paquetes
+para la tabla de contenido y listas de figuras y tablas
+(véase <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>). El paquete <literal>tocloft</literal> es conveniente para
+ajustar algunos aspectos del valor predeterminado, como el espaciado.
+Y, <literal>tocbibbind</literal> agregará automáticamente la bibliografía,
+índice, etc. a la tabla de contenido.
+</para>
+<para>Para cambiar el encabezado de la página de la tabla de contenido, haz
+algo como estos comandos antes de llamar a <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>,
+etc.
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Tabla de contenido}
+\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Traza}
+\renewcommand{\listtablename}{especificaciones}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Paquetes de
+internacionalización como <literal>babel</literal> o <literal>polyglossia</literal>
+cambiará estos encabezados según el idioma base elegido.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="25.1.1" id="_005c_0040dottedtocline">
+<title><literal>\@dottedtocline</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@dottedtocline</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entrada de tabla de contenido, crea línea punteada</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\@dottedtocline{<replaceable>section-level-num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>indent</replaceable>}{<replaceable>numwidth</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Usado internamente por &latex; para formatear una línea de entrada en
+la tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas. Los
+autores no ingresan directamente los comandos <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando suele utilizarlo <literal>\l@section</literal>,
+<literal>\l@subsection</literal>, etc., para dar formato a las líneas de
+contenido. Por ejemplo, el archivo <filename>article.cls</filename> contiene estas
+definiciones:
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+</screen>
+<para>En este ejemplo, <literal>\@dottedcline</literal> parece haber recibido solo tres
+argumentos. Pero rastrear el código interno muestra que recoge los
+argumentos finales <replaceable>text</replaceable> y <replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable> en la sinopsis desde
+una llamada a <literal>\contentsline</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>líderes, punteados en la tabla de contenido</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Entre el cuadro para el texto del título de una sección y el cuadro
+del margen derecho, estos comandos <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal> insertan
+<firstterm>líderes punteados</firstterm>, es decir, puntos espaciados uniformemente El
+espacio de punto a punto viene dado por el comando <literal>\@dotsep</literal>.
+De manera predeterminada es 4.5 (está en unidades matemáticas, también
+conocido como <literal>mu</literal>, que son <literal>1/18</literal>&#160;em. Cámbialo
+usando <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, como en
+<literal>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En la clase <filename>book</filename> estándar, &latex; no usa líderes punteados
+para las entradas de la tabla Part y Chapter, y en la clase
+<filename>article</filename> estándar no usa líderes punteados para las entradas de
+la sección.
</para>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.1.2" id="_005caddcontentsline">
+<title><literal>\addcontentsline</literal></title>
-<sect2 label="24.1.1" id="_005caddcontentsline">
-<title>\addcontentsline</title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>exto</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unidad</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tabla de contenido, agregando manualmente</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addcontentsline</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entrada de la tabla de contenido, agregar manualmente</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción
-<literal>\addcontentsline</literal>{<replaceable>extensión</replaceable>}{<replaceable>undad</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
-añade una entrada a la lista o tabla donde:
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>extensión</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>La extensión del archivo en el que se va a escribir la información, por
-lo general una de: <literal>toc</literal> (tabla de contenido), <literal>lof</literal> (lista de
-figuras) o <literal>lot</literal> (lista de tablas).
+<screen>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Agrega una entrada al archivo auxiliar con extensión <replaceable>ext</replaceable>.
</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>unidad</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El nombre de la unidad de sección a añadir, normalmente una de las
-siguientes, coincidiendo con el valor del argumento <replaceable>extensión</replaceable>:
+<para>Lo siguiente resultará en una línea &#8216;<literal>Apéndices</literal>&#8217; en la tabla de
+contenido.
+</para>
+<screen>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Apéndices}}
+</screen>
+<para>Aparecerá al mismo nivel de sangría que las secciones, estará en
+negrita, y se le asignará el número de página asociado con el punto
+donde aparece el comando en el archivo de entrada.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> escribe información en el archivo
+<filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename>, donde <replaceable>root-name</replaceable> es el nombre
+del archivo raíz (véase <link linkend="Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</link>). Escribe que
+información como el texto del comando
+<literal>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}</literal>, dónde
+<literal><replaceable>num</replaceable></literal> es el valor actual del contador <literal><replaceable>unit</replaceable></literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>). El caso más común es la tabla de contenido y
+allí <replaceable>num</replaceable> es el número de página de la primera página de
+<replaceable>unit</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando es invocado por los comandos de seccionado
+<literal>\chapter</literal>, etc. (véase <link linkend="Seccionado">Seccionado</link>), y también por
+<literal>\caption</literal> dentro de un entorno flotante (véase <link linkend="Flotantes">Flotantes</link>).
+Pero también lo utilizan directamente los autores. Por ejemplo, un
+autor que escribe un libro cuyo estilo es tener un prefacio sin
+numerar puede usar el <literal>\chapter*</literal> con asterisco. Pero ese
+comando omite la información de la tabla de contenido, que se puede
+ingresar manualmente, como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>\chapter*{Preface}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Prefacio}
+</screen>
+<para>En el archivo <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.toc</filename> &latex; pondrá la línea
+<literal>\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {}Prefacio}{3}</literal>;
+nota que el número de página &#8216;<literal>3</literal>&#8217; es generado automáticamente por
+el sistema, no ingresado manualmente.
+</para>
+<para>Todos los argumentos para <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> son obligatorios.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Por lo general, una de las cadenas <literal>toc</literal> para la tabla de
+contenido, <literal>lof</literal> para la lista de figuras, o <literal>lot</literal> para la
+lista de tablas. La extensión del nombre de archivo del archivo de
+información.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>unit</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Una cadena que depende del valor del argumento <replaceable>ext</replaceable>, normalmente
+una de:
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>toc</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>El nombre de la unidad de sección: <literal>part</literal>, <literal>chapter</literal>,
-<literal>section</literal>, <literal>subsection</literal>, <literal>subsubsection</literal>.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lof</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Para la lista de figuras.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lot</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Para la lista de tablas.
+</term><listitem><para>Para la tabla de contenido, este es el nombre de una unidad seccional:
+<literal>part</literal>, <literal>chapter</literal>, <literal>section</literal>, <literal>subsection</literal>, etc.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lof</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Para la lista de figuras: <literal>figure</literal>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lot</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Para la lista de tablas: <literal>table</literal>.
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>texto</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto real de la entrada.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>El texto de la entrada. Debes <literal>\protect</literal> cualquier comando
+frágil (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>) utilizado en él.
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción que realmente escribe al archivo <filename>.<replaceable>extensión</replaceable></filename>
-es la instrucción <literal>\contentsline{<replaceable>undad</replaceable>}{<replaceable>nombre</replaceable>}</literal>.
+<para>El comando <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> tiene una interacción con
+<literal>\include</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">\include e \includeonly</link>). Si los usas en el
+mismo nivel, como con
+<literal>\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}</literal> entonces
+las líneas en la tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden
+incorrecto. La solución es mover <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> al archivo
+que se incluye.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas una <replaceable>unidad</replaceable> que &latex; no reconoce, como con el error
+tipográfico aquí
+</para>
+<screen>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Apéndices}}
+</screen>
+<para>entonces no obtienes un error sino que el formato en la tabla de
+contenido no tendrá sentido.
</para>
-<!-- ?? ¿cómo están cableados estos valores? ¿otros nombres de unidad? -->
-
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="24.1.2" id="_005caddtocontents">
-<title>\addtocontents</title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtocontents{<replaceable>extra</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\addtocontents</literal>{<replaceable>extensión</replaceable>}{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
-añade texto (o instrucciones de formato) directamente al archivo
-<filename>.<replaceable>extensión</replaceable></filename> que genera la tabla de contenido o listas de
-figuras o tablas.
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>extensión</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>La extensión del archivo en el cual escribir la información: <filename>toc</filename>
-(tabla de contenido), <filename>lof</filename> (lista de figuras) o <filename>lot</filename> (lista
-de tablas).
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>texto</replaceable>
-</term><listitem><para>El texto a escribir.
+<sect2 label="25.1.3" id="_005caddtocontents">
+<title><literal>\addtocontents</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtocontents{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\addtocontents{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Agrega <replaceable>text</replaceable>, que puede ser texto o comandos de formato,
+directamente a el archivo auxiliar con extensión <replaceable>ext</replaceable>. Este es
+el más utilizado para la tabla de contenido, así que esa es la
+discusión aquí, pero también se aplica a la lista de figuras y la
+lista de tablas.
+</para>
+<para>Esto pondrá un espacio vertical en la tabla de contenido después del
+encabezado &#8216;<literal>Contenido</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<screen>\tableofcontents\newpage
+\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
+</screen>
+<para>Esto pone la palabra &#8216;<literal>Página</literal>&#8217;, en negrita, encima de la columna
+del número de página y después del encabezado.
+</para>
+<screen>\tableofcontents
+\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Página}\par}
+\chapter{...}
+</screen>
+<para>Esto agrega una línea que anuncia el trabajo de un nuevo autor.
+</para>
+<screen>\addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \protect\vspace{2ex}
+ \textbf{Capítulos de N. Otro autor}\par}
+</screen>
+<para>La diferencia entre <literal>\addtocontents</literal> y <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> es
+que este último es estrictamente para líneas, como con una línea que
+da el número de página para el comienzo de un nuevo subconjunto de
+capítulos. Como muestran los ejemplos anteriores,
+<literal>\addtocontents</literal> es para material como el espaciado.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\addtocontents</literal> tiene dos argumentos. Ambos son
+requeridos.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>Por lo general, uno de: <filename>toc</filename> para la tabla de contenido,
+<filename>lof</filename> para la lista de figuras, o <filename>lot</filename> para la lista de
+tablas. La extensión del archivo contiene la información.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable>
+</term><listitem><para>El texto, y posiblemente los comandos, que se van a escribir.
</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Los comandos de seccionado como <literal>\chapter</literal> usan el comando
+<literal>\addcontentsline</literal> para almacenar información. Este comando crea
+líneas en el archivo auxiliar <filename>.toc</filename> que contiene el comando
+<literal>\contentsline</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). A diferencia de el
+comando <literal>\addtocontents</literal> coloca el material directamente en ese
+archivo.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <literal>\addtocontents</literal> tiene una interacción con
+<literal>\include</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">\include e \includeonly</link>). Si los usas en el
+mismo nivel, como con
+<literal>\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}</literal> entonces las líneas
+en la tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden incorrecto. La
+solución es mover <literal>\addtocontents</literal> al archivo que se incluye.
+</para>
</sect2>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="24.2" id="Glosarios">
-<title>Glosarios</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>glosarios</primary></indexterm>
+<sect2 label="25.1.4" id="_005ccontentsline">
+<title><literal>\contentsline</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeglossary</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\makeglossary</literal> habilita la creación de glosarios.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tabla de contenido</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tableofcontents</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.toc archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoffigures</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoftables</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>archivo .lof</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.lot archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l@chapter</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l@section</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l@subsection</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\glossary</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo <filename>.glo</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\glossary{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal> escribe una entrada en el
-glosario para <replaceable>texto</replaceable> a un archivo auxiliar con la extensión
-<filename>.glo</filename>.
+<screen>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Utilizado internamente por &latex; para componer una entrada de la
+tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas (véase <link linkend="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla
+de contenido etc.</link>). Los autores no ingresan directamente los comandos
+<literal>\contentsline</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo general, la adición de material a estas listas la realizan
+automáticamente los comandos <literal>\chapter</literal>, <literal>\section</literal>,
+etc. para la tabla de contenido, o por el comando <literal>\caption</literal>
+dentro de un entorno <literal>\figure</literal> o <literal>\table</literal> (véase <link linkend="figure">figure</link> y
+véase <link linkend="table">table</link>). De este modo, donde el archivo raíz es
+<filename>thesis.tex</filename> y contiene la declaración <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>,
+el comando <literal>\chapter{Capítulo Uno}</literal> produce algo como esto en
+el archivo <filename>thesis.toc</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Capítulo uno}{3}
+</screen>
+<para>Si el archivo contiene la declaración <literal>\listoffigures</literal> entonces
+un entorno <literal>figure</literal> que involucra <literal>\caption{Test}</literal>
+producirá algo como esto en <filename>thesis.lof</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces
+Test}}{6}
+</screen>
+<para>Para agregar material manualmente, usa
+<literal>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>filetype</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>,
+donde <replaceable>filetype</replaceable> es <literal>toc</literal>, <literal>lof</literal> o <literal>lot</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocloft</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocloft</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para manipular cómo se escribe el material
+<literal>\contentline</literal>, consulta el paquete <literal>tocloft</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <literal>hyperref</literal>
+cambia la definición de <literal>\contentsline</literal> (y
+<literal>\addcontentsline</literal>) para agregar más argumentos, para hacer
+hipervínculos. Esta es la fuente del error <literal>El argumento de
+\contentsline tiene una }</literal> adicional cuando se agrega/elimina el uso
+del paquete <literal>hyperref</literal> y ya se ejecutó una compilación.
+Soluciona este error eliminando el archivo <filename>.toc</filename> o <filename>.lof</filename> o
+<filename>.lot</filename> y ejecutando &latex; de nuevo.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.1.5" id="_005cnofiles">
+<title><literal>\nofiles</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nofiles</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\glossaryentry</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe es
-<literal>\glossaryentry{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}{<replaceable>no-de-página</replaceable>}</literal>, donde
-<replaceable>no-de-página</replaceable> es el valor de <literal>\thepage</literal>.
+<screen>\nofiles
+</screen>
+<para>Evita que &latex; escriba archivos auxiliares. La única salida serán
+los archivos <filename>.log</filename> y <filename>.pdf</filename> (o <filename>.dvi</filename>). Este comando
+debe ir en el preámbulo.
</para>
-<para>El paquete <literal>glossary</literal> en CTAN proporciona compatibilidad para
-glosarios más sofisticados.
+<para>Debido al comando <literal>\nofiles</literal> este ejemplo no producirá un archivo
+<filename>.toc</filename>.
</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+\nofiles
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+\chapter{...}
+ ...
+</screen>
+<para>&latex; no borrará ningún archivo auxiliar existente, por lo que si
+insertas el comando <literal>\nofiles</literal> después de ejecutar el archivo y
+obtener un <filename>.toc</filename> entonces la página de la tabla de contenido
+seguirá mostrando la información antigua.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.1.6" id="_005cnumberline">
+<title><literal>\numberline</literal></title>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\numberline</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\numberline{<replaceable>number</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Escribe su argumento alineado a la izquierda en un cuadro. Esto se
+usa en un comando <literal>\contentsline</literal> para escribir el número de
+sección (véase <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, esta línea en un <filename>.toc</filename> hace que el <literal>1.1</literal> sea
+composición tipográfica a la izquierda.
+</para>
+<screen>\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivación}{2}
+</screen>
+<para>De forma predeterminada, &latex; escribe los números de sección en un
+cuadro de longitud <literal>\@tempdima</literal>. Esa longitud la establecen los
+comandos <literal>\l@section</literal>, <literal>\l@subsection</literal>, etc. Poner números
+de sección dentro de una caja de ancho natural con
+<literal>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</literal> antes de
+<literal>\tableofcontents</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando es frágil, por lo que es posible que debas precederlo con
+<literal>\protect</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). Un ejemplo es el uso de
+<literal>\protect</literal> en este comando,
+</para>
+<screen><literal>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Resumen}</literal>
+</screen>
+<para>para obtener el <literal>\numberline</literal> en el comando <literal>\contentsline</literal>
+en el archivo <filename>.toc</filename>: <literal>\contentsline
+{section}{\numberline {}Resumen}{6}</literal> (&latex; agrega
+automáticamente el número de página &#8216;<literal>6</literal>&#8217;;
+véase <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>).
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="24.3" id="_00cdndices">
+<sect1 label="25.2" id="_00cdndices">
<title>Índices</title>
+
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>índices</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeindex</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\makeindex</literal> permite la creación de índices.
-Coloquela en el preámbulo.
-</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\index</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo <filename>.idx</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\index{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal> escribe una entrada en el
-índice para <replaceable>texto</replaceable> en un archivo auxiliar con la extensión
-<filename>.idx</filename>.
+
+<para>Si le dices a &latex; qué términos quieres que aparezcan en un
+índice, entonces puede producir ese índice, en orden alfabético y con
+los números de página mantenidos automáticamente. Esto ilustra los
+conceptos básicos.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexentry</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe la entrada es
-<literal>\indexentry{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}{<replaceable>no-de-página</replaceable>}</literal>, donde
-<replaceable>no-de-página</replaceable> es el valor actual de <literal>\thepage</literal>.
+<screen>\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{makeidx} % Proporcionar comandos de indexación
+ \makeindex
+% \usepackage{showidx} % Muestra notas al margen de las entradas
+ % del índice
+ ...
+\begin{document}
+ ...
+Teorema de Wilson\index{Teorema de Wilson}
+dice que un número $n&gt;1$ es primo si y solo si el factorial
+de $n-1$ es congruente con $-1$
+modulo~$n$.\index{congruencia!y el Teorema de Wilson}
+ ...
+\printindex
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Como muestra, declara las entradas de índice con el comando
+<literal>\index</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cindex">\index</link>). Cuando ejecutas &latex;,
+<literal>\index</literal> escribe su información, como &#8216;<literal>Teorema de Wilson</literal>&#8217; y
+el número de página, a un archivo auxiliar cuyo nombre termina en
+<filename>.idx</filename>. A continuación, alfabetiza y hace otras manipulaciones,
+como ejecutar un comando externo, normalmente <command>makeindex</command>
+(véase <link linkend="makeindex">makeindex</link>), que escribe un archivo cuyo nombre termina en
+<filename>.ind</filename>. Finalmente, <literal>\printindex</literal> trae esta información
+manipulada en la salida (véase <link linkend="_005cprintindex">\printindex</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Por lo tanto, si el ejemplo anterior está en el archivo
+<filename>numth.tex</filename> entonces ejecutar &#8216;<literal>pdflatex numth</literal>&#8217; guardará la
+entrada de índice y la información del número de página a
+<filename>numth.idx</filename>. Luego ejecutar &#8216;<literal>makeindex numth</literal>&#8217; ordena
+alfabéticamente y guarda los resultados en
+<filename>numth.ind</filename>. Finalmente, ejecutar de nuevo &#8216;<literal>pdflatex numth</literal>&#8217;
+mostrará el índice deseado, en el lugar donde está el comando
+<literal>\printindex</literal> en el archivo fuente.
+</para>
+<para>Hay muchas opciones para la salida. Un ejemplo es que el signo de
+exclamación en <literal>\index{congruencia!y teorema de Wilson}</literal>
+produce una entrada principal de &#8216;<literal>congruencia</literal>&#8217; con una subentrada
+de &#8216;<literal>y Teorema de Wilson</literal>&#8217;. Para obtener más información,
+véase <link linkend="makeindex">makeindex</link>.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos <literal>\makeindex</literal> y <literal>\printindex</literal> son
+independientes. Omitir el <literal>\makeindex</literal> evitará que &latex;
+guarde las entradas de índice al archivo auxiliar. Omitir el
+<literal>\printindex</literal> hará que &latex; no muestre el índice en la salida
+del documento.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>showidx</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>showidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>multind</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>multind</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>índice, múltiple</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>múltiples índices</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hay muchos paquetes en el área de indexación. El paquete
+<literal>showidx</literal> hace que cada entrada de índice se muestre en el
+margen de la página donde aparece el <literal>\index</literal>. Esto puede ayudar
+en la preparación del índice. El paquete <literal>multind</literal>, entre
+otros, admite múltiples índices. Consulta también la entrada de
+preguntas frecuentes de &tex; sobre este tema,
+<ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</ulink>, y el tema de CTAN,
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi">https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</ulink>.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="25.2.1" id="Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">
+<title>Producir el índice manualmente</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>índice, producir manualmente</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>theindex</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Los documentos que son pequeños y estáticos pueden tener un índice
+producido manualmente. Esto creará una página separada etiquetada
+como &#8216;<literal>Index</literal>&#8217;, en formato de dos columnas.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>theindex</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>theindex</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+
+<screen>\begin{theindex}
+\item acorn squash, 1
+\subitem maple estufado, 2
+\indexspace
+\item bacon, 3
+\subitem maple estufado, 4
+\end{theindex}
+</screen>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que el autor debe ingresar los números de página, lo
+cual es tedioso y que dará como resultado números incorrectos si el
+documento cambia. Esta es la razón por lo que en la mayoría de los
+casos, los métodos automatizados como <command>makeindex</command> son los
+mejores. Véase <link linkend="_00cdndices">Índices</link>.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&#8216;vea&#8217; y &#8216;vea también&#8217; entradas de índice</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Para generar una entrada de índice para &#8216;bar&#8217; que diga &#8216;Vea foo&#8217;,
-utilice una barra vertical: <literal>\index{bar|see{foo}}</literal>. Use
-<literal>seealso</literal> en lugar de <literal>see</literal> para producir una entrada &#8216;Vea
-también&#8217;.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subitem</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubitem</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexspace</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sin embargo, cubrimos los comandos para completado, y porque los
+métodos automatizados se basan en estos comandos. Hay tres niveles de
+entradas. Cómo muestra el ejemplo, una entrada principal usa
+<literal>\item</literal>, las subentradas usan <literal>\subitem</literal>, y el nivel más
+bajo usa <literal>\subsubitem</literal>. Las líneas en blanco entre entradas no
+tienen efecto. El ejemplo anterior incluye <literal>\indexspace</literal> para
+producir espacio vertical en la salida que usa algunos estilos de
+índice antes de que comience la primera entrada con una nueva letra.
</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.2.2" id="_005cindex">
+<title><literal>\index</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Entrada de índice</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\index</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\index{<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Declara una entrada en el índice. Este comando es frágil
+(véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, como se describe en <link linkend="_00cdndices">Índices</link>, una forma de obtener
+un índice de lo que sigue es compilar el documento con <literal>pdflatex
+test</literal>, entonces procesar las entradas del índice con <literal>makeindex
+test</literal> y luego compilar de nuevo con <literal>pdflatex test</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>% file test.tex
+ ...
+W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+ ...
+Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function}
+ ...
+rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entradas de índice, subentradas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Las tres entradas de índice obtendrán un número de página, como
+&#8216;<literal>Ackermann, 22</literal>&#8217;. &latex; formateará el segundo como un
+subelemento del primero, en la línea debajo de ella y con sangría, y
+la tercera como subelemento de la segunda. Tres niveles de
+profundidad es lo máximo que puede anidar subentradas. (Si agregas
+<literal>\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}</literal> entonces
+<command>makeindex</command> dice &#8216;<literal>Escaneando archivo de entrada
+test.idx....hecho (4 entradas aceptadas, 1 rechazada)</literal>&#8217; y el cuarto
+nivel del índice falla silenciosamente).
+</para>
+<para>Si ingresas un segundo <literal>\index</literal> con el mismo
+<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>, obtendrás una sola entrada de índice con dos
+números de página (a menos que caigan en la misma página). De este
+modo, agregar <literal>como por Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}</literal> más tarde
+en el mismo documento como el anterior dará una entrada de índice como
+&#8216;<literal>Ackermann, 22, 151</literal>&#8217;. Además, puedes introducir las entradas del
+índice en cualquier orden, por lo que la instancia
+<literal>\index{Ackermann!function}</literal> podría venir antes de
+<literal>\index{Ackermann}</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>índice, rango de páginas</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Obtiene un rango de páginas en la salida, como &#8216;<literal>Hilbert, 23--27</literal>&#8217;,
+como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+ ...
+D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(}
+ ...
+Desaprobado de su matrimonio.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)}
+</screen>
+<para>Si el comienzo y el final del rango de páginas son iguales, entonces
+el sistema solo da un único número de página, no un rango.
+</para>
+<para>Si indexas subentradas pero no una entrada principal, como con
+<literal>\index{Jones!program}</literal> e <literal>\index{Jones!results}</literal>,
+entonces el resultado es el elemento &#8216;<literal>Jones</literal>&#8217; sin coma ni número
+de página, seguido de dos subelementos, como &#8216;<literal>programa, 50</literal>&#8217; y
+&#8216;<literal>resultados, 51</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ve y ve también entradas de índice</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entradas de índice, &#8216;ve&#8217; y &#8216;ve también&#8217;</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\seename</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alsoname</primary></indexterm>
-<para>El texto &#8216;Vea&#8217; está definido por la macro <literal>\seename</literal>, y &#8216;Vea
-también&#8217; por la macro <literal>\alsoname</literal>. Estas se pueden redefinir para
-otros idiomas.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+
+<para>Genera una entrada de índice que diga &#8216;<literal>ve</literal>&#8217; usando un carácter de
+barra vertical: <literal>\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's
+function}}</literal>. En su lugar, puedes obtener &#8216;<literal>ve también</literal>&#8217; con
+<literal>seealso</literal>. (El texto &#8216;<literal>ve</literal>&#8217; está definido por <literal>\seename</literal>
+y &#8216;<literal>ve también</literal>&#8217; por <literal>\alsoname</literal>. Los puedes redefinir
+utilizando un paquete de internacionalización como <literal>babel</literal> o
+<literal>polyglossia</literal>, o directamente como con
+<literal>\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Ve también}</literal>).
+</para>
+<para>La característica &#8216;<literal>see</literal>&#8217; es parte de una funcionalidad más
+general. Después de la barra vertical puedes poner el nombre de un
+comando de una sola entrada, como en <literal>\index{group|textit}</literal>
+(ten en cuenta la barra invertida que falta en el comando
+<literal>\textit</literal>) y el sistema aplicará ese comando al número de página,
+aquí dando algo como <literal>\textit{7}</literal>. Puedes definir tus propios
+comandos de una sola entrada, como
+<literal>\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}</literal> y
+entonces <literal>\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}</literal> dará un
+número de página azul (véase <link linkend="Color">Color</link>). Otro ejemplo, menos práctico,
+es este,
+</para>
+<!-- crédito Ian Thompson https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/272572/121234 -->
+<screen>\newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
+ ... Epimenides.\index{self-reference|indexownpage}
+</screen>
+<para>que crea una entrada citando el número de página de su propia lista de
+índice.
+</para>
+<para>Las dos funciones recién descritas se combinan, como aquí
+</para>
+<screen>\index{Ackermann!function|(definedpage}
+ ...
+\index{Ackermann!function|)}
+</screen>
+<para>que genera una entrada de índice como &#8216;<literal>function, 23--27</literal>&#8217; donde
+los números del rango de páginas están en azul.
+</para>
+<para>Considera una entrada de índice como &#8216;<literal>&#x03B1;-ring</literal>&#8217;.
+Entrado como <literal>$\alpha$-ring</literal> hará que se ordene alfabéticamente
+según el signo de dolar. En su lugar, lo puedes ingresar usando un
+signo de arroba, como <literal>\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}</literal>. Si
+especificas una entrada con un signo de arroba que separa dos cadenas,
+<literal><replaceable>pos</replaceable>@<replaceable>text</replaceable></literal>, entonces <replaceable>pos</replaceable> da la posición
+alfabética de la entrada mientras <replaceable>text</replaceable> produce el texto de la
+entrada. Otro ejemplo es que <literal>\index{Saint Michael's
+College@SMC}</literal> produce una entrada de índice &#8216;<literal>SMC</literal>&#8217; en orden
+alfabético en una ubicación diferente a su ortografía lo daría
+naturalmente.
+</para>
+<para>Para poner un carácter <literal>!</literal>, <literal>@</literal>, <literal>|</literal> o <literal>&quot;</literal> en una
+entrada de índice, escápala precediéndola con una comilla doble,
+<literal>&quot;</literal>. (Las comillas dobles se eliminan antes de la
+alfabetización).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>index</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>index</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Varios paquetes en CTAN tienen funcionalidad
+adicional más allá de eso proporcionada por <literal>makeidx</literal>. Uno es
+<literal>index</literal>, que permite múltiples índices y contiene un comando
+<literal>\index*{<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>}</literal> que imprime el
+<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable> además de indexarlo.
</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexentry</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo idx</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El comando <literal>\index</literal> escribe la información de indexación en el
+archivo <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.idx</filename>. Específicamente, escribe texto
+del comando
+<literal>\indexentry{<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>}{<replaceable>page-num</replaceable>}</literal>,
+donde <replaceable>page-num</replaceable> es el valor del contador <literal>\thepage</literal>. Alguna
+ocasión, cuando el comando <literal>\printindex</literal> se confunde, debes
+eliminar este archivo para comenzar con una pizarra nueva.
+</para>
+<para>Si omites la llave de cierre de un comando <literal>\index</literal> entonces
+obtienes un mensaje como este.
+</para>
+<screen>¿Argumento fugitivo? {Ackermann!function
+! ! El párrafo terminó antes de que \@wrindex se completara.
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.2.3" id="makeindex">
+<title><command>makeindex</command></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>índice, procesamiento</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>makeindex, programa</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>makeindex</command> programa</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>xindy</command> programa</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo <filename>.ind</filename></primary></indexterm>
-<para>El archivo <filename>.idx</filename> generado luego es ordenado con una instrucción
-externa, por lo general alguna instrucción <command>makeindex</command>
-(<ulink url="http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex">http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex</ulink>) o (la de múltiples
-idiomas) <command>xindy</command> (<ulink url="http://xindy.sourceforge.net">http://xindy.sourceforge.net</ulink>). Esto
-resulta en un archivo <filename>.ind</filename>, que se puede leer para componer
-tipográficamente el índice.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo <filename>.idx</filename></primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>printindex</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete <literal>makeidx</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>El índice normalmente se genera con la instrucción <literal>\printindex</literal>.
-Esta instrucción está definida en el paquete <literal>makeidx</literal>, por lo
-tanto necesita colocar en el preámbulo la instrucción
-<literal>\usepackage{makeidx}</literal>.
+<screen>makeindex <replaceable>filename</replaceable>
+makeindex -s <replaceable>style-file</replaceable> <replaceable>filename</replaceable>
+makeindex <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>filename0</replaceable> ...
+</screen>
+<para>Ordenar y procesar la información del índice en el archivo auxiliar
+<replaceable>filename</replaceable>. Este es un programa de línea de comandos. Se
+necesita uno o más archivos de índice sin procesar, archivos
+<filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.idx</filename> y produce el archivo de índice real, el
+archivo <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.ind</filename> que ingresa <literal>\printindex</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cprintindex">\printindex</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo <filename>.isty</filename></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>índice, archivo de estilo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>makeindex, archivo de estilo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La primera forma del comando es suficiente para muchos usos, La
+segunda permite formatear el índice usando un <firstterm>archivo de estilo
+de índice</firstterm>, un archivo <filename>.isty</filename>. La tercera forma es la más
+general; ve la documentación completa en CTAN.
+</para>
+<para>Este es un simple archivo <filename>.isty</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>% book.isty
+% $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
+% crea el índice como book.ind, comenzando en una página impar.
+preamble
+&quot;\\pagestyle{empty}
+\\small
+\\begin{theindex}
+\\thispagestyle{empty}&quot;
+
+postamble
+&quot;\n
+\\end{theindex}&quot;
+</screen>
+<para>La descripción aquí cubre solo algunos de los posibles formatos de
+índice en <replaceable>style-file</replaceable>. Para obtener una lista completa, consulta
+la documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+<para>Un archivo de estilo consta de una lista de pares: <replaceable>specifier</replaceable> y
+<replaceable>attribute</replaceable>. Estos pueden aparecer en el archivo en cualquier
+orden. Todos los <replaceable>attribute</replaceable>s son cadenas, excepto donde se
+indique. Las cadenas son entre comillas dobles, <literal>&quot;</literal> y la
+longitud máxima de una cadena tiene 144 caracteres. La <literal>\n</literal> es
+para una nueva línea y <literal>\t</literal> es para una tabulación. Las barras
+invertidas se escapan con otra barra invertida, <literal>\\</literal>. Si una
+línea comienza con un signo de porcentaje, <literal>%</literal>, entonces es un
+comentario.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="makeindex-pre_00e1mbulo"/><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>preamble</primary></indexterm><literal>preamble</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Preámbulo del archivo de índice de salida. Define el contexto en el
+que se encuentra el índice formateado. Predeterminado:
+<literal>&quot;\\begin{theindex}\n&quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-postamble"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>postamble</primary></indexterm><literal>postamble</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Postámbulo del archivo de salida del índice Predeterminado:
+<literal>&quot;\n\n\\end{theindex}\n&quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-group-skip"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>group_skip</primary></indexterm><literal>group_skip</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexspace</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Tradicionalmente, los elementos del índice se dividen en grupos,
+generalmente un grupo para entradas que comienzan con la letra
+&#8216;<literal>a</literal>&#8217;, etc. Este especificador da lo que se inserta cuando comienza
+un nuevo grupo. Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;\n\n \\indexspace\n&quot;</literal>
+(<literal>\indexspace</literal> es un comando que inserta una longitud elástica,
+de manera predeterminada es <literal>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</literal>).
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-letheadflag"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lethead_flag</primary></indexterm><literal>lethead_flag</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>un entero. Rige lo que se inserta para un nuevo grupo o letra. Si es
+0 (que es el valor predeterminado) entonces aparte de
+<literal>group_skip</literal> nada se insertará antes del grupo. Si es positivo
+entonces en una nueva letra el <literal>lethead_prefix</literal> y
+<literal>lethead_suffix</literal> serán insertada, con esa letra en mayúsculas
+entre ellas. Si es negativo entonces lo que se insertará es la letra
+en minúsculas. El valor predeterminado es&#160;0.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-lethead-prefix"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lethead_prefix</primary></indexterm><literal>lethead_prefix</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Si un nuevo grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este es
+el prefijo insertado antes de la nueva letra del encabezado.
+Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;&quot;</literal>
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-lethead-suffix"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lethead_suffix</primary></indexterm><literal>lethead_suffix</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Si un grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este es el
+sufijo insertado después del nuevo encabezado de carta.
+Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;&quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-item-0"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>item_0</primary></indexterm><literal>item_0</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Lo que se pone entre dos elementos level&#160;0. Predeterminado:
+<literal>&quot;\n \\item &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-item-1"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>item_1</primary></indexterm><literal>item_1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Colocar entre dos elementos level&#160;1. Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;\n
+\\subitem &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-item-2"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>item_2</primary></indexterm><literal>item_2</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Coloca entre dos elementos level&#160;2. Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;\n
+\\subsubitem &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-item-01"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>item_01</primary></indexterm><literal>item_01</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level&#160;0 y un elemento
+level&#160;1. Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-item-x1"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>item_x1</primary></indexterm><literal>item_x1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Que se coloca entre un elemento level&#160;0 y un elemento
+level&#160;1 en el caso de que el elemento level&#160;0 no tenga
+ningún número de página (como en <literal>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</literal>).
+Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-item-12"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>item_12</primary></indexterm><literal>item_12</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level&#160;1 y un elemento
+level&#160;2. Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-item-x2"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>item_x2</primary></indexterm><literal>item_x2</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Que se pone entre un elemento level&#160;1 y un elemento level&#160;2,
+si el level&#160;1 elemento no tiene números de página.
+Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-delim-0"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>delim_0</primary></indexterm><literal>delim_0</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Delimitador puesto entre una clave level&#160;0 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<literal>&quot;, &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-delim-1"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>delim_1</primary></indexterm><literal>delim_1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Delimitador puesto entre una clave level&#160;1 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<literal>&quot;, &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-delim-2"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>delim_2</primary></indexterm><literal>delim_2</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Delimitador entre una clave level&#160;2 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<literal>&quot;, &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-delim-n"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>delim_n</primary></indexterm><literal>delim_n</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Delimitador entre dos números de página para la misma clave (en
+cualquier nivel). Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en
+blanco, <literal>&quot;, &quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-delim-r"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>delim_r</primary></indexterm><literal>delim_r</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Lo que se coloca entre los números de página inicial y final de un
+rango. Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;--&quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-line-max"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>line_max</primary></indexterm><literal>line_max</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Un entero. Longitud máxima de la línea de una entrada de índice en la
+salida, más allá de la cual la línea se envuelve. Predeterminado:
+<literal>72</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-indent-space"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>indent_space</primary></indexterm><literal>indent_space</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Lo que se inserta al comienzo de una línea envuelta. Predeterminado:
+<literal>&quot;\t\t&quot;</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-indent-length"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>indent_length</primary></indexterm><literal>indent_length</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Un número. La longitud de la sangría de la línea envuelta. El valor
+predefinido <literal>indent_space</literal> son dos tabulaciones y cada tabulación
+tiene ocho espacios, por lo que el el valor predeterminado aquí es
+<literal>16</literal>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="makeindex-page-precedence"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>page_precedence</primary></indexterm><literal>page_precedence</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Un documento puede tener páginas numeradas de diferentes maneras. Por
+ejemplo, un libro puede tener las primeras páginas numeradas en
+minúsculas romanas mientras que la página principal de la materia
+están en árabe. Esta cadena especifica el orden en que aparecerán en
+el índice. El comando <command>makeindex</command> admite cinco tipos
+diferentes de números: minúsculas romanas <literal>r</literal> y numérico o árabe
+<literal>n</literal> y minúsculas alfabético <literal>a</literal> y mayúsculas <literal>R</literal> romano
+y <literal>A</literal> alfabético en mayúsculas. Predeterminado: <literal>&quot;rnaRA&quot;</literal>.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>indexspace</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La longitud de relleno <literal>\indexspace</literal> se inserta antes de cada nueva
-letra en el índice impreso; letra en el índice impreso su valor
-predeterminado es &#8216;<literal>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</literal>&#8217;.
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xindy programa</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hay una serie de otros programas que hacen el trabajo que
+<command>makeindex</command> hace. Uno es <command>xindy</command>
+(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</ulink>), que hace internacionalización y
+puede procesar índices para documentos marcados usando &latex; y un
+número de otros idiomas. Está escrito en Lisp, altamente configurable,
+tanto en términos de marcado y en términos del orden de clasificación
+del texto, como descrito en su documentación.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete <literal>showidx</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>El paquete <literal>showidx</literal> hace que cada entrada en el índice se muestre
-en el margen de la página donde aparece la entrada. Esto puede ayudar
-en la preparación del índice.
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xindex programa</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un programa de indexación más reciente compatible con Unicode es
+<literal>xindex</literal>, escrito en Lua (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</ulink>).
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paquete <literal>multind</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>El paquete <literal>multind</literal> es compatible con múltiples índices. Vea
-también la entrada de este tema en las preguntas frecuentes de &tex;,
-en
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.2.4" id="_005cprintindex">
+<title><command>\printindex</command></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>índice, impresión</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\printindex</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para><ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</ulink>.
+<screen>\printindex
+</screen>
+<para>Coloca el índice en la salida.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>makeidx</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>makeidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Para obtener un índice, primero debes incluir
+<literal>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</literal> en el preámbulo del documento
+y compila el documento, entonces ejecuta el comando del sistema
+<command>makeindex</command>, y luego vuelve a compilar el documento.
+Véase <link linkend="_00cdndices">Índices</link>, para más discusión y un ejemplo del uso de
+<literal>\printindex</literal>.
</para>
+</sect2>
</sect1>
-</chapter>
-<chapter label="25" id="Cartas">
-<title>Cartas</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cartas</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>creando cartas</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="25.3" id="Glosarios">
+<title>Glosarios</title>
-<para>Usted puede utilizar &latex; para componer tipográficamente cartas,
-para ambas personales y de negocios. La clase de documento
-<literal>letter</literal> está diseñada para hacer una serie de cartas a la vez,
-aunque se puede hacer sólo una si así lo desea.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>glosario</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>glosarios</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acrónimos, lista de</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeglossary</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\printglossaries</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Su archivo fuente <filename>.tex</filename> tiene las mismas instrucciones mínimas de
-clase que en cualquier otro documento, es decir, debe tener las
-siguientes instrucciones como mínimo:
+<screen>\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+ ...
+\newglossaryentry{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}{<replaceable>settings</replaceable>}
+ ...
+\gls{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}.
+ ...
+\printglossaries
+</screen>
+<para>El paquete <filename>glossaries</filename> te permite crear glosarios, incluidos
+múltiples glosarios, así como listas de siglas.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener el resultado de este ejemplo, compila el documento (por
+ejemplo con <literal>nombre de archivo pdflatex</literal>), entonces ejecuta el
+comando de línea de comandos <literal>makeglossaries filename</literal> y luego
+vuelve a compilar el documento.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{...}
+\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+\newglossaryentry{tm}{%
+ name={Máquina de Turing},
+
+ description={Un modelo de máquina hace cálculos. El modelo es
+ sencillo pero puede calcular cualquier cosa que
+ cualquier dispositivo existente pueda calcular. Es el
+ modelo estándar utilizado en Informática.},
+ }
+\begin{document}
+Todo comienza con la definición de \gls{tm}.
+ ...
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Eso da dos cosas. En el texto principal genera &#8216;<literal>... definición
+de una máquina de Turing</literal>&#8217;. Además, en una unidad seccional separada
+encabezada &#8216;<literal>Glossary</literal>&#8217; aparece una lista de descripción. En letra
+negrita dice &#8216;<literal>Máquina de Turing</literal>&#8217; y el resto del artículo dice en
+tipo normal &#8216;<literal>Un modelo de máquina &#8230; Informática</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeglossary</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\printglossaries</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo <filename>.glo</filename></primary></indexterm>
+<para>El comando <literal>\makeglossary</literal> abre el archivo que contendrá la
+información de entrada, <filename><replaceable>root-file</replaceable>.glo</filename>. Pon el comando
+<literal>\printglossaries</literal> donde deseas que aparezcan los glosarios en tu
+documento.
+</para>
+<para>El paquete <filename>glossaries</filename> es muy poderoso. Por ejemplo, además los
+comandos <literal>\newglossaryentry</literal> y <literal>\gls</literal>, hay comandos
+similares para una lista de acrónimos. Consulta la documentación del
+paquete en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="25.3.1" id="_005cnewglossaryentry">
+<title><literal>\newglossaryentry</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>glosario, entradas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newglossaryentry</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<screen> \documentclass{letter}
- \begin{document}
- ... cartas ...
- \end{document}
+<screen>\newglossaryentry{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}
+{
+ name={<replaceable>name</replaceable>},
+ description={<replaceable>description</replaceable>},
+ <replaceable>otras opciones</replaceable>, ...
+}
</screen>
-<para>Cada carta es un entorno <literal>letter</literal>, cuyo argumento es el nombre y
-dirección del destinatario. Por ejemplo, usted podría tener:
+<para>o
</para>
-<screen> \begin{letter}{Sr. José Pérez\\ Calle Princesa N°2345.
- \\ Edinburgo, EH1 1AA}
- ...
- \end{letter}
+<screen>\longnewglossaryentry{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}
+{
+ name={<replaceable>name</replaceable>},
+ <replaceable>other options</replaceable> ...,
+}
+{<replaceable>description</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Declara una nueva entrada para un glosario. <replaceable>label</replaceable> debe ser
+único para el documento. Los ajustes asociados a la etiqueta son
+pares: <literal><replaceable>key</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto pone el símbolo en negrita de la pizarra para los números reales
+&#x211D;, en el glosario.
+</para>
+<screen>\newglossaryentry{R}
+{
+ name={\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}},
+ description={los números reales},
+}
+</screen>
+<para>Usa la segunda forma del comando si <replaceable>description</replaceable> abarca más de un
+párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener una lista completa de <replaceable>key</replaceable>, consulta la
+documentación del paquete en CTAN, pero aquí hay algunos.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>name</primary></indexterm><literal>name</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>(Obligatorio). La palabra, frase o símbolo que estás definiendo.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>description</primary></indexterm><literal>description</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>(Obligatorio). La descripción que aparecerá en el glosario. Si esto
+tiene más de un párrafo, entonces debe usar la segunda forma del
+comando dado en la sinopsis.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>plural</primary></indexterm><literal>plural</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>La forma plural de <replaceable>name</replaceable>. Refiérete a la forma plural usando
+<literal>\glspl</literal> o <literal>\Glspl</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cgls">\gls</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>sort</primary></indexterm><literal>sort</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Cómo colocar esta entrada en la lista de entradas que contiene el
+glosario.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>symbol</primary></indexterm><literal>symbol</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Un símbolo, como un símbolo matemático, además del nombre.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="25.3.2" id="_005cgls">
+<title><literal>\gls</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>glosario, referencia de entrada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gls</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\gls{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}
+\glspl{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}
+\Gls{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}
+\Glspl{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Consulta una entrada del glosario. Las entradas se declaran con
+<literal>\newglossaryentry</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<screen>\newglossaryentry{N}{%
+ name={los números naturales},
+ description={Los números $0$, $1$, $2$, $\ldots$\@},
+ symbol={\ensuremath{\mathbb{N}}},
+ }
+ ...
+Considera \gls{N}.
</screen>
+<para>da la salida &#8216;<literal>Considera los números naturales</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>La segunda forma de comando <literal>\glspl{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}</literal> produce el
+plural de <replaceable>name</replaceable> (de manera predeterminada intenta agregar una
+&#8216;<literal>s</literal>&#8217;). La tercera forma escribe en mayúscula la primera letra de
+<replaceable>name</replaceable>, al igual que la cuarta forma, que también toma el plural.
+</para>
-<para>La carta en sí comienza con la instrucción <literal>\opening</literal>. Siguiéndole
-el texto de la carta. Este se escribe como una entrada de &latex;
-ordinaria. Las instrucciones que no tienen sentido en una carta, como
-<literal>\chapter</literal>, no funcionan. La carta se cierra con una instrucción
-<literal>\closing</literal>.
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+<chapter label="26" id="Cartas">
+<title>Cartas</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cartas, escribir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>escribir cartas</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{letter}
+\address{<replaceable>dirección del remitente</replaceable>} % dirección de retorno
+\signature{<replaceable>nombre del remitente</replaceable>}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{letter}{<replaceable>dirección del destinatario</replaceable>}
+\opening{<replaceable>salutation</replaceable>}
+ <replaceable>cuerpo de la carta</replaceable>
+\closing{<replaceable>texto de cierre</replaceable>}
+\end{letter}
+ ...
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Producir una o más cartas.
</para>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ para cartas</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Después de <literal>closing</literal>, usted puede colocar material adicional. La
-instrucción <literal>\cc</literal> produce el usual &#8220;cc: &#8230;&#8221;. También hay
-una instrucción <literal>\encl</literal> similar para una lista de
-destinatarios. Con ambas instrucciones, use <literal>\\</literal> para separar los
-elementos.
+<para>Cada carta está en un entorno <literal>letter</literal> separado, cuyo argumento
+<replaceable>recipient address</replaceable> a menudo contiene varias líneas separadas por
+una barra invertida doble,&#160;(<literal>\\</literal>). Por ejemplo, podrías
+tener:
</para>
-<para>Estas instrucciones se utilizan con la clase <literal>letter</literal>.
+<screen> \begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
+ l'h\^otel Sagonne}
+ ...
+ \end{letter}
+</screen>
+<para>El inicio del entorno <literal>letter</literal> restablece el número de página a
+1, y la nota al pie al número 1 también.
+</para>
+<para>El <replaceable>sender address</replaceable> y <replaceable>sender name</replaceable> son comunes a todas las
+cartas, ya sea que haya una o más, por lo que es mejor ponerlas en el
+preámbulo. Al igual que con la dirección del destinatario, a menudo
+<replaceable>sender address</replaceable> contiene varias líneas separadas por una doble
+barra invertida&#160;(<literal>\\</literal>). &latex; pondrá el <replaceable>sender
+name</replaceable> bajo el cerramiento, tras un espacio vertical para la
+tradicional firma manuscrita.
+</para>
+<para>Cada cuerpo del entorno <literal>letter</literal> comienza con un comando
+<literal>\opening</literal> requerido como <literal>\opening{Estimada señora o
+señor:}</literal>. El texto <replaceable>letter body</replaceable> &latex; es normal por lo que
+puede contener todo, desde listas enumeradas hasta matemáticas
+mostradas, excepto que los comandos como <literal>\chapter</literal> que no tienen
+sentido en una carta se desactivan. Cada cuerpo de entorno
+<literal>letter</literal> normalmente termina con un comando <literal>\closing</literal> como
+<literal>\closing{Tuyo,}</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (para cartas)</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Puede haber material adicional después del <literal>\closing</literal>. Puedes
+decir quien está recibiendo una copia de la carta con un comando como
+<literal>\cc{El Jefe \\ el jefe de jefes}</literal>. Hay un comando
+<literal>\encl</literal> similar para una lista de material adjunto. Y puedes
+agregar una posdata con <literal>\ps</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; es sangrar el nombre del remitente
+y el cierre encima de él por una longitud de <literal>\longindentation</literal>.
+De manera predeterminada esto es <literal>0.5\textwidth</literal>. Para que queden
+alineados a la izquierda, coloca
+<literal>\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}</literal> en tu preámbulo.
+</para>
+<para>Para establecer una fecha fija, usa algo como
+<literal>\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}</literal>. Si pones en tu
+preámbulo entonces se aplicará a todas las cartas.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra solo un entorno <literal>letter</literal>. Las tres lineas
+marcadas como opcionales normalmente se omiten.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{letter}
+\address{Calle del remitente \\ Ciudad del remitente}
+\signature{Nombre del remitente \\ Cargo del remitente}
+% opcionales: \location{Buzón 13}
+% optional: \telephone{(102) 555-0101}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{letter}{Nombre del destinatario \\ Dirección del destinatario}
+\opening{Señor:}
+% opcional: \thispagestyle{firstpage}
+No estoy interesado en entrar en un acuerdo comercial con usted.
+\closing{Sus más humildes, etc.,}
+\end{letter}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>Estos comandos se usan con la clase <literal>letter</literal>.
</para>
-<sect1 label="25.1" id="_005caddress">
-<title>\address{<replaceable>dirección-del-remitente}</replaceable></title>
+<sect1 label="26.1" id="_005caddress">
+<title><literal>\address</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\address</primary></indexterm>
-<para>La instrucción <literal>\address</literal> especifica la dirección del remitente de
-la carta, como debería aparecer en la carta y el sobre. Separa las
-líneas de la dirección que deben estar separadas por instrucciones
-<literal>\\</literal>.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\address{<replaceable>dirección del remitente</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Especifica la dirección del remitente, tal como aparece en la carta y
+en el sobre. Separa varias líneas en <replaceable>dirección del remitente</replaceable>
+con una barra invertida doble&#160;<literal>\\</literal>.
</para>
-<para>Si usted no proporciona una declaración <literal>\address</literal>, entonces, se
-aplicará a la carta el formato de copia en papel con el membrete
-estándar de su organización. (Véase <link linkend="Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</link>, para obtener detalles
-sobre la implementación local). Si usted proporciona una declaración
-<literal>\address</literal>, entonces, la carta será formateada como una carta
-personal.
+<para>Debido a que se puede aplicar a varias cartas, esta declaración a
+menudo se pone en el preámbulo. Sin embargo, puede ir en cualquier
+lugar, incluso dentro de un entorno <literal>letter</literal> individual.
</para>
+<para>Este comando es opcional: si no lo usas, la carta se formatea con un
+espacio en blanco en la parte superior, para copiar en papel
+preimpreso con membrete. Si usas la declaración <literal>\address</literal>
+entonces tienes el formato de una carta personal.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí tienes un ejemplo:
+</para>
+<screen>\address{Stephen Maturin \\
+ Las uvas de Savoy}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.2" id="_005ccc">
+<sect1 label="26.2" id="_005ccc">
<title><literal>\cc</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cc</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>listas cc, en cartas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cc list, en cartas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\cc{<replaceable>nombre</replaceable>\\<replaceable>nombre2</replaceable>}
+<screen>\cc{<replaceable>name0</replaceable> \\
+ ... }
</screen>
-<para>Produce una lista de <replaceable>nombre</replaceable>s a quienes enviar copias de la carta.
-Cada nombre se imprime en una línea separada.
+<para>Produce una lista de nombres a los que se enviaron copias de la carta.
+Este comando es opcional. Si aparece, normalmente viene después de
+<literal>\closing</literal>. Pone los nombres en diferentes líneas separándolos
+con una barra invertida doble, <literal>\\</literal>, como en:
</para>
+<screen>\cc{Presidente \\
+ Vicepresidente}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.3" id="_005cclosing">
+<sect1 label="26.3" id="_005cclosing">
<title><literal>\closing</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closing</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cartas, terminando</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cerrando cartas</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cerrar cartas</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\closing{texto}
+<screen>\closing{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Una carta se cierra con la instrucción <literal>\closing</literal>, por ejemplo,
-</para><screen>\closing{Muy Atentamente,}
+<para>Produce el cierre de la carta. Esto es opcional, pero habitual.
+Aparece al final de una carta, encima de una firma manuscrita. Por
+ejemplo:
+</para>
+<screen>\closing{Respetuosamente,}
</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.4" id="_005cencl">
+<sect1 label="26.4" id="_005cencl">
<title><literal>\encl</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\encl</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lista de documentos adjuntos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lista de gabinetes</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\encl{<replaceable>línea1</replaceable>\\<replaceable>línea2</replaceable>}
+<screen>\encl{<replaceable>primer objeto encerrado</replaceable> \\
+ ... }
</screen>
-<para>Declara una lista de más de un documento adjunto.
+<para>Produce una lista de las cosas incluidas en la carta. Este comando es
+opcional; cuando se usa, generalmente se coloca después de
+<literal>\closing</literal>. Separa varias líneas con una barra invertida doble,
+<literal>\\</literal>.
</para>
+<screen>\encl{License \\
+ Passport}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.5" id="_005clocation">
+<sect1 label="26.5" id="_005clocation">
<title><literal>\location</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\location</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\location{dirección}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Esta modifica la dirección estándar de su organización. Esto sólo
-aparece si el estilo de página <literal>firstpage</literal> está seleccionado.
+<screen>\location{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>El <replaceable>text</replaceable> aparece centrado en la parte inferior de la página.
+Sólo aparece si el estilo de la página es <literal>firstpage</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.6" id="_005cmakelabels">
+<sect1 label="26.6" id="_005cmakelabels">
<title><literal>\makelabels</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makelabels</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\makelabels{número}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Si ejecuta esta instrucción en el preámbulo, &latex; creará una hoja de
-etiquetas con las direcciones. Esta hoja se emitirá antes que las
-cartas.
+<screen>\makelabels % en el preámbulo
+</screen>
+<para>Opcional, para un documento que contiene entornos <literal>letter</literal>. Si
+simplemente pones <literal>\makelabels</literal> en el preámbulo y luego, al final
+del documento, obtendrás una hoja con etiquetas para todos los
+destinatarios, una para cada entorno letter, que puedes copiar en una
+hoja despegable de etiquetas de dirección.
+</para>
+<para>Personaliza las etiquetas redefiniendo los comandos
+<literal>\startlabels</literal>, <literal>\mlabel</literal> y <literal>\returnaddress</literal> (y quizás
+<literal>\name</literal>) en el preámbulo. El comando <literal>\startlabels</literal>
+establece el ancho, alto, número de columnas, etc., de la página en la
+que se imprimen las etiquetas. El comando <literal>\mlabel{<replaceable>return
+address</replaceable>}{<replaceable>recipient address</replaceable>}</literal> produce las dos etiquetas (o
+una, si eliges ignorar la <replaceable>return address</replaceable>) para cada entorno
+<replaceable>letter</replaceable>. El primer argumento, <replaceable>return address</replaceable>, es el valor
+devuelto por la macro <literal>\returnaddress</literal>. El segundo argumento,
+<replaceable>recipient address</replaceable>, es el valor pasado en el argumento al entorno
+<literal>letter</literal>. Predeterminado <literal>\mlabel</literal> ignora el primer
+argumento, el <replaceable>return address</replaceable>, provocando el comportamiento
+predeterminado descrito en el párrafo anterior.
+</para>
+<para>Esto ilustra la personalización. Su salida incluye una página con dos
+columnas con dos etiquetas cada una.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{letter}
+\renewcommand*{\returnaddress}{Fred McGuilicuddy \\
+ Oshkosh, Mineola 12305}
+\newcommand*\originalMlabel{}
+\let\originalMlabel\mlabel
+\def\mlabel#1#2{\originalMlabel{}{#1}\originalMlabel{}{#2}}
+\makelabels
+ ...
+\begin{document}
+\begin{letter}{A Einstein \\
+ 112 Mercer Street \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
+ ...
+\end{letter}
+\begin{letter}{K G\&quot;odel \\
+ 145 Linden Lane \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
+ ...
+\end{letter}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>La primera columna contiene la dirección del remitente dos veces. La
+segunda columna contiene la dirección de cada destinatario.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>envlab</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>envlab</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El paquete <literal>envlab</literal> facilita el formateo de
+las etiquetas, con tamaños estándar ya proporcionados. Las líneas del
+preámbulo <literal>\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}</literal> y
+<literal>\makelabels</literal> son todo lo que necesitas para imprimir sobres.
</para>
-
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.7" id="_005cname">
+<sect1 label="26.7" id="_005cname">
<title><literal>\name</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\name</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\name{June Davenport}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Su nombre, utilizado en la impresión del sobre junto con la dirección
-del remitente.
+<screen>\name{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Opcional. Nombre del remitente, utilizado para imprimir juntos en el
+sobre con la dirección del remitente.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.8" id="_005copening">
-<title><literal>\opening{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="26.8" id="_005copening">
+<title><literal>\opening</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\opening</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cartas, iniciando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cartas, iniciar</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\opening{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}
+<screen>\opening{<replaceable>salutation</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Una carta comienza con la instrucción <literal>\opening</literal>. El argumento
-obligatorio, <replaceable>texto</replaceable>, es el texto con el que desea iniciar su carta.
-Por ejemplo:
+<para>Obligatorio. Requerido. Sigue el <literal>\begin{letter}{...}</literal>. El
+argumento <replaceable>salutation</replaceable> es obligatorio. Por ejemplo:
</para>
-<screen>\opening{Estimado José,}
+<screen>\opening{Estimado John:}
</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.9" id="_005cps">
+<sect1 label="26.9" id="_005cps">
<title><literal>\ps</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ps</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>posdata, en cartas</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Use la instrucción <literal>\ps</literal> para iniciar una posdata en una carta,
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\ps{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Agrega una posdata. Este comando es opcional y generalmente se usa
después de <literal>\closing</literal>.
</para>
+<screen>\ps{P.D. Después de haber leído esta carta, quémala. O cómetela.}
+</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.10" id="_005csignature">
-<title><literal>\signature{<replaceable>texto</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="26.10" id="_005csignature">
+<title><literal>\signature</literal></title>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\signature{<replaceable>primera línea</replaceable> \\
+ ... }
+</screen>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\signature</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Su nombre, como debe aparecer al final de la carta debajo del espacio
-para su firma. <literal>\\</literal> inicia una nueva línea dentro de <replaceable>texto</replaceable>
-como de costumbre.
+<para>El nombre del remitente. Este comando es opcional, aunque su
+inclusión es habitual.
+</para>
+<para>El texto del argumento aparece al final de la carta, después del
+cierre. &latex; deja algo de espacio vertical para una firma escrita
+a mano. Separa varias líneas con una doble barra
+invertida,&#160;<literal>\\</literal>. Por ejemplo:
+</para>
+<screen>\signature{J Fred Muggs \\
+ Casa Blanca}
+</screen>
+<para>Valor predeterminado de &latex; para el espacio vertical del texto
+<literal>\closing</literal> hasta el texto <literal>\signature</literal> es
+<literal>6\medskipamount</literal>, que es seis veces <literal>\medskipamount</literal> (donde
+<literal>\medskipamount</literal> es igual a un <literal>\parskip</literal>, que a su vez se
+define de manera predeterminada aquí para 0.7em).
+</para>
+<para>Este comando suele estar en el preámbulo, para aplicar a todas las
+letras en el documento. Para que se aplique a una sola carta,
+colócala dentro de un entorno <literal>letter</literal> y antes del
+<literal>\closing</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes incluir un gráfico en la firma como aquí.
+</para>
+<screen>\signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
+ Mi nombre}
+</screen>
+<para>Para esto debes poner <literal>\usepackage{graphicx}</literal> en el preámbulo
+(véase <link linkend="Gr_00e1ficos">Gráficos</link>).
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.11" id="_005cstartbreaks">
-<title><literal>\startbreaks</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\startbreaks</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="26.11" id="_005ctelephone">
+<title><literal>\telephone</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\telephone</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\startbreaks</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Se usa después de una instrucción <literal>\stopbreaks</literal> para permitir de
-nuevo los saltos de página.
+<screen>\telephone{<replaceable>number</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>El número de teléfono del remitente. Esto es típicamente en el
+preámbulo, donde se aplica a todas las cartas. Esto solo aparece si
+<literal>firstpage</literal> se selecciona el estilo de página. Si es así,
+aparece en la parte inferior derecha de la página.
</para>
-
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.12" id="_005cstopbreaks">
-<title><literal>\stopbreaks</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stopbreaks</primary></indexterm>
+</chapter>
+<chapter label="27" id="Entrada_002fsalida">
+<title>Entrada/salida</title>
-<para><literal>\stopbreaks</literal>
-</para>
-<para>Inhibe saltos de página hasta que aparezca una instrucción
-<literal>\startbreaks</literal>.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entrada/salida, a terminal</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entrada/salida del terminal</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entrada/salida</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>&latex; usa la capacidad de escribir en un archivo y luego volver a
+leerlo para crear componentes de documentos como una tabla de
+contenido o un índice. También puedes leer un archivo que escribieron
+otros programas, o escribir un archivo para que otros lo lean. Te
+puedes comunicar con los usuarios a través de la terminal. Y puedes
+emitir instrucciones para el sistema operativo.
</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="25.13" id="_005ctelephone">
-<title><literal>\telephone</literal></title>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\telephone</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="27.1" id="_005copenin-y-_005copenout">
+<title><literal>\openin</literal> y <literal>\openout</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005copenin"/><anchor id="_005copenout"/><anchor id="_005cclosein"/><anchor id="_005ccloseout"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\openin</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\openout</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closein</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closeout</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo, abrir</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo, cerrar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>abre un archivo</primary></indexterm>
-<para><literal>\telephone{número}</literal>
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Este es su número de teléfono. Este sólo aparece si el estilo de página
-<literal>firstpage</literal> está seleccionado.
+<screen>\openin <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>o:
+</para>
+<screen>\openout <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Abre un archivo para leer material o para escribirlo. En la mayoría
+de los motores, el <replaceable>number</replaceable> debe estar entre 0 y 15, como en
+<literal>\openin3</literal>; en Lua&latex;, <replaceable>number</replaceable> puede estar entre 0 y
+127.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí &tex; abre el archivo <filename>presidents.tex</filename> para lectura.
+</para>
+<screen>\newread\presidentsfile
+\openin\presidentsfile=presidentes
+\typeout{presidentsfile es \el\presidentsfile}
+\read\presidentsfile a\presidentline
+\typeout{\presidentline}
+</screen>
+<para>El comando <literal>\newread</literal> asigna números de flujo de entrada desde 0
+a&#160;15 (también hay un <literal>\newwrite</literal>). El
+<literal>\presidentsfile</literal> es más memorable, pero bajo el capó sigue
+siendo un número; el primer <literal>\typeout</literal> da algo como
+&#8216;<literal>presidentsfile es 1</literal>&#8217;. Además, <literal>\newread</literal> realiza un
+seguimiento de la asignación de modo que si usas demasiados, obtendrás
+un error como &#8216;<literal>! No hay espacio para un nuevo \read</literal>&#8217;. El segundo
+<literal>\typeout</literal> da la primera línea del archivo, algo así como &#8216;<literal>1
+Washington, George</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Normalmente, &tex; no intentará abrir el archivo hasta enviar la
+página siguiente. Para cambiar esto, usa <literal>\immediate\openin
+<replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable></literal> o <literal>\immediate\openout
+<replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable></literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Cierra archivos con <literal>\closein <replaceable>number</replaceable></literal> y <literal>\closeout
+<replaceable>number</replaceable></literal>.
+</para>
+<para>La forma en que &latex; maneja los nombres de archivo varía entre las
+distribuciones e incluso puede variar entre las versiones de una
+distribución. Si el archivo no tiene una extensión entonces &tex;
+agregará un <filename>.tex</filename>. Esto crea <filename>presidents.tex</filename>, escribe una
+línea y la cierra.
+</para>
+<screen>\newwrite\presidentsfile
+\openout\presidentsfile=presidentes
+\write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George}
+\closeout\presidentsfile
+</screen>
+<para>Pero los nombres de archivo con un punto pueden causar problemas: si
+&tex; encuentra un <replaceable>filename</replaceable> de <filename>presidents.dat</filename> podría
+buscar primero <filename>presidents.dat.tex</filename> y posteriormente
+<filename>presidents.dat</filename>, o podría hacer lo contrario. La documentación
+de su distribución debe decir más, y si encuentras algo que funcione
+para ti, entonces eres bueno, pero para asegurar una portabilidad
+completa lo mejor es utilizar nombres de archivo que contiene solo las
+veintiséis letras ASCII (no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas) y
+los diez dígitos, junto con el guión bajo y el guión, y en particular
+sin punto ni espacio.
+</para>
+<para>Para <literal>\openin</literal>, si &tex; no puede encontrar el archivo, entonces
+no da un error. Simplemente considera que la transmisión no está
+abierta (prueba esto con <literal>\ifeof</literal>; un recurso es el comando
+<literal>\InputIfFileExists</literal>, véase <link linkend="Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</link>). Si
+intentas usar el mismo número dos veces, &latex; no te dará un error.
+Si intentas usar un número incorrecto y recibe un mensaje de error
+como &#8216;<literal>! Número incorrecto (16). &lt;para leer de nuevo&gt; = l.30
+\openin16=test.jh</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-</chapter>
-<chapter label="26" id="Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal">
-<title>Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entrada/salida</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>entrada/salida desde la terminal</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="27.2" id="_005cread">
+<title><literal>\read</literal></title>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\read</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo, leer</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>leer un archivo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\read <replaceable>number</replaceable> to<replaceable>macro</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Hace que el comando <replaceable>macro</replaceable> contenga la siguiente línea de entrada
+de texto que transmite <replaceable>number</replaceable>, como en <literal>\read5 to\data</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto abre el archivo <filename>email.tex</filename> para lectura, pone el contenido
+de la primera línea en el comando <literal>\email</literal> y luego cierra el
+archivo.
+</para>
+<screen>\newread\recipientfile
+\openin\recipientfile=email
+\read\recipientfile to\email
+\typeout{Email address: \email}
+\closein\recipientfile
+</screen>
+<para>Si <replaceable>number</replaceable> está fuera del rango de 0 a&#160;15 o si no hay
+archivo de ese número abierto, o si el archivo ha finalizado, entonces
+<literal>\read</literal> tomará la entrada de la terminal (o saldrá si la
+interacción no está permitida, por ejemplo, <literal>\nonstopmode</literal>;
+véase <link linkend="modos-de-interacci_00f3n">modos de interacción</link>). (Sin embargo, la forma natural en
+&latex; de tomar entradas desde la terminal es <literal>\typein</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005ctypein">\typein</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Para leer un archivo completo como fuente &latex; adicional, usa
+<literal>\input</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>) o <literal>\include</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">\include e
+\includeonly</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>datatool</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>datatool</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fusiones de correo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Una razón común para querer leer de un archivo de datos es realizar
+combinaciones de correspondencia. CTAN tiene varios paquetes para
+eso; uno es <literal>datatool</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="27.3" id="_005ctypein">
+<title><literal>\typein</literal></title>
-<sect1 label="26.1" id="_005ctypein">
-<title><literal>\typein[<replaceable>instrucción</replaceable>]{<replaceable>mensaje</replaceable>}</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\typein</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<screen>\typein{<replaceable>prompt-msg</replaceable>}
+\typein[<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>]{<replaceable>prompt-msg</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Imprime <replaceable>prompt-msg</replaceable> en la terminal y hace que &latex; se detenga
+y espere a que escribas una línea de entrada. Esta línea de entrada
+termina cuando presiones la tecla de retorno.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, este
</para>
-<screen>\typein[<replaceable>\instrucción</replaceable>]{<replaceable>mensaje</replaceable>}
+<screen>Mientras viva, nunca olvidaré \typein{Ingresar el nombre del
+ estudiante:}
</screen>
-<para><literal>\typein</literal> imprime el <replaceable>mensaje</replaceable> en la terminal y provoca que
-&latex; se detenga y espere para que usted escriba una línea de
-entrada, terminando con &#8220;Intro&#8221;. Si se omite el argumento opcional
-<replaceable>\instrucción</replaceable>, la entrada escrita se procesa como si se hubiera
-incluido en el archivo de entrada en lugar de la instrucción
-<literal>\typein</literal>. Si está presente el argumento <replaceable>\instrucción</replaceable>, debe
-ser el nombre de una instrucción. Este nombre de instrucción entonces
-define o redefine la entrada escrita.
+<para>junto con esta interacción de la línea de comandos
+</para>
+<screen>Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+\@typein=Aphra Behn
+</screen>
+<para>da la salida &#8216;<literal>... nunca olvides a Aphra Behn</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>La primera versión del comando, <literal>\typein{<replaceable>prompt-msg</replaceable>}</literal>,
+provoca la entrada que escribiste para ser procesada como si se
+hubiera incluido en el archivo de entrada en lugar del comando
+<literal>\typein</literal>
+</para>
+<para>En la segunda versión del comando, el argumento opcional
+<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> debe ser un nombre de comando, es decir, debe
+comenzar con una barra invertida, \. Este nombre de comando se define
+o redefine para ser la entrada que escribiste. Por ejemplo, este
+</para>
+<screen>\typein[\student]{Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:}
+\typeout{Recomendación para \student .}
+</screen>
+<para>da esta salida en la línea de comandos,
+</para>
+<screen>Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+\student=John Dee
+Recomendación para John Dee.
+</screen>
+<para>donde el usuario ha ingresado &#8216;<literal>John Dee.</literal>&#8217;
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="26.2" id="_005ctypeout">
-<title><literal>\typeout{<replaceable>mensaje</replaceable>}</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="27.4" id="_005ctypeout">
+<title><literal>\typeout</literal></title>
+
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\typeout</primary></indexterm>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>\typeout{<replaceable>mensaje</replaceable>}
+<screen>\typeout{<replaceable>msg</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>Imprime el <literal>mensaje</literal> en la terminal y en el archivo <literal>log</literal>.
-Las instrucciones en el <literal>mensaje</literal> que están definidas con
-<literal>\newcommand</literal> o <literal>\renewcommand</literal> (entre otras) se sustituyen
-por su definición antes de ser impresas.
+<para>Imprime <literal>msg</literal> en la terminal y en el archivo <literal>log</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Este
</para>
-<para>Las reglas habituales de &latex; para el tratamiento de varios espacios
-como un espacio único e ignorando espacios después de un nombre de
-instrucción también se aplican al <literal>mensaje</literal>. Una instrucción
-<literal>\space</literal> en <literal>mensaje</literal> provoca la impresión de un espació
-sencillo, independientemente de los espacios circundantes. Una
-<literal>^^J</literal> en <literal>mensaje</literal> imprime una nueva línea.
+<screen>\newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
+\typeout{Recomendación para \student .}
+</screen>
+<para>genera &#8216;<literal>Recomendación para John Dee</literal>&#8217;. Como lo que pasa aquí con
+<literal>\student</literal>, comandos que se definen con <literal>\newcommand</literal> o
+<literal>\renewcommand</literal> (entre otros) se reemplazan por sus definiciones
+antes de ser impresos.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\space</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Las reglas habituales de &latex; para tratar múltiples espacios como
+un solo espacio e ignorar los espacios después de un nombre de comando
+se aplica a <literal>msg</literal>. Utiliza el comando <literal>\space</literal> para obtener
+un solo espacio, independiente de los espacios circundantes. Usa
+<literal>^^J</literal> para obtener una nueva línea. Obtener un carácter de
+porcentaje con <literal>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando puede ser útil para una depuración simple, como aquí:
+</para>
+<screen>\newlength{\jhlength}
+\setlength{\jhlength}{5pt}
+\typeout{La longitud es \la\jhlength.}
+</screen>
+<para>produce en la línea de comandos &#8216;<literal>La longitud es 5.0pt</literal>&#8217;.
</para>
</sect1>
-</chapter>
-<chapter label="27" id="L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes">
-<title>Línea de Órdenes</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>línea de órdenes</primary></indexterm>
+<sect1 label="27.5" id="_005cwrite">
+<title><literal>\write</literal></title>
-<para>La especificación de archivo de entrada indica el archivo al cual
-aplicar formato; &tex; usa <filename>.tex</filename> como extensión predeterminada.
-Si se omite el archivo de entrada completamente, &tex; acepta entrada
-desde la terminal. Usted especifica opciones de instrucción mediante el
-suministro de una cadena como un parámetro para la instrucción; por
-ejemplo,
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\write</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<screen>latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
+<screen>\write <replaceable>number</replaceable>{<replaceable>string</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>debe procesar <filename>foo.tex</filename> sin hacer una pausa después de cada error.
+<para>Escribe <replaceable>string</replaceable> en el archivo de registro, en la terminal o en un
+archivo abierto por <literal>\openout</literal>. Por ejemplo, <literal>\write6</literal>
+escribe en texto corriente el número&#160;6.
</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&#8216;<literal>*</literal>&#8217; apuntador</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>apuntador, &#8216;<literal>*</literal>&#8217;</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stop</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Si &latex; se detiene en medio del documento y le muestra un indicador
-&#8216;<literal>*</literal>&#8217;, está esperando por una entrada. Usted puede escribir
-<literal>\stop</literal> (e Intro) y este terminará el documento prematuramente.
+<para>Si aparece lo siguiente en <filename><replaceable>basefile</replaceable>.tex</filename> entonces se abre
+<filename><replaceable>basefile</replaceable>.jh</filename>, escribe &#8216;<literal>Hello World!</literal>&#8217; y una nueva
+línea y cierra ese archivo.
+</para>
+<screen>\newwrite\myfile
+\immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename
+...
+\immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!}
+...
+\immediate\closeout\myfile
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newwrite</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El <literal>\newwrite</literal> asigna un número de flujo, dándole un valor de
+nombre simbólico para hacer la vida más fácil, para que
+<literal>stream\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile</literal> produzca algo como
+&#8216;<literal>stream 3</literal>&#8217;. Entonces <literal>\openout</literal> asocia el número de flujo
+con el nombre de archivo dado. &tex; finalmente ejecutó
+<literal>\write3</literal> que pone la cadena en el archivo.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo de registro, escribir en</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>terminal, escribir a</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><inlineequation><mathphrase>-1</mathphrase></inlineequation>, escribe el número de flujo</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Por lo general, <replaceable>number</replaceable> está entre 0 y&#160;15, porque
+normalmente los autores de &latex; siguen el ejemplo anterior y se
+asigna el número por el sistema. Si <replaceable>number</replaceable> está fuera del rango
+de 0 a 15 o si no está asociado con un archivo abierto, &latex;
+escribe <replaceable>string</replaceable> al archivo de registro. Si <replaceable>number</replaceable> es
+positivo entonces además &latex; escribe <replaceable>string</replaceable> en la terminal.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo tanto, <literal>test \write-1{Hello World!}</literal> pone &#8216;<literal>Hello
+World!</literal>&#8217; seguido de una nueva línea en el archivo de registro. (Esto
+es lo que dice el <literal>\wlog</literal> el comando lo hace; véase <link linkend="_005cwlog">\wlog</link>). Y
+<literal>\write100{Hola Mundo!}</literal> pone lo mismo en el archivo de
+registro pero también pone &#8216;<literal>Hello World!</literal>&#8217; seguido de una nueva
+línea en la salida del terminal. (Pero 16, 17 y 18 son especial como
+<replaceable>number</replaceable>; ve abajo).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lua&tex;, 256 flujos de salida en</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En Lua&tex;, en lugar de 16 flujos de salida, hay 256 (véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores
+&tex;</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@auxout</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@mainaux</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Usa <literal>\write\@auxout{<replaceable>string</replaceable>}</literal> para escribir en el actual
+<filename>.aux</filename>, que está asociado con el archivo raíz o con el archivo de
+inclusión actual; y usa <literal>\write\@mainaux{<replaceable>string</replaceable>}</literal> para
+escribir en el <filename>.aux</filename> principal. Estos nombres simbólicos están
+definidos por &latex;.
+</para>
+<!-- crédito: David Carlisle -->
+<!-- https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115933/121234 -->
+<para>De manera predeterminada &latex; no escribe <replaceable>string</replaceable> a la derecha
+del arreglo correcto. Esto se debe a que, por ejemplo, puedes
+necesitar <literal>\write</literal> para guardar el número de página actual, pero
+cuando &tex; encuentra un <literal>\write</literal> por lo general no sabe cuál
+es el número de página, ya que aún no ha hecho el salto de página.
+Entonces, usas <literal>\write</literal> en uno de tres contextos:
+</para>
+<screen>\immediate\write\@auxout{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} %1
+\write\@auxout{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} %2
+\protected@write\@auxout{}{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} %3
+</screen>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>inmediato <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\immediate\write</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Con el primero, &latex; escribe <replaceable>string</replaceable> en el archivo
+inmediatamente. Cualquier macro en <replaceable>string</replaceable> está completamente
+expandida (al igual que en <literal>\edef</literal>), por lo que para evitar la
+expansión debes usar <literal>\noexpand</literal>, <literal>toks</literal>, etc., excepto que
+debes usar <literal>#</literal> en lugar de <literal>##</literal>).
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\write</literal> retrasada</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>¿cuál es el elemento?</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\shipout y expansión</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Con el segundo, <replaceable>string</replaceable> se almacena en la lista actual de cosas
+(como un elemento &tex; &#8220;whatsit&#8221;) y se mantiene hasta que se envía
+la página y así mismo las macros se contraen hasta <literal>\shipout</literal>. En
+<literal>\shipout</literal>, <replaceable>string</replaceable> está completamente expandido.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\protected@write</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El tercer, <literal>\protected@write</literal>, es como el segundo excepto que
+puedes usar <literal>\protect</literal> para evitar la expansión. El primer
+argumento extra te permite insertar localmente definiciones
+adicionales para hacer más macros protegidas o tener alguna otra
+definición especial para escribir.
+</para></listitem></orderedlist>
+<para>Como ejemplo simple de expansión con <literal>\write</literal>, <replaceable>string</replaceable> aquí
+contiene una secuencia de control <literal>\triplex</literal> que hemos definido
+como el texto &#8216;<literal>XYZ</literal>&#8217;:
+</para>
+<screen>\newwrite\jhfile
+\openout\jhfile=test.jh
+\newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ}
+\write\jhfile{test \triplex test}
+</screen>
+<para>Esto da como resultado el archivo <filename>test.jh</filename> que contiene el texto
+&#8216;<literal>test XYZtest</literal>&#8217; seguido de una nueva línea.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\write</literal> transmisiones 16, 17, 18</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Los casos en los que <replaceable>number</replaceable> es 16, 17 o 18 son especiales.
+Porque el comportamiento de <literal>\write</literal> cuando <replaceable>number</replaceable> está
+fuera del rango de 0 a 15 descrito anteriormente, en Plain&#160;&tex;
+<literal>\write16</literal> y <literal>\write17</literal> a veces se usaba para escribir en el
+archivo de registro y el terminal; sin embargo, en &latex;, la forma
+natural de hacerlo es con <literal>\typeout</literal> (véase <link linkend="_005ctypeout">\typeout</link>). El
+comando <literal>\write18</literal> es aún más especial; los sistemas &tex;
+modernos lo usan para dar órdenes al sistema operativo
+(véase <link linkend="_005cwrite18">\write18</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nueva línea, en <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>^^J</literal>, in <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<para>Normalmente, <literal>\write</literal> genera una sola línea. Puedes incluir una
+nueva línea con <literal>^^J</literal>. Por lo tanto, esto produce dos líneas en
+el archivo de registro.:
+</para>
+<screen>\wlog{Las líneas paralelas tienen mucho en común.^^JPero nunca se
+encuentran.}
+</screen>
+<para>Un caso común donde los autores necesitan escribir su propio archivo
+es para respuestas a ejercicios, u otra situación en la que quieras
+escribir textualmente, sin expandir las macros. CTAN tiene una serie
+de paquetes para esto; uno es <literal>answers</literal>.
</para>
+<sect2 label="27.5.1" id="_005cwrite-y-seguridad">
+<title><literal>\write</literal> y seguridad</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>seguridad y <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\write</literal> y seguridad</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>La capacidad de escribir archivos plantea problemas de seguridad. Si
+compilaste un descargó el archivo &latex; y sobrescribió su archivo
+de contraseña, entonces estarías justificadamente preocupado.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, los sistemas &tex; solo te
+permiten abrir archivos para escritura que están en el directorio
+actual o directorio de salida, si se especifica (véase <link linkend="directorio-de-salida">directorio de
+salida</link>), o en un subdirectorio de aquellos. Entonces, este código
+</para>
+<screen>\newwrite\jhfile
+\openout\jhfile=../test.jh
+</screen>
+<para>da un error como:
+</para><screen>No escribir en ../test.jh (openout_any = p).
+! No puedes escribir en el archivo `../test.jh'
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>directorios principales, no se puede escribir en</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Puedes obtener un error de este tipo cuando usas comandos como
+<literal>\include{../filename}</literal> porque &latex; intentará abrir
+<filename>../filename.aux</filename>. La solución más sencilla es poner los
+archivos incluidos en el mismo directorio que el archivo raíz, o en
+subdirectorios.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="27.5.2" id="_005cmessage">
+<title><literal>\message</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\message</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\message{<replaceable>string</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Escribe <replaceable>string</replaceable> en el archivo de registro y en la terminal.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo general, los autores de &latex; usan <literal>\typeout</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005ctypeout">\typeout</link>). Eso te permite usar <literal>\protect</literal> en cualquier
+comando frágil en <replaceable>string</replaceable> (véase <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). Pero
+<literal>\typeout</literal> siempre inserta una nueva línea al final de
+<replaceable>string</replaceable> mientras que <literal>\message</literal> no lo hace, por lo que este
+último puede ser útil.
+</para>
+<para>Con este cuerpo del documento de ejemplo.
+</para>
+<screen>antes\message{Uno Dos}\message{Tres}\message{Cuatro^^JI}
+\message{declarar una guerra de pulgares.}Después
+</screen>
+<para>bajo algunas circunstancias (ve más abajo) &latex; escribe lo
+siguiente para tanto la terminal como el archivo de registro.
+</para>
+<screen>Uno Dos Tres Cuatro
+Declaro una guerra de pulgares.
+</screen>
+<para>El <literal>^^J</literal> produce una nueva línea. Además, en el documento de
+salida, entre &#8216;<literal>before</literal>&#8217; y &#8216;<literal>After</literal>&#8217; será un solo espacio (del
+final de la línea que sigue a &#8216;<literal>I}</literal>&#8217;).
+</para>
+<para>Si bien <literal>\message</literal> te permite tener más control sobre el formato,
+un inconveniente es que &latex; puede estropear ese formato porque
+inserta saltos de línea dependiendo de lo que ya has
+escrito. Contrasta este cuerpo del documento, donde &#8216;<literal>Two</literal>&#8217; se ha
+movido, al que se indica arriba.
+</para>
+<screen>antes de\message{Uno}\message{Dos Tres}\message{Cuatro^^JI}
+\message{declara una guerra de pulgares.}Después
+</screen>
+<para>Esto puede suceder: cuando &latex; envía los mensajes a la terminal,
+ahora el mensaje con &#8216;<literal>Uno</literal>&#8217; es más corto y cabe al final de la
+línea de salida en la terminal, y entonces &latex; rompe la línea
+entre él y &#8216;<literal>Dos Tres</literal>&#8217;. Ese salto de línea también aparece en el
+archivo de registro. Esta inserción de salto de línea puede depender,
+por ejemplo, de la longitud de los nombres completos de las rutas de
+los archivos incluidos. Por lo tanto, producir líneas de una manera
+que es portátil es difícil, probablemente requiera comenzando su
+mensaje al principio de una línea.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="27.5.3" id="_005cwlog">
+<title><literal>\wlog</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wlog</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\wlog{<replaceable>string</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Escribe <replaceable>string</replaceable> en el archivo de registro.
+</para>
+<screen>\wlog{¿Escuchaste sobre el matemático que odia los negativos?}
+\wlog{No se detendrá ante nada para evitarlo.}
+</screen>
+<para>Por lo general, <replaceable>string</replaceable> aparece en una sola línea separada. Usa
+<literal>^^J</literal> para insertar una nueva línea.
+</para>
+<screen>\wlog{Helvetica y Times Roman entran a un bar.}
+\wlog{El barman dice,^^JNo servimos tu tipo.}
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="27.5.4" id="_005cwrite18">
+<title><literal>\write18</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\write18</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos externos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos, ejecutar desde &latex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>comandos del sistema, ejecutar desde &latex;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acceso de shell</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- Derivado de: Joseph Wright: -->
+<!-- https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\write18{<replaceable>shell_command</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Emite un comando al shell del sistema operativo. El sistema operativo
+ejecuta el comando y la ejecución de &latex; se bloquea hasta que
+acabe.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>Asymptote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Asymptote</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Esta secuencia (en Unix)
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\newcommand{\fignum}{1}
+\immediate\write18{cd pix &amp;&amp; asy figure\fignum}
+\includegraphics{pix/figure\fignum.pdf}
+</screen>
+<para>ejecutará Asymptote (el programa <literal>asy</literal>) en
+<filename>pix/figure1.asy</filename>, para que luego el documento se pueda leer en
+el gráfico resultante (véase <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>). Como cualquier
+<literal>\write</literal>, aquí &latex; expande macros en <replaceable>shell_command</replaceable>
+para que <literal>\fignum</literal> sea reemplazado por &#8216;<literal>1</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<para>Otro ejemplo es que puedes ejecutar automáticamente Bib&tex; al
+inicio de cada ejecución de &latex; (véase <link linkend="Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</link>) incluyendo
+<literal>\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}</literal> como la primera línea
+del archivo. Ten en cuenta que <literal>\jobname</literal> se expande al nombre
+base del archivo raíz a menos que se pase la opción <literal>--jobname</literal>
+en la línea de comandos, en cuyo caso este es el argumento de la
+opción.
+</para>
+<para>A veces es necesario realizar un proceso de varios pasos para obtener
+la información de eso que quieres. Esto insertará en la entrada una
+lista de todos los archivos PDF en el directorio actual (pero ve
+<literal>texosquery</literal> a continuación):
+</para>
+<screen>\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf &gt; tmp.dat}
+\input{tmp.dat}
+</screen>
+<para>El comportamiento estándar de cualquier <literal>\write</literal> es esperar hasta
+que una página sea enviada antes de expandir las macros o escribir en
+la secuencia (véase <link linkend="_005cwrite">\write</link>). Pero a veces quieres que se haga ahora.
+Para esto, usa <literal>\immediate\write18{<replaceable>shell_command</replaceable>}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay problemas de seguridad obvios al permitir comandos del sistema
+dentro un archivo &latex;. Si descargas un archivo de la red y
+contiene comandos para eliminar todos sus archivos, entonces no
+estarías satisfecho. La configuración estándar en las distribuciones
+modernas desactiva el acceso completo al intérprete de comandos. Lo
+puedes activar, si estás seguro de que los comandos del intérprete son
+seguros, compilando con <literal>latex --enable-write18 <replaceable>filename</replaceable></literal>
+(véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</link>). (La opción
+<literal>--shell-escape</literal> es un sinónimo, en &tex; Live).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acceso restringido al intérprete</primary></indexterm>
+<para>En lugar del acceso completo al intérprete, las distribuciones
+modernas por omisión una versión restringida que permite que funcionen
+algunos comandos, como los que ejecuta Metafont para generar fuentes
+que faltan, incluso si no usa la opción <literal>enable-write18</literal>. De
+manera predeterminada esta lista de commands permitidos es corto y
+presenta solo los comandos que están bajo el control de los
+mantenedores de la distribución (véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de
+comandos</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>/bin/sh, usado por <literal>\write18</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>sh, usado por <literal>\write18</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>cmd.exe, usado por <literal>\write18</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>SHELL, variables de entorno</primary></indexterm>
+<para>El texto <replaceable>shell_command</replaceable> siempre se pasa a <filename>/bin/sh</filename> en
+sistemas operativos similares a Unix y el intérprete de comandos de
+DOS <filename>cmd.exe</filename> en Windows. Cualquier intérprete diferente
+establecido por el usuario, y la variable de entorno <literal>SHELL</literal> se
+ignora.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>texosquery</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>texosquery</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>información del sistema</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Información del sistema operativo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Información de la configuración regional, del sistema</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Listados de directorio, del sistema</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Si lo que necesitas es información del sistema, como el nombre del
+sistema operativo, información local o contenido del directorio, echa
+un vistazo al paquete <literal>texosquery</literal>, que proporciona una forma
+de interfaz cómoda y segura para esto, a diferencia de los ejemplos
+anteriores que usan el <literal>\write18</literal> simple <literal>\write18</literal>:
+<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery">https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</ulink>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>shellesc</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>shellesc</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ShellEscape</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DelayedShellEscape</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&latex; proporciona un paquete <literal>shellesc</literal> encima del comando
+primitivo <literal>\write18</literal>. Su propósito principal es proporcionar un
+comando <literal>\ShellEscape</literal> que funciona de manera idéntica en todos
+los motores &tex;; Lua&tex; intencionalmente no retuvo
+<literal>\write18</literal> como una forma de invocar un comando del intérprete,
+por lo que se necesita algún código específico del motor. El paquete
+<literal>shellesc</literal> también proporciona un comando
+<literal>\DelayedShellEscape</literal>, ejecutado a la hora de <literal>\output</literal>, por
+la misma razón.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
</chapter>
-<appendix label="A" id="Plantillas-de-Documento">
-<title>Plantillas de Documento</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>plantillas de documentos</primary></indexterm>
+<chapter label="28" id="Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">
+<title>Interfaz de línea de comandos</title>
+
+<anchor id="L_00ednea-de-comandos"/><!-- nombre antiguo -->
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>interfaz de línea de comando</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>interfaz, línea de comandos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>*CLI*</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Aunque no es material de referencia, tal vez estas plantillas de
-documento serán de utilidad.
+<para>Sinopsis (desde una línea de comandos de terminal):
+</para>
+<screen>pdflatex <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Ejecuta &latex; en <replaceable>argument</replaceable>. En lugar de <command>pdflatex</command>
+también puedes usar (para salida PDF) <command>xelatex</command> o
+<literal>lualatex</literal>, o (para salida DVI) <literal>latex</literal> o
+<literal>dvilualatex</literal>, entre otros (véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores &tex;</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, esto ejecutará &latex; en el archivo <filename>thesis.tex</filename>,
+creando la salida <filename>thesis.pdf</filename>.
</para>
+<screen>pdflatex thesis
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.tex, extensión predeterminada</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que <filename>.tex</filename> es la extensión del nombre de archivo
+predeterminada.
+</para>
+<para>pdf&tex; es una extensión del programa &tex; original, al igual que
+Xe&tex; y Lua&tex; (véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores &tex;</link>). Los dos primeros son
+completamente retrocompatibles y el segundo, casi. Quizás la nueva
+característica más fundamental para los tres es que el &tex; original
+produce su propio formato DVI, mientras que los más nuevos pueden
+salir directamente a PDF. Esto les permite aprovechar las funciones
+adicionales en PDF como hipervínculos, compatibilidad con formatos de
+imagen modernos como JPG y PNG y programas de visualización
+omnipresentes. En resumen, si corres <command>pdflatex</command> o
+<command>xelatex</command> o <command>lualatex</command> entonces obtendrás PDF de forma
+predeterminada y tendrás acceso a todas sus modernas características.
+Si ejecutas <command>latex</command> o <command>dvilualatex</command>, obtendrás DVI.
+La descripción aquí asume <command>pdflatex</command>.
+</para>
+<para>Véase <link linkend="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</link>, para una selección de las más
+útiles opciones de la línea de comandos. En cuanto a <replaceable>argument</replaceable>,
+el caso habitual es que no comienza con una barra invertida, por lo
+que el sistema lo toma como el nombre de un archivo y compila ese
+archivo. Si <replaceable>argument</replaceable> comienza con una barra invertida, el
+sistema lo interpretará como una línea de entrada &latex;, que se
+puede utilizar para efectos especiales (véase <link linkend="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de
+comandos</link>).
+</para>
+<para>Si no proporcionaste argumentos ni opciones, <command>pdflatex</command>
+solicita entrada desde la terminal. Puedes escapar de esto ingresando
+<userinput>CTRL-D</userinput>.
+</para>
+<para>Si &latex; encuentra un error en tu documento, de manera
+predeterminada se detiene y te pregunta al respecto.
+Véase <link linkend="Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores">Recuperación de errores</link>, para obtener un resumen de qué hacer.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="28.1" id="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">
+<title>Opciones de la línea de comandos</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opciones, línea de comandos</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Estas son las opciones de la línea de comandos relevantes para la
+autoría de documentos ordinarios. Para obtener una lista completa,
+intenta ejecutar &#8216;<literal>latex --help</literal>&#8217; desde la línea de comandos.
+</para>
+<para>Con muchas implementaciones puedes especificar opciones de la línea de
+comandos prefijándolos con &#8216;<literal>-</literal>&#8217; o &#8216;<literal>--</literal>&#8217;. ESTE es el caso de
+ambos &tex; Live (incluyendo Mac&tex;) y MiK&tex;. Usaremos ambas
+convenciones indistintamente. Si una opción toma un valor, se puede
+especificar ya sea como un argumento separado (&#8216;<literal>--foo val</literal>&#8217;), o
+como un argumento con un signo &#8216;<literal>=</literal>&#8217; (&#8216;<literal>--foo=val</literal>&#8217;), pero no
+puede haber espacios alrededor de &#8216;<literal>=</literal>&#8217;. Generalmente usaremos la
+sintaxis &#8216;<literal>=</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<variablelist><indexterm role="fn"><primary>--version command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>-version</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Muestra la versión actual, como &#8216;<literal>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16
+(TeX Live 2015/Debian)</literal>&#8217; junto con una pequeña cantidad de información
+adicional, y sale.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--help command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-help</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Proporciona un breve mensaje de uso que sea útil como aviso y sale.
+</para>
+<anchor id="modos-de-interacci_00f3n"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>--interaction command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-interaction=<replaceable>mode</replaceable></literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>batchmode</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>scrollmode</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>errorstopmode</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nonstopmode</primary></indexterm>
+<para>&tex; compila un documento en uno de cuatro modos de interacción:
+<literal>batchmode</literal>, <literal>nonstopmode</literal>, <literal>scrollmode</literal>,
+<literal>errorstopmode</literal>. En <firstterm>errorstopmode</firstterm> (el predeterminado),
+&tex; se detiene en cada error y solicita la intervención del
+usuario. En <firstterm>modo por lotes</firstterm> no imprime nada en la terminal, los
+errores se desplazan como si el usuario presionara <userinput>RETURN</userinput> en
+cada error, y los archivos que faltan hacen que se aborte el
+trabajo. En <firstterm>nonstopmode</firstterm>, aparece un mensaje de diagnóstico en la
+terminal pero como en el modo por lotes, no hay interacción del
+usuario. En <firstterm>scrollmode</firstterm>, &tex; se detiene por falta de archivos
+o entrada del teclado, pero nada más.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, iniciar &latex; con esta línea de comandos
+</para>
+<screen>pdflatex -interaction=batchmode <replaceable>filename</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>elimina la mayor parte de la salida de la terminal.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nombre de trabajo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nombre de archivo para el trabajo actual</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--jobname command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-jobname=<replaceable>string</replaceable></literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Establece el valor de <firstterm>jobname</firstterm> de &tex; en la cadena. El
+archivo de registro y el archivo de salida entonces se llamará
+<filename><replaceable>string</replaceable>.log</filename> y <filename><replaceable>string</replaceable>.pdf</filename>. véase <link linkend="Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del
+trabajo</link>.
+</para>
+<anchor id="directorio-de-salida"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Directorio de salida para todos los archivos externos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--output-directory command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-output-directory=<replaceable>directory</replaceable></literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Escribe archivos en el directorio <replaceable>directory</replaceable>. Ya debe existir.
+Esto se aplica a todos los archivos externos creados por &tex; o
+&latex;, como el archivo <filename>.log</filename> para la ejecución, el
+<filename>.aux</filename>, <filename>.toc</filename>, etc., archivos creados por &latex;, así
+como el principal archivo de salida <filename>.pdf</filename> o <filename>.dvi</filename> en sí
+mismo.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando se especifica, el directorio de salida <replaceable>directory</replaceable> además
+primero se verifica automáticamente cualquier archivo que se ingrese,
+de modo que los archivos externos se pueden volver a leer, si se
+desea. El verdadero directorio actual (en el que se ejecutó &latex;)
+permanece sin cambios, y también se comprobaron los archivos de
+entrada.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>escape del intérprete</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\write18</literal>, habilitar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--enable-write18 command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--disable-write18 command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--shell-escape command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--no-shell-escape command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>--enable-write18</literal>
+</term><term><literal>--disable-write18</literal>
+</term><term><literal>--shell-escape</literal>
+</term><term><literal>--no-shell-escape</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Habilita o deshabilita <literal>\write18{<replaceable>shell_command</replaceable>}</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="_005cwrite18">\write18</link>). Las dos primeras opciones son compatibles con
+ambos &tex; Live y MiK&tex;, mientras que las dos segundas son
+sinónimos compatibles por &tex; Live.
+</para>
+<para>Habilitar esta funcionalidad tiene importantes implicaciones de
+seguridad, ya que permite que un archivo &latex; ejecute cualquier
+comando. Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, no se permite
+<literal>\write18</literal> sin restricciones. (El valor predeterminado para
+&tex; Live, Mac&tex; y MiK&tex; es permitir la ejecución de un
+número limitado de programas relacionados con &tex;, que ellos
+distribuyen).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si invocas a &latex; con la opción
+<literal>no-shell-escape</literal>, y en tu documento llamas a <literal>\write18{ls
+-l}</literal>, entonces no obtienes un error pero el archivo de registro dice
+&#8216;<literal>runsystem(ls -l)...deshabilitado</literal>&#8217;.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--halt-on-error command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-halt-on-error</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Detiene el procesamiento en el primer error.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--file-line-error command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--no-file-line-error command-line option</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-file-line-error</literal>
+</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-no-file-line-error</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Habilita o deshabilita
+<literal><replaceable>filename</replaceable>:<replaceable>lineno</replaceable>:<replaceable>error</replaceable></literal>-style error de
+mensajes. Estos solo están disponibles con &tex; Live o Mac&tex;.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="28.2" id="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">
+<title>Entrada de la línea de comandos</title>
-<sect1 label="A.1" id="Plantilla-book">
-<title>Plantilla <literal>book</literal></title>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Entrada, en la línea de comando</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Como parte de la invocación de la línea de comandos
+</para>
+<screen><replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>puedes especificar una entrada &latex; arbitraria comenzando
+<replaceable>argument</replaceable> con una barra invertida. (Todos los motores admiten
+esto). Este te permite hacer algunos efectos especiales.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Por ejemplo, este archivo (que usa el paquete
+<literal>hyperref</literal> para hipervínculos) puede producir dos tipos de
+salida, una para leer en papel físico y otra para leer en línea.
+</para>
+<screen>\ifdefined\paperversion % en el preámbulo
+\newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
+\else
+\newcommand{\urlcolor}{blue}
+\fi
+\usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=\urlcolor]{hyperref}
+ ...
+\href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN} % en el cuerpo
+ ...
+</screen>
+<para>Compilar este documento <filename>book.tex</filename> con la línea de comandos
+<literal>pdflatex book</literal> dará el enlace &#8216;<literal>CTAN</literal>&#8217; en azul. Pero
+compilarlo con
+</para>
+<screen>pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex&quot;
+</screen>
+<para>tiene el enlace en negro. Usamos comillas dobles para evitar
+interpretación de los símbolos por el intérprete de la línea de
+comandos. (Este normalmente funciona en sistemas Unix y Windows, pero
+hay muchas peculiaridades de las comillas del intérprete, así que lee
+la documentación de tu sistema si necesitas).
+</para>
+<para>De manera similar, desde el único archivo <filename>main.tex</filename> puedes
+compilar dos versiones diferentes.
+</para>
+<!-- crédito Paul Gaborit: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/220101/121234 -->
+<screen>pdflatex -jobname=students &quot;\def\student{}\input{main}&quot;
+pdflatex -jobname=teachers &quot;\def\teachers{}\input{main}&quot;
+</screen>
+<para>La opción <literal>jobname</literal> está ahí porque, de lo contrario, ambos
+archivos estarían llamando a <filename>main.pdf</filename> y el segundo
+sobrescribiría el primero. (véase <link linkend="Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</link>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo usamos la línea de comando para seleccionar qué partes
+de un documento incluir. Para un libro llamado <filename>mybook.tex</filename> y
+estructurado como esto.
+</para>
<screen>\documentclass{book}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Book}
-\author{Autor Alex}
-
\begin{document}
-\maketitle
+ ...
+\include{chap1}
+\include{chap2}
+ ...
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+<para>la línea de comandos
+</para>
+<screen>pdflatex &quot;\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}&quot;
+</screen>
+<para>dará salida que tiene el primer capítulo pero ningún otro
+capítulo. Véase <link linkend="Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</link>.
+</para>
-\chapter{Primero}
-Algún texto.
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="28.3" id="Nombre-del-trabajo">
+<title>Nombre del trabajo</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>\jobname</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nombre de trabajo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nombre del documento raíz</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nombre del documento raíz</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo raíz</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>archivo raíz</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Ejecutar &latex; crea una serie de archivos, incluido el PDF
+principal (o salida DVI), pero también incluye otros. Estos archivos
+se nombran con el así llamado <firstterm>jobname</firstterm>. El caso más común es
+también el más simple, donde, por ejemplo, el comando <literal>pdflatex
+thesis</literal> crea <literal>thesis.pdf</literal> y también <literal>thesis.log</literal> y
+<literal>thesis.aux</literal>. Aquí el nombre del trabajo es <literal>thesis</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>En general, &latex; se invoca como <literal><replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable>
+<replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal>, donde <replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> es el
+<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc. (véase <link linkend="Motores-TeX">Motores
+&tex;</link>). Si <replaceable>argument</replaceable> no comienza con una barra invertida, como
+es el caso anterior con <literal>thesis</literal>, entonces &tex; considera que
+es el nombre del archivo para ingresar como el documento
+principal. Este archivo se denomina <firstterm>root file</firstterm> (véase <link linkend="Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la
+entrada</link>, y&#160;<link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>). El nombre de ese archivo raíz, sin la
+extensión <filename>.tex</filename> si la hay, es el nombre del trabajo. Si
+<replaceable>argument</replaceable> comienza con una barra invertida, o si &tex; está en
+modo interactivo, entonces espera el primer comando <literal>\input</literal>, y
+el nombre del trabajo es el argumento de <literal>\input</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay dos posibilidades más para el nombre del trabajo. Se puede
+especificar directamente con la opción <literal>-jobname</literal>, como en
+<literal>pdflatex -jobname=myname</literal> (véase <link linkend="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de
+comandos</link> para un ejemplo real).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>texput, jobname predefinido</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fallback jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<para>La posibilidad final es <filename>texput</filename>, que es la última alternativa
+predeterminada si no hay otro nombre disponible para &tex;. Es
+decir, si no se especificó la opción <literal>-jobname</literal> y la compilación
+se detiene antes de cualquier archivo de entrada, entonces el archivo
+de registro se llamará <filename>texput.log</filename>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\documentclass, y <literal>texput</literal> jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage y <literal>textput</literal> jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Un caso especial de esto es que en las versiones de &latex; de
+(aproximadamente) 2020 o posterior, el nombre del trabajo también es
+<filename>texput</filename> si el primer <literal>\input</literal> ocurre como resultado de ser
+llamado por <literal>\documentclass</literal> o <literal>\RequirePackage</literal>. Así que
+esto producirá un archivo llamado <filename>texput.pdf</filename>:
+</para>
+<screen>pdflatex
+&quot;\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}&quot;
+</screen>
+<para>Sin embargo, este caso especial solo se aplica a esos dos comandos.
+Así, con
+</para>
+<!-- acredita a Herbert Voss: -->
+<!-- https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/17236/121234 -->
+<screen>pdflatex
+&quot;\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}&quot;
+</screen>
+<para>el archivo de salida es <filename>lipsum.pdf</filename>, ya que <literal>\usepackage</literal>
+llama a <literal>\input</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\jobname</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Dentro del documento, la macro <literal>\jobname</literal> se expande al nombre
+del trabajo. (Cuando ejecutas &latex; en un archivo cuyo nombre
+contiene espacios, la cadena devuelta por <literal>\jobname</literal> contiene
+comillas de inicio y final coincidentes). En la expansión de esa
+macro, todos los caracteres son de catcode&#160;12 (otro) excepto que
+los espacios son category&#160;10, incluyendo letras que normalmente
+son catcode&#160;11.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfBeginWith* macro de <filename>xstring</filename></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xstring</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xstring</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Debido a esta situación de catcode, usar el nombre del trabajo en un
+condicional se puede volver complicado. Una solución es usar la macro
+<literal>\IfBeginWith</literal> del paquete <filename>xstring</filename> en su variante
+estrella, que es insensible a catcode. Por ejemplo, en el siguiente
+texto la nota a pie de página &#8220;Incluyendo Respublica Bananensis
+Francorum.&#8221; solo está presente si el nombre de la tarea comienza
+con <filename>mi-doc</filename>.
+</para>
+<screen>Si una democracia es solo un régimen donde los ciudadanos votan
+entonces todas las repúblicas bananeras
+\IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% {\footnote{Incluyendo
+Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} son democracias.
+</screen>
+<para>Manipular el valor de <literal>\jobname</literal> dentro de un documento no camba
+el nombre del archivo de salida o el archivo de registro.
+</para>
-\chapter{Segundo}
-Algún otro texto.
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="28.4" id="Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores">
+<title>Recuperación de errores</title>
-\section{Un subtema}
-El final.
-\end{document}
+<para>Si &latex; encuentra un error en tu documento, entonces te da un
+mensaje de error y te muestra un signo de interrogación, <literal>?</literal>.
+Por ejemplo, ejecutando &latex; en este archivo
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
+El problema de \PN{} es de un millón de dólares.
</screen>
+<para>hace que muestre esto y espere la entrada.
+</para>
+<screen>! Secuencia de control Indefinida.
+l.5 El problema
+ \PN{} es uno de un millón de dólares.
+?
+</screen>
+<para>Lo más sencillo es ingresar <userinput>x</userinput> y <userinput>RETURN</userinput> y arreglar el error
+de tipografía. En su lugar, podrías ingresar <userinput>?</userinput> y <userinput>RETURN</userinput>
+para ver otros opciones.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&#8216;<literal>*</literal>&#8217; prompt</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>prompt, &#8216;<literal>*</literal>&#8217;</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stop</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Hay otros dos escenarios de error. El primero es que te olvidaste
+incluir el <literal>\end{document}</literal> o lo escribiste mal. En este caso
+&latex; te da un &#8216;<literal>*</literal>&#8217; indicador. Puedes volver a la línea de
+comandos escribiendo <userinput>\stop</userinput> y <userinput>RETURN</userinput>; este comando mejora
+la salida de &latex; inmediatamente, sea cual sea el estado en el que
+se encuentre.
+</para>
+<para>El último escenario es que escribiste mal el nombre del archivo. Por
+ejemplo, en lugar de <literal>pdflatex test</literal> puedes escribir
+<literal>pdflatex tste</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>! No puedo encontrar el archivo `tste'.
+&lt;*&gt; tste
+
+(Presiona Enter para volver a intentarlo o Control-D para
+salir). Escribe otro nombre de archivo de entrada:
+</screen>
+<para>Lo más simple es ingresar <userinput>CTRL d</userinput> (manteniendo presionadas las
+teclas control y flecha abajo al mismo tiempo), y luego vuelve a
+escribir la línea de comandos correcta.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="A.2" id="Plantilla-beamer">
+</chapter>
+<appendix label="A" id="Plantillas-de-documentos">
+<title>Plantillas de documentos</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>plantillas de documentos</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>plantillas, documento</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Aunque son material ilustrativo, quizás estas plantillas de documentos
+sean útiles. Los recursos de plantillas adicionales se enumeran en
+<ulink url="https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</ulink>.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="A.1" id="Plantilla-beamer">
<title>Plantilla <literal>beamer</literal></title>
-<para>La clase <literal>beamer</literal> crea diapositivas de presentaciones.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>beamer</literal> plantilla y clase</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>plantilla, <literal>beamer</literal></primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>La clase <literal>beamer</literal> crea diapositivas de presentación. Tiene
+una vasta variedad de características, pero aquí hay una plantilla
+básica:
</para>
<screen>\documentclass{beamer}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Beamer}
+\title{Plantilla de clase Beamer}
\author{Autor Alex}
-\date{Julio 31, 2010}
+\date{31 de julio de 2020}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
-% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} provoca errores misteriosos.
+% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} obtiene misteriosos
+% errores.
\begin{frame}[fragile]
- \frametitle{Primer Diapositiva}
+ \frametitle{Primer diapositiva}
\begin{verbatim}
- ¡Esto está en \verbatim!
+ Este es \verbatim!
\end{verbatim}
\end{frame}
\end{document}
-
</screen>
+<para>El paquete Beamer en CTAN: <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</ulink>.
+</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="A.3" id="Plantilla-tugboat">
-<title>Plantilla <literal>tugboat</literal></title>
+<sect1 label="A.2" id="Plantilla-de-art_00edculo">
+<title>Plantilla <literal>article</literal></title>
-<para><citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> es el diario del Grupo de Usuarios de &tex;,
-<ulink url="http://tug.org/TUGboat">http://tug.org/TUGboat</ulink>.
-</para>
-<screen>\documentclass{ltugboat} % para procedimientos ltugproc
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>plantilla (simple), <literal>article</literal></primary></indexterm>
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
- urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
-\else
- \usepackage{url}
-\fi
+<para>Una plantilla simple para un artículo.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{article}
+\title{Plantilla de clase article}
+\author{Autor Alex}
\begin{document}
-
-\title{Ejemplo de Articulo Regular \TUB\}
-
-% repetir información para cada autor.
-\author{First Last}
-\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
-\netaddress{user (at) ejemplo dot org}
-\personalURL{http://ejemplo.org/~user/}
-
\maketitle
-% El resumen en ltugboat viene después de \maketitle.
-\begin{abstract}
-Este es un ejemplo del tema de un artículo \TUB{} ordinario.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\section{Introducción}
+\section{Primera sección}
+Algún texto.
-Este es un artículo de ejemplo para \TUB, de
-\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
+\subsection{Primera sección, primera subsección}
+Texto adicional.
-Recomendamos el paquete graphicx para inclusión de imágenes y el
-paquete hyperref para urls activas (en la salida \acro{PDF}). \TUB\ se
-produce utilizando archivos \acro{PDF} exclusivamente, en la actualidad.
+\section{Segunda sección}
+Algo más de texto.
-Las clases \texttt{ltug*} proporcionan estas abreviaturas, entre muchas
-otras:
+\end{document}
+</screen>
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
-\BibTeX \CandT \CTAN \DTD \DVItoVDU \HTML
-\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \JoT \LAMSTeX \LaTeXe
-\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \pcMF \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas
-\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
-\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG
-\tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \VorTeX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
-
-\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
-\careof \thinskip
-
-\acro{FRED} -&gt; {\sc fred} % ¡Por favor úselas!
-\cs{fred} -&gt; \fred
-\env{fred} -&gt; \begin{fred}
-\meta{fred} -&gt; &lt;fred&gt;
-\nth{n} -&gt; 1st, 2nd, ...
-\sfrac{3/4} -&gt; 3/4
-\booktitle{Libro de Fred}
-\end{verbatim}
-}
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="A.3" id="Plantilla-de-libro">
+<title>Plantilla <literal>book</literal></title>
-Para mayor información, consulte el documento en ltubguid:
-\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>plantilla, <literal>book</literal></primary></indexterm>
-Correo electrónico \verb|tugboat@tug.org| si incurre en problemas o tiene
-dudas.
+<para>Esta es una plantilla sencilla para un libro. Véase <link linkend="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de
+libro Larger</link>, para una más elaborada.
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass{book}
+\title{Plantilla de clase book}
+\autor{Autor Alex}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\chapter{Primero}
+Algún texto.
-\bibliographystyle{plain} % recomendamos el estilo de bibliografía plain
-\nocite{book-minimal} % solo hace que la bibliografía no esté vacía
-\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib viene con BibTeX
+\chapter{Segundo}
+Algún otro texto.
+\section{Un subtema}
+Fin.
-\makesignature % no en ltugproc
\end{document}
</screen>
-<!-- begin vincentb1 -->
+
</sect1>
-</appendix>
-<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
-<appendix label="B" id="License-translation">
-<title>Traducción de la licencia</title>
+<sect1 label="A.4" id="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">
+<title>Plantilla de <literal>book</literal> larger</title>
-<para>La traducción que sigue es dada únicamente como informaciòn, y no
-reemplaza el texto en inglés dado al principio de este documento.
-<!-- end vincentb1 -->
-</para>
-<para>Se concede permiso para hacer y distribuir copias literales de este
-manual siempre que el aviso de copyright y esta nota de permiso se
-conserven en todas las copias.
-</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>plantilla, <literal>book</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<para>Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
-este manual bajo las condiciones para una copia literal, a condición de
-que todo el trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los términos
-de una nota de permiso idéntica a ésta.
+<para>Esta es una plantilla algo elaborada para un libro. Véase <link linkend="Plantilla-de-libro">Plantilla
+de libro</link>, por una más sencilla.
</para>
-<para>Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este manual
-a otro idioma, con las condiciones anteriores para versiones
-modificadas.
+<para>Esta plantilla usa <literal>\frontmatter</literal>, <literal>\mainmatter</literal> y
+<literal>\backmatter</literal> para controlar la tipografía de las tres áreas
+principales de un libro (véase <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y
+\backmatter</link>). El libro tiene una bibliografía y un índice.
</para>
-</appendix>
-<chapter label="" id="_00cdndice-de-Conceptos">
-<title>Índice de Conceptos</title>
+<para>También es notable que usa <literal>\include</literal> e <literal>\includeonly</literal>
+(véase <link linkend="Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</link>). Mientras trabajas en un capítulo,
+puedes comentar todas las demás entradas del capítulo desde el
+argumento hasta <literal>\includeonly</literal>. Eso acelerará la compilación sin
+perder cualquier información como referencias cruzadas. (Material que
+no necesita entrar en una nueva página se introduce con <literal>\input</literal>
+en lugar de <literal>\include</literal>. No obtienes el beneficio de referencia
+cruzada con <literal>\input</literal>).
+</para>
+<screen>\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
+\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
-<index role="cp"></index>
+\title{Plantilla de la clase book}
+\author{Autor Alex}
-<!-- El nombre del nodo `Índice de Instrucciones' NO se debe alterar para -->
-<!-- ltx-help.el. -->
-</chapter>
-<chapter label="" id="_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones">
-<title>Índice de Instrucciones</title>
+\includeonly{%
+% frontcover,
+ preface,
+ chap1,
+% appenA,
+ }
+
+\begin{document}
+\frontmatter
+\include{frontcover}
+ % tal vez comentar mientras se redacta:
+\maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright}
+\tableofcontents
+\include{preface}
+
+\mainmatter
+\include{chap1}
+...
+\appendix
+\include{appenA}
+...
+
+\backmatter
+\bibliographystyle{apalike}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography}
+\bibliography
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\printindex
+
+\include{backcover}
+\end{document}
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+</appendix>
+<chapter label="" id="_00cdndice">
+<title>Índice</title>
-<index role="fn"></index>
+<!-- Mantén `Command Index' funcionando para ltx-help.el. -->
+<anchor id="_00edndice-de-comandos"/>
+<index role="cp"></index>
</chapter>
</book>
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.html b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.html
index 57e0499845..97ee27b547 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.html
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.html
@@ -1,84 +1,104 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
-<!-- Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, para la
-versión de Julio 2010.
-
-Esto se tradujo originalmente del archivo LATEX.HLP v1.0a de la
-Biblioteca de Ayuda VMS. La versión pretraducción fue escrita por
-George D. Greenwade de Sam Houston State University. La versión de
-LaTeX 2.09 fue escrita por Stephen Gilmore. La versión de
-LaTeX2e fue adaptada por Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo la
-actualización y posteriores adiciones, y reconoce su agradecimiento a la
-utilización de Hypertext Help con LaTeX, por Sheldon Green, y
-del LaTeX Command Summary (para
-LaTeX 2.09) por L. Botway y C. Biemesderfer (publicada por
-el Grupo de Usuarios TeX como TeXniques número 10), como
-material de referencia (no se copió texto directamente).
-
-Copyright 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Nacho Pacheco -Traducción.
-
-Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Karl Berry.
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<!-- Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX,
+un sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Enero 2023.
+
+Este manual se tradujo originalmente de LATEX.HLP v1.0a en la
+Biblioteca de ayuda de VMS. La versión previa a la traducción fue
+escrita por George D. Greenwade de la Universidad Estatal Sam
+Houston. La versión 2.09 de LaTeX fue escrita por Stephen
+Gilmore. La versión LaTeX2e fue adaptada desde esta por Torsten
+Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo más actualizaciones y adiciones, y
+reconoce con gratitud que ha utilizado Hypertext Help con
+LaTeX, de Sheldon Green, y Resumen de comandos LaTeX
+(para LaTeX 2.09) por L. Botway y C. Biemesderfer
+(publicado por los usuarios del Grupo TeX como TeXnicas
+número 10), como material de referencia. También reconocemos con
+gratitud el material adicional que aparece en la referencia de latex2e
+por Martin Herbert Dietze. (De estas referencias no se copió texto
+directamente).
+
+© 2010-2023 Nacho Pacheco - Traducción.
+
+
+Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
-A continuación se encuentra la licencia bajo la cual es
-distribuido este manual, una traducción lo es dada en
-anexo, ver License translation.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
+Se otorga permiso para hacer y distribuir copias textuales de este
+manual siempre y cuando, se conserve en todas las copias este aviso de
+derechos de autor y este aviso de permiso.
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
+Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
+este manual bajo las condiciones para la copia literal, siempre que la
+totalidad del trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los
+términos de un aviso de permiso idéntico a este.
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.1, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
-<head>
-<title>LaTeX2e Manual de Referencia (Julio 2010)</title>
+Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este manual
+a otro idioma, en las condiciones anteriores para versiones
+modificadas. -->
+<title>Manual de referencia extraoficial de LaTeX2e (Enero 2023)</title>
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e Manual de Referencia (Julio 2010)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e Manual de Referencia (Julio 2010)">
+<meta name="description" content="Manual de referencia extraoficial de LaTeX2e (Enero 2023)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Manual de referencia extraoficial de LaTeX2e (Enero 2023)">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width,initial-scale=1">
+
<link href="#Top" rel="start" title="Top">
-<link href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" rel="index" title="Índice de Conceptos">
-<link href="#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
-<link href="http://tug.org/texinfohtml/" rel="up" title="(dir)">
+<link href="#g_t_00cdndice" rel="index" title="Índice">
+<link href="#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Índice general">
+<link href="https://tug.org/texinfohtml/" rel="up" title="(dir)">
+<link href="#Acerca-de-este-documento" rel="next" title="Acerca de este documento">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
-a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
-blockquote.indentedblock {margin-right: 0em}
-blockquote.smallindentedblock {margin-right: 0em; font-size: smaller}
-blockquote.smallquotation {font-size: smaller}
-div.display {margin-left: 3.2em}
+/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
+ Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain.
+ Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
+
+
+a.copiable-link {visibility: hidden; text-decoration: none; line-height: 0em}
+a.summary-letter-printindex {text-decoration: none}
div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.lisp {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.smalldisplay {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.smallexample {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.smalllisp {margin-left: 3.2em}
-kbd {font-style: oblique}
-pre.display {font-family: inherit}
-pre.format {font-family: inherit}
-pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
-pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
-pre.smalldisplay {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller}
-pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
-pre.smallformat {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller}
-pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
-span.nolinebreak {white-space: nowrap}
-span.roman {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal}
-span.sansserif {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: normal}
-ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
+kbd.kbd {font-style: oblique}
+kbd.key {font-style: normal}
+span.r {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal; font-style: normal}
+span.w-nolinebreak-text {white-space: nowrap}
+span:hover a.copiable-link {visibility: visible}
+td.printindex-index-entry {vertical-align: top}
+td.printindex-index-section {vertical-align: top}
+th.entries-header-printindex {text-align:left}
+th.sections-header-printindex {text-align:left}
+ul.mark-bullet {list-style-type: disc}
+ul.toc-numbered-mark {list-style: none}
+BODY {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
+ margin-right: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ /* the idea is to use the whole window, unless it is ridiculously
+ wide, probably with too-small fonts, too. */
+ max-width: 64em;
+}
+
+/* Because we want @math{... @code ...} to be upright, not slanted,
+ and Texinfo won't fix it. */
+code {font-style:normal; font-family:monospace; }
+
+/* We put a link to our own home page at the bottom. */
+div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;}
+
+/* So you can style for yourself */
+@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css");
+
-->
</style>
@@ -86,7 +106,6 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
</head>
<body lang="es">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e Manual de Referencia (Julio 2010)</h1>
@@ -94,3421 +113,8613 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
-<a name="SEC_Overview"></a>
-<h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Short Table of Contents</h2>
-<div class="shortcontents">
-<ul class="no-bullet">
-<li><a name="stoc-Acerca-de-este-documento-1" href="#toc-Acerca-de-este-documento-1">1 Acerca de este documento</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Descripcion-de-LaTeX" href="#toc-Descripcion-de-LaTeX">2 Descripción de LaTeX</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Iniciando-y-Finalizando-1" href="#toc-Iniciando-y-Finalizando-1">3 Iniciando y Finalizando</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Clases-de-Documento-1" href="#toc-Clases-de-Documento-1">4 Clases de Documento</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Tipos-de-Letra-1" href="#toc-Tipos-de-Letra-1">5 Tipos de Letra</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Diseno" href="#toc-Diseno">6 Diseño</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Seccionado-1" href="#toc-Seccionado-1">7 Seccionado</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Referencias-Cruzadas-1" href="#toc-Referencias-Cruzadas-1">8 Referencias Cruzadas</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Entornos-1" href="#toc-Entornos-1">9 Entornos</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Saltos-de-Linea" href="#toc-Saltos-de-Linea">10 Saltos de Línea</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Saltos-de-Pagina" href="#toc-Saltos-de-Pagina">11 Saltos de Página</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Notas-al-Pie-1" href="#toc-Notas-al-Pie-1">12 Notas al Pie</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Definiciones-1" href="#toc-Definiciones-1">13 Definiciones</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Contadores-1" href="#toc-Contadores-1">14 Contadores</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Longitudes-1" href="#toc-Longitudes-1">15 Longitudes</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Haciendo-Parrafos" href="#toc-Haciendo-Parrafos">16 Haciendo Párrafos</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Formulas-Matematicas" href="#toc-Formulas-Matematicas">17 Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Modos-1" href="#toc-Modos-1">18 Modos</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Estilos-de-Pagina" href="#toc-Estilos-de-Pagina">19 Estilos de Página</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Espacios-1" href="#toc-Espacios-1">20 Espacios</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Cajas-1" href="#toc-Cajas-1">21 Cajas</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Inserciones-Especiales-1" href="#toc-Inserciones-Especiales-1">22 Inserciones Especiales</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Dividiendo-la-Entrada-1" href="#toc-Dividiendo-la-Entrada-1">23 Dividiendo la Entrada</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada-1" href="#toc-Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada-1">24 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Cartas-1" href="#toc-Cartas-1">25 Cartas</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal-1" href="#toc-Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal-1">26 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Linea-de-Ordenes" href="#toc-Linea-de-Ordenes">27 Línea de Órdenes</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Plantillas-de-Documento-1" href="#toc-Plantillas-de-Documento-1">Appendix A Plantillas de Documento</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Traduccion-de-la-licencia" href="#toc-Traduccion-de-la-licencia">Appendix B Traducción de la licencia</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Indice-de-Conceptos" href="#toc-Indice-de-Conceptos">Índice de Conceptos</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Indice-de-Instrucciones" href="#toc-Indice-de-Instrucciones">Índice de Instrucciones</a></li>
-</ul>
+
+<div class='intro'> <p>Este es un manual de referencia extraoficial
+para LaTeX. Ve abajo la <a href='#SEC_Overview'>Tabla de
+contenido</a>. Si deseas un tutorial, visita <a
+href="https://www.learnlatex.org/"><code>learnlatex.org</code></a> o
+<a href='https://ctan.org/topic/tut-latex'>esta lista</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Este manual tiene dos versiones. Una tiene <a
+href="https://latexref.xyz/">páginas web separadas para cada sección o
+subsección</a>. También está disponible como una <a
+href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">página web única</a> y
+como un <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>. Ten
+en cuenta que también hay una <a
+href="https://latexref.xyz/fr/">edición en Francés</a> mantenida por
+separado.</p>
+
+<p>Este documento es extraoficial. No ha sido revisado por los
+mantenedores de LaTeX. Nuestro objetivo es cubrir todos los comandos
+LaTeX (no privados). Tus comentarios y contribuciones, incluidos los
+informes de errores, son muy bienvenidos. Ve <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>nuestra página del proyecto</a> para
+obtener más información, incluida <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>información de licencia</a> e
+información sobre cómo puedes <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribuir a este
+manual</a> tanto como <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>duplicarlo</a>.</p>
+
+<!-- Fin del encabezado de apertura -->
+
+
+
+
+
+<div class="top-level-extent" id="Top">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento" accesskey="n" rel="next">Acerca de este documento</a>, Subir: <a href="https://tug.org/texinfohtml/" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
+<h1 class="top" id="LaTeX2e_003a-Un-manual-de-referencia-extraoficial">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</h1>
-<a name="SEC_Contents"></a>
-<h2 class="contents-heading">Table of Contents</h2>
+<p>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial (versión
+Enero 2023) para LaTeX2e, un sistema de preparación de
+documentos.
+</p>
+
+<div class="element-contents" id="SEC_Contents">
+<h2 class="contents-heading">Índice general</h2>
<div class="contents">
-<ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-Acerca-de-este-documento-1" href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">1 Acerca de este documento</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Descripcion-de-LaTeX" href="#Descripci_00f3n">2 Descripción de LaTeX</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Iniciando-y-Finalizando-1" href="#Iniciando-y-Finalizando">3 Iniciando y Finalizando</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Clases-de-Documento-1" href="#Clases-de-Documento">4 Clases de Documento</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento-1" href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">4.1 Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></li>
+<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Acerca-de-este-documento-1" href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">1 Acerca de este documento</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Descripcion-de-LaTeX" href="#Descripci_00f3n">2 Descripción de LaTeX</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Comenzar-y-terminar-1" href="#Comenzar-y-terminar">2.1 Comenzar y terminar</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Archivos-de-salida-1" href="#Archivos-de-salida">2.2 Archivos de salida</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Motores-TeX-1" href="#Motores-TeX">2.3 Motores TeX</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX-1" href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">2.4 Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Entorno-1" href="#Entorno">2.5 Entorno</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-CTAN_003a-La-red-integral-de-archivo-TeX" href="#CTAN">2.6 CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Tipos-de-Letra-1" href="#Tipos-de-Letra">5 Tipos de Letra</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra-1" href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">5.1 Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Tamanos-del-Tipo-de-Letra" href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">5.2 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra-1" href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">5.3 Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Clases-de-documentos-1" href="#Clases-de-documentos">3 Clases de documentos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Opciones-de-la-clase-documento-1" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">3.1 Opciones de la clase documento</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Paquetes-adicionales-1" href="#Paquetes-adicionales">3.2 Paquetes adicionales</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Construccion-de-clase-y-paquete" href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete">3.3 Construcción de clase y paquete</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete-1" href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">3.3.1 Estructura de clase y paquete</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Comandos-class-y-package-1" href="#Comandos-class-y-package">3.3.2 Comandos class y package</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Diseno" href="#Dise_00f1o">6 Diseño</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005conecolumn-1" href="#g_t_005conecolumn">6.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005ctwocolumn-1" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">6.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cflushbottom-1" href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">6.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005craggedbottom-1" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">6.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Parametros-para-el-Diseno-de-Pagina" href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">6.5 Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Tipos-de-letra-1" href="#Tipos-de-letra">4 Tipos de letra</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-paquete-fontenc-1" href="#paquete-fontenc">4.1 paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">4.1.1 <code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">4.1.2 <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">4.1.3 <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand">4.1.4 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">4.1.5 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextComposite-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">4.1.6 <code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">4.1.7 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">4.1.8 <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">4.1.9 <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1" href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">4.1.10 <code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent-1" href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent">4.1.11 <code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> y <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra-1" href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">4.2 Estilos de tipos de letra</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Tamanos-de-los-tipos-de-letra" href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">4.3 Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra-1" href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">4.4 Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Composicion" href="#Composici_00f3n">5 Composición</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005conecolumn-1" href="#g_t_005conecolumn">5.1 <code class="code">\onecolumn</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctwocolumn-1" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">5.2 <code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cflushbottom-1" href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">5.3 <code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005craggedbottom-1" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">5.4 <code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Parametros-de-composicion-de-pagina" href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">5.5 Parámetros de composición de página</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch-1" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">5.6 <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Flotantes-1" href="#Flotantes">5.7 Flotantes</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccaption-1" href="#g_t_005ccaption">5.7.1 <code class="code">\caption</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Seccionado-1" href="#Seccionado">7 Seccionado</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Referencias-Cruzadas-1" href="#Referencias-Cruzadas">8 Referencias Cruzadas</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005clabel-1" href="#g_t_005clabel">8.1 <code>\label</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cpageref_007bclave_007d" href="#g_t_005cpageref">8.2 <code>\pageref{<var>clave</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cref_007bclave_007d" href="#g_t_005cref">8.3 <code>\ref{<var>clave</var>}</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Seccionado-1" href="#Seccionado">6 Seccionado</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpart-1" href="#g_t_005cpart">6.1 <code class="code">\part</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cchapter-1" href="#g_t_005cchapter">6.2 <code class="code">\chapter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csection-1" href="#g_t_005csection">6.3 <code class="code">\section</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csubsection-1" href="#g_t_005csubsection">6.4 <code class="code">\subsection</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph" href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">6.5 <code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cappendix-1" href="#g_t_005cappendix">6.6 <code class="code">\appendix</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040startsection_002c-composicion-tipografica-de-encabezados-de-unidades-seccionales" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Entornos-1" href="#Entornos">9 Entornos</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">9.1 <code>abstract</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-array-1" href="#array">9.2 <code>array</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-center-1" href="#center">9.3 <code>center</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005ccentering-1" href="#g_t_005ccentering">9.3.1 <code>\centering</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Referencias-cruzadas-1" href="#Referencias-cruzadas">7 Referencias cruzadas</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005clabel-1" href="#g_t_005clabel">7.1 <code class="code">\label</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpageref-1" href="#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code class="code">\pageref</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cref-1" href="#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code class="code">\ref</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-paquete-xr-1" href="#paquete-xr">7.4 paquete <code class="code">xr</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Entornos-1" href="#Entornos">8 Entornos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">8.1 <code class="code">abstract</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-array-1" href="#array">8.2 <code class="code">array</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-center-1" href="#center">8.3 <code class="code">center</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccentering-1" href="#g_t_005ccentering">8.3.1 <code class="code">\centering</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Description" href="#description">8.4 <code class="code">Description</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-displaymath-1" href="#displaymath">8.5 <code class="code">displaymath</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-document-1" href="#document">8.6 <code class="code">document</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cAtBeginDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">8.6.1 <code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cAtEndDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">8.6.2 <code class="code">\AtEndDocument</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-description-1" href="#description">9.4 <code>description</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-displaymath-1" href="#displaymath">9.5 <code>displaymath</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-document-1" href="#document">9.6 <code>document</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-enumerate-1" href="#enumerate">9.7 <code>enumerate</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-eqnarray-1" href="#eqnarray">9.8 <code>eqnarray</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-equation-1" href="#equation">9.9 <code>equation</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-figure-1" href="#figure">9.10 <code>figure</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-filecontents_003a-Crear-un-archivo-externo" href="#filecontents">9.11 <code>filecontents</code>: Crear un archivo externo</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-flushleft-1" href="#flushleft">9.12 <code>flushleft</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005craggedright-1" href="#g_t_005craggedright">9.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-enumerate-1" href="#enumerate">8.7 <code class="code">enumerate</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-eqnarray-1" href="#eqnarray">8.8 <code class="code">eqnarray</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-equation-1" href="#equation">8.9 <code class="code">equation</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-figure-1" href="#figure">8.10 <code class="code">figure</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-filecontents-1" href="#filecontents">8.11 <code class="code">filecontents</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-flushleft-1" href="#flushleft">8.12 <code class="code">flushleft</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005craggedright-1" href="#g_t_005craggedright">8.12.1 <code class="code">\raggedright</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-flushright-1" href="#flushright">9.13 <code>flushright</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005craggedleft-1" href="#g_t_005craggedleft">9.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-flushright-1" href="#flushright">8.13 <code class="code">flushright</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005craggedleft-1" href="#g_t_005craggedleft">8.13.1 <code class="code">\raggedleft</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-itemize-1" href="#itemize">9.14 <code>itemize</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Entorno-letter_003a-Escribiendo-Cartas" href="#letter">9.15 Entorno <code>letter</code>: Escribiendo Cartas</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-list-1" href="#list">9.16 <code>list</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-math-1" href="#math">9.17 <code>math</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-minipage-1" href="#minipage">9.18 <code>minipage</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-picture-1" href="#picture">9.19 <code>picture</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005ccircle-1" href="#g_t_005ccircle">9.19.1 <code>\circle</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cmakebox-1" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">9.19.2 <code>\makebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cframebox" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">9.19.3 <code>\framebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cdashbox-1" href="#g_t_005cdashbox">9.19.4 <code>\dashbox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cframe-1" href="#g_t_005cframe">9.19.5 <code>\frame</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cline-1" href="#g_t_005cline">9.19.6 <code>\line</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005clinethickness-1" href="#g_t_005clinethickness">9.19.7 <code>\linethickness</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cthicklines-1" href="#g_t_005cthicklines">9.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cthinlines-1" href="#g_t_005cthinlines">9.19.9 <code>\thinlines</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cmultiput-1" href="#g_t_005cmultiput">9.19.10 <code>\multiput</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005coval-1" href="#g_t_005coval">9.19.11 <code>\oval</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cput-1" href="#g_t_005cput">9.19.12 <code>\put</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cshortstack-1" href="#g_t_005cshortstack">9.19.13 <code>\shortstack</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cvector-1" href="#g_t_005cvector">9.19.14 <code>\vector</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-itemize-1" href="#itemize">8.14 <code class="code">itemize</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-entorno-letter_003a-escribir-cartas" href="#letter">8.15 entorno <code class="code">letter</code>: escribir cartas</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-list-1" href="#list">8.16 <code class="code">list</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005citem_003a-Una-entrada-en-una-lista" href="#g_t_005citem">8.16.1 <code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-trivlist_003a-Una-forma-restringida-de-list" href="#trivlist">8.16.2 <code class="code">trivlist</code>: Una forma restringida de <code class="code">list</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-quotation-1" href="#quotation">9.20 <code>quotation</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-quote-1" href="#quote">9.21 <code>quote</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-tabbing-1" href="#tabbing">9.22 <code>tabbing</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-table-1" href="#table">9.23 <code>table</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-tabular-1" href="#tabular">9.24 <code>tabular</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cmulticolumn-1" href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">9.24.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005ccline-1" href="#g_t_005ccline">9.24.2 <code>\cline</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005chline-1" href="#g_t_005chline">9.24.3 <code>\hline</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cvline-1" href="#g_t_005cvline">9.24.4 <code>\vline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-math-1" href="#math">8.17 <code class="code">math</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-minipage-1" href="#minipage">8.18 <code class="code">minipage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-picture-1" href="#picture">8.19 <code class="code">picture</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cput-1" href="#g_t_005cput">8.19.1 <code class="code">\put</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmultiput-1" href="#g_t_005cmultiput">8.19.2 <code class="code">\multiput</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cqbezier-1" href="#g_t_005cqbezier">8.19.3 <code class="code">\qbezier</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphpaper-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">8.19.4 <code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cline-1" href="#g_t_005cline">8.19.5 <code class="code">\line</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005clinethickness-1" href="#g_t_005clinethickness">8.19.6 <code class="code">\linethickness</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cthinlines-1" href="#g_t_005cthinlines">8.19.7 <code class="code">\thinlines</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cthicklines-1" href="#g_t_005cthicklines">8.19.8 <code class="code">\thicklines</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccircle-1" href="#g_t_005ccircle">8.19.9 <code class="code">\circle</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005coval-1" href="#g_t_005coval">8.19.10 <code class="code">\oval</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cshortstack-1" href="#g_t_005cshortstack">8.19.11 <code class="code">\shortstack</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvector-1" href="#g_t_005cvector">8.19.12 <code class="code">\vector</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.13 <code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.14 <code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cframe-1" href="#g_t_005cframe">8.19.15 <code class="code">\frame</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cdashbox-1" href="#g_t_005cdashbox">8.19.16 <code class="code">\dashbox</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-thebibliography-1" href="#thebibliography">9.25 <code>thebibliography</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cbibitem-1" href="#g_t_005cbibitem">9.25.1 <code>\bibitem</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005ccite-1" href="#g_t_005ccite">9.25.2 <code>\cite</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnocite-1" href="#g_t_005cnocite">9.25.3 <code>\nocite</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Usando-BibTeX-1" href="#Usando-BibTeX">9.25.4 Usando BibTeX</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-quotation-y-quote" href="#comillas-y-citas">8.20 <code class="code">quotation</code> y <code class="code">quote</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-tabbing-1" href="#tabbing">8.21 <code class="code">tabbing</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-table-1" href="#table">8.22 <code class="code">table</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-tabular-1" href="#tabular">8.23 <code class="code">tabular</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmulticolumn-1" href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">8.23.1 <code class="code">\multicolumn</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvline-1" href="#g_t_005cvline">8.23.2 <code class="code">\vline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccline-1" href="#g_t_005ccline">8.23.3 <code class="code">\cline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chline-1" href="#g_t_005chline">8.23.4 <code class="code">\hline</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-theorem-1" href="#theorem">9.26 <code>theorem</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-titlepage-1" href="#titlepage">9.27 <code>titlepage</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-verbatim-1" href="#verbatim">9.28 <code>verbatim</code></a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cverb-1" href="#g_t_005cverb">9.28.1 <code>\verb</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-thebibliography-1" href="#thebibliography">8.24 <code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbibitem-1" href="#g_t_005cbibitem">8.24.1 <code class="code">\bibitem</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccite-1" href="#g_t_005ccite">8.24.2 <code class="code">\cite</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnocite-1" href="#g_t_005cnocite">8.24.3 <code class="code">\nocite</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Usar-BibTeX-1" href="#Usar-BibTeX">8.24.4 Usar BibTeX</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX-1" href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">8.24.4.1 Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-verse-1" href="#verse">9.29 <code>verse</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-theorem-1" href="#theorem">8.25 <code class="code">theorem</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-titlepage-1" href="#titlepage">8.26 <code class="code">titlepage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-verbatim-1" href="#verbatim">8.27 <code class="code">verbatim</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cverb-1" href="#g_t_005cverb">8.27.1 <code class="code">\verb</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-verse-1" href="#verse">8.28 <code class="code">verse</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Saltos-de-Linea" href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea">10 Saltos de Línea</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005c_005c_005b_002a_005d_005bmas_002despacio_005d" href="#g_t_005c_005c">10.1 <code>\\</code>[*][<var>más-espacio</var>]</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr-1" href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">10.2 <code>\obeycr</code> y <code>\restorecr</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewline-1" href="#g_t_005cnewline">10.3 <code>\newline</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005c_002d-_0028division-silabica-discrecional_0029" href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">10.4 <code>\-</code> (división silábica discrecional)</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cfussy-1" href="#g_t_005cfussy">10.5 <code>\fussy</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005csloppy-1" href="#g_t_005csloppy">10.6 <code>\sloppy</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="#g_t_005chyphenation">10.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">10.8 <code>\linebreak</code> y <code>\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Salto-de-linea" href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea">9 Salto de línea</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_005c-1" href="#g_t_005c_005c">9.1 <code class="code">\\</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr-1" href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">9.2 <code class="code">\obeycr</code> y <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewline-1" href="#g_t_005cnewline">9.3 <code class="code">\newline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_002d-_0028guion-discrecional_0029" href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029">9.4 <code class="code">\-</code> (guion discrecional)</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cdiscretionary-_0028punto-de-separacion-silabica-generalizada_0029" href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">9.5 <code class="code">\discretionary</code> (punto de separación silábica generalizada)</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy-1" href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy">9.6 <code class="code">\fussy</code> y <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-sloppypar-1" href="#sloppypar">9.6.1 <code class="code">sloppypar</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="#g_t_005chyphenation">9.7 <code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">9.8 <code class="code">\linebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Saltos-de-Pagina" href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina">11 Saltos de Página</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005ccleardoublepage-1" href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage">11.1 <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cclearpage-1" href="#g_t_005cclearpage">11.2 <code>\clearpage</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewpage-1" href="#g_t_005cnewpage">11.3 <code>\newpage</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cenlargethispage-1" href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">11.4 <code>\enlargethispage</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak-1" href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">11.5 <code>\pagebreak</code> y <code>\nopagebreak</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Salto-de-pagina" href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina">10 Salto de página</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage-1" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">10.1 <code class="code">\clearpage</code> y <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewpage-1" href="#g_t_005cnewpage">10.2 <code class="code">\newpage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cenlargethispage-1" href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">10.3 <code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak-1" href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">10.4 <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Notas-al-Pie-1" href="#Notas-al-Pie">12 Notas al Pie</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cfootnote-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnote">12.1 <code>\footnote</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cfootnotemark-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">12.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cfootnotetext-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">12.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Notas-al-Pie-Simbolicas" href="#Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas">12.4 Notas al Pie Simbólicas</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Parametros-para-Footnote" href="#Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote">12.5 Parámetros para Footnote</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Notas-al-pie-1" href="#Notas-al-pie">11 Notas al pie</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnote-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnote">11.1 <code class="code">\footnote</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnotemark-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">11.2 <code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnotetext-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">11.3 <code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Notas-a-pie-de-pagina-en-los-titulos-de-las-secciones" href="#Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones">11.4 Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla-1" href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">11.5 Notas al pie en una tabla</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie-1" href="#Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie">11.6 Notas al pie de notas al pie</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Definiciones-1" href="#Definiciones">13 Definiciones</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">13.1 <code>\newcommand</code> y <code>\renewcommand</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcounter-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">13.2 <code>\newcounter</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">13.3 <code>\newlength</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">13.4 <code>\newsavebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">13.5 <code>\newenvironment</code> y <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">13.6 <code>\newtheorem</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">13.7 <code>\newfont</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">13.8 <code>\protect</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Definiciones-1" href="#Definiciones">12 Definiciones</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Secuencia-de-control_002c-palabra-de-control-y-simbolo-de-control" href="#Secuencias-de-control">12.1.1 Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cprovidecommand-1" href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">12.2 <code class="code">\providecommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">12.3 <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">12.4 <code class="code">\@ifstar</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Asignar-un-contador" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.5 <code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.6 <code class="code">\newlength</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.7 <code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">12.8 <code class="code">\newenvironment</code> y <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.9 <code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code class="code">\newfont</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code class="code">\protect</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code class="code">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-paquete-xspace-1" href="#paquete-xspace">12.13 paquete xspace</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Contadores-1" href="#Contadores">14 Contadores</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Imprimiendo-Contadores" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">14.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprimiendo Contadores</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cusecounter_007bcontador_007d" href="#g_t_005cusecounter">14.2 <code>\usecounter{<var>contador</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cvalue_007bcontador_007d" href="#g_t_005cvalue">14.3 <code>\value{<var>contador</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005csetcounter_007b_005ccontador_007d_007bvalor_007d" href="#g_t_005csetcounter">14.4 <code>\setcounter{<var>\contador</var>}{<var>valor</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005caddtocounter_007bcontador_007d_007bvalor_007d" href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">14.5 <code>\addtocounter{<var>contador</var>}{<var>valor</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005crefstepcounter_007bcontador_007d" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">14.6 <code>\refstepcounter{<var>contador</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cstepcounter_007bcontador_007d" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">14.7 <code>\stepcounter{<var>contador</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear_003a-Contadores-Predefinidos" href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">14.8 <code>\day \month \year</code>: Contadores Predefinidos</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Contadores-1" href="#Contadores">13 Contadores</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Imprime-contadores" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">13.1 <code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cusecounter-1" href="#g_t_005cusecounter">13.2 <code class="code">\usecounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvalue-1" href="#g_t_005cvalue">13.3 <code class="code">\value</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csetcounter-1" href="#g_t_005csetcounter">13.4 <code class="code">\setcounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocounter-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">13.5 <code class="code">\addtocounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005crefstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">13.6 <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">13.7 <code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cday_002c-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear" href="#g_t_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear">13.8 <code class="code">\day</code>, <code class="code">\month</code> y <code class="code">\year</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Longitudes-1" href="#Longitudes">15 Longitudes</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005csetlength_007b_005clargo_007d_007bvalor_007d" href="#g_t_005csetlength">15.1 <code>\setlength{\<var>largo</var>}{<var>valor</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005caddtolength_007b_005clargo_007d_007bcantidad_007d" href="#g_t_005caddtolength">15.2 \addtolength{<var>\largo</var>}{<var>cantidad</var>}</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005csettodepth-1" href="#g_t_005csettodepth">15.3 <code>\settodepth</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005csettoheight-1" href="#g_t_005csettoheight">15.4 <code>\settoheight</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005csettowidth_007b_005clargo_007d_007btexto_007d" href="#g_t_005csettowidth">15.5 <code>\settowidth{\<var>largo</var>}{<var>texto</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Longitudes-Predeterminadas-1" href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas">15.6 Longitudes Predeterminadas</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Longitudes-1" href="#Longitudes">14 Longitudes</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Unidades-de-longitud-1" href="#Unidades-de-longitud">14.1 Unidades de longitud</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csetlength-1" href="#g_t_005csetlength">14.2 <code class="code">\setlength</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddtolength-1" href="#g_t_005caddtolength">14.3 <code class="code">\addtolength</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csettodepth-1" href="#g_t_005csettodepth">14.4 <code class="code">\settodepth</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csettoheight-1" href="#g_t_005csettoheight">14.5 <code class="code">\settoheight</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csettowidth-1" href="#g_t_005csettowidth">14.6 <code class="code">\settowidth</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cstretch-1" href="#g_t_005cstretch">14.7 <code class="code">\stretch</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Expresiones-1" href="#Expresiones">14.8 Expresiones</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Haciendo-Parrafos" href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos">16 Haciendo Párrafos</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cindent-1" href="#g_t_005cindent">16.1 <code>\indent</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cnoindent-1" href="#g_t_005cnoindent">16.2 <code>\noindent</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cparskip-1" href="#g_t_005cparskip">16.3 <code>\parskip</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Notas-al-Margen-1" href="#Notas-al-Margen">16.4 Notas al Margen</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Crear-parrafos" href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos">15 Crear párrafos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpar-1" href="#g_t_005cpar">15.1 <code class="code">\par</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent-1" href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">15.2 <code class="code">\indent</code> y <code class="code">\noindent</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip-1" href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">15.3 <code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Notas-marginales-1" href="#Notas-marginales">15.4 Notas marginales</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Formulas-Matematicas" href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">17 Fórmulas Matemáticas</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-Subindices-y-Superindices" href="#Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices">17.1 Subíndices y Superíndices</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Simbolos-Matematicos" href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">17.2 Símbolos Matemáticos</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Funciones-Matematicas" href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">17.3 Funciones Matemáticas</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Acentos-Matematicos" href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">17.4 Acentos Matemáticos</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Espacios-en-Modo-Math-1" href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math">17.5 Espacios en Modo Math</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Miscelanea-Math" href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">17.6 Miscelánea Math</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Formulas-math" href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">16 Fórmulas math</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Subindices-y-superindices" href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">16.1 Subíndices y superíndices</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Simbolos-matematicos" href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">16.2 Símbolos matemáticos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Flechas-1" href="#Flechas">16.2.1 Flechas</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath-1" href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">16.2.2 <code class="code">\boldmath</code> y <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-bm_003a-Simbolos-matematicos-individuales-en-negrita" href="#bm">16.2.2.1 <code class="code">bm</code>: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Math-OpenType-en-negrita-1" href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita">16.2.2.2 Math OpenType en negrita</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Pizarra-negra-1" href="#Pizarra-negra">16.2.3 Pizarra negra</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Caligrafico" href="#Caligr_00e1fico">16.2.4 Caligráfico</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Delimitadores-1" href="#Delimitadores">16.2.5 Delimitadores</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cleft-y-_005cright-1" href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">16.2.5.1 <code class="code">\left</code> y <code class="code">\right</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e" href="#g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e">16.2.5.2 <code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Puntos_002c-horizontales-o-verticales" href="#Puntos">16.2.6 Puntos, horizontales o verticales</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Letras-griegas-1" href="#Letras-griegas">16.2.7 Letras griegas</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Funciones-matematicas" href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">16.3 Funciones matemáticas</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Acentos-matematicos" href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">16.4 Acentos matemáticos</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Sobre-y-subrayado-1" href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">16.5 Sobre y subrayado</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Espaciado-en-modo-matematico" href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">16.6 Espaciado en modo matemático</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csmash-1" href="#g_t_005csmash">16.6.1 <code class="code">\smash</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cphantom_002c-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code class="code">\phantom</code>, <code class="code">\vphantom</code> y <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmathstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">16.6.3 <code class="code">\mathstrut</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Estilos-math-1" href="#Estilos-math">16.7 Estilos math</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Miscelanea-matematica" href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica">16.8 Miscelánea matemática</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Caracter-de-dos-puntos-_003a-y-_005ccolon" href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">16.8.1 Carácter de dos puntos <code class="code">:</code> y <code class="code">\colon</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_002a-1" href="#g_t_005c_002a">16.8.2 <code class="code">\*</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfrac-1" href="#g_t_005cfrac">16.8.3 <code class="code">\frac</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csqrt-1" href="#g_t_005csqrt">16.8.4 <code class="code">\sqrt</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cstackrel-1" href="#g_t_005cstackrel">16.8.5 <code class="code">\stackrel</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Modos-1" href="#Modos">18 Modos</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Estilos-de-Pagina" href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina">19 Estilos de Página</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cmaketitle-1" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">19.1 <code>\maketitle</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cpagenumbering-1" href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">19.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cpagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">19.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cthispagestyle_007bestilo_007d" href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">19.4 <code>\thispagestyle{<var>estilo</var>}</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Modos-1" href="#Modos">17 Modos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005censuremath-1" href="#g_t_005censuremath">17.1 <code class="code">\ensuremath</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Espacios-1" href="#Espacios">20 Espacios</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005chspace-1" href="#g_t_005chspace">20.1 <code>\hspace</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005chfill-1" href="#g_t_005chfill">20.2 <code>\hfill</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cSPACE-1" href="#g_t_005cSPACE">20.3 <code>\SPACE</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040" href="#g_t_005cAT">20.4 <code>\@</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cthinspace-1" href="#g_t_005cthinspace">20.5 <code>\thinspace</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005c_002f-1" href="#g_t_005c_002f">20.6 <code>\/</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005chrulefill-1" href="#g_t_005chrulefill">20.7 <code>\hrulefill</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cdotfill-1" href="#g_t_005cdotfill">20.8 <code>\dotfill</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005caddvspace-1" href="#g_t_005caddvspace">20.9 <code>\addvspace</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip-1" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">20.10 <code>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cvfill-1" href="#g_t_005cvfill">20.11 <code>\vfill</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cvspace_005b_002a_005d_007blongitud_007d" href="#g_t_005cvspace">20.12 <code>\vspace[*]{<var>longitud</var>}</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Estilos-de-pagina" href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">18 Estilos de página</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmaketitle-1" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">18.1 <code class="code">\maketitle</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpagenumbering-1" href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">18.2 <code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cpagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">18.3 <code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cthispagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">18.4 <code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Cajas-1" href="#Cajas">21 Cajas</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cmbox_007btexto_007d" href="#g_t_005cmbox">21.1 <code>\mbox{<var>texto}</var></code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox-1" href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">21.2 <code>\fbox</code> y <code>\framebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-lrbox-1" href="#lrbox">21.3 <code>lrbox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cmakebox-2" href="#g_t_005cmakebox">21.4 <code>\makebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cparbox-1" href="#g_t_005cparbox">21.5 <code>\parbox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005craisebox-1" href="#g_t_005craisebox">21.6 <code>\raisebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005csavebox-1" href="#g_t_005csavebox">21.7 <code>\savebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005csbox_007b_005cinstruccion_002dcaja_007d_007btexto_007d" href="#g_t_005csbox">21.8 <code>\sbox{<var>\instrucción-caja</var>}{<var>texto</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cusebox_007b_005cinstruccion_002dcaja_007d" href="#g_t_005cusebox">21.9 <code>\usebox{<var>\instrucción-caja</var>}</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Espacios-1" href="#Espacios">19 Espacios</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005censpace_002c-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad" href="#g_t_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad">19.1 <code class="code">\enspace</code>, <code class="code">\quad</code> y <code class="code">\qquad</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chspace-1" href="#g_t_005chspace">19.2 <code class="code">\hspace</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chfill-1" href="#g_t_005chfill">19.3 <code class="code">\hfill</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chss-1" href="#g_t_005chss">19.4 <code class="code">\hss</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cspacefactor-1" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">19.5 <code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040">19.5.1 <code class="code">\@</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing-1" href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing">19.5.2 <code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> y <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnormalsfcodes-1" href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">19.5.3 <code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Barra-invertida_002despacio_002c-_005c-" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">19.6 Barra invertida-espacio, <code class="code">\ </code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_007e-1" href="#g_t_007e">19.7 <code class="code">~</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace-1" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">19.8 <code class="code">\thinspace</code> y <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_002f-1" href="#g_t_005c_002f">19.9 <code class="code">\/</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill-1" href="#g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill">19.10 <code class="code">\hrulefill</code> y <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbigskip_002c-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">19.11 <code class="code">\bigskip</code>, <code class="code">\medskip</code> y <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cbigbreak_002c-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak" href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak">19.12 <code class="code">\bigbreak</code>, <code class="code">\medbreak</code> y <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cstrut">19.13 <code class="code">\strut</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvspace-1" href="#g_t_005cvspace">19.14 <code class="code">\vspace</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cvfill-1" href="#g_t_005cvfill">19.15 <code class="code">\vfill</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddvspace-1" href="#g_t_005caddvspace">19.16 <code class="code">\addvspace</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Inserciones-Especiales-1" href="#Inserciones-Especiales">22 Inserciones Especiales</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-Caracteres-Reservados-1" href="#Caracteres-Reservados">22.1 Caracteres Reservados</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Simbolos-de-Texto" href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">22.2 Símbolos de Texto</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Acentos-1" href="#Acentos">22.3 Acentos</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Caracteres-no-Ingleses-1" href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">22.4 Caracteres no Ingleses</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005crule-1" href="#g_t_005crule">22.5 <code>\rule</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="#g_t_005ctoday">22.6 <code>\today</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Cajas-1" href="#Cajas">20 Cajas</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox-1" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">20.1 <code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox-1" href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">20.2 <code class="code">\fbox</code> y <code class="code">\framebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cparbox-1" href="#g_t_005cparbox">20.3 <code class="code">\parbox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005craisebox-1" href="#g_t_005craisebox">20.4 <code class="code">\raisebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csbox-y-_005csavebox-1" href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">20.5 <code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-lrbox-1" href="#lrbox">20.6 <code class="code">lrbox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cusebox-1" href="#g_t_005cusebox">20.7 <code class="code">\usebox</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Dividiendo-la-Entrada-1" href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada">23 Dividiendo la Entrada</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005cinclude-1" href="#g_t_005cinclude">23.1 <code>\include</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cincludeonly-1" href="#g_t_005cincludeonly">23.2 <code>\includeonly</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cinput-1" href="#g_t_005cinput">23.3 <code>\input</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Color-1" href="#Color">21 Color</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Opciones-del-paquete-color" href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Color">21.1 Opciones del paquete <code class="code">color</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Modelos-de-color-1" href="#Modelos-de-color">21.2 Modelos de color</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Comandos-para-color-1" href="#Comandos-para-color">21.3 Comandos para color</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Definir-colores-1" href="#Definir-colores">21.3.1 Definir colores</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Texto-en-color-1" href="#Texto-en-color">21.3.2 Texto en color</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Cuadros-de-colores-1" href="#Cuadros-de-colores">21.3.3 Cuadros de colores</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Paginas-coloreadas" href="#P_00e1ginas-coloreadas">21.3.4 Páginas coloreadas</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada-1" href="#Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada">24 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-Tablas-de-Contenido-1" href="#Tablas-de-Contenido">24.1 Tablas de Contenido</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">24.1.1 \addcontentsline</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005caddtocontents-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">24.1.2 \addtocontents</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Graficos" href="#Gr_00e1ficos">22 Gráficos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Opciones-del-paquete-graphics" href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Graphics">22.1 Opciones del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Configuracion-del-paquete-graphics" href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics">22.2 Configuración del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">22.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">22.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">22.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Comandos-para-graphics-1" href="#Comandos-para-graphics">22.3 Comandos para graphics</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">22.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="#g_t_005crotatebox">22.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="#g_t_005cscalebox">22.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="#g_t_005cresizebox">22.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Glosarios-1" href="#Glosarios">24.2 Glosarios</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Indices" href="#g_t_00cdndices">24.3 Índices</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Cartas-1" href="#Cartas">25 Cartas</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005caddress_007bdireccion_002ddel_002dremitente_007d" href="#g_t_005caddress">25.1 \address{<var>dirección-del-remitente}</var></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005ccc-1" href="#g_t_005ccc">25.2 <code>\cc</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cclosing-1" href="#g_t_005cclosing">25.3 <code>\closing</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cencl-1" href="#g_t_005cencl">25.4 <code>\encl</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005clocation-1" href="#g_t_005clocation">25.5 <code>\location</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cmakelabels-1" href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">25.6 <code>\makelabels</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cname-1" href="#g_t_005cname">25.7 <code>\name</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005copening_007btexto_007d" href="#g_t_005copening">25.8 <code>\opening{<var>texto</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cps-1" href="#g_t_005cps">25.9 <code>\ps</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005csignature_007btexto_007d" href="#g_t_005csignature">25.10 <code>\signature{<var>texto</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cstartbreaks-1" href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks">25.11 <code>\startbreaks</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005cstopbreaks-1" href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks">25.12 <code>\stopbreaks</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005ctelephone-1" href="#g_t_005ctelephone">25.13 <code>\telephone</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Inserciones-especiales-1" href="#Inserciones-especiales">23 Inserciones especiales</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Caracteres-reservados-1" href="#Caracteres-reservados">23.1 Caracteres reservados</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Mayusculas-y-minusculas" href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">23.2 Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Simbolos-por-posicion-de-fuente" href="#S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente">23.3 Símbolos por posición de fuente</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Simbolos-de-texto" href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">23.4 Símbolos de texto</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Acentos-1" href="#Acentos">23.5 Acentos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caccent-1" href="#g_t_005caccent">23.5.1 <code class="code">\accent</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Letras-latinas-adicionales-1" href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">23.6 Letras latinas adicionales</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-paquete-inputenc-1" href="#paquete-inputenc">23.7 paquete <code class="code">inputenc</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005crule-1" href="#g_t_005crule">23.8 <code class="code">\rule</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="#g_t_005ctoday">23.9 <code class="code">\today</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal-1" href="#Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal">26 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-_005ctypein_005binstruccion_005d_007bmensaje_007d" href="#g_t_005ctypein">26.1 <code>\typein[<var>instrucción</var>]{<var>mensaje</var>}</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-_005ctypeout_007bmensaje_007d" href="#g_t_005ctypeout">26.2 <code>\typeout{<var>mensaje</var>}</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Dividir-la-entrada-1" href="#Dividir-la-entrada">24 Dividir la entrada</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cendinput-1" href="#g_t_005cendinput">24.1 <code class="code">\endinput</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly-1" href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">24.2 <code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cinput-1" href="#g_t_005cinput">24.3 <code class="code">\input</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Linea-de-Ordenes" href="#L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes">27 Línea de Órdenes</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Plantillas-de-Documento-1" href="#Plantillas-de-Documento">Appendix A Plantillas de Documento</a>
- <ul class="no-bullet">
- <li><a name="toc-Plantilla-book-1" href="#Plantilla-book">A.1 Plantilla <code>book</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Plantilla-beamer-1" href="#Plantilla-beamer">A.2 Plantilla <code>beamer</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Plantilla-tugboat-1" href="#Plantilla-tugboat">A.3 Plantilla <code>tugboat</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada-1" href="#Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada">25 Material de portada/contraportada</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Tabla-de-contenido_002c-lista-de-figuras_002c-lista-de-tablas" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">25.1 Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040dottedtocline-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">25.1.1 <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">25.1.2 <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocontents-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">25.1.3 <code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">25.1.4 <code class="code">\contentsline</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnofiles-1" href="#g_t_005cnofiles">25.1.5 <code class="code">\nofiles</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnumberline-1" href="#g_t_005cnumberline">25.1.6 <code class="code">\numberline</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Indices" href="#g_t_00cdndices">25.2 Índices</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Producir-el-indice-manualmente" href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">25.2.1 Producir el índice manualmente</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cindex-1" href="#g_t_005cindex">25.2.2 <code class="code">\index</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-makeindex-1" href="#makeindex">25.2.3 <code class="command">makeindex</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cprintindex-1" href="#g_t_005cprintindex">25.2.4 <code class="command">\printindex</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Glosarios-1" href="#Glosarios">25.3 Glosarios</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cnewglossaryentry-1" href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">25.3.1 <code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cgls-1" href="#g_t_005cgls">25.3.2 <code class="code">\gls</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Cartas-1" href="#Cartas">26 Cartas</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005caddress-1" href="#g_t_005caddress">26.1 <code class="code">\address</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ccc-1" href="#g_t_005ccc">26.2 <code class="code">\cc</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cclosing-1" href="#g_t_005cclosing">26.3 <code class="code">\closing</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cencl-1" href="#g_t_005cencl">26.4 <code class="code">\encl</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005clocation-1" href="#g_t_005clocation">26.5 <code class="code">\location</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmakelabels-1" href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">26.6 <code class="code">\makelabels</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cname-1" href="#g_t_005cname">26.7 <code class="code">\name</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005copening-1" href="#g_t_005copening">26.8 <code class="code">\opening</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cps-1" href="#g_t_005cps">26.9 <code class="code">\ps</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005csignature-1" href="#g_t_005csignature">26.10 <code class="code">\signature</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctelephone-1" href="#g_t_005ctelephone">26.11 <code class="code">\telephone</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Entrada_002fsalida-1" href="#Entrada_002fsalida">27 Entrada/salida</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005copenin-y-_005copenout-1" href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">27.1 <code class="code">\openin</code> y <code class="code">\openout</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cread-1" href="#g_t_005cread">27.2 <code class="code">\read</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctypein-1" href="#g_t_005ctypein">27.3 <code class="code">\typein</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005ctypeout-1" href="#g_t_005ctypeout">27.4 <code class="code">\typeout</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite">27.5 <code class="code">\write</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite-y-seguridad-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite-y-seguridad">27.5.1 <code class="code">\write</code> y seguridad</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cmessage-1" href="#g_t_005cmessage">27.5.2 <code class="code">\message</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cwlog-1" href="#g_t_005cwlog">27.5.3 <code class="code">\wlog</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite18-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite18">27.5.4 <code class="code">\write18</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Traduccion-de-la-licencia" href="#License-translation">Appendix B Traducción de la licencia</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Indice-de-Conceptos" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos">Índice de Conceptos</a></li>
- <li><a name="toc-Indice-de-Instrucciones" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones">Índice de Instrucciones</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Interfaz-de-linea-de-comandos" href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">28 Interfaz de línea de comandos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Opciones-de-la-linea-de-comandos" href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">28.1 Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Entrada-de-la-linea-de-comandos" href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">28.2 Entrada de la línea de comandos</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Nombre-del-trabajo-1" href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">28.3 Nombre del trabajo</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Recuperacion-de-errores" href="#Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores">28.4 Recuperación de errores</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Plantillas-de-documentos-1" href="#Plantillas-de-documentos">Apéndice A Plantillas de documentos</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-Plantilla-beamer-1" href="#Plantilla-beamer">A.1 Plantilla <code class="code">beamer</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Plantilla-article" href="#Plantilla-de-art_00edculo">A.2 Plantilla <code class="code">article</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Plantilla-book" href="#Plantilla-de-libro">A.3 Plantilla <code class="code">book</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Plantilla-de-book-larger" href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">A.4 Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Indice" href="#g_t_00cdndice" rel="index">Índice</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
+</div>
+<div class="element-shortcontents" id="SEC_Shortcontents">
+<h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Resumen del contenido</h2>
+<div class="shortcontents">
+<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+<li><a id="stoc-Acerca-de-este-documento-1" href="#toc-Acerca-de-este-documento-1">1 Acerca de este documento</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Descripcion-de-LaTeX" href="#toc-Descripcion-de-LaTeX">2 Descripción de LaTeX</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Clases-de-documentos-1" href="#toc-Clases-de-documentos-1">3 Clases de documentos</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Tipos-de-letra-1" href="#toc-Tipos-de-letra-1">4 Tipos de letra</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Composicion" href="#toc-Composicion">5 Composición</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Seccionado-1" href="#toc-Seccionado-1">6 Seccionado</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Referencias-cruzadas-1" href="#toc-Referencias-cruzadas-1">7 Referencias cruzadas</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Entornos-1" href="#toc-Entornos-1">8 Entornos</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Salto-de-linea" href="#toc-Salto-de-linea">9 Salto de línea</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Salto-de-pagina" href="#toc-Salto-de-pagina">10 Salto de página</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Notas-al-pie-1" href="#toc-Notas-al-pie-1">11 Notas al pie</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Definiciones-1" href="#toc-Definiciones-1">12 Definiciones</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Contadores-1" href="#toc-Contadores-1">13 Contadores</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Longitudes-1" href="#toc-Longitudes-1">14 Longitudes</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Crear-parrafos" href="#toc-Crear-parrafos">15 Crear párrafos</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Formulas-math" href="#toc-Formulas-math">16 Fórmulas math</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Modos-1" href="#toc-Modos-1">17 Modos</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Estilos-de-pagina" href="#toc-Estilos-de-pagina">18 Estilos de página</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Espacios-1" href="#toc-Espacios-1">19 Espacios</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Cajas-1" href="#toc-Cajas-1">20 Cajas</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">21 Color</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Graficos" href="#toc-Graficos">22 Gráficos</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Inserciones-especiales-1" href="#toc-Inserciones-especiales-1">23 Inserciones especiales</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Dividir-la-entrada-1" href="#toc-Dividir-la-entrada-1">24 Dividir la entrada</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada-1" href="#toc-Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada-1">25 Material de portada/contraportada</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Cartas-1" href="#toc-Cartas-1">26 Cartas</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Entrada_002fsalida-1" href="#toc-Entrada_002fsalida-1">27 Entrada/salida</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Interfaz-de-linea-de-comandos" href="#toc-Interfaz-de-linea-de-comandos">28 Interfaz de línea de comandos</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Plantillas-de-documentos-1" href="#toc-Plantillas-de-documentos-1">Apéndice A Plantillas de documentos</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Indice" href="#toc-Indice" rel="index">Índice</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<hr>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Acerca-de-este-documento">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="n" rel="next">Descripción de LaTeX</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Acerca-de-este-documento-1">1 Acerca de este documento</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pagina-oficial-para-el-manual"></a>
+<p>Este es un manual de referencia extraoficial para el sistema de
+preparación de documentos LaTeX2e, que es un paquete de macros para
+el programa de composición tipográfica TeX (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción de LaTeX</a>).
+</p>
+<p>La página oficial de este documento es
+<a class="url" href="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</a>; Tiene páginas web separadas para
+cada tema. Alternativamente
+<a class="url" href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html</a> tiene el documento
+completo en una sola página. Para otros formatos de salida, las
+fuentes y mucho más información, consulta
+<a class="url" href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/">https://latexref.xyz/dev/</a>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e"></a>
+<p>En este documento, principalmente usaremos &lsquo;LaTeX&rsquo; en lugar de
+&lsquo;LaTeX2e&rsquo;, ya que la versión anterior de LaTeX&nbsp;(2.09) está
+congelada hace décadas.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-naturaleza-extraoficial-de-este-manual"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Equipo-del-proyecto-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-direccion-de-correo-electronico"></a>
+<p>LaTeX es mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios
+(<a class="url" href="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</a>). La documentación oficial escrita
+por el proyecto LaTeX está disponible en su sitio web. El presente
+documento es completamente extraoficial y, no ha sido escrito ni
+revisado por los mantenedores de LaTeX.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-informar-errores"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-reportar-errores"></a>
+No envíes informes de errores o cualquier otra cosa sobre este
+documento. En su lugar, envía todos los comentarios a
+<a class="email" href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a>.
+</p>
+<p>Este documento es una referencia, no un tutorial. Hay una gran
+variedad de otra información disponible sobre LaTeX, en todos los
+niveles. Aquí tienes algunas introducciones.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document'><span><a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas para la documentación de
+LaTeX.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document'><span><a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Escribe tu primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-lshort-document'><span><a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</a><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lshort-document'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Una introducción más larga a LaTeX, traducida a muchos idiomas.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><a class="url" href="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt>
+<dd><p>Introducción al sistema TeX, incluido LaTeX, con más referencias
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
-
-<a name="Top"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento" accesskey="n" rel="next">Acerca de este documento</a>, Up: <a href="http://tug.org/texinfohtml/" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="LaTeX2e"></a>
-<h1 class="top">LaTeX2e</h1>
-
-<p>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Julio 2010. Este se
-pretende que cubra LaTeX2e, que ha sido la versión estándar de
-LaTeX por muchos años.
-</p>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento" accesskey="1">Acerca de este documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Acerca de este documento
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="2">Descripción</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">¿Qués es LaTeX?
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Iniciando-y-Finalizando" accesskey="3">Iniciando y Finalizando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">El principio y final estándar de un documento.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Clases-de-Documento" accesskey="4">Clases de Documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Algunas de las diferentes clases disponibles.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Tipos-de-Letra" accesskey="5">Tipos de Letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Y tipos de letra, como negrita, cursiva, etc.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Dise_00f1o" accesskey="6">Diseño</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Controlando el diseño de la página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="7">Seccionado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Cómo seccionar adecuadamente.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Referencias-Cruzadas" accesskey="8">Referencias Cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Referencias automáticas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="9">Entornos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Tal como enumerate e itemize.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea">Saltos de Línea</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Influyendo en los saltos de línea.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina">Saltos de Página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Influyendo en los saltos de página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Notas-al-Pie">Notas al Pie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Cómo producir notas al pie.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Definiciones">Definiciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Definiendo sus propias instrucciones, etc.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Contadores internos utilizados por LaTeX.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Las instrucciones de longitud.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos">Haciendo Párrafos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Instrucciones de Párrafo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Cómo crear fórmulas matemáticas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Modos">Modos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Modos Párrafo, Matemáticas o de Escritura de Izquierda a Derecha.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina">Estilos de Página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Varios estilos de diseño de página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Espacios">Espacios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Espacio horizontal y vertical.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Cajas">Cajas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Haciendo cajas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales">Inserciones Especiales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Insertando caracteres reservados y especiales.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada">Dividiendo la Entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Manejo de archivos de gran tamaño mediante su fraccionamiento.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Tablas de contenido, glosarios, índices.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Cartas">Cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">La clase <code>letter</code>.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Interacción del usuario.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes">Línea de Órdenes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Comportamiento independiente del sistema de la línea de órdenes.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Plantillas-de-Documento">Plantillas de Documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Principales plantillas para diversas clases de documento.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#License-translation">Traducción de la licencia</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Una traducciòn como informaciòn de la licencia.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos">Índice de Conceptos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Índice general.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones">Índice de Instrucciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Lista alfabética de instrucciones LaTeX.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
<hr>
-<a name="Acerca-de-este-documento"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Descripci_00f3n">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Clases-de-documentos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Clases de documentos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Acerca de este documento</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Descripcion-de-LaTeX">2 Descripción de LaTeX</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-descripcion-de-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-conceptos-basicos-de-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Lamport_002c-Leslie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX-descripcion"></a>
+
+<p>LaTeX es un sistema para la composición tipográfica de documentos.
+Originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport en 1984, pero ha sido
+mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios desde hace muchos años
+(<a class="url" href="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</a>). Se utiliza ampliamente, en
+particular, pero no exclusivamente, para matemáticas y documentos
+técnicos.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-codificacion-de-entrada-LaTeX-predeterminada"></a>
+<p>Un usuario de LaTeX escribe un archivo de entrada que contiene
+texto para componer junto con comandos intercalados. La codificación
+predeterminada para el texto es UTF-8 (a partir de 2018). Los comandos
+especifican, por ejemplo, cómo se debe formatear el texto.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX se implementa como un conjunto de las llamadas &ldquo;macros&rdquo;
+relacionadas que usa Donald&nbsp;E. El programa de composición
+tipográfica TeX de Knuth o uno de sus derivados, conocidos
+colectivamente como &ldquo;motores&rdquo;. Así, el usuario produce una salida,
+normalmente PDF, entregando el archivo de entrada a un motor
+TeX. (Las siguientes secciones describen todo esto con más
+detalle).
+</p>
+<p>(El término LaTeX también se usa a veces para indicar el lenguaje
+en el que el documento de entrada está marcado, es decir, para
+especificar el conjunto de comandos disponible para un usuario de
+LaTeX.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Lamport-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pronunciacion"></a>
+<p>El nombre LaTeX es la abreviatura de &ldquo;Lamport TeX&rdquo;. Se
+pronuncia LAH-teck o LAY-teck, o a veces LAY-tecks. Dentro de un
+documento, puedes producir el logo con <code class="code">\LaTeX</code>. Cuando el uso
+del logotipo no es sensible, como en texto sin formato, escríbelo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">LaTeX</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Comenzar-y-terminar" accesskey="1">Comenzar y terminar</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Archivos-de-salida" accesskey="2">Archivos de salida</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Motores-TeX" accesskey="3">Motores TeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX" accesskey="4">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Entorno" accesskey="5">Entorno</a></li>
+<li><a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Comenzar-y-terminar">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="n" rel="next">Descripción</a>, Previous: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Top</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Archivos-de-salida" accesskey="n" rel="next">Archivos de salida</a>, Subir: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Descripción de LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Acerca-de-este-documento-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">1 Acerca de este documento</h2>
+<h3 class="section" id="Comenzar-y-terminar-1">2.1 Comenzar y terminar</h3>
-<a name="index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e"></a>
-<a name="index-Lamport_002c-Leslie"></a>
-<a name="index-Equipo-del-Proyecto-LaTeX"></a>
-<p>LaTeX está implementado como un paquete de macros por
-Donald&nbsp;E.&nbsp;Knuth&rsquo;s para el programa de composición tipográfica
-TeX. LaTeX originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport; este
-ahora es mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios en
-(<a href="http://latex-project.org">http://latex-project.org</a>). La documentación oficial escrita por
-el proyecto LaTeX está disponible allí.
+<a class="anchor" id="Iniciar-y-finalizar"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comenzar-y-terminar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-finalizar-e-iniciar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Hola_002c-mundo"></a>
+
+<p>Los archivos LaTeX tienen una estructura global simple, con un
+comienzo y fin estándar. Este es un pequeño ejemplo.
</p>
-<a name="index-informes-de-errores"></a>
-<a name="index-latexrefman_002ddiscuss_0040gna_002eorg-direccion-de-correo-electronico"></a>
-<p>Una vez más, el presente documento no es oficial y no ha sido revisado
-por los responsables del proyecto LaTeX.
-No enviar informes de error o cualquier otra cosa sobre este documento a
-ellos. En su lugar, por favor, envíe todos comentarios a
-<a href="mailto:latexrefman-discuss@gna.org">latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</a>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+Hola, mundo \LaTeX\.
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Cada documento LaTeX tiene una línea <code class="code">\begin{document}</code> y
+una línea <code class="code">\end{document}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-clase-de-documento_002c-definida"></a>
+<p>Aquí, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo; es la <em class="dfn">clase de documento</em>. Se implementa en
+un archivo <samp class="file">article.cls</samp>. Puedes utilizar cualquier clase de
+documento en tu sistema. Algunas clases de documentos están definidas
+por el mismo LaTeX y hay una gran variedad de otras clases
+ampliamente disponibles. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-preambulo_002c-definido"></a>
+<p>Puedes incluir otros comandos LaTeX entre los comandos
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> y <code class="code">\begin{document}</code>. Esta área se llama
+<em class="dfn">preámbulo</em>.
+</p>
+<p>El par <code class="code">\begin{document}</code>, <code class="code">\end{document}</code> define un
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entorno"></a>
+<em class="dfn">entorno</em>; el entorno &lsquo;<samp class="samp">document</samp>&rsquo; (y no otros) es obligatorio
+en todos los documentos LaTeX (véase <a class="pxref" href="#document"><code class="code">document</code></a>). LaTeX pone a
+tu disposición muchos entornos que están documentados aquí
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Entornos">Entornos</a>). Muchos más están disponibles para ti desde
+paquetes externos, sobre todo los disponibles en CTAN (véase <a class="pxref" href="#CTAN">CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Las siguientes secciones tratan sobre cómo producir PDF u otra salida
+desde un archivo de entrada LaTeX.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Archivos-de-salida">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Motores-TeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Motores TeX</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Comenzar-y-terminar" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Comenzar y terminar</a>, Subir: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Descripción de LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Archivos-de-salida-1">2.2 Archivos de salida</h3>
+
+<p>LaTeX produce un archivo de salida principal y al menos dos
+archivos auxiliares. El nombre del archivo de salida principal
+termina en <samp class="file">.dvi</samp> o <samp class="file">.pdf</samp>.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_002edvi-archivo'><span><code class="code">.dvi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_002edvi-archivo'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-latex-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xdvi-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dvips-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dvipdfmx-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dvitype-comando"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="archivos-de-salida-dvi"></a><p>Si LaTeX se invoca con el comando
+del sistema <code class="command">latex</code> entonces produce un archivo independiente
+del dispositivo, con extensión <samp class="file">.dvi</samp>. Puedes ver este archivo
+con un comando como <code class="command">xdvi</code>, o lo puedes convertir a un archivo
+PostScript <code class="code">.ps</code> con <code class="command">dvips</code> o a un archivo de formato de
+documento portable <code class="code">.pdf</code> con <code class="command">dvipdfmx</code>. El contenido
+del archivo se puede volcar en forma legible por humanos con
+<code class="command">dvitype</code>. Hay disponible una amplia gama de programas DVI
+utilitarios (<a class="url" href="https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_002epdf-archivo'><span><code class="code">.pdf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_002epdf-archivo'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pdfTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pdflatex-comando"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="archivos-de-salida-pdf"></a><p>Si LaTeX se invoca a través del
+comando del sistema <code class="command">pdflatex</code>, entre otros comandos
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>), entonces la salida principal es un archivo
+de formato de documento portable (PDF). Típicamente este es un
+archivo independiente, incluyendo todos los tipos de letra e imágenes
+necesarias.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>LaTeX siempre produce al menos dos archivos adicionales.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-archivo-de-transcripcion'><span><code class="code">.log</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-archivo-de-transcripcion'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-de-registro"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elog-archivo"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="registro-de-archivos-de-salida"></a><p>Esta transcripción del archivo
+contiene información resumida, como una lista de paquetes cargados.
+También incluye mensajes de diagnóstico y quizás información adicional
+para cualquier error.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-archivo-auxiliar'><span><code class="code">.aux</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-archivo-auxiliar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002eaux"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-referencias-cruzadas_002c-resolviendo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-reenviar-referencias_002c-resolviendo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-referencias_002c-resolver"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="archivos-de-salida-aux"></a><p>La información auxiliar la utiliza
+LaTeX para cosas como referencias cruzadas. Por ejemplo, la
+primera vez que LaTeX encuentra una referencia directa &mdash; una
+referencia cruzada a algo que aún no ha apareció en la fuente &mdash;
+aparecerá en la salida como un doble signo de interrogación <code class="code">??</code>.
+Cuando el lugar al que se hace referencia finalmente aparece en la
+fuente, entonces LaTeX escribe su información de ubicación en este
+archivo <code class="code">.aux</code>. En la siguiente invocación, LaTeX lee la
+información de ubicación de este archivo y la usa para resolver la
+referencia, sustituyendo el doble signo de interrogación por la
+ubicación guardada.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002elof"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-de-lista-de-figuras"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elot-archivo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-de-lista-de-tablas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002etoc-archivo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-de-tabla-de-contenido"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contenido-del-archivo"></a>
+<p>LaTeX puede producir aún más archivos, caracterizados por el nombre
+de archivo terminado. Estos incluyen un archivo <code class="code">.lof</code> que se
+usa para hacer una lista de figuras, un archivo <code class="code">.lot</code> usado para
+hacer una lista de tablas, y un archivo <code class="code">.toc</code> utilizado para
+hacer una tabla de contenido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>) Una
+clase particular puede crear otras; la lista no tiene límites.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Motores-TeX">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Archivos-de-salida" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Archivos de salida</a>, Subir: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Descripción de LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Motores-TeX-1">2.3 Motores TeX</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-motores_002c-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-implementaciones-de-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-compatibilidad-del-motor-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Entrada-Unicode_002c-nativa"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Tipos-de-letra-TrueType"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Tipos-de-letra-OpenType"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Archivos-de-formato-TeX-_0028_002efmt_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX-archivos-de-formato-_0028_002efmt_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivos-de-formato_002c-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002efmt-archivo"></a>
+<p>LaTeX es un gran conjunto de comandos que ejecuta un programa
+TeX (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción de LaTeX</a>). Tal conjunto de comandos se llama
+<em class="dfn">format</em>, y está incorporado en un archivo <code class="code">.fmt</code> binario,
+que se puede leer mucho más rápido que la fuente TeX
+correspondiente.
+</p>
+<p>Esta sección ofrece una breve descripción general de los programas
+TeX que comúnmente están disponibles (también <a class="ref" href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a>).
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-latex'><span><code class="code">latex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-latex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-pdflatex'><span><code class="code">pdflatex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pdflatex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-etex-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-motor-pdfTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-e_002dTeX"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="motores-tex-de-latex"></a><p>En TeX Live
+(<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/texlive">https://tug.org/texlive</a>), si se invoca a LaTeX mediante el
+comando del sistema <code class="command">latex</code> o <code class="command">pdflatex</code>, luego se
+ejecuta el motor pdfTeX (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex">https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</a>).
+Cuando se invoca como <code class="command">latex</code>, la salida principal es un
+archivo <samp class="file">.dvi</samp>; como con <code class="command">pdflatex</code>, la salida principal
+es un archivo <samp class="file">.pdf</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>pdfTeX incorpora las extensiones e-TeX al original del programa
+Knuth (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/etex">https://ctan.org/pkg/etex</a>), incluidas características de
+programación y composición tipográfica bidireccional, y tiene un
+montón de extensiones propias. e-TeX está disponible por sí solo
+como el comando del sistema <code class="command">etex</code>, pero este es simple TeX
+(y produce <samp class="file">.dvi</samp>).
+</p>
+<p>En otras distribuciones TeX, <code class="command">latex</code> puede invocar a
+e-TeX en lugar de pdfTeX. En cualquier caso, las extensiones
+e-TeX se puede suponer que están disponibles en LaTeX.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-lualatex'><span><code class="code">lualatex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lualatex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LuaTeX"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="tex-motores-lualatex"></a><p>Si LaTeX se invoca a través del
+comando del sistema <code class="command">lualatex</code>, se ejecuta el motor LuaTeX
+(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</a>). Este programa permite escribir
+código en el lenguaje de programación Lua (<a class="url" href="http://luatex.org">http://luatex.org</a>)
+para interactuar con la composición tipográfica de TeX. LuaTeX
+maneja la entrada Unicode UTF-8 de forma nativa, puede manejar
+OpenType y tipos de letra TrueType, y genera un archivo <samp class="file">.pdf</samp> de
+forma predeterminada. También existe <code class="command">dvilualatex</code> para
+generar un archivo <samp class="file">.dvi</samp>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-xelatex'><span><code class="code">xelatex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-xelatex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-XeTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002exdv-archivo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xdvipdfmx"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="tex-motores-xelatex"></a><p>Si LaTeX se invoca con el comando del
+sistema <code class="command">xelatex</code>, se ejecuta el motor XeTeX
+(<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/xetex">https://tug.org/xetex</a>). Como LuaTeX, XeTeX admite de
+forma nativa tipos de letra Unicode UTF-8, TrueType y OpenType, aunque
+la implementación es completamente diferente, principalmente usando
+bibliotecas externas en lugar de código interno. XeTeX produce un
+archivo <samp class="file">.pdf</samp> como salida; no es compatible con la salida DVI.
+</p>
+<p>Internamente, XeTeX crea un archivo <code class="code">.xdv</code>, una variante de
+DVI, y traduce eso a PDF usando el programa (<code class="code">x</code>)<code class="code">dvipdfmx</code>,
+pero este proceso es automático. El archivo <code class="code">.xdv</code> es útil solo
+para depuración.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-platex'><span><code class="code">platex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-platex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-uplatex'><span><code class="code">uplatex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-uplatex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Estos comandos brindan soporte adicional significativo para japonés y
+otros idiomas; la variante <code class="code">u</code> es compatible con Unicode. Ve
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</a> y <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</a>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>A partir de 2019, hay un comando y formato <code class="code">-dev</code> complementario
+para todos los anteriores:
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-dvilualatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">dvilualatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-dvilualatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-latex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">latex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-latex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-lualatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">lualatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lualatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-pdflatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">pdflatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pdflatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-platex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">platex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-platex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-uplatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">uplatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-uplatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-xelatex_002ddev'><span><code class="code">xelatex-dev</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-xelatex_002ddev'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-candidatos-de-lanzamiento"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pruebas-preliminares"></a>
+<p>Estos son candidatos para un próximo lanzamiento de LaTeX. El
+propósito principal es encontrar y abordar los problemas de
+compatibilidad antes de un lanzamiento oficial.
+</p>
+<p>Estos formatos <code class="code">-dev</code> facilitan que cualquier persona ayude a
+probar documentos y código: puedes ejecutar, digamos,
+<code class="code">pdflatex-dev</code> en lugar de <code class="code">pdflatex</code>, sin cambiar nada más
+en tu entorno. De hecho, es más fácil y más útil ejecutar siempre
+versiones <code class="code">-dev</code> en lugar de molestarte en cambiar de un lado a
+otro. Durante el momento de silencio después de un lanzamiento, los
+comandos serán equivalentes.
+</p>
+<p>No se trata de instantáneas diarias ni de código de desarrollo no
+probado. Se somete a las mismas pruebas de regresión exhaustiva
+realizadas por el equipo de LaTeX antes de ser liberado.
+</p>
+<p>Para obtener más información, consulta &ldquo;El flujo de trabajo de
+lanzamiento de LaTeX y los formatos LaTeX <code class="code">dev</code>&rdquo; por Frank
+Mittelbach, <cite class="cite">TUGboat</cite> 40:2,
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Entorno" accesskey="n" rel="next">Entorno</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Motores-TeX" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Motores TeX</a>, Subir: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Descripción de LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX-1">2.4 Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sintaxis-del-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c-caracteres-de-inicio-de-comandos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-_0028para-argumentos-opcionales_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-_0028para-argumentos-obligatorios_0029"></a>
+<p>En el archivo de entrada LaTeX, un nombre de comando comienza con
+un carácter de barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code>. El nombre en sí consiste
+entonces en (a)&nbsp;una cadena de letras o (b)&nbsp;una única no
+letra.
+</p>
+<p>Los nombres de los comandos de LaTeX distinguen entre mayúsculas y
+minúsculas, por lo que <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> es diferente de
+<code class="code">\Pagebreak</code> (este último no es un comando estándar). La mayoría
+de los nombres de los comandos están en minúsculas, pero en cualquier
+caso debes ingresar todos estos comandos en el mismo caso en que están
+definidos.
+</p>
+<p>Un comando puede ir seguido de cero, uno o más argumentos. Estos
+argumentos pueden ser obligatorios u opcionales. Los argumentos
+requeridos están contenidos entre llaves, <code class="code">{...}</code>. Los
+argumentos opcionales están contenidos entre corchetes, <code class="code">[...]</code>.
+En general, pero no universalmente, si el comando acepta un argumento
+opcional, viene primero, antes de cualquier argumento requerido.
+</p>
+<p>Dentro de un argumento opcional, para usar el carácter de corchete de
+cierre&nbsp;(<code class="code">]</code> &mdash;&ldquo;bracket&rdquo;) ocúltalo entre llaves, como
+en&nbsp;<code class="code">\item[corchete de cierre {]}]</code>. Del mismo modo, si un
+argumento opcional viene al final, sin argumento requerido después de
+él, entonces, para hacer que el primer carácter del siguiente texto
+sea un corchete de apertura, ocúltalo entre llaves.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX tiene la convención de que algunos comandos tienen un formato
+<code class="code">*</code> que está relacionado con la forma sin un <code class="code">*</code>, como
+<code class="code">\chapter</code> y <code class="code">\chapter*</code>. La diferencia exacta en el
+comportamiento varía de comando a comando.
+</p>
+<p>Este manual describe todas las opciones aceptadas y las formas
+<code class="code">*</code> para el comando que cubre (salvo omisiones involuntarias,
+alias: bugs).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-expl3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-expl3-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xparse"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xparse-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sintaxis-LaTeX3"></a>
+<p>A partir del lanzamiento 2020-10-01 de LaTeX, <code class="code">expl3</code> y los
+paquetes <code class="code">xparse</code> son parte del formato LaTeX2e. Ellos
+proporcionan una sintaxis del lenguaje de programación subyacente
+completamente diferente. No intentaremos cubrirlos en este documento;
+ve la documentación del paquete relacionado y otros manuales de
+LaTeX.
+</p>
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Entorno">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a>, Subir: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Descripción de LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Entorno-1">2.5 Entorno</h3>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{<var class="var">nombre-entorno</var>}
+ ...
+\end{<var class="var">nombre-entorno</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Un <em class="dfn">entorno</em> es un área de la fuente LaTeX, dentro de la cual
+hay un comportamiento distinto. Por ejemplo, para poesía en LaTeX
+coloca las líneas entre <code class="code">\begin{verse}</code> y <code class="code">\end{verse}</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verse}
+ Había una vez un hombre de Nantucket \\
+ ...
+\end{verse}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Entornos">Entornos</a>, para obtener una lista de entornos. Particularmente
+notable es que todo documento LaTeX debe tener un entorno
+<code class="code">document</code>, un par <code class="code">\begin{document}
+... \end{document}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El <var class="var">nombre-entorno</var> al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el
+de el fin. Esto incluye el caso donde <var class="var">nombre-entorno</var> termina en
+una estrella&nbsp;(<code class="code">*</code>); los textos <code class="code">\begin</code> y <code class="code">\end</code>
+deben incluir la estrella.
+</p>
+<p>Los entornos pueden tener argumentos, incluidos argumentos opcionales.
+Este ejemplo produce una tabla. El primer argumento es opcional (y
+provoca que la tabla se alinee en su fila superior) mientras que el
+segundo argumento es requerido (especifica el formato de las
+columnas).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}[t]{r|l}
+ ... filas de la tabla ...
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="CTAN">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Entorno" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Entorno</a>, Subir: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Descripción de LaTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="CTAN_003a-La-red-integral-de-archivo-TeX">2.6 CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-CTAN"></a>
+
+<p>La red integral de archivos TeX, CTAN, es el repositorio de
+material gratuito de la comunidad TeX y LaTeX. Es un conjunto
+de sitios de Internet de todo el mundo que ofrecen material
+relacionado con LaTeX para descargar. Visita CTAN en la web en
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org">https://ctan.org</a>.
</p>
-<p>La página principal de este documento es
-<a href="http://home.gna.org/latexrefman">http://home.gna.org/latexrefman</a>. Esa página tiene enlaces al
-resultado actual de la compilación de este documento en varios formatos,
-a fuentes, a listas de correo, y a otros infraestructura.
+<p>Este material está organizado en paquetes, paquetes discretos que
+típicamente ofrecen alguna funcionalidad coherente y son mantenidos
+por una persona o un pequeño número de personas. Por ejemplo, muchos
+editores tienen un paquete que permite a los autores dar formato a los
+artículos según especificaciones del editor.
</p>
-<p>Por supuesto, hay muchas otras muchas fuentes de información sobre,
-LaTeX. Éstos son algunos de ellos:
+<p>Además de las existencias masivas, el sitio web <code class="code">ctan.org</code> ofrece
+funciones como la búsqueda por nombre o por funcionalidad.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><a href="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a></dt>
-<dd><p>Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas a LaTeX documentación.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e"></a>
+<p>CTAN no es un solo anfitrión, sino un conjunto de anfitriones, uno de
+los cuales es el llamado &ldquo;maestro&rdquo;. El anfitrión maestro administra
+activamente el material, por ejemplo, aceptando cargas de material
+nuevo o paquetes actualizados. Durante muchos años, ha sido alojado
+por el grupo TeX alemán, DANTE e.V.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espejos-de-CTAN"></a>
+<p>Otros sitios alrededor del mundo ayudan con la duplicación, es decir,
+sincronizar automáticamente sus colecciones con el sitio maestro y
+luego, a su vez, ponen sus copias a disposición del público. Esto
+proporciona a los usuarios cercanos a su ubicación mejor acceso y
+alivia la carga en el sitio maestro. La lista de espejos está en
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan.org/mirrors</a>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Clases-de-documentos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Tipos-de-letra" accesskey="n" rel="next">Tipos de letra</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Descripción de LaTeX</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Clases-de-documentos-1">3 Clases de documentos</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-clases-de-documentos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-documentos_002c-clases-de"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdocumentclass"></a>
+
+<p>La clase general del documento se define con este comando, que
+normalmente es el primer comando en un archivo fuente LaTeX.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">class</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-article-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-report-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-book-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letter-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-diapositivas-clase"></a>
+<p>Los siguientes nombres de <var class="var">class</var> de documento están integrados en
+LaTeX. (Muchas otras clases de documentos están disponibles como
+paquetes separados; véase <a class="pxref" href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción de LaTeX</a>).
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">article</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="clase-de-documento-article"></a><p>Para un artículo de revista, una
+presentación y varios usos generales.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><a href="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a></dt>
-<dd><p>Escribir su primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
+<dt><code class="code">book</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="clase-de-documento-book"></a><p>Libros completos, incluidos capítulos
+y posiblemente una contra portada en el anverso, como un prefacio, y
+asunto posterior, como un apéndice (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada">Material de portada/contraportada</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><a href="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</a></dt>
-<dd><p>La guía para los autores de documentos mantenidos como parte de LaTeX; hay
-varios otros.
+<dt><code class="code">letter</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="clase-de-documento-letter"></a><p>Correo, opcionalmente incluyendo
+etiquetas postales (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Cartas">Cartas</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><a href="http://tug.org/begin.html">http://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt>
-<dd><p>Introducción al TeX sistema, incluyendo LaTeX.
+<dt><code class="code">report</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="clase-de-documento-report"></a><p>Para documentos de longitud entre
+un <code class="code">article</code> y un <code class="code">book</code>, como informes técnicos o tesis,
+que pueden contener varios capítulos.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">slides</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="clase-de-documento-slides"></a><p>Para presentación de
+diapositivas&mdash;rara vez utilizado hoy día. El paquete <code class="code">beamer</code>
+es quizás el más frecuentemente utilizado
+(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>). Véase <a class="xref" href="#Plantilla-beamer">Plantilla <code class="code">beamer</code></a>, para una
+pequeña plantilla para un documento beamer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Las <var class="var">options</var> estándar se describen en la siguiente sección.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento" accesskey="1">Opciones de la clase documento</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Paquetes-adicionales" accesskey="2">Paquetes adicionales</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete" accesskey="3">Construcción de clase y paquete</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Paquetes-adicionales" accesskey="n" rel="next">Paquetes adicionales</a>, Subir: <a href="#Clases-de-documentos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Clases de documentos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento-1">3.1 Opciones de la clase documento</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-de-la-clase-documento"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones_002c-clase-de-documento"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-de-clase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-globales"></a>
+
+<p>Puedes especificar <em class="dfn">opciones globales</em> u <em class="dfn">opciones de clase</em>
+al comando <code class="code">\documentclass</code> encerrándolas entre corchetes. Para
+especificar más de una <var class="var">opción</var>, sepáralas con una coma.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[<var class="var">option1</var>,<var class="var">option2</var>,...]{<var class="var">class</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Aquí está la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-10pt-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-11pt-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-12pt-opcion"></a>
+<p>Todas las clases estándar excepto <code class="code">slides</code> aceptan las siguientes
+opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el valor
+predeterminado es <code class="code">10pt</code>):
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">10pt 11pt 12pt
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-a4paper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-a5paper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-b5paper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-executivepaper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-legalpaper-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letterpaper-opcion"></a>
+<p>Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
+tamaño del papel (estos muestran alto por ancho):
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">a4paper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>210 por 297<span class="dmn">mm</span> (alrededor de 8.25 por 11.75&nbsp;pulgadas)
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">a5paper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>148 por 210<span class="dmn">mm</span> (alrededor de 5.8 por 8.3&nbsp;pulgadas)
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">b5paper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>176 por 250<span class="dmn">mm</span> (alrededor de 6.9 ​​por 9.8&nbsp;pulgadas)
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">executivepaper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>7.25 por 10.5&nbsp;pulgadas
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">legalpaper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>8.5 por 14&nbsp;pulgadas
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">letterpaper</code></dt>
+<dd><p>8.5 por 11&nbsp;pulgadas (el predeterminado)
</p></dd>
</dl>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpdfpagewidth"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpdfpageheight"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-geometria"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-geometria-package"></a>
+<p>Al usar uno de los motores pdfLaTeX,
+LuaLaTeX o XeLaTeX (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>), otras opciones a
+que <code class="code">letterpaper</code> configura el área de impresión, pero también
+debes establecer el tamaño físico del papel. Una manera de hacer eso
+es poner <code class="code">\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> y
+<code class="code">\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> en el preámbulo de tu documento.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-geometria-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-geometria-package-1"></a>
+ El paquete <code class="code">geometry</code> proporciona formas
+flexibles de configurar el área de impresión y tamaño de página
+física.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-draft-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-final-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fleqn-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-landscape-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-leqno-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-openbib-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlepage-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-notitlepage-opcion"></a>
+<p>Varias otras opciones:
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-cajas-negras_002c-omitir'><span><code class="code">draft</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-cajas-negras_002c-omitir'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">final</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Marca cajas (<code class="code">draft</code>) o no marcar (<code class="code">final</code>) cajas demasiado
+llenas con un recuadro negro al margen; el valor predeterminado es
+<code class="code">final</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-ecuaciones-a-la-izquierda'><span><code class="code">fleqn</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-ecuaciones-a-la-izquierda'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ecuaciones-centradas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ecuaciones_002c-vaciar-a-la-izquierda-vs_002e-centradas"></a>
+<p>Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; de manera
+predeterminada están centradas.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-orientacion-landscape'><span><code class="code">landscape</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-orientacion-landscape'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-orientacion-retrato"></a>
+<p>Selecciona el formato apaisado; el valor predeterminado es retrato.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-numeros-de-ecuacion-de-la-izquierda'><span><code class="code">leqno</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-numeros-de-ecuacion-de-la-izquierda'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numeros-de-ecuacion-de-la-derecha"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numeros-de-ecuacion_002c-izquierda-vs_002e-derecha"></a>
+<p>Poner números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las ecuaciones; de
+manera predeterminada es el lado derecho.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-Formato-de-bibliografia_002c-abierto'><span><code class="code">openbib</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-Formato-de-bibliografia_002c-abierto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Utiliza el formato de bibliografía &ldquo;abierta&rdquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-pagina-de-titulo_002c-separada-o-corrida'><span><code class="code">titlepage</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pagina-de-titulo_002c-separada-o-corrida'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">notitlepage</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica si hay una página separada para la información del título y
+para el resumen también, si lo hay. El valor predeterminado para la
+clase <code class="code">report</code> es <code class="code">titlepage</code>, para las otras clases es
+<code class="code">notitlepage</code>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Las siguientes opciones no están disponibles con la clase
+<code class="code">slides</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-onecolumn-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-twocolumn-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-oneside-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-twoside-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-openright-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-openany-option"></a>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">onecolumn</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">twocolumn</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el valor predeterminado
+es <code class="code">onecolumn</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cevensidemargin'><span><code class="code">oneside</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cevensidemargin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">twoside</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005coddsidemargin"></a>
+<p>Selecciona el diseño de uno o dos lados; el valor predeterminado es
+<code class="code">oneside</code>, excepto que en la clase <code class="code">book</code> el valor
+predeterminado es <code class="code">twoside</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Para la impresión a una cara, el texto se centra en la página. Para
+impresión a dos caras, el parámetro <code class="code">\evensidemargin</code>
+(<code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code>) determina la distancia en páginas pares
+(impares) entre el lado izquierdo de la página y el margen izquierdo
+del texto, con <code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code> siendo el 40% de la diferencia
+entre <code class="code">\paperwidth</code> y <code class="code">\textwidth</code> y <code class="code">\evensidemargin</code>
+es el resto.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">openright</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">openany</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Determina si un capítulo debe comenzar en una página de la derecha; el
+valor predeterminado es <code class="code">openright</code> para <code class="code">book</code> y
+<code class="code">openany</code> para <code class="code">report</code>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-clock-opcion-para-la-clase-slides"></a>
+<p>La clase <code class="code">slides</code> ofrece la opción <code class="code">clock</code> para imprimir lo
+hora en la parte inferior de cada nota.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Paquetes-adicionales">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete" accesskey="n" rel="next">Construcción de clase y paquete</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Opciones de la clase documento</a>, Subir: <a href="#Clases-de-documentos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Clases de documentos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Paquetes-adicionales-1">3.2 Paquetes adicionales</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cargando-paquetes-adicionales"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paquetes_002c-cargando-adicionales"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paquetes-adicionales_002c-cargando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cusepackage"></a>
+<p>Carga un paquete <var class="var">pkg</var>, con las opciones de paquete dadas en la
+lista <var class="var">options</var> separada por comas, como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">pkg</var>}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para especificar más de un paquete, lo puedes separar con una coma,
+como en <code class="code">\usepackage{<var class="var">pkg1</var>,<var class="var">pkg2</var>,...}</code>, o usa
+múltiples comandos <code class="code">\usepackage</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-globales-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-globales_002c-opciones"></a>
+<p>Cualquier opción dada en el comando <code class="code">\documentclass</code> que sea
+desconocida para la clase document seleccionada se pasa a los paquetes
+cargados con <code class="code">\usepackage</code>.
+</p>
+
<hr>
-<a name="Descripci_00f3n"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Paquetes-adicionales" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Paquetes adicionales</a>, Subir: <a href="#Clases-de-documentos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Clases de documentos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Construccion-de-clase-y-paquete">3.3 Construcción de clase y paquete</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-de-clase-de-documento"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-clase-de-documento"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nuevos-comandos-de-clase"></a>
+
+<p>Puedes crear nuevas clases de documentos y nuevos paquetes. Por
+ejemplo, si tus memorandos deben cumplir con algunos requisitos
+locales, como un encabezado estándar para cada página, entonces
+podrías crear una nueva clase <code class="code">smcmemo.cls</code> y comienza tus
+documentos con <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Lo que separa a un paquete de una clase de documento es que los
+comandos en un paquete son útiles en todas las clases, mientras que
+los de una clase de documento son específicos de esa clase. Por lo
+tanto, un comando para establecer encabezados de página es para un
+paquete mientras que un comando para hacer que los encabezados de
+página digan <code class="code">Memo desde el departamento de matemáticas SMC</code> es
+para una clase.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-diferencia-de-clase-y-paquete"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-diferencia-entre-clase-y-paquete"></a>
+</p>
+<p>Dentro de un archivo de clase o paquete, puedes usar el signo
+<code class="code">@</code> como carácter en nombres de comandos sin tener que rodear el
+código que contiene ese comando con <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y
+<code class="code">\makeatother</code>. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>. Esto te
+permite crear comandos que los usuarios no redefinirán
+accidentalmente. Otra técnica es prefijar comandos específicos de
+clase o paquete con alguna cadena para evitar que tu clase o paquete
+interfiera con otros. Por ejemplo, la clase <code class="code">smcmemo</code> podría
+tener comandos <code class="code">\smc@tolist</code>, <code class="code">\smc@fromlist</code>, etc.
+</p>
+
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete" accesskey="1">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package" accesskey="2">Comandos class y package</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Iniciando-y-Finalizando" accesskey="n" rel="next">Iniciando y Finalizando</a>, Previous: <a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Acerca de este documento</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Comandos-class-y-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">Comandos class y package</a>, Subir: <a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete" accesskey="u" rel="up">Construcción de clase y paquete</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Descripcion-de-LaTeX"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">2 Descripción de LaTeX</h2>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete-1">3.3.1 Estructura de clase y paquete</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estructura-de-clase-y-paquete"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-composicion-del-archivo-de-clase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-composicion-del-archivo-del-paquete"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones_002c-clase-de-documento-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones_002c-paquete"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-de-clase-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-de-paquete"></a>
+
+<p>Un archivo de clase o un archivo de paquete normalmente consta de
+cuatro partes.
+</p><ol class="enumerate">
+<li> En la <em class="dfn">parte de identificación</em>, el archivo dice que es un paquete
+o clase LaTeX y se describe a sí mismo, usando
+<code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code> y los comandos <code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> o
+<code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code>.
+
+</li><li> La <em class="dfn">parte de declaraciones preliminares</em> declara algunos comandos
+y también puede cargar otros archivos. Generalmente, estos comandos
+serán los necesarios para el código utilizado en la siguiente parte.
+Por ejemplo, una clase <code class="code">smcmemo</code> se puede llamar con una opción
+para leer un archivo con una lista de personas para el encabezado,
+como <code class="code">\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</code>, y por lo tanto
+necesitas definir un comando
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</code> usado en ese
+archivo.
+
+</li><li> En <em class="dfn">manejar la parte de opciones</em> la clase o paquete declara y
+procesa sus opciones. Las opciones de clase permiten que un usuario
+comience su documento como <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">lista de
+opciones</var>]{<var class="var">nombre de clase</var>}</code>, para modificar el comportamiento
+de la clase. Un ejemplo es cuando declaras
+<code class="code">\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> para establecer el valor
+predeterminado para el tamaño del tipo de letra del documento.
+
+</li><li> Finalmente, en la <em class="dfn">parte de más declaraciones</em> la clase o paquete
+suele hacer la mayor parte de su trabajo: declarar nuevas variables,
+comandos y tipos de letra y cargar otros archivos.
+</li></ol>
-<a name="index-descripcion-de-LaTeX"></a>
-<a name="index-LaTeX_002c-descripcion"></a>
+<p>Aquí hay un archivo de clase inicial, que se debe guardar como
+<samp class="file">stub.cls</samp> donde LaTeX lo pueda encontrar, por ejemplo en el
+mismo directorio que el archivo <samp class="file">.tex</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 auxiliar
+para comenzar a crear clases desde]
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+\ProcessOptions\relax \LoadClass{article}
+</pre></div>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ejemplo-de-archivo-de-clase"></a>
-<p>Las instrucciones LaTeX componen tipográficamente un archivo de texto
-usando el programa TeX y el &ldquo;paquete de macros&rdquo; LaTeX para
-TeX. Para ser más específicos, este procesa un archivo de entrada que
-contiene el texto de un documento con instrucciones intercaladas que
-describen cómo se debe dar formato al texto.
-Este produce al menos tres archivos de salida:
+<p>Se identifica a sí mismo, maneja las opciones de clase a través del
+valor predeterminado pasándolos todos a la clase <code class="code">article</code>, y
+luego carga la clase <code class="code">article</code> para proporcionar la base para el
+código de esta clase.
+</p>
+<p>Para obtener más información, consulta la guía oficial para escritores
+de clases y paquetes, la clase Guide, en
+<a class="url" href="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</a>
+(muchas de las descripciones aquí se derivan de este documento), o el
+tutorial <a class="url" href="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>.
</p>
-<ol>
-<li> Un archivo de salida principal, que es uno de:
-<ol>
-<li> Si se invoca como <code>latex</code>, un archivo &ldquo;independiente del
-dispositivo&rdquo; (<samp>.dvi</samp>). Este contiene las instrucciones que se
-pueden traducir en órdenes para una variedad de dispositivos de salida.
-Usted puede ver estos archivos <samp>.dvi</samp> producidos por LaTeX
-utilizando un programa como <code>xdvi</code> (visualización directa) o
-<code>dvips</code> (los convierte a PostScript).
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Comandos-class-y-package">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Estructura de clase y paquete</a>, Subir: <a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete" accesskey="u" rel="up">Construcción de clase y paquete</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Comandos-class-y-package-1">3.3.2 Comandos class y package</h4>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Comandos-class-y-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-clase-y-paquete"></a>
-</li><li> Si es invocado como <code>pdflatex</code>, produce un archivo de
-&ldquo;Documento de Formato Portátil&rdquo; (<samp>.pdf</samp>). Normalmente, este es
-un archivo autocontenido, con todos los tipos de letra e imágenes
-incrustadas. Este puede ser muy útil, pero hace que produzca un archivo
-mucho más grande que el <samp>.dvi</samp> producido a partir del mismo
+<p>Estos son los comandos diseñados para ayudar a los escritores de
+clases o paquetes.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005cAtBeginDvi'><span><code class="code">\AtBeginDvi{especiales}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAtBeginDvi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Guarda en un cuadro de registro las cosas que se escriben en el
+archivo <samp class="file">.dvi</samp> al comienzo del envío de la primera página del
documento.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cAtEndOfClass'><span><code class="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var class="var">code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAtEndOfClass'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var class="var">code</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></a>
+<p>Gancho para insertar <var class="var">code</var> para que se ejecute cuando LaTeX
+termine procesando la clase o paquete actual. Puedes usar estos
+ganchos varias veces; el <code class="code">código</code> se ejecutará en el orden en que
+lo llames. Consulta también <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cCheckCommand'><span><code class="code">\CheckCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cCheckCommand'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\CheckCommand*{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nuevo-comando_002c-comprobar"></a>
+<p>Similar a <code class="code">\newcommand</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>)
+pero no define <var class="var">cmd</var>; en su lugar, comprueba que la definición
+actual de <var class="var">cmd</var> es o no es exactamente como la <var class="var">definition</var>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comando-long"></a>
+<em class="dfn">long</em> como se esperaba. Un comando largo es un comando que
+acepta <code class="code">\par</code> dentro de un argumento. Se espera que el comando
+<var class="var">cmd</var> sea largo con la versión sin estrella de
+<code class="code">\CheckCommand</code>. Levanta un error cuando la comprobación falla.
+Esto te permite comprobar antes de empezar a redefinir <code class="code">cmd</code> tú
+mismo que ningún otro paquete ya haya redefinido este comando.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cClassError'><span><code class="code">\ClassError{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">error text</var>}{<var class="var">help text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cClassError'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarning{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarningNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfo{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageError{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">error text</var>}{<var class="var">help text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarning{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarningNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfo{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageError"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarning"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarning"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></a>
+<p>Produce un mensaje de error, o mensajes de advertencia o informativo.
+</p>
+<p>Para <code class="code">\ClassError</code> y <code class="code">\PackageError</code> el mensaje es
+<var class="var">texto de error</var>, seguido del indicador de error <code class="code">?</code> de
+TeX. Si el usuario luego, pide ayuda escribiendo <code class="code">h</code>, ve el
+mensaje <var class="var">texto de ayuda</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Los cuatro comandos de advertencia son similares excepto que escriben
+<var class="var">texto de advertencia</var> en la pantalla sin mensaje de error. Los
+cuatro comandos escriben <var class="var">texto info</var> solo en el archivo de
+transcripción. Las versiones de <code class="code">NoLine</code> no muestran el número
+de la línea que genera el mensaje, mientras que las otras versiones
+muestran ese número.
+</p>
+<p>Para dar formato a los mensajes, incluido el <var class="var">texto de ayuda</var>: usa
+<code class="code">\protect</code> para evitar que un comando se expanda, obtén un salto
+de línea con <code class="code">\MessageBreak</code>, y obtén un espacio con
+<code class="code">\space</code> cuando un carácter de espacio no lo permite, como
+después de un comando. Ten en cuenta que LaTeX añade un punto a
+los mensajes.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cCurrentOption'><span><code class="code">\CurrentOption</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cCurrentOption'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Expande al nombre de la opción que se está procesando actualmente.
+Sólo se pueden usar dentro del argumento <var class="var">code</var> de
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption</code> o <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cDeclareOption'><span><code class="code">\DeclareOption{<var class="var">option</var>}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDeclareOption'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-de-clase-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-de-paquete-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones_002c-clase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones_002c-paquete-1"></a>
+<p>Hace que una opción esté disponible para que un usuario la invoque en
+su comando <code class="code">\documentclass</code>. Por ejemplo, la clase
+<code class="code">smcmemo</code> podría tener una opción
+<code class="code">\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> que permita a los usuarios
+colocar el logo institucional en la primera página. El archivo de
+clase debe contener <code class="code">\DeclareOption{logo}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code> (y ​​más
+tarde, <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>).
+</p>
+<p>Si solicitas una opción que no ha sido declarada, de manera
+predeterminada esta producirá una advertencia como <code class="code">Opciones
+globales no utilizadas: [badoption]</code>. Cambia este comportamiento con
+la versión destacada <code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code>. Por
+ejemplo, muchas clases extienden una clase existente, usando un
+comando como <code class="code">\LoadClass{article}</code>, y para pasar opciones
+adicionales al código de uso de clase subyacente como este.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{% \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Otro ejemplo es que la clase <code class="code">smcmemo</code> puede permitir a los
+usuarios mantener listas de destinatarios de notas en archivos
+externos. Entonces el usuario podría invocar
+<code class="code">\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> y leerá el archivo
+<code class="code">math.memo</code>. Este código maneja el archivo si existe y de lo
+contrario pasa la opción a la clase <code class="code">article</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+</pre></div>
+
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'><span><code class="code">* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nuevo-comando_002c-definicion"></a>
+<p>Como <code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\newcommand*</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) pero estos declaran un comando robusto, incluso si
+algún código dentro de la <var class="var">definición</var> es frágil. (Para una
+discusión de comandos robustos y frágiles véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>). Usa este
+comando para definir nuevos comandos robustos o para redefinir
+comandos existentes y hacerlos robustos. A diferencia de
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code>, estos no dan un error si la macro <var class="var">cmd</var> ya
+existe; en su lugar, se coloca un mensaje de registro en el archivo de
+transcripción si se redefine un comando.
+</p>
+<p>Los comandos definidos de esta manera son un poco menos eficientes que
+los definidos usando <code class="code">\newcommand</code> así que, a menos que los datos
+del comando sean frágiles y el comando se use dentro de un argumento
+en movimiento, usa <code class="code">\newcommand</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-etoolbox-package"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">etoolbox</code> ofrece los comandos
+<code class="code">\newrobustcmd</code>, <code class="code">\newrobustcmd*</code>, así como los comandos
+<code class="code">\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code class="code">\renewrobustcmd*</code> y los comandos
+<code class="code">\providerobustcmd</code> y <code class="code">\providerobustcmd*</code>. Estos son
+similares a <code class="code">\newcommand</code>, <code class="code">\newcommand*</code>,
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, <code class="code">\renewcommand*</code>, <code class="code">\providecommand</code> y
+<code class="code">\providecommand*</code>, pero define un <var class="var">cmd</var> robusto con dos
+ventajas en comparación con <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
+</p><ol class="enumerate">
+<li> Utilizan el mecanismo de protección de bajo nivel e-TeX en lugar
+del mecanismo <code class="code">\protect</code> LaTeX de nivel superior, por lo que
+no incurren la ligera pérdida de rendimiento mencionada anteriormente,
+y
+</li><li> Hacen la misma distinción entre <code class="code">\new&hellip;</code>,
+<code class="code">\renew&hellip;</code> y <code class="code">\provide&hellip;</code>, como comandos estándar,
+por lo que no solo hacen un mensaje de registro cuando redefines
+<var class="var">cmd</var> que ya existe, en ese caso necesitas usar
+<code class="code">\renew&hellip;</code> o <code class="code">\provide&hellip;</code> o recibes un error.
</li></ol>
-<p>Existen otras variantes menos comunes de LaTeX (y TeX), de modo
-que puede producir HTML, XML y otras cosas.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cIfFileExists'><span><code class="code">\IfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cIfFileExists'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></a>
+<p>Ejecuta <var class="var">código verdadero</var> si LaTeX encuentra el archivo
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">nombre de archivo</var></samp> o <var class="var">código falso</var> de lo contrario.
+En el primer caso se ejecuta <var class="var">código verdadero</var> y entonces ingresa
+el archivo. Así el comando
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf no encontrado}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>incluirá el gráfico <samp class="file">img.pdf</samp> si se encuentra y de lo contrario
+dará un aviso.
+</p>
+<p>Este comando busca el archivo en todas las rutas de búsqueda que usa
+LaTeX, no solo en el directorio actual. Mirar solo en el
+directorio actual hace algo como
+<code class="code">\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var class="var">código
+verdadero</var>}{<var class="var">código falso</var>}</code>. Si solicitas un nombre de
+archivo sin una extensión <code class="code">.tex</code> entonces LaTeX primero
+buscará el archivo agregando la extensión <code class="code">.tex</code>; para obtener
+más información sobre cómo LaTeX maneja las extensiones de archivo
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cLoadClass'><span><code class="code">\LoadClass[<var class="var">options list</var>]{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLoadClass'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></a>
+<p>Carga una clase, como con <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">lista de
+opciones</var>]{<var class="var">nombre de clase</var>}[<var class="var">información de
+publicación</var>]</code>. Un ejemplo es <code class="code">\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>La <var class="var">options list</var>, si está presente, es una lista separada por
+comas. La <var class="var">fecha de lanzamiento</var> es opcional. Si está presente
+debe tener la forma <var class="var">AAAA/MM/DD</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Si solicitas una <var class="var">fecha de lanzamiento</var> y la fecha del paquete
+instalado en tu sistema es anterior, recibes una advertencia en la
+pantalla y en el registro como esta.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Has solicitado, en la línea de entrada 4, la versión `2038/01/19' de
+la clase de documento ``article'', pero solo la versión `2014/09/29
+v1.4h La clase de documento LaTeX estándar' está disponible.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La versión del comando <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code> usa la lista de
+opciones para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignora cualquier
+opción pasada a través de <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. Este es un
+comando de conveniencia que te permite construir clases sobre las
+existentes, como la clase <code class="code">article</code> estándar, sin tener que
+rastrear qué opciones se pasaron.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cExecuteOptions'><span><code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var class="var">options-list</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cExecuteOptions'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Para cada opción <var class="var">option</var> en la <var class="var">lista de opciones</var>, en orden,
+este comando ejecuta el comando <code class="code">\ds@<var class="var">option</var></code>. Si este
+comando no está definido, entonces esa opción se ignora
+silenciosamente.
+</p>
+<p>Se puede utilizar para proporcionar una lista de opciones
+predeterminada antes <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>. Por ejemplo, si en un
+archivo de clase deseas que el predeterminado sea el tipo de letra de
+11 puntos, entonces podrías especificar
+<code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'><span><code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var class="var">format</var>}[<var class="var">formato de fecha</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica el formato con el que se debe ejecutar esta clase. A
+menudo emitido como la primera línea de un archivo de clase, y se usa
+con mayor frecuencia como: <code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. Cuando
+un documento que usa esa clase es procesado, el nombre de formato
+proporcionado aquí debe coincidir con el formato que en realidad se
+está ejecutando (incluyendo que la cadena <var class="var">format</var> es sensible a
+mayúsculas y minúsculas). Si no coincide, la ejecución se detiene con
+un error como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Este archivo necesita formato `LaTeX2e' pero es
+`xxx'.</samp>&rsquo;
+</p>
+<p>Para especificar una versión del formato que sabes que tiene ciertas
+características, incluye el <var class="var">formato de fecha</var> opcional en el que
+esas características fueron implementadas. Si está presente, debe
+tener el formato <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>. Si la versión del formato
+instalada en tu sistema es anterior al <var class="var">formato de fecha</var>,
+entonces recibes una advertencia como esta.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Has solicitado la liberación `2038/01/20' de LaTeX, pero solo la
+versión `2016/02/01' está disponible.
+</pre></div>
+
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cOptionNotUsed'><span><code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cOptionNotUsed'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Agrega la opción actual a la lista de opciones no utilizadas. Solo se
+puede usar dentro del argumento <var class="var">code</var> de <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code> o
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
+</p>
+
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'><span><code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var class="var">options list</var>}{<var class="var">class name</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">options list</var>}{<var class="var">package name</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></a>
+<p>Agrega las opciones en la lista separada por comas <var class="var">lista de
+opciones</var> a las opciones utilizadas por cualquier futuro comando
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> o <code class="code">\usepackage</code> para el paquete
+<var class="var">nombre del paquete</var> o la clase <var class="var">nombre de clase</var>.
+</p>
+<p>El motivo de estos comandos es: puedes cargar un paquete cualquier
+cantidad de veces sin opciones, pero, si deseas opciones, solo las
+puedes proporcionar cuando cargues el paquete por primera vez. Al
+cargar un paquete con opciones más de una vez obtendrás un error como
+<code class="code">Conflicto de opción para el paquete Foo.</code> (LaTeX arroja un
+error incluso si no hay conflicto entre opciones).
+</p>
+<p>Si tu propio código trae un paquete dos veces, entonces puedes
+colapsar eso a una vez, por ejemplo reemplazando los dos
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}</code> y
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</code> con el comando único
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Sin embargo, imagina que estás cargando <samp class="file">firstpkg</samp> y dentro de
+ese paquete que carga <samp class="file">secondpkg</samp>, y necesitas que el segundo
+paquete sea cargado con la opción <code class="code">draft</code>. Entonces antes de
+hacer el primer paquete debes poner en cola las opciones para el
+segundo paquete, así.
</p>
-</li><li> Un archivo de&ldquo;transcripción&rdquo; o <samp>.log</samp> que contiene información
-resumida y mensajes de diagnóstico para cualquier error descubierto en el
-archivo de entrada.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+</pre></div>
-</li><li> Un archivo &ldquo;auxiliar&rdquo; o <samp>.aux</samp>. Este es usado por LaTeX mismo,
-para diversas cosas como el seccionado.
+<p>(Si <code class="code">firstpkg.sty</code> carga una opción en conflicto con lo que
+deseas entonces posiblemente tengas que alterar tu fuente).
+</p>
+<p>Estos comandos son útiles para usuarios generales, así como para
+clases y paquetes. Por ejemplo, supongamos que un usuario quiere
+cargar el paquete <code class="code">graphicx</code> con la opción <code class="code">draft</code> y también
+quieres usar una clase <code class="code">foo</code> que carga el paquete
+<code class="code">graphicx</code>, pero sin esa opción. El usuario podría iniciar su
+archivo LaTeX con
+<code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cProcessOptions'><span><code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProcessOptions'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ProcessOptions*<var class="var">\@options</var></code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></a>
+<p>Ejecuta el código para cada opción que el usuario haya invocado.
+Incluirlo en el archivo de clase como <code class="code">\ProcessOptions\relax</code>
+(debido a la existencia del comando con asterisco).
+</p>
+<p>Las opciones vienen en dos tipos. <em class="dfn">Opciones locales</em> se han
+especificado para este paquete particular en el argumento
+<var class="var">options</var> de <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">options</var>}</code>,
+<code class="code">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>, o
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>. <em class="dfn">Opciones globales</em> son
+las dadas por el usuario de la clase en
+<code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]</code> (si una opción se especifica
+tanto local como globalmente, entonces es local).
+</p>
+<p>Cuando se llama a <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> para un paquete
+<samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>, lo siguiente sucede:
+</p><ol class="enumerate">
+<li> Para cada opción <var class="var">option</var> declarada hasta ahora con
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>, busca si esa opción es una opción global o
+local para <code class="code">pkg</code>. Si es así, ejecuta el código declarado. Esto
+se hace en el orden en que estas opciones fueron dadas en
+<samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>.
+</li><li> Para cada opción local restante, ejecuta el comando
+<code class="code">\ds@</code><var class="var">option</var> si se ha definido en algún lugar (que no sea
+por una <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>); de lo contrario, ejecuta el código de
+opción predeterminada dada en <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>. Si no se ha
+introducido ningún código de opción predeterminado declarado entonces
+da un mensaje de error. Esto se hace en el orden en que se
+especificaron estas opciones.
</li></ol>
-<p>Una instrucción LaTeX comienza con el nombre de la instrucción, la
-cual consiste de una <code>\</code> seguida por o bien (a)&nbsp;una cadena de
-letras o (b)&nbsp;un único carácter no letra. Los argumentos que
-figuran entre corchetes, <code>[]</code>, son opcionales, mientras que los
-argumentos contenidos entre llaves, <code>{}</code>, son obligatorios.
+<p>Cuando se llama a <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> para una clase, funciona en
+la misma manera salvo que todas las opciones son locales y el
+<var class="var">code</var> predeterminado para <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code> es
+<code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code> en lugar de un error.
+</p>
+<p>La versión destacada <code class="code">\ProcessOptions*</code> ejecuta las opciones en
+el orden especificado en las llamadas a comandos, en lugar de en el
+orden de declaración en la clase o paquete. Para un paquete esto
+significa que las opciones globales se procesan primero.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cProvidesClass'><span><code class="code">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var> <var class="var">brief additional information</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProvidesClass'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var> <var class="var">brief additional information</var>]</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></a>
+<p>Identifica la clase o paquete, imprimiendo un mensaje en pantalla y en
+el archivo de registro.
+</p>
+<p>Cuando cargas una clase o paquete, por ejemplo con
+<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> o <code class="code">\usepackage{test}</code>,
+LaTeX ingresa un archivo. Si el nombre del archivo no coincide con
+la clase o nombre del paquete declarado en él, entonces recibes una
+advertencia. Así, si invocas <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, y el
+archivo <samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> tiene la instrucción
+<code class="code">\ProvidesClass{xxx}</code> luego recibes una advertencia como
+<code class="code">Has solicitado la clase de documento `smcmemo', pero la clase
+del documento proporciona 'xxx'.</code> Esta advertencia no evita que
+LaTeX procese el resto del archivo de clase normalmente.
+</p>
+<p>Si incluyes el argumento opcional, debes incluir una fecha, antes de
+cualquier espacio, en la forma <code class="code">AAAA/MM/DD</code>. El resto del
+argumento opcional es de forma libre, aunque tradicionalmente
+identifica la clase, y se escribe en la pantalla durante la
+compilación y en el archivo de registro. Por lo tanto, si tu archivo
+<samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> contiene la línea
+<code class="code">\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC clase memo]</code> y la
+primera línea de tu documento es <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>
+entonces verás <code class="code">Clase de documento: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC
+clase memo</code>.
+</p>
+<p>La fecha en el argumento opcional permite a los usuarios de clases y
+paquetes preguntar para ser advertido si la versión de la clase o
+paquete es anterior a la <var class="var">fecha de lanzamiento</var>. Por ejemplo, un
+usuario puede ingresar <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> o
+<code class="code">\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code> para requerir una clase o
+paquete con ciertas características especificando que no se debe
+lanzar antes que la fecha dada. (Aunque, en la práctica, los usuarios
+de paquetes rara vez incluyen una fecha, y los usuarios de clases casi
+nunca lo hacen).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cProvidesFile'><span><code class="code">\ProvidesFile{<var class="var">filename</var>}[<var class="var">additional information</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProvidesFile'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Declara un archivo que no sea la clase principal y los archivos del
+paquete, como archivos de configuración o archivos de definición del
+tipo de letra. Pon este comando en ese archivo y obtienes en el
+registro una cadena como <code class="code">File: test.config 2017/10/12 archivo de
+configuración para test.cls</code> para <var class="var">filename</var> igual a
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">test.config</samp>&rsquo; e <var class="var">información adicional</var> igual a
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">2017/10/12 archivo de configuración para test.cls</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cRequirePackage'><span><code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">options list</var>]{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRequirePackage'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></a>
+<p>Carga un paquete, como el comando <code class="code">\usepackage</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Paquetes-adicionales">Paquetes adicionales</a>). El equipo de desarrollo de LaTeX recomienda
+encarecidamente el uso de estos comandos sobre el <code class="code">\input</code> de
+TeX&nbsp;estándar; ve la Guía de clase. Un ejemplo es
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>La <var class="var">lista de opciones</var>, si está presente, es una lista separada
+por comas. La <var class="var">fecha de lanzamiento</var>, si está presente, debe
+tener el formato <var class="var">AAAA/MM/DD</var>. Si la fecha de lanzamiento del
+paquete instalado en tu sistema es anterior que la <var class="var">fecha de
+lanzamiento</var>, recibes una advertencia como <code class="code">Has solicitado, en la
+línea de entrada 9, la versión `2017/07/03' del paquete jhtest, pero
+solo está disponible la versión `2000/01/01'</code>.
+</p>
+<p>La versión <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> usa la lista de opciones
+para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignoras cualquier opción que
+se le pase a través de <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. Este es un comando
+de conveniencia para facilitar la construcción de clases sobre las
+existentes sin tener que rastrear cuáles opciones se pasaron.
+</p>
+<p>La diferencia entre <code class="code">\usepackage</code> y <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> es
+pequeña. El comando <code class="code">\usepackage</code> está diseñado para el archivo
+del documento mientras que <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> está diseñado para
+paquetes y archivos de clase. Por lo tanto, usar <code class="code">\usepackage</code>
+antes del comando <code class="code">\documentclass</code> hace que LaTeX dé un error
+como <code class="code">\usepackage antes de \documentclass</code>, pero allí puedes usar
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage</code>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Tipos-de-letra">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="n" rel="next">Composición</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Clases-de-documentos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Clases de documentos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Tipos-de-letra-1">4 Tipos de letra</h2>
+<a class="anchor" id="Tipograf_00eda"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipografia"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+
+<p>LaTeX viene con poderosas capacidades de tipos de letra. Por un
+lado, este nuevo esquema de selección de tipos de letra te permite
+trabajar fácilmente con las familias de tipos de letra en tu documento
+(por ejemplo, <a class="ref" href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a>). Y, los documentos
+LaTeX pueden usar la mayoría de los tipos de letra disponibles
+actualmente, incluyendo versiones de Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier,
+etc. (Nota sin embargo que, muchos tipos de letra no son compatibles
+con matemáticas).
+</p>
+<p>El primer tipo de letra en el mundo TeX fue la familia Computer
+Modern, desarrollado por Donald Knuth. Es el predeterminado para los
+documentos LaTeX y sigue siendo el más utilizado. Pero cambiar a
+otro tipo de letra a menudo solo implica algunos comandos. Por
+ejemplo, poner lo siguiente en tu preámbulo te da un tipo de letra
+similar a Palatino, que es hermoso y más legible en línea que muchos
+otros tipos de letra, al mismo tiempo que te permite tipografía de
+matemáticas. (Este ejemplo es de Michael Sharpe,
+<a class="url" href="https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf para texto, no matemáticas
+\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % máquina de escribir sans serif
+\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb de STIX
+\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Además, los motores <code class="command">xelatex</code> o <code class="command">lualatex</code> permiten
+que uses cualquier tipo de letra en tu sistema que esté en formato
+OpenType o TrueType (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>).
</p>
-<p>LaTeX es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. Cuando ingresa
-instrucciones, use la caja de letras propia a cada
-instrucción &mdash; tradicionalmente es minúsculas.
+<p>El catálogo de tipos de letra LaTeX
+(<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue</a>) muestra gráficos de ejemplo del
+tipo de letra y fuente que se puede copiar y pegar para usar muchos
+tipos de letra, incluyendo muchos compatibles con matemáticas.
+Pretende abarcar todos los tipos de letra Latin alfabéticas libres
+disponibles para un uso sencillo con LaTeX.
</p>
+<p>También hay más información disponible en los grupos de usuarios
+TeX, en <a class="url" href="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</a>.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="1">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra" accesskey="2">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra" accesskey="3">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra" accesskey="4">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Iniciando-y-Finalizando"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="paquete-fontenc">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Clases-de-Documento" accesskey="n" rel="next">Clases de Documento</a>, Previous: <a href="#Descripci_00f3n" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Descripción</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra" accesskey="n" rel="next">Estilos de tipos de letra</a>, Subir: <a href="#Tipos-de-letra" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tipos de letra</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Iniciando-y-Finalizando-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">3 Iniciando y Finalizando</h2>
+<h3 class="section" id="paquete-fontenc-1">4.1 paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></h3>
-<a name="index-iniciando-y-finalizando"></a>
-<a name="index-finalizando-e-iniciando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-codificacion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-tipo-de-letra-compatible-con"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-T1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-OT1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fontenc"></a>
-<p>Un archivo de entrada mínimo tiene el siguiente aspecto:
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{<var>clase</var>}
-\begin{document}
-<var>su texto</var>
-\end{document}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">font_encoding</var>]{fontenc}
</pre></div>
-<p>donde <var>clase</var> es una clase de documento válida para LaTeX.
-See <a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a>, para detalles de varias clases de documento
-disponibles localmente.
+<p>o
</p>
-<a name="index-preambulo_002c-definido"></a>
-<p>Usted puede incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX entre las instrucciones
-<code>\documentclass</code> y <code>\begin{document}</code> (esta área se llama el
-<em>preámbulo</em>).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">font_encoding1</var>, <var class="var">font_encoding2</var>, ...]{fontenc}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Especifica la codificación del tipo de letra. Una codificación de
+tipo de letra es una asignación de códigos de caracteres a los glifos
+del tipo de letra que se utilizan para escribir
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fontspec"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fontspec-package"></a>
+<p>Este paquete solo se aplica si usas el motor
+<code class="code">pdflatex</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>). Si usas el comando
+<code class="command">xelatex</code> o el motor <code class="command">lualatex</code> entonces usa el
+paquete <code class="code">fontspec</code>.
+</p>
+<p>La familia de tipos de letra original de TeX, Computer Modern,
+tiene un conjunto de caracteres limitado. Por ejemplo, para hacer
+caracteres acentuados comunes, debes usar <code class="code">\accent</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caccent"><code class="code">\accent</code></a>) pero esto deshabilita la separación silábica. Los
+usuarios TeX han acordado una serie de estándares para acceder a
+conjuntos de caracteres más grandes proporcionados por los tipos de
+letra modernos. Si estás usando <code class="command">pdflatex</code> entonces pon esto
+en el preámbulo
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+</pre></div>
+<p>te brinda soporte para los idiomas europeos ampliamente extendidos,
+incluidos francés, alemán, italiano, polaco y otros. En particular,
+si tienes palabras con letras acentuadas entonces LaTeX las
+dividirá y tu salida se puede copiar y pegar. (La segunda línea
+opcional te permite ingresar directamente caracteres acentuados en tu
+archivo fuente).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-lmodern"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lmodern-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cm_002dsuper-package"></a>
+<p>Si estás utilizando una
+codificación como <code class="code">T1</code> y los caracteres aparecen borrosos o no se
+amplían bien, entonces tus tipos de letra pueden estar en mapas de
+bits, a veces llamado raster o Type&nbsp;3. Quieres tipos de letra
+vectoriales. Utiliza un paquete como <code class="code">lmodern</code> o
+<code class="code">cm-super</code> para obtener un tipo de letra que extiende el valor
+predeterminado de LaTeX usando tipos de letra vectoriales.
+</p>
+<p>Para cada <var class="var">font_encoding</var> dado como opción pero aún no declarado,
+este paquete carga los archivos de definición de codificación,
+denominados <samp class="file"><var class="var">font_encoding</var>enc.def</samp>. También establece
+<code class="code">\encodingdefault</code> para ser la última codificación en la lista de
+opciones.
+</p>
+<p>Estos son los valores comunes para <var class="var">font_encoding</var>.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">OT1</code></dt>
+<dd><p>La codificación original para TeX. Limitada a caracteres en su
+mayoría en inglés.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">OMS, OML</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Símbolos matemáticos y codificación de letras matemáticas.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">T1</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Texto TeX extendido. A veces se llama la codificación de Cork para
+la reunión de usuarios del grupo donde se desarrolló. Da acceso a la
+mayoría de los caracteres acentuados europeos. La opción más común
+para este paquete.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">TS1</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Codificación de Text Companion.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es cargar <code class="code">OML</code>, <code class="code">T1</code>,
+<code class="code">OT1</code> y luego <code class="code">OMS</code>, y establece el valor predeterminado en
+<code class="code">OT1</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Incluso si no usas letras acentuadas, es posible que debas especificar una
+codificación de tipo de letra si tu tipo de letra lo requiere.
+</p>
+<p>Si usas codificación<code class="code">T1</code>&nbsp; en los tipos de letra que no sean
+las familias Modern predeterminadas, es posible que debas cargar el
+paquete que selecciona tus tipos de letra antes de cargar
+<samp class="file">fontenc</samp>, para evitar que el sistema cargue cualquier tipo de
+letra codificada&nbsp;<code class="code">T1</code> de la predeterminada.
+</p>
+<p>El equipo de LaTeX reserva nombres de codificación que comienzan
+con: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">T</samp>&rsquo; para codificaciones de texto estándar con 256
+caracteres, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">TS</samp>&rsquo; para símbolos que extienden las codificaciones T
+correspondientes, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">X</samp>&rsquo; para codificaciones de prueba, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">M</samp>&rsquo;
+para codificaciones matemáticas estándar con 256 caracteres, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A</samp>&rsquo;
+para aplicaciones especiales, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">OT</samp>&rsquo; para codificaciones de texto
+estándar con 128 caracteres y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">OM</samp>&rsquo; para codificaciones
+matemáticas estándar con 128 caracteres (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">O</samp>&rsquo; significa
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">obsoleto</samp>&rsquo;).
+</p>
+<p>Este paquete proporciona una serie de comandos, que se detallan a
+continuación. Muchos de ellos son específicos de codificación, por lo
+que si has definido un comando que funciona para una codificación pero
+la codificación actual es diferente, entonces el comando no está en
+vigor.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent"><code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> y <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Clases-de-Documento"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Tipos-de-Letra" accesskey="n" rel="next">Tipos de Letra</a>, Previous: <a href="#Iniciando-y-Finalizando" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Iniciando y Finalizando</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Clases-de-Documento-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">4 Clases de Documento</h2>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1">4.1.1 <code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></h4>
-<a name="index-clases-de-documento"></a>
-<a name="index-clases-de-documentos"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cdocumentclass"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-codificacion-del-tipo-de-letra_002c-declarado"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-codificacion_002c-tipo-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acentos_002c-definir"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"></a>
-<p>La clase de un determinado documento se define con la instrucción:
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass[<var>opciones</var>]{<var>clase</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareFontEncoding{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">text-settings</var>}{<var class="var">math-settings</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\documentclass</code> debe ser la primer instrucción en un
-archivo fuente LaTeX.
+<p>Declara la codificación del tipo de letra <var class="var">encoding</var>. También
+guarda el valor de <var class="var">encoding</var> en <code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>).
</p>
-<a name="index-clase-article"></a>
-<a name="index-clase-report"></a>
-<a name="index-clase-book"></a>
-<a name="index-clase-letter"></a>
-<a name="index-clase-slides"></a>
-<p>Los nombres integrados de <var>clases</var> de documento LaTeX (muchas
-otras clases de documento están disponibles como complementos;
-see <a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a>):
+<p>El archivo <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> contiene esta línea (seguida de muchas
+otras).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">article report book letter slides
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
</pre></div>
+<p>Los <var class="var">text-settings</var> son los comandos que LaTeX ejecutará cada
+vez que cambias de una codificación a otra con los comandos
+<code class="code">\selectfont</code> y <code class="code">\fontencoding</code>. Los <var class="var">math-settings</var>
+son los comandos que LaTeX usará siempre que el tipo de letra se
+accede como un alfabeto matemático.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX ignora cualquier carácter de espacio dentro de
+<var class="var">text-settings</var> y <var class="var">math-settings</var>, para evitar espacios no
+deseados en la salida.
+</p>
+<p>Si inventas una codificación, debes elegir un nombre de dos o tres
+letras comenzando con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">L</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp class="samp">local</samp>&rsquo;, o &lsquo;<samp class="samp">E</samp>&rsquo; para
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">experimental</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que LaTeX puede leer varias veces los archivos de
+codificación de salida, por lo que usar, por ejemplo,
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code> puede causar un error. Además, tales archivos
+deben contener la línea <code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Ten en cuenta también que debes usar los comandos <code class="code">\...Default</code>
+solo en un paquete, no en los archivos de definición de codificación,
+ya que esos archivos solo deben contener declaraciones específicas
+para esa codificación.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent-1">4.1.2 <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></h4>
-<p>Las <var>opciones</var> estándar están descritas más adelante.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-font-codificacion-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acentos_002c-definir-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento" accesskey="1">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Opciones globales.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextAccent{<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">slot</var>}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Define un acento, para colocarlo encima de otros glifos, en la
+codificación <var class="var">encoding</var> en la ubicación <var class="var">slot</var>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-slot_002c-tipo-de-letra"></a>
+<p>Un <em class="dfn">slot</em> es el número que identifica un glifo dentro de un tipo
+de letra.
+</p>
+<p>Esta línea de <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> declara que para hacer un acento
+circunflejo como en <code class="code">\^A</code>, el sistema pondrá el acento en el
+slot&nbsp;2 sobre el carácter &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A</samp>&rsquo;, que se representa en ASCII
+como&nbsp;65. (Esto se mantiene a menos que haya un
+<code class="code">DeclareTextComposite</code> relevante o una declaración
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code>; véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si <var class="var">cmd</var> ya se ha definido, entonces <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code> no
+da error pero si registra la redefinición en el archivo de
+transcripción.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#Clases-de-Documento" accesskey="u" rel="up">Clases de Documento</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">4.1 Opciones de Clase de Documento</h3>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1">4.1.3 <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></h4>
-<a name="index-opciones-de-clase-de-documento"></a>
-<a name="index-opciones_002c-clase-de-documento"></a>
-<a name="index-opciones-de-clase"></a>
-<a name="index-opciones-globales"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acentos_002c-definir-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"></a>
-<p>Usted puede especificar las así llamadas <em>opciones globales</em> u
-<em>opciones de clase</em> en la instrucción <code>\documentclass</code>
-encerrándolas entre corchetes de la manera usual. Para especificar más
-de una <var>opción</var>, deberá separarlas con una coma:
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass[<var>opción1</var>,<var>opción2</var>,...]{<var>clase</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Esta es la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
+<p>Si hay un comando específico de codificación de acento \<var class="var">cmd</var> pero
+no hay un <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code> asociado para esa codificación,
+entonces este comando tomará el relevo, diciendo que lo use como se
+describe para <var class="var">encoding</var>.
</p>
-<a name="index-opcion-10pt"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-11pt"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-12pt"></a>
-<p>Todas las clases estándar salvo <code>slides</code> aceptan las siguientes
-opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el predeterminado
-es <code>10pt</code>):
+<p>Por ejemplo, para hacer que la codificación <code class="code">OT1</code> sea la
+codificación predeterminada para el acento <code class="code">\&quot;</code>, declara esto.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">10pt 11pt 12pt
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\&quot;}{OT1}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-opcion-a4paper"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-a5paper"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-b5paper"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-executivepaper"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-legalpaper"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-letterpaper"></a>
-<p>Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
-tamaño del papel (el predeterminado es <code>letterpaper</code>):
+<p>Si emites un <code class="code">\&quot;</code> cuando la codificación actual no tiene una
+definición para ese acento entonces LaTeX usará la definición desde
+<code class="code">OT1</code>
+</p>
+<p>Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent"><code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> y <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}
+ {\UseTextAccent{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{#1}}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-opcion-draft"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-final"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-fleqn"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-landscape"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-leqno"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-openbib"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-titlepage"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-notitlepage"></a>
-<p>Otras opciones diversas:
+<p>Ten en cuenta que <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code> funciona para
+cualquier comando <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> de argumento único, no solo el
+comando de acento.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>draft, final</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-omitiendo_002c-cajas-negras"></a>
-<p>marca/no marca el desbordamiento de cajas con una gran caja negra; el
-predeterminado es <code>final</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>fleqn</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; el
-predeterminado es centrado.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>landscape</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Selecciona el formato apaisado; el predeterminado es vertical.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>leqno</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Coloca los números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las ecuaciones;
-el predeterminado es el lado derecho.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>openbib</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Usa el formato de bibliografía &ldquo;abierto&rdquo;.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>titlepage, notitlepage</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Especifica si la página de título es independiente; de manera
-predeterminada depende de la clase.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-<p>Estas opciones no están disponibles con la clase <code>slides</code>:
-</p>
-<a name="index-opcion-onecolumn"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-twocolumn"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-oneside"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-twoside"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-openright"></a>
-<a name="index-opcion-openany"></a>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>onecolumn</code></dt>
-<dt><code>twocolumn</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el predeterminado es
-<code>onecolumn</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>oneside</code></dt>
-<dt><code>twoside</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cevensidemargin"></a>
-<a name="index-_005coddsidemargin"></a>
-<p>Selecciona el diseño de una o dos caras; el predeterminado es
-<code>oneside</code>, excepto para la clase <code>book</code>.
-</p>
-<p>El parámetro <code>\evensidemargin</code> (<code>\oddsidemargin</code>) determina la
-distancia en páginas par (impar) numeradas entre el lado izquierdo de la
-página y el margen excedente del texto. Los valores predeterminados
-varían con el tamaño del papel y si el diseño seleccionado es de uno o
-dos lados. Para imprimir texto en un lado es centrado, para dos lados,
-<code>\oddsidemargin</code> es 40% de la diferencia entre <code>\paperwidth</code> y
-<code>\textwidth</code> con el resto de <code>\evensidemargin</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>openright</code></dt>
-<dt><code>openany</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Determina si un capítulo debe iniciar en una página del lado derecho;
-para <code>book</code>, el predeterminado es <code>openright</code>.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand-1">4.1.4 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></h4>
-<p>La clase <code>slides</code> ofrece la opción <code>clock</code> para imprimir la
-hora en la parte inferior de cada nota.
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cProvideTextCommand"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand"></a>
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn}</var>
+\DeclareTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o una de:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ProvideTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\ProvideTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\ProvideTextCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-paquetes_002c-cargando"></a>
-<a name="index-cargando-paquetes-adicionales"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cusepackage"></a>
-<p>Los paquetes adicionales se cargan de la siguiente manera:
+<p>Define el comando <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>, que será específico para una
+codificación. El nombre del comando <var class="var">cmd</var> debe estar precedido
+por una barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code>. Estos comandos solo pueden
+aparecer en el preámbulo. Redefinir \<var class="var">cmd</var> no provoca un
+error. El comando definido será robusto incluso si el código en
+<var class="var">defn</var> es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, el archivo <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> contiene esta línea.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>opciones</var>]{<var>paquete</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 }
</pre></div>
-<p>Para especificar más de un <var>paquete</var>, usted puede separarlos con una
-coma, o utilizar múltiples instrucciones<code>\usepackage</code>.
+<p>Con eso, puedes expresar partes por mil.
</p>
-<a name="index-opciones-globales-1"></a>
-<a name="index-opciones_002c-globales"></a>
-<p>Cualquiera de las opciones que figuran en la instrucción
-<code>\documentclass</code> que no son conocidas por la clase de documento
-seleccionada son transmitidas a los paquetes cargados con
-<code>\usepackage</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+El límite legal es \(0.8 \)\textperthousand.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si cambias la codificación del tipo de letra a <code class="code">OT1</code>, obtendrás
+un error como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Comando \textperthousand no
+disponible en codificación OT1</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></a>
+<p>La variante <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code> hace lo mismo, excepto que no
+hace nada si <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> ya está definido. El comando
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code> es más rápido que este por simple asociación
+de slot a glifo (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>)
+</p>
+<p>Los argumentos opcionales <var class="var">nargs</var> y <var class="var">optargdefault</var> juegan el
+mismo rol aquí como en <code class="code">\newcommand</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>). Brevemente, <var class="var">nargs</var> es un número entero de 0 a 9
+especificando el número de argumentos que el comando definido
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> toma. Este número incluye cualquier argumento
+opcional. Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que especificar 0, lo
+cual significa que <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> no tendrá argumentos. Y, si
+<var class="var">optargdefault</var> está presente, entonces el primer argumento de
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> es opcional, con el valor predeterminado
+<var class="var">optargdefault</var> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si
+<var class="var">optargdefault</var> no está presente, entonces <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>
+tampoco toma un argumento opcional.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Tipos-de-Letra"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Dise_00f1o" accesskey="n" rel="next">Diseño</a>, Previous: <a href="#Clases-de-Documento" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Clases de Documento</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Tipos-de-Letra-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">5 Tipos de Letra</h2>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-1">4.1.5 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></h4>
-<a name="index-Tipos-de-Letra"></a>
-<a name="index-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></a>
-<p>Dos aspectos importantes de la selección de un <em>tipo de letra</em> son
-la especificación del tamaño y del estilo. Las
-instrucciones LaTeX para hacer esto se describen a continuación.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra" accesskey="1">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Seleccionar romana, cursiva, etc.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra" accesskey="2">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Seleccionando el tamaño del punto.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra" accesskey="3">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Seleccionando codificación, familia, series, apariencia.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Proporciona una definición predeterminada para <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>, para
+cuando ese comando no está definido en la codificación actualmente en
+vigor. Este valor predeterminado debería utilizar únicamente
+codificaciones que sepas que están disponibles.
+</p>
+<p>Esto hace que <code class="code">\copyright</code> esté disponible.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Utiliza solo una codificación (OMS) que siempre está disponible.
+</p>
+<p>El <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> no debería aparecer en la
+definición de codificación de archivos ya que esos archivos solo deben
+declarar comandos para su uso cuando seleccionas esa codificación. En
+cambio, debería estar en un paquete.
+</p>
+<p>Al igual que con los comandos no predeterminados relacionados,
+<code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code> tiene exactamente el mismo
+comportamiento que
+</p>
+<p><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> excepto que no hace nada si
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> ya está definido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>). Entonces, los paquetes lo pueden usar para
+proporcionar respaldos que otros paquetes pueden mejorar.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite-1">4.1.6 <code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acentos_002c-definir-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextComposite{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">simple_object</var>}{<var class="var">slot</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Accede a un glifo acentuado directamente, es decir, sin tener que
+poner un acento sobre un carácter separado.
+</p>
+<p>Esta línea de <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> significa que <code class="code">\^o</code> provocará a
+LaTeX para componer la minúscula&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">o</samp>&rsquo; tomando el carácter
+directamente desde el slot 224 en el tipo de letra.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El <var class="var">simple_object</var> debe ser un solo carácter o un solo
+comando. El argumento <var class="var">slot</var> suele ser un entero positivo
+representado en decimal (aunque son posibles octal o hexadecimal).
+Normalmente \<var class="var">cmd</var> ya se ha declarado para esta codificación, ya
+sea con <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code> o con un solo argumento
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code>. En <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp>, sigue la línea
+anterior al comando <code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1">4.1.7 <code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acentos_002c-definir-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">arg</var>}{<var class="var">code</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Una versión más general de <code class="code">\DeclareTextComposite</code> que ejecuta
+código arbitrario con <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>.
+</p>
+<p>Esto permite que los acentos en &lsquo;<samp class="samp">i</samp>&rsquo; actúen como acentos en
+dotless&nbsp;i, <code class="code">\i</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. Normalmente <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> ya se habrá declarado con
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextAccent</code> o como un argumento
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1">4.1.8 <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo_002c-definir"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbol{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{<var class="var">slot</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Define un símbolo en la codificación <var class="var">encoding</var> en la ubicación
+<var class="var">slot</var>. Los símbolos definidos de esta manera son para usar en
+texto, no matemáticas.
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, esta línea de <samp class="file">t1enc.def</samp> declara el número del
+glifo a usar para &#x00AB;, el guillemet
+izquierdo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char
+19}</code> tiene el mismo efecto pero es más lento
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> y <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El <var class="var">slot</var> se puede especificar en decimal u octal (como
+en <code class="code">'023</code>), o hexadecimal (como en <code class="code">&quot;13</code>), aunque el decimal
+tiene la ventaja de que las comillas simples o dobles se pueden
+redefinir por otro paquete.
+</p>
+<p>Si <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> ya se ha definido, entonces
+<code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code> no da un error pero registra la redefinición
+en el archivo de transcripción.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1">4.1.9 <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acentos_002c-definir-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">encoding</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si hay un comando de símbolo específico de codificación
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> pero no hay un <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbol</code> asociado
+para esa codificación, entonces este comando tomará el relevo,
+diciendo que obtenga el símbolo como se describe para <var class="var">encoding</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, para declarar que si la codificación actual no tiene
+significado para <code class="code">\textdollar</code> entonces usa el de <code class="code">OT1</code>,
+declara esto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent"><code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> y <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}
+ {\UseTextSymbol{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ten en cuenta que <code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code> se puede usar para
+definir un predeterminado para cualquier comando <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> de
+cero argumentos.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> y <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1">4.1.10 <code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\LastDeclaredEncoding
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Obtiene el nombre de la codificación declarada más recientemente. El
+comando <code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code> almacena el nombre para que se
+pueda recuperar con este comando (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code class="code">\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Esto se basa en <code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> en lugar de dar
+explícitamente el nombre de la codificación.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="u" rel="up">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent-1">4.1.11 <code class="code">\UseTextSymbol</code> y <code class="code">\UseTextAccent</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cUseTextAccent"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cUseTextSymbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cUseTextAccent"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\UseTextSymbol{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\UseTextAccent{<var class="var">encoding</var>}{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Utiliza un símbolo o acento que no sea de la codificación actual.
+</p>
+<p>En general, para usar un comando <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> en una codificación
+donde no está definido, y si el comando no tiene argumentos, lo puedes
+usar con algo como esto:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>que es equivalente a esto (observa que las llaves exteriores forman un
+grupo, por lo que LaTeX vuelve a la codificación anterior después
+de <code class="code">\ss</code>):
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>De manera similar, para usar un comando <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> en una
+codificación donde no está definido, y si el comando tiene un
+argumento, lo puedes usar así:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a}
+</pre></div>
+<p>que es equivalente a esto (nuevamente, ten en cuenta las llaves
+exteriores que forman un grupo):
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{<var class="var">enc_in_use</var>}\selectfont a}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Aquí, <var class="var">enc_in_use</var> es la codificación vigente antes de esta
+secuencia de comandos, de modo que &lsquo;<samp class="samp">a</samp>&rsquo; se escribe utilizando la
+codificación actual y solo se toma el acento de <code class="code">OT1</code>.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra" accesskey="n" rel="next">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a>, Up: <a href="#Tipos-de-Letra" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tipos de Letra</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra" accesskey="n" rel="next">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a>, Anterior: <a href="#paquete-fontenc" accesskey="p" rel="prev">paquete <code class="code">fontenc</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Tipos-de-letra" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tipos de letra</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">5.1 Estilos del Tipo de Letra</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra-1">4.2 Estilos de tipos de letra</h3>
-<a name="index-estilos-del-tipo-de-letra"></a>
-<a name="index-estilos-de-tipografia"></a>
-<a name="index-estilos-de-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilos-de-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilos-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilos-de-texto"></a>
-<p>Las siguientes instrucciones para el estilo del tipo de letra son
-compatibles con LaTeX.
+<p>Los siguientes comandos de estilo de letra son compatibles con
+LaTeX.
</p>
-<p>Este primer grupo de instrucciones se utiliza normalmente con un
-argumento, como en <code>\textit{texto en cursiva}</code>. En la
-siguiente tabla, las instrucciones correspondientes
-entre paréntesis son la &ldquo;forma declarativa&rdquo;, la cual no toma
-argumentos. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura hasta la siguiente instucción para el
-estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el final del grupo actual.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Forma-de-declaracion-de-los-comandos-de-estilo-del-tipo-de-letra"></a>
+<p>En la tabla de abajo de los comandos enumerados, los comandos
+<code class="code">\text...</code>, se usan con un argumento como en
+<code class="code">\textit{<var class="var">text</var>}</code>. Esta es la forma preferida. Pero se
+muestra después entre paréntesis si la correspondiente <em class="dfn">forma de
+declaración</em>, que suele ser útil. Esta forma no toma argumentos, como
+en <code class="code">{\itshape <var class="var">text</var>}</code>. El alcance de la forma de
+declaración dura hasta el siguiente comando de estilo de tipo o el
+final del grupo actual. Además, cada uno tiene un entorno como
+<code class="code">\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</code>, que describiremos al final
+de la sección.
</p>
-<p>Estos commandos, tanto en las formas con argumento o en
-las formas declarativas, son
-acumulativas; es decir, usted puede decir ya sea
-<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> o <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code> para obtener sans
-serif en negrita.
+<p>Estos comandos, en cualquiera de las tres formas, son acumulativos;
+por ejemplo puedes obtener negrita sans serif diciendo cualquiera de
+<code class="code">\sffamily\bfseries</code> o <code class="code">\bfseries\sffamily</code>.
</p>
-<p>También puede utilizar la forma de entorno de las formas declarativas;
-por ejemplo, <code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>.
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnocorrlist"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnocorr"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocorrlist"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocorr"></a>
+<p>Una ventaja de estos comandos es que automáticamente insertan
+correcciones en cursiva si es necesario (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_002f"><code class="code">\/</code></a>). En concreto,
+insertan la corrección en cursiva a menos que el siguiente carácter
+esté en la lista <code class="code">\nocorrlist</code>, que de manera predeterminada
+consta de punto y coma. Para suprimir la inserción automática de la
+corrección en cursiva, utiliza <code class="code">\nocorr</code> al principio o al final
+del argumento del comando, como <code class="code">\textit{\nocorr text}</code> o
+<code class="code">\textsc{text \nocorr}</code>.
</p>
-<p>Estas instrucciones proporcionan automáticamente una corrección en
-cursiva si es necesario.
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextrm"></a>
-<a name="index-_005crmfamily"></a>
-<p>Romana.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005ctextrm'><span><code class="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextrm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crmfamily"></a>
+<p>Roman.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textit (\itshape)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextit"></a>
-<a name="index-_005citshape"></a>
-<p>cursivas.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextit'><span><code class="code">\textit (\itshape)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citshape"></a>
+<p>Italics.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\emph</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cemph"></a>
-<a name="index-Enfasis"></a>
-<p>Énfasis (cambia entre <code>\textit</code> y <code>\textrm</code>).
+<dt id='index-_005ctextmd'><span><code class="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextmd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmdseries"></a>
+<p>Medium weight (predeterminado).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextmd"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cmdseries"></a>
-<p>Peso medio (predeterminado).
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbf'><span><code class="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbfseries"></a>
+<p>Boldface.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextbf"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cbfseries"></a>
-<p>Negrita.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\textup (\upshape)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextup"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cupshape"></a>
-<p>Vertical (predeterminado). Lo opuesto a inclinada.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextsl"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cslshape"></a>
-<p>Oblicua.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextsf"></a>
-<a name="index-_005csffamily"></a>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextup'><span><code class="code">\textup (\upshape)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cupshape"></a>
+<p>Upright (predefinido).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsl'><span><code class="code">\textsl (\slshape)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsl'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cslshape"></a>
+<p>Slanted.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsf'><span><code class="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csffamily"></a>
<p>Sans serif.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextsc"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cscshape"></a>
-<p>Versales.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctexttt"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cttfamily"></a>
-<p>Máquina de escribir.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ctextnormal"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cnormalfont"></a>
-<p>Tipo de letra principal del documento.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\mathrm</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cmathrm"></a>
-<p>Romana, para usar en modo math.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\mathbf</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cmathbf"></a>
-<p>Negrita, para usarse en modo math.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\mathsf</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cmathsf"></a>
-<p>Sans serif, para usarse en modo math.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\mathtt</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cmathtt"></a>
-<p>Máquina de escribir, para usarse en modo math.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\mathit</code></dt>
-<dt><code>(\mit)</code></dt>
-<dd><p>cursivas, para utilizarse en modo math.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsc'><span><code class="code">\textsc (\scshape)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscshape"></a>
+<p>Small caps.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctexttt'><span><code class="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexttt'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cttfamily"></a>
+<p>Typewriter.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextnormal'><span><code class="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextnormal'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnormalfont"></a>
+<p>Tipo de letra del documento principal.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\mathnormal</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cmathnormal"></a>
-<p>Para usarse en modo math, por ejemplo dentro de otra declaración de
-estilo de letra.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\mathcal</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cmathcal"></a>
-<p>Letras &lsquo;caligráficas&rsquo;, para usarse en modo math.
-</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>Además, la instrucción <code>\mathversion{bold}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmathversion"></a>
-<a name="index-matematicas_002c-negrita"></a>
-<a name="index-negrita-matematicas"></a>
-se pude utilizar para cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita dentro de
-fórmulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restablece el valor
-predeterminado.
-</p>
-<p>LaTeX también proporciona las siguientes
-instrucciones, que incondicionalmente cambian a determinado estilo, es
-decir, <em>no</em> son acumulativas. Estas se utilizan de forma diferente
-que las instrucciones anteriores, también: <code>{\<var>instrucción</var>
-...}</code> en lugar de <code>\<var>instrucción</var>{...}</code>. Son dos cosas muy
-distintas.
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\bf</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbf"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-tipo-de-letra-negrita"></a>
-<p>Cambia a <b>tipo de letra negrita</b>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\cal</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccal"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-letras-script-para-math"></a>
-<a name="index-letras-caligraficas-para-math"></a>
-<p>Cambia a letras caligráficas para math.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\em</code>
-<a name="index-_005cem"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-enfasis"></a>
-<p>Énfasis (cursivas con romana, romana con cursivas).
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\it</code>
-<a name="index-_005cit"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-tipo-de-letra-cursiva"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-emphasis"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cemph"></a>
+<p>Aunque también cambia los tipos de letra, el comando
+<code class="code">\emph{<var class="var">text</var>}</code> es semántico, para que se enfatice
+<var class="var">text</var>, y no se debe usar como sustituto de <code class="code">\textit</code>. Por
+ejemplo, <code class="code">\emph{<var class="var">start text</var> \emph{<var class="var">middle text</var>}
+<var class="var">end text</var>}</code> resultará en <var class="var">start text</var> y <var class="var">end text</var> en
+cursiva, pero <var class="var">middle text</var> estará en romano.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX también proporciona los siguientes comandos, que
+incondicionalmente cambia al estilo dado, es decir, <em class="emph">no</em> son
+acumulativos. Están usados ​​como declaraciones:
+<code class="code">{\<var class="var">cmd</var>...}</code> en lugar de <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var>{...}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>(Los comandos incondicionales a continuación son una versión anterior
+de tipo de letra traspuesta. Los comandos anteriores son una mejora en
+la mayoría de las circunstancias. Pero a veces un cambio de tipo de
+letra incondicional es necesario).
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cbf'><span><code class="code">\bf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipo-de-letra-negrita"></a>
+<p>Cambia a negrita.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ccal'><span><code class="code">\cal</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccal'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-script-de-letras-para-matematicas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letras-caligraficas-para-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Cambia a letras caligráficas para matemáticas.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cit'><span><code class="code">\it</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-italic-font"></a>
<p>cursivas.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rm</code>
-<a name="index-_005crm"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-tipo-de-letra-romana"></a>
-<p>Romana.
+<dt id='index-_005crm'><span><code class="code">\rm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-roman-font"></a>
+<p>Roman.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sc</code>
-<a name="index-_005csc"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-tipo-de-letra-versales"></a>
-<p>Versales.
+<dt id='index-_005csc'><span><code class="code">\sc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-small-caps-font"></a>
+<p>Small caps.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sf</code>
-<a name="index-_005csf"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-tipo-de-letra-sans-serif"></a>
+<dt id='index-_005csf'><span><code class="code">\sf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sans-serif-font"></a>
<p>Sans serif.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sl</code>
-<a name="index-_005csl"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-tipo-de-letra-oblicua"></a>
-<a name="index-tipo-de-letra-oblicua-1"></a>
-<p>Oblicua (oblicua).
+<dt id='index-_005csl'><span><code class="code">\sl</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csl'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipo-de-letra-inclinada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-oblique-font"></a>
+<p>Slanted (oblicua).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\tt</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctt"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-tipo-de-letra-de-maquina-de-escribir"></a>
-<a name="index-tipo-de-letra-monoespacio"></a>
-<a name="index-tipo-de-letra-de-ancho-fijo"></a>
-<p>Máquina de escribir (monoespacio, de ancho fijo).
+<dt id='index-_005ctt'><span><code class="code">\tt</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctt'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipo-de-letra-de-maquina-de-escribir"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipo-de-letra-monoespacio"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fixed_002dwidth-font"></a>
+<p>Typewriter (monoespacio, ancho fijo).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-
-<hr>
-<a name="Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra" accesskey="n" rel="next">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a>, Previous: <a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a>, Up: <a href="#Tipos-de-Letra" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tipos de Letra</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="Tamanos-del-Tipo-de-Letra"></a>
-<h3 class="section">5.2 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</h3>
-<a name="index-tamanos-del-tipo-de-letra"></a>
-<a name="index-tamanos-del-tipo-de-letra-1"></a>
-<a name="index-tamano-del-texto"></a>
-
-<p>Las siguientes instrucciones para el tamaño del tipo de letra estándar
-son compatibles con LaTeX.
-La tabla muestra el nombre de la
-instrucción y el tamaño real (en puntos) del tipo de letra
-correspondiente utilizado con las opciones de tamaño del documento
-&lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;, respectivamente (see <a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a> ).
-</p>
-<a name="index-_005ctiny"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cscriptsize"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cfootnotesize"></a>
-<a name="index-_005csmall"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cnormalsize"></a>
-<a name="index-_005clarge"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cLarge"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cLARGE"></a>
-<a name="index-_005chuge"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cHuge"></a>
-
-<table>
-<thead><tr><th>Instrucción</th><th><code>10pt</code></th><th><code>11pt</code></th><th><code>12pt</code></th></tr></thead>
-<tr><td><code>\tiny</code></td><td>5</td><td>6</td><td>6</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\scriptsize</code></td><td>7</td><td>8</td><td>8</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\footnotesize</code></td><td>8</td><td>9</td><td>10</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\small</code></td><td>9</td><td>10</td><td>10.95</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\normalsize</code> (predeterminado)</td><td>10</td><td>10.95</td><td>12</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\large</code></td><td>12</td><td>12</td><td>14.4</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\Large</code></td><td>14.4</td><td>14.4</td><td>17.28</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\LARGE</code></td><td>14.4</td><td>14.4</td><td>17.28</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\huge</code></td><td>20.74</td><td>20.74</td><td>24.88</td></tr>
-<tr><td><code>\Huge</code></td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>Las instrucciones tal como están listadas aquí son &ldquo;formas
-declarativas&rdquo;. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura
-hasta la instrucción &ldquo;end&rdquo; del estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el
-final del grupo actual. También puede utilizar la forma de entorno en
-estas instrucciones; por ejemplo, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>.
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\em</code> es la versión incondicional de <code class="code">\emph</code>.
</p>
-
-<hr>
-<a name="Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a>, Up: <a href="#Tipos-de-Letra" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tipos de Letra</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">5.3 Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</h3>
-<a name="index-Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra"></a>
-<a name="index-instrucciones-de-tipo-de-letra_002c-de-bajo-nivel"></a>
-
-<p>Estas instrucciones están destinadas principalmente para los escritores
-de macros y paquetes. Las instrucciones listadas anteriormente son sólo
-un subconjunto de las disponibles.
+<p>Los siguientes comandos se utilizan en modo matemático. Ellos no son
+acumulativos, por lo que <code class="code">\mathbf{\mathit{<var class="var">symbol</var>}}</code> no
+crea una negrita y cursiva <var class="var">symbol</var>; en cambio, solo estará en
+cursiva. Esto se debe a que, por lo general, los símbolos matemáticos
+necesitan tratamiento tipográfico, independientemente del entorno
+circundante.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\fontencoding{codificación}</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cfontencoding"></a>
-<p>Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra. Las codificaciones válidas
-incluyen a <code>OT1</code> y <code>T1</code>.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005cmathrm'><span><code class="code">\mathrm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathrm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Roman, para usar en modo matemático.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\fontfamily{familia}</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cfontfamily"></a>
-<p>Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. Las familias válidas incluyen:
+<dt id='index-_005cmathbf'><span><code class="code">\mathbf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathbf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Negrita (boldface), para usar en modo matemático.
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> <code>cmr</code> para Romana de Computadora Moderna
-</li><li> <code>cmss</code> para Sans Serif de Computadora Moderna
-</li><li> <code>cmtt</code> para Máquina de Escribir de Computadora Moderna
-</li></ul>
-
-<p>y muchas otras.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathsf'><span><code class="code">\mathsf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathsf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Sans serif, para usar en modo matemático.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\fontseries{series}</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cfontseries"></a>
-<p>Selecciona las series del tipo de letra. Las series válidas incluyen:
+<dt id='index-_005cmathtt'><span><code class="code">\mathtt</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathtt'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Typewriter, para usar en modo matemático.
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> <code>m</code> Mediana (normal)
-</li><li> <code>b</code> Negrita
-</li><li> <code>c</code> Condensada
-</li><li> <code>bc</code> Negrita condensada
-</li><li> <code>bx</code> Negrita extendida
-</li></ul>
-
-<p>y otras combinaciones diferentes.
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">\mathit</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">(\mit)</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Italics, para usar en modo matemático.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\fontshape{forma}</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cfontshape"></a>
-<p>Selecciona la forma del tipo de letra. Las formas válidas son:
+<dt id='index-_005cmathnormal'><span><code class="code">\mathnormal</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathnormal'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Para usar en modo matemático, por ejemplo, dentro de otra declaración
+de estilo de tipo.
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> <code>n</code> Vertical (normal)
-</li><li> <code>it</code> Cursiva
-</li><li> <code>sl</code> Oblicua (oblicua)
-</li><li> <code>sc</code> Versales
-</li><li> <code>ui</code> Cursiva vertical
-</li><li> <code>ol</code> Esquema
-</li></ul>
-
-<p>Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las familias de tipos de letra.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathcal'><span><code class="code">\mathcal</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathcal'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Letras caligráficas, para uso en modo matemático.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\fontsize{tamaño}{espaciado}</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cfontsize"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cbaselineskip"></a>
-<p>Establece el tamaño de letra. El primer parámetro es el tamaño a cambiar
-el tipo de letra y el segundo es el espaciado de línea a usar; este se
-almacena en un parámetro denominado <code>\baselineskip</code>. La unidad de
-ambos parámetros de manera predeterminada es pt. El valor
-predeterminado de <code>\baselineskip</code> para el tipo de letra Computadora
-Moderna es 1.2 veces <code>\fontsize</code>.
+</dl>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmathversion"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmathversion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-matematicas_002c-negrita"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bold-math"></a>
+<p>Además, el comando <code class="code">\mathversion{bold}</code> se puede usar para
+cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita en fórmulas
+<code class="code">\mathversion{normal}</code> restaura el valor predeterminado.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005coldstylenums"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005coldstylenums"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numerales_002c-estilo-antiguo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numeros-de-estilo-antiguo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lining-numerals"></a>
+<p>Finalmente, el comando <code class="code">\oldstylenums{<var class="var">numerals</var>}</code> compone
+los llamados números de &ldquo;estilo antiguo&rdquo;, que tienen diferentes
+alturas y profundidades (y a veces anchos) del &ldquo;revestimiento&quot;
+estándar de números, que tienen todos la misma altura que las letras
+mayúsculas. Los tipos de letra predeterminados de LaTeX admiten
+esto y respetarán <code class="code">\textbf</code> (pero no otros estilos; no hay
+números en estilo cursiva antiguo en Informática Moderna). Muchos
+otros tipos de letra también tienen números de estilo antiguo; a veces
+se proporcionan opciones de paquetes para que sean las
+predeterminadas. Preguntas frecuentes entrada:
+<a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</a>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra" accesskey="n" rel="next">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Estilos de tipos de letra</a>, Subir: <a href="#Tipos-de-letra" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tipos de letra</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Tamanos-de-los-tipos-de-letra">4.3 Tamaños de los tipos de letra</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Tamanos-de-los-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tamanos-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tamanos-de-texto"></a>
+
+<p>Los siguientes comandos de tamaño de letra estándar son compatibles
+con LaTeX. La tabla muestra el nombre del comando y el tipo de
+letra en el tamaño real correspondiente utilizado (en puntos) con
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo; opciones de tamaño del
+documento, respectivamente (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctiny"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscriptsize"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootnotesize"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csmall"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnormalsize"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clarge"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLarge"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLARGE"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chuge"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cHuge"></a>
+
+<table class="multitable">
+<thead><tr><th>Comando</th><th><code class="code">10pt</code></th><th><code class="code">11pt</code></th><th><code class="code">12pt</code></th></tr></thead>
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">\tiny</code></td><td>5</td><td>6</td><td>6</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\scriptsize</code></td><td>7</td><td>8</td><td>8</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\footnotesize</code></td><td>8</td><td>9</td><td>10</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\small</code></td><td>9</td><td>10</td><td>10.95</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\normalsize</code> (predeterminado)</td><td>10</td><td>10.95</td><td>12</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\large</code></td><td>12</td><td>12</td><td>14.4</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\Large</code></td><td>14.4</td><td>14.4</td><td>17.28</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\LARGE</code></td><td>17.28</td><td>17.28</td><td>20.74</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\huge</code></td><td>20.74</td><td>20.74</td><td>24.88</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">\Huge</code></td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-forma-de-declaracion-de-los-comandos-de-tamano-del-tipo-de-letra"></a>
+<p>Los comandos se enumeran aquí en forma de declaración (no de entorno),
+ya que así es como se usan típicamente. Por ejemplo:
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cbaselinestretch"></a>
-<a name="index-paquete-setspace"></a>
-<a name="index-interlineado-doble"></a>
-<p>El interlineado de espacio doble también es multiplicado por el valor
-del parámetro <code>\baselinestretch</code> cuando cambia el tamaño del tipo
-de letra; el predeterminado es 1. Sin embargo, la mejor manera de hacer
-un documento con &ldquo;doble espacio&rdquo;, si tiene la suficiente mala suerte
-de tener que producirlo, es usar el paquete <code>setspace</code>; vea
-<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace</a>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{quotation} \small
+ El Tao que se puede nombrar no es el Tao eterno.
+\end{quotation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Aquí, el alcance del <code class="code">\small</code> dura hasta el final del entorno
+<code class="code">quotation</code>. También terminaría en el siguiente comando de
+estilo de tipo o el final del grupo actual, por lo tanto lo podrías
+encerrar entre llaves <code class="code">{\small Este texto está escrito en letra
+pequeña.}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Tratar de usar estos comandos en matemáticas, como con <code class="code">$\small
+mv^2/2$</code>, da como resultado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia de fuentes LaTeX:
+Comando \small inválido en modo matemático</samp>&rsquo;, y el tamaño del tipo de
+letra no cambia. Para trabajar con una fórmula demasiado grande, a
+menudo la mejor opción es usar el entorno <code class="code">displaymath</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a>), o uno de los entornos del paquete
+<code class="code">amsmath</code>. Para matemáticas en línea, como en una tabla de
+fórmulas, una alternativa es algo como <code class="code">{\small $mv^2/2$}</code>. (A
+veces <code class="code">\scriptsize</code> y <code class="code">\scriptstyle</code> se confunden. Ambos
+cambian el tamaño del tipo de letra, pero el último también cambia una
+serie de otros aspectos de cómo se componen las
+matemáticas. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Forma-de-entorno-de-comandos-de-tamano-de-fuente"></a>
+<p>También se define un <em class="dfn">entorno form</em> de cada uno de estos comandos;
+por ejemplo, <code class="code">\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. Sin embargo, en la
+práctica esta forma puede conducir fácilmente a espacios no deseados
+al principio y/o final del entorno sin una cuidadosa consideración,
+por lo que generalmente es menos propenso a errores apegarse a la
+forma de declaración.
+</p>
+<p>(Aparte: Técnicamente, debido a la forma en que LaTeX define
+<code class="code">\begin</code> y <code class="code">\end</code>, casi todos los comandos que no toman un
+argumento técnicamente tiene una forma de entorno. Pero en casi todos
+los casos, solo sería causa de confusión al usarlo. La razón de
+mencionar la forma de entorno de las declaraciones de tamaño del tipo
+de letra específicamente es que este uso particular no es raro).
</p>
-<a name="index-_005clinespread"></a>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Equivalente a <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>,
-y por lo tanto debe estar seguido por <code>\selectfont</code> para que tenga
-algún efecto. Es mejor especificarlo en el preámbulo, o utilizar el
-paquete <code>setspace</code>, justo como se acaba de describir anteriormente.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a>, Subir: <a href="#Tipos-de-letra" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tipos de letra</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra-1">4.4 Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-de-tipo-de-letra_002c-bajo-nivel"></a>
+
+<p>Estos comandos están destinados principalmente a los escritores de
+macros y paquetes. Los comandos enumerados aquí son solo un
+subconjunto de los disponibles.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontencoding"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontencoding'><span><code class="code">\fontencoding{<var class="var">encoding</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontencoding'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra, la codificación del tipo
+de letra de salida. Hay un gran número de codificaciones válidas. Las
+más comunes son <code class="code">OT1</code>, La codificación original de Knuth para
+Computer Modern (la predeterminada), y <code class="code">T1</code>, también conocida
+como la codificación de Cork, que admite caracteres acentuados
+utilizados por los idiomas europeos más extendidos (alemán, francés,
+italiano, polaco y otros), lo que permite a TeX separar con guiones
+las palabras que contengan letras acentuadas. Para más, ve
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide</a>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontfamily"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontfamily'><span><code class="code">\fontfamily{<var class="var">family</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontfamily'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-familias_002c-de-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-catalogo-de-fuentes"></a>
+<p>Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. La página web
+<a class="url" href="https//tug.org/FontCatalogue/">https//tug.org/FontCatalogue/</a> proporciona una forma de navegar a
+través de muchos de los tipos de letra que se usan fácilmente con
+LaTeX. Aquí hay ejemplos de algunas familias comunes.
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">pag</code></td><td>Avant Garde</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">fvs</code></td><td>Bitstream Vera Sans</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">pbk</code></td><td>Bookman</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">bch</code></td><td>Charter</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ccr</code></td><td>Computer Concrete</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">cmr</code></td><td>Computer Modern</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">cmss</code></td><td>Computer Modern Sans Serif</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">cmtt</code></td><td>Computer Modern Typewriter</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">pcr</code></td><td>Courier</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">phv</code></td><td>Helvetica</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">fi4</code></td><td>Inconsolata</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">lmr</code></td><td>Latin Modern</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">lmss</code></td><td>Latin Modern Sans</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">lmtt</code></td><td>Latin Modern Typewriter</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">pnc</code></td><td>New Century Schoolbook</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ppl</code></td><td>Palatino</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ptm</code></td><td>Times</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">uncl</code></td><td>Uncial</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">put</code></td><td>Utopia</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">pzc</code></td><td>Zapf Chancery</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+
+<a class="anchor" id="comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontseries"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontseries'><span><code class="code">\fontseries{<var class="var">series</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontseries'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-serie_002c-de-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<p>Selecciona la serie de tipos de letra. Una <em class="dfn">serie</em> combina un
+<em class="dfn">weight</em> y un <em class="dfn">width</em>. Por lo general, un tipo de letra solo
+admite algunas de las posibles combinaciones. Algunos valores comunes
+de series combinadas incluyen:
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">m</code></td><td>Medium (normal)</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">b</code></td><td>Bold</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">c</code></td><td>Condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">bc</code></td><td>Bold condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">bx</code></td><td>Bold extended</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-grosor_002c-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<p>Los posibles valores de grosor, individualmente, son:
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">ul</code></td><td>Ultra light</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">el</code></td><td>Extra light</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">l</code></td><td>Light</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sl</code></td><td>Semi light</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">m</code></td><td>Medium (normal)</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sb</code></td><td>Semi bold</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">b</code></td><td>Bold</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">eb</code></td><td>Extra bold</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ub</code></td><td>Ultra bold</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-anchos_002c-de-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<p>Los valores posibles para el ancho, individualmente, son (el
+significado y relación de estos términos varía con los tipos de letra
+individuales):
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">uc</code></td><td>Ultra condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ec</code></td><td>Extra condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">c</code></td><td>Condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sc</code></td><td>Semi condensed</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">m</code></td><td>Medium</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sx</code></td><td>Semi expanded</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">x</code></td><td>Expanded</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ex</code></td><td>Extra expanded</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ux</code></td><td>Ultra expanded</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>Al formar la cadena <var class="var">series</var> a partir del peso y el ancho, la
+<code class="code">m</code> suelta significa grosor medio o ancho medio, a menos que
+ambos, el grosor y el ancho sean <code class="code">m</code>, en cuyo caso usa solo una
+(&lsquo;<samp class="samp"><code class="code">m</code></samp>&rsquo;).
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cselectfont"></a>
-<p>Las modificaciones introducidas por llamar a la fuente de las
-instrucciones descritas anteriormente no entrará en vigor sino hasta que
-se invoque a <code>\selectfont</code>.
+<a class="anchor" id="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontshape"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontshape'><span><code class="code">\fontshape{<var class="var">shape</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontshape'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-formas_002c-de-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<p>Selecciona la forma del tipo de letra. Las formas válidas son:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\usefont{codificación}{familia}{series}{forma}</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cusefont"></a>
-<p>Lo mismo que invocar a <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
-<code>\fontseries</code> y <code>\fontshape</code> con los parámetros dados, seguida
-por <code>\selectfont</code>.
+<table class="multitable">
+<tbody><tr><td><code class="code">n</code></td><td>Upright (normal)</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">it</code></td><td>Italic</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sl</code></td><td>Slanted (oblique)</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">sc</code></td><td>Small caps</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ui</code></td><td>Upright italics</td></tr>
+<tr><td><code class="code">ol</code></td><td>Outline</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las
+familias de tipos de letra, y a menudo también faltan las versalitas.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="comandos-fontsize-de-bajo-nivel"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfontsize'><span><code class="code">\fontsize{<var class="var">size</var>}{<var class="var">skip</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfontsize'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tamano-del-tipo-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbaselineskip"></a>
+<p>Establece el tamaño del tipo de letra y el espacio entre líneas. La
+unidad de ambos parámetros el valor predeterminado es puntos
+(<code class="code">pt</code>). El interlineado es el espacio vertical nominal entre
+líneas, línea base a línea base. Se almacena en el parámetro
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code>. El <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> predeterminado para el
+tipo de letra Computer Modern es 1.2 veces el <code class="code">\fontsize</code>.
+Cambiar <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> directamente no es recomendable ya que su
+valor se restablece cada vez que ocurre un cambio de tamaño; en su
+lugar usa <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code>. (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="lines-de-comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005clinespread'><span><code class="code">\linespread{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clinespread'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Equivalente a
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code>, y por lo
+tanto debe ir seguido de <code class="code">\selectfont</code> para tener cualquier
+efecto. Mejor especificado en el preámbulo. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a>, por usar el paquete <code class="code">setspace</code> en su lugar.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-selectfont"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cselectfont'><span><code class="code">\selectfont</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cselectfont'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Los efectos de los comandos de tipo de letra descritos anteriormente
+no suceden hasta que se llama a <code class="code">\selectfont</code>, como en
+<code class="code">\fontfamily{<var class="var">familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. A menudo es útil
+poner esto en una macro:<br>
+<code class="code">\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{<var class="var">familyname</var>}\selectfont}</code><br>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-usefont"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cusefont'><span><code class="code">\usefont{<var class="var">enc</var>}{<var class="var">family</var>}{<var class="var">series</var>}{<var class="var">shape</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cusefont'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Lo mismo que invocar a <code class="code">\fontencoding</code>, <code class="code">\fontfamily</code>,
+<code class="code">\fontseries</code> y <code class="code">\fontshape</code> con los parámetros dados,
+seguidos de <code class="code">\selectfont</code>. Por ejemplo:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+</pre></div>
+
</dd>
</dl>
<hr>
-<a name="Dise_00f1o"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Composici_00f3n">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="n" rel="next">Seccionado</a>, Previous: <a href="#Tipos-de-Letra" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Tipos de Letra</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="n" rel="next">Seccionado</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Tipos-de-letra" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Tipos de letra</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Diseno"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">6 Diseño</h2>
-<a name="index-instrucciones-de-diseno"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Composicion">5 Composición</h2>
-<p>Varias instrucciones para controlar el diseño general de la página.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-de-composicion"></a>
+
+<p>Comandos para controlar la composición general de página.
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1">\onecolumn</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Utiliza un diseño de una columna.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2">\twocolumn</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Utiliza un diseño de dos columanas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3">\flushbottom</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Hace que todas las páginas del texto tengan la misma altura.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4">\raggedbottom</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Permite que las páginas de texto tengan diferente altura.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="5">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"><code>\headheight</code> <code>\footskip</code>.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\onecolumn</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="5">Parámetros de composición de página</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Flotantes" accesskey="7">Flotantes</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005conecolumn"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005conecolumn">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Dise_00f1o" accesskey="u" rel="up">Diseño</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Composición</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005conecolumn-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">6.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005conecolumn"></a>
-<a name="index-produce-una-columna"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005conecolumn-1">5.1 <code class="code">\onecolumn</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005conecolumn"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-one_002dcolumn-output"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\onecolumn
+</pre></div>
-<p>La declaración <code>\onecolumn</code> comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con una sola columna. Este es el valor predeterminado.
+<p>Inicia una nueva página y genera una salida de una sola columna. Si
+al documento le es dada la opción de clase <code class="code">onecolumn</code> entonces
+este es el valor predeterminado del comportamiento (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>). Este comando es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ctwocolumn"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctwocolumn">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\flushbottom</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\onecolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Dise_00f1o" accesskey="u" rel="up">Diseño</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\onecolumn</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Composición</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ctwocolumn-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">6.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005ctwocolumn"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-multicolumna"></a>
-<a name="index-produce-dos-columnas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctwocolumn-1">5.2 <code class="code">\twocolumn</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctwocolumn"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-multicolumna"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-salida-de-dos-columnas"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\twocolumn[<var>textocolumna1</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\twocolumn
+\twocolumn[<var class="var">texto preliminar de una columna</var>]
</pre></div>
-<p>La declaración <code>\twocolumn</code> comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con dos columnas. Si el argumento opcional <var>textocolumna1</var> está
-presente, esta es compuesta en modo de una columna antes de comenzar la
-composición de las dos columnas.
+<p>Inicia una nueva página y genera un resultado de dos columnas. Si se
+entrega al documento la opción de clase <code class="code">twocolumn</code> entonces esta
+es la predeterminada (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>). Este
+comando es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Si el argumento opcional <var class="var">texto preliminar de una columna</var> está
+presente, se escribe en el modo de una columna antes de que comience
+la composición tipográfica de dos columnas.
</p>
-<p>Estos parámetros controlan la tipografía en la producción de dos
-columnas:
+<p>Estos parámetros controlan la composición tipográfica en la salida de
+dos columnas:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\columnsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccolumnsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>La distancia entre las columnas (de manera predeterminada a 35pt).
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnsep'><span><code class="code">\columnsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="doscolumnas-columnasep"></a><p>La distancia entre columnas. El valor
+predeterminado es 35 puntos. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<code class="code">\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code>. Lo debes cambiar antes de que
+comience el modo de dos columnas; en el preámbulo es un buen lugar.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\columnseprule</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccolumnseprule"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>El ancho de la regla entre columnas; el predeterminado es 0pt, por lo
-tanto no hay regla.
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnseprule'><span><code class="code">\columnseprule</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnseprule'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="doscolumnas-columnasseprule"></a><p>El ancho de la regla entre
+columnas. El valor predeterminado es 0pt, lo cual significa que no hay
+regla. De lo contrario, la regla aparece a medio camino entre las dos
+columnas. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<code class="code">\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, antes de comenzar el
+modo de dos columnas.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\columnwidth</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccolumnwidth"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>El ancho de la columna actual; este es igual a <code>\textwidth</code>
-en texto de una sola columna.
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnwidth'><span><code class="code">\columnwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="doscolumnas-columnwidth"></a><p>El ancho de una sola columna. En el
+modo de una columna esto es igual a <code class="code">\textwidth</code>. En el modo de
+dos columnas de manera predeterminada, LaTeX establece el ancho de
+cada una de las dos columnas, para que <code class="code">\columnwidth</code> sea la
+mitad de <code class="code">\textwidth</code> menos <code class="code">\columnsep</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>Estos parámetros controlan el comportamiento de la flotación de las dos
-columnas producidas:
+<p>En un documento de dos columnas, los entornos destacados <code class="code">table*</code>
+y <code class="code">figure*</code> tienen dos columnas de ancho, mientras que los
+entornos sin estrellas <code class="code">table</code> y <code class="code">figure</code> ocupan solo una
+columna (véase <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a> y véase <a class="pxref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>). LaTeX coloca flotantes
+con estrellas en la parte superior de una página. Los siguientes
+parámetros controlan el comportamiento flotante de la salida de dos
+columnas.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="doscolumnas-dbltopfraction"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cdbltopfraction'><span><code class="code">\dbltopfraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdbltopfraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>La fracción máxima en la parte superior de una página de dos columnas
+que pueden ocupar flotantes de dos columnas de ancho. El valor
+predeterminado es 0.7, lo cual significa que la altura de un entorno
+<code class="code">table*</code> o <code class="code">figure*</code> no debe superar <code class="code">0.7\textheight</code>.
+Si la altura de tu entorno flotante estrellado excede esto, entonces
+puedes tomar una de las siguientes acciones para evitar que flote
+hasta el final del documento:
+</p>
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li>Usa el especificador de ubicación <code class="code">[tp]</code> para decirle a LaTeX
+que intente poner el voluminoso flotante en una página por sí mismo,
+así como en la parte superior de una página.
+
+</li><li>Utiliza el especificador de ubicación <code class="code">[t!]</code> para anular el
+efecto de <code class="code">\dbltopfraction</code> para este flotante en particular.
+
+</li><li>Aumenta el valor de <code class="code">\dbltopfraction</code> a un número adecuadamente
+grande, para evitar ir a páginas flotantes tan pronto como sea
+posible.
+</li></ul>
+
+<p>Lo puedes redefinir, como con
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\dbltopfraction</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdbltopfraction"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página de dos columna que
-pueden ocupar los flotantes. El predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>.7</samp>&rsquo;, puede ser
-útil redefinirlo a (digamos) &lsquo;<samp>.9</samp>&rsquo; para evitar llegar tan pronto a
-páginas flotantes.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction'><span><code class="code">\dblfloatpagefraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="doscolumnas-dblfloatpagefraction"></a><p>Para una página flotante de
+dos columnas de ancho flotantes, esta es la fracción mínima que deben
+ocupar los flotantes, limitando la cantidad de espacio en blanco. El
+valor predeterminado de LaTeX es <code class="code">0.5</code>. Cámbialo con
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>La mínima fracción de una página con flotantes que deben ocupar los
-flotantes, para una página de dos columnas con flotantes. El
-predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>.5</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cdblfloatsep'><span><code class="code">\dblfloatsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdblfloatsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="doscolumnas-dblfloatsep"></a><p>En una página flotante de flotantes
+de dos columnas de ancho, esta longitud es la distancia entre
+flotantes, tanto en la parte superior como en la inferior de la
+página. El valor predeterminado es <code class="code">12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> para
+un documento establecido en <code class="code">10pt</code> o <code class="code">11pt</code> y <code class="code">14pt
+plus2pt minus4pt</code> para un documento establecido en <code class="code">12pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dblfloatsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdblfloatsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Distancia entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una página
-de dos columnas con flotantes. Predeterminado a &lsquo;<samp>12pt plus2pt
-minus2pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo; para documentos, &lsquo;<samp>14pt
-plus2pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cdbltextfloatsep'><span><code class="code">\dbltextfloatsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdbltextfloatsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="doscolumnas-dbltextfloatsep"></a><p>Esta longitud es la distancia
+entre un flotante de varias columnas en la parte superior o la parte
+inferior de una página y el texto principal. El valor predeterminado
+es <code class="code">20pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdbltextfloatsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Distancia entre un flotante multicolumna en la parte superior o inferior
-de una página y el texto principal. De manera predeterminada es
-&lsquo;<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cdbltopnumber'><span><code class="code">\dbltopnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdbltopnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="doscolumnas-dbltopnumber"></a><p>En una página flotante de flotantes
+de dos columnas de ancho, este contador da el número máximo de
+flotantes permitidos en la parte superior de la página. El valor
+predeterminado de LaTeX es <code class="code">2</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<p>Este ejemplo usa el argumento opcional de <code class="code">\twocolumn</code> para crear
+un título que abarca el artículo de dos columnas:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+\newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+\begin{document}
+\twocolumn[{% dentro de este argumento opcional va texto de una columna
+ \centering
+ \LARGE El título \\[1.5em]
+ \large Autor uno\authormark{1},
+ Autor dos\authormark{2},
+ Autor tres\authormark{1} \\[1em]
+ \normalsize
+ \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}}
+ \authormark{1}Departamento uno &amp;\authormark{2}Departamento dos \\
+ Escuela uno &amp;Escuela dos
+ \end{tabular}\\[3em] % espacio debajo de la parte del título
+ }]
+
+Texto de dos columnas aquí.
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cflushbottom"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cflushbottom">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raggedbottom</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Dise_00f1o" accesskey="u" rel="up">Diseño</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Composición</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cflushbottom-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">6.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cflushbottom-1">5.3 <code class="code">\flushbottom</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cflushbottom"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cflushbottom"></a>
-<p>La declaración <code>\flushbottom</code> hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-misma altura, añadiendo espacio vertical extra donde sea necesario para
-llenar la página.
+<p>Hace que todas las páginas del documento después de esta declaración
+tengan la misma altura, estirando el espacio vertical donde sea
+necesario para llenar la página. Esto se usa con más frecuencia
+cuando se hacen documentos de dos caras ya que las diferencias en las
+páginas opuestas pueden ser evidentes.
</p>
-<p>Este es el predeterminado si se selecciona el modo <code>twocolumn</code>
-(see <a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a>).
+<p>Si TeX no puede estirar satisfactoriamente el espacio vertical en
+una página luego obtienes un mensaje como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Infralleno \vbox
+(maliciosos 10000) ocurrió mientras \output está activa</samp>&rsquo;. Si lo
+consigues, una opción es cambiar a <code class="code">\raggedbottom</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom"><code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a>). Alternativamente, puedes ajustar el
+<code class="code">textheight</code> para hacer páginas compatibles, o puedes agregar un
+poco de pegamento de estiramiento vertical entre líneas o entre
+párrafos, como en <code class="code">\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</code>. Tu
+última opción es, en una etapa de edición final, ajustar la altura de
+las páginas individuales (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage"><code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El estado <code class="code">\flushbottom</code> es el predeterminado solo si seleccionas
+la opción <code class="code">twocolumn</code> de la clase documento (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>), y para índices hechos con <code class="code">makeidx</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005craggedbottom"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005craggedbottom">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="n" rel="next">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\flushbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Dise_00f1o" accesskey="u" rel="up">Diseño</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="n" rel="next">Parámetros de composición de página</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Composición</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005craggedbottom-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">6.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005craggedbottom"></a>
-<a name="index-reduccion_002c-omitiendo-vertical"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005craggedbottom-1">5.4 <code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005craggedbottom"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estirar_002c-omitiendo-vertical"></a>
+
+<p>Hace que todas las páginas posteriores tengan la altura natural del
+material en esa página; no se estirarán las longitudes verticales
+elásticas. Así, en documentos de dos caras las páginas opuestas
+pueden tener diferentes alturas. Este comando puede ir en cualquier
+punto del cuerpo del documento. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cflushbottom"><code class="code">\flushbottom</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>Este es el valor predeterminado a menos que selecciones la opción
+<code class="code">twocolumn</code> de la clase documento (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>).
+</p>
-<p>La declaración <code>\raggedbottom</code> hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-altura natural del material en esa página. Sin longitudes flexibles que
-se deban ajustar.
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\raggedbottom</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Composición</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Parametros-de-composicion-de-pagina">5.5 Parámetros de composición de página</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parametros-de-la-composicion-de-pagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parametros_002c-composicion-de-pagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-composicion_002c-parametros-de-pagina-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-encabezado_002c-parametros-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pie-de-pagina_002c-parametros-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ejecutando-encabezados-y-pie-de-pagina"></a>
+
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnsep-1'><span><code class="code">\columnsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnsep-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnseprule-1'><span><code class="code">\columnseprule</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnseprule-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ccolumnwidth-1'><span><code class="code">\columnwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccolumnwidth-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccolumnsep-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-columnasep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-columnseprule-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-columnwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>La distancia entre las dos columnas, el ancho de una
+regla entre las columnas y el ancho de las columnas, cuando la opción
+de clase de documento <code class="code">twocolumn</code> está en vigor (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>). Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cheadheight'><span><code class="code">\headheight</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cheadheight'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cheadheight-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-headheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>Altura de la caja
+que contiene la cabecera móvil. El valor predeterminado en las clases
+<code class="code">article</code>, <code class="code">report</code> y <code class="code">book</code> son &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo;, en todos
+los tamaños de letra.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cheadsep'><span><code class="code">\headsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cheadsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cheadsep-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-headep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>Distancia vertical
+entre la parte inferior de la línea de cabecera y la parte superior
+del texto principal. El valor predeterminado en las clases
+<code class="code">article</code> y <code class="code">report</code> es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">25pt</samp>&rsquo;. En la clase
+<code class="code">book</code> el valor predeterminado es: si el documento está
+configurado en 10pt, entonces es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">0.25in</samp>&rsquo;, y en 11pt o 12pt es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">0.275in</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfootskip'><span><code class="code">\footskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfootskip'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootskip-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-de-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina-footskip"></a><p>Distancia desde la
+línea base de la última línea de texto hasta la línea base de el pie
+de página. El valor predeterminado en las clases <code class="code">article</code> y
+<code class="code">report</code> es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">30pt</samp>&rsquo;. En la clase <code class="code">book</code> el valor
+predeterminado es: cuando el tamaño de letra es de 10 puntos, el
+predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">0.35in</samp>&rsquo;, mientras que en 11pt es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">0.38in</samp>&rsquo;, y en 12pt es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">30pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005clinewidth'><span><code class="code">\linewidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clinewidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinewidth-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-linewidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>Ancho de la línea
+actual, disminuido para cada <code class="code">lista</code> anidada (véase <a class="pxref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>). Es
+decir, el valor nominal de <code class="code">\linewidth</code> es igual a
+<code class="code">\textwidth</code> pero para cada <code class="code">\linewidth</code> de la lista anidada
+se reduce por la suma del <code class="code">\leftmargin</code> de esa lista y
+<code class="code">\rightmargin</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparpush'><span><code class="code">\marginparpush</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparpush'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginsep'><span><code class="code">\marginsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparwidth'><span><code class="code">\marginparwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmarginparpush-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmarginsep-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-marginparpush-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-marginsep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-marginparwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>El espacio vertical mínimo entre
+dos notas marginales, el espacio horizontal entre el cuerpo del texto
+y las notas marginales, y el ancho horizontal de las notas.
+</p>
+<p>Normalmente, las notas marginales aparecen en el exterior de la
+página, pero la declaración <code class="code">\reversemarginpar</code> cambia eso (y
+<code class="code">\normalmarginpar</code> lo vuelve a cambiar).
+</p>
+<p>Los valores predeterminados para <code class="code">\marginparpush</code> tanto en
+<code class="code">book</code> como en las clases <code class="code">article</code> son: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">7pt</samp>&rsquo; si el
+documento se establece en 12pt, y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5pt</samp>&rsquo; si el documento está
+configurado en 11 o 10 puntos.
+</p>
+<p>Para <code class="code">\marginsep</code>, en la clase <code class="code">article</code> el valor
+predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; excepto si el documento está configurado
+en 10pt y en modo de dos columnas donde el valor predeterminado es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Para <code class="code">\marginsep</code> en la clase <code class="code">book</code>, el valor
+predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; en modo de dos columnas y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">7pt</samp>&rsquo; en
+modo de una columna.
+</p>
+<p>Para <code class="code">\marginparwidth</code> tanto en las clases <code class="code">book</code> como
+<code class="code">article</code>, en el modo de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es
+el 60 % de <code class="code">\paperwidth &minus; \textwidth</code>, mientras que en el
+modo de una columna es el 50% de esa distancia.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005coddsidemargin-1'><span><code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coddsidemargin-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cevensidemargin-1'><span><code class="code">\evensidemargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cevensidemargin-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005coddsidemargin-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cevensidemargin-2"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-oddsidemargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-evensidemargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>La longitud de <code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code> es la distancia adicional entre
+el lado izquierdo de la página y el margen izquierdo del texto, en las
+páginas impares cuando se elige la opción de clase documento
+<code class="code">twoside</code> y en todas las páginas cuando <code class="code">oneside</code> está en
+vigor. Cuando <code class="code">twoside</code> está en vigor, en páginas pares, la
+distancia adicional a la izquierda es <code class="code">\evensidemargin</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es que <code class="code">\oddsidemargin</code> es el
+40% de la diferencia entre <code class="code">\paperwidth</code> y <code class="code">\textwidth</code>, y
+<code class="code">\evensidemargin</code> es el resto.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cpaperheight'><span><code class="code">\paperheight</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpaperheight'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpaperheight-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-paperheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>La altura del
+papel, a diferencia de la altura del área de impresión. Normalmente
+se establece con una opción de la clase documento, como en
+<code class="code">\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cpaperwidth'><span><code class="code">\paperwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpaperwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpaperwidth-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-paperwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>El ancho del
+papel, a diferencia del ancho del área de impresión. Normalmente se
+establece con una opción de la clase documento, como en
+<code class="code">\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextheight'><span><code class="code">\textheight</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextheight'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextheight-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-textheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>La altura vertical
+normal del cuerpo de la página. Si el documento se establece en un
+tamaño de letra nominal de 10pt entonces para un <code class="code">article</code> o
+<code class="code">report</code> el valor predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">43\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;,
+mientras que para un <code class="code">book</code> es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">41\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;. Con un
+tamaño de letra de 11pt, el valor predeterminado es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">38\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo; para todas las clases de documento. A 12pt es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">36\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo; para todas las clases.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextwidth'><span><code class="code">\textwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextwidth-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-textwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>El ancho horizontal
+completo de todo el cuerpo de la página. Para un documento
+<code class="code">article</code> o <code class="code">report</code>, el valor predeterminado es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">345pt</samp>&rsquo; cuando el tamaño de letra elegido es 10pt, el valor
+predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">360pt</samp>&rsquo; a 11pt, y es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">390pt</samp>&rsquo; a 12pt. Para
+un documento <code class="code">book</code>, el valor predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">4.5in</samp>&rsquo; con
+un tamaño de letra de 10pt y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5in</samp>&rsquo; con 11pt o 12pt.
+</p>
+<p>En la salida de varias columnas, <code class="code">\textwidth</code> sigue siendo el
+ancho de todo el cuerpo de la página, mientras que <code class="code">\columnwidth</code>
+es el ancho de una columna (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>En las listas (véase <a class="pxref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>), <code class="code">\textwidth</code> sigue siendo el ancho
+de todo el cuerpo de la página (y <code class="code">\columnwidth</code> el ancho de toda
+la columna), mientras que <code class="code">\linewidth</code> puede disminuir para las
+listas anidadas.
+</p>
+<p>Dentro de una minipágina (véase <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>) o <code class="code">\parbox</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>), todos los parámetros relacionados con el ancho se
+establecen en el ancho especificado, y vuelven a sus valores normales
+al final de <code class="code">minipage</code> o <code class="code">\parbox</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005chsize'><span><code class="code">\hsize</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chsize'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chsize-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-hsize-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>Esta entrada se incluye
+para completar: <code class="code">\hsize</code> es el parámetro primitivo TeX
+utilizado cuando el texto se divide en líneas. No se debería usar en
+documentos LaTeX normales.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctopmargin'><span><code class="code">\topmargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctopmargin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-topmargin"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-topmargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>Espacio entre la parte superior de la página TeX (una pulgada desde
+la parte superior del papel, de manera predeterminada) y la parte
+superior de la cabecera. El valor se calcula basado en muchos otros
+parámetros: <code class="code">\paperheight &minus; 2in &minus; \headheight
+&minus; \headsep &minus; \textheight &minus; \footskip</code>, y luego
+dividido por dos.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctopskip'><span><code class="code">\topskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctopskip'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctopskip-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="par_00e1metros-topskip-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"></a><p>Distancia mínima
+entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página y la línea base de la
+primera línea de texto. Para las clases estándar, el valor
+predeterminado es igual que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; en un tamaño de letra de 10pt.
</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
<hr>
-<a name="Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raggedbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Dise_00f1o" accesskey="u" rel="up">Diseño</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Flotantes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Flotantes</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Parámetros de composición de página</a>, Subir: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Composición</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Parametros-para-el-Diseno-de-Pagina"></a>
-<h3 class="section">6.5 Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch-1">5.6 <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbaselineskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbaselinestretch"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbaselineskip-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbaselinestretch"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinespread-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-entre-lineas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-interlinea"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inicial"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-doble-espacio"></a>
+
+<p>El <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> es una longitud elástica (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
+Da la <em class="dfn">inicial</em>, la distancia normal entre líneas en un párrafo,
+desde línea base a línea base.
+</p>
+<p>Por lo general, los autores de documentos no cambian directamente
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> mientras escribían. En su lugar, se establece
+mediante el comando de selección <code class="code">\fontsize</code> del tamaño de letra
+de bajo nivel (véase <a class="pxref" href="#comandos-fontsize-de-bajo-nivel">comandos fontsize de bajo nivel</a>). El valor de
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> se restablece cada vez que sucede un cambio de
+tipo de letra, por lo que cualquier cambio directo a
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> desaparecerá la próxima vez que haya un cambio de
+letra. Para cómo influir en el espaciado de línea, ve la explicación
+de <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code> a continuación.
+</p>
+<p>Por lo general, el diseñador del tipo de letra asigna el tamaño de
+letra y el salto de línea base. Estos números son nominales en el
+sentido de que si, por ejemplo, el archivo de estilo de una letra
+tiene el comando <code class="code">\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</code> entonces eso no
+significa que los caracteres en el tipo de letra tenga una altura de
+10<span class="dmn">pt</span>; por ejemplo, los paréntesis y las mayúsculas acentuadas
+pueden ser más altas. Ni tampoco significa que si las líneas están
+separadas menos de 12<span class="dmn">pt</span> entonces corren el riesgo de tocarse.
+Más bien estos números son juicios tipográficos. (A menudo, el
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> es un veinte por ciento más grande que el tamaño
+de la letra).
+</p>
+<p>El <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> no es una propiedad de cada línea sino del
+párrafo completo. Como resultado, texto grande en medio de un
+párrafo, como una sola enorme <code class="code">{\Huge Q}</code>, se aplastará en su
+línea. TeX se asegurará de que no raspe la línea de arriba, pero
+no cambiará el <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> para esa línea para hacer espacio
+extra arriba. Para solucionarlo, usa un <code class="code">\strut</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El valor de <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> que usa TeX para el párrafo es el
+valor en vigor en la línea en blanco o comando que finaliza la unidad
+párrafo. Entonces, si un documento contiene este párrafo, sus líneas
+se estrecharán juntas, en comparación con las líneas en los párrafos
+circundantes.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Mucha gente ve un salto de página entre el texto y una ecuación
+mostrada como mal estilo, por lo que en efecto la pantalla es parte
+del párrafo. Porque esto se muestra en footnotesize, todo el párrafo
+tiene el espaciado de línea base que coincide con ese tamaño.
+{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-parametros-para-el-diseno-de-pagina"></a>
-<a name="index-parametros_002c-diseno-de-pagina"></a>
-<a name="index-diseno_002c-parametros-de-pagina-para"></a>
-<a name="index-header_002c-parametros-para"></a>
-<a name="index-footer_002c-parametros-para"></a>
-<a name="index-ejecutando-header-y-footer"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clineskip"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clineskiplimit"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprevdepth"></a>
+<p>El proceso para crear párrafos es que cuando se agrega una nueva
+línea, si la profundidad de la línea anterior más la altura de la
+nueva línea es menor que <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>, entonces, TeX
+inserta pegamento vertical para compensar la diferencia. Hay dos
+puntos finos. El primero es que si las líneas estarían demasiado
+juntas, más cerca que <code class="code">\lineskiplimit</code>, entonces, TeX en su
+lugar usa <code class="code">\lineskip</code> como el pegamento entre líneas. El segundo
+es que TeX en realidad no usa la profundidad de la línea anterior.
+En su lugar, usa <code class="code">\prev depth</code>, que generalmente contiene esa
+profundidad. Pero al comienzo del párrafo (o cualquier lista
+vertical) o justo después de una regla, <code class="code">\prevdepth</code> tiene el
+valor -1000<span class="dmn">pt</span> y este valor especial le dice a TeX que no
+inserte ningún pegamento entre líneas en el inicio de párrafo.
+</p>
+<p>En las clases estándar <code class="code">\lineskiplimit</code> es 0<span class="dmn">pt</span> y
+<code class="code">\lineskip</code> es 1<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Por el párrafo anterior entonces, la
+distancia entre líneas se puede aproximar a cero, pero si llega a ser
+cero (o menos de cero), entonces las líneas saltan a 1<span class="dmn">pt</span> aparte.
+</p>
+<p>A veces los autores deben, con fines de edición, poner el documento en
+espacio doble o espacio y medio. La forma correcta de influir en la
+distancia entre líneas es a través de <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code>. Escala
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y tiene un valor predeterminado de 1.0. Es un
+comando, no una longitud, y no surte efecto hasta que ocurre el cambio
+del tipo de letra, así que establece el factor de escala de esta
+manera: <code class="code">\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</code>.
+</p>
+<p>La forma más sencilla de cambiar el espacio entre líneas para un
+documento es poner <code class="code">\linespread{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code> en el preámbulo.
+Para espacios dobles, toma <var class="var">factor</var> como 1.6 y como un espacio y
+medio usa 1.3. Estos números son aproximados: por ejemplo, dado que
+el <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> es aproximadamente 1.2 veces el tamaño de
+letra, multiplicado por 1.6 suministra una proporción del tamaño de
+letra de salto de referencia de aproximadamente 2. (El comando
+<code class="code">\linespread</code> se define como
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code> por lo que
+también no tendrá efecto hasta que ocurra una configuración del tipo
+de letra. Pero eso siempre se lleva a cabo al comienzo de un
+documento, por lo que no es necesario que lo sigas con
+<code class="code">\selectfont</code>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-setspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-setspace-package"></a>
+<p>Un enfoque más simple es el paquete
+<code class="code">setspace</code>. El ejemplo básico:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{setspace}
+\doublespacing % o \onehalfspacing para 1.5
+</pre></div>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\headheight</code>
-<a name="index-_005cheadheight"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Altura de la caja que contiene el encabezado. El predeterminado es
-&lsquo;<samp>30pt</samp>&rsquo;, salvo en la clase <code>book</code>, donde este varía con el
-tamaño de letra.
+<p>En el preámbulo, estos comenzarán el documento con ese tamaño. Pero
+también puedes usar estas declaraciones en el cuerpo del documento
+para cambiar el espacio desde ese punto en adelante, y en consecuencia
+hay <code class="code">\singlespacing</code> para devolver el espacio a la normalidad.
+En el cuerpo del documento, una mejor práctica que usar las
+declaraciones es usar entornos, como <code class="code">\begin{doublespace}
+... \end{doublespace}</code>. El paquete también tiene comandos para
+hacer espaciado arbitrario: <code class="code">\setstretch{<var class="var">factor</var>}</code> y
+<code class="code">\begin{spacing}{<var class="var">factor</var>} ... \end{spacing}</code>. Este
+paquete también mantiene el interlineado de espacio simple en lugares
+donde eso es típicamente deseable, como notas al pie y subtítulos de
+figura. Consulta la documentación del paquete.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\headsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cheadsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Distancia vertical entre la línea inferior de la cabecera y la parte
-superior del texto principal. El predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>25pt</samp>&rsquo;, salvo
-en la clase <code>book</code>, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Flotantes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y <code class="code">\baselinestretch</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="u" rel="up">Composición</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Flotantes-1">5.7 Flotantes</h3>
+
+<p>Algunos elementos tipográficos, como figuras y tablas, no se pueden
+romper a través de las páginas. Deben estar escritos fuera del flujo
+normal de texto, por ejemplo, flotando en la parte superior de una
+página posterior.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX puede tener varias clases diferentes de material flotante.
+El valor predeterminado son las dos clases, <code class="code">figure</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a>) y <code class="code">table</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>), pero puedes crear una
+nueva clase con el paquete <code class="code">float</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Dentro de cualquier clase float, LaTeX siempre respeta el orden, de
+modo que la primera figura en un documento fuente debe estar compuesta
+tipográficamente antes que la segunda figura. Sin embargo, LaTeX
+puede mezclar las clases, por lo que puede suceder que mientras que la
+primera tabla aparece en la fuente antes de la primera figura, aparece
+en la salida después de ella.
+</p>
+<p>La colocación de flotantes está sujeta a parámetros, que se indican a
+continuación, que limitan el número de flotantes que pueden aparecer
+en la parte superior de una página, y el fondo, etc. Si hay tantos
+flotantes en cola que los límites impiden para que no encajen en una
+página, entonces LaTeX coloca lo que puede y aplaza el resto a la
+página siguiente. De esta manera, los flotantes pueden terminar
+siendo tipografíados lejos de su lugar en la fuente. En particular,
+un flotante que es grande puede migrar al final del documento. En cuyo
+caso, porque todos los flotantes en una clase deben aparecer en orden
+secuencial, cada flotante siguiente en esa clase también aparece al
+final.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colocacion-de-flotantes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-especificador_002c-ubicacion-flotante"></a>
+<p>Además de cambiar los parámetros, para cada flotante puedes ajustar
+dónde el algoritmo de colocación flotante intenta colocarlo usando su
+argumento <var class="var">placement</var>. Los valores posibles son una secuencia de
+las letras debajo. El valor predeterminado para <code class="code">figure</code> y
+<code class="code">table</code>, en ambas clases, <code class="code">article</code> y <code class="code">book</code>, es
+<code class="code">tbp</code>.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">t</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(Top)&mdash;en la parte superior de una página de texto.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">b</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(Bottom)&mdash;en la parte inferior de una página de texto. (Sin embargo,
+<code class="code">b</code> no es permitido para flotantes de ancho completo
+(<code class="code">figure*</code>) con producción en doble columna. Para mejorar esto,
+usa <samp class="file">stfloats</samp> o el paquete <samp class="file">dblfloatfix</samp>, pero ve la
+discusión en las advertencias en las preguntas frecuentes:
+<a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">h</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(Here)&mdash;en la posición en el texto donde el entorno <code class="code">figure</code>
+aparece. Sin embargo, <code class="code">h</code> no está permitido por sí mismo;
+<code class="code">t</code> se añade automáticamente.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-aqui_002c-poniendo-flotantes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-float"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-float-package"></a>
+<p>Para forzar absolutamente que un flotante aparezca
+&ldquo;aquí&rdquo;, puedes <code class="code">\usepackage{float}</code> y usa el especificador
+<code class="code">H</code> que define. Para obtener más información, consulta la
+entrada de preguntas frecuentes en
+<a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-pagina-flotante'><span><code class="code">p</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pagina-flotante'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>(Página de flotantes)&mdash;en una <em class="dfn">página flotante</em> separada, que es
+una página que no contiene texto, solo flotantes.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">!</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Se utiliza además de uno de los anteriores; solo para este flotante,
+LaTeX ignora las restricciones tanto en el número de flotantes que
+pueden aparecer y las cantidades relativas de texto flotante y no
+flotante en la página. El especificador <code class="code">!</code> <em class="emph">no</em> significa
+&ldquo;pon el flotante aquí&rdquo;, ve más arriba.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\footskip</code>
-<a name="index-_005cfootskip"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto a la línea
-base del pié de página. El predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>30pt</samp>&rsquo;, salvo en la
-clase <code>book</code>, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+</dl>
+
+<p>Nota: el orden en que aparecen las letras en el argumento
+<var class="var">placement</var> no cambia el orden en que LaTeX intenta colocar el
+flotante; por ejemplo, <code class="code">btp</code> tiene el mismo efecto que
+<code class="code">tbp</code>. Todo lo que <var class="var">placement</var> hace es que si una letra no
+está presente entonces el algoritmo no intenta esa ubicación. Por lo
+tanto, el valor predeterminado de LaTeX de <code class="code">tbp</code> es probar
+cada ubicación excepto colocar el flotante donde ocurre en la fuente.
+</p>
+<p>Para evitar que LaTeX mueva flotantes al final del documento o un
+capítulo puede usar un comando <code class="code">\clearpage</code> para comenzar una
+nueva página e inserta todos los flotantes pendientes. Si no deseas un
+salto de página, puedes usar el paquete <samp class="file">afterpage</samp> y emitir
+<code class="code">\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. Esto esperará hasta que la página
+actual haya terminado y entonces vuelca todos los flotantes
+pendientes.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-flafter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flafter-package"></a>
+<p>LaTeX puede escribir un flotante antes de donde
+aparece en la fuente (aunque en la misma página de salida) si hay un
+especificador <code class="code">t</code> en el parámetro <var class="var">placement</var>. Si esto no se
+desea, y se elimina la <code class="code">t</code> no es aceptable ya que evita que se
+coloque el flotante en la parte superior de la página siguiente, lo
+puedes evitar usando el paquete <code class="code">flafter</code> o usando el comando
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csuppressfloats"></a>
+<code class="code">\suppressfloats[t]</code>, lo que provoca flotantes para la posición
+superior en esta página para pasar a la página siguiente.
+</p>
+<p>Parámetros relativos a las fracciones de páginas ocupadas por float y
+texto no flotante (cámbialos con
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{<var class="var">parameter</var>}{<var class="var">decimal entre 0 y 1</var>}</code>):
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cbottomfraction'><span><code class="code">\bottomfraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbottomfraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbottomfraction-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="fracci_00f3n-flotante-inferior"></a><p>La fracción máxima de la página
+que se permite sea ocupada por flotantes en el fondo; predeterminado
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">.3</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfloatpagefraction'><span><code class="code">\floatpagefraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfloatpagefraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="flotantes-floatpagefraction"></a><p>La fracción mínima de una página
+flotante que debe estar ocupada por flotantes; predeterminado
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">.5</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextfraction'><span><code class="code">\textfraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextfraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextfraction-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="fracci_00f3n-de-texto-flotante"></a><p>Fracción mínima de una página que
+debe ser texto; si los flotantes también ocupan mucho espacio para
+conservar tanto texto, los flotantes se moverán a una pagina
+diferente. El valor predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.2</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctopfraction'><span><code class="code">\topfraction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctopfraction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctopfraction-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="fracci_00f3n-superior-flotante"></a><p>Fracción máxima en la parte
+superior de una página que se puede ocupar antes por flotantes;
+predeterminado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.7</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Parámetros relacionados con el espacio vertical alrededor de los
+flotantes (cámbialos con un comando de la forma
+<code class="code">\setlength{<var class="var">parameter</var>}{<var class="var">expresión length</var>}</code>):
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\linewidth</code>
-<a name="index-_005clinewidth"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Ancho de la línea actual; el predeterminado varía con el tamaño de
-fuente, el ancho del papel, el modo two-column, etc. Para un documento
-<code>article</code> en &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;, este se establece a &lsquo;<samp>345pt</samp>&rsquo;; en modo
-two-column, este cambia a &lsquo;<samp>229.5pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cfloatsep'><span><code class="code">\floatsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfloatsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfloatsep-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="flotantes-floatsep"></a><p>Espacio entre flotantes en la parte
+superior o inferior de una página; predefinido &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt más 2pt
+menos 2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textheight</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextheight"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página; el predeterminado
-varía con el tamaño de letra, clase de documento, etc. Para un
-documento <code>article</code> o <code>report</code> en &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;, este se fija a
-&lsquo;<samp>43\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;; para <code>book</code>, es &lsquo;<samp>41\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;.
-Para &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo;, es &lsquo;<samp>38\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo; y para &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;,
-&lsquo;<samp>36\baselineskip</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cintextsep'><span><code class="code">\intextsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cintextsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cintextsep-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="flotantes-intextsep"></a><p>Espacio encima y debajo de un flotante en
+medio del texto principal; predeterminado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>&rsquo;
+para documentos de 10 y 11 puntos, y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo; para
+documentos de 12 puntos.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textwidth</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextwidth"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>El ancho horizontal normal del cuerpo de la página; el predeterminado
-varía de la manera usual. Para un documento <code>article</code> o
-<code>report</code>, es &lsquo;<samp>345pt</samp>&rsquo; en &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>360pt</samp>&rsquo; en
-&lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp>390pt</samp>&rsquo; en &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;. Para un documento
-<code>book</code>, es &lsquo;<samp>4.5in</samp>&rsquo; en &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp>5in</samp>&rsquo; en &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo;
-o &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextfloatsep'><span><code class="code">\textfloatsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextfloatsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="flotante-textfloatsep"></a><p>Espacio entre el último (primer)
+flotante en la parte superior (inferior) de una página; predeterminado
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Contadores relacionados con el número de flotantes en una página
+(cámbialos con un comando de la forma
+<code class="code">\setcounter{<var class="var">ctrname</var>}{<var class="var">número natural</var>}</code>):
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-bottomnumber'><span><code class="code">bottomnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-bottomnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bottomnumber-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="flotante-bottomnumber"></a><p>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en la parte inferior de una página de texto; predeterminado
+1.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\topmargin</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctopmargin"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio entre la parte superior de la página TeX (de manera
-predeterminada, una pulgada en la parte superior del papel) y en la
-parte superior del encabezado. El predeterminado se calcula basándose
-en muchos otros parámetros: <code>\paperheight - 2in -
-\headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip</code>,
-y luego se divide entre dos.
+<dt id='index-dbltopnumber'><span><code class="code">dbltopnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-dbltopnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dbltopnumber-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="flotantes-dbltopnumber"></a><p>Número máximo de flotantes de tamaño
+completo que pueden aparecer en la parte superior de una página de dos
+columnas; predeterminado 2.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\topskip</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctopskip"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>La distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página y la
-línea base de la primer línea de texto. Para clases estándar, el
-predeterminado es el mismo que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
-&lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; en &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-topnumber'><span><code class="code">topnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-topnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-topnumber-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="flotante-topnumber"></a><p>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en la parte superior de una página de texto; predeterminado
+2.
</p>
</dd>
+<dt id='index-totalnumber'><span><code class="code">totalnumber</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-totalnumber'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-totalnumber-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="flotante-totalnumber"></a><p>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en una página de texto; predeterminado 3.
+</p></dd>
</dl>
+<p>La entrada principal de preguntas&nbsp;frecuentes
+TeX&nbsp;relacionada con los flotantes
+<a class="url" href="https//www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats">https//www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats</a> contiene sugerencias para
+relajar los parámetros predeterminados de LaTeX para reducir el
+problema de los flotantes empujados hasta el final. Una explicación
+completa del algoritmo de colocación de flotantes se encuentra en el
+artículo de Frank Mittelbach &ldquo;Cómo influir en la posición de los
+entornos flotantes como figure y table en LaTeX?&rdquo;
+(<a class="url" href="https//www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf">https//www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</a>).
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccaption" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\caption</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Seccionado"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccaption">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Referencias-Cruzadas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Referencias Cruzadas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Dise_00f1o" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Diseño</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Subir: <a href="#Flotantes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Flotantes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Seccionado-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">7 Seccionado</h2>
-<a name="index-seccionado"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccaption-1">5.7.1 <code class="code">\caption</code></h4>
-<p>Las instrucciones de seccionado proporcionan los medios para estructurar
-su texto en unidades:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\part</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpart"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\chapter</code>
-<a name="index-_005cchapter"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>(únicamente las clases <code>report</code> y <code>book</code>)
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\section</code>
-<a name="index-_005csection"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\subsection</code>
-<a name="index-_005csubsection"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\subsubsection</code>
-<a name="index-_005csubsubsection"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\paragraph</code>
-<a name="index-_005cparagraph"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\subparagraph</code>
-<a name="index-_005csubparagraph"></a>
-</dt>
-</dl>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccaption"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-leyendas"></a>
-<p>Todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen la misma forma general, por
-ejemplo,
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter[<var>títulobreve</var>]{<var>título</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\caption{<var class="var">caption-text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Además de proporcionar el encabezado <var>título</var> en el texto principal,
-el título de la sección puede aparecer en otros dos lugares:
+<p>o
</p>
-<ol>
-<li> La tabla de contenido.
-</li><li> El título breve en la parte superior de la página.
-</li></ol>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\caption[<var class="var">short-caption-text</var>]{<var class="var">caption-text</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p>Tal vez no quiera el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto
-principal. Para controlar esto, las instrucciones de seccionado tienen
-un argumento opcional, <var>toctitle</var> que, cuando se proporciona,
-especifica el texto de esos otros lugares.
+<p>Crea un título para un entorno flotante, como <code class="code">figure</code> o entorno
+<code class="code">table</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a> o <a class="ref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>).
</p>
-<a name="index-forma-con-_002a-de-instrucciones-de-seccionado"></a>
-<p>Además, todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen formas con <code>*</code>
-que imprimen el <var>título</var> de la manera usual, pero no incluyen un
-número y no producen una entrada en la tabla de contenido. Por ejemplo:
+<p>En este ejemplo, LaTeX coloca un título debajo del espacio en
+blanco vertical, espacio que deja el autor para la posterior inclusión
+de una imagen.
</p>
+
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\section*{Preámbulo}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}
+ \vspace*{1cm}
+ \caption{Alonzo Cushing, Batería A, 4ª artillería de EE. UU.}
+ \label{fig:CushingPic}
+\end{figure}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005cappendix"></a>
-<a name="index-apendices_002c-creando"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\appendix</code> cambia la manera en que se numeran las
-siguientes unidades de sección. La instrucción <code>\appendix</code> en sí
-misma no genera texto y no afecta la númeración de las partes. El uso
-normal de esta instrucción es algo así como:
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\caption</code> etiquetará <var class="var">caption-text</var> con algo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Figura&nbsp;1:</samp>&rsquo; para un artículo o &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Figura&nbsp;1.1:</samp>&rsquo; para
+un libro. El texto está centrado si está más corto que el ancho del
+texto, o establecido como un párrafo sin sangría si toma más de una
+línea.
+</p>
+<p>Además de colocar el <var class="var">caption-text</var> en la salida, el comando
+<code class="code">\caption</code> también guarda esa información para usarla en una
+lista de figuras o lista de tablas (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Aquí el comando <code class="code">\caption</code> usa el comando opcional
+<var class="var">short-caption-text</var>, para que el texto más corto aparezca en la
+lista de tablas, en lugar del <var class="var">caption-text</var> más largo.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\chapter{Un Capítulo}
-&hellip;
-\appendix
-\chapter{El Primer Apéndice}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|}
+ \hline
+ 4 &amp;9 &amp;2 \\
+ 3 &amp;5 &amp;7 \\
+ 8 &amp;1 &amp;6 \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption[\textit{Lo Shu} cuadrado mágico]{%
+ The \textit{Lo Shu} que es único entre
+ cuadrados de orden tres hasta rotación y reflexión.}
+ \label{tab:LoShu}
+\end{table}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-contador-secnumdepth"></a>
-<a name="index-numeros-de-seccion_002c-imprimiendo"></a>
-<p>El contador <code>secnumdepth</code> controla la impresión de los números de
-sección. La configuración
+<p>LaTeX etiquetará <var class="var">caption-text</var> con algo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Tabla&nbsp;1:</samp>&rsquo; para un artículo o &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Tabla&nbsp;1.1:</samp>&rsquo; para un
+libro.
+</p>
+<p>El título puede aparecer en la parte superior de la <code class="code">figura</code> o
+<code class="code">tabla</code>. Por ejemplo, eso sucedería en el ejemplo anterior
+poniendo el <code class="code">\caption</code> entre el <code class="code">\centering</code> y el
+<code class="code">\begin{tabular}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Los distintos entornos flotantes se numeran por separado, de forma
+predeterminada. Eso es <code class="code">\caption</code> que actualiza el contador, por
+lo que cualquier <code class="code">\label</code> debe ir después del <code class="code">\caption</code>.
+El contador para el entorno <code class="code">figure</code> se llama <code class="code">figure</code>, y de
+manera similar el contador para el entorno <code class="code">table</code> es
+<code class="code">table</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El texto que se pondrá en la lista de figuras o lista de tablas es
+argumento móvil. Si recibes el error LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">! Argumento de
+\@caption tiene un extra}</samp>&rsquo;, entonces debes poner <code class="code">\protect</code>
+delante de cualquier comando frágil. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-caption"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caption-package"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">caption</code> tiene muchas opciones
+para ajustar cómo aparece el título, por ejemplo, cambiando el tamaño
+del texto, haciendo que el título sea colgar texto en lugar de
+establecerlo como un párrafo, o hacer el título siempre establecido
+como un párrafo en lugar de centrado cuando es corto.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Seccionado">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Referencias-cruzadas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Referencias cruzadas</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Composici_00f3n" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Composición</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Seccionado-1">6 Seccionado</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-de-Seccionado"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parte"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-capitulo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-seccion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subseccion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subsubseccion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parrafo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subparrafo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpart"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cchapter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsubsection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparagraph"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubparagraph"></a>
+
+<p>Estructura tu texto en divisiones: partes, capítulos, secciones,
+etc. Todos los comandos de seccionado tienen la misma forma, una de:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>nivel</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">sectioning-command</var>{<var class="var">title</var>}
+<var class="var">sectioning-command</var>*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+<var class="var">sectioning-command</var>[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>suprime los números en encabezados y cualquier profundidad <em>&gt;
-<var>nivel</var></em>, donde <code>chapter</code> es el nivel cero.
-(See <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>.)
+<p>Por ejemplo, declarar el comienzo de una subsección como con
+<code class="code">\subsection{Motivación}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>La tabla tiene cada <var class="var">sectioning-command</var> en LaTeX. Todos están
+disponibles en todas las clases de documentos estándar de LaTeX
+<code class="code">book</code>, <code class="code">report</code> y&nbsp;<code class="code">article</code>, excepto que
+<code class="code">\chapter</code> no está disponible en <code class="code">article</code>.
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<thead><tr><th width="25%">Unidad de seccionado</th><th width="25%">Comando</th><th width="40%">Nivel</th></tr></thead>
+<tbody><tr><td width="25%">Parte</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\part</code></td><td width="40%">-1 (<code class="code">book</code>, <code class="code">report</code>), 0 (<code class="code">article</code>)</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Capítulo</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\chapter</code></td><td width="40%">0</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Sección</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\section</code></td><td width="40%">1</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Subsección</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\subsection</code></td><td width="40%">2</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Subsubsección</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code></td><td width="40%">3</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Párrafo</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\paragraph</code></td><td width="40%">4</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="25%">Subpárrafo</td><td width="25%"><code class="code">\subparagraph</code></td><td width="40%">5</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-forma_002d_002a-de-comandos-de-seccionado"></a>
+<p>Todos estos comandos tienen una forma <code class="code">*</code> que imprime
+<var class="var">título</var> como de costumbre pero no lo numera y no hace una entrada
+en la tabla de contenido. Un ejemplo de cómo usar esto es para un
+apéndice en un <code class="code">article</code>. Las entradas
+<code class="code">\appendix\section{Appendix}</code> da como resultado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Apéndice
+A</samp>&rsquo; (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cappendix"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>). Puedes perder la numeración&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">A</samp>&rsquo;
+ingresando en su lugar <code class="code">\section*{Appendix}</code> (los artículos a
+menudo omiten una tabla de contenido y tienen encabezados de página
+simples para que las otras diferencias del comando <code class="code">\section</code>
+puedan no importar).
+</p>
+<p>El título de la sección <var class="var">título</var> proporciona el título en el texto
+principal, pero también puede aparecer en la tabla de contenido y en
+el encabezado o pie (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a>). Es posible que no
+desees el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto principal.
+Todos estos comandos tienen un argumento <var class="var">toc-title</var> opcional para
+esos otros lugares.
+</p>
+<p>El número de nivel en la tabla anterior determina qué unidades
+seccionales son numeradas, y que aparecen en la tabla de contenido.
+Si los comandos de seccionado <var class="var">level</var> son menores o iguales que el
+valor del contador <code class="code">secnumdepth</code> entonces los títulos para este
+comando de seccionado serán numerados
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</a>). Y, si <var class="var">level</var> es menor que o
+igual al valor del contador <code class="code">tocdepth</code> luego la tabla de
+contenido tendrá una entrada para esta unidad de seccionado
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</a>).
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX espera que antes de tener una <code class="code">\subsection</code> tengas una
+<code class="code">\section</code> y, en un documento de clase <code class="code">book</code>, que antes de
+una <code class="code">\section</code> tendrás un <code class="code">\chapter</code>. De lo contrario,
+puedes obtener algo así como una subsección numerada &lsquo;<samp class="samp">3.0.1</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package"></a>
+<p>LaTeX te permite cambiar la apariencia de las
+unidades seccionales. Como un ejemplo simple, puedes cambiar la
+numeración de la sección a letras mayúsculas con esto (en el
+preámbulo):<br> <code class="code">\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</code> .
+(Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a>). CTAN tiene
+muchos paquetes que facilitan este ajuste, en particular
+<code class="code">titlesec</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Dos contadores se relacionan con la apariencia de los encabezados
+realizados por comandos de seccionado.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-secnumdepth'><span><code class="code">secnumdepth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-secnumdepth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-secnumdepth-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numeros-de-seccion_002c-imprimir"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="seccionado-secnumdepth"></a><a class="anchor" id="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"></a><p>Controla qué unidades de seccionado están numeradas. Poniendo el
+contador con <code class="code">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var class="var">level</var>}</code>
+suprimirá numeración de seccionado a cualquier profundidad superior a
+<var class="var">level</var> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetcounter"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a>). Consulta la tabla anterior para
+ver los números de nivel. Por ejemplo, si <code class="code">secnumdepth</code> es 1 en
+un <code class="code">article</code> entonces un comando <code class="code">\section{Introducción}</code>
+producirá una salida como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1 Introducción</samp>&rsquo; mientras que
+<code class="code">\subsection{Discusión}</code> produce una salida como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Discusión</samp>&rsquo;, sin número. LaTeX <code class="code">secnumdepth</code>
+predeterminado es&nbsp;3 en la clase <samp class="file">article</samp> y&nbsp;2 en las
+clases <samp class="file">book</samp> y <samp class="file">report</samp>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-tocdepth'><span><code class="code">tocdepth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-tocdepth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tocdepth-counter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-numeros-de-seccionado-impresos"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="seccionado-tocdepth"></a><a class="anchor" id="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"></a><p>Controla qué
+unidades de seccionado se enumeran en la tabla de contenido. La
+configuración <code class="code">\setcounter{tocdepth}{<var class="var">level</var>}</code> hace que
+las unidades de Seccionado en <var class="var">level</var> sean las más pequeñas
+enumeradas (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetcounter"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a>). Consulta la tabla anterior para ver
+los números de nivel. Por ejemplo, si <code class="code">tocdepth</code> es&nbsp;1
+entonces la tabla de contenido enumera secciones pero no subsecciones.
+Predeterminado de LaTeX <code class="code">tocdepth</code> es&nbsp;3 en la clase
+<samp class="file">article</samp> y&nbsp;2 en la clase <samp class="file">book</samp> y <samp class="file">report</samp>.
</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\part</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\chapter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\section</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\subsection</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Referencias-Cruzadas"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpart">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Entornos</a>, Previous: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Seccionado</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\chapter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="u" rel="up">Seccionado</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Referencias-Cruzadas-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">8 Referencias Cruzadas</h2>
-<a name="index-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpart-1">6.1 <code class="code">\part</code></h3>
-<p>Una razón para numerar cosas como figuras y ecuaciones es para referir
-al lector a ellas, como en &ldquo;Vea la Figura 3 para más detalles&rdquo;.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpart-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parte-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-seccionado_002c-parte"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1">\label</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Asigna un nombre simbólico a una parte del texto.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2">\pageref</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Referencia a un número de página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3">\ref</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Referencia a una sección, figura o similar.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\part{<var class="var">título</var>}
+\part*{<var class="var">título</var>}
+\part[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">título</var>}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Inicia una parte del documento. Las clases estándar de LaTeX
+<code class="code">book</code>, <code class="code">report</code> y <code class="code">article</code>, todas tienen este
+comando.
+</p>
+<p>Esto produce una parte del documento, en un libro.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\part{VOLUMEN I \\
+ MEMORIAS PERSONALES DE U.\ S.\ GRANT}
+\chapter{ANCESTRIA--NACIMIENTO--INFANCIA.}
+Mi familia es estadounidense, y lo ha sido durante generaciones, en
+todas sus ramas, directas y colaterales.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En cada clase estándar, el comando <code class="code">\part</code> genera un número de
+pieza como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Parte I</samp>&rsquo;, solo en su línea, en negrita y en grandes
+letras. Entonces LaTeX genera <var class="var">título</var>, también solo en su
+línea, en negrita y en letra aún más grande. En la clase <code class="code">book</code>,
+el LaTeX predeterminado pone cada parte sola en su propia
+página. Si el libro tiene dos caras entonces LaTeX saltará una
+página si es necesario para tener la nueva parte en una página impar.
+En <code class="code">report</code> nuevamente está solo en una página, pero LaTeX no
+forzará una página impar. En un <code class="code">article</code> LaTeX no lo coloca
+en una página nueva, sino que genera el número de parte y título de la
+parte en la página principal del documento.
+</p>
+<p>La forma <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var class="var">título</var> pero no muestra el número
+de parte, no incrementa el contador <code class="code">parte</code>, y no produce ninguna
+entrada de tabla de contenido.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">toc-title</var> aparecerá como el título de la
+parte en la tabla de contenido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>) y, al
+ejecutar cabeceras (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a>). Si no está presente,
+entonces <var class="var">título</var> estará ahí. Este ejemplo pone un salto de línea
+en <var class="var">título</var> pero omite el salto en la tabla de contenido.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\part[Arriba desde abajo; mi vida]{Arriba desde abajo\\ mi vida}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una parte
+es&nbsp;-1 (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</a> y
+<a class="ref" href="#Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package"></a>
+<p>En la clase <code class="code">article</code>, si un párrafo sigue
+inmediatamente a la parte título entonces no está sangrado. Para
+obtener una sangría, puedes usar el paquete <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-1"></a>
+<p>Un paquete para cambiar el comportamiento de
+<code class="code">\part</code> es <code class="code">titlesec</code>. Consulta su documentación en
+CTAN.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005clabel"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cchapter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Referencias-Cruzadas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Referencias Cruzadas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\section</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\part</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="u" rel="up">Seccionado</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005clabel-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">8.1 <code>\label</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005clabel"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cchapter-1">6.2 <code class="code">\chapter</code></h3>
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cchapter-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-capitulo-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\label{<var>clave</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{<var class="var">título</var>}
+\chapter*{<var class="var">título</var>}
+\chapter[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">título</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Una instrucción <code>\label</code> que aparece en un texto normal asigna a
-<var>clave</var> el número de la unidad de sección actual; que aparece dentro
-de un entorno numerado asignando ese número a <var>clave</var>.
+<p>Inicia un capítulo. Las clases estándar de LaTeX <code class="code">book</code> y
+<code class="code">report</code> tienen este comando pero no <code class="code">article</code>.
</p>
-<p>Un nombre de <var>clave</var> puede consistir de cualquier secuencia de
-letras, dígitos, o caracteres de puntuación. Distingue entre letras
-mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+<p>Esto produce un capítulo.
</p>
-<p>Para evitar la creación accidental de dos etiquetas con el mismo nombre,
-es común el uso de etiquetas que consisten de un prefijo y un sufijo,
-separados por una coma o un punto. Algunos prefijos utilizados
-convencionalmente:
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{Acechantes}
+
+Llámame Ismael. Hace algunos años---no importa cuánto tiempo
+exactamente---teniendo poco dinero en mi bolsa o nada, y nada en
+particular que me interese en tierra, pensé en navegar un poco y ver
+la parte acuosa del mundo.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El valor predeterminado de LaTeX comienza cada capítulo en una
+nueva página, una página impar si el documento tiene dos caras.
+Produce un capitulo número como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Capítulo 1</samp>&rsquo; en negrita grande
+(el tamaño es <code class="code">\huge</code>). Luego pone <var class="var">título</var> en una nueva
+línea, en tipo negrita que es aún más grande (tamaño <code class="code">\Huge</code>).
+También incrementa el contador <code class="code">chapter</code>, agrega una entrada a la
+tabla de contenido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>), y establece la
+cabecera de información en ejecución (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a>).
+</p>
+<p>La forma <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var class="var">título</var> en una nueva línea, en
+negrita. Pero no muestra el número de capítulo, ni incrementa el
+contador <code class="code">chapter</code>, no produce una entrada de tabla de contenido
+y no afecta la cabecera en ejecución. (Si usas el estilo de página
+<code class="code">headings</code> en un documento de dos caras, entonces la cabecera
+será del capítulo anterior).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>ch</code></dt>
-<dd><p>para capítulos
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>sec</code></dt>
-<dd><p>para instrucciones de seccionado de bajo nivel
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>fig</code></dt>
-<dd><p>para figuras
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>tab</code></dt>
-<dd><p>para tablas
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>eq</code></dt>
-<dd><p>para ecuaciones
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter*{Preamble}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">toc-title</var> aparecerá como título del
+capítulo en la tabla de contenido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>) y
+en ejecutar cabeceras (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a>). Si no está
+presente entonces <var class="var">título</var> estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre
+completo en el título del capítulo,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>pero solo &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Weyl</samp>&rsquo; en la página de contenido. Esto pone un salto
+de línea en el título, pero eso no funciona bien con las cabeceras en
+ejecución, por lo que omite el salto en el contenido.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter[Dado todo; mi historia]{Dado todo\\ mi historia}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de un capítulo
+es&nbsp;0 (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</a> y
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-1"></a>
+<p>El párrafo que sigue al título del capítulo no
+tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Para
+obtener una sangría, usa el paquete <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Puedes cambiar lo que se muestra para el número de capítulo. Para
+cambiarlo a algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Conferencia 1</samp>&rsquo;, pon en el preámbulo
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Conferencia}</code> o esto
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\@chapapp}{Conferencia}
+\makeatother
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package"></a>
+
+<p>Para hacer este cambio debido al idioma principal de el documento,
+consulta el paquete <code class="code">babel</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En un documento de dos caras, LaTeX coloca un capítulo en una
+página impar, si es necesario dejar una página par que esté en blanco
+excepto por cualquier cabecera en ejecución. Para dejar esa página
+completamente en blanco, <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> y <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-2"></a>
+<p>Para cambiar el comportamiento del comando
+<code class="code">\chapter</code>, puedes copiar su definición del archivo de formato
+LaTeX y realizar ajustes. Pero también hay muchos paquetes en CTAN
+que abordan esto. Uno es <code class="code">titlesec</code>. Ve su documentación,
+pero el ejemplo a continuación da un sentido de lo que puede hacer.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat{\chapter}
+ {\Huge\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {} % etiqueta, tal como 1.2 para una subsección
+ {0pt} % longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+</pre></div>
-<p>Por lo tanto, una etiqueta para una figura parecería como
-<code>fig:snark</code> o <code>fig.snark</code>.
+<p>Esto omite el número de capítulo &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Capítulo 1</samp>&rsquo; de la página pero a
+diferencia de <code class="code">\chapter*</code> mantiene el capítulo en la tabla de
+contenido y la ejecución de cabeceras.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cpageref"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csection">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ref</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\label</a>, Up: <a href="#Referencias-Cruzadas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Referencias Cruzadas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\subsection</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\chapter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="u" rel="up">Seccionado</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cpageref_007bclave_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">8.2 <code>\pageref{<var>clave</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cpageref"></a>
-<a name="index-referencias-cruzadas-con-numero-de-pagina"></a>
-<a name="index-numero-de-pagina_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csection-1">6.3 <code class="code">\section</code></h3>
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csection-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-seccion-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pageref{<var>clave</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section{<var class="var">título</var>}
+\section*{<var class="var">título</var>}
+\section[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">título</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\pageref</code>{<var>clave</var>} produce el número de
-página del lugar en el texto en donde aparece la instrucción
-<code>\label</code>{<var>clave</var>}.
+<p>Inicia una sección. Las clases estándar <code class="code">article</code> de LaTeX,
+<code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">report</code> tienen este comando.
+</p>
+<p>Esto produce una sección.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">En esta Parte tendemos a estar más interesados ​​en la función, en el
+comportamiento de entrada-salida, que en los detalles de implementar
+ese comportamiento.
+
+\section{Máquinas de Turing}
+
+A pesar de este deseo de minimizar la implementación, seguimos el
+enfoque de A~Turing de que el primer paso hacia la definición del
+conjunto de funciones computables es reflexionar sobre los detalles de
+lo que pueden hacer los mecanismos.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para las clases estándar de LaTeX <code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">report</code> la
+salida predeterminada es como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.2 <var class="var">título</var></samp>&rsquo; (para
+capítulo&nbsp;1, sección&nbsp;2), solo en su línea y alineado a la
+izquierda, en negrita y letra más grande (el tamaño de letra es
+<code class="code">\Large</code>). Lo mismo se sostiene en <code class="code">article</code> excepto que no
+hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que parece &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2 <var class="var">título</var></samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>La forma <code class="code">E*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var class="var">título</var>. Pero no muestra el
+número de sección, no incrementa el contador <code class="code">section</code>, no
+produce ninguna entrada en la tabla de contenido y no afecta la
+cabecera en ejecución. (Si usas el estilo de página <code class="code">headings</code>
+en un documento de dos caras, entonces el encabezado será de la parte
+anterior).
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">toc-title</var> aparecerá como título de la
+sección en la tabla de contenido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>) y
+encabezados en ejecución (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a>). Si no está
+presente entonces <var class="var">título</var> estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre
+completo en el título de la sección:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section[Isabel~II]{Isabel Segunda,
+ por la Gracia de Dios Reina del Reino Unido,
+ Canadá y sus otros reinos y territorios,
+ Jefe de la Commonwealth, Defensor de la Fe.}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>pero solo &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Isabel II</samp>&rsquo; en la página de contenido y en los
+encabezados. Esto tiene un salto de línea en <var class="var">title</var> pero eso no
+funciona con encabezados por lo que se omite de los contenidos y
+encabezados.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section[La verdad es que hice trampa; la historia de mi vida]{La verdad es
+ que hice trampa\\la historia de mi vida}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una sección
+es&nbsp;1 (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</a> y
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-2"></a>
+<p>El párrafo que sigue al título de la sección no
+tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una
+forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-3"></a>
+<p>En general, para cambiar el comportamiento del
+comando <code class="code">\section</code>, hay varias opciones. Una es el comando
+<code class="code">\@startsection</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</a>). También hay muchos
+paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto, incluido <code class="code">titlesec</code>. Ve la
+documentación pero el siguiente ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden
+hacer.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat{\section}
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {\makebox[1pc][r]{\thesection\hspace{1pc}}} % etiqueta
+ {0pt} % Longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+\titlespacing*{\section}
+ {-1pc}{18pt}{10pt}[10pc]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Eso pone el número de sección en el margen.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cref"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csubsection">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Referencias-Cruzadas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Referencias Cruzadas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\section</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="u" rel="up">Seccionado</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cref_007bclave_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">8.3 <code>\ref{<var>clave</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cref"></a>
-<a name="index-referencias-cruzadas_002c-simbolicas"></a>
-<a name="index-numero-de-seccion_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
-<a name="index-numero-de-ecuacion_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
-<a name="index-numero-de-figura_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
-<a name="index-numero-de-pie-de-pagina_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csubsection-1">6.4 <code class="code">\subsection</code></h3>
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsection-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subseccion-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subsection{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subsection*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subsection[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Inicia una subsección. Las clases estándar <code class="code">article</code> de
+LaTeX, <code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">report</code> tienen este comando.
+</p>
+<p>Esto produce una subsección.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Mostraremos que hay más funciones que las máquinas de Turing y que por
+tanto, algunas funciones no tienen máquina asociada.
+
+\subsection{Cardinalidad}
+
+Comenzaremos con dos paradojas que dramatizan el desafío a nuestra
+intuición planteado al comparar los tamaños de conjuntos infinitos.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para las clases estándar de LaTeX <code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">report</code> la
+salida predeterminada es como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.2.3 <var class="var">title</var></samp>&rsquo; (para
+capítulo&nbsp;1, sección&nbsp;2, subsección&nbsp;3), solo en su línea
+y alineado a la izquierda, en negrita y una letra más grande (el
+tamaño de letra es <code class="code">\large</code>). Lo mismo contiene <code class="code">article</code>
+excepto que no hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que parece &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.3
+<var class="var">título</var></samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>La forma <code class="code">E*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var class="var">título</var>. Pero no muestra el
+número de subsección, no incrementa el contador <code class="code">subsection</code> y no
+produce ninguna entrada en la tabla de contenido.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">toc-title</var> aparecerá como título de la
+subsección en la tabla de contenido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>).
+Si esto no está presente, <var class="var">title</var> estará allí. Este muestra el
+texto completo en el título de la subsección:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{El origen de
+ Elementos químicos} por R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe y G.~Gamow}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>pero solo &lsquo;<samp class="samp">&#x03B1;,&#x03B2;,&#x03B3;
+paper</samp>&rsquo; en la página de contenido.
+</p>
+<p>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una
+subsección es&nbsp;2 (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</a> y
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-3"></a>
+<p>El párrafo que sigue al título de la subsección
+no tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una
+forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-4"></a>
+<p>Hay varias maneras de cambiar el comportamiento
+del comando <code class="code">\subsection</code>. Una es el comando
+<code class="code">\@startsection</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</a>). También hay muchos
+paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto, incluido <code class="code">titlesec</code>. Ve la
+documentación pero el siguiente ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden
+hacer.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\ref{<var>clave</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat{\subsection}[runin]
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {\thesubsection} % etiqueta
+ {0.6em} % espacio entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\ref</code> produce el número de la unidad de sección de
-la ecuación, pie de página, figura, &hellip;, de la instrucción
-<code>\label</code> correspondiente (see <a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a>). Esta no produce ningún
-texto, como por ejemplo la palabra &lsquo;Sección&rsquo; o &lsquo;figura&rsquo;, únicamente el
-número.
+<p>Eso pone el número de subsección y <var class="var">title</var> en la primera línea de
+texto.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Entornos"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="n" rel="next">Saltos de Línea</a>, Previous: <a href="#Referencias-Cruzadas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Referencias Cruzadas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\subsection</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="u" rel="up">Seccionado</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Entornos-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">9 Entornos</h2>
-<a name="index-entornos"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph">6.5 <code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cbegin"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cend"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csubsubsection"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsubsection-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subsubseccion-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cparagraph"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparagraph-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parrafo-1"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csubparagraph"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubparagraph-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subparrafo-1"></a>
-<p>LaTeX proporciona muchos entornos para marcar cierto texto. Cada
-entorno comienza y termina de la misma manera:
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{<var>nombreentorno</var>}
-...
-\end{<var>nombreentorno</var>}
-</pre></div>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#abstract" accesskey="1">abstract</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Produce un resumen.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#array" accesskey="2">array</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Matrices Matemáticas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#center" accesskey="3">center</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Líneas centradas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#description" accesskey="4">description</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Listas etiquetadas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5">displaymath</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Fórmulas que aparecen en su propia línea.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#document" accesskey="6">document</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Encierra todo el documento.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7">enumerate</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Listas numeradas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8">eqnarray</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Secuencias de ecuaciones alineadas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#equation" accesskey="9">equation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Ecuación mostrada.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#figure">figure</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Figuras flotantes.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Crear un archivo &mdash; instrucción inicial.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Líneas alineada a la izquierda.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#flushright">flushright</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Líneas alineadas a la derecha.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Listas con viñetas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#letter">letter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Cartas
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#list">list</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Entorno lista genérica.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#math">math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Matemáticas en línea.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Página miniatura.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#picture">picture</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Imagen con texto, flechas, líneas y círculos.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#quotation">quotation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Entorno con sangría y párrafo con sangría.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#quote">quote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Entorno con sangría sin sangría de párrafo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Alineación de texto de manera arbitraria.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#table">table</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Tablas flotantes.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Alinea texto en columnas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Bibliografía o lista de referencia.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#theorem">theorem</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Teoremas, lemas, etc.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Para elaborar portadas a mano.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Simulación de entrada con máquina de escribir.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#verse">verse</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Para poesía y otras cosas.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subsubsection{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subsubsection*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subsubsection[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\paragraph{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\paragraph*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\paragraph[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subparagraph{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subparagraph*{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\subparagraph[<var class="var">toc-title</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Inicia una subsección, párrafo o subpárrafo. Las clases estandar de
+LaTeX <code class="code">article</code>, <code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">report</code> tienen todas
+estos comandos, aunque no son de uso común.
+</p>
+<p>Esto produce una subsección.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\subsubsection{Compresores de anillos de pistón: rendimiento estructural}
+
+Proporciona ensamblajes de revestimiento de paredes
+exteriores/interiores capaces de resistir los efectos de la carga y
+las tensiones de anillos de pistón de motor de gasolina de grado de
+consumo.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La salida predeterminada de cada uno de los tres no cambia sobre las
+clases LaTeX estándar <code class="code">article</code>, <code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">report</code>.
+Para <code class="code">\subsubsection</code> el <var class="var">title</var> está solo en su línea, en
+negrita y tipo de letra de tamaño normal. Para <code class="code">\paragraph</code> el
+<var class="var">title</var> está alineado con el texto, sin sangría, en negrita y
+letra de tamaño normal. Para <code class="code">\subparagraph</code> el <var class="var">title</var> está
+en línea con el texto, con sangría de párrafo, en negrita y letra de
+tamaño normal (Debido a que un <code class="code">article</code> no tiene capítulos, sus
+subsubsecciones son numeradas y así se ve como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.2.3
+<var class="var">title</var></samp>&rsquo;, por sección&nbsp;1, subsección&nbsp;2 y
+subsubsección&nbsp;3. Las otras dos divisiones no están numeradas).
+</p>
+<p>La forma <code class="code">E*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var class="var">título</var>. Pero no incrementa el
+contador asociado y no produce entrada en la tabla de contenido (y no
+muestra el número de <code class="code">\subsubsection</code>).
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">toc-title</var> aparecerá como el título de la
+división en la tabla de contenido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>).
+Si esto no está presente, <var class="var">title</var> estará allí.
+</p>
+<p>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una
+subsubsección es&nbsp;3, de un párrafo es&nbsp;4, y de un subpárrafo
+es&nbsp;5 (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</a> y
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-4"></a>
+<p>El párrafo que sigue al título de la
+subsubsección no tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica
+estándar. Una forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete
+<code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-titlesec-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-5"></a>
+<p>Hay varias formas de cambiar el comportamiento de
+estos comandos. Una es el comando <code class="code">\@startsection</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</a>). También hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que
+abordan esto, incluyendo <code class="code">titlesec</code>. Consulta la
+documentación en CTAN.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="abstract"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cappendix">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="u" rel="up">Seccionado</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="abstract-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.1 <code>abstract</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-abstract"></a>
-<a name="index-abstract_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-resumenes"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cappendix-1">6.6 <code class="code">\appendix</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cappendix"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-apendice"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-apendices"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
-</p><div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{abstract}
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\appendix
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Este no produce directamente ningún resultado. Pero en un documento
+<code class="code">book</code> o <code class="code">report</code> declara que los subsiguientes comandos
+<code class="code">\chapter</code> comienzan un apéndice. En un artículo hace lo mismo,
+para los comandos <code class="code">\section</code>. También restablece los contadores
+<code class="code">chapter</code> y <code class="code">section</code> a&nbsp;0 en un libro o informe, y en
+un artículo restablece los contadores <code class="code">section</code> y
+<code class="code">subsection</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En este libro
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{Uno} ...
+\chapter{Dos} ...
+ ...
+\appendix
+\chapter{Tres} ...
+\chapter{Cuatro} ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>los dos primeros generarán una salida numerada &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Capítulo 1</samp>&rsquo; y
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Capítulo 2</samp>&rsquo;. Después del <code class="code">\appendix</code> la numeración será
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Apéndice A</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Apéndice B</samp>&rsquo;. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a>, para otro ejemplo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-appendix"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-appendix-package"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">appendix</code> agrega el comando
+<code class="code">\appendixpage</code> para poner &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Apéndices</samp>&rsquo; separados en el
+cuerpo del documento antes del primer apéndice y el comando
+<code class="code">\addappheadtotoc</code> hace lo mismo en la tabla de contenido.
+Puedes restablecer el nombre &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Apéndices</samp>&rsquo; con un comando como
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Especificación}</code>, así como una
+serie de otras características. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="u" rel="up">Seccionado</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfrontmatter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-libro_002c-portada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-portada-de-un-libro"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmainmatter"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmainmatter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-libro_002c-asunto-principal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-asunto-principal-de-un-libro"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbackmatter"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbackmatter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-libro_002c-asunto-contraportada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-libro_002c-asunto-final"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-asunto-de-contraportada-de-un-libro"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-asunto-final-de-un-libro"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una o más de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\frontmatter
+...
+\mainmatter
+...
+\backmatter
...
-\end{abstract}
</pre></div>
-<p>Entorno para producir un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos.
+<p>Da formato a un documento de clase <code class="code">book</code> de forma diferente
+según la parte del documento que se está produciendo. Los tres
+comandos son opcionales.
+</p>
+<p>Tradicionalmente, la portada de un libro contiene elementos como la
+página de título, un resumen, un índice, un prefacio, una lista de
+anotaciones, una lista de figuras y una lista de tablas. (Algunas de
+estas páginas de asuntos frontales, como la página del título,
+tradicionalmente no están numeradas). El material anterior puede
+contener cosas tales como un glosario, notas, una bibliografía y un
+índice.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\frontmatter</code> hace que las páginas se numeren en
+romanos minúsculas, y hace que los capítulos no estén numerados,
+aunque el título de cada capítulo aparece en la tabla de contenido; si
+usas otros comandos de seccionado aquí, usa la versión
+<code class="code">*</code>-versión (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a>).
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\mainmatter</code> cambia el comportamiento de nuevo a la
+versión esperada y restablece el número de página.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\backmatter</code> deja la numeración de páginas sola pero
+cambia los capítulos de nuevo a no estar numerados.
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a>, por ejemplo, usando estos tres
+comandos.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="array"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href="#abstract" accesskey="p" rel="prev">abstract</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="u" rel="up">Seccionado</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="array-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.2 <code>array</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-array"></a>
-<a name="index-array_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-matrices_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002c-composicion-tipografica-de-encabezados-de-unidades-seccionales">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040startsection"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-seccion_002c-redefiniendo"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{array}{<var>plantilla</var>}
-<var>texto col1</var>&amp;<var>texto col1</var>&amp;<var>coln</var>}\\
-...
-\end{array}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\@startsection{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">level</var>}{<var class="var">indent</var>}{<var class="var">beforeskip</var>}{<var class="var">afterskip</var>}{<var class="var">style</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Las matrices matemáticas se producen con el entorno <code>array</code>,
-normalmente dentro de un entorno <code>equation</code> (see <a href="#equation">equation</a>).
-Tiene un único argumento <var>plantilla</var> obligatorio que describe el
-número de columnas y la alineación dentro de ellas. Cada columna
-<var>col</var> se especifica por una sola letra que indica cual
-formato debe tener cada linea en esta columna de la siguiente manera:
+<p>Se usa para ayudar a redefinir el comportamiento de los comandos que
+comienzan a seccionar divisiones como <code class="code">\section</code> o
+<code class="code">\subsection</code>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>c</code></dt>
-<dd><p>centrada
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>l</code></dt>
-<dd><p>alineada a la izquierda
+<p>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <code class="code">titlesec</code> facilita la
+manipulación de la sección. Además, mientras que la mayoría de los
+requisitos para los comandos de seccionado los puede satisfacer
+<code class="code">\@startsection</code>, algunos no pueden. por ejemplo, en las clases
+LaTeX estándar <code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">report</code> los comandos
+<code class="code">\chapter</code> y <code class="code">\report</code> no se construyen de esta forma.
+Hacer un comando de este tipo, es posible que desees utilizar el
+comando <code class="code">\secdef</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Técnicamente, <code class="code">\@startsection</code> tiene la forma
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\@startsection{<var class="var">name</var>}
+ {<var class="var">level</var>}
+ {<var class="var">indent</var>}
+ {<var class="var">beforeskip</var>}
+ {<var class="var">afterskip</var>}
+ {<var class="var">style</var>}*[<var class="var">toctitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>por lo tanto emite
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{<var class="var">name</var>}
+ {<var class="var">level</var>}
+ {<var class="var">indent</var>}
+ {<var class="var">beforeskip</var>}
+ {<var class="var">afterskip</var>}
+ {<var class="var">style</var>}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>redefine <code class="code">\section</code> manteniendo su forma de llamada estándar
+<code class="code">\section*[<var class="var">toctitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}</code> (en el que, como
+recordatorio, el star&nbsp;<code class="code">*</code> es opcional). Véase <a class="xref" href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a>.
+Esto implica que cuando escribes un comando como
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\section}{...}</code>, el
+<code class="code">\@startsection{...}</code> debe ser el último en la definición. Ve
+los ejemplos a continuación.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">name</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="nombre-de-la-secci_00f3n-de-inicio"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"></a><p>Nombre del contador utilizado para numerar la cabecera de seccionado.
+Este contador se debe definir por separado. Lo más común es que esto
+sea <code class="code">sección</code>, <code class="code">subsección</code> o <code class="code">párrafo</code>. Aunque en
+esos casos el nombre del contador es el mismo que el comando de
+seccionado en sí mismo, no tienes que usar el mismo nombre.
+</p>
+<p>Entonces <code class="code">\the</code><var class="var">name</var> muestra el número del título y
+<code class="code">\</code><var class="var">name</var><code class="code">mark</code> es para los encabezados de página. Ve
+el tercer ejemplo a continuación.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">level</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-level"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"></a><p>Un número
+entero que proporciona la profundidad del comando de seccionado.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a>, para la lista de números de nivel estándar.
+</p>
+<p>Si <var class="var">level</var> es menor o igual que el valor del contador
+<code class="code">secnumdepth</code> entonces los títulos para este comando de
+seccionado serán numerados (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</a>). Por
+ejemplo, si <code class="code">secnumdepth</code> es 1 en un <code class="code">article</code> luego el
+comando <code class="code">\section{Introducción}</code> producirá una salida como &ldquo;1
+Introducción&rdquo; mientras que <code class="code">\subsection{Debate}</code> producirá
+salida como &ldquo;Debate&rdquo;, sin el prefijo numérico.
+</p>
+<p>Si <var class="var">level</var> es menor o igual que el valor del contador
+<var class="var">tocdepth</var> entonces la tabla de contenido tendrá una entrada para
+esta unidad de seccionado (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</a>). Por ejemplo,
+en un <code class="code">article</code>, si <var class="var">tocdepth</var> es 1, la tabla de contenido
+será listar secciones pero no subsecciones.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">indent</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-indent"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"></a><p>Una
+longitud que da la sangría de todas las líneas del título con respecto
+al margen izquierdo. Para que el título quede alineado con el uso de
+la margen <code class="code">0pt</code>. Una sangría negativa como <code class="code">-\parindent</code> se
+moverá el título en el margen izquierdo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">beforeskip</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-beforeskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"></a><p>El valor absoluto de esta longitud es la cantidad de espacio vertical
+que se inserta antes del título de esta unidad de seccionado. Este
+espacio será descartado si la unidad de seccionado comienza al
+principio de una página. Si este número es negativo, el primer
+párrafo que sigue al encabezado no tendrá sangría, si no es negativo
+entonces el primer párrafo estará sangrado. (Ten en cuenta que el
+negativo de <code class="code">1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> es <code class="code">-1pt plus -2pt
+minus -3pt</code>).
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, si <var class="var">beforeskip</var> es <code class="code">-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+-0.2ex</code> entonces, para iniciar la nueva unidad de seccionado, LaTeX
+agregará unas 3.5 veces la altura de una letra x en espacio vertical,
+y el primer párrafo en la sección no tendrá sangría. Usando una
+longitud elástica, con <code class="code">plus</code> y <code class="code">minus</code>, es una buena
+práctica aquí ya que da LaTeX más flexibilidad para crear la página
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
+</p>
+<p>La contabilización completa del espacio vertical entre la línea base
+de la línea anterior al encabezado de esta unidad de seccionado y la
+línea base del encabezado es que es la suma del <code class="code">\parskip</code> de la
+letra del texto, el <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> de la letra del título y el
+valor absoluto de <var class="var">beforeskip</var>. Este espacio suele ser elástico,
+por lo que se puede estirar o encoger. (Si la unidad de seccionado
+comienza en una página nueva de modo que el espacio vertical se
+descarta, la línea base del texto del encabezado será donde LaTeX
+pondría la línea base de la primera línea de texto en esa página).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">afterskip</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="startsection-afterskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"></a><p>Esta es una longitud. Si <var class="var">afterskip</var> no es negativo, entonces
+este es el espacio vertical insertado después del encabezado del
+título de la unidad de seccionado. Si es negativo, entonces el
+encabezado del título se convierte en un encabezado en ejecución, de
+modo que pasa a formar parte del párrafo siguiente. En este caso el
+valor absoluto de la longitud da el espacio horizontal entre el final
+del título y el comienzo del siguiente párrafo. (Ten en cuenta que el
+negativo de <code class="code">1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> es <code class="code">-1pt plus -2pt
+minus -3pt</code>).
+</p>
+<p>Al igual que con <var class="var">beforeskip</var>, usando una longitud elástica, con
+<code class="code">plus</code> y <code class="code">minus</code> componentes, es una buena práctica aquí ya
+que da a LaTeX más flexibilidad en la elaboración de la página.
+</p>
+<p>Si <code class="code">afterskip</code> no es negativo, la contabilidad completa del
+espacio vertical entre la línea base de la cabecera de la unidad de
+seccionado y la línea base de la primera línea del siguiente párrafo
+es que es la suma del <code class="code">\parskip</code> de la letra del título, el
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> de la letra del texto y el valor de <var class="var">after</var>.
+Ese espacio suele ser elástico, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger.
+(Ten en cuenta que debido a que el signo de <code class="code">afterskip</code> cambia la
+unidad de seccionado encabezado independiente de la ejecución, no
+puedes usar un <code class="code">afterskip</code> negativo para cancelar parte del
+<code class="code">\parskip</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">style</var></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="estilo-de-startsection"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"></a><p>Controla el estilo del título. Ve los ejemplos a continuación. Los
+comandos típicos para usar aquí son <code class="code">\centering</code>,
+<code class="code">\raggedright</code>, <code class="code">\normalfont</code>, <code class="code">\hrule</code> o
+<code class="code">\newpage</code>. El ultimo comando en <var class="var">style</var> puede ser uno que
+tome un argumento, como <code class="code">\MakeUppercase</code> o <code class="code">\fbox</code> que toma
+un argumento. El título de la sección se proporcionará como argumento
+para este comando. Por ejemplo, establecer <var class="var">style</var> en
+<code class="code">\bfseries\MakeUppercase</code> sería producir títulos en negrita y
+mayúsculas.
</p></dd>
-<dt><code>r</code></dt>
-<dd><p>alineada a la derecha
+</dl>
+
+<p>Estos son los valores predeterminados de LaTeX para las primeras
+tres unidades de seccionado que se definen con <code class="code">\@startsection</code>,
+para las clases <samp class="file">article</samp>, <samp class="file">book</samp> y <samp class="file">report</samp>.
+</p>
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li>Para <code class="code">section</code>: <var class="var">level</var> es 1, <var class="var">indent</var> es 0<span class="dmn">pt</span>,
+<var class="var">beforeskip</var> es <code class="code">-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
+<var class="var">afterskip</var> es <code class="code">2.3ex plus 0.2ex</code> y <var class="var">style</var> es
+<code class="code">\normalfont\Large\bfseries</code>.
+
+</li><li>Para <code class="code">subsection</code>: <var class="var">level</var> es 2, <var class="var">indent</var> es 0<span class="dmn">pt</span>,
+<var class="var">beforeskip</var> es <code class="code">-3.25ex plus -1ex minus <span class="w-nolinebreak-text">-0.2ex</span><!-- /@w --></code>,
+<var class="var">afterskip</var> es <code class="code">1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code> y <var class="var">style</var> es
+<code class="code">\normalfont\large\bfseries</code>.
+
+</li><li><div class="raggedright"><p class="raggedright-paragraph">Para <code class="code">subsubsection</code>: <var class="var">level</var> es 3, <var class="var">indent</var> es
+0<span class="dmn">pt</span>, <var class="var">beforeskip</var> es <code class="code">-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
+<var class="var">afterskip</var> es <code class="code">1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code> y <var class="var">style</var> es
+<code class="code">\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</code>.
+</p></div></li></ul>
+
+<p>A continuación se presentan algunos ejemplos. Estos van en un paquete
+o archivo de clase o en el preámbulo de un documento LaTeX. Si los
+pones en el preámbulo deben ir entre un comando <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y
+un <code class="code">\makeatother</code>. (Probablemente el mensaje de error <code class="code">No
+puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo vertical.</code> significa que se te
+olvidó esto). Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>Esto colocará los títulos de las secciones en negrita grande,
+centrados. Dice <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> porque las clases estándar de
+LaTeX ya han definió una <code class="code">\section</code>. Por la misma razón, no
+define un contador <code class="code">section</code>, o los comandos <code class="code">\thesection</code> y
+<code class="code">\l@section</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand\section{%
+ \@startsection{section}%
+ <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><var class="var">name</var></a>
+ {1}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><var class="var">level</var></a>
+ {0pt}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><var class="var">indent</var></a>
+ {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><var class="var">beforeskip</var></a>
+ {2.3ex plus.2ex}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><var class="var">afterskip</var></a>
+ {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><var class="var">style</var></a>
+ }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto pondrá los títulos de <code class="code">subsection</code> en letras minúsculas,
+alineados con el párrafo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand\subsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsection}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><var class="var">name</var></a>
+ {2}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><var class="var">level</var></a>
+ {0em}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><var class="var">indent</var></a>
+ {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><var class="var">beforeskip</var></a>
+ {-1em plus 0,2em}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><var class="var">afterskip</var></a>
+ {\scshape}% <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><var class="var">style</var></a>
+ }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Los ejemplos anteriores redefinieron los comandos de título de
+unidades seccionales existentes. Esto define uno nuevo, ilustrando el
+contador y las macros necesarias para mostrar ese contador.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% muestra los contadores tan abajo
+\newcounter{subsubparagraph}[subparagraph]% contador para numeración
+\renewcommand{\thesubsubparagraph}% cómo mostrar
+ {\thesubparagraph.\@arabic\c@subsubparagraph}% numeración
+\newcommand{\subsubparagraph}{\@startsection
+ {subsubparagraph}%
+ {6}%
+ {0em}%
+ {\baselineskip}%
+ {0.5\baselineskip}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize}}\newcommand*\l@subsubparagraph{\@dottedtocline{6}{10em}{5em}}% para toc
+\newcommand{\subsubparagraphmark}[1]{}% para encabezados de página
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Referencias-cruzadas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Entornos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Seccionado" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Seccionado</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Referencias-cruzadas-1">7 Referencias cruzadas</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-label"></a>
+<p>A menudo queremos algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Ve Teorema~31</samp>&rsquo;. Pero escribir a
+mano el 31 es mala práctica. En su lugar, debes escribir un
+<em class="dfn">label</em> como <code class="code">\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> y luego
+<em class="dfn">reference</em>, como con <code class="code">Ve ecuación~\ref{eq:GreensThm}</code>.
+LaTeX automáticamente calcula el número, lo pone en la salida y
+cambiará ese número más tarde si es necesario.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">
+
+Veremos esto con el Teorema~\ref{th:GreensThm}. % referencia
+directa:GreensThm}
+ ...
+\end{theorem}
+ ...
+Ve Teorema~\ref{th:GreensThm} en la página~\pageref{th:GreensThm}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>LaTeX rastrea información de referencias cruzadas en un archivo que
+tiene la extensión <samp class="file">.aux</samp> y con el mismo nombre base que el
+archivo que contiene la <code class="code">\label</code>. Entonces, si <code class="code">\label</code>
+está en <samp class="file">calculus.tex</samp> entonces la información está en
+<samp class="file">calculus.aux</samp>. LaTeX pone la información en ese archivo cada
+vez que se encuentra con un <code class="code">\label</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-referencia-directa"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-referencia_002c-adelantada"></a>
+<p>El comportamiento descrito en el párrafo anterior da como resultado
+una peculiaridad que sucede cuando tu documento tiene una
+<em class="dfn">referencia hacia adelante</em>, una <code class="code">\ref</code> que aparece antes del
+<code class="code">\label</code> asociado. Si esta es la primera vez que estás
+compilando el documento, obtendrás la &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia LaTeX: : La(s)
+etiqueta(s) pueden haber cambiado. Vuelve a ejecutar para obtener las
+referencias cruzadas correctas</samp>&rsquo; y en la salida, la referencia directa
+aparecerá como dos preguntas mark&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">??</samp>&rsquo;, en negrita. Algo
+similar sucede si cambias algunas cosas para que cambien las
+referencias; recibes la misma advertencia y la salida contiene la
+información de referencia anterior. En ambos casos, resuelve esto
+compilando el documento por segunda vez.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cleveref"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cleveref-package"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">cleveref</code> mejora las
+características de referencias cruzadas de LaTeX. Puedes arreglar
+eso si entras <code class="code">\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code>
+entonces <code class="code">\cref{thNerode}</code> generará &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Teorema 3.21</samp>&rsquo;, sin
+que tengas que ingresar el &ldquo;Teorema.&rdquo;
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\label</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\pageref</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\ref</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#paquete-xr" accesskey="4">paquete <code class="code">xr</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005clabel">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\pageref</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Referencias-cruzadas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Referencias cruzadas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005clabel-1">7.1 <code class="code">\label</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabel"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Asigna un número de referencia a <var class="var">key</var>. En texto ordinario
+<code class="code">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}</code> asigna a <var class="var">key</var> el número de la unidad
+de seccionado actual. Dentro de un entorno con numeración, como un
+entorno <code class="code">table</code> o <code class="code">theorem</code>, <code class="code">\label{<var class="var">clave</var>}</code>
+asigna a <var class="var">key</var> el número de ese entorno. Recuperar el número
+asignado con el comando <code class="code">\ref{<var class="var">key</var>}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cref"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Un nombre de clave puede consistir en cualquier secuencia de letras,
+dígitos o caracteres de puntuación. Las letras mayúsculas y
+minúsculas se distinguen, como de costumbre.
+</p>
+<p>Una convención común es usar etiquetas que consisten en un prefijo y
+un sufijo separados por dos puntos o punto. Por lo que,
+<code class="code">\label{fig:Post}</code> es una etiqueta para una figura con un
+retrato de Emil Post. Esto ayuda a evitar crear accidentalmente dos
+etiquetas con el mismo nombre, y hace que tu fuente sea más legible.
+Algunos prefijos de uso común:
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">ch</code></dt>
+<dd><p>por capítulos
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">sec</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">subsec</code></dt>
+<dd><p>para comandos de seccionado de nivel inferior
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">fig</code></dt>
+<dd><p>para figuras
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">tab</code></dt>
+<dd><p>para tablas
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">eq</code></dt>
+<dd><p>para ecuaciones
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-array_0029"></a>
-<p>La entradas de columna son separadas con <code>&amp;</code>. Las entradas de
-columna pueden incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX. Cada fila de la
-matriz se termina con <code>\\</code>.
+<p>En el archivo auxiliar se conserva la información de referencia como
+el texto de un comando de la forma
+<code class="code">\newlabel{<var class="var">label</var>}{{<var class="var">currentlabel</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}}</code>.
+Aquí <var class="var">currentlabel</var> es el valor actual de la macro
+<code class="code">\@currentlabel</code> que generalmente se actualiza cada vez que
+llamas a <code class="code">\refstepcounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code>.
</p>
-<a name="index-_0040_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d"></a>
-<p>En la plantilla, la construcción <code>@{<var>texto</var>}</code> coloca
-<var>texto</var> entre columnas en cada fila.
+<p>A continuación, la tecla <code class="code">sec:test</code> obtendrá el número de sección
+actual y la tecla <code class="code">fig:test</code> obtendrá el número de la figura.
+(Por cierto, coloca etiquetas después de los subtítulos en las figuras
+y tablas).
</p>
-<p>He aquí un ejemplo:
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section{nombre sección}
+\label{sec:test}
+Esta es la Sección~\ref{sec:test}.
+\begin{figure}
+ ...
+ \caption{del título}
+ \label{fig:test}
+\end{figure}
+Ve la figura~\ref{fig:test}.
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpageref">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\label</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Referencias-cruzadas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Referencias cruzadas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpageref-1">7.2 <code class="code">\pageref</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpageref"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-referencias-cruzadas-con-el-numero-de-pagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numero-de-pagina_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
- \begin{array}{lrc}
- izquierda1 &amp; derecha1 &amp; centrado1 \\
- izquierda2 &amp; derecha2 &amp; centrado2 \\
- \end{array}
-\end{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pageref{<var class="var">key</var>}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005carraycolsep"></a>
-<p>El parámetro <code>\arraycolsep</code> define la mitad del ancho del espacio
-de separación entre columnas; el predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>5pt</samp>&rsquo;.
-See <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>, para otros parámetros que afectan el formato en entornos
-<code>array</code>, a saber <code>\arrayrulewidth</code> y <code>\arraystretch</code>.
+<p>Proporciona el número de página del lugar en el texto donde se
+encuentra el comando <code class="code">\label</code>{<var class="var">key</var>} correspondiente.
</p>
-<p>El entorno <code>array</code> únicamente se puede utilizar en modo math.
+<p>Si no hay <code class="code">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}</code> entonces obtienes algo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia de LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1
+indefinida en la línea de entrada 11.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
+<p>A continuación, el <code class="code">\label{eq:main}</code> se usa tanto para el
+número de fórmula y para el número de página. (Ten en cuenta que las
+dos referencias son referencias directas por lo que este documento
+tendría que ser compilado dos veces para resolver aquellos).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">El resultado principal es formula~\ref{eq:main} en la
+página~\pageref{eq:main}.
+ ...
+\begin{equation} \label{eq:main}
+ \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP}
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="center"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cref">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next">description</a>, Previous: <a href="#array" accesskey="p" rel="prev">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#paquete-xr" accesskey="n" rel="next">paquete <code class="code">xr</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\pageref</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Referencias-cruzadas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Referencias cruzadas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="center-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.3 <code>center</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cref-1">7.3 <code class="code">\ref</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-center"></a>
-<a name="index-center_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-centrar-texto_002c-entorno-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cref"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-referencias-cruzadas_002c-simbolico"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numero-de-seccion_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numero-de-ecuacion_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numero-de-figura_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numero-de-nota-al-pie_002c-referencias-cruzadas"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{center}
-<var>línea1</var> \\
-<var>línea2</var> \\
-\end{center}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ref{<var class="var">key</var>}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-centrar_0029"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>center</code> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están centradas respecto al margen izquierdo y derecho de la
-página actual. Cada línea es terminada con dobles barras inversas
-<code>\\</code>.
+<p>Produce el número de la unidad seccional, ecuación, pie de página,
+figura, &hellip;, del comando <code class="code">\label</code> correspondiente
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005clabel"><code class="code">\label</code></a>). No produce ningún texto, como la palabra &lsquo;Sección&rsquo;
+o &lsquo;Figura&rsquo;, simplemente el número en sí.
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1">\centering</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Forma declarativa para el entorno <code>center</code>.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>Si no hay <code class="code">\label{<var class="var">key</var>}</code> entonces obtienes algo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia de LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1
+indefinida en la línea de entrada 11.</samp>&rsquo;
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, <code class="code">\ref{popular}</code> produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2</samp>&rsquo;. Ten en
+cuenta que es una referencia directa ya que viene antes de
+<code class="code">\label{popular}</code> por lo que este documento tendría que
+compilarse dos veces.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">El formato más utilizado es el número de artículo~\ref{popular}.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Plain \TeX
+\item \label{popular} \LaTeX
+\item Con\TeX t
+\end{enumerate}
+</pre></div>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cleveref-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cleveref-package-1"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">cleveref</code> incluye texto como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Theorem</samp>&rsquo; en la referencia. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ccentering"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="paquete-xr">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up">center</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Referencias-cruzadas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Referencias cruzadas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ccentering-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.3.1 <code>\centering</code></h4>
+<h3 class="section" id="paquete-xr-1">7.4 paquete <code class="code">xr</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xr"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xr-package"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccentering"></a>
-<a name="index-centrar-texto_002c-declaracion-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xr_002dhyper-package"></a>
-<p>La declaración <code>\centering</code> corresponde al entorno <code>center</code>.
-Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como
-<code>quote</code> o en un <code>parbox</code>. Por lo tanto, el texto de una
-figura o una tabla se puede centrar en la página poniendo una
-instrucción <code>\centering</code> al principio de la figura o en el entorno
-table.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cexternaldocument"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-referencias-cruzadas_002c-entre-documentos"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>A diferencia del entorno <code>center</code>, la instrucción <code>\centering</code>
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta simplemente cambia el formato que
-LaTeX aplica a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de
-la unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una
-línea en blanco o la instrucción <code>\end</code> (de un entorno tal como
-quote), que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{<var class="var">document-basename</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument[<var class="var">reference-prefix</var>]{<var class="var">document-basename</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Hacer referencias cruzadas al documento externo
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">document-basename</var>.tex</samp>.
</p>
-<p>He aquí un ejemplo:
+<p>Aquí tienes un ejemplo: Si <samp class="file">lectures.tex</samp> tiene esto en el
+preámbulo
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{quote}
-\centering
-primer línea \\
-segunda línea \\
-\end{quote}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{exercises}
+ \externaldocument[H-]{hints}
+ \externaldocument{answers}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>entonces puede usar etiquetas de referencias cruzadas de los otros
+tres documentos. Supón que <samp class="file">exercises.tex</samp> tiene una lista
+enumerada que contiene este,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} ¿Qué pasa si cada vértice tiene un grado impar?
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>y <samp class="file">hints.tex</samp> tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item \label{exerEulersThm} Distingue el caso de dos vértices.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>y <samp class="file">answers.tex</samp> tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item \label{ansEulersThm} No hay camino de Euler, excepto si hay
+ exactamente dos vértices.
</pre></div>
+<p>Después de compilar los ejercicios, sugerencias y documentos de
+respuestas, ingresar esto en el cuerpo de <samp class="file">lectures.tex</samp> dará
+como resultado la obtención de los números de referencia de las
+conferencias utilizadas en los otros documentos.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Ve el ejercicio~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, con
+Sugerencia~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. La solución es la
+respuesta~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Se necesita el prefijo <code class="code">H-</code> para la referencia del archivo de
+sugerencias porque la etiqueta en el archivo de sugerencias es la
+misma que la etiqueta en el archivo de ejercicios. Sin ese prefijo,
+ambas referencias obtendrían el número del archivo posterior.
+</p>
+<p>Nota: si el documento usa el paquete <code class="code">hyperref</code> entonces en
+lugar de <code class="code">xr</code>, coloca <code class="code">\usepackage{xr-hyper}</code> antes del
+<code class="code">\usepackage{hyperref}</code>. Además, si alguno de los múltiples
+documentos usa <code class="code">hyperref</code> entonces todos lo deben usar.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Entornos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="n" rel="next">Salto de línea</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Referencias-cruzadas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Referencias cruzadas</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Entornos-1">8 Entornos</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entornos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbegin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cend"></a>
+<p>LaTeX proporciona muchos entornos para delimitar cierto
+comportamiento. Un entorno comienza con <code class="code">\begin</code> y termina con
+<code class="code">\end</code>, como este:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{<var class="var">nombre-entorno</var>}
+ ...
+\end{<var class="var">nombre-entorno</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El <var class="var">nombre-entorno</var> al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el
+de el fin. Por ejemplo, la entrada
+<code class="code">\begin{table*}...\end{table}</code> generará un error como:
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">! Error de LaTeX: \begin{table*} en la línea de entrada 5
+terminada en \end{table}.</samp>&rsquo;
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-grupo_002c-y-entornos"></a>
+<p>Los entornos se ejecutan dentro de un grupo.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#abstract" accesskey="1"><code class="code">abstract</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#array" accesskey="2"><code class="code">array</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#center" accesskey="3"><code class="code">center</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#description" accesskey="4"><code class="code">Description</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#document" accesskey="6"><code class="code">document</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8"><code class="code">eqnarray</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#equation" accesskey="9"><code class="code">equation</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#filecontents"><code class="code">filecontents</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#flushleft"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#flushright"><code class="code">flushright</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#letter">entorno <code class="code">letter</code>: escribir cartas</a></li>
+<li><a href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#math"><code class="code">math</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#comillas-y-citas"><code class="code">quotation</code> y <code class="code">quote</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#tabbing"><code class="code">tabbing</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#theorem"><code class="code">theorem</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#titlepage"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#verbatim"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#verse"><code class="code">verse</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="description"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="abstract">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next">displaymath</a>, Previous: <a href="#center" accesskey="p" rel="prev">center</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">array</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="description-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.4 <code>description</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="abstract-1">8.1 <code class="code">abstract</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-abstract"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-abstract-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-description"></a>
-<a name="index-description_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-listas-etiquetadas_002c-creando"></a>
-<a name="index-listas-de-descripcion_002c-creando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-resumenes"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{description}
-\item [<var>etiqueta1</var>] <var>elemento1</var>
-\item [<var>etiqueta2</var>] <var>elemento2</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{abstract}
...
-\end{description}
+\end{abstract}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005citem"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>description</code> se utiliza para hacer listas etiquetadas.
-Cada <var>etiqueta</var> es compuesta tipográficamente en negrita, alineada a
-la derecha. El texto del <var>elemento</var> puede contener múltiples
-párrafos.
+<p>Produce un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos. Este entorno
+solo se define en las clases de documentos <code class="code">article</code> y
+<code class="code">report</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a>).
</p>
-<a name="index-maquina-de-escribir-en-negrita_002c-evitando"></a>
-<a name="index-etiquetas-en-maquina-de-escribir-en-listas"></a>
-<p>Otra variación: debido a que el estilo negrita se aplica a las
-etiquetas, si usted compone una etiqueta en máquina de escribir usando
-<code>\texttt</code>, obtendrá una máquina de escribir en negrita:
-<code>\item[\texttt{máquina de escribir y negrita}]</code>. Esta también
-puede estar en negrita, entre otras cuestiones. Para obtener sólo en
-máquina de escribir, use <code>\tt</code>, que restablece todas las
-variaciones de otros estilos: <code>\item[{\tt máquina de escribir
-simple}]</code>.
+<p>Usar el ejemplo a continuación en la clase <code class="code">article</code> produce la
+exhibición de un párrafo. La opción de clase de documento
+<code class="code">titlepage</code> genera el resumen en una página separada
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>); este es el predeterminado
+solo en la clase <code class="code">report</code>.
</p>
-<p>Para detalles acerca del espaciado en listas, vea <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{abstract}
+ Comparamos todos los relatos conocidos de la propuesta realizada por
+ Porter Alexander
+ a Robert E Lee en el Palacio de Justicia de Appomattox que el
+ ejército continúa en una guerra de guerrillas, a que Lee se negó.
+\end{abstract}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-abstract"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-abstract-package"></a>
+<p>El siguiente ejemplo produce un resumen de una
+columna en un documento de dos columnas (para una solución más
+flexible, usa el paquete <code class="code">abstract</code>).
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+ ...
+\begin{document}
+\title{Babe Ruth como progenitor cultural: un enfoque atávico}
+\author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Subvención de seguimiento
+ ferroviario.}}
+\twocolumn[
+ \begin{@twocolumnfalse}
+ \maketitle
+ \begin{abstract}
+ Ruth no era solo el sultán del Swat, era todo el equipo swat.
+ \end{abstract}
+ \end{@twocolumnfalse}
+ ]
+{ % inserta a mano una nota al pie de página al final de la página
+ \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \footnotetext[1]{Gracias por todo el pescado.}
+}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="displaymath"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="array">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next">document</a>, Previous: <a href="#description" accesskey="p" rel="prev">description</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">center</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#abstract" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">abstract</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="displaymath-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.5 <code>displaymath</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="array-1">8.2 <code class="code">array</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-array"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-array-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-displaymath"></a>
-<a name="index-displaymath_002c-entorno"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-arreglos_002c-matematicos"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath}
-<var>fórmula matemática</var>
-\end{displaymath}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{array}{<var class="var">cols</var>}
+ <var class="var">column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var class="var">column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var class="var">column n entry</var> \\
+ ...
+\end{array}
</pre></div>
-<p>o
+<p>o:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\[<var>math</var>\]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{array}[<var class="var">pos</var>]{<var class="var">cols</var>}
+ <var class="var">column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var class="var">column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var class="var">column n entry</var> \\
+ ...
+\end{array}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>displaymath</code> (<code>\[...\]</code> es un sinónimo) de
-composición tipográfica de texto <var>math</var> en una línea independiente,
-centrada de manera predeterminada. La opción global <code>fleqn</code>
-produce ecuaciones alineadas a la izquierda; vea <a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a>.
+<p>Produce un arreglo de matemáticas. Este entorno solo se puede usar en
+modo math (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>), y normalmente aparece dentro de un entorno
+math como <code class="code">equation</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#equation"><code class="code">equation</code></a>). Dentro de cada fila,
+las entradas de la columna están separadas por un ampersand,
+(<code class="code">&amp;</code>). Las filas terminan con barras invertidas dobles
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>No se añade un número de ecuación al texto de <code>displaymath</code>; Para
-obtener un número de ecuación, utilice el entorno <code>equation</code>
-(see <a href="#equation">equation</a>).
+<p>Este ejemplo muestra un arreglo de tres por tres.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation*}
+ \chi(x) =
+ \left| % cerca de la barra vertical
+ \begin{array}{ccc}
+ x-a &amp;-b &amp;-c \\
+ -d &amp;x-e &amp;-f \\
+ -g &amp;-h &amp;x-i
+ \end{array}
+ \right|
+\end{equation*}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El argumento requerido <var class="var">cols</var> describe el número de columnas, su
+alineación y el formato de las regiones entre columnas. Por ejemplo,
+<code class="code">\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}</code> da tres columnas: el
+primero alineado a la derecha, el segundo centrado y el tercero
+alineado a la izquierda. <a class="ref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> para la descripción completa
+de <var class="var">cols</var> y de otras características comunes de los dos entornos,
+incluido el argumento opcional <var class="var">pos</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Hay dos formas en que <code class="code">array</code> difiere de <code class="code">tabular</code>. La
+primera es que las entradas de <code class="code">array</code> se escriben en modo math,
+en estilo texto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a>) excepto si la definición
+<var class="var">cols</var> especifica la columna con <code class="code">p{...}</code>, lo que hace que
+la entrada se escriba en modo de texto. La segunda es que, en lugar
+del parámetro <code class="code">tabular</code> <code class="code">\tabcolsep</code>, el espacio entre
+columnas de LaTeX en un <code class="code">array</code> está gobernado por
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005carraycolsep"></a>
+<code class="code">\arraycolsep</code>, que da la mitad del ancho entre columnas. El
+predeterminado para esto es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5pt</samp>&rsquo; por lo que entre dos columnas
+viene 10<span class="dmn">pt</span> de espacio.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package"></a>
+<p>Para obtener arreglos con llaves el estándar es
+usar el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>. Viene con entornos <code class="code">pmatrix</code>
+para un arreglo rodeado de paréntesis&nbsp;<code class="code">(...)</code>,
+<code class="code">bmatrix</code> para un arreglo entre corchetes&nbsp;<code class="code">[...]</code>,
+<code class="code">Bmatrix</code> para un arreglo rodeado de llaves&nbsp;<code class="code">{...}</code>,
+<code class="code">vmatrix</code> para un arreglo rodeado de barras
+verticales&nbsp;<code class="code">|...|</code>, y <code class="code">Vmatrix</code> para un arreglo rodeado
+por dobles barras verticales&nbsp;<code class="code">||...||</code>, junto con otras
+construcciones de arreglo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-1"></a>
+
+<p>El siguiente ejemplo usa el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{amsmath} % en el preámbulo
+
+\begin{equation}
+ \begin{vmatrix}{cc} % arreglo con líneas verticales
+ a &amp;b \\
+ c &amp;d
+ \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-array"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-array-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-dcolumn"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dcolumn-package"></a>
+<p>Hay muchos paquetes relacionados
+con arreglos. El paquete <code class="code">array</code> tiene muchas extensiones
+útiles, incluidos más tipos de columnas. El paquete <code class="code">dcolumn</code>
+agrega un tipo de columna para centrarse en un punto decimal. Para
+ambos ve la documentación en CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="document"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="center">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next">enumerate</a>, Previous: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="p" rel="prev">displaymath</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">Description</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#array" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">array</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="document-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.6 <code>document</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="center-1">8.3 <code class="code">center</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-center"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-center-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-document"></a>
-<a name="index-document_002c-entorno"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-centrado_002c-entorno-para"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>document</code> encierra el cuerpo de un documento. este es
-obligatorio en cada documento LaTeX. See <a href="#Iniciando-y-Finalizando">Iniciando y Finalizando</a>.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ <var class="var">line1</var> \\
+ <var class="var">line2</var> \\
+ ...
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Crea un nuevo párrafo que consta de una secuencia de líneas que está
+centrado dentro de los márgenes izquierdo y derecho. Usa doble barra
+invertida, <code class="code">\\</code>, para obtener un salto de línea (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-centro_0029"></a>
+Si algún texto es demasiado largo para caber en una línea, entonces
+LaTeX insertará un salto de línea que evita la separación de
+sílabas y evita estirar o encoger cualquier espacio entre palabras.
+</p>
+<p>Este entorno inserta espacio por encima y por debajo del cuerpo del
+texto. <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005ccentering"><code class="code">\centering</code></a> para evitar dicho espacio, por ejemplo dentro
+de un entorno <code class="code">figure</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo produce tres líneas centradas. Hay espacio extra
+vertical entre las dos últimas líneas.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ Una Tesis Presentada en Cumplimiento Parcial \\
+ de los Requisitos de \\[0.5ex]
+ la Escuela de Ingeniería Ambiental
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En este ejemplo, según el ancho de línea de la página, LaTeX puede
+elegir un salto de línea para la parte anterior a la barra invertida
+doble. Si es así, será centrar cada una de las dos líneas y si no
+centrará la única línea. Entonces LaTeX se romperá en la barra
+invertida doble y centrará el final.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ Mi padre consideraba que cualquiera que fuera a la capilla y no
+ bebiera alcohol no debía ser tolerado.\\
+ Crecí en esa creencia. ---Richard Burton
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Una barra invertida doble después de la línea final es opcional. Si
+está presente no agrega ningún espacio vertical.
+</p>
+<p>En un documento de dos columnas, el texto está centrado en una
+columna, no en la página completa.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\centering</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="enumerate"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccentering">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next">eqnarray</a>, Previous: <a href="#document" accesskey="p" rel="prev">document</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Subir: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">center</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="enumerate-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.7 <code>enumerate</code></h3>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccentering-1">8.3.1 <code class="code">\centering</code></h4>
-<a name="index-entorno-enumerate"></a>
-<a name="index-enumerate_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-lista-de-elementos_002c-numerados"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccentering"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-centrado_002c-declaracion-para"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{enumerate}
-\item <var>elemento1</var>
-\item <var>elemento2</var>
-...
-\end{enumerate}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\centering ... }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{group}
+ \centering ...
+\end{group}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>enumerate</code> produce una lista numerada. Las
-enumeraciones se pueden anidar unas dentro de otras, hasta cuatro
-niveles de profundidad. Estas también se pueden anidar en otros
-entornos de párrafo, tal como <code>itemize</code> (see <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>) y
-<code>description</code> (see <a href="#description">description</a>).
+<p>Centra el material en su entorno. Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia
+dentro de un entorno como <code class="code">figure</code>, o en un <code class="code">parbox</code>.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005citem-1"></a>
-<p>Cada elemento de una lista enumerada comienza con una instrucción
-<code>\item</code>. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción
-<code>\item</code>.
+<p>La declaración <code class="code">\centering</code> de este ejemplo hace que el gráfico
+sea centrado horizontalmente.
</p>
-<p>De manera predeterminada, la numeración de cada nivel se hace de la
-siguiente manera:
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{ctan_lion.png}
+ \caption{CTAN Lion} \label{fig:CTANLion}
+\end{figure}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El entorno de este <code class="code">\centering</code> termina con
+<code class="code">\end{figure}</code>.
</p>
-<ol>
-<li> 1., 2., &hellip;
-</li><li> (a), (b), &hellip;
-</li><li> i., ii., &hellip;
-</li><li> A., B., &hellip;
-</li></ol>
+<p>A diferencia del entorno <code class="code">center</code>, el comando <code class="code">\centering</code>
+no agrega espacio vertical por encima y por debajo del texto. Esa es
+su ventaja en el ejemplo anterior; no hay un exceso de espacio.
+</p>
+<p>Tampoco comienza un nuevo párrafo; simplemente cambia cómo LaTeX da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Si <code class="code">ww {\centering xx \\
+yy} zz</code> está rodeado de líneas en blanco, entonces LaTeX creará un
+párrafo cuya primera línea &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ww xx</samp>&rsquo; está centrada y cuya segunda
+línea, no centrada, contiene &lsquo;<samp class="samp">yy zz</samp>&rsquo;. Usualmente lo que se desea
+es para el alcance de la declaración para contener una línea en blanco
+o el comando <code class="code">\end</code> de un entorno como <code class="code">figure</code> o
+<code class="code">table</code> que termina la unidad de párrafo. Por lo tanto, si
+<code class="code">{\centering xx \\ yy\par} zz</code> está rodeado de líneas en
+blanco, entonces crea un nuevo párrafo con dos líneas centradas
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">xx</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">yy</samp>&rsquo;, seguidas de un nuevo párrafo con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">zz</samp>&rsquo; que
+tiene el formato habitual.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="description">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#center" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">center</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Description">8.4 <code class="code">Description</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-Description"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Description-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listas-etiquetadas_002c-crear"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listas-de-descripcion_002c-crear"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{description}
+ \item[<var class="var">etiqueta del primer elemento</var>] <var class="var">texto del primer
+ elemento</var>
+ \item[<var class="var">etiqueta del segundo elemento</var>] <var class="var">texto del segundo
+ elemento</var>
+ ...
+\end{description}
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005cenumi"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cenumii"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cenumiii"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cenumiv"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>enumerate</code> usa los contadores <code>\enumi</code> hasta
-<code>\enumiv</code> (see <a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a>). Si se proporciona el argumento
-opcional a <code>\item</code>, el contador no se incrementa por cada elemento.
+<p>Entorno para hacer una lista de elementos etiquetados. La <var class="var">label</var>
+de cada elemento está escrita en negrita y alineada a la izquierda, de
+modo que las etiquetas largas continúan en la primera línea del texto
+del elemento. Debe haber al menos un elemento; al no tener alguno
+causa el error LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item
+perdido</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005clabelenumi"></a>
-<a name="index-_005clabelenumii"></a>
-<a name="index-_005clabelenumiii"></a>
-<a name="index-_005clabelenumiv"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>enumerate</code> utiliza las instrucciones desde
-<code>\labelenumi</code> hasta <code>\labelenumiv</code> para producir la etiqueta
-predeterminada. Por lo tanto, usted puede usar <code>\renewcommand</code>
-para cambiar las etiquetas (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a>). Por
-ejemplo, para hacer que el primer nivel use letras mayúsculas:
+<p>Este ejemplo muestra el entorno utilizado para una secuencia de
+definiciones.
</p>
-<a name="index-ejemplo-_005cAlph"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{description}
+ \item[lama] un sacerdote.
+ \item[llama] a una bestia.
+\end{description}
</pre></div>
+<p>Las etiquetas &lsquo;<samp class="samp">lama</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">llama</samp>&rsquo; se muestran en negrita, con
+el borde izquierdo en el margen izquierdo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem"></a>
+<p>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <code class="code">\item</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</a>). Utiliza las etiquetas opcionales, como en
+<code class="code">\item[Main point]</code>, porque hay ningún valor predeterminado
+sensato. Después de <code class="code">\item</code> hay texto opcional, que puede
+contener varios párrafos.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-maquina-de-escribir-en-negrita_002c-evitando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-etiquetas-de-maquina-de-escribir-en-listas"></a>
+<p>Dado que las etiquetas están en negrita, si el texto de la etiqueta
+requiere un cambio de letra dado en el estilo del argumento
+(<a class="ref" href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a>) entonces vendrá en negrita. Por
+ejemplo, si el texto de la etiqueta requiere una máquina de escribir
+con <code class="code">\item[\texttt{label text}]</code> entonces aparecerá en negrita
+máquina de escribir, si está disponible. La forma más sencilla de
+evitar esto, en este ejemplo para obtener una máquina de escribir sin
+negrita, es usar un estilo declarativo: <code class="code">\item[{\tt label
+text}]</code>. Del mismo modo, obtiene la letra romana estándar con
+<code class="code">\item[{\rm texto etiqueta}]</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas LaTeX,
+<a class="ref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a> y <a class="ref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>. A diferencia de esos entornos,
+anidar entornos <code class="code">description</code> no cambia la etiqueta
+predeterminada; es negrita y alineada a la izquierda en todos los
+niveles.
+</p>
+<p>Para obtener información sobre los parámetros de diseño de la lista,
+incluido el valor predeterminado y para obtener información sobre cómo
+personalizar el diseño de la lista, <a class="ref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>. El paquete
+<code class="code">enumitem</code> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo cambia las etiquetas de descripción a versalitas.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%
+ {\hspace{\labelsep}\textsc{#1}}}
+</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="eqnarray"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="displaymath">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next">equation</a>, Previous: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="p" rel="prev">enumerate</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">document</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#description" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">Description</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="eqnarray-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.8 <code>eqnarray</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="displaymath-1">8.5 <code class="code">displaymath</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-displaymath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-displaymath-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-eqnarray"></a>
-<a name="index-eqnarray_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-ecuaciones_002c-alineando"></a>
-<a name="index-alineando-Ecuaciones"></a>
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{eqnarray} <span class="roman">(o <code>eqnarray*</code>)</span>
-<var>fórmula1</var> \\
-<var>fórmula2</var> \\
-...
-\end{eqnarray}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ <var class="var">texto matemático</var>
+\end{displaymath}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-eqnarray_0029"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>eqnarray</code> se utiliza para mostrar una secuencia de
-ecuaciones o desigualdades. Es muy parecido a un entorno <code>array</code>
-de tres columnas, con filas consecutivas separadas por <code>\\</code> y
-elementos consecutivos en una fila, separados por un <code>&amp;</code>.
+<p>Entorno para componer el <var class="var">texto matemático</var> en su propia línea, en
+estilo de visualización y centrado. Para hacer que el texto quede
+alineado a la izquierda, usa la opción global <code class="code">fleqn</code>;
+<a class="ref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>.
+</p>
+<p>En el entorno <code class="code">displaymath</code> no se agrega ningún número de
+ecuación al texto de matemáticas. Una forma de obtener un número de
+ecuación es usar el entorno <code class="code">equation</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#equation"><code class="code">equation</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX no dividirá el <var class="var">texto matemático</var> entre líneas.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-2"></a>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>
+tiene significativamente más extensas facilidades de ecuación
+mostradas. Por ejemplo, hay una serie de formas en ese paquete para
+dividir el texto matemático en líneas.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-mostrar-matematicas"></a>
+<p>La construcción <code class="code">\[<var class="var">math</var>\]</code> es un sinónimo del entorno
+<code class="code">\begin{displaymath} <var class="var">math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> pero este
+último es más fácil de trabajar en la fuente; por ejemplo, la búsqueda
+de un corchete puede dar falsos positivos, pero la palabra
+<code class="code">displaymath</code> probablemente será único.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-normal-TeX-matematicas-de-visualizacion"></a>
+<p>(Aparte: la construcción <code class="code">$$<var class="var">math</var>$$</code> de Plain&nbsp;TeX a
+veces se usa erróneamente como sinónimo de <code class="code">displaymath</code>. Esté
+no es un sinónimo, y no se admite oficialmente en LaTeX en
+absoluto; <code class="code">$$</code> no admite la opción <code class="code">fleqn</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>), tiene un espaciado vertical diferente y no
+realiza comprobaciones de consistencia).
</p>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028para-eqnarray_0029"></a>
-<p>también puede utilizar <code>\\*</code> para separar ecuaciones
-independientes, con su propósito normal de no permitir saltos de página
-en esa línea.
+<p>La salida de este ejemplo está centrada y sola en su línea.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cnonumber"></a>
-<a name="index-numeros-de-ecuacion_002c-omitiendo"></a>
-<p>Se coloca un número de ecuación en cada línea a menos que la línea tenga
-una instrucción <code>\nonumber</code>. Alternativamente, la forma del
-entorno con <code>*</code> (<code>\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}</code>)
-debe omitir por completo la numeración de la ecuación, al tiempo que el
-mismo comienza con <code>eqnarray</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
+\end{displaymath}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Además, el signo integral es más grande que la versión en línea que
+produce <code class="code">\( \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3 \)</code>.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005clefteqn"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\lefteqn</code> se utiliza para dividir grandes fórmulas
-a través de varias líneas. Su argumento de composición tipográfica en el
-estilo de visualización alinea a la izquierda en una caja de ancho cero.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="document">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="document-1">8.6 <code class="code">document</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-document"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-environment"></a>
+
+
+<p>El entorno <code class="code">document</code> incluye todo el cuerpo de un documento. Se
+requiere en todos los documentos LaTeX. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Comenzar-y-terminar">Comenzar y terminar</a>.
</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\AtEndDocument</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="equation"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next">figure</a>, Previous: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="p" rel="prev">eqnarray</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\AtEndDocument</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">document</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="equation-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.9 <code>equation</code></h3>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument-1">8.6.1 <code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></h4>
-<a name="index-entorno-equation"></a>
-<a name="index-equation_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-ecuaciones_002c-entornos-para"></a>
-<a name="index-formulas_002c-entornos-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtBeginDocument"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comienzo-del-gancho-del-documento"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
-<var>fórmula-matemática</var>
-\end{equation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\AtBeginDocument{<var class="var">code</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>equation</code> comienza un entorno <code>displaymath</code>
-(see <a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a>), por ejemplo, centrando en la página el texto
-<var>math</var>, y además colocando el número de ecuación en el margen
-derecho.
+<p>Guarda <var class="var">code</var> y ejecútelo cuando <code class="code">\begin{document}</code> sea
+ejecutado, al final del preámbulo. El código se ejecuta después de
+las tablas de selección de letras se han configurado, por lo que la
+letra normal para el documento es la letra actual. Sin embargo, el
+código se ejecuta como parte del preámbulo para que no puedas hacer
+ninguna composición tipográfica con él.
+</p>
+<p>Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="figure"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">filecontents</a>, Previous: <a href="#equation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">equation</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">document</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="figure-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.10 <code>figure</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-figure"></a>
-<a name="index-figure_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-insertando-figuras"></a>
-<a name="index-figuras_002c-insertando"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument-1">8.6.2 <code class="code">\AtEndDocument</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndDocument"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-gancho-final-del-documento"></a>
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{figure[*]}[<var>úbicación</var>]
-<var>figbody</var>
-\label{<var>etiqueta}</var>
-\caption[<var>títulobreve</var>]{<var>texto</var>}
-\end{figure}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\AtEndDocument{<var class="var">code</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Las figuras son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y en su
-lugar son &ldquo;flotados&rdquo; a un lugar conveniente, como en la parte superior
-de una página. Las figuras no se dividen entre dos páginas.
+<p>Guarda <var class="var">code</var> y ejecútalo cerca del final del documento.
+Específicamente, se ejecuta cuando se ejecuta <code class="code">\end{document}</code>,
+antes de que termine la página final y antes de que quede flotando se
+procesan los entornos. Si deseas que parte del código se ejecute
+después de estos dos procesos, incluye un <code class="code">\clearpage</code> en el
+punto apropiado en <var class="var">code</var>.
</p>
-<p>Cuando se compone tipográficamente en columnas dobles, la forma favorita
-produce un ancho completo (a través de las dos columnas).
+<p>Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
</p>
-<p>El argumento opcional <code>[ubicación]</code> determina donde debe tratar de
-colocar LaTeX su figura. Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX,
-posiblemente, pueda colocar un flotante:
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="enumerate">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">eqnarray</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#document" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">document</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="enumerate-1">8.7 <code class="code">enumerate</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-enumerate"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumerate-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listas-de-elementos_002c-numerados"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>t</code></dt>
-<dd><p>(Top)&mdash;en lo alto de una página de texto.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{enumerate}
+ \item[<var class="var">etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</var>] <var class="var">texto del
+ primer elemento</var>
+ \item[<var class="var">etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</var>] <var class="var">texto del
+ segundo elemento</var>
+ ...
+\end{enumerate}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Entorno para producir una lista numerada de elementos. El formato de
+la numeración de las etiquetas depende del nivel de anidamiento de
+este entorno; ve abajo. La numeración de nivel superior predeterminada
+es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;, etc. Cada entorno de lista <code class="code">enumerate</code>
+debe tener al menos un elemento; no tiene ninguna causa el error
+LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item perdido</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>b</code></dt>
-<dd><p>(Bottom)&mdash;en la parte inferior de una página de texto. No obstante,
-<code>b</code> no se permite para flotantes de ancho completo (<code>figure*</code>)
-en entornos con columnas dobles. Para mejorar esto, utilice el paquete
-<code>stfloats</code> o <code>dblfloatfix</code>, pero vea el debate de advertencias
-en el FAQ:
-<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</a>.
+<p>Este ejemplo muestra a los dos primeros finalistas en el maratón
+olímpico de 1908. Como lista de nivel superior, las etiquetas
+aparecerían como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>h</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-paquete-float"></a>
-<p>(Here)&mdash;aquí, en la posición donde aparece el entorno <code>figure</code> en el
-texto. Sin embargo, este no está permitido por sí mismo,
-automáticamente se añade <code>t</code>. Para forzar que una figura
-absolutamente aparezca &ldquo;aquí&rdquo;, utilice el paquete <code>float</code> y use
-la letra de ubicación <code>H</code>. (Este paquete también ofrece otras
-opciones).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Johnny Hayes (USA)
+ \item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
+\end{enumerate}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem-1"></a>
+<p>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <code class="code">\item</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</a>). Si le das a <code class="code">\item</code> un argumento opcional
+siguiéndolo con corchetes, como en <code class="code">\item[Etiqueta
+intersticial]</code>, entonces el siguiente elemento continuará la secuencia
+interrumpida (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</a>). Es decir, obtendrás etiquetas como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo;, entonces &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Etiqueta intersticial</samp>&rsquo;, luego &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;.
+Después de <code class="code">\item</code> hay texto opcional, que puede contener varios
+párrafos.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>p</code></dt>
-<dd><p>(Página de flotantes)&mdash;en una página de flotantes separada, misma que
-es una página que no contiene texto, únicamente flotantes.
+<p>Las enumeraciones se pueden anidar dentro de otros entornos
+<code class="code">enumerate</code>, o dentro de cualquier entorno de creación de
+párrafos como <code class="code">itemize</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>), hasta cuatro niveles
+de profundidad. Esto le proporciona el valor LaTeX predeterminado
+para el formato en cada nivel de anidamiento, donde 1 es el nivel
+superior, el nivel más exterior.
+</p>
+<ol class="enumerate">
+<li> número arábigo seguido de un punto: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
+</li><li> letra minúscula entre paréntesis: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">(a)</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">(b)</samp>&rsquo;&nbsp;&hellip;
+</li><li> número romano en minúsculas seguido de un punto: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">i.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ii.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
+</li><li> letra mayúscula seguida de un punto: &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A.</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">B.</samp>&rsquo;,&nbsp;&hellip;
+</li></ol>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenumi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenumii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenumiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenumiv"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="enumerate-enumi"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-enumii"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-enumiii"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-enumiv"></a><p>El entorno <code class="code">enumerate</code> utiliza
+los contadores <code class="code">\enumi</code> hasta <code class="code">\enumiv</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Contadores">Contadores</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas LaTeX,
+<a class="ref" href="#description"><code class="code">Description</code></a> e <a class="ref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>. Para obtener información sobre el
+diseño de parámetros de lista, incluidos los valores predeterminados,
+y para obtener información sobre personalizar el diseño de la lista,
+<a class="ref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>. El paquete <code class="code">enumitem</code> es útil para personalizar
+listas.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelenumi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelenumii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelenumiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelenumiv"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="enumerate-labelenumi"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-labelenumii"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-labelenumiii"></a><a class="anchor" id="enumerate-labelenumiv"></a><p>Para
+cambiar el formato de la etiqueta usa <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) en los comandos
+<code class="code">\labelenumi</code> a través de <code class="code">\labelenumiv</code>. Por ejemplo, esta
+lista de primer nivel será etiquetada con letras mayúsculas, en
+negrita y sin punto final.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAlph-example"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Se muestra en negrita A
+ \item Se muestra en negrita B
+\end{enumerate}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para obtener una lista de comandos de contraetiquetado, consulta
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a>.
</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-<p>Las clases estándar <code>report</code> y <code>article</code> utilizan la ubicación
-predeterminada <code>tbp</code>.
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="eqnarray">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">equation</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="eqnarray-1">8.8 <code class="code">eqnarray</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-eqnarray"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eqnarray-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ecuaciones_002c-alineando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-alineando-ecuaciones"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-alinea-entorno_002c-de-amsmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package_002c-reemplazar-eqnarray"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Madsen_002c-Lars"></a>
+<p>El entorno <code class="code">eqnarray</code> está obsoleto. Tiene infelicidades,
+incluyendo el espaciado que es inconsistente con otros elementos
+matemáticos. (Ve &ldquo;¡Evita eqnarray!&rdquo; por Lars Madsen
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</a>). Nuevos
+documentos deben incluir el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code> y usar el que
+muestra entornos matemáticos proporcionados allí, como el entorno
+<code class="code">align</code>. Incluimos una descripción solo para completar y para
+trabajar con documentos antiguos.
</p>
-<p>El cuerpo de la figura se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-LaTeX, etc., que desee.
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{eqnarray}
+ <var class="var">primera fórmula a la izquierda</var>, <var class="var">primera fórmula en el
+ medio</var> y <var class="var">primera fórmula a la derecha</var> \\
+ ...
+\end{eqnarray}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
</p>
-<a name="index-_005ccaption"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\caption</code> especifica el <var>texto</var> del título de
-la figura. El título de manera predeterminada lleva el número. Si
-<var>loftitle</var> está presente, esta se utiliza en la lista de figuras en
-lugar del <var>texto</var> (see <a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido">Tablas de Contenido</a>).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{eqnarray*}
+ <var class="var">primera fórmula a la izquierda</var>, <var class="var">primera fórmula en el
+ medio</var> y <var class="var">primera fórmula a la derecha</var> \\
+ ...
+\end{eqnarray*}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-eqnarray_0029"></a>
+<p>Muestra una secuencia de ecuaciones o desigualdades. Los lados
+izquierdo y derecho se escriben en el modo display, mientras que el
+medio se escribe en el modo texto.
+</p>
+<p>Es similar a un entorno <code class="code">array</code> de tres columnas, con elementos
+dentro de una fila separada por un ampersand&nbsp;(<code class="code">&amp;</code>), y con
+filas separadas por dobles barras inversas&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028para-eqnarray_0029"></a>
+La forma de estrella del salto de línea (<code class="code">\\*</code>) también se puede
+usar para separar ecuaciones, y no permitirá un salto de página allí
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnonumber"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-numeros-de-ecuacion_002c-omitir"></a>
+<p>La forma sin estrella <code class="code">eqnarray</code> coloca un número de ecuación en
+cada línea (usando el contador <code class="code">equation</code>), a menos que esa línea
+contenga un comando <code class="code">\nonumber</code>. La forma destacada
+<code class="code">eqnarray*</code> omite numeración de ecuaciones, mientras que por lo
+demás son iguales.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clefteqn"></a>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\lefteqn</code> se usa para dividir fórmulas largas en
+líneas. Escribe tu argumento en estilo de visualización alineado a la
+izquierda en un cuadro de ancho cero.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo muestra tres líneas. Las dos primeras líneas forman una
+desigualdad, mientras que la tercera línea no tiene entrada por el
+lado izquierdo.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dd><a name="index-_005cbottomfraction"></a>
-<p>La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por flotantes
-en la parte inferior; el predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>.3</samp>&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{eqnarray*}
+ \lefteqn{x_1+x_2+\cdots+x_n} \\
+ &amp;\leq &amp;y_1+y_2+\cdots+y_n \\
+ &amp;= &amp;z+y_3+\cdots+y_n
+\end{eqnarray*}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="equation">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">figure</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">eqnarray</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="equation-1">8.9 <code class="code">equation</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-equation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equation-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ecuaciones_002c-entorno-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-formulas_002c-entorno-para"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\floatpagefraction</code>
-<a name="index-_005cfloatpagefraction"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>La fracción mínima de una página flotante que deben ocupar los
-flotantes; predeterminado a &lsquo;<samp>.5</samp>&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ <var class="var">texto matemático</var>
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Lo mismo que un entorno <code class="code">displaymath</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#displaymath"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a>)
+excepto que LaTeX pone un número de ecuación al ras del margen
+derecho. El número de la ecuación se genera usando el contador
+<code class="code">equation</code>.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\floatsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cfloatsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una página;
-predeterminado a &lsquo;<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>No debe haber líneas en blanco entre <code class="code">\begin{equation}</code> y
+<code class="code">\begin{equation}</code>, o LaTeX te dirá que falta el signo de
+dólar.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\intextsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cintextsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio por encima y por debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
-principal; predeterminado a &lsquo;<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>&rsquo; para estilos de
-&lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo; para
-&lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-3"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code> tiene una extensas
+facilidades para mostrar ecuaciones. Los nuevos documentos deben
+incluir este paquete.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textfloatsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextfloatsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio entre el último/primero flotante en la parte superior/inferior
-de una página; de manera predeterminada a &lsquo;<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="figure">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">filecontents</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#equation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">equation</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="figure-1">8.10 <code class="code">figure</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-figure"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figure-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-insertar-figuras"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figuras_002c-insertando"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textfraction</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextfraction"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Mínima fracción de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
-ocupan mucho espacio preserva tanto texto como sea posible, para que los
-flotantes sean trasladados a una página diferente. El predeterminado es
-&lsquo;<samp>.2</samp>&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}[<var class="var">placement</var>]
+ <var class="var">cuerpo de figura</var>
+ \caption[<var class="var">loftitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>} % opcional
+ \label{<var class="var">label}</var> % opcional
+\end{figure}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\topfraction</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctopfraction"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página que se puede ocupar
-antes de los flotantes; el predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>.7</samp>&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure*}[<var class="var">placement</var>]
+ <var class="var">cuerpo de figura</var>
+ \caption[<var class="var">loftitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>} % opcional
+ \label{<var class="var">label}</var> % opcional
+\end{figure*}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Las figuras son para material que no forma parte del texto normal. Un
+ejemplo es material que no se puede dividir en dos páginas, tal como
+gráficos. Debido a esto, LaTeX no escribe cifras en secuencia con
+texto normal, sino que los &ldquo;hace flotar&rdquo; a un lugar conveniente,
+como la parte superior de una página siguiente (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a>).
+</p>
+<p>El <var class="var">cuerpo de figura</var> puede consistir en gráficos importados
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Gr_00e1ficos">Gráficos</a>), o texto, comandos de LaTeX, etc. Está escrito
+en un <code class="code">parbox</code> de ancho <code class="code">\textwidth</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Los posibles valores de <var class="var">placement</var> son <code class="code">h</code> para &lsquo;<samp class="samp">aquí</samp>&rsquo;,
+<code class="code">t</code> para &lsquo;<samp class="samp">top</samp>&rsquo;, <code class="code">b</code> para &lsquo;<samp class="samp">bottom</samp>&rsquo; y <code class="code">p</code> para
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">en una página de flotantes separada</samp>&rsquo;. Para el efecto de estas
+opciones en el algoritmo de colocación de flotantes, <a class="ref" href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a>.
+</p>
+<p>La forma destacada <code class="code">figure*</code> se usa cuando un documento está en
+modo de doble columna (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code class="code">\twocolumn</code></a>). Produce una figura que
+abarca ambas columnas, en la parte superior de la página. Para
+agregar la posibilidad de colocar en la parte inferior de una página,
+ve la discusión de <var class="var">placement</var> <code class="code">b</code> en <a class="ref" href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccaption-1"></a>
+<p>La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a>). El comando opcional <code class="code">\caption</code>
+especifica el texto del título para la figura (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccaption"><code class="code">\caption</code></a>). De
+manera predeterminada está numerado. Si <var class="var">loftitle</var> está presente,
+se usa en la lista de figuras en lugar de <var class="var">title</var> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo hace una figura a partir de un gráfico. LaTeX
+colocará ese gráfico y su título en la parte superior de una página o,
+si se empuja al final del documento, en una página de flotantes.
</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{figure}[t]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{CTANlion.png}
+ \caption{El CTAN lion, por Duane Bibby}
+\end{figure}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="filecontents"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="filecontents">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushleft</a>, Previous: <a href="#figure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">figure</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#figure" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">figure</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="filecontents_003a-Crear-un-archivo-externo"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.11 <code>filecontents</code>: Crear un archivo externo</h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-filecontents"></a>
-<a name="index-filecontents_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-filecontents_002a"></a>
-<a name="index-filecontents_002a_002c-entorno"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="filecontents-1">8.11 <code class="code">filecontents</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-filecontents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-filecontents-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-filecontents_002a-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivos-externos_002c-escritura"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-escribiendo-varios-archivos-desde-la-fuente_002e"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{filecontents}{<var>nombre-del-archivo</var>}
-<var>texto</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{filecontents}[<var class="var">option</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
\end{filecontents}
</pre></div>
<p>o
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{filecontents*}{<var>nombre-del-archivo</var>}
-<var>texto</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{filecontents*}[<var class="var">option</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
\end{filecontents*}
</pre></div>
-<p>LaTeX crea un archivo llamado <var>nombre-del-archivo</var> cuyo contenido
-es <var>texto</var>. El entorno sin <code>*</code> pone comentario de cabecera ;
-ver el ejemplo más abajo. Con <code>*</code> <code>filecontents*</code> no incluye
-el comentario de cabecera.
+<p>Crea un archivo llamado <var class="var">filename</var> en el directorio actual (o el
+directorio de salida, si se especifica; véase <a class="pxref" href="#directorio-de-salida">directorio de salida</a>)
+y escribir <var class="var">text</var> en él. De forma predeterminada, un archivo
+existente no se sobrescribe.
</p>
-<p>Este entorno puede ser utilizado en cualquier lugar en el preámbulo,
-aunque aparezca en general antes de la instrucción
-<code>\documentclass</code>. Es típicamente utilizado cuando el archivo fuente
-necesita un archivo no estándar de estilo o de clase. El entorno permite
-escribir este archivo en el repertorio que contiene este archivo y así
-de devolver el código fuente autónoma. Otra utilización es incluir
-referencia al formato <code>bib</code> en el archivo fuente, lo mismo para
-hacerlo autónomo.
+<p>La versión sin estrella del entorno <code class="code">filecontents</code> prefija el
+contenido del archivo creado con un encabezado de comentarios TeX;
+ve el siguiente ejemplo. La versión protagonista <code class="code">filecontents*</code>
+no incluye el encabezado.
</p>
-<p>El entorno verifica si un archivo con lo mismo nombre ya existe, y si
-sí, no hace nada. Hay un paquete <samp>filecontents</samp> quién vuelve a
-definir el entorno <code>filecontents</code> de modo que en lugar de no hacer
-nada en este caso, sobrescribe en el archivo existente.
+<p>Las opciones posibles son::
</p>
-<p>Por ejemplo, este documento
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-force-opcion-para-filecontents'><span><code class="code">force</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-force-opcion-para-filecontents'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">overwrite</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-force-opcion-para-filecontents-1"></a>
+<p>La opción <code class="code">overwrite</code> para <code class="code">filecontents</code>
+Sobrescribe un archivo existente.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-Opcion-noheader-para-filecontents'><span><code class="code">noheader</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-Opcion-noheader-para-filecontents'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Omite el encabezado. Equivale a usar <code class="code">filecontents*</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-Opcion-nosearch-para-filecontents'><span><code class="code">nosearch</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-Opcion-nosearch-para-filecontents'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Solo verifica el directorio actual (y el directorio de salida, si se
+ha especificado) para un archivo existente, no la ruta de búsqueda
+completa.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Estas opciones se agregaron en una versión de LaTeX de 2019.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fuentes-autonomas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivos-fuente_002c-que-los-convierte-en-autonomos"></a>
+<p>Este entorno se puede utilizar en cualquier parte del preámbulo,
+aunque a menudo aparece antes del comando <code class="code">\documentclass</code>. Esta
+comúnmente se usa para crear un <code class="code">.bib</code> u otro archivo de datos
+similar desde el origen del documento principal, para que el archivo
+fuente sea autónomo. Del mismo modo, se puede usar para crear un
+estilo personalizado o un archivo de clase, nuevamente haciendo que la
+fuente sea autónoma.
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, este documento::
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\documentclass{article}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
\begin{filecontents}{JH.sty}
-\newcommand{\minombre}{Jim Hef{}feron}
+\newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
\end{filecontents}
\usepackage{JH}
\begin{document}
-Un artículo de \minombre.
+Artículo por \myname.
\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>produce este archivo <samp>JH.sty</samp>.
+<p>produce este archivo <samp class="file">JH.sty</samp>:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
-%% generated by the `filecontents' environment
-%% from source `test' on 2015/10/12.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">%% Archivo LaTeX2e `JH.sty'
+%% generado por el entorno `filecontents'
+%% de la fuente `test' el 12/10/2015.
%%
-\newcommand{\minombre}{Jim Hef{}feron}
+\newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
</pre></div>
-
<hr>
-<a name="flushleft"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="flushleft">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushright</a>, Previous: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">filecontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">flushright</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">filecontents</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="flushleft-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.12 <code>flushleft</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-flushleft"></a>
-<a name="index-flushleft_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-justificar-texto-a-la-izquierda_002c-entornos-para"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-irregular-a-la-derecha_002c-entorno-para"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="flushleft-1">8.12 <code class="code">flushleft</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-flushleft"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flushleft-environment"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-justificado-a-la-izquierda_002c-entorno-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-justificado-a-la-derecha-irregular_002c-entorno-para"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{flushleft}
-<var>línea1</var> \\
-<var>línea2</var> \\
-...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{flushleft}
+ <var class="var">line1</var> \\
+ <var class="var">line2</var> \\
+ ...
\end{flushleft}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-para-flushleft"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>flushleft</code> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen de la mano izquierda y no están
-justificadas a la derecha. Cada línea se debe terminar con <code>\\</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-flushleft_0029"></a>
+<p>Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular al lado derecho. Si tienes filas demasiado
+largas entonces LaTeX las dividirá de una manera que evite la
+separación silábica y alargar o achicar los espacios entre palabras.
+Para forzar una nueva línea usa una doble barra invertida, <code class="code">\\</code>.
+Para la forma de declaración&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005craggedright"><code class="code">\raggedright</code></a>.
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1">\raggedright</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Forma declarativa del entorno <code>flushleft</code>.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>Esto crea un cuadro de texto que tiene como máximo 3 pulgadas de
+ancho, con el texto alineado a la izquierda e irregular a la derecha.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent\begin{minipage}{3in}
+\begin{flushleft}
+ Una oración larga que será dividida por \LaTeX{}
+ en un lugar conveniente. \\
+ Y, una nueva línea forzada por la doble barra invertida.
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{minipage}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\raggedright</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005craggedright"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005craggedright">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushleft</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Subir: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005craggedright-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005craggedright"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-irregular-a-la-derecha"></a>
-<a name="index-justificando-texto-a-la-izquierda"></a>
-<a name="index-justificacion_002c-alineando-a-la-derecha"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005craggedright-1">8.12.1 <code class="code">\raggedright</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005craggedright"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-justificado-a-la-derecha-irregular"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-justificado-a-la-izquierda"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-justificacion_002c-irregular-a-la-derecha"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\raggedright ... }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{<var class="var">environment</var>} \raggedright
+ ...
+\end{<var class="var">environment</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p>La declaración <code>\raggedright</code> corresponde al entorno
-<code>flushleft</code>. Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un
-entorno tal como <code>quote</code> o en un <code>parbox</code>.
+<p>Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular a la derecha. Se puede usar dentro de un
+<var class="var">environment</var> como <code class="code">quote</code> o en un <code class="code">parbox</code>. Para la
+forma del entorno&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#flushleft"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>A diferencia del entorno <code>flushleft</code>, la instrucción
-<code>\raggedright</code> no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia
-como aplica LaTeX el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar
-el formato de la unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe
-contener una línea en blanco o la instrucción <code>\end</code> que termina la
-unidad de párrafo.
+<p>A diferencia del entorno <code class="code">flushleft</code>, <code class="code">\raggedright</code> el
+comando no inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia en cómo LaTeX da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una
+unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea
+en blanco o el comando <code class="code">\end</code> que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
</p>
+<p>Aquí <code class="code">\raggedright</code> en cada segunda columna evita que LaTeX
+haga una composición tipográfica incómoda para encajar el texto en la
+columna reducida. Ten en cuenta que <code class="code">\raggedright</code> está dentro
+de llaves <code class="code">{...}</code> para delimitar su efecto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
+ Equipo alfa &amp;{\raggedright Este equipo hace todo el trabajo real.} \\
+ Equipo beta &amp;{\raggedright Este equipo se asegura de que el
+ enfriador de agua nunca esté vacío.} \\
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="flushright"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="flushright">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next">itemize</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="p" rel="prev">flushleft</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="flushright-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.13 <code>flushright</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-flushright"></a>
-<a name="index-flushright_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-irregular-a-la-izquierda_002c-entorno-para"></a>
-<a name="index-justificar-texto-a-la-derecha_002c-entorno-para"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="flushright-1">8.13 <code class="code">flushright</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-flushright"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flushright-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-izquierdo-irregular_002c-entorno-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-justificar-texto-a-la-derecha_002c-entorno-para"></a>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{flushright}
-<var>línea1</var> \\
-<var>línea2</var> \\
-...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{flushright}
+ <var class="var">line1</var> \\
+ <var class="var">line2</var> \\
+ ...
\end{flushright}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-flushright_0029"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>flushright</code> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen a mano derecha e irregulares a
-la izquierda. Cada línea se debe terminar con <code>\\</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-flushright_0029"></a>
+<p>Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+derecho e irregular al izquierdo. Si tienes filas demasiado largas
+para ajustarse a los márgenes, entonces LaTeX los dividirá de una
+manera que evita la división con guiones y la ampliación o reducción
+de los espacios entre palabras. Para forzar una nueva línea usa una
+barra invertida doble, <code class="code">\\</code>. Para la forma de
+declaración&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005craggedleft"><code class="code">\raggedleft</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno, <a class="ref" href="#flushleft"><code class="code">flushleft</code></a>,
+donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para reemplazar <code class="code">flushleft</code>
+por <code class="code">flushright</code>.
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1">\raggedleft</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Forma declarativa del entorno <code>flushright</code>.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\raggedleft</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005craggedleft"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005craggedleft">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushright</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Subir: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">flushright</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005craggedleft-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005craggedleft"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-irregular-a-la-izquierda"></a>
-<a name="index-justificacion_002c-irregular-a-la-izquierda"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-justificado-a-la-derecha"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005craggedleft-1">8.13.1 <code class="code">\raggedleft</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005craggedleft"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-alineado-a-la-izquierda-irregular"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-justificacion_002c-desigual-izquierda"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-justificacion-de-texto-a-la-derecha"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\raggedleft ... }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{<var class="var">environment</var>} \raggedleft
+ ...
+\end{<var class="var">environment</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p>La declaración <code>\raggedleft</code> corresponde al entorno
-<code>flushright</code>. Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un
-entorno tal como <code>quote</code> o en un <code>parbox</code>.
+<p>Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+derecho e izquierdo irregular. Se puede usar dentro de un
+<var class="var">environment</var> como <code class="code">quote</code> o en un <code class="code">parbox</code>. Para la
+forma del entorno&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#flushright"><code class="code">flushright</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>A diferencia del entorno <code>flushright</code>, la instrucción
-<code>\raggedleft</code> no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia
-como aplica LaTeX el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar
-el formato de la unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe
-contener una línea en blanco o la instrucción <code>\end</code> que termina la
-unidad de párrafo.
+<p>A diferencia del entorno <code class="code">flushright</code>, <code class="code">\raggedleft</code> el
+comando no inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia cómo LaTeX da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una
+unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea
+en blanco o el comando <code class="code">\end</code> que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+</p>
+<p>Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno,
+&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005craggedright"><code class="code">\raggedright</code></a>, donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para
+reemplazar <code class="code">\raggedright</code> por <code class="code">\raggedleft</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="itemize"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="itemize">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next">letter</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="p" rel="prev">flushright</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next">entorno <code class="code">letter</code>: escribir cartas</a>, Anterior: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">flushright</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="itemize-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.14 <code>itemize</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-itemize"></a>
-<a name="index-itemize_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-_005citem-2"></a>
-<a name="index-listas-de-elementos"></a>
-<a name="index-listas-no-ordenadas"></a>
-<a name="index-listas-con-vinetas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="itemize-1">8.14 <code class="code">itemize</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-itemize"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-itemize-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listas-de-elementos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listas-no-ordenadas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listas-con-vinetas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listas-de-vinetas"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{itemize}
-\item <var>elemento1</var>
-\item <var>elemento2</var>
-...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{itemize}
+ \item[<var class="var">etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</var>] <var class="var">texto del
+ primer elemento</var>
+ \item[<var class="var">etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</var>] <var class="var">texto del
+ segundo elemento</var>
+ ...
\end{itemize}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>itemize</code> produce una lista &ldquo;no ordenada&rdquo;, &ldquo;con
-viñetas&rdquo;. Se pueden anidar entorno itemize dentro de otros, hasta
-cuatro niveles de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros
-entornos que marcan párrafos, tal como <code>enumerate</code>
-(see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>).
-</p>
-<p>Cada elemento de una lista <code>itemize</code> comienza con una instrucción
-<code>\item</code>. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción
-<code>\item</code>.
+<p>Produce una <em class="dfn">lista desordenada</em>, a veces denominada lista con
+viñetas. Ahí debe haber al menos un <code class="code">\item</code> dentro del entorno;
+no tiene ninguna causa el error LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Algo anda mal, tal vez
+un \item faltante</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p>De forma predeterminada, las marcas en cada nivel tienen esta
-apariencia:
+<p>Esto da una lista de dos elementos.
</p>
-<ol>
-<li> &bull; (bala)
-</li><li> <b>-<span class="nolinebreak">-</span><!-- /@w --></b> (guión en negrita)
-</li><li> * (asterisco)
-</li><li> . (punto centrado, aquí representado como un punto)
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{itemize}
+ \item Dibujo a lápiz y acuarela por Cassandra
+ \item Retrato de arroz
+\end{itemize}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Con la configuración regional predeterminada &mdash; sin cargar, por
+ejemplo, el paquete <code class="code">babel</code> con otro idioma que no sea
+inglés&mdash;como una lista de nivel superior cada etiqueta saldría como
+una viñeta, &bull;. El formato del etiquetado depende del nivel de
+anidamiento; ve abajo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem-3"></a>
+<p>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <code class="code">\item</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</a>). Si le das a <code class="code">\item</code> un argumento opcional entre
+corchetes siguiéndolo, como en <code class="code">\item[<var class="var">Etiqueta optional</var>]</code>,
+entonces de manera predeterminada <var class="var">Etiqueta opcional</var> aparecerá en
+negrita y alineada a la derecha, por lo que se podría extender hasta
+el margen izquierdo. Para las etiquetas que están niveladas a la
+izquierda, consulta el entorno <a class="ref" href="#description"><code class="code">Description</code></a>. Después del
+<code class="code">\item</code> está el texto del elemento, que puede estar vacío o
+contener varios párrafos.
+</p>
+<p>Las listas desordenadas se pueden anidar una dentro de otra, hasta
+cuatro niveles de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros
+entornos de creación de párrafos, como <code class="code">enumerate</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelitemi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelitemii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelitemiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clabelitemiv"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="itemize-labelitemi"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-labelitemii"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-labelitemiii"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-labelitemiv"></a><p>El entorno
+<code class="code">itemize</code> usa los comandos <code class="code">\labelitemi</code> a través de
+<code class="code">\labelitemiv</code> para generar la etiqueta predeterminada (ten en
+cuenta la convención de números romanos en minúsculas al final de los
+nombres de los comandos que significan el nivel de anidamiento).
+Estas son las marcas predeterminadas en cada nivel.
+</p>
+<ol class="enumerate">
+<li> &bull; (bullet, de <code class="code">\textbullet</code>)
+</li><li> <b class="b">-<span class="w-nolinebreak-text">-</span><!-- /@w --></b> (bold en-dash, de <code class="code">\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</code>)
+</li><li> * (asterisco, de <code class="code">\textasteriskcentered</code>)
+</li><li> . (verticalmente centrado dot, representado aquí como un punto, de <code class="code">\textperiodcentered</code>)
</li></ol>
-<a name="index-_005clabelitemi"></a>
-<a name="index-_005clabelitemii"></a>
-<a name="index-_005clabelitemiii"></a>
-<a name="index-_005clabelitemiv"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>itemize</code> utiliza las instrucciones desde
-<code>\labelitemi</code> hasta <code>\labelitemiv</code> para producir la etiqueta
-predeterminada. De modo que, usted puede usar <code>\renewcommand</code> para
-cambiar las etiquetas. Por ejemplo, para que en primer nivel utilice
-diamantes:
+<p>Cambia las etiquetas con <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>. Por ejemplo, esto hace
+que el primer nivel use diamantes.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmargin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmargini"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginiv"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginv"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleftmarginvi"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmargin"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmargini"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginii"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginiii"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginiv"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginv"></a><a class="anchor" id="itemize-leftmarginvi"></a><p>La distancia entre el margen izquierdo
+del entorno envolvente y el margen izquierdo de la lista
+<code class="code">itemize</code> está determinado por el parámetros <code class="code">\leftmargini</code>
+a <code class="code">\leftmarginvi</code>. (Esto también usa la convención de usar
+números romanos en minúsculas al final del nombre del comando para
+indicar el nivel de anidamiento). Los valores predeterminados son:
+<code class="code">2.5em</code> en el nivel 1 (<code class="code">2em</code> en modo de dos columnas),
+<code class="code">2.2em</code> en el nivel 2, <code class="code">1.87em</code> en el nivel 3 y <code class="code">1.7em</code>
+en el nivel 4, con valores más pequeños para niveles anidados más
+profundos.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-enumitem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumitem-package"></a>
+<p>Para otros entornos principales de listas
+etiquetadas LaTeX, <a class="ref" href="#description"><code class="code">Description</code></a> y <a class="ref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>.
+<code class="code">itemize</code>, los entornos <code class="code">enumerate</code> y <code class="code">description</code>
+usan la misma lista de parámetros de diseño. Para obtener una
+descripción, incluidos los valores predeterminados, y para obtener
+información sobre cómo personalizar el diseño de la lista, <a class="ref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>.
+El paquete <code class="code">enumitem</code> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo reduce en gran medida el espacio del margen para los
+elementos detallados más externos de listas.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % predeterminado 2.5em
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005cleftmargin"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cleftmargini"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cleftmarginii"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cleftmarginiii"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cleftmarginiv"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cleftmarginv"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cleftmarginvi"></a>
-<p>Los parámetros desde <code>\leftmargini</code> hasta <code>\leftmarginvi</code>
-definen la distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y
-el margen izquierdo de la lista. Por convención, <code>\leftmargin</code> se
-fija al <code>\leftmargin<var>N</var></code> adecuado cuando ingresa a un nuevo
-nivel de anidamiento.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparskip-ejemplo"></a>
+<p>Especialmente para listas con artículos cortos, puede ser deseable
+eludir espacio entre elementos. Aquí hay un ejemplo que define un
+entorno <code class="code">itemize*</code> sin espacios adicionales entre elementos o
+entre párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (<code class="code">\parskip</code> no es
+específico de la lista, véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip"><code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>):
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{itemize*}%
+ {\begin{itemize}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
+ {\end{itemize}}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="letter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">list</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="entorno-letter_003a-escribir-cartas">8.15 entorno <code class="code">letter</code>: escribir cartas</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-letter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letter-environment"></a>
+
+
+<p>Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Cartas">Cartas</a>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="list">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">math</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#letter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">entorno <code class="code">letter</code>: escribir cartas</a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="list-1">8.16 <code class="code">list</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-list"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-list-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listas-de-elementos_002c-generica"></a>
-<p>El predeterminado varía desde &lsquo;<samp>.5em</samp>&rsquo; (el nivel de anidamiento
-superior) a &lsquo;<samp>2.5em</samp>&rsquo; (el primer nivel), y se reduce un poco en modo
-two-column. En este ejemplo se reduce mucho el espacio del margen para
-las listas anidadas:
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % predeterminado 2.5em
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{list}{<var class="var">labeling</var>}{<var class="var">spacing</var>}
+ \item[<var class="var">etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</var>] <var class="var">texto del
+ primer elemento</var>
+ \item[<var class="var">etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</var>] <var class="var">texto del
+ segundo elemento</var>
+ ...
+\end{list}
</pre></div>
-<p>Algunos parámetros que afectan el formato de la lista:
+<p>Un entorno para la construcción de listas.
+</p>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que este entorno no suele aparecer en el cuerpo del
+documento. La mayoría de las listas creadas por los autores de
+LaTeX son las que vienen estándar: los entornos <code class="code">description</code>,
+<code class="code">enumerate</code> e <code class="code">itemize</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#description"><code class="code">Description</code></a>,
+<a class="ref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a> y <a class="ref" href="#itemize"><code class="code">itemize</code></a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\itemindent</code>
-<a name="index-_005citemindent"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Sangrado extra antes de cada elemento de una lista; predeterminado a
-cero.
+<p>En cambio, el entorno <code class="code">list</code> se usa con mayor frecuencia en
+macros. Por ejemplo, muchos entornos LaTeX estándar que no
+funcionan inmediatamente parecen ser listas, de hecho están
+construidos usando <code class="code">list</code>, incluyendo <code class="code">quotation</code>,
+<code class="code">quote</code> y <code class="code">center</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#comillas-y-citas"><code class="code">quotation</code> y <code class="code">quote</code></a>,
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#center"><code class="code">center</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este usa el entorno <code class="code">list</code> para definir un nuevo entorno
+personalizado.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{namedlistcounter} % número de elementos
+\newenvironment{named}
+ {\begin{list}
+ {Item~\Roman{namedlistcounter}.} % etiquetado
+ {\usecounter{namedlistcounter} % establece el contador
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{3.5em}} % establece el espaciado
+ }
+ {\end{list}}
+
+\begin{named}
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~I.''
+ \item[Etiqueta especial.] Se muestra como ``Etiqueta especial.''
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~II.''
+\end{named}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El primer argumento obligatorio <var class="var">labeling</var> especifica el valor
+predeterminado de etiquetado de los elementos de la lista. Puede
+contener comandos de texto y LaTeX, como arriba donde contiene
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Item</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">\Roman{&hellip;}</samp>&rsquo;. LaTeX forma la etiqueta
+poniendo el argumento <var class="var">labeling</var> en un cuadro de ancho
+<code class="code">\labelwidth</code>. Si la etiqueta es más ancha que eso, el material
+adicional se extiende a la derecha. Al hacer una instancia de una
+<code class="code">list</code> puedes redefinir el etiquetado predeterminado dando a
+<code class="code">\item</code> un argumento opcional al incluir corchetes y el texto,
+como en la <code class="code">\item[Etiqueta especial.]</code>; véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005citem"><code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</a>.
+</p>
+<p>El segundo argumento obligatorio <var class="var">spacing</var> tiene una lista de
+comandos. Esta lista puede estar vacía. Un comando que puede entrar
+aquí es <code class="code">\usecounter{<var class="var">countername</var>}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a>).
+Utiliza este diciéndole a LaTeX que numere los elementos usando el
+contador dado. El contador se restablecerá a cero cada vez que
+LaTeX ingrese al entorno, y el contador se incrementa en uno cada
+vez que LaTeX encuentra un <code class="code">\item</code> que no tiene un argumento
+opcional.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakelabel"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="list-makelabel"></a><p>Otro comando que puede ir en <var class="var">spacing</var> es
+<code class="code">\makelabel</code>, que construye el cuadro de etiquetas. De manera
+predeterminada pone el contenido volcado a la derecha. Su único
+argumento es la etiqueta, que composiciones tipográficas en modo LR
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). Un ejemplo de cambiar su definición es la del ejemplo
+del <code class="code">named</code> anterior, antes de la definición del entorno añade
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}</code>, y entre el
+comando <code class="code">\setlength</code> y el paréntesis que cierra el argumento
+<var class="var">spacing</var> también agrega <code class="code">\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel</code>.
+Luego, las etiquetas se compondrán en versalitas. Del mismo modo,
+cambiando la segunda línea del código a <code class="code">\let\makelabel\fbox</code>
+pone las etiquetas dentro de una caja enmarcada. A continuación se
+muestra otro ejemplo del comando <code class="code">\makelabel</code>, en la definición
+del entorno <code class="code">redlabel</code>.
+</p>
+<p>También a menudo en <var class="var">spacing</var> hay comandos para redefinir el
+espacio para la lista. A continuación se muestran los parámetros de
+espaciado con sus valores predeterminados. (Los valores
+predeterminados para entornos derivados como <code class="code">itemize</code> pueden ser
+diferentes a los valores que se muestran aquí). Consulta también la
+siguiente figura de lista. Cada uno tiene una longitud
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Los espacios verticales normalmente son
+longitudes elásticas, con componentes <code class="code">plus</code> y <code class="code">minus</code>, para
+darle flexibilidad a TeX en la configuración de la página. Cambiar
+cada uno con un comando como <code class="code">\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt
+minus1pt}</code>. Para algunos efectos, estas longitudes deben ser cero o
+negativas.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005citemindent'><span><code class="code">\itemindent</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005citemindent'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-itemindent"></a><p>Sangría de espacio horizontal adicional, más
+allá de <code class="code">leftmargin</code>, de la primera línea de cada elemento. Su
+valor predeterminado es <code class="code">0pt</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005citemsep'><span><code class="code">\itemsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005citemsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-itemsep"></a><p>Espacio vertical entre elementos, más allá del
+<code class="code">\parsep</code>. Los valores predeterminados para los tres primeros
+niveles en las clases LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo; y
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; con un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <code class="code">4pt plus2pt minus
+1pt</code>, <code class="code">\parsep</code> (es decir, <code class="code">2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>), y
+<code class="code">\topsep</code> (es decir, <code class="code">2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>). Los valores
+predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <code class="code">4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code>,
+<code class="code">\parsep</code> (es decir, <code class="code">2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>) y
+<code class="code">\topsep</code> (es decir, <code class="code">2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>). Los valores
+predeterminados en 12 puntos son: <code class="code">5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</code>,
+<code class="code">\parsep</code> (es decir, <code class="code">2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>), y
+<code class="code">\topsep</code> (es decir, <code class="code">2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005clabelsep'><span><code class="code">\labelsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clabelsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-labelsep"></a><p>Espacio horizontal entre la etiqueta y el
+texto de un elemento. El valor predeterminado para las clases
+LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo;, y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; es <code class="code">0.5em</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005clabelwidth'><span><code class="code">\labelwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clabelwidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-labelwidth"></a><p>Ancho horizontal. La caja que contiene la
+etiqueta nominalmente es así de ancha. Si <code class="code">\makelabel</code> devuelve
+un texto más ancho que este, entonces la primera línea del elemento se
+sangrará para dejar espacio para este material adicional. Si
+<code class="code">\makelabel</code> devuelve texto de ancho menor o igual que
+<code class="code">\labelwidth</code> entonces el valor predeterminado de LaTeX es que
+la etiqueta está compuesta al ras en una caja de este ancho.
+</p>
+<p>El borde izquierdo del cuadro de etiqueta es
+<code class="code">\leftmargin</code>+<code class="code">\itemindent</code>-<code class="code">\labelsep</code>-<code class="code">\labelwidth</code>
+del margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente.
+</p>
+<p>El valor predeterminado para las clases &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo; y
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; de LaTeX en el nivel superior es
+<code class="code">\leftmargini</code>-<code class="code">\labelsep</code>, (que es <code class="code">2em</code> en modo una
+columna y <code class="code">1.5em</code> en modo de dos columnas). En el segundo nivel
+es <code class="code">\leftmarginii</code>-<code class="code">\labelsep</code>, y en el tercer nivel es
+<code class="code">\leftmarginiii</code>-<code class="code">\labelsep</code>. Estas definiciones hacen que
+el borde izquierdo de la etiqueta coincida con el margen izquierdo del
+entorno envolvente.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cleftmargin-1'><span><code class="code">\leftmargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftmargin-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-leftmargin"></a><p>Espacio horizontal entre el margen izquierdo
+del entorno envolvente (o el margen izquierdo de la página si se trata
+de una lista de nivel superior), y el margen izquierdo de esta lista.
+No debe ser negativo.
+</p>
+<p>En las clases de documentos estándar de LaTeX, una lista de nivel
+superior tiene este conjunto al valor de <code class="code">\leftmargini</code>, mientras
+que una lista anidada dentro una lista de nivel superior tiene este
+margen establecido en <code class="code">\leftmarginii</code>. Las listas más
+profundamente anidadas obtienen los valores de <code class="code">\leftmarginiii</code> a
+través de <code class="code">\leftmarginvi</code>. (La anidación superior al nivel cinco
+genera el mensaje de error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Anidado demasiado profundo</samp>&rsquo;).
+</p>
+<p>Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las clases
+LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; son: <code class="code">\leftmargini</code> es
+<code class="code">2.5em</code> (en modo de dos columnas, <code class="code">2em</code>), <code class="code">\leftmarginii</code>
+es
+<code class="code">2.2em</code> y <code class="code">\leftmarginiii</code> es <code class="code">1.87em</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005clistparindent'><span><code class="code">\listparindent</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clistparindent'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-listparindent"></a><p>Espacio horizontal de sangría de línea
+adicional, más allá de <code class="code">\leftmargin</code>, para el segundo y
+posteriores párrafos dentro de una lista <code class="code">item</code>. Un valor
+negativo lo convierte en &ldquo;outdent&rdquo;. Su valor predeterminado es
+<code class="code">0pt</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cparsep'><span><code class="code">\parsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cparsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-parsep"></a><p>Espacio vertical entre párrafos dentro de un
+elemento. Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles
+en las clases LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; con
+un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <code class="code">4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code>, <code class="code">2pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt</code> y <code class="code">0pt</code>. Los valores predeterminados en
+tamaño de 11 puntos son: <code class="code">4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code>, <code class="code">2pt
+plus1pt minus1pt</code>, y <code class="code">0pt</code>. Los valores predeterminados en
+tamaño de 12 puntos son: <code class="code">5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</code>, <code class="code">2.5pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt</code> y <code class="code">0pt</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cpartopsep'><span><code class="code">\partopsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpartopsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-partopsep"></a><p>Espacio vertical agregado, más allá de
+<code class="code">\topsep</code>+<code class="code">\parskip</code>, en la parte superior y la parte
+inferior de todo el entorno si la instancia de la lista está precedida
+por una línea en blanco. (Una línea en blanco en la fuente LaTeX
+antes de la lista cambia el espaciado en la parte superior e inferior
+de la lista; si la línea siguiente a la lista está en blanco, no
+importa).
+</p>
+<p>Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las
+clases LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; con un
+tamaño de 10 puntos son: <code class="code">2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>, <code class="code">2pt plus
+1pt minus 1pt</code> y <code class="code">1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>. Los valores
+predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <code class="code">3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>,
+<code class="code">3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code> y <code class="code">1pt plus0pt minus 1pt</code>). Los
+valores predeterminados en 12 puntos son: <code class="code">3pt plus 2pt minus
+3pt</code>, <code class="code">3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code> y <code class="code">1pt plus0pt minus 1pt</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005crightmargin'><span><code class="code">\rightmargin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightmargin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-rightmargin"></a><p>Espacio horizontal entre el margen derecho
+de la lista y el margen derecho del entorno envolvente. Su valor
+predeterminado es <code class="code">0pt</code>. No debe ser negativo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctopsep'><span><code class="code">\topsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctopsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-topsep"></a><p>Espacio vertical agregado a la parte superior e
+inferior de la lista, además a <code class="code">\parskip</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip"><code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>). Los valores predeterminados para los tres primeros
+niveles en las clases LaTeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">article</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">book</samp>&rsquo; y
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">report</samp>&rsquo; con un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <code class="code">8pt plus 2pt minus
+4pt</code>, <code class="code">4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code> y <code class="code">2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
+Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <code class="code">9pt plus 3pt minus
+5pt</code>, <code class="code">4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code> y <code class="code">2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
+Los valores predeterminados para 12 puntos son: <code class="code">10pt plus 4pt
+minus 6pt</code>, <code class="code">5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</code>, y <code class="code">2.5pt plus 1pt
+minus 1pt</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\labelsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005clabelsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento; predeterminado a
-&lsquo;<samp>.5em</samp>&rsquo;.
+</dl>
+
+<p>Esto muestra las distancias horizontal y vertical.
+</p>
+<div class="float">
+<img class="image" src="latex2e-figures/list.png" alt="latex2e-figures/list">
+</div>
+<p>Las longitudes que se muestran se enumeran a continuación. La
+relación clave es que el borde derecho del paréntesis para <var class="var">h1</var> es
+igual al borde derecho del corchete para <var class="var">h4</var>, de modo que el
+borde izquierdo del cuadro de etiqueta esté en
+<var class="var">h3</var>+<var class="var">h4</var>-(<var class="var">h0</var>+<var class="var">h1</var>).
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">v0</var></dt>
+<dd><p><em class="math"><code class="code">\topsep</code> + <code class="code">\parskip</code></em> si el entorno de la lista no
+comienza un nuevo párrafo, y
+<code class="code">\topsep</code>+<code class="code">\parskip</code>+<code class="code">\partopsep</code> si lo comienza
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\labelwidth</code>
-<a name="index-_005clabelwidth"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Ancho de la etiqueta; predeterminado a &lsquo;<samp>2em</samp>&rsquo;, o &lsquo;<samp>1.5em</samp>&rsquo; en
-modo two-column.
+<dt><var class="var">v1</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\parsep</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\listparindent</code>
-<a name="index-_005clistparindent"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Sangría extra añadida al segundo y subsecuentes párrafos, dentro de un
-elemento de la lista; predeterminado a &lsquo;<samp>0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt><var class="var">v2</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\itemsep</code>+<code class="code">\parsep</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rightmargin</code>
-<a name="index-_005crightmargin"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Distancia horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el entorno
-envolvente; de manera predeterminada &lsquo;<samp>0pt</samp>&rsquo;, salbo en los entornos
-<code>quote</code>, <code>quotation</code> y <code>verse</code>, donde se hace igual a
-<code>\leftmargin</code>.
+<dt><var class="var">v3</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Igual que <var class="var">v0</var>. (Este espacio se ve afectado por si una línea en
+blanco aparece en la fuente por encima del entorno; si una línea en
+blanco aparece en la fuente debajo del entorno no importa).
</p>
</dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>Parámetros que afectan el espaciamiento vertical entre elementos de la
-lista (más bien libre, de manera predeterminada).
+<dt><var class="var">h0</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\labelwidth</code>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">h1</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\labelsep</code>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">h2</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\listparindent</code>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">h3</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\leftmargin</code>
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\itemsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005citemsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio vertical entre elementos. El predeterminado es <code>2pt
-plus1pt minus1pt</code> para <code>10pt</code> documentos, <code>3pt plus2pt
-minus1pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code> para
-<code>12pt</code>.
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">h4</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\itemindent</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\parsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cparsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio vertical extra entre párrafos dentro de un elemento de la lista.
-Los predeterminados son los mismos que para <code>\itemsep</code>.
+<dt><var class="var">h5</var></dt>
+<dd><p><code class="code">\rightmargin</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\topsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctopsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio vertical entre el primer elemento y el párrafo anterior.
+</dl>
+
+<p>Los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la lista, que se muestran arriba
+como <var class="var">h3</var> y <var class="var">h5</var>, son con respecto a las proporcionadas por el
+entorno circundante, o con respecto a los márgenes de página para una
+lista de nivel superior. El ancho de línea utilizado para componer
+los elementos de la lista es <code class="code">\linewidth</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a>). Por ejemplo, establece el margen izquierdo
+de la lista para que sea una cuarta parte de la distancia entre los
+márgenes izquierdo y derecho del entorno envolvente con
+<code class="code">\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}</code>.
</p>
-<p>Para listas de nivel superior, el predeterminado es
-<code>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> para <code>10pt</code> documentos,
-<code>9pt plus3pt minus5pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y
-<code>10pt plus4pt minus6pt</code> para <code>12pt</code>. Estos se reducen
-en listas anidadas.
+<p>Los saltos de página en una estructura de lista están controlados por
+los tres parámetros a continuación. Para cada uno, el valor
+predeterminado de LaTeX es <code class="code">-\@lowpenalty</code>, es decir,
+<code class="code">-51</code>. Porque es negativo, de alguna manera fomenta un salto de
+página en cada punto. Cambiarlo con, por ejemplo,
+<code class="code">\@beginparpenalty=9999</code>; un valor de 10000 prohíbe un salto de
+página.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty'><span><code class="code">\@beginparpenalty</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-beginparpenalty"></a><p>La penalización de salto de página por
+romper antes de la lista (predeterminado <code class="code">-51</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_0040itempenalty'><span><code class="code">\@itempenalty</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0040itempenalty'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-itempenalty"></a><p>La penalización por salto de página al
+romper antes de un elemento de lista (predeterminado <code class="code">-51</code>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\partopsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpartopsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio extra añadido a <code>\topsep</code> cuando el entorno lista comienza
-un párrafo. El valor predeterminado es <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> para
-<code>10pt</code> documentos, <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y
-<code>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> para <code>12pt</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005c_0040endparpenalty'><span><code class="code">\@endparpenalty</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="lista-endparpenalty"></a><p>La penalización de salto de página por
+romper después de una lista (predeterminado <code class="code">-51</code>).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<a name="index-ejemplo-_005cparskip"></a>
-<p>Sobre todo para listas con elementos cortos, puede ser conveniente
-eludir los espacios entre ellos. He aquí un ejemplo de una definición
-del entorno <code>itemize*</code> sin espacio extra entre elementos o entre
-párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (<code>\parskip</code> no es específico de
-la lista, see <a href="#g_t_005cparskip">\parskip</a>):
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-enumitem-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enumitem-package-1"></a>
+
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">enumitem</code> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo tiene las etiquetas en rojo. Están numeradas, y el borde
+izquierdo de la etiqueta se alinea con el borde izquierdo del texto
+del elemento. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newenvironment{itemize*}%
- {\begin{itemize}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
- {\end{itemize}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{color}
+\newcounter{cnt}
+\newcommand{\makeredlabel}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1.}}
+\newenvironment{redlabel}
+ {\begin{list}
+ {\arabic{cnt}}
+ {\usecounter{cnt}
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{0em}
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{0.5em}
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{0.5em} % equals \labelwidth+\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel
+ }
+ }
+{\end{list}}
</pre></div>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</a></li>
+<li><a href="#trivlist" accesskey="2"><code class="code">trivlist</code>: Una forma restringida de <code class="code">list</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="letter"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005citem">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next">list</a>, Previous: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="p" rel="prev">itemize</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">trivlist</code>: Una forma restringida de <code class="code">list</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">list</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Entorno-letter_003a-Escribiendo-Cartas"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.15 Entorno <code>letter</code>: Escribiendo Cartas</h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-letter"></a>
-<a name="index-letter_002c-entorno"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005citem_003a-Una-entrada-en-una-lista">8.16.1 <code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</h4>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item texto del elemento
+</pre></div>
-<p>Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. See <a href="#Cartas">Cartas</a>.
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\item[<var class="var">optional-label</var>] texto del elemento
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Una entrada en una lista. Las entradas están precedidas por una
+etiqueta, cuyo valor predeterminado depende del tipo de lista.
+</p>
+<p>Porque la etiqueta opcional está entre corchetes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[...]</samp>&rsquo;, si
+tienes un elemento cuyo texto comienza con [, tienes que ocultar el
+corchete dentro de las llaves, como en: <code class="code">\item {[} es un
+corchete de apertura</code>; de lo contrario, LaTeX pensará en la marca
+como el comienzo de una etiqueta opcional.
+</p>
+<p>Del mismo modo, si el artículo tiene la etiqueta opcional y necesitas
+un corchete de cierre dentro de esa etiqueta, lo debes ocultar en la
+misma forma: <code class="code">\item[Corchete de cierre, {]}]</code>. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a>.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, la lista de enumeración tiene dos elementos que usan
+el valor de etiqueta predeterminado y otra que usa la etiqueta
+opcional.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Moe
+ \item[a veces] Shemp
+ \item Larry
+\end{enumerate}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El primer elemento está etiquetado como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.</samp>&rsquo;, el segundo elemento
+está etiquetado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">a veces</samp>&rsquo;, y el tercer elemento está etiquetado
+como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2.</samp>&rsquo;. Porque de la etiqueta opcional en el segundo
+artículo, el tercer artículo no está etiquetado&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">3.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="list"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="trivlist">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next">math</a>, Previous: <a href="#letter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">letter</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</a>, Subir: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">list</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="list-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.16 <code>list</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-list"></a>
-<a name="index-list_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-listas-de-elementos_002c-genericas"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="trivlist_003a-Una-forma-restringida-de-list">8.16.2 <code class="code">trivlist</code>: Una forma restringida de <code class="code">list</code></h4>
-<p>El entorno <code>list</code> es un entorno genérico que se utiliza para
-definir mucho de los entornos más específicos. Este rara vez se utiliza
-en documentos, pero a muy menudo en las macros.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{list}{<var>etiquetado</var>}{<var>espaciado</var>}
-\item <var>elemento1</var>
-\item <var>elemento2</var>
-...
-\end{list}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{trivlist}
+ ...
+\end{trivlist}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Una versión restringida del entorno list, en la que los márgenes no
+son sangrados y un <code class="code">\item</code> sin un argumento opcional no produce
+texto. Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia en macros, para definir un
+entorno en el que el comando <code class="code">\item</code> es parte de la definición
+del entorno. Para instancia, el entorno <code class="code">center</code> se define
+esencialmente como este:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{center}
+ {\begin{trivlist}\centering\item\relax}
+ {\end{trivlist}}
</pre></div>
-<p>El argumento obligatorio <var>etiquetado</var> especifica como se deben
-etiquetar los elementos (a menos que se especifique el argumento
-opcional <code>\item</code>). Este argumento es una pieza de texto que se
-inserta en una caja para formar la etiqueta. Este se puede y suele
-contener otras instrucciones LaTeX.
+<p>El uso de <code class="code">trivlist</code> de esta manera permite que la macro herede
+algún código común: combinar el espacio vertical de dos entornos
+adyacentes; detectar si el texto que sigue al entorno debe ser
+considerado un nuevo párrafo o una continuación del anterior; ajustar
+los márgenes izquierdo y derecho para un posible entorno de lista
+anidada.
+</p>
+<p>Específicamente, <code class="code">trivlist</code> usa los valores actuales de los
+parámetros de lista (véase <a class="pxref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>), excepto que <code class="code">\parsep</code> se
+establece en el valor de <code class="code">\parskip</code>, y <code class="code">\leftmargin</code>,
+<code class="code">\labelwidth</code>, e <code class="code">\itemindent</code> se establecen en cero.
</p>
-<p>El argumento obligatorio <var>spacing</var> contiene instrucciones para
-cambiar los parámetros de espaciado para la lista. Este argumento por
-lo regular está vacío, es decir, <code>{}</code>, lo cual deja el espaciado
-predeterminado.
+<p>Este ejemplo genera los elementos como dos párrafos, excepto que (de
+manera predeterminada) no tienen sangría de párrafo y están separados
+verticalmente.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{trivlist}
+\item La \textit{Sorpresa} no es antigua; nadie la llamaría vieja.
+\item Ella tiene un arco de farol, lindas líneas.
+\end{trivlist}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="math"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="math">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next">minipage</a>, Previous: <a href="#list" accesskey="p" rel="prev">list</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#list" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">list</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="math-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.17 <code>math</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="math-1">8.17 <code class="code">math</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-math"></a>
-<a name="index-math_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-formulas-en-linea"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-formulas-en-linea"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{math}
-<var>fórmula-matemática</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{math}
+<var class="var">math</var>
\end{math}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>math</code> inserta la fórmula <var>math</var> dada dentro del
-texto actual. <code>\(...\))</code> y <code>$...$</code> son sinónimos.
-See <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_0024-matematicas-en-linea"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0028_002e_002e_002e_005c_0029-matematicas-en-linea"></a>
+<p>El entorno <code class="code">math</code> inserta material dado <var class="var">math</var> dentro del
+texto en ejecución. <code class="code">\(...\)</code> y <code class="code">$...$</code> son sinónimos.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="minipage"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="minipage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next">picture</a>, Previous: <a href="#math" accesskey="p" rel="prev">math</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">picture</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#math" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">math</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="minipage-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.18 <code>minipage</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="minipage-1">8.18 <code class="code">minipage</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-minipage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minipage-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-minipage"></a>
-<a name="index-minipage_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-minipage_002c-creando-una"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minipagina_002c-crear-una"></a>
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{minipage}[<var>posición</var>][<var>alto</var>][<var>pos-interna</var>]{<var>ancho</var>}
-<var>texto</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}{<var class="var">width</var>}
+ <var class="var">contenido</var>
\end{minipage}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>minipage</code> compone tipográficamente su cuerpo de
-<var>texto</var> en un bloque que no debe abarcar varias páginas. Este es
-similar a la instrucción <code>\parbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a>), pero a
-diferencia de <code>\parbox</code>, se pueden utilizar otros entornos de
-marcado de párrafos dentro de una minipágina.
+<p>o
</p>
-<p>Los argumentos son los mismos que para <code>\parbox</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a>).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}[<var class="var">position</var>][<var class="var">height</var>][<var class="var">inner-pos</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}
+ <var class="var">contenido</var>
+\end{minipage}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Pon <var class="var">contenido</var> en un cuadro que tenga un ancho de <var class="var">width</var>.
+Esto es como una versión pequeña de una página; puede contener sus
+propias notas al pie, listas detalladas, etc. (Hay algunas
+restricciones, incluyendo que no puede tener flotante). Este cuadro
+no se dividirá entre páginas. Entonces <code class="code">minipage</code> es similar a
+<code class="code">\parbox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>) pero aquí puedes tener párrafos.
</p>
-<a name="index-sangria-de-parrafos_002c-en-minipage"></a>
-<a name="index-sangria-de-parrafos_002c-en-minipage-1"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cparindent"></a>
-<p>De forma predeterminada, en el entorno <code>minipage</code> los párrafos no
-tienen sangría. Usted puede restablecer la sangría con una instrucción
-tal como <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code>.
+<p>Este ejemplo tendrá 3&nbsp;pulgadas de ancho y tiene dos párrafos.
</p>
-<a name="index-notas-al-pie-en-figuras"></a>
-<a name="index-figuras_002c-en-notas-al-pie"></a>
-<p>La notas al pie en un entorno <code>minipage</code> son manipuladas de una
-manera que es especialmente útil para poner notas en figuras o tablas.
-Una instrucción <code>\footnote</code> o <code>\footnotetext</code> coloca la nota
-al pie en la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte
-inferior de la página, y esta utiliza el contador <code>\mpfootnote</code> en
-lugar del contador normal <code>footnote</code> (see <a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a>).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}{3in}
+ Stephen Kleene fue uno de los fundadores de la Teoría de la
+ Computación.
+
+ Fue estudiante de Iglesia, escribió tres textos influyentes, fue
+ presidente de la Asociación de Lógica Simbólica, y ganó la Medalla
+ Nacional de Ciencias.
+\end{minipage}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ve adelante, para una explicación de la sangría de párrafo dentro de
+una <code class="code">minipage</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento requerido <var class="var">width</var> es una longitud rígida
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Da el ancho de la caja en la que se compone
+<var class="var">contenido</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Hay tres argumentos opcionales, <var class="var">position</var>, <var class="var">height</var> e
+<var class="var">inner-pos</var>. No es necesario incluir los tres. Por ejemplo,
+obtener la <var class="var">position</var> predeterminada y establecer <var class="var">height</var> con
+<code class="code">\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <var class="var">content</var>
+\end{minipage}</code>. (Obtiene la altura natural con un argumento vacío,
+<code class="code">[]</code>).
</p>
-<p>No obstante, no ponga una minipágina dentro de otra si usted está usando
-notas al pie; estas pueden terminar mal en la parte inferior de la
-minipágina.
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">position</var> gobierna cómo <code class="code">minipage</code> se
+alinea verticalmente con el material circundante.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(sinónimo <code class="code">m</code>) Predeterminado. Posiciona la <code class="code">minipage</code> para
+que su centro vertical se alinee con el centro de la línea de texto
+adyacente.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX'><span><code class="code">t</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Alinea la línea base de la línea superior en la <code class="code">minipage</code> con la
+línea base del texto circundante (el <code class="code">\vtop</code> de TeX simple).
</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cvbox-_0028simple-TeX_0029'><span><code class="code">b</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvbox-_0028simple-TeX_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Alinea la línea base de la línea inferior en la <code class="code">minipage</code> con la
+línea base del texto circundante (el <code class="code">\vbox</code> de TeX simple).
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
-<hr>
-<a name="picture"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#quotation" accesskey="n" rel="next">quotation</a>, Previous: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">minipage</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="picture-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.19 <code>picture</code></h3>
+<p>Para ver los efectos de estos, contrasta esta ejecución
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">---\begin{minipage}[c]{0.25in}
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
+\end{minipage}
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-entorno-picture"></a>
-<a name="index-picture_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-creando-imagenes"></a>
-<a name="index-imagenes_002c-creando"></a>
+<p>con los resultados de cambiar <code class="code">c</code> a <code class="code">b</code> o&nbsp;<code class="code">t</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">height</var> es una longitud rígida
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Establece la altura de la <code class="code">minipage</code>.
+Puedes ingresar cualquier valor más grande que, igual o más pequeño
+que el código natural de <code class="code">minipage</code> height y LaTeX no darán un
+error o una advertencia. También puedes establecer a una altura de
+cero o un valor negativo.
+</p>
+<p>El último argumento opcional <var class="var">inner-pos</var> controla la ubicación de
+<var class="var">contenido</var> dentro del cuadro. Estos son los valores posibles (el
+predeterminado es el valor de <var class="var">position</var>).
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">t</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Coloca <var class="var">contenido</var> en la parte superior del cuadro.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Lo coloca en el centro vertical.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">b</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Lo coloca en el fondo de la caja.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">s</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Estira <var class="var">contenido</var> verticalmente; debe contener espacio elástico
+verticalmente.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>El argumento <var class="var">inner-pos</var> tiene sentido cuando la opción
+<var class="var">height</var> se establece en un valor mayor que la altura natural de
+<code class="code">minipage</code>. Para ver el efecto de las opciones, ejecuta este
+ejemplo con las distintas opciones en lugar de <code class="code">b</code>.
+</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(ancho,alto)(desplazamiento x,desplazamiento y)
-&hellip; <var>instrucciones de imagen</var> &hellip;
-\end{picture}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Texto antes
+\begin{center}
+ ---\begin{minipage}[c][3in][b]{0.25\textwidth}
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+Texto después
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005cunitlength"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>picture</code> le permite crear casi cualquier clase de
-imagen que desee que contenga su texto, lineas, flechas y círculos.
-Usted le dice a LaTeX dónde colocar las cosas en la imagen
-especificando sus coordenadas. Una coordenada es un número que puede
-tener un punto decimal y un signo menos &mdash; un número como <code>5</code>,
-<code>0.3</code> o <code>-3.1416</code>. Una coordenada especifica una longitud en
-múltiplos de la unidad de longitud <code>\unitlength</code>, por lo que si
-<code>\unitlength</code> se ha establecido en <code>1cm</code>, entonces la
-coordenada 2.54 especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros. Sólo debe
-cambiar el valor de <code>\unitlength</code>, utilizando la instrucción
-<code>\setlength</code>, fuera del entorno <code>picture</code>.
-</p>
-<p>Una posición es un par de coordenadas, por ejemplo, <code>(2.4, -5)</code>,
-que especifican el punto con coordenada x <code>2.4</code> y coordenada y
-<code>-5</code>. Las coordenadas se especifican en la forma habitual con
-respecto a un origen, que normalmente está en la esquina inferior
-izquierda de la imagen. Tenga en cuenta que cuando una posición se
-presenta como un argumento, no se encierra entre llaves; los paréntesis
-sirven para delimitar el argumento.
-</p>
-<p>El entorno <code>picture</code> tiene un argumento obligatorio, el cual es una
-<code>posición</code>. este especifica el tamaño de la imagen. El entorno
-produce una caja rectangular con la anchura y altura determinada por los
-argumentos de las coordenadas x e y.
-</p>
-<p>El entorno <code>picture</code> también tiene un argumento opcional
-<code>posición</code>, seguido del argumento <code>tamaño</code>, que puede cambiar
-el origen. (A diferencia de los argumentos opcionales, este argumento
-no está contenido entre corchetes). El argumento opcional proporciona
-las coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen
-(con el cual se determina el origen). Por ejemplo, si
-<code>\unitlength</code> se ha fijado a <code>1mm</code>, la instrucción
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>produce una imagen de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de
-altura, cuya esquina inferior izquierda está en el punto (10,20) y cuya
-esquina superior derecha está en el punto (110,220). La primera vez que
-haga un dibujo, normalmente se omite el argumento opcional, dejando el
-origen en el ángulo inferior izquierdo. Si a continuación desea
-modificar su imagen, trasladando todo, basta con añadir el argumento
-opcional apropiado.
-</p>
-<p>El argumento obligatorio del entorno determina el tamaño nominal de la
-imagen. Esta no necesita tener ninguna relación con el tamaño de la
-imagen real; Felizmente LaTeX le permitirá poner cosas fuera de la
-imagen, o incluso fuera de la página. El tamaño nominal de la imagen lo
-utiliza LaTeX para determinar cuánto espacio dejar para ello.
-</p>
-<p>Todo lo que aparece en una imagen es dibujado por la instrucción
-<code>\put</code>. La instrucción
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\put (11.3,-.3){...}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>coloca el objeto especificado por <code>...</code> en la imagen, con su punto
-de referencia en las coordenadas <em>(11.3, -.3)</em>. Los puntos de
-referencia para distintos objetos se describen a continuación.
-</p>
-<a name="index-caja-lR"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\put</code> crea una <em>caja LR</em>. Puede poner
-cualquier cosa que vaya en una <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox">\mbox</a>) en el
-argumento texto de la instrucción <code>\put</code>. Al hacer esto, el punto
-de referencia será la esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
-</p>
-<p>Las instrucciones para <code>picture</code> están descritas en las siguientes
-secciones.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="1">\circle</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja un círculo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="2">\makebox (picture)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja un cuadro del tamaño especificado.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="3">\framebox (picture)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja una caja rodeada con un marco.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="4">\dashbox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja un cuadro de líneas discontinuas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="5">\frame</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja un marco alrededor de un objeto.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="6">\line</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja una línea recta.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="7">\linethickness</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Ajusta el grosor de la línea.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8">\thicklines</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Una línea de espesor más grueso.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="9">\thinlines</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">El grosor de la línea predeterminado.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja varias instancias de un objeto.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja una elipse.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cput">\put</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Coloca un objeto en un determinado lugar.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Hace un montón de objetos.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja una línea con una flecha.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sangria-de-parrafos_002c-en-minipagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sangria_002c-de-parrafo-en-minipagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparindent"></a>
+<p>De manera predeterminada, los párrafos no tienen sangría en una
+<code class="code">minipage</code>. Cambio que con un comando como
+<code class="code">\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> en el inicio de
+<var class="var">contenido</var>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-notas-al-pie-en-figuras"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figuras_002c-notas-al-pie-en"></a>
+<p>Las notas al pie en un entorno <code class="code">minipage</code> se manejan de una
+manera que es particularmente útil para poner notas a pie de página en
+figuras o tablas. Para el comando <code class="code">\footnote</code> o
+<code class="code">\footnotetext</code> coloca la nota al pie en la parte inferior de la
+minipágina en lugar de en la parte inferior de la página, y usa el
+contador <code class="code">\mpfootnote</code> en lugar del contador ordinario
+<code class="code">footnote</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Contadores">Contadores</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Esto coloca la nota al pie en la parte inferior de la tabla, no en la
+parte inferior de la página.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center} % centra la minipágina en la línea
+\begin{minipage}{2.5in}
+ \begin{center} % centra la tabla dentro de la minipágina
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \textsc{Monarca} &amp;\textsc{Reinado} \\ \hline
+ Isabel II &amp;96 años\footnote{hasta su fallecimiento} \\
+ Victoria &amp;63 años \\
+ Jorge III &amp;59 años
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{centro}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si anidas minipáginas, hay una rareza al usar notas al pie. Las notas
+al pie aparecen en la parte inferior del texto terminadas por la
+siguiente <code class="code">\end{minipage}</code> que puede no ser su lugar lógico.
+</p>
+<p>Esto coloca una tabla que contiene datos al lado de un gráfico de
+mapa. Ellos están centrados verticalmente.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-siunitx"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-siunitx-package"></a>
+
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">% siunitx para tener el especificador de columna S,
+% que alinea los números en su punto decimal.
+\usepackage{siunitx}
+\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}}
+ \hspace{0.1\textwidth}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{r|S}
+ % \multicolumn para eliminar la barra vertical entre los encabezados
+ % de las columnas
+ \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &amp;
+ % llaves para evitar que siunitx malinterprete el
+ % período como separador decimal
+ {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline
+ The Bronx &amp;1.5 \\
+ Brooklyn &amp;2.6 \\
+ Manhattan &amp;1.6 \\
+ Queens &amp;2.3 \\
+ Staten Island &amp;0.5
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ccircle"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="picture">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#comillas-y-citas" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">quotation</code> y <code class="code">quote</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ccircle-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.1 <code>\circle</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005ccircle"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="picture-1">8.19 <code class="code">picture</code></h3>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-picture"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-picture-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-crear-imagenes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-imagenes_002c-crear"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p><div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>)
+ <var class="var">comando picture</var>
+\end{picture}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\circle[*]{<var>diámetro</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>)(<var class="var">xoffset</var>,<var class="var">yoffset</var>)
+ <var class="var">comando picture</var>
+\end{picture}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\circle</code> produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más
-cercano posible al especificado. La forma con <code>*</code> de la
-instrucción dibuja un círculo sólido.
+<p>Donde puede haber cualquier número de <var class="var">comando picture</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Un entorno para crear imágenes simples que contienen líneas, flechas,
+cuadros, círculos y texto. Este entorno no es obsoleto, sino que los
+nuevos documentos suelen utilizar sistemas de creación de gráficos
+mucho más potentes, como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o Asymptote.
+Ninguno de estos están cubiertos en este documento; ve CTAN.
</p>
-<p>Se pueden dibujar círculos de hasta 40 pt.
+<p>Para empezar, aquí hay un ejemplo que muestra la ley del paralelogramo
+para sumar vectores.
</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cunitlength"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\begin{picture}(6,6) % cuadro de imagen tendrá 6 cm de ancho por
+ % 6 cm de alto
+ \put(0,0){\vector(2,1){4}} % por cada 2 sobre este vector sube 1
+ \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ primer etapa}}
+ \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}}
+ \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ segunda etapa}}
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}}
+ \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }}
+\end{picture}
+</pre></div>
-<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\framebox (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\circle</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cmakebox-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.2 <code>\makebox</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>
+<p>El entorno <code class="code">picture</code> tiene un argumento requerido, un par de
+números reales positivos (<var class="var">width</var>, <var class="var">height</var>). Multiplica
+estos por el valor de <code class="code">\unitlength</code> para obtener el tamaño
+nominal de la salida, es decir, el espacio que reserva LaTeX en
+la página de salida. Este tamaño nominal no es necesario saber qué
+tan grande es realmente la imagen; LaTeX dibujará cosas de picture
+fuera de la caja de la imagen.
+</p>
+<p>Este entorno también tiene un argumento opcional (<var class="var">xoffset</var>,
+<var class="var">yoffset</var>). Se utiliza para cambiar el origen. A diferencia de
+la mayoría de los argumentos opcionales, éste no está contenido entre
+corchetes. Al igual que con el argumento requerido, consiste en un
+par de dos números reales, pero estos también pueden ser negativos o
+nulos. Multiplica estos por <code class="code">\unitlength</code> para obtener las
+coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen.
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, si <code class="code">\unitlength</code> se ha establecido en <code class="code">1mm</code>, el
+comando
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+</pre></div>
+<p>produce una caja de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de alto.
+El origen de la imagen es el punto (10mm, 20mm) y, por lo tanto, la
+esquina inferior izquierda está allí, y la esquina superior derecha
+está en (110mm, 220 mm). Cuando primero dibujes una imagen,
+normalmente omite el argumento opcional, dejando el origen en la
+esquina inferior izquierda. Si luego deseas modificar tu imagen
+cambiando todo, solo puedes agregar el argumento opcional apropiado.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-posicion_002c-en-imagen"></a>
+<p>Cada <var class="var">comando picture</var> le dice a LaTeX dónde colocar algo
+proporcionando su posición. Una <em class="dfn">position</em> es un par como
+<code class="code">(2.4,-5)</code> dando las coordenadas x e y. Una <em class="dfn">coordenada</em> no
+es una longitud, es un número real (puede tener un punto decimal o un
+signo menos). Eso especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad
+de longitud <code class="code">\unitlength</code>, por lo que si <code class="code">\unitlength</code> se ha
+establecido en <code class="code">1cm</code>, entonces la coordenada <code class="code">2.54</code>
+especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros.
+</p>
+<p>El valor predeterminado de LaTeX para <code class="code">\unitlength</code> es
+<code class="code">1pt</code>. Es una longitud rígida (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Cámbialo
+con el comando <code class="code">\setlength</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>). Haz este
+cambio solo fuera de un entorno <code class="code">picture</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El entorno <code class="code">picture</code> admite el uso de expresiones aritméticas
+estándar como números.
+</p>
+<p>Las coordenadas se dan con respecto a un origen, que de manera
+predeterminada está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen.
+Ten en cuenta que cuando aparece una posición como argumento, como con
+<code class="code">\put(1,2){...}</code>, no está encerrado entre llaves ya que los
+paréntesis sirven para delimitar el argumento. También, a diferencia
+de algunos sistemas de gráficos por ordenador, las coordenadas
+<code class="code">y</code> más grandes son más arriba en la página, por ejemplo, <em class="math">y
+= 1</em> es <em class="emph">arriba</em> <em class="math">y = 0</em>.
+</p>
+<p>Hay cuatro formas de poner cosas en una imagen: <code class="code">\put</code>,
+<code class="code">\multiput</code>, <code class="code">\qbezier</code> y <code class="code">\graphpaper</code>. Más a menudo
+se usa <code class="code">\put</code>. Este
+</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makebox(<var>ancho</var>,<var>alto</var>)[<var>posición</var>]{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(11.3,-0.3){...}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\makebox</code> para el entorno <code>picture</code> es similar a la
-instrucción normal <code>\makebox</code> excepto que usted debe especificar el
-<var>ancho</var> y <var>alto</var> en múltiplos de <code>\unitlength</code>.
+<p>coloca el objeto con su punto de referencia en las coordenadas
+<em class="math">(11.3,-0.3)</em>. Los puntos de referencia para varios objetos
+serán descritos abajo.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Caja-LR"></a>
+El comando <code class="code">\put</code> crea un <em class="dfn">LR box</em> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>).
+Cualquier cosa que pueda ir en un <code class="code">\mbox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>) puede ir en el argumento de texto del comando <code class="code">\put</code>.
+El punto de referencia será la esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
+En esta imagen
</p>
-<p>El argumento opcional, <code>[<var>posición</var>]</code>, especifica el cuadrante en el
-que debe aparecer el <var>texto</var>. Usted puede seleccionar hasta dos de los
-siguientes:
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+...\begin{picture}(1,1)
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,0){1}}
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,1){1}}
+\end{picture}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>los tres puntos están ligeramente a la izquierda del punto del ángulo
+formado por las dos líneas. (Además, <code class="code">\line(1,1){1}</code> no
+requiere una línea de longitud uno; más bien la línea tiene un cambio
+en la coordenada x de 1).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>t</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve el elemento a la parte superior del rectángulo.
+<p>Los comandos <code class="code">\multiput</code>, <code class="code">qbezier</code> y <code class="code">graphpaper</code>
+están descritos abajo.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>b</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve el elemento a la parte inferior.
+<p>También puedes utilizar este entorno para colocar material arbitrario
+en una ubicación exacta. Por ejemplo:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>l</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve el elemento a la izquierda.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{color,graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth}
+\begin{picture}(1,1) % deja espacio, ancho de \textwidth y alto
+ \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}}
+ \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{Guarda X aquí}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La red&nbsp;X será precisamente una cuarta parte del <code class="code">\textwidth</code>
+de el margen izquierdo y <code class="code">0.35\textwidth</code> hacia arriba desde la
+parte inferior de la imagen. Otro ejemplo de este uso es poner un
+código similar en el encabezado de página para obtener material
+repetido en cada una de las páginas de un documento.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\put</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\multiput</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\qbezier</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\line</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\thinlines</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\thicklines</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\circle</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005coval"><code class="code">\oval</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack"><code class="code">\shortstack</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvector"><code class="code">\vector</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cframe"><code class="code">\frame</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cdashbox"><code class="code">\dashbox</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\multiput</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cput-1">8.19.1 <code class="code">\put</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cput"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>r</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve el elemento hacia la derecha.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(<var class="var">xcoord</var>,<var class="var">ycoord</var>){<var class="var">content</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Coloca <var class="var">content</var> en la coordenada (<var class="var">xcoord</var>,<var class="var">ycoord</var>). Ve
+la discusión de coordenadas y <code class="code">\unitlength</code> en <a class="ref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>. El
+<var class="var">contenido</var> se procesa en modo LR (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>) por lo que no
+puede contener saltos de línea.
</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
+<p>Esto incluye el texto en la <code class="code">picture</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(4.5,2.5){Aplica el \textit{unpoke} move}
+</pre></div>
-<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>.
+<p>El punto de referencia, la ubicación (4.5,2.5), es la parte inferior
+izquierda del texto, en la parte inferior izquierda de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">A</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmultiput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\dashbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\qbezier</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\put</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cframebox"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.3 <code>\framebox</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cframebox"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmultiput-1">8.19.2 <code class="code">\multiput</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmultiput"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\framebox(<var>ancho</var>,<var>alto</var>)[<var>posición</var>]{...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\multiput(<var class="var">x</var>,<var class="var">y</var>)(<var class="var">delta_x</var>,<var class="var">delta_y</var>){<var class="var">num-copies</var>}{<var class="var">obj</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\framebox</code> es como <code>\makebox</code> (vea la sección
-anterior), excepto que esta coloca un marco en el exterior alrededor de
-la caja que crea.
+<p>Copia <var class="var">obj</var> un total de <var class="var">num-copies</var> veces, con un incremento
+de <var class="var">delta_x,delta_y</var>. El <var class="var">obj</var> aparece primero en la posición
+<em class="math">(x,y)</em>, entonces en <em class="math">(x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y)</em>, y así
+sucesivamente.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cfboxrule"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cfboxsep"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\framebox</code> produce una regla de espesor
-<code>\fboxrule</code>, y deja un espacio <code>\fboxsep</code> entre la regla y el
-contenido de la caja.
+<p>Esto dibuja una cuadrícula simple con cada quinta línea en negrita (ve
+también <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper"><code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a>).
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(10,10)
+ \linethickness{0.05mm}
+ \multiput(0,0)(1,0){10}{\line(0,1){10}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,1){10}{\line(1,0){10}}
+ \linethickness{0.5mm}
+ \multiput(0,0)(5,0){3}{\line(0,1){10}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,5){3}{\line(1,0){10}}
+\end{picture}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cdashbox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cqbezier">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frame</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\framebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\multiput</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cdashbox-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.4 <code>\dashbox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cqbezier-1">8.19.3 <code class="code">\qbezier</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cdashbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cqbezier"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\qbezier(<var class="var">x1</var>,<var class="var">y1</var>)(<var class="var">x2</var>,<var class="var">y2</var>)(<var class="var">x3</var>,<var class="var">y3</var>)
+\qbezier[<var class="var">num</var>](<var class="var">x1</var>,<var class="var">y1</var>)(<var class="var">x2</var>,<var class="var">y2</var>)(<var class="var">x3</var>,<var class="var">y3</var>)
+</pre></div>
-<p>Dibuja un cuadro con una línea discontinua. Sinopsis:
+<p>Dibuja una curva de Bézier cuadrática cuyos puntos de control estén
+dados por tres argumentos requeridos <code class="code">(<var class="var">x1</var>,<var class="var">y1</var>)</code>,
+<code class="code">(<var class="var">x2</var>,<var class="var">y2</var>)</code> y <code class="code">(<var class="var">x3</var>,<var class="var">y3</var>)</code>. Eso es, la
+curva va de <var class="var">(x1,y1)</var> a <var class="var">(x3,y3)</var>, es cuadrática y es tal que
+la recta tangente en <var class="var">(x1,y1)</var> pasa por <var class="var">(x2,y2)</var>, al igual
+que la recta tangente en <var class="var">(x3,y3)</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Esto dibuja una curva desde la coordenada (1,1) a (1,0).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\dashbox{<var>glargo</var>}(<var>rancho</var>,<var>ralto</var>)[<var>posición</var>]{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
</pre></div>
-<p><code>\dashbox</code> crea un rectángulo discontinuo alrededor del <var>texto</var>
-en un entorno <code>picture</code>. Los guiones son de <var>glargo</var> unidades
-de largo, y el rectángulo tiene una anchura total de <var>rancho</var> y una
-altura de <var>ralto</var>. El <var>texto</var> es posicionado en la
-<var>posición</var> opcional. </p>
-<p>Un cuadro de líneas discontinuas se ve mejor cuando <var>rancho</var> y
-<var>ralto</var> son múltiplos de <var>glargo</var>.
+<p>La línea tangente de la curva en (1,1) contiene (1.25,0.75), al igual
+que la recta tangente de la curva en (1,0).
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">num</var> da el número de cálculos de puntos
+intermedios. El valor predeterminado es dibujar una curva suave cuyo
+número máximo de puntos es <code class="code">\qbeziermax</code> (cambia este valor con
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code>).
+</p>
+<p>Esto dibuja un rectángulo con una parte superior ondulada, usando
+<code class="code">\qbezier</code> para esa curva
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(8,4)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % eje x
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % eje y
+ \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % lado izquierdo
+ \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % lado derecho
+ \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25)
+ \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5)
+ \thicklines % debajo de aquí, las líneas son el
+ % doble de gruesas
+ \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}}
+ \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Regla trapezoidal}}
+\end{picture}
+</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cframe"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cgraphpaper">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\line</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\dashbox</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\line</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\qbezier</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cframe-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.5 <code>\frame</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cframe"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphpaper-1">8.19.4 <code class="code">\graphpaper</code></h4>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cgraphpaper"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\frame{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\graphpaper(<var class="var">x_init</var>,<var class="var">y_init</var>)(<var class="var">x_dimen</var>,<var class="var">y_dimen</var>)
+\graphpaper[<var class="var">spacing</var>](<var class="var">x_init</var>,<var class="var">y_init</var>)(<var class="var">x_dimen</var>,<var class="var">y_dimen</var>)
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\frame</code> coloca un marco rectangular alrededor de
-<var>texto</var>. El punto de referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda
-del marco. No añade espacio extra entre el marco y el objeto.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-graphpap"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphpap-package"></a>
+<p>Dibuja una cuadrícula de coordenadas. Requiere el
+paquete <code class="code">graphpap</code>. El origen de la cuadrícula es
+<code class="code">(<var class="var">x_init</var>,<var class="var">y_init</var>)</code>. Las líneas de la cuadrícula
+vienen cada <var class="var">spacing</var> unidades (el valor predeterminado es 10).
+La cuadrícula extiende <var class="var">x_dimen</var> unidades hacia la derecha y
+<var class="var">y_dimen</var> unidades hacia arriba. Todos los argumentos deben ser
+números enteros positivos.
+</p>
+<p>Esto crea una cuadrícula con siete líneas verticales y once líneas
+horizontales.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphpap} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{picture}(6,20) % en el cuerpo del documento
+ \graphpaper[2](0,0)(12,20)
+\end{picture}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Las líneas están numeradas cada diez unidades.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cline"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linethickness</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frame</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\graphpaper</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cline-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.6 <code>\line</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cline"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cline-1">8.19.5 <code class="code">\line</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cline"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\line(<var>declivex</var>,<var>declivey</var>){<var>longitud</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\line(<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>){<var class="var">travel</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\line</code> dibuja una línea con la <var>longitud</var> dada
-y declive <var>declivex</var>/<var>declivey</var>.
+<p>Dibuja una línea. Tiene una pendiente tal que sube verticalmente
+<var class="var">y_rise</var> para cada <var class="var">x_run</var> horizontal. El <var class="var">travel</var> es el
+cambio horizontal total &mdash; no es la longitud del vector, es el cambio
+en <em class="math">x</em>. En el caso especial de las líneas verticales, donde
+(<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>)=(0,1), <var class="var">travel</var> da el cambio en
+<em class="math">y</em>.
+</p>
+<p>Esto dibuja una línea que comienza en las coordenadas (1,3).
</p>
-<p>LaTeX estándar únicamente puede dibujar líneas con
-<em><var>declive</var> = x/y</em>, donde <em>x</em> y <em>y</em> tienen valores
-enteros desde -6 hasta&nbsp;6. Para líneas de cualquier declive,
-por no hablar de otras formas, vea el paquete <code>curve2e</code> y muchos,
-muchos otros paquetes en CTAN.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(1,3){\line(2,5){4}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Por cada más de 2, esta línea aumentará 5. Porque <var class="var">travel</var>
+especifica que esto pasa de 4, debe subir a&nbsp;10. Por lo tanto, su
+punto final es <em class="math">(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13)</em>. En particular, ten en
+cuenta que <em class="math"><var class="var">travel</var>=4</em> no es la longitud de la línea, es el
+cambio en <em class="math">x</em>.
+</p>
+<p>Los argumentos <var class="var">x_run</var> y <var class="var">y_rise</var> son números enteros que se
+pueden positivo, negativo o cero. (Si ambos son 0 entonces LaTeX
+trata el segundo como 1). Con
+<code class="code">\put(<var class="var">x_init</var>,<var class="var">y_init</var>){\line(<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>){<var class="var">travel</var>}}</code>,
+si <var class="var">x_run</var> es negativo, el punto final de la línea tiene una
+primer coordenada menor que <var class="var">x_init</var>. Si <var class="var">y_rise</var> es negativo
+entonces el punto final de la línea tiene una segunda coordenada que
+es menor que <var class="var">y_init</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Si <var class="var">travel</var> es negativo, obtendrás <code class="code">Error de LaTeX: \line
+incorrecta o el argumento \vector.</code>
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paquetes-graficos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-pict2e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pict2e-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-TikZ"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TikZ-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-PSTricks"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-PSTricks-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-MetaPost"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-MetaPost-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-Asymptote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asymptote-package"></a>
+<p>LaTeX estándar solo puede
+dibujar líneas con un rango limitado de pendientes porque estas rectas
+se forman juntando segmentos de recta de letras prefabricadas. Los
+dos números <var class="var">x_run</var> y <var class="var">y_rise</var> deben tener valores enteros
+desde &minus;6 hasta&nbsp;6. Asimismo, deben ser relativamente
+primos, por lo que <var class="var">(x_run,y_rise)</var> puede ser (2,1) pero no (4,2)
+(si eliges el último, en lugar de líneas obtiene secuencias de puntas
+de flecha; la solución es cambiar a la primera). Para obtener lineas
+de pendiente arbitraria y muchas otras formas en un sistema como
+<code class="code">picture</code>, ve el paquete <code class="code">pict2e</code>
+(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</a>). Otra solución es usar un sistema
+de gráficos completo como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o Asymptote.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005clinethickness"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005clinethickness">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thicklines</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\line</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thinlines</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\line</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005clinethickness-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.7 <code>\linethickness</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005clinethickness"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005clinethickness-1">8.19.6 <code class="code">\linethickness</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinethickness"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\linethickness{<var>espesor</var>}</code> declara el grosor
-de las líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture para que
-sean de <var>espesor</var>, el cual debe ser una longitud positiva.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p><code>\linethickness</code> no afecta el espesor de las líneas inclinadas,
-círculos o los cuartos de círculo dibujados por <code>\oval</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\linethickness{<var class="var">dim</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Declara el grosor de las líneas horizontales y verticales
+subsiguientes en una imagen debe ser <var class="var">dim</var>, que debe tener una
+longitud positiva (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Se diferencia de
+<code class="code">\thinlines</code> y <code class="code">\thicklines</code> en el sentido de que no afecta
+el grosor de las líneas inclinadas, círculos u óvalos (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005coval"><code class="code">\oval</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cthicklines"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthinlines">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinlines</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\linethickness</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thicklines</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cthicklines-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cthicklines"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cthinlines-1">8.19.7 <code class="code">\thinlines</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthinlines"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\thicklines</code> es un espesor de línea alternativo
-para líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture;
-compárese&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a> y <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines">\thinlines</a>.
+<p>Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.4<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Este es el
+valor predeterminado de grosor, por lo que este comando es innecesario
+a menos que el grosor haya cambiado con <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005clinethickness"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a> o
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cthicklines"><code class="code">\thicklines</code></a>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cthinlines"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthicklines">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\multiput</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thicklines</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\circle</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\thinlines</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cthinlines-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.9 <code>\thinlines</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cthinlines"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cthicklines-1">8.19.8 <code class="code">\thicklines</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthicklines"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\thinlines</code> es el espesor de línea predeterminado
-para líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture;
-compárese&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a> y <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines">\thicklines</a>.
+<p>Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.8<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Ve también
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005clinethickness"><code class="code">\linethickness</code></a> y <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cthinlines"><code class="code">\thinlines</code></a>. Este comando se ilustra en
+el ejemplo de regla trapezoidal de <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cqbezier"><code class="code">\qbezier</code></a>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cmultiput"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccircle">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="n" rel="next">\oval</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thinlines</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\oval</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\thicklines</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cmultiput-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.10 <code>\multiput</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cmultiput"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccircle-1">8.19.9 <code class="code">\circle</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccircle"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
-</p><div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\multiput(<var>x</var>,<var>y</var>)(<var>delta_x</var>,<var>delta_y</var>){<var>n</var>}{<var>obj</var>}
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\circle{<var class="var">diameter</var>}
+\circle*{<var class="var">diameter</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más cercano posible al
+especificado. La forma <code class="code">*</code>&nbsp;produce un círculo relleno.
+</p>
+<p>Esto dibuja un círculo de radio 6, centrado en <code class="code">(5,7)</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(5,7){\circle{6}}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\multiput</code> copia el objeto <var>obj</var> en un patrón
-regular entre imágenes. primero se coloca <var>obj</var> en la posición
-<em>(x,y)</em>, luego en la posición <em>(x+\delta x,y+\delta y)</em> y así
-sucesivamente, <var>n</var> veces.
+<p>Los radios disponibles para <code class="code">\circle</code> son, en puntos, los números
+pares del 2 al 20, ambos inclusive. Para <code class="code">\circle*</code> son todos
+los números enteros del 1 al 15.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005coval"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005coval">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\put</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\multiput</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\shortstack</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\circle</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005coval-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.11 <code>\oval</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005coval"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005coval-1">8.19.10 <code class="code">\oval</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005coval"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\oval(<var>ancho</var>,<var>alto</var>)[<var>porción</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\oval(<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>)
+\oval(<var class="var">width</var>,<var class="var">height</var>)[<var class="var">portion</var>]
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\oval</code> produce un rectángulo con esquinas
-redondeadas. El argumento opcional <var>porción</var> le permite seleccionar
-la parte del óvalo vía las siguientes letras:
+<p>Produce un rectángulo con esquinas redondeadas, en lo sucesivo
+denominado <em class="dfn">oval</em>. El argumento opcional <var class="var">portion</var> te permite
+producir sólo la mitad o un cuarto del óvalo. Para medio óvalo toma
+<var class="var">portion</var> para que sea uno de estos.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>t</code></dt>
-<dd><p>selecciona la parte superior;
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">t</code></dt>
+<dd><p>mitad superior (top)
</p></dd>
-<dt><code>b</code></dt>
-<dd><p>selecciona la parte inferior;
+<dt><code class="code">b</code></dt>
+<dd><p>mitad inferior (bottom)
</p></dd>
-<dt><code>r</code></dt>
-<dd><p>selecciona la parte derecha;
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
+<dd><p>mitad derecha (right)
</p></dd>
-<dt><code>l</code></dt>
-<dd><p>selecciona la parte izquierda.
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
+<dd><p>mitad izquierda (left)
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>Las &ldquo;esquinas&rdquo; del óvalo se hacen con cuartos de círculo con un radio
-máximo de 20pt, por lo tanto los &ldquo;óvalos&rdquo; grandes se parecen más
-a cajas con esquinas redondeadas.
+<p>Produce solo un cuarto del óvalo configurando en <var class="var">portion</var> en
+<code class="code">tr</code>, <code class="code">br</code>, <code class="code">bl</code> o <code class="code">tl</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Esto dibuja la mitad superior de un óvalo de 3 de ancho y 7 de alto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(5,7){\oval(3,7)[t]}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El (5,7) es el centro de todo el óvalo, no solo el centro de la mitad
+superior.
+</p>
+<p>Estas formas no son elipses. Son rectángulos cuyas esquinas están
+hechas con cuartos de círculo. Estos círculos tienen un radio máximo
+de 20<span class="dmn">pt</span> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccircle"><code class="code">\circle</code></a> para los tamaños). Por lo tanto, los
+óvalos grandes son solo Marcos con una pequeña cantidad de esquinas
+redondeadas.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cput"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cshortstack">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next">\shortstack</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\oval</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\vector</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\oval</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cput-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.12 <code>\put</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cshortstack-1">8.19.11 <code class="code">\shortstack</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cput"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cshortstack"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\shortstack[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">line 1</var> \\ ... }
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\put(<var>xcoord</var>,<var>ycoord</var>){ ... }</code>
+<p>Produce una pila vertical de objetos.
</p>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\put</code> coloca el elemento especificado por el
-argumento obligatorio en las coordenadas <var>xcoord</var> e
-<var>ycoord</var> proporcionadas.
+<p>Esto etiqueta el eje <em class="math">y</em> escribiendo la palabra &lsquo;<samp class="samp"><em class="math">y</em></samp>&rsquo;
+arriba de la palabra &lsquo;<samp class="samp">eje</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % eje x
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y
+ \put(-0.2,2){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ ejes}}}
+\end{picture}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para una pila pequeña, el punto de referencia es la parte inferior
+izquierda de la pila. En el ejemplo anterior, el <code class="code">\makebox</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>) pone la pila se alinea a la derecha en un
+cuadro de ancho cero, por lo que en total la pila corta se encuentra
+ligeramente a la izquierda del eje&nbsp;<em class="math">y</em>.
+</p>
+<p>Los puestos válidos son:
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la derecha
+</p></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la izquierda
+</p></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Centra objetos (predeterminado)
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-objetos-_005cshortstack_0029"></a>
+<p>Separa los objetos en líneas con <code class="code">\\</code>. Estas pilas son cortas en
+que, a diferencia de un entorno <code class="code">tabular</code> o <code class="code">array</code>, aquí
+las filas no están espaciadas para tener saltos de línea base
+uniformes. Así, en <code class="code">\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}</code> la primera y la
+última fila son más altas que los dos medios, y por lo tanto la línea
+base salta entre los dos medios filas es más pequeña que la que hay
+entre la tercera y la última fila. Puedes ajustar las alturas y
+profundidades de las filas ya sea colocando la interlínea habitual
+espaciado con <code class="code">\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>), o explícitamente, a través de un cuadro de ancho
+cero <code class="code">\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}</code> o
+mediante el uso opcional de <code class="code">\\</code> argumento
+<code class="code">\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\shortstack</code> también está disponible fuera del
+entorno <code class="code">picture</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cshortstack"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvector">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vector</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\put</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\shortstack</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cshortstack-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.13 <code>\shortstack</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cshortstack"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cvector-1">8.19.12 <code class="code">\vector</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvector"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\shortstack[<var>posición</var>]{...\\...\\...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\vector(<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>){<var class="var">travel</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\shortstack</code> produce un montón de objetos. Las
-posiciones válidas son:
+<p>Dibuja una línea que termine en una flecha. La pendiente de esa recta
+es: sube verticalmente <var class="var">y_rise</var> por cada <var class="var">x_run</var> horizontal.
+Los <var class="var">travel</var> es el cambio horizontal total &mdash; no es la longitud
+del vector, es el cambio en <em class="math">x</em>. En el caso especial de vectores
+verticales, si (<var class="var">x_run</var>,<var class="var">y_rise</var>)=(0,1), entonces <var class="var">travel</var>
+da el cambio en <em class="math">y</em>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>r</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve los objetos a la derecha de la pila.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>l</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve los objetos a la izquierda de la pila
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>c</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve los objetos hacia el centro de la pila (predeterminado)
-</p></dd>
+<p>Para ver un ejemplo, <a class="ref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>Para obtener más detalles sobre <var class="var">x_run</var> y <var class="var">y_rise</var>, consulta
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cline"><code class="code">\line</code></a>. Como allí, los valores de <var class="var">x_run</var> y <var class="var">y_rise</var>
+están limitados. Para <code class="code">\vector</code> debes elegir números enteros
+entre &minus;4 y 4, inclusive. Además, los dos que elijas deben ser
+relativamente primos. De este modo, <code class="code">\vector(2,1){4}</code> es
+aceptable pero <code class="code">\vector(4,2){4}</code> no es (si usas este último,
+obtendrás una secuencia de puntas de flecha).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\vector</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1">8.19.13 <code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakebox-_0028para-picture_0029"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makebox(<var class="var">rec-width</var>,<var class="var">rec-height</var>){<var class="var">text</var>}
+\makebox(<var class="var">rec-width</var>,<var class="var">rec-height</var>)[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Hace un cuadro para contener <var class="var">text</var>. Este comando encaja con el
+entorno <code class="code">picture</code>, aunque los puedes usar fuera de allí, porque
+<var class="var">rec-width</var> y <var class="var">rec-height</var> son números que especifican
+distancias en términos de <code class="code">\unitlength</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>). Este
+comando es similar al comando <code class="code">\makebox</code> normal (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>), excepto que aquí debes especificar el ancho y el alto.
+Este el comando es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Esto hace una caja de longitud 3.5 veces <code class="code">\unitlength</code> y altura 4
+veces <code class="code">\unitlength</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El argumento opcional <code class="code"><var class="var">position</var></code> especifica dónde aparece
+el <var class="var">text</var> en el cuadro. El valor predeterminado es centrarlo,
+tanto horizontal como verticalmente. Para colocarlo en otro lugar,
+usa una cadena con una o dos de estas letras.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">t</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Pone <var class="var">text</var> en la parte superior de la caja.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">b</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Pone <var class="var">text</var> en la parte inferior.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Pone el <var class="var">text</var> a la izquierda.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Pone el <var class="var">text</var> a la derecha.
+</p>
+</dd>
</dl>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-objetos-_005cshortstack_0029"></a>
-<p>Los objetos son separados con <code>\\</code>.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\frame</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1">8.19.14 <code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cframebox"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\framebox(<var class="var">rec-width</var>,<var class="var">rec-height</var>){<var class="var">text</var>}
+\framebox(<var class="var">rec-width</var>,<var class="var">rec-height</var>)[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto es lo mismo que <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a> excepto que pone un
+marco alrededor del exterior de la caja que crea. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. Este comando
+encaja con el entorno <code class="code">picture</code>, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de
+allí, porque las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia
+en términos de <code class="code">\unitlength</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>). Este comando es
+frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo crea un marco de 2.5&nbsp;pulgadas por 3&nbsp;pulgadas y
+coloca el texto en el centro.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}
+\framebox(2.5,3){test text}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Los argumentos requeridos son que el rectángulo tiene un ancho total
+de <var class="var">rect-width</var> unidades y una altura de <var class="var">rect-height</var>
+unidades.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">position</var> especifica la posición de
+<var class="var">text</var>; <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a> para los valores que puede tomar.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfboxrule-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfboxsep-1"></a>
+<p>La regla tiene <code class="code">\fboxrule</code> de grosor y hay un espacio en blanco
+<code class="code">\fboxsep</code> entre el marco y el contenido de la caja.
+</p>
+<p>Para este comando, debes especificar <var class="var">width</var> y <var class="var">height</var>. Si
+solo quieres poner un marco alrededor de algún contenido cuya
+dimensión está determinada de alguna otra manera, entonces usa
+<code class="code">\fbox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox"><code class="code">\fbox</code> y <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>) o <code class="code">\frame</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cframe"><code class="code">\frame</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cvector"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cframe">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\shortstack</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\dashbox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cvector-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.19.14 <code>\vector</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cvector"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cframe-1">8.19.15 <code class="code">\frame</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cframe"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\vector(<var>declivex</var>,<var>declivey</var>){<var>longitud</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\frame{<var class="var">contenido</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\vector</code> dibuja una línea con una flecha de la
-longitud y declive especificados. Los valores
-<em><var>declivex</var></em> i <em><var>declivey</var></em> deben
-estar entre -4 y +4 incluido.
+<p>Pone un marco rectangular alrededor de <var class="var">content</var>. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. En contraste
+con <code class="code">\framebox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a>), este comando no
+pone espacio adicional entre el marco y el objeto. es frágil
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="quotation"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cdashbox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#quote" accesskey="n" rel="next">quote</a>, Previous: <a href="#picture" accesskey="p" rel="prev">picture</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frame</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">picture</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="quotation-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.20 <code>quotation</code></h3>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cdashbox-1">8.19.16 <code class="code">\dashbox</code></h4>
-<a name="index-entorno-quotation"></a>
-<a name="index-quotation_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-citado-con-sangria-de-parrafo_002c-mostrando"></a>
-<a name="index-mostrando-texto-citado-con-sangria-de-parrafo"></a>
-<a name="index-sangrias-de-parrafo-en-texto-citado"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdashbox"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{quotation}
-<var>texto</var>
-\end{quotation}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\dashbox{<var class="var">dash-len</var>}(<var class="var">rect-width</var>,<var class="var">rect-height</var>){<var class="var">text</var>}
+\dashbox{<var class="var">dash-len</var>}(<var class="var">rect-width</var>,<var class="var">rect-height</var>)[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>A los márgenes del entorno <code>quotation</code> se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
+<p>Crea un rectángulo punteado alrededor de <var class="var">text</var>. Este comando
+encaja con el entorno <code class="code">picture</code>, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de
+allí, porque las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia
+en términos de <code class="code">\unitlength</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Los argumentos requeridos son: los guiones son <var class="var">dash-len</var> unidades
+de largo, con el mismo espacio de longitud, y el rectángulo tiene un
+ancho total de <var class="var">rect-width</var> unidades y una altura de
+<var class="var">rect-height</var> unidades.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">position</var> especifica la posición de
+<var class="var">text</var>; <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a> para los valores que puede tomar.
+</p>
+<p>Esto muestra que puedes usar un valor no entero para <var class="var">dash-len</var>.
</p>
-<p>A diferencia del entorno <code>quote</code>, cada párrafo normalmente tiene
-sangría.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){Mi aerodeslizador está lleno de
+anguilas.}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Cada guión tendrá una longitud de <code class="code">0.1\unitlength</code>, el ancho del
+cuadro es <code class="code">5\unitlength</code> y su altura es <code class="code">0.5\unitlength</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Como en ese ejemplo, un cuadro discontinuo se ve mejor cuando
+<var class="var">rect-width</var> y <var class="var">rect-height</var> son múltiplos de <var class="var">dash-len</var>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="quote"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="comillas-y-citas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabbing</a>, Previous: <a href="#quotation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">quotation</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">tabbing</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#picture" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">picture</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="quote-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.21 <code>quote</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="quotation-y-quote">8.20 <code class="code">quotation</code> y <code class="code">quote</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-quote"></a>
-<a name="index-quote_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-citado-sin-sangria-de-parrafo_002c-mostrando"></a>
-<a name="index-mostrando-texto-citado-sin-sangria-de-parrafo"></a>
-<a name="index-sangrias-de-parrafo-en-texto-citado_002c-omitiendo"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="quotation"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-quotation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quotation-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-citado-con-sangria-de-parrafo_002c-mostrando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mostrar-texto-citado-con-sangria-de-parrafo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sangria-de-parrafo-en-el-texto-citado"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="quote"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-quote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quote-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-citado-sin-sangria-de-parrafo_002c-mostrando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mostrar-texto-citado-sin-sangria-de-parrafo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sangrias-de-parrafo-en-texto-citado_002c-omitiendo"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{quote}
-<var>texto</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{quotation}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
+\end{quotation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{quote}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
\end{quote}
</pre></div>
-<p>A los márgenes del entorno <code>quote</code> se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
+<p>Incluye una comilla. Ambos entornos sangran los márgenes en ambos
+lados por <code class="code">\leftmargin</code> y el texto está justificado a la derecha.
</p>
-<p>A diferencia del entorno <code>quotation</code>, a los párrafos no se les
-aplica una sangría.
+<p>Se diferencian en cómo tratan los párrafos. En el entorno
+<code class="code">quotation</code>, los párrafos tienen una sangría de 1.5<span class="dmn">em</span> y el
+espacio entre párrafos es pequeño, <code class="code">0pt plus 1pt</code>. En el entorno
+<code class="code">quote</code>, los párrafos no tienen sangría y hay espacio vertical
+entre párrafos (es la longitud elástica <code class="code">\parsep</code>).
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{quotation} \smallskip\it
+ Hace cuatro veintenas y siete años
+ ... no se pierde de la tierra.
+ \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln
+\end{quotation}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="tabbing"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="tabbing">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next">table</a>, Previous: <a href="#quote" accesskey="p" rel="prev">quote</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">table</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#comillas-y-citas" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">quotation</code> y <code class="code">quote</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="tabbing-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.22 <code>tabbing</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="tabbing-1">8.21 <code class="code">tabbing</code></h3>
+
-<a name="index-entorno-tabbing"></a>
-<a name="index-tabbing_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-tabulaciones_002c-utilizando"></a>
-<a name="index-alineando-texto-en-columnas-con-tabulaciones"></a>
-<a name="index-alineando-a-traves-de-tabulacion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-tabbing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabbing-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabulaciones_002c-usando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-alinear-el-texto-usando-tabulaciones"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-alineacion-mediante-tabulacion"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabbing}
-<var>fila1col1</var> \= <var>fila1col2</var> \= <var>fila1col3</var> \= <var>fila1col4</var> \\
-<var>fila2col1</var> \&gt; \&gt; <var>fila2col3</var> \\
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabbing}
+<var class="var">row1col1</var> \= <var class="var">row1col2</var> ... \\
+<var class="var">row2col1</var> \&gt; <var class="var">row2col2</var> ... \\
...
\end{tabbing}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>tabbing</code> proporciona una manera de alinear el texto en
-columnas. Funciona mediante el establecimiento de tabuladores y
-tabulación tanto como si se hubiera hecho en una máquina de escribir
-común. Es el más adecuado para los casos en que el ancho de cada
-columna es constante y conocido de antemano.
-</p>
-<p>Este entorno se puede dividir en varias páginas, a diferencia del
-entorno <code>tabular</code>.
-</p>
-<p>Las siguientes instrucciones se pueden utilizar dentro de un entorno
-<code>tabbing</code>:
+<p>Alinea el texto en columnas, configurando tabulaciones y tabulando en
+ellas tanto como fue posible en una máquina de escribir. Esto se usa
+con menos frecuencia que los entornos <code class="code">tabular</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>)
+o <code class="code">array</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#array"><code class="code">array</code></a>) porque en esos, el ancho de cada
+columna no necesita ser constante y no es necesario conocerlo de
+antemano.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\\ <span class="roman">tabbing</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-tabbing"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Final de línea.
+<p>Este ejemplo tiene una primera línea donde las tabulaciones se
+establecen en anchos explícitos, terminados por un comando
+<code class="code">\kill</code> (que se describe a continuación):
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\= <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029"></a>
-</dt>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabbing}
+\hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill
+Ship \&gt;Armas \&gt;Año \\
+\textit{Sophie} \&gt;14 \&gt;1800 \\
+\textit{Polychrest} \&gt;24 \&gt;1803 \\
+\textit{Lively} \&gt;38 \&gt;1804 \\
+\textit{Surprise} \&gt;28 \&gt;1805 \\
+\end{tabbing}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Tanto el entorno <code class="code">tabbing</code> como el entorno más utilizado
+<code class="code">tabular</code> ponen el texto en columnas. La más importante
+distinción es que en <code class="code">tabular</code> el ancho de las columnas LaTeX
+lo determina automáticamente, mientras que en <code class="code">tabbing</code> el
+usuario establece las paradas de tabulación. Otra distinción es que
+ese <code class="code">tabular</code> genera un cuadro, pero <code class="code">tabbing</code> se puede a
+dividir en páginas. Finalmente, mientras que <code class="code">tabular</code> se puede
+usar en cualquier modo, <code class="code">tabbing</code> se puede usar solo en modo
+párrafo y siempre comienza un nuevo párrafo, sin sangría.
+</p>
+<p>Además, como se muestra en el ejemplo anterior, no es necesario para
+usar la forma destacada del comando <code class="code">\hspace</code> al principio de una
+fila tabulada. El margen derecho del entorno <code class="code">tabbing</code> es el
+final de la línea, de modo que el ancho del entorno sea
+<code class="code">\linewidth</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fila_002c-tabbing"></a>
+<p>El entorno <code class="code">tabbing</code> contiene una secuencia de <em class="dfn">filas
+tabuladas</em>. La primera fila tabulada comienza inmediatamente después
+<code class="code">\begin{tabbing}</code> y cada fila termina con <code class="code">\\</code> o
+<code class="code">\kill</code>. La última fila puede omitir el <code class="code">\\</code> y terminar con
+solo <code class="code">\end{tabbing}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-patron_002c-tabulaciones-actuales_002c-tabbing"></a>
+<p>En cualquier punto, el entorno <code class="code">tabbing</code> tiene un <em class="dfn">patrón</em> de
+tabulación actual, una secuencia de tabulaciones <em class="math"><var class="var">n</var> &gt; 0</em>,
+numeradas 0, 1, etc. Estos crean <var class="var">n</var> columnas correspondientes.
+Tabulaciones&nbsp;0 siempre es el margen izquierdo, definido por el
+entorno envolvente. Tabulación número&nbsp;<var class="var">i</var> se establece si se
+le asigna una posición horizontal en la página. Número de
+tabulación&nbsp;<var class="var">i</var> solo se puede establecer si todas las paradas
+0, &hellip;, <em class="math">i-1</em> ya se han configurado; normalmente las paradas
+posteriores están a la derecha de las anteriores.
+</p>
+<p>De forma predeterminada, cualquier texto compuesto en un entorno
+<code class="code">tabbing</code> está compuesto alineado de forma irregular a la derecha
+y a la izquierda en la tabulación actual. La composición tipográfica
+está hecha en modo LR (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro de un entorno
+<code class="code">tabbing</code>. Todos son frágiles (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005c_005c-_0028tabulacion_0029'><span><code class="code">\\ <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_005c-_0028tabulacion_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Termina una línea tabulada y la compone.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_003d-_0028tabulacion_0029'><span><code class="code">\= <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003d-_0028tabulacion_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>Establece una tabulación en la posición actual.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\&gt; <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_003e"></a>
+<dt id='index-_005c_003e-_0028tabulacion_0029'><span><code class="code">\&gt; <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabulacion_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_003e"></a>
<p>Avanza a la siguiente tabulación.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\&lt;</code>
-<a name="index-_005c_003c"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Coloca el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin necesidad
-de cambiar el margen). Sólo se puede usar al comienzo de la línea.
+<dt id='index-_005c_003c'><span><code class="code">\&lt;</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003c'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Pone el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin cambiar
+el margen). Solo se puede utilizar al principio de la línea.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\+</code>
-<a name="index-_005c_002b"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve hacia la derecha el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todas las
-subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, empezando la línea de
-tabulación, de ser necesario.
+<dt id='index-_005c_002b'><span><code class="code">\+</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_002b'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+comandos una tabulación a la derecha, comenzando la línea tabulada si
+es necesario.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\-</code>
-<a name="index-_005c_002d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve el margen izquierdo hacia la izquierda de la siguiente y todas las
-subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, comenzando con la línea de
-tabulación si es necesario.
+<dt id='index-_005c_002d'><span><code class="code">\-</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_002d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+comandos una tabulación a la izquierda, comenzando la línea tabulada
+si es necesario.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\' <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Mueve todo lo que ha escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es decir,
-cualquier cosa desde la instrucción <code>\&gt;</code>, <code>\&lt;</code>, <code>\'</code>,
-<code>\\</code> o <code>\kill</code> más reciente, a la derecha de la columna
-anterior, a ras de la tabulación de la columna actual.
+<dt id='index-_005c_0027-_0028tabulacion_0029'><span><code class="code">\' <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabulacion_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Mueve todo lo que hayas escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es
+decir, todo, desde el comando <code class="code">\&gt;</code> más reciente, <code class="code">\&lt;</code>,
+<code class="code">\'</code>, <code class="code">\\</code>, o <code class="code">\kill</code>, a la columna anterior y alineado
+a la derecha, al ras contra la tabulación de la columna actual.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\` <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Permite poner texto alineado a la derecha contra cualquier tabulación,
-incluyendo la tabulación&nbsp;0. Sin embargo, no puede mover el texto a
-la derecha de la última columna porque allí no hay tabulación. La
-instrucción <code>\`</code> mueve todo el texto que le sigue, hasta la
-instrucción <code>\\</code> o <code>\end{tabbing}</code> que termina la línea, al
-margen derecho del entorno tabbing. No debe haber instrucción <code>\&gt;</code>
-o <code>\'</code> entre el <code>\`</code> y la instrucción que termina la línea.
+<dt id='index-_005c_0060-_0028tabulacion_0029'><span><code class="code">\` <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabulacion_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Te permite poner el texto al ras contra cualquier tabulación,
+incluidas las tabulaciones&nbsp;0. Sin embargo, no puedes mover el
+texto a la derecha de la última columna porque no hay una tabulación
+allí. El comando <code class="code">\`</code> mueve todo el texto que le sigue, hasta el
+comando <code class="code">\\</code> o <code class="code">\end{tabbing}</code> que finaliza la línea, al
+margen derecho del entorno <code class="code">tabbing</code>. No debe haber ningún
+comando <code class="code">\&gt;</code> o <code class="code">\'</code> entre <code class="code">\`</code> y <code class="code">\\</code> o
+<code class="code">\end{tabbing}</code> que finaliza la línea.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ca_0027-_0028acento-agudo-en-tabulacion_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ca_0060-_0028acento-grave-en-tabulacion_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ca_003d-_0028acento-macron-en-tabbing_0029"></a>
-<p>En un entorno <code>tabbing</code>, las instrucciones <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> y
-<code>\`</code> no producen acentos en la manera usual (see <a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a>). En
-su lugar, se utilizan estas instrucciones <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> y
-<code>\a`</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005ca-_0028tabulacion_0029'><span><code class="code">\a <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ca-_0028tabulacion_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ca_0027-_0028acento-agudo-en-tabulacion_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ca_0060-_0028acento-grave-en-tabulacion_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ca_003d-_0028acento-macron-en-tabulacion_0029"></a>
+<p>En un entorno <code class="code">tabbing</code>, los comandos <code class="code">\=</code>, <code class="code">\'</code> y
+<code class="code">\`</code> no produce acentos como de costumbre (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Acentos">Acentos</a>). En
+cambio, usa los comandos <code class="code">\a=</code>, <code class="code">\a'</code> y <code class="code">\a`</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\kill</code>
-<a name="index-_005ckill"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Fija una tabulación sin producir texto. Trabaja igual que <code>\\</code>
-salvo que esta desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir algo útil.
-El efecto de cualquier instrucción <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> o <code>\-</code> en
-esa línea seguirá en vigor.
+<dt id='index-_005ckill'><span><code class="code">\kill</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ckill'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Establece tabulaciones sin producir texto. Funciona igual que
+<code class="code">\\</code> excepto que desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir una
+salida para ella. Cualquier comando <code class="code">\=</code>, <code class="code">\+</code> o <code class="code">\-</code>
+en esa línea permanece en efecto.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\poptabs</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpoptabs"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cpoptabs-1"></a>
-<p>Restaura las posiciones de tabulación salvadas por la última
-<code>\pushtabs</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cpoptabs'><span><code class="code">\poptabs</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpoptabs'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpoptabs-1"></a>
+<p>Restaura las posiciones de tabulación guardadas por el último
+<code class="code">\pushtabs</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\pushtabs</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpushtabs"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para cambiar
-temporalmente las posiciones de tabulación en medio de un entorno
-<code>tabbing</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005cpushtabs'><span><code class="code">\pushtabs</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpushtabs'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para cambiar
+temporalmente posiciones de tabulación en medio de un entorno
+<code class="code">tabbing</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\tabbingsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctabbingsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Distancia a la izquierda de la tabulación movida por <code>\'</code>.
+<dt id='index-_005ctabbingsep'><span><code class="code">\tabbingsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctabbingsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Distancia del texto movido por <code class="code">\'</code> a la izquierda de la
+tabulación actual.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>En este ejemplo se compone tipográficamente una función de Pascal en el
-formato tradicional:
+<p>Este ejemplo compone una función de Pascal:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabbing}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabbing}
function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
\&gt; begin \= \+ \\
- \&gt; if \= n $&gt;$ 1 then \+ \\
+ \&gt; if \= n &gt; 1 then \+ \\
fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
else \+ \\
fact := 1; \-\- \\
@@ -3516,8367 +8727,19571 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
\end{tabbing}
</pre></div>
+<p>La salida se ve así.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">function fact(n : integer) : integer;
+ begin
+ if n &gt; 1 then
+ fact := n * fact(n-1);
+ else
+ fact := 1;
+ end;
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-algorithm2e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-algorithm2e-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-listings"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listings-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-minted"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minted-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyvrb"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyvrb-package"></a>
+
+<p>Este ejemplo es solo para ilustrar el entorno. En realidad escribir
+código de ordenador en una máquina de escribir como esta, un entorno
+textual (véase <a class="pxref" href="#verbatim"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a>) normalmente sería lo mejor. Para un código
+bien impreso, hay unos cuantos paquetes, incluido
+<code class="code">algorithm2e</code>, <code class="code">fancyvrb</code>, <code class="code">listings</code> y
+<code class="code">minted</code>.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="table"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="table">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabular</a>, Previous: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">tabbing</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">tabbing</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="table-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.23 <code>table</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="table-1">8.22 <code class="code">table</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-table"></a>
-<a name="index-table_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-tablas_002c-creando"></a>
-<a name="index-creando-tablas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-table"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-table-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tablas_002c-crear"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-crear-tablas"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> \begin{table}[ubicación]
-
- cuerpo de la tabla
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{table}[<var class="var">ubicación</var>]
+ <var class="var">cuerpo de la tabla</var>
+ \caption[<var class="var">loftitle</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>} % opcional
+ \label{<var class="var">label}</var> % también opcional
+\end{table}
+</pre></div>
- \caption{título de la tabla}
- \end{table}
+<p>Una clase de flotantes (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a>). No se pueden dividir en
+páginas por lo que no se escriben en secuencia con el texto normal,
+sino que en su lugar flotan a un lugar conveniente, como la parte
+superior de una página siguiente.
+</p>
+<p>Este entorno <code class="code">table</code> de ejemplo contiene un <code class="code">tabular</code>
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{table}
+ \centering\small
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Autor}}
+ &amp;\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Pieza}} \\ \hline
+ Bach &amp;Cello Suite Número 1 \\
+ Beethoven &amp;Cello Sonata Número 3 \\
+ Brahms &amp;Cello Sonata Número 1
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Las mejores piezas de violonchelo}
+ \label{tab:cello}
+\end{table}
</pre></div>
-<p>Las tablas son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y por lo
-general &ldquo;flotan&rdquo; a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de una
-página. Las tablas no se dividen en dos páginas.
+<p>pero puedes poner muchos tipos diferentes de contenido en una
+<code class="code">tabla</code>: el <var class="var">cuerpo de la tabla</var> puede contener texto,
+comandos de LaTeX, gráficos, etc. Es tipografiado en un
+<code class="code">parbox</code> de ancho <code class="code">\textwidth</code>.
</p>
-<p>El argumento opcional <code>[ubicación]</code> determina dónde LaTeX trata
-de colocar su tabla. Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente,
-pueda colocar un flotante:; estos son los mismo que los utilizados con
-el entorno <code>figure</code>, y se describen allí (see <a href="#figure">figure</a>).
+<p>Para los posibles valores de <var class="var">placement</var> y su efecto en el
+algoritmo de colocación de flotantes, <a class="ref" href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a>.
</p>
-<p>Las clases <code>report</code> y <code>article</code> estándar utilizan la ubicación
-<code>[tbp]</code> predeterminada.
+<p>La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccaption-2"></a>
+El comando <code class="code">\caption</code> también es opcional. Especifica texto del
+título <var class="var">title</var> para la tabla (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccaption"><code class="code">\caption</code></a>). De manera
+predeterminada es numerado. Si su <var class="var">lottitle</var> opcional está
+presente, entonces ese texto se utiliza en la lista de tablas en lugar
+de <var class="var">title</var> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>).
</p>
-<p>El cuerpo de la tabla se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-LaTeX, etc., que usted desee. La instrucción <code>\caption</code> le
-permite colocar un título a su tabla.
+<p>En este ejemplo, la tabla y el título flotarán en la parte inferior de
+una página, a menos que se empuje a una página flotante al final.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{table}[b]
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|p{2in}} \hline
+ Uno &amp;El número loneliest \\
+ Dos &amp;Puede estar tan triste como uno.
+ Es el número más solitario desde el número uno.
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Virtud cardinal}
+ \label{tab:CardinalVirtues}
+\end{table}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="tabular"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="tabular">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next">thebibliography</a>, Previous: <a href="#table" accesskey="p" rel="prev">table</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#table" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">table</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="tabular-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.24 <code>tabular</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-tabular"></a>
-<a name="index-tabular_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-lineas-en-tablas"></a>
-<a name="index-alineando-texto-en-tablas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="tabular-1">8.23 <code class="code">tabular</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-tabular"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabular-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lineas-en-tablas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-alineando-texto-en-tablas"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}[ubicación]{columnas}
-columna 1 entrada &amp; columna 2 entrada ... &amp; columna n entrada n \\
-...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}[<var class="var">pos</var>]{<var class="var">cols</var>}
+ <var class="var">entrada de columna 1</var> &amp;<var class="var">entrada de columna 2</var>
+ ...
+ &amp;<var class="var">entrada de columna n</var> \\
+ ...
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
<p>o
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular*}{ancho}[posición]{columnas}
-columna 1 entrada &amp; columna 2 entrada ... &amp; columna n entrada n \\
-...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular*}{<var class="var">width</var>}[<var class="var">pos</var>]{<var class="var">cols</var>}
+ <var class="var">entrada de columna 1</var> &amp;<var class="var">entrada de columna 2</var>
+ ...
+ &amp;<var class="var">entrada de columna n</var> \\
+ ...
\end{tabular*}
</pre></div>
-<p>Estos entornos producen una caja consiste de una secuencia de filas de
-elementos, alineadas verticalmente en columnas.
+<p>Produce una tabla, una caja que consta de una secuencia de filas
+horizontales. Cada fila consta de elementos alineados verticalmente
+en columnas. Este ilustra muchas de las características.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-para-tabular"></a>
-<p>Se debe utilizar <code>\\</code> para especificar el final de cada fila de la
-tabla, salvo por la última, en que esta es opcional &mdash;a menos que le
-siga una instrucción <code>\hline</code> (para colocar una raya bajo la
-tabla).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textit{Nombre del jugador} &amp;\textit{Carrera de jonrones} \\
+ \hline
+ Hank Aarón &amp;755 \\
+ nena Ruth &amp;714
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La salida tendrá dos columnas alineadas a la izquierda con una barra
+vertical entre ellos. Esto se especifica en el argumento
+<code class="code">{l|l}</code> de <code class="code">tabular</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_0026-_0028para-celdas-de-tabla_0029"></a>
+Coloca las entradas en diferentes columnas separándolas con un
+ampersand, <code class="code">&amp;</code>. El final de cada fila está marcado con una doble
+barra invertida, <code class="code">\\</code>. Pone una regla horizontal debajo de una
+fila, después de una doble barra invertida, con <code class="code">\hline</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-tabular_0029"></a>
+Después de la última fila, las <code class="code">\\</code> son opcionales, a menos que
+un <code class="code">\hline</code> siga el comando para poner una regla debajo de la
+tabla.
+</p>
+<p>Los argumentos requeridos y opcionales para <code class="code">tabular</code> consisten
+en:
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">pos</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Opcional. Especifica la posición vertical de la tabla. El valor
+predeterminado es alinear la tabla para que su centro vertical
+coincida con la línea base del texto circundante. Hay otras dos
+posibles alineaciones: <code class="code">t</code> alinea la tabla para que su fila
+superior coincida con la línea base del texto circundante y <code class="code">b</code>
+se alinea en la fila inferior.
+</p>
+<p>Esto solo tiene efecto si hay otro texto. En el caso común de un
+<code class="code">tabular</code> solo en un entorno <code class="code">center</code> esta opción no hace
+ninguna diferencia.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">cols</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Requerido. Especifica el formato de las columnas. Consiste en una
+secuencia de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a los
+tipos de material de columna e intercolumna.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Una columna de elementos alineados a la izquierda.
</p>
-<p>Los argumentos obligatorios y opcionales consisten de:
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Una columna de elementos alineados a la derecha.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>ancho</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Especifica la anchura del entorno <code>tabular*</code>. Este debe tener
-espacio entre las columnas que se puede estirar para llenar el ancho
-especificado.
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Una columna de elementos centrados.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>posición</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Especifica la posición vertical; de manera predeterminada
-alinea al centro el entorno.
+<dt><code class="code">|</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Una línea vertical de la altura y la profundidad completas del
+entorno.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>t</code></dt>
-<dd><p>alineado en la fila superior
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>b</code></dt>
-<dd><p>alineado en la fila inferior
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
</dd>
-<dt><code>columnas</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Especifica el formato de columna. Este consiste en una secuencia de los
-siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a la secuencia de columnas
-y el material intercolumna.
+<dt><code class="code">@{<var class="var">texto o espacio</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Inserta <var class="var">texto o espacio</var> en esta ubicación en cada fila. El
+material <var class="var">texto o espacio</var> está compuesto en modo LR. Este texto
+es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>l</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Una columna de elementos alineados a la izquierda.
+<p>Si entre dos especificadores de columna no hay una @-expresión,
+entonces las clases <code class="code">book</code>, <code class="code">article</code> y <code class="code">report</code> de
+LaTeX ponen a cada lado de cada columna un espacio de ancho
+<code class="code">\tabcolsep</code>, que de manera predeterminada es 6<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Es
+decir, de manera predeterminada las columnas adyacentes se separan con
+12<span class="dmn">pt</span> (por lo que <code class="code">\tabcolsep</code> tiene un nombre engañoso ya
+que es solo la mitad de la separación entre columnas tabulares).
+Además, un espacio de <code class="code">\tabcolsep</code> también viene antes de la
+primera columna y después de la columna final, a menos que coloques
+una <code class="code">@{...}</code> allí.
+</p>
+<p>Si redefines el valor predeterminado y usas una @-expresión, entonces
+LaTeX no inserta <code class="code">\tabcolsep</code> por lo que debes insertar
+cualquier espacio deseado tú mismo, como en
+<code class="code">@{\hspace{1em}}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Una expresión <code class="code">@{}</code> vacía eliminará el espacio. En particular,
+a veces deseas eliminar el espacio antes de la primera columna o
+después de la última, como en el siguiente ejemplo donde las líneas
+tabulares deben estar en el margen izquierdo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{flushleft}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+ ...
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El siguiente ejemplo muestra texto, un punto decimal entre las
+columnas, dispuestas de forma que los números de la tabla queden
+alineados en ella.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{r@{$.$}l}
+ $3$ &amp;$14$ \\
+ $9$ &amp;$80665$
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cextracolsep"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cextracolsep"></a>
+<p>Un comando <code class="code">\extracolsep{<var class="var">wd</var>}</code> en una expresión @ provoca
+un espacio adicional de ancho <var class="var">wd</var> para que aparezca a la
+izquierda de todas las subsiguientes columnas, hasta que sea revocado
+por otro <code class="code">\extracolsep</code>. A diferencia del espacio entre columnas
+ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime por una @-expresión.
+Un comando <code class="code">\extracolsep</code> solo se puede usar en una @-expresión
+en el argumento <code class="code">cols</code>. A continuación, LaTeX inserta la
+cantidad correcta de espacios entre columnas para que toda la tabla
+tenga 4 pulgadas de ancho.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular*}{4in}{l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}l}
+ Siete veces abajo, ocho veces arriba \ldots
+ &amp;¡así es la vida!
+\end{tabular*}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para insertar comandos que se ejecutan automáticamente antes de una
+determinada columna, carga el paquete <code class="code">array</code> y usa el
+especificador <code class="code">&gt;{...}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>r</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Una columna de elementos alineados a la derecha.
+<dt><code class="code">p{<var class="var">wd</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Cada elemento de la columna se escribe en un parbox de ancho <var class="var">wd</var>,
+como si fuera el argumento de un comando
+<code class="code">\parbox[t]{wd}{...}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Un salto de línea de doble barra invertida <code class="code">\\</code> puede no aparecer
+en el elemento, excepto dentro de un entorno como <code class="code">minipage</code>,
+<code class="code">array</code> o <code class="code">tabular</code>, o dentro de un <code class="code">\parbox</code>
+explícito, o en el entorno de una declaración <code class="code">\centering</code>,
+<code class="code">\raggedright</code> o <code class="code">\raggedleft</code> (cuando se usa en un elemento
+de columna <code class="code">p</code>, estas declaraciones deben aparecer entre llaves,
+como con <code class="code">{\centering .. \\ ..}</code>). De lo contrario, LaTeX
+malinterpretará la doble barra invertida como terminando la fila
+tabular. En cambio, para obtener un salto de línea allí, usa
+<code class="code">\newline</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>c</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Una columna de elementos centrados.
+<dt><code class="code">*{<var class="var">num</var>}{<var class="var">cols</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Equivalente a <var class="var">num</var> copias de <var class="var">cols</var>, donde <var class="var">num</var> es un
+entero positivo y <var class="var">cols</var> es una lista de especificadores. Por lo
+tanto, el especificador <code class="code">\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}</code> es
+equivalente a el especificador
+<code class="code">\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}</code>. Ten en cuenta que <var class="var">cols</var>
+puede contener otra <code class="code">*</code>-expresión.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>|</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Una línea vertical que llena la altura y profundidad total del entorno.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>@{<var>texto</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Esta inserta <var>texto</var> en cada fila. Una @-expresión suprime el
-espacio intercolumnas insertado normalmente entre columnas; cualquier
-espacio deseado entre el texto insertado y los elementos adyacentes se
-deberá incluir en <var>texto</var>. Una instrucción
-<code>\extracolsep{ancho}</code> en una @-expresión provoca que aparezca un
-espacio extra de ancho <code>ancho</code> a la izquierda de todas las columnas
-subsecuentes, hasta que se anule por otra instrucción
-<code>\extracolsep</code>. A diferencia del espacio intercolumna ordinario,
-este espacio adicional no se suprime por una @-expresión. Una
-instrucción <code>\extracolsep</code> únicamente se pude utilizar en una
-@-expresión en el argumento <code>columnas</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>p{<var>ancho</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Produce una columna con cada elemento compuesto tipográficamente en una
-parbox de ancho <var>ancho</var>, como si fuera el argumento de una
-instrucción <code>\parbox[t]{<var>ancho</var>}</code>. Sin embargo, una
-<code>\\</code> en el elemento no puede, salvo en las siguientes situaciones:
-</p>
-<ol>
-<li> Dentro de un entorno como <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code> o
-<code>tabular</code>.
-</li><li> Dentro de una <code>\parbox</code> explícita.
-</li><li> En el alcance de una declaración <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>
-o <code>\raggedleft</code>. La última declaración debe aparecer dentro de
-llaves o un entorno cuando se utiliza en un elemento <code>p</code>-columna.
-</li></ol>
+</dl>
</dd>
-<dt><code>*{<var>número</var>}{<var>columnas</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Equivalente a <var>número</var> de copias de <var>columnas</var>, donde
-<var>número</var> es un entero positivo y <var>columnas</var> es cualquier lista
-de especificadores de columna, la cual puede contener otra
-<code>*-expresión</code>.
+<dt><var class="var">width</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Obligatorio para <code class="code">tabular*</code>, no permitido para
+<code class="code">tabular</code>. Especifica el ancho del entorno <code class="code">tabular*</code>. El
+espacio entre columnas debe ser elástico, como con
+<code class="code">@{\extracolsep{\fill}}</code>, para permitir la tabla para
+estirar o encoger para hacer el ancho especificado, o de lo contrario
+es probable que obtengan el <code class="code">Underfull \hbox (incorrecto 10000)
+alineado ...</code> advertencia.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
<p>Parámetros que controlan el formato:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\arrayrulewidth</code>
-<a name="index-_005carrayrulewidth"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>El espesor de la línea creada por <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code> y
-<code>\vline</code> en los entornos <code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code>; el
-predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>.4pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005carrayrulewidth'><span><code class="code">\arrayrulewidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carrayrulewidth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="tabular-arrayrulewidth"></a><p>Una longitud que es el grosor de la
+regla creada por <code class="code">|</code>, <code class="code">\hline</code> y <code class="code">\vline</code> en
+<code class="code">tabular</code> y <code class="code">array</code> entornos. El valor predeterminado es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">.4pt</samp>&rsquo;. Cámbialo como en
+<code class="code">\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\arraystretch</code>
-<a name="index-_005carraystretch"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>El factor para escalar el espaciado entre hileras en los entornos
-<code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code>; el predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>1</samp>&rsquo;, para no
-escalar.
+<dt id='index-_005carraystretch'><span><code class="code">\arraystretch</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carraystretch'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="tabular-arraystrech"></a><p>Un factor por el cual el espacio entre
+filas en los entorno <code class="code">tabular</code> y <code class="code">array</code> se multiplica. El
+valor predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1</samp>&rsquo;, para sin escala. Cámbialo a
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\doublerulesep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdoublerulesep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Distancia horizontal entre las líneas verticles producidas por <code>||</code>
-en los entornos <code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code>; el predeterminado es
-&lsquo;<samp>2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cdoublerulesep'><span><code class="code">\doublerulesep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdoublerulesep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="tabular-doublerulesep"></a><p>Una longitud que es la distancia entre
+las reglas verticales producidas por el especificador <code class="code">||</code>. El
+valor predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\tabcolsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctabcolsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>La mitad de la anchura del espacio entre las columnas; el predeterminado
-es &lsquo;<samp>6pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctabcolsep'><span><code class="code">\tabcolsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctabcolsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="tabular-tabcolsep"></a><p>Una longitud que es la mitad del espacio
+entre columnas. El valor predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">6pt</samp>&rsquo;. Cámbialo con
+<code class="code">\setlength</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>Estas instrucciones se pueden utilizar en el interior de un entorno
-<code>tabular</code>:
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1">\multicolumn</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Hace que un elemento abarque varias columnas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="2">\cline</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca algunas columnas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="3">\hline</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca todas las columnas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="4">\vline</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Dibuja una línea vertical.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro del cuerpo de un entorno
+<code class="code">tabular</code>, los dos primeros dentro de una entrada y los dos
+segundos entre líneas:
+</p>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\multicolumn</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\vline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\cline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\hline</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cmulticolumn"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmulticolumn">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\vline</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cmulticolumn-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.24.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cmulticolumn"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmulticolumn-1">8.23.1 <code class="code">\multicolumn</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmulticolumn"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
-</p><div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\multicolumn{<var>columnas</var>}{<var>posición</var>}{<var>texto</var>}
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\multicolumn{<var class="var">numcols</var>}{<var class="var">cols</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Crea una entrada <code class="code">array</code> o <code class="code">tabular</code> que abarque varias
+columnas. El primer argumento <var class="var">numcols</var> da el número de columnas
+a abarcar. El segundo argumento <var class="var">cols</var> especifica el formato de
+la entrada, con <code class="code">c</code> para centrado, <code class="code">l</code> para alineado a la
+izquierda o <code class="code">r</code> para volcarlo a la derecha. El tercer argumento
+<var class="var">text</var> da el contenido de esa entrada.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, en la primera fila, la segunda y la tercera columna
+son abarcadas por el encabezado único &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Name</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{lccl}
+ \textit{ID} &amp;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &amp;\textit{Age} \\
+ \hline
+ 978-0-393-03701-2 &amp;O'Brian &amp;Patrick &amp;55 \\
+ ...
+\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\multicolumn</code> provoca que una entrada se extienda
-por varias columnas. El primer argumento obligatorio, <var>columnas</var>,
-especifica es el número de columnas por abarcar. El segundo argumento
-obligatorio, <var>posición</var>, especifica el formato de la entrada;
-<code>c</code> para centrado, <code>l</code> para alineado a la izquierda, <code>r</code>
-para alineado a la derecha. El tercer argumento obligatorio,
-<var>texto</var>, especifica el texto a colocar en la entrada.
+<p>Lo que cuenta como una columna es:&nbsp;el especificador de formato de
+columna para el entorno <code class="code">array</code> o <code class="code">tabular</code> se divide en
+partes, donde cada parte (excepto la primera) comienza con <code class="code">l</code>,
+<code class="code">c</code>, <code class="code">r</code>, o&nbsp;<code class="code">p</code>. Así que desde
+<code class="code">\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}</code> las partes son
+<code class="code">|r|</code>, <code class="code">c</code>, <code class="code">c</code>, y&nbsp;<code class="code">p{1.5in}|</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento <var class="var">cols</var> redefine el área <code class="code">array</code> o <code class="code">tabular</code>
+intercolumna del entorno predeterminado junto a esta entrada
+multicolumna. Para afectar esa área, este argumento puede contener
+barras verticales <code class="code">|</code> que indica la ubicación de las reglas
+verticales y expresiones <code class="code">@{...}</code>. Por lo tanto, si
+<var class="var">cols</var> es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">|c|</samp>&rsquo; entonces esta entrada multicolumna estará
+centrada y una regla vertical vendrá en el área intercolumna anterior
+y posterior. Esta tabla detalla el comportamiento exacto.
</p>
-<p>He aquí un ejemplo que muestra dos columnas separadas por un doble
-guión; <code>\multicolumn</code> se utiliza para el encabezado:
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{|cc|c|c|}
+ \multicolumn{1}{r}{w} % entrada uno
+ &amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r|}{x} % entrada dos
+ &amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y} % entrada tres
+ &amp;z % entrada cuatro
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Antes de la primera entrada, la salida no tendrá una regla vertical
+porque <code class="code">\multicolumn</code> tiene el especificador <var class="var">cols</var> &lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo;
+sin barra vertical inicial. Entre la entrada uno y la entrada dos
+habrá una regla vertical; aunque la primera <var class="var">cols</var> no tiene barra
+vertical final, la segunda <var class="var">cols</var> tiene una inicial. Entre la
+entrada dos y entrada tres hay una sola regla vertical; a pesar de eso
+<var class="var">cols</var> en ambas llamadas de <code class="code">multicolumn</code> circundantes para
+una regla vertical, solo obtienes una regla. Entre la entrada tres y
+la entrada cuatro no hay regla vertical; el valor predeterminado pide
+una, pero <var class="var">cols</var> en la entrada tres <code class="code">\multicolumn</code> lo deja
+afuera, y eso tiene prioridad. Finalmente, siguiendo la entrada
+cuatro hay una regla vertical debido al valor predeterminado.
+</p>
+<p>El número de columnas distribuidas <var class="var">numcols</var> puede ser 1. Además
+de dar la capacidad de cambiar la alineación horizontal, esto también
+es útil para redefinir una fila de la intercolumna predeterminada de
+la especificación del área de definición <code class="code">tabular</code>, incluida la
+colocación de reglas verticales.
+</p>
+<p>En el siguiente ejemplo, en la definición de <code class="code">tabular</code>, la
+primera columna se especifica de manera predeterminada justificada a
+la izquierda, pero en la primera fila la entrada está centrada con
+<code class="code">\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Punto}}</code>. También en la
+primera fila, las columnas segunda y tercera están atravesadas por una
+entrada única con <code class="code">\\multicolumn{2}{c}{\\textsc{Span}}</code>,
+redefiniendo la especificación para centrar ese rango de dos columnas
+en la página en-guión.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{r@{--}l}
-\multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr
- 0x80&amp;0x7FF \cr
- 0x800&amp;0xFFFF \cr
-0x10000&amp;0x1FFFF \cr
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Punto}}
+ &amp;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline
+ Barroca &amp;1600 &amp;1760 \\
+ Clásica &amp;1730 &amp;1820 \\
+ Romántica &amp;1780 &amp;1910 \\
+ Impresionista &amp;1875 &amp;1925
\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
+<p>Aunque la especificación <code class="code">tabular</code> de manera predeterminada pone
+una regla vertical entre la primera y la segunda columna, no aparece
+tal regla vertical en la primera fila aquí. Eso es porque no hay una
+barra vertical en la parte <var class="var">cols</var> del primer comando
+<code class="code">\multicolumn</code> de la primera fila.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ccline"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\multicolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\cline</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\multicolumn</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ccline-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.24.2 <code>\cline</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005ccline"></a>
-
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cvline-1">8.23.2 <code class="code">\vline</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvline"></a>
+<p>Dibuja una línea vertical en un entorno <code class="code">tabular</code> o <code class="code">array</code>
+extendiendo la altura y la profundidad completas de la entrada de una
+fila. Posiblemente también se use en una @-expresión, aunque su
+sinónimo barra vertical&nbsp;<code class="code">|</code> es más común. Este comando rara
+vez se usa en el cuerpo de una tabla; normalmente las líneas
+verticales de una tabla se especifican en el argumento <var class="var">cols</var> de
+<code class="code">tabular</code> y se anula según sea necesario con <code class="code">\multicolumn</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El siguiente ejemplo ilustra algunas dificultades. En el segundo de
+la primera fila la entrada <code class="code">\hfill</code> mueve <code class="code">\vline</code> al borde
+izquierdo de la celda. Pero eso es diferente a ponerlo a medio camino
+entre las dos columnas, por lo que entre la primera y la segunda
+columna hay dos reglas verticales, con la del especificador
+<code class="code">{c|cc}</code> viniendo antes de uno producido por
+<code class="code">\vline\hfill</code>. En cambio, la primera fila tercera entrada
+muestra la forma habitual de poner una barra vertical entre dos
+columnas. En la segunda fila, <code class="code">ghi</code> es la entrada más ancha en
+su columna por lo que en <code class="code">\vline\hfill</code> el <code class="code">\hfill</code> no tiene
+efecto y la línea vertical en esa entrada aparece inmediatamente al
+lado de <code class="code">g</code>, sin espacios en blanco.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cline{<var>i</var>-<var>j</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{c|cc}
+ x &amp;\vline\hfill y &amp;\multicolumn{1}{|r}{z} \\ % fila 1
+ abc &amp;def &amp;\vline\hfill ghi % fila 2
+\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\cline</code> dibuja un línea horizontal a través de las
-columnas especificadas, comenzando en la colúmna <var>i</var> y terminando en
-la columna <var>j</var>, que son especificadas en el argumento obligatorio.
-</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005chline"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hline</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\vline</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005chline-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.24.3 <code>\hline</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005chline"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccline-1">8.23.3 <code class="code">\cline</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccline"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\hline</code> dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del
-entorno <code>tabular</code> o <code>array</code> especificado. Se utiliza
-comúnmente para para dibujar una línea en la parte superior, inferior y
-entre filas de la tabla.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cline{<var class="var">i</var>-<var class="var">j</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En un entorno <code class="code">array</code> o <code class="code">tabular</code>, dibuja una regla
+horizontal comenzando en column&nbsp;<var class="var">i</var> y terminando en
+column&nbsp;<var class="var">j</var>. Los guiones, <code class="code">-</code>, deben aparecer en el
+argumento obligatorio. Para abarcar una sola columna usa el número dos
+veces, como con <code class="code">\cline{2-2}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo pone dos líneas horizontales entre la primera y la
+segunda filas, una línea en la primera columna solamente, y la otra
+que abarca la tercera y cuarta columnas. Las dos líneas están una al
+lado de la otra, a la misma altura.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{llrr}
+ a &amp;b &amp;c &amp;d \\ \cline{1-1} \cline{3-4}
+ e &amp;f &amp;g &amp;h
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cvline"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005chline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\cline</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">tabular</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cvline-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.24.4 <code>\vline</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cvline"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005chline-1">8.23.4 <code class="code">\hline</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chline"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\vline</code> dibuja una línea vertical extendida a la
-altura y profundidad total de su fila. Una instrucción <code>\hfill</code> se
-puede utilizar para mover la línea hasta el borde de la columna.
-También se puede utilizar en una @-expresión.
+<p>Dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del <code class="code">tabular</code> adjunto o
+entorno <code class="code">array</code>. Se utiliza comúnmente para dibujar una línea
+arriba, abajo y entre las filas de una tabla.
</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, la parte superior de la tabla tiene dos reglas
+horizontales, una arriba de la otra, que abarca ambas columnas. La
+parte inferior de la tabla tiene una sola regla que abarca ambas
+columnas. Debido al <code class="code">\hline</code>, la línea <code class="code">tabular</code> de la
+segunda fila que termina con doble barra invertida&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code> es
+obligatoria.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
+ Béisbol y Medias Rojas \\
+ Baloncesto y Celtics \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="thebibliography"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="thebibliography">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">theorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="p" rel="prev">tabular</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">theorem</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="thebibliography-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.25 <code>thebibliography</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="thebibliography-1">8.24 <code class="code">thebibliography</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-thebibliography"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thebibliography-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-thebibliography"></a>
-<a name="index-thebibliography_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-bibliografia_002c-creando-_0028manualmente_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bibliografia_002c-crear-_0028manualmente_0029"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{thebibliography}{<var>etiqueta-más-amplia</var>}
-\bibitem[<var>etiqueta</var>]{<var>clave-de-cita}</var>
-...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{thebibliography}{<var class="var">widest-label</var>}
+ \bibitem[<var class="var">label</var>]{<var class="var">cite_key}</var>
+ ...
\end{thebibliography}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>thebibliography</code> produce una bibliografía o lista de
-referencia.
+<p>Elabora una bibliografía o una lista de referencias. Hay dos formas
+de producir listas bibliográficas. Este entorno es adecuado cuando
+solo tienes unas pocas referencias y puedes mantener la lista a mano.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a>, para un enfoque más sofisticado.
</p>
-<p>En las clase <code>article</code>, esta lista de referencia es etiquetada como
-&ldquo;Referencias&rdquo;; en la clase <code>report</code>, esta es etiquetada como
-&ldquo;Bibliografía&rdquo;. Usted puede cambiar la etiqueta (en las clases
-estándar) redefiniendo la instrucción <code>\refname</code>. Por ejemplo, la
-siguiente instrucción la elimina por completo:
+<p>Esto muestra el entorno con dos entradas.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\refname}{}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Este trabajo se basa en \cite{latexdps}.
+Juntos son \cite{latexdps, texbook}.
+ ...
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+\bibitem{latexdps}
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit{\LaTeX{}: un sistema de preparación de documentos}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+\bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end{thebibliography}
</pre></div>
-<p>El argumento obligatorio <var>etiqueta-más-amplia</var> es texto que, al
-momento de componerla tipográficamente, es tan ancho como la etiqueta
-producida por la instrucción <code>\bibitem</code>. Se suele dar como
-<code>9</code> para bibliografías de menos de 10 referencias, <code>99</code> para
-las que tienen menos de 100, etc.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1">\bibitem</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Especifica un elemento de la bibliografía.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2">\cite</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Hace referencia a un elemento bibliográfico.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3">\nocite</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Incluye un elemento en la bibliografía.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Usando-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Usando BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Generando bibliografías automáticamente.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-
+<p>Esto estiliza la primera referencia como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[1] Leslie ...</samp>&rsquo;, y así
+<code class="code">... basado en \cite{latexdps}</code> produce la coincidencia
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">... basado en [1]</samp>&rsquo;. El segundo <code class="code">\cite</code> produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[1,
+2]</samp>&rsquo;. Debes compilar el documento dos veces para resolver estas
+referencias.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento obligatorio <var class="var">widest-label</var> es texto que, cuando se
+compone, es tan ancho como la etiqueta de artículo más ancha producida
+por los comandos <code class="code">\bibitem</code>. La tradición es usar <code class="code">9</code> para
+bibliografías con menos de 10 referencias, <code class="code">99</code> para las de menos
+de 100, etc.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crefname"></a>
+<p>La lista bibliográfica está encabezada por un título como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Bibliography</samp>&rsquo;. Para cambiarlo hay dos casos. En las clases
+<samp class="file">book</samp> y <samp class="file">report</samp>, donde la sección de nivel superior es
+<code class="code">\chapter</code> y el título predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Bibliography</samp>&rsquo;, ese
+título está en la macro <code class="code">\bibname</code>. Para <samp class="file">article</samp>, donde
+el nivel superior de la clase de seccionado es <code class="code">\section</code> y la
+predeterminada es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">References</samp>&rsquo;, el título está en la macro
+<code class="code">\refname</code>. Cámbialo redefiniendo el comando, como con
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\refname}{Referencias citadas}</code>, después
+<code class="code">\begin{document}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-1"></a>
+<p>Los paquetes de soporte de idiomas como
+<code class="code">babel</code> automáticamente redefinen <code class="code">\refname</code> o
+<code class="code">\bibname</code> para ajustarse al idioma seleccionado.
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>, para los parámetros de control de diseño de lista.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\cite</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\nocite</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Usar-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Usar BibTeX</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cbibitem"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbibitem">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\cite</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cbibitem-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.25.1 <code>\bibitem</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cbibitem-1">8.24.1 <code class="code">\bibitem</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cbibitem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibitem"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
-</p><div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bibitem[<var>etiqueta</var>]{<var>clave-de-cita</var>}
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bibitem{<var class="var">cite_key</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bibitem[<var class="var">label</var>]{<var class="var">cite_key</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\bibitem</code> genera una entrada etiquetada por
-<var>etiqueta</var>. Si se omite el argumento <var>etiqueta</var>,
-automáticamente se genera un número utilizando el contador <code>enumi</code>.
-La <var>clave-de-cita</var> es cualquier secuencia de letras, números y
-signos de puntuación que no contenga una coma.
+<p>Genera una entrada etiquetada de manera predeterminada por un número
+generado usando el contador <code class="code">enumi</code>. La <em class="dfn">clave de cita</em>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-clave-de-cita"></a>
+<var class="var">cite_key</var> puede ser cualquier cadena de letras, números y signos
+de puntuación (pero no comas).
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>, por ejemplo.
</p>
-<p>Esta instrucción escribe una entrada al archivo <samp>.aux</samp> que contiene
-los elementos <var>clave-de-cita</var> y etiqueta. Cuando la instrucción
-<code>\begin{document}</code> lee el archivo <samp>.aux</samp>, los elementos
-<code>etiqueta</code> son asociados con <code>clave-de-cita</code>, produciendo
-referencias a <var>clave-de-cita</var> con una instrucción <code>\cite</code> (vea
-la siguiente sección) para producir la etiqueta asociada.
+<p>Cuando se proporciona, el <var class="var">label</var> opcional se convierte en la
+etiqueta de entrada y el contador <code class="code">enumi</code> no se incrementa. Con
+este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{thebibliography}
+\bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps}
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit{\LaTeX{}: un sistema de preparación de documentos}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+\bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end{thebibliography}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>la primera entrada tendrá el estilo &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...</samp>&rsquo;
+(La cantidad de espacio horizontal que LaTeX deja para la etiqueta
+depende de el argumento <var class="var">widest-label</var> del entorno
+<code class="code">thebibliography</code>; ve <a class="ref" href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>). De manera similar,
+<code class="code">... basado en \cite{latexdps}</code> producirá &lsquo;<samp class="samp">... basado en
+[Lamport 1994]</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Si mezclas las entradas de <code class="code">\bibitem</code> que tienen <var class="var">label</var> con
+las que no, entonces LaTeX enumerará las no etiquetadas
+secuencialmente. En el ejemplo de arriba la entrada <code class="code">texbook</code>
+aparecerá como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">[1] Donald ...</samp>&rsquo;, a pesar de que es la segunda
+entrada.
+</p>
+<p>Si usas el mismo <var class="var">cite_key</var> dos veces, obtendrás &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia
+LaTeX: había etiquetas definidas de forma múltiple</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Bajo el capó, LaTeX recuerda información <var class="var">cite_key</var> y
+<var class="var">label</var> porque <code class="code">\bibitem</code> la escribe en el archivo auxiliar
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">jobname</var>.aux</samp> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a>). Por ejemplo,
+el ejemplo anterior hace que los dos
+<code class="code">\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> y
+<code class="code">\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> que aparezcan en ese archivo. El
+archivo <samp class="file">.aux</samp> es leído por el comando <code class="code">\begin{document}</code>
+y luego la información está disponible para los comandos <code class="code">\cite</code>.
+Esto explica por qué necesitas ejecutar LaTeX dos veces para
+resolver las referencias: una vez para escribirlo y una vez para
+leerlo.
+</p>
+<p>Debido a este algoritmo de dos pasos, cuando agregas un
+<code class="code">\bibitem</code> o cambias su <var class="var">cite_key</var> puedes obtener
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia de LaTeX: la(s) etiqueta(s) puede(n) haber
+cambiado. Vuelve a ejecutar para obtener referencias cruzadas
+correctas</samp>&rsquo;. Arréglalo para recompilarlo.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ccite"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccite">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nocite</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\bibitem</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\nocite</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ccite-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.25.2 <code>\cite</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccite-1">8.24.2 <code class="code">\cite</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005ccite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccite"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cite[<var>subcita</var>]{<var>claves</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cite{<var class="var">keys</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>El argumento <var>claves</var> es una lista de una o más claves de cita,
-separadas por comas. Esta instrucción genera una cita en el texto para
-referencias asociadas con <var>claves</var> por medio de entradas en el
-archivo <samp>.aux</samp>.
+<p>o
</p>
-<p>El argumento de texti opcional <var>subcita</var> aparece después de la cita.
-Por ejemplo, <code>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</code> podría producir &lsquo;[Knuth,
-p.&nbsp;314]&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cite[<var class="var">subcite</var>]{<var class="var">keys</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Genera como salida una cita a las referencias asociadas a <var class="var">keys</var>.
+La <var class="var">keys</var> obligatoria es una clave de cita, o una lista de claves
+de citas separadas por comas (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">La fuente definitiva es \cite{texbook}.
+ ...
+\begin{thebibliography}
+\bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end{thebibliography}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>produce una salida como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">... la fuente es [1]</samp>&rsquo;. Puedes cambiar
+la aparición de la cita y de la referencia mediante el uso de estilos
+de bibliografía si genera automáticamente el entorno
+<code class="code">thebibliography</code>. Para más información <a class="ref" href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a>.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">subcite</var> se adjunta a la cita. Por
+ejemplo, <code class="code">Ve 14.3 en \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</code> podría producir
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Ve 14.3 en [1, p.&nbsp;314]</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Además de lo que aparece en la salida, <code class="code">\cite</code> escribe
+información al archivo auxiliar <samp class="file"><var class="var">jobname</var>.aux</samp>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a>). Por ejemplo, <code class="code">\cite{latexdps}</code>
+escribe &lsquo;<samp class="samp">\citation{latexdps}</samp>&rsquo; a ese archivo. Esta información
+la utiliza BibTeX para incluir en su lista de referencias solo
+aquellos trabajos que realmente se han citado; <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cnocite"><code class="code">\nocite</code></a> también.
+</p>
+<p>Si <var class="var">keys</var> no está en la información de tu bibliografía, obtendrás
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia de LaTeX: Había referencias no definidas</samp>&rsquo;, y en la
+salida la cita se muestra como un signo de interrogación en negrita
+entre corchetes. Hay dos posibles causas. Si has escrito algo mal,
+como en <code class="code">\cite{texbok}</code> entonces necesitas corregir la
+ortografía. Por otro lado, si acabas de agregar o modificar
+información bibliográfica y así cambias el archivo <samp class="file">.aux</samp>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a>) entonces la solución puede ser ejecutar LaTeX
+nuevamente.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnocite"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnocite">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Usando-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Usando BibTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Usar-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Usar BibTeX</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\cite</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnocite-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.25.3 <code>\nocite</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cnocite"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnocite-1">8.24.3 <code class="code">\nocite</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocite"></a>
-<p><code>\nocite{lista-de-claves}</code>
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><code class="code">\nocite{<var class="var">keys</var>}</code>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>No produce salida pero escribe <var class="var">keys</var> en el archivo auxiliar
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">jobname</var>.aux</samp> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a>).
</p>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\nocite</code> no produce texto, pero escribe en el archivo
-<samp>.aux</samp> la <code>lista-de-claves</code>, que es una lista de una o más
-etiquetas de cita.
+<p>El argumento obligatorio <var class="var">keys</var> es una lista separada por comas de
+una o más claves de cita (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code class="code">\bibitem</code></a>). Esta información la
+utiliza BibTeX para incluir estos trabajos en tu lista de
+referencia aunque no los hayas citado explícitamente (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccite"><code class="code">\cite</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Usando-BibTeX"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Usar-BibTeX">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\nocite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\nocite</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Usando-BibTeX-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.25.4 Usando BibTeX</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Usar-BibTeX-1">8.24.4 Usar BibTeX</h4>
-<a name="index-usando-BibTeX"></a>
-<a name="index-bibTeX_002c-usando"></a>
-<a name="index-bibliografia_002c-creando-_0028automaticamente_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cbibliographystyle"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cbibliography"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-usando-BibTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bibTeX_002c-usando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bibliografia_002c-crear-_0028automaticamente_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibliographystyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibliography"></a>
-
-<p>Si usted utiliza el programa BibTeX escrito por Oren Patashnik
-(altamente recomendable si necesita una bibliografía de más de un par de
-títulos) para mantener su bibliografía, no utilice el entorno
-<code>thebibliography</code> (see <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>). En su lugar, incluya
-las líneas
+<p>Como se describe en <code class="code">thebibliography</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>),
+un enfoque sofisticado para la gestión de bibliografías es
+proporcionado por el programa BibTeX. Esta es solo una
+introducción; ve la documentación completa sobre CTAN (véase <a class="pxref" href="#CTAN">CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Con BibTeX, no usas el entorno <code class="code">thebibliography</code> directamente
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#thebibliography"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>). En su lugar, incluye estas líneas:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\bibliographystyle{<var>estilo-de-bibliografía</var>}
-\bibliography{<var>archivo-de-bibliografía-1,</var><var>archivo-de-bibliografía-2</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bibliographystyle{<var class="var">bibstyle</var>}
+\bibliography{<var class="var">bibfile1</var>, <var class="var">bibfile2</var>, ...}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\bibliographystyle</code> por sí misma no produce salida
-alguna. Por el contrario, define el estilo en que se producirá la
-bibliografía: <var>estilo-de-bibliografía</var> se refiere a un archivo
-<samp><var>estilo-de-bibliografía</var>.bst</samp>, en el que se define qué
-apariencia tendrán las citas. Los nombres de <var>estilo</var> estándar
+<p><var class="var">bibstyle</var> hace referencia a un archivo <samp class="file"><var class="var">bibstyle</var>.bst</samp>,
+que define cómo se verán tus citas. Los <var class="var">bibstyle</var>s estándar
distribuidos con BibTeX son:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>alpha</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas están formadas por el nombre
-del autor y año de publicación.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">alfa</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Las etiquetas se forman a partir del nombre del autor y el año de
+publicación. Los elementos bibliográficos están ordenados
+alfabéticamente.
</p></dd>
-<dt><code>plain</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas son numéricas.
+<dt><code class="code">plain</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Las etiquetas son números enteros. Ordena los elementos
+bibliográficos alfabéticamente.
</p></dd>
-<dt><code>unsrt</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Al igual que <code>plain</code>, pero las entradas están en el orden citado.
+<dt><code class="code">unsrt</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Como <code class="code">plain</code>, pero las entradas están en orden de cita.
</p></dd>
-<dt><code>abbrv</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Igual que <code>plain</code>, pero con etiquetas más compactas.
+<dt><code class="code">abbrv</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Como <code class="code">plain</code>, pero etiquetas más compactas.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>Además, existen muchos otros archivos de estilo BibTeX adaptados a
-las demandas de diversas publicaciones. Vea
-<a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib">http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</a>.
+<p>Existen muchos, muchos otros archivos de estilo BibTeX,
+adaptados a las demandas de varias publicaciones. Ve el tema CTAN
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty">https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</a>.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\bibliography</code> es lo que realmente produce la
+bibliografía. Su argumento es una lista separada por comas, que se
+refiere a archivos llamados <samp class="file"><var class="var">bibfile1</var>.bib</samp>,
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">bibfile2</var>.bib</samp>, &hellip; Estos contienen tu base de datos en
+formato BibTeX. Esto muestra un par típico de entradas en ese
+formato.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">@book{texbook,
+ title = {El {{\TeX}}book},
+ author = {D.E. Knuth},
+ isbn = {0201134489},
+ series = {Ordenadores \&amp; typesetting},
+ year = {1983},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley}
+}
+@book{sexbook,
+ author = {W.H. Maestros y V.E. Johnson},
+ title = {Respuesta sexual humana},
+ year = {1966},
+ publisher = {Libros Bantam}
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Solo las entradas bibliográficas a las que se hace referencia a través
+de <code class="code">\cite</code> y <code class="code">\nocite</code> aparecerá en la bibliografía del
+documento. Así puedes mantener todas tus fuentes juntas en un
+archivo, o una pequeña cantidad de archivos, y confía en BibTeX
+para incluir en este documento solo aquellos que usaste.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a_007d_002c-para-todas-las-claves-_005cnocite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-para-todas-las-claves"></a>
+<p>Con BibTeX, el argumento <var class="var">keys</var> para <code class="code">\nocite</code> también
+puede ser el carácter único &lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo;. Esto significa citar
+implícitamente todas las entradas de todas las bibliografías dadas.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX" accesskey="1">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Subir: <a href="#Usar-BibTeX" accesskey="u" rel="up">Usar BibTeX</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX-1">8.24.4.1 Mensajes de error BibTeX</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mensajes-de-error_002c-de-BibTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002eaux-comandos-file-y-BibTeX"></a>
+
+<p>Si olvidas usar <code class="code">\bibliography</code> o <code class="code">\bibliographystyle</code> en tu
+documento (o, menos probablemente, cualquier comando <code class="code">\cite</code> o
+<code class="code">\nocite</code>), BibTeX emitirá un mensaje de error. Porque
+BibTeX se puede usar con cualquier programa, no solo LaTeX, los
+mensajes de error se refieren a los comandos internos leídos por
+BibTeX (desde un archivo <samp class="file">.aux</samp>), en lugar de los comandos de
+nivel de usuario descritos anteriormente.
</p>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\bibliography</code> es la que realmente produce la
-bibliografía. El argumento <code>\bibliography</code> se refiere a archivos
-con el nombre <samp><var>archivo-de-bibliografía</var>.bib</samp>, el cual debe
-contener la base de datos en formato BibTeX. Sólo las entradas
-referidas a través de <code>\cite</code> y <code>\nocite</code> serán incluidas en
-la bibliografía.
+<p>Aquí hay una tabla que muestra los comandos internos mencionados en
+los errores BibTeX y los correspondientes comandos a nivel de
+usuario.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cbibdata'><span><code class="code">\bibdata</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbibdata'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibliography-y-_005cbibdata-interno"></a>
+<p><code class="code">\bibliography</code>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cbibstyle'><span><code class="code">\bibstyle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbibstyle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbibliographystyle-y-_005cbibstyle-interno"></a>
+<p><code class="code">\bibliographystyle</code>
</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ccitation'><span><code class="code">\citation</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccitation'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccite-y-_005ccitation-interna"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnocite-y-_005ccitation-interna"></a>
+<p><code class="code">\cite</code>, <code class="code">\nocite</code>
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Por ejemplo, si tu documento no tiene comando
+<code class="code">\bibliographystyle</code>, BibTeX se queja de la siguiente manera:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">No encontré ningún comando \bibstyle --- mientras leía el archivo
+<var class="var">document</var>.aux
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="theorem"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="theorem">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next">titlepage</a>, Previous: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="p" rel="prev">thebibliography</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">thebibliography</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="theorem-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.26 <code>theorem</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="theorem-1">8.25 <code class="code">theorem</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-theorem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theorem-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-theorem"></a>
-<a name="index-theorem_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-teoremas_002c-composicion-tipografica-de"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-teoremas_002c-tipografia"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{theorem}
-<var>texto-del-teorema</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{theorem}
+ <var class="var">cuerpo del teorema</var>
\end{theorem}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>theorem</code> produce &ldquo;Teorema <var>n</var>&rdquo; en negrita seguido
-por el <var>texto-del-teorema</var>, donde las posibilidades de numeración
-para <var>n</var> se describen bajo <code>\newtheorem</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>).
+<p>Produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Teorema <var class="var">n</var></samp>&rsquo; en negrita seguido del <var class="var">cuerpo del
+teorema</var> en cursiva. La posibilidad de numeración para <var class="var">n</var> se
+describe en <code class="code">\newtheorem</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem"><code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % en el preámbulo
+\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}
+ ...
+\begin{lem} % en el cuerpo del documento
+ texto del lema
+\end{lem}
+
+El siguiente resultado sigue inmediatamente.
+\begin{thm}[Gauss] % pone 'Gauss' entre paréntesis después del
+ encabezado del teorema
+ texto del teorema
+\end{thm}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsthm"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsthm-package"></a>
+<p>La mayoría de los documentos
+nuevos usan los paquetes <code class="code">amsthm</code> y <code class="code">amsmath</code> de la
+Sociedad Matemática Americana. Entre otras cosas estos paquetes
+incluyen una gran cantidad de opciones para entornos de teorema, como
+las opciones de estilo.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="titlepage"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="titlepage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next">verbatim</a>, Previous: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">theorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">theorem</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="titlepage-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.27 <code>titlepage</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="titlepage-1">8.26 <code class="code">titlepage</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-titlepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlepage-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-titlepage"></a>
-<a name="index-titlepage_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-haciendo-una-pagina-de-titulo"></a>
-<a name="index-pagina-de-titulo_002c-creando-la"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hacer-una-pagina-de-titulo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paginas-de-titulo_002c-crear"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{titlepage}
-<var>texto</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{titlepage}
+ ... texto y espaciado ...
\end{titlepage}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>titlepage</code> crea una página de título, es decir, una
-página en la cual no se imprime el número de página ni el encabezado.
-También provoca que la página siguiente sea numerada como la página uno.
-El formato de la página del título se deja bajo su responsabilidad. La
-instrucción <code>\today</code> puede ser útil en las páginas de título
-(see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a>).
+<p>Crea una página de título, una página sin número de página impreso o
+encabezado y con las páginas sucesivas numeradas a partir de la página
+uno.
</p>
-<p>Usted puede utilizar la instrucción <code>\maketitle</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>) para producir una página de título estándar sin un
-entorno <code>titlepage</code>.
+<p>En este ejemplo, todo el formato, incluido el espaciado vertical, se
+deja a el autor.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{titlepage}
+\vspace*{\stretch{1}}
+\begin{center}
+ {\huge\bfseries Tesis \\[1ex]
+ título} \\[6.5ex]
+ {\large\bfseries Nombre del autor} \\
+ \vspace{4ex}
+ Tesis enviada a \\[5pt]
+ \textit{Nombre de la universidad} \\[2cm]
+ en cumplimiento parcial para la concesión del título de \\[2cm]
+ \textsc{\Gran Doctor en Filosofía} \\[2ex]
+ \textsc{\large Matemáticas} \\[12ex]
+ \vfill
+ Departamento de Matemáticas \\
+ Dirección \\
+ \vfill
+ \today
+\end{center}
+\vspace{\stretch{2}}
+\end{titlepage}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En su lugar, produce una página de título estándar sin un entorno
+<code class="code">titlepage</code>, usa <code class="code">\maketitle</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle"><code class="code">\maketitle</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="verbatim"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="verbatim">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next">verse</a>, Previous: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">titlepage</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">verse</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="verbatim-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.28 <code>verbatim</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="verbatim-1">8.27 <code class="code">verbatim</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-verbatim"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-verbatim-environment"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-verbatim"></a>
-<a name="index-verbatim_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-literal"></a>
-<a name="index-simulando-texto-escrito"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-escrito_002c-simulando"></a>
-<a name="index-codigo_002c-composicion-tipografica-de"></a>
-<a name="index-programas-de-ordenador_002c-composicion-tipografica"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-literal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simular-texto-mecanografiado"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-mecanografiado_002c-simular"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-codigo_002c-tipografia"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-programas-informaticos_002c-composicion-tipografica"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{verbatim}
-<var>texto-literal</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verbatim}
+<var class="var">texto-literal</var>
\end{verbatim}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>verbatim</code> es un entorno para crear párrafos en el cual
-LaTeX produce exactamente lo que usted escriba en él; Por ejemplo el
-carácter <code>\</code> produce una &lsquo;<samp>\</samp>&rsquo; impresa. Este cambia el modo en
-que LaTeX imprime los que usted escriba con retornos de carro y
-espacios en blanco con el mismo efecto que tendría en una máquina de
-escribir.
+<p>Un entorno de creación de párrafos en el que LaTeX produce como
+salida exactamente lo que escribes como entrada. Por ejemplo, dentro
+de <var class="var">texto-literal</var> el carácter backslash&nbsp;<code class="code">\</code> no inicia
+los comandos, imprime una &lsquo;<samp class="samp">\</samp>&rsquo;, y se toman literalmente los
+retornos de carro y espacios en blanco. La salida aparece en una
+letra de tipo máquina de escribir monoespaciada (<code class="code">\tt</code>).
</p>
-<p>El entorno <code>verbatim</code> utiliza una composición tipográfica con tipo
-de letra monoespacio (<code>\tt</code>).
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1">\verb</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">La forma macro del entorno <code>verbatim</code>.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verbatim}
+Símbolo juramento: %&amp;$#?!.
+\end{verbatim}
+</pre></div>
+<p>La única restricción en <code class="code">texto-literal</code> es que no puede incluir
+la cadena <code class="code">\end{verbatim}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cprotect"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cprotect-package"></a>
+<p>No puedes usar el entorno textual en el argumento
+de las macros, por instancia en el argumento de un <code class="code">\section</code>.
+Esto no es lo mismo que los comandos son frágiles (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>),
+en lugar de eso, simplemente no puede funcionar, ya que el entorno
+<code class="code">verbatim</code> cambia el régimen de catcode antes de tratar su
+contenido, y restaurarlo inmediatamente después, sin embargo, con un
+argumento macro, el contenido del argumento ya se ha convertido en una
+lista de tókenes a lo largo del régimen catcode vigente cuando se
+llamó a la macro. Sin embargo, el paquete <code class="code">cprotect</code> puede
+ayudar con esto
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-listings-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listings-package-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-minted-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minted-package-1"></a>
+<p>Un uso común de la entrada
+textual es escribir código informático. Existen paquetes que son una
+mejora del entorno <code class="code">verbatim</code>. Por ejemplo, una mejora es
+permitir la inclusión palabra por palabra de archivos, o partes de
+esos archivos. Dichos paquetes incluyen <code class="code">listings</code>, y
+<code class="code">minted</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyvrb-package-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-verbatimbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-verbatimbox-package"></a>
+<p>Un paquete que proporciona
+muchas más opciones para entornos textuales es <code class="code">fancyvrb</code>.
+Otro es <code class="code">verbatimbox</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Para obtener una lista de todos los paquetes relevantes, consulta CTAN
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#CTAN">CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX</a>).
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\verb</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cverb"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cverb">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Up: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="u" rel="up">verbatim</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Subir: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cverb-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">9.28.1 <code>\verb</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cverb-1">8.27.1 <code class="code">\verb</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cverb"></a>
-<a name="index-texto-literal_002c-en-linea"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cverb"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-literal_002c-en-linea"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\verb<var>carácter</var><var>texto-literal</var><var>carácter</var>
-\verb*<var>carácter</var><var>texto-literal</var><var>carácter</var>
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\verb <var class="var">char</var> <var class="var">texto-literal</var> <var class="var">char</var>
+\verb* <var class="var">char</var> <var class="var">texto-literal</var> <var class="var">char</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Compone el <var class="var">texto-literal</var> tal como se ingresa, incluidos los
+caracteres especiales y espacios, usando la letra de máquina de
+escribir (<code class="code">\tt</code>).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo muestra dos diferentes invocaciones de <code class="code">\verb</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">¡Esto es \verb! ¡Literalmente! la calabaza más grande de todos los
+tiempos. Y esta es la mejor calabaza, \verb+¡literalmente!+
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\verb</code> compone tipográficamente el
-<var>texto-literal</var> como este se ha ingresado incluyendo caracteres
-especiales y espacios, utilizando el tipo de letra de máquina de
-escribir (<code>\tt</code>). No se permiten espacios entre <code>\verb</code> o
-<code>\verb*</code> y el <var>carácter</var> delimitador, el cual comienza y
-termina el texto literal. El delimitador no debe aparecer en el
-<var>texto-literal</var>.
+<p>El primer <code class="code">\verb</code> tiene su <var class="var">texto-literal</var> rodeado de signos
+de exclamación, <code class="code">!</code>. En cambio, el segundo usa más, <code class="code">+</code>,
+porque el signo de exclamación es parte del <code class="code">texto-literal</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El delimitador de un solo carácter <var class="var">char</var> rodea
+<var class="var">texto-literal</var>&mdash;debe ser el mismo carácter antes y después. No
+hay espacios entre <code class="code">\verb</code> o <code class="code">\verb*</code> y <var class="var">char</var>, o entre
+<var class="var">char</var> y <var class="var">texto-literal</var>, o entre <var class="var">texto-literal</var> y la
+segunda aparición de <var class="var">char</var> (la sinopsis muestra un espacio solo
+para distinguir un componente del otro). El delimitador no debe
+aparecer en <var class="var">texto-literal</var>. El <var class="var">texto-literal</var> no puede
+incluir un salto de línea.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-visible"></a>
+<p>La forma <code class="code">*</code> se diferencia solo en que los espacios se imprimen
+con un carácter espacial.
</p>
-<a name="index-espacio-visible"></a>
-<p>La forma con <code>*</code> difiere únicamente en que los espacios son
-impresos con un carácter de &ldquo;espacio visible&rdquo;.
+<p>El resultado de esto incluirá un espacio visible en ambos lados de la
+palabra &lsquo;<samp class="samp">con</samp>&rsquo;:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">El primer argumento del comando es \verb*!filename con extensión! y
+ ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-url"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-url-package"></a>
+<p>Para escribir direcciones de Internet, URL, el paquete
+<code class="code">url</code> es una mejor opción que el comando <code class="code">\verb</code>, ya que
+permite saltos de línea.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-listings-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listings-package-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-minted-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-minted-package-2"></a>
+<p>Para el código informático hay
+muchos paquetes con ventajas sobre <code class="code">\verb</code>. Uno es
+<code class="code">listings</code>, otro es <code class="code">minted</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cprotect-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cprotect-package-1"></a>
+<p>No puedes usar <code class="code">\verb</code> en el argumento de una
+macro, por ejemplo en el argumento de una <code class="code">\section</code>. No es
+cuestión de que <code class="code">\verb</code> sea frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>), en lugar
+de eso, simplemente no puede trabajar, ya que el comando <code class="code">\verb</code>
+cambia el régimen de catcode antes de leer su argumento, y restaurarlo
+inmediatamente después, sin embargo con un argumento de macro el
+contenido del argumento ya ha sido convertido a una lista de tókenes a
+lo largo del régimen catcode vigente cuando se llamó a la macro. Sin
+embargo, el paquete <code class="code">cprotect</code> puede ayudar con esto.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="verse"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="verse">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev">verbatim</a>, Up: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entornos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="verse-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">9.29 <code>verse</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="verse-1">8.28 <code class="code">verse</code></h3>
-<a name="index-entorno-verse"></a>
-<a name="index-verse_002c-entorno"></a>
-<a name="index-poesia_002c-un-entorno-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-verse"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-verse-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-poesia_002c-un-entorno-para"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\begin{verse}
-<var>línea1</var> \\
-<var>línea2</var> \\
-...
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verse}
+ <var class="var">line1</var> \\
+ <var class="var">line2</var> \\
+ ...
\end{verse}
</pre></div>
-<p>El entorno <code>verse</code> está diseñado para poesía, aunque es posible que
-usted le encuentre alguna otra utilidad.
-</p>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-para-verse"></a>
-<p>Los márgenes tienen sangría a la izquierda y derecha, a los párrafos no
-se les aplica sangría y el texto no está justificado. Separe las líneas
-de cada estrofa con <code>\\</code> y use una o más líneas en blanco para
-separar las estrofas.
-</p>
-
-<hr>
-<a name="Saltos-de-L_00ednea"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="n" rel="next">Saltos de Página</a>, Previous: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Entornos</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="Saltos-de-Linea"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">10 Saltos de Línea</h2>
-<a name="index-saltos-de-linea"></a>
-<a name="index-linea_002c-saltos-de"></a>
-
-<p>Lo primero que hace LaTeX cuando procesa texto normal es traducir el
-archivo de entrada en una secuencia de unidades gráficas y espacios.
-Para producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe partir en
-líneas (y esas línea se deben dividir en páginas).
-</p>
-<p>Normalmente LaTeX se encarga de los saltos de línea (y página), pero
-en algunos entornos, usted mismo determina los saltos de líneas con la
-instrucción <code>\\</code>, y siempre puede forzar los saltos de línea
-manualmente.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1">\\</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Inicia una nueva línea.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2">\obeycr y \restorecr</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Provoca que cada línea ingresada comience una nueva línea.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3">\newline</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Divide la línea \- (hyphenation):: Inserta un guión en la sílaba explicita.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4">\- (hyphenation)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="5">\fussy</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Es quisquilloso con la separación de línea.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="6">\sloppy</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Es descuidado en la separación de la líneas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7">\hyphenation</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Le dice a LaTeX cómo insertar un guión para separar una palabra.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Forzando y evitando saltos de línea.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>Un entorno para la poesía.
+</p>
+<p>Aquí hay dos líneas de Romeo y Julieta de Shakespeare.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Entonces sé claramente que el querido amor de mi corazón está \\
+establecido sobre la bella hija del rico Capuleto.
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-verse_0029"></a>
+<p>Separa las líneas de cada estrofa con <code class="code">\\</code> y usa una o más líneas
+en blanco para separar las estrofas.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{verse}
+\makebox[\linewidth][c]{\textit{No cierres tus puertas} ---Walt Whitman}
+ \\[1\baselineskip]
+No cierres tus puertas orgullosa biblioteca, \\
+Por lo que faltaba en todos tus estantes bien llenos, \\
+\qquad todavía más necesitado, traigo, \\
+A partir de la guerra emergente, un libro que he hecho, \\
+Las palabras de mi libro nada, la deriva de él todo, \\
+Un libro separado, no vinculado con el resto ni sentido por el intelecto, \\
+Pero a ustedes, las latencias incalculables les emocionarán en cada página.
+\end{verse}
+</pre></div>
+<p>La salida tiene márgenes sangrados a la izquierda y a la derecha, los
+párrafos no tienen sangría y el texto no está justificado a la
+derecha.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005c_005c"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Salto-de-l_00ednea">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next">\obeycr y \restorecr</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="n" rel="next">Salto de página</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Entornos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Entornos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005c_005c_005b_002a_005d_005bmas_002despacio_005d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">10.1 <code>\\</code>[*][<var>más-espacio</var>]</h3>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-forzar-la-separacion-de-linea"></a>
-<a name="index-nueva-linea_002c-comenzando"></a>
-<a name="index-separacion-de-linea_002c-forzando"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Salto-de-linea">9 Salto de línea</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-salto-de-linea"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-romper-lineas"></a>
+
+<p>Lo primero que hace LaTeX al procesar texto ordinario es traducir
+tu archivo de entrada a una secuencia de glifos y espacios. Para
+producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe dividir en
+líneas (y estas líneas se deben dividir en páginas).
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX normalmente hace el salto de línea (y de página) en el texto
+del cuerpo pero en algunos entornos fuerza manualmente los saltos de
+línea.
+</p>
+<p>Un flujo de trabajo común es obtener una versión final del contenido
+del documento antes de realizar una pasada final y considerar los
+saltos de línea (y saltos de página). Esto difiere del procesamiento
+de palabras, donde estás formateando texto a medida que lo ingresas.
+Aplazar esto hasta el final evita un montón saltos de línea que
+cambiarán de todos modos.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\\</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\obeycr</code> y <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\newline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\-</code> (guion discrecional)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (punto de separación silábica generalizada)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\fussy</code> y <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\linebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_005c">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\obeycr</code> y <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_005c-1">9.1 <code class="code">\\</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028fuerza-el-salto-de-linea_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nueva-linea_002c-comenzando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-salto-de-linea_002c-forzando"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\\
+\\[<var class="var">morespace</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\\*
+\\*[<var class="var">morespace</var>]
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\\</code> le dice a LaTeX que comience una nueva
-línea. Esta tiene un argumento opcional, <var>más-espacio</var>, que
-especifica la cantidad de espacio vertical extra que se debe insertar
-antes de la siguiente línea. Este puede ser una cantidad negativa.
+<p>Finaliza la línea actual. El argumento opcional <var class="var">morespace</var>
+especifica espacio vertical adicional que se insertará antes de la
+siguiente línea. Esta es un longitud elástica (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>) y
+puede ser negativa. El texto antes del salto de línea se establece en
+su longitud normal, es decir, no se estira para completar el ancho de
+la línea. Este comando es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\\*</code> es la misma que la instrucción ordinaria
-<code>\\</code> salvo que esta le dice a LaTeX que no comience una nueva
-página después de la línea.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\title{Mi historia: \\[0.25in]
+una historia de aflicción}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La forma destacada, <code class="code">\\*</code>, le dice a LaTeX que no inicie una
+nueva página entre las dos líneas, emitiendo un <code class="code">\nobreak</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Los saltos de línea explícitos en el cuerpo del texto principal son
+inusuales en LaTeX. En particular, no comiences nuevos párrafos
+con <code class="code">\\</code>. En lugar de eso, deja una línea en blanco entre los
+dos párrafos. Y no pongas una secuencia de <code class="code">\\</code>&rsquo;s para hacer
+espacio vertical. En su lugar, usa <code class="code">\vspace{<var class="var">length</var>}</code> o
+<code class="code">\leavevmode\vspace{<var class="var">length</var>}</code> o
+<code class="code">\vspace*{<var class="var">length</var>}</code> si deseas que no se arroje el espacio
+en la parte superior de una nueva página (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\\</code> se usa principalmente fuera del flujo principal
+de texto como en un entorno <code class="code">tabular</code> o <code class="code">array</code> o en un
+entorno de la ecuación.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\\</code> es un sinónimo de <code class="code">\newline</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>) en circunstancias ordinarias (un ejemplo de una
+excepción es la columna <code class="code">p{...}</code> en un entorno <code class="code">tabular</code>;
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\\</code> es una macro y su definición cambia según el
+contexto para que su definición en texto normal, un entorno
+<code class="code">center</code>, un <code class="code">flushleft</code> y <code class="code">tabular</code> son todos
+diferentes. En texto normal, cuando fuerza un salto de línea,
+esencialmente es una abreviatura para <code class="code">\newline</code>. No finaliza el
+modo horizontal ni finaliza el párrafo, simplemente inserta un poco de
+pegamento y penalizaciones para que cuando el párrafo termine, se
+produzca un salto de línea en ese punto, con la breve línea rellena
+con espacios en blanco.
+</p>
+<p>Obtienes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: No hay línea para terminar aquí</samp>&rsquo; si
+usas <code class="code">\\</code> para solicitar una nueva línea, en lugar de finalizar
+la línea actual. Un ejemplo es si tienes <code class="code">\begin{document}\\</code>
+o, más probablemente, algo como esto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
+ \\
+ En ese espacio vertical pon tu marca.
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Solucionalo reemplazando la doble barra invertida con algo como
+<code class="code">\vspace{\baselineskip}</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\\</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\\</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">10.2 <code>\obeycr</code> y <code>\restorecr</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cobeycr"></a>
-<a name="index-_005crestorecr"></a>
-<a name="index-nueva-linea_002c-salida-como-entrada"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr-1">9.2 <code class="code">\obeycr</code> y <code class="code">\restorecr</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cobeycr"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005crestorecr"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cobeycr"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crestorecr"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nueva-linea_002c-salida-como-entrada"></a>
+
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\obeycr</code> hace un retorno en el archivo de entrada
+(&lsquo;<samp class="samp">^^M</samp>&rsquo;, internamente) lo mismo que <code class="code">\\</code>, seguido de
+<code class="code">\relax</code>. Así que cada nueva línea en la entrada también será
+una nueva línea en la salida. El comando <code class="code">\restorecr</code> restaura
+el comportamiento normal de salto de línea.
+</p>
+<p>Esta no es la forma de mostrar texto textual o código informático.
+Usa <code class="code">verbatim</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#verbatim"><code class="code">verbatim</code></a>) en su lugar.
+</p>
+<p>Con los valores predeterminados habituales de LaTeX, este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">aaa
+bbb
+
+\obeycr
+ccc
+ddd
+ eee
+
+\restorecr
+fff
+ggg
+
+hhh
+iii
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\obeycr</code> genera un retorno de carro en el archivo
-de entrada (&lsquo;<samp>^^M</samp>&rsquo;, internamente) lo mismo que <code>\\</code> (seguido
-por <code>\relax</code>). Por lo tanto, cada nueva línea en la entrada
-también será una nueva línea en la salida.
+<p>produce una salida como esta.
</p>
-<p><code>\restorecr</code> restaura el comportamiento de saltos de línea normal.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> aaa bbb
+ ccc
+ddd
+eee
+
+fff ggg
+ hhh iii
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Las sangrías son sangrías de párrafo.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewline"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\obeycr y \restorecr</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\-</code> (guion discrecional)</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\obeycr</code> y <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewline-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">10.3 <code>\newline</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewline"></a>
-<a name="index-nueva-linea_002c-comenzando-_0028modo-de-parrafo_0029"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewline-1">9.3 <code class="code">\newline</code></h3>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\newline</code> rompe la línea en el punto actual, sin
-justificar el texto anterior. Sólo se puede utilizar en modo párrafo.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewline"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nueva-linea_002c-comenzando-_0028modo-parrafo_0029"></a>
+
+<p>En texto ordinario, esto termina una línea de una manera que no se
+justifica a la derecha. Para que el texto anterior al final de la
+línea no se estire, es decir, en modo de párrafo (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>), el
+comando <code class="code">\newline</code> es equivalente a doble barra invertida
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>). Este comando es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Sin embargo, los dos comandos son diferentes dentro de un entorno
+<code class="code">tabular</code> o entorno <code class="code">array</code>. En una columna con un
+especificador que produce un cuadro de párrafo como típicamente
+<code class="code">p{...}</code>, <code class="code">\newline</code> inserta un final de línea dentro de
+la columna; es decir, no rompe toda la fila tabular. Para dividir
+toda la fila, usa <code class="code">\\</code> o su equivalente <code class="code">\tabularnewline</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Esto imprimirá &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Nombre:</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Dirección:</samp>&rsquo; como dos líneas en
+una sola celda de la tabla.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
+ Nombre: \newline Dirección: &amp;Date: \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Date:</samp>&rsquo; se alineará con la línea base con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Nombre:</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fussy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newline</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (punto de separación silábica generalizada)</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005c_002d-_0028division-silabica-discrecional_0029"></a>
-<h3 class="section">10.4 <code>\-</code> (división silábica discrecional)</h3>
-<a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-division-silabica_002c-forzando"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028guion-discrecional_0029">9.4 <code class="code">\-</code> (guion discrecional)</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_002d-_0028separacion-silabica_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-separacion-silabica_002c-forzando"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\-</code> le dice a LaTeX que puede dividir la palabra
-con un guión en ese punto. LaTeX cuenta con una muy buena separación
-silábica con guión, y por lo general en la mayoría de los casos
-encuentra los puntos correctos en la división de palabras, y casi nunca
-utiliza uno incorrecto. La instrucción <code>\-</code> se utiliza para casos
+<p>Le dice a LaTeX que puede separar la palabra en ese punto. Cuando
+insertas comandos <code class="code">\-</code> en una palabra, la palabra solo se
+dividirá con guiones en esos puntos y en ninguno de los otros puntos
+de guiones que LaTeX podría haber elegido de otro modo. Este
+comando es robusto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX es bueno separando guiones y generalmente encuentra la
+mayoría de los puntos de separación con guiones, mientras que casi
+nunca se usa uno incorrecto. El comando <code class="code">\-</code> es para casos
excepcionales.
</p>
-<p>Cuando usted inserta la instrucción <code>\-</code> en una palabra, la palabra
-únicamente se debe dividir con guión en esos puntos y en ninguno de los
-puntos que LaTeX pudiera haber elegido de otro modo.
+<p>Por ejemplo, LaTeX normalmente no separa palabras que contienen un
+guión. Abajo, la palabra larga y con guión significa que LaTeX
+tiene que poner en espacios inaceptablemente grandes para colocar la
+columna estrecha.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rp{1.75in}}
+ Isaac Asimov &amp;La cepa del
+ antiintelectualismo
+ % an\-ti-in\-te\-lec\-tu\-al\-ismo
+ ha sido un hilo constante que se abre camino a través de
+ nuestra vida política y cultural, alimentada por
+ la falsa noción de que democracia significa que
+ 'mi ignorancia es tan buena como tu conocimiento'.
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Comentar la tercera línea y descomentar la cuarta hace mucho mejor
+ajuste.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\-</code> solo permite que LaTeX rompa allí, no requiere
+que se rompa allí. Puedes forzar una división con algo como
+<code class="code">Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Por supuesto, si luego cambias el texto,
+entonces este salto de línea forzado puede parecer fuera de lugar, por
+lo que este enfoque requiere sumo cuidado.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cfussy"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sloppy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\fussy</code> y <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\-</code> (guion discrecional)</a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cfussy-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">10.5 <code>\fussy</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cfussy"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028punto-de-separacion-silabica-generalizada_0029">9.5 <code class="code">\discretionary</code> (punto de separación silábica generalizada)</h3>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-separacion-silabica_002c-discrecional"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-discrecional_002c-separacion-silabica"></a>
-<p>La declaración <code>\fussy</code> (que es la predeterminada) provoca que
-TeX sea quisquilloso con los saltos de línea. Esto por lo general
-también evita el espacio entre palabras, a costa de un ocasional
-desbordamiento de caja.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>Esta instrucción cancela el efecto de una instrucción <code>\sloppy</code>
-previa (see <a href="#g_t_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\discretionary{<var class="var">pre-break</var>}{<var class="var">post-break</var>}{<var class="var">no-break</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Maneja cambios de palabras alrededor de guiones. Este comando no se
+usa a menudo en documentos LaTeX.
</p>
+<p>Si se produce un salto de línea en el punto donde aparece
+<code class="code">\discretionary</code> entonces TeX pone <var class="var">pre-break</var> al final de
+la línea actual y pone <var class="var">post-break</var> al comienzo de la siguiente
+línea. Si no hay salto de linea aquí entonces TeX pone
+<var class="var">no-break</var>.
+</p>
+<p>En &lsquo;<samp class="samp">difficult</samp>&rsquo; las tres letras <code class="code">ffi</code> forman una ligadura.
+Pero no obstante, TeX se puede dividir entre las dos &lsquo;<samp class="samp">f</samp>&rsquo; con
+esto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ten en cuenta que los usuarios no tienen que hacer esto. Normalmente
+se maneja automáticamente por el algoritmo de separación silábica de
+TeX.
+</p>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csloppy"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hyphenation</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\fussy</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (punto de separación silábica generalizada)</a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csloppy-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">10.6 <code>\sloppy</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy-1">9.6 <code class="code">\fussy</code> y <code class="code">\sloppy</code></h3>
-<p>La declaración <code>\sloppy</code> provoca que TeX sea menos cuidadoso con
-los saltos de línea. Esto evitará el desbordamiento de cajas, a costa de
-un mayor espaciamiento entre palabras.
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfussy"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csloppy"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfussy"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csloppy"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-saltos-de-linea_002c-cambiando"></a>
+
+<p>Declaraciones para hacer que TeX sea más o menos quisquilloso con
+el salto de línea. Declarar <code class="code">\fussy</code> por lo general evita
+demasiado espacio entre palabras, a costa de alguna que otra caja
+llena en exceso. En cambio, <code class="code">\sloppy</code> evita cajas demasiado
+llenas mientras sufre espaciado interpalabras sueltas.
</p>
-<p>Dura hasta que se utilice una instrucción <code>\fussy</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cfussy">\fussy</a>).
+<p>El valor predeterminado es <code class="code">\fussy</code>. El salto de línea en un
+párrafo es controlado por cualquier declaración que esté vigente al
+final del párrafo, es decir, en la línea en blanco o <code class="code">\par</code> o
+ecuación mostrada que termina ese párrafo. Entonces, para afectar los
+saltos de línea, incluye ese material de final de párrafo en el
+entorno del párrafo.
</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#sloppypar" accesskey="1"><code class="code">sloppypar</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005chyphenation"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="sloppypar">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\sloppy</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\fussy</code> y <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005chyphenation-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">10.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005chyphenation"></a>
-<a name="index-division-de-silabas-con-guion_002c-definiendo"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="sloppypar-1">9.6.1 <code class="code">sloppypar</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sloppypar-environment"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entorno-descuidado"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hyphenation{<var>palabra-uno</var> <var>palabra-dos</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{sloppypar}
+ ... párrafos ...
+\end{sloppypar}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\hyphenation</code> declara los puntos dónde se permite
-la división de palabras por medio de un carácter <code>-</code> en las
-palabras proporcionadas. Las palabras están separadas por espacios.
-TeX únicamente debe separar las palabras si la palabra coincide
-exactamente, sin juzgar las inflexiones. Múltiples instrucciones
-<code>\hyphenation</code> son acumulativas. Algunos ejemplos (los patrones de
-separación silábica de TeX no se aplican a esas palabras):
+<p>Compone los párrafos con <code class="code">\sloppy</code> en efecto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy"><code class="code">\fussy</code> y <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>). Usa esto para ajustar localmente el salto de línea, para
+evitar los errores &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Caja demasiado llena</samp>&rsquo; o &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Caja
+incompleta</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>El ejemplo es simple.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hyphenation{ap-én-dice col-umnas hiper-fragilís-tico-espiali-doso}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{sloppypar} Con su plan para la mañana así resuelto, se sentó
+ en silencio a su libro después del desayuno, resolviendo permanecer
+ en el mismo lugar y el mismo empleo hasta que el reloj dio la una; y
+ por costumbre muy poco incomodado por los comentarios y
+ exclamaciones de la Sra.\ Allen, cuyo vacío de mente e incapacidad
+ para pensar eran tales, que como ella nunca hablaba mucho, por lo
+ que nunca podría estar completamente silencioso; y, por lo tanto,
+ mientras ella estaba sentada en su trabajo, si perdiera su aguja o
+ le rompía el hilo, si oía un carruaje en la calle, o vio una mota en
+ su vestido, debe observarla en voz alta, ya sea nadie tenía tiempo
+ para responderle o no. \end{sloppypar}
</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chyphenation">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hyphenation</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\linebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\fussy</code> y <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">10.8 <code>\linebreak</code> y <code>\nolinebreak</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005clinebreak"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cnolinebreak"></a>
-<a name="index-saltos-de-linea_002c-forzando"></a>
-<a name="index-saltos-de-linea_002c-evitando"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chyphenation-1">9.7 <code class="code">\hyphenation</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chyphenation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-separacion-silabica_002c-definiendo"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\linebreak[<var>prioridad</var>]
-\nolinebreak[<var>prioridad</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hyphenation{<var class="var">word1</var> ...}
</pre></div>
-<p>De manera predeterminada, la instrucción <code>\linebreak</code>
-(<code>\nolinebreak</code>) fuerza (previene) un salto de línea en la posición
-actual. Para <code>\linebreak</code>, los espacios en la línea se expanden
-hasta el margen derecho de la manera normal.
+<p>Declara los puntos de separación de palabras permitidos dentro de las
+palabras de la lista. Las palabras en esa lista están separadas por
+espacios. Muestra puntos permitidos para separación silábica con un
+guión, <code class="code">-</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Aquí hay un ejemplo:
</p>
-<p>Con el argumento opcional <var>prioridad</var>, usted puede convertir la
-instrucción de una petición a una demanda. La <var>prioridad</var> debe ser
-un número desde 0 hasta&nbsp;4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, es más
-insistente la petición.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Utiliza letras minúsculas. TeX solo dividirá si la palabra
+coincide exactamente, no se intentan inflexiones. Múltiples
+<code class="code">\hyphenation</code> los comandos se acumulan.
</p>
+
<hr>
-<a name="Saltos-de-P_00e1gina"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie" accesskey="n" rel="next">Notas al Pie</a>, Previous: <a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Saltos de Línea</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de línea</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Saltos-de-Pagina"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">11 Saltos de Página</h2>
-<a name="index-salto-de-pagina"></a>
-<a name="index-dividiendo-paginas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak-1">9.8 <code class="code">\linebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005clinebreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnolinebreak"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinebreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnolinebreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-saltos-de-linea_002c-forzando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-saltos-de-linea_002c-previniendo"></a>
-<p>LaTeX inicia nuevas páginas asincronicamente, cuando ha acumulado
-suficiente material para llenar una página. Por lo general, esto ocurre
-automáticamente, pero a veces, posiblemente, usted quiera influir en los
-saltos de página.
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\linebreak
+\linebreak[<var class="var">cero-a-cuatro</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o uno de estos.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\nolinebreak
+\nolinebreak[<var class="var">cero-a-cuatro</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Anima o desalienta un salto de línea. El <var class="var">cero-a-cuatro</var> opcional
+es un número entero entre 0 y 4 que te permite suavizar la
+instrucción. El valor predeterminado es 4, por lo que sin el
+argumento opcional estos comandos fuerzan o previenen por completo la
+ruptura. Pero por ejemplo, <code class="code">\nolinebreak[1]</code> es una sugerencia
+de que otro lugar puede ser mejor. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más
+insistente será la solicitud. Ambos comandos son frágiles
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Aquí le decimos a LaTeX que un buen lugar para poner un salto de
+línea es después del texto legal estándar.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\boilerplatelegal{} \linebreak[2]
+Alentamos especialmente las solicitudes de miembros de tradicionalmente
+grupos subrepresentados.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Cuando emite <code class="code">\linebreak</code>, los espacios en la línea se estiran
+para que el punto de quiebre alcance el margen derecho. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code class="code">\\</code></a>
+y&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>, para que los espacios no se extiendan.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Salto-de-p_00e1gina">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Notas-al-pie" accesskey="n" rel="next">Notas al pie</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Salto de línea</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Salto-de-pagina">10 Salto de página</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-salto-de-pagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rompiendo-paginas"></a>
+
+<p>Normalmente, LaTeX automáticamente se encarga de dividir la salida
+en páginas con su habitual aplomo. Pero si estás escribiendo
+comandos, o ajustar la versión final de un documento, es posible que
+debas entender cómo influir en sus acciones.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-badness"></a>
+<p>El algoritmo de LaTeX para dividir un documento en páginas es más
+complejo que simplemente esperar hasta que haya suficiente material
+para llenar una página y producir el resultado. En cambio, LaTeX
+compone más material que cabría en la página y luego elige un salto
+que es óptimo en alguna forma (tiene el <em class="dfn">badness</em> más pequeño). Un
+ejemplo de la ventaja de este enfoque es que si la página tiene algún
+espacio vertical que se puede estirar o encoger, como con tiras de
+goma entre párrafos, entonces LaTeX lo puede usar para evitar
+líneas viudas (donde comienza una nueva página con la última línea de
+un párrafo; LaTeX puede exprimir la línea adicional en la primera
+página) y huérfanas (donde la primera línea del párrafo está al final
+de una página; LaTeX puede estirar el material de la primera página
+para que la línea extra caiga en la segunda página). Otro ejemplo es
+donde LaTeX usa la reducción vertical disponible para caber en una
+página que no solo el encabezado de una nueva sección, pero también
+las dos primeras líneas de esa sección.
+</p>
+<p>Pero LaTeX no optimiza el conjunto de saltos de páginas del
+documento completo. Entonces puede suceder que el salto de la primera
+página sea genial pero el segundo sea pésimo; para romper la página
+actual LaTeX no ve tan adelante como el siguiente salto de página.
+Así que de vez en cuando es posible que desees influir en los saltos
+de página al preparar una versión final de un documento.
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Composici_00f3n">Composición</a>, para obtener más material relevante para el salto
+de página.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> y <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\pagebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage-1">10.1 <code class="code">\clearpage</code> y <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cclearpage"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cclearpage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-enjuagar-flotantes-y-comenzar-una-pagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comenzar-una-nueva-pagina-y-borrar-flotantes"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005ccleardoublepage"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccleardoublepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comenzando-en-una-pagina-de-la-derecha"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\clearpage
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cleardoublepage
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Finaliza la página actual y genera todas las figuras flotantes
+pendientes y tablas (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a>). Si hay demasiados flotantes
+para caber en la página entonces LaTeX pondrá páginas adicionales
+que solo contienen flotantes. En impresión a doble cara,
+<code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> también hace que la siguiente página de
+contenido sea una página de la derecha, una página impar, si es
+necesario insertando una página en blanco. El comando
+<code class="code">\clearpage</code> es robusto mientras <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> es
+frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Los saltos de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> colocará una página en blanco, pero
+tendrá los encabezados y pies de página en ejecución. Para obtener
+una página con espacio en blanco, usa este comando.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage
+\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
+ \clearpage
+ {\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si deseas que el comando <code class="code">\chapter</code> estándar de LaTeX haga
+esto, entonces agrega la línea
+<code class="code">\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</code>. (Por supuesto, esto
+afecta todos los usos de <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code>, no solo uno en
+<code class="code">\chapter</code>).
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\newpage</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewpage"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a>) también termina la
+página actual, pero sin borrar los flotantes pendientes. Y, si
+LaTeX está en modo de dos columnas, entonces <code class="code">\newpage</code>
+finaliza la columna actual mientras <code class="code">\clearpage</code> y
+<code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> finalizan la página actual.
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1">\cleardoublepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Inicia una nueva página a mano derecha.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage" accesskey="2">\clearpage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Inicia una nueva página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="3">\newpage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Inicia una nueva página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="4">\enlargethispage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Amplía un poco la página actual.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="5">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Forzando y evitando saltos de página.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ccleardoublepage"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewpage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\clearpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> y <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ccleardoublepage-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">11.1 <code>\cleardoublepage</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewpage-1">10.2 <code class="code">\newpage</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewpage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nueva-pagina_002c-comenzando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comenzando-una-nueva-pagina"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newpage
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Finaliza la página actual. Este comando es robusto
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Los saltos de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+</p>
+<p>Mientras que los comandos <code class="code">\clearpage</code> y <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code>
+también finalizan la página actual, además borran los flotantes
+pendientes (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> y <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a>). Y, si LaTeX
+está en modo de dos columnas, entonces <code class="code">\clearpage</code> y
+<code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code> terminan la página actual, posiblemente
+dejando una columna vacía, mientras <code class="code">\newpage</code> solo finaliza la
+columna actual.
+</p>
+<p>A diferencia de <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak"><code class="code">\pagebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></a>),
+el comando <code class="code">\newpage</code> hará que la nueva página comience justo
+donde se solicitó. Este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+continente,
+\newpage
-<a name="index-_005ccleardoublepage"></a>
-<a name="index-iniciando-una-pagina-a-mano-derecha"></a>
+\noindent
+una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+de que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\cleardoublepage</code> termina la página actual y
-provoca que se impriman todas las imágenes y tablas que han aparecido
-hasta el momento en el texto. En un estilo de Impresión a doble cara,
-este también hace que la siguiente página sea a mano derecha, página
-(impares), produciendo una página en blanco si es necesario.
+<p>hace que una nueva página comience después de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">continente</samp>&rsquo;, y la
+línea cortada no se justifica a la derecha. Además, <code class="code">\newpage</code>
+no estira verticalmente la página, como lo hace <code class="code">\pagebreak</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cclearpage"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cenlargethispage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newpage</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cleardoublepage</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\pagebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cclearpage-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">11.2 <code>\clearpage</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cclearpage"></a>
-<a name="index-descargando-flotantes-e-iniciando-una-pagina"></a>
-<a name="index-iniciando-una-nueva-pagina-y-limpiando-flotantes"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cenlargethispage-1">10.3 <code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></h3>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\clearpage</code> termina la página actual y provoca que
-todas la imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta ahora en la entrada
-sean impresas.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cenlargethispage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ampliar-la-pagina-actual"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\enlargethispage{<var class="var">size</var>}
+\enlargethispage*{<var class="var">size</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Amplía el <code class="code">\textheight</code> para la página actual. El argumento
+requerido <var class="var">size</var> debe tener una longitud rígida
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Puede ser positivo o negativo. Este comando es
+frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Una estrategia común es esperar hasta tener el texto final de un
+documento y, a continuación, pásalo ajustando los saltos de línea y de
+página. Este comando te permite cierto margen de maniobra en el
+tamaño de la página.
+</p>
+<p>Esto permitirá una línea adicional en la página actual.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La forma con estrella <code class="code">\enlargesthispage*</code> intenta exprimir el
+material juntos en la página tanto como sea posible, para el caso de
+uso común de obtener una línea más en la página. Esto se usa a menudo
+junto con un <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> explícito.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewpage"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\enlargethispage</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\clearpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\enlargethispage</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Salto de página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewpage-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">11.3 <code>\newpage</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewpage"></a>
-<a name="index-nueva-pagina_002c-iniciando"></a>
-<a name="index-iniciando-una-nueva-pagina"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak-1">10.4 <code class="code">\pagebreak</code> y <code class="code">\nopagebreak</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cpagebreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnopagebreak"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpagebreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnopagebreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-salto-de-pagina_002c-forzando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-salto-de-pagina_002c-evitando"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagebreak
+\pagebreak[<var class="var">cero-a-cuatro</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\nopagebreak
+\nopagebreak[<var class="var">cero-a-cuatro</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Anima o desalienta un salto de página. El <var class="var">cero-a-cuatro</var>
+opcional es un número entero que te permite suavizar la solicitud. El
+valor predeterminado es 4, de modo que sin el argumento opcional estos
+comandos fuerzan o previenen el quiebre. Pero, por ejemplo,
+<code class="code">\nopagebreak[1]</code> sugiere a LaTeX que otro lugar podría ser
+preferible. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente la petición.
+Ambos comandos son frágiles. (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Los finales de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas estos comandos en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+</p>
+<p>Si los usas dentro de un párrafo, se aplica al punto siguiente de la
+línea en la que aparecen. Así que esto
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+continente,
+\pagebreak
+una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\newpage</code> termina la página actual, pero no
-descarga flotantes (vea <code>\clearpage</code> arriba).
+<p>no da un salto de página en &lsquo;<samp class="samp">continente</samp>&rsquo;, sino en &lsquo;<samp class="samp">nación</samp>&rsquo;,
+ya que ahí es donde LaTeX rompe esa línea. Además, con
+<code class="code">\pagebreak</code> el espacio vertical en la página se estira donde sea
+posible para que se extienda hasta el fondo del margen normal. Esto
+puede parecer extraño, y si <code class="code">\flushbottom</code> está en efecto esto
+puede hacer que obtengas &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Infralleno \vbox (incorrecto 10000)
+ocurrió mientras \output está activo</samp>&rsquo;. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cnewpage"><code class="code">\newpage</code></a>, para un
+comando que no tiene estos efectos.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csamepage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-samepage-entorno"></a>
+<p>(Hay una declaración obsoleta <code class="code">\samepage</code>, que intenta solo
+permitir un salto de línea entre dos párrafos. Hay un entorno
+relacionado <code class="code">samepage</code>, también obsoleto. Ninguno de estos
+funciona de manera confiable. Para más información sobre cómo
+mantener el material en la misma página, consulta la entrada de
+preguntas frecuentes <a class="url" href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</a>).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cenlargethispage"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Notas-al-pie">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="n" rel="next">Definiciones</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Salto de página</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cenlargethispage-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">11.4 <code>\enlargethispage</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cenlargethispage"></a>
-<a name="index-ampliando-la-pagina-actual"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Notas-al-pie-1">11 Notas al pie</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-notas-al-pie_002c-crear"></a>
-<p><code>\enlargethispage{tamaño}</code>
+<p>Coloca una nota a pie de página en la parte inferior de la página
+actual, como aquí.
</p>
-<p><code>\enlargethispage*{tamaño}</code>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">No&euml;l Coward bromeó diciendo que tener que leer una nota al pie es
+como tener que bajar las escaleras para abrir la puerta, mientras está
+en medio de hacer amor.\footnote{% No sabría, no leo las notas al
+pie.}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Puedes poner varias notas al pie de página en una página. Si el texto
+de la nota al pie se vuelve demasiado largo, entonces fluirá a la
+página siguiente.
</p>
-<p>Amplía el <code>\textheight</code> para la página actual por la cantidad
-especificada; por ejemplo <code>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</code>
-permitirá una línea adicional.
+<p>También puedes producir notas al pie combinando <code class="code">\footnotemark</code> y
+los comandos <code class="code">\footnotetext</code>, que es útil en casos con
+circunstancias especiales.
</p>
-<p>La forma favorita trata de apretar el material en la página tanto como
-sea posible. Esta normalmente se utiliza junto con un <code>\pagebreak</code>
-explícito.
+<p>Para que las referencias bibliográficas salgan a pie de página es
+necesario incluir un estilo bibliográfico con ese comportamiento
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a>).
</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\footnote</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones" accesskey="4">Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla" accesskey="5">Notas al pie en una tabla</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie" accesskey="6">Notas al pie de notas al pie</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfootnote">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\enlargethispage</a>, Up: <a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Saltos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Notas-al-pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">11.5 <code>\pagebreak</code> y <code>\nopagebreak</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cpagebreak"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cnopagebreak"></a>
-<a name="index-saltos-de-pagina_002c-forzando"></a>
-<a name="index-saltos-de-pagina_002c-evitando"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnote-1">11.1 <code class="code">\footnote</code></h3>
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootnote"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pagebreak[<var>prioridad</var>]
-\nopagebreak[<var>prioridad</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\footnote{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\footnote[<var class="var">number</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>De forma predeterminada, la instrucción <code>\pagebreak</code>
-(<code>\nopagebreak</code>) fuerza (impide) un salto de página en la posición
-actual. Para <code>\linebreak</code>, el espacio vertical en la página se
-estira cuanto sea posible de modo que se extienda hasta el margen
-inferior normal.
+<p>Coloca <var class="var">text</var> como nota al pie al final de la página actual.
</p>
-<p>Con el argumento opcional <var>prioridad</var>, puede convertir la
-instrucción <code>\pagebreak</code> desde una petición a una demanda. El
-número debe ser un número desde 0 hasta&nbsp;4. Cuanto mayor sea el
-número, más insistente es la petición.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Hay más de mil notas a pie de página en el libro de Gibbon.
+\textit{Decadencia y Caída del Imperio Romano}.\footnote{% Después
+de leer una versión anterior con notas finales, David Hume se quejó:
+``Uno también está plagado de sus Notas, según el presente Método de
+imprimir el Libro'' y sugirió que ``sólo para ser impreso en el margen
+o en la parte inferior de la página.''}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">number</var> te permite especificar el número de
+la nota al pie. Si usas esto, entonces LaTeX no incrementa el
+contador <code class="code">footnote</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-notas-al-pie_002c-simbolos-en-lugar-de-numeros"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-y-notas-al-pie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"></a>
+<p>De manera predeterminada, LaTeX usa números arábigos como
+marcadores de notas al pie. Cambia esto con algo como
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, que
+utiliza una secuencia de símbolos (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a>). Para que este cambio sea global, ponlo en el
+preámbulo. Si realizas el cambio local, entonces es posible que
+desees restablecer el contador con
+<code class="code">\setcounter{footnote}{0}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX determina el espaciado de las notas al pie con dos
+parámetros.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parametros-de-nota-al-pie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parametros_002c-para-notas-al-pie"></a>
+
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cfootnoterule'><span><code class="code">\footnoterule</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfootnoterule'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="footnote-footnoterule"></a><p>Produce la regla que separa el texto
+principal de una página del texto de la notas al pie de la página.
+Dimensiones predeterminadas en las clases de documentos estándar
+(excepto <code class="code">slides</code>, donde no aparece) es: espesor vertical de
+<code class="code">0.4pt</code>, y tamaño horizontal de <code class="code">0.4\columnwidth</code> de largo.
+Cambia la regla con algo como esto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns evita el espacio vertical
+ \kern -3pt % Este -3 es negativo
+ \hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % de la suma de este 1
+ \kern 2pt} % y este 2
+</pre></div>
+
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfootnotesep'><span><code class="code">\footnotesep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfootnotesep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="footnote-footnotesep"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-strut"></a>
+<p>La altura del puntal colocado al comienzo de la nota al pie.
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>). De manera predeterminada, esto se establece en el
+puntal normal para <code class="code">\footnotesize</code> fuentes (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a>), por lo tanto no hay espacio adicional entre las
+notas al pie. Este es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">6.65pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">7.7pt</samp>&rsquo;
+para &lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">8.4pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo;. Cambio como con
+<code class="code">\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\footnote</code> es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El valor predeterminado de LaTeX pone muchas restricciones sobre
+dónde puedes usar un <code class="code">\footnote</code>; por ejemplo, no lo puedes usar
+en un argumento para un comando de seccionado como <code class="code">\chapter</code>
+(solo se puede usar en modo de párrafo; véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). Hay algunas
+soluciones; ve las siguientes secciones.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-footnotes_002c-en-una-minipagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mpfootnote-contador"></a>
+<p>En un entorno <code class="code">minipage</code>, el comando <code class="code">\footnote</code> usa el
+contador <code class="code">mpfootnote</code> en lugar del contador <code class="code">footnote</code>, por
+lo que se numeran de forma independiente. Se muestran en la parte
+inferior del entorno, no en la parte inferior de la página. Y de
+manera predeterminada se muestran alfabéticamente. Véase <a class="xref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a> y
+<a class="ref" href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">Notas al pie en una tabla</a>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Notas-al-Pie"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfootnotemark">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="n" rel="next">Definiciones</a>, Previous: <a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Saltos de Página</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\footnote</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Notas-al-pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Notas-al-Pie-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">12 Notas al Pie</h2>
-<a name="index-notas-al-pie_002c-creando"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnotemark-1">11.2 <code class="code">\footnotemark</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootnotemark"></a>
-<p>Las notas al pie se pueden producir en una de dos maneras. Se pueden
-producir con una sola instrucción, la instrucción <code>\footnote</code>.
-También se pueden producir con dos instrucciones, las instrucciones
-<code>\footnotemark</code> y <code>\footnotetext</code>.
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1">\footnote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserta una nota al pie.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2">\footnotemark</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Solamente Inserta la marca de nota.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3">\footnotetext</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Solamente Inserta el texto la nota.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas" accesskey="4">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Usando símbolos en lugar de números para las notas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote" accesskey="5">Parámetros para Footnote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Parámetros para el formato de la nota al pie.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\footnotemark
+\footnotemark[<var class="var">number</var>]
+</pre></div>
+<p>Coloca la marca de nota al pie actual en el texto. Para especificar
+texto asociado para la nota al pie&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext"><code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a>. El
+argumento <var class="var">number</var> opcional hace que el comando use ese número
+para determinar la marca de nota al pie. Este comando se puede
+utilizar en el modo de párrafo interior (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Si usas <code class="code">\footnotemark</code> sin el argumento opcional, entonces
+incrementa el contador <code class="code">footnote</code>, pero si usas el contador
+opcional <var class="var">number</var> entonces no lo hace. El siguiente ejemplo
+produce varios marcadores consecutivos de notas al pie que se refieren
+a la misma nota al pie.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">El primer teorema\footnote{Debido a Gauss.} y el segundo
+teorema\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] y el tercer
+teorema.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si hay notas al pie intermedias, debes recordar el valor de el número
+de la marca común. Este ejemplo da la misma afiliación institucional
+del primer y tercer autor (<code class="code">\thanks</code> es una versión de
+<code class="code">\footnote</code>), dando a mano el número de la nota al pie.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\title{Un tratado sobre el teorema del binomio}
+\author{J Moriarty\thanks{Universidad de Leeds}
+ \y AC Doyle\thanks{Universidad de Durham}
+ \y S Holmes\footnotemark[1]}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Utiliza un contador para recordar el número de la nota al pie. La
+tercera frase va seguida del mismo marcador de nota al pie que la
+primera.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{footnoteValueSaver} Todos los bebés son
+ilógicos.\footnote{% Lewis
+Carroll.}\setcounter{footnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} No
+se desprecia a nadie que pueda manejar un cocodrilo.\footnote{%
+Capitán Garfio.} Las personas ilógicas son
+despreciadas.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}] Por lo tanto,
+cualquiera que pueda manejar un cocodrilo no es un bebé.
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-cleveref-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cleveref-package-2"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package"></a>
+
+<p>Este ejemplo logra lo mismo usando el paquete <code class="code">cleveref</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % en el preámbulo
+\crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}
+...
+El teorema es de Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker, Evers,
+1994.} El corolario es de Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.}
+Pero el lema clave es de Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-1"></a>
+
+<p>Funcionará con el paquete <code class="code">hyperref</code>.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cfootnote"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfootnotetext">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotemark</a>, Up: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al Pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones" accesskey="n" rel="next">Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Notas-al-pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cfootnote-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.1 <code>\footnote</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cfootnote"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnotetext-1">11.3 <code class="code">\footnotetext</code></h3>
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfootnotetext"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\footnote[<var>número</var>]{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\footnotetext{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\footnotetext[<var class="var">number</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\footnote</code> coloca una nota numerada con el
-<var>texto</var> al pie de la página actual. El argumento opcional
-<var>número</var> cambia el número predeterminado de la nota.
+<p>Coloca <var class="var">text</var> en la parte inferior de la página como nota al pie.
+Se empareja con <code class="code">\footnotemark</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a>) y puede
+venir en cualquier lugar después de ese comando, pero debe aparecer en
+modo de párrafo externo (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). El argumento opcional
+<var class="var">number</var> cambia el número de la marca de nota al pie.
</p>
-<p>Esta instrucción sólo puede utilizarse fuera del modo párrafo; es decir,
-no se puede utilizar en el instrucciones de seccionado tal como
-<code>\chapter</code>, en figuras, tablas o en un entorno <code>tabular</code>.
-(Vea las siguientes secciones).
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark"><code class="code">\footnotemark</code></a> y&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">Notas al pie en una tabla</a>, para usar
+en ejemplos
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cfootnotemark"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotetext</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnote</a>, Up: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al Pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla" accesskey="n" rel="next">Notas al pie en una tabla</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\footnotetext</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Notas-al-pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cfootnotemark-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cfootnotemark"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Notas-a-pie-de-pagina-en-los-titulos-de-las-secciones">11.4 Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Notas-a-pie-de-pagina_002c-en-los-titulos-de-las-secciones"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-evitando-notas-al-pie-de-pagina"></a>
-<p>Sin argumento opcional, la instrucción <code>\footnotemark</code> coloca el
-número de nota actual en el texto. Esta instrucción se puede utilizar
-en modo párrafo. Usted proporciona el texto de la nota por separado,
-con la instrucción <code>\footnotetext</code>.
+<p>Pone una nota al pie en el título de una sección, como en:
</p>
-<p>Esta instrucción se puede utilizar para producir varios marcadores de
-nota consecutivos refiriéndose a la misma nota
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section{Juegos completos\protect\footnote{Este material se debe a
+ ...}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>hace que la nota al pie de página aparezca en la parte inferior de la
+página donde comienza la sección, como es habitual, pero también en la
+parte inferior de la tabla de contenido, donde no es probable que sea
+deseado. La forma más sencilla de hacer que no aparezca en la tabla
+de contenido es usar el argumento opcional para <code class="code">\section</code>
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section[Por favor]{Por favor\footnote{%
+ ¡No incluyas notas al pie en los encabezados de capítulos y
+ secciones!}}
</pre></div>
-<p>después de la primer instrucción <code>\footnote</code>.
+<p>No se necesita <code class="code">\protect</code> delante de <code class="code">\footnote</code> aquí porque
+lo que se mueve a la tabla de contenido es el argumento opcional.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cfootnotetext"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnotemark</a>, Up: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al Pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie" accesskey="n" rel="next">Notas al pie de notas al pie</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</a>, Subir: <a href="#Notas-al-pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cfootnotetext-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cfootnotetext"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla-1">11.5 Notas al pie en una tabla</h3>
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nota-al-pie_002c-en-una-tabla"></a>
+
+<p>Dentro de un entorno <code class="code">tabular</code> o <code class="code">array</code> el comando
+<code class="code">\footnote</code> no funciona; hay una marca de nota al pie en la celda
+de la tabla, pero el texto de la nota al pie no aparece. La solución
+es usar un entorno <code class="code">minipage</code> como aquí (véase <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>).
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\footnotetext[<var>número</var>]{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Barco} &amp;\textsc{Libro} \\ \hline
+ \textit{HMS Sophie} &amp;Maestro y Comandante \\
+ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &amp;Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit{HMS Lively} &amp;Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit{HMS Surprise} &amp;Un número de libros\footnote{%
+ Comenzando con \textit{HMS Sorpresa}.}
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\footnotetext</code> coloca el <var>texto</var> en la parte
-inferior de la página como una nota al pie. Esta instrucción puede
-venir en cualquier lugar después de la instrucción <code>\footnotemark</code>.
-La instrucción <code>\footnotetext</code> debe aparecer en el exterior del
-modo párrafo.
+<p>Dentro de una <code class="code">minipage</code>, las marcas de las notas al pie son
+letras minúsculas. Cambio que con algo así
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a>).
</p>
-<p>El argumento opcional <var>número</var> cambia el número predeterminado de la
-nota.
+<p>Las notas al pie en el ejemplo anterior aparecen en la parte inferior
+de la <code class="code">minipage</code>. Para que aparezcan en la parte inferior de la
+página principal, como parte de la secuencia regular de notas al pie,
+utiliza <code class="code">\footnotemark</code> y <code class="code">\footnotetext</code> empareja y crea un
+nuevo contador.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+ \setcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Mujer} &amp;\textsc{Relación} \\ \hline
+ Mona &amp;Adjunto\footnotemark\\
+ Diana Villiers &amp;Eventual esposa \\
+ Christine Hatherleigh Wood &amp;Prometida\footnotemark
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}% El signo de porcentaje mantiene el texto de la
+ % nota al pie cerca de la minipágina
+ \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
+ \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
+ Poco se sabe aparte de su muerte.}%
+ \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
+ \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
+ Relación no resuelta en XXI.}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tablefootnote-package"></a>
+<p>Para un entorno <code class="code">table</code> flotante
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>), usa el paquete <code class="code">tablefootnote</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{tablefootnote} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Fecha} &amp;\textsc{Campaña} \\ \hline
+ 1862 &amp; Fuerte Donelson \\
+ 1863 &amp;Vicksburg \\
+ 1865 &amp;Ejército de Virginia del Norte\tablefootnote{%
+ Pone fin a la guerra.}
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Fuerzas capturadas por US Grant}
+\end table}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La nota al pie aparece en la parte inferior de la página y está
+numerada en secuencia con otras notas al pie.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote" accesskey="n" rel="next">Parámetros para Footnote</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnotetext</a>, Up: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al Pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Notas al pie en una tabla</a>, Subir: <a href="#Notas-al-pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Notas-al-Pie-Simbolicas"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.4 Notas al Pie Simbólicas</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie-1">11.6 Notas al pie de notas al pie</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nota-al-pie_002c-de-una-nota-al-pie"></a>
-<a name="index-notas-al-pie_002c-simbolos-en-lugar-de-numeros-en"></a>
-<p>Si desea utilizar símbolos para las notas al pie, en lugar de un número
-creciente, redefina <code>\thefootnote</code> así:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-bigfoot"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bigfoot-package"></a>
+<p>Particularmente en las humanidades, los autores
+pueden tener múltiples clases de notas al pie, incluyendo tener notas
+al pie de las notas al pie. El paquete <code class="code">bigfoot</code> amplía el
+mecanismo de notas al pie predeterminado de LaTeX en muchas
+maneras, incluyendo permitir estos dos, como en este ejemplo.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{bigfoot} % en el preámbulo
+\DeclareNewFootnote{Predeterminado}
+\DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % crea clase \footnotefrom{}
+ ...
+El tercer teorema es un inverso parcial del segundo.\footnotefrom{%
+ Anotado en Wilson.\footnote{Segunda edición solamente.}}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-y-notas-al-pie"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cfnsymbol"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\fnsymbol</code> produce a serie predefinida de símbolos
-(see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>). Si desea
-utilizar un símbolo diferente como su marca de nota al pie, necesitará
-redefinir <code>\@fnsymbol</code>.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Definiciones">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="n" rel="next">Contadores</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Notas-al-pie" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Notas al pie</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Definiciones-1">12 Definiciones</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-definiciones"></a>
+
+<p>LaTeX tiene soporte para crear nuevos comandos de muchos tipos
+diferentes.
</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\providecommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\@ifstar</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\newlength</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\newenvironment</code> y <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont"><code class="code">\newfont</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code class="code">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#paquete-xspace">paquete xspace</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</a>, Up: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie" accesskey="u" rel="up">Notas al Pie</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\providecommand</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Parametros-para-Footnote"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.5 Parámetros para Footnote</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand-1">12.1 <code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnewcommand"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005crenewcommand"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewcommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crenewcommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-definiendo-nuevos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-redefiniendo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-definir-un-nuevo-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-redefinir-un-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nuevos-comandos_002c-definiendo"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de (tres formas regulares, tres formas destacadas):
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\newcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-parametros-de-footnote"></a>
-<a name="index-parametros_002c-para-footnote"></a>
+<p>o todas las mismas posibilidades con <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> en lugar de
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code>:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\renewcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\footnoterule</code>
-<a name="index-_005cfootnoterule"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Produce la línea que separa el texto principal en una página de las
-notas al pie de la página. Dimensiones predeterminadas: <code>0.4pt</code>
-espesor (o ancho), y longitud de <code>0.4\columnwidth</code> en las clases de
-documento estándar (salvo en <code>slides</code>, donde esta no aparece).
+
+<p>Define o redefine un comando (ve también <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code>
+en <a class="ref" href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-forma-estrella_002c-definiendo-nuevos-comandos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a_002dforma_002c-definiendo-nuevos-comandos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clong"></a>
+<p>La forma estrellada de estos dos prohíbe que los argumentos contengan
+varios párrafos de texto (en términos simples de TeX: los comandos
+no son <code class="code">\long</code>). Con la forma predeterminada, los argumentos
+pueden ser varios párrafos.
+</p>
+<p>Estos son los parámetros (a continuación se muestran algunos
+ejemplos):
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">cmd</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Requerido; <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> es el nombre del comando. Debe comenzar
+con una barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code>, y no debe comenzar con la cadena de
+cuatro caracteres <code class="code">\end</code>. Para <code class="code">\newcommand</code>, no debe estar
+ya definido. Para <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, este nombre ya debe estar
+definido.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\footnotesep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cfootnotesep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>La altura donde se coloca el puntal al comienzo de la nota al pie. De
-forma predeterminada, se establece en el puntal del tipo de letra normal
-<code>\footnotesize</code> (see <a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a>, por lo tanto no
-hay espacio extra entre las notas. Este es &lsquo;<samp>6.65pt</samp>&rsquo; para
-&lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>7.7pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp>8.4pt</samp>&rsquo; para
-&lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt><var class="var">nargs</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9, especificando el número de
+argumentos que toma el comando, incluido cualquier argumento opcional.
+Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que especificar 0, lo cual significa
+que el comando no tiene argumentos. Si redefines un comando, la nueva
+versión puede tener un diferente número de argumentos que la versión
+anterior.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-argumentos-opcionales_002c-definir-y-usar'><span><var class="var">optargdefault</var><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-argumentos-opcionales_002c-definir-y-usar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-argumentos_002c-opcional_002c-definir-y-usar"></a>
+<p>Opcional; si este argumento está presente entonces el primer argumento
+de <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> es opcional, con valor predeterminado
+<var class="var">optargdefault</var> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si
+<var class="var">optargdefault</var> no está presente entonces <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> no
+toma un argumento opcional.
+</p>
+<p>Es decir, si <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> se llama con el siguiente argumento
+entre corchetes, como en <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var>[<var class="var">optval</var>]{...}...</code>,
+entonces dentro de <var class="var">defn</var>, el parámetro&nbsp;<code class="code">#1</code> se
+establece en <var class="var">optval</var>. Por otro lado, si <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> se
+llama sin los siguientes corchetes entonces dentro de <var class="var">defn</var> se
+establece el parámetro <code class="code">#1</code> a <var class="var">optargdefault</var>. En cualquier
+caso, los argumentos requeridos comienzan con <code class="code">#2</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Omitir <code class="code">[<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]</code> de la definición es completamente
+diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío, como en <code class="code">[]</code>.
+El primero dice que el comando que se define no requiere un argumento
+opcional, por lo que <code class="code">#1</code> es el primer argumento requerido (si
+<em class="math"><var class="var">nargs</var> &ge; 1</em>); este último establece el argumento
+opcional <code class="code">#1</code> a la cadena vacía como valor predeterminado, si no
+hay un argumento opcional dado en la llamada.
+</p>
+<p>De manera similar, omitir <code class="code">[<var class="var">optval</var>]</code> de una llamada también
+es completamente diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío.
+El anterior establece <code class="code">#1</code> al valor de <var class="var">optval</var> (suponiendo
+que el comando se definió para tomar un argumento opcional); el último
+<code class="code">#1</code> configurado a la cadena vacía, al igual que con cualquier
+otro valor.
+</p>
+<p>Si un comando no está definido para tomar un argumento opcional, pero
+es llamado con un argumento opcional, los resultados son
+impredecibles: allí puede haber un error de LaTeX, puede haber una
+salida tipográfica incorrecta, o ambos.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-parametros_002c-sustituir'><span><var class="var">defn</var><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-parametros_002c-sustituir'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Requerido; el texto que se sustituirá por cada aparición de
+<code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code>. Los parámetros <code class="code">#1</code>, <code class="code">#2</code>, &hellip;,
+<code class="code">#<var class="var">nargs</var></code> se reemplazan por los valores proporcionados
+cuando se llama al comando (o por <var class="var">optargdefault</var> en el caso de un
+argumento opcional no especificado en la llamada, como se acaba de
+explicar).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacios-en-blanco_002c-despues-de-las-secuencias-de-control"></a>
+<p>TeX ignora los espacios en blanco en la fuente después de una
+secuencia de control (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a>), como en
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">\cmd </samp>&rsquo;. Si quieres un espacio allí, una solución es escribir
+<code class="code">{}</code> después del comando (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">\cmd{} </samp>&rsquo;), y otra solución es
+usar un espacio de control explícito (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">\cmd\ </samp>&rsquo;).
+</p>
+<p>Un ejemplo simple de definición de un nuevo comando:
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</code> da como resultado que
+<code class="code">\RS</code> sea reemplazado por el texto más largo. Redefinir un
+comando existente es similar:
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Si usas <code class="code">\newcommand</code> y el nombre del comando ya se ha usado
+entonces obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya
+definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</samp>&rsquo;. De
+manera similar, si usas <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> y el nombre del comando
+no se ha definido, obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: \hank no
+se ha definido</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Aquí la primera definición crea un comando sin argumentos, y la
+segunda, un comando con un argumento requerido:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
+\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definición~\ref{#1}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Usa el primero como en <code class="code">Te recomiendo \student{}</code>. El segundo
+tiene un argumento variable, por lo que <code class="code">\defref{def:basis}</code> se
+expande a <code class="code">Definición~\ref{def:basis}</code>, que finalmente se
+expande a algo así como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definición~3.14</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Del mismo modo, pero con dos argumentos obligatorios:
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}</code> se invoca como
+<code class="code">\nbym{2}{k}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Señor o señora]{Estimado #1:}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Entonces <code class="code">\salutation</code> da &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Estimado señor o señora:</samp>&rsquo;
+mientras <code class="code">\salutation[John]</code> da &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Querido John:</samp>&rsquo;. Y
+<code class="code">\salutation[]</code> da &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Estimado :</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional y dos argumentos
+obligatorios.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\lawyers}[3][empresa]{#2, #3 y~#1}
+Empleo a \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El resultado es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Empleo Dewey, Cheatem y Howe</samp>&rsquo;. El argumento
+opcional, <code class="code">Howe</code>, está asociado con <code class="code">#1</code>, mientras que
+<code class="code">Dewey</code> y <code class="code">Cheatem</code> están asociados con <code class="code">#2</code>
+y&nbsp;<code class="code">#3</code>. Debido al argumento opcional,
+<code class="code">\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}</code> dará la salida &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Empleo Dewey,
+Cheatem y Howe</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Las llaves alrededor de <var class="var">defn</var> no definen un grupo, es decir, no
+delimitan el alcance del resultado de expandir <var class="var">defn</var>. Por
+ejemplo, con <code class="code">\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</code>, en esta
+oración,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">El \shipname{Monitor} se encontró con el \shipname{Merrimac}.
+</pre></div>
+<p>las palabras &lsquo;<samp class="samp">se encontró con el</samp>&rsquo;, y el punto, estarían
+incorrectamente en cursiva. La solución es poner otro par de
+corchetes dentro de la definición:
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code>.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Secuencias-de-control" accesskey="1">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Definiciones"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Secuencias-de-control">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="n" rel="next">Contadores</a>, Previous: <a href="#Notas-al-Pie" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Notas al Pie</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Definiciones-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">13 Definiciones</h2>
-<a name="index-definiciones"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Secuencia-de-control_002c-palabra-de-control-y-simbolo-de-control">12.1.1 Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</h4>
-<p>LaTeX tiene la capacidad para crear nuevas instrucciones de muchos
-tipos diferentes.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-secuencias-de-control"></a>
+
+<p>Al leer la entrada TeX convierte el flujo de caracteres leídos en
+una secuencia de <em class="dfn">tókenes</em>. Cuando TeX ve una barra invertida
+<code class="code">\</code>, la hará manejar los siguientes caracteres de una manera
+especial para hacer un token de <em class="dfn">secuencia de control</em>.
+</p>
+<p>Las secuencias de control se dividen en dos categorías:
</p>
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-palabra-de-control_002c-definir"></a>
+<em class="dfn">palabra de control</em>, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+una <code class="code">\</code> seguida de al menos una letra ASCII (<code class="code">A-Z</code> y
+<code class="code">a-z</code>), seguida de al menos una no letra.
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">(Re)define una nueva instrucción.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="2">\newcounter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define un nuevo contador.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="3">\newlength</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define una nueva longitud.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="4">\newsavebox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define una nueva caja.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="5">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Definen un nuevo entorno.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="6">\newtheorem</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Definen un nuevo entorno -como <code>theorem</code>.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="7">\newfont</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define un nuevo nombre de tipo de letra.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="8">\protect</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Usando instrucciones astutas.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-control_002c-definir"></a>
+<em class="dfn">símbolo de control</em>, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+una <code class="code">\</code> seguida de un carácter que no sea una letra.
+</li></ul>
+<p>La secuencia de caracteres que se encuentran después de una <code class="code">\</code>
+también se denominan el <em class="dfn">nombre de la secuencia de control</em>.
+</p>
+<p>Los espacios en blanco después de una palabra de control se ignoran y
+no producen espacio en blanco en la salida (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a> y <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Barra invertida-espacio, <code class="code">\ </code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Así como el comando <code class="code">\relax</code> no hace nada, la siguiente entrada
+simplemente imprimirá &lsquo;<samp class="samp">¡Hola!</samp>&rsquo; :
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">¡Hol\relax <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->
+ <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->a!
+</pre></div>
+<p>Esto se debe a que los espacios en blanco después de <code class="code">\relax</code>,
+incluida la nueva línea, son ignorados, y los espacios en blanco al
+principio de una línea también son ignorados (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Espacios-en-blanco-iniciales">Espacios en blanco iniciales</a>).
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cprovidecommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">13.1 <code>\newcommand</code> y <code>\renewcommand</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewcommand"></a>
-<a name="index-instrucciones_002c-definiendo-nuevas"></a>
-<a name="index-definiendo-una-nueva-instruccion"></a>
-<a name="index-nuevas-instrucciones_002c-definiendo"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cprovidecommand-1">12.2 <code class="code">\providecommand</code></h3>
-<p><code>\newcommand</code> y <code>\renewcommand</code> define y redefine una
-instrucción, respectivamente.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprovidecommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-definiendo-nuevos-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-definir-un-nuevo-comando-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nuevos-comandos_002c-definiendo-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\providecommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+\providecommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Define un comando, siempre que no exista ningún comando con este
+nombre. Si no existe ningún comando con este nombre, esto tiene el
+mismo efecto que <code class="code">\newcommand</code>. Si ya existe un comando con este
+nombre, entonces esta definición no hace nada. Esto es
+particularmente útil en un archivo que se puede cargar más de una vez,
+como un archivo de estilo. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>, para
+la descripción de los argumentos.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Colegio de San Miguel}
+\providecommand{\myafiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV}
+De \myafiliation.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">De Saint Michael's College.</samp>&rsquo; A diferencia de
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code>, el uso repetido de <code class="code">\providecommand</code> para
+(intentar) definir <code class="code">\myaffiliation</code> no da error.
+</p>
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\@ifstar</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\providecommand</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother-1">12.3 <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmakeatletter"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmakeatother"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeatother"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeatother-1"></a>
+
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> \newcommand{<var>instrucción</var>}[<var>n-argumentos</var>]{<var>definición</var>}
-\renewcommand{<var>instrucción</var>}[<var>n-argumentos</var>]{<var>definición</var>}
- \newcommand{<var>instrucción</var>}[<var>n-argumentos</var>][<var>predeterminado</var>]{<var>definición</var>}
-\renewcommand{<var>instrucción</var>}[<var>n-argumentos</var>][<var>predeterminado</var>]{<var>definición</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makeatletter
+ ... definición de comandos con @ en su nombre ..
+\makeatother
</pre></div>
+<p>Usa este par cuando redefines los comandos de LaTeX que se nombran
+con un carácter arroba&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp"><code class="code">@</code></samp>&rsquo;. La declaración
+<code class="code">\makeatletter</code> hace que el carácter de arroba tenga el código de
+categoría de una letra, code&nbsp;11. La declaración
+<code class="code">\makeatother</code> establece el código de categoría del signo de
+arroba a code&nbsp;12, su valor predeterminado.
+</p>
+<p>A medida que TeX lee caracteres, asigna a cada uno un código de
+categoría, o
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-catcode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-codigo-de-categoria-de-caracter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-codigo-de-categoria_002c-caracter"></a>
+<em class="dfn">catcode</em>. Por ejemplo, asigna el carácter&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp"><code class="code">\</code></samp>&rsquo; de
+barra invertida el catcode&nbsp;0. Nombres de comandos constan de un
+carácter categoría&nbsp;0, normalmente barra invertida, seguido por
+letras, caracteres de categoría&nbsp;11 (excepto que un nombre de
+comando también puede constar de un carácter categoría&nbsp;0 seguido
+de un solo símbolo que no es una letra).
+</p>
+<p>El código fuente de LaTeX tiene la convención de que algunos
+comandos usan <code class="code">@</code> en su nombre. Estos comandos están destinados
+principalmente a escritores de paquete o de clase. La convención
+impide que los autores que solo utilizan un paquete o clase reemplacen
+accidentalmente dicho comando con uno de ellos mismos, porque de
+manera predeterminada el signo de arroba tiene el catcode&nbsp;12.
+</p>
+<p>Usa el par <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code> dentro de un
+<samp class="file">.tex</samp>, generalmente en el preámbulo, cuando estás definiendo o
+redefiniendo comandos nombrados con <code class="code">@</code>, haciendo que rodeen tu
+definición. No los uses dentro de los archivos <samp class="file">.sty</samp> o
+<samp class="file">.cls</samp> ya que los comandos <code class="code">\usepackage</code> y
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> ya disponen que la arroba tenga el código de
+carácter de una letra, catcode&nbsp;11.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-macros2e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-macros2e-package"></a>
+<p>Para obtener una lista completa de macros con un
+signo de arroba en sus nombres, consulta
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, el archivo de clase tiene un comando
+<code class="code">\thesis@universityname</code> que el usuario quiere cambiar. Estas
+tres líneas deben ir en el preámbulo, antes del
+<code class="code">\begin{document}</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><code class="code">\begin{document}</code>.
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Colegio de San Miguel}
+\makeatother
+</pre></div>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><var>instrucción</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El nombre de la instrucción comenzando con <code>\</code>. Para
-<code>\newcommand</code>, este no se debe haber definido y no debe comenzar
-con <code>\end</code>; para <code>\renewcommand</code>, este ya tiene que estar
-definido.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1">12.4 <code class="code">\@ifstar</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-variantes-con-estrella"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-variantes-con-estrella_002c-comandos"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><var>n-argumentos</var></dt>
-<dd><p>Un entero opcional entre 1 y 9 especificando el número de argumentos que
-debe tomar la instrucción. El valor predeterminado es para que la
-instrucción no tome argumentos.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<var class="var">nostar-num-args</var>]{<var class="var">nostar-body</var>}
+\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<var class="var">star-num-args</var>]{<var class="var">star-body</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Muchos entornos o comandos estándar de LaTeX tienen una variante
+con el mismo nombre pero terminando con un carácter de
+estrella&nbsp;<code class="code">*</code>, un asterisco. Algunos ejemplos son los
+entornos <code class="code">table</code> y <code class="code">table*</code> y los comandos <code class="code">\section</code> y
+<code class="code">\section*</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Al definir entornos, seguir este patrón es sencillo porque
+<code class="code">\newenvironment</code> y <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code> permiten que el
+nombre del entorno contenga una estrella. Entonces solo tienes que
+escribir <code class="code">\newenvironment{<var class="var">myenv</var>}</code> o
+<code class="code">\newenvironment{<var class="var">myenv</var>*}</code> y continúa la definición de la
+manera habitual. Para los comandos la situación es más compleja ya que
+la estrella no es una letra no puede ser parte del nombre del comando.
+Como en la sinopsis anterior, habrá un comando llamado por el usuario,
+dado anteriormente como <code class="code">\mycmd</code>, que mira hacia delante para ver
+si le sigue una estrella. Por ejemplo, LaTeX realmente no tiene un
+comando <code class="code">\section*</code>; en cambio, el comando <code class="code">\section</code> mira
+hacia adelante. Este comando no acepta argumentos, sino que se
+expande a uno de los dos comandos que aceptan argumentos. En la
+sinopsis estos dos son <code class="code">\mycmd@nostar</code> y <code class="code">\mycmd@star</code>.
+Podrían tomar el mismo número de argumentos o un número diferente, o
+ningún argumento en absoluto. Como siempre, en un documento LaTeX
+un comando usando una arroba&nbsp;<code class="code">@</code> en su nombre se debe
+encerrar dentro de un bloque <code class="code">\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo de <code class="code">\@ifstar</code> define el comando <code class="code">\ciel</code> y una
+variante <code class="code">\ciel*</code>. Ambos tienen un argumento obligatorio. Una
+llamada a <code class="code">\ciel{blue}</code> devolverá &quot;cielo azul no estrellado&quot;
+mientras <code class="code">\ciel*{night}</code> devolverá &quot;cielo nocturno estrellado&quot;.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><var>predeterminado</var></dt>
-<dd><p>Si este parámetro opcional está presente, significa que el primer
-argumento del comando es opcional. Cuando se invoca a la nueva
-instrucción, el valor predeterminado del argumento opcional (es decir,
-si no se especifica en la llamada) es la cadena &lsquo;<samp>definición</samp>&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makeatletter
+\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{no estrellado #1 cielo}
+\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{cielo estrellado #1}
+\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
+\makeatother
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En el siguiente ejemplo, la variante destacada toma un número
+diferente de argumentos que el sin estrella. Con esta definición, el
+Agente 007 <code class="code">``Mi nombre es \agentsecret*{Bond},
+\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> es equivalente a ingresar los
+comandos <code class="code">``Mi nombre es \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James}
+textsc{Bond}.''</code>
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><var>definición</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto con el que se sustituirá cada aparición de <code>instrucción</code>;
-una construcción de la forma <code>#<var>n</var></code> en <var>definición</var> es
-reemplazada por el texto del e<var>n</var>ésimo argumento.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
+ \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Después de un nombre de comando, una estrella se maneja de manera
+similar a un argumento opcional. (Esto difiere de los nombres de
+entornos en los que la estrella es parte del nombre mismo y como tal
+podría estar en cualquier posición). Por lo tanto, técnicamente es
+posible poner cualquier número de espacios entre el comando y la
+estrella. Así <code class="code">\agentsecret*{Bond}</code> y <code class="code">\agentsecret&nbsp;*<!-- /@w -->{Bond}</code> son equivalentes. Sin embargo, la práctica estándar es no
+insertar tales espacios.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-sufijo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sufijo-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xparse-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xparse-package-1"></a>
+<p>Hay dos formas alternativas de
+realizar el trabajo de <code class="code">\@ifstar</code>. (1)&nbsp;El paquete
+<code class="code">suffix</code> permite la construcción
+<code class="code">\newcommand\mycommand{<var class="var">variante-sin-estrella</var>}</code> seguida
+por <code class="code">\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var class="var">starred-variant</var>}</code>.
+(2)&nbsp;LaTeX proporciona el paquete <code class="code">xparse</code>, que permite
+este código:
</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+ {<var class="var">variante-con-estrella</var>}%
+ {<var class="var">variante-sin-estrella</var>}%
+ }
+</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewcounter"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewcounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newlength</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\@ifstar</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewcounter-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">13.2 <code>\newcounter</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewcounter"></a>
-<a name="index-contadores_002c-definiendo-nuevos"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewcounter_003a-Asignar-un-contador">12.5 <code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</h3>
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewcounter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contadores_002c-definiendo-nuevos"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcounter{<var>nombre-contador</var>}[<var>super</var>]
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{<var class="var">countername</var>}
+\newcounter{<var class="var">countername</var>}[<var class="var">supercounter</var>]
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\newcounter</code> define un nuevo contador llamado
-<var>nombre-contador</var>. El nuevo contador se inicializa a cero.
+<p>Define globalmente un nuevo contador llamado <var class="var">countername</var> y lo
+inicializa a cero (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Contadores">Contadores</a>).
+</p>
+<p>El nombre <var class="var">countername</var> debe constar únicamente de letras. No
+comienza con una barra invertida. Este nombre no debe estar ya en uso
+por otro contador.
</p>
-<p>Dado el argumento opcional <code>[<var>super</var>]</code>, (<var>nombre-contador</var>
-se restablecerá cuando el contador cuyo nomber es
-<var>super</var> se incremente.
+<p>Cuando usas el argumento opcional <code class="code">[<var class="var">supercounter</var>]</code> entonces
+el contador <var class="var">countername</var> se restablecerá a cero siempre que
+<var class="var">supercounter</var> se incrementa. Por ejemplo, ordinariamente
+<code class="code">subsection</code> está numerado dentro de <code class="code">section</code> para que cada
+vez que incremente <var class="var">sección</var>, ya sea con <code class="code">\stepcounter</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a>) o <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a>), entonces LaTeX restablecerá
+<var class="var">subsection</var> a cero.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a>, para mayor información.
+<p>Este ejemplo
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{asuper} \setcounter{asuper}{1}
+\newcounter{asub}[asuper] \setcounter{asub}{3} % Nota `asuper'
+El valor de asuper es \arabic{asuper} y el de asub es
+\arabic{asub}.
+\stepcounter{asuper}
+Ahora asuper es \arabic{asuper} mientras que asub es
+\arabic{asub}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">El valor de asuper es 1 y el de asub es 3</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Ahora
+asuper es 2 mientras que asub es 0</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Si el contador ya existe, por ejemplo ingresando <code class="code">asuper</code> dos
+veces, obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error LaTeX: Comando \c@asuper Ya
+definido. O name \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual.</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Si usas el argumento opcional, entonces el súper contador ya debe
+existir. Al ingresar <code class="code">\newcounter{jh}[lh]</code> cuando <code class="code">lh</code> no
+es un contador definido obtendrás &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error LaTeX: Sin contador 'lh'
+definido.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewlength"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewlength">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newsavebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewlength-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">13.3 <code>\newlength</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewlength"></a>
-<a name="index-longitudes_002c-definiendo-nuevas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewlength-1">12.6 <code class="code">\newlength</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewlength"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-longitudes_002c-asignando-nuevas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-longitudes-elasticas_002c-definiendo-nuevas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-omitir-registro_002c-TeX-simple"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-registro-de-pegamento_002c-TeX-simple"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newlength{\<var>argumento</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\<var class="var">len</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\newlength</code> define el argumento obligatorio como
-una instrucción de
-<em>longitud</em> con un valor de <code>0in</code>. El
-argumento debe ser una secuencia de control, como en
-<code>\newlength{\foo}</code>. Ocurre un error si <code>\foo</code> ya está
-definido.
+<p>Asigna un nuevo registro de longitud (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). El
+argumento requerido <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de
+control (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a>), y como tal debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code> bajo circunstancias normales. El nuevo
+registro contiene longitudes elásticas como <code class="code">72.27pt</code> o <code class="code">1in
+plus.2in minus.1in</code> (una longitud de registro LaTeX es lo que
+TeX llama un <code class="code">skip</code> de registro). El valor inicial es cero.
+La secuencia de control <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> no debe estar definida ya.
+</p>
+<p>Un ejemplo:
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>, para saber cómo fijar la nueva longitud a un valor
-distinto de cero, y para más información acerca de las longitudes en
-general.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\graphichgt}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si olvidas la barra invertida, obtienes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Insertada secuencia de
+control faltante</samp>&rsquo;. Si la secuencia de control ya existe, entonces
+obtienes algo así como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error LaTeX: Comando \graphichgt ya
+definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewsavebox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewsavebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newenvironment</code> y <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newlength</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">13.4 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewsavebox"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1">12.7 <code class="code">\newsavebox</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewsavebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caja_002c-asignando-nueva"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newsavebox{<var>instrucción</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Define <code>\<var>instrucción</var></code>, el cual debe ser un nombre de
-instrucción que no se haya definido, para referirse a una nueva bandeja
-para almacenar cajas.
+<p>Define \<var class="var">cmd</var>, la cadena que consta de una barra invertida seguida
+de <var class="var">cmd</var>, para referirse a un nuevo contenedor para almacenar
+material. Estos contenedores contienen material que ha sido
+compuesto, para usar varias veces o para medir o manipular
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Cajas">Cajas</a>). El nombre del contenedor \<var class="var">cmd</var> es obligatorio,
+debe comenzar con una barra invertida, \, y no debe ser un comando
+definido. Este comando es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Esto asigna un contenedor y luego coloca material tipográfico en él.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\logobox}
+\savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
+Nuestro logo es \usebox{\logobox}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La salida es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Nuestro logotipo es LoGo</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Si ya hay un contenedor definido, obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de
+LaTeX: Comando \logobox ya definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la
+p.192 del manual</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>La asignación de una caja es global.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newtheorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newsavebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">13.5 <code>\newenvironment</code> y <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewenvironment"></a>
-<a name="index-_005crenewenvironment"></a>
-<a name="index-entornos_002c-definiendo"></a>
-<a name="index-definiendo-nuevos-entornos"></a>
-<a name="index-redefiniendo-entornos"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment-1">12.8 <code class="code">\newenvironment</code> y <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></h3>
-<p>Sinopsis:
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnewenvironment"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005crenewenvironment"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewenvironment"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crenewenvironment"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entornos_002c-definiendo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-definiendo-nuevos-entornos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-redefiniendo-entornos"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">
-\newenvironment{<var>entorno</var>}[<var>n-argumentos</var>]{<var>antes-definición</var>}
- {<var>después-definición</var>}
- \newenvironment{<var>entorno</var>}[<var>n-argumentos</var>][<var>predeterminado</var>]
- {<var>antes-definición</var>}{<var>después-definición</var>}
-\renewenvironment{<var>entorno</var>}[<var>n-argumentos</var>]
- {<var>antes-definición</var>}{<var>después-definición</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\newenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Estas instrucciones definen o redefinen un entorno <var>entorno</var>, es
-decir, <code>\begin{<var>entorno</var>} &hellip; \end{<var>entorno</var>}</code>.
+<p>o uno de estos.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><var>entorno</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El nombre del entorno. Para <code>\newenvironment</code>, <var>entorno</var>
-no debe ser un entorno existente, y la instrucción <code>\<var>entorno</var></code>
-debe ser una que no se haya definido previamente.
-Para <code>\renewenvironment</code>,
-<var>entorno</var> debe ser el nombre de un entorno existente.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+\renewenvironment*{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">begdef</var>}{<var class="var">enddef</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Definir o redefinir el entorno <var class="var">env</var>, es decir, crear el
+constructor <code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>} ... <var class="var">body</var>
+... \end{<var class="var">env</var>}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-forma_002d_002a-de-comandos-de-entorno"></a>
+<p>La forma de asterisco de estos comandos requiere que los argumentos no
+contienen varios párrafos de texto. Sin embargo, el cuerpo de estos
+entornos pueden contener varios párrafos.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">env</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Requerido; el nombre del entorno. Se compone sólo de letras o el
+carácter forma-<code class="code">*</code> y, por lo tanto, no comienza con una barra
+invertida, <code class="code">\</code>. No debe comenzar con la cadena <code class="code">end</code>. Para
+<code class="code">\newenvironment</code>, el nombre <var class="var">env</var> no debe ser el nombre de
+un entorno ya existente, y también el comando <code class="code">\<var class="var">env</var></code> debe
+ser indefinido. Para <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code>, <var class="var">env</var> debe ser el
+nombre de un entorno existente.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">nargs</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9 que indica el número de argumentos
+que toma el entorno. Cuando usas el entorno, estos argumentos
+aparecen después de <code class="code">\begin</code>, como en
+<code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>}{<var class="var">arg1</var>} ... {<var class="var">argn</var>}</code>.
+Omitiendo esto es equivalente a establecerlo en 0; el entorno no
+tendrá argumentos. Al redefinir un entorno, la nueva versión puede
+tener un diferente número de argumentos que la versión anterior.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">optargdefault</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Opcional; si esto está presente, entonces el primer argumento del
+entorno definido es opcional, con el valor predeterminado
+<var class="var">optargdefault</var> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si esto no está
+en la definición, entonces el entorno no acepta un argumento opcional.
+</p>
+<p>Es decir, cuando <var class="var">optargdefault</var> está presente en la definición
+del entorno entonces puedes comenzar el entorno con corchetes, como en
+<code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>}[<var class="var">optval</var>]{...} ... \end{<var class="var">env</var>}</code>.
+En este caso, dentro de <var class="var">begdefn</var> el parámetro <code class="code">#1</code> se
+establece en el valor de <var class="var">optval</var>. Si llamas a
+<code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>}</code> sin corchetes, luego dentro de
+<var class="var">begdefn</var> el parámetro <code class="code">#1</code> es establecido en el valor
+predeterminado <var class="var">optargdefault</var>. En cualquier caso, cualquier
+argumento requerido comienza con <code class="code">#2</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Omitir <code class="code">[<var class="var">myval</var>]</code> en la llamada es diferente a tener
+corchetes sin contenido, como en <code class="code">[]</code>. Los resultados anteriores
+en <code class="code">#1</code> expandiéndose a <var class="var">optargdefault</var>; esto último resulta
+en <code class="code">#1</code> expandiéndose a la cadena vacía.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">begdef</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de
+<code class="code">\begin{<var class="var">env</var>}</code>. Dentro de <var class="var">begdef</var>, los parámetros
+<code class="code">#1</code>, <code class="code">#2</code>, ... <code class="code">#<var class="var">nargs</var></code>, se sustituyen por los
+valores que proporcionas cuando llamas al entorno; ve los ejemplos
+abajo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">enddef</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de
+<code class="code">\end{<var class="var">env</var>}</code>. Esto no puede contener ningún parámetro, es
+decir, no puedes usar <code class="code">#1</code>, <code class="code">#2</code>, etc., aquí (pero ve el
+ejemplo final a continuación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><var>n-argumentos</var></dt>
-<dd><p>Un entero desde 1 a 9 denotando el número de argumentos del nuevo
-entorno definido. El valor predeterminado es ningún argumento.
+</dl>
+
+<p>Todos los entornos, es decir el código <var class="var">begdef</var>, el entorno body y
+el código <var class="var">enddef</var> se procesan dentro de un grupo. Así, en el
+primer ejemplo a continuación, el efecto de <code class="code">\small</code> se limita a
+la cotización y no se extiende al material siguiendo el entorno.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><var>predeterminado</var></dt>
-<dd><p>Si se especifica, el primer argumento es opcional, y
-<var>predeterminado</var> proporciona el valor predeterminado para ese
-argumento.
+<p>Si intentas definir un entorno y el nombre ya se ha utilizado entonces
+obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya definido. O
+nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</samp>&rsquo;. Si intentas
+redefinir un entorno y el nombre aún no se ha utilizado, entonces
+obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Entorno hank indefinido.</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><var>antes-definición</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto ampliado en cada aparición de <code>\begin{<var>entorno</var>}</code>;
-una construcción en forma <code>#<var>n</var></code> en <var>antes-definición</var> es
-sustituido por el texto del e<var>n</var>ésimo argumento.
+<p>Este ejemplo proporciona un entorno como <code class="code">quotation</code> de LaTeX
+excepto que se establecerá en letra más pequeña.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><var>después-definición</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto ampliado de cada aparición de <code>\end{<var>entorno</var>}</code>.
-este no debe contener ningún argumento para parámetros.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{smallquote}{%
+ \small\begin{quotation}
+}{%
+ \end{quotation}
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto tiene un argumento, que está en negrita al comienzo de un
+párrafo.
</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{point}[1]{%
+ \noindent\textbf{#1}
+}{%
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Este muestra el uso de un argumento opcional; da un entorno quotation
+que cita el autor.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+ \begin{quotation}
+ \noindent\textit{#1}:
+}{%
+ \end{quotation}
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El nombre del autor es opcional y de manera predeterminada es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Shakespeare</samp>&rsquo;. En el documento, utiliza el entorno como este.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
+ ...
+\end{citequote}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El último ejemplo muestra cómo guardar el valor de un argumento para
+usarlo en <var class="var">enddef</var>, en este caso en una caja (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox"><code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\quoteauthor}
+\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+ \sbox\quoteauthor{#1}%
+ \begin{quotation}
+}{%
+ \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---\usebox{\quoteauthor}
+ \end{quotation}
+}
+</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewtheorem"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewtheorem">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newfont</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a>, Up: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\newfont</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newenvironment</code> y <code class="code">\renewenvironment</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">13.6 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewtheorem"></a>
-<a name="index-teoremas_002c-definiendo"></a>
-<a name="index-definiendo-nuevos-teoremas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1">12.9 <code class="code">\newtheorem</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewtheorem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-teoremas_002c-definiendo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-definir-nuevos-teoremas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entorno-similar-a-un-teorema"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entorno_002c-similar-a-un-teorema"></a>
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newtheorem{<var>nuevo-entorno</var>}{<var>etiqueta</var>}[<var>con</var>]
-\newtheorem{<var>nuevo-entorno</var>}[<var>numerado-como</var>]{<var>etiqueta</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">title</var>}
+\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">title</var>}[<var class="var">numbered_within</var>]
+\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}[<var class="var">numbered_like</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Esta instrucción define un entorno parecido a teorema. Argumentos:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><var>nuevoentorno</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El nombre del nuevo entorno a definir; no debe ser el nombre de un
-entorno existente o de lo contrario será redefinido.
+<p>Define un nuevo entorno similar a un teorema. Puedes especificar uno
+de <var class="var">numbered_within</var> y <var class="var">numbered_like</var>, o ninguno, pero no
+ambos.
+</p>
+<p>La primera forma, <code class="code">\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">title</var>}</code>,
+crea un entorno que se etiquetará con <var class="var">title</var>; ve el primer
+ejemplo a continuación.
+</p>
+<p>La segunda forma,
+<code class="code">\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">título</var>}[<var class="var">numbered_within</var>]</code>,
+crea un entorno cuyo contador está subordinado al counter existente
+<var class="var">numbered_within</var>, por lo que este contador se restablecerá cuando
+<var class="var">numbered_within</var> se restablece. Ve el segundo ejemplo a
+continuación.
+</p>
+<p>La tercera forma
+<code class="code">\newtheorem{<var class="var">name</var>}[<var class="var">numbered_like</var>]{<var class="var">title</var>}</code>,
+con un argumento opcional entre los dos argumentos requeridos, crea un
+entorno cuyo contador compartirá el contador definido previamente
+<var class="var">numbered_like</var>. Ve el tercer ejemplo.
+</p>
+<p>Este comando crea un contador llamado <var class="var">name</var>. Además, a menos que
+se use el argumento opcional <var class="var">numbered_like</var>, dentro del entorno
+similar a un teorema, el valor actual de <code class="code">\ref</code> será el de
+<code class="code">\the<var class="var">numbered_within</var></code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cref"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Esta declaración es global. Es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Argumentos:
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">name</var></dt>
+<dd><p>El nombre del entorno. Es una cadena de letras. No debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code>. No debe ser el nombre de un entorno
+existente, y el nombre del comando <code class="code">\<var class="var">name</var></code> no debe estar
+definido.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><var>etiqueta</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto a imprimir al inicio del entorno, antes del número. Por
-ejemplo, &lsquo;<samp>Teorema</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt><var class="var">title</var></dt>
+<dd><p>El texto que se imprimirá al principio del entorno, antes del
+número. Por ejemplo, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Teorema</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><var>numerado_como</var></dt>
-<dd><p>(Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema;
+<dt><var class="var">numbered_within</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Opcional; el nombre de un contador ya definido, generalmente una
+unidad seccional como <code class="code">chapter</code> o <code class="code">section</code>. Cuando el
+contador <var class="var">numbered_within</var> se restablece y luego el entorno
+<var class="var">name</var> el contador también se restablecerá.
</p>
-<p>(Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema el
-nuevo entorno será numerado exactamente como <var>numerado_como</var>.
+<p>Si no se utiliza este argumento opcional, el comando
+<code class="code">\the<var class="var">name</var></code> se establece en <code class="code">\arabic{<var class="var">name</var>}</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><var>con</var></dt>
-<dd><p>(Opcional). El nombre de un contador definido previamente, una unidad de
-seccionado. El nuevo contador de teorema será restablecido al mismo
-tiempo que el contador <var>con</var>.
+<dt><var class="var">numbered_like</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Opcional; el nombre de un entorno similar a un teorema ya definido. El
+nuevo entorno se numerará en secuencia con <var class="var">numbered_like</var>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
-<p>Cuando menos uno de <var>numerado_como</var> y <var>con</var> se debe especificar,
-no ambos.
+<p>Sin ningún argumento opcional, los entornos están numerados
+secuencialmente. El siguiente ejemplo tiene una declaración en el
+preámbulo que da como resultado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definición&nbsp;1</samp>&rsquo; y
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definición&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; en producción.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{defn}{Definición}
+\begin{document}
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+\end{defn}
+
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+\end{defn}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Este ejemplo tiene el mismo cuerpo de documento que el anterior. Pero
+aquí el argumento opcional de <code class="code">\newtheorem</code> <var class="var">numbered_within</var>
+se da como <code class="code">section</code>, por lo que el resultado es como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definición&nbsp;1.1</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definición&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{defn}{Definición}[sección]
+\begin{document}
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+\end{defn}
+
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+\end{defn}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En el siguiente ejemplo hay dos declaraciones en el preámbulo, el
+segundo de los cuales requiere que el nuevo entorno <code class="code">thm</code> use el
+mismo contador como <code class="code">defn</code>. Da &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definición&nbsp;1.1</samp>&rsquo;,
+seguido por &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Teorema&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Definición&nbsp;2.2</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newtheorem{defn}{Definición}[sección]
+\newtheorem{thm}[defn]{Teorema}
+\begin{document}
+\section{...}
+\begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+\end{defn}
+
+\section{...}
+\begin{thm}
+ Primer thm
+\end{thm}
+
+\begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+\end{defn}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewfont"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewfont">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next">\protect</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newtheorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newtheorem</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnewfont-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">13.7 <code>\newfont</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnewfont"></a>
-<a name="index-tipos-de-letra_002c-nuevas-instrucciones-para"></a>
-<a name="index-definicion-de-nuevos-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cnewfont-1">12.10 <code class="code">\newfont</code></h3>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewfont"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipos-de-letra_002c-nuevos-comandos-para"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-definir-nuevos-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+
+<p>Este comando está obsoleto. Esta descripción está aquí solo para
+ayudar con los viejos documentos. Los nuevos documentos deben definir
+letras en familias a través del nuevo esquema de selección de letras
+que te permite, por ejemplo, asociar una negrita con una romana
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tipos-de-letra">Tipos de letra</a>).
+</p>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newfont{<var>instrucción</var>}{<var>nombredetipo</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newfont{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}{<var class="var">font description</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Define una secuencia de control <code>\<var>instrucción</var></code>, misma que no
-se debe haber definido, para hacer que <var>nombredetipo</var> sea el tipo de
-letra actual. El archivo bloqueado en el sistema es llamado
-<samp><var>nombredetipo</var>.tfm</samp>.
+<p>Define un comando <code class="code">\<var class="var">cmd</var></code> que cambiará el tipo de letra
+actual. La secuencia de control no debe estar ya definida. Debe
+comenzar con una barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-clausula-at_002c-en-definiciones-de-tipos-de-letra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tamano-de-diseno_002c-en-definiciones-de-letras"></a>
+<p>La <var class="var">descripción de la letra</var> consta de un <var class="var">nombre de letra</var> y
+una opción <em class="dfn">cláusula at</em>. LaTeX buscará en tu sistema un
+archivo llamado <samp class="file"><var class="var">fontname</var>.tfm</samp>. La cláusula at puede tener
+la forma <code class="code">en <var class="var">dimen</var></code> o <code class="code"><var class="var">factor</var> de escala</code>, donde
+un <var class="var">factor</var> de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1000</samp>&rsquo; significa que no hay escalado. Para
+los propósitos de LaTeX, todo lo que hace es escalar todos los
+caracteres y otras dimensiones de fuente relativo al tamaño de diseño
+de la fuente, que es un valor definido en el archivo <samp class="file">.tfm</samp>.
</p>
-<p>Esta es una instrucción de bajo nivel para configurar el uso de un tipo
-de letra individual. Comúnmente, los tipos de letra se definen a través
-de familias de archivos <samp>.fd</samp>.
+<p>Esto define dos tipos de letra equivalentes y algunos caracteres
+tipográficos en cada una.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt}
+\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100}
+\testfontat abc
+\testfontscaled abc
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cprotect">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newfont</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cprotect-1">12.11 <code class="code">\protect</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprotect"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-fragiles"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-robustos"></a>
+
+<p>Todos los comandos de LaTeX son frágiles &mdash;<em class="dfn">fragile</em>&mdash; o
+robustos &mdash;<em class="dfn">robust</em>&mdash;. Un comando frágil se puede romper cuando
+se usa en el argumento para ciertos otros comandos. Comandos que
+contienen datos que LaTeX escribe en un archivo auxiliar y las
+relecturas posteriores son frágiles. Esto incluye material que va en
+una tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas, etc. Los
+comandos frágiles también incluyen saltos de línea, cualquier comando
+que tenga un argumento opcional, y muchos más. Para evitar que tales
+comandos rompan, una solución es precederlos con el comando
+<code class="code">\protect</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, cuando LaTeX ejecuta <code class="code">\section{<var class="var">nombre
+sección</var>}</code> escribe el texto <var class="var">nombre sección</var> en el archivo
+auxiliar <samp class="file">.aux</samp>, moviéndolo allí para usarlo en otra parte del
+documento como en la tabla de contenido. Cualquier argumento que sea
+expandido internamente por LaTeX sin escribirlo directamente es
+referido como un
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-argumentos-moviles"></a>
+<em class="dfn">argumento móvil</em>. Un comando es frágil si se puede expandir
+durante este proceso en un código TeX no válido. Algunos ejemplos
+de los argumentos móviles son los que aparecen en el comando
+<code class="code">\caption{...}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a>), en el comando
+<code class="code">\thanks{...}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle"><code class="code">\maketitle</code></a>), y en @expresiones en los
+entornos <code class="code">tabular</code> y <code class="code">array</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#tabular"><code class="code">tabular</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Si obtienes extraños errores de los comandos utilizados para mover
+argumentos, intenta precediéndolos con <code class="code">\protect</code>. Todos los
+comandos frágiles se deben proteger con su propio <code class="code">\protect</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Aunque por lo general un comando <code class="code">\protect</code> no duele, los
+comandos de longitud son robustos y no deben estar precedidos por un
+comando <code class="code">\protect</code>. Tampoco se puede usar un comando
+<code class="code">\protect</code> en el argumento para los comandos <code class="code">\addtocounter</code>
+o <code class="code">\setcounter</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, el comando <code class="code">\caption</code> da un misterioso error
+sobre una llave extra. Soluciona el problema precediendo a cada
+comando <code class="code">\raisebox</code> con <code class="code">\protect</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}
+ ...
+ \caption{Sede de la empresa A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}}
+\end{figure}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En el siguiente ejemplo, el comando <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code> da un
+error porque los <code class="code">\(..\)</code> en el título de la sección se expande a
+ilegal TeX en el archivo <samp class="file">.toc</samp>. Puedes resolver esto
+cambiando <code class="code">\(..\)</code> a <code class="code">\protect\(..\protect\)</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+...
+\section{Einstein \( e=mc^2 \)}
+...
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cprotect"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newfont</a>, Up: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#paquete-xspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">paquete xspace</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cprotect-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">13.8 <code>\protect</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cprotect"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend-1">12.12 <code class="code">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cignorespaces"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cignorespacesafterend"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cignorespaces"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cignorespacesafterend"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacios_002c-ignorar-en-comandos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-ignorar-espacios"></a>
-<a name="index-instrucciones-fragiles"></a>
-<a name="index-argumentos-moviles"></a>
-<p>Pies de página, saltos de línea, cualquier instrucción que tenga un
-argumento opcional, y muchas más de las así llamadas instrucciones
-<em>frágiles</em>. Cuando una instrucción frágil se utiliza en ciertos
-contextos, llamados <em>argumentos móviles</em>, estas se deben preceder
-con <code>\protect</code>. Además, algunas instrucciones con argumentos
-frágiles deben tener su propia <code>\protect</code>.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>Algunos ejemplos de argumentos móviles son <code>\caption</code>
-(see <a href="#figure">figure</a>), <code>\thanks</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>) y @-expresiones
-en entornos <code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code> (see <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ignorespaces
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
</p>
-<a name="index-instrucciones-robustas"></a>
-<p>Las instrucciones que no son frágiles se llaman <em>robustas</em>. Estas
-no se deben preceder con <code>\protect</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ignorespacesafterend
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ambos comandos hacen que LaTeX ignore los espacios en blanco (es
+decir, los caracteres de catcode&nbsp;10 ​​como espacio o tabulación)
+después del final del comando hasta el primer cuadro o carácter que no
+esté en blanco. El primero es un comando primitivo de TeX, y el
+segundo es específico de LaTeX.
</p>
-<p>Vea también:
+<p>El <code class="code">\ignorespaces</code> se usa a menudo cuando se definen comandos a
+través de <code class="code">\newcommand</code>, o <code class="code">\newenvironment</code>, o <code class="code">\def</code>.
+El ejemplo a continuación lo ilustra. Permite a un usuario mostrar
+los valores de los puntos para las preguntas de la prueba en el
+margen, pero es un inconveniente porque, como se muestra en la lista
+<code class="code">enumerate</code>, los usuarios no deben poner ningún espacio entre el
+comando y el texto de la pregunta.
</p>
-<div class="smallexample">
-<pre class="smallexample"><a href="http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html">http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html</a>
-</pre><pre class="smallexample"><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item\points{10}no hay salida de espacio adicional aquí
+ \item\points{15} espacio extra entre el número y el `extra'
+\end{enumerate}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La solución es cambiar a esto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\points}[1]{%
+ \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Un segundo ejemplo muestra la eliminación de espacios en blanco del
+frente del texto. Los comandos a continuación permiten a un usuario
+adjuntar uniformemente un título a los nombres. Pero, tal como se
+indica, si un título accidentalmente comienza con un espacio, entonces
+<code class="code">\fullname</code> reproducirá eso.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % recuerda el
+ % título
+\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % pone el título
+ % antes del nombre
+
+\begin{tabular}{|l|}
+\honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % sin espacio adicional
+ % aquí
+\honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % espacio adicional antes
+ % del título
+\end{tabular}
</pre></div>
+<p>Para arreglar esto, cambia a
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El <code class="code">\ignorespaces</code> también se usa a menudo en un
+<code class="code">\newenvironment</code> al final de la cláusula <var class="var">begin</var>, como en
+<code class="code">\begin{newenvironment}{<var class="var">nombre
+entorno</var>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Para quitar los espacios en blanco del final de un entorno, usa
+<code class="code">\ignorespacesafterend</code>. Un ejemplo es que esto mostrará mucho
+mayor espacio vertical entre el primer y el segundo entorno que entre
+el segundo y el tercero.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}
+\begin{eq}
+e=mc^2
+\end{eq}
+\begin{equation}
+F=ma
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+E=IR
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Poner un carácter de comentario&nbsp;<code class="code">%</code> inmediatamente después
+del <code class="code">\end{eq}</code> hará desaparecer el espacio vertical, pero eso
+es inconveniente. La solución es cambiar a
+<code class="code">\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}</code>.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Contadores"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="paquete-xspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Longitudes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Definiciones</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definiciones</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Contadores-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">14 Contadores</h2>
-<a name="index-contadores_002c-una-lista-de"></a>
-<a name="index-variables_002c-una-lista-de"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="paquete-xspace-1">12.13 paquete xspace</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cxspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xspace-package"></a>
-<p>Cualquier cosa numerada por LaTeX tiene un contador asociado a ella.
-El nombre del contador es el mismo nombre que el nombre del entorno o
-instrucción que produce el número, salvo las que no comienzan con
-<code>\</code>. (<code>enumi</code>&ndash;<code>enumiv</code> se utilizan para entornos
-enumerados anidados). A continuación hay una lista de los contadores
-utilizados en las clases de documentos estándar de LaTeX para
-controlar la numeración.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacios_002c-ignorar-en-comandos-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-ignorar-espacios-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">part paragraph figure enumi
-chapter subparagraph table enumii
-section page footnote enumiii
-subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
-subsubsection
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xspace}
+ ...
+\newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
</pre></div>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Imprimiendo el valor de un contador.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2">\usecounter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Utiliza un contador especificado en un entorno de lista.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3">\value</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Utiliza el valor de un contador en una expresión.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4">\setcounter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Establece el valor de un contador.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5">\addtocounter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Añade un calificador a un contador.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6">\refstepcounter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7">\stepcounter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear" accesskey="8">\day \month \year</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Valores numéricos de fecha.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>La macro <code class="code">\xspace</code>, cuando se usa al final de una definición de
+comando, agrega un espacio a menos que el comando vaya seguido de
+ciertos caracteres de puntuación.
+</p>
+<p>Después de un comando de secuencia de control que es una palabra de
+control (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a>, a diferencia de los símbolos
+de control como <code class="code">\$</code>), TeX engulle caracteres en blanco. Por
+lo tanto, en la primera oración a continuación, la salida tiene
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Vermont</samp>&rsquo; colocado cómodamente contra el punto, sin ningún
+espacio intermedio.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
+Nuestro colegio está en \VT.
+Los veranos \VT{} son agradables.
+</pre></div>
+<p>Pero debido al engullimiento, la segunda oración necesita llaves
+vacías o de lo contrario no habría espacio que separe a &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Vermont</samp>&rsquo;
+de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">veranos</samp>&rsquo;. (Muchos autores en su lugar utilizan una barra
+invertida-espacio <code class="code">\ </code> para esto. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Barra invertida-espacio, <code class="code">\ </code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">xspace</code> proporciona <code class="code">\xspace</code>. Es para
+escribir comandos que están diseñados para ser utilizados
+principalmente en texto. Se debe colocar al final de la definición de
+estos comandos. Inserta un espacio después de ese comando a menos que
+lo que siga inmediatamente esté en una lista de excepciones. En este
+ejemplo, las llaves vacías no son necesarias.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
+Nuestro colegio está en \VT .
+\VT los veranos son agradables.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La lista de excepciones predeterminada contiene los caracteres
+<code class="code">,.'/?;:!~-)</code>, la llave de apertura y el comando de espacio de
+barra invertida explicados anteriormente, y los comandos
+<code class="code">\footnote</code> o <code class="code">\footnotemark</code>. Añaden a esa lista
+<code class="code">\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> que agrega <code class="code">\myfni</code>
+y&nbsp;<code class="code">\myfnii</code> a la lista, y elimina de esa lista como con
+<code class="code">\xspaceaddexceptions{!}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Un comentario: muchos expertos prefieren no usar <code class="code">\xspace</code>.
+Ponerlo en una definición significa que el comando generalmente
+obtendrá el espaciado correcto. Pero no es fácil predecir cuándo
+ingresar llaves vacías porque <code class="code">\xspace</code> se equivocará, como
+cuando le sigue otro comando, por lo que <code class="code">\xspace</code> puede hacer
+que editar material sea más difícil y más propenso a errores que
+siempre insertar las llaves vacías.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Contadores">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usecounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Longitudes</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Definiciones" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Definiciones</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Imprimiendo-Contadores"></a>
-<h3 class="section">14.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprimiendo Contadores</h3>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Contadores-1">13 Contadores</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contadores_002c-una-lista-de"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-variables_002c-una-lista-de"></a>
+
+<p>Todo lo que LaTeX numera para ti tiene un contador asociado con
+él. El nombre del contador suele ser el mismo que el nombre del
+entorno o comando asociado con el número, excepto que el nombre del
+contador no tiene barra invertida&nbsp;<code class="code">\</code>. Así, asociado al
+comando <code class="code">\chapter</code> está el contador <code class="code">chapter</code> que mantiene
+la pista del número de capítulo.
+</p>
+<p>A continuación se muestra una lista de los contadores utilizados en la
+clase <code class="code">document</code> estándar de LaTeX para controlar la
+numeración.
+</p>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-partes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-capitulos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-seccion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-subseccion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-subsubseccion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-parrafos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-subparrafos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-paginas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-ecuaciones"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-cifras"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-tabla"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-notas-al-pie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-de-mpfootnote"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-enumi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-enumii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-enumiii"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contador-enumiv"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">parte párrafo figura enumi
+capítulo subpárrafo tabla enumii
+sección página nota al pie enumiii
+subsección ecuación mpfootnote enumiv
+subsubsección
+</pre></div>
+<p>El contador <code class="code">mpfootnote</code> lo utiliza el comando <code class="code">\footnote</code>
+dentro de una minipágina (véase <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>). Los contadores
+<code class="code">enumi</code> a través de <code class="code">enumiv</code> se utilizan en el entorno
+<code class="code">enumerate</code>, por hasta cuatro niveles de anidamiento
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#enumerate"><code class="code">enumerate</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Los contadores pueden tener cualquier valor entero, pero normalmente
+son positivos.
+</p>
+<p>Los nuevos contadores se crean con <code class="code">\newcounter</code>.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</a>.
+</p>
-<p>Todas estas instrucciones toman como argumento un solo contador, por
-ejemplo, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>.
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\value</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\addtocounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\day</code>, <code class="code">\month</code> y <code class="code">\year</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Imprime-contadores">13.1 <code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contadores_002c-impresion"></a>
+
+<p>Imprime el valor de un contador, en un estilo específico. Por
+ejemplo, si el contador <var class="var">counter</var> tiene el valor 1 entonces un
+<code class="code">\alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code> en tu fuente resultará en una
+letra&nbsp;a en minúsculas que aparece en la salida.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\alph</code>
-<a name="index-_005calph"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>imprime <var>contador</var> usando letras minúsculas: &lsquo;a&rsquo;, &lsquo;b&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small>
+<p>Todos estos comandos toman un solo contador como argumento, por
+ejemplo, <code class="code">\alph{enumi}</code>. Ten en cuenta que el nombre del
+contador no comienza con una barra invertida.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Imprime el valor de <var class="var">counter</var> en minúsculas: &lsquo;a&rsquo;, &lsquo;b&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small>
+Si el valor del contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, entonces
+obtienes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Alph</code>
-<a name="index-_005cAlph"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>utiliza letras mayúsculas: &lsquo;A&rsquo;, &lsquo;B&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small>
+<dt id='index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\Alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Escribe en letras mayúsculas: &lsquo;A&rsquo;, &lsquo;B&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small> Si el valor del
+contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, obtiene &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX:
+Contador demasiado grande.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\arabic</code>
-<a name="index-_005carabic"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>utiliza números Arábigos: &lsquo;1&rsquo;, &lsquo;2&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small>
+<dt id='index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\arabic{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Imprime en números arábigos como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5</samp>&rsquo; o &lsquo;<samp class="samp">-2</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\roman</code>
-<a name="index-_005croman"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>utiliza números romanos en minúsculas: &lsquo;i&rsquo;, &lsquo;ii&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small>
+<dt id='index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\roman{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Escribe en minúsculas números romanos: &lsquo;i&rsquo;, &lsquo;ii&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small> Si el
+valor del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna
+advertencia o error, pero LaTeX no imprime nada en la salida.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\roman</code>
-<a name="index-_005croman-1"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>utiliza números romanos en mayúsculas: &lsquo;I&rsquo;, &lsquo;II&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small>
+<dt id='index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\Roman{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Imprime en números romanos en mayúsculas: &lsquo;I&rsquo;, &lsquo;II&rsquo;, <small class="enddots">...</small> Si el
+valor del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna
+advertencia o error, pero LaTeX no imprime nada en la salida.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\fnsymbol</code>
-<a name="index-_005cfnsymbol-1"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>imprime el valor de <var>contador</var> en una secuencia específica de nueve
-símbolos (convencionalmente usada para etiquetar notas al pie de
-página). El valor de <var>contador</var> debe estar entre&nbsp;1 y&nbsp;9
-incluido.
+<dt id='index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d'><span><code class="code">\fnsymbol{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Imprime el valor de <var class="var">counter</var> usando una secuencia de nueve
+símbolos que se utilizan tradicionalmente para etiquetar las notas al
+pie. El valor de <var class="var">counter</var> debe estar entre&nbsp;1 y&nbsp;9,
+inclusive. Si el el valor del contador es menor que 0 o mayor que 9,
+entonces obtienes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</samp>&rsquo;,
+mientras que si es 0, no obtienes ningún error o advertencia pero
+LaTeX no genera nada.
</p>
-<p>Los símbolos no son compatibles en info principalmente, pero aquí están
-los nombres:
-</p><div class="display">
-<pre class="display">asterix(*) dagger(†) ddagger(‡) section-sign(§) paragraph-sign(¶) parallel(‖)
-double-asterix(**) double-dagger(††) double-ddagger(‡‡)
-</pre></div>
+<p>Aquí están los símbolos:
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<thead><tr><th width="11%">Número</th><th width="30%">Nombre</th><th width="30%">Comando</th><th width="28%">Símbolo</th></tr></thead>
+<tbody><tr><td width="11%">1</td><td width="30%">asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\ast</code></td><td width="28%">*</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">2</td><td width="30%">dagger</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\dagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2020;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">3</td><td width="30%">ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\ddagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2021;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">4</td><td width="30%">section-sign</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\S</code></td><td width="28%">&#x00A7;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">5</td><td width="30%">paragraph-sign</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\P</code></td><td width="28%">&#x00B6;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">6</td><td width="30%">double-vert</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\parallel</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2016;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">7</td><td width="30%">double-asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\ast\ast</code></td><td width="28%">**</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">8</td><td width="30%">double-dagger</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\dagger\dagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2020;&#x2020;</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">9</td><td width="30%">double-ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\ddagger\ddagger</code></td><td width="28%">&#x2021;&#x2021;</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
</dd>
</dl>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cusecounter"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cusecounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next">\value</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>, Up: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\value</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a>, Subir: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cusecounter_007bcontador_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">14.2 <code>\usecounter{<var>contador</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cusecounter"></a>
-<a name="index-lista-de-elementos_002c-especificando-el-contador"></a>
-<a name="index-elementos-numerados_002c-especificando-contador"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cusecounter-1">13.2 <code class="code">\usecounter</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cusecounter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-listar-elementos_002c-especificando-contador"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-elementos-numerados_002c-especificando-contador"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usecounter{<var>contador</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usecounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\usecounter</code> se utiliza en el segundo argumento del
-entorno <code>list</code> para especificar el <var>contador</var> a utilizar para
-numerar los elementos de la lista.
+<p>Usado en el segundo argumento del entorno <code class="code">list</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#list"><code class="code">list</code></a>),
+este declara que los elementos de la lista serán numerados por
+<var class="var">counter</var>. Inicializa <var class="var">counter</var> a cero y organiza que cuando
+se llama a <code class="code">\item</code> sin su argumento opcional, entonces
+<var class="var">counter</var> se incrementa en <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code>, haciendo que su
+valor sea ​​el valor actual de <code class="code">ref</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cref"><code class="code">\ref</code></a>). Este comando
+es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Al ponerlo en el preámbulo del documento, este ejemplo crea un nuevo
+entorno de lista enumerada con <var class="var">testcounter</var>:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{testcounter}
+\newenvironment{test}{%
+ \begin{list}{}{%
+ \usecounter{testcounter}
+ }
+}{%
+ \end{list}
+}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cvalue"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvalue">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\setcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\usecounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\usecounter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cvalue_007bcontador_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">14.3 <code>\value{<var>contador</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cvalue"></a>
-<a name="index-contadores_002c-consiguiendo-el-valor-de"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cvalue-1">13.3 <code class="code">\value</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvalue"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contadores_002c-obteniendo-el-valor-de"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\value{<var>contador</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\value{<var class="var">counter</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\value</code> produce el valor de <var>contador</var>. Esta
-se puede utilizar en cualquier lugar en que LaTeX espera un número,
-por ejemplo:
+<p>Se expande al valor del contador <var class="var">counter</var>. (Ten en cuenta que el
+nombre de un contador no comienza con una barra invertida).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo genera &lsquo;<samp class="samp">El contador de prueba es&nbsp;6. Otro
+contador es&nbsp;5.</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
+\newcounter{other} \setcounter{other}{\value{test}}
+\addtocounter{test}{1}
+
+El contador de prueba es \arabic{test}. Otro contador es
+\arabic{other}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\value</code> no se usa para componer el valor del
+contador. Para eso, <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a>.
+</p>
+<p>A menudo se usa en <code class="code">\setcounter</code> o <code class="code">\addtocounter</code> pero
+<code class="code">\value</code> se puede usar en cualquier lugar donde LaTeX espera
+un número, como en <code class="code">\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}</code>. No debe
+estar precedido por <code class="code">\protect</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo inserta <code class="code">\hspace{4\parindent}</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setcounter{micontador}{3}
-\addtocounter{micontador}{1}
-\hspace{\value{micontador}\parindent}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
+\hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}
</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csetcounter"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csetcounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\value</a>, Up: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addtocounter</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\value</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csetcounter_007b_005ccontador_007d_007bvalor_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">14.4 <code>\setcounter{<var>\contador</var>}{<var>valor</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005csetcounter"></a>
-<a name="index-contadores_002c-configurando"></a>
-<a name="index-fijando-contadores"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csetcounter-1">13.4 <code class="code">\setcounter</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csetcounter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-contadores_002c-ajuste-de"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-configurar-contadores"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\setcounter{<var>contador</var>}{<var>valor</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}{<var class="var">value</var>}
</pre></div>
-
-<p>La instrucción <code>\setcounter</code> fija el valor de <var>contador</var> al
-argumento <var>valor</var>.
+<p>Configura globalmente el contador <var class="var">counter</var> para que tenga el
+valor del argumento <var class="var">value</var>, que debe ser un número entero. Por
+lo tanto, puedes establecer un valor del contador como
+<code class="code">\setcounter{section}{5}</code>. Ten en cuenta que el nombre del
+contador no comienza con una barra invertida.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, si el contador <code class="code">theorem</code> tiene el valor 12,
+entonces la segunda línea imprimirá &lsquo;<samp class="samp">XII</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{ejercicio}{\value{teorema}}
+Aquí está en Roman: \Roman{exercise}.
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005caddtocounter"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddtocounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\refstepcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\setcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\setcounter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005caddtocounter_007bcontador_007d_007bvalor_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">14.5 <code>\addtocounter{<var>contador</var>}{<var>valor</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005caddtocounter"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005caddtocounter-1">13.5 <code class="code">\addtocounter</code></h3>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\addtocounter</code> incrementa <var>contador</var> por la
-cantidad especificada por el argumento <var>valor</var>, que puede ser un
-número negativo.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddtocounter"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addtocounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}{<var class="var">value</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Incrementar globalmente <var class="var">counter</var> por la cantidad especificada por
+el argumento <var class="var">value</var>, que puede ser negativo.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, el valor de la sección aparece como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">VII</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setcounter{section}{5}
+\addtocounter{section}{2}
+Aquí está en Roman: \Roman{section}.
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005crefstepcounter"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005crefstepcounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stepcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtocounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\addtocounter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005crefstepcounter_007bcontador_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">14.6 <code>\refstepcounter{<var>contador</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005crefstepcounter"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005crefstepcounter-1">13.6 <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crefstepcounter"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\refstepcounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\refstepcounter</code> trabaja de la misma manera que
-<code>\stepcounter</code> See <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, excepto que esta además define
-el valor actual de <code>\ref</code> para que sea el resultado de
-<code>\thecounter</code>.
+<p>Incrementa globalmente el valor de <var class="var">counter</var> en uno, al igual que
+<code class="code">\stepcounter</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a>). La diferencia es que este
+comando restablece el valor de cualquier contador numerado dentro de
+él. (Para la definición de &ldquo;contadores numerados dentro&rdquo;,
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Además, este comando también define el valor actual de <code class="code">\ref</code> es
+el resultado de <code class="code">\thecounter</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Mientras que el valor del contador se establece globalmente, el valor
+de <code class="code">\ref</code> se establece localmente, es decir, dentro del grupo
+actual.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cstepcounter"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cstepcounter">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel="next">\day \month \year</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\refstepcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\day</code>, <code class="code">\month</code> y <code class="code">\year</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cstepcounter_007bcontador_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">14.7 <code>\stepcounter{<var>contador</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cstepcounter"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cstepcounter-1">13.7 <code class="code">\stepcounter</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstepcounter"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\stepcounter</code> añade uno al <var>contador</var> y
-restablece todos los contadores subsidiarios.
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\stepcounter{<var class="var">counter</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Agrega globalmente uno a <var class="var">counter</var> y restablece todos los
+contadores numerados dentro de ella. (Para la definición de
+&ldquo;contadores numerados dentro&rdquo;, véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code class="code">\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este comando difiere de <code class="code">\refstepcounter</code> en que este no influye
+en las referencias; es decir, no define el valor actual de <code class="code">\ref</code>
+será el resultado de <code class="code">\thecounter</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter"><code class="code">\refstepcounter</code></a>).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\stepcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\stepcounter</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Contadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear_003a-Contadores-Predefinidos"></a>
-<h3 class="section">14.8 <code>\day \month \year</code>: Contadores Predefinidos</h3>
-<a name="index-_005cday"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cmonth"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cyear"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cday_002c-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear">13.8 <code class="code">\day</code>, <code class="code">\month</code> y <code class="code">\year</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cday"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmonth"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cyear"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cday"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmonth"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cyear"></a>
-<p>LaTeX define contadores para el día del mes (<code>\day</code>, 1&ndash;31), mes
-del año (<code>\month</code>, 1&ndash;12), y año (<code>\year</code>, Era Común). Al
-iniciar TeX, estas son establecidas a los valores actuales en el
-sistema donde se está ejecutando TeX. Estas no se actualizan
-conforme al progreso del trabajo.
+<p>LaTeX define el contador <code class="code">\day</code> para el día del mes
+(nominalmente con valor entre 1 y 31), <code class="code">\month</code> para el mes del
+año (nominalmente con un valor entre 1 y 12), y <code class="code">\year</code> para el
+año. Cuando TeX se inicia, se establecen a partir de los valores
+actuales en el sistema. El comando relacionado <code class="code">\today</code> produce
+una cadena que representa el día actual (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctoday"><code class="code">\today</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>La instrucción relacionada <code>\today</code> produce una cadena de texto que
-representa el día actual (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a>).
+<p>Los contadores no se actualizan a medida que avanza el trabajo, por lo
+que, en principio, podría ser incorrecto al final. Además, TeX no
+controla la sensatez:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
+</pre></div>
+<p>no da ningún error o advertencia y da como resultado la salida
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">-2, -4</samp>&rsquo; (el valor del mes falso no produce ningún resultado).
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a>, para forzar la fecha a un
+valor dado desde la línea de comandos.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Longitudes"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Longitudes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Haciendo Párrafos</a>, Previous: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Contadores</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Crear párrafos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Contadores" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Contadores</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Longitudes-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">15 Longitudes</h2>
-<a name="index-longitudes_002c-definiendo-y-usando"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Longitudes-1">14 Longitudes</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-longitudes_002c-definiendo-y-usando"></a>
+
+<p><em class="dfn">length</em> es una medida de distancia. Muchos comandos de LaTeX
+toman un argumento como longitud.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-longitudes-rigidas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-longitudes-elasticas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dimen-TeX-simple"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-skip-TeX-simple"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pegamento-simple-TeX"></a>
+<p>Las longitudes vienen en dos tipos. Un <em class="dfn">longitud rígida</em> como
+<code class="code">10pt</code> no contiene un componente <code class="code">plus</code> o <code class="code">minus</code>.
+(TeX sencillo llama a esto una <em class="dfn">dimensión</em>). Una <em class="dfn">longitud
+de goma</em> (que TeX simple llama a <em class="dfn">skip</em> o <em class="dfn">glue</em>) como con
+<code class="code">1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> puede contener uno o ambos
+componentes. En esa longitud elástica, el <code class="code">1cm</code> es la
+<em class="dfn">longitud natural</em> mientras que los otros dos, componentes
+<code class="code">plus</code> y <code class="code">minus</code>, permiten que TeX estire o reduzca la
+longitud para optimizar la colocación.
+</p>
+<p>Las siguientes ilustraciones utilizan estos dos comandos.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">% hace una barra negra de 10pt de alto y #1 de ancho
+\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
+% Hace un cuadro alrededor del #2 que tenga el #1 de ancho (excluyendo
+% el borde)
+\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
+ \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox a #1{#2}}}
+</pre></div>
-<p>Una <code>longitud</code> es una medida de distancia. Muchas instrucciones
-LaTeX toman una longitud como argumento.
+<p>Este ejemplo usa esos comandos para mostrar una barra negra de
+100&nbsp;puntos de largo entre &lsquo;<samp class="samp">XXX</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">YYY</samp>&rsquo;. Esta longitud
+es rígida.
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="1">\setlength</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Establece el valor de longitud.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="2">\addtolength</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Añade una cantidad a longitud.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="3">\settodepth</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Establece una longitud a la profundidad de algo más.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="4">\settoheight</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Establece la longitud a la altura de algo más.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="5">\settowidth</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Establece la longitud a la anchura de alguna otra cosa.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas" accesskey="6">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Longitudes que son, algo sí como, predefinidas.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\muestracaja{100pt}{\barranegra{100pt}}YYY
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En cuanto a las longitudes elásticas, la reducción es más simple: con
+<code class="code">1cm minus 0.05cm</code>, la longitud natural es 1<span class="dmn">cm</span> pero TeX
+la puede reducir hasta 0.95<span class="dmn">cm</span>. Más allá de eso, TeX se niega
+a encogerse más. Por lo tanto, debajo del primero funciona bien,
+produciendo un espacio de 98&nbsp;puntos entre las dos barras.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
+
+XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Pero el segundo recibe una advertencia como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Overfull \hbox
+(1.0pt too wide) detectado en la línea 17</samp>&rsquo;. En la salida, la primer
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Y</samp>&rsquo; se sobrescribe al final de la barra negra, porque el material
+de la caja es más ancho que los 300<span class="dmn">pt</span> asignados, ya que TeX
+se ha negado a reducir el total a menos de 309&nbsp;puntos.
+</p>
+<p>Estirar es como encoger excepto que si se le pide a TeX que estire
+más allá de la cantidad dada, lo hará. Aquí la primera línea está
+bien, produciendo un espacio de 110&nbsp;puntos entre las barras.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
+
+XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En la segunda línea TeX necesita un tramo de 10&nbsp;puntos y solo
+se especificó 1&nbsp;punto. TeX estira el espacio al requerido
+pero te da una advertencia como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Infracompleto \hbox (maliciosos
+10000) detectados en la línea 22</samp>&rsquo;. (No hablaremos de la malicia).
+</p>
+<p>Puedes estirar y encoger en la misma longitud, como en <code class="code">1ex plus
+0.05ex minus 0.02ex</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Si TeX está configurando dos o más longitudes elásticas, asigna la
+ampliación o reducción en proporción.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{100pt}% left
+ \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
+ \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
+</pre></div>
+<p>Las barras izquierda y derecha ocupan 100&nbsp;puntos, por lo que la
+del medio necesita otros 100. La barra central es de 80&nbsp;puntos
+por lo que los dos <code class="code">\hspace</code> se deben extender 20&nbsp;puntos.
+Porque los dos son <code class="code">plus 50pt</code> y <code class="code">plus 10pt</code>, TeX obtiene
+5/6 del tramo del primer espacio y 1/6 del segundo.
+</p>
+<p>El componente <code class="code">plus</code> o <code class="code">minus</code> de una longitud elástica
+puede contener un componente <em class="dfn">fill</em>, como en <code class="code">1in plus2fill</code>.
+Esto da la longitud infinita capacidad de estiramiento o contracción
+para que TeX pueda establecer a cualquier distancia. Aquí las dos
+figuras estarán espaciadas por igual en la página.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{godel.png}%
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{einstein.png}%
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
+\end{minipage}
+</pre></div>
+<p>TeX tiene tres niveles de infinito para componentes de pegamento:
+<code class="code">fil</code>, <code class="code">fill</code> y <code class="code">filll</code>. Los últimos son más infinitos
+que los anteriores. Por lo general, los autores de documentos solo
+usan el del medio (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005chfill"><code class="code">\hfill</code></a> y véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code class="code">\vfill</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Multiplicar una longitud elástica por un número la convierte en una
+longitud rígida, por lo que después de
+<code class="code">\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2 in}</code> y
+<code class="code">\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}</code> entonces el valor de
+<code class="code">\zlength</code> es <code class="code">3in</code>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud" accesskey="1">Unidades de longitud</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\addtolength</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\settodepth</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\settoheight</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\settowidth</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\stretch</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Expresiones" accesskey="8">Expresiones</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csetlength"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Unidades-de-longitud">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtolength</a>, Up: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csetlength_007b_005clargo_007d_007bvalor_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">15.1 <code>\setlength{\<var>largo</var>}{<var>valor</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005csetlength"></a>
-<a name="index-longitudes_002c-configurando"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Unidades-de-longitud-1">14.1 Unidades de longitud</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unidades_002c-de-longitud"></a>
+
+<p>TeX y LaTeX conocen estas unidades tanto dentro como fuera del
+modo math.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-pt'><span><code class="code">pt</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pt'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-point"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-pt"></a><p>Punto, 1/72,27 pulgadas. La
+conversión (aproximada) a unidades métricas es 1<span class="dmn">punto</span> =
+.35146<span class="dmn">mm</span> = .035146<span class="dmn">cm</span>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-pc'><span><code class="code">pc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-pc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pica"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-pc"></a><p>Pica, 12 puntos
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-in'><span><code class="code">in</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-in'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inch"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-en"></a><p>Pulgada, 72.27 puntos
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-bp'><span><code class="code">bp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-bp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-gran-punto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto-PostScript"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-pb"></a><p>Punto grande, 1/72 pulgada. Esta
+longitud es la definición de un punto en PostScript y muchos sistemas
+de autoedición.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-mm'><span><code class="code">mm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-mm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-milimetro"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="mm-unidades-de-longitud"></a><p>Milímetro, 2.845<span class="dmn">pt</span>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-cm'><span><code class="code">cm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-cm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-centimetro"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="cm-unidades-de-longitud"></a><p>Centímetro, 10<span class="dmn">mm</span>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-dd'><span><code class="code">dd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-dd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto-didot"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-dd"></a><p>Punto didot, 1.07 pt
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-cc'><span><code class="code">cc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-cc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cicero"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-cc"></a><p>Cicero, 12 dd
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-sp'><span><code class="code">sp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-sp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto-escalado"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-sp"></a><p>Punto escalado, 1/65536 pt
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\setlength</code> fija el valor de <var>\largo</var> al
-argumento <var>valor</var>, el cual se puede expresar en cualquier unidad que
-LaTeX entienda, es decir, pulgadas (<code>in</code>), milímetros
-(<code>mm</code>), puntos (<code>pt</code>), puntos grandes (<code>bp</code>, etc.
+<p>Otras tres unidades se definen de acuerdo con la letra actual, en
+lugar de que sea una dimensión absoluta.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code class="code">ex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-ex-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-x_002dheight"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ex"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="Longitudes_002fex"></a><a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-ex"></a><p>La altura x de
+la letra actual <em class="dfn">ex</em>, tradicionalmente la altura de la letra
+minúscula x, se usa a menudo para longitudes verticales.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code class="code">em</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-em-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-m_002dwidth"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-em"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="Longitudes_002fem"></a><a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-em"></a><p>Del mismo modo
+<em class="dfn">em</em>, tradicionalmente el ancho de la letra M mayúscula, se
+utiliza a menudo para longitudes horizontales. Este también a menudo
+es el tamaño de la letra actual, por ejemplo, una letra nominal
+10<span class="dmn">pt</span> debe tener 1<span class="dmn">em</span> = 10<span class="dmn">pt</span>. LaTeX tiene varios
+comandos para producir espacios horizontales basados en em
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad"><code class="code">\enspace</code>, <code class="code">\quad</code> y <code class="code">\qquad</code></a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-mu'><span><code class="code">mu</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-mu'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mu_002c-unidad-matematica"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="unidades-de-longitud-mu"></a><p>Finalmente, en el modo matemático,
+muchas definiciones se expresan en términos de la unidad matemática
+<em class="dfn">mu</em>, definida por 1<span class="dmn">em</span> = 18<span class="dmn">mu</span>, donde el em es tomar de
+la familia actual de símbolos matemáticos. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a>.
</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>El uso de estas unidades puede ayudar a que una definición funcione
+mejor en todos los cambios de letra. Por ejemplo, una definición del
+espacio vertical entre lista de elementos dados como
+<code class="code">\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> es más
+probable que siga siendo razonable si se cambia la letra que una
+definición dada en puntos.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005caddtolength"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csetlength">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settodepth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\setlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addtolength</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#Unidades-de-longitud" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Unidades de longitud</a>, Subir: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005caddtolength_007b_005clargo_007d_007bcantidad_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">15.2 \addtolength{<var>\largo</var>}{<var>cantidad</var>}</h3>
-<a name="index-_005caddtolength"></a>
-<a name="index-longitudes_002c-anadiendo-a"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csetlength-1">14.2 <code class="code">\setlength</code></h3>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\addtolength</code> incrementa la &ldquo;instrucción de
-longitud&rdquo; <var>\largo</var> por la cantidad especificada en el argumento
-<var>cantidad</var>, misma que puede ser un valor negativo.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csetlength"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-longitudes_002c-configuracion"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\<var class="var">len</var>}{<var class="var">amount</var>}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Establece la longitud \<var class="var">len</var> en <var class="var">amount</var>. El nombre de
+longitud <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code> bajo circunstancias normales. La
+<var class="var">cantidad</var> puede ser una longitud elástica (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
+Puede ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede estar en cualquier unidad
+que LaTeX entienda (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a>).
+</p>
+<p>A continuación, con los valores predeterminados de LaTeX, el primer
+párrafo tendrá sangría mientras que el segundo no.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Le dije al médico que me rompí la pierna en dos lugares.
+
+\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+Dijo que dejara de ir a esos lugares.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si no declaraste \<var class="var">len</var> con <code class="code">\newlength</code>, por ejemplo si lo
+escribes mal como en
+<code class="code">\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
+entonces obtienes un error como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Secuencia de control no
+definida. &lt;argument&gt; \sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;. Si omites la barra invertida al
+comienzo del nombre de la longitud entonces obtienes un error como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Número faltante, tratado como cero.</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csettodepth"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddtolength">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settoheight</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtolength</a>, Up: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\settodepth</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csettodepth-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">15.3 <code>\settodepth</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005csettodepth"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005caddtolength-1">14.3 <code class="code">\addtolength</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddtolength"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-longitudes_002c-agregando-a"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addtolength{\<var class="var">len</var>}{<var class="var">amount</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\settodepth{\gnat}{texto}</code>
+<p>Incrementa la longitud \<var class="var">len</var> por <var class="var">cantidad</var>. El nombre de
+longitud <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code> bajo circunstancias normales. La
+<var class="var">cantidad</var> es una longitud elástica (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Puede
+ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede estar en cualquier unidad que
+LaTeX entienda (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a>).
</p>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\settodepth</code> fija el valor de una instrucción de
-<code>longitud</code> igual a la profundidad del argumento <code>texto</code>.
+<p>A continuación, si <code class="code">\parskip</code> comienza con el valor <code class="code">0pt
+plus 1pt</code>
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Doctor: ¿cómo está el niño que se tragó el dólar de plata?
+\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
+
+Enfermera: sin cambios.
+</pre></div>
+<p>luego tiene el valor <code class="code">1pt plus 1pt</code> para el segundo párrafo.
+</p>
+<p>Si no declaraste \<var class="var">len</var> con <code class="code">\newlength</code>, por ejemplo si lo
+escribes mal como en
+<code class="code">\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
+luego obtienes un error como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Secuencia de control no
+definida. &lt;argument&gt; \sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;. Si <var class="var">cantidad</var> usa una longitud
+que no ha sido declarada, por ejemplo, si por ejemplo escribes mal lo
+anterior como <code class="code">\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\prainden}</code>,
+entonces obtienes algo así como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Secuencia de control
+indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt; \praindent</samp>&rsquo;. Si dejas la barra invertida
+fuera de \<var class="var">len</var>, como en <code class="code">\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</code>,
+entonces obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No puedes usar `la letra p' después
+de \advance</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csettoheight"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csettodepth">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settowidth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settodepth</a>, Up: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\settoheight</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\addtolength</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csettoheight-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">15.4 <code>\settoheight</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005csettoheight"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csettodepth-1">14.4 <code class="code">\settodepth</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csettodepth"></a>
-<p><code>\settoheight{\gnat}{texto}</code>
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\settoheight</code> fija el valor de la instrucción de
-<code>longitud</code> igual a la altura del argumento <code>texto</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\settodepth{\<var class="var">len</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Establece la longitud \<var class="var">len</var> en la profundidad del cuadro en el
+que se encuentra LaTeX escribiendo el argumento <var class="var">text</var>. El
+nombre de longitud <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de
+control (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a>), y como tal debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code> en circunstancias normales.
+</p>
+<p>Esto imprimirá qué tan bajo van los descendientes de caracteres.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\alphabetdepth}
+\settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+\the\alphabetdepth
+</pre></div>
+<p>Si no declaraste \<var class="var">len</var> con <code class="code">\newlength</code>, si por ejemplo
+escribes mal lo anterior como <code class="code">\setto depth{\aplhabet
+depth}{abc...}</code>, entonces obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Secuencia de
+control indefinida. &lt;argument&gt; \aplhabetdepth</samp>&rsquo;. Si omites la barra
+invertida \<var class="var">len</var>, como en
+<code class="code">\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</code> entonces obtienes algo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de nuevo&gt;
+\setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csettowidth"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csettoheight">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settoheight</a>, Up: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\settowidth</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\settodepth</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csettowidth_007b_005clargo_007d_007btexto_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">15.5 <code>\settowidth{\<var>largo</var>}{<var>texto</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005csettowidth"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csettoheight-1">14.5 <code class="code">\settoheight</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csettoheight"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\settoheight{\<var class="var">len</var>}{text}
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\settowidth</code> establece el valor del la instrucción
-<var>\largo</var> al valor del argumento <var>texto</var>.
+<p>Establece la longitud \<var class="var">len</var> a la altura del cuadro en el que se
+coloca LaTeX escribe el argumento <code class="code">text</code>. El nombre de
+longitud <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code> en circunstancias normales.
+</p>
+<p>Esto imprimirá qué tan alto van los caracteres.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\alphabetheight}
+\settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+\the\alphabetheight
+</pre></div>
+<p>Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \<var class="var">len</var> con <code class="code">\newlength</code>,
+si por ejemplo escribes mal como
+<code class="code">\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</code>, entonces obtienes
+algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt;
+\alphabetheight</samp>&rsquo;. Si y deja la barra invertida fuera de \<var class="var">len</var>,
+como en <code class="code">\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</code> entonces obtienes
+algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de
+nuevo&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Longitudes-Predeterminadas"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csettowidth">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settowidth</a>, Up: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\stretch</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\settoheight</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Longitudes-Predeterminadas-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">15.6 Longitudes Predeterminadas</h3>
-<a name="index-longitudes_002c-predefinidas"></a>
-<a name="index-longitudes-predeterminadas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csettowidth-1">14.6 <code class="code">\settowidth</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csettowidth"></a>
-<p><code>\width</code>
-<a name="index-_005cwidth"></a>
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p><code>\height</code>
-<a name="index-_005cheight"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\settowidth{\<var class="var">len</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Establece la longitud \<var class="var">len</var> al ancho del cuadro en el que
+LaTeX coloca el argumento <var class="var">text</var> escrito. El nombre de
+longitud <code class="code">\<var class="var">len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</a>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code> en circunstancias normales.
+</p>
+<p>Esto imprime el ancho del alfabeto ASCII en minúsculas.
</p>
-<p><code>\depth</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdepth"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\alphabetwidth}
+\settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+\the\alphabetwidth
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \<var class="var">len</var> con <code class="code">\newlength</code>,
+si, por ejemplo, escribes mal lo anterior como
+<code class="code">\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, entonces obtienes algo
+como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt;
+\aplhabetwidth</samp>&rsquo;. Si y deja la barra invertida fuera de \<var class="var">len</var>,
+como en <code class="code">\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</code> entonces obtienes
+algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de
+nuevo&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<p><code>\totalheight</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctotalheight"></a>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cstretch">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Expresiones" accesskey="n" rel="next">Expresiones</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\settowidth</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cstretch-1">14.7 <code class="code">\stretch</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstretch"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\stretch{<var class="var">number</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce una longitud de caucho con longitud natural cero y
+<var class="var">number</var> veces <code class="code">\fill</code> unidades de capacidad de estiramiento
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). El <var class="var">number</var> puede ser positivo o negativo.
+Este comando es robusto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Estos parámetros de longitud se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que dibujan cajas (see <a href="#Cajas">Cajas</a>). Especifican el ancho
-natural, etc., del texto en la caja. <code>\totalheight</code> es igual a
-<code>\height</code> + <code>\depth</code>. Para hacer una caja con el texto
-extendido hasta el doble del tamaño natural, por ejemplo, digamos
+<p>Este comando es robusto. (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>). En este ejemplo
+horizontal, LaTeX produce tres marcas y la distancia entre el
+primero y el segundo es otra vez la mitad de largo que la distancia
+entre el segundo y tercero.
</p>
-<p><code>\makebox[ancho\2]{Consiga una camilla}</code>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En este ejemplo vertical, el &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Dedicamos &hellip;</samp>&rsquo; tendrá tres
+veces el espacio debajo de él que encima de él.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newenvironment{dedication}{% en el preámbulo del documento
+ \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}%
+ \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % de espacio extensible en la parte
+ % superior
+ \it
+}{%
+ \vspace{\stretch{3}} % espacio en el bot es 3 veces mayor que
+ % en la parte superior
+ \clearpage
+}
+ ...
+\begin{dedication} % en el cuerpo del documento
+Dedicamos este libro a nuestras esposas.
+\end{dedication}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Expresiones">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Longitudes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\stretch</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Longitudes</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Haciendo-Parrafos"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">16 Haciendo Párrafos</h2>
-<a name="index-haciendo-parrafos"></a>
-<a name="index-parrafos"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Expresiones-1">14.8 Expresiones</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-expresiones"></a>
-<p>Un párrafo se termina por medio de una o más líneas completamente en
-blanco &mdash;líneas que no contienen incluso un <code>%</code>. Una línea en
-blanco no debe aparecer donde no se puede iniciar un nuevo párrafo, tal
-como en modo math o en el argumento de una instrucción de seccionado.
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cindent" accesskey="1">\indent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Sangrando este párrafo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnoindent" accesskey="2">\noindent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">No sangra el siguiente párrafo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cparskip" accesskey="3">\parskip</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Añade un espacio antes de párrafos.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Notas-al-Margen" accesskey="4">Notas al Margen</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Coloca palabras en el margen.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\numexpr <var class="var">expression</var>
+\dimexpr <var class="var">expression</var>
+\glueexpr <var class="var">expression</var>
+\muglue <var class="var">expression</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Cualquier lugar donde puedes escribir un número entero, o una
+dimensión pegamento TeX, o TeX, o muglue, en su lugar puedes
+escribir una expresión para calcular ese tipo de cantidad.
+</p>
+<p>Un ejemplo es que <code class="code">\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</code> produce como
+salida la longitud que es cuatro puntos menos que el ancho de una
+línea (el único propósito de <code class="code">\the</code> es mostrar el resultado en el
+documento). Análogamente, <code class="code">\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</code>
+produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ix</samp>&rsquo; y <code class="code">\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code>
+producirá &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10.0pt plus 2.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Una conveniencia aquí sobre hacer cálculos mediante la asignación de
+registros y entonces usando <code class="code">\advance</code>, etc., es que la
+evaluación de expresiones no implica asignaciones y, por lo tanto, se
+puede realizar en lugares donde las asignaciones no están permitidas.
+El siguiente ejemplo calcula el ancho del <code class="code">\parbox</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
+\begin{center}
+\parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{Con malicia hacia ninguno con
+caridad para todos con firmeza en el derecho como Dios nos da para ver
+el derecho esforcémonos en terminar el trabajo en el que estamos para
+vendar las heridas de la nación, para cuidar de aquel que habrá
+llevado la batalla y para su viuda y su huérfano \textasciitilde\ para
+hacer todo lo que puedas alcanzar y cuidar una paz justa y duradera
+entre nosotros y con todas las naciones ---Abraham Lincoln, Segundo
+Discurso Inaugural, de el memorial}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+<p>La <var class="var">expresión</var> consta de uno o más términos del mismo tipo
+(entero, dimensión, etc.) que se suman o se restan. Un término que es
+un tipo de número, dimensión, etc., consta de un factor de ese tipo,
+opcionalmente multiplicado o dividido por factores. Un factor de un
+tipo es ya sea una cantidad de ese tipo o una subexpresión entre
+paréntesis. La expresión produce un resultado del tipo dado, por lo
+que <code class="code">\numexpr</code> produce un número entero, <code class="code">\dimexpr</code> produce
+una dimensión, etc.
+</p>
+<p>En el ejemplo de cita anterior, cambiando a
+<code class="code">\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</code> da el error <code class="code">Unidad de medida
+ilegal (pt insertado)</code>. Esto se debe a que para <code class="code">\dimexpr</code> y
+<code class="code">\glueexpr</code>, la entrada consiste en una dimensión o valor de
+pegamento seguido de un factor de multiplicación opcional, y no al
+revés. Así <code class="code">\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</code> es válido y produce
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">10.0pt</samp>&rsquo;, pero <code class="code">\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</code> da el error
+<code class="code">Unidad ilegal</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Las expresiones absorben tókenes y llevan a cabo las matemáticas
+apropiadas hasta un <code class="code">\relax</code> (que será absorbido), o hasta el
+primer token no válido. Por lo tanto, <code class="code">\the\numexpr2+3px</code>
+imprimirá &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5px</samp>&rsquo;, porque LaTeX lee el <code class="code">\numexpr2+3</code>, que
+está formado por números, y luego encuentra la letra <code class="code">p</code>, que no
+puede ser parte de un número. Por lo tanto, termina la expresión y
+produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5</samp>&rsquo;, seguido del texto normal &lsquo;<samp class="samp">px</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Este comportamiento de terminación es útil en las comparaciones. En
+<code class="code">\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 &lt; 10pt Yes\else No\fi</code>, el menor que
+sign termina la expresión y el resultado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No</samp>&rsquo; es (en un artículo
+estándar de LaTeX).
+</p>
+<p>Las expresiones pueden usar los operadores <code class="code">+</code>, <code class="code">-</code>,
+<code class="code">*</code> y <code class="code">/</code> junto con paréntesis para subexpresiones,
+<code class="code">(...)</code>. En pegar expresiones en que las partes <code class="code">plus</code> y
+<code class="code">minus</code> no necesitan paréntesis para ser afectadas por un
+factor. Entonces <code class="code">\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code> da como
+resultado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt plus 2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>TeX obligará a otros tipos numéricos de la misma manera que lo hace
+cuando hace asignación de registro. Así <code class="code">\the\numexpr\dimexpr
+1pt\relax\relax</code> dará como resultado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">65536</samp>&rsquo;, que es <code class="code">1pt</code>
+convertido a puntos escalados (véase <a class="pxref" href="#unidades-de-longitud-sp"><code class="code">sp</code></a>, la unidad interna de TeX) y luego forzado a un
+número entero. Con un <code class="code">\glueexpr</code> aquí, el estirar y encoger se
+eliminaría. Yendo por el contrario, un <code class="code">\numexpr</code> dentro de un
+<code class="code">\dimexpr</code> o <code class="code">\glueexpr</code> necesitará unidades apropiadas,
+como en <code class="code">\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, que produce
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">3.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Detalles de la aritmética: cada factor se comprueba para estar en el
+rango permitido, los números deben ser menores que <em class="math">2^{31}</em> en
+valor absoluto, y las dimensiones o los componentes del pegamento
+deben ser inferiores a <em class="math">2^{14}</em> puntos, o <code class="code">mu</code>, o
+<code class="code">fil</code>, etc. Las operaciones aritméticas se realizan
+individualmente, a excepción de una operación de escala (una
+multiplicación seguida inmediatamente por una división) que se realiza
+como una operación combinada con un producto de 64 bits como valor
+intermedio. El resultado de cada operación se vuelve a comprobar para
+estar en el rango permitido.
+</p>
+<p>Finalmente, la división y la escala se realizan con redondeo (a
+diferencia de TeX&rsquo;s <code class="code">\divide</code>, que trunca). De este modo
+<code class="code">\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</code> pone &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10.0pt</samp>&rsquo; en el
+documento, porque redondea <code class="code">3/2</code> a <code class="code">2</code>, mientras que
+<code class="code">\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</code> produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">5.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cindent"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Crear-p_00e1rrafos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\noindent</a>, Up: <a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Haciendo Párrafos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="n" rel="next">Fórmulas math</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Longitudes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Longitudes</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cindent-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">16.1 <code>\indent</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cindent"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cparindent-1"></a>
-<a name="index-sangria_002c-forzando-la"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Crear-parrafos">15 Crear párrafos</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hacer-parrafos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parrafos"></a>
+
+<p>Para comenzar un párrafo, simplemente escribe un texto. Para acabar
+con el párrafo actual, pon una línea vacía. Son tres párrafos, cuya
+separación se hace mediante dos líneas vacías.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Es una verdad universalmente reconocida, que un solo hombre en
+posesión de buena fortuna, debe estar necesitado de una esposa.
+
+Por muy poco conocidos que puedan ser los sentimientos o las opiniones
+de un hombre así sobre su primer vez entrando en un barrio, esta
+verdad también está grabada en la mente de las familias aledañas, que
+se le considera la propiedad legítima de una u otra de sus hijas.
+
+``Mi querido señor Bennet'', le dijo su dama un día, ``¿Has oído que
+Netherfield Park está alquilado por fin?''
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Un separador de párrafo puede estar hecho de una secuencia de al menos
+una línea de espacio en blanco, al menos una de las cuales no termina
+con un comentario. Una línea en blanco es una línea que está vacía o
+compuesta solo de caracteres en blanco, como un espacio o
+tabulación. Los comentarios en el código fuente comienzan con un
+<code class="code">%</code> y se extienden hasta el final de la línea. En el siguiente
+ejemplo, las dos columnas son idénticas:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+\begin{document}
+Primer párrafo.
+
+Segundo párrafo.
+\newpage
+Primer párrafo
+
+ % La separación de líneas puede contener caracteres en blanco.
+
+Segundo párrafo.
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<p>Una vez que LaTeX ha recopilado todo el contenido de un párrafo,
+divide el contenido en líneas de una manera optimizada en todo el
+párrafo (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea">Salto de línea</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Hay lugares donde no se permite un nuevo párrafo. No pongas una línea
+en blanco en modo math (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>); aquí la línea en blanco antes
+del <code class="code">\end{equation}</code>
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ 2^{|S|} &gt; |S|
+
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\indent</code> produce un espacio horizontal donde el ancho es igual la longitud de <code>\parindent</code>, la sangría de un párrafo
-normal. Esta se utiliza para añadir la sangría de párrafos donde esta
-debería suprimirse en otro caso.
+<p>obtendrás el error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Se inserto el $ faltante</samp>&rsquo;. Del mismo modo,
+la línea en blanco en este argumento <code class="code">\section</code>
</p>
-<p>El valor predeterminado para <code>\parindent</code> es <code>1em</code> en modo de
-dos columnas, de lo contrario <code>15pt</code> para documentos de
-<code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y <code>1.5em</code> para
-<code>12pt</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\section{aaa
+
+bbb}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>obtiene &lsquo;<samp class="samp">¿Argumento faltante? {aaa ! El párrafo terminó antes de
+completar \@sect</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\par</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\indent</code> y <code class="code">\noindent</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Notas-marginales" accesskey="4">Notas marginales</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cnoindent"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpar">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parskip</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindent" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\indent</a>, Up: <a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Haciendo Párrafos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\indent</code> y <code class="code">\noindent</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Crear párrafos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cnoindent-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">16.2 <code>\noindent</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cnoindent"></a>
-<a name="index-sangria_002c-suprimiendo-la"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpar-1">15.1 <code class="code">\par</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parrafo_002c-terminando"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis (ten en cuenta que mientras lees la entrada TeX convierte
+cualquier secuencia de una o más líneas en blanco a un <code class="code">\par</code>,
+<a class="ref" href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos">Crear párrafos</a>):
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\par
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Finaliza el párrafo actual. La forma habitual de separar párrafos es
+con una línea en blanco pero el comando <code class="code">\par</code> es completamente
+equivalente. Este comando es robusto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo usa <code class="code">\par</code> en lugar de una línea en blanco
+simplemente por legibilidad.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
+ \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En el modo LR, el comando <code class="code">\par</code> no hace nada y se ignora. En
+modo de párrafo, el comando <code class="code">\par</code> finaliza el modo de párrafo,
+cambiando LaTeX a modo vertical (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>).
+</p>
+<p>No puedes usar el comando <code class="code">\par</code> en modo matemático. Tampoco lo
+puedes utilizar en el argumento de muchos comandos, como los comandos
+de seccionado, por ejemplo, <code class="code">\section</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos">Crear párrafos</a>
+y <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> y <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\par</code> no es lo mismo que el comando
+<code class="code">\paragraph</code>. Este último es, como <code class="code">\section</code> o
+<code class="code">\subsection</code>, un comando de seccionado utilizado por las clases
+de documentos estándar LaTeX (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\par</code> no es lo mismo que <code class="code">\newline</code> o el salto
+de línea doble barra invertida, <code class="code">\\</code>. La diferencia es que
+<code class="code">\par</code> finaliza el párrafo, no solo la línea, y también
+desencadena la adición de el espacio vertical entre párrafos
+<code class="code">\parskip</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip"><code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>La salida de este ejemplo
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">xyz
+
+\setlength{\parindent}{3in}
+\setlength{\parskip}{5in}
+\noindent test\indent test1\par test2
+</pre></div>
-<p>Cuando se utiliza al principio de un párrafo, <code>\noindent</code> suprime
-cualquier sangría. Esta no tiene efecto cuando se utiliza en medio de
-un párrafo.
+<p>es: después de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">xyz</samp>&rsquo; hay un salto vertical de 5&nbsp;pulgadas y
+luego aparece &lsquo;<samp class="samp">test</samp>&rsquo;, alineado con el margen izquierdo. En la
+misma línea, hay un espacio horizontal vacío de 3&nbsp;pulgadas y
+luego aparece &lsquo;<samp class="samp">test1</samp>&rsquo;. Finalmente, hay un espacio vertical de
+5&nbsp;pulgadas, seguido de un párrafo nuevo con una sangría de
+párrafo de 3&nbsp;pulgadas, y luego LaTeX pone el texto
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">test2</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cparskip"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Notas-al-Margen" accesskey="n" rel="next">Notas al Margen</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnoindent" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\noindent</a>, Up: <a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Haciendo Párrafos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\par</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Crear párrafos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cparskip-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">16.3 <code>\parskip</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cparskip"></a>
-<a name="index-espacio-vertical-antes-de-parrafos"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent-1">15.2 <code class="code">\indent</code> y <code class="code">\noindent</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cindent"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnoindent"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnoindent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sangria_002c-forzando"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\indent
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\parskip</code> es una instrucción que preserva la longitud definiendo
-espacio vertical extra añadido antes de cada párrafo. El predeterminado
-es <code>0pt más 1pt</code>.
+<p>Va al modo horizontal (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). El comando <code class="code">\indent</code>
+primero genera un cuadro vacío cuyo ancho es <code class="code">\parindent</code>. Estos
+comandos son robustos (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Normalmente se crea un nuevo párrafo poniendo una línea en blanco.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cpar"><code class="code">\par</code></a>, por la diferencia entre este comando y <code class="code">\par</code>. Para
+comenzar un párrafo sin sangría, o continuar un párrafo interrumpido,
+usa <code class="code">\noindent</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En medio de un párrafo, el comando <code class="code">\noindent</code> no tiene efecto,
+porque LaTeX ya está en modo horizontal allí. El único efecto del
+comando <code class="code">\indent</code> es generar un espacio.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo inicia un párrafo nuevo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">... fin del párrafo anterior.
+
+\noindent Este párrafo no tiene sangría.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>y esto continúa un párrafo interrumpido.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Los datos
+
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl} ... \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\noindent muestra esto claramente.
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparindent-1"></a>
+<p>Para omitir la sangría en todo el documento, pon
+<code class="code">\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}</code> en el preámbulo. Si lo haces,
+es posible que también desees establecer la longitud de los espacios
+entre párrafos, <code class="code">\parskip</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip"><code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indentfirst-package-5"></a>
+<p>Los estilos predeterminados de LaTeX tienen
+el primer párrafo después de una sección que es sin sangría, como es
+la composición tipográfica tradicional en inglés. Para cambiar eso,
+busca en CTAN el paquete <code class="code">indentfirst</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Notas-al-Margen"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\parskip</a>, Up: <a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Haciendo Párrafos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Notas-marginales" accesskey="n" rel="next">Notas marginales</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\indent</code> y <code class="code">\noindent</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Crear párrafos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Notas-al-Margen-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">16.4 Notas al Margen</h3>
-<a name="index-notas-al-margen"></a>
-<a name="index-notas-en-el-margen"></a>
-<a name="index-observaciones-en-el-margen"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cmarginpar"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip-1">15.3 <code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cparindent"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cparskip"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparindent-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparskip"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sangria-de-parrafo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sangria-de-parrafo-horizontal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-vertical-antes-de-los-parrafos"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\marginpar[<var>izquierda</var>]{<var>derecha</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\parindent}{<var class="var">horizontal len</var>}
+\setlength{\parskip}{<var class="var">vertical len</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\marginpar</code> crea una nota en el margen. La primera
-línea de una nota tiene que ser la misma línea base que la línea en el
-texto donde ocurre el <code>\marginpar</code>.
+<p>Ambas son longitudes elásticas (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Afectan a la
+sangría de párrafos ordinarios, no de párrafos dentro de minipáginas
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>), y el espacio vertical entre párrafos,
+respectivamente.
</p>
-<p>Cuando únicamente se especifica el argumento obligatorio <var>right</var>, el
-texto se deberá colocar
+<p>Por ejemplo, si esto se pone en el preámbulo:
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> en el margen derecho para diseños de un solo lado;
-</li><li> en el margen externo para diseños de dos caras;
-</li><li> en el margen más cercano en diseños de dos columnas.
-</li></ul>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+\setlength{\parskip}{1ex}
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005creversemarginpar"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cnormalmarginpar"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\reversemarginpar</code> coloca las subsecuentes notas al
-margen en el margen (dentro) opuesto. <code>\normalmarginpar</code> las
-coloca en la posición predeterminada.
+<p>El documento tendrá párrafos sin sangría, pero en su lugar están
+separados verticalmente por aproximadamente la altura de una &lsquo;<samp class="samp">x</samp>&rsquo;
+minúscula.
</p>
-<p>Cuando se especifican ambos argumentos, se utiliza <var>left</var> para el
-margen izquierdo y se utiliza <var>right</var> para el margen derecho.
+<p>En la clase <var class="var">document</var> estándar de LaTeX, el valor
+predeterminado para <code class="code">\parindent</code> en documentos de una columna es
+<code class="code">15pt</code> cuando el el tamaño de texto predeterminado es
+<code class="code">10pt</code>, <code class="code">17pt</code> para <code class="code">11pt</code> y <code class="code">1.5em</code> para
+<code class="code">12pt</code>. En documentos de dos columnas es <code class="code">1em</code>. (Estos
+valores se establecen antes de que LaTeX llame a <code class="code">\normalfont</code>
+para que <code class="code">em</code> se derive de la letra predeterminada, Computer
+Modern. Si utilizas una letra diferente y luego estableces
+<code class="code">\parindent</code> en 1<span class="dmn">em</span> coincidentes en esa letra, pon
+<code class="code">\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code> en el
+preámbulo).
</p>
-<p>La primer palabra normalmente no se debe separar con guiones; usted
-puede habilitar la separación silábica con guiones comenzando la nota
-con <code>\hspace{0pt}</code>.
+<p>El valor predeterminado para <code class="code">\parskip</code> en las clases
+<code class="code">document</code> estándar de LaTeX es <code class="code">0pt plus1pt</code>.
</p>
-<p>Los parámetros que afectan el formato de la nota son:
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Notas-marginales">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\parindent</code> y <code class="code">\parskip</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Crear párrafos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Notas-marginales-1">15.4 Notas marginales</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-notas-marginales"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-notas-en-el-margen"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comentarios-en-el-margen"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmarginpar"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\marginparpush</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmarginparpush"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>El espacio mínimo vertical entre notas; el predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>7pt</samp>&rsquo;
-para documentos de &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;, de lo contrario &lsquo;<samp>5pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\marginpar{<var class="var">right</var>}
+\marginpar[<var class="var">left</var>]{<var class="var">right</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Crea una nota en el margen. La primera línea de la nota tendrá la
+misma línea base que la línea en el texto donde el <code class="code">\marginpar</code>
+ocurre.
+</p>
+<p>El margen que usa LaTeX para la nota depende del diseño actual
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>) y también en
+<code class="code">\reversemarginpar</code> (ve abajo). Si estás utilizando el diseño de
+un solo lado (opción de documento <code class="code">oneside</code>) entonces va en el
+margen derecho. Si estás usando diseño de dos caras (opción de
+documento <code class="code">twoside</code>) entonces va en el margen exterior. Si estás
+en el diseño de dos columnas (opción de documento <code class="code">twocolumn</code>)
+entonces va en el margen más cercano.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005creversemarginpar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnormalmarginpar"></a>
+<p>Si declaras <code class="code">\reversemarginpar</code> entonces LaTeX colocará notas
+marginales posteriores en el margen opuesto al dado en el párrafo
+anterior. Vuelve a la posición predeterminada con
+<code class="code">\normalmarginpar</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Cuando especificas el argumento opcional <var class="var">left</var>, entonces se usa
+para una nota en el margen izquierdo, mientras que el argumento
+obligatorio <var class="var">right</var> se utiliza para una nota en el margen derecho.
+</p>
+<p>Normalmente, a la primera palabra de una nota, no se le aplicará la
+separación silábica. Puedes habilitar guiones allí comenzando
+<var class="var">left</var> o <var class="var">right</var> con <code class="code">\hspace{0pt}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Estos parámetros afectan el formato de la nota:
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparpush-2'><span><code class="code">\marginparpush</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparpush-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="notas-marginales-marginparpush"></a><p>Espacio vertical mínimo entre
+notas; predeterminado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">7pt</samp>&rsquo; para documentos &lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo;,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">5pt</samp>&rsquo; de lo contrario. Ve también&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#par_00e1metros-marginparpush-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros marginparpush del diseño de página</a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\marginparsep</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmarginparsep"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Espacio horizontal entre el texto vertical y la nota; predeterminado
-&lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; documentos, en otro caso &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparsep'><span><code class="code">\marginparsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparsep'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="notas-marginales-marginparsep"></a><p>Espacio horizontal entre el texto principal y la nota; predeterminado
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo; para documentos &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; de lo contrario.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\marginparwidth</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmarginparwidth"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>El ancho de la nota en sí misma; el predeterminado para documentos de un
-solo lado de &lsquo;<samp>10pt</samp>&rsquo; es &lsquo;<samp>90pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp>83pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp>11pt</samp>&rsquo; y
-&lsquo;<samp>68pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp>12pt</samp>&rsquo;; &lsquo;<samp>17pt</samp>&rsquo; más en cada caso para
-documentos de dos caras. En el modo de dos columnas, el predeterminado
-es &lsquo;<samp>48pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cmarginparwidth-2'><span><code class="code">\marginparwidth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarginparwidth-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="notas-marginales-marginparwidth"></a><p>Ancho de la nota en sí;
+predeterminado para un documento &lsquo;<samp class="samp">10pt</samp>&rsquo; de una sola cara es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">90pt</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">83pt</samp>&rsquo; para &lsquo;<samp class="samp">11pt</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">68pt</samp>&rsquo; para
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">12pt</samp>&rsquo;; &lsquo;<samp class="samp">17pt</samp>&rsquo; más en cada caso para un documento de dos
+caras. En el modo de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">48pt</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<p>La rutina estándar de LaTeX para notas marginales no impide notas
+se caigan de la parte inferior de la página.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="F_00f3rmulas-math">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Modos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modos</a>, Previous: <a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Haciendo Párrafos</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Modos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Crear párrafos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Formulas-Matematicas"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">17 Fórmulas Matemáticas</h2>
-<a name="index-formulas-matematicas"></a>
-<a name="index-formulas_002c-matematicas"></a>
-<a name="index-modo-math_002c-ingresando-al"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Formulas-math">16 Fórmulas math</h2>
-<a name="index-entorno-math-1"></a>
-<a name="index-math_002c-entorno-1"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-displaymath-1"></a>
-<a name="index-displaymath_002c-entorno-1"></a>
-<a name="index-entorno-equation-1"></a>
-<a name="index-equation_002c-entorno-1"></a>
-<p>Existen tres entornos que ponen a LaTeX en modo math:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math_002c-formulas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-formulas_002c-math"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-mode_002c-ingresar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-math-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-environment-1"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-displaymath-environment-1"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-equation-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-equation-environment-1"></a>
+
+
+<p>Produce texto matemático poniendo LaTeX en modo matemático o
+pantalla modo matemático (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). Este ejemplo muestra ambos.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>math</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Para fórmulas que aparecerán directamente en el texto.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>displaymath</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Para fórmulas que aparecerán en su propia línea.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>equation</code></dt>
-<dd><p>El mismo que el del entorno displaymath salvo que este añade un número
-de ecuación en el margen derecho.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">La ecuación de onda para \( u \) es
+\begin{displaymath}
+ \frac{\partial^2u}{\partial t^2} = c^2\nabla^2u
+\end{displaymath}
+donde \( \nabla^2 \) es el Laplacian espacial y \( c \) es constante.
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005c_0028"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_005b"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_005d"></a>
-<p>El entorno <code>math</code> se pude utilizar tanto en párrafos como en modo
-LR, pero los entornos <code>displaymath</code> y <code>equation</code> se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo párrafo. Los entornos <code>math</code> y
-<code>displaymath</code> se utilizan tan a menudo que tienen las siguientes
-formas abreviadas:
+<p>El modo math es para matemáticas en línea. En el ejemplo anterior se
+invoca por la <code class="code">\(</code> inicial y terminado por la <code class="code">\)</code> final
+correspondiente. El modo de pantalla matemática es para ecuaciones
+mostradas y aquí es invocado por el entorno <code class="code">displaymath</code>. Ten
+en cuenta que cualquier texto matemático que sea, incluido el texto
+matemático que consta de un solo carácter, se maneja en modo
+matemático.
+</p>
+<p>Cuando está en modo matemático o en modo de visualización matemática,
+LaTeX maneja muchos aspectos de tu texto de entrada de manera
+diferente que en otros modos de texto. Por ejemplo,
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\(...\) <span class="roman">en lugar de</span> \begin{math}...\end{math}
-\[...\] <span class="roman">en lugar de</span> \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">contrastar x+y con \( x+y \)
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_0024"></a>
-<p>De hecho, el entorno <code>math</code> es como una instrucción que tiene
-incluso una forma abreviada:
+<p>en el modo matemático, las letras están en cursiva y el espacio
+alrededor del signo más es diferente.
+</p>
+<p>Hay tres formas de hacer fórmulas en línea, para poner LaTeX en
+modo math.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">$ ... $ <span class="roman">en lugar de</span> \(...\)
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\( <var class="var">material matemático</var> \)
+$ <var class="var">material matemático</var> $
+\begin{math} <var class="var">material matemático</var> \end{math}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005cboldmath"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cunboldmath"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\boldmath</code> cambia letras y símbolos matemáticos en
-tipo de letra en negrita. Este se utiliza <em>fuera</em> del modo math.
-Por el contrario, la instrucción <code>\unboldmath</code> cambia los glifos
-matemáticos para estar en un tipo de letra normal; este también se
-utiliza <em>fuera</em> del modo math.
+<p>Se prefiere la primera forma y la segunda es bastante común, pero la
+tercera forma rara vez se usa. A veces puedes usar uno y a veces
+otro, como en <code class="code">\(x\) y $y$</code>. Puedes utilizar estos en el párrafo
+o en modo LR (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>).
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cdisplaystyle"></a>
-<p>La declaración <code>\displaystyle</code> presiona para que el tamaño y estilo
-de la fórmula sea el de <code>displaymath</code>, por ejemplo, con limites por
-encima y debajo de sumatorias. Por ejemplo
-</p><div class="example">
-<pre class="example">$\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $
-</pre></div>
-
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices" accesskey="1">Subíndices y Superíndices</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">También conocido como exponente o índice.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="2">Símbolos Matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Varios garabatos matemáticos.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="3">Funciones Matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Nombres de funciones Matemáticas como sin y exp.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="4">Acentos Matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Acentos en Matemáticas.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math" accesskey="5">Espacios en Modo Math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Espacios gruesos, medianos, delgados y negativos.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math" accesskey="6">Miscelánea Math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Cosas que no encajan en ninguna otra categoría.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>Para mostrar fórmulas, pon a LaTeX en modo de visualización
+matemática con o:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ <var class="var">material matemático</var>
+\end{displaymath}
+</pre></div>
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ <var class="var">material matemático</var>
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+<p>(véase <a class="pxref" href="#displaymath"><code class="code">displaymath</code></a>, véase <a class="pxref" href="#equation"><code class="code">equation</code></a>). La única diferencia es que
+con el entorno <code class="code">equation</code>, LaTeX pone un número de fórmula
+junto a la fórmula. La construcción <code class="code">\[ <var class="var">math</var> \]</code> es
+equivalente a <code class="code">\begin{displaymath} <var class="var">math</var>
+\end{displaymath}</code>. Estos entornos sólo se pueden utilizar en el
+modo párrafo (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsfonts"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsfonts-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package"></a>
+<p>La
+American Mathematical Society ha puesto a disposición gratuitamente un
+conjunto de paquetes que amplían enormemente sus opciones para
+escribir matemáticas, <code class="code">amsmath</code> y <code class="code">amssymb</code> (también
+ten en cuenta el paquete <code class="code">mathtools</code> que es una extensión y
+carga <code class="code">amsmath</code>). Los nuevos documentos que tendrán texto
+matemático deben usar estos paquetes. Las descripciones de estos
+paquetes están fuera del alcance de este documento; ve su
+documentación en CTAN.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices" accesskey="1">Subíndices y superíndices</a></li>
+<li><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="2">Símbolos matemáticos</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="3">Funciones matemáticas</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="4">Acentos matemáticos</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado" accesskey="5">Sobre y subrayado</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico" accesskey="6">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Estilos-math" accesskey="7">Estilos math</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica" accesskey="8">Miscelánea matemática</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Símbolos Matemáticos</a>, Up: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Símbolos matemáticos</a>, Subir: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas math</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Subindices-y-Superindices"></a>
-<h3 class="section">17.1 Subíndices y Superíndices</h3>
-<a name="index-superindice"></a>
-<a name="index-subindice"></a>
-<a name="index-exponente"></a>
-<a name="index-_005f"></a>
-<a name="index-_005e"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Subindices-y-superindices">16.1 Subíndices y superíndices</h3>
-<p>Para hacer que una expresión <i>exp</i> aparezca como un subíndice, escriba
-<code>_{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. Para hacer que <i>exp</i> aparezca como un
-exponente, escriba <code>^{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. LaTeX maneja
-superíndices, subíndices y todas esas cosas de manera natural. Incluso
-hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un subíndice como un
-superíndice.
+<a class="anchor" id="superscript"></a><a class="anchor" id="subscript"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-superindice"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subindice"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005e-superindice"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005f-subindice"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-exponente"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis (en modo matemático o modo de visualización matemático), uno
+de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">base</var>^<var class="var">exp</var>
+<var class="var">base</var>^{<var class="var">exp</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o, uno de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">base</var>_<var class="var">exp</var>
+<var class="var">base</var>_{<var class="var">exp</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Hace que <var class="var">exp</var> aparezca como un superíndice de <var class="var">base</var> (con el
+carácter signo de intercalación,&nbsp;<code class="code">^</code>) o un subíndice (con
+guión bajo,&nbsp;<code class="code">_</code>).
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, <code class="code">0</code> y <code class="code">1</code> son subscripts mientras que
+<code class="code">2</code> son superscripts.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para que el subscript o superscript contenga más de un carácter, rodea
+la expresión con llaves, como en <code class="code">e^{-2x}</code>. La cuarta línea de
+este ejemplo muestra llaves usadas para agrupar una expresión para el
+exponente.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ (3^3)^3=27^3=19\,683
+ \qquad
+ 3^{(3^3)}=3^{27}=7\,625\,597\,484\,987
+\end{displaymath}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>LaTeX sabe cómo manejar un superíndice en un superíndice, o un
+subíndice sobre subíndice, o superscript sobre subs, o subs sobre
+supers. Así que, expresiones como <code class="code">e^{x^2}</code> y <code class="code">x_{i_0}</code>
+dan producción. Ten en cuenta el uso en esas expresiones de llaves
+para dar a <var class="var">base</var> una determinada <var class="var">exp</var>. Si ingresas
+<code class="code">\(3^3^3\)</code>, esto se interpreta como <code class="code">\(3^{3}^{3}\)</code> y
+luego obtienes el error TeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Doble superíndice</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un subscript como un
+superscript. En este ejemplo, la integral tiene ambos. Salen en el
+lugar correcto sin ninguna intervención del autor.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ \int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
+\end{displaymath}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ten en cuenta las llaves alrededor de <code class="code">x=a</code> para hacer que la
+expresión completa sea un subíndice.
+</p>
+<p>Para poner un superscript o subscript antes de un símbolo, usa una
+construcción como <code class="code">{}_t K^2</code>. Las llaves vacías <code class="code">{}</code>
+dan al subíndice algo para adjuntar y evita que accidentalmente
+adjuntes un símbolo anterior.
+</p>
+<p>Usar el carácter de subíndice o superíndice fuera del modo math o el
+modo <code class="code">display math</code>, como en <code class="code">la expresión x^2</code>, obtendrás
+el error TeX &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Falta insertar el $</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mhchem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mhchem-package"></a>
+<p>Una razón común para querer subscripts fuera de un
+modo math es la composición tipográfica de fórmulas químicas. Hay
+paquetes para eso, como <code class="code">mhchem</code>; ve CTAN.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Funciones Matemáticas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Subíndices y Superíndices</a>, Up: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Funciones matemáticas</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Subíndices y superíndices</a>, Subir: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas math</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Simbolos-Matematicos"></a>
-<h3 class="section">17.2 Símbolos Matemáticos</h3>
-<a name="index-simbolos-matematicos"></a>
-<a name="index-simbolos_002c-matematicos"></a>
-<a name="index-letras-griegas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Simbolos-matematicos">16.2 Símbolos matemáticos</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolos-matematicos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolos_002c-matematicos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letras-griegas"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-comprehensive"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comprehensive-package"></a>
+
+
+<p>LaTeX proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático o técnico que
+cualquiera usa. Por ejemplo, si incluyes <code class="code">$\pi$</code> en tu fuente,
+obtendrás el símbolo pi &#x03C0;. Ve el &ldquo;Paquete LaTeX
+Integral Lista de símbolos&rdquo; en
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive">https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive</a>.
+</p>
+<p>A continuación, tienes una lista de símbolos comúnmente usados. De
+ninguna manera es exhaustiva. Cada símbolo se describe con una frase
+corta y su clase de símbolo, que determina el espacio a su alrededor,
+se da entre paréntesis. A no ser que dicho de otra manera, los
+comandos para estos símbolos solo se pueden usar en modo matemáticas.
+Para redefinir un comando para que se pueda usar cualquiera que sea el
+estado modo actual, <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005censuremath"><code class="code">\ensuremath</code></a>.
+</p>
-<p>LaTeX proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático que muy
-probablemente necesite. Las instrucciones para generarlas se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo math. Por ejemplo, si incluye <code>$\pi$</code>
-en su archivo fuente, aparecerá el símbolo de pi (<em>\pi</em>) en su
-salida.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005c_007c'><span><code class="code">\|</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_007c'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2225; Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\parallel</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005caleph'><span><code class="code">\aleph</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005caleph'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2135; Aleph, cardinal transfinito (común).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005calpha'><span><code class="code">\alpha</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005calpha'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B1; Letra griega alfa minúscula (común).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\|</code>
-<a name="index-_005c_007c"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\|</em>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005camalg'><span><code class="code">\amalg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005camalg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2A3F; Unión disjunta (binaria)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\aleph</code>
-<a name="index-_005caleph"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\aleph</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cangle'><span><code class="code">\angle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cangle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2220; Ángulo geométrico (común). Similar: less-than
+sign&nbsp;<code class="code">&lt;</code> y salto de línea angular&nbsp;<code class="code">\langle</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\alpha</code>
-<a name="index-_005calpha"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\alpha</em>
+<dt id='index-_005capprox'><span><code class="code">\approx</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005capprox'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2248; Casi igual a (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\amalg</code>
-<a name="index-_005camalg"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\amalg</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cast'><span><code class="code">\ast</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cast'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2217; Operador asterisco, convolución, seis puntas
+(binario). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">*</code>, que suele ser un superíndice o
+subíndice, como en la estrella Kleene. Similar&nbsp;<code class="code">\star</code>, que
+es de cinco puntas, y a veces se usa como una operación binaria
+general, y a veces reservado para la correlación cruzada.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\angle</code>
-<a name="index-_005cangle"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\angle</em>
+<dt id='index-_005casymp'><span><code class="code">\asymp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005casymp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x224D; Asintóticamente equivalente (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\approx</code>
-<a name="index-_005capprox"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\approx</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cbackslash'><span><code class="code">\backslash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbackslash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>\ Barra invertida (común). Similar: set
+minus&nbsp;<code class="code">\setminus</code>, y <code class="code">\textbackslash</code> para barra
+invertida fuera del modo matemático.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ast</code>
-<a name="index-_005cast"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ast</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cbeta'><span><code class="code">\beta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbeta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B2; Letra griega minúscula beta (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\asymp</code>
-<a name="index-_005casymp"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\asymp</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cbigcap'><span><code class="code">\bigcap</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigcap'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22C2; Intersección (operador) de tamaño variable o
+n-ario. Similar: intersección binaria&nbsp;<code class="code">\cap</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\backslash</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbackslash"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>\ (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cbigcirc'><span><code class="code">\bigcirc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigcirc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x26AA; Círculo, más grande (binario). Similar: función
+composición&nbsp;<code class="code">\circ</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\beta</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbeta"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\beta</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigcup'><span><code class="code">\bigcup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigcup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22C3; Unión (operador) de tamaño variable o
+n-aria. Similar: binario union&nbsp;<code class="code">\cup</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigcap</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigcap"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigcap</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigodot'><span><code class="code">\bigodot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigodot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2A00; Operador de punto en un círculo de tamaño variable
+u (operador) n-ario.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigcirc</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigcirc"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigcirc</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cbigoplus'><span><code class="code">\bigoplus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigoplus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2A01; Operador más (operador) de tamaño variable, o
+n-ario, dentro de un círculo.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigcup</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigcup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigcup</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigotimes'><span><code class="code">\bigotimes</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigotimes'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2A02; Operador de tiempo dentro de un círculo de
+tamaño variable, u (operador) n-ario.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigodot</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigodot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigodot</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigtriangledown'><span><code class="code">\bigtriangledown</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigtriangledown'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25BD; Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o
+n-ary apuntando hacia abajo (binario). Sinónimo:
+<var class="var">\varbigtriangledown</var>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigoplus</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigoplus"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigoplus</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigtriangleup'><span><code class="code">\bigtriangleup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigtriangleup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25B3; Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o
+n-ary apuntando hacia arriba (binario). Sinónimo:
+<var class="var">\varbigtriangleup</var>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigotimes</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigotimes"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigotimes</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigsqcup'><span><code class="code">\bigsqcup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigsqcup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2A06; Unión cuadrada de tamaño variable u (operador)
+n-ario.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigtriangledown</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigtriangledown"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigtriangledown</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cbiguplus'><span><code class="code">\biguplus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbiguplus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2A04; Operador de unión de tamaño variable, o n-ario,
+con un signo más (operador). (Ten en cuenta que el nombre solo tiene
+una p).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigtriangleup</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigtriangleup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigtriangleup</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cbigvee'><span><code class="code">\bigvee</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigvee'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22C1; De tamaño variable, o n-ario, u (operador) lógico.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigsqcup</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigsqcup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigsqcup</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigwedge'><span><code class="code">\bigwedge</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigwedge'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22C0; De tamaño variable, o n-ario, y lógico
+(operador).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\biguplus</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbiguplus"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\biguplus</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbot'><span><code class="code">\bot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22A5;, arriba, abajo, elemento mínimo de un conjunto de elementos
+parcialmente ordenado, o una contradicción (común). Consulta
+también&nbsp;<code class="code">\top</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigcap</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigcap-1"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigvee</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbowtie'><span><code class="code">\bowtie</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbowtie'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22C8; Unión natural de dos relaciones (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bigwedge</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbigwedge"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bigwedge</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code class="code">\Box</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cBox'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25A1; Operador modal por necesidad; caja cuadrada abierta
+(común). No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bot</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bot</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code class="code">\bullet</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbullet'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-bala"></a>
+<p>&#x2022; Viñeta (binario). Similar: multiplicación
+dot&nbsp;<code class="code">\cdot</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bowtie</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbowtie"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\bowtie</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005ccap'><span><code class="code">\cap</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccap'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2229; Intersección de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de
+tamaño variable operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigcap</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Box</code>
-<a name="index-_005cBox"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>(símbolo de caja cuadrada abierta) </p>
+<dt id='index-_005ccdot'><span><code class="code">\cdot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccdot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22C5; Multiplicación (binario). Similar: Bala
+dot&nbsp;<code class="code">\bullet</code>.
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bullet</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbullet"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-bala"></a>
-<p><em>\bullet</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cchi'><span><code class="code">\chi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cchi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C7; Chi griego minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\cap</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccap"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\cap</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005ccirc'><span><code class="code">\circ</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccirc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2218; Composición de funciones, operador de anillo
+(binario). Similar: operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigcirc</code> de tamaño
+variable.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\cdot</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccdot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\cdot</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cclubsuit'><span><code class="code">\clubsuit</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cclubsuit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2663; Palo de la carta del club (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\chi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cchi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\chi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code class="code">\complement</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccomplement'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2201;, Complemento de conjunto, usado como superíndice como en
+<code class="code">$S^\complement$</code> (común). No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>. También
+usado: <code class="code">$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or&nbsp;<code class="code">$\bar{S}$</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\circ</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccirc"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\circ</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005ccong'><span><code class="code">\cong</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccong'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2245; Congruente (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\clubsuit</code>
-<a name="index-_005cclubsuit"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\clubsuit</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ccoprod'><span><code class="code">\coprod</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccoprod'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2210; Coproducto (operador).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\cong</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccong"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\cong</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005ccup'><span><code class="code">\cup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x222A; Unión de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+variable operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigcup</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\coprod</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccoprod"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\coprod</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cdagger'><span><code class="code">\dagger</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdagger'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2020; Relación Dagger (binario).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\cup</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\cup</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cdashv'><span><code class="code">\dashv</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdashv'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22A3; Guión con torniquete invertido vertical (relación).
+Similar: turnstile&nbsp;<code class="code">\vdash</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dagger</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdagger"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\dagger</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cddagger'><span><code class="code">\ddagger</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cddagger'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2021; Relación de doble daga (binario).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dashv</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdashv"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\dashv</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cDelta'><span><code class="code">\Delta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDelta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x0394; Delta mayúscula griega, usado para incremento
+(común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ddagger</code>
-<a name="index-_005cddagger"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\dagger</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cdelta'><span><code class="code">\delta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdelta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B4; Delta minúscula griega (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Delta</code>
-<a name="index-_005cDelta"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Delta</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code class="code">\Diamond</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDiamond'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25C7; Operador de diamante grande (común).
+No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\delta</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdelta"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\delta</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code class="code">\diamond</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdiamond'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22C4; Operador de diamante (binario). Similar: large
+diamond&nbsp;<code class="code">\Diamond</code>, encierra en un círculo
+bullet&nbsp;<code class="code">\bullet</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Diamond</code>
-<a name="index-_005cDiamond"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\diamond</em> más grande </p>
+<dt id='index-_005cdiamondsuit'><span><code class="code">\diamondsuit</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdiamondsuit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2662; Palo de carta diamante (común).
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\diamond</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdiamond"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\diamond</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cdiv'><span><code class="code">\div</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdiv'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x00F7; Signo de división (binario).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\diamondsuit</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdiamondsuit"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\diamondsuit</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cdoteq'><span><code class="code">\doteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdoteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2250; Se acerca al límite (relación). Similar:
+geométricamente igual to&nbsp;<code class="code">\Doteq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\div</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdiv"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\div</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cdownarrow'><span><code class="code">\downarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdownarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2193; Flecha hacia abajo, converge (relación).
+Similar: <code class="code">\Downarrow</code> flecha hacia abajo de doble línea.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\doteq</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdoteq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\doteq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cDownarrow'><span><code class="code">\Downarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDownarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21D3; Flecha hacia abajo de doble línea (relación).
+Similar: <code class="code">\downarrow</code> flecha hacia abajo de una sola línea.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\downarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdownarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\downarrow</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cell'><span><code class="code">\ell</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cell'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2113; Letra cursiva minúscula l (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Downarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cDownarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Downarrow</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cemptyset'><span><code class="code">\emptyset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cemptyset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2205; Símbolo de conjunto vacío (común). La forma
+variante es <code class="code">\varnothing</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ell</code>
-<a name="index-_005cell"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ell</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cepsilon'><span><code class="code">\epsilon</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cepsilon'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03F5; Epsilon semilunar en minúsculas
+(común). Similar a Letra de texto griego. Más ampliamente
+utilizado en matemáticas es el script en letra pequeña épsilon
+<code class="code">\varepsilon</code>&nbsp;&#x03B5;. Relacionado: la
+relación de pertenencia del conjunto <code class="code">\in</code>&nbsp;&#x2208;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\emptyset</code>
-<a name="index-_005cemptyset"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\emptyset</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cequiv'><span><code class="code">\equiv</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cequiv'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2261; Equivalencia (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\epsilon</code>
-<a name="index-_005cepsilon"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\epsilon</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ceta'><span><code class="code">\eta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ceta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B7; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\equiv</code>
-<a name="index-_005cequiv"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\equiv</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cexists'><span><code class="code">\exists</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cexists'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2203; Cuantificador existencial (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\eta</code>
-<a name="index-_005ceta"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\eta</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cflat'><span><code class="code">\flat</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cflat'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x266D; Bemol musical (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\exists</code>
-<a name="index-_005cexists"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\exists</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cforall'><span><code class="code">\forall</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cforall'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2200; Cuantificador universal (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\flat</code>
-<a name="index-_005cflat"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\flat</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cfrown'><span><code class="code">\frown</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfrown'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2322; Arco curvo hacia abajo (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\forall</code>
-<a name="index-_005cforall"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\forall</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cGamma'><span><code class="code">\Gamma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cGamma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x0393; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\frown</code>
-<a name="index-_005cfrown"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\frown</em> (relacion)
+<dt id='index-_005cgamma'><span><code class="code">\gamma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgamma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B3; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Gamma</code>
-<a name="index-_005cGamma"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Gamma</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cge'><span><code class="code">\ge</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cge'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2265; Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo
+for&nbsp;<code class="code">\geq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\gamma</code>
-<a name="index-_005cgamma"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\gamma</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cgeq'><span><code class="code">\geq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgeq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2265; Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo
+for&nbsp;<code class="code">\ge</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ge</code>
-<a name="index-_005cge"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ge</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cgets'><span><code class="code">\gets</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgets'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2190; Se le asigna el valor (relación).
+Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\leftarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\geq</code>
-<a name="index-_005cgeq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\geq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cgg'><span><code class="code">\gg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x226B; Mucho mayor que (relación). Similar: mucho menos
+que&nbsp;<code class="code">\ll</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\gets</code>
-<a name="index-_005cgets"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\gets</em>
+<dt id='index-_005chbar'><span><code class="code">\hbar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chbar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x210F; Constante de Planck sobre dos pi (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\gg</code>
-<a name="index-_005cgg"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\gg</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cheartsuit'><span><code class="code">\heartsuit</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cheartsuit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2661; Palo de cartas de corazón (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\hbar</code>
-<a name="index-_005chbar"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\hbar</em>
+<dt id='index-_005chookleftarrow'><span><code class="code">\hookleftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chookleftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21A9; Flecha izquierda enganchada (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\heartsuit</code>
-<a name="index-_005cheartsuit"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\heartsuit</em>
+<dt id='index-_005chookrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\hookrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chookrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21AA; Flecha derecha enganchada (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\hookleftarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005chookleftarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\hookleftarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ciff'><span><code class="code">\iff</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ciff'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27F7; Si y solo si (relación). Es
+<code class="code">\Longleftrightarrow</code> con un <code class="code">\thickmuskip</code> a cada lado.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\hookrightarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005chookrightarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\hookrightarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cIm'><span><code class="code">\Im</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cIm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2111; Parte imaginaria (común). Ve: parte
+real&nbsp;<code class="code">\Re</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\iff</code>
-<a name="index-_005ciff"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\iff</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cimath'><span><code class="code">\imath</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cimath'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-i-sin-punto_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>i sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una i (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Im</code>
-<a name="index-_005cIm"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Im</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cin'><span><code class="code">\in</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2208; Establecer elemento (relación). Ve también: semilunar
+minúscula epsilon&nbsp;<code class="code">\epsilon</code>&#x03F5; y letra
+minúscula epsilon&nbsp;<code class="code">\varepsilon</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\in</code>
-<a name="index-_005cin"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\in</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cinfty'><span><code class="code">\infty</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cinfty'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x221E; Infinito (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\infty</code>
-<a name="index-_005cinfty"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\infty</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cint'><span><code class="code">\int</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cint'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x222B; Integral (operador).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\int</code>
-<a name="index-_005cint"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\int</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ciota'><span><code class="code">\iota</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ciota'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B9; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\iota</code>
-<a name="index-_005ciota"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\iota</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cJoin'><span><code class="code">\Join</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cJoin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2A1D; Símbolo de corbatín condensado (relación). No
+disponible en TeX estándar.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Join</code>
-<a name="index-_005cJoin"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>símbolo de corbata de moño condensado (relación) </p>
+<dt id='index-_005cjmath'><span><code class="code">\jmath</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cjmath'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-j-sin-punto_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>J sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una j (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a>).
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\kappa</code>
-<a name="index-_005ckappa"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\kappa</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ckappa'><span><code class="code">\kappa</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ckappa'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03BA; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Lambda</code>
-<a name="index-_005cLambda"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Lambda</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cLambda'><span><code class="code">\Lambda</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLambda'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x039B; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lambda</code>
-<a name="index-_005clambda"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lambda</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clambda'><span><code class="code">\lambda</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clambda'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03BB; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\land</code>
-<a name="index-_005cland"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\land</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cland'><span><code class="code">\land</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cland'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2227; Lógico y (binario). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\wedge</code>.
+Consulta también or&nbsp;lógico&nbsp;<code class="code">\lor</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\langle</code>
-<a name="index-_005clangle"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\langle</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005clangle'><span><code class="code">\langle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clangle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27E8; Ángulo izquierdo, o secuencia, corchete (apertura).
+Similar: menos-que&nbsp;<code class="code">&lt;</code>. Coincide con&nbsp;<code class="code">\rangle</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lbrace</code>
-<a name="index-_005clbrace"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lbrace</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005clbrace'><span><code class="code">\lbrace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clbrace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x007B; Llave izquierda
+(apertura). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\{</code>. Coincide
+con&nbsp;<code class="code">\rbrace</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lbrack</code>
-<a name="index-_005clbrack"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lbrack</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005clbrack'><span><code class="code">\lbrack</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clbrack'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x005B; Corchete izquierdo (apertura).
+Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">[</code>. Coincide con&nbsp;<code class="code">\rbrack</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lceil</code>
-<a name="index-_005clceil"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lceil</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005clceil'><span><code class="code">\lceil</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clceil'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2308; Soporte de techo izquierdo, como un corchete pero
+con la parte inferior rasurada (apertura). Coincide
+con&nbsp;<code class="code">\rceil</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\le</code>
-<a name="index-_005cle"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\le</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cle'><span><code class="code">\le</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2264; Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo
+para&nbsp;<code class="code">\leq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\leadsto</code>
-<a name="index-_005cleadsto"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\Leftarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cLeftarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Leftarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cleadsto'><span><code class="code">\leadsto</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleadsto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21DD; Flecha derecha ondulada (relación). Para obtener
+este símbolo fuera del modo matemático, puedes poner
+<code class="code">\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> en el
+preámbulo y entonces usa <code class="code">\Leadsto</code> en su lugar.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\leftarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cleftarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\leftarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cLeftarrow'><span><code class="code">\Leftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLeftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21D0; Está implícito en la flecha izquierda de doble
+línea (relación). Similar: flecha izquierda de una sola
+línea&nbsp;<code class="code">\leftarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\leftharpoondown</code>
-<a name="index-_005cleftharpoondown"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\leftharpoondown</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cleftarrow'><span><code class="code">\leftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2190; Flecha izquierda de una sola línea (relación).
+Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\gets</code>. Similar: doble línea izquierda
+flecha&nbsp;<code class="code">\Leftarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\leftharpoonup</code>
-<a name="index-_005cleftharpoonup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\leftharpoonup</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cleftharpoondown'><span><code class="code">\leftharpoondown</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftharpoondown'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21BD; Arpón izquierdo de una línea, lengüeta
+debajo de la lengüeta (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Leftrightarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cLeftrightarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Leftrightarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cleftharpoonup'><span><code class="code">\leftharpoonup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftharpoonup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21BC; Arpón izquierdo de una línea, púa sobre
+barra (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Leftrightarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cLeftrightarrow-1"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Leftrightarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cLeftrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\Leftrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLeftrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21D4; Biimplicación; flecha de dos puntas de
+doble línea (relación). Similar: flecha de dos puntas de una sola
+línea&nbsp;<code class="code">\leftrightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\leq</code>
-<a name="index-_005cleq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\leq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cleftrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\leftrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleftrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2194; Flecha de dos puntas de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: doble línea flecha de dos
+puntas&nbsp;<code class="code">\Leftrightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lfloor</code>
-<a name="index-_005clfloor"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lfloor</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cleq'><span><code class="code">\leq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cleq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2264; Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo
+para&nbsp;<code class="code">\le</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lhd</code>
-<a name="index-_005clhd"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>(flecha apuntando hacia arriba a la izquierda) </p>
+<dt id='index-_005clfloor'><span><code class="code">\lfloor</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clfloor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x230A; Soporte de piso izquierdo
+(apertura). Coincidencia:&nbsp;<code class="code">\floor</code>.
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ll</code>
-<a name="index-_005cll"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ll</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code class="code">\lhd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clhd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25C1; Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la
+izquierda (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, debe cargar
+<code class="code">amssymb</code> y usa&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartriangleleft</code> (que es una
+relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lnot</code>
-<a name="index-_005clnot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lnot</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cll'><span><code class="code">\ll</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cll'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x226A; Mucho menos que (relación). Similar: mucho mayor
+que&nbsp;<code class="code">\gg</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\longleftarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005clongleftarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\longleftarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clnot'><span><code class="code">\lnot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clnot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x00AC; Negación lógica
+(común). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\neg</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\longleftrightarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005clongleftrightarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\longleftrightarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clongleftarrow'><span><code class="code">\longleftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clongleftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27F5; Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: largo flecha izquierda de doble
+línea&nbsp;<code class="code">\Longleftarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\longmapsto</code>
-<a name="index-_005clongmapsto"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\longmapsto</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clongleftrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\longleftrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clongleftrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27F7; Flecha larga de dos puntas de una sola
+línea (relación). Similar: larga doble línea flecha de dos
+puntas&nbsp;<code class="code">\Longleftrightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\longrightarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005clongrightarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\longrightarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clongmapsto'><span><code class="code">\longmapsto</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clongmapsto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27FC; Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea que
+comienza con una barra vertical (relación). Similar: versión más
+corta&nbsp;<code class="code">\mapsto</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lor</code>
-<a name="index-_005clor"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lor</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clongrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\longrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clongrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27F6; Flecha derecha larga de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: largo flecha derecha de doble
+línea&nbsp;<code class="code">\Longrightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\mapsto</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmapsto"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\mapsto</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clor'><span><code class="code">\lor</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2228; Lógico o (binario). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\vee</code>.
+Consulta también y&nbsp;lógico&nbsp;<code class="code">\land</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\mho</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmho"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\mid</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmid"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\mid</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cmapsto'><span><code class="code">\mapsto</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmapsto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21A6; Flecha izquierda de una sola línea que comienza con
+una barra vertical (relación). Similar: versión más
+larga&nbsp;<code class="code">\longmapsto</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\models</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmodels"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\models</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cmho'><span><code class="code">\mho</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmho'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2127; Conductancia, semicírculo omega mayúscula girada
+(común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\mp</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmp"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\mp</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cmid'><span><code class="code">\mid</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmid'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2223; Barra vertical de una línea (relación). Un uso típico
+de <code class="code">\mid</code> es para un conjunto <code class="code">\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Similar: <code class="code">\vert</code> y&nbsp;<code class="code">|</code> producen la misma línea única de
+símbolo de barra vertical pero sin ningún espacio (caen en la clase
+ordinarios) y no los debes usar como relaciones, sino solo como
+ordinales, es decir, símbolos de notas al pie. Para el valor
+absoluto, consulta la entrada para&nbsp;<code class="code">\vert</code> y por norma ve la
+entrada para&nbsp;<code class="code">\Vert</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\mu</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmu"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\mu</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cmodels'><span><code class="code">\models</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmodels'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22A8; Implica o satisface; torniquete doble, guión doble
+corto (relación). Similar: guión doble largo&nbsp;<code class="code">\vDash</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\nabla</code>
-<a name="index-_005cnabla"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\nabla</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cmp'><span><code class="code">\mp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2213; Menos o más (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\natural</code>
-<a name="index-_005cnatural"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\natural</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cmu'><span><code class="code">\mu</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmu'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03BC; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ne</code>
-<a name="index-_005cne"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ne</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cnabla'><span><code class="code">\nabla</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnabla'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2207; Operador del, o diferencial, de Hamilton
+(común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\nearrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cnearrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\nearrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cnatural'><span><code class="code">\natural</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnatural'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x266E; Notación musical natural (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\neg</code>
-<a name="index-_005cneg"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\neg</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cne'><span><code class="code">\ne</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cne'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2260; No es igual (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\neq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\neq</code>
-<a name="index-_005cneq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\neq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cnearrow'><span><code class="code">\nearrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnearrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2197; Flecha noreste (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ni</code>
-<a name="index-_005cni"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ni</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cneg'><span><code class="code">\neg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cneg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x00AC; Negación lógica (común).
+Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\lnot</code>. A veces, en cambio, se usa para
+negación:&nbsp;<code class="code">\sim</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\not</code>
-<a name="index-_005cnot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Superpone una / al siguiente operador, tal como <em>\not=</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005cneq'><span><code class="code">\neq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cneq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2260; No es igual (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\ne</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\notin</code>
-<a name="index-_005cnotin"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ni</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cni'><span><code class="code">\ni</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cni'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x220B; Membresía reflejada épsilon; tiene el miembro
+(relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\owns</code>. Similar: es un miembro
+de&nbsp;<code class="code">\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\nu</code>
-<a name="index-_005cnu"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\nu</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cnot'><span><code class="code">\not</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x0020;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sólido largo, o barra oblicua, que se usa para
+tachar un siguiente operador (relación).
+</p>
+<p>Muchos operadores negados están disponibles que no requieren
+<code class="code">\not</code>, particularmente con el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>. Por
+ejemplo, <code class="code">\notin</code> es tipográficamente preferible a
+<code class="code">\not\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\nwarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cnwarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\nwarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cnotin'><span><code class="code">\notin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnotin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2209; No es un elemento de (relación). Similar: no
+subconjunto de&nbsp;<code class="code">\nsubseteq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\odot</code>
-<a name="index-_005codot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\odot</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cnu'><span><code class="code">\nu</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnu'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03BD; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\oint</code>
-<a name="index-_005coint"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\oint</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cnwarrow'><span><code class="code">\nwarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnwarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2196; Flecha noroeste (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Omega</code>
-<a name="index-_005cOmega"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Omega</em>
+<dt id='index-_005codot'><span><code class="code">\odot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005codot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2299; Punto dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar: de
+tamaño variable operador&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigodot</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\omega</code>
-<a name="index-_005comega"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\omega</em>
+<dt id='index-_005coint'><span><code class="code">\oint</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coint'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x222E; Integral de contorno, integral con círculo en el
+medio (operador).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ominus</code>
-<a name="index-_005cominus"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ominus</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cOmega'><span><code class="code">\Omega</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cOmega'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03A9; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\oplus</code>
-<a name="index-_005coplus"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\oplus</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005comega'><span><code class="code">\omega</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005comega'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C9; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\oslash</code>
-<a name="index-_005coslash"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\oslash</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cominus'><span><code class="code">\ominus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cominus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2296; Signo menos, o guión, dentro de un círculo
+(binario).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\otimes</code>
-<a name="index-_005cotimes"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\otimes</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005coplus'><span><code class="code">\oplus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coplus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2295; Signo más dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar:
+de tamaño variable operador&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigoplus</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\owns</code>
-<a name="index-_005cowns"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\owns</em>
+<dt id='index-_005coslash'><span><code class="code">\oslash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coslash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2298; Solidus, o slash, dentro de un círculo (binario).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\parallel</code>
-<a name="index-_005cparallel"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\parallel</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cotimes'><span><code class="code">\otimes</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cotimes'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2297; Signo de tiempo, o cruz, dentro de un círculo
+(binario). Similar: operador de tamaño
+variable&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigotimes</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\partial</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpartial"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\partial</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cowns'><span><code class="code">\owns</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cowns'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x220B; épsilon de membresía reflejada; tiene el miembro
+(relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\ni</code>. Similar: es un miembro
+de&nbsp;<code class="code">\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\perp</code>
-<a name="index-_005cperp"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\perp</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cparallel'><span><code class="code">\parallel</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cparallel'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2225; Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\|</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\phi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cphi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\phi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cpartial'><span><code class="code">\partial</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpartial'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2202; Diferencial parcial (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Pi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cPi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Pi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cperp'><span><code class="code">\perp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cperp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27C2; Perpendicular (relación). Similar:&nbsp;<code class="code">\bot</code>
+usa el mismo glifo pero el espaciado es diferente porque está en la
+clase común.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\pi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\pi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cPhi'><span><code class="code">\Phi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPhi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03A6; Letra griega mayúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\pm</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpm"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\pm</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cphi'><span><code class="code">\phi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cphi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03D5; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <code class="code">\varphi</code>&nbsp;&#x03C6;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\prec</code>
-<a name="index-_005cprec"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\prec</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cPi'><span><code class="code">\Pi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03A0; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\preceq</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpreceq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\preceq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cpi'><span><code class="code">\pi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C0; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <code class="code">\varpi</code>&nbsp;&#x03D6;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\prime</code>
-<a name="index-_005cprime"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\prime</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cpm'><span><code class="code">\pm</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpm'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x00B1; Más o menos (binario).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\prod</code>
-<a name="index-_005cprod"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\prod</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cprec'><span><code class="code">\prec</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cprec'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x227A; Precede (relación). Similar: menor que&nbsp;<code class="code">&lt;</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\propto</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpropto"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\propto</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cpreceq'><span><code class="code">\preceq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpreceq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2AAF; Precede o es igual a (relación). Similar: menor que
+o igual a&nbsp;<code class="code">\leq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Psi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cPsi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Psi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cprime'><span><code class="code">\prime</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cprime'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2032; Prime, o minuto en una expresión de tiempo
+(común). Normalmente se usa como un superíndice:
+<code class="code">$f^\prime$</code>; <code class="code">$f^\prime$</code> y <code class="code">$f'$</code> producen el mismo
+resultado. Una ventaja del segundo es que <code class="code">$f'''$</code> produce el
+símbolo deseado, es decir, el mismo resultado como
+<code class="code">$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</code>, pero usa bastante menos
+mecanografía. Solo puedes usar <code class="code">\prime</code> en modo math. Usando la
+comilla derecha simple&nbsp;<code class="code">'</code> en modo texto produce un carácter
+diferente (apóstrofe).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\psi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpsi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\psi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cprod'><span><code class="code">\prod</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cprod'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x220F; Producto (operador).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rangle</code>
-<a name="index-_005crangle"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rangle</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cpropto'><span><code class="code">\propto</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpropto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x221D; Es proporcional a (relación)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rbrace</code>
-<a name="index-_005crbrace"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rbrace</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cPsi'><span><code class="code">\Psi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPsi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03A8; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rbrack</code>
-<a name="index-_005crbrack"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rbrack</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cpsi'><span><code class="code">\psi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpsi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C8; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rceil</code>
-<a name="index-_005crceil"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rceil</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005crangle'><span><code class="code">\rangle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crangle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x27E9; Ángulo recto, o secuencia, corchete (cierre).
+Similar: mayor que&nbsp;<code class="code">&gt;</code>. Coincidencia:<code class="code">\langle</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Re</code>
-<a name="index-_005cRe"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Re</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crbrace'><span><code class="code">\rbrace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crbrace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x007D; Llave derecha (de
+cierre). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\}</code>. Coincide con&nbsp;<code class="code">\lbrace</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rfloor</code>
-<a name="index-_005crfloor"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rfloor</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crbrack'><span><code class="code">\rbrack</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crbrack'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x005D; Corchete derecho (de
+cierre). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">]</code>. Coincide con&nbsp;<code class="code">\lbrack</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rhd</code>
-<a name="index-_005crhd"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>(operación binaria) </p>
+<dt id='index-_005crceil'><span><code class="code">\rceil</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crceil'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2309; Soporte de techo derecho (cierre). Coincide
+con&nbsp;<code class="code">\lceil</code>.
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rho</code>
-<a name="index-_005crho"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rho</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cRe'><span><code class="code">\Re</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRe'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x211C; Parte real, números reales, R mayúscula cursiva
+(común). Relacionado: doble línea o negrita de pizarra,
+R&nbsp;<code class="code">\mathbb{R}</code>; acceder esto, carga el paquete
+<code class="code">amsfonts</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Rightarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cRightarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Rightarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code class="code">\restriction</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crestriction'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21BE;, Restricción de una función (relación). Sinónimo:
+<code class="code">\upharpoonright</code>. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rightarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005crightarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rightarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code class="code">\revemptyset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crevemptyset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x29B0;, Símbolo de conjunto vacío invertido (común).
+Relacionado: <code class="code">\varnothing</code>. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <samp class="file">stix</samp>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rightharpoondown</code>
-<a name="index-_005crightharpoondown"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rightharpoondown</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crfloor'><span><code class="code">\rfloor</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crfloor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x230B; Soporte de piso derecho, un corchete derecho con el
+corte superior apagado (cierre). Coincide con&nbsp;<code class="code">\lfloor</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rightharpoonup</code>
-<a name="index-_005crightharpoonup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rightharpoonup</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code class="code">\rhd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crhd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25C1; Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la
+derecha (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar,
+debes cargar <code class="code">amssymb</code> y use&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartriangleright</code>
+(que es una relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\rightleftharpoons</code>
-<a name="index-_005crightleftharpoons"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\rightleftharpoons</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crho'><span><code class="code">\rho</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crho'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C1; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <code class="code">\varrho</code>&nbsp;&#x03F1;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\searrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005csearrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\searrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cRightarrow'><span><code class="code">\Rightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21D2; Implica, flecha de doble línea hacia la derecha
+(relación). Similar: flecha derecha de una sola
+línea&nbsp;<code class="code">\rightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\setminus</code>
-<a name="index-_005csetminus"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\setminus</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005crightarrow'><span><code class="code">\rightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2192; Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la
+derecha (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\to</code>. Similar: línea doble
+fecha derecha&nbsp;<code class="code">\Rightarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sharp</code>
-<a name="index-_005csharp"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sharp</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crightharpoondown'><span><code class="code">\rightharpoondown</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightharpoondown'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21C1; Arpón que apunta hacia la derecha con
+lengüeta debajo de la línea (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Sigma</code>
-<a name="index-_005cSigma"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Sigma</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crightharpoonup'><span><code class="code">\rightharpoonup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightharpoonup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21C0; Arpón apuntando a la derecha con lengüeta
+sobre el línea (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sigma</code>
-<a name="index-_005csigma"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sigma</em>
+<dt id='index-_005crightleftharpoons'><span><code class="code">\rightleftharpoons</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crightleftharpoons'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21CC; Arpón derecho arriba arpón izquierdo
+abajo (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sim</code>
-<a name="index-_005csim"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sim</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csearrow'><span><code class="code">\searrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csearrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2198; Flecha que apunta al sureste (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\simeq</code>
-<a name="index-_005csimeq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\simeq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csetminus'><span><code class="code">\setminus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csetminus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x29F5; Establecer diferencia, solido inverso o barra
+invertida, como \ (binario). Similar: barra
+inversa&nbsp;<code class="code">\backslash</code> y también <code class="code">\textbackslash</code> fuera
+del modo matemático.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\smallint</code>
-<a name="index-_005csmallint"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\smallint</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csharp'><span><code class="code">\sharp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csharp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x266F; Sostenido musical (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\smile</code>
-<a name="index-_005csmile"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\smile</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005cSigma'><span><code class="code">\Sigma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cSigma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03A3; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\spadesuit</code>
-<a name="index-_005cspadesuit"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\spadesuit</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csigma'><span><code class="code">\sigma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csigma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C3; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma
+variante es <code class="code">\varsigma</code>&nbsp;&#x03C2;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sqcap</code>
-<a name="index-_005csqcap"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sqcap</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005csim'><span><code class="code">\sim</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csim'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x223C; Similar, en una relación (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sqcup</code>
-<a name="index-_005csqcup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sqcup</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005csimeq'><span><code class="code">\simeq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csimeq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2243; Similar o igual a, en una relación (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sqsubset</code>
-<a name="index-_005csqsubset"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>(relación) </p>
+<dt id='index-_005csmallint'><span><code class="code">\smallint</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csmallint'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x222B; Signo integral que no cambia a un tamaño mayor en
+una pantalla (operador).
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sqsubseteq</code>
-<a name="index-_005csqsubseteq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sqsubseteq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csmile'><span><code class="code">\smile</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csmile'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2323; Arco curvo hacia arriba, sonrisa (normal).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sqsupset</code>
-<a name="index-_005csqsupset"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>(relación) </p>
+<dt id='index-_005cspadesuit'><span><code class="code">\spadesuit</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cspadesuit'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2660; Palo de cartas de espadas (común).
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sqsupseteq</code>
-<a name="index-_005csqsupseteq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sqsupseteq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csqcap'><span><code class="code">\sqcap</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqcap'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2293; Símbolo de intersección cuadrada (binario). Similar:
+intersección&nbsp;<code class="code">cap</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\star</code>
-<a name="index-_005cstar"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\star</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005csqcup'><span><code class="code">\sqcup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqcup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2294; Símbolo de unión cuadrada (binario). Similar:
+unión&nbsp;<code class="code">cup</code>. Relacionado: de tamaño variable
+operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigsqcup</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\subset</code>
-<a name="index-_005csubset"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\subset</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code class="code">\sqsubset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqsubset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x228F;, símbolo de subconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+subconjunto&nbsp;<code class="code">\subset</code>. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\subseteq</code>
-<a name="index-_005csubseteq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\subseteq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code class="code">\sqsubseteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqsubseteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2291; Subconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual
+(binario). Similar: subconjunto o igual a&nbsp;<code class="code">\subseteq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\succ</code>
-<a name="index-_005csucc"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\succ</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code class="code">\sqsupset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqsupset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2290;, símbolo de superconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+superconjunto&nbsp;<code class="code">\supset</code>. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\succeq</code>
-<a name="index-_005csucceq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\succeq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code class="code">\sqsupseteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csqsupseteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2292; Superconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual
+(binario). Similar: superconjunto o igual&nbsp;<code class="code">\supseteq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sum</code>
-<a name="index-_005csum"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sum</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cstar'><span><code class="code">\star</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cstar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22C6; Estrella de cinco puntas, a veces utilizada como
+binario general pero a veces reservado para la correlación cruzada
+(binario). Similar: los sinónimos asterisco&nbsp;<code class="code">*</code> y
+<code class="code">\ast</code>, que son de seis puntas, y más a menudo aparecen como un
+superíndice o subíndice, como con la estrella Kleene.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\supset</code>
-<a name="index-_005csupset"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\supset</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csubset'><span><code class="code">\subset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csubset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2282; Subconjunto (ocasionalmente, está implícito en)
+(relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\supseteq</code>
-<a name="index-_005csupseteq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\supseteq</em> (relación)
+<dt id='index-_005csubseteq'><span><code class="code">\subseteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csubseteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2286; Subconjunto o igual a (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\surd</code>
-<a name="index-_005csurd"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\surd</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csucc'><span><code class="code">\succ</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csucc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x227B; Viene después, tiene éxito (relación). Similar: es
+menos que&nbsp;<code class="code">&gt;</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\swarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cswarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\swarrow</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csucceq'><span><code class="code">\succeq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csucceq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2AB0; Tiene éxito o es igual a (relación). Similar: menos
+que o igual a&nbsp;<code class="code">\leq</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\tau</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctau"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\tau</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csum'><span><code class="code">\sum</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csum'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2211; Sumatoria (operador). Similar: capital griega
+sigma&nbsp;<code class="code">\Sigma</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\theta</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctheta"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\theta</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csupset'><span><code class="code">\supset</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csupset'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2283; Superconjunto (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\times</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctimes"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\times</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005csupseteq'><span><code class="code">\supseteq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csupseteq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2287; Superconjunto o igual a (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\to</code>
-<a name="index-_005cto"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\to</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csurd'><span><code class="code">\surd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csurd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x221A; Símbolo radical (común). El comando LaTeX
+<code class="code">\sqrt{...}</code> escribe la raíz cuadrada del argumento, con una
+barra que se extiende para cubrir el argumento.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\top</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctop"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\top</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cswarrow'><span><code class="code">\swarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cswarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2199; Flecha que apunta al suroeste (relación).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\triangle</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctriangle"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\triangle</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ctau'><span><code class="code">\tau</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctau'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C4; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\triangleleft</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctriangleleft"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\triangleleft</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005ctheta'><span><code class="code">\theta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctheta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B8; Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma
+variante es <code class="code">\vartheta</code>&nbsp;&#x03D1;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\triangleright</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctriangleright"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\triangleright</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005ctimes'><span><code class="code">\times</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctimes'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x00D7; Signo de multiplicación de escuela primaria
+(binario). Ve también&nbsp;<code class="code">\cdot</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\unlhd</code>
-<a name="index-_005cunlhd"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>punta de flecha apuntando hacia la izquierda con una línea debajo
-(operación binaria) </p>
+<dt id='index-_005cto'><span><code class="code">\to</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cto'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2192; Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la derecha
+(relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\rightarrow</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctop'><span><code class="code">\top</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctop'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22A4; Arriba, elemento más grande de un conjunto
+parcialmente ordenado (común). Consulta también&nbsp;<code class="code">\bot</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctriangle'><span><code class="code">\triangle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctriangle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25B3; Triángulo (común).
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\unrhd</code>
-<a name="index-_005cunrhd"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>punta de flecha apuntando hacia la derecha con línea debajo
-(operación binaria) </p>
+<dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code class="code">\triangleleft</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctriangleleft'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25C1; Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta hacia la
+izquierda (binario). Similar:&nbsp;<code class="code">\lhd</code>. Para el símbolo de
+subgrupo normal que debe cargar <code class="code">amssymb</code> y
+usar&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartriangleleft</code> (que es una relación y por lo tanto
+proporciona un mejor espaciado).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code class="code">\triangleright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctriangleright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x25B7; Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta a la
+derecha (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar,
+debe cargar <code class="code">amssymb</code> y usar&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartriangleright</code>
+(que es una relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code class="code">\unlhd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cunlhd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22B4; Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta
+hacia la izquierda, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo
+(binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga <code class="code">amssymb</code>
+y usa&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartrianglelefteq</code> (que es una relación y por lo
+tanto da mejor espaciado).
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Uparrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cUparrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Uparrow</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code class="code">\unrhd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cunrhd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22B5; Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta
+hacia la derecha, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo
+(binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga <code class="code">amssymb</code>
+y usa&nbsp;<code class="code">\vartrianglerighteq</code> (que es una relación y por lo
+tanto da mejor espaciado).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\uparrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cuparrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\uparrow</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cUparrow'><span><code class="code">\Uparrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cUparrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21D1; Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba
+(relación). Similar: apuntando hacia arriba de una sola línea
+flecha&nbsp;<code class="code">\uparrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Updownarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cUpdownarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Updownarrow</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cuparrow'><span><code class="code">\uparrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cuparrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2191; Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia arriba,
+diverge (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia arriba
+flecha&nbsp;<code class="code">\Uparrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\updownarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005cupdownarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\updownarrow</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cUpdownarrow'><span><code class="code">\Updownarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cUpdownarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21D5; Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba
+y hacia abajo (relación). Similar: una sola línea apuntando hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\updownarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\uplus</code>
-<a name="index-_005cuplus"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\uplus</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cupdownarrow'><span><code class="code">\updownarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cupdownarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2195; Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo arrow&nbsp;<code class="code">\Updownarrow</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Upsilon</code>
-<a name="index-_005cUpsilon"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Upsilon</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code class="code">\upharpoonright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cupharpoonright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x21BE;, arpón levantado, con púa en el lado derecho
+(relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\restriction</code>.
+No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\upsilon</code>
-<a name="index-_005cupsilon"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\upsilon</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code class="code">\uplus</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cuplus'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x228E; Unión multiconjunto, un símbolo de unión con un
+símbolo más en el medio (binario). Similar:
+union&nbsp;<code class="code">\cup</code>. Relacionado: operador de tamaño
+variable&nbsp;<code class="code">\biguplus</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\varepsilon</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvarepsilon"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\varepsilon</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cUpsilon'><span><code class="code">\Upsilon</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cUpsilon'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03A5; letra griega mayúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\varphi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvarphi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\varphi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cupsilon'><span><code class="code">\upsilon</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cupsilon'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C5; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\varpi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvarpi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\varpi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cvarepsilon'><span><code class="code">\varepsilon</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarepsilon'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B5; Epsilon de script en letra minúscula
+(común). Esto es ampliamente utilizado en matemáticas que la
+forma épsilon semilunar no variante
+<code class="code">\epsilon</code>&nbsp;&#x03F5;. Relacionado: establece
+membresía&nbsp;<code class="code">\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\varrho</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvarrho"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\varrho</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code class="code">\vanothing</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvanothing'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2205;, Símbolo de conjunto vacío. Similar:
+<code class="code">\emptyset</code>. Relacionado:
+<code class="code">\revemptyset</code>. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete <code class="code">amssymb</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\varsigma</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvarsigma"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\varsigma</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code class="code">\varphi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarphi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C6; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code class="code">\phi</code>&nbsp;&#x03D5;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\vartheta</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvartheta"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\vartheta</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cvarpi'><span><code class="code">\varpi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarpi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03D6; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code class="code">\pi</code>&nbsp;&#x03C0;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\vdash</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvdash"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\vdash</em> (relation)
+<dt id='index-_005cvarrho'><span><code class="code">\varrho</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarrho'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03F1; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code class="code">\rho</code>&nbsp;&#x03C1;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\vee</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvee"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\vee</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cvarsigma'><span><code class="code">\varsigma</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvarsigma'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03C2; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code class="code">\sigma</code>&nbsp;&#x03C3;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Vert</code>
-<a name="index-_005cVert"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Vert</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cvartheta'><span><code class="code">\vartheta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvartheta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03D1; Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code class="code">\theta</code>&nbsp;&#x03B8;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\vert</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvert"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\vert</em> (delimitador)
+<dt id='index-_005cvdash'><span><code class="code">\vdash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvdash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x22A2; Demostrable; torniquete, vertical y un guión
+(relación). Similar: torniquete giró un
+semicírculo&nbsp;<code class="code">\dashv</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\wedge</code>
-<a name="index-_005cwedge"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\wedge</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cvee'><span><code class="code">\vee</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvee'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2228; Lógico o; una forma de v hacia abajo (binario).
+Relacionado: y lógico&nbsp;<code class="code">\wedge</code>. Similar: de tamaño
+variable operator&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigvee</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\wp</code>
-<a name="index-_005cwp"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\wp</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cVert'><span><code class="code">\Vert</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cVert'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2016; Doble barra vertical (común). Véase <a class="xref" href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a>,
+sobre cómo usar el paquete <code class="code">mathtools</code> para crear símbolos de
+norma.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\wr</code>
-<a name="index-_005cwr"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\wr</em> (operación binaria)
+<dt id='index-_005cvert'><span><code class="code">\vert</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvert'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x007C; Barra vertical de una sola línea (común). Para &ldquo;tal
+que&rdquo;, como en la definición de un conjunto, usa&nbsp;<code class="code">\mid</code>
+porque es una relación Véase <a class="xref" href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a>, para saber cómo usar el
+paquete <code class="code">mathtools</code> para crear símbolos de valor absoluto de
+tamaño flexible.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Xi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cXi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Xi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cwedge'><span><code class="code">\wedge</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwedge'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2227; y lógico (binario). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code class="code">\land</code>.
+Ve también or lógico <code class="code">\vee</code>. Similar: operator de tamaño
+variable&nbsp;<code class="code">\bigwedge</code>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\xi</code>
-<a name="index-_005cxi"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\xi</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cwp'><span><code class="code">\wp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2118; Weierstrass p (común).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\zeta</code>
-<a name="index-_005czeta"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\zeta</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cwr'><span><code class="code">\wr</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwr'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x2240; Producto de guirnalda (binario).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cXi'><span><code class="code">\Xi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cXi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x039E; letra griega mayúscula (común).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cxi'><span><code class="code">\xi</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cxi'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03BE; Letra griega minúscula (común).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005czeta'><span><code class="code">\zeta</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005czeta'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>&#x03B6; Letra griega minúscula (común).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<p>Los siguientes símbolos se usan con mayor frecuencia en texto sin
+formato, pero LaTeX proporciona versiones para usar en texto
+matemático.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cmathdollar'><span><code class="code">\mathdollar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathdollar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Signo de dólar en modo matemático: $.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathparagraph'><span><code class="code">\mathparagraph</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathparagraph'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Signo de párrafo (pilcrow) en modo matemático, &#x00B6;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathsection'><span><code class="code">\mathsection</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathsection'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Signo de sección en modo math: &#x00A7;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathsterling'><span><code class="code">\mathsterling</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathsterling'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Signo esterlina en modo matemático: &pound;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathunderscore'><span><code class="code">\mathunderscore</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathunderscore'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Guión bajo en modo matemático: _.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Flechas" accesskey="1">Flechas</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> y <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Pizarra-negra" accesskey="3">Pizarra negra</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Caligr_00e1fico" accesskey="4">Caligráfico</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Delimitadores" accesskey="5">Delimitadores</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Puntos" accesskey="6">Puntos, horizontales o verticales</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Letras-griegas" accesskey="7">Letras griegas</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Flechas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> y <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Símbolos matemáticos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Flechas-1">16.2.1 Flechas</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flechas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolos_002c-flechas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math_002c-flechas"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsfonts-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsfonts-package-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-latexsym"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-latexsym-package"></a>
+<p>Estas son las flechas que
+vienen con LaTeX estándar. Los paquetes <code class="code">latexsym</code> y
+<code class="code">amsfonts</code> contienen muchos más.
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<thead><tr><th width="10%">Símbolo</th><th width="40%">Comando</th><th width="50%"></th></tr></thead>
+<tbody><tr><td width="10%">&#x021D3;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Downarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02193;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\downarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021A9;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\hookleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021AA;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\hookrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x2190;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\leftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D0;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Leftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D4;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Leftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02194;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\leftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F5;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\longleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F8;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Longleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F7;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\longleftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027FA;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Longleftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027FC;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\longmapsto</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F9;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Longrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x027F6;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\longrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021A6;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\mapsto</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02197;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\nearrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02196;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\nwarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D2;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Rightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02192;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\rightarrow</code>, o <code class="code">\to</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02198;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\searrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02199;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\swarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02191;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\uparrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D1;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Uparrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x02195;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\updownarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x021D5;</td><td width="40%"><code class="code">\Updownarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>Un ejemplo de la diferencia entre <code class="code">\to</code> y <code class="code">\mapsto</code> es:
+<code class="code">\( f\colon D\to C \) dado por \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amscd"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amscd-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tikz_002dcd-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amscd-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amscd-package-1"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tikz_002dcd-package-1"></a>
+<p>Para diagramas conmutativos hay una serie de
+paquetes, incluyendo <code class="code">tikz-cd</code> y <code class="code">amscd</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Pizarra-negra" accesskey="n" rel="next">Pizarra negra</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Flechas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Flechas</a>, Subir: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Símbolos matemáticos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath-1">16.2.2 <code class="code">\boldmath</code> y <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cboldmath"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cunboldmath"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cboldmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cunboldmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-matematicas-en-negrita"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-matematicas_002c-negrita-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis (usada en modo párrafo o modo LR):
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\boldmath \( <var class="var">math</var> \)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\unboldmath \( <var class="var">math</var> \)
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cboldmath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cunboldmath-1"></a>
+<p>Declaraciones para cambiar las letras y símbolos en <var class="var">math</var> para
+estar en un tipo de letra en negrita, o para anular eso y traer de
+vuelta el predeterminado (sin negrita), respectivamente. Se deben usar
+cuando <em class="emph">no</em> está en modo math o el modo <code class="code">display math</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). Ambos comandos son frágiles (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, cada comando <code class="code">\boldmath</code> tiene lugar dentro de
+un <code class="code">\mbox</code>,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">tenemos $\mbox{\boldmath \(v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \(u \)$}$
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>lo cual significa que <code class="code">\boldmath</code> solo se llama en modo texto,
+aquí LR y explica por qué debemos cambiar LaTeX al modo math para
+establecer <code class="code">v</code> y <code class="code">u</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Si usas cualquiera de los comandos dentro del <code class="code">modo math</code>, como
+con <code class="code">Problema: \( \boldmath x \)</code>, entonces obtienes algo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia de letras LaTeX: Comando \boldmath no válido en
+modo math</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia de tipo de letra LaTeX: Comando
+\mathversion inválido en modo math</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#bm" accesskey="1"><code class="code">bm</code>: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita" accesskey="2">Math OpenType en negrita</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="bm">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math OpenType en negrita</a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> y <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="bm_003a-Simbolos-matematicos-individuales-en-negrita">16.2.2.1 <code class="code">bm</code>: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-bm"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-bm-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolos_002c-negrita"></a>
+
+<p>Especificar <code class="code">\boldmath</code> es el mejor método para componer una
+expresión matemática en negrita. Pero para componer tipográficamente
+símbolos individuales dentro de una expresión en negrita, el paquete
+<code class="code">bm</code> proporcionado por el equipo del proyecto LaTeX es
+mejor. Su uso está fuera del alcance de este documento (consulta su
+documentación en <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bm">https://ctan.org/pkg/bm</a> o en tu instalación)
+pero el espacio en la salida de este pequeño ejemplo mostrará que es
+una mejora sobre <code class="code">\boldmath</code> dentro de una expresión:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{bm} % en el preámbulo
+...
+tenemos $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$
+</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="Math-OpenType-en-negrita">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Acentos Matemáticos</a>, Previous: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Símbolos Matemáticos</a>, Up: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#bm" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">bm</code>: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita</a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> y <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="Math-OpenType-en-negrita-1">16.2.2.2 Math OpenType en negrita</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fontspec-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fontspec-package-1"></a>
+
+
+<p>Desafortunadamente, al usar los motores Unicode (XeLaTeX,
+LuaLaTeX), ni <code class="code">\boldmath</code> ni <code class="code">bm</code> suelen funcionar
+bien, porque los tipos de letra matemáticos de OpenType que
+normalmente se usan con esos motores rara vez vienen con un compañero
+en negrita, y tanto <code class="code">\boldmath</code> como <code class="code">bm</code> lo requieren.
+(La implementación de <code class="code">bm</code> se basa en <code class="code">\boldmath</code>, por lo
+que los requisitos son los mismos). Si tienes un tipo de letra
+matemático en negrita, entonces <code class="code">\boldmath</code> y el <code class="code">bm</code>
+funcionan bien.
+</p>
+<p>Si no hay tal tipo de letra disponible, una alternativa es construir
+un tipo de letra en negrita falso con el parámetro <code class="code">FakeBold=1</code>
+del paquete <code class="code">fontspec</code> (consulta su documentación,
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec">https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec</a>). Esto puede ser aceptable para
+redacción o distribución informal, pero los resultados están lejos de
+ser una verdadera negrita.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unicode_002dmath-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csymbf"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csymbfit"></a>
+<p>Otra alternativa al manejo de negrita para tipos de letra matemáticos
+OpenType es usar el <code class="code">\symbf</code> (negrita), <code class="code">\symbfit</code> (negrita
+y cursiva) y comandos relacionados del paquete <code class="code">unicode-math</code>.
+Estos no cambian el tipo de letra actual, sino que cambian el
+&quot;alfabeto&quot; (Unicode) usado, que en la práctica es más compatible que
+un tipo de letra en negrita separado. Son posibles muchas
+variaciones, por lo que hay sutilezas para obtener la salida deseada.
+Como de costumbre, consulta la documentación del paquete
+(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math">https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math</a>).
+</p>
+<hr>
</div>
-<a name="Funciones-Matematicas"></a>
-<h3 class="section">17.3 Funciones Matemáticas</h3>
-<a name="index-funciones-matematicas"></a>
-<a name="index-funciones_002c-matematicas"></a>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Pizarra-negra">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Caligr_00e1fico" accesskey="n" rel="next">Caligráfico</a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\boldmath</code> y <code class="code">\unboldmath</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Símbolos matemáticos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Pizarra-negra-1">16.2.3 Pizarra negra</h4>
-<p>Estas instrucciones producen nombres de función romanos en modo math con
-el espaciado adecuado.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pizarra-en-negrita"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-doblemente-sorprendido"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{amssymb} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\mathbb{<var class="var">uppercase-letter</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Proporciona símbolos en negrita de pizarra, a veces también conocidos
+como letras doublestruck, usadas para denotar conjuntos de números
+como los números naturales, los enteros, etc.
+</p>
+<p>Aquí
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>el <code class="code">\mathbb{N}</code> da el símbolo de pizarra en negrita
+&#x2115;, representación de los números naturales.
+</p>
+<p>Si el argumento contiene algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, no
+obtienes un error, pero obtienes resultados extraños, incluidos
+caracteres inesperados.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\arccos</code>
-<a name="index-_005carccos"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\arccos</em>
+<p>Hay paquetes que dan acceso a otros símbolos además de las letras
+mayúsculas; mira en CTAN.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Caligr_00e1fico">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Delimitadores" accesskey="n" rel="next">Delimitadores</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Pizarra-negra" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Pizarra negra</a>, Subir: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Símbolos matemáticos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Caligrafico">16.2.4 Caligráfico</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipos-de-letra-caligraficas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipos-de-letra-script"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tipos-de-letra_002c-script"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\mathcal{<var class="var">letras-mayúsculas</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Utiliza un tipo de letra como el tipo script.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, el identificador del gráfico se genera en letra
+cursiva.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Sea la gráfica \( \mathcal{G} \).
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si usa algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, entonces no obtienes un
+error, pero tampoco obtienes una salida caligráfica matemática. Por
+ejemplo, <code class="code">\mathcal{g}</code> genera un símbolo de llave de cierre.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Delimitadores">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Puntos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Puntos, horizontales o verticales</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Caligr_00e1fico" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Caligráfico</a>, Subir: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Símbolos matemáticos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Delimitadores-1">16.2.5 Delimitadores</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-delimitadores"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parentesis"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-corchetes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-llaves"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-soportes"></a>
+
+<p>Los delimitadores son paréntesis, llaves u otros caracteres que se
+utilizan para marcar el inicio y el final de las subfórmulas. Esta
+fórmula tiene tres conjuntos de paréntesis que delimitan las tres
+subfórmulas.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>No es necesario que los delimitadores coincidan, por lo que puedes
+ingresar <code class="code">\( [0,1) \)</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Estos son los delimitadores comunes.:
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<thead><tr><th width="11%">Delimitador</th><th width="20%">Comando</th><th width="40%">Nombre</th></tr></thead>
+<tbody><tr><td width="11%">(</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">(</code></td><td width="40%">Paréntesis izquierdo</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">)</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">)</code></td><td width="40%">Paréntesis derecho</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">\}</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">{</code> o <code class="code">\lbrace</code></td><td width="40%">Llave izquierda</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">\{</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">}</code> o <code class="code">\rbrace</code></td><td width="40%">Llave derecha</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">[</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">[</code> o <code class="code">\lbrack</code></td><td width="40%">Corchete izquierdo</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">]</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">]</code> o <code class="code">\rbrack</code></td><td width="40%">Corchete derecho</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x230A;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\lfloor</code></td><td width="40%">Left floor bracket</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x230B;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\rfloor</code></td><td width="40%">Soporte de piso derecho</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x2308;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\lceil</code></td><td width="40%">Soporte superior izquierdo</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x2309;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\rceil</code></td><td width="40%">Soporte superior derecho</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x27E8;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\langle</code></td><td width="40%">Paréntesis angular
+izquierdo</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x27E9;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\rangle</code></td><td width="40%">Soporte angular derecho</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">/</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">/</code></td><td width="40%">Barra o barra inclinada</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">\</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\backslash</code></td><td width="40%">Barra invertida o barra invertida</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">|</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">|</code> o <code class="code">\vert</code></td><td width="40%">Barra vertical</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="11%">&#x2016;</td><td width="20%"><code class="code">\|</code> o <code class="code">\Vert</code></td><td width="40%">Barra vertical doble</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-1"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">mathtools</code> te permite crear
+comandos para pares delimitadores. Por ejemplo, si pones
+<code class="code">\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code> en tu preámbulo
+entonces obtienes dos comandos para barras verticales de una sola
+línea (solo funcionan en modo matemático). La forma con estrella,
+como <code class="code">\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, tiene la altura de las barras
+verticales coincide con la altura del argumento. La forma sin
+estrella, como <code class="code">\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, tiene las barras fijas
+a una altura predeterminada. Esta forma acepta un argumento opcional,
+como en el <code class="code">\abs[<var class="var">comando size</var>]{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, donde
+la altura de las barras se da en <var class="var">comando size</var>, como
+<code class="code">\Bigg</code>. Usando en su lugar <code class="code">\lVert</code> y <code class="code">\rVert</code> como
+símbolos te darán un símbolo de norma con el mismo comportamiento.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\left</code> y <code class="code">\right</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</a>, Subir: <a href="#Delimitadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimitadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright-1">16.2.5.1 <code class="code">\left</code> y <code class="code">\right</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cleft"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cright"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cleft"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cright_007c"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-delimitadores_002c-emparejados"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-delimitadores-emparejados"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parentesis-coincidentes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-corchetes-coincidentes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-delimitador-nulo"></a>
+
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\left <var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \right <var class="var">delimiter2</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Crea paréntesis, llaves u otros delimitadores coincidentes. LaTeX
+hace los delimitadores lo suficientemente altos como para cubrir el
+tamaño de la fórmula que ellos encierran.
+</p>
+<p>Esto crea un vector unitario rodeado por paréntesis lo suficientemente
+alto como para cubrir las entradas.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \left(\begin{array}{c}
+ 1 \\
+ 0 \\
+ \end{array}\right)
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a>, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes.
+</p>
+<p>Cada <code class="code">\left</code> debe tener un <code class="code">\right</code> coincidente. En el
+ejemplo anterior, al omitir <code class="code">\left(</code> aparece el mensaje de error
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Extra \right</samp>&rsquo;. Omitir el <code class="code">\right)</code> obtiene &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No puedes
+usar `\eqno' en modo matemático</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-6"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-6"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-2"></a>
+<p>Sin embargo, <var class="var">delimiter1</var>
+y <var class="var">delimiter2</var> no necesitan coincidir. Una caso común es que
+deseas un aparato ortopédico sin igual, como se muestra a
+continuación. Usa un punto, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.</samp>&rsquo;, como <em class="dfn">delimitador nulo</em>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
+ 1 &amp;\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\
+ f(n-1)+3n^2 &amp;\mbox{--else}
+ \end{array}\right.
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ten en cuenta que para obtener una llave como delimitador, los debes
+prefijar con una barra invertida, <code class="code">\{</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a>). (Los paquetes <code class="code">amsmath</code> y <code class="code">mathtools</code>
+te permiten obtener la construcción anterior a través de un entorno
+<code class="code">cases</code>).
+</p>
+<p>El par <code class="code">\left ... \right</code> forma un grupo. Una consecuencia es
+que la fórmula encerrada en el par <code class="code">\left ... \right</code> no puede
+tener saltos de línea en la salida. Esto incluye saltos de línea
+manuales y automáticos generados por LaTeX. En este ejemplo,
+LaTeX rompe la ecuación para que la fórmula se ajuste a los
+márgenes.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Pero con <code class="code">\left</code> y <code class="code">\right</code>
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>LaTeX no romperá la línea, lo que hará que la fórmula se extienda
+al margen.
+</p>
+<p>Porque <code class="code">\left ... \right</code> hace un grupo, todas las reglas de
+agrupación usuales se mantienen. Aquí, el valor de <code class="code">\testlength</code>
+establecido dentro de la ecuación se olvidará y la salida es
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">1.2pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right)
+ \the\testlength
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El par <code class="code">\left ... \right</code> afecta el espaciado horizontal de la
+fórmula adjunta, de dos maneras. La primera es que en <code class="code">\(
+\sin(x) = \sin\left(x\right) \)</code> el que está después del signo igual
+tiene más espacio alrededor del <code class="code">x</code>. Eso es porque <code class="code">\left(
+... \right)</code> inserta un nodo interno mientras que <code class="code">( ... )</code>
+inserta un nodo de apertura. La segunda forma en que el par afecta el
+espacio horizontal es que debido a que forman un grupo, la subfórmula
+adjunta se escribirá en su forma de ancho natural, sin estirar ni
+encoger para que la línea se ajuste mejor.
+</p>
+<p>TeX escala los delimitadores según la altura y la profundidad de la
+fórmula adjunta. Aquí LaTeX aumenta los corchetes para extender la
+altura de la integral.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right]
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El tamaño manual a menudo es mejor. Por ejemplo, aunque por debajo de
+la regla no tiene profundidad, TeX creará delimitadores que se
+extienden muy por debajo de la regla.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right)
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>TeX puede elegir delimitadores que son demasiado pequeños, como en
+<code class="code">\( \left| |x|+|y| \right| \)</code>. También puede elegir
+delimitadores demasiado grandes, como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \left( \sum_{0\leq i&lt;n} i^k \right)
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Un tercer caso incómodo es cuando una fórmula que se muestra durante
+mucho tiempo está en más de una línea y debe hacer coincidir los
+tamaños del delimitador de apertura y cierre; no puedes usar
+<code class="code">\left</code> en la primera línea y <code class="code">\right</code> en la última porque
+deben estar emparejados.
+</p>
+<p>Para cambiar manualmente el tamaño de los delimitadores, <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e"><code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</a>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsubsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\left</code> y <code class="code">\right</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Delimitadores" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimitadores</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsubsection" id="g_t_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e">16.2.5.2 <code class="code">\bigl</code>, <code class="code">\bigr</code>, etc.</h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbigl"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbigr"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigl"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigr"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bigl<var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var class="var">delimiter2</var>
+\Bigl<var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var class="var">delimiter2</var>
+\biggl<var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \biggr<var class="var">delimiter2</var>
+\Biggl<var class="var">delimiter1</var> ... \Biggr<var class="var">delimiter2</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>(como con <code class="code">\bigl[...\bigr]</code>; estrictamente hablando, no necesitan
+coincidir, ve más abajo), o uno de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bigm<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\Bigm<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\biggm<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\Biggm<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>(como con <code class="code">\bigm|</code>), o uno de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\big<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\Big<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\bigg<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+\Bigg<var class="var">delimiter</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>(como con <code class="code">\\big[</code>).
+</p>
+<p>Produce delimitadores de tamaño manual. Para delimitadores que son
+tamaño automático&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright"><code class="code">\left</code> y <code class="code">\right</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Esto produce barras verticales exteriores ligeramente más grandes.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Los comandos anteriores se enumeran en orden de tamaño creciente.
+Puedes usar el tamaño más pequeño como <code class="code">\bigl...\bigr</code> en un
+párrafo sin causar que LaTeX separe las líneas. Los tamaños más
+grandes están destinados para las ecuaciones mostradas.
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a>, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes. En la familia de comandos con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; o&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo;,
+<var class="var">delimiter1</var> y <var class="var">delimiter2</var> no necesita coincidir.
+</p>
+<p>Los comandos &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; producen delimitadores abiertos y
+cerrados que no insertan ningún espacio horizontal entre un átomo
+precedente y el delimitador, mientras que los comandos sin &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; y
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; insertan algunos espacios (porque cada delimitador se
+establece como una variable ordinaria). Compara estos dos.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{l}
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % bien
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % mal
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El tratamiento tipográfico tradicional está en la primera línea.
+Sobre la segunda línea, la salida tendrá algo de espacio extra entre
+la <code class="code">\sin</code> y el que apoya una moción paréntesis de apertura.
+</p>
+<p>Los comandos sin &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; o&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; dan el espacio correcto en
+algunas circunstancias, como con esta gran línea vertical
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-7"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-7"></a>
+
+<p>(muchos autores reemplazarían <code class="code">\frac</code> con el comando
+<code class="code">\tfrac</code> del paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>), y como con esta barra
+inclinada más grande.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>A diferencia del par <code class="code">\left...\right</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright"><code class="code">\left</code> y <code class="code">\right</code></a>),
+los comandos aquí con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">l</samp>&rsquo; o&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">r</samp>&rsquo; no forman un grupo.
+Estrictamente hablando, no es necesario que coincidan para que puedas
+escribir algo como esto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \Biggl[ \pi/6 ]
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Los comandos con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">m</samp>&rsquo; son para relaciones, que están en medio de
+fórmulas, como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i&lt;n}3i^2+4 \biggr\}
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Puntos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Letras-griegas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Letras griegas</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Delimitadores" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Delimitadores</a>, Subir: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Símbolos matemáticos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Puntos_002c-horizontales-o-verticales">16.2.6 Puntos, horizontales o verticales</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-puntos-suspensivos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-puntos"></a>
+
+<p>Las elipsis son los tres puntos (generalmente tres) que indican que un patrón
+continúa.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{array}{cccc}
+ a_{0,0} &amp;a_{0,1} &amp;a_{0,2} &amp;\ldots \\
+ a_{1,0} &amp;\ddots \\
+ \vdots
+\end{array}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>LaTeX proporciona estos.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="elipsis-cdots"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ccdots'><span><code class="code">\cdots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccdots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro de
+la línea, como en &#x22EF;. Usado como: <code class="code">\( a_0\cdot
+a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="elipsis-ddots"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cddots'><span><code class="code">\ddots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cddots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Puntos suspensivos diagonales, &#x22F1;. Ve el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior para un uso.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="elipsis-ldots"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cldots'><span><code class="code">\ldots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cldots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cmathellipsis'><span><code class="code">\mathellipsis</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathellipsis'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdots'><span><code class="code">\dots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Puntos suspensivos en la línea base, &#x2026;. Usado como:
+<code class="code">\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>. Otro ejemplo es el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior. Los sinónimos son <code class="code">\mathellipsis</code> y
+<code class="code">\dots</code>. Un sinónimo de el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code> es
+<code class="code">\hdots</code>.
+</p>
+<p>También puedes usar este comando fuera del texto matemático, como en
+<code class="code">Los engranajes, frenos, \ldots{} están todos rotos</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="elipsis-vdots"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cvdots'><span><code class="code">\vdots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvdots'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Puntos suspensivos verticales, &#x22EE;. Ve el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior para un uso.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\arcsin</code>
-<a name="index-_005carcsin"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\arcsin</em>
+</dl>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-ammath"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ammath-package"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code> tiene el comando
+<code class="code">\dots</code> para semánticamente marcar puntos suspensivos. Este
+ejemplo produce dos salidas de aspecto diferente para los dos primeros
+usos del comando <code class="code">\dots</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{amsmath} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+
+Supongamos que \( p_0, p_1, \dots, p_{n-1} \) enumera todos los
+números primos. Observa que \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_{n-1} +1
+ \) no es un múltiplo de cualquier \( p_i \).
+Conclusión: hay infinitos números primos \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdotsc"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdotsb"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdotsi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdot"></a>
+<p>En la primera línea, LaTeX busca la coma que sigue a <code class="code">\dots</code>
+para determinar que debe generar puntos suspensivos en la línea base.
+El segundo tiene un <code class="code">\cdot</code> después de <code class="code">\dots</code> por lo que
+LaTeX genera un puntos suspensivos que están en el eje matemático,
+centrados verticalmente. Sin embargo, el tercer uso no tiene un
+carácter de seguimiento, por lo que debes decirle a LaTeX qué
+hacer. Puedes usar uno de los comandos: <code class="code">\dotsc</code> si necesitas
+los puntos suspensivos apropiados para una coma después, <code class="code">\dotsb</code>
+si necesitas los puntos suspensivos que se ajustan cuando los puntos
+van seguidos de un operador binario o símbolo de relación,
+<code class="code">\dotsi</code> para puntos con integrales, o <code class="code">\dotso</code> para otros.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unicode_002dmath-package-1"></a>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\dots</code> de <code class="code">amsmath</code>
+difiere de otra manera del comando <code class="code">\dots</code> del kernel de
+LaTeX: emite un espacio delgado después de los puntos
+suspensivos. Además, el paquete <code class="code">unicode-math</code> automáticamente
+carga <code class="code">amsmath</code>, por lo que <code class="code">\dots</code> del <code class="code">amsmath</code>
+puede estar activo incluso cuando no lo cargaste explícitamente,
+cambiando así la salida de <code class="code">\dots</code> tanto en modo de texto como
+matemático.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-puntos-suspensivos_002c-en-Unicode-_0028U_002b2026_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-puntos-suspensivos_002c-tradicional-_0028tres-puntos_0029"></a>
+<p>Aún más sobre los comandos de puntos suspensivos: cuando se ejecuta
+bajo motores Unicode (<code class="code">lualatex</code>, <code class="code">xelatex</code>), LaTeX usará
+el carácter de puntos suspensivos Unicode (U+2026) en el tipo de
+letra, si está disponible; bajo motores TeX tradicionales
+(<code class="code">pdflatex</code>, <code class="code">latex</code>), compondrá tipográficamente tres
+puntos espaciados. En general, los puntos suspensivos Unicode de un
+solo carácter casi no tienen espacio entre los tres puntos, mientras
+que el espaciado de los puntos suspensivos no Unicode es más flexible,
+más de acuerdo con la tipografía tradicional.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Letras-griegas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Puntos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Puntos, horizontales o verticales</a>, Subir: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Símbolos matemáticos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Letras-griegas-1">16.2.7 Letras griegas</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Letras-griegas"></a>
+
+<p>Las versiones en mayúsculas de estas letras griegas solo se muestran
+cuando difieren de las mayúsculas romanas.
+</p>
+<table class="multitable">
+<thead><tr><th width="10%">Symbol</th><th width="30%">Command</th><th width="15%">Name</th><th width="45%"></th></tr></thead>
+<tbody><tr><td width="10%">&#x03B1;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\alpha</code></td><td width="15%">Alpha</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B2;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\beta</code></td><td width="15%">Beta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B3;, &#x0393;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\gamma</code>,
+<code class="code">\Gamma</code></td><td width="15%">Gamma</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B4;, &#x0394;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\delta</code>,
+<code class="code">\Delta</code></td><td width="15%">Delta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B5;, &#x03F5;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\varepsilon</code>, <code class="code">\epsilon</code></td><td width="15%">Epsilon</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B6;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\zeta</code></td><td width="15%">Zeta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B7;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\eta</code></td><td width="15%">Eta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B8;, &#x03D1;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\theta</code>,
+ <code class="code">\vartheta</code></td><td width="15%">Theta</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03B9;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\iota</code></td><td width="15%">Iota</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BA;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\kappa</code></td><td width="15%">Kappa</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BB;, &#x039B;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\lambda</code>,
+ <code class="code">\Lambda</code></td><td width="15%">Lambda</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BC;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\mu</code></td><td width="15%">Mu</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BD;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\nu</code></td><td width="15%">Nu</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03BE;, &#x039E;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\xi</code>, <code class="code">\Xi</code></td><td width="15%">Xi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C0;, &#x03A0;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\pi</code>, <code class="code">\Pi</code></td><td width="15%">Pi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C1;, &#x03F1;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\rho</code>,
+<code class="code">\varrho</code></td><td width="15%">Rho</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C3;, &#x03A3;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\sigma</code>,
+<code class="code">\Sigma</code></td><td width="15%">Sigma</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C4;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\tau</code></td><td width="15%">Tau</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03D5;, &#x03C6;, &#x03A6;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\phi</code>,
+ <code class="code">\varphi</code>, <code class="code">\Phi</code></td><td width="15%">Phi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C7;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\chi</code></td><td width="15%">chi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C8;, &#x03A8;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\psi</code>, <code class="code">\Psi</code></td><td width="15%">Psi</td></tr>
+<tr><td width="10%">&#x03C9;, &#x03A9;</td><td width="30%"><code class="code">\omega</code>,
+<code class="code">\Omega</code></td><td width="15%">Omega</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>Para ómicron, si estás utilizando la letra Computer Modern
+predeterminada de LaTeX luego ingresa ómicron como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">o</samp>&rsquo; o
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">O</samp>&rsquo;. Si te gusta tener el nombre o si tu letra muestra una
+diferencia, entonces puedes usar algo como
+<code class="code">\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. El paquete <code class="code">unicode-math</code>
+tiene <code class="code">\upomicron</code> para omicron vertical y <code class="code">\mitomicron</code>
+para matemáticas itálicas.
+</p>
+<p>Mientras que el símbolo de relación de pertenencia establecida
+&#x2208; generado por <code class="code">\in</code> está relacionado con epsilon,
+nunca se usa para una variable.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Acentos matemáticos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Símbolos matemáticos</a>, Subir: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas math</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Funciones-matematicas">16.3 Funciones matemáticas</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-funciones_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-funciones_002c-math"></a>
+
+<p>Estos comandos producen nombres de funciones romanas en modo
+matemático con espaciado.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005carccos'><span><code class="code">\arccos</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carccos'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>coseno inverso
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\arctan</code>
-<a name="index-_005carctan"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\arctan</em>
+<dt id='index-_005carcsin'><span><code class="code">\arcsin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carcsin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Seno inverso
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\arg</code>
-<a name="index-_005carg"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\arg</em>
+<dt id='index-_005carctan'><span><code class="code">\arctan</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carctan'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Tangente inversa
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bmod</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbmod"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Operador residuo binario (<em>x \bmod y</em>)
+<dt id='index-_005carg'><span><code class="code">\arg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005carg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Ángulo entre el eje real y un punto en el plano complejo
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\cos</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccos"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\cos</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cbmod'><span><code class="code">\bmod</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbmod'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Operador módulo binario, usado como en <code class="code">\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code>
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\cosh</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccosh"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\cosh</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ccos'><span><code class="code">\cos</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccos'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Coseno
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\cot</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\cos</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ccosh'><span><code class="code">\cosh</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccosh'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Coseno hiperbólico
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\coth</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccoth"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\cosh</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ccot'><span><code class="code">\cot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccot'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Cotangente
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\csc</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccsc"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\csc</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ccoth'><span><code class="code">\coth</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccoth'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Cotangente hiperbólico
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\deg</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdeg"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\deg</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ccsc'><span><code class="code">\csc</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccsc'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Cosecante
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\det</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdet"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\deg</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cdeg'><span><code class="code">\deg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdeg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Grados
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dim</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdim"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\dim</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cdet'><span><code class="code">\det</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdet'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Determinante
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\exp</code>
-<a name="index-_005cexp"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\exp</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cdim'><span><code class="code">\dim</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdim'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Dimensión
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\gcd</code>
-<a name="index-_005cgcd"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\gcd</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cexp'><span><code class="code">\exp</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cexp'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Exponencial
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\hom</code>
-<a name="index-_005chom"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\hom</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cgcd'><span><code class="code">\gcd</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgcd'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Máximo común divisor
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\inf</code>
-<a name="index-_005cinf"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\inf</em>
+<dt id='index-_005chom'><span><code class="code">\hom</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chom'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Homomorfismo
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ker</code>
-<a name="index-_005cker"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ker</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cinf'><span><code class="code">\inf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cinf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Infimum
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lg</code>
-<a name="index-_005clg"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lg</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cker'><span><code class="code">\ker</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cker'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Kernel
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\lim</code>
-<a name="index-_005clim"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\lim</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clg'><span><code class="code">\lg</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clg'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Logaritmo en base 2
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\liminf</code>
-<a name="index-_005climinf"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\liminf</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clim'><span><code class="code">\lim</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clim'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Límite
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\limsup</code>
-<a name="index-_005climsup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\limsup</em>
+<dt id='index-_005climinf'><span><code class="code">\liminf</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005climinf'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Límite inferior
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ln</code>
-<a name="index-_005cln"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\ln</em>
+<dt id='index-_005climsup'><span><code class="code">\limsup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005climsup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Límite superior
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\log</code>
-<a name="index-_005clog"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\log</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cln'><span><code class="code">\ln</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cln'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Logaritmo natural
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\max</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmax"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\max</em>
+<dt id='index-_005clog'><span><code class="code">\log</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clog'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Logaritmo
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\min</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmin"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\min</em>
+<dt id='index-_005cmax'><span><code class="code">\max</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmax'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Máximo
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\pmod</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpmod"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>residuo entre paréntesis, como en (<em>\pmod 2^n - 1</em>)
+<dt id='index-_005cmin'><span><code class="code">\min</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Mínimo
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\Pr</code>
-<a name="index-_005cPr"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\Pr</em>
+<dt id='index-Modulo-entre-parentesis_002c-como-se-usa-en-_005c_0028-5_005cequiv-2_005cpmod-3-_005c_0029'><span><code class="code">Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en <code class="code">\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-Modulo-entre-parentesis_002c-como-se-usa-en-_005c_0028-5_005cequiv-2_005cpmod-3-_005c_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cPr'><span><code class="code">\Pr</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPr'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Probabilidad
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sec</code>
-<a name="index-_005csec"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sec</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csec'><span><code class="code">\sec</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csec'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Secante
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sin</code>
-<a name="index-_005csin"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sin</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csin'><span><code class="code">\sin</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csin'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Seno
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sinh</code>
-<a name="index-_005csinh"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\sinh</em>
+<dt id='index-_005csinh'><span><code class="code">\sinh</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csinh'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Seno hiperbólico
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sup</code>
-<a name="index-_005csup"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>sup
+<dt id='index-_005csup'><span><code class="code">\sup</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csup'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Supremum
+sup
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\tan</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctan"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\tan</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ctan'><span><code class="code">\tan</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctan'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Tangente
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\tanh</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctanh"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><em>\tanh</em>
+<dt id='index-_005ctanh'><span><code class="code">\tanh</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctanh'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Tangente hiperbólica
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-8"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code> agrega mejoras en
+algunos de estos, y también te permite definir el tuyo propio. La
+documentación completa está en CTAN, pero brevemente, puedes definir
+un operador de identidad con
+<code class="code">\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}</code> que es como los de
+arriba pero se imprime como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">id</samp>&rsquo;. La forma estrellada
+<code class="code">\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}</code> establece cualquier
+superíndice o subíndice para estar arriba y abajo, como es tradicional
+con <code class="code">\lim</code>, <code class="code">\sup</code> o <code class="code">\max</code>.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math" accesskey="n" rel="next">Espacios en Modo Math</a>, Previous: <a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Funciones Matemáticas</a>, Up: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sobre y subrayado</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Funciones matemáticas</a>, Subir: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas math</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Acentos-Matematicos"></a>
-<h3 class="section">17.4 Acentos Matemáticos</h3>
-<a name="index-acentos-matematicos"></a>
-<a name="index-acentos_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Acentos-matematicos">16.4 Acentos matemáticos</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Acentos-matematicos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acentos_002c-matematicos"></a>
-<p>LaTeX proporciona una variedad de instrucciones para producir letras
-acentuadas en matemáticas. Son distintas de los acentos en un texto normal
-(see <a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a>).
+<p>LaTeX proporciona una variedad de comandos para producir letras
+acentuadas en matemáticas. Estos son diferentes de los acentos en el
+texto normal. (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Acentos">Acentos</a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\acute</code>
-<a name="index-_005cacute"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-agudo_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento agudo en modo Math: <em>\acute{x}</em>.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cacute'><span><code class="code">\acute</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cacute'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-agudo_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Acento agudo matemático
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\bar</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbar"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-barra-horizontal_002c-math"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-macron_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento barra horizontal (macrón) en modo Math: <em>\bar{x}</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005cbar'><span><code class="code">\bar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-barra_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-macron_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Acento de barra de matemáticas
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\breve</code>
-<a name="index-_005cbreve"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-breve_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento breve en modo Math: <em>\breve{x}</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005cbreve'><span><code class="code">\breve</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbreve'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-breve_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Acento matemático breve
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\check</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccheck"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-de-verificacion_002c-math"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-hacek_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento de verificación h&aacute;&#269;ek en modo Math: <em>\check{x}</em>.
-</p>
+<dt id='index-_005ccheck'><span><code class="code">\check</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccheck'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comprobar-acento_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-hacek_002c-matematicas"></a>
+
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ddot</code>
-<a name="index-_005cddot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-dieresis_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento diéresis en modo Math: <em>\ddot{x}</em>.
-</p>
+<dt id='index-_005cddots-1'><span><code class="code">\ddots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cddots-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-doble-punto_002c-matematicas"></a>
+
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cdot-1'><span><code class="code">\dot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdot-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-exagerado_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto-sobre-acento_002c-matematicas"></a>
+
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cgrave'><span><code class="code">\grave</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cgrave'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-grave_002c-matematicas"></a>
+
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dot</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdot"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-punto-superior_002c-math"></a>
-<a name="index-punto-superior-acento_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento punto superior en modo Math: <em>\dot{x}</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005chat'><span><code class="code">\hat</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005chat'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-sombrero_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-circunflejo_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Acento de sombrero de matemáticas (circunflejo)
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\grave</code>
-<a name="index-_005cgrave"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-grave_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento grave en modo Math: <em>\grave{x}</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005cmathring'><span><code class="code">\mathring</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmathring'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-anillo_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Acento de anillo matemático </p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctilde'><span><code class="code">\tilde</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctilde'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-tilde_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Acento de tilde matemática
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\hat</code>
-<a name="index-_005chat"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-circunflejo_002c-math"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-circunflejo_002c-math-1"></a>
-<p>Acento circunflejo en modo Math: <em>\hat{x}</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005cvec'><span><code class="code">\vec</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cvec'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-vectorial_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>símbolo de vector de matemáticas
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\imath</code>
-<a name="index-_005cimath"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-i-sin-punto_002c-math"></a>
-<p>i sin punto en modo Math.
+<dt id='index-_005cwidehat'><span><code class="code">\widehat</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwidehat'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-sombrero-ancho_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Acento de sombrero ancho de matemáticas
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\jmath</code>
-<a name="index-_005cjmath"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-j-sin-punto_002c-math"></a>
-<p>j sin punto en modo Math.
+<dt id='index-_005cwidetilde'><span><code class="code">\widetilde</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cwidetilde'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-tilde-ancho_002c-matematicas"></a>
+<p>Acento de tilde ancho de matemáticas
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\tilde</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctilde"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-tilde_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento tilde en modo Math: <em>\tilde{x}</em>.
+</dl>
+
+<p>Cuando pones un acento en una i o una j, la tradición es usar uno sin
+punto, <code class="code">\imath</code> o <code class="code">jmath</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a>).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Sobre-y-subrayado">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico" accesskey="n" rel="next">Espaciado en modo matemático</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Acentos matemáticos</a>, Subir: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas math</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Sobre-y-subrayado-1">16.5 Sobre y subrayado</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-superposicion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-subrayado"></a>
+
+<p>LaTeX proporciona comandos para hacer líneas superpuestas o
+subrayadas, o poner llaves sobre o debajo de algún material.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\underline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p><var class="var">text</var> subrayado. Funciona dentro y fuera del modo matemático.
+La línea siempre está completamente debajo del texto, teniendo en
+cuenta descendientes, por lo que en <code class="code">\(\underline{y}\)</code> la
+línea es más baja que en <code class="code">\(\underline{x}\)</code>. Este comando es
+frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-ulem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ulem-package"></a>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <code class="code">ulem</code> subraya el
+modo de texto y permite salto de línea, así como una serie de otras
+características. Ve la documentación en CTAN.
+También&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> y <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a> para producir una línea, para
+cosas como una firma.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\vec</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvec"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-de-vector_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Símbolo de vector en modo Math: <em>\vec{x}</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005coverline_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\overline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Coloca una línea horizontal sobre <var class="var">text</var>. Funciona dentro y fuera
+del modo matemático. Por ejemplo, <code class="code">\overline{x+y}</code>.
+Ten en cuenta que esto difiere del comando <code class="code">\bar</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\widehat</code>
-<a name="index-_005cwidehat"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-circunflejo-amplio_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento circunflejo amplio en modo Math: <em>\widehat{x+y}</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d'><span><code class="code">\underbrace{<var class="var">math</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Pone una llave debajo de <var class="var">math</var>. Por ejemplo, este
+<code class="code">(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> enfatiza la parte telescópica.
+Adjunta texto a la llave usando el comando de subíndice, <code class="code">_</code> o
+superíndice, <code class="code">^</code>, como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ 1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{&gt;1/2}+
+ \underbrace{1/5+1/6+1/7+1/8}_{&gt;1/2}+\cdots
+\end{displaymath}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El superíndice aparece encima de la expresión, por lo que se puede ver
+desconectado de la llave inferior.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\widetilde</code>
-<a name="index-_005cwidetilde"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-acento-tilde-amplia_002c-math"></a>
-<p>Acento tilde amplia en modo Math: <em>\widetilde{x+y}</em>.
+<dt id='index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d'><span><code class="code">\overbrace{<var class="var">math</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Pone una llave sobre <var class="var">math</var>, como con
+<code class="code">\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>. Ve
+también <code class="code">\underbrace</code>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-3"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">mathtools</code> agrega una llave
+superior e inferior, así como algunas mejoras en los corchetes.
+Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Espacios-en-Modo-Math"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math" accesskey="n" rel="next">Miscelánea Math</a>, Previous: <a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Acentos Matemáticos</a>, Up: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Estilos-math" accesskey="n" rel="next">Estilos math</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Sobre y subrayado</a>, Subir: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas math</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Espacios-en-Modo-Math-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">17.5 Espacios en Modo Math</h3>
-<a name="index-espacio-dentro-del-modo-math"></a>
-<a name="index-modo-math-mode_002c-espaciado"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Espaciado-en-modo-matematico">16.6 Espaciado en modo matemático</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Espaciado-dentro-del-modo-matematico"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-matematico_002c-espaciado"></a>
-<p>En un entorno <code>math</code>, LaTeX ignora los espacios que usted
-escriba y coloca espacios de acuerdo a las reglas normales para texto
-matemático. Si desea un espaciado diferente, LaTeX proporciona las
-siguientes instrucciones para su uso en modo matemático:
+<p>Al componer matemáticas, LaTeX pone espacios de acuerdo con las
+reglas normales para textos de matemáticas. Si ingresas <code class="code">y=m x</code>
+entonces LaTeX ignora el espacio y en la salida la m está al lado
+de la x, como <em class="math">y=mx</em>.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\;</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_003b"></a>
-<p>Un espacio de grosor (<em>5\over18\,</em>cuádruple).
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\:</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\&gt;</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_003a"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_003e-1"></a>
-<p>Ambos producen un espacio medio (<em>2\over9\,</em>cuádruple).
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\,</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_002c"></a>
-<p>Un espacio fino (<em>1\over6\,</em>cuádruple); no se limita a modo matemático.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>\!</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Un espacio fino negativo (<em>-{1\over6}\,</em>cuádruple).
+<p>Pero las reglas de LaTeX ocasionalmente necesitan ajustes. Por
+ejemplo, en una integral la tradición es poner un pequeño espacio
+extra entre el <code class="code">f(x)</code> y el <code class="code">dx</code>, aquí hecho con el comando
+<code class="code">\,</code>:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>LaTeX proporciona los siguientes comandos para usar en modo
+matemático. Muchas de estas definiciones de espaciado se expresan en
+términos de la unidad matemática <em class="dfn">mu</em>. Se define como
+1/18<span class="dmn">em</span>, donde el em se toma de la familia actual de símbolos
+matemáticos (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a>). Así, un
+<code class="code">\thickspace</code> es algo así como 5/18 veces el ancho de
+una&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp class="samp">M</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005c_003b'><span><code class="code">\;</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003b'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthickspace"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-espacio-grueso"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-ammath-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ammath-package-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinónimo: <code class="code">\thickspace</code>. Normalmente <code class="code">5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>.
+Con el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01
+LaTeX, se puede utilizar tanto en modo texto como en modo
+matemático; de lo contrario, en modo matemático solamente.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cnegthickspace'><span><code class="code">\negthickspace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnegthickspace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Normalmente <code class="code">-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. Con el paquete
+<code class="code">amsmath</code>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se
+puede usar en modo texto así como en modo matemático; de lo contrario,
+solo en modo matemático.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_003a'><span><code class="code">\:</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003a'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\&gt;</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_003e-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmedspace"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-medspace"></a><p>Sinónimo:
+<code class="code">\medspace</code>. Normalmente <code class="code">4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>.
+Con el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>, o a partir del 2020-10-01 la versión
+de LaTeX, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto como en modo
+matemático; antes de eso, solo en modo matemático.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cnegmedspace'><span><code class="code">\negmedspace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cnegmedspace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Normalmente <code class="code">-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. Con el paquete
+<code class="code">amsmath</code>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se
+puede usar en modo texto así como modo matemático; antes de eso, solo
+en modo matemático.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_002c'><span><code class="code">\,</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_002c'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthinspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-delgado"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico_002f_005cthinspace"></a><a class="anchor" id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-thinspace"></a><p>Sinónimo: <code class="code">\thinspace</code>. Normalmente
+<code class="code">3mu</code>, que es 1/6<span class="dmn">em</span>. Se puede usar tanto en modo
+matemático como en modo texto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> y <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este espacio es muy utilizado, por ejemplo entre la función y el
+infinitesimal en una integral <code class="code">\int f(x)\,dx</code> y, si un autor hace
+esto, antes de la puntuación en una ecuación mostrada.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">La antiderivada es
+\begin{equation}
+ 3x^{-1/2}+3^{1/2}\,.
+\end{equation}
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_0021'><span><code class="code">\!</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0021'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnegthinspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-delgado_002c-negativo"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-negthinspace"></a><p>Sinónimo:
+<code class="code">\negthinspace</code>. Un espacio delgado negativo. Normalmente
+<code class="code">-3mu</code>. Con el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>, o a partir de la
+versión 2020-10-01 de LaTeX, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto
+como en modo matemático; de lo contrario, el comando <code class="code">\!</code> es solo
+modo matemático, pero el comando <code class="code">\negthinspace</code> también ha
+funcionado siempre en modo texto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> y <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-quad'><span><code class="code">\quad</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-quad'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cquad"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-quad"></a><p>Esto es 18<span class="dmn">mu</span>, es
+decir, 1<span class="dmn">em</span>. Esto se usa a menudo para el espacio ecuaciones o
+expresiones circundantes, por ejemplo para el espacio entre dos
+ecuaciones dentro de un entorno <code class="code">displaymath</code>. Está disponible
+tanto en modo de texto como matemático.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cqquad'><span><code class="code">\qquad</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cqquad'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-qquad"></a><p>Una longitud de 2 quads,
+es decir, 36<span class="dmn">mu</span> = 2<span class="dmn">em</span>. Esta disponible en modo texto y
+modo matemático.
</p></dd>
</dl>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\smash</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\phantom</code>, <code class="code">\vphantom</code> y <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\mathstrut</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Miscel_00e1nea-Math"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005csmash">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Espacios en Modo Math</a>, Up: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\phantom</code>, <code class="code">\vphantom</code> y <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espaciado en modo matemático</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Miscelanea-Math"></a>
-<h3 class="section">17.6 Miscelánea Math</h3>
-<a name="index-miscelanea-math"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005csmash-1">16.6.1 <code class="code">\smash</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espaciado-vertical_002c-modo-matematico"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-matematico_002c-espacio-vertical"></a>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\*</code>
-<a name="index-_005c_002a"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-multiplicacion-discrecional"></a>
-<a name="index-simbolo-de-multiplicacion_002c-con-salto-de-linea-discrecional"></a>
-<p>Un símbolo de multiplicación &ldquo;discrecional&rdquo;, en el que se permiten
-saltos de línea.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\cdots</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccdots"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro de la
-línea.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\smash{<var class="var">subformula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Escribe <var class="var">subformula</var> como si su altura y profundidad fuera cero.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\ddots</code>
-<a name="index-_005cddots"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Puntos suspensivos en diagonal: <em>\ddots</em>.
+<p>En este ejemplo, la exponencial es tan alta que sin el comando
+<code class="code">\smash</code> LaTeX separaría su línea de la línea por encima de
+él, y el espaciado desigual de las líneas puede resultar antiestético.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Para calcular la tetración $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+evaluar de arriba hacia abajo, como $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>(Debido al <code class="code">\smash</code>, la expresión impresa se podría encontrar con
+la línea anterior, por lo que es posible que desees esperar hasta la
+versión final del documento para hacer tales ajustes).
+</p>
+<p>Esto representa el efecto de <code class="code">\smash</code> usando <code class="code">\fbox</code> para
+rodear el cuadro que LaTeX pondrá en la línea. El comando
+<code class="code">\blackbar</code> crea una barra que se extiende desde 10&nbsp;puntos
+debajo la línea base a 20&nbsp;puntos arriba.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+\fbox{\blackbar}
+\fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El primer cuadro que coloca LaTeX tiene una altura de
+20&nbsp;puntos y 10&nbsp;puntos de profundidad. Pero el segundo
+cuadro es tratado por LaTeX como teniendo cero altura y cero
+profundidad, a pesar de que la tinta impresa en la página aún se
+extiende muy por encima y por debajo de la línea.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\smash</code> aparece a menudo en matemáticas para ajustar
+el tamaño de un elemento que rodea una subfórmula. Aquí el primer
+radical se extiende por debajo de la línea base mientras que el
+segundo se encuentra justo en la línea base.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+\sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n} f(k)}
+\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n}} f(k)}
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ten en cuenta el uso de <code class="code">\\vphantom</code> para dar al comando
+<code class="code">\sqrt</code> un argumento con la altura de <code class="code">\sum</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom"><code class="code">\phantom</code>, <code class="code">\vphantom</code> y <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres pueden
+aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que LaTeX
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con <code class="code">\leavevmode</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">xxx xxx xxx
+
+\smash{yyy} % sin sangría de párrafo
+
+\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % sangría de párrafo habitual
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-4"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">mathtools</code> tiene operadores
+que brindan control sobre romper un cuadro de subfórmula.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\mathstrut</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\smash</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espaciado en modo matemático</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cphantom_002c-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code class="code">\phantom</code>, <code class="code">\vphantom</code> y <code class="code">\hphantom</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cphantom"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cvphantom"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005chphantom"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cphantom"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvphantom"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chphantom"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espaciado_002c-modo-matematico"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espaciado-horizontal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espaciado-vertical"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-matematico_002c-espaciado-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracter-invisible"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracter_002c-invisible"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\phantom{<var class="var">subformula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\vphantom{<var class="var">subformula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hphantom{<var class="var">subformula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\phantom</code> crea un cuadro con la misma altura,
+profundidad y ancho como <var class="var">subformula</var>, pero vacío. Es decir, este
+comando provoca que LaTeX escriba el espacio pero no lo llena con
+el material. Aquí LaTeX pondrá una línea en blanco con el ancho
+correcto para la respuesta, pero no mostrará esa respuesta.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ \int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}}
+\end{displaymath}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La variante <code class="code">\vphantom</code> produce un cuadro invisible con el mismo
+tamaño vertical que <var class="var">subformula</var>, la misma altura y profundidad,
+pero teniendo ancho cero. Y <code class="code">\hphantom</code> crea un cuadro con el
+mismo ancho que <var class="var">subformula</var> pero con altura y profundidad cero.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, la torre de exponentes en la segunda expresión del
+sumando es tan alto que TeX coloca esta expresión más abajo que su
+predeterminado. Sin ajuste, las dos expresiones de sumando estarían
+en niveles diferentes. El <code class="code">\vphantom</code> en la primera expresión
+dice a TeX que deje tanto espacio vertical como para la torre, por
+lo que las dos expresiones salen al mismo nivel.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{displaymath}
+ \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
+ \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
+\end{displaymath}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Estos comandos a menudo se usan junto con <code class="code">\smash</code>.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005csmash"><code class="code">\smash</code></a>, que incluye otro ejemplo de <code class="code">\vphantom</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mathtools-package-5"></a>
+<p>Los tres comandos fantasma aparecen a menudo,
+pero ten en cuenta que LaTeX proporciona un conjunto de otros
+comandos para trabajar con tamaños de caja que pueden ser más
+convenientes, incluyendo <code class="code">\makebox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>)
+también como <code class="code">\settodepth</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csettodepth"><code class="code">\settodepth</code></a>),
+<code class="code">\settoheight</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csettoheight"><code class="code">\settoheight</code></a>), y <code class="code">\settowidth</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csettowidth"><code class="code">\settowidth</code></a>). Además, el paquete <code class="code">mathtools</code> tiene
+muchos comandos que ofrecen control detallado sobre el espaciado.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-9"></a>
+<p>Los tres comandos producen una caja ordinaria, sin
+ningún estado de matemáticas especial. Entonces, para hacer algo como
+adjuntar un superíndice, deberías darle ese estado, por ejemplo con el
+comando <code class="code">\operatorname</code> del paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres pueden
+aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que LaTeX
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con <code class="code">\leavevmode</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmathstrut">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\phantom</code>, <code class="code">\vphantom</code> y <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espaciado en modo matemático</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmathstrut-1">16.6.3 <code class="code">\mathstrut</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmathstrut"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espaciado_002c-modo-matematico-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espaciado-vertical-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-matematico_002c-espaciado-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracter-invisible-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracter_002c-invisible-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-strut_002c-math"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\mathstrut
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El análogo de <code class="code">\strut</code> para matemáticas. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>La entrada <code class="code">$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</code> da salida donde el
+segundo radical es más alto que el primero. Para agregar espacio
+vertical adicional sin ningún espacio horizontal, para que los dos
+tengan la misma altura, usa <code class="code">$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} +
+\sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\mathstrut</code> agrega la altura vertical de un
+paréntesis de apertura, <code class="code">(</code>, pero sin espacio horizontal. Se
+define como <code class="code">\vphantom{(}</code>, así que <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom"><code class="code">\phantom</code>, <code class="code">\vphantom</code> y <code class="code">\hphantom</code></a> para más. Una ventaja sobre <code class="code">\strut</code> es que
+<code class="code">\mathstrut</code> no agrega profundidad, que suele ser lo correcto
+para las fórmulas. Usar la altura de un paréntesis de apertura es
+solo una convención; para un control completo sobre la cantidad de
+espacio, usa <code class="code">\rule</code> con un ancho cero. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005crule"><code class="code">\rule</code></a>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Estilos-math">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica" accesskey="n" rel="next">Miscelánea matemática</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Espaciado en modo matemático</a>, Subir: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas math</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Estilos-math-1">16.7 Estilos math</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-math-estilos"></a>
+
+<p>Las reglas de TeX para escribir una fórmula dependen del contexto.
+Por ejemplo, dentro de una ecuación mostrada, la entrada
+<code class="code">\sum_{0\leq i&lt;n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{términos
+de orden inferior}</code> dará salida con el índice de suma centrado debajo
+del símbolo de suma. Pero si esa entrada está en línea, entonces el
+índice de suma está a la derecha en lugar de debajo, por lo que no
+empujará aparte las líneas. Del mismo modo, en un contexto mostrado,
+los símbolos en el numerador y el denominador será más grande que para
+un contexto en línea, y en mostrar subíndices matemáticos y los
+superíndices están más separados que en matemáticas en línea.
+</p>
+<p>TeX usa cuatro estilos matemáticos.
+</p>
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilo-de-visualizacion"></a>
+El estilo de visualización es para una fórmula que se muestra en una
+línea por sí misma, como con <code class="code">\begin{equation}
+... \end{equation}</code>.
+
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilo-de-texto"></a>
+El estilo de texto es para una fórmula en línea, como con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">así
+que tenemos $ ... $</samp>&rsquo;.
+
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilo-de-script"></a>
+El estilo de escritura es para partes de una fórmula en un subíndice o
+superíndice.
+
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilo-scriptscript"></a>
+El estilo Scriptscript es para partes de una fórmula en un segundo
+nivel (o más) de subíndice o superíndice.
+
+</li></ul>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdisplaystyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextstyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscriptstyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscriptscriptstyle"></a>
+<p>TeX determina un estilo matemático predeterminado, pero lo puedes
+redefinir con una declaración de <code class="code">\displaystyle</code>, o
+<code class="code">\textstyle</code>, o <code class="code">\scriptstyle</code> o <code class="code">\scriptscriptstyle</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, la fracción de la línea &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Arithmetic</samp>&rsquo; se verá
+arrugada.
+</p>
+
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{r|cc}
+ \textsc{Name} &amp;\textsc{Series} &amp;\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline
+ Arithmetic &amp;$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$
+ &amp;$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\
+ Geometric &amp;$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1}$
+ &amp;$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Pero debido a la declaración <code class="code">\displaystyle</code>, la fracción de la
+línea &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Geometric</samp>&rsquo; será fácil de leer, con caracteres del mismo
+tamaño que en el resto de la línea.
+</p>
+<p>Otro ejemplo es que, en comparación con la misma entrada sin la
+declaración, el resultado de
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">obtenemos
+$\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>tendrá un signo integral que es mucho más alto. Ten en cuenta que
+aquí el <code class="code">\displaystyle</code> se aplica solo a una parte de la fórmula,
+y está delimitado por estar dentro de llaves, como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">{\displaystyle ...}</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>El último ejemplo es una fracción continua.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+a_0+\frac{1}{
+ \displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
+ \displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
+ \displaystyle a_3}}}
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Sin las declaraciones de <code class="code">\displaystyle</code>, los denominadores
+serían establecido en estilo script y estilo scriptscript. (El
+<code class="code">\mathstrut</code> mejora la altura de los denominadores;
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmathstrut"><code class="code">\mathstrut</code></a>).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Estilos-math" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Estilos math</a>, Subir: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fórmulas math</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Miscelanea-matematica">16.8 Miscelánea matemática</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-miscelanea-matematica"></a>
+
+<p>LaTeX contiene una amplia variedad de funciones matemáticas. Aquí
+están algunas que no encajan en otras categorías.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon" accesskey="1">Carácter de dos puntos <code class="code">:</code> y <code class="code">\colon</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\*</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\frac</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\sqrt</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\stackrel</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\*</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica" accesskey="u" rel="up">Miscelánea matemática</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Caracter-de-dos-puntos-_003a-y-_005ccolon">16.8.1 Carácter de dos puntos <code class="code">:</code> y <code class="code">\colon</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="Dos-puntos"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracter-dos-puntos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_003a-_0028para-math_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccolon"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">:
+\colon
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En matemáticas, el carácter de dos puntos, <code class="code">:</code>, es una relación.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Con proporciones laterales \( 3:4 \) y \( 4:5 \), el triángulo es
+correcto.
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-10"></a>
+
+<p>LaTeX ordinario define <code class="code">\colon</code> para producir el carácter de
+dos puntos con el espacio apropiado para la puntuación, como en la
+notación de creación de conjuntos <code class="code">\{x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-11"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-11"></a>
+<p>Pero el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code> ampliamente
+utilizado define <code class="code">\colon</code> para su uso en la definición de
+funciones <code class="code">f\colon D\to C</code>. Así que si quieres el carácter de
+dos puntos como puntuación y entonces usa <code class="code">\mathpunct{:}</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_002a">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\frac</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Carácter de dos puntos <code class="code">:</code> y <code class="code">\colon</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica" accesskey="u" rel="up">Miscelánea matemática</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_002a-1">16.8.2 <code class="code">\*</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-multiplicacion_002c-discrecional"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-saltos_002c-multiplicacion-discrecional"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-saltos-de-linea_002c-multiplicacion-discrecional"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-saltos-discrecionales_002c-multiplicacion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_002a"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\*
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Un símbolo de multiplicación que permite un salto de línea. Si hay un
+salto entonces LaTeX pone un símbolo <code class="code">\times</code>,
+&#x00D7;, antes de ese salto.
+</p>
+<p>En <code class="code">\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)</code>, si no hay salto de línea,
+entonces LaTeX los muestra como si fuera <code class="code">\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4
+\)</code>. Si ocurre un salto de línea, por ejemplo, entre los dos del
+medio, entonces LaTeX lo establece como <code class="code">\( A_1 A_2 \times
+\)</code>, seguido por el salto, seguido de <code class="code">\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfrac">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\sqrt</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\*</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica" accesskey="u" rel="up">Miscelánea matemática</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cfrac-1">16.8.3 <code class="code">\frac</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fraccion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfrac"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\frac{<var class="var">numerator</var>}{<var class="var">denominator</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce la fracción. Usado como: <code class="code">\begin{displaymath}
+\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}</code>. En el modo
+math en línea sale pequeño; ve la explicación de <code class="code">\displaystyle</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a>).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005csqrt">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\stackrel</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frac</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica" accesskey="u" rel="up">Miscelánea matemática</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005csqrt-1">16.8.4 <code class="code">\sqrt</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-raiz-cuadrada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-roots"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-radical"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csqrt"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\sqrt{<var class="var">arg</var>}
+\sqrt[<var class="var">root-number</var>]{<var class="var">arg</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La raíz cuadrada, u opcionalmente otras raíces, de <var class="var">arg</var>. El
+argumento opcional <var class="var">root-number</var> da la raíz, es decir, ingresa la
+raíz cúbica de <code class="code">x+y</code> como <code class="code">\sqrt[3]{x+y}</code>.
+El tamaño del radical crece con el de <var class="var">arg</var> (conforme la altura
+del radical crece, el ángulo en la parte más a la izquierda se hace
+más pronunciado, hasta que <code class="code">arg</code> es lo suficientemente alto, es
+vertical).
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX tiene un símbolo <code class="code">\surd</code> separado para hacer una raíz
+cuadrada sin <var class="var">arg</var> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a>).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cstackrel">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\sqrt</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica" accesskey="u" rel="up">Miscelánea matemática</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cstackrel-1">16.8.5 <code class="code">\stackrel</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-la-pila-de-matematicas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-relacion_002c-texto-arriba"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstackrel"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\stackrel{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">relation</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Pon <var class="var">text</var> encima de <var class="var">relation</var>. Para poner un nombre de
+función encima de una flecha ingresa
+<code class="code">\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Modos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="n" rel="next">Estilos de página</a>, Anterior: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Fórmulas math</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Modos-1">17 Modos</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modos"></a>
+
+<p>A medida que LaTeX procesa tu documento, en cualquier momento se
+encuentra en uno de seis modos. Se dividen en tres categorías de dos
+cada una, los modos horizontales, los modos matemáticos y los modos
+verticales. Algunos comandos solo funcionan en un modo u otro (en
+particular, muchos comandos solo funcionan en uno de los modos
+matemáticos), y los mensajes de error se referirán a estos.
+</p>
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li><a class="anchor" id="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-parrafo"></a>
+<em class="dfn">Modo párrafo</em> (en TeX simple esto se llama <em class="dfn">modo
+horizontal</em>) es en lo que se encuentra LaTeX cuando procesa texto
+normal. Se rompe el texto de entrada en líneas y encuentra las
+posiciones de los saltos de línea, de modo que en modo vertical se
+pueden hacer saltos de página. Este es el modo LaTeX, es en la
+mayor parte del tiempo.
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-de-izquierda-a-derecha"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-LR"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modos-modo-lr"></a><p><em class="dfn">modo LR</em> (para el modo de izquierda a
+derecha; en TeX simple esto se llama <em class="dfn">modo horizontal
+restringido</em>) está en vigor cuando se inicia LaTeX hace una caja
+con un comando <code class="code">\mbox</code>. Como en el modo de párrafo, la salida de
+LaTeX es una cadena de palabras con espacios entre ellas. A
+diferencia de en modo párrafo, en modo LR LaTeX nunca comienza una
+nueva línea, simplemente continúa de izquierda a derecha. (Aunque
+LaTeX no se quejará que la caja LR es demasiado larga, cuando está
+terminada y luego intenta poner esa caja en una línea, bien se podría
+quejar de que la caja LR terminada no cabe allí).
+</p>
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-matematico"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modos-modo-matem_00e1tico"></a><em class="dfn">modo matemático</em> es cuando
+LaTeX está generando una fórmula matemática en línea.
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-muestra-el-modo-matematico"></a>
+<p><em class="dfn">Muestra modo math</em> es cuando LaTeX está generando una fórmula
+matemática. (Las fórmulas mostradas difieren un poco de las fórmulas
+en línea. Un ejemplo es que la ubicación del subíndice en <code class="code">\int</code>
+difiere en las dos situaciones).
+</p>
+</li><li><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-vertical"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modos-modo-vertical"></a><em class="dfn">Modo vertical</em> es cuando LaTeX
+está construyendo la lista de líneas y otro material haciendo la
+página de salida, que comprende la inserción de saltos de página.
+Este es el modo LaTeX, es cuando se inicia un documento.
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-vertical-interno"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modos-modo-vertical-interno"></a><p><em class="dfn">Modo vertical interno</em> está
+en efecto cuando LaTeX comienza a hacer una <code class="code">\vbox</code>. No tiene
+saltos de página, y como tal es el análogo vertical del modo LR.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
+
+<p>Por ejemplo, si comienzas un artículo de LaTeX con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Let \( x
+\) ...</samp>&rsquo; entonces estos son los modos: primero LaTeX inicia cada
+documento en modo vertical, entonces lee la &lsquo;<samp class="samp">L</samp>&rsquo; y cambia al modo
+párrafo, entonces el siguiente cambio ocurre en la &lsquo;<samp class="samp">\(</samp>&rsquo; donde
+LaTeX cambia al modo matemático, y luego, cuando sale de la
+fórmula, parece volver al modo de párrafo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-de-parrafo-interno"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-parrafo-externo"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo-interno"></a><a class="anchor" id="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo-externo"></a><p>El modo párrafo tiene dos subcasos. Si usas un comando
+<code class="code">\parbox</code> o un <code class="code">minipage</code> entonces LaTeX se pone en modo
+párrafo. Pero no pondré un salto de página aquí. Dentro de una de
+estas cajas, llamada <em class="dfn">parbox</em>, LaTeX está en <em class="dfn">modo de
+párrafo interior</em>. Es la situación mas usual, donde puedes poner
+saltos de página, es <em class="dfn">modo de párrafo externo</em> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina">Salto de página</a>).
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\ensuremath</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005censuremath">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Subir: <a href="#Modos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Modos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005censuremath-1">17.1 <code class="code">\ensuremath</code></h3>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ensuremath{<var class="var">formula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Se asegura de que <var class="var">formula</var> esté escrito en modo matemático.
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, puedes redefinir comandos que normalmente solo se pueden
+usar en modo matemático, para que se puedan usar tanto en matemáticas
+como en texto sin formato.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
+En $\int f(x)\, \dx$, el \dx{} es un infinitesimal.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Precaución: el comando <code class="code">\ensuremath</code> es útil pero no una panacea.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
+
+Obtienes un alfa en modo texto: \alf. Pero compara el espaciado
+correcto en $\alf+\alf$ con el de \alf+\alf.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Lo mejor es escribir cosas matemáticas en modo math.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="n" rel="next">Espacios</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Modos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Modos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Estilos-de-pagina">18 Estilos de página</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilos_002c-pagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pagina_002c-estilos"></a>
+
+<p>El estilo de una página determina dónde coloca LaTeX los
+componentes de esa página, como encabezados y pies de página, y el
+cuerpo del texto. Este incluye páginas en la parte principal del
+documento pero también incluye páginas especiales como la portada de
+un libro, una página de un índice o la primera página de un artículo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyhdr-package"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">fancyhdr</code> se usa comúnmente
+para construir estilos de página. Ve su documentación.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\maketitle</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmaketitle">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Estilos de página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cmaketitle-1">18.1 <code class="code">\maketitle</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titulos_002c-hacer"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmaketitle"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\maketitle
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Genera un título. En las clases estándar el título aparece en una
+página separada, excepto en la clase <code class="code">article</code> donde está en la
+parte superior de la primera página. (Véase <a class="xref" href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a>, para obtener información sobre la opción <code class="code">titlepage</code>
+de la clase documento).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo muestra que <code class="code">\maketitle</code> aparece en su lugar
+habitual, inmediatamente después de <code class="code">\begin{document}</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article} \title{Construir un reactor nuclear usando
+solo cocos} \author{Jonas Grumby\thanks{% Con el apoyo de una beca
+Ginger de la Roy Hinkley Society.} \\ Capitán, \textit{Minnow} \and
+Willy Gilligan\thanks{% Gracias a la fundación Mary Ann Summers ya
+Thurston y Lovey Howell.} \\ Compañero, \textit{Minnow} }
+\date{1964-Sep-26} \begin{document} \maketitle Solo siéntate y
+escucharás un cuento, el cuento de un fatídico viaje. Que partió
+desde este puerto tropical, a bordo de este diminuto barco. El
+compañero era un navegante poderoso, el Capitán valiente y seguro. Un
+conjunto de cinco pasajeros navega ese día para un recorrido de tres
+horas. Un recorrido de tres horas.
+ ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Le dices a LaTeX la información utilizada para producir el título
+haciendo las siguientes declaraciones. Estos deben venir antes de
+<code class="code">\maketitle</code>, ya sea en el preámbulo o en el cuerpo del
+documento.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d'><span><code class="code">\author{<var class="var">name1</var> \and <var class="var">name2</var> \and ...}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-autor_002c-para-portada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-_005cauthor_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cand-_0028para-_005cauthor_0029"></a>
+<p>Requerido. Declara el autor o autores del documento. El argumento es
+un lista de autores separados por los comandos <code class="code">\and</code>. Para
+separar líneas dentro de la entrada de un solo autor, por ejemplo,
+para dar la institución o dirección, usa una barra invertida doble,
+<code class="code">\\</code>. Si omites la declaración <code class="code">\author</code> entonces obtienes
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Advertencia LaTeX: Sin \autor dado</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cdate_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\date{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdate_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fecha_002c-para-portada"></a>
+<p>Opcional. Declara <var class="var">text</var> como la fecha del documento. El
+<var class="var">text</var> no necesita estar en un formato de fecha; puede ser
+cualquier texto. Si omites <code class="code">\date</code> entonces LaTeX usa la
+fecha actual (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctoday"><code class="code">\today</code></a>). Para no tener fecha, utiliza
+<code class="code">\date{}</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\thanks{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thanks_002c-para-la-portada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-credito_002c-en-nota-al-pie"></a>
+<p>Opcional. Produce una nota al pie. Lo puedes usar en la información
+del autor para agradecimientos como se ilustra arriba, pero también lo
+puedes usar en el título, o cualquier lugar donde tenga sentido una
+marca de nota al pie. Puede ser cualquier texto en absoluto para que
+lo puedas usar para cualquier propósito, como imprimir una dirección
+de correo electrónico.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\title{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titulo_002c-para-portada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-_005ctitle_0029"></a>
+<p>Requerido. Declara <var class="var">text</var> como título del documento. Obtiene un
+salto de línea dentro de <var class="var">text</var> con una barra invertida doble,
+<code class="code">\\</code>. Si omites la declaración <code class="code">\title</code>, entonces el
+comando <code class="code">\maketitle</code> produce el &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: No se
+proporcionó \title</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\frac{num}{den}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cfrac_007bnum_007d_007bden_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cfrac"></a>
-<p>Produce la fracción <code>num</code> dividida entre <code>den</code>.
+</dl>
+
+<p>Para crear tu propia página de título, <a class="ref" href="#titlepage"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>. También lo
+puedes crear como único o lo puedes incluir como parte de un comando
+<code class="code">\maketitle</code> renovado. (Muchos editores proporcionarán una clase
+para usar en lugar de <code class="code">article</code> que formatea el título según sus
+requisitos de la casa).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpagenumbering">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\maketitle</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Estilos de página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpagenumbering-1">18.2 <code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpagenumbering"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilo-de-numeracion-de-paginas"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagenumbering{<var class="var">number-style</var>}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Especifica el estilo de los números de página y restablece el número
+de página. El estilo de numeración se refleja en la página, y también
+en la tabla de contenido y otras referencias de página. Esta
+declaración tiene alcance global por lo que su efecto no se detiene
+por un final de grupo como una llave de cierre o un fin de entorno.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, antes de la sección &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Principal</samp>&rsquo; las páginas
+están numeradas &lsquo;<samp class="samp">a</samp>&rsquo;, etc. Comenzando en la página que contiene la
+llamada a <code class="code">\pagenumbering</code> en esa sección, las páginas están
+numeradas &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1</samp>&rsquo;, etc.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+ ...
+\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
+ ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El argumento <var class="var">number-style</var> es uno de los siguientes
+(también&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</a>).
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">arabic</code></dt>
+<dd><p>número arábigo: 1, 2, &hellip;
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">roman</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Números romanos en minúsculas: i, ii, &hellip;
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\left <var>delimitador1</var> ... \right <var>delimitador2</var></code>
-<a name="index-_005cleft-delimitador1-_002e_002e_002e-_005cright-delimitador2"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cright"></a>
-<a name="index-delimitador-nulo"></a>
-<p>Los dos delimitadores no necesitan coincidir; &lsquo;<samp>.</samp>&rsquo; actúa como un
-delimitador nulo, sin producir salida. Los delimitadores son del tamaño
-de acuerdo a las matemáticas en el medio. Ejemplo: <code>\left(
-\sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]</code>.
+<dt><code class="code">Roman</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Números romanos en mayúsculas: I, II, &hellip;
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\overbrace{<var>texto</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005coverbrace_007btexto_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Genera un par de <var>texto</var> más. Por ejemplo,
-<em>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;veces}</em>.
+<dt><code class="code">alph</code></dt>
+<dd><p>minúsculas: a, b, &hellip; Si tienes más de 26 páginas, entonces obtén
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\overline{<var>texto</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005coverline_007btexto_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Genera una línea horizontal sobre <var>texo</var>. Por ejemplo,
-<em>\overline{x+y}</em>.
+<dt><code class="code">Alph</code></dt>
+<dd><p>letras mayúsculas: A, B, &hellip; Si tiene más de 26 páginas, entonces
+obtienes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\sqrt[<var>raíz</var>]{argumento}</code>
-<a name="index-_005csqrt_005braiz_005d_007bargumento_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Produce la representación de la raíz cuadrada de <var>argumento</var>. El
-argumento opcional <var>raíz</var> determina qué raíz producir. Por ejemplo,
-la raíz cúbica de <code>x+y</code> se escribe como <code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>.
+<dt id='index-package_002c-hyperref-2'><span><code class="code">gobble</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-package_002c-hyperref-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-2"></a>
+<p>LaTeX no genera un número de página, aunque se
+reinicia. Las referencias a esa página también están en blanco.
+(Esto no lo hace trabajar con el popular paquete <code class="code">hyperref</code>
+para tener el número de página no aparece, es posible que desees
+utilizar <code class="code">\pagestyle{empty}</code> o <code class="code">\thispagestyle{empty}</code>).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\stackrel{<var>texto</var>}{<var>relación</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cstackrel_007btexto_007d_007brelacion_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Coloca el <var>texto</var> sobre la <var>relación</var>.
+</dl>
+
+<p>Tradicionalmente, si un documento tiene antesala&mdash;prefacio, tabla de
+contenido, etc.&mdash;entonces se numera con números romanos en
+minúsculas. El asunto principal de un documento utiliza el árabe.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>Si deseas cambiar el lugar donde aparece el número de página en la
+página, <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>. Si deseas cambiar el valor del número de
+página, entonces manipula el contador <code class="code">page</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Contadores">Contadores</a>).
</p>
-<p>Por ejemplo, <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpagestyle">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Estilos de página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cpagestyle-1">18.3 <code class="code">\pagestyle</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cpagestyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilo-de-encabezado"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilo-de-pie-de-pagina"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ejecutar-estilo-de-encabezado-y-pie-de-pagina"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagestyle{<var class="var">style</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Declaración que especifica cómo se componen los encabezados y pies de
+página, desde la página actual en adelante.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyhdr-package-1"></a>
+<p>Una explicación con un ejemplo está abajo. Ten en
+cuenta primero que el paquete <code class="code">fancyhdr</code> es ahora la forma
+estándar de manipular encabezados y pies de página. Nuevos documentos
+que necesitan hacer algo diferente a una de las opciones estándar a
+continuación deben usar este paquete. Ve su documentación en CTAN.
+</p>
+<p>Valores para <var class="var">style</var>:
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">plain</code></dt>
+<dd><p>El encabezado está vacío. El pie de página contiene solo un número de
+página, centrado.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\underbrace{matemáticas}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cunderbrace_007bmatematicas_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Genera <var>matemáticas</var> con una llave por debajo.
+<dt><code class="code">empty</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Tanto el encabezado como el pie de página están vacíos.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\underline{text}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Provoca que se subraye el <var>texto</var>, el cual bien puede estar en modo
-math o no. La línea siempre está por debajo del texto, teniendo en
-cuenta los descendientes.
+<dt><code class="code">headings</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Coloca encabezados y pies de página continuos en cada página. El
+estilo del documento especifica lo que va allí; ve la explicación a
+continuación.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\vdots</code>
-<a name="index-_005cvdots"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cvdots-1"></a>
-<p>Produce puntos suspensivos verticales.
+<dt><code class="code">myheadings</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Encabezados personalizados, especificados a través de los comandos
+<code class="code">\markboth</code> o <code class="code">\markright</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Un poco de discusión sobre la motivación del mecanismo de LaTeX te
+ayudará a trabajar con las opciones <code class="code">headings</code> o
+<code class="code">myheadings</code>. La fuente del documento a continuación produce un
+artículo, a dos caras, con el estilo de página <code class="code">headings</code>. En
+las páginas de la izquierda de este documento, LaTeX quiere (además
+del número de página) el título de la sección actual. En sus páginas
+de la derecha LaTeX quiere el título de la subsección actual.
+Cuando crea una página, LaTeX obtiene esta información del comandos
+<code class="code">\leftmark</code> y <code class="code">\rightmark</code>. Así que depende de
+<code class="code">\section</code> y <code class="code">\subsection</code> para almacenar esa información
+allí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[twoside]{article}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+ ... \section{Section 1} ... \subsection{Subsección 1.1} ...
+\section{Sección 2}
+ ...
+\subsection{Subsección 2.1}
+ ...
+\subsection{Subsección 2.2}
+ ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Supongamos que la segunda sección cae en una página de la izquierda.
+Aunque cuando la página comienza en la primera sección, LaTeX
+pondrá &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Sección&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; en el encabezado de la página izquierda.
+En cuanto al encabezado derecho, si ninguna subsección comienza antes
+del final de la página derecha, entonces LaTeX deja en blanco el
+encabezado de la derecha. Si una subsección aparece antes de terminar
+la página derecha entonces hay dos casos. Si al menos una subsección
+comienza en la página de la derecha, entonces LaTeX colocará el
+encabezado derecho en el título de la primera subsección que comienza
+en esa página derecha. Si al menos uno de 2.1, 2.2, &hellip;, comienza
+en la página izquierda pero ninguno empieza a la derecha entonces
+LaTeX pone en el encabezado de la derecha el título del último
+inciso por comenzar, es decir, el que esté vigente durante la página
+de la derecha.
+</p>
+<p>Para lograr esto, en un artículo de dos caras, LaTeX hace que
+<code class="code">\section</code>emita un comando <code class="code">\markboth</code>, configurando
+<code class="code">\leftmark</code> a &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Section&nbsp;2</samp>&rsquo; y configura <code class="code">\rightmark</code>
+en un contenido vacío. Y, LaTeX hace que <code class="code">\subsection</code> emita
+un comando <code class="code">\markright</code>, configurando <code class="code">\rightmark</code> a
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Subsección&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo;, etc.
+</p>
+<p>Aquí están las descripciones de <code class="code">\markboth</code> y <code class="code">\markright</code>:
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d'><span><code class="code">\markboth{<var class="var">left-head</var>}{<var class="var">right-head</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Establece la información de rumbo tanto a la derecha como a la
+izquierda para un estilo de página de <code class="code">headings</code> o
+<code class="code">myheadings</code>. Una página de la izquierda el encabezado
+<var class="var">left-head</var> es generado por el último comando <code class="code">\markboth</code>
+antes del final de la página. Un encabezado de página a la derecha
+<var class="var">right-head</var> es generado por el primer <code class="code">\markboth</code> o
+<code class="code">\markright</code> que viene en la página si hay uno, de lo contrario
+por el último que vino antes de esa página.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmarkright_007bright_002dhead_007d'><span><code class="code">\markright{<var class="var">right-head</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmarkright_007bright_002dhead_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Establece el encabezado de la página de la derecha, dejando el
+izquierdo sin cambios.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<hr>
-<a name="Modos"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthispagestyle">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="n" rel="next">Estilos de Página</a>, Previous: <a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Estilos de página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Modos-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">18 Modos</h2>
-<a name="index-modos"></a>
-<a name="index-modo-parrafo"></a>
-<a name="index-modo-math"></a>
-<a name="index-modo-izquierda_002da_002dderecha"></a>
-<a name="index-modo-lR"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cthispagestyle-1">18.4 <code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></h3>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthispagestyle"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estilo-de-pagina_002c-esta-pagina"></a>
-<p>Cuando LaTeX está procesando el texto fuente, este siempre está en
-uno de tres modos:
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<ul>
-<li> Modo Párrafo
-</li><li> Modo Math
-</li><li> Modo de Izquierda a derecha (Left-to-Right), llamado modo LR para
-abreviar
-</li></ul>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\thispagestyle{<var class="var">style</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p>LaTeX cambia el modo sólo cuando sube o baja una escala a un
-diferente nivel, aunque no todos los cambios de nivel producen cambios
-de modo. Los cambios de modo sólo se producen al entrar o salir de un
-entorno, o cuando LaTeX está procesando el argumento de determinadas
-instrucciones que producen texto.
-</p>
-<p>El &ldquo;modo Párrafo&rdquo; es el más común; es en el que LaTeX está cuando
-procesa texto ordinario. En ese modo, LaTeX rompe el texto en líneas
-y separa líneas en páginas. LaTeX está en &ldquo;modo math&rdquo; cuando está
-generando fórmulas matemáticas. En &ldquo;modo LR&rdquo;, como en modo párrafo,
-LaTeX considera que la salida que produce es una cadena de palabras
-con espacios entre ellas. Sin embargo, a diferencia del modo párrafo,
-LaTeX sigue yendo de izquierda a derecha; nunca inicia una nueva
-línea en modo LR. Incluso si usted pone un centenar de palabras en una
-<code>\mbox</code>, LaTeX mantendrá la composición de izquierda a derecha
-dentro de una caja única, y luego se quejará porque la caja resultante
-fue demasiado grande para caber en la línea.
-</p>
-<p>LaTeX está en modo LR cuando comienza a hacer una caja con una
-instrucción <code>\mbox</code>. Usted puede conseguir introducirse en un modo
-diferente dentro de la caja &mdash;por ejemplo, usted puede hacerlo entrar
-en el modo matemático para poner una fórmula en la caja. También hay
-varias instrucciones productoras de texto y entornos para hacer una caja
-que ponga a LaTeX en el modo de párrafo. La caja hecha por medio de
-una de estas instrucciones o entornos se llama <code>parbox</code>. Cuando
-LaTeX está en el modo de párrafo mientras que hace una caja, se dice
-que está en &ldquo;modo interno de párrafo&rdquo;. Su modo de párrafo normal, que
-se inicia fuera de él, se llama el &ldquo;modo de párrafo externo&rdquo;.
-</p>
-
-<hr>
-<a name="Estilos-de-P_00e1gina"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="n" rel="next">Espacios</a>, Previous: <a href="#Modos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Modos</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="Estilos-de-Pagina"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">19 Estilos de Página</h2>
-<a name="index-estilos_002c-pagina"></a>
-<a name="index-estilos-de-pagina"></a>
-
-<p>La instrucción <code>\documentclass</code> determina el tamaño y posición de
-las cabeceras y pies de página. El estilo de página determina lo que
-sucede en ellos.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1">\maketitle</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Genera una página de título.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2">\pagenumbering</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Fija el estilo utilizado para los números de página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3">\pagestyle</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Cambia el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4">\thispagestyle</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Cambiar el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página para esa página.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>Funciona de la misma manera que el <code class="code">\pagestyle</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>), excepto que cambia a <var class="var">style</var> solo para la
+página actual. Esta declaración tiene alcance global, por lo que su
+efecto no está delimitado por llaves o entornos.
+</p>
+<p>A menudo, la primera página de un capítulo o sección tiene un estilo
+diferente. Por ejemplo, este documento de libro LaTeX tiene la
+primera página del primer capítulo en estilo <code class="code">plain</code>, como es el
+predeterminado (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+\chapter{Primer capítulo}
+ ...
+\chapter{Segundo capítulo}\thispagestyle{empty}
+ ...
+</pre></div>
+<p>El estilo <code class="code">plain</code> tiene un número de página, centrado en el pie
+de página. Para hacer que la página esté completamente vacía, el
+comando <code class="code">\thispagestyle{empty}</code> sigue inmediatamente al segundo
+<code class="code">\chapter</code>.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cmaketitle"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Espacios">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagenumbering</a>, Up: <a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Estilos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cajas</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Estilos de página</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cmaketitle-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">19.1 <code>\maketitle</code></h3>
-<a name="index-titulos_002c-haciendo"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cmaketitle"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Espacios-1">19 Espacios</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacios"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-en-blanco"></a>
+
+<p>LaTeX tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco o espacios
+llenos. Algunos de estos se adaptan mejor al texto matemático; para
+estos&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\enspace</code>, <code class="code">\quad</code> y <code class="code">\qquad</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\hfill</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\hss</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="6">Barra invertida-espacio, <code class="code">\ </code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7"><code class="code">~</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> y <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\/</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> y <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip"><code class="code">\bigskip</code>, <code class="code">\medskip</code> y <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak"><code class="code">\bigbreak</code>, <code class="code">\medbreak</code> y <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code class="code">\vfill</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace"><code class="code">\addvspace</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005censpace_002c-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad">19.1 <code class="code">\enspace</code>, <code class="code">\quad</code> y <code class="code">\qquad</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005censpace"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cquad"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cqquad"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005censpace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cquad-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cqquad-1"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\maketitle</code> genera un título en una página
-independiente &mdash; excepto en la clase <code>article</code>, donde se coloca el
-título en la parte superior de la primera página. La información
-utilizada para producir el título se obtiene de las siguientes
-declaraciones:
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\author{<var>nombre</var> \and <var>nombre2</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cauthor_007bnombre-_005cand-nombre2_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-autor_002c-para-titlepage"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-para-_005cauthor"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cand-para-_005cauthor"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\author</code> declara los autor(es) del documento, donde
-el argumento es una lista de autores separados por instrucciones
-<code>\and</code>. Use <code>\\</code> para separar líneas con una única entrada de
-autor &mdash;por ejemplo, para proporcionar las entidades de autor o
-dirección.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\enspace
+\quad
+\qquad
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Inserta un espacio horizontal de 1/2<span class="dmn">em</span>, 1<span class="dmn">em</span> o
+2<span class="dmn">em</span>. La em es una longitud definida por un diseñador de fuentes,
+a menudo considerada como el ancho de una M&nbsp;mayúscula. Una
+ventaja de describir el espacio en ems es que puede ser más portátil
+entre documentos que una medida absoluta como puntos
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes_002fem">Longitudes/em</a>).
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\date{<var>texto</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdate_007btexto_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-fecha_002c-para-la-pagina-de-titulo"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\date</code> declara el <var>texto</var> para ser la fecha del
-documento. Sin la instrucción <code>\date</code>, se utiliza la fecha actual
-(see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a>).
+<p>Esto pone un
+espacio adecuado entre dos gráficos.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\thanks{<var>texto</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cthanks_007btexto_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-thanks_002c-para-titlepage"></a>
-<a name="index-creditos-al-pie-de-pagina"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\thanks</code> produce un pie de página
-(<code>\footnote</code>) para el título, normalmente utilizada para
-reconocimiento de créditos.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{womensmile.png}%
+ \qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a>, para <code class="code">\quad</code> y
+<code class="code">\qquad</code>. Estas son longitudes de siglos de composición
+tipográfica y, por lo tanto, pueden ser una mejor opción en muchas
+circunstancias que las longitudes arbitrarias, como las que se
+obtienen con <code class="code">\hspace</code>.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\title{<var>texto</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctitle_007btexto_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-title_002c-para-titlepage"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-para-_005ctitle"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\title</code> declara <var>texto</var> para ser el título del
-documento. Use <code>\\</code> para forzar un salto de línea, de la manera
-usual.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hfill</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\enspace</code>, <code class="code">\quad</code> y <code class="code">\qquad</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chspace-1">19.2 <code class="code">\hspace</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chspace"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hspace{<var class="var">length</var>}
+\hspace*{<var class="var">length</var>}
+</pre></div>
+<p>Inserta la cantidad <var class="var">length</var> de espacio horizontal. <var class="var">length</var>
+puede ser positiva, negativa o cero; agregar una cantidad negativa de
+espacio es como retroceder. Es una longitud elástica, es decir, puede
+contener un componente <code class="code">plus</code> o <code class="code">minus</code>, o ambas
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Debido a que el espacio se puede estirar y
+contraer, a veces se le llama <em class="dfn">pegamento</em>.
+</p>
+<p>Esto hace una línea con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Name:</samp>&rsquo; a una pulgada del margen derecho.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La forma <code class="code">*</code> inserta un espacio horizontal que no se puede
+descartar. Más precisamente, cuando TeX divide un párrafo en
+líneas blancas el espacio&mdash;pegamentos y kerns&mdash;que vienen en un
+salto de línea se descartan. La forma-<code class="code">*</code> evita eso
+(técnicamente, agrega un elemento invisible no descartable delante del
+espacio).
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\parbox{0.8\linewidth}{%
+ Completa cada espacio en blanco: Cuatro \hspace*{1in} y hace
+ siete años nuestros padres produjeron en este continente, un nuevo
+ \hspace*{1in}, concebido en \hspace*{1in}, y dedicado a la
+ propuesta que todos los hombres son creados \hspace*{1in}.}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>el espacio en blanco de 1&nbsp;pulgada que sigue a &lsquo;<samp class="samp">concebido en</samp>&rsquo;
+cae al principio de una linea. Si borras el <code class="code">*</code> entonces
+LaTeX descarta el espacio en blanco.
+</p>
+<p>Aquí, el <code class="code">\hspace</code> separa los tres gráficos.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{lion.png}% el espacio extra queda fuera del
+ comentario
+ \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{tiger.png}%
+ \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{bear.png}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Porque el argumento de cada <code class="code">\hspace</code> tiene <code class="code">minus 0.25cm</code>,
+cada uno se puede encoger un poco si las tres figuras son demasiado
+anchas. Pero cada espacio no se reducirá más de 0.25<span class="dmn">cm</span>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cpagenumbering"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chfill">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagestyle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\maketitle</a>, Up: <a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Estilos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hss</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cpagenumbering-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">19.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cpagenumbering"></a>
-<a name="index-estilo-de-numeracion-de-pagina"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chfill-1">19.3 <code class="code">\hfill</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chfill"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tramo_002c-infinito-horizontal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tramo-horizontal-infinito"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pagenumbering{<var>estilo</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hfill
</pre></div>
-<p>Especifica el estilo de los números de página, de acuerdo a
-<var>estilo</var>. <code>\pagenumbering</code> tambien
-reinicializa le numero de pagína a <em>1</em>. Los valores de <var>estilo</var>
-que se pueden utilizar son por ejemplo::
+<p>Produce una longitud elástica que no tenga espacio natural pero que se
+pueda estirar horizontalmente tanto como sea necesario
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>arabic</code></dt>
-<dd><p>números arábigos
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>roman</code></dt>
-<dd><p>números romanos en minúscula
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>Roman</code></dt>
-<dd><p>numeros romanos en mayúscula
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>alph</code></dt>
-<dd><p>letras en minúscula
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>Alph</code></dt>
-<dd><p>letras en mayúscula
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
+<p>Esto crea un párrafo de una línea con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Name:</samp>&rsquo; en el lado izquierdo
+de la página y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Prueba uno</samp>&rsquo; a la derecha.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent Name:\hfill Prueba uno
+</pre></div>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfill"></a>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\hfill</code> es equivalente a <code class="code">\hspace{\fill}</code> y
+por lo que el espacio se puede descartar en los saltos de línea. Para
+evitar eso, en su lugar usa <code class="code">\hspace*{\fill}</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005chspace"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Aquí las gráficas están espaciadas uniformemente en el centro de la
+figura.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+\begin{figure}
+ \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph0.png}}%
+ \hfill\vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph1.png}}%
+ \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \caption{Comparación de dos gráficos} \label{fig:twographs}
+\end{figure}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ten en cuenta los <code class="code">\hspace*</code> donde el espacio se podría eliminar.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cpagestyle"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chss">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thispagestyle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pagenumbering</a>, Up: <a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Estilos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hfill</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cpagestyle-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">19.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cpagestyle"></a>
-<a name="index-estilo-de-encabezado"></a>
-<a name="index-estilo-del-pie-de-pagina"></a>
-<a name="index-siguiendo-el-estilo-de-encabezado-y-pie-de-pagina"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chss-1">19.4 <code class="code">\hss</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chss"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-horizontal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-horizontal_002c-extensible"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio_002c-insertando-horizontal"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\pagestyle{<var>estilo</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hss
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\pagestyle</code> especifica como se componen
-tipográficamente las cabeceras y pies de página a partir de la página
-actual. Valores para <var>estilo</var>:
+<p>Produce un espacio horizontal que es infinitamente contraíble así como
+infinitamente extensible (este comando es un primitivo TeX). Los
+autores LaTeX deben alcanzar primero el comando <code class="code">\makebox</code>
+para obtener efectos de <code class="code">\hss</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>plain</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Únicamente un número de página sencillo.
+<p>Aquí, el <code class="code">\hss</code> de la primera línea hace que la Z sobresalga
+hacia la derecha, sobrescribiendo la Y. En la segunda línea, la Z
+sobresale a la izquierda, sobrescribiendo la X.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>empty</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Cabeceras y pies de página vacíos, por ejemplo, sin números de página.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
+X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Sin el <code class="code">\hss</code> obtienes algo como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Sobrecarga \hbox
+(6.11111pt demasiado ancho) detectado en la línea 20</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>headings</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Coloca encabezados en cada página. El estilo de documento especifica lo
-que sucede en las cabeceras.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cspacefactor">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">Barra invertida-espacio, <code class="code">\ </code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hss</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cspacefactor-1">19.5 <code class="code">\spacefactor</code></h3>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>myheadings</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Cabeceras personalizadas, especificadas via las instrucciones
-<code>\markboth</code> o <code>\markright</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\spacefactor=<var class="var">integer</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspacefactor"></a>
+<p>Influye en el comportamiento de estiramiento y contracción del
+pegamento de LaTeX. La mayoría a nivel de usuario los documentos
+no utilizan este comando.
+</p>
+<p>Mientras LaTeX está estilizando el material, puedes estirar o
+encoger los espacios entre palabras. (Este espacio no es un carácter;
+se llama el <em class="dfn">pegamento entre palabras</em>; véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005chspace"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>). El
+comando <code class="code">\spacefactor</code> (de TeX&nbsp;simple) te permite, por
+ejemplo, hacer que el espacio después de un punto se extienda más que
+el espacio después de una letra de final de palabra.
+</p>
+<p>Después de que LaTeX coloca cada carácter, regla u otro cuadro,
+establece un parámetro llamado <em class="dfn">factor de espacio</em>. Si lo
+siguiente en la entrada es un espacio, entonces este parámetro afecta
+cuánto se puede estirar o encoger. Un factor de espacio que es mayor
+que el valor normal significa que el pegamento se puede estirar más y
+encoger menos. Normalmente, el espacio factor es 1000. Este valor
+está en efecto después de la mayoría de los caracteres, y cualquier
+cuadro que no sea de caracteres o fórmula matemática. Pero es 3000
+después de un punto, signo de exclamación o signo de interrogación, es
+2000 después de dos puntos, 1500 después un punto y coma, 1250 después
+de una coma y 0 después de un paréntesis derecho o paréntesis,
+comillas dobles de cierre o comillas simples. Finalmente, es 999
+después de una letra mayúscula.
+</p>
+<p>Si el factor espacio&nbsp;<var class="var">f</var> es 1000, entonces el espacio de
+pegamento será el valor del espacio normal de la letra (para Computer
+Modern Roman 10 puntos esto es 3.3333&nbsp;puntos). De lo contrario,
+si el factor de espacio <var class="var">f</var> es mayor de 2000, entonces TeX
+agrega el valor de espacio extra de la letra (para Computer Modern
+Roman 10 point esto es 1.11111&nbsp;points), y entonces la letra el
+valor de estiramiento normal se multiplica por <em class="math">f /1000</em> y el
+valor normal el valor de contracción se multiplica por <em class="math">1000/f</em>
+(para Computer Modern Roman 10 puntos, estos son 1.66666 y
+1.11111&nbsp;puntos).
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, considera el punto que termina <code class="code">El mejor amigo de un
+hombre es su perro.</code> Después de eso, TeX pone un espacio extra
+fijo, y también permite que el pegamento para estirar 3 veces más y
+encoger 1/3 más, que el pegamento después de <code class="code">amigo</code>, que no
+termina en un punto.
+</p>
+<p>Las reglas para los factores espaciales son aún más complejas porque
+juegan papeles adicionales. En la práctica, hay dos consecuencias.
+Primero, si un punto u otro signo de puntuación está seguido por un
+paréntesis derecho o corchete, o comillas simples o dobles a la
+derecha, entonces el efecto de espaciado de ese período lleva a través
+de esos caracteres (es decir, el pegamento siguiente habrá aumentado
+el estiramiento y la contracción). Segundo, si la puntuación viene
+después de una letra mayúscula, entonces su efecto no está en su lugar
+por lo que obtienes un espacio ordinario. Este segundo caso también
+afecta a las abreviaturas que no terminen en mayúscula (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Solo puedes usar <code class="code">\spacefactor</code> en modo párrafo o modo LR
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). Puedes ver el valor actual con
+<code class="code">\the\spacefactor</code> o <code class="code">\showthe\spacefactor</code>.
+</p>
+<p>(Comentario, no realmente relacionado con <code class="code">\spacefactor</code>: si
+obtienes errores como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo
+vertical</samp>&rsquo;, o &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo matemático.</samp>&rsquo;,
+o &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Impropio \spacefactor</samp>&rsquo; entonces probablemente hayas intentado
+redefinir un comando interno. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> y <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>).
+</p>
+
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\@</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> y <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0040">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> y <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_0040-1">19.5.1 <code class="code">\@</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-arroba"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto_002c-final-de-oracion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto_002c-final-de-abreviatura"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto_002c-espaciado-despues"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cAT"></a>
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">capital-letter</var>\@.
+</pre></div>
-<p>Aquí están las descripciones de <code>\markboth</code> y <code>\markright</code>:
+<p>Trata un punto como final de oración, donde LaTeX de lo contrario
+pensaría que es parte de una abreviatura. LaTeX piensa que un
+punto termina una abreviatura si el punto va después de una letra
+mayúscula, y en caso contrario piensa que el punto termina la oración.
+De manera predeterminada, al justificar una línea LaTeX ajusta el
+espacio después de un punto final de oración (o un signo de pregunta,
+de exclamación, coma o dos puntos) más de lo que ajusta el espacio
+entre palabras (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\markboth{<var>izquierda</var>}{<var>derecha</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmarkboth_007bizquierda_007d_007bderecha_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Establece ambas cabeceras izquierda y derecha. Una &ldquo;cabecera a mano
-izquierda&rdquo; (<var>izquierda</var>) es generada por la última instrucción
-<code>\markboth</code> antes del final de la página, mientras que una
-&ldquo;cabecera a mano derecha&rdquo; (<var>derecha</var>) es generada por la primera
-<code>\markboth</code> o <code>\markright</code> que venga en la página si la hay,
-de otra manera por la última antes de la página.
+<p>Este ejemplo muestra los dos casos para recordar.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\markright{<var>derecha</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005cmarkright_007bderecha_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Establece la cabecera de la derecha, dejando la cabecera de la izquierda
-sin cambios.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Las canciones \textit{Guitarra roja}, etc.\ son de Loudon
+Wainwright~III\@.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El segundo punto termina la oración, a pesar de que está precedido por
+una mayúscula. Le decimos a LaTeX que termina la oración poniendo
+<code class="code">\@</code> antes. El primer punto termina la abreviatura &lsquo;<samp class="samp">etc.</samp>&rsquo;
+pero no la oración. El espacio de barra invertida, <code class="code">\ </code>, produce
+un espacio en la mitad de la oración.
</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
+<p>Entonces: si tienes una letra mayúscula seguida de un punto que
+termina la oración, entonces coloca <code class="code">\@</code> antes del punto. Esto
+se mantiene incluso si hay un paréntesis o corchete derecho
+intermedio, o derecho simple o comillas dobles, porque el efecto de
+espaciado de ese período continúa esos caracteres. Por ejemplo, este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Usa la \textit{Guía de Prácticas de Instrucción}, (un libro de la
+MAA)\@.
+</pre></div>
+<p>tendrá el espaciado correcto entre oraciones después del punto.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\@</code> es solo para un modo de texto. Si lo usas fuera
+de un modo de texto, entonces obtienes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No puedes usar
+`\spacefactor' en modo vertical</samp>&rsquo; (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Comentario: el caso inverso es un punto que termina una abreviatura
+cuya última letra no es una letra mayúscula, y esa abreviatura no es
+la última palabra en la oración. Para ese caso sigue el punto con una
+barra invertida, (<code class="code">\ </code>), o una tie, (<code class="code">~</code>), o <code class="code">\@</code>.
+Algunos ejemplos son <code class="code">Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code> y <code class="code">Mr.~Bean</code>, y
+<code class="code">(manure, etc.\@) a la venta</code> (nótese en la última que la
+<code class="code">\@</code> viene antes del paréntesis de cierre).
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cthispagestyle"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pagestyle</a>, Up: <a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="u" rel="up">Estilos de Página</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cthispagestyle_007bestilo_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">19.4 <code>\thispagestyle{<var>estilo</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cthispagestyle"></a>
-
-<p>La instrucción <code>\thispagestyle</code> trabaja de la misma manera que la
-instrucción <code>\pagestyle</code> (vea la sección previa) excepto que esta
-únicamente cambia el <var>estilo</var> de la página actual.
-</p>
-
-<hr>
-<a name="Espacios"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cajas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Estilos de Página</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="Espacios-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">20 Espacios</h2>
-<a name="index-espacios"></a>
-
-<p>LaTeX tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco (o llenos).
-</p>
-<p>Otra instrucción que produce espacios es <code>\</code> para producir un
-espacio &ldquo;fino&rdquo; (por lo general 1/6cuadrático).
-Se puede
-utilizar en modo texto, pero más a menudo es útil en modo matemático
-(see <a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math">Espacios en Modo Math</a>).
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">Espacio horizontal
-</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="1">\hspace</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Espacio horizontal fijo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="2">\hfill</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Espacio horizontal extensible.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cSPACE" accesskey="3">\SPACE</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Espacio normal entre palabras.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cAT" accesskey="4">\AT</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Finalizando una frase.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="5">\thinspace</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Una sexta parte de una em.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="6">\/</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Corrección cursiva por caracteres.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill" accesskey="7">\hrulefill</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Regla horizontal extensible.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cdotfill" accesskey="8">\dotfill</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Puntos horizontales extensibles.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
-
-Espacio Vertical
-</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="9">\addvspace</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario si es necesario.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Espacio vertical fijo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Espacio vertical infinitamente extensible.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\@</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing"></a><h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing-1">19.5.2 <code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> y <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></h4>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnonfrenchspacing"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfrenchspacing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espaciado_002c-entre-oraciones"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\frenchspacing
+\nonfrenchspacing
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La primera declaración hace que LaTeX maneje el espacio entre
+oraciones de la misma manera que el espaciado entre palabras en medio
+de una frase. El segundo vuelve al manejo predeterminado en el que el
+espacio entre oraciones se estira o se encoge más
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Algunas tradiciones tipográficas, incluido el inglés, prefieren
+ajustar el espacio entre oraciones (o espacios después de un signo de
+interrogación, signo de exclamación, coma o dos puntos) más que el
+espacio entre palabras que están en medio de una oración. Declarando
+<code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> (el comando es de TeX) simple cambia a la
+tradición de que todos los espacios son tratados por igual.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005chspace"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> y <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005chspace-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.1 <code>\hspace</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005chspace"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes-1">19.5.3 <code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnormalsfcodes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espaciado_002c-entre-oraciones-1"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\hspace[*]{<var>longitud</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\normalsfcodes
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\hspace</code> añade espacio horizontal. El argumento
-<var>length</var> se puede expresar en cualquier término que LaTeX
-entienda: puntos, pulgadas, etc. Esta es la longitud a preservar.
-Usted puede agregar tanto espacios negativos como positivos con una
-instrucción <code>\hspace</code>; agregar espacio negativo es como espacio
-hacia atrás.
+<p>Restablece los factores de espacio de LaTeX a los valores
+predeterminados (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>LaTeX normalmente elimina el espacio horizontal que viene al
-principio o al final de una línea. Para preservar este espacio, use la
-forma opcional con <code>*</code>.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">~</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Barra-invertida_002despacio_002c-_005c-">19.6 Barra invertida-espacio, <code class="code">\ </code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cNEWLINE"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cSPACE"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cTAB"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c-_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cSPACE-1"></a>
+
+<p>Esta sección se refiere al comando que consta de dos caracteres, una
+barra invertida seguida de un espacio.<br>Sinopsis:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ <!-- /@w -->
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce un espacio. De manera predeterminada produce espacios en
+blanco de longitud 3.33333<span class="dmn">pt</span> más 1.66666<span class="dmn">pt</span> menos
+1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span>.
+</p>
+<p>Cuando escribes uno o más espacios en blanco entre palabras, LaTeX
+produce espacio blanco. Pero eso es diferente a un espacio explícito.
+Esto ilustra.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rl}
+Un espacio en blanco:&amp; hace algo de espacio \\
+Tres espacios en blanco:&amp; en un renglón \\
+Tres espacios:&amp;\ \ \ en un renglón \\
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En la primera línea, LaTeX pone algo de espacio después de los dos
+puntos. Sobre la segunda línea LaTeX colapsa los tres espacios en
+blanco para generar un espacio en blanco, por lo que termina con el
+mismo espacio después de los dos puntos como en la primera linea.
+LaTeX los colapsaría de manera similar en un solo espacio en blanco
+si uno, dos o los tres espacios en blanco fueron reemplazados por una
+tabulación, o por una nueva línea. Sin embargo, la línea inferior
+pide tres espacios para que el área blanca sea más ancha. Es decir,
+el comando barra invertida-espacio crea una cantidad fija de espacio
+horizontal. (Ten en cuenta que puedes definir un espacio horizontal
+de cualquier ancho con <code class="code">\hspace</code>; <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005chspace"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El comando barra-inversa-espacio tiene dos usos principales. A menudo
+se usa después de secuencias de control para evitar que se traguen el
+espacio en blanco que sigue, como después de <code class="code">\TeX</code> en
+<code class="code">\TeX\ (o \LaTeX)</code>. (Pero usar llaves tiene la ventaja de seguir
+funcionando si el siguiente carácter es un espacio en blanco o
+cualquier otra no letra, como en <code class="code">\TeX{} (o \LaTeX{})</code> en la
+que <code class="code">{}</code> se puede agregar después de <code class="code">\LaTeX</code> así como
+después de <code class="code">\TeX</code>). El otro uso común es que marca un punto como
+final de una abreviatura en lugar de terminar una oración, como en
+<code class="code">Prof.\ Smith</code> o <code class="code">Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>En circunstancias normales, <code class="code">\</code><kbd class="key">TAB</kbd> y <code class="code">\</code><kbd class="key">NEWLINE</kbd>
+son equivalentes a la barra invertida-espacio, <code class="code">\ </code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="Espacios-en-blanco-iniciales"></a><p>Ten en cuenta también que para
+permitir la sangría del código fuente, en circunstancias normales,
+TeX ignora los espacios en blanco iniciales en una línea. Entonces
+el siguiente imprime &lsquo;<samp class="samp">una palabra</samp>&rsquo;:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">una
+ palabra
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>donde el espacio en blanco entre &lsquo;<samp class="samp">una</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">palabra</samp>&rsquo; es
+producido por la nueva línea después de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">una</samp>&rsquo;, no por el espacio
+antes de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">palabra</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005chfill"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_007e">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cSPACE" accesskey="n" rel="next">\SPACE</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> y <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Barra invertida-espacio, <code class="code">\ </code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005chfill-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.2 <code>\hfill</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_007e-1">19.7 <code class="code">~</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005chfill"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\hfill</code> produce un &ldquo;relleno de longitud&rdquo; que no
-tiene espacio natural sino que se puede extender o reducir en sentido
-horizontal en la medida necesaria.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_007e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio_002c-irrompible"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-duro"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-irrompible"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-NBSP"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">before</var>~<var class="var">after</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El carácter <em class="dfn">tie</em>, <code class="code">~</code>, genera un espacio entre <var class="var">before</var>
+y <var class="var">after</var> en el que la línea no se romperá. De manera
+predeterminada el espacio en blanco tiene una longitud de
+3.33333<span class="dmn">pt</span> más 1.66666<span class="dmn">pt</span> menos 1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cfill"></a>
-<p>El parámetro <code>\fill</code> es la misma longitud a rellenar (técnicamente,
-el valor a agregar &lsquo;<samp>0pt plus1fill</samp>&rsquo;); es decir, <code>\hspace\fill</code>
-es equivalente a <code>\hfill</code>.
+<p>Ten en cuenta que la palabra &lsquo;<samp class="samp">tie</samp>&rsquo; tiene este significado en la
+comunidad TeX/Texinfo; esto difiere del término tipográfico
+&ldquo;tie&rdquo;, que es un diacrítico en forma de arco, llamado acento de
+&ldquo;lazo-después&rdquo; en <cite class="cite">El libro TeX</cite>.
</p>
+<p>Aquí LaTeX no romperá la línea entre las dos últimas palabras:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Gracias al Prof.~Lerman.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Además, a pesar del punto, LaTeX no usa el espaciado al final de la
+oración (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Los lazos evitan la separación de cosas al final de la línea donde eso
+podría causar confusión. También todavía permiten la separación
+silábica (de cualquiera de las palabras ligadas), por lo que
+generalmente son preferibles a poner palabras consecutivas en un
+<code class="code">\mbox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>También son cuestión de gusto, a veces alarmantemente dogmáticos,
+entre los lectores. Sin embargo, aquí hay algunos modelos de uso,
+muchos de ellos de <cite class="cite">El libro de TeX</cite>.
+</p>
+<ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
+<li>Entre una etiqueta de enumerador y un número, como en las referencias:
+<code class="code">Capítulo~12</code>, o <code class="code">Teorema~\ref{th:Wilsons}</code>, o
+<code class="code">Figura~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>.
+
+</li><li>Cuando los casos se enumeran en línea: <code class="code">(b)~Muestra que $f(x)$ es
+(1)~continuo, y (2)~acotado</code>.
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-siunitx-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-siunitx-package-1"></a>
+
+</li><li>Entre un número y su unidad: <code class="code">$745.7.8$~watts</code> (El paquete
+<code class="code">siunitx</code> tiene una función especial para esto) o
+<code class="code">144~eggs</code>. Esto incluye entre un número de mes y día en una
+fecha: <code class="code">Octubre~12</code> o <code class="code">12~Oct</code>. En general, en cualquier
+expresión donde números y abreviaturas o símbolos están separados por
+un espacio: <code class="code">AD~565</code>, o <code class="code">2:50~pm</code>, o <code class="code">Boeing~747</code>, o
+<code class="code">268~Camino de las llanuras</code>, o <code class="code">\$$1.4$~billón</code>. Otras
+opciones comunes aquí son un espacio delgado (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> y <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>) y no hay espacio en absoluto.
+
+</li><li>Cuando las frases matemáticas se traducen en palabras:
+<code class="code">equals~$n$</code>, o <code class="code">menor que~$\epsilon$</code>, o <code class="code">dado~$X$</code>, o
+<code class="code">módulo~$p^e$ para todos los ~$n$</code> grandes (pero compara
+<code class="code">es~$15$</code> con <code class="code">es $15$~veces la altura</code>). Entre símbolos
+matemáticos en aposición con sustantivos: <code class="code">dimensión~$d$</code> o
+<code class="code">función~$f(x)$</code> (pero compara <code class="code">con longitud $l$~o
+más</code>). Cuando un símbolo es un objeto fuertemente ligado de una
+preposición: <code class="code">de~$x$</code>, o <code class="code">de $0$ a~$1$</code>, o <code class="code">en común
+con ~$m$</code>.
+
+</li><li>Entre símbolos en serie: <code class="code">$1$,~$2$, o~$3$</code> o <code class="code">$1$,~$2$,
+\ldots,~$n$</code>.
+
+</li><li>Entre los nombres de pila de una persona y entre varios apellidos:
+<code class="code">Donald~E. Knuth</code>, o <code class="code">Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo</code>, o
+<code class="code">Charles~XII</code>&mdash;pero debes darle a TeX lugares para romper la
+línea así que podrías hacer <code class="code">Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la
+Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>.
+
+</li></ul>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cSPACE"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cAT" accesskey="n" rel="next">\AT</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\/</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">~</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cSPACE-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.3 <code>\SPACE</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cSPACE"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cTAB"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cNEWLINE"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace-1">19.8 <code class="code">\thinspace</code> y <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cthinspace"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnegthinspace"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cthinspace-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnegthinspace-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-delgado-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio_002c-delgado"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-delgado_002c-negativo-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio_002c-negativo-delgado"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\thinspace
+\negthinspace
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\ </code> (space) produce un espacio entre palabras
-normal. Es útil después de signos de puntuación que no deben terminar
-una oración. Por ejemplo, <code>Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\
-Math\. Soc.\ es fundamental</code>. Esta también se suele utilizar después de
-secuencias de control, como en <code>\TeX\ es un sistema agradable</code>.
+<p>Estos producen espacios irrompibles e inextensibles de 1/6<span class="dmn">em</span> y
+-1/6<span class="dmn">em</span>, respectivamente. Estos son los equivalentes en modo
+texto de <code class="code">\,</code> y <code class="code">\!</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico_002f_005cthinspace">Espaciado en modo matemático/\thinspace</a>).
</p>
-<p>En circunstancias normales, <code>\</code><tt class="key">tab</tt> y <code>\</code><tt class="key">newline</tt>
-son equivalentes a <code>\ </code>.
+<p>Puedes usar <code class="code">\,</code> como sinónimo de <code class="code">\thinspace</code> en modo
+texto.
</p>
+<p>Un uso común de <code class="code">\thinspace</code> es como el espacio entre comillas
+anidadas:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Killick respondió: &quot;Escuché al capitán decir: 'Ahoy allí.'\thinspace&quot;
+</pre></div>
+<p>Otro uso es que algunas guías de estilo requieren un <code class="code">\thinspace</code>
+entre una elipsis y un punto final de oración (otras guías de estilo,
+creo que los tres puntos y/o los cuatro puntos son suficientes). Otro
+uso específico del estilo es entre iniciales, como en
+<code class="code">D.\thinspace E.\Knuth</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsmath-12"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsmath-package-12"></a>
+<p>LaTeX proporciona una variedad de comandos de
+espaciado similares para el modo matemático (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a>). Con el paquete <code class="code">amsmath</code>, o como de la versión
+2020-10-01 LaTeX, se pueden usar en modo texto así como el modo
+matemático, incluido <code class="code">\!</code> para <code class="code">\negthinspace</code>; pero de lo
+contrario, solo están disponibles en el modo matemático.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cAT"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_002f">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cSPACE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\SPACE</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> y <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> y <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005c_0040"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.4 <code>\@</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005c_0040"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_002f-1">19.9 <code class="code">\/</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_002f"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-correccion-en-cursiva"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\@</code> hace que el siguiente carácter de puntuación
-final una declaración incluso si normalmente no es así. Esto se suele
-utilizar después de una letra mayúscula. Aquí están lado a lado
-ejemplos con y sin <code>\@</code>:
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">&hellip; en C\@. Pascal, aunque &hellip;
-&hellip; en C. Pascal, aunque &hellip;
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">before-character</var>\/<var class="var">after-character</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>produce
+<p>Inserta una <em class="dfn">corrección en cursiva</em>, un pequeño espacio definido
+por el diseñador de letra para cada carácter (posiblemente cero), para
+evitar el carácter chocando con lo que sigue. Cuando usas <code class="code">\/</code>,
+LaTeX toma la corrección del archivo métrico de la fuente, la
+escala por cualquier escala que se ha aplicado a la fuente, y luego
+inserta esa cantidad de espacio horizontal.
</p>
-<blockquote>
-<p>&hellip; en C. Pascal, aunque &hellip;
-&hellip; en C. Pascal, aunque &hellip;
-</p></blockquote>
+<p>Aquí, si no fuera por la <code class="code">\/</code>, el <var class="var">before-character</var>
+cursiva&nbsp;f golpearía el <var class="var">after-character</var> roman&nbsp;H
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}
+</pre></div>
+<p>porque la letra cursiva f se inclina mucho hacia la derecha.
+</p>
+<p>Si <var class="var">after-character</var> es un punto o una coma, no insertes una
+corrección en cursiva ya que esos símbolos de puntuación son tan bajos
+para la línea base ya. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos puntos,
+así como con letras normales, la corrección en cursiva puede
+ayudar. Se usa normalmente entre un cambio de fuentes cursivas o
+inclinadas a una fuente vertical.
+</p>
+<p>Cuando usas comandos como <code class="code">\emph</code> y <code class="code">\textit</code> y
+<code class="code">\textsl</code> para cambiar las fuentes, LaTeX inserta
+automáticamente la corrección en cursiva cuando sea necesario
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a>). Sin embargo, declaraciones como
+<code class="code">\em</code> e <code class="code">\itshape</code> y <code class="code">\slshape</code> no inserta
+automáticamente correcciones en cursiva.
+</p>
+<p>Los caracteres verticales también pueden tener una corrección en
+cursiva. Un ejemplo donde se necesita es el nombre
+<code class="code">pdf\/\TeX</code>. Sin embargo, la mayoría de los caracteres verticales
+tienen una corrección de cursiva cero. Algunos creadores de fuentes no
+incluyen valores de corrección de cursiva ni siquiera para fuentes en
+cursiva.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfontdimen1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dimension-de-fuente_002c-inclinacion"></a>
+<p>Técnicamente, LaTeX usa otro valor específico de fuente, el llamado
+<em class="dfn">parámetro inclinado</em> (es decir, <code class="code">\fontdimen1</code>), para
+determinar si posiblemente insertar una corrección en cursiva, en
+lugar de vincular la acción a comandos de fuente particulares.
+</p>
+<p>No existe el concepto de corrección de cursiva en el modo matemático;
+el espaciado matemático está hecho de una manera diferente.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cthinspace"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next">\/</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\AT</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\bigskip</code>, <code class="code">\medskip</code> y <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\/</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cthinspace-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.5 <code>\thinspace</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cthinspace"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill-1">19.10 <code class="code">\hrulefill</code> y <code class="code">\dotfill</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005chrulefill"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cdotfill"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chrulefill"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdotfill"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\hrulefill
+\dotfill
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce una longitud elástica horizontal infinita (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>)
+que LaTeX se rellena con una regla (es decir, una línea) o con
+puntos, en lugar de espacio en blanco.
+</p>
+<p>Esto genera una línea de 2 pulgadas de largo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Nombre:~\makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Este ejemplo, cuando se coloca entre líneas en blanco, crea un párrafo
+que está justificado a la izquierda y a la derecha y donde el medio
+está lleno de manera uniforme de puntos espaciados.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para hacer que la regla o los puntos vayan al final de la línea, usa
+<code class="code">\null</code> al comenzar o terminar.
+</p>
+<p>Para cambiar el grosor de la regla, copia la definición y ajústala,
+como aquí
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>que cambia el grosor predeterminado de 0.4<span class="dmn">pt</span> a 1<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Del
+mismo modo, ajusta el espacio entre puntos como con
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>que cambia la longitud predeterminada de 0.33<span class="dmn">em</span> a 1.00<span class="dmn">em</span>.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo produce una línea para una firma.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{minipage}{4cm}
+ \centering
+ \hrulefill\\
+ Firmado
+\end{minipage}
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\thinspace</code> produce un espacio inviolable e inextensible que es de
-un 1/6 de em. Este es el espacio adecuado para su uso en citas
-anidadas, como en &rsquo;&rdquo;.
+<p>La línea mide 4<span class="dmn">cm</span> de largo.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005c_002f"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hrulefill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thinspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\bigbreak</code>, <code class="code">\medbreak</code> y <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> y <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005c_002f-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.6 <code>\/</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005c_002f"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cbigskip_002c-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">19.11 <code class="code">\bigskip</code>, <code class="code">\medskip</code> y <code class="code">\smallskip</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbigskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmedskip"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csmallskip"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigskip"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmedskip"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csmallskip"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\/</code> produce una <em>corrección en cursiva</em>. Este
-es un pequeño espacio definido por el diseñador de tipografías para un
-carácter determinado, para evitar chocar con el carácter que lo sigue.
-El carácter en cursiva <i>f</i> típicamente tiene un valor de corrección en
-cursiva grande.
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
-<p>Si el siguiente carácter es un punto o una coma, no es necesario
-insertar una corrección en cursiva, dado que estos símbolos tienen una
-puntuación de muy poca altura. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos
-puntos, así como letras normales, puede ayudar. Compare
-<i>f: f;</i> (en la salida TeX, las &lsquo;f&rsquo;s están separadas correctamente)
-con <i>f: f;</i>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bigskip
+\medskip
+\smallskip
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce una cantidad de espacio vertical, grande, mediano o
+pequeño. Estos comandos son frágiles (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Aquí el salto sugiere el paso del tiempo (de <i class="i">El océano dorado</i> por
+O&rsquo;Brian).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">El señor Saumarez tendría algo grosero que decirle, sin duda: él
+estaba en casa de nuevo, y era una delicia.
+
+\bigskip
+
+``Ciento cincuenta y siete millas y un tercio, en veinticuatro horas&quot;,
+dijo Pedro.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Cada comando está asociado a una longitud definida en el archivo de la clase
+documento.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="bigskip"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cbigskip-1'><span><code class="code">\bigskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cbigskip-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigskipamount"></a>
+<p>Lo mismo que <code class="code">\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, normalmente alrededor
+de una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción. El valor
+predeterminado para el <code class="code">libro</code> y las clases de <code class="code">article</code> son
+<code class="code">12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="medskip"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cmedskip-1'><span><code class="code">\medskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cmedskip-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmedskipamount"></a>
+<p>Lo mismo que <code class="code">\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, normalmente alrededor
+de la mitad de una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción.
+El valor predeterminado para las clases <code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">article</code>
+son <code class="code">6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="smallskip"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005csmallskip-1'><span><code class="code">\smallskip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005csmallskip-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csmallskipamount"></a>
+<p>Lo mismo que <code class="code">\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, normalmente sobre un
+espacio de un cuarto de línea, con estiramiento y contracción. El
+valor predeterminado para las clases <code class="code">book</code> y <code class="code">article</code> son
+<code class="code">3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Debido a que cada comando es un <code class="code">\vspace</code>, si lo usas en medio
+del párrafo entonces insertará su espacio vertical entre la línea en
+la que lo usas y la siguiente línea, no necesariamente en el lugar
+donde lo usas. Así que estos son mejores entre párrafos.
</p>
-<p>A pesar del nombre, los caracteres latinos también pueden tener una
-corrección en cursiva. Compare
-pdfTeX (en la TeX salida, hay un pequeño espacio después de la
-&lsquo;f&rsquo;)
-con pdfTeX.
+<p>Los comandos <code class="code">\bigbreak</code>, <code class="code">\medbreak</code> y <code class="code">\smallbreak</code>
+son similares pero también sugieren a LaTeX que este es un buen
+lugar para poner un salto de página (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak"><code class="code">\bigbreak</code>, <code class="code">\medbreak</code> y <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005chrulefill"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\dotfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\/</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\bigskip</code>, <code class="code">\medskip</code> y <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005chrulefill-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.7 <code>\hrulefill</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005chrulefill"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cbigbreak_002c-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak">19.12 <code class="code">\bigbreak</code>, <code class="code">\medbreak</code> y <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cbigbreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmedbreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csmallbreak"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cbigbreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmedbreak"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csmallbreak"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\hrulefill</code> produce un &ldquo;relleno de longitud&rdquo; el
-cual se puede estrechar o estirar horizontalmente. Este se llenará con
-una regla horizontal.
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\bigbreak
+\medbreak
+\smallbreak
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce un espacio vertical que sea grande o mediano o pequeño, y
+sugiere a LaTeX que este es un buen lugar para romper la página.
+(Las sanciones asociadas son &minus;200, &minus;100 y &minus;50)
+respectivamente.
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip"><code class="code">\bigskip</code>, <code class="code">\medskip</code> y <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a>, para más. Estos comandos
+producen el mismo espacio vertical pero difieren en que también
+eliminan un espacio vertical precedente si es menor que lo que
+insertarías (como con <code class="code">\addvspace</code>). Además, terminan un párrafo
+donde se usan: este ejemplo
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">abc\bigbreak def ghi
+
+jkl mno pqr
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>generará tres párrafos, el primero que termina en &lsquo;<samp class="samp">abc</samp>&rsquo; y el
+segundo comienza, después de un espacio vertical adicional y una
+sangría de párrafo, con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">def</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cdotfill"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cstrut">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addvspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hrulefill</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\bigbreak</code>, <code class="code">\medbreak</code> y <code class="code">\smallbreak</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cdotfill-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.8 <code>\dotfill</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cstrut-1">19.13 <code class="code">\strut</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstrut"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-strut-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\strut
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Asegúrate de que la línea actual tenga una altura de al menos
+<code class="code">0.7\baselineskip</code> y profundidad al menos de
+<code class="code">0.3\baselineskip</code>. Esencialmente, LaTeX inserta en la línea
+un rectángulo de ancho cero,
+<code class="code">\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crule"><code class="code">\rule</code></a>). El <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> cambia con la fuente o
+tamaño de fuente actual.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, <code class="code">\strut</code> mantiene la caja dentro del marco de
+tener altura cero.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005cdotfill"></a>
+<p>Este ejemplo tiene cuatro listas. En el primero hay una brecha mucho
+mayor. entre los elementos 2 y&nbsp;3 que entre los elementos 1
+y&nbsp;2. La segunda lista corrige eso con un <code class="code">\strut</code> al final
+de su primer elemento de la segunda línea.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
+\noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}
+ \item test
+ \item test
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}%
+\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}
+ \item test
+ \item test
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}%
+\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}%
+\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}%
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\dotfill</code> produce un &ldquo;relleno de longitud&rdquo; la
-cual se rellena con puntos en lugar de sólo espacios en blanco.
+<p>Las dos listas finales usan <code class="code">\fbox</code> para mostrar lo que está
+sucediendo. El primer elemento <code class="code">\parbox</code> de la tercera lista va
+solo al final de su segundo &lsquo;<samp class="samp">test</samp>&rsquo;, que sucede que no tiene
+ningún carácter que descender por debajo de la línea base. La cuarta
+lista agrega el puntal que da el espacio adicional necesario debajo de
+la línea base.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-TikZ-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TikZ-package-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asymptote-package-1"></a>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\strut</code> suele
+ser útil en gráficos, como en <code class="code">TikZ</code> o <code class="code">Asymptote</code>.
+Por ejemplo, puedes tener un comando como
+<code class="code">\graphnode{<var class="var">nombre-nodo</var>}</code> que se ajusta a un círculo
+alrededor de <var class="var">nombre-nodo</var>. Sin embargo, a menos que tengas
+cuidado con el <var class="var">nombre-nodo</var> &lsquo;<samp class="samp">x</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">y</samp>&rsquo; producirán
+círculos de diferentes diámetros porque los caracteres son de
+diferentes tamaños. Un <code class="code">\graphnode</code> cuidadoso podría insertar
+<code class="code">\strut</code>, entonces <var class="var">nombre-nodo</var> y luego dibujar el círculo.
+</p>
+<p>El enfoque general de usar un <code class="code">\rule</code> ancho cero es útil en
+muchas circunstancias. En esta tabla, la regla de ancho cero mantiene
+la parte superior de la primera integral de golpear el <code class="code">\hline</code>.
+Del mismo modo, la segunda regla evita que la segunda integral
+coincida con la primera.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rl}
+ \textsc{Integral} &amp;\textsc{Value} \\
+ \hline
+ $\int_0^x t\, dt$ &amp;$x^2/2$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex} \\
+ $\int_0^x t^2\, dt$ &amp;$x^3/3$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex}
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>(Aunque el comando de doble barra invertida de final de línea tiene un
+argumento opcional para cambiar el salto de línea base
+correspondiente, eso no resuelve este problema. Cambiar la primera
+barra invertida doble a algo como <code class="code">\\[2.5ex]</code> pondrá más espacio
+entre la línea de encabezado y la regla <code class="code">\hline</code>, y la integral
+seguiría cumpliendo la regla).
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005caddvspace"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdotfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\dotfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\vfill</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005caddvspace-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.9 <code>\addvspace</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005caddvspace"></a>
-<a name="index-espacio-vertical"></a>
-<a name="index-espacio-vertical_002c-insertando"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cvspace-1">19.14 <code class="code">\vspace</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-vertical"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio_002c-vertical"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\vspace{<var class="var">length</var>}
+\vspace*{<var class="var">length</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\addvspace{longitud}</code>
+<p>Agrega <var class="var">length</var> al espacio vertical. <var class="var">length</var> puede ser
+positivo, negativo o cero. Es una longitud elástica &mdash; puede
+contener un componente <code class="code">plus</code> o <code class="code">minus</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
</p>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\addvspace</code> normalmente añade un espacio vertical
-de altura longitud. Sin embargo, si el espacio vertical ya se ha
-añadido al mismo punto en la salida por medio de una instrucción
-<code>\addvspace</code> anterior, esta instrucción no añade más espacio que el
-necesario para hacer que la longitud natural del espacio vertical total
-equivalente a <code>longitud</code>.
+<p>Esto pone espacio entre los dos párrafos.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Y dormí.
+
+\vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex}
+El nuevo día amaneció frío.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>(Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip"><code class="code">\bigskip</code>, <code class="code">\medskip</code> y <code class="code">\smallskip</code></a>, para interpárrafo de
+espacios común).
+</p>
+<p>La forma <code class="code">*</code> inserta un espacio vertical que no se puede
+descartar. Más precisamente, LaTeX descarta el espacio vertical en
+un salto de página y la forma-<code class="code">*</code> hace que el espacio permanezca.
+Este ejemplo deja espacio entre las dos preguntas.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Pregunta: Encuentra la integral de \( 5x^4+5 \).
+
+\vspace*{2cm más 0.5cm}
+Pregunta: Encuentra la derivada de \( x^5+5x+9 \).
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ese espacio estará presente incluso si el salto de página cae entre
+las preguntas.
+</p>
+<p>Si usas <code class="code">\vspace</code> en medio de un párrafo (es decir, en modo
+horizontal), entonces el espacio se inserta después de la línea que
+contiene el comando <code class="code">\vspace</code>; no comienza un nuevo párrafo en el
+comando <code class="code">\vspace</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, las dos preguntas estarán espaciadas verticalmente de
+manera uniforme en la página, con al menos una pulgada de espacio
+debajo de cada una.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}
+1) ¿Quién puso el bomp en el bomp bah bomp bah bomp?
+\vspace{1in plus 1fill}
+
+2) ¿Quién puso el carnero en la rama lama ding dong?
+\vspace{1in plus 1fill}
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cvfill">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addvspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addvspace</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.10 <code>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cvfill-1">19.15 <code class="code">\vfill</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cvfill"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estiramiento_002c-infinito-vertical"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-estiramiento-vertical-infinito"></a>
-<p>Estas instrucciones producen una determinada cantidad de espacio.
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\vfill
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Finaliza el párrafo actual e inserta una longitud elástica vertical
+que sea infinita, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger tanto como sea
+necesario (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
+</p>
+<p>A menudo se usa de la misma manera que <code class="code">\vspace{\fill}</code>,
+excepto que <code class="code">\vfill</code> finaliza el párrafo actual mientras que
+<code class="code">\vspace{\fill}</code> agrega el espacio vertical infinito debajo de
+su línea, independientemente de la estructura del párrafo. En ambos
+casos ese espacio desaparecerá en un perímetro de la página; para
+eludir esto, ve la opción destacada en&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code class="code">\vspace</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, la página está llena, por lo que las líneas superior
+e inferior contienen el texto &lsquo;<samp class="samp">¡Perro perdido!</samp>&rsquo; y el segundo
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">¡Perro perdido!</samp>&rsquo; es exactamente a medio camino entre ellos.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}
+¡Perro perdido!
+\vfill
+¡Perro perdido! % perfectamente en el medio
+\vfill
+¡Perro perdido!
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddvspace">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\vfill</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005caddvspace-1">19.16 <code class="code">\addvspace</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddvspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio-vertical-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espacio_002c-insertar-vertical"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addvspace{<var class="var">vert-length</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Agrega un espacio vertical de <var class="var">vert-length</var>. Sin embargo, si hay
+dos o más <code class="code">\addvspace</code> en una secuencia y luego juntos solo
+agregan el espacio necesario para que la longitud natural sea igual al
+máximo de la <var class="var">vert-length</var> está en esa secuencia. Este comando es
+frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>). El <var class="var">vert-length</var> es una longitud
+elástica (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo ilustra. El <code class="code">picture</code> dibuja una escala sobre la
+cual se colocan las reglas. En un artículo LaTeX estándar, la
+longitud <code class="code">\baselineskip</code> es 12<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Como muestra la escala,
+las dos reglas están separadas por 22<span class="dmn">pt</span>: la suma del
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y el 10<span class="dmn">pt</span> desde el primer
+<code class="code">\addvspace</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{color}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{2pt}%
+\noindent\begin{picture}(0,0)%
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-1){25}{{\color{blue}\line(1,0){1}}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-5){6}{{\color{red}\line(1,0){2}}}
+\end{picture}%
+\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
+\par\addvspace{10pt}% \addvspace{20pt}%
+\par\noindent\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ahora descomenta el segundo <code class="code">\addvspace</code>. No hace la brecha
+20<span class="dmn">pt</span> más; en cambio, la brecha es la suma de
+<code class="code">\baselineskip</code> y 20<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Entonces <code class="code">\addvspace</code> en
+cierto sentido hace lo contrario de su nombre&mdash;se asegura de que
+múltiples espacios verticales no acumulan, sino que sólo se utiliza el
+más grande.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX usa este comando para ajustar el espacio vertical arriba o
+abajo de un entorno que comienza un nuevo párrafo. Por ejemplo, un
+entorno <code class="code">theorem</code> comienza y termina con <code class="code">\addvspace</code>, por
+lo que dos <code class="code">theorem</code> consecutivos están separados por un espacio
+vertical, no dos.
+</p>
+<p>Un error &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item</samp>&rsquo; faltante que apunta a
+un <code class="code">\addvspace</code> significa que no estabas en modo vertical cuando
+presionaste este comando. Una forma de cambiar eso es preceder a
+<code class="code">\addvspace</code> con un comando <code class="code">\par</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cpar"><code class="code">\par</code></a>), como en
+el ejemplo anterior.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Cajas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Espacios</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Cajas-1">20 Cajas</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cajas"></a>
+
+<p>En esencia, LaTeX pone las cosas en cajas y luego pone las cajas en
+una página. Así que estos comandos son centrales.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\bigskip</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cbigskip"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cbigskipamount"></a>
-<p>Al igual que <code>\vspace{bigskipamount}</code>, normalmente alrededor de
-un espacio de línea (con estirar y encoger).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-adjustbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-adjustbox-package"></a>
+<p>Hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que son útiles para
+manipular cajas. Un complemento útil para los comandos aquí es
+<code class="code">adjustbox</code>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\fbox</code> y <code class="code">\framebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\raisebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#lrbox" accesskey="6"><code class="code">lrbox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\usebox</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\fbox</code> y <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox-1">20.1 <code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmbox"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cmakebox"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caja"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hace-una-caja"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-separacion-silabica_002c-prevenir"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\mbox{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\makebox{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\makebox[<var class="var">width</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\makebox[<var class="var">width</var>][<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Crea una caja, un contenedor para el material. El <var class="var">text</var> está
+escrito en modo LR (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>) para que no se divida en líneas.
+El comando <code class="code">\mbox</code> es robusto, mientras que <code class="code">\makebox</code> es
+frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Debido a que <code class="code">text</code> no se divide en líneas, puedes usar
+<code class="code">\mbox</code> para evitar la separación silábica. En este ejemplo,
+LaTeX no dividirá con guiones el nombre del tanque, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">T-34</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">El tanque soviético \mbox{T-34} es un símbolo de victoria contra el
+nazismo.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran, <code class="code">\mbox</code> y
+<code class="code">\makebox</code>, son más o menos iguales. Crean una caja apenas lo
+suficientemente ancha para contener el <var class="var">text</var>o. (Son como simples
+<code class="code">\hbox</code> de TeX).
+</p>
+<p>En la tercera versión, el argumento opcional <var class="var">width</var> especifica el
+ancho de la caja. Ten en cuenta que el espacio ocupado por el texto
+no necesita igualar el ancho de la caja. Por un lado, <var class="var">text</var>
+puede ser demasiado pequeño; esto crea un cuadro de línea completa
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makebox[\linewidth]{Examen del capítulo}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Examen del capítulo</samp>&rsquo; centrado. Pero <var class="var">text</var> también
+puede ser demasiado ancho para <var class="var">width</var>. Ve el siguiente ejemplo
+de cuadros de ancho cero.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="mbox-makebox-depth"></a><a class="anchor" id="mbox-makebox-height"></a><a class="anchor" id="mbox-makebox-width"></a><a class="anchor" id="mbox-makebox-totalheight"></a><p>En el argumento
+<var class="var">width</var> puedes usar las siguientes longitudes que se refieren a la
+dimensión de la caja que obtiene LaTeX al componer <var class="var">text</var>:
+<code class="code">\depth</code>, <code class="code">\height</code>, <code class="code">\width</code>, <code class="code">\totalheight</code>
+(esta es la altura de la caja más su profundidad). Por ejemplo, para
+hacer un cuadro con el texto estirado para duplicar el tamaño natural
+se puede decir esto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makebox[2\width]{Obtener una camilla}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para la cuarta versión de la sinopsis del comando, el argumento
+opcional <var class="var">position</var> da la posición del texto dentro del
+cuadro. Puede tomar los siguientes valores:
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">c</code></dt>
+<dd><p>El <var class="var">text</var> está centrado (predeterminado).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\medskip</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cmedskip"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cmedskipamount"></a>
-<p>Al igual que <code>\vspace{medskipamount}</code>, normalmente cerca de la
-mitad del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+<dt><code class="code">l</code></dt>
+<dd><p>El <var class="var">text</var> está alineado a la izquierda.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\smallskip</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005csmallskip"></a>
-<a name="index-_005csmallskipamount"></a>
-<p>Al igual que <code>\vspace{smallskipamount}</code>, normalmente alrededor de
-un cuarto del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+<dt><code class="code">r</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Flujo a la derecha.
</p>
</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">s</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Estira el espacio entre palabras en <var class="var">text</var> en todo el <var class="var">width</var>.
+El <var class="var">text</var> debe contener un espacio extensible para que esto
+funcione. Por ejemplo, esto podría encabezar un comunicado de prensa:
+<code class="code">\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil LIBERACIÓN\hfil
+INMEDIATA\hfil}</code>
+</p></dd>
</dl>
-<p>Los parámetros <code>\...cantidad</code> están determinados por la clase de
-documento.
+<p>Un uso común de <code class="code">\makebox</code> es crear cuadros de texto de ancho
+cero. Esto pone el valor de las preguntas del cuestionario a la
+izquierda de esas preguntas.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
+\pts{10}¿Cuál es la velocidad en el aire de una golondrina sin carga?
+
+\pts{90}¿Una golondrina africana o europea?
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-TikZ-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-TikZ-package-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asymptote-package-2"></a>
+<p>El borde derecho de la salida
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">10 puntos</samp>&rsquo; (ten en cuenta el espacio final después de
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">puntos</samp>&rsquo;) estará justo antes de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Cual</samp>&rsquo;. Puedes usar
+<code class="code">\makebox</code> de manera similar al hacer gráficos, como en
+<code class="code">TikZ</code> o <code class="code">Asymptote</code>, donde pones el borde del texto
+en una ubicación en un punto conocido, independientemente de la
+longitud de ese texto.
+</p>
+<p>Para cajas con marcos&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox"><code class="code">\fbox</code> y <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>. Para
+colores&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#Cuadros-de-colores">Cuadros de colores</a>.
+</p>
+<p>Hay una versión relacionada de <code class="code">\makebox</code> que se usa dentro del
+entorno <code class="code">picture</code>, donde la longitud se da en términos de
+<code class="code">\unitlength</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\makebox</code> (picture)</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Puesto que <var class="var">text</var> está escrito en modo LR, ni una barra invertida
+doble <code class="code">\\</code> ni <code class="code">\par</code> te darán una nueva línea; por ejemplo
+<code class="code">\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</code> genera &lsquo;<samp class="samp">abc defghi</samp>&rsquo; mientras
+<code class="code">\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</code> genera &lsquo;<samp class="samp">abc def ghi</samp>&rsquo;, ambos
+en una sola línea. Para obtener varias líneas, <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>
+y&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox-1">20.2 <code class="code">\fbox</code> y <code class="code">\framebox</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfbox"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cframebox"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cframebox-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\fbox{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\framebox{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\framebox[<var class="var">width</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\framebox[<var class="var">width</var>][<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Crea un cuadro con un marco envolvente, cuatro reglas que rodean el
+<var class="var">text</var>. Estos comandos son los mismos que <code class="code">\mbox</code> y
+<code class="code">\makebox</code> excepto para el marco (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>). El
+comando <code class="code">\fbox</code> es robusto, el comando <code class="code">\framebox</code> es frágil
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\fbox{¡Advertencia! No se muestra el trabajo, no se otorga crédito.}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>LaTeX pone el texto en un cuadro, el texto no se puede dividir
+silábicamente. Alrededor de esa caja, separadas de ella por un
+pequeño espacio, hay cuatro reglas que hacen un cuadro.
+</p>
+<p>Las dos primeras invocaciones de comandos, <code class="code">\fbox{...}</code> y
+<code class="code">\framebox{...}</code>, son más o menos iguales. En cuanto a la
+tercera y cuartas invocaciones, los argumentos opcionales te permiten
+especificar el ancho de la casilla como <var class="var">width</var> y la posición del
+texto dentro de ese cuadro como <var class="var">position</var>. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>, para la descripción completa pero aquí hay un ejemplo de
+creación de un cuadro vacío de 1/4<span class="dmn">in</span> de ancho.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El <code class="code">\strut</code> asegura una altura total de <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Estos parámetros determinan el diseño del marco.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="fbox-framebox-fboxrule"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfboxrule-2'><span><code class="code">\fboxrule</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfboxrule-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-marco_002c-ancho-de-linea"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Ancho-de-la-regla-de-cuadro"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfboxrule"></a>
+<p>El grosor de las reglas alrededor de la caja cerrada. El valor
+predeterminado es 0.2<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<code class="code">\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="fbox-framebox-fboxsep"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cfboxsep-2'><span><code class="code">\fboxsep</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cfboxsep-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-marco_002c-separacion-de-contenido"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfboxsep"></a>
+<p>La distancia desde el marco hasta la caja cerrada. El valor
+predeterminado es 3<span class="dmn">pt</span>. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<code class="code">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code class="code">\setlength</code></a>).
+Establecerlo en 0<span class="dmn">pt</span> es útil a veces: esto colocará un marco
+alrededor de la imagen sin borde blanco.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%
+ \framebox{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Las llaves adicionales mantienen el efecto del <code class="code">\setlength</code>
+local.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Al igual que con <code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code>, LaTeX no romperá
+líneas en <var class="var">text</var>. Pero este ejemplo tiene líneas de ruptura
+LaTeX para hacer un párrafo, y luego encuadra el resultado.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\framebox{%
+ \begin{minipage}{0.6\linewidth}
+ Querida, aquí debemos correr lo más rápido que podamos, solo para
+ mantenernos en el lugar.
+ Y si deseas ir a donde debes correr el doble de rápido que eso.
+ \end{minipage}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Cuadros-de-colores">Cuadros de colores</a>, para colores que no sean blanco y negro.
+</p>
+<p>El entorno <code class="code">picture</code> tiene una versión del comando
+<code class="code">\framebox</code> donde las unidades dependen del <code class="code">\unitlength</code> de
+<code class="code">picture</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code class="code">\framebox</code> (picture)</a>).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cparbox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\raisebox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\fbox</code> y <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cparbox-1">20.3 <code class="code">\parbox</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cparbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modo-paragraph"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paragraph_002c-en-una-caja"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\parbox{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">contenido</var>}
+\parbox[<var class="var">position</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">contenido</var>}
+\parbox[<var class="var">position</var>][<var class="var">height</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">contenido</var>}
+\parbox[<var class="var">position</var>][<var class="var">height</var>][<var class="var">inner-pos</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">contenido</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce un cuadro de texto de <var class="var">width</var> de ancho. Usa este comando
+para hacer una caja de pequeños fragmentos de texto, de un solo
+párrafo. Este comando es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{picture}(0,0) ... \put(1,2){\parbox{1.75in}{\raggedright
+ Debido a que el gráfico es una línea en este artículo semilog, la
+ relación es exponencial.}} \end{picture}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El <var class="var">contenido</var> se procesa en modo texto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>) por lo que
+LaTeX dividirá líneas para formar un párrafo. Pero no hará varios
+párrafos; para eso, usa un entorno <code class="code">minipage</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Las opciones para <code class="code">\parbox</code> (excepto <var class="var">contenido</var>) son las
+mismas como las de <code class="code">minipage</code>. Para mayor comodidad, un resumen
+de las opciones está aquí, pero <a class="ref" href="#minipage"><code class="code">minipage</code></a> para obtener una
+descripción completa.
+</p>
+<p>Hay dos argumentos necesarios. El <var class="var">width</var> es una longitud rígida
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Establece el ancho del cuadro en el que
+LaTeX compone <var class="var">contenido</var>. <var class="var">contenido</var> es el texto que se
+coloca en esa caja. No debe tener ningún componente de creación de
+párrafos.
+</p>
+<p>Hay tres argumentos opcionales, <var class="var">position</var>, <var class="var">height</var> e
+<var class="var">inner-pos</var>. La <var class="var">position</var> da la alineación vertical de la
+<em class="dfn">parbox</em> con respecto al material circundante. Los valores
+apoyados son <code class="code">c</code> o <code class="code">m</code> para hacer que el centro vertical del
+parbox se alinea con el centro de la línea de texto adyacente (este es
+el predeterminado), o <code class="code">t</code> para hacer coincidir la línea superior
+del parbox con la línea base del material circundante, o <code class="code">b</code> para
+que coincida con la línea de fondo.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">height</var> redefine la altura natural de la
+caja.
+</p>
+<p>El argumento opcional <var class="var">inner-pos</var> controla la ubicación de
+<var class="var">content</var> dentro del <code class="code">parbox</code>. Su valor predeterminado es el
+valor de <var class="var">position</var>. Sus posibles valores son: <code class="code">t</code> para
+poner el <var class="var">content</var> en la parte superior del cuadro, <code class="code">c</code> para
+ponerlo en el centro vertical, <code class="code">b</code> para colocarlo en la parte
+inferior del cuadro y <code class="code">s</code> para estirarlo verticalmente (para
+ello, el texto debe contener espacio extensible verticalmente).
+</p>
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005craisebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\parbox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005craisebox-1">20.4 <code class="code">\raisebox</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005craisebox"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\raisebox{<var class="var">distance</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\raisebox{<var class="var">distance</var>}[<var class="var">height</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\raisebox{<var class="var">distance</var>}[<var class="var">height</var>][<var class="var">depth</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Sube o baja <var class="var">text</var>. Este comando es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo hace un comando para denotar la restricción de una
+función bajando el símbolo de la barra vertical.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}}
+$f\restricted{A}$
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El primer argumento obligatorio <var class="var">distance</var> especifica qué tan
+lejos subir el segundo argumento obligatorio <var class="var">text</var>. Esta es una
+longitud rígida (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). Si es negativo entonces baja
+<var class="var">text</var>. El <var class="var">text</var> se procesa en modo LR por lo que no puede
+contener saltos de línea (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Los argumentos opcionales <var class="var">height</var> y <var class="var">depth</var> son dimensiones.
+Si se especifican, redefinen la altura y profundidad natural de la
+caja, LaTeX compone tipográficamente <var class="var">text</var>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="raisebox-depth"></a><a class="anchor" id="raisebox-height"></a><a class="anchor" id="raisebox-width"></a><a class="anchor" id="raisebox-totalheight"></a><p>En los argumentos <var class="var">distance</var>,
+<var class="var">height</var> y <var class="var">depth</var> puedes utilizar las siguientes longitudes
+que se refieren a la dimensión de la caja que LaTeX empieza a
+componer <var class="var">text</var>: <code class="code">\depth</code>, <code class="code">\height</code>, <code class="code">\width</code>,
+<code class="code">\totalheight</code> (esta es la altura de la caja más su profundidad).
+</p>
+<p>Esto alineará dos gráficos en su parte superior (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Gr_00e1ficos">Gráficos</a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx,calc} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{lion.png}}
+ \qquad
+ \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{meta.png}}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El primer <code class="code">\height</code> es la altura de <samp class="file">lion.png</samp> mientras que
+el segundo es la altura de <samp class="file">meta.png</samp>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">lrbox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\raisebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox-1">20.5 <code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csbox"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csavebox"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csavebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caja_002c-guardar"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\sbox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\savebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\savebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}[<var class="var">width</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\savebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}[<var class="var">width</var>][<var class="var">pos</var>]{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Compone <var class="var">text</var> igual que con <code class="code">\makebox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>) excepto que LaTeX no lo genera, sino que lo guarda en un
+registro de caja al que hace referencia una variable denominada
+<var class="var">box-cmd</var>. El nombre de la variable <var class="var">box-cmd</var> comienza con
+una barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code>. Debes haber asignado previamente el
+cuadro de registro <var class="var">box-cmd</var> con <code class="code">\newsavebox</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a>). El comando <code class="code">\sbox</code> es robusto mientras
+<code class="code">\savebox</code> es frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Esto crea y utiliza un registro de caja.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\fullname}
+\sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt}
+ ...
+\usebox{\fullname}! ¡Su nombre también es mi nombre!
+¡Cuando salimos, la gente siempre grita!
+¡Ahí va \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Una ventaja de usar y reutilizar un registro de caja sobre una
+variable macro <code class="code">\newcommand</code> es la eficiencia, que LaTeX no
+necesita vuelve a escribir repetidamente el contenido. Ve el ejemplo
+a continuación.
+</p>
+<p>Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran arriba,
+<code class="code">\sbox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code> y
+<code class="code">\savebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code>, son más o menos
+iguales. En cuanto a la tercera y cuarta, los argumentos opcionales
+te permiten especificar el ancho de la caja como <var class="var">width</var>, y la
+posición del texto dentro de esa caja como <var class="var">position</var>.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> y <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>, para la descripción completa.
+</p>
+<p>En los comandos <code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code> el <var class="var">text</var> es
+tipografiado en modo LR para que no tenga saltos de línea
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). Si usas estos, entonces LaTeX no te da un error
+pero ignora lo que quieres: si ingresas <code class="code">\sbox{\newreg}{test
+\\ test}</code> y <code class="code">\usebox{\newreg}</code> entonces obtienes
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">testtest</samp>&rsquo;, mientras que si ingresas <code class="code">\sbox{\newreg}{test
+\par test}</code> y <code class="code">\usebox{\newreg}</code> entonces obtienes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">test
+test</samp>&rsquo;, pero no hay error ni advertencia. Para solucionar esto, usa
+<code class="code">\parbox</code> o <code class="code">minipage</code> como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\areg}
+\savebox{\areg}{%
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Primer elemento
+ \item Segundo elemento
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}}
+ ...
+\usebox{\areg}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Como ejemplo de la eficiencia de reutilizar el contenido de un
+registro, esto pone la misma imagen en cada página del documento
+colocándola en el encabezado. LaTeX solo la compone una vez.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % todo esto en el preámbulo
+\newsavebox{\sealreg}
+\savebox{\sealreg}{%
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}%
+ \begin{picture}(0,0)%
+ \put(1.5,-2.5){%
+ \begin{tabular}{c}
+ \includegraphics[height=2in]{companylogo.png} \\
+ La oficina del presidente
+ \end{tabular}}
+ \end{picture}%
+}
+\markright{\usebox{\sealreg}}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El entorno <code class="code">picture</code> es bueno para ajustar la ubicación.
+</p>
+<p>Si el registro <code class="code">\noreg</code> aún no se ha definido, obtendrás algo
+como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argument&gt; \noreg</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cvfill"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="lrbox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\usebox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cvfill-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.11 <code>\vfill</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cvfill"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="lrbox-1">20.6 <code class="code">lrbox</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lrbox"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{lrbox}{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}
+ <var class="var">text</var>
+\end{lrbox}
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\vfill</code> produce un relleno de longitud (pegado) el
-cual se puede reducir y estirar verticalmente tanto como sea necesario.
-Este es equivalente a <code>\vspace{\fill}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a>).
+<p>Esta es la forma de entorno de los comandos <code class="code">\sbox</code> y
+<code class="code">\savebox</code>, y es equivalente a ellos. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox"><code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>,
+para la descripción completa.
+</p>
+<p>El <var class="var">text</var> dentro del entorno se guarda en el cuadro de registro
+referido por la variable <code class="code"><var class="var">box-cmd</var></code>. El nombre de la
+variable <var class="var">box-cmd</var> debe comenzar con una barra invertida,
+<code class="code">\</code>. Debes asignar esta caja regístrate con anticipación con
+<code class="code">\newsavebox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox"><code class="code">\newsavebox</code></a>). En este ejemplo el entorno
+es conveniente para ingresar el <code class="code">tabular</code>.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newsavebox{\jhreg}
+\begin{lrbox}{\jhreg}
+ \begin{tabular}{c}
+ \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\
+ Jim Hef{}feron
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{lrbox}
+ ...
+\usebox{\jhreg}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cvspace"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cusebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Espacios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">lrbox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cvspace_005b_002a_005d_007blongitud_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">20.12 <code>\vspace[*]{<var>longitud</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cvspace"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cusebox-1">20.7 <code class="code">\usebox</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cusebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cuadro_002c-usa-cuadro-guardado"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\vspace[*]{<var>longitud</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usebox{<var class="var">box-cmd</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\vspace</code> añade el espacio vertical <var>length</var>, es
-decir, un relleno de longitud. <var>longitud</var> puede ser positivo o
-negativo.
+<p>Produce el cuadro guardado más recientemente en el registro de cuadro
+<var class="var">box-cmd</var> por los comandos <code class="code">\sbox</code> o <code class="code">\savebox</code>, o el
+entorno <code class="code">lrbox</code>. Para obtener más información y ejemplos,
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox"><code class="code">\sbox</code> y <code class="code">\savebox</code></a>. (Ten en cuenta que el nombre de la variable
+<var class="var">box-cmd</var> comienza con una barra invertida, <code class="code">\</code>). Este
+comando es robusto (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Normalmente, LaTeX remueve el espacio vertical añadido por
-<code>\vspace</code> en la parte superior o inferior de una página. Con el
-argumento opcional <code>*</code>, no se elimina el espacio.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Gr_00e1ficos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Gráficos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cajas</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Color-1">21 Color</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color"></a>
+
+<p>Puedes agregar color al texto, reglas, etc. También puedes tener color
+en un cuadro o en una página entera y escribir texto encima.
</p>
+<p>El soporte de color viene como un paquete adicional. Así que pon
+<code class="code">\usepackage{color}</code> en el preámbulo de su documento para usar
+los comandos descritos aquí.
+</p>
+<p>Muchos otros paquetes también complementan las capacidades de color de
+LaTeX. Particularmente digno de mención es <samp class="file">xcolor</samp>, que se
+utiliza ampliamente y extiende significativamente las capacidades
+descritas aquí, incluida la adición de modelos de color &lsquo;<samp class="samp">HTML</samp>&rsquo; y
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hsb</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Color" accesskey="1">Opciones del paquete <code class="code">color</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Modelos-de-color" accesskey="2">Modelos de color</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Comandos-para-color" accesskey="3">Comandos para color</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Cajas"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Opciones-del-paquete-Color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales" accesskey="n" rel="next">Inserciones Especiales</a>, Previous: <a href="#Espacios" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Espacios</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Modelos-de-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modelos de color</a>, Subir: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Cajas-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">21 Cajas</h2>
+<h3 class="section" id="Opciones-del-paquete-color">21.1 Opciones del paquete <code class="code">color</code></h3>
-<a name="index-cajas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-de-paquete-color"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones_002c-paquete-color"></a>
-<p>Todos los parámetros de longitud predeterminados (see <a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a>) se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que generan cajas.
+<p>Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmbox" accesskey="1">\mbox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Cajas horizontales.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox" accesskey="2">\fbox y \framebox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Coloca un marco alrededor de una caja.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="3">lrbox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Un entorno como <code>\sbox</code>.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox" accesskey="4">\makebox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Caja, de posición ajustable.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="5">\parbox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Caja con texto en modo párrafo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="6">\raisebox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Sube o baja el texto.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csavebox" accesskey="7">\savebox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Al igual que <code>\makebox</code>, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csbox" accesskey="8">\sbox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Igual que <code>\mbox</code>, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="9">\usebox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Imprime texto guardado.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">comma-separated option list</var>]{color}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Cuando cargas el paquete <samp class="file">color</samp> hay dos tipos de opciones de
+archivo disponibles.
+</p>
+<p>El primero especifica el <em class="dfn">controlador de impresora</em>. LaTeX no
+contiene información sobre diferentes sistemas de salida, sino que
+depende de información almacenada en un archivo. Normalmente no debes
+especificar la opción driver en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en
+la configuración predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es
+que hace que el documento sea portátil a través de los sistemas. Para
+completar, incluimos una lista de los controladores. Los relevantes
+actualmente son: <samp class="file">dvipdfmx</samp>, <samp class="file">dvips</samp>, <samp class="file">dvisvgm</samp>,
+<samp class="file">luatex</samp>, <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>. Los dos <samp class="file">xdvi</samp> y
+<samp class="file">oztex</samp> esencialmente son alias para <samp class="file">dvips</samp> (y <samp class="file">xdvi</samp>
+es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para nuevos sistemas son:
+<samp class="file">dvipdf</samp>, <samp class="file">dvipdfm</samp>, <samp class="file">dviwin</samp>, <samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>,
+<samp class="file">emtex</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexps</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexwin</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexhp</samp>,
+<samp class="file">pctex32</samp>, <samp class="file">truetex</samp>, <samp class="file">tcidvi</samp>, <samp class="file">vtex</samp> (y
+<samp class="file">dviwindo</samp> es un alias de <samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>).
+</p>
+<p>El segundo tipo de opciones, más allá de los controladores, se
+encuentran a continuación.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">monochrome</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Deshabilita los comandos de color, para que no generen errores pero
+tampoco generar color.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">dvipsnames</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Pone a disposición una lista de 68 nombres de colores que se usan con
+frecuencia, particularmente en documentos heredados. Estos nombres de
+colores originalmente fueron proporcionados por el controlador
+<samp class="file">dvips</samp>, dando el nombre de la opción.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">nodvipsnames</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No carga esa lista de nombres de colores, ahorrando LaTeX una
+pequeña cantidad de espacio de memoria.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Modelos-de-color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Comandos-para-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Comandos para color</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Opciones del paquete <code class="code">color</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Modelos-de-color-1">21.2 Modelos de color</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-modelos-de-color"></a>
+
+<p>Un <em class="dfn">modelo de color</em> es una forma de representar los colores. Las
+capacidades de LaTeX dependen del controlador de la impresora. Sin
+embargo, <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, los controladores de impresora <samp class="file">xetex</samp> y
+<samp class="file">luatex</samp> son, con diferencia, los más comúnmente utilizados. Los
+siguientes modelos funcionan para esos controladores. Todo pero uno
+de estos también es compatible con prácticamente todos los demás
+controladores de impresora usados hoy.
+</p>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que la combinación de colores puede ser aditiva o
+sustractiva. Mezcla aditiva de colores de luz, de modo que, por
+ejemplo, combinando intensidades completas de rojo, verde y azul
+produce blanco. Mezclas sustractivas de pigmentos, como con tintas,
+de modo que la combinación de la intensidad total de cian, magenta y
+el amarillo hace negro.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="modelos-de-color-cmyk"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">cmyk</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Una lista separada por comas con cuatro números reales entre 0 y 1,
+inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del cian, el segundo es
+magenta, y los otros son amarillo y negro. Un valor numérico de 0
+significa intensidad mínima, mientras que un 1 es para intensidad
+máxima. Este modelo a menudo se utiliza en la impresión a color. Es
+un modelo sustractivo.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="modelos-de-color-gris"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">gray</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Un solo número real entre 0 y 1, ambos inclusive. Los colores son
+sombras de gris. El número 0 produce negro mientras que el 1 da
+blanco.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="modelos-de-color-rgb"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">rgb</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Una lista separada por comas con tres números reales entre 0 y 1,
+inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del componente rojo, el
+segundo es verde, y el tercero el azul. Un valor numérico de 0
+significa que no se agrega nada de ese componente, mientras que un 1
+significa intensidad total. Este es un modelo aditivo.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="modelos-de-color-RGB"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">RGB</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(<samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp> drivers) Una lista
+separada por comas con tres números enteros entre 0 y 255, ambos
+inclusive. Este modelo es una conveniencia de usar <code class="code">rgb</code> ya que
+fuera de LaTeX los colores a menudo se describen en un modelo
+rojo-verde-azul usando números en este rango. Los valores
+introducidos aquí se convierten al modelo <code class="code">rgb</code> mediante división
+entre 255.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="modelos-de-color-nombrados"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">named</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Se accede a los colores por nombre, como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">PrussianBlue</samp>&rsquo;. La
+lista de nombres depende del controlador, pero todos admiten los
+nombres &lsquo;<samp class="samp">black</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">azul</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">cian</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">verde</samp>&rsquo;,
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">magenta</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">rojo</samp>&rsquo;, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">white</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">yellow</samp>&rsquo; (Consulta la
+opción <code class="code">dvipsnames</code> en <a class="ref" href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Color">Opciones del paquete <code class="code">color</code></a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cmbox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Comandos-para-color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fbox y \framebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Modelos-de-color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Modelos de color</a>, Subir: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cmbox_007btexto_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.1 <code>\mbox{<var>texto}</var></code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cmbox"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Comandos-para-color-1">21.3 Comandos para color</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-del-paquete-color"></a>
-<a name="index-division-silabica_002c-impidiendo"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\mbox</code> crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el texto creado por sus argumentos. El <var>texto</var> no se
-separa en líneas, por lo tanto este se puede utilizar para prevenir la
-separación silábica.
+<p>Estos son los comandos disponibles con el paquete <samp class="file">color</samp>.
</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Definir-colores" accesskey="1">Definir colores</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Texto-en-color" accesskey="2">Texto en color</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Cuadros-de-colores" accesskey="3">Cuadros de colores</a></li>
+<li><a href="#P_00e1ginas-coloreadas" accesskey="4">Páginas coloreadas</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Definir-colores">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">lrbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\mbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Texto-en-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Texto en color</a>, Subir: <a href="#Comandos-para-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Comandos para color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.2 <code>\fbox</code> y <code>\framebox</code></h3>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Definir-colores-1">21.3.1 Definir colores</h4>
-<a name="index-_005cfbox"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cframebox-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-definir-color"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color_002c-definir"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\fbox{<var>texto</var>}
-\framebox[<var>ancho</var>][<var>posición</var>]{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">model</var>}{<var class="var">specification</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Las instrucciones <code>\fbox</code> y <code>\framebox</code> son como <code>\mbox</code>,
-excepto que estas ponen un marco al rededor del exterior de la caja que
-se está creando.
+<p>Asigna el nombre <var class="var">name</var> al color. Por ejemplo, después de esto
</p>
-<p>Además, la instrucción <code>\framebox</code> permite especificar
-explícitamente la anchura de la caja con el argumento opcional
-<var>width</var> (una dimensión), y la posiciona con el argumento opcional
-<var>posición</var>. </p>
-<a name="index-_005cfboxrule-1"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cfboxsep-1"></a>
-<p>Ambas instrucciones producen una regla de espesor <code>\fboxrule</code>
-(predeterminado a &lsquo;<samp>.4pt</samp>&rsquo;), y dejan un espacio de <code>\fboxsep</code>
-(predeterminado a &lsquo;<samp>3pt</samp>&rsquo;) entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>puedes usar ese nombre de color con <code class="code">Hola hola,
+\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</code>.
</p>
-<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>, para la instrucción <code>\framebox</code> en el
-entorno <code>picture</code>.
+<p>Este ejemplo da al color un nombre más abstracto, por lo que podría
+cambiar y no ser engañoso.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>A menudo, los colores de un documento se definen en el preámbulo o en
+la clase o estilo, en lugar de en el cuerpo del documento.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="lrbox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Texto-en-color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\fbox y \framebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Cuadros-de-colores" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cuadros de colores</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Definir-colores" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Definir colores</a>, Subir: <a href="#Comandos-para-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Comandos para color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="lrbox-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.3 <code>lrbox</code></h3>
-<a name="index-lrbox"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Texto-en-color-1">21.3.2 Texto en color</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-en-color"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{<var class="var">name</var>}{...}
+\textcolor[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\color{<var class="var">name</var>}
+\color[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El texto afectado obtiene el color. Esta línea
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{magenta}{Mi nombre es Ozymandias, Rey de Reyes;} ¡Mirad
+mis obras, poderosos, y desesperaos!
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>hace que la primera mitad esté en magenta mientras que el resto está
+en negro. Puedes usar un color declarado con <code class="code">\definecolor</code>
+exactamente de la misma manera que usamos el color integrado
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">magenta</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+Estoy pensando en adquirir un \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{auto
+deportivo}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Los dos <code class="code">\textcolor</code> y <code class="code">\color</code> difieren en que la primera
+es una forma de comando, que incluye el texto a colorear como
+argumento. Con frecuencia esta forma es más conveniente, o al menos
+más explícita. La segunda forma es una declaración, como en <code class="code">La
+luna está hecha de {\color{green} green} cheese</code>, por lo que está
+vigente hasta el final del grupo actual o entorno. Esto a veces es
+útil cuando se escriben macros o como debajo, donde colorea todo
+dentro del entorno <code class="code">center</code>, incluyendo las líneas verticales y
+horizontales.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &amp;UR \\ \hline
+ LL &amp;LR
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Puedes usar el color en las ecuaciones. Un documento podría tener
+esta definición en el preámbulo
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>y luego contener esta ecuación.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\begin{lrbox}{instrucción} texto \end{lrbox}</code>
+<p>Normalmente, los colores utilizados en un documento se declaran en una
+clase o estilo. Pero a veces quieres uno único. Esas son las segundas
+formas en la sinopsis.
</p>
-<p>Esta es la forma de entorno de <code>\sbox</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Colores de \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} y
+{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} para el equipo.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El formato de <var class="var">especificación de color</var> depende del modelo de
+color (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modelos-de-color">Modelos de color</a>). Por ejemplo, mientras <code class="code">rgb</code>
+toma tres números, <code class="code">gray</code> solo toma uno.
</p>
-<p>El texto dentro del entorno se guarda en la caja <code>instrucción</code>,
-misma que se debe haber declarado con <code>\newsavebox</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">La selección fue \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Los colores dentro de los colores no combinan. De este modo
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{green}{clase de \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>tiene una palabra final que es azul, no una combinación de azul y
+verde.
</p>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cmakebox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Cuadros-de-colores">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">lrbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#P_00e1ginas-coloreadas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Páginas coloreadas</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Texto-en-color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Texto en color</a>, Subir: <a href="#Comandos-para-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Comandos para color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cmakebox-2"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.4 <code>\makebox</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cmakebox"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Cuadros-de-colores-1">21.3.3 Cuadros de colores</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cajas-de-colores"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caja_002c-coloreada"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makebox[<var>ancho</var>][<var>posición</var>]{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\colorbox{<var class="var">name</var>}{...}
+\colorbox[<var class="var">nombre del modelo</var>]{<var class="var">color de fondo del
+cuadro</var>}{...}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\makebox</code> crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha
-para contener el <var>texto</var> especificado. La anchura de la caja es
-especificada por el argumento opcional <var>ancho</var>. La posición del
-texto dentro de la caja está determinada por el argumento opcional
-<var>posición</var>, el cual puede tomar los siguientes valores:
+<p>o
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>c</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Centrado (predeterminado).
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>l</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Alineado a la izquierda
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>r</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Alineado a la derecha
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>s</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Alineado (justificado) a través de <var>ancho</var>; <var>texto</var> debe
-contener espacio elástico para que esto funcione.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\fcolorbox{<var class="var">color del cuadro</var>}{<var class="var">color de fondo del
+cuadro</var>}{...}
+\fcolorbox[<var class="var">nombre del modelo</var>]{<var class="var">color del
+cuadro</var>}{<var class="var">color de fondo del cuadro</var>}{...}
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\makebox</code> también se utiliza en el entorno picture see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>.
+<p>Haz un cuadro con el color de fondo indicado. El comando
+<code class="code">\fcolorbox</code> pone un marco alrededor de la caja. Por ejemplo
+esto
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Nombre:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>hace una caja de color cian de cinco centímetros de largo y recibe su
+profundidad y altura del <code class="code">\strut</code> (por lo que la profundidad es
+<code class="code">-.3\baselineskip</code> y la altura es <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>). Este
+pone texto blanco sobre un fondo azul.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Bienvenido a la máquina.}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Los comandos <code class="code">\fcolorbox</code> usan los mismos parámetros que
+<code class="code">\fbox</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox"><code class="code">\fbox</code> y <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>), <code class="code">\fboxrule</code> y
+<code class="code">\fboxsep</code>, para establecer el grosor de la regla y el límite
+entre el interior de la caja y la regla circundante. Los valores
+predeterminados de LaTeX son <code class="code">0.4pt</code> y <code class="code">3pt</code>,
+respectivamente.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo cambia el grosor del borde a 0.8 puntos. Nota que está
+rodeado de llaves para que el cambio termine al final de la segunda
+línea.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Bajo ninguna circunstancia gires esta
+perilla.}}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cparbox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="P_00e1ginas-coloreadas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raisebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Cuadros-de-colores" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cuadros de colores</a>, Subir: <a href="#Comandos-para-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Comandos para color</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cparbox-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.5 <code>\parbox</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cparbox"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Paginas-coloreadas">21.3.4 Páginas coloreadas</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pagina-coloreada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pagina_002c-en-color"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fondo_002c-coloreado"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\parbox[<var>posición</var>][<var>alto</var>][<var>pos-interna</var>]{<var>ancho</var>}{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagecolor{<var class="var">name</var>}
+\pagecolor[<var class="var">modelo de color</var>]{<var class="var">especificación de color</var>}
+\nopagecolor
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\parbox</code> produce una caja cuyo contenido es creado
-en modo <code>paragraph</code>. Se debe utilizar para hacer una caja de
-pequeñas piezas de texto, sin nada lujoso en el interior. En
-particular, no debe utilizar ningún entorno que genere párrafos dentro
-de un argumento <code>\parbox</code>. Para grandes piezas de texto,
-incluyendo aquellas que contienen un entorno que genera párrafos, debe
-usar un entorno <code>minipágina</code> (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>).
+<p>Los dos primeros establecen el fondo de la página, y todas las páginas
+posteriores, al color. Para una explicación de la especificación en
+la segunda forma véase <a class="pxref" href="#Texto-en-color">Texto en color</a>. La tercera devuelve el fondo
+a la normalidad, que es un fondo transparente. (Si eso no es
+compatible, usa <code class="code">\pagecolor{white}</code>, aunque eso hará un fondo
+blanco en lugar del fondo transparente predeterminado).
</p>
-<p><code>\parbox</code> tiene dos argumentos obligatorios:
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> ...
+\pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+\nopagecolor
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Gr_00e1ficos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="n" rel="next">Inserciones especiales</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Graficos">22 Gráficos</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graficos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paquete-graphics"></a>
+
+<p>Puedes usar gráficos como archivos PNG o PDF en tu documento LaTeX.
+Necesitas un paquete adicional, que viene estándar con LaTeX. Este
+ejemplo es el breve procedimiento.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><var>ancho</var></dt>
-<dd><p>la anchura de parbox;
-</p></dd>
-<dt><var>texto</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto que va dentro de la parbox.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\include{graphicx} % va en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{plot.pdf}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para usar los comandos descritos aquí, el preámbulo de tu documento
+debe contener ya sea <code class="code">\usepackage{graphicx}</code> o
+<code class="code">\usepackage{graphics}</code>. La mayoría de las veces,
+<code class="code">graphicx</code> es la mejor elección.
+</p>
+<p>Los gráficos vienen en dos tipos principales, rasterizados y
+vectoriales. LaTeX puede usar ambos. En gráficos rasterizados, el
+archivo contiene una entrada para cada ubicación en un arreglo,
+describiendo de qué color es. Un ejemplo es una fotografía en formato
+JPG. En gráficos vectoriales, el archivo contiene una lista de
+instrucciones como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">dibuja un círculo con este radio y ese
+centro</samp>&rsquo;. Un ejemplo es un dibujo lineal producido por el programa
+Asymptote, en formato PDF. En general, los gráficos vectoriales son
+más útiles porque puedes cambiar la escala de su tamaño sin pixelación
+u otros problemas, y porque suelen tener un tamaño más pequeño.
+</p>
+<p>Hay sistemas particularmente adecuados para hacer gráficos para un
+documento LaTeX. Por ejemplo, estos te permiten usar las mismas
+letras como en tu documento. LaTeX viene con un entorno
+<code class="code">picture</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#picture"><code class="code">picture</code></a>) que tiene capacidades simples.
+Además de eso, hay otras formas de incluir los comandos de creación de
+gráficos en el documento. Dos de dichos sistemas son los paquetes
+PSTricks y TikZ. También hay sistemas externos a LaTeX, que
+generan un gráfico que incluyes usando los comandos de este capítulo.
+Dos que usan un lenguaje de programación son Asymptote y MetaPost.
+Uno que utiliza una interfaz gráfica es Xfig. La descripción completa
+de estos sistemas está fuera del alcance de este documento; ve su
+documentación en CTAN.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Graphics" accesskey="1">Opciones del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics" accesskey="2">Configuración del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Comandos-para-graphics" accesskey="3">Comandos para graphics</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Opciones-del-paquete-Graphics">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Configuración del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Gr_00e1ficos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Gráficos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Opciones-del-paquete-graphics">22.1 Opciones del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></h3>
-<p>El argumento opcional <var>posición</var> le permite alinear la línea en la
-parte superior o inferior de parbox con la línea base del texto que lo
-rodea (de manera predeterminada es superior).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones-del-paquete-graphics"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones_002c-paquete-graphics"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
</p>
-<p>El argumento opcional <var>alto</var> reemplaza la altura natural de la caja.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">lista de opciones separadas por comas</var>]{graphics}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
</p>
-<p>Al argumento <var>pos-interior</var> controla la ubicación del texto dentro
-de la caja de la siguiente manera; Si no se especifica, se utiliza
-<var>posición</var>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">lista de opciones separadas por comas</var>]{graphicx}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">graphicx</code> tiene un formato para argumentos opcionales
+al comando <code class="code">\includegraphics</code> que sea conveniente (es el formato
+valor-clave), por lo que es la mejor opción para documentos nuevos.
+Cuando cargas el paquete <code class="code">graphics</code> o <code class="code">graphicx</code> con
+<code class="code">\usepackage</code> hay dos tipos de opciones disponibles.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>t</code></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto es colocado en la parte superior de la caja.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>c</code></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto se coloca al centro de la caja.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>b</code></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto se coloca en la parte inferior de la caja.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>s</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Se extiende verticalmente; el texto debe contener espacio vertical
-extensible para que esto funcione.
-</p></dd>
+<p>La primera es que LaTeX no contiene información sobre diferentes
+sistemas de salida, sino que depende de la información almacenada en
+un archivo <em class="dfn">controlador de impresora</em>. Normalmente no debes
+especificar el controlador en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en
+la opción predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es que
+hace que el documento sea portátil entre sistemas.
+</p>
+<p>Para completar, aquí hay una lista de los controladores. Los
+actualmente relevantes son: <samp class="file">dvipdfmx</samp>, <samp class="file">dvips</samp>,
+<samp class="file">dvisvgm</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp>, <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>. Los dos
+<samp class="file">xdvi</samp> y <samp class="file">oztex</samp> esencialmente son alias para <samp class="file">dvips</samp>
+(y <samp class="file">xdvi</samp> es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para sistemas
+nuevos son: <samp class="file">dvipdf</samp>, <samp class="file">dvipdfm</samp>, <samp class="file">dviwin</samp>,
+<samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>, <samp class="file">emtex</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexps</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexwin</samp>,
+<samp class="file">pctexhp</samp>, <samp class="file">pctex32</samp>, <samp class="file">truetex</samp>, <samp class="file">tcidvi</samp>,
+<samp class="file">vtex</samp> (y <samp class="file">dviwindo</samp> es un alias para <samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>).
+Estos se almacenan en archivos con una extensión <samp class="file">.def</samp>, como
+<samp class="file">pdftex.def</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>El segundo tipo de opciones se encuentra a continuación.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">demo</code></dt>
+<dd><p>En lugar de un archivo de imagen, LaTeX coloca un rectángulo de
+150&nbsp;pt por 100&nbsp;pt (a menos que se especifique otro tamaño en
+el comando <code class="code">\includegraphics</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">draft</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Para cada archivo gráfico, no se muestra, sino que su nombre de
+archivo es impreso en una caja del tamaño correcto. Para determinar
+el tamaño, el archivo debe estar presente.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">final</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(Predeterminado) Redefinir cualquier opción <code class="code">draft</code> anterior, de
+modo que el documento muestra el contenido de los archivos gráficos.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">hiderotate</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No muestra texto girado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+vista previa no tiene la capacidad de rotar el texto).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">hidescale</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No mostrar texto escalado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+vista previa no tiene la capacidad de escalar).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">hiresbb</code></dt>
+<dd><p>En un archivo PS o EPS, el tamaño del gráfico se puede especificar de
+dos formas. Las líneas de <code class="code">%%BoundingBox</code> describen el tamaño
+del gráfico usando un número entero múltiplo de un punto PostScript,
+es decir, múltiplos enteros de 1/72 pulgada. Una adición posterior al
+lenguaje PostScript permite múltiplos decimales, como 1.23, en líneas
+<code class="code">%%HiResBoundingBox</code>. Esta opción tiene LaTeX para leer el
+tamaño de esta última.
+</p>
+</dd>
</dl>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005craisebox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\savebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\parbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Comandos-para-graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Comandos para graphics</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Graphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Opciones del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Gr_00e1ficos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Gráficos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005craisebox-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.6 <code>\raisebox</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005craisebox"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Configuracion-del-paquete-graphics">22.2 Configuración del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graficos-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paquete-graphics-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-configuracion_002c-paquete-graphics"></a>
+
+<p>Estos comandos configuran la forma en que LaTeX busca en el sistema
+de archivos gráficos.
+</p>
+<p>El comportamiento del código de búsqueda del sistema de archivos
+necesariamente es dependiente de la plataforma. En este documento
+cubrimos GNU/Linux, Macintosh y Windows, así como esos sistemas suelen
+estar configurados. Para otras situaciones consulta la documentación
+en <samp class="file">grfguide.pdf</samp>, o la fuente de LaTeX, o su documentación de
+la distribución de TeX.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Configuración del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1">22.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cgraphicspath"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\raisebox{distancia}[<var>alto</var>][<var>profundidad</var>]{texto}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\graphicspath{<var class="var">lista de directorios entre llaves</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\raisebox</code> aumenta o disminuye el <var>texto</var>. El
-primer argumento obligatorio especifica a qué altura se va a levantar (o
-bajar si la cantidad es negativa) el <var>texto</var>. El <var>texto</var> mismo
-es procesado en modo LR.
+<p>Declara una lista de directorios para buscar archivos gráficos. Esto
+permite que luego digas algo como <code class="code">\includegraphics{lion.png}</code>
+en lugar de tener que dar su ruta.
</p>
-<p>Los argumentos opcionales <var>alto</var> y <var>profundidad</var> son
-dimensiones. Si se especifican, LaTeX trata a <var>texto</var> como una
-ampliación de una distancia determinada sobre la línea base (alto) o
-bajo (profundidad), omitiendo su altura y profundidad natural.
+<p>LaTeX siempre busca archivos gráficos primero en el directorio
+actual (y el directorio de salida, si se especifica; véase <a class="pxref" href="#directorio-de-salida">directorio de salida</a>). La siguiente declaración le dice al sistema que busque
+en el subdirectorio <samp class="file">pix</samp>, y luego <samp class="file">../pix</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % o gráficos; poner en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La declaración <code class="code">\graphicspath</code> es opcional. Si no lo incluyes
+entonces el valor predeterminado de LaTeX es buscar en todos los
+lugares en los que generalmente busca un archivo (usa el
+<code class="code">\input@path</code> de LaTeX). En particular, en este caso uno de
+los lugares donde mira es el directorio actual.
+</p>
+<p>Encierra cada nombre de directorio entre llaves; por ejemplo arriba
+dice &lsquo;<samp class="samp"><code class="code">{pix}</code></samp>&rsquo;. Haz esto incluso si solo hay un
+directorio. Cada nombre de directorio debe terminar en una barra
+diagonal, <samp class="file">/</samp>. Esto es cierto incluso en Windows, donde una
+buena práctica es usar barras diagonales para todos los separadores de
+directorio ya que hace que el documento sea portátil a otras
+plataformas. Si tienes espacios en el nombre de tu directorio, usa
+dobles comillas, como con <code class="code">{&quot;my docs/&quot;}</code>. Usar una de estas
+reglas incorrectamente hará que LaTeX informe <code class="code">Error: Archivo
+`<var class="var">filename</var>' no encontrado</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Básicamente, el algoritmo es que con este ejemplo, después de mirar en
+el directorio actual,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+...
+\usepackage{lion.png}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>para cada uno de los directorios enumerados, LaTeX lo concatena con
+el nombre de archivo y busca el resultado, encontrando
+<samp class="file">pix/lion.png</samp> y luego <samp class="file">../pix/lion.png</samp>. Este algoritmo
+significa que el comando <code class="code">\graphicspath</code> no busca subdirectorios
+recursivamente: si emites <code class="code">\graphicspath{{a/}}</code> y el gráfico
+está en <samp class="file">a/b/lion.png</samp> entonces LaTeX no lo encontrará.
+También significa que puedes usar rutas absolutas como
+<code class="code">\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}</code> o
+<code class="code">\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}</code>. Sin embargo,
+usar esto significa que el documento no es portátil. (Puedes
+conservar portabilidad ajustando el parámetro <code class="code">TEXINPUTS</code> de tu
+archivo de configuración del sistema TeX; consulta la documentación
+de tu sistema).
+</p>
+<p>Puedes usar <code class="code">\graphicspath</code> en cualquier parte del documento. Lo
+puedes usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+<code class="code">\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Los directorios se toman con respecto al archivo base. Eso es, supón
+que estás trabajando en un documento basado en <samp class="file">book/book.tex</samp> y
+contiene <code class="code">\include{chapters/chap1}</code>. Si en <samp class="file">chap1.tex</samp>
+pones <code class="code">\graphicspath{{plots/}}</code> entonces LaTeX no buscará
+gráficos en <samp class="file">book/chapters/plots</samp>, sino en cambio en
+<samp class="file">book/plots</samp>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csavebox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raisebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Configuración del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csavebox-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.7 <code>\savebox</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005csavebox"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1">22.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\savebox{<var>\instrucción-caja</var>}[<var>ancho</var>][<var>posición</var>]{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{<var class="var">lista de extensiones de archivo
+separadas por comas</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Esta instrucción fija la tipografía de <var>texto</var> en una caja al igual
-que <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>), excepto que el lugar de imprimir
-la caja resultante, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada
-<var>\instrucción-caja</var>, que se debe haber declarado con
-<code>\newsavebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>).
+<p>Declara las extensiones de nombre de archivo para probar. Esto te
+permite especificar el orden en el que elegir los formatos gráficos
+cuando incluyes archivos gráficos dando el nombre del archivo sin la
+extensión, como en <code class="code">\includegraphics{functionplot}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo, LaTeX encontrará archivos en formato PNG antes que
+archivos PDF.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,PNG,.pdf,.PDF}
+ ...
+\includegraphics{lion} % encontrará <samp class="file">lion.png</samp> antes que
+<samp class="file">lion.pdf</samp>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Debido a que el nombre de archivo <samp class="file">lion</samp> no tiene punto, LaTeX
+usa la lista de extensiones. Para cada directorio en la ruta de
+gráficos (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a>), LaTeX probará las extensiones en
+el orden dado. Si no encuentra dicho archivo después de probar todos
+los directorios y extensiones, entonces informa &lsquo;<samp class="samp">! Error de
+LaTeX: Archivo `<samp class="file">lion</samp>' no encontrado</samp>&rsquo;. Ten en cuenta que debes
+incluir los puntos al comienzo de las extensiones.
+</p>
+<p>Dado que los nombres de archivo de GNU/Linux y Macintosh distinguen
+entre mayúsculas y minúsculas, la lista de extensiones de archivo
+distinguen entre mayúsculas y minúsculas en esas plataformas. La
+plataforma Windows no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+</p>
+<p>No es necesario que incluya <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code> en tu
+documento; el controlador de la impresora tiene un valor
+predeterminado razonable. Por ejemplo, el <samp class="file">pdftex.def</samp> más
+reciente tiene esta lista de extensiones.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-grfext"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-grfext-package"></a>
+
+<p>Para cambiar el orden, usa el paquete <code class="code">grfext</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Puedes usar este comando en cualquier parte del documento. Lo puedes
+usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+<code class="code">\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csbox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\savebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Configuración del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csbox_007b_005cinstruccion_002dcaja_007d_007btexto_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.8 <code>\sbox{<var>\instrucción-caja</var>}{<var>texto</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005csbox"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1">22.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\sbox{<var>\instrucción-caja</var>}{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsRule{<var class="var">extension</var>}{<var class="var">type</var>}{<var class="var">size-file
+extension</var>}{<var class="var">command</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p><code>\sbox</code> escribe el <var>texto</var> en una caja tal como <code>\mbox</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox">\mbox</a>) excepto que en lugar de incluir la caja resultante en la
-salida normal, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada
-<var>\instrucción-caja</var>. <var>\instrucción-caja</var> se debió declarar
-previamente con <code>\newsavebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>).
+<p>Declara cómo manejar archivos gráficos cuyos nombres terminan en
+<var class="var">extensión</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo declara que todos los archivos con nombres de la forma
+<samp class="file">nombre-de-archivo-sin-punto.mps</samp> se tratará como salida de
+MetaPost, lo cual significa que el controlador de la impresora usará
+su código de manejo de MetaPost para ingresar el archivo.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsRule{.mps}{mps}{.mps}{}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>le dice a LaTeX que debe manejar como salida MetaPost cualquier
+archivo con una extensión no cubierta por otra regla, por lo que cubre
+<samp class="file">filename.1</samp>, <samp class="file">nombre-de-archivo.2</samp>, etc.
+</p>
+<p>Esto describe los cuatro argumentos.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">extension</var></dt>
+<dd><p>La extensión de archivo a la que se aplica esta regla. La extensión es
+cualquier cosa después e incluyendo el primer punto en el nombre del
+archivo. Usa la estrella Kleene, forma-<code class="code">*</code>, para indicar el
+comportamiento predeterminado de todas las extensiones no declaradas.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">type</var></dt>
+<dd><p>El tipo de archivo involucrado. Este tipo es una cadena que se debe
+definir en el controlador de la impresora. Por ejemplo, archivos con
+extensiones <samp class="file">.ps</samp>, <samp class="file">.eps</samp> o <samp class="file">.ps.gz</samp> se pueden
+clasificar como tipo <code class="code">eps</code>. Todos los archivos del mismo tipo se
+ingresarán con el mismo comando interno por el controlador de la
+impresora. Por ejemplo, los tipos de archivo que <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>
+reconoce son: <code class="code">jpg</code>, <code class="code">jbig2</code>, <code class="code">mps</code>, <code class="code">pdf</code>,
+<code class="code">png</code>, <code class="code">tif</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">tamaño de extensión de archivo</var></dt>
+<dd><p>La extensión del archivo a leer para determinar el tamaño del gráfico,
+si existe tal archivo. Puede ser lo mismo que <var class="var">extension</var> pero
+puede ser diferente.
+</p>
+<p>Como ejemplo, considera un gráfico PostScript. Para hacerlo más
+pequeño, puede estar comprimido en un archivo <samp class="file">.ps.gz</samp>. Los
+archivos comprimidos no son fáciles de leer por LaTeX para que
+pueda poner la información del cuadro delimitador en un archivo
+separado. Si <var class="var">size-file extension</var> está vacío, entonces debes
+especificar la información de tamaño en los argumentos de
+<code class="code">\includegraphics</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Si el archivo del controlador tiene un procedimiento para leer
+archivos de tamaño para <code class="code">tipo</code> entonces se usará, de lo contrario
+usará el procedimiento para leer archivos <samp class="file">.eps</samp>. (Por lo tanto,
+puedes especificar el tamaño de archivos de mapa de bits en un archivo
+con una línea de estilo PostScript <code class="code">%%BoundingBox</code> si no otro
+formato está disponible).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><var class="var">command</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Un comando que se aplicará al archivo. Este a menudo se deja
+vacío. Este comando debe comenzar con una sola comilla inversa. De
+este modo,
+<code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c
+#1}</code> especifica que cualquier archivo con la extensión <samp class="file">.eps.gz</samp>
+se debe tratar como un archivo <code class="code">eps</code>, con la información de
+BoundingBox almacenado en el archivo con extensión <samp class="file">.eps.bb</samp>, y
+que el comando <code class="code">gunzip -c</code> se ejecutará en tu plataforma para
+descomprimir el archivo.
+</p>
+<p>Tal comando es específico para tu plataforma. Además, tu sistema
+TeX te debe permitir ejecutar comandos externos; como medida de
+seguridad los sistemas modernos restringen la ejecución de comandos a
+menos que lo permitas explícitamente. Consulta la documentación de tu
+distribución TeX.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cusebox"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Comandos-para-graphics">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\sbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cajas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Configuración del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Gr_00e1ficos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Gráficos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cusebox_007b_005cinstruccion_002dcaja_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">21.9 <code>\usebox{<var>\instrucción-caja</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cusebox"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Comandos-para-graphics-1">22.3 Comandos para graphics</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-del-paquete-graphics"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-paquete-graphics"></a>
+
+<p>Estos son los comandos disponibles con los paquetes <code class="code">graphics</code>
+y <code class="code">graphicx</code>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\resizebox</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Comandos-para-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Comandos para graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1">22.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graficos-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-paquete-graphics-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-incluir-graficos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-importar-graficos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivos-EPS"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivos-JPEG"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivos-JPG"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivos-graficos-PDF"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivos-PNG"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cincludegraphics"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis del paquete <code class="code">graphics</code>:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics[<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics[<var class="var">llx</var>,<var class="var">lly</var>][<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*[<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*[<var class="var">llx</var>,<var class="var">lly</var>][<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Sinopsis del paquete <code class="code">graphicx</code>:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics[<var class="var">key-value list</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+\includegraphics*[<var class="var">key-value list</var>]{<var class="var">filename</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Incluye un archivo de gráficos. La forma destacada
+<code class="code">\includegraphics*</code> recortar el gráfico al tamaño especificado,
+mientras que para la forma sin estrella cualquier parte del gráfico
+que está fuera del cuadro del tamaño especificado se sobreimprimir el
+área circundante.
+</p>
+<p>Este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{plot.pdf}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>incorporará al documento el gráfico en <samp class="file">plot.pdf</samp>, centrado y en
+su tamaño nominal. También puedes dar una ruta al archivo, como con
+<code class="code">\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}</code>. Para especificar una
+lista de ubicaciones para buscar el archivo, véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>Si tu nombre de archivo incluye espacios, ponlo entre comillas
+dobles. Un ejemplo es <code class="code">\includegraphics{&quot;sister picture.jpg&quot;}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\includegraphics{<var class="var">filename</var>}</code> decide sobre el
+tipo de gráfico dividiendo <var class="var">filename</var> en el primer punto. Puedes
+en su lugar, usar <var class="var">filename</var> sin punto, como en
+<code class="code">\includegraphics{turing}</code>, y luego LaTeX intenta una
+secuencia de extensiones como <code class="code">.png</code> y <code class="code">.pdf</code> hasta que
+encuentre un archivo con esa extensión
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Si tu nombre de archivo contiene puntos antes de la extensión, puedes
+ocultar con llaves, como en
+<code class="code">\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}</code>. O, si usas el
+paquete <code class="code">graphicx</code> entonces puedes usar las opciones
+<code class="code">type</code> y <code class="code">ext</code>; ve abajo. Este y otros problemas de nombre
+de archivo también se manejan con el paquete <samp class="file">grffile</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo coloca un gráfico en un entorno <code class="code">figure</code> para que
+LaTeX lo pueda mover a la página siguiente si al encajarlo en la
+página actual es incómodo (véase <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a>).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=3cm]{lungxray.jpg}
+ \caption{La evidencia es abrumadora: no fumes.} \label{fig:xray}
+\end{figure}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto coloca un gráfico que no flotará, por lo que es seguro que
+aparecerá en este punto en el documento incluso si haces que LaTeX
+estire el texto o recurra a las áreas en blanco de la página. Estará
+centrado y tendrá un subtítulo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{caption} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{pix/nix.png}
+ \captionof{figure}{El espíritu de la noche} \label{pix:nix} % opcional
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Este ejemplo pone una caja con un gráfico al lado de otra que tiene
+texto, con los dos centrados verticalmente.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+\begin{center}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.4\textwidth]{plot}}
+ \hspace{1em}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ f(x)=x\cdot \sin (1/x)
+ \end{displaymath}
+ \end{minipage}}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si usas el paquete <code class="code">graphics</code> entonces las únicas opciones
+involucran el tamaño del gráfico (pero <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a> y
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cscalebox"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>). Cuando un argumento opcional está presente,
+entonces es <code class="code">[<var class="var">urx</var>,<var class="var">ury</var>]</code> y da las coordenadas de la
+parte superior esquina derecha de la imagen, como un par de
+dimensiones TeX (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a>). Si se omiten las
+unidades, de manera predeterminada son <code class="code">bp</code>. En este caso, se
+supone que la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen está en (0,0).
+Si hay dos argumentos opcionales, entonces el principal es
+<code class="code">[<var class="var">llx</var>,<var class="var">lly</var>]</code>, especificando las coordenadas de la
+imagen abajo a la izquierda. Por lo tanto,
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}</code> pide el gráfico se
+colocará de manera que tenga 1&nbsp;pulgadas de ancho y
+0.618&nbsp;pulgadas alto y por lo que su origen está en (0,0).
+</p>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">graphicx</code> te brinda muchas más opciones.
+Especifícalos en una forma clave-valor, como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ \includegraphics[width=1in,angle=90]{lion}
+ \hspace{2em}
+ \includegraphics[angle=90,width=1in]{lion}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Las opciones se leen de izquierda a derecha. Así que el primer gráfico
+de arriba está hecho de una pulgada de ancho y luego se gira, mientras
+que el segundo se gira y luego se hace de una pulgada de ancho. Por
+lo tanto, a menos que el gráfico sea perfectamente cuadrado, los dos
+terminarán con diferentes anchos y alturas.
+</p>
+<p>Hay muchas opciones. Las principales se enumeran primero.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-delimitador-del-cuadro"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cuadro_002c-delimitar"></a>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que LaTeX coloca un gráfico en un cuadro, que es
+conocido tradicionalmente como su <em class="dfn">delimitador de cuadro</em>
+(distinto del PostScript BoundingBox descrito a continuación). El
+área impresa del gráfico puede ir más allá de este cuadro, o sentarse
+dentro de este cuadro, pero cuando LaTeX crea una página junta
+casillas y esta es la casilla asignada para el gráfico.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="incluye-ancho-de-gr_00e1ficos"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">width</code></dt>
+<dd><p>El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su cuadro delimitador tenga este
+ancho. Un ejemplo es <code class="code">\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}</code>.
+Puedes usar las dimensiones TeX estándar (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a>) y también es conveniente <code class="code">\linewidth</code>, o en un
+documento de dos columnas, <code class="code">\columnwidth</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a>). Un ejemplo es que al usar <samp class="file">calc</samp> puedes
+hacer que el gráfico sea 1&nbsp;cm más estrecho que el ancho del texto
+con <code class="code">\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">height</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-height"></a><p>El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su
+delimitador de cuadro tenga esta altura. Puedes usar las dimensiones
+TeX estándar (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a>), y también
+<code class="code">\pageheight</code> y <code class="code">\textheight</code> son convenientes
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a>). Por ejemplo, el
+comando <code class="code">\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}</code> hará
+el gráfico un cuarto de la altura del área de texto.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">totalheight</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="incluye-la-altura-total-de-los-gr_00e1ficos"></a><p>El gráfico se
+mostrará de modo que su delimitador de cuadro tenga esta altura más
+profundidad. Esto difiere de la altura si se gira el gráfico. Por
+ejemplo, si se ha girado -90, entonces tendrá una altura cero pero una
+gran profundidad.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">keepaspectratio</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-keepaspectratio"></a><p>Si se establece en
+<code class="code">true</code>, o simplemente se especifica como aquí
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><code class="code">\includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}</code>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>y das como opciones tanto <code class="code">width</code> como <code class="code">height</code> (o
+<code class="code">totalheight</code>), entonces LaTeX hará que el gráfico sea tan
+grande como sea posible sin distorsión. Es decir, LaTeX se
+asegurará de que el gráfico no sea más ancho que <code class="code">width</code> ni más
+alto que <code class="code">height</code> (o <code class="code">totalheight</code>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">scale</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Factor por el cual escalar el gráfico. Para hacer un gráfico el doble
+de su tamaño nominal, ingresa
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}</code>. Este número puede ser
+cualquier valor; un número entre 0 y&nbsp;1 reducirá el gráfico y un
+número negativo lo reflejará.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">angle</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Rota el gráfico. El ángulo se toma en grados y en sentido
+antihorario. El gráfico se gira sobre su <code class="code">origen</code>; ve esa
+opción. Para una descripción completa de cómo se compone el material
+rotado, véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">origin</code></dt>
+<dd><p>El punto del gráfico sobre el que ocurre la rotación. Los posible
+valores son cualquier cadena que contenga una o dos: <code class="code">l</code> para
+izquierda, <code class="code">r</code> para derecha, <code class="code">b</code> para la parte inferior,
+<code class="code">c</code> para el centro, <code class="code">t</code> para la parte superior y <code class="code">B</code>
+para la línea base. Por lo tanto, al ingresar el comando
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}</code> convertirá la
+imagen al revés sobre el centro de esa imagen, mientras que el comando
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}</code> convertirá su
+imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El carácter <code class="code">c</code>
+da el centro horizontal en <code class="code">bc</code> o <code class="code">tc</code>, pero da el centro
+vertical en <code class="code">lc</code> o <code class="code">rc</code>). El valor predeterminado es
+<code class="code">lB</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Para rotar sobre un punto arbitrario, véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Estas son opciones menos utilizadas.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="incluir-ventana-gr_00e1fica"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">viewport</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Selecciona una subregión del gráfico para mostrar. Toma cuatro
+argumentos, separados por espacios y dados en dimensiones TeX, como
+con <code class="code">\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>.
+Cuando la unidad se omite, las dimensiones predeterminadas son grandes
+puntos&nbsp;<code class="code">bp</code>. Se toman en relación con el origen
+especificado por el delimitador del cuadro. Ve también la opción
+<code class="code">trim</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-trim"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">trim</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Proporciona partes del gráfico para que no se muestren. Toma cuatro
+argumentos, separados por espacios, que se dan en dimensiones TeX,
+como con <code class="code">\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in,
+...]{...}</code>. Estos dan las cantidades del gráfico para no mostrar,
+es decir, LaTeX recortará la imagen 0&nbsp;pulgadas a la izquierda,
+0.1&nbsp;pulgadas a la parte inferior, 0.2&nbsp;pulgadas a la derecha
+y 0.3&nbsp;pulgadas en la parte superior. Consulta también la opción
+<code class="code">viewport</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-clip"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">clip</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Si se establece en <code class="code">true</code>, o solo se especifica como aquí
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>luego, el gráfico se recorta al delimitador del cuadro. Esto es lo
+mismo que utilizar la forma estrellada del comando,
+<code class="code">\includegraphics*[...]{...}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-page"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">page</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Proporciona el número de página de un archivo PDF de varias páginas.
+El valor predeterminado es <code class="code">page=1</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-pagebox"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">pagebox</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica qué delimitador de cuadro usar para los archivos PDF de
+entre <code class="code">mediabox</code>, <code class="code">cropbox</code>, <code class="code">bleedbox</code>,
+<code class="code">trimbox</code>, o <code class="code">artbox</code>. Los archivos PDF no tienen el
+BoundingBox que los archivos PostScript tienen, pero pueden
+especificar hasta cuatro rectángulos predefinidos. MediaBox da los
+límites del medio físico. CropBox es la región a la que se recortará
+el contenido de la página cuando se despliega. BleedBox es la región
+a la que se dirige el contenido de la página se debe recortar en
+producción. TrimBox tiene las dimensiones previstas de la página
+terminada. El ArtBox es el grado de significado del contenido de la
+página. El controlador establecerá el tamaño de la imagen en función
+de CropBox si está presente, de lo contrario no utilizará uno de los
+otros, con un orden de preferencia definido por el controlador.
+MediaBox siempre está presente.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-interpolate"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">interpolate</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Habilita o deshabilita la interpolación de imágenes rasterizadas por
+parte del espectador. Se puede configurar con <code class="code">interpolate=true</code>
+o simplemente especificarlo como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-quiet"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">quiet</code></dt>
+<dd><p>No escribe información en el registro. Lo puedes configurar con
+<code class="code">quiet=true</code> o simplemente especificarlo con
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}</code>,
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-draft"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">draft</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Si lo configuras con <code class="code">draft=true</code> o simplemente lo especificas
+con
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>entonces el gráfico no aparecerá en el documento, posiblemente
+guardando tinta de color de la impresora. En su lugar, LaTeX
+colocará un cuadro vacío del tamaño correcto con el nombre del archivo
+impreso en él.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Estas opciones abordan el delimitador del cuadro para PostScript
+encapsulando archivos gráficos, que tienen un tamaño especificado con
+una línea <code class="code">%%BoundingBox</code> que aparece en el archivo. Tiene
+cuatro valores, dando la coordenada <em class="math">x</em> inferior, la coordenada
+<em class="math">y</em> inferior, la coordenada <em class="math">x</em> superior y la coordenada
+<em class="math">y</em> superior. Las unidades son puntos PostScript, equivalentes a
+los puntos grandes de TeX, 1/72&nbsp;pulgada. Por ejemplo, si un
+archivo <samp class="file">.eps</samp> tiene la línea <code class="code">%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80</code>
+entonces su tamaño natural es 30/72&nbsp;pulgadas de ancho por
+60/72&nbsp;pulgadas de alto.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bb"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">bb</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica el cuadro delimitador de la región mostrada. El argumento
+es cuatro dimensiones separadas por espacios, como con
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[.., bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. Por lo
+general, <code class="code">\includegraphics</code> lee los números BoundingBox del
+archivo EPS automáticamente, por lo que esta opción solo es útil si
+falta el cuadro delimitador en ese archivo o si deseas cambiarlo.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bbllx"></a><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bblly"></a><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bburx"></a><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-bbury"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Establece el cuadro delimitador. Estos cuatro son obsoletos, pero se
+conservan por compatibilidad con paquetes antiguos.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-natwidth"></a><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-natheight"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">natwidth, natheight</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Una alternativa para <code class="code">bb</code>. Ajustar
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>es lo mismo que configurar <code class="code">bb=0 0 1in 0.618in</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-hiresbb"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">hiresbb</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Si se establece en <code class="code">true</code>, o simplemente se especifica como con
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>entonces LaTeX buscará las líneas <code class="code">%%HiResBoundingBox</code> en
+lugar de líneas <code class="code">%%BoundingBox</code>. (Las líneas <code class="code">BoundingBox</code>
+solo usan números naturales mientras que las líneas
+<code class="code">HiResBoundingBox</code> usan decimales; ambos usan unidades
+equivalentes a los puntos grandes de TeX, 1/72&nbsp;pulgadas). Para
+redefinir una configuración anterior de <code class="code">true</code>, la puedes
+establecer en <code class="code">false</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Las siguientes opciones permiten a un usuario anular el método
+LaTeX de elegir el tipo de gráfico en función de la extensión del
+nombre de archivo. Un ejemplo es ese
+<code class="code">\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</code> leerá el
+archivo <samp class="file">lion.xxx</samp> como si fuera <samp class="file">lion.png</samp>. Para obtener
+más información sobre estos, véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-type"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">type</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica el tipo de gráficos.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-ext"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">ext</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica la extensión de gráficos. Solo usa esto junto con la
+opción <code class="code">type</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-read"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">read</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica la extensión de archivo del archivo leído. Solo usa esto
+junto con la opción <code class="code">type</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="includegraphics-command"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">command</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica un comando que se aplicará a este archivo. Solo usa esto
+en conjunción con la opción <code class="code">type</code>. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a>, para una explicación sobre cómo habilitar la
+funcionalidad <code class="code">\write18</code> para ejecutar comandos externos.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005crotatebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Comandos-para-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Comandos para graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005crotatebox-1">22.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rotacion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graficos-giratorios"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto-giratorio"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crotatebox"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis si usas el paquete <code class="code">graphics</code>:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rotatebox{<var class="var">angle</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Sinopsis si usas el paquete <code class="code">graphicx</code>:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rotatebox{<var class="var">angle</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+\rotatebox[<var class="var">key-value list</var>]{<var class="var">angle</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Pon <var class="var">material</var> en un cuadro y lo gira <var class="var">angle</var> grados en
+sentido antihorario.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo gira los encabezados de las columnas de la tabla cuarenta
+y cinco grados.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \rotatebox{45}{Character} &amp;\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic} \\
+ A &amp;AL-FAH \\
+ B &amp;BRAH-VOH
+\end{tabular}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El <var class="var">material</var> puede ser cualquier cosa que vaya en una caja,
+incluido un gráfico.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> \rotatebox[origin=c]{45}{\includegraphics[width=1in]{lion}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para colocar el material rotado, el primer paso es que LaTeX
+establece <var class="var">material</var> en un cuadro, con un punto de referencia en
+la línea base izquierda. El segundo paso es la rotación,
+predeterminada sobre el punto de referencia. El tercer paso es que
+LaTeX calcula un cuadro para delimitar el material rotado. Cuarto,
+LaTeX mueve este cuadro horizontalmente para que el borde izquierdo
+de este nuevo delimitador del cuadro coincida con el borde izquierdo
+del cuadro del primer paso (no es necesario que coincidan
+verticalmente). Este nuevo cuadro delimitador, en su nueva posición,
+es lo que LaTeX usa como cuadro cuando se compone tipográficamente
+este material.
+</p>
+<p>Si usas el paquete <code class="code">graphics</code> entonces la rotación es sobre el
+punto de referencia de la caja. Si usas el paquete <code class="code">graphicx</code>
+entonces estas son las opciones que pueden ir en la <var class="var">lista de
+valores clave</var>, pero ten en cuenta que puedes obtener el mismo efecto
+sin necesidad de este paquete, excepto las opciones <code class="code">x</code> e
+<code class="code">y</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>).
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">origin</code></dt>
+<dd><p>El punto de la caja de <var class="var">material</var> sobre el cual ocurre la
+rotación. El posible valor es cualquier cadena que contenga uno o dos
+de: <code class="code">l</code> para izquierda, <code class="code">r</code> para derecha, <code class="code">b</code> para la
+parte inferior, <code class="code">c</code> para el centro, <code class="code">t</code> para la parte
+superior y <code class="code">B</code> para la línea base. Así, la primera línea aquí
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>dará la vuelta a la imagen desde el centro mientras que la segunda
+voltea tu imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El carácter
+<code class="code">c</code> da el centro horizontal en <code class="code">bc</code> o <code class="code">tc</code> pero da el
+centro vertical en <code class="code">lc</code> o <code class="code">rc</code>, y da ambos en <code class="code">c</code>). El
+valor predeterminado es <code class="code">lB</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">x, y</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Especifica un punto arbitrario de rotación con
+<code class="code">\rotatebox[x=<var class="var">TeX dimensión</var>,y=<var class="var">TeX
+dimensión</var>]{...}</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a>). Estos dan la
+compensación desde el punto de referencia de la caja.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">units</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Esta clave te permite cambiar el valor predeterminado de grados en el
+sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj. Establecer
+<code class="code">units=-360</code> cambia la dirección a grados en el sentido de las
+agujas del reloj y la configuración de <code class="code">units=6.283185</code> cambia a
+radianes en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cscalebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\resizebox</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Comandos-para-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Comandos para graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cscalebox-1">22.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graficos_002c-escalar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graficos_002c-cambiar-de-tamano"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-escalando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-redimensionado"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto_002c-escalado"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto_002c-cambio-de-tamano"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cscalebox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005creflectbox"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usebox{<var>\instrucción-caja</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\scalebox{<var class="var">factor horizontal</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+\scalebox{<var class="var">factor horizontal</var>}[<var class="var">factor vertical</var>]{<var class="var">material</var>}
+\reflectbox{<var class="var">material</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p><code>\usebox</code> produce la caja guardada más recientemente en el depósito
-<var>\instrucción-caja</var> por una instrucción <code>\savebox</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005csavebox">\savebox</a>).
+<p>Escala el <var class="var">material</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo reduce a la mitad el tamaño, tanto horizontal como
+verticalmente, del primer texto y duplica el tamaño del segundo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\scalebox{0.5}{DRINK ME} and \scalebox{2.0}{Eat Me}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si no especificas el <var class="var">factor vertical</var> opcional, entonces el valor
+predeterminado es el mismo que el <var class="var">factor horizontal</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Puedes usar este comando para cambiar el tamaño de un gráfico, como
+aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si usas el paquete <code class="code">graphicx</code>, puedes conseguir la misma cosa
+con argumentos opcionales para <code class="code">\includegraphics</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\reflectbox</code> abrevia
+<code class="code">\scalebox{-1}[1]{<var class="var">material</var>}</code>. Por lo tanto, <code class="code">Able
+was I\reflectbox{Able was I}</code> mostrará la frase &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Able was I</samp>&rsquo;
+seguida inmediatamente por su reflejo especular contra un eje
+vertical.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Inserciones-Especiales"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cresizebox">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada" accesskey="n" rel="next">Dividiendo la Entrada</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cajas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cajas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Comandos-para-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Comandos para graphics</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Inserciones-Especiales-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">22 Inserciones Especiales</h2>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cresizebox-1">22.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></h4>
-<p>LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para insertar caracteres que tienen
-un significado especial que no corresponde a caracteres simples que
-usted puede escribir.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graficos_002c-escalar-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graficos_002c-cambiar-de-tamano-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-escalando-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-redimensionado-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto_002c-escalado-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texto_002c-cambio-de-tamano-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cresizebox"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\resizebox{<var class="var">horizontal length</var>}{<var class="var">vertical length</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+\resizebox*{<var class="var">horizontal length</var>}{<var class="var">vertical length</var>}{<var class="var">material</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Dado un tamaño, como <code class="code">3cm</code>, transforma <var class="var">material</var> para
+hacerlo a ese tamaño. Si <var class="var">longitud horizontal</var> o <var class="var">longitud
+vertical</var> es un signo de exclamación&nbsp;<code class="code">!</code> entonces se usa el
+otro argumento para determinar un factor de escala para ambas
+direcciones.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo hace que el gráfico tenga media pulgada de ancho y lo
+escala verticalmente por el mismo factor para evitar que se
+distorsione.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La forma sin estrella <code class="code">\resizebox</code> toma <var class="var">longitud vertical</var>
+como la altura del cuadro mientras que la forma estrellada
+<code class="code">\resizebox*</code> lo lleva a ser altura+profundidad. Por ejemplo,
+haz que el texto tenga una altura+profundidad de un cuarto de pulgada
+con <code class="code">\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{Este cuadro
+tiene altura y profundidad.}}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Puedes usar <code class="code">\depth</code>, <code class="code">\height</code>, <code class="code">\totalheight</code> y
+<code class="code">\width</code> para referirte al tamaño original de la caja. Es decir,
+hace el texto de dos pulgadas de ancho pero manteniendo la altura
+original con <code class="code">\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Dos pulgadas}</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Inserciones-especiales">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Dividir-la-entrada" accesskey="n" rel="next">Dividir la entrada</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Gr_00e1ficos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Gráficos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Inserciones-especiales-1">23 Inserciones especiales</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Inserciones-especiales"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Insercion-de-caracteres-especiales"></a>
+
+<p>LaTeX proporciona comandos para insertar caracteres que tienen un
+significado especial no corresponde a los caracteres simples que
+puedes escribir.
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Caracteres-Reservados" accesskey="1">Caracteres Reservados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Insertando # $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ { }
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto" accesskey="2">Símbolos de Texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Insertando en el texto otros símbolos distintos a letras.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Acentos" accesskey="3">Acentos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Insertando acentos.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses" accesskey="4">Caracteres no Ingleses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Insertando otros caracteres no Ingleses.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="5">\rule</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Insertando líneas y rectángulos.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="6">\today</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Insertando la fecha de hoy.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Caracteres-reservados" accesskey="1">Caracteres reservados</a></li>
+<li><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas" accesskey="2">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></li>
+<li><a href="#S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente" accesskey="3">Símbolos por posición de fuente</a></li>
+<li><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto" accesskey="4">Símbolos de texto</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Acentos" accesskey="5">Acentos</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales" accesskey="6">Letras latinas adicionales</a></li>
+<li><a href="#paquete-inputenc" accesskey="7">paquete <code class="code">inputenc</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\rule</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\today</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Caracteres-Reservados"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Caracteres-reservados">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto" accesskey="n" rel="next">Símbolos de Texto</a>, Up: <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones Especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Caracteres-Reservados-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">22.1 Caracteres Reservados</h3>
-<a name="index-caracteres-reservados"></a>
-<a name="index-caracteres_002c-reservados"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="Caracteres-reservados-1">23.1 Caracteres reservados</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres-reservados"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres_002c-reservados"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres-especiales"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres_002c-especiales"></a>
+<p>LaTeX reserva los siguientes caracteres para propósitos
+especiales. Por ejemplo, el signo de porcentaje&nbsp;<code class="code">%</code> es para
+comentarios. Se llaman <em class="dfn">caracteres reservados</em> o <em class="dfn">caracteres
+especiales</em>. Todo está explicado en otra parte de este manual.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"># $ % &amp; { } _ ~ ^ \
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0023"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0024"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0025"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0026"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005f"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_007b"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_007d"></a>
+<p>Si deseas que un carácter reservado se imprima por sí mismo, en el
+texto fuente del cuerpo, para todos menos los últimos tres caracteres
+en esa lista simplemente coloca una barra invertida&nbsp;<code class="code">\</code>
+delante del carácter. De este modo, escribir <code class="code">\$1.23</code>
+producirá&nbsp;<code class="code">$1.23</code> en tu salida.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_007e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005e"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctextbackslash"></a>
+<p>En cuanto a los últimos tres caracteres, para obtener una tilde en la
+letra del cuerpo del texto usa <code class="code">\~{}</code> (omitir las llaves daría
+como resultado que el siguiente carácter recibe un acento de tilde).
+Del mismo modo, para colocar un acento circunflejo en el texto del
+cuerpo fuente usa <code class="code">\^{}</code>. Para colocar una barra invertida en
+el texto del cuerpo fuente, ingresa <code class="code">\textbackslash{}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Para producir los caracteres reservados en una fuente de máquina de
+escribir, utiliza <code class="code">\verb!!</code> como se muestra a continuación (la
+doble barra inversa&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code> en el ejemplo solo está ahí para
+dividir las líneas en la salida).
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center}
+ \# \$ \% \&amp; \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
+ \verb!# $ % &amp; { } _ ~ ^ \!
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente" accesskey="n" rel="next">Símbolos por posición de fuente</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Caracteres-reservados" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Caracteres reservados</a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Mayusculas-y-minusculas">23.2 Mayúsculas y minúsculas</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mayusculas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lowercase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres_002c-caso-de"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cambiar-caracteres-de-mayusculas-y-minusculas"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\uppercase{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\lowercase{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\MakeUppercase{<var class="var">text</var>}
+\MakeLowercase{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p>Los siguientes caracteres desempeñan un papel especial en LaTeX y se
-llaman &ldquo;caracteres reservados&rdquo; o &ldquo;caracteres especiales&rdquo;.
+<p>Cambia el caso de los caracteres. Los comandos primitivos TeX
+<code class="code">\uppercase</code> y <code class="code">\lowercase</code> están configurados de forma
+predeterminada para funcionar solo con las 26 letras a&ndash;z y A&ndash;Z. Los
+comandos LaTeX <code class="code">\MakeUppercase</code> y <code class="code">\MakeLowercase</code>
+también cambian caracteres a los que se accede mediante comandos como
+<code class="code">\ae</code> o <code class="code">\aa</code>. Los comandos <code class="code">\MakeUppercase</code> y
+<code class="code">\MakeLowercase</code> son robustos pero tienen argumentos en
+movimiento (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Estos comandos no cambian el uso de mayúsculas y minúsculas en el
+nombre de un comando dentro de <var class="var">text</var>. Pero cambian el caso de
+todas las demás letras dentro del argumento <var class="var">text</var>. De este modo,
+<code class="code">\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$</code>} produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">LET Y=F(X)</samp>&rsquo;. Otro
+ejemplo es que se cambiará el nombre de un entorno, de modo que
+<code class="code">\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular}}</code> produce
+un error porque la primera mitad se cambia a <code class="code">\begin{TABULAR}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX usa la misma tabla fija para cambiar mayúsculas y minúsculas
+a lo largo de un documento. La tabla utilizada está diseñada para la
+codificación de fuente T1; esto funciona bien con las fuentes TeX
+estándar para todos los alfabetos latinos, pero causará problemas al
+usar otros alfabetos.
+</p>
+<p>Para cambiar el caso del texto que resulta de una macro dentro de
+<var class="var">text</var> tienes que hacer la expansión. Aquí el <code class="code">\Schoolname</code>
+produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">FACULTAD DE MATEMÁTICAS</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"># $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ { }
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\schoolname}{Facultad de matemáticas}
+\newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase
+ <!-- /@w -->\expandafter{\schoolname}}
</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005c_0023"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_0024"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_0025"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_0026"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_005f"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_007b"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_007d"></a>
-<p>Siempre que escriba en su archivo uno de estos caracteres, LaTeX debe
-hacer algo especial. Si simplemente desea imprimir el carácter en sí
-mismo, incluya un carácter <code>\</code> anteponiéndolo a este. Por ejemplo,
-<code>\$</code> debe producir <code>$</code> en su salida.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-textcase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-textcase-package"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">textcase</code> trae algunas de las
+funciones que faltan en los comandos LaTeX estándar
+<code class="code">\MakeUppercase</code> y <code class="code">\MakeLowerCase</code>.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cbackslash-1"></a>
-<p>Una excepción a esta regla es la <code>\</code> misma, debido a que <code>\</code>
-tiene su propio significado especial (dependiente del contexto). Una \
-romana es producida al escribir <code>$\backslash$</code> en su archivo, y una
-<code>\</code> de máquina de escribir es producida usando &lsquo;<samp>\</samp>&rsquo; en una
-instrucción verbatim (see <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>).
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mfirstuc"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-mfirstuc-package"></a>
+<p>Para escribir en mayúsculas solo la primera letra
+de las palabras, puedes usar el paquete <code class="code">mfirstuc</code>.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005c_007e"></a>
-<a name="index-_005c_005e"></a>
-<p>Además, <code>\~</code> y <code>\^</code> colocan acentos tilde y circunflejo sobre
-la siguiente letra, como en &otilde; y &ocirc; (see <a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a>); Para
-obtener una <code>~</code> o <code>^</code> independiente, usted puede utilizar una
-instrucción verbatim.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-pict2e-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pict2e-package-1"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Wright_002c-Joseph"></a>
+<p>El manejo de todas las reglas de mayúsculas y minúsculas especificadas
+por Unicode, por ejemplo, para escrituras no latinas, es un trabajo
+mucho más grande que cualquier cosa prevista en el TeX original y
+LaTeX. Se ha implementado en el paquete <code class="code">expl3</code> a partir
+de 2020. El artículo &ldquo;Cambio de caso: De primitivas TeX al
+algoritmo Unicode&rdquo;, (Joseph Wright, <cite class="cite">TUGboat</cite>&nbsp;41:1,
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf</a>), da una
+buena visión general del tema, pasado y presente.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005csymbol"></a>
-<a name="index-accediendo-a-cualquier-caracter-del-tipo-de-letra"></a>
-<p>Por último, puede acceder a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra actual
-una vez que sepa su número utilizando la instrucción <code>\symbol</code>. Por
-ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visibles utilizada en la instrucción
-<code>\verb*</code> tiene el código decimal 32, por lo tanto se puede escribir
-como <code>\symbol{32}</code>.
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto" accesskey="n" rel="next">Símbolos de texto</a>, Anterior: <a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Simbolos-por-posicion-de-fuente">23.3 Símbolos por posición de fuente</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csymbol"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acceder-a-cualquier-caracter-de-una-fuente"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolos-de-fuente_002c-por-numero"></a>
+
+<p>Puedes acceder a cualquier carácter de la fuente actual usando su
+número con el comando <code class="code">\symbol</code>. Por ejemplo, el carácter de
+espacio visible usado en el comando <code class="code">\verb*</code> tiene el código
+decimal 32 en la fuente de máquina de escribir Computer Modern
+estándar, por lo que se puede escribir como <code class="code">\symbol{32}</code>.
</p>
-<p>También puede especificar números octales con <code>'</code> o números
-hexadecimales con <code>&quot;</code>, por lo que el ejemplo anterior también se
-podría escribir como <code>\symbol{'40}</code> o <code>\symbol{&quot;20}</code>.
+<p>También puedes especificar números en octal (base 8) usando un prefijo
+<code class="code">'</code>, o hexadecimal (base 16) con un prefijo <code class="code">&quot;</code>, por lo que
+el espacio visible en 32 decimal también se podría escribir como
+<code class="code">\symbol{'40}</code> o <code class="code">\symbol{&quot;20}</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="S_00edmbolos-de-Texto"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="S_00edmbolos-de-texto">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Acentos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Acentos</a>, Previous: <a href="#Caracteres-Reservados" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Caracteres Reservados</a>, Up: <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones Especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Acentos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Acentos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Símbolos por posición de fuente</a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Simbolos-de-Texto"></a>
-<h3 class="section">22.2 Símbolos de Texto</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Simbolos-de-texto">23.4 Símbolos de texto</h3>
-<a name="index-simbolos-de-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-paquete-textcomp"></a>
-<p>LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para generar una serie símbolos
-distintos de letras, en el texto. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
-más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1; posiblemente tenga que cargar
-el paquete <code>textcomp</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolos-de-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolos_002c-texto"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-textcomp"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-textcomp-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-codificacion-TS1"></a>
+<p>LaTeX proporciona comandos para generar una serie de símbolos que
+no son letras en texto corriente. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
+más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1. A partir del lanzamiento de
+LaTeX de febrero de 2020, todos los símbolos están disponibles de
+manera predeterminada; antes de eso, era necesario usar el paquete
+<code class="code">textcomp</code> para algunos (técnicamente, aquellos en la
+codificación de fuentes <code class="code">TS1</code>).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\copyright</code>
-<a name="index-_005ccopyright"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\textcopyright</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextcopyright"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-de-copyright"></a>
-<p>El símbolo de copyright, &copy;.
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-_005ccopyright'><span><code class="code">\copyright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ccopyright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextcopyright'><span><code class="code">\textcopyright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextcopyright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-derechos-de-autor"></a>
+<p>&copy; El símbolo de copyright.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dag</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdag"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-daga_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>El símbolo daga (en texto).
+<dt id='index-_005cdag'><span><code class="code">\dag</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdag'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dagger_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x2020; El símbolo de la daga (en texto).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ddag</code>
-<a name="index-_005cddag"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-doble-daga_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>El símbolo doble daga (en texto).
+<dt id='index-_005cddag'><span><code class="code">\ddag</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cddag'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-daga-doble_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x2021; El símbolo de la daga doble (en texto).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\LaTeX</code>
-<a name="index-_005cLaTeX"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-Logotipo-de-LaTeX"></a>
-<a name="index-logotipo_002c-LaTeX"></a>
+<dt id='index-latex-1'><span><code class="code">latex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-latex-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-logotipo-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX"></a>
<p>El logotipo de LaTeX.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\LaTeXe</code>
-<a name="index-_005cLaTeXe"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-Logotipo-de-LaTeX2e"></a>
-<a name="index-logotipo_002c-LaTeX2e"></a>
-<p>El logotypo de LaTeX2e.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\guillemotleft <span class="roman">(&laquo;)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\guillemotright <span class="roman">(&raquo;)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="roman">(&lsaquo;)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\guilsinglright <span class="roman">(&rsaquo;)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-comillas-tipograficas_002c-latinas-o-angulares"></a>
-<a name="index-comillas-tipograficas-simples"></a>
-<a name="index-comilla-angular-de-apertura"></a>
-<a name="index-comilla-angular-de-cierre"></a>
-<a name="index-comillas-tipograficas-angulares"></a>
-<a name="index-comillas-tipograficas-angulares-simples"></a>
-<a name="index-comillas-tipograficas-Francesas"></a>
-<a name="index-comillas-tipograficas_002c-Francesas"></a>
-<p>Comillas tipográficas angulares dobles y simples, utilizadas comúnmente
-en Francés: &laquo;, &raquo;, &lsaquo;,
-&rsaquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\ldots</code>
-<a name="index-_005cldots"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\dots</code>
-<a name="index-_005cdots"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\textellipsis</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextellipsis"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-puntos-suspensivos"></a>
-<p>Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): &lsquo;&hellip;&rsquo;.
-<code>\ldots</code> y <code>\dots</code> también trabajan en modo math.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\lq</code>
-<a name="index-_005clq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-comilla-izquierda"></a>
-<a name="index-comilla-de-apertura"></a>
-<p>Comilla izquierda (de apertura): &lsquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\P</code>
-<a name="index-_005cP"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\textparagraph</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextparagraph"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-de-parrafo"></a>
-<a name="index-antigrafo-o-simplemente-signo-de-parrafo"></a>
-<p>Signo de párrafo (antígrafo).
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\pounds</code>
-<a name="index-_005cpounds"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\textsterling</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextsterling"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-de-libra-esterlina"></a>
-<a name="index-simbolo-de-libra-esterlina-1"></a>
-<p>Libras esterlinas en Inglés: &pound;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\quotedblbase <span class="roman">(&bdquo;)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="roman">(&sbquo;)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-comillas-dobles-en-linea-base"></a>
-<a name="index-comilla-simple-en-linea-base"></a>
-<a name="index-comilla-en-linea-base_002c-simple-y-doble"></a>
-<p>Simple y dobles comillas en la línea base:
-&bdquo; y &sbquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\rq</code>
-<a name="index-_005crq"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-comilla-derecha"></a>
-<a name="index-comilla-de-cierre"></a>
-<p>Comilla derecha (de cierre): &rsquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\S</code>
-<a name="index-_005cS"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-de-seccion"></a>
-<p>Símbolo de sección.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\TeX</code>
-<a name="index-_005cTeX"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-logotipo-de-TeX"></a>
-<a name="index-logotipo_002c-TeX"></a>
+<dt id='index-latex-2'><span><code class="code">latex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-latex-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LaTeX2e-logo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e"></a>
+<p>LaTeX2e, logo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029'><span><code class="code">\guillemotleft <span class="r">(&laquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029'><span><code class="code">\guillemotright <span class="r">(&raquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029'><span><code class="code">\guilsinglleft <span class="r">(&lsaquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029'><span><code class="code">\guilsinglright <span class="r">(&rsaquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-doble-guillemets"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-guillemet-unica"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-angular-izquierda"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-angular-derecha"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dobles-comillas-angulares"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-angular-unica"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas-francesas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas_002c-francesas"></a>
+<p>&laquo;, &raquo;, &lsaquo;, &rsaquo;
+Comillas angulares simples y dobles, de uso común en francés.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cldots-1'><span><code class="code">\ldots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cldots-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextellipsis'><span><code class="code">\textellipsis</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextellipsis'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cdot-2'><span><code class="code">\dot</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdot-2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-elipsis"></a>
+<p>&hellip; Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base):
+<code class="code">\ldots</code> y <code class="code">\dots</code> también trabaja en modo math
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Puntos">Puntos, horizontales o verticales</a>). Ve la descripción de los puntos suspensivos del
+<code class="code">modo math</code> para obtener información adicional.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005clq'><span><code class="code">\lq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005clq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-izquierda"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-de-apertura"></a>
+<p>&lsquo; Comilla izquierda (apertura).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-p'><span><code class="code">p</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-p'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextparagraph'><span><code class="code">\textparagraph</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextparagraph'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-parrafo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-pilcrow_002c-almohada"></a>
+<p>&#x00B6; Signo de párrafo (pilcrow).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cpounds'><span><code class="code">\pounds</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cpounds'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsterling'><span><code class="code">\textsterling</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsterling'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-libras"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-la-libra-esterlina"></a>
+<p>&pound; libras esterlinas inglesas.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029'><span><code class="code">\quotedblbase <span class="r">(&bdquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029'><span><code class="code">\quotesinglbase <span class="r">(&sbquo;)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dobles-comillas-low_002d9"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas-simples-low_002d9"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-low_002d9-comillas-simples-y-dobles"></a>
+<p>&bdquo; y &sbquo;
+Comillas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005crq'><span><code class="code">\rq</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005crq'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-derecha"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-de-cierre"></a>
+<p>&rsquo; Comilla de derecha (de cierre).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-s'><span><code class="code">s</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-s'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextsection'><span><code class="code">\textsection</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextsection'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-seccion"></a>
+<p>&#x00A7; Signo de sección.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-tex'><span><code class="code">tex</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-tex'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Logotipo-de-TeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-logotipo_002c-TeX"></a>
<p>El logotipo de TeX.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textasciicircum</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextasciicircum"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-circunflejo_002c-ASCII_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-ASCII-circunflejo_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Circunflejo ASCII: ^.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textasciitilde</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextasciitilde"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-tilde-ASCII_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Tilde ASCII: ~.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textasteriskcentered</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-asterisco_002c-centrado_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-asterisco-centrado_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Asterisco centrado: *.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textbackslash</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextbackslash"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-barra-inversa_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Barra inversa: \.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textbar</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextbar"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-barra-vertical_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Barra Vertical: |.
-</p>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextasciicircum'><span><code class="code">\textasciicircum</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextasciicircum'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-circunflejo_002c-ASCII_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ASCII-circunflejo_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>^ circunflejo ASCII.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextasciitilde'><span><code class="code">\textasciitilde</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextasciitilde'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tilde-ASCII_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>~ Tilde ASCII.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextasteriskcentered'><span><code class="code">\textasteriskcentered</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-asterisco_002c-centrado_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asterisco-centrado_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>* asterisco centrado
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbackslash-1'><span><code class="code">\textbackslash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbackslash-1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-barra-invertida_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>\ Barra invertida. Sin embargo, <code class="code">\texttt{\textbackslash}</code> de
+manera predeterminada produce una barra invertida en letra romana (no
+de máquina de escribir); para una barra invertida de máquina de
+escribir, es necesario utilizar la codificación de tipo de letra T1 (u
+otra no predeterminada), como en:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+</pre></div>
+
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbar'><span><code class="code">\textbar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-barra-vertical_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-barra_002c-vertical_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>| Barra vertical.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbardbl'><span><code class="code">\textbardbl</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbardbl'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-barra-vertical_002c-doble_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-barra_002c-doble-vertical_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-doble-barra-vertical_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x23F8; Doble barra vertical.
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textbardbl</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextbardbl"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-barra-vertical_002c-doble_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-barra_002c-vertical-doble_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-doble-barra-vertical_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Doble barra vertical.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbigcircle'><span><code class="code">\textbigcircle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbigcircle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Simbolos-de-grandes-circulos_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-circulo_002c-grande_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x25EF;, símbolo de círculo grande.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textbigcircle</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextbigcircle"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-circulo-grande_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-simbolo-de-circulo_002c-grande_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Símbolo círculo grande.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbraceleft'><span><code class="code">\textbraceleft</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbraceleft'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-llave-izquierda_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-llave_002c-izquierdo_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>{ Llave izquierda. Ve los comentarios en <code class="code">\textbackslash</code>
+arriba sobre hacer que <code class="code">\texttt{\textbraceleft}</code> produzca una
+llave en máquina de escribir.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textbraceleft</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextbraceleft"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-llave-de-apertura_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-llave_002c-izquierda_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Llave izquierda: {.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbraceright'><span><code class="code">\textbraceright</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbraceright'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-llave-derecha_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-llave_002c-derecha_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>} Llave derecha. Ve los comentarios en <code class="code">\textbackslash</code> arriba
+sobre hacer que <code class="code">\texttt{\textbraceright}</code> produzca una llave
+en máquina de escribir.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textbraceright</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextbraceright"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-llave-derecha_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-llave_002c-derecha_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Llave derecha: }.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextbullet'><span><code class="code">\textbullet</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextbullet'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-vineta_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&bull; Viñeta.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textbullet</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextbullet"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-bala_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Bala: &bull;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d'><span><code class="code">\textcircled{<var class="var">letter</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letra-en-circulo_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x24B6;, circulo alrededor de <var class="var">letra</var>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textcircled{<var>letra</var>}</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextcircled_007bletra_007d"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-letra-en-circulo_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p><var>letra</var> en un círculo, como en &reg;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextcompwordmark'><span><code class="code">\textcompwordmark</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextcompwordmark'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark'><span><code class="code">\textcapitalcompwordmark</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark'><span><code class="code">\textascendercompwordmark</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-marca-denominativa-compuesta_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-altura-de-la-tapa"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-altura-del-ascendente"></a>
+<p>Se utiliza para separar letras que normalmente se ligarían. Por
+ejemplo, <code class="code">f\textcompwordmark i</code> produce &lsquo;<samp class="samp">fi</samp>&rsquo; sin
+ligadura. Este es más útil en idiomas distintos del inglés. La forma
+<code class="code">\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> tiene la altura máxima de la fuente
+mientras que la forma <code class="code">\textascendercompwordmark</code> tiene la altura
+ascendente.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textcompwordmark</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextcompwordmark"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\textcapitalwordmark</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextcapitalwordmark"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\textascenderwordmark</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextascenderwordmark"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-marca-palabra-compuesta_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-tapa-superior"></a>
-<a name="index-ascender-superior"></a>
-<p>Marca de palabra compuesta (invisible). La forma <code>\textcapital...</code>
-tiene la tapa del tipo de letra, mientras que la forma
-<code>\textascender...</code> tiene el ascender superior.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textdagger</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextdagger"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-daga_002c-en-texto-1"></a>
-<p>Daga: <em>\dag</em>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textdaggerdbl</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-daga_002c-doble_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-daga-doble_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Daga doble: <em>\ddag</em>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(o <code>\$</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextdollar-_0028o-_005c_0024_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-signo-de-dolar"></a>
-<a name="index-moneda_002c-dolar"></a>
-<p>Signo de Dólar: $.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textemdash <span class="roman">(o <code>---</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextemdash-_0028o-_002d_002d_002d_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-em_002ddash"></a>
-<p>Em-dash: &mdash; (para puntuación).
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(o <code>--</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextendash-_0028o-_002d_002d_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-e_002ddash"></a>
-<p>En-dash: &mdash; (para rangos).
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\texteuro</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctexteuro"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-del-euro"></a>
-<a name="index-divisas_002c-euro"></a>
-<p>El Símbolo del Euro: &euro;.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextdagger'><span><code class="code">\textdagger</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextdagger'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-daga_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x2020; Daga.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(o <code>!`</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028o-_0021_0060_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-exclamacion_002c-inicial"></a>
-<p>Signo de exclamación inicial: &iexcl;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textgreater</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextgreater"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-mayor-que_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Mayor que: &gt;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textless</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextless"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-menor-que_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Menor que: &lt;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textleftarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextleftarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-flecha_002c-izquierda_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-flecha-hacia-la-izquierda_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Flecha izquierda.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textordfeminine</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextordfeminine"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\textordmasculine</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextordmasculine"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-Simbolo-ordinal-femenino"></a>
-<a name="index-simbolo-ordinal-masculino"></a>
-<a name="index-ordinales_002c-femenino-y-masculino"></a>
-<a name="index-ordinales-en-espanol_002c-femenino-y-masculino"></a>
-<p>Símbolos ordinales femenino y masculino: &ordf;, &ordm;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\textordfeminine</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextordfeminine-1"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-femenino-ordinal"></a>
-<p>Símbolo ordinal femenino: &ordf;.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextdaggerdbl'><span><code class="code">\textdaggerdbl</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-daga_002c-doble_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-daga-doble_002c-en-texto-1"></a>
+<p>&#x2021; Daga doble.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textperiodcentered</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextperiodcentered"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-punto_002c-centrado_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-punto-centrado_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Punto centrado: ·.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextdollar-_0028o-_005c_0024_0029'><span><code class="code">\textdollar <span class="r">(o <code class="code">\$</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028o-_005c_0024_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-signo-de-dolar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-moneda_002c-dolar"></a>
+<p>$ signo de dólar.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(o <code>?`</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028o-_003f_0060_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-interrogacion_002c-inicial"></a>
-<p>Signo de interrogación inicial: &iquest;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextemdash-_0028o-_002d_002d_002d_0029'><span><code class="code">\textemdash <span class="r">(o <code class="code">---</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028o-_002d_002d_002d_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-em_002ddash"></a>
+<div class="raggedright"><p class="raggedright-paragraph">&mdash; Guión largo. Se utiliza para puntuación, por lo general similar a
+las comas o paréntesis, como en &lsquo;<code class="code">Los playoffs---si tienes
+suficiente suerte para llegar a los playoffs --- son más como un
+sprint.</code>&rsquo; Convenciones para espaciar alrededor de guiones-em que
+varían ampliamente.
+</p></div>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextendash-_0028o-_002d_002d_0029'><span><code class="code">\textendash <span class="r">(o <code class="code">--</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextendash-_0028o-_002d_002d_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-e_002ddash"></a>
+<p>&ndash; En-dash. Usado para rangos, como en &lsquo;<code class="code">ve las páginas 12--14</code>&rsquo;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="roman">(o <code>``</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028o-_0060_0060_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-marca-izquierda_002c-doble"></a>
-<a name="index-comillas-dobles-de-apertura"></a>
-<p>Comillas dobles de apertura: &ldquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctexteuro'><span><code class="code">\texteuro</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexteuro'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-del-euro"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-moneda_002c-euro"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-eurosym"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eurosym-package"></a>
+<p>El símbolo de la moneda del euro: &euro;.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-eurosym-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eurosym-package-1"></a>
+ Para un diseño de glifo alternativo, prueba el
+paquete <code class="code">eurosym</code>; además, la mayoría de las fuentes hoy día
+vienen con su propio símbolo de euro (Unicode U+20AC).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(o <code>'</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028o-_0027_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-comillas-de-cierre_002c-dobles"></a>
-<a name="index-comillas-de-cierre-dobles"></a>
-<p>Dobles comillas de cierre: &rdquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028o-_0021_0060_0029'><span><code class="code">\textexclamdown <span class="r">(o <code class="code">!`</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028o-_0021_0060_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-signo-de-exclamacion_002c-al-reves"></a>
+<p>&iexcl; Signo de exclamación al revés.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textquoteleft <span class="roman">(o <code>`</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028o-_0060_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-comilla-izquierda_002c-sola"></a>
-<a name="index-comilla-de-apertura-simple"></a>
-<p>Comilla de apertura simple: &lsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextfiguredash'><span><code class="code">\textfiguredash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextfiguredash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-figura-del-caracter-guion"></a>
+<p>Guión usado entre números, Unicode U+2012. Definido en junio de 2021
+lanzamiento de LaTeX. Cuando se usa en pdfTeX, aproximado por un
+guión-en; con un motor Unicode, escribe el glifo si está disponible en
+la fuente actual, o escribe la advertencia habitual &ldquo;Carácter
+faltante&rdquo; al archivo de registro.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textquoteright <span class="roman">(o <code>'</code>)</span></code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028o-_0027_0029"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-comilla-de-cierre_002c-simple"></a>
-<a name="index-comilla-de-cierre-simple"></a>
-<p>Comilla de cierre simple: &rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextgreater'><span><code class="code">\textgreater</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextgreater'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-mayor-que_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&gt; Símbolo mayor que.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textquotestraightbase</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-comilla_002c-en-la-linea-base-_0028coma_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-comillastraight-quote_002c-base"></a>
-<a name="index-guion-doble_002c-linea-recta"></a>
-<a name="index-linea-recta-de-guion-doble_002c-base"></a>
-<p>Líneas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+<dt id='index-_005ctexthorizontalbar'><span><code class="code">\texthorizontalbar</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracter-de-barra-horizontal"></a>
+<p>Carácter de barra horizontal, Unicode U+2015. Definido en junio de
+2021 lanzamiento de LaTeX. Comportamiento como con
+<code class="code">\textfiguredash</code> arriba; la aproximación pdfTeX es un guión
+largo.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textregistered</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextregistered"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-de-marca-registrada"></a>
-<p>Símbolo de marca registrada: &reg;.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextless'><span><code class="code">\textless</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextless'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-menor-que_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&lt; Símbolo menor que.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textrightarrow</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextrightarrow"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-flecha-derecha_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<a name="index-flecha-hacia-la-derecha_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Flecha hacia la derecha.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextleftarrow'><span><code class="code">\textleftarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextleftarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flecha_002c-izquierda_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flecha-izquierda_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x2190;, Flecha izquierda.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-em_002ddash-de-tres-cuartos"></a>
-<a name="index-em_002ddash_002c-tres-cuartos"></a>
-<p>em-dash de &ldquo;Tres cuartos&rdquo;, entre en-dash y em-dash.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen'><span><code class="code">\textnonbreakinghyphen</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracter-de-guion-que-no-se-rompe"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracter-de-guion_002c-irrompible"></a>
+<p>Carácter de guión de no separación, Unicode U+2011. Definido en junio
+lanzamiento de 2021 de LaTeX. Comportamiento como con
+<code class="code">\textfiguredash</code> arriba; la aproximación pdfTeX es un guión
+ASCII regular (con saltos no permitidos después).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\texttrademark</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctexttrademark"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-de-marca-comercial"></a>
-<p>Símbolo de marca comercial: ™.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextordfeminine'><span><code class="code">\textordfeminine</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextordfeminine'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextordmasculine'><span><code class="code">\textordmasculine</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextordmasculine'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-ordinal-femenino"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-ordinal-masculino"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ordinales_002c-femenino-y-masculino"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Ordinales-en-espanol_002c-femenino-y-masculino"></a>
+<p>&ordf;, &ordm; Símbolos ordinales femeninos y masculinos.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\texttwelveudash</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctexttwelveudash"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Xx 12u-.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextperiodcentered'><span><code class="code">\textperiodcentered</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextperiodcentered'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto_002c-centrado_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punto-centrado_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x00B7; Punto centrado.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textunderscore</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextunderscore"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-subrayado_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Subrayado: _.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028o-_003f_0060_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquestiondown <span class="r">(o <code class="code">?`</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028o-_003f_0060_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-signo-de-interrogacion_002c-al-reves"></a>
+<p>&iquest; Signo de interrogación de apertura.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\textvisiblespace</code>
-<a name="index-_005ctextvisiblespace"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><a name="index-simbolo-de-espacio-visible_002c-en-texto"></a>
-<p>Símbolo de espacio visible.
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028o-_0060_0060_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquotedblleft <span class="r">(o <code class="code">``</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028o-_0060_0060_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-izquierda_002c-doble"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas-dobles-a-la-izquierda"></a>
+<p>&ldquo; Comillas dobles a la izquierda.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028o-_0027_0027_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquotedblright <span class="r">(o <code class="code">''</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028o-_0027_0027_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-derecha_002c-doble"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas-dobles-a-la-derecha"></a>
+<p>&rdquo; Doble comilla derecha.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028o-_0060_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquoteleft <span class="r">(o <code class="code">`</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028o-_0060_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-izquierda_002c-simple"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-izquierda-simple"></a>
+<p>&lsquo; Comilla izquierda simple.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028o-_0027_0029'><span><code class="code">\textquoteright <span class="r">(o <code class="code">'</code>)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028o-_0027_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-derecha_002c-simple"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla-derecha-simple"></a>
+<p>&rsquo; Comilla simple derecha.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotesingle'><span><code class="code">\textquotesingle</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotesingle'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla_002c-simple-derecha"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas-simples-derechas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas-simples_002c-rectas"></a>
+<p>&#x0027;, Comillas rectas simples. (De la codificación TS1).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotestraightbase'><span><code class="code">\textquotestraightbase</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase'><span><code class="code">\textquotestraightdblbase</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla_002c-recta-base"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comilla_002c-base-recta"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas-dobles_002c-base-recta"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comillas-dobles-rectas_002c-base"></a>
+<p>Comillas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextregistered'><span><code class="code">\textregistered</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextregistered'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-registrado"></a>
+<p>&reg; Símbolo de registrado.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextrightarrow'><span><code class="code">\textrightarrow</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextrightarrow'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flecha_002c-derecha_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-flecha-derecha_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x2192;, Flecha derecha.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash'><span><code class="code">\textthreequartersemdash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tres-cuartos-em_002ddash"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-em_002ddash_002c-tres-cuartos"></a>
+<p>&#xFE58;, &ldquo;Tres cuartos&rdquo; de guión largo, entre guión corto y guión
+largo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctexttrademark'><span><code class="code">\texttrademark</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexttrademark'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-marca-registrada"></a>
+<p>&#x2122; Símbolo de marca comercial.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctexttwelveudash'><span><code class="code">\texttwelveudash</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctexttwelveudash'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dos-tercios-de-em_002dguion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-em_002ddash_002c-dos-tercios"></a>
+<p>&#xFE58;, &ldquo;Dos tercios&rdquo; guión largo, entre guión corto y guión
+largo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextunderscore'><span><code class="code">\textunderscore</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextunderscore'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-guion-bajo_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>_ Guion bajo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005ctextvisiblespace'><span><code class="code">\textvisiblespace</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctextvisiblespace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-de-espacio-visible_002c-en-texto"></a>
+<p>&#x2423;, Símbolo de espacio visible.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<hr>
-<a name="Acentos"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Acentos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses" accesskey="n" rel="next">Caracteres no Ingleses</a>, Previous: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Símbolos de Texto</a>, Up: <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones Especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales" accesskey="n" rel="next">Letras latinas adicionales</a>, Anterior: <a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Símbolos de texto</a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Acentos-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">22.3 Acentos</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Acentos-1">23.5 Acentos</h3>
-<a name="index-acentos"></a>
-<a name="index-caracteres_002c-acentuados"></a>
-<a name="index-letras_002c-acentuadas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acentos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres_002c-acentuados"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letras_002c-acentuadas"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-2"></a>
-<p>LaTeX tiene un amplio apoyo para muchos de los guiones de idiomas del
-mundo, a través del paquete <code>babel</code> y de apoyo relacionados. Esta
-sección no pretende abarcar todas con las que es compatible. Este
-simplemente se limita a enumerar las principales instrucciones LaTeX
-para crear caracteres acentuados.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-polyglossia"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polyglossia-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-compatibilidad-multilingue"></a>
+<p>LaTeX tiene una amplia compatibilidad para muchos de los scripts
+del mundo e idiomas, proporcionada a través del paquete principal
+<code class="code">babel</code>, que admite pdfLaTeX, XeLaTeX y LuaLaTeX. El
+paquete <code class="code">polyglossia</code> proporciona una compatibilidad similar
+con estos últimos dos motores.
+</p>
+<p>Esta sección no cubre esa compatibilidad. Solo enumera los comandos
+del núcleo LaTeX para crear caracteres acentuados. Los comandos
+<code class="code">\capital...</code> que se muestran aquí producen formas alternativas
+para utilizar con mayúsculas. Estos no están disponibles con OT1.
</p>
-<p>Las instrucciones <code>\capital...</code> producen formas alternativas para
-su uso con letras mayúsculas. Estas no están disponibles con OT1.
+<p>A continuación, para que sean más fáciles de encontrar, los acentos se
+ilustran con minúsculas &lsquo;<samp class="samp">o</samp>&rsquo;.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\&quot;</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitaldieresis</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_0022-_0028acento-dieresis_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitaldieresis"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-dieresis"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-dieresis-1"></a>
-<p>Produce una diéresis, como en &ouml;.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dotless-i"></a>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que <code class="code">\i</code> produce una i sin punto,
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cj-_0028j-sin-punto_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dotless-j"></a>
+y <code class="code">\j</code> produce una j sin punto.
+Estos se usan a menudo en lugar de sus contrapartes punteadas cuando
+están acentuados.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005c_0022-_0028acento-dieresis_0029'><span><code class="code">\&quot;</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0022-_0028acento-dieresis_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitaldieresis</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitaldieresis"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-dieresis"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dieresis-acento"></a>
+<p>&ouml; Umlaut (diéresis).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_0027-_0028acento-agudo_0029'><span><code class="code">\'</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0027-_0028acento-agudo_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalacute</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalacute"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-agudo"></a>
+<p>&oacute; Acento agudo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_002e-_0028acento-de-puntos_0029'><span><code class="code">\.</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_002e-_0028acento-de-puntos_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-punto"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Acento-de-punto-sobre"></a>
+<p>&#559; Acento de punto.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_003d-_0028acento-macron_0029'><span><code class="code">\=</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_003d-_0028acento-macron_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalmacron</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalmacron"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-macron"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-sobre-la-barra"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-barra-sobre"></a>
+<p>&#333; Acento macrón (sobre la barra).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_005e-_0028acento-circunflejo_0029'><span><code class="code">\^</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_005e-_0028acento-circunflejo_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalcircumflex</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-circunflejo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-sombrero"></a>
+<p>&ocirc; Acento circunflejo (sombrero).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_0060-_0028acento-grave_0029'><span><code class="code">\`</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_0060-_0028acento-grave_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalgrave</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalgrave"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-grave"></a>
+<p>&ograve; Acento grave.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-acento_0029'><span><code class="code">\~</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-acento_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitaltilde</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitaltilde"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-tilde"></a>
+<p>&ntilde; Acento de tilde.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\'</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalacute</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_0027-_0028acento-agudo_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalacute"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-agudo"></a>
-<p>Produce un acento agudo, como en &oacute;. En el entorno <code>tabbing</code>,
-empuja la columna actual a la derecha de la columna anterior
-(see <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>).
+<dt id='index-_005cb-_0028barra-debajo-del-acento_0029'><span><code class="code">b</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cb-_0028barra-debajo-del-acento_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-barra-debajo-del-acento"></a>
+<p>o&#818; Acento de barra debajo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cunderbar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-underbar"></a>
+<p>Relacionado con esto, <code class="code">\underbar{<var class="var">text</var>}</code> produce una barra
+debajo del <var class="var">text</var>. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo LR
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Modos">Modos</a>). La barra siempre es una posición fija debajo de la
+línea base, cruzando así a través de descendientes. Véase también
+<code class="code">\underline</code> en <a class="ref" href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\.</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_002e-_0028acento-punto-encima_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-punto"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-punto-1"></a>
-<p>Produce un punto como acento sobre la siguiente, como en &#559;.
+<dt id='index-_005cc-_0028acento-cedilla_0029'><span><code class="code">c</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cc-_0028acento-cedilla_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalcedilla</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalcedilla"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-cedilla"></a>
+<p>&ccedil; Acento cedilla debajo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cd-_0028punto-debajo-del-acento_0029'><span><code class="code">\d</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cd-_0028punto-debajo-del-acento_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitaldotaccent</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-punto-debajo"></a>
+<p>&#7885; Acento de puntos debajo.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\=</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalmacron</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_003d-_0028acento-macron_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalmacron"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-macron"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-barra-encima"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-barra-sobre"></a>
-<p>Produce un acento macrón (una barra) sobre el siguiente, como en &#333;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\^</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_005e-_0028acento-circunflejo_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-circunflejo"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-circunflejo-1"></a>
-<p>Produce un acento circunflejo (sombrero) sobre la siguiente, como en
-&ocirc;.
+<dt id='index-_005cH-_0028acento-hungaro-con-dieresis_0029'><span><code class="code">\H</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cH-_0028acento-hungaro-con-dieresis_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">h</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-h"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Acento-con-dieresis-hungara"></a>
+<p>&#337; Acento largo con diéresis húngara.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\`</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalgrave</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_0060-_0028acento-grave_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalgrave"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-grave"></a>
-<p>Produce un acento grave sobre la siguiente, como en &ograve;. En el
-entorno <code>tabbing</code>, mueve el siguiente texto hacia el margen derecho
-(see <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>).
-</p>
+<dt id='index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029'><span><code class="code">\k</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalogonek</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalogonek"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ogonek"></a>
+<p>&#491; Ogonek. No disponible en la codificación OT1.
+</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\~</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitaltilde</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005c_007e-_0028acento-tilde_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitaltilde"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-tilde"></a>
-<p>Produce una tilde como acento sobre la siguiente, como en &ntilde;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\b</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cb-_0028acento-barra_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-barra"></a>
-<p>Produce una barra como acento debajo de la siguiente, como en
-o_. Vea también <code>\underbar</code> a continuación
+<dt id='index-_005cr-_0028acento-de-anillo_0029'><span><code class="code">\r</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cr-_0028acento-de-anillo_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalring</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-de-anillo"></a>
+<p>o&#778; Acento de anillo.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\c</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalcedilla</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cc-_0028acento-cedilla_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalcedilla"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-cedilla"></a>
-<p>Produce una cedilla como acento sobre la siguiente, como en &ccedil;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\d</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cd-_0028acento-circulo_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-circulo"></a>
-<p>Produce un círculo como acento sobre la siguiente, como en
-&#7885;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\H</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cH-_0028acento-dieresis-Hungara_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-dieresis-hungara"></a>
-<p>Produce un acento diéresis húngaro sobre la siguiente, como en &#337;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\i</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ci-_0028i-sin-punto_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-i-sin-punto"></a>
-<p>Produce una i sin punto, como en &lsquo;i&rsquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\j</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cj-_0028j-sin-punto_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-j-sin-punto"></a>
-<p>Produce una j sin punto, como en &lsquo;j&rsquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\k</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalogonek</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ck-_0028colita-_002d_002d_002dogonek-en-polaco_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalogonek"></a>
-<a name="index-colita"></a>
-<p>Produce una letra con colita, como en &lsquo;&#491;&rsquo;. No disponible en la
-codificación OT1.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\r</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalring</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cr-_0028acento-anillo_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalring"></a>
-<a name="index-anillo-acento"></a>
-<p>Produce un anillo como acento, como en &lsquo;o*&rsquo;.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\t</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitaltie</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\newtie</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalnewtie</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005ct-_0028acento-atadura-con-siguiente_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitaltie"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cnewtie"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalnewtie"></a>
-<a name="index-atadura-con-siguiente-acento"></a>
-<p>Produce una atadura con el siguiente como acento, como en
-&lsquo;oo[&rsquo;. La forma <code>\newtie</code> está centrada en su caja.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\u</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalbreve</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cu-_0028breve-acento_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalbreve"></a>
-<a name="index-breve-acento"></a>
-<p>Produce un acento breve, como en &lsquo;&#335;&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005ct-_0028ligadura-despues-del-acento_0029'><span><code class="code">\t</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ct-_0028ligadura-despues-del-acento_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitaltie</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\newtie</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalnewtie</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitaltie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewtie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalnewtie"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tie_002ddespues-de-acento"></a>
+<p>Tie después de acento (utilizado para transliterar del cirílico, como
+en la romanización ALA-LC). Se espera que el argumento tenga dos
+caracteres. La forma <code class="code">\newtie</code> está centrada en su cuadro.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>\underbar</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cunderbar"></a>
-<a name="index-subrayado"></a>
-<p>No es exactamente un acento, este produce una barra en el argumento
-texto. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo horizontal. La barra
-siempre está en una posición fija en la línea base, por lo que cruza a
-través de los trazos descendentes. Vea también <code>\underline</code> en
-<a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a>. Vea también <code>\b</code> aquí antes
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cu-_0028acento-breve_0029'><span><code class="code">\u</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cu-_0028acento-breve_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalbreve</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalbreve"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-breve"></a>
+<p>&#335; Acento breve.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\v</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\capitalcaron</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cv-_0028breve-acento_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005ccapitalcaron"></a>
-<a name="index-acento-anticircunflejo"></a>
-<a name="index-anticircunflejo-acento"></a>
-<a name="index-caron-acento"></a>
-<p>Produce un acento h&aacute;&#269;ek (anticircunflejo, carón), como en &lsquo;&#466;&rsquo;.
+<dt id='index-_005cv-_0028acento-breve_0029'><span><code class="code">\v</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cv-_0028acento-breve_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\capitalcaron</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccapitalcaron"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hacek-accent"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comprobar-acento"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acento-caron"></a>
+<p>acento de &#466; H&aacute;&#269;ek (cheque, carón).
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caccent" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\accent</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Caracteres-no-Ingleses"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005caccent">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rule</a>, Previous: <a href="#Acentos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Acentos</a>, Up: <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones Especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Subir: <a href="#Acentos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Acentos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Caracteres-no-Ingleses-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">22.4 Caracteres no Ingleses</h3>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005caccent-1">23.5.1 <code class="code">\accent</code></h4>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caccent"></a>
-<a name="index-caracteres-especiales"></a>
-<a name="index-caracteres-no-Ingleses"></a>
-<a name="index-caracteres_002c-no-Ingleses"></a>
-<a name="index-letras_002c-no-Inglesas"></a>
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\accent <var class="var">number</var> <var class="var">character</var>
+</pre></div>
-<p>Estas son las instrucciones LaTeX básicas para insertar los
-caracteres más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
+<p>Un comando primitivo de TeX utilizado para generar caracteres
+acentuados a partir de acentos y letras. El acento es seleccionado por
+<var class="var">number</var>, un argumento numérico, seguido de un espacio y luego un
+<var class="var">character</var> argumento para construir el carácter acentuado en la
+fuente actual.
+</p>
+<p>Estos son caracteres &lsquo;<samp class="samp">e</samp>&rsquo; acentuados.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>\aa</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\AA</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-ash"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\accent18 e
+\accent20 e
+\accent21 e
+\accent22 e
+\accent23 e
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El primero es un acento grave, el segundo un carón, el tercero un
+breve, el cuarto un macrón, y el quinto un anillo arriba.
+</p>
+<p>La posición del acento la determina el diseñador de la fuente y, por
+lo tanto, el resultado del uso de <code class="code">\accent</code> puede diferir entre
+las fuentes. En LaTeX es deseable tener glifos para caracteres
+acentuados en lugar de construirlos usando <code class="code">\accent</code>. Usar glifos
+que ya contienen los caracteres acentuados (como en la codificación
+T1) permite la separación silábica correcta mientras que
+<code class="code">\accent</code> deshabilita la separación silábica (específicamente con
+la codificación de fuente OT1 donde los glifos acentuados están
+ausentes).
+</p>
+<p>Puede haber un cambio de fuente opcional entre <var class="var">number</var> y
+<var class="var">character</var>. Ten en cuenta también que este comando establece el
+<code class="code">\spacefactor</code> a 1000 (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Una característica inevitable de algunas letras cirílicas y la mayoría
+de las letras cirílicas acentuadas es que se deben ensamblar a partir
+de múltiples elementos (acentos, modificadores, etc.) mientras
+<code class="code">\accent</code> proporciona un solo acento y una sola combinación de
+letras. También hay casos en los que deben aparecer acentos entre
+letras que \accent no admite. Aún existen otros casos en los que las
+letras I y J tienen puntos sobre sus contrapartes minúsculas que
+entran en conflicto con los acentos punteados. El uso de
+<code class="code">\accent</code> en estos casos no funcionará ya que no puede analizar
+mayúsculas/minúsculas.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Letras-latinas-adicionales">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#paquete-inputenc" accesskey="n" rel="next">paquete <code class="code">inputenc</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#Acentos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Acentos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Letras-latinas-adicionales-1">23.6 Letras latinas adicionales</h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="caracteres-no-ingleses"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letras-latinas_002c-adicional"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letras_002c-latin-adicional"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Latin-extendido"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres-especiales-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres-no-ingleses"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-caracteres_002c-no-ingleses"></a>
+
+<p>Estos son los comandos básicos de LaTeX para insertar letras más
+allá de A&ndash;Z que extienden el alfabeto latino, usados principalmente
+en otros idiomas distintos al inglés.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029'><span><code class="code">\aa</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\AA</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-aring_002c-un-anillo"></a>
<p>&aring; y &Aring;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ae</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\AE</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-ligadura-ae"></a>
+<dt id='index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029'><span><code class="code">\ae</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\AE</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ae-ligadura"></a>
<p>&aelig; y &AElig;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dh</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\DH</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cdh-_0028ae_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cDH-_0028AE_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-islandes-eth"></a>
-<a name="index-eth_002c-letra-islandesa"></a>
-<p>Letra eth islandesa: &eth; y &ETH;.
+<dt id='index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029'><span><code class="code">\dh</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\DH</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eth-islandesa"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-eth_002c-letra-islandesa"></a>
+<p>Letra islandesa eth: &eth; y &ETH;. No disponible con codificación
+<small class="sc">OT1</small>, necesitas el paquete <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> para seleccionar una
+codificación de fuentes alternativa, como <small class="sc">T1</small>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\dj</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\DJ</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cdj"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cDJ"></a>
-<p>xxxx
+<dt id='index-_005cdj'><span><code class="code">\dj</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cdj'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\DJ</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDJ"></a>
+<p>d y D cruzadas, alias d mayúscula y minúscula con trazo. No
+disponible con la codificación <small class="sc">OT1</small>, necesitas el paquete
+<samp class="file">fontenc</samp> para seleccionar una codificación de fuente
+alternativa, como <small class="sc">T1</small>.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ij</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\IJ</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-letra-ij_002c-Neerlandes"></a>
-<p>ij y IJ (salvo que un poco más juntas que como aparecen aquí).
+<dt id='index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029'><span><code class="code">\ij</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\IJ</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ij-letra_002c-Holandes"></a>
+<p>ij e IJ (excepto algo más juntos de lo que aparece aquí).
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\l</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\L</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-l-Polaca"></a>
+<dt id='index-_005cl-_0028l_0029'><span><code class="code">\l</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\L</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-l-polaco"></a>
<p>&#322; y &#321;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ng</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\NG</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cng"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cNG"></a>
-<p>xxxx
+<dt id='index-_005cng'><span><code class="code">\ng</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cng'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\NG</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cNG"></a>
+<p>Letra lapona eng, también utilizada en fonética.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\o</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\O</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005co-_0028o_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-oslash"></a>
+<dt id='index-_005co-_0028o_0029'><span><code class="code">\o</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005co-_0028o_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\O</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-oslash"></a>
<p>&oslash; y &Oslash;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\oe</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\OE</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-oe-ligadura"></a>
+<dt id='index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029'><span><code class="code">\oe</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\OE</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ligadura-oe"></a>
<p>&oelig; y &OElig;.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\ss</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\SS</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-es_002dzet-letra-Alemana"></a>
-<a name="index-letras-S-afiladas"></a>
+<dt id='index-_005css-_0028ss_0029'><span><code class="code">\ss</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\SS</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-es_002dzet-Letra-alemana"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letras-S-nitidas"></a>
<p>&szlig; y SS.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><code>\th</code></dt>
-<dt><code>\TH</code></dt>
-<dd><a name="index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></a>
-<a name="index-espina-Islandesa"></a>
-<a name="index-espina_002c-letra-Islandesa"></a>
-<p>Letra espina Islandesa: &thorn; y &THORN;.
+<dt id='index-_005cth-_0028th_0029'><span><code class="code">\th</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\TH</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-espina-islandesa"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thorn_002c-letra-islandesa"></a>
+<p>Espina de letra islandesa: &thorn; y &THORN;. No disponible con
+codificación <small class="sc">OT1</small>, necesitas el paquete <samp class="file">fontenc</samp> para
+seleccionar una codificación de fuentes alternativa, como <small class="sc">T1</small>.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005crule"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="paquete-inputenc">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Caracteres no Ingleses</a>, Up: <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones Especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\rule</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Letras latinas adicionales</a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005crule-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">22.5 <code>\rule</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005crule"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="paquete-inputenc-1">23.7 paquete <code class="code">inputenc</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inputenc"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\rule[<var>aumentar</var>]{<var>ancho</var>}{<var>espesor</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">encoding-name</var>]{inputenc}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\rule</code> produce <em>reglas</em>, que son, líneas o
-rectángulos. Los argumentos son:
+<p>Declara que la codificación de texto del archivo de entrada sea
+<var class="var">encoding-name</var>. De manera predeterminada, si este paquete no está
+cargado, es UTF-8. Técnicamente, especificar el nombre de
+codificación es opcional, pero en la práctica no es útil omitirlo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-codificacion_002c-archivos-de-entrada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-codificacion-de-caracteres"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Unicode"></a>
+<p>En un archivo de ordenador, los caracteres se almacenan de acuerdo con
+un esquema llamado <em class="dfn">codificación</em>. Hay muchas codificaciones
+diferentes. La más simple es ASCII, que admite 95 caracteres
+imprimibles, no suficientes para la mayoría de los idiomas del
+mundo. Por ejemplo, para componer un carácter de diéresis &lsquo;<samp class="samp">&auml;</samp>&rsquo;
+en un archivo fuente LaTeX codificado en ASCII, se usa la secuencia
+<code class="code">\&quot;a</code>. Esto crearía archivos fuente para cualquier cosa pero el
+inglés es difícil de leer; incluso para el inglés, a menudo más
+extenso que la codificación más conveniente.
+</p>
+<p>El estándar de codificación moderno, en cierto modo una unión de los
+demás, es UTF-8, una de las representaciones de Unicode. Este es el
+valor predeterminado para LaTeX desde 2018.
+</p>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">inputenc</code> es cómo LaTeX sabe qué codificación se
+usó. Por ejemplo, el siguiente comando dice explícitamente que el
+archivo de entrada es UTF-8 (ten en cuenta la falta de un guión).
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><var>aumentar</var></dt>
-<dd><p>Qué tanto aumentar la regla (opcional).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Precaución: usa <code class="code">inputenc</code> solo con el motor pdfTeX
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>). (Los motores XeTeX y LuaTeX asumen
+que el archivo de entrada está codificado en UTF-8). Si invocas a
+LaTeX con ya sea el comando <code class="command">xelatex</code> o el comando
+<code class="command">lualatex</code> e intentas declarar una codificación que no sea
+UTF-8 con <code class="code">inputenc</code>, como <code class="code">latin1</code>, obtendrás el error
+<code class="code">inputenc no está diseñado para xetex o luatex</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Un error de paquete <code class="code">inputenc</code> como <code class="code">Byte UTF-8 no válido
+&quot;96</code> significa que parte del material en el archivo de entrada no
+sigue el esquema de codificación. A menudo, estos errores provienen
+de la copia de material de un documento que utiliza una codificación
+diferente a la del archivo de entrada; Esta es una comilla izquierda
+simple de una página web usando <code class="code">latin1</code> dentro de un archivo de
+entrada LaTeX que usa UTF-8. La solución más sencilla es
+reemplazar el carácter no UTF-8 con su equivalente UTF-8, o usar un
+comando LaTeX o carácter equivalente.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cinputencoding"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cinputencoding"></a><p>En algunos documentos, como una colección de
+artículos de revistas de una variedad de autores, cambiar la
+codificación en medio del documento puede ser necesario. Usa el
+comando <code class="code">\inputencoding{<var class="var">encoding-name</var>}</code>. Los valores más
+comunes para <var class="var">encoding-name</var> son: <code class="code">ascii</code>, <code class="code">latin1</code>,
+<code class="code">latin2</code>, <code class="code">latin3</code>, <code class="code">latin4</code>, <code class="code">latin5</code>,
+<code class="code">latin9</code>, <code class="code">latin10</code>, y&nbsp;<code class="code">utf8</code>.
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><var>ancho</var></dt>
-<dd><p>La longitud de la regla (obligatorio).
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005crule">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\today</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#paquete-inputenc" accesskey="p" rel="prev">paquete <code class="code">inputenc</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005crule-1">23.8 <code class="code">\rule</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crule"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><var>espesor</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El espesor de la regla (obligatorio).
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\rule{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">thickness</var>}
+\rule[<var class="var">raise</var>]{<var class="var">width</var>}{<var class="var">thickness</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce una <em class="dfn">regla</em>, un rectángulo relleno.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-simbolo-Halmos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tombstone"></a>
+<p>Este ejemplo produce una mancha rectangular, a veces llamada símbolo
+de Halmos, o simplemente &ldquo;qed&rdquo;, a menudo usado para marcar el final
+de una prueba:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-amsthm-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-amsthm-package-1"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">amsthm</code> incluye este comando, con un símbolo de
+aspecto poco diferente.
+</p>
+<p>Los argumentos obligatorios dan el <var class="var">width</var> horizontal y el
+vertical <var class="var">thickness</var> del rectángulo. Son longitudes rígidas
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a>). El argumento opcional <var class="var">raise</var> también es un
+argumento rígido y le dice a LaTeX cuánto elevar la regla por
+encima de la línea base, o la baja si la longitud es negativa.
+</p>
+<p>Esto produce una línea, un rectángulo que es ancho pero no alto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\noindent\rule{\textwidth}{0.4pt}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La línea es el ancho de la página y 0.4&nbsp;puntos de altura. El
+grosor esta línea es común en LaTeX.
+</p>
+<p>Una regla que tenga cero ancho o cero espesor, no aparecerá en la
+salida, pero puede hacer que LaTeX cambie la salida a su alrededor.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code class="code">\strut</code></a>, por ejemplo.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ctoday"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctoday">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rule</a>, Up: <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones Especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\rule</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="u" rel="up">Inserciones especiales</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ctoday-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">22.6 <code>\today</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005ctoday"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctoday-1">23.9 <code class="code">\today</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctoday"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fecha_002c-de-hoy"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-la-fecha-de-hoy"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\today
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce la fecha de hoy en el formato &lsquo;<samp class="samp"><var class="var">mes</var> <var class="var">dd</var>,
+<var class="var">yyyy</var></samp>&rsquo;. Un ejemplo de una fecha en ese formato es &lsquo;<samp class="samp">julio 4,
+1976</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polyglossia-package-1"></a>
+<p>Paquetes multilingües como
+<code class="code">babel</code> o <code class="code">polyglossia</code>, o clases como <samp class="file">lettre</samp>,
+localizarán <code class="code">\today</code>. Por ejemplo, lo siguiente generará
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">julio 4, 1976</samp>&rsquo;:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
+\documentclass{minimal}
+\usepackage[french]{babel}
+\begin{document}
+\today
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\today</code> produce la fecha de hoy, en formato
-&lsquo;<samp><var>mes</var> <var>dd</var>, <var>aaaa</var></samp>&rsquo;; por ejemplo, &lsquo;Julio 04 1976&rsquo;.
-Utiliza los contadores predefinidos <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, y
-<code>\year</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">\day \month \year</a>) para hacerlo. No se actualiza
-cuando se ejecuta el programa.
+<p><code class="code">\today</code> utiliza los contadores <code class="code">\day</code>, <code class="code">\month</code> y
+<code class="code">\year</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear"><code class="code">\day</code>, <code class="code">\month</code> y <code class="code">\year</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-datetime"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-datetime-package"></a>
+<p>Varios paquetes en CTAN funcionan con fechas. Uno
+es el paquete <code class="code">datetime</code> que puede producir una amplia
+variedad de formatos de fecha, incluidos los estándares ISO.
</p>
-<a name="index-paquete-datetime"></a>
-<p>El paquete <code>datetime</code>, entre otros, puede producir una amplia
-variedad de formatos de fecha.
+<p>La fecha no se actualiza mientras se ejecuta el proceso LaTeX, por
+lo que, en principio, la fecha podría ser incorrecta para cuando
+finalice el programa.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Dividiendo-la-Entrada"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Dividir-la-entrada">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada" accesskey="n" rel="next">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</a>, Previous: <a href="#Inserciones-Especiales" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Inserciones Especiales</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada" accesskey="n" rel="next">Material de portada/contraportada</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Inserciones-especiales" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Inserciones especiales</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Dividiendo-la-Entrada-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">23 Dividiendo la Entrada</h2>
-<a name="index-dividiendo-el-archivo-de-entrada"></a>
-<a name="index-archivo-de-entrada"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Dividir-la-entrada-1">24 Dividir la entrada</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-dividir-el-archivo-de-entrada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-de-entrada"></a>
-<p>Un documento de gran tamaño requiere una gran cantidad de insumos. En
-lugar de poner toda la entrada en un único archivo de gran tamaño, es
-más eficiente dividirlo en varios más pequeños. Independientemente del
-número de archivos separados que utilice, hay uno que es el archivo
-raíz; este es cuyo nombre se escribe cuando se ejecuta LaTeX.
+<p>LaTeX te permite dividir un documento grande en varios pequeños.
+Esto puede simplificar la edición o permitir que varios autores
+trabajen en el documento. También puede acelerar el procesamiento.
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cinclude" accesskey="1">\include</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Condicionalmente incluye un archivo.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2">\includeonly</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Determina qué archivos serán incluidos.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3">\input</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Incluiye incondicionalmente un archivo.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>Independientemente de cuántos archivos independientes utilices,
+siempre hay uno
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-raiz"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo_002c-raiz"></a>
+<em class="dfn">archivo raíz</em>, en el que comienza la compilación de LaTeX.
+Esto muestra tal archivo con cinco archivos incluidos.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+
+\includeonly{ % comenta las líneas a continuación para omitir la
+ % compilación
+ pref,
+ chap1,
+ chap2,
+ append,
+ bib
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\frontmatter
+\include{pref}
+\mainmatter
+\include{chap1}
+\include{chap2}
+\appendix
+\include{append}
+\backmatter
+\include{bib}
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto traerá material de <samp class="file">pref.tex</samp>, <samp class="file">chap1.tex</samp>,
+<samp class="file">chap2.tex</samp>, <samp class="file">append.tex</samp> y <samp class="file">bib.tex</samp>. Si compilas
+este archivo, y luego comentas todas las líneas dentro
+<code class="code">\includeonly{...}</code> a excepción de <code class="code">chap1</code>, y vuelve a
+compilar, entonces LaTeX solo procesará el material del primer
+capítulo. Por lo tanto, tu salida aparecerá más rápidamente y será
+más breve para imprimir. Sin embargo, la ventaja del comando
+<code class="code">\includeonly</code> es que LaTeX conservará la información de los
+números de página y todas las referencias cruzadas de las otras partes
+del documento para que estas aparezcan correctamente en tu salida.
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a>, para otro ejemplo de
+<code class="code">\includeonly</code>.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\endinput</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\input</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cinclude"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cendinput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly" accesskey="n" rel="next">\includeonly</a>, Up: <a href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Dividiendo la Entrada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Dividir-la-entrada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Dividir la entrada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cinclude-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">23.1 <code>\include</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cinclude"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cendinput-1">24.1 <code class="code">\endinput</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cendinput"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\include{<var>archivo</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\endinput
</pre></div>
-<p>No hay presente una instrucción <code>\includeonly</code>, la instrucción
-<code>\include</code> executa <code>\clearpage</code> para iniciar una nueva página
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>), entonces lee el <var>archivo</var>, y luego hace otro
-<code>\clearpage</code>.
+<p>Cuando <code class="code">\include{filename}</code>, dentro de <samp class="file">filename.tex</samp> el
+material después de <code class="code">\endinput</code> no se incluirá. Este comando es
+opcional; si <samp class="file">filename.tex</samp> no tiene <code class="code">\endinput</code> entonces
+LaTeX leerá todo el archivo.
</p>
-<p>Dada una instrucción <code>\includeonly</code>, las acciones <code>\include</code>
-únicamente se ejecutan si <var>archivo</var> está listado como un argumento
-para <code>\includeonly</code>. Consulte la siguiente sección.
+<p>Por ejemplo, supón que el archivo raíz de un documento tiene
+<code class="code">\input{chap1}</code> y este es <samp class="file">chap1.tex</samp>.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cinclude-anidada_002c-no-se-permite"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\include</code> no puede aparecer en el preámbulo o en un
-archivo leído por otra instrucción <code>\include</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{Uno}
+Este material aparecerá en el documento.
+\endinput
+Esto no aparecerá.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto puede ser útil para poner documentación o comentarios al final de
+un archivo, o para evitar caracteres basura que se pueden agregar si
+el archivo es transmitido en el cuerpo de un correo electrónico.
+También es útil para depurar: una estrategia para localizar errores
+es poner <code class="code">\endinput</code> a mitad del camino a través del archivo
+incluido y ver si el error desaparece. Ahora, sabiendo qué mitad
+contiene el error, mover el <code class="code">\endinput</code> a la mitad a través de
+esa área reduce aún más la ubicación. Este proceso encuentra
+rápidamente la línea infractora.
+</p>
+<p>Después de leer <code class="code">\endinput</code>, LaTeX continúa leyendo hasta el
+final de la línea, por lo que algo puede seguir este comando y ser
+leído, no obstante. Esto te permite, por ejemplo, cerrar un
+<code class="code">\if...</code> con un <code class="code">\fi</code>.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cincludeonly"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\input</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\include</a>, Up: <a href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Dividiendo la Entrada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\input</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\endinput</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Dividir-la-entrada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Dividir la entrada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cincludeonly-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">23.2 <code>\includeonly</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cincludeonly"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly-1">24.2 <code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cinclude"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cincludeonly"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cinclude"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cincludeonly"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includeonly{<var>archivo1</var>,<var>archivo2</var>,...}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\includeonly{ % en el preámbulo del documento
+ ...
+ <var class="var">filename</var>,
+ ...
+ }
+ ...
+\include{<var class="var">filename</var>} % en el cuerpo del documento
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Lleva material del archivo externo <samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var>.tex</samp> a un
+documento LaTeX.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\include</code> hace tres cosas: ejecuta <code class="code">\clearpage</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage"><code class="code">\clearpage</code> y <code class="code">\cleardoublepage</code></a>), entonces ingresa el material
+de <samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var>.tex</samp> en el documento, y luego hace otro
+<code class="code">\clearpage</code>. Este comando solo puede aparecer en el cuerpo del
+documento.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\includeonly</code> controla qué archivos leerá LaTeX
+bajo los siguientes comandos <code class="code">\include</code>. Su lista de los nombres
+de archivo están separados por comas. Debe aparecer en el preámbulo o
+incluso anterior, por ejemplo, la línea de comandos; no puede aparecer
+en el cuerpo del documento.
+</p>
+<p>Este documento raíz de ejemplo, <samp class="file">constitution.tex</samp>, trae tres
+archivos, <samp class="file">preamble.tex</samp>, <samp class="file">articles.tex</samp> y
+<samp class="file">enmiendas.tex</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{
+ preamble,
+ articles,
+ amendments
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\include{preamble}
+\include{articles}
+\include{amendments}
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El archivo <samp class="file">preamble.tex</samp> no contiene ningún código especial;
+justamente tienes un extracto del capítulo <samp class="file">constitution.tex</samp> y
+lo pones en un archivo separado solo por conveniencia de edición.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter{Preamble}
+
+Nosotros, el Pueblo de los Estados Unidos, con el fin de formar una
+Unión más perfecta, ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ejecutar LaTeX en <samp class="file">constitution.tex</samp> hace que el material de
+tres archivos aparezca en el documento pero también genera los
+archivos auxiliares <samp class="file">preamble.aux</samp>, <samp class="file">articles.aux</samp> y
+<samp class="file">enmiendas.aux</samp>. Estos contienen información como números de
+página (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a>). Si ahora comentas líneas de
+<code class="code">\includeonly</code> con <code class="code">preámbulo</code> y <code class="code">enmiendas</code> y ejecuta
+LaTeX nuevamente, el documento resultante muestra solo el material
+de <samp class="file">articles.tex</samp>, no el material de <samp class="file">preamble.tex</samp> o
+<samp class="file">amendments.tex</samp>. No obstante, toda la información de los
+archivos auxiliares omitidos todavía está allí, incluyendo el número
+de página inicial del capítulo.
+</p>
+<p>Si el preámbulo del documento no tiene <code class="code">\includeonly</code> entonces
+LaTeX incluirá todos los archivos que solicites con comandos
+<code class="code">\include</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\include</code> crea una nueva página. Para evitarlo,
+consulta <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a> (que, sin embargo, no retiene la información
+auxiliar).
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a>, para otro ejemplo usando
+<code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code>. Ese ejemplo también usa
+<code class="code">\input</code> para algún material que no necesariamente comenzará en
+una nueva página.
+</p>
+<p>Los nombres de archivo pueden incluir rutas.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{
+ chapters/chap1,
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\include{chapters/chap1}
+\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\includeonly</code> controla cuales archivos se deben
-leer en subsecuentes instrucciones <code>\include</code>. La lista de nombres
-de archivo se separa con comas. Cada <var>archivo</var> debe coincidir
-exactamente con un nombre de archivo especificado en una instrucción
-<code>\include</code> para una selección eficaz.
+<p>Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y plataformas,
+debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La tradición es
+usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante, para el nombre
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">amo amas amat</samp>&rsquo;, esto funciona bajo TeX Live en GNU/Linux:
</p>
-<p>Esta instrucción únicamente puede aparecer en el preámbulo.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspace"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{
+ &quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\include{&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;}
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>y esto funciona bajo MiKTeX en Windows:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+\includeonly{
+ {&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}
+ }
+\begin{document}
+\include{{&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}}
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cinclude-anidado_002c-no-permitido"></a>
+<p>No puedes usar <code class="code">\include</code> dentro de un archivo que se está
+incluyendo u obtienes &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error LaTeX: \include no se puede anidar.</samp>&rsquo;
+El comando <code class="code">\include</code> no puede aparecer en el preámbulo del
+documento; vas a obtener &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: Falta
+\begin{document}</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Si un archivo que <code class="code">\include</code> no existe, por ejemplo, si
+<code class="code">\include{athiesm}</code> pero quisiste decir
+<code class="code">\include{atheism}</code>, entonces LaTeX no te da un error pero
+te avisa &lsquo;<samp class="samp">No hay archivo athiesm.tex.</samp>&rsquo; (También creará
+<samp class="file">athiesm.aux</samp>).
+</p>
+<p>Si <code class="code">\include</code> el archivo raíz en sí mismo, primero obtienes
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Error de LaTeX: solo se puede usar en el preámbulo.</samp>&rsquo; Las
+ejecuciones posteriores obtienen &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Capacidad excedida de TeX, lo
+siento [text input levels=15]</samp>&rsquo;. Arreglar esto, debe eliminar la
+inclusión <code class="code">\include{<var class="var">root</var>}</code> pero también elimina el
+archivo <samp class="file"><var class="var">root</var>.aux</samp> y vuelve a ejecutar LaTeX.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cinput"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cinput">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\includeonly</a>, Up: <a href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Dividiendo la Entrada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Dividir-la-entrada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Dividir la entrada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cinput-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">23.3 <code>\input</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cinput"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cinput-1">24.3 <code class="code">\input</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cinput"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\input{<var>archivo</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\input{<var class="var">filename</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\input</code> provoca que el <var>archivo</var> especificado
-sea leído y procesado, tal como si su contendido se hubiera insertado en
-ese punto en el archivo actual.
+<p>LaTeX procesa el archivo como si su contenido estuviera insertado
+en el archivo actual. Para un mecanismo de inclusión más sofisticado
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly"><code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>.
</p>
-<p>Si <var>archivo</var> no termina en &lsquo;<samp>.tex </samp>&rsquo; (por ejemplo, &lsquo;<samp>foo</samp>&rsquo; o
-&lsquo;<samp>foo.bar</samp>&rsquo;), primero se intenta con esa extensión (&lsquo;<samp>foo.tex</samp>&rsquo; o
-&lsquo;<samp>foo.bar.tex</samp>&rsquo;). Si no se encuentra, el <var>archivo</var> original se
-intenta con (&lsquo;<samp>foo</samp>&rsquo; o &lsquo;<samp>foo.bar</samp>&rsquo;).
+<p>Si <var class="var">filename</var> no termina en &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.tex</samp>&rsquo; entonces LaTeX primero
+intenta el nombre del archivo con esa extensión; este es el caso
+habitual. Si <var class="var">filename</var> termina con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">.tex</samp>&rsquo; luego LaTeX
+busca el nombre de archivo tal como es.
</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\input{macros}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>hará que LaTeX busque primero <samp class="file">macros.tex</samp>. Si encuentra ese
+archivo, entonces procesa su contenido como si hubiera sido copiar y
+pegar. Si no hay ningún archivo con el nombre <samp class="file">macros.tex</samp>,
+entonces LaTeX intenta el nombre <samp class="file">macros</samp>, sin
+extensión. (Esto puede variar según la distribución).
+</p>
+<p>Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y plataformas,
+debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La tradición es
+usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante, para el nombre
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">amo amas amat</samp>&rsquo;, esto funciona bajo TeX Live en GNU/Linux:
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspace-1"></a>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\input{&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>y esto funciona bajo MiKTeX en Windows:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\input{{&quot;amo amas amat&quot;}}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cartas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Dividiendo la Entrada</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cartas</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Dividir-la-entrada" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Dividir la entrada</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">24 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</h2>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido" accesskey="1">Tablas de Contenido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Glosarios" accesskey="2">Glosarios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="3">Índices</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada-1">25 Material de portada/contraportada</h2>
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" accesskey="1">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="2">Índices</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Glosarios" accesskey="3">Glosarios</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Tablas-de-Contenido"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Glosarios" accesskey="n" rel="next">Glosarios</a>, Up: <a href="#Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="n" rel="next">Índices</a>, Subir: <a href="#Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Material de portada/contraportada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Tablas-de-Contenido-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">24.1 Tablas de Contenido</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Tabla-de-contenido_002c-lista-de-figuras_002c-lista-de-tablas">25.1 Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-crear"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctableofcontents"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002etoc-archivo-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clistoffigures"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clistoftables"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002elof-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elot-archivo-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\tableofcontents
+\listoffigures
+\listoftables
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-creando"></a>
+<p>Produce una tabla de contenido, o una lista de figuras, o una lista de
+tablas. Pon el comando en el archivo de entrada donde deseas que se
+coloque la tabla o la lista. No escribas las entradas; por ejemplo,
+normalmente las entradas de la tabla de contenido se genera
+automáticamente a partir de los comandos de seccionado
+<code class="code">\chapter</code>, etc.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo ilustra el primer comando, <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>.
+LaTeX producirá una tabla de contenido en la primera página del
+libro.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+ ...
+\chapter{...}
+ ...
+\section{...}
+ ...
+\subsection{...}
+ ...
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
-<a name="index-_005ctableofcontents"></a>
-<p>Se produce una tabla de contenido con la instrucción
-<code>\tableofcontents</code>. Usted pone la instrucción adecuada donde desea
-que aparezca la tabla de contenido; LaTeX hace el resto para usted.
-Una ejecución previa habrá generado un archivo <samp>.toc</samp>.
+<p>Descomentar la segunda línea haría que esa tabla contuviera los
+listados de capítulos y secciones, pero no listados de subsecciones,
+porque el comando <code class="code">\section</code> tiene nivel&nbsp;1.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a>, para nivel números de las unidades de corte. Para
+obtener más información sobre el <code class="code">tocdepth</code>
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</a>.
</p>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\tableofcontents</code> produce una sección, pero no
-inicia una nueva página automáticamente. Si desea una nueva página
-después de la tabla de contenido, escriba una instrucción código
-<code>\newpage</code> después de la instrucción <code>\tableofcontents</code>.
+<p>Otro ejemplo del uso de <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code> está en <a class="ref" href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a>.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005clistoffigures"></a>
-<a name="index-_005clistoftables"></a>
-<p>Las instrucciones análogas <code>\listoffigures</code> y <code>\listoftables</code>
-producen una lists de figuras y una lista de tablas, respectivamente.
-Cada una funciona exactamente igual que la tabla de contenido.
+<p>Si deseas un salto de página después de la tabla de contenido, escribe
+un comando <code class="code">\newpage</code> después del comando
+<code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>, como arriba.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cnofiles"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\nofiles</code> reemplaza estas instrucciones, e
-<em>impide</em> que se genere cualquiera de estas listas.
+<p>Para hacer la tabla de contenido, LaTeX almacena la información en
+un archivo auxiliar llamado <samp class="file"><var class="var">root-file</var>.toc</samp> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a>). Por ejemplo, este archivo LaTeX <samp class="file">test.tex</samp>
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="1">\addcontentsline</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido, etc.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="2">\addtocontents</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Añade texto directamente al archivo de la tabla de contenido, etc.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+\section{Primera sección}
+\subsection{Primera subsección}
+ ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>escribe estas líneas en <samp class="file">test.toc</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Primera sección}{2}
+\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Primera
+ subsección}{2}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccontentsline"></a>
+<p>Cada línea contiene un solo comando, <code class="code">\contentsline</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>). El primer argumento, el <code class="code">section</code> o
+<code class="code">subsection</code>, es la unidad de seccionamiento. El segundo
+argumento tiene dos componentes. El gancho <code class="code">\numberline</code>
+determina cómo el número de sección, <code class="code">1</code> o <code class="code">1.1</code>, aparece en
+la tabla de contenido (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnumberline"><code class="code">\numberline</code></a>). El resto del segundo
+argumento de <code class="code">\contentsline</code>, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Primera sección</samp>&rsquo; o
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Primera subsección</samp>&rsquo;, es el texto del título de la sección.
+Finalmente, el tercer argumento, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">2</samp>&rsquo;, es el número de página en
+el que comienza esta unidad de seccionado.
+</p>
+<p>Para componer estas líneas, la clase &ldquo;document&rdquo; proporciona
+<code class="code">\l@<var class="var">section-unit</var></code> comandos como
+<code class="code">\l@section{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}</code> y
+<code class="code">\l@subsection{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}</code>. Estos
+comandos a menudo usan el comando <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Una consecuencia de la estrategia de LaTeX de usar archivos
+auxiliares es que para obtener la información correcta en el documento
+debes ejecutar LaTeX dos veces, una vez para almacenar la
+información y la segunda vez para recuperarla. En el curso normal de
+escribir un documento los autores ejecutan LaTeX un número de
+veces, pero puedes notar que la primera vez que compilas un nuevo
+documento, la página de la tabla de contenido estará vacía excepto por
+su encabezado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Contenido</samp>&rsquo;. Simplemente ejecuta LaTeX de
+nuevo.
+</p>
+<p>Los comandos <code class="code">\listoffigures</code> y <code class="code">\listoftables</code> producen un
+lista de figuras y lista de tablas. Su información se almacena en
+archivos con extensión <samp class="file">.lof</samp> y <samp class="file">.lot</samp>. Funcionan de la
+misma manera como <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code> pero este último es más
+común, así que lo usamos para la mayoría de los ejemplos.
+</p>
+<p>Puede agregar material manualmente a la tabla de contenido, la lista
+de figuras y la lista de tablas. Por ejemplo, agrega una línea sobre
+un sección a la tabla de contenido con
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code>.
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>). Agregar material arbitrario, es decir,
+sin línea material, con <code class="code">\addtocontents</code>, como con el comando
+<code class="code">\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</code>, que agrega
+espacio vertical a la lista de figuras (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddtocontents"><code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Líneas en la tabla de contenido, la lista de figuras y la lista de
+tablas, tienen cuatro partes. Primero es una sangría. A continuación
+hay una caja en la que se colocan números de seccionado, y luego el
+tercer recuadro contiene el título del texto, como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Primera
+sección</samp>&rsquo;. Finalmente hay una caja contra el margen derecho, dentro de
+la cual LaTeX pone el cuadro del número de página. Para la sangría
+y el ancho del cuadro numérico, véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a>. El cuadro
+del margen derecho tiene ancho <code class="code">\@tocrmarg</code> y el número de
+página está justo en ese espacio, dentro de un cuadro de ancho
+<code class="code">\@pnumwidth</code>. De manera predeterminada <code class="code">\@tocrmarg</code> es
+<code class="code">2.55em</code> y <code class="code">\@pnumwidth</code> es <code class="code">1.55em</code>. Cámbialos como
+con <code class="code">\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tocloft"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tocloft-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tocbibbind"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tocbibbind-package"></a>
+<p>CTAN tiene muchos paquetes
+para la tabla de contenido y listas de figuras y tablas
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#CTAN">CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX</a>). El paquete <code class="code">tocloft</code> es conveniente para
+ajustar algunos aspectos del valor predeterminado, como el espaciado.
+Y, <code class="code">tocbibbind</code> agregará automáticamente la bibliografía,
+índice, etc. a la tabla de contenido.
+</p>
+<p>Para cambiar el encabezado de la página de la tabla de contenido, haz
+algo como estos comandos antes de llamar a <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>,
+etc.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Tabla de contenido}
+\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Traza}
+\renewcommand{\listtablename}{especificaciones}
+</pre></div>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polyglossia-package-2"></a>
+<p>Paquetes de
+internacionalización como <code class="code">babel</code> o <code class="code">polyglossia</code>
+cambiará estos encabezados según el idioma base elegido.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\nofiles</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\numberline</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline-1">25.1.1 <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entrada-de-tabla-de-contenido_002c-crea-linea-punteada"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\@dottedtocline{<var class="var">section-level-num</var>}{<var class="var">indent</var>}{<var class="var">numwidth</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Usado internamente por LaTeX para formatear una línea de entrada en
+la tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas. Los
+autores no ingresan directamente los comandos <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Este comando suele utilizarlo <code class="code">\l@section</code>,
+<code class="code">\l@subsection</code>, etc., para dar formato a las líneas de
+contenido. Por ejemplo, el archivo <samp class="file">article.cls</samp> contiene estas
+definiciones:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En este ejemplo, <code class="code">\@dottedcline</code> parece haber recibido solo tres
+argumentos. Pero rastrear el código interno muestra que recoge los
+argumentos finales <var class="var">text</var> y <var class="var">pagenumber</var> en la sinopsis desde
+una llamada a <code class="code">\contentsline</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-lideres_002c-punteados-en-la-tabla-de-contenido"></a>
+<p>Entre el cuadro para el texto del título de una sección y el cuadro
+del margen derecho, estos comandos <code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code> insertan
+<em class="dfn">líderes punteados</em>, es decir, puntos espaciados uniformemente El
+espacio de punto a punto viene dado por el comando <code class="code">\@dotsep</code>.
+De manera predeterminada es 4.5 (está en unidades matemáticas, también
+conocido como <code class="code">mu</code>, que son <code class="code">1/18</code>&nbsp;em. Cámbialo
+usando <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, como en
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En la clase <samp class="file">book</samp> estándar, LaTeX no usa líderes punteados
+para las entradas de la tabla Part y Chapter, y en la clase
+<samp class="file">article</samp> estándar no usa líderes punteados para las entradas de
+la sección.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005caddcontentsline"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddcontentsline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tablas de Contenido</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\@dottedtocline</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">24.1.1 \addcontentsline</h4>
-<a name="index-_005caddcontentsline_007bexto_007d_007bunidad_007d_007btexto_007d"></a>
-<a name="index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-agregando-manualmente"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1">25.1.2 <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddcontentsline"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entrada-de-la-tabla-de-contenido_002c-agregar-manualmente"></a>
-<p>La instrucción
-<code>\addcontentsline</code>{<var>extensión</var>}{<var>undad</var>}{<var>texto</var>}
-añade una entrada a la lista o tabla donde:
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><var>extensión</var></dt>
-<dd><p>La extensión del archivo en el que se va a escribir la información, por
-lo general una de: <code>toc</code> (tabla de contenido), <code>lof</code> (lista de
-figuras) o <code>lot</code> (lista de tablas).
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addcontentsline{<var class="var">ext</var>}{<var class="var">unit</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccontentsline-1"></a>
+<p>Agrega una entrada al archivo auxiliar con extensión <var class="var">ext</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Lo siguiente resultará en una línea &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Apéndices</samp>&rsquo; en la tabla de
+contenido.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Apéndices}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Aparecerá al mismo nivel de sangría que las secciones, estará en
+negrita, y se le asignará el número de página asociado con el punto
+donde aparece el comando en el archivo de entrada.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> escribe información en el archivo
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">root-name</var>.<var class="var">ext</var></samp>, donde <var class="var">root-name</var> es el nombre
+del archivo raíz (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a>). Escribe que
+información como el texto del comando
+<code class="code">\contentsline{<var class="var">unit</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">num</var>}</code>, dónde
+<code class="code"><var class="var">num</var></code> es el valor actual del contador <code class="code"><var class="var">unit</var></code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>). El caso más común es la tabla de contenido y
+allí <var class="var">num</var> es el número de página de la primera página de
+<var class="var">unit</var>.
+</p>
+<p>Este comando es invocado por los comandos de seccionado
+<code class="code">\chapter</code>, etc. (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a>), y también por
+<code class="code">\caption</code> dentro de un entorno flotante (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a>).
+Pero también lo utilizan directamente los autores. Por ejemplo, un
+autor que escribe un libro cuyo estilo es tener un prefacio sin
+numerar puede usar el <code class="code">\chapter*</code> con asterisco. Pero ese
+comando omite la información de la tabla de contenido, que se puede
+ingresar manualmente, como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\chapter*{Preface}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Prefacio}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>En el archivo <samp class="file"><var class="var">root-name</var>.toc</samp> LaTeX pondrá la línea
+<code class="code">\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {}Prefacio}{3}</code>;
+nota que el número de página &lsquo;<samp class="samp">3</samp>&rsquo; es generado automáticamente por
+el sistema, no ingresado manualmente.
+</p>
+<p>Todos los argumentos para <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> son obligatorios.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">ext</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Por lo general, una de las cadenas <code class="code">toc</code> para la tabla de
+contenido, <code class="code">lof</code> para la lista de figuras, o <code class="code">lot</code> para la
+lista de tablas. La extensión del nombre de archivo del archivo de
+información.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><var>unidad</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El nombre de la unidad de sección a añadir, normalmente una de las
-siguientes, coincidiendo con el valor del argumento <var>extensión</var>:
+<dt><var class="var">unit</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Una cadena que depende del valor del argumento <var class="var">ext</var>, normalmente
+una de:
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>toc</code></dt>
-<dd><p>El nombre de la unidad de sección: <code>part</code>, <code>chapter</code>,
-<code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, <code>subsubsection</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>lof</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Para la lista de figuras.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>lot</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Para la lista de tablas.
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">toc</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Para la tabla de contenido, este es el nombre de una unidad seccional:
+<code class="code">part</code>, <code class="code">chapter</code>, <code class="code">section</code>, <code class="code">subsection</code>, etc.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">lof</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Para la lista de figuras: <code class="code">figure</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">lot</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Para la lista de tablas: <code class="code">table</code>.
</p></dd>
</dl>
</dd>
-<dt><var>texto</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto real de la entrada.
+<dt><var class="var">text</var></dt>
+<dd><p>El texto de la entrada. Debes <code class="code">\protect</code> cualquier comando
+frágil (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>) utilizado en él.
</p></dd>
</dl>
-<a name="index-_005ccontentsline"></a>
-<p>La instrucción que realmente escribe al archivo <samp>.<var>extensión</var></samp>
-es la instrucción <code>\contentsline{<var>undad</var>}{<var>nombre</var>}</code>.
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> tiene una interacción con
+<code class="code">\include</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly"><code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>). Si los usas en el
+mismo nivel, como con
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}</code> entonces
+las líneas en la tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden
+incorrecto. La solución es mover <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> al archivo
+que se incluye.
</p>
+<p>Si usas una <var class="var">unidad</var> que LaTeX no reconoce, como con el error
+tipográfico aquí
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Apéndices}}
+</pre></div>
+<p>entonces no obtienes un error sino que el formato en la tabla de
+contenido no tendrá sentido.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005caddtocontents"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddtocontents">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tablas de Contenido</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005caddtocontents-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">24.1.2 \addtocontents</h4>
-<a name="index-_005caddtocontents_007bextra_007d_007btexto_007d"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005caddtocontents-1">25.1.3 <code class="code">\addtocontents</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addtocontents{<var class="var">ext</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Agrega <var class="var">text</var>, que puede ser texto o comandos de formato,
+directamente a el archivo auxiliar con extensión <var class="var">ext</var>. Este es
+el más utilizado para la tabla de contenido, así que esa es la
+discusión aquí, pero también se aplica a la lista de figuras y la
+lista de tablas.
+</p>
+<p>Esto pondrá un espacio vertical en la tabla de contenido después del
+encabezado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Contenido</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\tableofcontents\newpage
+\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto pone la palabra &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Página</samp>&rsquo;, en negrita, encima de la columna
+del número de página y después del encabezado.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\tableofcontents
+\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Página}\par}
+\chapter{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto agrega una línea que anuncia el trabajo de un nuevo autor.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \protect\vspace{2ex}
+ \textbf{Capítulos de N. Otro autor}\par}
+</pre></div>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\addtocontents</code>{<var>extensión</var>}{<var>texto</var>}
-añade texto (o instrucciones de formato) directamente al archivo
-<samp>.<var>extensión</var></samp> que genera la tabla de contenido o listas de
-figuras o tablas.
+<p>La diferencia entre <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> y <code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> es
+que este último es estrictamente para líneas, como con una línea que
+da el número de página para el comienzo de un nuevo subconjunto de
+capítulos. Como muestran los ejemplos anteriores,
+<code class="code">\addtocontents</code> es para material como el espaciado.
</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><var>extensión</var></dt>
-<dd><p>La extensión del archivo en el cual escribir la información: <samp>toc</samp>
-(tabla de contenido), <samp>lof</samp> (lista de figuras) o <samp>lot</samp> (lista
-de tablas).
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> tiene dos argumentos. Ambos son
+requeridos.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><var class="var">ext</var></dt>
+<dd><p>Por lo general, uno de: <samp class="file">toc</samp> para la tabla de contenido,
+<samp class="file">lof</samp> para la lista de figuras, o <samp class="file">lot</samp> para la lista de
+tablas. La extensión del archivo contiene la información.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt><var>texto</var></dt>
-<dd><p>El texto a escribir.
+<dt><var class="var">text</var></dt>
+<dd><p>El texto, y posiblemente los comandos, que se van a escribir.
</p></dd>
</dl>
+<p>Los comandos de seccionado como <code class="code">\chapter</code> usan el comando
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline</code> para almacenar información. Este comando crea
+líneas en el archivo auxiliar <samp class="file">.toc</samp> que contiene el comando
+<code class="code">\contentsline</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>). A diferencia de el
+comando <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> coloca el material directamente en ese
+archivo.
+</p>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> tiene una interacción con
+<code class="code">\include</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly"><code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>). Si los usas en el
+mismo nivel, como con
+<code class="code">\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}</code> entonces las líneas
+en la tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden incorrecto. La
+solución es mover <code class="code">\addtocontents</code> al archivo que se incluye.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Glosarios"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccontentsline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="n" rel="next">Índices</a>, Previous: <a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Tablas de Contenido</a>, Up: <a href="#Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\nofiles</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\addtocontents</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Glosarios-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">24.2 Glosarios</h3>
-<a name="index-glosarios"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccontentsline-1">25.1.4 <code class="code">\contentsline</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tabla-de-contenido"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccontentsline-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctableofcontents-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002etoc-archivo-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clistoffigures-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clistoftables-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002elof-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002elot-archivo-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cl_0040chapter"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cl_0040section"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cl_0040subsection"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cmakeglossary"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\makeglossary</code> habilita la creación de glosarios.
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cglossary"></a>
-<a name="index-archivo-_002eglo"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\glossary{<var>texto</var>}</code> escribe una entrada en el
-glosario para <var>texto</var> a un archivo auxiliar con la extensión
-<samp>.glo</samp>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline{<var class="var">unit</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}{<var class="var">pagenumber</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Utilizado internamente por LaTeX para componer una entrada de la
+tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>). Los autores no ingresan directamente los comandos
+<code class="code">\contentsline</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Por lo general, la adición de material a estas listas la realizan
+automáticamente los comandos <code class="code">\chapter</code>, <code class="code">\section</code>,
+etc. para la tabla de contenido, o por el comando <code class="code">\caption</code>
+dentro de un entorno <code class="code">\figure</code> o <code class="code">\table</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#figure"><code class="code">figure</code></a> y
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#table"><code class="code">table</code></a>). De este modo, donde el archivo raíz es
+<samp class="file">thesis.tex</samp> y contiene la declaración <code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>,
+el comando <code class="code">\chapter{Capítulo Uno}</code> produce algo como esto en
+el archivo <samp class="file">thesis.toc</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Capítulo uno}{3}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si el archivo contiene la declaración <code class="code">\listoffigures</code> entonces
+un entorno <code class="code">figure</code> que involucra <code class="code">\caption{Test}</code>
+producirá algo como esto en <samp class="file">thesis.lof</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces
+Test}}{6}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para agregar material manualmente, usa
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline{<var class="var">filetype</var>}{<var class="var">unit</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code>,
+donde <var class="var">filetype</var> es <code class="code">toc</code>, <code class="code">lof</code> o <code class="code">lot</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>).
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cglossaryentry"></a>
-<p>Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe es
-<code>\glossaryentry{<var>texto</var>}{<var>no-de-página</var>}</code>, donde
-<var>no-de-página</var> es el valor de <code>\thepage</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-tocloft-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tocloft-package-1"></a>
+<p>Para manipular cómo se escribe el material
+<code class="code">\contentline</code>, consulta el paquete <code class="code">tocloft</code>.
</p>
-<p>El paquete <code>glossary</code> en CTAN proporciona compatibilidad para
-glosarios más sofisticados.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-3"></a>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <code class="code">hyperref</code>
+cambia la definición de <code class="code">\contentsline</code> (y
+<code class="code">\addcontentsline</code>) para agregar más argumentos, para hacer
+hipervínculos. Esta es la fuente del error <code class="code">El argumento de
+\contentsline tiene una }</code> adicional cuando se agrega/elimina el uso
+del paquete <code class="code">hyperref</code> y ya se ejecutó una compilación.
+Soluciona este error eliminando el archivo <samp class="file">.toc</samp> o <samp class="file">.lof</samp> o
+<samp class="file">.lot</samp> y ejecutando LaTeX de nuevo.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_00cdndices"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnofiles">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Glosarios" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Glosarios</a>, Up: <a href="#Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\numberline</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Indices"></a>
-<h3 class="section">24.3 Índices</h3>
-<a name="index-indices"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnofiles-1">25.1.5 <code class="code">\nofiles</code></h4>
-<a name="index-_005cmakeindex"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\makeindex</code> permite la creación de índices.
-Coloquela en el preámbulo.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnofiles"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cindex"></a>
-<a name="index-archivo-_002eidx"></a>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\index{<var>texto</var>}</code> escribe una entrada en el
-índice para <var>texto</var> en un archivo auxiliar con la extensión
-<samp>.idx</samp>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\nofiles
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Evita que LaTeX escriba archivos auxiliares. La única salida serán
+los archivos <samp class="file">.log</samp> y <samp class="file">.pdf</samp> (o <samp class="file">.dvi</samp>). Este comando
+debe ir en el preámbulo.
+</p>
+<p>Debido al comando <code class="code">\nofiles</code> este ejemplo no producirá un archivo
+<samp class="file">.toc</samp>.
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cindexentry"></a>
-<p>Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe la entrada es
-<code>\indexentry{<var>texto</var>}{<var>no-de-página</var>}</code>, donde
-<var>no-de-página</var> es el valor actual de <code>\thepage</code>.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+\nofiles
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+\chapter{...}
+ ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>LaTeX no borrará ningún archivo auxiliar existente, por lo que si
+insertas el comando <code class="code">\nofiles</code> después de ejecutar el archivo y
+obtener un <samp class="file">.toc</samp> entonces la página de la tabla de contenido
+seguirá mostrando la información antigua.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnumberline">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\nofiles</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnumberline-1">25.1.6 <code class="code">\numberline</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnumberline"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<a name="index-_0060vea_0027-y-_0060vea-tambien_0027-entradas-de-indice"></a>
-<p>Para generar una entrada de índice para &lsquo;bar&rsquo; que diga &lsquo;Vea foo&rsquo;,
-utilice una barra vertical: <code>\index{bar|see{foo}}</code>. Use
-<code>seealso</code> en lugar de <code>see</code> para producir una entrada &lsquo;Vea
-también&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\numberline{<var class="var">number</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Escribe su argumento alineado a la izquierda en un cuadro. Esto se
+usa en un comando <code class="code">\contentsline</code> para escribir el número de
+sección (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code class="code">\contentsline</code></a>).
</p>
-<a name="index-_005cseename"></a>
-<a name="index-_005calsoname"></a>
-<p>El texto &lsquo;Vea&rsquo; está definido por la macro <code>\seename</code>, y &lsquo;Vea
-también&rsquo; por la macro <code>\alsoname</code>. Estas se pueden redefinir para
-otros idiomas.
+<p>Por ejemplo, esta línea en un <samp class="file">.toc</samp> hace que el <code class="code">1.1</code> sea
+composición tipográfica a la izquierda.
</p>
-<a name="index-makeindex-programa"></a>
-<a name="index-xindy-programa"></a>
-<a name="index-archivo-_002eind"></a>
-<p>El archivo <samp>.idx</samp> generado luego es ordenado con una instrucción
-externa, por lo general alguna instrucción <code>makeindex</code>
-(<a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex">http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex</a>) o (la de múltiples
-idiomas) <code>xindy</code> (<a href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net">http://xindy.sourceforge.net</a>). Esto
-resulta en un archivo <samp>.ind</samp>, que se puede leer para componer
-tipográficamente el índice.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivación}{2}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>De forma predeterminada, LaTeX escribe los números de sección en un
+cuadro de longitud <code class="code">\@tempdima</code>. Esa longitud la establecen los
+comandos <code class="code">\l@section</code>, <code class="code">\l@subsection</code>, etc. Poner números
+de sección dentro de una caja de ancho natural con
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code> antes de
+<code class="code">\tableofcontents</code>.
</p>
-<a name="index-printindex"></a>
-<a name="index-paquete-makeidx"></a>
-<p>El índice normalmente se genera con la instrucción <code>\printindex</code>.
-Esta instrucción está definida en el paquete <code>makeidx</code>, por lo
-tanto necesita colocar en el preámbulo la instrucción
-<code>\usepackage{makeidx}</code>.
+<p>Este comando es frágil, por lo que es posible que debas precederlo con
+<code class="code">\protect</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>). Un ejemplo es el uso de
+<code class="code">\protect</code> en este comando,
</p>
-<a name="index-indexspace"></a>
-<p>La longitud de relleno <code>\indexspace</code> se inserta antes de cada nueva
-letra en el índice impreso; letra en el índice impreso su valor
-predeterminado es &lsquo;<samp>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><code class="code">\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Resumen}</code>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>para obtener el <code class="code">\numberline</code> en el comando <code class="code">\contentsline</code>
+en el archivo <samp class="file">.toc</samp>: <code class="code">\contentsline
+{section}{\numberline {}Resumen}{6}</code> (LaTeX agrega
+automáticamente el número de página &lsquo;<samp class="samp">6</samp>&rsquo;;
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code class="code">\addcontentsline</code></a>).
</p>
-<a name="index-paquete-showidx"></a>
-<p>El paquete <code>showidx</code> hace que cada entrada en el índice se muestre
-en el margen de la página donde aparece la entrada. Esto puede ayudar
-en la preparación del índice.
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_00cdndices">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Glosarios" accesskey="n" rel="next">Glosarios</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</a>, Subir: <a href="#Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Material de portada/contraportada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Indices">25.2 Índices</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indices"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeindex"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindex"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002eidx"></a>
+
+<p>Si le dices a LaTeX qué términos quieres que aparezcan en un
+índice, entonces puede producir ese índice, en orden alfabético y con
+los números de página mantenidos automáticamente. Esto ilustra los
+conceptos básicos.
</p>
-<a name="index-paquete-multind"></a>
-<p>El paquete <code>multind</code> es compatible con múltiples índices. Vea
-también la entrada de este tema en las preguntas frecuentes de TeX,
-en
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{makeidx} % Proporcionar comandos de indexación
+ \makeindex
+% \usepackage{showidx} % Muestra notas al margen de las entradas
+ % del índice
+ ...
+\begin{document}
+ ...
+Teorema de Wilson\index{Teorema de Wilson}
+dice que un número $n&gt;1$ es primo si y solo si el factorial
+de $n-1$ es congruente con $-1$
+modulo~$n$.\index{congruencia!y el Teorema de Wilson}
+ ...
+\printindex
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Como muestra, declara las entradas de índice con el comando
+<code class="code">\index</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cindex"><code class="code">\index</code></a>). Cuando ejecutas LaTeX,
+<code class="code">\index</code> escribe su información, como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Teorema de Wilson</samp>&rsquo; y
+el número de página, a un archivo auxiliar cuyo nombre termina en
+<samp class="file">.idx</samp>. A continuación, alfabetiza y hace otras manipulaciones,
+como ejecutar un comando externo, normalmente <code class="command">makeindex</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#makeindex"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a>), que escribe un archivo cuyo nombre termina en
+<samp class="file">.ind</samp>. Finalmente, <code class="code">\printindex</code> trae esta información
+manipulada en la salida (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprintindex"><code class="command">\printindex</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Por lo tanto, si el ejemplo anterior está en el archivo
+<samp class="file">numth.tex</samp> entonces ejecutar &lsquo;<samp class="samp">pdflatex numth</samp>&rsquo; guardará la
+entrada de índice y la información del número de página a
+<samp class="file">numth.idx</samp>. Luego ejecutar &lsquo;<samp class="samp">makeindex numth</samp>&rsquo; ordena
+alfabéticamente y guarda los resultados en
+<samp class="file">numth.ind</samp>. Finalmente, ejecutar de nuevo &lsquo;<samp class="samp">pdflatex numth</samp>&rsquo;
+mostrará el índice deseado, en el lugar donde está el comando
+<code class="code">\printindex</code> en el archivo fuente.
+</p>
+<p>Hay muchas opciones para la salida. Un ejemplo es que el signo de
+exclamación en <code class="code">\index{congruencia!y teorema de Wilson}</code>
+produce una entrada principal de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">congruencia</samp>&rsquo; con una subentrada
+de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">y Teorema de Wilson</samp>&rsquo;. Para obtener más información,
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#makeindex"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>Los comandos <code class="code">\makeindex</code> y <code class="code">\printindex</code> son
+independientes. Omitir el <code class="code">\makeindex</code> evitará que LaTeX
+guarde las entradas de índice al archivo auxiliar. Omitir el
+<code class="code">\printindex</code> hará que LaTeX no muestre el índice en la salida
+del documento.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-showidx"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-showidx-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-multind"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-multind-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indice_002c-multiple"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-multiples-indices"></a>
+<p>Hay muchos paquetes en el área de indexación. El paquete
+<code class="code">showidx</code> hace que cada entrada de índice se muestre en el
+margen de la página donde aparece el <code class="code">\index</code>. Esto puede ayudar
+en la preparación del índice. El paquete <code class="code">multind</code>, entre
+otros, admite múltiples índices. Consulta también la entrada de
+preguntas frecuentes de TeX sobre este tema,
+<a class="url" href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</a>, y el tema de CTAN,
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi">https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente" accesskey="1">Producir el índice manualmente</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\index</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#makeindex" accesskey="3"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="4"><code class="command">\printindex</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\index</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="u" rel="up">Índices</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Producir-el-indice-manualmente">25.2.1 Producir el índice manualmente</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indice_002c-producir-manualmente"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theindex"></a>
+
+<p>Los documentos que son pequeños y estáticos pueden tener un índice
+producido manualmente. Esto creará una página separada etiquetada
+como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Index</samp>&rsquo;, en formato de dos columnas.
</p>
-<p><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</a>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-theindex"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-theindex-environment"></a>
+
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{theindex}
+\item acorn squash, 1
+\subitem maple estufado, 2
+\indexspace
+\item bacon, 3
+\subitem maple estufado, 4
+\end{theindex}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ten en cuenta que el autor debe ingresar los números de página, lo
+cual es tedioso y que dará como resultado números incorrectos si el
+documento cambia. Esta es la razón por lo que en la mayoría de los
+casos, los métodos automatizados como <code class="command">makeindex</code> son los
+mejores. Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005citem-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubitem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csubsubitem"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindexspace"></a>
+<p>Sin embargo, cubrimos los comandos para completado, y porque los
+métodos automatizados se basan en estos comandos. Hay tres niveles de
+entradas. Cómo muestra el ejemplo, una entrada principal usa
+<code class="code">\item</code>, las subentradas usan <code class="code">\subitem</code>, y el nivel más
+bajo usa <code class="code">\subsubitem</code>. Las líneas en blanco entre entradas no
+tienen efecto. El ejemplo anterior incluye <code class="code">\indexspace</code> para
+producir espacio vertical en la salida que usa algunos estilos de
+índice antes de que comience la primera entrada con una nueva letra.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Cartas"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cindex">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal" accesskey="n" rel="next">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a>, Previous: <a href="#Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Producir el índice manualmente</a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="u" rel="up">Índices</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Cartas-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">25 Cartas</h2>
-<a name="index-cartas"></a>
-<a name="index-creando-cartas"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cindex-1">25.2.2 <code class="code">\index</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Entrada-de-indice"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindex-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\index{<var class="var">index-entry-string</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p>Usted puede utilizar LaTeX para componer tipográficamente cartas,
-para ambas personales y de negocios. La clase de documento
-<code>letter</code> está diseñada para hacer una serie de cartas a la vez,
-aunque se puede hacer sólo una si así lo desea.
+<p>Declara una entrada en el índice. Este comando es frágil
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>).
</p>
-<p>Su archivo fuente <samp>.tex</samp> tiene las mismas instrucciones mínimas de
-clase que en cualquier otro documento, es decir, debe tener las
-siguientes instrucciones como mínimo:
+<p>Por ejemplo, como se describe en <a class="ref" href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a>, una forma de obtener
+un índice de lo que sigue es compilar el documento con <code class="code">pdflatex
+test</code>, entonces procesar las entradas del índice con <code class="code">makeindex
+test</code> y luego compilar de nuevo con <code class="code">pdflatex test</code>.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> \documentclass{letter}
- \begin{document}
- ... cartas ...
- \end{document}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">% file test.tex
+ ...
+W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+ ...
+Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function}
+ ...
+rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
</pre></div>
-<p>Cada carta es un entorno <code>letter</code>, cuyo argumento es el nombre y
-dirección del destinatario. Por ejemplo, usted podría tener:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entradas-de-indice_002c-subentradas"></a>
+<p>Las tres entradas de índice obtendrán un número de página, como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Ackermann, 22</samp>&rsquo;. LaTeX formateará el segundo como un
+subelemento del primero, en la línea debajo de ella y con sangría, y
+la tercera como subelemento de la segunda. Tres niveles de
+profundidad es lo máximo que puede anidar subentradas. (Si agregas
+<code class="code">\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}</code> entonces
+<code class="command">makeindex</code> dice &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Escaneando archivo de entrada
+test.idx....hecho (4 entradas aceptadas, 1 rechazada)</samp>&rsquo; y el cuarto
+nivel del índice falla silenciosamente).
+</p>
+<p>Si ingresas un segundo <code class="code">\index</code> con el mismo
+<var class="var">index-entry-string</var>, obtendrás una sola entrada de índice con dos
+números de página (a menos que caigan en la misma página). De este
+modo, agregar <code class="code">como por Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}</code> más tarde
+en el mismo documento como el anterior dará una entrada de índice como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">Ackermann, 22, 151</samp>&rsquo;. Además, puedes introducir las entradas del
+índice en cualquier orden, por lo que la instancia
+<code class="code">\index{Ackermann!function}</code> podría venir antes de
+<code class="code">\index{Ackermann}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indice_002c-rango-de-paginas"></a>
+<p>Obtiene un rango de páginas en la salida, como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hilbert, 23--27</samp>&rsquo;,
+como aquí.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example"> \begin{letter}{Sr. José Pérez\\ Calle Princesa N°2345.
- \\ Edinburgo, EH1 1AA}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+ ...
+D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(}
+ ...
+Desaprobado de su matrimonio.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si el comienzo y el final del rango de páginas son iguales, entonces
+el sistema solo da un único número de página, no un rango.
+</p>
+<p>Si indexas subentradas pero no una entrada principal, como con
+<code class="code">\index{Jones!program}</code> e <code class="code">\index{Jones!results}</code>,
+entonces el resultado es el elemento &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Jones</samp>&rsquo; sin coma ni número
+de página, seguido de dos subelementos, como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">programa, 50</samp>&rsquo; y
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">resultados, 51</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-ve-y-ve-tambien-entradas-de-indice"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entradas-de-indice_002c-_0060ve_0027-y-_0060ve-tambien_0027"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cseename"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005calsoname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-babel-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-babel-package-5"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-polyglossia-package-3"></a>
+
+
+<p>Genera una entrada de índice que diga &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ve</samp>&rsquo; usando un carácter de
+barra vertical: <code class="code">\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's
+function}}</code>. En su lugar, puedes obtener &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ve también</samp>&rsquo; con
+<code class="code">seealso</code>. (El texto &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ve</samp>&rsquo; está definido por <code class="code">\seename</code>
+y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">ve también</samp>&rsquo; por <code class="code">\alsoname</code>. Los puedes redefinir
+utilizando un paquete de internacionalización como <code class="code">babel</code> o
+<code class="code">polyglossia</code>, o directamente como con
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Ve también}</code>).
+</p>
+<p>La característica &lsquo;<samp class="samp">see</samp>&rsquo; es parte de una funcionalidad más
+general. Después de la barra vertical puedes poner el nombre de un
+comando de una sola entrada, como en <code class="code">\index{group|textit}</code>
+(ten en cuenta la barra invertida que falta en el comando
+<code class="code">\textit</code>) y el sistema aplicará ese comando al número de página,
+aquí dando algo como <code class="code">\textit{7}</code>. Puedes definir tus propios
+comandos de una sola entrada, como
+<code class="code">\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}</code> y
+entonces <code class="code">\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}</code> dará un
+número de página azul (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Color">Color</a>). Otro ejemplo, menos práctico,
+es este,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
+ ... Epimenides.\index{self-reference|indexownpage}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>que crea una entrada citando el número de página de su propia lista de
+índice.
+</p>
+<p>Las dos funciones recién descritas se combinan, como aquí
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\index{Ackermann!function|(definedpage}
+ ...
+\index{Ackermann!function|)}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>que genera una entrada de índice como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">function, 23--27</samp>&rsquo; donde
+los números del rango de páginas están en azul.
+</p>
+<p>Considera una entrada de índice como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">&#x03B1;-ring</samp>&rsquo;.
+Entrado como <code class="code">$\alpha$-ring</code> hará que se ordene alfabéticamente
+según el signo de dolar. En su lugar, lo puedes ingresar usando un
+signo de arroba, como <code class="code">\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}</code>. Si
+especificas una entrada con un signo de arroba que separa dos cadenas,
+<code class="code"><var class="var">pos</var>@<var class="var">text</var></code>, entonces <var class="var">pos</var> da la posición
+alfabética de la entrada mientras <var class="var">text</var> produce el texto de la
+entrada. Otro ejemplo es que <code class="code">\index{Saint Michael's
+College@SMC}</code> produce una entrada de índice &lsquo;<samp class="samp">SMC</samp>&rsquo; en orden
+alfabético en una ubicación diferente a su ortografía lo daría
+naturalmente.
+</p>
+<p>Para poner un carácter <code class="code">!</code>, <code class="code">@</code>, <code class="code">|</code> o <code class="code">&quot;</code> en una
+entrada de índice, escápala precediéndola con una comilla doble,
+<code class="code">&quot;</code>. (Las comillas dobles se eliminan antes de la
+alfabetización).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-index"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-index-package"></a>
+<p>Varios paquetes en CTAN tienen funcionalidad
+adicional más allá de eso proporcionada por <code class="code">makeidx</code>. Uno es
+<code class="code">index</code>, que permite múltiples índices y contiene un comando
+<code class="code">\index*{<var class="var">index-entry-string</var>}</code> que imprime el
+<var class="var">index-entry-string</var> además de indexarlo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindexentry"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-idx"></a>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\index</code> escribe la información de indexación en el
+archivo <samp class="file"><var class="var">root-name</var>.idx</samp>. Específicamente, escribe texto
+del comando
+<code class="code">\indexentry{<var class="var">index-entry-string</var>}{<var class="var">page-num</var>}</code>,
+donde <var class="var">page-num</var> es el valor del contador <code class="code">\thepage</code>. Alguna
+ocasión, cuando el comando <code class="code">\printindex</code> se confunde, debes
+eliminar este archivo para comenzar con una pizarra nueva.
+</p>
+<p>Si omites la llave de cierre de un comando <code class="code">\index</code> entonces
+obtienes un mensaje como este.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">¿Argumento fugitivo? {Ackermann!function
+! ! El párrafo terminó antes de que \@wrindex se completara.
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="makeindex">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="command">\printindex</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\index</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="u" rel="up">Índices</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="makeindex-1">25.2.3 <code class="command">makeindex</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indice_002c-procesamiento"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeindex_002c-programa"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeindex-programa"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002eind"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002eidx-1"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">makeindex <var class="var">filename</var>
+makeindex -s <var class="var">style-file</var> <var class="var">filename</var>
+makeindex <var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">filename0</var> ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Ordenar y procesar la información del índice en el archivo auxiliar
+<var class="var">filename</var>. Este es un programa de línea de comandos. Se
+necesita uno o más archivos de índice sin procesar, archivos
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var>.idx</samp> y produce el archivo de índice real, el
+archivo <samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var>.ind</samp> que ingresa <code class="code">\printindex</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprintindex"><code class="command">\printindex</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002eisty"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indice_002c-archivo-de-estilo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeindex_002c-archivo-de-estilo"></a>
+<p>La primera forma del comando es suficiente para muchos usos, La
+segunda permite formatear el índice usando un <em class="dfn">archivo de estilo
+de índice</em>, un archivo <samp class="file">.isty</samp>. La tercera forma es la más
+general; ve la documentación completa en CTAN.
+</p>
+<p>Este es un simple archivo <samp class="file">.isty</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">% book.isty
+% $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
+% crea el índice como book.ind, comenzando en una página impar.
+preamble
+&quot;\\pagestyle{empty}
+\\small
+\\begin{theindex}
+\\thispagestyle{empty}&quot;
+
+postamble
+&quot;\n
+\\end{theindex}&quot;
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La descripción aquí cubre solo algunos de los posibles formatos de
+índice en <var class="var">style-file</var>. Para obtener una lista completa, consulta
+la documentación en CTAN.
+</p>
+<p>Un archivo de estilo consta de una lista de pares: <var class="var">specifier</var> y
+<var class="var">attribute</var>. Estos pueden aparecer en el archivo en cualquier
+orden. Todos los <var class="var">attribute</var>s son cadenas, excepto donde se
+indique. Las cadenas son entre comillas dobles, <code class="code">&quot;</code> y la
+longitud máxima de una cadena tiene 144 caracteres. La <code class="code">\n</code> es
+para una nueva línea y <code class="code">\t</code> es para una tabulación. Las barras
+invertidas se escapan con otra barra invertida, <code class="code">\\</code>. Si una
+línea comienza con un signo de porcentaje, <code class="code">%</code>, entonces es un
+comentario.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="makeindex-pre_00e1mbulo"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-preamble'><span><code class="code">preamble</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-preamble'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Preámbulo del archivo de índice de salida. Define el contexto en el
+que se encuentra el índice formateado. Predeterminado:
+<code class="code">&quot;\\begin{theindex}\n&quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-postamble"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-postamble'><span><code class="code">postamble</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-postamble'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Postámbulo del archivo de salida del índice Predeterminado:
+<code class="code">&quot;\n\n\\end{theindex}\n&quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-group-skip"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-group_005fskip'><span><code class="code">group_skip</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-group_005fskip'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cindexspace-1"></a>
+<p>Tradicionalmente, los elementos del índice se dividen en grupos,
+generalmente un grupo para entradas que comienzan con la letra
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">a</samp>&rsquo;, etc. Este especificador da lo que se inserta cuando comienza
+un nuevo grupo. Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;\n\n \\indexspace\n&quot;</code>
+(<code class="code">\indexspace</code> es un comando que inserta una longitud elástica,
+de manera predeterminada es <code class="code">10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-letheadflag"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-lethead_005fflag'><span><code class="code">lethead_flag</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lethead_005fflag'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>un entero. Rige lo que se inserta para un nuevo grupo o letra. Si es
+0 (que es el valor predeterminado) entonces aparte de
+<code class="code">group_skip</code> nada se insertará antes del grupo. Si es positivo
+entonces en una nueva letra el <code class="code">lethead_prefix</code> y
+<code class="code">lethead_suffix</code> serán insertada, con esa letra en mayúsculas
+entre ellas. Si es negativo entonces lo que se insertará es la letra
+en minúsculas. El valor predeterminado es&nbsp;0.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-lethead-prefix"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-lethead_005fprefix'><span><code class="code">lethead_prefix</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lethead_005fprefix'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Si un nuevo grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este es
+el prefijo insertado antes de la nueva letra del encabezado.
+Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;&quot;</code>
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-lethead-suffix"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-lethead_005fsuffix'><span><code class="code">lethead_suffix</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-lethead_005fsuffix'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Si un grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este es el
+sufijo insertado después del nuevo encabezado de carta.
+Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;&quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-0"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f0'><span><code class="code">item_0</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f0'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Lo que se pone entre dos elementos level&nbsp;0. Predeterminado:
+<code class="code">&quot;\n \\item &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-1"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f1'><span><code class="code">item_1</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Colocar entre dos elementos level&nbsp;1. Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;\n
+\\subitem &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-2"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f2'><span><code class="code">item_2</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Coloca entre dos elementos level&nbsp;2. Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;\n
+\\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-01"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f01'><span><code class="code">item_01</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f01'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level&nbsp;0 y un elemento
+level&nbsp;1. Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-x1"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005fx1'><span><code class="code">item_x1</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005fx1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Que se coloca entre un elemento level&nbsp;0 y un elemento
+level&nbsp;1 en el caso de que el elemento level&nbsp;0 no tenga
+ningún número de página (como en <code class="code">\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>).
+Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-12"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005f12'><span><code class="code">item_12</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005f12'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level&nbsp;1 y un elemento
+level&nbsp;2. Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-item-x2"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-item_005fx2'><span><code class="code">item_x2</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-item_005fx2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Que se pone entre un elemento level&nbsp;1 y un elemento level&nbsp;2,
+si el level&nbsp;1 elemento no tiene números de página.
+Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-0"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005f0'><span><code class="code">delim_0</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005f0'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Delimitador puesto entre una clave level&nbsp;0 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<code class="code">&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-1"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005f1'><span><code class="code">delim_1</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005f1'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Delimitador puesto entre una clave level&nbsp;1 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<code class="code">&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-2"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005f2'><span><code class="code">delim_2</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005f2'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Delimitador entre una clave level&nbsp;2 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<code class="code">&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-n"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005fn'><span><code class="code">delim_n</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005fn'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Delimitador entre dos números de página para la misma clave (en
+cualquier nivel). Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en
+blanco, <code class="code">&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-delim-r"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-delim_005fr'><span><code class="code">delim_r</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-delim_005fr'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Lo que se coloca entre los números de página inicial y final de un
+rango. Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;--&quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-line-max"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-line_005fmax'><span><code class="code">line_max</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-line_005fmax'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Un entero. Longitud máxima de la línea de una entrada de índice en la
+salida, más allá de la cual la línea se envuelve. Predeterminado:
+<code class="code">72</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-indent-space"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-indent_005fspace'><span><code class="code">indent_space</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-indent_005fspace'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Lo que se inserta al comienzo de una línea envuelta. Predeterminado:
+<code class="code">&quot;\t\t&quot;</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-indent-length"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-indent_005flength'><span><code class="code">indent_length</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-indent_005flength'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Un número. La longitud de la sangría de la línea envuelta. El valor
+predefinido <code class="code">indent_space</code> son dos tabulaciones y cada tabulación
+tiene ocho espacios, por lo que el el valor predeterminado aquí es
+<code class="code">16</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="makeindex-page-precedence"></a></dd>
+<dt id='index-page_005fprecedence'><span><code class="code">page_precedence</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-page_005fprecedence'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Un documento puede tener páginas numeradas de diferentes maneras. Por
+ejemplo, un libro puede tener las primeras páginas numeradas en
+minúsculas romanas mientras que la página principal de la materia
+están en árabe. Esta cadena especifica el orden en que aparecerán en
+el índice. El comando <code class="command">makeindex</code> admite cinco tipos
+diferentes de números: minúsculas romanas <code class="code">r</code> y numérico o árabe
+<code class="code">n</code> y minúsculas alfabético <code class="code">a</code> y mayúsculas <code class="code">R</code> romano
+y <code class="code">A</code> alfabético en mayúsculas. Predeterminado: <code class="code">&quot;rnaRA&quot;</code>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xindy-programa"></a>
+<p>Hay una serie de otros programas que hacen el trabajo que
+<code class="command">makeindex</code> hace. Uno es <code class="command">xindy</code>
+(<a class="uref" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</a>), que hace internacionalización y
+puede procesar índices para documentos marcados usando LaTeX y un
+número de otros idiomas. Está escrito en Lisp, altamente configurable,
+tanto en términos de marcado y en términos del orden de clasificación
+del texto, como descrito en su documentación.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xindex-programa"></a>
+<p>Un programa de indexación más reciente compatible con Unicode es
+<code class="code">xindex</code>, escrito en Lua (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</a>).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cprintindex">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="command">makeindex</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="u" rel="up">Índices</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cprintindex-1">25.2.4 <code class="command">\printindex</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-indice_002c-impresion"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprintindex"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\printindex
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Coloca el índice en la salida.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-makeidx"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeidx-package"></a>
+<p>Para obtener un índice, primero debes incluir
+<code class="code">\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> en el preámbulo del documento
+y compila el documento, entonces ejecuta el comando del sistema
+<code class="command">makeindex</code>, y luego vuelve a compilar el documento.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a>, para más discusión y un ejemplo del uso de
+<code class="code">\printindex</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Glosarios">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_00cdndices" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Índices</a>, Subir: <a href="#Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada" accesskey="u" rel="up">Material de portada/contraportada</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Glosarios-1">25.3 Glosarios</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glosario"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glosarios"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acronimos_002c-lista-de"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeglossary"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprintglossaries"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+ ...
+\newglossaryentry{<var class="var">label</var>}{<var class="var">settings</var>}
+ ...
+\gls{<var class="var">label</var>}.
+ ...
+\printglossaries
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El paquete <samp class="file">glossaries</samp> te permite crear glosarios, incluidos
+múltiples glosarios, así como listas de siglas.
+</p>
+<p>Para obtener el resultado de este ejemplo, compila el documento (por
+ejemplo con <code class="code">nombre de archivo pdflatex</code>), entonces ejecuta el
+comando de línea de comandos <code class="code">makeglossaries filename</code> y luego
+vuelve a compilar el documento.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{...}
+\usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+\newglossaryentry{tm}{%
+ name={Máquina de Turing},
+
+ description={Un modelo de máquina hace cálculos. El modelo es
+ sencillo pero puede calcular cualquier cosa que
+ cualquier dispositivo existente pueda calcular. Es el
+ modelo estándar utilizado en Informática.},
+ }
+\begin{document}
+Todo comienza con la definición de \gls{tm}.
+ ...
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Eso da dos cosas. En el texto principal genera &lsquo;<samp class="samp">... definición
+de una máquina de Turing</samp>&rsquo;. Además, en una unidad seccional separada
+encabezada &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Glossary</samp>&rsquo; aparece una lista de descripción. En letra
+negrita dice &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Máquina de Turing</samp>&rsquo; y el resto del artículo dice en
+tipo normal &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Un modelo de máquina &hellip; Informática</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakeglossary-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprintglossaries-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-_002eglo"></a>
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\makeglossary</code> abre el archivo que contendrá la
+información de entrada, <samp class="file"><var class="var">root-file</var>.glo</samp>. Pon el comando
+<code class="code">\printglossaries</code> donde deseas que aparezcan los glosarios en tu
+documento.
+</p>
+<p>El paquete <samp class="file">glossaries</samp> es muy poderoso. Por ejemplo, además los
+comandos <code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code> y <code class="code">\gls</code>, hay comandos
+similares para una lista de acrónimos. Consulta la documentación del
+paquete en CTAN.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\gls</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\gls</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Glosarios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glosarios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry-1">25.3.1 <code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glosario_002c-entradas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewglossaryentry"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newglossaryentry{<var class="var">label</var>}
+{
+ name={<var class="var">name</var>},
+ description={<var class="var">description</var>},
+ <var class="var">otras opciones</var>, ...
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\longnewglossaryentry{<var class="var">label</var>}
+{
+ name={<var class="var">name</var>},
+ <var class="var">other options</var> ...,
+}
+{<var class="var">description</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Declara una nueva entrada para un glosario. <var class="var">label</var> debe ser
+único para el documento. Los ajustes asociados a la etiqueta son
+pares: <code class="code"><var class="var">key</var>=<var class="var">value</var></code>.
+</p>
+<p>Esto pone el símbolo en negrita de la pizarra para los números reales
+&#x211D;, en el glosario.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newglossaryentry{R}
+{
+ name={\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}},
+ description={los números reales},
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Usa la segunda forma del comando si <var class="var">description</var> abarca más de un
+párrafo.
+</p>
+<p>Para obtener una lista completa de <var class="var">key</var>, consulta la
+documentación del paquete en CTAN, pero aquí hay algunos.
+</p>
+<dl class="ftable">
+<dt id='index-name'><span><code class="code">name</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-name'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>(Obligatorio). La palabra, frase o símbolo que estás definiendo.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-description'><span><code class="code">description</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-description'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>(Obligatorio). La descripción que aparecerá en el glosario. Si esto
+tiene más de un párrafo, entonces debe usar la segunda forma del
+comando dado en la sinopsis.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-plural'><span><code class="code">plural</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-plural'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>La forma plural de <var class="var">name</var>. Refiérete a la forma plural usando
+<code class="code">\glspl</code> o <code class="code">\Glspl</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cgls"><code class="code">\gls</code></a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-sort'><span><code class="code">sort</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-sort'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Cómo colocar esta entrada en la lista de entradas que contiene el
+glosario.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-symbol'><span><code class="code">symbol</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-symbol'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><p>Un símbolo, como un símbolo matemático, además del nombre.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cgls">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Glosarios" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glosarios</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgls-1">25.3.2 <code class="code">\gls</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-glosario_002c-referencia-de-entrada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cgls"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\gls{<var class="var">label</var>}
+\glspl{<var class="var">label</var>}
+\Gls{<var class="var">label</var>}
+\Glspl{<var class="var">label</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Consulta una entrada del glosario. Las entradas se declaran con
+<code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry"><code class="code">\newglossaryentry</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newglossaryentry{N}{%
+ name={los números naturales},
+ description={Los números $0$, $1$, $2$, $\ldots$\@},
+ symbol={\ensuremath{\mathbb{N}}},
+ }
+ ...
+Considera \gls{N}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>da la salida &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Considera los números naturales</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>La segunda forma de comando <code class="code">\glspl{<var class="var">label</var>}</code> produce el
+plural de <var class="var">name</var> (de manera predeterminada intenta agregar una
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">s</samp>&rsquo;). La tercera forma escribe en mayúscula la primera letra de
+<var class="var">name</var>, al igual que la cuarta forma, que también toma el plural.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Cartas">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Entrada_002fsalida" accesskey="n" rel="next">Entrada/salida</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Material de portada/contraportada</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Cartas-1">26 Cartas</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cartas_002c-escribir"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-escribir-cartas"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{letter}
+\address{<var class="var">dirección del remitente</var>} % dirección de retorno
+\signature{<var class="var">nombre del remitente</var>}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{letter}{<var class="var">dirección del destinatario</var>}
+\opening{<var class="var">salutation</var>}
+ <var class="var">cuerpo de la carta</var>
+\closing{<var class="var">texto de cierre</var>}
+\end{letter}
+ ...
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Producir una o más cartas.
+</p>
+<p>Cada carta está en un entorno <code class="code">letter</code> separado, cuyo argumento
+<var class="var">recipient address</var> a menudo contiene varias líneas separadas por
+una barra invertida doble,&nbsp;(<code class="code">\\</code>). Por ejemplo, podrías
+tener:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> \begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
+ l'h\^otel Sagonne}
...
\end{letter}
</pre></div>
+<p>El inicio del entorno <code class="code">letter</code> restablece el número de página a
+1, y la nota al pie al número 1 también.
+</p>
+<p>El <var class="var">sender address</var> y <var class="var">sender name</var> son comunes a todas las
+cartas, ya sea que haya una o más, por lo que es mejor ponerlas en el
+preámbulo. Al igual que con la dirección del destinatario, a menudo
+<var class="var">sender address</var> contiene varias líneas separadas por una doble
+barra invertida&nbsp;(<code class="code">\\</code>). LaTeX pondrá el <var class="var">sender
+name</var> bajo el cerramiento, tras un espacio vertical para la
+tradicional firma manuscrita.
+</p>
+<p>Cada cuerpo del entorno <code class="code">letter</code> comienza con un comando
+<code class="code">\opening</code> requerido como <code class="code">\opening{Estimada señora o
+señor:}</code>. El texto <var class="var">letter body</var> LaTeX es normal por lo que
+puede contener todo, desde listas enumeradas hasta matemáticas
+mostradas, excepto que los comandos como <code class="code">\chapter</code> que no tienen
+sentido en una carta se desactivan. Cada cuerpo de entorno
+<code class="code">letter</code> normalmente termina con un comando <code class="code">\closing</code> como
+<code class="code">\closing{Tuyo,}</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005c-_0028para-cartas_0029"></a>
+<p>Puede haber material adicional después del <code class="code">\closing</code>. Puedes
+decir quien está recibiendo una copia de la carta con un comando como
+<code class="code">\cc{El Jefe \\ el jefe de jefes}</code>. Hay un comando
+<code class="code">\encl</code> similar para una lista de material adjunto. Y puedes
+agregar una posdata con <code class="code">\ps</code>.
+</p>
+<p>El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es sangrar el nombre del remitente
+y el cierre encima de él por una longitud de <code class="code">\longindentation</code>.
+De manera predeterminada esto es <code class="code">0.5\textwidth</code>. Para que queden
+alineados a la izquierda, coloca
+<code class="code">\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}</code> en tu preámbulo.
+</p>
+<p>Para establecer una fecha fija, usa algo como
+<code class="code">\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}</code>. Si pones en tu
+preámbulo entonces se aplicará a todas las cartas.
+</p>
+<p>Este ejemplo muestra solo un entorno <code class="code">letter</code>. Las tres lineas
+marcadas como opcionales normalmente se omiten.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{letter}
+\address{Calle del remitente \\ Ciudad del remitente}
+\signature{Nombre del remitente \\ Cargo del remitente}
+% opcionales: \location{Buzón 13}
+% optional: \telephone{(102) 555-0101}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{letter}{Nombre del destinatario \\ Dirección del destinatario}
+\opening{Señor:}
+% opcional: \thispagestyle{firstpage}
+No estoy interesado en entrar en un acuerdo comercial con usted.
+\closing{Sus más humildes, etc.,}
+\end{letter}
+\end{document}
+</pre></div>
-<p>La carta en sí comienza con la instrucción <code>\opening</code>. Siguiéndole
-el texto de la carta. Este se escribe como una entrada de LaTeX
-ordinaria. Las instrucciones que no tienen sentido en una carta, como
-<code>\chapter</code>, no funcionan. La carta se cierra con una instrucción
-<code>\closing</code>.
-</p>
-<a name="index-_005c_005c-para-cartas"></a>
-<p>Después de <code>closing</code>, usted puede colocar material adicional. La
-instrucción <code>\cc</code> produce el usual &ldquo;cc: &hellip;&rdquo;. También hay
-una instrucción <code>\encl</code> similar para una lista de
-destinatarios. Con ambas instrucciones, use <code>\\</code> para separar los
-elementos.
-</p>
-<p>Estas instrucciones se utilizan con la clase <code>letter</code>.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1">\address</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">La dirección del remitente.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2">\cc</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">La lista Cc (Con copia para).
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3">\closing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Un mensaje de despedida.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4">\encl</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Lista de material adjunto.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5">\location</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">La dirección de su organización.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6">\makelabels</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Produce etiquetas de dirección.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7">\name</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Su nombre, para la dirección de retorno.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8">\opening</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Saludando.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9">\ps</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Agrega una posdata.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Su firma.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Permite saltos de página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">No permite saltos de página.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Su número de teléfono.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<p>Estos comandos se usan con la clase <code class="code">letter</code>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\address</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\cc</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\closing</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\encl</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\location</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\makelabels</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\name</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\opening</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\ps</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005csignature"><code class="code">\signature</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone"><code class="code">\telephone</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005caddress">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\cc</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005caddress-1">26.1 <code class="code">\address</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005caddress"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\address{<var class="var">dirección del remitente</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Especifica la dirección del remitente, tal como aparece en la carta y
+en el sobre. Separa varias líneas en <var class="var">dirección del remitente</var>
+con una barra invertida doble&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Debido a que se puede aplicar a varias cartas, esta declaración a
+menudo se pone en el preámbulo. Sin embargo, puede ir en cualquier
+lugar, incluso dentro de un entorno <code class="code">letter</code> individual.
+</p>
+<p>Este comando es opcional: si no lo usas, la carta se formatea con un
+espacio en blanco en la parte superior, para copiar en papel
+preimpreso con membrete. Si usas la declaración <code class="code">\address</code>
+entonces tienes el formato de una carta personal.
+</p>
+<p>Aquí tienes un ejemplo:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\address{Stephen Maturin \\
+ Las uvas de Savoy}
+</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005caddress"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ccc">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cc</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\closing</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\address</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005caddress_007bdireccion_002ddel_002dremitente_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.1 \address{<var>dirección-del-remitente}</var></h3>
-<a name="index-_005caddress"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ccc-1">26.2 <code class="code">\cc</code></h3>
-<p>La instrucción <code>\address</code> especifica la dirección del remitente de
-la carta, como debería aparecer en la carta y el sobre. Separa las
-líneas de la dirección que deben estar separadas por instrucciones
-<code>\\</code>.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccc"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cc-list_002c-en-cartas"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>Si usted no proporciona una declaración <code>\address</code>, entonces, se
-aplicará a la carta el formato de copia en papel con el membrete
-estándar de su organización. (See <a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a>, para obtener detalles
-sobre la implementación local). Si usted proporciona una declaración
-<code>\address</code>, entonces, la carta será formateada como una carta
-personal.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cc{<var class="var">name0</var> \\
+ ... }
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Produce una lista de nombres a los que se enviaron copias de la carta.
+Este comando es opcional. Si aparece, normalmente viene después de
+<code class="code">\closing</code>. Pone los nombres en diferentes líneas separándolos
+con una barra invertida doble, <code class="code">\\</code>, como en:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\cc{Presidente \\
+ Vicepresidente}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ccc"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cclosing">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next">\closing</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\address</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\encl</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\cc</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ccc-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.2 <code>\cc</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cclosing-1">26.3 <code class="code">\closing</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005ccc"></a>
-<a name="index-listas-cc_002c-en-cartas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cclosing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cartas_002c-terminando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cerrar-cartas"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\cc{<var>nombre</var>\\<var>nombre2</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\closing{<var class="var">text</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Produce una lista de <var>nombre</var>s a quienes enviar copias de la carta.
-Cada nombre se imprime en una línea separada.
+<p>Produce el cierre de la carta. Esto es opcional, pero habitual.
+Aparece al final de una carta, encima de una firma manuscrita. Por
+ejemplo:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\closing{Respetuosamente,}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cclosing"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cencl">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next">\encl</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cc</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\location</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\closing</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cclosing-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.3 <code>\closing</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cencl-1">26.4 <code class="code">\encl</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cclosing"></a>
-<a name="index-cartas_002c-terminando"></a>
-<a name="index-cerrando-cartas"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cencl"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Lista-de-gabinetes"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\closing{texto}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\encl{<var class="var">primer objeto encerrado</var> \\
+ ... }
</pre></div>
-<p>Una carta se cierra con la instrucción <code>\closing</code>, por ejemplo,
-</p><div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\closing{Muy Atentamente,}
+<p>Produce una lista de las cosas incluidas en la carta. Este comando es
+opcional; cuando se usa, generalmente se coloca después de
+<code class="code">\closing</code>. Separa varias líneas con una barra invertida doble,
+<code class="code">\\</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\encl{License \\
+ Passport}
</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cencl"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005clocation">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\location</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\closing</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\makelabels</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\encl</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cencl-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.4 <code>\encl</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005clocation-1">26.5 <code class="code">\location</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cencl"></a>
-<a name="index-lista-de-documentos-adjuntos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clocation"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\encl{<var>línea1</var>\\<var>línea2</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\location{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El <var class="var">text</var> aparece centrado en la parte inferior de la página.
+Sólo aparece si el estilo de la página es <code class="code">firstpage</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmakelabels">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\name</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\location</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cmakelabels-1">26.6 <code class="code">\makelabels</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmakelabels"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\makelabels % en el preámbulo
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Opcional, para un documento que contiene entornos <code class="code">letter</code>. Si
+simplemente pones <code class="code">\makelabels</code> en el preámbulo y luego, al final
+del documento, obtendrás una hoja con etiquetas para todos los
+destinatarios, una para cada entorno letter, que puedes copiar en una
+hoja despegable de etiquetas de dirección.
+</p>
+<p>Personaliza las etiquetas redefiniendo los comandos
+<code class="code">\startlabels</code>, <code class="code">\mlabel</code> y <code class="code">\returnaddress</code> (y quizás
+<code class="code">\name</code>) en el preámbulo. El comando <code class="code">\startlabels</code>
+establece el ancho, alto, número de columnas, etc., de la página en la
+que se imprimen las etiquetas. El comando <code class="code">\mlabel{<var class="var">return
+address</var>}{<var class="var">recipient address</var>}</code> produce las dos etiquetas (o
+una, si eliges ignorar la <var class="var">return address</var>) para cada entorno
+<var class="var">letter</var>. El primer argumento, <var class="var">return address</var>, es el valor
+devuelto por la macro <code class="code">\returnaddress</code>. El segundo argumento,
+<var class="var">recipient address</var>, es el valor pasado en el argumento al entorno
+<code class="code">letter</code>. Predeterminado <code class="code">\mlabel</code> ignora el primer
+argumento, el <var class="var">return address</var>, provocando el comportamiento
+predeterminado descrito en el párrafo anterior.
+</p>
+<p>Esto ilustra la personalización. Su salida incluye una página con dos
+columnas con dos etiquetas cada una.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{letter}
+\renewcommand*{\returnaddress}{Fred McGuilicuddy \\
+ Oshkosh, Mineola 12305}
+\newcommand*\originalMlabel{}
+\let\originalMlabel\mlabel
+\def\mlabel#1#2{\originalMlabel{}{#1}\originalMlabel{}{#2}}
+\makelabels
+ ...
+\begin{document}
+\begin{letter}{A Einstein \\
+ 112 Mercer Street \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
+ ...
+\end{letter}
+\begin{letter}{K G\&quot;odel \\
+ 145 Linden Lane \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
+ ...
+\end{letter}
+\end{document}
</pre></div>
-<p>Declara una lista de más de un documento adjunto.
+<p>La primera columna contiene la dirección del remitente dos veces. La
+segunda columna contiene la dirección de cada destinatario.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-envlab"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-envlab-package"></a>
+<p>El paquete <code class="code">envlab</code> facilita el formateo de
+las etiquetas, con tamaños estándar ya proporcionados. Las líneas del
+preámbulo <code class="code">\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}</code> y
+<code class="code">\makelabels</code> son todo lo que necesitas para imprimir sobres.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005clocation"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cname">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makelabels</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\encl</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\opening</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\makelabels</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005clocation-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.5 <code>\location</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005clocation"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cname-1">26.7 <code class="code">\name</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cname"></a>
-<p><code>\location{dirección}</code>
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>Esta modifica la dirección estándar de su organización. Esto sólo
-aparece si el estilo de página <code>firstpage</code> está seleccionado.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\name{<var class="var">name</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Opcional. Nombre del remitente, utilizado para imprimir juntos en el
+sobre con la dirección del remitente.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cmakelabels"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005copening">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="n" rel="next">\name</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\location</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ps</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\name</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cmakelabels-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.6 <code>\makelabels</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cmakelabels"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005copening-1">26.8 <code class="code">\opening</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005copening"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cartas_002c-iniciar"></a>
-<p><code>\makelabels{número}</code>
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>Si ejecuta esta instrucción en el preámbulo, LaTeX creará una hoja de
-etiquetas con las direcciones. Esta hoja se emitirá antes que las
-cartas.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\opening{<var class="var">salutation</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Obligatorio. Requerido. Sigue el <code class="code">\begin{letter}{...}</code>. El
+argumento <var class="var">salutation</var> es obligatorio. Por ejemplo:
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\opening{Estimado John:}
+</pre></div>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cname"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cps">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="n" rel="next">\opening</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makelabels</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\signature</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\opening</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cname-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.7 <code>\name</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cname"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cps-1">26.9 <code class="code">\ps</code></h3>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cps"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-posdata_002c-en-cartas"></a>
-<p><code>\name{June Davenport}</code>
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>Su nombre, utilizado en la impresión del sobre junto con la dirección
-del remitente.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ps{<var class="var">text</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Agrega una posdata. Este comando es opcional y generalmente se usa
+después de <code class="code">\closing</code>.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ps{P.D. Después de haber leído esta carta, quémala. O cómetela.}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005copening"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005csignature">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ps</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\name</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\telephone</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ps</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005copening_007btexto_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.8 <code>\opening{<var>texto</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005copening"></a>
-<a name="index-cartas_002c-iniciando"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005csignature-1">26.10 <code class="code">\signature</code></h3>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\opening{<var>texto</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\signature{<var class="var">primera línea</var> \\
+ ... }
</pre></div>
-<p>Una carta comienza con la instrucción <code>\opening</code>. El argumento
-obligatorio, <var>texto</var>, es el texto con el que desea iniciar su carta.
-Por ejemplo:
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csignature"></a>
+
+<p>El nombre del remitente. Este comando es opcional, aunque su
+inclusión es habitual.
+</p>
+<p>El texto del argumento aparece al final de la carta, después del
+cierre. LaTeX deja algo de espacio vertical para una firma escrita
+a mano. Separa varias líneas con una doble barra
+invertida,&nbsp;<code class="code">\\</code>. Por ejemplo:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\opening{Estimado José,}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\signature{J Fred Muggs \\
+ Casa Blanca}
</pre></div>
+<p>Valor predeterminado de LaTeX para el espacio vertical del texto
+<code class="code">\closing</code> hasta el texto <code class="code">\signature</code> es
+<code class="code">6\medskipamount</code>, que es seis veces <code class="code">\medskipamount</code> (donde
+<code class="code">\medskipamount</code> es igual a un <code class="code">\parskip</code>, que a su vez se
+define de manera predeterminada aquí para 0.7<span class="dmn">em</span>).
+</p>
+<p>Este comando suele estar en el preámbulo, para aplicar a todas las
+letras en el documento. Para que se aplique a una sola carta,
+colócala dentro de un entorno <code class="code">letter</code> y antes del
+<code class="code">\closing</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Puedes incluir un gráfico en la firma como aquí.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
+ Mi nombre}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Para esto debes poner <code class="code">\usepackage{graphicx}</code> en el preámbulo
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Gr_00e1ficos">Gráficos</a>).
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cps"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctelephone">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next">\signature</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\opening</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\signature</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cps-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.9 <code>\ps</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cps"></a>
-<a name="index-posdata_002c-en-cartas"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctelephone-1">26.11 <code class="code">\telephone</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctelephone"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\telephone{<var class="var">number</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p>Use la instrucción <code>\ps</code> para iniciar una posdata en una carta,
-después de <code>\closing</code>.
+<p>El número de teléfono del remitente. Esto es típicamente en el
+preámbulo, donde se aplica a todas las cartas. Esto solo aparece si
+<code class="code">firstpage</code> se selecciona el estilo de página. Si es así,
+aparece en la parte inferior derecha de la página.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005csignature"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Entrada_002fsalida">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks" accesskey="n" rel="next">\startbreaks</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ps</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cartas</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005csignature_007btexto_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.10 <code>\signature{<var>texto</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005csignature"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Entrada_002fsalida-1">27 Entrada/salida</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entrada_002fsalida_002c-a-terminal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entrada_002fsalida-del-terminal"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-entrada_002fsalida"></a>
-<p>Su nombre, como debe aparecer al final de la carta debajo del espacio
-para su firma. <code>\\</code> inicia una nueva línea dentro de <var>texto</var>
-como de costumbre.
+<p>LaTeX usa la capacidad de escribir en un archivo y luego volver a
+leerlo para crear componentes de documentos como una tabla de
+contenido o un índice. También puedes leer un archivo que escribieron
+otros programas, o escribir un archivo para que otros lo lean. Te
+puedes comunicar con los usuarios a través de la terminal. Y puedes
+emitir instrucciones para el sistema operativo.
</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\openin</code> y <code class="code">\openout</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\read</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\typein</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\write</code></a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cstartbreaks"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stopbreaks</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\signature</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\read</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entrada_002fsalida" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entrada/salida</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cstartbreaks-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.11 <code>\startbreaks</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cstartbreaks"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout-1">27.1 <code class="code">\openin</code> y <code class="code">\openout</code></h3>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005copenin"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005copenout"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cclosein"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005ccloseout"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005copenin"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005copenout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cclosein"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ccloseout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo_002c-abrir"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo_002c-cerrar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-abre-un-archivo"></a>
-<p><code>\startbreaks</code>
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
-<p>Se usa después de una instrucción <code>\stopbreaks</code> para permitir de
-nuevo los saltos de página.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\openin <var class="var">number</var>=<var class="var">filename</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>o:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\openout <var class="var">number</var>=<var class="var">filename</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Abre un archivo para leer material o para escribirlo. En la mayoría
+de los motores, el <var class="var">number</var> debe estar entre 0 y 15, como en
+<code class="code">\openin3</code>; en LuaLaTeX, <var class="var">number</var> puede estar entre 0 y
+127.
+</p>
+<p>Aquí TeX abre el archivo <samp class="file">presidents.tex</samp> para lectura.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newread\presidentsfile
+\openin\presidentsfile=presidentes
+\typeout{presidentsfile es \el\presidentsfile}
+\read\presidentsfile a\presidentline
+\typeout{\presidentline}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El comando <code class="code">\newread</code> asigna números de flujo de entrada desde 0
+a&nbsp;15 (también hay un <code class="code">\newwrite</code>). El
+<code class="code">\presidentsfile</code> es más memorable, pero bajo el capó sigue
+siendo un número; el primer <code class="code">\typeout</code> da algo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">presidentsfile es 1</samp>&rsquo;. Además, <code class="code">\newread</code> realiza un
+seguimiento de la asignación de modo que si usas demasiados, obtendrás
+un error como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">! No hay espacio para un nuevo \read</samp>&rsquo;. El segundo
+<code class="code">\typeout</code> da la primera línea del archivo, algo así como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1
+Washington, George</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Normalmente, TeX no intentará abrir el archivo hasta enviar la
+página siguiente. Para cambiar esto, usa <code class="code">\immediate\openin
+<var class="var">number</var>=<var class="var">filename</var></code> o <code class="code">\immediate\openout
+<var class="var">number</var>=<var class="var">filename</var></code>.
+</p>
+<p>Cierra archivos con <code class="code">\closein <var class="var">number</var></code> y <code class="code">\closeout
+<var class="var">number</var></code>.
+</p>
+<p>La forma en que LaTeX maneja los nombres de archivo varía entre las
+distribuciones e incluso puede variar entre las versiones de una
+distribución. Si el archivo no tiene una extensión entonces TeX
+agregará un <samp class="file">.tex</samp>. Esto crea <samp class="file">presidents.tex</samp>, escribe una
+línea y la cierra.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newwrite\presidentsfile
+\openout\presidentsfile=presidentes
+\write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George}
+\closeout\presidentsfile
+</pre></div>
+<p>Pero los nombres de archivo con un punto pueden causar problemas: si
+TeX encuentra un <var class="var">filename</var> de <samp class="file">presidents.dat</samp> podría
+buscar primero <samp class="file">presidents.dat.tex</samp> y posteriormente
+<samp class="file">presidents.dat</samp>, o podría hacer lo contrario. La documentación
+de su distribución debe decir más, y si encuentras algo que funcione
+para ti, entonces eres bueno, pero para asegurar una portabilidad
+completa lo mejor es utilizar nombres de archivo que contiene solo las
+veintiséis letras ASCII (no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas) y
+los diez dígitos, junto con el guión bajo y el guión, y en particular
+sin punto ni espacio.
+</p>
+<p>Para <code class="code">\openin</code>, si TeX no puede encontrar el archivo, entonces
+no da un error. Simplemente considera que la transmisión no está
+abierta (prueba esto con <code class="code">\ifeof</code>; un recurso es el comando
+<code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code>, véase <a class="pxref" href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a>). Si
+intentas usar el mismo número dos veces, LaTeX no te dará un error.
+Si intentas usar un número incorrecto y recibe un mensaje de error
+como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">! Número incorrecto (16). &lt;para leer de nuevo&gt; = l.30
+\openin16=test.jh</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cstopbreaks"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cread">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next">\telephone</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\startbreaks</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\typein</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\openin</code> y <code class="code">\openout</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entrada_002fsalida" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entrada/salida</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cstopbreaks-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.12 <code>\stopbreaks</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005cstopbreaks"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cread-1">27.2 <code class="code">\read</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cread"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo_002c-leer"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-leer-un-archivo"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\read <var class="var">number</var> to<var class="var">macro</var>
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\stopbreaks</code>
+<p>Hace que el comando <var class="var">macro</var> contenga la siguiente línea de entrada
+de texto que transmite <var class="var">number</var>, como en <code class="code">\read5 to\data</code>.
</p>
-<p>Inhibe saltos de página hasta que aparezca una instrucción
-<code>\startbreaks</code>.
+<p>Esto abre el archivo <samp class="file">email.tex</samp> para lectura, pone el contenido
+de la primera línea en el comando <code class="code">\email</code> y luego cierra el
+archivo.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newread\recipientfile
+\openin\recipientfile=email
+\read\recipientfile to\email
+\typeout{Email address: \email}
+\closein\recipientfile
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Si <var class="var">number</var> está fuera del rango de 0 a&nbsp;15 o si no hay
+archivo de ese número abierto, o si el archivo ha finalizado, entonces
+<code class="code">\read</code> tomará la entrada de la terminal (o saldrá si la
+interacción no está permitida, por ejemplo, <code class="code">\nonstopmode</code>;
+véase <a class="pxref" href="#modos-de-interacci_00f3n">modos de interacción</a>). (Sin embargo, la forma natural en
+LaTeX de tomar entradas desde la terminal es <code class="code">\typein</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctypein"><code class="code">\typein</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>Para leer un archivo completo como fuente LaTeX adicional, usa
+<code class="code">\input</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>) o <code class="code">\include</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly"><code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-datatool"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-datatool-package"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fusiones-de-correo"></a>
+<p>Una razón común para querer leer de un archivo de datos es realizar
+combinaciones de correspondencia. CTAN tiene varios paquetes para
+eso; uno es <code class="code">datatool</code>.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ctelephone"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctypein">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\stopbreaks</a>, Up: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cartas</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\read</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entrada_002fsalida" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entrada/salida</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ctelephone-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">25.13 <code>\telephone</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005ctelephone"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctypein-1">27.3 <code class="code">\typein</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctypein"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis, una de:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\typein{<var class="var">prompt-msg</var>}
+\typein[<var class="var">cmd</var>]{<var class="var">prompt-msg</var>}
+</pre></div>
-<p><code>\telephone{número}</code>
+<p>Imprime <var class="var">prompt-msg</var> en la terminal y hace que LaTeX se detenga
+y espere a que escribas una línea de entrada. Esta línea de entrada
+termina cuando presiones la tecla de retorno.
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, este
</p>
-<p>Este es su número de teléfono. Este sólo aparece si el estilo de página
-<code>firstpage</code> está seleccionado.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Mientras viva, nunca olvidaré \typein{Ingresar el nombre del
+ estudiante:}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>junto con esta interacción de la línea de comandos
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+\@typein=Aphra Behn
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>da la salida &lsquo;<samp class="samp">... nunca olvides a Aphra Behn</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>La primera versión del comando, <code class="code">\typein{<var class="var">prompt-msg</var>}</code>,
+provoca la entrada que escribiste para ser procesada como si se
+hubiera incluido en el archivo de entrada en lugar del comando
+<code class="code">\typein</code>
+</p>
+<p>En la segunda versión del comando, el argumento opcional
+<code class="code"><var class="var">cmd</var></code> debe ser un nombre de comando, es decir, debe
+comenzar con una barra invertida, \. Este nombre de comando se define
+o redefine para ser la entrada que escribiste. Por ejemplo, este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\typein[\student]{Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:}
+\typeout{Recomendación para \student .}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>da esta salida en la línea de comandos,
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+\student=John Dee
+Recomendación para John Dee.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>donde el usuario ha ingresado &lsquo;<samp class="samp">John Dee.</samp>&rsquo;
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005ctypeout">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Línea de Órdenes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cartas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cartas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\write</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\typein</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entrada_002fsalida" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entrada/salida</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal-1"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">26 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</h2>
-<a name="index-entrada_002fsalida"></a>
-<a name="index-entrada_002fsalida-desde-la-terminal"></a>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005ctypeout-1">27.4 <code class="code">\typeout</code></h3>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="1">\typein</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Lee texto desde la terminal.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="2">\typeout</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Escribe texto en la terminal.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005ctypeout"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\typeout{<var class="var">msg</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Imprime <code class="code">msg</code> en la terminal y en el archivo <code class="code">log</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Este
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
+\typeout{Recomendación para \student .}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>genera &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Recomendación para John Dee</samp>&rsquo;. Como lo que pasa aquí con
+<code class="code">\student</code>, comandos que se definen con <code class="code">\newcommand</code> o
+<code class="code">\renewcommand</code> (entre otros) se reemplazan por sus definiciones
+antes de ser impresos.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspace-2"></a>
+<p>Las reglas habituales de LaTeX para tratar múltiples espacios como
+un solo espacio e ignorar los espacios después de un nombre de comando
+se aplica a <code class="code">msg</code>. Utiliza el comando <code class="code">\space</code> para obtener
+un solo espacio, independiente de los espacios circundantes. Usa
+<code class="code">^^J</code> para obtener una nueva línea. Obtener un carácter de
+porcentaje con <code class="code">\csname @percentchar\endcsname</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Este comando puede ser útil para una depuración simple, como aquí:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newlength{\jhlength}
+\setlength{\jhlength}{5pt}
+\typeout{La longitud es \la\jhlength.}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>produce en la línea de comandos &lsquo;<samp class="samp">La longitud es 5.0pt</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cwrite">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Entrada_002fsalida" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entrada/salida</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cwrite-1">27.5 <code class="code">\write</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite"></a>
+
+<p>Sinopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\write <var class="var">number</var>{<var class="var">string</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Escribe <var class="var">string</var> en el archivo de registro, en la terminal o en un
+archivo abierto por <code class="code">\openout</code>. Por ejemplo, <code class="code">\write6</code>
+escribe en texto corriente el número&nbsp;6.
+</p>
+<p>Si aparece lo siguiente en <samp class="file"><var class="var">basefile</var>.tex</samp> entonces se abre
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">basefile</var>.jh</samp>, escribe &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hello World!</samp>&rsquo; y una nueva
+línea y cierra ese archivo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newwrite\myfile
+\immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename
+...
+\immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!}
+...
+\immediate\closeout\myfile
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewwrite"></a>
+<p>El <code class="code">\newwrite</code> asigna un número de flujo, dándole un valor de
+nombre simbólico para hacer la vida más fácil, para que
+<code class="code">stream\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile</code> produzca algo como
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">stream 3</samp>&rsquo;. Entonces <code class="code">\openout</code> asocia el número de flujo
+con el nombre de archivo dado. TeX finalmente ejecutó
+<code class="code">\write3</code> que pone la cadena en el archivo.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-de-registro_002c-escribir-en"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-terminal_002c-escribir-a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d1_002c-escribe-el-numero-de-flujo"></a>
+<p>Por lo general, <var class="var">number</var> está entre 0 y&nbsp;15, porque
+normalmente los autores de LaTeX siguen el ejemplo anterior y se
+asigna el número por el sistema. Si <var class="var">number</var> está fuera del rango
+de 0 a 15 o si no está asociado con un archivo abierto, LaTeX
+escribe <var class="var">string</var> al archivo de registro. Si <var class="var">number</var> es
+positivo entonces además LaTeX escribe <var class="var">string</var> en la terminal.
+</p>
+<p>Por lo tanto, <code class="code">test \write-1{Hello World!}</code> pone &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hello
+World!</samp>&rsquo; seguido de una nueva línea en el archivo de registro. (Esto
+es lo que dice el <code class="code">\wlog</code> el comando lo hace; véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cwlog"><code class="code">\wlog</code></a>). Y
+<code class="code">\write100{Hola Mundo!}</code> pone lo mismo en el archivo de
+registro pero también pone &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Hello World!</samp>&rsquo; seguido de una nueva
+línea en la salida del terminal. (Pero 16, 17 y 18 son especial como
+<var class="var">number</var>; ve abajo).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-LuaTeX_002c-256-flujos-de-salida-en"></a>
+<p>En LuaTeX, en lugar de 16 flujos de salida, hay 256 (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040auxout"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040mainaux"></a>
+<p>Usa <code class="code">\write\@auxout{<var class="var">string</var>}</code> para escribir en el actual
+<samp class="file">.aux</samp>, que está asociado con el archivo raíz o con el archivo de
+inclusión actual; y usa <code class="code">\write\@mainaux{<var class="var">string</var>}</code> para
+escribir en el <samp class="file">.aux</samp> principal. Estos nombres simbólicos están
+definidos por LaTeX.
+</p>
+<p>De manera predeterminada LaTeX no escribe <var class="var">string</var> a la derecha
+del arreglo correcto. Esto se debe a que, por ejemplo, puedes
+necesitar <code class="code">\write</code> para guardar el número de página actual, pero
+cuando TeX encuentra un <code class="code">\write</code> por lo general no sabe cuál
+es el número de página, ya que aún no ha hecho el salto de página.
+Entonces, usas <code class="code">\write</code> en uno de tres contextos:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\immediate\write\@auxout{<var class="var">string</var>} %1
+\write\@auxout{<var class="var">string</var>} %2
+\protected@write\@auxout{}{<var class="var">string</var>} %3
+</pre></div>
+
+<ol class="enumerate">
+<li> <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-inmediato-_005cwrite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"></a>
+Con el primero, LaTeX escribe <var class="var">string</var> en el archivo
+inmediatamente. Cualquier macro en <var class="var">string</var> está completamente
+expandida (al igual que en <code class="code">\edef</code>), por lo que para evitar la
+expansión debes usar <code class="code">\noexpand</code>, <code class="code">toks</code>, etc., excepto que
+debes usar <code class="code">#</code> en lugar de <code class="code">##</code>).
+
+</li><li> <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite-retrasada"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_00bfcual-es-el-elemento_003f"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cshipout-y-expansion"></a>
+Con el segundo, <var class="var">string</var> se almacena en la lista actual de cosas
+(como un elemento TeX &ldquo;whatsit&rdquo;) y se mantiene hasta que se envía
+la página y así mismo las macros se contraen hasta <code class="code">\shipout</code>. En
+<code class="code">\shipout</code>, <var class="var">string</var> está completamente expandido.
+
+</li><li> <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprotected_0040write"></a>
+El tercer, <code class="code">\protected@write</code>, es como el segundo excepto que
+puedes usar <code class="code">\protect</code> para evitar la expansión. El primer
+argumento extra te permite insertar localmente definiciones
+adicionales para hacer más macros protegidas o tener alguna otra
+definición especial para escribir.
+</li></ol>
+
+<p>Como ejemplo simple de expansión con <code class="code">\write</code>, <var class="var">string</var> aquí
+contiene una secuencia de control <code class="code">\triplex</code> que hemos definido
+como el texto &lsquo;<samp class="samp">XYZ</samp>&rsquo;:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newwrite\jhfile
+\openout\jhfile=test.jh
+\newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ}
+\write\jhfile{test \triplex test}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Esto da como resultado el archivo <samp class="file">test.jh</samp> que contiene el texto
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">test XYZtest</samp>&rsquo; seguido de una nueva línea.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite-transmisiones-16_002c-17_002c-18"></a>
+<p>Los casos en los que <var class="var">number</var> es 16, 17 o 18 son especiales.
+Porque el comportamiento de <code class="code">\write</code> cuando <var class="var">number</var> está
+fuera del rango de 0 a 15 descrito anteriormente, en Plain&nbsp;TeX
+<code class="code">\write16</code> y <code class="code">\write17</code> a veces se usaba para escribir en el
+archivo de registro y el terminal; sin embargo, en LaTeX, la forma
+natural de hacerlo es con <code class="code">\typeout</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctypeout"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a>). El
+comando <code class="code">\write18</code> es aún más especial; los sistemas TeX
+modernos lo usan para dar órdenes al sistema operativo
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cwrite18"><code class="code">\write18</code></a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nueva-linea_002c-en-_005cwrite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"></a>
+<p>Normalmente, <code class="code">\write</code> genera una sola línea. Puedes incluir una
+nueva línea con <code class="code">^^J</code>. Por lo tanto, esto produce dos líneas en
+el archivo de registro.:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\wlog{Las líneas paralelas tienen mucho en común.^^JPero nunca se
+encuentran.}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Un caso común donde los autores necesitan escribir su propio archivo
+es para respuestas a ejercicios, u otra situación en la que quieras
+escribir textualmente, sin expandir las macros. CTAN tiene una serie
+de paquetes para esto; uno es <code class="code">answers</code>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-y-seguridad" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\write</code> y seguridad</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\message</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\wlog</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\write18</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cwrite-y-seguridad">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\message</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwrite-y-seguridad-1">27.5.1 <code class="code">\write</code> y seguridad</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-seguridad-y-_005cwrite"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite-y-seguridad"></a>
+
+<p>La capacidad de escribir archivos plantea problemas de seguridad. Si
+compilaste un descargó el archivo LaTeX y sobrescribió su archivo
+de contraseña, entonces estarías justificadamente preocupado.
+</p>
+<p>Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, los sistemas TeX solo te
+permiten abrir archivos para escritura que están en el directorio
+actual o directorio de salida, si se especifica (véase <a class="pxref" href="#directorio-de-salida">directorio de salida</a>), o en un subdirectorio de aquellos. Entonces, este código
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newwrite\jhfile
+\openout\jhfile=../test.jh
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>da un error como:
+</p><div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">No escribir en ../test.jh (openout_any = p).
+! No puedes escribir en el archivo `../test.jh'
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-directorios-principales_002c-no-se-puede-escribir-en"></a>
+<p>Puedes obtener un error de este tipo cuando usas comandos como
+<code class="code">\include{../filename}</code> porque LaTeX intentará abrir
+<samp class="file">../filename.aux</samp>. La solución más sencilla es poner los
+archivos incluidos en el mismo directorio que el archivo raíz, o en
+subdirectorios.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ctypein"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cmessage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next">\typeout</a>, Up: <a href="#Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\wlog</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite-y-seguridad" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\write</code> y seguridad</a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ctypein_005binstruccion_005d_007bmensaje_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">26.1 <code>\typein[<var>instrucción</var>]{<var>mensaje</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005ctypein"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmessage-1">27.5.2 <code class="code">\message</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cmessage"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\typein[<var>\instrucción</var>]{<var>mensaje</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\message{<var class="var">string</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Escribe <var class="var">string</var> en el archivo de registro y en la terminal.
+</p>
+<p>Por lo general, los autores de LaTeX usan <code class="code">\typeout</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005ctypeout"><code class="code">\typeout</code></a>). Eso te permite usar <code class="code">\protect</code> en cualquier
+comando frágil en <var class="var">string</var> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>). Pero
+<code class="code">\typeout</code> siempre inserta una nueva línea al final de
+<var class="var">string</var> mientras que <code class="code">\message</code> no lo hace, por lo que este
+último puede ser útil.
+</p>
+<p>Con este cuerpo del documento de ejemplo.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">antes\message{Uno Dos}\message{Tres}\message{Cuatro^^JI}
+\message{declarar una guerra de pulgares.}Después
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>bajo algunas circunstancias (ve más abajo) LaTeX escribe lo
+siguiente para tanto la terminal como el archivo de registro.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Uno Dos Tres Cuatro
+Declaro una guerra de pulgares.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>El <code class="code">^^J</code> produce una nueva línea. Además, en el documento de
+salida, entre &lsquo;<samp class="samp">before</samp>&rsquo; y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">After</samp>&rsquo; será un solo espacio (del
+final de la línea que sigue a &lsquo;<samp class="samp">I}</samp>&rsquo;).
+</p>
+<p>Si bien <code class="code">\message</code> te permite tener más control sobre el formato,
+un inconveniente es que LaTeX puede estropear ese formato porque
+inserta saltos de línea dependiendo de lo que ya has
+escrito. Contrasta este cuerpo del documento, donde &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Two</samp>&rsquo; se ha
+movido, al que se indica arriba.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">antes de\message{Uno}\message{Dos Tres}\message{Cuatro^^JI}
+\message{declara una guerra de pulgares.}Después
</pre></div>
-<p><code>\typein</code> imprime el <var>mensaje</var> en la terminal y provoca que
-LaTeX se detenga y espere para que usted escriba una línea de
-entrada, terminando con &ldquo;Intro&rdquo;. Si se omite el argumento opcional
-<var>\instrucción</var>, la entrada escrita se procesa como si se hubiera
-incluido en el archivo de entrada en lugar de la instrucción
-<code>\typein</code>. Si está presente el argumento <var>\instrucción</var>, debe
-ser el nombre de una instrucción. Este nombre de instrucción entonces
-define o redefine la entrada escrita.
+<p>Esto puede suceder: cuando LaTeX envía los mensajes a la terminal,
+ahora el mensaje con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Uno</samp>&rsquo; es más corto y cabe al final de la
+línea de salida en la terminal, y entonces LaTeX rompe la línea
+entre él y &lsquo;<samp class="samp">Dos Tres</samp>&rsquo;. Ese salto de línea también aparece en el
+archivo de registro. Esta inserción de salto de línea puede depender,
+por ejemplo, de la longitud de los nombres completos de las rutas de
+los archivos incluidos. Por lo tanto, producir líneas de una manera
+que es portátil es difícil, probablemente requiera comenzando su
+mensaje al principio de una línea.
</p>
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005ctypeout"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cwlog">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\typein</a>, Up: <a href="#Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal" accesskey="u" rel="up">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\write18</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\message</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="g_t_005ctypeout_007bmensaje_007d"></a>
-<h3 class="section">26.2 <code>\typeout{<var>mensaje</var>}</code></h3>
-<a name="index-_005ctypeout"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwlog-1">27.5.3 <code class="code">\wlog</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwlog"></a>
<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\typeout{<var>mensaje</var>}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\wlog{<var class="var">string</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>Imprime el <code>mensaje</code> en la terminal y en el archivo <code>log</code>.
-Las instrucciones en el <code>mensaje</code> que están definidas con
-<code>\newcommand</code> o <code>\renewcommand</code> (entre otras) se sustituyen
-por su definición antes de ser impresas.
+<p>Escribe <var class="var">string</var> en el archivo de registro.
</p>
-<p>Las reglas habituales de LaTeX para el tratamiento de varios espacios
-como un espacio único e ignorando espacios después de un nombre de
-instrucción también se aplican al <code>mensaje</code>. Una instrucción
-<code>\space</code> en <code>mensaje</code> provoca la impresión de un espació
-sencillo, independientemente de los espacios circundantes. Una
-<code>^^J</code> en <code>mensaje</code> imprime una nueva línea.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\wlog{¿Escuchaste sobre el matemático que odia los negativos?}
+\wlog{No se detendrá ante nada para evitarlo.}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Por lo general, <var class="var">string</var> aparece en una sola línea separada. Usa
+<code class="code">^^J</code> para insertar una nueva línea.
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\wlog{Helvetica y Times Roman entran a un bar.}
+\wlog{El barman dice,^^JNo servimos tu tipo.}
+</pre></div>
+
<hr>
-<a name="L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cwrite18">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Plantillas-de-Documento" accesskey="n" rel="next">Plantillas de Documento</a>, Previous: <a href="#Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\wlog</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\write</code></a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Linea-de-Ordenes"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">27 Línea de Órdenes</h2>
-<a name="index-linea-de-ordenes"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwrite18-1">27.5.4 <code class="code">\write18</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite18"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-externos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos_002c-ejecutar-desde-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-comandos-del-sistema_002c-ejecutar-desde-LaTeX"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acceso-de-shell"></a>
-<p>La especificación de archivo de entrada indica el archivo al cual
-aplicar formato; TeX usa <samp>.tex</samp> como extensión predeterminada.
-Si se omite el archivo de entrada completamente, TeX acepta entrada
-desde la terminal. Usted especifica opciones de instrucción mediante el
-suministro de una cadena como un parámetro para la instrucción; por
-ejemplo,
+<p>Sinopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\write18{<var class="var">shell_command</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>debe procesar <samp>foo.tex</samp> sin hacer una pausa después de cada error.
+<p>Emite un comando al shell del sistema operativo. El sistema operativo
+ejecuta el comando y la ejecución de LaTeX se bloquea hasta que
+acabe.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Asymptote-package-3"></a>
+
+<p>Esta secuencia (en Unix)
</p>
-<a name="index-_002a-apuntador"></a>
-<a name="index-apuntador_002c-_002a"></a>
-<a name="index-_005cstop"></a>
-<p>Si LaTeX se detiene en medio del documento y le muestra un indicador
-&lsquo;<samp>*</samp>&rsquo;, está esperando por una entrada. Usted puede escribir
-<code>\stop</code> (e Intro) y este terminará el documento prematuramente.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\newcommand{\fignum}{1}
+\immediate\write18{cd pix &amp;&amp; asy figure\fignum}
+\includegraphics{pix/figure\fignum.pdf}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>ejecutará Asymptote (el programa <code class="code">asy</code>) en
+<samp class="file">pix/figure1.asy</samp>, para que luego el documento se pueda leer en
+el gráfico resultante (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>). Como cualquier
+<code class="code">\write</code>, aquí LaTeX expande macros en <var class="var">shell_command</var>
+para que <code class="code">\fignum</code> sea reemplazado por &lsquo;<samp class="samp">1</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<p>Otro ejemplo es que puedes ejecutar automáticamente BibTeX al
+inicio de cada ejecución de LaTeX (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a>) incluyendo
+<code class="code">\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}</code> como la primera línea
+del archivo. Ten en cuenta que <code class="code">\jobname</code> se expande al nombre
+base del archivo raíz a menos que se pase la opción <code class="code">--jobname</code>
+en la línea de comandos, en cuyo caso este es el argumento de la
+opción.
+</p>
+<p>A veces es necesario realizar un proceso de varios pasos para obtener
+la información de eso que quieres. Esto insertará en la entrada una
+lista de todos los archivos PDF en el directorio actual (pero ve
+<code class="code">texosquery</code> a continuación):
</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf &gt; tmp.dat}
+\input{tmp.dat}
+</pre></div>
+<p>El comportamiento estándar de cualquier <code class="code">\write</code> es esperar hasta
+que una página sea enviada antes de expandir las macros o escribir en
+la secuencia (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cwrite"><code class="code">\write</code></a>). Pero a veces quieres que se haga ahora.
+Para esto, usa <code class="code">\immediate\write18{<var class="var">shell_command</var>}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Hay problemas de seguridad obvios al permitir comandos del sistema
+dentro un archivo LaTeX. Si descargas un archivo de la red y
+contiene comandos para eliminar todos sus archivos, entonces no
+estarías satisfecho. La configuración estándar en las distribuciones
+modernas desactiva el acceso completo al intérprete de comandos. Lo
+puedes activar, si estás seguro de que los comandos del intérprete son
+seguros, compilando con <code class="code">latex --enable-write18 <var class="var">filename</var></code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a>). (La opción
+<code class="code">--shell-escape</code> es un sinónimo, en TeX Live).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-acceso-restringido-al-interprete"></a>
+<p>En lugar del acceso completo al intérprete, las distribuciones
+modernas por omisión una versión restringida que permite que funcionen
+algunos comandos, como los que ejecuta Metafont para generar fuentes
+que faltan, incluso si no usa la opción <code class="code">enable-write18</code>. De
+manera predeterminada esta lista de commands permitidos es corto y
+presenta solo los comandos que están bajo el control de los
+mantenedores de la distribución (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002fbin_002fsh_002c-usado-por-_005cwrite18"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sh_002c-usado-por-_005cwrite18"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-cmd_002eexe_002c-usado-por-_005cwrite18"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-SHELL_002c-variables-de-entorno"></a>
+<p>El texto <var class="var">shell_command</var> siempre se pasa a <samp class="file">/bin/sh</samp> en
+sistemas operativos similares a Unix y el intérprete de comandos de
+DOS <samp class="file">cmd.exe</samp> en Windows. Cualquier intérprete diferente
+establecido por el usuario, y la variable de entorno <code class="code">SHELL</code> se
+ignora.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-texosquery"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texosquery-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-informacion-del-sistema"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Informacion-del-sistema-operativo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Informacion-de-la-configuracion-regional_002c-del-sistema"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Listados-de-directorio_002c-del-sistema"></a>
+<p>Si lo que necesitas es información del sistema, como el nombre del
+sistema operativo, información local o contenido del directorio, echa
+un vistazo al paquete <code class="code">texosquery</code>, que proporciona una forma
+de interfaz cómoda y segura para esto, a diferencia de los ejemplos
+anteriores que usan el <code class="code">\write18</code> simple <code class="code">\write18</code>:
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery">https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</a>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-shellesc"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-shellesc-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cShellEscape"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"></a>
+<p>LaTeX proporciona un paquete <code class="code">shellesc</code> encima del comando
+primitivo <code class="code">\write18</code>. Su propósito principal es proporcionar un
+comando <code class="code">\ShellEscape</code> que funciona de manera idéntica en todos
+los motores TeX; LuaTeX intencionalmente no retuvo
+<code class="code">\write18</code> como una forma de invocar un comando del intérprete,
+por lo que se necesita algún código específico del motor. El paquete
+<code class="code">shellesc</code> también proporciona un comando
+<code class="code">\DelayedShellEscape</code>, ejecutado a la hora de <code class="code">\output</code>, por
+la misma razón.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Plantillas-de-Documento"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#License-translation" accesskey="n" rel="next">License translation</a>, Previous: <a href="#L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Línea de Órdenes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Plantillas-de-documentos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Plantillas de documentos</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Entrada_002fsalida" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Entrada/salida</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Plantillas-de-Documento-1"></a>
-<h2 class="appendix">Appendix A Plantillas de Documento</h2>
-<a name="index-plantillas-de-documentos"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Interfaz-de-linea-de-comandos">28 Interfaz de línea de comandos</h2>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="L_00ednea-de-comandos"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-interfaz-de-linea-de-comando"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-interfaz_002c-linea-de-comandos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002aCLI_002a"></a>
-<p>Aunque no es material de referencia, tal vez estas plantillas de
-documento serán de utilidad.
+<p>Sinopsis (desde una línea de comandos de terminal):
</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Plantilla-book" accesskey="1">Plantilla book</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Plantilla-beamer" accesskey="2">Plantilla beamer</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Plantilla-tugboat" accesskey="3">Plantilla tugboat</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex <var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">argument</var>
+</pre></div>
+<p>Ejecuta LaTeX en <var class="var">argument</var>. En lugar de <code class="command">pdflatex</code>
+también puedes usar (para salida PDF) <code class="command">xelatex</code> o
+<code class="code">lualatex</code>, o (para salida DVI) <code class="code">latex</code> o
+<code class="code">dvilualatex</code>, entre otros (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, esto ejecutará LaTeX en el archivo <samp class="file">thesis.tex</samp>,
+creando la salida <samp class="file">thesis.pdf</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex thesis
+</pre></div>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002etex_002c-extension-predeterminada"></a>
+<p>Ten en cuenta que <samp class="file">.tex</samp> es la extensión del nombre de archivo
+predeterminada.
+</p>
+<p>pdfTeX es una extensión del programa TeX original, al igual que
+XeTeX y LuaTeX (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>). Los dos primeros son
+completamente retrocompatibles y el segundo, casi. Quizás la nueva
+característica más fundamental para los tres es que el TeX original
+produce su propio formato DVI, mientras que los más nuevos pueden
+salir directamente a PDF. Esto les permite aprovechar las funciones
+adicionales en PDF como hipervínculos, compatibilidad con formatos de
+imagen modernos como JPG y PNG y programas de visualización
+omnipresentes. En resumen, si corres <code class="command">pdflatex</code> o
+<code class="command">xelatex</code> o <code class="command">lualatex</code> entonces obtendrás PDF de forma
+predeterminada y tendrás acceso a todas sus modernas características.
+Si ejecutas <code class="command">latex</code> o <code class="command">dvilualatex</code>, obtendrás DVI.
+La descripción aquí asume <code class="command">pdflatex</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Véase <a class="xref" href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a>, para una selección de las más
+útiles opciones de la línea de comandos. En cuanto a <var class="var">argument</var>,
+el caso habitual es que no comienza con una barra invertida, por lo
+que el sistema lo toma como el nombre de un archivo y compila ese
+archivo. Si <var class="var">argument</var> comienza con una barra invertida, el
+sistema lo interpretará como una línea de entrada LaTeX, que se
+puede utilizar para efectos especiales (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Si no proporcionaste argumentos ni opciones, <code class="command">pdflatex</code>
+solicita entrada desde la terminal. Puedes escapar de esto ingresando
+<kbd class="kbd">CTRL-D</kbd>.
+</p>
+<p>Si LaTeX encuentra un error en tu documento, de manera
+predeterminada se detiene y te pregunta al respecto.
+Véase <a class="xref" href="#Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores">Recuperación de errores</a>, para obtener un resumen de qué hacer.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="1">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="2">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo" accesskey="3">Nombre del trabajo</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores" accesskey="4">Recuperación de errores</a></li>
+</ul>
<hr>
-<a name="Plantilla-book"></a>
-<div class="header">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Plantilla-beamer" accesskey="n" rel="next">Plantilla beamer</a>, Up: <a href="#Plantillas-de-Documento" accesskey="u" rel="up">Plantillas de Documento</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="n" rel="next">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Plantilla-book-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">A.1 Plantilla <code>book</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Opciones-de-la-linea-de-comandos">28.1 Opciones de la línea de comandos</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-opciones_002c-linea-de-comandos"></a>
+
+<p>Estas son las opciones de la línea de comandos relevantes para la
+autoría de documentos ordinarios. Para obtener una lista completa,
+intenta ejecutar &lsquo;<samp class="samp">latex --help</samp>&rsquo; desde la línea de comandos.
+</p>
+<p>Con muchas implementaciones puedes especificar opciones de la línea de
+comandos prefijándolos con &lsquo;<samp class="samp">-</samp>&rsquo; o &lsquo;<samp class="samp">--</samp>&rsquo;. ESTE es el caso de
+ambos TeX Live (incluyendo MacTeX) y MiKTeX. Usaremos ambas
+convenciones indistintamente. Si una opción toma un valor, se puede
+especificar ya sea como un argumento separado (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">--foo val</samp>&rsquo;), o
+como un argumento con un signo &lsquo;<samp class="samp">=</samp>&rsquo; (&lsquo;<samp class="samp">--foo=val</samp>&rsquo;), pero no
+puede haber espacios alrededor de &lsquo;<samp class="samp">=</samp>&rsquo;. Generalmente usaremos la
+sintaxis &lsquo;<samp class="samp">=</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">-version</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Muestra la versión actual, como &lsquo;<samp class="samp">pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16
+(TeX Live 2015/Debian)</samp>&rsquo; junto con una pequeña cantidad de información
+adicional, y sale.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">-help</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Proporciona un breve mensaje de uso que sea útil como aviso y sale.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="modos-de-interacci_00f3n"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-batchmode'><span><code class="code">-interaction=<var class="var">mode</var></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-batchmode'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-scrollmode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-errorstopmode"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nonstopmode"></a>
+<p>TeX compila un documento en uno de cuatro modos de interacción:
+<code class="code">batchmode</code>, <code class="code">nonstopmode</code>, <code class="code">scrollmode</code>,
+<code class="code">errorstopmode</code>. En <em class="dfn">errorstopmode</em> (el predeterminado),
+TeX se detiene en cada error y solicita la intervención del
+usuario. En <em class="dfn">modo por lotes</em> no imprime nada en la terminal, los
+errores se desplazan como si el usuario presionara <kbd class="kbd">RETURN</kbd> en
+cada error, y los archivos que faltan hacen que se aborte el
+trabajo. En <em class="dfn">nonstopmode</em>, aparece un mensaje de diagnóstico en la
+terminal pero como en el modo por lotes, no hay interacción del
+usuario. En <em class="dfn">scrollmode</em>, TeX se detiene por falta de archivos
+o entrada del teclado, pero nada más.
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, iniciar LaTeX con esta línea de comandos
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex -interaction=batchmode <var class="var">filename</var>
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{book}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Book}
-\author{Autor Alex}
+<p>elimina la mayor parte de la salida de la terminal.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nombre-de-trabajo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nombre-de-archivo-para-el-trabajo-actual"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">-jobname=<var class="var">string</var></code></dt>
+<dd><p>Establece el valor de <em class="dfn">jobname</em> de TeX en la cadena. El
+archivo de registro y el archivo de salida entonces se llamará
+<samp class="file"><var class="var">string</var>.log</samp> y <samp class="file"><var class="var">string</var>.pdf</samp>. véase <a class="pxref" href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a>.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="directorio-de-salida"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Directorio-de-salida-para-todos-los-archivos-externos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">-output-directory=<var class="var">directory</var></code></dt>
+<dd><p>Escribe archivos en el directorio <var class="var">directory</var>. Ya debe existir.
+Esto se aplica a todos los archivos externos creados por TeX o
+LaTeX, como el archivo <samp class="file">.log</samp> para la ejecución, el
+<samp class="file">.aux</samp>, <samp class="file">.toc</samp>, etc., archivos creados por LaTeX, así
+como el principal archivo de salida <samp class="file">.pdf</samp> o <samp class="file">.dvi</samp> en sí
+mismo.
+</p>
+<p>Cuando se especifica, el directorio de salida <var class="var">directory</var> además
+primero se verifica automáticamente cualquier archivo que se ingrese,
+de modo que los archivos externos se pueden volver a leer, si se
+desea. El verdadero directorio actual (en el que se ejecutó LaTeX)
+permanece sin cambios, y también se comprobaron los archivos de
+entrada.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-escape-del-interprete"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cwrite18_002c-habilitar"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">--enable-write18</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">--disable-write18</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">--shell-escape</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">--no-shell-escape</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Habilita o deshabilita <code class="code">\write18{<var class="var">shell_command</var>}</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cwrite18"><code class="code">\write18</code></a>). Las dos primeras opciones son compatibles con
+ambos TeX Live y MiKTeX, mientras que las dos segundas son
+sinónimos compatibles por TeX Live.
+</p>
+<p>Habilitar esta funcionalidad tiene importantes implicaciones de
+seguridad, ya que permite que un archivo LaTeX ejecute cualquier
+comando. Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, no se permite
+<code class="code">\write18</code> sin restricciones. (El valor predeterminado para
+TeX Live, MacTeX y MiKTeX es permitir la ejecución de un
+número limitado de programas relacionados con TeX, que ellos
+distribuyen).
+</p>
+<p>Por ejemplo, si invocas a LaTeX con la opción
+<code class="code">no-shell-escape</code>, y en tu documento llamas a <code class="code">\write18{ls
+-l}</code>, entonces no obtienes un error pero el archivo de registro dice
+&lsquo;<samp class="samp">runsystem(ls -l)...deshabilitado</samp>&rsquo;.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">-halt-on-error</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Detiene el procesamiento en el primer error.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">-file-line-error</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">-no-file-line-error</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Habilita o deshabilita
+<code class="code"><var class="var">filename</var>:<var class="var">lineno</var>:<var class="var">error</var></code>-style error de
+mensajes. Estos solo están disponibles con TeX Live o MacTeX.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\chapter{Primero}
-Algún texto.
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo" accesskey="n" rel="next">Nombre del trabajo</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Entrada-de-la-linea-de-comandos">28.2 Entrada de la línea de comandos</h3>
-\chapter{Segundo}
-Algún otro texto.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Entrada_002c-en-la-linea-de-comando"></a>
-\section{Un subtema}
-El final.
+<p>Como parte de la invocación de la línea de comandos
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">latex-engine</var> <var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">argument</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>puedes especificar una entrada LaTeX arbitraria comenzando
+<var class="var">argument</var> con una barra invertida. (Todos los motores admiten
+esto). Este te permite hacer algunos efectos especiales.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-4"></a>
+<p>Por ejemplo, este archivo (que usa el paquete
+<code class="code">hyperref</code> para hipervínculos) puede producir dos tipos de
+salida, una para leer en papel físico y otra para leer en línea.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ifdefined\paperversion % en el preámbulo
+\newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
+\else
+\newcommand{\urlcolor}{blue}
+\fi
+\usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=\urlcolor]{hyperref}
+ ...
+\href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN} % en el cuerpo
+ ...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Compilar este documento <samp class="file">book.tex</samp> con la línea de comandos
+<code class="code">pdflatex book</code> dará el enlace &lsquo;<samp class="samp">CTAN</samp>&rsquo; en azul. Pero
+compilarlo con
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex&quot;
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>tiene el enlace en negro. Usamos comillas dobles para evitar
+interpretación de los símbolos por el intérprete de la línea de
+comandos. (Este normalmente funciona en sistemas Unix y Windows, pero
+hay muchas peculiaridades de las comillas del intérprete, así que lee
+la documentación de tu sistema si necesitas).
+</p>
+<p>De manera similar, desde el único archivo <samp class="file">main.tex</samp> puedes
+compilar dos versiones diferentes.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex -jobname=students &quot;\def\student{}\input{main}&quot;
+pdflatex -jobname=teachers &quot;\def\teachers{}\input{main}&quot;
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>La opción <code class="code">jobname</code> está ahí porque, de lo contrario, ambos
+archivos estarían llamando a <samp class="file">main.pdf</samp> y el segundo
+sobrescribiría el primero. (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a>).
+</p>
+<p>En este ejemplo usamos la línea de comando para seleccionar qué partes
+de un documento incluir. Para un libro llamado <samp class="file">mybook.tex</samp> y
+estructurado como esto.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass{book}
+\begin{document}
+ ...
+\include{chap1}
+\include{chap2}
+ ...
\end{document}
-</pre>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>la línea de comandos
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex &quot;\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}&quot;
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>dará salida que tiene el primer capítulo pero ningún otro
+capítulo. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Nombre-del-trabajo">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores" accesskey="n" rel="next">Recuperación de errores</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Nombre-del-trabajo-1">28.3 Nombre del trabajo</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cjobname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nombre-de-trabajo-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nombre-del-documento-raiz"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-nombre-del-documento-raiz-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-raiz-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-archivo-raiz-2"></a>
+
+<p>Ejecutar LaTeX crea una serie de archivos, incluido el PDF
+principal (o salida DVI), pero también incluye otros. Estos archivos
+se nombran con el así llamado <em class="dfn">jobname</em>. El caso más común es
+también el más simple, donde, por ejemplo, el comando <code class="code">pdflatex
+thesis</code> crea <code class="code">thesis.pdf</code> y también <code class="code">thesis.log</code> y
+<code class="code">thesis.aux</code>. Aquí el nombre del trabajo es <code class="code">thesis</code>.
+</p>
+<p>En general, LaTeX se invoca como <code class="code"><var class="var">latex-engine</var>
+<var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">argument</var></code>, donde <var class="var">latex-engine</var> es el
+<code class="command">pdflatex</code>, <code class="command">lualatex</code>, etc. (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a>). Si <var class="var">argument</var> no comienza con una barra invertida, como
+es el caso anterior con <code class="code">thesis</code>, entonces TeX considera que
+es el nombre del archivo para ingresar como el documento
+principal. Este archivo se denomina <em class="dfn">root file</em> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a>, y&nbsp;<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>). El nombre de ese archivo raíz, sin la
+extensión <samp class="file">.tex</samp> si la hay, es el nombre del trabajo. Si
+<var class="var">argument</var> comienza con una barra invertida, o si TeX está en
+modo interactivo, entonces espera el primer comando <code class="code">\input</code>, y
+el nombre del trabajo es el argumento de <code class="code">\input</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Hay dos posibilidades más para el nombre del trabajo. Se puede
+especificar directamente con la opción <code class="code">-jobname</code>, como en
+<code class="code">pdflatex -jobname=myname</code> (véase <a class="pxref" href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a> para un ejemplo real).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texput_002c-jobname-predefinido"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fallback-jobname"></a>
+<p>La posibilidad final es <samp class="file">texput</samp>, que es la última alternativa
+predeterminada si no hay otro nombre disponible para TeX. Es
+decir, si no se especificó la opción <code class="code">-jobname</code> y la compilación
+se detiene antes de cualquier archivo de entrada, entonces el archivo
+de registro se llamará <samp class="file">texput.log</samp>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-y-texput-jobname"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cRequirePackage-y-textput-jobname"></a>
+<p>Un caso especial de esto es que en las versiones de LaTeX de
+(aproximadamente) 2020 o posterior, el nombre del trabajo también es
+<samp class="file">texput</samp> si el primer <code class="code">\input</code> ocurre como resultado de ser
+llamado por <code class="code">\documentclass</code> o <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code>. Así que
+esto producirá un archivo llamado <samp class="file">texput.pdf</samp>:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex
+&quot;\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}&quot;
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Sin embargo, este caso especial solo se aplica a esos dos comandos.
+Así, con
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">pdflatex
+&quot;\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}&quot;
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>el archivo de salida es <samp class="file">lipsum.pdf</samp>, ya que <code class="code">\usepackage</code>
+llama a <code class="code">\input</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cjobname-1"></a>
+<p>Dentro del documento, la macro <code class="code">\jobname</code> se expande al nombre
+del trabajo. (Cuando ejecutas LaTeX en un archivo cuyo nombre
+contiene espacios, la cadena devuelta por <code class="code">\jobname</code> contiene
+comillas de inicio y final coincidentes). En la expansión de esa
+macro, todos los caracteres son de catcode&nbsp;12 (otro) excepto que
+los espacios son category&nbsp;10, incluyendo letras que normalmente
+son catcode&nbsp;11.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-de-xstring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xstring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-xstring-package"></a>
+
+<p>Debido a esta situación de catcode, usar el nombre del trabajo en un
+condicional se puede volver complicado. Una solución es usar la macro
+<code class="code">\IfBeginWith</code> del paquete <samp class="file">xstring</samp> en su variante
+estrella, que es insensible a catcode. Por ejemplo, en el siguiente
+texto la nota a pie de página &ldquo;Incluyendo Respublica Bananensis
+Francorum.&rdquo; solo está presente si el nombre de la tarea comienza
+con <samp class="file">mi-doc</samp>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Si una democracia es solo un régimen donde los ciudadanos votan
+entonces todas las repúblicas bananeras
+\IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% {\footnote{Incluyendo
+Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} son democracias.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Manipular el valor de <code class="code">\jobname</code> dentro de un documento no camba
+el nombre del archivo de salida o el archivo de registro.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Nombre del trabajo</a>, Subir: <a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Recuperacion-de-errores">28.4 Recuperación de errores</h3>
+
+<p>Si LaTeX encuentra un error en tu documento, entonces te da un
+mensaje de error y te muestra un signo de interrogación, <code class="code">?</code>.
+Por ejemplo, ejecutando LaTeX en este archivo
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
+El problema de \PN{} es de un millón de dólares.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>hace que muestre esto y espere la entrada.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">! Secuencia de control Indefinida.
+l.5 El problema
+ \PN{} es uno de un millón de dólares.
+?
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Lo más sencillo es ingresar <kbd class="kbd">x</kbd> y <kbd class="kbd">RETURN</kbd> y arreglar el error
+de tipografía. En su lugar, podrías ingresar <kbd class="kbd">?</kbd> y <kbd class="kbd">RETURN</kbd>
+para ver otros opciones.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a-prompt"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-prompt_002c-_002a"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cstop"></a>
+<p>Hay otros dos escenarios de error. El primero es que te olvidaste
+incluir el <code class="code">\end{document}</code> o lo escribiste mal. En este caso
+LaTeX te da un &lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo; indicador. Puedes volver a la línea de
+comandos escribiendo <kbd class="kbd">\stop</kbd> y <kbd class="kbd">RETURN</kbd>; este comando mejora
+la salida de LaTeX inmediatamente, sea cual sea el estado en el que
+se encuentre.
+</p>
+<p>El último escenario es que escribiste mal el nombre del archivo. Por
+ejemplo, en lugar de <code class="code">pdflatex test</code> puedes escribir
+<code class="code">pdflatex tste</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">! No puedo encontrar el archivo `tste'.
+&lt;*&gt; tste
+
+(Presiona Enter para volver a intentarlo o Control-D para
+salir). Escribe otro nombre de archivo de entrada:
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Lo más simple es ingresar <kbd class="kbd">CTRL d</kbd> (manteniendo presionadas las
+teclas control y flecha abajo al mismo tiempo), y luego vuelve a
+escribir la línea de comandos correcta.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Plantilla-beamer"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="appendix-level-extent" id="Plantillas-de-documentos">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Plantilla-tugboat" accesskey="n" rel="next">Plantilla tugboat</a>, Previous: <a href="#Plantilla-book" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Plantilla book</a>, Up: <a href="#Plantillas-de-Documento" accesskey="u" rel="up">Plantillas de Documento</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#g_t_00cdndice" accesskey="n" rel="next">Índice</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Plantilla-beamer-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">A.2 Plantilla <code>beamer</code></h3>
+<h2 class="appendix" id="Plantillas-de-documentos-1">Apéndice A Plantillas de documentos</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-plantillas-de-documentos"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-plantillas_002c-documento"></a>
-<p>La clase <code>beamer</code> crea diapositivas de presentaciones.
+<p>Aunque son material ilustrativo, quizás estas plantillas de documentos
+sean útiles. Los recursos de plantillas adicionales se enumeran en
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Plantilla-beamer" accesskey="1">Plantilla <code class="code">beamer</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Plantilla-de-art_00edculo" accesskey="2">Plantilla <code class="code">article</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Plantilla-de-libro" accesskey="3">Plantilla <code class="code">book</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger" accesskey="4">Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Plantilla-beamer">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Plantilla-de-art_00edculo" accesskey="n" rel="next">Plantilla <code class="code">article</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Plantillas-de-documentos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Plantillas de documentos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Plantilla-beamer-1">A.1 Plantilla <code class="code">beamer</code></h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-beamer-plantilla-y-clase"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-plantilla_002c-beamer"></a>
+
+<p>La clase <code class="code">beamer</code> crea diapositivas de presentación. Tiene
+una vasta variedad de características, pero aquí hay una plantilla
+básica:
</p>
<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{beamer}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Beamer}
+\title{Plantilla de clase Beamer}
\author{Autor Alex}
-\date{Julio 31, 2010}
+\date{31 de julio de 2020}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
-% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} provoca errores misteriosos.
+% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} obtiene misteriosos
+% errores.
\begin{frame}[fragile]
- \frametitle{Primer Diapositiva}
+ \frametitle{Primer diapositiva}
\begin{verbatim}
- ¡Esto está en \verbatim!
+ Este es \verbatim!
\end{verbatim}
\end{frame}
\end{document}
-
</pre>
+<p>El paquete Beamer en CTAN: <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>.
+</p>
<hr>
-<a name="Plantilla-tugboat"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Plantilla-de-art_00edculo">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Plantilla-beamer" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Plantilla beamer</a>, Up: <a href="#Plantillas-de-Documento" accesskey="u" rel="up">Plantillas de Documento</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Plantilla-de-libro" accesskey="n" rel="next">Plantilla <code class="code">book</code></a>, Anterior: <a href="#Plantilla-beamer" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Plantilla <code class="code">beamer</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Plantillas-de-documentos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Plantillas de documentos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Plantilla-tugboat-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">A.3 Plantilla <code>tugboat</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Plantilla-article">A.2 Plantilla <code class="code">article</code></h3>
-<p><cite>TUGboat</cite> es el diario del Grupo de Usuarios de TeX,
-<a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat">http://tug.org/TUGboat</a>.
-</p>
-<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{ltugboat} % para procedimientos ltugproc
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-plantilla-_0028simple_0029_002c-article"></a>
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
- urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
-\else
- \usepackage{url}
-\fi
+<p>Una plantilla simple para un artículo.
+</p>
+<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{article}
+\title{Plantilla de clase article}
+\author{Autor Alex}
\begin{document}
-
-\title{Ejemplo de Articulo Regular \TUB\}
-
-% repetir información para cada autor.
-\author{First Last}
-\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
-\netaddress{user (at) ejemplo dot org}
-\personalURL{http://ejemplo.org/~user/}
-
\maketitle
-% El resumen en ltugboat viene después de \maketitle.
-\begin{abstract}
-Este es un ejemplo del tema de un artículo \TUB{} ordinario.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\section{Introducción}
+\section{Primera sección}
+Algún texto.
-Este es un artículo de ejemplo para \TUB, de
-\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
+\subsection{Primera sección, primera subsección}
+Texto adicional.
-Recomendamos el paquete graphicx para inclusión de imágenes y el
-paquete hyperref para urls activas (en la salida \acro{PDF}). \TUB\ se
-produce utilizando archivos \acro{PDF} exclusivamente, en la actualidad.
+\section{Segunda sección}
+Algo más de texto.
-Las clases \texttt{ltug*} proporcionan estas abreviaturas, entre muchas
-otras:
+\end{document}
+</pre>
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
-\BibTeX \CandT \CTAN \DTD \DVItoVDU \HTML
-\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \JoT \LAMSTeX \LaTeXe
-\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \pcMF \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas
-\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
-\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG
-\tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \VorTeX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
-
-\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
-\careof \thinskip
-
-\acro{FRED} -&gt; {\sc fred} % ¡Por favor úselas!
-\cs{fred} -&gt; \fred
-\env{fred} -&gt; \begin{fred}
-\meta{fred} -&gt; &lt;fred&gt;
-\nth{n} -&gt; 1st, 2nd, ...
-\sfrac{3/4} -&gt; 3/4
-\booktitle{Libro de Fred}
-\end{verbatim}
-}
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Plantilla-de-libro">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Siguiente: <a href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger" accesskey="n" rel="next">Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a>, Anterior: <a href="#Plantilla-de-art_00edculo" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Plantilla <code class="code">article</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Plantillas-de-documentos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Plantillas de documentos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Plantilla-book">A.3 Plantilla <code class="code">book</code></h3>
-Para mayor información, consulte el documento en ltubguid:
-\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-plantilla_002c-book"></a>
-Correo electrónico \verb|tugboat@tug.org| si incurre en problemas o tiene
-dudas.
+<p>Esta es una plantilla sencilla para un libro. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</a>, para una más elaborada.
+</p>
+<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{book}
+\title{Plantilla de clase book}
+\autor{Autor Alex}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\chapter{Primero}
+Algún texto.
-\bibliographystyle{plain} % recomendamos el estilo de bibliografía plain
-\nocite{book-minimal} % solo hace que la bibliografía no esté vacía
-\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib viene con BibTeX
+\chapter{Segundo}
+Algún otro texto.
+\section{Un subtema}
+Fin.
-\makesignature % no en ltugproc
\end{document}
</pre>
+
<hr>
-<a name="License-translation"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Plantillas-de-Documento" accesskey="n" rel="next">Plantillas de Documento</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Índice de Conceptos</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Plantilla-de-libro" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Plantilla <code class="code">book</code></a>, Subir: <a href="#Plantillas-de-documentos" accesskey="u" rel="up">Plantillas de documentos</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Traduccion-de-la-licencia"></a>
-<h2 class="appendix">Appendix B Traducción de la licencia</h2>
+<h3 class="section" id="Plantilla-de-book-larger">A.4 Plantilla de <code class="code">book</code> larger</h3>
-<p>La traducción que sigue es dada únicamente como informaciòn, y no
-reemplaza el texto en inglés dado al principio de este documento.
-</p>
-<p>Se concede permiso para hacer y distribuir copias literales de este
-manual siempre que el aviso de copyright y esta nota de permiso se
-conserven en todas las copias.
-</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-plantilla_002c-book-1"></a>
-<p>Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
-este manual bajo las condiciones para una copia literal, a condición de
-que todo el trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los términos
-de una nota de permiso idéntica a ésta.
+<p>Esta es una plantilla algo elaborada para un libro. Véase <a class="xref" href="#Plantilla-de-libro">Plantilla <code class="code">book</code></a>, por una más sencilla.
</p>
-<p>Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este manual
-a otro idioma, con las condiciones anteriores para versiones
-modificadas.
+<p>Esta plantilla usa <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code> y
+<code class="code">\backmatter</code> para controlar la tipografía de las tres áreas
+principales de un libro (véase <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>). El libro tiene una bibliografía y un índice.
</p>
+<p>También es notable que usa <code class="code">\include</code> e <code class="code">\includeonly</code>
+(véase <a class="pxref" href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a>). Mientras trabajas en un capítulo,
+puedes comentar todas las demás entradas del capítulo desde el
+argumento hasta <code class="code">\includeonly</code>. Eso acelerará la compilación sin
+perder cualquier información como referencias cruzadas. (Material que
+no necesita entrar en una nueva página se introduce con <code class="code">\input</code>
+en lugar de <code class="code">\include</code>. No obtienes el beneficio de referencia
+cruzada con <code class="code">\input</code>).
+</p>
+<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
+\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
+
+\title{Plantilla de la clase book}
+\author{Autor Alex}
+
+\includeonly{%
+% frontcover,
+ preface,
+ chap1,
+% appenA,
+ }
+
+\begin{document}
+\frontmatter
+\include{frontcover}
+ % tal vez comentar mientras se redacta:
+\maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright}
+\tableofcontents
+\include{preface}
+
+\mainmatter
+\include{chap1}
+...
+\appendix
+\include{appenA}
+...
+
+\backmatter
+\bibliographystyle{apalike}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography}
+\bibliography
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\printindex
+
+\include{backcover}
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+
<hr>
-<a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos"></a>
-<div class="header">
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="unnumbered-level-extent" id="g_t_00cdndice">
+<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones" accesskey="n" rel="next">Índice de Instrucciones</a>, Previous: <a href="#License-translation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">License translation</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Anterior: <a href="#Plantillas-de-documentos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Plantillas de documentos</a>, Subir: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Índice general" rel="contents">Índice general</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice" title="Índice" rel="index">Índice</a>]</p>
</div>
-<a name="Indice-de-Conceptos"></a>
-<h2 class="unnumbered">Índice de Conceptos</h2>
+<h2 class="unnumbered" id="Indice">Índice</h2>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-1"><b>*</b></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_00edndice-de-comandos"></a>
+<div class="printindex cp-printindex">
+<table class="cp-letters-header-printindex"><tr><th>Saltar a: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-2"><b>&amp;</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-3"><b>*</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-4"><b>-</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-5"><b>.</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-6"><b>/</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-7"><b>1</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-8"><b>:</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-9"><b>[</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-10"><b>\</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-11"><b>^</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-2"><b>\</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-12"><b>_</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-3"><b>`</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-13"><b>{</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-14"><b>~</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-15"><b>¿</b></a>
&nbsp;
<br>
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-B"><b>B</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-B"><b>B</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-G"><b>G</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-G"><b>G</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-H"><b>H</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-H"><b>H</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-J"><b>J</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-J"><b>J</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-K"><b>K</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-K"><b>K</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-N"><b>N</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-N"><b>N</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-Q"><b>Q</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-R"><b>R</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-R"><b>R</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-S"><b>S</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-S"><b>S</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-U"><b>U</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-U"><b>U</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-X"><b>X</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-W"><b>W</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-É"><b>É</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-X"><b>X</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-Í"><b>Í</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-Í"><b>Í</b></a>
&nbsp;
</td></tr></table>
-<table class="index-cp" border="0">
-<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><td>&nbsp;</td><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
+<table class="cp-entries-printindex" border="0">
+<tr><td></td><th class="entries-header-printindex">Entrada de índice</th><td>&nbsp;</td><th class="sections-header-printindex"> Sección</th></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-1">$</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_0024-matematicas-en-linea"><code>$ <span class="r">matemáticas en línea</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-normal-TeX-matematicas-de-visualizacion"><code>$$...$$ <span class="r">normal TeX matemáticas de visualización</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-2">&amp;</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_0026-_0028para-celdas-de-tabla_0029"><code>&amp; <span class="r">(para celdas de tabla)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-3">*</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002a-prompt">&lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo; prompt</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores">Recuperación de errores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002a_002dforma_002c-definiendo-nuevos-comandos">*-forma, definiendo nuevos comandos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002aCLI_002a">*CLI*</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002a_007d_002c-para-todas-las-claves-_005cnocite">&lsquo;<samp class="samp">*}, para todas las claves <code class="code">\nocite</code></samp>&rsquo;</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-4">-</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"><code>--disable-write18 <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"><code>--enable-write18 <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--file-line-error <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--halt-on-error <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"><code>--help <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"><code>--interaction <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"><code>--jobname <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--no-file-line-error <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"><code>--no-shell-escape <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"><code>--output-directory <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"><code>--shell-escape <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"><code>--version <span class="r">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002d1_002c-escribe-el-numero-de-flujo"><em class="math">-1</em>, escribe el número de flujo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-5">.</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002eaux-comandos-file-y-BibTeX"><code>.aux comandos <span class="r">file y BibTeX</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002edvi-archivo"><code>.dvi <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002efmt-archivo"><code>.fmt <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elog-archivo"><code>.log <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elot-archivo"><code>.lot <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elot-archivo-1"><code>.lot <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002elot-archivo-2"><code>.lot <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002epdf-archivo"><code>.pdf <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002etex_002c-extension-predeterminada"><code>.tex, <span class="r">extensión predeterminada</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002etoc-archivo"><code>.toc <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002etoc-archivo-1"><code>.toc <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002etoc-archivo-2"><code>.toc <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002exdv-archivo"><code>.xdv <span class="r">archivo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-6">/</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_002fbin_002fsh_002c-usado-por-_005cwrite18"><code>/bin/sh<span class="r">, usado por <code class="code">\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-7">1</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-10pt-option"><code>10pt <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-11pt-option"><code>11pt <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-12pt-opcion"><code>12pt <span class="r">opción</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-1">*</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a-apuntador">&lsquo;<samp>*</samp>&rsquo; apuntador</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes">Línea de Órdenes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-8">:</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_003a-_0028para-math_0029"><code>: <span class="r">(para math)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-2">\</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinclude-anidada_002c-no-se-permite"><code>\include</code> anidada, no se permite</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude">\include</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-9">[</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-_0028para-argumentos-opcionales_0029"><code>[...] <span class="r">(para argumentos opcionales)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-3">`</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0060vea_0027-y-_0060vea-tambien_0027-entradas-de-indice">&lsquo;vea&rsquo; y &lsquo;vea también&rsquo; entradas de índice</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-10">\</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c-_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"><code>\&nbsp;<!-- /@w --> <span class="r">(backslash-space)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c-caracteres-de-inicio-de-comandos"><code>\ <span class="r">caracteres de inicio de comandos</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0021"><code>\!</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0022-_0028acento-dieresis_0029"><code>\&quot; <span class="r">(acento diéresis)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0023"><code>\#</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0024"><code>\$</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0025"><code>\%</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0026"><code>\&amp;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028acento-agudo_0029"><code>\' <span class="r">(acento agudo)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabulacion_0029"><code>\' <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0028_002e_002e_002e_005c_0029-matematicas-en-linea"><code>\(...\) <span class="r">matemáticas en línea</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002a"><code>\*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002b"><code>\+</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002c"><code>\,</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002d"><code>\-</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028separacion-silabica_0029"><code>\- <span class="r">(separación silábica)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029">\- (separación silábica)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002e-_0028acento-de-puntos_0029"><code>\. <span class="r">(acento de puntos)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_002f"><code>\/</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003a"><code>\:</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003b"><code>\;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003c"><code>\&lt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003d-_0028acento-macron_0029"><code>\= <span class="r">(acento macrón)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003d-_0028tabulacion_0029"><code>\= <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003e"><code>\&gt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-1"><code>\&gt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabulacion_0029"><code>\&gt; <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040auxout"><code>\@auxout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty"><code>\@beginparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty"><code>\@endparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"><code>\@fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040ifstar"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040itempenalty"><code>\@itempenalty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040mainaux"><code>\@mainaux</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca-_0028tabulacion_0029"><code>\a <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca_0027-_0028acento-agudo-en-tabulacion_0029"><code>\a' <span class="r">(acento agudo en tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca_003d-_0028acento-macron-en-tabulacion_0029"><code>\a= <span class="r">(acento macrón en tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa <span class="r">(&aring;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA <span class="r">(&Aring;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caccent"><code>\accent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cacute"><code>\acute</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddress"><code>\address</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddress">\address</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"><code>\addtocontents{<var class="var">ext</var>}{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddtolength"><code>\addtolength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caddvspace"><code>\addvspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"><code>\ae <span class="r">(&aelig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"><code>\AE <span class="r">(&AElig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005caleph"><code>\aleph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAlph-example"><code>\Alph <span class="r">example</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005calpha"><code>\alpha</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d"><code>\alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d"><code>\Alph{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005calsoname"><code>\alsoname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005camalg"><code>\amalg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cand-_0028para-_005cauthor_0029"><code>\and <span class="r">(para <code class="code">\author</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cangle"><code>\angle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cappendix"><code>\appendix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005capprox"><code>\approx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d"><code>\arabic{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carccos"><code>\arccos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carcsin"><code>\arcsin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carctan"><code>\arctan</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carg"><code>\arg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carraycolsep"><code>\arraycolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carrayrulewidth"><code>\arrayrulewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005carraystretch"><code>\arraystretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cast"><code>\ast</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005casymp"><code>\asymp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDocument"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDvi"><code>\AtBeginDvi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndDocument"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfClass"><code>\AtEndOfClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"><code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d"><code>\author{<var class="var">name1</var> \and <var class="var">name2</var> \and ...}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca_0060-_0028acento-grave-en-tabulacion_0029"><code>\a` <span class="r">(acento grave en tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cb-_0028barra-debajo-del-acento_0029"><code>\b <span class="r">(barra debajo del acento)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbackmatter"><code>\backmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbackslash"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbar"><code>\bar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip-1"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbegin"><code>\begin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entornos">Entornos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbeta"><code>\beta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbf"><code>\bf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbfseries"><code>\bfseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibdata"><code>\bibdata</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography"><code>\bibliography</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography-y-_005cbibdata-interno"><code>\bibliography <span class="r">y <code class="code">\bibdata</code> interno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle-y-_005cbibstyle-interno"><code>\bibliographystyle <span class="r">y <code class="code">\bibstyle</code> interno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibname"><code>\bibname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbibstyle"><code>\bibstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigbreak"><code>\bigbreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigcap"><code>\bigcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigcirc"><code>\bigcirc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigcup"><code>\bigcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigl"><code>\bigl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl y \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigodot"><code>\bigodot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigoplus"><code>\bigoplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigotimes"><code>\bigotimes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigr"><code>\bigr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl y \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigskip"><code>\bigskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigskip-1"><code>\bigskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigskipamount"><code>\bigskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigsqcup"><code>\bigsqcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigtriangledown"><code>\bigtriangledown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigtriangleup"><code>\bigtriangleup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbiguplus"><code>\biguplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigvee"><code>\bigvee</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbigwedge"><code>\bigwedge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbmod"><code>\bmod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cboldmath"><code>\boldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath y \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cboldmath-1"><code>\boldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath y \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbot"><code>\bot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbottomfraction"><code>\bottomfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbottomfraction-1"><code>\bottomfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbowtie"><code>\bowtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cBox"><code>\Box</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbreve"><code>\breve</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cbullet"><code>\bullet</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cc-_0028acento-cedilla_0029"><code>\c <span class="r">(acento cedilla)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccal"><code>\cal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccap"><code>\cap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalacute"><code>\capitalacute</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalbreve"><code>\capitalbreve</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcaron"><code>\capitalcaron</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcedilla"><code>\capitalcedilla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaldieresis"><code>\capitaldieresis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalgrave"><code>\capitalgrave</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalmacron"><code>\capitalmacron</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalnewtie"><code>\capitalnewtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalogonek"><code>\capitalogonek</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalring"><code>\capitalring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltie"><code>\capitaltie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltilde"><code>\capitaltilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-1"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-2"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccc"><code>\cc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccdot"><code>\cdot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccdots"><code>\cdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccentering"><code>\centering</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchapter"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchapter-1"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccheck"><code>\check</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand"><code>\CheckCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"><code>\CheckCommand*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchi"><code>\chi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccirc"><code>\circ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccircle">\circle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccitation"><code>\citation</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccite-y-_005ccitation-interna"><code>\cite <span class="r">y <code class="code">\citation</code> interna</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarning"><code>\ClassWarning</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"><code>\ClassWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclearpage"><code>\clearpage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccline"><code>\cline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccline">\cline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclosein"><code>\closein</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">\openin y \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccloseout"><code>\closeout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">\openin y \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclosing"><code>\closing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclubsuit"><code>\clubsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolon"><code>\colon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep-1"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep-2"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule-1"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth-1"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccomplement"><code>\complement</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccong"><code>\cong</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline-1"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline-2"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccoprod"><code>\coprod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccopyright"><code>\copyright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccos"><code>\cos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccosh"><code>\cosh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccot"><code>\cot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccoth"><code>\coth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccsc"><code>\csc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccup"><code>\cup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCurrentOption"><code>\CurrentOption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cd-_0028punto-debajo-del-acento_0029"><code>\d <span class="r">(punto debajo del acento)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdag"><code>\dag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdagger"><code>\dagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdashbox"><code>\dashbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdashv"><code>\dashv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdate_007btext_007d"><code>\date{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cday"><code>\day</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear">\day - \month y \year</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction"><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdblfloatsep"><code>\dblfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdbltextfloatsep"><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdbltopfraction"><code>\dbltopfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdbltopnumber"><code>\dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cddag"><code>\ddag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cddagger"><code>\ddagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cddots"><code>\ddots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cddots-1"><code>\ddots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"><code>\DeclareOption*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-2"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdeg"><code>\deg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"><code>\DelayedShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDelta"><code>\Delta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdelta"><code>\delta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdet"><code>\det</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"><code>\dh <span class="r">(&eth;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"><code>\DH <span class="r">(&ETH;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDiamond"><code>\Diamond</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdiamond"><code>\diamond</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdiamondsuit"><code>\diamondsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdim"><code>\dim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdisplaystyle"><code>\displaystyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdiv"><code>\div</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-y-texput-jobname"><code>\documentclass<span class="r">, y <code class="code">texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdot-1"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdot-2"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotfill"><code>\dotfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill y \dotfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdots"><code>\dots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotsb"><code>\dotsb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotsc"><code>\dotsc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotsi"><code>\dotsi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdoublerulesep"><code>\doublerulesep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdownarrow"><code>\downarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDownarrow"><code>\Downarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cell"><code>\ell</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cemph"><code>\emph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cemptyset"><code>\emptyset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cencl"><code>\encl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cend"><code>\end</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entornos">Entornos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cendinput"><code>\endinput</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cendinput">\endinput</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenlargethispage"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005censpace"><code>\enspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad">\enspace - \quad y \qquad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenumi"><code>\enumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenumii"><code>\enumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenumiii"><code>\enumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cenumiv"><code>\enumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cepsilon"><code>\epsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cequiv"><code>\equiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ceta"><code>\eta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-1"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-2"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexternaldocument"><code>\externaldocument</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xr">paquete xr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cextracolsep"><code>\extracolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfbox"><code>\fbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-1"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule">\fboxrule</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-2"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep-1"><code>\fboxsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep">\fboxsep</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep-2"><code>\fboxsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfill"><code>\fill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cflat"><code>\flat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfloatpagefraction"><code>\floatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"><code>\floatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep-1"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-y-notas-al-pie"><code>\fnsymbol<span class="r">, y notas al pie</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"><code>\fnsymbol{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontdimen1"><code>\fontdimen1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontseries"><code>\fontseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontshape"><code>\fontshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfontsize"><code>\fontsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnote"><code>\footnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotemark"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnoterule"><code>\footnoterule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesep"><code>\footnotesep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesize"><code>\footnotesize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotetext"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootskip"><code>\footskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfootskip-1"><code>\footskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cforall"><code>\forall</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfrac"><code>\frac</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrac">\frac</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cframebox"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cframebox-1"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfrenchspacing"><code>\frenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfrontmatter"><code>\frontmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfrown"><code>\frown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cfussy"><code>\fussy</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy">\fussy y \sloppy</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cGamma"><code>\Gamma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgamma"><code>\gamma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgcd"><code>\gcd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cge"><code>\ge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgeq"><code>\geq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgets"><code>\gets</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgg"><code>\gg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgls"><code>\gls</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgraphicspath"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgraphpaper"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cgrave"><code>\grave</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"><code>\guillemotleft <span class="r">(&laquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"><code>\guillemotright <span class="r">(&raquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="r">(&lsaquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029"><code>\guilsinglright <span class="r">(&rsaquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cH-_0028acento-hungaro-con-dieresis_0029"><code>\H <span class="r">(acento húngaro con diéresis)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chat"><code>\hat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chbar"><code>\hbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheadheight"><code>\headheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheadheight-1"><code>\headheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheadsep"><code>\headsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheadsep-1"><code>\headsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cheartsuit"><code>\heartsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chline"><code>\hline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chline">\hline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chom"><code>\hom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chookleftarrow"><code>\hookleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chookrightarrow"><code>\hookrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chphantom"><code>\hphantom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chrulefill"><code>\hrulefill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill y \dotfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chsize"><code>\hsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chsize-1"><code>\hsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chss"><code>\hss</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chuge"><code>\huge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cHuge"><code>\Huge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005chyphenation"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"><code>\i <span class="r">(dotless i)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-de-xstring"><code>\IfBeginWith*<span class="r"> macro de <samp class="file">xstring</samp></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cignorespaces"><code>\ignorespaces</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code>\ignorespacesafterend</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij <span class="r">(ij)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ <span class="r">(IJ)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIm"><code>\Im</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cimath"><code>\imath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"><code>\immediate\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cin"><code>\in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinclude"><code>\include</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">\include e \includeonly</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinclude-anidado_002c-no-permitido"><code class="code">\include</code> anidado, no permitido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">\include e \includeonly</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cincludeonly"><code>\includeonly</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">\include e \includeonly</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindent"><code>\indent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">\indent y \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindex"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindex-1"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindexentry"><code>\indexentry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">Producir el índice manualmente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace-1"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinf"><code>\inf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinfty"><code>\infty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinputencoding"><code>\inputencoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-inputenc">paquete inputenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cint"><code>\int</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep-1"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ciota"><code>\iota</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cit"><code>\it</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem-1"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem-2"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem-3"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citem-4"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">Producir el índice manualmente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citemindent"><code>\itemindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citemsep"><code>\itemsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005citshape"><code>\itshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cj-_0028j-sin-punto_0029"><code>\j <span class="r">(j sin punto)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cjmath"><code>\jmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cjobname"><code><code class="code">\jobname</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cjobname-1"><code>\jobname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cJoin"><code>\Join</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029"><code>\k <span class="r">(ogonek)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ckappa"><code>\kappa</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cker"><code>\ker</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ckill"><code>\kill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l <span class="r">(&#322;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L <span class="r">(&#321;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040chapter"><code>\l@chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040section"><code>\l@section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040subsection"><code>\l@subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumi"><code>\labelenumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumii"><code>\labelenumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumiii"><code>\labelenumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumiv"><code>\labelenumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemi"><code>\labelitemi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemii"><code>\labelitemii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemiii"><code>\labelitemiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemiv"><code>\labelitemiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelsep"><code>\labelsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clabelwidth"><code>\labelwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLambda"><code>\Lambda</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clambda"><code>\lambda</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cland"><code>\land</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clangle"><code>\langle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clarge"><code>\large</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLarge"><code>\Large</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLARGE"><code>\LARGE</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clbrace"><code>\lbrace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clbrack"><code>\lbrack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clceil"><code>\lceil</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cldots"><code>\ldots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cldots-1"><code>\ldots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cle"><code>\le</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleadsto"><code>\leadsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleft"><code>\left</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLeftarrow"><code>\Leftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftarrow"><code>\leftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clefteqn"><code>\lefteqn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftharpoondown"><code>\leftharpoondown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftharpoonup"><code>\leftharpoonup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargin"><code>\leftmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargin-1"><code>\leftmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargini"><code>\leftmargini</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginii"><code>\leftmarginii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginiii"><code>\leftmarginiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginiv"><code>\leftmarginiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginv"><code>\leftmarginv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginvi"><code>\leftmarginvi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLeftrightarrow"><code>\Leftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleftrightarrow"><code>\leftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cleq"><code>\leq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clfloor"><code>\lfloor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clg"><code>\lg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clhd"><code>\lhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clim"><code>\lim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005climinf"><code>\liminf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005climsup"><code>\limsup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cline"><code>\line</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinebreak"><code>\linebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clineskip"><code>\lineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clineskiplimit"><code>\lineskiplimit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinespread"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinespread-1"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth-1"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures-1"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables-1"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clistparindent"><code>\listparindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clnot"><code>\lnot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClass"><code>\LoadClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clocation"><code>\location</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clocation">\location</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clog"><code>\log</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clong"><code>\long</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongleftarrow"><code>\longleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongleftrightarrow"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongmapsto"><code>\longmapsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongrightarrow"><code>\longrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clor"><code>\lor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clq"><code>\lq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmainmatter"><code>\mainmatter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatother</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeatother-1"><code>\makeatother</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakebox"><code>\makebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-_0028para-picture_0029"><code>\makebox <span class="r">(para <code class="code">picture</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeglossary"><code>\makeglossary</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeglossary-1"><code>\makeglossary</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakeindex"><code>\makeindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakelabel"><code>\makelabel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmakelabels"><code>\makelabels</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmaketitle"><code>\maketitle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmapsto"><code>\mapsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginpar"><code>\marginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush-1"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush-2"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparsep"><code>\marginparsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth-2"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginsep"><code>\marginsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarginsep-1"><code>\marginsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d"><code>\markboth{<var class="var">left-head</var>}{<var class="var">right-head</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmarkright_007bright_002dhead_007d"><code>\markright{<var class="var">right-head</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathbf"><code>\mathbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathcal"><code>\mathcal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathdollar"><code>\mathdollar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathellipsis"><code>\mathellipsis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathparagraph"><code>\mathparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathring"><code>\mathring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathrm"><code>\mathrm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathsection"><code>\mathsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathsf"><code>\mathsf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathsterling"><code>\mathsterling</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathstrut"><code><code class="code">\mathstrut</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathtt"><code>\mathtt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathunderscore"><code>\mathunderscore</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmathversion"><code>\mathversion</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmax"><code>\max</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmbox"><code>\mbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmdseries"><code>\mdseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedbreak"><code>\medbreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedskip"><code>\medskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedskip-1"><code>\medskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedskipamount"><code>\medskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedspace"><code>\medspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmessage"><code>\message</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmessage">\message</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmho"><code>\mho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmid"><code>\mid</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmin"><code>\min</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmodels"><code>\models</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmonth"><code>\month</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear">\day - \month y \year</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmp"><code>\mp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmu"><code>\mu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmulticolumn"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmultiput"><code>\multiput</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmultiput">\multiput</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnabla"><code>\nabla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cname"><code>\name</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cname">\name</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnatural"><code>\natural</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cne"><code>\ne</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnearrow"><code>\nearrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cneg"><code>\neg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegmedspace"><code>\negmedspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegthickspace"><code>\negthickspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\negthinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegthinspace-1"><code>\negthinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cneq"><code>\neq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewenvironment"><code>\newenvironment</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewfont"><code>\newfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewglossaryentry"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewlength"><code>\newlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNEWLINE">\<kbd class="key">NEWLINE</kbd></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewtie"><code>\newtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewwrite"><code>\newwrite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-y-_005ccitation-interna"><code>\nocite <span class="r">y <code class="code">\citation</code> interna</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-para-todas-las-claves"><code>\nocite <span class="r">{*}, para todas las claves</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocorr"><code>\nocorr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocorrlist"><code>\nocorrlist</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnofiles"><code>\nofiles</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnofiles">\nofiles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnoindent"><code>\noindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">\indent y \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"><code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnonumber"><code>\nonumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont"><code>\normalfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnormalmarginpar"><code>\normalmarginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnormalsfcodes"><code>\normalsfcodes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnormalsize"><code>\normalsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnot"><code>\not</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnotin"><code>\notin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnu"><code>\nu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnumberline"><code>\numberline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline">\numberline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnwarrow"><code>\nwarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o <span class="r">(&oslash;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O <span class="r">(&Oslash;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cobeycr"><code>\obeycr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">\obeycr y \restorecr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-1"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-2"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005codot"><code>\odot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"><code>\oe <span class="r">(&oelig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"><code>\OE <span class="r">(&OElig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coint"><code>\oint</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coldstylenums"><code>\oldstylenums</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cOmega"><code>\Omega</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005comega"><code>\omega</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cominus"><code>\ominus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005conecolumn"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005copenin"><code>\openin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">\openin y \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005copening"><code>\opening</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005copenout"><code>\openout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">\openin y \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coplus"><code>\oplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coslash"><code>\oslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cotimes"><code>\otimes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\overbrace{<var class="var">math</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"><code>\overline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cowns"><code>\owns</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageError"><code>\PackageError</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfo"><code>\PackageInfo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"><code>\PackageInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarning"><code>\PackageWarning</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"><code>\PackageWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpageref"><code>\pageref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpagestyle"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpaperheight"><code>\paperheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpaperheight-1"><code>\paperheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpaperwidth"><code>\paperwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpaperwidth-1"><code>\paperwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpar"><code>\par</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparagraph"><code>\paragraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparagraph-1"><code>\paragraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparallel"><code>\parallel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparindent"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparindent-1"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">\indent y \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparindent-2"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparsep"><code>\parsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparskip"><code>\parskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cparskip-ejemplo"><code>\parskip <span class="r">ejemplo</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpart"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpart-1"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpartial"><code>\partial</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpartopsep"><code>\partopsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpageheight"><code>\pdfpageheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpagewidth"><code>\pdfpagewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cperp"><code>\perp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cphantom"><code>\phantom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPhi"><code>\Phi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cphi"><code>\phi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPi"><code>\Pi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpi"><code>\pi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpm"><code>\pm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs"><code>\poptabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs-1"><code>\poptabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpounds"><code>\pounds</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPr"><code>\Pr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprec"><code>\prec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpreceq"><code>\preceq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprevdepth"><code>\prevdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprime"><code>\prime</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries-1"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"><code>\ProcessOptions*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpropto"><code>\propto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprotected_0040write"><code>\protected@write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprovidecommand"><code>\providecommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"><code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cps"><code>\ps</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPsi"><code>\Psi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpsi"><code>\psi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpushtabs"><code>\pushtabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cput"><code>\put</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cput">\put</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cqbezier"><code>\qbezier</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cqbezier">\qbezier</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cqquad"><code>\qquad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cqquad-1"><code>\qquad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad">\enspace - \quad y \qquad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cquad"><code>\quad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cquad-1"><code>\quad</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad">\enspace - \quad y \qquad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029"><code>\quotedblbase <span class="r">(&bdquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029"><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="r">(&sbquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cr-_0028acento-de-anillo_0029"><code>\r <span class="r">(acento de anillo)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005craggedbottom"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005craggedleft"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005craggedright"><code>\raggedright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005craisebox"><code>\raisebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craisebox">\raisebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crangle"><code>\rangle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crbrace"><code>\rbrace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crbrack"><code>\rbrack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crceil"><code>\rceil</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRe"><code>\Re</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cread"><code>\read</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005creflectbox"><code>\reflectbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crefname"><code>\refname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crenewcommand"><code>\renewcommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage-y-textput-jobname"><code>\RequirePackage<span class="r"> y <code class="code">textput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cresizebox"><code>\resizebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">\obeycr y \restorecr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crestriction"><code>\restriction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crevemptyset"><code>\revemptyset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005creversemarginpar"><code>\reversemarginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crfloor"><code>\rfloor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crhd"><code>\rhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crho"><code>\rho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRightarrow"><code>\Rightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightarrow"><code>\rightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightharpoondown"><code>\rightharpoondown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightharpoonup"><code>\rightharpoonup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightleftharpoons"><code>\rightleftharpoons</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crightmargin"><code>\rightmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cright_007c"><code>\right|</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crm"><code>\rm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crmfamily"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d"><code>\roman{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d"><code>\Roman{<var class="var">counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crq"><code>\rq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csamepage"><code>\samepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csavebox"><code>\savebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">\sbox y \savebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csbox"><code>\sbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">\sbox y \savebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csc"><code>\sc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscalebox"><code>\scalebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscriptscriptstyle"><code>\scriptscriptstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscriptstyle"><code>\scriptstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cscshape"><code>\scshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csearrow"><code>\searrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csec"><code>\sec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csection"><code>\section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csection-1"><code>\section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cseename"><code>\seename</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cselectfont"><code>\selectfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csetcounter"><code>\setcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csetminus"><code>\setminus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csettodepth"><code>\settodepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csettoheight"><code>\settoheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csettowidth"><code>\settowidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csf"><code>\sf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csffamily"><code>\sffamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csharp"><code>\sharp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cShellEscape"><code>\ShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cshipout-y-expansion"><code>\shipout <span class="r">y expansión</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cshortstack"><code>\shortstack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cSigma"><code>\Sigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csigma"><code>\sigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csignature"><code>\signature</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csim"><code>\sim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csimeq"><code>\simeq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csin"><code>\sin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csinh"><code>\sinh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csl"><code>\sl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csloppy"><code>\sloppy</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy">\fussy y \sloppy</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cslshape"><code>\slshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmall"><code>\small</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallbreak"><code>\smallbreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallint"><code>\smallint</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallskip"><code>\smallskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallskip-1"><code>\smallskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmallskipamount"><code>\smallskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csmile"><code>\smile</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE">\<kbd class="key">SPACE</kbd></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE-1"><code>\<kbd class="key">SPACE</kbd></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly">\include e \includeonly</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace-1"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace-2"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqcup"><code>\sqcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqrt"><code>\sqrt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqsubset"><code>\sqsubset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqsubseteq"><code>\sqsubseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqsupset"><code>\sqsupset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqsupseteq"><code>\sqsupseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"><code>\ss <span class="r">(&szlig;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"><code>\SS <span class="r">(SS)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstackrel"><code>\stackrel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstar"><code>\star</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstop"><code>\stop</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores">Recuperación de errores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstretch"><code>\stretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstretch">\stretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubitem"><code>\subitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">Producir el índice manualmente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-1"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsection"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsection-1"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubset"><code>\subset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubseteq"><code>\subseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsubitem"><code>\subsubitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">Producir el índice manualmente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-1"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csucc"><code>\succ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csucceq"><code>\succeq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csum"><code>\sum</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csup"><code>\sup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csuppressfloats"><code>\suppressfloats</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csupset"><code>\supset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csupseteq"><code>\supseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csurd"><code>\surd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cswarrow"><code>\swarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csymbf"><code>\symbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita">Math OpenType en negrita</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csymbfit"><code>\symbfit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita">Math OpenType en negrita</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csymbol"><code>\symbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente">Símbolos por posición de fuente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ct-_0028ligadura-despues-del-acento_0029"><code>\t <span class="r">(ligadura después del acento)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cTAB">\<kbd class="key">TAB</kbd></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctabbingsep"><code>\tabbingsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctabcolsep"><code>\tabcolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents-1"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctan"><code>\tan</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctanh"><code>\tanh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctau"><code>\tau</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctelephone"><code>\telephone</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark"><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciicircum"><code>\textasciicircum</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciitilde"><code>\textasciitilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"><code>\textasteriskcentered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash-1"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbar"><code>\textbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbardbl"><code>\textbardbl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbf"><code>\textbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbigcircle"><code>\textbigcircle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceleft"><code>\textbraceleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceright"><code>\textbraceright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextbullet"><code>\textbullet</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark"><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d"><code>\textcircled{<var class="var">letter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextcompwordmark"><code>\textcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextcopyright"><code>\textcopyright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextdagger"><code>\textdagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"><code>\textdaggerdbl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028o-_005c_0024_0029"><code>\textdollar <span class="r">(o <code class="code">\$</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextellipsis"><code>\textellipsis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028o-_002d_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textemdash <span class="r">(o <code class="code">---</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextendash-_0028o-_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textendash <span class="r">(o <code class="code">--</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexteuro"><code>\texteuro</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028o-_0021_0060_0029"><code>\textexclamdown <span class="r">(o <code class="code">!`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfiguredash"><code>\textfiguredash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfraction"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextfraction-1"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextgreater"><code>\textgreater</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight-1"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar"><code>\texthorizontalbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextit"><code>\textit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextleftarrow"><code>\textleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextless"><code>\textless</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextmd"><code>\textmd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen"><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal"><code>\textnormal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextordfeminine"><code>\textordfeminine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextordmasculine"><code>\textordmasculine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextparagraph"><code>\textparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextperiodcentered"><code>\textperiodcentered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028o-_003f_0060_0029"><code>\textquestiondown <span class="r">(o <code class="code">?`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028o-_0060_0060_0029"><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="r">(o <code class="code">``</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028o-_0027_0027_0029"><code>\textquotedblright <span class="r">(o <code class="code">''</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028o-_0060_0029"><code>\textquoteleft <span class="r">(o <code class="code">`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028o-_0027_0029"><code>\textquoteright <span class="r">(o <code class="code">'</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotesingle"><code>\textquotesingle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"><code>\textquotestraightbase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextregistered"><code>\textregistered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextrightarrow"><code>\textrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextrm"><code>\textrm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsc"><code>\textsc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsection"><code>\textsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsf"><code>\textsf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsl"><code>\textsl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextsterling"><code>\textsterling</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextstyle"><code>\textstyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexttrademark"><code>\texttrademark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexttt"><code>\texttt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctexttwelveudash"><code>\texttwelveudash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextunderscore"><code>\textunderscore</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextup"><code>\textup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextvisiblespace"><code>\textvisiblespace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth-1"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th <span class="r">(&thorn;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH <span class="r">(&THORN;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"><code>\thanks{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctheta"><code>\theta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines">\thicklines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthickspace"><code>\thickspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthinlines"><code>\thinlines</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinlines">\thinlines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthinspace-1"><code>\thinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cthispagestyle"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctilde"><code>\tilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctimes"><code>\times</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctiny"><code>\tiny</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d"><code>\title{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cto"><code>\to</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctoday"><code>\today</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctop"><code>\top</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopfraction"><code>\topfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopfraction-1"><code>\topfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopmargin"><code>\topmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopsep"><code>\topsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopskip"><code>\topskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctopskip-1"><code>\topskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctriangle"><code>\triangle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleleft"><code>\triangleleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleright"><code>\triangleright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctt"><code>\tt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cttfamily"><code>\ttfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctypein"><code>\typein</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctypein">\typein</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ctypeout"><code>\typeout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cu-_0028acento-breve_0029"><code>\u <span class="r">(acento breve)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunboldmath"><code>\unboldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath y \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunboldmath-1"><code>\unboldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath y \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunderbar"><code>\underbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\underbrace{<var class="var">math</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"><code>\underline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunitlength"><code>\unitlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunlhd"><code>\unlhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cunrhd"><code>\unrhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUparrow"><code>\Uparrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cuparrow"><code>\uparrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUpdownarrow"><code>\Updownarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cupdownarrow"><code>\updownarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cupharpoonright"><code>\upharpoonright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cuplus"><code>\uplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cupshape"><code>\upshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUpsilon"><code>\Upsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cupsilon"><code>\upsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusebox"><code>\usebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Paquetes-adicionales">Paquetes adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextSymbol"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cv-_0028acento-breve_0029"><code>\v <span class="r">(acento breve)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvalue"><code>\value</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvanothing"><code>\vanothing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarepsilon"><code>\varepsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarphi"><code>\varphi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarpi"><code>\varpi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarrho"><code>\varrho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvarsigma"><code>\varsigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvartheta"><code>\vartheta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvbox-_0028simple-TeX_0029"><code>\vbox <span class="r">(simple TeX)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvdash"><code>\vdash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvdots"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvec"><code>\vec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvector"><code>\vector</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvee"><code>\vee</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cverb"><code>\verb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cVert"><code>\Vert</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvert"><code>\vert</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvline"><code>\vline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvline">\vline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvphantom"><code>\vphantom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX"><code>\vtop <span class="r">plain TeX</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwedge"><code>\wedge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwidehat"><code>\widehat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwidetilde"><code>\widetilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwlog"><code>\wlog</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwlog">\wlog</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwp"><code>\wp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwr"><code>\wr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite"><code>\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-retrasada"><code class="code">\write</code> retrasada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-transmisiones-16_002c-17_002c-18"><code class="code">\write</code> transmisiones 16, 17, 18</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-y-seguridad"><code class="code">\write</code> y seguridad</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-y-seguridad">\write y seguridad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite18"><code>\write18</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cwrite18_002c-habilitar"><code class="code">\write18</code>, habilitar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cXi"><code>\Xi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cxi"><code>\xi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cxspace"><code>\xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xspace">paquete xspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cyear"><code>\year</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear">\day - \month y \year</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005czeta"><code>\zeta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-mostrar-matematicas"><code>\[...\] <span class="r">mostrar matemáticas</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028fuerza-el-salto-de-linea_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(fuerza el salto de línea)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-cartas_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para cartas)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cartas">Cartas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-centro_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para <code class="code">centro</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para <code class="code">eqnarray</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-flushleft_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para <code class="code">flushleft</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-flushright_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para <code class="code">flushright</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-objetos-_005cshortstack_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para objetos <code class="code">\shortstack</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-tabular_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para <code class="code">tabular</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-verse_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para <code class="code">verse</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-_005cauthor_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para <code class="code">\author</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-_005ctitle_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(para <code class="code">\title</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028tabulacion_0029"><code>\\ <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028para-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\* <span class="r">(para <code class="code">eqnarray</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005e"><code>\^</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005e-_0028acento-circunflejo_0029"><code>\^ <span class="r">(acento circunflejo)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_005f"><code>\_</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028acento-grave_0029"><code>\` <span class="r">(acento grave)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabulacion_0029"><code>\` <span class="r">(tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007b"><code>\{</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007c"><code>\|</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007d"><code>\}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007e"><code>\~</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-acento_0029"><code>\~ <span class="r">(tilde acento)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-A">A</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accediendo-a-cualquier-caracter-del-tipo-de-letra">accediendo a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-agudo">acento agudo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-agudo_002c-math">acento agudo, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-anticircunflejo">acento anticircunflejo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-barra">acento barra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-barra-encima">acento barra encima</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-barra-horizontal_002c-math">acento barra horizontal, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-barra-sobre">acento barra sobre</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-breve_002c-math">acento breve, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-cedilla">acento cedilla</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-circunflejo">acento circunflejo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-circunflejo-1">acento circunflejo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-circunflejo-amplio_002c-math">acento circunflejo amplio, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-circunflejo_002c-math">acento circunflejo, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-circunflejo_002c-math-1">acento circunflejo, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-circulo">acento círculo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-de-verificacion_002c-math">acento de verificación, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-dieresis">acento diéresis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-dieresis-1">acento diéresis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-dieresis-hungara">acento diéresis húngara</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-dieresis_002c-math">acento diéresis, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-grave">acento grave</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-grave_002c-math">acento grave, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-hacek_002c-math">acento h&aacute;&#269;ek, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-macron">acento macrón</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-macron_002c-math">acento macrón, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-punto">acento punto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-punto-1">acento punto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-punto-superior_002c-math">acento punto superior, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-tilde">acento tilde</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-tilde-amplia_002c-math">acento tilde amplia, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acento-tilde_002c-math">acento tilde, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acentos">acentos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acentos-matematicos">acentos matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acentos_002c-matematicas">acentos, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-alineando-a-traves-de-tabulacion">alineando a través de tabulación</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-alineando-Ecuaciones">alineando Ecuaciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-alineando-texto-en-columnas-con-tabulaciones">alineando texto en columnas con tabulaciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-alineando-texto-en-tablas">alineando texto en tablas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ampliando-la-pagina-actual">ampliando la página actual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-anillo-acento">anillo acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-anticircunflejo-acento">anticircunflejo acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-antigrafo-o-simplemente-signo-de-parrafo">antígrafo o simplemente signo de párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-apuntador_002c-_002a">apuntador, &lsquo;<samp>*</samp>&rsquo;</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes">Línea de Órdenes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-apendices_002c-creando">apéndices, creando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eglo">archivo <samp>.glo</samp></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eidx">archivo <samp>.idx</samp></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eind">archivo <samp>.ind</samp></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-archivo-de-entrada">archivo de entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada">Dividiendo la Entrada</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-argumentos-moviles">argumentos móviles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ascender-superior">ascender superior</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ASCII-circunflejo_002c-en-texto">ASCII circunflejo, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ash">ash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-asterisco-centrado_002c-en-texto">asterisco centrado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-asterisco_002c-centrado_002c-en-texto">asterisco, centrado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-atadura-con-siguiente-acento">atadura con siguiente acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-autor_002c-para-titlepage">autor, para titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-11">^</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005e-superindice"><code>^ <span class="r">superíndice</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">Subíndices y superíndices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"><code class="code">^^J</code>, in <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-B">B</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bala_002c-en-texto">bala, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-en-texto">bar, vertical, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-barra-inversa_002c-en-texto">barra inversa, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-barra-vertical_002c-doble_002c-en-texto">barra vertical, doble, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-barra-vertical_002c-en-texto">barra vertical, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-barra_002c-vertical-doble_002c-en-texto">barra, vertical doble, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliografia_002c-creando-_0028automaticamente_0029">bibliografía, creando (automáticamente)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Usando-BibTeX">Usando BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliografia_002c-creando-_0028manualmente_0029">bibliografía, creando (manualmente)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibTeX_002c-usando">bibTeX, usando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Usando-BibTeX">Usando BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breve-acento">breve acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-12">_</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005f-subindice"><code>_ <span class="r">subíndice</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">Subíndices y superíndices</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-C">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cajas">cajas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cajas">Cajas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caracteres-especiales">caracteres especiales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caracteres-no-Ingleses">caracteres no Ingleses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caracteres-reservados">caracteres reservados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caracteres_002c-acentuados">caracteres, acentuados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caracteres_002c-no-Ingleses">caracteres, no Ingleses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caracteres_002c-reservados">caracteres, reservados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cargando-paquetes-adicionales">cargando paquetes adicionales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cartas">cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cartas">Cartas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cartas_002c-iniciando">cartas, iniciando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cartas_002c-terminando">cartas, terminando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caron-acento">carón acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centrar-texto_002c-declaracion-para">centrar texto, declaración para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centrar-texto_002c-entorno-para">centrar texto, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cerrando-cartas">cerrando cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circunflejo_002c-ASCII_002c-en-texto">circunflejo, ASCII, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clases-de-documento">clases de documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clases-de-documentos">clases de documentos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colita">colita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-angular-de-apertura">comilla angular de apertura</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-angular-de-cierre">comilla angular de cierre</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-de-apertura">comilla de apertura</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-de-apertura-simple">comilla de apertura simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-de-cierre">comilla de cierre</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-de-cierre-simple">comilla de cierre simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-de-cierre_002c-simple">comilla de cierre, simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-derecha">comilla derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-en-linea-base_002c-simple-y-doble">comilla en línea base, simple y doble</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-izquierda">comilla izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-izquierda_002c-sola">comilla izquierda, sola</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla-simple-en-linea-base">comilla simple en línea base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comilla_002c-en-la-linea-base-_0028coma_0029">comilla, en la línea base (coma)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-de-cierre-dobles">comillas de cierre dobles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-de-cierre_002c-dobles">comillas de cierre, dobles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-dobles-de-apertura">comillas dobles de apertura</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-dobles-en-linea-base">comillas dobles en línea base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-tipograficas-angulares">comillas tipográficas angulares</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-tipograficas-angulares-simples">comillas tipográficas angulares simples</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-tipograficas-Francesas">comillas tipográficas Francesas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-tipograficas-simples">comillas tipográficas simples</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-tipograficas_002c-Francesas">comillas tipográficas, Francesas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillas-tipograficas_002c-latinas-o-angulares">comillas tipográficas, latinas o angulares</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comillastraight-quote_002c-base">comillastraight quote, base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-configurando">contadores, configurando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-consiguiendo-el-valor-de">contadores, consiguiendo el valor de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-definiendo-nuevos">contadores, definiendo nuevos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-una-lista-de">contadores, una lista de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-creando-cartas">creando cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cartas">Cartas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-creando-imagenes">creando imágenes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-creando-tablas">creando tablas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-creditos-al-pie-de-pagina">créditos al pie de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-codigo_002c-composicion-tipografica-de">código, composición tipográfica de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-13">{</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-_0028para-argumentos-obligatorios_0029"><code>{...} <span class="r">(para argumentos obligatorios)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-D">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-daga-doble_002c-en-texto">daga doble, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-daga_002c-doble_002c-en-texto">daga, doble, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-daga_002c-en-texto">daga, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-daga_002c-en-texto-1">daga, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-definiciones">definiciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Definiciones">Definiciones</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-definicion-de-nuevos-tipos-de-letra">definición de nuevos tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-definiendo-nuevos-entornos">definiendo nuevos entornos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-definiendo-nuevos-teoremas">definiendo nuevos teoremas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-definiendo-una-nueva-instruccion">definiendo una nueva instrucción</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delimitador-nulo">delimitador nulo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-descargando-flotantes-e-iniciando-una-pagina">descargando flotantes e iniciando una página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-descripcion-de-LaTeX">descripción de LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-diseno_002c-parametros-de-pagina-para">diseño, parámetros de página para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dividiendo-el-archivo-de-entrada">dividiendo el archivo de entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dividiendo-la-Entrada">Dividiendo la Entrada</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dividiendo-paginas">dividiendo páginas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina">Saltos de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-divisas_002c-euro">divisas, euro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-division-de-silabas-con-guion_002c-definiendo">división de sílabas con guión, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-division-silabica_002c-forzando">división silábica, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-division-silabica_002c-impidiendo">división silábica, impidiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox">\mbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-doble-barra-vertical_002c-en-texto">doble barra vertical, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-doble-daga_002c-en-texto">doble daga, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-14">~</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_007e"><code>~</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-E">E</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-e_002ddash">e-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ecuaciones_002c-alineando">ecuaciones, alineando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ecuaciones_002c-entornos-para">ecuaciones, entornos para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ejecutando-header-y-footer">ejecutando header y footer</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-elementos-numerados_002c-especificando-contador">elementos numerados, especificando contador</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em_002ddash">em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em_002ddash-de-tres-cuartos">em-dash de tres cuartos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-tres-cuartos">em-dash, tres cuartos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entornos">entornos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Entornos">Entornos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entornos_002c-definiendo">entornos, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entrada_002fsalida">entrada/salida</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entrada_002fsalida-desde-la-terminal">entrada/salida desde la terminal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Equipo-del-Proyecto-LaTeX">Equipo del Proyecto LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-letra-Alemana">es-zet letra Alemana</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-espacio-dentro-del-modo-math">espacio dentro del modo math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math">Espacios en Modo Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-espacio-vertical">espacio vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-espacio-vertical-antes-de-parrafos">espacio vertical antes de párrafos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparskip">\parskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-espacio-vertical_002c-insertando">espacio vertical, insertando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-espacio-visible">espacio visible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-espacios">espacios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Espacios">Espacios</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-espina-Islandesa">espina Islandesa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-espina_002c-letra-Islandesa">espina, letra Islandesa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-estilo-de-encabezado">estilo de encabezado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-estilo-de-numeracion-de-pagina">estilo de numeración de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-estilo-del-pie-de-pagina">estilo del pie de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-estilos-de-pagina">estilos de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina">Estilos de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-estilos-de-texto">estilos de texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-estilos-de-tipografia">estilos de tipografía</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-estilos-del-tipo-de-letra">estilos del tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-estilos_002c-pagina">estilos, página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-de-P_00e1gina">Estilos de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eth_002c-letra-islandesa">eth, letra islandesa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-etiquetas-en-maquina-de-escribir-en-listas">etiquetas en máquina de escribir en listas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-exclamacion_002c-inicial">exclamación, inicial</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-exponente">exponente</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices">Subíndices y Superíndices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-15">¿</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_00bfcual-es-el-elemento_003f">¿cuál es el elemento?</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-F">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fecha_002c-para-la-pagina-de-titulo">fecha, para la página de título</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figuras_002c-en-notas-al-pie">figuras, en notas al pie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figuras_002c-insertando">figuras, insertando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fijando-contadores">fijando contadores</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-finalizando-e-iniciando">finalizando e iniciando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Iniciando-y-Finalizando">Iniciando y Finalizando</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flecha-derecha_002c-en-texto">flecha derecha, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flecha-hacia-la-derecha_002c-en-texto">flecha hacia la derecha, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flecha-hacia-la-izquierda_002c-en-texto">flecha hacia la izquierda, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flecha_002c-izquierda_002c-en-texto">flecha, izquierda, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footer_002c-parametros-para">footer, parámetros para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-forma-con-_002a-de-instrucciones-de-seccionado">forma con * de instrucciones de seccionado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-funciones-matematicas">funciones matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-funciones_002c-matematicas">funciones, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas-en-linea">fórmulas en línea</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas-matematicas">fórmulas matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-entornos-para">fórmulas, entornos para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-matematicas">fórmulas, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-A">A</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-a4paper-option"><code>a4paper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-a5paper-option"><code>a5paper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-abre-un-archivo">abre un archivo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">\openin y \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-abstract-environment"><code><code class="code">abstract</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-abstract-package"><code class="code">abstract</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acceder-a-cualquier-caracter-de-una-fuente">acceder a cualquier carácter de una fuente</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente">Símbolos por posición de fuente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acceso-de-shell">acceso de shell</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acceso-restringido-al-interprete">acceso restringido al intérprete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-agudo">acento agudo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-agudo_002c-matematicas">acento agudo, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-breve">acento breve</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-breve_002c-matematicas">acento breve, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-caron">acento carón</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-cedilla">acento cedilla</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-circunflejo">acento circunflejo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-circunflejo_002c-matematicas">acento circunflejo, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Acento-con-dieresis-hungara">Acento con diéresis húngara</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-anillo">acento de anillo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-anillo_002c-matematicas">acento de anillo, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-barra-sobre">acento de barra sobre</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-barra_002c-matematicas">acento de barra, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-doble-punto_002c-matematicas">acento de doble punto, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-punto">acento de punto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-punto-debajo">acento de punto debajo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Acento-de-punto-sobre">Acento de punto sobre</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-sombrero">acento de sombrero</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-sombrero-ancho_002c-matematicas">acento de sombrero ancho, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-sombrero_002c-matematicas">acento de sombrero, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-tilde">acento de tilde</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-de-tilde-ancho_002c-matematicas">acento de tilde ancho, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-dieresis">acento diéresis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-exagerado_002c-matematicas">acento exagerado, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-grave">acento grave</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-grave_002c-matematicas">acento grave, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-hacek_002c-matematicas">acento h&aacute;&#269;ek, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-macron">acento macrón</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-macron_002c-matematicas">acento macrón, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-sobre-la-barra">acento sobre la barra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acento-tilde_002c-matematicas">acento tilde, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acentos">acentos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Acentos-matematicos">Acentos matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acentos_002c-definir">acentos, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acentos_002c-definir-1">acentos, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acentos_002c-definir-2">acentos, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acentos_002c-definir-3">acentos, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acentos_002c-definir-4">acentos, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acentos_002c-definir-5">acentos, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acentos_002c-matematicos">acentos, matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acronimos_002c-lista-de">acrónimos, lista de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-adjustbox-package"><code class="code">adjustbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cajas">Cajas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ae-ligadura">ae ligadura</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-algorithm2e-package"><code class="code">algorithm2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-alinea-entorno_002c-de-amsmath">alinea <span class="r">entorno, de <code class="code">amsmath</code></span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-alineacion-mediante-tabulacion">alineación mediante tabulación</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-alineando-ecuaciones">alineando ecuaciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-alineando-texto-en-tablas">alineando texto en tablas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-alinear-el-texto-usando-tabulaciones">alinear el texto usando tabulaciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-altura-de-la-tapa">altura de la tapa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-altura-del-ascendente">altura del ascendente</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ammath-package"><code class="code">ammath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ammath-package-1"><code class="code">ammath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ampliar-la-pagina-actual">ampliar la página actual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amscd-package"><code class="code">amscd</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amscd-package-1"><code class="code">amscd</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsfonts-package"><code class="code">amsfonts</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsfonts-package-1"><code class="code">amsfonts</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-1"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-2"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-3"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-4"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-5"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-6"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-7"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl y \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-9"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-11"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-12"><code class="code">amsmath</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-reemplazar-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="r">package, reemplazar <code class="code">eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsthm-package"><code class="code">amsthm</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-amsthm-package-1"><code class="code">amsthm</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Ancho-de-la-regla-de-cuadro"><code>Ancho de la regla de cuadro</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-anchos_002c-de-tipos-de-letra">anchos, de tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-appendix-package"><code class="code">appendix</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-apendice">apéndice</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-apendices">apéndices</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-aqui_002c-poniendo-flotantes">aquí, poniendo flotantes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eaux"><code><span class="r">archivo</span> .aux</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eglo">archivo <samp class="file">.glo</samp></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eidx">archivo <samp class="file">.idx</samp></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eidx-1">archivo <samp class="file">.idx</samp></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eind">archivo <samp class="file">.ind</samp></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002eisty">archivo <samp class="file">.isty</samp></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002elof"><code><span class="r">archivo</span> .lof</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002elof-1"><code><span class="r">archivo</span> .lof</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-_002elof-2"><code><span class="r">archivo</span> .lof</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-auxiliar">archivo auxiliar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-de-entrada">archivo de entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-de-lista-de-figuras">archivo de lista de figuras</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-de-lista-de-tablas">archivo de lista de tablas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-de-registro">archivo de registro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-de-registro_002c-escribir-en">archivo de registro, escribir en</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-de-tabla-de-contenido">archivo de tabla de contenido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-de-transcripcion">archivo de transcripción</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-idx">archivo idx</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-raiz">archivo raíz</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-raiz-1">archivo raíz</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo-raiz-2">archivo raíz</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo_002c-abrir">archivo, abrir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">\openin y \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo_002c-cerrar">archivo, cerrar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-y-_005copenout">\openin y \openout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo_002c-leer">archivo, leer</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivo_002c-raiz">archivo, raíz</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Archivos-de-formato-TeX-_0028_002efmt_0029">Archivos de formato TeX (<code class="code">.fmt</code>)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivos-de-formato_002c-TeX">archivos de formato, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivos-EPS">archivos EPS</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivos-externos_002c-escritura">archivos externos, escritura</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivos-fuente_002c-que-los-convierte-en-autonomos">archivos fuente, que los convierte en autónomos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivos-graficos-PDF">archivos gráficos PDF</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivos-JPEG">archivos JPEG</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivos-JPG">archivos JPG</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-archivos-PNG">archivos PNG</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-argumentos-moviles">argumentos móviles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-argumentos-opcionales_002c-definir-y-usar">argumentos opcionales, definir y usar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-argumentos_002c-opcional_002c-definir-y-usar">argumentos, opcional, definir y usar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-aring_002c-un-anillo">aring, un anillo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-array-environment"><code><code class="code">array</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-array-package"><code class="code">array</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-arreglos_002c-matematicos">arreglos, matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-arroba"><code>arroba</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-article-class"><code>article <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ASCII-circunflejo_002c-en-texto">ASCII circunflejo, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asterisco-centrado_002c-en-texto">Asterisco centrado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-asterisco_002c-centrado_002c-en-texto">asterisco, centrado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-asunto-de-contraportada-de-un-libro">asunto de contraportada de un libro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-asunto-final-de-un-libro">asunto final de un libro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-asunto-principal-de-un-libro">asunto principal de un libro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-1"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-2"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-3"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-autor_002c-para-portada">autor, para portada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-G">G</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glosarios">glosarios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-guion-doble_002c-linea-recta">guión doble, línea recta</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-B">B</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-b5paper-option"><code>b5paper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-1"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-2"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-3"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-4"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-babel-package-5"><code class="code">babel</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-badness">badness</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina">Salto de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-barra-debajo-del-acento">barra debajo del acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-barra-invertida_002c-en-texto">barra invertida, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-barra-vertical_002c-doble_002c-en-texto">barra vertical, doble, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-barra-vertical_002c-en-texto">barra vertical, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-barra_002c-doble-vertical_002c-en-texto">barra, doble vertical, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-barra_002c-vertical_002c-en-texto">barra, vertical, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-batchmode">batchmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-beamer-plantilla-y-clase"><code class="code">beamer</code> plantilla y clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Plantilla-beamer">Plantilla beamer</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bibliografia_002c-crear-_0028automaticamente_0029">bibliografía, crear (automáticamente)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bibliografia_002c-crear-_0028manualmente_0029">bibliografía, crear (manualmente)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bibTeX_002c-usando">bibTeX, usando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bigfoot-package"><code class="code">bigfoot</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie">Notas al pie de notas al pie</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bm-package"><code class="code">bm</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#bm">bm</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bold-math">bold math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-book-class"><code>book <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bottomnumber"><code>bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bottomnumber-1"><code>bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-bp"><code>bp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-H">H</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-haciendo-parrafos">haciendo párrafos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos">Haciendo Párrafos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-haciendo-una-pagina-de-titulo">haciendo una página de título</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-header_002c-parametros-para">header, parámetros para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-C">C</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caja">caja</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Caja-LR"><code>Caja LR</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caja_002c-asignando-nueva">caja, asignando nueva</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caja_002c-coloreada">caja, coloreada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cuadros-de-colores">Cuadros de colores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caja_002c-guardar">caja, guardar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-y-_005csavebox">\sbox y \savebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cajas">cajas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cajas">Cajas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cajas-de-colores">cajas de colores</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cuadros-de-colores">Cuadros de colores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cajas-negras_002c-omitir">cajas negras, omitir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cambiar-caracteres-de-mayusculas-y-minusculas">cambiar caracteres de mayúsculas y minúsculas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-candidatos-de-lanzamiento">candidatos de lanzamiento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caption-package"><code class="code">caption</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-capitulo">capítulo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-capitulo-1">capítulo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres-especiales">caracteres especiales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres-especiales-1">caracteres especiales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres-no-ingleses">caracteres no ingleses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres-reservados">caracteres reservados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres_002c-acentuados">caracteres, acentuados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres_002c-caso-de">caracteres, caso de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres_002c-especiales">caracteres, especiales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres_002c-no-ingleses">caracteres, no ingleses</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracteres_002c-reservados">caracteres, reservados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caracteres-reservados">Caracteres reservados</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cargando-paquetes-adicionales">cargando paquetes adicionales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Paquetes-adicionales">Paquetes adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cartas_002c-escribir">cartas, escribir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cartas">Cartas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cartas_002c-iniciar">cartas, iniciar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cartas_002c-terminando">cartas, terminando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracter-de-barra-horizontal">carácter de barra horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracter-de-guion-que-no-se-rompe">carácter de guion que no se rompe</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracter-de-guion_002c-irrompible">carácter de guión, irrompible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracter-dos-puntos">carácter dos puntos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracter-invisible">carácter invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracter-invisible-1">carácter invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracter_002c-invisible">carácter, invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-caracter_002c-invisible-1">carácter, invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-catcode">catcode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-catalogo-de-fuentes">catálogo de fuentes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cc"><code>cc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cc-list_002c-en-cartas">cc list, en cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-center-environment"><code><code class="code">center</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-centimetro">centímetro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cerrar-cartas">cerrar cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-circunflejo_002c-ASCII_002c-en-texto">circunflejo, ASCII, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-clase-de-documento_002c-definida">clase de documento, definida</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comenzar-y-terminar">Comenzar y terminar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-clases-de-documentos">clases de documentos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-clave-de-cita">clave de cita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cleveref-package"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-1"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-2"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-clock-opcion-para-la-clase-slides"><code>clock <span class="r">opción para la clase <code class="code">slides</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-clausula-at_002c-en-definiciones-de-tipos-de-letra">cláusula at, en definiciones de tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cm_002dsuper-package"><code class="code">cm-super</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cmd_002eexe_002c-usado-por-_005cwrite18"><code>cmd.exe<span class="r">, usado por <code class="code">\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-codificacion-de-caracteres">codificación de caracteres</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-inputenc">paquete inputenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-codificacion-del-tipo-de-letra_002c-declarado">codificación del tipo de letra, declarado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-codificacion-TS1">codificación TS1</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-codificacion_002c-archivos-de-entrada">codificación, archivos de entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-inputenc">paquete inputenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-codificacion_002c-tipo-de-letra">codificación, tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-colocacion-de-flotantes">colocación de flotantes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Color">Color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-1">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Definir-colores">Definir colores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-2">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Texto-en-color">Texto en color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-3">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cuadros-de-colores">Cuadros de colores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color-4">color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#P_00e1ginas-coloreadas">Páginas coloreadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-color_002c-definir">color, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Definir-colores">Definir colores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comando-long">comando long</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-de-clase-de-documento">comandos de clase de documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete">Construcción de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-de-composicion">comandos de composición</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Composici_00f3n">Composición</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-de-Seccionado">comandos de Seccionado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel">comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-de-tipo-de-letra_002c-bajo-nivel">comandos de tipo de letra, bajo nivel</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-del-paquete-color">comandos del paquete color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-para-color">Comandos para color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-del-paquete-graphics">comandos del paquete graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-para-graphics">Comandos para graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-del-sistema_002c-ejecutar-desde-LaTeX">comandos del sistema, ejecutar desde LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-externos">comandos externos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-fragiles">comandos frágiles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos-robustos">comandos robustos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-clase-de-documento">comandos, clase de documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete">Construcción de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-clase-y-paquete">comandos, clase y paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-definiendo-nuevos">comandos, definiendo nuevos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-definiendo-nuevos-1">comandos, definiendo nuevos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-ejecutar-desde-LaTeX">comandos, ejecutar desde LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-ignorar-espacios">comandos, ignorar espacios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-ignorar-espacios-1">comandos, ignorar espacios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xspace">paquete xspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-paquete-graphics">comandos, paquete graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-para-graphics">Comandos para graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-redefiniendo">comandos, redefiniendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comandos_002c-variantes-con-estrella">comandos, variantes con estrella</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comentarios-en-el-margen">comentarios en el margen</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comenzando-en-una-pagina-de-la-derecha">comenzando en una página de la derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comenzando-una-nueva-pagina">comenzando una nueva página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comenzar-una-nueva-pagina-y-borrar-flotantes">comenzar una nueva página y borrar flotantes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comenzar-y-terminar">comenzar y terminar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comenzar-y-terminar">Comenzar y terminar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comienzo-del-gancho-del-documento">comienzo del gancho del documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-angular-derecha">comilla angular derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-angular-izquierda">comilla angular izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-angular-unica">comilla angular única</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-de-apertura">comilla de apertura</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-de-cierre">comilla de cierre</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-derecha">comilla derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-derecha-simple">comilla derecha simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-derecha_002c-doble">comilla derecha, doble</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-derecha_002c-simple">comilla derecha, simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-izquierda">comilla izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-izquierda-simple">comilla izquierda simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-izquierda_002c-doble">comilla izquierda, doble</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla-izquierda_002c-simple">comilla izquierda, simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla_002c-base-recta">comilla, base recta</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla_002c-recta-base">comilla, recta base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comilla_002c-simple-derecha">comilla, simple derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas-dobles-a-la-derecha">comillas dobles a la derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas-dobles-a-la-izquierda">comillas dobles a la izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas-dobles-rectas_002c-base">comillas dobles rectas, base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas-dobles_002c-base-recta">comillas dobles, base recta</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas-francesas">comillas francesas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas-simples-derechas">comillas simples derechas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas-simples-low_002d9">comillas simples low-9</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas-simples_002c-rectas">comillas simples, rectas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comillas_002c-francesas">comillas, francesas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-compatibilidad-multilingue">compatibilidad multilingüe</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-composicion-del-archivo-de-clase">composición del archivo de clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-composicion-del-archivo-del-paquete">composición del archivo del paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-composicion_002c-parametros-de-pagina-para">composición, parámetros de página para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comprehensive-package"><code class="code">comprehensive</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comprobar-acento">comprobar acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comprobar-acento_002c-matematicas">comprobar acento, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-conceptos-basicos-de-LaTeX">conceptos básicos de LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-configuracion_002c-paquete-graphics">configuración, paquete graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics">Configuración del paquete de graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-configurar-contadores">configurar contadores</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-capitulos"><code>contador de capítulos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-cifras"><code>contador de cifras</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-ecuaciones"><code>contador de ecuaciones</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-mpfootnote"><code>contador de mpfootnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-notas-al-pie"><code>contador de notas al pie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-partes"><code>contador de partes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-paginas"><code>contador de páginas</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-parrafos"><code>contador de párrafos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-seccion"><code>contador de sección</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-subparrafos"><code>contador de subpárrafos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-subseccion"><code>contador de subsección</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-subsubseccion"><code>contador de subsubsección</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-de-tabla"><code>contador de tabla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-enumi"><code>contador enumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-enumii"><code>contador enumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-enumiii"><code>contador enumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contador-enumiv"><code>contador enumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-ajuste-de">contadores, ajuste de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-definiendo-nuevos">contadores, definiendo nuevos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-impresion">contadores, impresión</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-obteniendo-el-valor-de">contadores, obteniendo el valor de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contadores_002c-una-lista-de">contadores, una lista de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contenido-del-archivo">contenido del archivo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-corchetes">corchetes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-corchetes-coincidentes">corchetes coincidentes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-correccion-en-cursiva">corrección en cursiva</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cprotect-package"><code class="code">cprotect</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cprotect-package-1"><code class="code">cprotect</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-crear-imagenes">crear imágenes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-crear-tablas">crear tablas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-credito_002c-en-nota-al-pie">crédito, en nota al pie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-CTAN">CTAN</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cuadro_002c-delimitar">cuadro, delimitar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cuadro_002c-usa-cuadro-guardado">cuadro, usa cuadro guardado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cicero">cícero</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-codigo-de-categoria-de-caracter">código de categoría de caracter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-codigo-de-categoria_002c-caracter">código de categoría, carácter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-codigo_002c-tipografia">código, tipografía</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-I">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-i-sin-punto">i sin punto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-i-sin-punto_002c-math">i sin punto, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-imagenes_002c-creando">imágenes, creando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-informes-de-errores">informes de errores</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-iniciando-una-nueva-pagina">iniciando una nueva página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-iniciando-una-nueva-pagina-y-limpiando-flotantes">iniciando una nueva página y limpiando flotantes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-iniciando-una-pagina-a-mano-derecha">iniciando una página a mano derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-iniciando-y-finalizando">iniciando y finalizando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Iniciando-y-Finalizando">Iniciando y Finalizando</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-insertando-figuras">insertando figuras</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-instrucciones-de-diseno">instrucciones de diseño</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dise_00f1o">Diseño</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-instrucciones-de-tipo-de-letra_002c-de-bajo-nivel">instrucciones de tipo de letra, de bajo nivel</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-instrucciones-fragiles">instrucciones frágiles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-instrucciones-robustas">instrucciones robustas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-instrucciones_002c-definiendo-nuevas">instrucciones, definiendo nuevas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-interlineado-doble">interlineado doble</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-interrogacion_002c-inicial">interrogación, inicial</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-islandes-eth">islandés eth</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-D">D</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-daga-doble_002c-en-texto">daga doble, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-daga-doble_002c-en-texto-1">daga doble, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-daga_002c-doble_002c-en-texto">daga, doble, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-daga_002c-en-texto">daga, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-en-texto">dagger, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e">DANTE e.V.</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-datatool-package"><code class="code">datatool</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-datetime-package"><code class="code">datetime</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber-1"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dcolumn-package"><code class="code">dcolumn</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dd"><code>dd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-definiciones">definiciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Definiciones">Definiciones</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-definiendo-nuevos-entornos">definiendo nuevos entornos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-definir-color">definir color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Definir-colores">Definir colores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-definir-nuevos-teoremas">definir nuevos teoremas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-definir-nuevos-tipos-de-letra">definir nuevos tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-definir-un-nuevo-comando">definir un nuevo comando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-definir-un-nuevo-comando-1">definir un nuevo comando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delimitador-del-cuadro">delimitador del cuadro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delimitador-nulo">delimitador nulo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delimitadores">delimitadores</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delimitadores-emparejados">delimitadores emparejados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delimitadores_002c-emparejados">delimitadores, emparejados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005f0"><code>delim_0</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005f1"><code>delim_1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005f2"><code>delim_2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005fn"><code>delim_n</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-delim_005fr"><code>delim_r</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-descripcion-de-LaTeX">descripción de LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-description"><code>description</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Description-environment"><code><code class="code">Description</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-diapositivas-clase"><code>diapositivas <span class="r">clase</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-diferencia-de-clase-y-paquete">diferencia de clase y paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete">Construcción de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-diferencia-entre-clase-y-paquete">diferencia entre clase y paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete">Construcción de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dimen-TeX-simple">dimen <span class="r">TeX simple</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dimension-de-fuente_002c-inclinacion">dimensión de fuente, inclinación</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Directorio-de-salida-para-todos-los-archivos-externos">Directorio de salida para todos los archivos externos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-directorios-principales_002c-no-se-puede-escribir-en">directorios principales, no se puede escribir en</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-y-seguridad">\write y seguridad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-discrecional_002c-separacion-silabica">discrecional, separación silábica</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment"><code><code class="code">displaymath</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment-1"><code><code class="code">displaymath</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dividir-el-archivo-de-entrada">dividir el archivo de entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dividir-la-entrada">Dividir la entrada</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dieresis-acento">diéresis acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-doble-barra-vertical_002c-en-texto">doble barra vertical, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-doble-espacio">doble espacio</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-doble-guillemets">doble guillemets</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-doblemente-sorprendido">doblemente sorprendido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Pizarra-negra">Pizarra negra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dobles-comillas-angulares">dobles comillas angulares</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dobles-comillas-low_002d9">dobles comillas low-9</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-environment"><code><code class="code">document</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-documentos_002c-clases-de">documentos, clases de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dos-tercios-de-em_002dguion">dos tercios de em-guion</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dotless-i">dotless i</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dotless-j">dotless j</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-draft-option"><code>draft <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dvilualatex_002ddev"><code>dvilualatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dvipdfmx-comando"><code>dvipdfmx <span class="r">comando</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dvips-comando"><code>dvips <span class="r">comando</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dvitype-comando"><code>dvitype <span class="r">comando</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-J">J</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-j-sin-punto">j sin punto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-j-sin-punto_002c-math">j sin punto, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justificacion_002c-alineando-a-la-derecha">justificación, alineando a la derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justificacion_002c-irregular-a-la-izquierda">justificación, irregular a la izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justificando-texto-a-la-izquierda">justificando texto a la izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justificar-texto-a-la-derecha_002c-entorno-para">justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justificar-texto-a-la-izquierda_002c-entornos-para">justificar texto a la izquierda, entornos para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-E">E</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-e_002ddash">e-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-e_002dTeX">e-TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ecuaciones-a-la-izquierda">ecuaciones a la izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ecuaciones-centradas">ecuaciones centradas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ecuaciones_002c-alineando">ecuaciones, alineando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ecuaciones_002c-entorno-para">ecuaciones, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ecuaciones_002c-vaciar-a-la-izquierda-vs_002e-centradas">ecuaciones, vaciar a la izquierda vs. centradas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ejecutando-encabezados-y-pie-de-pagina">ejecutando encabezados y pie de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ejecutar-estilo-de-encabezado-y-pie-de-pagina">ejecutar estilo de encabezado y pie de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ejemplo-de-archivo-de-clase">ejemplo de archivo de clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-elementos-numerados_002c-especificando-contador">elementos numerados, especificando contador</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-elipsis">elipsis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em">em</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em-1"><code>em</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash">em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-dos-tercios">em-dash, dos tercios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-tres-cuartos">em-dash, tres cuartos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-emphasis">emphasis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-encabezado_002c-parametros-para">encabezado, parámetros para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enjuagar-flotantes-y-comenzar-una-pagina">enjuagar flotantes y comenzar una página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entorno">entorno</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comenzar-y-terminar">Comenzar y terminar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entorno-descuidado">entorno descuidado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entorno-similar-a-un-teorema">entorno similar a un teorema</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entorno_002c-similar-a-un-teorema">entorno, similar a un teorema</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entornos">entornos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entornos">Entornos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entornos_002c-definiendo">entornos, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entrada-de-la-tabla-de-contenido_002c-agregar-manualmente">entrada de la tabla de contenido, agregar manualmente</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entrada-de-tabla-de-contenido_002c-crea-linea-punteada">entrada de tabla de contenido, crea línea punteada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Entrada-de-indice">Entrada de índice</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Entrada-Unicode_002c-nativa">Entrada Unicode, nativa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Entrada_002c-en-la-linea-de-comando">Entrada, en la línea de comando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entrada_002fsalida">entrada/salida</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entrada_002fsalida">Entrada/salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entrada_002fsalida-del-terminal">entrada/salida del terminal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entrada_002fsalida">Entrada/salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entrada_002fsalida_002c-a-terminal">entrada/salida, a terminal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entrada_002fsalida">Entrada/salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entradas-de-indice_002c-subentradas">entradas de índice, subentradas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-entradas-de-indice_002c-_0060ve_0027-y-_0060ve-tambien_0027">entradas de índice, &lsquo;ve&rsquo; y &lsquo;ve también&rsquo;</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumerate-environment"><code><code class="code">enumerate</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumitem-package"><code class="code">enumitem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-enumitem-package-1"><code class="code">enumitem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-abstract"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">abstract</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-array"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">array</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-center"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">center</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-Description"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">Description</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-displaymath"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-document"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">document</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-enumerate"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">enumerate</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-eqnarray"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">eqnarray</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-equation"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">equation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-equation-1"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">equation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-figure"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">figure</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-filecontents"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">filecontents</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">filecontents*</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-flushleft"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">flushleft</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-flushright"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">flushright</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-itemize"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">itemize</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-letter"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">letter</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-list"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">list</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-math"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">math</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-math-1"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">math</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-minipage"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">minipage</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">picture</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">quote</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">table</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-thebibliography"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">thebibliography</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theindex"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">theindex</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">Producir el índice manualmente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theorem"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">theorem</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-titlepage"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">titlepage</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-verbatim"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">verbatim</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-environment_002c-verse"><code><span class="r">environment</span>, <code class="code">verse</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-envlab-package"><code class="code">envlab</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eqnarray-environment"><code><code class="code">eqnarray</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equation-environment"><code><code class="code">equation</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-equation-environment-1"><code><code class="code">equation</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Equipo-del-proyecto-LaTeX">Equipo del proyecto LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-errorstopmode">errorstopmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-Letra-alemana">es-zet Letra alemana</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-escalando">escalando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-escalando-1">escalando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-escape-del-interprete">escape del intérprete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-escribiendo-varios-archivos-desde-la-fuente_002e">escribiendo varios archivos desde la fuente.</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-escribir-cartas">escribir cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cartas">Cartas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Espaciado-dentro-del-modo-matematico">Espaciado dentro del modo matemático</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espaciado-horizontal">espaciado horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espaciado-vertical">espaciado vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espaciado-vertical-1">espaciado vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espaciado-vertical_002c-modo-matematico">espaciado vertical, modo matemático</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espaciado_002c-entre-oraciones">espaciado, entre oraciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espaciado_002c-entre-oraciones-1">espaciado, entre oraciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espaciado_002c-modo-matematico">espaciado, modo matemático</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espaciado_002c-modo-matematico-1">espaciado, modo matemático</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-delgado">espacio delgado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-delgado-1">espacio delgado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-delgado_002c-negativo">espacio delgado, negativo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-delgado_002c-negativo-1">espacio delgado, negativo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-duro">espacio duro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-en-blanco">espacio en blanco</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espacios">Espacios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-entre-lineas">espacio entre lineas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-horizontal">espacio horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-horizontal_002c-extensible">espacio horizontal, extensible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-interlinea">espacio interlinea</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-irrompible">espacio irrompible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-vertical">espacio vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-vertical-1">espacio vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-vertical-antes-de-los-parrafos">espacio vertical antes de los párrafos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio-visible">espacio visible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio_002c-delgado">espacio, delgado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio_002c-insertando-horizontal">espacio, insertando horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio_002c-insertar-vertical">espacio, insertar vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio_002c-irrompible">espacio, irrompible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio_002c-negativo-delgado">espacio, negativo delgado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacio_002c-vertical">espacio, vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacios">espacios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espacios">Espacios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacios-en-blanco_002c-despues-de-las-secuencias-de-control">espacios en blanco, después de las secuencias de control</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacios_002c-ignorar-en-comandos">espacios, ignorar en comandos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espacios_002c-ignorar-en-comandos-1">espacios, ignorar en comandos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xspace">paquete xspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-especificador_002c-ubicacion-flotante">especificador, ubicación flotante</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espejos-de-CTAN">espejos de CTAN</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-espina-islandesa">espina islandesa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilo-de-encabezado">estilo de encabezado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilo-de-numeracion-de-paginas">estilo de numeración de páginas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilo-de-pie-de-pagina">estilo de pie de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilo-de-pagina_002c-esta-pagina">estilo de página, esta página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilo-de-script">estilo de script</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilo-de-texto">estilo de texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilo-de-visualizacion">estilo de visualización</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilo-scriptscript">estilo scriptscript</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilos-de-letra">estilos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilos-de-texto">estilos de texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">estilos de tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estilos_002c-pagina">estilos, página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estiramiento-vertical-infinito">estiramiento vertical infinito</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estiramiento_002c-infinito-vertical">estiramiento, infinito vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estirar_002c-omitiendo-vertical">estirar, omitiendo vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">estructura de clase y paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-etex-comando"><code>etex <span class="r">comando</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eth-islandesa">eth islandesa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eth_002c-letra-islandesa">eth, letra islandesa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-etiquetas-de-maquina-de-escribir-en-listas">etiquetas de máquina de escribir en listas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-etoolbox-package"><code class="code">etoolbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eurosym-package"><code class="code">eurosym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eurosym-package-1"><code class="code">eurosym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ex">ex</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-executivepaper-option"><code>executivepaper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-expl3-package"><code class="code">expl3</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-exponente">exponente</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">Subíndices y superíndices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-expresiones"><code>expresiones</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Expresiones">Expresiones</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-K">K</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e">Knuth, Donald E.</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-F">F</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fallback-jobname">fallback jobname</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-familias_002c-de-tipos-de-letra">familias, de tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fancyhdr-package"><code class="code">fancyhdr</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fancyhdr-package-1"><code class="code">fancyhdr</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package"><code class="code">fancyvrb</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package-1"><code class="code">fancyvrb</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fecha_002c-de-hoy">fecha, de hoy</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fecha_002c-para-portada">fecha, para portada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figura-del-caracter-guion">figura del carácter guión</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figuras_002c-insertando">figuras, insertando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figuras_002c-notas-al-pie-en">figuras, notas al pie en</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-figure-environment"><code><code class="code">figure</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fila_002c-tabbing">fila, <span class="r">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-filecontents-environment"><code><code class="code">filecontents</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-filecontents_002a-environment"><code><code class="code">filecontents*</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-final-option"><code>final <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-finalizar-e-iniciar">finalizar e iniciar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comenzar-y-terminar">Comenzar y terminar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document"><code>first-latex-doc <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fixed_002dwidth-font">fixed-width font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flafter-package"><code class="code">flafter</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flecha-derecha_002c-en-texto">flecha derecha, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flecha-izquierda_002c-en-texto">flecha izquierda, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flecha_002c-derecha_002c-en-texto">flecha, derecha, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flecha_002c-izquierda_002c-en-texto">flecha, izquierda, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flechas">flechas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fleqn-option"><code>fleqn <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-float-package"><code class="code">float</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flushleft-environment"><code><code class="code">flushleft</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-flushright-environment"><code><code class="code">flushright</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fondo_002c-coloreado">fondo, coloreado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#P_00e1ginas-coloreadas">Páginas coloreadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-codificacion">font codificación</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-font-codificacion-1">font codificación</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fontenc"><code>fontenc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fontspec-package"><code class="code">fontspec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fontspec-package-1"><code class="code">fontspec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita">Math OpenType en negrita</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-en-una-minipagina">footnotes, en una minipágina</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-force-opcion-para-filecontents"><code class="code">force</code> opción para <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-force-opcion-para-filecontents-1"><code class="code">force</code> opción para <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Forma-de-declaracion-de-los-comandos-de-estilo-del-tipo-de-letra">Forma de declaración de los comandos de estilo del tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-forma-de-declaracion-de-los-comandos-de-tamano-del-tipo-de-letra">forma de declaración de los comandos de tamaño del tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Forma-de-entorno-de-comandos-de-tamano-de-fuente">Forma de entorno de comandos de tamaño de fuente</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-forma-estrella_002c-definiendo-nuevos-comandos">forma estrella, definiendo nuevos comandos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-forma_002d_002a-de-comandos-de-entorno">forma-<code class="code">*</code> de comandos de entorno</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-forma_002d_002a-de-comandos-de-seccionado">forma-<code class="code">*</code> de comandos de seccionado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-formas_002c-de-tipos-de-letra">formas, de tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Formato-de-bibliografia_002c-abierto">Formato de bibliografía, abierto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-math">formulas, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fraccion">fracción</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrac">\frac</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fuentes-autonomas">fuentes autónomas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-funciones_002c-matematicas">funciones, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-funciones_002c-math">funciones, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-fusiones-de-correo">fusiones de correo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-formulas-en-linea">fórmulas en línea</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-entorno-para">fórmulas, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-L">L</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-l-Polaca">l Polaca</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Lamport_002c-Leslie">Lamport, Leslie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX_002c-descripcion">LaTeX, descripción</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letra-en-circulo_002c-en-texto">letra en círculo, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letra-ij_002c-Neerlandes">letra ij, Neerlandés</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letras-caligraficas-para-math">letras caligráficas para math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letras-griegas">letras griegas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letras-S-afiladas">letras S afiladas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letras-script-para-math">letras script para math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letras_002c-acentuadas">letras, acentuadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letras_002c-no-Inglesas">letras, no Inglesas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ligadura-ae">ligadura ae</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lista-de-documentos-adjuntos">lista de documentos adjuntos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lista-de-elementos_002c-especificando-el-contador">lista de elementos, especificando el contador</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lista-de-elementos_002c-numerados">lista de elementos, numerados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listas-cc_002c-en-cartas">listas cc, en cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listas-con-vinetas">listas con viñetas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listas-de-descripcion_002c-creando">listas de descripción, creando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listas-de-elementos">listas de elementos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listas-de-elementos_002c-genericas">listas de elementos, genéricas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listas-etiquetadas_002c-creando">listas etiquetadas, creando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-listas-no-ordenadas">listas no ordenadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-llave-de-apertura_002c-en-texto">llave de apertura, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-llave-derecha_002c-en-texto">llave derecha, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-llave_002c-derecha_002c-en-texto">llave, derecha, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-llave_002c-izquierda_002c-en-texto">llave, izquierda, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Logotipo-de-LaTeX">Logotipo de LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Logotipo-de-LaTeX2e">Logotipo de LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logotipo-de-TeX">logotipo de TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logotipo_002c-LaTeX">logotipo, LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logotipo_002c-LaTeX2e">logotipo, LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logotipo_002c-TeX">logotipo, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-longitudes-predeterminadas">longitudes predeterminadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-anadiendo-a">longitudes, añadiendo a</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-configurando">longitudes, configurando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-definiendo-nuevas">longitudes, definiendo nuevas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-definiendo-y-usando">longitudes, definiendo y usando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-predefinidas">longitudes, predefinidas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-linea-de-ordenes">línea de órdenes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes">Línea de Órdenes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-linea-recta-de-guion-doble_002c-base">línea recta de guión doble, base</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-linea_002c-saltos-de">línea, saltos de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea">Saltos de Línea</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lineas-en-tablas">líneas en tablas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-G">G</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-gancho-final-del-documento">gancho final del documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-geometria-package"><code class="code">geometría</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-geometria-package-1"><code class="code">geometría</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-globales_002c-opciones">globales, opciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Paquetes-adicionales">Paquetes adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glosario">glosario</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glosario_002c-entradas">glosario, entradas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glosario_002c-referencia-de-entrada">glosario, referencia de entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glosarios">glosarios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-gran-punto">gran punto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graphpap-package"><code class="code">graphpap</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-grfext-package"><code class="code">grfext</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-grosor_002c-tipos-de-letra">grosor, tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-group_005fskip"><code>group_skip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-grupo_002c-y-entornos">grupo, y entornos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entornos">Entornos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graficos">gráficos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Gr_00e1ficos">Gráficos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graficos-1">gráficos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics">Configuración del paquete de graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graficos-2">gráficos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graficos-giratorios">gráficos giratorios</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graficos_002c-cambiar-de-tamano">gráficos, cambiar de tamaño</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graficos_002c-cambiar-de-tamano-1">gráficos, cambiar de tamaño</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graficos_002c-escalar">gráficos, escalar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-graficos_002c-escalar-1">gráficos, escalar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-guillemet-unica">guillemet única</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-guion-bajo_002c-en-texto">guión bajo, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-M">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex-programa"><code>makeindex</code> programa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-marca-izquierda_002c-doble">marca izquierda, doble</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-marca-palabra-compuesta_002c-en-texto">marca palabra compuesta, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-matematicas_002c-negrita">matemáticas, negrita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-matrices_002c-matematicas">matrices, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minipage_002c-creando-una">minipage, creando una</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-miscelanea-math">miscelánea math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-modo-izquierda_002da_002dderecha">modo izquierda-a-derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-modo-lR">modo lR</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-modo-math">modo math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-modo-math-mode_002c-espaciado">modo math mode, espaciado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math">Espacios en Modo Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-modo-math_002c-ingresando-al">modo math, ingresando al</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-modo-parrafo">modo párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-modos">modos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-moneda_002c-dolar">moneda, dólar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mostrando-texto-citado-con-sangria-de-parrafo">mostrando texto citado con sangría de párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation">quotation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mostrando-texto-citado-sin-sangria-de-parrafo">mostrando texto citado sin sangría de párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quote">quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multiplicacion-discrecional">multiplicación discrecional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-maquina-de-escribir-en-negrita_002c-evitando">máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-H">H</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-h"><code>h</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hace-una-caja">hace una caja</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hacek-accent">hacek accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hacer-parrafos">hacer párrafos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos">Crear párrafos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hacer-una-pagina-de-titulo">hacer una página de título</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Hola_002c-mundo">Hola, mundo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comenzar-y-terminar">Comenzar y terminar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-1"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-2"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-3"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-4"><code class="code">hyperref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-N">N</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-negrita-matematicas">negrita matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notas-al-margen">notas al margen</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notas-al-pie-en-figuras">notas al pie en figuras</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notas-al-pie_002c-creando">notas al pie, creando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Pie">Notas al Pie</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notas-al-pie_002c-simbolos-en-lugar-de-numeros-en">notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números en</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notas-en-el-margen">notas en el margen</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nueva-linea_002c-comenzando">nueva línea, comenzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nueva-linea_002c-comenzando-_0028modo-de-parrafo_0029">nueva línea, comenzando (modo de párrafo)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nueva-linea_002c-salida-como-entrada">nueva línea, salida como entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">\obeycr y \restorecr</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nueva-pagina_002c-iniciando">nueva página, iniciando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nuevas-instrucciones_002c-definiendo">nuevas instrucciones, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numero-de-ecuacion_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numero-de-figura_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de figura, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numero-de-pie-de-pagina_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de pie de página, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numero-de-pagina_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de página, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numero-de-seccion_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de sección, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numeros-de-ecuacion_002c-omitiendo">números de ecuación, omitiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numeros-de-seccion_002c-imprimiendo">números de sección, imprimiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-I">I</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-i-sin-punto_002c-matematicas">i sin punto, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ij-letra_002c-Holandes">ij letra, Holandés</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-implementaciones-de-TeX">implementaciones de TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-importar-graficos">importar gráficos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-imagenes_002c-crear">imágenes, crear</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-incluir-graficos">incluir gráficos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-1"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-2"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-3"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-4"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-5"><code class="code">indentfirst</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">\indent y \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indent_005flength"><code>indent_length</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indent_005fspace"><code>indent_space</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-index-package"><code class="code">index</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Informacion-de-la-configuracion-regional_002c-del-sistema">Información de la configuración regional, del sistema</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-informacion-del-sistema">información del sistema</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Informacion-del-sistema-operativo">Información del sistema operativo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-informar-errores">informar errores</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inicial">inicial</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inmediato-_005cwrite">inmediato <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-inputenc"><code>inputenc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-inputenc">paquete inputenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Inserciones-especiales">Inserciones especiales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Inserciones-especiales">Inserciones especiales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Insercion-de-caracteres-especiales">Inserción de caracteres especiales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Inserciones-especiales">Inserciones especiales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-insertar-figuras">insertar figuras</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-interfaz-de-linea-de-comando">interfaz de línea de comando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-interfaz_002c-linea-de-comandos">interfaz, línea de comandos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Interfaz de línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-italic-font">italic font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-itemize-environment"><code><code class="code">itemize</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f0"><code>item_0</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f01"><code>item_01</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f1"><code>item_1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f12"><code>item_12</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005f2"><code>item_2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005fx1"><code>item_x1</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-item_005fx2"><code>item_x2</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-O">O</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-observaciones-en-el-margen">observaciones en el margen</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oe-ligadura">oe ligadura</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-omitiendo_002c-cajas-negras">omitiendo, cajas negras</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opciones-de-clase">opciones de clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opciones-de-clase-de-documento">opciones de clase de documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opciones-globales">opciones globales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opciones-globales-1">opciones globales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-clase-de-documento">opciones, clase de documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-globales">opciones, globales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ordinales-en-espanol_002c-femenino-y-masculino">ordinales en español, femenino y masculino</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ordinales_002c-femenino-y-masculino">ordinales, femenino y masculino</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-J">J</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-j-sin-punto_002c-matematicas">j sin punto, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-justificacion-de-texto-a-la-derecha">justificación de texto a la derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-justificacion_002c-desigual-izquierda">justificación, desigual izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-justificacion_002c-irregular-a-la-derecha">justificación, irregular a la derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-justificar-texto-a-la-derecha_002c-entorno-para">justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-P">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paquete-datetime">paquete <code>datetime</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paquete-float">paquete <code>float</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paquete-makeidx">paquete <code>makeidx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paquete-multind">paquete <code>multind</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paquete-setspace">paquete <code>setspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paquete-showidx">paquete <code>showidx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paquetes_002c-cargando">paquetes, cargando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parametros-de-footnote">parámetros de footnote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote">Parámetros para Footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parametros-para-el-diseno-de-pagina">parámetros para el diseño de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parametros_002c-diseno-de-pagina">parámetros, diseño de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parametros_002c-para-footnote">parámetros, para footnote</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote">Parámetros para Footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-plantillas-de-documentos">plantillas de documentos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Plantillas-de-Documento">Plantillas de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-poesia_002c-un-entorno-para">poesía, un entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-posdata_002c-en-cartas">posdata, en cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preambulo_002c-definido">preámbulo, definido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Iniciando-y-Finalizando">Iniciando y Finalizando</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-produce-dos-columnas">produce dos columnas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-produce-una-columna">produce una columna</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-programas-de-ordenador_002c-composicion-tipografica">programas de ordenador, composición tipográfica</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-punto-centrado_002c-en-texto">punto centrado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-punto-superior-acento_002c-math">punto superior acento, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-punto_002c-centrado_002c-en-texto">punto, centrado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-puntos-suspensivos">puntos suspensivos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pagina-de-titulo_002c-creando-la">página de título, creando la</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parrafos">párrafos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos">Haciendo Párrafos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-K">K</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e">Knuth, Donald E.</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-R">R</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-redefiniendo-entornos">redefiniendo entornos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-reduccion_002c-omitiendo-vertical">reducción, omitiendo vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-referencias-cruzadas">referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Referencias-Cruzadas">Referencias Cruzadas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-referencias-cruzadas-con-numero-de-pagina">referencias cruzadas con número de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-referencias-cruzadas_002c-simbolicas">referencias cruzadas, simbólicas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-resumenes">resúmenes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-L">L</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-l-polaco">l polaco</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-la-fecha-de-hoy">la fecha de hoy</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-la-pila-de-matematicas">la pila de matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-label">label</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Lamport-TeX">Lamport TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Lamport_002c-Leslie">Lamport, Leslie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-landscape-option"><code>landscape <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex"><code>latex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex-1"><code>latex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex-2"><code>latex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-archivos-de-formato-_0028_002efmt_0029">LaTeX archivos de formato (<code class="code">.fmt</code>)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex-comando"><code>latex <span class="r">comando</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-descripcion">LaTeX descripción</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e">LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex_002ddev"><code>latex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"><code>latex-doc-ptr <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX2e-logo">LaTeX2e logo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-direccion-de-correo-electronico"><code><a class="email" href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a> <span class="r">dirección de correo electrónico</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latexsym-package"><code class="code">latexsym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Latin-extendido">Latín extendido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-leer-un-archivo">leer un archivo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-legalpaper-option"><code>legalpaper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-leqno-option"><code>leqno <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lethead_005fflag"><code>lethead_flag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lethead_005fprefix"><code>lethead_prefix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lethead_005fsuffix"><code>lethead_suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letra-en-circulo_002c-en-texto">letra en círculo, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letras-caligraficas-para-matematicas">letras caligráficas para matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letras-griegas">letras griegas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Letras-griegas">Letras griegas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-griegas">Letras griegas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letras-latinas_002c-adicional">letras latinas, adicional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letras-S-nitidas">letras S nítidas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letras_002c-acentuadas">letras, acentuadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letras_002c-latin-adicional">letras, latín adicional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letter-class"><code>letter <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letter-environment"><code><code class="code">letter</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-letterpaper-opcion"><code>letterpaper <span class="r">opción</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-leyendas">leyendas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-libro_002c-asunto-contraportada">libro, asunto contraportada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-libro_002c-asunto-final">libro, asunto final</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-libro_002c-asunto-principal">libro, asunto principal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-libro_002c-portada">libro, portada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ligadura-oe">ligadura oe</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-line_005fmax"><code>line_max</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lining-numerals">lining numerals</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-list-environment"><code><code class="code">list</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Lista-de-gabinetes">Lista de gabinetes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Listados-de-directorio_002c-del-sistema">Listados de directorio, del sistema</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listar-elementos_002c-especificando-contador">listar elementos, especificando contador</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listas-con-vinetas">listas con viñetas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listas-de-descripcion_002c-crear">listas de descripción, crear</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listas-de-elementos">listas de elementos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listas-de-elementos_002c-generica">listas de elementos, genérica</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listas-de-elementos_002c-numerados">listas de elementos, numerados</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listas-de-vinetas">listas de viñetas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listas-etiquetadas_002c-crear">listas etiquetadas, crear</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listas-no-ordenadas">listas no ordenadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listings-package"><code class="code">listings</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listings-package-1"><code class="code">listings</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-listings-package-2"><code class="code">listings</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-llave-derecha_002c-en-texto">llave derecha, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-llave-izquierda_002c-en-texto">llave izquierda, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-llave_002c-derecha_002c-en-texto">llave, derecha, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-llave_002c-izquierdo_002c-en-texto">llave, izquierdo, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-llaves">llaves</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lmodern-package"><code class="code">lmodern</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX">logo, LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e">logo, LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Logotipo-de-TeX">Logotipo de TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logotipo-LaTeX">logotipo LaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logotipo_002c-TeX">logotipo, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-longitudes-elasticas">longitudes elásticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-longitudes-elasticas_002c-definiendo-nuevas">longitudes elásticas, definiendo nuevas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-longitudes-rigidas">longitudes rígidas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-agregando-a">longitudes, agregando a</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-asignando-nuevas">longitudes, asignando nuevas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-configuracion">longitudes, configuración</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-longitudes_002c-definiendo-y-usando">longitudes, definiendo y usando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-low_002d9-comillas-simples-y-dobles">low-9 comillas simples y dobles</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lowercase">lowercase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lrbox"><code>lrbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lshort-document"><code>lshort <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lualatex"><code>lualatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lualatex_002ddev"><code>lualatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LuaTeX">LuaTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LuaTeX_002c-256-flujos-de-salida-en">LuaTeX, 256 flujos de salida en</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lideres_002c-punteados-en-la-tabla-de-contenido">líderes, punteados en la tabla de contenido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lineas-en-tablas">líneas en tablas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-S">S</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-salto-de-pagina">salto de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Saltos-de-P_00e1gina">Saltos de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-saltos-de-linea">saltos de línea</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Saltos-de-L_00ednea">Saltos de Línea</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-saltos-de-linea_002c-evitando">saltos de línea, evitando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-saltos-de-linea_002c-forzando">saltos de línea, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-saltos-de-pagina_002c-evitando">saltos de página, evitando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-saltos-de-pagina_002c-forzando">saltos de página, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sangria-de-parrafos_002c-en-minipage">sangría de párrafos, en minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sangria-de-parrafos_002c-en-minipage-1">sangría de párrafos, en minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sangria_002c-forzando-la">sangría, forzando la</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent">\indent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sangria_002c-suprimiendo-la">sangría, suprimiendo la</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sangrias-de-parrafo-en-texto-citado">sangrías de párrafo en texto citado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation">quotation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sangrias-de-parrafo-en-texto-citado_002c-omitiendo">sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quote">quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-seccionado">seccionado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-separacion-de-linea_002c-forzando">separación de línea, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-signo-de-dolar">signo de dólar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-siguiendo-el-estilo-de-encabezado-y-pie-de-pagina">siguiendo el estilo de encabezado y pie de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simulando-texto-escrito">simulando texto escrito</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subrayado">subrayado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subrayado_002c-en-texto">subrayado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subindice">subíndice</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices">Subíndices y Superíndices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-superindice">superíndice</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices">Subíndices y Superíndices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-bala">símbolo bala</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-circulo-grande_002c-en-texto">símbolo círculo grande, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-copyright">símbolo de copyright</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-circulo_002c-grande_002c-en-texto">símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-espacio-visible_002c-en-texto">símbolo de espacio visible, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-libra-esterlina">símbolo de libra esterlina</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-libra-esterlina-1">símbolo de libra esterlina</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-marca-comercial">símbolo de marca comercial</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-marca-registrada">símbolo de marca registrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-multiplicacion_002c-con-salto-de-linea-discrecional">símbolo de multiplicación, con salto de línea discrecional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-parrafo">símbolo de párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-seccion">símbolo de sección</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-vector_002c-math">símbolo de vector, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-del-euro">símbolo del euro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-femenino-ordinal">símbolo femenino ordinal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-mayor-que_002c-en-texto">símbolo mayor que, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-menor-que_002c-en-texto">símbolo menor que, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Simbolo-ordinal-femenino">Símbolo ordinal femenino</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolo-ordinal-masculino">símbolo ordinal masculino</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolos-de-texto">símbolos de texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolos-matematicos">símbolos matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simbolos_002c-matematicos">símbolos, matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-M">M</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-m_002dwidth">m-width</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-macros2e-package"><code class="code">macros2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Madsen_002c-Lars">Madsen, Lars</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeidx-package"><code class="code">makeidx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex-programa"><code class="command">makeindex</code> programa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-archivo-de-estilo"><code>makeindex, archivo de estilo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-programa"><code>makeindex, <span class="r">programa</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-marca-denominativa-compuesta_002c-en-texto">marca denominativa compuesta, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-marco_002c-ancho-de-linea"><code>marco, ancho de línea</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-marco_002c-separacion-de-contenido"><code>marco, separación de contenido</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-matematicas-en-negrita">matemáticas en negrita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath y \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-matematicas_002c-negrita">matemáticas, negrita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-matematicas_002c-negrita-1">matemáticas, negrita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath y \unboldmath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-environment"><code><code class="code">math</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-environment-1"><code><code class="code">math</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-estilos">math estilos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-math">Estilos math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-ingresar">math mode, ingresar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math_002c-flechas"><code>math, flechas</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-math_002c-formulas">math, fórmulas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-1"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-2"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-3"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-4"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-5"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mayusculas">mayúsculas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mensajes-de-error_002c-de-BibTeX">mensajes de error, de BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX">Mensajes de error BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-MetaPost-package"><code class="code">MetaPost</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mfirstuc-package"><code class="code">mfirstuc</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mhchem-package"><code class="code">mhchem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">Subíndices y superíndices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-milimetro">milímetro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minipage-environment"><code><code class="code">minipage</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minipagina_002c-crear-una">minipágina, crear una</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minted-package"><code class="code">minted</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minted-package-1"><code class="code">minted</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-minted-package-2"><code class="code">minted</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-miscelanea-matematica">miscelánea matemática</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica">Miscelánea matemática</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mm"><code>mm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modelos-de-color">modelos de color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modelos-de-color">Modelos de color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-de-izquierda-a-derecha">modo de izquierda a derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-de-parrafo-interno">modo de párrafo interno</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-LR">modo LR</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-matematico">modo matemático</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-matematico_002c-espaciado">modo matemático, espaciado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-matematico_002c-espaciado-1">modo matemático, espaciado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-matematico_002c-espaciado-2">modo matemático, espaciado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-matematico_002c-espacio-vertical">modo matemático, espacio vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-paragraph">modo paragraph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-parrafo">modo párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-parrafo-externo">modo párrafo externo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-vertical">modo vertical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modo-vertical-interno">modo vertical interno</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-modos">modos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-moneda_002c-dolar">moneda, dólar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-moneda_002c-euro">moneda, euro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mostrar-texto-citado-con-sangria-de-parrafo">mostrar texto citado con sangría de párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mostrar-texto-citado-sin-sangria-de-parrafo">mostrar texto citado sin sangría de párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-motor-pdfTeX">motor pdfTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-motores_002c-TeX">motores, TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mpfootnote-contador">mpfootnote contador</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mu"><code>mu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mu_002c-unidad-matematica">mu, unidad matemática</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-muestra-el-modo-matematico">muestra el modo matemático</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modos">Modos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-multind-package"><code class="code">multind</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-multiplicacion_002c-discrecional">multiplicación, discrecional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-maquina-de-escribir-en-negrita_002c-evitando">máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Modulo-entre-parentesis_002c-como-se-usa-en-_005c_0028-5_005cequiv-2_005cpmod-3-_005c_0029"><code>Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en <code class="code">\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-multiples-indices">múltiples índices</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-T">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-agregando-manualmente">tabla de contenido, agregando manualmente</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-creando">tabla de contenido, creando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido">Tablas de Contenido</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tablas_002c-creando">tablas, creando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabulaciones_002c-utilizando">tabulaciones, utilizando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tamano-del-texto">tamaño del texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tamanos-del-tipo-de-letra">tamaños del tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tamanos-del-tipo-de-letra-1">tamaños del tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tapa-superior">tapa superior</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-teoremas_002c-composicion-tipografica-de">teoremas, composición tipográfica de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-teoremas_002c-definiendo">teoremas, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-citado-con-sangria-de-parrafo_002c-mostrando">texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation">quotation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-citado-sin-sangria-de-parrafo_002c-mostrando">texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quote">quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-escrito_002c-simulando">texto escrito, simulando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-irregular-a-la-derecha">texto irregular a la derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-irregular-a-la-derecha_002c-entorno-para">texto irregular a la derecha, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-irregular-a-la-izquierda">texto irregular a la izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-irregular-a-la-izquierda_002c-entorno-para">texto irregular a la izquierda, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-justificado-a-la-derecha">texto justificado a la derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-literal">texto literal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-literal_002c-en-linea">texto literal, en línea</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texto-multicolumna">texto multicolumna</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thanks_002c-para-titlepage">thanks, para titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde-ASCII_002c-en-texto">tilde ASCII, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-en-texto">tilde, ASCII, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-cursiva">tipo de letra cursiva</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-de-ancho-fijo">tipo de letra de ancho fijo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-de-maquina-de-escribir">tipo de letra de máquina de escribir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-monoespacio">tipo de letra monoespacio</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-negrita">tipo de letra negrita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-oblicua">tipo de letra oblicua</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-oblicua-1">tipo de letra oblicua</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-romana">tipo de letra romana</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-sans-serif">tipo de letra sans serif</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-versales">tipo de letra versales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Tipos-de-Letra">Tipos de Letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tipos-de-Letra">Tipos de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipos-de-letra">tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tipos-de-Letra">Tipos de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tipos-de-letra_002c-nuevas-instrucciones-para">tipos de letra, nuevas instrucciones para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-title_002c-para-titlepage">title, para titlepage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titulos_002c-haciendo">títulos, haciendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-N">N</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-name"><code>name</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-naturaleza-extraoficial-de-este-manual">naturaleza extraoficial de este manual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-NBSP">NBSP</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nombre-de-archivo-para-el-trabajo-actual">nombre de archivo para el trabajo actual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nombre-de-trabajo">nombre de trabajo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nombre-de-trabajo-1">nombre de trabajo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nombre-del-documento-raiz">nombre del documento raíz</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nombre-del-documento-raiz-1">nombre del documento raíz</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nonstopmode">nonstopmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nota-al-pie_002c-de-una-nota-al-pie">nota al pie, de una nota al pie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie">Notas al pie de notas al pie</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nota-al-pie_002c-en-una-tabla">nota al pie, en una tabla</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">Notas al pie en una tabla</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Notas-a-pie-de-pagina_002c-en-los-titulos-de-las-secciones">Notas a pie de página, en los títulos de las secciones</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones">Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-notas-al-pie-en-figuras">notas al pie en figuras</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-notas-al-pie_002c-crear">notas al pie, crear</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-al-pie">Notas al pie</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-notas-al-pie_002c-simbolos-en-lugar-de-numeros">notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-notas-en-el-margen">notas en el margen</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-notas-marginales">notas marginales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-marginales">Notas marginales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-notitlepage-opcion"><code>notitlepage <span class="r">opción</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nueva-linea_002c-comenzando">nueva línea, comenzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nueva-linea_002c-comenzando-_0028modo-parrafo_0029">nueva línea, comenzando (modo párrafo)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nueva-linea_002c-en-_005cwrite">nueva línea, en <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nueva-linea_002c-salida-como-entrada">nueva línea, salida como entrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">\obeycr y \restorecr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nueva-pagina_002c-comenzando">nueva página, comenzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nuevo-comando_002c-comprobar">nuevo comando, comprobar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nuevo-comando_002c-definicion">nuevo comando, definición</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nuevos-comandos-de-clase">nuevos comandos de clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete">Construcción de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nuevos-comandos_002c-definiendo">nuevos comandos, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nuevos-comandos_002c-definiendo-1">nuevos comandos, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numerales_002c-estilo-antiguo">numerales, estilo antiguo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numero-de-ecuacion_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numero-de-figura_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de figura, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numero-de-nota-al-pie_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de nota al pie, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numero-de-pagina_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de página, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numero-de-seccion_002c-referencias-cruzadas">número de sección, referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numeros-de-ecuacion-de-la-derecha">números de ecuación de la derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numeros-de-ecuacion-de-la-izquierda">números de ecuación de la izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numeros-de-ecuacion_002c-izquierda-vs_002e-derecha">números de ecuación, izquierda vs. derecha</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numeros-de-ecuacion_002c-omitir">números de ecuación, omitir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numeros-de-estilo-antiguo">números de estilo antiguo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-numeros-de-seccion_002c-imprimir">números de sección, imprimir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-U">U</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-usando-BibTeX">usando BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Usando-BibTeX">Usando BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-O">O</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-oblique-font">oblique font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ogonek">ogonek</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-omitir-registro_002c-TeX-simple">omitir registro, TeX simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-one_002dcolumn-output">one-column output</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-onecolumn-option"><code>onecolumn <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-oneside-option"><code>oneside <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-de-clase">opciones de clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-de-clase-1">opciones de clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-de-clase-2">opciones de clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-de-la-clase-documento">opciones de la clase documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-de-paquete">opciones de paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-de-paquete-1">opciones de paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-de-paquete-color">opciones de paquete color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Color">Opciones del paquete Color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-del-paquete-graphics">opciones del paquete graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Graphics">Opciones del paquete Graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-globales">opciones globales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones-globales-1">opciones globales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Paquetes-adicionales">Paquetes adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-clase">opciones, clase</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-clase-de-documento">opciones, clase de documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-clase-de-documento-1">opciones, clase de documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-linea-de-comandos">opciones, línea de comandos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-paquete">opciones, paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete">Estructura de clase y paquete</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-paquete-1">opciones, paquete</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-paquete-color">opciones, paquete color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Color">Opciones del paquete Color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-opciones_002c-paquete-graphics">opciones, paquete graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-del-paquete-Graphics">Opciones del paquete Graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Opcion-noheader-para-filecontents">Opción <code class="code">noheader</code> para <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Opcion-nosearch-para-filecontents">Opción <code class="code">nosearch</code> para <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-openany-option"><code>openany <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-openbib-option"><code>openbib <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-openright-option"><code>openright <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Ordinales-en-espanol_002c-femenino-y-masculino">Ordinales en español, femenino y masculino</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ordinales_002c-femenino-y-masculino">ordinales, femenino y masculino</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-orientacion-landscape">orientación landscape</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-orientacion-retrato">orientación retrato</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-OT1">OT1</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-V">V</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-variables_002c-una-lista-de">variables, una lista de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-P">P</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-p"><code>p</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-abstract"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">abstract</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-adjustbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">adjustbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cajas">Cajas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-algorithm2e"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">algorithm2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-ammath"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">ammath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-ammath-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">ammath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amscd"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amscd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amscd-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amscd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsfonts"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsfonts</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsfonts-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsfonts</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-6"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-7"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl y \bigr etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Funciones-matem_00e1ticas">Funciones matemáticas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-9"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-11"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-12"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace y \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsthm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">amsthm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-appendix"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">appendix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-array"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">array</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-bigfoot"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">bigfoot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie">Notas al pie de notas al pie</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-bm"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">bm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#bm">bm</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-caption"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cleveref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cm-super</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-comprehensive"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">comprehensive</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cprotect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">cprotect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-datatool"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">datatool</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-datetime"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">datetime</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-dcolumn"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">dcolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">enumitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">enumitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-envlab"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">envlab</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-class-y-package">Comandos class y package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">eurosym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">eurosym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-expl3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">expl3</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyhdr"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fancyhdr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fancyhdr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyvrb"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fancyvrb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fancyvrb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-flafter"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">flafter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-float"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">float</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fontspec"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fontspec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-fontspec-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fontspec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita">Math OpenType en negrita</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometria"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">geometría</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometria-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">geometría</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-graphpap"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">graphpap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-grfext"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">grfext</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Entrada de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">\indent y \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-index"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-latexsym"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">latexsym</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-lmodern"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">lmodern</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-macros2e"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">macros2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter y \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-makeidx"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">makeidx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-math">Fórmulas math</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-MetaPost"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">MetaPost</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mfirstuc"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mfirstuc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-mhchem"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">mhchem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">Subíndices y superíndices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-minted-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">minted</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-multind"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">multind</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-pict2e"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">pict2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-pict2e-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">pict2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-PSTricks"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">PSTricks</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-setspace"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">setspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-shellesc"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">shellesc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-showidx"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">showidx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-sufijo"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">sufijo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">Notas al pie en una tabla</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">texosquery</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">textcase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcomp"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">textcomp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tikz-cd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tikz-cd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">titlesec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocbibbind"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tocbibbind</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tocloft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">tocloft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-ulem"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">ulem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">unicode-math</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita">Math OpenType en negrita</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">unicode-math</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-url"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">url</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-verbatimbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">verbatimbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xr">paquete xr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xr">paquete xr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xspace">paquete xspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xstring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page_005fprecedence"><code>page_precedence</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pagina-coloreada">pagina coloreada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#P_00e1ginas-coloreadas">Páginas coloreadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-palabra-de-control_002c-definir">palabra de control, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paquete-graphics">paquete graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Gr_00e1ficos">Gráficos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paquete-graphics-1">paquete graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics">Configuración del paquete de graphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paquete-graphics-2">paquete graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paquetes-adicionales_002c-cargando">paquetes adicionales, cargando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Paquetes-adicionales">Paquetes adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paquetes-graficos">paquetes gráficos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paquetes_002c-cargando-adicionales">paquetes, cargando adicionales</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Paquetes-adicionales">Paquetes adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paragraph_002c-en-una-caja">paragraph, en una caja</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parte">parte</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parte-1">parte</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parametros-de-la-composicion-de-pagina">parámetros de la composición de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parametros-de-nota-al-pie">parámetros de nota al pie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parametros_002c-composicion-de-pagina">parámetros, composición de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parametros_002c-para-notas-al-pie">parámetros, para notas al pie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parametros_002c-sustituir">parámetros, sustituir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parentesis">paréntesis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parentesis-coincidentes">paréntesis coincidentes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-y-_005cright">\left y \right</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-patron_002c-tabulaciones-actuales_002c-tabbing">patrón, tabulaciones actuales, <span class="r">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pc"><code>pc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex"><code>pdflatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex-comando"><code>pdflatex <span class="r">comando</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex_002ddev"><code>pdflatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdfTeX">pdfTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pegamento-simple-TeX">pegamento <span class="r">simple TeX</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pica">pica</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pict2e-package"><code class="code">pict2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pict2e-package-1"><code class="code">pict2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-picture-environment"><code><code class="code">picture</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pie-de-pagina_002c-parametros-para">pie de página, parámetros para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pilcrow_002c-almohada">pilcrow, almohada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pizarra-en-negrita">pizarra en negrita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Pizarra-negra">Pizarra negra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-plantilla-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">plantilla (simple), <code class="code">article</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Plantilla-de-art_00edculo">Plantilla de artículo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-plantilla_002c-beamer">plantilla, <code class="code">beamer</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Plantilla-beamer">Plantilla beamer</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-plantilla_002c-book">plantilla, <code class="code">book</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Plantilla-de-libro">Plantilla de libro</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-plantilla_002c-book-1">plantilla, <code class="code">book</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Plantilla-de-libro-Larger">Plantilla de libro Larger</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-plantillas-de-documentos">plantillas de documentos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Plantillas-de-documentos">Plantillas de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-plantillas_002c-documento">plantillas, documento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Plantillas-de-documentos">Plantillas de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-platex"><code>platex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-platex_002ddev"><code>platex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-plural"><code>plural</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-poesia_002c-un-entorno-para">poesía, un entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-point">point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package"><code class="code">polyglossia</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-1"><code class="code">polyglossia</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-2"><code class="code">polyglossia</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-3"><code class="code">polyglossia</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-portada-de-un-libro">portada de un libro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-posdata_002c-en-cartas">posdata, en cartas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-posicion_002c-en-imagen">posición, en imagen</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-preambulo_002c-definido">preámbulo, definido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comenzar-y-terminar">Comenzar y terminar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-programas-informaticos_002c-composicion-tipografica">programas informáticos, composición tipográfica</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-prompt_002c-_002a">prompt, &lsquo;<samp class="samp">*</samp>&rsquo;</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores">Recuperación de errores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pronunciacion">pronunciación</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pruebas-preliminares">pruebas preliminares</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-PSTricks-package"><code class="code">PSTricks</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pt"><code>pt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto-centrado_002c-en-texto">punto centrado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto-didot">punto didot</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto-escalado">punto escalado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto-PostScript">punto PostScript</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto-sobre-acento_002c-matematicas">punto sobre acento, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto_002c-centrado_002c-en-texto">punto, centrado, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto_002c-espaciado-despues">punto, espaciado después</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto_002c-final-de-abreviatura">punto, final de abreviatura</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-punto_002c-final-de-oracion">punto, final de oración</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-puntos">puntos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-puntos-suspensivos">puntos suspensivos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-puntos-suspensivos_002c-en-Unicode-_0028U_002b2026_0029">puntos suspensivos, en Unicode (U+2026)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-puntos-suspensivos_002c-tradicional-_0028tres-puntos_0029">puntos suspensivos, tradicional (tres puntos)</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pagina-de-titulo_002c-separada-o-corrida">página de título, separada o corrida</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pagina-flotante">página flotante</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pagina-oficial-para-el-manual">página oficial para el manual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pagina_002c-en-color">página, en color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#P_00e1ginas-coloreadas">Páginas coloreadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pagina_002c-estilos">página, estilos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-p_00e1gina">Estilos de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-paginas-de-titulo_002c-crear">páginas de título, crear</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parrafo">párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parrafo-1">párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parrafo_002c-terminando">párrafo, terminando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-parrafos">párrafos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Crear-p_00e1rrafos">Crear párrafos</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-X">X</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindy-programa"><code>xindy</code> programa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-Q">Q</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quad">quad</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico">Espaciado en modo matemático</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quotation-environment"><code><code class="code">quotation</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-quote-environment"><code><code class="code">quote</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-É">É</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Enfasis">Énfasis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enfasis">énfasis</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-R">R</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-radical">radical</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-raiz-cuadrada">raíz cuadrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-redefiniendo-entornos">redefiniendo entornos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-redefinir-un-comando">redefinir un comando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-redimensionado">redimensionado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-redimensionado-1">redimensionado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-reenviar-referencias_002c-resolviendo">reenviar referencias, resolviendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-referencia-directa">referencia directa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-referencia_002c-adelantada">referencia, adelantada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-referencias-cruzadas">referencias cruzadas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Referencias-cruzadas">Referencias cruzadas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-referencias-cruzadas-con-el-numero-de-pagina">referencias cruzadas con el número de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-referencias-cruzadas_002c-entre-documentos">referencias cruzadas, entre documentos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xr">paquete xr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-referencias-cruzadas_002c-resolviendo">referencias cruzadas, resolviendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-referencias-cruzadas_002c-simbolico">referencias cruzadas, simbólico</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-referencias_002c-resolver">referencias, resolver</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-registro-de-pegamento_002c-TeX-simple">registro de pegamento, TeX simple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-relacion_002c-texto-arriba">relación, texto arriba</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-report-class"><code>report <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Clases-de-documentos">Clases de documentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-reportar-errores">reportar errores</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-resumenes">resúmenes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-roman-font">roman font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-romper-lineas">romper líneas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea">Salto de línea</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rompiendo-paginas">rompiendo páginas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina">Salto de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-roots">roots</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rotacion">rotación</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-Í">Í</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indices">índices</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-S">S</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-s"><code>s</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-salida-de-dos-columnas">salida de dos columnas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-salto-de-linea">salto de linea</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Salto-de-l_00ednea">Salto de línea</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-salto-de-linea_002c-forzando">salto de línea, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-salto-de-pagina">salto de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Salto-de-p_00e1gina">Salto de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-salto-de-pagina_002c-evitando">salto de página, evitando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-salto-de-pagina_002c-forzando">salto de página, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-saltos-de-linea_002c-cambiando">saltos de línea, cambiando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy">\fussy y \sloppy</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-saltos-de-linea_002c-forzando">saltos de línea, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-saltos-de-linea_002c-multiplicacion-discrecional">saltos de línea, multiplicación discrecional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-saltos-de-linea_002c-previniendo">saltos de línea, previniendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-saltos-discrecionales_002c-multiplicacion">saltos discrecionales, multiplicación</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-saltos_002c-multiplicacion-discrecional">saltos, multiplicación discrecional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-samepage-entorno"><code>samepage <span class="r">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sangria-de-parrafo">sangría de párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sangria-de-parrafo-en-el-texto-citado">sangría de párrafo en el texto citado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sangria-de-parrafo-horizontal">sangría de párrafo horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip">\parindent y \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sangria-de-parrafos_002c-en-minipagina">sangría de párrafos, en minipágina</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sangria_002c-de-parrafo-en-minipagina">sangría, de párrafo en minipágina</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sangria_002c-forzando">sangría, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent">\indent y \noindent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sangrias-de-parrafo-en-texto-citado_002c-omitiendo">sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sans-serif-font">sans serif font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-script-de-letras-para-matematicas">script de letras para matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-scrollmode">scrollmode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos">Opciones de la línea de comandos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-seccionado_002c-parte">seccionado, parte</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-seccion">sección</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-seccion-1">sección</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-seccion_002c-redefiniendo">sección, redefiniendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-secnumdepth"><code>secnumdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-secnumdepth-counter"><code>secnumdepth <span class="r">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-secuencias-de-control">secuencias de control</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-seguridad-y-_005cwrite">seguridad y <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-y-seguridad">\write y seguridad</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-separacion-silabica_002c-definiendo">separación silábica, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-separacion-silabica_002c-discrecional">separación silábica, discrecional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-separacion-silabica_002c-forzando">separación silábica, forzando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029">\- (separación silábica)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-separacion-silabica_002c-prevenir">separación silábica, prevenir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-serie_002c-de-tipos-de-letra">serie, de tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-setspace-package"><code class="code">setspace</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sh_002c-usado-por-_005cwrite18"><code>sh<span class="r">, usado por <code class="code">\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-SHELL_002c-variables-de-entorno"><code>SHELL<span class="r">, variables de entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-shellesc-package"><code class="code">shellesc</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-showidx-package"><code class="code">showidx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-signo-de-dolar">signo de dolar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-signo-de-exclamacion_002c-al-reves">signo de exclamación, al revés</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-signo-de-interrogacion_002c-al-reves">signo de interrogación, al revés</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simular-texto-mecanografiado">simular texto mecanografiado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sintaxis-del-comando">sintaxis del comando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sintaxis-LaTeX3">sintaxis LaTeX3</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-siunitx-package"><code class="code">siunitx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-siunitx-package-1"><code class="code">siunitx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-skip-TeX-simple">skip <span class="r">TeX simple</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Longitudes">Longitudes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment"><code><code class="code">sloppypar</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-slot_002c-tipo-de-letra">slot, tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-soportes">soportes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Delimitadores">Delimitadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sp"><code>sp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-strut">strut</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-strut-1">strut</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-strut_002c-math">strut, math</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subparrafo">subpárrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subparrafo-1">subpárrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subrayado">subrayado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subseccion">subsección</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subseccion-1">subsección</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subsubseccion">subsubsección</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subsubseccion-1">subsubsección</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-subindice">subíndice</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">Subíndices y superíndices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-sufijo-package"><code class="code">sufijo</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-superposicion">superposición</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-superindice">superíndice</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices">Subíndices y superíndices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-symbol"><code>symbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-bala">símbolo de bala</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-control_002c-definir">símbolo de control, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Secuencias-de-control">Secuencias de control</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-circulo_002c-grande_002c-en-texto">símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-derechos-de-autor">símbolo de derechos de autor</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-espacio-visible_002c-en-texto">símbolo de espacio visible, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-la-libra-esterlina">símbolo de la libra esterlina</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-libras">símbolo de libras</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-marca-registrada">símbolo de marca registrada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-parrafo">símbolo de párrafo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-de-seccion">símbolo de sección</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-del-euro">símbolo del euro</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-Halmos">símbolo Halmos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-mayor-que_002c-en-texto">símbolo mayor que, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-menor-que_002c-en-texto">símbolo menor que, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-ordinal-femenino">símbolo ordinal femenino</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-ordinal-masculino">símbolo ordinal masculino</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-registrado">símbolo registrado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo-vectorial_002c-matematicas">símbolo vectorial, matemáticas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos-matem_00e1ticos">Acentos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolo_002c-definir">símbolo, definir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolos-de-fuente_002c-por-numero">símbolos de fuente, por número</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente">Símbolos por posición de fuente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Simbolos-de-grandes-circulos_002c-en-texto">Símbolos de grandes círculos, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolos-de-texto">símbolos de texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolos-matematicos">símbolos matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolos_002c-flechas">símbolos, flechas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolos_002c-matematicos">símbolos, matemáticos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos matemáticos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolos_002c-negrita">símbolos, negrita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#bm">bm</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-simbolos_002c-texto">símbolos, texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-T">T</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-T1">T1</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabbing-environment"><code><code class="code">tabbing</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabla-de-contenido">tabla de contenido</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-crear">tabla de contenido, crear</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-evitando-notas-al-pie-de-pagina">tabla de contenido, evitando notas al pie de página</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones">Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabla-de-contenido_002c-numeros-de-seccionado-impresos">tabla de contenido, números de seccionado impresos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tablas_002c-crear">tablas, crear</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-table-environment"><code><code class="code">table</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tablefootnote-package"><code class="code">tablefootnote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla">Notas al pie en una tabla</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabulaciones_002c-usando">tabulaciones, usando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code class="code">tabular</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tamano-de-diseno_002c-en-definiciones-de-letras">tamaño de diseño, en definiciones de letras</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tamano-del-tipo-de-letra">tamaño del tipo de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tamanos-de-letra">tamaños de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Tamanos-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tamanos-de-texto">tamaños de texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-teoremas_002c-definiendo">teoremas, definiendo</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-teoremas_002c-tipografia">teoremas, tipografía</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-terminal_002c-escribir-a">terminal, escribir a</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tex"><code>tex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texosquery-package"><code class="code">texosquery</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texput_002c-jobname-predefinido"><code>texput<span class="r">, jobname predefinido</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-textcase-package"><code class="code">textcase</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-textcomp-package"><code class="code">textcomp</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-alineado-a-la-izquierda-irregular">texto alineado a la izquierda irregular</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-centrado_002c-declaracion-para">texto centrado, declaración para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-centrado_002c-entorno-para">texto centrado, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-citado-con-sangria-de-parrafo_002c-mostrando">texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-citado-sin-sangria-de-parrafo_002c-mostrando">texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#comillas-y-citas">comillas y citas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-en-color">texto en color</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Texto-en-color">Texto en color</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-giratorio">texto giratorio</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-izquierdo-irregular_002c-entorno-para">texto izquierdo irregular, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-justificado-a-la-derecha-irregular">texto justificado a la derecha irregular</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-justificado-a-la-derecha-irregular_002c-entorno-para">texto justificado a la derecha irregular, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-justificado-a-la-izquierda">texto justificado a la izquierda</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-justificado-a-la-izquierda_002c-entorno-para">texto justificado a la izquierda, entorno para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-literal">texto literal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-literal_002c-en-linea">texto literal, en línea</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-mecanografiado_002c-simular">texto mecanografiado, simular</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto-multicolumna">texto multicolumna</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto_002c-cambio-de-tamano">texto, cambio de tamaño</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto_002c-cambio-de-tamano-1">texto, cambio de tamaño</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto_002c-escalado">texto, escalado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-texto_002c-escalado-1">texto, escalado</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thanks_002c-para-la-portada">thanks, para la portada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thebibliography-environment"><code><code class="code">thebibliography</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theindex"><code>theindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">Producir el índice manualmente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theindex-environment"><code><code class="code">theindex</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">Producir el índice manualmente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-theorem-environment"><code><code class="code">theorem</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-thorn_002c-letra-islandesa">thorn, letra islandesa</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Letras-latinas-adicionales">Letras latinas adicionales</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tie">tie</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tie_002ddespues-de-acento">tie-después de acento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TikZ-package"><code class="code">TikZ</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TikZ-package-1"><code class="code">TikZ</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-TikZ-package-2"><code class="code">TikZ</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox">\mbox y \makebox</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tikz_002dcd-package"><code class="code">tikz-cd</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tikz_002dcd-package-1"><code class="code">tikz-cd</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flechas">Flechas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tilde-ASCII_002c-en-texto">tilde ASCII, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-en-texto">tilde, ASCII, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-de-maquina-de-escribir">tipo de letra de máquina de escribir</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-inclinada">tipo de letra inclinada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-monoespacio">tipo de letra monoespacio</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipo-de-letra-negrita">tipo de letra negrita</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra">Estilos de tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipografia">tipografía</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tipos-de-letra">Tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipos-de-letra">tipos de letra</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tipos-de-letra">Tipos de letra</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipos-de-letra-caligraficas">tipos de letra caligráficas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caligr_00e1fico">Caligráfico</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Tipos-de-letra-OpenType">Tipos de letra OpenType</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipos-de-letra-script">tipos de letra script</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caligr_00e1fico">Caligráfico</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Tipos-de-letra-TrueType">Tipos de letra TrueType</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipos-de-letra_002c-nuevos-comandos-para">tipos de letra, nuevos comandos para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tipos-de-letra_002c-script">tipos de letra, script</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Caligr_00e1fico">Caligráfico</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlepage-environment"><code><code class="code">titlepage</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlepage-option"><code>titlepage <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-1"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-2"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-3"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-4"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-5"><code class="code">titlesec</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocbibbind-package"><code class="code">tocbibbind</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocdepth"><code>tocdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocdepth-counter"><code>tocdepth <span class="r">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocloft-package"><code class="code">tocloft</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e">Tabla de contenido etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tocloft-package-1"><code class="code">tocloft</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tombstone">tombstone</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-topmargin"><code>topmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina">Parámetros de composición de página</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-topnumber"><code>topnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-topnumber-1"><code>topnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-totalnumber"><code>totalnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-totalnumber-1"><code>totalnumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Flotantes">Flotantes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tramo-horizontal-infinito">tramo horizontal infinito</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tramo_002c-infinito-horizontal">tramo, infinito horizontal</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tres-cuartos-em_002ddash">tres cuartos em-dash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-twocolumn-option"><code>twocolumn <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-twoside-option"><code>twoside <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Opciones-de-la-clase-documento">Opciones de la clase documento</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titulo_002c-para-portada">título, para portada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-titulos_002c-hacer">títulos, hacer</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-U">U</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ulem-package"><code class="code">ulem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sobre-y-subrayado">Sobre y subrayado</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-underbar">underbar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Unicode">Unicode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-inputenc">paquete inputenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unicode_002dmath-package"><code class="code">unicode-math</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-OpenType-en-negrita">Math OpenType en negrita</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unicode_002dmath-package-1"><code class="code">unicode-math</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Puntos">Puntos</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unidades_002c-de-longitud">unidades, de longitud</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-uplatex"><code>uplatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-uplatex_002ddev"><code>uplatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-url-package"><code class="code">url</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-usando-BibTeX">usando BibTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Usar-BibTeX">Usar BibTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-codificacion-de-entrada-LaTeX-predeterminada">UTF-8, codificación de entrada LaTeX predeterminada</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Descripci_00f3n">Descripción</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-compatibilidad-del-motor-para">UTF-8, compatibilidad del motor para</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-tipo-de-letra-compatible-con">UTF-8, tipo de letra compatible con</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-fontenc">paquete fontenc</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-V">V</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-variables_002c-una-lista-de">variables, una lista de</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Contadores">Contadores</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-variantes-con-estrella_002c-comandos">variantes con estrella, comandos</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ve-y-ve-tambien-entradas-de-indice">ve y ve también entradas de índice</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verbatim-environment"><code><code class="code">verbatim</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verbatimbox-package"><code class="code">verbatimbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verse-environment"><code><code class="code">verse</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vineta_002c-en-texto">viñeta, en texto</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-texto">Símbolos de texto</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-W">W</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Wright_002c-Joseph">Wright, Joseph</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-X">X</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-x_002dheight">x-height</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Unidades-de-longitud">Unidades de longitud</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xdvi-comando"><code>xdvi <span class="r">comando</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Archivos-de-salida">Archivos de salida</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xdvipdfmx"><code>xdvipdfmx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xelatex"><code>xelatex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xelatex_002ddev"><code>xelatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-XeTeX">XeTeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Motores-TeX">Motores TeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xindex-programa"><code>xindex <span class="r">programa</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xindy-programa"><code>xindy <span class="r">programa</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xparse-package"><code class="code">xparse</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX">Sintaxis del comando LaTeX</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xparse-package-1"><code class="code">xparse</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xr-package"><code class="code">xr</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xr">paquete xr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code class="code">xr-hyper</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xr">paquete xr</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xspace-package"><code class="code">xspace</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#paquete-xspace">paquete xspace</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-xstring-package"><code class="code">xstring</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Nombre-del-trabajo">Nombre del trabajo</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th id="g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-Í">Í</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indice_002c-archivo-de-estilo"><code>índice, archivo de estilo</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indice_002c-impresion">índice, impresión</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indice_002c-multiple">índice, múltiple</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indice_002c-procesamiento">índice, procesamiento</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indice_002c-producir-manualmente">índice, producir manualmente</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente">Producir el índice manualmente</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indice_002c-rango-de-paginas">índice, rango de páginas</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-indices">índices</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
</table>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-1"><b>*</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-2"><b>\</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_symbol-3"><b>`</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<br>
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-B"><b>B</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-G"><b>G</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-H"><b>H</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-J"><b>J</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-K"><b>K</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
+<table class="cp-letters-footer-printindex"><tr><th>Saltar a: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-2"><b>&amp;</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-N"><b>N</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-3"><b>*</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-4"><b>-</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-5"><b>.</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-R"><b>R</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-6"><b>/</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-S"><b>S</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-7"><b>1</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-8"><b>:</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-U"><b>U</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-9"><b>[</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-10"><b>\</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-X"><b>X</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-11"><b>^</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-É"><b>É</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-12"><b>_</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos_cp_letter-Í"><b>Í</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-13"><b>{</b></a>
&nbsp;
-</td></tr></table>
-
-<hr>
-<a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Índice de Conceptos</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="Indice-de-Instrucciones"></a>
-<h2 class="unnumbered">Índice de Instrucciones</h2>
-
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-14"><b>~</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-2"><b>@</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-3"><b>\</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-4"><b>^</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-5"><b>_</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_symbol-15"><b>¿</b></a>
&nbsp;
<br>
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-B"><b>B</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-G"><b>G</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-Q"><b>Q</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-</td></tr></table>
-<table class="index-fn" border="0">
-<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><td>&nbsp;</td><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-1">$</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0024"><code>$</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-2">@</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0040_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d"><code>@{...}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-3">\</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0022-_0028acento-dieresis_0029"><code>\&quot; <span class="roman">(acento diéresis)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0023"><code>\#</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0024"><code>\$</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0025"><code>\%</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0026"><code>\&amp;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028acento-agudo_0029"><code>\' <span class="roman">(acento agudo)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\' <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0028"><code>\(</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0029"><code>\)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002a"><code>\*</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002b"><code>\+</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002c"><code>\,</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math">Espacios en Modo Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002d"><code>\-</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"><code>\- <span class="roman">(hyphenation)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002e-_0028acento-punto-encima_0029"><code>\. <span class="roman">(acento punto encima)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002f"><code>\/</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003a"><code>\:</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math">Espacios en Modo Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003b"><code>\;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math">Espacios en Modo Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003c"><code>\&lt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003d-_0028acento-macron_0029"><code>\= <span class="roman">(acento macrón)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\= <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e"><code>\&gt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-1"><code>\&gt;</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Espacios-en-Modo-Math">Espacios en Modo Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\&gt; <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAT">\AT</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_0027-_0028acento-agudo-en-tabulacion_0029"><code>\a' <span class="roman">(acento agudo en tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_003d-_0028acento-macron-en-tabbing_0029"><code>\a= <span class="roman">(acento macrón en tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa (&aring;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA (&Aring;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cacute"><code>\acute</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline_007bexto_007d_007bunidad_007d_007btexto_007d"><code>\addcontentsline{<var>exto</var>}{<var>unidad</var>}{<var>texto</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddress"><code>\address</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddress">\address</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents_007bextra_007d_007btexto_007d"><code>\addtocontents{<var>extra</var>}{<var>texto</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtolength"><code>\addtolength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddvspace"><code>\addvspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"><code>\ae (&aelig;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"><code>\AE (&AElig;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caleph"><code>\aleph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calph"><code>\alph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAlph"><code>\Alph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calpha"><code>\alpha</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calsoname"><code>\alsoname</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005camalg"><code>\amalg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cand-para-_005cauthor"><code>\and <span class="roman">para <code>\author</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cangle"><code>\angle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cappendix"><code>\appendix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005capprox"><code>\approx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carabic"><code>\arabic</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carccos"><code>\arccos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carcsin"><code>\arcsin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carctan"><code>\arctan</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carg"><code>\arg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carraycolsep"><code>\arraycolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carrayrulewidth"><code>\arrayrulewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carraystretch"><code>\arraystretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cast"><code>\ast</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005casymp"><code>\asymp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cauthor_007bnombre-_005cand-nombre2_007d"><code>\author{<var>nombre</var> \and <var>nombre2</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_0060-_0028acento-grave-en-tabulacion_0029"><code>\a` <span class="roman">(acento grave en tabulación)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cb-_0028acento-barra_0029"><code>\b <span class="roman">(acento barra)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbackslash"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbackslash-1"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbar"><code>\bar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbegin"><code>\begin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Entornos">Entornos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbeta"><code>\beta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbf"><code>\bf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbfseries"><code>\bfseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography"><code>\bibliography</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Usando-BibTeX">Usando BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Usando-BibTeX">Usando BibTeX</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcap"><code>\bigcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcap-1"><code>\bigcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcirc"><code>\bigcirc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcup"><code>\bigcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigodot"><code>\bigodot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigoplus"><code>\bigoplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigotimes"><code>\bigotimes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigskip"><code>\bigskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigskipamount"><code>\bigskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigsqcup"><code>\bigsqcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigtriangledown"><code>\bigtriangledown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigtriangleup"><code>\bigtriangleup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbiguplus"><code>\biguplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigwedge"><code>\bigwedge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbmod"><code>\bmod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cboldmath"><code>\boldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbot"><code>\bot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbottomfraction"><code>\bottomfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbowtie"><code>\bowtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cBox"><code>\Box</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbreve"><code>\breve</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbullet"><code>\bullet</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cc-_0028acento-cedilla_0029"><code>\c <span class="roman">(acento cedilla)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccal"><code>\cal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccap"><code>\cap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalacute"><code>\capitalacute</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalbreve"><code>\capitalbreve</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcaron"><code>\capitalcaron</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcedilla"><code>\capitalcedilla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaldieresis"><code>\capitaldieresis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalgrave"><code>\capitalgrave</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalmacron"><code>\capitalmacron</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalnewtie"><code>\capitalnewtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalogonek"><code>\capitalogonek</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalring"><code>\capitalring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltie"><code>\capitaltie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltilde"><code>\capitaltilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccc"><code>\cc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccdot"><code>\cdot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccdots"><code>\cdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccentering"><code>\centering</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cchapter"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccheck"><code>\check</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cchi"><code>\chi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccirc"><code>\circ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccircle">\circle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclearpage"><code>\clearpage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccline"><code>\cline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccline">\cline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclosing"><code>\closing</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclubsuit"><code>\clubsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnsep"><code>\columnsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnseprule"><code>\columnseprule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccong"><code>\cong</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccoprod"><code>\coprod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccopyright"><code>\copyright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccos"><code>\cos</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccosh"><code>\cosh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccot"><code>\cot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccoth"><code>\coth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccsc"><code>\csc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccup"><code>\cup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cd-_0028acento-circulo_0029"><code>\d <span class="roman">(acento círculo)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdag"><code>\dag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdagger"><code>\dagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdashbox"><code>\dashbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdashv"><code>\dashv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdate_007btexto_007d"><code>\date{<var>texto</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cday"><code>\day</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">\day \month \year</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction"><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdblfloatsep"><code>\dblfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdbltextfloatsep"><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdbltopfraction"><code>\dbltopfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddag"><code>\ddag</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddagger"><code>\ddagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddot"><code>\ddot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddots"><code>\ddots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdeg"><code>\deg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDelta"><code>\Delta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdelta"><code>\delta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdepth"><code>\depth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdet"><code>\det</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdh-_0028ae_0029"><code>\dh (&aelig;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDH-_0028AE_0029"><code>\DH (&AElig;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDiamond"><code>\Diamond</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiamond"><code>\diamond</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiamondsuit"><code>\diamondsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdim"><code>\dim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdisplaystyle"><code>\displaystyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiv"><code>\div</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdotfill"><code>\dotfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdots"><code>\dots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdoublerulesep"><code>\doublerulesep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdownarrow"><code>\downarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDownarrow"><code>\Downarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cell"><code>\ell</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cem"><code>\em</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cemph"><code>\emph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cemptyset"><code>\emptyset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cencl"><code>\encl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cend"><code>\end</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Entornos">Entornos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenlargethispage"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenumi"><code>\enumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenumii"><code>\enumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenumiii"><code>\enumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cenumiv"><code>\enumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cepsilon"><code>\epsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cequiv"><code>\equiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ceta"><code>\eta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfbox"><code>\fbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-1"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep"><code>\fboxsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxsep-1"><code>\fboxsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfill"><code>\fill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cflat"><code>\flat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfloatpagefraction"><code>\floatpagefraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol-1"><code>\fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-y-notas-al-pie"><code>\fnsymbol<span class="roman">, y notas al pie</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontseries"><code>\fontseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontshape"><code>\fontshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontsize"><code>\fontsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnote"><code>\footnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotemark"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnoterule"><code>\footnoterule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote">Parámetros para Footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesep"><code>\footnotesep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote">Parámetros para Footnote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesize"><code>\footnotesize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootnotetext"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootskip"><code>\footskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cforall"><code>\forall</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrac"><code>\frac</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrac_007bnum_007d_007bden_007d"><code>\frac{num}{den}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframebox"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframebox-1"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox">\fbox y \framebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrown"><code>\frown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfussy"><code>\fussy</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy">\fussy</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cGamma"><code>\Gamma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgamma"><code>\gamma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgcd"><code>\gcd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cge"><code>\ge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgeq"><code>\geq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgets"><code>\gets</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgg"><code>\gg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cglossary"><code>\glossary</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cglossaryentry"><code>\glossaryentry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cgrave"><code>\grave</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"><code>\guillemotleft <span class="roman">(&laquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"><code>\guillemotright <span class="roman">(&raquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="roman">(&lsaquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029"><code>\guilsinglright <span class="roman">(&rsaquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cH-_0028acento-dieresis-Hungara_0029"><code>\H <span class="roman">(acento diéresis Húngara)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chat"><code>\hat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chbar"><code>\hbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheadheight"><code>\headheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheadsep"><code>\headsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheartsuit"><code>\heartsuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cheight"><code>\height</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chline"><code>\hline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chline">\hline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chom"><code>\hom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chookleftarrow"><code>\hookleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chookrightarrow"><code>\hookrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chrulefill"><code>\hrulefill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chuge"><code>\huge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cHuge"><code>\Huge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chyphenation"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ci-_0028i-sin-punto_0029"><code>\i <span class="roman">(i sin punto)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij (ij)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ (IJ)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIm"><code>\Im</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cimath"><code>\imath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cin"><code>\in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinclude"><code>\include</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude">\include</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cincludeonly"><code>\includeonly</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindent"><code>\indent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent">\indent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindex"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexentry"><code>\indexentry</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinf"><code>\inf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinfty"><code>\infty</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cint"><code>\int</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ciota"><code>\iota</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cit"><code>\it</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-1"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-2"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citemindent"><code>\itemindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citemsep"><code>\itemsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citshape"><code>\itshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cj-_0028j-sin-punto_0029"><code>\j <span class="roman">(j sin punto)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cjmath"><code>\jmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cJoin"><code>\Join</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ck-_0028colita-_002d_002d_002dogonek-en-polaco_0029"><code>\k <span class="roman">(colita &mdash;ogonek en polaco)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckappa"><code>\kappa</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cker"><code>\ker</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckill"><code>\kill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l (&#322;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L (&#321;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumi"><code>\labelenumi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumii"><code>\labelenumii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumiii"><code>\labelenumiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumiv"><code>\labelenumiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemi"><code>\labelitemi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemii"><code>\labelitemii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemiii"><code>\labelitemiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelitemiv"><code>\labelitemiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelsep"><code>\labelsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelwidth"><code>\labelwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLambda"><code>\Lambda</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clambda"><code>\lambda</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cland"><code>\land</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clangle"><code>\langle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clarge"><code>\large</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLarge"><code>\Large</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLARGE"><code>\LARGE</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLaTeX"><code>\LaTeX</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLaTeXe"><code>\LaTeXe</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clbrace"><code>\lbrace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clbrack"><code>\lbrack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clceil"><code>\lceil</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cldots"><code>\ldots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cle"><code>\le</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleadsto"><code>\leadsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleft-delimitador1-_002e_002e_002e-_005cright-delimitador2"><code>\left <var>delimitador1</var> ... \right <var>delimitador2</var></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLeftarrow"><code>\Leftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftarrow"><code>\leftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clefteqn"><code>\lefteqn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftharpoondown"><code>\leftharpoondown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftharpoonup"><code>\leftharpoonup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargin"><code>\leftmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmargini"><code>\leftmargini</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginii"><code>\leftmarginii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginiii"><code>\leftmarginiii</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginiv"><code>\leftmarginiv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginv"><code>\leftmarginv</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleftmarginvi"><code>\leftmarginvi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLeftrightarrow"><code>\Leftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLeftrightarrow-1"><code>\Leftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cleq"><code>\leq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clfloor"><code>\lfloor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clg"><code>\lg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clhd"><code>\lhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clim"><code>\lim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005climinf"><code>\liminf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005climsup"><code>\limsup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cline"><code>\line</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinebreak"><code>\linebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinespread"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido">Tablas de Contenido</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido">Tablas de Contenido</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistparindent"><code>\listparindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clnot"><code>\lnot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clocation"><code>\location</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clocation">\location</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clog"><code>\log</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongleftarrow"><code>\longleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongleftrightarrow"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongmapsto"><code>\longmapsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongrightarrow"><code>\longrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clor"><code>\lor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clq"><code>\lq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakebox"><code>\makebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox">\makebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox (<code>picture</code>)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakeglossary"><code>\makeglossary</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glosarios">Glosarios</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakeindex"><code>\makeindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmakelabels"><code>\makelabels</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmaketitle"><code>\maketitle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmapsto"><code>\mapsto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginpar"><code>\marginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparpush"><code>\marginparpush</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparsep"><code>\marginparsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarginparwidth"><code>\marginparwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarkboth_007bizquierda_007d_007bderecha_007d"><code>\markboth{<var>izquierda</var>}{<var>derecha</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarkright_007bderecha_007d"><code>\markright{<var>derecha</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathbf"><code>\mathbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathcal"><code>\mathcal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathrm"><code>\mathrm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsf"><code>\mathsf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathtt"><code>\mathtt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathversion"><code>\mathversion</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmax"><code>\max</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmbox"><code>\mbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox">\mbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmdseries"><code>\mdseries</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmedskip"><code>\medskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmedskipamount"><code>\medskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmho"><code>\mho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmid"><code>\mid</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmin"><code>\min</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmodels"><code>\models</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmonth"><code>\month</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">\day \month \year</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmp"><code>\mp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmu"><code>\mu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmulticolumn"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmultiput"><code>\multiput</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmultiput">\multiput</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnabla"><code>\nabla</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cname"><code>\name</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cname">\name</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnatural"><code>\natural</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cne"><code>\ne</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnearrow"><code>\nearrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cneg"><code>\neg</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cneq"><code>\neq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand y \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewenvironment"><code>\newenvironment</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewfont"><code>\newfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewlength"><code>\newlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNEWLINE"><code>\NEWLINE</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cSPACE">\SPACE</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtie"><code>\newtie</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnofiles"><code>\nofiles</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido">Tablas de Contenido</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnoindent"><code>\noindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnonumber"><code>\nonumber</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont"><code>\normalfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnormalmarginpar"><code>\normalmarginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnormalsize"><code>\normalsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnot"><code>\not</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnotin"><code>\notin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnu"><code>\nu</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnwarrow"><code>\nwarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o (&oslash;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O (&Oslash;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cobeycr"><code>\obeycr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">\obeycr y \restorecr</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005codot"><code>\odot</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"><code>\oe (&oelig;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"><code>\OE (&OElig;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coint"><code>\oint</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOmega"><code>\Omega</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005comega"><code>\omega</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cominus"><code>\ominus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005conecolumn"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005copening"><code>\opening</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coplus"><code>\oplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coslash"><code>\oslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cotimes"><code>\otimes</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coverbrace_007btexto_007d"><code>\overbrace{<var>texto</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coverline_007btexto_007d"><code>\overline{<var>texto</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cowns"><code>\owns</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cP"><code>\P</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpageref"><code>\pageref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpagestyle"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparagraph"><code>\paragraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparallel"><code>\parallel</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparindent"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparindent-1"><code>\parindent</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent">\indent</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparsep"><code>\parsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cparskip"><code>\parskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparskip">\parskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpart"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpartial"><code>\partial</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpartopsep"><code>\partopsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cperp"><code>\perp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cphi"><code>\phi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPi"><code>\Pi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpi"><code>\pi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpm"><code>\pm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpmod"><code>\pmod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs"><code>\poptabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs-1"><code>\poptabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpounds"><code>\pounds</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPr"><code>\Pr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprec"><code>\prec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpreceq"><code>\preceq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprime"><code>\prime</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpropto"><code>\propto</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cps"><code>\ps</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPsi"><code>\Psi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpsi"><code>\psi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpushtabs"><code>\pushtabs</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cput"><code>\put</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cput">\put</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029"><code>\quotedblbase <span class="roman">(&bdquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029"><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="roman">(&sbquo;)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cr-_0028acento-anillo_0029"><code>\r <span class="roman">(acento anillo)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005craggedbottom"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005craggedleft"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005craggedright"><code>\raggedright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005craisebox"><code>\raisebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craisebox">\raisebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crangle"><code>\rangle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crbrace"><code>\rbrace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crbrack"><code>\rbrack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crceil"><code>\rceil</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRe"><code>\Re</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr">\obeycr y \restorecr</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005creversemarginpar"><code>\reversemarginpar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Notas-al-Margen">Notas al Margen</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crfloor"><code>\rfloor</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crhd"><code>\rhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crho"><code>\rho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cright"><code>\right</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRightarrow"><code>\Rightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightarrow"><code>\rightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightharpoondown"><code>\rightharpoondown</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightharpoonup"><code>\rightharpoonup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightleftharpoons"><code>\rightleftharpoons</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightmargin"><code>\rightmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crm"><code>\rm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crmfamily"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005croman"><code>\roman</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005croman-1"><code>\roman</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crq"><code>\rq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cS"><code>\S</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csavebox"><code>\savebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csavebox">\savebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csbox"><code>\sbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csbox">\sbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csc"><code>\sc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscshape"><code>\scshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csearrow"><code>\searrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csec"><code>\sec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csection"><code>\section</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cseename"><code>\seename</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cselectfont"><code>\selectfont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csetcounter"><code>\setcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csetminus"><code>\setminus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csettodepth"><code>\settodepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csettoheight"><code>\settoheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csettowidth"><code>\settowidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csf"><code>\sf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csffamily"><code>\sffamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csharp"><code>\sharp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cshortstack"><code>\shortstack</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSigma"><code>\Sigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csigma"><code>\sigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csignature"><code>\signature</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csim"><code>\sim</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csimeq"><code>\simeq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csin"><code>\sin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csinh"><code>\sinh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csl"><code>\sl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cslshape"><code>\slshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmall"><code>\small</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallint"><code>\smallint</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallskip"><code>\smallskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallskipamount"><code>\smallskipamount</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmile"><code>\smile</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE"><code>\SPACE</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cSPACE">\SPACE</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqcup"><code>\sqcup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqrt_005braiz_005d_007bargumento_007d"><code>\sqrt[<var>raíz</var>]{argumento}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsubset"><code>\sqsubset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsubseteq"><code>\sqsubseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsupset"><code>\sqsupset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsupseteq"><code>\sqsupseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"><code>\ss (&szlig;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"><code>\SS (SS)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstackrel_007btexto_007d_007brelacion_007d"><code>\stackrel{<var>texto</var>}{<var>relación</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstar"><code>\star</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstartbreaks"><code>\startbreaks</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstop"><code>\stop</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes">Línea de Órdenes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstopbreaks"><code>\stopbreaks</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsection"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubset"><code>\subset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubseteq"><code>\subseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csucc"><code>\succ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csucceq"><code>\succeq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csum"><code>\sum</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csup"><code>\sup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csupset"><code>\supset</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csupseteq"><code>\supseteq</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csurd"><code>\surd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cswarrow"><code>\swarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csymbol"><code>\symbol</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ct-_0028acento-atadura-con-siguiente_0029"><code>\t <span class="roman">(acento atadura con siguiente)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTAB"><code>\TAB</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cSPACE">\SPACE</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabbingsep"><code>\tabbingsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabcolsep"><code>\tabcolsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tablas-de-Contenido">Tablas de Contenido</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctan"><code>\tan</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctanh"><code>\tanh</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas">Funciones Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctau"><code>\tau</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctelephone"><code>\telephone</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTeX"><code>\TeX</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextascenderwordmark"><code>\textascenderwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciicircum"><code>\textasciicircum</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciitilde"><code>\textasciitilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"><code>\textasteriskcentered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbar"><code>\textbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbardbl"><code>\textbardbl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbf"><code>\textbf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbigcircle"><code>\textbigcircle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceleft"><code>\textbraceleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceright"><code>\textbraceright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbullet"><code>\textbullet</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcapitalwordmark"><code>\textcapitalwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletra_007d"><code>\textcircled{<var>letra</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcompwordmark"><code>\textcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcopyright"><code>\textcopyright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdagger"><code>\textdagger</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"><code>\textdaggerdbl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028o-_005c_0024_0029"><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(o <code>\$</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextellipsis"><code>\textellipsis</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028o-_002d_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textemdash <span class="roman">(o <code>---</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextendash-_0028o-_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(o <code>--</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexteuro"><code>\texteuro</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028o-_0021_0060_0029"><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(o <code>!`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfraction"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextgreater"><code>\textgreater</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextit"><code>\textit</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextleftarrow"><code>\textleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextless"><code>\textless</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextmd"><code>\textmd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal"><code>\textnormal</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextordfeminine"><code>\textordfeminine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextordfeminine-1"><code>\textordfeminine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextordmasculine"><code>\textordmasculine</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextparagraph"><code>\textparagraph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextperiodcentered"><code>\textperiodcentered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028o-_003f_0060_0029"><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(o <code>?`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028o-_0060_0060_0029"><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="roman">(o <code>``</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028o-_0027_0029"><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(o <code>'</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028o-_0060_0029"><code>\textquoteleft <span class="roman">(o <code>`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028o-_0027_0029"><code>\textquoteright <span class="roman">(o <code>'</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"><code>\textquotestraightbase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextregistered"><code>\textregistered</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextrightarrow"><code>\textrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextrm"><code>\textrm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsc"><code>\textsc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsf"><code>\textsf</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsl"><code>\textsl</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsterling"><code>\textsterling</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexttrademark"><code>\texttrademark</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexttt"><code>\texttt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexttwelveudash"><code>\texttwelveudash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextunderscore"><code>\textunderscore</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextup"><code>\textup</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextvisiblespace"><code>\textvisiblespace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th (&thorn;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH (&THORN;)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-no-Ingleses">Caracteres no Ingleses</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthanks_007btexto_007d"><code>\thanks{<var>texto</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctheta"><code>\theta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines">\thicklines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthinlines"><code>\thinlines</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinlines">\thinlines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace">\thinspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthispagestyle"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctilde"><code>\tilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctimes"><code>\times</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctiny"><code>\tiny</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctitle_007btexto_007d"><code>\title{<var>texto</var>}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cto"><code>\to</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctoday"><code>\today</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctop"><code>\top</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopfraction"><code>\topfraction</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopmargin"><code>\topmargin</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopsep"><code>\topsep</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopskip"><code>\topskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctotalheight"><code>\totalheight</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangle"><code>\triangle</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleleft"><code>\triangleleft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleright"><code>\triangleright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctt"><code>\tt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cttfamily"><code>\ttfamily</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctypein"><code>\typein</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctypein">\typein</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctypeout"><code>\typeout</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cu-_0028breve-acento_0029"><code>\u <span class="roman">(breve acento)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunboldmath"><code>\unboldmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderbar"><code>\underbar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmatematicas_007d"><code>\underbrace{matemáticas}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"><code>\underline{text}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunitlength"><code>\unitlength</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunlhd"><code>\unlhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunrhd"><code>\unrhd</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUparrow"><code>\Uparrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cuparrow"><code>\uparrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUpdownarrow"><code>\Updownarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cupdownarrow"><code>\updownarrow</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cuplus"><code>\uplus</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cupshape"><code>\upshape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUpsilon"><code>\Upsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cupsilon"><code>\upsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusebox"><code>\usebox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cv-_0028breve-acento_0029"><code>\v <span class="roman">(breve acento)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvalue"><code>\value</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarepsilon"><code>\varepsilon</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarphi"><code>\varphi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarpi"><code>\varpi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarrho"><code>\varrho</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarsigma"><code>\varsigma</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvartheta"><code>\vartheta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdash"><code>\vdash</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdots"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdots-1"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Miscel_00e1nea-Math">Miscelánea Math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvec"><code>\vec</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvector"><code>\vector</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvee"><code>\vee</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cverb"><code>\verb</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cVert"><code>\Vert</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvert"><code>\vert</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvline"><code>\vline</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvline">\vline</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwedge"><code>\wedge</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwidehat"><code>\widehat</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwidetilde"><code>\widetilde</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos">Acentos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwidth"><code>\width</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Longitudes-Predeterminadas">Longitudes Predeterminadas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwp"><code>\wp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwr"><code>\wr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cXi"><code>\Xi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cxi"><code>\xi</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cyear"><code>\year</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">\day \month \year</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005czeta"><code>\zeta</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005b"><code>\[</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-array_0029"><code>\\ (para <code>array</code>)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-centrar_0029"><code>\\ (para <code>centrar</code>)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\ (para <code>eqnarray</code>)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-flushright_0029"><code>\\ (para <code>flushright</code>)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028para-objetos-_005cshortstack_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(para objetos <code>\shortstack</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-forzar-la-separacion-de-linea"><code>\\ <span class="roman">forzar la separación de línea</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-para-cartas"><code>\\ <span class="roman">para cartas</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cartas">Cartas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-para-flushleft"><code>\\ <span class="roman">para <code>flushleft</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-para-tabular"><code>\\ <span class="roman">para <code>tabular</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-para-verse"><code>\\ <span class="roman">para <code>verse</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-para-_005cauthor"><code>\\ <span class="roman">para <code>\author</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-para-_005ctitle"><code>\\ <span class="roman">para <code>\title</code></span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-tabbing"><code>\\ <span class="roman">tabbing</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028para-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\* (para <code>eqnarray</code>)</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005d"><code>\]</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005e"><code>\^</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005e-_0028acento-circunflejo_0029"><code>\^ <span class="roman">(acento circunflejo)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005f"><code>\_</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028acento-grave_0029"><code>\` <span class="roman">(acento grave)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\` <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007b"><code>\{</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007c"><code>\|</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos">Símbolos Matemáticos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007d"><code>\}</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007e"><code>\~</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Caracteres-Reservados">Caracteres Reservados</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007e-_0028acento-tilde_0029"><code>\~ <span class="roman">(acento tilde)</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acentos">Acentos</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-4">^</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005e"><code>^</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices">Subíndices y Superíndices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-5">_</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005f"><code>_</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices">Subíndices y Superíndices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-A">A</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstract_002c-entorno"><code><code>abstract</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-array_002c-entorno"><code><code>array</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-C">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caja-lR"><code>caja lR</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-center_002c-entorno"><code><code>center</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clase-article"><code><span class="roman">clase</span> article</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clase-book"><code><span class="roman">clase</span> book</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clase-letter"><code><span class="roman">clase</span> letter</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clase-report"><code><span class="roman">clase</span> report</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clase-slides"><code><span class="roman">clase</span> slides</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Clases-de-Documento">Clases de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-contador-secnumdepth"><code><span class="roman">contador</span> secnumdepth</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Seccionado">Seccionado</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-D">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-description_002c-entorno"><code><code>description</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath_002c-entorno"><code><code>displaymath</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath_002c-entorno-1"><code><code>displaymath</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document_002c-entorno"><code><code>document</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-E">E</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ejemplo-_005cAlph"><code><span class="roman">ejemplo</span> \Alph</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ejemplo-_005cparskip"><code><span class="roman">ejemplo</span> \parskip</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-abstract"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>abstract</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-array"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>array</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-center"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>center</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-description"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>description</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-displaymath"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-displaymath-1"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-document"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>document</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-enumerate"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>enumerate</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-eqnarray"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>eqnarray</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-equation"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>equation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-equation-1"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>equation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-figure"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>figure</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-filecontents"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>filecontents</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-filecontents_002a"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>filecontents*</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-flushleft"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>flushleft</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-flushright"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>flushright</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-itemize"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>itemize</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-letter"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>letter</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-list"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>list</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-math"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>math</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-math-1"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>math</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-minipage"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>minipage</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-picture"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-quotation"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation">quotation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-quote"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quote">quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-table"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-tabular"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-thebibliography"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>thebibliography</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-theorem"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>theorem</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-titlepage"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>titlepage</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-verbatim"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>verbatim</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-entorno-verse"><code><span class="roman">entorno</span> <code>verse</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumerate_002c-entorno"><code><code>enumerate</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eqnarray_002c-entorno"><code><code>eqnarray</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation_002c-entorno"><code><code>equation</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation_002c-entorno-1"><code><code>equation</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-F">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure_002c-entorno"><code><code>figure</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents_002a_002c-entorno"><code><code>filecontents*</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents_002c-entorno"><code><code>filecontents</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushleft_002c-entorno"><code><code>flushleft</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushright_002c-entorno"><code><code>flushright</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-I">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indexspace"><code>indexspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-itemize_002c-entorno"><code><code>itemize</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-L">L</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latexrefman_002ddiscuss_0040gna_002eorg-direccion-de-correo-electronico"><code><a href="mailto:latexrefman-discuss@gna.org">latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</a> <span class="roman">dirección de correo electrónico</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Acerca-de-este-documento">Acerca de este documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letter_002c-entorno"><code><code>letter</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-list_002c-entorno"><code><code>list</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lrbox"><code>lrbox</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-M">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-entorno"><code><code>math</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-entorno-1"><code><code>math</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas">Fórmulas Matemáticas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minipage_002c-entorno"><code><code>minipage</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-O">O</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-10pt"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> 10pt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-11pt"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> 11pt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-12pt"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> 12pt</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-a4paper"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> a4paper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-a5paper"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> a5paper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-b5paper"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> b5paper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-draft"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> draft</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-executivepaper"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> executivepaper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-final"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> final</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-fleqn"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> fleqn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-landscape"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> landscape</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-legalpaper"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> legalpaper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-leqno"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> leqno</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-letterpaper"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> letterpaper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-notitlepage"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> notitlepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-onecolumn"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> onecolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-oneside"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> oneside</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-openany"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> openany</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-openbib"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> openbib</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-openright"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> openright</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-titlepage"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> titlepage</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-twocolumn"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> twocolumn</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opcion-twoside"><code><span class="roman">opción</span> twoside</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento">Opciones de Clase de Documento</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-P">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paquete-textcomp"><code><span class="roman">paquete</span> textcomp</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#S_00edmbolos-de-Texto">Símbolos de Texto</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-picture_002c-entorno"><code><code>picture</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-printindex"><code>printindex</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_00cdndices">Índices</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-Q">Q</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quotation_002c-entorno"><code><code>quotation</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation">quotation</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quote_002c-entorno"><code><code>quote</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quote">quote</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-T">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabbing_002c-entorno"><code><code>tabbing</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table_002c-entorno"><code><code>table</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabular_002c-entorno"><code><code>tabular</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thebibliography_002c-entorno"><code><code>thebibliography</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem_002c-entorno"><code><code>theorem</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlepage_002c-entorno"><code><code>titlepage</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-V">V</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verbatim_002c-entorno"><code><code>verbatim</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verse_002c-entorno"><code><code>verse</code>, <span class="roman">entorno</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
-</table>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-H"><b>H</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-2"><b>@</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-3"><b>\</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-J"><b>J</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-4"><b>^</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-K"><b>K</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_symbol-5"><b>_</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<br>
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-A"><b>A</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-C"><b>C</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-N"><b>N</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-D"><b>D</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-E"><b>E</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-F"><b>F</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-Q"><b>Q</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-I"><b>I</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-R"><b>R</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-L"><b>L</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-S"><b>S</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-M"><b>M</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-O"><b>O</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-U"><b>U</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-P"><b>P</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-Q"><b>Q</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-W"><b>W</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-T"><b>T</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-X"><b>X</b></a>
&nbsp;
-<a class="summary-letter" href="#g_t_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones_fn_letter-V"><b>V</b></a>
+<a class="summary-letter-printindex" href="#g_t_00cdndice_cp_letter-Í"><b>Í</b></a>
&nbsp;
</td></tr></table>
+</div>
-<hr>
-
+</div>
+</div>
+<hr/><div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
</body>
</html>
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.info b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.info
index d3a25270eb..940fe4e9c3 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.info
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.info
@@ -1,92 +1,99 @@
-This is latex2e-es.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.5 from
+This is latex2e-es.info, produced by makeinfo version 7.0.1 from
latex2e-es.texi.
Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, para la versión de Julio 2010.
-
- Esto se tradujo originalmente del archivo ‘LATEX.HLP’ v1.0a de la
-Biblioteca de Ayuda VMS. La versión pretraducción fue escrita por
-George D. Greenwade de Sam Houston State University. La versión de
-LaTeX 2.09 fue escrita por Stephen Gilmore. La versión de LaTeX2e fue
-adaptada por Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo la actualización y
-posteriores adiciones, y reconoce su agradecimiento a la utilización de
-‘Hypertext Help con LaTeX’, por Sheldon Green, y del ‘LaTeX Command
-Summary’ (para LaTeX 2.09) por L. Botway y C. Biemesderfer (publicada
-por el Grupo de Usuarios TeX como ‘TeXniques’ número 10), como material
-de referencia (no se copió texto directamente).
-
- Copyright 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Nacho Pacheco
-—Traducción.
-Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016
-Karl Berry.
+sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Enero 2023.
+
+ Este manual se tradujo originalmente de ‘LATEX.HLP’ v1.0a en la
+Biblioteca de ayuda de VMS. La versión previa a la traducción fue
+escrita por George D. Greenwade de la Universidad Estatal Sam Houston.
+La versión 2.09 de LaTeX fue escrita por Stephen Gilmore. La versión
+LaTeX2e fue adaptada desde esta por Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo
+más actualizaciones y adiciones, y reconoce con gratitud que ha
+utilizado ‘Hypertext Help con LaTeX’, de Sheldon Green, y ‘Resumen de
+comandos LaTeX’ (para LaTeX 2.09) por L. Botway y C. Biemesderfer
+(publicado por los usuarios del Grupo TeX como ‘TeXnicas’ número 10),
+como material de referencia. También reconocemos con gratitud el
+material adicional que aparece en la referencia de latex2e por Martin
+Herbert Dietze. (De estas referencias no se copió texto directamente).
+
+ © 2010-2023 Nacho Pacheco — Traducción.
+
+ Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016,
+2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
- A continuación se encuentra la licencia bajo la cual es distribuido
-este manual, una traducción lo es dada en anexo, ver *note License
-translation::.
+ Se otorga permiso para hacer y distribuir copias textuales de este
+manual siempre y cuando, se conserve en todas las copias este aviso de
+derechos de autor y este aviso de permiso.
- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
+ Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
+este manual bajo las condiciones para la copia literal, siempre que la
+totalidad del trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los
+términos de un aviso de permiso idéntico a este.
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions.
+ Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este
+manual a otro idioma, en las condiciones anteriores para versiones
+modificadas.
INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* LaTeX2e-es: (latex2e-es). Manual de extraoficial de LaTeX.
+* LaTeX2e: (latex2e). Manual de referencia extraoficial de LaTeX.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Top, Next: Acerca de este documento, Up: (dir)
-LaTeX2e
-*******
+LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial
+*********************************************
-Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Julio 2010. Este se
-pretende que cubra LaTeX2e, que ha sido la versión estándar de LaTeX por
-muchos años.
+Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial (versión Enero
+2023) para LaTeX2e, un sistema de preparación de documentos.
* Menu:
-* Acerca de este documento:: Acerca de este documento
-* Descripción:: ¿Qués es LaTeX?
-* Iniciando y Finalizando:: El principio y final estándar de un documento.
-* Clases de Documento:: Algunas de las diferentes clases disponibles.
-* Tipos de Letra:: Y tipos de letra, como negrita, cursiva, etc.
-* Diseño:: Controlando el diseño de la página.
-* Seccionado:: Cómo seccionar adecuadamente.
-* Referencias Cruzadas:: Referencias automáticas.
-* Entornos:: Tal como enumerate e itemize.
-* Saltos de Línea:: Influyendo en los saltos de línea.
-* Saltos de Página:: Influyendo en los saltos de página.
-* Notas al Pie:: Cómo producir notas al pie.
-* Definiciones:: Definiendo sus propias instrucciones, etc.
-* Contadores:: Contadores internos utilizados por LaTeX.
-* Longitudes:: Las instrucciones de longitud.
-* Haciendo Párrafos:: Instrucciones de Párrafo.
-* Fórmulas Matemáticas:: Cómo crear fórmulas matemáticas.
-* Modos:: Modos Párrafo, Matemáticas o de Escritura de Izquierda a Derecha.
-* Estilos de Página:: Varios estilos de diseño de página.
-* Espacios:: Espacio horizontal y vertical.
-* Cajas:: Haciendo cajas.
-* Inserciones Especiales:: Insertando caracteres reservados y especiales.
-* Dividiendo la Entrada:: Manejo de archivos de gran tamaño mediante su fraccionamiento.
-* Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada:: Tablas de contenido, glosarios, índices.
-* Cartas:: La clase ‘letter’.
-* Entrada/Salida a la Terminal:: Interacción del usuario.
-* Línea de Órdenes:: Comportamiento independiente del sistema de la línea de órdenes.
-* Plantillas de Documento:: Principales plantillas para diversas clases de documento.
-* Traducción de la licencia: License translation. Una traducciòn como informaciòn de la licencia.
-* Índice de Conceptos:: Índice general.
-* Índice de Instrucciones:: Lista alfabética de instrucciones LaTeX.
+* Acerca de este documento:: Informe de errores, etc.
+* Descripción:: ¿Qué es LaTeX?
+* Clases de documentos:: Algunas de las diversas clases
+ disponibles.
+* Tipos de letra:: Cursiva, negrita, máquina de
+ escribir, etc.
+* Composición:: Controlar la composición de la
+ página.
+* Seccionado:: Partes, Capítulos, Secciones, etc.
+* Referencias cruzadas:: Referencia automática.
+* Entornos:: Tal como enumerar y detallar.
+* Salto de línea:: Influir en los saltos de línea.
+* Salto de página:: Influir en los saltos de página.
+* Notas al pie:: Cómo producir notas a pie de
+ página.
+* Definiciones:: Define tus propios comandos, etc.
+* Contadores:: Contadores internos utilizados por
+ LaTeX.
+* Longitudes:: Los comandos de longitud.
+* Crear párrafos:: Comandos de párrafo.
+* Fórmulas math:: Cómo crear fórmulas matemáticas.
+* Modos:: Modos de párrafo, matemáticas o LR.
+* Estilos de página:: Varios estilos de composición de
+ página.
+* Espacios:: Espacio horizontal y vertical.
+* Cajas:: Hacer cajas.
+* Color:: Definición y uso de colores.
+* Gráficos:: Importar gráficos desde fuera de
+ LaTeX.
+* Inserciones especiales:: Inserción de caracteres reservados
+ y especiales.
+* Dividir la entrada:: Lidiar con archivos grandes
+ dividiéndolos.
+* Material de portada/contraportada:: Tablas de contenido, glosarios,
+ índices.
+* Cartas:: La clase ‘letter’.
+* Entrada/salida:: Interacción del usuario.
+* Interfaz de línea de comandos:: Opciones comunes de la línea de
+ comandos.
+* Plantillas de documentos:: Plantillas de inicio para varias
+ clases de documentos.
+* Índice:: Índice general.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Acerca de este documento, Next: Descripción, Prev: Top, Up: Top
@@ -94,2008 +101,6128 @@ File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Acerca de este documento, Next: Descripción, Pr
1 Acerca de este documento
**************************
-LaTeX está implementado como un paquete de macros por Donald E. Knuth’s
-para el programa de composición tipográfica TeX. LaTeX originalmente
-fue creado por Leslie Lamport; este ahora es mantenido por un grupo de
-voluntarios en (<http://latex-project.org>). La documentación oficial
-escrita por el proyecto LaTeX está disponible allí.
+Este es un manual de referencia extraoficial para el sistema de
+preparación de documentos LaTeX2e, que es un paquete de macros para el
+programa de composición tipográfica TeX (*note Descripción::).
+
+ La página oficial de este documento es <https://latexref.xyz>; Tiene
+páginas web separadas para cada tema. Alternativamente
+<https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html> tiene el documento completo en
+una sola página. Para otros formatos de salida, las fuentes y mucho más
+información, consulta <https://latexref.xyz/dev/>.
- Una vez más, el presente documento no es oficial y no ha sido
-revisado por los responsables del proyecto LaTeX. No enviar informes de
-error o cualquier otra cosa sobre este documento a ellos. En su lugar,
-por favor, envíe todos comentarios a <latexrefman@tug.org>.
+ En este documento, principalmente usaremos ‘LaTeX’ en lugar de
+‘LaTeX2e’, ya que la versión anterior de LaTeX (2.09) está congelada
+hace décadas.
- La página principal de este documento es
-<http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/>. Esa página tiene
-enlaces al resultado actual de la compilación de este documento en
-varios formatos, a fuentes, a listas de correo, y a otros
-infraestructura.
+ LaTeX es mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios
+(<https://latex-project.org>). La documentación oficial escrita por el
+proyecto LaTeX está disponible en su sitio web. El presente documento
+es completamente extraoficial y, no ha sido escrito ni revisado por los
+mantenedores de LaTeX. No envíes informes de errores o cualquier otra
+cosa sobre este documento. En su lugar, envía todos los comentarios a
+<latexrefman@tug.org>.
- Por supuesto, hay muchas otras muchas fuentes de información sobre,
-LaTeX. Éstos son algunos de ellos:
+ Este documento es una referencia, no un tutorial. Hay una gran
+variedad de otra información disponible sobre LaTeX, en todos los
+niveles. Aquí tienes algunas introducciones.
-<http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr>
- Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas a LaTeX documentación.
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr>
+ Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas para la documentación de
+ LaTeX.
-<http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc>
- Escribir su primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc>
+ Escribe tu primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
-<http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide>
- La guía para los autores de documentos mantenidos como parte de
- LaTeX; hay varios otros.
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort>
+ Una introducción más larga a LaTeX, traducida a muchos idiomas.
-<http://tug.org/begin.html>
- Introducción al TeX sistema, incluyendo LaTeX.
+<https://tug.org/begin.html>
+ Introducción al sistema TeX, incluido LaTeX, con más referencias

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Descripción, Next: Iniciando y Finalizando, Prev: Acerca de este documento, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Descripción, Next: Clases de documentos, Prev: Acerca de este documento, Up: Top
2 Descripción de LaTeX
**********************
-Las instrucciones LaTeX componen tipográficamente un archivo de texto
-usando el programa TeX y el “paquete de macros” LaTeX para TeX. Para
-ser más específicos, este procesa un archivo de entrada que contiene el
-texto de un documento con instrucciones intercaladas que describen cómo
-se debe dar formato al texto. Este produce al menos tres archivos de
-salida:
+LaTeX es un sistema para la composición tipográfica de documentos.
+Originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport en 1984, pero ha sido
+mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios desde hace muchos años
+(<https://latex-project.org>). Se utiliza ampliamente, en particular,
+pero no exclusivamente, para matemáticas y documentos técnicos.
+
+ Un usuario de LaTeX escribe un archivo de entrada que contiene texto
+para componer junto con comandos intercalados. La codificación
+predeterminada para el texto es UTF-8 (a partir de 2018). Los comandos
+especifican, por ejemplo, cómo se debe formatear el texto.
+
+ LaTeX se implementa como un conjunto de las llamadas “macros”
+relacionadas que usa Donald E. El programa de composición tipográfica
+TeX de Knuth o uno de sus derivados, conocidos colectivamente como
+“motores”. Así, el usuario produce una salida, normalmente PDF,
+entregando el archivo de entrada a un motor TeX. (Las siguientes
+secciones describen todo esto con más detalle).
+
+ (El término LaTeX también se usa a veces para indicar el lenguaje en
+el que el documento de entrada está marcado, es decir, para especificar
+el conjunto de comandos disponible para un usuario de LaTeX.
+
+ El nombre LaTeX es la abreviatura de “Lamport TeX”. Se pronuncia
+LAH-teck o LAY-teck, o a veces LAY-tecks. Dentro de un documento,
+puedes producir el logo con ‘\LaTeX’. Cuando el uso del logotipo no es
+sensible, como en texto sin formato, escríbelo como ‘LaTeX’.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Comenzar y terminar:: El principio y final estándar de un
+ documento.
+* Archivos de salida:: Archivos producidos.
+* Motores TeX:: Programas que pueden compilar TeX
+ y LaTeX.
+* Sintaxis del comando LaTeX:: Sintaxis general de los comandos
+ LaTeX.
+* Entorno:: Un área de la fuente con un
+ comportamiento distinto.
+* CTAN:: Nuestro repositorio.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Comenzar y terminar, Next: Archivos de salida, Up: Descripción
- 1. Un archivo de salida principal, que es uno de:
+2.1 Comenzar y terminar
+=======================
- 1. Si se invoca como ‘latex’, un archivo “independiente del
- dispositivo” (‘.dvi’). Este contiene las instrucciones que se
- pueden traducir en órdenes para una variedad de dispositivos
- de salida. Usted puede ver estos archivos ‘.dvi’ producidos
- por LaTeX utilizando un programa como ‘xdvi’ (visualización
- directa) o ‘dvips’ (los convierte a PostScript).
+Los archivos LaTeX tienen una estructura global simple, con un comienzo
+y fin estándar. Este es un pequeño ejemplo.
- 2. Si es invocado como ‘pdflatex’, produce un archivo de
- “Documento de Formato Portátil” (‘.pdf’). Normalmente, este
- es un archivo autocontenido, con todos los tipos de letra e
- imágenes incrustadas. Este puede ser muy útil, pero hace que
- produzca un archivo mucho más grande que el ‘.dvi’ producido a
- partir del mismo documento.
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \begin{document}
+ Hola, mundo \LaTeX\.
+ \end{document}
- Existen otras variantes menos comunes de LaTeX (y TeX), de modo que
- puede producir HTML, XML y otras cosas.
+Cada documento LaTeX tiene una línea ‘\begin{document}’ y una línea
+‘\end{document}’.
- 2. Un archivo de“transcripción” o ‘.log’ que contiene información
- resumida y mensajes de diagnóstico para cualquier error descubierto
- en el archivo de entrada.
+Aquí, ‘article’ es la “clase de documento”. Se implementa en un archivo
+‘article.cls’. Puedes utilizar cualquier clase de documento en tu
+sistema. Algunas clases de documentos están definidas por el mismo
+LaTeX y hay una gran variedad de otras clases ampliamente disponibles.
+*Note Clases de documentos::.
- 3. Un archivo “auxiliar” o ‘.aux’. Este es usado por LaTeX mismo,
- para diversas cosas como el seccionado.
+ Puedes incluir otros comandos LaTeX entre los comandos
+‘\documentclass’ y ‘\begin{document}’. Esta área se llama “preámbulo”.
- Una instrucción LaTeX comienza con el nombre de la instrucción, la
-cual consiste de una ‘\’ seguida por o bien (a) una cadena de letras o
-(b) un único carácter no letra. Los argumentos que figuran entre
-corchetes, ‘[]’, son opcionales, mientras que los argumentos contenidos
-entre llaves, ‘{}’, son obligatorios.
+ El par ‘\begin{document}’, ‘\end{document}’ define un “entorno”; el
+entorno ‘document’ (y no otros) es obligatorio en todos los documentos
+LaTeX (*note document::). LaTeX pone a tu disposición muchos entornos
+que están documentados aquí (*note Entornos::). Muchos más están
+disponibles para ti desde paquetes externos, sobre todo los disponibles
+en CTAN (*note CTAN::).
- LaTeX es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. Cuando ingresa
-instrucciones, use la caja de letras propia a cada instrucción —
-tradicionalmente es minúsculas.
+ Las siguientes secciones tratan sobre cómo producir PDF u otra salida
+desde un archivo de entrada LaTeX.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Iniciando y Finalizando, Next: Clases de Documento, Prev: Descripción, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Archivos de salida, Next: Motores TeX, Prev: Comenzar y terminar, Up: Descripción
-3 Iniciando y Finalizando
-*************************
+2.2 Archivos de salida
+======================
-Un archivo de entrada mínimo tiene el siguiente aspecto:
+LaTeX produce un archivo de salida principal y al menos dos archivos
+auxiliares. El nombre del archivo de salida principal termina en ‘.dvi’
+o ‘.pdf’.
+
+‘.dvi’
+ Si LaTeX se invoca con el comando del sistema ‘latex’ entonces
+ produce un archivo independiente del dispositivo, con extensión
+ ‘.dvi’. Puedes ver este archivo con un comando como ‘xdvi’, o lo
+ puedes convertir a un archivo PostScript ‘.ps’ con ‘dvips’ o a un
+ archivo de formato de documento portable ‘.pdf’ con ‘dvipdfmx’. El
+ contenido del archivo se puede volcar en forma legible por humanos
+ con ‘dvitype’. Hay disponible una amplia gama de programas DVI
+ utilitarios (<https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>).
+
+‘.pdf’
+ Si LaTeX se invoca a través del comando del sistema ‘pdflatex’,
+ entre otros comandos (*note Motores TeX::), entonces la salida
+ principal es un archivo de formato de documento portable (PDF).
+ Típicamente este es un archivo independiente, incluyendo todos los
+ tipos de letra e imágenes necesarias.
+
+ LaTeX siempre produce al menos dos archivos adicionales.
+
+‘.log’
+ Esta transcripción del archivo contiene información resumida, como
+ una lista de paquetes cargados. También incluye mensajes de
+ diagnóstico y quizás información adicional para cualquier error.
+
+‘.aux’
+ La información auxiliar la utiliza LaTeX para cosas como
+ referencias cruzadas. Por ejemplo, la primera vez que LaTeX
+ encuentra una referencia directa — una referencia cruzada a algo
+ que aún no ha apareció en la fuente — aparecerá en la salida como
+ un doble signo de interrogación ‘??’. Cuando el lugar al que se
+ hace referencia finalmente aparece en la fuente, entonces LaTeX
+ escribe su información de ubicación en este archivo ‘.aux’. En la
+ siguiente invocación, LaTeX lee la información de ubicación de este
+ archivo y la usa para resolver la referencia, sustituyendo el doble
+ signo de interrogación por la ubicación guardada.
+
+ LaTeX puede producir aún más archivos, caracterizados por el nombre
+de archivo terminado. Estos incluyen un archivo ‘.lof’ que se usa para
+hacer una lista de figuras, un archivo ‘.lot’ usado para hacer una lista
+de tablas, y un archivo ‘.toc’ utilizado para hacer una tabla de
+contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::) Una clase particular puede
+crear otras; la lista no tiene límites.
- \documentclass{CLASE}
- \begin{document}
- SU TEXTO
- \end{document}
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Motores TeX, Next: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX, Prev: Archivos de salida, Up: Descripción
-donde CLASE es una clase de documento válida para LaTeX. *Note Clases
-de Documento::, para detalles de varias clases de documento disponibles
-localmente.
+2.3 Motores TeX
+===============
- Usted puede incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX entre las instrucciones
-‘\documentclass’ y ‘\begin{document}’ (esta área se llama el
-“preámbulo”).
+LaTeX es un gran conjunto de comandos que ejecuta un programa TeX (*note
+Descripción::). Tal conjunto de comandos se llama “format”, y está
+incorporado en un archivo ‘.fmt’ binario, que se puede leer mucho más
+rápido que la fuente TeX correspondiente.
+
+ Esta sección ofrece una breve descripción general de los programas
+TeX que comúnmente están disponibles (también *note Interfaz de línea de
+comandos::).
+
+‘latex’
+‘pdflatex’
+ En TeX Live (<https://tug.org/texlive>), si se invoca a LaTeX
+ mediante el comando del sistema ‘latex’ o ‘pdflatex’, luego se
+ ejecuta el motor pdfTeX (<https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). Cuando se
+ invoca como ‘latex’, la salida principal es un archivo ‘.dvi’; como
+ con ‘pdflatex’, la salida principal es un archivo ‘.pdf’.
+
+ pdfTeX incorpora las extensiones e-TeX al original del programa
+ Knuth (<https://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), incluidas características de
+ programación y composición tipográfica bidireccional, y tiene un
+ montón de extensiones propias. e-TeX está disponible por sí solo
+ como el comando del sistema ‘etex’, pero este es simple TeX (y
+ produce ‘.dvi’).
+
+ En otras distribuciones TeX, ‘latex’ puede invocar a e-TeX en lugar
+ de pdfTeX. En cualquier caso, las extensiones e-TeX se puede
+ suponer que están disponibles en LaTeX.
+
+‘lualatex’
+ Si LaTeX se invoca a través del comando del sistema ‘lualatex’, se
+ ejecuta el motor LuaTeX (<https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>). Este
+ programa permite escribir código en el lenguaje de programación Lua
+ (<http://luatex.org>) para interactuar con la composición
+ tipográfica de TeX. LuaTeX maneja la entrada Unicode UTF-8 de
+ forma nativa, puede manejar OpenType y tipos de letra TrueType, y
+ genera un archivo ‘.pdf’ de forma predeterminada. También existe
+ ‘dvilualatex’ para generar un archivo ‘.dvi’.
+
+‘xelatex’
+ Si LaTeX se invoca con el comando del sistema ‘xelatex’, se ejecuta
+ el motor XeTeX (<https://tug.org/xetex>). Como LuaTeX, XeTeX
+ admite de forma nativa tipos de letra Unicode UTF-8, TrueType y
+ OpenType, aunque la implementación es completamente diferente,
+ principalmente usando bibliotecas externas en lugar de código
+ interno. XeTeX produce un archivo ‘.pdf’ como salida; no es
+ compatible con la salida DVI.
+
+ Internamente, XeTeX crea un archivo ‘.xdv’, una variante de DVI, y
+ traduce eso a PDF usando el programa (‘x’)‘dvipdfmx’, pero este
+ proceso es automático. El archivo ‘.xdv’ es útil solo para
+ depuración.
+
+‘platex’
+‘uplatex’
+ Estos comandos brindan soporte adicional significativo para japonés
+ y otros idiomas; la variante ‘u’ es compatible con Unicode. Ve
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex> y <https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>.
+
+ A partir de 2019, hay un comando y formato ‘-dev’ complementario para
+todos los anteriores:
+
+‘dvilualatex-dev’
+‘latex-dev’
+‘lualatex-dev’
+‘pdflatex-dev’
+‘platex-dev’
+‘uplatex-dev’
+‘xelatex-dev’
+ Estos son candidatos para un próximo lanzamiento de LaTeX. El
+ propósito principal es encontrar y abordar los problemas de
+ compatibilidad antes de un lanzamiento oficial.
+
+ Estos formatos ‘-dev’ facilitan que cualquier persona ayude a
+ probar documentos y código: puedes ejecutar, digamos,
+ ‘pdflatex-dev’ en lugar de ‘pdflatex’, sin cambiar nada más en tu
+ entorno. De hecho, es más fácil y más útil ejecutar siempre
+ versiones ‘-dev’ en lugar de molestarte en cambiar de un lado a
+ otro. Durante el momento de silencio después de un lanzamiento,
+ los comandos serán equivalentes.
+
+ No se trata de instantáneas diarias ni de código de desarrollo no
+ probado. Se somete a las mismas pruebas de regresión exhaustiva
+ realizadas por el equipo de LaTeX antes de ser liberado.
+
+ Para obtener más información, consulta “El flujo de trabajo de
+ lanzamiento de LaTeX y los formatos LaTeX ‘dev’” por Frank
+ Mittelbach, ‘TUGboat’ 40:2,
+ <https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf>.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Clases de Documento, Next: Tipos de Letra, Prev: Iniciando y Finalizando, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX, Next: Entorno, Prev: Motores TeX, Up: Descripción
-4 Clases de Documento
-*********************
+2.4 Sintaxis del comando LaTeX
+==============================
-La clase de un determinado documento se define con la instrucción:
+En el archivo de entrada LaTeX, un nombre de comando comienza con un
+carácter de barra invertida, ‘\’. El nombre en sí consiste entonces en
+(a) una cadena de letras o (b) una única no letra.
+
+ Los nombres de los comandos de LaTeX distinguen entre mayúsculas y
+minúsculas, por lo que ‘\pagebreak’ es diferente de ‘\Pagebreak’ (este
+último no es un comando estándar). La mayoría de los nombres de los
+comandos están en minúsculas, pero en cualquier caso debes ingresar
+todos estos comandos en el mismo caso en que están definidos.
+
+ Un comando puede ir seguido de cero, uno o más argumentos. Estos
+argumentos pueden ser obligatorios u opcionales. Los argumentos
+requeridos están contenidos entre llaves, ‘{...}’. Los argumentos
+opcionales están contenidos entre corchetes, ‘[...]’. En general, pero
+no universalmente, si el comando acepta un argumento opcional, viene
+primero, antes de cualquier argumento requerido.
+
+ Dentro de un argumento opcional, para usar el carácter de corchete de
+cierre (‘]’ —“bracket”) ocúltalo entre llaves, como en ‘\item[corchete
+de cierre {]}]’. Del mismo modo, si un argumento opcional viene al
+final, sin argumento requerido después de él, entonces, para hacer que
+el primer carácter del siguiente texto sea un corchete de apertura,
+ocúltalo entre llaves.
+
+ LaTeX tiene la convención de que algunos comandos tienen un formato
+‘*’ que está relacionado con la forma sin un ‘*’, como ‘\chapter’ y
+‘\chapter*’. La diferencia exacta en el comportamiento varía de comando
+a comando.
+
+ Este manual describe todas las opciones aceptadas y las formas ‘*’
+para el comando que cubre (salvo omisiones involuntarias, alias: bugs).
+
+ A partir del lanzamiento 2020-10-01 de LaTeX, ‘expl3’ y los paquetes
+‘xparse’ son parte del formato LaTeX2e. Ellos proporcionan una sintaxis
+del lenguaje de programación subyacente completamente diferente. No
+intentaremos cubrirlos en este documento; ve la documentación del
+paquete relacionado y otros manuales de LaTeX.
- \documentclass[OPCIONES]{CLASE}
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Entorno, Next: CTAN, Prev: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX, Up: Descripción
-La instrucción ‘\documentclass’ debe ser la primer instrucción en un
-archivo fuente LaTeX.
+2.5 Entorno
+===========
- Los nombres integrados de CLASES de documento LaTeX (muchas otras
-clases de documento están disponibles como complementos; *note
-Descripción::):
+Sinopsis:
- article report book letter slides
+ \begin{NOMBRE-ENTORNO}
+ ...
+ \end{NOMBRE-ENTORNO}
- Las OPCIONES estándar están descritas más adelante.
+ Un “entorno” es un área de la fuente LaTeX, dentro de la cual hay un
+comportamiento distinto. Por ejemplo, para poesía en LaTeX coloca las
+líneas entre ‘\begin{verse}’ y ‘\end{verse}’.
+
+ \begin{verse}
+ Había una vez un hombre de Nantucket \\
+ ...
+ \end{verse}
+
+ *Note Entornos::, para obtener una lista de entornos.
+Particularmente notable es que todo documento LaTeX debe tener un
+entorno ‘document’, un par ‘\begin{document} ... \end{document}’.
+
+ El NOMBRE-ENTORNO al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el de
+el fin. Esto incluye el caso donde NOMBRE-ENTORNO termina en una
+estrella (‘*’); los textos ‘\begin’ y ‘\end’ deben incluir la estrella.
+
+ Los entornos pueden tener argumentos, incluidos argumentos
+opcionales. Este ejemplo produce una tabla. El primer argumento es
+opcional (y provoca que la tabla se alinee en su fila superior) mientras
+que el segundo argumento es requerido (especifica el formato de las
+columnas).
+
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{r|l}
+ ... filas de la tabla ...
+ \end{tabular}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: CTAN, Prev: Entorno, Up: Descripción
+
+2.6 CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX
+========================================
+
+La red integral de archivos TeX, CTAN, es el repositorio de material
+gratuito de la comunidad TeX y LaTeX. Es un conjunto de sitios de
+Internet de todo el mundo que ofrecen material relacionado con LaTeX
+para descargar. Visita CTAN en la web en <https://ctan.org>.
+
+ Este material está organizado en paquetes, paquetes discretos que
+típicamente ofrecen alguna funcionalidad coherente y son mantenidos por
+una persona o un pequeño número de personas. Por ejemplo, muchos
+editores tienen un paquete que permite a los autores dar formato a los
+artículos según especificaciones del editor.
+
+ Además de las existencias masivas, el sitio web ‘ctan.org’ ofrece
+funciones como la búsqueda por nombre o por funcionalidad.
+
+ CTAN no es un solo anfitrión, sino un conjunto de anfitriones, uno de
+los cuales es el llamado “maestro”. El anfitrión maestro administra
+activamente el material, por ejemplo, aceptando cargas de material nuevo
+o paquetes actualizados. Durante muchos años, ha sido alojado por el
+grupo TeX alemán, DANTE e.V.
+
+ Otros sitios alrededor del mundo ayudan con la duplicación, es decir,
+sincronizar automáticamente sus colecciones con el sitio maestro y
+luego, a su vez, ponen sus copias a disposición del público. Esto
+proporciona a los usuarios cercanos a su ubicación mejor acceso y alivia
+la carga en el sitio maestro. La lista de espejos está en
+<https://ctan.org/mirrors>.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Clases de documentos, Next: Tipos de letra, Prev: Descripción, Up: Top
+
+3 Clases de documentos
+**********************
+
+La clase general del documento se define con este comando, que
+normalmente es el primer comando en un archivo fuente LaTeX.
+
+ \documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}
+
+ Los siguientes nombres de CLASS de documento están integrados en
+LaTeX. (Muchas otras clases de documentos están disponibles como
+paquetes separados; *note Descripción::).
+
+‘article’
+ Para un artículo de revista, una presentación y varios usos
+ generales.
+
+‘book’
+ Libros completos, incluidos capítulos y posiblemente una contra
+ portada en el anverso, como un prefacio, y asunto posterior, como
+ un apéndice (*note Material de portada/contraportada::).
+
+‘letter’
+ Correo, opcionalmente incluyendo etiquetas postales (*note
+ Cartas::).
+
+‘report’
+ Para documentos de longitud entre un ‘article’ y un ‘book’, como
+ informes técnicos o tesis, que pueden contener varios capítulos.
+
+‘slides’
+ Para presentación de diapositivas—rara vez utilizado hoy día. El
+ paquete ‘beamer’ es quizás el más frecuentemente utilizado
+ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>). *Note Plantilla beamer::, para
+ una pequeña plantilla para un documento beamer.
+
+ Las OPTIONS estándar se describen en la siguiente sección.
* Menu:
-* Opciones de Clase de Documento:: Opciones globales.
+* Opciones de la clase documento:: Opciones globales.
+* Paquetes adicionales:: Atrae paquetes.
+* Construcción de clase y paquete:: Crea nuevas clases y paquetes.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Opciones de Clase de Documento, Up: Clases de Documento
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Opciones de la clase documento, Next: Paquetes adicionales, Up: Clases de documentos
-4.1 Opciones de Clase de Documento
+3.1 Opciones de la clase documento
==================================
-Usted puede especificar las así llamadas “opciones globales” u “opciones
-de clase” en la instrucción ‘\documentclass’ encerrándolas entre
-corchetes de la manera usual. Para especificar más de una OPCIÓN,
-deberá separarlas con una coma:
+Puedes especificar “opciones globales” u “opciones de clase” al comando
+‘\documentclass’ encerrándolas entre corchetes. Para especificar más de
+una OPCIÓN, sepáralas con una coma.
- \documentclass[OPCIÓN1,OPCIÓN2,...]{CLASE}
+ \documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}
- Esta es la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
+ Aquí está la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
- Todas las clases estándar salvo ‘slides’ aceptan las siguientes
-opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el predeterminado
-es ‘10pt’):
+ Todas las clases estándar excepto ‘slides’ aceptan las siguientes
+opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el valor
+predeterminado es ‘10pt’):
10pt 11pt 12pt
Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
-tamaño del papel (el predeterminado es ‘letterpaper’):
+tamaño del papel (estos muestran alto por ancho):
+
+‘a4paper’
+ 210 por 297mm (alrededor de 8.25 por 11.75 pulgadas)
+
+‘a5paper’
+ 148 por 210mm (alrededor de 5.8 por 8.3 pulgadas)
+
+‘b5paper’
+ 176 por 250mm (alrededor de 6.9 ​​por 9.8 pulgadas)
+
+‘executivepaper’
+ 7.25 por 10.5 pulgadas
+
+‘legalpaper’
+ 8.5 por 14 pulgadas
+
+‘letterpaper’
+ 8.5 por 11 pulgadas (el predeterminado)
+
+ Al usar uno de los motores pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX o XeLaTeX (*note
+Motores TeX::), otras opciones a que ‘letterpaper’ configura el área de
+impresión, pero también debes establecer el tamaño físico del papel.
+Una manera de hacer eso es poner ‘\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth’ y
+‘\pdfpageheight=\paperheight’ en el preámbulo de tu documento. El
+paquete ‘geometry’ proporciona formas flexibles de configurar el área de
+impresión y tamaño de página física.
- a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
+ Varias otras opciones:
- Otras opciones diversas:
+‘draft’
+‘final’
+ Marca cajas (‘draft’) o no marcar (‘final’) cajas demasiado llenas
+ con un recuadro negro al margen; el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘final’.
-‘draft, final’
- marca/no marca el desbordamiento de cajas con una gran caja negra;
- el predeterminado es ‘final’.
‘fleqn’
- Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; el
- predeterminado es centrado.
+ Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; de manera
+ predeterminada están centradas.
+
‘landscape’
- Selecciona el formato apaisado; el predeterminado es vertical.
+ Selecciona el formato apaisado; el valor predeterminado es retrato.
+
‘leqno’
- Coloca los números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las
- ecuaciones; el predeterminado es el lado derecho.
+ Poner números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las ecuaciones;
+ de manera predeterminada es el lado derecho.
+
‘openbib’
- Usa el formato de bibliografía “abierto”.
-‘titlepage, notitlepage’
- Especifica si la página de título es independiente; de manera
- predeterminada depende de la clase.
+ Utiliza el formato de bibliografía “abierta”.
+
+‘titlepage’
+‘notitlepage’
+ Especifica si hay una página separada para la información del
+ título y para el resumen también, si lo hay. El valor
+ predeterminado para la clase ‘report’ es ‘titlepage’, para las
+ otras clases es ‘notitlepage’.
- Estas opciones no están disponibles con la clase ‘slides’:
+ Las siguientes opciones no están disponibles con la clase ‘slides’.
‘onecolumn’
‘twocolumn’
- Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el predeterminado es
- ‘onecolumn’.
+ Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el valor
+ predeterminado es ‘onecolumn’.
‘oneside’
‘twoside’
- Selecciona el diseño de una o dos caras; el predeterminado es
- ‘oneside’, excepto para la clase ‘book’.
-
- El parámetro ‘\evensidemargin’ (‘\oddsidemargin’) determina la
- distancia en páginas par (impar) numeradas entre el lado izquierdo
- de la página y el margen excedente del texto. Los valores
- predeterminados varían con el tamaño del papel y si el diseño
- seleccionado es de uno o dos lados. Para imprimir texto en un lado
- es centrado, para dos lados, ‘\oddsidemargin’ es 40% de la
- diferencia entre ‘\paperwidth’ y ‘\textwidth’ con el resto de
- ‘\evensidemargin’.
+ Selecciona el diseño de uno o dos lados; el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘oneside’, excepto que en la clase ‘book’ el valor predeterminado
+ es ‘twoside’.
+
+ Para la impresión a una cara, el texto se centra en la página.
+ Para impresión a dos caras, el parámetro ‘\evensidemargin’
+ (‘\oddsidemargin’) determina la distancia en páginas pares
+ (impares) entre el lado izquierdo de la página y el margen
+ izquierdo del texto, con ‘\oddsidemargin’ siendo el 40% de la
+ diferencia entre ‘\paperwidth’ y ‘\textwidth’ y ‘\evensidemargin’
+ es el resto.
‘openright’
‘openany’
- Determina si un capítulo debe iniciar en una página del lado
- derecho; para ‘book’, el predeterminado es ‘openright’.
+ Determina si un capítulo debe comenzar en una página de la derecha;
+ el valor predeterminado es ‘openright’ para ‘book’ y ‘openany’ para
+ ‘report’.
- La clase ‘slides’ ofrece la opción ‘clock’ para imprimir la hora en
+ La clase ‘slides’ ofrece la opción ‘clock’ para imprimir lo hora en
la parte inferior de cada nota.
- Los paquetes adicionales se cargan de la siguiente manera:
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Paquetes adicionales, Next: Construcción de clase y paquete, Prev: Opciones de la clase documento, Up: Clases de documentos
+
+3.2 Paquetes adicionales
+========================
+
+Carga un paquete PKG, con las opciones de paquete dadas en la lista
+OPTIONS separada por comas, como aquí.
+
+ \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}.
+
+ Para especificar más de un paquete, lo puedes separar con una coma,
+como en ‘\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}’, o usa múltiples comandos
+‘\usepackage’.
+
+ Cualquier opción dada en el comando ‘\documentclass’ que sea
+desconocida para la clase document seleccionada se pasa a los paquetes
+cargados con ‘\usepackage’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Construcción de clase y paquete, Prev: Paquetes adicionales, Up: Clases de documentos
+
+3.3 Construcción de clase y paquete
+===================================
+
+Puedes crear nuevas clases de documentos y nuevos paquetes. Por
+ejemplo, si tus memorandos deben cumplir con algunos requisitos locales,
+como un encabezado estándar para cada página, entonces podrías crear una
+nueva clase ‘smcmemo.cls’ y comienza tus documentos con
+‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’.
+
+ Lo que separa a un paquete de una clase de documento es que los
+comandos en un paquete son útiles en todas las clases, mientras que los
+de una clase de documento son específicos de esa clase. Por lo tanto,
+un comando para establecer encabezados de página es para un paquete
+mientras que un comando para hacer que los encabezados de página digan
+‘Memo desde el departamento de matemáticas SMC’ es para una clase.
+
+ Dentro de un archivo de clase o paquete, puedes usar el signo ‘@’
+como carácter en nombres de comandos sin tener que rodear el código que
+contiene ese comando con ‘\makeatletter’ y ‘\makeatother’. *Note
+\makeatletter y \makeatother::. Esto te permite crear comandos que los
+usuarios no redefinirán accidentalmente. Otra técnica es prefijar
+comandos específicos de clase o paquete con alguna cadena para evitar
+que tu clase o paquete interfiera con otros. Por ejemplo, la clase
+‘smcmemo’ podría tener comandos ‘\smc@tolist’, ‘\smc@fromlist’, etc.
+
+* Menu:
- \usepackage[OPCIONES]{PAQUETE}
+* Estructura de clase y paquete:: Composición del archivo.
+* Comandos class y package:: Lista de comandos.
- Para especificar más de un PAQUETE, usted puede separarlos con una
-coma, o utilizar múltiples instrucciones‘\usepackage’.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Estructura de clase y paquete, Next: Comandos class y package, Up: Construcción de clase y paquete
+
+3.3.1 Estructura de clase y paquete
+-----------------------------------
+
+Un archivo de clase o un archivo de paquete normalmente consta de cuatro
+partes.
+ 1. En la “parte de identificación”, el archivo dice que es un paquete
+ o clase LaTeX y se describe a sí mismo, usando ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’ y
+ los comandos ‘\ProvidesClass’ o ‘\ProvidesPackage’.
+
+ 2. La “parte de declaraciones preliminares” declara algunos comandos y
+ también puede cargar otros archivos. Generalmente, estos comandos
+ serán los necesarios para el código utilizado en la siguiente
+ parte. Por ejemplo, una clase ‘smcmemo’ se puede llamar con una
+ opción para leer un archivo con una lista de personas para el
+ encabezado, como ‘\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}’, y por lo tanto
+ necesitas definir un comando
+ ‘\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}’ usado en ese archivo.
+
+ 3. En “manejar la parte de opciones” la clase o paquete declara y
+ procesa sus opciones. Las opciones de clase permiten que un
+ usuario comience su documento como ‘\documentclass[LISTA DE
+ OPCIONES]{NOMBRE DE CLASE}’, para modificar el comportamiento de la
+ clase. Un ejemplo es cuando declaras
+ ‘\documentclass[11pt]{article}’ para establecer el valor
+ predeterminado para el tamaño del tipo de letra del documento.
+
+ 4. Finalmente, en la “parte de más declaraciones” la clase o paquete
+ suele hacer la mayor parte de su trabajo: declarar nuevas
+ variables, comandos y tipos de letra y cargar otros archivos.
+
+ Aquí hay un archivo de clase inicial, que se debe guardar como
+‘stub.cls’ donde LaTeX lo pueda encontrar, por ejemplo en el mismo
+directorio que el archivo ‘.tex’.
+
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 auxiliar
+ para comenzar a crear clases desde]
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax \LoadClass{article}
+
+Se identifica a sí mismo, maneja las opciones de clase a través del
+valor predeterminado pasándolos todos a la clase ‘article’, y luego
+carga la clase ‘article’ para proporcionar la base para el código de
+esta clase.
+
+ Para obtener más información, consulta la guía oficial para
+escritores de clases y paquetes, la clase Guide, en
+<https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (muchas
+de las descripciones aquí se derivan de este documento), o el tutorial
+<https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>.
- Cualquiera de las opciones que figuran en la instrucción
-‘\documentclass’ que no son conocidas por la clase de documento
-seleccionada son transmitidas a los paquetes cargados con ‘\usepackage’.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Comandos class y package, Prev: Estructura de clase y paquete, Up: Construcción de clase y paquete
+
+3.3.2 Comandos class y package
+------------------------------
+
+Estos son los comandos diseñados para ayudar a los escritores de clases
+o paquetes.
+
+‘\AtBeginDvi{especiales}’
+ Guarda en un cuadro de registro las cosas que se escriben en el
+ archivo ‘.dvi’ al comienzo del envío de la primera página del
+ documento.
+
+‘\AtEndOfClass{CODE}’
+‘\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}’
+ Gancho para insertar CODE para que se ejecute cuando LaTeX termine
+ procesando la clase o paquete actual. Puedes usar estos ganchos
+ varias veces; el ‘código’ se ejecutará en el orden en que lo
+ llames. Consulta también *note \AtBeginDocument::.
+
+‘\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+‘\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+ Similar a ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::) pero
+ no define CMD; en su lugar, comprueba que la definición actual de
+ CMD es o no es exactamente como la DEFINITION “long” como se
+ esperaba. Un comando largo es un comando que acepta ‘\par’ dentro
+ de un argumento. Se espera que el comando CMD sea largo con la
+ versión sin estrella de ‘\CheckCommand’. Levanta un error cuando
+ la comprobación falla. Esto te permite comprobar antes de empezar
+ a redefinir ‘cmd’ tú mismo que ningún otro paquete ya haya
+ redefinido este comando.
+
+‘\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+ Produce un mensaje de error, o mensajes de advertencia o
+ informativo.
+
+ Para ‘\ClassError’ y ‘\PackageError’ el mensaje es TEXTO DE ERROR,
+ seguido del indicador de error ‘?’ de TeX. Si el usuario luego,
+ pide ayuda escribiendo ‘h’, ve el mensaje TEXTO DE AYUDA.
+
+ Los cuatro comandos de advertencia son similares excepto que
+ escriben TEXTO DE ADVERTENCIA en la pantalla sin mensaje de error.
+ Los cuatro comandos escriben TEXTO INFO solo en el archivo de
+ transcripción. Las versiones de ‘NoLine’ no muestran el número de
+ la línea que genera el mensaje, mientras que las otras versiones
+ muestran ese número.
+
+ Para dar formato a los mensajes, incluido el TEXTO DE AYUDA: usa
+ ‘\protect’ para evitar que un comando se expanda, obtén un salto de
+ línea con ‘\MessageBreak’, y obtén un espacio con ‘\space’ cuando
+ un carácter de espacio no lo permite, como después de un comando.
+ Ten en cuenta que LaTeX añade un punto a los mensajes.
+
+‘\CurrentOption’
+ Expande al nombre de la opción que se está procesando actualmente.
+ Sólo se pueden usar dentro del argumento CODE de ‘\DeclareOption’ o
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’.
+
+‘\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}’
+‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’
+ Hace que una opción esté disponible para que un usuario la invoque
+ en su comando ‘\documentclass’. Por ejemplo, la clase ‘smcmemo’
+ podría tener una opción ‘\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}’ que permita
+ a los usuarios colocar el logo institucional en la primera página.
+ El archivo de clase debe contener ‘\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}’ (y
+ ​​más tarde, ‘\ProcessOptions’).
+
+ Si solicitas una opción que no ha sido declarada, de manera
+ predeterminada esta producirá una advertencia como ‘Opciones
+ globales no utilizadas: [badoption]’. Cambia este comportamiento
+ con la versión destacada ‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’. Por ejemplo,
+ muchas clases extienden una clase existente, usando un comando como
+ ‘\LoadClass{article}’, y para pasar opciones adicionales al código
+ de uso de clase subyacente como este.
+
+ \DeclareOption*{% \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+ }
+
+ Otro ejemplo es que la clase ‘smcmemo’ puede permitir a los
+ usuarios mantener listas de destinatarios de notas en archivos
+ externos. Entonces el usuario podría invocar
+ ‘\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}’ y leerá el archivo ‘math.memo’.
+ Este código maneja el archivo si existe y de lo contrario pasa la
+ opción a la clase ‘article’.
+
+ \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+
+‘\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+‘* \DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+ Como ‘\newcommand’ y ‘\newcommand*’ (*note \newcommand y
+ \renewcommand::) pero estos declaran un comando robusto, incluso si
+ algún código dentro de la DEFINICIÓN es frágil. (Para una
+ discusión de comandos robustos y frágiles *note \protect::). Usa
+ este comando para definir nuevos comandos robustos o para redefinir
+ comandos existentes y hacerlos robustos. A diferencia de
+ ‘\newcommand’, estos no dan un error si la macro CMD ya existe; en
+ su lugar, se coloca un mensaje de registro en el archivo de
+ transcripción si se redefine un comando.
+
+ Los comandos definidos de esta manera son un poco menos eficientes
+ que los definidos usando ‘\newcommand’ así que, a menos que los
+ datos del comando sean frágiles y el comando se use dentro de un
+ argumento en movimiento, usa ‘\newcommand’.
+
+ El paquete ‘etoolbox’ ofrece los comandos ‘\newrobustcmd’,
+ ‘\newrobustcmd*’, así como los comandos ‘\renewrobustcmd’,
+ ‘\renewrobustcmd*’ y los comandos ‘\providerobustcmd’ y
+ ‘\providerobustcmd*’. Estos son similares a ‘\newcommand’,
+ ‘\newcommand*’, ‘\renewcommand’, ‘\renewcommand*’,
+ ‘\providecommand’ y ‘\providecommand*’, pero define un CMD robusto
+ con dos ventajas en comparación con ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’:
+ 1. Utilizan el mecanismo de protección de bajo nivel e-TeX en
+ lugar del mecanismo ‘\protect’ LaTeX de nivel superior, por lo
+ que no incurren la ligera pérdida de rendimiento mencionada
+ anteriormente, y
+ 2. Hacen la misma distinción entre ‘\new...’, ‘\renew...’ y
+ ‘\provide...’, como comandos estándar, por lo que no solo
+ hacen un mensaje de registro cuando redefines CMD que ya
+ existe, en ese caso necesitas usar ‘\renew...’ o ‘\provide...’
+ o recibes un error.
+
+‘\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
+‘\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
+ Ejecuta CÓDIGO VERDADERO si LaTeX encuentra el archivo ‘NOMBRE DE
+ ARCHIVO’ o CÓDIGO FALSO de lo contrario. En el primer caso se
+ ejecuta CÓDIGO VERDADERO y entonces ingresa el archivo. Así el
+ comando
+
+ \IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf no encontrado}
+
+ incluirá el gráfico ‘img.pdf’ si se encuentra y de lo contrario
+ dará un aviso.
+
+ Este comando busca el archivo en todas las rutas de búsqueda que
+ usa LaTeX, no solo en el directorio actual. Mirar solo en el
+ directorio actual hace algo como ‘\IfFileExists{./filename}{CÓDIGO
+ VERDADERO}{CÓDIGO FALSO}’. Si solicitas un nombre de archivo sin
+ una extensión ‘.tex’ entonces LaTeX primero buscará el archivo
+ agregando la extensión ‘.tex’; para obtener más información sobre
+ cómo LaTeX maneja las extensiones de archivo *note \input::.
+
+‘\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Carga una clase, como con ‘\documentclass[LISTA DE OPCIONES]{NOMBRE
+ DE CLASE}[INFORMACIÓN DE PUBLICACIÓN]’. Un ejemplo es
+ ‘\LoadClass[twoside]{article}’.
+
+ La OPTIONS LIST, si está presente, es una lista separada por comas.
+ La FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO es opcional. Si está presente debe tener
+ la forma AAAA/MM/DD.
+
+ Si solicitas una FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO y la fecha del paquete
+ instalado en tu sistema es anterior, recibes una advertencia en la
+ pantalla y en el registro como esta.
+
+ Has solicitado, en la línea de entrada 4, la versión `2038/01/19' de
+ la clase de documento ``article'', pero solo la versión `2014/09/29
+ v1.4h La clase de documento LaTeX estándar' está disponible.
+
+ La versión del comando ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’ usa la lista de
+ opciones para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignora cualquier
+ opción pasada a través de ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. Este es un
+ comando de conveniencia que te permite construir clases sobre las
+ existentes, como la clase ‘article’ estándar, sin tener que
+ rastrear qué opciones se pasaron.
+
+‘\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}’
+ Para cada opción OPTION en la LISTA DE OPCIONES, en orden, este
+ comando ejecuta el comando ‘\ds@OPTION’. Si este comando no está
+ definido, entonces esa opción se ignora silenciosamente.
+
+ Se puede utilizar para proporcionar una lista de opciones
+ predeterminada antes ‘\ProcessOptions’. Por ejemplo, si en un
+ archivo de clase deseas que el predeterminado sea el tipo de letra
+ de 11 puntos, entonces podrías especificar
+ ‘\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax’.
+
+‘\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMATO DE FECHA]’
+ Especifica el formato con el que se debe ejecutar esta clase. A
+ menudo emitido como la primera línea de un archivo de clase, y se
+ usa con mayor frecuencia como: ‘\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}’. Cuando
+ un documento que usa esa clase es procesado, el nombre de formato
+ proporcionado aquí debe coincidir con el formato que en realidad se
+ está ejecutando (incluyendo que la cadena FORMAT es sensible a
+ mayúsculas y minúsculas). Si no coincide, la ejecución se detiene
+ con un error como ‘Este archivo necesita formato `LaTeX2e' pero es
+ `xxx'.’
+
+ Para especificar una versión del formato que sabes que tiene
+ ciertas características, incluye el FORMATO DE FECHA opcional en el
+ que esas características fueron implementadas. Si está presente,
+ debe tener el formato ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. Si la versión del formato
+ instalada en tu sistema es anterior al FORMATO DE FECHA, entonces
+ recibes una advertencia como esta.
+
+ Has solicitado la liberación `2038/01/20' de LaTeX, pero solo la
+ versión `2016/02/01' está disponible.
+
+‘\OptionNotUsed’
+ Agrega la opción actual a la lista de opciones no utilizadas. Solo
+ se puede usar dentro del argumento CODE de ‘\DeclareOption’ o
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’.
+
+‘\PassOptionsToClass{OPTIONS LIST}{CLASS NAME}’
+‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}’
+ Agrega las opciones en la lista separada por comas LISTA DE
+ OPCIONES a las opciones utilizadas por cualquier futuro comando
+ ‘\RequirePackage’ o ‘\usepackage’ para el paquete NOMBRE DEL
+ PAQUETE o la clase NOMBRE DE CLASE.
+
+ El motivo de estos comandos es: puedes cargar un paquete cualquier
+ cantidad de veces sin opciones, pero, si deseas opciones, solo las
+ puedes proporcionar cuando cargues el paquete por primera vez. Al
+ cargar un paquete con opciones más de una vez obtendrás un error
+ como ‘Conflicto de opción para el paquete Foo.’ (LaTeX arroja un
+ error incluso si no hay conflicto entre opciones).
+
+ Si tu propio código trae un paquete dos veces, entonces puedes
+ colapsar eso a una vez, por ejemplo reemplazando los dos
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}’ y
+ ‘\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}’ con el comando único
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}’.
+
+ Sin embargo, imagina que estás cargando ‘firstpkg’ y dentro de ese
+ paquete que carga ‘secondpkg’, y necesitas que el segundo paquete
+ sea cargado con la opción ‘draft’. Entonces antes de hacer el
+ primer paquete debes poner en cola las opciones para el segundo
+ paquete, así.
+
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+ \RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+
+ (Si ‘firstpkg.sty’ carga una opción en conflicto con lo que deseas
+ entonces posiblemente tengas que alterar tu fuente).
+
+ Estos comandos son útiles para usuarios generales, así como para
+ clases y paquetes. Por ejemplo, supongamos que un usuario quiere
+ cargar el paquete ‘graphicx’ con la opción ‘draft’ y también
+ quieres usar una clase ‘foo’ que carga el paquete ‘graphicx’, pero
+ sin esa opción. El usuario podría iniciar su archivo LaTeX con
+ ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}’.
+
+‘\ProcessOptions’
+‘\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS’
+ Ejecuta el código para cada opción que el usuario haya invocado.
+ Incluirlo en el archivo de clase como ‘\ProcessOptions\relax’
+ (debido a la existencia del comando con asterisco).
+
+ Las opciones vienen en dos tipos. “Opciones locales” se han
+ especificado para este paquete particular en el argumento OPTIONS
+ de ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}’, ‘\usepackage[OPTIONS]’, o
+ ‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]’. “Opciones globales” son las dadas por
+ el usuario de la clase en ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS]’ (si una opción
+ se especifica tanto local como globalmente, entonces es local).
+
+ Cuando se llama a ‘\ProcessOptions’ para un paquete ‘pkg.sty’, lo
+ siguiente sucede:
+ 1. Para cada opción OPTION declarada hasta ahora con
+ ‘\DeclareOption’, busca si esa opción es una opción global o
+ local para ‘pkg’. Si es así, ejecuta el código declarado.
+ Esto se hace en el orden en que estas opciones fueron dadas en
+ ‘pkg.sty’.
+ 2. Para cada opción local restante, ejecuta el comando
+ ‘\ds@’OPTION si se ha definido en algún lugar (que no sea por
+ una ‘\DeclareOption’); de lo contrario, ejecuta el código de
+ opción predeterminada dada en ‘\DeclareOption*’. Si no se ha
+ introducido ningún código de opción predeterminado declarado
+ entonces da un mensaje de error. Esto se hace en el orden en
+ que se especificaron estas opciones.
+
+ Cuando se llama a ‘\ProcessOptions’ para una clase, funciona en la
+ misma manera salvo que todas las opciones son locales y el CODE
+ predeterminado para ‘\DeclareOption*’ es ‘\OptionNotUsed’ en lugar
+ de un error.
+
+ La versión destacada ‘\ProcessOptions*’ ejecuta las opciones en el
+ orden especificado en las llamadas a comandos, en lugar de en el
+ orden de declaración en la clase o paquete. Para un paquete esto
+ significa que las opciones globales se procesan primero.
+
+‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Identifica la clase o paquete, imprimiendo un mensaje en pantalla y
+ en el archivo de registro.
+
+ Cuando cargas una clase o paquete, por ejemplo con
+ ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ o ‘\usepackage{test}’, LaTeX ingresa un
+ archivo. Si el nombre del archivo no coincide con la clase o
+ nombre del paquete declarado en él, entonces recibes una
+ advertencia. Así, si invocas ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’, y el
+ archivo ‘smcmemo.cls’ tiene la instrucción ‘\ProvidesClass{xxx}’
+ luego recibes una advertencia como ‘Has solicitado la clase de
+ documento `smcmemo', pero la clase del documento proporciona
+ 'xxx'.’ Esta advertencia no evita que LaTeX procese el resto del
+ archivo de clase normalmente.
+
+ Si incluyes el argumento opcional, debes incluir una fecha, antes
+ de cualquier espacio, en la forma ‘AAAA/MM/DD’. El resto del
+ argumento opcional es de forma libre, aunque tradicionalmente
+ identifica la clase, y se escribe en la pantalla durante la
+ compilación y en el archivo de registro. Por lo tanto, si tu
+ archivo ‘smcmemo.cls’ contiene la línea
+ ‘\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC clase memo]’ y la
+ primera línea de tu documento es ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ entonces
+ verás ‘Clase de documento: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC clase memo’.
+
+ La fecha en el argumento opcional permite a los usuarios de clases
+ y paquetes preguntar para ser advertido si la versión de la clase o
+ paquete es anterior a la FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO. Por ejemplo, un
+ usuario puede ingresar ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]’ o
+ ‘\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]’ para requerir una clase o paquete
+ con ciertas características especificando que no se debe lanzar
+ antes que la fecha dada. (Aunque, en la práctica, los usuarios de
+ paquetes rara vez incluyen una fecha, y los usuarios de clases casi
+ nunca lo hacen).
+
+‘\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+ Declara un archivo que no sea la clase principal y los archivos del
+ paquete, como archivos de configuración o archivos de definición
+ del tipo de letra. Pon este comando en ese archivo y obtienes en
+ el registro una cadena como ‘File: test.config 2017/10/12 archivo
+ de configuración para test.cls’ para FILENAME igual a ‘test.config’
+ e INFORMACIÓN ADICIONAL igual a ‘2017/10/12 archivo de
+ configuración para test.cls’.
+
+‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Carga un paquete, como el comando ‘\usepackage’ (*note Paquetes
+ adicionales::). El equipo de desarrollo de LaTeX recomienda
+ encarecidamente el uso de estos comandos sobre el ‘\input’ de
+ TeX estándar; ve la Guía de clase. Un ejemplo es
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}’.
+
+ La LISTA DE OPCIONES, si está presente, es una lista separada por
+ comas. La FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO, si está presente, debe tener el
+ formato AAAA/MM/DD. Si la fecha de lanzamiento del paquete
+ instalado en tu sistema es anterior que la FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO,
+ recibes una advertencia como ‘Has solicitado, en la línea de
+ entrada 9, la versión `2017/07/03' del paquete jhtest, pero solo
+ está disponible la versión `2000/01/01'’.
+
+ La versión ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’ usa la lista de opciones
+ para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignoras cualquier opción
+ que se le pase a través de ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. Este es un
+ comando de conveniencia para facilitar la construcción de clases
+ sobre las existentes sin tener que rastrear cuáles opciones se
+ pasaron.
+
+ La diferencia entre ‘\usepackage’ y ‘\RequirePackage’ es pequeña.
+ El comando ‘\usepackage’ está diseñado para el archivo del
+ documento mientras que ‘\RequirePackage’ está diseñado para
+ paquetes y archivos de clase. Por lo tanto, usar ‘\usepackage’
+ antes del comando ‘\documentclass’ hace que LaTeX dé un error como
+ ‘\usepackage antes de \documentclass’, pero allí puedes usar
+ ‘\RequirePackage’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tipos de Letra, Next: Diseño, Prev: Clases de Documento, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tipos de letra, Next: Composición, Prev: Clases de documentos, Up: Top
-5 Tipos de Letra
+4 Tipos de letra
****************
-Dos aspectos importantes de la selección de un “tipo de letra” son la
-especificación del tamaño y del estilo. Las instrucciones LaTeX para
-hacer esto se describen a continuación.
+LaTeX viene con poderosas capacidades de tipos de letra. Por un lado,
+este nuevo esquema de selección de tipos de letra te permite trabajar
+fácilmente con las familias de tipos de letra en tu documento (por
+ejemplo, *note Estilos de tipos de letra::). Y, los documentos LaTeX
+pueden usar la mayoría de los tipos de letra disponibles actualmente,
+incluyendo versiones de Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Nota sin
+embargo que, muchos tipos de letra no son compatibles con matemáticas).
+
+ El primer tipo de letra en el mundo TeX fue la familia Computer
+Modern, desarrollado por Donald Knuth. Es el predeterminado para los
+documentos LaTeX y sigue siendo el más utilizado. Pero cambiar a otro
+tipo de letra a menudo solo implica algunos comandos. Por ejemplo,
+poner lo siguiente en tu preámbulo te da un tipo de letra similar a
+Palatino, que es hermoso y más legible en línea que muchos otros tipos
+de letra, al mismo tiempo que te permite tipografía de matemáticas.
+(Este ejemplo es de Michael Sharpe,
+<https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf>).
+
+ \usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf para texto, no matemáticas
+ \usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+ \usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % máquina de escribir sans serif
+ \usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb de STIX
+ \usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+
+Además, los motores ‘xelatex’ o ‘lualatex’ permiten que uses cualquier
+tipo de letra en tu sistema que esté en formato OpenType o TrueType
+(*note Motores TeX::).
+
+ El catálogo de tipos de letra LaTeX (<https://tug.org/FontCatalogue>)
+muestra gráficos de ejemplo del tipo de letra y fuente que se puede
+copiar y pegar para usar muchos tipos de letra, incluyendo muchos
+compatibles con matemáticas. Pretende abarcar todos los tipos de letra
+Latin alfabéticas libres disponibles para un uso sencillo con LaTeX.
+
+ También hay más información disponible en los grupos de usuarios TeX,
+en <https://www.tug.org/fonts/>.
* Menu:
-* Estilos del Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionar romana, cursiva, etc.
-* Tamaños del Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionando el tamaño del punto.
-* Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionando codificación, familia, series, apariencia.
+* paquete fontenc:: Codificación del tipo de letra.
+* Estilos de tipos de letra:: Selecciona romana, cursiva, etc.
+* Tamaños de los tipos de letra:: Selecciona el tamaño del punto.
+* Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra:: Selecciona codificación,
+ familia, serie, forma.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Estilos del Tipo de Letra, Next: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra, Up: Tipos de Letra
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: paquete fontenc, Next: Estilos de tipos de letra, Up: Tipos de letra
-5.1 Estilos del Tipo de Letra
-=============================
+4.1 paquete ‘fontenc’
+=====================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING]{fontenc}
+
+ o
+
+ \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING1, FONT_ENCODING2, ...]{fontenc}
+
+ Especifica la codificación del tipo de letra. Una codificación de
+tipo de letra es una asignación de códigos de caracteres a los glifos
+del tipo de letra que se utilizan para escribir
+
+ Este paquete solo se aplica si usas el motor ‘pdflatex’ (*note
+Motores TeX::). Si usas el comando ‘xelatex’ o el motor ‘lualatex’
+entonces usa el paquete ‘fontspec’.
+
+ La familia de tipos de letra original de TeX, Computer Modern, tiene
+un conjunto de caracteres limitado. Por ejemplo, para hacer caracteres
+acentuados comunes, debes usar ‘\accent’ (*note \accent::) pero esto
+deshabilita la separación silábica. Los usuarios TeX han acordado una
+serie de estándares para acceder a conjuntos de caracteres más grandes
+proporcionados por los tipos de letra modernos. Si estás usando
+‘pdflatex’ entonces pon esto en el preámbulo
+
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+te brinda soporte para los idiomas europeos ampliamente extendidos,
+incluidos francés, alemán, italiano, polaco y otros. En particular, si
+tienes palabras con letras acentuadas entonces LaTeX las dividirá y tu
+salida se puede copiar y pegar. (La segunda línea opcional te permite
+ingresar directamente caracteres acentuados en tu archivo fuente).
+
+ Si estás utilizando una codificación como ‘T1’ y los caracteres
+aparecen borrosos o no se amplían bien, entonces tus tipos de letra
+pueden estar en mapas de bits, a veces llamado raster o Type 3. Quieres
+tipos de letra vectoriales. Utiliza un paquete como ‘lmodern’ o
+‘cm-super’ para obtener un tipo de letra que extiende el valor
+predeterminado de LaTeX usando tipos de letra vectoriales.
+
+ Para cada FONT_ENCODING dado como opción pero aún no declarado, este
+paquete carga los archivos de definición de codificación, denominados
+‘FONT_ENCODINGenc.def’. También establece ‘\encodingdefault’ para ser
+la última codificación en la lista de opciones.
+
+ Estos son los valores comunes para FONT_ENCODING.
+
+‘OT1’
+ La codificación original para TeX. Limitada a caracteres en su
+ mayoría en inglés.
+
+‘OMS, OML’
+ Símbolos matemáticos y codificación de letras matemáticas.
+
+‘T1’
+ Texto TeX extendido. A veces se llama la codificación de Cork para
+ la reunión de usuarios del grupo donde se desarrolló. Da acceso a
+ la mayoría de los caracteres acentuados europeos. La opción más
+ común para este paquete.
+
+‘TS1’
+ Codificación de Text Companion.
+
+El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es cargar ‘OML’, ‘T1’, ‘OT1’ y luego
+‘OMS’, y establece el valor predeterminado en ‘OT1’.
+
+ Incluso si no usas letras acentuadas, es posible que debas
+especificar una codificación de tipo de letra si tu tipo de letra lo
+requiere.
+
+ Si usas codificación‘T1’ en los tipos de letra que no sean las
+familias Modern predeterminadas, es posible que debas cargar el paquete
+que selecciona tus tipos de letra antes de cargar ‘fontenc’, para evitar
+que el sistema cargue cualquier tipo de letra codificada ‘T1’ de la
+predeterminada.
+
+ El equipo de LaTeX reserva nombres de codificación que comienzan con:
+‘T’ para codificaciones de texto estándar con 256 caracteres, ‘TS’ para
+símbolos que extienden las codificaciones T correspondientes, ‘X’ para
+codificaciones de prueba, ‘M’ para codificaciones matemáticas estándar
+con 256 caracteres, ‘A’ para aplicaciones especiales, ‘OT’ para
+codificaciones de texto estándar con 128 caracteres y ‘OM’ para
+codificaciones matemáticas estándar con 128 caracteres (‘O’ significa
+‘obsoleto’).
+
+ Este paquete proporciona una serie de comandos, que se detallan a
+continuación. Muchos de ellos son específicos de codificación, por lo
+que si has definido un comando que funciona para una codificación pero
+la codificación actual es diferente, entonces el comando no está en
+vigor.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \DeclareFontEncoding:: Define una codificación.
+* \DeclareTextAccent:: Define un acento en la
+ codificación.
+* \DeclareTextAccentDefault:: Recurso para usar un acento en la
+ codificación.
+* \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand:: Nuevo comando específico
+ de codificación.
+* \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault:: Respaldo
+ para comandos específicos de codificación.
+* \DeclareTextComposite:: Accede directamente a un glifo
+ acentuado, en la codificación.
+* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand:: Ejecuta el código en la ranura, en
+ la codificación.
+* \DeclareTextSymbol:: Define un símbolo en la
+ codificación.
+* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault:: Respaldo para un símbolo en la
+ codificación.
+* \LastDeclaredEncoding:: Guarda la codificación declarada
+ más recientemente.
+* \UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent:: Cambia temporalmente a otra
+ codificación.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareFontEncoding, Next: \DeclareTextAccent, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.1 ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’
+----------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareFontEncoding{ENCODING}{TEXT-SETTINGS}{MATH-SETTINGS}
+
+ Declara la codificación del tipo de letra ENCODING. También guarda
+el valor de ENCODING en ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’ (*note
+\LastDeclaredEncoding::).
+
+ El archivo ‘t1enc.def’ contiene esta línea (seguida de muchas otras).
+
+ \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
+
+ Los TEXT-SETTINGS son los comandos que LaTeX ejecutará cada vez que
+cambias de una codificación a otra con los comandos ‘\selectfont’ y
+‘\fontencoding’. Los MATH-SETTINGS son los comandos que LaTeX usará
+siempre que el tipo de letra se accede como un alfabeto matemático.
+
+ LaTeX ignora cualquier carácter de espacio dentro de TEXT-SETTINGS y
+MATH-SETTINGS, para evitar espacios no deseados en la salida.
+
+ Si inventas una codificación, debes elegir un nombre de dos o tres
+letras comenzando con ‘L’ para ‘local’, o ‘E’ para ‘experimental’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que LaTeX puede leer varias veces los archivos de
+codificación de salida, por lo que usar, por ejemplo, ‘\newcommand’
+puede causar un error. Además, tales archivos deben contener la línea
+‘\ProvidesFile’ (*note Comandos class y package::).
+
+ Ten en cuenta también que debes usar los comandos ‘\...Default’ solo
+en un paquete, no en los archivos de definición de codificación, ya que
+esos archivos solo deben contener declaraciones específicas para esa
+codificación.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareTextAccent, Next: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Prev: \DeclareFontEncoding, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.2 ‘\DeclareTextAccent’
+--------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextAccent{CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT}
+
+ Define un acento, para colocarlo encima de otros glifos, en la
+codificación ENCODING en la ubicación SLOT.
+
+ Un “slot” es el número que identifica un glifo dentro de un tipo de
+letra.
+
+ Esta línea de ‘t1enc.def’ declara que para hacer un acento
+circunflejo como en ‘\^A’, el sistema pondrá el acento en el slot 2
+sobre el carácter ‘A’, que se representa en ASCII como 65. (Esto se
+mantiene a menos que haya un ‘DeclareTextComposite’ relevante o una
+declaración ‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’; *note
+\DeclareTextComposite::).
+
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}
+
+ Si CMD ya se ha definido, entonces ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ no da error
+pero si registra la redefinición en el archivo de transcripción.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Next: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand, Prev: \DeclareTextAccent, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.3 ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’
+---------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING}
+
+ Si hay un comando específico de codificación de acento \CMD pero no
+hay un ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ asociado para esa codificación, entonces
+este comando tomará el relevo, diciendo que lo use como se describe para
+ENCODING.
+
+ Por ejemplo, para hacer que la codificación ‘OT1’ sea la codificación
+predeterminada para el acento ‘\"’, declara esto.
+
+ \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1}
+
+Si emites un ‘\"’ cuando la codificación actual no tiene una definición
+para ese acento entonces LaTeX usará la definición desde ‘OT1’
+
+ Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada (*note
+\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent::).
+
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\CMD}
+ {\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{\CMD}{#1}}
-Las siguientes instrucciones para el estilo del tipo de letra son
-compatibles con LaTeX.
+ Ten en cuenta que ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’ funciona para cualquier
+comando ‘fontenc’ de argumento único, no solo el comando de acento.
- Este primer grupo de instrucciones se utiliza normalmente con un
-argumento, como en ‘\textit{texto en cursiva}’. En la siguiente tabla,
-las instrucciones correspondientes entre paréntesis son la “forma
-declarativa”, la cual no toma argumentos. El ámbito de aplicación de la
-forma declarativa dura hasta la siguiente instucción para el estilo del
-tipo de letra o hasta el final del grupo actual.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand, Next: \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Prev: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.4 ‘\DeclareTextCommand’ y ‘\ProvideTextCommand’
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+ o una de:
+
+ \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN}
+ \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+ Define el comando ‘\CMD’, que será específico para una codificación.
+El nombre del comando CMD debe estar precedido por una barra invertida,
+‘\’. Estos comandos solo pueden aparecer en el preámbulo. Redefinir
+\CMD no provoca un error. El comando definido será robusto incluso si
+el código en DEFN es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Por ejemplo, el archivo ‘t1enc.def’ contiene esta línea.
+
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 }
+
+ Con eso, puedes expresar partes por mil.
+
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ El límite legal es \(0.8 \)\textperthousand.
+
+Si cambias la codificación del tipo de letra a ‘OT1’, obtendrás un error
+como ‘Error de LaTeX: Comando \textperthousand no disponible en
+codificación OT1’.
+
+ La variante ‘\ProvideTextCommand’ hace lo mismo, excepto que no hace
+nada si ‘\CMD’ ya está definido. El comando ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ es más
+rápido que este por simple asociación de slot a glifo (*note
+\DeclareTextSymbol::)
+
+ Los argumentos opcionales NARGS y OPTARGDEFAULT juegan el mismo rol
+aquí como en ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::).
+Brevemente, NARGS es un número entero de 0 a 9 especificando el número
+de argumentos que el comando definido ‘\CMD’ toma. Este número incluye
+cualquier argumento opcional. Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que
+especificar 0, lo cual significa que ‘\CMD’ no tendrá argumentos. Y, si
+OPTARGDEFAULT está presente, entonces el primer argumento de ‘\CMD’ es
+opcional, con el valor predeterminado OPTARGDEFAULT (que puede ser la
+cadena vacía). Si OPTARGDEFAULT no está presente, entonces ‘\CMD’
+tampoco toma un argumento opcional.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Next: \DeclareTextComposite, Prev: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.5 ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ y ‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault’
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\CMD}{DEFN}
+
+ o:
+
+ \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\CMD}{DEFN}
+
+ Proporciona una definición predeterminada para ‘\CMD’, para cuando
+ese comando no está definido en la codificación actualmente en vigor.
+Este valor predeterminado debería utilizar únicamente codificaciones que
+sepas que están disponibles.
+
+ Esto hace que ‘\copyright’ esté disponible.
+
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
+
+Utiliza solo una codificación (OMS) que siempre está disponible.
+
+ El ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ no debería aparecer en la definición
+de codificación de archivos ya que esos archivos solo deben declarar
+comandos para su uso cuando seleccionas esa codificación. En cambio,
+debería estar en un paquete.
+
+ Al igual que con los comandos no predeterminados relacionados,
+‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault’ tiene exactamente el mismo comportamiento
+que
+
+ ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ excepto que no hace nada si ‘\CMD’ ya
+está definido (*note \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand::).
+Entonces, los paquetes lo pueden usar para proporcionar respaldos que
+otros paquetes pueden mejorar.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareTextComposite, Next: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Prev: \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.6 ‘\DeclareTextComposite’
+-----------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextComposite{\CMD}{ENCODING}{SIMPLE_OBJECT}{SLOT}
+
+ Accede a un glifo acentuado directamente, es decir, sin tener que
+poner un acento sobre un carácter separado.
+
+ Esta línea de ‘t1enc.def’ significa que ‘\^o’ provocará a LaTeX para
+componer la minúscula ‘o’ tomando el carácter directamente desde el slot
+224 en el tipo de letra.
+
+ \DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244}
+
+ *Note paquete fontenc::, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El SIMPLE_OBJECT debe ser un solo carácter o un solo comando.
+El argumento SLOT suele ser un entero positivo representado en decimal
+(aunque son posibles octal o hexadecimal). Normalmente \CMD ya se ha
+declarado para esta codificación, ya sea con ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ o con
+un solo argumento ‘\DeclareTextCommand’. En ‘t1enc.def’, sigue la línea
+anterior al comando ‘\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Next: \DeclareTextSymbol, Prev: \DeclareTextComposite, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.7 ‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’
+------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{ARG}{CODE}
+
+ Una versión más general de ‘\DeclareTextComposite’ que ejecuta código
+arbitrario con ‘\CMD’.
+
+ Esto permite que los acentos en ‘i’ actúen como acentos en dotless i,
+‘\i’.
+
+ \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
+
+ *Note paquete fontenc::, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. Normalmente ‘\CMD’ ya se habrá declarado con
+‘\DeclareTextAccent’ o como un argumento ‘\DeclareTextCommand’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareTextSymbol, Next: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Prev: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.8 ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’
+--------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextSymbol{\CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT}
+
+ Define un símbolo en la codificación ENCODING en la ubicación SLOT.
+Los símbolos definidos de esta manera son para usar en texto, no
+matemáticas.
+
+ Por ejemplo, esta línea de ‘t1enc.def’ declara el número del glifo a
+usar para «, el guillemet izquierdo.
+
+ \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+
+El comando ‘\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}’ tiene el
+mismo efecto pero es más lento (*note \DeclareTextCommand y
+\ProvideTextCommand::).
+
+ *Note paquete fontenc::, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El SLOT se puede especificar en decimal u octal (como en
+‘'023’), o hexadecimal (como en ‘"13’), aunque el decimal tiene la
+ventaja de que las comillas simples o dobles se pueden redefinir por
+otro paquete.
+
+ Si ‘\CMD’ ya se ha definido, entonces ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ no da un
+error pero registra la redefinición en el archivo de transcripción.
- Estos commandos, tanto en las formas con argumento o en las formas
-declarativas, son acumulativas; es decir, usted puede decir ya sea
-‘\sffamily\bfseries’ o ‘\bfseries\sffamily’ para obtener sans serif en
-negrita.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Next: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Prev: \DeclareTextSymbol, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.9 ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’
+---------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING}
+
+ Si hay un comando de símbolo específico de codificación ‘\CMD’ pero
+no hay un ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ asociado para esa codificación, entonces
+este comando tomará el relevo, diciendo que obtenga el símbolo como se
+describe para ENCODING.
+
+ Por ejemplo, para declarar que si la codificación actual no tiene
+significado para ‘\textdollar’ entonces usa el de ‘OT1’, declara esto.
+
+ \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
+
+ Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada (*note
+\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent::).
+
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\CMD}
+ {\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{\CMD}}
+
+ Ten en cuenta que ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’ se puede usar para
+definir un predeterminado para cualquier comando ‘fontenc’ de cero
+argumentos.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Next: \UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent, Prev: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.10 ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’
+------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \LastDeclaredEncoding
+
+ Obtiene el nombre de la codificación declarada más recientemente. El
+comando ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’ almacena el nombre para que se pueda
+recuperar con este comando (*note \DeclareFontEncoding::).
+
+ Esto se basa en ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’ en lugar de dar
+explícitamente el nombre de la codificación.
+
+ \DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent, Prev: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Up: paquete fontenc
+
+4.1.11 ‘\UseTextSymbol’ y ‘\UseTextAccent’
+------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{\CMD}
+
+ o:
+
+ \UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{\CMD}{TEXT}
+
+ Utiliza un símbolo o acento que no sea de la codificación actual.
+
+ En general, para usar un comando ‘fontenc’ en una codificación donde
+no está definido, y si el comando no tiene argumentos, lo puedes usar
+con algo como esto:
+
+ \UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss}
- También puede utilizar la forma de entorno de las formas
-declarativas; por ejemplo, ‘\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}’.
+que es equivalente a esto (observa que las llaves exteriores forman un
+grupo, por lo que LaTeX vuelve a la codificación anterior después de
+‘\ss’):
+
+ {\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss}
+
+ De manera similar, para usar un comando ‘fontenc’ en una codificación
+donde no está definido, y si el comando tiene un argumento, lo puedes
+usar así:
+
+ \UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a}
+
+que es equivalente a esto (nuevamente, ten en cuenta las llaves
+exteriores que forman un grupo):
+
+ {fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{ENC_IN_USE}\selectfont a}}
+
+Aquí, ENC_IN_USE es la codificación vigente antes de esta secuencia de
+comandos, de modo que ‘a’ se escribe utilizando la codificación actual y
+solo se toma el acento de ‘OT1’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Estilos de tipos de letra, Next: Tamaños de los tipos de letra, Prev: paquete fontenc, Up: Tipos de letra
+
+4.2 Estilos de tipos de letra
+=============================
+
+Los siguientes comandos de estilo de letra son compatibles con LaTeX.
+
+ En la tabla de abajo de los comandos enumerados, los comandos
+‘\text...’, se usan con un argumento como en ‘\textit{TEXT}’. Esta es
+la forma preferida. Pero se muestra después entre paréntesis si la
+correspondiente “forma de declaración”, que suele ser útil. Esta forma
+no toma argumentos, como en ‘{\itshape TEXT}’. El alcance de la forma
+de declaración dura hasta el siguiente comando de estilo de tipo o el
+final del grupo actual. Además, cada uno tiene un entorno como
+‘\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}’, que describiremos al final de la
+sección.
+
+ Estos comandos, en cualquiera de las tres formas, son acumulativos;
+por ejemplo puedes obtener negrita sans serif diciendo cualquiera de
+‘\sffamily\bfseries’ o ‘\bfseries\sffamily’.
+
+ Una ventaja de estos comandos es que automáticamente insertan
+correcciones en cursiva si es necesario (*note \/::). En concreto,
+insertan la corrección en cursiva a menos que el siguiente carácter esté
+en la lista ‘\nocorrlist’, que de manera predeterminada consta de punto
+y coma. Para suprimir la inserción automática de la corrección en
+cursiva, utiliza ‘\nocorr’ al principio o al final del argumento del
+comando, como ‘\textit{\nocorr text}’ o ‘\textsc{text \nocorr}’.
- Estas instrucciones proporcionan automáticamente una corrección en
-cursiva si es necesario.
‘\textrm (\rmfamily)’
- Romana.
+ Roman.
‘\textit (\itshape)’
- cursivas.
-
-‘\emph’
- Énfasis (cambia entre ‘\textit’ y ‘\textrm’).
+ Italics.
‘\textmd (\mdseries)’
- Peso medio (predeterminado).
+ Medium weight (predeterminado).
‘\textbf (\bfseries)’
- Negrita.
+ Boldface.
+
‘\textup (\upshape)’
- Vertical (predeterminado). Lo opuesto a inclinada.
+ Upright (predefinido).
+
‘\textsl (\slshape)’
- Oblicua.
+ Slanted.
+
‘\textsf (\sffamily)’
Sans serif.
+
‘\textsc (\scshape)’
- Versales.
+ Small caps.
+
‘\texttt (\ttfamily)’
- Máquina de escribir.
-‘\textnormal (\normalfont)’
- Tipo de letra principal del documento.
-‘\mathrm’
- Romana, para usar en modo math.
-‘\mathbf’
- Negrita, para usarse en modo math.
-‘\mathsf’
- Sans serif, para usarse en modo math.
-‘\mathtt’
- Máquina de escribir, para usarse en modo math.
+ Typewriter.
-‘\mathit’
-‘(\mit)’
- cursivas, para utilizarse en modo math.
+‘\textnormal (\normalfont)’
+ Tipo de letra del documento principal.
-‘\mathnormal’
- Para usarse en modo math, por ejemplo dentro de otra declaración de
- estilo de letra.
-‘\mathcal’
- Letras ‘caligráficas’, para usarse en modo math.
+ Aunque también cambia los tipos de letra, el comando ‘\emph{TEXT}’ es
+semántico, para que se enfatice TEXT, y no se debe usar como sustituto
+de ‘\textit’. Por ejemplo, ‘\emph{START TEXT \emph{MIDDLE TEXT} END
+TEXT}’ resultará en START TEXT y END TEXT en cursiva, pero MIDDLE TEXT
+estará en romano.
- Además, la instrucción ‘\mathversion{bold}’ se pude utilizar para
-cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita dentro de fórmulas.
-‘\mathversion{normal}’ restablece el valor predeterminado.
+ LaTeX también proporciona los siguientes comandos, que
+incondicionalmente cambia al estilo dado, es decir, _no_ son
+acumulativos. Están usados ​​como declaraciones: ‘{\CMD...}’ en lugar de
+‘\CMD{...}’.
- LaTeX también proporciona las siguientes instrucciones, que
-incondicionalmente cambian a determinado estilo, es decir, _no_ son
-acumulativas. Estas se utilizan de forma diferente que las
-instrucciones anteriores, también: ‘{\INSTRUCCIÓN ...}’ en lugar de
-‘\INSTRUCCIÓN{...}’. Son dos cosas muy distintas.
+ (Los comandos incondicionales a continuación son una versión anterior
+de tipo de letra traspuesta. Los comandos anteriores son una mejora en
+la mayoría de las circunstancias. Pero a veces un cambio de tipo de
+letra incondicional es necesario).
‘\bf’
- Cambia a tipo de letra negrita.
+ Cambia a negrita.
‘\cal’
- Cambia a letras caligráficas para math.
-
-‘\em’
- Énfasis (cursivas con romana, romana con cursivas).
+ Cambia a letras caligráficas para matemáticas.
‘\it’
cursivas.
‘\rm’
- Romana.
+ Roman.
‘\sc’
- Versales.
+ Small caps.
‘\sf’
Sans serif.
‘\sl’
- Oblicua (oblicua).
+ Slanted (oblicua).
‘\tt’
- Máquina de escribir (monoespacio, de ancho fijo).
+ Typewriter (monoespacio, ancho fijo).
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra, Next: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra, Prev: Estilos del Tipo de Letra, Up: Tipos de Letra
+ El comando ‘\em’ es la versión incondicional de ‘\emph’.
-5.2 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra
-=============================
+ Los siguientes comandos se utilizan en modo matemático. Ellos no son
+acumulativos, por lo que ‘\mathbf{\mathit{SYMBOL}}’ no crea una negrita
+y cursiva SYMBOL; en cambio, solo estará en cursiva. Esto se debe a
+que, por lo general, los símbolos matemáticos necesitan tratamiento
+tipográfico, independientemente del entorno circundante.
-Las siguientes instrucciones para el tamaño del tipo de letra estándar
-son compatibles con LaTeX. La tabla muestra el nombre de la instrucción
-y el tamaño real (en puntos) del tipo de letra correspondiente utilizado
-con las opciones de tamaño del documento ‘10pt’, ‘11pt’ y ‘12pt’,
-respectivamente (*note Opciones de Clase de Documento:: ).
+‘\mathrm’
+ Roman, para usar en modo matemático.
-Instrucción ‘10pt’ ‘11pt’ ‘12pt’
----------------------------------------------------------
-‘\tiny’ 5 6 6
-‘\scriptsize’ 7 8 8
-‘\footnotesize’ 8 9 10
-‘\small’ 9 10 10.95
-‘\normalsize’ (predeterminado) 10 10.95 12
-‘\large’ 12 12 14.4
-‘\Large’ 14.4 14.4 17.28
-‘\LARGE’ 14.4 14.4 17.28
-‘\huge’ 20.74 20.74 24.88
-‘\Huge’ 24.88 24.88 24.88
+‘\mathbf’
+ Negrita (boldface), para usar en modo matemático.
- Las instrucciones tal como están listadas aquí son “formas
-declarativas”. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura
-hasta la instrucción “end” del estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el final
-del grupo actual. También puede utilizar la forma de entorno en estas
-instrucciones; por ejemplo, ‘\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}’.
+‘\mathsf’
+ Sans serif, para usar en modo matemático.
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra, Prev: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra, Up: Tipos de Letra
+‘\mathtt’
+ Typewriter, para usar en modo matemático.
-5.3 Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra
-=====================================================
+‘\mathit’
+‘(\mit)’
+ Italics, para usar en modo matemático.
-Estas instrucciones están destinadas principalmente para los escritores
-de macros y paquetes. Las instrucciones listadas anteriormente son sólo
-un subconjunto de las disponibles.
+‘\mathnormal’
+ Para usar en modo matemático, por ejemplo, dentro de otra
+ declaración de estilo de tipo.
-‘\fontencoding{codificación}’
- Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra. Las codificaciones
- válidas incluyen a ‘OT1’ y ‘T1’.
+‘\mathcal’
+ Letras caligráficas, para uso en modo matemático.
+
+ Además, el comando ‘\mathversion{bold}’ se puede usar para cambiar a
+letras y símbolos en negrita en fórmulas ‘\mathversion{normal}’ restaura
+el valor predeterminado.
+
+ Finalmente, el comando ‘\oldstylenums{NUMERALS}’ compone los llamados
+números de “estilo antiguo”, que tienen diferentes alturas y
+profundidades (y a veces anchos) del “revestimiento" estándar de
+números, que tienen todos la misma altura que las letras mayúsculas.
+Los tipos de letra predeterminados de LaTeX admiten esto y respetarán
+‘\textbf’ (pero no otros estilos; no hay números en estilo cursiva
+antiguo en Informática Moderna). Muchos otros tipos de letra también
+tienen números de estilo antiguo; a veces se proporcionan opciones de
+paquetes para que sean las predeterminadas. Preguntas frecuentes
+entrada: <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf>.
-‘\fontfamily{familia}’
- Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. Las familias válidas
- incluyen:
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tamaños de los tipos de letra, Next: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra, Prev: Estilos de tipos de letra, Up: Tipos de letra
- • ‘cmr’ para Romana de Computadora Moderna
- • ‘cmss’ para Sans Serif de Computadora Moderna
- • ‘cmtt’ para Máquina de Escribir de Computadora Moderna
+4.3 Tamaños de los tipos de letra
+=================================
- y muchas otras.
+Los siguientes comandos de tamaño de letra estándar son compatibles con
+LaTeX. La tabla muestra el nombre del comando y el tipo de letra en el
+tamaño real correspondiente utilizado (en puntos) con ‘10pt’, ‘11pt’ y
+‘12pt’ opciones de tamaño del documento, respectivamente (*note Opciones
+de la clase documento::).
+
+Comando ‘10pt’ ‘11pt’ ‘12pt’
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+‘\tiny’ 5 6 6
+‘\scriptsize’ 7 8 8
+‘\footnotesize’ 8 9 10
+‘\small’ 9 10 10.95
+‘\normalsize’ (predeterminado) 10 10.95 12
+‘\large’ 12 12 14.4
+‘\Large’ 14.4 14.4 17.28
+‘\LARGE’ 17.28 17.28 20.74
+‘\huge’ 20.74 20.74 24.88
+‘\Huge’ 24.88 24.88 24.88
+
+ Los comandos se enumeran aquí en forma de declaración (no de
+entorno), ya que así es como se usan típicamente. Por ejemplo:
+
+ \begin{quotation} \small
+ El Tao que se puede nombrar no es el Tao eterno.
+ \end{quotation}
-‘\fontseries{series}’
- Selecciona las series del tipo de letra. Las series válidas
- incluyen:
+Aquí, el alcance del ‘\small’ dura hasta el final del entorno
+‘quotation’. También terminaría en el siguiente comando de estilo de
+tipo o el final del grupo actual, por lo tanto lo podrías encerrar entre
+llaves ‘{\small Este texto está escrito en letra pequeña.}’.
+
+ Tratar de usar estos comandos en matemáticas, como con ‘$\small
+mv^2/2$’, da como resultado ‘Advertencia de fuentes LaTeX: Comando
+\small inválido en modo matemático’, y el tamaño del tipo de letra no
+cambia. Para trabajar con una fórmula demasiado grande, a menudo la
+mejor opción es usar el entorno ‘displaymath’ (*note Fórmulas math::), o
+uno de los entornos del paquete ‘amsmath’. Para matemáticas en línea,
+como en una tabla de fórmulas, una alternativa es algo como ‘{\small
+$mv^2/2$}’. (A veces ‘\scriptsize’ y ‘\scriptstyle’ se confunden.
+Ambos cambian el tamaño del tipo de letra, pero el último también cambia
+una serie de otros aspectos de cómo se componen las matemáticas. *Note
+Estilos math::).
+
+ También se define un “entorno form” de cada uno de estos comandos;
+por ejemplo, ‘\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}’. Sin embargo, en la práctica
+esta forma puede conducir fácilmente a espacios no deseados al principio
+y/o final del entorno sin una cuidadosa consideración, por lo que
+generalmente es menos propenso a errores apegarse a la forma de
+declaración.
+
+ (Aparte: Técnicamente, debido a la forma en que LaTeX define ‘\begin’
+y ‘\end’, casi todos los comandos que no toman un argumento técnicamente
+tiene una forma de entorno. Pero en casi todos los casos, solo sería
+causa de confusión al usarlo. La razón de mencionar la forma de entorno
+de las declaraciones de tamaño del tipo de letra específicamente es que
+este uso particular no es raro).
- • ‘m’ Mediana (normal)
- • ‘b’ Negrita
- • ‘c’ Condensada
- • ‘bc’ Negrita condensada
- • ‘bx’ Negrita extendida
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra, Prev: Tamaños de los tipos de letra, Up: Tipos de letra
- y otras combinaciones diferentes.
+4.4 Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra
+============================================
-‘\fontshape{forma}’
+Estos comandos están destinados principalmente a los escritores de
+macros y paquetes. Los comandos enumerados aquí son solo un subconjunto
+de los disponibles.
+
+‘\fontencoding{ENCODING}’
+ Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra, la codificación del
+ tipo de letra de salida. Hay un gran número de codificaciones
+ válidas. Las más comunes son ‘OT1’, La codificación original de
+ Knuth para Computer Modern (la predeterminada), y ‘T1’, también
+ conocida como la codificación de Cork, que admite caracteres
+ acentuados utilizados por los idiomas europeos más extendidos
+ (alemán, francés, italiano, polaco y otros), lo que permite a TeX
+ separar con guiones las palabras que contengan letras acentuadas.
+ Para más, ve <https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide>.
+
+‘\fontfamily{FAMILY}’
+ Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. La página web
+ <https//tug.org/FontCatalogue/> proporciona una forma de navegar a
+ través de muchos de los tipos de letra que se usan fácilmente con
+ LaTeX. Aquí hay ejemplos de algunas familias comunes.
+
+ ‘pag’ Avant Garde
+ ‘fvs’ Bitstream Vera Sans
+ ‘pbk’ Bookman
+ ‘bch’ Charter
+ ‘ccr’ Computer Concrete
+ ‘cmr’ Computer Modern
+ ‘cmss’ Computer Modern Sans Serif
+ ‘cmtt’ Computer Modern Typewriter
+ ‘pcr’ Courier
+ ‘phv’ Helvetica
+ ‘fi4’ Inconsolata
+ ‘lmr’ Latin Modern
+ ‘lmss’ Latin Modern Sans
+ ‘lmtt’ Latin Modern Typewriter
+ ‘pnc’ New Century Schoolbook
+ ‘ppl’ Palatino
+ ‘ptm’ Times
+ ‘uncl’ Uncial
+ ‘put’ Utopia
+ ‘pzc’ Zapf Chancery
+
+‘\fontseries{SERIES}’
+ Selecciona la serie de tipos de letra. Una “serie” combina un
+ “weight” y un “width”. Por lo general, un tipo de letra solo
+ admite algunas de las posibles combinaciones. Algunos valores
+ comunes de series combinadas incluyen:
+
+ ‘m’ Medium (normal)
+ ‘b’ Bold
+ ‘c’ Condensed
+ ‘bc’ Bold condensed
+ ‘bx’ Bold extended
+
+ Los posibles valores de grosor, individualmente, son:
+
+ ‘ul’ Ultra light
+ ‘el’ Extra light
+ ‘l’ Light
+ ‘sl’ Semi light
+ ‘m’ Medium (normal)
+ ‘sb’ Semi bold
+ ‘b’ Bold
+ ‘eb’ Extra bold
+ ‘ub’ Ultra bold
+
+ Los valores posibles para el ancho, individualmente, son (el
+ significado y relación de estos términos varía con los tipos de
+ letra individuales):
+
+ ‘uc’ Ultra condensed
+ ‘ec’ Extra condensed
+ ‘c’ Condensed
+ ‘sc’ Semi condensed
+ ‘m’ Medium
+ ‘sx’ Semi expanded
+ ‘x’ Expanded
+ ‘ex’ Extra expanded
+ ‘ux’ Ultra expanded
+
+ Al formar la cadena SERIES a partir del peso y el ancho, la ‘m’
+ suelta significa grosor medio o ancho medio, a menos que ambos, el
+ grosor y el ancho sean ‘m’, en cuyo caso usa solo una (‘‘m’’).
+
+‘\fontshape{SHAPE}’
Selecciona la forma del tipo de letra. Las formas válidas son:
- • ‘n’ Vertical (normal)
- • ‘it’ Cursiva
- • ‘sl’ Oblicua (oblicua)
- • ‘sc’ Versales
- • ‘ui’ Cursiva vertical
- • ‘ol’ Esquema
+ ‘n’ Upright (normal)
+ ‘it’ Italic
+ ‘sl’ Slanted (oblique)
+ ‘sc’ Small caps
+ ‘ui’ Upright italics
+ ‘ol’ Outline
Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las
- familias de tipos de letra.
-
-‘\fontsize{tamaño}{espaciado}’
- Establece el tamaño de letra. El primer parámetro es el tamaño a
- cambiar el tipo de letra y el segundo es el espaciado de línea a
- usar; este se almacena en un parámetro denominado ‘\baselineskip’.
- La unidad de ambos parámetros de manera predeterminada es pt. El
- valor predeterminado de ‘\baselineskip’ para el tipo de letra
- Computadora Moderna es 1.2 veces ‘\fontsize’.
-
- El interlineado de espacio doble también es multiplicado por el
- valor del parámetro ‘\baselinestretch’ cuando cambia el tamaño del
- tipo de letra; el predeterminado es 1. Sin embargo, la mejor
- manera de hacer un documento con “doble espacio”, si tiene la
- suficiente mala suerte de tener que producirlo, es usar el paquete
- ‘setspace’; vea
- <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace>.
+ familias de tipos de letra, y a menudo también faltan las
+ versalitas.
+
+‘\fontsize{SIZE}{SKIP}’
+ Establece el tamaño del tipo de letra y el espacio entre líneas.
+ La unidad de ambos parámetros el valor predeterminado es puntos
+ (‘pt’). El interlineado es el espacio vertical nominal entre
+ líneas, línea base a línea base. Se almacena en el parámetro
+ ‘\baselineskip’. El ‘\baselineskip’ predeterminado para el tipo de
+ letra Computer Modern es 1.2 veces el ‘\fontsize’. Cambiar
+ ‘\baselineskip’ directamente no es recomendable ya que su valor se
+ restablece cada vez que ocurre un cambio de tamaño; en su lugar usa
+ ‘\baselinestretch’. (*note \baselineskip y \baselinestretch::).
‘\linespread{FACTOR}’
Equivalente a ‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}’, y por lo
- tanto debe estar seguido por ‘\selectfont’ para que tenga algún
- efecto. Es mejor especificarlo en el preámbulo, o utilizar el
- paquete ‘setspace’, justo como se acaba de describir anteriormente.
-
- Las modificaciones introducidas por llamar a la fuente de las
- instrucciones descritas anteriormente no entrará en vigor sino
- hasta que se invoque a ‘\selectfont’.
-
-‘\usefont{codificación}{familia}{series}{forma}’
+ tanto debe ir seguido de ‘\selectfont’ para tener cualquier efecto.
+ Mejor especificado en el preámbulo. *Note \baselineskip y
+ \baselinestretch::, por usar el paquete ‘setspace’ en su lugar.
+
+‘\selectfont’
+ Los efectos de los comandos de tipo de letra descritos
+ anteriormente no suceden hasta que se llama a ‘\selectfont’, como
+ en ‘\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont’. A menudo es útil poner
+ esto en una macro:
+ ‘\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont}’
+ (*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::).
+
+‘\usefont{ENC}{FAMILY}{SERIES}{SHAPE}’
Lo mismo que invocar a ‘\fontencoding’, ‘\fontfamily’,
- ‘\fontseries’ y ‘\fontshape’ con los parámetros dados, seguida por
- ‘\selectfont’.
+ ‘\fontseries’ y ‘\fontshape’ con los parámetros dados, seguidos de
+ ‘\selectfont’. Por ejemplo:
+
+ \usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Diseño, Next: Seccionado, Prev: Tipos de Letra, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Composición, Next: Seccionado, Prev: Tipos de letra, Up: Top
-6 Diseño
-********
+5 Composición
+*************
-Varias instrucciones para controlar el diseño general de la página.
+Comandos para controlar la composición general de página.
* Menu:
-* \onecolumn:: Utiliza un diseño de una columna.
-* \twocolumn:: Utiliza un diseño de dos columanas.
-* \flushbottom:: Hace que todas las páginas del texto tengan la misma altura.
-* \raggedbottom:: Permite que las páginas de texto tengan diferente altura.
-* Parámetros para el Diseño de Página:: ‘\headheight’ ‘\footskip’.
+* \onecolumn:: Utiliza una composición de una columna.
+* \twocolumn:: Utiliza una composición de dos
+ columnas.
+* \flushbottom:: Hace que todas las páginas de texto
+ tengan la misma altura.
+* \raggedbottom:: Permite páginas de texto de diferente
+ altura.
+* Parámetros de composición de página:: ‘\headheight’
+ ‘\footskip’.
+* \baselineskip y \baselinestretch:: Espacio entre líneas.
+* Flotantes:: Figuras, tablas, etc.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \onecolumn, Next: \twocolumn, Up: Diseño
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \onecolumn, Next: \twocolumn, Up: Composición
-6.1 ‘\onecolumn’
+5.1 ‘\onecolumn’
================
-La declaración ‘\onecolumn’ comienza una nueva página y la produce con
-una sola columna. Este es el valor predeterminado.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \onecolumn
+
+ Inicia una nueva página y genera una salida de una sola columna. Si
+al documento le es dada la opción de clase ‘onecolumn’ entonces este es
+el valor predeterminado del comportamiento (*note Opciones de la clase
+documento::). Este comando es frágil (*note \protect::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \twocolumn, Next: \flushbottom, Prev: \onecolumn, Up: Diseño
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \twocolumn, Next: \flushbottom, Prev: \onecolumn, Up: Composición
-6.2 ‘\twocolumn’
+5.2 ‘\twocolumn’
================
Sinopsis:
- \twocolumn[TEXTOCOLUMNA1]
+ \twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[TEXTO PRELIMINAR DE UNA COLUMNA]
+
+ Inicia una nueva página y genera un resultado de dos columnas. Si se
+entrega al documento la opción de clase ‘twocolumn’ entonces esta es la
+predeterminada (*note Opciones de la clase documento::). Este comando
+es frágil (*note \protect::).
- La declaración ‘\twocolumn’ comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con dos columnas. Si el argumento opcional TEXTOCOLUMNA1 está presente,
-esta es compuesta en modo de una columna antes de comenzar la
-composición de las dos columnas.
+ Si el argumento opcional TEXTO PRELIMINAR DE UNA COLUMNA está
+presente, se escribe en el modo de una columna antes de que comience la
+composición tipográfica de dos columnas.
- Estos parámetros controlan la tipografía en la producción de dos
-columnas:
+ Estos parámetros controlan la composición tipográfica en la salida de
+dos columnas:
‘\columnsep’
- La distancia entre las columnas (de manera predeterminada a 35pt).
+ La distancia entre columnas. El valor predeterminado es 35 puntos.
+ Cámbialo con un comando como ‘\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}’. Lo
+ debes cambiar antes de que comience el modo de dos columnas; en el
+ preámbulo es un buen lugar.
‘\columnseprule’
- El ancho de la regla entre columnas; el predeterminado es 0pt, por
- lo tanto no hay regla.
+ El ancho de la regla entre columnas. El valor predeterminado es
+ 0pt, lo cual significa que no hay regla. De lo contrario, la regla
+ aparece a medio camino entre las dos columnas. Cámbialo con un
+ comando como ‘\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}’, antes de comenzar
+ el modo de dos columnas.
‘\columnwidth’
- El ancho de la columna actual; este es igual a ‘\textwidth’ en
- texto de una sola columna.
-
- Estos parámetros controlan el comportamiento de la flotación de las
-dos columnas producidas:
+ El ancho de una sola columna. En el modo de una columna esto es
+ igual a ‘\textwidth’. En el modo de dos columnas de manera
+ predeterminada, LaTeX establece el ancho de cada una de las dos
+ columnas, para que ‘\columnwidth’ sea la mitad de ‘\textwidth’
+ menos ‘\columnsep’.
+
+ En un documento de dos columnas, los entornos destacados ‘table*’ y
+‘figure*’ tienen dos columnas de ancho, mientras que los entornos sin
+estrellas ‘table’ y ‘figure’ ocupan solo una columna (*note figure:: y
+*note table::). LaTeX coloca flotantes con estrellas en la parte
+superior de una página. Los siguientes parámetros controlan el
+comportamiento flotante de la salida de dos columnas.
‘\dbltopfraction’
- Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página de dos columna
- que pueden ocupar los flotantes. El predeterminado es ‘.7’, puede
- ser útil redefinirlo a (digamos) ‘.9’ para evitar llegar tan pronto
- a páginas flotantes.
+ La fracción máxima en la parte superior de una página de dos
+ columnas que pueden ocupar flotantes de dos columnas de ancho. El
+ valor predeterminado es 0.7, lo cual significa que la altura de un
+ entorno ‘table*’ o ‘figure*’ no debe superar ‘0.7\textheight’. Si
+ la altura de tu entorno flotante estrellado excede esto, entonces
+ puedes tomar una de las siguientes acciones para evitar que flote
+ hasta el final del documento:
+
+ • Usa el especificador de ubicación ‘[tp]’ para decirle a LaTeX
+ que intente poner el voluminoso flotante en una página por sí
+ mismo, así como en la parte superior de una página.
+
+ • Utiliza el especificador de ubicación ‘[t!]’ para anular el
+ efecto de ‘\dbltopfraction’ para este flotante en particular.
+
+ • Aumenta el valor de ‘\dbltopfraction’ a un número
+ adecuadamente grande, para evitar ir a páginas flotantes tan
+ pronto como sea posible.
+
+ Lo puedes redefinir, como con
+ ‘\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}’.
‘\dblfloatpagefraction’
- La mínima fracción de una página con flotantes que deben ocupar los
- flotantes, para una página de dos columnas con flotantes. El
- predeterminado es ‘.5’.
+ Para una página flotante de dos columnas de ancho flotantes, esta
+ es la fracción mínima que deben ocupar los flotantes, limitando la
+ cantidad de espacio en blanco. El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es
+ ‘0.5’. Cámbialo con ‘\renewcommand’.
‘\dblfloatsep’
- Distancia entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
- página de dos columnas con flotantes. Predeterminado a ‘12pt
- plus2pt minus2pt’ para ‘10pt’ y ‘11pt’ para documentos, ‘14pt
- plus2pt minus4pt’ para ‘12pt’.
+ En una página flotante de flotantes de dos columnas de ancho, esta
+ longitud es la distancia entre flotantes, tanto en la parte
+ superior como en la inferior de la página. El valor predeterminado
+ es ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ para un documento establecido en ‘10pt’
+ o ‘11pt’ y ‘14pt plus2pt minus4pt’ para un documento establecido en
+ ‘12pt’.
‘\dbltextfloatsep’
- Distancia entre un flotante multicolumna en la parte superior o
- inferior de una página y el texto principal. De manera
- predeterminada es ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.
+ Esta longitud es la distancia entre un flotante de varias columnas
+ en la parte superior o la parte inferior de una página y el texto
+ principal. El valor predeterminado es ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.
+
+‘\dbltopnumber’
+ En una página flotante de flotantes de dos columnas de ancho, este
+ contador da el número máximo de flotantes permitidos en la parte
+ superior de la página. El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es ‘2’.
+
+ Este ejemplo usa el argumento opcional de ‘\twocolumn’ para crear un
+título que abarca el artículo de dos columnas:
+
+ \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+ \newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+ \begin{document}
+ \twocolumn[{% dentro de este argumento opcional va texto de una columna
+ \centering
+ \LARGE El título \\[1.5em]
+ \large Autor uno\authormark{1},
+ Autor dos\authormark{2},
+ Autor tres\authormark{1} \\[1em]
+ \normalsize
+ \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}}
+ \authormark{1}Departamento uno &\authormark{2}Departamento dos \\
+ Escuela uno &Escuela dos
+ \end{tabular}\\[3em] % espacio debajo de la parte del título
+ }]
+
+ Texto de dos columnas aquí.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \flushbottom, Next: \raggedbottom, Prev: \twocolumn, Up: Diseño
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \flushbottom, Next: \raggedbottom, Prev: \twocolumn, Up: Composición
-6.3 ‘\flushbottom’
+5.3 ‘\flushbottom’
==================
-La declaración ‘\flushbottom’ hace que todas las páginas tengan la misma
-altura, añadiendo espacio vertical extra donde sea necesario para llenar
-la página.
-
- Este es el predeterminado si se selecciona el modo ‘twocolumn’ (*note
-Opciones de Clase de Documento::).
+Hace que todas las páginas del documento después de esta declaración
+tengan la misma altura, estirando el espacio vertical donde sea
+necesario para llenar la página. Esto se usa con más frecuencia cuando
+se hacen documentos de dos caras ya que las diferencias en las páginas
+opuestas pueden ser evidentes.
+
+ Si TeX no puede estirar satisfactoriamente el espacio vertical en una
+página luego obtienes un mensaje como ‘Infralleno \vbox (maliciosos
+10000) ocurrió mientras \output está activa’. Si lo consigues, una
+opción es cambiar a ‘\raggedbottom’ (*note \raggedbottom::).
+Alternativamente, puedes ajustar el ‘textheight’ para hacer páginas
+compatibles, o puedes agregar un poco de pegamento de estiramiento
+vertical entre líneas o entre párrafos, como en
+‘\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}’. Tu última opción es, en una
+etapa de edición final, ajustar la altura de las páginas individuales
+(*note \enlargethispage::).
+
+ El estado ‘\flushbottom’ es el predeterminado solo si seleccionas la
+opción ‘twocolumn’ de la clase documento (*note Opciones de la clase
+documento::), y para índices hechos con ‘makeidx’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raggedbottom, Next: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página, Prev: \flushbottom, Up: Diseño
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raggedbottom, Next: Parámetros de composición de página, Prev: \flushbottom, Up: Composición
-6.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
+5.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
===================
-La declaración ‘\raggedbottom’ hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-altura natural del material en esa página. Sin longitudes flexibles que
-se deban ajustar.
+Hace que todas las páginas posteriores tengan la altura natural del
+material en esa página; no se estirarán las longitudes verticales
+elásticas. Así, en documentos de dos caras las páginas opuestas pueden
+tener diferentes alturas. Este comando puede ir en cualquier punto del
+cuerpo del documento. *Note \flushbottom::.
+
+ Este es el valor predeterminado a menos que selecciones la opción
+‘twocolumn’ de la clase documento (*note Opciones de la clase
+documento::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página, Prev: \raggedbottom, Up: Diseño
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Parámetros de composición de página, Next: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch, Prev: \raggedbottom, Up: Composición
-6.5 Parámetros para el Diseño de Página
+5.5 Parámetros de composición de página
=======================================
+‘\columnsep’
+‘\columnseprule’
+‘\columnwidth’
+ La distancia entre las dos columnas, el ancho de una regla entre
+ las columnas y el ancho de las columnas, cuando la opción de clase
+ de documento ‘twocolumn’ está en vigor (*note Opciones de la clase
+ documento::). *Note \twocolumn::.
+
‘\headheight’
- Altura de la caja que contiene el encabezado. El predeterminado es
- ‘30pt’, salvo en la clase ‘book’, donde este varía con el tamaño de
- letra.
+ Altura de la caja que contiene la cabecera móvil. El valor
+ predeterminado en las clases ‘article’, ‘report’ y ‘book’ son
+ ‘12pt’, en todos los tamaños de letra.
‘\headsep’
- Distancia vertical entre la línea inferior de la cabecera y la
- parte superior del texto principal. El predeterminado es ‘25pt’,
- salvo en la clase ‘book’, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+ Distancia vertical entre la parte inferior de la línea de cabecera
+ y la parte superior del texto principal. El valor predeterminado
+ en las clases ‘article’ y ‘report’ es ‘25pt’. En la clase ‘book’
+ el valor predeterminado es: si el documento está configurado en
+ 10pt, entonces es ‘0.25in’, y en 11pt o 12pt es ‘0.275in’.
‘\footskip’
- Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto a la
- línea base del pié de página. El predeterminado es ‘30pt’, salvo
- en la clase ‘book’, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+ Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto hasta la
+ línea base de el pie de página. El valor predeterminado en las
+ clases ‘article’ y ‘report’ es ‘30pt’. En la clase ‘book’ el valor
+ predeterminado es: cuando el tamaño de letra es de 10 puntos, el
+ predeterminado es ‘0.35in’, mientras que en 11pt es ‘0.38in’, y en
+ 12pt es ‘30pt’.
‘\linewidth’
- Ancho de la línea actual; el predeterminado varía con el tamaño de
- fuente, el ancho del papel, el modo two-column, etc. Para un
- documento ‘article’ en ‘10pt’, este se establece a ‘345pt’; en modo
- two-column, este cambia a ‘229.5pt’.
+ Ancho de la línea actual, disminuido para cada ‘lista’ anidada
+ (*note list::). Es decir, el valor nominal de ‘\linewidth’ es
+ igual a ‘\textwidth’ pero para cada ‘\linewidth’ de la lista
+ anidada se reduce por la suma del ‘\leftmargin’ de esa lista y
+ ‘\rightmargin’ (*note itemize::).
+
+‘\marginparpush’
+‘\marginsep’
+‘\marginparwidth’
+ El espacio vertical mínimo entre dos notas marginales, el espacio
+ horizontal entre el cuerpo del texto y las notas marginales, y el
+ ancho horizontal de las notas.
+
+ Normalmente, las notas marginales aparecen en el exterior de la
+ página, pero la declaración ‘\reversemarginpar’ cambia eso (y
+ ‘\normalmarginpar’ lo vuelve a cambiar).
+
+ Los valores predeterminados para ‘\marginparpush’ tanto en ‘book’
+ como en las clases ‘article’ son: ‘7pt’ si el documento se
+ establece en 12pt, y ‘5pt’ si el documento está configurado en 11 o
+ 10 puntos.
+
+ Para ‘\marginsep’, en la clase ‘article’ el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘10pt’ excepto si el documento está configurado en 10pt y en modo
+ de dos columnas donde el valor predeterminado es ‘11pt’.
+
+ Para ‘\marginsep’ en la clase ‘book’, el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘10pt’ en modo de dos columnas y ‘7pt’ en modo de una columna.
+
+ Para ‘\marginparwidth’ tanto en las clases ‘book’ como ‘article’,
+ en el modo de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es el 60 % de
+ ‘\paperwidth − \textwidth’, mientras que en el modo de una columna
+ es el 50% de esa distancia.
+
+‘\oddsidemargin’
+‘\evensidemargin’
+ La longitud de ‘\oddsidemargin’ es la distancia adicional entre el
+ lado izquierdo de la página y el margen izquierdo del texto, en las
+ páginas impares cuando se elige la opción de clase documento
+ ‘twoside’ y en todas las páginas cuando ‘oneside’ está en vigor.
+ Cuando ‘twoside’ está en vigor, en páginas pares, la distancia
+ adicional a la izquierda es ‘\evensidemargin’.
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es que ‘\oddsidemargin’ es el 40%
+ de la diferencia entre ‘\paperwidth’ y ‘\textwidth’, y
+ ‘\evensidemargin’ es el resto.
+
+‘\paperheight’
+ La altura del papel, a diferencia de la altura del área de
+ impresión. Normalmente se establece con una opción de la clase
+ documento, como en ‘\documentclass[a4paper]{article}’ (*note
+ Opciones de la clase documento::).
+
+‘\paperwidth’
+ El ancho del papel, a diferencia del ancho del área de impresión.
+ Normalmente se establece con una opción de la clase documento, como
+ en ‘\documentclass[a4paper]{article}’ (*note Opciones de la clase
+ documento::).
‘\textheight’
- La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página; el
- predeterminado varía con el tamaño de letra, clase de documento,
- etc. Para un documento ‘article’ o ‘report’ en ‘10pt’, este se
- fija a ‘43\baselineskip’; para ‘book’, es ‘41\baselineskip’. Para
- ‘11pt’, es ‘38\baselineskip’ y para ‘12pt’, ‘36\baselineskip’.
+ La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página. Si el documento
+ se establece en un tamaño de letra nominal de 10pt entonces para un
+ ‘article’ o ‘report’ el valor predeterminado es ‘43\baselineskip’,
+ mientras que para un ‘book’ es ‘41\baselineskip’. Con un tamaño de
+ letra de 11pt, el valor predeterminado es ‘38\baselineskip’ para
+ todas las clases de documento. A 12pt es ‘36\baselineskip’ para
+ todas las clases.
‘\textwidth’
- El ancho horizontal normal del cuerpo de la página; el
- predeterminado varía de la manera usual. Para un documento
- ‘article’ o ‘report’, es ‘345pt’ en ‘10pt’, ‘360pt’ en ‘11pt’ y
- ‘390pt’ en ‘12pt’. Para un documento ‘book’, es ‘4.5in’ en ‘10pt’
- y ‘5in’ en ‘11pt’ o ‘12pt’.
+ El ancho horizontal completo de todo el cuerpo de la página. Para
+ un documento ‘article’ o ‘report’, el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘345pt’ cuando el tamaño de letra elegido es 10pt, el valor
+ predeterminado es ‘360pt’ a 11pt, y es ‘390pt’ a 12pt. Para un
+ documento ‘book’, el valor predeterminado es ‘4.5in’ con un tamaño
+ de letra de 10pt y ‘5in’ con 11pt o 12pt.
+
+ En la salida de varias columnas, ‘\textwidth’ sigue siendo el ancho
+ de todo el cuerpo de la página, mientras que ‘\columnwidth’ es el
+ ancho de una columna (*note \twocolumn::).
+
+ En las listas (*note list::), ‘\textwidth’ sigue siendo el ancho de
+ todo el cuerpo de la página (y ‘\columnwidth’ el ancho de toda la
+ columna), mientras que ‘\linewidth’ puede disminuir para las listas
+ anidadas.
+
+ Dentro de una minipágina (*note minipage::) o ‘\parbox’ (*note
+ \parbox::), todos los parámetros relacionados con el ancho se
+ establecen en el ancho especificado, y vuelven a sus valores
+ normales al final de ‘minipage’ o ‘\parbox’.
+
+‘\hsize’
+ Esta entrada se incluye para completar: ‘\hsize’ es el parámetro
+ primitivo TeX utilizado cuando el texto se divide en líneas. No se
+ debería usar en documentos LaTeX normales.
‘\topmargin’
- Espacio entre la parte superior de la página TeX (de manera
- predeterminada, una pulgada en la parte superior del papel) y en la
- parte superior del encabezado. El predeterminado se calcula
- basándose en muchos otros parámetros: ‘\paperheight − 2in −
- \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip’, y luego se
- divide entre dos.
+ Espacio entre la parte superior de la página TeX (una pulgada desde
+ la parte superior del papel, de manera predeterminada) y la parte
+ superior de la cabecera. El valor se calcula basado en muchos
+ otros parámetros: ‘\paperheight − 2in − \headheight − \headsep −
+ \textheight − \footskip’, y luego dividido por dos.
‘\topskip’
- La distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página
- y la línea base de la primer línea de texto. Para clases estándar,
- el predeterminado es el mismo que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
- ‘10pt’ en ‘10pt’.
+ Distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página y
+ la línea base de la primera línea de texto. Para las clases
+ estándar, el valor predeterminado es igual que el tamaño de letra,
+ por ejemplo, ‘10pt’ en un tamaño de letra de 10pt.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch, Next: Flotantes, Prev: Parámetros de composición de página, Up: Composición
+
+5.6 ‘\baselineskip’ y ‘\baselinestretch’
+========================================
+
+El ‘\baselineskip’ es una longitud elástica (*note Longitudes::). Da la
+“inicial”, la distancia normal entre líneas en un párrafo, desde línea
+base a línea base.
+
+ Por lo general, los autores de documentos no cambian directamente
+‘\baselineskip’ mientras escribían. En su lugar, se establece mediante
+el comando de selección ‘\fontsize’ del tamaño de letra de bajo nivel
+(*note comandos fontsize de bajo nivel::). El valor de ‘\baselineskip’
+se restablece cada vez que sucede un cambio de tipo de letra, por lo que
+cualquier cambio directo a ‘\baselineskip’ desaparecerá la próxima vez
+que haya un cambio de letra. Para cómo influir en el espaciado de
+línea, ve la explicación de ‘\baselinestretch’ a continuación.
+
+ Por lo general, el diseñador del tipo de letra asigna el tamaño de
+letra y el salto de línea base. Estos números son nominales en el
+sentido de que si, por ejemplo, el archivo de estilo de una letra tiene
+el comando ‘\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}’ entonces eso no significa que los
+caracteres en el tipo de letra tenga una altura de 10pt; por ejemplo,
+los paréntesis y las mayúsculas acentuadas pueden ser más altas. Ni
+tampoco significa que si las líneas están separadas menos de 12pt
+entonces corren el riesgo de tocarse. Más bien estos números son
+juicios tipográficos. (A menudo, el ‘\baselineskip’ es un veinte por
+ciento más grande que el tamaño de la letra).
+
+ El ‘\baselineskip’ no es una propiedad de cada línea sino del párrafo
+completo. Como resultado, texto grande en medio de un párrafo, como una
+sola enorme ‘{\Huge Q}’, se aplastará en su línea. TeX se asegurará de
+que no raspe la línea de arriba, pero no cambiará el ‘\baselineskip’
+para esa línea para hacer espacio extra arriba. Para solucionarlo, usa
+un ‘\strut’ (*note \strut::).
+
+ El valor de ‘\baselineskip’ que usa TeX para el párrafo es el valor
+en vigor en la línea en blanco o comando que finaliza la unidad párrafo.
+Entonces, si un documento contiene este párrafo, sus líneas se
+estrecharán juntas, en comparación con las líneas en los párrafos
+circundantes.
+
+ Mucha gente ve un salto de página entre el texto y una ecuación
+ mostrada como mal estilo, por lo que en efecto la pantalla es parte
+ del párrafo. Porque esto se muestra en footnotesize, todo el párrafo
+ tiene el espaciado de línea base que coincide con ese tamaño.
+ {\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
+
+ El proceso para crear párrafos es que cuando se agrega una nueva
+línea, si la profundidad de la línea anterior más la altura de la nueva
+línea es menor que ‘\baselineskip’, entonces, TeX inserta pegamento
+vertical para compensar la diferencia. Hay dos puntos finos. El
+primero es que si las líneas estarían demasiado juntas, más cerca que
+‘\lineskiplimit’, entonces, TeX en su lugar usa ‘\lineskip’ como el
+pegamento entre líneas. El segundo es que TeX en realidad no usa la
+profundidad de la línea anterior. En su lugar, usa ‘\prev depth’, que
+generalmente contiene esa profundidad. Pero al comienzo del párrafo (o
+cualquier lista vertical) o justo después de una regla, ‘\prevdepth’
+tiene el valor -1000pt y este valor especial le dice a TeX que no
+inserte ningún pegamento entre líneas en el inicio de párrafo.
+
+ En las clases estándar ‘\lineskiplimit’ es 0pt y ‘\lineskip’ es 1pt.
+Por el párrafo anterior entonces, la distancia entre líneas se puede
+aproximar a cero, pero si llega a ser cero (o menos de cero), entonces
+las líneas saltan a 1pt aparte.
+
+ A veces los autores deben, con fines de edición, poner el documento
+en espacio doble o espacio y medio. La forma correcta de influir en la
+distancia entre líneas es a través de ‘\baselinestretch’. Escala
+‘\baselineskip’ y tiene un valor predeterminado de 1.0. Es un comando,
+no una longitud, y no surte efecto hasta que ocurre el cambio del tipo
+de letra, así que establece el factor de escala de esta manera:
+‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont’.
+
+ La forma más sencilla de cambiar el espacio entre líneas para un
+documento es poner ‘\linespread{FACTOR}’ en el preámbulo. Para espacios
+dobles, toma FACTOR como 1.6 y como un espacio y medio usa 1.3. Estos
+números son aproximados: por ejemplo, dado que el ‘\baselineskip’ es
+aproximadamente 1.2 veces el tamaño de letra, multiplicado por 1.6
+suministra una proporción del tamaño de letra de salto de referencia de
+aproximadamente 2. (El comando ‘\linespread’ se define como
+‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}’ por lo que también no tendrá
+efecto hasta que ocurra una configuración del tipo de letra. Pero eso
+siempre se lleva a cabo al comienzo de un documento, por lo que no es
+necesario que lo sigas con ‘\selectfont’).
+
+ Un enfoque más simple es el paquete ‘setspace’. El ejemplo básico:
+
+ \usepackage{setspace}
+ \doublespacing % o \onehalfspacing para 1.5
+
+En el preámbulo, estos comenzarán el documento con ese tamaño. Pero
+también puedes usar estas declaraciones en el cuerpo del documento para
+cambiar el espacio desde ese punto en adelante, y en consecuencia hay
+‘\singlespacing’ para devolver el espacio a la normalidad. En el cuerpo
+del documento, una mejor práctica que usar las declaraciones es usar
+entornos, como ‘\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}’. El paquete
+también tiene comandos para hacer espaciado arbitrario:
+‘\setstretch{FACTOR}’ y ‘\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}’.
+Este paquete también mantiene el interlineado de espacio simple en
+lugares donde eso es típicamente deseable, como notas al pie y
+subtítulos de figura. Consulta la documentación del paquete.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Flotantes, Prev: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch, Up: Composición
+
+5.7 Flotantes
+=============
+
+Algunos elementos tipográficos, como figuras y tablas, no se pueden
+romper a través de las páginas. Deben estar escritos fuera del flujo
+normal de texto, por ejemplo, flotando en la parte superior de una
+página posterior.
+
+ LaTeX puede tener varias clases diferentes de material flotante. El
+valor predeterminado son las dos clases, ‘figure’ (*note figure::) y
+‘table’ (*note table::), pero puedes crear una nueva clase con el
+paquete ‘float’.
+
+ Dentro de cualquier clase float, LaTeX siempre respeta el orden, de
+modo que la primera figura en un documento fuente debe estar compuesta
+tipográficamente antes que la segunda figura. Sin embargo, LaTeX puede
+mezclar las clases, por lo que puede suceder que mientras que la primera
+tabla aparece en la fuente antes de la primera figura, aparece en la
+salida después de ella.
+
+ La colocación de flotantes está sujeta a parámetros, que se indican a
+continuación, que limitan el número de flotantes que pueden aparecer en
+la parte superior de una página, y el fondo, etc. Si hay tantos
+flotantes en cola que los límites impiden para que no encajen en una
+página, entonces LaTeX coloca lo que puede y aplaza el resto a la página
+siguiente. De esta manera, los flotantes pueden terminar siendo
+tipografíados lejos de su lugar en la fuente. En particular, un
+flotante que es grande puede migrar al final del documento. En cuyo
+caso, porque todos los flotantes en una clase deben aparecer en orden
+secuencial, cada flotante siguiente en esa clase también aparece al
+final.
+
+ Además de cambiar los parámetros, para cada flotante puedes ajustar
+dónde el algoritmo de colocación flotante intenta colocarlo usando su
+argumento PLACEMENT. Los valores posibles son una secuencia de las
+letras debajo. El valor predeterminado para ‘figure’ y ‘table’, en
+ambas clases, ‘article’ y ‘book’, es ‘tbp’.
+
+‘t’
+ (Top)—en la parte superior de una página de texto.
+
+‘b’
+ (Bottom)—en la parte inferior de una página de texto. (Sin
+ embargo, ‘b’ no es permitido para flotantes de ancho completo
+ (‘figure*’) con producción en doble columna. Para mejorar esto,
+ usa ‘stfloats’ o el paquete ‘dblfloatfix’, pero ve la discusión en
+ las advertencias en las preguntas frecuentes:
+ <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat>.
+
+‘h’
+ (Here)—en la posición en el texto donde el entorno ‘figure’
+ aparece. Sin embargo, ‘h’ no está permitido por sí mismo; ‘t’ se
+ añade automáticamente.
+
+ Para forzar absolutamente que un flotante aparezca “aquí”, puedes
+ ‘\usepackage{float}’ y usa el especificador ‘H’ que define. Para
+ obtener más información, consulta la entrada de preguntas
+ frecuentes en <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere>.
+
+‘p’
+ (Página de flotantes)—en una “página flotante” separada, que es una
+ página que no contiene texto, solo flotantes.
+
+‘!’
+ Se utiliza además de uno de los anteriores; solo para este
+ flotante, LaTeX ignora las restricciones tanto en el número de
+ flotantes que pueden aparecer y las cantidades relativas de texto
+ flotante y no flotante en la página. El especificador ‘!’ _no_
+ significa “pon el flotante aquí”, ve más arriba.
+
+ Nota: el orden en que aparecen las letras en el argumento PLACEMENT
+no cambia el orden en que LaTeX intenta colocar el flotante; por
+ejemplo, ‘btp’ tiene el mismo efecto que ‘tbp’. Todo lo que PLACEMENT
+hace es que si una letra no está presente entonces el algoritmo no
+intenta esa ubicación. Por lo tanto, el valor predeterminado de LaTeX
+de ‘tbp’ es probar cada ubicación excepto colocar el flotante donde
+ocurre en la fuente.
+
+ Para evitar que LaTeX mueva flotantes al final del documento o un
+capítulo puede usar un comando ‘\clearpage’ para comenzar una nueva
+página e inserta todos los flotantes pendientes. Si no deseas un salto
+de página, puedes usar el paquete ‘afterpage’ y emitir
+‘\afterpage{\clearpage}’. Esto esperará hasta que la página actual haya
+terminado y entonces vuelca todos los flotantes pendientes.
+
+ LaTeX puede escribir un flotante antes de donde aparece en la fuente
+(aunque en la misma página de salida) si hay un especificador ‘t’ en el
+parámetro PLACEMENT. Si esto no se desea, y se elimina la ‘t’ no es
+aceptable ya que evita que se coloque el flotante en la parte superior
+de la página siguiente, lo puedes evitar usando el paquete ‘flafter’ o
+usando el comando ‘\suppressfloats[t]’, lo que provoca flotantes para la
+posición superior en esta página para pasar a la página siguiente.
+
+ Parámetros relativos a las fracciones de páginas ocupadas por float y
+texto no flotante (cámbialos con ‘\renewcommand{PARAMETER}{DECIMAL ENTRE
+0 Y 1}’):
+
+‘\bottomfraction’
+ La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por
+ flotantes en el fondo; predeterminado ‘.3’.
+
+‘\floatpagefraction’
+ La fracción mínima de una página flotante que debe estar ocupada
+ por flotantes; predeterminado ‘.5’.
+
+‘\textfraction’
+ Fracción mínima de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
+ también ocupan mucho espacio para conservar tanto texto, los
+ flotantes se moverán a una pagina diferente. El valor
+ predeterminado es ‘.2’.
+
+‘\topfraction’
+ Fracción máxima en la parte superior de una página que se puede
+ ocupar antes por flotantes; predeterminado ‘.7’.
+
+ Parámetros relacionados con el espacio vertical alrededor de los
+flotantes (cámbialos con un comando de la forma
+‘\setlength{PARAMETER}{EXPRESIÓN LENGTH}’):
+
+‘\floatsep’
+ Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
+ página; predefinido ‘12pt más 2pt menos 2pt’.
+
+‘\intextsep’
+ Espacio encima y debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
+ principal; predeterminado ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ para documentos
+ de 10 y 11 puntos, y ‘14pt plus4pt minus4pt’ para documentos de 12
+ puntos.
+
+‘\textfloatsep’
+ Espacio entre el último (primer) flotante en la parte superior
+ (inferior) de una página; predeterminado ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.
+
+ Contadores relacionados con el número de flotantes en una página
+(cámbialos con un comando de la forma ‘\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NÚMERO
+NATURAL}’):
+
+‘bottomnumber’
+ Número máximo de flotantes que pueden aparecer en la parte inferior
+ de una página de texto; predeterminado 1.
+
+‘dbltopnumber’
+ Número máximo de flotantes de tamaño completo que pueden aparecer
+ en la parte superior de una página de dos columnas; predeterminado
+ 2.
+
+‘topnumber’
+ Número máximo de flotantes que pueden aparecer en la parte superior
+ de una página de texto; predeterminado 2.
+
+‘totalnumber’
+ Número máximo de flotantes que pueden aparecer en una página de
+ texto; predeterminado 3.
+
+ La entrada principal de preguntas frecuentes TeX relacionada con los
+flotantes <https//www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats> contiene sugerencias para
+relajar los parámetros predeterminados de LaTeX para reducir el problema
+de los flotantes empujados hasta el final. Una explicación completa del
+algoritmo de colocación de flotantes se encuentra en el artículo de
+Frank Mittelbach “Cómo influir en la posición de los entornos flotantes
+como figure y table en LaTeX?”
+(<https//www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf>).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \caption:: Crea un título para un entorno flotante.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \caption, Up: Flotantes
+
+5.7.1 ‘\caption’
+----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \caption{CAPTION-TEXT}
+
+o
+
+ \caption[SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT]{CAPTION-TEXT}
+
+ Crea un título para un entorno flotante, como ‘figure’ o entorno
+‘table’ (*note figure:: o *note table::).
+
+ En este ejemplo, LaTeX coloca un título debajo del espacio en blanco
+vertical, espacio que deja el autor para la posterior inclusión de una
+imagen.
+
+ \begin{figure}
+ \vspace*{1cm}
+ \caption{Alonzo Cushing, Batería A, 4ª artillería de EE. UU.}
+ \label{fig:CushingPic}
+ \end{figure}
+
+El comando ‘\caption’ etiquetará CAPTION-TEXT con algo como ‘Figura 1:’
+para un artículo o ‘Figura 1.1:’ para un libro. El texto está centrado
+si está más corto que el ancho del texto, o establecido como un párrafo
+sin sangría si toma más de una línea.
+
+ Además de colocar el CAPTION-TEXT en la salida, el comando ‘\caption’
+también guarda esa información para usarla en una lista de figuras o
+lista de tablas (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::).
+
+ Aquí el comando ‘\caption’ usa el comando opcional
+SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT, para que el texto más corto aparezca en la lista de
+tablas, en lugar del CAPTION-TEXT más largo.
+
+ \begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|}
+ \hline
+ 4 &9 &2 \\
+ 3 &5 &7 \\
+ 8 &1 &6 \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption[\textit{Lo Shu} cuadrado mágico]{%
+ The \textit{Lo Shu} que es único entre
+ cuadrados de orden tres hasta rotación y reflexión.}
+ \label{tab:LoShu}
+ \end{table}
+
+LaTeX etiquetará CAPTION-TEXT con algo como ‘Tabla 1:’ para un artículo
+o ‘Tabla 1.1:’ para un libro.
+
+ El título puede aparecer en la parte superior de la ‘figura’ o
+‘tabla’. Por ejemplo, eso sucedería en el ejemplo anterior poniendo el
+‘\caption’ entre el ‘\centering’ y el ‘\begin{tabular}’.
+
+ Los distintos entornos flotantes se numeran por separado, de forma
+predeterminada. Eso es ‘\caption’ que actualiza el contador, por lo que
+cualquier ‘\label’ debe ir después del ‘\caption’. El contador para el
+entorno ‘figure’ se llama ‘figure’, y de manera similar el contador para
+el entorno ‘table’ es ‘table’.
+
+ El texto que se pondrá en la lista de figuras o lista de tablas es
+argumento móvil. Si recibes el error LaTeX ‘! Argumento de \@caption
+tiene un extra}’, entonces debes poner ‘\protect’ delante de cualquier
+comando frágil. *Note \protect::.
+
+ El paquete ‘caption’ tiene muchas opciones para ajustar cómo aparece
+el título, por ejemplo, cambiando el tamaño del texto, haciendo que el
+título sea colgar texto en lugar de establecerlo como un párrafo, o
+hacer el título siempre establecido como un párrafo en lugar de centrado
+cuando es corto.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Seccionado, Next: Referencias Cruzadas, Prev: Diseño, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Seccionado, Next: Referencias cruzadas, Prev: Composición, Up: Top
-7 Seccionado
+6 Seccionado
************
-Las instrucciones de seccionado proporcionan los medios para estructurar
-su texto en unidades:
+Estructura tu texto en divisiones: partes, capítulos, secciones, etc.
+Todos los comandos de seccionado tienen la misma forma, una de:
+
+ SECTIONING-COMMAND{TITLE}
+ SECTIONING-COMMAND*{TITLE}
+ SECTIONING-COMMAND[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+Por ejemplo, declarar el comienzo de una subsección como con
+‘\subsection{Motivación}’.
+
+ La tabla tiene cada SECTIONING-COMMAND en LaTeX. Todos están
+disponibles en todas las clases de documentos estándar de LaTeX ‘book’,
+‘report’ y ‘article’, excepto que ‘\chapter’ no está disponible en
+‘article’.
+
+Unidad de Comando Nivel
+seccionado
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+Parte ‘\part’ -1 (‘book’, ‘report’), 0
+ (‘article’)
+Capítulo ‘\chapter’ 0
+Sección ‘\section’ 1
+Subsección ‘\subsection’ 2
+Subsubsección ‘\subsubsection’ 3
+Párrafo ‘\paragraph’ 4
+Subpárrafo ‘\subparagraph’ 5
+
+ Todos estos comandos tienen una forma ‘*’ que imprime TÍTULO como de
+costumbre pero no lo numera y no hace una entrada en la tabla de
+contenido. Un ejemplo de cómo usar esto es para un apéndice en un
+‘article’. Las entradas ‘\appendix\section{Appendix}’ da como resultado
+‘Apéndice A’ (*note \appendix::). Puedes perder la numeración ‘A’
+ingresando en su lugar ‘\section*{Appendix}’ (los artículos a menudo
+omiten una tabla de contenido y tienen encabezados de página simples
+para que las otras diferencias del comando ‘\section’ puedan no
+importar).
+
+ El título de la sección TÍTULO proporciona el título en el texto
+principal, pero también puede aparecer en la tabla de contenido y en el
+encabezado o pie (*note Estilos de página::). Es posible que no desees
+el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto principal. Todos estos
+comandos tienen un argumento TOC-TITLE opcional para esos otros lugares.
+
+ El número de nivel en la tabla anterior determina qué unidades
+seccionales son numeradas, y que aparecen en la tabla de contenido. Si
+los comandos de seccionado LEVEL son menores o iguales que el valor del
+contador ‘secnumdepth’ entonces los títulos para este comando de
+seccionado serán numerados (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth::). Y, si
+LEVEL es menor que o igual al valor del contador ‘tocdepth’ luego la
+tabla de contenido tendrá una entrada para esta unidad de seccionado
+(*note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ LaTeX espera que antes de tener una ‘\subsection’ tengas una
+‘\section’ y, en un documento de clase ‘book’, que antes de una
+‘\section’ tendrás un ‘\chapter’. De lo contrario, puedes obtener algo
+así como una subsección numerada ‘3.0.1’.
+
+ LaTeX te permite cambiar la apariencia de las unidades seccionales.
+Como un ejemplo simple, puedes cambiar la numeración de la sección a
+letras mayúsculas con esto (en el preámbulo):
+‘\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}’ . (*Note \alph \Alph \arabic
+\roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). CTAN tiene muchos paquetes que facilitan
+este ajuste, en particular ‘titlesec’.
+
+ Dos contadores se relacionan con la apariencia de los encabezados
+realizados por comandos de seccionado.
+
+‘secnumdepth’
+ Controla qué unidades de seccionado están numeradas. Poniendo el
+ contador con ‘\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}’ suprimirá numeración
+ de seccionado a cualquier profundidad superior a LEVEL (*note
+ \setcounter::). Consulta la tabla anterior para ver los números de
+ nivel. Por ejemplo, si ‘secnumdepth’ es 1 en un ‘article’ entonces
+ un comando ‘\section{Introducción}’ producirá una salida como ‘1
+ Introducción’ mientras que ‘\subsection{Discusión}’ produce una
+ salida como ‘Discusión’, sin número. LaTeX ‘secnumdepth’
+ predeterminado es 3 en la clase ‘article’ y 2 en las clases ‘book’
+ y ‘report’.
+
+‘tocdepth’
+ Controla qué unidades de seccionado se enumeran en la tabla de
+ contenido. La configuración ‘\setcounter{tocdepth}{LEVEL}’ hace
+ que las unidades de Seccionado en LEVEL sean las más pequeñas
+ enumeradas (*note \setcounter::). Consulta la tabla anterior para
+ ver los números de nivel. Por ejemplo, si ‘tocdepth’ es 1 entonces
+ la tabla de contenido enumera secciones pero no subsecciones.
+ Predeterminado de LaTeX ‘tocdepth’ es 3 en la clase ‘article’ y 2
+ en la clase ‘book’ y ‘report’.
-‘\part’
-‘\chapter’
- (únicamente las clases ‘report’ y ‘book’)
-‘\section’
-‘\subsection’
-‘\subsubsection’
-‘\paragraph’
-‘\subparagraph’
+* Menu:
- Todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen la misma forma general,
-por ejemplo,
+* \part:: Inicia una parte.
+* \chapter:: Inicia un capítulo.
+* \section:: Inicia una sección.
+* \subsection:: Inicia una subsección.
+* \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph:: Divisiones inferiores.
+* \appendix:: Inicia los apéndices.
+* \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter:: Las tres partes de un
+ libro.
+* \@startsection:: Encabezado de unidades seccionales.
- \chapter[TÍTULOBREVE]{TÍTULO}
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \part, Next: \chapter, Up: Seccionado
- Además de proporcionar el encabezado TÍTULO en el texto principal, el
-título de la sección puede aparecer en otros dos lugares:
+6.1 ‘\part’
+===========
- 1. La tabla de contenido.
- 2. El título breve en la parte superior de la página.
+Sinopsis, una de:
- Tal vez no quiera el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto
-principal. Para controlar esto, las instrucciones de seccionado tienen
-un argumento opcional, TOCTITLE que, cuando se proporciona, especifica
-el texto de esos otros lugares.
+ \part{TÍTULO}
+ \part*{TÍTULO}
+ \part[TOC-TITLE]{TÍTULO}
- Además, todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen formas con ‘*’
-que imprimen el TÍTULO de la manera usual, pero no incluyen un número y
-no producen una entrada en la tabla de contenido. Por ejemplo:
+ Inicia una parte del documento. Las clases estándar de LaTeX ‘book’,
+‘report’ y ‘article’, todas tienen este comando.
- \section*{Preámbulo}
+ Esto produce una parte del documento, en un libro.
- La instrucción ‘\appendix’ cambia la manera en que se numeran las
-siguientes unidades de sección. La instrucción ‘\appendix’ en sí misma
-no genera texto y no afecta la númeración de las partes. El uso normal
-de esta instrucción es algo así como:
+ \part{VOLUMEN I \\
+ MEMORIAS PERSONALES DE U.\ S.\ GRANT}
+ \chapter{ANCESTRIA--NACIMIENTO--INFANCIA.}
+ Mi familia es estadounidense, y lo ha sido durante generaciones, en
+ todas sus ramas, directas y colaterales.
+
+ En cada clase estándar, el comando ‘\part’ genera un número de pieza
+como ‘Parte I’, solo en su línea, en negrita y en grandes letras.
+Entonces LaTeX genera TÍTULO, también solo en su línea, en negrita y en
+letra aún más grande. En la clase ‘book’, el LaTeX predeterminado pone
+cada parte sola en su propia página. Si el libro tiene dos caras
+entonces LaTeX saltará una página si es necesario para tener la nueva
+parte en una página impar. En ‘report’ nuevamente está solo en una
+página, pero LaTeX no forzará una página impar. En un ‘article’ LaTeX
+no lo coloca en una página nueva, sino que genera el número de parte y
+título de la parte en la página principal del documento.
+
+ La forma ‘*’ muestra TÍTULO pero no muestra el número de parte, no
+incrementa el contador ‘parte’, y no produce ninguna entrada de tabla de
+contenido.
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como el título de la parte
+en la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::) y, al
+ejecutar cabeceras (*note Estilos de página::). Si no está presente,
+entonces TÍTULO estará ahí. Este ejemplo pone un salto de línea en
+TÍTULO pero omite el salto en la tabla de contenido.
+
+ \part[Arriba desde abajo; mi vida]{Arriba desde abajo\\ mi vida}
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una parte es -1
+(*note Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ En la clase ‘article’, si un párrafo sigue inmediatamente a la parte
+título entonces no está sangrado. Para obtener una sangría, puedes usar
+el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ Un paquete para cambiar el comportamiento de ‘\part’ es ‘titlesec’.
+Consulta su documentación en CTAN.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \chapter, Next: \section, Prev: \part, Up: Seccionado
+
+6.2 ‘\chapter’
+==============
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \chapter{TÍTULO}
+ \chapter*{TÍTULO}
+ \chapter[TOC-TITLE]{TÍTULO}
+
+ Inicia un capítulo. Las clases estándar de LaTeX ‘book’ y ‘report’
+tienen este comando pero no ‘article’.
+
+ Esto produce un capítulo.
+
+ \chapter{Acechantes}
+
+ Llámame Ismael. Hace algunos años---no importa cuánto tiempo
+ exactamente---teniendo poco dinero en mi bolsa o nada, y nada en
+ particular que me interese en tierra, pensé en navegar un poco y ver
+ la parte acuosa del mundo.
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX comienza cada capítulo en una nueva
+página, una página impar si el documento tiene dos caras. Produce un
+capitulo número como ‘Capítulo 1’ en negrita grande (el tamaño es
+‘\huge’). Luego pone TÍTULO en una nueva línea, en tipo negrita que es
+aún más grande (tamaño ‘\Huge’). También incrementa el contador
+‘chapter’, agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de
+contenido etc.::), y establece la cabecera de información en ejecución
+(*note Estilos de página::).
+
+ La forma ‘*’ muestra TÍTULO en una nueva línea, en negrita. Pero no
+muestra el número de capítulo, ni incrementa el contador ‘chapter’, no
+produce una entrada de tabla de contenido y no afecta la cabecera en
+ejecución. (Si usas el estilo de página ‘headings’ en un documento de
+dos caras, entonces la cabecera será del capítulo anterior).
+
+ \chapter*{Preamble}
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como título del capítulo en
+la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::) y en ejecutar
+cabeceras (*note Estilos de página::). Si no está presente entonces
+TÍTULO estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre completo en el título del
+capítulo,
+
+ \chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}
+
+pero solo ‘Weyl’ en la página de contenido. Esto pone un salto de línea
+en el título, pero eso no funciona bien con las cabeceras en ejecución,
+por lo que omite el salto en el contenido.
+
+ \chapter[Dado todo; mi historia]{Dado todo\\ mi historia}
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de un capítulo
+es 0 (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ El párrafo que sigue al título del capítulo no tiene sangría, al
+igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Para obtener una sangría,
+usa el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ Puedes cambiar lo que se muestra para el número de capítulo. Para
+cambiarlo a algo como ‘Conferencia 1’, pon en el preámbulo
+‘\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Conferencia}’ o esto (*note \makeatletter y
+\makeatother::).
+
+ \makeatletter
+ \renewcommand{\@chapapp}{Conferencia}
+ \makeatother
+
+Para hacer este cambio debido al idioma principal de el documento,
+consulta el paquete ‘babel’.
+
+ En un documento de dos caras, LaTeX coloca un capítulo en una página
+impar, si es necesario dejar una página par que esté en blanco excepto
+por cualquier cabecera en ejecución. Para dejar esa página
+completamente en blanco, *note \clearpage y \cleardoublepage::.
+
+ Para cambiar el comportamiento del comando ‘\chapter’, puedes copiar
+su definición del archivo de formato LaTeX y realizar ajustes. Pero
+también hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto. Uno es
+‘titlesec’. Ve su documentación, pero el ejemplo a continuación da un
+sentido de lo que puede hacer.
+
+ \usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+ \titleformat{\chapter}
+ {\Huge\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {} % etiqueta, tal como 1.2 para una subsección
+ {0pt} % longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+
+Esto omite el número de capítulo ‘Capítulo 1’ de la página pero a
+diferencia de ‘\chapter*’ mantiene el capítulo en la tabla de contenido
+y la ejecución de cabeceras.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \section, Next: \subsection, Prev: \chapter, Up: Seccionado
+
+6.3 ‘\section’
+==============
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \section{TÍTULO}
+ \section*{TÍTULO}
+ \section[TOC-TITLE]{TÍTULO}
+
+ Inicia una sección. Las clases estándar ‘article’ de LaTeX, ‘book’ y
+‘report’ tienen este comando.
+
+ Esto produce una sección.
+
+ En esta Parte tendemos a estar más interesados ​​en la función, en el
+ comportamiento de entrada-salida, que en los detalles de implementar
+ ese comportamiento.
+
+ \section{Máquinas de Turing}
+
+ A pesar de este deseo de minimizar la implementación, seguimos el
+ enfoque de A~Turing de que el primer paso hacia la definición del
+ conjunto de funciones computables es reflexionar sobre los detalles de
+ lo que pueden hacer los mecanismos.
+
+ Para las clases estándar de LaTeX ‘book’ y ‘report’ la salida
+predeterminada es como ‘1.2 TÍTULO’ (para capítulo 1, sección 2), solo
+en su línea y alineado a la izquierda, en negrita y letra más grande (el
+tamaño de letra es ‘\Large’). Lo mismo se sostiene en ‘article’ excepto
+que no hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que parece ‘2 TÍTULO’.
+
+ La forma ‘E*’ muestra TÍTULO. Pero no muestra el número de sección,
+no incrementa el contador ‘section’, no produce ninguna entrada en la
+tabla de contenido y no afecta la cabecera en ejecución. (Si usas el
+estilo de página ‘headings’ en un documento de dos caras, entonces el
+encabezado será de la parte anterior).
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como título de la sección
+en la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::) y encabezados
+en ejecución (*note Estilos de página::). Si no está presente entonces
+TÍTULO estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre completo en el título de la
+sección:
+
+ \section[Isabel~II]{Isabel Segunda,
+ por la Gracia de Dios Reina del Reino Unido,
+ Canadá y sus otros reinos y territorios,
+ Jefe de la Commonwealth, Defensor de la Fe.}
+
+pero solo ‘Isabel II’ en la página de contenido y en los encabezados.
+Esto tiene un salto de línea en TITLE pero eso no funciona con
+encabezados por lo que se omite de los contenidos y encabezados.
+
+ \section[La verdad es que hice trampa; la historia de mi vida]{La verdad es
+ que hice trampa\\la historia de mi vida}
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una sección
+es 1 (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ El párrafo que sigue al título de la sección no tiene sangría, al
+igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una forma de obtener una
+sangría es usar el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ En general, para cambiar el comportamiento del comando ‘\section’,
+hay varias opciones. Una es el comando ‘\@startsection’ (*note
+\@startsection::). También hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que abordan
+esto, incluido ‘titlesec’. Ve la documentación pero el siguiente
+ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden hacer.
+
+ \usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+ \titleformat{\section}
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {\makebox[1pc][r]{\thesection\hspace{1pc}}} % etiqueta
+ {0pt} % Longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+ \titlespacing*{\section}
+ {-1pc}{18pt}{10pt}[10pc]
+
+Eso pone el número de sección en el margen.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \subsection, Next: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph, Prev: \section, Up: Seccionado
+
+6.4 ‘\subsection’
+=================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \subsection{TITLE}
+ \subsection*{TITLE}
+ \subsection[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+ Inicia una subsección. Las clases estándar ‘article’ de LaTeX,
+‘book’ y ‘report’ tienen este comando.
+
+ Esto produce una subsección.
+
+ Mostraremos que hay más funciones que las máquinas de Turing y que por
+ tanto, algunas funciones no tienen máquina asociada.
+
+ \subsection{Cardinalidad}
+
+ Comenzaremos con dos paradojas que dramatizan el desafío a nuestra
+ intuición planteado al comparar los tamaños de conjuntos infinitos.
+
+ Para las clases estándar de LaTeX ‘book’ y ‘report’ la salida
+predeterminada es como ‘1.2.3 TITLE’ (para capítulo 1, sección 2,
+subsección 3), solo en su línea y alineado a la izquierda, en negrita y
+una letra más grande (el tamaño de letra es ‘\large’). Lo mismo
+contiene ‘article’ excepto que no hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que
+parece ‘2.3 TÍTULO’.
+
+ La forma ‘E*’ muestra TÍTULO. Pero no muestra el número de
+subsección, no incrementa el contador ‘subsection’ y no produce ninguna
+entrada en la tabla de contenido.
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como título de la
+subsección en la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::).
+Si esto no está presente, TITLE estará allí. Este muestra el texto
+completo en el título de la subsección:
+
+ \subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{El origen de
+ Elementos químicos} por R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe y G.~Gamow}
+
+pero solo ‘α,β,γ paper’ en la página de contenido.
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una subsección
+es 2 (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ El párrafo que sigue al título de la subsección no tiene sangría, al
+igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una forma de obtener una
+sangría es usar el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ Hay varias maneras de cambiar el comportamiento del comando
+‘\subsection’. Una es el comando ‘\@startsection’ (*note
+\@startsection::). También hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que abordan
+esto, incluido ‘titlesec’. Ve la documentación pero el siguiente
+ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden hacer.
+
+ \usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+ \titleformat{\subsection}[runin]
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {\thesubsection} % etiqueta
+ {0.6em} % espacio entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+
+Eso pone el número de subsección y TITLE en la primera línea de texto.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph, Next: \appendix, Prev: \subsection, Up: Seccionado
+
+6.5 ‘\subsubsection’, ‘\paragraph’, ‘\subparagraph’
+===================================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \subsubsection{TITLE}
+ \subsubsection*{TITLE}
+ \subsubsection[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+o una de:
+
+ \paragraph{TITLE}
+ \paragraph*{TITLE}
+ \paragraph[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+o una de:
+
+ \subparagraph{TITLE}
+ \subparagraph*{TITLE}
+ \subparagraph[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+ Inicia una subsección, párrafo o subpárrafo. Las clases estandar de
+LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ tienen todas estos comandos, aunque
+no son de uso común.
+
+ Esto produce una subsección.
+
+ \subsubsection{Compresores de anillos de pistón: rendimiento estructural}
+
+ Proporciona ensamblajes de revestimiento de paredes
+ exteriores/interiores capaces de resistir los efectos de la carga y
+ las tensiones de anillos de pistón de motor de gasolina de grado de
+ consumo.
+
+ La salida predeterminada de cada uno de los tres no cambia sobre las
+clases LaTeX estándar ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’. Para
+‘\subsubsection’ el TITLE está solo en su línea, en negrita y tipo de
+letra de tamaño normal. Para ‘\paragraph’ el TITLE está alineado con el
+texto, sin sangría, en negrita y letra de tamaño normal. Para
+‘\subparagraph’ el TITLE está en línea con el texto, con sangría de
+párrafo, en negrita y letra de tamaño normal (Debido a que un ‘article’
+no tiene capítulos, sus subsubsecciones son numeradas y así se ve como
+‘1.2.3 TITLE’, por sección 1, subsección 2 y subsubsección 3. Las otras
+dos divisiones no están numeradas).
+
+ La forma ‘E*’ muestra TÍTULO. Pero no incrementa el contador
+asociado y no produce entrada en la tabla de contenido (y no muestra el
+número de ‘\subsubsection’).
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como el título de la
+división en la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::). Si
+esto no está presente, TITLE estará allí.
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una
+subsubsección es 3, de un párrafo es 4, y de un subpárrafo es 5 (*note
+Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ El párrafo que sigue al título de la subsubsección no tiene sangría,
+al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una forma de obtener
+una sangría es usar el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ Hay varias formas de cambiar el comportamiento de estos comandos.
+Una es el comando ‘\@startsection’ (*note \@startsection::). También
+hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto, incluyendo ‘titlesec’.
+Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \appendix, Next: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter, Prev: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph, Up: Seccionado
+
+6.6 ‘\appendix’
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
- \chapter{Un Capítulo}
- ...
\appendix
- \chapter{El Primer Apéndice}
- El contador ‘secnumdepth’ controla la impresión de los números de
-sección. La configuración
+ Este no produce directamente ningún resultado. Pero en un documento
+‘book’ o ‘report’ declara que los subsiguientes comandos ‘\chapter’
+comienzan un apéndice. En un artículo hace lo mismo, para los comandos
+‘\section’. También restablece los contadores ‘chapter’ y ‘section’ a 0
+en un libro o informe, y en un artículo restablece los contadores
+‘section’ y ‘subsection’.
- \setcounter{secnumdepth}{NIVEL}
+ En este libro
+
+ \chapter{Uno} ...
+ \chapter{Dos} ...
+ ...
+ \appendix
+ \chapter{Tres} ...
+ \chapter{Cuatro} ...
-suprime los números en encabezados y cualquier profundidad > NIVEL,
-donde ‘chapter’ es el nivel cero. (*Note \setcounter::.)
+los dos primeros generarán una salida numerada ‘Capítulo 1’ y ‘Capítulo
+2’. Después del ‘\appendix’ la numeración será ‘Apéndice A’ y ‘Apéndice
+B’. *Note Plantilla de libro Larger::, para otro ejemplo.
+
+ El paquete ‘appendix’ agrega el comando ‘\appendixpage’ para poner
+‘Apéndices’ separados en el cuerpo del documento antes del primer
+apéndice y el comando ‘\addappheadtotoc’ hace lo mismo en la tabla de
+contenido. Puedes restablecer el nombre ‘Apéndices’ con un comando como
+‘\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Especificación}’, así como una serie de
+otras características. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Referencias Cruzadas, Next: Entornos, Prev: Seccionado, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter, Next: \@startsection, Prev: \appendix, Up: Seccionado
+
+6.7 ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, ‘\backmatter’
+================================================
+
+Sinopsis, una o más de:
+
+ \frontmatter
+ ...
+ \mainmatter
+ ...
+ \backmatter
+ ...
+
+ Da formato a un documento de clase ‘book’ de forma diferente según la
+parte del documento que se está produciendo. Los tres comandos son
+opcionales.
-8 Referencias Cruzadas
+ Tradicionalmente, la portada de un libro contiene elementos como la
+página de título, un resumen, un índice, un prefacio, una lista de
+anotaciones, una lista de figuras y una lista de tablas. (Algunas de
+estas páginas de asuntos frontales, como la página del título,
+tradicionalmente no están numeradas). El material anterior puede
+contener cosas tales como un glosario, notas, una bibliografía y un
+índice.
+
+ El comando ‘\frontmatter’ hace que las páginas se numeren en romanos
+minúsculas, y hace que los capítulos no estén numerados, aunque el
+título de cada capítulo aparece en la tabla de contenido; si usas otros
+comandos de seccionado aquí, usa la versión ‘*’-versión (*note
+Seccionado::).
+
+ El comando ‘\mainmatter’ cambia el comportamiento de nuevo a la
+versión esperada y restablece el número de página.
+
+ El comando ‘\backmatter’ deja la numeración de páginas sola pero
+cambia los capítulos de nuevo a no estar numerados.
+
+ *Note Plantilla de libro Larger::, por ejemplo, usando estos tres
+comandos.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \@startsection, Prev: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter, Up: Seccionado
+
+6.8 ‘\@startsection’, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales
+====================================================================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+
+ Se usa para ayudar a redefinir el comportamiento de los comandos que
+comienzan a seccionar divisiones como ‘\section’ o ‘\subsection’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que el paquete ‘titlesec’ facilita la manipulación de
+la sección. Además, mientras que la mayoría de los requisitos para los
+comandos de seccionado los puede satisfacer ‘\@startsection’, algunos no
+pueden. por ejemplo, en las clases LaTeX estándar ‘book’ y ‘report’ los
+comandos ‘\chapter’ y ‘\report’ no se construyen de esta forma. Hacer
+un comando de este tipo, es posible que desees utilizar el comando
+‘\secdef’.
+
+ Técnicamente, ‘\@startsection’ tiene la forma
+
+ \@startsection{NAME}
+ {LEVEL}
+ {INDENT}
+ {BEFORESKIP}
+ {AFTERSKIP}
+ {STYLE}*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}
+
+por lo tanto emite
+
+ \renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{NAME}
+ {LEVEL}
+ {INDENT}
+ {BEFORESKIP}
+ {AFTERSKIP}
+ {STYLE}}
+
+redefine ‘\section’ manteniendo su forma de llamada estándar
+‘\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}’ (en el que, como recordatorio, el star ‘*’
+es opcional). *Note Seccionado::. Esto implica que cuando escribes un
+comando como ‘\renewcommand{\section}{...}’, el ‘\@startsection{...}’
+debe ser el último en la definición. Ve los ejemplos a continuación.
+
+NAME
+ Nombre del contador utilizado para numerar la cabecera de
+ seccionado. Este contador se debe definir por separado. Lo más
+ común es que esto sea ‘sección’, ‘subsección’ o ‘párrafo’. Aunque
+ en esos casos el nombre del contador es el mismo que el comando de
+ seccionado en sí mismo, no tienes que usar el mismo nombre.
+
+ Entonces ‘\the’NAME muestra el número del título y ‘\’NAME‘mark’ es
+ para los encabezados de página. Ve el tercer ejemplo a
+ continuación.
+
+LEVEL
+ Un número entero que proporciona la profundidad del comando de
+ seccionado. *Note Seccionado::, para la lista de números de nivel
+ estándar.
+
+ Si LEVEL es menor o igual que el valor del contador ‘secnumdepth’
+ entonces los títulos para este comando de seccionado serán
+ numerados (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth::). Por ejemplo, si
+ ‘secnumdepth’ es 1 en un ‘article’ luego el comando
+ ‘\section{Introducción}’ producirá una salida como “1 Introducción”
+ mientras que ‘\subsection{Debate}’ producirá salida como “Debate”,
+ sin el prefijo numérico.
+
+ Si LEVEL es menor o igual que el valor del contador TOCDEPTH
+ entonces la tabla de contenido tendrá una entrada para esta unidad
+ de seccionado (*note Seccionado/tocdepth::). Por ejemplo, en un
+ ‘article’, si TOCDEPTH es 1, la tabla de contenido será listar
+ secciones pero no subsecciones.
+
+INDENT
+ Una longitud que da la sangría de todas las líneas del título con
+ respecto al margen izquierdo. Para que el título quede alineado
+ con el uso de la margen ‘0pt’. Una sangría negativa como
+ ‘-\parindent’ se moverá el título en el margen izquierdo.
+
+BEFORESKIP
+ El valor absoluto de esta longitud es la cantidad de espacio
+ vertical que se inserta antes del título de esta unidad de
+ seccionado. Este espacio será descartado si la unidad de
+ seccionado comienza al principio de una página. Si este número es
+ negativo, el primer párrafo que sigue al encabezado no tendrá
+ sangría, si no es negativo entonces el primer párrafo estará
+ sangrado. (Ten en cuenta que el negativo de ‘1pt plus 2pt minus
+ 3pt’ es ‘-1pt plus -2pt minus -3pt’).
+
+ Por ejemplo, si BEFORESKIP es ‘-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’
+ entonces, para iniciar la nueva unidad de seccionado, LaTeX
+ agregará unas 3.5 veces la altura de una letra x en espacio
+ vertical, y el primer párrafo en la sección no tendrá sangría.
+ Usando una longitud elástica, con ‘plus’ y ‘minus’, es una buena
+ práctica aquí ya que da LaTeX más flexibilidad para crear la página
+ (*note Longitudes::).
+
+ La contabilización completa del espacio vertical entre la línea
+ base de la línea anterior al encabezado de esta unidad de
+ seccionado y la línea base del encabezado es que es la suma del
+ ‘\parskip’ de la letra del texto, el ‘\baselineskip’ de la letra
+ del título y el valor absoluto de BEFORESKIP. Este espacio suele
+ ser elástico, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger. (Si la unidad
+ de seccionado comienza en una página nueva de modo que el espacio
+ vertical se descarta, la línea base del texto del encabezado será
+ donde LaTeX pondría la línea base de la primera línea de texto en
+ esa página).
+
+AFTERSKIP
+ Esta es una longitud. Si AFTERSKIP no es negativo, entonces este
+ es el espacio vertical insertado después del encabezado del título
+ de la unidad de seccionado. Si es negativo, entonces el encabezado
+ del título se convierte en un encabezado en ejecución, de modo que
+ pasa a formar parte del párrafo siguiente. En este caso el valor
+ absoluto de la longitud da el espacio horizontal entre el final del
+ título y el comienzo del siguiente párrafo. (Ten en cuenta que el
+ negativo de ‘1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt’ es ‘-1pt plus -2pt minus
+ -3pt’).
+
+ Al igual que con BEFORESKIP, usando una longitud elástica, con
+ ‘plus’ y ‘minus’ componentes, es una buena práctica aquí ya que da
+ a LaTeX más flexibilidad en la elaboración de la página.
+
+ Si ‘afterskip’ no es negativo, la contabilidad completa del espacio
+ vertical entre la línea base de la cabecera de la unidad de
+ seccionado y la línea base de la primera línea del siguiente
+ párrafo es que es la suma del ‘\parskip’ de la letra del título, el
+ ‘\baselineskip’ de la letra del texto y el valor de AFTER. Ese
+ espacio suele ser elástico, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger.
+ (Ten en cuenta que debido a que el signo de ‘afterskip’ cambia la
+ unidad de seccionado encabezado independiente de la ejecución, no
+ puedes usar un ‘afterskip’ negativo para cancelar parte del
+ ‘\parskip’).
+
+STYLE
+ Controla el estilo del título. Ve los ejemplos a continuación.
+ Los comandos típicos para usar aquí son ‘\centering’,
+ ‘\raggedright’, ‘\normalfont’, ‘\hrule’ o ‘\newpage’. El ultimo
+ comando en STYLE puede ser uno que tome un argumento, como
+ ‘\MakeUppercase’ o ‘\fbox’ que toma un argumento. El título de la
+ sección se proporcionará como argumento para este comando. Por
+ ejemplo, establecer STYLE en ‘\bfseries\MakeUppercase’ sería
+ producir títulos en negrita y mayúsculas.
+
+ Estos son los valores predeterminados de LaTeX para las primeras tres
+unidades de seccionado que se definen con ‘\@startsection’, para las
+clases ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’.
+
+ • Para ‘section’: LEVEL es 1, INDENT es 0pt, BEFORESKIP es ‘-3.5ex
+ plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP es ‘2.3ex plus 0.2ex’ y STYLE es
+ ‘\normalfont\Large\bfseries’.
+
+ • Para ‘subsection’: LEVEL es 2, INDENT es 0pt, BEFORESKIP es
+ ‘-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP es ‘1.5ex plus 0.2ex’ y
+ STYLE es ‘\normalfont\large\bfseries’.
+
+ • Para ‘subsubsection’: LEVEL es 3, INDENT es 0pt, BEFORESKIP es
+ ‘-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP es ‘1.5ex plus 0.2ex’ y
+ STYLE es ‘\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries’.
+
+ A continuación se presentan algunos ejemplos. Estos van en un
+paquete o archivo de clase o en el preámbulo de un documento LaTeX. Si
+los pones en el preámbulo deben ir entre un comando ‘\makeatletter’ y un
+‘\makeatother’. (Probablemente el mensaje de error ‘No puedes usar
+`\spacefactor' en modo vertical.’ significa que se te olvidó esto).
+*Note \makeatletter y \makeatother::.
+
+ Esto colocará los títulos de las secciones en negrita grande,
+centrados. Dice ‘\renewcommand’ porque las clases estándar de LaTeX ya
+han definió una ‘\section’. Por la misma razón, no define un contador
+‘section’, o los comandos ‘\thesection’ y ‘\l@section’.
+
+ \renewcommand\section{%
+ \@startsection{section}%
+ *note NAME: \@startsection/name.
+ {1}% *note LEVEL: \@startsection/level.
+ {0pt}% *note INDENT: \@startsection/indent.
+ {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% *note BEFORESKIP: \@startsection/beforeskip.
+ {2.3ex plus.2ex}% *note AFTERSKIP: \@startsection/afterskip.
+ {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style.
+ }
+
+ Esto pondrá los títulos de ‘subsection’ en letras minúsculas,
+alineados con el párrafo.
+
+ \renewcommand\subsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsection}% *note NAME: \@startsection/name.
+ {2}% *note LEVEL: \@startsection/level.
+ {0em}% *note INDENT: \@startsection/indent.
+ {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% *note BEFORESKIP: \@startsection/beforeskip.
+ {-1em plus 0,2em}% *note AFTERSKIP: \@startsection/afterskip.
+ {\scshape}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style.
+ }
+
+ Los ejemplos anteriores redefinieron los comandos de título de
+unidades seccionales existentes. Esto define uno nuevo, ilustrando el
+contador y las macros necesarias para mostrar ese contador.
+
+ \setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% muestra los contadores tan abajo
+ \newcounter{subsubparagraph}[subparagraph]% contador para numeración
+ \renewcommand{\thesubsubparagraph}% cómo mostrar
+ {\thesubparagraph.\@arabic\c@subsubparagraph}% numeración
+ \newcommand{\subsubparagraph}{\@startsection
+ {subsubparagraph}%
+ {6}%
+ {0em}%
+ {\baselineskip}%
+ {0.5\baselineskip}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize}}\newcommand*\l@subsubparagraph{\@dottedtocline{6}{10em}{5em}}% para toc
+ \newcommand{\subsubparagraphmark}[1]{}% para encabezados de página
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Referencias cruzadas, Next: Entornos, Prev: Seccionado, Up: Top
+
+7 Referencias cruzadas
**********************
-Una razón para numerar cosas como figuras y ecuaciones es para referir
-al lector a ellas, como en “Vea la Figura 3 para más detalles”.
+A menudo queremos algo como ‘Ve Teorema~31’. Pero escribir a mano el 31
+es mala práctica. En su lugar, debes escribir un “label” como
+‘\label{eq:GreensThm}’ y luego “reference”, como con ‘Ve
+ecuación~\ref{eq:GreensThm}’. LaTeX automáticamente calcula el número,
+lo pone en la salida y cambiará ese número más tarde si es necesario.
+
+
+ Veremos esto con el Teorema~\ref{th:GreensThm}. % referencia
+ directa:GreensThm}
+ ...
+ \end{theorem}
+ ...
+ Ve Teorema~\ref{th:GreensThm} en la página~\pageref{th:GreensThm}.
+
+ LaTeX rastrea información de referencias cruzadas en un archivo que
+tiene la extensión ‘.aux’ y con el mismo nombre base que el archivo que
+contiene la ‘\label’. Entonces, si ‘\label’ está en ‘calculus.tex’
+entonces la información está en ‘calculus.aux’. LaTeX pone la
+información en ese archivo cada vez que se encuentra con un ‘\label’.
+
+ El comportamiento descrito en el párrafo anterior da como resultado
+una peculiaridad que sucede cuando tu documento tiene una “referencia
+hacia adelante”, una ‘\ref’ que aparece antes del ‘\label’ asociado. Si
+esta es la primera vez que estás compilando el documento, obtendrás la
+‘Advertencia LaTeX: : La(s) etiqueta(s) pueden haber cambiado. Vuelve a
+ejecutar para obtener las referencias cruzadas correctas’ y en la
+salida, la referencia directa aparecerá como dos preguntas mark ‘??’, en
+negrita. Algo similar sucede si cambias algunas cosas para que cambien
+las referencias; recibes la misma advertencia y la salida contiene la
+información de referencia anterior. En ambos casos, resuelve esto
+compilando el documento por segunda vez.
+
+ El paquete ‘cleveref’ mejora las características de referencias
+cruzadas de LaTeX. Puedes arreglar eso si entras
+‘\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}’ entonces ‘\cref{thNerode}’
+generará ‘Teorema 3.21’, sin que tengas que ingresar el “Teorema.”
* Menu:
-* \label:: Asigna un nombre simbólico a una parte del texto.
-* \pageref:: Referencia a un número de página.
-* \ref:: Referencia a una sección, figura o similar.
+* \label:: Asigna un nombre simbólico a un fragmento de texto.
+* \pageref:: Referencia a un número de página.
+* \ref:: Referencia a una sección, figura o similar.
+* paquete xr:: Referencias de otro documento.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \label, Next: \pageref, Up: Referencias Cruzadas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \label, Next: \pageref, Up: Referencias cruzadas
-8.1 ‘\label’
+7.1 ‘\label’
============
Sinopsis:
- \label{CLAVE}
+ \label{KEY}
- Una instrucción ‘\label’ que aparece en un texto normal asigna a
-CLAVE el número de la unidad de sección actual; que aparece dentro de un
-entorno numerado asignando ese número a CLAVE.
+ Asigna un número de referencia a KEY. En texto ordinario
+‘\label{KEY}’ asigna a KEY el número de la unidad de seccionado actual.
+Dentro de un entorno con numeración, como un entorno ‘table’ o
+‘theorem’, ‘\label{CLAVE}’ asigna a KEY el número de ese entorno.
+Recuperar el número asignado con el comando ‘\ref{KEY}’ (*note \ref::).
- Un nombre de CLAVE puede consistir de cualquier secuencia de letras,
-dígitos, o caracteres de puntuación. Distingue entre letras mayúsculas
-y minúsculas.
+ Un nombre de clave puede consistir en cualquier secuencia de letras,
+dígitos o caracteres de puntuación. Las letras mayúsculas y minúsculas
+se distinguen, como de costumbre.
- Para evitar la creación accidental de dos etiquetas con el mismo
-nombre, es común el uso de etiquetas que consisten de un prefijo y un
-sufijo, separados por una coma o un punto. Algunos prefijos utilizados
-convencionalmente:
+ Una convención común es usar etiquetas que consisten en un prefijo y
+un sufijo separados por dos puntos o punto. Por lo que,
+‘\label{fig:Post}’ es una etiqueta para una figura con un retrato de
+Emil Post. Esto ayuda a evitar crear accidentalmente dos etiquetas con
+el mismo nombre, y hace que tu fuente sea más legible. Algunos prefijos
+de uso común:
‘ch’
- para capítulos
+ por capítulos
+
‘sec’
- para instrucciones de seccionado de bajo nivel
+‘subsec’
+ para comandos de seccionado de nivel inferior
+
‘fig’
para figuras
+
‘tab’
para tablas
+
‘eq’
para ecuaciones
- Por lo tanto, una etiqueta para una figura parecería como ‘fig:snark’
-o ‘fig.snark’.
+ En el archivo auxiliar se conserva la información de referencia como
+el texto de un comando de la forma
+‘\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}’. Aquí CURRENTLABEL es el
+valor actual de la macro ‘\@currentlabel’ que generalmente se actualiza
+cada vez que llamas a ‘\refstepcounter{COUNTER}’.
+
+ A continuación, la tecla ‘sec:test’ obtendrá el número de sección
+actual y la tecla ‘fig:test’ obtendrá el número de la figura. (Por
+cierto, coloca etiquetas después de los subtítulos en las figuras y
+tablas).
+
+ \section{nombre sección}
+ \label{sec:test}
+ Esta es la Sección~\ref{sec:test}.
+ \begin{figure}
+ ...
+ \caption{del título}
+ \label{fig:test}
+ \end{figure}
+ Ve la figura~\ref{fig:test}.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pageref, Next: \ref, Prev: \label, Up: Referencias Cruzadas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pageref, Next: \ref, Prev: \label, Up: Referencias cruzadas
-8.2 ‘\pageref{CLAVE}’
-=====================
+7.2 ‘\pageref’
+==============
Sinopsis:
- \pageref{CLAVE}
+ \pageref{KEY}
+
+ Proporciona el número de página del lugar en el texto donde se
+encuentra el comando ‘\label’{KEY} correspondiente.
+
+ Si no hay ‘\label{KEY}’ entonces obtienes algo como ‘Advertencia de
+LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1 indefinida en la línea de
+entrada 11.’
- La instrucción ‘\pageref’{CLAVE} produce el número de página del
-lugar en el texto en donde aparece la instrucción ‘\label’{CLAVE}.
+ A continuación, el ‘\label{eq:main}’ se usa tanto para el número de
+fórmula y para el número de página. (Ten en cuenta que las dos
+referencias son referencias directas por lo que este documento tendría
+que ser compilado dos veces para resolver aquellos).
+
+ El resultado principal es formula~\ref{eq:main} en la
+ página~\pageref{eq:main}.
+ ...
+ \begin{equation} \label{eq:main}
+ \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP}
+ \end{equation}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \ref, Prev: \pageref, Up: Referencias Cruzadas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \ref, Next: paquete xr, Prev: \pageref, Up: Referencias cruzadas
-8.3 ‘\ref{CLAVE}’
-=================
+7.3 ‘\ref’
+==========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \ref{KEY}
+
+ Produce el número de la unidad seccional, ecuación, pie de página,
+figura, ..., del comando ‘\label’ correspondiente (*note \label::). No
+produce ningún texto, como la palabra ‘Sección’ o ‘Figura’, simplemente
+el número en sí.
+
+ Si no hay ‘\label{KEY}’ entonces obtienes algo como ‘Advertencia de
+LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1 indefinida en la línea de
+entrada 11.’
+
+ En este ejemplo, ‘\ref{popular}’ produce ‘2’. Ten en cuenta que es
+una referencia directa ya que viene antes de ‘\label{popular}’ por lo
+que este documento tendría que compilarse dos veces.
+
+ El formato más utilizado es el número de artículo~\ref{popular}.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Plain \TeX
+ \item \label{popular} \LaTeX
+ \item Con\TeX t
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ El paquete ‘cleveref’ incluye texto como ‘Theorem’ en la referencia.
+Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: paquete xr, Prev: \ref, Up: Referencias cruzadas
+
+7.4 paquete ‘xr’
+================
Sinopsis:
- \ref{CLAVE}
+ \usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{DOCUMENT-BASENAME}
+
+o
+
+ \usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument[REFERENCE-PREFIX]{DOCUMENT-BASENAME}
+
+ Hacer referencias cruzadas al documento externo
+‘DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex’.
+
+ Aquí tienes un ejemplo: Si ‘lectures.tex’ tiene esto en el preámbulo
+
+ \usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{exercises}
+ \externaldocument[H-]{hints}
+ \externaldocument{answers}
+
+entonces puede usar etiquetas de referencias cruzadas de los otros tres
+documentos. Supón que ‘exercises.tex’ tiene una lista enumerada que
+contiene este,
+
+ \item \label{exer:EulersThm} ¿Qué pasa si cada vértice tiene un grado impar?
+
+y ‘hints.tex’ tiene una lista enumerada con este,
- La instrucción ‘\ref’ produce el número de la unidad de sección de la
-ecuación, pie de página, figura, ..., de la instrucción ‘\label’
-correspondiente (*note \label::). Esta no produce ningún texto, como
-por ejemplo la palabra ‘Sección’ o ‘figura’, únicamente el número.
+ \item \label{exerEulersThm} Distingue el caso de dos vértices.
+
+y ‘answers.tex’ tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+
+ \item \label{ansEulersThm} No hay camino de Euler, excepto si hay
+ exactamente dos vértices.
+
+ Después de compilar los ejercicios, sugerencias y documentos de
+respuestas, ingresar esto en el cuerpo de ‘lectures.tex’ dará como
+resultado la obtención de los números de referencia de las conferencias
+utilizadas en los otros documentos.
+
+ Ve el ejercicio~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, con
+ Sugerencia~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. La solución es la
+ respuesta~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
+
+ Se necesita el prefijo ‘H-’ para la referencia del archivo de
+sugerencias porque la etiqueta en el archivo de sugerencias es la misma
+que la etiqueta en el archivo de ejercicios. Sin ese prefijo, ambas
+referencias obtendrían el número del archivo posterior.
+
+ Nota: si el documento usa el paquete ‘hyperref’ entonces en lugar de
+‘xr’, coloca ‘\usepackage{xr-hyper}’ antes del ‘\usepackage{hyperref}’.
+Además, si alguno de los múltiples documentos usa ‘hyperref’ entonces
+todos lo deben usar.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Entornos, Next: Saltos de Línea, Prev: Referencias Cruzadas, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Entornos, Next: Salto de línea, Prev: Referencias cruzadas, Up: Top
-9 Entornos
+8 Entornos
**********
-LaTeX proporciona muchos entornos para marcar cierto texto. Cada
-entorno comienza y termina de la misma manera:
+LaTeX proporciona muchos entornos para delimitar cierto comportamiento.
+Un entorno comienza con ‘\begin’ y termina con ‘\end’, como este:
- \begin{NOMBREENTORNO}
- ...
- \end{NOMBREENTORNO}
+ \begin{NOMBRE-ENTORNO}
+ ...
+ \end{NOMBRE-ENTORNO}
+
+ El NOMBRE-ENTORNO al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el de
+el fin. Por ejemplo, la entrada ‘\begin{table*}...\end{table}’ generará
+un error como: ‘! Error de LaTeX: \begin{table*} en la línea de entrada
+5 terminada en \end{table}.’
+
+ Los entornos se ejecutan dentro de un grupo.
* Menu:
-* abstract:: Produce un resumen.
-* array:: Matrices Matemáticas.
-* center:: Líneas centradas.
-* description:: Listas etiquetadas.
-* displaymath:: Fórmulas que aparecen en su propia línea.
-* document:: Encierra todo el documento.
-* enumerate:: Listas numeradas.
-* eqnarray:: Secuencias de ecuaciones alineadas.
-* equation:: Ecuación mostrada.
-* figure:: Figuras flotantes.
-* filecontents:: Crear un archivo — instrucción inicial.
-* flushleft:: Líneas alineada a la izquierda.
-* flushright:: Líneas alineadas a la derecha.
-* itemize:: Listas con viñetas.
-* letter:: Cartas
-* list:: Entorno lista genérica.
-* math:: Matemáticas en línea.
-* minipage:: Página miniatura.
-* picture:: Imagen con texto, flechas, líneas y círculos.
-* quotation:: Entorno con sangría y párrafo con sangría.
-* quote:: Entorno con sangría sin sangría de párrafo.
-* tabbing:: Alineación de texto de manera arbitraria.
-* table:: Tablas flotantes.
-* tabular:: Alinea texto en columnas.
-* thebibliography:: Bibliografía o lista de referencia.
-* theorem:: Teoremas, lemas, etc.
-* titlepage:: Para elaborar portadas a mano.
-* verbatim:: Simulación de entrada con máquina de escribir.
-* verse:: Para poesía y otras cosas.
+* abstract:: Produce un resumen.
+* array:: Arreglos matemáticos.
+* center:: Líneas centradas.
+* description:: Listas etiquetadas.
+* displaymath:: Fórmulas que aparecen en su propia línea.
+* document:: Adjunta todo el documento.
+* enumerate:: Listas numeradas.
+* eqnarray:: Secuencias de ecuaciones alineadas.
+* equation:: Ecuación mostrada.
+* figure:: Figuras flotantes.
+* filecontents:: Escribiendo varios archivos desde la fuente.
+* flushleft:: Líneas alineadas a la izquierda.
+* flushright:: Líneas alineadas a la derecha.
+* itemize:: Listas con viñetas.
+* letter:: Cartas.
+* list:: Entorno de lista genérica.
+* math:: Matemáticas en línea.
+* minipage:: Página en miniatura.
+* picture:: Imagen con texto, flechas, líneas y círculos.
+* comillas y citas:: Incluye una comilla.
+* tabbing:: Alinear el texto de forma arbitraria.
+* table:: Tablas flotantes.
+* tabular:: Alinear texto en columnas.
+* thebibliography:: Bibliografía o lista de referencias.
+* theorem:: Teoremas, lemas, etc.
+* titlepage:: Para portadas hechas a mano.
+* verbatim:: Simular entrada escrita.
+* verse:: Para poesía y otras cosas.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: abstract, Next: array, Up: Entornos
-9.1 ‘abstract’
+8.1 ‘abstract’
==============
Sinopsis:
+
\begin{abstract}
...
\end{abstract}
- Entorno para producir un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos.
+ Produce un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos. Este entorno
+solo se define en las clases de documentos ‘article’ y ‘report’ (*note
+Clases de documentos::).
+
+ Usar el ejemplo a continuación en la clase ‘article’ produce la
+exhibición de un párrafo. La opción de clase de documento ‘titlepage’
+genera el resumen en una página separada (*note Opciones de la clase
+documento::); este es el predeterminado solo en la clase ‘report’.
+
+ \begin{abstract}
+ Comparamos todos los relatos conocidos de la propuesta realizada por
+ Porter Alexander
+ a Robert E Lee en el Palacio de Justicia de Appomattox que el
+ ejército continúa en una guerra de guerrillas, a que Lee se negó.
+ \end{abstract}
+
+ El siguiente ejemplo produce un resumen de una columna en un
+documento de dos columnas (para una solución más flexible, usa el
+paquete ‘abstract’).
+
+ \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+ ...
+ \begin{document}
+ \title{Babe Ruth como progenitor cultural: un enfoque atávico}
+ \author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Subvención de seguimiento
+ ferroviario.}}
+ \twocolumn[
+ \begin{@twocolumnfalse}
+ \maketitle
+ \begin{abstract}
+ Ruth no era solo el sultán del Swat, era todo el equipo swat.
+ \end{abstract}
+ \end{@twocolumnfalse}
+ ]
+ { % inserta a mano una nota al pie de página al final de la página
+ \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \footnotetext[1]{Gracias por todo el pescado.}
+ }

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: array, Next: center, Prev: abstract, Up: Entornos
-9.2 ‘array’
+8.2 ‘array’
===========
Sinopsis:
- \begin{array}{PLANTILLA}
- TEXTO COL1&TEXTO COL1&COLN}\\
- ...
+ \begin{array}{COLS}
+ COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\
+ ...
\end{array}
- Las matrices matemáticas se producen con el entorno ‘array’,
-normalmente dentro de un entorno ‘equation’ (*note equation::). Tiene
-un único argumento PLANTILLA obligatorio que describe el número de
-columnas y la alineación dentro de ellas. Cada columna COL se
-especifica por una sola letra que indica cual formato debe tener cada
-linea en esta columna de la siguiente manera:
-
-‘c’
- centrada
-‘l’
- alineada a la izquierda
-‘r’
- alineada a la derecha
-
- La entradas de columna son separadas con ‘&’. Las entradas de
-columna pueden incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX. Cada fila de la
-matriz se termina con ‘\\’.
+o:
- En la plantilla, la construcción ‘@{TEXTO}’ coloca TEXTO entre
-columnas en cada fila.
+ \begin{array}[POS]{COLS}
+ COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\
+ ...
+ \end{array}
- He aquí un ejemplo:
+ Produce un arreglo de matemáticas. Este entorno solo se puede usar
+en modo math (*note Modos::), y normalmente aparece dentro de un entorno
+math como ‘equation’ (*note equation::). Dentro de cada fila, las
+entradas de la columna están separadas por un ampersand, (‘&’). Las
+filas terminan con barras invertidas dobles (*note \\::).
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra un arreglo de tres por tres.
+
+ \begin{equation*}
+ \chi(x) =
+ \left| % cerca de la barra vertical
+ \begin{array}{ccc}
+ x-a &-b &-c \\
+ -d &x-e &-f \\
+ -g &-h &x-i
+ \end{array}
+ \right|
+ \end{equation*}
+
+ El argumento requerido COLS describe el número de columnas, su
+alineación y el formato de las regiones entre columnas. Por ejemplo,
+‘\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}’ da tres columnas: el primero alineado
+a la derecha, el segundo centrado y el tercero alineado a la izquierda.
+*note tabular:: para la descripción completa de COLS y de otras
+características comunes de los dos entornos, incluido el argumento
+opcional POS.
+
+ Hay dos formas en que ‘array’ difiere de ‘tabular’. La primera es
+que las entradas de ‘array’ se escriben en modo math, en estilo texto
+(*note Estilos math::) excepto si la definición COLS especifica la
+columna con ‘p{...}’, lo que hace que la entrada se escriba en modo de
+texto. La segunda es que, en lugar del parámetro ‘tabular’
+‘\tabcolsep’, el espacio entre columnas de LaTeX en un ‘array’ está
+gobernado por ‘\arraycolsep’, que da la mitad del ancho entre columnas.
+El predeterminado para esto es ‘5pt’ por lo que entre dos columnas viene
+10pt de espacio.
+
+ Para obtener arreglos con llaves el estándar es usar el paquete
+‘amsmath’. Viene con entornos ‘pmatrix’ para un arreglo rodeado de
+paréntesis ‘(...)’, ‘bmatrix’ para un arreglo entre corchetes ‘[...]’,
+‘Bmatrix’ para un arreglo rodeado de llaves ‘{...}’, ‘vmatrix’ para un
+arreglo rodeado de barras verticales ‘|...|’, y ‘Vmatrix’ para un
+arreglo rodeado por dobles barras verticales ‘||...||’, junto con otras
+construcciones de arreglo.
+
+ El siguiente ejemplo usa el paquete ‘amsmath’.
+
+ \usepackage{amsmath} % en el preámbulo
\begin{equation}
- \begin{array}{lrc}
- izquierda1 & derecha1 & centrado1 \\
- izquierda2 & derecha2 & centrado2 \\
- \end{array}
+ \begin{vmatrix}{cc} % arreglo con líneas verticales
+ a &b \\
+ c &d
+ \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc
\end{equation}
- El parámetro ‘\arraycolsep’ define la mitad del ancho del espacio de
-separación entre columnas; el predeterminado es ‘5pt’. *Note tabular::,
-para otros parámetros que afectan el formato en entornos ‘array’, a
-saber ‘\arrayrulewidth’ y ‘\arraystretch’.
-
- El entorno ‘array’ únicamente se puede utilizar en modo math.
+ Hay muchos paquetes relacionados con arreglos. El paquete ‘array’
+tiene muchas extensiones útiles, incluidos más tipos de columnas. El
+paquete ‘dcolumn’ agrega un tipo de columna para centrarse en un punto
+decimal. Para ambos ve la documentación en CTAN.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: center, Next: description, Prev: array, Up: Entornos
-9.3 ‘center’
+8.3 ‘center’
============
Sinopsis:
\begin{center}
- LÍNEA1 \\
- LÍNEA2 \\
+ LINE1 \\
+ LINE2 \\
+ ...
+ \end{center}
+
+ Crea un nuevo párrafo que consta de una secuencia de líneas que está
+centrado dentro de los márgenes izquierdo y derecho. Usa doble barra
+invertida, ‘\\’, para obtener un salto de línea (*note \\::). Si algún
+texto es demasiado largo para caber en una línea, entonces LaTeX
+insertará un salto de línea que evita la separación de sílabas y evita
+estirar o encoger cualquier espacio entre palabras.
+
+ Este entorno inserta espacio por encima y por debajo del cuerpo del
+texto. *note \centering:: para evitar dicho espacio, por ejemplo dentro
+de un entorno ‘figure’.
+
+ Este ejemplo produce tres líneas centradas. Hay espacio extra
+vertical entre las dos últimas líneas.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ Una Tesis Presentada en Cumplimiento Parcial \\
+ de los Requisitos de \\[0.5ex]
+ la Escuela de Ingeniería Ambiental
+ \end{center}
+
+ En este ejemplo, según el ancho de línea de la página, LaTeX puede
+elegir un salto de línea para la parte anterior a la barra invertida
+doble. Si es así, será centrar cada una de las dos líneas y si no
+centrará la única línea. Entonces LaTeX se romperá en la barra
+invertida doble y centrará el final.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ Mi padre consideraba que cualquiera que fuera a la capilla y no
+ bebiera alcohol no debía ser tolerado.\\
+ Crecí en esa creencia. ---Richard Burton
\end{center}
- El entorno ‘center’ le permite crear un párrafo consistente de líneas
-que están centradas respecto al margen izquierdo y derecho de la página
-actual. Cada línea es terminada con dobles barras inversas ‘\\’.
+ Una barra invertida doble después de la línea final es opcional. Si
+está presente no agrega ningún espacio vertical.
+
+ En un documento de dos columnas, el texto está centrado en una
+columna, no en la página completa.
* Menu:
-* \centering:: Forma declarativa para el entorno ‘center’.
+* \centering:: Forma de declaración del entorno ‘center’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \centering, Up: center
-9.3.1 ‘\centering’
+8.3.1 ‘\centering’
------------------
-La declaración ‘\centering’ corresponde al entorno ‘center’. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como ‘quote’ o en
-un ‘parbox’. Por lo tanto, el texto de una figura o una tabla se puede
-centrar en la página poniendo una instrucción ‘\centering’ al principio
-de la figura o en el entorno table.
+Sinopsis:
- A diferencia del entorno ‘center’, la instrucción ‘\centering’ no
-comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta simplemente cambia el formato que LaTeX
-aplica a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la unidad
-de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción ‘\end’ (de un entorno tal como quote), que
-finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+ {\centering ... }
- He aquí un ejemplo:
+o
- \begin{quote}
- \centering
- primer línea \\
- segunda línea \\
- \end{quote}
+ \begin{group}
+ \centering ...
+ \end{group}
+
+ Centra el material en su entorno. Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia
+dentro de un entorno como ‘figure’, o en un ‘parbox’.
+
+ La declaración ‘\centering’ de este ejemplo hace que el gráfico sea
+centrado horizontalmente.
+
+ \begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{ctan_lion.png}
+ \caption{CTAN Lion} \label{fig:CTANLion}
+ \end{figure}
+
+El entorno de este ‘\centering’ termina con ‘\end{figure}’.
+
+ A diferencia del entorno ‘center’, el comando ‘\centering’ no agrega
+espacio vertical por encima y por debajo del texto. Esa es su ventaja
+en el ejemplo anterior; no hay un exceso de espacio.
+
+ Tampoco comienza un nuevo párrafo; simplemente cambia cómo LaTeX da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Si ‘ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz’
+está rodeado de líneas en blanco, entonces LaTeX creará un párrafo cuya
+primera línea ‘ww xx’ está centrada y cuya segunda línea, no centrada,
+contiene ‘yy zz’. Usualmente lo que se desea es para el alcance de la
+declaración para contener una línea en blanco o el comando ‘\end’ de un
+entorno como ‘figure’ o ‘table’ que termina la unidad de párrafo. Por
+lo tanto, si ‘{\centering xx \\ yy\par} zz’ está rodeado de líneas en
+blanco, entonces crea un nuevo párrafo con dos líneas centradas ‘xx’ y
+‘yy’, seguidas de un nuevo párrafo con ‘zz’ que tiene el formato
+habitual.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: description, Next: displaymath, Prev: center, Up: Entornos
-9.4 ‘description’
+8.4 ‘Description’
=================
Sinopsis:
\begin{description}
- \item [ETIQUETA1] ELEMENTO1
- \item [ETIQUETA2] ELEMENTO2
- ...
+ \item[ETIQUETA DEL PRIMER ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL PRIMER
+ ELEMENTO
+ \item[ETIQUETA DEL SEGUNDO ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL SEGUNDO
+ ELEMENTO
+ ...
+ \end{description}
+
+ Entorno para hacer una lista de elementos etiquetados. La LABEL de
+cada elemento está escrita en negrita y alineada a la izquierda, de modo
+que las etiquetas largas continúan en la primera línea del texto del
+elemento. Debe haber al menos un elemento; al no tener alguno causa el
+error LaTeX ‘Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item perdido’.
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra el entorno utilizado para una secuencia de
+definiciones.
+
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[lama] un sacerdote.
+ \item[llama] a una bestia.
\end{description}
- El entorno ‘description’ se utiliza para hacer listas etiquetadas.
-Cada ETIQUETA es compuesta tipográficamente en negrita, alineada a la
-derecha. El texto del ELEMENTO puede contener múltiples párrafos.
+Las etiquetas ‘lama’ y ‘llama’ se muestran en negrita, con el borde
+izquierdo en el margen izquierdo.
+
+ Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando ‘\item’ (*note \item::).
+Utiliza las etiquetas opcionales, como en ‘\item[Main point]’, porque
+hay ningún valor predeterminado sensato. Después de ‘\item’ hay texto
+opcional, que puede contener varios párrafos.
+
+ Dado que las etiquetas están en negrita, si el texto de la etiqueta
+requiere un cambio de letra dado en el estilo del argumento (*note
+Estilos de tipos de letra::) entonces vendrá en negrita. Por ejemplo,
+si el texto de la etiqueta requiere una máquina de escribir con
+‘\item[\texttt{label text}]’ entonces aparecerá en negrita máquina de
+escribir, si está disponible. La forma más sencilla de evitar esto, en
+este ejemplo para obtener una máquina de escribir sin negrita, es usar
+un estilo declarativo: ‘\item[{\tt label text}]’. Del mismo modo,
+obtiene la letra romana estándar con ‘\item[{\rm texto etiqueta}]’.
+
+ Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas LaTeX, *note
+itemize:: y *note enumerate::. A diferencia de esos entornos, anidar
+entornos ‘description’ no cambia la etiqueta predeterminada; es negrita
+y alineada a la izquierda en todos los niveles.
- Otra variación: debido a que el estilo negrita se aplica a las
-etiquetas, si usted compone una etiqueta en máquina de escribir usando
-‘\texttt’, obtendrá una máquina de escribir en negrita:
-‘\item[\texttt{máquina de escribir y negrita}]’. Esta también puede
-estar en negrita, entre otras cuestiones. Para obtener sólo en máquina
-de escribir, use ‘\tt’, que restablece todas las variaciones de otros
-estilos: ‘\item[{\tt máquina de escribir simple}]’.
+ Para obtener información sobre los parámetros de diseño de la lista,
+incluido el valor predeterminado y para obtener información sobre cómo
+personalizar el diseño de la lista, *note list::. El paquete ‘enumitem’
+es útil para personalizar listas.
- Para detalles acerca del espaciado en listas, vea *note itemize::.
+ Este ejemplo cambia las etiquetas de descripción a versalitas.
+
+ \renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%
+ {\hspace{\labelsep}\textsc{#1}}}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: displaymath, Next: document, Prev: description, Up: Entornos
-9.5 ‘displaymath’
+8.5 ‘displaymath’
=================
Sinopsis:
\begin{displaymath}
- FÓRMULA MATEMÁTICA
+ TEXTO MATEMÁTICO
\end{displaymath}
-o
+ Entorno para componer el TEXTO MATEMÁTICO en su propia línea, en
+estilo de visualización y centrado. Para hacer que el texto quede
+alineado a la izquierda, usa la opción global ‘fleqn’; *note Opciones de
+la clase documento::.
+
+ En el entorno ‘displaymath’ no se agrega ningún número de ecuación al
+texto de matemáticas. Una forma de obtener un número de ecuación es
+usar el entorno ‘equation’ (*note equation::).
+
+ LaTeX no dividirá el TEXTO MATEMÁTICO entre líneas.
- \[MATH\]
+ Ten en cuenta que el paquete ‘amsmath’ tiene significativamente más
+extensas facilidades de ecuación mostradas. Por ejemplo, hay una serie
+de formas en ese paquete para dividir el texto matemático en líneas.
- El entorno ‘displaymath’ (‘\[...\]’ es un sinónimo) de composición
-tipográfica de texto MATH en una línea independiente, centrada de manera
-predeterminada. La opción global ‘fleqn’ produce ecuaciones alineadas a
-la izquierda; vea *note Opciones de Clase de Documento::.
+ La construcción ‘\[MATH\]’ es un sinónimo del entorno
+‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’ pero este último es más
+fácil de trabajar en la fuente; por ejemplo, la búsqueda de un corchete
+puede dar falsos positivos, pero la palabra ‘displaymath’ probablemente
+será único.
- No se añade un número de ecuación al texto de ‘displaymath’; Para
-obtener un número de ecuación, utilice el entorno ‘equation’ (*note
-equation::).
+ (Aparte: la construcción ‘$$MATH$$’ de Plain TeX a veces se usa
+erróneamente como sinónimo de ‘displaymath’. Esté no es un sinónimo, y
+no se admite oficialmente en LaTeX en absoluto; ‘$$’ no admite la opción
+‘fleqn’ (*note Opciones de la clase documento::), tiene un espaciado
+vertical diferente y no realiza comprobaciones de consistencia).
+
+ La salida de este ejemplo está centrada y sola en su línea.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+Además, el signo integral es más grande que la versión en línea que
+produce ‘\( \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3 \)’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: document, Next: enumerate, Prev: displaymath, Up: Entornos
-9.6 ‘document’
+8.6 ‘document’
==============
-El entorno ‘document’ encierra el cuerpo de un documento. este es
-obligatorio en cada documento LaTeX. *Note Iniciando y Finalizando::.
+El entorno ‘document’ incluye todo el cuerpo de un documento. Se
+requiere en todos los documentos LaTeX. *Note Comenzar y terminar::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \AtBeginDocument:: Gancho para comandos al comienzo del
+ documento.
+* \AtEndDocument:: Gancho para comandos al final del documento.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \AtBeginDocument, Next: \AtEndDocument, Up: document
+
+8.6.1 ‘\AtBeginDocument’
+------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \AtBeginDocument{CODE}
+
+ Guarda CODE y ejecútelo cuando ‘\begin{document}’ sea ejecutado, al
+final del preámbulo. El código se ejecuta después de las tablas de
+selección de letras se han configurado, por lo que la letra normal para
+el documento es la letra actual. Sin embargo, el código se ejecuta como
+parte del preámbulo para que no puedas hacer ninguna composición
+tipográfica con él.
+
+ Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \AtEndDocument, Prev: \AtBeginDocument, Up: document
+
+8.6.2 ‘\AtEndDocument’
+----------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \AtEndDocument{CODE}
+
+ Guarda CODE y ejecútalo cerca del final del documento.
+Específicamente, se ejecuta cuando se ejecuta ‘\end{document}’, antes de
+que termine la página final y antes de que quede flotando se procesan
+los entornos. Si deseas que parte del código se ejecute después de
+estos dos procesos, incluye un ‘\clearpage’ en el punto apropiado en
+CODE.
+
+ Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: enumerate, Next: eqnarray, Prev: document, Up: Entornos
-9.7 ‘enumerate’
+8.7 ‘enumerate’
===============
Sinopsis:
\begin{enumerate}
- \item ELEMENTO1
- \item ELEMENTO2
- ...
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL PRIMER ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ PRIMER ELEMENTO
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL SEGUNDO ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ SEGUNDO ELEMENTO
+ ...
\end{enumerate}
- El entorno ‘enumerate’ produce una lista numerada. Las enumeraciones
-se pueden anidar unas dentro de otras, hasta cuatro niveles de
-profundidad. Estas también se pueden anidar en otros entornos de
-párrafo, tal como ‘itemize’ (*note itemize::) y ‘description’ (*note
-description::).
-
- Cada elemento de una lista enumerada comienza con una instrucción
-‘\item’. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción ‘\item’.
-
- De manera predeterminada, la numeración de cada nivel se hace de la
-siguiente manera:
+ Entorno para producir una lista numerada de elementos. El formato de
+la numeración de las etiquetas depende del nivel de anidamiento de este
+entorno; ve abajo. La numeración de nivel superior predeterminada es
+‘1.’, ‘2.’, etc. Cada entorno de lista ‘enumerate’ debe tener al menos
+un elemento; no tiene ninguna causa el error LaTeX ‘Algo anda mal, tal
+vez un \item perdido’.
- 1. 1., 2., ...
- 2. (a), (b), ...
- 3. i., ii., ...
- 4. A., B., ...
+ Este ejemplo muestra a los dos primeros finalistas en el maratón
+olímpico de 1908. Como lista de nivel superior, las etiquetas
+aparecerían como ‘1.’ y ‘2.’.
- El entorno ‘enumerate’ usa los contadores ‘\enumi’ hasta ‘\enumiv’
-(*note Contadores::). Si se proporciona el argumento opcional a
-‘\item’, el contador no se incrementa por cada elemento.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Johnny Hayes (USA)
+ \item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
+ \end{enumerate}
- El entorno ‘enumerate’ utiliza las instrucciones desde ‘\labelenumi’
-hasta ‘\labelenumiv’ para producir la etiqueta predeterminada. Por lo
-tanto, usted puede usar ‘\renewcommand’ para cambiar las etiquetas
-(*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::). Por ejemplo, para hacer que el
-primer nivel use letras mayúsculas:
+ Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando ‘\item’ (*note \item::).
+Si le das a ‘\item’ un argumento opcional siguiéndolo con corchetes,
+como en ‘\item[Etiqueta intersticial]’, entonces el siguiente elemento
+continuará la secuencia interrumpida (*note \item::). Es decir,
+obtendrás etiquetas como ‘1.’, entonces ‘Etiqueta intersticial’, luego
+‘2.’. Después de ‘\item’ hay texto opcional, que puede contener varios
+párrafos.
+
+ Las enumeraciones se pueden anidar dentro de otros entornos
+‘enumerate’, o dentro de cualquier entorno de creación de párrafos como
+‘itemize’ (*note itemize::), hasta cuatro niveles de profundidad. Esto
+le proporciona el valor LaTeX predeterminado para el formato en cada
+nivel de anidamiento, donde 1 es el nivel superior, el nivel más
+exterior.
+
+ 1. número arábigo seguido de un punto: ‘1.’, ‘2.’, ...
+ 2. letra minúscula entre paréntesis: ‘(a)’, ‘(b)’ ...
+ 3. número romano en minúsculas seguido de un punto: ‘i.’, ‘ii.’, ...
+ 4. letra mayúscula seguida de un punto: ‘A.’, ‘B.’, ...
+
+ El entorno ‘enumerate’ utiliza los contadores ‘\enumi’ hasta
+‘\enumiv’ (*note Contadores::).
+
+ Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas LaTeX, *note
+description:: e *note itemize::. Para obtener información sobre el
+diseño de parámetros de lista, incluidos los valores predeterminados, y
+para obtener información sobre personalizar el diseño de la lista, *note
+list::. El paquete ‘enumitem’ es útil para personalizar listas.
+
+ Para cambiar el formato de la etiqueta usa ‘\renewcommand’ (*note
+\newcommand y \renewcommand::) en los comandos ‘\labelenumi’ a través de
+‘\labelenumiv’. Por ejemplo, esta lista de primer nivel será etiquetada
+con letras mayúsculas, en negrita y sin punto final.
+
+ \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Se muestra en negrita A
+ \item Se muestra en negrita B
+ \end{enumerate}
- \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}
+ Para obtener una lista de comandos de contraetiquetado, consulta
+*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: eqnarray, Next: equation, Prev: enumerate, Up: Entornos
-9.8 ‘eqnarray’
+8.8 ‘eqnarray’
==============
- \begin{eqnarray} (o ‘eqnarray*’)
- FÓRMULA1 \\
- FÓRMULA2 \\
- ...
- \end{eqnarray}
+El entorno ‘eqnarray’ está obsoleto. Tiene infelicidades, incluyendo el
+espaciado que es inconsistente con otros elementos matemáticos. (Ve
+“¡Evita eqnarray!” por Lars Madsen
+<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>). Nuevos documentos
+deben incluir el paquete ‘amsmath’ y usar el que muestra entornos
+matemáticos proporcionados allí, como el entorno ‘align’. Incluimos una
+descripción solo para completar y para trabajar con documentos antiguos.
- El entorno ‘eqnarray’ se utiliza para mostrar una secuencia de
-ecuaciones o desigualdades. Es muy parecido a un entorno ‘array’ de
-tres columnas, con filas consecutivas separadas por ‘\\’ y elementos
-consecutivos en una fila, separados por un ‘&’.
+ Sinopsis:
- también puede utilizar ‘\\*’ para separar ecuaciones independientes,
-con su propósito normal de no permitir saltos de página en esa línea.
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ PRIMERA FÓRMULA A LA IZQUIERDA, PRIMERA FÓRMULA EN EL
+ MEDIO y PRIMERA FÓRMULA A LA DERECHA \\
+ ...
+ \end{eqnarray}
- Se coloca un número de ecuación en cada línea a menos que la línea
-tenga una instrucción ‘\nonumber’. Alternativamente, la forma del
-entorno con ‘*’ (‘\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}’) debe omitir
-por completo la numeración de la ecuación, al tiempo que el mismo
-comienza con ‘eqnarray’.
+o
- La instrucción ‘\lefteqn’ se utiliza para dividir grandes fórmulas a
-través de varias líneas. Su argumento de composición tipográfica en el
-estilo de visualización alinea a la izquierda en una caja de ancho cero.
+ \begin{eqnarray*}
+ PRIMERA FÓRMULA A LA IZQUIERDA, PRIMERA FÓRMULA EN EL
+ MEDIO y PRIMERA FÓRMULA A LA DERECHA \\
+ ...
+ \end{eqnarray*}
+
+ Muestra una secuencia de ecuaciones o desigualdades. Los lados
+izquierdo y derecho se escriben en el modo display, mientras que el
+medio se escribe en el modo texto.
+
+ Es similar a un entorno ‘array’ de tres columnas, con elementos
+dentro de una fila separada por un ampersand (‘&’), y con filas
+separadas por dobles barras inversas ‘\\’). La forma de estrella del
+salto de línea (‘\\*’) también se puede usar para separar ecuaciones, y
+no permitirá un salto de página allí (*note \\::).
+
+ La forma sin estrella ‘eqnarray’ coloca un número de ecuación en cada
+línea (usando el contador ‘equation’), a menos que esa línea contenga un
+comando ‘\nonumber’. La forma destacada ‘eqnarray*’ omite numeración de
+ecuaciones, mientras que por lo demás son iguales.
+
+ El comando ‘\lefteqn’ se usa para dividir fórmulas largas en líneas.
+Escribe tu argumento en estilo de visualización alineado a la izquierda
+en un cuadro de ancho cero.
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra tres líneas. Las dos primeras líneas forman una
+desigualdad, mientras que la tercera línea no tiene entrada por el lado
+izquierdo.
+
+ \begin{eqnarray*}
+ \lefteqn{x_1+x_2+\cdots+x_n} \\
+ &\leq &y_1+y_2+\cdots+y_n \\
+ &= &z+y_3+\cdots+y_n
+ \end{eqnarray*}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: equation, Next: figure, Prev: eqnarray, Up: Entornos
-9.9 ‘equation’
+8.9 ‘equation’
==============
Sinopsis:
\begin{equation}
- FÓRMULA-MATEMÁTICA
+ TEXTO MATEMÁTICO
\end{equation}
- El entorno ‘equation’ comienza un entorno ‘displaymath’ (*note
-displaymath::), por ejemplo, centrando en la página el texto MATH, y
-además colocando el número de ecuación en el margen derecho.
+ Lo mismo que un entorno ‘displaymath’ (*note displaymath::) excepto
+que LaTeX pone un número de ecuación al ras del margen derecho. El
+número de la ecuación se genera usando el contador ‘equation’.
+
+ No debe haber líneas en blanco entre ‘\begin{equation}’ y
+‘\begin{equation}’, o LaTeX te dirá que falta el signo de dólar.
+
+ El paquete ‘amsmath’ tiene una extensas facilidades para mostrar
+ecuaciones. Los nuevos documentos deben incluir este paquete.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: figure, Next: filecontents, Prev: equation, Up: Entornos
-9.10 ‘figure’
+8.10 ‘figure’
=============
- \begin{figure[*]}[ÚBICACIÓN]
- FIGBODY
- \label{ETIQUETA}
- \caption[TÍTULOBREVE]{TEXTO}
- \end{figure}
-
- Las figuras son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y en su
-lugar son “flotados” a un lugar conveniente, como en la parte superior
-de una página. Las figuras no se dividen entre dos páginas.
-
- Cuando se compone tipográficamente en columnas dobles, la forma
-favorita produce un ancho completo (a través de las dos columnas).
-
- El argumento opcional ‘[ubicación]’ determina donde debe tratar de
-colocar LaTeX su figura. Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente,
-pueda colocar un flotante:
-
-‘t’
- (Top)—en lo alto de una página de texto.
-
-‘b’
- (Bottom)—en la parte inferior de una página de texto. No obstante,
- ‘b’ no se permite para flotantes de ancho completo (‘figure*’) en
- entornos con columnas dobles. Para mejorar esto, utilice el
- paquete ‘stfloats’ o ‘dblfloatfix’, pero vea el debate de
- advertencias en el FAQ:
- <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat>.
-
-‘h’
- (Here)—aquí, en la posición donde aparece el entorno ‘figure’ en el
- texto. Sin embargo, este no está permitido por sí mismo,
- automáticamente se añade ‘t’. Para forzar que una figura
- absolutamente aparezca “aquí”, utilice el paquete ‘float’ y use la
- letra de ubicación ‘H’. (Este paquete también ofrece otras
- opciones).
-
-‘p’
- (Página de flotantes)—en una página de flotantes separada, misma
- que es una página que no contiene texto, únicamente flotantes.
-
- Las clases estándar ‘report’ y ‘article’ utilizan la ubicación
-predeterminada ‘tbp’.
-
- El cuerpo de la figura se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-LaTeX, etc., que desee.
-
- La instrucción ‘\caption’ especifica el TEXTO del título de la
-figura. El título de manera predeterminada lleva el número. Si
-LOFTITLE está presente, esta se utiliza en la lista de figuras en lugar
-del TEXTO (*note Tablas de Contenido::).
-
- La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por
- flotantes en la parte inferior; el predeterminado es ‘.3’.
-
-‘\floatpagefraction’
- La fracción mínima de una página flotante que deben ocupar los
- flotantes; predeterminado a ‘.5’.
-
-‘\floatsep’
- Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
- página; predeterminado a ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’.
-
-‘\intextsep’
- Espacio por encima y por debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
- principal; predeterminado a ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ para estilos de
- ‘10pt’ y ‘11pt’, ‘14pt plus4pt minus4pt’ para ‘12pt’.
-
-‘\textfloatsep’
- Espacio entre el último/primero flotante en la parte
- superior/inferior de una página; de manera predeterminada a ‘20pt
- plus2pt minus4pt’.
+Sinopsis:
-‘\textfraction’
- Mínima fracción de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
- ocupan mucho espacio preserva tanto texto como sea posible, para
- que los flotantes sean trasladados a una página diferente. El
- predeterminado es ‘.2’.
+ \begin{figure}[PLACEMENT]
+ CUERPO DE FIGURA
+ \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE} % opcional
+ \label{LABEL} % opcional
+ \end{figure}
-‘\topfraction’
- Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página que se puede
- ocupar antes de los flotantes; el predeterminado es ‘.7’.
+o:
+
+ \begin{figure*}[PLACEMENT]
+ CUERPO DE FIGURA
+ \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE} % opcional
+ \label{LABEL} % opcional
+ \end{figure*}
+
+ Las figuras son para material que no forma parte del texto normal.
+Un ejemplo es material que no se puede dividir en dos páginas, tal como
+gráficos. Debido a esto, LaTeX no escribe cifras en secuencia con texto
+normal, sino que los “hace flotar” a un lugar conveniente, como la parte
+superior de una página siguiente (*note Flotantes::).
+
+ El CUERPO DE FIGURA puede consistir en gráficos importados (*note
+Gráficos::), o texto, comandos de LaTeX, etc. Está escrito en un
+‘parbox’ de ancho ‘\textwidth’.
+
+ Los posibles valores de PLACEMENT son ‘h’ para ‘aquí’, ‘t’ para
+‘top’, ‘b’ para ‘bottom’ y ‘p’ para ‘en una página de flotantes
+separada’. Para el efecto de estas opciones en el algoritmo de
+colocación de flotantes, *note Flotantes::.
+
+ La forma destacada ‘figure*’ se usa cuando un documento está en modo
+de doble columna (*note \twocolumn::). Produce una figura que abarca
+ambas columnas, en la parte superior de la página. Para agregar la
+posibilidad de colocar en la parte inferior de una página, ve la
+discusión de PLACEMENT ‘b’ en *note Flotantes::.
+
+ La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas (*note
+Referencias cruzadas::). El comando opcional ‘\caption’ especifica el
+texto del título para la figura (*note \caption::). De manera
+predeterminada está numerado. Si LOFTITLE está presente, se usa en la
+lista de figuras en lugar de TITLE (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::).
+
+ Este ejemplo hace una figura a partir de un gráfico. LaTeX colocará
+ese gráfico y su título en la parte superior de una página o, si se
+empuja al final del documento, en una página de flotantes.
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{figure}[t]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{CTANlion.png}
+ \caption{El CTAN lion, por Duane Bibby}
+ \end{figure}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: filecontents, Next: flushleft, Prev: figure, Up: Entornos
-9.11 ‘filecontents’: Crear un archivo externo
-=============================================
+8.11 ‘filecontents’
+===================
Sinopsis:
- \begin{filecontents}{NOMBRE-DEL-ARCHIVO}
- TEXTO
+ \begin{filecontents}[OPTION]{FILENAME}
+ TEXT
\end{filecontents}
- o
+o
- \begin{filecontents*}{NOMBRE-DEL-ARCHIVO}
- TEXTO
+ \begin{filecontents*}[OPTION]{FILENAME}
+ TEXT
\end{filecontents*}
- LaTeX crea un archivo llamado NOMBRE-DEL-ARCHIVO cuyo contenido es
-TEXTO. El entorno sin ‘*’ pone comentario de cabecera ; ver el ejemplo
-más abajo. Con ‘*’ ‘filecontents*’ no incluye el comentario de
-cabecera.
+ Crea un archivo llamado FILENAME en el directorio actual (o el
+directorio de salida, si se especifica; *note directorio de salida::) y
+escribir TEXT en él. De forma predeterminada, un archivo existente no
+se sobrescribe.
+
+ La versión sin estrella del entorno ‘filecontents’ prefija el
+contenido del archivo creado con un encabezado de comentarios TeX; ve el
+siguiente ejemplo. La versión protagonista ‘filecontents*’ no incluye
+el encabezado.
+
+ Las opciones posibles son::
- Este entorno puede ser utilizado en cualquier lugar en el preámbulo,
-aunque aparezca en general antes de la instrucción ‘\documentclass’. Es
-típicamente utilizado cuando el archivo fuente necesita un archivo no
-estándar de estilo o de clase. El entorno permite escribir este archivo
-en el repertorio que contiene este archivo y así de devolver el código
-fuente autónoma. Otra utilización es incluir referencia al formato
-‘bib’ en el archivo fuente, lo mismo para hacerlo autónomo.
+‘force’
+‘overwrite’
+ La opción ‘overwrite’ para ‘filecontents’ Sobrescribe un archivo
+ existente.
- El entorno verifica si un archivo con lo mismo nombre ya existe, y si
-sí, no hace nada. Hay un paquete ‘filecontents’ quién vuelve a definir
-el entorno ‘filecontents’ de modo que en lugar de no hacer nada en este
-caso, sobrescribe en el archivo existente.
+‘noheader’
+ Omite el encabezado. Equivale a usar ‘filecontents*’.
- Por ejemplo, este documento
+‘nosearch’
+ Solo verifica el directorio actual (y el directorio de salida, si
+ se ha especificado) para un archivo existente, no la ruta de
+ búsqueda completa.
+
+ Estas opciones se agregaron en una versión de LaTeX de 2019.
+
+ Este entorno se puede utilizar en cualquier parte del preámbulo,
+aunque a menudo aparece antes del comando ‘\documentclass’. Esta
+comúnmente se usa para crear un ‘.bib’ u otro archivo de datos similar
+desde el origen del documento principal, para que el archivo fuente sea
+autónomo. Del mismo modo, se puede usar para crear un estilo
+personalizado o un archivo de clase, nuevamente haciendo que la fuente
+sea autónoma.
+
+ Por ejemplo, este documento::
\documentclass{article}
\begin{filecontents}{JH.sty}
- \newcommand{\minombre}{Jim Hef{}feron}
+ \newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
\end{filecontents}
\usepackage{JH}
\begin{document}
- Un artículo de \minombre.
+ Artículo por \myname.
\end{document}
- produce este archivo ‘JH.sty’.
+produce este archivo ‘JH.sty’:
- %% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
- %% generated by the `filecontents' environment
- %% from source `test' on 2015/10/12.
+ %% Archivo LaTeX2e `JH.sty'
+ %% generado por el entorno `filecontents'
+ %% de la fuente `test' el 12/10/2015.
%%
- \newcommand{\minombre}{Jim Hef{}feron}
+ \newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: flushleft, Next: flushright, Prev: filecontents, Up: Entornos
-9.12 ‘flushleft’
+8.12 ‘flushleft’
================
+Sinopsis:
+
\begin{flushleft}
- LÍNEA1 \\
- LÍNEA2 \\
- ...
+ LINE1 \\
+ LINE2 \\
+ ...
\end{flushleft}
- El entorno ‘flushleft’ le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen de la mano izquierda y no están
-justificadas a la derecha. Cada línea se debe terminar con ‘\\’.
+ Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular al lado derecho. Si tienes filas demasiado largas
+entonces LaTeX las dividirá de una manera que evite la separación
+silábica y alargar o achicar los espacios entre palabras. Para forzar
+una nueva línea usa una doble barra invertida, ‘\\’. Para la forma de
+declaración *note \raggedright::.
+
+ Esto crea un cuadro de texto que tiene como máximo 3 pulgadas de
+ancho, con el texto alineado a la izquierda e irregular a la derecha.
+
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}{3in}
+ \begin{flushleft}
+ Una oración larga que será dividida por \LaTeX{}
+ en un lugar conveniente. \\
+ Y, una nueva línea forzada por la doble barra invertida.
+ \end{flushleft}
+ \end{minipage}
* Menu:
-* \raggedright:: Forma declarativa del entorno ‘flushleft’.
+* \raggedright:: Forma de declaración del entorno
+ ‘flushleft’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raggedright, Up: flushleft
-9.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
+8.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
---------------------
-La declaración ‘\raggedright’ corresponde al entorno ‘flushleft’. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como ‘quote’ o en
-un ‘parbox’.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ {\raggedright ... }
+
+o
- A diferencia del entorno ‘flushleft’, la instrucción ‘\raggedright’
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia como aplica LaTeX
-el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la
-unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción ‘\end’ que termina la unidad de párrafo.
+ \begin{ENVIRONMENT} \raggedright
+ ...
+ \end{ENVIRONMENT}
+
+ Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular a la derecha. Se puede usar dentro de un
+ENVIRONMENT como ‘quote’ o en un ‘parbox’. Para la forma del
+entorno *note flushleft::.
+
+ A diferencia del entorno ‘flushleft’, ‘\raggedright’ el comando no
+inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia en cómo LaTeX da formato a las
+unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una unidad de párrafo,
+el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea en blanco o el
+comando ‘\end’ que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+
+ Aquí ‘\raggedright’ en cada segunda columna evita que LaTeX haga una
+composición tipográfica incómoda para encajar el texto en la columna
+reducida. Ten en cuenta que ‘\raggedright’ está dentro de llaves
+‘{...}’ para delimitar su efecto.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
+ Equipo alfa &{\raggedright Este equipo hace todo el trabajo real.} \\
+ Equipo beta &{\raggedright Este equipo se asegura de que el
+ enfriador de agua nunca esté vacío.} \\
+ \end{tabular}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: Entornos
-9.13 ‘flushright’
+8.13 ‘flushright’
=================
\begin{flushright}
- LÍNEA1 \\
- LÍNEA2 \\
- ...
+ LINE1 \\
+ LINE2 \\
+ ...
\end{flushright}
- El entorno ‘flushright’ le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen a mano derecha e irregulares a
-la izquierda. Cada línea se debe terminar con ‘\\’.
+ Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+derecho e irregular al izquierdo. Si tienes filas demasiado largas para
+ajustarse a los márgenes, entonces LaTeX los dividirá de una manera que
+evita la división con guiones y la ampliación o reducción de los
+espacios entre palabras. Para forzar una nueva línea usa una barra
+invertida doble, ‘\\’. Para la forma de declaración *note
+\raggedleft::.
+
+ Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno, *note flushleft::,
+donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para reemplazar ‘flushleft’ por
+‘flushright’.
* Menu:
-* \raggedleft:: Forma declarativa del entorno ‘flushright’.
+* \raggedleft:: Forma de declaración del entorno ‘flushright’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raggedleft, Up: flushright
-9.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
+8.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
--------------------
-La declaración ‘\raggedleft’ corresponde al entorno ‘flushright’. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como ‘quote’ o en
-un ‘parbox’.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ {\raggedleft ... }
+
+o
+
+ \begin{ENVIRONMENT} \raggedleft
+ ...
+ \end{ENVIRONMENT}
- A diferencia del entorno ‘flushright’, la instrucción ‘\raggedleft’
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia como aplica LaTeX
-el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la
-unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción ‘\end’ que termina la unidad de párrafo.
+ Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+derecho e izquierdo irregular. Se puede usar dentro de un ENVIRONMENT
+como ‘quote’ o en un ‘parbox’. Para la forma del entorno *note
+flushright::.
+
+ A diferencia del entorno ‘flushright’, ‘\raggedleft’ el comando no
+inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia cómo LaTeX da formato a las
+unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una unidad de párrafo,
+el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea en blanco o el
+comando ‘\end’ que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+
+ Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno, *note
+\raggedright::, donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para reemplazar
+‘\raggedright’ por ‘\raggedleft’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: itemize, Next: letter, Prev: flushright, Up: Entornos
-9.14 ‘itemize’
+8.14 ‘itemize’
==============
Sinopsis:
\begin{itemize}
- \item ELEMENTO1
- \item ELEMENTO2
- ...
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL PRIMER ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ PRIMER ELEMENTO
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL SEGUNDO ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ SEGUNDO ELEMENTO
+ ...
\end{itemize}
- El entorno ‘itemize’ produce una lista “no ordenada”, “con viñetas”.
-Se pueden anidar entorno itemize dentro de otros, hasta cuatro niveles
-de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros entornos que marcan
-párrafos, tal como ‘enumerate’ (*note enumerate::).
-
- Cada elemento de una lista ‘itemize’ comienza con una instrucción
-‘\item’. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción ‘\item’.
+ Produce una “lista desordenada”, a veces denominada lista con
+viñetas. Ahí debe haber al menos un ‘\item’ dentro del entorno; no
+tiene ninguna causa el error LaTeX ‘Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item
+faltante’.
- De forma predeterminada, las marcas en cada nivel tienen esta
-apariencia:
+ Esto da una lista de dos elementos.
- 1. • (bala)
- 2. -- (guión en negrita)
- 3. * (asterisco)
- 4. . (punto centrado, aquí representado como un punto)
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Dibujo a lápiz y acuarela por Cassandra
+ \item Retrato de arroz
+ \end{itemize}
- El entorno ‘itemize’ utiliza las instrucciones desde ‘\labelitemi’
-hasta ‘\labelitemiv’ para producir la etiqueta predeterminada. De modo
-que, usted puede usar ‘\renewcommand’ para cambiar las etiquetas. Por
-ejemplo, para que en primer nivel utilice diamantes:
+Con la configuración regional predeterminada — sin cargar, por ejemplo,
+el paquete ‘babel’ con otro idioma que no sea inglés—como una lista de
+nivel superior cada etiqueta saldría como una viñeta, •. El formato del
+etiquetado depende del nivel de anidamiento; ve abajo.
+
+ Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando ‘\item’ (*note \item::).
+Si le das a ‘\item’ un argumento opcional entre corchetes siguiéndolo,
+como en ‘\item[ETIQUETA OPTIONAL]’, entonces de manera predeterminada
+ETIQUETA OPCIONAL aparecerá en negrita y alineada a la derecha, por lo
+que se podría extender hasta el margen izquierdo. Para las etiquetas
+que están niveladas a la izquierda, consulta el entorno *note
+description::. Después del ‘\item’ está el texto del elemento, que
+puede estar vacío o contener varios párrafos.
+
+ Las listas desordenadas se pueden anidar una dentro de otra, hasta
+cuatro niveles de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros
+entornos de creación de párrafos, como ‘enumerate’ (*note enumerate::).
+
+ El entorno ‘itemize’ usa los comandos ‘\labelitemi’ a través de
+‘\labelitemiv’ para generar la etiqueta predeterminada (ten en cuenta la
+convención de números romanos en minúsculas al final de los nombres de
+los comandos que significan el nivel de anidamiento). Estas son las
+marcas predeterminadas en cada nivel.
+
+ 1. • (bullet, de ‘\textbullet’)
+ 2. -- (bold en-dash, de ‘\normalfont\bfseries\textendash’)
+ 3. * (asterisco, de ‘\textasteriskcentered’)
+ 4. . (verticalmente centrado dot, representado aquí como un punto, de
+ ‘\textperiodcentered’)
+
+ Cambia las etiquetas con ‘\renewcommand’. Por ejemplo, esto hace que
+el primer nivel use diamantes.
\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
- Los parámetros desde ‘\leftmargini’ hasta ‘\leftmarginvi’ definen la
-distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y el margen
-izquierdo de la lista. Por convención, ‘\leftmargin’ se fija al
-‘\leftmarginN’ adecuado cuando ingresa a un nuevo nivel de anidamiento.
-
- El predeterminado varía desde ‘.5em’ (el nivel de anidamiento
-superior) a ‘2.5em’ (el primer nivel), y se reduce un poco en modo
-two-column. En este ejemplo se reduce mucho el espacio del margen para
-las listas anidadas:
+ La distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y el
+margen izquierdo de la lista ‘itemize’ está determinado por el
+parámetros ‘\leftmargini’ a ‘\leftmarginvi’. (Esto también usa la
+convención de usar números romanos en minúsculas al final del nombre del
+comando para indicar el nivel de anidamiento). Los valores
+predeterminados son: ‘2.5em’ en el nivel 1 (‘2em’ en modo de dos
+columnas), ‘2.2em’ en el nivel 2, ‘1.87em’ en el nivel 3 y ‘1.7em’ en el
+nivel 4, con valores más pequeños para niveles anidados más profundos.
+
+ Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas LaTeX, *note
+description:: y *note enumerate::. ‘itemize’, los entornos ‘enumerate’
+y ‘description’ usan la misma lista de parámetros de diseño. Para
+obtener una descripción, incluidos los valores predeterminados, y para
+obtener información sobre cómo personalizar el diseño de la lista, *note
+list::. El paquete ‘enumitem’ es útil para personalizar listas.
+
+ Este ejemplo reduce en gran medida el espacio del margen para los
+elementos detallados más externos de listas.
\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % predeterminado 2.5em
- Algunos parámetros que afectan el formato de la lista:
+ Especialmente para listas con artículos cortos, puede ser deseable
+eludir espacio entre elementos. Aquí hay un ejemplo que define un
+entorno ‘itemize*’ sin espacios adicionales entre elementos o entre
+párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (‘\parskip’ no es específico de la
+lista, *note \parindent y \parskip::):
+
+ \newenvironment{itemize*}%
+ {\begin{itemize}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
+ {\end{itemize}}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: letter, Next: list, Prev: itemize, Up: Entornos
+
+8.15 entorno ‘letter’: escribir cartas
+======================================
+
+Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. *Note Cartas::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: list, Next: math, Prev: letter, Up: Entornos
+
+8.16 ‘list’
+===========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \begin{list}{LABELING}{SPACING}
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL PRIMER ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ PRIMER ELEMENTO
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL SEGUNDO ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ SEGUNDO ELEMENTO
+ ...
+ \end{list}
+
+ Un entorno para la construcción de listas.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que este entorno no suele aparecer en el cuerpo del
+documento. La mayoría de las listas creadas por los autores de LaTeX
+son las que vienen estándar: los entornos ‘description’, ‘enumerate’ e
+‘itemize’ (*note description::, *note enumerate:: y *note itemize::).
+
+ En cambio, el entorno ‘list’ se usa con mayor frecuencia en macros.
+Por ejemplo, muchos entornos LaTeX estándar que no funcionan
+inmediatamente parecen ser listas, de hecho están construidos usando
+‘list’, incluyendo ‘quotation’, ‘quote’ y ‘center’ (*note comillas y
+citas::, *note center::).
+
+ Este usa el entorno ‘list’ para definir un nuevo entorno
+personalizado.
+
+ \newcounter{namedlistcounter} % número de elementos
+ \newenvironment{named}
+ {\begin{list}
+ {Item~\Roman{namedlistcounter}.} % etiquetado
+ {\usecounter{namedlistcounter} % establece el contador
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{3.5em}} % establece el espaciado
+ }
+ {\end{list}}
+
+ \begin{named}
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~I.''
+ \item[Etiqueta especial.] Se muestra como ``Etiqueta especial.''
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~II.''
+ \end{named}
+
+ El primer argumento obligatorio LABELING especifica el valor
+predeterminado de etiquetado de los elementos de la lista. Puede
+contener comandos de texto y LaTeX, como arriba donde contiene ‘Item’ y
+‘\Roman{...}’. LaTeX forma la etiqueta poniendo el argumento LABELING
+en un cuadro de ancho ‘\labelwidth’. Si la etiqueta es más ancha que
+eso, el material adicional se extiende a la derecha. Al hacer una
+instancia de una ‘list’ puedes redefinir el etiquetado predeterminado
+dando a ‘\item’ un argumento opcional al incluir corchetes y el texto,
+como en la ‘\item[Etiqueta especial.]’; *note \item::.
+
+ El segundo argumento obligatorio SPACING tiene una lista de comandos.
+Esta lista puede estar vacía. Un comando que puede entrar aquí es
+‘\usecounter{COUNTERNAME}’ (*note \usecounter::). Utiliza este
+diciéndole a LaTeX que numere los elementos usando el contador dado. El
+contador se restablecerá a cero cada vez que LaTeX ingrese al entorno, y
+el contador se incrementa en uno cada vez que LaTeX encuentra un ‘\item’
+que no tiene un argumento opcional.
+
+ Otro comando que puede ir en SPACING es ‘\makelabel’, que construye
+el cuadro de etiquetas. De manera predeterminada pone el contenido
+volcado a la derecha. Su único argumento es la etiqueta, que
+composiciones tipográficas en modo LR (*note Modos::). Un ejemplo de
+cambiar su definición es la del ejemplo del ‘named’ anterior, antes de
+la definición del entorno añade
+‘\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}’, y entre el comando
+‘\setlength’ y el paréntesis que cierra el argumento SPACING también
+agrega ‘\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel’. Luego, las etiquetas se
+compondrán en versalitas. Del mismo modo, cambiando la segunda línea
+del código a ‘\let\makelabel\fbox’ pone las etiquetas dentro de una caja
+enmarcada. A continuación se muestra otro ejemplo del comando
+‘\makelabel’, en la definición del entorno ‘redlabel’.
+
+ También a menudo en SPACING hay comandos para redefinir el espacio
+para la lista. A continuación se muestran los parámetros de espaciado
+con sus valores predeterminados. (Los valores predeterminados para
+entornos derivados como ‘itemize’ pueden ser diferentes a los valores
+que se muestran aquí). Consulta también la siguiente figura de lista.
+Cada uno tiene una longitud (*note Longitudes::). Los espacios
+verticales normalmente son longitudes elásticas, con componentes ‘plus’
+y ‘minus’, para darle flexibilidad a TeX en la configuración de la
+página. Cambiar cada uno con un comando como ‘\setlength{itemsep}{2pt
+plus1pt minus1pt}’. Para algunos efectos, estas longitudes deben ser
+cero o negativas.
‘\itemindent’
- Sangrado extra antes de cada elemento de una lista; predeterminado
- a cero.
+ Sangría de espacio horizontal adicional, más allá de ‘leftmargin’,
+ de la primera línea de cada elemento. Su valor predeterminado es
+ ‘0pt’.
+
+‘\itemsep’
+ Espacio vertical entre elementos, más allá del ‘\parsep’. Los
+ valores predeterminados para los tres primeros niveles en las
+ clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ con un tamaño de 10
+ puntos son: ‘4pt plus2pt minus 1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (es decir, ‘2pt plus
+ 1pt minus 1pt’), y ‘\topsep’ (es decir, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’).
+ Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos son: ‘4.5pt plus 2pt minus
+ 1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (es decir, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’) y ‘\topsep’
+ (es decir, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’). Los valores predeterminados
+ en 12 puntos son: ‘5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (es decir,
+ ‘2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’), y ‘\topsep’ (es decir, ‘2.5pt plus 1pt
+ minus 1pt’).
‘\labelsep’
- Espacio entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento; predeterminado
- a ‘.5em’.
+ Espacio horizontal entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento. El
+ valor predeterminado para las clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’, y
+ ‘report’ es ‘0.5em’.
‘\labelwidth’
- Ancho de la etiqueta; predeterminado a ‘2em’, o ‘1.5em’ en modo
- two-column.
+ Ancho horizontal. La caja que contiene la etiqueta nominalmente es
+ así de ancha. Si ‘\makelabel’ devuelve un texto más ancho que
+ este, entonces la primera línea del elemento se sangrará para dejar
+ espacio para este material adicional. Si ‘\makelabel’ devuelve
+ texto de ancho menor o igual que ‘\labelwidth’ entonces el valor
+ predeterminado de LaTeX es que la etiqueta está compuesta al ras en
+ una caja de este ancho.
+
+ El borde izquierdo del cuadro de etiqueta es
+ ‘\leftmargin’+‘\itemindent’-‘\labelsep’-‘\labelwidth’ del margen
+ izquierdo del entorno envolvente.
+
+ El valor predeterminado para las clases ‘article’, ‘book’ y
+ ‘report’ de LaTeX en el nivel superior es
+ ‘\leftmargini’-‘\labelsep’, (que es ‘2em’ en modo una columna y
+ ‘1.5em’ en modo de dos columnas). En el segundo nivel es
+ ‘\leftmarginii’-‘\labelsep’, y en el tercer nivel es
+ ‘\leftmarginiii’-‘\labelsep’. Estas definiciones hacen que el
+ borde izquierdo de la etiqueta coincida con el margen izquierdo del
+ entorno envolvente.
+
+‘\leftmargin’
+ Espacio horizontal entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente
+ (o el margen izquierdo de la página si se trata de una lista de
+ nivel superior), y el margen izquierdo de esta lista. No debe ser
+ negativo.
+
+ En las clases de documentos estándar de LaTeX, una lista de nivel
+ superior tiene este conjunto al valor de ‘\leftmargini’, mientras
+ que una lista anidada dentro una lista de nivel superior tiene este
+ margen establecido en ‘\leftmarginii’. Las listas más
+ profundamente anidadas obtienen los valores de ‘\leftmarginiii’ a
+ través de ‘\leftmarginvi’. (La anidación superior al nivel cinco
+ genera el mensaje de error ‘Anidado demasiado profundo’).
+
+ Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las
+ clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ son: ‘\leftmargini’ es
+ ‘2.5em’ (en modo de dos columnas, ‘2em’), ‘\leftmarginii’ es
+ ‘2.2em’ y ‘\leftmarginiii’ es ‘1.87em’.
‘\listparindent’
- Sangría extra añadida al segundo y subsecuentes párrafos, dentro de
- un elemento de la lista; predeterminado a ‘0pt’.
+ Espacio horizontal de sangría de línea adicional, más allá de
+ ‘\leftmargin’, para el segundo y posteriores párrafos dentro de una
+ lista ‘item’. Un valor negativo lo convierte en “outdent”. Su
+ valor predeterminado es ‘0pt’.
+
+‘\parsep’
+ Espacio vertical entre párrafos dentro de un elemento. Los valores
+ predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las clases LaTeX
+ ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ con un tamaño de 10 puntos son: ‘4pt
+ plus 2pt minus 1pt’, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’ y ‘0pt’. Los valores
+ predeterminados en tamaño de 11 puntos son: ‘4.5pt plus 2pt minus
+ 1pt’, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’, y ‘0pt’. Los valores predeterminados
+ en tamaño de 12 puntos son: ‘5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt’, ‘2.5pt plus
+ 1pt minus 1pt’ y ‘0pt’.
+
+‘\partopsep’
+ Espacio vertical agregado, más allá de ‘\topsep’+‘\parskip’, en la
+ parte superior y la parte inferior de todo el entorno si la
+ instancia de la lista está precedida por una línea en blanco. (Una
+ línea en blanco en la fuente LaTeX antes de la lista cambia el
+ espaciado en la parte superior e inferior de la lista; si la línea
+ siguiente a la lista está en blanco, no importa).
+
+ Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las
+ clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ con un tamaño de 10
+ puntos son: ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’ y
+ ‘1pt plus0pt minus1pt’. Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos
+ son: ‘3pt plus1pt minus1pt’, ‘3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’ y ‘1pt
+ plus0pt minus 1pt’). Los valores predeterminados en 12 puntos son:
+ ‘3pt plus 2pt minus 3pt’, ‘3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt’ y ‘1pt plus0pt
+ minus 1pt’.
‘\rightmargin’
- Distancia horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el
- entorno envolvente; de manera predeterminada ‘0pt’, salbo en los
- entornos ‘quote’, ‘quotation’ y ‘verse’, donde se hace igual a
- ‘\leftmargin’.
+ Espacio horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el margen
+ derecho del entorno envolvente. Su valor predeterminado es ‘0pt’.
+ No debe ser negativo.
- Parámetros que afectan el espaciamiento vertical entre elementos de
-la lista (más bien libre, de manera predeterminada).
+‘\topsep’
+ Espacio vertical agregado a la parte superior e inferior de la
+ lista, además a ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent y \parskip::). Los
+ valores predeterminados para los tres primeros niveles en las
+ clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ con un tamaño de 10
+ puntos son: ‘8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt’, ‘4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt’ y
+ ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’. Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos
+ son: ‘9pt plus 3pt minus 5pt’, ‘4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt’ y ‘2pt
+ plus 1pt minus 1pt’. Los valores predeterminados para 12 puntos
+ son: ‘10pt plus 4pt minus 6pt’, ‘5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt’, y
+ ‘2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’.
+
+ Esto muestra las distancias horizontal y vertical.
+
+
+..............Surrounding environment, preceding material.............. -
+ | v0
+ |---h0--|-h1-| |
+ ..Label.. .....First item..................................... -
+ ............................................................
+ ............................................................ -
+ | v1
+ ........First item, second paragraph .................. -
+ |-h2-| | v2
+ |
+ ..Label.. .....Second item.................................... -
+ ............................................................
+ ............................................................ -
+|-h3--|-h4-| |-h5-| |v3
+ |
+..............Surrounding environment, following material.............. -
+......................................................................."
+
+
+ Las longitudes que se muestran se enumeran a continuación. La
+relación clave es que el borde derecho del paréntesis para H1 es igual
+al borde derecho del corchete para H4, de modo que el borde izquierdo
+del cuadro de etiqueta esté en H3+H4-(H0+H1).
+
+V0
+ ‘\topsep’ + ‘\parskip’ si el entorno de la lista no comienza un
+ nuevo párrafo, y ‘\topsep’+‘\parskip’+‘\partopsep’ si lo comienza
+
+V1
+ ‘\parsep’
+
+V2
+ ‘\itemsep’+‘\parsep’
+
+V3
+ Igual que V0. (Este espacio se ve afectado por si una línea en
+ blanco aparece en la fuente por encima del entorno; si una línea en
+ blanco aparece en la fuente debajo del entorno no importa).
+
+H0
+ ‘\labelwidth’
+
+H1
+ ‘\labelsep’
+
+H2
+ ‘\listparindent’
+
+H3
+ ‘\leftmargin’
+
+H4
+ ‘\itemindent’
+
+H5
+ ‘\rightmargin’
+
+ Los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la lista, que se muestran arriba
+como H3 y H5, son con respecto a las proporcionadas por el entorno
+circundante, o con respecto a los márgenes de página para una lista de
+nivel superior. El ancho de línea utilizado para componer los elementos
+de la lista es ‘\linewidth’ (*note Parámetros de composición de
+página::). Por ejemplo, establece el margen izquierdo de la lista para
+que sea una cuarta parte de la distancia entre los márgenes izquierdo y
+derecho del entorno envolvente con
+‘\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}’.
+
+ Los saltos de página en una estructura de lista están controlados por
+los tres parámetros a continuación. Para cada uno, el valor
+predeterminado de LaTeX es ‘-\@lowpenalty’, es decir, ‘-51’. Porque es
+negativo, de alguna manera fomenta un salto de página en cada punto.
+Cambiarlo con, por ejemplo, ‘\@beginparpenalty=9999’; un valor de 10000
+prohíbe un salto de página.
+
+‘\@beginparpenalty’
+ La penalización de salto de página por romper antes de la lista
+ (predeterminado ‘-51’).
+
+‘\@itempenalty’
+ La penalización por salto de página al romper antes de un elemento
+ de lista (predeterminado ‘-51’).
+
+‘\@endparpenalty’
+ La penalización de salto de página por romper después de una lista
+ (predeterminado ‘-51’).
+
+ El paquete ‘enumitem’ es útil para personalizar listas.
+
+ Este ejemplo tiene las etiquetas en rojo. Están numeradas, y el
+borde izquierdo de la etiqueta se alinea con el borde izquierdo del
+texto del elemento. *Note \usecounter::.
+
+ \usepackage{color}
+ \newcounter{cnt}
+ \newcommand{\makeredlabel}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1.}}
+ \newenvironment{redlabel}
+ {\begin{list}
+ {\arabic{cnt}}
+ {\usecounter{cnt}
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{0em}
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{0.5em}
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{0.5em} % equals \labelwidth+\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel
+ }
+ }
+ {\end{list}}
-‘\itemsep’
- Espacio vertical entre elementos. El predeterminado es ‘2pt
- plus1pt minus1pt’ para ‘10pt’ documentos, ‘3pt plus2pt minus1pt’
- para ‘11pt’ y ‘4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt’ para ‘12pt’.
+* Menu:
-‘\parsep’
- Espacio vertical extra entre párrafos dentro de un elemento de la
- lista. Los predeterminados son los mismos que para ‘\itemsep’.
+* \item:: Una entrada en una lista.
+* trivlist:: Una forma restringida de ‘list’.
-‘\topsep’
- Espacio vertical entre el primer elemento y el párrafo anterior.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \item, Next: trivlist, Up: list
- Para listas de nivel superior, el predeterminado es ‘8pt plus2pt
- minus4pt’ para ‘10pt’ documentos, ‘9pt plus3pt minus5pt’ para
- ‘11pt’ y ‘10pt plus4pt minus6pt’ para ‘12pt’. Estos se reducen en
- listas anidadas.
+8.16.1 ‘\item’: Una entrada en una lista
+----------------------------------------
-‘\partopsep’
- Espacio extra añadido a ‘\topsep’ cuando el entorno lista comienza
- un párrafo. El valor predeterminado es ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’ para
- ‘10pt’ documentos, ‘3pt plus1pt minus1pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘3pt
- plus2pt minus2pt’ para ‘12pt’.
-
- Sobre todo para listas con elementos cortos, puede ser conveniente
-eludir los espacios entre ellos. He aquí un ejemplo de una definición
-del entorno ‘itemize*’ sin espacio extra entre elementos o entre
-párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (‘\parskip’ no es específico de la
-lista, *note \parskip::):
+Sinopsis:
- \newenvironment{itemize*}%
- {\begin{itemize}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
- {\end{itemize}}
+ \item texto del elemento
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: letter, Next: list, Prev: itemize, Up: Entornos
+o
-9.15 Entorno ‘letter’: Escribiendo Cartas
-=========================================
+ \item[OPTIONAL-LABEL] texto del elemento
-Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. *Note Cartas::.
+ Una entrada en una lista. Las entradas están precedidas por una
+etiqueta, cuyo valor predeterminado depende del tipo de lista.
+
+ Porque la etiqueta opcional está entre corchetes ‘[...]’, si tienes
+un elemento cuyo texto comienza con [, tienes que ocultar el corchete
+dentro de las llaves, como en: ‘\item {[} es un corchete de apertura’;
+de lo contrario, LaTeX pensará en la marca como el comienzo de una
+etiqueta opcional.
+
+ Del mismo modo, si el artículo tiene la etiqueta opcional y necesitas
+un corchete de cierre dentro de esa etiqueta, lo debes ocultar en la
+misma forma: ‘\item[Corchete de cierre, {]}]’. *Note Sintaxis del
+comando LaTeX::.
+
+ En este ejemplo, la lista de enumeración tiene dos elementos que usan
+el valor de etiqueta predeterminado y otra que usa la etiqueta opcional.
+
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Moe
+ \item[a veces] Shemp
+ \item Larry
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ El primer elemento está etiquetado como ‘1.’, el segundo elemento
+está etiquetado ‘a veces’, y el tercer elemento está etiquetado como
+‘2.’. Porque de la etiqueta opcional en el segundo artículo, el tercer
+artículo no está etiquetado ‘3.’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: list, Next: math, Prev: letter, Up: Entornos
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: trivlist, Prev: \item, Up: list
-9.16 ‘list’
-===========
+8.16.2 ‘trivlist’: Una forma restringida de ‘list’
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
-El entorno ‘list’ es un entorno genérico que se utiliza para definir
-mucho de los entornos más específicos. Este rara vez se utiliza en
-documentos, pero a muy menudo en las macros.
+ \begin{trivlist}
+ ...
+ \end{trivlist}
- \begin{list}{ETIQUETADO}{ESPACIADO}
- \item ELEMENTO1
- \item ELEMENTO2
- ...
- \end{list}
+ Una versión restringida del entorno list, en la que los márgenes no
+son sangrados y un ‘\item’ sin un argumento opcional no produce texto.
+Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia en macros, para definir un entorno en el
+que el comando ‘\item’ es parte de la definición del entorno. Para
+instancia, el entorno ‘center’ se define esencialmente como este:
- El argumento obligatorio ETIQUETADO especifica como se deben
-etiquetar los elementos (a menos que se especifique el argumento
-opcional ‘\item’). Este argumento es una pieza de texto que se inserta
-en una caja para formar la etiqueta. Este se puede y suele contener
-otras instrucciones LaTeX.
+ \newenvironment{center}
+ {\begin{trivlist}\centering\item\relax}
+ {\end{trivlist}}
- El argumento obligatorio SPACING contiene instrucciones para cambiar
-los parámetros de espaciado para la lista. Este argumento por lo
-regular está vacío, es decir, ‘{}’, lo cual deja el espaciado
-predeterminado.
+ El uso de ‘trivlist’ de esta manera permite que la macro herede algún
+código común: combinar el espacio vertical de dos entornos adyacentes;
+detectar si el texto que sigue al entorno debe ser considerado un nuevo
+párrafo o una continuación del anterior; ajustar los márgenes izquierdo
+y derecho para un posible entorno de lista anidada.
+
+ Específicamente, ‘trivlist’ usa los valores actuales de los
+parámetros de lista (*note list::), excepto que ‘\parsep’ se establece
+en el valor de ‘\parskip’, y ‘\leftmargin’, ‘\labelwidth’, e
+‘\itemindent’ se establecen en cero.
+
+ Este ejemplo genera los elementos como dos párrafos, excepto que (de
+manera predeterminada) no tienen sangría de párrafo y están separados
+verticalmente.
+
+ \begin{trivlist}
+ \item La \textit{Sorpresa} no es antigua; nadie la llamaría vieja.
+ \item Ella tiene un arco de farol, lindas líneas.
+ \end{trivlist}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: math, Next: minipage, Prev: list, Up: Entornos
-9.17 ‘math’
+8.17 ‘math’
===========
Sinopsis:
\begin{math}
- FÓRMULA-MATEMÁTICA
+ MATH
\end{math}
- El entorno ‘math’ inserta la fórmula MATH dada dentro del texto
-actual. ‘\(...\))’ y ‘$...$’ son sinónimos. *Note Fórmulas
-Matemáticas::.
+ El entorno ‘math’ inserta material dado MATH dentro del texto en
+ejecución. ‘\(...\)’ y ‘$...$’ son sinónimos. *Note Fórmulas math::.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: minipage, Next: picture, Prev: math, Up: Entornos
-9.18 ‘minipage’
+8.18 ‘minipage’
===============
- \begin{minipage}[POSICIÓN][ALTO][POS-INTERNA]{ANCHO}
- TEXTO
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \begin{minipage}{WIDTH}
+ CONTENIDO
+ \end{minipage}
+
+o
+
+ \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}
+ CONTENIDO
\end{minipage}
- El entorno ‘minipage’ compone tipográficamente su cuerpo de TEXTO en
-un bloque que no debe abarcar varias páginas. Este es similar a la
-instrucción ‘\parbox’ (*note \parbox::), pero a diferencia de ‘\parbox’,
-se pueden utilizar otros entornos de marcado de párrafos dentro de una
-minipágina.
+ Pon CONTENIDO en un cuadro que tenga un ancho de WIDTH. Esto es como
+una versión pequeña de una página; puede contener sus propias notas al
+pie, listas detalladas, etc. (Hay algunas restricciones, incluyendo que
+no puede tener flotante). Este cuadro no se dividirá entre páginas.
+Entonces ‘minipage’ es similar a ‘\parbox’ (*note \parbox::) pero aquí
+puedes tener párrafos.
+
+ Este ejemplo tendrá 3 pulgadas de ancho y tiene dos párrafos.
- Los argumentos son los mismos que para ‘\parbox’ (*note \parbox::).
+ \begin{minipage}{3in}
+ Stephen Kleene fue uno de los fundadores de la Teoría de la
+ Computación.
+
+ Fue estudiante de Iglesia, escribió tres textos influyentes, fue
+ presidente de la Asociación de Lógica Simbólica, y ganó la Medalla
+ Nacional de Ciencias.
+ \end{minipage}
- De forma predeterminada, en el entorno ‘minipage’ los párrafos no
-tienen sangría. Usted puede restablecer la sangría con una instrucción
-tal como ‘\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}’.
+Ve adelante, para una explicación de la sangría de párrafo dentro de una
+‘minipage’.
- La notas al pie en un entorno ‘minipage’ son manipuladas de una
-manera que es especialmente útil para poner notas en figuras o tablas.
-Una instrucción ‘\footnote’ o ‘\footnotetext’ coloca la nota al pie en
-la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte inferior de
-la página, y esta utiliza el contador ‘\mpfootnote’ en lugar del
-contador normal ‘footnote’ (*note Contadores::).
+ El argumento requerido WIDTH es una longitud rígida (*note
+Longitudes::). Da el ancho de la caja en la que se compone CONTENIDO.
- No obstante, no ponga una minipágina dentro de otra si usted está
-usando notas al pie; estas pueden terminar mal en la parte inferior de
-la minipágina.
+ Hay tres argumentos opcionales, POSITION, HEIGHT e INNER-POS. No es
+necesario incluir los tres. Por ejemplo, obtener la POSITION
+predeterminada y establecer HEIGHT con
+‘\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} CONTENT \end{minipage}’.
+(Obtiene la altura natural con un argumento vacío, ‘[]’).
+
+ El argumento opcional POSITION gobierna cómo ‘minipage’ se alinea
+verticalmente con el material circundante.
+
+‘c’
+ (sinónimo ‘m’) Predeterminado. Posiciona la ‘minipage’ para que su
+ centro vertical se alinee con el centro de la línea de texto
+ adyacente.
+
+‘t’
+ Alinea la línea base de la línea superior en la ‘minipage’ con la
+ línea base del texto circundante (el ‘\vtop’ de TeX simple).
+
+‘b’
+ Alinea la línea base de la línea inferior en la ‘minipage’ con la
+ línea base del texto circundante (el ‘\vbox’ de TeX simple).
+
+ Para ver los efectos de estos, contrasta esta ejecución
+
+ ---\begin{minipage}[c]{0.25in}
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
+ \end{minipage}
+
+con los resultados de cambiar ‘c’ a ‘b’ o ‘t’.
+
+ El argumento opcional HEIGHT es una longitud rígida (*note
+Longitudes::). Establece la altura de la ‘minipage’. Puedes ingresar
+cualquier valor más grande que, igual o más pequeño que el código
+natural de ‘minipage’ height y LaTeX no darán un error o una
+advertencia. También puedes establecer a una altura de cero o un valor
+negativo.
+
+ El último argumento opcional INNER-POS controla la ubicación de
+CONTENIDO dentro del cuadro. Estos son los valores posibles (el
+predeterminado es el valor de POSITION).
+
+‘t’
+ Coloca CONTENIDO en la parte superior del cuadro.
+
+‘c’
+ Lo coloca en el centro vertical.
+
+‘b’
+ Lo coloca en el fondo de la caja.
+
+‘s’
+ Estira CONTENIDO verticalmente; debe contener espacio elástico
+ verticalmente.
+
+ El argumento INNER-POS tiene sentido cuando la opción HEIGHT se
+establece en un valor mayor que la altura natural de ‘minipage’. Para
+ver el efecto de las opciones, ejecuta este ejemplo con las distintas
+opciones en lugar de ‘b’.
+
+ Texto antes
+ \begin{center}
+ ---\begin{minipage}[c][3in][b]{0.25\textwidth}
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+ Texto después
+
+ De manera predeterminada, los párrafos no tienen sangría en una
+‘minipage’. Cambio que con un comando como
+‘\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}’ en el inicio de CONTENIDO.
+
+ Las notas al pie en un entorno ‘minipage’ se manejan de una manera
+que es particularmente útil para poner notas a pie de página en figuras
+o tablas. Para el comando ‘\footnote’ o ‘\footnotetext’ coloca la nota
+al pie en la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte
+inferior de la página, y usa el contador ‘\mpfootnote’ en lugar del
+contador ordinario ‘footnote’ (*note Contadores::).
+
+ Esto coloca la nota al pie en la parte inferior de la tabla, no en la
+parte inferior de la página.
+
+ \begin{center} % centra la minipágina en la línea
+ \begin{minipage}{2.5in}
+ \begin{center} % centra la tabla dentro de la minipágina
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \textsc{Monarca} &\textsc{Reinado} \\ \hline
+ Isabel II &96 años\footnote{hasta su fallecimiento} \\
+ Victoria &63 años \\
+ Jorge III &59 años
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{centro}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Si anidas minipáginas, hay una rareza al usar notas al pie. Las
+notas al pie aparecen en la parte inferior del texto terminadas por la
+siguiente ‘\end{minipage}’ que puede no ser su lugar lógico.
+
+ Esto coloca una tabla que contiene datos al lado de un gráfico de
+mapa. Ellos están centrados verticalmente.
+
+ % siunitx para tener el especificador de columna S,
+ % que alinea los números en su punto decimal.
+ \usepackage{siunitx}
+ \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}}
+ \hspace{0.1\textwidth}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{r|S}
+ % \multicolumn para eliminar la barra vertical entre los encabezados
+ % de las columnas
+ \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &
+ % llaves para evitar que siunitx malinterprete el
+ % período como separador decimal
+ {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline
+ The Bronx &1.5 \\
+ Brooklyn &2.6 \\
+ Manhattan &1.6 \\
+ Queens &2.3 \\
+ Staten Island &0.5
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: picture, Next: quotation, Prev: minipage, Up: Entornos
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: picture, Next: comillas y citas, Prev: minipage, Up: Entornos
-9.19 ‘picture’
+8.19 ‘picture’
==============
- \begin{picture}(ancho,alto)(desplazamiento x,desplazamiento y)
- ... INSTRUCCIONES DE IMAGEN ...
+Sinopsis:
+ \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT)
+ COMANDO PICTURE
\end{picture}
- El entorno ‘picture’ le permite crear casi cualquier clase de imagen
-que desee que contenga su texto, lineas, flechas y círculos. Usted le
-dice a LaTeX dónde colocar las cosas en la imagen especificando sus
-coordenadas. Una coordenada es un número que puede tener un punto
-decimal y un signo menos — un número como ‘5’, ‘0.3’ o ‘-3.1416’. Una
-coordenada especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad de longitud
-‘\unitlength’, por lo que si ‘\unitlength’ se ha establecido en ‘1cm’,
-entonces la coordenada 2.54 especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros.
-Sólo debe cambiar el valor de ‘\unitlength’, utilizando la instrucción
-‘\setlength’, fuera del entorno ‘picture’.
-
- Una posición es un par de coordenadas, por ejemplo, ‘(2.4, -5)’, que
-especifican el punto con coordenada x ‘2.4’ y coordenada y ‘-5’. Las
-coordenadas se especifican en la forma habitual con respecto a un
-origen, que normalmente está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la
-imagen. Tenga en cuenta que cuando una posición se presenta como un
-argumento, no se encierra entre llaves; los paréntesis sirven para
-delimitar el argumento.
-
- El entorno ‘picture’ tiene un argumento obligatorio, el cual es una
-‘posición’. este especifica el tamaño de la imagen. El entorno produce
-una caja rectangular con la anchura y altura determinada por los
-argumentos de las coordenadas x e y.
-
- El entorno ‘picture’ también tiene un argumento opcional ‘posición’,
-seguido del argumento ‘tamaño’, que puede cambiar el origen. (A
-diferencia de los argumentos opcionales, este argumento no está
-contenido entre corchetes). El argumento opcional proporciona las
-coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen (con
-el cual se determina el origen). Por ejemplo, si ‘\unitlength’ se ha
-fijado a ‘1mm’, la instrucción
+o
+
+ \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT)(XOFFSET,YOFFSET)
+ COMANDO PICTURE
+ \end{picture}
+
+Donde puede haber cualquier número de COMANDO PICTURE.
+
+ Un entorno para crear imágenes simples que contienen líneas, flechas,
+cuadros, círculos y texto. Este entorno no es obsoleto, sino que los
+nuevos documentos suelen utilizar sistemas de creación de gráficos mucho
+más potentes, como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o Asymptote. Ninguno de
+estos están cubiertos en este documento; ve CTAN.
+
+ Para empezar, aquí hay un ejemplo que muestra la ley del
+paralelogramo para sumar vectores.
+
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+ \begin{picture}(6,6) % cuadro de imagen tendrá 6 cm de ancho por
+ % 6 cm de alto
+ \put(0,0){\vector(2,1){4}} % por cada 2 sobre este vector sube 1
+ \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ primer etapa}}
+ \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}}
+ \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ segunda etapa}}
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}}
+ \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }}
+ \end{picture}
+
+ El entorno ‘picture’ tiene un argumento requerido, un par de números
+reales positivos (WIDTH, HEIGHT). Multiplica estos por el valor de
+‘\unitlength’ para obtener el tamaño nominal de la salida, es decir, el
+espacio que reserva LaTeX en la página de salida. Este tamaño nominal
+no es necesario saber qué tan grande es realmente la imagen; LaTeX
+dibujará cosas de picture fuera de la caja de la imagen.
+
+ Este entorno también tiene un argumento opcional (XOFFSET, YOFFSET).
+Se utiliza para cambiar el origen. A diferencia de la mayoría de los
+argumentos opcionales, éste no está contenido entre corchetes. Al igual
+que con el argumento requerido, consiste en un par de dos números
+reales, pero estos también pueden ser negativos o nulos. Multiplica
+estos por ‘\unitlength’ para obtener las coordenadas del punto en la
+esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen.
+
+ Por ejemplo, si ‘\unitlength’ se ha establecido en ‘1mm’, el comando
\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
-produce una imagen de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de
-altura, cuya esquina inferior izquierda está en el punto (10,20) y cuya
-esquina superior derecha está en el punto (110,220). La primera vez que
-haga un dibujo, normalmente se omite el argumento opcional, dejando el
-origen en el ángulo inferior izquierdo. Si a continuación desea
-modificar su imagen, trasladando todo, basta con añadir el argumento
-opcional apropiado.
+produce una caja de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de alto.
+El origen de la imagen es el punto (10mm, 20mm) y, por lo tanto, la
+esquina inferior izquierda está allí, y la esquina superior derecha está
+en (110mm, 220 mm). Cuando primero dibujes una imagen, normalmente
+omite el argumento opcional, dejando el origen en la esquina inferior
+izquierda. Si luego deseas modificar tu imagen cambiando todo, solo
+puedes agregar el argumento opcional apropiado.
+
+ Cada COMANDO PICTURE le dice a LaTeX dónde colocar algo
+proporcionando su posición. Una “position” es un par como ‘(2.4,-5)’
+dando las coordenadas x e y. Una “coordenada” no es una longitud, es un
+número real (puede tener un punto decimal o un signo menos). Eso
+especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad de longitud
+‘\unitlength’, por lo que si ‘\unitlength’ se ha establecido en ‘1cm’,
+entonces la coordenada ‘2.54’ especifica una longitud de 2.54
+centímetros.
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX para ‘\unitlength’ es ‘1pt’. Es una
+longitud rígida (*note Longitudes::). Cámbialo con el comando
+‘\setlength’ (*note \setlength::). Haz este cambio solo fuera de un
+entorno ‘picture’.
- El argumento obligatorio del entorno determina el tamaño nominal de
-la imagen. Esta no necesita tener ninguna relación con el tamaño de la
-imagen real; Felizmente LaTeX le permitirá poner cosas fuera de la
-imagen, o incluso fuera de la página. El tamaño nominal de la imagen lo
-utiliza LaTeX para determinar cuánto espacio dejar para ello.
+ El entorno ‘picture’ admite el uso de expresiones aritméticas
+estándar como números.
+
+ Las coordenadas se dan con respecto a un origen, que de manera
+predeterminada está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen. Ten
+en cuenta que cuando aparece una posición como argumento, como con
+‘\put(1,2){...}’, no está encerrado entre llaves ya que los paréntesis
+sirven para delimitar el argumento. También, a diferencia de algunos
+sistemas de gráficos por ordenador, las coordenadas ‘y’ más grandes son
+más arriba en la página, por ejemplo, y = 1 es _arriba_ y = 0.
+
+ Hay cuatro formas de poner cosas en una imagen: ‘\put’, ‘\multiput’,
+‘\qbezier’ y ‘\graphpaper’. Más a menudo se usa ‘\put’. Este
+
+ \put(11.3,-0.3){...}
+
+coloca el objeto con su punto de referencia en las coordenadas
+(11.3,-0.3). Los puntos de referencia para varios objetos serán
+descritos abajo. El comando ‘\put’ crea un “LR box” (*note Modos::).
+Cualquier cosa que pueda ir en un ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox y \makebox::)
+puede ir en el argumento de texto del comando ‘\put’. El punto de
+referencia será la esquina inferior izquierda de la caja. En esta
+imagen
+
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+ ...\begin{picture}(1,1)
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,0){1}}
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,1){1}}
+ \end{picture}
- Todo lo que aparece en una imagen es dibujado por la instrucción
-‘\put’. La instrucción
+los tres puntos están ligeramente a la izquierda del punto del ángulo
+formado por las dos líneas. (Además, ‘\line(1,1){1}’ no requiere una
+línea de longitud uno; más bien la línea tiene un cambio en la
+coordenada x de 1).
- \put (11.3,-.3){...}
+ Los comandos ‘\multiput’, ‘qbezier’ y ‘graphpaper’ están descritos
+abajo.
-coloca el objeto especificado por ‘...’ en la imagen, con su punto de
-referencia en las coordenadas (11.3, -.3). Los puntos de referencia
-para distintos objetos se describen a continuación.
+ También puedes utilizar este entorno para colocar material arbitrario
+en una ubicación exacta. Por ejemplo:
- La instrucción ‘\put’ crea una “caja LR”. Puede poner cualquier cosa
-que vaya en una ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox::) en el argumento texto de la
-instrucción ‘\put’. Al hacer esto, el punto de referencia será la
-esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
+ \usepackage{color,graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth}
+ \begin{picture}(1,1) % deja espacio, ancho de \textwidth y alto
+ \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}}
+ \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{Guarda X aquí}}
+ \end{picture}
+ \end{center}
- Las instrucciones para ‘picture’ están descritas en las siguientes
-secciones.
+La red X será precisamente una cuarta parte del ‘\textwidth’ de el
+margen izquierdo y ‘0.35\textwidth’ hacia arriba desde la parte inferior
+de la imagen. Otro ejemplo de este uso es poner un código similar en el
+encabezado de página para obtener material repetido en cada una de las
+páginas de un documento.
* Menu:
-* \circle:: Dibuja un círculo.
-* \makebox (picture):: Dibuja un cuadro del tamaño especificado.
-* \framebox (picture):: Dibuja una caja rodeada con un marco.
-* \dashbox:: Dibuja un cuadro de líneas discontinuas.
-* \frame:: Dibuja un marco alrededor de un objeto.
-* \line:: Dibuja una línea recta.
-* \linethickness:: Ajusta el grosor de la línea.
-* \thicklines:: Una línea de espesor más grueso.
-* \thinlines:: El grosor de la línea predeterminado.
+* \put:: Coloca un objeto en un lugar específico.
* \multiput:: Dibuja varias instancias de un objeto.
-* \oval:: Dibuja una elipse.
-* \put:: Coloca un objeto en un determinado lugar.
-* \shortstack:: Hace un montón de objetos.
+* \qbezier:: Dibuja una curva Bézier cuadrática.
+* \graphpaper:: Dibuja la gráfica en papel.
+* \line:: Dibuja una línea recta.
+* \linethickness:: Establece el grosor de las líneas horizontales
+ y verticales.
+* \thinlines:: El grosor de línea predeterminado.
+* \thicklines:: Un grosor de línea más pesado.
+* \circle:: Dibuja un circulo.
+* \oval:: Dibuja un óvalo.
+* \shortstack:: Hace una pila de objetos.
* \vector:: Dibuja una línea con una flecha.
+* \makebox (picture):: Dibuja una caja del tamaño especificado.
+* \framebox (picture):: Dibuja una caja con un marco alrededor.
+* \frame:: Dibuja un marco alrededor de un objeto.
+* \dashbox:: Dibuja un cuadro punteado.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \circle, Next: \makebox (picture), Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \put, Next: \multiput, Up: picture
-9.19.1 ‘\circle’
-----------------
+8.19.1 ‘\put’
+-------------
- \circle[*]{DIÁMETRO}
+Sinopsis:
- La instrucción ‘\circle’ produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más
-cercano posible al especificado. La forma con ‘*’ de la instrucción
-dibuja un círculo sólido.
+ \put(XCOORD,YCOORD){CONTENT}
- Se pueden dibujar círculos de hasta 40 pt.
+ Coloca CONTENT en la coordenada (XCOORD,YCOORD). Ve la discusión de
+coordenadas y ‘\unitlength’ en *note picture::. El CONTENIDO se procesa
+en modo LR (*note Modos::) por lo que no puede contener saltos de línea.
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \makebox (picture), Next: \framebox (picture), Prev: \circle, Up: picture
+ Esto incluye el texto en la ‘picture’.
-9.19.2 ‘\makebox’
------------------
+ \put(4.5,2.5){Aplica el \textit{unpoke} move}
- \makebox(ANCHO,ALTO)[POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ El punto de referencia, la ubicación (4.5,2.5), es la parte inferior
+izquierda del texto, en la parte inferior izquierda de ‘A’.
- La instrucción ‘\makebox’ para el entorno ‘picture’ es similar a la
-instrucción normal ‘\makebox’ excepto que usted debe especificar el
-ANCHO y ALTO en múltiplos de ‘\unitlength’.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \multiput, Next: \qbezier, Prev: \put, Up: picture
- El argumento opcional, ‘[POSICIÓN]’, especifica el cuadrante en el
-que debe aparecer el TEXTO. Usted puede seleccionar hasta dos de los
-siguientes:
+8.19.2 ‘\multiput’
+------------------
-‘t’
- Mueve el elemento a la parte superior del rectángulo.
+Sinopsis:
-‘b’
- Mueve el elemento a la parte inferior.
+ \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){NUM-COPIES}{OBJ}
-‘l’
- Mueve el elemento a la izquierda.
+ Copia OBJ un total de NUM-COPIES veces, con un incremento de
+DELTA_X,DELTA_Y. El OBJ aparece primero en la posición (x,y), entonces
+en (x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y), y así sucesivamente.
-‘r’
- Mueve el elemento hacia la derecha.
+ Esto dibuja una cuadrícula simple con cada quinta línea en negrita
+(ve también *note \graphpaper::).
- *Note \makebox::.
+ \begin{picture}(10,10)
+ \linethickness{0.05mm}
+ \multiput(0,0)(1,0){10}{\line(0,1){10}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,1){10}{\line(1,0){10}}
+ \linethickness{0.5mm}
+ \multiput(0,0)(5,0){3}{\line(0,1){10}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,5){3}{\line(1,0){10}}
+ \end{picture}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \framebox (picture), Next: \dashbox, Prev: \makebox (picture), Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \qbezier, Next: \graphpaper, Prev: \multiput, Up: picture
-9.19.3 ‘\framebox’
-------------------
+8.19.3 ‘\qbezier’
+-----------------
Sinopsis:
- \framebox(ANCHO,ALTO)[POSICIÓN]{...}
+ \qbezier(X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)
+ \qbezier[NUM](X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)
+
+ Dibuja una curva de Bézier cuadrática cuyos puntos de control estén
+dados por tres argumentos requeridos ‘(X1,Y1)’, ‘(X2,Y2)’ y ‘(X3,Y3)’.
+Eso es, la curva va de (X1,Y1) a (X3,Y3), es cuadrática y es tal que la
+recta tangente en (X1,Y1) pasa por (X2,Y2), al igual que la recta
+tangente en (X3,Y3).
+
+ Esto dibuja una curva desde la coordenada (1,1) a (1,0).
+
+ \qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
+
+La línea tangente de la curva en (1,1) contiene (1.25,0.75), al igual
+que la recta tangente de la curva en (1,0).
+
+ El argumento opcional NUM da el número de cálculos de puntos
+intermedios. El valor predeterminado es dibujar una curva suave cuyo
+número máximo de puntos es ‘\qbeziermax’ (cambia este valor con
+‘\renewcommand’).
+
+ Esto dibuja un rectángulo con una parte superior ondulada, usando
+‘\qbezier’ para esa curva
+
+ \begin{picture}(8,4)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % eje x
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % eje y
+ \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % lado izquierdo
+ \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % lado derecho
+ \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25)
+ \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5)
+ \thicklines % debajo de aquí, las líneas son el
+ % doble de gruesas
+ \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}}
+ \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Regla trapezoidal}}
+ \end{picture}
- La instrucción ‘\framebox’ es como ‘\makebox’ (vea la sección
-anterior), excepto que esta coloca un marco en el exterior alrededor de
-la caja que crea.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \graphpaper, Next: \line, Prev: \qbezier, Up: picture
- La instrucción ‘\framebox’ produce una regla de espesor ‘\fboxrule’,
-y deja un espacio ‘\fboxsep’ entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+8.19.4 ‘\graphpaper’
+--------------------
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \dashbox, Next: \frame, Prev: \framebox (picture), Up: picture
+Sinopsis:
-9.19.4 ‘\dashbox’
------------------
+ \graphpaper(X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
+ \graphpaper[SPACING](X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
-Dibuja un cuadro con una línea discontinua. Sinopsis:
+ Dibuja una cuadrícula de coordenadas. Requiere el paquete
+‘graphpap’. El origen de la cuadrícula es ‘(X_INIT,Y_INIT)’. Las
+líneas de la cuadrícula vienen cada SPACING unidades (el valor
+predeterminado es 10). La cuadrícula extiende X_DIMEN unidades hacia la
+derecha y Y_DIMEN unidades hacia arriba. Todos los argumentos deben ser
+números enteros positivos.
- \dashbox{GLARGO}(RANCHO,RALTO)[POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ Esto crea una cuadrícula con siete líneas verticales y once líneas
+horizontales.
- ‘\dashbox’ crea un rectángulo discontinuo alrededor del TEXTO en un
-entorno ‘picture’. Los guiones son de GLARGO unidades de largo, y el
-rectángulo tiene una anchura total de RANCHO y una altura de RALTO. El
-TEXTO es posicionado en la POSICIÓN opcional.
+ \usepackage{graphpap} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{picture}(6,20) % en el cuerpo del documento
+ \graphpaper[2](0,0)(12,20)
+ \end{picture}
- Un cuadro de líneas discontinuas se ve mejor cuando RANCHO y RALTO
-son múltiplos de GLARGO.
+Las líneas están numeradas cada diez unidades.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \frame, Next: \line, Prev: \dashbox, Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \line, Next: \linethickness, Prev: \graphpaper, Up: picture
-9.19.5 ‘\frame’
----------------
+8.19.5 ‘\line’
+--------------
Sinopsis:
- \frame{TEXTO}
-
- La instrucción ‘\frame’ coloca un marco rectangular alrededor de
-TEXTO. El punto de referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del
-marco. No añade espacio extra entre el marco y el objeto.
+ \line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}
+
+ Dibuja una línea. Tiene una pendiente tal que sube verticalmente
+Y_RISE para cada X_RUN horizontal. El TRAVEL es el cambio horizontal
+total — no es la longitud del vector, es el cambio en x. En el caso
+especial de las líneas verticales, donde (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), TRAVEL da
+el cambio en y.
+
+ Esto dibuja una línea que comienza en las coordenadas (1,3).
+
+ \put(1,3){\line(2,5){4}}
+
+Por cada más de 2, esta línea aumentará 5. Porque TRAVEL especifica que
+esto pasa de 4, debe subir a 10. Por lo tanto, su punto final es
+(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13). En particular, ten en cuenta que TRAVEL=4 no es la
+longitud de la línea, es el cambio en x.
+
+ Los argumentos X_RUN y Y_RISE son números enteros que se pueden
+positivo, negativo o cero. (Si ambos son 0 entonces LaTeX trata el
+segundo como 1). Con
+‘\put(X_INIT,Y_INIT){\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}}’, si X_RUN es
+negativo, el punto final de la línea tiene una primer coordenada menor
+que X_INIT. Si Y_RISE es negativo entonces el punto final de la línea
+tiene una segunda coordenada que es menor que Y_INIT.
+
+ Si TRAVEL es negativo, obtendrás ‘Error de LaTeX: \line incorrecta o
+el argumento \vector.’
+
+ LaTeX estándar solo puede dibujar líneas con un rango limitado de
+pendientes porque estas rectas se forman juntando segmentos de recta de
+letras prefabricadas. Los dos números X_RUN y Y_RISE deben tener
+valores enteros desde −6 hasta 6. Asimismo, deben ser relativamente
+primos, por lo que (X_RUN,Y_RISE) puede ser (2,1) pero no (4,2) (si
+eliges el último, en lugar de líneas obtiene secuencias de puntas de
+flecha; la solución es cambiar a la primera). Para obtener lineas de
+pendiente arbitraria y muchas otras formas en un sistema como ‘picture’,
+ve el paquete ‘pict2e’ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e>). Otra solución
+es usar un sistema de gráficos completo como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o
+Asymptote.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \line, Next: \linethickness, Prev: \frame, Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \linethickness, Next: \thinlines, Prev: \line, Up: picture
-9.19.6 ‘\line’
---------------
+8.19.6 ‘\linethickness’
+-----------------------
Sinopsis:
- \line(DECLIVEX,DECLIVEY){LONGITUD}
-
- La instrucción ‘\line’ dibuja una línea con la LONGITUD dada y
-declive DECLIVEX/DECLIVEY.
+ \linethickness{DIM}
- LaTeX estándar únicamente puede dibujar líneas con DECLIVE = x/y,
-donde x y y tienen valores enteros desde −6 hasta 6. Para líneas de
-cualquier declive, por no hablar de otras formas, vea el paquete
-‘curve2e’ y muchos, muchos otros paquetes en CTAN.
+ Declara el grosor de las líneas horizontales y verticales
+subsiguientes en una imagen debe ser DIM, que debe tener una longitud
+positiva (*note Longitudes::). Se diferencia de ‘\thinlines’ y
+‘\thicklines’ en el sentido de que no afecta el grosor de las líneas
+inclinadas, círculos u óvalos (*note \oval::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \linethickness, Next: \thicklines, Prev: \line, Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thinlines, Next: \thicklines, Prev: \linethickness, Up: picture
-9.19.7 ‘\linethickness’
------------------------
-
-La instrucción ‘\linethickness{ESPESOR}’ declara el grosor de las líneas
-horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture para que sean de
-ESPESOR, el cual debe ser una longitud positiva.
+8.19.7 ‘\thinlines’
+-------------------
- ‘\linethickness’ no afecta el espesor de las líneas inclinadas,
-círculos o los cuartos de círculo dibujados por ‘\oval’.
+Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.4pt. Este es el valor
+predeterminado de grosor, por lo que este comando es innecesario a menos
+que el grosor haya cambiado con *note \linethickness:: o *note
+\thicklines::.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thicklines, Next: \thinlines, Prev: \linethickness, Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thicklines, Next: \circle, Prev: \thinlines, Up: picture
-9.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
+8.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
--------------------
-La instrucción ‘\thicklines’ es un espesor de línea alternativo para
-líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture; compárese *note
-\linethickness:: y *note \thinlines::.
+Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.8pt. Ve también *note
+\linethickness:: y *note \thinlines::. Este comando se ilustra en el
+ejemplo de regla trapezoidal de *note \qbezier::.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thinlines, Next: \multiput, Prev: \thicklines, Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \circle, Next: \oval, Prev: \thicklines, Up: picture
-9.19.9 ‘\thinlines’
--------------------
+8.19.9 ‘\circle’
+----------------
-La instrucción ‘\thinlines’ es el espesor de línea predeterminado para
-líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture; compárese *note
-\linethickness:: y *note \thicklines::.
+Sinopsis:
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \multiput, Next: \oval, Prev: \thinlines, Up: picture
+ \circle{DIAMETER}
+ \circle*{DIAMETER}
-9.19.10 ‘\multiput’
--------------------
+ Produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más cercano posible al
+especificado. La forma ‘*’ produce un círculo relleno.
-Sinopsis:
- \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){N}{OBJ}
+ Esto dibuja un círculo de radio 6, centrado en ‘(5,7)’.
+
+ \put(5,7){\circle{6}}
- La instrucción ‘\multiput’ copia el objeto OBJ en un patrón regular
-entre imágenes. primero se coloca OBJ en la posición (x,y), luego en la
-posición (x+\delta x,y+\delta y) y así sucesivamente, N veces.
+ Los radios disponibles para ‘\circle’ son, en puntos, los números
+pares del 2 al 20, ambos inclusive. Para ‘\circle*’ son todos los
+números enteros del 1 al 15.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \oval, Next: \put, Prev: \multiput, Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \oval, Next: \shortstack, Prev: \circle, Up: picture
-9.19.11 ‘\oval’
+8.19.10 ‘\oval’
---------------
Sinopsis:
- \oval(ANCHO,ALTO)[PORCIÓN]
+ \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)
+ \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION]
- La instrucción ‘\oval’ produce un rectángulo con esquinas
-redondeadas. El argumento opcional PORCIÓN le permite seleccionar la
-parte del óvalo vía las siguientes letras:
+ Produce un rectángulo con esquinas redondeadas, en lo sucesivo
+denominado “oval”. El argumento opcional PORTION te permite producir
+sólo la mitad o un cuarto del óvalo. Para medio óvalo toma PORTION para
+que sea uno de estos.
‘t’
- selecciona la parte superior;
+ mitad superior (top)
‘b’
- selecciona la parte inferior;
+ mitad inferior (bottom)
‘r’
- selecciona la parte derecha;
+ mitad derecha (right)
‘l’
- selecciona la parte izquierda.
+ mitad izquierda (left)
- Las “esquinas” del óvalo se hacen con cuartos de círculo con un radio
-máximo de 20pt, por lo tanto los “óvalos” grandes se parecen más a cajas
-con esquinas redondeadas.
+ Produce solo un cuarto del óvalo configurando en PORTION en ‘tr’,
+‘br’, ‘bl’ o ‘tl’.
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \put, Next: \shortstack, Prev: \oval, Up: picture
+ Esto dibuja la mitad superior de un óvalo de 3 de ancho y 7 de alto.
-9.19.12 ‘\put’
---------------
+ \put(5,7){\oval(3,7)[t]}
-‘\put(XCOORD,YCOORD){ ... }’
+El (5,7) es el centro de todo el óvalo, no solo el centro de la mitad
+superior.
- La instrucción ‘\put’ coloca el elemento especificado por el
-argumento obligatorio en las coordenadas XCOORD e YCOORD proporcionadas.
+ Estas formas no son elipses. Son rectángulos cuyas esquinas están
+hechas con cuartos de círculo. Estos círculos tienen un radio máximo de
+20pt (*note \circle:: para los tamaños). Por lo tanto, los óvalos
+grandes son solo Marcos con una pequeña cantidad de esquinas
+redondeadas.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \shortstack, Next: \vector, Prev: \put, Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \shortstack, Next: \vector, Prev: \oval, Up: picture
-9.19.13 ‘\shortstack’
+8.19.11 ‘\shortstack’
---------------------
Sinopsis:
- \shortstack[POSICIÓN]{...\\...\\...}
+ \shortstack[POSITION]{LINE 1 \\ ... }
+
+ Produce una pila vertical de objetos.
+
+ Esto etiqueta el eje y escribiendo la palabra ‘y’ arriba de la
+palabra ‘eje’.
+
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+ \begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % eje x
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y
+ \put(-0.2,2){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ ejes}}}
+ \end{picture}
+
+Para una pila pequeña, el punto de referencia es la parte inferior
+izquierda de la pila. En el ejemplo anterior, el ‘\makebox’ (*note
+\mbox y \makebox::) pone la pila se alinea a la derecha en un cuadro de
+ancho cero, por lo que en total la pila corta se encuentra ligeramente a
+la izquierda del eje y.
- La instrucción ‘\shortstack’ produce un montón de objetos. Las
-posiciones válidas son:
+ Los puestos válidos son:
‘r’
- Mueve los objetos a la derecha de la pila.
+ Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la derecha
‘l’
- Mueve los objetos a la izquierda de la pila
+ Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la izquierda
‘c’
- Mueve los objetos hacia el centro de la pila (predeterminado)
-
- Los objetos son separados con ‘\\’.
+ Centra objetos (predeterminado)
+
+ Separa los objetos en líneas con ‘\\’. Estas pilas son cortas en
+que, a diferencia de un entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’, aquí las filas no
+están espaciadas para tener saltos de línea base uniformes. Así, en
+‘\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}’ la primera y la última fila son más altas que
+los dos medios, y por lo tanto la línea base salta entre los dos medios
+filas es más pequeña que la que hay entre la tercera y la última fila.
+Puedes ajustar las alturas y profundidades de las filas ya sea colocando
+la interlínea habitual espaciado con ‘\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}’
+(*note \strut::), o explícitamente, a través de un cuadro de ancho cero
+‘\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}’ o mediante el uso opcional
+de ‘\\’ argumento ‘\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}’.
+
+ El comando ‘\shortstack’ también está disponible fuera del entorno
+‘picture’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vector, Prev: \shortstack, Up: picture
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vector, Next: \makebox (picture), Prev: \shortstack, Up: picture
-9.19.14 ‘\vector’
+8.19.12 ‘\vector’
-----------------
Sinopsis:
- \vector(DECLIVEX,DECLIVEY){LONGITUD}
+ \vector(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}
+
+ Dibuja una línea que termine en una flecha. La pendiente de esa
+recta es: sube verticalmente Y_RISE por cada X_RUN horizontal. Los
+TRAVEL es el cambio horizontal total — no es la longitud del vector, es
+el cambio en x. En el caso especial de vectores verticales, si
+(X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), entonces TRAVEL da el cambio en y.
- La instrucción ‘\vector’ dibuja una línea con una flecha de la
-longitud y declive especificados. Los valores DECLIVEX i DECLIVEY deben
-estar entre −4 y +4 incluido.
+ Para ver un ejemplo, *note picture::.
+
+ Para obtener más detalles sobre X_RUN y Y_RISE, consulta *note
+\line::. Como allí, los valores de X_RUN y Y_RISE están limitados.
+Para ‘\vector’ debes elegir números enteros entre −4 y 4, inclusive.
+Además, los dos que elijas deben ser relativamente primos. De este
+modo, ‘\vector(2,1){4}’ es aceptable pero ‘\vector(4,2){4}’ no es (si
+usas este último, obtendrás una secuencia de puntas de flecha).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: quotation, Next: quote, Prev: picture, Up: Entornos
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \makebox (picture), Next: \framebox (picture), Prev: \vector, Up: picture
-9.20 ‘quotation’
-================
+8.19.13 ‘\makebox’ (picture)
+----------------------------
Sinopsis:
- \begin{quotation}
- TEXTO
- \end{quotation}
+ \makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT){TEXT}
+ \makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
- A los márgenes del entorno ‘quotation’ se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
+ Hace un cuadro para contener TEXT. Este comando encaja con el
+entorno ‘picture’, aunque los puedes usar fuera de allí, porque
+REC-WIDTH y REC-HEIGHT son números que especifican distancias en
+términos de ‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::). Este comando es similar al
+comando ‘\makebox’ normal (*note \mbox y \makebox::), excepto que aquí
+debes especificar el ancho y el alto. Este el comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Esto hace una caja de longitud 3.5 veces ‘\unitlength’ y altura 4
+veces ‘\unitlength’.
+
+ \put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}
- A diferencia del entorno ‘quote’, cada párrafo normalmente tiene
-sangría.
+ El argumento opcional ‘POSITION’ especifica dónde aparece el TEXT en
+el cuadro. El valor predeterminado es centrarlo, tanto horizontal como
+verticalmente. Para colocarlo en otro lugar, usa una cadena con una o
+dos de estas letras.
+
+‘t’
+ Pone TEXT en la parte superior de la caja.
+
+‘b’
+ Pone TEXT en la parte inferior.
+
+‘l’
+ Pone el TEXT a la izquierda.
+
+‘r’
+ Pone el TEXT a la derecha.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: quote, Next: tabbing, Prev: quotation, Up: Entornos
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \framebox (picture), Next: \frame, Prev: \makebox (picture), Up: picture
-9.21 ‘quote’
-============
+8.19.14 ‘\framebox’ (picture)
+-----------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \framebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT){TEXT}
+ \framebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+ Esto es lo mismo que *note \makebox (picture):: excepto que pone un
+marco alrededor del exterior de la caja que crea. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. Este comando
+encaja con el entorno ‘picture’, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de allí,
+porque las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia en
+términos de ‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::). Este comando es frágil
+(*note \protect::).
+
+ Este ejemplo crea un marco de 2.5 pulgadas por 3 pulgadas y coloca el
+texto en el centro.
+
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}
+ \framebox(2.5,3){test text}
+
+ Los argumentos requeridos son que el rectángulo tiene un ancho total
+de RECT-WIDTH unidades y una altura de RECT-HEIGHT unidades.
+
+ El argumento opcional POSITION especifica la posición de TEXT; *note
+\makebox (picture):: para los valores que puede tomar.
+
+ La regla tiene ‘\fboxrule’ de grosor y hay un espacio en blanco
+‘\fboxsep’ entre el marco y el contenido de la caja.
+
+ Para este comando, debes especificar WIDTH y HEIGHT. Si solo quieres
+poner un marco alrededor de algún contenido cuya dimensión está
+determinada de alguna otra manera, entonces usa ‘\fbox’ (*note \fbox y
+\framebox::) o ‘\frame’ (*note \frame::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \frame, Next: \dashbox, Prev: \framebox (picture), Up: picture
+
+8.19.15 ‘\frame’
+----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \frame{CONTENIDO}
+
+ Pone un marco rectangular alrededor de CONTENT. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. En contraste con
+‘\framebox’ (*note \framebox (picture)::), este comando no pone espacio
+adicional entre el marco y el objeto. es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \dashbox, Prev: \frame, Up: picture
+
+8.19.16 ‘\dashbox’
+------------------
Sinopsis:
+ \dashbox{DASH-LEN}(RECT-WIDTH,RECT-HEIGHT){TEXT}
+ \dashbox{DASH-LEN}(RECT-WIDTH,RECT-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+ Crea un rectángulo punteado alrededor de TEXT. Este comando encaja
+con el entorno ‘picture’, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de allí, porque
+las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia en términos de
+‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::).
+
+ Los argumentos requeridos son: los guiones son DASH-LEN unidades de
+largo, con el mismo espacio de longitud, y el rectángulo tiene un ancho
+total de RECT-WIDTH unidades y una altura de RECT-HEIGHT unidades.
+
+ El argumento opcional POSITION especifica la posición de TEXT; *note
+\makebox (picture):: para los valores que puede tomar.
+
+ Esto muestra que puedes usar un valor no entero para DASH-LEN.
+
+ \put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){Mi aerodeslizador está lleno de
+ anguilas.}}
+
+Cada guión tendrá una longitud de ‘0.1\unitlength’, el ancho del cuadro
+es ‘5\unitlength’ y su altura es ‘0.5\unitlength’.
+
+ Como en ese ejemplo, un cuadro discontinuo se ve mejor cuando
+RECT-WIDTH y RECT-HEIGHT son múltiplos de DASH-LEN.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: comillas y citas, Next: tabbing, Prev: picture, Up: Entornos
+
+8.20 ‘quotation’ y ‘quote’
+==========================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \begin{quotation}
+ TEXT
+ \end{quotation}
+
+o
+
\begin{quote}
- TEXTO
+ TEXT
\end{quote}
- A los márgenes del entorno ‘quote’ se les aplica una sangría en ambos
-lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos márgenes.
-Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo párrafo.
+ Incluye una comilla. Ambos entornos sangran los márgenes en ambos
+lados por ‘\leftmargin’ y el texto está justificado a la derecha.
- A diferencia del entorno ‘quotation’, a los párrafos no se les aplica
-una sangría.
+ Se diferencian en cómo tratan los párrafos. En el entorno
+‘quotation’, los párrafos tienen una sangría de 1.5em y el espacio entre
+párrafos es pequeño, ‘0pt plus 1pt’. En el entorno ‘quote’, los
+párrafos no tienen sangría y hay espacio vertical entre párrafos (es la
+longitud elástica ‘\parsep’).
+
+ \begin{quotation} \smallskip\it
+ Hace cuatro veintenas y siete años
+ ... no se pierde de la tierra.
+ \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln
+ \end{quotation}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: tabbing, Next: table, Prev: quote, Up: Entornos
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: tabbing, Next: table, Prev: comillas y citas, Up: Entornos
-9.22 ‘tabbing’
+8.21 ‘tabbing’
==============
Sinopsis:
\begin{tabbing}
- FILA1COL1 \= FILA1COL2 \= FILA1COL3 \= FILA1COL4 \\
- FILA2COL1 \> \> FILA2COL3 \\
+ ROW1COL1 \= ROW1COL2 ... \\
+ ROW2COL1 \> ROW2COL2 ... \\
...
\end{tabbing}
- El entorno ‘tabbing’ proporciona una manera de alinear el texto en
-columnas. Funciona mediante el establecimiento de tabuladores y
-tabulación tanto como si se hubiera hecho en una máquina de escribir
-común. Es el más adecuado para los casos en que el ancho de cada
-columna es constante y conocido de antemano.
+ Alinea el texto en columnas, configurando tabulaciones y tabulando en
+ellas tanto como fue posible en una máquina de escribir. Esto se usa
+con menos frecuencia que los entornos ‘tabular’ (*note tabular::) o
+‘array’ (*note array::) porque en esos, el ancho de cada columna no
+necesita ser constante y no es necesario conocerlo de antemano.
- Este entorno se puede dividir en varias páginas, a diferencia del
-entorno ‘tabular’.
+ Este ejemplo tiene una primera línea donde las tabulaciones se
+establecen en anchos explícitos, terminados por un comando ‘\kill’ (que
+se describe a continuación):
- Las siguientes instrucciones se pueden utilizar dentro de un entorno
-‘tabbing’:
-
-‘\\ tabbing’
- Final de línea.
+ \begin{tabbing}
+ \hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill
+ Ship \>Armas \>Año \\
+ \textit{Sophie} \>14 \>1800 \\
+ \textit{Polychrest} \>24 \>1803 \\
+ \textit{Lively} \>38 \>1804 \\
+ \textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\
+ \end{tabbing}
-‘\= (tabbing)’
+ Tanto el entorno ‘tabbing’ como el entorno más utilizado ‘tabular’
+ponen el texto en columnas. La más importante distinción es que en
+‘tabular’ el ancho de las columnas LaTeX lo determina automáticamente,
+mientras que en ‘tabbing’ el usuario establece las paradas de
+tabulación. Otra distinción es que ese ‘tabular’ genera un cuadro, pero
+‘tabbing’ se puede a dividir en páginas. Finalmente, mientras que
+‘tabular’ se puede usar en cualquier modo, ‘tabbing’ se puede usar solo
+en modo párrafo y siempre comienza un nuevo párrafo, sin sangría.
+
+ Además, como se muestra en el ejemplo anterior, no es necesario para
+usar la forma destacada del comando ‘\hspace’ al principio de una fila
+tabulada. El margen derecho del entorno ‘tabbing’ es el final de la
+línea, de modo que el ancho del entorno sea ‘\linewidth’.
+
+ El entorno ‘tabbing’ contiene una secuencia de “filas tabuladas”. La
+primera fila tabulada comienza inmediatamente después ‘\begin{tabbing}’
+y cada fila termina con ‘\\’ o ‘\kill’. La última fila puede omitir el
+‘\\’ y terminar con solo ‘\end{tabbing}’.
+
+ En cualquier punto, el entorno ‘tabbing’ tiene un “patrón” de
+tabulación actual, una secuencia de tabulaciones N > 0, numeradas 0, 1,
+etc. Estos crean N columnas correspondientes. Tabulaciones 0 siempre
+es el margen izquierdo, definido por el entorno envolvente. Tabulación
+número I se establece si se le asigna una posición horizontal en la
+página. Número de tabulación I solo se puede establecer si todas las
+paradas 0, ..., i-1 ya se han configurado; normalmente las paradas
+posteriores están a la derecha de las anteriores.
+
+ De forma predeterminada, cualquier texto compuesto en un entorno
+‘tabbing’ está compuesto alineado de forma irregular a la derecha y a la
+izquierda en la tabulación actual. La composición tipográfica está
+hecha en modo LR (*note Modos::).
+
+ Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro de un entorno
+‘tabbing’. Todos son frágiles (*note \protect::).
+
+‘\\ (tabulación)’
+ Termina una línea tabulada y la compone.
+
+‘\= (tabulación)’
Establece una tabulación en la posición actual.
-‘\> (tabbing)’
+‘\> (tabulación)’
Avanza a la siguiente tabulación.
‘\<’
- Coloca el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin
- necesidad de cambiar el margen). Sólo se puede usar al comienzo de
- la línea.
+ Pone el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin
+ cambiar el margen). Solo se puede utilizar al principio de la
+ línea.
‘\+’
- Mueve hacia la derecha el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todas
- las subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, empezando la línea de
- tabulación, de ser necesario.
+ Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+ comandos una tabulación a la derecha, comenzando la línea tabulada
+ si es necesario.
‘\-’
- Mueve el margen izquierdo hacia la izquierda de la siguiente y
- todas las subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, comenzando con
- la línea de tabulación si es necesario.
-
-‘\' (tabbing)’
- Mueve todo lo que ha escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es
- decir, cualquier cosa desde la instrucción ‘\>’, ‘\<’, ‘\'’, ‘\\’ o
- ‘\kill’ más reciente, a la derecha de la columna anterior, a ras de
- la tabulación de la columna actual.
-
-‘\` (tabbing)’
- Permite poner texto alineado a la derecha contra cualquier
- tabulación, incluyendo la tabulación 0. Sin embargo, no puede
- mover el texto a la derecha de la última columna porque allí no hay
- tabulación. La instrucción ‘\`’ mueve todo el texto que le sigue,
- hasta la instrucción ‘\\’ o ‘\end{tabbing}’ que termina la línea,
- al margen derecho del entorno tabbing. No debe haber instrucción
- ‘\>’ o ‘\'’ entre el ‘\`’ y la instrucción que termina la línea.
-
-‘\a (tabbing)’
- En un entorno ‘tabbing’, las instrucciones ‘\=’, ‘\'’ y ‘\`’ no
- producen acentos en la manera usual (*note Acentos::). En su
- lugar, se utilizan estas instrucciones ‘\a=’, ‘\a'’ y ‘\a`’.
+ Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+ comandos una tabulación a la izquierda, comenzando la línea
+ tabulada si es necesario.
+
+‘\' (tabulación)’
+ Mueve todo lo que hayas escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual,
+ es decir, todo, desde el comando ‘\>’ más reciente, ‘\<’, ‘\'’,
+ ‘\\’, o ‘\kill’, a la columna anterior y alineado a la derecha, al
+ ras contra la tabulación de la columna actual.
+
+‘\` (tabulación)’
+ Te permite poner el texto al ras contra cualquier tabulación,
+ incluidas las tabulaciones 0. Sin embargo, no puedes mover el
+ texto a la derecha de la última columna porque no hay una
+ tabulación allí. El comando ‘\`’ mueve todo el texto que le sigue,
+ hasta el comando ‘\\’ o ‘\end{tabbing}’ que finaliza la línea, al
+ margen derecho del entorno ‘tabbing’. No debe haber ningún comando
+ ‘\>’ o ‘\'’ entre ‘\`’ y ‘\\’ o ‘\end{tabbing}’ que finaliza la
+ línea.
+
+‘\a (tabulación)’
+ En un entorno ‘tabbing’, los comandos ‘\=’, ‘\'’ y ‘\`’ no produce
+ acentos como de costumbre (*note Acentos::). En cambio, usa los
+ comandos ‘\a=’, ‘\a'’ y ‘\a`’.
‘\kill’
- Fija una tabulación sin producir texto. Trabaja igual que ‘\\’
- salvo que esta desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir algo
- útil. El efecto de cualquier instrucción ‘\=’, ‘\+’ o ‘\-’ en esa
- línea seguirá en vigor.
+ Establece tabulaciones sin producir texto. Funciona igual que ‘\\’
+ excepto que desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir una salida
+ para ella. Cualquier comando ‘\=’, ‘\+’ o ‘\-’ en esa línea
+ permanece en efecto.
‘\poptabs’
- Restaura las posiciones de tabulación salvadas por la última
+ Restaura las posiciones de tabulación guardadas por el último
‘\pushtabs’.
‘\pushtabs’
Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para
- cambiar temporalmente las posiciones de tabulación en medio de un
+ cambiar temporalmente posiciones de tabulación en medio de un
entorno ‘tabbing’.
‘\tabbingsep’
- Distancia a la izquierda de la tabulación movida por ‘\'’.
+ Distancia del texto movido por ‘\'’ a la izquierda de la tabulación
+ actual.
- En este ejemplo se compone tipográficamente una función de Pascal en
-el formato tradicional:
+ Este ejemplo compone una función de Pascal:
\begin{tabbing}
function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
\> begin \= \+ \\
- \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
+ \> if \= n > 1 then \+ \\
fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
else \+ \\
fact := 1; \-\- \\
end;\\
\end{tabbing}
+La salida se ve así.
+
+ function fact(n : integer) : integer;
+ begin
+ if n > 1 then
+ fact := n * fact(n-1);
+ else
+ fact := 1;
+ end;
+
+Este ejemplo es solo para ilustrar el entorno. En realidad escribir
+código de ordenador en una máquina de escribir como esta, un entorno
+textual (*note verbatim::) normalmente sería lo mejor. Para un código
+bien impreso, hay unos cuantos paquetes, incluido ‘algorithm2e’,
+‘fancyvrb’, ‘listings’ y ‘minted’.
+

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: table, Next: tabular, Prev: tabbing, Up: Entornos
-9.23 ‘table’
+8.22 ‘table’
============
Sinopsis:
- \begin{table}[ubicación]
-
- cuerpo de la tabla
-
- \caption{título de la tabla}
- \end{table}
-
- Las tablas son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y por lo
-general “flotan” a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de una
-página. Las tablas no se dividen en dos páginas.
-
- El argumento opcional ‘[ubicación]’ determina dónde LaTeX trata de
-colocar su tabla. Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente, pueda
-colocar un flotante:; estos son los mismo que los utilizados con el
-entorno ‘figure’, y se describen allí (*note figure::).
-
- Las clases ‘report’ y ‘article’ estándar utilizan la ubicación
-‘[tbp]’ predeterminada.
-
- El cuerpo de la tabla se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-LaTeX, etc., que usted desee. La instrucción ‘\caption’ le permite
-colocar un título a su tabla.
+ \begin{table}[UBICACIÓN]
+ CUERPO DE LA TABLA
+ \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE} % opcional
+ \label{LABEL} % también opcional
+ \end{table}
+
+ Una clase de flotantes (*note Flotantes::). No se pueden dividir en
+páginas por lo que no se escriben en secuencia con el texto normal, sino
+que en su lugar flotan a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de
+una página siguiente.
+
+ Este entorno ‘table’ de ejemplo contiene un ‘tabular’
+
+ \begin{table}
+ \centering\small
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Autor}}
+ &\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Pieza}} \\ \hline
+ Bach &Cello Suite Número 1 \\
+ Beethoven &Cello Sonata Número 3 \\
+ Brahms &Cello Sonata Número 1
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Las mejores piezas de violonchelo}
+ \label{tab:cello}
+ \end{table}
+
+pero puedes poner muchos tipos diferentes de contenido en una ‘tabla’:
+el CUERPO DE LA TABLA puede contener texto, comandos de LaTeX, gráficos,
+etc. Es tipografiado en un ‘parbox’ de ancho ‘\textwidth’.
+
+ Para los posibles valores de PLACEMENT y su efecto en el algoritmo de
+colocación de flotantes, *note Flotantes::.
+
+ La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas (*note
+Referencias cruzadas::). El comando ‘\caption’ también es opcional.
+Especifica texto del título TITLE para la tabla (*note \caption::). De
+manera predeterminada es numerado. Si su LOTTITLE opcional está
+presente, entonces ese texto se utiliza en la lista de tablas en lugar
+de TITLE (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::).
+
+ En este ejemplo, la tabla y el título flotarán en la parte inferior
+de una página, a menos que se empuje a una página flotante al final.
+
+ \begin{table}[b]
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|p{2in}} \hline
+ Uno &El número loneliest \\
+ Dos &Puede estar tan triste como uno.
+ Es el número más solitario desde el número uno.
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Virtud cardinal}
+ \label{tab:CardinalVirtues}
+ \end{table}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: tabular, Next: thebibliography, Prev: table, Up: Entornos
-9.24 ‘tabular’
+8.23 ‘tabular’
==============
Sinopsis:
- \begin{tabular}[ubicación]{columnas}
- columna 1 entrada & columna 2 entrada ... & columna n entrada n \\
- ...
+ \begin{tabular}[POS]{COLS}
+ ENTRADA DE COLUMNA 1 &ENTRADA DE COLUMNA 2
+ ...
+ &ENTRADA DE COLUMNA N \\
+ ...
\end{tabular}
- o
+o
- \begin{tabular*}{ancho}[posición]{columnas}
- columna 1 entrada & columna 2 entrada ... & columna n entrada n \\
- ...
+ \begin{tabular*}{WIDTH}[POS]{COLS}
+ ENTRADA DE COLUMNA 1 &ENTRADA DE COLUMNA 2
+ ...
+ &ENTRADA DE COLUMNA N \\
+ ...
\end{tabular*}
- Estos entornos producen una caja consiste de una secuencia de filas
-de elementos, alineadas verticalmente en columnas.
-
- Se debe utilizar ‘\\’ para especificar el final de cada fila de la
-tabla, salvo por la última, en que esta es opcional —a menos que le siga
-una instrucción ‘\hline’ (para colocar una raya bajo la tabla).
+ Produce una tabla, una caja que consta de una secuencia de filas
+horizontales. Cada fila consta de elementos alineados verticalmente en
+columnas. Este ilustra muchas de las características.
- Los argumentos obligatorios y opcionales consisten de:
-
-‘ancho’
- Especifica la anchura del entorno ‘tabular*’. Este debe tener
- espacio entre las columnas que se puede estirar para llenar el
- ancho especificado.
-
-‘posición’
- Especifica la posición vertical; de manera predeterminada alinea al
- centro el entorno.
-
- ‘t’
- alineado en la fila superior
- ‘b’
- alineado en la fila inferior
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textit{Nombre del jugador} &\textit{Carrera de jonrones} \\
+ \hline
+ Hank Aarón &755 \\
+ nena Ruth &714
+ \end{tabular}
-‘columnas’
- Especifica el formato de columna. Este consiste en una secuencia
- de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a la secuencia
- de columnas y el material intercolumna.
+La salida tendrá dos columnas alineadas a la izquierda con una barra
+vertical entre ellos. Esto se especifica en el argumento ‘{l|l}’ de
+‘tabular’. Coloca las entradas en diferentes columnas separándolas con
+un ampersand, ‘&’. El final de cada fila está marcado con una doble
+barra invertida, ‘\\’. Pone una regla horizontal debajo de una fila,
+después de una doble barra invertida, con ‘\hline’. Después de la
+última fila, las ‘\\’ son opcionales, a menos que un ‘\hline’ siga el
+comando para poner una regla debajo de la tabla.
+
+ Los argumentos requeridos y opcionales para ‘tabular’ consisten en:
+
+POS
+ Opcional. Especifica la posición vertical de la tabla. El valor
+ predeterminado es alinear la tabla para que su centro vertical
+ coincida con la línea base del texto circundante. Hay otras dos
+ posibles alineaciones: ‘t’ alinea la tabla para que su fila
+ superior coincida con la línea base del texto circundante y ‘b’ se
+ alinea en la fila inferior.
+
+ Esto solo tiene efecto si hay otro texto. En el caso común de un
+ ‘tabular’ solo en un entorno ‘center’ esta opción no hace ninguna
+ diferencia.
+
+COLS
+ Requerido. Especifica el formato de las columnas. Consiste en una
+ secuencia de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a los
+ tipos de material de columna e intercolumna.
‘l’
Una columna de elementos alineados a la izquierda.
@@ -2107,305 +6234,688 @@ una instrucción ‘\hline’ (para colocar una raya bajo la tabla).
Una columna de elementos centrados.
‘|’
- Una línea vertical que llena la altura y profundidad total del
+ Una línea vertical de la altura y la profundidad completas del
entorno.
- ‘@{TEXTO}’
- Esta inserta TEXTO en cada fila. Una @-expresión suprime el
- espacio intercolumnas insertado normalmente entre columnas;
- cualquier espacio deseado entre el texto insertado y los
- elementos adyacentes se deberá incluir en TEXTO. Una
- instrucción ‘\extracolsep{ancho}’ en una @-expresión provoca
- que aparezca un espacio extra de ancho ‘ancho’ a la izquierda
- de todas las columnas subsecuentes, hasta que se anule por
- otra instrucción ‘\extracolsep’. A diferencia del espacio
- intercolumna ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime
- por una @-expresión. Una instrucción ‘\extracolsep’
- únicamente se pude utilizar en una @-expresión en el argumento
- ‘columnas’.
-
- ‘p{ANCHO}’
- Produce una columna con cada elemento compuesto
- tipográficamente en una parbox de ancho ANCHO, como si fuera
- el argumento de una instrucción ‘\parbox[t]{ANCHO}’. Sin
- embargo, una ‘\\’ en el elemento no puede, salvo en las
- siguientes situaciones:
-
- 1. Dentro de un entorno como ‘minipage’, ‘array’ o
- ‘tabular’.
- 2. Dentro de una ‘\parbox’ explícita.
- 3. En el alcance de una declaración ‘\centering’,
- ‘\raggedright’ o ‘\raggedleft’. La última declaración
- debe aparecer dentro de llaves o un entorno cuando se
- utiliza en un elemento ‘p’-columna.
-
- ‘*{NÚMERO}{COLUMNAS}’
- Equivalente a NÚMERO de copias de COLUMNAS, donde NÚMERO es un
- entero positivo y COLUMNAS es cualquier lista de
- especificadores de columna, la cual puede contener otra
- ‘*-expresión’.
+ ‘@{TEXTO O ESPACIO}’
+ Inserta TEXTO O ESPACIO en esta ubicación en cada fila. El
+ material TEXTO O ESPACIO está compuesto en modo LR. Este texto
+ es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Si entre dos especificadores de columna no hay una
+ @-expresión, entonces las clases ‘book’, ‘article’ y ‘report’
+ de LaTeX ponen a cada lado de cada columna un espacio de ancho
+ ‘\tabcolsep’, que de manera predeterminada es 6pt. Es decir,
+ de manera predeterminada las columnas adyacentes se separan
+ con 12pt (por lo que ‘\tabcolsep’ tiene un nombre engañoso ya
+ que es solo la mitad de la separación entre columnas
+ tabulares). Además, un espacio de ‘\tabcolsep’ también viene
+ antes de la primera columna y después de la columna final, a
+ menos que coloques una ‘@{...}’ allí.
+
+ Si redefines el valor predeterminado y usas una @-expresión,
+ entonces LaTeX no inserta ‘\tabcolsep’ por lo que debes
+ insertar cualquier espacio deseado tú mismo, como en
+ ‘@{\hspace{1em}}’.
+
+ Una expresión ‘@{}’ vacía eliminará el espacio. En
+ particular, a veces deseas eliminar el espacio antes de la
+ primera columna o después de la última, como en el siguiente
+ ejemplo donde las líneas tabulares deben estar en el margen
+ izquierdo.
+
+ \begin{flushleft}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+ ...
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{flushleft}
+
+ El siguiente ejemplo muestra texto, un punto decimal entre las
+ columnas, dispuestas de forma que los números de la tabla
+ queden alineados en ella.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{r@{$.$}l}
+ $3$ &$14$ \\
+ $9$ &$80665$
+ \end{tabular}
+
+ Un comando ‘\extracolsep{WD}’ en una expresión @ provoca un
+ espacio adicional de ancho WD para que aparezca a la izquierda
+ de todas las subsiguientes columnas, hasta que sea revocado
+ por otro ‘\extracolsep’. A diferencia del espacio entre
+ columnas ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime por
+ una @-expresión. Un comando ‘\extracolsep’ solo se puede usar
+ en una @-expresión en el argumento ‘cols’. A continuación,
+ LaTeX inserta la cantidad correcta de espacios entre columnas
+ para que toda la tabla tenga 4 pulgadas de ancho.
+
+ \begin{tabular*}{4in}{l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}l}
+ Siete veces abajo, ocho veces arriba \ldots
+ &¡así es la vida!
+ \end{tabular*}
+
+ Para insertar comandos que se ejecutan automáticamente antes
+ de una determinada columna, carga el paquete ‘array’ y usa el
+ especificador ‘>{...}’.
+
+ ‘p{WD}’
+ Cada elemento de la columna se escribe en un parbox de ancho
+ WD, como si fuera el argumento de un comando
+ ‘\parbox[t]{wd}{...}’.
+
+ Un salto de línea de doble barra invertida ‘\\’ puede no
+ aparecer en el elemento, excepto dentro de un entorno como
+ ‘minipage’, ‘array’ o ‘tabular’, o dentro de un ‘\parbox’
+ explícito, o en el entorno de una declaración ‘\centering’,
+ ‘\raggedright’ o ‘\raggedleft’ (cuando se usa en un elemento
+ de columna ‘p’, estas declaraciones deben aparecer entre
+ llaves, como con ‘{\centering .. \\ ..}’). De lo contrario,
+ LaTeX malinterpretará la doble barra invertida como terminando
+ la fila tabular. En cambio, para obtener un salto de línea
+ allí, usa ‘\newline’ (*note \newline::).
+
+ ‘*{NUM}{COLS}’
+ Equivalente a NUM copias de COLS, donde NUM es un entero
+ positivo y COLS es una lista de especificadores. Por lo
+ tanto, el especificador ‘\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}’ es
+ equivalente a el especificador ‘\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}’.
+ Ten en cuenta que COLS puede contener otra ‘*’-expresión.
+
+WIDTH
+ Obligatorio para ‘tabular*’, no permitido para ‘tabular’.
+ Especifica el ancho del entorno ‘tabular*’. El espacio entre
+ columnas debe ser elástico, como con ‘@{\extracolsep{\fill}}’, para
+ permitir la tabla para estirar o encoger para hacer el ancho
+ especificado, o de lo contrario es probable que obtengan el
+ ‘Underfull \hbox (incorrecto 10000) alineado ...’ advertencia.
Parámetros que controlan el formato:
‘\arrayrulewidth’
- El espesor de la línea creada por ‘|’, ‘\hline’ y ‘\vline’ en los
- entornos ‘tabular’ y ‘array’; el predeterminado es ‘.4pt’.
+ Una longitud que es el grosor de la regla creada por ‘|’, ‘\hline’
+ y ‘\vline’ en ‘tabular’ y ‘array’ entornos. El valor
+ predeterminado es ‘.4pt’. Cámbialo como en
+ ‘\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}’.
‘\arraystretch’
- El factor para escalar el espaciado entre hileras en los entornos
- ‘tabular’ y ‘array’; el predeterminado es ‘1’, para no escalar.
+ Un factor por el cual el espacio entre filas en los entorno
+ ‘tabular’ y ‘array’ se multiplica. El valor predeterminado es ‘1’,
+ para sin escala. Cámbialo a ‘\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}’.
‘\doublerulesep’
- Distancia horizontal entre las líneas verticles producidas por ‘||’
- en los entornos ‘tabular’ y ‘array’; el predeterminado es ‘2pt’.
+ Una longitud que es la distancia entre las reglas verticales
+ producidas por el especificador ‘||’. El valor predeterminado es
+ ‘2pt’.
‘\tabcolsep’
- La mitad de la anchura del espacio entre las columnas; el
- predeterminado es ‘6pt’.
+ Una longitud que es la mitad del espacio entre columnas. El valor
+ predeterminado es ‘6pt’. Cámbialo con ‘\setlength’.
- Estas instrucciones se pueden utilizar en el interior de un entorno
-‘tabular’:
+ Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro del cuerpo de un
+entorno ‘tabular’, los dos primeros dentro de una entrada y los dos
+segundos entre líneas:
* Menu:
-* \multicolumn:: Hace que un elemento abarque varias columnas.
-* \cline:: Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca algunas columnas.
-* \hline:: Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca todas las columnas.
-* \vline:: Dibuja una línea vertical.
+* \multicolumn:: Haz un artículo que abarque varias columnas.
+* \vline:: Dibuja una línea vertical.
+* \cline:: Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarque
+ algunas columnas.
+* \hline:: Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarque todas
+ las columnas.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \multicolumn, Next: \cline, Up: tabular
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \multicolumn, Next: \vline, Up: tabular
-9.24.1 ‘\multicolumn’
+8.23.1 ‘\multicolumn’
---------------------
Sinopsis:
- \multicolumn{COLUMNAS}{POSICIÓN}{TEXTO}
- La instrucción ‘\multicolumn’ provoca que una entrada se extienda por
-varias columnas. El primer argumento obligatorio, COLUMNAS, especifica
-es el número de columnas por abarcar. El segundo argumento obligatorio,
-POSICIÓN, especifica el formato de la entrada; ‘c’ para centrado, ‘l’
-para alineado a la izquierda, ‘r’ para alineado a la derecha. El tercer
-argumento obligatorio, TEXTO, especifica el texto a colocar en la
-entrada.
+ \multicolumn{NUMCOLS}{COLS}{TEXT}
- He aquí un ejemplo que muestra dos columnas separadas por un doble
-guión; ‘\multicolumn’ se utiliza para el encabezado:
+ Crea una entrada ‘array’ o ‘tabular’ que abarque varias columnas. El
+primer argumento NUMCOLS da el número de columnas a abarcar. El segundo
+argumento COLS especifica el formato de la entrada, con ‘c’ para
+centrado, ‘l’ para alineado a la izquierda o ‘r’ para volcarlo a la
+derecha. El tercer argumento TEXT da el contenido de esa entrada.
- \begin{tabular}{r@{--}l}
- \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr
- 0x80&0x7FF \cr
- 0x800&0xFFFF \cr
- 0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr
+ En este ejemplo, en la primera fila, la segunda y la tercera columna
+son abarcadas por el encabezado único ‘Name’.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{lccl}
+ \textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\
+ \hline
+ 978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick &55 \\
+ ...
+ \end{tabular}
+
+ Lo que cuenta como una columna es: el especificador de formato de
+columna para el entorno ‘array’ o ‘tabular’ se divide en partes, donde
+cada parte (excepto la primera) comienza con ‘l’, ‘c’, ‘r’, o ‘p’. Así
+que desde ‘\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}’ las partes son ‘|r|’, ‘c’,
+‘c’, y ‘p{1.5in}|’.
+
+ El argumento COLS redefine el área ‘array’ o ‘tabular’ intercolumna
+del entorno predeterminado junto a esta entrada multicolumna. Para
+afectar esa área, este argumento puede contener barras verticales ‘|’
+que indica la ubicación de las reglas verticales y expresiones ‘@{...}’.
+Por lo tanto, si COLS es ‘|c|’ entonces esta entrada multicolumna estará
+centrada y una regla vertical vendrá en el área intercolumna anterior y
+posterior. Esta tabla detalla el comportamiento exacto.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{|cc|c|c|}
+ \multicolumn{1}{r}{w} % entrada uno
+ &\multicolumn{1}{|r|}{x} % entrada dos
+ &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y} % entrada tres
+ &z % entrada cuatro
\end{tabular}
+Antes de la primera entrada, la salida no tendrá una regla vertical
+porque ‘\multicolumn’ tiene el especificador COLS ‘r’ sin barra vertical
+inicial. Entre la entrada uno y la entrada dos habrá una regla
+vertical; aunque la primera COLS no tiene barra vertical final, la
+segunda COLS tiene una inicial. Entre la entrada dos y entrada tres hay
+una sola regla vertical; a pesar de eso COLS en ambas llamadas de
+‘multicolumn’ circundantes para una regla vertical, solo obtienes una
+regla. Entre la entrada tres y la entrada cuatro no hay regla vertical;
+el valor predeterminado pide una, pero COLS en la entrada tres
+‘\multicolumn’ lo deja afuera, y eso tiene prioridad. Finalmente,
+siguiendo la entrada cuatro hay una regla vertical debido al valor
+predeterminado.
+
+ El número de columnas distribuidas NUMCOLS puede ser 1. Además de
+dar la capacidad de cambiar la alineación horizontal, esto también es
+útil para redefinir una fila de la intercolumna predeterminada de la
+especificación del área de definición ‘tabular’, incluida la colocación
+de reglas verticales.
+
+ En el siguiente ejemplo, en la definición de ‘tabular’, la primera
+columna se especifica de manera predeterminada justificada a la
+izquierda, pero en la primera fila la entrada está centrada con
+‘\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Punto}}’. También en la primera fila, las
+columnas segunda y tercera están atravesadas por una entrada única con
+‘\\multicolumn{2}{c}{\\textsc{Span}}’, redefiniendo la especificación
+para centrar ese rango de dos columnas en la página en-guión.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Punto}}
+ &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline
+ Barroca &1600 &1760 \\
+ Clásica &1730 &1820 \\
+ Romántica &1780 &1910 \\
+ Impresionista &1875 &1925
+ \end{tabular}
+
+Aunque la especificación ‘tabular’ de manera predeterminada pone una
+regla vertical entre la primera y la segunda columna, no aparece tal
+regla vertical en la primera fila aquí. Eso es porque no hay una barra
+vertical en la parte COLS del primer comando ‘\multicolumn’ de la
+primera fila.
+

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cline, Next: \hline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabular
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vline, Next: \cline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabular
-9.24.2 ‘\cline’
+8.23.2 ‘\vline’
+---------------
+
+Dibuja una línea vertical en un entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’ extendiendo
+la altura y la profundidad completas de la entrada de una fila.
+Posiblemente también se use en una @-expresión, aunque su sinónimo barra
+vertical ‘|’ es más común. Este comando rara vez se usa en el cuerpo de
+una tabla; normalmente las líneas verticales de una tabla se especifican
+en el argumento COLS de ‘tabular’ y se anula según sea necesario con
+‘\multicolumn’ (*note tabular::).
+
+ El siguiente ejemplo ilustra algunas dificultades. En el segundo de
+la primera fila la entrada ‘\hfill’ mueve ‘\vline’ al borde izquierdo de
+la celda. Pero eso es diferente a ponerlo a medio camino entre las dos
+columnas, por lo que entre la primera y la segunda columna hay dos
+reglas verticales, con la del especificador ‘{c|cc}’ viniendo antes de
+uno producido por ‘\vline\hfill’. En cambio, la primera fila tercera
+entrada muestra la forma habitual de poner una barra vertical entre dos
+columnas. En la segunda fila, ‘ghi’ es la entrada más ancha en su
+columna por lo que en ‘\vline\hfill’ el ‘\hfill’ no tiene efecto y la
+línea vertical en esa entrada aparece inmediatamente al lado de ‘g’, sin
+espacios en blanco.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{c|cc}
+ x &\vline\hfill y &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{z} \\ % fila 1
+ abc &def &\vline\hfill ghi % fila 2
+ \end{tabular}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cline, Next: \hline, Prev: \vline, Up: tabular
+
+8.23.3 ‘\cline’
---------------
Sinopsis:
\cline{I-J}
- La instrucción ‘\cline’ dibuja un línea horizontal a través de las
-columnas especificadas, comenzando en la colúmna I y terminando en la
-columna J, que son especificadas en el argumento obligatorio.
+ En un entorno ‘array’ o ‘tabular’, dibuja una regla horizontal
+comenzando en column I y terminando en column J. Los guiones, ‘-’,
+deben aparecer en el argumento obligatorio. Para abarcar una sola
+columna usa el número dos veces, como con ‘\cline{2-2}’.
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hline, Next: \vline, Prev: \cline, Up: tabular
+ Este ejemplo pone dos líneas horizontales entre la primera y la
+segunda filas, una línea en la primera columna solamente, y la otra que
+abarca la tercera y cuarta columnas. Las dos líneas están una al lado
+de la otra, a la misma altura.
-9.24.3 ‘\hline’
----------------
-
-La instrucción ‘\hline’ dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del
-entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’ especificado. Se utiliza comúnmente para
-para dibujar una línea en la parte superior, inferior y entre filas de
-la tabla.
+ \begin{tabular}{llrr}
+ a &b &c &d \\ \cline{1-1} \cline{3-4}
+ e &f &g &h
+ \end{tabular}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vline, Prev: \hline, Up: tabular
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hline, Prev: \cline, Up: tabular
-9.24.4 ‘\vline’
+8.23.4 ‘\hline’
---------------
-La instrucción ‘\vline’ dibuja una línea vertical extendida a la altura
-y profundidad total de su fila. Una instrucción ‘\hfill’ se puede
-utilizar para mover la línea hasta el borde de la columna. También se
-puede utilizar en una @-expresión.
+Dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del ‘tabular’ adjunto o entorno
+‘array’. Se utiliza comúnmente para dibujar una línea arriba, abajo y
+entre las filas de una tabla.
+
+ En este ejemplo, la parte superior de la tabla tiene dos reglas
+horizontales, una arriba de la otra, que abarca ambas columnas. La
+parte inferior de la tabla tiene una sola regla que abarca ambas
+columnas. Debido al ‘\hline’, la línea ‘tabular’ de la segunda fila que
+termina con doble barra invertida ‘\\’ es obligatoria.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
+ Béisbol y Medias Rojas \\
+ Baloncesto y Celtics \\ \hline
+ \end{tabular}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: thebibliography, Next: theorem, Prev: tabular, Up: Entornos
-9.25 ‘thebibliography’
+8.24 ‘thebibliography’
======================
Sinopsis:
- \begin{thebibliography}{ETIQUETA-MÁS-AMPLIA}
- \bibitem[ETIQUETA]{CLAVE-DE-CITA}
- ...
+ \begin{thebibliography}{WIDEST-LABEL}
+ \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
+ ...
+ \end{thebibliography}
+
+ Elabora una bibliografía o una lista de referencias. Hay dos formas
+de producir listas bibliográficas. Este entorno es adecuado cuando solo
+tienes unas pocas referencias y puedes mantener la lista a mano. *Note
+Usar BibTeX::, para un enfoque más sofisticado.
+
+ Esto muestra el entorno con dos entradas.
+
+ Este trabajo se basa en \cite{latexdps}.
+ Juntos son \cite{latexdps, texbook}.
+ ...
+ \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+ \bibitem{latexdps}
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit{\LaTeX{}: un sistema de preparación de documentos}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+ \bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
\end{thebibliography}
- El entorno ‘thebibliography’ produce una bibliografía o lista de
-referencia.
+Esto estiliza la primera referencia como ‘[1] Leslie ...’, y así ‘...
+basado en \cite{latexdps}’ produce la coincidencia ‘... basado en [1]’.
+El segundo ‘\cite’ produce ‘[1, 2]’. Debes compilar el documento dos
+veces para resolver estas referencias.
+
+ El argumento obligatorio WIDEST-LABEL es texto que, cuando se
+compone, es tan ancho como la etiqueta de artículo más ancha producida
+por los comandos ‘\bibitem’. La tradición es usar ‘9’ para
+bibliografías con menos de 10 referencias, ‘99’ para las de menos de
+100, etc.
- En las clase ‘article’, esta lista de referencia es etiquetada como
-“Referencias”; en la clase ‘report’, esta es etiquetada como
-“Bibliografía”. Usted puede cambiar la etiqueta (en las clases
-estándar) redefiniendo la instrucción ‘\refname’. Por ejemplo, la
-siguiente instrucción la elimina por completo:
+ La lista bibliográfica está encabezada por un título como
+‘Bibliography’. Para cambiarlo hay dos casos. En las clases ‘book’ y
+‘report’, donde la sección de nivel superior es ‘\chapter’ y el título
+predeterminado es ‘Bibliography’, ese título está en la macro
+‘\bibname’. Para ‘article’, donde el nivel superior de la clase de
+seccionado es ‘\section’ y la predeterminada es ‘References’, el título
+está en la macro ‘\refname’. Cámbialo redefiniendo el comando, como con
+‘\renewcommand{\refname}{Referencias citadas}’, después
+‘\begin{document}’.
- \renewcommand{\refname}{}
+ Los paquetes de soporte de idiomas como ‘babel’ automáticamente
+redefinen ‘\refname’ o ‘\bibname’ para ajustarse al idioma seleccionado.
- El argumento obligatorio ETIQUETA-MÁS-AMPLIA es texto que, al momento
-de componerla tipográficamente, es tan ancho como la etiqueta producida
-por la instrucción ‘\bibitem’. Se suele dar como ‘9’ para bibliografías
-de menos de 10 referencias, ‘99’ para las que tienen menos de 100, etc.
+ *Note list::, para los parámetros de control de diseño de lista.
* Menu:
-* \bibitem:: Especifica un elemento de la bibliografía.
-* \cite:: Hace referencia a un elemento bibliográfico.
-* \nocite:: Incluye un elemento en la bibliografía.
-* Usando BibTeX:: Generando bibliografías automáticamente.
+* \bibitem:: Especifica un elemento de bibliografía.
+* \cite:: Consulta un elemento de bibliografía.
+* \nocite:: Incluye un elemento en la bibliografía.
+* Usar BibTeX:: Generación automática de bibliografías.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \bibitem, Next: \cite, Up: thebibliography
-9.25.1 ‘\bibitem’
+8.24.1 ‘\bibitem’
-----------------
Sinopsis:
- \bibitem[ETIQUETA]{CLAVE-DE-CITA}
- La instrucción ‘\bibitem’ genera una entrada etiquetada por ETIQUETA.
-Si se omite el argumento ETIQUETA, automáticamente se genera un número
-utilizando el contador ‘enumi’. La CLAVE-DE-CITA es cualquier secuencia
-de letras, números y signos de puntuación que no contenga una coma.
+ \bibitem{CITE_KEY}
+
+o
- Esta instrucción escribe una entrada al archivo ‘.aux’ que contiene
-los elementos CLAVE-DE-CITA y etiqueta. Cuando la instrucción
-‘\begin{document}’ lee el archivo ‘.aux’, los elementos ‘etiqueta’ son
-asociados con ‘clave-de-cita’, produciendo referencias a CLAVE-DE-CITA
-con una instrucción ‘\cite’ (vea la siguiente sección) para producir la
-etiqueta asociada.
+ \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
+
+ Genera una entrada etiquetada de manera predeterminada por un número
+generado usando el contador ‘enumi’. La “clave de cita” CITE_KEY puede
+ser cualquier cadena de letras, números y signos de puntuación (pero no
+comas).
+
+ *Note thebibliography::, por ejemplo.
+
+ Cuando se proporciona, el LABEL opcional se convierte en la etiqueta
+de entrada y el contador ‘enumi’ no se incrementa. Con este
+
+ \begin{thebibliography}
+ \bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps}
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit{\LaTeX{}: un sistema de preparación de documentos}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+ \bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+ \end{thebibliography}
+
+la primera entrada tendrá el estilo ‘[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...’ (La
+cantidad de espacio horizontal que LaTeX deja para la etiqueta depende
+de el argumento WIDEST-LABEL del entorno ‘thebibliography’; ve *note
+thebibliography::). De manera similar, ‘... basado en \cite{latexdps}’
+producirá ‘... basado en [Lamport 1994]’.
+
+ Si mezclas las entradas de ‘\bibitem’ que tienen LABEL con las que
+no, entonces LaTeX enumerará las no etiquetadas secuencialmente. En el
+ejemplo de arriba la entrada ‘texbook’ aparecerá como ‘[1] Donald ...’,
+a pesar de que es la segunda entrada.
+
+ Si usas el mismo CITE_KEY dos veces, obtendrás ‘Advertencia LaTeX:
+había etiquetas definidas de forma múltiple’.
+
+ Bajo el capó, LaTeX recuerda información CITE_KEY y LABEL porque
+‘\bibitem’ la escribe en el archivo auxiliar ‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Nombre
+del trabajo::). Por ejemplo, el ejemplo anterior hace que los dos
+‘\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}’ y ‘\bibcite{texbook}{1}’ que
+aparezcan en ese archivo. El archivo ‘.aux’ es leído por el comando
+‘\begin{document}’ y luego la información está disponible para los
+comandos ‘\cite’. Esto explica por qué necesitas ejecutar LaTeX dos
+veces para resolver las referencias: una vez para escribirlo y una vez
+para leerlo.
+
+ Debido a este algoritmo de dos pasos, cuando agregas un ‘\bibitem’ o
+cambias su CITE_KEY puedes obtener ‘Advertencia de LaTeX: la(s)
+etiqueta(s) puede(n) haber cambiado. Vuelve a ejecutar para obtener
+referencias cruzadas correctas’. Arréglalo para recompilarlo.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cite, Next: \nocite, Prev: \bibitem, Up: thebibliography
-9.25.2 ‘\cite’
+8.24.2 ‘\cite’
--------------
Sinopsis:
- \cite[SUBCITA]{CLAVES
+ \cite{KEYS}
+
+o
+
+ \cite[SUBCITE]{KEYS}
+
+ Genera como salida una cita a las referencias asociadas a KEYS. La
+KEYS obligatoria es una clave de cita, o una lista de claves de citas
+separadas por comas (*note \bibitem::).
+
+ Este
- El argumento CLAVES es una lista de una o más claves de cita,
-separadas por comas. Esta instrucción genera una cita en el texto para
-referencias asociadas con CLAVES por medio de entradas en el archivo
-‘.aux’.
+ La fuente definitiva es \cite{texbook}.
+ ...
+ \begin{thebibliography}
+ \bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+ \end{thebibliography}
- El argumento de texti opcional SUBCITA aparece después de la cita.
-Por ejemplo, ‘\cite[p.~314]{knuth}’ podría producir ‘[Knuth, p. 314]’.
+produce una salida como ‘... la fuente es [1]’. Puedes cambiar la
+aparición de la cita y de la referencia mediante el uso de estilos de
+bibliografía si genera automáticamente el entorno ‘thebibliography’.
+Para más información *note Usar BibTeX::.
+
+ El argumento opcional SUBCITE se adjunta a la cita. Por ejemplo, ‘Ve
+14.3 en \cite[p.~314]{texbook}’ podría producir ‘Ve 14.3 en [1,
+p. 314]’.
+
+ Además de lo que aparece en la salida, ‘\cite’ escribe información al
+archivo auxiliar ‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Nombre del trabajo::). Por
+ejemplo, ‘\cite{latexdps}’ escribe ‘\citation{latexdps}’ a ese archivo.
+Esta información la utiliza BibTeX para incluir en su lista de
+referencias solo aquellos trabajos que realmente se han citado; *note
+\nocite:: también.
+
+ Si KEYS no está en la información de tu bibliografía, obtendrás
+‘Advertencia de LaTeX: Había referencias no definidas’, y en la salida
+la cita se muestra como un signo de interrogación en negrita entre
+corchetes. Hay dos posibles causas. Si has escrito algo mal, como en
+‘\cite{texbok}’ entonces necesitas corregir la ortografía. Por otro
+lado, si acabas de agregar o modificar información bibliográfica y así
+cambias el archivo ‘.aux’ (*note \bibitem::) entonces la solución puede
+ser ejecutar LaTeX nuevamente.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Usando BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: thebibliography
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Usar BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: thebibliography
-9.25.3 ‘\nocite’
+8.24.3 ‘\nocite’
----------------
-‘\nocite{lista-de-claves}’
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \nocite{KEYS}
+
+ No produce salida pero escribe KEYS en el archivo auxiliar
+‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Nombre del trabajo::).
- La instrucción ‘\nocite’ no produce texto, pero escribe en el archivo
-‘.aux’ la ‘lista-de-claves’, que es una lista de una o más etiquetas de
-cita.
+ El argumento obligatorio KEYS es una lista separada por comas de una
+o más claves de cita (*note \bibitem::). Esta información la utiliza
+BibTeX para incluir estos trabajos en tu lista de referencia aunque no
+los hayas citado explícitamente (*note \cite::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Usando BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Usar BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography
-9.25.4 Usando BibTeX
---------------------
+8.24.4 Usar BibTeX
+------------------
-Si usted utiliza el programa BibTeX escrito por Oren Patashnik
-(altamente recomendable si necesita una bibliografía de más de un par de
-títulos) para mantener su bibliografía, no utilice el entorno
-‘thebibliography’ (*note thebibliography::). En su lugar, incluya las
-líneas
+Como se describe en ‘thebibliography’ (*note thebibliography::), un
+enfoque sofisticado para la gestión de bibliografías es proporcionado
+por el programa BibTeX. Esta es solo una introducción; ve la
+documentación completa sobre CTAN (*note CTAN::).
- \bibliographystyle{ESTILO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA}
- \bibliography{ARCHIVO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA-1,ARCHIVO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA-2}
+ Con BibTeX, no usas el entorno ‘thebibliography’ directamente (*note
+thebibliography::). En su lugar, incluye estas líneas:
- La instrucción ‘\bibliographystyle’ por sí misma no produce salida
-alguna. Por el contrario, define el estilo en que se producirá la
-bibliografía: ESTILO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA se refiere a un archivo
-‘ESTILO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA.bst’, en el que se define qué apariencia tendrán
-las citas. Los nombres de ESTILO estándar distribuidos con BibTeX son:
+ \bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE}
+ \bibliography{BIBFILE1, BIBFILE2, ...}
-‘alpha’
- Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas están formadas por el
- nombre del autor y año de publicación.
+BIBSTYLE hace referencia a un archivo ‘BIBSTYLE.bst’, que define cómo se
+verán tus citas. Los BIBSTYLEs estándar distribuidos con BibTeX son:
+
+‘alfa’
+ Las etiquetas se forman a partir del nombre del autor y el año de
+ publicación. Los elementos bibliográficos están ordenados
+ alfabéticamente.
‘plain’
- Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas son numéricas.
+ Las etiquetas son números enteros. Ordena los elementos
+ bibliográficos alfabéticamente.
‘unsrt’
- Al igual que ‘plain’, pero las entradas están en el orden citado.
+ Como ‘plain’, pero las entradas están en orden de cita.
‘abbrv’
- Igual que ‘plain’, pero con etiquetas más compactas.
+ Como ‘plain’, pero etiquetas más compactas.
+
+Existen muchos, muchos otros archivos de estilo BibTeX, adaptados a las
+demandas de varias publicaciones. Ve el tema CTAN
+<https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty>.
+
+ El comando ‘\bibliography’ es lo que realmente produce la
+bibliografía. Su argumento es una lista separada por comas, que se
+refiere a archivos llamados ‘BIBFILE1.bib’, ‘BIBFILE2.bib’, ... Estos
+contienen tu base de datos en formato BibTeX. Esto muestra un par
+típico de entradas en ese formato.
+
+ @book{texbook,
+ title = {El {{\TeX}}book},
+ author = {D.E. Knuth},
+ isbn = {0201134489},
+ series = {Ordenadores \& typesetting},
+ year = {1983},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley}
+ }
+ @book{sexbook,
+ author = {W.H. Maestros y V.E. Johnson},
+ title = {Respuesta sexual humana},
+ year = {1966},
+ publisher = {Libros Bantam}
+ }
+
+ Solo las entradas bibliográficas a las que se hace referencia a
+través de ‘\cite’ y ‘\nocite’ aparecerá en la bibliografía del
+documento. Así puedes mantener todas tus fuentes juntas en un archivo,
+o una pequeña cantidad de archivos, y confía en BibTeX para incluir en
+este documento solo aquellos que usaste.
+
+ Con BibTeX, el argumento KEYS para ‘\nocite’ también puede ser el
+carácter único ‘*’. Esto significa citar implícitamente todas las
+entradas de todas las bibliografías dadas.
- Además, existen muchos otros archivos de estilo BibTeX adaptados a
-las demandas de diversas publicaciones. Vea
-<http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib>.
+* Menu:
- La instrucción ‘\bibliography’ es la que realmente produce la
-bibliografía. El argumento ‘\bibliography’ se refiere a archivos con el
-nombre ‘ARCHIVO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA.bib’, el cual debe contener la base de
-datos en formato BibTeX. Sólo las entradas referidas a través de
-‘\cite’ y ‘\nocite’ serán incluidas en la bibliografía.
+* Mensajes de error BibTeX::
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Mensajes de error BibTeX, Up: Usar BibTeX
+
+8.24.4.1 Mensajes de error BibTeX
+.................................
+
+Si olvidas usar ‘\bibliography’ o ‘\bibliographystyle’ en tu documento
+(o, menos probablemente, cualquier comando ‘\cite’ o ‘\nocite’), BibTeX
+emitirá un mensaje de error. Porque BibTeX se puede usar con cualquier
+programa, no solo LaTeX, los mensajes de error se refieren a los
+comandos internos leídos por BibTeX (desde un archivo ‘.aux’), en lugar
+de los comandos de nivel de usuario descritos anteriormente.
+
+ Aquí hay una tabla que muestra los comandos internos mencionados en
+los errores BibTeX y los correspondientes comandos a nivel de usuario.
+
+‘\bibdata’
+ ‘\bibliography’
+
+‘\bibstyle’
+ ‘\bibliographystyle’
+
+‘\citation’
+ ‘\cite’, ‘\nocite’
+
+ Por ejemplo, si tu documento no tiene comando ‘\bibliographystyle’,
+BibTeX se queja de la siguiente manera:
+
+ No encontré ningún comando \bibstyle --- mientras leía el archivo
+ DOCUMENT.aux

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: theorem, Next: titlepage, Prev: thebibliography, Up: Entornos
-9.26 ‘theorem’
+8.25 ‘theorem’
==============
Sinopsis:
\begin{theorem}
- TEXTO-DEL-TEOREMA
+ CUERPO DEL TEOREMA
\end{theorem}
- El entorno ‘theorem’ produce “Teorema N” en negrita seguido por el
-TEXTO-DEL-TEOREMA, donde las posibilidades de numeración para N se
-describen bajo ‘\newtheorem’ (*note \newtheorem::).
+ Produce ‘Teorema N’ en negrita seguido del CUERPO DEL TEOREMA en
+cursiva. La posibilidad de numeración para N se describe en
+‘\newtheorem’ (*note \newtheorem::).
+
+ \newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % en el preámbulo
+ \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}
+ ...
+ \begin{lem} % en el cuerpo del documento
+ texto del lema
+ \end{lem}
+
+ El siguiente resultado sigue inmediatamente.
+ \begin{thm}[Gauss] % pone 'Gauss' entre paréntesis después del
+ encabezado del teorema
+ texto del teorema
+ \end{thm}
+
+ La mayoría de los documentos nuevos usan los paquetes ‘amsthm’ y
+‘amsmath’ de la Sociedad Matemática Americana. Entre otras cosas estos
+paquetes incluyen una gran cantidad de opciones para entornos de
+teorema, como las opciones de estilo.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: titlepage, Next: verbatim, Prev: theorem, Up: Entornos
-9.27 ‘titlepage’
+8.26 ‘titlepage’
================
Sinopsis:
\begin{titlepage}
- TEXTO
+ ... texto y espaciado ...
\end{titlepage}
- El entorno ‘titlepage’ crea una página de título, es decir, una
-página en la cual no se imprime el número de página ni el encabezado.
-También provoca que la página siguiente sea numerada como la página uno.
-El formato de la página del título se deja bajo su responsabilidad. La
-instrucción ‘\today’ puede ser útil en las páginas de título (*note
-\today::).
+ Crea una página de título, una página sin número de página impreso o
+encabezado y con las páginas sucesivas numeradas a partir de la página
+uno.
+
+ En este ejemplo, todo el formato, incluido el espaciado vertical, se
+deja a el autor.
+
+ \begin{titlepage}
+ \vspace*{\stretch{1}}
+ \begin{center}
+ {\huge\bfseries Tesis \\[1ex]
+ título} \\[6.5ex]
+ {\large\bfseries Nombre del autor} \\
+ \vspace{4ex}
+ Tesis enviada a \\[5pt]
+ \textit{Nombre de la universidad} \\[2cm]
+ en cumplimiento parcial para la concesión del título de \\[2cm]
+ \textsc{\Gran Doctor en Filosofía} \\[2ex]
+ \textsc{\large Matemáticas} \\[12ex]
+ \vfill
+ Departamento de Matemáticas \\
+ Dirección \\
+ \vfill
+ \today
+ \end{center}
+ \vspace{\stretch{2}}
+ \end{titlepage}
- Usted puede utilizar la instrucción ‘\maketitle’ (*note \maketitle::)
-para producir una página de título estándar sin un entorno ‘titlepage’.
+ En su lugar, produce una página de título estándar sin un entorno
+‘titlepage’, usa ‘\maketitle’ (*note \maketitle::).

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: verbatim, Next: verse, Prev: titlepage, Up: Entornos
-9.28 ‘verbatim’
+8.27 ‘verbatim’
===============
Sinopsis:
@@ -2414,14 +6924,41 @@ Sinopsis:
TEXTO-LITERAL
\end{verbatim}
- El entorno ‘verbatim’ es un entorno para crear párrafos en el cual
-LaTeX produce exactamente lo que usted escriba en él; Por ejemplo el
-carácter ‘\’ produce una ‘\’ impresa. Este cambia el modo en que LaTeX
-imprime los que usted escriba con retornos de carro y espacios en blanco
-con el mismo efecto que tendría en una máquina de escribir.
+ Un entorno de creación de párrafos en el que LaTeX produce como
+salida exactamente lo que escribes como entrada. Por ejemplo, dentro de
+TEXTO-LITERAL el carácter backslash ‘\’ no inicia los comandos, imprime
+una ‘\’, y se toman literalmente los retornos de carro y espacios en
+blanco. La salida aparece en una letra de tipo máquina de escribir
+monoespaciada (‘\tt’).
- El entorno ‘verbatim’ utiliza una composición tipográfica con tipo de
-letra monoespacio (‘\tt’).
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ Símbolo juramento: %&$#?!.
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ La única restricción en ‘texto-literal’ es que no puede incluir la
+cadena ‘\end{verbatim}’.
+
+ No puedes usar el entorno textual en el argumento de las macros, por
+instancia en el argumento de un ‘\section’. Esto no es lo mismo que los
+comandos son frágiles (*note \protect::), en lugar de eso, simplemente
+no puede funcionar, ya que el entorno ‘verbatim’ cambia el régimen de
+catcode antes de tratar su contenido, y restaurarlo inmediatamente
+después, sin embargo, con un argumento macro, el contenido del argumento
+ya se ha convertido en una lista de tókenes a lo largo del régimen
+catcode vigente cuando se llamó a la macro. Sin embargo, el paquete
+‘cprotect’ puede ayudar con esto
+
+ Un uso común de la entrada textual es escribir código informático.
+Existen paquetes que son una mejora del entorno ‘verbatim’. Por
+ejemplo, una mejora es permitir la inclusión palabra por palabra de
+archivos, o partes de esos archivos. Dichos paquetes incluyen
+‘listings’, y ‘minted’.
+
+ Un paquete que proporciona muchas más opciones para entornos
+textuales es ‘fancyvrb’. Otro es ‘verbatimbox’.
+
+ Para obtener una lista de todos los paquetes relevantes, consulta
+CTAN (*note CTAN::).
* Menu:
@@ -2430,2848 +6967,8661 @@ letra monoespacio (‘\tt’).

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \verb, Up: verbatim
-9.28.1 ‘\verb’
+8.27.1 ‘\verb’
--------------
Sinopsis:
- \verbCARÁCTERTEXTO-LITERALCARÁCTER
- \verb*CARÁCTERTEXTO-LITERALCARÁCTER
+ \verb CHAR TEXTO-LITERAL CHAR
+ \verb* CHAR TEXTO-LITERAL CHAR
+
+ Compone el TEXTO-LITERAL tal como se ingresa, incluidos los
+caracteres especiales y espacios, usando la letra de máquina de escribir
+(‘\tt’).
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra dos diferentes invocaciones de ‘\verb’.
+
+ ¡Esto es \verb! ¡Literalmente! la calabaza más grande de todos los
+ tiempos. Y esta es la mejor calabaza, \verb+¡literalmente!+
+
+El primer ‘\verb’ tiene su TEXTO-LITERAL rodeado de signos de
+exclamación, ‘!’. En cambio, el segundo usa más, ‘+’, porque el signo
+de exclamación es parte del ‘texto-literal’.
+
+ El delimitador de un solo carácter CHAR rodea TEXTO-LITERAL—debe ser
+el mismo carácter antes y después. No hay espacios entre ‘\verb’ o
+‘\verb*’ y CHAR, o entre CHAR y TEXTO-LITERAL, o entre TEXTO-LITERAL y
+la segunda aparición de CHAR (la sinopsis muestra un espacio solo para
+distinguir un componente del otro). El delimitador no debe aparecer en
+TEXTO-LITERAL. El TEXTO-LITERAL no puede incluir un salto de línea.
+
+ La forma ‘*’ se diferencia solo en que los espacios se imprimen con
+un carácter espacial.
+
+ El resultado de esto incluirá un espacio visible en ambos lados de la
+palabra ‘con’:
+
+ El primer argumento del comando es \verb*!filename con extensión! y
+ ...
- La instrucción ‘\verb’ compone tipográficamente el TEXTO-LITERAL como
-este se ha ingresado incluyendo caracteres especiales y espacios,
-utilizando el tipo de letra de máquina de escribir (‘\tt’). No se
-permiten espacios entre ‘\verb’ o ‘\verb*’ y el CARÁCTER delimitador, el
-cual comienza y termina el texto literal. El delimitador no debe
-aparecer en el TEXTO-LITERAL.
+ Para escribir direcciones de Internet, URL, el paquete ‘url’ es una
+mejor opción que el comando ‘\verb’, ya que permite saltos de línea.
- La forma con ‘*’ difiere únicamente en que los espacios son impresos
-con un carácter de “espacio visible”.
+ Para el código informático hay muchos paquetes con ventajas sobre
+‘\verb’. Uno es ‘listings’, otro es ‘minted’.
+
+ No puedes usar ‘\verb’ en el argumento de una macro, por ejemplo en
+el argumento de una ‘\section’. No es cuestión de que ‘\verb’ sea
+frágil (*note \protect::), en lugar de eso, simplemente no puede
+trabajar, ya que el comando ‘\verb’ cambia el régimen de catcode antes
+de leer su argumento, y restaurarlo inmediatamente después, sin embargo
+con un argumento de macro el contenido del argumento ya ha sido
+convertido a una lista de tókenes a lo largo del régimen catcode vigente
+cuando se llamó a la macro. Sin embargo, el paquete ‘cprotect’ puede
+ayudar con esto.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: verse, Prev: verbatim, Up: Entornos
-9.29 ‘verse’
+8.28 ‘verse’
============
Sinopsis:
\begin{verse}
- LÍNEA1 \\
- LÍNEA2 \\
- ...
+ LINE1 \\
+ LINE2 \\
+ ...
\end{verse}
- El entorno ‘verse’ está diseñado para poesía, aunque es posible que
-usted le encuentre alguna otra utilidad.
+ Un entorno para la poesía.
+
+ Aquí hay dos líneas de Romeo y Julieta de Shakespeare.
+
+ Entonces sé claramente que el querido amor de mi corazón está \\
+ establecido sobre la bella hija del rico Capuleto.
+
+ Separa las líneas de cada estrofa con ‘\\’ y usa una o más líneas en
+blanco para separar las estrofas.
+
+ \begin{verse}
+ \makebox[\linewidth][c]{\textit{No cierres tus puertas} ---Walt Whitman}
+ \\[1\baselineskip]
+ No cierres tus puertas orgullosa biblioteca, \\
+ Por lo que faltaba en todos tus estantes bien llenos, \\
+ \qquad todavía más necesitado, traigo, \\
+ A partir de la guerra emergente, un libro que he hecho, \\
+ Las palabras de mi libro nada, la deriva de él todo, \\
+ Un libro separado, no vinculado con el resto ni sentido por el intelecto, \\
+ Pero a ustedes, las latencias incalculables les emocionarán en cada página.
+ \end{verse}
- Los márgenes tienen sangría a la izquierda y derecha, a los párrafos
-no se les aplica sangría y el texto no está justificado. Separe las
-líneas de cada estrofa con ‘\\’ y use una o más líneas en blanco para
-separar las estrofas.
+La salida tiene márgenes sangrados a la izquierda y a la derecha, los
+párrafos no tienen sangría y el texto no está justificado a la derecha.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Saltos de Línea, Next: Saltos de Página, Prev: Entornos, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Salto de línea, Next: Salto de página, Prev: Entornos, Up: Top
-10 Saltos de Línea
-******************
+9 Salto de línea
+****************
-Lo primero que hace LaTeX cuando procesa texto normal es traducir el
-archivo de entrada en una secuencia de unidades gráficas y espacios.
-Para producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe partir en
-líneas (y esas línea se deben dividir en páginas).
+Lo primero que hace LaTeX al procesar texto ordinario es traducir tu
+archivo de entrada a una secuencia de glifos y espacios. Para producir
+un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe dividir en líneas (y estas
+líneas se deben dividir en páginas).
- Normalmente LaTeX se encarga de los saltos de línea (y página), pero
-en algunos entornos, usted mismo determina los saltos de líneas con la
-instrucción ‘\\’, y siempre puede forzar los saltos de línea
-manualmente.
+ LaTeX normalmente hace el salto de línea (y de página) en el texto
+del cuerpo pero en algunos entornos fuerza manualmente los saltos de
+línea.
+
+ Un flujo de trabajo común es obtener una versión final del contenido
+del documento antes de realizar una pasada final y considerar los saltos
+de línea (y saltos de página). Esto difiere del procesamiento de
+palabras, donde estás formateando texto a medida que lo ingresas.
+Aplazar esto hasta el final evita un montón saltos de línea que
+cambiarán de todos modos.
* Menu:
-* \\:: Inicia una nueva línea.
-* \obeycr y \restorecr:: Provoca que cada línea ingresada comience una nueva línea.
-* \newline:: Divide la línea \- (hyphenation):: Inserta un guión en la sílaba explicita.
-* \- (hyphenation)::
-* \fussy:: Es quisquilloso con la separación de línea.
-* \sloppy:: Es descuidado en la separación de la líneas.
-* \hyphenation:: Le dice a LaTeX cómo insertar un guión para separar una palabra.
-* \linebreak y \nolinebreak:: Forzando y evitando saltos de línea.
+* \\:: Inicia una nueva línea.
+* \obeycr y \restorecr:: Hace que cada línea de entrada comience
+ una nueva línea de salida.
+* \newline:: Rompe la linea
+* \- (separación silábica):: Inserta separación silábica explícita.
+* \discretionary:: Control explícito del carácter de
+ guión.
+* \fussy y \sloppy:: Es más o menos particular con el salto
+ de línea.
+* \hyphenation:: Dice a LaTeX cómo dividir en sílabas
+ una palabra.
+* \linebreak y \nolinebreak:: Fuerza y evita saltos de línea.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \\, Next: \obeycr y \restorecr, Up: Saltos de Línea
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \\, Next: \obeycr y \restorecr, Up: Salto de línea
-10.1 ‘\\’[*][MÁS-ESPACIO]
-=========================
+9.1 ‘\\’
+========
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \\
+ \\[MORESPACE]
+
+o una de:
-La instrucción ‘\\’ le dice a LaTeX que comience una nueva línea. Esta
-tiene un argumento opcional, MÁS-ESPACIO, que especifica la cantidad de
-espacio vertical extra que se debe insertar antes de la siguiente línea.
-Este puede ser una cantidad negativa.
+ \\*
+ \\*[MORESPACE]
- La instrucción ‘\\*’ es la misma que la instrucción ordinaria ‘\\’
-salvo que esta le dice a LaTeX que no comience una nueva página después
-de la línea.
+ Finaliza la línea actual. El argumento opcional MORESPACE especifica
+espacio vertical adicional que se insertará antes de la siguiente línea.
+Esta es un longitud elástica (*note Longitudes::) y puede ser negativa.
+El texto antes del salto de línea se establece en su longitud normal, es
+decir, no se estira para completar el ancho de la línea. Este comando
+es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ \title{Mi historia: \\[0.25in]
+ una historia de aflicción}
+
+La forma destacada, ‘\\*’, le dice a LaTeX que no inicie una nueva
+página entre las dos líneas, emitiendo un ‘\nobreak’.
+
+ Los saltos de línea explícitos en el cuerpo del texto principal son
+inusuales en LaTeX. En particular, no comiences nuevos párrafos con
+‘\\’. En lugar de eso, deja una línea en blanco entre los dos párrafos.
+Y no pongas una secuencia de ‘\\’’s para hacer espacio vertical. En su
+lugar, usa ‘\vspace{LENGTH}’ o ‘\leavevmode\vspace{LENGTH}’ o
+‘\vspace*{LENGTH}’ si deseas que no se arroje el espacio en la parte
+superior de una nueva página (*note \vspace::).
+
+ El comando ‘\\’ se usa principalmente fuera del flujo principal de
+texto como en un entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’ o en un entorno de la
+ecuación.
+
+ El comando ‘\\’ es un sinónimo de ‘\newline’ (*note \newline::) en
+circunstancias ordinarias (un ejemplo de una excepción es la columna
+‘p{...}’ en un entorno ‘tabular’; *note tabular::).
+
+ El comando ‘\\’ es una macro y su definición cambia según el contexto
+para que su definición en texto normal, un entorno ‘center’, un
+‘flushleft’ y ‘tabular’ son todos diferentes. En texto normal, cuando
+fuerza un salto de línea, esencialmente es una abreviatura para
+‘\newline’. No finaliza el modo horizontal ni finaliza el párrafo,
+simplemente inserta un poco de pegamento y penalizaciones para que
+cuando el párrafo termine, se produzca un salto de línea en ese punto,
+con la breve línea rellena con espacios en blanco.
+
+ Obtienes ‘Error de LaTeX: No hay línea para terminar aquí’ si usas
+‘\\’ para solicitar una nueva línea, en lugar de finalizar la línea
+actual. Un ejemplo es si tienes ‘\begin{document}\\’ o, más
+probablemente, algo como esto.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
+ \\
+ En ese espacio vertical pon tu marca.
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+
+Solucionalo reemplazando la doble barra invertida con algo como
+‘\vspace{\baselineskip}’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \obeycr y \restorecr, Next: \newline, Prev: \\, Up: Saltos de Línea
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \obeycr y \restorecr, Next: \newline, Prev: \\, Up: Salto de línea
-10.2 ‘\obeycr’ y ‘\restorecr’
-=============================
+9.2 ‘\obeycr’ y ‘\restorecr’
+============================
+
+El comando ‘\obeycr’ hace un retorno en el archivo de entrada (‘^^M’,
+internamente) lo mismo que ‘\\’, seguido de ‘\relax’. Así que cada
+nueva línea en la entrada también será una nueva línea en la salida. El
+comando ‘\restorecr’ restaura el comportamiento normal de salto de
+línea.
+
+ Esta no es la forma de mostrar texto textual o código informático.
+Usa ‘verbatim’ (*note verbatim::) en su lugar.
-La instrucción ‘\obeycr’ genera un retorno de carro en el archivo de
-entrada (‘^^M’, internamente) lo mismo que ‘\\’ (seguido por ‘\relax’).
-Por lo tanto, cada nueva línea en la entrada también será una nueva
-línea en la salida.
+ Con los valores predeterminados habituales de LaTeX, este
- ‘\restorecr’ restaura el comportamiento de saltos de línea normal.
+ aaa
+ bbb
+
+ \obeycr
+ ccc
+ ddd
+ eee
+
+ \restorecr
+ fff
+ ggg
+
+ hhh
+ iii
+
+produce una salida como esta.
+
+ aaa bbb
+ ccc
+ ddd
+ eee
+
+ fff ggg
+ hhh iii
+
+Las sangrías son sangrías de párrafo.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newline, Next: \- (hyphenation), Prev: \obeycr y \restorecr, Up: Saltos de Línea
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newline, Next: \- (separación silábica), Prev: \obeycr y \restorecr, Up: Salto de línea
-10.3 ‘\newline’
-===============
+9.3 ‘\newline’
+==============
+
+En texto ordinario, esto termina una línea de una manera que no se
+justifica a la derecha. Para que el texto anterior al final de la línea
+no se estire, es decir, en modo de párrafo (*note Modos::), el comando
+‘\newline’ es equivalente a doble barra invertida (*note \\::). Este
+comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Sin embargo, los dos comandos son diferentes dentro de un entorno
+‘tabular’ o entorno ‘array’. En una columna con un especificador que
+produce un cuadro de párrafo como típicamente ‘p{...}’, ‘\newline’
+inserta un final de línea dentro de la columna; es decir, no rompe toda
+la fila tabular. Para dividir toda la fila, usa ‘\\’ o su equivalente
+‘\tabularnewline’.
+
+ Esto imprimirá ‘Nombre:’ y ‘Dirección:’ como dos líneas en una sola
+celda de la tabla.
-La instrucción ‘\newline’ rompe la línea en el punto actual, sin
-justificar el texto anterior. Sólo se puede utilizar en modo párrafo.
+ \begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
+ Nombre: \newline Dirección: &Date: \\ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+
+‘Date:’ se alineará con la línea base con ‘Nombre:’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \- (hyphenation), Next: \fussy, Prev: \newline, Up: Saltos de Línea
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \- (separación silábica), Next: \discretionary, Prev: \newline, Up: Salto de línea
-10.4 ‘\-’ (división silábica discrecional)
-==========================================
+9.4 ‘\-’ (guion discrecional)
+=============================
-La instrucción ‘\-’ le dice a LaTeX que puede dividir la palabra con un
-guión en ese punto. LaTeX cuenta con una muy buena separación silábica
-con guión, y por lo general en la mayoría de los casos encuentra los
-puntos correctos en la división de palabras, y casi nunca utiliza uno
-incorrecto. La instrucción ‘\-’ se utiliza para casos excepcionales.
+Le dice a LaTeX que puede separar la palabra en ese punto. Cuando
+insertas comandos ‘\-’ en una palabra, la palabra solo se dividirá con
+guiones en esos puntos y en ninguno de los otros puntos de guiones que
+LaTeX podría haber elegido de otro modo. Este comando es robusto (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ LaTeX es bueno separando guiones y generalmente encuentra la mayoría
+de los puntos de separación con guiones, mientras que casi nunca se usa
+uno incorrecto. El comando ‘\-’ es para casos excepcionales.
+
+ Por ejemplo, LaTeX normalmente no separa palabras que contienen un
+guión. Abajo, la palabra larga y con guión significa que LaTeX tiene
+que poner en espacios inaceptablemente grandes para colocar la columna
+estrecha.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{rp{1.75in}}
+ Isaac Asimov &La cepa del
+ antiintelectualismo
+ % an\-ti-in\-te\-lec\-tu\-al\-ismo
+ ha sido un hilo constante que se abre camino a través de
+ nuestra vida política y cultural, alimentada por
+ la falsa noción de que democracia significa que
+ 'mi ignorancia es tan buena como tu conocimiento'.
+ \end{tabular}
- Cuando usted inserta la instrucción ‘\-’ en una palabra, la palabra
-únicamente se debe dividir con guión en esos puntos y en ninguno de los
-puntos que LaTeX pudiera haber elegido de otro modo.
+Comentar la tercera línea y descomentar la cuarta hace mucho mejor
+ajuste.
+
+ El comando ‘\-’ solo permite que LaTeX rompa allí, no requiere que se
+rompa allí. Puedes forzar una división con algo como ‘Hef-\linebreak
+feron’. Por supuesto, si luego cambias el texto, entonces este salto de
+línea forzado puede parecer fuera de lugar, por lo que este enfoque
+requiere sumo cuidado.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \fussy, Next: \sloppy, Prev: \- (hyphenation), Up: Saltos de Línea
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \discretionary, Next: \fussy y \sloppy, Prev: \- (separación silábica), Up: Salto de línea
-10.5 ‘\fussy’
-=============
+9.5 ‘\discretionary’ (punto de separación silábica generalizada)
+================================================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \discretionary{PRE-BREAK}{POST-BREAK}{NO-BREAK}
+
+ Maneja cambios de palabras alrededor de guiones. Este comando no se
+usa a menudo en documentos LaTeX.
+
+ Si se produce un salto de línea en el punto donde aparece
+‘\discretionary’ entonces TeX pone PRE-BREAK al final de la línea actual
+y pone POST-BREAK al comienzo de la siguiente línea. Si no hay salto de
+linea aquí entonces TeX pone NO-BREAK.
+
+ En ‘difficult’ las tres letras ‘ffi’ forman una ligadura. Pero no
+obstante, TeX se puede dividir entre las dos ‘f’ con esto.
-La declaración ‘\fussy’ (que es la predeterminada) provoca que TeX sea
-quisquilloso con los saltos de línea. Esto por lo general también evita
-el espacio entre palabras, a costa de un ocasional desbordamiento de
-caja.
+ di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult
- Esta instrucción cancela el efecto de una instrucción ‘\sloppy’
-previa (*note \sloppy::.
+ Ten en cuenta que los usuarios no tienen que hacer esto. Normalmente
+se maneja automáticamente por el algoritmo de separación silábica de
+TeX.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \sloppy, Next: \hyphenation, Prev: \fussy, Up: Saltos de Línea
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \fussy y \sloppy, Next: \hyphenation, Prev: \discretionary, Up: Salto de línea
-10.6 ‘\sloppy’
-==============
+9.6 ‘\fussy’ y ‘\sloppy’
+========================
-La declaración ‘\sloppy’ provoca que TeX sea menos cuidadoso con los
-saltos de línea. Esto evitará el desbordamiento de cajas, a costa de un
-mayor espaciamiento entre palabras.
+Declaraciones para hacer que TeX sea más o menos quisquilloso con el
+salto de línea. Declarar ‘\fussy’ por lo general evita demasiado
+espacio entre palabras, a costa de alguna que otra caja llena en exceso.
+En cambio, ‘\sloppy’ evita cajas demasiado llenas mientras sufre
+espaciado interpalabras sueltas.
- Dura hasta que se utilice una instrucción ‘\fussy’ (*note \fussy::).
+ El valor predeterminado es ‘\fussy’. El salto de línea en un párrafo
+es controlado por cualquier declaración que esté vigente al final del
+párrafo, es decir, en la línea en blanco o ‘\par’ o ecuación mostrada
+que termina ese párrafo. Entonces, para afectar los saltos de línea,
+incluye ese material de final de párrafo en el entorno del párrafo.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* sloppypar:: Versión de entorno del comando \sloppy.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hyphenation, Next: \linebreak y \nolinebreak, Prev: \sloppy, Up: Saltos de Línea
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: sloppypar, Up: \fussy y \sloppy
-10.7 ‘\hyphenation’
-===================
+9.6.1 ‘sloppypar’
+-----------------
Sinopsis:
- \hyphenation{PALABRA-UNO PALABRA-DOS}
+ \begin{sloppypar}
+ ... párrafos ...
+ \end{sloppypar}
- La instrucción ‘\hyphenation’ declara los puntos dónde se permite la
-división de palabras por medio de un carácter ‘-’ en las palabras
-proporcionadas. Las palabras están separadas por espacios. TeX
-únicamente debe separar las palabras si la palabra coincide exactamente,
-sin juzgar las inflexiones. Múltiples instrucciones ‘\hyphenation’ son
-acumulativas. Algunos ejemplos (los patrones de separación silábica de
-TeX no se aplican a esas palabras):
+ Compone los párrafos con ‘\sloppy’ en efecto (*note \fussy y
+\sloppy::). Usa esto para ajustar localmente el salto de línea, para
+evitar los errores ‘Caja demasiado llena’ o ‘Caja incompleta’.
- \hyphenation{ap-én-dice col-umnas hiper-fragilís-tico-espiali-doso}
+ El ejemplo es simple.
+
+ \begin{sloppypar} Con su plan para la mañana así resuelto, se sentó
+ en silencio a su libro después del desayuno, resolviendo permanecer
+ en el mismo lugar y el mismo empleo hasta que el reloj dio la una; y
+ por costumbre muy poco incomodado por los comentarios y
+ exclamaciones de la Sra.\ Allen, cuyo vacío de mente e incapacidad
+ para pensar eran tales, que como ella nunca hablaba mucho, por lo
+ que nunca podría estar completamente silencioso; y, por lo tanto,
+ mientras ella estaba sentada en su trabajo, si perdiera su aguja o
+ le rompía el hilo, si oía un carruaje en la calle, o vio una mota en
+ su vestido, debe observarla en voz alta, ya sea nadie tenía tiempo
+ para responderle o no. \end{sloppypar}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \linebreak y \nolinebreak, Prev: \hyphenation, Up: Saltos de Línea
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hyphenation, Next: \linebreak y \nolinebreak, Prev: \fussy y \sloppy, Up: Salto de línea
-10.8 ‘\linebreak’ y ‘\nolinebreak’
-==================================
+9.7 ‘\hyphenation’
+==================
Sinopsis:
- \linebreak[PRIORIDAD]
- \nolinebreak[PRIORIDAD]
+ \hyphenation{WORD1 ...}
+
+ Declara los puntos de separación de palabras permitidos dentro de las
+palabras de la lista. Las palabras en esa lista están separadas por
+espacios. Muestra puntos permitidos para separación silábica con un
+guión, ‘-’.
- De manera predeterminada, la instrucción ‘\linebreak’
-(‘\nolinebreak’) fuerza (previene) un salto de línea en la posición
-actual. Para ‘\linebreak’, los espacios en la línea se expanden hasta
-el margen derecho de la manera normal.
+ Aquí hay un ejemplo:
- Con el argumento opcional PRIORIDAD, usted puede convertir la
-instrucción de una petición a una demanda. La PRIORIDAD debe ser un
-número desde 0 hasta 4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, es más insistente
-la petición.
+ \hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
+
+ Utiliza letras minúsculas. TeX solo dividirá si la palabra coincide
+exactamente, no se intentan inflexiones. Múltiples ‘\hyphenation’ los
+comandos se acumulan.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Saltos de Página, Next: Notas al Pie, Prev: Saltos de Línea, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \linebreak y \nolinebreak, Prev: \hyphenation, Up: Salto de línea
+
+9.8 ‘\linebreak’ y ‘\nolinebreak’
+=================================
-11 Saltos de Página
-*******************
+Sinopsis, una de:
-LaTeX inicia nuevas páginas asincronicamente, cuando ha acumulado
-suficiente material para llenar una página. Por lo general, esto ocurre
-automáticamente, pero a veces, posiblemente, usted quiera influir en los
-saltos de página.
+ \linebreak
+ \linebreak[CERO-A-CUATRO]
-* Menu:
+o uno de estos.
-* \cleardoublepage:: Inicia una nueva página a mano derecha.
-* \clearpage:: Inicia una nueva página.
-* \newpage:: Inicia una nueva página.
-* \enlargethispage:: Amplía un poco la página actual.
-* \pagebreak y \nopagebreak:: Forzando y evitando saltos de página.
+ \nolinebreak
+ \nolinebreak[CERO-A-CUATRO]
+
+ Anima o desalienta un salto de línea. El CERO-A-CUATRO opcional es
+un número entero entre 0 y 4 que te permite suavizar la instrucción. El
+valor predeterminado es 4, por lo que sin el argumento opcional estos
+comandos fuerzan o previenen por completo la ruptura. Pero por ejemplo,
+‘\nolinebreak[1]’ es una sugerencia de que otro lugar puede ser mejor.
+Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente será la solicitud. Ambos
+comandos son frágiles (*note \protect::).
+
+ Aquí le decimos a LaTeX que un buen lugar para poner un salto de
+línea es después del texto legal estándar.
+
+ \boilerplatelegal{} \linebreak[2]
+ Alentamos especialmente las solicitudes de miembros de tradicionalmente
+ grupos subrepresentados.
+
+ Cuando emite ‘\linebreak’, los espacios en la línea se estiran para
+que el punto de quiebre alcance el margen derecho. *Note \\:: y *note
+\newline::, para que los espacios no se extiendan.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cleardoublepage, Next: \clearpage, Up: Saltos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Salto de página, Next: Notas al pie, Prev: Salto de línea, Up: Top
-11.1 ‘\cleardoublepage’
-=======================
+10 Salto de página
+******************
+
+Normalmente, LaTeX automáticamente se encarga de dividir la salida en
+páginas con su habitual aplomo. Pero si estás escribiendo comandos, o
+ajustar la versión final de un documento, es posible que debas entender
+cómo influir en sus acciones.
+
+ El algoritmo de LaTeX para dividir un documento en páginas es más
+complejo que simplemente esperar hasta que haya suficiente material para
+llenar una página y producir el resultado. En cambio, LaTeX compone más
+material que cabría en la página y luego elige un salto que es óptimo en
+alguna forma (tiene el “badness” más pequeño). Un ejemplo de la ventaja
+de este enfoque es que si la página tiene algún espacio vertical que se
+puede estirar o encoger, como con tiras de goma entre párrafos, entonces
+LaTeX lo puede usar para evitar líneas viudas (donde comienza una nueva
+página con la última línea de un párrafo; LaTeX puede exprimir la línea
+adicional en la primera página) y huérfanas (donde la primera línea del
+párrafo está al final de una página; LaTeX puede estirar el material de
+la primera página para que la línea extra caiga en la segunda página).
+Otro ejemplo es donde LaTeX usa la reducción vertical disponible para
+caber en una página que no solo el encabezado de una nueva sección, pero
+también las dos primeras líneas de esa sección.
+
+ Pero LaTeX no optimiza el conjunto de saltos de páginas del documento
+completo. Entonces puede suceder que el salto de la primera página sea
+genial pero el segundo sea pésimo; para romper la página actual LaTeX no
+ve tan adelante como el siguiente salto de página. Así que de vez en
+cuando es posible que desees influir en los saltos de página al preparar
+una versión final de un documento.
+
+ *Note Composición::, para obtener más material relevante para el
+salto de página.
-La instrucción ‘\cleardoublepage’ termina la página actual y provoca que
-se impriman todas las imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta el
-momento en el texto. En un estilo de Impresión a doble cara, este
-también hace que la siguiente página sea a mano derecha, página
-(impares), produciendo una página en blanco si es necesario.
+* Menu:
+
+* \clearpage y \cleardoublepage:: Inicia una nueva página; expulsa
+ flotantes.
+* \newpage:: Inicia una nueva página.
+* \enlargethispage:: Agranda un poco la página actual.
+* \pagebreak y \nopagebreak:: Forzar y evitar saltos de página.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \clearpage, Next: \newpage, Prev: \cleardoublepage, Up: Saltos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage, Next: \newpage, Up: Salto de página
-11.2 ‘\clearpage’
-=================
+10.1 ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’
+======================================
-La instrucción ‘\clearpage’ termina la página actual y provoca que todas
-la imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta ahora en la entrada sean
-impresas.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \clearpage
+
+o
+
+ \cleardoublepage
+
+ Finaliza la página actual y genera todas las figuras flotantes
+pendientes y tablas (*note Flotantes::). Si hay demasiados flotantes
+para caber en la página entonces LaTeX pondrá páginas adicionales que
+solo contienen flotantes. En impresión a doble cara, ‘\cleardoublepage’
+también hace que la siguiente página de contenido sea una página de la
+derecha, una página impar, si es necesario insertando una página en
+blanco. El comando ‘\clearpage’ es robusto mientras ‘\cleardoublepage’
+es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Los saltos de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+
+ El comando ‘\cleardoublepage’ colocará una página en blanco, pero
+tendrá los encabezados y pies de página en ejecución. Para obtener una
+página con espacio en blanco, usa este comando.
+
+ \let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage
+ \newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
+ \clearpage
+ {\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%
+ }
+
+Si deseas que el comando ‘\chapter’ estándar de LaTeX haga esto,
+entonces agrega la línea ‘\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage’.
+(Por supuesto, esto afecta todos los usos de ‘\cleardoublepage’, no solo
+uno en ‘\chapter’).
+
+ El comando ‘\newpage’ (*note \newpage::) también termina la página
+actual, pero sin borrar los flotantes pendientes. Y, si LaTeX está en
+modo de dos columnas, entonces ‘\newpage’ finaliza la columna actual
+mientras ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’ finalizan la página actual.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newpage, Next: \enlargethispage, Prev: \clearpage, Up: Saltos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newpage, Next: \enlargethispage, Prev: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage, Up: Salto de página
-11.3 ‘\newpage’
+10.2 ‘\newpage’
===============
-La instrucción ‘\newpage’ termina la página actual, pero no descarga
-flotantes (vea ‘\clearpage’ arriba).
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \newpage
+
+ Finaliza la página actual. Este comando es robusto (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Los saltos de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+
+ Mientras que los comandos ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’ también
+finalizan la página actual, además borran los flotantes pendientes
+(*note \clearpage y \cleardoublepage::). Y, si LaTeX está en modo de
+dos columnas, entonces ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’ terminan la
+página actual, posiblemente dejando una columna vacía, mientras
+‘\newpage’ solo finaliza la columna actual.
+
+ A diferencia de ‘\pagebreak’ (*note \pagebreak y \nopagebreak::), el
+comando ‘\newpage’ hará que la nueva página comience justo donde se
+solicitó. Este
+
+ Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+ continente,
+ \newpage
+
+ \noindent
+ una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+ de que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+
+hace que una nueva página comience después de ‘continente’, y la línea
+cortada no se justifica a la derecha. Además, ‘\newpage’ no estira
+verticalmente la página, como lo hace ‘\pagebreak’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \enlargethispage, Next: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak, Prev: \newpage, Up: Saltos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \enlargethispage, Next: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak, Prev: \newpage, Up: Salto de página
-11.4 ‘\enlargethispage’
+10.3 ‘\enlargethispage’
=======================
-‘\enlargethispage{tamaño}’
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \enlargethispage{SIZE}
+ \enlargethispage*{SIZE}
- ‘\enlargethispage*{tamaño}’
+ Amplía el ‘\textheight’ para la página actual. El argumento
+requerido SIZE debe tener una longitud rígida (*note Longitudes::).
+Puede ser positivo o negativo. Este comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
- Amplía el ‘\textheight’ para la página actual por la cantidad
-especificada; por ejemplo ‘\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}’ permitirá
-una línea adicional.
+ Una estrategia común es esperar hasta tener el texto final de un
+documento y, a continuación, pásalo ajustando los saltos de línea y de
+página. Este comando te permite cierto margen de maniobra en el tamaño
+de la página.
- La forma favorita trata de apretar el material en la página tanto
-como sea posible. Esta normalmente se utiliza junto con un ‘\pagebreak’
-explícito.
+ Esto permitirá una línea adicional en la página actual.
+
+ \enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+ La forma con estrella ‘\enlargesthispage*’ intenta exprimir el
+material juntos en la página tanto como sea posible, para el caso de uso
+común de obtener una línea más en la página. Esto se usa a menudo junto
+con un ‘\pagebreak’ explícito.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak, Prev: \enlargethispage, Up: Saltos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak, Prev: \enlargethispage, Up: Salto de página
-11.5 ‘\pagebreak’ y ‘\nopagebreak’
+10.4 ‘\pagebreak’ y ‘\nopagebreak’
==================================
Sinopsis:
- \pagebreak[PRIORIDAD]
- \nopagebreak[PRIORIDAD]
+ \pagebreak
+ \pagebreak[CERO-A-CUATRO]
- De forma predeterminada, la instrucción ‘\pagebreak’ (‘\nopagebreak’)
-fuerza (impide) un salto de página en la posición actual. Para
-‘\linebreak’, el espacio vertical en la página se estira cuanto sea
-posible de modo que se extienda hasta el margen inferior normal.
+o
- Con el argumento opcional PRIORIDAD, puede convertir la instrucción
-‘\pagebreak’ desde una petición a una demanda. El número debe ser un
-número desde 0 hasta 4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente es
-la petición.
+ \nopagebreak
+ \nopagebreak[CERO-A-CUATRO]
+
+ Anima o desalienta un salto de página. El CERO-A-CUATRO opcional es
+un número entero que te permite suavizar la solicitud. El valor
+predeterminado es 4, de modo que sin el argumento opcional estos
+comandos fuerzan o previenen el quiebre. Pero, por ejemplo,
+‘\nopagebreak[1]’ sugiere a LaTeX que otro lugar podría ser preferible.
+Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente la petición. Ambos comandos
+son frágiles. (*note \protect::).
+
+ Los finales de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas estos comandos en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+
+ Si los usas dentro de un párrafo, se aplica al punto siguiente de la
+línea en la que aparecen. Así que esto
+
+ Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+ continente,
+ \pagebreak
+ una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+ que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+
+no da un salto de página en ‘continente’, sino en ‘nación’, ya que ahí
+es donde LaTeX rompe esa línea. Además, con ‘\pagebreak’ el espacio
+vertical en la página se estira donde sea posible para que se extienda
+hasta el fondo del margen normal. Esto puede parecer extraño, y si
+‘\flushbottom’ está en efecto esto puede hacer que obtengas ‘Infralleno
+\vbox (incorrecto 10000) ocurrió mientras \output está activo’. *Note
+\newpage::, para un comando que no tiene estos efectos.
+
+ (Hay una declaración obsoleta ‘\samepage’, que intenta solo permitir
+un salto de línea entre dos párrafos. Hay un entorno relacionado
+‘samepage’, también obsoleto. Ninguno de estos funciona de manera
+confiable. Para más información sobre cómo mantener el material en la
+misma página, consulta la entrada de preguntas frecuentes
+<https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk>).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al Pie, Next: Definiciones, Prev: Saltos de Página, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al pie, Next: Definiciones, Prev: Salto de página, Up: Top
-12 Notas al Pie
+11 Notas al pie
***************
-Las notas al pie se pueden producir en una de dos maneras. Se pueden
-producir con una sola instrucción, la instrucción ‘\footnote’. También
-se pueden producir con dos instrucciones, las instrucciones
-‘\footnotemark’ y ‘\footnotetext’.
+Coloca una nota a pie de página en la parte inferior de la página
+actual, como aquí.
+
+ Noël Coward bromeó diciendo que tener que leer una nota al pie es
+ como tener que bajar las escaleras para abrir la puerta, mientras está
+ en medio de hacer amor.\footnote{% No sabría, no leo las notas al
+ pie.}
+
+ Puedes poner varias notas al pie de página en una página. Si el
+texto de la nota al pie se vuelve demasiado largo, entonces fluirá a la
+página siguiente.
+
+ También puedes producir notas al pie combinando ‘\footnotemark’ y los
+comandos ‘\footnotetext’, que es útil en casos con circunstancias
+especiales.
+
+ Para que las referencias bibliográficas salgan a pie de página es
+necesario incluir un estilo bibliográfico con ese comportamiento (*note
+Usar BibTeX::).
* Menu:
-* \footnote:: Inserta una nota al pie.
-* \footnotemark:: Solamente Inserta la marca de nota.
-* \footnotetext:: Solamente Inserta el texto la nota.
-* Notas al Pie Simbólicas:: Usando símbolos en lugar de números para las notas.
-* Parámetros para Footnote:: Parámetros para el formato de la nota al pie.
+* \footnote:: Inserta una nota al pie.
+* \footnotemark:: Solamente inserta la marca de nota al pie.
+* \footnotetext:: Solo inserta el texto de la nota al pie.
+* Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones:: Títulos de
+ capítulo o sección.
+* Notas al pie en una tabla:: Notas al pie de la tabla.
+* Notas al pie de notas al pie:: Varias clases de notas al pie.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnote, Next: \footnotemark, Up: Notas al Pie
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnote, Next: \footnotemark, Up: Notas al pie
-12.1 ‘\footnote’
+11.1 ‘\footnote’
================
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
- \footnote[NÚMERO]{TEXTO}
+ \footnote{TEXT}
+ \footnote[NUMBER]{TEXT}
- La instrucción ‘\footnote’ coloca una nota numerada con el TEXTO al
-pie de la página actual. El argumento opcional NÚMERO cambia el número
-predeterminado de la nota.
+ Coloca TEXT como nota al pie al final de la página actual.
- Esta instrucción sólo puede utilizarse fuera del modo párrafo; es
-decir, no se puede utilizar en el instrucciones de seccionado tal como
-‘\chapter’, en figuras, tablas o en un entorno ‘tabular’. (Vea las
-siguientes secciones).
+ Hay más de mil notas a pie de página en el libro de Gibbon.
+ \textit{Decadencia y Caída del Imperio Romano}.\footnote{% Después
+ de leer una versión anterior con notas finales, David Hume se quejó:
+ ``Uno también está plagado de sus Notas, según el presente Método de
+ imprimir el Libro'' y sugirió que ``sólo para ser impreso en el margen
+ o en la parte inferior de la página.''}
+
+ El argumento opcional NUMBER te permite especificar el número de la
+nota al pie. Si usas esto, entonces LaTeX no incrementa el contador
+‘footnote’.
+
+ De manera predeterminada, LaTeX usa números arábigos como marcadores
+de notas al pie. Cambia esto con algo como
+‘\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}’, que utiliza una
+secuencia de símbolos (*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
+\fnsymbol::). Para que este cambio sea global, ponlo en el preámbulo.
+Si realizas el cambio local, entonces es posible que desees restablecer
+el contador con ‘\setcounter{footnote}{0}’.
+
+ LaTeX determina el espaciado de las notas al pie con dos parámetros.
+
+‘\footnoterule’
+ Produce la regla que separa el texto principal de una página del
+ texto de la notas al pie de la página. Dimensiones predeterminadas
+ en las clases de documentos estándar (excepto ‘slides’, donde no
+ aparece) es: espesor vertical de ‘0.4pt’, y tamaño horizontal de
+ ‘0.4\columnwidth’ de largo. Cambia la regla con algo como esto.
+
+ \renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns evita el espacio vertical
+ \kern -3pt % Este -3 es negativo
+ \hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % de la suma de este 1
+ \kern 2pt} % y este 2
+
+‘\footnotesep’
+ La altura del puntal colocado al comienzo de la nota al pie.
+ (*note \strut::). De manera predeterminada, esto se establece en
+ el puntal normal para ‘\footnotesize’ fuentes (*note Tamaños de los
+ tipos de letra::), por lo tanto no hay espacio adicional entre las
+ notas al pie. Este es ‘6.65pt’ para ‘10pt’, ‘7.7pt’ para ‘11pt’ y
+ ‘8.4pt’ para ‘12pt’. Cambio como con
+ ‘\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}’.
+
+ El comando ‘\footnote’ es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX pone muchas restricciones sobre
+dónde puedes usar un ‘\footnote’; por ejemplo, no lo puedes usar en un
+argumento para un comando de seccionado como ‘\chapter’ (solo se puede
+usar en modo de párrafo; *note Modos::). Hay algunas soluciones; ve las
+siguientes secciones.
+
+ En un entorno ‘minipage’, el comando ‘\footnote’ usa el contador
+‘mpfootnote’ en lugar del contador ‘footnote’, por lo que se numeran de
+forma independiente. Se muestran en la parte inferior del entorno, no
+en la parte inferior de la página. Y de manera predeterminada se
+muestran alfabéticamente. *Note minipage:: y *note Notas al pie en una
+tabla::.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnotemark, Next: \footnotetext, Prev: \footnote, Up: Notas al Pie
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnotemark, Next: \footnotetext, Prev: \footnote, Up: Notas al pie
-12.2 ‘\footnotemark’
+11.2 ‘\footnotemark’
====================
-Sin argumento opcional, la instrucción ‘\footnotemark’ coloca el número
-de nota actual en el texto. Esta instrucción se puede utilizar en modo
-párrafo. Usted proporciona el texto de la nota por separado, con la
-instrucción ‘\footnotetext’.
+Sinopsis, una de:
- Esta instrucción se puede utilizar para producir varios marcadores de
-nota consecutivos refiriéndose a la misma nota
+ \footnotemark
+ \footnotemark[NUMBER]
- \footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+ Coloca la marca de nota al pie actual en el texto. Para especificar
+texto asociado para la nota al pie *note \footnotetext::. El argumento
+NUMBER opcional hace que el comando use ese número para determinar la
+marca de nota al pie. Este comando se puede utilizar en el modo de
+párrafo interior (*note Modos::).
-después de la primer instrucción ‘\footnote’.
+ Si usas ‘\footnotemark’ sin el argumento opcional, entonces
+incrementa el contador ‘footnote’, pero si usas el contador opcional
+NUMBER entonces no lo hace. El siguiente ejemplo produce varios
+marcadores consecutivos de notas al pie que se refieren a la misma nota
+al pie.
+
+ El primer teorema\footnote{Debido a Gauss.} y el segundo
+ teorema\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] y el tercer
+ teorema.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+
+ Si hay notas al pie intermedias, debes recordar el valor de el número
+de la marca común. Este ejemplo da la misma afiliación institucional
+del primer y tercer autor (‘\thanks’ es una versión de ‘\footnote’),
+dando a mano el número de la nota al pie.
+
+ \title{Un tratado sobre el teorema del binomio}
+ \author{J Moriarty\thanks{Universidad de Leeds}
+ \y AC Doyle\thanks{Universidad de Durham}
+ \y S Holmes\footnotemark[1]}
+ \begin{document}
+ \maketitle
+
+ Utiliza un contador para recordar el número de la nota al pie. La
+tercera frase va seguida del mismo marcador de nota al pie que la
+primera.
+
+ \newcounter{footnoteValueSaver} Todos los bebés son
+ ilógicos.\footnote{% Lewis
+ Carroll.}\setcounter{footnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} No
+ se desprecia a nadie que pueda manejar un cocodrilo.\footnote{%
+ Capitán Garfio.} Las personas ilógicas son
+ despreciadas.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}] Por lo tanto,
+ cualquiera que pueda manejar un cocodrilo no es un bebé.
+
+ Este ejemplo logra lo mismo usando el paquete ‘cleveref’.
+
+ \usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % en el preámbulo
+ \crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}
+ ...
+ El teorema es de Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker, Evers,
+ 1994.} El corolario es de Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.}
+ Pero el lema clave es de Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
+
+ Funcionará con el paquete ‘hyperref’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnotetext, Next: Notas al Pie Simbólicas, Prev: \footnotemark, Up: Notas al Pie
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnotetext, Next: Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones, Prev: \footnotemark, Up: Notas al pie
-12.3 ‘\footnotetext’
+11.3 ‘\footnotetext’
====================
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
- \footnotetext[NÚMERO]{TEXTO}
+ \footnotetext{TEXT}
+ \footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT}
- La instrucción ‘\footnotetext’ coloca el TEXTO en la parte inferior
-de la página como una nota al pie. Esta instrucción puede venir en
-cualquier lugar después de la instrucción ‘\footnotemark’. La
-instrucción ‘\footnotetext’ debe aparecer en el exterior del modo
-párrafo.
+ Coloca TEXT en la parte inferior de la página como nota al pie. Se
+empareja con ‘\footnotemark’ (*note \footnotemark::) y puede venir en
+cualquier lugar después de ese comando, pero debe aparecer en modo de
+párrafo externo (*note Modos::). El argumento opcional NUMBER cambia el
+número de la marca de nota al pie.
- El argumento opcional NÚMERO cambia el número predeterminado de la
-nota.
+ *Note \footnotemark:: y *note Notas al pie en una tabla::, para usar
+en ejemplos

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al Pie Simbólicas, Next: Parámetros para Footnote, Prev: \footnotetext, Up: Notas al Pie
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones, Next: Notas al pie en una tabla, Prev: \footnotetext, Up: Notas al pie
-12.4 Notas al Pie Simbólicas
-============================
+11.4 Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones
+==========================================================
+
+Pone una nota al pie en el título de una sección, como en:
+
+ \section{Juegos completos\protect\footnote{Este material se debe a
+ ...}}
-Si desea utilizar símbolos para las notas al pie, en lugar de un número
-creciente, redefina ‘\thefootnote’ así:
+hace que la nota al pie de página aparezca en la parte inferior de la
+página donde comienza la sección, como es habitual, pero también en la
+parte inferior de la tabla de contenido, donde no es probable que sea
+deseado. La forma más sencilla de hacer que no aparezca en la tabla de
+contenido es usar el argumento opcional para ‘\section’
- \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \section[Por favor]{Por favor\footnote{%
+ ¡No incluyas notas al pie en los encabezados de capítulos y
+ secciones!}}
- La instrucción ‘\fnsymbol’ produce a serie predefinida de símbolos
-(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). Si desea
-utilizar un símbolo diferente como su marca de nota al pie, necesitará
-redefinir ‘\@fnsymbol’.
+No se necesita ‘\protect’ delante de ‘\footnote’ aquí porque lo que se
+mueve a la tabla de contenido es el argumento opcional.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Parámetros para Footnote, Prev: Notas al Pie Simbólicas, Up: Notas al Pie
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al pie en una tabla, Next: Notas al pie de notas al pie, Prev: Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones, Up: Notas al pie
-12.5 Parámetros para Footnote
-=============================
+11.5 Notas al pie en una tabla
+==============================
-‘\footnoterule’
- Produce la línea que separa el texto principal en una página de las
- notas al pie de la página. Dimensiones predeterminadas: ‘0.4pt’
- espesor (o ancho), y longitud de ‘0.4\columnwidth’ en las clases de
- documento estándar (salvo en ‘slides’, donde esta no aparece).
+Dentro de un entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’ el comando ‘\footnote’ no
+funciona; hay una marca de nota al pie en la celda de la tabla, pero el
+texto de la nota al pie no aparece. La solución es usar un entorno
+‘minipage’ como aquí (*note minipage::).
-‘\footnotesep’
- La altura donde se coloca el puntal al comienzo de la nota al pie.
- De forma predeterminada, se establece en el puntal del tipo de
- letra normal ‘\footnotesize’ (*note Tamaños del Tipo de Letra::,
- por lo tanto no hay espacio extra entre las notas. Este es
- ‘6.65pt’ para ‘10pt’, ‘7.7pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘8.4pt’ para ‘12pt’.
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Barco} &\textsc{Libro} \\ \hline
+ \textit{HMS Sophie} &Maestro y Comandante \\
+ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit{HMS Lively} &Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit{HMS Surprise} &Un número de libros\footnote{%
+ Comenzando con \textit{HMS Sorpresa}.}
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Dentro de una ‘minipage’, las marcas de las notas al pie son letras
+minúsculas. Cambio que con algo así
+‘\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}’ (*note \alph \Alph
+\arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
+
+ Las notas al pie en el ejemplo anterior aparecen en la parte inferior
+de la ‘minipage’. Para que aparezcan en la parte inferior de la página
+principal, como parte de la secuencia regular de notas al pie, utiliza
+‘\footnotemark’ y ‘\footnotetext’ empareja y crea un nuevo contador.
+
+ \newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+ \setcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Mujer} &\textsc{Relación} \\ \hline
+ Mona &Adjunto\footnotemark\\
+ Diana Villiers &Eventual esposa \\
+ Christine Hatherleigh Wood &Prometida\footnotemark
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}% El signo de porcentaje mantiene el texto de la
+ % nota al pie cerca de la minipágina
+ \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
+ \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
+ Poco se sabe aparte de su muerte.}%
+ \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
+ \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
+ Relación no resuelta en XXI.}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Para un entorno ‘table’ flotante (*note table::), usa el paquete
+‘tablefootnote’.
+
+ \usepackage{tablefootnote} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Fecha} &\textsc{Campaña} \\ \hline
+ 1862 & Fuerte Donelson \\
+ 1863 &Vicksburg \\
+ 1865 &Ejército de Virginia del Norte\tablefootnote{%
+ Pone fin a la guerra.}
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Fuerzas capturadas por US Grant}
+ \end table}
+
+La nota al pie aparece en la parte inferior de la página y está numerada
+en secuencia con otras notas al pie.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Definiciones, Next: Contadores, Prev: Notas al Pie, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al pie de notas al pie, Prev: Notas al pie en una tabla, Up: Notas al pie
+
+11.6 Notas al pie de notas al pie
+=================================
+
+Particularmente en las humanidades, los autores pueden tener múltiples
+clases de notas al pie, incluyendo tener notas al pie de las notas al
+pie. El paquete ‘bigfoot’ amplía el mecanismo de notas al pie
+predeterminado de LaTeX en muchas maneras, incluyendo permitir estos
+dos, como en este ejemplo.
-13 Definiciones
+ \usepackage{bigfoot} % en el preámbulo
+ \DeclareNewFootnote{Predeterminado}
+ \DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % crea clase \footnotefrom{}
+ ...
+ El tercer teorema es un inverso parcial del segundo.\footnotefrom{%
+ Anotado en Wilson.\footnote{Segunda edición solamente.}}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Definiciones, Next: Contadores, Prev: Notas al pie, Up: Top
+
+12 Definiciones
***************
-LaTeX tiene la capacidad para crear nuevas instrucciones de muchos tipos
+LaTeX tiene soporte para crear nuevos comandos de muchos tipos
diferentes.
* Menu:
-* \newcommand y \renewcommand:: (Re)define una nueva instrucción.
-* \newcounter:: Define un nuevo contador.
-* \newlength:: Define una nueva longitud.
-* \newsavebox:: Define una nueva caja.
-* \newenvironment y \renewenvironment:: Definen un nuevo entorno.
-* \newtheorem:: Definen un nuevo entorno -como ‘theorem’.
-* \newfont:: Define un nuevo nombre de tipo de letra.
-* \protect:: Usando instrucciones astutas.
+* \newcommand y \renewcommand:: (Re)define un nuevo comando.
+* \providecommand:: Define un nuevo comando, si no se
+ usa el nombre.
+* \makeatletter y \makeatother:: Cambia el estado del carácter
+ arroba.
+* \@ifstar:: Define tus propios comandos con
+ variantes-*.
+* \newcounter:: Define un nuevo contador.
+* \newlength:: Define una nueva longitud.
+* \newsavebox:: Define una nueva caja.
+* \newenvironment y \renewenvironment:: Define un nuevo entorno.
+* \newtheorem:: Define un nuevo entorno similar a
+ un teorema.
+* \newfont:: Define un nuevo nombre de tipo de
+ letra.
+* \protect:: Usando comandos complicados.
+* \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend:: Descarta los espacios
+ adicionales.
+* paquete xspace:: Espacio después de una macro,
+ condicionalmente.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newcommand y \renewcommand, Next: \newcounter, Up: Definiciones
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newcommand y \renewcommand, Next: \providecommand, Up: Definiciones
-13.1 ‘\newcommand’ y ‘\renewcommand’
+12.1 ‘\newcommand’ y ‘\renewcommand’
====================================
-‘\newcommand’ y ‘\renewcommand’ define y redefine una instrucción,
-respectivamente.
+Sinopsis, una de (tres formas regulares, tres formas destacadas):
+
+ \newcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+ \newcommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+o todas las mismas posibilidades con ‘\renewcommand’ en lugar de
+‘\newcommand’:
+
+ \renewcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+ Define o redefine un comando (ve también ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’ en
+*note Comandos class y package::).
+
+ La forma estrellada de estos dos prohíbe que los argumentos contengan
+varios párrafos de texto (en términos simples de TeX: los comandos no
+son ‘\long’). Con la forma predeterminada, los argumentos pueden ser
+varios párrafos.
+
+ Estos son los parámetros (a continuación se muestran algunos
+ejemplos):
+
+CMD
+ Requerido; ‘\CMD’ es el nombre del comando. Debe comenzar con una
+ barra invertida, ‘\’, y no debe comenzar con la cadena de cuatro
+ caracteres ‘\end’. Para ‘\newcommand’, no debe estar ya definido.
+ Para ‘\renewcommand’, este nombre ya debe estar definido.
+
+NARGS
+ Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9, especificando el número de
+ argumentos que toma el comando, incluido cualquier argumento
+ opcional. Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que especificar 0, lo
+ cual significa que el comando no tiene argumentos. Si redefines un
+ comando, la nueva versión puede tener un diferente número de
+ argumentos que la versión anterior.
+
+OPTARGDEFAULT
+ Opcional; si este argumento está presente entonces el primer
+ argumento de ‘\CMD’ es opcional, con valor predeterminado
+ OPTARGDEFAULT (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si OPTARGDEFAULT no
+ está presente entonces ‘\CMD’ no toma un argumento opcional.
+
+ Es decir, si ‘\CMD’ se llama con el siguiente argumento entre
+ corchetes, como en ‘\CMD[OPTVAL]{...}...’, entonces dentro de DEFN,
+ el parámetro ‘#1’ se establece en OPTVAL. Por otro lado, si ‘\CMD’
+ se llama sin los siguientes corchetes entonces dentro de DEFN se
+ establece el parámetro ‘#1’ a OPTARGDEFAULT. En cualquier caso,
+ los argumentos requeridos comienzan con ‘#2’.
+
+ Omitir ‘[OPTARGDEFAULT]’ de la definición es completamente
+ diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío, como en ‘[]’.
+ El primero dice que el comando que se define no requiere un
+ argumento opcional, por lo que ‘#1’ es el primer argumento
+ requerido (si NARGS ≥ 1); este último establece el argumento
+ opcional ‘#1’ a la cadena vacía como valor predeterminado, si no
+ hay un argumento opcional dado en la llamada.
+
+ De manera similar, omitir ‘[OPTVAL]’ de una llamada también es
+ completamente diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío.
+ El anterior establece ‘#1’ al valor de OPTVAL (suponiendo que el
+ comando se definió para tomar un argumento opcional); el último
+ ‘#1’ configurado a la cadena vacía, al igual que con cualquier otro
+ valor.
+
+ Si un comando no está definido para tomar un argumento opcional,
+ pero es llamado con un argumento opcional, los resultados son
+ impredecibles: allí puede haber un error de LaTeX, puede haber una
+ salida tipográfica incorrecta, o ambos.
+
+DEFN
+ Requerido; el texto que se sustituirá por cada aparición de ‘\CMD’.
+ Los parámetros ‘#1’, ‘#2’, ..., ‘#NARGS’ se reemplazan por los
+ valores proporcionados cuando se llama al comando (o por
+ OPTARGDEFAULT en el caso de un argumento opcional no especificado
+ en la llamada, como se acaba de explicar).
+
+ TeX ignora los espacios en blanco en la fuente después de una
+secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de control::), como en ‘\cmd ’.
+Si quieres un espacio allí, una solución es escribir ‘{}’ después del
+comando (‘\cmd{} ’), y otra solución es usar un espacio de control
+explícito (‘\cmd\ ’).
+
+ Un ejemplo simple de definición de un nuevo comando:
+‘\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}’ da como resultado que ‘\RS’ sea
+reemplazado por el texto más largo. Redefinir un comando existente es
+similar: ‘\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}’.
+
+ Si usas ‘\newcommand’ y el nombre del comando ya se ha usado entonces
+obtienes algo como ‘Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya definido. O nombre
+\end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual’. De manera similar, si usas
+‘\renewcommand’ y el nombre del comando no se ha definido, obtienes algo
+como ‘Error de LaTeX: \hank no se ha definido’.
+
+ Aquí la primera definición crea un comando sin argumentos, y la
+segunda, un comando con un argumento requerido:
+
+ \newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
+ \newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definición~\ref{#1}}
+
+Usa el primero como en ‘Te recomiendo \student{}’. El segundo tiene un
+argumento variable, por lo que ‘\defref{def:basis}’ se expande a
+‘Definición~\ref{def:basis}’, que finalmente se expande a algo así como
+‘Definición~3.14’.
+
+ Del mismo modo, pero con dos argumentos obligatorios:
+‘\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}’ se invoca como ‘\nbym{2}{k}’.
+
+ Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional.
+
+ \newcommand{\salutation}[1][Señor o señora]{Estimado #1:}
+
+Entonces ‘\salutation’ da ‘Estimado señor o señora:’ mientras
+‘\salutation[John]’ da ‘Querido John:’. Y ‘\salutation[]’ da ‘Estimado
+:’.
+
+ Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional y dos argumentos
+obligatorios.
+
+ \newcommand{\lawyers}[3][empresa]{#2, #3 y~#1}
+ Empleo a \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.
+
+El resultado es ‘Empleo Dewey, Cheatem y Howe’. El argumento opcional,
+‘Howe’, está asociado con ‘#1’, mientras que ‘Dewey’ y ‘Cheatem’ están
+asociados con ‘#2’ y ‘#3’. Debido al argumento opcional,
+‘\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}’ dará la salida ‘Empleo Dewey, Cheatem y
+Howe’.
+
+ Las llaves alrededor de DEFN no definen un grupo, es decir, no
+delimitan el alcance del resultado de expandir DEFN. Por ejemplo, con
+‘\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}’, en esta oración,
+
+ El \shipname{Monitor} se encontró con el \shipname{Merrimac}.
+
+las palabras ‘se encontró con el’, y el punto, estarían incorrectamente
+en cursiva. La solución es poner otro par de corchetes dentro de la
+definición: ‘\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}’.
- Sinopsis:
+* Menu:
+
+* Secuencias de control:: Secuencia de control, palabra de control y
+ símbolo de control.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Secuencias de control, Up: \newcommand y \renewcommand
- \newcommand{INSTRUCCIÓN}[N-ARGUMENTOS]{DEFINICIÓN}
- \renewcommand{INSTRUCCIÓN}[N-ARGUMENTOS]{DEFINICIÓN}
- \newcommand{INSTRUCCIÓN}[N-ARGUMENTOS][PREDETERMINADO]{DEFINICIÓN}
- \renewcommand{INSTRUCCIÓN}[N-ARGUMENTOS][PREDETERMINADO]{DEFINICIÓN}
+12.1.1 Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
-INSTRUCCIÓN
- El nombre de la instrucción comenzando con ‘\’. Para
- ‘\newcommand’, este no se debe haber definido y no debe comenzar
- con ‘\end’; para ‘\renewcommand’, este ya tiene que estar definido.
+Al leer la entrada TeX convierte el flujo de caracteres leídos en una
+secuencia de “tókenes”. Cuando TeX ve una barra invertida ‘\’, la hará
+manejar los siguientes caracteres de una manera especial para hacer un
+token de “secuencia de control”.
-N-ARGUMENTOS
- Un entero opcional entre 1 y 9 especificando el número de
- argumentos que debe tomar la instrucción. El valor predeterminado
- es para que la instrucción no tome argumentos.
+ Las secuencias de control se dividen en dos categorías:
-PREDETERMINADO
- Si este parámetro opcional está presente, significa que el primer
- argumento del comando es opcional. Cuando se invoca a la nueva
- instrucción, el valor predeterminado del argumento opcional (es
- decir, si no se especifica en la llamada) es la cadena
- ‘definición’.
+ • “palabra de control”, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+ una ‘\’ seguida de al menos una letra ASCII (‘A-Z’ y ‘a-z’),
+ seguida de al menos una no letra.
-DEFINICIÓN
- El texto con el que se sustituirá cada aparición de ‘instrucción’;
- una construcción de la forma ‘#N’ en DEFINICIÓN es reemplazada por
- el texto del eNésimo argumento.
+ • “símbolo de control”, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+ una ‘\’ seguida de un carácter que no sea una letra.
+
+ La secuencia de caracteres que se encuentran después de una ‘\’
+también se denominan el “nombre de la secuencia de control”.
+
+ Los espacios en blanco después de una palabra de control se ignoran y
+no producen espacio en blanco en la salida (*note \newcommand y
+\renewcommand:: y *note \(SPACE)::).
+
+ Así como el comando ‘\relax’ no hace nada, la siguiente entrada
+simplemente imprimirá ‘¡Hola!’ (si utilizas el visor Info de Emacs,
+activa el modo menor ‘whitespace-mode’ para ver los espacios finales):
+
+ ¡Hol\relax
+ a!
+
+Esto se debe a que los espacios en blanco después de ‘\relax’, incluida
+la nueva línea, son ignorados, y los espacios en blanco al principio de
+una línea también son ignorados (*note Espacios en blanco iniciales::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \newcommand y \renewcommand, Up: Definiciones
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \providecommand, Next: \makeatletter y \makeatother, Prev: \newcommand y \renewcommand, Up: Definiciones
-13.2 ‘\newcounter’
-==================
+12.2 ‘\providecommand’
+======================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \providecommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \providecommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \providecommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+ \providecommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \providecommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \providecommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+ Define un comando, siempre que no exista ningún comando con este
+nombre. Si no existe ningún comando con este nombre, esto tiene el
+mismo efecto que ‘\newcommand’. Si ya existe un comando con este
+nombre, entonces esta definición no hace nada. Esto es particularmente
+útil en un archivo que se puede cargar más de una vez, como un archivo
+de estilo. *Note \newcommand y \renewcommand::, para la descripción de
+los argumentos.
+
+ Este ejemplo
+
+ \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Colegio de San Miguel}
+ \providecommand{\myafiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV}
+ De \myafiliation.
+
+produce ‘De Saint Michael's College.’ A diferencia de ‘\newcommand’, el
+uso repetido de ‘\providecommand’ para (intentar) definir
+‘\myaffiliation’ no da error.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \makeatletter y \makeatother, Next: \@ifstar, Prev: \providecommand, Up: Definiciones
+
+12.3 ‘\makeatletter’ y ‘\makeatother’
+=====================================
Sinopsis:
- \newcounter{NOMBRE-CONTADOR}[SUPER]
+ \makeatletter
+ ... definición de comandos con @ en su nombre ..
+ \makeatother
+
+ Usa este par cuando redefines los comandos de LaTeX que se nombran
+con un carácter arroba ‘‘@’’. La declaración ‘\makeatletter’ hace que
+el carácter de arroba tenga el código de categoría de una letra,
+code 11. La declaración ‘\makeatother’ establece el código de categoría
+del signo de arroba a code 12, su valor predeterminado.
+
+ A medida que TeX lee caracteres, asigna a cada uno un código de
+categoría, o “catcode”. Por ejemplo, asigna el carácter ‘‘\’’ de barra
+invertida el catcode 0. Nombres de comandos constan de un carácter
+categoría 0, normalmente barra invertida, seguido por letras, caracteres
+de categoría 11 (excepto que un nombre de comando también puede constar
+de un carácter categoría 0 seguido de un solo símbolo que no es una
+letra).
+
+ El código fuente de LaTeX tiene la convención de que algunos comandos
+usan ‘@’ en su nombre. Estos comandos están destinados principalmente a
+escritores de paquete o de clase. La convención impide que los autores
+que solo utilizan un paquete o clase reemplacen accidentalmente dicho
+comando con uno de ellos mismos, porque de manera predeterminada el
+signo de arroba tiene el catcode 12.
+
+ Usa el par ‘\makeatletter’ y ‘\makeatother’ dentro de un ‘.tex’,
+generalmente en el preámbulo, cuando estás definiendo o redefiniendo
+comandos nombrados con ‘@’, haciendo que rodeen tu definición. No los
+uses dentro de los archivos ‘.sty’ o ‘.cls’ ya que los comandos
+‘\usepackage’ y ‘\documentclass’ ya disponen que la arroba tenga el
+código de carácter de una letra, catcode 11.
+
+ Para obtener una lista completa de macros con un signo de arroba en
+sus nombres, consulta <https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.
+
+ En este ejemplo, el archivo de clase tiene un comando
+‘\thesis@universityname’ que el usuario quiere cambiar. Estas tres
+líneas deben ir en el preámbulo, antes del ‘\begin{document}’.
+
+ \begin{document}.
+ \makeatletter
+ \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Colegio de San Miguel}
+ \makeatother
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \@ifstar, Next: \newcounter, Prev: \makeatletter y \makeatother, Up: Definiciones
- La instrucción ‘\newcounter’ define un nuevo contador llamado
-NOMBRE-CONTADOR. El nuevo contador se inicializa a cero.
+12.4 ‘\@ifstar’
+===============
- Dado el argumento opcional ‘[SUPER]’, (NOMBRE-CONTADOR se
-restablecerá cuando el contador cuyo nomber es SUPER se incremente.
+Sinopsis:
- *Note Contadores::, para mayor información.
+ \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+ \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY}
+ \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}
+
+ Muchos entornos o comandos estándar de LaTeX tienen una variante con
+el mismo nombre pero terminando con un carácter de estrella ‘*’, un
+asterisco. Algunos ejemplos son los entornos ‘table’ y ‘table*’ y los
+comandos ‘\section’ y ‘\section*’.
+
+ Al definir entornos, seguir este patrón es sencillo porque
+‘\newenvironment’ y ‘\renewenvironment’ permiten que el nombre del
+entorno contenga una estrella. Entonces solo tienes que escribir
+‘\newenvironment{MYENV}’ o ‘\newenvironment{MYENV*}’ y continúa la
+definición de la manera habitual. Para los comandos la situación es más
+compleja ya que la estrella no es una letra no puede ser parte del
+nombre del comando. Como en la sinopsis anterior, habrá un comando
+llamado por el usuario, dado anteriormente como ‘\mycmd’, que mira hacia
+delante para ver si le sigue una estrella. Por ejemplo, LaTeX realmente
+no tiene un comando ‘\section*’; en cambio, el comando ‘\section’ mira
+hacia adelante. Este comando no acepta argumentos, sino que se expande
+a uno de los dos comandos que aceptan argumentos. En la sinopsis estos
+dos son ‘\mycmd@nostar’ y ‘\mycmd@star’. Podrían tomar el mismo número
+de argumentos o un número diferente, o ningún argumento en absoluto.
+Como siempre, en un documento LaTeX un comando usando una arroba ‘@’ en
+su nombre se debe encerrar dentro de un bloque ‘\makeatletter ...
+\makeatother’ (*note \makeatletter y \makeatother::).
+
+ Este ejemplo de ‘\@ifstar’ define el comando ‘\ciel’ y una variante
+‘\ciel*’. Ambos tienen un argumento obligatorio. Una llamada a
+‘\ciel{blue}’ devolverá "cielo azul no estrellado" mientras
+‘\ciel*{night}’ devolverá "cielo nocturno estrellado".
+
+ \makeatletter
+ \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{no estrellado #1 cielo}
+ \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{cielo estrellado #1}
+ \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
+ \makeatother
+
+ En el siguiente ejemplo, la variante destacada toma un número
+diferente de argumentos que el sin estrella. Con esta definición, el
+Agente 007 ‘``Mi nombre es \agentsecret*{Bond},
+\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''’ es equivalente a ingresar los comandos
+‘``Mi nombre es \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''’
+
+ \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+ \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
+ \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
+
+ Después de un nombre de comando, una estrella se maneja de manera
+similar a un argumento opcional. (Esto difiere de los nombres de
+entornos en los que la estrella es parte del nombre mismo y como tal
+podría estar en cualquier posición). Por lo tanto, técnicamente es
+posible poner cualquier número de espacios entre el comando y la
+estrella. Así ‘\agentsecret*{Bond}’ y ‘\agentsecret *{Bond}’ son
+equivalentes. Sin embargo, la práctica estándar es no insertar tales
+espacios.
+
+ Hay dos formas alternativas de realizar el trabajo de ‘\@ifstar’.
+(1) El paquete ‘suffix’ permite la construcción
+‘\newcommand\mycommand{VARIANTE-SIN-ESTRELLA}’ seguida por
+‘\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED-VARIANT}’. (2) LaTeX
+proporciona el paquete ‘xparse’, que permite este código:
+
+ \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+ {VARIANTE-CON-ESTRELLA}%
+ {VARIANTE-SIN-ESTRELLA}%
+ }
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \@ifstar, Up: Definiciones
+
+12.5 ‘\newcounter’: Asignar un contador
+=======================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \newcounter{COUNTERNAME}
+ \newcounter{COUNTERNAME}[SUPERCOUNTER]
+
+ Define globalmente un nuevo contador llamado COUNTERNAME y lo
+inicializa a cero (*note Contadores::).
+
+ El nombre COUNTERNAME debe constar únicamente de letras. No comienza
+con una barra invertida. Este nombre no debe estar ya en uso por otro
+contador.
+
+ Cuando usas el argumento opcional ‘[SUPERCOUNTER]’ entonces el
+contador COUNTERNAME se restablecerá a cero siempre que SUPERCOUNTER se
+incrementa. Por ejemplo, ordinariamente ‘subsection’ está numerado
+dentro de ‘section’ para que cada vez que incremente SECCIÓN, ya sea con
+‘\stepcounter’ (*note \stepcounter::) o ‘\refstepcounter’ (*note
+\refstepcounter::), entonces LaTeX restablecerá SUBSECTION a cero.
+
+ Este ejemplo
+
+ \newcounter{asuper} \setcounter{asuper}{1}
+ \newcounter{asub}[asuper] \setcounter{asub}{3} % Nota `asuper'
+ El valor de asuper es \arabic{asuper} y el de asub es
+ \arabic{asub}.
+ \stepcounter{asuper}
+ Ahora asuper es \arabic{asuper} mientras que asub es
+ \arabic{asub}.
+
+ produce ‘El valor de asuper es 1 y el de asub es 3’ y ‘Ahora asuper
+es 2 mientras que asub es 0’.
+
+ Si el contador ya existe, por ejemplo ingresando ‘asuper’ dos veces,
+obtienes algo como ‘Error LaTeX: Comando \c@asuper Ya definido. O name
+\end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual.’.
+
+ Si usas el argumento opcional, entonces el súper contador ya debe
+existir. Al ingresar ‘\newcounter{jh}[lh]’ cuando ‘lh’ no es un
+contador definido obtendrás ‘Error LaTeX: Sin contador 'lh' definido.’

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newlength, Next: \newsavebox, Prev: \newcounter, Up: Definiciones
-13.3 ‘\newlength’
+12.6 ‘\newlength’
=================
Sinopsis:
- \newlength{\ARGUMENTO}
+ \newlength{\LEN}
- La instrucción ‘\newlength’ define el argumento obligatorio como una
-instrucción de “longitud” con un valor de ‘0in’. El argumento debe ser
-una secuencia de control, como en ‘\newlength{\foo}’. Ocurre un error
-si ‘\foo’ ya está definido.
+ Asigna un nuevo registro de longitud (*note Longitudes::). El
+argumento requerido ‘\LEN’ tiene que ser una secuencia de control (*note
+Secuencias de control::), y como tal debe comenzar con una barra
+invertida, ‘\’ bajo circunstancias normales. El nuevo registro contiene
+longitudes elásticas como ‘72.27pt’ o ‘1in plus.2in minus.1in’ (una
+longitud de registro LaTeX es lo que TeX llama un ‘skip’ de registro).
+El valor inicial es cero. La secuencia de control ‘\LEN’ no debe estar
+definida ya.
- *Note Longitudes::, para saber cómo fijar la nueva longitud a un
-valor distinto de cero, y para más información acerca de las longitudes
-en general.
+ Un ejemplo:
+
+ \newlength{\graphichgt}
+
+ Si olvidas la barra invertida, obtienes ‘Insertada secuencia de
+control faltante’. Si la secuencia de control ya existe, entonces
+obtienes algo así como ‘Error LaTeX: Comando \graphichgt ya definido. O
+nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newsavebox, Next: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment, Prev: \newlength, Up: Definiciones
-13.4 ‘\newsavebox’
+12.7 ‘\newsavebox’
==================
Sinopsis:
- \newsavebox{INSTRUCCIÓN}
+ \newsavebox{\CMD}
+
+ Define \CMD, la cadena que consta de una barra invertida seguida de
+CMD, para referirse a un nuevo contenedor para almacenar material.
+Estos contenedores contienen material que ha sido compuesto, para usar
+varias veces o para medir o manipular (*note Cajas::). El nombre del
+contenedor \CMD es obligatorio, debe comenzar con una barra invertida,
+\, y no debe ser un comando definido. Este comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Esto asigna un contenedor y luego coloca material tipográfico en él.
- Define ‘\INSTRUCCIÓN’, el cual debe ser un nombre de instrucción que
-no se haya definido, para referirse a una nueva bandeja para almacenar
-cajas.
+ \newsavebox{\logobox}
+ \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
+ Nuestro logo es \usebox{\logobox}.
+
+La salida es ‘Nuestro logotipo es LoGo’.
+
+ Si ya hay un contenedor definido, obtienes algo como ‘Error de LaTeX:
+Comando \logobox ya definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del
+manual’.
+
+ La asignación de una caja es global.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment, Next: \newtheorem, Prev: \newsavebox, Up: Definiciones
-13.5 ‘\newenvironment’ y ‘\renewenvironment’
+12.8 ‘\newenvironment’ y ‘\renewenvironment’
============================================
-Sinopsis:
-
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \newenvironment{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment*{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+
+o uno de estos.
+
+ \renewenvironment{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment*{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+
+ Definir o redefinir el entorno ENV, es decir, crear el constructor
+‘\begin{ENV} ... BODY ... \end{ENV}’.
+
+ La forma de asterisco de estos comandos requiere que los argumentos
+no contienen varios párrafos de texto. Sin embargo, el cuerpo de estos
+entornos pueden contener varios párrafos.
+
+ENV
+ Requerido; el nombre del entorno. Se compone sólo de letras o el
+ carácter forma-‘*’ y, por lo tanto, no comienza con una barra
+ invertida, ‘\’. No debe comenzar con la cadena ‘end’. Para
+ ‘\newenvironment’, el nombre ENV no debe ser el nombre de un
+ entorno ya existente, y también el comando ‘\ENV’ debe ser
+ indefinido. Para ‘\renewenvironment’, ENV debe ser el nombre de un
+ entorno existente.
+
+NARGS
+ Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9 que indica el número de
+ argumentos que toma el entorno. Cuando usas el entorno, estos
+ argumentos aparecen después de ‘\begin’, como en ‘\begin{ENV}{ARG1}
+ ... {ARGN}’. Omitiendo esto es equivalente a establecerlo en 0; el
+ entorno no tendrá argumentos. Al redefinir un entorno, la nueva
+ versión puede tener un diferente número de argumentos que la
+ versión anterior.
+
+OPTARGDEFAULT
+ Opcional; si esto está presente, entonces el primer argumento del
+ entorno definido es opcional, con el valor predeterminado
+ OPTARGDEFAULT (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si esto no está en
+ la definición, entonces el entorno no acepta un argumento opcional.
+
+ Es decir, cuando OPTARGDEFAULT está presente en la definición del
+ entorno entonces puedes comenzar el entorno con corchetes, como en
+ ‘\begin{ENV}[OPTVAL]{...} ... \end{ENV}’. En este caso, dentro de
+ BEGDEFN el parámetro ‘#1’ se establece en el valor de OPTVAL. Si
+ llamas a ‘\begin{ENV}’ sin corchetes, luego dentro de BEGDEFN el
+ parámetro ‘#1’ es establecido en el valor predeterminado
+ OPTARGDEFAULT. En cualquier caso, cualquier argumento requerido
+ comienza con ‘#2’.
+
+ Omitir ‘[MYVAL]’ en la llamada es diferente a tener corchetes sin
+ contenido, como en ‘[]’. Los resultados anteriores en ‘#1’
+ expandiéndose a OPTARGDEFAULT; esto último resulta en ‘#1’
+ expandiéndose a la cadena vacía.
+
+BEGDEF
+ Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de ‘\begin{ENV}’.
+ Dentro de BEGDEF, los parámetros ‘#1’, ‘#2’, ... ‘#NARGS’, se
+ sustituyen por los valores que proporcionas cuando llamas al
+ entorno; ve los ejemplos abajo.
+
+ENDDEF
+ Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de ‘\end{ENV}’.
+ Esto no puede contener ningún parámetro, es decir, no puedes usar
+ ‘#1’, ‘#2’, etc., aquí (pero ve el ejemplo final a continuación).
+
+ Todos los entornos, es decir el código BEGDEF, el entorno body y el
+código ENDDEF se procesan dentro de un grupo. Así, en el primer ejemplo
+a continuación, el efecto de ‘\small’ se limita a la cotización y no se
+extiende al material siguiendo el entorno.
+
+ Si intentas definir un entorno y el nombre ya se ha utilizado
+entonces obtienes algo como ‘Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya definido.
+O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual’. Si intentas redefinir
+un entorno y el nombre aún no se ha utilizado, entonces obtienes algo
+como ‘Error de LaTeX: Entorno hank indefinido.’.
+
+ Este ejemplo proporciona un entorno como ‘quotation’ de LaTeX excepto
+que se establecerá en letra más pequeña.
+
+ \newenvironment{smallquote}{%
+ \small\begin{quotation}
+ }{%
+ \end{quotation}
+ }
+
+ Esto tiene un argumento, que está en negrita al comienzo de un
+párrafo.
- \newenvironment{ENTORNO}[N-ARGUMENTOS]{ANTES-DEFINICIÓN}
- {DESPUÉS-DEFINICIÓN}
- \newenvironment{ENTORNO}[N-ARGUMENTOS][PREDETERMINADO]
- {ANTES-DEFINICIÓN}{DESPUÉS-DEFINICIÓN}
- \renewenvironment{ENTORNO}[N-ARGUMENTOS]
- {ANTES-DEFINICIÓN}{DESPUÉS-DEFINICIÓN}
+ \newenvironment{point}[1]{%
+ \noindent\textbf{#1}
+ }{%
+ }
- Estas instrucciones definen o redefinen un entorno ENTORNO, es decir,
-‘\begin{ENTORNO} ... \end{ENTORNO}’.
+ Este muestra el uso de un argumento opcional; da un entorno quotation
+que cita el autor.
-ENTORNO
- El nombre del entorno. Para ‘\newenvironment’, ENTORNO no debe ser
- un entorno existente, y la instrucción ‘\ENTORNO’ debe ser una que
- no se haya definido previamente. Para ‘\renewenvironment’, ENTORNO
- debe ser el nombre de un entorno existente.
+ \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+ \begin{quotation}
+ \noindent\textit{#1}:
+ }{%
+ \end{quotation}
+ }
-N-ARGUMENTOS
- Un entero desde 1 a 9 denotando el número de argumentos del nuevo
- entorno definido. El valor predeterminado es ningún argumento.
+El nombre del autor es opcional y de manera predeterminada es
+‘Shakespeare’. En el documento, utiliza el entorno como este.
-PREDETERMINADO
- Si se especifica, el primer argumento es opcional, y PREDETERMINADO
- proporciona el valor predeterminado para ese argumento.
+ \begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
+ ...
+ \end{citequote}
-ANTES-DEFINICIÓN
- El texto ampliado en cada aparición de ‘\begin{ENTORNO}’; una
- construcción en forma ‘#N’ en ANTES-DEFINICIÓN es sustituido por el
- texto del eNésimo argumento.
+ El último ejemplo muestra cómo guardar el valor de un argumento para
+usarlo en ENDDEF, en este caso en una caja (*note \sbox y \savebox::).
-DESPUÉS-DEFINICIÓN
- El texto ampliado de cada aparición de ‘\end{ENTORNO}’. este no
- debe contener ningún argumento para parámetros.
+ \newsavebox{\quoteauthor}
+ \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+ \sbox\quoteauthor{#1}%
+ \begin{quotation}
+ }{%
+ \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---\usebox{\quoteauthor}
+ \end{quotation}
+ }

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newtheorem, Next: \newfont, Prev: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment, Up: Definiciones
-13.6 ‘\newtheorem’
+12.9 ‘\newtheorem’
==================
- \newtheorem{NUEVO-ENTORNO}{ETIQUETA}[CON]
- \newtheorem{NUEVO-ENTORNO}[NUMERADO-COMO]{ETIQUETA}
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}
+ \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]
+ \newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}
+
+ Define un nuevo entorno similar a un teorema. Puedes especificar uno
+de NUMBERED_WITHIN y NUMBERED_LIKE, o ninguno, pero no ambos.
+
+ La primera forma, ‘\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}’, crea un entorno que se
+etiquetará con TITLE; ve el primer ejemplo a continuación.
+
+ La segunda forma, ‘\newtheorem{NAME}{TÍTULO}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]’, crea
+un entorno cuyo contador está subordinado al counter existente
+NUMBERED_WITHIN, por lo que este contador se restablecerá cuando
+NUMBERED_WITHIN se restablece. Ve el segundo ejemplo a continuación.
- Esta instrucción define un entorno parecido a teorema. Argumentos:
+ La tercera forma ‘\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}’, con un
+argumento opcional entre los dos argumentos requeridos, crea un entorno
+cuyo contador compartirá el contador definido previamente NUMBERED_LIKE.
+Ve el tercer ejemplo.
-NUEVOENTORNO
- El nombre del nuevo entorno a definir; no debe ser el nombre de un
- entorno existente o de lo contrario será redefinido.
+ Este comando crea un contador llamado NAME. Además, a menos que se
+use el argumento opcional NUMBERED_LIKE, dentro del entorno similar a un
+teorema, el valor actual de ‘\ref’ será el de ‘\theNUMBERED_WITHIN’
+(*note \ref::).
-ETIQUETA
- El texto a imprimir al inicio del entorno, antes del número. Por
- ejemplo, ‘Teorema’.
+ Esta declaración es global. Es frágil (*note \protect::).
-NUMERADO_COMO
- (Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema;
+ Argumentos:
- (Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema
- el nuevo entorno será numerado exactamente como NUMERADO_COMO.
+NAME
+ El nombre del entorno. Es una cadena de letras. No debe comenzar
+ con una barra invertida, ‘\’. No debe ser el nombre de un entorno
+ existente, y el nombre del comando ‘\NAME’ no debe estar definido.
-CON
- (Opcional). El nombre de un contador definido previamente, una
- unidad de seccionado. El nuevo contador de teorema será
- restablecido al mismo tiempo que el contador CON.
+TITLE
+ El texto que se imprimirá al principio del entorno, antes del
+ número. Por ejemplo, ‘Teorema’.
- Cuando menos uno de NUMERADO_COMO y CON se debe especificar, no
-ambos.
+NUMBERED_WITHIN
+ Opcional; el nombre de un contador ya definido, generalmente una
+ unidad seccional como ‘chapter’ o ‘section’. Cuando el contador
+ NUMBERED_WITHIN se restablece y luego el entorno NAME el contador
+ también se restablecerá.
+
+ Si no se utiliza este argumento opcional, el comando ‘\theNAME’ se
+ establece en ‘\arabic{NAME}’.
+
+NUMBERED_LIKE
+ Opcional; el nombre de un entorno similar a un teorema ya definido.
+ El nuevo entorno se numerará en secuencia con NUMBERED_LIKE.
+
+ Sin ningún argumento opcional, los entornos están numerados
+secuencialmente. El siguiente ejemplo tiene una declaración en el
+preámbulo que da como resultado ‘Definición 1’ y ‘Definición 2’ en
+producción.
+
+ \newtheorem{defn}{Definición}
+ \begin{document}
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ Este ejemplo tiene el mismo cuerpo de documento que el anterior.
+Pero aquí el argumento opcional de ‘\newtheorem’ NUMBERED_WITHIN se da
+como ‘section’, por lo que el resultado es como ‘Definición 1.1’ y
+‘Definición 2.1’.
+
+ \newtheorem{defn}{Definición}[sección]
+ \begin{document}
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ En el siguiente ejemplo hay dos declaraciones en el preámbulo, el
+segundo de los cuales requiere que el nuevo entorno ‘thm’ use el mismo
+contador como ‘defn’. Da ‘Definición 1.1’, seguido por ‘Teorema 2.1’ y
+‘Definición 2.2’.
+
+ \newtheorem{defn}{Definición}[sección]
+ \newtheorem{thm}[defn]{Teorema}
+ \begin{document}
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{thm}
+ Primer thm
+ \end{thm}
+
+ \begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+ \end{defn}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newfont, Next: \protect, Prev: \newtheorem, Up: Definiciones
-13.7 ‘\newfont’
-===============
+12.10 ‘\newfont’
+================
-Sinopsis:
+Este comando está obsoleto. Esta descripción está aquí solo para ayudar
+con los viejos documentos. Los nuevos documentos deben definir letras
+en familias a través del nuevo esquema de selección de letras que te
+permite, por ejemplo, asociar una negrita con una romana (*note Tipos de
+letra::).
- \newfont{INSTRUCCIÓN}{NOMBREDETIPO}
+ Sinopsis:
- Define una secuencia de control ‘\INSTRUCCIÓN’, misma que no se debe
-haber definido, para hacer que NOMBREDETIPO sea el tipo de letra actual.
-El archivo bloqueado en el sistema es llamado ‘NOMBREDETIPO.tfm’.
+ \newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION}
- Esta es una instrucción de bajo nivel para configurar el uso de un
-tipo de letra individual. Comúnmente, los tipos de letra se definen a
-través de familias de archivos ‘.fd’.
+ Define un comando ‘\CMD’ que cambiará el tipo de letra actual. La
+secuencia de control no debe estar ya definida. Debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, ‘\’.
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \protect, Prev: \newfont, Up: Definiciones
+ La DESCRIPCIÓN DE LA LETRA consta de un NOMBRE DE LETRA y una opción
+“cláusula at”. LaTeX buscará en tu sistema un archivo llamado
+‘FONTNAME.tfm’. La cláusula at puede tener la forma ‘en DIMEN’ o
+‘FACTOR de escala’, donde un FACTOR de ‘1000’ significa que no hay
+escalado. Para los propósitos de LaTeX, todo lo que hace es escalar
+todos los caracteres y otras dimensiones de fuente relativo al tamaño de
+diseño de la fuente, que es un valor definido en el archivo ‘.tfm’.
-13.8 ‘\protect’
-===============
+ Esto define dos tipos de letra equivalentes y algunos caracteres
+tipográficos en cada una.
-Pies de página, saltos de línea, cualquier instrucción que tenga un
-argumento opcional, y muchas más de las así llamadas instrucciones
-“frágiles”. Cuando una instrucción frágil se utiliza en ciertos
-contextos, llamados “argumentos móviles”, estas se deben preceder con
-‘\protect’. Además, algunas instrucciones con argumentos frágiles deben
-tener su propia ‘\protect’.
+ \newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt}
+ \newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100}
+ \testfontat abc
+ \testfontscaled abc
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \protect, Next: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend, Prev: \newfont, Up: Definiciones
+
+12.11 ‘\protect’
+================
- Algunos ejemplos de argumentos móviles son ‘\caption’ (*note
-figure::), ‘\thanks’ (*note \maketitle::) y @-expresiones en entornos
+Todos los comandos de LaTeX son frágiles —“fragile”— o robustos
+—“robust”—. Un comando frágil se puede romper cuando se usa en el
+argumento para ciertos otros comandos. Comandos que contienen datos que
+LaTeX escribe en un archivo auxiliar y las relecturas posteriores son
+frágiles. Esto incluye material que va en una tabla de contenido, lista
+de figuras, lista de tablas, etc. Los comandos frágiles también
+incluyen saltos de línea, cualquier comando que tenga un argumento
+opcional, y muchos más. Para evitar que tales comandos rompan, una
+solución es precederlos con el comando ‘\protect’.
+
+ Por ejemplo, cuando LaTeX ejecuta ‘\section{NOMBRE SECCIÓN}’ escribe
+el texto NOMBRE SECCIÓN en el archivo auxiliar ‘.aux’, moviéndolo allí
+para usarlo en otra parte del documento como en la tabla de contenido.
+Cualquier argumento que sea expandido internamente por LaTeX sin
+escribirlo directamente es referido como un “argumento móvil”. Un
+comando es frágil si se puede expandir durante este proceso en un código
+TeX no válido. Algunos ejemplos de los argumentos móviles son los que
+aparecen en el comando ‘\caption{...}’ (*note figure::), en el comando
+‘\thanks{...}’ (*note \maketitle::), y en @expresiones en los entornos
‘tabular’ y ‘array’ (*note tabular::).
- Las instrucciones que no son frágiles se llaman “robustas”. Estas no
-se deben preceder con ‘\protect’.
+ Si obtienes extraños errores de los comandos utilizados para mover
+argumentos, intenta precediéndolos con ‘\protect’. Todos los comandos
+frágiles se deben proteger con su propio ‘\protect’.
- Vea también:
+ Aunque por lo general un comando ‘\protect’ no duele, los comandos de
+longitud son robustos y no deben estar precedidos por un comando
+‘\protect’. Tampoco se puede usar un comando ‘\protect’ en el argumento
+para los comandos ‘\addtocounter’ o ‘\setcounter’.
-<http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html>
-<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect>
+ En este ejemplo, el comando ‘\caption’ da un misterioso error sobre
+una llave extra. Soluciona el problema precediendo a cada comando
+‘\raisebox’ con ‘\protect’.
+
+ \begin{figure}
+ ...
+ \caption{Sede de la empresa A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}}
+ \end{figure}
+
+ En el siguiente ejemplo, el comando ‘\tableofcontents’ da un error
+porque los ‘\(..\)’ en el título de la sección se expande a ilegal TeX
+en el archivo ‘.toc’. Puedes resolver esto cambiando ‘\(..\)’ a
+‘\protect\(..\protect\)’.
+
+ \begin{document}
+ \tableofcontents
+ ...
+ \section{Einstein \( e=mc^2 \)}
+ ...

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Contadores, Next: Longitudes, Prev: Definiciones, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend, Next: paquete xspace, Prev: \protect, Up: Definiciones
-14 Contadores
-*************
+12.12 ‘\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend’
+=============================================
-Cualquier cosa numerada por LaTeX tiene un contador asociado a ella. El
-nombre del contador es el mismo nombre que el nombre del entorno o
-instrucción que produce el número, salvo las que no comienzan con ‘\’.
-(‘enumi’–‘enumiv’ se utilizan para entornos enumerados anidados). A
-continuación hay una lista de los contadores utilizados en las clases de
-documentos estándar de LaTeX para controlar la numeración.
+Sinopsis:
- part paragraph figure enumi
- chapter subparagraph table enumii
- section page footnote enumiii
- subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
- subsubsection
+ \ignorespaces
-* Menu:
+o
+
+ \ignorespacesafterend
-* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol:: Imprimiendo el valor de un contador.
-* \usecounter:: Utiliza un contador especificado en un entorno de lista.
-* \value:: Utiliza el valor de un contador en una expresión.
-* \setcounter:: Establece el valor de un contador.
-* \addtocounter:: Añade un calificador a un contador.
-* \refstepcounter:: Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
-* \stepcounter:: Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
-* \day \month \year:: Valores numéricos de fecha.
+ Ambos comandos hacen que LaTeX ignore los espacios en blanco (es
+decir, los caracteres de catcode 10 ​​como espacio o tabulación) después
+del final del comando hasta el primer cuadro o carácter que no esté en
+blanco. El primero es un comando primitivo de TeX, y el segundo es
+específico de LaTeX.
+
+ El ‘\ignorespaces’ se usa a menudo cuando se definen comandos a
+través de ‘\newcommand’, o ‘\newenvironment’, o ‘\def’. El ejemplo a
+continuación lo ilustra. Permite a un usuario mostrar los valores de
+los puntos para las preguntas de la prueba en el margen, pero es un
+inconveniente porque, como se muestra en la lista ‘enumerate’, los
+usuarios no deben poner ningún espacio entre el comando y el texto de la
+pregunta.
+
+ \newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item\points{10}no hay salida de espacio adicional aquí
+ \item\points{15} espacio extra entre el número y el `extra'
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+La solución es cambiar a esto.
+
+ \newcommand{\points}[1]{%
+ \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces}
+
+ Un segundo ejemplo muestra la eliminación de espacios en blanco del
+frente del texto. Los comandos a continuación permiten a un usuario
+adjuntar uniformemente un título a los nombres. Pero, tal como se
+indica, si un título accidentalmente comienza con un espacio, entonces
+‘\fullname’ reproducirá eso.
+
+ \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % recuerda el
+ % título
+ \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % pone el título
+ % antes del nombre
+
+ \begin{tabular}{|l|}
+ \honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % sin espacio adicional
+ % aquí
+ \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % espacio adicional antes
+ % del título
+ \end{tabular}
+
+Para arreglar esto, cambia a
+‘\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}’.
+
+ El ‘\ignorespaces’ también se usa a menudo en un ‘\newenvironment’ al
+final de la cláusula BEGIN, como en ‘\begin{newenvironment}{NOMBRE
+ENTORNO}{... \ignorespaces}{...}’.
+
+ Para quitar los espacios en blanco del final de un entorno, usa
+‘\ignorespacesafterend’. Un ejemplo es que esto mostrará mucho mayor
+espacio vertical entre el primer y el segundo entorno que entre el
+segundo y el tercero.
+
+ \newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}
+ \begin{eq}
+ e=mc^2
+ \end{eq}
+ \begin{equation}
+ F=ma
+ \end{equation}
+ \begin{equation}
+ E=IR
+ \end{equation}
+
+ Poner un carácter de comentario ‘%’ inmediatamente después del
+‘\end{eq}’ hará desaparecer el espacio vertical, pero eso es
+inconveniente. La solución es cambiar a
+‘\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Next: \usecounter, Up: Contadores
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: paquete xspace, Prev: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend, Up: Definiciones
+
+12.13 paquete xspace
+====================
+
+Sinopsis:
-14.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Imprimiendo Contadores
-==========================================================================
+ \usepackage{xspace}
+ ...
+ \newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
+
+ La macro ‘\xspace’, cuando se usa al final de una definición de
+comando, agrega un espacio a menos que el comando vaya seguido de
+ciertos caracteres de puntuación.
+
+ Después de un comando de secuencia de control que es una palabra de
+control (*note Secuencias de control::, a diferencia de los símbolos de
+control como ‘\$’), TeX engulle caracteres en blanco. Por lo tanto, en
+la primera oración a continuación, la salida tiene ‘Vermont’ colocado
+cómodamente contra el punto, sin ningún espacio intermedio.
+
+ \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
+ Nuestro colegio está en \VT.
+ Los veranos \VT{} son agradables.
+
+ Pero debido al engullimiento, la segunda oración necesita llaves
+vacías o de lo contrario no habría espacio que separe a ‘Vermont’ de
+‘veranos’. (Muchos autores en su lugar utilizan una barra
+invertida-espacio ‘\ ’ para esto. *Note \(SPACE)::).
+
+ El paquete ‘xspace’ proporciona ‘\xspace’. Es para escribir comandos
+que están diseñados para ser utilizados principalmente en texto. Se
+debe colocar al final de la definición de estos comandos. Inserta un
+espacio después de ese comando a menos que lo que siga inmediatamente
+esté en una lista de excepciones. En este ejemplo, las llaves vacías no
+son necesarias.
+
+ \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
+ Nuestro colegio está en \VT .
+ \VT los veranos son agradables.
+
+ La lista de excepciones predeterminada contiene los caracteres
+‘,.'/?;:!~-)’, la llave de apertura y el comando de espacio de barra
+invertida explicados anteriormente, y los comandos ‘\footnote’ o
+‘\footnotemark’. Añaden a esa lista ‘\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni
+\myfnii}’ que agrega ‘\myfni’ y ‘\myfnii’ a la lista, y elimina de esa
+lista como con ‘\xspaceaddexceptions{!}’.
+
+ Un comentario: muchos expertos prefieren no usar ‘\xspace’. Ponerlo
+en una definición significa que el comando generalmente obtendrá el
+espaciado correcto. Pero no es fácil predecir cuándo ingresar llaves
+vacías porque ‘\xspace’ se equivocará, como cuando le sigue otro
+comando, por lo que ‘\xspace’ puede hacer que editar material sea más
+difícil y más propenso a errores que siempre insertar las llaves vacías.
-Todas estas instrucciones toman como argumento un solo contador, por
-ejemplo, ‘\alph{enumi}’.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Contadores, Next: Longitudes, Prev: Definiciones, Up: Top
+
+13 Contadores
+*************
-‘\alph’
- imprime CONTADOR usando letras minúsculas: ‘a’, ‘b’, ...
+Todo lo que LaTeX numera para ti tiene un contador asociado con él. El
+nombre del contador suele ser el mismo que el nombre del entorno o
+comando asociado con el número, excepto que el nombre del contador no
+tiene barra invertida ‘\’. Así, asociado al comando ‘\chapter’ está el
+contador ‘chapter’ que mantiene la pista del número de capítulo.
-‘\Alph’
- utiliza letras mayúsculas: ‘A’, ‘B’, ...
+ A continuación se muestra una lista de los contadores utilizados en
+la clase ‘document’ estándar de LaTeX para controlar la numeración.
-‘\arabic’
- utiliza números Arábigos: ‘1’, ‘2’, ...
+ parte párrafo figura enumi
+ capítulo subpárrafo tabla enumii
+ sección página nota al pie enumiii
+ subsección ecuación mpfootnote enumiv
+ subsubsección
-‘\roman’
- utiliza números romanos en minúsculas: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ...
+ El contador ‘mpfootnote’ lo utiliza el comando ‘\footnote’ dentro de
+una minipágina (*note minipage::). Los contadores ‘enumi’ a través de
+‘enumiv’ se utilizan en el entorno ‘enumerate’, por hasta cuatro niveles
+de anidamiento (*note enumerate::).
-‘\roman’
- utiliza números romanos en mayúsculas: ‘I’, ‘II’, ...
+ Los contadores pueden tener cualquier valor entero, pero normalmente
+son positivos.
-‘\fnsymbol’
- imprime el valor de CONTADOR en una secuencia específica de nueve
- símbolos (convencionalmente usada para etiquetar notas al pie de
- página). El valor de CONTADOR debe estar entre 1 y 9 incluido.
+ Los nuevos contadores se crean con ‘\newcounter’. *Note
+\newcounter::.
- Los símbolos no son compatibles en info principalmente, pero aquí
- están los nombres:
- asterix(*) dagger(†) ddagger(‡) section-sign(§) paragraph-sign(¶) parallel(‖)
- double-asterix(**) double-dagger(††) double-ddagger(‡‡)
+* Menu:
+
+* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol:: Imprime el valor de un
+ contador.
+* \usecounter:: Utiliza un contador específico en un entorno
+ de lista.
+* \value:: Usa el valor de un contador en una
+ expresión.
+* \setcounter:: Establece el valor de un contador.
+* \addtocounter:: Agrega una cantidad a un contador.
+* \refstepcounter:: Incrementa un contador.
+* \stepcounter:: Incrementa un contador, restableciendo los
+ contadores subsidiarios.
+* \day - \month y \year:: Valores numéricos de fecha.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Next: \usecounter, Up: Contadores
+
+13.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Imprime contadores
+======================================================================
+
+Imprime el valor de un contador, en un estilo específico. Por ejemplo,
+si el contador COUNTER tiene el valor 1 entonces un ‘\alph{COUNTER}’ en
+tu fuente resultará en una letra a en minúsculas que aparece en la
+salida.
+
+ Todos estos comandos toman un solo contador como argumento, por
+ejemplo, ‘\alph{enumi}’. Ten en cuenta que el nombre del contador no
+comienza con una barra invertida.
+
+‘\alph{COUNTER}’
+ Imprime el valor de COUNTER en minúsculas: ‘a’, ‘b’, ... Si el
+ valor del contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, entonces obtienes
+ ‘Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande’.
+
+‘\Alph{COUNTER}’
+ Escribe en letras mayúsculas: ‘A’, ‘B’, ... Si el valor del
+ contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, obtiene ‘Error de LaTeX:
+ Contador demasiado grande.’
+
+‘\arabic{COUNTER}’
+ Imprime en números arábigos como ‘5’ o ‘-2’.
+
+‘\roman{COUNTER}’
+ Escribe en minúsculas números romanos: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ... Si el valor
+ del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna advertencia
+ o error, pero LaTeX no imprime nada en la salida.
+
+‘\Roman{COUNTER}’
+ Imprime en números romanos en mayúsculas: ‘I’, ‘II’, ... Si el
+ valor del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna
+ advertencia o error, pero LaTeX no imprime nada en la salida.
+
+‘\fnsymbol{COUNTER}’
+ Imprime el valor de COUNTER usando una secuencia de nueve símbolos
+ que se utilizan tradicionalmente para etiquetar las notas al pie.
+ El valor de COUNTER debe estar entre 1 y 9, inclusive. Si el el
+ valor del contador es menor que 0 o mayor que 9, entonces obtienes
+ ‘Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande’, mientras que si es 0,
+ no obtienes ningún error o advertencia pero LaTeX no genera nada.
+
+ Aquí están los símbolos:
+
+ Número Nombre Comando Símbolo
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ 1 asterisk ‘\ast’ *
+ 2 dagger ‘\dagger’ †
+ 3 ddagger ‘\ddagger’ ‡
+ 4 section-sign ‘\S’ §
+ 5 paragraph-sign ‘\P’ ¶
+ 6 double-vert ‘\parallel’ ‖
+ 7 double-asterisk ‘\ast\ast’ **
+ 8 double-dagger ‘\dagger\dagger’ ††
+ 9 double-ddagger ‘\ddagger\ddagger’ ‡‡

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \usecounter, Next: \value, Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Up: Contadores
-14.2 ‘\usecounter{CONTADOR}’
-============================
+13.2 ‘\usecounter’
+==================
Sinopsis:
- \usecounter{CONTADOR}
+ \usecounter{COUNTER}
- La instrucción ‘\usecounter’ se utiliza en el segundo argumento del
-entorno ‘list’ para especificar el CONTADOR a utilizar para numerar los
-elementos de la lista.
+ Usado en el segundo argumento del entorno ‘list’ (*note list::), este
+declara que los elementos de la lista serán numerados por COUNTER.
+Inicializa COUNTER a cero y organiza que cuando se llama a ‘\item’ sin
+su argumento opcional, entonces COUNTER se incrementa en
+‘\refstepcounter’, haciendo que su valor sea ​​el valor actual de ‘ref’
+(*note \ref::). Este comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Al ponerlo en el preámbulo del documento, este ejemplo crea un nuevo
+entorno de lista enumerada con TESTCOUNTER:
+
+ \newcounter{testcounter}
+ \newenvironment{test}{%
+ \begin{list}{}{%
+ \usecounter{testcounter}
+ }
+ }{%
+ \end{list}
+ }

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \value, Next: \setcounter, Prev: \usecounter, Up: Contadores
-14.3 ‘\value{CONTADOR}’
-=======================
+13.3 ‘\value’
+=============
Sinopsis:
- \value{CONTADOR}
+ \value{COUNTER}
+
+ Se expande al valor del contador COUNTER. (Ten en cuenta que el
+nombre de un contador no comienza con una barra invertida).
+
+ Este ejemplo genera ‘El contador de prueba es 6. Otro contador
+es 5.’.
+
+ \newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
+ \newcounter{other} \setcounter{other}{\value{test}}
+ \addtocounter{test}{1}
- La instrucción ‘\value’ produce el valor de CONTADOR. Esta se puede
-utilizar en cualquier lugar en que LaTeX espera un número, por ejemplo:
+ El contador de prueba es \arabic{test}. Otro contador es
+ \arabic{other}.
- \setcounter{micontador}{3}
- \addtocounter{micontador}{1}
- \hspace{\value{micontador}\parindent}
+ El comando ‘\value’ no se usa para componer el valor del contador.
+Para eso, *note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::.
+
+ A menudo se usa en ‘\setcounter’ o ‘\addtocounter’ pero ‘\value’ se
+puede usar en cualquier lugar donde LaTeX espera un número, como en
+‘\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}’. No debe estar precedido por
+‘\protect’ (*note \protect::).
+
+ Este ejemplo inserta ‘\hspace{4\parindent}’.
+
+ \setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
+ \hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \setcounter, Next: \addtocounter, Prev: \value, Up: Contadores
-14.4 ‘\setcounter{\CONTADOR}{VALOR}’
-====================================
+13.4 ‘\setcounter’
+==================
Sinopsis:
- \setcounter{CONTADOR}{VALOR}
+ \setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}
+
+ Configura globalmente el contador COUNTER para que tenga el valor del
+argumento VALUE, que debe ser un número entero. Por lo tanto, puedes
+establecer un valor del contador como ‘\setcounter{section}{5}’. Ten en
+cuenta que el nombre del contador no comienza con una barra invertida.
- La instrucción ‘\setcounter’ fija el valor de CONTADOR al argumento
-VALOR.
+ En este ejemplo, si el contador ‘theorem’ tiene el valor 12, entonces
+la segunda línea imprimirá ‘XII’.
+
+ \setcounter{ejercicio}{\value{teorema}}
+ Aquí está en Roman: \Roman{exercise}.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addtocounter, Next: \refstepcounter, Prev: \setcounter, Up: Contadores
-14.5 ‘\addtocounter{CONTADOR}{VALOR}’
-=====================================
+13.5 ‘\addtocounter’
+====================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}
-La instrucción ‘\addtocounter’ incrementa CONTADOR por la cantidad
-especificada por el argumento VALOR, que puede ser un número negativo.
+ Incrementar globalmente COUNTER por la cantidad especificada por el
+argumento VALUE, que puede ser negativo.
+
+ En este ejemplo, el valor de la sección aparece como ‘VII’.
+
+ \setcounter{section}{5}
+ \addtocounter{section}{2}
+ Aquí está en Roman: \Roman{section}.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \refstepcounter, Next: \stepcounter, Prev: \addtocounter, Up: Contadores
-14.6 ‘\refstepcounter{CONTADOR}’
-================================
+13.6 ‘\refstepcounter’
+======================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \refstepcounter{COUNTER}
+
+ Incrementa globalmente el valor de COUNTER en uno, al igual que
+‘\stepcounter’ (*note \stepcounter::). La diferencia es que este
+comando restablece el valor de cualquier contador numerado dentro de él.
+(Para la definición de “contadores numerados dentro”, *note
+\newcounter::).
-La instrucción ‘\refstepcounter’ trabaja de la misma manera que
-‘\stepcounter’ *Note \stepcounter::, excepto que esta además define el
-valor actual de ‘\ref’ para que sea el resultado de ‘\thecounter’.
+ Además, este comando también define el valor actual de ‘\ref’ es el
+resultado de ‘\thecounter’.
+
+ Mientras que el valor del contador se establece globalmente, el valor
+de ‘\ref’ se establece localmente, es decir, dentro del grupo actual.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \stepcounter, Next: \day \month \year, Prev: \refstepcounter, Up: Contadores
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \stepcounter, Next: \day - \month y \year, Prev: \refstepcounter, Up: Contadores
-14.7 ‘\stepcounter{CONTADOR}’
-=============================
+13.7 ‘\stepcounter’
+===================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \stepcounter{COUNTER}
+
+ Agrega globalmente uno a COUNTER y restablece todos los contadores
+numerados dentro de ella. (Para la definición de “contadores numerados
+dentro”, *note \newcounter::).
-La instrucción ‘\stepcounter’ añade uno al CONTADOR y restablece todos
-los contadores subsidiarios.
+ Este comando difiere de ‘\refstepcounter’ en que este no influye en
+las referencias; es decir, no define el valor actual de ‘\ref’ será el
+resultado de ‘\thecounter’ (*note \refstepcounter::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \day \month \year, Prev: \stepcounter, Up: Contadores
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \day - \month y \year, Prev: \stepcounter, Up: Contadores
-14.8 ‘\day \month \year’: Contadores Predefinidos
-=================================================
+13.8 ‘\day’, ‘\month’ y ‘\year’
+===============================
+
+LaTeX define el contador ‘\day’ para el día del mes (nominalmente con
+valor entre 1 y 31), ‘\month’ para el mes del año (nominalmente con un
+valor entre 1 y 12), y ‘\year’ para el año. Cuando TeX se inicia, se
+establecen a partir de los valores actuales en el sistema. El comando
+relacionado ‘\today’ produce una cadena que representa el día actual
+(*note \today::).
+
+ Los contadores no se actualizan a medida que avanza el trabajo, por
+lo que, en principio, podría ser incorrecto al final. Además, TeX no
+controla la sensatez:
+
+ \day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
-LaTeX define contadores para el día del mes (‘\day’, 1–31), mes del año
-(‘\month’, 1–12), y año (‘\year’, Era Común). Al iniciar TeX, estas son
-establecidas a los valores actuales en el sistema donde se está
-ejecutando TeX. Estas no se actualizan conforme al progreso del
-trabajo.
+no da ningún error o advertencia y da como resultado la salida ‘-2, -4’
+(el valor del mes falso no produce ningún resultado).
- La instrucción relacionada ‘\today’ produce una cadena de texto que
-representa el día actual (*note \today::).
+ *Note Entrada de la línea de comandos::, para forzar la fecha a un
+valor dado desde la línea de comandos.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Longitudes, Next: Haciendo Párrafos, Prev: Contadores, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Longitudes, Next: Crear párrafos, Prev: Contadores, Up: Top
-15 Longitudes
+14 Longitudes
*************
-Una ‘longitud’ es una medida de distancia. Muchas instrucciones LaTeX
-toman una longitud como argumento.
+“length” es una medida de distancia. Muchos comandos de LaTeX toman un
+argumento como longitud.
+
+ Las longitudes vienen en dos tipos. Un “longitud rígida” como ‘10pt’
+no contiene un componente ‘plus’ o ‘minus’. (TeX sencillo llama a esto
+una “dimensión”). Una “longitud de goma” (que TeX simple llama a “skip”
+o “glue”) como con ‘1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm’ puede contener uno o
+ambos componentes. En esa longitud elástica, el ‘1cm’ es la “longitud
+natural” mientras que los otros dos, componentes ‘plus’ y ‘minus’,
+permiten que TeX estire o reduzca la longitud para optimizar la
+colocación.
+
+ Las siguientes ilustraciones utilizan estos dos comandos.
+
+ % hace una barra negra de 10pt de alto y #1 de ancho
+ \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
+ % Hace un cuadro alrededor del #2 que tenga el #1 de ancho (excluyendo
+ % el borde)
+ \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
+ \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox a #1{#2}}}
+
+Este ejemplo usa esos comandos para mostrar una barra negra de
+100 puntos de largo entre ‘XXX’ y ‘YYY’. Esta longitud es rígida.
+
+ XXX\muestracaja{100pt}{\barranegra{100pt}}YYY
+
+ En cuanto a las longitudes elásticas, la reducción es más simple: con
+‘1cm minus 0.05cm’, la longitud natural es 1cm pero TeX la puede reducir
+hasta 0.95cm. Más allá de eso, TeX se niega a encogerse más. Por lo
+tanto, debajo del primero funciona bien, produciendo un espacio de
+98 puntos entre las dos barras.
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
+
+Pero el segundo recibe una advertencia como ‘Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too
+wide) detectado en la línea 17’. En la salida, la primer ‘Y’ se
+sobrescribe al final de la barra negra, porque el material de la caja es
+más ancho que los 300pt asignados, ya que TeX se ha negado a reducir el
+total a menos de 309 puntos.
+
+ Estirar es como encoger excepto que si se le pide a TeX que estire
+más allá de la cantidad dada, lo hará. Aquí la primera línea está bien,
+produciendo un espacio de 110 puntos entre las barras.
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
+
+En la segunda línea TeX necesita un tramo de 10 puntos y solo se
+especificó 1 punto. TeX estira el espacio al requerido pero te da una
+advertencia como ‘Infracompleto \hbox (maliciosos 10000) detectados en
+la línea 22’. (No hablaremos de la malicia).
+
+ Puedes estirar y encoger en la misma longitud, como en ‘1ex plus
+0.05ex minus 0.02ex’.
+
+ Si TeX está configurando dos o más longitudes elásticas, asigna la
+ampliación o reducción en proporción.
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{100pt}% left
+ \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
+ \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
+
+Las barras izquierda y derecha ocupan 100 puntos, por lo que la del
+medio necesita otros 100. La barra central es de 80 puntos por lo que
+los dos ‘\hspace’ se deben extender 20 puntos. Porque los dos son ‘plus
+50pt’ y ‘plus 10pt’, TeX obtiene 5/6 del tramo del primer espacio y 1/6
+del segundo.
+
+ El componente ‘plus’ o ‘minus’ de una longitud elástica puede
+contener un componente “fill”, como en ‘1in plus2fill’. Esto da la
+longitud infinita capacidad de estiramiento o contracción para que TeX
+pueda establecer a cualquier distancia. Aquí las dos figuras estarán
+espaciadas por igual en la página.
+
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{godel.png}%
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{einstein.png}%
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
+ \end{minipage}
+
+ TeX tiene tres niveles de infinito para componentes de pegamento:
+‘fil’, ‘fill’ y ‘filll’. Los últimos son más infinitos que los
+anteriores. Por lo general, los autores de documentos solo usan el del
+medio (*note \hfill:: y *note \vfill::).
+
+ Multiplicar una longitud elástica por un número la convierte en una
+longitud rígida, por lo que después de ‘\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus
+0.2 in}’ y ‘\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}’ entonces el valor de
+‘\zlength’ es ‘3in’.
* Menu:
-* \setlength:: Establece el valor de longitud.
-* \addtolength:: Añade una cantidad a longitud.
-* \settodepth:: Establece una longitud a la profundidad de algo más.
-* \settoheight:: Establece la longitud a la altura de algo más.
-* \settowidth:: Establece la longitud a la anchura de alguna otra cosa.
-* Longitudes Predeterminadas:: Longitudes que son, algo sí como, predefinidas.
+* Unidades de longitud:: Las unidades que conoce LaTeX.
+* \setlength:: Establece el valor de una longitud.
+* \addtolength:: Agrega una cantidad a una longitud.
+* \settodepth:: Establece una longitud a la profundidad de
+ algo.
+* \settoheight:: Establece una longitud a la altura de algo.
+* \settowidth:: Establece una longitud al ancho de algo.
+* \stretch:: Agrega capacidad de estiramiento infinita.
+* Expresiones:: Calcular con longitudes y números enteros.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \setlength, Next: \addtolength, Up: Longitudes
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Unidades de longitud, Next: \setlength, Up: Longitudes
-15.1 ‘\setlength{\LARGO}{VALOR}’
-================================
+14.1 Unidades de longitud
+=========================
+
+TeX y LaTeX conocen estas unidades tanto dentro como fuera del modo
+math.
+
+‘pt’
+ Punto, 1/72,27 pulgadas. La conversión (aproximada) a unidades
+ métricas es 1punto = .35146mm = .035146cm.
+
+‘pc’
+ Pica, 12 puntos
+
+‘in’
+ Pulgada, 72.27 puntos
+
+‘bp’
+ Punto grande, 1/72 pulgada. Esta longitud es la definición de un
+ punto en PostScript y muchos sistemas de autoedición.
+
+‘mm’
+ Milímetro, 2.845pt
+
+‘cm’
+ Centímetro, 10mm
+
+‘dd’
+ Punto didot, 1.07 pt
+
+‘cc’
+ Cicero, 12 dd
+
+‘sp’
+ Punto escalado, 1/65536 pt
+
+ Otras tres unidades se definen de acuerdo con la letra actual, en
+lugar de que sea una dimensión absoluta.
+
+‘ex’
+ La altura x de la letra actual “ex”, tradicionalmente la altura de
+ la letra minúscula x, se usa a menudo para longitudes verticales.
+
+‘em’
+ Del mismo modo “em”, tradicionalmente el ancho de la letra M
+ mayúscula, se utiliza a menudo para longitudes horizontales. Este
+ también a menudo es el tamaño de la letra actual, por ejemplo, una
+ letra nominal 10pt debe tener 1em = 10pt. LaTeX tiene varios
+ comandos para producir espacios horizontales basados en em (*note
+ \enspace - \quad y \qquad::).
+
+‘mu’
+ Finalmente, en el modo matemático, muchas definiciones se expresan
+ en términos de la unidad matemática “mu”, definida por 1em = 18mu,
+ donde el em es tomar de la familia actual de símbolos matemáticos.
+ *Note Espaciado en modo matemático::.
+
+ El uso de estas unidades puede ayudar a que una definición funcione
+mejor en todos los cambios de letra. Por ejemplo, una definición del
+espacio vertical entre lista de elementos dados como
+‘\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}’ es más probable que
+siga siendo razonable si se cambia la letra que una definición dada en
+puntos.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \setlength, Next: \addtolength, Prev: Unidades de longitud, Up: Longitudes
+
+14.2 ‘\setlength’
+=================
+
+Sinopsis:
-La instrucción ‘\setlength’ fija el valor de \LARGO al argumento VALOR,
-el cual se puede expresar en cualquier unidad que LaTeX entienda, es
-decir, pulgadas (‘in’), milímetros (‘mm’), puntos (‘pt’), puntos grandes
-(‘bp’, etc.
+ \setlength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
+
+ Establece la longitud \LEN en AMOUNT. El nombre de longitud ‘\LEN’
+tiene que ser una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de control::),
+y como tal debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ bajo
+circunstancias normales. La CANTIDAD puede ser una longitud elástica
+(*note Longitudes::). Puede ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede
+estar en cualquier unidad que LaTeX entienda (*note Unidades de
+longitud::).
+
+ A continuación, con los valores predeterminados de LaTeX, el primer
+párrafo tendrá sangría mientras que el segundo no.
+
+ Le dije al médico que me rompí la pierna en dos lugares.
+
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+ Dijo que dejara de ir a esos lugares.
+
+ Si no declaraste \LEN con ‘\newlength’, por ejemplo si lo escribes
+mal como en ‘\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}’,
+entonces obtienes un error como ‘Secuencia de control no definida.
+<argument> \sepcindent’. Si omites la barra invertida al comienzo del
+nombre de la longitud entonces obtienes un error como ‘Número faltante,
+tratado como cero.’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addtolength, Next: \settodepth, Prev: \setlength, Up: Longitudes
-15.2 \addtolength{\LARGO}{CANTIDAD}
-===================================
+14.3 ‘\addtolength’
+===================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
+
+ Incrementa la longitud \LEN por CANTIDAD. El nombre de longitud
+‘\LEN’ tiene que ser una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de
+control::), y como tal debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ bajo
+circunstancias normales. La CANTIDAD es una longitud elástica (*note
+Longitudes::). Puede ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede estar en
+cualquier unidad que LaTeX entienda (*note Unidades de longitud::).
+
+ A continuación, si ‘\parskip’ comienza con el valor ‘0pt plus 1pt’
-La instrucción ‘\addtolength’ incrementa la “instrucción de longitud”
-\LARGO por la cantidad especificada en el argumento CANTIDAD, misma que
-puede ser un valor negativo.
+ Doctor: ¿cómo está el niño que se tragó el dólar de plata?
+ \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
+
+ Enfermera: sin cambios.
+
+luego tiene el valor ‘1pt plus 1pt’ para el segundo párrafo.
+
+ Si no declaraste \LEN con ‘\newlength’, por ejemplo si lo escribes
+mal como en
+‘\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}’, luego
+obtienes un error como ‘Secuencia de control no definida. <argument>
+\sepcindent’. Si CANTIDAD usa una longitud que no ha sido declarada,
+por ejemplo, si por ejemplo escribes mal lo anterior como
+‘\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\prainden}’, entonces obtienes algo así
+como ‘Secuencia de control indefinida. <argumento> \praindent’. Si
+dejas la barra invertida fuera de \LEN, como en
+‘\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}’, entonces obtienes algo como ‘No puedes
+usar `la letra p' después de \advance’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \settodepth, Next: \settoheight, Prev: \addtolength, Up: Longitudes
-15.3 ‘\settodepth’
+14.4 ‘\settodepth’
==================
-‘\settodepth{\gnat}{texto}’
+Sinopsis:
- La instrucción ‘\settodepth’ fija el valor de una instrucción de
-‘longitud’ igual a la profundidad del argumento ‘texto’.
+ \settodepth{\LEN}{TEXT}
+
+ Establece la longitud \LEN en la profundidad del cuadro en el que se
+encuentra LaTeX escribiendo el argumento TEXT. El nombre de longitud
+‘\LEN’ tiene que ser una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de
+control::), y como tal debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ en
+circunstancias normales.
+
+ Esto imprimirá qué tan bajo van los descendientes de caracteres.
+
+ \newlength{\alphabetdepth}
+ \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+ \the\alphabetdepth
+
+ Si no declaraste \LEN con ‘\newlength’, si por ejemplo escribes mal
+lo anterior como ‘\setto depth{\aplhabet depth}{abc...}’, entonces
+obtienes algo como ‘Secuencia de control indefinida. <argument>
+\aplhabetdepth’. Si omites la barra invertida \LEN, como en
+‘\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}’ entonces obtienes algo como ‘Número
+faltante, tratado como cero. <para ser leído de nuevo> \setbox’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \settoheight, Next: \settowidth, Prev: \settodepth, Up: Longitudes
-15.4 ‘\settoheight’
+14.5 ‘\settoheight’
===================
-‘\settoheight{\gnat}{texto}’
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \settoheight{\LEN}{text}
+
+ Establece la longitud \LEN a la altura del cuadro en el que se coloca
+LaTeX escribe el argumento ‘text’. El nombre de longitud ‘\LEN’ tiene
+que ser una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de control::), y como
+tal debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ en circunstancias
+normales.
+
+ Esto imprimirá qué tan alto van los caracteres.
- La instrucción ‘\settoheight’ fija el valor de la instrucción de
-‘longitud’ igual a la altura del argumento ‘texto’.
+ \newlength{\alphabetheight}
+ \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+ \the\alphabetheight
+
+ Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \LEN con ‘\newlength’, si por
+ejemplo escribes mal como ‘\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}’,
+entonces obtienes algo como ‘Secuencia de control indefinida.
+<argumento> \alphabetheight’. Si y deja la barra invertida fuera de
+\LEN, como en ‘\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}’ entonces obtienes algo
+como ‘Número faltante, tratado como cero. <para ser leído de nuevo>
+\setbox’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: Longitudes Predeterminadas, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Longitudes
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: \stretch, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Longitudes
-15.5 ‘\settowidth{\LARGO}{TEXTO}’
-=================================
+14.6 ‘\settowidth’
+==================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}
+
+ Establece la longitud \LEN al ancho del cuadro en el que LaTeX coloca
+el argumento TEXT escrito. El nombre de longitud ‘\LEN’ tiene que ser
+una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de control::), y como tal
+debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ en circunstancias normales.
-La instrucción ‘\settowidth’ establece el valor del la instrucción
-\LARGO al valor del argumento TEXTO.
+ Esto imprime el ancho del alfabeto ASCII en minúsculas.
+
+ \newlength{\alphabetwidth}
+ \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+ \the\alphabetwidth
+
+ Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \LEN con ‘\newlength’, si, por
+ejemplo, escribes mal lo anterior como
+‘\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}’, entonces obtienes algo como
+‘Secuencia de control indefinida. <argumento> \aplhabetwidth’. Si y
+deja la barra invertida fuera de \LEN, como en
+‘\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}’ entonces obtienes algo como ‘Número
+faltante, tratado como cero. <para ser leído de nuevo> \setbox’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Longitudes Predeterminadas, Prev: \settowidth, Up: Longitudes
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \stretch, Next: Expresiones, Prev: \settowidth, Up: Longitudes
-15.6 Longitudes Predeterminadas
-===============================
+14.7 ‘\stretch’
+===============
-‘\width’
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \stretch{NUMBER}
+
+ Produce una longitud de caucho con longitud natural cero y NUMBER
+veces ‘\fill’ unidades de capacidad de estiramiento (*note
+Longitudes::). El NUMBER puede ser positivo o negativo. Este comando
+es robusto (*note \protect::).
+
+ Este comando es robusto. (*note \protect::). En este ejemplo
+horizontal, LaTeX produce tres marcas y la distancia entre el primero y
+el segundo es otra vez la mitad de largo que la distancia entre el
+segundo y tercero.
+
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}
+
+ En este ejemplo vertical, el ‘Dedicamos ...’ tendrá tres veces el
+espacio debajo de él que encima de él.
+
+ \newenvironment{dedication}{% en el preámbulo del documento
+ \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}%
+ \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % de espacio extensible en la parte
+ % superior
+ \it
+ }{%
+ \vspace{\stretch{3}} % espacio en el bot es 3 veces mayor que
+ % en la parte superior
+ \clearpage
+ }
+ ...
+ \begin{dedication} % en el cuerpo del documento
+ Dedicamos este libro a nuestras esposas.
+ \end{dedication}
- ‘\height’
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Expresiones, Prev: \stretch, Up: Longitudes
- ‘\depth’
+14.8 Expresiones
+================
- ‘\totalheight’
+Sinopsis, una de:
- Estos parámetros de longitud se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de
-las instrucciones que dibujan cajas (*note Cajas::). Especifican el
-ancho natural, etc., del texto en la caja. ‘\totalheight’ es igual a
-‘\height’ + ‘\depth’. Para hacer una caja con el texto extendido hasta
-el doble del tamaño natural, por ejemplo, digamos
+ \numexpr EXPRESSION
+ \dimexpr EXPRESSION
+ \glueexpr EXPRESSION
+ \muglue EXPRESSION
- ‘\makebox[ancho\2]{Consiga una camilla}’
+ Cualquier lugar donde puedes escribir un número entero, o una
+dimensión pegamento TeX, o TeX, o muglue, en su lugar puedes escribir
+una expresión para calcular ese tipo de cantidad.
+
+ Un ejemplo es que ‘\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax’ produce como
+salida la longitud que es cuatro puntos menos que el ancho de una línea
+(el único propósito de ‘\the’ es mostrar el resultado en el documento).
+Análogamente, ‘\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax’ produce ‘ix’ y
+‘\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax’ producirá ‘10.0pt plus 2.0pt’.
+
+ Una conveniencia aquí sobre hacer cálculos mediante la asignación de
+registros y entonces usando ‘\advance’, etc., es que la evaluación de
+expresiones no implica asignaciones y, por lo tanto, se puede realizar
+en lugares donde las asignaciones no están permitidas. El siguiente
+ejemplo calcula el ancho del ‘\parbox’.
+
+ \newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
+ \begin{center}
+ \parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{Con malicia hacia ninguno con
+ caridad para todos con firmeza en el derecho como Dios nos da para ver
+ el derecho esforcémonos en terminar el trabajo en el que estamos para
+ vendar las heridas de la nación, para cuidar de aquel que habrá
+ llevado la batalla y para su viuda y su huérfano \textasciitilde\ para
+ hacer todo lo que puedas alcanzar y cuidar una paz justa y duradera
+ entre nosotros y con todas las naciones ---Abraham Lincoln, Segundo
+ Discurso Inaugural, de el memorial}
+ \end{center}
+
+ La EXPRESIÓN consta de uno o más términos del mismo tipo (entero,
+dimensión, etc.) que se suman o se restan. Un término que es un tipo
+de número, dimensión, etc., consta de un factor de ese tipo,
+opcionalmente multiplicado o dividido por factores. Un factor de un
+tipo es ya sea una cantidad de ese tipo o una subexpresión entre
+paréntesis. La expresión produce un resultado del tipo dado, por lo que
+‘\numexpr’ produce un número entero, ‘\dimexpr’ produce una dimensión,
+etc.
+
+ En el ejemplo de cita anterior, cambiando a
+‘\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset’ da el error ‘Unidad de medida ilegal (pt
+insertado)’. Esto se debe a que para ‘\dimexpr’ y ‘\glueexpr’, la
+entrada consiste en una dimensión o valor de pegamento seguido de un
+factor de multiplicación opcional, y no al revés. Así ‘\the\dimexpr
+1pt*10\relax’ es válido y produce ‘10.0pt’, pero ‘\the\dimexpr
+10*1pt\relax’ da el error ‘Unidad ilegal’.
+
+ Las expresiones absorben tókenes y llevan a cabo las matemáticas
+apropiadas hasta un ‘\relax’ (que será absorbido), o hasta el primer
+token no válido. Por lo tanto, ‘\the\numexpr2+3px’ imprimirá ‘5px’,
+porque LaTeX lee el ‘\numexpr2+3’, que está formado por números, y luego
+encuentra la letra ‘p’, que no puede ser parte de un número. Por lo
+tanto, termina la expresión y produce ‘5’, seguido del texto normal
+‘px’.
+
+ Este comportamiento de terminación es útil en las comparaciones. En
+‘\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi’, el menor que sign
+termina la expresión y el resultado ‘No’ es (en un artículo estándar de
+LaTeX).
+
+ Las expresiones pueden usar los operadores ‘+’, ‘-’, ‘*’ y ‘/’ junto
+con paréntesis para subexpresiones, ‘(...)’. En pegar expresiones en
+que las partes ‘plus’ y ‘minus’ no necesitan paréntesis para ser
+afectadas por un factor. Entonces ‘\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2
+\relax’ da como resultado ‘10pt plus 2pt’.
+
+ TeX obligará a otros tipos numéricos de la misma manera que lo hace
+cuando hace asignación de registro. Así ‘\the\numexpr\dimexpr
+1pt\relax\relax’ dará como resultado ‘65536’, que es ‘1pt’ convertido a
+puntos escalados (*note ‘sp’: unidades de longitud sp, la unidad interna
+de TeX) y luego forzado a un número entero. Con un ‘\glueexpr’ aquí, el
+estirar y encoger se eliminaría. Yendo por el contrario, un ‘\numexpr’
+dentro de un ‘\dimexpr’ o ‘\glueexpr’ necesitará unidades apropiadas,
+como en ‘\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax’, que produce
+‘3.0pt’.
+
+ Detalles de la aritmética: cada factor se comprueba para estar en el
+rango permitido, los números deben ser menores que 2^{31} en valor
+absoluto, y las dimensiones o los componentes del pegamento deben ser
+inferiores a 2^{14} puntos, o ‘mu’, o ‘fil’, etc. Las operaciones
+aritméticas se realizan individualmente, a excepción de una operación de
+escala (una multiplicación seguida inmediatamente por una división) que
+se realiza como una operación combinada con un producto de 64 bits como
+valor intermedio. El resultado de cada operación se vuelve a comprobar
+para estar en el rango permitido.
+
+ Finalmente, la división y la escala se realizan con redondeo (a
+diferencia de TeX’s ‘\divide’, que trunca). De este modo ‘\the\dimexpr
+5pt*(3/2)\relax’ pone ‘10.0pt’ en el documento, porque redondea ‘3/2’ a
+‘2’, mientras que ‘\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax’ produce ‘5.0pt’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Haciendo Párrafos, Next: Fórmulas Matemáticas, Prev: Longitudes, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Crear párrafos, Next: Fórmulas math, Prev: Longitudes, Up: Top
-16 Haciendo Párrafos
-********************
+15 Crear párrafos
+*****************
+
+Para comenzar un párrafo, simplemente escribe un texto. Para acabar con
+el párrafo actual, pon una línea vacía. Son tres párrafos, cuya
+separación se hace mediante dos líneas vacías.
+
+ Es una verdad universalmente reconocida, que un solo hombre en
+ posesión de buena fortuna, debe estar necesitado de una esposa.
+
+ Por muy poco conocidos que puedan ser los sentimientos o las opiniones
+ de un hombre así sobre su primer vez entrando en un barrio, esta
+ verdad también está grabada en la mente de las familias aledañas, que
+ se le considera la propiedad legítima de una u otra de sus hijas.
+
+ ``Mi querido señor Bennet'', le dijo su dama un día, ``¿Has oído que
+ Netherfield Park está alquilado por fin?''
+
+ Un separador de párrafo puede estar hecho de una secuencia de al
+menos una línea de espacio en blanco, al menos una de las cuales no
+termina con un comentario. Una línea en blanco es una línea que está
+vacía o compuesta solo de caracteres en blanco, como un espacio o
+tabulación. Los comentarios en el código fuente comienzan con un ‘%’ y
+se extienden hasta el final de la línea. En el siguiente ejemplo, las
+dos columnas son idénticas:
+
+ \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+ \begin{document}
+ Primer párrafo.
+
+ Segundo párrafo.
+ \newpage
+ Primer párrafo
+
+ % La separación de líneas puede contener caracteres en blanco.
+
+ Segundo párrafo.
+ \end{document}
+
+ Una vez que LaTeX ha recopilado todo el contenido de un párrafo,
+divide el contenido en líneas de una manera optimizada en todo el
+párrafo (*note Salto de línea::).
+
+ Hay lugares donde no se permite un nuevo párrafo. No pongas una
+línea en blanco en modo math (*note Modos::); aquí la línea en blanco
+antes del ‘\end{equation}’
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ 2^{|S|} > |S|
-Un párrafo se termina por medio de una o más líneas completamente en
-blanco —líneas que no contienen incluso un ‘%’. Una línea en blanco no
-debe aparecer donde no se puede iniciar un nuevo párrafo, tal como en
-modo math o en el argumento de una instrucción de seccionado.
+ \end{equation}
+
+obtendrás el error ‘Se inserto el $ faltante’. Del mismo modo, la línea
+en blanco en este argumento ‘\section’
+
+ \section{aaa
+
+ bbb}
+
+obtiene ‘¿Argumento faltante? {aaa ! El párrafo terminó antes de
+completar \@sect’.
* Menu:
-* \indent:: Sangrando este párrafo.
-* \noindent:: No sangra el siguiente párrafo.
-* \parskip:: Añade un espacio antes de párrafos.
-* Notas al Margen:: Coloca palabras en el margen.
+* \par:: Finaliza el párrafo actual.
+* \indent y \noindent:: Va al modo horizontal, posiblemente con
+ una sangría.
+* \parindent y \parskip:: Espacio agregado antes de los párrafos.
+* Notas marginales:: Pone comentarios al margen.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \indent, Next: \noindent, Up: Haciendo Párrafos
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \par, Next: \indent y \noindent, Up: Crear párrafos
-16.1 ‘\indent’
-==============
+15.1 ‘\par’
+===========
-‘\indent’ produce un espacio horizontal donde el ancho es igual la
-longitud de ‘\parindent’, la sangría de un párrafo normal. Esta se
-utiliza para añadir la sangría de párrafos donde esta debería suprimirse
-en otro caso.
+Sinopsis (ten en cuenta que mientras lees la entrada TeX convierte
+cualquier secuencia de una o más líneas en blanco a un ‘\par’, *note
+Crear párrafos::):
- El valor predeterminado para ‘\parindent’ es ‘1em’ en modo de dos
-columnas, de lo contrario ‘15pt’ para documentos de ‘10pt’, ‘17pt’ para
-‘11pt’ y ‘1.5em’ para ‘12pt’.
+ \par
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \noindent, Next: \parskip, Prev: \indent, Up: Haciendo Párrafos
+ Finaliza el párrafo actual. La forma habitual de separar párrafos es
+con una línea en blanco pero el comando ‘\par’ es completamente
+equivalente. Este comando es robusto (*note \protect::).
-16.2 ‘\noindent’
-================
+ Este ejemplo usa ‘\par’ en lugar de una línea en blanco simplemente
+por legibilidad.
+
+ \newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
+ \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
+
+ En el modo LR, el comando ‘\par’ no hace nada y se ignora. En modo
+de párrafo, el comando ‘\par’ finaliza el modo de párrafo, cambiando
+LaTeX a modo vertical (*note Modos::).
+
+ No puedes usar el comando ‘\par’ en modo matemático. Tampoco lo
+puedes utilizar en el argumento de muchos comandos, como los comandos de
+seccionado, por ejemplo, ‘\section’ (*note Crear párrafos:: y *note
+\newcommand y \renewcommand::).
+
+ El comando ‘\par’ no es lo mismo que el comando ‘\paragraph’. Este
+último es, como ‘\section’ o ‘\subsection’, un comando de seccionado
+utilizado por las clases de documentos estándar LaTeX (*note
+\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph::).
+
+ El comando ‘\par’ no es lo mismo que ‘\newline’ o el salto de línea
+doble barra invertida, ‘\\’. La diferencia es que ‘\par’ finaliza el
+párrafo, no solo la línea, y también desencadena la adición de el
+espacio vertical entre párrafos ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent y
+\parskip::).
+
+ La salida de este ejemplo
+
+ xyz
-Cuando se utiliza al principio de un párrafo, ‘\noindent’ suprime
-cualquier sangría. Esta no tiene efecto cuando se utiliza en medio de
-un párrafo.
+ \setlength{\parindent}{3in}
+ \setlength{\parskip}{5in}
+ \noindent test\indent test1\par test2
+
+es: después de ‘xyz’ hay un salto vertical de 5 pulgadas y luego aparece
+‘test’, alineado con el margen izquierdo. En la misma línea, hay un
+espacio horizontal vacío de 3 pulgadas y luego aparece ‘test1’.
+Finalmente, hay un espacio vertical de 5 pulgadas, seguido de un párrafo
+nuevo con una sangría de párrafo de 3 pulgadas, y luego LaTeX pone el
+texto ‘test2’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \parskip, Next: Notas al Margen, Prev: \noindent, Up: Haciendo Párrafos
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \indent y \noindent, Next: \parindent y \parskip, Prev: \par, Up: Crear párrafos
-16.3 ‘\parskip’
-===============
+15.2 ‘\indent’ y ‘\noindent’
+============================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \indent
+
+o
+
+ \noindent
+
+ Va al modo horizontal (*note Modos::). El comando ‘\indent’ primero
+genera un cuadro vacío cuyo ancho es ‘\parindent’. Estos comandos son
+robustos (*note \protect::).
+
+ Normalmente se crea un nuevo párrafo poniendo una línea en blanco.
+*Note \par::, por la diferencia entre este comando y ‘\par’. Para
+comenzar un párrafo sin sangría, o continuar un párrafo interrumpido,
+usa ‘\noindent’.
+
+ En medio de un párrafo, el comando ‘\noindent’ no tiene efecto,
+porque LaTeX ya está en modo horizontal allí. El único efecto del
+comando ‘\indent’ es generar un espacio.
+
+ Este ejemplo inicia un párrafo nuevo.
+
+ ... fin del párrafo anterior.
+
+ \noindent Este párrafo no tiene sangría.
-‘\parskip’ es una instrucción que preserva la longitud definiendo
-espacio vertical extra añadido antes de cada párrafo. El predeterminado
-es ‘0pt más 1pt’.
+y esto continúa un párrafo interrumpido.
+
+ Los datos
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl} ... \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ \noindent muestra esto claramente.
+
+ Para omitir la sangría en todo el documento, pon
+‘\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}’ en el preámbulo. Si lo haces, es posible
+que también desees establecer la longitud de los espacios entre
+párrafos, ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent y \parskip::).
+
+ Los estilos predeterminados de LaTeX tienen el primer párrafo después
+de una sección que es sin sangría, como es la composición tipográfica
+tradicional en inglés. Para cambiar eso, busca en CTAN el paquete
+‘indentfirst’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al Margen, Prev: \parskip, Up: Haciendo Párrafos
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \parindent y \parskip, Next: Notas marginales, Prev: \indent y \noindent, Up: Crear párrafos
-16.4 Notas al Margen
-====================
+15.3 ‘\parindent’ y ‘\parskip’
+==============================
Sinopsis:
- \marginpar[IZQUIERDA]{DERECHA}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{HORIZONTAL LEN}
+ \setlength{\parskip}{VERTICAL LEN}
+
+ Ambas son longitudes elásticas (*note Longitudes::). Afectan a la
+sangría de párrafos ordinarios, no de párrafos dentro de minipáginas
+(*note minipage::), y el espacio vertical entre párrafos,
+respectivamente.
+
+ Por ejemplo, si esto se pone en el preámbulo:
+
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+ \setlength{\parskip}{1ex}
+
+El documento tendrá párrafos sin sangría, pero en su lugar están
+separados verticalmente por aproximadamente la altura de una ‘x’
+minúscula.
+
+ En la clase DOCUMENT estándar de LaTeX, el valor predeterminado para
+‘\parindent’ en documentos de una columna es ‘15pt’ cuando el el tamaño
+de texto predeterminado es ‘10pt’, ‘17pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘1.5em’ para
+‘12pt’. En documentos de dos columnas es ‘1em’. (Estos valores se
+establecen antes de que LaTeX llame a ‘\normalfont’ para que ‘em’ se
+derive de la letra predeterminada, Computer Modern. Si utilizas una
+letra diferente y luego estableces ‘\parindent’ en 1em coincidentes en
+esa letra, pon ‘\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}’ en el
+preámbulo).
- La instrucción ‘\marginpar’ crea una nota en el margen. La primera
-línea de una nota tiene que ser la misma línea base que la línea en el
-texto donde ocurre el ‘\marginpar’.
+ El valor predeterminado para ‘\parskip’ en las clases ‘document’
+estándar de LaTeX es ‘0pt plus1pt’.
- Cuando únicamente se especifica el argumento obligatorio RIGHT, el
-texto se deberá colocar
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas marginales, Prev: \parindent y \parskip, Up: Crear párrafos
+
+15.4 Notas marginales
+=====================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
- • en el margen derecho para diseños de un solo lado;
- • en el margen externo para diseños de dos caras;
- • en el margen más cercano en diseños de dos columnas.
+ \marginpar{RIGHT}
+ \marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT}
- La instrucción ‘\reversemarginpar’ coloca las subsecuentes notas al
-margen en el margen (dentro) opuesto. ‘\normalmarginpar’ las coloca en
-la posición predeterminada.
+ Crea una nota en el margen. La primera línea de la nota tendrá la
+misma línea base que la línea en el texto donde el ‘\marginpar’ ocurre.
- Cuando se especifican ambos argumentos, se utiliza LEFT para el
-margen izquierdo y se utiliza RIGHT para el margen derecho.
+ El margen que usa LaTeX para la nota depende del diseño actual (*note
+Opciones de la clase documento::) y también en ‘\reversemarginpar’ (ve
+abajo). Si estás utilizando el diseño de un solo lado (opción de
+documento ‘oneside’) entonces va en el margen derecho. Si estás usando
+diseño de dos caras (opción de documento ‘twoside’) entonces va en el
+margen exterior. Si estás en el diseño de dos columnas (opción de
+documento ‘twocolumn’) entonces va en el margen más cercano.
- La primer palabra normalmente no se debe separar con guiones; usted
-puede habilitar la separación silábica con guiones comenzando la nota
-con ‘\hspace{0pt}’.
+ Si declaras ‘\reversemarginpar’ entonces LaTeX colocará notas
+marginales posteriores en el margen opuesto al dado en el párrafo
+anterior. Vuelve a la posición predeterminada con ‘\normalmarginpar’.
- Los parámetros que afectan el formato de la nota son:
+ Cuando especificas el argumento opcional LEFT, entonces se usa para
+una nota en el margen izquierdo, mientras que el argumento obligatorio
+RIGHT se utiliza para una nota en el margen derecho.
+
+ Normalmente, a la primera palabra de una nota, no se le aplicará la
+separación silábica. Puedes habilitar guiones allí comenzando LEFT o
+RIGHT con ‘\hspace{0pt}’.
+
+ Estos parámetros afectan el formato de la nota:
‘\marginparpush’
- El espacio mínimo vertical entre notas; el predeterminado es ‘7pt’
- para documentos de ‘12pt’, de lo contrario ‘5pt’.
+ Espacio vertical mínimo entre notas; predeterminado ‘7pt’ para
+ documentos ‘12pt’, ‘5pt’ de lo contrario. Ve también *note
+ parámetros marginparpush del diseño de página::.
‘\marginparsep’
- Espacio horizontal entre el texto vertical y la nota;
- predeterminado ‘11pt’ para ‘10pt’ documentos, en otro caso ‘10pt’.
+ Espacio horizontal entre el texto principal y la nota;
+ predeterminado ‘11pt’ para documentos ‘10pt’, ‘10pt’ de lo
+ contrario.
‘\marginparwidth’
- El ancho de la nota en sí misma; el predeterminado para documentos
- de un solo lado de ‘10pt’ es ‘90pt’, ‘83pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘68pt’
- para ‘12pt’; ‘17pt’ más en cada caso para documentos de dos caras.
- En el modo de dos columnas, el predeterminado es ‘48pt’.
+ Ancho de la nota en sí; predeterminado para un documento ‘10pt’ de
+ una sola cara es ‘90pt’, ‘83pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘68pt’ para ‘12pt’;
+ ‘17pt’ más en cada caso para un documento de dos caras. En el modo
+ de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es ‘48pt’.
+
+ La rutina estándar de LaTeX para notas marginales no impide notas se
+caigan de la parte inferior de la página.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Fórmulas Matemáticas, Next: Modos, Prev: Haciendo Párrafos, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Fórmulas math, Next: Modos, Prev: Crear párrafos, Up: Top
-17 Fórmulas Matemáticas
-***********************
+16 Fórmulas math
+****************
-Existen tres entornos que ponen a LaTeX en modo math:
+Produce texto matemático poniendo LaTeX en modo matemático o pantalla
+modo matemático (*note Modos::). Este ejemplo muestra ambos.
-‘math’
- Para fórmulas que aparecerán directamente en el texto.
-‘displaymath’
- Para fórmulas que aparecerán en su propia línea.
-‘equation’
- El mismo que el del entorno displaymath salvo que este añade un
- número de ecuación en el margen derecho.
+ La ecuación de onda para \( u \) es
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \frac{\partial^2u}{\partial t^2} = c^2\nabla^2u
+ \end{displaymath}
+ donde \( \nabla^2 \) es el Laplacian espacial y \( c \) es constante.
+
+El modo math es para matemáticas en línea. En el ejemplo anterior se
+invoca por la ‘\(’ inicial y terminado por la ‘\)’ final
+correspondiente. El modo de pantalla matemática es para ecuaciones
+mostradas y aquí es invocado por el entorno ‘displaymath’. Ten en
+cuenta que cualquier texto matemático que sea, incluido el texto
+matemático que consta de un solo carácter, se maneja en modo matemático.
+
+ Cuando está en modo matemático o en modo de visualización matemática,
+LaTeX maneja muchos aspectos de tu texto de entrada de manera diferente
+que en otros modos de texto. Por ejemplo,
- El entorno ‘math’ se pude utilizar tanto en párrafos como en modo LR,
-pero los entornos ‘displaymath’ y ‘equation’ se pueden utilizar
-únicamente en modo párrafo. Los entornos ‘math’ y ‘displaymath’ se
-utilizan tan a menudo que tienen las siguientes formas abreviadas:
+ contrastar x+y con \( x+y \)
- \(...\) en lugar de \begin{math}...\end{math}
- \[...\] en lugar de \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+en el modo matemático, las letras están en cursiva y el espacio
+alrededor del signo más es diferente.
- De hecho, el entorno ‘math’ es como una instrucción que tiene incluso
-una forma abreviada:
+ Hay tres formas de hacer fórmulas en línea, para poner LaTeX en modo
+math.
- $ ... $ en lugar de \(...\)
+ \( MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO \)
+ $ MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO $
+ \begin{math} MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO \end{math}
- La instrucción ‘\boldmath’ cambia letras y símbolos matemáticos en
-tipo de letra en negrita. Este se utiliza _fuera_ del modo math. Por
-el contrario, la instrucción ‘\unboldmath’ cambia los glifos matemáticos
-para estar en un tipo de letra normal; este también se utiliza _fuera_
-del modo math.
+Se prefiere la primera forma y la segunda es bastante común, pero la
+tercera forma rara vez se usa. A veces puedes usar uno y a veces otro,
+como en ‘\(x\) y $y$’. Puedes utilizar estos en el párrafo o en modo LR
+(*note Modos::).
- La declaración ‘\displaystyle’ presiona para que el tamaño y estilo
-de la fórmula sea el de ‘displaymath’, por ejemplo, con limites por
-encima y debajo de sumatorias. Por ejemplo
- $\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $
+ Para mostrar fórmulas, pon a LaTeX en modo de visualización
+matemática con o:
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+o
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO
+ \end{equation}
+
+(*note displaymath::, *note equation::). La única diferencia es que con
+el entorno ‘equation’, LaTeX pone un número de fórmula junto a la
+fórmula. La construcción ‘\[ MATH \]’ es equivalente a
+‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’. Estos entornos sólo se
+pueden utilizar en el modo párrafo (*note Modos::).
+
+ La American Mathematical Society ha puesto a disposición
+gratuitamente un conjunto de paquetes que amplían enormemente sus
+opciones para escribir matemáticas, ‘amsmath’ y ‘amssymb’ (también ten
+en cuenta el paquete ‘mathtools’ que es una extensión y carga
+‘amsmath’). Los nuevos documentos que tendrán texto matemático deben
+usar estos paquetes. Las descripciones de estos paquetes están fuera
+del alcance de este documento; ve su documentación en CTAN.
* Menu:
-* Subíndices y Superíndices:: También conocido como exponente o índice.
-* Símbolos Matemáticos:: Varios garabatos matemáticos.
-* Funciones Matemáticas:: Nombres de funciones Matemáticas como sin y exp.
-* Acentos Matemáticos:: Acentos en Matemáticas.
-* Espacios en Modo Math:: Espacios gruesos, medianos, delgados y negativos.
-* Miscelánea Math:: Cosas que no encajan en ninguna otra categoría.
+* Subíndices y superíndices:: También conocidos como exponentes o
+ índices.
+* Símbolos matemáticos:: Varios garabatos matemáticos.
+* Funciones matemáticas:: Nombres de funciones matemáticas como
+ sin y exp.
+* Acentos matemáticos:: Acentos en matemáticas.
+* Sobre y subrayado:: Cosas por encima o por debajo de las
+ fórmulas.
+* Espaciado en modo matemático:: Espacios gruesos, medianos, delgados
+ y negativos.
+* Estilos math:: Determinan el tamaño de las cosas.
+* Miscelánea matemática:: Cosas que no encajan en ningún otro
+ lugar.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Subíndices y Superíndices, Next: Símbolos Matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Subíndices y superíndices, Next: Símbolos matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas math
-17.1 Subíndices y Superíndices
+16.1 Subíndices y superíndices
==============================
-Para hacer que una expresión exp aparezca como un subíndice, escriba
-‘_{’exp‘}’. Para hacer que exp aparezca como un exponente, escriba
-‘^{’exp‘}’. LaTeX maneja superíndices, subíndices y todas esas cosas de
-manera natural. Incluso hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un
-subíndice como un superíndice.
+Sinopsis (en modo matemático o modo de visualización matemático), uno
+de:
+
+ BASE^EXP
+ BASE^{EXP}
+
+o, uno de:
+
+ BASE_EXP
+ BASE_{EXP}
+
+ Hace que EXP aparezca como un superíndice de BASE (con el carácter
+signo de intercalación, ‘^’) o un subíndice (con guión bajo, ‘_’).
+
+ En este ejemplo, ‘0’ y ‘1’ son subscripts mientras que ‘2’ son
+superscripts.
+
+ \( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
+
+ Para que el subscript o superscript contenga más de un carácter,
+rodea la expresión con llaves, como en ‘e^{-2x}’. La cuarta línea de
+este ejemplo muestra llaves usadas para agrupar una expresión para el
+exponente.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ (3^3)^3=27^3=19\,683
+ \qquad
+ 3^{(3^3)}=3^{27}=7\,625\,597\,484\,987
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+ LaTeX sabe cómo manejar un superíndice en un superíndice, o un
+subíndice sobre subíndice, o superscript sobre subs, o subs sobre
+supers. Así que, expresiones como ‘e^{x^2}’ y ‘x_{i_0}’ dan producción.
+Ten en cuenta el uso en esas expresiones de llaves para dar a BASE una
+determinada EXP. Si ingresas ‘\(3^3^3\)’, esto se interpreta como
+‘\(3^{3}^{3}\)’ y luego obtienes el error TeX ‘Doble superíndice’.
+
+ LaTeX hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un subscript como un
+superscript. En este ejemplo, la integral tiene ambos. Salen en el
+lugar correcto sin ninguna intervención del autor.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+Ten en cuenta las llaves alrededor de ‘x=a’ para hacer que la expresión
+completa sea un subíndice.
+
+ Para poner un superscript o subscript antes de un símbolo, usa una
+construcción como ‘{}_t K^2’. Las llaves vacías ‘{}’ dan al subíndice
+algo para adjuntar y evita que accidentalmente adjuntes un símbolo
+anterior.
+
+ Usar el carácter de subíndice o superíndice fuera del modo math o el
+modo ‘display math’, como en ‘la expresión x^2’, obtendrás el error TeX
+‘Falta insertar el $’.
+
+ Una razón común para querer subscripts fuera de un modo math es la
+composición tipográfica de fórmulas químicas. Hay paquetes para eso,
+como ‘mhchem’; ve CTAN.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Símbolos Matemáticos, Next: Funciones Matemáticas, Prev: Subíndices y Superíndices, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Símbolos matemáticos, Next: Funciones matemáticas, Prev: Subíndices y superíndices, Up: Fórmulas math
-17.2 Símbolos Matemáticos
+16.2 Símbolos matemáticos
=========================
-LaTeX proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático que muy
-probablemente necesite. Las instrucciones para generarlas se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo math. Por ejemplo, si incluye ‘$\pi$’ en su
-archivo fuente, aparecerá el símbolo de pi (\pi) en su salida.
+LaTeX proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático o técnico que
+cualquiera usa. Por ejemplo, si incluyes ‘$\pi$’ en tu fuente,
+obtendrás el símbolo pi π. Ve el “Paquete LaTeX Integral Lista de
+símbolos” en <https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive>.
+
+ A continuación, tienes una lista de símbolos comúnmente usados. De
+ninguna manera es exhaustiva. Cada símbolo se describe con una frase
+corta y su clase de símbolo, que determina el espacio a su alrededor, se
+da entre paréntesis. A no ser que dicho de otra manera, los comandos
+para estos símbolos solo se pueden usar en modo matemáticas. Para
+redefinir un comando para que se pueda usar cualquiera que sea el estado
+modo actual, *note \ensuremath::.
‘\|’
- \|
+ ∥ Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\parallel’.
‘\aleph’
- \aleph
+ ℵ Aleph, cardinal transfinito (común).
‘\alpha’
- \alpha
+ α Letra griega alfa minúscula (común).
‘\amalg’
- \amalg (operación binaria)
+ ⨿ Unión disjunta (binaria)
‘\angle’
- \angle
+ ∠ Ángulo geométrico (común). Similar: less-than sign ‘<’ y salto
+ de línea angular ‘\langle’.
‘\approx’
- \approx (relación)
+ ≈ Casi igual a (relación).
‘\ast’
- \ast (operación binaria)
+ ∗ Operador asterisco, convolución, seis puntas (binario).
+ Sinónimo: ‘*’, que suele ser un superíndice o subíndice, como en la
+ estrella Kleene. Similar ‘\star’, que es de cinco puntas, y a
+ veces se usa como una operación binaria general, y a veces
+ reservado para la correlación cruzada.
‘\asymp’
- \asymp (relación)
+ ≍ Asintóticamente equivalente (relación).
‘\backslash’
- \ (delimitador)
+ \ Barra invertida (común). Similar: set minus ‘\setminus’, y
+ ‘\textbackslash’ para barra invertida fuera del modo matemático.
‘\beta’
- \beta
+ β Letra griega minúscula beta (común).
‘\bigcap’
- \bigcap
+ ⋂ Intersección (operador) de tamaño variable o n-ario. Similar:
+ intersección binaria ‘\cap’.
‘\bigcirc’
- \bigcirc (operación binaria)
+ ⚪ Círculo, más grande (binario). Similar: función
+ composición ‘\circ’.
‘\bigcup’
- \bigcup
+ ⋃ Unión (operador) de tamaño variable o n-aria. Similar: binario
+ union ‘\cup’.
‘\bigodot’
- \bigodot
+ ⨀ Operador de punto en un círculo de tamaño variable u (operador)
+ n-ario.
‘\bigoplus’
- \bigoplus
+ ⨁ Operador más (operador) de tamaño variable, o n-ario, dentro de
+ un círculo.
‘\bigotimes’
- \bigotimes
+ ⨂ Operador de tiempo dentro de un círculo de tamaño variable, u
+ (operador) n-ario.
‘\bigtriangledown’
- \bigtriangledown (operación binaria)
+ ▽ Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o n-ary apuntando hacia
+ abajo (binario). Sinónimo: \VARBIGTRIANGLEDOWN.
‘\bigtriangleup’
- \bigtriangleup (operación binaria)
+ △ Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o n-ary apuntando hacia
+ arriba (binario). Sinónimo: \VARBIGTRIANGLEUP.
‘\bigsqcup’
- \bigsqcup
+ ⨆ Unión cuadrada de tamaño variable u (operador) n-ario.
‘\biguplus’
- \biguplus
+ ⨄ Operador de unión de tamaño variable, o n-ario, con un signo más
+ (operador). (Ten en cuenta que el nombre solo tiene una p).
-‘\bigcap’
- \bigvee
+‘\bigvee’
+ ⋁ De tamaño variable, o n-ario, u (operador) lógico.
‘\bigwedge’
- \bigwedge
+ ⋀ De tamaño variable, o n-ario, y lógico (operador).
‘\bot’
- \bot
+ ⊥, arriba, abajo, elemento mínimo de un conjunto de elementos
+ parcialmente ordenado, o una contradicción (común). Consulta
+ también ‘\top’.
‘\bowtie’
- \bowtie (relación)
+ ⋈ Unión natural de dos relaciones (relación).
‘\Box’
- (símbolo de caja cuadrada abierta)
+ □ Operador modal por necesidad; caja cuadrada abierta (común). No
+ disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete
+ ‘amssymb’.
‘\bullet’
- \bullet (operación binaria)
+ • Viñeta (binario). Similar: multiplicación dot ‘\cdot’.
‘\cap’
- \cap (operación binaria)
+ ∩ Intersección de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+ variable operator ‘\bigcap’.
‘\cdot’
- \cdot (operación binaria)
+ ⋅ Multiplicación (binario). Similar: Bala dot ‘\bullet’.
‘\chi’
- \chi
+ χ Chi griego minúscula (común).
‘\circ’
- \circ (operación binaria)
+ ∘ Composición de funciones, operador de anillo (binario). Similar:
+ operator ‘\bigcirc’ de tamaño variable.
‘\clubsuit’
- \clubsuit
+ ♣ Palo de la carta del club (común).
+
+‘\complement’
+ ∁, Complemento de conjunto, usado como superíndice como en
+ ‘$S^\complement$’ (común). No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’. También usado:
+ ‘$S^{\mathsf{c}}$’ or ‘$\bar{S}$’.
‘\cong’
- \cong (relación)
+ ≅ Congruente (relación).
‘\coprod’
- \coprod
+ ∐ Coproducto (operador).
‘\cup’
- \cup (operación binaria)
+ ∪ Unión de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de tamaño variable
+ operator ‘\bigcup’.
‘\dagger’
- \dagger (operación binaria)
+ † Relación Dagger (binario).
‘\dashv’
- \dashv (relación)
+ ⊣ Guión con torniquete invertido vertical (relación). Similar:
+ turnstile ‘\vdash’.
‘\ddagger’
- \dagger (operación binaria)
+ ‡ Relación de doble daga (binario).
‘\Delta’
- \Delta
+ Δ Delta mayúscula griega, usado para incremento (común).
‘\delta’
- \delta
+ δ Delta minúscula griega (común).
‘\Diamond’
- \diamond más grande
+ ◇ Operador de diamante grande (común). No disponible en TeX
+ simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\diamond’
- \diamond (operación binaria)
+ ⋄ Operador de diamante (binario). Similar: large
+ diamond ‘\Diamond’, encierra en un círculo bullet ‘\bullet’.
‘\diamondsuit’
- \diamondsuit
+ ♢ Palo de carta diamante (común).
‘\div’
- \div (operación binaria)
+ ÷ Signo de división (binario).
‘\doteq’
- \doteq (relación)
+ ≐ Se acerca al límite (relación). Similar: geométricamente igual
+ to ‘\Doteq’.
‘\downarrow’
- \downarrow (delimitador)
+ ↓ Flecha hacia abajo, converge (relación). Similar: ‘\Downarrow’
+ flecha hacia abajo de doble línea.
‘\Downarrow’
- \Downarrow (delimitador)
+ ⇓ Flecha hacia abajo de doble línea (relación). Similar:
+ ‘\downarrow’ flecha hacia abajo de una sola línea.
‘\ell’
- \ell
+ ℓ Letra cursiva minúscula l (común).
‘\emptyset’
- \emptyset
+ ∅ Símbolo de conjunto vacío (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\varnothing’.
‘\epsilon’
- \epsilon
+ ϵ Epsilon semilunar en minúsculas (común). Similar a Letra de
+ texto griego. Más ampliamente utilizado en matemáticas es el
+ script en letra pequeña épsilon ‘\varepsilon’ ε. Relacionado: la
+ relación de pertenencia del conjunto ‘\in’ ∈.
‘\equiv’
- \equiv (relación)
+ ≡ Equivalencia (relación).
‘\eta’
- \eta
+ η Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\exists’
- \exists
+ ∃ Cuantificador existencial (común).
‘\flat’
- \flat
+ ♭ Bemol musical (común).
‘\forall’
- \forall
+ ∀ Cuantificador universal (común).
‘\frown’
- \frown (relacion)
+ ⌢ Arco curvo hacia abajo (común).
‘\Gamma’
- \Gamma
+ Γ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\gamma’
- \gamma
+ γ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\ge’
- \ge
+ ≥ Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo for ‘\geq’.
‘\geq’
- \geq (relación)
+ ≥ Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo for ‘\ge’.
‘\gets’
- \gets
+ ← Se le asigna el valor (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\leftarrow’.
‘\gg’
- \gg (relación)
+ ≫ Mucho mayor que (relación). Similar: mucho menos que ‘\ll’.
‘\hbar’
- \hbar
+ ℏ Constante de Planck sobre dos pi (común).
‘\heartsuit’
- \heartsuit
+ ♡ Palo de cartas de corazón (común).
‘\hookleftarrow’
- \hookleftarrow
+ ↩ Flecha izquierda enganchada (relación).
‘\hookrightarrow’
- \hookrightarrow
+ ↪ Flecha derecha enganchada (relación).
‘\iff’
- \iff
+ ⟷ Si y solo si (relación). Es ‘\Longleftrightarrow’ con un
+ ‘\thickmuskip’ a cada lado.
‘\Im’
- \Im
+ ℑ Parte imaginaria (común). Ve: parte real ‘\Re’.
+
+‘\imath’
+ i sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una i (*note Acentos
+ matemáticos::).
‘\in’
- \in (relación)
+ ∈ Establecer elemento (relación). Ve también: semilunar minúscula
+ epsilon ‘\epsilon’ϵ y letra minúscula epsilon ‘\varepsilon’.
‘\infty’
- \infty
+ ∞ Infinito (común).
‘\int’
- \int
+ ∫ Integral (operador).
‘\iota’
- \iota
+ ι Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\Join’
- símbolo de corbata de moño condensado (relación)
+ ⨝ Símbolo de corbatín condensado (relación). No disponible en TeX
+ estándar.
+
+‘\jmath’
+ J sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una j (*note Acentos
+ matemáticos::).
‘\kappa’
- \kappa
+ κ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\Lambda’
- \Lambda
+ Λ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\lambda’
- \lambda
+ λ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\land’
- \land
+ ∧ Lógico y (binario). Sinónimo: ‘\wedge’. Consulta también
+ or lógico ‘\lor’.
‘\langle’
- \langle (delimitador)
+ ⟨ Ángulo izquierdo, o secuencia, corchete (apertura). Similar:
+ menos-que ‘<’. Coincide con ‘\rangle’.
‘\lbrace’
- \lbrace (delimitador)
+ { Llave izquierda (apertura). Sinónimo: ‘\{’. Coincide
+ con ‘\rbrace’.
‘\lbrack’
- \lbrack (delimitador)
+ [ Corchete izquierdo (apertura). Sinónimo: ‘[’. Coincide
+ con ‘\rbrack’.
‘\lceil’
- \lceil (delimitador)
+ ⌈ Soporte de techo izquierdo, como un corchete pero con la parte
+ inferior rasurada (apertura). Coincide con ‘\rceil’.
‘\le’
- \le
+ ≤ Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo para ‘\leq’.
‘\leadsto’
+ ⇝ Flecha derecha ondulada (relación). Para obtener este símbolo
+ fuera del modo matemático, puedes poner
+ ‘\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}’ en el preámbulo y
+ entonces usa ‘\Leadsto’ en su lugar.
‘\Leftarrow’
- \Leftarrow
+ ⇐ Está implícito en la flecha izquierda de doble línea (relación).
+ Similar: flecha izquierda de una sola línea ‘\leftarrow’.
‘\leftarrow’
- \leftarrow
+ ← Flecha izquierda de una sola línea (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\gets’. Similar: doble línea izquierda
+ flecha ‘\Leftarrow’.
‘\leftharpoondown’
- \leftharpoondown
+ ↽ Arpón izquierdo de una línea, lengüeta debajo de la lengüeta
+ (relación).
‘\leftharpoonup’
- \leftharpoonup
+ ↼ Arpón izquierdo de una línea, púa sobre barra (relación).
‘\Leftrightarrow’
- \Leftrightarrow
+ ⇔ Biimplicación; flecha de dos puntas de doble línea (relación).
+ Similar: flecha de dos puntas de una sola línea ‘\leftrightarrow’.
-‘\Leftrightarrow’
- \Leftrightarrow
+‘\leftrightarrow’
+ ↔ Flecha de dos puntas de una sola línea (relación). Similar:
+ doble línea flecha de dos puntas ‘\Leftrightarrow’.
‘\leq’
- \leq (relación)
+ ≤ Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo para ‘\le’.
‘\lfloor’
- \lfloor (delimitador)
+ ⌊ Soporte de piso izquierdo (apertura). Coincidencia: ‘\floor’.
‘\lhd’
- (flecha apuntando hacia arriba a la izquierda)
+ ◁ Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la izquierda
+ (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, debe cargar
+ ‘amssymb’ y usa ‘\vartriangleleft’ (que es una relación y así da un
+ mejor espaciado).
‘\ll’
- \ll (relación)
+ ≪ Mucho menos que (relación). Similar: mucho mayor que ‘\gg’.
‘\lnot’
- \lnot
+ ¬ Negación lógica (común). Sinónimo: ‘\neg’.
‘\longleftarrow’
- \longleftarrow
+ ⟵ Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea (relación). Similar:
+ largo flecha izquierda de doble línea ‘\Longleftarrow’.
‘\longleftrightarrow’
- \longleftrightarrow
+ ⟷ Flecha larga de dos puntas de una sola línea (relación).
+ Similar: larga doble línea flecha de dos
+ puntas ‘\Longleftrightarrow’.
‘\longmapsto’
- \longmapsto
+ ⟼ Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea que comienza con una
+ barra vertical (relación). Similar: versión más corta ‘\mapsto’.
‘\longrightarrow’
- \longrightarrow
+ ⟶ Flecha derecha larga de una sola línea (relación). Similar:
+ largo flecha derecha de doble línea ‘\Longrightarrow’.
‘\lor’
- \lor
+ ∨ Lógico o (binario). Sinónimo: ‘\vee’. Consulta también
+ y lógico ‘\land’.
‘\mapsto’
- \mapsto
+ ↦ Flecha izquierda de una sola línea que comienza con una barra
+ vertical (relación). Similar: versión más larga ‘\longmapsto’.
‘\mho’
+ ℧ Conductancia, semicírculo omega mayúscula girada (común).
‘\mid’
- \mid (relación)
+ ∣ Barra vertical de una línea (relación). Un uso típico de ‘\mid’
+ es para un conjunto ‘\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}’.
+
+ Similar: ‘\vert’ y ‘|’ producen la misma línea única de símbolo de
+ barra vertical pero sin ningún espacio (caen en la clase
+ ordinarios) y no los debes usar como relaciones, sino solo como
+ ordinales, es decir, símbolos de notas al pie. Para el valor
+ absoluto, consulta la entrada para ‘\vert’ y por norma ve la
+ entrada para ‘\Vert’.
‘\models’
- \models (relación)
+ ⊨ Implica o satisface; torniquete doble, guión doble corto
+ (relación). Similar: guión doble largo ‘\vDash’.
‘\mp’
- \mp (operación binaria)
+ ∓ Menos o más (relación).
‘\mu’
- \mu
+ μ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\nabla’
- \nabla
+ ∇ Operador del, o diferencial, de Hamilton (común).
‘\natural’
- \natural
+ ♮ Notación musical natural (común).
‘\ne’
- \ne
+ ≠ No es igual (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\neq’.
‘\nearrow’
- \nearrow
+ ↗ Flecha noreste (relación).
‘\neg’
- \neg
+ ¬ Negación lógica (común). Sinónimo: ‘\lnot’. A veces, en cambio,
+ se usa para negación: ‘\sim’.
‘\neq’
- \neq (relación)
+ ≠ No es igual (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\ne’.
‘\ni’
- \ni (relación)
+ ∋ Membresía reflejada épsilon; tiene el miembro (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\owns’. Similar: es un miembro de ‘\in’.
‘\not’
- Superpone una / al siguiente operador, tal como \not=.
+ Sólido largo, o barra oblicua, que se usa para tachar un
+ siguiente operador (relación).
+
+ Muchos operadores negados están disponibles que no requieren
+ ‘\not’, particularmente con el paquete ‘amssymb’. Por ejemplo,
+ ‘\notin’ es tipográficamente preferible a ‘\not\in’.
‘\notin’
- \ni
+ ∉ No es un elemento de (relación). Similar: no subconjunto
+ de ‘\nsubseteq’.
‘\nu’
- \nu
+ ν Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\nwarrow’
- \nwarrow
+ ↖ Flecha noroeste (relación).
‘\odot’
- \odot (operación binaria)
+ ⊙ Punto dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+ variable operador ‘\bigodot’.
‘\oint’
- \oint
+ ∮ Integral de contorno, integral con círculo en el medio
+ (operador).
‘\Omega’
- \Omega
+ Ω letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\omega’
- \omega
+ ω Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\ominus’
- \ominus (operación binaria)
+ ⊖ Signo menos, o guión, dentro de un círculo (binario).
‘\oplus’
- \oplus (operación binaria)
+ ⊕ Signo más dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+ variable operador ‘\bigoplus’.
‘\oslash’
- \oslash (operación binaria)
+ ⊘ Solidus, o slash, dentro de un círculo (binario).
‘\otimes’
- \otimes (operación binaria)
+ ⊗ Signo de tiempo, o cruz, dentro de un círculo (binario).
+ Similar: operador de tamaño variable ‘\bigotimes’.
‘\owns’
- \owns
+ ∋ épsilon de membresía reflejada; tiene el miembro (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\ni’. Similar: es un miembro de ‘\in’.
‘\parallel’
- \parallel (relación)
+ ∥ Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\|’.
‘\partial’
- \partial
+ ∂ Diferencial parcial (común).
‘\perp’
- \perp (relación)
+ ⟂ Perpendicular (relación). Similar: ‘\bot’ usa el mismo glifo
+ pero el espaciado es diferente porque está en la clase común.
+
+‘\Phi’
+ Φ Letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\phi’
- \phi
+ ϕ Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\varphi’ φ.
‘\Pi’
- \Pi
+ Π letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\pi’
- \pi
+ π Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es ‘\varpi’ ϖ.
‘\pm’
- \pm (operación binaria)
+ ± Más o menos (binario).
‘\prec’
- \prec (relación)
+ ≺ Precede (relación). Similar: menor que ‘<’.
‘\preceq’
- \preceq (relación)
+ ⪯ Precede o es igual a (relación). Similar: menor que o igual
+ a ‘\leq’.
‘\prime’
- \prime
+ ′ Prime, o minuto en una expresión de tiempo (común). Normalmente
+ se usa como un superíndice: ‘$f^\prime$’; ‘$f^\prime$’ y ‘$f'$’
+ producen el mismo resultado. Una ventaja del segundo es que
+ ‘$f'''$’ produce el símbolo deseado, es decir, el mismo resultado
+ como ‘$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$’, pero usa bastante menos
+ mecanografía. Solo puedes usar ‘\prime’ en modo math. Usando la
+ comilla derecha simple ‘'’ en modo texto produce un carácter
+ diferente (apóstrofe).
‘\prod’
- \prod
+ ∏ Producto (operador).
‘\propto’
- \propto (relación)
+ ∝ Es proporcional a (relación)
‘\Psi’
- \Psi
+ Ψ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\psi’
- \psi
+ ψ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\rangle’
- \rangle (delimitador)
+ ⟩ Ángulo recto, o secuencia, corchete (cierre). Similar: mayor
+ que ‘>’. Coincidencia:‘\langle’.
‘\rbrace’
- \rbrace (delimitador)
+ } Llave derecha (de cierre). Sinónimo: ‘\}’. Coincide
+ con ‘\lbrace’.
‘\rbrack’
- \rbrack (delimitador)
+ ] Corchete derecho (de cierre). Sinónimo: ‘]’. Coincide
+ con ‘\lbrack’.
‘\rceil’
- \rceil (delimitador)
+ ⌉ Soporte de techo derecho (cierre). Coincide con ‘\lceil’.
‘\Re’
- \Re
+ ℜ Parte real, números reales, R mayúscula cursiva (común).
+ Relacionado: doble línea o negrita de pizarra, R ‘\mathbb{R}’;
+ acceder esto, carga el paquete ‘amsfonts’.
+
+‘\restriction’
+ ↾, Restricción de una función (relación). Sinónimo:
+ ‘\upharpoonright’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
+
+‘\revemptyset’
+ ⦰, Símbolo de conjunto vacío invertido (común). Relacionado:
+ ‘\varnothing’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas
+ cargar el paquete ‘stix’.
‘\rfloor’
- \rfloor
+ ⌋ Soporte de piso derecho, un corchete derecho con el corte
+ superior apagado (cierre). Coincide con ‘\lfloor’.
‘\rhd’
- (operación binaria)
+ ◁ Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la derecha
+ (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar, debes
+ cargar ‘amssymb’ y use ‘\vartriangleright’ (que es una relación y
+ así da un mejor espaciado).
‘\rho’
- \rho
+ ρ Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\varrho’ ϱ.
‘\Rightarrow’
- \Rightarrow
+ ⇒ Implica, flecha de doble línea hacia la derecha (relación).
+ Similar: flecha derecha de una sola línea ‘\rightarrow’.
‘\rightarrow’
- \rightarrow
+ → Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la derecha (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\to’. Similar: línea doble fecha derecha ‘\Rightarrow’.
‘\rightharpoondown’
- \rightharpoondown
+ ⇁ Arpón que apunta hacia la derecha con lengüeta debajo de la línea
+ (relación).
‘\rightharpoonup’
- \rightharpoonup
+ ⇀ Arpón apuntando a la derecha con lengüeta sobre el línea
+ (relación).
‘\rightleftharpoons’
- \rightleftharpoons
+ ⇌ Arpón derecho arriba arpón izquierdo abajo (relación).
‘\searrow’
- \searrow
+ ↘ Flecha que apunta al sureste (relación).
‘\setminus’
- \setminus (operación binaria)
+ ⧵ Establecer diferencia, solido inverso o barra invertida, como \
+ (binario). Similar: barra inversa ‘\backslash’ y también
+ ‘\textbackslash’ fuera del modo matemático.
‘\sharp’
- \sharp
+ ♯ Sostenido musical (común).
‘\Sigma’
- \Sigma
+ Σ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\sigma’
- \sigma
+ σ Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\varsigma’ ς.
‘\sim’
- \sim (relación)
+ ∼ Similar, en una relación (relación).
‘\simeq’
- \simeq (relación)
+ ≃ Similar o igual a, en una relación (relación).
‘\smallint’
- \smallint
+ ∫ Signo integral que no cambia a un tamaño mayor en una pantalla
+ (operador).
‘\smile’
- \smile (relación)
+ ⌣ Arco curvo hacia arriba, sonrisa (normal).
‘\spadesuit’
- \spadesuit
+ ♠ Palo de cartas de espadas (común).
‘\sqcap’
- \sqcap (operación binaria)
+ ⊓ Símbolo de intersección cuadrada (binario). Similar:
+ intersección ‘cap’.
‘\sqcup’
- \sqcup (operación binaria)
+ ⊔ Símbolo de unión cuadrada (binario). Similar: unión ‘cup’.
+ Relacionado: de tamaño variable operator ‘\bigsqcup’.
‘\sqsubset’
- (relación)
+ ⊏, símbolo de subconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+ subconjunto ‘\subset’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\sqsubseteq’
- \sqsubseteq (relación)
+ ⊑ Subconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual (binario). Similar:
+ subconjunto o igual a ‘\subseteq’.
‘\sqsupset’
- (relación)
+ ⊐, símbolo de superconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+ superconjunto ‘\supset’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\sqsupseteq’
- \sqsupseteq (relación)
+ ⊒ Superconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual (binario). Similar:
+ superconjunto o igual ‘\supseteq’.
‘\star’
- \star (operación binaria)
+ ⋆ Estrella de cinco puntas, a veces utilizada como binario general
+ pero a veces reservado para la correlación cruzada (binario).
+ Similar: los sinónimos asterisco ‘*’ y ‘\ast’, que son de seis
+ puntas, y más a menudo aparecen como un superíndice o subíndice,
+ como con la estrella Kleene.
‘\subset’
- \subset (relación)
+ ⊂ Subconjunto (ocasionalmente, está implícito en) (relación).
‘\subseteq’
- \subseteq (relación)
+ ⊆ Subconjunto o igual a (relación).
‘\succ’
- \succ (relación)
+ ≻ Viene después, tiene éxito (relación). Similar: es menos
+ que ‘>’.
‘\succeq’
- \succeq (relación)
+ ⪰ Tiene éxito o es igual a (relación). Similar: menos que o igual
+ a ‘\leq’.
‘\sum’
- \sum
+ ∑ Sumatoria (operador). Similar: capital griega sigma ‘\Sigma’.
‘\supset’
- \supset (relación)
+ ⊃ Superconjunto (relación).
‘\supseteq’
- \supseteq (relación)
+ ⊇ Superconjunto o igual a (relación).
‘\surd’
- \surd
+ √ Símbolo radical (común). El comando LaTeX ‘\sqrt{...}’ escribe
+ la raíz cuadrada del argumento, con una barra que se extiende para
+ cubrir el argumento.
‘\swarrow’
- \swarrow
+ ↙ Flecha que apunta al suroeste (relación).
‘\tau’
- \tau
+ τ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\theta’
- \theta
+ θ Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\vartheta’ ϑ.
‘\times’
- \times (operación binaria)
+ × Signo de multiplicación de escuela primaria (binario). Ve
+ también ‘\cdot’.
‘\to’
- \to
+ → Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la derecha (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\rightarrow’.
‘\top’
- \top
+ ⊤ Arriba, elemento más grande de un conjunto parcialmente ordenado
+ (común). Consulta también ‘\bot’.
‘\triangle’
- \triangle
+ △ Triángulo (común).
‘\triangleleft’
- \triangleleft (operación binaria)
+ ◁ Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta hacia la izquierda (binario).
+ Similar: ‘\lhd’. Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal que debe
+ cargar ‘amssymb’ y usar ‘\vartriangleleft’ (que es una relación y
+ por lo tanto proporciona un mejor espaciado).
‘\triangleright’
- \triangleright (operación binaria)
+ ▷ Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta a la derecha (binario). Para
+ el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar, debe cargar ‘amssymb’ y
+ usar ‘\vartriangleright’ (que es una relación y así da un mejor
+ espaciado).
‘\unlhd’
- punta de flecha apuntando hacia la izquierda con una línea debajo
- (operación binaria)
+ ⊴ Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta hacia la
+ izquierda, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo (binario).
+ Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga ‘amssymb’ y
+ usa ‘\vartrianglelefteq’ (que es una relación y por lo tanto da
+ mejor espaciado).
‘\unrhd’
- punta de flecha apuntando hacia la derecha con línea debajo
- (operación binaria)
+ ⊵ Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta hacia la
+ derecha, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo (binario). Para
+ el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga ‘amssymb’ y
+ usa ‘\vartrianglerighteq’ (que es una relación y por lo tanto da
+ mejor espaciado).
‘\Uparrow’
- \Uparrow (delimitador)
+ ⇑ Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba (relación).
+ Similar: apuntando hacia arriba de una sola línea
+ flecha ‘\uparrow’.
‘\uparrow’
- \uparrow (delimitador)
+ ↑ Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia arriba, diverge
+ (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia arriba
+ flecha ‘\Uparrow’.
‘\Updownarrow’
- \Updownarrow (delimitador)
+ ⇕ Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba y hacia abajo
+ (relación). Similar: una sola línea apuntando hacia arriba y hacia
+ abajo arrow ‘\updownarrow’.
‘\updownarrow’
- \updownarrow (delimitador)
+ ↕ Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia arriba y hacia abajo
+ (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia arriba y hacia
+ abajo arrow ‘\Updownarrow’.
+
+‘\upharpoonright’
+ ↾, arpón levantado, con púa en el lado derecho (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\restriction’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\uplus’
- \uplus (operación binaria)
+ ⊎ Unión multiconjunto, un símbolo de unión con un símbolo más en el
+ medio (binario). Similar: union ‘\cup’. Relacionado: operador de
+ tamaño variable ‘\biguplus’.
‘\Upsilon’
- \Upsilon
+ Υ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\upsilon’
- \upsilon
+ υ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\varepsilon’
- \varepsilon
+ ε Epsilon de script en letra minúscula (común). Esto es
+ ampliamente utilizado en matemáticas que la forma épsilon semilunar
+ no variante ‘\epsilon’ ϵ. Relacionado: establece membresía ‘\in’.
+
+‘\vanothing’
+ ∅, Símbolo de conjunto vacío. Similar: ‘\emptyset’. Relacionado:
+ ‘\revemptyset’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas
+ cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\varphi’
- \varphi
+ φ Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\phi’ ϕ.
‘\varpi’
- \varpi
+ ϖ Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\pi’ π.
‘\varrho’
- \varrho
+ ϱ Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\rho’ ρ.
‘\varsigma’
- \varsigma
+ ς Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\sigma’ σ.
‘\vartheta’
- \vartheta
+ ϑ Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\theta’ θ.
‘\vdash’
- \vdash (relation)
+ ⊢ Demostrable; torniquete, vertical y un guión (relación).
+ Similar: torniquete giró un semicírculo ‘\dashv’.
‘\vee’
- \vee (operación binaria)
+ ∨ Lógico o; una forma de v hacia abajo (binario). Relacionado: y
+ lógico ‘\wedge’. Similar: de tamaño variable operator ‘\bigvee’.
‘\Vert’
- \Vert (delimitador)
+ ‖ Doble barra vertical (común). *Note Delimitadores::, sobre cómo
+ usar el paquete ‘mathtools’ para crear símbolos de norma.
‘\vert’
- \vert (delimitador)
+ | Barra vertical de una sola línea (común). Para “tal que”, como
+ en la definición de un conjunto, usa ‘\mid’ porque es una relación
+ *Note Delimitadores::, para saber cómo usar el paquete ‘mathtools’
+ para crear símbolos de valor absoluto de tamaño flexible.
‘\wedge’
- \wedge (operación binaria)
+ ∧ y lógico (binario). Sinónimo: ‘\land’. Ve también or lógico
+ ‘\vee’. Similar: operator de tamaño variable ‘\bigwedge’.
‘\wp’
- \wp
+ ℘ Weierstrass p (común).
‘\wr’
- \wr (operación binaria)
+ ≀ Producto de guirnalda (binario).
‘\Xi’
- \Xi
+ Ξ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\xi’
- \xi
+ ξ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\zeta’
- \zeta
+ ζ Letra griega minúscula (común).
+
+ Los siguientes símbolos se usan con mayor frecuencia en texto sin
+formato, pero LaTeX proporciona versiones para usar en texto matemático.
+
+‘\mathdollar’
+ Signo de dólar en modo matemático: $.
+
+‘\mathparagraph’
+ Signo de párrafo (pilcrow) en modo matemático, ¶.
+
+‘\mathsection’
+ Signo de sección en modo math: §.
+
+‘\mathsterling’
+ Signo esterlina en modo matemático: £.
+
+‘\mathunderscore’
+ Guión bajo en modo matemático: _.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Flechas:: Lista de flechas.
+* \boldmath y \unboldmath:: Símbolos en negrita.
+* Pizarra negra:: Caracteres de doble golpe.
+* Caligráfico:: Caracteres cursivos.
+* Delimitadores:: Paréntesis, llaves, etc.
+* Puntos:: Elipsis, etc.
+* Letras griegas:: Lista de letras griegas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Flechas, Next: \boldmath y \unboldmath, Up: Símbolos matemáticos
+
+16.2.1 Flechas
+--------------
+
+Estas son las flechas que vienen con LaTeX estándar. Los paquetes
+‘latexsym’ y ‘amsfonts’ contienen muchos más.
+
+Símbolo Comando
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+⇓ ‘\Downarrow’
+↓ ‘\downarrow’
+↩ ‘\hookleftarrow’
+↪ ‘\hookrightarrow’
+← ‘\leftarrow’
+⇐ ‘\Leftarrow’
+⇔ ‘\Leftrightarrow’
+↔ ‘\leftrightarrow’
+⟵ ‘\longleftarrow’
+⟸ ‘\Longleftarrow’
+⟷ ‘\longleftrightarrow’
+⟺ ‘\Longleftrightarrow’
+⟼ ‘\longmapsto’
+⟹ ‘\Longrightarrow’
+⟶ ‘\longrightarrow’
+↦ ‘\mapsto’
+↗ ‘\nearrow’
+↖ ‘\nwarrow’
+⇒ ‘\Rightarrow’
+→ ‘\rightarrow’, o ‘\to’
+↘ ‘\searrow’
+↙ ‘\swarrow’
+↑ ‘\uparrow’
+⇑ ‘\Uparrow’
+↕ ‘\updownarrow’
+⇕ ‘\Updownarrow’
+
+ Un ejemplo de la diferencia entre ‘\to’ y ‘\mapsto’ es: ‘\( f\colon
+D\to C \) dado por \( n\mapsto n^2 \)’.
+
+ Para diagramas conmutativos hay una serie de paquetes, incluyendo
+‘tikz-cd’ y ‘amscd’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \boldmath y \unboldmath, Next: Pizarra negra, Prev: Flechas, Up: Símbolos matemáticos
+
+16.2.2 ‘\boldmath’ y ‘\unboldmath’
+----------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis (usada en modo párrafo o modo LR):
+
+ \boldmath \( MATH \)
+
+o
+
+ \unboldmath \( MATH \)
+
+ Declaraciones para cambiar las letras y símbolos en MATH para estar
+en un tipo de letra en negrita, o para anular eso y traer de vuelta el
+predeterminado (sin negrita), respectivamente. Se deben usar cuando
+_no_ está en modo math o el modo ‘display math’ (*note Modos::). Ambos
+comandos son frágiles (*note \protect::).
+
+ En este ejemplo, cada comando ‘\boldmath’ tiene lugar dentro de un
+‘\mbox’,
+
+ tenemos $\mbox{\boldmath \(v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \(u \)$}$
+
+lo cual significa que ‘\boldmath’ solo se llama en modo texto, aquí LR y
+explica por qué debemos cambiar LaTeX al modo math para establecer ‘v’ y
+‘u’.
+
+ Si usas cualquiera de los comandos dentro del ‘modo math’, como con
+‘Problema: \( \boldmath x \)’, entonces obtienes algo como ‘Advertencia
+de letras LaTeX: Comando \boldmath no válido en modo math’ y
+‘Advertencia de tipo de letra LaTeX: Comando \mathversion inválido en
+modo math’.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* bm:: El paquete ‘bm’ para símbolos individuales en negrita.
+* Math OpenType en negrita:: ‘FakeBold’ o ‘\symbf’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: bm, Next: Math OpenType en negrita, Up: \boldmath y \unboldmath
+
+16.2.2.1 ‘bm’: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita
+...........................................................
+
+Especificar ‘\boldmath’ es el mejor método para componer una expresión
+matemática en negrita. Pero para componer tipográficamente símbolos
+individuales dentro de una expresión en negrita, el paquete ‘bm’
+proporcionado por el equipo del proyecto LaTeX es mejor. Su uso está
+fuera del alcance de este documento (consulta su documentación en
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/bm> o en tu instalación) pero el espacio en la
+salida de este pequeño ejemplo mostrará que es una mejora sobre
+‘\boldmath’ dentro de una expresión:
+
+ \usepackage{bm} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ tenemos $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Math OpenType en negrita, Prev: bm, Up: \boldmath y \unboldmath
+
+16.2.2.2 Math OpenType en negrita
+.................................
+
+Desafortunadamente, al usar los motores Unicode (XeLaTeX, LuaLaTeX), ni
+‘\boldmath’ ni ‘bm’ suelen funcionar bien, porque los tipos de letra
+matemáticos de OpenType que normalmente se usan con esos motores rara
+vez vienen con un compañero en negrita, y tanto ‘\boldmath’ como ‘bm’ lo
+requieren. (La implementación de ‘bm’ se basa en ‘\boldmath’, por lo
+que los requisitos son los mismos). Si tienes un tipo de letra
+matemático en negrita, entonces ‘\boldmath’ y el ‘bm’ funcionan bien.
+
+ Si no hay tal tipo de letra disponible, una alternativa es construir
+un tipo de letra en negrita falso con el parámetro ‘FakeBold=1’ del
+paquete ‘fontspec’ (consulta su documentación,
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec>). Esto puede ser aceptable para
+redacción o distribución informal, pero los resultados están lejos de
+ser una verdadera negrita.
+
+ Otra alternativa al manejo de negrita para tipos de letra matemáticos
+OpenType es usar el ‘\symbf’ (negrita), ‘\symbfit’ (negrita y cursiva) y
+comandos relacionados del paquete ‘unicode-math’. Estos no cambian el
+tipo de letra actual, sino que cambian el "alfabeto" (Unicode) usado,
+que en la práctica es más compatible que un tipo de letra en negrita
+separado. Son posibles muchas variaciones, por lo que hay sutilezas
+para obtener la salida deseada. Como de costumbre, consulta la
+documentación del paquete (<https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math>).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Pizarra negra, Next: Caligráfico, Prev: \boldmath y \unboldmath, Up: Símbolos matemáticos
+
+16.2.3 Pizarra negra
+--------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \usepackage{amssymb} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \mathbb{UPPERCASE-LETTER}
+
+ Proporciona símbolos en negrita de pizarra, a veces también conocidos
+como letras doublestruck, usadas para denotar conjuntos de números como
+los números naturales, los enteros, etc.
+
+ Aquí
+
+ \( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)
+
+el ‘\mathbb{N}’ da el símbolo de pizarra en negrita ℕ, representación de
+los números naturales.
+
+ Si el argumento contiene algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, no
+obtienes un error, pero obtienes resultados extraños, incluidos
+caracteres inesperados.
+
+ Hay paquetes que dan acceso a otros símbolos además de las letras
+mayúsculas; mira en CTAN.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Caligráfico, Next: Delimitadores, Prev: Pizarra negra, Up: Símbolos matemáticos
+
+16.2.4 Caligráfico
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \mathcal{LETRAS-MAYÚSCULAS}
+
+ Utiliza un tipo de letra como el tipo script.
+
+ En este ejemplo, el identificador del gráfico se genera en letra
+cursiva.
+
+ Sea la gráfica \( \mathcal{G} \).
+
+ Si usa algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, entonces no obtienes un
+error, pero tampoco obtienes una salida caligráfica matemática. Por
+ejemplo, ‘\mathcal{g}’ genera un símbolo de llave de cierre.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Delimitadores, Next: Puntos, Prev: Caligráfico, Up: Símbolos matemáticos
+
+16.2.5 Delimitadores
+--------------------
+
+Los delimitadores son paréntesis, llaves u otros caracteres que se
+utilizan para marcar el inicio y el final de las subfórmulas. Esta
+fórmula tiene tres conjuntos de paréntesis que delimitan las tres
+subfórmulas.
+
+ (z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
+
+No es necesario que los delimitadores coincidan, por lo que puedes
+ingresar ‘\( [0,1) \)’.
+
+ Estos son los delimitadores comunes.:
+
+DelimitadorComando Nombre
+------------------------------------------------------
+( ‘(’ Paréntesis izquierdo
+) ‘)’ Paréntesis derecho
+\} ‘{’ o Llave izquierda
+ ‘\lbrace’
+\{ ‘}’ o Llave derecha
+ ‘\rbrace’
+[ ‘[’ o Corchete izquierdo
+ ‘\lbrack’
+] ‘]’ o Corchete derecho
+ ‘\rbrack’
+⌊ ‘\lfloor’ Left floor bracket
+⌋ ‘\rfloor’ Soporte de piso derecho
+⌈ ‘\lceil’ Soporte superior izquierdo
+⌉ ‘\rceil’ Soporte superior derecho
+⟨ ‘\langle’ Paréntesis angular
+ izquierdo
+⟩ ‘\rangle’ Soporte angular derecho
+/ ‘/’ Barra o barra inclinada
+\ ‘\backslash’ Barra invertida o barra
+ invertida
+| ‘|’ o Barra vertical
+ ‘\vert’
+‖ ‘\|’ o Barra vertical doble
+ ‘\Vert’
+
+ El paquete ‘mathtools’ te permite crear comandos para pares
+delimitadores. Por ejemplo, si pones
+‘\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}’ en tu preámbulo entonces
+obtienes dos comandos para barras verticales de una sola línea (solo
+funcionan en modo matemático). La forma con estrella, como
+‘\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}’, tiene la altura de las barras verticales coincide
+con la altura del argumento. La forma sin estrella, como
+‘\abs{\frac{22}{7}}’, tiene las barras fijas a una altura
+predeterminada. Esta forma acepta un argumento opcional, como en el
+‘\abs[COMANDO SIZE]{\frac{22}{7}}’, donde la altura de las barras se da
+en COMANDO SIZE, como ‘\Bigg’. Usando en su lugar ‘\lVert’ y ‘\rVert’
+como símbolos te darán un símbolo de norma con el mismo comportamiento.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \left y \right:: Delimitadores de tamaño automático.
+* \bigl y \bigr etc.:: Delimitadores de tamaño manual.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \left y \right, Next: \bigl y \bigr etc., Up: Delimitadores
+
+16.2.5.1 ‘\left’ y ‘\right’
+...........................
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \left DELIMITER1 ... \right DELIMITER2
+
+ Crea paréntesis, llaves u otros delimitadores coincidentes. LaTeX
+hace los delimitadores lo suficientemente altos como para cubrir el
+tamaño de la fórmula que ellos encierran.
+
+ Esto crea un vector unitario rodeado por paréntesis lo
+suficientemente alto como para cubrir las entradas.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left(\begin{array}{c}
+ 1 \\
+ 0 \\
+ \end{array}\right)
+ \end{equation}
+
+ *Note Delimitadores::, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes.
+
+ Cada ‘\left’ debe tener un ‘\right’ coincidente. En el ejemplo
+anterior, al omitir ‘\left(’ aparece el mensaje de error ‘Extra \right’.
+Omitir el ‘\right)’ obtiene ‘No puedes usar `\eqno' en modo matemático’.
+
+ Sin embargo, DELIMITER1 y DELIMITER2 no necesitan coincidir. Una
+caso común es que deseas un aparato ortopédico sin igual, como se
+muestra a continuación. Usa un punto, ‘.’, como “delimitador nulo”.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
+ 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\
+ f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else}
+ \end{array}\right.
+ \end{equation}
+
+Ten en cuenta que para obtener una llave como delimitador, los debes
+prefijar con una barra invertida, ‘\{’ (*note Caracteres reservados::).
+(Los paquetes ‘amsmath’ y ‘mathtools’ te permiten obtener la
+construcción anterior a través de un entorno ‘cases’).
+
+ El par ‘\left ... \right’ forma un grupo. Una consecuencia es que la
+fórmula encerrada en el par ‘\left ... \right’ no puede tener saltos de
+línea en la salida. Esto incluye saltos de línea manuales y automáticos
+generados por LaTeX. En este ejemplo, LaTeX rompe la ecuación para que
+la fórmula se ajuste a los márgenes.
+
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+ \( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \)
+
+Pero con ‘\left’ y ‘\right’
+
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+ \( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \)
+
+LaTeX no romperá la línea, lo que hará que la fórmula se extienda al
+margen.
+
+ Porque ‘\left ... \right’ hace un grupo, todas las reglas de
+agrupación usuales se mantienen. Aquí, el valor de ‘\testlength’
+establecido dentro de la ecuación se olvidará y la salida es ‘1.2pt’.
+
+ \newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt}
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right)
+ \the\testlength
+ \end{equation}
+
+ El par ‘\left ... \right’ afecta el espaciado horizontal de la
+fórmula adjunta, de dos maneras. La primera es que en ‘\( \sin(x) =
+\sin\left(x\right) \)’ el que está después del signo igual tiene más
+espacio alrededor del ‘x’. Eso es porque ‘\left( ... \right)’ inserta
+un nodo interno mientras que ‘( ... )’ inserta un nodo de apertura. La
+segunda forma en que el par afecta el espacio horizontal es que debido a
+que forman un grupo, la subfórmula adjunta se escribirá en su forma de
+ancho natural, sin estirar ni encoger para que la línea se ajuste mejor.
+
+ TeX escala los delimitadores según la altura y la profundidad de la
+fórmula adjunta. Aquí LaTeX aumenta los corchetes para extender la
+altura de la integral.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right]
+ \end{equation}
+
+ El tamaño manual a menudo es mejor. Por ejemplo, aunque por debajo
+de la regla no tiene profundidad, TeX creará delimitadores que se
+extienden muy por debajo de la regla.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right)
+ \end{equation}
+
+TeX puede elegir delimitadores que son demasiado pequeños, como en ‘\(
+\left| |x|+|y| \right| \)’. También puede elegir delimitadores
+demasiado grandes, como aquí.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right)
+ \end{equation}
+
+Un tercer caso incómodo es cuando una fórmula que se muestra durante
+mucho tiempo está en más de una línea y debe hacer coincidir los tamaños
+del delimitador de apertura y cierre; no puedes usar ‘\left’ en la
+primera línea y ‘\right’ en la última porque deben estar emparejados.
+
+ Para cambiar manualmente el tamaño de los delimitadores, *note \bigl
+y \bigr etc.::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \bigl y \bigr etc., Prev: \left y \right, Up: Delimitadores
+
+16.2.5.2 ‘\bigl’, ‘\bigr’, etc.
+...............................
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \bigl DELIMITER1 ... \bigr DELIMITER2
+ \Bigl DELIMITER1 ... \bigr DELIMITER2
+ \biggl DELIMITER1 ... \biggr DELIMITER2
+ \Biggl DELIMITER1 ... \Biggr DELIMITER2
+
+(como con ‘\bigl[...\bigr]’; estrictamente hablando, no necesitan
+coincidir, ve más abajo), o uno de:
+
+ \bigm DELIMITER
+ \Bigm DELIMITER
+ \biggm DELIMITER
+ \Biggm DELIMITER
+
+(como con ‘\bigm|’), o uno de:
+
+ \big DELIMITER
+ \Big DELIMITER
+ \bigg DELIMITER
+ \Bigg DELIMITER
+
+(como con ‘\\big[’).
+
+ Produce delimitadores de tamaño manual. Para delimitadores que son
+tamaño automático *note \left y \right::).
+
+ Esto produce barras verticales exteriores ligeramente más grandes.
+
+ \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
+
+ Los comandos anteriores se enumeran en orden de tamaño creciente.
+Puedes usar el tamaño más pequeño como ‘\bigl...\bigr’ en un párrafo sin
+causar que LaTeX separe las líneas. Los tamaños más grandes están
+destinados para las ecuaciones mostradas.
+
+ *Note Delimitadores::, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes. En la familia de comandos con ‘l’ o ‘r’, DELIMITER1 y
+DELIMITER2 no necesita coincidir.
+
+ Los comandos ‘l’ y ‘r’ producen delimitadores abiertos y cerrados que
+no insertan ningún espacio horizontal entre un átomo precedente y el
+delimitador, mientras que los comandos sin ‘l’ y ‘r’ insertan algunos
+espacios (porque cada delimitador se establece como una variable
+ordinaria). Compara estos dos.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{l}
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % bien
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % mal
+ \end{tabular}
+
+El tratamiento tipográfico tradicional está en la primera línea. Sobre
+la segunda línea, la salida tendrá algo de espacio extra entre la ‘\sin’
+y el que apoya una moción paréntesis de apertura.
+
+ Los comandos sin ‘l’ o ‘r’ dan el espacio correcto en algunas
+circunstancias, como con esta gran línea vertical
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b
+ \end{equation}
+
+(muchos autores reemplazarían ‘\frac’ con el comando ‘\tfrac’ del
+paquete ‘amsmath’), y como con esta barra inclinada más grande.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1
+ \end{equation}
+
+ A diferencia del par ‘\left...\right’ (*note \left y \right::), los
+comandos aquí con ‘l’ o ‘r’ no forman un grupo. Estrictamente hablando,
+no es necesario que coincidan para que puedas escribir algo como esto.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \Biggl[ \pi/6 ]
+ \end{equation}
+
+ Los comandos con ‘m’ son para relaciones, que están en medio de
+fórmulas, como aquí.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i<n}3i^2+4 \biggr\}
+ \end{equation}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Funciones Matemáticas, Next: Acentos Matemáticos, Prev: Símbolos Matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Puntos, Next: Letras griegas, Prev: Delimitadores, Up: Símbolos matemáticos
+
+16.2.6 Puntos, horizontales o verticales
+----------------------------------------
+
+Las elipsis son los tres puntos (generalmente tres) que indican que un
+patrón continúa.
+
+ \begin{array}{cccc}
+ a_{0,0} &a_{0,1} &a_{0,2} &\ldots \\
+ a_{1,0} &\ddots \\
+ \vdots
+ \end{array}
+
+ LaTeX proporciona estos.
+
+‘\cdots’
+ Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro
+ de la línea, como en ⋯. Usado como: ‘\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1}
+ \)’.
+
+‘\ddots’
+ Puntos suspensivos diagonales, ⋱. Ve el arreglo del ejemplo
+ anterior para un uso.
-17.3 Funciones Matemáticas
+‘\ldots’
+‘\mathellipsis’
+‘\dots’
+ Puntos suspensivos en la línea base, …. Usado como: ‘\( x_0,\ldots
+ x_{n-1} \)’. Otro ejemplo es el arreglo del ejemplo anterior. Los
+ sinónimos son ‘\mathellipsis’ y ‘\dots’. Un sinónimo de el paquete
+ ‘amsmath’ es ‘\hdots’.
+
+ También puedes usar este comando fuera del texto matemático, como
+ en ‘Los engranajes, frenos, \ldots{} están todos rotos’.
+
+‘\vdots’
+ Puntos suspensivos verticales, ⋮. Ve el arreglo del ejemplo
+ anterior para un uso.
+
+ El paquete ‘amsmath’ tiene el comando ‘\dots’ para semánticamente
+marcar puntos suspensivos. Este ejemplo produce dos salidas de aspecto
+diferente para los dos primeros usos del comando ‘\dots’.
+
+ \usepackage{amsmath} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+
+ Supongamos que \( p_0, p_1, \dots, p_{n-1} \) enumera todos los
+ números primos. Observa que \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_{n-1} +1
+ \) no es un múltiplo de cualquier \( p_i \).
+ Conclusión: hay infinitos números primos \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
+
+En la primera línea, LaTeX busca la coma que sigue a ‘\dots’ para
+determinar que debe generar puntos suspensivos en la línea base. El
+segundo tiene un ‘\cdot’ después de ‘\dots’ por lo que LaTeX genera un
+puntos suspensivos que están en el eje matemático, centrados
+verticalmente. Sin embargo, el tercer uso no tiene un carácter de
+seguimiento, por lo que debes decirle a LaTeX qué hacer. Puedes usar
+uno de los comandos: ‘\dotsc’ si necesitas los puntos suspensivos
+apropiados para una coma después, ‘\dotsb’ si necesitas los puntos
+suspensivos que se ajustan cuando los puntos van seguidos de un operador
+binario o símbolo de relación, ‘\dotsi’ para puntos con integrales, o
+‘\dotso’ para otros.
+
+ El comando ‘\dots’ de ‘amsmath’ difiere de otra manera del comando
+‘\dots’ del kernel de LaTeX: emite un espacio delgado después de los
+puntos suspensivos. Además, el paquete ‘unicode-math’ automáticamente
+carga ‘amsmath’, por lo que ‘\dots’ del ‘amsmath’ puede estar activo
+incluso cuando no lo cargaste explícitamente, cambiando así la salida de
+‘\dots’ tanto en modo de texto como matemático.
+
+ Aún más sobre los comandos de puntos suspensivos: cuando se ejecuta
+bajo motores Unicode (‘lualatex’, ‘xelatex’), LaTeX usará el carácter de
+puntos suspensivos Unicode (U+2026) en el tipo de letra, si está
+disponible; bajo motores TeX tradicionales (‘pdflatex’, ‘latex’),
+compondrá tipográficamente tres puntos espaciados. En general, los
+puntos suspensivos Unicode de un solo carácter casi no tienen espacio
+entre los tres puntos, mientras que el espaciado de los puntos
+suspensivos no Unicode es más flexible, más de acuerdo con la tipografía
+tradicional.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Letras griegas, Prev: Puntos, Up: Símbolos matemáticos
+
+16.2.7 Letras griegas
+---------------------
+
+Las versiones en mayúsculas de estas letras griegas solo se muestran
+cuando difieren de las mayúsculas romanas.
+
+Symbol Command Name
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+α ‘\alpha’ Alpha
+β ‘\beta’ Beta
+γ, Γ ‘\gamma’, ‘\Gamma’ Gamma
+δ, Δ ‘\delta’, ‘\Delta’ Delta
+ε, ϵ ‘\varepsilon’, Epsilon
+ ‘\epsilon’
+ζ ‘\zeta’ Zeta
+η ‘\eta’ Eta
+θ, ϑ ‘\theta’, Theta
+ ‘\vartheta’
+ι ‘\iota’ Iota
+κ ‘\kappa’ Kappa
+λ, Λ ‘\lambda’, ‘\Lambda’ Lambda
+μ ‘\mu’ Mu
+ν ‘\nu’ Nu
+ξ, Ξ ‘\xi’, ‘\Xi’ Xi
+π, Π ‘\pi’, ‘\Pi’ Pi
+ρ, ϱ ‘\rho’, ‘\varrho’ Rho
+σ, Σ ‘\sigma’, ‘\Sigma’ Sigma
+τ ‘\tau’ Tau
+ϕ, φ, ‘\phi’, ‘\varphi’, Phi
+Φ ‘\Phi’
+χ ‘\chi’ chi
+ψ, Ψ ‘\psi’, ‘\Psi’ Psi
+ω, Ω ‘\omega’, ‘\Omega’ Omega
+
+ Para ómicron, si estás utilizando la letra Computer Modern
+predeterminada de LaTeX luego ingresa ómicron como ‘o’ o ‘O’. Si te
+gusta tener el nombre o si tu letra muestra una diferencia, entonces
+puedes usar algo como ‘\newcommand\omicron{o}’. El paquete
+‘unicode-math’ tiene ‘\upomicron’ para omicron vertical y ‘\mitomicron’
+para matemáticas itálicas.
+
+ Mientras que el símbolo de relación de pertenencia establecida ∈
+generado por ‘\in’ está relacionado con epsilon, nunca se usa para una
+variable.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Funciones matemáticas, Next: Acentos matemáticos, Prev: Símbolos matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas math
+
+16.3 Funciones matemáticas
==========================
-Estas instrucciones producen nombres de función romanos en modo math con
-el espaciado adecuado.
+Estos comandos producen nombres de funciones romanas en modo matemático
+con espaciado.
‘\arccos’
- \arccos
+ coseno inverso
‘\arcsin’
- \arcsin
+ Seno inverso
‘\arctan’
- \arctan
+ Tangente inversa
‘\arg’
- \arg
+ Ángulo entre el eje real y un punto en el plano complejo
‘\bmod’
- Operador residuo binario (x \bmod y)
+ Operador módulo binario, usado como en ‘\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)’
‘\cos’
- \cos
+ Coseno
‘\cosh’
- \cosh
+ Coseno hiperbólico
‘\cot’
- \cos
+ Cotangente
‘\coth’
- \cosh
+ Cotangente hiperbólico
‘\csc’
- \csc
+ Cosecante
‘\deg’
- \deg
+ Grados
‘\det’
- \deg
+ Determinante
‘\dim’
- \dim
+ Dimensión
‘\exp’
- \exp
+ Exponencial
‘\gcd’
- \gcd
+ Máximo común divisor
‘\hom’
- \hom
+ Homomorfismo
‘\inf’
- \inf
+ Infimum
‘\ker’
- \ker
+ Kernel
‘\lg’
- \lg
+ Logaritmo en base 2
‘\lim’
- \lim
+ Límite
‘\liminf’
- \liminf
+ Límite inferior
‘\limsup’
- \limsup
+ Límite superior
‘\ln’
- \ln
+ Logaritmo natural
‘\log’
- \log
+ Logaritmo
‘\max’
- \max
+ Máximo
‘\min’
- \min
+ Mínimo
-‘\pmod’
- residuo entre paréntesis, como en (\pmod 2^n - 1)
+‘Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en \( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)’
‘\Pr’
- \Pr
+ Probabilidad
‘\sec’
- \sec
+ Secante
‘\sin’
- \sin
+ Seno
‘\sinh’
- \sinh
+ Seno hiperbólico
‘\sup’
- sup
+ Supremum sup
‘\tan’
- \tan
+ Tangente
‘\tanh’
- \tanh
+ Tangente hiperbólica
+
+ El paquete ‘amsmath’ agrega mejoras en algunos de estos, y también te
+permite definir el tuyo propio. La documentación completa está en CTAN,
+pero brevemente, puedes definir un operador de identidad con
+‘\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}’ que es como los de arriba pero se
+imprime como ‘id’. La forma estrellada ‘\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}’
+establece cualquier superíndice o subíndice para estar arriba y abajo,
+como es tradicional con ‘\lim’, ‘\sup’ o ‘\max’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Acentos Matemáticos, Next: Espacios en Modo Math, Prev: Funciones Matemáticas, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Acentos matemáticos, Next: Sobre y subrayado, Prev: Funciones matemáticas, Up: Fórmulas math
-17.4 Acentos Matemáticos
+16.4 Acentos matemáticos
========================
-LaTeX proporciona una variedad de instrucciones para producir letras
-acentuadas en matemáticas. Son distintas de los acentos en un texto
-normal (*note Acentos::).
+LaTeX proporciona una variedad de comandos para producir letras
+acentuadas en matemáticas. Estos son diferentes de los acentos en el
+texto normal. (*note Acentos::).
‘\acute’
- Acento agudo en modo Math: \acute{x}.
+ Acento agudo matemático
‘\bar’
- Acento barra horizontal (macrón) en modo Math: \bar{x}.
+ Acento de barra de matemáticas
‘\breve’
- Acento breve en modo Math: \breve{x}.
+ Acento matemático breve
‘\check’
- Acento de verificación háček en modo Math: \check{x}.
-‘\ddot’
- Acento diéresis en modo Math: \ddot{x}.
+‘\ddots’
‘\dot’
- Acento punto superior en modo Math: \dot{x}.
‘\grave’
- Acento grave en modo Math: \grave{x}.
‘\hat’
- Acento circunflejo en modo Math: \hat{x}.
+ Acento de sombrero de matemáticas (circunflejo)
-‘\imath’
- i sin punto en modo Math.
-
-‘\jmath’
- j sin punto en modo Math.
+‘\mathring’
+ Acento de anillo matemático
‘\tilde’
- Acento tilde en modo Math: \tilde{x}.
+ Acento de tilde matemática
‘\vec’
- Símbolo de vector en modo Math: \vec{x}.
+ símbolo de vector de matemáticas
‘\widehat’
- Acento circunflejo amplio en modo Math: \widehat{x+y}.
+ Acento de sombrero ancho de matemáticas
‘\widetilde’
- Acento tilde amplia en modo Math: \widetilde{x+y}.
+ Acento de tilde ancho de matemáticas
+
+ Cuando pones un acento en una i o una j, la tradición es usar uno sin
+punto, ‘\imath’ o ‘jmath’ (*note Símbolos matemáticos::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Espacios en Modo Math, Next: Miscelánea Math, Prev: Acentos Matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Sobre y subrayado, Next: Espaciado en modo matemático, Prev: Acentos matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas math
-17.5 Espacios en Modo Math
-==========================
+16.5 Sobre y subrayado
+======================
+
+LaTeX proporciona comandos para hacer líneas superpuestas o subrayadas,
+o poner llaves sobre o debajo de algún material.
+
+‘\underline{TEXT}’
+ TEXT subrayado. Funciona dentro y fuera del modo matemático. La
+ línea siempre está completamente debajo del texto, teniendo en
+ cuenta descendientes, por lo que en ‘\(\underline{y}\)’ la línea es
+ más baja que en ‘\(\underline{x}\)’. Este comando es frágil (*note
+ \protect::).
+
+ Ten en cuenta que el paquete ‘ulem’ subraya el modo de texto y
+ permite salto de línea, así como una serie de otras
+ características. Ve la documentación en CTAN. También *note
+ \hrulefill y \dotfill:: para producir una línea, para cosas como
+ una firma.
+
+‘\overline{TEXT}’
+ Coloca una línea horizontal sobre TEXT. Funciona dentro y fuera
+ del modo matemático. Por ejemplo, ‘\overline{x+y}’. Ten en cuenta
+ que esto difiere del comando ‘\bar’ (*note Acentos matemáticos::).
+
+‘\underbrace{MATH}’
+ Pone una llave debajo de MATH. Por ejemplo, este
+ ‘(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)’ enfatiza la parte telescópica.
+ Adjunta texto a la llave usando el comando de subíndice, ‘_’ o
+ superíndice, ‘^’, como aquí.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ 1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{>1/2}+
+ \underbrace{1/5+1/6+1/7+1/8}_{>1/2}+\cdots
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+ El superíndice aparece encima de la expresión, por lo que se puede
+ ver desconectado de la llave inferior.
+
+‘\overbrace{MATH}’
+ Pone una llave sobre MATH, como con
+ ‘\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}’. Ve también
+ ‘\underbrace’.
+
+ El paquete ‘mathtools’ agrega una llave superior e inferior, así como
+algunas mejoras en los corchetes. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
-En un entorno ‘math’, LaTeX ignora los espacios que usted escriba y
-coloca espacios de acuerdo a las reglas normales para texto matemático.
-Si desea un espaciado diferente, LaTeX proporciona las siguientes
-instrucciones para su uso en modo matemático:
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Espaciado en modo matemático, Next: Estilos math, Prev: Sobre y subrayado, Up: Fórmulas math
+
+16.6 Espaciado en modo matemático
+=================================
+
+Al componer matemáticas, LaTeX pone espacios de acuerdo con las reglas
+normales para textos de matemáticas. Si ingresas ‘y=m x’ entonces LaTeX
+ignora el espacio y en la salida la m está al lado de la x, como y=mx.
+
+ Pero las reglas de LaTeX ocasionalmente necesitan ajustes. Por
+ejemplo, en una integral la tradición es poner un pequeño espacio extra
+entre el ‘f(x)’ y el ‘dx’, aquí hecho con el comando ‘\,’:
+
+ \int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
+
+ LaTeX proporciona los siguientes comandos para usar en modo
+matemático. Muchas de estas definiciones de espaciado se expresan en
+términos de la unidad matemática “mu”. Se define como 1/18em, donde el
+em se toma de la familia actual de símbolos matemáticos (*note Unidades
+de longitud::). Así, un ‘\thickspace’ es algo así como 5/18 veces el
+ancho de una ‘M’.
‘\;’
- Un espacio de grosor (5\over18\,cuádruple).
+
+ Sinónimo: ‘\thickspace’. Normalmente ‘5.0mu plus 5.0mu’. Con el
+ paquete ‘amsmath’, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se
+ puede utilizar tanto en modo texto como en modo matemático; de lo
+ contrario, en modo matemático solamente.
+
+‘\negthickspace’
+ Normalmente ‘-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’. Con el paquete
+ ‘amsmath’, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se puede usar
+ en modo texto así como en modo matemático; de lo contrario, solo en
+ modo matemático.
+
‘\:’
‘\>’
- Ambos producen un espacio medio (2\over9\,cuádruple).
-‘\,’
- Un espacio fino (1\over6\,cuádruple); no se limita a modo
+ Sinónimo: ‘\medspace’. Normalmente ‘4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’.
+ Con el paquete ‘amsmath’, o a partir del 2020-10-01 la versión de
+ LaTeX, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto como en modo
+ matemático; antes de eso, solo en modo matemático.
+
+‘\negmedspace’
+ Normalmente ‘-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’. Con el paquete
+ ‘amsmath’, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se puede usar
+ en modo texto así como modo matemático; antes de eso, solo en modo
matemático.
+
+‘\,’
+ Sinónimo: ‘\thinspace’. Normalmente ‘3mu’, que es 1/6em. Se puede
+ usar tanto en modo matemático como en modo texto (*note \thinspace
+ y \negthinspace::).
+
+ Este espacio es muy utilizado, por ejemplo entre la función y el
+ infinitesimal en una integral ‘\int f(x)\,dx’ y, si un autor hace
+ esto, antes de la puntuación en una ecuación mostrada.
+
+ La antiderivada es
+ \begin{equation}
+ 3x^{-1/2}+3^{1/2}\,.
+ \end{equation}
+ \end{equation}
+
‘\!’
- Un espacio fino negativo (-{1\over6}\,cuádruple).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\negthinspace’. Un espacio delgado negativo.
+ Normalmente ‘-3mu’. Con el paquete ‘amsmath’, o a partir de la
+ versión 2020-10-01 de LaTeX, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto
+ como en modo matemático; de lo contrario, el comando ‘\!’ es solo
+ modo matemático, pero el comando ‘\negthinspace’ también ha
+ funcionado siempre en modo texto (*note \thinspace y
+ \negthinspace::).
+
+‘\quad’
+ Esto es 18mu, es decir, 1em. Esto se usa a menudo para el espacio
+ ecuaciones o expresiones circundantes, por ejemplo para el espacio
+ entre dos ecuaciones dentro de un entorno ‘displaymath’. Está
+ disponible tanto en modo de texto como matemático.
+
+‘\qquad’
+ Una longitud de 2 quads, es decir, 36mu = 2em. Esta disponible en
+ modo texto y modo matemático.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \smash:: Elimina la altura o la profundidad
+ de una subfórmula.
+* \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom:: Hace que el cuadro vacío tenga el
+ mismo tamaño que el argumento.
+* \mathstrut:: Agrega algo de espacio vertical a
+ una fórmula.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Miscelánea Math, Prev: Espacios en Modo Math, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \smash, Next: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom, Up: Espaciado en modo matemático
-17.6 Miscelánea Math
-====================
+16.6.1 ‘\smash’
+---------------
-‘\*’
- Un símbolo de multiplicación “discrecional”, en el que se permiten
- saltos de línea.
+Sinopsis:
-‘\cdots’
- Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro
- de la línea.
+ \smash{SUBFORMULA}
-‘\ddots’
- Puntos suspensivos en diagonal: \ddots.
+ Escribe SUBFORMULA como si su altura y profundidad fuera cero.
-‘\frac{num}{den}’
- Produce la fracción ‘num’ dividida entre ‘den’.
+ En este ejemplo, la exponencial es tan alta que sin el comando
+‘\smash’ LaTeX separaría su línea de la línea por encima de él, y el
+espaciado desigual de las líneas puede resultar antiestético.
-‘\left DELIMITADOR1 ... \right DELIMITADOR2’
- Los dos delimitadores no necesitan coincidir; ‘.’ actúa como un
- delimitador nulo, sin producir salida. Los delimitadores son del
- tamaño de acuerdo a las matemáticas en el medio. Ejemplo: ‘\left(
- \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]’.
+ Para calcular la tetración $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+ evaluar de arriba hacia abajo, como $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
-‘\overbrace{TEXTO}’
- Genera un par de TEXTO más. Por ejemplo, \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k
- \rm\;veces}.
+ (Debido al ‘\smash’, la expresión impresa se podría encontrar con la
+línea anterior, por lo que es posible que desees esperar hasta la
+versión final del documento para hacer tales ajustes).
-‘\overline{TEXTO}’
- Genera una línea horizontal sobre TEXO. Por ejemplo,
- \overline{x+y}.
+ Esto representa el efecto de ‘\smash’ usando ‘\fbox’ para rodear el
+cuadro que LaTeX pondrá en la línea. El comando ‘\blackbar’ crea una
+barra que se extiende desde 10 puntos debajo la línea base a 20 puntos
+arriba.
-‘\sqrt[RAÍZ]{argumento}’
- Produce la representación de la raíz cuadrada de ARGUMENTO. El
- argumento opcional RAÍZ determina qué raíz producir. Por ejemplo,
- la raíz cúbica de ‘x+y’ se escribe como ‘$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$’.
+ \newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+ \fbox{\blackbar}
+ \fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
-‘\stackrel{TEXTO}{RELACIÓN}’
- Coloca el TEXTO sobre la RELACIÓN.
+ El primer cuadro que coloca LaTeX tiene una altura de 20 puntos y
+10 puntos de profundidad. Pero el segundo cuadro es tratado por LaTeX
+como teniendo cero altura y cero profundidad, a pesar de que la tinta
+impresa en la página aún se extiende muy por encima y por debajo de la
+línea.
- Por ejemplo, ‘\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}’.
+ El comando ‘\smash’ aparece a menudo en matemáticas para ajustar el
+tamaño de un elemento que rodea una subfórmula. Aquí el primer radical
+se extiende por debajo de la línea base mientras que el segundo se
+encuentra justo en la línea base.
-‘\underbrace{matemáticas}’
- Genera MATEMÁTICAS con una llave por debajo.
+ \begin{equation}
+ \sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)}
+ \sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)}
+ \end{equation}
-‘\underline{text}’
- Provoca que se subraye el TEXTO, el cual bien puede estar en modo
- math o no. La línea siempre está por debajo del texto, teniendo en
- cuenta los descendientes.
+ Ten en cuenta el uso de ‘\\vphantom’ para dar al comando ‘\sqrt’ un
+argumento con la altura de ‘\sum’ (*note \phantom - \vphantom y
+\hphantom::).
-‘\vdots’
- Produce puntos suspensivos verticales.
+ Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres
+pueden aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que LaTeX
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con ‘\leavevmode’.
+
+ xxx xxx xxx
+
+ \smash{yyy} % sin sangría de párrafo
+
+ \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % sangría de párrafo habitual
+
+ El paquete ‘mathtools’ tiene operadores que brindan control sobre
+romper un cuadro de subfórmula.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom, Next: \mathstrut, Prev: \smash, Up: Espaciado en modo matemático
+
+16.6.2 ‘\phantom’, ‘\vphantom’ y ‘\hphantom’
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \phantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+ o
+
+ \vphantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+ o
+
+ \hphantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+ El comando ‘\phantom’ crea un cuadro con la misma altura, profundidad
+y ancho como SUBFORMULA, pero vacío. Es decir, este comando provoca que
+LaTeX escriba el espacio pero no lo llena con el material. Aquí LaTeX
+pondrá una línea en blanco con el ancho correcto para la respuesta, pero
+no mostrará esa respuesta.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}}
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+ La variante ‘\vphantom’ produce un cuadro invisible con el mismo
+tamaño vertical que SUBFORMULA, la misma altura y profundidad, pero
+teniendo ancho cero. Y ‘\hphantom’ crea un cuadro con el mismo ancho
+que SUBFORMULA pero con altura y profundidad cero.
+
+ En este ejemplo, la torre de exponentes en la segunda expresión del
+sumando es tan alto que TeX coloca esta expresión más abajo que su
+predeterminado. Sin ajuste, las dos expresiones de sumando estarían en
+niveles diferentes. El ‘\vphantom’ en la primera expresión dice a TeX
+que deje tanto espacio vertical como para la torre, por lo que las dos
+expresiones salen al mismo nivel.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
+ \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+ Estos comandos a menudo se usan junto con ‘\smash’. *Note \smash::,
+que incluye otro ejemplo de ‘\vphantom’.
+
+ Los tres comandos fantasma aparecen a menudo, pero ten en cuenta que
+LaTeX proporciona un conjunto de otros comandos para trabajar con
+tamaños de caja que pueden ser más convenientes, incluyendo ‘\makebox’
+(*note \mbox y \makebox::) también como ‘\settodepth’ (*note
+\settodepth::), ‘\settoheight’ (*note \settoheight::), y ‘\settowidth’
+(*note \settowidth::). Además, el paquete ‘mathtools’ tiene muchos
+comandos que ofrecen control detallado sobre el espaciado.
+
+ Los tres comandos producen una caja ordinaria, sin ningún estado de
+matemáticas especial. Entonces, para hacer algo como adjuntar un
+superíndice, deberías darle ese estado, por ejemplo con el comando
+‘\operatorname’ del paquete ‘amsmath’.
+
+ Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres
+pueden aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que LaTeX
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con ‘\leavevmode’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \mathstrut, Prev: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom, Up: Espaciado en modo matemático
+
+16.6.3 ‘\mathstrut’
+-------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \mathstrut
+
+ El análogo de ‘\strut’ para matemáticas. *Note \strut::.
+
+ La entrada ‘$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$’ da salida donde el segundo
+radical es más alto que el primero. Para agregar espacio vertical
+adicional sin ningún espacio horizontal, para que los dos tengan la
+misma altura, usa ‘$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$’.
+
+ El comando ‘\mathstrut’ agrega la altura vertical de un paréntesis de
+apertura, ‘(’, pero sin espacio horizontal. Se define como
+‘\vphantom{(}’, así que *note \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom:: para
+más. Una ventaja sobre ‘\strut’ es que ‘\mathstrut’ no agrega
+profundidad, que suele ser lo correcto para las fórmulas. Usar la
+altura de un paréntesis de apertura es solo una convención; para un
+control completo sobre la cantidad de espacio, usa ‘\rule’ con un ancho
+cero. *Note \rule::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Estilos math, Next: Miscelánea matemática, Prev: Espaciado en modo matemático, Up: Fórmulas math
+
+16.7 Estilos math
+=================
+
+Las reglas de TeX para escribir una fórmula dependen del contexto. Por
+ejemplo, dentro de una ecuación mostrada, la entrada ‘\sum_{0\leq
+i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{términos de orden inferior}’ dará
+salida con el índice de suma centrado debajo del símbolo de suma. Pero
+si esa entrada está en línea, entonces el índice de suma está a la
+derecha en lugar de debajo, por lo que no empujará aparte las líneas.
+Del mismo modo, en un contexto mostrado, los símbolos en el numerador y
+el denominador será más grande que para un contexto en línea, y en
+mostrar subíndices matemáticos y los superíndices están más separados
+que en matemáticas en línea.
+
+ TeX usa cuatro estilos matemáticos.
+
+ • El estilo de visualización es para una fórmula que se muestra en
+ una línea por sí misma, como con ‘\begin{equation} ...
+ \end{equation}’.
+
+ • El estilo de texto es para una fórmula en línea, como con ‘así que
+ tenemos $ ... $’.
+
+ • El estilo de escritura es para partes de una fórmula en un
+ subíndice o superíndice.
+
+ • El estilo Scriptscript es para partes de una fórmula en un segundo
+ nivel (o más) de subíndice o superíndice.
+
+ TeX determina un estilo matemático predeterminado, pero lo puedes
+redefinir con una declaración de ‘\displaystyle’, o ‘\textstyle’, o
+‘\scriptstyle’ o ‘\scriptscriptstyle’.
+
+ En este ejemplo, la fracción de la línea ‘Arithmetic’ se verá
+arrugada.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{r|cc}
+ \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline
+ Arithmetic &$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$
+ &$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\
+ Geometric &$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1}$
+ &$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\
+ \end{tabular}
+
+Pero debido a la declaración ‘\displaystyle’, la fracción de la línea
+‘Geometric’ será fácil de leer, con caracteres del mismo tamaño que en
+el resto de la línea.
+
+ Otro ejemplo es que, en comparación con la misma entrada sin la
+declaración, el resultado de
+
+ obtenemos
+ $\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$
+
+tendrá un signo integral que es mucho más alto. Ten en cuenta que aquí
+el ‘\displaystyle’ se aplica solo a una parte de la fórmula, y está
+delimitado por estar dentro de llaves, como ‘{\displaystyle ...}’.
+
+ El último ejemplo es una fracción continua.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ a_0+\frac{1}{
+ \displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
+ \displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
+ \displaystyle a_3}}}
+ \end{equation}
+
+Sin las declaraciones de ‘\displaystyle’, los denominadores serían
+establecido en estilo script y estilo scriptscript. (El ‘\mathstrut’
+mejora la altura de los denominadores; *note \mathstrut::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Miscelánea matemática, Prev: Estilos math, Up: Fórmulas math
+
+16.8 Miscelánea matemática
+==========================
+
+LaTeX contiene una amplia variedad de funciones matemáticas. Aquí están
+algunas que no encajan en otras categorías.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Carácter de dos puntos y \colon:: Dos puntos.
+* \*:: Multiplicación discrecional.
+* \frac:: Fracción.
+* \sqrt:: Radicales.
+* \stackrel:: Texto sobre una relación.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon, Next: \*, Up: Miscelánea matemática
+
+16.8.1 Carácter de dos puntos ‘:’ y ‘\colon’
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ :
+ \colon
+
+ En matemáticas, el carácter de dos puntos, ‘:’, es una relación.
+
+ Con proporciones laterales \( 3:4 \) y \( 4:5 \), el triángulo es
+ correcto.
+
+LaTeX ordinario define ‘\colon’ para producir el carácter de dos puntos
+con el espacio apropiado para la puntuación, como en la notación de
+creación de conjuntos ‘\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}’.
+
+ Pero el paquete ‘amsmath’ ampliamente utilizado define ‘\colon’ para
+su uso en la definición de funciones ‘f\colon D\to C’. Así que si
+quieres el carácter de dos puntos como puntuación y entonces usa
+‘\mathpunct{:}’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Modos, Next: Estilos de Página, Prev: Fórmulas Matemáticas, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \*, Next: \frac, Prev: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon, Up: Miscelánea matemática
-18 Modos
+16.8.2 ‘\*’
+-----------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \*
+
+ Un símbolo de multiplicación que permite un salto de línea. Si hay
+un salto entonces LaTeX pone un símbolo ‘\times’, ×, antes de ese salto.
+
+ En ‘\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)’, si no hay salto de línea, entonces
+LaTeX los muestra como si fuera ‘\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)’. Si ocurre un
+salto de línea, por ejemplo, entre los dos del medio, entonces LaTeX lo
+establece como ‘\( A_1 A_2 \times \)’, seguido por el salto, seguido de
+‘\( A_3 A_4 \)’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \frac, Next: \sqrt, Prev: \*, Up: Miscelánea matemática
+
+16.8.3 ‘\frac’
+--------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \frac{NUMERATOR}{DENOMINATOR}
+
+ Produce la fracción. Usado como: ‘\begin{displaymath}
+\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}’. En el modo math en
+línea sale pequeño; ve la explicación de ‘\displaystyle’ (*note Fórmulas
+math::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \sqrt, Next: \stackrel, Prev: \frac, Up: Miscelánea matemática
+
+16.8.4 ‘\sqrt’
+--------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \sqrt{ARG}
+ \sqrt[ROOT-NUMBER]{ARG}
+
+ La raíz cuadrada, u opcionalmente otras raíces, de ARG. El argumento
+opcional ROOT-NUMBER da la raíz, es decir, ingresa la raíz cúbica de
+‘x+y’ como ‘\sqrt[3]{x+y}’. El tamaño del radical crece con el de ARG
+(conforme la altura del radical crece, el ángulo en la parte más a la
+izquierda se hace más pronunciado, hasta que ‘arg’ es lo suficientemente
+alto, es vertical).
+
+ LaTeX tiene un símbolo ‘\surd’ separado para hacer una raíz cuadrada
+sin ARG (*note Símbolos matemáticos::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \stackrel, Prev: \sqrt, Up: Miscelánea matemática
+
+16.8.5 ‘\stackrel’
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}
+
+ Pon TEXT encima de RELATION. Para poner un nombre de función encima
+de una flecha ingresa ‘\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Modos, Next: Estilos de página, Prev: Fórmulas math, Up: Top
+
+17 Modos
********
-Cuando LaTeX está procesando el texto fuente, este siempre está en uno
-de tres modos:
-
- • Modo Párrafo
- • Modo Math
- • Modo de Izquierda a derecha (Left-to-Right), llamado modo LR para
- abreviar
-
- LaTeX cambia el modo sólo cuando sube o baja una escala a un
-diferente nivel, aunque no todos los cambios de nivel producen cambios
-de modo. Los cambios de modo sólo se producen al entrar o salir de un
-entorno, o cuando LaTeX está procesando el argumento de determinadas
-instrucciones que producen texto.
-
- El “modo Párrafo” es el más común; es en el que LaTeX está cuando
-procesa texto ordinario. En ese modo, LaTeX rompe el texto en líneas y
-separa líneas en páginas. LaTeX está en “modo math” cuando está
-generando fórmulas matemáticas. En “modo LR”, como en modo párrafo,
-LaTeX considera que la salida que produce es una cadena de palabras con
-espacios entre ellas. Sin embargo, a diferencia del modo párrafo, LaTeX
-sigue yendo de izquierda a derecha; nunca inicia una nueva línea en modo
-LR. Incluso si usted pone un centenar de palabras en una ‘\mbox’, LaTeX
-mantendrá la composición de izquierda a derecha dentro de una caja
-única, y luego se quejará porque la caja resultante fue demasiado grande
-para caber en la línea.
-
- LaTeX está en modo LR cuando comienza a hacer una caja con una
-instrucción ‘\mbox’. Usted puede conseguir introducirse en un modo
-diferente dentro de la caja —por ejemplo, usted puede hacerlo entrar en
-el modo matemático para poner una fórmula en la caja. También hay
-varias instrucciones productoras de texto y entornos para hacer una caja
-que ponga a LaTeX en el modo de párrafo. La caja hecha por medio de una
-de estas instrucciones o entornos se llama ‘parbox’. Cuando LaTeX está
-en el modo de párrafo mientras que hace una caja, se dice que está en
-“modo interno de párrafo”. Su modo de párrafo normal, que se inicia
-fuera de él, se llama el “modo de párrafo externo”.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Estilos de Página, Next: Espacios, Prev: Modos, Up: Top
-
-19 Estilos de Página
-********************
+A medida que LaTeX procesa tu documento, en cualquier momento se
+encuentra en uno de seis modos. Se dividen en tres categorías de dos
+cada una, los modos horizontales, los modos matemáticos y los modos
+verticales. Algunos comandos solo funcionan en un modo u otro (en
+particular, muchos comandos solo funcionan en uno de los modos
+matemáticos), y los mensajes de error se referirán a estos.
+
+ • “Modo párrafo” (en TeX simple esto se llama “modo horizontal”) es
+ en lo que se encuentra LaTeX cuando procesa texto normal. Se rompe
+ el texto de entrada en líneas y encuentra las posiciones de los
+ saltos de línea, de modo que en modo vertical se pueden hacer
+ saltos de página. Este es el modo LaTeX, es en la mayor parte del
+ tiempo.
+
+ “modo LR” (para el modo de izquierda a derecha; en TeX simple esto
+ se llama “modo horizontal restringido”) está en vigor cuando se
+ inicia LaTeX hace una caja con un comando ‘\mbox’. Como en el modo
+ de párrafo, la salida de LaTeX es una cadena de palabras con
+ espacios entre ellas. A diferencia de en modo párrafo, en modo LR
+ LaTeX nunca comienza una nueva línea, simplemente continúa de
+ izquierda a derecha. (Aunque LaTeX no se quejará que la caja LR es
+ demasiado larga, cuando está terminada y luego intenta poner esa
+ caja en una línea, bien se podría quejar de que la caja LR
+ terminada no cabe allí).
+
+ • “modo matemático” es cuando LaTeX está generando una fórmula
+ matemática en línea.
+
+ “Muestra modo math” es cuando LaTeX está generando una fórmula
+ matemática. (Las fórmulas mostradas difieren un poco de las
+ fórmulas en línea. Un ejemplo es que la ubicación del subíndice en
+ ‘\int’ difiere en las dos situaciones).
+
+ • “Modo vertical” es cuando LaTeX está construyendo la lista de
+ líneas y otro material haciendo la página de salida, que comprende
+ la inserción de saltos de página. Este es el modo LaTeX, es cuando
+ se inicia un documento.
+
+ “Modo vertical interno” está en efecto cuando LaTeX comienza a
+ hacer una ‘\vbox’. No tiene saltos de página, y como tal es el
+ análogo vertical del modo LR.
+
+Por ejemplo, si comienzas un artículo de LaTeX con ‘Let \( x \) ...’
+entonces estos son los modos: primero LaTeX inicia cada documento en
+modo vertical, entonces lee la ‘L’ y cambia al modo párrafo, entonces el
+siguiente cambio ocurre en la ‘\(’ donde LaTeX cambia al modo
+matemático, y luego, cuando sale de la fórmula, parece volver al modo de
+párrafo.
-La instrucción ‘\documentclass’ determina el tamaño y posición de las
-cabeceras y pies de página. El estilo de página determina lo que sucede
-en ellos.
+ El modo párrafo tiene dos subcasos. Si usas un comando ‘\parbox’ o
+un ‘minipage’ entonces LaTeX se pone en modo párrafo. Pero no pondré un
+salto de página aquí. Dentro de una de estas cajas, llamada “parbox”,
+LaTeX está en “modo de párrafo interior”. Es la situación mas usual,
+donde puedes poner saltos de página, es “modo de párrafo externo” (*note
+Salto de página::).
* Menu:
-* \maketitle:: Genera una página de título.
-* \pagenumbering:: Fija el estilo utilizado para los números de página.
-* \pagestyle:: Cambia el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página.
-* \thispagestyle:: Cambiar el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página para esa página.
+* \ensuremath:: Se asegura de que el modo matemático esté activo.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \maketitle, Next: \pagenumbering, Up: Estilos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \ensuremath, Up: Modos
-19.1 ‘\maketitle’
-=================
+17.1 ‘\ensuremath’
+==================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \ensuremath{FORMULA}
-La instrucción ‘\maketitle’ genera un título en una página independiente
-— excepto en la clase ‘article’, donde se coloca el título en la parte
-superior de la primera página. La información utilizada para producir
-el título se obtiene de las siguientes declaraciones:
+ Se asegura de que FORMULA esté escrito en modo matemático.
-‘\author{NOMBRE \and NOMBRE2}’
- La instrucción ‘\author’ declara los autor(es) del documento, donde
- el argumento es una lista de autores separados por instrucciones
- ‘\and’. Use ‘\\’ para separar líneas con una única entrada de
- autor —por ejemplo, para proporcionar las entidades de autor o
- dirección.
+ Por ejemplo, puedes redefinir comandos que normalmente solo se pueden
+usar en modo matemático, para que se puedan usar tanto en matemáticas
+como en texto sin formato.
-‘\date{TEXTO}’
- La instrucción ‘\date’ declara el TEXTO para ser la fecha del
- documento. Sin la instrucción ‘\date’, se utiliza la fecha actual
- (*note \today::).
+ \newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
+ En $\int f(x)\, \dx$, el \dx{} es un infinitesimal.
-‘\thanks{TEXTO}’
- La instrucción ‘\thanks’ produce un pie de página (‘\footnote’)
- para el título, normalmente utilizada para reconocimiento de
- créditos.
+ Precaución: el comando ‘\ensuremath’ es útil pero no una panacea.
-‘\title{TEXTO}’
- La instrucción ‘\title’ declara TEXTO para ser el título del
- documento. Use ‘\\’ para forzar un salto de línea, de la manera
- usual.
+ \newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
+
+ Obtienes un alfa en modo texto: \alf. Pero compara el espaciado
+ correcto en $\alf+\alf$ con el de \alf+\alf.
+
+Lo mejor es escribir cosas matemáticas en modo math.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagenumbering, Next: \pagestyle, Prev: \maketitle, Up: Estilos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Estilos de página, Next: Espacios, Prev: Modos, Up: Top
+
+18 Estilos de página
+********************
-19.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
+El estilo de una página determina dónde coloca LaTeX los componentes de
+esa página, como encabezados y pies de página, y el cuerpo del texto.
+Este incluye páginas en la parte principal del documento pero también
+incluye páginas especiales como la portada de un libro, una página de un
+índice o la primera página de un artículo.
+
+ El paquete ‘fancyhdr’ se usa comúnmente para construir estilos de
+página. Ve su documentación.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \maketitle:: Genera una página de título.
+* \pagenumbering:: Establece el estilo utilizado para los números
+ de página.
+* \pagestyle:: Cambia el estilo de encabezados/pies de página.
+* \thispagestyle:: Cambia el estilo de los encabezados/pies de
+ esta página.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \maketitle, Next: \pagenumbering, Up: Estilos de página
+
+18.1 ‘\maketitle’
+=================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \maketitle
+
+ Genera un título. En las clases estándar el título aparece en una
+página separada, excepto en la clase ‘article’ donde está en la parte
+superior de la primera página. (*Note Opciones de la clase documento::,
+para obtener información sobre la opción ‘titlepage’ de la clase
+documento).
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra que ‘\maketitle’ aparece en su lugar habitual,
+inmediatamente después de ‘\begin{document}’.
+
+ \documentclass{article} \title{Construir un reactor nuclear usando
+ solo cocos} \author{Jonas Grumby\thanks{% Con el apoyo de una beca
+ Ginger de la Roy Hinkley Society.} \\ Capitán, \textit{Minnow} \and
+ Willy Gilligan\thanks{% Gracias a la fundación Mary Ann Summers ya
+ Thurston y Lovey Howell.} \\ Compañero, \textit{Minnow} }
+ \date{1964-Sep-26} \begin{document} \maketitle Solo siéntate y
+ escucharás un cuento, el cuento de un fatídico viaje. Que partió
+ desde este puerto tropical, a bordo de este diminuto barco. El
+ compañero era un navegante poderoso, el Capitán valiente y seguro. Un
+ conjunto de cinco pasajeros navega ese día para un recorrido de tres
+ horas. Un recorrido de tres horas.
+ ...
+
+ Le dices a LaTeX la información utilizada para producir el título
+haciendo las siguientes declaraciones. Estos deben venir antes de
+‘\maketitle’, ya sea en el preámbulo o en el cuerpo del documento.
+
+‘\author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}’
+ Requerido. Declara el autor o autores del documento. El argumento
+ es un lista de autores separados por los comandos ‘\and’. Para
+ separar líneas dentro de la entrada de un solo autor, por ejemplo,
+ para dar la institución o dirección, usa una barra invertida doble,
+ ‘\\’. Si omites la declaración ‘\author’ entonces obtienes
+ ‘Advertencia LaTeX: Sin \autor dado’.
+
+‘\date{TEXT}’
+ Opcional. Declara TEXT como la fecha del documento. El TEXT no
+ necesita estar en un formato de fecha; puede ser cualquier texto.
+ Si omites ‘\date’ entonces LaTeX usa la fecha actual (*note
+ \today::). Para no tener fecha, utiliza ‘\date{}’.
+
+‘\thanks{TEXT}’
+ Opcional. Produce una nota al pie. Lo puedes usar en la
+ información del autor para agradecimientos como se ilustra arriba,
+ pero también lo puedes usar en el título, o cualquier lugar donde
+ tenga sentido una marca de nota al pie. Puede ser cualquier texto
+ en absoluto para que lo puedas usar para cualquier propósito, como
+ imprimir una dirección de correo electrónico.
+
+‘\title{TEXT}’
+ Requerido. Declara TEXT como título del documento. Obtiene un
+ salto de línea dentro de TEXT con una barra invertida doble, ‘\\’.
+ Si omites la declaración ‘\title’, entonces el comando ‘\maketitle’
+ produce el ‘Error de LaTeX: No se proporcionó \title’.
+
+ Para crear tu propia página de título, *note titlepage::. También lo
+puedes crear como único o lo puedes incluir como parte de un comando
+‘\maketitle’ renovado. (Muchos editores proporcionarán una clase para
+usar en lugar de ‘article’ que formatea el título según sus requisitos
+de la casa).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagenumbering, Next: \pagestyle, Prev: \maketitle, Up: Estilos de página
+
+18.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
=====================
Sinopsis:
- \pagenumbering{ESTILO}
+ \pagenumbering{NUMBER-STYLE}
- Especifica el estilo de los números de página, de acuerdo a ESTILO.
-‘\pagenumbering’ tambien reinicializa le numero de pagína a 1. Los
-valores de ESTILO que se pueden utilizar son por ejemplo::
+ Especifica el estilo de los números de página y restablece el número
+de página. El estilo de numeración se refleja en la página, y también
+en la tabla de contenido y otras referencias de página. Esta
+declaración tiene alcance global por lo que su efecto no se detiene por
+un final de grupo como una llave de cierre o un fin de entorno.
+
+ En este ejemplo, antes de la sección ‘Principal’ las páginas están
+numeradas ‘a’, etc. Comenzando en la página que contiene la llamada a
+‘\pagenumbering’ en esa sección, las páginas están numeradas ‘1’, etc.
+
+ \begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+ ...
+ \section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
+ ...
+
+ El argumento NUMBER-STYLE es uno de los siguientes (también *note
+\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
‘arabic’
- números arábigos
+ número arábigo: 1, 2, ...
+
‘roman’
- números romanos en minúscula
+ Números romanos en minúsculas: i, ii, ...
+
‘Roman’
- numeros romanos en mayúscula
+ Números romanos en mayúsculas: I, II, ...
+
‘alph’
- letras en minúscula
+ minúsculas: a, b, ... Si tienes más de 26 páginas, entonces obtén
+ ‘Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande’.
+
‘Alph’
- letras en mayúscula
+ letras mayúsculas: A, B, ... Si tiene más de 26 páginas, entonces
+ obtienes ‘Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande’.
+
+‘gobble’
+ LaTeX no genera un número de página, aunque se reinicia. Las
+ referencias a esa página también están en blanco. (Esto no lo hace
+ trabajar con el popular paquete ‘hyperref’ para tener el número de
+ página no aparece, es posible que desees utilizar
+ ‘\pagestyle{empty}’ o ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’).
+
+ Tradicionalmente, si un documento tiene antesala—prefacio, tabla de
+contenido, etc.—entonces se numera con números romanos en minúsculas.
+El asunto principal de un documento utiliza el árabe. *Note
+\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter::.
+
+ Si deseas cambiar el lugar donde aparece el número de página en la
+página, *note \pagestyle::. Si deseas cambiar el valor del número de
+página, entonces manipula el contador ‘page’ (*note Contadores::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagestyle, Next: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagenumbering, Up: Estilos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagestyle, Next: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagenumbering, Up: Estilos de página
-19.3 ‘\pagestyle’
+18.3 ‘\pagestyle’
=================
Sinopsis:
- \pagestyle{ESTILO}
+ \pagestyle{STYLE}
+
+ Declaración que especifica cómo se componen los encabezados y pies de
+página, desde la página actual en adelante.
+
+ Una explicación con un ejemplo está abajo. Ten en cuenta primero que
+el paquete ‘fancyhdr’ es ahora la forma estándar de manipular
+encabezados y pies de página. Nuevos documentos que necesitan hacer
+algo diferente a una de las opciones estándar a continuación deben usar
+este paquete. Ve su documentación en CTAN.
- La instrucción ‘\pagestyle’ especifica como se componen
-tipográficamente las cabeceras y pies de página a partir de la página
-actual. Valores para ESTILO:
+ Valores para STYLE:
‘plain’
- Únicamente un número de página sencillo.
+ El encabezado está vacío. El pie de página contiene solo un número
+ de página, centrado.
‘empty’
- Cabeceras y pies de página vacíos, por ejemplo, sin números de
- página.
+ Tanto el encabezado como el pie de página están vacíos.
‘headings’
- Coloca encabezados en cada página. El estilo de documento
- especifica lo que sucede en las cabeceras.
+ Coloca encabezados y pies de página continuos en cada página. El
+ estilo del documento especifica lo que va allí; ve la explicación a
+ continuación.
‘myheadings’
- Cabeceras personalizadas, especificadas via las instrucciones
+ Encabezados personalizados, especificados a través de los comandos
‘\markboth’ o ‘\markright’.
+ Un poco de discusión sobre la motivación del mecanismo de LaTeX te
+ayudará a trabajar con las opciones ‘headings’ o ‘myheadings’. La
+fuente del documento a continuación produce un artículo, a dos caras,
+con el estilo de página ‘headings’. En las páginas de la izquierda de
+este documento, LaTeX quiere (además del número de página) el título de
+la sección actual. En sus páginas de la derecha LaTeX quiere el título
+de la subsección actual. Cuando crea una página, LaTeX obtiene esta
+información del comandos ‘\leftmark’ y ‘\rightmark’. Así que depende de
+‘\section’ y ‘\subsection’ para almacenar esa información allí.
+
+ \documentclass[twoside]{article}
+ \pagestyle{headings}
+ \begin{document}
+ ... \section{Section 1} ... \subsection{Subsección 1.1} ...
+ \section{Sección 2}
+ ...
+ \subsection{Subsección 2.1}
+ ...
+ \subsection{Subsección 2.2}
+ ...
+
+Supongamos que la segunda sección cae en una página de la izquierda.
+Aunque cuando la página comienza en la primera sección, LaTeX pondrá
+‘Sección 2’ en el encabezado de la página izquierda. En cuanto al
+encabezado derecho, si ninguna subsección comienza antes del final de la
+página derecha, entonces LaTeX deja en blanco el encabezado de la
+derecha. Si una subsección aparece antes de terminar la página derecha
+entonces hay dos casos. Si al menos una subsección comienza en la
+página de la derecha, entonces LaTeX colocará el encabezado derecho en
+el título de la primera subsección que comienza en esa página derecha.
+Si al menos uno de 2.1, 2.2, ..., comienza en la página izquierda pero
+ninguno empieza a la derecha entonces LaTeX pone en el encabezado de la
+derecha el título del último inciso por comenzar, es decir, el que esté
+vigente durante la página de la derecha.
+
+ Para lograr esto, en un artículo de dos caras, LaTeX hace que
+‘\section’emita un comando ‘\markboth’, configurando ‘\leftmark’ a
+‘Section 2’ y configura ‘\rightmark’ en un contenido vacío. Y, LaTeX
+hace que ‘\subsection’ emita un comando ‘\markright’, configurando
+‘\rightmark’ a ‘Subsección 2.1’, etc.
+
Aquí están las descripciones de ‘\markboth’ y ‘\markright’:
-‘\markboth{IZQUIERDA}{DERECHA}’
- Establece ambas cabeceras izquierda y derecha. Una “cabecera a
- mano izquierda” (IZQUIERDA) es generada por la última instrucción
- ‘\markboth’ antes del final de la página, mientras que una
- “cabecera a mano derecha” (DERECHA) es generada por la primera
- ‘\markboth’ o ‘\markright’ que venga en la página si la hay, de
- otra manera por la última antes de la página.
+‘\markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}’
+ Establece la información de rumbo tanto a la derecha como a la
+ izquierda para un estilo de página de ‘headings’ o ‘myheadings’.
+ Una página de la izquierda el encabezado LEFT-HEAD es generado por
+ el último comando ‘\markboth’ antes del final de la página. Un
+ encabezado de página a la derecha RIGHT-HEAD es generado por el
+ primer ‘\markboth’ o ‘\markright’ que viene en la página si hay
+ uno, de lo contrario por el último que vino antes de esa página.
-‘\markright{DERECHA}’
- Establece la cabecera de la derecha, dejando la cabecera de la
- izquierda sin cambios.
+‘\markright{RIGHT-HEAD}’
+ Establece el encabezado de la página de la derecha, dejando el
+ izquierdo sin cambios.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagestyle, Up: Estilos de Página
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagestyle, Up: Estilos de página
-19.4 ‘\thispagestyle{ESTILO}’
-=============================
+18.4 ‘\thispagestyle’
+=====================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \thispagestyle{STYLE}
-La instrucción ‘\thispagestyle’ trabaja de la misma manera que la
-instrucción ‘\pagestyle’ (vea la sección previa) excepto que esta
-únicamente cambia el ESTILO de la página actual.
+ Funciona de la misma manera que el ‘\pagestyle’ (*note \pagestyle::),
+excepto que cambia a STYLE solo para la página actual. Esta declaración
+tiene alcance global, por lo que su efecto no está delimitado por llaves
+o entornos.
+
+ A menudo, la primera página de un capítulo o sección tiene un estilo
+diferente. Por ejemplo, este documento de libro LaTeX tiene la primera
+página del primer capítulo en estilo ‘plain’, como es el predeterminado
+(*note Estilos de página::).
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \pagestyle{headings}
+ \begin{document}
+ \chapter{Primer capítulo}
+ ...
+ \chapter{Segundo capítulo}\thispagestyle{empty}
+ ...
+
+El estilo ‘plain’ tiene un número de página, centrado en el pie de
+página. Para hacer que la página esté completamente vacía, el comando
+‘\thispagestyle{empty}’ sigue inmediatamente al segundo ‘\chapter’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Espacios, Next: Cajas, Prev: Estilos de Página, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Espacios, Next: Cajas, Prev: Estilos de página, Up: Top
-20 Espacios
+19 Espacios
***********
-LaTeX tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco (o llenos).
-
- Otra instrucción que produce espacios es ‘\’ para producir un espacio
-“fino” (por lo general 1/6cuadrático). Se puede utilizar en modo texto,
-pero más a menudo es útil en modo matemático (*note Espacios en Modo
-Math::).
+LaTeX tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco o espacios
+llenos. Algunos de estos se adaptan mejor al texto matemático; para
+estos *note Espaciado en modo matemático::.
* Menu:
-Espacio horizontal
-* \hspace:: Espacio horizontal fijo.
-* \hfill:: Espacio horizontal extensible.
-* \SPACE:: Espacio normal entre palabras.
-* \AT:: Finalizando una frase.
-* \thinspace:: Una sexta parte de una em.
-* \/:: Corrección cursiva por caracteres.
-* \hrulefill:: Regla horizontal extensible.
-* \dotfill:: Puntos horizontales extensibles.
+espacio horizontal
+* \enspace - \quad y \qquad:: Espacios horizontales tradicionales.
+* \hspace:: Cualquier espacio horizontal.
+* \hfill:: Espacio horizontal extensible.
+* \hss:: Espacio horizontal infinitamente
+ extensible/contraíble.
+* \spacefactor:: Estiramiento del siguiente espacio
+* \(SPACE):: Barra invertida-espacio y espacio explícito.
+* ~:: Tie, un espacio irrompible.
+* \thinspace y \negthinspace:: Un sexto de un em y un sexto negativo.
+* \/:: Corrección en cursiva.
+* \hrulefill y \dotfill:: Regla o puntos horizontales extensibles.
+
+espacio vertical
+* \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip:: Espacios verticales entre
+ párrafos.
+* \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak:: Espacio entre párrafos y
+ saltos de página.
+* \strut:: Asegura la altura de una línea.
+* \vspace:: Espacio vertical.
+* \vfill:: Espacio vertical extensible.
+* \addvspace:: Agrega espacio vertical arbitrario si es
+ necesario.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \enspace - \quad y \qquad, Next: \hspace, Up: Espacios
+
+19.1 ‘\enspace’, ‘\quad’ y ‘\qquad’
+===================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \enspace
+ \quad
+ \qquad
+
+ Inserta un espacio horizontal de 1/2em, 1em o 2em. La em es una
+longitud definida por un diseñador de fuentes, a menudo considerada como
+el ancho de una M mayúscula. Una ventaja de describir el espacio en ems
+es que puede ser más portátil entre documentos que una medida absoluta
+como puntos (*note Longitudes/em::).
+
+ Esto pone un espacio adecuado entre dos gráficos.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{womensmile.png}%
+ \qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png}
+ \end{center}
-Espacio Vertical
-* \addvspace:: Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario si es necesario.
-* \bigskip \medskip \smallskip:: Espacio vertical fijo.
-* \vfill:: Espacio vertical infinitamente extensible.
-* \vspace:: Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario.
+*Note Espaciado en modo matemático::, para ‘\quad’ y ‘\qquad’. Estas
+son longitudes de siglos de composición tipográfica y, por lo tanto,
+pueden ser una mejor opción en muchas circunstancias que las longitudes
+arbitrarias, como las que se obtienen con ‘\hspace’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hspace, Next: \hfill, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hspace, Next: \hfill, Prev: \enspace - \quad y \qquad, Up: Espacios
-20.1 ‘\hspace’
+19.2 ‘\hspace’
==============
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \hspace{LENGTH}
+ \hspace*{LENGTH}
+
+ Inserta la cantidad LENGTH de espacio horizontal. LENGTH puede ser
+positiva, negativa o cero; agregar una cantidad negativa de espacio es
+como retroceder. Es una longitud elástica, es decir, puede contener un
+componente ‘plus’ o ‘minus’, o ambas (*note Longitudes::). Debido a que
+el espacio se puede estirar y contraer, a veces se le llama “pegamento”.
+
+ Esto hace una línea con ‘Name:’ a una pulgada del margen derecho.
+
+ \noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}
+
+ La forma ‘*’ inserta un espacio horizontal que no se puede descartar.
+Más precisamente, cuando TeX divide un párrafo en líneas blancas el
+espacio—pegamentos y kerns—que vienen en un salto de línea se descartan.
+La forma-‘*’ evita eso (técnicamente, agrega un elemento invisible no
+descartable delante del espacio).
+
+ En este ejemplo
- \hspace[*]{LONGITUD}
+ \parbox{0.8\linewidth}{%
+ Completa cada espacio en blanco: Cuatro \hspace*{1in} y hace
+ siete años nuestros padres produjeron en este continente, un nuevo
+ \hspace*{1in}, concebido en \hspace*{1in}, y dedicado a la
+ propuesta que todos los hombres son creados \hspace*{1in}.}
- La instrucción ‘\hspace’ añade espacio horizontal. El argumento
-LENGTH se puede expresar en cualquier término que LaTeX entienda:
-puntos, pulgadas, etc. Esta es la longitud a preservar. Usted puede
-agregar tanto espacios negativos como positivos con una instrucción
-‘\hspace’; agregar espacio negativo es como espacio hacia atrás.
+el espacio en blanco de 1 pulgada que sigue a ‘concebido en’ cae al
+principio de una linea. Si borras el ‘*’ entonces LaTeX descarta el
+espacio en blanco.
- LaTeX normalmente elimina el espacio horizontal que viene al
-principio o al final de una línea. Para preservar este espacio, use la
-forma opcional con ‘*’.
+ Aquí, el ‘\hspace’ separa los tres gráficos.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{lion.png}% el espacio extra queda fuera del
+ comentario
+ \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{tiger.png}%
+ \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{bear.png}
+ \end{center}
+
+Porque el argumento de cada ‘\hspace’ tiene ‘minus 0.25cm’, cada uno se
+puede encoger un poco si las tres figuras son demasiado anchas. Pero
+cada espacio no se reducirá más de 0.25cm (*note Longitudes::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hfill, Next: \SPACE, Prev: \hspace, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hfill, Next: \hss, Prev: \hspace, Up: Espacios
-20.2 ‘\hfill’
+19.3 ‘\hfill’
=============
-La instrucción ‘\hfill’ produce un “relleno de longitud” que no tiene
-espacio natural sino que se puede extender o reducir en sentido
-horizontal en la medida necesaria.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \hfill
+
+ Produce una longitud elástica que no tenga espacio natural pero que
+se pueda estirar horizontalmente tanto como sea necesario (*note
+Longitudes::).
- El parámetro ‘\fill’ es la misma longitud a rellenar (técnicamente,
-el valor a agregar ‘0pt plus1fill’); es decir, ‘\hspace\fill’ es
-equivalente a ‘\hfill’.
+ Esto crea un párrafo de una línea con ‘Name:’ en el lado izquierdo de
+la página y ‘Prueba uno’ a la derecha.
+
+ \noindent Name:\hfill Prueba uno
+
+ El comando ‘\hfill’ es equivalente a ‘\hspace{\fill}’ y por lo que el
+espacio se puede descartar en los saltos de línea. Para evitar eso, en
+su lugar usa ‘\hspace*{\fill}’ (*note \hspace::).
+
+ Aquí las gráficas están espaciadas uniformemente en el centro de la
+figura.
+
+ \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+ \begin{figure}
+ \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph0.png}}%
+ \hfill\vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph1.png}}%
+ \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \caption{Comparación de dos gráficos} \label{fig:twographs}
+ \end{figure}
+
+Ten en cuenta los ‘\hspace*’ donde el espacio se podría eliminar.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \SPACE, Next: \AT, Prev: \hfill, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hss, Next: \spacefactor, Prev: \hfill, Up: Espacios
-20.3 ‘\SPACE’
-=============
+19.4 ‘\hss’
+===========
-La instrucción ‘\ ’ (space) produce un espacio entre palabras normal.
-Es útil después de signos de puntuación que no deben terminar una
-oración. Por ejemplo, ‘Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ es
-fundamental’. Esta también se suele utilizar después de secuencias de
-control, como en ‘\TeX\ es un sistema agradable’.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \hss
+
+ Produce un espacio horizontal que es infinitamente contraíble así
+como infinitamente extensible (este comando es un primitivo TeX). Los
+autores LaTeX deben alcanzar primero el comando ‘\makebox’ para obtener
+efectos de ‘\hss’ (*note \mbox y \makebox::).
+
+ Aquí, el ‘\hss’ de la primera línea hace que la Z sobresalga hacia la
+derecha, sobrescribiendo la Y. En la segunda línea, la Z sobresale a la
+izquierda, sobrescribiendo la X.
- En circunstancias normales, ‘\’<tab> y ‘\’<newline> son equivalentes
-a ‘\ ’.
+ X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
+ X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y
+
+Sin el ‘\hss’ obtienes algo como ‘Sobrecarga \hbox (6.11111pt demasiado
+ancho) detectado en la línea 20’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \AT, Next: \thinspace, Prev: \SPACE, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \spacefactor, Next: \(SPACE), Prev: \hss, Up: Espacios
-20.4 ‘\@’
-=========
+19.5 ‘\spacefactor’
+===================
-La instrucción ‘\@’ hace que el siguiente carácter de puntuación final
-una declaración incluso si normalmente no es así. Esto se suele
-utilizar después de una letra mayúscula. Aquí están lado a lado
-ejemplos con y sin ‘\@’:
+Sinopsis:
- ... en C\@. Pascal, aunque ...
- ... en C. Pascal, aunque ...
+ \spacefactor=INTEGER
+
+ Influye en el comportamiento de estiramiento y contracción del
+pegamento de LaTeX. La mayoría a nivel de usuario los documentos no
+utilizan este comando.
+
+ Mientras LaTeX está estilizando el material, puedes estirar o encoger
+los espacios entre palabras. (Este espacio no es un carácter; se llama
+el “pegamento entre palabras”; *note \hspace::). El comando
+‘\spacefactor’ (de TeX simple) te permite, por ejemplo, hacer que el
+espacio después de un punto se extienda más que el espacio después de
+una letra de final de palabra.
+
+ Después de que LaTeX coloca cada carácter, regla u otro cuadro,
+establece un parámetro llamado “factor de espacio”. Si lo siguiente en
+la entrada es un espacio, entonces este parámetro afecta cuánto se puede
+estirar o encoger. Un factor de espacio que es mayor que el valor
+normal significa que el pegamento se puede estirar más y encoger menos.
+Normalmente, el espacio factor es 1000. Este valor está en efecto
+después de la mayoría de los caracteres, y cualquier cuadro que no sea
+de caracteres o fórmula matemática. Pero es 3000 después de un punto,
+signo de exclamación o signo de interrogación, es 2000 después de dos
+puntos, 1500 después un punto y coma, 1250 después de una coma y 0
+después de un paréntesis derecho o paréntesis, comillas dobles de cierre
+o comillas simples. Finalmente, es 999 después de una letra mayúscula.
+
+ Si el factor espacio F es 1000, entonces el espacio de pegamento será
+el valor del espacio normal de la letra (para Computer Modern Roman 10
+puntos esto es 3.3333 puntos). De lo contrario, si el factor de espacio
+F es mayor de 2000, entonces TeX agrega el valor de espacio extra de la
+letra (para Computer Modern Roman 10 point esto es 1.11111 points), y
+entonces la letra el valor de estiramiento normal se multiplica por f
+/1000 y el valor normal el valor de contracción se multiplica por 1000/f
+(para Computer Modern Roman 10 puntos, estos son 1.66666 y
+1.11111 puntos).
+
+ Por ejemplo, considera el punto que termina ‘El mejor amigo de un
+hombre es su perro.’ Después de eso, TeX pone un espacio extra fijo, y
+también permite que el pegamento para estirar 3 veces más y encoger 1/3
+más, que el pegamento después de ‘amigo’, que no termina en un punto.
+
+ Las reglas para los factores espaciales son aún más complejas porque
+juegan papeles adicionales. En la práctica, hay dos consecuencias.
+Primero, si un punto u otro signo de puntuación está seguido por un
+paréntesis derecho o corchete, o comillas simples o dobles a la derecha,
+entonces el efecto de espaciado de ese período lleva a través de esos
+caracteres (es decir, el pegamento siguiente habrá aumentado el
+estiramiento y la contracción). Segundo, si la puntuación viene después
+de una letra mayúscula, entonces su efecto no está en su lugar por lo
+que obtienes un espacio ordinario. Este segundo caso también afecta a
+las abreviaturas que no terminen en mayúscula (*note \@::).
+
+ Solo puedes usar ‘\spacefactor’ en modo párrafo o modo LR (*note
+Modos::). Puedes ver el valor actual con ‘\the\spacefactor’ o
+‘\showthe\spacefactor’.
+
+ (Comentario, no realmente relacionado con ‘\spacefactor’: si obtienes
+errores como ‘No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo vertical’, o ‘No
+puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo matemático.’, o ‘Impropio
+\spacefactor’ entonces probablemente hayas intentado redefinir un
+comando interno. *Note \makeatletter y \makeatother::).
-produce
+* Menu:
- ... en C. Pascal, aunque ... ... en C. Pascal, aunque ...
+* \@:: Distingue los puntos finales de oraciones de las
+ abreviaturas.
+* \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing:: Espacio igual entre palabras
+ y entre oraciones.
+* \normalsfcodes:: Restaura la configuración del factor de espacio a
+ su valor predeterminado.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thinspace, Next: \/, Prev: \AT, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \@, Next: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing, Up: \spacefactor
-20.5 ‘\thinspace’
-=================
+19.5.1 ‘\@’
+-----------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ CAPITAL-LETTER\@.
+
+ Trata un punto como final de oración, donde LaTeX de lo contrario
+pensaría que es parte de una abreviatura. LaTeX piensa que un punto
+termina una abreviatura si el punto va después de una letra mayúscula, y
+en caso contrario piensa que el punto termina la oración. De manera
+predeterminada, al justificar una línea LaTeX ajusta el espacio después
+de un punto final de oración (o un signo de pregunta, de exclamación,
+coma o dos puntos) más de lo que ajusta el espacio entre palabras (*note
+\spacefactor::).
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra los dos casos para recordar.
-‘\thinspace’ produce un espacio inviolable e inextensible que es de un
-1/6 de em. Este es el espacio adecuado para su uso en citas anidadas,
-como en ’”.
+ Las canciones \textit{Guitarra roja}, etc.\ son de Loudon
+ Wainwright~III\@.
+
+El segundo punto termina la oración, a pesar de que está precedido por
+una mayúscula. Le decimos a LaTeX que termina la oración poniendo ‘\@’
+antes. El primer punto termina la abreviatura ‘etc.’ pero no la
+oración. El espacio de barra invertida, ‘\ ’, produce un espacio en la
+mitad de la oración.
+
+ Entonces: si tienes una letra mayúscula seguida de un punto que
+termina la oración, entonces coloca ‘\@’ antes del punto. Esto se
+mantiene incluso si hay un paréntesis o corchete derecho intermedio, o
+derecho simple o comillas dobles, porque el efecto de espaciado de ese
+período continúa esos caracteres. Por ejemplo, este
+
+ Usa la \textit{Guía de Prácticas de Instrucción}, (un libro de la
+ MAA)\@.
+
+tendrá el espaciado correcto entre oraciones después del punto.
+
+ El comando ‘\@’ es solo para un modo de texto. Si lo usas fuera de
+un modo de texto, entonces obtienes ‘No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en
+modo vertical’ (*note Modos::).
+
+ Comentario: el caso inverso es un punto que termina una abreviatura
+cuya última letra no es una letra mayúscula, y esa abreviatura no es la
+última palabra en la oración. Para ese caso sigue el punto con una
+barra invertida, (‘\ ’), o una tie, (‘~’), o ‘\@’. Algunos ejemplos son
+‘Nat.\ Acad.\ Science’ y ‘Mr.~Bean’, y ‘(manure, etc.\@) a la venta’
+(nótese en la última que la ‘\@’ viene antes del paréntesis de cierre).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \/, Next: \hrulefill, Prev: \thinspace, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing, Next: \normalsfcodes, Prev: \@, Up: \spacefactor
-20.6 ‘\/’
-=========
+19.5.2 ‘\frenchspacing’ y ‘\nonfrenchspacing’
+---------------------------------------------
-La instrucción ‘\/’ produce una “corrección en cursiva”. Este es un
-pequeño espacio definido por el diseñador de tipografías para un
-carácter determinado, para evitar chocar con el carácter que lo sigue.
-El carácter en cursiva f típicamente tiene un valor de corrección en
-cursiva grande.
+Sinopsis, una de:
- Si el siguiente carácter es un punto o una coma, no es necesario
-insertar una corrección en cursiva, dado que estos símbolos tienen una
-puntuación de muy poca altura. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos
-puntos, así como letras normales, puede ayudar. Compare f: f; (en la
-salida TeX, las ‘f’s están separadas correctamente) con f: f;.
+ \frenchspacing
+ \nonfrenchspacing
- A pesar del nombre, los caracteres latinos también pueden tener una
-corrección en cursiva. Compare pdfTeX (en la TeX salida, hay un pequeño
-espacio después de la ‘f’) con pdfTeX.
+ La primera declaración hace que LaTeX maneje el espacio entre
+oraciones de la misma manera que el espaciado entre palabras en medio de
+una frase. El segundo vuelve al manejo predeterminado en el que el
+espacio entre oraciones se estira o se encoge más (*note
+\spacefactor::).
+
+ Algunas tradiciones tipográficas, incluido el inglés, prefieren
+ajustar el espacio entre oraciones (o espacios después de un signo de
+interrogación, signo de exclamación, coma o dos puntos) más que el
+espacio entre palabras que están en medio de una oración. Declarando
+‘\frenchspacing’ (el comando es de TeX) simple cambia a la tradición de
+que todos los espacios son tratados por igual.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hrulefill, Next: \dotfill, Prev: \/, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \normalsfcodes, Prev: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing, Up: \spacefactor
-20.7 ‘\hrulefill’
-=================
+19.5.3 ‘\normalsfcodes’
+-----------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \normalsfcodes
-La instrucción ‘\hrulefill’ produce un “relleno de longitud” el cual se
-puede estrechar o estirar horizontalmente. Este se llenará con una
-regla horizontal.
+ Restablece los factores de espacio de LaTeX a los valores
+predeterminados (*note \spacefactor::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \dotfill, Next: \addvspace, Prev: \hrulefill, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \(SPACE), Next: ~, Prev: \spacefactor, Up: Espacios
-20.8 ‘\dotfill’
-===============
+19.6 Barra invertida-espacio, ‘\ ’
+==================================
+
+Esta sección se refiere al comando que consta de dos caracteres, una
+barra invertida seguida de un espacio.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \
+
+ Produce un espacio. De manera predeterminada produce espacios en
+blanco de longitud 3.33333pt más 1.66666pt menos 1.11111pt.
+
+ Cuando escribes uno o más espacios en blanco entre palabras, LaTeX
+produce espacio blanco. Pero eso es diferente a un espacio explícito.
+Esto ilustra.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ Un espacio en blanco:& hace algo de espacio \\
+ Tres espacios en blanco:& en un renglón \\
+ Tres espacios:&\ \ \ en un renglón \\
+ \end{tabular}
-La instrucción ‘\dotfill’ produce un “relleno de longitud” la cual se
-rellena con puntos en lugar de sólo espacios en blanco.
+En la primera línea, LaTeX pone algo de espacio después de los dos
+puntos. Sobre la segunda línea LaTeX colapsa los tres espacios en
+blanco para generar un espacio en blanco, por lo que termina con el
+mismo espacio después de los dos puntos como en la primera linea. LaTeX
+los colapsaría de manera similar en un solo espacio en blanco si uno,
+dos o los tres espacios en blanco fueron reemplazados por una
+tabulación, o por una nueva línea. Sin embargo, la línea inferior pide
+tres espacios para que el área blanca sea más ancha. Es decir, el
+comando barra invertida-espacio crea una cantidad fija de espacio
+horizontal. (Ten en cuenta que puedes definir un espacio horizontal de
+cualquier ancho con ‘\hspace’; *note \hspace::).
+
+ El comando barra-inversa-espacio tiene dos usos principales. A
+menudo se usa después de secuencias de control para evitar que se
+traguen el espacio en blanco que sigue, como después de ‘\TeX’ en ‘\TeX\
+(o \LaTeX)’. (Pero usar llaves tiene la ventaja de seguir funcionando
+si el siguiente carácter es un espacio en blanco o cualquier otra no
+letra, como en ‘\TeX{} (o \LaTeX{})’ en la que ‘{}’ se puede agregar
+después de ‘\LaTeX’ así como después de ‘\TeX’). El otro uso común es
+que marca un punto como final de una abreviatura en lugar de terminar
+una oración, como en ‘Prof.\ Smith’ o ‘Jones et al.\ (1993)’ (*note
+\@::).
+
+ En circunstancias normales, ‘\’<TAB> y ‘\’<NEWLINE> son equivalentes
+a la barra invertida-espacio, ‘\ ’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta también que para permitir la sangría del código fuente,
+en circunstancias normales, TeX ignora los espacios en blanco iniciales
+en una línea. Entonces el siguiente imprime ‘una palabra’:
+
+ una
+ palabra
+
+donde el espacio en blanco entre ‘una’ y ‘palabra’ es producido por la
+nueva línea después de ‘una’, no por el espacio antes de ‘palabra’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addvspace, Next: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Prev: \dotfill, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: ~, Next: \thinspace y \negthinspace, Prev: \(SPACE), Up: Espacios
-20.9 ‘\addvspace’
-=================
+19.7 ‘~’
+========
-‘\addvspace{longitud}’
+Sinopsis:
- La instrucción ‘\addvspace’ normalmente añade un espacio vertical de
-altura longitud. Sin embargo, si el espacio vertical ya se ha añadido
-al mismo punto en la salida por medio de una instrucción ‘\addvspace’
-anterior, esta instrucción no añade más espacio que el necesario para
-hacer que la longitud natural del espacio vertical total equivalente a
-‘longitud’.
+ BEFORE~AFTER
+
+ El carácter “tie”, ‘~’, genera un espacio entre BEFORE y AFTER en el
+que la línea no se romperá. De manera predeterminada el espacio en
+blanco tiene una longitud de 3.33333pt más 1.66666pt menos 1.11111pt
+(*note Longitudes::).
+
+ Ten en cuenta que la palabra ‘tie’ tiene este significado en la
+comunidad TeX/Texinfo; esto difiere del término tipográfico “tie”, que
+es un diacrítico en forma de arco, llamado acento de “lazo-después” en
+‘El libro TeX’.
+
+ Aquí LaTeX no romperá la línea entre las dos últimas palabras:
+
+ Gracias al Prof.~Lerman.
+
+Además, a pesar del punto, LaTeX no usa el espaciado al final de la
+oración (*note \@::).
+
+ Los lazos evitan la separación de cosas al final de la línea donde
+eso podría causar confusión. También todavía permiten la separación
+silábica (de cualquiera de las palabras ligadas), por lo que
+generalmente son preferibles a poner palabras consecutivas en un ‘\mbox’
+(*note \mbox y \makebox::).
+
+ También son cuestión de gusto, a veces alarmantemente dogmáticos,
+entre los lectores. Sin embargo, aquí hay algunos modelos de uso,
+muchos de ellos de ‘El libro de TeX’.
+
+ • Entre una etiqueta de enumerador y un número, como en las
+ referencias: ‘Capítulo~12’, o ‘Teorema~\ref{th:Wilsons}’, o
+ ‘Figura~\ref{fig:KGraph}’.
+
+ • Cuando los casos se enumeran en línea: ‘(b)~Muestra que $f(x)$ es
+ (1)~continuo, y (2)~acotado’.
+
+ • Entre un número y su unidad: ‘$745.7.8$~watts’ (El paquete
+ ‘siunitx’ tiene una función especial para esto) o ‘144~eggs’. Esto
+ incluye entre un número de mes y día en una fecha: ‘Octubre~12’ o
+ ‘12~Oct’. En general, en cualquier expresión donde números y
+ abreviaturas o símbolos están separados por un espacio: ‘AD~565’, o
+ ‘2:50~pm’, o ‘Boeing~747’, o ‘268~Camino de las llanuras’, o
+ ‘\$$1.4$~billón’. Otras opciones comunes aquí son un espacio
+ delgado (*note \thinspace y \negthinspace::) y no hay espacio en
+ absoluto.
+
+ • Cuando las frases matemáticas se traducen en palabras:
+ ‘equals~$n$’, o ‘menor que~$\epsilon$’, o ‘dado~$X$’, o
+ ‘módulo~$p^e$ para todos los ~$n$’ grandes (pero compara ‘es~$15$’
+ con ‘es $15$~veces la altura’). Entre símbolos matemáticos en
+ aposición con sustantivos: ‘dimensión~$d$’ o ‘función~$f(x)$’ (pero
+ compara ‘con longitud $l$~o más’). Cuando un símbolo es un objeto
+ fuertemente ligado de una preposición: ‘de~$x$’, o ‘de $0$ a~$1$’,
+ o ‘en común con ~$m$’.
+
+ • Entre símbolos en serie: ‘$1$,~$2$, o~$3$’ o ‘$1$,~$2$,
+ \ldots,~$n$’.
+
+ • Entre los nombres de pila de una persona y entre varios apellidos:
+ ‘Donald~E. Knuth’, o ‘Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo’, o ‘Charles~XII’—pero
+ debes darle a TeX lugares para romper la línea así que podrías
+ hacer ‘Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Next: \vfill, Prev: \addvspace, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thinspace y \negthinspace, Next: \/, Prev: ~, Up: Espacios
-20.10 ‘\bigskip \medskip \smallskip’
-====================================
+19.8 ‘\thinspace’ y ‘\negthinspace’
+===================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \thinspace
+ \negthinspace
+
+ Estos producen espacios irrompibles e inextensibles de 1/6em y
+-1/6em, respectivamente. Estos son los equivalentes en modo texto de
+‘\,’ y ‘\!’ (*note Espaciado en modo matemático/\thinspace::).
+
+ Puedes usar ‘\,’ como sinónimo de ‘\thinspace’ en modo texto.
-Estas instrucciones producen una determinada cantidad de espacio.
+ Un uso común de ‘\thinspace’ es como el espacio entre comillas
+anidadas:
+
+ Killick respondió: "Escuché al capitán decir: 'Ahoy allí.'\thinspace"
+
+Otro uso es que algunas guías de estilo requieren un ‘\thinspace’ entre
+una elipsis y un punto final de oración (otras guías de estilo, creo que
+los tres puntos y/o los cuatro puntos son suficientes). Otro uso
+específico del estilo es entre iniciales, como en ‘D.\thinspace
+E.\Knuth’.
+
+ LaTeX proporciona una variedad de comandos de espaciado similares
+para el modo matemático (*note Espaciado en modo matemático::). Con el
+paquete ‘amsmath’, o como de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se pueden usar
+en modo texto así como el modo matemático, incluido ‘\!’ para
+‘\negthinspace’; pero de lo contrario, solo están disponibles en el modo
+matemático.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \/, Next: \hrulefill y \dotfill, Prev: \thinspace y \negthinspace, Up: Espacios
+
+19.9 ‘\/’
+=========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ BEFORE-CHARACTER\/AFTER-CHARACTER
+
+ Inserta una “corrección en cursiva”, un pequeño espacio definido por
+el diseñador de letra para cada carácter (posiblemente cero), para
+evitar el carácter chocando con lo que sigue. Cuando usas ‘\/’, LaTeX
+toma la corrección del archivo métrico de la fuente, la escala por
+cualquier escala que se ha aplicado a la fuente, y luego inserta esa
+cantidad de espacio horizontal.
+
+ Aquí, si no fuera por la ‘\/’, el BEFORE-CHARACTER cursiva f
+golpearía el AFTER-CHARACTER roman H
+
+ \newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}
+
+porque la letra cursiva f se inclina mucho hacia la derecha.
+
+ Si AFTER-CHARACTER es un punto o una coma, no insertes una corrección
+en cursiva ya que esos símbolos de puntuación son tan bajos para la
+línea base ya. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos puntos, así como con
+letras normales, la corrección en cursiva puede ayudar. Se usa
+normalmente entre un cambio de fuentes cursivas o inclinadas a una
+fuente vertical.
+
+ Cuando usas comandos como ‘\emph’ y ‘\textit’ y ‘\textsl’ para
+cambiar las fuentes, LaTeX inserta automáticamente la corrección en
+cursiva cuando sea necesario (*note Estilos de tipos de letra::). Sin
+embargo, declaraciones como ‘\em’ e ‘\itshape’ y ‘\slshape’ no inserta
+automáticamente correcciones en cursiva.
+
+ Los caracteres verticales también pueden tener una corrección en
+cursiva. Un ejemplo donde se necesita es el nombre ‘pdf\/\TeX’. Sin
+embargo, la mayoría de los caracteres verticales tienen una corrección
+de cursiva cero. Algunos creadores de fuentes no incluyen valores de
+corrección de cursiva ni siquiera para fuentes en cursiva.
+
+ Técnicamente, LaTeX usa otro valor específico de fuente, el llamado
+“parámetro inclinado” (es decir, ‘\fontdimen1’), para determinar si
+posiblemente insertar una corrección en cursiva, en lugar de vincular la
+acción a comandos de fuente particulares.
+
+ No existe el concepto de corrección de cursiva en el modo matemático;
+el espaciado matemático está hecho de una manera diferente.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hrulefill y \dotfill, Next: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip, Prev: \/, Up: Espacios
+
+19.10 ‘\hrulefill’ y ‘\dotfill’
+===============================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \hrulefill
+ \dotfill
+
+ Produce una longitud elástica horizontal infinita (*note
+Longitudes::) que LaTeX se rellena con una regla (es decir, una línea) o
+con puntos, en lugar de espacio en blanco.
+
+ Esto genera una línea de 2 pulgadas de largo.
+
+ Nombre:~\makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}
+
+Este ejemplo, cuando se coloca entre líneas en blanco, crea un párrafo
+que está justificado a la izquierda y a la derecha y donde el medio está
+lleno de manera uniforme de puntos espaciados.
+
+ \noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge
+
+ Para hacer que la regla o los puntos vayan al final de la línea, usa
+‘\null’ al comenzar o terminar.
+
+ Para cambiar el grosor de la regla, copia la definición y ajústala,
+como aquí
+
+ \renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
+
+que cambia el grosor predeterminado de 0.4pt a 1pt. Del mismo modo,
+ajusta el espacio entre puntos como con
+
+ \renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
+
+que cambia la longitud predeterminada de 0.33em a 1.00em.
+
+ Este ejemplo produce una línea para una firma.
+
+ \begin{minipage}{4cm}
+ \centering
+ \hrulefill\\
+ Firmado
+ \end{minipage}
+
+La línea mide 4cm de largo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip, Next: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak, Prev: \hrulefill y \dotfill, Up: Espacios
+
+19.11 ‘\bigskip’, ‘\medskip’ y ‘\smallskip’
+===========================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \bigskip
+ \medskip
+ \smallskip
+
+ Produce una cantidad de espacio vertical, grande, mediano o pequeño.
+Estos comandos son frágiles (*note \protect::).
+
+ Aquí el salto sugiere el paso del tiempo (de El océano dorado por
+O’Brian).
+
+ El señor Saumarez tendría algo grosero que decirle, sin duda: él
+ estaba en casa de nuevo, y era una delicia.
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ ``Ciento cincuenta y siete millas y un tercio, en veinticuatro horas",
+ dijo Pedro.
+
+ Cada comando está asociado a una longitud definida en el archivo de
+la clase documento.
‘\bigskip’
- Al igual que ‘\vspace{bigskipamount}’, normalmente alrededor de un
- espacio de línea (con estirar y encoger).
+ Lo mismo que ‘\vspace{\bigskipamount}’, normalmente alrededor de
+ una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción. El valor
+ predeterminado para el ‘libro’ y las clases de ‘article’ son ‘12pt
+ plus 4pt minus 4pt’.
‘\medskip’
- Al igual que ‘\vspace{medskipamount}’, normalmente cerca de la
- mitad del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+ Lo mismo que ‘\vspace{\medskipamount}’, normalmente alrededor de la
+ mitad de una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción. El
+ valor predeterminado para las clases ‘book’ y ‘article’ son ‘6pt
+ plus 2pt minus 2pt’.
‘\smallskip’
- Al igual que ‘\vspace{smallskipamount}’, normalmente alrededor de
- un cuarto del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+ Lo mismo que ‘\vspace{\smallskipamount}’, normalmente sobre un
+ espacio de un cuarto de línea, con estiramiento y contracción. El
+ valor predeterminado para las clases ‘book’ y ‘article’ son ‘3pt
+ plus 1pt minus 1pt’.
- Los parámetros ‘\...cantidad’ están determinados por la clase de
-documento.
+ Debido a que cada comando es un ‘\vspace’, si lo usas en medio del
+párrafo entonces insertará su espacio vertical entre la línea en la que
+lo usas y la siguiente línea, no necesariamente en el lugar donde lo
+usas. Así que estos son mejores entre párrafos.
+
+ Los comandos ‘\bigbreak’, ‘\medbreak’ y ‘\smallbreak’ son similares
+pero también sugieren a LaTeX que este es un buen lugar para poner un
+salto de página (*note \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak::.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vfill, Next: \vspace, Prev: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak, Next: \strut, Prev: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip, Up: Espacios
-20.11 ‘\vfill’
-==============
+19.12 ‘\bigbreak’, ‘\medbreak’ y ‘\smallbreak’
+==============================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \bigbreak
+ \medbreak
+ \smallbreak
+
+ Produce un espacio vertical que sea grande o mediano o pequeño, y
+sugiere a LaTeX que este es un buen lugar para romper la página. (Las
+sanciones asociadas son −200, −100 y −50) respectivamente.
-La instrucción ‘\vfill’ produce un relleno de longitud (pegado) el cual
-se puede reducir y estirar verticalmente tanto como sea necesario. Este
-es equivalente a ‘\vspace{\fill}’ (*note \hfill::).
+ *Note \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip::, para más. Estos comandos
+producen el mismo espacio vertical pero difieren en que también eliminan
+un espacio vertical precedente si es menor que lo que insertarías (como
+con ‘\addvspace’). Además, terminan un párrafo donde se usan: este
+ejemplo
+
+ abc\bigbreak def ghi
+
+ jkl mno pqr
+
+generará tres párrafos, el primero que termina en ‘abc’ y el segundo
+comienza, después de un espacio vertical adicional y una sangría de
+párrafo, con ‘def’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vspace, Prev: \vfill, Up: Espacios
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \strut, Next: \vspace, Prev: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak, Up: Espacios
-20.12 ‘\vspace[*]{LONGITUD}’
-============================
+19.13 ‘\strut’
+==============
Sinopsis:
- \vspace[*]{LONGITUD}
+ \strut
+
+ Asegúrate de que la línea actual tenga una altura de al menos
+‘0.7\baselineskip’ y profundidad al menos de ‘0.3\baselineskip’.
+Esencialmente, LaTeX inserta en la línea un rectángulo de ancho cero,
+‘\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}’ (*note \rule::). El
+‘\baselineskip’ cambia con la fuente o tamaño de fuente actual.
+
+ En este ejemplo, ‘\strut’ mantiene la caja dentro del marco de tener
+altura cero.
+
+ \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}
- La instrucción ‘\vspace’ añade el espacio vertical LENGTH, es decir,
-un relleno de longitud. LONGITUD puede ser positivo o negativo.
+ Este ejemplo tiene cuatro listas. En el primero hay una brecha mucho
+mayor. entre los elementos 2 y 3 que entre los elementos 1 y 2. La
+segunda lista corrige eso con un ‘\strut’ al final de su primer elemento
+de la segunda línea.
+
+ \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}
+ \item test
+ \item test
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}
+ \item test
+ \item test
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}%
+
+Las dos listas finales usan ‘\fbox’ para mostrar lo que está sucediendo.
+El primer elemento ‘\parbox’ de la tercera lista va solo al final de su
+segundo ‘test’, que sucede que no tiene ningún carácter que descender
+por debajo de la línea base. La cuarta lista agrega el puntal que da el
+espacio adicional necesario debajo de la línea base.
+
+ El comando ‘\strut’ suele ser útil en gráficos, como en ‘TikZ’ o
+‘Asymptote’. Por ejemplo, puedes tener un comando como
+‘\graphnode{NOMBRE-NODO}’ que se ajusta a un círculo alrededor de
+NOMBRE-NODO. Sin embargo, a menos que tengas cuidado con el NOMBRE-NODO
+‘x’ y ‘y’ producirán círculos de diferentes diámetros porque los
+caracteres son de diferentes tamaños. Un ‘\graphnode’ cuidadoso podría
+insertar ‘\strut’, entonces NOMBRE-NODO y luego dibujar el círculo.
+
+ El enfoque general de usar un ‘\rule’ ancho cero es útil en muchas
+circunstancias. En esta tabla, la regla de ancho cero mantiene la parte
+superior de la primera integral de golpear el ‘\hline’. Del mismo modo,
+la segunda regla evita que la segunda integral coincida con la primera.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ \textsc{Integral} &\textsc{Value} \\
+ \hline
+ $\int_0^x t\, dt$ &$x^2/2$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex} \\
+ $\int_0^x t^2\, dt$ &$x^3/3$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex}
+ \end{tabular}
- Normalmente, LaTeX remueve el espacio vertical añadido por ‘\vspace’
-en la parte superior o inferior de una página. Con el argumento
-opcional ‘*’, no se elimina el espacio.
+(Aunque el comando de doble barra invertida de final de línea tiene un
+argumento opcional para cambiar el salto de línea base correspondiente,
+eso no resuelve este problema. Cambiar la primera barra invertida doble
+a algo como ‘\\[2.5ex]’ pondrá más espacio entre la línea de encabezado
+y la regla ‘\hline’, y la integral seguiría cumpliendo la regla).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Cajas, Next: Inserciones Especiales, Prev: Espacios, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vspace, Next: \vfill, Prev: \strut, Up: Espacios
-21 Cajas
-********
+19.14 ‘\vspace’
+===============
-Todos los parámetros de longitud predeterminados (*note Longitudes
-Predeterminadas::) se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que generan cajas.
+Sinopsis, una de:
-* Menu:
+ \vspace{LENGTH}
+ \vspace*{LENGTH}
+
+ Agrega LENGTH al espacio vertical. LENGTH puede ser positivo,
+negativo o cero. Es una longitud elástica — puede contener un
+componente ‘plus’ o ‘minus’ (*note Longitudes::).
+
+ Esto pone espacio entre los dos párrafos.
+
+ Y dormí.
+
+ \vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex}
+ El nuevo día amaneció frío.
+
+(*Note \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip::, para interpárrafo de espacios
+común).
+
+ La forma ‘*’ inserta un espacio vertical que no se puede descartar.
+Más precisamente, LaTeX descarta el espacio vertical en un salto de
+página y la forma-‘*’ hace que el espacio permanezca. Este ejemplo deja
+espacio entre las dos preguntas.
-* \mbox:: Cajas horizontales.
-* \fbox y \framebox:: Coloca un marco alrededor de una caja.
-* lrbox:: Un entorno como ‘\sbox’.
-* \makebox:: Caja, de posición ajustable.
-* \parbox:: Caja con texto en modo párrafo.
-* \raisebox:: Sube o baja el texto.
-* \savebox:: Al igual que ‘\makebox’, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
-* \sbox:: Igual que ‘\mbox’, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
-* \usebox:: Imprime texto guardado.
+ Pregunta: Encuentra la integral de \( 5x^4+5 \).
+
+ \vspace*{2cm más 0.5cm}
+ Pregunta: Encuentra la derivada de \( x^5+5x+9 \).
+
+Ese espacio estará presente incluso si el salto de página cae entre las
+preguntas.
+
+ Si usas ‘\vspace’ en medio de un párrafo (es decir, en modo
+horizontal), entonces el espacio se inserta después de la línea que
+contiene el comando ‘\vspace’; no comienza un nuevo párrafo en el
+comando ‘\vspace’.
+
+ En este ejemplo, las dos preguntas estarán espaciadas verticalmente
+de manera uniforme en la página, con al menos una pulgada de espacio
+debajo de cada una.
+
+ \begin{document}
+ 1) ¿Quién puso el bomp en el bomp bah bomp bah bomp?
+ \vspace{1in plus 1fill}
+
+ 2) ¿Quién puso el carnero en la rama lama ding dong?
+ \vspace{1in plus 1fill}
+ \end{document}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \mbox, Next: \fbox y \framebox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vfill, Next: \addvspace, Prev: \vspace, Up: Espacios
-21.1 ‘\mbox{TEXTO}’
-===================
+19.15 ‘\vfill’
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \vfill
+
+ Finaliza el párrafo actual e inserta una longitud elástica vertical
+que sea infinita, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger tanto como sea
+necesario (*note Longitudes::).
+
+ A menudo se usa de la misma manera que ‘\vspace{\fill}’, excepto que
+‘\vfill’ finaliza el párrafo actual mientras que ‘\vspace{\fill}’ agrega
+el espacio vertical infinito debajo de su línea, independientemente de
+la estructura del párrafo. En ambos casos ese espacio desaparecerá en
+un perímetro de la página; para eludir esto, ve la opción destacada
+en *note \vspace::.
-La instrucción ‘\mbox’ crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el texto creado por sus argumentos. El TEXTO no se separa en
-líneas, por lo tanto este se puede utilizar para prevenir la separación
-silábica.
+ En este ejemplo, la página está llena, por lo que las líneas superior
+e inferior contienen el texto ‘¡Perro perdido!’ y el segundo ‘¡Perro
+perdido!’ es exactamente a medio camino entre ellos.
+
+ \begin{document}
+ ¡Perro perdido!
+ \vfill
+ ¡Perro perdido! % perfectamente en el medio
+ \vfill
+ ¡Perro perdido!
+ \end{document}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \fbox y \framebox, Next: lrbox, Prev: \mbox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addvspace, Prev: \vfill, Up: Espacios
-21.2 ‘\fbox’ y ‘\framebox’
-==========================
+19.16 ‘\addvspace’
+==================
Sinopsis:
- \fbox{TEXTO}
- \framebox[ANCHO][POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ \addvspace{VERT-LENGTH}
- Las instrucciones ‘\fbox’ y ‘\framebox’ son como ‘\mbox’, excepto que
-estas ponen un marco al rededor del exterior de la caja que se está
-creando.
+ Agrega un espacio vertical de VERT-LENGTH. Sin embargo, si hay dos o
+más ‘\addvspace’ en una secuencia y luego juntos solo agregan el espacio
+necesario para que la longitud natural sea igual al máximo de la
+VERT-LENGTH está en esa secuencia. Este comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::). El VERT-LENGTH es una longitud elástica (*note
+Longitudes::).
- Además, la instrucción ‘\framebox’ permite especificar explícitamente
-la anchura de la caja con el argumento opcional WIDTH (una dimensión), y
-la posiciona con el argumento opcional POSICIÓN.
+ Este ejemplo ilustra. El ‘picture’ dibuja una escala sobre la cual
+se colocan las reglas. En un artículo LaTeX estándar, la longitud
+‘\baselineskip’ es 12pt. Como muestra la escala, las dos reglas están
+separadas por 22pt: la suma del ‘\baselineskip’ y el 10pt desde el
+primer ‘\addvspace’.
- Ambas instrucciones producen una regla de espesor ‘\fboxrule’
-(predeterminado a ‘.4pt’), y dejan un espacio de ‘\fboxsep’
-(predeterminado a ‘3pt’) entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{color}
+ \begin{document}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{2pt}%
+ \noindent\begin{picture}(0,0)%
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-1){25}{{\color{blue}\line(1,0){1}}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-5){6}{{\color{red}\line(1,0){2}}}
+ \end{picture}%
+ \rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
+ \par\addvspace{10pt}% \addvspace{20pt}%
+ \par\noindent\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
+ \end{document}
- *Note \framebox (picture)::, para la instrucción ‘\framebox’ en el
-entorno ‘picture’.
+Ahora descomenta el segundo ‘\addvspace’. No hace la brecha 20pt más;
+en cambio, la brecha es la suma de ‘\baselineskip’ y 20pt. Entonces
+‘\addvspace’ en cierto sentido hace lo contrario de su nombre—se asegura
+de que múltiples espacios verticales no acumulan, sino que sólo se
+utiliza el más grande.
+
+ LaTeX usa este comando para ajustar el espacio vertical arriba o
+abajo de un entorno que comienza un nuevo párrafo. Por ejemplo, un
+entorno ‘theorem’ comienza y termina con ‘\addvspace’, por lo que dos
+‘theorem’ consecutivos están separados por un espacio vertical, no dos.
+
+ Un error ‘Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item’ faltante que apunta a un
+‘\addvspace’ significa que no estabas en modo vertical cuando
+presionaste este comando. Una forma de cambiar eso es preceder a
+‘\addvspace’ con un comando ‘\par’ (*note \par::), como en el ejemplo
+anterior.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: lrbox, Next: \makebox, Prev: \fbox y \framebox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Cajas, Next: Color, Prev: Espacios, Up: Top
-21.3 ‘lrbox’
-============
+20 Cajas
+********
+
+En esencia, LaTeX pone las cosas en cajas y luego pone las cajas en una
+página. Así que estos comandos son centrales.
-‘\begin{lrbox}{instrucción} texto \end{lrbox}’
+ Hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que son útiles para manipular cajas. Un
+complemento útil para los comandos aquí es ‘adjustbox’.
- Esta es la forma de entorno de ‘\sbox’.
+* Menu:
- El texto dentro del entorno se guarda en la caja ‘instrucción’, misma
-que se debe haber declarado con ‘\newsavebox’.
+* \mbox y \makebox:: Cajas horizontales.
+* \fbox y \framebox:: Pone un marco alrededor de una caja.
+* \parbox:: Caja con texto en modo párrafo.
+* \raisebox:: Sube o baja el texto.
+* \sbox y \savebox:: Me gusta ‘\makebox’ pero guarda el texto
+ para más tarde.
+* lrbox:: Versión de entorno de ‘\sbox’.
+* \usebox:: Imprime el texto guardado.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \makebox, Next: \parbox, Prev: lrbox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \mbox y \makebox, Next: \fbox y \framebox, Up: Cajas
-21.4 ‘\makebox’
-===============
+20.1 ‘\mbox’ y ‘\makebox’
+=========================
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \mbox{TEXT}
+ \makebox{TEXT}
+ \makebox[WIDTH]{TEXT}
+ \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+ Crea una caja, un contenedor para el material. El TEXT está escrito
+en modo LR (*note Modos::) para que no se divida en líneas. El comando
+‘\mbox’ es robusto, mientras que ‘\makebox’ es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Debido a que ‘text’ no se divide en líneas, puedes usar ‘\mbox’ para
+evitar la separación silábica. En este ejemplo, LaTeX no dividirá con
+guiones el nombre del tanque, ‘T-34’.
+
+ El tanque soviético \mbox{T-34} es un símbolo de victoria contra el
+ nazismo.
+
+ Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran, ‘\mbox’ y
+‘\makebox’, son más o menos iguales. Crean una caja apenas lo
+suficientemente ancha para contener el TEXTo. (Son como simples ‘\hbox’
+de TeX).
- \makebox[ANCHO][POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ En la tercera versión, el argumento opcional WIDTH especifica el
+ancho de la caja. Ten en cuenta que el espacio ocupado por el texto no
+necesita igualar el ancho de la caja. Por un lado, TEXT puede ser
+demasiado pequeño; esto crea un cuadro de línea completa
- La instrucción ‘\makebox’ crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el TEXTO especificado. La anchura de la caja es especificada
-por el argumento opcional ANCHO. La posición del texto dentro de la
-caja está determinada por el argumento opcional POSICIÓN, el cual puede
+ \makebox[\linewidth]{Examen del capítulo}
+
+con ‘Examen del capítulo’ centrado. Pero TEXT también puede ser
+demasiado ancho para WIDTH. Ve el siguiente ejemplo de cuadros de ancho
+cero.
+
+ En el argumento WIDTH puedes usar las siguientes longitudes que se
+refieren a la dimensión de la caja que obtiene LaTeX al componer TEXT:
+‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\width’, ‘\totalheight’ (esta es la altura de la
+caja más su profundidad). Por ejemplo, para hacer un cuadro con el
+texto estirado para duplicar el tamaño natural se puede decir esto.
+
+ \makebox[2\width]{Obtener una camilla}
+
+ Para la cuarta versión de la sinopsis del comando, el argumento
+opcional POSITION da la posición del texto dentro del cuadro. Puede
tomar los siguientes valores:
‘c’
- Centrado (predeterminado).
+ El TEXT está centrado (predeterminado).
+
‘l’
- Alineado a la izquierda
+ El TEXT está alineado a la izquierda.
+
‘r’
- Alineado a la derecha
+ Flujo a la derecha.
+
‘s’
- Alineado (justificado) a través de ANCHO; TEXTO debe contener
- espacio elástico para que esto funcione.
+ Estira el espacio entre palabras en TEXT en todo el WIDTH. El TEXT
+ debe contener un espacio extensible para que esto funcione. Por
+ ejemplo, esto podría encabezar un comunicado de prensa:
+ ‘\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil LIBERACIÓN\hfil
+ INMEDIATA\hfil}’
- ‘\makebox’ también se utiliza en el entorno picture *note \makebox
-(picture)::.
+ Un uso común de ‘\makebox’ es crear cuadros de texto de ancho cero.
+Esto pone el valor de las preguntas del cuestionario a la izquierda de
+esas preguntas.
+
+ \newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
+ \pts{10}¿Cuál es la velocidad en el aire de una golondrina sin carga?
+
+ \pts{90}¿Una golondrina africana o europea?
+
+El borde derecho de la salida ‘10 puntos’ (ten en cuenta el espacio
+final después de ‘puntos’) estará justo antes de ‘Cual’. Puedes usar
+‘\makebox’ de manera similar al hacer gráficos, como en ‘TikZ’ o
+‘Asymptote’, donde pones el borde del texto en una ubicación en un punto
+conocido, independientemente de la longitud de ese texto.
+
+ Para cajas con marcos *note \fbox y \framebox::. Para colores *note
+Cuadros de colores::.
+
+ Hay una versión relacionada de ‘\makebox’ que se usa dentro del
+entorno ‘picture’, donde la longitud se da en términos de ‘\unitlength’
+(*note \makebox (picture)::).
+
+ Puesto que TEXT está escrito en modo LR, ni una barra invertida doble
+‘\\’ ni ‘\par’ te darán una nueva línea; por ejemplo ‘\makebox{abc def
+\\ ghi}’ genera ‘abc defghi’ mientras ‘\makebox{abc def \par ghi}’
+genera ‘abc def ghi’, ambos en una sola línea. Para obtener varias
+líneas, *note \parbox:: y *note minipage::.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \parbox, Next: \raisebox, Prev: \makebox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \fbox y \framebox, Next: \parbox, Prev: \mbox y \makebox, Up: Cajas
+
+20.2 ‘\fbox’ y ‘\framebox’
+==========================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \fbox{TEXT}
+ \framebox{TEXT}
+ \framebox[WIDTH]{TEXT}
+ \framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+ Crea un cuadro con un marco envolvente, cuatro reglas que rodean el
+TEXT. Estos comandos son los mismos que ‘\mbox’ y ‘\makebox’ excepto
+para el marco (*note \mbox y \makebox::). El comando ‘\fbox’ es
+robusto, el comando ‘\framebox’ es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ \fbox{¡Advertencia! No se muestra el trabajo, no se otorga crédito.}
+
+LaTeX pone el texto en un cuadro, el texto no se puede dividir
+silábicamente. Alrededor de esa caja, separadas de ella por un pequeño
+espacio, hay cuatro reglas que hacen un cuadro.
+
+ Las dos primeras invocaciones de comandos, ‘\fbox{...}’ y
+‘\framebox{...}’, son más o menos iguales. En cuanto a la tercera y
+cuartas invocaciones, los argumentos opcionales te permiten especificar
+el ancho de la casilla como WIDTH y la posición del texto dentro de ese
+cuadro como POSITION. *Note \mbox y \makebox::, para la descripción
+completa pero aquí hay un ejemplo de creación de un cuadro vacío de
+1/4in de ancho.
+
+ \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}
+
+El ‘\strut’ asegura una altura total de ‘\baselineskip’ (*note
+\strut::).
-21.5 ‘\parbox’
+ Estos parámetros determinan el diseño del marco.
+
+‘\fboxrule’
+ El grosor de las reglas alrededor de la caja cerrada. El valor
+ predeterminado es 0.2pt. Cámbialo con un comando como
+ ‘\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}’ (*note \setlength::).
+
+‘\fboxsep’
+ La distancia desde el marco hasta la caja cerrada. El valor
+ predeterminado es 3pt. Cámbialo con un comando como
+ ‘\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}’ (*note \setlength::). Establecerlo en
+ 0pt es útil a veces: esto colocará un marco alrededor de la imagen
+ sin borde blanco.
+
+ {\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%
+ \framebox{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}}
+
+ Las llaves adicionales mantienen el efecto del ‘\setlength’ local.
+
+ Al igual que con ‘\mbox’ y ‘\makebox’, LaTeX no romperá líneas en
+TEXT. Pero este ejemplo tiene líneas de ruptura LaTeX para hacer un
+párrafo, y luego encuadra el resultado.
+
+ \framebox{%
+ \begin{minipage}{0.6\linewidth}
+ Querida, aquí debemos correr lo más rápido que podamos, solo para
+ mantenernos en el lugar.
+ Y si deseas ir a donde debes correr el doble de rápido que eso.
+ \end{minipage}}
+
+ *Note Cuadros de colores::, para colores que no sean blanco y negro.
+
+ El entorno ‘picture’ tiene una versión del comando ‘\framebox’ donde
+las unidades dependen del ‘\unitlength’ de ‘picture’ (*note \framebox
+(picture)::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \parbox, Next: \raisebox, Prev: \fbox y \framebox, Up: Cajas
+
+20.3 ‘\parbox’
==============
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
- \parbox[POSICIÓN][ALTO][POS-INTERNA]{ANCHO}{TEXTO}
+ \parbox{WIDTH}{CONTENIDO}
+ \parbox[POSITION]{WIDTH}{CONTENIDO}
+ \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT]{WIDTH}{CONTENIDO}
+ \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}{CONTENIDO}
- La instrucción ‘\parbox’ produce una caja cuyo contenido es creado en
-modo ‘paragraph’. Se debe utilizar para hacer una caja de pequeñas
-piezas de texto, sin nada lujoso en el interior. En particular, no debe
-utilizar ningún entorno que genere párrafos dentro de un argumento
-‘\parbox’. Para grandes piezas de texto, incluyendo aquellas que
-contienen un entorno que genera párrafos, debe usar un entorno
-‘minipágina’ (*note minipage::).
+ Produce un cuadro de texto de WIDTH de ancho. Usa este comando para
+hacer una caja de pequeños fragmentos de texto, de un solo párrafo.
+Este comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
- ‘\parbox’ tiene dos argumentos obligatorios:
+ \begin{picture}(0,0) ... \put(1,2){\parbox{1.75in}{\raggedright
+ Debido a que el gráfico es una línea en este artículo semilog, la
+ relación es exponencial.}} \end{picture}
-ANCHO
- la anchura de parbox;
-TEXTO
- El texto que va dentro de la parbox.
+ El CONTENIDO se procesa en modo texto (*note Modos::) por lo que
+LaTeX dividirá líneas para formar un párrafo. Pero no hará varios
+párrafos; para eso, usa un entorno ‘minipage’ (*note minipage::).
- El argumento opcional POSICIÓN le permite alinear la línea en la
-parte superior o inferior de parbox con la línea base del texto que lo
-rodea (de manera predeterminada es superior).
+ Las opciones para ‘\parbox’ (excepto CONTENIDO) son las mismas como
+las de ‘minipage’. Para mayor comodidad, un resumen de las opciones
+está aquí, pero *note minipage:: para obtener una descripción completa.
- El argumento opcional ALTO reemplaza la altura natural de la caja.
+ Hay dos argumentos necesarios. El WIDTH es una longitud rígida
+(*note Longitudes::). Establece el ancho del cuadro en el que LaTeX
+compone CONTENIDO. CONTENIDO es el texto que se coloca en esa caja. No
+debe tener ningún componente de creación de párrafos.
- Al argumento POS-INTERIOR controla la ubicación del texto dentro de
-la caja de la siguiente manera; Si no se especifica, se utiliza
-POSICIÓN.
+ Hay tres argumentos opcionales, POSITION, HEIGHT e INNER-POS. La
+POSITION da la alineación vertical de la “parbox” con respecto al
+material circundante. Los valores apoyados son ‘c’ o ‘m’ para hacer que
+el centro vertical del parbox se alinea con el centro de la línea de
+texto adyacente (este es el predeterminado), o ‘t’ para hacer coincidir
+la línea superior del parbox con la línea base del material circundante,
+o ‘b’ para que coincida con la línea de fondo.
-‘t’
- El texto es colocado en la parte superior de la caja.
-‘c’
- El texto se coloca al centro de la caja.
-‘b’
- El texto se coloca en la parte inferior de la caja.
-‘s’
- Se extiende verticalmente; el texto debe contener espacio vertical
- extensible para que esto funcione.
+ El argumento opcional HEIGHT redefine la altura natural de la caja.
+
+ El argumento opcional INNER-POS controla la ubicación de CONTENT
+dentro del ‘parbox’. Su valor predeterminado es el valor de POSITION.
+Sus posibles valores son: ‘t’ para poner el CONTENT en la parte superior
+del cuadro, ‘c’ para ponerlo en el centro vertical, ‘b’ para colocarlo
+en la parte inferior del cuadro y ‘s’ para estirarlo verticalmente (para
+ello, el texto debe contener espacio extensible verticalmente).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raisebox, Next: \savebox, Prev: \parbox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raisebox, Next: \sbox y \savebox, Prev: \parbox, Up: Cajas
-21.6 ‘\raisebox’
+20.4 ‘\raisebox’
================
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \raisebox{DISTANCE}{TEXT}
+ \raisebox{DISTANCE}[HEIGHT]{TEXT}
+ \raisebox{DISTANCE}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{TEXT}
+
+ Sube o baja TEXT. Este comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Este ejemplo hace un comando para denotar la restricción de una
+función bajando el símbolo de la barra vertical.
+
+ \newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}}
+ $f\restricted{A}$
+
+ El primer argumento obligatorio DISTANCE especifica qué tan lejos
+subir el segundo argumento obligatorio TEXT. Esta es una longitud
+rígida (*note Longitudes::). Si es negativo entonces baja TEXT. El
+TEXT se procesa en modo LR por lo que no puede contener saltos de línea
+(*note Modos::).
+
+ Los argumentos opcionales HEIGHT y DEPTH son dimensiones. Si se
+especifican, redefinen la altura y profundidad natural de la caja, LaTeX
+compone tipográficamente TEXT.
+
+ En los argumentos DISTANCE, HEIGHT y DEPTH puedes utilizar las
+siguientes longitudes que se refieren a la dimensión de la caja que
+LaTeX empieza a componer TEXT: ‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\width’,
+‘\totalheight’ (esta es la altura de la caja más su profundidad).
+
+ Esto alineará dos gráficos en su parte superior (*note Gráficos::).
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx,calc} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{lion.png}}
+ \qquad
+ \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{meta.png}}
+ \end{center}
+
+El primer ‘\height’ es la altura de ‘lion.png’ mientras que el segundo
+es la altura de ‘meta.png’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \sbox y \savebox, Next: lrbox, Prev: \raisebox, Up: Cajas
+
+20.5 ‘\sbox’ y ‘\savebox’
+=========================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}
+ \savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}
+ \savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH]{TEXT}
+ \savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT}
+
+ Compone TEXT igual que con ‘\makebox’ (*note \mbox y \makebox::)
+excepto que LaTeX no lo genera, sino que lo guarda en un registro de
+caja al que hace referencia una variable denominada BOX-CMD. El nombre
+de la variable BOX-CMD comienza con una barra invertida, ‘\’. Debes
+haber asignado previamente el cuadro de registro BOX-CMD con
+‘\newsavebox’ (*note \newsavebox::). El comando ‘\sbox’ es robusto
+mientras ‘\savebox’ es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Esto crea y utiliza un registro de caja.
+
+ \newsavebox{\fullname}
+ \sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt}
+ ...
+ \usebox{\fullname}! ¡Su nombre también es mi nombre!
+ ¡Cuando salimos, la gente siempre grita!
+ ¡Ahí va \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da.
+
+Una ventaja de usar y reutilizar un registro de caja sobre una variable
+macro ‘\newcommand’ es la eficiencia, que LaTeX no necesita vuelve a
+escribir repetidamente el contenido. Ve el ejemplo a continuación.
+
+ Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran arriba,
+‘\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}’ y ‘\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}’, son más o menos
+iguales. En cuanto a la tercera y cuarta, los argumentos opcionales te
+permiten especificar el ancho de la caja como WIDTH, y la posición del
+texto dentro de esa caja como POSITION. *Note \mbox y \makebox::, para
+la descripción completa.
+
+ En los comandos ‘\sbox’ y ‘\savebox’ el TEXT es tipografiado en modo
+LR para que no tenga saltos de línea (*note Modos::). Si usas estos,
+entonces LaTeX no te da un error pero ignora lo que quieres: si ingresas
+‘\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}’ y ‘\usebox{\newreg}’ entonces obtienes
+‘testtest’, mientras que si ingresas ‘\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}’ y
+‘\usebox{\newreg}’ entonces obtienes ‘test test’, pero no hay error ni
+advertencia. Para solucionar esto, usa ‘\parbox’ o ‘minipage’ como
+aquí.
+
+ \newsavebox{\areg}
+ \savebox{\areg}{%
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Primer elemento
+ \item Segundo elemento
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}}
+ ...
+ \usebox{\areg}
+
+ Como ejemplo de la eficiencia de reutilizar el contenido de un
+registro, esto pone la misma imagen en cada página del documento
+colocándola en el encabezado. LaTeX solo la compone una vez.
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % todo esto en el preámbulo
+ \newsavebox{\sealreg}
+ \savebox{\sealreg}{%
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}%
+ \begin{picture}(0,0)%
+ \put(1.5,-2.5){%
+ \begin{tabular}{c}
+ \includegraphics[height=2in]{companylogo.png} \\
+ La oficina del presidente
+ \end{tabular}}
+ \end{picture}%
+ }
+ \markright{\usebox{\sealreg}}
+ \pagestyle{headings}
+
+El entorno ‘picture’ es bueno para ajustar la ubicación.
+
+ Si el registro ‘\noreg’ aún no se ha definido, obtendrás algo como
+‘Secuencia de control indefinida. <argument> \noreg’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: lrbox, Next: \usebox, Prev: \sbox y \savebox, Up: Cajas
+
+20.6 ‘lrbox’
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \begin{lrbox}{BOX-CMD}
+ TEXT
+ \end{lrbox}
+
+ Esta es la forma de entorno de los comandos ‘\sbox’ y ‘\savebox’, y
+es equivalente a ellos. *Note \sbox y \savebox::, para la descripción
+completa.
+
+ El TEXT dentro del entorno se guarda en el cuadro de registro
+referido por la variable ‘BOX-CMD’. El nombre de la variable BOX-CMD
+debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’. Debes asignar esta caja
+regístrate con anticipación con ‘\newsavebox’ (*note \newsavebox::). En
+este ejemplo el entorno es conveniente para ingresar el ‘tabular’.
+
+ \newsavebox{\jhreg}
+ \begin{lrbox}{\jhreg}
+ \begin{tabular}{c}
+ \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\
+ Jim Hef{}feron
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{lrbox}
+ ...
+ \usebox{\jhreg}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \usebox, Prev: lrbox, Up: Cajas
+
+20.7 ‘\usebox’
+==============
+
Sinopsis:
- \raisebox{distancia}[ALTO][PROFUNDIDAD]{texto}
+ \usebox{BOX-CMD}
+
+ Produce el cuadro guardado más recientemente en el registro de cuadro
+BOX-CMD por los comandos ‘\sbox’ o ‘\savebox’, o el entorno ‘lrbox’.
+Para obtener más información y ejemplos, *note \sbox y \savebox::. (Ten
+en cuenta que el nombre de la variable BOX-CMD comienza con una barra
+invertida, ‘\’). Este comando es robusto (*note \protect::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Color, Next: Gráficos, Prev: Cajas, Up: Top
+
+21 Color
+********
+
+Puedes agregar color al texto, reglas, etc. También puedes tener color
+en un cuadro o en una página entera y escribir texto encima.
- La instrucción ‘\raisebox’ aumenta o disminuye el TEXTO. El primer
-argumento obligatorio especifica a qué altura se va a levantar (o bajar
-si la cantidad es negativa) el TEXTO. El TEXTO mismo es procesado en
-modo LR.
+ El soporte de color viene como un paquete adicional. Así que pon
+‘\usepackage{color}’ en el preámbulo de su documento para usar los
+comandos descritos aquí.
- Los argumentos opcionales ALTO y PROFUNDIDAD son dimensiones. Si se
-especifican, LaTeX trata a TEXTO como una ampliación de una distancia
-determinada sobre la línea base (alto) o bajo (profundidad), omitiendo
-su altura y profundidad natural.
+ Muchos otros paquetes también complementan las capacidades de color
+de LaTeX. Particularmente digno de mención es ‘xcolor’, que se utiliza
+ampliamente y extiende significativamente las capacidades descritas
+aquí, incluida la adición de modelos de color ‘HTML’ y ‘Hsb’.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Opciones del paquete Color:: Opciones al cargar el paquete estándar.
+* Modelos de color:: Cómo se representan los colores.
+* Comandos para color:: Los comandos disponibles.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \savebox, Next: \sbox, Prev: \raisebox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Opciones del paquete Color, Next: Modelos de color, Up: Color
-21.7 ‘\savebox’
-===============
+21.1 Opciones del paquete ‘color’
+=================================
+
+Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
+
+ \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}
+
+ Cuando cargas el paquete ‘color’ hay dos tipos de opciones de archivo
+disponibles.
+
+ El primero especifica el “controlador de impresora”. LaTeX no
+contiene información sobre diferentes sistemas de salida, sino que
+depende de información almacenada en un archivo. Normalmente no debes
+especificar la opción driver en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en
+la configuración predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es
+que hace que el documento sea portátil a través de los sistemas. Para
+completar, incluimos una lista de los controladores. Los relevantes
+actualmente son: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’, ‘pdftex’,
+‘xetex’. Los dos ‘xdvi’ y ‘oztex’ esencialmente son alias para ‘dvips’
+(y ‘xdvi’ es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para nuevos sistemas
+son: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’, ‘pctexps’,
+‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’ (y
+‘dviwindo’ es un alias de ‘dvipsone’).
+
+ El segundo tipo de opciones, más allá de los controladores, se
+encuentran a continuación.
+
+‘monochrome’
+ Deshabilita los comandos de color, para que no generen errores pero
+ tampoco generar color.
+
+‘dvipsnames’
+ Pone a disposición una lista de 68 nombres de colores que se usan
+ con frecuencia, particularmente en documentos heredados. Estos
+ nombres de colores originalmente fueron proporcionados por el
+ controlador ‘dvips’, dando el nombre de la opción.
+
+‘nodvipsnames’
+ No carga esa lista de nombres de colores, ahorrando LaTeX una
+ pequeña cantidad de espacio de memoria.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Modelos de color, Next: Comandos para color, Prev: Opciones del paquete Color, Up: Color
+
+21.2 Modelos de color
+=====================
+
+Un “modelo de color” es una forma de representar los colores. Las
+capacidades de LaTeX dependen del controlador de la impresora. Sin
+embargo, ‘pdftex’, los controladores de impresora ‘xetex’ y ‘luatex’
+son, con diferencia, los más comúnmente utilizados. Los siguientes
+modelos funcionan para esos controladores. Todo pero uno de estos
+también es compatible con prácticamente todos los demás controladores de
+impresora usados hoy.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que la combinación de colores puede ser aditiva o
+sustractiva. Mezcla aditiva de colores de luz, de modo que, por
+ejemplo, combinando intensidades completas de rojo, verde y azul produce
+blanco. Mezclas sustractivas de pigmentos, como con tintas, de modo que
+la combinación de la intensidad total de cian, magenta y el amarillo
+hace negro.
+
+‘cmyk’
+ Una lista separada por comas con cuatro números reales entre 0 y 1,
+ inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del cian, el segundo
+ es magenta, y los otros son amarillo y negro. Un valor numérico de
+ 0 significa intensidad mínima, mientras que un 1 es para intensidad
+ máxima. Este modelo a menudo se utiliza en la impresión a color.
+ Es un modelo sustractivo.
+
+‘gray’
+ Un solo número real entre 0 y 1, ambos inclusive. Los colores son
+ sombras de gris. El número 0 produce negro mientras que el 1 da
+ blanco.
+
+‘rgb’
+ Una lista separada por comas con tres números reales entre 0 y 1,
+ inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del componente rojo,
+ el segundo es verde, y el tercero el azul. Un valor numérico de 0
+ significa que no se agrega nada de ese componente, mientras que un
+ 1 significa intensidad total. Este es un modelo aditivo.
+
+‘RGB’
+ (‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, ‘luatex’ drivers) Una lista separada por comas
+ con tres números enteros entre 0 y 255, ambos inclusive. Este
+ modelo es una conveniencia de usar ‘rgb’ ya que fuera de LaTeX los
+ colores a menudo se describen en un modelo rojo-verde-azul usando
+ números en este rango. Los valores introducidos aquí se convierten
+ al modelo ‘rgb’ mediante división entre 255.
+
+‘named’
+ Se accede a los colores por nombre, como ‘PrussianBlue’. La lista
+ de nombres depende del controlador, pero todos admiten los nombres
+ ‘black’, ‘azul’, ‘cian’, ‘verde’, ‘magenta’, ‘rojo’, ‘white’ y
+ ‘yellow’ (Consulta la opción ‘dvipsnames’ en *note Opciones del
+ paquete Color::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Comandos para color, Prev: Modelos de color, Up: Color
+
+21.3 Comandos para color
+========================
+
+Estos son los comandos disponibles con el paquete ‘color’.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Definir colores:: Dar un nombre a un color.
+* Texto en color:: Texto o reglas en color.
+* Cuadros de colores:: Un cuadro de color, para escribir
+ encima.
+* Páginas coloreadas:: Una página entera coloreada.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Definir colores, Next: Texto en color, Up: Comandos para color
+
+21.3.1 Definir colores
+----------------------
Sinopsis:
- \savebox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}[ANCHO][POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ \definecolor{NAME}{MODEL}{SPECIFICATION}
+
+ Asigna el nombre NAME al color. Por ejemplo, después de esto
+
+ \definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
- Esta instrucción fija la tipografía de TEXTO en una caja al igual que
-‘\makebox’ (*note \makebox::), excepto que el lugar de imprimir la caja
-resultante, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada \INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA, que
-se debe haber declarado con ‘\newsavebox’ (*note \newsavebox::).
+puedes usar ese nombre de color con ‘Hola hola,
+\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!’.
+
+ Este ejemplo da al color un nombre más abstracto, por lo que podría
+cambiar y no ser engañoso.
+
+ \definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+ \newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+
+ A menudo, los colores de un documento se definen en el preámbulo o en
+la clase o estilo, en lugar de en el cuerpo del documento.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \sbox, Next: \usebox, Prev: \savebox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Texto en color, Next: Cuadros de colores, Prev: Definir colores, Up: Comandos para color
-21.8 ‘\sbox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}{TEXTO}’
-======================================
+21.3.2 Texto en color
+---------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \textcolor{NAME}{...}
+ \textcolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}{...}
+
+o
+
+ \color{NAME}
+ \color[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
+
+ El texto afectado obtiene el color. Esta línea
+
+ \textcolor{magenta}{Mi nombre es Ozymandias, Rey de Reyes;} ¡Mirad
+ mis obras, poderosos, y desesperaos!
+
+hace que la primera mitad esté en magenta mientras que el resto está en
+negro. Puedes usar un color declarado con ‘\definecolor’ exactamente de
+la misma manera que usamos el color integrado ‘magenta’.
+
+ \definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+ Estoy pensando en adquirir un \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{auto
+ deportivo}.
+
+ Los dos ‘\textcolor’ y ‘\color’ difieren en que la primera es una
+forma de comando, que incluye el texto a colorear como argumento. Con
+frecuencia esta forma es más conveniente, o al menos más explícita. La
+segunda forma es una declaración, como en ‘La luna está hecha de
+{\color{green} green} cheese’, por lo que está vigente hasta el final
+del grupo actual o entorno. Esto a veces es útil cuando se escriben
+macros o como debajo, donde colorea todo dentro del entorno ‘center’,
+incluyendo las líneas verticales y horizontales.
+
+ \begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &UR \\ \hline
+ LL &LR
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Puedes usar el color en las ecuaciones. Un documento podría tener
+esta definición en el preámbulo
+
+ \definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+
+y luego contener esta ecuación.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+ \end{equation}
+
+ Normalmente, los colores utilizados en un documento se declaran en
+una clase o estilo. Pero a veces quieres uno único. Esas son las
+segundas formas en la sinopsis.
+
+ Colores de \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} y
+ {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} para el equipo.
+
+ El formato de ESPECIFICACIÓN DE COLOR depende del modelo de color
+(*note Modelos de color::). Por ejemplo, mientras ‘rgb’ toma tres
+números, ‘gray’ solo toma uno.
+
+ La selección fue \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+
+ Los colores dentro de los colores no combinan. De este modo
+
+ \textcolor{green}{clase de \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+
+tiene una palabra final que es azul, no una combinación de azul y verde.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Cuadros de colores, Next: Páginas coloreadas, Prev: Texto en color, Up: Comandos para color
+
+21.3.3 Cuadros de colores
+-------------------------
Sinopsis:
- \sbox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}{TEXTO}
+ \colorbox{NAME}{...}
+ \colorbox[NOMBRE DEL MODELO]{COLOR DE FONDO DEL
+ CUADRO}{...}
+
+o
+
+ \fcolorbox{COLOR DEL CUADRO}{COLOR DE FONDO DEL
+ CUADRO}{...}
+ \fcolorbox[NOMBRE DEL MODELO]{COLOR DEL
+ CUADRO}{COLOR DE FONDO DEL CUADRO}{...}
+
+ Haz un cuadro con el color de fondo indicado. El comando
+‘\fcolorbox’ pone un marco alrededor de la caja. Por ejemplo esto
- ‘\sbox’ escribe el TEXTO en una caja tal como ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox::)
-excepto que en lugar de incluir la caja resultante en la salida normal,
-esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada \INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA.
-\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA se debió declarar previamente con ‘\newsavebox’ (*note
-\newsavebox::).
+ Nombre:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+
+hace una caja de color cian de cinco centímetros de largo y recibe su
+profundidad y altura del ‘\strut’ (por lo que la profundidad es
+‘-.3\baselineskip’ y la altura es ‘\baselineskip’). Este pone texto
+blanco sobre un fondo azul.
+
+ \colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Bienvenido a la máquina.}}
+
+ Los comandos ‘\fcolorbox’ usan los mismos parámetros que ‘\fbox’
+(*note \fbox y \framebox::), ‘\fboxrule’ y ‘\fboxsep’, para establecer
+el grosor de la regla y el límite entre el interior de la caja y la
+regla circundante. Los valores predeterminados de LaTeX son ‘0.4pt’ y
+‘3pt’, respectivamente.
+
+ Este ejemplo cambia el grosor del borde a 0.8 puntos. Nota que está
+rodeado de llaves para que el cambio termine al final de la segunda
+línea.
+
+ {\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+ \fcolorbox{black}{red}{Bajo ninguna circunstancia gires esta
+ perilla.}}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \usebox, Prev: \sbox, Up: Cajas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Páginas coloreadas, Prev: Cuadros de colores, Up: Comandos para color
-21.9 ‘\usebox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}’
-=================================
+21.3.4 Páginas coloreadas
+-------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \pagecolor{NAME}
+ \pagecolor[MODELO DE COLOR]{ESPECIFICACIÓN DE COLOR}
+ \nopagecolor
+
+ Los dos primeros establecen el fondo de la página, y todas las
+páginas posteriores, al color. Para una explicación de la
+especificación en la segunda forma *note Texto en color::. La tercera
+devuelve el fondo a la normalidad, que es un fondo transparente. (Si
+eso no es compatible, usa ‘\pagecolor{white}’, aunque eso hará un fondo
+blanco en lugar del fondo transparente predeterminado).
+
+ ...
+ \pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+ \nopagecolor
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Gráficos, Next: Inserciones especiales, Prev: Color, Up: Top
+
+22 Gráficos
+***********
+
+Puedes usar gráficos como archivos PNG o PDF en tu documento LaTeX.
+Necesitas un paquete adicional, que viene estándar con LaTeX. Este
+ejemplo es el breve procedimiento.
+
+ \include{graphicx} % va en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{plot.pdf}
+
+ Para usar los comandos descritos aquí, el preámbulo de tu documento
+debe contener ya sea ‘\usepackage{graphicx}’ o ‘\usepackage{graphics}’.
+La mayoría de las veces, ‘graphicx’ es la mejor elección.
+
+ Los gráficos vienen en dos tipos principales, rasterizados y
+vectoriales. LaTeX puede usar ambos. En gráficos rasterizados, el
+archivo contiene una entrada para cada ubicación en un arreglo,
+describiendo de qué color es. Un ejemplo es una fotografía en formato
+JPG. En gráficos vectoriales, el archivo contiene una lista de
+instrucciones como ‘dibuja un círculo con este radio y ese centro’. Un
+ejemplo es un dibujo lineal producido por el programa Asymptote, en
+formato PDF. En general, los gráficos vectoriales son más útiles porque
+puedes cambiar la escala de su tamaño sin pixelación u otros problemas,
+y porque suelen tener un tamaño más pequeño.
+
+ Hay sistemas particularmente adecuados para hacer gráficos para un
+documento LaTeX. Por ejemplo, estos te permiten usar las mismas letras
+como en tu documento. LaTeX viene con un entorno ‘picture’ (*note
+picture::) que tiene capacidades simples. Además de eso, hay otras
+formas de incluir los comandos de creación de gráficos en el documento.
+Dos de dichos sistemas son los paquetes PSTricks y TikZ. También hay
+sistemas externos a LaTeX, que generan un gráfico que incluyes usando
+los comandos de este capítulo. Dos que usan un lenguaje de programación
+son Asymptote y MetaPost. Uno que utiliza una interfaz gráfica es Xfig.
+La descripción completa de estos sistemas está fuera del alcance de este
+documento; ve su documentación en CTAN.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Opciones del paquete Graphics:: Opciones al cargar el paquete.
+* Configuración del paquete de graphics:: Dónde buscar archivos, qué
+ tipos de archivos.
+* Comandos para graphics:: Los comandos disponibles.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Opciones del paquete Graphics, Next: Configuración del paquete de graphics, Up: Gráficos
+
+22.1 Opciones del paquete ‘graphics’
+====================================
+
+Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
+
+ \usepackage[LISTA DE OPCIONES SEPARADAS POR COMAS]{graphics}
+
+o
+
+ \usepackage[LISTA DE OPCIONES SEPARADAS POR COMAS]{graphicx}
+
+ El paquete ‘graphicx’ tiene un formato para argumentos opcionales al
+comando ‘\includegraphics’ que sea conveniente (es el formato
+valor-clave), por lo que es la mejor opción para documentos nuevos.
+Cuando cargas el paquete ‘graphics’ o ‘graphicx’ con ‘\usepackage’ hay
+dos tipos de opciones disponibles.
+
+ La primera es que LaTeX no contiene información sobre diferentes
+sistemas de salida, sino que depende de la información almacenada en un
+archivo “controlador de impresora”. Normalmente no debes especificar el
+controlador en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en la opción
+predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es que hace que el
+documento sea portátil entre sistemas.
+
+ Para completar, aquí hay una lista de los controladores. Los
+actualmente relevantes son: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’,
+‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’. Los dos ‘xdvi’ y ‘oztex’ esencialmente son alias
+para ‘dvips’ (y ‘xdvi’ es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para
+sistemas nuevos son: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
+‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
+(y ‘dviwindo’ es un alias para ‘dvipsone’). Estos se almacenan en
+archivos con una extensión ‘.def’, como ‘pdftex.def’.
+
+ El segundo tipo de opciones se encuentra a continuación.
+
+‘demo’
+ En lugar de un archivo de imagen, LaTeX coloca un rectángulo de
+ 150 pt por 100 pt (a menos que se especifique otro tamaño en el
+ comando ‘\includegraphics’).
+
+‘draft’
+ Para cada archivo gráfico, no se muestra, sino que su nombre de
+ archivo es impreso en una caja del tamaño correcto. Para
+ determinar el tamaño, el archivo debe estar presente.
+
+‘final’
+ (Predeterminado) Redefinir cualquier opción ‘draft’ anterior, de
+ modo que el documento muestra el contenido de los archivos
+ gráficos.
+
+‘hiderotate’
+ No muestra texto girado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+ vista previa no tiene la capacidad de rotar el texto).
+
+‘hidescale’
+ No mostrar texto escalado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+ vista previa no tiene la capacidad de escalar).
+
+‘hiresbb’
+ En un archivo PS o EPS, el tamaño del gráfico se puede especificar
+ de dos formas. Las líneas de ‘%%BoundingBox’ describen el tamaño
+ del gráfico usando un número entero múltiplo de un punto
+ PostScript, es decir, múltiplos enteros de 1/72 pulgada. Una
+ adición posterior al lenguaje PostScript permite múltiplos
+ decimales, como 1.23, en líneas ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’. Esta opción
+ tiene LaTeX para leer el tamaño de esta última.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Configuración del paquete de graphics, Next: Comandos para graphics, Prev: Opciones del paquete Graphics, Up: Gráficos
+
+22.2 Configuración del paquete ‘graphics’
+=========================================
+
+Estos comandos configuran la forma en que LaTeX busca en el sistema de
+archivos gráficos.
+
+ El comportamiento del código de búsqueda del sistema de archivos
+necesariamente es dependiente de la plataforma. En este documento
+cubrimos GNU/Linux, Macintosh y Windows, así como esos sistemas suelen
+estar configurados. Para otras situaciones consulta la documentación en
+‘grfguide.pdf’, o la fuente de LaTeX, o su documentación de la
+distribución de TeX.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \graphicspath:: Directorios para buscar.
+* \DeclareGraphicsExtensions:: Tipos de archivo, como JPG o EPS.
+* \DeclareGraphicsRule:: Cómo manejar tipos de archivos.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \graphicspath, Next: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Up: Configuración del paquete de graphics
+
+22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
+----------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \graphicspath{LISTA DE DIRECTORIOS ENTRE LLAVES}
+
+ Declara una lista de directorios para buscar archivos gráficos. Esto
+permite que luego digas algo como ‘\includegraphics{lion.png}’ en lugar
+de tener que dar su ruta.
+
+ LaTeX siempre busca archivos gráficos primero en el directorio actual
+(y el directorio de salida, si se especifica; *note directorio de
+salida::). La siguiente declaración le dice al sistema que busque en el
+subdirectorio ‘pix’, y luego ‘../pix’.
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % o gráficos; poner en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+
+ La declaración ‘\graphicspath’ es opcional. Si no lo incluyes
+entonces el valor predeterminado de LaTeX es buscar en todos los lugares
+en los que generalmente busca un archivo (usa el ‘\input@path’ de
+LaTeX). En particular, en este caso uno de los lugares donde mira es el
+directorio actual.
+
+ Encierra cada nombre de directorio entre llaves; por ejemplo arriba
+dice ‘‘{pix}’’. Haz esto incluso si solo hay un directorio. Cada
+nombre de directorio debe terminar en una barra diagonal, ‘/’. Esto es
+cierto incluso en Windows, donde una buena práctica es usar barras
+diagonales para todos los separadores de directorio ya que hace que el
+documento sea portátil a otras plataformas. Si tienes espacios en el
+nombre de tu directorio, usa dobles comillas, como con ‘{"my docs/"}’.
+Usar una de estas reglas incorrectamente hará que LaTeX informe ‘Error:
+Archivo `FILENAME' no encontrado’.
+
+ Básicamente, el algoritmo es que con este ejemplo, después de mirar
+en el directorio actual,
+
+ \graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+ ...
+ \usepackage{lion.png}
+
+para cada uno de los directorios enumerados, LaTeX lo concatena con el
+nombre de archivo y busca el resultado, encontrando ‘pix/lion.png’ y
+luego ‘../pix/lion.png’. Este algoritmo significa que el comando
+‘\graphicspath’ no busca subdirectorios recursivamente: si emites
+‘\graphicspath{{a/}}’ y el gráfico está en ‘a/b/lion.png’ entonces LaTeX
+no lo encontrará. También significa que puedes usar rutas absolutas
+como ‘\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}’ o
+‘\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}’. Sin embargo, usar esto
+significa que el documento no es portátil. (Puedes conservar
+portabilidad ajustando el parámetro ‘TEXINPUTS’ de tu archivo de
+configuración del sistema TeX; consulta la documentación de tu sistema).
+
+ Puedes usar ‘\graphicspath’ en cualquier parte del documento. Lo
+puedes usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother’.
+
+ Los directorios se toman con respecto al archivo base. Eso es, supón
+que estás trabajando en un documento basado en ‘book/book.tex’ y
+contiene ‘\include{chapters/chap1}’. Si en ‘chap1.tex’ pones
+‘\graphicspath{{plots/}}’ entonces LaTeX no buscará gráficos en
+‘book/chapters/plots’, sino en cambio en ‘book/plots’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Next: \DeclareGraphicsRule, Prev: \graphicspath, Up: Configuración del paquete de graphics
+
+22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
+-----------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{LISTA DE EXTENSIONES DE ARCHIVO
+ SEPARADAS POR COMAS}
+
+ Declara las extensiones de nombre de archivo para probar. Esto te
+permite especificar el orden en el que elegir los formatos gráficos
+cuando incluyes archivos gráficos dando el nombre del archivo sin la
+extensión, como en ‘\includegraphics{functionplot}’.
+
+ En este ejemplo, LaTeX encontrará archivos en formato PNG antes que
+archivos PDF.
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,PNG,.pdf,.PDF}
+ ...
+ \includegraphics{lion} % encontrará lion.png antes que
+ lion.pdf
+
+Debido a que el nombre de archivo ‘lion’ no tiene punto, LaTeX usa la
+lista de extensiones. Para cada directorio en la ruta de gráficos
+(*note \graphicspath::), LaTeX probará las extensiones en el orden dado.
+Si no encuentra dicho archivo después de probar todos los directorios y
+extensiones, entonces informa ‘! Error de LaTeX: Archivo `‘lion’' no
+encontrado’. Ten en cuenta que debes incluir los puntos al comienzo de
+las extensiones.
+
+ Dado que los nombres de archivo de GNU/Linux y Macintosh distinguen
+entre mayúsculas y minúsculas, la lista de extensiones de archivo
+distinguen entre mayúsculas y minúsculas en esas plataformas. La
+plataforma Windows no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+
+ No es necesario que incluya ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’ en tu
+documento; el controlador de la impresora tiene un valor predeterminado
+razonable. Por ejemplo, el ‘pdftex.def’ más reciente tiene esta lista
+de extensiones.
+
+ .pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
+
+ Para cambiar el orden, usa el paquete ‘grfext’.
+
+ Puedes usar este comando en cualquier parte del documento. Lo puedes
+usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule, Prev: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Up: Configuración del paquete de graphics
+
+22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
+-----------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{EXTENSION}{TYPE}{SIZE-FILE
+ EXTENSION}{COMMAND}
+
+ Declara cómo manejar archivos gráficos cuyos nombres terminan en
+EXTENSIÓN.
+
+ Este ejemplo declara que todos los archivos con nombres de la forma
+‘nombre-de-archivo-sin-punto.mps’ se tratará como salida de MetaPost, lo
+cual significa que el controlador de la impresora usará su código de
+manejo de MetaPost para ingresar el archivo.
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{.mps}{mps}{.mps}{}
+
+ Este
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
+
+le dice a LaTeX que debe manejar como salida MetaPost cualquier archivo
+con una extensión no cubierta por otra regla, por lo que cubre
+‘filename.1’, ‘nombre-de-archivo.2’, etc.
+
+ Esto describe los cuatro argumentos.
+
+EXTENSION
+ La extensión de archivo a la que se aplica esta regla. La
+ extensión es cualquier cosa después e incluyendo el primer punto en
+ el nombre del archivo. Usa la estrella Kleene, forma-‘*’, para
+ indicar el comportamiento predeterminado de todas las extensiones
+ no declaradas.
+
+TYPE
+ El tipo de archivo involucrado. Este tipo es una cadena que se
+ debe definir en el controlador de la impresora. Por ejemplo,
+ archivos con extensiones ‘.ps’, ‘.eps’ o ‘.ps.gz’ se pueden
+ clasificar como tipo ‘eps’. Todos los archivos del mismo tipo se
+ ingresarán con el mismo comando interno por el controlador de la
+ impresora. Por ejemplo, los tipos de archivo que ‘pdftex’ reconoce
+ son: ‘jpg’, ‘jbig2’, ‘mps’, ‘pdf’, ‘png’, ‘tif’.
+
+TAMAÑO DE EXTENSIÓN DE ARCHIVO
+ La extensión del archivo a leer para determinar el tamaño del
+ gráfico, si existe tal archivo. Puede ser lo mismo que EXTENSION
+ pero puede ser diferente.
+
+ Como ejemplo, considera un gráfico PostScript. Para hacerlo más
+ pequeño, puede estar comprimido en un archivo ‘.ps.gz’. Los
+ archivos comprimidos no son fáciles de leer por LaTeX para que
+ pueda poner la información del cuadro delimitador en un archivo
+ separado. Si SIZE-FILE EXTENSION está vacío, entonces debes
+ especificar la información de tamaño en los argumentos de
+ ‘\includegraphics’.
+
+ Si el archivo del controlador tiene un procedimiento para leer
+ archivos de tamaño para ‘tipo’ entonces se usará, de lo contrario
+ usará el procedimiento para leer archivos ‘.eps’. (Por lo tanto,
+ puedes especificar el tamaño de archivos de mapa de bits en un
+ archivo con una línea de estilo PostScript ‘%%BoundingBox’ si no
+ otro formato está disponible).
+
+COMMAND
+ Un comando que se aplicará al archivo. Este a menudo se deja
+ vacío. Este comando debe comenzar con una sola comilla inversa.
+ De este modo, ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip
+ -c #1}’ especifica que cualquier archivo con la extensión ‘.eps.gz’
+ se debe tratar como un archivo ‘eps’, con la información de
+ BoundingBox almacenado en el archivo con extensión ‘.eps.bb’, y que
+ el comando ‘gunzip -c’ se ejecutará en tu plataforma para
+ descomprimir el archivo.
+
+ Tal comando es específico para tu plataforma. Además, tu sistema
+ TeX te debe permitir ejecutar comandos externos; como medida de
+ seguridad los sistemas modernos restringen la ejecución de comandos
+ a menos que lo permitas explícitamente. Consulta la documentación
+ de tu distribución TeX.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Comandos para graphics, Prev: Configuración del paquete de graphics, Up: Gráficos
+
+22.3 Comandos para graphics
+===========================
+
+Estos son los comandos disponibles con los paquetes ‘graphics’ y
+‘graphicx’.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \includegraphics:: Usar un gráfico en tu documento.
+* \rotatebox:: Cuadros giratorios, incluyendo gráficos.
+* \scalebox:: Escalar cuadros, incluyendo gráficos.
+* \resizebox:: Escalar cuadros, incluidos gráficos, a un
+ determinado tamaño.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \includegraphics, Next: \rotatebox, Up: Comandos para graphics
+
+22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
+-------------------------
+
+Sinopsis del paquete ‘graphics’:
+
+ \includegraphics{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics[LLX,LLY][URX,URY]{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*[LLX,LLY][URX,URY]{FILENAME}
+
+ Sinopsis del paquete ‘graphicx’:
+
+ \includegraphics{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
+
+ Incluye un archivo de gráficos. La forma destacada
+‘\includegraphics*’ recortar el gráfico al tamaño especificado, mientras
+que para la forma sin estrella cualquier parte del gráfico que está
+fuera del cuadro del tamaño especificado se sobreimprimir el área
+circundante.
+
+ Este
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{plot.pdf}
+ \end{center}
+
+incorporará al documento el gráfico en ‘plot.pdf’, centrado y en su
+tamaño nominal. También puedes dar una ruta al archivo, como con
+‘\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}’. Para especificar una lista de
+ubicaciones para buscar el archivo, *note \graphicspath::.
+
+ Si tu nombre de archivo incluye espacios, ponlo entre comillas
+dobles. Un ejemplo es ‘\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}’.
+
+ El comando ‘\includegraphics{FILENAME}’ decide sobre el tipo de
+gráfico dividiendo FILENAME en el primer punto. Puedes en su lugar,
+usar FILENAME sin punto, como en ‘\includegraphics{turing}’, y luego
+LaTeX intenta una secuencia de extensiones como ‘.png’ y ‘.pdf’ hasta
+que encuentre un archivo con esa extensión (*note
+\DeclareGraphicsExtensions::).
+
+ Si tu nombre de archivo contiene puntos antes de la extensión, puedes
+ocultar con llaves, como en ‘\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}’.
+O, si usas el paquete ‘graphicx’ entonces puedes usar las opciones
+‘type’ y ‘ext’; ve abajo. Este y otros problemas de nombre de archivo
+también se manejan con el paquete ‘grffile’.
+
+ Este ejemplo coloca un gráfico en un entorno ‘figure’ para que LaTeX
+lo pueda mover a la página siguiente si al encajarlo en la página actual
+es incómodo (*note figure::).
+
+ \begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=3cm]{lungxray.jpg}
+ \caption{La evidencia es abrumadora: no fumes.} \label{fig:xray}
+ \end{figure}
+
+ Esto coloca un gráfico que no flotará, por lo que es seguro que
+aparecerá en este punto en el documento incluso si haces que LaTeX
+estire el texto o recurra a las áreas en blanco de la página. Estará
+centrado y tendrá un subtítulo.
+
+ \usepackage{caption} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{pix/nix.png}
+ \captionof{figure}{El espíritu de la noche} \label{pix:nix} % opcional
+ \end{center}
+
+ Este ejemplo pone una caja con un gráfico al lado de otra que tiene
+texto, con los dos centrados verticalmente.
+
+ \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.4\textwidth]{plot}}
+ \hspace{1em}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ f(x)=x\cdot \sin (1/x)
+ \end{displaymath}
+ \end{minipage}}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Si usas el paquete ‘graphics’ entonces las únicas opciones involucran
+el tamaño del gráfico (pero *note \rotatebox:: y *note \scalebox::).
+Cuando un argumento opcional está presente, entonces es ‘[URX,URY]’ y da
+las coordenadas de la parte superior esquina derecha de la imagen, como
+un par de dimensiones TeX (*note Unidades de longitud::). Si se omiten
+las unidades, de manera predeterminada son ‘bp’. En este caso, se
+supone que la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen está en (0,0). Si
+hay dos argumentos opcionales, entonces el principal es ‘[LLX,LLY]’,
+especificando las coordenadas de la imagen abajo a la izquierda. Por lo
+tanto, ‘\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}’ pide el gráfico se colocará
+de manera que tenga 1 pulgadas de ancho y 0.618 pulgadas alto y por lo
+que su origen está en (0,0).
+
+ El paquete ‘graphicx’ te brinda muchas más opciones. Especifícalos
+en una forma clave-valor, como aquí.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics[width=1in,angle=90]{lion}
+ \hspace{2em}
+ \includegraphics[angle=90,width=1in]{lion}
+ \end{center}
+
+Las opciones se leen de izquierda a derecha. Así que el primer gráfico
+de arriba está hecho de una pulgada de ancho y luego se gira, mientras
+que el segundo se gira y luego se hace de una pulgada de ancho. Por lo
+tanto, a menos que el gráfico sea perfectamente cuadrado, los dos
+terminarán con diferentes anchos y alturas.
+
+ Hay muchas opciones. Las principales se enumeran primero.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que LaTeX coloca un gráfico en un cuadro, que es
+conocido tradicionalmente como su “delimitador de cuadro” (distinto del
+PostScript BoundingBox descrito a continuación). El área impresa del
+gráfico puede ir más allá de este cuadro, o sentarse dentro de este
+cuadro, pero cuando LaTeX crea una página junta casillas y esta es la
+casilla asignada para el gráfico.
+
+‘width’
+ El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su cuadro delimitador tenga este
+ ancho. Un ejemplo es ‘\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}’. Puedes
+ usar las dimensiones TeX estándar (*note Unidades de longitud::) y
+ también es conveniente ‘\linewidth’, o en un documento de dos
+ columnas, ‘\columnwidth’ (*note Parámetros de composición de
+ página::). Un ejemplo es que al usar ‘calc’ puedes hacer que el
+ gráfico sea 1 cm más estrecho que el ancho del texto con
+ ‘\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}’.
+
+‘height’
+ El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su delimitador de cuadro tenga
+ esta altura. Puedes usar las dimensiones TeX estándar (*note
+ Unidades de longitud::), y también ‘\pageheight’ y ‘\textheight’
+ son convenientes (*note Parámetros de composición de página::).
+ Por ejemplo, el comando
+ ‘\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}’ hará el gráfico
+ un cuarto de la altura del área de texto.
+
+‘totalheight’
+ El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su delimitador de cuadro tenga
+ esta altura más profundidad. Esto difiere de la altura si se gira
+ el gráfico. Por ejemplo, si se ha girado -90, entonces tendrá una
+ altura cero pero una gran profundidad.
+
+‘keepaspectratio’
+ Si se establece en ‘true’, o simplemente se especifica como aquí
+
+ \includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}
+
+ y das como opciones tanto ‘width’ como ‘height’ (o ‘totalheight’),
+ entonces LaTeX hará que el gráfico sea tan grande como sea posible
+ sin distorsión. Es decir, LaTeX se asegurará de que el gráfico no
+ sea más ancho que ‘width’ ni más alto que ‘height’ (o
+ ‘totalheight’).
+
+‘scale’
+ Factor por el cual escalar el gráfico. Para hacer un gráfico el
+ doble de su tamaño nominal, ingresa
+ ‘\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}’. Este número puede ser
+ cualquier valor; un número entre 0 y 1 reducirá el gráfico y un
+ número negativo lo reflejará.
+
+‘angle’
+ Rota el gráfico. El ángulo se toma en grados y en sentido
+ antihorario. El gráfico se gira sobre su ‘origen’; ve esa opción.
+ Para una descripción completa de cómo se compone el material
+ rotado, *note \rotatebox::.
+
+‘origin’
+ El punto del gráfico sobre el que ocurre la rotación. Los posible
+ valores son cualquier cadena que contenga una o dos: ‘l’ para
+ izquierda, ‘r’ para derecha, ‘b’ para la parte inferior, ‘c’ para
+ el centro, ‘t’ para la parte superior y ‘B’ para la línea base.
+ Por lo tanto, al ingresar el comando
+ ‘\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}’ convertirá la imagen
+ al revés sobre el centro de esa imagen, mientras que el comando
+ ‘\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}’ convertirá su
+ imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El carácter ‘c’ da
+ el centro horizontal en ‘bc’ o ‘tc’, pero da el centro vertical en
+ ‘lc’ o ‘rc’). El valor predeterminado es ‘lB’.
+
+ Para rotar sobre un punto arbitrario, *note \rotatebox::.
+
+ Estas son opciones menos utilizadas.
+
+‘viewport’
+ Selecciona una subregión del gráfico para mostrar. Toma cuatro
+ argumentos, separados por espacios y dados en dimensiones TeX, como
+ con ‘\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}’.
+ Cuando la unidad se omite, las dimensiones predeterminadas son
+ grandes puntos ‘bp’. Se toman en relación con el origen
+ especificado por el delimitador del cuadro. Ve también la opción
+ ‘trim’.
+
+‘trim’
+ Proporciona partes del gráfico para que no se muestren. Toma
+ cuatro argumentos, separados por espacios, que se dan en
+ dimensiones TeX, como con ‘\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in
+ 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}’. Estos dan las cantidades del gráfico para
+ no mostrar, es decir, LaTeX recortará la imagen 0 pulgadas a la
+ izquierda, 0.1 pulgadas a la parte inferior, 0.2 pulgadas a la
+ derecha y 0.3 pulgadas en la parte superior. Consulta también la
+ opción ‘viewport’.
+
+‘clip’
+ Si se establece en ‘true’, o solo se especifica como aquí
+
+ \includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}
+
+ luego, el gráfico se recorta al delimitador del cuadro. Esto es lo
+ mismo que utilizar la forma estrellada del comando,
+ ‘\includegraphics*[...]{...}’.
+
+‘page’
+ Proporciona el número de página de un archivo PDF de varias
+ páginas. El valor predeterminado es ‘page=1’.
+
+‘pagebox’
+ Especifica qué delimitador de cuadro usar para los archivos PDF de
+ entre ‘mediabox’, ‘cropbox’, ‘bleedbox’, ‘trimbox’, o ‘artbox’.
+ Los archivos PDF no tienen el BoundingBox que los archivos
+ PostScript tienen, pero pueden especificar hasta cuatro rectángulos
+ predefinidos. MediaBox da los límites del medio físico. CropBox
+ es la región a la que se recortará el contenido de la página cuando
+ se despliega. BleedBox es la región a la que se dirige el
+ contenido de la página se debe recortar en producción. TrimBox
+ tiene las dimensiones previstas de la página terminada. El ArtBox
+ es el grado de significado del contenido de la página. El
+ controlador establecerá el tamaño de la imagen en función de
+ CropBox si está presente, de lo contrario no utilizará uno de los
+ otros, con un orden de preferencia definido por el controlador.
+ MediaBox siempre está presente.
+
+‘interpolate’
+ Habilita o deshabilita la interpolación de imágenes rasterizadas
+ por parte del espectador. Se puede configurar con
+ ‘interpolate=true’ o simplemente especificarlo como aquí.
+
+ \includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}
+
+‘quiet’
+ No escribe información en el registro. Lo puedes configurar con
+ ‘quiet=true’ o simplemente especificarlo con
+ ‘\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}’,
+
+‘draft’
+ Si lo configuras con ‘draft=true’ o simplemente lo especificas con
+
+ \includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}
+
+ entonces el gráfico no aparecerá en el documento, posiblemente
+ guardando tinta de color de la impresora. En su lugar, LaTeX
+ colocará un cuadro vacío del tamaño correcto con el nombre del
+ archivo impreso en él.
+
+ Estas opciones abordan el delimitador del cuadro para PostScript
+encapsulando archivos gráficos, que tienen un tamaño especificado con
+una línea ‘%%BoundingBox’ que aparece en el archivo. Tiene cuatro
+valores, dando la coordenada x inferior, la coordenada y inferior, la
+coordenada x superior y la coordenada y superior. Las unidades son
+puntos PostScript, equivalentes a los puntos grandes de TeX,
+1/72 pulgada. Por ejemplo, si un archivo ‘.eps’ tiene la línea
+‘%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80’ entonces su tamaño natural es 30/72 pulgadas
+de ancho por 60/72 pulgadas de alto.
+
+‘bb’
+ Especifica el cuadro delimitador de la región mostrada. El
+ argumento es cuatro dimensiones separadas por espacios, como con
+ ‘\includegraphics[.., bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}’. Por lo
+ general, ‘\includegraphics’ lee los números BoundingBox del archivo
+ EPS automáticamente, por lo que esta opción solo es útil si falta
+ el cuadro delimitador en ese archivo o si deseas cambiarlo.
+
+‘bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury’
+ Establece el cuadro delimitador. Estos cuatro son obsoletos, pero
+ se conservan por compatibilidad con paquetes antiguos.
+
+‘natwidth, natheight’
+ Una alternativa para ‘bb’. Ajustar
+
+ \includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}
+
+ es lo mismo que configurar ‘bb=0 0 1in 0.618in’.
+
+‘hiresbb’
+ Si se establece en ‘true’, o simplemente se especifica como con
+
+ \includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}
+
+ entonces LaTeX buscará las líneas ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’ en lugar de
+ líneas ‘%%BoundingBox’. (Las líneas ‘BoundingBox’ solo usan
+ números naturales mientras que las líneas ‘HiResBoundingBox’ usan
+ decimales; ambos usan unidades equivalentes a los puntos grandes de
+ TeX, 1/72 pulgadas). Para redefinir una configuración anterior de
+ ‘true’, la puedes establecer en ‘false’.
+
+ Las siguientes opciones permiten a un usuario anular el método LaTeX
+de elegir el tipo de gráfico en función de la extensión del nombre de
+archivo. Un ejemplo es ese
+‘\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}’ leerá el archivo
+‘lion.xxx’ como si fuera ‘lion.png’. Para obtener más información sobre
+estos, *note \DeclareGraphicsRule::.
+
+‘type’
+ Especifica el tipo de gráficos.
+
+‘ext’
+ Especifica la extensión de gráficos. Solo usa esto junto con la
+ opción ‘type’.
+
+‘read’
+ Especifica la extensión de archivo del archivo leído. Solo usa
+ esto junto con la opción ‘type’.
+
+‘command’
+ Especifica un comando que se aplicará a este archivo. Solo usa
+ esto en conjunción con la opción ‘type’. *Note Opciones de la
+ línea de comandos::, para una explicación sobre cómo habilitar la
+ funcionalidad ‘\write18’ para ejecutar comandos externos.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \rotatebox, Next: \scalebox, Prev: \includegraphics, Up: Comandos para graphics
+
+22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
+-------------------
+
+Sinopsis si usas el paquete ‘graphics’:
+
+ \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
+
+ Sinopsis si usas el paquete ‘graphicx’:
+
+ \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
+ \rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
+
+ Pon MATERIAL en un cuadro y lo gira ANGLE grados en sentido
+antihorario.
+
+ Este ejemplo gira los encabezados de las columnas de la tabla
+cuarenta y cinco grados.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \rotatebox{45}{Character} &\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic} \\
+ A &AL-FAH \\
+ B &BRAH-VOH
+ \end{tabular}
+
+ El MATERIAL puede ser cualquier cosa que vaya en una caja, incluido
+un gráfico.
+
+ \rotatebox[origin=c]{45}{\includegraphics[width=1in]{lion}}
+
+ Para colocar el material rotado, el primer paso es que LaTeX
+establece MATERIAL en un cuadro, con un punto de referencia en la línea
+base izquierda. El segundo paso es la rotación, predeterminada sobre el
+punto de referencia. El tercer paso es que LaTeX calcula un cuadro para
+delimitar el material rotado. Cuarto, LaTeX mueve este cuadro
+horizontalmente para que el borde izquierdo de este nuevo delimitador
+del cuadro coincida con el borde izquierdo del cuadro del primer paso
+(no es necesario que coincidan verticalmente). Este nuevo cuadro
+delimitador, en su nueva posición, es lo que LaTeX usa como cuadro
+cuando se compone tipográficamente este material.
+
+ Si usas el paquete ‘graphics’ entonces la rotación es sobre el punto
+de referencia de la caja. Si usas el paquete ‘graphicx’ entonces estas
+son las opciones que pueden ir en la LISTA DE VALORES CLAVE, pero ten en
+cuenta que puedes obtener el mismo efecto sin necesidad de este paquete,
+excepto las opciones ‘x’ e ‘y’ (*note \includegraphics::).
+
+‘origin’
+ El punto de la caja de MATERIAL sobre el cual ocurre la rotación.
+ El posible valor es cualquier cadena que contenga uno o dos de: ‘l’
+ para izquierda, ‘r’ para derecha, ‘b’ para la parte inferior, ‘c’
+ para el centro, ‘t’ para la parte superior y ‘B’ para la línea
+ base. Así, la primera línea aquí
+
+ \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+ \rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
+
+ dará la vuelta a la imagen desde el centro mientras que la segunda
+ voltea tu imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El
+ carácter ‘c’ da el centro horizontal en ‘bc’ o ‘tc’ pero da el
+ centro vertical en ‘lc’ o ‘rc’, y da ambos en ‘c’). El valor
+ predeterminado es ‘lB’.
+
+‘x, y’
+ Especifica un punto arbitrario de rotación con ‘\rotatebox[x=TeX
+ DIMENSIÓN,y=TeX DIMENSIÓN]{...}’ (*note Unidades de longitud::).
+ Estos dan la compensación desde el punto de referencia de la caja.
+
+‘units’
+ Esta clave te permite cambiar el valor predeterminado de grados en
+ el sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj. Establecer
+ ‘units=-360’ cambia la dirección a grados en el sentido de las
+ agujas del reloj y la configuración de ‘units=6.283185’ cambia a
+ radianes en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \scalebox, Next: \resizebox, Prev: \rotatebox, Up: Comandos para graphics
+
+22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
+------------------
Sinopsis:
- \usebox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}
+ \scalebox{FACTOR HORIZONTAL}{MATERIAL}
+ \scalebox{FACTOR HORIZONTAL}[FACTOR VERTICAL]{MATERIAL}
+ \reflectbox{MATERIAL}
+
+ Escala el MATERIAL.
+
+ Este ejemplo reduce a la mitad el tamaño, tanto horizontal como
+verticalmente, del primer texto y duplica el tamaño del segundo.
+
+ \scalebox{0.5}{DRINK ME} and \scalebox{2.0}{Eat Me}
+
+ Si no especificas el FACTOR VERTICAL opcional, entonces el valor
+predeterminado es el mismo que el FACTOR HORIZONTAL.
+
+ Puedes usar este comando para cambiar el tamaño de un gráfico, como
+aquí.
+
+ \scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+
+Si usas el paquete ‘graphicx’, puedes conseguir la misma cosa con
+argumentos opcionales para ‘\includegraphics’ (*note
+\includegraphics::).
- ‘\usebox’ produce la caja guardada más recientemente en el depósito
-\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA por una instrucción ‘\savebox’ (*note \savebox::).
+ El comando ‘\reflectbox’ abrevia ‘\scalebox{-1}[1]{MATERIAL}’. Por
+lo tanto, ‘Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}’ mostrará la frase ‘Able
+was I’ seguida inmediatamente por su reflejo especular contra un eje
+vertical.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Inserciones Especiales, Next: Dividiendo la Entrada, Prev: Cajas, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \resizebox, Prev: \scalebox, Up: Comandos para graphics
+
+22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
+-------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \resizebox{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
+ \resizebox*{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
+
+ Dado un tamaño, como ‘3cm’, transforma MATERIAL para hacerlo a ese
+tamaño. Si LONGITUD HORIZONTAL o LONGITUD VERTICAL es un signo de
+exclamación ‘!’ entonces se usa el otro argumento para determinar un
+factor de escala para ambas direcciones.
+
+ Este ejemplo hace que el gráfico tenga media pulgada de ancho y lo
+escala verticalmente por el mismo factor para evitar que se distorsione.
-22 Inserciones Especiales
+ \resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+
+ La forma sin estrella ‘\resizebox’ toma LONGITUD VERTICAL como la
+altura del cuadro mientras que la forma estrellada ‘\resizebox*’ lo
+lleva a ser altura+profundidad. Por ejemplo, haz que el texto tenga una
+altura+profundidad de un cuarto de pulgada con
+‘\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{Este cuadro tiene altura y
+profundidad.}}’.
+
+ Puedes usar ‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\totalheight’ y ‘\width’ para
+referirte al tamaño original de la caja. Es decir, hace el texto de dos
+pulgadas de ancho pero manteniendo la altura original con
+‘\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Dos pulgadas}’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Inserciones especiales, Next: Dividir la entrada, Prev: Gráficos, Up: Top
+
+23 Inserciones especiales
*************************
-LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para insertar caracteres que tienen un
-significado especial que no corresponde a caracteres simples que usted
-puede escribir.
+LaTeX proporciona comandos para insertar caracteres que tienen un
+significado especial no corresponde a los caracteres simples que puedes
+escribir.
* Menu:
-* Caracteres Reservados:: Insertando # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
-* Símbolos de Texto:: Insertando en el texto otros símbolos distintos a letras.
-* Acentos:: Insertando acentos.
-* Caracteres no Ingleses:: Insertando otros caracteres no Ingleses.
-* \rule:: Insertando líneas y rectángulos.
-* \today:: Insertando la fecha de hoy.
+* Caracteres reservados:: Insertar ‘# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \’
+* Mayúsculas y minúsculas:: Hacer el texto en mayúsculas o
+ minúsculas.
+* Símbolos por posición de fuente:: Insertar símbolos de fuente por
+ número.
+* Símbolos de texto:: Insertar otros símbolos que no sean
+ letras en el texto.
+* Acentos:: Inserción de acentos
+* Letras latinas adicionales:: Inserción de otros caracteres no
+ ingleses.
+* paquete inputenc:: Establece la codificación de texto del
+ archivo de entrada.
+* \rule:: Insertar líneas y rectángulos.
+* \today:: Insertar la fecha de hoy.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Caracteres Reservados, Next: Símbolos de Texto, Up: Inserciones Especiales
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Caracteres reservados, Next: Mayúsculas y minúsculas, Up: Inserciones especiales
-22.1 Caracteres Reservados
+23.1 Caracteres reservados
==========================
-Los siguientes caracteres desempeñan un papel especial en LaTeX y se
-llaman “caracteres reservados” o “caracteres especiales”.
+LaTeX reserva los siguientes caracteres para propósitos especiales. Por
+ejemplo, el signo de porcentaje ‘%’ es para comentarios. Se llaman
+“caracteres reservados” o “caracteres especiales”. Todo está explicado
+en otra parte de este manual.
+
+ # $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \
+
+ Si deseas que un carácter reservado se imprima por sí mismo, en el
+texto fuente del cuerpo, para todos menos los últimos tres caracteres en
+esa lista simplemente coloca una barra invertida ‘\’ delante del
+carácter. De este modo, escribir ‘\$1.23’ producirá ‘$1.23’ en tu
+salida.
+
+ En cuanto a los últimos tres caracteres, para obtener una tilde en la
+letra del cuerpo del texto usa ‘\~{}’ (omitir las llaves daría como
+resultado que el siguiente carácter recibe un acento de tilde). Del
+mismo modo, para colocar un acento circunflejo en el texto del cuerpo
+fuente usa ‘\^{}’. Para colocar una barra invertida en el texto del
+cuerpo fuente, ingresa ‘\textbackslash{}’.
+
+ Para producir los caracteres reservados en una fuente de máquina de
+escribir, utiliza ‘\verb!!’ como se muestra a continuación (la doble
+barra inversa ‘\\’ en el ejemplo solo está ahí para dividir las líneas
+en la salida).
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
+ \verb!# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \!
+ \end{center}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Mayúsculas y minúsculas, Next: Símbolos por posición de fuente, Prev: Caracteres reservados, Up: Inserciones especiales
+
+23.2 Mayúsculas y minúsculas
+============================
- # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
+Sinopsis:
- Siempre que escriba en su archivo uno de estos caracteres, LaTeX debe
-hacer algo especial. Si simplemente desea imprimir el carácter en sí
-mismo, incluya un carácter ‘\’ anteponiéndolo a este. Por ejemplo, ‘\$’
-debe producir ‘$’ en su salida.
+ \uppercase{TEXT}
+ \lowercase{TEXT}
+ \MakeUppercase{TEXT}
+ \MakeLowercase{TEXT}
+
+ Cambia el caso de los caracteres. Los comandos primitivos TeX
+‘\uppercase’ y ‘\lowercase’ están configurados de forma predeterminada
+para funcionar solo con las 26 letras a–z y A–Z. Los comandos LaTeX
+‘\MakeUppercase’ y ‘\MakeLowercase’ también cambian caracteres a los que
+se accede mediante comandos como ‘\ae’ o ‘\aa’. Los comandos
+‘\MakeUppercase’ y ‘\MakeLowercase’ son robustos pero tienen argumentos
+en movimiento (*note \protect::).
+
+ Estos comandos no cambian el uso de mayúsculas y minúsculas en el
+nombre de un comando dentro de TEXT. Pero cambian el caso de todas las
+demás letras dentro del argumento TEXT. De este modo,
+‘\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$’} produce ‘LET Y=F(X)’. Otro ejemplo es
+que se cambiará el nombre de un entorno, de modo que
+‘\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular}}’ produce un error
+porque la primera mitad se cambia a ‘\begin{TABULAR}’.
+
+ LaTeX usa la misma tabla fija para cambiar mayúsculas y minúsculas a
+lo largo de un documento. La tabla utilizada está diseñada para la
+codificación de fuente T1; esto funciona bien con las fuentes TeX
+estándar para todos los alfabetos latinos, pero causará problemas al
+usar otros alfabetos.
+
+ Para cambiar el caso del texto que resulta de una macro dentro de
+TEXT tienes que hacer la expansión. Aquí el ‘\Schoolname’ produce
+‘FACULTAD DE MATEMÁTICAS’.
+
+ \newcommand{\schoolname}{Facultad de matemáticas}
+ \newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase
+ \expandafter{\schoolname}}
+
+ El paquete ‘textcase’ trae algunas de las funciones que faltan en los
+comandos LaTeX estándar ‘\MakeUppercase’ y ‘\MakeLowerCase’.
+
+ Para escribir en mayúsculas solo la primera letra de las palabras,
+puedes usar el paquete ‘mfirstuc’.
+
+ El manejo de todas las reglas de mayúsculas y minúsculas
+especificadas por Unicode, por ejemplo, para escrituras no latinas, es
+un trabajo mucho más grande que cualquier cosa prevista en el TeX
+original y LaTeX. Se ha implementado en el paquete ‘expl3’ a partir de
+2020. El artículo “Cambio de caso: De primitivas TeX al algoritmo
+Unicode”, (Joseph Wright, ‘TUGboat’ 41:1,
+<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf>), da una buena
+visión general del tema, pasado y presente.
- Una excepción a esta regla es la ‘\’ misma, debido a que ‘\’ tiene su
-propio significado especial (dependiente del contexto). Una \ romana es
-producida al escribir ‘$\backslash$’ en su archivo, y una ‘\’ de máquina
-de escribir es producida usando ‘\’ en una instrucción verbatim (*note
-verbatim::).
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Símbolos por posición de fuente, Next: Símbolos de texto, Prev: Mayúsculas y minúsculas, Up: Inserciones especiales
- Además, ‘\~’ y ‘\^’ colocan acentos tilde y circunflejo sobre la
-siguiente letra, como en õ y ô (*note Acentos::); Para obtener una ‘~’ o
-‘^’ independiente, usted puede utilizar una instrucción verbatim.
+23.3 Símbolos por posición de fuente
+====================================
- Por último, puede acceder a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra
-actual una vez que sepa su número utilizando la instrucción ‘\symbol’.
-Por ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visibles utilizada en la instrucción
-‘\verb*’ tiene el código decimal 32, por lo tanto se puede escribir como
-‘\symbol{32}’.
+Puedes acceder a cualquier carácter de la fuente actual usando su número
+con el comando ‘\symbol’. Por ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visible
+usado en el comando ‘\verb*’ tiene el código decimal 32 en la fuente de
+máquina de escribir Computer Modern estándar, por lo que se puede
+escribir como ‘\symbol{32}’.
- También puede especificar números octales con ‘'’ o números
-hexadecimales con ‘"’, por lo que el ejemplo anterior también se podría
-escribir como ‘\symbol{'40}’ o ‘\symbol{"20}’.
+ También puedes especificar números en octal (base 8) usando un
+prefijo ‘'’, o hexadecimal (base 16) con un prefijo ‘"’, por lo que el
+espacio visible en 32 decimal también se podría escribir como
+‘\symbol{'40}’ o ‘\symbol{"20}’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Símbolos de Texto, Next: Acentos, Prev: Caracteres Reservados, Up: Inserciones Especiales
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Símbolos de texto, Next: Acentos, Prev: Símbolos por posición de fuente, Up: Inserciones especiales
-22.2 Símbolos de Texto
+23.4 Símbolos de texto
======================
-LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para generar una serie símbolos
-distintos de letras, en el texto. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
-más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1; posiblemente tenga que cargar
-el paquete ‘textcomp’.
+LaTeX proporciona comandos para generar una serie de símbolos que no son
+letras en texto corriente. Algunos de estos, especialmente los más
+oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1. A partir del lanzamiento de LaTeX
+de febrero de 2020, todos los símbolos están disponibles de manera
+predeterminada; antes de eso, era necesario usar el paquete ‘textcomp’
+para algunos (técnicamente, aquellos en la codificación de fuentes
+‘TS1’).
‘\copyright’
‘\textcopyright’
- El símbolo de copyright, ©.
+ © El símbolo de copyright.
‘\dag’
- El símbolo daga (en texto).
+ † El símbolo de la daga (en texto).
‘\ddag’
- El símbolo doble daga (en texto).
+ ‡ El símbolo de la daga doble (en texto).
-‘\LaTeX’
+‘latex’
El logotipo de LaTeX.
-‘\LaTeXe’
- El logotypo de LaTeX2e.
+‘latex’
+ LaTeX2e, logo.
‘\guillemotleft («)’
‘\guillemotright (»)’
‘\guilsinglleft (‹)’
‘\guilsinglright (›)’
- Comillas tipográficas angulares dobles y simples, utilizadas
- comúnmente en Francés: «, », ‹, ›.
+ «, », ‹, › Comillas angulares simples y dobles, de uso común en
+ francés.
‘\ldots’
-‘\dots’
‘\textellipsis’
- Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): ‘...’. ‘\ldots’
- y ‘\dots’ también trabajan en modo math.
+‘\dot’
+ ... Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): ‘\ldots’ y
+ ‘\dots’ también trabaja en modo math (*note Puntos::). Ve la
+ descripción de los puntos suspensivos del ‘modo math’ para obtener
+ información adicional.
‘\lq’
- Comilla izquierda (de apertura): ‘.
+ ‘ Comilla izquierda (apertura).
-‘\P’
+‘p’
‘\textparagraph’
- Signo de párrafo (antígrafo).
+ ¶ Signo de párrafo (pilcrow).
‘\pounds’
‘\textsterling’
- Libras esterlinas en Inglés: £.
+ £ libras esterlinas inglesas.
‘\quotedblbase („)’
‘\quotesinglbase (‚)’
- Simple y dobles comillas en la línea base: „ y ‚.
+ „ y ‚ Comillas simples y dobles en la línea base.
‘\rq’
- Comilla derecha (de cierre): ’.
+ ’ Comilla de derecha (de cierre).
-‘\S’
- Símbolo de sección.
+‘s’
+‘\textsection’
+ § Signo de sección.
-‘\TeX’
+‘tex’
El logotipo de TeX.
‘\textasciicircum’
- Circunflejo ASCII: ^.
+ ^ circunflejo ASCII.
‘\textasciitilde’
- Tilde ASCII: ~.
+ ~ Tilde ASCII.
‘\textasteriskcentered’
- Asterisco centrado: *.
+ * asterisco centrado
‘\textbackslash’
- Barra inversa: \.
+ \ Barra invertida. Sin embargo, ‘\texttt{\textbackslash}’ de
+ manera predeterminada produce una barra invertida en letra romana
+ (no de máquina de escribir); para una barra invertida de máquina de
+ escribir, es necesario utilizar la codificación de tipo de letra T1
+ (u otra no predeterminada), como en:
+
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
‘\textbar’
- Barra Vertical: |.
+ | Barra vertical.
‘\textbardbl’
- Doble barra vertical.
+ ⏸ Doble barra vertical.
‘\textbigcircle’
- Símbolo círculo grande.
+ ◯, símbolo de círculo grande.
‘\textbraceleft’
- Llave izquierda: {.
+ { Llave izquierda. Ve los comentarios en ‘\textbackslash’ arriba
+ sobre hacer que ‘\texttt{\textbraceleft}’ produzca una llave en
+ máquina de escribir.
‘\textbraceright’
- Llave derecha: }.
+ } Llave derecha. Ve los comentarios en ‘\textbackslash’ arriba
+ sobre hacer que ‘\texttt{\textbraceright}’ produzca una llave en
+ máquina de escribir.
‘\textbullet’
- Bala: •.
+ • Viñeta.
-‘\textcircled{LETRA}’
- LETRA en un círculo, como en ®.
+‘\textcircled{LETTER}’
+ Ⓐ, circulo alrededor de LETRA.
‘\textcompwordmark’
-‘\textcapitalwordmark’
-‘\textascenderwordmark’
- Marca de palabra compuesta (invisible). La forma ‘\textcapital...’
- tiene la tapa del tipo de letra, mientras que la forma
- ‘\textascender...’ tiene el ascender superior.
+‘\textcapitalcompwordmark’
+‘\textascendercompwordmark’
+ Se utiliza para separar letras que normalmente se ligarían. Por
+ ejemplo, ‘f\textcompwordmark i’ produce ‘fi’ sin ligadura. Este es
+ más útil en idiomas distintos del inglés. La forma
+ ‘\textcapitalcompwordmark’ tiene la altura máxima de la fuente
+ mientras que la forma ‘\textascendercompwordmark’ tiene la altura
+ ascendente.
‘\textdagger’
- Daga: \dag.
+ † Daga.
‘\textdaggerdbl’
- Daga doble: \ddag.
+ ‡ Daga doble.
‘\textdollar (o ‘\$’)’
- Signo de Dólar: $.
+ $ signo de dólar.
‘\textemdash (o ‘---’)’
- Em-dash: — (para puntuación).
+ — Guión largo. Se utiliza para puntuación, por lo general similar
+ a las comas o paréntesis, como en ‘‘Los playoffs---si tienes
+ suficiente suerte para llegar a los playoffs --- son más como un
+ sprint.’’ Convenciones para espaciar alrededor de guiones-em que
+ varían ampliamente.
‘\textendash (o ‘--’)’
- En-dash: — (para rangos).
+ – En-dash. Usado para rangos, como en ‘‘ve las páginas 12--14’’.
‘\texteuro’
- El Símbolo del Euro: €.
+ El símbolo de la moneda del euro: €. Para un diseño de glifo
+ alternativo, prueba el paquete ‘eurosym’; además, la mayoría de las
+ fuentes hoy día vienen con su propio símbolo de euro (Unicode
+ U+20AC).
‘\textexclamdown (o ‘!`’)’
- Signo de exclamación inicial: ¡.
+ ¡ Signo de exclamación al revés.
+
+‘\textfiguredash’
+ Guión usado entre números, Unicode U+2012. Definido en junio de
+ 2021 lanzamiento de LaTeX. Cuando se usa en pdfTeX, aproximado por
+ un guión-en; con un motor Unicode, escribe el glifo si está
+ disponible en la fuente actual, o escribe la advertencia habitual
+ “Carácter faltante” al archivo de registro.
‘\textgreater’
- Mayor que: >.
+ > Símbolo mayor que.
+
+‘\texthorizontalbar’
+ Carácter de barra horizontal, Unicode U+2015. Definido en junio de
+ 2021 lanzamiento de LaTeX. Comportamiento como con
+ ‘\textfiguredash’ arriba; la aproximación pdfTeX es un guión largo.
‘\textless’
- Menor que: <.
+ < Símbolo menor que.
‘\textleftarrow’
- Flecha izquierda.
+ ←, Flecha izquierda.
-‘\textordfeminine’
-‘\textordmasculine’
- Símbolos ordinales femenino y masculino: ª, º.
+‘\textnonbreakinghyphen’
+ Carácter de guión de no separación, Unicode U+2011. Definido en
+ junio lanzamiento de 2021 de LaTeX. Comportamiento como con
+ ‘\textfiguredash’ arriba; la aproximación pdfTeX es un guión ASCII
+ regular (con saltos no permitidos después).
‘\textordfeminine’
- Símbolo ordinal femenino: ª.
+‘\textordmasculine’
+ ª, º Símbolos ordinales femeninos y masculinos.
‘\textperiodcentered’
- Punto centrado: ·.
+ · Punto centrado.
‘\textquestiondown (o ‘?`’)’
- Signo de interrogación inicial: ¿.
+ ¿ Signo de interrogación de apertura.
‘\textquotedblleft (o ‘``’)’
- Comillas dobles de apertura: “.
+ “ Comillas dobles a la izquierda.
-‘\textquotedblright (o ‘'’)’
- Dobles comillas de cierre: ”.
+‘\textquotedblright (o ‘''’)’
+ ” Doble comilla derecha.
‘\textquoteleft (o ‘`’)’
- Comilla de apertura simple: ‘.
+ ‘ Comilla izquierda simple.
‘\textquoteright (o ‘'’)’
- Comilla de cierre simple: ’.
+ ’ Comilla simple derecha.
+
+‘\textquotesingle’
+ ', Comillas rectas simples. (De la codificación TS1).
‘\textquotestraightbase’
‘\textquotestraightdblbase’
- Líneas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+ Comillas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
‘\textregistered’
- Símbolo de marca registrada: ®.
+ ® Símbolo de registrado.
‘\textrightarrow’
- Flecha hacia la derecha.
+ →, Flecha derecha.
‘\textthreequartersemdash’
- em-dash de “Tres cuartos”, entre en-dash y em-dash.
+ ﹘, “Tres cuartos” de guión largo, entre guión corto y guión largo.
‘\texttrademark’
- Símbolo de marca comercial: ™.
+ ™ Símbolo de marca comercial.
‘\texttwelveudash’
- Xx 12u-.
+ ﹘, “Dos tercios” guión largo, entre guión corto y guión largo.
‘\textunderscore’
- Subrayado: _.
+ _ Guion bajo.
‘\textvisiblespace’
- Símbolo de espacio visible.
+ ␣, Símbolo de espacio visible.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Acentos, Next: Caracteres no Ingleses, Prev: Símbolos de Texto, Up: Inserciones Especiales
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Acentos, Next: Letras latinas adicionales, Prev: Símbolos de texto, Up: Inserciones especiales
-22.3 Acentos
+23.5 Acentos
============
-LaTeX tiene un amplio apoyo para muchos de los guiones de idiomas del
-mundo, a través del paquete ‘babel’ y de apoyo relacionados. Esta
-sección no pretende abarcar todas con las que es compatible. Este
-simplemente se limita a enumerar las principales instrucciones LaTeX
-para crear caracteres acentuados.
+LaTeX tiene una amplia compatibilidad para muchos de los scripts del
+mundo e idiomas, proporcionada a través del paquete principal ‘babel’,
+que admite pdfLaTeX, XeLaTeX y LuaLaTeX. El paquete ‘polyglossia’
+proporciona una compatibilidad similar con estos últimos dos motores.
- Las instrucciones ‘\capital...’ producen formas alternativas para su
-uso con letras mayúsculas. Estas no están disponibles con OT1.
+ Esta sección no cubre esa compatibilidad. Solo enumera los comandos
+del núcleo LaTeX para crear caracteres acentuados. Los comandos
+‘\capital...’ que se muestran aquí producen formas alternativas para
+utilizar con mayúsculas. Estos no están disponibles con OT1.
+
+ A continuación, para que sean más fáciles de encontrar, los acentos
+se ilustran con minúsculas ‘o’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que ‘\i’ produce una i sin punto, y ‘\j’ produce una j
+sin punto. Estos se usan a menudo en lugar de sus contrapartes
+punteadas cuando están acentuados.
‘\"’
‘\capitaldieresis’
- Produce una diéresis, como en ö.
+ ö Umlaut (diéresis).
‘\'’
‘\capitalacute’
- Produce un acento agudo, como en ó. En el entorno ‘tabbing’,
- empuja la columna actual a la derecha de la columna anterior (*note
- tabbing::).
+ ó Acento agudo.
‘\.’
- Produce un punto como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ȯ.
+ ȯ Acento de punto.
‘\=’
‘\capitalmacron’
- Produce un acento macrón (una barra) sobre el siguiente, como en ō.
+ ō Acento macrón (sobre la barra).
‘\^’
‘\capitalcircumflex’
- Produce un acento circunflejo (sombrero) sobre la siguiente, como
- en ô.
+ ô Acento circunflejo (sombrero).
‘\`’
‘\capitalgrave’
- Produce un acento grave sobre la siguiente, como en ò. En el
- entorno ‘tabbing’, mueve el siguiente texto hacia el margen derecho
- (*note tabbing::).
+ ò Acento grave.
‘\~’
‘\capitaltilde’
- Produce una tilde como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ñ.
+ ñ Acento de tilde.
+
+‘b’
+ o̲ Acento de barra debajo.
-‘\b’
- Produce una barra como acento debajo de la siguiente, como en o̲.
- Vea también ‘\underbar’ a continuación
+ Relacionado con esto, ‘\underbar{TEXT}’ produce una barra debajo
+ del TEXT. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo LR (*note
+ Modos::). La barra siempre es una posición fija debajo de la línea
+ base, cruzando así a través de descendientes. Véase también
+ ‘\underline’ en *note Sobre y subrayado::.
-‘\c’
+‘c’
‘\capitalcedilla’
- Produce una cedilla como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ç.
+ ç Acento cedilla debajo.
‘\d’
‘\capitaldotaccent’
- Produce un círculo como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ọ.
+ ọ Acento de puntos debajo.
‘\H’
-‘\capitalhungarumlaut’
- Produce un acento diéresis húngaro sobre la siguiente, como en ő.
-
-‘\i’
- Produce una i sin punto, como en ‘ı’.
-
-‘\j’
- Produce una j sin punto, como en ‘j’.
+‘h’
+ ő Acento largo con diéresis húngara.
‘\k’
‘\capitalogonek’
- Produce una letra con colita, como en ‘ǫ’. No disponible en la
- codificación OT1.
+ ǫ Ogonek. No disponible en la codificación OT1.
‘\r’
‘\capitalring’
- Produce un anillo como acento, como en ‘o̊’.
+ o̊ Acento de anillo.
‘\t’
‘\capitaltie’
‘\newtie’
‘\capitalnewtie’
- Produce una atadura con el siguiente como acento, como en ‘oo͡’. La
- forma ‘\newtie’ está centrada en su caja.
+ Tie después de acento (utilizado para transliterar del cirílico,
+ como en la romanización ALA-LC). Se espera que el argumento tenga
+ dos caracteres. La forma ‘\newtie’ está centrada en su cuadro.
‘\u’
‘\capitalbreve’
- Produce un acento breve, como en ‘ŏ’.
-
-‘\underbar’
- No es exactamente un acento, este produce una barra en el argumento
- texto. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo horizontal. La
- barra siempre está en una posición fija en la línea base, por lo
- que cruza a través de los trazos descendentes. Vea también
- ‘\underline’ en *note Miscelánea Math::. Vea también ‘\b’ aquí
- antes
+ ŏ Acento breve.
‘\v’
‘\capitalcaron’
- Produce un acento háček (anticircunflejo, carón), como en ‘ǒ’.
+ acento de ǒ Háček (cheque, carón).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \accent:: Comando de bajo nivel para producir un
+ carácter acentuado.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Caracteres no Ingleses, Next: \rule, Prev: Acentos, Up: Inserciones Especiales
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \accent, Up: Acentos
-22.4 Caracteres no Ingleses
-===========================
+23.5.1 ‘\accent’
+----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
-Estas son las instrucciones LaTeX básicas para insertar los caracteres
-más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
+ \accent NUMBER CHARACTER
+
+ Un comando primitivo de TeX utilizado para generar caracteres
+acentuados a partir de acentos y letras. El acento es seleccionado por
+NUMBER, un argumento numérico, seguido de un espacio y luego un
+CHARACTER argumento para construir el carácter acentuado en la fuente
+actual.
+
+ Estos son caracteres ‘e’ acentuados.
+
+ \accent18 e
+ \accent20 e
+ \accent21 e
+ \accent22 e
+ \accent23 e
+
+El primero es un acento grave, el segundo un carón, el tercero un breve,
+el cuarto un macrón, y el quinto un anillo arriba.
+
+ La posición del acento la determina el diseñador de la fuente y, por
+lo tanto, el resultado del uso de ‘\accent’ puede diferir entre las
+fuentes. En LaTeX es deseable tener glifos para caracteres acentuados
+en lugar de construirlos usando ‘\accent’. Usar glifos que ya contienen
+los caracteres acentuados (como en la codificación T1) permite la
+separación silábica correcta mientras que ‘\accent’ deshabilita la
+separación silábica (específicamente con la codificación de fuente OT1
+donde los glifos acentuados están ausentes).
+
+ Puede haber un cambio de fuente opcional entre NUMBER y CHARACTER.
+Ten en cuenta también que este comando establece el ‘\spacefactor’ a
+1000 (*note \spacefactor::).
+
+ Una característica inevitable de algunas letras cirílicas y la
+mayoría de las letras cirílicas acentuadas es que se deben ensamblar a
+partir de múltiples elementos (acentos, modificadores, etc.) mientras
+‘\accent’ proporciona un solo acento y una sola combinación de letras.
+También hay casos en los que deben aparecer acentos entre letras que
+\accent no admite. Aún existen otros casos en los que las letras I y J
+tienen puntos sobre sus contrapartes minúsculas que entran en conflicto
+con los acentos punteados. El uso de ‘\accent’ en estos casos no
+funcionará ya que no puede analizar mayúsculas/minúsculas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Letras latinas adicionales, Next: paquete inputenc, Prev: Acentos, Up: Inserciones especiales
+
+23.6 Letras latinas adicionales
+===============================
+
+Estos son los comandos básicos de LaTeX para insertar letras más allá de
+A–Z que extienden el alfabeto latino, usados principalmente en otros
+idiomas distintos al inglés.
‘\aa’
‘\AA’
@@ -5283,15 +15633,19 @@ más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
‘\dh’
‘\DH’
- Letra eth islandesa: ð y Ð.
+ Letra islandesa eth: ð y Ð. No disponible con codificación OT1,
+ necesitas el paquete ‘fontenc’ para seleccionar una codificación de
+ fuentes alternativa, como T1.
‘\dj’
‘\DJ’
- xxxx
+ d y D cruzadas, alias d mayúscula y minúscula con trazo. No
+ disponible con la codificación OT1, necesitas el paquete ‘fontenc’
+ para seleccionar una codificación de fuente alternativa, como T1.
‘\ij’
‘\IJ’
- ij y IJ (salvo que un poco más juntas que como aparecen aquí).
+ ij e IJ (excepto algo más juntos de lo que aparece aquí).
‘\l’
‘\L’
@@ -5299,7 +15653,7 @@ más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
‘\ng’
‘\NG’
- xxxx
+ Letra lapona eng, también utilizada en fonética.
‘\o’
‘\O’
@@ -5315,2804 +15669,6903 @@ más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
‘\th’
‘\TH’
- Letra espina Islandesa: þ y Þ.
+ Espina de letra islandesa: þ y Þ. No disponible con codificación
+ OT1, necesitas el paquete ‘fontenc’ para seleccionar una
+ codificación de fuentes alternativa, como T1.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: Caracteres no Ingleses, Up: Inserciones Especiales
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: paquete inputenc, Next: \rule, Prev: Letras latinas adicionales, Up: Inserciones especiales
-22.5 ‘\rule’
-============
+23.7 paquete ‘inputenc’
+=======================
Sinopsis:
- \rule[AUMENTAR]{ANCHO}{ESPESOR}
+ \usepackage[ENCODING-NAME]{inputenc}
+
+ Declara que la codificación de texto del archivo de entrada sea
+ENCODING-NAME. De manera predeterminada, si este paquete no está
+cargado, es UTF-8. Técnicamente, especificar el nombre de codificación
+es opcional, pero en la práctica no es útil omitirlo.
+
+ En un archivo de ordenador, los caracteres se almacenan de acuerdo
+con un esquema llamado “codificación”. Hay muchas codificaciones
+diferentes. La más simple es ASCII, que admite 95 caracteres
+imprimibles, no suficientes para la mayoría de los idiomas del mundo.
+Por ejemplo, para componer un carácter de diéresis ‘ä’ en un archivo
+fuente LaTeX codificado en ASCII, se usa la secuencia ‘\"a’. Esto
+crearía archivos fuente para cualquier cosa pero el inglés es difícil de
+leer; incluso para el inglés, a menudo más extenso que la codificación
+más conveniente.
+
+ El estándar de codificación moderno, en cierto modo una unión de los
+demás, es UTF-8, una de las representaciones de Unicode. Este es el
+valor predeterminado para LaTeX desde 2018.
+
+ El paquete ‘inputenc’ es cómo LaTeX sabe qué codificación se usó.
+Por ejemplo, el siguiente comando dice explícitamente que el archivo de
+entrada es UTF-8 (ten en cuenta la falta de un guión).
+
+ \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+
+ Precaución: usa ‘inputenc’ solo con el motor pdfTeX (*note Motores
+TeX::). (Los motores XeTeX y LuaTeX asumen que el archivo de entrada
+está codificado en UTF-8). Si invocas a LaTeX con ya sea el comando
+‘xelatex’ o el comando ‘lualatex’ e intentas declarar una codificación
+que no sea UTF-8 con ‘inputenc’, como ‘latin1’, obtendrás el error
+‘inputenc no está diseñado para xetex o luatex’.
+
+ Un error de paquete ‘inputenc’ como ‘Byte UTF-8 no válido "96’
+significa que parte del material en el archivo de entrada no sigue el
+esquema de codificación. A menudo, estos errores provienen de la copia
+de material de un documento que utiliza una codificación diferente a la
+del archivo de entrada; Esta es una comilla izquierda simple de una
+página web usando ‘latin1’ dentro de un archivo de entrada LaTeX que usa
+UTF-8. La solución más sencilla es reemplazar el carácter no UTF-8 con
+su equivalente UTF-8, o usar un comando LaTeX o carácter equivalente.
+
+ En algunos documentos, como una colección de artículos de revistas de
+una variedad de autores, cambiar la codificación en medio del documento
+puede ser necesario. Usa el comando ‘\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}’.
+Los valores más comunes para ENCODING-NAME son: ‘ascii’, ‘latin1’,
+‘latin2’, ‘latin3’, ‘latin4’, ‘latin5’, ‘latin9’, ‘latin10’, y ‘utf8’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: paquete inputenc, Up: Inserciones especiales
+
+23.8 ‘\rule’
+============
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \rule{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
+ \rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
+
+ Produce una “regla”, un rectángulo relleno.
+
+ Este ejemplo produce una mancha rectangular, a veces llamada símbolo
+de Halmos, o simplemente “qed”, a menudo usado para marcar el final de
+una prueba:
- La instrucción ‘\rule’ produce “reglas”, que son, líneas o
-rectángulos. Los argumentos son:
+ \newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
-AUMENTAR
- Qué tanto aumentar la regla (opcional).
+El paquete ‘amsthm’ incluye este comando, con un símbolo de aspecto poco
+diferente.
-ANCHO
- La longitud de la regla (obligatorio).
+ Los argumentos obligatorios dan el WIDTH horizontal y el vertical
+THICKNESS del rectángulo. Son longitudes rígidas (*note Longitudes::).
+El argumento opcional RAISE también es un argumento rígido y le dice a
+LaTeX cuánto elevar la regla por encima de la línea base, o la baja si
+la longitud es negativa.
-ESPESOR
- El espesor de la regla (obligatorio).
+ Esto produce una línea, un rectángulo que es ancho pero no alto.
+
+ \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{0.4pt}
+
+La línea es el ancho de la página y 0.4 puntos de altura. El grosor
+esta línea es común en LaTeX.
+
+ Una regla que tenga cero ancho o cero espesor, no aparecerá en la
+salida, pero puede hacer que LaTeX cambie la salida a su alrededor.
+*Note \strut::, por ejemplo.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \today, Prev: \rule, Up: Inserciones Especiales
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \today, Prev: \rule, Up: Inserciones especiales
-22.6 ‘\today’
+23.9 ‘\today’
=============
-La instrucción ‘\today’ produce la fecha de hoy, en formato ‘MES DD,
-AAAA’; por ejemplo, ‘Julio 04 1976’. Utiliza los contadores
-predefinidos ‘\day’, ‘\month’, y ‘\year’ (*note \day \month \year::)
-para hacerlo. No se actualiza cuando se ejecuta el programa.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \today
+
+ Produce la fecha de hoy en el formato ‘MES DD, YYYY’. Un ejemplo de
+una fecha en ese formato es ‘julio 4, 1976’.
- El paquete ‘datetime’, entre otros, puede producir una amplia
-variedad de formatos de fecha.
+ Paquetes multilingües como ‘babel’ o ‘polyglossia’, o clases como
+‘lettre’, localizarán ‘\today’. Por ejemplo, lo siguiente generará
+‘julio 4, 1976’:
+
+ \year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
+ \documentclass{minimal}
+ \usepackage[french]{babel}
+ \begin{document}
+ \today
+ \end{document}
+
+‘\today’ utiliza los contadores ‘\day’, ‘\month’ y ‘\year’ (*note \day -
+\month y \year::).
+
+ Varios paquetes en CTAN funcionan con fechas. Uno es el paquete
+‘datetime’ que puede producir una amplia variedad de formatos de fecha,
+incluidos los estándares ISO.
+
+ La fecha no se actualiza mientras se ejecuta el proceso LaTeX, por lo
+que, en principio, la fecha podría ser incorrecta para cuando finalice
+el programa.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Dividiendo la Entrada, Next: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada, Prev: Inserciones Especiales, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Dividir la entrada, Next: Material de portada/contraportada, Prev: Inserciones especiales, Up: Top
+
+24 Dividir la entrada
+*********************
+
+LaTeX te permite dividir un documento grande en varios pequeños. Esto
+puede simplificar la edición o permitir que varios autores trabajen en
+el documento. También puede acelerar el procesamiento.
-23 Dividiendo la Entrada
-************************
+ Independientemente de cuántos archivos independientes utilices,
+siempre hay uno “archivo raíz”, en el que comienza la compilación de
+LaTeX. Esto muestra tal archivo con cinco archivos incluidos.
-Un documento de gran tamaño requiere una gran cantidad de insumos. En
-lugar de poner toda la entrada en un único archivo de gran tamaño, es
-más eficiente dividirlo en varios más pequeños. Independientemente del
-número de archivos separados que utilice, hay uno que es el archivo
-raíz; este es cuyo nombre se escribe cuando se ejecuta LaTeX.
+ \documentclass{book}
+
+ \includeonly{ % comenta las líneas a continuación para omitir la
+ % compilación
+ pref,
+ chap1,
+ chap2,
+ append,
+ bib
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \frontmatter
+ \include{pref}
+ \mainmatter
+ \include{chap1}
+ \include{chap2}
+ \appendix
+ \include{append}
+ \backmatter
+ \include{bib}
+ \end{document}
+
+Esto traerá material de ‘pref.tex’, ‘chap1.tex’, ‘chap2.tex’,
+‘append.tex’ y ‘bib.tex’. Si compilas este archivo, y luego comentas
+todas las líneas dentro ‘\includeonly{...}’ a excepción de ‘chap1’, y
+vuelve a compilar, entonces LaTeX solo procesará el material del primer
+capítulo. Por lo tanto, tu salida aparecerá más rápidamente y será más
+breve para imprimir. Sin embargo, la ventaja del comando ‘\includeonly’
+es que LaTeX conservará la información de los números de página y todas
+las referencias cruzadas de las otras partes del documento para que
+estas aparezcan correctamente en tu salida.
+
+ *Note Plantilla de libro Larger::, para otro ejemplo de
+‘\includeonly’.
* Menu:
-* \include:: Condicionalmente incluye un archivo.
-* \includeonly:: Determina qué archivos serán incluidos.
-* \input:: Incluiye incondicionalmente un archivo.
+* \endinput:: Deja de incluir material de un archivo.
+* \include e \includeonly:: Incluir archivos condicionalmente.
+* \input:: Incluye incondicionalmente un archivo.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \include, Next: \includeonly, Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \endinput, Next: \include e \includeonly, Up: Dividir la entrada
-23.1 ‘\include’
-===============
+24.1 ‘\endinput’
+================
Sinopsis:
- \include{ARCHIVO}
+ \endinput
- No hay presente una instrucción ‘\includeonly’, la instrucción
-‘\include’ executa ‘\clearpage’ para iniciar una nueva página (*note
-\clearpage::), entonces lee el ARCHIVO, y luego hace otro ‘\clearpage’.
+ Cuando ‘\include{filename}’, dentro de ‘filename.tex’ el material
+después de ‘\endinput’ no se incluirá. Este comando es opcional; si
+‘filename.tex’ no tiene ‘\endinput’ entonces LaTeX leerá todo el
+archivo.
- Dada una instrucción ‘\includeonly’, las acciones ‘\include’
-únicamente se ejecutan si ARCHIVO está listado como un argumento para
-‘\includeonly’. Consulte la siguiente sección.
+ Por ejemplo, supón que el archivo raíz de un documento tiene
+‘\input{chap1}’ y este es ‘chap1.tex’.
- La instrucción ‘\include’ no puede aparecer en el preámbulo o en un
-archivo leído por otra instrucción ‘\include’.
+ \chapter{Uno}
+ Este material aparecerá en el documento.
+ \endinput
+ Esto no aparecerá.
+
+ Esto puede ser útil para poner documentación o comentarios al final
+de un archivo, o para evitar caracteres basura que se pueden agregar si
+el archivo es transmitido en el cuerpo de un correo electrónico.
+También es útil para depurar: una estrategia para localizar errores es
+poner ‘\endinput’ a mitad del camino a través del archivo incluido y ver
+si el error desaparece. Ahora, sabiendo qué mitad contiene el error,
+mover el ‘\endinput’ a la mitad a través de esa área reduce aún más la
+ubicación. Este proceso encuentra rápidamente la línea infractora.
+
+ Después de leer ‘\endinput’, LaTeX continúa leyendo hasta el final de
+la línea, por lo que algo puede seguir este comando y ser leído, no
+obstante. Esto te permite, por ejemplo, cerrar un ‘\if...’ con un
+‘\fi’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \includeonly, Next: \input, Prev: \include, Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \include e \includeonly, Next: \input, Prev: \endinput, Up: Dividir la entrada
-23.2 ‘\includeonly’
-===================
+24.2 ‘\include’ e ‘\includeonly’
+================================
Sinopsis:
- \includeonly{ARCHIVO1,ARCHIVO2,...}
+ \includeonly{ % en el preámbulo del documento
+ ...
+ FILENAME,
+ ...
+ }
+ ...
+ \include{FILENAME} % en el cuerpo del documento
+
+ Lleva material del archivo externo ‘FILENAME.tex’ a un documento
+LaTeX.
+
+ El comando ‘\include’ hace tres cosas: ejecuta ‘\clearpage’ (*note
+\clearpage y \cleardoublepage::), entonces ingresa el material de
+‘FILENAME.tex’ en el documento, y luego hace otro ‘\clearpage’. Este
+comando solo puede aparecer en el cuerpo del documento.
+
+ El comando ‘\includeonly’ controla qué archivos leerá LaTeX bajo los
+siguientes comandos ‘\include’. Su lista de los nombres de archivo
+están separados por comas. Debe aparecer en el preámbulo o incluso
+anterior, por ejemplo, la línea de comandos; no puede aparecer en el
+cuerpo del documento.
+
+ Este documento raíz de ejemplo, ‘constitution.tex’, trae tres
+archivos, ‘preamble.tex’, ‘articles.tex’ y ‘enmiendas.tex’.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \includeonly{
+ preamble,
+ articles,
+ amendments
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \include{preamble}
+ \include{articles}
+ \include{amendments}
+ \end{document}
+
+El archivo ‘preamble.tex’ no contiene ningún código especial; justamente
+tienes un extracto del capítulo ‘constitution.tex’ y lo pones en un
+archivo separado solo por conveniencia de edición.
- La instrucción ‘\includeonly’ controla cuales archivos se deben leer
-en subsecuentes instrucciones ‘\include’. La lista de nombres de
-archivo se separa con comas. Cada ARCHIVO debe coincidir exactamente
-con un nombre de archivo especificado en una instrucción ‘\include’ para
-una selección eficaz.
+ \chapter{Preamble}
- Esta instrucción únicamente puede aparecer en el preámbulo.
+ Nosotros, el Pueblo de los Estados Unidos, con el fin de formar una
+ Unión más perfecta, ...
+
+Ejecutar LaTeX en ‘constitution.tex’ hace que el material de tres
+archivos aparezca en el documento pero también genera los archivos
+auxiliares ‘preamble.aux’, ‘articles.aux’ y ‘enmiendas.aux’. Estos
+contienen información como números de página (*note Referencias
+cruzadas::). Si ahora comentas líneas de ‘\includeonly’ con ‘preámbulo’
+y ‘enmiendas’ y ejecuta LaTeX nuevamente, el documento resultante
+muestra solo el material de ‘articles.tex’, no el material de
+‘preamble.tex’ o ‘amendments.tex’. No obstante, toda la información de
+los archivos auxiliares omitidos todavía está allí, incluyendo el número
+de página inicial del capítulo.
+
+ Si el preámbulo del documento no tiene ‘\includeonly’ entonces LaTeX
+incluirá todos los archivos que solicites con comandos ‘\include’.
+
+ El comando ‘\include’ crea una nueva página. Para evitarlo, consulta
+*note \input:: (que, sin embargo, no retiene la información auxiliar).
+
+ *Note Plantilla de libro Larger::, para otro ejemplo usando
+‘\include’ e ‘\includeonly’. Ese ejemplo también usa ‘\input’ para
+algún material que no necesariamente comenzará en una nueva página.
+
+ Los nombres de archivo pueden incluir rutas.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \includeonly{
+ chapters/chap1,
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \include{chapters/chap1}
+ \end{document}
+
+ Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y
+plataformas, debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La
+tradición es usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante,
+para el nombre ‘amo amas amat’, esto funciona bajo TeX Live en
+GNU/Linux:
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \includeonly{
+ "amo\space amas\space amat"
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \include{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
+ \end{document}
+
+ y esto funciona bajo MiKTeX en Windows:
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \includeonly{
+ {"amo amas amat"}
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \include{{"amo amas amat"}}
+ \end{document}
+
+ No puedes usar ‘\include’ dentro de un archivo que se está incluyendo
+u obtienes ‘Error LaTeX: \include no se puede anidar.’ El comando
+‘\include’ no puede aparecer en el preámbulo del documento; vas a
+obtener ‘Error de LaTeX: Falta \begin{document}’.
+
+ Si un archivo que ‘\include’ no existe, por ejemplo, si
+‘\include{athiesm}’ pero quisiste decir ‘\include{atheism}’, entonces
+LaTeX no te da un error pero te avisa ‘No hay archivo athiesm.tex.’
+(También creará ‘athiesm.aux’).
+
+ Si ‘\include’ el archivo raíz en sí mismo, primero obtienes ‘Error de
+LaTeX: solo se puede usar en el preámbulo.’ Las ejecuciones posteriores
+obtienen ‘Capacidad excedida de TeX, lo siento [text input levels=15]’.
+Arreglar esto, debe eliminar la inclusión ‘\include{ROOT}’ pero también
+elimina el archivo ‘ROOT.aux’ y vuelve a ejecutar LaTeX.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \input, Prev: \includeonly, Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \input, Prev: \include e \includeonly, Up: Dividir la entrada
-23.3 ‘\input’
+24.3 ‘\input’
=============
Sinopsis:
- \input{ARCHIVO}
+ \input{FILENAME}
+
+ LaTeX procesa el archivo como si su contenido estuviera insertado en
+el archivo actual. Para un mecanismo de inclusión más sofisticado *note
+\include e \includeonly::.
+
+ Si FILENAME no termina en ‘.tex’ entonces LaTeX primero intenta el
+nombre del archivo con esa extensión; este es el caso habitual. Si
+FILENAME termina con ‘.tex’ luego LaTeX busca el nombre de archivo tal
+como es.
+
+ Por ejemplo, este
+
+ \input{macros}
+
+hará que LaTeX busque primero ‘macros.tex’. Si encuentra ese archivo,
+entonces procesa su contenido como si hubiera sido copiar y pegar. Si
+no hay ningún archivo con el nombre ‘macros.tex’, entonces LaTeX intenta
+el nombre ‘macros’, sin extensión. (Esto puede variar según la
+distribución).
- La instrucción ‘\input’ provoca que el ARCHIVO especificado sea leído
-y procesado, tal como si su contendido se hubiera insertado en ese punto
-en el archivo actual.
+ Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y
+plataformas, debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La
+tradición es usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante,
+para el nombre ‘amo amas amat’, esto funciona bajo TeX Live en
+GNU/Linux:
- Si ARCHIVO no termina en ‘.tex ’ (por ejemplo, ‘foo’ o ‘foo.bar’),
-primero se intenta con esa extensión (‘foo.tex’ o ‘foo.bar.tex’). Si no
-se encuentra, el ARCHIVO original se intenta con (‘foo’ o ‘foo.bar’).
+ \input{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
+
+ y esto funciona bajo MiKTeX en Windows:
+
+ \input{{"amo amas amat"}}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada, Next: Cartas, Prev: Dividiendo la Entrada, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Material de portada/contraportada, Next: Cartas, Prev: Dividir la entrada, Up: Top
-24 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
-***********************************
+25 Material de portada/contraportada
+************************************
* Menu:
-* Tablas de Contenido::
-* Glosarios::
-* Índices::
+* Tabla de contenido etc.:: Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras,
+ lista de tablas.
+* Índices:: Generar un índice.
+* Glosarios:: Generar un glosario.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tablas de Contenido, Next: Glosarios, Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tabla de contenido etc., Next: Índices, Up: Material de portada/contraportada
-24.1 Tablas de Contenido
-========================
+25.1 Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas
+==========================================================
-Se produce una tabla de contenido con la instrucción ‘\tableofcontents’.
-Usted pone la instrucción adecuada donde desea que aparezca la tabla de
-contenido; LaTeX hace el resto para usted. Una ejecución previa habrá
-generado un archivo ‘.toc’.
+Sinopsis, una de:
- La instrucción ‘\tableofcontents’ produce una sección, pero no inicia
-una nueva página automáticamente. Si desea una nueva página después de
-la tabla de contenido, escriba una instrucción código ‘\newpage’ después
-de la instrucción ‘\tableofcontents’.
+ \tableofcontents
+ \listoffigures
+ \listoftables
- Las instrucciones análogas ‘\listoffigures’ y ‘\listoftables’
-producen una lists de figuras y una lista de tablas, respectivamente.
-Cada una funciona exactamente igual que la tabla de contenido.
+ Produce una tabla de contenido, o una lista de figuras, o una lista
+de tablas. Pon el comando en el archivo de entrada donde deseas que se
+coloque la tabla o la lista. No escribas las entradas; por ejemplo,
+normalmente las entradas de la tabla de contenido se genera
+automáticamente a partir de los comandos de seccionado ‘\chapter’, etc.
- La instrucción ‘\nofiles’ reemplaza estas instrucciones, e _impide_
-que se genere cualquiera de estas listas.
+ Este ejemplo ilustra el primer comando, ‘\tableofcontents’. LaTeX
+producirá una tabla de contenido en la primera página del libro.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ % \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
+ \begin{document}
+ \tableofcontents\newpage
+ ...
+ \chapter{...}
+ ...
+ \section{...}
+ ...
+ \subsection{...}
+ ...
+ \end{document}
+
+Descomentar la segunda línea haría que esa tabla contuviera los listados
+de capítulos y secciones, pero no listados de subsecciones, porque el
+comando ‘\section’ tiene nivel 1. *Note Seccionado::, para nivel
+números de las unidades de corte. Para obtener más información sobre el
+‘tocdepth’ *note Seccionado/tocdepth::.
+
+ Otro ejemplo del uso de ‘\tableofcontents’ está en *note Plantilla de
+libro Larger::.
+
+ Si deseas un salto de página después de la tabla de contenido,
+escribe un comando ‘\newpage’ después del comando ‘\tableofcontents’,
+como arriba.
+
+ Para hacer la tabla de contenido, LaTeX almacena la información en un
+archivo auxiliar llamado ‘ROOT-FILE.toc’ (*note Dividir la entrada::).
+Por ejemplo, este archivo LaTeX ‘test.tex’
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \begin{document}
+ \tableofcontents\newpage
+ \section{Primera sección}
+ \subsection{Primera subsección}
+ ...
+
+escribe estas líneas en ‘test.toc’.
+
+ \contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Primera sección}{2}
+ \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Primera
+ subsección}{2}
+
+Cada línea contiene un solo comando, ‘\contentsline’ (*note
+\contentsline::). El primer argumento, el ‘section’ o ‘subsection’, es
+la unidad de seccionamiento. El segundo argumento tiene dos
+componentes. El gancho ‘\numberline’ determina cómo el número de
+sección, ‘1’ o ‘1.1’, aparece en la tabla de contenido (*note
+\numberline::). El resto del segundo argumento de ‘\contentsline’,
+‘Primera sección’ o ‘Primera subsección’, es el texto del título de la
+sección. Finalmente, el tercer argumento, ‘2’, es el número de página
+en el que comienza esta unidad de seccionado.
+
+ Para componer estas líneas, la clase “document” proporciona
+‘\l@SECTION-UNIT’ comandos como ‘\l@section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}’ y
+‘\l@subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}’. Estos comandos a menudo usan el
+comando ‘\@dottedtocline’ (*note \@dottedtocline::).
+
+ Una consecuencia de la estrategia de LaTeX de usar archivos
+auxiliares es que para obtener la información correcta en el documento
+debes ejecutar LaTeX dos veces, una vez para almacenar la información y
+la segunda vez para recuperarla. En el curso normal de escribir un
+documento los autores ejecutan LaTeX un número de veces, pero puedes
+notar que la primera vez que compilas un nuevo documento, la página de
+la tabla de contenido estará vacía excepto por su encabezado
+‘Contenido’. Simplemente ejecuta LaTeX de nuevo.
+
+ Los comandos ‘\listoffigures’ y ‘\listoftables’ producen un lista de
+figuras y lista de tablas. Su información se almacena en archivos con
+extensión ‘.lof’ y ‘.lot’. Funcionan de la misma manera como
+‘\tableofcontents’ pero este último es más común, así que lo usamos para
+la mayoría de los ejemplos.
+
+ Puede agregar material manualmente a la tabla de contenido, la lista
+de figuras y la lista de tablas. Por ejemplo, agrega una línea sobre un
+sección a la tabla de contenido con
+‘\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}’. (*note \addcontentsline::).
+Agregar material arbitrario, es decir, sin línea material, con
+‘\addtocontents’, como con el comando
+‘\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}’, que agrega espacio vertical
+a la lista de figuras (*note \addtocontents::).
+
+ Líneas en la tabla de contenido, la lista de figuras y la lista de
+tablas, tienen cuatro partes. Primero es una sangría. A continuación
+hay una caja en la que se colocan números de seccionado, y luego el
+tercer recuadro contiene el título del texto, como ‘Primera sección’.
+Finalmente hay una caja contra el margen derecho, dentro de la cual
+LaTeX pone el cuadro del número de página. Para la sangría y el ancho
+del cuadro numérico, *note \@dottedtocline::. El cuadro del margen
+derecho tiene ancho ‘\@tocrmarg’ y el número de página está justo en ese
+espacio, dentro de un cuadro de ancho ‘\@pnumwidth’. De manera
+predeterminada ‘\@tocrmarg’ es ‘2.55em’ y ‘\@pnumwidth’ es ‘1.55em’.
+Cámbialos como con ‘\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}’.
+
+ CTAN tiene muchos paquetes para la tabla de contenido y listas de
+figuras y tablas (*note CTAN::). El paquete ‘tocloft’ es conveniente
+para ajustar algunos aspectos del valor predeterminado, como el
+espaciado. Y, ‘tocbibbind’ agregará automáticamente la bibliografía,
+índice, etc. a la tabla de contenido.
+
+ Para cambiar el encabezado de la página de la tabla de contenido, haz
+algo como estos comandos antes de llamar a ‘\tableofcontents’, etc.
+
+ \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Tabla de contenido}
+ \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Traza}
+ \renewcommand{\listtablename}{especificaciones}
+
+Paquetes de internacionalización como ‘babel’ o ‘polyglossia’ cambiará
+estos encabezados según el idioma base elegido.
* Menu:
-* \addcontentsline:: Agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido, etc.
-* \addtocontents:: Añade texto directamente al archivo de la tabla de contenido, etc.
+* \@dottedtocline:: Línea de entrada de formato en la tabla de
+ contenido, etc.
+* \addcontentsline:: Agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido,
+ etc.
+* \addtocontents:: Agrega texto directamente al archivo de tabla
+ de contenido, etc.
+* \contentsline:: Establecer línea en la tabla de contenido,
+ etc.
+* \nofiles:: Evita escribir en archivos auxiliares.
+* \numberline:: Pone su argumento numérico alineado a la
+ izquierda en un cuadro.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Up: Tablas de Contenido
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \@dottedtocline, Next: \addcontentsline, Up: Tabla de contenido etc.
-24.1.1 \addcontentsline
------------------------
+25.1.1 ‘\@dottedtocline’
+------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \@dottedtocline{SECTION-LEVEL-NUM}{INDENT}{NUMWIDTH}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}
+
+ Usado internamente por LaTeX para formatear una línea de entrada en
+la tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas. Los autores
+no ingresan directamente los comandos ‘\@dottedtocline’.
+
+ Este comando suele utilizarlo ‘\l@section’, ‘\l@subsection’, etc.,
+para dar formato a las líneas de contenido. Por ejemplo, el archivo
+‘article.cls’ contiene estas definiciones:
+
+ \newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+ \newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+ \newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+
+En este ejemplo, ‘\@dottedcline’ parece haber recibido solo tres
+argumentos. Pero rastrear el código interno muestra que recoge los
+argumentos finales TEXT y PAGENUMBER en la sinopsis desde una llamada a
+‘\contentsline’ (*note \contentsline::).
+
+ Entre el cuadro para el texto del título de una sección y el cuadro
+del margen derecho, estos comandos ‘\@dottedtocline’ insertan “líderes
+punteados”, es decir, puntos espaciados uniformemente El espacio de
+punto a punto viene dado por el comando ‘\@dotsep’. De manera
+predeterminada es 4.5 (está en unidades matemáticas, también conocido
+como ‘mu’, que son ‘1/18’ em. Cámbialo usando ‘\renewcommand’, como en
+‘\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}’.
+
+ En la clase ‘book’ estándar, LaTeX no usa líderes punteados para las
+entradas de la tabla Part y Chapter, y en la clase ‘article’ estándar no
+usa líderes punteados para las entradas de la sección.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Prev: \@dottedtocline, Up: Tabla de contenido etc.
+
+25.1.2 ‘\addcontentsline’
+-------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}
+
+ Agrega una entrada al archivo auxiliar con extensión EXT.
+
+ Lo siguiente resultará en una línea ‘Apéndices’ en la tabla de
+contenido.
+
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Apéndices}}
+
+Aparecerá al mismo nivel de sangría que las secciones, estará en
+negrita, y se le asignará el número de página asociado con el punto
+donde aparece el comando en el archivo de entrada.
+
+ El comando ‘\addcontentsline’ escribe información en el archivo
+‘ROOT-NAME.EXT’, donde ROOT-NAME es el nombre del archivo raíz (*note
+Dividir la entrada::). Escribe que información como el texto del
+comando ‘\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}’, dónde ‘NUM’ es el valor actual
+del contador ‘UNIT’ (*note \contentsline::). El caso más común es la
+tabla de contenido y allí NUM es el número de página de la primera
+página de UNIT.
+
+ Este comando es invocado por los comandos de seccionado ‘\chapter’,
+etc. (*note Seccionado::), y también por ‘\caption’ dentro de un
+entorno flotante (*note Flotantes::). Pero también lo utilizan
+directamente los autores. Por ejemplo, un autor que escribe un libro
+cuyo estilo es tener un prefacio sin numerar puede usar el ‘\chapter*’
+con asterisco. Pero ese comando omite la información de la tabla de
+contenido, que se puede ingresar manualmente, como aquí.
-La instrucción ‘\addcontentsline’{EXTENSIÓN}{UNDAD}{TEXTO} añade una
-entrada a la lista o tabla donde:
+ \chapter*{Preface}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Prefacio}
-EXTENSIÓN
- La extensión del archivo en el que se va a escribir la información,
- por lo general una de: ‘toc’ (tabla de contenido), ‘lof’ (lista de
- figuras) o ‘lot’ (lista de tablas).
+En el archivo ‘ROOT-NAME.toc’ LaTeX pondrá la línea ‘\contentsline
+{chapter}{\numberline {}Prefacio}{3}’; nota que el número de página ‘3’
+es generado automáticamente por el sistema, no ingresado manualmente.
-UNIDAD
- El nombre de la unidad de sección a añadir, normalmente una de las
- siguientes, coincidiendo con el valor del argumento EXTENSIÓN:
+ Todos los argumentos para ‘\addcontentsline’ son obligatorios.
+
+EXT
+ Por lo general, una de las cadenas ‘toc’ para la tabla de
+ contenido, ‘lof’ para la lista de figuras, o ‘lot’ para la lista de
+ tablas. La extensión del nombre de archivo del archivo de
+ información.
+
+UNIT
+ Una cadena que depende del valor del argumento EXT, normalmente una
+ de:
‘toc’
- El nombre de la unidad de sección: ‘part’, ‘chapter’,
- ‘section’, ‘subsection’, ‘subsubsection’.
+ Para la tabla de contenido, este es el nombre de una unidad
+ seccional: ‘part’, ‘chapter’, ‘section’, ‘subsection’, etc.
+
‘lof’
- Para la lista de figuras.
+ Para la lista de figuras: ‘figure’.
+
‘lot’
- Para la lista de tablas.
+ Para la lista de tablas: ‘table’.
-TEXTO
- El texto real de la entrada.
+TEXT
+ El texto de la entrada. Debes ‘\protect’ cualquier comando frágil
+ (*note \protect::) utilizado en él.
- La instrucción que realmente escribe al archivo ‘.EXTENSIÓN’ es la
-instrucción ‘\contentsline{UNDAD}{NOMBRE}’.
+ El comando ‘\addcontentsline’ tiene una interacción con ‘\include’
+(*note \include e \includeonly::). Si los usas en el mismo nivel, como
+con ‘\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}’ entonces las líneas
+en la tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden incorrecto. La
+solución es mover ‘\addcontentsline’ al archivo que se incluye.
+
+ Si usas una UNIDAD que LaTeX no reconoce, como con el error
+tipográfico aquí
+
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Apéndices}}
+
+entonces no obtienes un error sino que el formato en la tabla de
+contenido no tendrá sentido.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addtocontents, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Tablas de Contenido
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addtocontents, Next: \contentsline, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Tabla de contenido etc.
-24.1.2 \addtocontents
----------------------
+25.1.3 ‘\addtocontents’
+-----------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}
+
+ Agrega TEXT, que puede ser texto o comandos de formato, directamente
+a el archivo auxiliar con extensión EXT. Este es el más utilizado para
+la tabla de contenido, así que esa es la discusión aquí, pero también se
+aplica a la lista de figuras y la lista de tablas.
+
+ Esto pondrá un espacio vertical en la tabla de contenido después del
+encabezado ‘Contenido’.
+
+ \tableofcontents\newpage
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
+
+Esto pone la palabra ‘Página’, en negrita, encima de la columna del
+número de página y después del encabezado.
-La instrucción ‘\addtocontents’{EXTENSIÓN}{TEXTO} añade texto (o
-instrucciones de formato) directamente al archivo ‘.EXTENSIÓN’ que
-genera la tabla de contenido o listas de figuras o tablas.
+ \tableofcontents
+ \addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Página}\par}
+ \chapter{...}
-EXTENSIÓN
- La extensión del archivo en el cual escribir la información: ‘toc’
- (tabla de contenido), ‘lof’ (lista de figuras) o ‘lot’ (lista de
- tablas).
+Esto agrega una línea que anuncia el trabajo de un nuevo autor.
-TEXTO
- El texto a escribir.
+ \addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \protect\vspace{2ex}
+ \textbf{Capítulos de N. Otro autor}\par}
+
+ La diferencia entre ‘\addtocontents’ y ‘\addcontentsline’ es que este
+último es estrictamente para líneas, como con una línea que da el número
+de página para el comienzo de un nuevo subconjunto de capítulos. Como
+muestran los ejemplos anteriores, ‘\addtocontents’ es para material como
+el espaciado.
+
+ El comando ‘\addtocontents’ tiene dos argumentos. Ambos son
+requeridos.
+
+EXT
+ Por lo general, uno de: ‘toc’ para la tabla de contenido, ‘lof’
+ para la lista de figuras, o ‘lot’ para la lista de tablas. La
+ extensión del archivo contiene la información.
+
+TEXT
+ El texto, y posiblemente los comandos, que se van a escribir.
+
+ Los comandos de seccionado como ‘\chapter’ usan el comando
+‘\addcontentsline’ para almacenar información. Este comando crea líneas
+en el archivo auxiliar ‘.toc’ que contiene el comando ‘\contentsline’
+(*note \addcontentsline::). A diferencia de el comando ‘\addtocontents’
+coloca el material directamente en ese archivo.
+
+ El comando ‘\addtocontents’ tiene una interacción con ‘\include’
+(*note \include e \includeonly::). Si los usas en el mismo nivel, como
+con ‘\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}’ entonces las líneas en la
+tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden incorrecto. La solución
+es mover ‘\addtocontents’ al archivo que se incluye.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Glosarios, Next: Índices, Prev: Tablas de Contenido, Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \contentsline, Next: \nofiles, Prev: \addtocontents, Up: Tabla de contenido etc.
-24.2 Glosarios
-==============
+25.1.4 ‘\contentsline’
+----------------------
-La instrucción ‘\makeglossary’ habilita la creación de glosarios.
+Sinopsis:
- La instrucción ‘\glossary{TEXTO}’ escribe una entrada en el glosario
-para TEXTO a un archivo auxiliar con la extensión ‘.glo’.
+ \contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}
- Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe es
-‘\glossaryentry{TEXTO}{NO-DE-PÁGINA}’, donde NO-DE-PÁGINA es el valor de
-‘\thepage’.
+ Utilizado internamente por LaTeX para componer una entrada de la
+tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas (*note Tabla de
+contenido etc.::). Los autores no ingresan directamente los comandos
+‘\contentsline’.
- El paquete ‘glossary’ en CTAN proporciona compatibilidad para
-glosarios más sofisticados.
+ Por lo general, la adición de material a estas listas la realizan
+automáticamente los comandos ‘\chapter’, ‘\section’, etc. para la tabla
+de contenido, o por el comando ‘\caption’ dentro de un entorno ‘\figure’
+o ‘\table’ (*note figure:: y *note table::). De este modo, donde el
+archivo raíz es ‘thesis.tex’ y contiene la declaración
+‘\tableofcontents’, el comando ‘\chapter{Capítulo Uno}’ produce algo
+como esto en el archivo ‘thesis.toc’.
+
+ \contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Capítulo uno}{3}
+
+ Si el archivo contiene la declaración ‘\listoffigures’ entonces un
+entorno ‘figure’ que involucra ‘\caption{Test}’ producirá algo como esto
+en ‘thesis.lof’.
+
+ \contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces
+ Test}}{6}
+
+ Para agregar material manualmente, usa
+‘\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}’, donde FILETYPE es ‘toc’, ‘lof’
+o ‘lot’ (*note \addcontentsline::).
+
+ Para manipular cómo se escribe el material ‘\contentline’, consulta
+el paquete ‘tocloft’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que el paquete ‘hyperref’ cambia la definición de
+‘\contentsline’ (y ‘\addcontentsline’) para agregar más argumentos, para
+hacer hipervínculos. Esta es la fuente del error ‘El argumento de
+\contentsline tiene una }’ adicional cuando se agrega/elimina el uso del
+paquete ‘hyperref’ y ya se ejecutó una compilación. Soluciona este
+error eliminando el archivo ‘.toc’ o ‘.lof’ o ‘.lot’ y ejecutando LaTeX
+de nuevo.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Índices, Prev: Glosarios, Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \nofiles, Next: \numberline, Prev: \contentsline, Up: Tabla de contenido etc.
-24.3 Índices
+25.1.5 ‘\nofiles’
+-----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \nofiles
+
+ Evita que LaTeX escriba archivos auxiliares. La única salida serán
+los archivos ‘.log’ y ‘.pdf’ (o ‘.dvi’). Este comando debe ir en el
+preámbulo.
+
+ Debido al comando ‘\nofiles’ este ejemplo no producirá un archivo
+‘.toc’.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \nofiles
+ \begin{document}
+ \tableofcontents\newpage
+ \chapter{...}
+ ...
+
+LaTeX no borrará ningún archivo auxiliar existente, por lo que si
+insertas el comando ‘\nofiles’ después de ejecutar el archivo y obtener
+un ‘.toc’ entonces la página de la tabla de contenido seguirá mostrando
+la información antigua.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \numberline, Prev: \nofiles, Up: Tabla de contenido etc.
+
+25.1.6 ‘\numberline’
+--------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \numberline{NUMBER}
+
+ Escribe su argumento alineado a la izquierda en un cuadro. Esto se
+usa en un comando ‘\contentsline’ para escribir el número de sección
+(*note \contentsline::).
+
+ Por ejemplo, esta línea en un ‘.toc’ hace que el ‘1.1’ sea
+composición tipográfica a la izquierda.
+
+ \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivación}{2}
+
+ De forma predeterminada, LaTeX escribe los números de sección en un
+cuadro de longitud ‘\@tempdima’. Esa longitud la establecen los
+comandos ‘\l@section’, ‘\l@subsection’, etc. Poner números de sección
+dentro de una caja de ancho natural con
+‘\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}’ antes de ‘\tableofcontents’.
+
+ Este comando es frágil, por lo que es posible que debas precederlo
+con ‘\protect’ (*note \protect::). Un ejemplo es el uso de ‘\protect’
+en este comando,
+
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Resumen}
+
+para obtener el ‘\numberline’ en el comando ‘\contentsline’ en el
+archivo ‘.toc’: ‘\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Resumen}{6}’
+(LaTeX agrega automáticamente el número de página ‘6’; *note
+\addcontentsline::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Índices, Next: Glosarios, Prev: Tabla de contenido etc., Up: Material de portada/contraportada
+
+25.2 Índices
============
-La instrucción ‘\makeindex’ permite la creación de índices. Coloquela
-en el preámbulo.
+Si le dices a LaTeX qué términos quieres que aparezcan en un índice,
+entonces puede producir ese índice, en orden alfabético y con los
+números de página mantenidos automáticamente. Esto ilustra los
+conceptos básicos.
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{makeidx} % Proporcionar comandos de indexación
+ \makeindex
+ % \usepackage{showidx} % Muestra notas al margen de las entradas
+ % del índice
+ ...
+ \begin{document}
+ ...
+ Teorema de Wilson\index{Teorema de Wilson}
+ dice que un número $n>1$ es primo si y solo si el factorial
+ de $n-1$ es congruente con $-1$
+ modulo~$n$.\index{congruencia!y el Teorema de Wilson}
+ ...
+ \printindex
+ \end{document}
+
+Como muestra, declara las entradas de índice con el comando ‘\index’
+(*note \index::). Cuando ejecutas LaTeX, ‘\index’ escribe su
+información, como ‘Teorema de Wilson’ y el número de página, a un
+archivo auxiliar cuyo nombre termina en ‘.idx’. A continuación,
+alfabetiza y hace otras manipulaciones, como ejecutar un comando
+externo, normalmente ‘makeindex’ (*note makeindex::), que escribe un
+archivo cuyo nombre termina en ‘.ind’. Finalmente, ‘\printindex’ trae
+esta información manipulada en la salida (*note \printindex::).
+
+ Por lo tanto, si el ejemplo anterior está en el archivo ‘numth.tex’
+entonces ejecutar ‘pdflatex numth’ guardará la entrada de índice y la
+información del número de página a ‘numth.idx’. Luego ejecutar
+‘makeindex numth’ ordena alfabéticamente y guarda los resultados en
+‘numth.ind’. Finalmente, ejecutar de nuevo ‘pdflatex numth’ mostrará el
+índice deseado, en el lugar donde está el comando ‘\printindex’ en el
+archivo fuente.
+
+ Hay muchas opciones para la salida. Un ejemplo es que el signo de
+exclamación en ‘\index{congruencia!y teorema de Wilson}’ produce una
+entrada principal de ‘congruencia’ con una subentrada de ‘y Teorema de
+Wilson’. Para obtener más información, *note makeindex::.
+
+ Los comandos ‘\makeindex’ y ‘\printindex’ son independientes. Omitir
+el ‘\makeindex’ evitará que LaTeX guarde las entradas de índice al
+archivo auxiliar. Omitir el ‘\printindex’ hará que LaTeX no muestre el
+índice en la salida del documento.
+
+ Hay muchos paquetes en el área de indexación. El paquete ‘showidx’
+hace que cada entrada de índice se muestre en el margen de la página
+donde aparece el ‘\index’. Esto puede ayudar en la preparación del
+índice. El paquete ‘multind’, entre otros, admite múltiples índices.
+Consulta también la entrada de preguntas frecuentes de TeX sobre este
+tema, <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind>, y el tema de CTAN,
+<https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi>.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Producir el índice manualmente:: Ordena alfabéticamente las
+ entradas tú mismo.
+* \index:: Declara una entrada de índice.
+* makeindex:: Automáticamente ordena alfabéticamente las entradas
+ del índice.
+* \printindex:: Pon el índice aquí.
- La instrucción ‘\index{TEXTO}’ escribe una entrada en el índice para
-TEXTO en un archivo auxiliar con la extensión ‘.idx’.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Producir el índice manualmente, Next: \index, Up: Índices
+
+25.2.1 Producir el índice manualmente
+-------------------------------------
+
+Los documentos que son pequeños y estáticos pueden tener un índice
+producido manualmente. Esto creará una página separada etiquetada como
+‘Index’, en formato de dos columnas.
+
+ \begin{theindex}
+ \item acorn squash, 1
+ \subitem maple estufado, 2
+ \indexspace
+ \item bacon, 3
+ \subitem maple estufado, 4
+ \end{theindex}
+
+ Ten en cuenta que el autor debe ingresar los números de página, lo
+cual es tedioso y que dará como resultado números incorrectos si el
+documento cambia. Esta es la razón por lo que en la mayoría de los
+casos, los métodos automatizados como ‘makeindex’ son los mejores.
+*Note Índices::.
+
+ Sin embargo, cubrimos los comandos para completado, y porque los
+métodos automatizados se basan en estos comandos. Hay tres niveles de
+entradas. Cómo muestra el ejemplo, una entrada principal usa ‘\item’,
+las subentradas usan ‘\subitem’, y el nivel más bajo usa ‘\subsubitem’.
+Las líneas en blanco entre entradas no tienen efecto. El ejemplo
+anterior incluye ‘\indexspace’ para producir espacio vertical en la
+salida que usa algunos estilos de índice antes de que comience la
+primera entrada con una nueva letra.
- Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe la entrada es
-‘\indexentry{TEXTO}{NO-DE-PÁGINA}’, donde NO-DE-PÁGINA es el valor
-actual de ‘\thepage’.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \index, Next: makeindex, Prev: Producir el índice manualmente, Up: Índices
- Para generar una entrada de índice para ‘bar’ que diga ‘Vea foo’,
-utilice una barra vertical: ‘\index{bar|see{foo}}’. Use ‘seealso’ en
-lugar de ‘see’ para producir una entrada ‘Vea también’.
+25.2.2 ‘\index’
+---------------
- El texto ‘Vea’ está definido por la macro ‘\seename’, y ‘Vea también’
-por la macro ‘\alsoname’. Estas se pueden redefinir para otros idiomas.
+Sinopsis:
- El archivo ‘.idx’ generado luego es ordenado con una instrucción
-externa, por lo general alguna instrucción ‘makeindex’
-(<http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex>) o (la de múltiples
-idiomas) ‘xindy’ (<http://xindy.sourceforge.net>). Esto resulta en un
-archivo ‘.ind’, que se puede leer para componer tipográficamente el
+ \index{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}
+
+ Declara una entrada en el índice. Este comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Por ejemplo, como se describe en *note Índices::, una forma de
+obtener un índice de lo que sigue es compilar el documento con ‘pdflatex
+test’, entonces procesar las entradas del índice con ‘makeindex test’ y
+luego compilar de nuevo con ‘pdflatex test’.
+
+ % file test.tex
+ ...
+ W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+ ...
+ Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function}
+ ...
+ rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
+
+Las tres entradas de índice obtendrán un número de página, como
+‘Ackermann, 22’. LaTeX formateará el segundo como un subelemento del
+primero, en la línea debajo de ella y con sangría, y la tercera como
+subelemento de la segunda. Tres niveles de profundidad es lo máximo que
+puede anidar subentradas. (Si agregas ‘\index{Ackermann!function!growth
+rate!comparison}’ entonces ‘makeindex’ dice ‘Escaneando archivo de
+entrada test.idx....hecho (4 entradas aceptadas, 1 rechazada)’ y el
+cuarto nivel del índice falla silenciosamente).
+
+ Si ingresas un segundo ‘\index’ con el mismo INDEX-ENTRY-STRING,
+obtendrás una sola entrada de índice con dos números de página (a menos
+que caigan en la misma página). De este modo, agregar ‘como por
+Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}’ más tarde en el mismo documento como el
+anterior dará una entrada de índice como ‘Ackermann, 22, 151’. Además,
+puedes introducir las entradas del índice en cualquier orden, por lo que
+la instancia ‘\index{Ackermann!function}’ podría venir antes de
+‘\index{Ackermann}’.
+
+ Obtiene un rango de páginas en la salida, como ‘Hilbert, 23--27’,
+como aquí.
+
+ W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+ ...
+ D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(}
+ ...
+ Desaprobado de su matrimonio.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)}
+
+Si el comienzo y el final del rango de páginas son iguales, entonces el
+sistema solo da un único número de página, no un rango.
+
+ Si indexas subentradas pero no una entrada principal, como con
+‘\index{Jones!program}’ e ‘\index{Jones!results}’, entonces el resultado
+es el elemento ‘Jones’ sin coma ni número de página, seguido de dos
+subelementos, como ‘programa, 50’ y ‘resultados, 51’.
+
+ Genera una entrada de índice que diga ‘ve’ usando un carácter de
+barra vertical: ‘\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's function}}’.
+En su lugar, puedes obtener ‘ve también’ con ‘seealso’. (El texto ‘ve’
+está definido por ‘\seename’ y ‘ve también’ por ‘\alsoname’. Los puedes
+redefinir utilizando un paquete de internacionalización como ‘babel’ o
+‘polyglossia’, o directamente como con ‘\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Ve
+también}’).
+
+ La característica ‘see’ es parte de una funcionalidad más general.
+Después de la barra vertical puedes poner el nombre de un comando de una
+sola entrada, como en ‘\index{group|textit}’ (ten en cuenta la barra
+invertida que falta en el comando ‘\textit’) y el sistema aplicará ese
+comando al número de página, aquí dando algo como ‘\textit{7}’. Puedes
+definir tus propios comandos de una sola entrada, como
+‘\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}’ y entonces
+‘\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}’ dará un número de página azul
+(*note Color::). Otro ejemplo, menos práctico, es este,
+
+ \newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
+ ... Epimenides.\index{self-reference|indexownpage}
+
+que crea una entrada citando el número de página de su propia lista de
índice.
- El índice normalmente se genera con la instrucción ‘\printindex’.
-Esta instrucción está definida en el paquete ‘makeidx’, por lo tanto
-necesita colocar en el preámbulo la instrucción ‘\usepackage{makeidx}’.
+ Las dos funciones recién descritas se combinan, como aquí
+
+ \index{Ackermann!function|(definedpage}
+ ...
+ \index{Ackermann!function|)}
+
+que genera una entrada de índice como ‘function, 23--27’ donde los
+números del rango de páginas están en azul.
+
+ Considera una entrada de índice como ‘α-ring’. Entrado como
+‘$\alpha$-ring’ hará que se ordene alfabéticamente según el signo de
+dolar. En su lugar, lo puedes ingresar usando un signo de arroba, como
+‘\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}’. Si especificas una entrada con un
+signo de arroba que separa dos cadenas, ‘POS@TEXT’, entonces POS da la
+posición alfabética de la entrada mientras TEXT produce el texto de la
+entrada. Otro ejemplo es que ‘\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}’
+produce una entrada de índice ‘SMC’ en orden alfabético en una ubicación
+diferente a su ortografía lo daría naturalmente.
+
+ Para poner un carácter ‘!’, ‘@’, ‘|’ o ‘"’ en una entrada de índice,
+escápala precediéndola con una comilla doble, ‘"’. (Las comillas dobles
+se eliminan antes de la alfabetización).
+
+ Varios paquetes en CTAN tienen funcionalidad adicional más allá de
+eso proporcionada por ‘makeidx’. Uno es ‘index’, que permite múltiples
+índices y contiene un comando ‘\index*{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}’ que imprime
+el INDEX-ENTRY-STRING además de indexarlo.
+
+ El comando ‘\index’ escribe la información de indexación en el
+archivo ‘ROOT-NAME.idx’. Específicamente, escribe texto del comando
+‘\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}’, donde PAGE-NUM es el valor
+del contador ‘\thepage’. Alguna ocasión, cuando el comando
+‘\printindex’ se confunde, debes eliminar este archivo para comenzar con
+una pizarra nueva.
+
+ Si omites la llave de cierre de un comando ‘\index’ entonces obtienes
+un mensaje como este.
+
+ ¿Argumento fugitivo? {Ackermann!function
+ ! ! El párrafo terminó antes de que \@wrindex se completara.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: makeindex, Next: \printindex, Prev: \index, Up: Índices
+
+25.2.3 ‘makeindex’
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ makeindex FILENAME
+ makeindex -s STYLE-FILE FILENAME
+ makeindex OPTIONS FILENAME0 ...
+
+ Ordenar y procesar la información del índice en el archivo auxiliar
+FILENAME. Este es un programa de línea de comandos. Se necesita uno o
+más archivos de índice sin procesar, archivos ‘FILENAME.idx’ y produce
+el archivo de índice real, el archivo ‘FILENAME.ind’ que ingresa
+‘\printindex’ (*note \printindex::).
+
+ La primera forma del comando es suficiente para muchos usos, La
+segunda permite formatear el índice usando un “archivo de estilo de
+índice”, un archivo ‘.isty’. La tercera forma es la más general; ve la
+documentación completa en CTAN.
+
+ Este es un simple archivo ‘.isty’.
+
+ % book.isty
+ % $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
+ % crea el índice como book.ind, comenzando en una página impar.
+ preamble
+ "\\pagestyle{empty}
+ \\small
+ \\begin{theindex}
+ \\thispagestyle{empty}"
+
+ postamble
+ "\n
+ \\end{theindex}"
+
+ La descripción aquí cubre solo algunos de los posibles formatos de
+índice en STYLE-FILE. Para obtener una lista completa, consulta la
+documentación en CTAN.
+
+ Un archivo de estilo consta de una lista de pares: SPECIFIER y
+ATTRIBUTE. Estos pueden aparecer en el archivo en cualquier orden.
+Todos los ATTRIBUTEs son cadenas, excepto donde se indique. Las cadenas
+son entre comillas dobles, ‘"’ y la longitud máxima de una cadena tiene
+144 caracteres. La ‘\n’ es para una nueva línea y ‘\t’ es para una
+tabulación. Las barras invertidas se escapan con otra barra invertida,
+‘\\’. Si una línea comienza con un signo de porcentaje, ‘%’, entonces
+es un comentario.
+
+‘preamble’
+ Preámbulo del archivo de índice de salida. Define el contexto en
+ el que se encuentra el índice formateado. Predeterminado:
+ ‘"\\begin{theindex}\n"’.
+
+‘postamble’
+ Postámbulo del archivo de salida del índice Predeterminado:
+ ‘"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"’.
+
+‘group_skip’
+ Tradicionalmente, los elementos del índice se dividen en grupos,
+ generalmente un grupo para entradas que comienzan con la letra ‘a’,
+ etc. Este especificador da lo que se inserta cuando comienza un
+ nuevo grupo. Predeterminado: ‘"\n\n \\indexspace\n"’
+ (‘\indexspace’ es un comando que inserta una longitud elástica, de
+ manera predeterminada es ‘10pt plus5pt minus3pt’).
+
+‘lethead_flag’
+ un entero. Rige lo que se inserta para un nuevo grupo o letra. Si
+ es 0 (que es el valor predeterminado) entonces aparte de
+ ‘group_skip’ nada se insertará antes del grupo. Si es positivo
+ entonces en una nueva letra el ‘lethead_prefix’ y ‘lethead_suffix’
+ serán insertada, con esa letra en mayúsculas entre ellas. Si es
+ negativo entonces lo que se insertará es la letra en minúsculas.
+ El valor predeterminado es 0.
+
+‘lethead_prefix’
+ Si un nuevo grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este
+ es el prefijo insertado antes de la nueva letra del encabezado.
+ Predeterminado: ‘""’
+
+‘lethead_suffix’
+ Si un grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este es el
+ sufijo insertado después del nuevo encabezado de carta.
+ Predeterminado: ‘""’.
+
+‘item_0’
+ Lo que se pone entre dos elementos level 0. Predeterminado: ‘"\n
+ \\item "’.
+
+‘item_1’
+ Colocar entre dos elementos level 1. Predeterminado: ‘"\n
+ \\subitem "’.
+
+‘item_2’
+ Coloca entre dos elementos level 2. Predeterminado: ‘"\n
+ \\subsubitem "’.
+
+‘item_01’
+ Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level 0 y un elemento level 1.
+ Predeterminado: ‘"\n \\subitem "’.
+
+‘item_x1’
+ Que se coloca entre un elemento level 0 y un elemento level 1 en el
+ caso de que el elemento level 0 no tenga ningún número de página
+ (como en ‘\index{aaa|see{bbb}}’). Predeterminado: ‘"\n \\subitem
+ "’.
+
+‘item_12’
+ Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level 1 y un elemento level 2.
+ Predeterminado: ‘"\n \\subsubitem "’.
+
+‘item_x2’
+ Que se pone entre un elemento level 1 y un elemento level 2, si el
+ level 1 elemento no tiene números de página. Predeterminado: ‘"\n
+ \\subsubitem "’.
+
+‘delim_0’
+ Delimitador puesto entre una clave level 0 y su primer número de
+ página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+ ‘", "’.
+
+‘delim_1’
+ Delimitador puesto entre una clave level 1 y su primer número de
+ página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+ ‘", "’.
+
+‘delim_2’
+ Delimitador entre una clave level 2 y su primer número de página.
+ Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco, ‘", "’.
+
+‘delim_n’
+ Delimitador entre dos números de página para la misma clave (en
+ cualquier nivel). Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio
+ en blanco, ‘", "’.
+
+‘delim_r’
+ Lo que se coloca entre los números de página inicial y final de un
+ rango. Predeterminado: ‘"--"’.
+
+‘line_max’
+ Un entero. Longitud máxima de la línea de una entrada de índice en
+ la salida, más allá de la cual la línea se envuelve.
+ Predeterminado: ‘72’.
+
+‘indent_space’
+ Lo que se inserta al comienzo de una línea envuelta.
+ Predeterminado: ‘"\t\t"’.
+
+‘indent_length’
+ Un número. La longitud de la sangría de la línea envuelta. El
+ valor predefinido ‘indent_space’ son dos tabulaciones y cada
+ tabulación tiene ocho espacios, por lo que el el valor
+ predeterminado aquí es ‘16’.
+
+‘page_precedence’
+ Un documento puede tener páginas numeradas de diferentes maneras.
+ Por ejemplo, un libro puede tener las primeras páginas numeradas en
+ minúsculas romanas mientras que la página principal de la materia
+ están en árabe. Esta cadena especifica el orden en que aparecerán
+ en el índice. El comando ‘makeindex’ admite cinco tipos diferentes
+ de números: minúsculas romanas ‘r’ y numérico o árabe ‘n’ y
+ minúsculas alfabético ‘a’ y mayúsculas ‘R’ romano y ‘A’ alfabético
+ en mayúsculas. Predeterminado: ‘"rnaRA"’.
+
+ Hay una serie de otros programas que hacen el trabajo que ‘makeindex’
+hace. Uno es ‘xindy’ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy>), que hace
+internacionalización y puede procesar índices para documentos marcados
+usando LaTeX y un número de otros idiomas. Está escrito en Lisp,
+altamente configurable, tanto en términos de marcado y en términos del
+orden de clasificación del texto, como descrito en su documentación.
+
+ Un programa de indexación más reciente compatible con Unicode es
+‘xindex’, escrito en Lua (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex>).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \printindex, Prev: makeindex, Up: Índices
+
+25.2.4 ‘\printindex’
+--------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \printindex
+
+ Coloca el índice en la salida.
+
+ Para obtener un índice, primero debes incluir
+‘\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex’ en el preámbulo del documento y compila
+el documento, entonces ejecuta el comando del sistema ‘makeindex’, y
+luego vuelve a compilar el documento. *Note Índices::, para más
+discusión y un ejemplo del uso de ‘\printindex’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Glosarios, Prev: Índices, Up: Material de portada/contraportada
+
+25.3 Glosarios
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+ ...
+ \newglossaryentry{LABEL}{SETTINGS}
+ ...
+ \gls{LABEL}.
+ ...
+ \printglossaries
+
+ El paquete ‘glossaries’ te permite crear glosarios, incluidos
+múltiples glosarios, así como listas de siglas.
+
+ Para obtener el resultado de este ejemplo, compila el documento (por
+ejemplo con ‘nombre de archivo pdflatex’), entonces ejecuta el comando
+de línea de comandos ‘makeglossaries filename’ y luego vuelve a compilar
+el documento.
+
+ \documentclass{...}
+ \usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+ \newglossaryentry{tm}{%
+ name={Máquina de Turing},
+
+ description={Un modelo de máquina hace cálculos. El modelo es
+ sencillo pero puede calcular cualquier cosa que
+ cualquier dispositivo existente pueda calcular. Es el
+ modelo estándar utilizado en Informática.},
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ Todo comienza con la definición de \gls{tm}.
+ ...
+ \printglossaries
+ \end{document}
+
+Eso da dos cosas. En el texto principal genera ‘... definición de una
+máquina de Turing’. Además, en una unidad seccional separada encabezada
+‘Glossary’ aparece una lista de descripción. En letra negrita dice
+‘Máquina de Turing’ y el resto del artículo dice en tipo normal ‘Un
+modelo de máquina ... Informática’.
+
+ El comando ‘\makeglossary’ abre el archivo que contendrá la
+información de entrada, ‘ROOT-FILE.glo’. Pon el comando
+‘\printglossaries’ donde deseas que aparezcan los glosarios en tu
+documento.
+
+ El paquete ‘glossaries’ es muy poderoso. Por ejemplo, además los
+comandos ‘\newglossaryentry’ y ‘\gls’, hay comandos similares para una
+lista de acrónimos. Consulta la documentación del paquete en CTAN.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \newglossaryentry:: Declara el contenido de una entrada del
+ glosario.
+* \gls:: Da una referencia de página para una entrada
+ del glosario.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newglossaryentry, Next: \gls, Up: Glosarios
+
+25.3.1 ‘\newglossaryentry’
+--------------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \newglossaryentry{LABEL}
+ {
+ name={NAME},
+ description={DESCRIPTION},
+ OTRAS OPCIONES, ...
+ }
+
+ o
+
+ \longnewglossaryentry{LABEL}
+ {
+ name={NAME},
+ OTHER OPTIONS ...,
+ }
+ {DESCRIPTION}
+
+ Declara una nueva entrada para un glosario. LABEL debe ser único
+para el documento. Los ajustes asociados a la etiqueta son pares:
+‘KEY=VALUE’.
+
+ Esto pone el símbolo en negrita de la pizarra para los números reales
+ℝ, en el glosario.
+
+ \newglossaryentry{R}
+ {
+ name={\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}},
+ description={los números reales},
+ }
+
+ Usa la segunda forma del comando si DESCRIPTION abarca más de un
+párrafo.
+
+ Para obtener una lista completa de KEY, consulta la documentación del
+paquete en CTAN, pero aquí hay algunos.
+
+‘name’
+ (Obligatorio). La palabra, frase o símbolo que estás definiendo.
- La longitud de relleno ‘\indexspace’ se inserta antes de cada nueva
-letra en el índice impreso; letra en el índice impreso su valor
-predeterminado es ‘10pt plus5pt minus3pt’.
+‘description’
+ (Obligatorio). La descripción que aparecerá en el glosario. Si
+ esto tiene más de un párrafo, entonces debe usar la segunda forma
+ del comando dado en la sinopsis.
- El paquete ‘showidx’ hace que cada entrada en el índice se muestre en
-el margen de la página donde aparece la entrada. Esto puede ayudar en
-la preparación del índice.
+‘plural’
+ La forma plural de NAME. Refiérete a la forma plural usando
+ ‘\glspl’ o ‘\Glspl’ (*note \gls::).
- El paquete ‘multind’ es compatible con múltiples índices. Vea
-también la entrada de este tema en las preguntas frecuentes de TeX, en
+‘sort’
+ Cómo colocar esta entrada en la lista de entradas que contiene el
+ glosario.
- <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind>.
+‘symbol’
+ Un símbolo, como un símbolo matemático, además del nombre.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Cartas, Next: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal, Prev: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \gls, Prev: \newglossaryentry, Up: Glosarios
-25 Cartas
+25.3.2 ‘\gls’
+-------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \gls{LABEL}
+ \glspl{LABEL}
+ \Gls{LABEL}
+ \Glspl{LABEL}
+
+ Consulta una entrada del glosario. Las entradas se declaran con
+‘\newglossaryentry’ (*note \newglossaryentry::).
+
+ Este
+
+ \newglossaryentry{N}{%
+ name={los números naturales},
+ description={Los números $0$, $1$, $2$, $\ldots$\@},
+ symbol={\ensuremath{\mathbb{N}}},
+ }
+ ...
+ Considera \gls{N}.
+
+da la salida ‘Considera los números naturales’.
+
+ La segunda forma de comando ‘\glspl{LABEL}’ produce el plural de NAME
+(de manera predeterminada intenta agregar una ‘s’). La tercera forma
+escribe en mayúscula la primera letra de NAME, al igual que la cuarta
+forma, que también toma el plural.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Cartas, Next: Entrada/salida, Prev: Material de portada/contraportada, Up: Top
+
+26 Cartas
*********
-Usted puede utilizar LaTeX para componer tipográficamente cartas, para
-ambas personales y de negocios. La clase de documento ‘letter’ está
-diseñada para hacer una serie de cartas a la vez, aunque se puede hacer
-sólo una si así lo desea.
+Sinopsis:
- Su archivo fuente ‘.tex’ tiene las mismas instrucciones mínimas de
-clase que en cualquier otro documento, es decir, debe tener las
-siguientes instrucciones como mínimo:
+ \documentclass{letter}
+ \address{DIRECCIÓN DEL REMITENTE} % dirección de retorno
+ \signature{NOMBRE DEL REMITENTE}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{letter}{DIRECCIÓN DEL DESTINATARIO}
+ \opening{SALUTATION}
+ CUERPO DE LA CARTA
+ \closing{TEXTO DE CIERRE}
+ \end{letter}
+ ...
+ \end{document}
- \documentclass{letter}
- \begin{document}
- ... cartas ...
- \end{document}
+ Producir una o más cartas.
- Cada carta es un entorno ‘letter’, cuyo argumento es el nombre y
-dirección del destinatario. Por ejemplo, usted podría tener:
+ Cada carta está en un entorno ‘letter’ separado, cuyo argumento
+RECIPIENT ADDRESS a menudo contiene varias líneas separadas por una
+barra invertida doble, (‘\\’). Por ejemplo, podrías tener:
- \begin{letter}{Sr. José Pérez\\ Calle Princesa N°2345.
- \\ Edinburgo, EH1 1AA}
+ \begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
+ l'h\^otel Sagonne}
...
\end{letter}
- La carta en sí comienza con la instrucción ‘\opening’. Siguiéndole
-el texto de la carta. Este se escribe como una entrada de LaTeX
-ordinaria. Las instrucciones que no tienen sentido en una carta, como
-‘\chapter’, no funcionan. La carta se cierra con una instrucción
-‘\closing’.
-
- Después de ‘closing’, usted puede colocar material adicional. La
-instrucción ‘\cc’ produce el usual “cc: ...”. También hay una
-instrucción ‘\encl’ similar para una lista de destinatarios. Con ambas
-instrucciones, use ‘\\’ para separar los elementos.
+ El inicio del entorno ‘letter’ restablece el número de página a 1, y
+la nota al pie al número 1 también.
+
+ El SENDER ADDRESS y SENDER NAME son comunes a todas las cartas, ya
+sea que haya una o más, por lo que es mejor ponerlas en el preámbulo.
+Al igual que con la dirección del destinatario, a menudo SENDER ADDRESS
+contiene varias líneas separadas por una doble barra invertida (‘\\’).
+LaTeX pondrá el SENDER NAME bajo el cerramiento, tras un espacio
+vertical para la tradicional firma manuscrita.
+
+ Cada cuerpo del entorno ‘letter’ comienza con un comando ‘\opening’
+requerido como ‘\opening{Estimada señora o señor:}’. El texto LETTER
+BODY LaTeX es normal por lo que puede contener todo, desde listas
+enumeradas hasta matemáticas mostradas, excepto que los comandos como
+‘\chapter’ que no tienen sentido en una carta se desactivan. Cada
+cuerpo de entorno ‘letter’ normalmente termina con un comando ‘\closing’
+como ‘\closing{Tuyo,}’.
+
+ Puede haber material adicional después del ‘\closing’. Puedes decir
+quien está recibiendo una copia de la carta con un comando como ‘\cc{El
+Jefe \\ el jefe de jefes}’. Hay un comando ‘\encl’ similar para una
+lista de material adjunto. Y puedes agregar una posdata con ‘\ps’.
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es sangrar el nombre del remitente y
+el cierre encima de él por una longitud de ‘\longindentation’. De
+manera predeterminada esto es ‘0.5\textwidth’. Para que queden
+alineados a la izquierda, coloca ‘\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}’ en
+tu preámbulo.
+
+ Para establecer una fecha fija, usa algo como
+‘\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}’. Si pones en tu preámbulo entonces
+se aplicará a todas las cartas.
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra solo un entorno ‘letter’. Las tres lineas
+marcadas como opcionales normalmente se omiten.
+
+ \documentclass{letter}
+ \address{Calle del remitente \\ Ciudad del remitente}
+ \signature{Nombre del remitente \\ Cargo del remitente}
+ % opcionales: \location{Buzón 13}
+ % optional: \telephone{(102) 555-0101}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{letter}{Nombre del destinatario \\ Dirección del destinatario}
+ \opening{Señor:}
+ % opcional: \thispagestyle{firstpage}
+ No estoy interesado en entrar en un acuerdo comercial con usted.
+ \closing{Sus más humildes, etc.,}
+ \end{letter}
+ \end{document}
- Estas instrucciones se utilizan con la clase ‘letter’.
+ Estos comandos se usan con la clase ‘letter’.
* Menu:
-* \address:: La dirección del remitente.
-* \cc:: La lista Cc (Con copia para).
-* \closing:: Un mensaje de despedida.
-* \encl:: Lista de material adjunto.
-* \location:: La dirección de su organización.
-* \makelabels:: Produce etiquetas de dirección.
-* \name:: Su nombre, para la dirección de retorno.
-* \opening:: Saludando.
-* \ps:: Agrega una posdata.
-* \signature:: Su firma.
-* \startbreaks:: Permite saltos de página.
-* \stopbreaks:: No permite saltos de página.
-* \telephone:: Su número de teléfono.
+* \address:: Dirección de retorno del remitente.
+* \cc:: Lista de copias al carbón.
+* \closing:: Dice adiós.
+* \encl:: Lista de material adjunto.
+* \location:: Ubicación organizacional del
+ remitente.
+* \makelabels:: Hace etiquetas de dirección.
+* \name:: Nombre del remitente, para la
+ dirección del remitente.
+* \opening:: Saludo.
+* \ps:: Agrega una posdata.
+* \signature:: Firma del remitente.
+* \telephone:: Número de teléfono del remitente.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \address, Next: \cc, Up: Cartas
-25.1 \address{DIRECCIÓN-DEL-REMITENTE}
-======================================
+26.1 ‘\address’
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \address{DIRECCIÓN DEL REMITENTE}
+
+ Especifica la dirección del remitente, tal como aparece en la carta y
+en el sobre. Separa varias líneas en DIRECCIÓN DEL REMITENTE con una
+barra invertida doble ‘\\’.
+
+ Debido a que se puede aplicar a varias cartas, esta declaración a
+menudo se pone en el preámbulo. Sin embargo, puede ir en cualquier
+lugar, incluso dentro de un entorno ‘letter’ individual.
+
+ Este comando es opcional: si no lo usas, la carta se formatea con un
+espacio en blanco en la parte superior, para copiar en papel preimpreso
+con membrete. Si usas la declaración ‘\address’ entonces tienes el
+formato de una carta personal.
-La instrucción ‘\address’ especifica la dirección del remitente de la
-carta, como debería aparecer en la carta y el sobre. Separa las líneas
-de la dirección que deben estar separadas por instrucciones ‘\\’.
+ Aquí tienes un ejemplo:
- Si usted no proporciona una declaración ‘\address’, entonces, se
-aplicará a la carta el formato de copia en papel con el membrete
-estándar de su organización. (*Note Descripción::, para obtener
-detalles sobre la implementación local). Si usted proporciona una
-declaración ‘\address’, entonces, la carta será formateada como una
-carta personal.
+ \address{Stephen Maturin \\
+ Las uvas de Savoy}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cc, Next: \closing, Prev: \address, Up: Cartas
-25.2 ‘\cc’
+26.2 ‘\cc’
==========
Sinopsis:
- \cc{NOMBRE\\NOMBRE2}
+ \cc{NAME0 \\
+ ... }
- Produce una lista de NOMBREs a quienes enviar copias de la carta.
-Cada nombre se imprime en una línea separada.
+ Produce una lista de nombres a los que se enviaron copias de la
+carta. Este comando es opcional. Si aparece, normalmente viene después
+de ‘\closing’. Pone los nombres en diferentes líneas separándolos con
+una barra invertida doble, ‘\\’, como en:
+
+ \cc{Presidente \\
+ Vicepresidente}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \closing, Next: \encl, Prev: \cc, Up: Cartas
-25.3 ‘\closing’
+26.3 ‘\closing’
===============
Sinopsis:
- \closing{texto}
+ \closing{TEXT}
+
+ Produce el cierre de la carta. Esto es opcional, pero habitual.
+Aparece al final de una carta, encima de una firma manuscrita. Por
+ejemplo:
- Una carta se cierra con la instrucción ‘\closing’, por ejemplo,
- \closing{Muy Atentamente,}
+ \closing{Respetuosamente,}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \encl, Next: \location, Prev: \closing, Up: Cartas
-25.4 ‘\encl’
+26.4 ‘\encl’
============
Sinopsis:
- \encl{LÍNEA1\\LÍNEA2}
+ \encl{PRIMER OBJETO ENCERRADO \\
+ ... }
+
+ Produce una lista de las cosas incluidas en la carta. Este comando
+es opcional; cuando se usa, generalmente se coloca después de
+‘\closing’. Separa varias líneas con una barra invertida doble, ‘\\’.
- Declara una lista de más de un documento adjunto.
+ \encl{License \\
+ Passport}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \location, Next: \makelabels, Prev: \encl, Up: Cartas
-25.5 ‘\location’
+26.5 ‘\location’
================
-‘\location{dirección}’
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \location{TEXT}
- Esta modifica la dirección estándar de su organización. Esto sólo
-aparece si el estilo de página ‘firstpage’ está seleccionado.
+ El TEXT aparece centrado en la parte inferior de la página. Sólo
+aparece si el estilo de la página es ‘firstpage’.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \makelabels, Next: \name, Prev: \location, Up: Cartas
-25.6 ‘\makelabels’
+26.6 ‘\makelabels’
==================
-‘\makelabels{número}’
+Sinopsis:
- Si ejecuta esta instrucción en el preámbulo, LaTeX creará una hoja de
-etiquetas con las direcciones. Esta hoja se emitirá antes que las
-cartas.
+ \makelabels % en el preámbulo
+
+ Opcional, para un documento que contiene entornos ‘letter’. Si
+simplemente pones ‘\makelabels’ en el preámbulo y luego, al final del
+documento, obtendrás una hoja con etiquetas para todos los
+destinatarios, una para cada entorno letter, que puedes copiar en una
+hoja despegable de etiquetas de dirección.
+
+ Personaliza las etiquetas redefiniendo los comandos ‘\startlabels’,
+‘\mlabel’ y ‘\returnaddress’ (y quizás ‘\name’) en el preámbulo. El
+comando ‘\startlabels’ establece el ancho, alto, número de columnas,
+etc., de la página en la que se imprimen las etiquetas. El comando
+‘\mlabel{RETURN ADDRESS}{RECIPIENT ADDRESS}’ produce las dos etiquetas
+(o una, si eliges ignorar la RETURN ADDRESS) para cada entorno LETTER.
+El primer argumento, RETURN ADDRESS, es el valor devuelto por la macro
+‘\returnaddress’. El segundo argumento, RECIPIENT ADDRESS, es el valor
+pasado en el argumento al entorno ‘letter’. Predeterminado ‘\mlabel’
+ignora el primer argumento, el RETURN ADDRESS, provocando el
+comportamiento predeterminado descrito en el párrafo anterior.
+
+ Esto ilustra la personalización. Su salida incluye una página con
+dos columnas con dos etiquetas cada una.
+
+ \documentclass{letter}
+ \renewcommand*{\returnaddress}{Fred McGuilicuddy \\
+ Oshkosh, Mineola 12305}
+ \newcommand*\originalMlabel{}
+ \let\originalMlabel\mlabel
+ \def\mlabel#1#2{\originalMlabel{}{#1}\originalMlabel{}{#2}}
+ \makelabels
+ ...
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{letter}{A Einstein \\
+ 112 Mercer Street \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
+ ...
+ \end{letter}
+ \begin{letter}{K G\"odel \\
+ 145 Linden Lane \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
+ ...
+ \end{letter}
+ \end{document}
+
+La primera columna contiene la dirección del remitente dos veces. La
+segunda columna contiene la dirección de cada destinatario.
+
+ El paquete ‘envlab’ facilita el formateo de las etiquetas, con
+tamaños estándar ya proporcionados. Las líneas del preámbulo
+‘\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}’ y ‘\makelabels’ son todo lo que
+necesitas para imprimir sobres.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \name, Next: \opening, Prev: \makelabels, Up: Cartas
-25.7 ‘\name’
+26.7 ‘\name’
============
-‘\name{June Davenport}’
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \name{NAME}
- Su nombre, utilizado en la impresión del sobre junto con la dirección
-del remitente.
+ Opcional. Nombre del remitente, utilizado para imprimir juntos en el
+sobre con la dirección del remitente.

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \opening, Next: \ps, Prev: \name, Up: Cartas
-25.8 ‘\opening{TEXTO}’
-======================
+26.8 ‘\opening’
+===============
Sinopsis:
- \opening{TEXTO}
+ \opening{SALUTATION}
- Una carta comienza con la instrucción ‘\opening’. El argumento
-obligatorio, TEXTO, es el texto con el que desea iniciar su carta. Por
-ejemplo:
+ Obligatorio. Requerido. Sigue el ‘\begin{letter}{...}’. El
+argumento SALUTATION es obligatorio. Por ejemplo:
- \opening{Estimado José,}
+ \opening{Estimado John:}

File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \ps, Next: \signature, Prev: \opening, Up: Cartas
-25.9 ‘\ps’
+26.9 ‘\ps’
==========
-Use la instrucción ‘\ps’ para iniciar una posdata en una carta, después
-de ‘\closing’.
+Sinopsis:
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \signature, Next: \startbreaks, Prev: \ps, Up: Cartas
+ \ps{TEXT}
-25.10 ‘\signature{TEXTO}’
-=========================
+ Agrega una posdata. Este comando es opcional y generalmente se usa
+después de ‘\closing’.
-Su nombre, como debe aparecer al final de la carta debajo del espacio
-para su firma. ‘\\’ inicia una nueva línea dentro de TEXTO como de
-costumbre.
+ \ps{P.D. Después de haber leído esta carta, quémala. O cómetela.}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \startbreaks, Next: \stopbreaks, Prev: \signature, Up: Cartas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \signature, Next: \telephone, Prev: \ps, Up: Cartas
-25.11 ‘\startbreaks’
-====================
+26.10 ‘\signature’
+==================
+
+Sinopsis:
-‘\startbreaks’
+ \signature{PRIMERA LÍNEA \\
+ ... }
- Se usa después de una instrucción ‘\stopbreaks’ para permitir de
-nuevo los saltos de página.
+ El nombre del remitente. Este comando es opcional, aunque su
+inclusión es habitual.
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \stopbreaks, Next: \telephone, Prev: \startbreaks, Up: Cartas
+ El texto del argumento aparece al final de la carta, después del
+cierre. LaTeX deja algo de espacio vertical para una firma escrita a
+mano. Separa varias líneas con una doble barra invertida, ‘\\’. Por
+ejemplo:
-25.12 ‘\stopbreaks’
-===================
+ \signature{J Fred Muggs \\
+ Casa Blanca}
-‘\stopbreaks’
+ Valor predeterminado de LaTeX para el espacio vertical del texto
+‘\closing’ hasta el texto ‘\signature’ es ‘6\medskipamount’, que es seis
+veces ‘\medskipamount’ (donde ‘\medskipamount’ es igual a un ‘\parskip’,
+que a su vez se define de manera predeterminada aquí para 0.7em).
- Inhibe saltos de página hasta que aparezca una instrucción
-‘\startbreaks’.
+ Este comando suele estar en el preámbulo, para aplicar a todas las
+letras en el documento. Para que se aplique a una sola carta, colócala
+dentro de un entorno ‘letter’ y antes del ‘\closing’.
+
+ Puedes incluir un gráfico en la firma como aquí.
+
+ \signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
+ Mi nombre}
+
+Para esto debes poner ‘\usepackage{graphicx}’ en el preámbulo (*note
+Gráficos::).

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \telephone, Prev: \stopbreaks, Up: Cartas
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \telephone, Prev: \signature, Up: Cartas
-25.13 ‘\telephone’
+26.11 ‘\telephone’
==================
-‘\telephone{número}’
+Sinopsis:
- Este es su número de teléfono. Este sólo aparece si el estilo de
-página ‘firstpage’ está seleccionado.
+ \telephone{NUMBER}
+
+ El número de teléfono del remitente. Esto es típicamente en el
+preámbulo, donde se aplica a todas las cartas. Esto solo aparece si
+‘firstpage’ se selecciona el estilo de página. Si es así, aparece en la
+parte inferior derecha de la página.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal, Next: Línea de Órdenes, Prev: Cartas, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Entrada/salida, Next: Interfaz de línea de comandos, Prev: Cartas, Up: Top
+
+27 Entrada/salida
+*****************
-26 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
-*******************************
+LaTeX usa la capacidad de escribir en un archivo y luego volver a leerlo
+para crear componentes de documentos como una tabla de contenido o un
+índice. También puedes leer un archivo que escribieron otros programas,
+o escribir un archivo para que otros lo lean. Te puedes comunicar con
+los usuarios a través de la terminal. Y puedes emitir instrucciones
+para el sistema operativo.
* Menu:
+* \openin y \openout:: Abre un archivo.
+* \read:: Lee texto de un archivo.
* \typein:: Lee texto desde la terminal.
* \typeout:: Escribe texto en la terminal.
+* \write:: Escribe texto en un archivo o terminal.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \typein, Next: \typeout, Up: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \openin y \openout, Next: \read, Up: Entrada/salida
-26.1 ‘\typein[INSTRUCCIÓN]{MENSAJE}’
-====================================
+27.1 ‘\openin’ y ‘\openout’
+===========================
Sinopsis:
- \typein[\INSTRUCCIÓN]{MENSAJE}
+ \openin NUMBER=FILENAME
+
+ o:
+
+ \openout NUMBER=FILENAME
+
+ Abre un archivo para leer material o para escribirlo. En la mayoría
+de los motores, el NUMBER debe estar entre 0 y 15, como en ‘\openin3’;
+en LuaLaTeX, NUMBER puede estar entre 0 y 127.
+
+ Aquí TeX abre el archivo ‘presidents.tex’ para lectura.
+
+ \newread\presidentsfile
+ \openin\presidentsfile=presidentes
+ \typeout{presidentsfile es \el\presidentsfile}
+ \read\presidentsfile a\presidentline
+ \typeout{\presidentline}
+
+El comando ‘\newread’ asigna números de flujo de entrada desde 0 a 15
+(también hay un ‘\newwrite’). El ‘\presidentsfile’ es más memorable,
+pero bajo el capó sigue siendo un número; el primer ‘\typeout’ da algo
+como ‘presidentsfile es 1’. Además, ‘\newread’ realiza un seguimiento
+de la asignación de modo que si usas demasiados, obtendrás un error como
+‘! No hay espacio para un nuevo \read’. El segundo ‘\typeout’ da la
+primera línea del archivo, algo así como ‘1 Washington, George’.
+
+ Normalmente, TeX no intentará abrir el archivo hasta enviar la página
+siguiente. Para cambiar esto, usa ‘\immediate\openin NUMBER=FILENAME’ o
+‘\immediate\openout NUMBER=FILENAME’.
+
+ Cierra archivos con ‘\closein NUMBER’ y ‘\closeout NUMBER’.
+
+ La forma en que LaTeX maneja los nombres de archivo varía entre las
+distribuciones e incluso puede variar entre las versiones de una
+distribución. Si el archivo no tiene una extensión entonces TeX
+agregará un ‘.tex’. Esto crea ‘presidents.tex’, escribe una línea y la
+cierra.
+
+ \newwrite\presidentsfile
+ \openout\presidentsfile=presidentes
+ \write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George}
+ \closeout\presidentsfile
+
+Pero los nombres de archivo con un punto pueden causar problemas: si TeX
+encuentra un FILENAME de ‘presidents.dat’ podría buscar primero
+‘presidents.dat.tex’ y posteriormente ‘presidents.dat’, o podría hacer
+lo contrario. La documentación de su distribución debe decir más, y si
+encuentras algo que funcione para ti, entonces eres bueno, pero para
+asegurar una portabilidad completa lo mejor es utilizar nombres de
+archivo que contiene solo las veintiséis letras ASCII (no distingue
+entre mayúsculas y minúsculas) y los diez dígitos, junto con el guión
+bajo y el guión, y en particular sin punto ni espacio.
+
+ Para ‘\openin’, si TeX no puede encontrar el archivo, entonces no da
+un error. Simplemente considera que la transmisión no está abierta
+(prueba esto con ‘\ifeof’; un recurso es el comando
+‘\InputIfFileExists’, *note Comandos class y package::). Si intentas
+usar el mismo número dos veces, LaTeX no te dará un error. Si intentas
+usar un número incorrecto y recibe un mensaje de error como ‘! Número
+incorrecto (16). <para leer de nuevo> = l.30 \openin16=test.jh’.
- ‘\typein’ imprime el MENSAJE en la terminal y provoca que LaTeX se
-detenga y espere para que usted escriba una línea de entrada, terminando
-con “Intro”. Si se omite el argumento opcional \INSTRUCCIÓN, la entrada
-escrita se procesa como si se hubiera incluido en el archivo de entrada
-en lugar de la instrucción ‘\typein’. Si está presente el argumento
-\INSTRUCCIÓN, debe ser el nombre de una instrucción. Este nombre de
-instrucción entonces define o redefine la entrada escrita.
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \read, Next: \typein, Prev: \openin y \openout, Up: Entrada/salida
+
+27.2 ‘\read’
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \read NUMBER toMACRO
+
+ Hace que el comando MACRO contenga la siguiente línea de entrada de
+texto que transmite NUMBER, como en ‘\read5 to\data’.
+
+ Esto abre el archivo ‘email.tex’ para lectura, pone el contenido de
+la primera línea en el comando ‘\email’ y luego cierra el archivo.
+
+ \newread\recipientfile
+ \openin\recipientfile=email
+ \read\recipientfile to\email
+ \typeout{Email address: \email}
+ \closein\recipientfile
+
+ Si NUMBER está fuera del rango de 0 a 15 o si no hay archivo de ese
+número abierto, o si el archivo ha finalizado, entonces ‘\read’ tomará
+la entrada de la terminal (o saldrá si la interacción no está permitida,
+por ejemplo, ‘\nonstopmode’; *note modos de interacción::). (Sin
+embargo, la forma natural en LaTeX de tomar entradas desde la terminal
+es ‘\typein’ (*note \typein::).
+
+ Para leer un archivo completo como fuente LaTeX adicional, usa
+‘\input’ (*note \input::) o ‘\include’ (*note \include e
+\includeonly::).
+
+ Una razón común para querer leer de un archivo de datos es realizar
+combinaciones de correspondencia. CTAN tiene varios paquetes para eso;
+uno es ‘datatool’.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \typeout, Prev: \typein, Up: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \typein, Next: \typeout, Prev: \read, Up: Entrada/salida
-26.2 ‘\typeout{MENSAJE}’
-========================
+27.3 ‘\typein’
+==============
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \typein{PROMPT-MSG}
+ \typein[CMD]{PROMPT-MSG}
+
+ Imprime PROMPT-MSG en la terminal y hace que LaTeX se detenga y
+espere a que escribas una línea de entrada. Esta línea de entrada
+termina cuando presiones la tecla de retorno.
+
+ Por ejemplo, este
+
+ Mientras viva, nunca olvidaré \typein{Ingresar el nombre del
+ estudiante:}
+
+junto con esta interacción de la línea de comandos
+
+ Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+ \@typein=Aphra Behn
+
+da la salida ‘... nunca olvides a Aphra Behn’.
+
+ La primera versión del comando, ‘\typein{PROMPT-MSG}’, provoca la
+entrada que escribiste para ser procesada como si se hubiera incluido en
+el archivo de entrada en lugar del comando ‘\typein’
+
+ En la segunda versión del comando, el argumento opcional ‘CMD’ debe
+ser un nombre de comando, es decir, debe comenzar con una barra
+invertida, \. Este nombre de comando se define o redefine para ser la
+entrada que escribiste. Por ejemplo, este
+
+ \typein[\student]{Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:}
+ \typeout{Recomendación para \student .}
+
+da esta salida en la línea de comandos,
+
+ Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+ \student=John Dee
+ Recomendación para John Dee.
+
+donde el usuario ha ingresado ‘John Dee.’
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \typeout, Next: \write, Prev: \typein, Up: Entrada/salida
+
+27.4 ‘\typeout’
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \typeout{MSG}
+
+ Imprime ‘msg’ en la terminal y en el archivo ‘log’.
+
+ Este
+
+ \newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
+ \typeout{Recomendación para \student .}
+
+genera ‘Recomendación para John Dee’. Como lo que pasa aquí con
+‘\student’, comandos que se definen con ‘\newcommand’ o ‘\renewcommand’
+(entre otros) se reemplazan por sus definiciones antes de ser impresos.
+
+ Las reglas habituales de LaTeX para tratar múltiples espacios como un
+solo espacio e ignorar los espacios después de un nombre de comando se
+aplica a ‘msg’. Utiliza el comando ‘\space’ para obtener un solo
+espacio, independiente de los espacios circundantes. Usa ‘^^J’ para
+obtener una nueva línea. Obtener un carácter de porcentaje con ‘\csname
+@percentchar\endcsname’.
+
+ Este comando puede ser útil para una depuración simple, como aquí:
+
+ \newlength{\jhlength}
+ \setlength{\jhlength}{5pt}
+ \typeout{La longitud es \la\jhlength.}
+
+produce en la línea de comandos ‘La longitud es 5.0pt’.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \write, Prev: \typeout, Up: Entrada/salida
+
+27.5 ‘\write’
+=============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \write NUMBER{STRING}
+
+ Escribe STRING en el archivo de registro, en la terminal o en un
+archivo abierto por ‘\openout’. Por ejemplo, ‘\write6’ escribe en texto
+corriente el número 6.
+
+ Si aparece lo siguiente en ‘BASEFILE.tex’ entonces se abre
+‘BASEFILE.jh’, escribe ‘Hello World!’ y una nueva línea y cierra ese
+archivo.
+
+ \newwrite\myfile
+ \immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename
+ ...
+ \immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!}
+ ...
+ \immediate\closeout\myfile
+
+El ‘\newwrite’ asigna un número de flujo, dándole un valor de nombre
+simbólico para hacer la vida más fácil, para que
+‘stream\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile’ produzca algo como ‘stream 3’.
+Entonces ‘\openout’ asocia el número de flujo con el nombre de archivo
+dado. TeX finalmente ejecutó ‘\write3’ que pone la cadena en el
+archivo.
+
+ Por lo general, NUMBER está entre 0 y 15, porque normalmente los
+autores de LaTeX siguen el ejemplo anterior y se asigna el número por el
+sistema. Si NUMBER está fuera del rango de 0 a 15 o si no está asociado
+con un archivo abierto, LaTeX escribe STRING al archivo de registro. Si
+NUMBER es positivo entonces además LaTeX escribe STRING en la terminal.
+
+ Por lo tanto, ‘test \write-1{Hello World!}’ pone ‘Hello World!’
+seguido de una nueva línea en el archivo de registro. (Esto es lo que
+dice el ‘\wlog’ el comando lo hace; *note \wlog::). Y ‘\write100{Hola
+Mundo!}’ pone lo mismo en el archivo de registro pero también pone
+‘Hello World!’ seguido de una nueva línea en la salida del terminal.
+(Pero 16, 17 y 18 son especial como NUMBER; ve abajo).
+
+ En LuaTeX, en lugar de 16 flujos de salida, hay 256 (*note Motores
+TeX::).
+
+ Usa ‘\write\@auxout{STRING}’ para escribir en el actual ‘.aux’, que
+está asociado con el archivo raíz o con el archivo de inclusión actual;
+y usa ‘\write\@mainaux{STRING}’ para escribir en el ‘.aux’ principal.
+Estos nombres simbólicos están definidos por LaTeX.
+
+ De manera predeterminada LaTeX no escribe STRING a la derecha del
+arreglo correcto. Esto se debe a que, por ejemplo, puedes necesitar
+‘\write’ para guardar el número de página actual, pero cuando TeX
+encuentra un ‘\write’ por lo general no sabe cuál es el número de
+página, ya que aún no ha hecho el salto de página. Entonces, usas
+‘\write’ en uno de tres contextos:
+
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{STRING} %1
+ \write\@auxout{STRING} %2
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{STRING} %3
+
+ 1. Con el primero, LaTeX escribe STRING en el archivo inmediatamente.
+ Cualquier macro en STRING está completamente expandida (al igual
+ que en ‘\edef’), por lo que para evitar la expansión debes usar
+ ‘\noexpand’, ‘toks’, etc., excepto que debes usar ‘#’ en lugar de
+ ‘##’).
+
+ 2. Con el segundo, STRING se almacena en la lista actual de cosas
+ (como un elemento TeX “whatsit”) y se mantiene hasta que se envía
+ la página y así mismo las macros se contraen hasta ‘\shipout’. En
+ ‘\shipout’, STRING está completamente expandido.
+
+ 3. El tercer, ‘\protected@write’, es como el segundo excepto que
+ puedes usar ‘\protect’ para evitar la expansión. El primer
+ argumento extra te permite insertar localmente definiciones
+ adicionales para hacer más macros protegidas o tener alguna otra
+ definición especial para escribir.
+
+ Como ejemplo simple de expansión con ‘\write’, STRING aquí contiene
+una secuencia de control ‘\triplex’ que hemos definido como el texto
+‘XYZ’:
+
+ \newwrite\jhfile
+ \openout\jhfile=test.jh
+ \newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ}
+ \write\jhfile{test \triplex test}
+
+Esto da como resultado el archivo ‘test.jh’ que contiene el texto ‘test
+XYZtest’ seguido de una nueva línea.
+
+ Los casos en los que NUMBER es 16, 17 o 18 son especiales. Porque el
+comportamiento de ‘\write’ cuando NUMBER está fuera del rango de 0 a 15
+descrito anteriormente, en Plain TeX ‘\write16’ y ‘\write17’ a veces se
+usaba para escribir en el archivo de registro y el terminal; sin
+embargo, en LaTeX, la forma natural de hacerlo es con ‘\typeout’ (*note
+\typeout::). El comando ‘\write18’ es aún más especial; los sistemas
+TeX modernos lo usan para dar órdenes al sistema operativo (*note
+\write18::).
+
+ Normalmente, ‘\write’ genera una sola línea. Puedes incluir una
+nueva línea con ‘^^J’. Por lo tanto, esto produce dos líneas en el
+archivo de registro.:
+
+ \wlog{Las líneas paralelas tienen mucho en común.^^JPero nunca se
+ encuentran.}
+
+ Un caso común donde los autores necesitan escribir su propio archivo
+es para respuestas a ejercicios, u otra situación en la que quieras
+escribir textualmente, sin expandir las macros. CTAN tiene una serie de
+paquetes para esto; uno es ‘answers’.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \write y seguridad:: Seguridad.
+* \message:: Escribe texto en el archivo de registro y la
+ terminal.
+* \wlog:: Escribe texto en el archivo de registro.
+* \write18:: Ejecuta un comando del sistema operativo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \write y seguridad, Next: \message, Up: \write
+
+27.5.1 ‘\write’ y seguridad
+---------------------------
+
+La capacidad de escribir archivos plantea problemas de seguridad. Si
+compilaste un descargó el archivo LaTeX y sobrescribió su archivo de
+contraseña, entonces estarías justificadamente preocupado.
+
+ Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, los sistemas TeX solo te
+permiten abrir archivos para escritura que están en el directorio actual
+o directorio de salida, si se especifica (*note directorio de salida::),
+o en un subdirectorio de aquellos. Entonces, este código
+
+ \newwrite\jhfile
+ \openout\jhfile=../test.jh
+
+da un error como:
+ No escribir en ../test.jh (openout_any = p).
+ ! No puedes escribir en el archivo `../test.jh'
+
+ Puedes obtener un error de este tipo cuando usas comandos como
+‘\include{../filename}’ porque LaTeX intentará abrir ‘../filename.aux’.
+La solución más sencilla es poner los archivos incluidos en el mismo
+directorio que el archivo raíz, o en subdirectorios.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \message, Next: \wlog, Prev: \write y seguridad, Up: \write
+
+27.5.2 ‘\message’
+-----------------
Sinopsis:
- \typeout{MENSAJE}
+ \message{STRING}
+
+ Escribe STRING en el archivo de registro y en la terminal.
+
+ Por lo general, los autores de LaTeX usan ‘\typeout’ (*note
+\typeout::). Eso te permite usar ‘\protect’ en cualquier comando frágil
+en STRING (*note \protect::). Pero ‘\typeout’ siempre inserta una nueva
+línea al final de STRING mientras que ‘\message’ no lo hace, por lo que
+este último puede ser útil.
+
+ Con este cuerpo del documento de ejemplo.
+
+ antes\message{Uno Dos}\message{Tres}\message{Cuatro^^JI}
+ \message{declarar una guerra de pulgares.}Después
+
+bajo algunas circunstancias (ve más abajo) LaTeX escribe lo siguiente
+para tanto la terminal como el archivo de registro.
+
+ Uno Dos Tres Cuatro
+ Declaro una guerra de pulgares.
+
+El ‘^^J’ produce una nueva línea. Además, en el documento de salida,
+entre ‘before’ y ‘After’ será un solo espacio (del final de la línea que
+sigue a ‘I}’).
+
+ Si bien ‘\message’ te permite tener más control sobre el formato, un
+inconveniente es que LaTeX puede estropear ese formato porque inserta
+saltos de línea dependiendo de lo que ya has escrito. Contrasta este
+cuerpo del documento, donde ‘Two’ se ha movido, al que se indica arriba.
- Imprime el ‘mensaje’ en la terminal y en el archivo ‘log’. Las
-instrucciones en el ‘mensaje’ que están definidas con ‘\newcommand’ o
-‘\renewcommand’ (entre otras) se sustituyen por su definición antes de
-ser impresas.
+ antes de\message{Uno}\message{Dos Tres}\message{Cuatro^^JI}
+ \message{declara una guerra de pulgares.}Después
- Las reglas habituales de LaTeX para el tratamiento de varios espacios
-como un espacio único e ignorando espacios después de un nombre de
-instrucción también se aplican al ‘mensaje’. Una instrucción ‘\space’
-en ‘mensaje’ provoca la impresión de un espació sencillo,
-independientemente de los espacios circundantes. Una ‘^^J’ en ‘mensaje’
-imprime una nueva línea.
+ Esto puede suceder: cuando LaTeX envía los mensajes a la terminal,
+ahora el mensaje con ‘Uno’ es más corto y cabe al final de la línea de
+salida en la terminal, y entonces LaTeX rompe la línea entre él y ‘Dos
+Tres’. Ese salto de línea también aparece en el archivo de registro.
+Esta inserción de salto de línea puede depender, por ejemplo, de la
+longitud de los nombres completos de las rutas de los archivos
+incluidos. Por lo tanto, producir líneas de una manera que es portátil
+es difícil, probablemente requiera comenzando su mensaje al principio de
+una línea.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Línea de Órdenes, Next: Plantillas de Documento, Prev: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \wlog, Next: \write18, Prev: \message, Up: \write
-27 Línea de Órdenes
-*******************
+27.5.3 ‘\wlog’
+--------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \wlog{STRING}
-La especificación de archivo de entrada indica el archivo al cual
-aplicar formato; TeX usa ‘.tex’ como extensión predeterminada. Si se
-omite el archivo de entrada completamente, TeX acepta entrada desde la
-terminal. Usted especifica opciones de instrucción mediante el
-suministro de una cadena como un parámetro para la instrucción; por
-ejemplo,
+ Escribe STRING en el archivo de registro.
- latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
+ \wlog{¿Escuchaste sobre el matemático que odia los negativos?}
+ \wlog{No se detendrá ante nada para evitarlo.}
-debe procesar ‘foo.tex’ sin hacer una pausa después de cada error.
+ Por lo general, STRING aparece en una sola línea separada. Usa ‘^^J’
+para insertar una nueva línea.
- Si LaTeX se detiene en medio del documento y le muestra un indicador
-‘*’, está esperando por una entrada. Usted puede escribir ‘\stop’ (e
-Intro) y este terminará el documento prematuramente.
+ \wlog{Helvetica y Times Roman entran a un bar.}
+ \wlog{El barman dice,^^JNo servimos tu tipo.}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantillas de Documento, Next: License translation, Prev: Línea de Órdenes, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \write18, Prev: \wlog, Up: \write
+
+27.5.4 ‘\write18’
+-----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \write18{SHELL_COMMAND}
+
+ Emite un comando al shell del sistema operativo. El sistema
+operativo ejecuta el comando y la ejecución de LaTeX se bloquea hasta
+que acabe.
+
+ Esta secuencia (en Unix)
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \newcommand{\fignum}{1}
+ \immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum}
+ \includegraphics{pix/figure\fignum.pdf}
+
+ejecutará Asymptote (el programa ‘asy’) en ‘pix/figure1.asy’, para que
+luego el documento se pueda leer en el gráfico resultante (*note
+\includegraphics::). Como cualquier ‘\write’, aquí LaTeX expande macros
+en SHELL_COMMAND para que ‘\fignum’ sea reemplazado por ‘1’.
+
+ Otro ejemplo es que puedes ejecutar automáticamente BibTeX al inicio
+de cada ejecución de LaTeX (*note Usar BibTeX::) incluyendo
+‘\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}’ como la primera línea del
+archivo. Ten en cuenta que ‘\jobname’ se expande al nombre base del
+archivo raíz a menos que se pase la opción ‘--jobname’ en la línea de
+comandos, en cuyo caso este es el argumento de la opción.
+
+ A veces es necesario realizar un proceso de varios pasos para obtener
+la información de eso que quieres. Esto insertará en la entrada una
+lista de todos los archivos PDF en el directorio actual (pero ve
+‘texosquery’ a continuación):
+
+ \immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat}
+ \input{tmp.dat}
+
+ El comportamiento estándar de cualquier ‘\write’ es esperar hasta que
+una página sea enviada antes de expandir las macros o escribir en la
+secuencia (*note \write::). Pero a veces quieres que se haga ahora.
+Para esto, usa ‘\immediate\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}’.
+
+ Hay problemas de seguridad obvios al permitir comandos del sistema
+dentro un archivo LaTeX. Si descargas un archivo de la red y contiene
+comandos para eliminar todos sus archivos, entonces no estarías
+satisfecho. La configuración estándar en las distribuciones modernas
+desactiva el acceso completo al intérprete de comandos. Lo puedes
+activar, si estás seguro de que los comandos del intérprete son seguros,
+compilando con ‘latex --enable-write18 FILENAME’ (*note Opciones de la
+línea de comandos::). (La opción ‘--shell-escape’ es un sinónimo, en
+TeX Live).
+
+ En lugar del acceso completo al intérprete, las distribuciones
+modernas por omisión una versión restringida que permite que funcionen
+algunos comandos, como los que ejecuta Metafont para generar fuentes que
+faltan, incluso si no usa la opción ‘enable-write18’. De manera
+predeterminada esta lista de commands permitidos es corto y presenta
+solo los comandos que están bajo el control de los mantenedores de la
+distribución (*note Opciones de la línea de comandos::).
+
+ El texto SHELL_COMMAND siempre se pasa a ‘/bin/sh’ en sistemas
+operativos similares a Unix y el intérprete de comandos de DOS ‘cmd.exe’
+en Windows. Cualquier intérprete diferente establecido por el usuario,
+y la variable de entorno ‘SHELL’ se ignora.
+
+ Si lo que necesitas es información del sistema, como el nombre del
+sistema operativo, información local o contenido del directorio, echa un
+vistazo al paquete ‘texosquery’, que proporciona una forma de interfaz
+cómoda y segura para esto, a diferencia de los ejemplos anteriores que
+usan el ‘\write18’ simple ‘\write18’: <https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery>.
+
+ LaTeX proporciona un paquete ‘shellesc’ encima del comando primitivo
+‘\write18’. Su propósito principal es proporcionar un comando
+‘\ShellEscape’ que funciona de manera idéntica en todos los motores TeX;
+LuaTeX intencionalmente no retuvo ‘\write18’ como una forma de invocar
+un comando del intérprete, por lo que se necesita algún código
+específico del motor. El paquete ‘shellesc’ también proporciona un
+comando ‘\DelayedShellEscape’, ejecutado a la hora de ‘\output’, por la
+misma razón.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Interfaz de línea de comandos, Next: Plantillas de documentos, Prev: Entrada/salida, Up: Top
+
+28 Interfaz de línea de comandos
+********************************
+
+Sinopsis (desde una línea de comandos de terminal):
+
+ pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT
+
+ Ejecuta LaTeX en ARGUMENT. En lugar de ‘pdflatex’ también puedes
+usar (para salida PDF) ‘xelatex’ o ‘lualatex’, o (para salida DVI)
+‘latex’ o ‘dvilualatex’, entre otros (*note Motores TeX::).
-Apéndice A Plantillas de Documento
-**********************************
+ Por ejemplo, esto ejecutará LaTeX en el archivo ‘thesis.tex’, creando
+la salida ‘thesis.pdf’.
-Aunque no es material de referencia, tal vez estas plantillas de
-documento serán de utilidad.
+ pdflatex thesis
+
+Ten en cuenta que ‘.tex’ es la extensión del nombre de archivo
+predeterminada.
+
+ pdfTeX es una extensión del programa TeX original, al igual que XeTeX
+y LuaTeX (*note Motores TeX::). Los dos primeros son completamente
+retrocompatibles y el segundo, casi. Quizás la nueva característica más
+fundamental para los tres es que el TeX original produce su propio
+formato DVI, mientras que los más nuevos pueden salir directamente a
+PDF. Esto les permite aprovechar las funciones adicionales en PDF como
+hipervínculos, compatibilidad con formatos de imagen modernos como JPG y
+PNG y programas de visualización omnipresentes. En resumen, si corres
+‘pdflatex’ o ‘xelatex’ o ‘lualatex’ entonces obtendrás PDF de forma
+predeterminada y tendrás acceso a todas sus modernas características.
+Si ejecutas ‘latex’ o ‘dvilualatex’, obtendrás DVI. La descripción aquí
+asume ‘pdflatex’.
+
+ *Note Opciones de la línea de comandos::, para una selección de las
+más útiles opciones de la línea de comandos. En cuanto a ARGUMENT, el
+caso habitual es que no comienza con una barra invertida, por lo que el
+sistema lo toma como el nombre de un archivo y compila ese archivo. Si
+ARGUMENT comienza con una barra invertida, el sistema lo interpretará
+como una línea de entrada LaTeX, que se puede utilizar para efectos
+especiales (*note Entrada de la línea de comandos::).
+
+ Si no proporcionaste argumentos ni opciones, ‘pdflatex’ solicita
+entrada desde la terminal. Puedes escapar de esto ingresando ‘CTRL-D’.
+
+ Si LaTeX encuentra un error en tu documento, de manera predeterminada
+se detiene y te pregunta al respecto. *Note Recuperación de errores::,
+para obtener un resumen de qué hacer.
* Menu:
-* Plantilla book::
-* Plantilla beamer::
-* Plantilla tugboat::
+* Opciones de la línea de comandos:: Opciones de la línea de
+ comandos de uso común.
+* Entrada de la línea de comandos:: Especifica el código LaTeX en
+ la línea de comandos.
+* Nombre del trabajo:: Cómo TeX establece el
+ nombre del trabajo actual.
+* Recuperación de errores:: Cuando algo sale mal.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla book, Next: Plantilla beamer, Up: Plantillas de Documento
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Opciones de la línea de comandos, Next: Entrada de la línea de comandos, Up: Interfaz de línea de comandos
-A.1 Plantilla ‘book’
-====================
+28.1 Opciones de la línea de comandos
+=====================================
-\documentclass{book}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Book}
-\author{Autor Alex}
+Estas son las opciones de la línea de comandos relevantes para la
+autoría de documentos ordinarios. Para obtener una lista completa,
+intenta ejecutar ‘latex --help’ desde la línea de comandos.
+
+ Con muchas implementaciones puedes especificar opciones de la línea
+de comandos prefijándolos con ‘-’ o ‘--’. ESTE es el caso de ambos TeX
+Live (incluyendo MacTeX) y MiKTeX. Usaremos ambas convenciones
+indistintamente. Si una opción toma un valor, se puede especificar ya
+sea como un argumento separado (‘--foo val’), o como un argumento con un
+signo ‘=’ (‘--foo=val’), pero no puede haber espacios alrededor de ‘=’.
+Generalmente usaremos la sintaxis ‘=’.
+
+‘-version’
+ Muestra la versión actual, como ‘pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
+ Live 2015/Debian)’ junto con una pequeña cantidad de información
+ adicional, y sale.
+
+‘-help’
+ Proporciona un breve mensaje de uso que sea útil como aviso y sale.
+
+‘-interaction=MODE’
+ TeX compila un documento en uno de cuatro modos de interacción:
+ ‘batchmode’, ‘nonstopmode’, ‘scrollmode’, ‘errorstopmode’. En
+ “errorstopmode” (el predeterminado), TeX se detiene en cada error y
+ solicita la intervención del usuario. En “modo por lotes” no
+ imprime nada en la terminal, los errores se desplazan como si el
+ usuario presionara ‘RETURN’ en cada error, y los archivos que
+ faltan hacen que se aborte el trabajo. En “nonstopmode”, aparece
+ un mensaje de diagnóstico en la terminal pero como en el modo por
+ lotes, no hay interacción del usuario. En “scrollmode”, TeX se
+ detiene por falta de archivos o entrada del teclado, pero nada más.
+
+ Por ejemplo, iniciar LaTeX con esta línea de comandos
+
+ pdflatex -interaction=batchmode FILENAME
+
+ elimina la mayor parte de la salida de la terminal.
+
+‘-jobname=STRING’
+ Establece el valor de “jobname” de TeX en la cadena. El archivo de
+ registro y el archivo de salida entonces se llamará ‘STRING.log’ y
+ ‘STRING.pdf’. *note Nombre del trabajo::.
+
+‘-output-directory=DIRECTORY’
+ Escribe archivos en el directorio DIRECTORY. Ya debe existir.
+ Esto se aplica a todos los archivos externos creados por TeX o
+ LaTeX, como el archivo ‘.log’ para la ejecución, el ‘.aux’, ‘.toc’,
+ etc., archivos creados por LaTeX, así como el principal archivo de
+ salida ‘.pdf’ o ‘.dvi’ en sí mismo.
+
+ Cuando se especifica, el directorio de salida DIRECTORY además
+ primero se verifica automáticamente cualquier archivo que se
+ ingrese, de modo que los archivos externos se pueden volver a leer,
+ si se desea. El verdadero directorio actual (en el que se ejecutó
+ LaTeX) permanece sin cambios, y también se comprobaron los archivos
+ de entrada.
+
+‘--enable-write18’
+‘--disable-write18’
+‘--shell-escape’
+‘--no-shell-escape’
+ Habilita o deshabilita ‘\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}’ (*note
+ \write18::). Las dos primeras opciones son compatibles con ambos
+ TeX Live y MiKTeX, mientras que las dos segundas son sinónimos
+ compatibles por TeX Live.
+
+ Habilitar esta funcionalidad tiene importantes implicaciones de
+ seguridad, ya que permite que un archivo LaTeX ejecute cualquier
+ comando. Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, no se permite
+ ‘\write18’ sin restricciones. (El valor predeterminado para TeX
+ Live, MacTeX y MiKTeX es permitir la ejecución de un número
+ limitado de programas relacionados con TeX, que ellos distribuyen).
+
+ Por ejemplo, si invocas a LaTeX con la opción ‘no-shell-escape’, y
+ en tu documento llamas a ‘\write18{ls -l}’, entonces no obtienes un
+ error pero el archivo de registro dice ‘runsystem(ls
+ -l)...deshabilitado’.
+
+‘-halt-on-error’
+ Detiene el procesamiento en el primer error.
+
+‘-file-line-error’
+‘-no-file-line-error’
+ Habilita o deshabilita ‘FILENAME:LINENO:ERROR’-style error de
+ mensajes. Estos solo están disponibles con TeX Live o MacTeX.
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Entrada de la línea de comandos, Next: Nombre del trabajo, Prev: Opciones de la línea de comandos, Up: Interfaz de línea de comandos
-\chapter{Primero}
-Algún texto.
+28.2 Entrada de la línea de comandos
+====================================
-\chapter{Segundo}
-Algún otro texto.
+Como parte de la invocación de la línea de comandos
-\section{Un subtema}
-El final.
-\end{document}
+ LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT
+
+puedes especificar una entrada LaTeX arbitraria comenzando ARGUMENT con
+una barra invertida. (Todos los motores admiten esto). Este te permite
+hacer algunos efectos especiales.
+
+ Por ejemplo, este archivo (que usa el paquete ‘hyperref’ para
+hipervínculos) puede producir dos tipos de salida, una para leer en
+papel físico y otra para leer en línea.
+
+ \ifdefined\paperversion % en el preámbulo
+ \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
+ \else
+ \newcommand{\urlcolor}{blue}
+ \fi
+ \usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=\urlcolor]{hyperref}
+ ...
+ \href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN} % en el cuerpo
+ ...
+
+Compilar este documento ‘book.tex’ con la línea de comandos ‘pdflatex
+book’ dará el enlace ‘CTAN’ en azul. Pero compilarlo con
+
+ pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"
+
+tiene el enlace en negro. Usamos comillas dobles para evitar
+interpretación de los símbolos por el intérprete de la línea de
+comandos. (Este normalmente funciona en sistemas Unix y Windows, pero
+hay muchas peculiaridades de las comillas del intérprete, así que lee la
+documentación de tu sistema si necesitas).
+
+ De manera similar, desde el único archivo ‘main.tex’ puedes compilar
+dos versiones diferentes.
+
+ pdflatex -jobname=students "\def\student{}\input{main}"
+ pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"
+
+La opción ‘jobname’ está ahí porque, de lo contrario, ambos archivos
+estarían llamando a ‘main.pdf’ y el segundo sobrescribiría el primero.
+(*note Nombre del trabajo::).
+
+ En este ejemplo usamos la línea de comando para seleccionar qué
+partes de un documento incluir. Para un libro llamado ‘mybook.tex’ y
+estructurado como esto.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \begin{document}
+ ...
+ \include{chap1}
+ \include{chap2}
+ ...
+ \end{document}
+
+la línea de comandos
+
+ pdflatex "\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}"
+
+dará salida que tiene el primer capítulo pero ningún otro capítulo.
+*Note Dividir la entrada::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Nombre del trabajo, Next: Recuperación de errores, Prev: Entrada de la línea de comandos, Up: Interfaz de línea de comandos
+
+28.3 Nombre del trabajo
+=======================
+
+Ejecutar LaTeX crea una serie de archivos, incluido el PDF principal (o
+salida DVI), pero también incluye otros. Estos archivos se nombran con
+el así llamado “jobname”. El caso más común es también el más simple,
+donde, por ejemplo, el comando ‘pdflatex thesis’ crea ‘thesis.pdf’ y
+también ‘thesis.log’ y ‘thesis.aux’. Aquí el nombre del trabajo es
+‘thesis’.
+
+ En general, LaTeX se invoca como ‘LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT’,
+donde LATEX-ENGINE es el ‘pdflatex’, ‘lualatex’, etc. (*note Motores
+TeX::). Si ARGUMENT no comienza con una barra invertida, como es el
+caso anterior con ‘thesis’, entonces TeX considera que es el nombre del
+archivo para ingresar como el documento principal. Este archivo se
+denomina “root file” (*note Dividir la entrada::, y *note \input::). El
+nombre de ese archivo raíz, sin la extensión ‘.tex’ si la hay, es el
+nombre del trabajo. Si ARGUMENT comienza con una barra invertida, o si
+TeX está en modo interactivo, entonces espera el primer comando
+‘\input’, y el nombre del trabajo es el argumento de ‘\input’.
+
+ Hay dos posibilidades más para el nombre del trabajo. Se puede
+especificar directamente con la opción ‘-jobname’, como en ‘pdflatex
+-jobname=myname’ (*note Entrada de la línea de comandos:: para un
+ejemplo real).
+
+ La posibilidad final es ‘texput’, que es la última alternativa
+predeterminada si no hay otro nombre disponible para TeX. Es decir, si
+no se especificó la opción ‘-jobname’ y la compilación se detiene antes
+de cualquier archivo de entrada, entonces el archivo de registro se
+llamará ‘texput.log’.
+
+ Un caso especial de esto es que en las versiones de LaTeX de
+(aproximadamente) 2020 o posterior, el nombre del trabajo también es
+‘texput’ si el primer ‘\input’ ocurre como resultado de ser llamado por
+‘\documentclass’ o ‘\RequirePackage’. Así que esto producirá un archivo
+llamado ‘texput.pdf’:
+
+ pdflatex
+ "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}"
+
+ Sin embargo, este caso especial solo se aplica a esos dos comandos.
+Así, con
+
+ pdflatex
+ "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}"
+
+el archivo de salida es ‘lipsum.pdf’, ya que ‘\usepackage’ llama a
+‘\input’.
+
+ Dentro del documento, la macro ‘\jobname’ se expande al nombre del
+trabajo. (Cuando ejecutas LaTeX en un archivo cuyo nombre contiene
+espacios, la cadena devuelta por ‘\jobname’ contiene comillas de inicio
+y final coincidentes). En la expansión de esa macro, todos los
+caracteres son de catcode 12 (otro) excepto que los espacios son
+category 10, incluyendo letras que normalmente son catcode 11.
+
+ Debido a esta situación de catcode, usar el nombre del trabajo en un
+condicional se puede volver complicado. Una solución es usar la macro
+‘\IfBeginWith’ del paquete ‘xstring’ en su variante estrella, que es
+insensible a catcode. Por ejemplo, en el siguiente texto la nota a pie
+de página “Incluyendo Respublica Bananensis Francorum.” solo está
+presente si el nombre de la tarea comienza con ‘mi-doc’.
+
+ Si una democracia es solo un régimen donde los ciudadanos votan
+ entonces todas las repúblicas bananeras
+ \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% {\footnote{Incluyendo
+ Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} son democracias.
+
+ Manipular el valor de ‘\jobname’ dentro de un documento no camba el
+nombre del archivo de salida o el archivo de registro.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla beamer, Next: Plantilla tugboat, Prev: Plantilla book, Up: Plantillas de Documento
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Recuperación de errores, Prev: Nombre del trabajo, Up: Interfaz de línea de comandos
+
+28.4 Recuperación de errores
+============================
+
+Si LaTeX encuentra un error en tu documento, entonces te da un mensaje
+de error y te muestra un signo de interrogación, ‘?’. Por ejemplo,
+ejecutando LaTeX en este archivo
+
+ \newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
+ El problema de \PN{} es de un millón de dólares.
+
+hace que muestre esto y espere la entrada.
+
+ ! Secuencia de control Indefinida.
+ l.5 El problema
+ \PN{} es uno de un millón de dólares.
+ ?
+
+Lo más sencillo es ingresar ‘x’ y ‘RETURN’ y arreglar el error de
+tipografía. En su lugar, podrías ingresar ‘?’ y ‘RETURN’ para ver otros
+opciones.
+
+ Hay otros dos escenarios de error. El primero es que te olvidaste
+incluir el ‘\end{document}’ o lo escribiste mal. En este caso LaTeX te
+da un ‘*’ indicador. Puedes volver a la línea de comandos escribiendo
+‘\stop’ y ‘RETURN’; este comando mejora la salida de LaTeX
+inmediatamente, sea cual sea el estado en el que se encuentre.
+
+ El último escenario es que escribiste mal el nombre del archivo. Por
+ejemplo, en lugar de ‘pdflatex test’ puedes escribir ‘pdflatex tste’.
+
+ ! No puedo encontrar el archivo `tste'.
+ <*> tste
+
+ (Presiona Enter para volver a intentarlo o Control-D para
+ salir). Escribe otro nombre de archivo de entrada:
+
+Lo más simple es ingresar ‘CTRL d’ (manteniendo presionadas las teclas
+control y flecha abajo al mismo tiempo), y luego vuelve a escribir la
+línea de comandos correcta.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantillas de documentos, Next: Índice, Prev: Interfaz de línea de comandos, Up: Top
+
+Apéndice A Plantillas de documentos
+***********************************
+
+Aunque son material ilustrativo, quizás estas plantillas de documentos
+sean útiles. Los recursos de plantillas adicionales se enumeran en
+<https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates>.
+
+* Menu:
-A.2 Plantilla ‘beamer’
+* Plantilla beamer::
+* Plantilla de artículo::
+* Plantilla de libro::
+* Plantilla de libro Larger::
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla beamer, Next: Plantilla de artículo, Up: Plantillas de documentos
+
+A.1 Plantilla ‘beamer’
======================
-La clase ‘beamer’ crea diapositivas de presentaciones.
+La clase ‘beamer’ crea diapositivas de presentación. Tiene una vasta
+variedad de características, pero aquí hay una plantilla básica:
\documentclass{beamer}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Beamer}
+\title{Plantilla de clase Beamer}
\author{Autor Alex}
-\date{Julio 31, 2010}
+\date{31 de julio de 2020}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
-% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} provoca errores misteriosos.
+% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} obtiene misteriosos
+% errores.
\begin{frame}[fragile]
- \frametitle{Primer Diapositiva}
+ \frametitle{Primer diapositiva}
\begin{verbatim}
- ¡Esto está en \verbatim!
+ Este es \verbatim!
\end{verbatim}
\end{frame}
\end{document}
+ El paquete Beamer en CTAN: <https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>.

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla tugboat, Prev: Plantilla beamer, Up: Plantillas de Documento
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla de artículo, Next: Plantilla de libro, Prev: Plantilla beamer, Up: Plantillas de documentos
-A.3 Plantilla ‘tugboat’
+A.2 Plantilla ‘article’
=======================
-‘TUGboat’ es el diario del Grupo de Usuarios de TeX,
-<http://tug.org/TUGboat>.
+Una plantilla simple para un artículo.
-\documentclass{ltugboat} % para procedimientos ltugproc
-
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
- urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
-\else
- \usepackage{url}
-\fi
+\documentclass{article}
+\title{Plantilla de clase article}
+\author{Autor Alex}
\begin{document}
-
-\title{Ejemplo de Articulo Regular \TUB\}
-
-% repetir información para cada autor.
-\author{First Last}
-\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
-\netaddress{user (at) ejemplo dot org}
-\personalURL{http://ejemplo.org/~user/}
-
\maketitle
-% El resumen en ltugboat viene después de \maketitle.
-\begin{abstract}
-Este es un ejemplo del tema de un artículo \TUB{} ordinario.
-\end{abstract}
+\section{Primera sección}
+Algún texto.
-\section{Introducción}
+\subsection{Primera sección, primera subsección}
+Texto adicional.
-Este es un artículo de ejemplo para \TUB, de
-\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
+\section{Segunda sección}
+Algo más de texto.
-Recomendamos el paquete graphicx para inclusión de imágenes y el
-paquete hyperref para urls activas (en la salida \acro{PDF}). \TUB\ se
-produce utilizando archivos \acro{PDF} exclusivamente, en la actualidad.
+\end{document}
-Las clases \texttt{ltug*} proporcionan estas abreviaturas, entre muchas
-otras:
+
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla de libro, Next: Plantilla de libro Larger, Prev: Plantilla de artículo, Up: Plantillas de documentos
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
-\BibTeX \CandT \CTAN \DTD \DVItoVDU \HTML
-\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \JoT \LAMSTeX \LaTeXe
-\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \pcMF \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas
-\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
-\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG
-\tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \VorTeX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
-
-\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
-\careof \thinskip
-
-\acro{FRED} -> {\sc fred} % ¡Por favor úselas!
-\cs{fred} -> \fred
-\env{fred} -> \begin{fred}
-\meta{fred} -> <fred>
-\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ...
-\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4
-\booktitle{Libro de Fred}
-\end{verbatim}
-}
+A.3 Plantilla ‘book’
+====================
-Para mayor información, consulte el documento en ltubguid:
-\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
+Esta es una plantilla sencilla para un libro. *Note Plantilla de libro
+Larger::, para una más elaborada.
-Correo electrónico \verb|tugboat@tug.org| si incurre en problemas o tiene
-dudas.
+\documentclass{book}
+\title{Plantilla de clase book}
+\autor{Autor Alex}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\chapter{Primero}
+Algún texto.
-\bibliographystyle{plain} % recomendamos el estilo de bibliografía plain
-\nocite{book-minimal} % solo hace que la bibliografía no esté vacía
-\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib viene con BibTeX
+\chapter{Segundo}
+Algún otro texto.
+\section{Un subtema}
+Fin.
-\makesignature % no en ltugproc
\end{document}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: License translation, Next: Plantillas de Documento, Prev: Índice de Conceptos, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla de libro Larger, Prev: Plantilla de libro, Up: Plantillas de documentos
-Apéndice B Traducción de la licencia
-************************************
+A.4 Plantilla de ‘book’ larger
+==============================
-La traducción que sigue es dada únicamente como informaciòn, y no
-reemplaza el texto en inglés dado al principio de este documento.
+Esta es una plantilla algo elaborada para un libro. *Note Plantilla de
+libro::, por una más sencilla.
- Se concede permiso para hacer y distribuir copias literales de este
-manual siempre que el aviso de copyright y esta nota de permiso se
-conserven en todas las copias.
+ Esta plantilla usa ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’ y ‘\backmatter’ para
+controlar la tipografía de las tres áreas principales de un libro (*note
+\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter::). El libro tiene una
+bibliografía y un índice.
- Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
-este manual bajo las condiciones para una copia literal, a condición de
-que todo el trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los términos
-de una nota de permiso idéntica a ésta.
+ También es notable que usa ‘\include’ e ‘\includeonly’ (*note Dividir
+la entrada::). Mientras trabajas en un capítulo, puedes comentar todas
+las demás entradas del capítulo desde el argumento hasta ‘\includeonly’.
+Eso acelerará la compilación sin perder cualquier información como
+referencias cruzadas. (Material que no necesita entrar en una nueva
+página se introduce con ‘\input’ en lugar de ‘\include’. No obtienes el
+beneficio de referencia cruzada con ‘\input’).
- Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este
-manual a otro idioma, con las condiciones anteriores para versiones
-modificadas.
+\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
+\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
+
+\title{Plantilla de la clase book}
+\author{Autor Alex}
+
+\includeonly{%
+% frontcover,
+ preface,
+ chap1,
+% appenA,
+ }
+
+\begin{document}
+\frontmatter
+\include{frontcover}
+ % tal vez comentar mientras se redacta:
+\maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright}
+\tableofcontents
+\include{preface}
+
+\mainmatter
+\include{chap1}
+...
+\appendix
+\include{appenA}
+...
+
+\backmatter
+\bibliographystyle{apalike}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography}
+\bibliography
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\printindex
+
+\include{backcover}
+\end{document}

-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Índice de Conceptos, Next: Índice de Instrucciones, Prev: License translation, Up: Top
+File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Índice, Prev: Plantillas de documentos, Up: Top
-Índice de Conceptos
-*******************
+Índice
+******
* Menu:
-* * apuntador: Línea de Órdenes. (line 17)
-* \include anidada, no se permite: \include. (line 18)
-* ‘vea’ y ‘vea también’ entradas de índice: Índices. (line 16)
-* accediendo a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 26)
-* acento agudo: Acentos. (line 21)
-* acento agudo, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 11)
-* acento anticircunflejo: Acentos. (line 99)
-* acento barra: Acentos. (line 48)
-* acento barra encima: Acentos. (line 30)
-* acento barra horizontal, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 14)
-* acento barra sobre: Acentos. (line 30)
-* acento breve, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 17)
-* acento cedilla: Acentos. (line 53)
-* acento circunflejo: Acentos. (line 34)
-* acento circunflejo <1>: Acentos. (line 34)
-* acento circunflejo amplio, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 47)
-* acento circunflejo, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 32)
-* acento circunflejo, math <1>: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 32)
-* acento círculo: Acentos. (line 57)
-* acento de verificación, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 20)
-* acento diéresis: Acentos. (line 17)
-* acento diéresis <1>: Acentos. (line 17)
-* acento diéresis húngara: Acentos. (line 61)
-* acento diéresis, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 23)
-* acento grave: Acentos. (line 39)
-* acento grave, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 29)
-* acento háček, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 20)
-* acento macrón: Acentos. (line 30)
-* acento macrón, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 14)
-* acento punto: Acentos. (line 26)
-* acento punto <1>: Acentos. (line 26)
-* acento punto superior, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 26)
-* acento tilde: Acentos. (line 45)
-* acento tilde amplia, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 50)
-* acento tilde, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 41)
-* acentos: Acentos. (line 6)
-* acentos matemáticos: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 6)
-* acentos, matemáticas: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 6)
-* alineando a través de tabulación: tabbing. (line 6)
-* alineando Ecuaciones: eqnarray. (line 6)
-* alineando texto en columnas con tabulaciones: tabbing. (line 6)
-* alineando texto en tablas: tabular. (line 6)
-* ampliando la página actual: \enlargethispage. (line 6)
-* anillo acento: Acentos. (line 76)
-* anticircunflejo acento: Acentos. (line 99)
-* antígrafo o simplemente signo de párrafo: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 45)
-* apuntador, *: Línea de Órdenes. (line 17)
-* apéndices, creando: Seccionado. (line 40)
-* archivo .glo: Glosarios. (line 8)
-* archivo .idx: Índices. (line 9)
-* archivo .ind: Índices. (line 23)
-* archivo de entrada: Dividiendo la Entrada.
- (line 6)
-* argumentos móviles: \protect. (line 6)
-* ascender superior: Símbolos de Texto. (line 100)
-* ASCII circunflejo, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 65)
-* ash: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 11)
-* asterisco centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 71)
-* asterisco, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 71)
-* atadura con siguiente acento: Acentos. (line 82)
-* autor, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 12)
-* bala, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 92)
-* bar, vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 77)
-* barra inversa, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 74)
-* barra vertical, doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 80)
-* barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 77)
-* barra, vertical doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 80)
-* bibliografía, creando (automáticamente): Usando BibTeX. (line 6)
-* bibliografía, creando (manualmente): thebibliography. (line 6)
-* bibTeX, usando: Usando BibTeX. (line 6)
-* breve acento: Acentos. (line 87)
-* cajas: Cajas. (line 6)
-* caracteres especiales: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 6)
-* caracteres no Ingleses: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 6)
-* caracteres reservados: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 6)
-* caracteres, acentuados: Acentos. (line 6)
-* caracteres, no Ingleses: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 6)
-* caracteres, reservados: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 6)
-* cargando paquetes adicionales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 74)
-* cartas: Cartas. (line 6)
-* cartas, iniciando: \opening. (line 6)
-* cartas, terminando: \closing. (line 6)
-* carón acento: Acentos. (line 99)
-* centrar texto, declaración para: \centering. (line 6)
-* centrar texto, entorno para: center. (line 6)
-* cerrando cartas: \closing. (line 6)
-* circunflejo, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 65)
-* clases de documento: Clases de Documento. (line 6)
-* clases de documentos: Clases de Documento. (line 6)
-* colita: Acentos. (line 71)
-* comilla angular de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 31)
-* comilla angular de cierre: Símbolos de Texto. (line 31)
-* comilla de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 41)
-* comilla de apertura simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 154)
-* comilla de cierre: Símbolos de Texto. (line 56)
-* comilla de cierre simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 157)
-* comilla de cierre, simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 157)
-* comilla derecha: Símbolos de Texto. (line 56)
-* comilla en línea base, simple y doble: Símbolos de Texto. (line 53)
-* comilla izquierda: Símbolos de Texto. (line 41)
-* comilla izquierda, sola: Símbolos de Texto. (line 154)
-* comilla simple en línea base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 53)
-* comilla, en la línea base (coma): Símbolos de Texto. (line 161)
-* comillas de cierre dobles: Símbolos de Texto. (line 151)
-* comillas de cierre, dobles: Símbolos de Texto. (line 151)
-* comillas dobles de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 148)
-* comillas dobles en línea base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 53)
-* comillas tipográficas angulares: Símbolos de Texto. (line 31)
-* comillas tipográficas angulares simples: Símbolos de Texto. (line 31)
-* comillas tipográficas Francesas: Símbolos de Texto. (line 31)
-* comillas tipográficas simples: Símbolos de Texto. (line 31)
-* comillas tipográficas, Francesas: Símbolos de Texto. (line 31)
-* comillas tipográficas, latinas o angulares: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 31)
-* comillastraight quote, base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 161)
-* contadores, configurando: \setcounter. (line 6)
-* contadores, consiguiendo el valor de: \value. (line 6)
-* contadores, definiendo nuevos: \newcounter. (line 6)
-* contadores, una lista de: Contadores. (line 6)
-* creando cartas: Cartas. (line 6)
-* creando imágenes: picture. (line 6)
-* creando tablas: table. (line 6)
-* créditos al pie de página: \maketitle. (line 24)
-* código, composición tipográfica de: verbatim. (line 6)
-* daga doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 108)
-* daga, doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 108)
-* daga, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 16)
-* daga, en texto <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 105)
-* definiciones: Definiciones. (line 6)
-* definición de nuevos tipos de letra: \newfont. (line 6)
-* definiendo nuevos entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 6)
-* definiendo nuevos teoremas: \newtheorem. (line 6)
-* definiendo una nueva instrucción: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 6)
-* delimitador nulo: Miscelánea Math. (line 21)
-* descargando flotantes e iniciando una página: \clearpage. (line 6)
-* descripción de LaTeX: Descripción. (line 6)
-* diseño, parámetros de página para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 6)
-* dividiendo el archivo de entrada: Dividiendo la Entrada.
- (line 6)
-* dividiendo páginas: Saltos de Página. (line 6)
-* divisas, euro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 120)
-* división de sílabas con guión, definiendo: \hyphenation. (line 6)
-* división silábica, forzando: \- (hyphenation). (line 6)
-* división silábica, impidiendo: \mbox. (line 6)
-* doble barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 80)
-* doble daga, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 19)
-* e-dash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 117)
-* ecuaciones, alineando: eqnarray. (line 6)
-* ecuaciones, entornos para: equation. (line 6)
-* ejecutando header y footer: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 6)
-* elementos numerados, especificando contador: \usecounter. (line 6)
-* em-dash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 114)
-* em-dash de tres cuartos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 170)
-* em-dash, tres cuartos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 170)
-* entornos: Entornos. (line 6)
-* entornos, definiendo: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 6)
-* entrada/salida: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal.
- (line 6)
-* entrada/salida desde la terminal: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal.
- (line 6)
-* Equipo del Proyecto LaTeX: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 6)
-* es-zet letra Alemana: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 47)
-* espacio dentro del modo math: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 6)
-* espacio vertical: \addvspace. (line 6)
-* espacio vertical antes de párrafos: \parskip. (line 6)
-* espacio vertical, insertando: \addvspace. (line 6)
-* espacio visible: \verb. (line 18)
-* espacios: Espacios. (line 6)
-* espina Islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 51)
-* espina, letra Islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 51)
-* estilo de encabezado: \pagestyle. (line 6)
-* estilo de numeración de página: \pagenumbering. (line 6)
-* estilo del pie de página: \pagestyle. (line 6)
-* estilos de página: Estilos de Página. (line 6)
-* estilos de texto: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 6)
-* estilos de tipografía: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 6)
-* estilos del tipo de letra: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 6)
-* estilos, página: Estilos de Página. (line 6)
-* eth, letra islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 19)
-* etiquetas en máquina de escribir en listas: description. (line 18)
-* exclamación, inicial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 123)
-* exponente: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 6)
-* fecha, para la página de título: \maketitle. (line 19)
-* figuras, en notas al pie: minipage. (line 22)
-* figuras, insertando: figure. (line 6)
-* fijando contadores: \setcounter. (line 6)
-* finalizando e iniciando: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 6)
-* flecha derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 167)
-* flecha hacia la derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 167)
-* flecha hacia la izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 132)
-* flecha, izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 132)
-* footer, parámetros para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 6)
-* forma con * de instrucciones de seccionado: Seccionado. (line 34)
-* funciones matemáticas: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* funciones, matemáticas: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* fórmulas en línea: math. (line 6)
-* fórmulas matemáticas: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* fórmulas, entornos para: equation. (line 6)
-* fórmulas, matemáticas: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* glosarios: Glosarios. (line 6)
-* guión doble, línea recta: Símbolos de Texto. (line 161)
-* haciendo párrafos: Haciendo Párrafos. (line 6)
-* haciendo una página de título: titlepage. (line 6)
-* header, parámetros para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 6)
-* i sin punto: Acentos. (line 64)
-* i sin punto, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 35)
-* imágenes, creando: picture. (line 6)
-* informes de errores: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 12)
-* iniciando una nueva página: \newpage. (line 6)
-* iniciando una nueva página y limpiando flotantes: \clearpage.
- (line 6)
-* iniciando una página a mano derecha: \cleardoublepage. (line 6)
-* iniciando y finalizando: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 6)
-* insertando figuras: figure. (line 6)
-* Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+* $ matemáticas en línea: math. (line 12)
+* $$...$$ normal TeX matemáticas de visualización: displaymath.
+ (line 33)
+* & (para celdas de tabla): tabular. (line 37)
+* * prompt: Recuperación de errores.
+ (line 24)
+* *-forma, definiendo nuevos comandos: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 28)
+* *CLI*: Interfaz de línea de comandos.
(line 6)
-* instrucciones de diseño: Diseño. (line 6)
-* instrucciones de tipo de letra, de bajo nivel: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+* *}, para todas las claves \nocite: Usar BibTeX. (line 63)
+* --disable-write18 command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 63)
+* --enable-write18 command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 63)
+* --file-line-error command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 87)
+* --halt-on-error command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 84)
+* --help command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 23)
+* --interaction command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 26)
+* --jobname command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 44)
+* --no-file-line-error command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 87)
+* --no-shell-escape command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 63)
+* --output-directory command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 49)
+* --shell-escape command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 63)
+* --version command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 18)
+* -1, escribe el número de flujo: \write. (line 32)
+* .aux comandos file y BibTeX: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
(line 6)
-* instrucciones frágiles: \protect. (line 6)
-* instrucciones robustas: \protect. (line 17)
-* instrucciones, definiendo nuevas: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+* .dvi archivo: Archivos de salida. (line 11)
+* .fmt archivo: Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* .log archivo: Archivos de salida. (line 30)
+* .lot archivo: Archivos de salida. (line 46)
+* .lot archivo <1>: Tabla de contenido etc..
(line 6)
-* interlineado doble: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 57)
-* interrogación, inicial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 145)
-* islandés eth: Caracteres no Ingleses.
+* .lot archivo <2>: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* .pdf archivo: Archivos de salida. (line 21)
+* .tex, extensión predeterminada: Interfaz de línea de comandos.
(line 19)
-* j sin punto: Acentos. (line 67)
-* j sin punto, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 38)
-* justificación, alineando a la derecha: \raggedright. (line 6)
-* justificación, irregular a la izquierda: \raggedleft. (line 6)
-* justificando texto a la izquierda: \raggedright. (line 6)
-* justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para: flushright. (line 6)
-* justificar texto a la izquierda, entornos para: flushleft. (line 6)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 6)
-* l Polaca: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 31)
-* Lamport, Leslie: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 6)
-* LaTeX, descripción: Descripción. (line 6)
-* letra en círculo, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 95)
-* letra ij, Neerlandés: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 27)
-* letras caligráficas para math: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 85)
-* letras griegas: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 6)
-* letras S afiladas: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 47)
-* letras script para math: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 85)
-* letras, acentuadas: Acentos. (line 6)
-* letras, no Inglesas: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 6)
-* ligadura ae: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 15)
-* lista de documentos adjuntos: \encl. (line 6)
-* lista de elementos, especificando el contador: \usecounter. (line 6)
-* lista de elementos, numerados: enumerate. (line 6)
-* listas cc, en cartas: \cc. (line 6)
-* listas con viñetas: itemize. (line 6)
-* listas de descripción, creando: description. (line 6)
-* listas de elementos: itemize. (line 6)
-* listas de elementos, genéricas: list. (line 6)
-* listas etiquetadas, creando: description. (line 6)
-* listas no ordenadas: itemize. (line 6)
-* llave de apertura, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 86)
-* llave derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 89)
-* llave, derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 89)
-* llave, izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 86)
-* Logotipo de LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 22)
-* Logotipo de LaTeX2e: Símbolos de Texto. (line 25)
-* logotipo de TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 62)
-* logotipo, LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 22)
-* logotipo, LaTeX2e: Símbolos de Texto. (line 25)
-* logotipo, TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 62)
-* longitudes predeterminadas: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 6)
-* longitudes, añadiendo a: \addtolength. (line 6)
-* longitudes, configurando: \setlength. (line 6)
-* longitudes, definiendo nuevas: \newlength. (line 6)
-* longitudes, definiendo y usando: Longitudes. (line 6)
-* longitudes, predefinidas: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 6)
-* línea de órdenes: Línea de Órdenes. (line 6)
-* línea recta de guión doble, base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 161)
-* línea, saltos de: Saltos de Línea. (line 6)
-* líneas en tablas: tabular. (line 6)
-* makeindex programa: Índices. (line 23)
-* marca izquierda, doble: Símbolos de Texto. (line 148)
-* marca palabra compuesta, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 100)
-* matemáticas, negrita: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 71)
-* matrices, matemáticas: array. (line 6)
-* minipage, creando una: minipage. (line 6)
-* miscelánea math: Miscelánea Math. (line 6)
-* modo izquierda-a-derecha: Modos. (line 6)
-* modo lR: Modos. (line 6)
-* modo math: Modos. (line 6)
-* modo math mode, espaciado: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 6)
-* modo math, ingresando al: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* modo párrafo: Modos. (line 6)
-* modos: Modos. (line 6)
-* moneda, dólar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 111)
-* mostrando texto citado con sangría de párrafo: quotation. (line 6)
-* mostrando texto citado sin sangría de párrafo: quote. (line 6)
-* multiplicación discrecional: Miscelánea Math. (line 7)
-* máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando: description. (line 18)
-* negrita matemáticas: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 71)
-* notas al margen: Notas al Margen. (line 6)
-* notas al pie en figuras: minipage. (line 22)
-* notas al pie, creando: Notas al Pie. (line 6)
-* notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números en: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 6)
-* notas en el margen: Notas al Margen. (line 6)
-* nueva línea, comenzando: \\. (line 6)
-* nueva línea, comenzando (modo de párrafo): \newline. (line 6)
-* nueva línea, salida como entrada: \obeycr y \restorecr.
- (line 6)
-* nueva página, iniciando: \newpage. (line 6)
-* nuevas instrucciones, definiendo: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 6)
-* número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 6)
-* número de figura, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 6)
-* número de pie de página, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 6)
-* número de página, referencias cruzadas: \pageref. (line 6)
-* número de sección, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 6)
-* números de ecuación, omitiendo: eqnarray. (line 20)
-* números de sección, imprimiendo: Seccionado. (line 50)
-* observaciones en el margen: Notas al Margen. (line 6)
-* oe ligadura: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 43)
-* omitiendo, cajas negras: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 29)
-* opciones de clase: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 6)
-* opciones de clase de documento: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 6)
-* opciones globales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 6)
-* opciones globales <1>: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 81)
-* opciones, clase de documento: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 6)
-* opciones, globales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 81)
-* ordinales en español, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 136)
-* ordinales, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 136)
-* oslash: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 39)
-* paquete datetime: \today. (line 11)
-* paquete float: figure. (line 35)
-* paquete makeidx: Índices. (line 30)
-* paquete multind: Índices. (line 42)
-* paquete setspace: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 57)
-* paquete showidx: Índices. (line 38)
-* paquetes, cargando: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 74)
-* parámetros de footnote: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 6)
-* parámetros para el diseño de página: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 6)
-* parámetros, diseño de página: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 6)
-* parámetros, para footnote: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 6)
-* plantillas de documentos: Plantillas de Documento.
- (line 6)
-* poesía, un entorno para: verse. (line 6)
-* posdata, en cartas: \ps. (line 6)
-* preámbulo, definido: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 17)
-* produce dos columnas: \twocolumn. (line 6)
-* produce una columna: \onecolumn. (line 6)
-* programas de ordenador, composición tipográfica: verbatim. (line 6)
-* punto centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 142)
-* punto superior acento, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 26)
-* punto, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 142)
-* puntos suspensivos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 37)
-* página de título, creando la: titlepage. (line 6)
-* párrafos: Haciendo Párrafos. (line 6)
-* redefiniendo entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+* .toc archivo: Archivos de salida. (line 46)
+* .toc archivo <1>: Tabla de contenido etc..
(line 6)
-* reducción, omitiendo vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 6)
-* referencias cruzadas: Referencias Cruzadas.
- (line 6)
-* referencias cruzadas con número de página: \pageref. (line 6)
-* referencias cruzadas, simbólicas: \ref. (line 6)
-* resúmenes: abstract. (line 6)
-* salto de página: Saltos de Página. (line 6)
-* saltos de línea: Saltos de Línea. (line 6)
-* saltos de línea, evitando: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 6)
-* saltos de línea, forzando: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 6)
-* saltos de página, evitando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 6)
-* saltos de página, forzando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 6)
-* sangría de párrafos, en minipage: minipage. (line 18)
-* sangría de párrafos, en minipage <1>: minipage. (line 18)
-* sangría, forzando la: \indent. (line 6)
-* sangría, suprimiendo la: \noindent. (line 6)
-* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado: quotation. (line 6)
-* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo: quote. (line 6)
-* seccionado: Seccionado. (line 6)
-* separación de línea, forzando: \\. (line 6)
-* signo de dólar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 111)
-* siguiendo el estilo de encabezado y pie de página: \pagestyle.
- (line 6)
-* simulando texto escrito: verbatim. (line 6)
-* subrayado: Acentos. (line 90)
-* subrayado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 179)
-* subíndice: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 6)
-* superíndice: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 6)
-* símbolo bala: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 87)
-* símbolo círculo grande, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 83)
-* símbolo de copyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 13)
-* símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 83)
-* símbolo de espacio visible, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 182)
-* símbolo de libra esterlina: Símbolos de Texto. (line 49)
-* símbolo de libra esterlina <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 49)
-* símbolo de marca comercial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 173)
-* símbolo de marca registrada: Símbolos de Texto. (line 164)
-* símbolo de multiplicación, con salto de línea discrecional: Miscelánea Math.
- (line 7)
-* símbolo de párrafo: Símbolos de Texto. (line 45)
-* símbolo de sección: Símbolos de Texto. (line 59)
-* símbolo de vector, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 44)
-* símbolo del euro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 120)
-* símbolo femenino ordinal: Símbolos de Texto. (line 139)
-* símbolo mayor que, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 126)
-* símbolo menor que, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 129)
-* Símbolo ordinal femenino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 136)
-* símbolo ordinal masculino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 136)
-* símbolos de texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 6)
-* símbolos matemáticos: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 6)
-* símbolos, matemáticos: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 6)
-* tabla de contenido, agregando manualmente: \addcontentsline.
+* .toc archivo <2>: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* .xdv archivo: Motores TeX. (line 45)
+* /bin/sh, usado por \write18: \write18. (line 65)
+* 10pt option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 14)
+* 11pt option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 14)
+* 12pt opción: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 14)
+* : (para math): Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
(line 6)
-* tabla de contenido, creando: Tablas de Contenido. (line 6)
-* tablas, creando: table. (line 6)
-* tabulaciones, utilizando: tabbing. (line 6)
-* tamaño del texto: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* [...] (para argumentos opcionales): Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
(line 6)
-* tamaños del tipo de letra: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 6)
+* \ caracteres de inicio de comandos: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
(line 6)
-* tamaños del tipo de letra <1>: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \!: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 65)
+* \" (acento diéresis): Acentos. (line 25)
+* \#: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 13)
+* \$: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 13)
+* \%: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 13)
+* \&: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 13)
+* \' (acento agudo): Acentos. (line 29)
+* \' (tabulación): tabbing. (line 93)
+* \(...\) matemáticas en línea: math. (line 12)
+* \*: \*. (line 6)
+* \+: tabbing. (line 83)
+* \,: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 50)
+* \-: tabbing. (line 88)
+* \- (separación silábica): \- (separación silábica).
(line 6)
-* tapa superior: Símbolos de Texto. (line 100)
-* teoremas, composición tipográfica de: theorem. (line 6)
-* teoremas, definiendo: \newtheorem. (line 6)
-* texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando: quotation. (line 6)
-* texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando: quote. (line 6)
-* texto escrito, simulando: verbatim. (line 6)
-* texto irregular a la derecha: \raggedright. (line 6)
-* texto irregular a la derecha, entorno para: flushleft. (line 6)
-* texto irregular a la izquierda: \raggedleft. (line 6)
-* texto irregular a la izquierda, entorno para: flushright. (line 6)
-* texto justificado a la derecha: \raggedleft. (line 6)
-* texto literal: verbatim. (line 6)
-* texto literal, en línea: \verb. (line 6)
-* texto multicolumna: \twocolumn. (line 6)
-* thanks, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 24)
-* tilde ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 68)
-* tilde, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 68)
-* tipo de letra cursiva: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 91)
-* tipo de letra de ancho fijo: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 106)
-* tipo de letra de máquina de escribir: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 106)
-* tipo de letra monoespacio: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 106)
-* tipo de letra negrita: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 82)
-* tipo de letra oblicua: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 103)
-* tipo de letra oblicua <1>: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 103)
-* tipo de letra romana: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 94)
-* tipo de letra sans serif: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 100)
-* tipo de letra versales: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 97)
-* Tipos de Letra: Tipos de Letra. (line 6)
-* tipos de letra: Tipos de Letra. (line 6)
-* tipos de letra, nuevas instrucciones para: \newfont. (line 6)
-* title, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 29)
-* títulos, haciendo: \maketitle. (line 6)
-* usando BibTeX: Usando BibTeX. (line 6)
-* variables, una lista de: Contadores. (line 6)
-* xindy programa: Índices. (line 23)
-* Énfasis: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 33)
-* énfasis: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 88)
-* índices: Índices. (line 6)
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Índice de Instrucciones, Prev: Índice de Conceptos, Up: Top
-
-Índice de Instrucciones
-***********************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* $: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 24)
-* @{...}: array. (line 31)
-* \" (acento diéresis): Acentos. (line 17)
-* \#: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 11)
-* \$: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 11)
-* \%: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 11)
-* \&: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 11)
-* \' (acento agudo): Acentos. (line 21)
-* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 50)
-* \(: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 16)
-* \): Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 16)
-* \*: Miscelánea Math. (line 6)
-* \+: tabbing. (line 40)
-* \,: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 17)
-* \-: tabbing. (line 45)
-* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6)
-* \. (acento punto encima): Acentos. (line 26)
+* \. (acento de puntos): Acentos. (line 32)
* \/: \/. (line 6)
-* \:: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 15)
-* \;: Espacios en Modo Math.
+* \:: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 38)
+* \;: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 24)
+* \<: tabbing. (line 78)
+* \= (acento macrón): Acentos. (line 36)
+* \= (tabulación): tabbing. (line 72)
+* \>: tabbing. (line 76)
+* \> <1>: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 38)
+* \> (tabulación): tabbing. (line 75)
+* \@: \@. (line 6)
+* \@auxout: \write. (line 48)
+* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 264)
+* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 6)
+* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 272)
+* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 24)
+* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 6)
+* \@itempenalty: list. (line 268)
+* \@mainaux: \write. (line 48)
+* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 6)
+* \a (tabulación): tabbing. (line 109)
+* \a' (acento agudo en tabulación): tabbing. (line 110)
+* \a= (acento macrón en tabulación): tabbing. (line 110)
+* \aa (å): Letras latinas adicionales.
(line 12)
-* \<: tabbing. (line 35)
-* \= (acento macrón): Acentos. (line 30)
-* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 29)
-* \>: tabbing. (line 33)
-* \> <1>: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 15)
-* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 32)
-* \@: \AT. (line 6)
-* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 65)
-* \a' (acento agudo en tabulación): tabbing. (line 66)
-* \a= (acento macrón en tabbing): tabbing. (line 66)
-* \aa (å): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 11)
-* \AA (Å): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 11)
-* \acute: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 10)
-* \addcontentsline{EXTO}{UNIDAD}{TEXTO}: \addcontentsline. (line 6)
+* \AA (Å): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 12)
+* \accent: \accent. (line 6)
+* \acute: Acentos matemáticos. (line 10)
+* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 6)
* \address: \address. (line 6)
-* \addtocontents{EXTRA}{TEXTO}: \addtocontents. (line 6)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 6)
* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 6)
* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 6)
* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 6)
-* \ae (æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 15)
-* \AE (Æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
+* \ae (æ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 16)
+* \AE (Æ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 16)
+* \aleph: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 22)
+* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 66)
+* \alpha: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 25)
+* \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
(line 15)
-* \aleph: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 14)
-* \alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 9)
-* \Alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 12)
-* \alpha: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 17)
-* \alsoname: Índices. (line 20)
-* \amalg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
+* \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
(line 20)
-* \and para \author: \maketitle. (line 12)
-* \angle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 23)
-* \appendix: Seccionado. (line 40)
-* \approx: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 26)
-* \arabic: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 15)
-* \arccos: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \alsoname: \index. (line 61)
+* \amalg: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 28)
+* \and (para \author): \maketitle. (line 37)
+* \angle: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 31)
+* \appendix: \appendix. (line 6)
+* \approx: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 35)
+* \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 25)
+* \arccos: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 9)
-* \arcsin: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \arcsin: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 12)
-* \arctan: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \arctan: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 15)
-* \arg: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \arg: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 18)
-* \arraycolsep: array. (line 43)
-* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 98)
-* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 102)
-* \ast: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 29)
-* \asymp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 32)
-* \author{NOMBRE \and NOMBRE2}: \maketitle. (line 11)
-* \a` (acento grave en tabulación): tabbing. (line 66)
-* \b (acento barra): Acentos. (line 48)
-* \backslash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 35)
-* \backslash <1>: Caracteres Reservados.
+* \arraycolsep: array. (line 53)
+* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 170)
+* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 176)
+* \ast: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 38)
+* \asymp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 45)
+* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 6)
+* \AtBeginDvi: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 10)
+* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 6)
+* \AtEndOfClass: Comandos class y package.
(line 16)
-* \bar: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 13)
-* \baselineskip: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 50)
-* \baselinestretch: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 57)
+* \AtEndOfPackage: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 16)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 36)
+* \a` (acento grave en tabulación): tabbing. (line 110)
+* \b (barra debajo del acento): Acentos. (line 51)
+* \backmatter: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* \backslash: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 48)
+* \bar: Acentos matemáticos. (line 13)
+* \baselineskip: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 105)
+* \baselineskip <1>: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 6)
+* \baselinestretch: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 6)
* \begin: Entornos. (line 6)
-* \beta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 38)
-* \bf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 81)
-* \bfseries: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 39)
+* \beta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 52)
+* \bf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 76)
+* \bfseries: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 40)
+* \bibdata: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 16)
* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6)
-* \bibliography: Usando BibTeX. (line 6)
-* \bibliographystyle: Usando BibTeX. (line 6)
-* \bigcap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 41)
-* \bigcap <1>: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 71)
-* \bigcirc: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 44)
-* \bigcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 47)
-* \bigodot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 50)
-* \bigoplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 53)
-* \bigotimes: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 56)
-* \bigskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 9)
-* \bigskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 9)
-* \bigsqcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 65)
-* \bigtriangledown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
+* \bibliography: Usar BibTeX. (line 6)
+* \bibliography y \bibdata interno: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 17)
+* \bibliographystyle: Usar BibTeX. (line 6)
+* \bibliographystyle y \bibstyle interno: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 20)
+* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 45)
+* \bibstyle: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 19)
+* \bigbreak: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak.
+ (line 6)
+* \bigcap: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 55)
+* \bigcirc: Símbolos matemáticos.
(line 59)
-* \bigtriangleup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 62)
-* \biguplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 68)
-* \bigwedge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 74)
-* \bmod: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 21)
-* \boldmath: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+* \bigcup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 63)
+* \bigl: \bigl y \bigr etc.. (line 6)
+* \bigodot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 67)
+* \bigoplus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 71)
+* \bigotimes: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 75)
+* \bigr: \bigl y \bigr etc.. (line 6)
+* \bigskip: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 6)
+* \bigskip <1>: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
(line 29)
-* \bot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 77)
-* \bottomfraction: figure. (line 57)
-* \bowtie: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 80)
-* \Box: Símbolos Matemáticos.
+* \bigskipamount: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 30)
+* \bigsqcup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 87)
+* \bigtriangledown: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 79)
+* \bigtriangleup: Símbolos matemáticos.
(line 83)
-* \breve: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 16)
-* \bullet: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 86)
-* \c (acento cedilla): Acentos. (line 53)
-* \cal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 84)
-* \cap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 89)
-* \capitalacute: Acentos. (line 21)
-* \capitalbreve: Acentos. (line 87)
-* \capitalcaron: Acentos. (line 99)
-* \capitalcedilla: Acentos. (line 53)
-* \capitalcircumflex: Acentos. (line 34)
-* \capitaldieresis: Acentos. (line 17)
-* \capitaldotaccent: Acentos. (line 57)
-* \capitalgrave: Acentos. (line 39)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut: Acentos. (line 61)
-* \capitalmacron: Acentos. (line 30)
-* \capitalnewtie: Acentos. (line 82)
-* \capitalogonek: Acentos. (line 71)
-* \capitalring: Acentos. (line 76)
-* \capitaltie: Acentos. (line 82)
-* \capitaltilde: Acentos. (line 45)
-* \caption: figure. (line 52)
+* \biguplus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 90)
+* \bigvee: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 94)
+* \bigwedge: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 97)
+* \bmod: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 21)
+* \boldmath: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 6)
+* \boldmath <1>: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 14)
+* \bot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 100)
+* \bottomfraction: Flotantes. (line 100)
+* \bottomfraction <1>: Flotantes. (line 101)
+* \bowtie: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 105)
+* \Box: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 108)
+* \breve: Acentos matemáticos. (line 16)
+* \bullet: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 113)
+* \c (acento cedilla): Acentos. (line 61)
+* \cal: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 79)
+* \cap: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 116)
+* \capitalacute: Acentos. (line 29)
+* \capitalbreve: Acentos. (line 89)
+* \capitalcaron: Acentos. (line 93)
+* \capitalcedilla: Acentos. (line 61)
+* \capitalcircumflex: Acentos. (line 40)
+* \capitaldieresis: Acentos. (line 25)
+* \capitaldotaccent: Acentos. (line 65)
+* \capitalgrave: Acentos. (line 44)
+* \capitalmacron: Acentos. (line 36)
+* \capitalnewtie: Acentos. (line 83)
+* \capitalogonek: Acentos. (line 73)
+* \capitalring: Acentos. (line 77)
+* \capitaltie: Acentos. (line 83)
+* \capitaltilde: Acentos. (line 48)
+* \caption: \caption. (line 6)
+* \caption <1>: figure. (line 43)
+* \caption <2>: table. (line 42)
* \cc: \cc. (line 6)
-* \cdot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 92)
-* \cdots: Miscelánea Math. (line 10)
+* \cdot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 120)
+* \cdots: Puntos. (line 17)
* \centering: \centering. (line 6)
-* \chapter: Seccionado. (line 10)
-* \check: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 19)
-* \chi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 95)
-* \circ: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 98)
+* \chapter: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 6)
+* \check: Acentos matemáticos. (line 19)
+* \CheckCommand: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 23)
+* \CheckCommand*: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 23)
+* \chi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 123)
+* \circ: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 126)
* \circle: \circle. (line 6)
+* \citation: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 22)
* \cite: \cite. (line 6)
-* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 6)
-* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 6)
+* \cite y \citation interna: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 23)
+* \ClassError: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \ClassInfo: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \ClassInfoNoLine: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \ClassWarning: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \ClassWarningNoLine: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \cleardoublepage: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 6)
+* \clearpage: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 6)
* \cline: \cline. (line 6)
+* \closein: \openin y \openout. (line 6)
+* \closeout: \openin y \openout. (line 6)
* \closing: \closing. (line 6)
-* \clubsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 101)
-* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 18)
-* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 21)
-* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 25)
-* \cong: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 104)
-* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 29)
-* \coprod: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 107)
-* \copyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 11)
-* \cos: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \clubsuit: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 130)
+* \colon: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 6)
+* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 23)
+* \columnsep <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 6)
+* \columnsep <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 9)
+* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 29)
+* \columnseprule <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 7)
+* \columnseprule <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 9)
+* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 36)
+* \columnwidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 8)
+* \columnwidth <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 9)
+* \complement: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 133)
+* \cong: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 139)
+* \contentsline: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 64)
+* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 10)
+* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* \coprod: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 142)
+* \copyright: Símbolos de texto. (line 14)
+* \cos: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 24)
-* \cosh: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \cosh: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 27)
-* \cot: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \cot: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 30)
-* \coth: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \coth: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 33)
-* \csc: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \csc: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 36)
-* \cup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 110)
-* \d (acento círculo): Acentos. (line 57)
-* \dag: Símbolos de Texto. (line 15)
-* \dagger: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 113)
+* \cup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 145)
+* \CurrentOption: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 64)
+* \d (punto debajo del acento): Acentos. (line 65)
+* \dag: Símbolos de texto. (line 18)
+* \dagger: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 149)
* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 6)
-* \dashv: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 116)
-* \date{TEXTO}: \maketitle. (line 18)
-* \day: \day \month \year. (line 6)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 38)
-* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 43)
-* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 49)
-* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 32)
-* \ddag: Símbolos de Texto. (line 18)
-* \ddagger: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 119)
-* \ddot: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 22)
-* \ddots: Miscelánea Math. (line 14)
-* \deg: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \dashv: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 152)
+* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 44)
+* \day: \day - \month y \year.
+ (line 6)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 73)
+* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 79)
+* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 87)
+* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 50)
+* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 92)
+* \ddag: Símbolos de texto. (line 21)
+* \ddagger: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 156)
+* \ddots: Puntos. (line 22)
+* \ddots <1>: Acentos matemáticos. (line 21)
+* \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareOption: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 70)
+* \DeclareOption*: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 70)
+* \DeclareRobustCommand: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 100)
+* \DeclareRobustCommand*: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 100)
+* \DeclareTextAccent: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextAccent <1>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextAccentDefault: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextComposite: \DeclareTextComposite.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextSymbol: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand.
+ (line 38)
+* \DeclareTextSymbol <1>: \DeclareTextSymbol. (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextSymbol <2>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
+ (line 6)
+* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
+ (line 6)
+* \deg: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 39)
-* \Delta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 122)
-* \delta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 125)
-* \depth: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 10)
-* \det: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 76)
+* \Delta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 159)
+* \delta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 162)
+* \det: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 42)
-* \dh (æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 19)
-* \DH (Æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 19)
-* \Diamond: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 128)
-* \diamond: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 131)
-* \diamondsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 134)
-* \dim: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \dh (ð): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 20)
+* \DH (Ð): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 20)
+* \Diamond: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 165)
+* \diamond: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 169)
+* \diamondsuit: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 173)
+* \dim: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 45)
-* \displaystyle: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 35)
-* \div: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 137)
-* \dj: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 23)
-* \DJ: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 23)
-* \documentclass: Clases de Documento. (line 6)
-* \dot: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 25)
-* \doteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 140)
-* \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 6)
-* \dots: Símbolos de Texto. (line 35)
-* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 106)
-* \downarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 143)
-* \Downarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 146)
-* \ell: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 149)
-* \em: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 87)
-* \emph: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 33)
-* \emptyset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 152)
+* \displaystyle: Estilos math. (line 32)
+* \div: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 176)
+* \dj: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 26)
+* \DJ: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 26)
+* \documentclass: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 6)
+* \documentclass, y texput jobname: Nombre del trabajo. (line 35)
+* \dot: Puntos. (line 53)
+* \dot <1>: Acentos matemáticos. (line 23)
+* \dot <2>: Símbolos de texto. (line 39)
+* \doteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 179)
+* \dotfill: \hrulefill y \dotfill.
+ (line 6)
+* \dots: Puntos. (line 28)
+* \dotsb: Puntos. (line 53)
+* \dotsc: Puntos. (line 53)
+* \dotsi: Puntos. (line 53)
+* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 181)
+* \downarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 183)
+* \Downarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 187)
+* \ell: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 191)
+* \emph: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 60)
+* \emptyset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 194)
* \encl: \encl. (line 6)
* \end: Entornos. (line 6)
+* \endinput: \endinput. (line 6)
* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6)
-* \enumi: enumerate. (line 31)
-* \enumii: enumerate. (line 31)
-* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 31)
-* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 31)
-* \epsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 155)
-* \equiv: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 158)
-* \eta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 161)
-* \evensidemargin: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 54)
-* \exists: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 164)
-* \exp: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \enspace: \enspace - \quad y \qquad.
+ (line 6)
+* \enumi: enumerate. (line 52)
+* \enumii: enumerate. (line 52)
+* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 52)
+* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 52)
+* \epsilon: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 198)
+* \equiv: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 204)
+* \eta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 207)
+* \evensidemargin: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 87)
+* \evensidemargin <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 70)
+* \evensidemargin <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 71)
+* \ExecuteOptions: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 179)
+* \exists: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 210)
+* \exp: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 48)
+* \externaldocument: paquete xr. (line 6)
+* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 118)
* \fbox: \fbox y \framebox. (line 6)
-* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). (line 14)
-* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 19)
-* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). (line 14)
-* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 19)
-* \fill: \hfill. (line 10)
-* \flat: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 167)
-* \floatpagefraction: figure. (line 60)
-* \floatsep: figure. (line 64)
+* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). (line 31)
+* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 40)
+* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 39)
+* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). (line 31)
+* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 45)
+* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 44)
+* \fill: \hfill. (line 19)
+* \flat: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 213)
+* \floatpagefraction: Flotantes. (line 104)
+* \floatpagefraction <1>: Flotantes. (line 105)
+* \floatsep: Flotantes. (line 122)
+* \floatsep <1>: Flotantes. (line 123)
* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 6)
-* \fnsymbol: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 11)
-* \fnsymbol <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 24)
-* \fnsymbol, y notas al pie: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 11)
-* \fontencoding: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+* \fnsymbol, y notas al pie: \footnote. (line 24)
+* \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 38)
+* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 43)
+* \fontencoding: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
(line 11)
-* \fontfamily: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 15)
-* \fontseries: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 25)
-* \fontshape: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 37)
-* \fontsize: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 50)
+* \fontfamily: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 22)
+* \fontseries: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 49)
+* \fontshape: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 91)
+* \fontsize: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 105)
* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6)
* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6)
-* \footnoterule: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 6)
-* \footnotesep: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 12)
-* \footnotesize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 34)
+* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 46)
+* \footnotesize: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6)
-* \footskip: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 16)
-* \forall: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 170)
-* \frac: Miscelánea Math. (line 18)
-* \frac{num}{den}: Miscelánea Math. (line 17)
+* \footskip: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 26)
+* \footskip <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 27)
+* \forall: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 216)
+* \frac: \frac. (line 6)
* \frame: \frame. (line 6)
* \framebox: \framebox (picture). (line 6)
* \framebox <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 6)
-* \frown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 173)
-* \fussy: \fussy. (line 6)
-* \Gamma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 176)
-* \gamma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 179)
-* \gcd: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 51)
-* \ge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 182)
-* \geq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 185)
-* \gets: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 188)
-* \gg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 191)
-* \glossary: Glosarios. (line 8)
-* \glossaryentry: Glosarios. (line 11)
-* \grave: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 28)
-* \guillemotleft («): Símbolos de Texto. (line 27)
-* \guillemotright (»): Símbolos de Texto. (line 28)
-* \guilsinglleft (‹): Símbolos de Texto. (line 29)
-* \guilsinglright (›): Símbolos de Texto. (line 30)
-* \H (acento diéresis Húngara): Acentos. (line 61)
-* \hat: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 31)
-* \hbar: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 194)
-* \headheight: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing.
(line 6)
-* \headsep: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 11)
-* \heartsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 197)
-* \height: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 8)
+* \frontmatter: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* \frown: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 219)
+* \fussy: \fussy y \sloppy. (line 6)
+* \Gamma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 222)
+* \gamma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 225)
+* \gcd: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 51)
+* \ge: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 228)
+* \geq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 231)
+* \gets: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 234)
+* \gg: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 237)
+* \gls: \gls. (line 6)
+* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 6)
+* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 6)
+* \grave: Acentos matemáticos. (line 25)
+* \guillemotleft («): Símbolos de texto. (line 30)
+* \guillemotright (»): Símbolos de texto. (line 31)
+* \guilsinglleft (‹): Símbolos de texto. (line 32)
+* \guilsinglright (›): Símbolos de texto. (line 33)
+* \H (acento húngaro con diéresis): Acentos. (line 69)
+* \hat: Acentos matemáticos. (line 27)
+* \hbar: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 240)
+* \headheight: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 14)
+* \headheight <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 15)
+* \headsep: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 19)
+* \headsep <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 20)
+* \heartsuit: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 243)
* \hfill: \hfill. (line 6)
* \hline: \hline. (line 6)
-* \hom: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \hom: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 54)
-* \hookleftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 200)
-* \hookrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 203)
-* \hrulefill: \hrulefill. (line 6)
+* \hookleftarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 246)
+* \hookrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 249)
+* \hphantom: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* \hrulefill: \hrulefill y \dotfill.
+ (line 6)
+* \hsize: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 125)
+* \hsize <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 126)
* \hspace: \hspace. (line 6)
-* \huge: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \hss: \hss. (line 6)
+* \huge: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
-* \Huge: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \Huge: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6)
-* \i (i sin punto): Acentos. (line 64)
-* \iff: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 206)
-* \ij (ij): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 27)
-* \IJ (IJ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 27)
-* \Im: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 209)
-* \imath: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 34)
-* \in: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 212)
-* \include: \include. (line 6)
-* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 6)
-* \indent: \indent. (line 6)
-* \index: Índices. (line 9)
-* \indexentry: Índices. (line 12)
-* \inf: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \i (dotless i): Acentos. (line 19)
+* \IfBeginWith* macro de xstring: Nombre del trabajo. (line 60)
+* \iff: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 252)
+* \IfFileExists: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 134)
+* \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend.
+ (line 6)
+* \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend.
+ (line 6)
+* \ij (ij): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 32)
+* \IJ (IJ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 32)
+* \Im: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 256)
+* \imath: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 259)
+* \immediate\write: \write. (line 64)
+* \in: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 263)
+* \include: \include e \includeonly.
+ (line 6)
+* \include anidado, no permitido: \include e \includeonly.
+ (line 109)
+* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* \includeonly: \include e \includeonly.
+ (line 6)
+* \indent: \indent y \noindent. (line 6)
+* \index: Índices. (line 6)
+* \index <1>: \index. (line 6)
+* \indexentry: \index. (line 113)
+* \indexspace: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 24)
+* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 61)
+* \inf: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 57)
-* \infty: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 215)
+* \infty: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 267)
* \input: \input. (line 6)
-* \int: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 218)
-* \intextsep: figure. (line 68)
-* \iota: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 221)
-* \it: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 90)
-* \item: description. (line 14)
-* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 20)
+* \inputencoding: paquete inputenc. (line 51)
+* \InputIfFileExists: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 134)
+* \int: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 270)
+* \intextsep: Flotantes. (line 126)
+* \intextsep <1>: Flotantes. (line 127)
+* \iota: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 273)
+* \it: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 82)
+* \item: description. (line 33)
+* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 32)
* \item <2>: itemize. (line 6)
-* \itemindent: itemize. (line 51)
-* \itemsep: itemize. (line 76)
-* \itshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 30)
-* \j (j sin punto): Acentos. (line 67)
-* \jmath: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 37)
-* \Join: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 224)
-* \k (colita —ogonek en polaco): Acentos. (line 71)
-* \kappa: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 227)
-* \ker: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \item <3>: itemize. (line 33)
+* \item <4>: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 24)
+* \itemindent: list. (line 91)
+* \itemsep: list. (line 96)
+* \itshape: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 34)
+* \j (j sin punto): Acentos. (line 19)
+* \jmath: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 280)
+* \jobname: Nombre del trabajo. (line 6)
+* \jobname <1>: Nombre del trabajo. (line 53)
+* \Join: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 276)
+* \k (ogonek): Acentos. (line 73)
+* \kappa: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 284)
+* \ker: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 60)
-* \kill: tabbing. (line 70)
-* \l (ł): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 31)
-* \L (Ł): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 31)
+* \kill: tabbing. (line 114)
+* \l (ł): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 36)
+* \L (Ł): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 36)
+* \l@chapter: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* \l@section: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* \l@subsection: \contentsline. (line 6)
* \label: \label. (line 6)
-* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 35)
-* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 35)
-* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 35)
-* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 35)
-* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 30)
-* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 30)
-* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 30)
-* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 30)
-* \labelsep: itemize. (line 55)
-* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 59)
-* \Lambda: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 230)
-* \lambda: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 233)
-* \land: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 236)
-* \langle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 239)
-* \large: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 61)
+* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 61)
+* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 61)
+* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 61)
+* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 46)
+* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 46)
+* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 46)
+* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 46)
+* \labelsep: list. (line 109)
+* \labelwidth: list. (line 114)
+* \Lambda: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 287)
+* \lambda: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 290)
+* \land: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 293)
+* \langle: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 297)
+* \large: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
-* \Large: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \Large: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
-* \LARGE: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \LARGE: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
-* \LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 21)
-* \LaTeXe: Símbolos de Texto. (line 24)
-* \lbrace: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 242)
-* \lbrack: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 245)
-* \lceil: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 248)
-* \ldots: Símbolos de Texto. (line 34)
-* \le: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 251)
-* \leadsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 254)
-* \left DELIMITADOR1 ... \right DELIMITADOR2: Miscelánea Math.
- (line 20)
-* \Leftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 256)
-* \leftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 259)
-* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 26)
-* \leftharpoondown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 262)
-* \leftharpoonup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 265)
-* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 37)
-* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 37)
-* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 37)
-* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 37)
-* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 37)
-* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 37)
-* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 37)
-* \Leftrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 268)
-* \Leftrightarrow <1>: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 271)
-* \leq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 274)
-* \lfloor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 277)
-* \lg: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \LastDeclaredEncoding: \LastDeclaredEncoding.
+ (line 6)
+* \lbrace: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 301)
+* \lbrack: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 305)
+* \lceil: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 309)
+* \ldots: Puntos. (line 26)
+* \ldots <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 37)
+* \le: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 313)
+* \leadsto: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 316)
+* \left: \left y \right. (line 6)
+* \Leftarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 322)
+* \leftarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 326)
+* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 45)
+* \leftharpoondown: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 331)
+* \leftharpoonup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 335)
+* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 63)
+* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 136)
+* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 63)
+* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 63)
+* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 63)
+* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 63)
+* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 63)
+* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 63)
+* \Leftrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 338)
+* \leftrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 342)
+* \leq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 346)
+* \lfloor: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 349)
+* \lg: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 63)
-* \lhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 280)
-* \lim: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \lhd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 352)
+* \lim: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 66)
-* \liminf: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \liminf: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 69)
-* \limsup: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \limsup: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 72)
* \line: \line. (line 6)
* \linebreak: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
(line 6)
-* \linespread: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 65)
+* \lineskip: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 49)
+* \lineskiplimit: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 49)
+* \linespread: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 116)
+* \linespread <1>: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 6)
* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 6)
-* \linewidth: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 21)
-* \listoffigures: Tablas de Contenido. (line 16)
-* \listoftables: Tablas de Contenido. (line 16)
-* \listparindent: itemize. (line 63)
-* \ll: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 283)
-* \ln: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \linewidth: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 34)
+* \linewidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 35)
+* \listoffigures: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 6)
+* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* \listoftables: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 6)
+* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* \listparindent: list. (line 155)
+* \ll: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 358)
+* \ln: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 75)
-* \lnot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 286)
+* \lnot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 361)
+* \LoadClass: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 155)
+* \LoadClassWithOptions: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 155)
* \location: \location. (line 6)
-* \log: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \log: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 78)
-* \longleftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 289)
-* \longleftrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 292)
-* \longmapsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 295)
-* \longrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 298)
-* \lor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 301)
-* \lq: Símbolos de Texto. (line 40)
-* \makebox: \makebox. (line 6)
-* \makebox (picture): \makebox (picture). (line 6)
+* \long: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 28)
+* \longleftarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 364)
+* \longleftrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 368)
+* \longmapsto: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 373)
+* \longrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 377)
+* \lor: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 381)
+* \lq: Símbolos de texto. (line 45)
+* \mainmatter: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* \makeatother: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 6)
+* \makeatother <1>: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 6)
+* \makebox: \mbox y \makebox. (line 6)
+* \makebox (para picture): \makebox (picture). (line 6)
* \makeglossary: Glosarios. (line 6)
+* \makeglossary <1>: Glosarios. (line 46)
* \makeindex: Índices. (line 6)
+* \makelabel: list. (line 65)
* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 6)
* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 6)
-* \mapsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 304)
-* \marginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 6)
-* \marginparpush: Notas al Margen. (line 34)
-* \marginparsep: Notas al Margen. (line 38)
-* \marginparwidth: Notas al Margen. (line 42)
-* \markboth{IZQUIERDA}{DERECHA}: \pagestyle. (line 31)
-* \markright{DERECHA}: \pagestyle. (line 39)
-* \mathbf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 55)
-* \mathcal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 69)
-* \mathnormal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 66)
-* \mathrm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 53)
-* \mathsf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 57)
-* \mathtt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 59)
-* \mathversion: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 71)
-* \max: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \mapsto: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 385)
+* \marginpar: Notas marginales. (line 6)
+* \marginparpush: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 41)
+* \marginparpush <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 44)
+* \marginparpush <2>: Notas marginales. (line 36)
+* \marginparsep: Notas marginales. (line 41)
+* \marginparwidth: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 43)
+* \marginparwidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 44)
+* \marginparwidth <2>: Notas marginales. (line 46)
+* \marginsep: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 42)
+* \marginsep <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 44)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 80)
+* \markright{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 89)
+* \mathbf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 112)
+* \mathcal: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 129)
+* \mathdollar: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 856)
+* \mathellipsis: Puntos. (line 27)
+* \mathnormal: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 125)
+* \mathparagraph: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 859)
+* \mathring: Acentos matemáticos. (line 30)
+* \mathrm: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 109)
+* \mathsection: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 862)
+* \mathsf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 115)
+* \mathsterling: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 865)
+* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 6)
+* \mathtt: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 118)
+* \mathunderscore: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 868)
+* \mathversion: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 131)
+* \max: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 81)
-* \mbox: \mbox. (line 6)
-* \mdseries: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+* \mbox: \mbox y \makebox. (line 6)
+* \mdseries: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 37)
+* \medbreak: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak.
+ (line 6)
+* \medskip: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 6)
+* \medskip <1>: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 35)
+* \medskipamount: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
(line 36)
-* \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 13)
-* \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 13)
-* \mho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 307)
-* \mid: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 309)
-* \min: Funciones Matemáticas.
+* \medspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 38)
+* \message: \message. (line 6)
+* \mho: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 389)
+* \mid: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 392)
+* \min: Funciones matemáticas.
(line 84)
-* \models: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 312)
-* \month: \day \month \year. (line 6)
-* \mp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 315)
-* \mu: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 318)
+* \models: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 403)
+* \month: \day - \month y \year.
+ (line 6)
+* \mp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 407)
+* \mu: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 410)
* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 6)
* \multiput: \multiput. (line 6)
-* \nabla: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 321)
+* \nabla: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 413)
* \name: \name. (line 6)
-* \natural: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 324)
-* \ne: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 327)
-* \nearrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 330)
-* \neg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 333)
-* \neq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 336)
+* \natural: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 416)
+* \ne: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 419)
+* \nearrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 422)
+* \NeedsTeXFormat: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 190)
+* \neg: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 425)
+* \negmedspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 44)
+* \negthickspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 31)
+* \negthinspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 65)
+* \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 6)
+* \neq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 429)
* \newcommand: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
(line 6)
* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6)
* \newenvironment: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
(line 6)
* \newfont: \newfont. (line 6)
+* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 6)
* \newlength: \newlength. (line 6)
* \newline: \newline. (line 6)
-* \NEWLINE: \SPACE. (line 6)
+* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 6)
* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6)
* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6)
* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6)
-* \newtie: Acentos. (line 82)
-* \ng: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 35)
-* \NG: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 35)
-* \ni: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 339)
+* \newtie: Acentos. (line 83)
+* \newwrite: \write. (line 25)
+* \ng: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 40)
+* \NG: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 40)
+* \ni: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 432)
* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6)
-* \nofiles: Tablas de Contenido. (line 20)
-* \noindent: \noindent. (line 6)
+* \nocite y \citation interna: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 23)
+* \nocite {*}, para todas las claves: Usar BibTeX. (line 63)
+* \nocorr: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 22)
+* \nocorrlist: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 22)
+* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 6)
+* \noindent: \indent y \noindent. (line 6)
* \nolinebreak: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
(line 6)
-* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 20)
+* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing.
+ (line 6)
+* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 40)
* \nopagebreak: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
(line 6)
-* \normalfont: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 51)
-* \normalmarginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 21)
-* \normalsize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \normalfont: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 58)
+* \normalmarginpar: Notas marginales. (line 22)
+* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 6)
+* \normalsize: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
-* \not: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 342)
-* \notin: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 345)
-* \nu: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 348)
-* \nwarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 351)
-* \o (ø): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 39)
-* \O (Ø): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 39)
+* \not: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 436)
+* \notin: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 444)
+* \nu: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 448)
+* \numberline: \numberline. (line 6)
+* \nwarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 451)
+* \o (ø): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 44)
+* \O (Ø): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 44)
* \obeycr: \obeycr y \restorecr.
(line 6)
-* \oddsidemargin: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 54)
-* \odot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 354)
-* \oe (œ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 43)
-* \OE (Œ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 43)
-* \oint: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 357)
-* \Omega: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 360)
-* \omega: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 363)
-* \ominus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 366)
+* \oddsidemargin: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 87)
+* \oddsidemargin <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 69)
+* \oddsidemargin <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 71)
+* \odot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 454)
+* \oe (œ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 48)
+* \OE (Œ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 48)
+* \oint: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 458)
+* \oldstylenums: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 135)
+* \Omega: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 462)
+* \omega: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 465)
+* \ominus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 468)
* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 6)
+* \openin: \openin y \openout. (line 6)
* \opening: \opening. (line 6)
-* \oplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 369)
-* \oslash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 372)
-* \otimes: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 375)
+* \openout: \openin y \openout. (line 6)
+* \oplus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 471)
+* \OptionNotUsed: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 211)
+* \oslash: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 475)
+* \otimes: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 478)
* \oval: \oval. (line 6)
-* \overbrace{TEXTO}: Miscelánea Math. (line 26)
-* \overline{TEXTO}: Miscelánea Math. (line 30)
-* \owns: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 378)
-* \P: Símbolos de Texto. (line 43)
+* \overbrace{MATH}: Sobre y subrayado. (line 41)
+* \overline{TEXT}: Sobre y subrayado. (line 22)
+* \owns: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 482)
+* \PackageError: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \PackageInfo: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \PackageInfoNoLine: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \PackageWarning: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
+* \PackageWarningNoLine: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 43)
* \pagebreak: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
(line 6)
* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 6)
* \pageref: \pageref. (line 6)
* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 6)
-* \paragraph: Seccionado. (line 15)
-* \parallel: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 381)
+* \paperheight: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 82)
+* \paperheight <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 83)
+* \paperwidth: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 88)
+* \paperwidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 89)
+* \par: \par. (line 6)
+* \paragraph: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 6)
+* \parallel: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 486)
* \parbox: \parbox. (line 6)
-* \parindent: minipage. (line 18)
-* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 6)
-* \parsep: itemize. (line 81)
-* \parskip: \parskip. (line 6)
-* \part: Seccionado. (line 9)
-* \partial: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 384)
-* \partopsep: itemize. (line 93)
-* \perp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 387)
-* \phi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 390)
-* \Pi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 393)
-* \pi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 396)
-* \pm: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 399)
-* \pmod: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 87)
-* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 76)
-* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 77)
-* \pounds: Símbolos de Texto. (line 47)
-* \Pr: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 90)
-* \prec: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 402)
-* \preceq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 405)
-* \prime: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 408)
-* \prod: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 411)
-* \propto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 414)
+* \parindent: minipage. (line 109)
+* \parindent <1>: \indent y \noindent. (line 43)
+* \parindent <2>: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 6)
+* \parsep: list. (line 161)
+* \parskip: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 6)
+* \parskip ejemplo: itemize. (line 84)
+* \part: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* \part <1>: \part. (line 6)
+* \partial: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 489)
+* \partopsep: list. (line 171)
+* \PassOptionsToClass: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 217)
+* \PassOptionsToPackage: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 217)
+* \pdfpageheight: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 41)
+* \pdfpagewidth: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 41)
+* \perp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 492)
+* \phantom: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* \Phi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 496)
+* \phi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 499)
+* \Pi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 503)
+* \pi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 506)
+* \pm: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 509)
+* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 120)
+* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 121)
+* \pounds: Símbolos de texto. (line 52)
+* \Pr: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 89)
+* \prec: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 512)
+* \preceq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 515)
+* \prevdepth: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 49)
+* \prime: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 519)
+* \printglossaries: Glosarios. (line 6)
+* \printglossaries <1>: Glosarios. (line 46)
+* \printindex: \printindex. (line 6)
+* \ProcessOptions: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 256)
+* \ProcessOptions*: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 256)
+* \prod: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 529)
+* \propto: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 532)
* \protect: \protect. (line 6)
+* \protected@write: \write. (line 75)
+* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 6)
+* \ProvidesClass: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 296)
+* \ProvidesFile: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 331)
+* \ProvidesPackage: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 296)
+* \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand.
+ (line 6)
+* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
+ (line 6)
* \ps: \ps. (line 6)
-* \Psi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 417)
-* \psi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 420)
-* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 80)
+* \Psi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 535)
+* \psi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 538)
+* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 124)
* \put: \put. (line 6)
-* \quotedblbase („): Símbolos de Texto. (line 51)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚): Símbolos de Texto. (line 52)
-* \r (acento anillo): Acentos. (line 76)
+* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 6)
+* \qquad: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 80)
+* \qquad <1>: \enspace - \quad y \qquad.
+ (line 6)
+* \quad: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 74)
+* \quad <1>: \enspace - \quad y \qquad.
+ (line 6)
+* \quotedblbase („): Símbolos de texto. (line 56)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚): Símbolos de texto. (line 57)
+* \r (acento de anillo): Acentos. (line 77)
* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 6)
* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 6)
* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 6)
* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 6)
-* \rangle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 423)
-* \rbrace: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 426)
-* \rbrack: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 429)
-* \rceil: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 432)
-* \Re: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 435)
+* \rangle: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 541)
+* \rbrace: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 545)
+* \rbrack: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 549)
+* \rceil: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 553)
+* \Re: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 556)
+* \read: \read. (line 6)
* \ref: \ref. (line 6)
+* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 6)
+* \refname: thebibliography. (line 45)
* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 6)
+* \renewcommand: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 6)
* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
(line 6)
+* \RequirePackage: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 341)
+* \RequirePackage y textput jobname: Nombre del trabajo. (line 35)
+* \RequirePackageWithOptions: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 341)
+* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 6)
* \restorecr: \obeycr y \restorecr.
(line 6)
-* \reversemarginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 21)
-* \rfloor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 438)
-* \rhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 441)
-* \rho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 444)
-* \right: Miscelánea Math. (line 21)
-* \Rightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 447)
-* \rightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 450)
-* \rightharpoondown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 453)
-* \rightharpoonup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 456)
-* \rightleftharpoons: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 459)
-* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 67)
-* \rm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 93)
-* \rmfamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 27)
-* \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 18)
-* \roman <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 21)
-* \rq: Símbolos de Texto. (line 55)
+* \restriction: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 561)
+* \revemptyset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 566)
+* \reversemarginpar: Notas marginales. (line 22)
+* \rfloor: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 571)
+* \rhd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 575)
+* \rho: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 581)
+* \Rightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 585)
+* \rightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 589)
+* \rightharpoondown: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 593)
+* \rightharpoonup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 597)
+* \rightleftharpoons: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 601)
+* \rightmargin: list. (line 188)
+* \right|: \left y \right. (line 6)
+* \rm: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 85)
+* \rmfamily: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 31)
+* \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 28)
+* \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 33)
+* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 6)
+* \rq: Símbolos de texto. (line 60)
* \rule: \rule. (line 6)
-* \S: Símbolos de Texto. (line 58)
-* \savebox: \savebox. (line 6)
-* \sbox: \sbox. (line 6)
-* \sc: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 96)
-* \scriptsize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \samepage: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+ (line 45)
+* \savebox: \sbox y \savebox. (line 6)
+* \sbox: \sbox y \savebox. (line 6)
+* \sc: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 88)
+* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 6)
+* \scriptscriptstyle: Estilos math. (line 32)
+* \scriptsize: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
-* \scshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 47)
-* \searrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 462)
-* \sec: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 93)
-* \section: Seccionado. (line 12)
-* \seename: Índices. (line 20)
-* \selectfont: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 71)
+* \scriptstyle: Estilos math. (line 32)
+* \scshape: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 52)
+* \searrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 604)
+* \sec: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 92)
+* \section: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* \section <1>: \section. (line 6)
+* \seename: \index. (line 61)
+* \selectfont: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 122)
* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 6)
* \setlength: \setlength. (line 6)
-* \setminus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 465)
+* \setminus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 607)
* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 6)
* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 6)
* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 6)
-* \sf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 99)
-* \sffamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 45)
-* \sharp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 468)
+* \sf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 91)
+* \sffamily: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 49)
+* \sharp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 612)
+* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 76)
+* \shipout y expansión: \write. (line 70)
* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 6)
-* \Sigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 471)
-* \sigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 474)
-* \signature: \signature. (line 6)
-* \sim: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 477)
-* \simeq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 480)
-* \sin: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 96)
-* \sinh: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 99)
-* \sl: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 102)
-* \slshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 43)
-* \small: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \Sigma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 615)
+* \sigma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 618)
+* \signature: \signature. (line 11)
+* \sim: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 622)
+* \simeq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 625)
+* \sin: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 95)
+* \sinh: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 98)
+* \sl: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 94)
+* \sloppy: \fussy y \sloppy. (line 6)
+* \slshape: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 46)
+* \small: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
-* \smallint: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 483)
-* \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 17)
-* \smallskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 17)
-* \smile: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 486)
-* \SPACE: \SPACE. (line 6)
-* \spadesuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 489)
-* \sqcap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 492)
-* \sqcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 495)
-* \sqrt[RAÍZ]{argumento}: Miscelánea Math. (line 34)
-* \sqsubset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 498)
-* \sqsubseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 501)
-* \sqsupset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 504)
-* \sqsupseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 507)
-* \ss (ß): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 47)
-* \SS (SS): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 47)
-* \stackrel{TEXTO}{RELACIÓN}: Miscelánea Math. (line 39)
-* \star: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 510)
-* \startbreaks: \startbreaks. (line 6)
+* \smallbreak: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak.
+ (line 6)
+* \smallint: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 628)
+* \smallskip: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 6)
+* \smallskip <1>: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 41)
+* \smallskipamount: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 42)
+* \smile: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 632)
+* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 6)
+* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 6)
+* \space: \include e \includeonly.
+ (line 91)
+* \space <1>: \input. (line 35)
+* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 21)
+* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 10)
+* \spadesuit: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 635)
+* \sqcap: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 638)
+* \sqcup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 642)
+* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 6)
+* \sqsubset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 646)
+* \sqsubseteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 651)
+* \sqsupset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 655)
+* \sqsupseteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 660)
+* \ss (ß): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 52)
+* \SS (SS): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 52)
+* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 6)
+* \star: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 664)
* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 6)
-* \stop: Línea de Órdenes. (line 17)
-* \stopbreaks: \stopbreaks. (line 6)
-* \subparagraph: Seccionado. (line 16)
-* \subsection: Seccionado. (line 13)
-* \subset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 513)
-* \subseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 516)
-* \subsubsection: Seccionado. (line 14)
-* \succ: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 519)
-* \succeq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 522)
-* \sum: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 525)
-* \sup: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 102)
-* \supset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 528)
-* \supseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 531)
-* \surd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 534)
-* \swarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 537)
-* \symbol: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 26)
-* \t (acento atadura con siguiente): Acentos. (line 82)
-* \TAB: \SPACE. (line 6)
-* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 85)
-* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 110)
-* \tableofcontents: Tablas de Contenido. (line 6)
-* \tan: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 105)
-* \tanh: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 108)
-* \tau: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 540)
+* \stop: Recuperación de errores.
+ (line 24)
+* \stretch: \stretch. (line 6)
+* \strut: \strut. (line 6)
+* \subitem: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 24)
+* \subparagraph: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 6)
+* \subsection: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 6)
+* \subset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 671)
+* \subseteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 674)
+* \subsubitem: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 24)
+* \subsubsection: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 6)
+* \succ: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 677)
+* \succeq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 681)
+* \sum: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 685)
+* \sup: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 101)
+* \suppressfloats: Flotantes. (line 93)
+* \supset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 688)
+* \supseteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 691)
+* \surd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 694)
+* \swarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 699)
+* \symbf: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 21)
+* \symbfit: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 21)
+* \symbol: Símbolos por posición de fuente.
+ (line 6)
+* \t (ligadura después del acento): Acentos. (line 83)
+* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 6)
+* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 129)
+* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 186)
+* \tableofcontents: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 6)
+* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* \tan: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 104)
+* \tanh: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 107)
+* \tau: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 702)
* \telephone: \telephone. (line 6)
-* \TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 61)
-* \textascenderwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 99)
-* \textasciicircum: Símbolos de Texto. (line 64)
-* \textasciitilde: Símbolos de Texto. (line 67)
-* \textasteriskcentered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 70)
-* \textbackslash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 73)
-* \textbar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 76)
-* \textbardbl: Símbolos de Texto. (line 79)
-* \textbf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 39)
-* \textbigcircle: Símbolos de Texto. (line 82)
-* \textbraceleft: Símbolos de Texto. (line 85)
-* \textbraceright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 88)
-* \textbullet: Símbolos de Texto. (line 91)
-* \textcapitalwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 98)
-* \textcircled{LETRA}: Símbolos de Texto. (line 94)
-* \textcompwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 97)
-* \textcopyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 12)
-* \textdagger: Símbolos de Texto. (line 104)
-* \textdaggerdbl: Símbolos de Texto. (line 107)
-* \textdollar (o \$): Símbolos de Texto. (line 110)
-* \textellipsis: Símbolos de Texto. (line 36)
-* \textemdash (o ---): Símbolos de Texto. (line 113)
-* \textendash (o --): Símbolos de Texto. (line 116)
-* \texteuro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 119)
-* \textexclamdown (o !`): Símbolos de Texto. (line 122)
-* \textfloatsep: figure. (line 73)
-* \textfraction: figure. (line 78)
-* \textgreater: Símbolos de Texto. (line 125)
-* \textheight: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 27)
-* \textit: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 30)
-* \textleftarrow: Símbolos de Texto. (line 131)
-* \textless: Símbolos de Texto. (line 128)
-* \textmd: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 36)
-* \textnormal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 51)
-* \textordfeminine: Símbolos de Texto. (line 134)
-* \textordfeminine <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 138)
-* \textordmasculine: Símbolos de Texto. (line 135)
-* \textparagraph: Símbolos de Texto. (line 44)
-* \textperiodcentered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 141)
-* \textquestiondown (o ?`): Símbolos de Texto. (line 144)
-* \textquotedblleft (o ``): Símbolos de Texto. (line 147)
-* \textquotedblright (o '): Símbolos de Texto. (line 150)
-* \textquoteleft (o `): Símbolos de Texto. (line 153)
-* \textquoteright (o '): Símbolos de Texto. (line 156)
-* \textquotestraightbase: Símbolos de Texto. (line 159)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase: Símbolos de Texto. (line 160)
-* \textregistered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 163)
-* \textrightarrow: Símbolos de Texto. (line 166)
-* \textrm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 27)
-* \textsc: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 47)
-* \textsf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 45)
-* \textsl: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 43)
-* \textsterling: Símbolos de Texto. (line 48)
-* \textthreequartersemdash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 169)
-* \texttrademark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 172)
-* \texttt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 49)
-* \texttwelveudash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 175)
-* \textunderscore: Símbolos de Texto. (line 178)
-* \textup: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 41)
-* \textvisiblespace: Símbolos de Texto. (line 181)
-* \textwidth: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+* \textascendercompwordmark: Símbolos de texto. (line 115)
+* \textasciicircum: Símbolos de texto. (line 70)
+* \textasciitilde: Símbolos de texto. (line 73)
+* \textasteriskcentered: Símbolos de texto. (line 76)
+* \textbackslash: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 19)
+* \textbackslash <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 79)
+* \textbar: Símbolos de texto. (line 88)
+* \textbardbl: Símbolos de texto. (line 91)
+* \textbf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 40)
+* \textbigcircle: Símbolos de texto. (line 94)
+* \textbraceleft: Símbolos de texto. (line 97)
+* \textbraceright: Símbolos de texto. (line 102)
+* \textbullet: Símbolos de texto. (line 107)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Símbolos de texto. (line 114)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}: Símbolos de texto. (line 110)
+* \textcompwordmark: Símbolos de texto. (line 113)
+* \textcopyright: Símbolos de texto. (line 15)
+* \textdagger: Símbolos de texto. (line 123)
+* \textdaggerdbl: Símbolos de texto. (line 126)
+* \textdollar (o \$): Símbolos de texto. (line 129)
+* \textellipsis: Símbolos de texto. (line 38)
+* \textemdash (o ---): Símbolos de texto. (line 132)
+* \textendash (o --): Símbolos de texto. (line 139)
+* \texteuro: Símbolos de texto. (line 142)
+* \textexclamdown (o !`): Símbolos de texto. (line 148)
+* \textfiguredash: Símbolos de texto. (line 151)
+* \textfloatsep: Flotantes. (line 132)
+* \textfloatsep <1>: Flotantes. (line 133)
+* \textfraction: Flotantes. (line 108)
+* \textfraction <1>: Flotantes. (line 109)
+* \textgreater: Símbolos de texto. (line 158)
+* \textheight: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 94)
+* \textheight <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 95)
+* \texthorizontalbar: Símbolos de texto. (line 161)
+* \textit: Estilos de tipos de letra.
(line 34)
-* \th (þ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 51)
-* \TH (Þ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 51)
-* \thanks{TEXTO}: \maketitle. (line 23)
-* \theta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 543)
+* \textleftarrow: Símbolos de texto. (line 169)
+* \textless: Símbolos de texto. (line 166)
+* \textmd: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 37)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Símbolos de texto. (line 172)
+* \textnormal: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 58)
+* \textordfeminine: Símbolos de texto. (line 178)
+* \textordmasculine: Símbolos de texto. (line 179)
+* \textparagraph: Símbolos de texto. (line 49)
+* \textperiodcentered: Símbolos de texto. (line 182)
+* \textquestiondown (o ?`): Símbolos de texto. (line 185)
+* \textquotedblleft (o ``): Símbolos de texto. (line 188)
+* \textquotedblright (o ''): Símbolos de texto. (line 191)
+* \textquoteleft (o `): Símbolos de texto. (line 194)
+* \textquoteright (o '): Símbolos de texto. (line 197)
+* \textquotesingle: Símbolos de texto. (line 200)
+* \textquotestraightbase: Símbolos de texto. (line 203)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase: Símbolos de texto. (line 204)
+* \textregistered: Símbolos de texto. (line 207)
+* \textrightarrow: Símbolos de texto. (line 210)
+* \textrm: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 31)
+* \textsc: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 52)
+* \textsection: Símbolos de texto. (line 64)
+* \textsf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 49)
+* \textsl: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 46)
+* \textsterling: Símbolos de texto. (line 53)
+* \textstyle: Estilos math. (line 32)
+* \textthreequartersemdash: Símbolos de texto. (line 213)
+* \texttrademark: Símbolos de texto. (line 216)
+* \texttt: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 55)
+* \texttwelveudash: Símbolos de texto. (line 219)
+* \textunderscore: Símbolos de texto. (line 222)
+* \textup: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 43)
+* \textvisiblespace: Símbolos de texto. (line 225)
+* \textwidth: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 103)
+* \textwidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 104)
+* \th (þ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 56)
+* \TH (Þ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 56)
+* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 50)
+* \theta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 705)
* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 6)
+* \thickspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 24)
* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 6)
-* \thinspace: \thinspace. (line 6)
+* \thinspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 50)
+* \thinspace <1>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 6)
* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 6)
-* \tilde: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 40)
-* \times: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 546)
-* \tiny: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+* \tilde: Acentos matemáticos. (line 33)
+* \times: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 709)
+* \tiny: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
(line 12)
-* \title{TEXTO}: \maketitle. (line 28)
-* \to: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 549)
+* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 58)
+* \to: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 713)
* \today: \today. (line 6)
-* \top: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 552)
-* \topfraction: figure. (line 84)
-* \topmargin: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 41)
-* \topsep: itemize. (line 85)
-* \topskip: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 49)
-* \totalheight: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 12)
-* \triangle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 555)
-* \triangleleft: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 558)
-* \triangleright: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 561)
-* \tt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 105)
-* \ttfamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 49)
+* \top: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 717)
+* \topfraction: Flotantes. (line 114)
+* \topfraction <1>: Flotantes. (line 115)
+* \topmargin: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 130)
+* \topsep: list. (line 193)
+* \topskip: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 137)
+* \topskip <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 138)
+* \triangle: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 721)
+* \triangleleft: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 724)
+* \triangleright: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 730)
+* \tt: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 97)
+* \ttfamily: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 55)
* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 6)
* \typein: \typein. (line 6)
* \typeout: \typeout. (line 6)
-* \u (breve acento): Acentos. (line 87)
-* \unboldmath: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 29)
-* \underbar: Acentos. (line 90)
-* \underbrace{matemáticas}: Miscelánea Math. (line 44)
-* \underline{text}: Miscelánea Math. (line 47)
-* \unitlength: picture. (line 10)
-* \unlhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 564)
-* \unrhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 568)
-* \Uparrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 572)
-* \uparrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 575)
-* \Updownarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 578)
-* \updownarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 581)
-* \uplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 584)
-* \upshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 41)
-* \Upsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 587)
-* \upsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 590)
+* \u (acento breve): Acentos. (line 89)
+* \unboldmath: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 6)
+* \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 14)
+* \underbar: Acentos. (line 53)
+* \underbrace{MATH}: Sobre y subrayado. (line 27)
+* \underline{TEXT}: Sobre y subrayado. (line 9)
+* \unitlength: picture. (line 28)
+* \unlhd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 736)
+* \unrhd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 743)
+* \Uparrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 750)
+* \uparrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 755)
+* \Updownarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 760)
+* \updownarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 765)
+* \upharpoonright: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 770)
+* \uplus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 775)
+* \upshape: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 43)
+* \Upsilon: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 780)
+* \upsilon: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 783)
* \usebox: \usebox. (line 6)
* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 6)
-* \usefont: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 76)
-* \usepackage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 74)
-* \v (breve acento): Acentos. (line 99)
+* \usefont: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 130)
+* \usepackage: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* \UseTextAccent: \UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent.
+ (line 6)
+* \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent.
+ (line 6)
+* \v (acento breve): Acentos. (line 93)
* \value: \value. (line 6)
-* \varepsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 593)
-* \varphi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 596)
-* \varpi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 599)
-* \varrho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 602)
-* \varsigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 605)
-* \vartheta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 608)
-* \vdash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 611)
-* \vdots: Miscelánea Math. (line 52)
-* \vdots <1>: Miscelánea Math. (line 53)
-* \vec: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 43)
+* \vanothing: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 791)
+* \varepsilon: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 786)
+* \varphi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 796)
+* \varpi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 800)
+* \varrho: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 804)
+* \varsigma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 808)
+* \vartheta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 812)
+* \vbox (simple TeX): minipage. (line 61)
+* \vdash: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 816)
+* \vdots: Puntos. (line 37)
+* \vec: Acentos matemáticos. (line 36)
* \vector: \vector. (line 6)
-* \vee: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 614)
+* \vee: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 820)
* \verb: \verb. (line 6)
-* \Vert: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 617)
-* \vert: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 620)
+* \Vert: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 824)
+* \vert: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 828)
* \vfill: \vfill. (line 6)
* \vline: \vline. (line 6)
+* \vphantom: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
* \vspace: \vspace. (line 6)
-* \wedge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 623)
-* \widehat: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 46)
-* \widetilde: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 49)
-* \width: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 6)
-* \wp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 626)
-* \wr: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 629)
-* \Xi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 632)
-* \xi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 635)
-* \year: \day \month \year. (line 6)
-* \zeta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 638)
-* \[: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 16)
-* \\ (para array): array. (line 27)
-* \\ (para centrar): center. (line 13)
-* \\ (para eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 12)
+* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 57)
+* \wedge: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 834)
+* \widehat: Acentos matemáticos. (line 39)
+* \widetilde: Acentos matemáticos. (line 42)
+* \wlog: \wlog. (line 6)
+* \wp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 838)
+* \wr: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 841)
+* \write: \write. (line 6)
+* \write retrasada: \write. (line 70)
+* \write transmisiones 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 93)
+* \write y seguridad: \write y seguridad. (line 6)
+* \write18: \write18. (line 6)
+* \write18, habilitar: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 63)
+* \Xi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 844)
+* \xi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 847)
+* \xspace: paquete xspace. (line 6)
+* \year: \day - \month y \year.
+ (line 6)
+* \zeta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 850)
+* \[...\] mostrar matemáticas: displaymath. (line 27)
+* \\ (fuerza el salto de línea): \\. (line 6)
+* \\ (para cartas): Cartas. (line 49)
+* \\ (para centro): center. (line 16)
+* \\ (para eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 30)
+* \\ (para flushleft): flushleft. (line 14)
* \\ (para flushright): flushright. (line 12)
-* \\ (para objetos \shortstack): \shortstack. (line 20)
-* \\ forzar la separación de línea: \\. (line 6)
-* \\ para cartas: Cartas. (line 34)
-* \\ para flushleft: flushleft. (line 12)
-* \\ para tabular: tabular. (line 23)
-* \\ para verse: verse. (line 17)
-* \\ para \author: \maketitle. (line 12)
-* \\ para \title: \maketitle. (line 29)
-* \\ tabbing: tabbing. (line 26)
-* \\* (para eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 17)
-* \]: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+* \\ (para objetos \shortstack): \shortstack. (line 37)
+* \\ (para tabular): tabular. (line 40)
+* \\ (para verse): verse. (line 21)
+* \\ (para \author): \maketitle. (line 37)
+* \\ (para \title): \maketitle. (line 59)
+* \\ (tabulación): tabbing. (line 69)
+* \\* (para eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 36)
+* \^: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 19)
+* \^ (acento circunflejo): Acentos. (line 40)
+* \_: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 13)
+* \` (acento grave): Acentos. (line 44)
+* \` (tabulación): tabbing. (line 99)
+* \{: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 13)
+* \|: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 19)
+* \}: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 13)
+* \~: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 19)
+* \~ (tilde acento): Acentos. (line 48)
+* ^ superíndice: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 6)
+* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 102)
+* _ subíndice: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 6)
+* {...} (para argumentos obligatorios): Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 6)
+* ~: ~. (line 6)
+* ¿cuál es el elemento?: \write. (line 70)
+* a4paper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 20)
+* a5paper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 20)
+* abre un archivo: \openin y \openout. (line 6)
+* abstract environment: abstract. (line 6)
+* abstract package: abstract. (line 28)
+* acceder a cualquier carácter de una fuente: Símbolos por posición de fuente.
+ (line 6)
+* acceso de shell: \write18. (line 6)
+* acceso restringido al intérprete: \write18. (line 57)
+* acento agudo: Acentos. (line 29)
+* acento agudo, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 11)
+* acento breve: Acentos. (line 89)
+* acento breve, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 17)
+* acento carón: Acentos. (line 93)
+* acento cedilla: Acentos. (line 61)
+* acento circunflejo: Acentos. (line 40)
+* acento circunflejo, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 28)
+* Acento con diéresis húngara: Acentos. (line 69)
+* acento de anillo: Acentos. (line 77)
+* acento de anillo, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 31)
+* acento de barra sobre: Acentos. (line 36)
+* acento de barra, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 14)
+* acento de doble punto, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 22)
+* acento de punto: Acentos. (line 32)
+* acento de punto debajo: Acentos. (line 65)
+* Acento de punto sobre: Acentos. (line 32)
+* acento de sombrero: Acentos. (line 40)
+* acento de sombrero ancho, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 40)
+* acento de sombrero, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 28)
+* acento de tilde: Acentos. (line 48)
+* acento de tilde ancho, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 43)
+* acento diéresis: Acentos. (line 25)
+* acento exagerado, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 24)
+* acento grave: Acentos. (line 44)
+* acento grave, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 26)
+* acento háček, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 20)
+* acento macrón: Acentos. (line 36)
+* acento macrón, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 14)
+* acento sobre la barra: Acentos. (line 36)
+* acento tilde, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 34)
+* acentos: Acentos. (line 6)
+* Acentos matemáticos: Acentos matemáticos. (line 6)
+* acentos, definir: \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (line 6)
+* acentos, definir <1>: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 6)
+* acentos, definir <2>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
+ (line 6)
+* acentos, definir <3>: \DeclareTextComposite.
+ (line 6)
+* acentos, definir <4>: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
+ (line 6)
+* acentos, definir <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
+ (line 6)
+* acentos, matemáticos: Acentos matemáticos. (line 6)
+* acrónimos, lista de: Glosarios. (line 6)
+* adjustbox package: Cajas. (line 9)
+* ae ligadura: Letras latinas adicionales.
(line 16)
-* \^: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 22)
-* \^ (acento circunflejo): Acentos. (line 34)
-* \_: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 11)
-* \` (acento grave): Acentos. (line 39)
-* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 56)
-* \{: Caracteres Reservados.
+* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 155)
+* alinea entorno, de amsmath: eqnarray. (line 6)
+* alineación mediante tabulación: tabbing. (line 6)
+* alineando ecuaciones: eqnarray. (line 6)
+* alineando texto en tablas: tabular. (line 6)
+* alinear el texto usando tabulaciones: tabbing. (line 6)
+* altura de la tapa: Símbolos de texto. (line 116)
+* altura del ascendente: Símbolos de texto. (line 116)
+* ammath package: Puntos. (line 41)
+* ammath package <1>: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 24)
+* ampliar la página actual: \enlargethispage. (line 6)
+* amscd package: Flechas. (line 41)
+* amscd package <1>: Flechas. (line 41)
+* amsfonts package: Fórmulas math. (line 62)
+* amsfonts package <1>: Flechas. (line 6)
+* amsmath package: array. (line 57)
+* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 65)
+* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 23)
+* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 19)
+* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 29)
+* amsmath package <5>: Fórmulas math. (line 62)
+* amsmath package <6>: \left y \right. (line 31)
+* amsmath package <7>: \bigl y \bigr etc.. (line 68)
+* amsmath package <8>: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 110)
+* amsmath package <9>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 56)
+* amsmath package <10>: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 16)
+* amsmath package <11>: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 20)
+* amsmath package <12>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 28)
+* amsmath package, reemplazar eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 6)
+* amsthm package: theorem. (line 29)
+* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 19)
+* Ancho de la regla de cuadro: \fbox y \framebox. (line 40)
+* anchos, de tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 72)
+* appendix package: \appendix. (line 30)
+* apéndice: \appendix. (line 6)
+* apéndices: \appendix. (line 6)
+* aquí, poniendo flotantes: Flotantes. (line 57)
+* archivo .aux: Archivos de salida. (line 35)
+* archivo .glo: Glosarios. (line 46)
+* archivo .idx: Índices. (line 6)
+* archivo .idx <1>: makeindex. (line 6)
+* archivo .ind: makeindex. (line 6)
+* archivo .isty: makeindex. (line 18)
+* archivo .lof: Archivos de salida. (line 46)
+* archivo .lof <1>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 6)
+* archivo .lof <2>: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* archivo auxiliar: Archivos de salida. (line 35)
+* archivo de entrada: Dividir la entrada. (line 6)
+* archivo de lista de figuras: Archivos de salida. (line 46)
+* archivo de lista de tablas: Archivos de salida. (line 46)
+* archivo de registro: Archivos de salida. (line 30)
+* archivo de registro, escribir en: \write. (line 32)
+* archivo de tabla de contenido: Archivos de salida. (line 46)
+* archivo de transcripción: Archivos de salida. (line 30)
+* archivo idx: \index. (line 113)
+* archivo raíz: Dividir la entrada. (line 11)
+* archivo raíz <1>: Nombre del trabajo. (line 6)
+* archivo raíz <2>: Nombre del trabajo. (line 6)
+* archivo, abrir: \openin y \openout. (line 6)
+* archivo, cerrar: \openin y \openout. (line 6)
+* archivo, leer: \read. (line 6)
+* archivo, raíz: Dividir la entrada. (line 11)
+* Archivos de formato TeX (.fmt): Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* archivos de formato, TeX: Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* archivos EPS: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* archivos externos, escritura: filecontents. (line 6)
+* archivos fuente, que los convierte en autónomos: filecontents.
+ (line 45)
+* archivos gráficos PDF: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* archivos JPEG: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* archivos JPG: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* archivos PNG: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* argumentos móviles: \protect. (line 20)
+* argumentos opcionales, definir y usar: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 51)
+* argumentos, opcional, definir y usar: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 51)
+* aring, un anillo: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 12)
+* array environment: array. (line 6)
+* array package: array. (line 76)
+* arreglos, matemáticos: array. (line 6)
+* arroba: \@. (line 6)
+* article class: Clases de documentos.
(line 11)
-* \|: Símbolos Matemáticos.
+* ASCII circunflejo, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 71)
+* Asterisco centrado, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 77)
+* asterisco, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 77)
+* asunto de contraportada de un libro: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* asunto final de un libro: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* asunto principal de un libro: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* Asymptote package: \line. (line 36)
+* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 62)
+* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox y \makebox. (line 78)
+* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 14)
+* autor, para portada: \maketitle. (line 37)
+* b5paper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 20)
+* babel package: \chapter. (line 72)
+* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 55)
+* babel package <2>: Acentos. (line 6)
+* babel package <3>: \today. (line 13)
+* babel package <4>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 128)
+* babel package <5>: \index. (line 61)
+* badness: Salto de página. (line 11)
+* barra debajo del acento: Acentos. (line 51)
+* barra invertida, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 80)
+* barra vertical, doble, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 92)
+* barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 89)
+* barra, doble vertical, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 92)
+* barra, vertical, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 89)
+* batchmode: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 27)
+* beamer plantilla y clase: Plantilla beamer. (line 6)
+* bibliografía, crear (automáticamente): Usar BibTeX. (line 6)
+* bibliografía, crear (manualmente): thebibliography. (line 6)
+* bibTeX, usando: Usar BibTeX. (line 6)
+* bigfoot package: Notas al pie de notas al pie.
+ (line 6)
+* bm package: bm. (line 6)
+* bold math: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 131)
+* book class: Clases de documentos.
(line 11)
-* \}: Caracteres Reservados.
+* bottomnumber: Flotantes. (line 140)
+* bottomnumber <1>: Flotantes. (line 141)
+* bp: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 19)
+* caja: \mbox y \makebox. (line 6)
+* Caja LR: picture. (line 98)
+* caja, asignando nueva: \newsavebox. (line 6)
+* caja, coloreada: Cuadros de colores. (line 6)
+* caja, guardar: \sbox y \savebox. (line 6)
+* cajas: Cajas. (line 6)
+* cajas de colores: Cuadros de colores. (line 6)
+* cajas negras, omitir: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 53)
+* cambiar caracteres de mayúsculas y minúsculas: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 6)
+* candidatos de lanzamiento: Motores TeX. (line 74)
+* caption package: \caption. (line 73)
+* capítulo: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* capítulo <1>: \chapter. (line 6)
+* caracteres especiales: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 6)
+* caracteres especiales <1>: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* caracteres no ingleses: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* caracteres reservados: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 6)
+* caracteres, acentuados: Acentos. (line 6)
+* caracteres, caso de: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 6)
+* caracteres, especiales: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 6)
+* caracteres, no ingleses: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* caracteres, reservados: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 6)
+* cargando paquetes adicionales: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* cartas, escribir: Cartas. (line 6)
+* cartas, iniciar: \opening. (line 6)
+* cartas, terminando: \closing. (line 6)
+* carácter de barra horizontal: Símbolos de texto. (line 162)
+* carácter de guion que no se rompe: Símbolos de texto. (line 173)
+* carácter de guión, irrompible: Símbolos de texto. (line 173)
+* carácter dos puntos: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 6)
+* carácter invisible: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* carácter invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6)
+* carácter, invisible: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* carácter, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6)
+* catcode: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 19)
+* catálogo de fuentes: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 22)
+* cc: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 32)
+* cc list, en cartas: \cc. (line 6)
+* center environment: center. (line 6)
+* centímetro: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 27)
+* cerrar cartas: \closing. (line 6)
+* circunflejo, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 71)
+* clase de documento, definida: Comenzar y terminar. (line 17)
+* clases de documentos: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 6)
+* clave de cita: \bibitem. (line 15)
+* cleveref package: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 38)
+* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 30)
+* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 51)
+* clock opción para la clase slides: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 105)
+* cláusula at, en definiciones de tipos de letra: \newfont. (line 20)
+* cm: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 26)
+* cm-super package: paquete fontenc. (line 38)
+* cmd.exe, usado por \write18: \write18. (line 65)
+* codificación de caracteres: paquete inputenc. (line 15)
+* codificación del tipo de letra, declarado: \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (line 6)
+* codificación TS1: Símbolos de texto. (line 6)
+* codificación, archivos de entrada: paquete inputenc. (line 15)
+* codificación, tipo de letra: \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (line 6)
+* colocación de flotantes: Flotantes. (line 35)
+* color: Color. (line 6)
+* color <1>: Definir colores. (line 6)
+* color <2>: Texto en color. (line 6)
+* color <3>: Cuadros de colores. (line 6)
+* color <4>: Páginas coloreadas. (line 6)
+* color, definir: Definir colores. (line 6)
+* comando long: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 25)
+* Comandos class y package: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos de clase de documento: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos de composición: Composición. (line 6)
+* comandos de Seccionado: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos de tipo de letra, bajo nivel: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos del paquete color: Comandos para color. (line 6)
+* comandos del paquete graphics: Comandos para graphics.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos del sistema, ejecutar desde LaTeX: \write18. (line 6)
+* comandos externos: \write18. (line 6)
+* comandos frágiles: \protect. (line 6)
+* comandos robustos: \protect. (line 6)
+* comandos, clase de documento: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos, clase y paquete: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos, definiendo nuevos: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos, definiendo nuevos <1>: \providecommand. (line 6)
+* comandos, ejecutar desde LaTeX: \write18. (line 6)
+* comandos, ignorar espacios: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos, ignorar espacios <1>: paquete xspace. (line 6)
+* comandos, paquete graphics: Comandos para graphics.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos, redefiniendo: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 6)
+* comandos, variantes con estrella: \@ifstar. (line 6)
+* comentarios en el margen: Notas marginales. (line 6)
+* comenzando en una página de la derecha: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 6)
+* comenzando una nueva página: \newpage. (line 6)
+* comenzar una nueva página y borrar flotantes: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 6)
+* comenzar y terminar: Comenzar y terminar. (line 6)
+* comienzo del gancho del documento: \AtBeginDocument. (line 6)
+* comilla angular derecha: Símbolos de texto. (line 34)
+* comilla angular izquierda: Símbolos de texto. (line 34)
+* comilla angular única: Símbolos de texto. (line 34)
+* comilla de apertura: Símbolos de texto. (line 46)
+* comilla de cierre: Símbolos de texto. (line 61)
+* comilla derecha: Símbolos de texto. (line 61)
+* comilla derecha simple: Símbolos de texto. (line 198)
+* comilla derecha, doble: Símbolos de texto. (line 192)
+* comilla derecha, simple: Símbolos de texto. (line 198)
+* comilla izquierda: Símbolos de texto. (line 46)
+* comilla izquierda simple: Símbolos de texto. (line 195)
+* comilla izquierda, doble: Símbolos de texto. (line 189)
+* comilla izquierda, simple: Símbolos de texto. (line 195)
+* comilla, base recta: Símbolos de texto. (line 205)
+* comilla, recta base: Símbolos de texto. (line 205)
+* comilla, simple derecha: Símbolos de texto. (line 201)
+* comillas dobles a la derecha: Símbolos de texto. (line 192)
+* comillas dobles a la izquierda: Símbolos de texto. (line 189)
+* comillas dobles rectas, base: Símbolos de texto. (line 205)
+* comillas dobles, base recta: Símbolos de texto. (line 205)
+* comillas francesas: Símbolos de texto. (line 34)
+* comillas simples derechas: Símbolos de texto. (line 201)
+* comillas simples low-9: Símbolos de texto. (line 58)
+* comillas simples, rectas: Símbolos de texto. (line 201)
+* comillas, francesas: Símbolos de texto. (line 34)
+* compatibilidad multilingüe: Acentos. (line 6)
+* composición del archivo de clase: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* composición del archivo del paquete: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* composición, parámetros de página para: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 6)
+* comprehensive package: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 6)
+* comprobar acento: Acentos. (line 93)
+* comprobar acento, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 20)
+* conceptos básicos de LaTeX: Descripción. (line 6)
+* configuración, paquete graphics: Configuración del paquete de graphics.
+ (line 6)
+* configurar contadores: \setcounter. (line 6)
+* contador de capítulos: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de cifras: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de ecuaciones: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de mpfootnote: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de notas al pie: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de partes: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de páginas: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de párrafos: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de sección: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de subpárrafos: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de subsección: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de subsubsección: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador de tabla: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador enumi: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador enumii: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador enumiii: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contador enumiv: Contadores. (line 15)
+* contadores, ajuste de: \setcounter. (line 6)
+* contadores, definiendo nuevos: \newcounter. (line 6)
+* contadores, impresión: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 6)
+* contadores, obteniendo el valor de: \value. (line 6)
+* contadores, una lista de: Contadores. (line 6)
+* contenido del archivo: Archivos de salida. (line 46)
+* corchetes: Delimitadores. (line 6)
+* corchetes coincidentes: \left y \right. (line 6)
+* corrección en cursiva: \/. (line 6)
+* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 26)
+* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 46)
+* crear imágenes: picture. (line 6)
+* crear tablas: table. (line 6)
+* crédito, en nota al pie: \maketitle. (line 51)
+* CTAN: CTAN. (line 6)
+* cuadro, delimitar: \includegraphics. (line 124)
+* cuadro, usa cuadro guardado: \usebox. (line 6)
+* cícero: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 33)
+* código de categoría de caracter: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 19)
+* código de categoría, carácter: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 19)
+* código, tipografía: verbatim. (line 6)
+* daga doble, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 22)
+* daga doble, en texto <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 127)
+* daga, doble, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 127)
+* daga, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 124)
+* dagger, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 19)
+* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 20)
+* datatool package: \read. (line 33)
+* datetime package: \today. (line 27)
+* dbltopnumber: Flotantes. (line 144)
+* dbltopnumber <1>: Flotantes. (line 145)
+* dcolumn package: array. (line 76)
+* dd: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 29)
+* definiciones: Definiciones. (line 6)
+* definiendo nuevos entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+ (line 6)
+* definir color: Definir colores. (line 6)
+* definir nuevos teoremas: \newtheorem. (line 6)
+* definir nuevos tipos de letra: \newfont. (line 6)
+* definir un nuevo comando: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 6)
+* definir un nuevo comando <1>: \providecommand. (line 6)
+* delimitador del cuadro: \includegraphics. (line 124)
+* delimitador nulo: \left y \right. (line 6)
+* delimitadores: Delimitadores. (line 6)
+* delimitadores emparejados: \left y \right. (line 6)
+* delimitadores, emparejados: \left y \right. (line 6)
+* delim_0: makeindex. (line 118)
+* delim_1: makeindex. (line 123)
+* delim_2: makeindex. (line 128)
+* delim_n: makeindex. (line 132)
+* delim_r: makeindex. (line 137)
+* descripción de LaTeX: Descripción. (line 6)
+* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 46)
+* Description environment: description. (line 6)
+* diapositivas clase: Clases de documentos.
(line 11)
-* \~: Caracteres Reservados.
+* diferencia de clase y paquete: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 17)
+* diferencia entre clase y paquete: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 17)
+* dimen TeX simple: Longitudes. (line 9)
+* dimensión de fuente, inclinación: \/. (line 43)
+* Directorio de salida para todos los archivos externos: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 49)
+* directorios principales, no se puede escribir en: \write y seguridad.
+ (line 22)
+* discrecional, separación silábica: \discretionary. (line 6)
+* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 6)
+* displaymath environment <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* dividir el archivo de entrada: Dividir la entrada. (line 6)
+* diéresis acento: Acentos. (line 25)
+* doble barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 92)
+* doble espacio: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 6)
+* doble guillemets: Símbolos de texto. (line 34)
+* doblemente sorprendido: Pizarra negra. (line 6)
+* dobles comillas angulares: Símbolos de texto. (line 34)
+* dobles comillas low-9: Símbolos de texto. (line 58)
+* document environment: document. (line 6)
+* documentos, clases de: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 6)
+* dos tercios de em-guion: Símbolos de texto. (line 220)
+* dotless i: Acentos. (line 19)
+* dotless j: Acentos. (line 19)
+* draft option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 49)
+* dvilualatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 67)
+* dvipdfmx comando: Archivos de salida. (line 11)
+* dvips comando: Archivos de salida. (line 11)
+* dvitype comando: Archivos de salida. (line 11)
+* e-dash: Símbolos de texto. (line 140)
+* e-TeX: Motores TeX. (line 17)
+* ecuaciones a la izquierda: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 58)
+* ecuaciones centradas: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 58)
+* ecuaciones, alineando: eqnarray. (line 6)
+* ecuaciones, entorno para: equation. (line 6)
+* ecuaciones, vaciar a la izquierda vs. centradas: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 58)
+* ejecutando encabezados y pie de página: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 6)
+* ejecutar estilo de encabezado y pie de página: \pagestyle. (line 6)
+* ejemplo de archivo de clase: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 41)
+* elementos numerados, especificando contador: \usecounter. (line 6)
+* elipsis: Símbolos de texto. (line 40)
+* em: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 46)
+* em <1>: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 45)
+* em-dash: Símbolos de texto. (line 133)
+* em-dash, dos tercios: Símbolos de texto. (line 220)
+* em-dash, tres cuartos: Símbolos de texto. (line 214)
+* emphasis: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 60)
+* encabezado, parámetros para: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 6)
+* enjuagar flotantes y comenzar una página: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 6)
+* entorno: Comenzar y terminar. (line 26)
+* entorno descuidado: sloppypar. (line 6)
+* entorno similar a un teorema: \newtheorem. (line 6)
+* entorno, similar a un teorema: \newtheorem. (line 6)
+* entornos: Entornos. (line 6)
+* entornos, definiendo: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+ (line 6)
+* entrada de la tabla de contenido, agregar manualmente: \addcontentsline.
+ (line 6)
+* entrada de tabla de contenido, crea línea punteada: \@dottedtocline.
+ (line 6)
+* Entrada de índice: \index. (line 6)
+* Entrada Unicode, nativa: Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* Entrada, en la línea de comando: Entrada de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 6)
+* entrada/salida: Entrada/salida. (line 6)
+* entrada/salida del terminal: Entrada/salida. (line 6)
+* entrada/salida, a terminal: Entrada/salida. (line 6)
+* entradas de índice, subentradas: \index. (line 26)
+* entradas de índice, ‘ve’ y ‘ve también’: \index. (line 61)
+* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 6)
+* enumitem package: itemize. (line 72)
+* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 276)
+* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 6)
+* environment, array: array. (line 6)
+* environment, center: center. (line 6)
+* environment, Description: description. (line 6)
+* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 6)
+* environment, displaymath <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* environment, document: document. (line 6)
+* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 6)
+* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 6)
+* environment, equation: equation. (line 6)
+* environment, equation <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* environment, figure: figure. (line 6)
+* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 6)
+* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 6)
+* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 6)
+* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 6)
+* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 6)
+* environment, letter: letter. (line 6)
+* environment, list: list. (line 6)
+* environment, math: math. (line 6)
+* environment, math <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 6)
+* environment, picture: picture. (line 6)
+* environment, quotation: comillas y citas. (line 6)
+* environment, quote: comillas y citas. (line 6)
+* environment, sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6)
+* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 6)
+* environment, table: table. (line 6)
+* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 6)
+* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6)
+* environment, theindex: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 10)
+* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6)
+* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6)
+* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6)
+* environment, verse: verse. (line 6)
+* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 55)
+* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 6)
+* equation environment: equation. (line 6)
+* equation environment <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* Equipo del proyecto LaTeX: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 20)
+* errorstopmode: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 27)
+* es-zet Letra alemana: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 52)
+* escalando: \scalebox. (line 6)
+* escalando <1>: \resizebox. (line 6)
+* escape del intérprete: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 63)
+* escribiendo varios archivos desde la fuente.: filecontents. (line 6)
+* escribir cartas: Cartas. (line 6)
+* Espaciado dentro del modo matemático: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 6)
+* espaciado horizontal: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* espaciado vertical: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* espaciado vertical <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6)
+* espaciado vertical, modo matemático: \smash. (line 6)
+* espaciado, entre oraciones: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing.
+ (line 6)
+* espaciado, entre oraciones <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 6)
+* espaciado, modo matemático: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* espaciado, modo matemático <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6)
+* espacio delgado: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 50)
+* espacio delgado <1>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 6)
+* espacio delgado, negativo: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 65)
+* espacio delgado, negativo <1>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 6)
+* espacio duro: ~. (line 6)
+* espacio en blanco: Espacios. (line 6)
+* espacio entre lineas: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 6)
+* espacio horizontal: \hss. (line 6)
+* espacio horizontal, extensible: \hss. (line 6)
+* espacio interlinea: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 6)
+* espacio irrompible: ~. (line 6)
+* espacio vertical: \vspace. (line 6)
+* espacio vertical <1>: \addvspace. (line 6)
+* espacio vertical antes de los párrafos: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 6)
+* espacio visible: \verb. (line 31)
+* espacio, delgado: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 6)
+* espacio, insertando horizontal: \hss. (line 6)
+* espacio, insertar vertical: \addvspace. (line 6)
+* espacio, irrompible: ~. (line 6)
+* espacio, negativo delgado: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 6)
+* espacio, vertical: \vspace. (line 6)
+* espacios: Espacios. (line 6)
+* espacios en blanco, después de las secuencias de control: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 90)
+* espacios, ignorar en comandos: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend.
+ (line 6)
+* espacios, ignorar en comandos <1>: paquete xspace. (line 6)
+* especificador, ubicación flotante: Flotantes. (line 35)
+* espejos de CTAN: CTAN. (line 26)
+* espina islandesa: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 56)
+* estilo de encabezado: \pagestyle. (line 6)
+* estilo de numeración de páginas: \pagenumbering. (line 6)
+* estilo de pie de página: \pagestyle. (line 6)
+* estilo de página, esta página: \thispagestyle. (line 6)
+* estilo de script: Estilos math. (line 26)
+* estilo de texto: Estilos math. (line 23)
+* estilo de visualización: Estilos math. (line 19)
+* estilo scriptscript: Estilos math. (line 29)
+* estilos de letra: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 6)
+* estilos de texto: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 6)
+* estilos de tipos de letra: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 6)
+* estilos, página: Estilos de página. (line 6)
+* estiramiento vertical infinito: \vfill. (line 6)
+* estiramiento, infinito vertical: \vfill. (line 6)
+* estirar, omitiendo vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 6)
+* estructura de clase y paquete: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* etex comando: Motores TeX. (line 17)
+* eth islandesa: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 20)
+* eth, letra islandesa: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 20)
+* etiquetas de máquina de escribir en listas: description. (line 38)
+* etoolbox package: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 115)
+* eurosym package: Símbolos de texto. (line 143)
+* eurosym package <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 143)
+* ex: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 42)
+* ex <1>: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 41)
+* executivepaper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 20)
+* expl3 package: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 38)
+* exponente: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 6)
+* expresiones: Expresiones. (line 6)
+* fallback jobname: Nombre del trabajo. (line 29)
+* familias, de tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
(line 22)
-* \~ (acento tilde): Acentos. (line 45)
-* ^: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 6)
-* _: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 6)
-* abstract, entorno: abstract. (line 6)
-* array, entorno: array. (line 6)
-* caja lR: picture. (line 67)
-* center, entorno: center. (line 6)
-* clase article: Clases de Documento. (line 13)
-* clase book: Clases de Documento. (line 13)
-* clase letter: Clases de Documento. (line 13)
-* clase report: Clases de Documento. (line 13)
-* clase slides: Clases de Documento. (line 13)
-* contador secnumdepth: Seccionado. (line 50)
-* description, entorno: description. (line 6)
-* displaymath, entorno: displaymath. (line 6)
-* displaymath, entorno <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* document, entorno: document. (line 6)
-* ejemplo \Alph: enumerate. (line 41)
-* ejemplo \parskip: itemize. (line 99)
-* entorno abstract: abstract. (line 6)
-* entorno array: array. (line 6)
-* entorno center: center. (line 6)
-* entorno description: description. (line 6)
-* entorno displaymath: displaymath. (line 6)
-* entorno displaymath <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* entorno document: document. (line 6)
-* entorno enumerate: enumerate. (line 6)
-* entorno eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 6)
-* entorno equation: equation. (line 6)
-* entorno equation <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* entorno figure: figure. (line 6)
-* entorno filecontents: filecontents. (line 6)
-* entorno filecontents*: filecontents. (line 6)
-* entorno flushleft: flushleft. (line 6)
-* entorno flushright: flushright. (line 6)
-* entorno itemize: itemize. (line 6)
-* entorno letter: letter. (line 6)
-* entorno list: list. (line 6)
-* entorno math: math. (line 6)
-* entorno math <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* entorno minipage: minipage. (line 6)
-* entorno picture: picture. (line 6)
-* entorno quotation: quotation. (line 6)
-* entorno quote: quote. (line 6)
-* entorno tabbing: tabbing. (line 6)
-* entorno table: table. (line 6)
-* entorno tabular: tabular. (line 6)
-* entorno thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6)
-* entorno theorem: theorem. (line 6)
-* entorno titlepage: titlepage. (line 6)
-* entorno verbatim: verbatim. (line 6)
-* entorno verse: verse. (line 6)
-* enumerate, entorno: enumerate. (line 6)
-* eqnarray, entorno: eqnarray. (line 6)
-* equation, entorno: equation. (line 6)
-* equation, entorno <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 6)
-* figure, entorno: figure. (line 6)
-* filecontents*, entorno: filecontents. (line 6)
-* filecontents, entorno: filecontents. (line 6)
-* flushleft, entorno: flushleft. (line 6)
-* flushright, entorno: flushright. (line 6)
-* indexspace: Índices. (line 34)
-* itemize, entorno: itemize. (line 6)
+* fancyhdr package: Estilos de página. (line 12)
+* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 13)
+* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 155)
+* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 42)
+* fecha, de hoy: \today. (line 6)
+* fecha, para portada: \maketitle. (line 45)
+* figura del carácter guión: Símbolos de texto. (line 152)
+* figuras, insertando: figure. (line 6)
+* figuras, notas al pie en: minipage. (line 113)
+* figure environment: figure. (line 6)
+* fila, tabbing: tabbing. (line 47)
+* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 6)
+* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 6)
+* final option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 49)
+* finalizar e iniciar: Comenzar y terminar. (line 6)
+* first-latex-doc document: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 37)
+* fixed-width font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 98)
+* flafter package: Flotantes. (line 88)
+* flecha derecha, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 211)
+* flecha izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 170)
+* flecha, derecha, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 211)
+* flecha, izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 170)
+* flechas: Flechas. (line 6)
+* fleqn option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 49)
+* float package: Flotantes. (line 57)
+* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 6)
+* flushright environment: flushright. (line 6)
+* fondo, coloreado: Páginas coloreadas. (line 6)
+* font codificación: paquete fontenc. (line 6)
+* font codificación <1>: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 6)
+* fontenc: paquete fontenc. (line 6)
+* fontspec package: paquete fontenc. (line 18)
+* fontspec package <1>: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 6)
+* footnotes, en una minipágina: \footnote. (line 63)
+* force opción para filecontents: filecontents. (line 32)
+* force opción para filecontents <1>: filecontents. (line 32)
+* Forma de declaración de los comandos de estilo del tipo de letra: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 8)
+* forma de declaración de los comandos de tamaño del tipo de letra: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 25)
+* Forma de entorno de comandos de tamaño de fuente: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 49)
+* forma estrella, definiendo nuevos comandos: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 28)
+* forma-* de comandos de entorno: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+ (line 27)
+* forma-* de comandos de seccionado: Seccionado. (line 33)
+* formas, de tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 91)
+* Formato de bibliografía, abierto: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 69)
+* formulas, math: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* fracción: \frac. (line 6)
+* fuentes autónomas: filecontents. (line 45)
+* funciones, matemáticas: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 6)
+* funciones, math: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 6)
+* fusiones de correo: \read. (line 33)
+* fórmulas en línea: math. (line 6)
+* fórmulas, entorno para: equation. (line 6)
+* gancho final del documento: \AtEndDocument. (line 6)
+* geometría package: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 41)
+* geometría package <1>: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 45)
+* globales, opciones: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 15)
+* glosario: Glosarios. (line 6)
+* glosario, entradas: \newglossaryentry. (line 6)
+* glosario, referencia de entrada: \gls. (line 6)
+* glosarios: Glosarios. (line 6)
+* gran punto: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 20)
+* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 11)
+* grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
+ (line 44)
+* grosor, tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 60)
+* group_skip: makeindex. (line 60)
+* grupo, y entornos: Entornos. (line 18)
+* gráficos: Gráficos. (line 6)
+* gráficos <1>: Configuración del paquete de graphics.
+ (line 6)
+* gráficos <2>: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* gráficos giratorios: \rotatebox. (line 6)
+* gráficos, cambiar de tamaño: \scalebox. (line 6)
+* gráficos, cambiar de tamaño <1>: \resizebox. (line 6)
+* gráficos, escalar: \scalebox. (line 6)
+* gráficos, escalar <1>: \resizebox. (line 6)
+* guillemet única: Símbolos de texto. (line 34)
+* guión bajo, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 223)
+* h: Acentos. (line 69)
+* hace una caja: \mbox y \makebox. (line 6)
+* hacek accent: Acentos. (line 93)
+* hacer párrafos: Crear párrafos. (line 6)
+* hacer una página de título: titlepage. (line 6)
+* Hola, mundo: Comenzar y terminar. (line 6)
+* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 51)
+* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 60)
+* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 46)
+* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 39)
+* hyperref package <4>: Entrada de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 14)
+* i sin punto, matemáticas: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 260)
+* ij letra, Holandés: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 32)
+* implementaciones de TeX: Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* importar gráficos: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* imágenes, crear: picture. (line 6)
+* in: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 16)
+* inch: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 17)
+* incluir gráficos: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* indentfirst package: \part. (line 50)
+* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 59)
+* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 62)
+* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 50)
+* indentfirst package <4>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 61)
+* indentfirst package <5>: \indent y \noindent. (line 48)
+* indent_length: makeindex. (line 150)
+* indent_space: makeindex. (line 146)
+* index package: \index. (line 108)
+* Información de la configuración regional, del sistema: \write18.
+ (line 70)
+* información del sistema: \write18. (line 70)
+* Información del sistema operativo: \write18. (line 70)
+* informar errores: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 24)
+* inicial: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 6)
+* inmediato \write: \write. (line 64)
+* inputenc: paquete inputenc. (line 6)
+* Inserciones especiales: Inserciones especiales.
+ (line 6)
+* Inserción de caracteres especiales: Inserciones especiales.
+ (line 6)
+* insertar figuras: figure. (line 6)
+* interfaz de línea de comando: Interfaz de línea de comandos.
+ (line 6)
+* interfaz, línea de comandos: Interfaz de línea de comandos.
+ (line 6)
+* italic font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 83)
+* itemize environment: itemize. (line 6)
+* item_0: makeindex. (line 87)
+* item_01: makeindex. (line 99)
+* item_1: makeindex. (line 91)
+* item_12: makeindex. (line 109)
+* item_2: makeindex. (line 95)
+* item_x1: makeindex. (line 103)
+* item_x2: makeindex. (line 113)
+* j sin punto, matemáticas: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 281)
+* justificación de texto a la derecha: \raggedleft. (line 6)
+* justificación, desigual izquierda: \raggedleft. (line 6)
+* justificación, irregular a la derecha: \raggedright. (line 6)
+* justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para: flushright. (line 6)
+* Knuth, Donald E.: Descripción. (line 6)
+* l polaco: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 36)
+* la fecha de hoy: \today. (line 6)
+* la pila de matemáticas: \stackrel. (line 6)
+* label: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 6)
+* Lamport TeX: Descripción. (line 28)
+* Lamport, Leslie: Descripción. (line 6)
+* landscape option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 49)
+* latex: Motores TeX. (line 15)
+* latex <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 24)
+* latex <2>: Símbolos de texto. (line 27)
+* LaTeX archivos de formato (.fmt): Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* latex comando: Archivos de salida. (line 11)
+* LaTeX descripción: Descripción. (line 6)
+* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 16)
+* latex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 68)
+* latex-doc-ptr document: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 33)
+* LaTeX2e logo: Símbolos de texto. (line 28)
* <latexrefman@tug.org> dirección de correo electrónico: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 12)
-* letter, entorno: letter. (line 6)
-* list, entorno: list. (line 6)
+ (line 20)
+* latexsym package: Flechas. (line 6)
+* Latín extendido: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* leer un archivo: \read. (line 6)
+* legalpaper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 20)
+* leqno option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 49)
+* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 68)
+* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 77)
+* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 82)
+* letra en círculo, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 111)
+* letras caligráficas para matemáticas: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 80)
+* letras griegas: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 6)
+* Letras griegas: Letras griegas. (line 6)
+* letras latinas, adicional: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* letras S nítidas: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 52)
+* letras, acentuadas: Acentos. (line 6)
+* letras, latín adicional: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* letter class: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 11)
+* letter environment: letter. (line 6)
+* letterpaper opción: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 20)
+* leyendas: \caption. (line 6)
+* libro, asunto contraportada: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* libro, asunto final: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* libro, asunto principal: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* libro, portada: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* ligadura oe: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 48)
+* line_max: makeindex. (line 141)
+* lining numerals: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 135)
+* list environment: list. (line 6)
+* Lista de gabinetes: \encl. (line 6)
+* Listados de directorio, del sistema: \write18. (line 70)
+* listar elementos, especificando contador: \usecounter. (line 6)
+* listas con viñetas: itemize. (line 6)
+* listas de descripción, crear: description. (line 6)
+* listas de elementos: itemize. (line 6)
+* listas de elementos, genérica: list. (line 6)
+* listas de elementos, numerados: enumerate. (line 6)
+* listas de viñetas: itemize. (line 6)
+* listas etiquetadas, crear: description. (line 6)
+* listas no ordenadas: itemize. (line 6)
+* listings package: tabbing. (line 155)
+* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 36)
+* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 43)
+* llave derecha, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 103)
+* llave izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 98)
+* llave, derecha, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 103)
+* llave, izquierdo, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 98)
+* llaves: Delimitadores. (line 6)
+* lmodern package: paquete fontenc. (line 38)
+* logo, LaTeX: Símbolos de texto. (line 25)
+* logo, LaTeX2e: Símbolos de texto. (line 28)
+* Logotipo de TeX: Símbolos de texto. (line 68)
+* logotipo LaTeX: Símbolos de texto. (line 25)
+* logotipo, TeX: Símbolos de texto. (line 68)
+* longitudes elásticas: Longitudes. (line 9)
+* longitudes elásticas, definiendo nuevas: \newlength. (line 6)
+* longitudes rígidas: Longitudes. (line 9)
+* longitudes, agregando a: \addtolength. (line 6)
+* longitudes, asignando nuevas: \newlength. (line 6)
+* longitudes, configuración: \setlength. (line 6)
+* longitudes, definiendo y usando: Longitudes. (line 6)
+* low-9 comillas simples y dobles: Símbolos de texto. (line 58)
+* lowercase: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 6)
* lrbox: lrbox. (line 6)
-* math, entorno: math. (line 6)
-* math, entorno <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+* lshort document: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 40)
+* lualatex: Motores TeX. (line 34)
+* lualatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 69)
+* LuaTeX: Motores TeX. (line 35)
+* LuaTeX, 256 flujos de salida en: \write. (line 45)
+* líderes, punteados en la tabla de contenido: \@dottedtocline.
+ (line 27)
+* líneas en tablas: tabular. (line 6)
+* m-width: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 46)
+* macros2e package: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 40)
+* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 6)
+* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 12)
+* makeindex programa: makeindex. (line 6)
+* makeindex, archivo de estilo: makeindex. (line 18)
+* makeindex, programa: makeindex. (line 6)
+* marca denominativa compuesta, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 116)
+* marco, ancho de línea: \fbox y \framebox. (line 40)
+* marco, separación de contenido: \fbox y \framebox. (line 45)
+* matemáticas en negrita: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
(line 6)
-* minipage, entorno: minipage. (line 6)
-* opción 10pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 15)
-* opción 11pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 15)
-* opción 12pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+* matemáticas, negrita: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 131)
+* matemáticas, negrita <1>: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 6)
+* math environment: math. (line 6)
+* math environment <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* math estilos: Estilos math. (line 6)
+* math mode, ingresar: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* math, flechas: Flechas. (line 6)
+* math, fórmulas: Fórmulas math. (line 6)
+* mathtools package: Fórmulas math. (line 62)
+* mathtools package <1>: Delimitadores. (line 45)
+* mathtools package <2>: \left y \right. (line 31)
+* mathtools package <3>: Sobre y subrayado. (line 46)
+* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 63)
+* mathtools package <5>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 48)
+* mayúsculas: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 6)
+* Mensajes de error BibTeX: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6)
+* mensajes de error, de BibTeX: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6)
+* MetaPost package: \line. (line 36)
+* mfirstuc package: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 46)
+* mhchem package: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 63)
+* milímetro: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 24)
+* minipage environment: minipage. (line 6)
+* minipágina, crear una: minipage. (line 6)
+* minted package: tabbing. (line 155)
+* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 36)
+* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 43)
+* miscelánea matemática: Miscelánea matemática.
+ (line 6)
+* mm: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 23)
+* modelos de color: Modelos de color. (line 6)
+* modo de izquierda a derecha: Modos. (line 20)
+* modo de párrafo interno: Modos. (line 55)
+* modo LR: Modos. (line 20)
+* modo matemático: Modos. (line 31)
+* modo matemático, espaciado: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 6)
+* modo matemático, espaciado <1>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 6)
+* modo matemático, espaciado <2>: \mathstrut. (line 6)
+* modo matemático, espacio vertical: \smash. (line 6)
+* modo paragraph: \parbox. (line 6)
+* modo párrafo: Modos. (line 13)
+* modo párrafo externo: Modos. (line 55)
+* modo vertical: Modos. (line 39)
+* modo vertical interno: Modos. (line 44)
+* modos: Modos. (line 6)
+* moneda, dólar: Símbolos de texto. (line 130)
+* moneda, euro: Símbolos de texto. (line 143)
+* mostrar texto citado con sangría de párrafo: comillas y citas.
+ (line 6)
+* mostrar texto citado sin sangría de párrafo: comillas y citas.
+ (line 6)
+* motor pdfTeX: Motores TeX. (line 17)
+* motores, TeX: Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* mpfootnote contador: \footnote. (line 63)
+* mu: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 53)
+* mu, unidad matemática: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 54)
+* muestra el modo matemático: Modos. (line 34)
+* multind package: Índices. (line 54)
+* multiplicación, discrecional: \*. (line 6)
+* máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando: description. (line 38)
+* Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en \( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \): Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 87)
+* múltiples índices: Índices. (line 54)
+* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 43)
+* naturaleza extraoficial de este manual: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 20)
+* NBSP: ~. (line 6)
+* nombre de archivo para el trabajo actual: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 44)
+* nombre de trabajo: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 44)
+* nombre de trabajo <1>: Nombre del trabajo. (line 6)
+* nombre del documento raíz: Nombre del trabajo. (line 6)
+* nombre del documento raíz <1>: Nombre del trabajo. (line 6)
+* nonstopmode: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 27)
+* nota al pie, de una nota al pie: Notas al pie de notas al pie.
+ (line 6)
+* nota al pie, en una tabla: Notas al pie en una tabla.
+ (line 6)
+* Notas a pie de página, en los títulos de las secciones: Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones.
+ (line 6)
+* notas al pie en figuras: minipage. (line 113)
+* notas al pie, crear: Notas al pie. (line 6)
+* notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números: \footnote. (line 24)
+* notas en el margen: Notas marginales. (line 6)
+* notas marginales: Notas marginales. (line 6)
+* notitlepage opción: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 49)
+* nueva línea, comenzando: \\. (line 6)
+* nueva línea, comenzando (modo párrafo): \newline. (line 6)
+* nueva línea, en \write: \write. (line 102)
+* nueva línea, salida como entrada: \obeycr y \restorecr.
+ (line 6)
+* nueva página, comenzando: \newpage. (line 6)
+* nuevo comando, comprobar: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 23)
+* nuevo comando, definición: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 100)
+* nuevos comandos de clase: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* nuevos comandos, definiendo: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 6)
+* nuevos comandos, definiendo <1>: \providecommand. (line 6)
+* numerales, estilo antiguo: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 135)
+* número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 6)
+* número de figura, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 6)
+* número de nota al pie, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 6)
+* número de página, referencias cruzadas: \pageref. (line 6)
+* número de sección, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 6)
+* números de ecuación de la derecha: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 65)
+* números de ecuación de la izquierda: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 65)
+* números de ecuación, izquierda vs. derecha: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 65)
+* números de ecuación, omitir: eqnarray. (line 40)
+* números de estilo antiguo: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 135)
+* números de sección, imprimir: Seccionado. (line 74)
+* oblique font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 95)
+* ogonek: Acentos. (line 73)
+* omitir registro, TeX simple: \newlength. (line 6)
+* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 6)
+* onecolumn option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 80)
+* oneside option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 80)
+* opciones de clase: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones de clase <1>: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones de clase <2>: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 70)
+* opciones de la clase documento: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones de paquete: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones de paquete <1>: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 70)
+* opciones de paquete color: Opciones del paquete Color.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones del paquete graphics: Opciones del paquete Graphics.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones globales: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones globales <1>: Paquetes adicionales.
(line 15)
-* opción a4paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 21)
-* opción a5paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 21)
-* opción b5paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 21)
-* opción draft: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 26)
-* opción executivepaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+* opciones, clase: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 70)
+* opciones, clase de documento: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones, clase de documento <1>: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones, línea de comandos: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones, paquete: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones, paquete <1>: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 70)
+* opciones, paquete color: Opciones del paquete Color.
+ (line 6)
+* opciones, paquete graphics: Opciones del paquete Graphics.
+ (line 6)
+* Opción noheader para filecontents: filecontents. (line 36)
+* Opción nosearch para filecontents: filecontents. (line 39)
+* openany option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 80)
+* openbib option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 49)
+* openright option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 80)
+* Ordinales en español, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de texto.
+ (line 180)
+* ordinales, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de texto. (line 180)
+* orientación landscape: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 62)
+* orientación retrato: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 62)
+* oslash: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 44)
+* OT1: paquete fontenc. (line 6)
+* p: Símbolos de texto. (line 48)
+* package, abstract: abstract. (line 28)
+* package, adjustbox: Cajas. (line 9)
+* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 155)
+* package, ammath: Puntos. (line 41)
+* package, ammath <1>: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 24)
+* package, amscd: Flechas. (line 41)
+* package, amscd <1>: Flechas. (line 41)
+* package, amsfonts: Fórmulas math. (line 62)
+* package, amsfonts <1>: Flechas. (line 6)
+* package, amsmath: array. (line 57)
+* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 65)
+* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 23)
+* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 19)
+* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 29)
+* package, amsmath <5>: Fórmulas math. (line 62)
+* package, amsmath <6>: \left y \right. (line 31)
+* package, amsmath <7>: \bigl y \bigr etc.. (line 68)
+* package, amsmath <8>: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 110)
+* package, amsmath <9>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 56)
+* package, amsmath <10>: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 16)
+* package, amsmath <11>: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 20)
+* package, amsmath <12>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 28)
+* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 29)
+* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 19)
+* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 30)
+* package, array: array. (line 76)
+* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 36)
+* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 62)
+* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox y \makebox. (line 78)
+* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 14)
+* package, babel: \chapter. (line 72)
+* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 55)
+* package, babel <2>: Acentos. (line 6)
+* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 13)
+* package, babel <4>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 128)
+* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 61)
+* package, bigfoot: Notas al pie de notas al pie.
+ (line 6)
+* package, bm: bm. (line 6)
+* package, caption: \caption. (line 73)
+* package, cleveref: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 38)
+* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 30)
+* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 51)
+* package, cm-super: paquete fontenc. (line 38)
+* package, comprehensive: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 6)
+* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 26)
+* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 46)
+* package, datatool: \read. (line 33)
+* package, datetime: \today. (line 27)
+* package, dcolumn: array. (line 76)
+* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 72)
+* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 276)
+* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 55)
+* package, etoolbox: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 115)
+* package, eurosym: Símbolos de texto. (line 143)
+* package, eurosym <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 143)
+* package, expl3: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 38)
+* package, fancyhdr: Estilos de página. (line 12)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 13)
+* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 155)
+* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 42)
+* package, flafter: Flotantes. (line 88)
+* package, float: Flotantes. (line 57)
+* package, fontspec: paquete fontenc. (line 18)
+* package, fontspec <1>: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 6)
+* package, geometría: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 41)
+* package, geometría <1>: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 45)
+* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 11)
+* package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
+ (line 44)
+* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 51)
+* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 60)
+* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 46)
+* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 39)
+* package, hyperref <4>: Entrada de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 14)
+* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 50)
+* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 59)
+* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 62)
+* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 50)
+* package, indentfirst <4>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 61)
+* package, indentfirst <5>: \indent y \noindent. (line 48)
+* package, index: \index. (line 108)
+* package, latexsym: Flechas. (line 6)
+* package, listings: tabbing. (line 155)
+* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 36)
+* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 43)
+* package, lmodern: paquete fontenc. (line 38)
+* package, macros2e: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 40)
+* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 12)
+* package, mathtools: Fórmulas math. (line 62)
+* package, mathtools <1>: Delimitadores. (line 45)
+* package, mathtools <2>: \left y \right. (line 31)
+* package, mathtools <3>: Sobre y subrayado. (line 46)
+* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 63)
+* package, mathtools <5>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 48)
+* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 36)
+* package, mfirstuc: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 46)
+* package, mhchem: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 63)
+* package, minted: tabbing. (line 155)
+* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 36)
+* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 43)
+* package, multind: Índices. (line 54)
+* package, pict2e: \line. (line 36)
+* package, pict2e <1>: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 49)
+* package, polyglossia: Acentos. (line 6)
+* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 13)
+* package, polyglossia <2>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 128)
+* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 61)
+* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 36)
+* package, setspace: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 87)
+* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 76)
+* package, showidx: Índices. (line 54)
+* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 143)
+* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 44)
+* package, sufijo: \@ifstar. (line 66)
+* package, tablefootnote: Notas al pie en una tabla.
+ (line 54)
+* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 70)
+* package, textcase: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 43)
+* package, textcomp: Símbolos de texto. (line 6)
+* package, TikZ: \line. (line 36)
+* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 62)
+* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox y \makebox. (line 78)
+* package, tikz-cd: Flechas. (line 41)
+* package, tikz-cd <1>: Flechas. (line 41)
+* package, titlesec: Seccionado. (line 63)
+* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 54)
+* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 80)
+* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 66)
+* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 54)
+* package, titlesec <5>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 65)
+* package, tocbibbind: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 115)
+* package, tocloft: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 115)
+* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 36)
+* package, ulem: Sobre y subrayado. (line 16)
+* package, unicode-math: Math OpenType en negrita.
(line 21)
-* opción final: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 26)
-* opción fleqn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 26)
-* opción landscape: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+* package, unicode-math <1>: Puntos. (line 65)
+* package, url: \verb. (line 40)
+* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 42)
+* package, xparse: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 38)
+* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 66)
+* package, xr: paquete xr. (line 6)
+* package, xr-hyper: paquete xr. (line 6)
+* package, xspace: paquete xspace. (line 6)
+* package, xstring: Nombre del trabajo. (line 60)
+* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 156)
+* pagina coloreada: Páginas coloreadas. (line 6)
+* palabra de control, definir: Secuencias de control.
+ (line 13)
+* paquete graphics: Gráficos. (line 6)
+* paquete graphics <1>: Configuración del paquete de graphics.
+ (line 6)
+* paquete graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* paquetes adicionales, cargando: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* paquetes gráficos: \line. (line 36)
+* paquetes, cargando adicionales: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 6)
+* paragraph, en una caja: \parbox. (line 6)
+* parte: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* parte <1>: \part. (line 6)
+* parámetros de la composición de página: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 6)
+* parámetros de nota al pie: \footnote. (line 34)
+* parámetros, composición de página: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 6)
+* parámetros, para notas al pie: \footnote. (line 34)
+* parámetros, sustituir: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 84)
+* paréntesis: Delimitadores. (line 6)
+* paréntesis coincidentes: \left y \right. (line 6)
+* patrón, tabulaciones actuales, tabbing: tabbing. (line 52)
+* pc: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 13)
+* pdflatex: Motores TeX. (line 16)
+* pdflatex comando: Archivos de salida. (line 21)
+* pdflatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 70)
+* pdfTeX: Archivos de salida. (line 21)
+* pegamento simple TeX: Longitudes. (line 9)
+* pica: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 14)
+* pict2e package: \line. (line 36)
+* pict2e package <1>: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 49)
+* picture environment: picture. (line 6)
+* pie de página, parámetros para: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 6)
+* pilcrow, almohada: Símbolos de texto. (line 50)
+* pizarra en negrita: Pizarra negra. (line 6)
+* plantilla (simple), article: Plantilla de artículo.
+ (line 6)
+* plantilla, beamer: Plantilla beamer. (line 6)
+* plantilla, book: Plantilla de libro. (line 6)
+* plantilla, book <1>: Plantilla de libro Larger.
+ (line 6)
+* plantillas de documentos: Plantillas de documentos.
+ (line 6)
+* plantillas, documento: Plantillas de documentos.
+ (line 6)
+* platex: Motores TeX. (line 58)
+* platex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 71)
+* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 51)
+* poesía, un entorno para: verse. (line 6)
+* point: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 10)
+* polyglossia package: Acentos. (line 6)
+* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 13)
+* polyglossia package <2>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 128)
+* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 61)
+* portada de un libro: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 6)
+* posdata, en cartas: \ps. (line 6)
+* posición, en imagen: picture. (line 66)
+* postamble: makeindex. (line 56)
+* preamble: makeindex. (line 51)
+* preámbulo, definido: Comenzar y terminar. (line 23)
+* programas informáticos, composición tipográfica: verbatim. (line 6)
+* prompt, *: Recuperación de errores.
+ (line 24)
+* pronunciación: Descripción. (line 28)
+* pruebas preliminares: Motores TeX. (line 74)
+* PSTricks package: \line. (line 36)
+* pt: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 9)
+* punto centrado, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 183)
+* punto didot: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 30)
+* punto escalado: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 36)
+* punto PostScript: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 20)
+* punto sobre acento, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 24)
+* punto, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 183)
+* punto, espaciado después: \@. (line 6)
+* punto, final de abreviatura: \@. (line 6)
+* punto, final de oración: \@. (line 6)
+* puntos: Puntos. (line 6)
+* puntos suspensivos: Puntos. (line 6)
+* puntos suspensivos, en Unicode (U+2026): Puntos. (line 72)
+* puntos suspensivos, tradicional (tres puntos): Puntos. (line 72)
+* página de título, separada o corrida: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 73)
+* página flotante: Flotantes. (line 63)
+* página oficial para el manual: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 6)
+* página, en color: Páginas coloreadas. (line 6)
+* página, estilos: Estilos de página. (line 6)
+* páginas de título, crear: titlepage. (line 6)
+* párrafo: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* párrafo <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 6)
+* párrafo, terminando: \par. (line 6)
+* párrafos: Crear párrafos. (line 6)
+* quad: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 74)
+* quotation environment: comillas y citas. (line 6)
+* quote environment: comillas y citas. (line 6)
+* radical: \sqrt. (line 6)
+* raíz cuadrada: \sqrt. (line 6)
+* redefiniendo entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+ (line 6)
+* redefinir un comando: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 6)
+* redimensionado: \scalebox. (line 6)
+* redimensionado <1>: \resizebox. (line 6)
+* reenviar referencias, resolviendo: Archivos de salida. (line 35)
+* referencia directa: Referencias cruzadas.
(line 26)
-* opción legalpaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 21)
-* opción leqno: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+* referencia, adelantada: Referencias cruzadas.
(line 26)
-* opción letterpaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+* referencias cruzadas: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 6)
+* referencias cruzadas con el número de página: \pageref. (line 6)
+* referencias cruzadas, entre documentos: paquete xr. (line 6)
+* referencias cruzadas, resolviendo: Archivos de salida. (line 35)
+* referencias cruzadas, simbólico: \ref. (line 6)
+* referencias, resolver: Archivos de salida. (line 35)
+* registro de pegamento, TeX simple: \newlength. (line 6)
+* relación, texto arriba: \stackrel. (line 6)
+* report class: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 11)
+* reportar errores: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 24)
+* resúmenes: abstract. (line 6)
+* roman font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 86)
+* romper líneas: Salto de línea. (line 6)
+* rompiendo páginas: Salto de página. (line 6)
+* roots: \sqrt. (line 6)
+* rotación: \rotatebox. (line 6)
+* s: Símbolos de texto. (line 63)
+* salida de dos columnas: \twocolumn. (line 6)
+* salto de linea: Salto de línea. (line 6)
+* salto de línea, forzando: \\. (line 6)
+* salto de página: Salto de página. (line 6)
+* salto de página, evitando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+ (line 6)
+* salto de página, forzando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+ (line 6)
+* saltos de línea, cambiando: \fussy y \sloppy. (line 6)
+* saltos de línea, forzando: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
+ (line 6)
+* saltos de línea, multiplicación discrecional: \*. (line 6)
+* saltos de línea, previniendo: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
+ (line 6)
+* saltos discrecionales, multiplicación: \*. (line 6)
+* saltos, multiplicación discrecional: \*. (line 6)
+* samepage entorno: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+ (line 45)
+* sangría de párrafo: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 6)
+* sangría de párrafo en el texto citado: comillas y citas. (line 6)
+* sangría de párrafo horizontal: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 6)
+* sangría de párrafos, en minipágina: minipage. (line 109)
+* sangría, de párrafo en minipágina: minipage. (line 109)
+* sangría, forzando: \indent y \noindent. (line 6)
+* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo: comillas y citas.
+ (line 6)
+* sans serif font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 92)
+* script de letras para matemáticas: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 80)
+* scrollmode: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 27)
+* seccionado, parte: \part. (line 6)
+* sección: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* sección <1>: \section. (line 6)
+* sección, redefiniendo: \@startsection. (line 6)
+* secnumdepth: Seccionado. (line 73)
+* secnumdepth counter: Seccionado. (line 74)
+* secuencias de control: Secuencias de control.
+ (line 6)
+* seguridad y \write: \write y seguridad. (line 6)
+* separación silábica, definiendo: \hyphenation. (line 6)
+* separación silábica, discrecional: \discretionary. (line 6)
+* separación silábica, forzando: \- (separación silábica).
+ (line 6)
+* separación silábica, prevenir: \mbox y \makebox. (line 6)
+* serie, de tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 49)
+* setspace package: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 87)
+* sh, usado por \write18: \write18. (line 65)
+* SHELL, variables de entorno: \write18. (line 65)
+* shellesc package: \write18. (line 76)
+* showidx package: Índices. (line 54)
+* signo de dolar: Símbolos de texto. (line 130)
+* signo de exclamación, al revés: Símbolos de texto. (line 149)
+* signo de interrogación, al revés: Símbolos de texto. (line 186)
+* simular texto mecanografiado: verbatim. (line 6)
+* sintaxis del comando: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 6)
+* sintaxis LaTeX3: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 38)
+* siunitx package: minipage. (line 143)
+* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 44)
+* skip TeX simple: Longitudes. (line 9)
+* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6)
+* slot, tipo de letra: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 13)
+* small caps font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 89)
+* soportes: Delimitadores. (line 6)
+* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 55)
+* sp: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 35)
+* strut: \footnote. (line 47)
+* strut <1>: \strut. (line 6)
+* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 6)
+* subpárrafo: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* subpárrafo <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 6)
+* subrayado: Sobre y subrayado. (line 6)
+* subsección: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* subsección <1>: \subsection. (line 6)
+* subsubsección: Seccionado. (line 6)
+* subsubsección <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 6)
+* subíndice: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 6)
+* sufijo package: \@ifstar. (line 66)
+* superposición: Sobre y subrayado. (line 6)
+* superíndice: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 6)
+* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 59)
+* símbolo de bala: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 114)
+* símbolo de control, definir: Secuencias de control.
+ (line 17)
+* símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 95)
+* símbolo de derechos de autor: Símbolos de texto. (line 16)
+* símbolo de espacio visible, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 226)
+* símbolo de la libra esterlina: Símbolos de texto. (line 54)
+* símbolo de libras: Símbolos de texto. (line 54)
+* símbolo de marca registrada: Símbolos de texto. (line 217)
+* símbolo de párrafo: Símbolos de texto. (line 50)
+* símbolo de sección: Símbolos de texto. (line 65)
+* símbolo del euro: Símbolos de texto. (line 143)
+* símbolo Halmos: \rule. (line 13)
+* símbolo mayor que, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 159)
+* símbolo menor que, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 167)
+* símbolo ordinal femenino: Símbolos de texto. (line 180)
+* símbolo ordinal masculino: Símbolos de texto. (line 180)
+* símbolo registrado: Símbolos de texto. (line 208)
+* símbolo vectorial, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos. (line 37)
+* símbolo, definir: \DeclareTextSymbol. (line 6)
+* símbolos de fuente, por número: Símbolos por posición de fuente.
+ (line 6)
+* Símbolos de grandes círculos, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 95)
+* símbolos de texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 6)
+* símbolos matemáticos: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 6)
+* símbolos, flechas: Flechas. (line 6)
+* símbolos, matemáticos: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 6)
+* símbolos, negrita: bm. (line 6)
+* símbolos, texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 6)
+* T1: paquete fontenc. (line 6)
+* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 6)
+* tabla de contenido: \contentsline. (line 6)
+* tabla de contenido, crear: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 6)
+* tabla de contenido, evitando notas al pie de página: Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones.
+ (line 6)
+* tabla de contenido, números de seccionado impresos: Seccionado.
+ (line 86)
+* tablas, crear: table. (line 6)
+* table environment: table. (line 6)
+* tablefootnote package: Notas al pie en una tabla.
+ (line 54)
+* tabulaciones, usando: tabbing. (line 6)
+* tabular environment: tabular. (line 6)
+* tamaño de diseño, en definiciones de letras: \newfont. (line 20)
+* tamaño del tipo de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 105)
+* tamaños de letra: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 6)
+* Tamaños de los tipos de letra: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 6)
+* tamaños de texto: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 6)
+* teoremas, definiendo: \newtheorem. (line 6)
+* teoremas, tipografía: theorem. (line 6)
+* terminal, escribir a: \write. (line 32)
+* tex: Símbolos de texto. (line 67)
+* texosquery package: \write18. (line 70)
+* texput, jobname predefinido: Nombre del trabajo. (line 29)
+* textcase package: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 43)
+* textcomp package: Símbolos de texto. (line 6)
+* texto alineado a la izquierda irregular: \raggedleft. (line 6)
+* texto centrado, declaración para: \centering. (line 6)
+* texto centrado, entorno para: center. (line 6)
+* texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando: comillas y citas.
+ (line 6)
+* texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando: comillas y citas.
+ (line 6)
+* texto en color: Texto en color. (line 6)
+* texto giratorio: \rotatebox. (line 6)
+* texto izquierdo irregular, entorno para: flushright. (line 6)
+* texto justificado a la derecha irregular: \raggedright. (line 6)
+* texto justificado a la derecha irregular, entorno para: flushleft.
+ (line 6)
+* texto justificado a la izquierda: \raggedright. (line 6)
+* texto justificado a la izquierda, entorno para: flushleft. (line 6)
+* texto literal: verbatim. (line 6)
+* texto literal, en línea: \verb. (line 6)
+* texto mecanografiado, simular: verbatim. (line 6)
+* texto multicolumna: \twocolumn. (line 6)
+* texto, cambio de tamaño: \scalebox. (line 6)
+* texto, cambio de tamaño <1>: \resizebox. (line 6)
+* texto, escalado: \scalebox. (line 6)
+* texto, escalado <1>: \resizebox. (line 6)
+* thanks, para la portada: \maketitle. (line 51)
+* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6)
+* theindex: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 6)
+* theindex environment: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 10)
+* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6)
+* thorn, letra islandesa: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 56)
+* tie: ~. (line 6)
+* tie-después de acento: Acentos. (line 83)
+* TikZ package: \line. (line 36)
+* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 62)
+* TikZ package <2>: \mbox y \makebox. (line 78)
+* tikz-cd package: Flechas. (line 41)
+* tikz-cd package <1>: Flechas. (line 41)
+* tilde ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 74)
+* tilde, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 74)
+* tipo de letra de máquina de escribir: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 98)
+* tipo de letra inclinada: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 95)
+* tipo de letra monoespacio: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 98)
+* tipo de letra negrita: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 77)
+* tipografía: Tipos de letra. (line 6)
+* tipos de letra: Tipos de letra. (line 6)
+* tipos de letra caligráficas: Caligráfico. (line 6)
+* Tipos de letra OpenType: Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* tipos de letra script: Caligráfico. (line 6)
+* Tipos de letra TrueType: Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* tipos de letra, nuevos comandos para: \newfont. (line 6)
+* tipos de letra, script: Caligráfico. (line 6)
+* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6)
+* titlepage option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 49)
+* titlesec package: Seccionado. (line 63)
+* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 54)
+* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 80)
+* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 66)
+* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 54)
+* titlesec package <5>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 65)
+* tocbibbind package: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 115)
+* tocdepth: Seccionado. (line 85)
+* tocdepth counter: Seccionado. (line 86)
+* tocloft package: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 115)
+* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 36)
+* tombstone: \rule. (line 13)
+* topmargin: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 131)
+* topnumber: Flotantes. (line 149)
+* topnumber <1>: Flotantes. (line 150)
+* totalnumber: Flotantes. (line 153)
+* totalnumber <1>: Flotantes. (line 154)
+* tramo horizontal infinito: \hfill. (line 6)
+* tramo, infinito horizontal: \hfill. (line 6)
+* tres cuartos em-dash: Símbolos de texto. (line 214)
+* twocolumn option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 80)
+* twoside option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 80)
+* título, para portada: \maketitle. (line 59)
+* títulos, hacer: \maketitle. (line 6)
+* ulem package: Sobre y subrayado. (line 16)
+* underbar: Acentos. (line 53)
+* Unicode: paquete inputenc. (line 15)
+* unicode-math package: Math OpenType en negrita.
(line 21)
-* opción notitlepage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 26)
-* opción onecolumn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 47)
-* opción oneside: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 47)
-* opción openany: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 47)
-* opción openbib: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 26)
-* opción openright: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 47)
-* opción titlepage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 26)
-* opción twocolumn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 47)
-* opción twoside: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 47)
-* paquete textcomp: Símbolos de Texto. (line 6)
-* picture, entorno: picture. (line 6)
-* printindex: Índices. (line 30)
-* quotation, entorno: quotation. (line 6)
-* quote, entorno: quote. (line 6)
-* tabbing, entorno: tabbing. (line 6)
-* table, entorno: table. (line 6)
-* tabular, entorno: tabular. (line 6)
-* thebibliography, entorno: thebibliography. (line 6)
-* theorem, entorno: theorem. (line 6)
-* titlepage, entorno: titlepage. (line 6)
-* verbatim, entorno: verbatim. (line 6)
-* verse, entorno: verse. (line 6)
+* unicode-math package <1>: Puntos. (line 65)
+* unidades, de longitud: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 6)
+* uplatex: Motores TeX. (line 59)
+* uplatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 72)
+* url package: \verb. (line 40)
+* usando BibTeX: Usar BibTeX. (line 6)
+* UTF-8, codificación de entrada LaTeX predeterminada: Descripción.
+ (line 12)
+* UTF-8, compatibilidad del motor para: Motores TeX. (line 6)
+* UTF-8, tipo de letra compatible con: paquete fontenc. (line 6)
+* variables, una lista de: Contadores. (line 6)
+* variantes con estrella, comandos: \@ifstar. (line 6)
+* ve y ve también entradas de índice: \index. (line 61)
+* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6)
+* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 42)
+* verse environment: verse. (line 6)
+* viñeta, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 108)
+* Wright, Joseph: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 49)
+* x-height: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 42)
+* xdvi comando: Archivos de salida. (line 11)
+* xdvipdfmx: Motores TeX. (line 45)
+* xelatex: Motores TeX. (line 44)
+* xelatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 73)
+* XeTeX: Motores TeX. (line 45)
+* xindex programa: makeindex. (line 173)
+* xindy programa: makeindex. (line 166)
+* xparse package: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 38)
+* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 66)
+* xr package: paquete xr. (line 6)
+* xr-hyper package: paquete xr. (line 6)
+* xspace package: paquete xspace. (line 6)
+* xstring package: Nombre del trabajo. (line 60)
+* índice, archivo de estilo: makeindex. (line 18)
+* índice, impresión: \printindex. (line 6)
+* índice, múltiple: Índices. (line 54)
+* índice, procesamiento: makeindex. (line 6)
+* índice, producir manualmente: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 6)
+* índice, rango de páginas: \index. (line 44)
+* índices: Índices. (line 6)

Tag Table:
-Node: Top2027
-Node: Acerca de este documento4420
-Node: Descripción6007
-Node: Iniciando y Finalizando8375
-Node: Clases de Documento9007
-Node: Opciones de Clase de Documento9693
-Node: Tipos de Letra12897
-Node: Estilos del Tipo de Letra13476
-Node: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra16592
-Node: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra18241
-Node: Diseño21526
-Node: \onecolumn22107
-Node: \twocolumn22353
-Node: \flushbottom24269
-Node: \raggedbottom24692
-Node: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página25033
-Node: Seccionado27619
-Node: Referencias Cruzadas29483
-Node: \label29962
-Node: \pageref30976
-Node: \ref31303
-Node: Entornos31757
-Node: abstract33391
-Node: array33631
-Node: center35155
-Node: \centering35664
-Node: description36632
-Node: displaymath37671
-Node: document38369
-Node: enumerate38642
-Node: eqnarray40087
-Node: equation41294
-Node: figure41707
-Node: filecontents45206
-Node: flushleft47062
-Node: \raggedright47587
-Node: flushright48245
-Node: \raggedleft48750
-Node: itemize49406
-Node: letter53672
-Node: list53906
-Node: math54841
-Node: minipage55185
-Node: picture56561
-Node: \circle61055
-Node: \makebox (picture)61433
-Node: \framebox (picture)62232
-Node: \dashbox62764
-Node: \frame63385
-Node: \line63740
-Node: \linethickness64283
-Node: \thicklines64762
-Node: \thinlines65099
-Node: \multiput65432
-Node: \oval65841
-Node: \put66550
-Node: \shortstack66848
-Node: \vector67372
-Node: quotation67720
-Node: quote68227
-Node: tabbing68722
-Node: table72428
-Node: tabular73429
-Node: \multicolumn78113
-Node: \cline79045
-Node: \hline79412
-Node: \vline79767
-Node: thebibliography80133
-Node: \bibitem81458
-Node: \cite82322
-Node: \nocite82863
-Node: Usando BibTeX83199
-Node: theorem84991
-Node: titlepage85402
-Node: verbatim86141
-Node: \verb86882
-Node: verse87585
-Node: Saltos de Línea88142
-Node: \\89358
-Node: \obeycr y \restorecr89937
-Node: \newline90438
-Node: \- (hyphenation)90739
-Node: \fussy91511
-Node: \sloppy91974
-Node: \hyphenation92373
-Node: \linebreak y \nolinebreak93146
-Node: Saltos de Página93873
-Node: \cleardoublepage94589
-Node: \clearpage95080
-Node: \newpage95392
-Node: \enlargethispage95656
-Node: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak96233
-Node: Notas al Pie97012
-Node: \footnote97741
-Node: \footnotemark98329
-Node: \footnotetext98952
-Node: Notas al Pie Simbólicas99543
-Node: Parámetros para Footnote100154
-Node: Definiciones101042
-Node: \newcommand y \renewcommand101841
-Node: \newcounter103362
-Node: \newlength103890
-Node: \newsavebox104497
-Node: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment104867
-Node: \newtheorem106516
-Node: \newfont107613
-Node: \protect108210
-Node: Contadores109199
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol110615
-Node: \usecounter111870
-Node: \value112277
-Node: \setcounter112722
-Node: \addtocounter113030
-Node: \refstepcounter113364
-Node: \stepcounter113765
-Node: \day \month \year114050
-Node: Longitudes114670
-Node: \setlength115343
-Node: \addtolength115745
-Node: \settodepth116102
-Node: \settoheight116422
-Node: \settowidth116739
-Node: Longitudes Predeterminadas117041
-Node: Haciendo Párrafos117672
-Node: \indent118328
-Node: \noindent118888
-Node: \parskip119185
-Node: Notas al Margen119501
-Node: Fórmulas Matemáticas121345
-Node: Subíndices y Superíndices123405
-Node: Símbolos Matemáticos123924
-Node: Funciones Matemáticas131916
-Node: Acentos Matemáticos133074
-Node: Espacios en Modo Math134293
-Node: Miscelánea Math135039
-Node: Modos136803
-Node: Estilos de Página138936
-Node: \maketitle139542
-Node: \pagenumbering140867
-Node: \pagestyle141480
-Node: \thispagestyle142907
-Node: Espacios143259
-Node: \hspace144447
-Node: \hfill145108
-Node: \SPACE145585
-Node: \AT146143
-Node: \thinspace146645
-Node: \/146931
-Node: \hrulefill147897
-Node: \dotfill148194
-Node: \addvspace148463
-Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip149031
-Node: \vfill149823
-Node: \vspace150173
-Node: Cajas150677
-Node: \mbox151530
-Node: \fbox y \framebox151881
-Node: lrbox152782
-Node: \makebox153138
-Node: \parbox153959
-Node: \raisebox155467
-Node: \savebox156136
-Node: \sbox156624
-Node: \usebox157148
-Node: Inserciones Especiales157487
-Node: Caracteres Reservados158202
-Node: Símbolos de Texto159875
-Node: Acentos163823
-Node: Caracteres no Ingleses166840
-Node: \rule167605
-Node: \today168066
-Node: Dividiendo la Entrada168570
-Node: \include169311
-Node: \includeonly170031
-Node: \input170621
-Node: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada171194
-Node: Tablas de Contenido171449
-Node: \addcontentsline172648
-Node: \addtocontents173691
-Node: Glosarios174254
-Node: Índices174873
-Node: Cartas176947
-Node: \address179198
-Node: \cc179933
-Node: \closing180199
-Node: \encl180455
-Node: \location180669
-Node: \makelabels180970
-Node: \name181284
-Node: \opening181524
-Node: \ps181875
-Node: \signature182086
-Node: \startbreaks182388
-Node: \stopbreaks182657
-Node: \telephone182904
-Node: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal183168
-Node: \typein183464
-Node: \typeout184191
-Node: Línea de Órdenes185015
-Node: Plantillas de Documento185867
-Node: Plantilla book186229
-Node: Plantilla beamer186735
-Node: Plantilla tugboat187465
-Node: License translation189963
-Node: Índice de Conceptos190882
-Node: Índice de Instrucciones230791
+Node: Top2047
+Node: Acerca de este documento4789
+Node: Descripción6692
+Node: Comenzar y terminar8901
+Ref: Iniciar y finalizar9049
+Node: Archivos de salida10340
+Ref: archivos de salida dvi10678
+Ref: archivos de salida pdf11270
+Ref: registro de archivos de salida11671
+Ref: archivos de salida aux11897
+Node: Motores TeX13011
+Ref: motores tex de latex13626
+Ref: tex motores lualatex14588
+Ref: tex motores xelatex15162
+Node: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX17428
+Node: Entorno19689
+Node: CTAN20986
+Node: Clases de documentos22572
+Ref: clase de documento article23083
+Ref: clase de documento book23178
+Ref: clase de documento letter23396
+Ref: clase de documento report23490
+Ref: clase de documento slides23654
+Node: Opciones de la clase documento24172
+Node: Paquetes adicionales27946
+Node: Construcción de clase y paquete28633
+Node: Estructura de clase y paquete30270
+Node: Comandos class y package32975
+Node: Tipos de letra52886
+Ref: Tipografía53029
+Node: paquete fontenc55365
+Node: \DeclareFontEncoding60787
+Node: \DeclareTextAccent62391
+Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault63388
+Node: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand64571
+Ref: \DeclareTextCommand64879
+Ref: \ProvideTextCommand64879
+Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault66996
+Ref: \DeclareTextCommandDefault67328
+Ref: \ProvideTextCommandDefault67328
+Node: \DeclareTextComposite68516
+Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand69681
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbol70426
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault71616
+Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding72675
+Node: \UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent73340
+Ref: \UseTextSymbol73552
+Ref: \UseTextAccent73552
+Node: Estilos de tipos de letra74678
+Ref: \nocorrlist75733
+Ref: \nocorr75733
+Ref: \mathversion78750
+Ref: \oldstylenums78932
+Node: Tamaños de los tipos de letra79610
+Node: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra83019
+Ref: comandos de tipos de letra de bajo nivel fontencoding83407
+Ref: comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel fontfamily84062
+Ref: comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel fontseries85165
+Ref: comandos de tipos de letra de bajo nivel fontshape86498
+Ref: comandos fontsize de bajo nivel86912
+Ref: lines de comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel87599
+Ref: comandos de tipos de letra de bajo nivel selectfont87916
+Ref: comandos de tipos de letra de bajo nivel usefont88282
+Node: Composición88549
+Node: \onecolumn89366
+Node: \twocolumn89796
+Ref: doscolumnas columnasep90559
+Ref: doscolumnas columnasseprule90835
+Ref: doscolumnas columnwidth91175
+Ref: doscolumnas dbltopfraction91904
+Ref: doscolumnas dblfloatpagefraction93060
+Ref: doscolumnas dblfloatsep93351
+Ref: doscolumnas dbltextfloatsep93765
+Ref: doscolumnas dbltopnumber94003
+Node: \flushbottom95055
+Node: \raggedbottom96372
+Node: Parámetros de composición de página97032
+Ref: parámetros columnasep del diseño de página97327
+Ref: parámetros
+columnseprule del diseño de página97327
+Ref: parámetros columnwidth del
+diseño de página97327
+Ref: parámetros headheight del diseño de página97606
+Ref: parámetros headep del diseño de página97816
+Ref: parámetros de diseño de página footskip98206
+Ref: parámetros linewidth del diseño de página98635
+Ref: parámetros marginparpush del diseño de página99030
+Ref: parámetros marginsep del diseño de página99030
+Ref: parámetros
+marginparwidth del diseño de página99030
+Ref: parámetros oddsidemargin del diseño de página100337
+Ref: parámetros evensidemargin del diseño de página100337
+Ref: parámetros paperheight del diseño de página100970
+Ref: parámetros paperwidth del diseño de página101235
+Ref: parámetros textheight del diseño de página101495
+Ref: parámetros textwidth del diseño de página101998
+Ref: parámetros hsize del diseño de página103153
+Ref: parámetros topmargin del diseño de página103369
+Ref: parámetros topskip del diseño de página103740
+Node: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch104018
+Ref: \baselineskip104259
+Ref: \baselinestretch104259
+Node: Flotantes110062
+Ref: fracción flotante inferior115096
+Ref: flotantes floatpagefraction115246
+Ref: fracción de texto flotante115385
+Ref: fracción superior flotante115641
+Ref: flotantes floatsep115956
+Ref: flotantes intextsep116099
+Ref: flotante textfloatsep116347
+Ref: flotante bottomnumber116668
+Ref: flotantes dbltopnumber116811
+Ref: flotante topnumber116983
+Ref: flotante totalnumber117125
+Node: \caption117863
+Node: Seccionado120793
+Ref: seccionado secnumdepth124286
+Ref: Seccionado/secnumdepth124286
+Ref: seccionado tocdepth125005
+Ref: Seccionado/tocdepth125005
+Node: \part126094
+Node: \chapter128535
+Node: \section132722
+Node: \subsection136347
+Node: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph139327
+Ref: \subsubsection139576
+Ref: \paragraph139576
+Ref: \subparagraph139576
+Node: \appendix142217
+Node: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter143674
+Ref: \frontmatter143917
+Ref: \mainmatter143917
+Ref: \backmatter143917
+Node: \@startsection145247
+Ref: nombre de la sección de inicio146957
+Ref: \@startsection/name146957
+Ref: startsection level147494
+Ref: \@startsection/level147494
+Ref: startsection indent148449
+Ref: \@startsection/indent148449
+Ref: startsection beforeskip148743
+Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip148743
+Ref: startsection afterskip150408
+Ref: \@startsection/afterskip150408
+Ref: estilo de startsection151906
+Ref: \@startsection/style151906
+Node: Referencias cruzadas155885
+Node: \label158284
+Node: \pageref160309
+Node: \ref161242
+Node: paquete xr162336
+Node: Entornos164414
+Node: abstract166524
+Node: array168288
+Node: center171389
+Node: \centering173322
+Node: description174968
+Node: displaymath177592
+Node: document179468
+Node: \AtBeginDocument179920
+Node: \AtEndDocument180610
+Node: enumerate181268
+Ref: enumerate enumi183448
+Ref: enumerate enumii183448
+Ref: enumerate
+enumiii183448
+Ref: enumerate enumiv183448
+Ref: enumerate labelenumi183916
+Ref: enumerate labelenumii183916
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiii183916
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiv183916
+Node: eqnarray184496
+Node: equation186776
+Node: figure187468
+Node: filecontents189861
+Node: flushleft192022
+Node: \raggedright193169
+Node: flushright194503
+Node: \raggedleft195410
+Node: itemize196376
+Ref: itemize labelitemi198188
+Ref: itemize labelitemii198188
+Ref: itemize labelitemiii198188
+Ref: itemize labelitemiv198188
+Ref: itemize leftmargin198940
+Ref: itemize leftmargini198940
+Ref: itemize leftmarginii198940
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiii198940
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiv198940
+Ref: itemize leftmarginv198940
+Ref: itemize leftmarginvi198940
+Node: letter200662
+Node: list200890
+Ref: list makelabel203620
+Ref: lista itemindent205256
+Ref: lista itemsep205439
+Ref: lista labelsep206260
+Ref: lista labelwidth206463
+Ref: lista leftmargin207643
+Ref: lista listparindent208693
+Ref: lista parsep208974
+Ref: lista partopsep209579
+Ref: lista rightmargin210575
+Ref: lista topsep210765
+Ref: lista beginparpenalty214774
+Ref: lista itempenalty214899
+Ref: lista endparpenalty215038
+Node: \item215978
+Node: trivlist217422
+Node: math219075
+Node: minipage219398
+Node: picture225518
+Node: \put232520
+Node: \multiput233131
+Node: \qbezier233916
+Node: \graphpaper235531
+Node: \line236478
+Node: \linethickness238566
+Node: \thinlines239075
+Node: \thicklines239512
+Node: \circle239914
+Node: \oval240499
+Node: \shortstack241665
+Node: \vector243652
+Node: \makebox (picture)244644
+Node: \framebox (picture)245931
+Node: \frame247471
+Node: \dashbox247928
+Node: comillas y citas249186
+Ref: quotation249346
+Ref: quote249346
+Node: tabbing250127
+Node: table256822
+Node: tabular259089
+Ref: \extracolsep263597
+Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth266407
+Ref: tabular arraystrech266680
+Ref: tabular doublerulesep266928
+Ref: tabular tabcolsep267103
+Node: \multicolumn267762
+Node: \vline272133
+Node: \cline273692
+Node: \hline274474
+Node: thebibliography275248
+Node: \bibitem277970
+Node: \cite280558
+Node: \nocite282533
+Node: Usar BibTeX283077
+Node: Mensajes de error BibTeX285731
+Node: theorem286807
+Node: titlepage287838
+Node: verbatim289113
+Node: \verb291087
+Node: verse293422
+Node: Salto de línea294695
+Node: \\296315
+Node: \obeycr y \restorecr299035
+Ref: \obeycr299206
+Ref: \restorecr299206
+Node: \newline299968
+Node: \- (separación silábica)301144
+Node: \discretionary302882
+Node: \fussy y \sloppy303909
+Ref: \fussy304084
+Ref: \sloppy304084
+Node: sloppypar304846
+Node: \hyphenation306087
+Node: \linebreak y \nolinebreak306786
+Ref: \linebreak306965
+Ref: \nolinebreak306965
+Node: Salto de página308044
+Node: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage310345
+Ref: \clearpage310535
+Ref: \cleardoublepage310535
+Node: \newpage312216
+Node: \enlargethispage313709
+Node: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak314771
+Ref: \pagebreak314957
+Ref: \nopagebreak314957
+Node: Notas al pie316960
+Node: \footnote318354
+Ref: footnote footnoterule319746
+Ref: footnote footnotesep320411
+Node: \footnotemark321636
+Node: \footnotetext324238
+Node: Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones324928
+Node: Notas al pie en una tabla325984
+Node: Notas al pie de notas al pie329120
+Node: Definiciones329914
+Node: \newcommand y \renewcommand331256
+Ref: \newcommand331443
+Ref: \renewcommand331443
+Node: Secuencias de control338285
+Node: \providecommand339970
+Node: \makeatletter y \makeatother341217
+Ref: \makeatletter341424
+Ref: \makeatother341424
+Node: \@ifstar343619
+Node: \newcounter347446
+Node: \newlength349298
+Node: \newsavebox350313
+Node: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment351371
+Ref: \newenvironment351598
+Ref: \renewenvironment351598
+Node: \newtheorem356899
+Node: \newfont360692
+Node: \protect362104
+Node: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend364749
+Ref: \ignorespaces364976
+Ref: \ignorespacesafterend364976
+Node: paquete xspace368061
+Node: Contadores370553
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol372595
+Node: \usecounter375504
+Node: \value376416
+Node: \setcounter377549
+Node: \addtocounter378239
+Node: \refstepcounter378728
+Node: \stepcounter379481
+Node: \day - \month y \year380071
+Ref: \day380241
+Ref: \month380241
+Ref: \year380241
+Node: Longitudes381082
+Node: Unidades de longitud386207
+Ref: unidades de longitud pt386434
+Ref: unidades de longitud pc386563
+Ref: unidades de longitud en386594
+Ref: unidades de longitud pb386631
+Ref: mm unidades de longitud386773
+Ref: cm unidades de longitud386808
+Ref: unidades de longitud dd386841
+Ref: unidades de longitud cc386877
+Ref: unidades de longitud sp386906
+Ref: Longitudes/ex387060
+Ref: unidades de longitud ex387060
+Ref: Longitudes/em387218
+Ref: unidades de longitud em387218
+Ref: unidades de longitud mu387618
+Node: \setlength388243
+Node: \addtolength389525
+Node: \settodepth391100
+Node: \settoheight392210
+Node: \settowidth393321
+Node: \stretch394427
+Node: Expresiones395817
+Node: Crear párrafos401183
+Node: \par403776
+Node: \indent y \noindent406011
+Ref: \indent406196
+Ref: \noindent406196
+Node: \parindent y \parskip407654
+Ref: \parindent407855
+Ref: \parskip407855
+Node: Notas marginales409180
+Ref: notas marginales marginparpush410719
+Ref: notas marginales marginparsep410944
+Ref: notas marginales marginparwidth411119
+Node: Fórmulas math411544
+Node: Subíndices y superíndices415028
+Ref: superscript415206
+Ref: subscript415206
+Node: Símbolos matemáticos417434
+Node: Flechas445083
+Node: \boldmath y \unboldmath446419
+Ref: \boldmath446622
+Ref: \unboldmath446622
+Node: bm447831
+Node: Math OpenType en negrita448682
+Node: Pizarra negra450309
+Node: Caligráfico451196
+Node: Delimitadores451781
+Node: \left y \right454358
+Ref: \left454518
+Ref: \right454518
+Node: \bigl y \bigr etc.458874
+Ref: \bigl459042
+Ref: \bigr459042
+Node: Puntos461921
+Ref: elipsis cdots462397
+Ref: elipsis ddots462572
+Ref: elipsis ldots462681
+Ref: elipsis vdots463140
+Node: Letras griegas465564
+Node: Funciones matemáticas467497
+Node: Acentos matemáticos469461
+Node: Sobre y subrayado470488
+Node: Espaciado en modo matemático472538
+Ref: espaciado en modo matemático espacio grueso473594
+Ref: espaciado en modo matemático medspace474156
+Ref: Espaciado en modo matemático/\thinspace474704
+Ref: espaciado en
+modo matemático thinspace474704
+Ref: espaciado en modo matemático negthinspace475244
+Ref: espaciado en modo matemático quad475701
+Ref: espaciado en modo matemático qquad475989
+Node: \smash476471
+Node: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom478933
+Ref: \phantom479172
+Ref: \vphantom479172
+Ref: \hphantom479172
+Node: \mathstrut481672
+Node: Estilos math482738
+Node: Miscelánea matemática485785
+Node: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon486337
+Ref: Dos puntos486544
+Node: \*487194
+Node: \frac487841
+Node: \sqrt488239
+Node: \stackrel488959
+Node: Modos489265
+Ref: modos modo párrafo489788
+Ref: modos modo lr490161
+Ref: modos modo matemático490847
+Ref: modos modo vertical491220
+Ref: modos modo vertical interno491466
+Ref: modos modo párrafo interno492023
+Ref: modos modo párrafo
+externo492023
+Node: \ensuremath492511
+Node: Estilos de página493287
+Node: \maketitle494227
+Node: \pagenumbering497639
+Node: \pagestyle499943
+Node: \thispagestyle504093
+Node: Espacios505176
+Node: \enspace - \quad y \qquad506673
+Ref: \enspace506848
+Ref: \quad506848
+Ref: \qquad506848
+Node: \hspace507692
+Node: \hfill509770
+Node: \hss510951
+Node: \spacefactor511718
+Node: \@515771
+Ref: \AT515898
+Node: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing518068
+Ref: \frenchspacing518189
+Ref: \nonfrenchspacing518290
+Node: \normalsfcodes519043
+Node: \(SPACE)519340
+Ref: Espacios en blanco iniciales521654
+Node: ~522051
+Node: \thinspace y \negthinspace525257
+Ref: \thinspace525434
+Ref: \negthinspace525434
+Node: \/526615
+Node: \hrulefill y \dotfill528883
+Ref: \hrulefill529078
+Ref: \dotfill529078
+Node: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip530396
+Ref: \bigskip530652
+Ref: \medskip530652
+Ref: \smallskip530652
+Ref: bigskip531254
+Ref: medskip531525
+Ref: smallskip531800
+Node: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak532561
+Ref: \bigbreak532808
+Ref: \medbreak532808
+Ref: \smallbreak532808
+Node: \strut533601
+Node: \vspace537114
+Node: \vfill538806
+Node: \addvspace539898
+Node: Cajas542082
+Node: \mbox y \makebox542882
+Ref: \mbox543031
+Ref: \makebox543031
+Ref: mbox makebox depth544365
+Ref: mbox makebox height544365
+Ref: mbox
+makebox width544365
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight544365
+Node: \fbox y \framebox546753
+Ref: \fbox546920
+Ref: \framebox546920
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule548231
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep548440
+Node: \parbox549668
+Node: \raisebox552123
+Ref: raisebox depth553137
+Ref: raisebox height553137
+Ref: raisebox
+width553137
+Ref: raisebox totalheight553137
+Node: \sbox y \savebox553902
+Ref: \sbox554057
+Ref: \savebox554057
+Node: lrbox557252
+Node: \usebox558191
+Node: Color558694
+Node: Opciones del paquete Color559593
+Node: Modelos de color561578
+Ref: modelos de color cmyk562566
+Ref: modelos de color gris562977
+Ref: modelos de color rgb563146
+Ref: modelos de color RGB563510
+Ref: modelos de color nombrados563951
+Node: Comandos para color564309
+Node: Definir colores564800
+Node: Texto en color565573
+Node: Cuadros de colores568152
+Node: Páginas coloreadas569751
+Node: Gráficos570487
+Node: Opciones del paquete Graphics572816
+Node: Configuración del paquete de graphics576003
+Node: \graphicspath576917
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions580115
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule582230
+Node: Comandos para graphics585949
+Node: \includegraphics586528
+Ref: incluye ancho de gráficos592024
+Ref: includegraphics height592624
+Ref: incluye la altura total de los gráficos593089
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio593376
+Ref: incluir ventana gráfica595313
+Ref: includegraphics trim595770
+Ref: includegraphics clip596298
+Ref: includegraphics page596597
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox596733
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate597720
+Ref: includegraphics quiet597989
+Ref: includegraphics draft598176
+Ref: includegraphics bb599147
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx599581
+Ref: includegraphics bblly599581
+Ref: includegraphics bburx599581
+Ref: includegraphics bbury599581
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth599747
+Ref: includegraphics natheight599747
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb599951
+Ref: includegraphics type600892
+Ref: includegraphics ext600942
+Ref: includegraphics read601050
+Ref: includegraphics command601176
+Node: \rotatebox601476
+Node: \scalebox604787
+Node: \resizebox605936
+Node: Inserciones especiales607279
+Node: Caracteres reservados608406
+Node: Mayúsculas y minúsculas609941
+Node: Símbolos por posición de fuente612640
+Node: Símbolos de texto613457
+Node: Acentos620122
+Node: \accent622790
+Node: Letras latinas adicionales624834
+Ref: caracteres no ingleses625029
+Node: paquete inputenc626232
+Ref: \inputencoding628766
+Node: \rule629164
+Node: \today630439
+Node: Dividir la entrada631475
+Node: \endinput633437
+Node: \include e \includeonly634876
+Ref: \include635066
+Ref: \includeonly635066
+Node: \input639587
+Node: Material de portada/contraportada640909
+Node: Tabla de contenido etc.641325
+Node: \@dottedtocline647968
+Node: \addcontentsline649766
+Node: \addtocontents653104
+Node: \contentsline655558
+Node: \nofiles657567
+Node: \numberline658374
+Node: Índices659715
+Node: Producir el índice manualmente663024
+Node: \index664398
+Node: makeindex670263
+Ref: makeindex preámbulo672137
+Ref: makeindex postamble672325
+Ref: makeindex group skip672445
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag672881
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix673369
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix673561
+Ref: makeindex item 0673747
+Ref: makeindex item 1673852
+Ref: makeindex item 2673953
+Ref: makeindex item 01674056
+Ref: makeindex item x1674186
+Ref: makeindex item 12674435
+Ref: makeindex item x2674568
+Ref: makeindex delim 0674755
+Ref: makeindex delim 1674931
+Ref: makeindex delim 2675107
+Ref: makeindex delim n675270
+Ref: makeindex delim r675455
+Ref: makeindex line max675585
+Ref: makeindex indent space675769
+Ref: makeindex indent length675883
+Ref: makeindex page precedence676146
+Node: \printindex677322
+Node: Glosarios677835
+Node: \newglossaryentry680062
+Node: \gls681634
+Node: Cartas682496
+Node: \address686581
+Node: \cc687462
+Node: \closing687933
+Node: \encl688262
+Node: \location688708
+Node: \makelabels688997
+Node: \name691456
+Node: \opening691718
+Node: \ps692026
+Node: \signature692342
+Node: \telephone693674
+Node: Entrada/salida694087
+Node: \openin y \openout694894
+Ref: \openin695046
+Ref: \openout695046
+Ref: \closein695046
+Ref: \closeout695046
+Node: \read697954
+Node: \typein699288
+Node: \typeout700760
+Node: \write701945
+Node: \write y seguridad707307
+Node: \message708378
+Node: \wlog710481
+Node: \write18711019
+Node: Interfaz de línea de comandos715069
+Ref: Línea de comandos715267
+Node: Opciones de la línea de comandos717874
+Ref: modos de interacción719070
+Ref: directorio de salida720234
+Node: Entrada de la línea de comandos722246
+Node: Nombre del trabajo724636
+Node: Recuperación de errores728426
+Node: Plantillas de documentos730106
+Node: Plantilla beamer730604
+Node: Plantilla de artículo731333
+Node: Plantilla de libro731850
+Node: Plantilla de libro Larger732369
+Node: Índice734030
+Ref: índice de comandos734130

End Tag Table
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.pdf b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.pdf
index 7e69d50f7b..bef800bcd8 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.pdf
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.txt b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.txt
index dfaf38aad2..b91aab0b80 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.txt
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.txt
@@ -1,1986 +1,6021 @@
-LaTeX2e
+LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial
1 Acerca de este documento
2 Descripción de LaTeX
-3 Iniciando y Finalizando
-4 Clases de Documento
-5 Tipos de Letra
-6 Diseño
-7 Seccionado
-8 Referencias Cruzadas
-9 Entornos
-10 Saltos de Línea
-11 Saltos de Página
-12 Notas al Pie
-13 Definiciones
-14 Contadores
-15 Longitudes
-16 Haciendo Párrafos
-17 Fórmulas Matemáticas
-18 Modos
-19 Estilos de Página
-20 Espacios
-21 Cajas
-22 Inserciones Especiales
-23 Dividiendo la Entrada
-24 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
-25 Cartas
-26 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
-27 Línea de Órdenes
-Apéndice A Plantillas de Documento
-Apéndice B Traducción de la licencia
-Índice de Conceptos
-Índice de Instrucciones
-LaTeX2e
+3 Clases de documentos
+4 Tipos de letra
+5 Composición
+6 Seccionado
+7 Referencias cruzadas
+8 Entornos
+9 Salto de línea
+10 Salto de página
+11 Notas al pie
+12 Definiciones
+13 Contadores
+14 Longitudes
+15 Crear párrafos
+16 Fórmulas math
+17 Modos
+18 Estilos de página
+19 Espacios
+20 Cajas
+21 Color
+22 Gráficos
+23 Inserciones especiales
+24 Dividir la entrada
+25 Material de portada/contraportada
+26 Cartas
+27 Entrada/salida
+28 Interfaz de línea de comandos
+Apéndice A Plantillas de documentos
+Índice
+LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial
1 Acerca de este documento
2 Descripción de LaTeX
-3 Iniciando y Finalizando
-4 Clases de Documento
- 4.1 Opciones de Clase de Documento
-5 Tipos de Letra
- 5.1 Estilos del Tipo de Letra
- 5.2 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra
- 5.3 Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra
-6 Diseño
- 6.1 ‘\onecolumn’
- 6.2 ‘\twocolumn’
- 6.3 ‘\flushbottom’
- 6.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
- 6.5 Parámetros para el Diseño de Página
-7 Seccionado
-8 Referencias Cruzadas
- 8.1 ‘\label’
- 8.2 ‘\pageref{CLAVE}’
- 8.3 ‘\ref{CLAVE}’
-9 Entornos
- 9.1 ‘abstract’
- 9.2 ‘array’
- 9.3 ‘center’
- 9.3.1 ‘\centering’
- 9.4 ‘description’
- 9.5 ‘displaymath’
- 9.6 ‘document’
- 9.7 ‘enumerate’
- 9.8 ‘eqnarray’
- 9.9 ‘equation’
- 9.10 ‘figure’
- 9.11 ‘filecontents’: Crear un archivo externo
- 9.12 ‘flushleft’
- 9.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
- 9.13 ‘flushright’
- 9.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
- 9.14 ‘itemize’
- 9.15 Entorno ‘letter’: Escribiendo Cartas
- 9.16 ‘list’
- 9.17 ‘math’
- 9.18 ‘minipage’
- 9.19 ‘picture’
- 9.19.1 ‘\circle’
- 9.19.2 ‘\makebox’
- 9.19.3 ‘\framebox’
- 9.19.4 ‘\dashbox’
- 9.19.5 ‘\frame’
- 9.19.6 ‘\line’
- 9.19.7 ‘\linethickness’
- 9.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
- 9.19.9 ‘\thinlines’
- 9.19.10 ‘\multiput’
- 9.19.11 ‘\oval’
- 9.19.12 ‘\put’
- 9.19.13 ‘\shortstack’
- 9.19.14 ‘\vector’
- 9.20 ‘quotation’
- 9.21 ‘quote’
- 9.22 ‘tabbing’
- 9.23 ‘table’
- 9.24 ‘tabular’
- 9.24.1 ‘\multicolumn’
- 9.24.2 ‘\cline’
- 9.24.3 ‘\hline’
- 9.24.4 ‘\vline’
- 9.25 ‘thebibliography’
- 9.25.1 ‘\bibitem’
- 9.25.2 ‘\cite’
- 9.25.3 ‘\nocite’
- 9.25.4 Usando BibTeX
- 9.26 ‘theorem’
- 9.27 ‘titlepage’
- 9.28 ‘verbatim’
- 9.28.1 ‘\verb’
- 9.29 ‘verse’
-10 Saltos de Línea
- 10.1 ‘\\’[*][MÁS-ESPACIO]
- 10.2 ‘\obeycr’ y ‘\restorecr’
- 10.3 ‘\newline’
- 10.4 ‘\-’ (división silábica discrecional)
- 10.5 ‘\fussy’
- 10.6 ‘\sloppy’
- 10.7 ‘\hyphenation’
- 10.8 ‘\linebreak’ y ‘\nolinebreak’
-11 Saltos de Página
- 11.1 ‘\cleardoublepage’
- 11.2 ‘\clearpage’
- 11.3 ‘\newpage’
- 11.4 ‘\enlargethispage’
- 11.5 ‘\pagebreak’ y ‘\nopagebreak’
-12 Notas al Pie
- 12.1 ‘\footnote’
- 12.2 ‘\footnotemark’
- 12.3 ‘\footnotetext’
- 12.4 Notas al Pie Simbólicas
- 12.5 Parámetros para Footnote
-13 Definiciones
- 13.1 ‘\newcommand’ y ‘\renewcommand’
- 13.2 ‘\newcounter’
- 13.3 ‘\newlength’
- 13.4 ‘\newsavebox’
- 13.5 ‘\newenvironment’ y ‘\renewenvironment’
- 13.6 ‘\newtheorem’
- 13.7 ‘\newfont’
- 13.8 ‘\protect’
-14 Contadores
- 14.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Imprimiendo Contadores
- 14.2 ‘\usecounter{CONTADOR}’
- 14.3 ‘\value{CONTADOR}’
- 14.4 ‘\setcounter{\CONTADOR}{VALOR}’
- 14.5 ‘\addtocounter{CONTADOR}{VALOR}’
- 14.6 ‘\refstepcounter{CONTADOR}’
- 14.7 ‘\stepcounter{CONTADOR}’
- 14.8 ‘\day \month \year’: Contadores Predefinidos
-15 Longitudes
- 15.1 ‘\setlength{\LARGO}{VALOR}’
- 15.2 \addtolength{\LARGO}{CANTIDAD}
- 15.3 ‘\settodepth’
- 15.4 ‘\settoheight’
- 15.5 ‘\settowidth{\LARGO}{TEXTO}’
- 15.6 Longitudes Predeterminadas
-16 Haciendo Párrafos
- 16.1 ‘\indent’
- 16.2 ‘\noindent’
- 16.3 ‘\parskip’
- 16.4 Notas al Margen
-17 Fórmulas Matemáticas
- 17.1 Subíndices y Superíndices
- 17.2 Símbolos Matemáticos
- 17.3 Funciones Matemáticas
- 17.4 Acentos Matemáticos
- 17.5 Espacios en Modo Math
- 17.6 Miscelánea Math
-18 Modos
-19 Estilos de Página
- 19.1 ‘\maketitle’
- 19.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
- 19.3 ‘\pagestyle’
- 19.4 ‘\thispagestyle{ESTILO}’
-20 Espacios
- 20.1 ‘\hspace’
- 20.2 ‘\hfill’
- 20.3 ‘\SPACE’
- 20.4 ‘\@’
- 20.5 ‘\thinspace’
- 20.6 ‘\/’
- 20.7 ‘\hrulefill’
- 20.8 ‘\dotfill’
- 20.9 ‘\addvspace’
- 20.10 ‘\bigskip \medskip \smallskip’
- 20.11 ‘\vfill’
- 20.12 ‘\vspace[*]{LONGITUD}’
-21 Cajas
- 21.1 ‘\mbox{TEXTO}’
- 21.2 ‘\fbox’ y ‘\framebox’
- 21.3 ‘lrbox’
- 21.4 ‘\makebox’
- 21.5 ‘\parbox’
- 21.6 ‘\raisebox’
- 21.7 ‘\savebox’
- 21.8 ‘\sbox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}{TEXTO}’
- 21.9 ‘\usebox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}’
-22 Inserciones Especiales
- 22.1 Caracteres Reservados
- 22.2 Símbolos de Texto
- 22.3 Acentos
- 22.4 Caracteres no Ingleses
- 22.5 ‘\rule’
- 22.6 ‘\today’
-23 Dividiendo la Entrada
- 23.1 ‘\include’
- 23.2 ‘\includeonly’
- 23.3 ‘\input’
-24 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
- 24.1 Tablas de Contenido
- 24.1.1 \addcontentsline
- 24.1.2 \addtocontents
- 24.2 Glosarios
- 24.3 Índices
-25 Cartas
- 25.1 \address{DIRECCIÓN-DEL-REMITENTE}
- 25.2 ‘\cc’
- 25.3 ‘\closing’
- 25.4 ‘\encl’
- 25.5 ‘\location’
- 25.6 ‘\makelabels’
- 25.7 ‘\name’
- 25.8 ‘\opening{TEXTO}’
- 25.9 ‘\ps’
- 25.10 ‘\signature{TEXTO}’
- 25.11 ‘\startbreaks’
- 25.12 ‘\stopbreaks’
- 25.13 ‘\telephone’
-26 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
- 26.1 ‘\typein[INSTRUCCIÓN]{MENSAJE}’
- 26.2 ‘\typeout{MENSAJE}’
-27 Línea de Órdenes
-Apéndice A Plantillas de Documento
- A.1 Plantilla ‘book’
- A.2 Plantilla ‘beamer’
- A.3 Plantilla ‘tugboat’
-Apéndice B Traducción de la licencia
-Índice de Conceptos
-Índice de Instrucciones
-LaTeX2e
-*******
-
-Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Julio 2010. Este se
-pretende que cubra LaTeX2e, que ha sido la versión estándar de LaTeX por
-muchos años.
+ 2.1 Comenzar y terminar
+ 2.2 Archivos de salida
+ 2.3 Motores TeX
+ 2.4 Sintaxis del comando LaTeX
+ 2.5 Entorno
+ 2.6 CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX
+3 Clases de documentos
+ 3.1 Opciones de la clase documento
+ 3.2 Paquetes adicionales
+ 3.3 Construcción de clase y paquete
+ 3.3.1 Estructura de clase y paquete
+ 3.3.2 Comandos class y package
+4 Tipos de letra
+ 4.1 paquete ‘fontenc’
+ 4.1.1 ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’
+ 4.1.2 ‘\DeclareTextAccent’
+ 4.1.3 ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’
+ 4.1.4 ‘\DeclareTextCommand’ y ‘\ProvideTextCommand’
+ 4.1.5 ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ y ‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault’
+ 4.1.6 ‘\DeclareTextComposite’
+ 4.1.7 ‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’
+ 4.1.8 ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’
+ 4.1.9 ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’
+ 4.1.10 ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’
+ 4.1.11 ‘\UseTextSymbol’ y ‘\UseTextAccent’
+ 4.2 Estilos de tipos de letra
+ 4.3 Tamaños de los tipos de letra
+ 4.4 Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra
+5 Composición
+ 5.1 ‘\onecolumn’
+ 5.2 ‘\twocolumn’
+ 5.3 ‘\flushbottom’
+ 5.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
+ 5.5 Parámetros de composición de página
+ 5.6 ‘\baselineskip’ y ‘\baselinestretch’
+ 5.7 Flotantes
+ 5.7.1 ‘\caption’
+6 Seccionado
+ 6.1 ‘\part’
+ 6.2 ‘\chapter’
+ 6.3 ‘\section’
+ 6.4 ‘\subsection’
+ 6.5 ‘\subsubsection’, ‘\paragraph’, ‘\subparagraph’
+ 6.6 ‘\appendix’
+ 6.7 ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, ‘\backmatter’
+ 6.8 ‘\@startsection’, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales
+7 Referencias cruzadas
+ 7.1 ‘\label’
+ 7.2 ‘\pageref’
+ 7.3 ‘\ref’
+ 7.4 paquete ‘xr’
+8 Entornos
+ 8.1 ‘abstract’
+ 8.2 ‘array’
+ 8.3 ‘center’
+ 8.3.1 ‘\centering’
+ 8.4 ‘Description’
+ 8.5 ‘displaymath’
+ 8.6 ‘document’
+ 8.6.1 ‘\AtBeginDocument’
+ 8.6.2 ‘\AtEndDocument’
+ 8.7 ‘enumerate’
+ 8.8 ‘eqnarray’
+ 8.9 ‘equation’
+ 8.10 ‘figure’
+ 8.11 ‘filecontents’
+ 8.12 ‘flushleft’
+ 8.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
+ 8.13 ‘flushright’
+ 8.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
+ 8.14 ‘itemize’
+ 8.15 entorno ‘letter’: escribir cartas
+ 8.16 ‘list’
+ 8.16.1 ‘\item’: Una entrada en una lista
+ 8.16.2 ‘trivlist’: Una forma restringida de ‘list’
+ 8.17 ‘math’
+ 8.18 ‘minipage’
+ 8.19 ‘picture’
+ 8.19.1 ‘\put’
+ 8.19.2 ‘\multiput’
+ 8.19.3 ‘\qbezier’
+ 8.19.4 ‘\graphpaper’
+ 8.19.5 ‘\line’
+ 8.19.6 ‘\linethickness’
+ 8.19.7 ‘\thinlines’
+ 8.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
+ 8.19.9 ‘\circle’
+ 8.19.10 ‘\oval’
+ 8.19.11 ‘\shortstack’
+ 8.19.12 ‘\vector’
+ 8.19.13 ‘\makebox’ (picture)
+ 8.19.14 ‘\framebox’ (picture)
+ 8.19.15 ‘\frame’
+ 8.19.16 ‘\dashbox’
+ 8.20 ‘quotation’ y ‘quote’
+ 8.21 ‘tabbing’
+ 8.22 ‘table’
+ 8.23 ‘tabular’
+ 8.23.1 ‘\multicolumn’
+ 8.23.2 ‘\vline’
+ 8.23.3 ‘\cline’
+ 8.23.4 ‘\hline’
+ 8.24 ‘thebibliography’
+ 8.24.1 ‘\bibitem’
+ 8.24.2 ‘\cite’
+ 8.24.3 ‘\nocite’
+ 8.24.4 Usar BibTeX
+ 8.24.4.1 Mensajes de error BibTeX
+ 8.25 ‘theorem’
+ 8.26 ‘titlepage’
+ 8.27 ‘verbatim’
+ 8.27.1 ‘\verb’
+ 8.28 ‘verse’
+9 Salto de línea
+ 9.1 ‘\\’
+ 9.2 ‘\obeycr’ y ‘\restorecr’
+ 9.3 ‘\newline’
+ 9.4 ‘\-’ (guion discrecional)
+ 9.5 ‘\discretionary’ (punto de separación silábica generalizada)
+ 9.6 ‘\fussy’ y ‘\sloppy’
+ 9.6.1 ‘sloppypar’
+ 9.7 ‘\hyphenation’
+ 9.8 ‘\linebreak’ y ‘\nolinebreak’
+10 Salto de página
+ 10.1 ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’
+ 10.2 ‘\newpage’
+ 10.3 ‘\enlargethispage’
+ 10.4 ‘\pagebreak’ y ‘\nopagebreak’
+11 Notas al pie
+ 11.1 ‘\footnote’
+ 11.2 ‘\footnotemark’
+ 11.3 ‘\footnotetext’
+ 11.4 Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones
+ 11.5 Notas al pie en una tabla
+ 11.6 Notas al pie de notas al pie
+12 Definiciones
+ 12.1 ‘\newcommand’ y ‘\renewcommand’
+ 12.1.1 Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control
+ 12.2 ‘\providecommand’
+ 12.3 ‘\makeatletter’ y ‘\makeatother’
+ 12.4 ‘\@ifstar’
+ 12.5 ‘\newcounter’: Asignar un contador
+ 12.6 ‘\newlength’
+ 12.7 ‘\newsavebox’
+ 12.8 ‘\newenvironment’ y ‘\renewenvironment’
+ 12.9 ‘\newtheorem’
+ 12.10 ‘\newfont’
+ 12.11 ‘\protect’
+ 12.12 ‘\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend’
+ 12.13 paquete xspace
+13 Contadores
+ 13.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Imprime contadores
+ 13.2 ‘\usecounter’
+ 13.3 ‘\value’
+ 13.4 ‘\setcounter’
+ 13.5 ‘\addtocounter’
+ 13.6 ‘\refstepcounter’
+ 13.7 ‘\stepcounter’
+ 13.8 ‘\day’, ‘\month’ y ‘\year’
+14 Longitudes
+ 14.1 Unidades de longitud
+ 14.2 ‘\setlength’
+ 14.3 ‘\addtolength’
+ 14.4 ‘\settodepth’
+ 14.5 ‘\settoheight’
+ 14.6 ‘\settowidth’
+ 14.7 ‘\stretch’
+ 14.8 Expresiones
+15 Crear párrafos
+ 15.1 ‘\par’
+ 15.2 ‘\indent’ y ‘\noindent’
+ 15.3 ‘\parindent’ y ‘\parskip’
+ 15.4 Notas marginales
+16 Fórmulas math
+ 16.1 Subíndices y superíndices
+ 16.2 Símbolos matemáticos
+ 16.2.1 Flechas
+ 16.2.2 ‘\boldmath’ y ‘\unboldmath’
+ 16.2.2.1 ‘bm’: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita
+ 16.2.2.2 Math OpenType en negrita
+ 16.2.3 Pizarra negra
+ 16.2.4 Caligráfico
+ 16.2.5 Delimitadores
+ 16.2.5.1 ‘\left’ y ‘\right’
+ 16.2.5.2 ‘\bigl’, ‘\bigr’, etc.
+ 16.2.6 Puntos, horizontales o verticales
+ 16.2.7 Letras griegas
+ 16.3 Funciones matemáticas
+ 16.4 Acentos matemáticos
+ 16.5 Sobre y subrayado
+ 16.6 Espaciado en modo matemático
+ 16.6.1 ‘\smash’
+ 16.6.2 ‘\phantom’, ‘\vphantom’ y ‘\hphantom’
+ 16.6.3 ‘\mathstrut’
+ 16.7 Estilos math
+ 16.8 Miscelánea matemática
+ 16.8.1 Carácter de dos puntos ‘:’ y ‘\colon’
+ 16.8.2 ‘\*’
+ 16.8.3 ‘\frac’
+ 16.8.4 ‘\sqrt’
+ 16.8.5 ‘\stackrel’
+17 Modos
+ 17.1 ‘\ensuremath’
+18 Estilos de página
+ 18.1 ‘\maketitle’
+ 18.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
+ 18.3 ‘\pagestyle’
+ 18.4 ‘\thispagestyle’
+19 Espacios
+ 19.1 ‘\enspace’, ‘\quad’ y ‘\qquad’
+ 19.2 ‘\hspace’
+ 19.3 ‘\hfill’
+ 19.4 ‘\hss’
+ 19.5 ‘\spacefactor’
+ 19.5.1 ‘\@’
+ 19.5.2 ‘\frenchspacing’ y ‘\nonfrenchspacing’
+ 19.5.3 ‘\normalsfcodes’
+ 19.6 Barra invertida-espacio, ‘\ ’
+ 19.7 ‘~’
+ 19.8 ‘\thinspace’ y ‘\negthinspace’
+ 19.9 ‘\/’
+ 19.10 ‘\hrulefill’ y ‘\dotfill’
+ 19.11 ‘\bigskip’, ‘\medskip’ y ‘\smallskip’
+ 19.12 ‘\bigbreak’, ‘\medbreak’ y ‘\smallbreak’
+ 19.13 ‘\strut’
+ 19.14 ‘\vspace’
+ 19.15 ‘\vfill’
+ 19.16 ‘\addvspace’
+20 Cajas
+ 20.1 ‘\mbox’ y ‘\makebox’
+ 20.2 ‘\fbox’ y ‘\framebox’
+ 20.3 ‘\parbox’
+ 20.4 ‘\raisebox’
+ 20.5 ‘\sbox’ y ‘\savebox’
+ 20.6 ‘lrbox’
+ 20.7 ‘\usebox’
+21 Color
+ 21.1 Opciones del paquete ‘color’
+ 21.2 Modelos de color
+ 21.3 Comandos para color
+ 21.3.1 Definir colores
+ 21.3.2 Texto en color
+ 21.3.3 Cuadros de colores
+ 21.3.4 Páginas coloreadas
+22 Gráficos
+ 22.1 Opciones del paquete ‘graphics’
+ 22.2 Configuración del paquete ‘graphics’
+ 22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
+ 22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
+ 22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
+ 22.3 Comandos para graphics
+ 22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
+ 22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
+ 22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
+ 22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
+23 Inserciones especiales
+ 23.1 Caracteres reservados
+ 23.2 Mayúsculas y minúsculas
+ 23.3 Símbolos por posición de fuente
+ 23.4 Símbolos de texto
+ 23.5 Acentos
+ 23.5.1 ‘\accent’
+ 23.6 Letras latinas adicionales
+ 23.7 paquete ‘inputenc’
+ 23.8 ‘\rule’
+ 23.9 ‘\today’
+24 Dividir la entrada
+ 24.1 ‘\endinput’
+ 24.2 ‘\include’ e ‘\includeonly’
+ 24.3 ‘\input’
+25 Material de portada/contraportada
+ 25.1 Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas
+ 25.1.1 ‘\@dottedtocline’
+ 25.1.2 ‘\addcontentsline’
+ 25.1.3 ‘\addtocontents’
+ 25.1.4 ‘\contentsline’
+ 25.1.5 ‘\nofiles’
+ 25.1.6 ‘\numberline’
+ 25.2 Índices
+ 25.2.1 Producir el índice manualmente
+ 25.2.2 ‘\index’
+ 25.2.3 ‘makeindex’
+ 25.2.4 ‘\printindex’
+ 25.3 Glosarios
+ 25.3.1 ‘\newglossaryentry’
+ 25.3.2 ‘\gls’
+26 Cartas
+ 26.1 ‘\address’
+ 26.2 ‘\cc’
+ 26.3 ‘\closing’
+ 26.4 ‘\encl’
+ 26.5 ‘\location’
+ 26.6 ‘\makelabels’
+ 26.7 ‘\name’
+ 26.8 ‘\opening’
+ 26.9 ‘\ps’
+ 26.10 ‘\signature’
+ 26.11 ‘\telephone’
+27 Entrada/salida
+ 27.1 ‘\openin’ y ‘\openout’
+ 27.2 ‘\read’
+ 27.3 ‘\typein’
+ 27.4 ‘\typeout’
+ 27.5 ‘\write’
+ 27.5.1 ‘\write’ y seguridad
+ 27.5.2 ‘\message’
+ 27.5.3 ‘\wlog’
+ 27.5.4 ‘\write18’
+28 Interfaz de línea de comandos
+ 28.1 Opciones de la línea de comandos
+ 28.2 Entrada de la línea de comandos
+ 28.3 Nombre del trabajo
+ 28.4 Recuperación de errores
+Apéndice A Plantillas de documentos
+ A.1 Plantilla ‘beamer’
+ A.2 Plantilla ‘article’
+ A.3 Plantilla ‘book’
+ A.4 Plantilla de ‘book’ larger
+Índice
+LaTeX2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial
+*********************************************
+
+Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial (versión Enero
+2023) para LaTeX2e, un sistema de preparación de documentos.
1 Acerca de este documento
**************************
-LaTeX está implementado como un paquete de macros por Donald E. Knuth’s
-para el programa de composición tipográfica TeX. LaTeX originalmente
-fue creado por Leslie Lamport; este ahora es mantenido por un grupo de
-voluntarios en (<http://latex-project.org>). La documentación oficial
-escrita por el proyecto LaTeX está disponible allí.
+Este es un manual de referencia extraoficial para el sistema de
+preparación de documentos LaTeX2e, que es un paquete de macros para el
+programa de composición tipográfica TeX (*note Descripción::).
- Una vez más, el presente documento no es oficial y no ha sido
-revisado por los responsables del proyecto LaTeX. No enviar informes de
-error o cualquier otra cosa sobre este documento a ellos. En su lugar,
-por favor, envíe todos comentarios a <latexrefman@tug.org>.
+ La página oficial de este documento es <https://latexref.xyz>; Tiene
+páginas web separadas para cada tema. Alternativamente
+<https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html> tiene el documento completo en
+una sola página. Para otros formatos de salida, las fuentes y mucho más
+información, consulta <https://latexref.xyz/dev/>.
- La página principal de este documento es
-<http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/>. Esa página tiene
-enlaces al resultado actual de la compilación de este documento en
-varios formatos, a fuentes, a listas de correo, y a otros
-infraestructura.
+ En este documento, principalmente usaremos ‘LaTeX’ en lugar de
+‘LaTeX2e’, ya que la versión anterior de LaTeX (2.09) está congelada
+hace décadas.
- Por supuesto, hay muchas otras muchas fuentes de información sobre,
-LaTeX. Éstos son algunos de ellos:
+ LaTeX es mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios
+(<https://latex-project.org>). La documentación oficial escrita por el
+proyecto LaTeX está disponible en su sitio web. El presente documento
+es completamente extraoficial y, no ha sido escrito ni revisado por los
+mantenedores de LaTeX. No envíes informes de errores o cualquier otra
+cosa sobre este documento. En su lugar, envía todos los comentarios a
+<latexrefman@tug.org>.
-<http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr>
- Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas a LaTeX documentación.
+ Este documento es una referencia, no un tutorial. Hay una gran
+variedad de otra información disponible sobre LaTeX, en todos los
+niveles. Aquí tienes algunas introducciones.
-<http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc>
- Escribir su primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr>
+ Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas para la documentación de
+ LaTeX.
-<http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide>
- La guía para los autores de documentos mantenidos como parte de
- LaTeX; hay varios otros.
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc>
+ Escribe tu primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
-<http://tug.org/begin.html>
- Introducción al TeX sistema, incluyendo LaTeX.
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort>
+ Una introducción más larga a LaTeX, traducida a muchos idiomas.
+
+<https://tug.org/begin.html>
+ Introducción al sistema TeX, incluido LaTeX, con más referencias
2 Descripción de LaTeX
**********************
-Las instrucciones LaTeX componen tipográficamente un archivo de texto
-usando el programa TeX y el “paquete de macros” LaTeX para TeX. Para
-ser más específicos, este procesa un archivo de entrada que contiene el
-texto de un documento con instrucciones intercaladas que describen cómo
-se debe dar formato al texto. Este produce al menos tres archivos de
-salida:
-
- 1. Un archivo de salida principal, que es uno de:
-
- 1. Si se invoca como ‘latex’, un archivo “independiente del
- dispositivo” (‘.dvi’). Este contiene las instrucciones que se
- pueden traducir en órdenes para una variedad de dispositivos
- de salida. Usted puede ver estos archivos ‘.dvi’ producidos
- por LaTeX utilizando un programa como ‘xdvi’ (visualización
- directa) o ‘dvips’ (los convierte a PostScript).
-
- 2. Si es invocado como ‘pdflatex’, produce un archivo de
- “Documento de Formato Portátil” (‘.pdf’). Normalmente, este
- es un archivo autocontenido, con todos los tipos de letra e
- imágenes incrustadas. Este puede ser muy útil, pero hace que
- produzca un archivo mucho más grande que el ‘.dvi’ producido a
- partir del mismo documento.
-
- Existen otras variantes menos comunes de LaTeX (y TeX), de modo que
- puede producir HTML, XML y otras cosas.
-
- 2. Un archivo de“transcripción” o ‘.log’ que contiene información
- resumida y mensajes de diagnóstico para cualquier error descubierto
- en el archivo de entrada.
-
- 3. Un archivo “auxiliar” o ‘.aux’. Este es usado por LaTeX mismo,
- para diversas cosas como el seccionado.
-
- Una instrucción LaTeX comienza con el nombre de la instrucción, la
-cual consiste de una ‘\’ seguida por o bien (a) una cadena de letras o
-(b) un único carácter no letra. Los argumentos que figuran entre
-corchetes, ‘[]’, son opcionales, mientras que los argumentos contenidos
-entre llaves, ‘{}’, son obligatorios.
-
- LaTeX es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. Cuando ingresa
-instrucciones, use la caja de letras propia a cada instrucción —
-tradicionalmente es minúsculas.
-
-3 Iniciando y Finalizando
-*************************
+LaTeX es un sistema para la composición tipográfica de documentos.
+Originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport en 1984, pero ha sido
+mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios desde hace muchos años
+(<https://latex-project.org>). Se utiliza ampliamente, en particular,
+pero no exclusivamente, para matemáticas y documentos técnicos.
+
+ Un usuario de LaTeX escribe un archivo de entrada que contiene texto
+para componer junto con comandos intercalados. La codificación
+predeterminada para el texto es UTF-8 (a partir de 2018). Los comandos
+especifican, por ejemplo, cómo se debe formatear el texto.
+
+ LaTeX se implementa como un conjunto de las llamadas “macros”
+relacionadas que usa Donald E. El programa de composición tipográfica
+TeX de Knuth o uno de sus derivados, conocidos colectivamente como
+“motores”. Así, el usuario produce una salida, normalmente PDF,
+entregando el archivo de entrada a un motor TeX. (Las siguientes
+secciones describen todo esto con más detalle).
+
+ (El término LaTeX también se usa a veces para indicar el lenguaje en
+el que el documento de entrada está marcado, es decir, para especificar
+el conjunto de comandos disponible para un usuario de LaTeX.
+
+ El nombre LaTeX es la abreviatura de “Lamport TeX”. Se pronuncia
+LAH-teck o LAY-teck, o a veces LAY-tecks. Dentro de un documento,
+puedes producir el logo con ‘\LaTeX’. Cuando el uso del logotipo no es
+sensible, como en texto sin formato, escríbelo como ‘LaTeX’.
+
+2.1 Comenzar y terminar
+=======================
-Un archivo de entrada mínimo tiene el siguiente aspecto:
+Los archivos LaTeX tienen una estructura global simple, con un comienzo
+y fin estándar. Este es un pequeño ejemplo.
- \documentclass{CLASE}
+ \documentclass{article}
\begin{document}
- SU TEXTO
+ Hola, mundo \LaTeX\.
\end{document}
-donde CLASE es una clase de documento válida para LaTeX. *Note Clases
-de Documento::, para detalles de varias clases de documento disponibles
-localmente.
+Cada documento LaTeX tiene una línea ‘\begin{document}’ y una línea
+‘\end{document}’.
- Usted puede incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX entre las instrucciones
-‘\documentclass’ y ‘\begin{document}’ (esta área se llama el
-“preámbulo”).
+Aquí, ‘article’ es la “clase de documento”. Se implementa en un archivo
+‘article.cls’. Puedes utilizar cualquier clase de documento en tu
+sistema. Algunas clases de documentos están definidas por el mismo
+LaTeX y hay una gran variedad de otras clases ampliamente disponibles.
+*Note Clases de documentos::.
-4 Clases de Documento
-*********************
+ Puedes incluir otros comandos LaTeX entre los comandos
+‘\documentclass’ y ‘\begin{document}’. Esta área se llama “preámbulo”.
-La clase de un determinado documento se define con la instrucción:
+ El par ‘\begin{document}’, ‘\end{document}’ define un “entorno”; el
+entorno ‘document’ (y no otros) es obligatorio en todos los documentos
+LaTeX (*note document::). LaTeX pone a tu disposición muchos entornos
+que están documentados aquí (*note Entornos::). Muchos más están
+disponibles para ti desde paquetes externos, sobre todo los disponibles
+en CTAN (*note CTAN::).
- \documentclass[OPCIONES]{CLASE}
+ Las siguientes secciones tratan sobre cómo producir PDF u otra salida
+desde un archivo de entrada LaTeX.
-La instrucción ‘\documentclass’ debe ser la primer instrucción en un
-archivo fuente LaTeX.
+2.2 Archivos de salida
+======================
+
+LaTeX produce un archivo de salida principal y al menos dos archivos
+auxiliares. El nombre del archivo de salida principal termina en ‘.dvi’
+o ‘.pdf’.
+
+‘.dvi’
+ Si LaTeX se invoca con el comando del sistema ‘latex’ entonces
+ produce un archivo independiente del dispositivo, con extensión
+ ‘.dvi’. Puedes ver este archivo con un comando como ‘xdvi’, o lo
+ puedes convertir a un archivo PostScript ‘.ps’ con ‘dvips’ o a un
+ archivo de formato de documento portable ‘.pdf’ con ‘dvipdfmx’. El
+ contenido del archivo se puede volcar en forma legible por humanos
+ con ‘dvitype’. Hay disponible una amplia gama de programas DVI
+ utilitarios (<https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>).
+
+‘.pdf’
+ Si LaTeX se invoca a través del comando del sistema ‘pdflatex’,
+ entre otros comandos (*note Motores TeX::), entonces la salida
+ principal es un archivo de formato de documento portable (PDF).
+ Típicamente este es un archivo independiente, incluyendo todos los
+ tipos de letra e imágenes necesarias.
+
+ LaTeX siempre produce al menos dos archivos adicionales.
+
+‘.log’
+ Esta transcripción del archivo contiene información resumida, como
+ una lista de paquetes cargados. También incluye mensajes de
+ diagnóstico y quizás información adicional para cualquier error.
+
+‘.aux’
+ La información auxiliar la utiliza LaTeX para cosas como
+ referencias cruzadas. Por ejemplo, la primera vez que LaTeX
+ encuentra una referencia directa — una referencia cruzada a algo
+ que aún no ha apareció en la fuente — aparecerá en la salida como
+ un doble signo de interrogación ‘??’. Cuando el lugar al que se
+ hace referencia finalmente aparece en la fuente, entonces LaTeX
+ escribe su información de ubicación en este archivo ‘.aux’. En la
+ siguiente invocación, LaTeX lee la información de ubicación de este
+ archivo y la usa para resolver la referencia, sustituyendo el doble
+ signo de interrogación por la ubicación guardada.
+
+ LaTeX puede producir aún más archivos, caracterizados por el nombre
+de archivo terminado. Estos incluyen un archivo ‘.lof’ que se usa para
+hacer una lista de figuras, un archivo ‘.lot’ usado para hacer una lista
+de tablas, y un archivo ‘.toc’ utilizado para hacer una tabla de
+contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::) Una clase particular puede
+crear otras; la lista no tiene límites.
+
+2.3 Motores TeX
+===============
+
+LaTeX es un gran conjunto de comandos que ejecuta un programa TeX (*note
+Descripción::). Tal conjunto de comandos se llama “format”, y está
+incorporado en un archivo ‘.fmt’ binario, que se puede leer mucho más
+rápido que la fuente TeX correspondiente.
+
+ Esta sección ofrece una breve descripción general de los programas
+TeX que comúnmente están disponibles (también *note Interfaz de línea de
+comandos::).
+
+‘latex’
+‘pdflatex’
+ En TeX Live (<https://tug.org/texlive>), si se invoca a LaTeX
+ mediante el comando del sistema ‘latex’ o ‘pdflatex’, luego se
+ ejecuta el motor pdfTeX (<https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). Cuando se
+ invoca como ‘latex’, la salida principal es un archivo ‘.dvi’; como
+ con ‘pdflatex’, la salida principal es un archivo ‘.pdf’.
+
+ pdfTeX incorpora las extensiones e-TeX al original del programa
+ Knuth (<https://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), incluidas características de
+ programación y composición tipográfica bidireccional, y tiene un
+ montón de extensiones propias. e-TeX está disponible por sí solo
+ como el comando del sistema ‘etex’, pero este es simple TeX (y
+ produce ‘.dvi’).
+
+ En otras distribuciones TeX, ‘latex’ puede invocar a e-TeX en lugar
+ de pdfTeX. En cualquier caso, las extensiones e-TeX se puede
+ suponer que están disponibles en LaTeX.
+
+‘lualatex’
+ Si LaTeX se invoca a través del comando del sistema ‘lualatex’, se
+ ejecuta el motor LuaTeX (<https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>). Este
+ programa permite escribir código en el lenguaje de programación Lua
+ (<http://luatex.org>) para interactuar con la composición
+ tipográfica de TeX. LuaTeX maneja la entrada Unicode UTF-8 de
+ forma nativa, puede manejar OpenType y tipos de letra TrueType, y
+ genera un archivo ‘.pdf’ de forma predeterminada. También existe
+ ‘dvilualatex’ para generar un archivo ‘.dvi’.
+
+‘xelatex’
+ Si LaTeX se invoca con el comando del sistema ‘xelatex’, se ejecuta
+ el motor XeTeX (<https://tug.org/xetex>). Como LuaTeX, XeTeX
+ admite de forma nativa tipos de letra Unicode UTF-8, TrueType y
+ OpenType, aunque la implementación es completamente diferente,
+ principalmente usando bibliotecas externas en lugar de código
+ interno. XeTeX produce un archivo ‘.pdf’ como salida; no es
+ compatible con la salida DVI.
+
+ Internamente, XeTeX crea un archivo ‘.xdv’, una variante de DVI, y
+ traduce eso a PDF usando el programa (‘x’)‘dvipdfmx’, pero este
+ proceso es automático. El archivo ‘.xdv’ es útil solo para
+ depuración.
+
+‘platex’
+‘uplatex’
+ Estos comandos brindan soporte adicional significativo para japonés
+ y otros idiomas; la variante ‘u’ es compatible con Unicode. Ve
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex> y <https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>.
+
+ A partir de 2019, hay un comando y formato ‘-dev’ complementario para
+todos los anteriores:
+
+‘dvilualatex-dev’
+‘latex-dev’
+‘lualatex-dev’
+‘pdflatex-dev’
+‘platex-dev’
+‘uplatex-dev’
+‘xelatex-dev’
+ Estos son candidatos para un próximo lanzamiento de LaTeX. El
+ propósito principal es encontrar y abordar los problemas de
+ compatibilidad antes de un lanzamiento oficial.
+
+ Estos formatos ‘-dev’ facilitan que cualquier persona ayude a
+ probar documentos y código: puedes ejecutar, digamos,
+ ‘pdflatex-dev’ en lugar de ‘pdflatex’, sin cambiar nada más en tu
+ entorno. De hecho, es más fácil y más útil ejecutar siempre
+ versiones ‘-dev’ en lugar de molestarte en cambiar de un lado a
+ otro. Durante el momento de silencio después de un lanzamiento,
+ los comandos serán equivalentes.
+
+ No se trata de instantáneas diarias ni de código de desarrollo no
+ probado. Se somete a las mismas pruebas de regresión exhaustiva
+ realizadas por el equipo de LaTeX antes de ser liberado.
+
+ Para obtener más información, consulta “El flujo de trabajo de
+ lanzamiento de LaTeX y los formatos LaTeX ‘dev’” por Frank
+ Mittelbach, ‘TUGboat’ 40:2,
+ <https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf>.
+
+2.4 Sintaxis del comando LaTeX
+==============================
+
+En el archivo de entrada LaTeX, un nombre de comando comienza con un
+carácter de barra invertida, ‘\’. El nombre en sí consiste entonces en
+(a) una cadena de letras o (b) una única no letra.
+
+ Los nombres de los comandos de LaTeX distinguen entre mayúsculas y
+minúsculas, por lo que ‘\pagebreak’ es diferente de ‘\Pagebreak’ (este
+último no es un comando estándar). La mayoría de los nombres de los
+comandos están en minúsculas, pero en cualquier caso debes ingresar
+todos estos comandos en el mismo caso en que están definidos.
+
+ Un comando puede ir seguido de cero, uno o más argumentos. Estos
+argumentos pueden ser obligatorios u opcionales. Los argumentos
+requeridos están contenidos entre llaves, ‘{...}’. Los argumentos
+opcionales están contenidos entre corchetes, ‘[...]’. En general, pero
+no universalmente, si el comando acepta un argumento opcional, viene
+primero, antes de cualquier argumento requerido.
+
+ Dentro de un argumento opcional, para usar el carácter de corchete de
+cierre (‘]’ —“bracket”) ocúltalo entre llaves, como en ‘\item[corchete
+de cierre {]}]’. Del mismo modo, si un argumento opcional viene al
+final, sin argumento requerido después de él, entonces, para hacer que
+el primer carácter del siguiente texto sea un corchete de apertura,
+ocúltalo entre llaves.
+
+ LaTeX tiene la convención de que algunos comandos tienen un formato
+‘*’ que está relacionado con la forma sin un ‘*’, como ‘\chapter’ y
+‘\chapter*’. La diferencia exacta en el comportamiento varía de comando
+a comando.
+
+ Este manual describe todas las opciones aceptadas y las formas ‘*’
+para el comando que cubre (salvo omisiones involuntarias, alias: bugs).
+
+ A partir del lanzamiento 2020-10-01 de LaTeX, ‘expl3’ y los paquetes
+‘xparse’ son parte del formato LaTeX2e. Ellos proporcionan una sintaxis
+del lenguaje de programación subyacente completamente diferente. No
+intentaremos cubrirlos en este documento; ve la documentación del
+paquete relacionado y otros manuales de LaTeX.
+
+2.5 Entorno
+===========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \begin{NOMBRE-ENTORNO}
+ ...
+ \end{NOMBRE-ENTORNO}
+
+ Un “entorno” es un área de la fuente LaTeX, dentro de la cual hay un
+comportamiento distinto. Por ejemplo, para poesía en LaTeX coloca las
+líneas entre ‘\begin{verse}’ y ‘\end{verse}’.
+
+ \begin{verse}
+ Había una vez un hombre de Nantucket \\
+ ...
+ \end{verse}
- Los nombres integrados de CLASES de documento LaTeX (muchas otras
-clases de documento están disponibles como complementos; *note
-Descripción::):
+ *Note Entornos::, para obtener una lista de entornos.
+Particularmente notable es que todo documento LaTeX debe tener un
+entorno ‘document’, un par ‘\begin{document} ... \end{document}’.
- article report book letter slides
+ El NOMBRE-ENTORNO al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el de
+el fin. Esto incluye el caso donde NOMBRE-ENTORNO termina en una
+estrella (‘*’); los textos ‘\begin’ y ‘\end’ deben incluir la estrella.
- Las OPCIONES estándar están descritas más adelante.
+ Los entornos pueden tener argumentos, incluidos argumentos
+opcionales. Este ejemplo produce una tabla. El primer argumento es
+opcional (y provoca que la tabla se alinee en su fila superior) mientras
+que el segundo argumento es requerido (especifica el formato de las
+columnas).
-4.1 Opciones de Clase de Documento
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{r|l}
+ ... filas de la tabla ...
+ \end{tabular}
+
+2.6 CTAN: La red integral de archivo TeX
+========================================
+
+La red integral de archivos TeX, CTAN, es el repositorio de material
+gratuito de la comunidad TeX y LaTeX. Es un conjunto de sitios de
+Internet de todo el mundo que ofrecen material relacionado con LaTeX
+para descargar. Visita CTAN en la web en <https://ctan.org>.
+
+ Este material está organizado en paquetes, paquetes discretos que
+típicamente ofrecen alguna funcionalidad coherente y son mantenidos por
+una persona o un pequeño número de personas. Por ejemplo, muchos
+editores tienen un paquete que permite a los autores dar formato a los
+artículos según especificaciones del editor.
+
+ Además de las existencias masivas, el sitio web ‘ctan.org’ ofrece
+funciones como la búsqueda por nombre o por funcionalidad.
+
+ CTAN no es un solo anfitrión, sino un conjunto de anfitriones, uno de
+los cuales es el llamado “maestro”. El anfitrión maestro administra
+activamente el material, por ejemplo, aceptando cargas de material nuevo
+o paquetes actualizados. Durante muchos años, ha sido alojado por el
+grupo TeX alemán, DANTE e.V.
+
+ Otros sitios alrededor del mundo ayudan con la duplicación, es decir,
+sincronizar automáticamente sus colecciones con el sitio maestro y
+luego, a su vez, ponen sus copias a disposición del público. Esto
+proporciona a los usuarios cercanos a su ubicación mejor acceso y alivia
+la carga en el sitio maestro. La lista de espejos está en
+<https://ctan.org/mirrors>.
+
+3 Clases de documentos
+**********************
+
+La clase general del documento se define con este comando, que
+normalmente es el primer comando en un archivo fuente LaTeX.
+
+ \documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}
+
+ Los siguientes nombres de CLASS de documento están integrados en
+LaTeX. (Muchas otras clases de documentos están disponibles como
+paquetes separados; *note Descripción::).
+
+‘article’
+ Para un artículo de revista, una presentación y varios usos
+ generales.
+
+‘book’
+ Libros completos, incluidos capítulos y posiblemente una contra
+ portada en el anverso, como un prefacio, y asunto posterior, como
+ un apéndice (*note Material de portada/contraportada::).
+
+‘letter’
+ Correo, opcionalmente incluyendo etiquetas postales (*note
+ Cartas::).
+
+‘report’
+ Para documentos de longitud entre un ‘article’ y un ‘book’, como
+ informes técnicos o tesis, que pueden contener varios capítulos.
+
+‘slides’
+ Para presentación de diapositivas—rara vez utilizado hoy día. El
+ paquete ‘beamer’ es quizás el más frecuentemente utilizado
+ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>). *Note Plantilla beamer::, para
+ una pequeña plantilla para un documento beamer.
+
+ Las OPTIONS estándar se describen en la siguiente sección.
+
+3.1 Opciones de la clase documento
==================================
-Usted puede especificar las así llamadas “opciones globales” u “opciones
-de clase” en la instrucción ‘\documentclass’ encerrándolas entre
-corchetes de la manera usual. Para especificar más de una OPCIÓN,
-deberá separarlas con una coma:
+Puedes especificar “opciones globales” u “opciones de clase” al comando
+‘\documentclass’ encerrándolas entre corchetes. Para especificar más de
+una OPCIÓN, sepáralas con una coma.
- \documentclass[OPCIÓN1,OPCIÓN2,...]{CLASE}
+ \documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}
- Esta es la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
+ Aquí está la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
- Todas las clases estándar salvo ‘slides’ aceptan las siguientes
-opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el predeterminado
-es ‘10pt’):
+ Todas las clases estándar excepto ‘slides’ aceptan las siguientes
+opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el valor
+predeterminado es ‘10pt’):
10pt 11pt 12pt
Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
-tamaño del papel (el predeterminado es ‘letterpaper’):
+tamaño del papel (estos muestran alto por ancho):
+
+‘a4paper’
+ 210 por 297mm (alrededor de 8.25 por 11.75 pulgadas)
+
+‘a5paper’
+ 148 por 210mm (alrededor de 5.8 por 8.3 pulgadas)
+
+‘b5paper’
+ 176 por 250mm (alrededor de 6.9 ​​por 9.8 pulgadas)
+
+‘executivepaper’
+ 7.25 por 10.5 pulgadas
+
+‘legalpaper’
+ 8.5 por 14 pulgadas
- a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
+‘letterpaper’
+ 8.5 por 11 pulgadas (el predeterminado)
- Otras opciones diversas:
+ Al usar uno de los motores pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX o XeLaTeX (*note
+Motores TeX::), otras opciones a que ‘letterpaper’ configura el área de
+impresión, pero también debes establecer el tamaño físico del papel.
+Una manera de hacer eso es poner ‘\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth’ y
+‘\pdfpageheight=\paperheight’ en el preámbulo de tu documento. El
+paquete ‘geometry’ proporciona formas flexibles de configurar el área de
+impresión y tamaño de página física.
+
+ Varias otras opciones:
+
+‘draft’
+‘final’
+ Marca cajas (‘draft’) o no marcar (‘final’) cajas demasiado llenas
+ con un recuadro negro al margen; el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘final’.
-‘draft, final’
- marca/no marca el desbordamiento de cajas con una gran caja negra;
- el predeterminado es ‘final’.
‘fleqn’
- Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; el
- predeterminado es centrado.
+ Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; de manera
+ predeterminada están centradas.
+
‘landscape’
- Selecciona el formato apaisado; el predeterminado es vertical.
+ Selecciona el formato apaisado; el valor predeterminado es retrato.
+
‘leqno’
- Coloca los números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las
- ecuaciones; el predeterminado es el lado derecho.
+ Poner números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las ecuaciones;
+ de manera predeterminada es el lado derecho.
+
‘openbib’
- Usa el formato de bibliografía “abierto”.
-‘titlepage, notitlepage’
- Especifica si la página de título es independiente; de manera
- predeterminada depende de la clase.
+ Utiliza el formato de bibliografía “abierta”.
- Estas opciones no están disponibles con la clase ‘slides’:
+‘titlepage’
+‘notitlepage’
+ Especifica si hay una página separada para la información del
+ título y para el resumen también, si lo hay. El valor
+ predeterminado para la clase ‘report’ es ‘titlepage’, para las
+ otras clases es ‘notitlepage’.
+
+ Las siguientes opciones no están disponibles con la clase ‘slides’.
‘onecolumn’
‘twocolumn’
- Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el predeterminado es
- ‘onecolumn’.
+ Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el valor
+ predeterminado es ‘onecolumn’.
‘oneside’
‘twoside’
- Selecciona el diseño de una o dos caras; el predeterminado es
- ‘oneside’, excepto para la clase ‘book’.
-
- El parámetro ‘\evensidemargin’ (‘\oddsidemargin’) determina la
- distancia en páginas par (impar) numeradas entre el lado izquierdo
- de la página y el margen excedente del texto. Los valores
- predeterminados varían con el tamaño del papel y si el diseño
- seleccionado es de uno o dos lados. Para imprimir texto en un lado
- es centrado, para dos lados, ‘\oddsidemargin’ es 40% de la
- diferencia entre ‘\paperwidth’ y ‘\textwidth’ con el resto de
- ‘\evensidemargin’.
+ Selecciona el diseño de uno o dos lados; el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘oneside’, excepto que en la clase ‘book’ el valor predeterminado
+ es ‘twoside’.
+
+ Para la impresión a una cara, el texto se centra en la página.
+ Para impresión a dos caras, el parámetro ‘\evensidemargin’
+ (‘\oddsidemargin’) determina la distancia en páginas pares
+ (impares) entre el lado izquierdo de la página y el margen
+ izquierdo del texto, con ‘\oddsidemargin’ siendo el 40% de la
+ diferencia entre ‘\paperwidth’ y ‘\textwidth’ y ‘\evensidemargin’
+ es el resto.
‘openright’
‘openany’
- Determina si un capítulo debe iniciar en una página del lado
- derecho; para ‘book’, el predeterminado es ‘openright’.
+ Determina si un capítulo debe comenzar en una página de la derecha;
+ el valor predeterminado es ‘openright’ para ‘book’ y ‘openany’ para
+ ‘report’.
- La clase ‘slides’ ofrece la opción ‘clock’ para imprimir la hora en
+ La clase ‘slides’ ofrece la opción ‘clock’ para imprimir lo hora en
la parte inferior de cada nota.
- Los paquetes adicionales se cargan de la siguiente manera:
+3.2 Paquetes adicionales
+========================
+
+Carga un paquete PKG, con las opciones de paquete dadas en la lista
+OPTIONS separada por comas, como aquí.
- \usepackage[OPCIONES]{PAQUETE}
+ \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}.
- Para especificar más de un PAQUETE, usted puede separarlos con una
-coma, o utilizar múltiples instrucciones‘\usepackage’.
+ Para especificar más de un paquete, lo puedes separar con una coma,
+como en ‘\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}’, o usa múltiples comandos
+‘\usepackage’.
- Cualquiera de las opciones que figuran en la instrucción
-‘\documentclass’ que no son conocidas por la clase de documento
-seleccionada son transmitidas a los paquetes cargados con ‘\usepackage’.
+ Cualquier opción dada en el comando ‘\documentclass’ que sea
+desconocida para la clase document seleccionada se pasa a los paquetes
+cargados con ‘\usepackage’.
+
+3.3 Construcción de clase y paquete
+===================================
-5 Tipos de Letra
+Puedes crear nuevas clases de documentos y nuevos paquetes. Por
+ejemplo, si tus memorandos deben cumplir con algunos requisitos locales,
+como un encabezado estándar para cada página, entonces podrías crear una
+nueva clase ‘smcmemo.cls’ y comienza tus documentos con
+‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’.
+
+ Lo que separa a un paquete de una clase de documento es que los
+comandos en un paquete son útiles en todas las clases, mientras que los
+de una clase de documento son específicos de esa clase. Por lo tanto,
+un comando para establecer encabezados de página es para un paquete
+mientras que un comando para hacer que los encabezados de página digan
+‘Memo desde el departamento de matemáticas SMC’ es para una clase.
+
+ Dentro de un archivo de clase o paquete, puedes usar el signo ‘@’
+como carácter en nombres de comandos sin tener que rodear el código que
+contiene ese comando con ‘\makeatletter’ y ‘\makeatother’. *Note
+\makeatletter y \makeatother::. Esto te permite crear comandos que los
+usuarios no redefinirán accidentalmente. Otra técnica es prefijar
+comandos específicos de clase o paquete con alguna cadena para evitar
+que tu clase o paquete interfiera con otros. Por ejemplo, la clase
+‘smcmemo’ podría tener comandos ‘\smc@tolist’, ‘\smc@fromlist’, etc.
+
+3.3.1 Estructura de clase y paquete
+-----------------------------------
+
+Un archivo de clase o un archivo de paquete normalmente consta de cuatro
+partes.
+ 1. En la “parte de identificación”, el archivo dice que es un paquete
+ o clase LaTeX y se describe a sí mismo, usando ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’ y
+ los comandos ‘\ProvidesClass’ o ‘\ProvidesPackage’.
+
+ 2. La “parte de declaraciones preliminares” declara algunos comandos y
+ también puede cargar otros archivos. Generalmente, estos comandos
+ serán los necesarios para el código utilizado en la siguiente
+ parte. Por ejemplo, una clase ‘smcmemo’ se puede llamar con una
+ opción para leer un archivo con una lista de personas para el
+ encabezado, como ‘\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}’, y por lo tanto
+ necesitas definir un comando
+ ‘\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}’ usado en ese archivo.
+
+ 3. En “manejar la parte de opciones” la clase o paquete declara y
+ procesa sus opciones. Las opciones de clase permiten que un
+ usuario comience su documento como ‘\documentclass[LISTA DE
+ OPCIONES]{NOMBRE DE CLASE}’, para modificar el comportamiento de la
+ clase. Un ejemplo es cuando declaras
+ ‘\documentclass[11pt]{article}’ para establecer el valor
+ predeterminado para el tamaño del tipo de letra del documento.
+
+ 4. Finalmente, en la “parte de más declaraciones” la clase o paquete
+ suele hacer la mayor parte de su trabajo: declarar nuevas
+ variables, comandos y tipos de letra y cargar otros archivos.
+
+ Aquí hay un archivo de clase inicial, que se debe guardar como
+‘stub.cls’ donde LaTeX lo pueda encontrar, por ejemplo en el mismo
+directorio que el archivo ‘.tex’.
+
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 auxiliar
+ para comenzar a crear clases desde]
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax \LoadClass{article}
+
+Se identifica a sí mismo, maneja las opciones de clase a través del
+valor predeterminado pasándolos todos a la clase ‘article’, y luego
+carga la clase ‘article’ para proporcionar la base para el código de
+esta clase.
+
+ Para obtener más información, consulta la guía oficial para
+escritores de clases y paquetes, la clase Guide, en
+<https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (muchas
+de las descripciones aquí se derivan de este documento), o el tutorial
+<https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>.
+
+3.3.2 Comandos class y package
+------------------------------
+
+Estos son los comandos diseñados para ayudar a los escritores de clases
+o paquetes.
+
+‘\AtBeginDvi{especiales}’
+ Guarda en un cuadro de registro las cosas que se escriben en el
+ archivo ‘.dvi’ al comienzo del envío de la primera página del
+ documento.
+
+‘\AtEndOfClass{CODE}’
+‘\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}’
+ Gancho para insertar CODE para que se ejecute cuando LaTeX termine
+ procesando la clase o paquete actual. Puedes usar estos ganchos
+ varias veces; el ‘código’ se ejecutará en el orden en que lo
+ llames. Consulta también *note \AtBeginDocument::.
+
+‘\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+‘\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+ Similar a ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::) pero
+ no define CMD; en su lugar, comprueba que la definición actual de
+ CMD es o no es exactamente como la DEFINITION “long” como se
+ esperaba. Un comando largo es un comando que acepta ‘\par’ dentro
+ de un argumento. Se espera que el comando CMD sea largo con la
+ versión sin estrella de ‘\CheckCommand’. Levanta un error cuando
+ la comprobación falla. Esto te permite comprobar antes de empezar
+ a redefinir ‘cmd’ tú mismo que ningún otro paquete ya haya
+ redefinido este comando.
+
+‘\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
+ Produce un mensaje de error, o mensajes de advertencia o
+ informativo.
+
+ Para ‘\ClassError’ y ‘\PackageError’ el mensaje es TEXTO DE ERROR,
+ seguido del indicador de error ‘?’ de TeX. Si el usuario luego,
+ pide ayuda escribiendo ‘h’, ve el mensaje TEXTO DE AYUDA.
+
+ Los cuatro comandos de advertencia son similares excepto que
+ escriben TEXTO DE ADVERTENCIA en la pantalla sin mensaje de error.
+ Los cuatro comandos escriben TEXTO INFO solo en el archivo de
+ transcripción. Las versiones de ‘NoLine’ no muestran el número de
+ la línea que genera el mensaje, mientras que las otras versiones
+ muestran ese número.
+
+ Para dar formato a los mensajes, incluido el TEXTO DE AYUDA: usa
+ ‘\protect’ para evitar que un comando se expanda, obtén un salto de
+ línea con ‘\MessageBreak’, y obtén un espacio con ‘\space’ cuando
+ un carácter de espacio no lo permite, como después de un comando.
+ Ten en cuenta que LaTeX añade un punto a los mensajes.
+
+‘\CurrentOption’
+ Expande al nombre de la opción que se está procesando actualmente.
+ Sólo se pueden usar dentro del argumento CODE de ‘\DeclareOption’ o
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’.
+
+‘\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}’
+‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’
+ Hace que una opción esté disponible para que un usuario la invoque
+ en su comando ‘\documentclass’. Por ejemplo, la clase ‘smcmemo’
+ podría tener una opción ‘\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}’ que permita
+ a los usuarios colocar el logo institucional en la primera página.
+ El archivo de clase debe contener ‘\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}’ (y
+ ​​más tarde, ‘\ProcessOptions’).
+
+ Si solicitas una opción que no ha sido declarada, de manera
+ predeterminada esta producirá una advertencia como ‘Opciones
+ globales no utilizadas: [badoption]’. Cambia este comportamiento
+ con la versión destacada ‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’. Por ejemplo,
+ muchas clases extienden una clase existente, usando un comando como
+ ‘\LoadClass{article}’, y para pasar opciones adicionales al código
+ de uso de clase subyacente como este.
+
+ \DeclareOption*{% \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+ }
+
+ Otro ejemplo es que la clase ‘smcmemo’ puede permitir a los
+ usuarios mantener listas de destinatarios de notas en archivos
+ externos. Entonces el usuario podría invocar
+ ‘\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}’ y leerá el archivo ‘math.memo’.
+ Este código maneja el archivo si existe y de lo contrario pasa la
+ opción a la clase ‘article’.
+
+ \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+
+‘\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+‘* \DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
+ Como ‘\newcommand’ y ‘\newcommand*’ (*note \newcommand y
+ \renewcommand::) pero estos declaran un comando robusto, incluso si
+ algún código dentro de la DEFINICIÓN es frágil. (Para una
+ discusión de comandos robustos y frágiles *note \protect::). Usa
+ este comando para definir nuevos comandos robustos o para redefinir
+ comandos existentes y hacerlos robustos. A diferencia de
+ ‘\newcommand’, estos no dan un error si la macro CMD ya existe; en
+ su lugar, se coloca un mensaje de registro en el archivo de
+ transcripción si se redefine un comando.
+
+ Los comandos definidos de esta manera son un poco menos eficientes
+ que los definidos usando ‘\newcommand’ así que, a menos que los
+ datos del comando sean frágiles y el comando se use dentro de un
+ argumento en movimiento, usa ‘\newcommand’.
+
+ El paquete ‘etoolbox’ ofrece los comandos ‘\newrobustcmd’,
+ ‘\newrobustcmd*’, así como los comandos ‘\renewrobustcmd’,
+ ‘\renewrobustcmd*’ y los comandos ‘\providerobustcmd’ y
+ ‘\providerobustcmd*’. Estos son similares a ‘\newcommand’,
+ ‘\newcommand*’, ‘\renewcommand’, ‘\renewcommand*’,
+ ‘\providecommand’ y ‘\providecommand*’, pero define un CMD robusto
+ con dos ventajas en comparación con ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’:
+ 1. Utilizan el mecanismo de protección de bajo nivel e-TeX en
+ lugar del mecanismo ‘\protect’ LaTeX de nivel superior, por lo
+ que no incurren la ligera pérdida de rendimiento mencionada
+ anteriormente, y
+ 2. Hacen la misma distinción entre ‘\new...’, ‘\renew...’ y
+ ‘\provide...’, como comandos estándar, por lo que no solo
+ hacen un mensaje de registro cuando redefines CMD que ya
+ existe, en ese caso necesitas usar ‘\renew...’ o ‘\provide...’
+ o recibes un error.
+
+‘\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
+‘\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
+ Ejecuta CÓDIGO VERDADERO si LaTeX encuentra el archivo ‘NOMBRE DE
+ ARCHIVO’ o CÓDIGO FALSO de lo contrario. En el primer caso se
+ ejecuta CÓDIGO VERDADERO y entonces ingresa el archivo. Así el
+ comando
+
+ \IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf no encontrado}
+
+ incluirá el gráfico ‘img.pdf’ si se encuentra y de lo contrario
+ dará un aviso.
+
+ Este comando busca el archivo en todas las rutas de búsqueda que
+ usa LaTeX, no solo en el directorio actual. Mirar solo en el
+ directorio actual hace algo como ‘\IfFileExists{./filename}{CÓDIGO
+ VERDADERO}{CÓDIGO FALSO}’. Si solicitas un nombre de archivo sin
+ una extensión ‘.tex’ entonces LaTeX primero buscará el archivo
+ agregando la extensión ‘.tex’; para obtener más información sobre
+ cómo LaTeX maneja las extensiones de archivo *note \input::.
+
+‘\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Carga una clase, como con ‘\documentclass[LISTA DE OPCIONES]{NOMBRE
+ DE CLASE}[INFORMACIÓN DE PUBLICACIÓN]’. Un ejemplo es
+ ‘\LoadClass[twoside]{article}’.
+
+ La OPTIONS LIST, si está presente, es una lista separada por comas.
+ La FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO es opcional. Si está presente debe tener
+ la forma AAAA/MM/DD.
+
+ Si solicitas una FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO y la fecha del paquete
+ instalado en tu sistema es anterior, recibes una advertencia en la
+ pantalla y en el registro como esta.
+
+ Has solicitado, en la línea de entrada 4, la versión `2038/01/19' de
+ la clase de documento ``article'', pero solo la versión `2014/09/29
+ v1.4h La clase de documento LaTeX estándar' está disponible.
+
+ La versión del comando ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’ usa la lista de
+ opciones para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignora cualquier
+ opción pasada a través de ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. Este es un
+ comando de conveniencia que te permite construir clases sobre las
+ existentes, como la clase ‘article’ estándar, sin tener que
+ rastrear qué opciones se pasaron.
+
+‘\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}’
+ Para cada opción OPTION en la LISTA DE OPCIONES, en orden, este
+ comando ejecuta el comando ‘\ds@OPTION’. Si este comando no está
+ definido, entonces esa opción se ignora silenciosamente.
+
+ Se puede utilizar para proporcionar una lista de opciones
+ predeterminada antes ‘\ProcessOptions’. Por ejemplo, si en un
+ archivo de clase deseas que el predeterminado sea el tipo de letra
+ de 11 puntos, entonces podrías especificar
+ ‘\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax’.
+
+‘\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMATO DE FECHA]’
+ Especifica el formato con el que se debe ejecutar esta clase. A
+ menudo emitido como la primera línea de un archivo de clase, y se
+ usa con mayor frecuencia como: ‘\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}’. Cuando
+ un documento que usa esa clase es procesado, el nombre de formato
+ proporcionado aquí debe coincidir con el formato que en realidad se
+ está ejecutando (incluyendo que la cadena FORMAT es sensible a
+ mayúsculas y minúsculas). Si no coincide, la ejecución se detiene
+ con un error como ‘Este archivo necesita formato `LaTeX2e' pero es
+ `xxx'.’
+
+ Para especificar una versión del formato que sabes que tiene
+ ciertas características, incluye el FORMATO DE FECHA opcional en el
+ que esas características fueron implementadas. Si está presente,
+ debe tener el formato ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. Si la versión del formato
+ instalada en tu sistema es anterior al FORMATO DE FECHA, entonces
+ recibes una advertencia como esta.
+
+ Has solicitado la liberación `2038/01/20' de LaTeX, pero solo la
+ versión `2016/02/01' está disponible.
+
+‘\OptionNotUsed’
+ Agrega la opción actual a la lista de opciones no utilizadas. Solo
+ se puede usar dentro del argumento CODE de ‘\DeclareOption’ o
+ ‘\DeclareOption*’.
+
+‘\PassOptionsToClass{OPTIONS LIST}{CLASS NAME}’
+‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}’
+ Agrega las opciones en la lista separada por comas LISTA DE
+ OPCIONES a las opciones utilizadas por cualquier futuro comando
+ ‘\RequirePackage’ o ‘\usepackage’ para el paquete NOMBRE DEL
+ PAQUETE o la clase NOMBRE DE CLASE.
+
+ El motivo de estos comandos es: puedes cargar un paquete cualquier
+ cantidad de veces sin opciones, pero, si deseas opciones, solo las
+ puedes proporcionar cuando cargues el paquete por primera vez. Al
+ cargar un paquete con opciones más de una vez obtendrás un error
+ como ‘Conflicto de opción para el paquete Foo.’ (LaTeX arroja un
+ error incluso si no hay conflicto entre opciones).
+
+ Si tu propio código trae un paquete dos veces, entonces puedes
+ colapsar eso a una vez, por ejemplo reemplazando los dos
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}’ y
+ ‘\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}’ con el comando único
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}’.
+
+ Sin embargo, imagina que estás cargando ‘firstpkg’ y dentro de ese
+ paquete que carga ‘secondpkg’, y necesitas que el segundo paquete
+ sea cargado con la opción ‘draft’. Entonces antes de hacer el
+ primer paquete debes poner en cola las opciones para el segundo
+ paquete, así.
+
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+ \RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+
+ (Si ‘firstpkg.sty’ carga una opción en conflicto con lo que deseas
+ entonces posiblemente tengas que alterar tu fuente).
+
+ Estos comandos son útiles para usuarios generales, así como para
+ clases y paquetes. Por ejemplo, supongamos que un usuario quiere
+ cargar el paquete ‘graphicx’ con la opción ‘draft’ y también
+ quieres usar una clase ‘foo’ que carga el paquete ‘graphicx’, pero
+ sin esa opción. El usuario podría iniciar su archivo LaTeX con
+ ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}’.
+
+‘\ProcessOptions’
+‘\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS’
+ Ejecuta el código para cada opción que el usuario haya invocado.
+ Incluirlo en el archivo de clase como ‘\ProcessOptions\relax’
+ (debido a la existencia del comando con asterisco).
+
+ Las opciones vienen en dos tipos. “Opciones locales” se han
+ especificado para este paquete particular en el argumento OPTIONS
+ de ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}’, ‘\usepackage[OPTIONS]’, o
+ ‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]’. “Opciones globales” son las dadas por
+ el usuario de la clase en ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS]’ (si una opción
+ se especifica tanto local como globalmente, entonces es local).
+
+ Cuando se llama a ‘\ProcessOptions’ para un paquete ‘pkg.sty’, lo
+ siguiente sucede:
+ 1. Para cada opción OPTION declarada hasta ahora con
+ ‘\DeclareOption’, busca si esa opción es una opción global o
+ local para ‘pkg’. Si es así, ejecuta el código declarado.
+ Esto se hace en el orden en que estas opciones fueron dadas en
+ ‘pkg.sty’.
+ 2. Para cada opción local restante, ejecuta el comando
+ ‘\ds@’OPTION si se ha definido en algún lugar (que no sea por
+ una ‘\DeclareOption’); de lo contrario, ejecuta el código de
+ opción predeterminada dada en ‘\DeclareOption*’. Si no se ha
+ introducido ningún código de opción predeterminado declarado
+ entonces da un mensaje de error. Esto se hace en el orden en
+ que se especificaron estas opciones.
+
+ Cuando se llama a ‘\ProcessOptions’ para una clase, funciona en la
+ misma manera salvo que todas las opciones son locales y el CODE
+ predeterminado para ‘\DeclareOption*’ es ‘\OptionNotUsed’ en lugar
+ de un error.
+
+ La versión destacada ‘\ProcessOptions*’ ejecuta las opciones en el
+ orden especificado en las llamadas a comandos, en lugar de en el
+ orden de declaración en la clase o paquete. Para un paquete esto
+ significa que las opciones globales se procesan primero.
+
+‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Identifica la clase o paquete, imprimiendo un mensaje en pantalla y
+ en el archivo de registro.
+
+ Cuando cargas una clase o paquete, por ejemplo con
+ ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ o ‘\usepackage{test}’, LaTeX ingresa un
+ archivo. Si el nombre del archivo no coincide con la clase o
+ nombre del paquete declarado en él, entonces recibes una
+ advertencia. Así, si invocas ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’, y el
+ archivo ‘smcmemo.cls’ tiene la instrucción ‘\ProvidesClass{xxx}’
+ luego recibes una advertencia como ‘Has solicitado la clase de
+ documento `smcmemo', pero la clase del documento proporciona
+ 'xxx'.’ Esta advertencia no evita que LaTeX procese el resto del
+ archivo de clase normalmente.
+
+ Si incluyes el argumento opcional, debes incluir una fecha, antes
+ de cualquier espacio, en la forma ‘AAAA/MM/DD’. El resto del
+ argumento opcional es de forma libre, aunque tradicionalmente
+ identifica la clase, y se escribe en la pantalla durante la
+ compilación y en el archivo de registro. Por lo tanto, si tu
+ archivo ‘smcmemo.cls’ contiene la línea
+ ‘\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC clase memo]’ y la
+ primera línea de tu documento es ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ entonces
+ verás ‘Clase de documento: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC clase memo’.
+
+ La fecha en el argumento opcional permite a los usuarios de clases
+ y paquetes preguntar para ser advertido si la versión de la clase o
+ paquete es anterior a la FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO. Por ejemplo, un
+ usuario puede ingresar ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]’ o
+ ‘\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]’ para requerir una clase o paquete
+ con ciertas características especificando que no se debe lanzar
+ antes que la fecha dada. (Aunque, en la práctica, los usuarios de
+ paquetes rara vez incluyen una fecha, y los usuarios de clases casi
+ nunca lo hacen).
+
+‘\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
+ Declara un archivo que no sea la clase principal y los archivos del
+ paquete, como archivos de configuración o archivos de definición
+ del tipo de letra. Pon este comando en ese archivo y obtienes en
+ el registro una cadena como ‘File: test.config 2017/10/12 archivo
+ de configuración para test.cls’ para FILENAME igual a ‘test.config’
+ e INFORMACIÓN ADICIONAL igual a ‘2017/10/12 archivo de
+ configuración para test.cls’.
+
+‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+‘\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
+ Carga un paquete, como el comando ‘\usepackage’ (*note Paquetes
+ adicionales::). El equipo de desarrollo de LaTeX recomienda
+ encarecidamente el uso de estos comandos sobre el ‘\input’ de
+ TeX estándar; ve la Guía de clase. Un ejemplo es
+ ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}’.
+
+ La LISTA DE OPCIONES, si está presente, es una lista separada por
+ comas. La FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO, si está presente, debe tener el
+ formato AAAA/MM/DD. Si la fecha de lanzamiento del paquete
+ instalado en tu sistema es anterior que la FECHA DE LANZAMIENTO,
+ recibes una advertencia como ‘Has solicitado, en la línea de
+ entrada 9, la versión `2017/07/03' del paquete jhtest, pero solo
+ está disponible la versión `2000/01/01'’.
+
+ La versión ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’ usa la lista de opciones
+ para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignoras cualquier opción
+ que se le pase a través de ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. Este es un
+ comando de conveniencia para facilitar la construcción de clases
+ sobre las existentes sin tener que rastrear cuáles opciones se
+ pasaron.
+
+ La diferencia entre ‘\usepackage’ y ‘\RequirePackage’ es pequeña.
+ El comando ‘\usepackage’ está diseñado para el archivo del
+ documento mientras que ‘\RequirePackage’ está diseñado para
+ paquetes y archivos de clase. Por lo tanto, usar ‘\usepackage’
+ antes del comando ‘\documentclass’ hace que LaTeX dé un error como
+ ‘\usepackage antes de \documentclass’, pero allí puedes usar
+ ‘\RequirePackage’.
+
+4 Tipos de letra
****************
-Dos aspectos importantes de la selección de un “tipo de letra” son la
-especificación del tamaño y del estilo. Las instrucciones LaTeX para
-hacer esto se describen a continuación.
+LaTeX viene con poderosas capacidades de tipos de letra. Por un lado,
+este nuevo esquema de selección de tipos de letra te permite trabajar
+fácilmente con las familias de tipos de letra en tu documento (por
+ejemplo, *note Estilos de tipos de letra::). Y, los documentos LaTeX
+pueden usar la mayoría de los tipos de letra disponibles actualmente,
+incluyendo versiones de Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Nota sin
+embargo que, muchos tipos de letra no son compatibles con matemáticas).
+
+ El primer tipo de letra en el mundo TeX fue la familia Computer
+Modern, desarrollado por Donald Knuth. Es el predeterminado para los
+documentos LaTeX y sigue siendo el más utilizado. Pero cambiar a otro
+tipo de letra a menudo solo implica algunos comandos. Por ejemplo,
+poner lo siguiente en tu preámbulo te da un tipo de letra similar a
+Palatino, que es hermoso y más legible en línea que muchos otros tipos
+de letra, al mismo tiempo que te permite tipografía de matemáticas.
+(Este ejemplo es de Michael Sharpe,
+<https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf>).
+
+ \usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf para texto, no matemáticas
+ \usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+ \usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % máquina de escribir sans serif
+ \usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb de STIX
+ \usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+
+Además, los motores ‘xelatex’ o ‘lualatex’ permiten que uses cualquier
+tipo de letra en tu sistema que esté en formato OpenType o TrueType
+(*note Motores TeX::).
+
+ El catálogo de tipos de letra LaTeX (<https://tug.org/FontCatalogue>)
+muestra gráficos de ejemplo del tipo de letra y fuente que se puede
+copiar y pegar para usar muchos tipos de letra, incluyendo muchos
+compatibles con matemáticas. Pretende abarcar todos los tipos de letra
+Latin alfabéticas libres disponibles para un uso sencillo con LaTeX.
+
+ También hay más información disponible en los grupos de usuarios TeX,
+en <https://www.tug.org/fonts/>.
+
+4.1 paquete ‘fontenc’
+=====================
-5.1 Estilos del Tipo de Letra
-=============================
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING]{fontenc}
+
+ o
+
+ \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING1, FONT_ENCODING2, ...]{fontenc}
+
+ Especifica la codificación del tipo de letra. Una codificación de
+tipo de letra es una asignación de códigos de caracteres a los glifos
+del tipo de letra que se utilizan para escribir
+
+ Este paquete solo se aplica si usas el motor ‘pdflatex’ (*note
+Motores TeX::). Si usas el comando ‘xelatex’ o el motor ‘lualatex’
+entonces usa el paquete ‘fontspec’.
+
+ La familia de tipos de letra original de TeX, Computer Modern, tiene
+un conjunto de caracteres limitado. Por ejemplo, para hacer caracteres
+acentuados comunes, debes usar ‘\accent’ (*note \accent::) pero esto
+deshabilita la separación silábica. Los usuarios TeX han acordado una
+serie de estándares para acceder a conjuntos de caracteres más grandes
+proporcionados por los tipos de letra modernos. Si estás usando
+‘pdflatex’ entonces pon esto en el preámbulo
+
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+te brinda soporte para los idiomas europeos ampliamente extendidos,
+incluidos francés, alemán, italiano, polaco y otros. En particular, si
+tienes palabras con letras acentuadas entonces LaTeX las dividirá y tu
+salida se puede copiar y pegar. (La segunda línea opcional te permite
+ingresar directamente caracteres acentuados en tu archivo fuente).
+
+ Si estás utilizando una codificación como ‘T1’ y los caracteres
+aparecen borrosos o no se amplían bien, entonces tus tipos de letra
+pueden estar en mapas de bits, a veces llamado raster o Type 3. Quieres
+tipos de letra vectoriales. Utiliza un paquete como ‘lmodern’ o
+‘cm-super’ para obtener un tipo de letra que extiende el valor
+predeterminado de LaTeX usando tipos de letra vectoriales.
+
+ Para cada FONT_ENCODING dado como opción pero aún no declarado, este
+paquete carga los archivos de definición de codificación, denominados
+‘FONT_ENCODINGenc.def’. También establece ‘\encodingdefault’ para ser
+la última codificación en la lista de opciones.
+
+ Estos son los valores comunes para FONT_ENCODING.
+
+‘OT1’
+ La codificación original para TeX. Limitada a caracteres en su
+ mayoría en inglés.
+
+‘OMS, OML’
+ Símbolos matemáticos y codificación de letras matemáticas.
+
+‘T1’
+ Texto TeX extendido. A veces se llama la codificación de Cork para
+ la reunión de usuarios del grupo donde se desarrolló. Da acceso a
+ la mayoría de los caracteres acentuados europeos. La opción más
+ común para este paquete.
+
+‘TS1’
+ Codificación de Text Companion.
+
+El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es cargar ‘OML’, ‘T1’, ‘OT1’ y luego
+‘OMS’, y establece el valor predeterminado en ‘OT1’.
+
+ Incluso si no usas letras acentuadas, es posible que debas
+especificar una codificación de tipo de letra si tu tipo de letra lo
+requiere.
+
+ Si usas codificación‘T1’ en los tipos de letra que no sean las
+familias Modern predeterminadas, es posible que debas cargar el paquete
+que selecciona tus tipos de letra antes de cargar ‘fontenc’, para evitar
+que el sistema cargue cualquier tipo de letra codificada ‘T1’ de la
+predeterminada.
+
+ El equipo de LaTeX reserva nombres de codificación que comienzan con:
+‘T’ para codificaciones de texto estándar con 256 caracteres, ‘TS’ para
+símbolos que extienden las codificaciones T correspondientes, ‘X’ para
+codificaciones de prueba, ‘M’ para codificaciones matemáticas estándar
+con 256 caracteres, ‘A’ para aplicaciones especiales, ‘OT’ para
+codificaciones de texto estándar con 128 caracteres y ‘OM’ para
+codificaciones matemáticas estándar con 128 caracteres (‘O’ significa
+‘obsoleto’).
+
+ Este paquete proporciona una serie de comandos, que se detallan a
+continuación. Muchos de ellos son específicos de codificación, por lo
+que si has definido un comando que funciona para una codificación pero
+la codificación actual es diferente, entonces el comando no está en
+vigor.
+
+4.1.1 ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’
+----------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareFontEncoding{ENCODING}{TEXT-SETTINGS}{MATH-SETTINGS}
+
+ Declara la codificación del tipo de letra ENCODING. También guarda
+el valor de ENCODING en ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’ (*note
+\LastDeclaredEncoding::).
+
+ El archivo ‘t1enc.def’ contiene esta línea (seguida de muchas otras).
+
+ \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
+
+ Los TEXT-SETTINGS son los comandos que LaTeX ejecutará cada vez que
+cambias de una codificación a otra con los comandos ‘\selectfont’ y
+‘\fontencoding’. Los MATH-SETTINGS son los comandos que LaTeX usará
+siempre que el tipo de letra se accede como un alfabeto matemático.
+
+ LaTeX ignora cualquier carácter de espacio dentro de TEXT-SETTINGS y
+MATH-SETTINGS, para evitar espacios no deseados en la salida.
+
+ Si inventas una codificación, debes elegir un nombre de dos o tres
+letras comenzando con ‘L’ para ‘local’, o ‘E’ para ‘experimental’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que LaTeX puede leer varias veces los archivos de
+codificación de salida, por lo que usar, por ejemplo, ‘\newcommand’
+puede causar un error. Además, tales archivos deben contener la línea
+‘\ProvidesFile’ (*note Comandos class y package::).
+
+ Ten en cuenta también que debes usar los comandos ‘\...Default’ solo
+en un paquete, no en los archivos de definición de codificación, ya que
+esos archivos solo deben contener declaraciones específicas para esa
+codificación.
+
+4.1.2 ‘\DeclareTextAccent’
+--------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextAccent{CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT}
+
+ Define un acento, para colocarlo encima de otros glifos, en la
+codificación ENCODING en la ubicación SLOT.
+
+ Un “slot” es el número que identifica un glifo dentro de un tipo de
+letra.
+
+ Esta línea de ‘t1enc.def’ declara que para hacer un acento
+circunflejo como en ‘\^A’, el sistema pondrá el acento en el slot 2
+sobre el carácter ‘A’, que se representa en ASCII como 65. (Esto se
+mantiene a menos que haya un ‘DeclareTextComposite’ relevante o una
+declaración ‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’; *note
+\DeclareTextComposite::).
+
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}
+
+ Si CMD ya se ha definido, entonces ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ no da error
+pero si registra la redefinición en el archivo de transcripción.
+
+4.1.3 ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’
+---------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING}
+
+ Si hay un comando específico de codificación de acento \CMD pero no
+hay un ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ asociado para esa codificación, entonces
+este comando tomará el relevo, diciendo que lo use como se describe para
+ENCODING.
+
+ Por ejemplo, para hacer que la codificación ‘OT1’ sea la codificación
+predeterminada para el acento ‘\"’, declara esto.
+
+ \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1}
+
+Si emites un ‘\"’ cuando la codificación actual no tiene una definición
+para ese acento entonces LaTeX usará la definición desde ‘OT1’
+
+ Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada (*note
+\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent::).
+
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\CMD}
+ {\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{\CMD}{#1}}
+
+ Ten en cuenta que ‘\DeclareTextAccentDefault’ funciona para cualquier
+comando ‘fontenc’ de argumento único, no solo el comando de acento.
+
+4.1.4 ‘\DeclareTextCommand’ y ‘\ProvideTextCommand’
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+ o una de:
+
+ \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN}
+ \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+ Define el comando ‘\CMD’, que será específico para una codificación.
+El nombre del comando CMD debe estar precedido por una barra invertida,
+‘\’. Estos comandos solo pueden aparecer en el preámbulo. Redefinir
+\CMD no provoca un error. El comando definido será robusto incluso si
+el código en DEFN es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Por ejemplo, el archivo ‘t1enc.def’ contiene esta línea.
+
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 }
+
+ Con eso, puedes expresar partes por mil.
+
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ El límite legal es \(0.8 \)\textperthousand.
+
+Si cambias la codificación del tipo de letra a ‘OT1’, obtendrás un error
+como ‘Error de LaTeX: Comando \textperthousand no disponible en
+codificación OT1’.
+
+ La variante ‘\ProvideTextCommand’ hace lo mismo, excepto que no hace
+nada si ‘\CMD’ ya está definido. El comando ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ es más
+rápido que este por simple asociación de slot a glifo (*note
+\DeclareTextSymbol::)
+
+ Los argumentos opcionales NARGS y OPTARGDEFAULT juegan el mismo rol
+aquí como en ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::).
+Brevemente, NARGS es un número entero de 0 a 9 especificando el número
+de argumentos que el comando definido ‘\CMD’ toma. Este número incluye
+cualquier argumento opcional. Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que
+especificar 0, lo cual significa que ‘\CMD’ no tendrá argumentos. Y, si
+OPTARGDEFAULT está presente, entonces el primer argumento de ‘\CMD’ es
+opcional, con el valor predeterminado OPTARGDEFAULT (que puede ser la
+cadena vacía). Si OPTARGDEFAULT no está presente, entonces ‘\CMD’
+tampoco toma un argumento opcional.
+
+4.1.5 ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ y ‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault’
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\CMD}{DEFN}
+
+ o:
+
+ \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\CMD}{DEFN}
+
+ Proporciona una definición predeterminada para ‘\CMD’, para cuando
+ese comando no está definido en la codificación actualmente en vigor.
+Este valor predeterminado debería utilizar únicamente codificaciones que
+sepas que están disponibles.
+
+ Esto hace que ‘\copyright’ esté disponible.
+
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
+
+Utiliza solo una codificación (OMS) que siempre está disponible.
+
+ El ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ no debería aparecer en la definición
+de codificación de archivos ya que esos archivos solo deben declarar
+comandos para su uso cuando seleccionas esa codificación. En cambio,
+debería estar en un paquete.
+
+ Al igual que con los comandos no predeterminados relacionados,
+‘\ProvideTextCommandDefault’ tiene exactamente el mismo comportamiento
+que
+
+ ‘\DeclareTextCommandDefault’ excepto que no hace nada si ‘\CMD’ ya
+está definido (*note \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand::).
+Entonces, los paquetes lo pueden usar para proporcionar respaldos que
+otros paquetes pueden mejorar.
+
+4.1.6 ‘\DeclareTextComposite’
+-----------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextComposite{\CMD}{ENCODING}{SIMPLE_OBJECT}{SLOT}
+
+ Accede a un glifo acentuado directamente, es decir, sin tener que
+poner un acento sobre un carácter separado.
+
+ Esta línea de ‘t1enc.def’ significa que ‘\^o’ provocará a LaTeX para
+componer la minúscula ‘o’ tomando el carácter directamente desde el slot
+224 en el tipo de letra.
+
+ \DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244}
+
+ *Note paquete fontenc::, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El SIMPLE_OBJECT debe ser un solo carácter o un solo comando.
+El argumento SLOT suele ser un entero positivo representado en decimal
+(aunque son posibles octal o hexadecimal). Normalmente \CMD ya se ha
+declarado para esta codificación, ya sea con ‘\DeclareTextAccent’ o con
+un solo argumento ‘\DeclareTextCommand’. En ‘t1enc.def’, sigue la línea
+anterior al comando ‘\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}’.
+
+4.1.7 ‘\DeclareTextCompositeCommand’
+------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{ARG}{CODE}
+
+ Una versión más general de ‘\DeclareTextComposite’ que ejecuta código
+arbitrario con ‘\CMD’.
+
+ Esto permite que los acentos en ‘i’ actúen como acentos en dotless i,
+‘\i’.
+
+ \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
+
+ *Note paquete fontenc::, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. Normalmente ‘\CMD’ ya se habrá declarado con
+‘\DeclareTextAccent’ o como un argumento ‘\DeclareTextCommand’.
+
+4.1.8 ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’
+--------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextSymbol{\CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT}
+
+ Define un símbolo en la codificación ENCODING en la ubicación SLOT.
+Los símbolos definidos de esta manera son para usar en texto, no
+matemáticas.
+
+ Por ejemplo, esta línea de ‘t1enc.def’ declara el número del glifo a
+usar para «, el guillemet izquierdo.
+
+ \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+
+El comando ‘\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}’ tiene el
+mismo efecto pero es más lento (*note \DeclareTextCommand y
+\ProvideTextCommand::).
+
+ *Note paquete fontenc::, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El SLOT se puede especificar en decimal u octal (como en
+‘'023’), o hexadecimal (como en ‘"13’), aunque el decimal tiene la
+ventaja de que las comillas simples o dobles se pueden redefinir por
+otro paquete.
+
+ Si ‘\CMD’ ya se ha definido, entonces ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ no da un
+error pero registra la redefinición en el archivo de transcripción.
+
+4.1.9 ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’
+---------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING}
+
+ Si hay un comando de símbolo específico de codificación ‘\CMD’ pero
+no hay un ‘\DeclareTextSymbol’ asociado para esa codificación, entonces
+este comando tomará el relevo, diciendo que obtenga el símbolo como se
+describe para ENCODING.
+
+ Por ejemplo, para declarar que si la codificación actual no tiene
+significado para ‘\textdollar’ entonces usa el de ‘OT1’, declara esto.
+
+ \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1}
+
+ Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada (*note
+\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent::).
+
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\CMD}
+ {\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{\CMD}}
+
+ Ten en cuenta que ‘\DeclareTextSymbolDefault’ se puede usar para
+definir un predeterminado para cualquier comando ‘fontenc’ de cero
+argumentos.
-Las siguientes instrucciones para el estilo del tipo de letra son
-compatibles con LaTeX.
+4.1.10 ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’
+------------------------------
- Este primer grupo de instrucciones se utiliza normalmente con un
-argumento, como en ‘\textit{texto en cursiva}’. En la siguiente tabla,
-las instrucciones correspondientes entre paréntesis son la “forma
-declarativa”, la cual no toma argumentos. El ámbito de aplicación de la
-forma declarativa dura hasta la siguiente instucción para el estilo del
-tipo de letra o hasta el final del grupo actual.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \LastDeclaredEncoding
+
+ Obtiene el nombre de la codificación declarada más recientemente. El
+comando ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’ almacena el nombre para que se pueda
+recuperar con este comando (*note \DeclareFontEncoding::).
+
+ Esto se basa en ‘\LastDeclaredEncoding’ en lugar de dar
+explícitamente el nombre de la codificación.
+
+ \DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{}
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
+
+4.1.11 ‘\UseTextSymbol’ y ‘\UseTextAccent’
+------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{\CMD}
+
+ o:
+
+ \UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{\CMD}{TEXT}
+
+ Utiliza un símbolo o acento que no sea de la codificación actual.
+
+ En general, para usar un comando ‘fontenc’ en una codificación donde
+no está definido, y si el comando no tiene argumentos, lo puedes usar
+con algo como esto:
+
+ \UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss}
+
+que es equivalente a esto (observa que las llaves exteriores forman un
+grupo, por lo que LaTeX vuelve a la codificación anterior después de
+‘\ss’):
+
+ {\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss}
+
+ De manera similar, para usar un comando ‘fontenc’ en una codificación
+donde no está definido, y si el comando tiene un argumento, lo puedes
+usar así:
+
+ \UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a}
+
+que es equivalente a esto (nuevamente, ten en cuenta las llaves
+exteriores que forman un grupo):
- Estos commandos, tanto en las formas con argumento o en las formas
-declarativas, son acumulativas; es decir, usted puede decir ya sea
-‘\sffamily\bfseries’ o ‘\bfseries\sffamily’ para obtener sans serif en
-negrita.
+ {fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{ENC_IN_USE}\selectfont a}}
- También puede utilizar la forma de entorno de las formas
-declarativas; por ejemplo, ‘\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}’.
+Aquí, ENC_IN_USE es la codificación vigente antes de esta secuencia de
+comandos, de modo que ‘a’ se escribe utilizando la codificación actual y
+solo se toma el acento de ‘OT1’.
+
+4.2 Estilos de tipos de letra
+=============================
+
+Los siguientes comandos de estilo de letra son compatibles con LaTeX.
+
+ En la tabla de abajo de los comandos enumerados, los comandos
+‘\text...’, se usan con un argumento como en ‘\textit{TEXT}’. Esta es
+la forma preferida. Pero se muestra después entre paréntesis si la
+correspondiente “forma de declaración”, que suele ser útil. Esta forma
+no toma argumentos, como en ‘{\itshape TEXT}’. El alcance de la forma
+de declaración dura hasta el siguiente comando de estilo de tipo o el
+final del grupo actual. Además, cada uno tiene un entorno como
+‘\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}’, que describiremos al final de la
+sección.
+
+ Estos comandos, en cualquiera de las tres formas, son acumulativos;
+por ejemplo puedes obtener negrita sans serif diciendo cualquiera de
+‘\sffamily\bfseries’ o ‘\bfseries\sffamily’.
+
+ Una ventaja de estos comandos es que automáticamente insertan
+correcciones en cursiva si es necesario (*note \/::). En concreto,
+insertan la corrección en cursiva a menos que el siguiente carácter esté
+en la lista ‘\nocorrlist’, que de manera predeterminada consta de punto
+y coma. Para suprimir la inserción automática de la corrección en
+cursiva, utiliza ‘\nocorr’ al principio o al final del argumento del
+comando, como ‘\textit{\nocorr text}’ o ‘\textsc{text \nocorr}’.
- Estas instrucciones proporcionan automáticamente una corrección en
-cursiva si es necesario.
‘\textrm (\rmfamily)’
- Romana.
+ Roman.
‘\textit (\itshape)’
- cursivas.
-
-‘\emph’
- Énfasis (cambia entre ‘\textit’ y ‘\textrm’).
+ Italics.
‘\textmd (\mdseries)’
- Peso medio (predeterminado).
+ Medium weight (predeterminado).
‘\textbf (\bfseries)’
- Negrita.
+ Boldface.
+
‘\textup (\upshape)’
- Vertical (predeterminado). Lo opuesto a inclinada.
+ Upright (predefinido).
+
‘\textsl (\slshape)’
- Oblicua.
+ Slanted.
+
‘\textsf (\sffamily)’
Sans serif.
+
‘\textsc (\scshape)’
- Versales.
+ Small caps.
+
‘\texttt (\ttfamily)’
- Máquina de escribir.
-‘\textnormal (\normalfont)’
- Tipo de letra principal del documento.
-‘\mathrm’
- Romana, para usar en modo math.
-‘\mathbf’
- Negrita, para usarse en modo math.
-‘\mathsf’
- Sans serif, para usarse en modo math.
-‘\mathtt’
- Máquina de escribir, para usarse en modo math.
+ Typewriter.
-‘\mathit’
-‘(\mit)’
- cursivas, para utilizarse en modo math.
+‘\textnormal (\normalfont)’
+ Tipo de letra del documento principal.
-‘\mathnormal’
- Para usarse en modo math, por ejemplo dentro de otra declaración de
- estilo de letra.
-‘\mathcal’
- Letras ‘caligráficas’, para usarse en modo math.
+ Aunque también cambia los tipos de letra, el comando ‘\emph{TEXT}’ es
+semántico, para que se enfatice TEXT, y no se debe usar como sustituto
+de ‘\textit’. Por ejemplo, ‘\emph{START TEXT \emph{MIDDLE TEXT} END
+TEXT}’ resultará en START TEXT y END TEXT en cursiva, pero MIDDLE TEXT
+estará en romano.
- Además, la instrucción ‘\mathversion{bold}’ se pude utilizar para
-cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita dentro de fórmulas.
-‘\mathversion{normal}’ restablece el valor predeterminado.
+ LaTeX también proporciona los siguientes comandos, que
+incondicionalmente cambia al estilo dado, es decir, _no_ son
+acumulativos. Están usados ​​como declaraciones: ‘{\CMD...}’ en lugar de
+‘\CMD{...}’.
- LaTeX también proporciona las siguientes instrucciones, que
-incondicionalmente cambian a determinado estilo, es decir, _no_ son
-acumulativas. Estas se utilizan de forma diferente que las
-instrucciones anteriores, también: ‘{\INSTRUCCIÓN ...}’ en lugar de
-‘\INSTRUCCIÓN{...}’. Son dos cosas muy distintas.
+ (Los comandos incondicionales a continuación son una versión anterior
+de tipo de letra traspuesta. Los comandos anteriores son una mejora en
+la mayoría de las circunstancias. Pero a veces un cambio de tipo de
+letra incondicional es necesario).
‘\bf’
- Cambia a tipo de letra negrita.
+ Cambia a negrita.
‘\cal’
- Cambia a letras caligráficas para math.
-
-‘\em’
- Énfasis (cursivas con romana, romana con cursivas).
+ Cambia a letras caligráficas para matemáticas.
‘\it’
cursivas.
‘\rm’
- Romana.
+ Roman.
‘\sc’
- Versales.
+ Small caps.
‘\sf’
Sans serif.
‘\sl’
- Oblicua (oblicua).
+ Slanted (oblicua).
‘\tt’
- Máquina de escribir (monoespacio, de ancho fijo).
+ Typewriter (monoespacio, ancho fijo).
-5.2 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra
-=============================
+ El comando ‘\em’ es la versión incondicional de ‘\emph’.
+
+ Los siguientes comandos se utilizan en modo matemático. Ellos no son
+acumulativos, por lo que ‘\mathbf{\mathit{SYMBOL}}’ no crea una negrita
+y cursiva SYMBOL; en cambio, solo estará en cursiva. Esto se debe a
+que, por lo general, los símbolos matemáticos necesitan tratamiento
+tipográfico, independientemente del entorno circundante.
-Las siguientes instrucciones para el tamaño del tipo de letra estándar
-son compatibles con LaTeX. La tabla muestra el nombre de la instrucción
-y el tamaño real (en puntos) del tipo de letra correspondiente utilizado
-con las opciones de tamaño del documento ‘10pt’, ‘11pt’ y ‘12pt’,
-respectivamente (*note Opciones de Clase de Documento:: ).
-
-Instrucción ‘10pt’ ‘11pt’ ‘12pt’
----------------------------------------------------------
-‘\tiny’ 5 6 6
-‘\scriptsize’ 7 8 8
-‘\footnotesize’ 8 9 10
-‘\small’ 9 10 10.95
-‘\normalsize’ (predeterminado) 10 10.95 12
-‘\large’ 12 12 14.4
-‘\Large’ 14.4 14.4 17.28
-‘\LARGE’ 14.4 14.4 17.28
-‘\huge’ 20.74 20.74 24.88
-‘\Huge’ 24.88 24.88 24.88
-
- Las instrucciones tal como están listadas aquí son “formas
-declarativas”. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura
-hasta la instrucción “end” del estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el final
-del grupo actual. También puede utilizar la forma de entorno en estas
-instrucciones; por ejemplo, ‘\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}’.
-
-5.3 Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra
-=====================================================
-
-Estas instrucciones están destinadas principalmente para los escritores
-de macros y paquetes. Las instrucciones listadas anteriormente son sólo
-un subconjunto de las disponibles.
-
-‘\fontencoding{codificación}’
- Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra. Las codificaciones
- válidas incluyen a ‘OT1’ y ‘T1’.
-
-‘\fontfamily{familia}’
- Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. Las familias válidas
- incluyen:
-
- • ‘cmr’ para Romana de Computadora Moderna
- • ‘cmss’ para Sans Serif de Computadora Moderna
- • ‘cmtt’ para Máquina de Escribir de Computadora Moderna
-
- y muchas otras.
-
-‘\fontseries{series}’
- Selecciona las series del tipo de letra. Las series válidas
- incluyen:
-
- • ‘m’ Mediana (normal)
- • ‘b’ Negrita
- • ‘c’ Condensada
- • ‘bc’ Negrita condensada
- • ‘bx’ Negrita extendida
-
- y otras combinaciones diferentes.
-
-‘\fontshape{forma}’
+‘\mathrm’
+ Roman, para usar en modo matemático.
+
+‘\mathbf’
+ Negrita (boldface), para usar en modo matemático.
+
+‘\mathsf’
+ Sans serif, para usar en modo matemático.
+
+‘\mathtt’
+ Typewriter, para usar en modo matemático.
+
+‘\mathit’
+‘(\mit)’
+ Italics, para usar en modo matemático.
+
+‘\mathnormal’
+ Para usar en modo matemático, por ejemplo, dentro de otra
+ declaración de estilo de tipo.
+
+‘\mathcal’
+ Letras caligráficas, para uso en modo matemático.
+
+ Además, el comando ‘\mathversion{bold}’ se puede usar para cambiar a
+letras y símbolos en negrita en fórmulas ‘\mathversion{normal}’ restaura
+el valor predeterminado.
+
+ Finalmente, el comando ‘\oldstylenums{NUMERALS}’ compone los llamados
+números de “estilo antiguo”, que tienen diferentes alturas y
+profundidades (y a veces anchos) del “revestimiento" estándar de
+números, que tienen todos la misma altura que las letras mayúsculas.
+Los tipos de letra predeterminados de LaTeX admiten esto y respetarán
+‘\textbf’ (pero no otros estilos; no hay números en estilo cursiva
+antiguo en Informática Moderna). Muchos otros tipos de letra también
+tienen números de estilo antiguo; a veces se proporcionan opciones de
+paquetes para que sean las predeterminadas. Preguntas frecuentes
+entrada: <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf>.
+
+4.3 Tamaños de los tipos de letra
+=================================
+
+Los siguientes comandos de tamaño de letra estándar son compatibles con
+LaTeX. La tabla muestra el nombre del comando y el tipo de letra en el
+tamaño real correspondiente utilizado (en puntos) con ‘10pt’, ‘11pt’ y
+‘12pt’ opciones de tamaño del documento, respectivamente (*note Opciones
+de la clase documento::).
+
+Comando ‘10pt’ ‘11pt’ ‘12pt’
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+‘\tiny’ 5 6 6
+‘\scriptsize’ 7 8 8
+‘\footnotesize’ 8 9 10
+‘\small’ 9 10 10.95
+‘\normalsize’ (predeterminado) 10 10.95 12
+‘\large’ 12 12 14.4
+‘\Large’ 14.4 14.4 17.28
+‘\LARGE’ 17.28 17.28 20.74
+‘\huge’ 20.74 20.74 24.88
+‘\Huge’ 24.88 24.88 24.88
+
+ Los comandos se enumeran aquí en forma de declaración (no de
+entorno), ya que así es como se usan típicamente. Por ejemplo:
+
+ \begin{quotation} \small
+ El Tao que se puede nombrar no es el Tao eterno.
+ \end{quotation}
+
+Aquí, el alcance del ‘\small’ dura hasta el final del entorno
+‘quotation’. También terminaría en el siguiente comando de estilo de
+tipo o el final del grupo actual, por lo tanto lo podrías encerrar entre
+llaves ‘{\small Este texto está escrito en letra pequeña.}’.
+
+ Tratar de usar estos comandos en matemáticas, como con ‘$\small
+mv^2/2$’, da como resultado ‘Advertencia de fuentes LaTeX: Comando
+\small inválido en modo matemático’, y el tamaño del tipo de letra no
+cambia. Para trabajar con una fórmula demasiado grande, a menudo la
+mejor opción es usar el entorno ‘displaymath’ (*note Fórmulas math::), o
+uno de los entornos del paquete ‘amsmath’. Para matemáticas en línea,
+como en una tabla de fórmulas, una alternativa es algo como ‘{\small
+$mv^2/2$}’. (A veces ‘\scriptsize’ y ‘\scriptstyle’ se confunden.
+Ambos cambian el tamaño del tipo de letra, pero el último también cambia
+una serie de otros aspectos de cómo se componen las matemáticas. *Note
+Estilos math::).
+
+ También se define un “entorno form” de cada uno de estos comandos;
+por ejemplo, ‘\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}’. Sin embargo, en la práctica
+esta forma puede conducir fácilmente a espacios no deseados al principio
+y/o final del entorno sin una cuidadosa consideración, por lo que
+generalmente es menos propenso a errores apegarse a la forma de
+declaración.
+
+ (Aparte: Técnicamente, debido a la forma en que LaTeX define ‘\begin’
+y ‘\end’, casi todos los comandos que no toman un argumento técnicamente
+tiene una forma de entorno. Pero en casi todos los casos, solo sería
+causa de confusión al usarlo. La razón de mencionar la forma de entorno
+de las declaraciones de tamaño del tipo de letra específicamente es que
+este uso particular no es raro).
+
+4.4 Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra
+============================================
+
+Estos comandos están destinados principalmente a los escritores de
+macros y paquetes. Los comandos enumerados aquí son solo un subconjunto
+de los disponibles.
+
+‘\fontencoding{ENCODING}’
+ Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra, la codificación del
+ tipo de letra de salida. Hay un gran número de codificaciones
+ válidas. Las más comunes son ‘OT1’, La codificación original de
+ Knuth para Computer Modern (la predeterminada), y ‘T1’, también
+ conocida como la codificación de Cork, que admite caracteres
+ acentuados utilizados por los idiomas europeos más extendidos
+ (alemán, francés, italiano, polaco y otros), lo que permite a TeX
+ separar con guiones las palabras que contengan letras acentuadas.
+ Para más, ve <https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide>.
+
+‘\fontfamily{FAMILY}’
+ Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. La página web
+ <https//tug.org/FontCatalogue/> proporciona una forma de navegar a
+ través de muchos de los tipos de letra que se usan fácilmente con
+ LaTeX. Aquí hay ejemplos de algunas familias comunes.
+
+ ‘pag’ Avant Garde
+ ‘fvs’ Bitstream Vera Sans
+ ‘pbk’ Bookman
+ ‘bch’ Charter
+ ‘ccr’ Computer Concrete
+ ‘cmr’ Computer Modern
+ ‘cmss’ Computer Modern Sans Serif
+ ‘cmtt’ Computer Modern Typewriter
+ ‘pcr’ Courier
+ ‘phv’ Helvetica
+ ‘fi4’ Inconsolata
+ ‘lmr’ Latin Modern
+ ‘lmss’ Latin Modern Sans
+ ‘lmtt’ Latin Modern Typewriter
+ ‘pnc’ New Century Schoolbook
+ ‘ppl’ Palatino
+ ‘ptm’ Times
+ ‘uncl’ Uncial
+ ‘put’ Utopia
+ ‘pzc’ Zapf Chancery
+
+‘\fontseries{SERIES}’
+ Selecciona la serie de tipos de letra. Una “serie” combina un
+ “weight” y un “width”. Por lo general, un tipo de letra solo
+ admite algunas de las posibles combinaciones. Algunos valores
+ comunes de series combinadas incluyen:
+
+ ‘m’ Medium (normal)
+ ‘b’ Bold
+ ‘c’ Condensed
+ ‘bc’ Bold condensed
+ ‘bx’ Bold extended
+
+ Los posibles valores de grosor, individualmente, son:
+
+ ‘ul’ Ultra light
+ ‘el’ Extra light
+ ‘l’ Light
+ ‘sl’ Semi light
+ ‘m’ Medium (normal)
+ ‘sb’ Semi bold
+ ‘b’ Bold
+ ‘eb’ Extra bold
+ ‘ub’ Ultra bold
+
+ Los valores posibles para el ancho, individualmente, son (el
+ significado y relación de estos términos varía con los tipos de
+ letra individuales):
+
+ ‘uc’ Ultra condensed
+ ‘ec’ Extra condensed
+ ‘c’ Condensed
+ ‘sc’ Semi condensed
+ ‘m’ Medium
+ ‘sx’ Semi expanded
+ ‘x’ Expanded
+ ‘ex’ Extra expanded
+ ‘ux’ Ultra expanded
+
+ Al formar la cadena SERIES a partir del peso y el ancho, la ‘m’
+ suelta significa grosor medio o ancho medio, a menos que ambos, el
+ grosor y el ancho sean ‘m’, en cuyo caso usa solo una (‘‘m’’).
+
+‘\fontshape{SHAPE}’
Selecciona la forma del tipo de letra. Las formas válidas son:
- • ‘n’ Vertical (normal)
- • ‘it’ Cursiva
- • ‘sl’ Oblicua (oblicua)
- • ‘sc’ Versales
- • ‘ui’ Cursiva vertical
- • ‘ol’ Esquema
+ ‘n’ Upright (normal)
+ ‘it’ Italic
+ ‘sl’ Slanted (oblique)
+ ‘sc’ Small caps
+ ‘ui’ Upright italics
+ ‘ol’ Outline
Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las
- familias de tipos de letra.
-
-‘\fontsize{tamaño}{espaciado}’
- Establece el tamaño de letra. El primer parámetro es el tamaño a
- cambiar el tipo de letra y el segundo es el espaciado de línea a
- usar; este se almacena en un parámetro denominado ‘\baselineskip’.
- La unidad de ambos parámetros de manera predeterminada es pt. El
- valor predeterminado de ‘\baselineskip’ para el tipo de letra
- Computadora Moderna es 1.2 veces ‘\fontsize’.
-
- El interlineado de espacio doble también es multiplicado por el
- valor del parámetro ‘\baselinestretch’ cuando cambia el tamaño del
- tipo de letra; el predeterminado es 1. Sin embargo, la mejor
- manera de hacer un documento con “doble espacio”, si tiene la
- suficiente mala suerte de tener que producirlo, es usar el paquete
- ‘setspace’; vea
- <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace>.
+ familias de tipos de letra, y a menudo también faltan las
+ versalitas.
+
+‘\fontsize{SIZE}{SKIP}’
+ Establece el tamaño del tipo de letra y el espacio entre líneas.
+ La unidad de ambos parámetros el valor predeterminado es puntos
+ (‘pt’). El interlineado es el espacio vertical nominal entre
+ líneas, línea base a línea base. Se almacena en el parámetro
+ ‘\baselineskip’. El ‘\baselineskip’ predeterminado para el tipo de
+ letra Computer Modern es 1.2 veces el ‘\fontsize’. Cambiar
+ ‘\baselineskip’ directamente no es recomendable ya que su valor se
+ restablece cada vez que ocurre un cambio de tamaño; en su lugar usa
+ ‘\baselinestretch’. (*note \baselineskip y \baselinestretch::).
‘\linespread{FACTOR}’
Equivalente a ‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}’, y por lo
- tanto debe estar seguido por ‘\selectfont’ para que tenga algún
- efecto. Es mejor especificarlo en el preámbulo, o utilizar el
- paquete ‘setspace’, justo como se acaba de describir anteriormente.
-
- Las modificaciones introducidas por llamar a la fuente de las
- instrucciones descritas anteriormente no entrará en vigor sino
- hasta que se invoque a ‘\selectfont’.
-
-‘\usefont{codificación}{familia}{series}{forma}’
+ tanto debe ir seguido de ‘\selectfont’ para tener cualquier efecto.
+ Mejor especificado en el preámbulo. *Note \baselineskip y
+ \baselinestretch::, por usar el paquete ‘setspace’ en su lugar.
+
+‘\selectfont’
+ Los efectos de los comandos de tipo de letra descritos
+ anteriormente no suceden hasta que se llama a ‘\selectfont’, como
+ en ‘\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont’. A menudo es útil poner
+ esto en una macro:
+ ‘\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{FAMILYNAME}\selectfont}’
+ (*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::).
+
+‘\usefont{ENC}{FAMILY}{SERIES}{SHAPE}’
Lo mismo que invocar a ‘\fontencoding’, ‘\fontfamily’,
- ‘\fontseries’ y ‘\fontshape’ con los parámetros dados, seguida por
- ‘\selectfont’.
+ ‘\fontseries’ y ‘\fontshape’ con los parámetros dados, seguidos de
+ ‘\selectfont’. Por ejemplo:
-6 Diseño
-********
+ \usefont{ot1}{cmr}{m}{n}
-Varias instrucciones para controlar el diseño general de la página.
+5 Composición
+*************
+
+Comandos para controlar la composición general de página.
-6.1 ‘\onecolumn’
+5.1 ‘\onecolumn’
================
-La declaración ‘\onecolumn’ comienza una nueva página y la produce con
-una sola columna. Este es el valor predeterminado.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \onecolumn
+
+ Inicia una nueva página y genera una salida de una sola columna. Si
+al documento le es dada la opción de clase ‘onecolumn’ entonces este es
+el valor predeterminado del comportamiento (*note Opciones de la clase
+documento::). Este comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
-6.2 ‘\twocolumn’
+5.2 ‘\twocolumn’
================
Sinopsis:
- \twocolumn[TEXTOCOLUMNA1]
+ \twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[TEXTO PRELIMINAR DE UNA COLUMNA]
- La declaración ‘\twocolumn’ comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con dos columnas. Si el argumento opcional TEXTOCOLUMNA1 está presente,
-esta es compuesta en modo de una columna antes de comenzar la
-composición de las dos columnas.
+ Inicia una nueva página y genera un resultado de dos columnas. Si se
+entrega al documento la opción de clase ‘twocolumn’ entonces esta es la
+predeterminada (*note Opciones de la clase documento::). Este comando
+es frágil (*note \protect::).
- Estos parámetros controlan la tipografía en la producción de dos
-columnas:
+ Si el argumento opcional TEXTO PRELIMINAR DE UNA COLUMNA está
+presente, se escribe en el modo de una columna antes de que comience la
+composición tipográfica de dos columnas.
+
+ Estos parámetros controlan la composición tipográfica en la salida de
+dos columnas:
‘\columnsep’
- La distancia entre las columnas (de manera predeterminada a 35pt).
+ La distancia entre columnas. El valor predeterminado es 35 puntos.
+ Cámbialo con un comando como ‘\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}’. Lo
+ debes cambiar antes de que comience el modo de dos columnas; en el
+ preámbulo es un buen lugar.
‘\columnseprule’
- El ancho de la regla entre columnas; el predeterminado es 0pt, por
- lo tanto no hay regla.
+ El ancho de la regla entre columnas. El valor predeterminado es
+ 0pt, lo cual significa que no hay regla. De lo contrario, la regla
+ aparece a medio camino entre las dos columnas. Cámbialo con un
+ comando como ‘\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}’, antes de comenzar
+ el modo de dos columnas.
‘\columnwidth’
- El ancho de la columna actual; este es igual a ‘\textwidth’ en
- texto de una sola columna.
-
- Estos parámetros controlan el comportamiento de la flotación de las
-dos columnas producidas:
+ El ancho de una sola columna. En el modo de una columna esto es
+ igual a ‘\textwidth’. En el modo de dos columnas de manera
+ predeterminada, LaTeX establece el ancho de cada una de las dos
+ columnas, para que ‘\columnwidth’ sea la mitad de ‘\textwidth’
+ menos ‘\columnsep’.
+
+ En un documento de dos columnas, los entornos destacados ‘table*’ y
+‘figure*’ tienen dos columnas de ancho, mientras que los entornos sin
+estrellas ‘table’ y ‘figure’ ocupan solo una columna (*note figure:: y
+*note table::). LaTeX coloca flotantes con estrellas en la parte
+superior de una página. Los siguientes parámetros controlan el
+comportamiento flotante de la salida de dos columnas.
‘\dbltopfraction’
- Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página de dos columna
- que pueden ocupar los flotantes. El predeterminado es ‘.7’, puede
- ser útil redefinirlo a (digamos) ‘.9’ para evitar llegar tan pronto
- a páginas flotantes.
+ La fracción máxima en la parte superior de una página de dos
+ columnas que pueden ocupar flotantes de dos columnas de ancho. El
+ valor predeterminado es 0.7, lo cual significa que la altura de un
+ entorno ‘table*’ o ‘figure*’ no debe superar ‘0.7\textheight’. Si
+ la altura de tu entorno flotante estrellado excede esto, entonces
+ puedes tomar una de las siguientes acciones para evitar que flote
+ hasta el final del documento:
+
+ • Usa el especificador de ubicación ‘[tp]’ para decirle a LaTeX
+ que intente poner el voluminoso flotante en una página por sí
+ mismo, así como en la parte superior de una página.
+
+ • Utiliza el especificador de ubicación ‘[t!]’ para anular el
+ efecto de ‘\dbltopfraction’ para este flotante en particular.
+
+ • Aumenta el valor de ‘\dbltopfraction’ a un número
+ adecuadamente grande, para evitar ir a páginas flotantes tan
+ pronto como sea posible.
+
+ Lo puedes redefinir, como con
+ ‘\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}’.
‘\dblfloatpagefraction’
- La mínima fracción de una página con flotantes que deben ocupar los
- flotantes, para una página de dos columnas con flotantes. El
- predeterminado es ‘.5’.
+ Para una página flotante de dos columnas de ancho flotantes, esta
+ es la fracción mínima que deben ocupar los flotantes, limitando la
+ cantidad de espacio en blanco. El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es
+ ‘0.5’. Cámbialo con ‘\renewcommand’.
‘\dblfloatsep’
- Distancia entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
- página de dos columnas con flotantes. Predeterminado a ‘12pt
- plus2pt minus2pt’ para ‘10pt’ y ‘11pt’ para documentos, ‘14pt
- plus2pt minus4pt’ para ‘12pt’.
+ En una página flotante de flotantes de dos columnas de ancho, esta
+ longitud es la distancia entre flotantes, tanto en la parte
+ superior como en la inferior de la página. El valor predeterminado
+ es ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ para un documento establecido en ‘10pt’
+ o ‘11pt’ y ‘14pt plus2pt minus4pt’ para un documento establecido en
+ ‘12pt’.
‘\dbltextfloatsep’
- Distancia entre un flotante multicolumna en la parte superior o
- inferior de una página y el texto principal. De manera
- predeterminada es ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.
+ Esta longitud es la distancia entre un flotante de varias columnas
+ en la parte superior o la parte inferior de una página y el texto
+ principal. El valor predeterminado es ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.
-6.3 ‘\flushbottom’
-==================
+‘\dbltopnumber’
+ En una página flotante de flotantes de dos columnas de ancho, este
+ contador da el número máximo de flotantes permitidos en la parte
+ superior de la página. El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es ‘2’.
-La declaración ‘\flushbottom’ hace que todas las páginas tengan la misma
-altura, añadiendo espacio vertical extra donde sea necesario para llenar
-la página.
+ Este ejemplo usa el argumento opcional de ‘\twocolumn’ para crear un
+título que abarca el artículo de dos columnas:
- Este es el predeterminado si se selecciona el modo ‘twocolumn’ (*note
-Opciones de Clase de Documento::).
+ \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+ \newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+ \begin{document}
+ \twocolumn[{% dentro de este argumento opcional va texto de una columna
+ \centering
+ \LARGE El título \\[1.5em]
+ \large Autor uno\authormark{1},
+ Autor dos\authormark{2},
+ Autor tres\authormark{1} \\[1em]
+ \normalsize
+ \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}}
+ \authormark{1}Departamento uno &\authormark{2}Departamento dos \\
+ Escuela uno &Escuela dos
+ \end{tabular}\\[3em] % espacio debajo de la parte del título
+ }]
+
+ Texto de dos columnas aquí.
+
+5.3 ‘\flushbottom’
+==================
-6.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
+Hace que todas las páginas del documento después de esta declaración
+tengan la misma altura, estirando el espacio vertical donde sea
+necesario para llenar la página. Esto se usa con más frecuencia cuando
+se hacen documentos de dos caras ya que las diferencias en las páginas
+opuestas pueden ser evidentes.
+
+ Si TeX no puede estirar satisfactoriamente el espacio vertical en una
+página luego obtienes un mensaje como ‘Infralleno \vbox (maliciosos
+10000) ocurrió mientras \output está activa’. Si lo consigues, una
+opción es cambiar a ‘\raggedbottom’ (*note \raggedbottom::).
+Alternativamente, puedes ajustar el ‘textheight’ para hacer páginas
+compatibles, o puedes agregar un poco de pegamento de estiramiento
+vertical entre líneas o entre párrafos, como en
+‘\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}’. Tu última opción es, en una
+etapa de edición final, ajustar la altura de las páginas individuales
+(*note \enlargethispage::).
+
+ El estado ‘\flushbottom’ es el predeterminado solo si seleccionas la
+opción ‘twocolumn’ de la clase documento (*note Opciones de la clase
+documento::), y para índices hechos con ‘makeidx’.
+
+5.4 ‘\raggedbottom’
===================
-La declaración ‘\raggedbottom’ hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-altura natural del material en esa página. Sin longitudes flexibles que
-se deban ajustar.
+Hace que todas las páginas posteriores tengan la altura natural del
+material en esa página; no se estirarán las longitudes verticales
+elásticas. Así, en documentos de dos caras las páginas opuestas pueden
+tener diferentes alturas. Este comando puede ir en cualquier punto del
+cuerpo del documento. *Note \flushbottom::.
-6.5 Parámetros para el Diseño de Página
+ Este es el valor predeterminado a menos que selecciones la opción
+‘twocolumn’ de la clase documento (*note Opciones de la clase
+documento::).
+
+5.5 Parámetros de composición de página
=======================================
+‘\columnsep’
+‘\columnseprule’
+‘\columnwidth’
+ La distancia entre las dos columnas, el ancho de una regla entre
+ las columnas y el ancho de las columnas, cuando la opción de clase
+ de documento ‘twocolumn’ está en vigor (*note Opciones de la clase
+ documento::). *Note \twocolumn::.
+
‘\headheight’
- Altura de la caja que contiene el encabezado. El predeterminado es
- ‘30pt’, salvo en la clase ‘book’, donde este varía con el tamaño de
- letra.
+ Altura de la caja que contiene la cabecera móvil. El valor
+ predeterminado en las clases ‘article’, ‘report’ y ‘book’ son
+ ‘12pt’, en todos los tamaños de letra.
‘\headsep’
- Distancia vertical entre la línea inferior de la cabecera y la
- parte superior del texto principal. El predeterminado es ‘25pt’,
- salvo en la clase ‘book’, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+ Distancia vertical entre la parte inferior de la línea de cabecera
+ y la parte superior del texto principal. El valor predeterminado
+ en las clases ‘article’ y ‘report’ es ‘25pt’. En la clase ‘book’
+ el valor predeterminado es: si el documento está configurado en
+ 10pt, entonces es ‘0.25in’, y en 11pt o 12pt es ‘0.275in’.
‘\footskip’
- Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto a la
- línea base del pié de página. El predeterminado es ‘30pt’, salvo
- en la clase ‘book’, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+ Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto hasta la
+ línea base de el pie de página. El valor predeterminado en las
+ clases ‘article’ y ‘report’ es ‘30pt’. En la clase ‘book’ el valor
+ predeterminado es: cuando el tamaño de letra es de 10 puntos, el
+ predeterminado es ‘0.35in’, mientras que en 11pt es ‘0.38in’, y en
+ 12pt es ‘30pt’.
‘\linewidth’
- Ancho de la línea actual; el predeterminado varía con el tamaño de
- fuente, el ancho del papel, el modo two-column, etc. Para un
- documento ‘article’ en ‘10pt’, este se establece a ‘345pt’; en modo
- two-column, este cambia a ‘229.5pt’.
+ Ancho de la línea actual, disminuido para cada ‘lista’ anidada
+ (*note list::). Es decir, el valor nominal de ‘\linewidth’ es
+ igual a ‘\textwidth’ pero para cada ‘\linewidth’ de la lista
+ anidada se reduce por la suma del ‘\leftmargin’ de esa lista y
+ ‘\rightmargin’ (*note itemize::).
+
+‘\marginparpush’
+‘\marginsep’
+‘\marginparwidth’
+ El espacio vertical mínimo entre dos notas marginales, el espacio
+ horizontal entre el cuerpo del texto y las notas marginales, y el
+ ancho horizontal de las notas.
+
+ Normalmente, las notas marginales aparecen en el exterior de la
+ página, pero la declaración ‘\reversemarginpar’ cambia eso (y
+ ‘\normalmarginpar’ lo vuelve a cambiar).
+
+ Los valores predeterminados para ‘\marginparpush’ tanto en ‘book’
+ como en las clases ‘article’ son: ‘7pt’ si el documento se
+ establece en 12pt, y ‘5pt’ si el documento está configurado en 11 o
+ 10 puntos.
+
+ Para ‘\marginsep’, en la clase ‘article’ el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘10pt’ excepto si el documento está configurado en 10pt y en modo
+ de dos columnas donde el valor predeterminado es ‘11pt’.
+
+ Para ‘\marginsep’ en la clase ‘book’, el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘10pt’ en modo de dos columnas y ‘7pt’ en modo de una columna.
+
+ Para ‘\marginparwidth’ tanto en las clases ‘book’ como ‘article’,
+ en el modo de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es el 60 % de
+ ‘\paperwidth − \textwidth’, mientras que en el modo de una columna
+ es el 50% de esa distancia.
+
+‘\oddsidemargin’
+‘\evensidemargin’
+ La longitud de ‘\oddsidemargin’ es la distancia adicional entre el
+ lado izquierdo de la página y el margen izquierdo del texto, en las
+ páginas impares cuando se elige la opción de clase documento
+ ‘twoside’ y en todas las páginas cuando ‘oneside’ está en vigor.
+ Cuando ‘twoside’ está en vigor, en páginas pares, la distancia
+ adicional a la izquierda es ‘\evensidemargin’.
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es que ‘\oddsidemargin’ es el 40%
+ de la diferencia entre ‘\paperwidth’ y ‘\textwidth’, y
+ ‘\evensidemargin’ es el resto.
+
+‘\paperheight’
+ La altura del papel, a diferencia de la altura del área de
+ impresión. Normalmente se establece con una opción de la clase
+ documento, como en ‘\documentclass[a4paper]{article}’ (*note
+ Opciones de la clase documento::).
+
+‘\paperwidth’
+ El ancho del papel, a diferencia del ancho del área de impresión.
+ Normalmente se establece con una opción de la clase documento, como
+ en ‘\documentclass[a4paper]{article}’ (*note Opciones de la clase
+ documento::).
‘\textheight’
- La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página; el
- predeterminado varía con el tamaño de letra, clase de documento,
- etc. Para un documento ‘article’ o ‘report’ en ‘10pt’, este se
- fija a ‘43\baselineskip’; para ‘book’, es ‘41\baselineskip’. Para
- ‘11pt’, es ‘38\baselineskip’ y para ‘12pt’, ‘36\baselineskip’.
+ La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página. Si el documento
+ se establece en un tamaño de letra nominal de 10pt entonces para un
+ ‘article’ o ‘report’ el valor predeterminado es ‘43\baselineskip’,
+ mientras que para un ‘book’ es ‘41\baselineskip’. Con un tamaño de
+ letra de 11pt, el valor predeterminado es ‘38\baselineskip’ para
+ todas las clases de documento. A 12pt es ‘36\baselineskip’ para
+ todas las clases.
‘\textwidth’
- El ancho horizontal normal del cuerpo de la página; el
- predeterminado varía de la manera usual. Para un documento
- ‘article’ o ‘report’, es ‘345pt’ en ‘10pt’, ‘360pt’ en ‘11pt’ y
- ‘390pt’ en ‘12pt’. Para un documento ‘book’, es ‘4.5in’ en ‘10pt’
- y ‘5in’ en ‘11pt’ o ‘12pt’.
+ El ancho horizontal completo de todo el cuerpo de la página. Para
+ un documento ‘article’ o ‘report’, el valor predeterminado es
+ ‘345pt’ cuando el tamaño de letra elegido es 10pt, el valor
+ predeterminado es ‘360pt’ a 11pt, y es ‘390pt’ a 12pt. Para un
+ documento ‘book’, el valor predeterminado es ‘4.5in’ con un tamaño
+ de letra de 10pt y ‘5in’ con 11pt o 12pt.
+
+ En la salida de varias columnas, ‘\textwidth’ sigue siendo el ancho
+ de todo el cuerpo de la página, mientras que ‘\columnwidth’ es el
+ ancho de una columna (*note \twocolumn::).
+
+ En las listas (*note list::), ‘\textwidth’ sigue siendo el ancho de
+ todo el cuerpo de la página (y ‘\columnwidth’ el ancho de toda la
+ columna), mientras que ‘\linewidth’ puede disminuir para las listas
+ anidadas.
+
+ Dentro de una minipágina (*note minipage::) o ‘\parbox’ (*note
+ \parbox::), todos los parámetros relacionados con el ancho se
+ establecen en el ancho especificado, y vuelven a sus valores
+ normales al final de ‘minipage’ o ‘\parbox’.
+
+‘\hsize’
+ Esta entrada se incluye para completar: ‘\hsize’ es el parámetro
+ primitivo TeX utilizado cuando el texto se divide en líneas. No se
+ debería usar en documentos LaTeX normales.
‘\topmargin’
- Espacio entre la parte superior de la página TeX (de manera
- predeterminada, una pulgada en la parte superior del papel) y en la
- parte superior del encabezado. El predeterminado se calcula
- basándose en muchos otros parámetros: ‘\paperheight − 2in −
- \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip’, y luego se
- divide entre dos.
+ Espacio entre la parte superior de la página TeX (una pulgada desde
+ la parte superior del papel, de manera predeterminada) y la parte
+ superior de la cabecera. El valor se calcula basado en muchos
+ otros parámetros: ‘\paperheight − 2in − \headheight − \headsep −
+ \textheight − \footskip’, y luego dividido por dos.
‘\topskip’
- La distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página
- y la línea base de la primer línea de texto. Para clases estándar,
- el predeterminado es el mismo que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
- ‘10pt’ en ‘10pt’.
+ Distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página y
+ la línea base de la primera línea de texto. Para las clases
+ estándar, el valor predeterminado es igual que el tamaño de letra,
+ por ejemplo, ‘10pt’ en un tamaño de letra de 10pt.
+
+5.6 ‘\baselineskip’ y ‘\baselinestretch’
+========================================
+
+El ‘\baselineskip’ es una longitud elástica (*note Longitudes::). Da la
+“inicial”, la distancia normal entre líneas en un párrafo, desde línea
+base a línea base.
+
+ Por lo general, los autores de documentos no cambian directamente
+‘\baselineskip’ mientras escribían. En su lugar, se establece mediante
+el comando de selección ‘\fontsize’ del tamaño de letra de bajo nivel
+(*note comandos fontsize de bajo nivel::). El valor de ‘\baselineskip’
+se restablece cada vez que sucede un cambio de tipo de letra, por lo que
+cualquier cambio directo a ‘\baselineskip’ desaparecerá la próxima vez
+que haya un cambio de letra. Para cómo influir en el espaciado de
+línea, ve la explicación de ‘\baselinestretch’ a continuación.
+
+ Por lo general, el diseñador del tipo de letra asigna el tamaño de
+letra y el salto de línea base. Estos números son nominales en el
+sentido de que si, por ejemplo, el archivo de estilo de una letra tiene
+el comando ‘\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}’ entonces eso no significa que los
+caracteres en el tipo de letra tenga una altura de 10pt; por ejemplo,
+los paréntesis y las mayúsculas acentuadas pueden ser más altas. Ni
+tampoco significa que si las líneas están separadas menos de 12pt
+entonces corren el riesgo de tocarse. Más bien estos números son
+juicios tipográficos. (A menudo, el ‘\baselineskip’ es un veinte por
+ciento más grande que el tamaño de la letra).
+
+ El ‘\baselineskip’ no es una propiedad de cada línea sino del párrafo
+completo. Como resultado, texto grande en medio de un párrafo, como una
+sola enorme ‘{\Huge Q}’, se aplastará en su línea. TeX se asegurará de
+que no raspe la línea de arriba, pero no cambiará el ‘\baselineskip’
+para esa línea para hacer espacio extra arriba. Para solucionarlo, usa
+un ‘\strut’ (*note \strut::).
+
+ El valor de ‘\baselineskip’ que usa TeX para el párrafo es el valor
+en vigor en la línea en blanco o comando que finaliza la unidad párrafo.
+Entonces, si un documento contiene este párrafo, sus líneas se
+estrecharán juntas, en comparación con las líneas en los párrafos
+circundantes.
+
+ Mucha gente ve un salto de página entre el texto y una ecuación
+ mostrada como mal estilo, por lo que en efecto la pantalla es parte
+ del párrafo. Porque esto se muestra en footnotesize, todo el párrafo
+ tiene el espaciado de línea base que coincide con ese tamaño.
+ {\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
+
+ El proceso para crear párrafos es que cuando se agrega una nueva
+línea, si la profundidad de la línea anterior más la altura de la nueva
+línea es menor que ‘\baselineskip’, entonces, TeX inserta pegamento
+vertical para compensar la diferencia. Hay dos puntos finos. El
+primero es que si las líneas estarían demasiado juntas, más cerca que
+‘\lineskiplimit’, entonces, TeX en su lugar usa ‘\lineskip’ como el
+pegamento entre líneas. El segundo es que TeX en realidad no usa la
+profundidad de la línea anterior. En su lugar, usa ‘\prev depth’, que
+generalmente contiene esa profundidad. Pero al comienzo del párrafo (o
+cualquier lista vertical) o justo después de una regla, ‘\prevdepth’
+tiene el valor -1000pt y este valor especial le dice a TeX que no
+inserte ningún pegamento entre líneas en el inicio de párrafo.
+
+ En las clases estándar ‘\lineskiplimit’ es 0pt y ‘\lineskip’ es 1pt.
+Por el párrafo anterior entonces, la distancia entre líneas se puede
+aproximar a cero, pero si llega a ser cero (o menos de cero), entonces
+las líneas saltan a 1pt aparte.
+
+ A veces los autores deben, con fines de edición, poner el documento
+en espacio doble o espacio y medio. La forma correcta de influir en la
+distancia entre líneas es a través de ‘\baselinestretch’. Escala
+‘\baselineskip’ y tiene un valor predeterminado de 1.0. Es un comando,
+no una longitud, y no surte efecto hasta que ocurre el cambio del tipo
+de letra, así que establece el factor de escala de esta manera:
+‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont’.
+
+ La forma más sencilla de cambiar el espacio entre líneas para un
+documento es poner ‘\linespread{FACTOR}’ en el preámbulo. Para espacios
+dobles, toma FACTOR como 1.6 y como un espacio y medio usa 1.3. Estos
+números son aproximados: por ejemplo, dado que el ‘\baselineskip’ es
+aproximadamente 1.2 veces el tamaño de letra, multiplicado por 1.6
+suministra una proporción del tamaño de letra de salto de referencia de
+aproximadamente 2. (El comando ‘\linespread’ se define como
+‘\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}’ por lo que también no tendrá
+efecto hasta que ocurra una configuración del tipo de letra. Pero eso
+siempre se lleva a cabo al comienzo de un documento, por lo que no es
+necesario que lo sigas con ‘\selectfont’).
+
+ Un enfoque más simple es el paquete ‘setspace’. El ejemplo básico:
+
+ \usepackage{setspace}
+ \doublespacing % o \onehalfspacing para 1.5
+
+En el preámbulo, estos comenzarán el documento con ese tamaño. Pero
+también puedes usar estas declaraciones en el cuerpo del documento para
+cambiar el espacio desde ese punto en adelante, y en consecuencia hay
+‘\singlespacing’ para devolver el espacio a la normalidad. En el cuerpo
+del documento, una mejor práctica que usar las declaraciones es usar
+entornos, como ‘\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}’. El paquete
+también tiene comandos para hacer espaciado arbitrario:
+‘\setstretch{FACTOR}’ y ‘\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}’.
+Este paquete también mantiene el interlineado de espacio simple en
+lugares donde eso es típicamente deseable, como notas al pie y
+subtítulos de figura. Consulta la documentación del paquete.
+
+5.7 Flotantes
+=============
+
+Algunos elementos tipográficos, como figuras y tablas, no se pueden
+romper a través de las páginas. Deben estar escritos fuera del flujo
+normal de texto, por ejemplo, flotando en la parte superior de una
+página posterior.
+
+ LaTeX puede tener varias clases diferentes de material flotante. El
+valor predeterminado son las dos clases, ‘figure’ (*note figure::) y
+‘table’ (*note table::), pero puedes crear una nueva clase con el
+paquete ‘float’.
+
+ Dentro de cualquier clase float, LaTeX siempre respeta el orden, de
+modo que la primera figura en un documento fuente debe estar compuesta
+tipográficamente antes que la segunda figura. Sin embargo, LaTeX puede
+mezclar las clases, por lo que puede suceder que mientras que la primera
+tabla aparece en la fuente antes de la primera figura, aparece en la
+salida después de ella.
+
+ La colocación de flotantes está sujeta a parámetros, que se indican a
+continuación, que limitan el número de flotantes que pueden aparecer en
+la parte superior de una página, y el fondo, etc. Si hay tantos
+flotantes en cola que los límites impiden para que no encajen en una
+página, entonces LaTeX coloca lo que puede y aplaza el resto a la página
+siguiente. De esta manera, los flotantes pueden terminar siendo
+tipografíados lejos de su lugar en la fuente. En particular, un
+flotante que es grande puede migrar al final del documento. En cuyo
+caso, porque todos los flotantes en una clase deben aparecer en orden
+secuencial, cada flotante siguiente en esa clase también aparece al
+final.
+
+ Además de cambiar los parámetros, para cada flotante puedes ajustar
+dónde el algoritmo de colocación flotante intenta colocarlo usando su
+argumento PLACEMENT. Los valores posibles son una secuencia de las
+letras debajo. El valor predeterminado para ‘figure’ y ‘table’, en
+ambas clases, ‘article’ y ‘book’, es ‘tbp’.
+
+‘t’
+ (Top)—en la parte superior de una página de texto.
+
+‘b’
+ (Bottom)—en la parte inferior de una página de texto. (Sin
+ embargo, ‘b’ no es permitido para flotantes de ancho completo
+ (‘figure*’) con producción en doble columna. Para mejorar esto,
+ usa ‘stfloats’ o el paquete ‘dblfloatfix’, pero ve la discusión en
+ las advertencias en las preguntas frecuentes:
+ <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat>.
-7 Seccionado
+‘h’
+ (Here)—en la posición en el texto donde el entorno ‘figure’
+ aparece. Sin embargo, ‘h’ no está permitido por sí mismo; ‘t’ se
+ añade automáticamente.
+
+ Para forzar absolutamente que un flotante aparezca “aquí”, puedes
+ ‘\usepackage{float}’ y usa el especificador ‘H’ que define. Para
+ obtener más información, consulta la entrada de preguntas
+ frecuentes en <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere>.
+
+‘p’
+ (Página de flotantes)—en una “página flotante” separada, que es una
+ página que no contiene texto, solo flotantes.
+
+‘!’
+ Se utiliza además de uno de los anteriores; solo para este
+ flotante, LaTeX ignora las restricciones tanto en el número de
+ flotantes que pueden aparecer y las cantidades relativas de texto
+ flotante y no flotante en la página. El especificador ‘!’ _no_
+ significa “pon el flotante aquí”, ve más arriba.
+
+ Nota: el orden en que aparecen las letras en el argumento PLACEMENT
+no cambia el orden en que LaTeX intenta colocar el flotante; por
+ejemplo, ‘btp’ tiene el mismo efecto que ‘tbp’. Todo lo que PLACEMENT
+hace es que si una letra no está presente entonces el algoritmo no
+intenta esa ubicación. Por lo tanto, el valor predeterminado de LaTeX
+de ‘tbp’ es probar cada ubicación excepto colocar el flotante donde
+ocurre en la fuente.
+
+ Para evitar que LaTeX mueva flotantes al final del documento o un
+capítulo puede usar un comando ‘\clearpage’ para comenzar una nueva
+página e inserta todos los flotantes pendientes. Si no deseas un salto
+de página, puedes usar el paquete ‘afterpage’ y emitir
+‘\afterpage{\clearpage}’. Esto esperará hasta que la página actual haya
+terminado y entonces vuelca todos los flotantes pendientes.
+
+ LaTeX puede escribir un flotante antes de donde aparece en la fuente
+(aunque en la misma página de salida) si hay un especificador ‘t’ en el
+parámetro PLACEMENT. Si esto no se desea, y se elimina la ‘t’ no es
+aceptable ya que evita que se coloque el flotante en la parte superior
+de la página siguiente, lo puedes evitar usando el paquete ‘flafter’ o
+usando el comando ‘\suppressfloats[t]’, lo que provoca flotantes para la
+posición superior en esta página para pasar a la página siguiente.
+
+ Parámetros relativos a las fracciones de páginas ocupadas por float y
+texto no flotante (cámbialos con ‘\renewcommand{PARAMETER}{DECIMAL ENTRE
+0 Y 1}’):
+
+‘\bottomfraction’
+ La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por
+ flotantes en el fondo; predeterminado ‘.3’.
+
+‘\floatpagefraction’
+ La fracción mínima de una página flotante que debe estar ocupada
+ por flotantes; predeterminado ‘.5’.
+
+‘\textfraction’
+ Fracción mínima de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
+ también ocupan mucho espacio para conservar tanto texto, los
+ flotantes se moverán a una pagina diferente. El valor
+ predeterminado es ‘.2’.
+
+‘\topfraction’
+ Fracción máxima en la parte superior de una página que se puede
+ ocupar antes por flotantes; predeterminado ‘.7’.
+
+ Parámetros relacionados con el espacio vertical alrededor de los
+flotantes (cámbialos con un comando de la forma
+‘\setlength{PARAMETER}{EXPRESIÓN LENGTH}’):
+
+‘\floatsep’
+ Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
+ página; predefinido ‘12pt más 2pt menos 2pt’.
+
+‘\intextsep’
+ Espacio encima y debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
+ principal; predeterminado ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ para documentos
+ de 10 y 11 puntos, y ‘14pt plus4pt minus4pt’ para documentos de 12
+ puntos.
+
+‘\textfloatsep’
+ Espacio entre el último (primer) flotante en la parte superior
+ (inferior) de una página; predeterminado ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.
+
+ Contadores relacionados con el número de flotantes en una página
+(cámbialos con un comando de la forma ‘\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NÚMERO
+NATURAL}’):
+
+‘bottomnumber’
+ Número máximo de flotantes que pueden aparecer en la parte inferior
+ de una página de texto; predeterminado 1.
+
+‘dbltopnumber’
+ Número máximo de flotantes de tamaño completo que pueden aparecer
+ en la parte superior de una página de dos columnas; predeterminado
+ 2.
+
+‘topnumber’
+ Número máximo de flotantes que pueden aparecer en la parte superior
+ de una página de texto; predeterminado 2.
+
+‘totalnumber’
+ Número máximo de flotantes que pueden aparecer en una página de
+ texto; predeterminado 3.
+
+ La entrada principal de preguntas frecuentes TeX relacionada con los
+flotantes <https//www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats> contiene sugerencias para
+relajar los parámetros predeterminados de LaTeX para reducir el problema
+de los flotantes empujados hasta el final. Una explicación completa del
+algoritmo de colocación de flotantes se encuentra en el artículo de
+Frank Mittelbach “Cómo influir en la posición de los entornos flotantes
+como figure y table en LaTeX?”
+(<https//www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf>).
+
+5.7.1 ‘\caption’
+----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \caption{CAPTION-TEXT}
+
+o
+
+ \caption[SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT]{CAPTION-TEXT}
+
+ Crea un título para un entorno flotante, como ‘figure’ o entorno
+‘table’ (*note figure:: o *note table::).
+
+ En este ejemplo, LaTeX coloca un título debajo del espacio en blanco
+vertical, espacio que deja el autor para la posterior inclusión de una
+imagen.
+
+ \begin{figure}
+ \vspace*{1cm}
+ \caption{Alonzo Cushing, Batería A, 4ª artillería de EE. UU.}
+ \label{fig:CushingPic}
+ \end{figure}
+
+El comando ‘\caption’ etiquetará CAPTION-TEXT con algo como ‘Figura 1:’
+para un artículo o ‘Figura 1.1:’ para un libro. El texto está centrado
+si está más corto que el ancho del texto, o establecido como un párrafo
+sin sangría si toma más de una línea.
+
+ Además de colocar el CAPTION-TEXT en la salida, el comando ‘\caption’
+también guarda esa información para usarla en una lista de figuras o
+lista de tablas (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::).
+
+ Aquí el comando ‘\caption’ usa el comando opcional
+SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT, para que el texto más corto aparezca en la lista de
+tablas, en lugar del CAPTION-TEXT más largo.
+
+ \begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|}
+ \hline
+ 4 &9 &2 \\
+ 3 &5 &7 \\
+ 8 &1 &6 \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption[\textit{Lo Shu} cuadrado mágico]{%
+ The \textit{Lo Shu} que es único entre
+ cuadrados de orden tres hasta rotación y reflexión.}
+ \label{tab:LoShu}
+ \end{table}
+
+LaTeX etiquetará CAPTION-TEXT con algo como ‘Tabla 1:’ para un artículo
+o ‘Tabla 1.1:’ para un libro.
+
+ El título puede aparecer en la parte superior de la ‘figura’ o
+‘tabla’. Por ejemplo, eso sucedería en el ejemplo anterior poniendo el
+‘\caption’ entre el ‘\centering’ y el ‘\begin{tabular}’.
+
+ Los distintos entornos flotantes se numeran por separado, de forma
+predeterminada. Eso es ‘\caption’ que actualiza el contador, por lo que
+cualquier ‘\label’ debe ir después del ‘\caption’. El contador para el
+entorno ‘figure’ se llama ‘figure’, y de manera similar el contador para
+el entorno ‘table’ es ‘table’.
+
+ El texto que se pondrá en la lista de figuras o lista de tablas es
+argumento móvil. Si recibes el error LaTeX ‘! Argumento de \@caption
+tiene un extra}’, entonces debes poner ‘\protect’ delante de cualquier
+comando frágil. *Note \protect::.
+
+ El paquete ‘caption’ tiene muchas opciones para ajustar cómo aparece
+el título, por ejemplo, cambiando el tamaño del texto, haciendo que el
+título sea colgar texto en lugar de establecerlo como un párrafo, o
+hacer el título siempre establecido como un párrafo en lugar de centrado
+cuando es corto.
+
+6 Seccionado
************
-Las instrucciones de seccionado proporcionan los medios para estructurar
-su texto en unidades:
+Estructura tu texto en divisiones: partes, capítulos, secciones, etc.
+Todos los comandos de seccionado tienen la misma forma, una de:
+
+ SECTIONING-COMMAND{TITLE}
+ SECTIONING-COMMAND*{TITLE}
+ SECTIONING-COMMAND[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+Por ejemplo, declarar el comienzo de una subsección como con
+‘\subsection{Motivación}’.
+
+ La tabla tiene cada SECTIONING-COMMAND en LaTeX. Todos están
+disponibles en todas las clases de documentos estándar de LaTeX ‘book’,
+‘report’ y ‘article’, excepto que ‘\chapter’ no está disponible en
+‘article’.
+
+Unidad de Comando Nivel
+seccionado
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+Parte ‘\part’ -1 (‘book’, ‘report’), 0
+ (‘article’)
+Capítulo ‘\chapter’ 0
+Sección ‘\section’ 1
+Subsección ‘\subsection’ 2
+Subsubsección ‘\subsubsection’ 3
+Párrafo ‘\paragraph’ 4
+Subpárrafo ‘\subparagraph’ 5
+
+ Todos estos comandos tienen una forma ‘*’ que imprime TÍTULO como de
+costumbre pero no lo numera y no hace una entrada en la tabla de
+contenido. Un ejemplo de cómo usar esto es para un apéndice en un
+‘article’. Las entradas ‘\appendix\section{Appendix}’ da como resultado
+‘Apéndice A’ (*note \appendix::). Puedes perder la numeración ‘A’
+ingresando en su lugar ‘\section*{Appendix}’ (los artículos a menudo
+omiten una tabla de contenido y tienen encabezados de página simples
+para que las otras diferencias del comando ‘\section’ puedan no
+importar).
+
+ El título de la sección TÍTULO proporciona el título en el texto
+principal, pero también puede aparecer en la tabla de contenido y en el
+encabezado o pie (*note Estilos de página::). Es posible que no desees
+el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto principal. Todos estos
+comandos tienen un argumento TOC-TITLE opcional para esos otros lugares.
+
+ El número de nivel en la tabla anterior determina qué unidades
+seccionales son numeradas, y que aparecen en la tabla de contenido. Si
+los comandos de seccionado LEVEL son menores o iguales que el valor del
+contador ‘secnumdepth’ entonces los títulos para este comando de
+seccionado serán numerados (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth::). Y, si
+LEVEL es menor que o igual al valor del contador ‘tocdepth’ luego la
+tabla de contenido tendrá una entrada para esta unidad de seccionado
+(*note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ LaTeX espera que antes de tener una ‘\subsection’ tengas una
+‘\section’ y, en un documento de clase ‘book’, que antes de una
+‘\section’ tendrás un ‘\chapter’. De lo contrario, puedes obtener algo
+así como una subsección numerada ‘3.0.1’.
+
+ LaTeX te permite cambiar la apariencia de las unidades seccionales.
+Como un ejemplo simple, puedes cambiar la numeración de la sección a
+letras mayúsculas con esto (en el preámbulo):
+‘\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}’ . (*Note \alph \Alph \arabic
+\roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). CTAN tiene muchos paquetes que facilitan
+este ajuste, en particular ‘titlesec’.
+
+ Dos contadores se relacionan con la apariencia de los encabezados
+realizados por comandos de seccionado.
+
+‘secnumdepth’
+ Controla qué unidades de seccionado están numeradas. Poniendo el
+ contador con ‘\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}’ suprimirá numeración
+ de seccionado a cualquier profundidad superior a LEVEL (*note
+ \setcounter::). Consulta la tabla anterior para ver los números de
+ nivel. Por ejemplo, si ‘secnumdepth’ es 1 en un ‘article’ entonces
+ un comando ‘\section{Introducción}’ producirá una salida como ‘1
+ Introducción’ mientras que ‘\subsection{Discusión}’ produce una
+ salida como ‘Discusión’, sin número. LaTeX ‘secnumdepth’
+ predeterminado es 3 en la clase ‘article’ y 2 en las clases ‘book’
+ y ‘report’.
+
+‘tocdepth’
+ Controla qué unidades de seccionado se enumeran en la tabla de
+ contenido. La configuración ‘\setcounter{tocdepth}{LEVEL}’ hace
+ que las unidades de Seccionado en LEVEL sean las más pequeñas
+ enumeradas (*note \setcounter::). Consulta la tabla anterior para
+ ver los números de nivel. Por ejemplo, si ‘tocdepth’ es 1 entonces
+ la tabla de contenido enumera secciones pero no subsecciones.
+ Predeterminado de LaTeX ‘tocdepth’ es 3 en la clase ‘article’ y 2
+ en la clase ‘book’ y ‘report’.
+
+6.1 ‘\part’
+===========
-‘\part’
-‘\chapter’
- (únicamente las clases ‘report’ y ‘book’)
-‘\section’
-‘\subsection’
-‘\subsubsection’
-‘\paragraph’
-‘\subparagraph’
+Sinopsis, una de:
- Todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen la misma forma general,
-por ejemplo,
+ \part{TÍTULO}
+ \part*{TÍTULO}
+ \part[TOC-TITLE]{TÍTULO}
- \chapter[TÍTULOBREVE]{TÍTULO}
+ Inicia una parte del documento. Las clases estándar de LaTeX ‘book’,
+‘report’ y ‘article’, todas tienen este comando.
- Además de proporcionar el encabezado TÍTULO en el texto principal, el
-título de la sección puede aparecer en otros dos lugares:
+ Esto produce una parte del documento, en un libro.
- 1. La tabla de contenido.
- 2. El título breve en la parte superior de la página.
+ \part{VOLUMEN I \\
+ MEMORIAS PERSONALES DE U.\ S.\ GRANT}
+ \chapter{ANCESTRIA--NACIMIENTO--INFANCIA.}
+ Mi familia es estadounidense, y lo ha sido durante generaciones, en
+ todas sus ramas, directas y colaterales.
- Tal vez no quiera el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto
-principal. Para controlar esto, las instrucciones de seccionado tienen
-un argumento opcional, TOCTITLE que, cuando se proporciona, especifica
-el texto de esos otros lugares.
+ En cada clase estándar, el comando ‘\part’ genera un número de pieza
+como ‘Parte I’, solo en su línea, en negrita y en grandes letras.
+Entonces LaTeX genera TÍTULO, también solo en su línea, en negrita y en
+letra aún más grande. En la clase ‘book’, el LaTeX predeterminado pone
+cada parte sola en su propia página. Si el libro tiene dos caras
+entonces LaTeX saltará una página si es necesario para tener la nueva
+parte en una página impar. En ‘report’ nuevamente está solo en una
+página, pero LaTeX no forzará una página impar. En un ‘article’ LaTeX
+no lo coloca en una página nueva, sino que genera el número de parte y
+título de la parte en la página principal del documento.
- Además, todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen formas con ‘*’
-que imprimen el TÍTULO de la manera usual, pero no incluyen un número y
-no producen una entrada en la tabla de contenido. Por ejemplo:
+ La forma ‘*’ muestra TÍTULO pero no muestra el número de parte, no
+incrementa el contador ‘parte’, y no produce ninguna entrada de tabla de
+contenido.
- \section*{Preámbulo}
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como el título de la parte
+en la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::) y, al
+ejecutar cabeceras (*note Estilos de página::). Si no está presente,
+entonces TÍTULO estará ahí. Este ejemplo pone un salto de línea en
+TÍTULO pero omite el salto en la tabla de contenido.
- La instrucción ‘\appendix’ cambia la manera en que se numeran las
-siguientes unidades de sección. La instrucción ‘\appendix’ en sí misma
-no genera texto y no afecta la númeración de las partes. El uso normal
-de esta instrucción es algo así como:
+ \part[Arriba desde abajo; mi vida]{Arriba desde abajo\\ mi vida}
- \chapter{Un Capítulo}
- ...
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una parte es -1
+(*note Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ En la clase ‘article’, si un párrafo sigue inmediatamente a la parte
+título entonces no está sangrado. Para obtener una sangría, puedes usar
+el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ Un paquete para cambiar el comportamiento de ‘\part’ es ‘titlesec’.
+Consulta su documentación en CTAN.
+
+6.2 ‘\chapter’
+==============
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \chapter{TÍTULO}
+ \chapter*{TÍTULO}
+ \chapter[TOC-TITLE]{TÍTULO}
+
+ Inicia un capítulo. Las clases estándar de LaTeX ‘book’ y ‘report’
+tienen este comando pero no ‘article’.
+
+ Esto produce un capítulo.
+
+ \chapter{Acechantes}
+
+ Llámame Ismael. Hace algunos años---no importa cuánto tiempo
+ exactamente---teniendo poco dinero en mi bolsa o nada, y nada en
+ particular que me interese en tierra, pensé en navegar un poco y ver
+ la parte acuosa del mundo.
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX comienza cada capítulo en una nueva
+página, una página impar si el documento tiene dos caras. Produce un
+capitulo número como ‘Capítulo 1’ en negrita grande (el tamaño es
+‘\huge’). Luego pone TÍTULO en una nueva línea, en tipo negrita que es
+aún más grande (tamaño ‘\Huge’). También incrementa el contador
+‘chapter’, agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de
+contenido etc.::), y establece la cabecera de información en ejecución
+(*note Estilos de página::).
+
+ La forma ‘*’ muestra TÍTULO en una nueva línea, en negrita. Pero no
+muestra el número de capítulo, ni incrementa el contador ‘chapter’, no
+produce una entrada de tabla de contenido y no afecta la cabecera en
+ejecución. (Si usas el estilo de página ‘headings’ en un documento de
+dos caras, entonces la cabecera será del capítulo anterior).
+
+ \chapter*{Preamble}
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como título del capítulo en
+la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::) y en ejecutar
+cabeceras (*note Estilos de página::). Si no está presente entonces
+TÍTULO estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre completo en el título del
+capítulo,
+
+ \chapter[Weyl]{Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)}
+
+pero solo ‘Weyl’ en la página de contenido. Esto pone un salto de línea
+en el título, pero eso no funciona bien con las cabeceras en ejecución,
+por lo que omite el salto en el contenido.
+
+ \chapter[Dado todo; mi historia]{Dado todo\\ mi historia}
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de un capítulo
+es 0 (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ El párrafo que sigue al título del capítulo no tiene sangría, al
+igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Para obtener una sangría,
+usa el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ Puedes cambiar lo que se muestra para el número de capítulo. Para
+cambiarlo a algo como ‘Conferencia 1’, pon en el preámbulo
+‘\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Conferencia}’ o esto (*note \makeatletter y
+\makeatother::).
+
+ \makeatletter
+ \renewcommand{\@chapapp}{Conferencia}
+ \makeatother
+
+Para hacer este cambio debido al idioma principal de el documento,
+consulta el paquete ‘babel’.
+
+ En un documento de dos caras, LaTeX coloca un capítulo en una página
+impar, si es necesario dejar una página par que esté en blanco excepto
+por cualquier cabecera en ejecución. Para dejar esa página
+completamente en blanco, *note \clearpage y \cleardoublepage::.
+
+ Para cambiar el comportamiento del comando ‘\chapter’, puedes copiar
+su definición del archivo de formato LaTeX y realizar ajustes. Pero
+también hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto. Uno es
+‘titlesec’. Ve su documentación, pero el ejemplo a continuación da un
+sentido de lo que puede hacer.
+
+ \usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+ \titleformat{\chapter}
+ {\Huge\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {} % etiqueta, tal como 1.2 para una subsección
+ {0pt} % longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+
+Esto omite el número de capítulo ‘Capítulo 1’ de la página pero a
+diferencia de ‘\chapter*’ mantiene el capítulo en la tabla de contenido
+y la ejecución de cabeceras.
+
+6.3 ‘\section’
+==============
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \section{TÍTULO}
+ \section*{TÍTULO}
+ \section[TOC-TITLE]{TÍTULO}
+
+ Inicia una sección. Las clases estándar ‘article’ de LaTeX, ‘book’ y
+‘report’ tienen este comando.
+
+ Esto produce una sección.
+
+ En esta Parte tendemos a estar más interesados ​​en la función, en el
+ comportamiento de entrada-salida, que en los detalles de implementar
+ ese comportamiento.
+
+ \section{Máquinas de Turing}
+
+ A pesar de este deseo de minimizar la implementación, seguimos el
+ enfoque de A~Turing de que el primer paso hacia la definición del
+ conjunto de funciones computables es reflexionar sobre los detalles de
+ lo que pueden hacer los mecanismos.
+
+ Para las clases estándar de LaTeX ‘book’ y ‘report’ la salida
+predeterminada es como ‘1.2 TÍTULO’ (para capítulo 1, sección 2), solo
+en su línea y alineado a la izquierda, en negrita y letra más grande (el
+tamaño de letra es ‘\Large’). Lo mismo se sostiene en ‘article’ excepto
+que no hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que parece ‘2 TÍTULO’.
+
+ La forma ‘E*’ muestra TÍTULO. Pero no muestra el número de sección,
+no incrementa el contador ‘section’, no produce ninguna entrada en la
+tabla de contenido y no afecta la cabecera en ejecución. (Si usas el
+estilo de página ‘headings’ en un documento de dos caras, entonces el
+encabezado será de la parte anterior).
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como título de la sección
+en la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::) y encabezados
+en ejecución (*note Estilos de página::). Si no está presente entonces
+TÍTULO estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre completo en el título de la
+sección:
+
+ \section[Isabel~II]{Isabel Segunda,
+ por la Gracia de Dios Reina del Reino Unido,
+ Canadá y sus otros reinos y territorios,
+ Jefe de la Commonwealth, Defensor de la Fe.}
+
+pero solo ‘Isabel II’ en la página de contenido y en los encabezados.
+Esto tiene un salto de línea en TITLE pero eso no funciona con
+encabezados por lo que se omite de los contenidos y encabezados.
+
+ \section[La verdad es que hice trampa; la historia de mi vida]{La verdad es
+ que hice trampa\\la historia de mi vida}
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una sección
+es 1 (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ El párrafo que sigue al título de la sección no tiene sangría, al
+igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una forma de obtener una
+sangría es usar el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ En general, para cambiar el comportamiento del comando ‘\section’,
+hay varias opciones. Una es el comando ‘\@startsection’ (*note
+\@startsection::). También hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que abordan
+esto, incluido ‘titlesec’. Ve la documentación pero el siguiente
+ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden hacer.
+
+ \usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+ \titleformat{\section}
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {\makebox[1pc][r]{\thesection\hspace{1pc}}} % etiqueta
+ {0pt} % Longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+ \titlespacing*{\section}
+ {-1pc}{18pt}{10pt}[10pc]
+
+Eso pone el número de sección en el margen.
+
+6.4 ‘\subsection’
+=================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \subsection{TITLE}
+ \subsection*{TITLE}
+ \subsection[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+ Inicia una subsección. Las clases estándar ‘article’ de LaTeX,
+‘book’ y ‘report’ tienen este comando.
+
+ Esto produce una subsección.
+
+ Mostraremos que hay más funciones que las máquinas de Turing y que por
+ tanto, algunas funciones no tienen máquina asociada.
+
+ \subsection{Cardinalidad}
+
+ Comenzaremos con dos paradojas que dramatizan el desafío a nuestra
+ intuición planteado al comparar los tamaños de conjuntos infinitos.
+
+ Para las clases estándar de LaTeX ‘book’ y ‘report’ la salida
+predeterminada es como ‘1.2.3 TITLE’ (para capítulo 1, sección 2,
+subsección 3), solo en su línea y alineado a la izquierda, en negrita y
+una letra más grande (el tamaño de letra es ‘\large’). Lo mismo
+contiene ‘article’ excepto que no hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que
+parece ‘2.3 TÍTULO’.
+
+ La forma ‘E*’ muestra TÍTULO. Pero no muestra el número de
+subsección, no incrementa el contador ‘subsection’ y no produce ninguna
+entrada en la tabla de contenido.
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como título de la
+subsección en la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::).
+Si esto no está presente, TITLE estará allí. Este muestra el texto
+completo en el título de la subsección:
+
+ \subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{El origen de
+ Elementos químicos} por R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe y G.~Gamow}
+
+pero solo ‘α,β,γ paper’ en la página de contenido.
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una subsección
+es 2 (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ El párrafo que sigue al título de la subsección no tiene sangría, al
+igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una forma de obtener una
+sangría es usar el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ Hay varias maneras de cambiar el comportamiento del comando
+‘\subsection’. Una es el comando ‘\@startsection’ (*note
+\@startsection::). También hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que abordan
+esto, incluido ‘titlesec’. Ve la documentación pero el siguiente
+ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden hacer.
+
+ \usepackage{titlesec} % en el preámbulo
+ \titleformat{\subsection}[runin]
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries} % formato del título
+ {\thesubsection} % etiqueta
+ {0.6em} % espacio entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ {} % gancho antes del código
+
+Eso pone el número de subsección y TITLE en la primera línea de texto.
+
+6.5 ‘\subsubsection’, ‘\paragraph’, ‘\subparagraph’
+===================================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \subsubsection{TITLE}
+ \subsubsection*{TITLE}
+ \subsubsection[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+o una de:
+
+ \paragraph{TITLE}
+ \paragraph*{TITLE}
+ \paragraph[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+o una de:
+
+ \subparagraph{TITLE}
+ \subparagraph*{TITLE}
+ \subparagraph[TOC-TITLE]{TITLE}
+
+ Inicia una subsección, párrafo o subpárrafo. Las clases estandar de
+LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ tienen todas estos comandos, aunque
+no son de uso común.
+
+ Esto produce una subsección.
+
+ \subsubsection{Compresores de anillos de pistón: rendimiento estructural}
+
+ Proporciona ensamblajes de revestimiento de paredes
+ exteriores/interiores capaces de resistir los efectos de la carga y
+ las tensiones de anillos de pistón de motor de gasolina de grado de
+ consumo.
+
+ La salida predeterminada de cada uno de los tres no cambia sobre las
+clases LaTeX estándar ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’. Para
+‘\subsubsection’ el TITLE está solo en su línea, en negrita y tipo de
+letra de tamaño normal. Para ‘\paragraph’ el TITLE está alineado con el
+texto, sin sangría, en negrita y letra de tamaño normal. Para
+‘\subparagraph’ el TITLE está en línea con el texto, con sangría de
+párrafo, en negrita y letra de tamaño normal (Debido a que un ‘article’
+no tiene capítulos, sus subsubsecciones son numeradas y así se ve como
+‘1.2.3 TITLE’, por sección 1, subsección 2 y subsubsección 3. Las otras
+dos divisiones no están numeradas).
+
+ La forma ‘E*’ muestra TÍTULO. Pero no incrementa el contador
+asociado y no produce entrada en la tabla de contenido (y no muestra el
+número de ‘\subsubsection’).
+
+ El argumento opcional TOC-TITLE aparecerá como el título de la
+división en la tabla de contenido (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::). Si
+esto no está presente, TITLE estará allí.
+
+ Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una
+subsubsección es 3, de un párrafo es 4, y de un subpárrafo es 5 (*note
+Seccionado/secnumdepth:: y *note Seccionado/tocdepth::).
+
+ El párrafo que sigue al título de la subsubsección no tiene sangría,
+al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una forma de obtener
+una sangría es usar el paquete ‘indentfirst’.
+
+ Hay varias formas de cambiar el comportamiento de estos comandos.
+Una es el comando ‘\@startsection’ (*note \@startsection::). También
+hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto, incluyendo ‘titlesec’.
+Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+
+6.6 ‘\appendix’
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \appendix
+
+ Este no produce directamente ningún resultado. Pero en un documento
+‘book’ o ‘report’ declara que los subsiguientes comandos ‘\chapter’
+comienzan un apéndice. En un artículo hace lo mismo, para los comandos
+‘\section’. También restablece los contadores ‘chapter’ y ‘section’ a 0
+en un libro o informe, y en un artículo restablece los contadores
+‘section’ y ‘subsection’.
+
+ En este libro
+
+ \chapter{Uno} ...
+ \chapter{Dos} ...
+ ...
\appendix
- \chapter{El Primer Apéndice}
+ \chapter{Tres} ...
+ \chapter{Cuatro} ...
- El contador ‘secnumdepth’ controla la impresión de los números de
-sección. La configuración
+los dos primeros generarán una salida numerada ‘Capítulo 1’ y ‘Capítulo
+2’. Después del ‘\appendix’ la numeración será ‘Apéndice A’ y ‘Apéndice
+B’. *Note Plantilla de libro Larger::, para otro ejemplo.
- \setcounter{secnumdepth}{NIVEL}
+ El paquete ‘appendix’ agrega el comando ‘\appendixpage’ para poner
+‘Apéndices’ separados en el cuerpo del documento antes del primer
+apéndice y el comando ‘\addappheadtotoc’ hace lo mismo en la tabla de
+contenido. Puedes restablecer el nombre ‘Apéndices’ con un comando como
+‘\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Especificación}’, así como una serie de
+otras características. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
-suprime los números en encabezados y cualquier profundidad > NIVEL,
-donde ‘chapter’ es el nivel cero. (*Note \setcounter::.)
+6.7 ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, ‘\backmatter’
+================================================
-8 Referencias Cruzadas
+Sinopsis, una o más de:
+
+ \frontmatter
+ ...
+ \mainmatter
+ ...
+ \backmatter
+ ...
+
+ Da formato a un documento de clase ‘book’ de forma diferente según la
+parte del documento que se está produciendo. Los tres comandos son
+opcionales.
+
+ Tradicionalmente, la portada de un libro contiene elementos como la
+página de título, un resumen, un índice, un prefacio, una lista de
+anotaciones, una lista de figuras y una lista de tablas. (Algunas de
+estas páginas de asuntos frontales, como la página del título,
+tradicionalmente no están numeradas). El material anterior puede
+contener cosas tales como un glosario, notas, una bibliografía y un
+índice.
+
+ El comando ‘\frontmatter’ hace que las páginas se numeren en romanos
+minúsculas, y hace que los capítulos no estén numerados, aunque el
+título de cada capítulo aparece en la tabla de contenido; si usas otros
+comandos de seccionado aquí, usa la versión ‘*’-versión (*note
+Seccionado::).
+
+ El comando ‘\mainmatter’ cambia el comportamiento de nuevo a la
+versión esperada y restablece el número de página.
+
+ El comando ‘\backmatter’ deja la numeración de páginas sola pero
+cambia los capítulos de nuevo a no estar numerados.
+
+ *Note Plantilla de libro Larger::, por ejemplo, usando estos tres
+comandos.
+
+6.8 ‘\@startsection’, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales
+====================================================================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+
+ Se usa para ayudar a redefinir el comportamiento de los comandos que
+comienzan a seccionar divisiones como ‘\section’ o ‘\subsection’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que el paquete ‘titlesec’ facilita la manipulación de
+la sección. Además, mientras que la mayoría de los requisitos para los
+comandos de seccionado los puede satisfacer ‘\@startsection’, algunos no
+pueden. por ejemplo, en las clases LaTeX estándar ‘book’ y ‘report’ los
+comandos ‘\chapter’ y ‘\report’ no se construyen de esta forma. Hacer
+un comando de este tipo, es posible que desees utilizar el comando
+‘\secdef’.
+
+ Técnicamente, ‘\@startsection’ tiene la forma
+
+ \@startsection{NAME}
+ {LEVEL}
+ {INDENT}
+ {BEFORESKIP}
+ {AFTERSKIP}
+ {STYLE}*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}
+
+por lo tanto emite
+
+ \renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{NAME}
+ {LEVEL}
+ {INDENT}
+ {BEFORESKIP}
+ {AFTERSKIP}
+ {STYLE}}
+
+redefine ‘\section’ manteniendo su forma de llamada estándar
+‘\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}’ (en el que, como recordatorio, el star ‘*’
+es opcional). *Note Seccionado::. Esto implica que cuando escribes un
+comando como ‘\renewcommand{\section}{...}’, el ‘\@startsection{...}’
+debe ser el último en la definición. Ve los ejemplos a continuación.
+
+NAME
+ Nombre del contador utilizado para numerar la cabecera de
+ seccionado. Este contador se debe definir por separado. Lo más
+ común es que esto sea ‘sección’, ‘subsección’ o ‘párrafo’. Aunque
+ en esos casos el nombre del contador es el mismo que el comando de
+ seccionado en sí mismo, no tienes que usar el mismo nombre.
+
+ Entonces ‘\the’NAME muestra el número del título y ‘\’NAME‘mark’ es
+ para los encabezados de página. Ve el tercer ejemplo a
+ continuación.
+
+LEVEL
+ Un número entero que proporciona la profundidad del comando de
+ seccionado. *Note Seccionado::, para la lista de números de nivel
+ estándar.
+
+ Si LEVEL es menor o igual que el valor del contador ‘secnumdepth’
+ entonces los títulos para este comando de seccionado serán
+ numerados (*note Seccionado/secnumdepth::). Por ejemplo, si
+ ‘secnumdepth’ es 1 en un ‘article’ luego el comando
+ ‘\section{Introducción}’ producirá una salida como “1 Introducción”
+ mientras que ‘\subsection{Debate}’ producirá salida como “Debate”,
+ sin el prefijo numérico.
+
+ Si LEVEL es menor o igual que el valor del contador TOCDEPTH
+ entonces la tabla de contenido tendrá una entrada para esta unidad
+ de seccionado (*note Seccionado/tocdepth::). Por ejemplo, en un
+ ‘article’, si TOCDEPTH es 1, la tabla de contenido será listar
+ secciones pero no subsecciones.
+
+INDENT
+ Una longitud que da la sangría de todas las líneas del título con
+ respecto al margen izquierdo. Para que el título quede alineado
+ con el uso de la margen ‘0pt’. Una sangría negativa como
+ ‘-\parindent’ se moverá el título en el margen izquierdo.
+
+BEFORESKIP
+ El valor absoluto de esta longitud es la cantidad de espacio
+ vertical que se inserta antes del título de esta unidad de
+ seccionado. Este espacio será descartado si la unidad de
+ seccionado comienza al principio de una página. Si este número es
+ negativo, el primer párrafo que sigue al encabezado no tendrá
+ sangría, si no es negativo entonces el primer párrafo estará
+ sangrado. (Ten en cuenta que el negativo de ‘1pt plus 2pt minus
+ 3pt’ es ‘-1pt plus -2pt minus -3pt’).
+
+ Por ejemplo, si BEFORESKIP es ‘-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’
+ entonces, para iniciar la nueva unidad de seccionado, LaTeX
+ agregará unas 3.5 veces la altura de una letra x en espacio
+ vertical, y el primer párrafo en la sección no tendrá sangría.
+ Usando una longitud elástica, con ‘plus’ y ‘minus’, es una buena
+ práctica aquí ya que da LaTeX más flexibilidad para crear la página
+ (*note Longitudes::).
+
+ La contabilización completa del espacio vertical entre la línea
+ base de la línea anterior al encabezado de esta unidad de
+ seccionado y la línea base del encabezado es que es la suma del
+ ‘\parskip’ de la letra del texto, el ‘\baselineskip’ de la letra
+ del título y el valor absoluto de BEFORESKIP. Este espacio suele
+ ser elástico, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger. (Si la unidad
+ de seccionado comienza en una página nueva de modo que el espacio
+ vertical se descarta, la línea base del texto del encabezado será
+ donde LaTeX pondría la línea base de la primera línea de texto en
+ esa página).
+
+AFTERSKIP
+ Esta es una longitud. Si AFTERSKIP no es negativo, entonces este
+ es el espacio vertical insertado después del encabezado del título
+ de la unidad de seccionado. Si es negativo, entonces el encabezado
+ del título se convierte en un encabezado en ejecución, de modo que
+ pasa a formar parte del párrafo siguiente. En este caso el valor
+ absoluto de la longitud da el espacio horizontal entre el final del
+ título y el comienzo del siguiente párrafo. (Ten en cuenta que el
+ negativo de ‘1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt’ es ‘-1pt plus -2pt minus
+ -3pt’).
+
+ Al igual que con BEFORESKIP, usando una longitud elástica, con
+ ‘plus’ y ‘minus’ componentes, es una buena práctica aquí ya que da
+ a LaTeX más flexibilidad en la elaboración de la página.
+
+ Si ‘afterskip’ no es negativo, la contabilidad completa del espacio
+ vertical entre la línea base de la cabecera de la unidad de
+ seccionado y la línea base de la primera línea del siguiente
+ párrafo es que es la suma del ‘\parskip’ de la letra del título, el
+ ‘\baselineskip’ de la letra del texto y el valor de AFTER. Ese
+ espacio suele ser elástico, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger.
+ (Ten en cuenta que debido a que el signo de ‘afterskip’ cambia la
+ unidad de seccionado encabezado independiente de la ejecución, no
+ puedes usar un ‘afterskip’ negativo para cancelar parte del
+ ‘\parskip’).
+
+STYLE
+ Controla el estilo del título. Ve los ejemplos a continuación.
+ Los comandos típicos para usar aquí son ‘\centering’,
+ ‘\raggedright’, ‘\normalfont’, ‘\hrule’ o ‘\newpage’. El ultimo
+ comando en STYLE puede ser uno que tome un argumento, como
+ ‘\MakeUppercase’ o ‘\fbox’ que toma un argumento. El título de la
+ sección se proporcionará como argumento para este comando. Por
+ ejemplo, establecer STYLE en ‘\bfseries\MakeUppercase’ sería
+ producir títulos en negrita y mayúsculas.
+
+ Estos son los valores predeterminados de LaTeX para las primeras tres
+unidades de seccionado que se definen con ‘\@startsection’, para las
+clases ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’.
+
+ • Para ‘section’: LEVEL es 1, INDENT es 0pt, BEFORESKIP es ‘-3.5ex
+ plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP es ‘2.3ex plus 0.2ex’ y STYLE es
+ ‘\normalfont\Large\bfseries’.
+
+ • Para ‘subsection’: LEVEL es 2, INDENT es 0pt, BEFORESKIP es
+ ‘-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP es ‘1.5ex plus 0.2ex’ y
+ STYLE es ‘\normalfont\large\bfseries’.
+
+ • Para ‘subsubsection’: LEVEL es 3, INDENT es 0pt, BEFORESKIP es
+ ‘-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex’, AFTERSKIP es ‘1.5ex plus 0.2ex’ y
+ STYLE es ‘\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries’.
+
+ A continuación se presentan algunos ejemplos. Estos van en un
+paquete o archivo de clase o en el preámbulo de un documento LaTeX. Si
+los pones en el preámbulo deben ir entre un comando ‘\makeatletter’ y un
+‘\makeatother’. (Probablemente el mensaje de error ‘No puedes usar
+`\spacefactor' en modo vertical.’ significa que se te olvidó esto).
+*Note \makeatletter y \makeatother::.
+
+ Esto colocará los títulos de las secciones en negrita grande,
+centrados. Dice ‘\renewcommand’ porque las clases estándar de LaTeX ya
+han definió una ‘\section’. Por la misma razón, no define un contador
+‘section’, o los comandos ‘\thesection’ y ‘\l@section’.
+
+ \renewcommand\section{%
+ \@startsection{section}%
+ *note NAME: \@startsection/name.
+ {1}% *note LEVEL: \@startsection/level.
+ {0pt}% *note INDENT: \@startsection/indent.
+ {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% *note BEFORESKIP: \@startsection/beforeskip.
+ {2.3ex plus.2ex}% *note AFTERSKIP: \@startsection/afterskip.
+ {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style.
+ }
+
+ Esto pondrá los títulos de ‘subsection’ en letras minúsculas,
+alineados con el párrafo.
+
+ \renewcommand\subsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsection}% *note NAME: \@startsection/name.
+ {2}% *note LEVEL: \@startsection/level.
+ {0em}% *note INDENT: \@startsection/indent.
+ {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% *note BEFORESKIP: \@startsection/beforeskip.
+ {-1em plus 0,2em}% *note AFTERSKIP: \@startsection/afterskip.
+ {\scshape}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style.
+ }
+
+ Los ejemplos anteriores redefinieron los comandos de título de
+unidades seccionales existentes. Esto define uno nuevo, ilustrando el
+contador y las macros necesarias para mostrar ese contador.
+
+ \setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% muestra los contadores tan abajo
+ \newcounter{subsubparagraph}[subparagraph]% contador para numeración
+ \renewcommand{\thesubsubparagraph}% cómo mostrar
+ {\thesubparagraph.\@arabic\c@subsubparagraph}% numeración
+ \newcommand{\subsubparagraph}{\@startsection
+ {subsubparagraph}%
+ {6}%
+ {0em}%
+ {\baselineskip}%
+ {0.5\baselineskip}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize}}\newcommand*\l@subsubparagraph{\@dottedtocline{6}{10em}{5em}}% para toc
+ \newcommand{\subsubparagraphmark}[1]{}% para encabezados de página
+
+7 Referencias cruzadas
**********************
-Una razón para numerar cosas como figuras y ecuaciones es para referir
-al lector a ellas, como en “Vea la Figura 3 para más detalles”.
+A menudo queremos algo como ‘Ve Teorema~31’. Pero escribir a mano el 31
+es mala práctica. En su lugar, debes escribir un “label” como
+‘\label{eq:GreensThm}’ y luego “reference”, como con ‘Ve
+ecuación~\ref{eq:GreensThm}’. LaTeX automáticamente calcula el número,
+lo pone en la salida y cambiará ese número más tarde si es necesario.
+
-8.1 ‘\label’
+ Veremos esto con el Teorema~\ref{th:GreensThm}. % referencia
+ directa:GreensThm}
+ ...
+ \end{theorem}
+ ...
+ Ve Teorema~\ref{th:GreensThm} en la página~\pageref{th:GreensThm}.
+
+ LaTeX rastrea información de referencias cruzadas en un archivo que
+tiene la extensión ‘.aux’ y con el mismo nombre base que el archivo que
+contiene la ‘\label’. Entonces, si ‘\label’ está en ‘calculus.tex’
+entonces la información está en ‘calculus.aux’. LaTeX pone la
+información en ese archivo cada vez que se encuentra con un ‘\label’.
+
+ El comportamiento descrito en el párrafo anterior da como resultado
+una peculiaridad que sucede cuando tu documento tiene una “referencia
+hacia adelante”, una ‘\ref’ que aparece antes del ‘\label’ asociado. Si
+esta es la primera vez que estás compilando el documento, obtendrás la
+‘Advertencia LaTeX: : La(s) etiqueta(s) pueden haber cambiado. Vuelve a
+ejecutar para obtener las referencias cruzadas correctas’ y en la
+salida, la referencia directa aparecerá como dos preguntas mark ‘??’, en
+negrita. Algo similar sucede si cambias algunas cosas para que cambien
+las referencias; recibes la misma advertencia y la salida contiene la
+información de referencia anterior. En ambos casos, resuelve esto
+compilando el documento por segunda vez.
+
+ El paquete ‘cleveref’ mejora las características de referencias
+cruzadas de LaTeX. Puedes arreglar eso si entras
+‘\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}’ entonces ‘\cref{thNerode}’
+generará ‘Teorema 3.21’, sin que tengas que ingresar el “Teorema.”
+
+7.1 ‘\label’
============
Sinopsis:
- \label{CLAVE}
+ \label{KEY}
- Una instrucción ‘\label’ que aparece en un texto normal asigna a
-CLAVE el número de la unidad de sección actual; que aparece dentro de un
-entorno numerado asignando ese número a CLAVE.
+ Asigna un número de referencia a KEY. En texto ordinario
+‘\label{KEY}’ asigna a KEY el número de la unidad de seccionado actual.
+Dentro de un entorno con numeración, como un entorno ‘table’ o
+‘theorem’, ‘\label{CLAVE}’ asigna a KEY el número de ese entorno.
+Recuperar el número asignado con el comando ‘\ref{KEY}’ (*note \ref::).
- Un nombre de CLAVE puede consistir de cualquier secuencia de letras,
-dígitos, o caracteres de puntuación. Distingue entre letras mayúsculas
-y minúsculas.
+ Un nombre de clave puede consistir en cualquier secuencia de letras,
+dígitos o caracteres de puntuación. Las letras mayúsculas y minúsculas
+se distinguen, como de costumbre.
- Para evitar la creación accidental de dos etiquetas con el mismo
-nombre, es común el uso de etiquetas que consisten de un prefijo y un
-sufijo, separados por una coma o un punto. Algunos prefijos utilizados
-convencionalmente:
+ Una convención común es usar etiquetas que consisten en un prefijo y
+un sufijo separados por dos puntos o punto. Por lo que,
+‘\label{fig:Post}’ es una etiqueta para una figura con un retrato de
+Emil Post. Esto ayuda a evitar crear accidentalmente dos etiquetas con
+el mismo nombre, y hace que tu fuente sea más legible. Algunos prefijos
+de uso común:
‘ch’
- para capítulos
+ por capítulos
+
‘sec’
- para instrucciones de seccionado de bajo nivel
+‘subsec’
+ para comandos de seccionado de nivel inferior
+
‘fig’
para figuras
+
‘tab’
para tablas
+
‘eq’
para ecuaciones
- Por lo tanto, una etiqueta para una figura parecería como ‘fig:snark’
-o ‘fig.snark’.
+ En el archivo auxiliar se conserva la información de referencia como
+el texto de un comando de la forma
+‘\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}’. Aquí CURRENTLABEL es el
+valor actual de la macro ‘\@currentlabel’ que generalmente se actualiza
+cada vez que llamas a ‘\refstepcounter{COUNTER}’.
+
+ A continuación, la tecla ‘sec:test’ obtendrá el número de sección
+actual y la tecla ‘fig:test’ obtendrá el número de la figura. (Por
+cierto, coloca etiquetas después de los subtítulos en las figuras y
+tablas).
+
+ \section{nombre sección}
+ \label{sec:test}
+ Esta es la Sección~\ref{sec:test}.
+ \begin{figure}
+ ...
+ \caption{del título}
+ \label{fig:test}
+ \end{figure}
+ Ve la figura~\ref{fig:test}.
-8.2 ‘\pageref{CLAVE}’
-=====================
+7.2 ‘\pageref’
+==============
Sinopsis:
- \pageref{CLAVE}
+ \pageref{KEY}
- La instrucción ‘\pageref’{CLAVE} produce el número de página del
-lugar en el texto en donde aparece la instrucción ‘\label’{CLAVE}.
+ Proporciona el número de página del lugar en el texto donde se
+encuentra el comando ‘\label’{KEY} correspondiente.
-8.3 ‘\ref{CLAVE}’
-=================
+ Si no hay ‘\label{KEY}’ entonces obtienes algo como ‘Advertencia de
+LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1 indefinida en la línea de
+entrada 11.’
+
+ A continuación, el ‘\label{eq:main}’ se usa tanto para el número de
+fórmula y para el número de página. (Ten en cuenta que las dos
+referencias son referencias directas por lo que este documento tendría
+que ser compilado dos veces para resolver aquellos).
+
+ El resultado principal es formula~\ref{eq:main} en la
+ página~\pageref{eq:main}.
+ ...
+ \begin{equation} \label{eq:main}
+ \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP}
+ \end{equation}
+
+7.3 ‘\ref’
+==========
Sinopsis:
- \ref{CLAVE}
+ \ref{KEY}
+
+ Produce el número de la unidad seccional, ecuación, pie de página,
+figura, ..., del comando ‘\label’ correspondiente (*note \label::). No
+produce ningún texto, como la palabra ‘Sección’ o ‘Figura’, simplemente
+el número en sí.
+
+ Si no hay ‘\label{KEY}’ entonces obtienes algo como ‘Advertencia de
+LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1 indefinida en la línea de
+entrada 11.’
+
+ En este ejemplo, ‘\ref{popular}’ produce ‘2’. Ten en cuenta que es
+una referencia directa ya que viene antes de ‘\label{popular}’ por lo
+que este documento tendría que compilarse dos veces.
+
+ El formato más utilizado es el número de artículo~\ref{popular}.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Plain \TeX
+ \item \label{popular} \LaTeX
+ \item Con\TeX t
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ El paquete ‘cleveref’ incluye texto como ‘Theorem’ en la referencia.
+Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+
+7.4 paquete ‘xr’
+================
+
+Sinopsis:
- La instrucción ‘\ref’ produce el número de la unidad de sección de la
-ecuación, pie de página, figura, ..., de la instrucción ‘\label’
-correspondiente (*note \label::). Esta no produce ningún texto, como
-por ejemplo la palabra ‘Sección’ o ‘figura’, únicamente el número.
+ \usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{DOCUMENT-BASENAME}
-9 Entornos
+o
+
+ \usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument[REFERENCE-PREFIX]{DOCUMENT-BASENAME}
+
+ Hacer referencias cruzadas al documento externo
+‘DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex’.
+
+ Aquí tienes un ejemplo: Si ‘lectures.tex’ tiene esto en el preámbulo
+
+ \usepackage{xr}
+ \externaldocument{exercises}
+ \externaldocument[H-]{hints}
+ \externaldocument{answers}
+
+entonces puede usar etiquetas de referencias cruzadas de los otros tres
+documentos. Supón que ‘exercises.tex’ tiene una lista enumerada que
+contiene este,
+
+ \item \label{exer:EulersThm} ¿Qué pasa si cada vértice tiene un grado impar?
+
+y ‘hints.tex’ tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+
+ \item \label{exerEulersThm} Distingue el caso de dos vértices.
+
+y ‘answers.tex’ tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+
+ \item \label{ansEulersThm} No hay camino de Euler, excepto si hay
+ exactamente dos vértices.
+
+ Después de compilar los ejercicios, sugerencias y documentos de
+respuestas, ingresar esto en el cuerpo de ‘lectures.tex’ dará como
+resultado la obtención de los números de referencia de las conferencias
+utilizadas en los otros documentos.
+
+ Ve el ejercicio~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, con
+ Sugerencia~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. La solución es la
+ respuesta~\ref{ans:EulersThm}.
+
+ Se necesita el prefijo ‘H-’ para la referencia del archivo de
+sugerencias porque la etiqueta en el archivo de sugerencias es la misma
+que la etiqueta en el archivo de ejercicios. Sin ese prefijo, ambas
+referencias obtendrían el número del archivo posterior.
+
+ Nota: si el documento usa el paquete ‘hyperref’ entonces en lugar de
+‘xr’, coloca ‘\usepackage{xr-hyper}’ antes del ‘\usepackage{hyperref}’.
+Además, si alguno de los múltiples documentos usa ‘hyperref’ entonces
+todos lo deben usar.
+
+8 Entornos
**********
-LaTeX proporciona muchos entornos para marcar cierto texto. Cada
-entorno comienza y termina de la misma manera:
+LaTeX proporciona muchos entornos para delimitar cierto comportamiento.
+Un entorno comienza con ‘\begin’ y termina con ‘\end’, como este:
- \begin{NOMBREENTORNO}
- ...
- \end{NOMBREENTORNO}
+ \begin{NOMBRE-ENTORNO}
+ ...
+ \end{NOMBRE-ENTORNO}
+
+ El NOMBRE-ENTORNO al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el de
+el fin. Por ejemplo, la entrada ‘\begin{table*}...\end{table}’ generará
+un error como: ‘! Error de LaTeX: \begin{table*} en la línea de entrada
+5 terminada en \end{table}.’
-9.1 ‘abstract’
+ Los entornos se ejecutan dentro de un grupo.
+
+8.1 ‘abstract’
==============
Sinopsis:
+
\begin{abstract}
...
\end{abstract}
- Entorno para producir un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos.
+ Produce un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos. Este entorno
+solo se define en las clases de documentos ‘article’ y ‘report’ (*note
+Clases de documentos::).
+
+ Usar el ejemplo a continuación en la clase ‘article’ produce la
+exhibición de un párrafo. La opción de clase de documento ‘titlepage’
+genera el resumen en una página separada (*note Opciones de la clase
+documento::); este es el predeterminado solo en la clase ‘report’.
-9.2 ‘array’
+ \begin{abstract}
+ Comparamos todos los relatos conocidos de la propuesta realizada por
+ Porter Alexander
+ a Robert E Lee en el Palacio de Justicia de Appomattox que el
+ ejército continúa en una guerra de guerrillas, a que Lee se negó.
+ \end{abstract}
+
+ El siguiente ejemplo produce un resumen de una columna en un
+documento de dos columnas (para una solución más flexible, usa el
+paquete ‘abstract’).
+
+ \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+ ...
+ \begin{document}
+ \title{Babe Ruth como progenitor cultural: un enfoque atávico}
+ \author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Subvención de seguimiento
+ ferroviario.}}
+ \twocolumn[
+ \begin{@twocolumnfalse}
+ \maketitle
+ \begin{abstract}
+ Ruth no era solo el sultán del Swat, era todo el equipo swat.
+ \end{abstract}
+ \end{@twocolumnfalse}
+ ]
+ { % inserta a mano una nota al pie de página al final de la página
+ \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \footnotetext[1]{Gracias por todo el pescado.}
+ }
+
+8.2 ‘array’
===========
Sinopsis:
- \begin{array}{PLANTILLA}
- TEXTO COL1&TEXTO COL1&COLN}\\
- ...
+ \begin{array}{COLS}
+ COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\
+ ...
\end{array}
- Las matrices matemáticas se producen con el entorno ‘array’,
-normalmente dentro de un entorno ‘equation’ (*note equation::). Tiene
-un único argumento PLANTILLA obligatorio que describe el número de
-columnas y la alineación dentro de ellas. Cada columna COL se
-especifica por una sola letra que indica cual formato debe tener cada
-linea en esta columna de la siguiente manera:
+o:
-‘c’
- centrada
-‘l’
- alineada a la izquierda
-‘r’
- alineada a la derecha
-
- La entradas de columna son separadas con ‘&’. Las entradas de
-columna pueden incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX. Cada fila de la
-matriz se termina con ‘\\’.
-
- En la plantilla, la construcción ‘@{TEXTO}’ coloca TEXTO entre
-columnas en cada fila.
+ \begin{array}[POS]{COLS}
+ COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\
+ ...
+ \end{array}
- He aquí un ejemplo:
+ Produce un arreglo de matemáticas. Este entorno solo se puede usar
+en modo math (*note Modos::), y normalmente aparece dentro de un entorno
+math como ‘equation’ (*note equation::). Dentro de cada fila, las
+entradas de la columna están separadas por un ampersand, (‘&’). Las
+filas terminan con barras invertidas dobles (*note \\::).
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra un arreglo de tres por tres.
+
+ \begin{equation*}
+ \chi(x) =
+ \left| % cerca de la barra vertical
+ \begin{array}{ccc}
+ x-a &-b &-c \\
+ -d &x-e &-f \\
+ -g &-h &x-i
+ \end{array}
+ \right|
+ \end{equation*}
+
+ El argumento requerido COLS describe el número de columnas, su
+alineación y el formato de las regiones entre columnas. Por ejemplo,
+‘\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}’ da tres columnas: el primero alineado
+a la derecha, el segundo centrado y el tercero alineado a la izquierda.
+*note tabular:: para la descripción completa de COLS y de otras
+características comunes de los dos entornos, incluido el argumento
+opcional POS.
+
+ Hay dos formas en que ‘array’ difiere de ‘tabular’. La primera es
+que las entradas de ‘array’ se escriben en modo math, en estilo texto
+(*note Estilos math::) excepto si la definición COLS especifica la
+columna con ‘p{...}’, lo que hace que la entrada se escriba en modo de
+texto. La segunda es que, en lugar del parámetro ‘tabular’
+‘\tabcolsep’, el espacio entre columnas de LaTeX en un ‘array’ está
+gobernado por ‘\arraycolsep’, que da la mitad del ancho entre columnas.
+El predeterminado para esto es ‘5pt’ por lo que entre dos columnas viene
+10pt de espacio.
+
+ Para obtener arreglos con llaves el estándar es usar el paquete
+‘amsmath’. Viene con entornos ‘pmatrix’ para un arreglo rodeado de
+paréntesis ‘(...)’, ‘bmatrix’ para un arreglo entre corchetes ‘[...]’,
+‘Bmatrix’ para un arreglo rodeado de llaves ‘{...}’, ‘vmatrix’ para un
+arreglo rodeado de barras verticales ‘|...|’, y ‘Vmatrix’ para un
+arreglo rodeado por dobles barras verticales ‘||...||’, junto con otras
+construcciones de arreglo.
+
+ El siguiente ejemplo usa el paquete ‘amsmath’.
+
+ \usepackage{amsmath} % en el preámbulo
\begin{equation}
- \begin{array}{lrc}
- izquierda1 & derecha1 & centrado1 \\
- izquierda2 & derecha2 & centrado2 \\
- \end{array}
+ \begin{vmatrix}{cc} % arreglo con líneas verticales
+ a &b \\
+ c &d
+ \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc
\end{equation}
- El parámetro ‘\arraycolsep’ define la mitad del ancho del espacio de
-separación entre columnas; el predeterminado es ‘5pt’. *Note tabular::,
-para otros parámetros que afectan el formato en entornos ‘array’, a
-saber ‘\arrayrulewidth’ y ‘\arraystretch’.
-
- El entorno ‘array’ únicamente se puede utilizar en modo math.
+ Hay muchos paquetes relacionados con arreglos. El paquete ‘array’
+tiene muchas extensiones útiles, incluidos más tipos de columnas. El
+paquete ‘dcolumn’ agrega un tipo de columna para centrarse en un punto
+decimal. Para ambos ve la documentación en CTAN.
-9.3 ‘center’
+8.3 ‘center’
============
Sinopsis:
\begin{center}
- LÍNEA1 \\
- LÍNEA2 \\
+ LINE1 \\
+ LINE2 \\
+ ...
+ \end{center}
+
+ Crea un nuevo párrafo que consta de una secuencia de líneas que está
+centrado dentro de los márgenes izquierdo y derecho. Usa doble barra
+invertida, ‘\\’, para obtener un salto de línea (*note \\::). Si algún
+texto es demasiado largo para caber en una línea, entonces LaTeX
+insertará un salto de línea que evita la separación de sílabas y evita
+estirar o encoger cualquier espacio entre palabras.
+
+ Este entorno inserta espacio por encima y por debajo del cuerpo del
+texto. *note \centering:: para evitar dicho espacio, por ejemplo dentro
+de un entorno ‘figure’.
+
+ Este ejemplo produce tres líneas centradas. Hay espacio extra
+vertical entre las dos últimas líneas.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ Una Tesis Presentada en Cumplimiento Parcial \\
+ de los Requisitos de \\[0.5ex]
+ la Escuela de Ingeniería Ambiental
+ \end{center}
+
+ En este ejemplo, según el ancho de línea de la página, LaTeX puede
+elegir un salto de línea para la parte anterior a la barra invertida
+doble. Si es así, será centrar cada una de las dos líneas y si no
+centrará la única línea. Entonces LaTeX se romperá en la barra
+invertida doble y centrará el final.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ Mi padre consideraba que cualquiera que fuera a la capilla y no
+ bebiera alcohol no debía ser tolerado.\\
+ Crecí en esa creencia. ---Richard Burton
\end{center}
- El entorno ‘center’ le permite crear un párrafo consistente de líneas
-que están centradas respecto al margen izquierdo y derecho de la página
-actual. Cada línea es terminada con dobles barras inversas ‘\\’.
+ Una barra invertida doble después de la línea final es opcional. Si
+está presente no agrega ningún espacio vertical.
-9.3.1 ‘\centering’
+ En un documento de dos columnas, el texto está centrado en una
+columna, no en la página completa.
+
+8.3.1 ‘\centering’
------------------
-La declaración ‘\centering’ corresponde al entorno ‘center’. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como ‘quote’ o en
-un ‘parbox’. Por lo tanto, el texto de una figura o una tabla se puede
-centrar en la página poniendo una instrucción ‘\centering’ al principio
-de la figura o en el entorno table.
+Sinopsis:
- A diferencia del entorno ‘center’, la instrucción ‘\centering’ no
-comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta simplemente cambia el formato que LaTeX
-aplica a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la unidad
-de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción ‘\end’ (de un entorno tal como quote), que
-finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+ {\centering ... }
- He aquí un ejemplo:
+o
- \begin{quote}
- \centering
- primer línea \\
- segunda línea \\
- \end{quote}
+ \begin{group}
+ \centering ...
+ \end{group}
+
+ Centra el material en su entorno. Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia
+dentro de un entorno como ‘figure’, o en un ‘parbox’.
+
+ La declaración ‘\centering’ de este ejemplo hace que el gráfico sea
+centrado horizontalmente.
-9.4 ‘description’
+ \begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{ctan_lion.png}
+ \caption{CTAN Lion} \label{fig:CTANLion}
+ \end{figure}
+
+El entorno de este ‘\centering’ termina con ‘\end{figure}’.
+
+ A diferencia del entorno ‘center’, el comando ‘\centering’ no agrega
+espacio vertical por encima y por debajo del texto. Esa es su ventaja
+en el ejemplo anterior; no hay un exceso de espacio.
+
+ Tampoco comienza un nuevo párrafo; simplemente cambia cómo LaTeX da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Si ‘ww {\centering xx \\ yy} zz’
+está rodeado de líneas en blanco, entonces LaTeX creará un párrafo cuya
+primera línea ‘ww xx’ está centrada y cuya segunda línea, no centrada,
+contiene ‘yy zz’. Usualmente lo que se desea es para el alcance de la
+declaración para contener una línea en blanco o el comando ‘\end’ de un
+entorno como ‘figure’ o ‘table’ que termina la unidad de párrafo. Por
+lo tanto, si ‘{\centering xx \\ yy\par} zz’ está rodeado de líneas en
+blanco, entonces crea un nuevo párrafo con dos líneas centradas ‘xx’ y
+‘yy’, seguidas de un nuevo párrafo con ‘zz’ que tiene el formato
+habitual.
+
+8.4 ‘Description’
=================
Sinopsis:
\begin{description}
- \item [ETIQUETA1] ELEMENTO1
- \item [ETIQUETA2] ELEMENTO2
- ...
+ \item[ETIQUETA DEL PRIMER ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL PRIMER
+ ELEMENTO
+ \item[ETIQUETA DEL SEGUNDO ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL SEGUNDO
+ ELEMENTO
+ ...
\end{description}
- El entorno ‘description’ se utiliza para hacer listas etiquetadas.
-Cada ETIQUETA es compuesta tipográficamente en negrita, alineada a la
-derecha. El texto del ELEMENTO puede contener múltiples párrafos.
+ Entorno para hacer una lista de elementos etiquetados. La LABEL de
+cada elemento está escrita en negrita y alineada a la izquierda, de modo
+que las etiquetas largas continúan en la primera línea del texto del
+elemento. Debe haber al menos un elemento; al no tener alguno causa el
+error LaTeX ‘Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item perdido’.
- Otra variación: debido a que el estilo negrita se aplica a las
-etiquetas, si usted compone una etiqueta en máquina de escribir usando
-‘\texttt’, obtendrá una máquina de escribir en negrita:
-‘\item[\texttt{máquina de escribir y negrita}]’. Esta también puede
-estar en negrita, entre otras cuestiones. Para obtener sólo en máquina
-de escribir, use ‘\tt’, que restablece todas las variaciones de otros
-estilos: ‘\item[{\tt máquina de escribir simple}]’.
+ Este ejemplo muestra el entorno utilizado para una secuencia de
+definiciones.
- Para detalles acerca del espaciado en listas, vea *note itemize::.
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[lama] un sacerdote.
+ \item[llama] a una bestia.
+ \end{description}
+
+Las etiquetas ‘lama’ y ‘llama’ se muestran en negrita, con el borde
+izquierdo en el margen izquierdo.
+
+ Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando ‘\item’ (*note \item::).
+Utiliza las etiquetas opcionales, como en ‘\item[Main point]’, porque
+hay ningún valor predeterminado sensato. Después de ‘\item’ hay texto
+opcional, que puede contener varios párrafos.
+
+ Dado que las etiquetas están en negrita, si el texto de la etiqueta
+requiere un cambio de letra dado en el estilo del argumento (*note
+Estilos de tipos de letra::) entonces vendrá en negrita. Por ejemplo,
+si el texto de la etiqueta requiere una máquina de escribir con
+‘\item[\texttt{label text}]’ entonces aparecerá en negrita máquina de
+escribir, si está disponible. La forma más sencilla de evitar esto, en
+este ejemplo para obtener una máquina de escribir sin negrita, es usar
+un estilo declarativo: ‘\item[{\tt label text}]’. Del mismo modo,
+obtiene la letra romana estándar con ‘\item[{\rm texto etiqueta}]’.
+
+ Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas LaTeX, *note
+itemize:: y *note enumerate::. A diferencia de esos entornos, anidar
+entornos ‘description’ no cambia la etiqueta predeterminada; es negrita
+y alineada a la izquierda en todos los niveles.
+
+ Para obtener información sobre los parámetros de diseño de la lista,
+incluido el valor predeterminado y para obtener información sobre cómo
+personalizar el diseño de la lista, *note list::. El paquete ‘enumitem’
+es útil para personalizar listas.
+
+ Este ejemplo cambia las etiquetas de descripción a versalitas.
+
+ \renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%
+ {\hspace{\labelsep}\textsc{#1}}}
-9.5 ‘displaymath’
+8.5 ‘displaymath’
=================
Sinopsis:
\begin{displaymath}
- FÓRMULA MATEMÁTICA
+ TEXTO MATEMÁTICO
\end{displaymath}
-o
+ Entorno para componer el TEXTO MATEMÁTICO en su propia línea, en
+estilo de visualización y centrado. Para hacer que el texto quede
+alineado a la izquierda, usa la opción global ‘fleqn’; *note Opciones de
+la clase documento::.
- \[MATH\]
+ En el entorno ‘displaymath’ no se agrega ningún número de ecuación al
+texto de matemáticas. Una forma de obtener un número de ecuación es
+usar el entorno ‘equation’ (*note equation::).
- El entorno ‘displaymath’ (‘\[...\]’ es un sinónimo) de composición
-tipográfica de texto MATH en una línea independiente, centrada de manera
-predeterminada. La opción global ‘fleqn’ produce ecuaciones alineadas a
-la izquierda; vea *note Opciones de Clase de Documento::.
+ LaTeX no dividirá el TEXTO MATEMÁTICO entre líneas.
- No se añade un número de ecuación al texto de ‘displaymath’; Para
-obtener un número de ecuación, utilice el entorno ‘equation’ (*note
-equation::).
+ Ten en cuenta que el paquete ‘amsmath’ tiene significativamente más
+extensas facilidades de ecuación mostradas. Por ejemplo, hay una serie
+de formas en ese paquete para dividir el texto matemático en líneas.
-9.6 ‘document’
-==============
+ La construcción ‘\[MATH\]’ es un sinónimo del entorno
+‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’ pero este último es más
+fácil de trabajar en la fuente; por ejemplo, la búsqueda de un corchete
+puede dar falsos positivos, pero la palabra ‘displaymath’ probablemente
+será único.
-El entorno ‘document’ encierra el cuerpo de un documento. este es
-obligatorio en cada documento LaTeX. *Note Iniciando y Finalizando::.
+ (Aparte: la construcción ‘$$MATH$$’ de Plain TeX a veces se usa
+erróneamente como sinónimo de ‘displaymath’. Esté no es un sinónimo, y
+no se admite oficialmente en LaTeX en absoluto; ‘$$’ no admite la opción
+‘fleqn’ (*note Opciones de la clase documento::), tiene un espaciado
+vertical diferente y no realiza comprobaciones de consistencia).
-9.7 ‘enumerate’
-===============
-
-Sinopsis:
+ La salida de este ejemplo está centrada y sola en su línea.
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item ELEMENTO1
- \item ELEMENTO2
- ...
- \end{enumerate}
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
+ \end{displaymath}
- El entorno ‘enumerate’ produce una lista numerada. Las enumeraciones
-se pueden anidar unas dentro de otras, hasta cuatro niveles de
-profundidad. Estas también se pueden anidar en otros entornos de
-párrafo, tal como ‘itemize’ (*note itemize::) y ‘description’ (*note
-description::).
+Además, el signo integral es más grande que la versión en línea que
+produce ‘\( \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3 \)’.
- Cada elemento de una lista enumerada comienza con una instrucción
-‘\item’. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción ‘\item’.
+8.6 ‘document’
+==============
- De manera predeterminada, la numeración de cada nivel se hace de la
-siguiente manera:
+El entorno ‘document’ incluye todo el cuerpo de un documento. Se
+requiere en todos los documentos LaTeX. *Note Comenzar y terminar::.
- 1. 1., 2., ...
- 2. (a), (b), ...
- 3. i., ii., ...
- 4. A., B., ...
+8.6.1 ‘\AtBeginDocument’
+------------------------
- El entorno ‘enumerate’ usa los contadores ‘\enumi’ hasta ‘\enumiv’
-(*note Contadores::). Si se proporciona el argumento opcional a
-‘\item’, el contador no se incrementa por cada elemento.
+Sinopsis:
- El entorno ‘enumerate’ utiliza las instrucciones desde ‘\labelenumi’
-hasta ‘\labelenumiv’ para producir la etiqueta predeterminada. Por lo
-tanto, usted puede usar ‘\renewcommand’ para cambiar las etiquetas
-(*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::). Por ejemplo, para hacer que el
-primer nivel use letras mayúsculas:
+ \AtBeginDocument{CODE}
- \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}
+ Guarda CODE y ejecútelo cuando ‘\begin{document}’ sea ejecutado, al
+final del preámbulo. El código se ejecuta después de las tablas de
+selección de letras se han configurado, por lo que la letra normal para
+el documento es la letra actual. Sin embargo, el código se ejecuta como
+parte del preámbulo para que no puedas hacer ninguna composición
+tipográfica con él.
-9.8 ‘eqnarray’
-==============
+ Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
- \begin{eqnarray} (o ‘eqnarray*’)
- FÓRMULA1 \\
- FÓRMULA2 \\
- ...
- \end{eqnarray}
+8.6.2 ‘\AtEndDocument’
+----------------------
- El entorno ‘eqnarray’ se utiliza para mostrar una secuencia de
-ecuaciones o desigualdades. Es muy parecido a un entorno ‘array’ de
-tres columnas, con filas consecutivas separadas por ‘\\’ y elementos
-consecutivos en una fila, separados por un ‘&’.
+Sinopsis:
- también puede utilizar ‘\\*’ para separar ecuaciones independientes,
-con su propósito normal de no permitir saltos de página en esa línea.
+ \AtEndDocument{CODE}
- Se coloca un número de ecuación en cada línea a menos que la línea
-tenga una instrucción ‘\nonumber’. Alternativamente, la forma del
-entorno con ‘*’ (‘\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}’) debe omitir
-por completo la numeración de la ecuación, al tiempo que el mismo
-comienza con ‘eqnarray’.
+ Guarda CODE y ejecútalo cerca del final del documento.
+Específicamente, se ejecuta cuando se ejecuta ‘\end{document}’, antes de
+que termine la página final y antes de que quede flotando se procesan
+los entornos. Si deseas que parte del código se ejecute después de
+estos dos procesos, incluye un ‘\clearpage’ en el punto apropiado en
+CODE.
- La instrucción ‘\lefteqn’ se utiliza para dividir grandes fórmulas a
-través de varias líneas. Su argumento de composición tipográfica en el
-estilo de visualización alinea a la izquierda en una caja de ancho cero.
+ Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
-9.9 ‘equation’
-==============
+8.7 ‘enumerate’
+===============
Sinopsis:
- \begin{equation}
- FÓRMULA-MATEMÁTICA
- \end{equation}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL PRIMER ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ PRIMER ELEMENTO
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL SEGUNDO ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ SEGUNDO ELEMENTO
+ ...
+ \end{enumerate}
- El entorno ‘equation’ comienza un entorno ‘displaymath’ (*note
-displaymath::), por ejemplo, centrando en la página el texto MATH, y
-además colocando el número de ecuación en el margen derecho.
+ Entorno para producir una lista numerada de elementos. El formato de
+la numeración de las etiquetas depende del nivel de anidamiento de este
+entorno; ve abajo. La numeración de nivel superior predeterminada es
+‘1.’, ‘2.’, etc. Cada entorno de lista ‘enumerate’ debe tener al menos
+un elemento; no tiene ninguna causa el error LaTeX ‘Algo anda mal, tal
+vez un \item perdido’.
-9.10 ‘figure’
-=============
+ Este ejemplo muestra a los dos primeros finalistas en el maratón
+olímpico de 1908. Como lista de nivel superior, las etiquetas
+aparecerían como ‘1.’ y ‘2.’.
- \begin{figure[*]}[ÚBICACIÓN]
- FIGBODY
- \label{ETIQUETA}
- \caption[TÍTULOBREVE]{TEXTO}
- \end{figure}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Johnny Hayes (USA)
+ \item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
+ \end{enumerate}
- Las figuras son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y en su
-lugar son “flotados” a un lugar conveniente, como en la parte superior
-de una página. Las figuras no se dividen entre dos páginas.
+ Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando ‘\item’ (*note \item::).
+Si le das a ‘\item’ un argumento opcional siguiéndolo con corchetes,
+como en ‘\item[Etiqueta intersticial]’, entonces el siguiente elemento
+continuará la secuencia interrumpida (*note \item::). Es decir,
+obtendrás etiquetas como ‘1.’, entonces ‘Etiqueta intersticial’, luego
+‘2.’. Después de ‘\item’ hay texto opcional, que puede contener varios
+párrafos.
+
+ Las enumeraciones se pueden anidar dentro de otros entornos
+‘enumerate’, o dentro de cualquier entorno de creación de párrafos como
+‘itemize’ (*note itemize::), hasta cuatro niveles de profundidad. Esto
+le proporciona el valor LaTeX predeterminado para el formato en cada
+nivel de anidamiento, donde 1 es el nivel superior, el nivel más
+exterior.
+
+ 1. número arábigo seguido de un punto: ‘1.’, ‘2.’, ...
+ 2. letra minúscula entre paréntesis: ‘(a)’, ‘(b)’ ...
+ 3. número romano en minúsculas seguido de un punto: ‘i.’, ‘ii.’, ...
+ 4. letra mayúscula seguida de un punto: ‘A.’, ‘B.’, ...
+
+ El entorno ‘enumerate’ utiliza los contadores ‘\enumi’ hasta
+‘\enumiv’ (*note Contadores::).
+
+ Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas LaTeX, *note
+description:: e *note itemize::. Para obtener información sobre el
+diseño de parámetros de lista, incluidos los valores predeterminados, y
+para obtener información sobre personalizar el diseño de la lista, *note
+list::. El paquete ‘enumitem’ es útil para personalizar listas.
+
+ Para cambiar el formato de la etiqueta usa ‘\renewcommand’ (*note
+\newcommand y \renewcommand::) en los comandos ‘\labelenumi’ a través de
+‘\labelenumiv’. Por ejemplo, esta lista de primer nivel será etiquetada
+con letras mayúsculas, en negrita y sin punto final.
+
+ \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Se muestra en negrita A
+ \item Se muestra en negrita B
+ \end{enumerate}
- Cuando se compone tipográficamente en columnas dobles, la forma
-favorita produce un ancho completo (a través de las dos columnas).
+ Para obtener una lista de comandos de contraetiquetado, consulta
+*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::.
- El argumento opcional ‘[ubicación]’ determina donde debe tratar de
-colocar LaTeX su figura. Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente,
-pueda colocar un flotante:
+8.8 ‘eqnarray’
+==============
-‘t’
- (Top)—en lo alto de una página de texto.
+El entorno ‘eqnarray’ está obsoleto. Tiene infelicidades, incluyendo el
+espaciado que es inconsistente con otros elementos matemáticos. (Ve
+“¡Evita eqnarray!” por Lars Madsen
+<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>). Nuevos documentos
+deben incluir el paquete ‘amsmath’ y usar el que muestra entornos
+matemáticos proporcionados allí, como el entorno ‘align’. Incluimos una
+descripción solo para completar y para trabajar con documentos antiguos.
-‘b’
- (Bottom)—en la parte inferior de una página de texto. No obstante,
- ‘b’ no se permite para flotantes de ancho completo (‘figure*’) en
- entornos con columnas dobles. Para mejorar esto, utilice el
- paquete ‘stfloats’ o ‘dblfloatfix’, pero vea el debate de
- advertencias en el FAQ:
- <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat>.
+ Sinopsis:
-‘h’
- (Here)—aquí, en la posición donde aparece el entorno ‘figure’ en el
- texto. Sin embargo, este no está permitido por sí mismo,
- automáticamente se añade ‘t’. Para forzar que una figura
- absolutamente aparezca “aquí”, utilice el paquete ‘float’ y use la
- letra de ubicación ‘H’. (Este paquete también ofrece otras
- opciones).
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ PRIMERA FÓRMULA A LA IZQUIERDA, PRIMERA FÓRMULA EN EL
+ MEDIO y PRIMERA FÓRMULA A LA DERECHA \\
+ ...
+ \end{eqnarray}
-‘p’
- (Página de flotantes)—en una página de flotantes separada, misma
- que es una página que no contiene texto, únicamente flotantes.
+o
- Las clases estándar ‘report’ y ‘article’ utilizan la ubicación
-predeterminada ‘tbp’.
+ \begin{eqnarray*}
+ PRIMERA FÓRMULA A LA IZQUIERDA, PRIMERA FÓRMULA EN EL
+ MEDIO y PRIMERA FÓRMULA A LA DERECHA \\
+ ...
+ \end{eqnarray*}
+
+ Muestra una secuencia de ecuaciones o desigualdades. Los lados
+izquierdo y derecho se escriben en el modo display, mientras que el
+medio se escribe en el modo texto.
+
+ Es similar a un entorno ‘array’ de tres columnas, con elementos
+dentro de una fila separada por un ampersand (‘&’), y con filas
+separadas por dobles barras inversas ‘\\’). La forma de estrella del
+salto de línea (‘\\*’) también se puede usar para separar ecuaciones, y
+no permitirá un salto de página allí (*note \\::).
+
+ La forma sin estrella ‘eqnarray’ coloca un número de ecuación en cada
+línea (usando el contador ‘equation’), a menos que esa línea contenga un
+comando ‘\nonumber’. La forma destacada ‘eqnarray*’ omite numeración de
+ecuaciones, mientras que por lo demás son iguales.
+
+ El comando ‘\lefteqn’ se usa para dividir fórmulas largas en líneas.
+Escribe tu argumento en estilo de visualización alineado a la izquierda
+en un cuadro de ancho cero.
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra tres líneas. Las dos primeras líneas forman una
+desigualdad, mientras que la tercera línea no tiene entrada por el lado
+izquierdo.
+
+ \begin{eqnarray*}
+ \lefteqn{x_1+x_2+\cdots+x_n} \\
+ &\leq &y_1+y_2+\cdots+y_n \\
+ &= &z+y_3+\cdots+y_n
+ \end{eqnarray*}
+
+8.9 ‘equation’
+==============
- El cuerpo de la figura se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-LaTeX, etc., que desee.
+Sinopsis:
- La instrucción ‘\caption’ especifica el TEXTO del título de la
-figura. El título de manera predeterminada lleva el número. Si
-LOFTITLE está presente, esta se utiliza en la lista de figuras en lugar
-del TEXTO (*note Tablas de Contenido::).
+ \begin{equation}
+ TEXTO MATEMÁTICO
+ \end{equation}
- La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por
- flotantes en la parte inferior; el predeterminado es ‘.3’.
+ Lo mismo que un entorno ‘displaymath’ (*note displaymath::) excepto
+que LaTeX pone un número de ecuación al ras del margen derecho. El
+número de la ecuación se genera usando el contador ‘equation’.
-‘\floatpagefraction’
- La fracción mínima de una página flotante que deben ocupar los
- flotantes; predeterminado a ‘.5’.
+ No debe haber líneas en blanco entre ‘\begin{equation}’ y
+‘\begin{equation}’, o LaTeX te dirá que falta el signo de dólar.
-‘\floatsep’
- Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
- página; predeterminado a ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’.
+ El paquete ‘amsmath’ tiene una extensas facilidades para mostrar
+ecuaciones. Los nuevos documentos deben incluir este paquete.
-‘\intextsep’
- Espacio por encima y por debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
- principal; predeterminado a ‘12pt plus2pt minus2pt’ para estilos de
- ‘10pt’ y ‘11pt’, ‘14pt plus4pt minus4pt’ para ‘12pt’.
+8.10 ‘figure’
+=============
-‘\textfloatsep’
- Espacio entre el último/primero flotante en la parte
- superior/inferior de una página; de manera predeterminada a ‘20pt
- plus2pt minus4pt’.
+Sinopsis:
-‘\textfraction’
- Mínima fracción de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
- ocupan mucho espacio preserva tanto texto como sea posible, para
- que los flotantes sean trasladados a una página diferente. El
- predeterminado es ‘.2’.
+ \begin{figure}[PLACEMENT]
+ CUERPO DE FIGURA
+ \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE} % opcional
+ \label{LABEL} % opcional
+ \end{figure}
-‘\topfraction’
- Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página que se puede
- ocupar antes de los flotantes; el predeterminado es ‘.7’.
+o:
+
+ \begin{figure*}[PLACEMENT]
+ CUERPO DE FIGURA
+ \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE} % opcional
+ \label{LABEL} % opcional
+ \end{figure*}
+
+ Las figuras son para material que no forma parte del texto normal.
+Un ejemplo es material que no se puede dividir en dos páginas, tal como
+gráficos. Debido a esto, LaTeX no escribe cifras en secuencia con texto
+normal, sino que los “hace flotar” a un lugar conveniente, como la parte
+superior de una página siguiente (*note Flotantes::).
+
+ El CUERPO DE FIGURA puede consistir en gráficos importados (*note
+Gráficos::), o texto, comandos de LaTeX, etc. Está escrito en un
+‘parbox’ de ancho ‘\textwidth’.
+
+ Los posibles valores de PLACEMENT son ‘h’ para ‘aquí’, ‘t’ para
+‘top’, ‘b’ para ‘bottom’ y ‘p’ para ‘en una página de flotantes
+separada’. Para el efecto de estas opciones en el algoritmo de
+colocación de flotantes, *note Flotantes::.
+
+ La forma destacada ‘figure*’ se usa cuando un documento está en modo
+de doble columna (*note \twocolumn::). Produce una figura que abarca
+ambas columnas, en la parte superior de la página. Para agregar la
+posibilidad de colocar en la parte inferior de una página, ve la
+discusión de PLACEMENT ‘b’ en *note Flotantes::.
+
+ La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas (*note
+Referencias cruzadas::). El comando opcional ‘\caption’ especifica el
+texto del título para la figura (*note \caption::). De manera
+predeterminada está numerado. Si LOFTITLE está presente, se usa en la
+lista de figuras en lugar de TITLE (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::).
+
+ Este ejemplo hace una figura a partir de un gráfico. LaTeX colocará
+ese gráfico y su título en la parte superior de una página o, si se
+empuja al final del documento, en una página de flotantes.
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{figure}[t]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{CTANlion.png}
+ \caption{El CTAN lion, por Duane Bibby}
+ \end{figure}
-9.11 ‘filecontents’: Crear un archivo externo
-=============================================
+8.11 ‘filecontents’
+===================
Sinopsis:
- \begin{filecontents}{NOMBRE-DEL-ARCHIVO}
- TEXTO
+ \begin{filecontents}[OPTION]{FILENAME}
+ TEXT
\end{filecontents}
- o
+o
- \begin{filecontents*}{NOMBRE-DEL-ARCHIVO}
- TEXTO
+ \begin{filecontents*}[OPTION]{FILENAME}
+ TEXT
\end{filecontents*}
- LaTeX crea un archivo llamado NOMBRE-DEL-ARCHIVO cuyo contenido es
-TEXTO. El entorno sin ‘*’ pone comentario de cabecera ; ver el ejemplo
-más abajo. Con ‘*’ ‘filecontents*’ no incluye el comentario de
-cabecera.
+ Crea un archivo llamado FILENAME en el directorio actual (o el
+directorio de salida, si se especifica; *note directorio de salida::) y
+escribir TEXT en él. De forma predeterminada, un archivo existente no
+se sobrescribe.
+
+ La versión sin estrella del entorno ‘filecontents’ prefija el
+contenido del archivo creado con un encabezado de comentarios TeX; ve el
+siguiente ejemplo. La versión protagonista ‘filecontents*’ no incluye
+el encabezado.
+
+ Las opciones posibles son::
+
+‘force’
+‘overwrite’
+ La opción ‘overwrite’ para ‘filecontents’ Sobrescribe un archivo
+ existente.
+
+‘noheader’
+ Omite el encabezado. Equivale a usar ‘filecontents*’.
- Este entorno puede ser utilizado en cualquier lugar en el preámbulo,
-aunque aparezca en general antes de la instrucción ‘\documentclass’. Es
-típicamente utilizado cuando el archivo fuente necesita un archivo no
-estándar de estilo o de clase. El entorno permite escribir este archivo
-en el repertorio que contiene este archivo y así de devolver el código
-fuente autónoma. Otra utilización es incluir referencia al formato
-‘bib’ en el archivo fuente, lo mismo para hacerlo autónomo.
+‘nosearch’
+ Solo verifica el directorio actual (y el directorio de salida, si
+ se ha especificado) para un archivo existente, no la ruta de
+ búsqueda completa.
- El entorno verifica si un archivo con lo mismo nombre ya existe, y si
-sí, no hace nada. Hay un paquete ‘filecontents’ quién vuelve a definir
-el entorno ‘filecontents’ de modo que en lugar de no hacer nada en este
-caso, sobrescribe en el archivo existente.
+ Estas opciones se agregaron en una versión de LaTeX de 2019.
- Por ejemplo, este documento
+ Este entorno se puede utilizar en cualquier parte del preámbulo,
+aunque a menudo aparece antes del comando ‘\documentclass’. Esta
+comúnmente se usa para crear un ‘.bib’ u otro archivo de datos similar
+desde el origen del documento principal, para que el archivo fuente sea
+autónomo. Del mismo modo, se puede usar para crear un estilo
+personalizado o un archivo de clase, nuevamente haciendo que la fuente
+sea autónoma.
+
+ Por ejemplo, este documento::
\documentclass{article}
\begin{filecontents}{JH.sty}
- \newcommand{\minombre}{Jim Hef{}feron}
+ \newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
\end{filecontents}
\usepackage{JH}
\begin{document}
- Un artículo de \minombre.
+ Artículo por \myname.
\end{document}
- produce este archivo ‘JH.sty’.
+produce este archivo ‘JH.sty’:
- %% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
- %% generated by the `filecontents' environment
- %% from source `test' on 2015/10/12.
+ %% Archivo LaTeX2e `JH.sty'
+ %% generado por el entorno `filecontents'
+ %% de la fuente `test' el 12/10/2015.
%%
- \newcommand{\minombre}{Jim Hef{}feron}
+ \newcommand{\myname}{Jim Hef{}feron}
-9.12 ‘flushleft’
+8.12 ‘flushleft’
================
+Sinopsis:
+
\begin{flushleft}
- LÍNEA1 \\
- LÍNEA2 \\
- ...
+ LINE1 \\
+ LINE2 \\
+ ...
\end{flushleft}
- El entorno ‘flushleft’ le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen de la mano izquierda y no están
-justificadas a la derecha. Cada línea se debe terminar con ‘\\’.
+ Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular al lado derecho. Si tienes filas demasiado largas
+entonces LaTeX las dividirá de una manera que evite la separación
+silábica y alargar o achicar los espacios entre palabras. Para forzar
+una nueva línea usa una doble barra invertida, ‘\\’. Para la forma de
+declaración *note \raggedright::.
-9.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
+ Esto crea un cuadro de texto que tiene como máximo 3 pulgadas de
+ancho, con el texto alineado a la izquierda e irregular a la derecha.
+
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}{3in}
+ \begin{flushleft}
+ Una oración larga que será dividida por \LaTeX{}
+ en un lugar conveniente. \\
+ Y, una nueva línea forzada por la doble barra invertida.
+ \end{flushleft}
+ \end{minipage}
+
+8.12.1 ‘\raggedright’
---------------------
-La declaración ‘\raggedright’ corresponde al entorno ‘flushleft’. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como ‘quote’ o en
-un ‘parbox’.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ {\raggedright ... }
+
+o
- A diferencia del entorno ‘flushleft’, la instrucción ‘\raggedright’
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia como aplica LaTeX
-el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la
-unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción ‘\end’ que termina la unidad de párrafo.
+ \begin{ENVIRONMENT} \raggedright
+ ...
+ \end{ENVIRONMENT}
+
+ Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular a la derecha. Se puede usar dentro de un
+ENVIRONMENT como ‘quote’ o en un ‘parbox’. Para la forma del
+entorno *note flushleft::.
+
+ A diferencia del entorno ‘flushleft’, ‘\raggedright’ el comando no
+inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia en cómo LaTeX da formato a las
+unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una unidad de párrafo,
+el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea en blanco o el
+comando ‘\end’ que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+
+ Aquí ‘\raggedright’ en cada segunda columna evita que LaTeX haga una
+composición tipográfica incómoda para encajar el texto en la columna
+reducida. Ten en cuenta que ‘\raggedright’ está dentro de llaves
+‘{...}’ para delimitar su efecto.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{rp{2in}}
+ Equipo alfa &{\raggedright Este equipo hace todo el trabajo real.} \\
+ Equipo beta &{\raggedright Este equipo se asegura de que el
+ enfriador de agua nunca esté vacío.} \\
+ \end{tabular}
-9.13 ‘flushright’
+8.13 ‘flushright’
=================
\begin{flushright}
- LÍNEA1 \\
- LÍNEA2 \\
- ...
+ LINE1 \\
+ LINE2 \\
+ ...
\end{flushright}
- El entorno ‘flushright’ le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen a mano derecha e irregulares a
-la izquierda. Cada línea se debe terminar con ‘\\’.
+ Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+derecho e irregular al izquierdo. Si tienes filas demasiado largas para
+ajustarse a los márgenes, entonces LaTeX los dividirá de una manera que
+evita la división con guiones y la ampliación o reducción de los
+espacios entre palabras. Para forzar una nueva línea usa una barra
+invertida doble, ‘\\’. Para la forma de declaración *note
+\raggedleft::.
+
+ Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno, *note flushleft::,
+donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para reemplazar ‘flushleft’ por
+‘flushright’.
-9.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
+8.13.1 ‘\raggedleft’
--------------------
-La declaración ‘\raggedleft’ corresponde al entorno ‘flushright’. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como ‘quote’ o en
-un ‘parbox’.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ {\raggedleft ... }
+
+o
+
+ \begin{ENVIRONMENT} \raggedleft
+ ...
+ \end{ENVIRONMENT}
+
+ Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+derecho e izquierdo irregular. Se puede usar dentro de un ENVIRONMENT
+como ‘quote’ o en un ‘parbox’. Para la forma del entorno *note
+flushright::.
- A diferencia del entorno ‘flushright’, la instrucción ‘\raggedleft’
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia como aplica LaTeX
-el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la
-unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción ‘\end’ que termina la unidad de párrafo.
+ A diferencia del entorno ‘flushright’, ‘\raggedleft’ el comando no
+inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia cómo LaTeX da formato a las
+unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una unidad de párrafo,
+el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea en blanco o el
+comando ‘\end’ que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
-9.14 ‘itemize’
+ Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno, *note
+\raggedright::, donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para reemplazar
+‘\raggedright’ por ‘\raggedleft’.
+
+8.14 ‘itemize’
==============
Sinopsis:
\begin{itemize}
- \item ELEMENTO1
- \item ELEMENTO2
- ...
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL PRIMER ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ PRIMER ELEMENTO
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL SEGUNDO ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ SEGUNDO ELEMENTO
+ ...
\end{itemize}
- El entorno ‘itemize’ produce una lista “no ordenada”, “con viñetas”.
-Se pueden anidar entorno itemize dentro de otros, hasta cuatro niveles
-de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros entornos que marcan
-párrafos, tal como ‘enumerate’ (*note enumerate::).
-
- Cada elemento de una lista ‘itemize’ comienza con una instrucción
-‘\item’. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción ‘\item’.
+ Produce una “lista desordenada”, a veces denominada lista con
+viñetas. Ahí debe haber al menos un ‘\item’ dentro del entorno; no
+tiene ninguna causa el error LaTeX ‘Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item
+faltante’.
- De forma predeterminada, las marcas en cada nivel tienen esta
-apariencia:
+ Esto da una lista de dos elementos.
- 1. • (bala)
- 2. -- (guión en negrita)
- 3. * (asterisco)
- 4. . (punto centrado, aquí representado como un punto)
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Dibujo a lápiz y acuarela por Cassandra
+ \item Retrato de arroz
+ \end{itemize}
- El entorno ‘itemize’ utiliza las instrucciones desde ‘\labelitemi’
-hasta ‘\labelitemiv’ para producir la etiqueta predeterminada. De modo
-que, usted puede usar ‘\renewcommand’ para cambiar las etiquetas. Por
-ejemplo, para que en primer nivel utilice diamantes:
+Con la configuración regional predeterminada — sin cargar, por ejemplo,
+el paquete ‘babel’ con otro idioma que no sea inglés—como una lista de
+nivel superior cada etiqueta saldría como una viñeta, •. El formato del
+etiquetado depende del nivel de anidamiento; ve abajo.
+
+ Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando ‘\item’ (*note \item::).
+Si le das a ‘\item’ un argumento opcional entre corchetes siguiéndolo,
+como en ‘\item[ETIQUETA OPTIONAL]’, entonces de manera predeterminada
+ETIQUETA OPCIONAL aparecerá en negrita y alineada a la derecha, por lo
+que se podría extender hasta el margen izquierdo. Para las etiquetas
+que están niveladas a la izquierda, consulta el entorno *note
+description::. Después del ‘\item’ está el texto del elemento, que
+puede estar vacío o contener varios párrafos.
+
+ Las listas desordenadas se pueden anidar una dentro de otra, hasta
+cuatro niveles de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros
+entornos de creación de párrafos, como ‘enumerate’ (*note enumerate::).
+
+ El entorno ‘itemize’ usa los comandos ‘\labelitemi’ a través de
+‘\labelitemiv’ para generar la etiqueta predeterminada (ten en cuenta la
+convención de números romanos en minúsculas al final de los nombres de
+los comandos que significan el nivel de anidamiento). Estas son las
+marcas predeterminadas en cada nivel.
+
+ 1. • (bullet, de ‘\textbullet’)
+ 2. -- (bold en-dash, de ‘\normalfont\bfseries\textendash’)
+ 3. * (asterisco, de ‘\textasteriskcentered’)
+ 4. . (verticalmente centrado dot, representado aquí como un punto, de
+ ‘\textperiodcentered’)
+
+ Cambia las etiquetas con ‘\renewcommand’. Por ejemplo, esto hace que
+el primer nivel use diamantes.
\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
- Los parámetros desde ‘\leftmargini’ hasta ‘\leftmarginvi’ definen la
-distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y el margen
-izquierdo de la lista. Por convención, ‘\leftmargin’ se fija al
-‘\leftmarginN’ adecuado cuando ingresa a un nuevo nivel de anidamiento.
-
- El predeterminado varía desde ‘.5em’ (el nivel de anidamiento
-superior) a ‘2.5em’ (el primer nivel), y se reduce un poco en modo
-two-column. En este ejemplo se reduce mucho el espacio del margen para
-las listas anidadas:
+ La distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y el
+margen izquierdo de la lista ‘itemize’ está determinado por el
+parámetros ‘\leftmargini’ a ‘\leftmarginvi’. (Esto también usa la
+convención de usar números romanos en minúsculas al final del nombre del
+comando para indicar el nivel de anidamiento). Los valores
+predeterminados son: ‘2.5em’ en el nivel 1 (‘2em’ en modo de dos
+columnas), ‘2.2em’ en el nivel 2, ‘1.87em’ en el nivel 3 y ‘1.7em’ en el
+nivel 4, con valores más pequeños para niveles anidados más profundos.
+
+ Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas LaTeX, *note
+description:: y *note enumerate::. ‘itemize’, los entornos ‘enumerate’
+y ‘description’ usan la misma lista de parámetros de diseño. Para
+obtener una descripción, incluidos los valores predeterminados, y para
+obtener información sobre cómo personalizar el diseño de la lista, *note
+list::. El paquete ‘enumitem’ es útil para personalizar listas.
+
+ Este ejemplo reduce en gran medida el espacio del margen para los
+elementos detallados más externos de listas.
\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % predeterminado 2.5em
- Algunos parámetros que afectan el formato de la lista:
+ Especialmente para listas con artículos cortos, puede ser deseable
+eludir espacio entre elementos. Aquí hay un ejemplo que define un
+entorno ‘itemize*’ sin espacios adicionales entre elementos o entre
+párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (‘\parskip’ no es específico de la
+lista, *note \parindent y \parskip::):
+
+ \newenvironment{itemize*}%
+ {\begin{itemize}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
+ {\end{itemize}}
+
+8.15 entorno ‘letter’: escribir cartas
+======================================
+
+Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. *Note Cartas::.
+
+8.16 ‘list’
+===========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \begin{list}{LABELING}{SPACING}
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL PRIMER ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ PRIMER ELEMENTO
+ \item[ETIQUETA OPCIONAL DEL SEGUNDO ELEMENTO] TEXTO DEL
+ SEGUNDO ELEMENTO
+ ...
+ \end{list}
+
+ Un entorno para la construcción de listas.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que este entorno no suele aparecer en el cuerpo del
+documento. La mayoría de las listas creadas por los autores de LaTeX
+son las que vienen estándar: los entornos ‘description’, ‘enumerate’ e
+‘itemize’ (*note description::, *note enumerate:: y *note itemize::).
+
+ En cambio, el entorno ‘list’ se usa con mayor frecuencia en macros.
+Por ejemplo, muchos entornos LaTeX estándar que no funcionan
+inmediatamente parecen ser listas, de hecho están construidos usando
+‘list’, incluyendo ‘quotation’, ‘quote’ y ‘center’ (*note comillas y
+citas::, *note center::).
+
+ Este usa el entorno ‘list’ para definir un nuevo entorno
+personalizado.
+
+ \newcounter{namedlistcounter} % número de elementos
+ \newenvironment{named}
+ {\begin{list}
+ {Item~\Roman{namedlistcounter}.} % etiquetado
+ {\usecounter{namedlistcounter} % establece el contador
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{3.5em}} % establece el espaciado
+ }
+ {\end{list}}
+
+ \begin{named}
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~I.''
+ \item[Etiqueta especial.] Se muestra como ``Etiqueta especial.''
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~II.''
+ \end{named}
+
+ El primer argumento obligatorio LABELING especifica el valor
+predeterminado de etiquetado de los elementos de la lista. Puede
+contener comandos de texto y LaTeX, como arriba donde contiene ‘Item’ y
+‘\Roman{...}’. LaTeX forma la etiqueta poniendo el argumento LABELING
+en un cuadro de ancho ‘\labelwidth’. Si la etiqueta es más ancha que
+eso, el material adicional se extiende a la derecha. Al hacer una
+instancia de una ‘list’ puedes redefinir el etiquetado predeterminado
+dando a ‘\item’ un argumento opcional al incluir corchetes y el texto,
+como en la ‘\item[Etiqueta especial.]’; *note \item::.
+
+ El segundo argumento obligatorio SPACING tiene una lista de comandos.
+Esta lista puede estar vacía. Un comando que puede entrar aquí es
+‘\usecounter{COUNTERNAME}’ (*note \usecounter::). Utiliza este
+diciéndole a LaTeX que numere los elementos usando el contador dado. El
+contador se restablecerá a cero cada vez que LaTeX ingrese al entorno, y
+el contador se incrementa en uno cada vez que LaTeX encuentra un ‘\item’
+que no tiene un argumento opcional.
+
+ Otro comando que puede ir en SPACING es ‘\makelabel’, que construye
+el cuadro de etiquetas. De manera predeterminada pone el contenido
+volcado a la derecha. Su único argumento es la etiqueta, que
+composiciones tipográficas en modo LR (*note Modos::). Un ejemplo de
+cambiar su definición es la del ejemplo del ‘named’ anterior, antes de
+la definición del entorno añade
+‘\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}’, y entre el comando
+‘\setlength’ y el paréntesis que cierra el argumento SPACING también
+agrega ‘\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel’. Luego, las etiquetas se
+compondrán en versalitas. Del mismo modo, cambiando la segunda línea
+del código a ‘\let\makelabel\fbox’ pone las etiquetas dentro de una caja
+enmarcada. A continuación se muestra otro ejemplo del comando
+‘\makelabel’, en la definición del entorno ‘redlabel’.
+
+ También a menudo en SPACING hay comandos para redefinir el espacio
+para la lista. A continuación se muestran los parámetros de espaciado
+con sus valores predeterminados. (Los valores predeterminados para
+entornos derivados como ‘itemize’ pueden ser diferentes a los valores
+que se muestran aquí). Consulta también la siguiente figura de lista.
+Cada uno tiene una longitud (*note Longitudes::). Los espacios
+verticales normalmente son longitudes elásticas, con componentes ‘plus’
+y ‘minus’, para darle flexibilidad a TeX en la configuración de la
+página. Cambiar cada uno con un comando como ‘\setlength{itemsep}{2pt
+plus1pt minus1pt}’. Para algunos efectos, estas longitudes deben ser
+cero o negativas.
‘\itemindent’
- Sangrado extra antes de cada elemento de una lista; predeterminado
- a cero.
+ Sangría de espacio horizontal adicional, más allá de ‘leftmargin’,
+ de la primera línea de cada elemento. Su valor predeterminado es
+ ‘0pt’.
+
+‘\itemsep’
+ Espacio vertical entre elementos, más allá del ‘\parsep’. Los
+ valores predeterminados para los tres primeros niveles en las
+ clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ con un tamaño de 10
+ puntos son: ‘4pt plus2pt minus 1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (es decir, ‘2pt plus
+ 1pt minus 1pt’), y ‘\topsep’ (es decir, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’).
+ Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos son: ‘4.5pt plus 2pt minus
+ 1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (es decir, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’) y ‘\topsep’
+ (es decir, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’). Los valores predeterminados
+ en 12 puntos son: ‘5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt’, ‘\parsep’ (es decir,
+ ‘2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’), y ‘\topsep’ (es decir, ‘2.5pt plus 1pt
+ minus 1pt’).
‘\labelsep’
- Espacio entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento; predeterminado
- a ‘.5em’.
+ Espacio horizontal entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento. El
+ valor predeterminado para las clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’, y
+ ‘report’ es ‘0.5em’.
‘\labelwidth’
- Ancho de la etiqueta; predeterminado a ‘2em’, o ‘1.5em’ en modo
- two-column.
+ Ancho horizontal. La caja que contiene la etiqueta nominalmente es
+ así de ancha. Si ‘\makelabel’ devuelve un texto más ancho que
+ este, entonces la primera línea del elemento se sangrará para dejar
+ espacio para este material adicional. Si ‘\makelabel’ devuelve
+ texto de ancho menor o igual que ‘\labelwidth’ entonces el valor
+ predeterminado de LaTeX es que la etiqueta está compuesta al ras en
+ una caja de este ancho.
+
+ El borde izquierdo del cuadro de etiqueta es
+ ‘\leftmargin’+‘\itemindent’-‘\labelsep’-‘\labelwidth’ del margen
+ izquierdo del entorno envolvente.
+
+ El valor predeterminado para las clases ‘article’, ‘book’ y
+ ‘report’ de LaTeX en el nivel superior es
+ ‘\leftmargini’-‘\labelsep’, (que es ‘2em’ en modo una columna y
+ ‘1.5em’ en modo de dos columnas). En el segundo nivel es
+ ‘\leftmarginii’-‘\labelsep’, y en el tercer nivel es
+ ‘\leftmarginiii’-‘\labelsep’. Estas definiciones hacen que el
+ borde izquierdo de la etiqueta coincida con el margen izquierdo del
+ entorno envolvente.
+
+‘\leftmargin’
+ Espacio horizontal entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente
+ (o el margen izquierdo de la página si se trata de una lista de
+ nivel superior), y el margen izquierdo de esta lista. No debe ser
+ negativo.
+
+ En las clases de documentos estándar de LaTeX, una lista de nivel
+ superior tiene este conjunto al valor de ‘\leftmargini’, mientras
+ que una lista anidada dentro una lista de nivel superior tiene este
+ margen establecido en ‘\leftmarginii’. Las listas más
+ profundamente anidadas obtienen los valores de ‘\leftmarginiii’ a
+ través de ‘\leftmarginvi’. (La anidación superior al nivel cinco
+ genera el mensaje de error ‘Anidado demasiado profundo’).
+
+ Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las
+ clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ son: ‘\leftmargini’ es
+ ‘2.5em’ (en modo de dos columnas, ‘2em’), ‘\leftmarginii’ es
+ ‘2.2em’ y ‘\leftmarginiii’ es ‘1.87em’.
‘\listparindent’
- Sangría extra añadida al segundo y subsecuentes párrafos, dentro de
- un elemento de la lista; predeterminado a ‘0pt’.
+ Espacio horizontal de sangría de línea adicional, más allá de
+ ‘\leftmargin’, para el segundo y posteriores párrafos dentro de una
+ lista ‘item’. Un valor negativo lo convierte en “outdent”. Su
+ valor predeterminado es ‘0pt’.
-‘\rightmargin’
- Distancia horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el
- entorno envolvente; de manera predeterminada ‘0pt’, salbo en los
- entornos ‘quote’, ‘quotation’ y ‘verse’, donde se hace igual a
- ‘\leftmargin’.
-
- Parámetros que afectan el espaciamiento vertical entre elementos de
-la lista (más bien libre, de manera predeterminada).
+‘\parsep’
+ Espacio vertical entre párrafos dentro de un elemento. Los valores
+ predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las clases LaTeX
+ ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ con un tamaño de 10 puntos son: ‘4pt
+ plus 2pt minus 1pt’, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’ y ‘0pt’. Los valores
+ predeterminados en tamaño de 11 puntos son: ‘4.5pt plus 2pt minus
+ 1pt’, ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’, y ‘0pt’. Los valores predeterminados
+ en tamaño de 12 puntos son: ‘5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt’, ‘2.5pt plus
+ 1pt minus 1pt’ y ‘0pt’.
-‘\itemsep’
- Espacio vertical entre elementos. El predeterminado es ‘2pt
- plus1pt minus1pt’ para ‘10pt’ documentos, ‘3pt plus2pt minus1pt’
- para ‘11pt’ y ‘4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt’ para ‘12pt’.
+‘\partopsep’
+ Espacio vertical agregado, más allá de ‘\topsep’+‘\parskip’, en la
+ parte superior y la parte inferior de todo el entorno si la
+ instancia de la lista está precedida por una línea en blanco. (Una
+ línea en blanco en la fuente LaTeX antes de la lista cambia el
+ espaciado en la parte superior e inferior de la lista; si la línea
+ siguiente a la lista está en blanco, no importa).
+
+ Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las
+ clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ con un tamaño de 10
+ puntos son: ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’, ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’ y
+ ‘1pt plus0pt minus1pt’. Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos
+ son: ‘3pt plus1pt minus1pt’, ‘3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’ y ‘1pt
+ plus0pt minus 1pt’). Los valores predeterminados en 12 puntos son:
+ ‘3pt plus 2pt minus 3pt’, ‘3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt’ y ‘1pt plus0pt
+ minus 1pt’.
-‘\parsep’
- Espacio vertical extra entre párrafos dentro de un elemento de la
- lista. Los predeterminados son los mismos que para ‘\itemsep’.
+‘\rightmargin’
+ Espacio horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el margen
+ derecho del entorno envolvente. Su valor predeterminado es ‘0pt’.
+ No debe ser negativo.
‘\topsep’
- Espacio vertical entre el primer elemento y el párrafo anterior.
+ Espacio vertical agregado a la parte superior e inferior de la
+ lista, además a ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent y \parskip::). Los
+ valores predeterminados para los tres primeros niveles en las
+ clases LaTeX ‘article’, ‘book’ y ‘report’ con un tamaño de 10
+ puntos son: ‘8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt’, ‘4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt’ y
+ ‘2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’. Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos
+ son: ‘9pt plus 3pt minus 5pt’, ‘4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt’ y ‘2pt
+ plus 1pt minus 1pt’. Los valores predeterminados para 12 puntos
+ son: ‘10pt plus 4pt minus 6pt’, ‘5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt’, y
+ ‘2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt’.
+
+ Esto muestra las distancias horizontal y vertical.
+
+.......................................................................
+..............Surrounding environment, preceding material.............. -
+ | v0
+ |---h0--|-h1-| |
+ ..Label.. .....First item..................................... -
+ ............................................................
+ ............................................................ -
+ | v1
+ ........First item, second paragraph .................. -
+ |-h2-| | v2
+ |
+ ..Label.. .....Second item.................................... -
+ ............................................................
+ ............................................................ -
+|-h3--|-h4-| |-h5-| |v3
+ |
+..............Surrounding environment, following material.............. -
+.......................................................................
+
+ Las longitudes que se muestran se enumeran a continuación. La
+relación clave es que el borde derecho del paréntesis para H1 es igual
+al borde derecho del corchete para H4, de modo que el borde izquierdo
+del cuadro de etiqueta esté en H3+H4-(H0+H1).
+
+V0
+ ‘\topsep’ + ‘\parskip’ si el entorno de la lista no comienza un
+ nuevo párrafo, y ‘\topsep’+‘\parskip’+‘\partopsep’ si lo comienza
+
+V1
+ ‘\parsep’
+
+V2
+ ‘\itemsep’+‘\parsep’
+
+V3
+ Igual que V0. (Este espacio se ve afectado por si una línea en
+ blanco aparece en la fuente por encima del entorno; si una línea en
+ blanco aparece en la fuente debajo del entorno no importa).
+
+H0
+ ‘\labelwidth’
+
+H1
+ ‘\labelsep’
+
+H2
+ ‘\listparindent’
+
+H3
+ ‘\leftmargin’
+
+H4
+ ‘\itemindent’
+
+H5
+ ‘\rightmargin’
+
+ Los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la lista, que se muestran arriba
+como H3 y H5, son con respecto a las proporcionadas por el entorno
+circundante, o con respecto a los márgenes de página para una lista de
+nivel superior. El ancho de línea utilizado para componer los elementos
+de la lista es ‘\linewidth’ (*note Parámetros de composición de
+página::). Por ejemplo, establece el margen izquierdo de la lista para
+que sea una cuarta parte de la distancia entre los márgenes izquierdo y
+derecho del entorno envolvente con
+‘\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25\linewidth}’.
+
+ Los saltos de página en una estructura de lista están controlados por
+los tres parámetros a continuación. Para cada uno, el valor
+predeterminado de LaTeX es ‘-\@lowpenalty’, es decir, ‘-51’. Porque es
+negativo, de alguna manera fomenta un salto de página en cada punto.
+Cambiarlo con, por ejemplo, ‘\@beginparpenalty=9999’; un valor de 10000
+prohíbe un salto de página.
+
+‘\@beginparpenalty’
+ La penalización de salto de página por romper antes de la lista
+ (predeterminado ‘-51’).
+
+‘\@itempenalty’
+ La penalización por salto de página al romper antes de un elemento
+ de lista (predeterminado ‘-51’).
+
+‘\@endparpenalty’
+ La penalización de salto de página por romper después de una lista
+ (predeterminado ‘-51’).
+
+ El paquete ‘enumitem’ es útil para personalizar listas.
+
+ Este ejemplo tiene las etiquetas en rojo. Están numeradas, y el
+borde izquierdo de la etiqueta se alinea con el borde izquierdo del
+texto del elemento. *Note \usecounter::.
+
+ \usepackage{color}
+ \newcounter{cnt}
+ \newcommand{\makeredlabel}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1.}}
+ \newenvironment{redlabel}
+ {\begin{list}
+ {\arabic{cnt}}
+ {\usecounter{cnt}
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{0em}
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{0.5em}
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{0.5em} % equals \labelwidth+\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel
+ }
+ }
+ {\end{list}}
+
+8.16.1 ‘\item’: Una entrada en una lista
+----------------------------------------
- Para listas de nivel superior, el predeterminado es ‘8pt plus2pt
- minus4pt’ para ‘10pt’ documentos, ‘9pt plus3pt minus5pt’ para
- ‘11pt’ y ‘10pt plus4pt minus6pt’ para ‘12pt’. Estos se reducen en
- listas anidadas.
+Sinopsis:
-‘\partopsep’
- Espacio extra añadido a ‘\topsep’ cuando el entorno lista comienza
- un párrafo. El valor predeterminado es ‘2pt plus1pt minus1pt’ para
- ‘10pt’ documentos, ‘3pt plus1pt minus1pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘3pt
- plus2pt minus2pt’ para ‘12pt’.
-
- Sobre todo para listas con elementos cortos, puede ser conveniente
-eludir los espacios entre ellos. He aquí un ejemplo de una definición
-del entorno ‘itemize*’ sin espacio extra entre elementos o entre
-párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (‘\parskip’ no es específico de la
-lista, *note \parskip::):
+ \item texto del elemento
- \newenvironment{itemize*}%
- {\begin{itemize}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
- {\end{itemize}}
+o
-9.15 Entorno ‘letter’: Escribiendo Cartas
-=========================================
+ \item[OPTIONAL-LABEL] texto del elemento
-Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. *Note Cartas::.
+ Una entrada en una lista. Las entradas están precedidas por una
+etiqueta, cuyo valor predeterminado depende del tipo de lista.
-9.16 ‘list’
-===========
+ Porque la etiqueta opcional está entre corchetes ‘[...]’, si tienes
+un elemento cuyo texto comienza con [, tienes que ocultar el corchete
+dentro de las llaves, como en: ‘\item {[} es un corchete de apertura’;
+de lo contrario, LaTeX pensará en la marca como el comienzo de una
+etiqueta opcional.
-El entorno ‘list’ es un entorno genérico que se utiliza para definir
-mucho de los entornos más específicos. Este rara vez se utiliza en
-documentos, pero a muy menudo en las macros.
+ Del mismo modo, si el artículo tiene la etiqueta opcional y necesitas
+un corchete de cierre dentro de esa etiqueta, lo debes ocultar en la
+misma forma: ‘\item[Corchete de cierre, {]}]’. *Note Sintaxis del
+comando LaTeX::.
- \begin{list}{ETIQUETADO}{ESPACIADO}
- \item ELEMENTO1
- \item ELEMENTO2
- ...
- \end{list}
+ En este ejemplo, la lista de enumeración tiene dos elementos que usan
+el valor de etiqueta predeterminado y otra que usa la etiqueta opcional.
- El argumento obligatorio ETIQUETADO especifica como se deben
-etiquetar los elementos (a menos que se especifique el argumento
-opcional ‘\item’). Este argumento es una pieza de texto que se inserta
-en una caja para formar la etiqueta. Este se puede y suele contener
-otras instrucciones LaTeX.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Moe
+ \item[a veces] Shemp
+ \item Larry
+ \end{enumerate}
- El argumento obligatorio SPACING contiene instrucciones para cambiar
-los parámetros de espaciado para la lista. Este argumento por lo
-regular está vacío, es decir, ‘{}’, lo cual deja el espaciado
-predeterminado.
+ El primer elemento está etiquetado como ‘1.’, el segundo elemento
+está etiquetado ‘a veces’, y el tercer elemento está etiquetado como
+‘2.’. Porque de la etiqueta opcional en el segundo artículo, el tercer
+artículo no está etiquetado ‘3.’.
+
+8.16.2 ‘trivlist’: Una forma restringida de ‘list’
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
-9.17 ‘math’
+ \begin{trivlist}
+ ...
+ \end{trivlist}
+
+ Una versión restringida del entorno list, en la que los márgenes no
+son sangrados y un ‘\item’ sin un argumento opcional no produce texto.
+Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia en macros, para definir un entorno en el
+que el comando ‘\item’ es parte de la definición del entorno. Para
+instancia, el entorno ‘center’ se define esencialmente como este:
+
+ \newenvironment{center}
+ {\begin{trivlist}\centering\item\relax}
+ {\end{trivlist}}
+
+ El uso de ‘trivlist’ de esta manera permite que la macro herede algún
+código común: combinar el espacio vertical de dos entornos adyacentes;
+detectar si el texto que sigue al entorno debe ser considerado un nuevo
+párrafo o una continuación del anterior; ajustar los márgenes izquierdo
+y derecho para un posible entorno de lista anidada.
+
+ Específicamente, ‘trivlist’ usa los valores actuales de los
+parámetros de lista (*note list::), excepto que ‘\parsep’ se establece
+en el valor de ‘\parskip’, y ‘\leftmargin’, ‘\labelwidth’, e
+‘\itemindent’ se establecen en cero.
+
+ Este ejemplo genera los elementos como dos párrafos, excepto que (de
+manera predeterminada) no tienen sangría de párrafo y están separados
+verticalmente.
+
+ \begin{trivlist}
+ \item La \textit{Sorpresa} no es antigua; nadie la llamaría vieja.
+ \item Ella tiene un arco de farol, lindas líneas.
+ \end{trivlist}
+
+8.17 ‘math’
===========
Sinopsis:
\begin{math}
- FÓRMULA-MATEMÁTICA
+ MATH
\end{math}
- El entorno ‘math’ inserta la fórmula MATH dada dentro del texto
-actual. ‘\(...\))’ y ‘$...$’ son sinónimos. *Note Fórmulas
-Matemáticas::.
+ El entorno ‘math’ inserta material dado MATH dentro del texto en
+ejecución. ‘\(...\)’ y ‘$...$’ son sinónimos. *Note Fórmulas math::.
-9.18 ‘minipage’
+8.18 ‘minipage’
===============
- \begin{minipage}[POSICIÓN][ALTO][POS-INTERNA]{ANCHO}
- TEXTO
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \begin{minipage}{WIDTH}
+ CONTENIDO
+ \end{minipage}
+
+o
+
+ \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}
+ CONTENIDO
+ \end{minipage}
+
+ Pon CONTENIDO en un cuadro que tenga un ancho de WIDTH. Esto es como
+una versión pequeña de una página; puede contener sus propias notas al
+pie, listas detalladas, etc. (Hay algunas restricciones, incluyendo que
+no puede tener flotante). Este cuadro no se dividirá entre páginas.
+Entonces ‘minipage’ es similar a ‘\parbox’ (*note \parbox::) pero aquí
+puedes tener párrafos.
+
+ Este ejemplo tendrá 3 pulgadas de ancho y tiene dos párrafos.
+
+ \begin{minipage}{3in}
+ Stephen Kleene fue uno de los fundadores de la Teoría de la
+ Computación.
+
+ Fue estudiante de Iglesia, escribió tres textos influyentes, fue
+ presidente de la Asociación de Lógica Simbólica, y ganó la Medalla
+ Nacional de Ciencias.
+ \end{minipage}
+
+Ve adelante, para una explicación de la sangría de párrafo dentro de una
+‘minipage’.
+
+ El argumento requerido WIDTH es una longitud rígida (*note
+Longitudes::). Da el ancho de la caja en la que se compone CONTENIDO.
+
+ Hay tres argumentos opcionales, POSITION, HEIGHT e INNER-POS. No es
+necesario incluir los tres. Por ejemplo, obtener la POSITION
+predeterminada y establecer HEIGHT con
+‘\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} CONTENT \end{minipage}’.
+(Obtiene la altura natural con un argumento vacío, ‘[]’).
+
+ El argumento opcional POSITION gobierna cómo ‘minipage’ se alinea
+verticalmente con el material circundante.
+
+‘c’
+ (sinónimo ‘m’) Predeterminado. Posiciona la ‘minipage’ para que su
+ centro vertical se alinee con el centro de la línea de texto
+ adyacente.
+
+‘t’
+ Alinea la línea base de la línea superior en la ‘minipage’ con la
+ línea base del texto circundante (el ‘\vtop’ de TeX simple).
+
+‘b’
+ Alinea la línea base de la línea inferior en la ‘minipage’ con la
+ línea base del texto circundante (el ‘\vbox’ de TeX simple).
+
+ Para ver los efectos de estos, contrasta esta ejecución
+
+ ---\begin{minipage}[c]{0.25in}
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
\end{minipage}
- El entorno ‘minipage’ compone tipográficamente su cuerpo de TEXTO en
-un bloque que no debe abarcar varias páginas. Este es similar a la
-instrucción ‘\parbox’ (*note \parbox::), pero a diferencia de ‘\parbox’,
-se pueden utilizar otros entornos de marcado de párrafos dentro de una
-minipágina.
+con los resultados de cambiar ‘c’ a ‘b’ o ‘t’.
+
+ El argumento opcional HEIGHT es una longitud rígida (*note
+Longitudes::). Establece la altura de la ‘minipage’. Puedes ingresar
+cualquier valor más grande que, igual o más pequeño que el código
+natural de ‘minipage’ height y LaTeX no darán un error o una
+advertencia. También puedes establecer a una altura de cero o un valor
+negativo.
- Los argumentos son los mismos que para ‘\parbox’ (*note \parbox::).
+ El último argumento opcional INNER-POS controla la ubicación de
+CONTENIDO dentro del cuadro. Estos son los valores posibles (el
+predeterminado es el valor de POSITION).
- De forma predeterminada, en el entorno ‘minipage’ los párrafos no
-tienen sangría. Usted puede restablecer la sangría con una instrucción
-tal como ‘\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}’.
+‘t’
+ Coloca CONTENIDO en la parte superior del cuadro.
+
+‘c’
+ Lo coloca en el centro vertical.
- La notas al pie en un entorno ‘minipage’ son manipuladas de una
-manera que es especialmente útil para poner notas en figuras o tablas.
-Una instrucción ‘\footnote’ o ‘\footnotetext’ coloca la nota al pie en
-la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte inferior de
-la página, y esta utiliza el contador ‘\mpfootnote’ en lugar del
-contador normal ‘footnote’ (*note Contadores::).
+‘b’
+ Lo coloca en el fondo de la caja.
+
+‘s’
+ Estira CONTENIDO verticalmente; debe contener espacio elástico
+ verticalmente.
+
+ El argumento INNER-POS tiene sentido cuando la opción HEIGHT se
+establece en un valor mayor que la altura natural de ‘minipage’. Para
+ver el efecto de las opciones, ejecuta este ejemplo con las distintas
+opciones en lugar de ‘b’.
+
+ Texto antes
+ \begin{center}
+ ---\begin{minipage}[c][3in][b]{0.25\textwidth}
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+ Texto después
+
+ De manera predeterminada, los párrafos no tienen sangría en una
+‘minipage’. Cambio que con un comando como
+‘\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}’ en el inicio de CONTENIDO.
+
+ Las notas al pie en un entorno ‘minipage’ se manejan de una manera
+que es particularmente útil para poner notas a pie de página en figuras
+o tablas. Para el comando ‘\footnote’ o ‘\footnotetext’ coloca la nota
+al pie en la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte
+inferior de la página, y usa el contador ‘\mpfootnote’ en lugar del
+contador ordinario ‘footnote’ (*note Contadores::).
+
+ Esto coloca la nota al pie en la parte inferior de la tabla, no en la
+parte inferior de la página.
+
+ \begin{center} % centra la minipágina en la línea
+ \begin{minipage}{2.5in}
+ \begin{center} % centra la tabla dentro de la minipágina
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \textsc{Monarca} &\textsc{Reinado} \\ \hline
+ Isabel II &96 años\footnote{hasta su fallecimiento} \\
+ Victoria &63 años \\
+ Jorge III &59 años
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{centro}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
- No obstante, no ponga una minipágina dentro de otra si usted está
-usando notas al pie; estas pueden terminar mal en la parte inferior de
-la minipágina.
+ Si anidas minipáginas, hay una rareza al usar notas al pie. Las
+notas al pie aparecen en la parte inferior del texto terminadas por la
+siguiente ‘\end{minipage}’ que puede no ser su lugar lógico.
-9.19 ‘picture’
+ Esto coloca una tabla que contiene datos al lado de un gráfico de
+mapa. Ellos están centrados verticalmente.
+
+ % siunitx para tener el especificador de columna S,
+ % que alinea los números en su punto decimal.
+ \usepackage{siunitx}
+ \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}}
+ \hspace{0.1\textwidth}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{r|S}
+ % \multicolumn para eliminar la barra vertical entre los encabezados
+ % de las columnas
+ \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &
+ % llaves para evitar que siunitx malinterprete el
+ % período como separador decimal
+ {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline
+ The Bronx &1.5 \\
+ Brooklyn &2.6 \\
+ Manhattan &1.6 \\
+ Queens &2.3 \\
+ Staten Island &0.5
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+
+8.19 ‘picture’
==============
- \begin{picture}(ancho,alto)(desplazamiento x,desplazamiento y)
- ... INSTRUCCIONES DE IMAGEN ...
+Sinopsis:
+ \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT)
+ COMANDO PICTURE
\end{picture}
- El entorno ‘picture’ le permite crear casi cualquier clase de imagen
-que desee que contenga su texto, lineas, flechas y círculos. Usted le
-dice a LaTeX dónde colocar las cosas en la imagen especificando sus
-coordenadas. Una coordenada es un número que puede tener un punto
-decimal y un signo menos — un número como ‘5’, ‘0.3’ o ‘-3.1416’. Una
-coordenada especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad de longitud
-‘\unitlength’, por lo que si ‘\unitlength’ se ha establecido en ‘1cm’,
-entonces la coordenada 2.54 especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros.
-Sólo debe cambiar el valor de ‘\unitlength’, utilizando la instrucción
-‘\setlength’, fuera del entorno ‘picture’.
-
- Una posición es un par de coordenadas, por ejemplo, ‘(2.4, -5)’, que
-especifican el punto con coordenada x ‘2.4’ y coordenada y ‘-5’. Las
-coordenadas se especifican en la forma habitual con respecto a un
-origen, que normalmente está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la
-imagen. Tenga en cuenta que cuando una posición se presenta como un
-argumento, no se encierra entre llaves; los paréntesis sirven para
-delimitar el argumento.
-
- El entorno ‘picture’ tiene un argumento obligatorio, el cual es una
-‘posición’. este especifica el tamaño de la imagen. El entorno produce
-una caja rectangular con la anchura y altura determinada por los
-argumentos de las coordenadas x e y.
-
- El entorno ‘picture’ también tiene un argumento opcional ‘posición’,
-seguido del argumento ‘tamaño’, que puede cambiar el origen. (A
-diferencia de los argumentos opcionales, este argumento no está
-contenido entre corchetes). El argumento opcional proporciona las
-coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen (con
-el cual se determina el origen). Por ejemplo, si ‘\unitlength’ se ha
-fijado a ‘1mm’, la instrucción
+o
- \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+ \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT)(XOFFSET,YOFFSET)
+ COMANDO PICTURE
+ \end{picture}
-produce una imagen de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de
-altura, cuya esquina inferior izquierda está en el punto (10,20) y cuya
-esquina superior derecha está en el punto (110,220). La primera vez que
-haga un dibujo, normalmente se omite el argumento opcional, dejando el
-origen en el ángulo inferior izquierdo. Si a continuación desea
-modificar su imagen, trasladando todo, basta con añadir el argumento
-opcional apropiado.
+Donde puede haber cualquier número de COMANDO PICTURE.
+
+ Un entorno para crear imágenes simples que contienen líneas, flechas,
+cuadros, círculos y texto. Este entorno no es obsoleto, sino que los
+nuevos documentos suelen utilizar sistemas de creación de gráficos mucho
+más potentes, como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o Asymptote. Ninguno de
+estos están cubiertos en este documento; ve CTAN.
+
+ Para empezar, aquí hay un ejemplo que muestra la ley del
+paralelogramo para sumar vectores.
+
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+ \begin{picture}(6,6) % cuadro de imagen tendrá 6 cm de ancho por
+ % 6 cm de alto
+ \put(0,0){\vector(2,1){4}} % por cada 2 sobre este vector sube 1
+ \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ primer etapa}}
+ \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}}
+ \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ segunda etapa}}
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}}
+ \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }}
+ \end{picture}
- El argumento obligatorio del entorno determina el tamaño nominal de
-la imagen. Esta no necesita tener ninguna relación con el tamaño de la
-imagen real; Felizmente LaTeX le permitirá poner cosas fuera de la
-imagen, o incluso fuera de la página. El tamaño nominal de la imagen lo
-utiliza LaTeX para determinar cuánto espacio dejar para ello.
+ El entorno ‘picture’ tiene un argumento requerido, un par de números
+reales positivos (WIDTH, HEIGHT). Multiplica estos por el valor de
+‘\unitlength’ para obtener el tamaño nominal de la salida, es decir, el
+espacio que reserva LaTeX en la página de salida. Este tamaño nominal
+no es necesario saber qué tan grande es realmente la imagen; LaTeX
+dibujará cosas de picture fuera de la caja de la imagen.
- Todo lo que aparece en una imagen es dibujado por la instrucción
-‘\put’. La instrucción
+ Este entorno también tiene un argumento opcional (XOFFSET, YOFFSET).
+Se utiliza para cambiar el origen. A diferencia de la mayoría de los
+argumentos opcionales, éste no está contenido entre corchetes. Al igual
+que con el argumento requerido, consiste en un par de dos números
+reales, pero estos también pueden ser negativos o nulos. Multiplica
+estos por ‘\unitlength’ para obtener las coordenadas del punto en la
+esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen.
- \put (11.3,-.3){...}
+ Por ejemplo, si ‘\unitlength’ se ha establecido en ‘1mm’, el comando
-coloca el objeto especificado por ‘...’ en la imagen, con su punto de
-referencia en las coordenadas (11.3, -.3). Los puntos de referencia
-para distintos objetos se describen a continuación.
+ \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
- La instrucción ‘\put’ crea una “caja LR”. Puede poner cualquier cosa
-que vaya en una ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox::) en el argumento texto de la
-instrucción ‘\put’. Al hacer esto, el punto de referencia será la
-esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
+produce una caja de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de alto.
+El origen de la imagen es el punto (10mm, 20mm) y, por lo tanto, la
+esquina inferior izquierda está allí, y la esquina superior derecha está
+en (110mm, 220 mm). Cuando primero dibujes una imagen, normalmente
+omite el argumento opcional, dejando el origen en la esquina inferior
+izquierda. Si luego deseas modificar tu imagen cambiando todo, solo
+puedes agregar el argumento opcional apropiado.
+
+ Cada COMANDO PICTURE le dice a LaTeX dónde colocar algo
+proporcionando su posición. Una “position” es un par como ‘(2.4,-5)’
+dando las coordenadas x e y. Una “coordenada” no es una longitud, es un
+número real (puede tener un punto decimal o un signo menos). Eso
+especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad de longitud
+‘\unitlength’, por lo que si ‘\unitlength’ se ha establecido en ‘1cm’,
+entonces la coordenada ‘2.54’ especifica una longitud de 2.54
+centímetros.
- Las instrucciones para ‘picture’ están descritas en las siguientes
-secciones.
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX para ‘\unitlength’ es ‘1pt’. Es una
+longitud rígida (*note Longitudes::). Cámbialo con el comando
+‘\setlength’ (*note \setlength::). Haz este cambio solo fuera de un
+entorno ‘picture’.
-9.19.1 ‘\circle’
-----------------
+ El entorno ‘picture’ admite el uso de expresiones aritméticas
+estándar como números.
+
+ Las coordenadas se dan con respecto a un origen, que de manera
+predeterminada está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen. Ten
+en cuenta que cuando aparece una posición como argumento, como con
+‘\put(1,2){...}’, no está encerrado entre llaves ya que los paréntesis
+sirven para delimitar el argumento. También, a diferencia de algunos
+sistemas de gráficos por ordenador, las coordenadas ‘y’ más grandes son
+más arriba en la página, por ejemplo, y = 1 es _arriba_ y = 0.
+
+ Hay cuatro formas de poner cosas en una imagen: ‘\put’, ‘\multiput’,
+‘\qbezier’ y ‘\graphpaper’. Más a menudo se usa ‘\put’. Este
+
+ \put(11.3,-0.3){...}
+
+coloca el objeto con su punto de referencia en las coordenadas
+(11.3,-0.3). Los puntos de referencia para varios objetos serán
+descritos abajo. El comando ‘\put’ crea un “LR box” (*note Modos::).
+Cualquier cosa que pueda ir en un ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox y \makebox::)
+puede ir en el argumento de texto del comando ‘\put’. El punto de
+referencia será la esquina inferior izquierda de la caja. En esta
+imagen
+
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+ ...\begin{picture}(1,1)
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,0){1}}
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,1){1}}
+ \end{picture}
- \circle[*]{DIÁMETRO}
+los tres puntos están ligeramente a la izquierda del punto del ángulo
+formado por las dos líneas. (Además, ‘\line(1,1){1}’ no requiere una
+línea de longitud uno; más bien la línea tiene un cambio en la
+coordenada x de 1).
- La instrucción ‘\circle’ produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más
-cercano posible al especificado. La forma con ‘*’ de la instrucción
-dibuja un círculo sólido.
+ Los comandos ‘\multiput’, ‘qbezier’ y ‘graphpaper’ están descritos
+abajo.
- Se pueden dibujar círculos de hasta 40 pt.
+ También puedes utilizar este entorno para colocar material arbitrario
+en una ubicación exacta. Por ejemplo:
-9.19.2 ‘\makebox’
------------------
+ \usepackage{color,graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth}
+ \begin{picture}(1,1) % deja espacio, ancho de \textwidth y alto
+ \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}}
+ \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{Guarda X aquí}}
+ \end{picture}
+ \end{center}
- \makebox(ANCHO,ALTO)[POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+La red X será precisamente una cuarta parte del ‘\textwidth’ de el
+margen izquierdo y ‘0.35\textwidth’ hacia arriba desde la parte inferior
+de la imagen. Otro ejemplo de este uso es poner un código similar en el
+encabezado de página para obtener material repetido en cada una de las
+páginas de un documento.
- La instrucción ‘\makebox’ para el entorno ‘picture’ es similar a la
-instrucción normal ‘\makebox’ excepto que usted debe especificar el
-ANCHO y ALTO en múltiplos de ‘\unitlength’.
+8.19.1 ‘\put’
+-------------
- El argumento opcional, ‘[POSICIÓN]’, especifica el cuadrante en el
-que debe aparecer el TEXTO. Usted puede seleccionar hasta dos de los
-siguientes:
+Sinopsis:
-‘t’
- Mueve el elemento a la parte superior del rectángulo.
+ \put(XCOORD,YCOORD){CONTENT}
-‘b’
- Mueve el elemento a la parte inferior.
+ Coloca CONTENT en la coordenada (XCOORD,YCOORD). Ve la discusión de
+coordenadas y ‘\unitlength’ en *note picture::. El CONTENIDO se procesa
+en modo LR (*note Modos::) por lo que no puede contener saltos de línea.
-‘l’
- Mueve el elemento a la izquierda.
+ Esto incluye el texto en la ‘picture’.
-‘r’
- Mueve el elemento hacia la derecha.
+ \put(4.5,2.5){Aplica el \textit{unpoke} move}
- *Note \makebox::.
+ El punto de referencia, la ubicación (4.5,2.5), es la parte inferior
+izquierda del texto, en la parte inferior izquierda de ‘A’.
-9.19.3 ‘\framebox’
+8.19.2 ‘\multiput’
------------------
Sinopsis:
- \framebox(ANCHO,ALTO)[POSICIÓN]{...}
+ \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){NUM-COPIES}{OBJ}
+
+ Copia OBJ un total de NUM-COPIES veces, con un incremento de
+DELTA_X,DELTA_Y. El OBJ aparece primero en la posición (x,y), entonces
+en (x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y), y así sucesivamente.
- La instrucción ‘\framebox’ es como ‘\makebox’ (vea la sección
-anterior), excepto que esta coloca un marco en el exterior alrededor de
-la caja que crea.
+ Esto dibuja una cuadrícula simple con cada quinta línea en negrita
+(ve también *note \graphpaper::).
- La instrucción ‘\framebox’ produce una regla de espesor ‘\fboxrule’,
-y deja un espacio ‘\fboxsep’ entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+ \begin{picture}(10,10)
+ \linethickness{0.05mm}
+ \multiput(0,0)(1,0){10}{\line(0,1){10}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,1){10}{\line(1,0){10}}
+ \linethickness{0.5mm}
+ \multiput(0,0)(5,0){3}{\line(0,1){10}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,5){3}{\line(1,0){10}}
+ \end{picture}
-9.19.4 ‘\dashbox’
+8.19.3 ‘\qbezier’
-----------------
-Dibuja un cuadro con una línea discontinua. Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis:
- \dashbox{GLARGO}(RANCHO,RALTO)[POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ \qbezier(X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)
+ \qbezier[NUM](X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)
+
+ Dibuja una curva de Bézier cuadrática cuyos puntos de control estén
+dados por tres argumentos requeridos ‘(X1,Y1)’, ‘(X2,Y2)’ y ‘(X3,Y3)’.
+Eso es, la curva va de (X1,Y1) a (X3,Y3), es cuadrática y es tal que la
+recta tangente en (X1,Y1) pasa por (X2,Y2), al igual que la recta
+tangente en (X3,Y3).
+
+ Esto dibuja una curva desde la coordenada (1,1) a (1,0).
+
+ \qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
+
+La línea tangente de la curva en (1,1) contiene (1.25,0.75), al igual
+que la recta tangente de la curva en (1,0).
+
+ El argumento opcional NUM da el número de cálculos de puntos
+intermedios. El valor predeterminado es dibujar una curva suave cuyo
+número máximo de puntos es ‘\qbeziermax’ (cambia este valor con
+‘\renewcommand’).
+
+ Esto dibuja un rectángulo con una parte superior ondulada, usando
+‘\qbezier’ para esa curva
+
+ \begin{picture}(8,4)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % eje x
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % eje y
+ \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % lado izquierdo
+ \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % lado derecho
+ \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25)
+ \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5)
+ \thicklines % debajo de aquí, las líneas son el
+ % doble de gruesas
+ \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}}
+ \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Regla trapezoidal}}
+ \end{picture}
- ‘\dashbox’ crea un rectángulo discontinuo alrededor del TEXTO en un
-entorno ‘picture’. Los guiones son de GLARGO unidades de largo, y el
-rectángulo tiene una anchura total de RANCHO y una altura de RALTO. El
-TEXTO es posicionado en la POSICIÓN opcional.
+8.19.4 ‘\graphpaper’
+--------------------
- Un cuadro de líneas discontinuas se ve mejor cuando RANCHO y RALTO
-son múltiplos de GLARGO.
+Sinopsis:
-9.19.5 ‘\frame’
----------------
+ \graphpaper(X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
+ \graphpaper[SPACING](X_INIT,Y_INIT)(X_DIMEN,Y_DIMEN)
-Sinopsis:
+ Dibuja una cuadrícula de coordenadas. Requiere el paquete
+‘graphpap’. El origen de la cuadrícula es ‘(X_INIT,Y_INIT)’. Las
+líneas de la cuadrícula vienen cada SPACING unidades (el valor
+predeterminado es 10). La cuadrícula extiende X_DIMEN unidades hacia la
+derecha y Y_DIMEN unidades hacia arriba. Todos los argumentos deben ser
+números enteros positivos.
- \frame{TEXTO}
+ Esto crea una cuadrícula con siete líneas verticales y once líneas
+horizontales.
- La instrucción ‘\frame’ coloca un marco rectangular alrededor de
-TEXTO. El punto de referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del
-marco. No añade espacio extra entre el marco y el objeto.
+ \usepackage{graphpap} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{picture}(6,20) % en el cuerpo del documento
+ \graphpaper[2](0,0)(12,20)
+ \end{picture}
-9.19.6 ‘\line’
+Las líneas están numeradas cada diez unidades.
+
+8.19.5 ‘\line’
--------------
Sinopsis:
- \line(DECLIVEX,DECLIVEY){LONGITUD}
+ \line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}
+
+ Dibuja una línea. Tiene una pendiente tal que sube verticalmente
+Y_RISE para cada X_RUN horizontal. El TRAVEL es el cambio horizontal
+total — no es la longitud del vector, es el cambio en x. En el caso
+especial de las líneas verticales, donde (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), TRAVEL da
+el cambio en y.
+
+ Esto dibuja una línea que comienza en las coordenadas (1,3).
+
+ \put(1,3){\line(2,5){4}}
+
+Por cada más de 2, esta línea aumentará 5. Porque TRAVEL especifica que
+esto pasa de 4, debe subir a 10. Por lo tanto, su punto final es
+(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13). En particular, ten en cuenta que TRAVEL=4 no es la
+longitud de la línea, es el cambio en x.
+
+ Los argumentos X_RUN y Y_RISE son números enteros que se pueden
+positivo, negativo o cero. (Si ambos son 0 entonces LaTeX trata el
+segundo como 1). Con
+‘\put(X_INIT,Y_INIT){\line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}}’, si X_RUN es
+negativo, el punto final de la línea tiene una primer coordenada menor
+que X_INIT. Si Y_RISE es negativo entonces el punto final de la línea
+tiene una segunda coordenada que es menor que Y_INIT.
+
+ Si TRAVEL es negativo, obtendrás ‘Error de LaTeX: \line incorrecta o
+el argumento \vector.’
+
+ LaTeX estándar solo puede dibujar líneas con un rango limitado de
+pendientes porque estas rectas se forman juntando segmentos de recta de
+letras prefabricadas. Los dos números X_RUN y Y_RISE deben tener
+valores enteros desde −6 hasta 6. Asimismo, deben ser relativamente
+primos, por lo que (X_RUN,Y_RISE) puede ser (2,1) pero no (4,2) (si
+eliges el último, en lugar de líneas obtiene secuencias de puntas de
+flecha; la solución es cambiar a la primera). Para obtener lineas de
+pendiente arbitraria y muchas otras formas en un sistema como ‘picture’,
+ve el paquete ‘pict2e’ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e>). Otra solución
+es usar un sistema de gráficos completo como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o
+Asymptote.
+
+8.19.6 ‘\linethickness’
+-----------------------
- La instrucción ‘\line’ dibuja una línea con la LONGITUD dada y
-declive DECLIVEX/DECLIVEY.
+Sinopsis:
- LaTeX estándar únicamente puede dibujar líneas con DECLIVE = x/y,
-donde x y y tienen valores enteros desde −6 hasta 6. Para líneas de
-cualquier declive, por no hablar de otras formas, vea el paquete
-‘curve2e’ y muchos, muchos otros paquetes en CTAN.
+ \linethickness{DIM}
-9.19.7 ‘\linethickness’
------------------------
+ Declara el grosor de las líneas horizontales y verticales
+subsiguientes en una imagen debe ser DIM, que debe tener una longitud
+positiva (*note Longitudes::). Se diferencia de ‘\thinlines’ y
+‘\thicklines’ en el sentido de que no afecta el grosor de las líneas
+inclinadas, círculos u óvalos (*note \oval::).
-La instrucción ‘\linethickness{ESPESOR}’ declara el grosor de las líneas
-horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture para que sean de
-ESPESOR, el cual debe ser una longitud positiva.
+8.19.7 ‘\thinlines’
+-------------------
- ‘\linethickness’ no afecta el espesor de las líneas inclinadas,
-círculos o los cuartos de círculo dibujados por ‘\oval’.
+Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.4pt. Este es el valor
+predeterminado de grosor, por lo que este comando es innecesario a menos
+que el grosor haya cambiado con *note \linethickness:: o *note
+\thicklines::.
-9.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
+8.19.8 ‘\thicklines’
--------------------
-La instrucción ‘\thicklines’ es un espesor de línea alternativo para
-líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture; compárese *note
-\linethickness:: y *note \thinlines::.
+Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.8pt. Ve también *note
+\linethickness:: y *note \thinlines::. Este comando se ilustra en el
+ejemplo de regla trapezoidal de *note \qbezier::.
-9.19.9 ‘\thinlines’
--------------------
+8.19.9 ‘\circle’
+----------------
-La instrucción ‘\thinlines’ es el espesor de línea predeterminado para
-líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture; compárese *note
-\linethickness:: y *note \thicklines::.
+Sinopsis:
-9.19.10 ‘\multiput’
--------------------
+ \circle{DIAMETER}
+ \circle*{DIAMETER}
-Sinopsis:
- \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){N}{OBJ}
+ Produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más cercano posible al
+especificado. La forma ‘*’ produce un círculo relleno.
+
+ Esto dibuja un círculo de radio 6, centrado en ‘(5,7)’.
- La instrucción ‘\multiput’ copia el objeto OBJ en un patrón regular
-entre imágenes. primero se coloca OBJ en la posición (x,y), luego en la
-posición (x+\delta x,y+\delta y) y así sucesivamente, N veces.
+ \put(5,7){\circle{6}}
-9.19.11 ‘\oval’
+ Los radios disponibles para ‘\circle’ son, en puntos, los números
+pares del 2 al 20, ambos inclusive. Para ‘\circle*’ son todos los
+números enteros del 1 al 15.
+
+8.19.10 ‘\oval’
---------------
Sinopsis:
- \oval(ANCHO,ALTO)[PORCIÓN]
+ \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)
+ \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION]
- La instrucción ‘\oval’ produce un rectángulo con esquinas
-redondeadas. El argumento opcional PORCIÓN le permite seleccionar la
-parte del óvalo vía las siguientes letras:
+ Produce un rectángulo con esquinas redondeadas, en lo sucesivo
+denominado “oval”. El argumento opcional PORTION te permite producir
+sólo la mitad o un cuarto del óvalo. Para medio óvalo toma PORTION para
+que sea uno de estos.
‘t’
- selecciona la parte superior;
+ mitad superior (top)
‘b’
- selecciona la parte inferior;
+ mitad inferior (bottom)
‘r’
- selecciona la parte derecha;
+ mitad derecha (right)
‘l’
- selecciona la parte izquierda.
+ mitad izquierda (left)
- Las “esquinas” del óvalo se hacen con cuartos de círculo con un radio
-máximo de 20pt, por lo tanto los “óvalos” grandes se parecen más a cajas
-con esquinas redondeadas.
+ Produce solo un cuarto del óvalo configurando en PORTION en ‘tr’,
+‘br’, ‘bl’ o ‘tl’.
-9.19.12 ‘\put’
---------------
+ Esto dibuja la mitad superior de un óvalo de 3 de ancho y 7 de alto.
-‘\put(XCOORD,YCOORD){ ... }’
+ \put(5,7){\oval(3,7)[t]}
- La instrucción ‘\put’ coloca el elemento especificado por el
-argumento obligatorio en las coordenadas XCOORD e YCOORD proporcionadas.
+El (5,7) es el centro de todo el óvalo, no solo el centro de la mitad
+superior.
-9.19.13 ‘\shortstack’
+ Estas formas no son elipses. Son rectángulos cuyas esquinas están
+hechas con cuartos de círculo. Estos círculos tienen un radio máximo de
+20pt (*note \circle:: para los tamaños). Por lo tanto, los óvalos
+grandes son solo Marcos con una pequeña cantidad de esquinas
+redondeadas.
+
+8.19.11 ‘\shortstack’
---------------------
Sinopsis:
- \shortstack[POSICIÓN]{...\\...\\...}
+ \shortstack[POSITION]{LINE 1 \\ ... }
+
+ Produce una pila vertical de objetos.
+
+ Esto etiqueta el eje y escribiendo la palabra ‘y’ arriba de la
+palabra ‘eje’.
+
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+ \begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % eje x
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y
+ \put(-0.2,2){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ ejes}}}
+ \end{picture}
- La instrucción ‘\shortstack’ produce un montón de objetos. Las
-posiciones válidas son:
+Para una pila pequeña, el punto de referencia es la parte inferior
+izquierda de la pila. En el ejemplo anterior, el ‘\makebox’ (*note
+\mbox y \makebox::) pone la pila se alinea a la derecha en un cuadro de
+ancho cero, por lo que en total la pila corta se encuentra ligeramente a
+la izquierda del eje y.
+
+ Los puestos válidos son:
‘r’
- Mueve los objetos a la derecha de la pila.
+ Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la derecha
‘l’
- Mueve los objetos a la izquierda de la pila
+ Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la izquierda
‘c’
- Mueve los objetos hacia el centro de la pila (predeterminado)
+ Centra objetos (predeterminado)
+
+ Separa los objetos en líneas con ‘\\’. Estas pilas son cortas en
+que, a diferencia de un entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’, aquí las filas no
+están espaciadas para tener saltos de línea base uniformes. Así, en
+‘\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}’ la primera y la última fila son más altas que
+los dos medios, y por lo tanto la línea base salta entre los dos medios
+filas es más pequeña que la que hay entre la tercera y la última fila.
+Puedes ajustar las alturas y profundidades de las filas ya sea colocando
+la interlínea habitual espaciado con ‘\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}’
+(*note \strut::), o explícitamente, a través de un cuadro de ancho cero
+‘\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}’ o mediante el uso opcional
+de ‘\\’ argumento ‘\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}’.
+
+ El comando ‘\shortstack’ también está disponible fuera del entorno
+‘picture’.
+
+8.19.12 ‘\vector’
+-----------------
- Los objetos son separados con ‘\\’.
+Sinopsis:
-9.19.14 ‘\vector’
------------------
+ \vector(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL}
+
+ Dibuja una línea que termine en una flecha. La pendiente de esa
+recta es: sube verticalmente Y_RISE por cada X_RUN horizontal. Los
+TRAVEL es el cambio horizontal total — no es la longitud del vector, es
+el cambio en x. En el caso especial de vectores verticales, si
+(X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), entonces TRAVEL da el cambio en y.
+
+ Para ver un ejemplo, *note picture::.
+
+ Para obtener más detalles sobre X_RUN y Y_RISE, consulta *note
+\line::. Como allí, los valores de X_RUN y Y_RISE están limitados.
+Para ‘\vector’ debes elegir números enteros entre −4 y 4, inclusive.
+Además, los dos que elijas deben ser relativamente primos. De este
+modo, ‘\vector(2,1){4}’ es aceptable pero ‘\vector(4,2){4}’ no es (si
+usas este último, obtendrás una secuencia de puntas de flecha).
+
+8.19.13 ‘\makebox’ (picture)
+----------------------------
Sinopsis:
- \vector(DECLIVEX,DECLIVEY){LONGITUD}
+ \makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT){TEXT}
+ \makebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
- La instrucción ‘\vector’ dibuja una línea con una flecha de la
-longitud y declive especificados. Los valores DECLIVEX i DECLIVEY deben
-estar entre −4 y +4 incluido.
+ Hace un cuadro para contener TEXT. Este comando encaja con el
+entorno ‘picture’, aunque los puedes usar fuera de allí, porque
+REC-WIDTH y REC-HEIGHT son números que especifican distancias en
+términos de ‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::). Este comando es similar al
+comando ‘\makebox’ normal (*note \mbox y \makebox::), excepto que aquí
+debes especificar el ancho y el alto. Este el comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
-9.20 ‘quotation’
-================
+ Esto hace una caja de longitud 3.5 veces ‘\unitlength’ y altura 4
+veces ‘\unitlength’.
+
+ \put(1,2){\makebox(3.5,4){...}}
+
+ El argumento opcional ‘POSITION’ especifica dónde aparece el TEXT en
+el cuadro. El valor predeterminado es centrarlo, tanto horizontal como
+verticalmente. Para colocarlo en otro lugar, usa una cadena con una o
+dos de estas letras.
+
+‘t’
+ Pone TEXT en la parte superior de la caja.
+
+‘b’
+ Pone TEXT en la parte inferior.
+
+‘l’
+ Pone el TEXT a la izquierda.
+
+‘r’
+ Pone el TEXT a la derecha.
+
+8.19.14 ‘\framebox’ (picture)
+-----------------------------
Sinopsis:
- \begin{quotation}
- TEXTO
- \end{quotation}
+ \framebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT){TEXT}
+ \framebox(REC-WIDTH,REC-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
- A los márgenes del entorno ‘quotation’ se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
+ Esto es lo mismo que *note \makebox (picture):: excepto que pone un
+marco alrededor del exterior de la caja que crea. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. Este comando
+encaja con el entorno ‘picture’, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de allí,
+porque las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia en
+términos de ‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::). Este comando es frágil
+(*note \protect::).
- A diferencia del entorno ‘quote’, cada párrafo normalmente tiene
-sangría.
+ Este ejemplo crea un marco de 2.5 pulgadas por 3 pulgadas y coloca el
+texto en el centro.
-9.21 ‘quote’
-============
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}
+ \framebox(2.5,3){test text}
+
+ Los argumentos requeridos son que el rectángulo tiene un ancho total
+de RECT-WIDTH unidades y una altura de RECT-HEIGHT unidades.
+
+ El argumento opcional POSITION especifica la posición de TEXT; *note
+\makebox (picture):: para los valores que puede tomar.
+
+ La regla tiene ‘\fboxrule’ de grosor y hay un espacio en blanco
+‘\fboxsep’ entre el marco y el contenido de la caja.
+
+ Para este comando, debes especificar WIDTH y HEIGHT. Si solo quieres
+poner un marco alrededor de algún contenido cuya dimensión está
+determinada de alguna otra manera, entonces usa ‘\fbox’ (*note \fbox y
+\framebox::) o ‘\frame’ (*note \frame::).
+
+8.19.15 ‘\frame’
+----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \frame{CONTENIDO}
+
+ Pone un marco rectangular alrededor de CONTENT. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. En contraste con
+‘\framebox’ (*note \framebox (picture)::), este comando no pone espacio
+adicional entre el marco y el objeto. es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+8.19.16 ‘\dashbox’
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \dashbox{DASH-LEN}(RECT-WIDTH,RECT-HEIGHT){TEXT}
+ \dashbox{DASH-LEN}(RECT-WIDTH,RECT-HEIGHT)[POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+ Crea un rectángulo punteado alrededor de TEXT. Este comando encaja
+con el entorno ‘picture’, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de allí, porque
+las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia en términos de
+‘\unitlength’ (*note picture::).
+
+ Los argumentos requeridos son: los guiones son DASH-LEN unidades de
+largo, con el mismo espacio de longitud, y el rectángulo tiene un ancho
+total de RECT-WIDTH unidades y una altura de RECT-HEIGHT unidades.
+
+ El argumento opcional POSITION especifica la posición de TEXT; *note
+\makebox (picture):: para los valores que puede tomar.
+
+ Esto muestra que puedes usar un valor no entero para DASH-LEN.
+
+ \put(0,0){\dashbox{0.1}(5,0.5){Mi aerodeslizador está lleno de
+ anguilas.}}
+
+Cada guión tendrá una longitud de ‘0.1\unitlength’, el ancho del cuadro
+es ‘5\unitlength’ y su altura es ‘0.5\unitlength’.
+
+ Como en ese ejemplo, un cuadro discontinuo se ve mejor cuando
+RECT-WIDTH y RECT-HEIGHT son múltiplos de DASH-LEN.
+
+8.20 ‘quotation’ y ‘quote’
+==========================
Sinopsis:
+ \begin{quotation}
+ TEXT
+ \end{quotation}
+
+o
+
\begin{quote}
- TEXTO
+ TEXT
\end{quote}
- A los márgenes del entorno ‘quote’ se les aplica una sangría en ambos
-lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos márgenes.
-Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo párrafo.
+ Incluye una comilla. Ambos entornos sangran los márgenes en ambos
+lados por ‘\leftmargin’ y el texto está justificado a la derecha.
- A diferencia del entorno ‘quotation’, a los párrafos no se les aplica
-una sangría.
+ Se diferencian en cómo tratan los párrafos. En el entorno
+‘quotation’, los párrafos tienen una sangría de 1.5em y el espacio entre
+párrafos es pequeño, ‘0pt plus 1pt’. En el entorno ‘quote’, los
+párrafos no tienen sangría y hay espacio vertical entre párrafos (es la
+longitud elástica ‘\parsep’).
+
+ \begin{quotation} \smallskip\it
+ Hace cuatro veintenas y siete años
+ ... no se pierde de la tierra.
+ \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln
+ \end{quotation}
-9.22 ‘tabbing’
+8.21 ‘tabbing’
==============
Sinopsis:
\begin{tabbing}
- FILA1COL1 \= FILA1COL2 \= FILA1COL3 \= FILA1COL4 \\
- FILA2COL1 \> \> FILA2COL3 \\
+ ROW1COL1 \= ROW1COL2 ... \\
+ ROW2COL1 \> ROW2COL2 ... \\
...
\end{tabbing}
- El entorno ‘tabbing’ proporciona una manera de alinear el texto en
-columnas. Funciona mediante el establecimiento de tabuladores y
-tabulación tanto como si se hubiera hecho en una máquina de escribir
-común. Es el más adecuado para los casos en que el ancho de cada
-columna es constante y conocido de antemano.
+ Alinea el texto en columnas, configurando tabulaciones y tabulando en
+ellas tanto como fue posible en una máquina de escribir. Esto se usa
+con menos frecuencia que los entornos ‘tabular’ (*note tabular::) o
+‘array’ (*note array::) porque en esos, el ancho de cada columna no
+necesita ser constante y no es necesario conocerlo de antemano.
- Este entorno se puede dividir en varias páginas, a diferencia del
-entorno ‘tabular’.
+ Este ejemplo tiene una primera línea donde las tabulaciones se
+establecen en anchos explícitos, terminados por un comando ‘\kill’ (que
+se describe a continuación):
- Las siguientes instrucciones se pueden utilizar dentro de un entorno
-‘tabbing’:
-
-‘\\ tabbing’
- Final de línea.
+ \begin{tabbing}
+ \hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill
+ Ship \>Armas \>Año \\
+ \textit{Sophie} \>14 \>1800 \\
+ \textit{Polychrest} \>24 \>1803 \\
+ \textit{Lively} \>38 \>1804 \\
+ \textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\
+ \end{tabbing}
-‘\= (tabbing)’
+ Tanto el entorno ‘tabbing’ como el entorno más utilizado ‘tabular’
+ponen el texto en columnas. La más importante distinción es que en
+‘tabular’ el ancho de las columnas LaTeX lo determina automáticamente,
+mientras que en ‘tabbing’ el usuario establece las paradas de
+tabulación. Otra distinción es que ese ‘tabular’ genera un cuadro, pero
+‘tabbing’ se puede a dividir en páginas. Finalmente, mientras que
+‘tabular’ se puede usar en cualquier modo, ‘tabbing’ se puede usar solo
+en modo párrafo y siempre comienza un nuevo párrafo, sin sangría.
+
+ Además, como se muestra en el ejemplo anterior, no es necesario para
+usar la forma destacada del comando ‘\hspace’ al principio de una fila
+tabulada. El margen derecho del entorno ‘tabbing’ es el final de la
+línea, de modo que el ancho del entorno sea ‘\linewidth’.
+
+ El entorno ‘tabbing’ contiene una secuencia de “filas tabuladas”. La
+primera fila tabulada comienza inmediatamente después ‘\begin{tabbing}’
+y cada fila termina con ‘\\’ o ‘\kill’. La última fila puede omitir el
+‘\\’ y terminar con solo ‘\end{tabbing}’.
+
+ En cualquier punto, el entorno ‘tabbing’ tiene un “patrón” de
+tabulación actual, una secuencia de tabulaciones N > 0, numeradas 0, 1,
+etc. Estos crean N columnas correspondientes. Tabulaciones 0 siempre
+es el margen izquierdo, definido por el entorno envolvente. Tabulación
+número I se establece si se le asigna una posición horizontal en la
+página. Número de tabulación I solo se puede establecer si todas las
+paradas 0, ..., i-1 ya se han configurado; normalmente las paradas
+posteriores están a la derecha de las anteriores.
+
+ De forma predeterminada, cualquier texto compuesto en un entorno
+‘tabbing’ está compuesto alineado de forma irregular a la derecha y a la
+izquierda en la tabulación actual. La composición tipográfica está
+hecha en modo LR (*note Modos::).
+
+ Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro de un entorno
+‘tabbing’. Todos son frágiles (*note \protect::).
+
+‘\\ (tabulación)’
+ Termina una línea tabulada y la compone.
+
+‘\= (tabulación)’
Establece una tabulación en la posición actual.
-‘\> (tabbing)’
+‘\> (tabulación)’
Avanza a la siguiente tabulación.
‘\<’
- Coloca el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin
- necesidad de cambiar el margen). Sólo se puede usar al comienzo de
- la línea.
+ Pone el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin
+ cambiar el margen). Solo se puede utilizar al principio de la
+ línea.
‘\+’
- Mueve hacia la derecha el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todas
- las subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, empezando la línea de
- tabulación, de ser necesario.
+ Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+ comandos una tabulación a la derecha, comenzando la línea tabulada
+ si es necesario.
‘\-’
- Mueve el margen izquierdo hacia la izquierda de la siguiente y
- todas las subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, comenzando con
- la línea de tabulación si es necesario.
-
-‘\' (tabbing)’
- Mueve todo lo que ha escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es
- decir, cualquier cosa desde la instrucción ‘\>’, ‘\<’, ‘\'’, ‘\\’ o
- ‘\kill’ más reciente, a la derecha de la columna anterior, a ras de
- la tabulación de la columna actual.
-
-‘\` (tabbing)’
- Permite poner texto alineado a la derecha contra cualquier
- tabulación, incluyendo la tabulación 0. Sin embargo, no puede
- mover el texto a la derecha de la última columna porque allí no hay
- tabulación. La instrucción ‘\`’ mueve todo el texto que le sigue,
- hasta la instrucción ‘\\’ o ‘\end{tabbing}’ que termina la línea,
- al margen derecho del entorno tabbing. No debe haber instrucción
- ‘\>’ o ‘\'’ entre el ‘\`’ y la instrucción que termina la línea.
-
-‘\a (tabbing)’
- En un entorno ‘tabbing’, las instrucciones ‘\=’, ‘\'’ y ‘\`’ no
- producen acentos en la manera usual (*note Acentos::). En su
- lugar, se utilizan estas instrucciones ‘\a=’, ‘\a'’ y ‘\a`’.
+ Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+ comandos una tabulación a la izquierda, comenzando la línea
+ tabulada si es necesario.
+
+‘\' (tabulación)’
+ Mueve todo lo que hayas escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual,
+ es decir, todo, desde el comando ‘\>’ más reciente, ‘\<’, ‘\'’,
+ ‘\\’, o ‘\kill’, a la columna anterior y alineado a la derecha, al
+ ras contra la tabulación de la columna actual.
+
+‘\` (tabulación)’
+ Te permite poner el texto al ras contra cualquier tabulación,
+ incluidas las tabulaciones 0. Sin embargo, no puedes mover el
+ texto a la derecha de la última columna porque no hay una
+ tabulación allí. El comando ‘\`’ mueve todo el texto que le sigue,
+ hasta el comando ‘\\’ o ‘\end{tabbing}’ que finaliza la línea, al
+ margen derecho del entorno ‘tabbing’. No debe haber ningún comando
+ ‘\>’ o ‘\'’ entre ‘\`’ y ‘\\’ o ‘\end{tabbing}’ que finaliza la
+ línea.
+
+‘\a (tabulación)’
+ En un entorno ‘tabbing’, los comandos ‘\=’, ‘\'’ y ‘\`’ no produce
+ acentos como de costumbre (*note Acentos::). En cambio, usa los
+ comandos ‘\a=’, ‘\a'’ y ‘\a`’.
‘\kill’
- Fija una tabulación sin producir texto. Trabaja igual que ‘\\’
- salvo que esta desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir algo
- útil. El efecto de cualquier instrucción ‘\=’, ‘\+’ o ‘\-’ en esa
- línea seguirá en vigor.
+ Establece tabulaciones sin producir texto. Funciona igual que ‘\\’
+ excepto que desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir una salida
+ para ella. Cualquier comando ‘\=’, ‘\+’ o ‘\-’ en esa línea
+ permanece en efecto.
‘\poptabs’
- Restaura las posiciones de tabulación salvadas por la última
+ Restaura las posiciones de tabulación guardadas por el último
‘\pushtabs’.
‘\pushtabs’
Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para
- cambiar temporalmente las posiciones de tabulación en medio de un
+ cambiar temporalmente posiciones de tabulación en medio de un
entorno ‘tabbing’.
‘\tabbingsep’
- Distancia a la izquierda de la tabulación movida por ‘\'’.
+ Distancia del texto movido por ‘\'’ a la izquierda de la tabulación
+ actual.
- En este ejemplo se compone tipográficamente una función de Pascal en
-el formato tradicional:
+ Este ejemplo compone una función de Pascal:
\begin{tabbing}
function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
\> begin \= \+ \\
- \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
+ \> if \= n > 1 then \+ \\
fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
else \+ \\
fact := 1; \-\- \\
end;\\
\end{tabbing}
-9.23 ‘table’
-============
+La salida se ve así.
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{table}[ubicación]
-
- cuerpo de la tabla
-
- \caption{título de la tabla}
- \end{table}
-
- Las tablas son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y por lo
-general “flotan” a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de una
-página. Las tablas no se dividen en dos páginas.
+ function fact(n : integer) : integer;
+ begin
+ if n > 1 then
+ fact := n * fact(n-1);
+ else
+ fact := 1;
+ end;
- El argumento opcional ‘[ubicación]’ determina dónde LaTeX trata de
-colocar su tabla. Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente, pueda
-colocar un flotante:; estos son los mismo que los utilizados con el
-entorno ‘figure’, y se describen allí (*note figure::).
+Este ejemplo es solo para ilustrar el entorno. En realidad escribir
+código de ordenador en una máquina de escribir como esta, un entorno
+textual (*note verbatim::) normalmente sería lo mejor. Para un código
+bien impreso, hay unos cuantos paquetes, incluido ‘algorithm2e’,
+‘fancyvrb’, ‘listings’ y ‘minted’.
- Las clases ‘report’ y ‘article’ estándar utilizan la ubicación
-‘[tbp]’ predeterminada.
+8.22 ‘table’
+============
- El cuerpo de la tabla se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-LaTeX, etc., que usted desee. La instrucción ‘\caption’ le permite
-colocar un título a su tabla.
+Sinopsis:
-9.24 ‘tabular’
+ \begin{table}[UBICACIÓN]
+ CUERPO DE LA TABLA
+ \caption[LOFTITLE]{TITLE} % opcional
+ \label{LABEL} % también opcional
+ \end{table}
+
+ Una clase de flotantes (*note Flotantes::). No se pueden dividir en
+páginas por lo que no se escriben en secuencia con el texto normal, sino
+que en su lugar flotan a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de
+una página siguiente.
+
+ Este entorno ‘table’ de ejemplo contiene un ‘tabular’
+
+ \begin{table}
+ \centering\small
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Autor}}
+ &\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textit{Pieza}} \\ \hline
+ Bach &Cello Suite Número 1 \\
+ Beethoven &Cello Sonata Número 3 \\
+ Brahms &Cello Sonata Número 1
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Las mejores piezas de violonchelo}
+ \label{tab:cello}
+ \end{table}
+
+pero puedes poner muchos tipos diferentes de contenido en una ‘tabla’:
+el CUERPO DE LA TABLA puede contener texto, comandos de LaTeX, gráficos,
+etc. Es tipografiado en un ‘parbox’ de ancho ‘\textwidth’.
+
+ Para los posibles valores de PLACEMENT y su efecto en el algoritmo de
+colocación de flotantes, *note Flotantes::.
+
+ La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas (*note
+Referencias cruzadas::). El comando ‘\caption’ también es opcional.
+Especifica texto del título TITLE para la tabla (*note \caption::). De
+manera predeterminada es numerado. Si su LOTTITLE opcional está
+presente, entonces ese texto se utiliza en la lista de tablas en lugar
+de TITLE (*note Tabla de contenido etc.::).
+
+ En este ejemplo, la tabla y el título flotarán en la parte inferior
+de una página, a menos que se empuje a una página flotante al final.
+
+ \begin{table}[b]
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|p{2in}} \hline
+ Uno &El número loneliest \\
+ Dos &Puede estar tan triste como uno.
+ Es el número más solitario desde el número uno.
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Virtud cardinal}
+ \label{tab:CardinalVirtues}
+ \end{table}
+
+8.23 ‘tabular’
==============
Sinopsis:
- \begin{tabular}[ubicación]{columnas}
- columna 1 entrada & columna 2 entrada ... & columna n entrada n \\
- ...
+ \begin{tabular}[POS]{COLS}
+ ENTRADA DE COLUMNA 1 &ENTRADA DE COLUMNA 2
+ ...
+ &ENTRADA DE COLUMNA N \\
+ ...
\end{tabular}
- o
+o
- \begin{tabular*}{ancho}[posición]{columnas}
- columna 1 entrada & columna 2 entrada ... & columna n entrada n \\
- ...
+ \begin{tabular*}{WIDTH}[POS]{COLS}
+ ENTRADA DE COLUMNA 1 &ENTRADA DE COLUMNA 2
+ ...
+ &ENTRADA DE COLUMNA N \\
+ ...
\end{tabular*}
- Estos entornos producen una caja consiste de una secuencia de filas
-de elementos, alineadas verticalmente en columnas.
-
- Se debe utilizar ‘\\’ para especificar el final de cada fila de la
-tabla, salvo por la última, en que esta es opcional —a menos que le siga
-una instrucción ‘\hline’ (para colocar una raya bajo la tabla).
-
- Los argumentos obligatorios y opcionales consisten de:
-
-‘ancho’
- Especifica la anchura del entorno ‘tabular*’. Este debe tener
- espacio entre las columnas que se puede estirar para llenar el
- ancho especificado.
+ Produce una tabla, una caja que consta de una secuencia de filas
+horizontales. Cada fila consta de elementos alineados verticalmente en
+columnas. Este ilustra muchas de las características.
-‘posición’
- Especifica la posición vertical; de manera predeterminada alinea al
- centro el entorno.
-
- ‘t’
- alineado en la fila superior
- ‘b’
- alineado en la fila inferior
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textit{Nombre del jugador} &\textit{Carrera de jonrones} \\
+ \hline
+ Hank Aarón &755 \\
+ nena Ruth &714
+ \end{tabular}
-‘columnas’
- Especifica el formato de columna. Este consiste en una secuencia
- de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a la secuencia
- de columnas y el material intercolumna.
+La salida tendrá dos columnas alineadas a la izquierda con una barra
+vertical entre ellos. Esto se especifica en el argumento ‘{l|l}’ de
+‘tabular’. Coloca las entradas en diferentes columnas separándolas con
+un ampersand, ‘&’. El final de cada fila está marcado con una doble
+barra invertida, ‘\\’. Pone una regla horizontal debajo de una fila,
+después de una doble barra invertida, con ‘\hline’. Después de la
+última fila, las ‘\\’ son opcionales, a menos que un ‘\hline’ siga el
+comando para poner una regla debajo de la tabla.
+
+ Los argumentos requeridos y opcionales para ‘tabular’ consisten en:
+
+POS
+ Opcional. Especifica la posición vertical de la tabla. El valor
+ predeterminado es alinear la tabla para que su centro vertical
+ coincida con la línea base del texto circundante. Hay otras dos
+ posibles alineaciones: ‘t’ alinea la tabla para que su fila
+ superior coincida con la línea base del texto circundante y ‘b’ se
+ alinea en la fila inferior.
+
+ Esto solo tiene efecto si hay otro texto. En el caso común de un
+ ‘tabular’ solo en un entorno ‘center’ esta opción no hace ninguna
+ diferencia.
+
+COLS
+ Requerido. Especifica el formato de las columnas. Consiste en una
+ secuencia de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a los
+ tipos de material de columna e intercolumna.
‘l’
Una columna de elementos alineados a la izquierda.
@@ -1992,255 +6027,629 @@ una instrucción ‘\hline’ (para colocar una raya bajo la tabla).
Una columna de elementos centrados.
‘|’
- Una línea vertical que llena la altura y profundidad total del
+ Una línea vertical de la altura y la profundidad completas del
entorno.
- ‘@{TEXTO}’
- Esta inserta TEXTO en cada fila. Una @-expresión suprime el
- espacio intercolumnas insertado normalmente entre columnas;
- cualquier espacio deseado entre el texto insertado y los
- elementos adyacentes se deberá incluir en TEXTO. Una
- instrucción ‘\extracolsep{ancho}’ en una @-expresión provoca
- que aparezca un espacio extra de ancho ‘ancho’ a la izquierda
- de todas las columnas subsecuentes, hasta que se anule por
- otra instrucción ‘\extracolsep’. A diferencia del espacio
- intercolumna ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime
- por una @-expresión. Una instrucción ‘\extracolsep’
- únicamente se pude utilizar en una @-expresión en el argumento
- ‘columnas’.
-
- ‘p{ANCHO}’
- Produce una columna con cada elemento compuesto
- tipográficamente en una parbox de ancho ANCHO, como si fuera
- el argumento de una instrucción ‘\parbox[t]{ANCHO}’. Sin
- embargo, una ‘\\’ en el elemento no puede, salvo en las
- siguientes situaciones:
-
- 1. Dentro de un entorno como ‘minipage’, ‘array’ o
- ‘tabular’.
- 2. Dentro de una ‘\parbox’ explícita.
- 3. En el alcance de una declaración ‘\centering’,
- ‘\raggedright’ o ‘\raggedleft’. La última declaración
- debe aparecer dentro de llaves o un entorno cuando se
- utiliza en un elemento ‘p’-columna.
-
- ‘*{NÚMERO}{COLUMNAS}’
- Equivalente a NÚMERO de copias de COLUMNAS, donde NÚMERO es un
- entero positivo y COLUMNAS es cualquier lista de
- especificadores de columna, la cual puede contener otra
- ‘*-expresión’.
+ ‘@{TEXTO O ESPACIO}’
+ Inserta TEXTO O ESPACIO en esta ubicación en cada fila. El
+ material TEXTO O ESPACIO está compuesto en modo LR. Este texto
+ es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Si entre dos especificadores de columna no hay una
+ @-expresión, entonces las clases ‘book’, ‘article’ y ‘report’
+ de LaTeX ponen a cada lado de cada columna un espacio de ancho
+ ‘\tabcolsep’, que de manera predeterminada es 6pt. Es decir,
+ de manera predeterminada las columnas adyacentes se separan
+ con 12pt (por lo que ‘\tabcolsep’ tiene un nombre engañoso ya
+ que es solo la mitad de la separación entre columnas
+ tabulares). Además, un espacio de ‘\tabcolsep’ también viene
+ antes de la primera columna y después de la columna final, a
+ menos que coloques una ‘@{...}’ allí.
+
+ Si redefines el valor predeterminado y usas una @-expresión,
+ entonces LaTeX no inserta ‘\tabcolsep’ por lo que debes
+ insertar cualquier espacio deseado tú mismo, como en
+ ‘@{\hspace{1em}}’.
+
+ Una expresión ‘@{}’ vacía eliminará el espacio. En
+ particular, a veces deseas eliminar el espacio antes de la
+ primera columna o después de la última, como en el siguiente
+ ejemplo donde las líneas tabulares deben estar en el margen
+ izquierdo.
+
+ \begin{flushleft}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+ ...
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{flushleft}
+
+ El siguiente ejemplo muestra texto, un punto decimal entre las
+ columnas, dispuestas de forma que los números de la tabla
+ queden alineados en ella.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{r@{$.$}l}
+ $3$ &$14$ \\
+ $9$ &$80665$
+ \end{tabular}
+
+ Un comando ‘\extracolsep{WD}’ en una expresión @ provoca un
+ espacio adicional de ancho WD para que aparezca a la izquierda
+ de todas las subsiguientes columnas, hasta que sea revocado
+ por otro ‘\extracolsep’. A diferencia del espacio entre
+ columnas ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime por
+ una @-expresión. Un comando ‘\extracolsep’ solo se puede usar
+ en una @-expresión en el argumento ‘cols’. A continuación,
+ LaTeX inserta la cantidad correcta de espacios entre columnas
+ para que toda la tabla tenga 4 pulgadas de ancho.
+
+ \begin{tabular*}{4in}{l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}l}
+ Siete veces abajo, ocho veces arriba \ldots
+ &¡así es la vida!
+ \end{tabular*}
+
+ Para insertar comandos que se ejecutan automáticamente antes
+ de una determinada columna, carga el paquete ‘array’ y usa el
+ especificador ‘>{...}’.
+
+ ‘p{WD}’
+ Cada elemento de la columna se escribe en un parbox de ancho
+ WD, como si fuera el argumento de un comando
+ ‘\parbox[t]{wd}{...}’.
+
+ Un salto de línea de doble barra invertida ‘\\’ puede no
+ aparecer en el elemento, excepto dentro de un entorno como
+ ‘minipage’, ‘array’ o ‘tabular’, o dentro de un ‘\parbox’
+ explícito, o en el entorno de una declaración ‘\centering’,
+ ‘\raggedright’ o ‘\raggedleft’ (cuando se usa en un elemento
+ de columna ‘p’, estas declaraciones deben aparecer entre
+ llaves, como con ‘{\centering .. \\ ..}’). De lo contrario,
+ LaTeX malinterpretará la doble barra invertida como terminando
+ la fila tabular. En cambio, para obtener un salto de línea
+ allí, usa ‘\newline’ (*note \newline::).
+
+ ‘*{NUM}{COLS}’
+ Equivalente a NUM copias de COLS, donde NUM es un entero
+ positivo y COLS es una lista de especificadores. Por lo
+ tanto, el especificador ‘\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}’ es
+ equivalente a el especificador ‘\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}’.
+ Ten en cuenta que COLS puede contener otra ‘*’-expresión.
+
+WIDTH
+ Obligatorio para ‘tabular*’, no permitido para ‘tabular’.
+ Especifica el ancho del entorno ‘tabular*’. El espacio entre
+ columnas debe ser elástico, como con ‘@{\extracolsep{\fill}}’, para
+ permitir la tabla para estirar o encoger para hacer el ancho
+ especificado, o de lo contrario es probable que obtengan el
+ ‘Underfull \hbox (incorrecto 10000) alineado ...’ advertencia.
Parámetros que controlan el formato:
‘\arrayrulewidth’
- El espesor de la línea creada por ‘|’, ‘\hline’ y ‘\vline’ en los
- entornos ‘tabular’ y ‘array’; el predeterminado es ‘.4pt’.
+ Una longitud que es el grosor de la regla creada por ‘|’, ‘\hline’
+ y ‘\vline’ en ‘tabular’ y ‘array’ entornos. El valor
+ predeterminado es ‘.4pt’. Cámbialo como en
+ ‘\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}’.
‘\arraystretch’
- El factor para escalar el espaciado entre hileras en los entornos
- ‘tabular’ y ‘array’; el predeterminado es ‘1’, para no escalar.
+ Un factor por el cual el espacio entre filas en los entorno
+ ‘tabular’ y ‘array’ se multiplica. El valor predeterminado es ‘1’,
+ para sin escala. Cámbialo a ‘\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}’.
‘\doublerulesep’
- Distancia horizontal entre las líneas verticles producidas por ‘||’
- en los entornos ‘tabular’ y ‘array’; el predeterminado es ‘2pt’.
+ Una longitud que es la distancia entre las reglas verticales
+ producidas por el especificador ‘||’. El valor predeterminado es
+ ‘2pt’.
‘\tabcolsep’
- La mitad de la anchura del espacio entre las columnas; el
- predeterminado es ‘6pt’.
+ Una longitud que es la mitad del espacio entre columnas. El valor
+ predeterminado es ‘6pt’. Cámbialo con ‘\setlength’.
- Estas instrucciones se pueden utilizar en el interior de un entorno
-‘tabular’:
+ Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro del cuerpo de un
+entorno ‘tabular’, los dos primeros dentro de una entrada y los dos
+segundos entre líneas:
-9.24.1 ‘\multicolumn’
+8.23.1 ‘\multicolumn’
---------------------
Sinopsis:
- \multicolumn{COLUMNAS}{POSICIÓN}{TEXTO}
- La instrucción ‘\multicolumn’ provoca que una entrada se extienda por
-varias columnas. El primer argumento obligatorio, COLUMNAS, especifica
-es el número de columnas por abarcar. El segundo argumento obligatorio,
-POSICIÓN, especifica el formato de la entrada; ‘c’ para centrado, ‘l’
-para alineado a la izquierda, ‘r’ para alineado a la derecha. El tercer
-argumento obligatorio, TEXTO, especifica el texto a colocar en la
-entrada.
+ \multicolumn{NUMCOLS}{COLS}{TEXT}
+
+ Crea una entrada ‘array’ o ‘tabular’ que abarque varias columnas. El
+primer argumento NUMCOLS da el número de columnas a abarcar. El segundo
+argumento COLS especifica el formato de la entrada, con ‘c’ para
+centrado, ‘l’ para alineado a la izquierda o ‘r’ para volcarlo a la
+derecha. El tercer argumento TEXT da el contenido de esa entrada.
+
+ En este ejemplo, en la primera fila, la segunda y la tercera columna
+son abarcadas por el encabezado único ‘Name’.
- He aquí un ejemplo que muestra dos columnas separadas por un doble
-guión; ‘\multicolumn’ se utiliza para el encabezado:
+ \begin{tabular}{lccl}
+ \textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\
+ \hline
+ 978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick &55 \\
+ ...
+ \end{tabular}
+
+ Lo que cuenta como una columna es: el especificador de formato de
+columna para el entorno ‘array’ o ‘tabular’ se divide en partes, donde
+cada parte (excepto la primera) comienza con ‘l’, ‘c’, ‘r’, o ‘p’. Así
+que desde ‘\begin{tabular}{|r|ccp{1.5in}|}’ las partes son ‘|r|’, ‘c’,
+‘c’, y ‘p{1.5in}|’.
+
+ El argumento COLS redefine el área ‘array’ o ‘tabular’ intercolumna
+del entorno predeterminado junto a esta entrada multicolumna. Para
+afectar esa área, este argumento puede contener barras verticales ‘|’
+que indica la ubicación de las reglas verticales y expresiones ‘@{...}’.
+Por lo tanto, si COLS es ‘|c|’ entonces esta entrada multicolumna estará
+centrada y una regla vertical vendrá en el área intercolumna anterior y
+posterior. Esta tabla detalla el comportamiento exacto.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{|cc|c|c|}
+ \multicolumn{1}{r}{w} % entrada uno
+ &\multicolumn{1}{|r|}{x} % entrada dos
+ &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y} % entrada tres
+ &z % entrada cuatro
+ \end{tabular}
+
+Antes de la primera entrada, la salida no tendrá una regla vertical
+porque ‘\multicolumn’ tiene el especificador COLS ‘r’ sin barra vertical
+inicial. Entre la entrada uno y la entrada dos habrá una regla
+vertical; aunque la primera COLS no tiene barra vertical final, la
+segunda COLS tiene una inicial. Entre la entrada dos y entrada tres hay
+una sola regla vertical; a pesar de eso COLS en ambas llamadas de
+‘multicolumn’ circundantes para una regla vertical, solo obtienes una
+regla. Entre la entrada tres y la entrada cuatro no hay regla vertical;
+el valor predeterminado pide una, pero COLS en la entrada tres
+‘\multicolumn’ lo deja afuera, y eso tiene prioridad. Finalmente,
+siguiendo la entrada cuatro hay una regla vertical debido al valor
+predeterminado.
+
+ El número de columnas distribuidas NUMCOLS puede ser 1. Además de
+dar la capacidad de cambiar la alineación horizontal, esto también es
+útil para redefinir una fila de la intercolumna predeterminada de la
+especificación del área de definición ‘tabular’, incluida la colocación
+de reglas verticales.
+
+ En el siguiente ejemplo, en la definición de ‘tabular’, la primera
+columna se especifica de manera predeterminada justificada a la
+izquierda, pero en la primera fila la entrada está centrada con
+‘\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Punto}}’. También en la primera fila, las
+columnas segunda y tercera están atravesadas por una entrada única con
+‘\\multicolumn{2}{c}{\\textsc{Span}}’, redefiniendo la especificación
+para centrar ese rango de dos columnas en la página en-guión.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Punto}}
+ &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline
+ Barroca &1600 &1760 \\
+ Clásica &1730 &1820 \\
+ Romántica &1780 &1910 \\
+ Impresionista &1875 &1925
+ \end{tabular}
+
+Aunque la especificación ‘tabular’ de manera predeterminada pone una
+regla vertical entre la primera y la segunda columna, no aparece tal
+regla vertical en la primera fila aquí. Eso es porque no hay una barra
+vertical en la parte COLS del primer comando ‘\multicolumn’ de la
+primera fila.
+
+8.23.2 ‘\vline’
+---------------
- \begin{tabular}{r@{--}l}
- \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr
- 0x80&0x7FF \cr
- 0x800&0xFFFF \cr
- 0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr
+Dibuja una línea vertical en un entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’ extendiendo
+la altura y la profundidad completas de la entrada de una fila.
+Posiblemente también se use en una @-expresión, aunque su sinónimo barra
+vertical ‘|’ es más común. Este comando rara vez se usa en el cuerpo de
+una tabla; normalmente las líneas verticales de una tabla se especifican
+en el argumento COLS de ‘tabular’ y se anula según sea necesario con
+‘\multicolumn’ (*note tabular::).
+
+ El siguiente ejemplo ilustra algunas dificultades. En el segundo de
+la primera fila la entrada ‘\hfill’ mueve ‘\vline’ al borde izquierdo de
+la celda. Pero eso es diferente a ponerlo a medio camino entre las dos
+columnas, por lo que entre la primera y la segunda columna hay dos
+reglas verticales, con la del especificador ‘{c|cc}’ viniendo antes de
+uno producido por ‘\vline\hfill’. En cambio, la primera fila tercera
+entrada muestra la forma habitual de poner una barra vertical entre dos
+columnas. En la segunda fila, ‘ghi’ es la entrada más ancha en su
+columna por lo que en ‘\vline\hfill’ el ‘\hfill’ no tiene efecto y la
+línea vertical en esa entrada aparece inmediatamente al lado de ‘g’, sin
+espacios en blanco.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{c|cc}
+ x &\vline\hfill y &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{z} \\ % fila 1
+ abc &def &\vline\hfill ghi % fila 2
\end{tabular}
-9.24.2 ‘\cline’
+8.23.3 ‘\cline’
---------------
Sinopsis:
\cline{I-J}
- La instrucción ‘\cline’ dibuja un línea horizontal a través de las
-columnas especificadas, comenzando en la colúmna I y terminando en la
-columna J, que son especificadas en el argumento obligatorio.
+ En un entorno ‘array’ o ‘tabular’, dibuja una regla horizontal
+comenzando en column I y terminando en column J. Los guiones, ‘-’,
+deben aparecer en el argumento obligatorio. Para abarcar una sola
+columna usa el número dos veces, como con ‘\cline{2-2}’.
-9.24.3 ‘\hline’
----------------
+ Este ejemplo pone dos líneas horizontales entre la primera y la
+segunda filas, una línea en la primera columna solamente, y la otra que
+abarca la tercera y cuarta columnas. Las dos líneas están una al lado
+de la otra, a la misma altura.
-La instrucción ‘\hline’ dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del
-entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’ especificado. Se utiliza comúnmente para
-para dibujar una línea en la parte superior, inferior y entre filas de
-la tabla.
+ \begin{tabular}{llrr}
+ a &b &c &d \\ \cline{1-1} \cline{3-4}
+ e &f &g &h
+ \end{tabular}
-9.24.4 ‘\vline’
+8.23.4 ‘\hline’
---------------
-La instrucción ‘\vline’ dibuja una línea vertical extendida a la altura
-y profundidad total de su fila. Una instrucción ‘\hfill’ se puede
-utilizar para mover la línea hasta el borde de la columna. También se
-puede utilizar en una @-expresión.
+Dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del ‘tabular’ adjunto o entorno
+‘array’. Se utiliza comúnmente para dibujar una línea arriba, abajo y
+entre las filas de una tabla.
+
+ En este ejemplo, la parte superior de la tabla tiene dos reglas
+horizontales, una arriba de la otra, que abarca ambas columnas. La
+parte inferior de la tabla tiene una sola regla que abarca ambas
+columnas. Debido al ‘\hline’, la línea ‘tabular’ de la segunda fila que
+termina con doble barra invertida ‘\\’ es obligatoria.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{ll} \hline\hline
+ Béisbol y Medias Rojas \\
+ Baloncesto y Celtics \\ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
-9.25 ‘thebibliography’
+8.24 ‘thebibliography’
======================
Sinopsis:
- \begin{thebibliography}{ETIQUETA-MÁS-AMPLIA}
- \bibitem[ETIQUETA]{CLAVE-DE-CITA}
- ...
+ \begin{thebibliography}{WIDEST-LABEL}
+ \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
+ ...
\end{thebibliography}
- El entorno ‘thebibliography’ produce una bibliografía o lista de
-referencia.
+ Elabora una bibliografía o una lista de referencias. Hay dos formas
+de producir listas bibliográficas. Este entorno es adecuado cuando solo
+tienes unas pocas referencias y puedes mantener la lista a mano. *Note
+Usar BibTeX::, para un enfoque más sofisticado.
+
+ Esto muestra el entorno con dos entradas.
+
+ Este trabajo se basa en \cite{latexdps}.
+ Juntos son \cite{latexdps, texbook}.
+ ...
+ \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+ \bibitem{latexdps}
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit{\LaTeX{}: un sistema de preparación de documentos}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+ \bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+ \end{thebibliography}
- En las clase ‘article’, esta lista de referencia es etiquetada como
-“Referencias”; en la clase ‘report’, esta es etiquetada como
-“Bibliografía”. Usted puede cambiar la etiqueta (en las clases
-estándar) redefiniendo la instrucción ‘\refname’. Por ejemplo, la
-siguiente instrucción la elimina por completo:
+Esto estiliza la primera referencia como ‘[1] Leslie ...’, y así ‘...
+basado en \cite{latexdps}’ produce la coincidencia ‘... basado en [1]’.
+El segundo ‘\cite’ produce ‘[1, 2]’. Debes compilar el documento dos
+veces para resolver estas referencias.
+
+ El argumento obligatorio WIDEST-LABEL es texto que, cuando se
+compone, es tan ancho como la etiqueta de artículo más ancha producida
+por los comandos ‘\bibitem’. La tradición es usar ‘9’ para
+bibliografías con menos de 10 referencias, ‘99’ para las de menos de
+100, etc.
+
+ La lista bibliográfica está encabezada por un título como
+‘Bibliography’. Para cambiarlo hay dos casos. En las clases ‘book’ y
+‘report’, donde la sección de nivel superior es ‘\chapter’ y el título
+predeterminado es ‘Bibliography’, ese título está en la macro
+‘\bibname’. Para ‘article’, donde el nivel superior de la clase de
+seccionado es ‘\section’ y la predeterminada es ‘References’, el título
+está en la macro ‘\refname’. Cámbialo redefiniendo el comando, como con
+‘\renewcommand{\refname}{Referencias citadas}’, después
+‘\begin{document}’.
+
+ Los paquetes de soporte de idiomas como ‘babel’ automáticamente
+redefinen ‘\refname’ o ‘\bibname’ para ajustarse al idioma seleccionado.
+
+ *Note list::, para los parámetros de control de diseño de lista.
+
+8.24.1 ‘\bibitem’
+-----------------
- \renewcommand{\refname}{}
+Sinopsis:
- El argumento obligatorio ETIQUETA-MÁS-AMPLIA es texto que, al momento
-de componerla tipográficamente, es tan ancho como la etiqueta producida
-por la instrucción ‘\bibitem’. Se suele dar como ‘9’ para bibliografías
-de menos de 10 referencias, ‘99’ para las que tienen menos de 100, etc.
+ \bibitem{CITE_KEY}
-9.25.1 ‘\bibitem’
------------------
+o
-Sinopsis:
- \bibitem[ETIQUETA]{CLAVE-DE-CITA}
+ \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
- La instrucción ‘\bibitem’ genera una entrada etiquetada por ETIQUETA.
-Si se omite el argumento ETIQUETA, automáticamente se genera un número
-utilizando el contador ‘enumi’. La CLAVE-DE-CITA es cualquier secuencia
-de letras, números y signos de puntuación que no contenga una coma.
+ Genera una entrada etiquetada de manera predeterminada por un número
+generado usando el contador ‘enumi’. La “clave de cita” CITE_KEY puede
+ser cualquier cadena de letras, números y signos de puntuación (pero no
+comas).
- Esta instrucción escribe una entrada al archivo ‘.aux’ que contiene
-los elementos CLAVE-DE-CITA y etiqueta. Cuando la instrucción
-‘\begin{document}’ lee el archivo ‘.aux’, los elementos ‘etiqueta’ son
-asociados con ‘clave-de-cita’, produciendo referencias a CLAVE-DE-CITA
-con una instrucción ‘\cite’ (vea la siguiente sección) para producir la
-etiqueta asociada.
+ *Note thebibliography::, por ejemplo.
-9.25.2 ‘\cite’
+ Cuando se proporciona, el LABEL opcional se convierte en la etiqueta
+de entrada y el contador ‘enumi’ no se incrementa. Con este
+
+ \begin{thebibliography}
+ \bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps}
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit{\LaTeX{}: un sistema de preparación de documentos}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+ \bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+ \end{thebibliography}
+
+la primera entrada tendrá el estilo ‘[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...’ (La
+cantidad de espacio horizontal que LaTeX deja para la etiqueta depende
+de el argumento WIDEST-LABEL del entorno ‘thebibliography’; ve *note
+thebibliography::). De manera similar, ‘... basado en \cite{latexdps}’
+producirá ‘... basado en [Lamport 1994]’.
+
+ Si mezclas las entradas de ‘\bibitem’ que tienen LABEL con las que
+no, entonces LaTeX enumerará las no etiquetadas secuencialmente. En el
+ejemplo de arriba la entrada ‘texbook’ aparecerá como ‘[1] Donald ...’,
+a pesar de que es la segunda entrada.
+
+ Si usas el mismo CITE_KEY dos veces, obtendrás ‘Advertencia LaTeX:
+había etiquetas definidas de forma múltiple’.
+
+ Bajo el capó, LaTeX recuerda información CITE_KEY y LABEL porque
+‘\bibitem’ la escribe en el archivo auxiliar ‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Nombre
+del trabajo::). Por ejemplo, el ejemplo anterior hace que los dos
+‘\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}’ y ‘\bibcite{texbook}{1}’ que
+aparezcan en ese archivo. El archivo ‘.aux’ es leído por el comando
+‘\begin{document}’ y luego la información está disponible para los
+comandos ‘\cite’. Esto explica por qué necesitas ejecutar LaTeX dos
+veces para resolver las referencias: una vez para escribirlo y una vez
+para leerlo.
+
+ Debido a este algoritmo de dos pasos, cuando agregas un ‘\bibitem’ o
+cambias su CITE_KEY puedes obtener ‘Advertencia de LaTeX: la(s)
+etiqueta(s) puede(n) haber cambiado. Vuelve a ejecutar para obtener
+referencias cruzadas correctas’. Arréglalo para recompilarlo.
+
+8.24.2 ‘\cite’
--------------
Sinopsis:
- \cite[SUBCITA]{CLAVES
+ \cite{KEYS}
+
+o
+
+ \cite[SUBCITE]{KEYS}
- El argumento CLAVES es una lista de una o más claves de cita,
-separadas por comas. Esta instrucción genera una cita en el texto para
-referencias asociadas con CLAVES por medio de entradas en el archivo
-‘.aux’.
+ Genera como salida una cita a las referencias asociadas a KEYS. La
+KEYS obligatoria es una clave de cita, o una lista de claves de citas
+separadas por comas (*note \bibitem::).
- El argumento de texti opcional SUBCITA aparece después de la cita.
-Por ejemplo, ‘\cite[p.~314]{knuth}’ podría producir ‘[Knuth, p. 314]’.
+ Este
-9.25.3 ‘\nocite’
+ La fuente definitiva es \cite{texbook}.
+ ...
+ \begin{thebibliography}
+ \bibitem{texbook}
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit{El libro de \TeX}.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+ \end{thebibliography}
+
+produce una salida como ‘... la fuente es [1]’. Puedes cambiar la
+aparición de la cita y de la referencia mediante el uso de estilos de
+bibliografía si genera automáticamente el entorno ‘thebibliography’.
+Para más información *note Usar BibTeX::.
+
+ El argumento opcional SUBCITE se adjunta a la cita. Por ejemplo, ‘Ve
+14.3 en \cite[p.~314]{texbook}’ podría producir ‘Ve 14.3 en [1,
+p. 314]’.
+
+ Además de lo que aparece en la salida, ‘\cite’ escribe información al
+archivo auxiliar ‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Nombre del trabajo::). Por
+ejemplo, ‘\cite{latexdps}’ escribe ‘\citation{latexdps}’ a ese archivo.
+Esta información la utiliza BibTeX para incluir en su lista de
+referencias solo aquellos trabajos que realmente se han citado; *note
+\nocite:: también.
+
+ Si KEYS no está en la información de tu bibliografía, obtendrás
+‘Advertencia de LaTeX: Había referencias no definidas’, y en la salida
+la cita se muestra como un signo de interrogación en negrita entre
+corchetes. Hay dos posibles causas. Si has escrito algo mal, como en
+‘\cite{texbok}’ entonces necesitas corregir la ortografía. Por otro
+lado, si acabas de agregar o modificar información bibliográfica y así
+cambias el archivo ‘.aux’ (*note \bibitem::) entonces la solución puede
+ser ejecutar LaTeX nuevamente.
+
+8.24.3 ‘\nocite’
----------------
-‘\nocite{lista-de-claves}’
+Sinopsis:
- La instrucción ‘\nocite’ no produce texto, pero escribe en el archivo
-‘.aux’ la ‘lista-de-claves’, que es una lista de una o más etiquetas de
-cita.
+ \nocite{KEYS}
-9.25.4 Usando BibTeX
---------------------
+ No produce salida pero escribe KEYS en el archivo auxiliar
+‘JOBNAME.aux’ (*note Nombre del trabajo::).
-Si usted utiliza el programa BibTeX escrito por Oren Patashnik
-(altamente recomendable si necesita una bibliografía de más de un par de
-títulos) para mantener su bibliografía, no utilice el entorno
-‘thebibliography’ (*note thebibliography::). En su lugar, incluya las
-líneas
+ El argumento obligatorio KEYS es una lista separada por comas de una
+o más claves de cita (*note \bibitem::). Esta información la utiliza
+BibTeX para incluir estos trabajos en tu lista de referencia aunque no
+los hayas citado explícitamente (*note \cite::).
- \bibliographystyle{ESTILO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA}
- \bibliography{ARCHIVO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA-1,ARCHIVO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA-2}
+8.24.4 Usar BibTeX
+------------------
- La instrucción ‘\bibliographystyle’ por sí misma no produce salida
-alguna. Por el contrario, define el estilo en que se producirá la
-bibliografía: ESTILO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA se refiere a un archivo
-‘ESTILO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA.bst’, en el que se define qué apariencia tendrán
-las citas. Los nombres de ESTILO estándar distribuidos con BibTeX son:
+Como se describe en ‘thebibliography’ (*note thebibliography::), un
+enfoque sofisticado para la gestión de bibliografías es proporcionado
+por el programa BibTeX. Esta es solo una introducción; ve la
+documentación completa sobre CTAN (*note CTAN::).
-‘alpha’
- Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas están formadas por el
- nombre del autor y año de publicación.
-‘plain’
- Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas son numéricas.
-‘unsrt’
- Al igual que ‘plain’, pero las entradas están en el orden citado.
-‘abbrv’
- Igual que ‘plain’, pero con etiquetas más compactas.
+ Con BibTeX, no usas el entorno ‘thebibliography’ directamente (*note
+thebibliography::). En su lugar, incluye estas líneas:
- Además, existen muchos otros archivos de estilo BibTeX adaptados a
-las demandas de diversas publicaciones. Vea
-<http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib>.
+ \bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE}
+ \bibliography{BIBFILE1, BIBFILE2, ...}
- La instrucción ‘\bibliography’ es la que realmente produce la
-bibliografía. El argumento ‘\bibliography’ se refiere a archivos con el
-nombre ‘ARCHIVO-DE-BIBLIOGRAFÍA.bib’, el cual debe contener la base de
-datos en formato BibTeX. Sólo las entradas referidas a través de
-‘\cite’ y ‘\nocite’ serán incluidas en la bibliografía.
+BIBSTYLE hace referencia a un archivo ‘BIBSTYLE.bst’, que define cómo se
+verán tus citas. Los BIBSTYLEs estándar distribuidos con BibTeX son:
-9.26 ‘theorem’
+‘alfa’
+ Las etiquetas se forman a partir del nombre del autor y el año de
+ publicación. Los elementos bibliográficos están ordenados
+ alfabéticamente.
+‘plain’
+ Las etiquetas son números enteros. Ordena los elementos
+ bibliográficos alfabéticamente.
+‘unsrt’
+ Como ‘plain’, pero las entradas están en orden de cita.
+‘abbrv’
+ Como ‘plain’, pero etiquetas más compactas.
+
+Existen muchos, muchos otros archivos de estilo BibTeX, adaptados a las
+demandas de varias publicaciones. Ve el tema CTAN
+<https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty>.
+
+ El comando ‘\bibliography’ es lo que realmente produce la
+bibliografía. Su argumento es una lista separada por comas, que se
+refiere a archivos llamados ‘BIBFILE1.bib’, ‘BIBFILE2.bib’, ... Estos
+contienen tu base de datos en formato BibTeX. Esto muestra un par
+típico de entradas en ese formato.
+
+ @book{texbook,
+ title = {El {{\TeX}}book},
+ author = {D.E. Knuth},
+ isbn = {0201134489},
+ series = {Ordenadores \& typesetting},
+ year = {1983},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley}
+ }
+ @book{sexbook,
+ author = {W.H. Maestros y V.E. Johnson},
+ title = {Respuesta sexual humana},
+ year = {1966},
+ publisher = {Libros Bantam}
+ }
+
+ Solo las entradas bibliográficas a las que se hace referencia a
+través de ‘\cite’ y ‘\nocite’ aparecerá en la bibliografía del
+documento. Así puedes mantener todas tus fuentes juntas en un archivo,
+o una pequeña cantidad de archivos, y confía en BibTeX para incluir en
+este documento solo aquellos que usaste.
+
+ Con BibTeX, el argumento KEYS para ‘\nocite’ también puede ser el
+carácter único ‘*’. Esto significa citar implícitamente todas las
+entradas de todas las bibliografías dadas.
+
+8.24.4.1 Mensajes de error BibTeX
+.................................
+
+Si olvidas usar ‘\bibliography’ o ‘\bibliographystyle’ en tu documento
+(o, menos probablemente, cualquier comando ‘\cite’ o ‘\nocite’), BibTeX
+emitirá un mensaje de error. Porque BibTeX se puede usar con cualquier
+programa, no solo LaTeX, los mensajes de error se refieren a los
+comandos internos leídos por BibTeX (desde un archivo ‘.aux’), en lugar
+de los comandos de nivel de usuario descritos anteriormente.
+
+ Aquí hay una tabla que muestra los comandos internos mencionados en
+los errores BibTeX y los correspondientes comandos a nivel de usuario.
+
+‘\bibdata’
+ ‘\bibliography’
+
+‘\bibstyle’
+ ‘\bibliographystyle’
+
+‘\citation’
+ ‘\cite’, ‘\nocite’
+
+ Por ejemplo, si tu documento no tiene comando ‘\bibliographystyle’,
+BibTeX se queja de la siguiente manera:
+
+ No encontré ningún comando \bibstyle --- mientras leía el archivo
+ DOCUMENT.aux
+
+8.25 ‘theorem’
==============
Sinopsis:
\begin{theorem}
- TEXTO-DEL-TEOREMA
+ CUERPO DEL TEOREMA
\end{theorem}
- El entorno ‘theorem’ produce “Teorema N” en negrita seguido por el
-TEXTO-DEL-TEOREMA, donde las posibilidades de numeración para N se
-describen bajo ‘\newtheorem’ (*note \newtheorem::).
-
-9.27 ‘titlepage’
+ Produce ‘Teorema N’ en negrita seguido del CUERPO DEL TEOREMA en
+cursiva. La posibilidad de numeración para N se describe en
+‘\newtheorem’ (*note \newtheorem::).
+
+ \newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % en el preámbulo
+ \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}
+ ...
+ \begin{lem} % en el cuerpo del documento
+ texto del lema
+ \end{lem}
+
+ El siguiente resultado sigue inmediatamente.
+ \begin{thm}[Gauss] % pone 'Gauss' entre paréntesis después del
+ encabezado del teorema
+ texto del teorema
+ \end{thm}
+
+ La mayoría de los documentos nuevos usan los paquetes ‘amsthm’ y
+‘amsmath’ de la Sociedad Matemática Americana. Entre otras cosas estos
+paquetes incluyen una gran cantidad de opciones para entornos de
+teorema, como las opciones de estilo.
+
+8.26 ‘titlepage’
================
Sinopsis:
\begin{titlepage}
- TEXTO
+ ... texto y espaciado ...
\end{titlepage}
- El entorno ‘titlepage’ crea una página de título, es decir, una
-página en la cual no se imprime el número de página ni el encabezado.
-También provoca que la página siguiente sea numerada como la página uno.
-El formato de la página del título se deja bajo su responsabilidad. La
-instrucción ‘\today’ puede ser útil en las páginas de título (*note
-\today::).
+ Crea una página de título, una página sin número de página impreso o
+encabezado y con las páginas sucesivas numeradas a partir de la página
+uno.
+
+ En este ejemplo, todo el formato, incluido el espaciado vertical, se
+deja a el autor.
+
+ \begin{titlepage}
+ \vspace*{\stretch{1}}
+ \begin{center}
+ {\huge\bfseries Tesis \\[1ex]
+ título} \\[6.5ex]
+ {\large\bfseries Nombre del autor} \\
+ \vspace{4ex}
+ Tesis enviada a \\[5pt]
+ \textit{Nombre de la universidad} \\[2cm]
+ en cumplimiento parcial para la concesión del título de \\[2cm]
+ \textsc{\Gran Doctor en Filosofía} \\[2ex]
+ \textsc{\large Matemáticas} \\[12ex]
+ \vfill
+ Departamento de Matemáticas \\
+ Dirección \\
+ \vfill
+ \today
+ \end{center}
+ \vspace{\stretch{2}}
+ \end{titlepage}
- Usted puede utilizar la instrucción ‘\maketitle’ (*note \maketitle::)
-para producir una página de título estándar sin un entorno ‘titlepage’.
+ En su lugar, produce una página de título estándar sin un entorno
+‘titlepage’, usa ‘\maketitle’ (*note \maketitle::).
-9.28 ‘verbatim’
+8.27 ‘verbatim’
===============
Sinopsis:
@@ -2249,2458 +6658,7975 @@ Sinopsis:
TEXTO-LITERAL
\end{verbatim}
- El entorno ‘verbatim’ es un entorno para crear párrafos en el cual
-LaTeX produce exactamente lo que usted escriba en él; Por ejemplo el
-carácter ‘\’ produce una ‘\’ impresa. Este cambia el modo en que LaTeX
-imprime los que usted escriba con retornos de carro y espacios en blanco
-con el mismo efecto que tendría en una máquina de escribir.
+ Un entorno de creación de párrafos en el que LaTeX produce como
+salida exactamente lo que escribes como entrada. Por ejemplo, dentro de
+TEXTO-LITERAL el carácter backslash ‘\’ no inicia los comandos, imprime
+una ‘\’, y se toman literalmente los retornos de carro y espacios en
+blanco. La salida aparece en una letra de tipo máquina de escribir
+monoespaciada (‘\tt’).
- El entorno ‘verbatim’ utiliza una composición tipográfica con tipo de
-letra monoespacio (‘\tt’).
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ Símbolo juramento: %&$#?!.
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ La única restricción en ‘texto-literal’ es que no puede incluir la
+cadena ‘\end{verbatim}’.
+
+ No puedes usar el entorno textual en el argumento de las macros, por
+instancia en el argumento de un ‘\section’. Esto no es lo mismo que los
+comandos son frágiles (*note \protect::), en lugar de eso, simplemente
+no puede funcionar, ya que el entorno ‘verbatim’ cambia el régimen de
+catcode antes de tratar su contenido, y restaurarlo inmediatamente
+después, sin embargo, con un argumento macro, el contenido del argumento
+ya se ha convertido en una lista de tókenes a lo largo del régimen
+catcode vigente cuando se llamó a la macro. Sin embargo, el paquete
+‘cprotect’ puede ayudar con esto
+
+ Un uso común de la entrada textual es escribir código informático.
+Existen paquetes que son una mejora del entorno ‘verbatim’. Por
+ejemplo, una mejora es permitir la inclusión palabra por palabra de
+archivos, o partes de esos archivos. Dichos paquetes incluyen
+‘listings’, y ‘minted’.
+
+ Un paquete que proporciona muchas más opciones para entornos
+textuales es ‘fancyvrb’. Otro es ‘verbatimbox’.
-9.28.1 ‘\verb’
+ Para obtener una lista de todos los paquetes relevantes, consulta
+CTAN (*note CTAN::).
+
+8.27.1 ‘\verb’
--------------
Sinopsis:
- \verbCARÁCTERTEXTO-LITERALCARÁCTER
- \verb*CARÁCTERTEXTO-LITERALCARÁCTER
+ \verb CHAR TEXTO-LITERAL CHAR
+ \verb* CHAR TEXTO-LITERAL CHAR
+
+ Compone el TEXTO-LITERAL tal como se ingresa, incluidos los
+caracteres especiales y espacios, usando la letra de máquina de escribir
+(‘\tt’).
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra dos diferentes invocaciones de ‘\verb’.
+
+ ¡Esto es \verb! ¡Literalmente! la calabaza más grande de todos los
+ tiempos. Y esta es la mejor calabaza, \verb+¡literalmente!+
- La instrucción ‘\verb’ compone tipográficamente el TEXTO-LITERAL como
-este se ha ingresado incluyendo caracteres especiales y espacios,
-utilizando el tipo de letra de máquina de escribir (‘\tt’). No se
-permiten espacios entre ‘\verb’ o ‘\verb*’ y el CARÁCTER delimitador, el
-cual comienza y termina el texto literal. El delimitador no debe
-aparecer en el TEXTO-LITERAL.
+El primer ‘\verb’ tiene su TEXTO-LITERAL rodeado de signos de
+exclamación, ‘!’. En cambio, el segundo usa más, ‘+’, porque el signo
+de exclamación es parte del ‘texto-literal’.
- La forma con ‘*’ difiere únicamente en que los espacios son impresos
-con un carácter de “espacio visible”.
+ El delimitador de un solo carácter CHAR rodea TEXTO-LITERAL—debe ser
+el mismo carácter antes y después. No hay espacios entre ‘\verb’ o
+‘\verb*’ y CHAR, o entre CHAR y TEXTO-LITERAL, o entre TEXTO-LITERAL y
+la segunda aparición de CHAR (la sinopsis muestra un espacio solo para
+distinguir un componente del otro). El delimitador no debe aparecer en
+TEXTO-LITERAL. El TEXTO-LITERAL no puede incluir un salto de línea.
-9.29 ‘verse’
+ La forma ‘*’ se diferencia solo en que los espacios se imprimen con
+un carácter espacial.
+
+ El resultado de esto incluirá un espacio visible en ambos lados de la
+palabra ‘con’:
+
+ El primer argumento del comando es \verb*!filename con extensión! y
+ ...
+
+ Para escribir direcciones de Internet, URL, el paquete ‘url’ es una
+mejor opción que el comando ‘\verb’, ya que permite saltos de línea.
+
+ Para el código informático hay muchos paquetes con ventajas sobre
+‘\verb’. Uno es ‘listings’, otro es ‘minted’.
+
+ No puedes usar ‘\verb’ en el argumento de una macro, por ejemplo en
+el argumento de una ‘\section’. No es cuestión de que ‘\verb’ sea
+frágil (*note \protect::), en lugar de eso, simplemente no puede
+trabajar, ya que el comando ‘\verb’ cambia el régimen de catcode antes
+de leer su argumento, y restaurarlo inmediatamente después, sin embargo
+con un argumento de macro el contenido del argumento ya ha sido
+convertido a una lista de tókenes a lo largo del régimen catcode vigente
+cuando se llamó a la macro. Sin embargo, el paquete ‘cprotect’ puede
+ayudar con esto.
+
+8.28 ‘verse’
============
Sinopsis:
\begin{verse}
- LÍNEA1 \\
- LÍNEA2 \\
- ...
+ LINE1 \\
+ LINE2 \\
+ ...
\end{verse}
- El entorno ‘verse’ está diseñado para poesía, aunque es posible que
-usted le encuentre alguna otra utilidad.
+ Un entorno para la poesía.
- Los márgenes tienen sangría a la izquierda y derecha, a los párrafos
-no se les aplica sangría y el texto no está justificado. Separe las
-líneas de cada estrofa con ‘\\’ y use una o más líneas en blanco para
-separar las estrofas.
+ Aquí hay dos líneas de Romeo y Julieta de Shakespeare.
-10 Saltos de Línea
-******************
+ Entonces sé claramente que el querido amor de mi corazón está \\
+ establecido sobre la bella hija del rico Capuleto.
-Lo primero que hace LaTeX cuando procesa texto normal es traducir el
-archivo de entrada en una secuencia de unidades gráficas y espacios.
-Para producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe partir en
-líneas (y esas línea se deben dividir en páginas).
+ Separa las líneas de cada estrofa con ‘\\’ y usa una o más líneas en
+blanco para separar las estrofas.
- Normalmente LaTeX se encarga de los saltos de línea (y página), pero
-en algunos entornos, usted mismo determina los saltos de líneas con la
-instrucción ‘\\’, y siempre puede forzar los saltos de línea
-manualmente.
+ \begin{verse}
+ \makebox[\linewidth][c]{\textit{No cierres tus puertas} ---Walt Whitman}
+ \\[1\baselineskip]
+ No cierres tus puertas orgullosa biblioteca, \\
+ Por lo que faltaba en todos tus estantes bien llenos, \\
+ \qquad todavía más necesitado, traigo, \\
+ A partir de la guerra emergente, un libro que he hecho, \\
+ Las palabras de mi libro nada, la deriva de él todo, \\
+ Un libro separado, no vinculado con el resto ni sentido por el intelecto, \\
+ Pero a ustedes, las latencias incalculables les emocionarán en cada página.
+ \end{verse}
-10.1 ‘\\’[*][MÁS-ESPACIO]
-=========================
+La salida tiene márgenes sangrados a la izquierda y a la derecha, los
+párrafos no tienen sangría y el texto no está justificado a la derecha.
-La instrucción ‘\\’ le dice a LaTeX que comience una nueva línea. Esta
-tiene un argumento opcional, MÁS-ESPACIO, que especifica la cantidad de
-espacio vertical extra que se debe insertar antes de la siguiente línea.
-Este puede ser una cantidad negativa.
+9 Salto de línea
+****************
- La instrucción ‘\\*’ es la misma que la instrucción ordinaria ‘\\’
-salvo que esta le dice a LaTeX que no comience una nueva página después
-de la línea.
+Lo primero que hace LaTeX al procesar texto ordinario es traducir tu
+archivo de entrada a una secuencia de glifos y espacios. Para producir
+un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe dividir en líneas (y estas
+líneas se deben dividir en páginas).
+
+ LaTeX normalmente hace el salto de línea (y de página) en el texto
+del cuerpo pero en algunos entornos fuerza manualmente los saltos de
+línea.
+
+ Un flujo de trabajo común es obtener una versión final del contenido
+del documento antes de realizar una pasada final y considerar los saltos
+de línea (y saltos de página). Esto difiere del procesamiento de
+palabras, donde estás formateando texto a medida que lo ingresas.
+Aplazar esto hasta el final evita un montón saltos de línea que
+cambiarán de todos modos.
+
+9.1 ‘\\’
+========
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \\
+ \\[MORESPACE]
+
+o una de:
+
+ \\*
+ \\*[MORESPACE]
+
+ Finaliza la línea actual. El argumento opcional MORESPACE especifica
+espacio vertical adicional que se insertará antes de la siguiente línea.
+Esta es un longitud elástica (*note Longitudes::) y puede ser negativa.
+El texto antes del salto de línea se establece en su longitud normal, es
+decir, no se estira para completar el ancho de la línea. Este comando
+es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ \title{Mi historia: \\[0.25in]
+ una historia de aflicción}
+
+La forma destacada, ‘\\*’, le dice a LaTeX que no inicie una nueva
+página entre las dos líneas, emitiendo un ‘\nobreak’.
+
+ Los saltos de línea explícitos en el cuerpo del texto principal son
+inusuales en LaTeX. En particular, no comiences nuevos párrafos con
+‘\\’. En lugar de eso, deja una línea en blanco entre los dos párrafos.
+Y no pongas una secuencia de ‘\\’’s para hacer espacio vertical. En su
+lugar, usa ‘\vspace{LENGTH}’ o ‘\leavevmode\vspace{LENGTH}’ o
+‘\vspace*{LENGTH}’ si deseas que no se arroje el espacio en la parte
+superior de una nueva página (*note \vspace::).
+
+ El comando ‘\\’ se usa principalmente fuera del flujo principal de
+texto como en un entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’ o en un entorno de la
+ecuación.
+
+ El comando ‘\\’ es un sinónimo de ‘\newline’ (*note \newline::) en
+circunstancias ordinarias (un ejemplo de una excepción es la columna
+‘p{...}’ en un entorno ‘tabular’; *note tabular::).
+
+ El comando ‘\\’ es una macro y su definición cambia según el contexto
+para que su definición en texto normal, un entorno ‘center’, un
+‘flushleft’ y ‘tabular’ son todos diferentes. En texto normal, cuando
+fuerza un salto de línea, esencialmente es una abreviatura para
+‘\newline’. No finaliza el modo horizontal ni finaliza el párrafo,
+simplemente inserta un poco de pegamento y penalizaciones para que
+cuando el párrafo termine, se produzca un salto de línea en ese punto,
+con la breve línea rellena con espacios en blanco.
+
+ Obtienes ‘Error de LaTeX: No hay línea para terminar aquí’ si usas
+‘\\’ para solicitar una nueva línea, en lugar de finalizar la línea
+actual. Un ejemplo es si tienes ‘\begin{document}\\’ o, más
+probablemente, algo como esto.
-10.2 ‘\obeycr’ y ‘\restorecr’
-=============================
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
+ \\
+ En ese espacio vertical pon tu marca.
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
-La instrucción ‘\obeycr’ genera un retorno de carro en el archivo de
-entrada (‘^^M’, internamente) lo mismo que ‘\\’ (seguido por ‘\relax’).
-Por lo tanto, cada nueva línea en la entrada también será una nueva
-línea en la salida.
+Solucionalo reemplazando la doble barra invertida con algo como
+‘\vspace{\baselineskip}’.
- ‘\restorecr’ restaura el comportamiento de saltos de línea normal.
+9.2 ‘\obeycr’ y ‘\restorecr’
+============================
-10.3 ‘\newline’
-===============
+El comando ‘\obeycr’ hace un retorno en el archivo de entrada (‘^^M’,
+internamente) lo mismo que ‘\\’, seguido de ‘\relax’. Así que cada
+nueva línea en la entrada también será una nueva línea en la salida. El
+comando ‘\restorecr’ restaura el comportamiento normal de salto de
+línea.
-La instrucción ‘\newline’ rompe la línea en el punto actual, sin
-justificar el texto anterior. Sólo se puede utilizar en modo párrafo.
+ Esta no es la forma de mostrar texto textual o código informático.
+Usa ‘verbatim’ (*note verbatim::) en su lugar.
-10.4 ‘\-’ (división silábica discrecional)
-==========================================
+ Con los valores predeterminados habituales de LaTeX, este
-La instrucción ‘\-’ le dice a LaTeX que puede dividir la palabra con un
-guión en ese punto. LaTeX cuenta con una muy buena separación silábica
-con guión, y por lo general en la mayoría de los casos encuentra los
-puntos correctos en la división de palabras, y casi nunca utiliza uno
-incorrecto. La instrucción ‘\-’ se utiliza para casos excepcionales.
+ aaa
+ bbb
- Cuando usted inserta la instrucción ‘\-’ en una palabra, la palabra
-únicamente se debe dividir con guión en esos puntos y en ninguno de los
-puntos que LaTeX pudiera haber elegido de otro modo.
+ \obeycr
+ ccc
+ ddd
+ eee
-10.5 ‘\fussy’
-=============
+ \restorecr
+ fff
+ ggg
-La declaración ‘\fussy’ (que es la predeterminada) provoca que TeX sea
-quisquilloso con los saltos de línea. Esto por lo general también evita
-el espacio entre palabras, a costa de un ocasional desbordamiento de
-caja.
+ hhh
+ iii
- Esta instrucción cancela el efecto de una instrucción ‘\sloppy’
-previa (*note \sloppy::.
+produce una salida como esta.
-10.6 ‘\sloppy’
+ aaa bbb
+ ccc
+ ddd
+ eee
+
+ fff ggg
+ hhh iii
+
+Las sangrías son sangrías de párrafo.
+
+9.3 ‘\newline’
==============
-La declaración ‘\sloppy’ provoca que TeX sea menos cuidadoso con los
-saltos de línea. Esto evitará el desbordamiento de cajas, a costa de un
-mayor espaciamiento entre palabras.
+En texto ordinario, esto termina una línea de una manera que no se
+justifica a la derecha. Para que el texto anterior al final de la línea
+no se estire, es decir, en modo de párrafo (*note Modos::), el comando
+‘\newline’ es equivalente a doble barra invertida (*note \\::). Este
+comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
- Dura hasta que se utilice una instrucción ‘\fussy’ (*note \fussy::).
+ Sin embargo, los dos comandos son diferentes dentro de un entorno
+‘tabular’ o entorno ‘array’. En una columna con un especificador que
+produce un cuadro de párrafo como típicamente ‘p{...}’, ‘\newline’
+inserta un final de línea dentro de la columna; es decir, no rompe toda
+la fila tabular. Para dividir toda la fila, usa ‘\\’ o su equivalente
+‘\tabularnewline’.
-10.7 ‘\hyphenation’
-===================
+ Esto imprimirá ‘Nombre:’ y ‘Dirección:’ como dos líneas en una sola
+celda de la tabla.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}}
+ Nombre: \newline Dirección: &Date: \\ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+
+‘Date:’ se alineará con la línea base con ‘Nombre:’.
+
+9.4 ‘\-’ (guion discrecional)
+=============================
+
+Le dice a LaTeX que puede separar la palabra en ese punto. Cuando
+insertas comandos ‘\-’ en una palabra, la palabra solo se dividirá con
+guiones en esos puntos y en ninguno de los otros puntos de guiones que
+LaTeX podría haber elegido de otro modo. Este comando es robusto (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ LaTeX es bueno separando guiones y generalmente encuentra la mayoría
+de los puntos de separación con guiones, mientras que casi nunca se usa
+uno incorrecto. El comando ‘\-’ es para casos excepcionales.
+
+ Por ejemplo, LaTeX normalmente no separa palabras que contienen un
+guión. Abajo, la palabra larga y con guión significa que LaTeX tiene
+que poner en espacios inaceptablemente grandes para colocar la columna
+estrecha.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{rp{1.75in}}
+ Isaac Asimov &La cepa del
+ antiintelectualismo
+ % an\-ti-in\-te\-lec\-tu\-al\-ismo
+ ha sido un hilo constante que se abre camino a través de
+ nuestra vida política y cultural, alimentada por
+ la falsa noción de que democracia significa que
+ 'mi ignorancia es tan buena como tu conocimiento'.
+ \end{tabular}
+
+Comentar la tercera línea y descomentar la cuarta hace mucho mejor
+ajuste.
+
+ El comando ‘\-’ solo permite que LaTeX rompa allí, no requiere que se
+rompa allí. Puedes forzar una división con algo como ‘Hef-\linebreak
+feron’. Por supuesto, si luego cambias el texto, entonces este salto de
+línea forzado puede parecer fuera de lugar, por lo que este enfoque
+requiere sumo cuidado.
+
+9.5 ‘\discretionary’ (punto de separación silábica generalizada)
+================================================================
Sinopsis:
- \hyphenation{PALABRA-UNO PALABRA-DOS}
+ \discretionary{PRE-BREAK}{POST-BREAK}{NO-BREAK}
- La instrucción ‘\hyphenation’ declara los puntos dónde se permite la
-división de palabras por medio de un carácter ‘-’ en las palabras
-proporcionadas. Las palabras están separadas por espacios. TeX
-únicamente debe separar las palabras si la palabra coincide exactamente,
-sin juzgar las inflexiones. Múltiples instrucciones ‘\hyphenation’ son
-acumulativas. Algunos ejemplos (los patrones de separación silábica de
-TeX no se aplican a esas palabras):
+ Maneja cambios de palabras alrededor de guiones. Este comando no se
+usa a menudo en documentos LaTeX.
- \hyphenation{ap-én-dice col-umnas hiper-fragilís-tico-espiali-doso}
+ Si se produce un salto de línea en el punto donde aparece
+‘\discretionary’ entonces TeX pone PRE-BREAK al final de la línea actual
+y pone POST-BREAK al comienzo de la siguiente línea. Si no hay salto de
+linea aquí entonces TeX pone NO-BREAK.
-10.8 ‘\linebreak’ y ‘\nolinebreak’
-==================================
+ En ‘difficult’ las tres letras ‘ffi’ forman una ligadura. Pero no
+obstante, TeX se puede dividir entre las dos ‘f’ con esto.
+
+ di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult
+
+ Ten en cuenta que los usuarios no tienen que hacer esto. Normalmente
+se maneja automáticamente por el algoritmo de separación silábica de
+TeX.
+
+9.6 ‘\fussy’ y ‘\sloppy’
+========================
+
+Declaraciones para hacer que TeX sea más o menos quisquilloso con el
+salto de línea. Declarar ‘\fussy’ por lo general evita demasiado
+espacio entre palabras, a costa de alguna que otra caja llena en exceso.
+En cambio, ‘\sloppy’ evita cajas demasiado llenas mientras sufre
+espaciado interpalabras sueltas.
+
+ El valor predeterminado es ‘\fussy’. El salto de línea en un párrafo
+es controlado por cualquier declaración que esté vigente al final del
+párrafo, es decir, en la línea en blanco o ‘\par’ o ecuación mostrada
+que termina ese párrafo. Entonces, para afectar los saltos de línea,
+incluye ese material de final de párrafo en el entorno del párrafo.
+
+9.6.1 ‘sloppypar’
+-----------------
Sinopsis:
- \linebreak[PRIORIDAD]
- \nolinebreak[PRIORIDAD]
+ \begin{sloppypar}
+ ... párrafos ...
+ \end{sloppypar}
+
+ Compone los párrafos con ‘\sloppy’ en efecto (*note \fussy y
+\sloppy::). Usa esto para ajustar localmente el salto de línea, para
+evitar los errores ‘Caja demasiado llena’ o ‘Caja incompleta’.
+
+ El ejemplo es simple.
+
+ \begin{sloppypar} Con su plan para la mañana así resuelto, se sentó
+ en silencio a su libro después del desayuno, resolviendo permanecer
+ en el mismo lugar y el mismo empleo hasta que el reloj dio la una; y
+ por costumbre muy poco incomodado por los comentarios y
+ exclamaciones de la Sra.\ Allen, cuyo vacío de mente e incapacidad
+ para pensar eran tales, que como ella nunca hablaba mucho, por lo
+ que nunca podría estar completamente silencioso; y, por lo tanto,
+ mientras ella estaba sentada en su trabajo, si perdiera su aguja o
+ le rompía el hilo, si oía un carruaje en la calle, o vio una mota en
+ su vestido, debe observarla en voz alta, ya sea nadie tenía tiempo
+ para responderle o no. \end{sloppypar}
+
+9.7 ‘\hyphenation’
+==================
- De manera predeterminada, la instrucción ‘\linebreak’
-(‘\nolinebreak’) fuerza (previene) un salto de línea en la posición
-actual. Para ‘\linebreak’, los espacios en la línea se expanden hasta
-el margen derecho de la manera normal.
+Sinopsis:
- Con el argumento opcional PRIORIDAD, usted puede convertir la
-instrucción de una petición a una demanda. La PRIORIDAD debe ser un
-número desde 0 hasta 4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, es más insistente
-la petición.
+ \hyphenation{WORD1 ...}
-11 Saltos de Página
-*******************
+ Declara los puntos de separación de palabras permitidos dentro de las
+palabras de la lista. Las palabras en esa lista están separadas por
+espacios. Muestra puntos permitidos para separación silábica con un
+guión, ‘-’.
-LaTeX inicia nuevas páginas asincronicamente, cuando ha acumulado
-suficiente material para llenar una página. Por lo general, esto ocurre
-automáticamente, pero a veces, posiblemente, usted quiera influir en los
-saltos de página.
+ Aquí hay un ejemplo:
-11.1 ‘\cleardoublepage’
-=======================
+ \hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
-La instrucción ‘\cleardoublepage’ termina la página actual y provoca que
-se impriman todas las imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta el
-momento en el texto. En un estilo de Impresión a doble cara, este
-también hace que la siguiente página sea a mano derecha, página
-(impares), produciendo una página en blanco si es necesario.
+ Utiliza letras minúsculas. TeX solo dividirá si la palabra coincide
+exactamente, no se intentan inflexiones. Múltiples ‘\hyphenation’ los
+comandos se acumulan.
-11.2 ‘\clearpage’
-=================
+9.8 ‘\linebreak’ y ‘\nolinebreak’
+=================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \linebreak
+ \linebreak[CERO-A-CUATRO]
+
+o uno de estos.
+
+ \nolinebreak
+ \nolinebreak[CERO-A-CUATRO]
+
+ Anima o desalienta un salto de línea. El CERO-A-CUATRO opcional es
+un número entero entre 0 y 4 que te permite suavizar la instrucción. El
+valor predeterminado es 4, por lo que sin el argumento opcional estos
+comandos fuerzan o previenen por completo la ruptura. Pero por ejemplo,
+‘\nolinebreak[1]’ es una sugerencia de que otro lugar puede ser mejor.
+Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente será la solicitud. Ambos
+comandos son frágiles (*note \protect::).
+
+ Aquí le decimos a LaTeX que un buen lugar para poner un salto de
+línea es después del texto legal estándar.
+
+ \boilerplatelegal{} \linebreak[2]
+ Alentamos especialmente las solicitudes de miembros de tradicionalmente
+ grupos subrepresentados.
+
+ Cuando emite ‘\linebreak’, los espacios en la línea se estiran para
+que el punto de quiebre alcance el margen derecho. *Note \\:: y *note
+\newline::, para que los espacios no se extiendan.
-La instrucción ‘\clearpage’ termina la página actual y provoca que todas
-la imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta ahora en la entrada sean
-impresas.
+10 Salto de página
+******************
+
+Normalmente, LaTeX automáticamente se encarga de dividir la salida en
+páginas con su habitual aplomo. Pero si estás escribiendo comandos, o
+ajustar la versión final de un documento, es posible que debas entender
+cómo influir en sus acciones.
+
+ El algoritmo de LaTeX para dividir un documento en páginas es más
+complejo que simplemente esperar hasta que haya suficiente material para
+llenar una página y producir el resultado. En cambio, LaTeX compone más
+material que cabría en la página y luego elige un salto que es óptimo en
+alguna forma (tiene el “badness” más pequeño). Un ejemplo de la ventaja
+de este enfoque es que si la página tiene algún espacio vertical que se
+puede estirar o encoger, como con tiras de goma entre párrafos, entonces
+LaTeX lo puede usar para evitar líneas viudas (donde comienza una nueva
+página con la última línea de un párrafo; LaTeX puede exprimir la línea
+adicional en la primera página) y huérfanas (donde la primera línea del
+párrafo está al final de una página; LaTeX puede estirar el material de
+la primera página para que la línea extra caiga en la segunda página).
+Otro ejemplo es donde LaTeX usa la reducción vertical disponible para
+caber en una página que no solo el encabezado de una nueva sección, pero
+también las dos primeras líneas de esa sección.
+
+ Pero LaTeX no optimiza el conjunto de saltos de páginas del documento
+completo. Entonces puede suceder que el salto de la primera página sea
+genial pero el segundo sea pésimo; para romper la página actual LaTeX no
+ve tan adelante como el siguiente salto de página. Así que de vez en
+cuando es posible que desees influir en los saltos de página al preparar
+una versión final de un documento.
+
+ *Note Composición::, para obtener más material relevante para el
+salto de página.
+
+10.1 ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’
+======================================
+
+Sinopsis:
-11.3 ‘\newpage’
+ \clearpage
+
+o
+
+ \cleardoublepage
+
+ Finaliza la página actual y genera todas las figuras flotantes
+pendientes y tablas (*note Flotantes::). Si hay demasiados flotantes
+para caber en la página entonces LaTeX pondrá páginas adicionales que
+solo contienen flotantes. En impresión a doble cara, ‘\cleardoublepage’
+también hace que la siguiente página de contenido sea una página de la
+derecha, una página impar, si es necesario insertando una página en
+blanco. El comando ‘\clearpage’ es robusto mientras ‘\cleardoublepage’
+es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Los saltos de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+
+ El comando ‘\cleardoublepage’ colocará una página en blanco, pero
+tendrá los encabezados y pies de página en ejecución. Para obtener una
+página con espacio en blanco, usa este comando.
+
+ \let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage
+ \newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
+ \clearpage
+ {\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%
+ }
+
+Si deseas que el comando ‘\chapter’ estándar de LaTeX haga esto,
+entonces agrega la línea ‘\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage’.
+(Por supuesto, esto afecta todos los usos de ‘\cleardoublepage’, no solo
+uno en ‘\chapter’).
+
+ El comando ‘\newpage’ (*note \newpage::) también termina la página
+actual, pero sin borrar los flotantes pendientes. Y, si LaTeX está en
+modo de dos columnas, entonces ‘\newpage’ finaliza la columna actual
+mientras ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’ finalizan la página actual.
+
+10.2 ‘\newpage’
===============
-La instrucción ‘\newpage’ termina la página actual, pero no descarga
-flotantes (vea ‘\clearpage’ arriba).
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \newpage
-11.4 ‘\enlargethispage’
+ Finaliza la página actual. Este comando es robusto (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Los saltos de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+
+ Mientras que los comandos ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’ también
+finalizan la página actual, además borran los flotantes pendientes
+(*note \clearpage y \cleardoublepage::). Y, si LaTeX está en modo de
+dos columnas, entonces ‘\clearpage’ y ‘\cleardoublepage’ terminan la
+página actual, posiblemente dejando una columna vacía, mientras
+‘\newpage’ solo finaliza la columna actual.
+
+ A diferencia de ‘\pagebreak’ (*note \pagebreak y \nopagebreak::), el
+comando ‘\newpage’ hará que la nueva página comience justo donde se
+solicitó. Este
+
+ Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+ continente,
+ \newpage
+
+ \noindent
+ una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+ de que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+
+hace que una nueva página comience después de ‘continente’, y la línea
+cortada no se justifica a la derecha. Además, ‘\newpage’ no estira
+verticalmente la página, como lo hace ‘\pagebreak’.
+
+10.3 ‘\enlargethispage’
=======================
-‘\enlargethispage{tamaño}’
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \enlargethispage{SIZE}
+ \enlargethispage*{SIZE}
+
+ Amplía el ‘\textheight’ para la página actual. El argumento
+requerido SIZE debe tener una longitud rígida (*note Longitudes::).
+Puede ser positivo o negativo. Este comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
- ‘\enlargethispage*{tamaño}’
+ Una estrategia común es esperar hasta tener el texto final de un
+documento y, a continuación, pásalo ajustando los saltos de línea y de
+página. Este comando te permite cierto margen de maniobra en el tamaño
+de la página.
- Amplía el ‘\textheight’ para la página actual por la cantidad
-especificada; por ejemplo ‘\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}’ permitirá
-una línea adicional.
+ Esto permitirá una línea adicional en la página actual.
- La forma favorita trata de apretar el material en la página tanto
-como sea posible. Esta normalmente se utiliza junto con un ‘\pagebreak’
-explícito.
+ \enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-11.5 ‘\pagebreak’ y ‘\nopagebreak’
+ La forma con estrella ‘\enlargesthispage*’ intenta exprimir el
+material juntos en la página tanto como sea posible, para el caso de uso
+común de obtener una línea más en la página. Esto se usa a menudo junto
+con un ‘\pagebreak’ explícito.
+
+10.4 ‘\pagebreak’ y ‘\nopagebreak’
==================================
Sinopsis:
- \pagebreak[PRIORIDAD]
- \nopagebreak[PRIORIDAD]
-
- De forma predeterminada, la instrucción ‘\pagebreak’ (‘\nopagebreak’)
-fuerza (impide) un salto de página en la posición actual. Para
-‘\linebreak’, el espacio vertical en la página se estira cuanto sea
-posible de modo que se extienda hasta el margen inferior normal.
+ \pagebreak
+ \pagebreak[CERO-A-CUATRO]
- Con el argumento opcional PRIORIDAD, puede convertir la instrucción
-‘\pagebreak’ desde una petición a una demanda. El número debe ser un
-número desde 0 hasta 4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente es
-la petición.
+o
-12 Notas al Pie
+ \nopagebreak
+ \nopagebreak[CERO-A-CUATRO]
+
+ Anima o desalienta un salto de página. El CERO-A-CUATRO opcional es
+un número entero que te permite suavizar la solicitud. El valor
+predeterminado es 4, de modo que sin el argumento opcional estos
+comandos fuerzan o previenen el quiebre. Pero, por ejemplo,
+‘\nopagebreak[1]’ sugiere a LaTeX que otro lugar podría ser preferible.
+Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente la petición. Ambos comandos
+son frágiles. (*note \protect::).
+
+ Los finales de página de LaTeX están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas estos comandos en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+
+ Si los usas dentro de un párrafo, se aplica al punto siguiente de la
+línea en la que aparecen. Así que esto
+
+ Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+ continente,
+ \pagebreak
+ una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+ que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+
+no da un salto de página en ‘continente’, sino en ‘nación’, ya que ahí
+es donde LaTeX rompe esa línea. Además, con ‘\pagebreak’ el espacio
+vertical en la página se estira donde sea posible para que se extienda
+hasta el fondo del margen normal. Esto puede parecer extraño, y si
+‘\flushbottom’ está en efecto esto puede hacer que obtengas ‘Infralleno
+\vbox (incorrecto 10000) ocurrió mientras \output está activo’. *Note
+\newpage::, para un comando que no tiene estos efectos.
+
+ (Hay una declaración obsoleta ‘\samepage’, que intenta solo permitir
+un salto de línea entre dos párrafos. Hay un entorno relacionado
+‘samepage’, también obsoleto. Ninguno de estos funciona de manera
+confiable. Para más información sobre cómo mantener el material en la
+misma página, consulta la entrada de preguntas frecuentes
+<https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk>).
+
+11 Notas al pie
***************
-Las notas al pie se pueden producir en una de dos maneras. Se pueden
-producir con una sola instrucción, la instrucción ‘\footnote’. También
-se pueden producir con dos instrucciones, las instrucciones
-‘\footnotemark’ y ‘\footnotetext’.
+Coloca una nota a pie de página en la parte inferior de la página
+actual, como aquí.
+
+ Noël Coward bromeó diciendo que tener que leer una nota al pie es
+ como tener que bajar las escaleras para abrir la puerta, mientras está
+ en medio de hacer amor.\footnote{% No sabría, no leo las notas al
+ pie.}
+
+ Puedes poner varias notas al pie de página en una página. Si el
+texto de la nota al pie se vuelve demasiado largo, entonces fluirá a la
+página siguiente.
-12.1 ‘\footnote’
+ También puedes producir notas al pie combinando ‘\footnotemark’ y los
+comandos ‘\footnotetext’, que es útil en casos con circunstancias
+especiales.
+
+ Para que las referencias bibliográficas salgan a pie de página es
+necesario incluir un estilo bibliográfico con ese comportamiento (*note
+Usar BibTeX::).
+
+11.1 ‘\footnote’
================
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \footnote{TEXT}
+ \footnote[NUMBER]{TEXT}
- \footnote[NÚMERO]{TEXTO}
+ Coloca TEXT como nota al pie al final de la página actual.
- La instrucción ‘\footnote’ coloca una nota numerada con el TEXTO al
-pie de la página actual. El argumento opcional NÚMERO cambia el número
-predeterminado de la nota.
+ Hay más de mil notas a pie de página en el libro de Gibbon.
+ \textit{Decadencia y Caída del Imperio Romano}.\footnote{% Después
+ de leer una versión anterior con notas finales, David Hume se quejó:
+ ``Uno también está plagado de sus Notas, según el presente Método de
+ imprimir el Libro'' y sugirió que ``sólo para ser impreso en el margen
+ o en la parte inferior de la página.''}
- Esta instrucción sólo puede utilizarse fuera del modo párrafo; es
-decir, no se puede utilizar en el instrucciones de seccionado tal como
-‘\chapter’, en figuras, tablas o en un entorno ‘tabular’. (Vea las
-siguientes secciones).
+ El argumento opcional NUMBER te permite especificar el número de la
+nota al pie. Si usas esto, entonces LaTeX no incrementa el contador
+‘footnote’.
-12.2 ‘\footnotemark’
+ De manera predeterminada, LaTeX usa números arábigos como marcadores
+de notas al pie. Cambia esto con algo como
+‘\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}’, que utiliza una
+secuencia de símbolos (*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
+\fnsymbol::). Para que este cambio sea global, ponlo en el preámbulo.
+Si realizas el cambio local, entonces es posible que desees restablecer
+el contador con ‘\setcounter{footnote}{0}’.
+
+ LaTeX determina el espaciado de las notas al pie con dos parámetros.
+
+‘\footnoterule’
+ Produce la regla que separa el texto principal de una página del
+ texto de la notas al pie de la página. Dimensiones predeterminadas
+ en las clases de documentos estándar (excepto ‘slides’, donde no
+ aparece) es: espesor vertical de ‘0.4pt’, y tamaño horizontal de
+ ‘0.4\columnwidth’ de largo. Cambia la regla con algo como esto.
+
+ \renewcommand{\footnoterule}{% Kerns evita el espacio vertical
+ \kern -3pt % Este -3 es negativo
+ \hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % de la suma de este 1
+ \kern 2pt} % y este 2
+
+‘\footnotesep’
+ La altura del puntal colocado al comienzo de la nota al pie.
+ (*note \strut::). De manera predeterminada, esto se establece en
+ el puntal normal para ‘\footnotesize’ fuentes (*note Tamaños de los
+ tipos de letra::), por lo tanto no hay espacio adicional entre las
+ notas al pie. Este es ‘6.65pt’ para ‘10pt’, ‘7.7pt’ para ‘11pt’ y
+ ‘8.4pt’ para ‘12pt’. Cambio como con
+ ‘\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}’.
+
+ El comando ‘\footnote’ es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX pone muchas restricciones sobre
+dónde puedes usar un ‘\footnote’; por ejemplo, no lo puedes usar en un
+argumento para un comando de seccionado como ‘\chapter’ (solo se puede
+usar en modo de párrafo; *note Modos::). Hay algunas soluciones; ve las
+siguientes secciones.
+
+ En un entorno ‘minipage’, el comando ‘\footnote’ usa el contador
+‘mpfootnote’ en lugar del contador ‘footnote’, por lo que se numeran de
+forma independiente. Se muestran en la parte inferior del entorno, no
+en la parte inferior de la página. Y de manera predeterminada se
+muestran alfabéticamente. *Note minipage:: y *note Notas al pie en una
+tabla::.
+
+11.2 ‘\footnotemark’
====================
-Sin argumento opcional, la instrucción ‘\footnotemark’ coloca el número
-de nota actual en el texto. Esta instrucción se puede utilizar en modo
-párrafo. Usted proporciona el texto de la nota por separado, con la
-instrucción ‘\footnotetext’.
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \footnotemark
+ \footnotemark[NUMBER]
+
+ Coloca la marca de nota al pie actual en el texto. Para especificar
+texto asociado para la nota al pie *note \footnotetext::. El argumento
+NUMBER opcional hace que el comando use ese número para determinar la
+marca de nota al pie. Este comando se puede utilizar en el modo de
+párrafo interior (*note Modos::).
+
+ Si usas ‘\footnotemark’ sin el argumento opcional, entonces
+incrementa el contador ‘footnote’, pero si usas el contador opcional
+NUMBER entonces no lo hace. El siguiente ejemplo produce varios
+marcadores consecutivos de notas al pie que se refieren a la misma nota
+al pie.
- Esta instrucción se puede utilizar para producir varios marcadores de
-nota consecutivos refiriéndose a la misma nota
+ El primer teorema\footnote{Debido a Gauss.} y el segundo
+ teorema\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] y el tercer
+ teorema.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
- \footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+ Si hay notas al pie intermedias, debes recordar el valor de el número
+de la marca común. Este ejemplo da la misma afiliación institucional
+del primer y tercer autor (‘\thanks’ es una versión de ‘\footnote’),
+dando a mano el número de la nota al pie.
-después de la primer instrucción ‘\footnote’.
+ \title{Un tratado sobre el teorema del binomio}
+ \author{J Moriarty\thanks{Universidad de Leeds}
+ \y AC Doyle\thanks{Universidad de Durham}
+ \y S Holmes\footnotemark[1]}
+ \begin{document}
+ \maketitle
+
+ Utiliza un contador para recordar el número de la nota al pie. La
+tercera frase va seguida del mismo marcador de nota al pie que la
+primera.
+
+ \newcounter{footnoteValueSaver} Todos los bebés son
+ ilógicos.\footnote{% Lewis
+ Carroll.}\setcounter{footnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} No
+ se desprecia a nadie que pueda manejar un cocodrilo.\footnote{%
+ Capitán Garfio.} Las personas ilógicas son
+ despreciadas.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}] Por lo tanto,
+ cualquiera que pueda manejar un cocodrilo no es un bebé.
+
+ Este ejemplo logra lo mismo usando el paquete ‘cleveref’.
+
+ \usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % en el preámbulo
+ \crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}
+ ...
+ El teorema es de Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker, Evers,
+ 1994.} El corolario es de Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.}
+ Pero el lema clave es de Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
+
+ Funcionará con el paquete ‘hyperref’.
-12.3 ‘\footnotetext’
+11.3 ‘\footnotetext’
====================
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
- \footnotetext[NÚMERO]{TEXTO}
+ \footnotetext{TEXT}
+ \footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT}
- La instrucción ‘\footnotetext’ coloca el TEXTO en la parte inferior
-de la página como una nota al pie. Esta instrucción puede venir en
-cualquier lugar después de la instrucción ‘\footnotemark’. La
-instrucción ‘\footnotetext’ debe aparecer en el exterior del modo
-párrafo.
+ Coloca TEXT en la parte inferior de la página como nota al pie. Se
+empareja con ‘\footnotemark’ (*note \footnotemark::) y puede venir en
+cualquier lugar después de ese comando, pero debe aparecer en modo de
+párrafo externo (*note Modos::). El argumento opcional NUMBER cambia el
+número de la marca de nota al pie.
- El argumento opcional NÚMERO cambia el número predeterminado de la
-nota.
+ *Note \footnotemark:: y *note Notas al pie en una tabla::, para usar
+en ejemplos
-12.4 Notas al Pie Simbólicas
-============================
+11.4 Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones
+==========================================================
-Si desea utilizar símbolos para las notas al pie, en lugar de un número
-creciente, redefina ‘\thefootnote’ así:
+Pone una nota al pie en el título de una sección, como en:
- \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \section{Juegos completos\protect\footnote{Este material se debe a
+ ...}}
- La instrucción ‘\fnsymbol’ produce a serie predefinida de símbolos
-(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). Si desea
-utilizar un símbolo diferente como su marca de nota al pie, necesitará
-redefinir ‘\@fnsymbol’.
+hace que la nota al pie de página aparezca en la parte inferior de la
+página donde comienza la sección, como es habitual, pero también en la
+parte inferior de la tabla de contenido, donde no es probable que sea
+deseado. La forma más sencilla de hacer que no aparezca en la tabla de
+contenido es usar el argumento opcional para ‘\section’
-12.5 Parámetros para Footnote
-=============================
+ \section[Por favor]{Por favor\footnote{%
+ ¡No incluyas notas al pie en los encabezados de capítulos y
+ secciones!}}
-‘\footnoterule’
- Produce la línea que separa el texto principal en una página de las
- notas al pie de la página. Dimensiones predeterminadas: ‘0.4pt’
- espesor (o ancho), y longitud de ‘0.4\columnwidth’ en las clases de
- documento estándar (salvo en ‘slides’, donde esta no aparece).
+No se necesita ‘\protect’ delante de ‘\footnote’ aquí porque lo que se
+mueve a la tabla de contenido es el argumento opcional.
-‘\footnotesep’
- La altura donde se coloca el puntal al comienzo de la nota al pie.
- De forma predeterminada, se establece en el puntal del tipo de
- letra normal ‘\footnotesize’ (*note Tamaños del Tipo de Letra::,
- por lo tanto no hay espacio extra entre las notas. Este es
- ‘6.65pt’ para ‘10pt’, ‘7.7pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘8.4pt’ para ‘12pt’.
+11.5 Notas al pie en una tabla
+==============================
+
+Dentro de un entorno ‘tabular’ o ‘array’ el comando ‘\footnote’ no
+funciona; hay una marca de nota al pie en la celda de la tabla, pero el
+texto de la nota al pie no aparece. La solución es usar un entorno
+‘minipage’ como aquí (*note minipage::).
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Barco} &\textsc{Libro} \\ \hline
+ \textit{HMS Sophie} &Maestro y Comandante \\
+ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit{HMS Lively} &Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit{HMS Surprise} &Un número de libros\footnote{%
+ Comenzando con \textit{HMS Sorpresa}.}
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Dentro de una ‘minipage’, las marcas de las notas al pie son letras
+minúsculas. Cambio que con algo así
+‘\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}’ (*note \alph \Alph
+\arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
-13 Definiciones
+ Las notas al pie en el ejemplo anterior aparecen en la parte inferior
+de la ‘minipage’. Para que aparezcan en la parte inferior de la página
+principal, como parte de la secuencia regular de notas al pie, utiliza
+‘\footnotemark’ y ‘\footnotetext’ empareja y crea un nuevo contador.
+
+ \newcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+ \setcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}{\value{footnote}} \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Mujer} &\textsc{Relación} \\ \hline
+ Mona &Adjunto\footnotemark\\
+ Diana Villiers &Eventual esposa \\
+ Christine Hatherleigh Wood &Prometida\footnotemark
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}% El signo de porcentaje mantiene el texto de la
+ % nota al pie cerca de la minipágina
+ \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
+ \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
+ Poco se sabe aparte de su muerte.}%
+ \stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
+ \footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
+ Relación no resuelta en XXI.}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Para un entorno ‘table’ flotante (*note table::), usa el paquete
+‘tablefootnote’.
+
+ \usepackage{tablefootnote} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l}
+ \textsc{Fecha} &\textsc{Campaña} \\ \hline
+ 1862 & Fuerte Donelson \\
+ 1863 &Vicksburg \\
+ 1865 &Ejército de Virginia del Norte\tablefootnote{%
+ Pone fin a la guerra.}
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Fuerzas capturadas por US Grant}
+ \end table}
+
+La nota al pie aparece en la parte inferior de la página y está numerada
+en secuencia con otras notas al pie.
+
+11.6 Notas al pie de notas al pie
+=================================
+
+Particularmente en las humanidades, los autores pueden tener múltiples
+clases de notas al pie, incluyendo tener notas al pie de las notas al
+pie. El paquete ‘bigfoot’ amplía el mecanismo de notas al pie
+predeterminado de LaTeX en muchas maneras, incluyendo permitir estos
+dos, como en este ejemplo.
+
+ \usepackage{bigfoot} % en el preámbulo
+ \DeclareNewFootnote{Predeterminado}
+ \DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % crea clase \footnotefrom{}
+ ...
+ El tercer teorema es un inverso parcial del segundo.\footnotefrom{%
+ Anotado en Wilson.\footnote{Segunda edición solamente.}}
+
+12 Definiciones
***************
-LaTeX tiene la capacidad para crear nuevas instrucciones de muchos tipos
+LaTeX tiene soporte para crear nuevos comandos de muchos tipos
diferentes.
-13.1 ‘\newcommand’ y ‘\renewcommand’
+12.1 ‘\newcommand’ y ‘\renewcommand’
====================================
-‘\newcommand’ y ‘\renewcommand’ define y redefine una instrucción,
-respectivamente.
+Sinopsis, una de (tres formas regulares, tres formas destacadas):
+
+ \newcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+ \newcommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+o todas las mismas posibilidades con ‘\renewcommand’ en lugar de
+‘\newcommand’:
+
+ \renewcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+ Define o redefine un comando (ve también ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’ en
+*note Comandos class y package::).
+
+ La forma estrellada de estos dos prohíbe que los argumentos contengan
+varios párrafos de texto (en términos simples de TeX: los comandos no
+son ‘\long’). Con la forma predeterminada, los argumentos pueden ser
+varios párrafos.
+
+ Estos son los parámetros (a continuación se muestran algunos
+ejemplos):
+
+CMD
+ Requerido; ‘\CMD’ es el nombre del comando. Debe comenzar con una
+ barra invertida, ‘\’, y no debe comenzar con la cadena de cuatro
+ caracteres ‘\end’. Para ‘\newcommand’, no debe estar ya definido.
+ Para ‘\renewcommand’, este nombre ya debe estar definido.
+
+NARGS
+ Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9, especificando el número de
+ argumentos que toma el comando, incluido cualquier argumento
+ opcional. Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que especificar 0, lo
+ cual significa que el comando no tiene argumentos. Si redefines un
+ comando, la nueva versión puede tener un diferente número de
+ argumentos que la versión anterior.
+
+OPTARGDEFAULT
+ Opcional; si este argumento está presente entonces el primer
+ argumento de ‘\CMD’ es opcional, con valor predeterminado
+ OPTARGDEFAULT (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si OPTARGDEFAULT no
+ está presente entonces ‘\CMD’ no toma un argumento opcional.
+
+ Es decir, si ‘\CMD’ se llama con el siguiente argumento entre
+ corchetes, como en ‘\CMD[OPTVAL]{...}...’, entonces dentro de DEFN,
+ el parámetro ‘#1’ se establece en OPTVAL. Por otro lado, si ‘\CMD’
+ se llama sin los siguientes corchetes entonces dentro de DEFN se
+ establece el parámetro ‘#1’ a OPTARGDEFAULT. En cualquier caso,
+ los argumentos requeridos comienzan con ‘#2’.
+
+ Omitir ‘[OPTARGDEFAULT]’ de la definición es completamente
+ diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío, como en ‘[]’.
+ El primero dice que el comando que se define no requiere un
+ argumento opcional, por lo que ‘#1’ es el primer argumento
+ requerido (si NARGS ≥ 1); este último establece el argumento
+ opcional ‘#1’ a la cadena vacía como valor predeterminado, si no
+ hay un argumento opcional dado en la llamada.
+
+ De manera similar, omitir ‘[OPTVAL]’ de una llamada también es
+ completamente diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío.
+ El anterior establece ‘#1’ al valor de OPTVAL (suponiendo que el
+ comando se definió para tomar un argumento opcional); el último
+ ‘#1’ configurado a la cadena vacía, al igual que con cualquier otro
+ valor.
+
+ Si un comando no está definido para tomar un argumento opcional,
+ pero es llamado con un argumento opcional, los resultados son
+ impredecibles: allí puede haber un error de LaTeX, puede haber una
+ salida tipográfica incorrecta, o ambos.
+
+DEFN
+ Requerido; el texto que se sustituirá por cada aparición de ‘\CMD’.
+ Los parámetros ‘#1’, ‘#2’, ..., ‘#NARGS’ se reemplazan por los
+ valores proporcionados cuando se llama al comando (o por
+ OPTARGDEFAULT en el caso de un argumento opcional no especificado
+ en la llamada, como se acaba de explicar).
+
+ TeX ignora los espacios en blanco en la fuente después de una
+secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de control::), como en ‘\cmd ’.
+Si quieres un espacio allí, una solución es escribir ‘{}’ después del
+comando (‘\cmd{} ’), y otra solución es usar un espacio de control
+explícito (‘\cmd\ ’).
+
+ Un ejemplo simple de definición de un nuevo comando:
+‘\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}’ da como resultado que ‘\RS’ sea
+reemplazado por el texto más largo. Redefinir un comando existente es
+similar: ‘\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}’.
+
+ Si usas ‘\newcommand’ y el nombre del comando ya se ha usado entonces
+obtienes algo como ‘Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya definido. O nombre
+\end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual’. De manera similar, si usas
+‘\renewcommand’ y el nombre del comando no se ha definido, obtienes algo
+como ‘Error de LaTeX: \hank no se ha definido’.
+
+ Aquí la primera definición crea un comando sin argumentos, y la
+segunda, un comando con un argumento requerido:
+
+ \newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary}
+ \newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definición~\ref{#1}}
+
+Usa el primero como en ‘Te recomiendo \student{}’. El segundo tiene un
+argumento variable, por lo que ‘\defref{def:basis}’ se expande a
+‘Definición~\ref{def:basis}’, que finalmente se expande a algo así como
+‘Definición~3.14’.
+
+ Del mismo modo, pero con dos argumentos obligatorios:
+‘\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}’ se invoca como ‘\nbym{2}{k}’.
+
+ Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional.
+
+ \newcommand{\salutation}[1][Señor o señora]{Estimado #1:}
+
+Entonces ‘\salutation’ da ‘Estimado señor o señora:’ mientras
+‘\salutation[John]’ da ‘Querido John:’. Y ‘\salutation[]’ da ‘Estimado
+:’.
+
+ Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional y dos argumentos
+obligatorios.
+
+ \newcommand{\lawyers}[3][empresa]{#2, #3 y~#1}
+ Empleo a \lawyers[Howe]{Dewey}{Cheatem}.
+
+El resultado es ‘Empleo Dewey, Cheatem y Howe’. El argumento opcional,
+‘Howe’, está asociado con ‘#1’, mientras que ‘Dewey’ y ‘Cheatem’ están
+asociados con ‘#2’ y ‘#3’. Debido al argumento opcional,
+‘\lawyers{Dewey}{Cheatem}’ dará la salida ‘Empleo Dewey, Cheatem y
+Howe’.
+
+ Las llaves alrededor de DEFN no definen un grupo, es decir, no
+delimitan el alcance del resultado de expandir DEFN. Por ejemplo, con
+‘\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}’, en esta oración,
+
+ El \shipname{Monitor} se encontró con el \shipname{Merrimac}.
+
+las palabras ‘se encontró con el’, y el punto, estarían incorrectamente
+en cursiva. La solución es poner otro par de corchetes dentro de la
+definición: ‘\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}’.
+
+12.1.1 Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Al leer la entrada TeX convierte el flujo de caracteres leídos en una
+secuencia de “tókenes”. Cuando TeX ve una barra invertida ‘\’, la hará
+manejar los siguientes caracteres de una manera especial para hacer un
+token de “secuencia de control”.
+
+ Las secuencias de control se dividen en dos categorías:
- Sinopsis:
+ • “palabra de control”, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+ una ‘\’ seguida de al menos una letra ASCII (‘A-Z’ y ‘a-z’),
+ seguida de al menos una no letra.
- \newcommand{INSTRUCCIÓN}[N-ARGUMENTOS]{DEFINICIÓN}
- \renewcommand{INSTRUCCIÓN}[N-ARGUMENTOS]{DEFINICIÓN}
- \newcommand{INSTRUCCIÓN}[N-ARGUMENTOS][PREDETERMINADO]{DEFINICIÓN}
- \renewcommand{INSTRUCCIÓN}[N-ARGUMENTOS][PREDETERMINADO]{DEFINICIÓN}
-
-INSTRUCCIÓN
- El nombre de la instrucción comenzando con ‘\’. Para
- ‘\newcommand’, este no se debe haber definido y no debe comenzar
- con ‘\end’; para ‘\renewcommand’, este ya tiene que estar definido.
-
-N-ARGUMENTOS
- Un entero opcional entre 1 y 9 especificando el número de
- argumentos que debe tomar la instrucción. El valor predeterminado
- es para que la instrucción no tome argumentos.
-
-PREDETERMINADO
- Si este parámetro opcional está presente, significa que el primer
- argumento del comando es opcional. Cuando se invoca a la nueva
- instrucción, el valor predeterminado del argumento opcional (es
- decir, si no se especifica en la llamada) es la cadena
- ‘definición’.
-
-DEFINICIÓN
- El texto con el que se sustituirá cada aparición de ‘instrucción’;
- una construcción de la forma ‘#N’ en DEFINICIÓN es reemplazada por
- el texto del eNésimo argumento.
-
-13.2 ‘\newcounter’
-==================
+ • “símbolo de control”, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+ una ‘\’ seguida de un carácter que no sea una letra.
+
+ La secuencia de caracteres que se encuentran después de una ‘\’
+también se denominan el “nombre de la secuencia de control”.
+
+ Los espacios en blanco después de una palabra de control se ignoran y
+no producen espacio en blanco en la salida (*note \newcommand y
+\renewcommand:: y *note \(SPACE)::).
+
+ Así como el comando ‘\relax’ no hace nada, la siguiente entrada
+simplemente imprimirá ‘¡Hola!’ (si utilizas el visor Info de Emacs,
+activa el modo menor ‘whitespace-mode’ para ver los espacios finales):
+
+ ¡Hol\relax
+ a!
+
+Esto se debe a que los espacios en blanco después de ‘\relax’, incluida
+la nueva línea, son ignorados, y los espacios en blanco al principio de
+una línea también son ignorados (*note Espacios en blanco iniciales::).
+
+12.2 ‘\providecommand’
+======================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \providecommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \providecommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \providecommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+ \providecommand*{\CMD}{DEFN}
+ \providecommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+ \providecommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+ Define un comando, siempre que no exista ningún comando con este
+nombre. Si no existe ningún comando con este nombre, esto tiene el
+mismo efecto que ‘\newcommand’. Si ya existe un comando con este
+nombre, entonces esta definición no hace nada. Esto es particularmente
+útil en un archivo que se puede cargar más de una vez, como un archivo
+de estilo. *Note \newcommand y \renewcommand::, para la descripción de
+los argumentos.
+
+ Este ejemplo
+
+ \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Colegio de San Miguel}
+ \providecommand{\myafiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV}
+ De \myafiliation.
+
+produce ‘De Saint Michael's College.’ A diferencia de ‘\newcommand’, el
+uso repetido de ‘\providecommand’ para (intentar) definir
+‘\myaffiliation’ no da error.
+
+12.3 ‘\makeatletter’ y ‘\makeatother’
+=====================================
Sinopsis:
- \newcounter{NOMBRE-CONTADOR}[SUPER]
+ \makeatletter
+ ... definición de comandos con @ en su nombre ..
+ \makeatother
+
+ Usa este par cuando redefines los comandos de LaTeX que se nombran
+con un carácter arroba ‘‘@’’. La declaración ‘\makeatletter’ hace que
+el carácter de arroba tenga el código de categoría de una letra,
+code 11. La declaración ‘\makeatother’ establece el código de categoría
+del signo de arroba a code 12, su valor predeterminado.
+
+ A medida que TeX lee caracteres, asigna a cada uno un código de
+categoría, o “catcode”. Por ejemplo, asigna el carácter ‘‘\’’ de barra
+invertida el catcode 0. Nombres de comandos constan de un carácter
+categoría 0, normalmente barra invertida, seguido por letras, caracteres
+de categoría 11 (excepto que un nombre de comando también puede constar
+de un carácter categoría 0 seguido de un solo símbolo que no es una
+letra).
+
+ El código fuente de LaTeX tiene la convención de que algunos comandos
+usan ‘@’ en su nombre. Estos comandos están destinados principalmente a
+escritores de paquete o de clase. La convención impide que los autores
+que solo utilizan un paquete o clase reemplacen accidentalmente dicho
+comando con uno de ellos mismos, porque de manera predeterminada el
+signo de arroba tiene el catcode 12.
+
+ Usa el par ‘\makeatletter’ y ‘\makeatother’ dentro de un ‘.tex’,
+generalmente en el preámbulo, cuando estás definiendo o redefiniendo
+comandos nombrados con ‘@’, haciendo que rodeen tu definición. No los
+uses dentro de los archivos ‘.sty’ o ‘.cls’ ya que los comandos
+‘\usepackage’ y ‘\documentclass’ ya disponen que la arroba tenga el
+código de carácter de una letra, catcode 11.
+
+ Para obtener una lista completa de macros con un signo de arroba en
+sus nombres, consulta <https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.
+
+ En este ejemplo, el archivo de clase tiene un comando
+‘\thesis@universityname’ que el usuario quiere cambiar. Estas tres
+líneas deben ir en el preámbulo, antes del ‘\begin{document}’.
+
+ \begin{document}.
+ \makeatletter
+ \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Colegio de San Miguel}
+ \makeatother
+
+12.4 ‘\@ifstar’
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+ \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY}
+ \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}
+
+ Muchos entornos o comandos estándar de LaTeX tienen una variante con
+el mismo nombre pero terminando con un carácter de estrella ‘*’, un
+asterisco. Algunos ejemplos son los entornos ‘table’ y ‘table*’ y los
+comandos ‘\section’ y ‘\section*’.
+
+ Al definir entornos, seguir este patrón es sencillo porque
+‘\newenvironment’ y ‘\renewenvironment’ permiten que el nombre del
+entorno contenga una estrella. Entonces solo tienes que escribir
+‘\newenvironment{MYENV}’ o ‘\newenvironment{MYENV*}’ y continúa la
+definición de la manera habitual. Para los comandos la situación es más
+compleja ya que la estrella no es una letra no puede ser parte del
+nombre del comando. Como en la sinopsis anterior, habrá un comando
+llamado por el usuario, dado anteriormente como ‘\mycmd’, que mira hacia
+delante para ver si le sigue una estrella. Por ejemplo, LaTeX realmente
+no tiene un comando ‘\section*’; en cambio, el comando ‘\section’ mira
+hacia adelante. Este comando no acepta argumentos, sino que se expande
+a uno de los dos comandos que aceptan argumentos. En la sinopsis estos
+dos son ‘\mycmd@nostar’ y ‘\mycmd@star’. Podrían tomar el mismo número
+de argumentos o un número diferente, o ningún argumento en absoluto.
+Como siempre, en un documento LaTeX un comando usando una arroba ‘@’ en
+su nombre se debe encerrar dentro de un bloque ‘\makeatletter ...
+\makeatother’ (*note \makeatletter y \makeatother::).
+
+ Este ejemplo de ‘\@ifstar’ define el comando ‘\ciel’ y una variante
+‘\ciel*’. Ambos tienen un argumento obligatorio. Una llamada a
+‘\ciel{blue}’ devolverá "cielo azul no estrellado" mientras
+‘\ciel*{night}’ devolverá "cielo nocturno estrellado".
+
+ \makeatletter
+ \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{no estrellado #1 cielo}
+ \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{cielo estrellado #1}
+ \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
+ \makeatother
+
+ En el siguiente ejemplo, la variante destacada toma un número
+diferente de argumentos que el sin estrella. Con esta definición, el
+Agente 007 ‘``Mi nombre es \agentsecret*{Bond},
+\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''’ es equivalente a ingresar los comandos
+‘``Mi nombre es \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''’
+
+ \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+ \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
+ \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
+
+ Después de un nombre de comando, una estrella se maneja de manera
+similar a un argumento opcional. (Esto difiere de los nombres de
+entornos en los que la estrella es parte del nombre mismo y como tal
+podría estar en cualquier posición). Por lo tanto, técnicamente es
+posible poner cualquier número de espacios entre el comando y la
+estrella. Así ‘\agentsecret*{Bond}’ y ‘\agentsecret *{Bond}’ son
+equivalentes. Sin embargo, la práctica estándar es no insertar tales
+espacios.
+
+ Hay dos formas alternativas de realizar el trabajo de ‘\@ifstar’.
+(1) El paquete ‘suffix’ permite la construcción
+‘\newcommand\mycommand{VARIANTE-SIN-ESTRELLA}’ seguida por
+‘\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED-VARIANT}’. (2) LaTeX
+proporciona el paquete ‘xparse’, que permite este código:
+
+ \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+ {VARIANTE-CON-ESTRELLA}%
+ {VARIANTE-SIN-ESTRELLA}%
+ }
+
+12.5 ‘\newcounter’: Asignar un contador
+=======================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \newcounter{COUNTERNAME}
+ \newcounter{COUNTERNAME}[SUPERCOUNTER]
+
+ Define globalmente un nuevo contador llamado COUNTERNAME y lo
+inicializa a cero (*note Contadores::).
+
+ El nombre COUNTERNAME debe constar únicamente de letras. No comienza
+con una barra invertida. Este nombre no debe estar ya en uso por otro
+contador.
- La instrucción ‘\newcounter’ define un nuevo contador llamado
-NOMBRE-CONTADOR. El nuevo contador se inicializa a cero.
+ Cuando usas el argumento opcional ‘[SUPERCOUNTER]’ entonces el
+contador COUNTERNAME se restablecerá a cero siempre que SUPERCOUNTER se
+incrementa. Por ejemplo, ordinariamente ‘subsection’ está numerado
+dentro de ‘section’ para que cada vez que incremente SECCIÓN, ya sea con
+‘\stepcounter’ (*note \stepcounter::) o ‘\refstepcounter’ (*note
+\refstepcounter::), entonces LaTeX restablecerá SUBSECTION a cero.
- Dado el argumento opcional ‘[SUPER]’, (NOMBRE-CONTADOR se
-restablecerá cuando el contador cuyo nomber es SUPER se incremente.
+ Este ejemplo
- *Note Contadores::, para mayor información.
+ \newcounter{asuper} \setcounter{asuper}{1}
+ \newcounter{asub}[asuper] \setcounter{asub}{3} % Nota `asuper'
+ El valor de asuper es \arabic{asuper} y el de asub es
+ \arabic{asub}.
+ \stepcounter{asuper}
+ Ahora asuper es \arabic{asuper} mientras que asub es
+ \arabic{asub}.
-13.3 ‘\newlength’
+ produce ‘El valor de asuper es 1 y el de asub es 3’ y ‘Ahora asuper
+es 2 mientras que asub es 0’.
+
+ Si el contador ya existe, por ejemplo ingresando ‘asuper’ dos veces,
+obtienes algo como ‘Error LaTeX: Comando \c@asuper Ya definido. O name
+\end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual.’.
+
+ Si usas el argumento opcional, entonces el súper contador ya debe
+existir. Al ingresar ‘\newcounter{jh}[lh]’ cuando ‘lh’ no es un
+contador definido obtendrás ‘Error LaTeX: Sin contador 'lh' definido.’
+
+12.6 ‘\newlength’
=================
Sinopsis:
- \newlength{\ARGUMENTO}
+ \newlength{\LEN}
+
+ Asigna un nuevo registro de longitud (*note Longitudes::). El
+argumento requerido ‘\LEN’ tiene que ser una secuencia de control (*note
+Secuencias de control::), y como tal debe comenzar con una barra
+invertida, ‘\’ bajo circunstancias normales. El nuevo registro contiene
+longitudes elásticas como ‘72.27pt’ o ‘1in plus.2in minus.1in’ (una
+longitud de registro LaTeX es lo que TeX llama un ‘skip’ de registro).
+El valor inicial es cero. La secuencia de control ‘\LEN’ no debe estar
+definida ya.
+
+ Un ejemplo:
- La instrucción ‘\newlength’ define el argumento obligatorio como una
-instrucción de “longitud” con un valor de ‘0in’. El argumento debe ser
-una secuencia de control, como en ‘\newlength{\foo}’. Ocurre un error
-si ‘\foo’ ya está definido.
+ \newlength{\graphichgt}
- *Note Longitudes::, para saber cómo fijar la nueva longitud a un
-valor distinto de cero, y para más información acerca de las longitudes
-en general.
+ Si olvidas la barra invertida, obtienes ‘Insertada secuencia de
+control faltante’. Si la secuencia de control ya existe, entonces
+obtienes algo así como ‘Error LaTeX: Comando \graphichgt ya definido. O
+nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual’.
-13.4 ‘\newsavebox’
+12.7 ‘\newsavebox’
==================
Sinopsis:
- \newsavebox{INSTRUCCIÓN}
+ \newsavebox{\CMD}
+
+ Define \CMD, la cadena que consta de una barra invertida seguida de
+CMD, para referirse a un nuevo contenedor para almacenar material.
+Estos contenedores contienen material que ha sido compuesto, para usar
+varias veces o para medir o manipular (*note Cajas::). El nombre del
+contenedor \CMD es obligatorio, debe comenzar con una barra invertida,
+\, y no debe ser un comando definido. Este comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Esto asigna un contenedor y luego coloca material tipográfico en él.
+
+ \newsavebox{\logobox}
+ \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
+ Nuestro logo es \usebox{\logobox}.
+
+La salida es ‘Nuestro logotipo es LoGo’.
- Define ‘\INSTRUCCIÓN’, el cual debe ser un nombre de instrucción que
-no se haya definido, para referirse a una nueva bandeja para almacenar
-cajas.
+ Si ya hay un contenedor definido, obtienes algo como ‘Error de LaTeX:
+Comando \logobox ya definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del
+manual’.
-13.5 ‘\newenvironment’ y ‘\renewenvironment’
+ La asignación de una caja es global.
+
+12.8 ‘\newenvironment’ y ‘\renewenvironment’
============================================
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \newenvironment{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment*{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \newenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+
+o uno de estos.
+
+ \renewenvironment{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment*{ENV}{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+ \renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+
+ Definir o redefinir el entorno ENV, es decir, crear el constructor
+‘\begin{ENV} ... BODY ... \end{ENV}’.
+
+ La forma de asterisco de estos comandos requiere que los argumentos
+no contienen varios párrafos de texto. Sin embargo, el cuerpo de estos
+entornos pueden contener varios párrafos.
+
+ENV
+ Requerido; el nombre del entorno. Se compone sólo de letras o el
+ carácter forma-‘*’ y, por lo tanto, no comienza con una barra
+ invertida, ‘\’. No debe comenzar con la cadena ‘end’. Para
+ ‘\newenvironment’, el nombre ENV no debe ser el nombre de un
+ entorno ya existente, y también el comando ‘\ENV’ debe ser
+ indefinido. Para ‘\renewenvironment’, ENV debe ser el nombre de un
+ entorno existente.
+
+NARGS
+ Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9 que indica el número de
+ argumentos que toma el entorno. Cuando usas el entorno, estos
+ argumentos aparecen después de ‘\begin’, como en ‘\begin{ENV}{ARG1}
+ ... {ARGN}’. Omitiendo esto es equivalente a establecerlo en 0; el
+ entorno no tendrá argumentos. Al redefinir un entorno, la nueva
+ versión puede tener un diferente número de argumentos que la
+ versión anterior.
+
+OPTARGDEFAULT
+ Opcional; si esto está presente, entonces el primer argumento del
+ entorno definido es opcional, con el valor predeterminado
+ OPTARGDEFAULT (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si esto no está en
+ la definición, entonces el entorno no acepta un argumento opcional.
+
+ Es decir, cuando OPTARGDEFAULT está presente en la definición del
+ entorno entonces puedes comenzar el entorno con corchetes, como en
+ ‘\begin{ENV}[OPTVAL]{...} ... \end{ENV}’. En este caso, dentro de
+ BEGDEFN el parámetro ‘#1’ se establece en el valor de OPTVAL. Si
+ llamas a ‘\begin{ENV}’ sin corchetes, luego dentro de BEGDEFN el
+ parámetro ‘#1’ es establecido en el valor predeterminado
+ OPTARGDEFAULT. En cualquier caso, cualquier argumento requerido
+ comienza con ‘#2’.
+
+ Omitir ‘[MYVAL]’ en la llamada es diferente a tener corchetes sin
+ contenido, como en ‘[]’. Los resultados anteriores en ‘#1’
+ expandiéndose a OPTARGDEFAULT; esto último resulta en ‘#1’
+ expandiéndose a la cadena vacía.
+
+BEGDEF
+ Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de ‘\begin{ENV}’.
+ Dentro de BEGDEF, los parámetros ‘#1’, ‘#2’, ... ‘#NARGS’, se
+ sustituyen por los valores que proporcionas cuando llamas al
+ entorno; ve los ejemplos abajo.
+
+ENDDEF
+ Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de ‘\end{ENV}’.
+ Esto no puede contener ningún parámetro, es decir, no puedes usar
+ ‘#1’, ‘#2’, etc., aquí (pero ve el ejemplo final a continuación).
+
+ Todos los entornos, es decir el código BEGDEF, el entorno body y el
+código ENDDEF se procesan dentro de un grupo. Así, en el primer ejemplo
+a continuación, el efecto de ‘\small’ se limita a la cotización y no se
+extiende al material siguiendo el entorno.
+
+ Si intentas definir un entorno y el nombre ya se ha utilizado
+entonces obtienes algo como ‘Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya definido.
+O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual’. Si intentas redefinir
+un entorno y el nombre aún no se ha utilizado, entonces obtienes algo
+como ‘Error de LaTeX: Entorno hank indefinido.’.
+
+ Este ejemplo proporciona un entorno como ‘quotation’ de LaTeX excepto
+que se establecerá en letra más pequeña.
+
+ \newenvironment{smallquote}{%
+ \small\begin{quotation}
+ }{%
+ \end{quotation}
+ }
+
+ Esto tiene un argumento, que está en negrita al comienzo de un
+párrafo.
+
+ \newenvironment{point}[1]{%
+ \noindent\textbf{#1}
+ }{%
+ }
+
+ Este muestra el uso de un argumento opcional; da un entorno quotation
+que cita el autor.
+
+ \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+ \begin{quotation}
+ \noindent\textit{#1}:
+ }{%
+ \end{quotation}
+ }
+
+El nombre del autor es opcional y de manera predeterminada es
+‘Shakespeare’. En el documento, utiliza el entorno como este.
+
+ \begin{citequote}[Lincoln]
+ ...
+ \end{citequote}
+
+ El último ejemplo muestra cómo guardar el valor de un argumento para
+usarlo en ENDDEF, en este caso en una caja (*note \sbox y \savebox::).
+
+ \newsavebox{\quoteauthor}
+ \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{%
+ \sbox\quoteauthor{#1}%
+ \begin{quotation}
+ }{%
+ \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---\usebox{\quoteauthor}
+ \end{quotation}
+ }
+
+12.9 ‘\newtheorem’
+==================
+
Sinopsis:
+ \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}
+ \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]
+ \newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}
- \newenvironment{ENTORNO}[N-ARGUMENTOS]{ANTES-DEFINICIÓN}
- {DESPUÉS-DEFINICIÓN}
- \newenvironment{ENTORNO}[N-ARGUMENTOS][PREDETERMINADO]
- {ANTES-DEFINICIÓN}{DESPUÉS-DEFINICIÓN}
- \renewenvironment{ENTORNO}[N-ARGUMENTOS]
- {ANTES-DEFINICIÓN}{DESPUÉS-DEFINICIÓN}
+ Define un nuevo entorno similar a un teorema. Puedes especificar uno
+de NUMBERED_WITHIN y NUMBERED_LIKE, o ninguno, pero no ambos.
- Estas instrucciones definen o redefinen un entorno ENTORNO, es decir,
-‘\begin{ENTORNO} ... \end{ENTORNO}’.
+ La primera forma, ‘\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}’, crea un entorno que se
+etiquetará con TITLE; ve el primer ejemplo a continuación.
-ENTORNO
- El nombre del entorno. Para ‘\newenvironment’, ENTORNO no debe ser
- un entorno existente, y la instrucción ‘\ENTORNO’ debe ser una que
- no se haya definido previamente. Para ‘\renewenvironment’, ENTORNO
- debe ser el nombre de un entorno existente.
+ La segunda forma, ‘\newtheorem{NAME}{TÍTULO}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]’, crea
+un entorno cuyo contador está subordinado al counter existente
+NUMBERED_WITHIN, por lo que este contador se restablecerá cuando
+NUMBERED_WITHIN se restablece. Ve el segundo ejemplo a continuación.
-N-ARGUMENTOS
- Un entero desde 1 a 9 denotando el número de argumentos del nuevo
- entorno definido. El valor predeterminado es ningún argumento.
+ La tercera forma ‘\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}’, con un
+argumento opcional entre los dos argumentos requeridos, crea un entorno
+cuyo contador compartirá el contador definido previamente NUMBERED_LIKE.
+Ve el tercer ejemplo.
-PREDETERMINADO
- Si se especifica, el primer argumento es opcional, y PREDETERMINADO
- proporciona el valor predeterminado para ese argumento.
+ Este comando crea un contador llamado NAME. Además, a menos que se
+use el argumento opcional NUMBERED_LIKE, dentro del entorno similar a un
+teorema, el valor actual de ‘\ref’ será el de ‘\theNUMBERED_WITHIN’
+(*note \ref::).
-ANTES-DEFINICIÓN
- El texto ampliado en cada aparición de ‘\begin{ENTORNO}’; una
- construcción en forma ‘#N’ en ANTES-DEFINICIÓN es sustituido por el
- texto del eNésimo argumento.
+ Esta declaración es global. Es frágil (*note \protect::).
-DESPUÉS-DEFINICIÓN
- El texto ampliado de cada aparición de ‘\end{ENTORNO}’. este no
- debe contener ningún argumento para parámetros.
+ Argumentos:
-13.6 ‘\newtheorem’
-==================
+NAME
+ El nombre del entorno. Es una cadena de letras. No debe comenzar
+ con una barra invertida, ‘\’. No debe ser el nombre de un entorno
+ existente, y el nombre del comando ‘\NAME’ no debe estar definido.
- \newtheorem{NUEVO-ENTORNO}{ETIQUETA}[CON]
- \newtheorem{NUEVO-ENTORNO}[NUMERADO-COMO]{ETIQUETA}
+TITLE
+ El texto que se imprimirá al principio del entorno, antes del
+ número. Por ejemplo, ‘Teorema’.
- Esta instrucción define un entorno parecido a teorema. Argumentos:
+NUMBERED_WITHIN
+ Opcional; el nombre de un contador ya definido, generalmente una
+ unidad seccional como ‘chapter’ o ‘section’. Cuando el contador
+ NUMBERED_WITHIN se restablece y luego el entorno NAME el contador
+ también se restablecerá.
-NUEVOENTORNO
- El nombre del nuevo entorno a definir; no debe ser el nombre de un
- entorno existente o de lo contrario será redefinido.
+ Si no se utiliza este argumento opcional, el comando ‘\theNAME’ se
+ establece en ‘\arabic{NAME}’.
-ETIQUETA
- El texto a imprimir al inicio del entorno, antes del número. Por
- ejemplo, ‘Teorema’.
+NUMBERED_LIKE
+ Opcional; el nombre de un entorno similar a un teorema ya definido.
+ El nuevo entorno se numerará en secuencia con NUMBERED_LIKE.
-NUMERADO_COMO
- (Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema;
+ Sin ningún argumento opcional, los entornos están numerados
+secuencialmente. El siguiente ejemplo tiene una declaración en el
+preámbulo que da como resultado ‘Definición 1’ y ‘Definición 2’ en
+producción.
- (Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema
- el nuevo entorno será numerado exactamente como NUMERADO_COMO.
+ \newtheorem{defn}{Definición}
+ \begin{document}
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ Este ejemplo tiene el mismo cuerpo de documento que el anterior.
+Pero aquí el argumento opcional de ‘\newtheorem’ NUMBERED_WITHIN se da
+como ‘section’, por lo que el resultado es como ‘Definición 1.1’ y
+‘Definición 2.1’.
+
+ \newtheorem{defn}{Definición}[sección]
+ \begin{document}
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+ \end{defn}
+
+ En el siguiente ejemplo hay dos declaraciones en el preámbulo, el
+segundo de los cuales requiere que el nuevo entorno ‘thm’ use el mismo
+contador como ‘defn’. Da ‘Definición 1.1’, seguido por ‘Teorema 2.1’ y
+‘Definición 2.2’.
+
+ \newtheorem{defn}{Definición}[sección]
+ \newtheorem{thm}[defn]{Teorema}
+ \begin{document}
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{defn}
+ Primer definición
+ \end{defn}
-CON
- (Opcional). El nombre de un contador definido previamente, una
- unidad de seccionado. El nuevo contador de teorema será
- restablecido al mismo tiempo que el contador CON.
+ \section{...}
+ \begin{thm}
+ Primer thm
+ \end{thm}
- Cuando menos uno de NUMERADO_COMO y CON se debe especificar, no
-ambos.
+ \begin{defn}
+ Segunda definición
+ \end{defn}
-13.7 ‘\newfont’
-===============
+12.10 ‘\newfont’
+================
-Sinopsis:
+Este comando está obsoleto. Esta descripción está aquí solo para ayudar
+con los viejos documentos. Los nuevos documentos deben definir letras
+en familias a través del nuevo esquema de selección de letras que te
+permite, por ejemplo, asociar una negrita con una romana (*note Tipos de
+letra::).
- \newfont{INSTRUCCIÓN}{NOMBREDETIPO}
+ Sinopsis:
- Define una secuencia de control ‘\INSTRUCCIÓN’, misma que no se debe
-haber definido, para hacer que NOMBREDETIPO sea el tipo de letra actual.
-El archivo bloqueado en el sistema es llamado ‘NOMBREDETIPO.tfm’.
+ \newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION}
- Esta es una instrucción de bajo nivel para configurar el uso de un
-tipo de letra individual. Comúnmente, los tipos de letra se definen a
-través de familias de archivos ‘.fd’.
+ Define un comando ‘\CMD’ que cambiará el tipo de letra actual. La
+secuencia de control no debe estar ya definida. Debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, ‘\’.
-13.8 ‘\protect’
-===============
+ La DESCRIPCIÓN DE LA LETRA consta de un NOMBRE DE LETRA y una opción
+“cláusula at”. LaTeX buscará en tu sistema un archivo llamado
+‘FONTNAME.tfm’. La cláusula at puede tener la forma ‘en DIMEN’ o
+‘FACTOR de escala’, donde un FACTOR de ‘1000’ significa que no hay
+escalado. Para los propósitos de LaTeX, todo lo que hace es escalar
+todos los caracteres y otras dimensiones de fuente relativo al tamaño de
+diseño de la fuente, que es un valor definido en el archivo ‘.tfm’.
-Pies de página, saltos de línea, cualquier instrucción que tenga un
-argumento opcional, y muchas más de las así llamadas instrucciones
-“frágiles”. Cuando una instrucción frágil se utiliza en ciertos
-contextos, llamados “argumentos móviles”, estas se deben preceder con
-‘\protect’. Además, algunas instrucciones con argumentos frágiles deben
-tener su propia ‘\protect’.
+ Esto define dos tipos de letra equivalentes y algunos caracteres
+tipográficos en cada una.
- Algunos ejemplos de argumentos móviles son ‘\caption’ (*note
-figure::), ‘\thanks’ (*note \maketitle::) y @-expresiones en entornos
+ \newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt}
+ \newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100}
+ \testfontat abc
+ \testfontscaled abc
+
+12.11 ‘\protect’
+================
+
+Todos los comandos de LaTeX son frágiles —“fragile”— o robustos
+—“robust”—. Un comando frágil se puede romper cuando se usa en el
+argumento para ciertos otros comandos. Comandos que contienen datos que
+LaTeX escribe en un archivo auxiliar y las relecturas posteriores son
+frágiles. Esto incluye material que va en una tabla de contenido, lista
+de figuras, lista de tablas, etc. Los comandos frágiles también
+incluyen saltos de línea, cualquier comando que tenga un argumento
+opcional, y muchos más. Para evitar que tales comandos rompan, una
+solución es precederlos con el comando ‘\protect’.
+
+ Por ejemplo, cuando LaTeX ejecuta ‘\section{NOMBRE SECCIÓN}’ escribe
+el texto NOMBRE SECCIÓN en el archivo auxiliar ‘.aux’, moviéndolo allí
+para usarlo en otra parte del documento como en la tabla de contenido.
+Cualquier argumento que sea expandido internamente por LaTeX sin
+escribirlo directamente es referido como un “argumento móvil”. Un
+comando es frágil si se puede expandir durante este proceso en un código
+TeX no válido. Algunos ejemplos de los argumentos móviles son los que
+aparecen en el comando ‘\caption{...}’ (*note figure::), en el comando
+‘\thanks{...}’ (*note \maketitle::), y en @expresiones en los entornos
‘tabular’ y ‘array’ (*note tabular::).
- Las instrucciones que no son frágiles se llaman “robustas”. Estas no
-se deben preceder con ‘\protect’.
+ Si obtienes extraños errores de los comandos utilizados para mover
+argumentos, intenta precediéndolos con ‘\protect’. Todos los comandos
+frágiles se deben proteger con su propio ‘\protect’.
+
+ Aunque por lo general un comando ‘\protect’ no duele, los comandos de
+longitud son robustos y no deben estar precedidos por un comando
+‘\protect’. Tampoco se puede usar un comando ‘\protect’ en el argumento
+para los comandos ‘\addtocounter’ o ‘\setcounter’.
+
+ En este ejemplo, el comando ‘\caption’ da un misterioso error sobre
+una llave extra. Soluciona el problema precediendo a cada comando
+‘\raisebox’ con ‘\protect’.
+
+ \begin{figure}
+ ...
+ \caption{Sede de la empresa A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}}
+ \end{figure}
+
+ En el siguiente ejemplo, el comando ‘\tableofcontents’ da un error
+porque los ‘\(..\)’ en el título de la sección se expande a ilegal TeX
+en el archivo ‘.toc’. Puedes resolver esto cambiando ‘\(..\)’ a
+‘\protect\(..\protect\)’.
+
+ \begin{document}
+ \tableofcontents
+ ...
+ \section{Einstein \( e=mc^2 \)}
+ ...
+
+12.12 ‘\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend’
+=============================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \ignorespaces
+
+o
+
+ \ignorespacesafterend
+
+ Ambos comandos hacen que LaTeX ignore los espacios en blanco (es
+decir, los caracteres de catcode 10 ​​como espacio o tabulación) después
+del final del comando hasta el primer cuadro o carácter que no esté en
+blanco. El primero es un comando primitivo de TeX, y el segundo es
+específico de LaTeX.
+
+ El ‘\ignorespaces’ se usa a menudo cuando se definen comandos a
+través de ‘\newcommand’, o ‘\newenvironment’, o ‘\def’. El ejemplo a
+continuación lo ilustra. Permite a un usuario mostrar los valores de
+los puntos para las preguntas de la prueba en el margen, pero es un
+inconveniente porque, como se muestra en la lista ‘enumerate’, los
+usuarios no deben poner ningún espacio entre el comando y el texto de la
+pregunta.
+
+ \newcommand{\points}[1]{\makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item\points{10}no hay salida de espacio adicional aquí
+ \item\points{15} espacio extra entre el número y el `extra'
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+La solución es cambiar a esto.
+
+ \newcommand{\points}[1]{%
+ \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces}
+
+ Un segundo ejemplo muestra la eliminación de espacios en blanco del
+frente del texto. Los comandos a continuación permiten a un usuario
+adjuntar uniformemente un título a los nombres. Pero, tal como se
+indica, si un título accidentalmente comienza con un espacio, entonces
+‘\fullname’ reproducirá eso.
+
+ \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % recuerda el
+ % título
+ \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % pone el título
+ % antes del nombre
+
+ \begin{tabular}{|l|}
+ \honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % sin espacio adicional
+ % aquí
+ \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % espacio adicional antes
+ % del título
+ \end{tabular}
+
+Para arreglar esto, cambia a
+‘\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}’.
+
+ El ‘\ignorespaces’ también se usa a menudo en un ‘\newenvironment’ al
+final de la cláusula BEGIN, como en ‘\begin{newenvironment}{NOMBRE
+ENTORNO}{... \ignorespaces}{...}’.
+
+ Para quitar los espacios en blanco del final de un entorno, usa
+‘\ignorespacesafterend’. Un ejemplo es que esto mostrará mucho mayor
+espacio vertical entre el primer y el segundo entorno que entre el
+segundo y el tercero.
+
+ \newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}
+ \begin{eq}
+ e=mc^2
+ \end{eq}
+ \begin{equation}
+ F=ma
+ \end{equation}
+ \begin{equation}
+ E=IR
+ \end{equation}
- Vea también:
+ Poner un carácter de comentario ‘%’ inmediatamente después del
+‘\end{eq}’ hará desaparecer el espacio vertical, pero eso es
+inconveniente. La solución es cambiar a
+‘\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}’.
-<http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html>
-<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect>
+12.13 paquete xspace
+====================
-14 Contadores
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \usepackage{xspace}
+ ...
+ \newcommand{...}{...\xspace}
+
+ La macro ‘\xspace’, cuando se usa al final de una definición de
+comando, agrega un espacio a menos que el comando vaya seguido de
+ciertos caracteres de puntuación.
+
+ Después de un comando de secuencia de control que es una palabra de
+control (*note Secuencias de control::, a diferencia de los símbolos de
+control como ‘\$’), TeX engulle caracteres en blanco. Por lo tanto, en
+la primera oración a continuación, la salida tiene ‘Vermont’ colocado
+cómodamente contra el punto, sin ningún espacio intermedio.
+
+ \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
+ Nuestro colegio está en \VT.
+ Los veranos \VT{} son agradables.
+
+ Pero debido al engullimiento, la segunda oración necesita llaves
+vacías o de lo contrario no habría espacio que separe a ‘Vermont’ de
+‘veranos’. (Muchos autores en su lugar utilizan una barra
+invertida-espacio ‘\ ’ para esto. *Note \(SPACE)::).
+
+ El paquete ‘xspace’ proporciona ‘\xspace’. Es para escribir comandos
+que están diseñados para ser utilizados principalmente en texto. Se
+debe colocar al final de la definición de estos comandos. Inserta un
+espacio después de ese comando a menos que lo que siga inmediatamente
+esté en una lista de excepciones. En este ejemplo, las llaves vacías no
+son necesarias.
+
+ \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
+ Nuestro colegio está en \VT .
+ \VT los veranos son agradables.
+
+ La lista de excepciones predeterminada contiene los caracteres
+‘,.'/?;:!~-)’, la llave de apertura y el comando de espacio de barra
+invertida explicados anteriormente, y los comandos ‘\footnote’ o
+‘\footnotemark’. Añaden a esa lista ‘\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni
+\myfnii}’ que agrega ‘\myfni’ y ‘\myfnii’ a la lista, y elimina de esa
+lista como con ‘\xspaceaddexceptions{!}’.
+
+ Un comentario: muchos expertos prefieren no usar ‘\xspace’. Ponerlo
+en una definición significa que el comando generalmente obtendrá el
+espaciado correcto. Pero no es fácil predecir cuándo ingresar llaves
+vacías porque ‘\xspace’ se equivocará, como cuando le sigue otro
+comando, por lo que ‘\xspace’ puede hacer que editar material sea más
+difícil y más propenso a errores que siempre insertar las llaves vacías.
+
+13 Contadores
*************
-Cualquier cosa numerada por LaTeX tiene un contador asociado a ella. El
-nombre del contador es el mismo nombre que el nombre del entorno o
-instrucción que produce el número, salvo las que no comienzan con ‘\’.
-(‘enumi’–‘enumiv’ se utilizan para entornos enumerados anidados). A
-continuación hay una lista de los contadores utilizados en las clases de
-documentos estándar de LaTeX para controlar la numeración.
+Todo lo que LaTeX numera para ti tiene un contador asociado con él. El
+nombre del contador suele ser el mismo que el nombre del entorno o
+comando asociado con el número, excepto que el nombre del contador no
+tiene barra invertida ‘\’. Así, asociado al comando ‘\chapter’ está el
+contador ‘chapter’ que mantiene la pista del número de capítulo.
+
+ A continuación se muestra una lista de los contadores utilizados en
+la clase ‘document’ estándar de LaTeX para controlar la numeración.
+
+ parte párrafo figura enumi
+ capítulo subpárrafo tabla enumii
+ sección página nota al pie enumiii
+ subsección ecuación mpfootnote enumiv
+ subsubsección
+
+ El contador ‘mpfootnote’ lo utiliza el comando ‘\footnote’ dentro de
+una minipágina (*note minipage::). Los contadores ‘enumi’ a través de
+‘enumiv’ se utilizan en el entorno ‘enumerate’, por hasta cuatro niveles
+de anidamiento (*note enumerate::).
+
+ Los contadores pueden tener cualquier valor entero, pero normalmente
+son positivos.
+
+ Los nuevos contadores se crean con ‘\newcounter’. *Note
+\newcounter::.
+
+13.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Imprime contadores
+======================================================================
+
+Imprime el valor de un contador, en un estilo específico. Por ejemplo,
+si el contador COUNTER tiene el valor 1 entonces un ‘\alph{COUNTER}’ en
+tu fuente resultará en una letra a en minúsculas que aparece en la
+salida.
+
+ Todos estos comandos toman un solo contador como argumento, por
+ejemplo, ‘\alph{enumi}’. Ten en cuenta que el nombre del contador no
+comienza con una barra invertida.
+
+‘\alph{COUNTER}’
+ Imprime el valor de COUNTER en minúsculas: ‘a’, ‘b’, ... Si el
+ valor del contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, entonces obtienes
+ ‘Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande’.
+
+‘\Alph{COUNTER}’
+ Escribe en letras mayúsculas: ‘A’, ‘B’, ... Si el valor del
+ contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, obtiene ‘Error de LaTeX:
+ Contador demasiado grande.’
+
+‘\arabic{COUNTER}’
+ Imprime en números arábigos como ‘5’ o ‘-2’.
+
+‘\roman{COUNTER}’
+ Escribe en minúsculas números romanos: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ... Si el valor
+ del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna advertencia
+ o error, pero LaTeX no imprime nada en la salida.
+
+‘\Roman{COUNTER}’
+ Imprime en números romanos en mayúsculas: ‘I’, ‘II’, ... Si el
+ valor del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna
+ advertencia o error, pero LaTeX no imprime nada en la salida.
+
+‘\fnsymbol{COUNTER}’
+ Imprime el valor de COUNTER usando una secuencia de nueve símbolos
+ que se utilizan tradicionalmente para etiquetar las notas al pie.
+ El valor de COUNTER debe estar entre 1 y 9, inclusive. Si el el
+ valor del contador es menor que 0 o mayor que 9, entonces obtienes
+ ‘Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande’, mientras que si es 0,
+ no obtienes ningún error o advertencia pero LaTeX no genera nada.
+
+ Aquí están los símbolos:
+
+ Número Nombre Comando Símbolo
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ 1 asterisk ‘\ast’ *
+ 2 dagger ‘\dagger’ †
+ 3 ddagger ‘\ddagger’ ‡
+ 4 section-sign ‘\S’ §
+ 5 paragraph-sign ‘\P’ ¶
+ 6 double-vert ‘\parallel’ ‖
+ 7 double-asterisk ‘\ast\ast’ **
+ 8 double-dagger ‘\dagger\dagger’ ††
+ 9 double-ddagger ‘\ddagger\ddagger’ ‡‡
+
+13.2 ‘\usecounter’
+==================
- part paragraph figure enumi
- chapter subparagraph table enumii
- section page footnote enumiii
- subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
- subsubsection
+Sinopsis:
-14.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Imprimiendo Contadores
-==========================================================================
+ \usecounter{COUNTER}
-Todas estas instrucciones toman como argumento un solo contador, por
-ejemplo, ‘\alph{enumi}’.
+ Usado en el segundo argumento del entorno ‘list’ (*note list::), este
+declara que los elementos de la lista serán numerados por COUNTER.
+Inicializa COUNTER a cero y organiza que cuando se llama a ‘\item’ sin
+su argumento opcional, entonces COUNTER se incrementa en
+‘\refstepcounter’, haciendo que su valor sea ​​el valor actual de ‘ref’
+(*note \ref::). Este comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
-‘\alph’
- imprime CONTADOR usando letras minúsculas: ‘a’, ‘b’, ...
+ Al ponerlo en el preámbulo del documento, este ejemplo crea un nuevo
+entorno de lista enumerada con TESTCOUNTER:
-‘\Alph’
- utiliza letras mayúsculas: ‘A’, ‘B’, ...
+ \newcounter{testcounter}
+ \newenvironment{test}{%
+ \begin{list}{}{%
+ \usecounter{testcounter}
+ }
+ }{%
+ \end{list}
+ }
-‘\arabic’
- utiliza números Arábigos: ‘1’, ‘2’, ...
+13.3 ‘\value’
+=============
-‘\roman’
- utiliza números romanos en minúsculas: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ...
+Sinopsis:
-‘\roman’
- utiliza números romanos en mayúsculas: ‘I’, ‘II’, ...
+ \value{COUNTER}
-‘\fnsymbol’
- imprime el valor de CONTADOR en una secuencia específica de nueve
- símbolos (convencionalmente usada para etiquetar notas al pie de
- página). El valor de CONTADOR debe estar entre 1 y 9 incluido.
+ Se expande al valor del contador COUNTER. (Ten en cuenta que el
+nombre de un contador no comienza con una barra invertida).
- Los símbolos no son compatibles en info principalmente, pero aquí
- están los nombres:
- asterix(*) dagger(†) ddagger(‡) section-sign(§) paragraph-sign(¶) parallel(‖)
- double-asterix(**) double-dagger(††) double-ddagger(‡‡)
+ Este ejemplo genera ‘El contador de prueba es 6. Otro contador
+es 5.’.
-14.2 ‘\usecounter{CONTADOR}’
-============================
+ \newcounter{test} \setcounter{test}{5}
+ \newcounter{other} \setcounter{other}{\value{test}}
+ \addtocounter{test}{1}
+
+ El contador de prueba es \arabic{test}. Otro contador es
+ \arabic{other}.
+
+ El comando ‘\value’ no se usa para componer el valor del contador.
+Para eso, *note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::.
+
+ A menudo se usa en ‘\setcounter’ o ‘\addtocounter’ pero ‘\value’ se
+puede usar en cualquier lugar donde LaTeX espera un número, como en
+‘\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}’. No debe estar precedido por
+‘\protect’ (*note \protect::).
+
+ Este ejemplo inserta ‘\hspace{4\parindent}’.
+
+ \setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
+ \hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}
+
+13.4 ‘\setcounter’
+==================
Sinopsis:
- \usecounter{CONTADOR}
+ \setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}
- La instrucción ‘\usecounter’ se utiliza en el segundo argumento del
-entorno ‘list’ para especificar el CONTADOR a utilizar para numerar los
-elementos de la lista.
+ Configura globalmente el contador COUNTER para que tenga el valor del
+argumento VALUE, que debe ser un número entero. Por lo tanto, puedes
+establecer un valor del contador como ‘\setcounter{section}{5}’. Ten en
+cuenta que el nombre del contador no comienza con una barra invertida.
-14.3 ‘\value{CONTADOR}’
-=======================
+ En este ejemplo, si el contador ‘theorem’ tiene el valor 12, entonces
+la segunda línea imprimirá ‘XII’.
+
+ \setcounter{ejercicio}{\value{teorema}}
+ Aquí está en Roman: \Roman{exercise}.
+
+13.5 ‘\addtocounter’
+====================
Sinopsis:
- \value{CONTADOR}
+ \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}
- La instrucción ‘\value’ produce el valor de CONTADOR. Esta se puede
-utilizar en cualquier lugar en que LaTeX espera un número, por ejemplo:
+ Incrementar globalmente COUNTER por la cantidad especificada por el
+argumento VALUE, que puede ser negativo.
- \setcounter{micontador}{3}
- \addtocounter{micontador}{1}
- \hspace{\value{micontador}\parindent}
+ En este ejemplo, el valor de la sección aparece como ‘VII’.
-14.4 ‘\setcounter{\CONTADOR}{VALOR}’
-====================================
+ \setcounter{section}{5}
+ \addtocounter{section}{2}
+ Aquí está en Roman: \Roman{section}.
+
+13.6 ‘\refstepcounter’
+======================
Sinopsis:
- \setcounter{CONTADOR}{VALOR}
+ \refstepcounter{COUNTER}
- La instrucción ‘\setcounter’ fija el valor de CONTADOR al argumento
-VALOR.
+ Incrementa globalmente el valor de COUNTER en uno, al igual que
+‘\stepcounter’ (*note \stepcounter::). La diferencia es que este
+comando restablece el valor de cualquier contador numerado dentro de él.
+(Para la definición de “contadores numerados dentro”, *note
+\newcounter::).
-14.5 ‘\addtocounter{CONTADOR}{VALOR}’
-=====================================
+ Además, este comando también define el valor actual de ‘\ref’ es el
+resultado de ‘\thecounter’.
-La instrucción ‘\addtocounter’ incrementa CONTADOR por la cantidad
-especificada por el argumento VALOR, que puede ser un número negativo.
+ Mientras que el valor del contador se establece globalmente, el valor
+de ‘\ref’ se establece localmente, es decir, dentro del grupo actual.
-14.6 ‘\refstepcounter{CONTADOR}’
-================================
+13.7 ‘\stepcounter’
+===================
-La instrucción ‘\refstepcounter’ trabaja de la misma manera que
-‘\stepcounter’ *Note \stepcounter::, excepto que esta además define el
-valor actual de ‘\ref’ para que sea el resultado de ‘\thecounter’.
+Sinopsis:
-14.7 ‘\stepcounter{CONTADOR}’
-=============================
+ \stepcounter{COUNTER}
+
+ Agrega globalmente uno a COUNTER y restablece todos los contadores
+numerados dentro de ella. (Para la definición de “contadores numerados
+dentro”, *note \newcounter::).
+
+ Este comando difiere de ‘\refstepcounter’ en que este no influye en
+las referencias; es decir, no define el valor actual de ‘\ref’ será el
+resultado de ‘\thecounter’ (*note \refstepcounter::).
-La instrucción ‘\stepcounter’ añade uno al CONTADOR y restablece todos
-los contadores subsidiarios.
+13.8 ‘\day’, ‘\month’ y ‘\year’
+===============================
+
+LaTeX define el contador ‘\day’ para el día del mes (nominalmente con
+valor entre 1 y 31), ‘\month’ para el mes del año (nominalmente con un
+valor entre 1 y 12), y ‘\year’ para el año. Cuando TeX se inicia, se
+establecen a partir de los valores actuales en el sistema. El comando
+relacionado ‘\today’ produce una cadena que representa el día actual
+(*note \today::).
+
+ Los contadores no se actualizan a medida que avanza el trabajo, por
+lo que, en principio, podría ser incorrecto al final. Además, TeX no
+controla la sensatez:
-14.8 ‘\day \month \year’: Contadores Predefinidos
-=================================================
+ \day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
-LaTeX define contadores para el día del mes (‘\day’, 1–31), mes del año
-(‘\month’, 1–12), y año (‘\year’, Era Común). Al iniciar TeX, estas son
-establecidas a los valores actuales en el sistema donde se está
-ejecutando TeX. Estas no se actualizan conforme al progreso del
-trabajo.
+no da ningún error o advertencia y da como resultado la salida ‘-2, -4’
+(el valor del mes falso no produce ningún resultado).
- La instrucción relacionada ‘\today’ produce una cadena de texto que
-representa el día actual (*note \today::).
+ *Note Entrada de la línea de comandos::, para forzar la fecha a un
+valor dado desde la línea de comandos.
-15 Longitudes
+14 Longitudes
*************
-Una ‘longitud’ es una medida de distancia. Muchas instrucciones LaTeX
-toman una longitud como argumento.
+“length” es una medida de distancia. Muchos comandos de LaTeX toman un
+argumento como longitud.
+
+ Las longitudes vienen en dos tipos. Un “longitud rígida” como ‘10pt’
+no contiene un componente ‘plus’ o ‘minus’. (TeX sencillo llama a esto
+una “dimensión”). Una “longitud de goma” (que TeX simple llama a “skip”
+o “glue”) como con ‘1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm’ puede contener uno o
+ambos componentes. En esa longitud elástica, el ‘1cm’ es la “longitud
+natural” mientras que los otros dos, componentes ‘plus’ y ‘minus’,
+permiten que TeX estire o reduzca la longitud para optimizar la
+colocación.
+
+ Las siguientes ilustraciones utilizan estos dos comandos.
+
+ % hace una barra negra de 10pt de alto y #1 de ancho
+ \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
+ % Hace un cuadro alrededor del #2 que tenga el #1 de ancho (excluyendo
+ % el borde)
+ \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
+ \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox a #1{#2}}}
+
+Este ejemplo usa esos comandos para mostrar una barra negra de
+100 puntos de largo entre ‘XXX’ y ‘YYY’. Esta longitud es rígida.
+
+ XXX\muestracaja{100pt}{\barranegra{100pt}}YYY
+
+ En cuanto a las longitudes elásticas, la reducción es más simple: con
+‘1cm minus 0.05cm’, la longitud natural es 1cm pero TeX la puede reducir
+hasta 0.95cm. Más allá de eso, TeX se niega a encogerse más. Por lo
+tanto, debajo del primero funciona bien, produciendo un espacio de
+98 puntos entre las dos barras.
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
+
+Pero el segundo recibe una advertencia como ‘Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too
+wide) detectado en la línea 17’. En la salida, la primer ‘Y’ se
+sobrescribe al final de la barra negra, porque el material de la caja es
+más ancho que los 300pt asignados, ya que TeX se ha negado a reducir el
+total a menos de 309 puntos.
+
+ Estirar es como encoger excepto que si se le pide a TeX que estire
+más allá de la cantidad dada, lo hará. Aquí la primera línea está bien,
+produciendo un espacio de 110 puntos entre las barras.
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
+
+En la segunda línea TeX necesita un tramo de 10 puntos y solo se
+especificó 1 punto. TeX estira el espacio al requerido pero te da una
+advertencia como ‘Infracompleto \hbox (maliciosos 10000) detectados en
+la línea 22’. (No hablaremos de la malicia).
+
+ Puedes estirar y encoger en la misma longitud, como en ‘1ex plus
+0.05ex minus 0.02ex’.
+
+ Si TeX está configurando dos o más longitudes elásticas, asigna la
+ampliación o reducción en proporción.
+
+ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ \blackbar{100pt}% left
+ \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
+ \blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
+
+Las barras izquierda y derecha ocupan 100 puntos, por lo que la del
+medio necesita otros 100. La barra central es de 80 puntos por lo que
+los dos ‘\hspace’ se deben extender 20 puntos. Porque los dos son ‘plus
+50pt’ y ‘plus 10pt’, TeX obtiene 5/6 del tramo del primer espacio y 1/6
+del segundo.
+
+ El componente ‘plus’ o ‘minus’ de una longitud elástica puede
+contener un componente “fill”, como en ‘1in plus2fill’. Esto da la
+longitud infinita capacidad de estiramiento o contracción para que TeX
+pueda establecer a cualquier distancia. Aquí las dos figuras estarán
+espaciadas por igual en la página.
+
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{godel.png}%
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{einstein.png}%
+ \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
+ \end{minipage}
-15.1 ‘\setlength{\LARGO}{VALOR}’
-================================
+ TeX tiene tres niveles de infinito para componentes de pegamento:
+‘fil’, ‘fill’ y ‘filll’. Los últimos son más infinitos que los
+anteriores. Por lo general, los autores de documentos solo usan el del
+medio (*note \hfill:: y *note \vfill::).
-La instrucción ‘\setlength’ fija el valor de \LARGO al argumento VALOR,
-el cual se puede expresar en cualquier unidad que LaTeX entienda, es
-decir, pulgadas (‘in’), milímetros (‘mm’), puntos (‘pt’), puntos grandes
-(‘bp’, etc.
+ Multiplicar una longitud elástica por un número la convierte en una
+longitud rígida, por lo que después de ‘\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus
+0.2 in}’ y ‘\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}’ entonces el valor de
+‘\zlength’ es ‘3in’.
-15.2 \addtolength{\LARGO}{CANTIDAD}
-===================================
+14.1 Unidades de longitud
+=========================
-La instrucción ‘\addtolength’ incrementa la “instrucción de longitud”
-\LARGO por la cantidad especificada en el argumento CANTIDAD, misma que
-puede ser un valor negativo.
+TeX y LaTeX conocen estas unidades tanto dentro como fuera del modo
+math.
-15.3 ‘\settodepth’
-==================
+‘pt’
+ Punto, 1/72,27 pulgadas. La conversión (aproximada) a unidades
+ métricas es 1punto = .35146mm = .035146cm.
+
+‘pc’
+ Pica, 12 puntos
+
+‘in’
+ Pulgada, 72.27 puntos
+
+‘bp’
+ Punto grande, 1/72 pulgada. Esta longitud es la definición de un
+ punto en PostScript y muchos sistemas de autoedición.
+
+‘mm’
+ Milímetro, 2.845pt
+
+‘cm’
+ Centímetro, 10mm
+
+‘dd’
+ Punto didot, 1.07 pt
+
+‘cc’
+ Cicero, 12 dd
+
+‘sp’
+ Punto escalado, 1/65536 pt
+
+ Otras tres unidades se definen de acuerdo con la letra actual, en
+lugar de que sea una dimensión absoluta.
+
+‘ex’
+ La altura x de la letra actual “ex”, tradicionalmente la altura de
+ la letra minúscula x, se usa a menudo para longitudes verticales.
+
+‘em’
+ Del mismo modo “em”, tradicionalmente el ancho de la letra M
+ mayúscula, se utiliza a menudo para longitudes horizontales. Este
+ también a menudo es el tamaño de la letra actual, por ejemplo, una
+ letra nominal 10pt debe tener 1em = 10pt. LaTeX tiene varios
+ comandos para producir espacios horizontales basados en em (*note
+ \enspace - \quad y \qquad::).
-‘\settodepth{\gnat}{texto}’
+‘mu’
+ Finalmente, en el modo matemático, muchas definiciones se expresan
+ en términos de la unidad matemática “mu”, definida por 1em = 18mu,
+ donde el em es tomar de la familia actual de símbolos matemáticos.
+ *Note Espaciado en modo matemático::.
- La instrucción ‘\settodepth’ fija el valor de una instrucción de
-‘longitud’ igual a la profundidad del argumento ‘texto’.
+ El uso de estas unidades puede ayudar a que una definición funcione
+mejor en todos los cambios de letra. Por ejemplo, una definición del
+espacio vertical entre lista de elementos dados como
+‘\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}’ es más probable que
+siga siendo razonable si se cambia la letra que una definición dada en
+puntos.
-15.4 ‘\settoheight’
+14.2 ‘\setlength’
+=================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \setlength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
+
+ Establece la longitud \LEN en AMOUNT. El nombre de longitud ‘\LEN’
+tiene que ser una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de control::),
+y como tal debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ bajo
+circunstancias normales. La CANTIDAD puede ser una longitud elástica
+(*note Longitudes::). Puede ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede
+estar en cualquier unidad que LaTeX entienda (*note Unidades de
+longitud::).
+
+ A continuación, con los valores predeterminados de LaTeX, el primer
+párrafo tendrá sangría mientras que el segundo no.
+
+ Le dije al médico que me rompí la pierna en dos lugares.
+
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+ Dijo que dejara de ir a esos lugares.
+
+ Si no declaraste \LEN con ‘\newlength’, por ejemplo si lo escribes
+mal como en ‘\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}’,
+entonces obtienes un error como ‘Secuencia de control no definida.
+<argument> \sepcindent’. Si omites la barra invertida al comienzo del
+nombre de la longitud entonces obtienes un error como ‘Número faltante,
+tratado como cero.’.
+
+14.3 ‘\addtolength’
===================
-‘\settoheight{\gnat}{texto}’
+Sinopsis:
- La instrucción ‘\settoheight’ fija el valor de la instrucción de
-‘longitud’ igual a la altura del argumento ‘texto’.
+ \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
-15.5 ‘\settowidth{\LARGO}{TEXTO}’
-=================================
+ Incrementa la longitud \LEN por CANTIDAD. El nombre de longitud
+‘\LEN’ tiene que ser una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de
+control::), y como tal debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ bajo
+circunstancias normales. La CANTIDAD es una longitud elástica (*note
+Longitudes::). Puede ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede estar en
+cualquier unidad que LaTeX entienda (*note Unidades de longitud::).
-La instrucción ‘\settowidth’ establece el valor del la instrucción
-\LARGO al valor del argumento TEXTO.
+ A continuación, si ‘\parskip’ comienza con el valor ‘0pt plus 1pt’
-15.6 Longitudes Predeterminadas
-===============================
+ Doctor: ¿cómo está el niño que se tragó el dólar de plata?
+ \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
-‘\width’
+ Enfermera: sin cambios.
- ‘\height’
+luego tiene el valor ‘1pt plus 1pt’ para el segundo párrafo.
- ‘\depth’
+ Si no declaraste \LEN con ‘\newlength’, por ejemplo si lo escribes
+mal como en
+‘\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}’, luego
+obtienes un error como ‘Secuencia de control no definida. <argument>
+\sepcindent’. Si CANTIDAD usa una longitud que no ha sido declarada,
+por ejemplo, si por ejemplo escribes mal lo anterior como
+‘\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\prainden}’, entonces obtienes algo así
+como ‘Secuencia de control indefinida. <argumento> \praindent’. Si
+dejas la barra invertida fuera de \LEN, como en
+‘\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}’, entonces obtienes algo como ‘No puedes
+usar `la letra p' después de \advance’.
- ‘\totalheight’
+14.4 ‘\settodepth’
+==================
- Estos parámetros de longitud se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de
-las instrucciones que dibujan cajas (*note Cajas::). Especifican el
-ancho natural, etc., del texto en la caja. ‘\totalheight’ es igual a
-‘\height’ + ‘\depth’. Para hacer una caja con el texto extendido hasta
-el doble del tamaño natural, por ejemplo, digamos
+Sinopsis:
- ‘\makebox[ancho\2]{Consiga una camilla}’
+ \settodepth{\LEN}{TEXT}
-16 Haciendo Párrafos
-********************
+ Establece la longitud \LEN en la profundidad del cuadro en el que se
+encuentra LaTeX escribiendo el argumento TEXT. El nombre de longitud
+‘\LEN’ tiene que ser una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de
+control::), y como tal debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ en
+circunstancias normales.
-Un párrafo se termina por medio de una o más líneas completamente en
-blanco —líneas que no contienen incluso un ‘%’. Una línea en blanco no
-debe aparecer donde no se puede iniciar un nuevo párrafo, tal como en
-modo math o en el argumento de una instrucción de seccionado.
+ Esto imprimirá qué tan bajo van los descendientes de caracteres.
-16.1 ‘\indent’
-==============
+ \newlength{\alphabetdepth}
+ \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+ \the\alphabetdepth
-‘\indent’ produce un espacio horizontal donde el ancho es igual la
-longitud de ‘\parindent’, la sangría de un párrafo normal. Esta se
-utiliza para añadir la sangría de párrafos donde esta debería suprimirse
-en otro caso.
+ Si no declaraste \LEN con ‘\newlength’, si por ejemplo escribes mal
+lo anterior como ‘\setto depth{\aplhabet depth}{abc...}’, entonces
+obtienes algo como ‘Secuencia de control indefinida. <argument>
+\aplhabetdepth’. Si omites la barra invertida \LEN, como en
+‘\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}’ entonces obtienes algo como ‘Número
+faltante, tratado como cero. <para ser leído de nuevo> \setbox’.
- El valor predeterminado para ‘\parindent’ es ‘1em’ en modo de dos
-columnas, de lo contrario ‘15pt’ para documentos de ‘10pt’, ‘17pt’ para
-‘11pt’ y ‘1.5em’ para ‘12pt’.
+14.5 ‘\settoheight’
+===================
-16.2 ‘\noindent’
-================
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \settoheight{\LEN}{text}
+
+ Establece la longitud \LEN a la altura del cuadro en el que se coloca
+LaTeX escribe el argumento ‘text’. El nombre de longitud ‘\LEN’ tiene
+que ser una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de control::), y como
+tal debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ en circunstancias
+normales.
+
+ Esto imprimirá qué tan alto van los caracteres.
-Cuando se utiliza al principio de un párrafo, ‘\noindent’ suprime
-cualquier sangría. Esta no tiene efecto cuando se utiliza en medio de
-un párrafo.
+ \newlength{\alphabetheight}
+ \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+ \the\alphabetheight
+
+ Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \LEN con ‘\newlength’, si por
+ejemplo escribes mal como ‘\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}’,
+entonces obtienes algo como ‘Secuencia de control indefinida.
+<argumento> \alphabetheight’. Si y deja la barra invertida fuera de
+\LEN, como en ‘\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}’ entonces obtienes algo
+como ‘Número faltante, tratado como cero. <para ser leído de nuevo>
+\setbox’.
+
+14.6 ‘\settowidth’
+==================
+
+Sinopsis:
-16.3 ‘\parskip’
+ \settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}
+
+ Establece la longitud \LEN al ancho del cuadro en el que LaTeX coloca
+el argumento TEXT escrito. El nombre de longitud ‘\LEN’ tiene que ser
+una secuencia de control (*note Secuencias de control::), y como tal
+debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’ en circunstancias normales.
+
+ Esto imprime el ancho del alfabeto ASCII en minúsculas.
+
+ \newlength{\alphabetwidth}
+ \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
+ \the\alphabetwidth
+
+ Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \LEN con ‘\newlength’, si, por
+ejemplo, escribes mal lo anterior como
+‘\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}’, entonces obtienes algo como
+‘Secuencia de control indefinida. <argumento> \aplhabetwidth’. Si y
+deja la barra invertida fuera de \LEN, como en
+‘\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}’ entonces obtienes algo como ‘Número
+faltante, tratado como cero. <para ser leído de nuevo> \setbox’.
+
+14.7 ‘\stretch’
===============
-‘\parskip’ es una instrucción que preserva la longitud definiendo
-espacio vertical extra añadido antes de cada párrafo. El predeterminado
-es ‘0pt más 1pt’.
+Sinopsis:
-16.4 Notas al Margen
-====================
+ \stretch{NUMBER}
+
+ Produce una longitud de caucho con longitud natural cero y NUMBER
+veces ‘\fill’ unidades de capacidad de estiramiento (*note
+Longitudes::). El NUMBER puede ser positivo o negativo. Este comando
+es robusto (*note \protect::).
+
+ Este comando es robusto. (*note \protect::). En este ejemplo
+horizontal, LaTeX produce tres marcas y la distancia entre el primero y
+el segundo es otra vez la mitad de largo que la distancia entre el
+segundo y tercero.
+
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}%
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}%
+ \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}
+
+ En este ejemplo vertical, el ‘Dedicamos ...’ tendrá tres veces el
+espacio debajo de él que encima de él.
+
+ \newenvironment{dedication}{% en el preámbulo del documento
+ \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}%
+ \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % de espacio extensible en la parte
+ % superior
+ \it
+ }{%
+ \vspace{\stretch{3}} % espacio en el bot es 3 veces mayor que
+ % en la parte superior
+ \clearpage
+ }
+ ...
+ \begin{dedication} % en el cuerpo del documento
+ Dedicamos este libro a nuestras esposas.
+ \end{dedication}
+
+14.8 Expresiones
+================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \numexpr EXPRESSION
+ \dimexpr EXPRESSION
+ \glueexpr EXPRESSION
+ \muglue EXPRESSION
+
+ Cualquier lugar donde puedes escribir un número entero, o una
+dimensión pegamento TeX, o TeX, o muglue, en su lugar puedes escribir
+una expresión para calcular ese tipo de cantidad.
+
+ Un ejemplo es que ‘\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax’ produce como
+salida la longitud que es cuatro puntos menos que el ancho de una línea
+(el único propósito de ‘\the’ es mostrar el resultado en el documento).
+Análogamente, ‘\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax’ produce ‘ix’ y
+‘\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax’ producirá ‘10.0pt plus 2.0pt’.
+
+ Una conveniencia aquí sobre hacer cálculos mediante la asignación de
+registros y entonces usando ‘\advance’, etc., es que la evaluación de
+expresiones no implica asignaciones y, por lo tanto, se puede realizar
+en lugares donde las asignaciones no están permitidas. El siguiente
+ejemplo calcula el ancho del ‘\parbox’.
+
+ \newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em}
+ \begin{center}
+ \parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{Con malicia hacia ninguno con
+ caridad para todos con firmeza en el derecho como Dios nos da para ver
+ el derecho esforcémonos en terminar el trabajo en el que estamos para
+ vendar las heridas de la nación, para cuidar de aquel que habrá
+ llevado la batalla y para su viuda y su huérfano \textasciitilde\ para
+ hacer todo lo que puedas alcanzar y cuidar una paz justa y duradera
+ entre nosotros y con todas las naciones ---Abraham Lincoln, Segundo
+ Discurso Inaugural, de el memorial}
+ \end{center}
+
+ La EXPRESIÓN consta de uno o más términos del mismo tipo (entero,
+dimensión, etc.) que se suman o se restan. Un término que es un tipo
+de número, dimensión, etc., consta de un factor de ese tipo,
+opcionalmente multiplicado o dividido por factores. Un factor de un
+tipo es ya sea una cantidad de ese tipo o una subexpresión entre
+paréntesis. La expresión produce un resultado del tipo dado, por lo que
+‘\numexpr’ produce un número entero, ‘\dimexpr’ produce una dimensión,
+etc.
+
+ En el ejemplo de cita anterior, cambiando a
+‘\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset’ da el error ‘Unidad de medida ilegal (pt
+insertado)’. Esto se debe a que para ‘\dimexpr’ y ‘\glueexpr’, la
+entrada consiste en una dimensión o valor de pegamento seguido de un
+factor de multiplicación opcional, y no al revés. Así ‘\the\dimexpr
+1pt*10\relax’ es válido y produce ‘10.0pt’, pero ‘\the\dimexpr
+10*1pt\relax’ da el error ‘Unidad ilegal’.
+
+ Las expresiones absorben tókenes y llevan a cabo las matemáticas
+apropiadas hasta un ‘\relax’ (que será absorbido), o hasta el primer
+token no válido. Por lo tanto, ‘\the\numexpr2+3px’ imprimirá ‘5px’,
+porque LaTeX lee el ‘\numexpr2+3’, que está formado por números, y luego
+encuentra la letra ‘p’, que no puede ser parte de un número. Por lo
+tanto, termina la expresión y produce ‘5’, seguido del texto normal
+‘px’.
+
+ Este comportamiento de terminación es útil en las comparaciones. En
+‘\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi’, el menor que sign
+termina la expresión y el resultado ‘No’ es (en un artículo estándar de
+LaTeX).
+
+ Las expresiones pueden usar los operadores ‘+’, ‘-’, ‘*’ y ‘/’ junto
+con paréntesis para subexpresiones, ‘(...)’. En pegar expresiones en
+que las partes ‘plus’ y ‘minus’ no necesitan paréntesis para ser
+afectadas por un factor. Entonces ‘\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2
+\relax’ da como resultado ‘10pt plus 2pt’.
+
+ TeX obligará a otros tipos numéricos de la misma manera que lo hace
+cuando hace asignación de registro. Así ‘\the\numexpr\dimexpr
+1pt\relax\relax’ dará como resultado ‘65536’, que es ‘1pt’ convertido a
+puntos escalados (*note ‘sp’: unidades de longitud sp, la unidad interna
+de TeX) y luego forzado a un número entero. Con un ‘\glueexpr’ aquí, el
+estirar y encoger se eliminaría. Yendo por el contrario, un ‘\numexpr’
+dentro de un ‘\dimexpr’ o ‘\glueexpr’ necesitará unidades apropiadas,
+como en ‘\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax’, que produce
+‘3.0pt’.
+
+ Detalles de la aritmética: cada factor se comprueba para estar en el
+rango permitido, los números deben ser menores que 2^{31} en valor
+absoluto, y las dimensiones o los componentes del pegamento deben ser
+inferiores a 2^{14} puntos, o ‘mu’, o ‘fil’, etc. Las operaciones
+aritméticas se realizan individualmente, a excepción de una operación de
+escala (una multiplicación seguida inmediatamente por una división) que
+se realiza como una operación combinada con un producto de 64 bits como
+valor intermedio. El resultado de cada operación se vuelve a comprobar
+para estar en el rango permitido.
+
+ Finalmente, la división y la escala se realizan con redondeo (a
+diferencia de TeX’s ‘\divide’, que trunca). De este modo ‘\the\dimexpr
+5pt*(3/2)\relax’ pone ‘10.0pt’ en el documento, porque redondea ‘3/2’ a
+‘2’, mientras que ‘\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax’ produce ‘5.0pt’.
+
+15 Crear párrafos
+*****************
+
+Para comenzar un párrafo, simplemente escribe un texto. Para acabar con
+el párrafo actual, pon una línea vacía. Son tres párrafos, cuya
+separación se hace mediante dos líneas vacías.
+
+ Es una verdad universalmente reconocida, que un solo hombre en
+ posesión de buena fortuna, debe estar necesitado de una esposa.
+
+ Por muy poco conocidos que puedan ser los sentimientos o las opiniones
+ de un hombre así sobre su primer vez entrando en un barrio, esta
+ verdad también está grabada en la mente de las familias aledañas, que
+ se le considera la propiedad legítima de una u otra de sus hijas.
+
+ ``Mi querido señor Bennet'', le dijo su dama un día, ``¿Has oído que
+ Netherfield Park está alquilado por fin?''
+
+ Un separador de párrafo puede estar hecho de una secuencia de al
+menos una línea de espacio en blanco, al menos una de las cuales no
+termina con un comentario. Una línea en blanco es una línea que está
+vacía o compuesta solo de caracteres en blanco, como un espacio o
+tabulación. Los comentarios en el código fuente comienzan con un ‘%’ y
+se extienden hasta el final de la línea. En el siguiente ejemplo, las
+dos columnas son idénticas:
+
+ \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+ \begin{document}
+ Primer párrafo.
+
+ Segundo párrafo.
+ \newpage
+ Primer párrafo
+
+ % La separación de líneas puede contener caracteres en blanco.
+
+ Segundo párrafo.
+ \end{document}
+
+ Una vez que LaTeX ha recopilado todo el contenido de un párrafo,
+divide el contenido en líneas de una manera optimizada en todo el
+párrafo (*note Salto de línea::).
+
+ Hay lugares donde no se permite un nuevo párrafo. No pongas una
+línea en blanco en modo math (*note Modos::); aquí la línea en blanco
+antes del ‘\end{equation}’
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ 2^{|S|} > |S|
+
+ \end{equation}
+
+obtendrás el error ‘Se inserto el $ faltante’. Del mismo modo, la línea
+en blanco en este argumento ‘\section’
+
+ \section{aaa
+
+ bbb}
+
+obtiene ‘¿Argumento faltante? {aaa ! El párrafo terminó antes de
+completar \@sect’.
+
+15.1 ‘\par’
+===========
+
+Sinopsis (ten en cuenta que mientras lees la entrada TeX convierte
+cualquier secuencia de una o más líneas en blanco a un ‘\par’, *note
+Crear párrafos::):
+
+ \par
+
+ Finaliza el párrafo actual. La forma habitual de separar párrafos es
+con una línea en blanco pero el comando ‘\par’ es completamente
+equivalente. Este comando es robusto (*note \protect::).
+
+ Este ejemplo usa ‘\par’ en lugar de una línea en blanco simplemente
+por legibilidad.
+
+ \newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
+ \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
+
+ En el modo LR, el comando ‘\par’ no hace nada y se ignora. En modo
+de párrafo, el comando ‘\par’ finaliza el modo de párrafo, cambiando
+LaTeX a modo vertical (*note Modos::).
+
+ No puedes usar el comando ‘\par’ en modo matemático. Tampoco lo
+puedes utilizar en el argumento de muchos comandos, como los comandos de
+seccionado, por ejemplo, ‘\section’ (*note Crear párrafos:: y *note
+\newcommand y \renewcommand::).
+
+ El comando ‘\par’ no es lo mismo que el comando ‘\paragraph’. Este
+último es, como ‘\section’ o ‘\subsection’, un comando de seccionado
+utilizado por las clases de documentos estándar LaTeX (*note
+\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph::).
+
+ El comando ‘\par’ no es lo mismo que ‘\newline’ o el salto de línea
+doble barra invertida, ‘\\’. La diferencia es que ‘\par’ finaliza el
+párrafo, no solo la línea, y también desencadena la adición de el
+espacio vertical entre párrafos ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent y
+\parskip::).
+
+ La salida de este ejemplo
+
+ xyz
+
+ \setlength{\parindent}{3in}
+ \setlength{\parskip}{5in}
+ \noindent test\indent test1\par test2
+
+es: después de ‘xyz’ hay un salto vertical de 5 pulgadas y luego aparece
+‘test’, alineado con el margen izquierdo. En la misma línea, hay un
+espacio horizontal vacío de 3 pulgadas y luego aparece ‘test1’.
+Finalmente, hay un espacio vertical de 5 pulgadas, seguido de un párrafo
+nuevo con una sangría de párrafo de 3 pulgadas, y luego LaTeX pone el
+texto ‘test2’.
+
+15.2 ‘\indent’ y ‘\noindent’
+============================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \indent
+
+o
+
+ \noindent
+
+ Va al modo horizontal (*note Modos::). El comando ‘\indent’ primero
+genera un cuadro vacío cuyo ancho es ‘\parindent’. Estos comandos son
+robustos (*note \protect::).
+
+ Normalmente se crea un nuevo párrafo poniendo una línea en blanco.
+*Note \par::, por la diferencia entre este comando y ‘\par’. Para
+comenzar un párrafo sin sangría, o continuar un párrafo interrumpido,
+usa ‘\noindent’.
+
+ En medio de un párrafo, el comando ‘\noindent’ no tiene efecto,
+porque LaTeX ya está en modo horizontal allí. El único efecto del
+comando ‘\indent’ es generar un espacio.
+
+ Este ejemplo inicia un párrafo nuevo.
+
+ ... fin del párrafo anterior.
+
+ \noindent Este párrafo no tiene sangría.
+
+y esto continúa un párrafo interrumpido.
+
+ Los datos
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl} ... \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ \noindent muestra esto claramente.
+
+ Para omitir la sangría en todo el documento, pon
+‘\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}’ en el preámbulo. Si lo haces, es posible
+que también desees establecer la longitud de los espacios entre
+párrafos, ‘\parskip’ (*note \parindent y \parskip::).
+
+ Los estilos predeterminados de LaTeX tienen el primer párrafo después
+de una sección que es sin sangría, como es la composición tipográfica
+tradicional en inglés. Para cambiar eso, busca en CTAN el paquete
+‘indentfirst’.
+
+15.3 ‘\parindent’ y ‘\parskip’
+==============================
Sinopsis:
- \marginpar[IZQUIERDA]{DERECHA}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{HORIZONTAL LEN}
+ \setlength{\parskip}{VERTICAL LEN}
- La instrucción ‘\marginpar’ crea una nota en el margen. La primera
-línea de una nota tiene que ser la misma línea base que la línea en el
-texto donde ocurre el ‘\marginpar’.
+ Ambas son longitudes elásticas (*note Longitudes::). Afectan a la
+sangría de párrafos ordinarios, no de párrafos dentro de minipáginas
+(*note minipage::), y el espacio vertical entre párrafos,
+respectivamente.
- Cuando únicamente se especifica el argumento obligatorio RIGHT, el
-texto se deberá colocar
+ Por ejemplo, si esto se pone en el preámbulo:
- • en el margen derecho para diseños de un solo lado;
- • en el margen externo para diseños de dos caras;
- • en el margen más cercano en diseños de dos columnas.
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
+ \setlength{\parskip}{1ex}
- La instrucción ‘\reversemarginpar’ coloca las subsecuentes notas al
-margen en el margen (dentro) opuesto. ‘\normalmarginpar’ las coloca en
-la posición predeterminada.
+El documento tendrá párrafos sin sangría, pero en su lugar están
+separados verticalmente por aproximadamente la altura de una ‘x’
+minúscula.
- Cuando se especifican ambos argumentos, se utiliza LEFT para el
-margen izquierdo y se utiliza RIGHT para el margen derecho.
+ En la clase DOCUMENT estándar de LaTeX, el valor predeterminado para
+‘\parindent’ en documentos de una columna es ‘15pt’ cuando el el tamaño
+de texto predeterminado es ‘10pt’, ‘17pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘1.5em’ para
+‘12pt’. En documentos de dos columnas es ‘1em’. (Estos valores se
+establecen antes de que LaTeX llame a ‘\normalfont’ para que ‘em’ se
+derive de la letra predeterminada, Computer Modern. Si utilizas una
+letra diferente y luego estableces ‘\parindent’ en 1em coincidentes en
+esa letra, pon ‘\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}’ en el
+preámbulo).
- La primer palabra normalmente no se debe separar con guiones; usted
-puede habilitar la separación silábica con guiones comenzando la nota
-con ‘\hspace{0pt}’.
+ El valor predeterminado para ‘\parskip’ en las clases ‘document’
+estándar de LaTeX es ‘0pt plus1pt’.
- Los parámetros que afectan el formato de la nota son:
+15.4 Notas marginales
+=====================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \marginpar{RIGHT}
+ \marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT}
+
+ Crea una nota en el margen. La primera línea de la nota tendrá la
+misma línea base que la línea en el texto donde el ‘\marginpar’ ocurre.
+
+ El margen que usa LaTeX para la nota depende del diseño actual (*note
+Opciones de la clase documento::) y también en ‘\reversemarginpar’ (ve
+abajo). Si estás utilizando el diseño de un solo lado (opción de
+documento ‘oneside’) entonces va en el margen derecho. Si estás usando
+diseño de dos caras (opción de documento ‘twoside’) entonces va en el
+margen exterior. Si estás en el diseño de dos columnas (opción de
+documento ‘twocolumn’) entonces va en el margen más cercano.
+
+ Si declaras ‘\reversemarginpar’ entonces LaTeX colocará notas
+marginales posteriores en el margen opuesto al dado en el párrafo
+anterior. Vuelve a la posición predeterminada con ‘\normalmarginpar’.
+
+ Cuando especificas el argumento opcional LEFT, entonces se usa para
+una nota en el margen izquierdo, mientras que el argumento obligatorio
+RIGHT se utiliza para una nota en el margen derecho.
+
+ Normalmente, a la primera palabra de una nota, no se le aplicará la
+separación silábica. Puedes habilitar guiones allí comenzando LEFT o
+RIGHT con ‘\hspace{0pt}’.
+
+ Estos parámetros afectan el formato de la nota:
‘\marginparpush’
- El espacio mínimo vertical entre notas; el predeterminado es ‘7pt’
- para documentos de ‘12pt’, de lo contrario ‘5pt’.
+ Espacio vertical mínimo entre notas; predeterminado ‘7pt’ para
+ documentos ‘12pt’, ‘5pt’ de lo contrario. Ve también *note
+ parámetros marginparpush del diseño de página::.
‘\marginparsep’
- Espacio horizontal entre el texto vertical y la nota;
- predeterminado ‘11pt’ para ‘10pt’ documentos, en otro caso ‘10pt’.
+ Espacio horizontal entre el texto principal y la nota;
+ predeterminado ‘11pt’ para documentos ‘10pt’, ‘10pt’ de lo
+ contrario.
‘\marginparwidth’
- El ancho de la nota en sí misma; el predeterminado para documentos
- de un solo lado de ‘10pt’ es ‘90pt’, ‘83pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘68pt’
- para ‘12pt’; ‘17pt’ más en cada caso para documentos de dos caras.
- En el modo de dos columnas, el predeterminado es ‘48pt’.
+ Ancho de la nota en sí; predeterminado para un documento ‘10pt’ de
+ una sola cara es ‘90pt’, ‘83pt’ para ‘11pt’ y ‘68pt’ para ‘12pt’;
+ ‘17pt’ más en cada caso para un documento de dos caras. En el modo
+ de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es ‘48pt’.
-17 Fórmulas Matemáticas
-***********************
+ La rutina estándar de LaTeX para notas marginales no impide notas se
+caigan de la parte inferior de la página.
-Existen tres entornos que ponen a LaTeX en modo math:
+16 Fórmulas math
+****************
-‘math’
- Para fórmulas que aparecerán directamente en el texto.
-‘displaymath’
- Para fórmulas que aparecerán en su propia línea.
-‘equation’
- El mismo que el del entorno displaymath salvo que este añade un
- número de ecuación en el margen derecho.
+Produce texto matemático poniendo LaTeX en modo matemático o pantalla
+modo matemático (*note Modos::). Este ejemplo muestra ambos.
- El entorno ‘math’ se pude utilizar tanto en párrafos como en modo LR,
-pero los entornos ‘displaymath’ y ‘equation’ se pueden utilizar
-únicamente en modo párrafo. Los entornos ‘math’ y ‘displaymath’ se
-utilizan tan a menudo que tienen las siguientes formas abreviadas:
+ La ecuación de onda para \( u \) es
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \frac{\partial^2u}{\partial t^2} = c^2\nabla^2u
+ \end{displaymath}
+ donde \( \nabla^2 \) es el Laplacian espacial y \( c \) es constante.
+
+El modo math es para matemáticas en línea. En el ejemplo anterior se
+invoca por la ‘\(’ inicial y terminado por la ‘\)’ final
+correspondiente. El modo de pantalla matemática es para ecuaciones
+mostradas y aquí es invocado por el entorno ‘displaymath’. Ten en
+cuenta que cualquier texto matemático que sea, incluido el texto
+matemático que consta de un solo carácter, se maneja en modo matemático.
+
+ Cuando está en modo matemático o en modo de visualización matemática,
+LaTeX maneja muchos aspectos de tu texto de entrada de manera diferente
+que en otros modos de texto. Por ejemplo,
+
+ contrastar x+y con \( x+y \)
- \(...\) en lugar de \begin{math}...\end{math}
- \[...\] en lugar de \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+en el modo matemático, las letras están en cursiva y el espacio
+alrededor del signo más es diferente.
- De hecho, el entorno ‘math’ es como una instrucción que tiene incluso
-una forma abreviada:
+ Hay tres formas de hacer fórmulas en línea, para poner LaTeX en modo
+math.
- $ ... $ en lugar de \(...\)
+ \( MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO \)
+ $ MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO $
+ \begin{math} MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO \end{math}
+
+Se prefiere la primera forma y la segunda es bastante común, pero la
+tercera forma rara vez se usa. A veces puedes usar uno y a veces otro,
+como en ‘\(x\) y $y$’. Puedes utilizar estos en el párrafo o en modo LR
+(*note Modos::).
+
+ Para mostrar fórmulas, pon a LaTeX en modo de visualización
+matemática con o:
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO
+ \end{displaymath}
- La instrucción ‘\boldmath’ cambia letras y símbolos matemáticos en
-tipo de letra en negrita. Este se utiliza _fuera_ del modo math. Por
-el contrario, la instrucción ‘\unboldmath’ cambia los glifos matemáticos
-para estar en un tipo de letra normal; este también se utiliza _fuera_
-del modo math.
+o
- La declaración ‘\displaystyle’ presiona para que el tamaño y estilo
-de la fórmula sea el de ‘displaymath’, por ejemplo, con limites por
-encima y debajo de sumatorias. Por ejemplo
- $\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $
+ \begin{equation}
+ MATERIAL MATEMÁTICO
+ \end{equation}
-17.1 Subíndices y Superíndices
+(*note displaymath::, *note equation::). La única diferencia es que con
+el entorno ‘equation’, LaTeX pone un número de fórmula junto a la
+fórmula. La construcción ‘\[ MATH \]’ es equivalente a
+‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’. Estos entornos sólo se
+pueden utilizar en el modo párrafo (*note Modos::).
+
+ La American Mathematical Society ha puesto a disposición
+gratuitamente un conjunto de paquetes que amplían enormemente sus
+opciones para escribir matemáticas, ‘amsmath’ y ‘amssymb’ (también ten
+en cuenta el paquete ‘mathtools’ que es una extensión y carga
+‘amsmath’). Los nuevos documentos que tendrán texto matemático deben
+usar estos paquetes. Las descripciones de estos paquetes están fuera
+del alcance de este documento; ve su documentación en CTAN.
+
+16.1 Subíndices y superíndices
==============================
-Para hacer que una expresión exp aparezca como un subíndice, escriba
-‘_{’exp‘}’. Para hacer que exp aparezca como un exponente, escriba
-‘^{’exp‘}’. LaTeX maneja superíndices, subíndices y todas esas cosas de
-manera natural. Incluso hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un
-subíndice como un superíndice.
+Sinopsis (en modo matemático o modo de visualización matemático), uno
+de:
+
+ BASE^EXP
+ BASE^{EXP}
+
+o, uno de:
+
+ BASE_EXP
+ BASE_{EXP}
+
+ Hace que EXP aparezca como un superíndice de BASE (con el carácter
+signo de intercalación, ‘^’) o un subíndice (con guión bajo, ‘_’).
+
+ En este ejemplo, ‘0’ y ‘1’ son subscripts mientras que ‘2’ son
+superscripts.
-17.2 Símbolos Matemáticos
+ \( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
+
+ Para que el subscript o superscript contenga más de un carácter,
+rodea la expresión con llaves, como en ‘e^{-2x}’. La cuarta línea de
+este ejemplo muestra llaves usadas para agrupar una expresión para el
+exponente.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ (3^3)^3=27^3=19\,683
+ \qquad
+ 3^{(3^3)}=3^{27}=7\,625\,597\,484\,987
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+ LaTeX sabe cómo manejar un superíndice en un superíndice, o un
+subíndice sobre subíndice, o superscript sobre subs, o subs sobre
+supers. Así que, expresiones como ‘e^{x^2}’ y ‘x_{i_0}’ dan producción.
+Ten en cuenta el uso en esas expresiones de llaves para dar a BASE una
+determinada EXP. Si ingresas ‘\(3^3^3\)’, esto se interpreta como
+‘\(3^{3}^{3}\)’ y luego obtienes el error TeX ‘Doble superíndice’.
+
+ LaTeX hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un subscript como un
+superscript. En este ejemplo, la integral tiene ambos. Salen en el
+lugar correcto sin ninguna intervención del autor.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \int_{x=a}^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+Ten en cuenta las llaves alrededor de ‘x=a’ para hacer que la expresión
+completa sea un subíndice.
+
+ Para poner un superscript o subscript antes de un símbolo, usa una
+construcción como ‘{}_t K^2’. Las llaves vacías ‘{}’ dan al subíndice
+algo para adjuntar y evita que accidentalmente adjuntes un símbolo
+anterior.
+
+ Usar el carácter de subíndice o superíndice fuera del modo math o el
+modo ‘display math’, como en ‘la expresión x^2’, obtendrás el error TeX
+‘Falta insertar el $’.
+
+ Una razón común para querer subscripts fuera de un modo math es la
+composición tipográfica de fórmulas químicas. Hay paquetes para eso,
+como ‘mhchem’; ve CTAN.
+
+16.2 Símbolos matemáticos
=========================
-LaTeX proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático que muy
-probablemente necesite. Las instrucciones para generarlas se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo math. Por ejemplo, si incluye ‘$\pi$’ en su
-archivo fuente, aparecerá el símbolo de pi (\pi) en su salida.
+LaTeX proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático o técnico que
+cualquiera usa. Por ejemplo, si incluyes ‘$\pi$’ en tu fuente,
+obtendrás el símbolo pi π. Ve el “Paquete LaTeX Integral Lista de
+símbolos” en <https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive>.
+
+ A continuación, tienes una lista de símbolos comúnmente usados. De
+ninguna manera es exhaustiva. Cada símbolo se describe con una frase
+corta y su clase de símbolo, que determina el espacio a su alrededor, se
+da entre paréntesis. A no ser que dicho de otra manera, los comandos
+para estos símbolos solo se pueden usar en modo matemáticas. Para
+redefinir un comando para que se pueda usar cualquiera que sea el estado
+modo actual, *note \ensuremath::.
‘\|’
- \|
+ ∥ Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\parallel’.
‘\aleph’
- \aleph
+ ℵ Aleph, cardinal transfinito (común).
‘\alpha’
- \alpha
+ α Letra griega alfa minúscula (común).
‘\amalg’
- \amalg (operación binaria)
+ ⨿ Unión disjunta (binaria)
‘\angle’
- \angle
+ ∠ Ángulo geométrico (común). Similar: less-than sign ‘<’ y salto
+ de línea angular ‘\langle’.
‘\approx’
- \approx (relación)
+ ≈ Casi igual a (relación).
‘\ast’
- \ast (operación binaria)
+ ∗ Operador asterisco, convolución, seis puntas (binario).
+ Sinónimo: ‘*’, que suele ser un superíndice o subíndice, como en la
+ estrella Kleene. Similar ‘\star’, que es de cinco puntas, y a
+ veces se usa como una operación binaria general, y a veces
+ reservado para la correlación cruzada.
‘\asymp’
- \asymp (relación)
+ ≍ Asintóticamente equivalente (relación).
‘\backslash’
- \ (delimitador)
+ \ Barra invertida (común). Similar: set minus ‘\setminus’, y
+ ‘\textbackslash’ para barra invertida fuera del modo matemático.
‘\beta’
- \beta
+ β Letra griega minúscula beta (común).
‘\bigcap’
- \bigcap
+ ⋂ Intersección (operador) de tamaño variable o n-ario. Similar:
+ intersección binaria ‘\cap’.
‘\bigcirc’
- \bigcirc (operación binaria)
+ ⚪ Círculo, más grande (binario). Similar: función
+ composición ‘\circ’.
‘\bigcup’
- \bigcup
+ ⋃ Unión (operador) de tamaño variable o n-aria. Similar: binario
+ union ‘\cup’.
‘\bigodot’
- \bigodot
+ ⨀ Operador de punto en un círculo de tamaño variable u (operador)
+ n-ario.
‘\bigoplus’
- \bigoplus
+ ⨁ Operador más (operador) de tamaño variable, o n-ario, dentro de
+ un círculo.
‘\bigotimes’
- \bigotimes
+ ⨂ Operador de tiempo dentro de un círculo de tamaño variable, u
+ (operador) n-ario.
‘\bigtriangledown’
- \bigtriangledown (operación binaria)
+ ▽ Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o n-ary apuntando hacia
+ abajo (binario). Sinónimo: \VARBIGTRIANGLEDOWN.
‘\bigtriangleup’
- \bigtriangleup (operación binaria)
+ △ Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o n-ary apuntando hacia
+ arriba (binario). Sinónimo: \VARBIGTRIANGLEUP.
‘\bigsqcup’
- \bigsqcup
+ ⨆ Unión cuadrada de tamaño variable u (operador) n-ario.
‘\biguplus’
- \biguplus
+ ⨄ Operador de unión de tamaño variable, o n-ario, con un signo más
+ (operador). (Ten en cuenta que el nombre solo tiene una p).
-‘\bigcap’
- \bigvee
+‘\bigvee’
+ ⋁ De tamaño variable, o n-ario, u (operador) lógico.
‘\bigwedge’
- \bigwedge
+ ⋀ De tamaño variable, o n-ario, y lógico (operador).
‘\bot’
- \bot
+ ⊥, arriba, abajo, elemento mínimo de un conjunto de elementos
+ parcialmente ordenado, o una contradicción (común). Consulta
+ también ‘\top’.
‘\bowtie’
- \bowtie (relación)
+ ⋈ Unión natural de dos relaciones (relación).
‘\Box’
- (símbolo de caja cuadrada abierta)
+ □ Operador modal por necesidad; caja cuadrada abierta (común). No
+ disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete
+ ‘amssymb’.
‘\bullet’
- \bullet (operación binaria)
+ • Viñeta (binario). Similar: multiplicación dot ‘\cdot’.
‘\cap’
- \cap (operación binaria)
+ ∩ Intersección de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+ variable operator ‘\bigcap’.
‘\cdot’
- \cdot (operación binaria)
+ ⋅ Multiplicación (binario). Similar: Bala dot ‘\bullet’.
‘\chi’
- \chi
+ χ Chi griego minúscula (común).
‘\circ’
- \circ (operación binaria)
+ ∘ Composición de funciones, operador de anillo (binario). Similar:
+ operator ‘\bigcirc’ de tamaño variable.
‘\clubsuit’
- \clubsuit
+ ♣ Palo de la carta del club (común).
+
+‘\complement’
+ ∁, Complemento de conjunto, usado como superíndice como en
+ ‘$S^\complement$’ (común). No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’. También usado:
+ ‘$S^{\mathsf{c}}$’ or ‘$\bar{S}$’.
‘\cong’
- \cong (relación)
+ ≅ Congruente (relación).
‘\coprod’
- \coprod
+ ∐ Coproducto (operador).
‘\cup’
- \cup (operación binaria)
+ ∪ Unión de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de tamaño variable
+ operator ‘\bigcup’.
‘\dagger’
- \dagger (operación binaria)
+ † Relación Dagger (binario).
‘\dashv’
- \dashv (relación)
+ ⊣ Guión con torniquete invertido vertical (relación). Similar:
+ turnstile ‘\vdash’.
‘\ddagger’
- \dagger (operación binaria)
+ ‡ Relación de doble daga (binario).
‘\Delta’
- \Delta
+ Δ Delta mayúscula griega, usado para incremento (común).
‘\delta’
- \delta
+ δ Delta minúscula griega (común).
‘\Diamond’
- \diamond más grande
+ ◇ Operador de diamante grande (común). No disponible en TeX
+ simple. En LaTeX necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\diamond’
- \diamond (operación binaria)
+ ⋄ Operador de diamante (binario). Similar: large
+ diamond ‘\Diamond’, encierra en un círculo bullet ‘\bullet’.
‘\diamondsuit’
- \diamondsuit
+ ♢ Palo de carta diamante (común).
‘\div’
- \div (operación binaria)
+ ÷ Signo de división (binario).
‘\doteq’
- \doteq (relación)
+ ≐ Se acerca al límite (relación). Similar: geométricamente igual
+ to ‘\Doteq’.
‘\downarrow’
- \downarrow (delimitador)
+ ↓ Flecha hacia abajo, converge (relación). Similar: ‘\Downarrow’
+ flecha hacia abajo de doble línea.
‘\Downarrow’
- \Downarrow (delimitador)
+ ⇓ Flecha hacia abajo de doble línea (relación). Similar:
+ ‘\downarrow’ flecha hacia abajo de una sola línea.
‘\ell’
- \ell
+ ℓ Letra cursiva minúscula l (común).
‘\emptyset’
- \emptyset
+ ∅ Símbolo de conjunto vacío (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\varnothing’.
‘\epsilon’
- \epsilon
+ ϵ Epsilon semilunar en minúsculas (común). Similar a Letra de
+ texto griego. Más ampliamente utilizado en matemáticas es el
+ script en letra pequeña épsilon ‘\varepsilon’ ε. Relacionado: la
+ relación de pertenencia del conjunto ‘\in’ ∈.
‘\equiv’
- \equiv (relación)
+ ≡ Equivalencia (relación).
‘\eta’
- \eta
+ η Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\exists’
- \exists
+ ∃ Cuantificador existencial (común).
‘\flat’
- \flat
+ ♭ Bemol musical (común).
‘\forall’
- \forall
+ ∀ Cuantificador universal (común).
‘\frown’
- \frown (relacion)
+ ⌢ Arco curvo hacia abajo (común).
‘\Gamma’
- \Gamma
+ Γ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\gamma’
- \gamma
+ γ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\ge’
- \ge
+ ≥ Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo for ‘\geq’.
‘\geq’
- \geq (relación)
+ ≥ Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo for ‘\ge’.
‘\gets’
- \gets
+ ← Se le asigna el valor (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\leftarrow’.
‘\gg’
- \gg (relación)
+ ≫ Mucho mayor que (relación). Similar: mucho menos que ‘\ll’.
‘\hbar’
- \hbar
+ ℏ Constante de Planck sobre dos pi (común).
‘\heartsuit’
- \heartsuit
+ ♡ Palo de cartas de corazón (común).
‘\hookleftarrow’
- \hookleftarrow
+ ↩ Flecha izquierda enganchada (relación).
‘\hookrightarrow’
- \hookrightarrow
+ ↪ Flecha derecha enganchada (relación).
‘\iff’
- \iff
+ ⟷ Si y solo si (relación). Es ‘\Longleftrightarrow’ con un
+ ‘\thickmuskip’ a cada lado.
‘\Im’
- \Im
+ ℑ Parte imaginaria (común). Ve: parte real ‘\Re’.
+
+‘\imath’
+ i sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una i (*note Acentos
+ matemáticos::).
‘\in’
- \in (relación)
+ ∈ Establecer elemento (relación). Ve también: semilunar minúscula
+ epsilon ‘\epsilon’ϵ y letra minúscula epsilon ‘\varepsilon’.
‘\infty’
- \infty
+ ∞ Infinito (común).
‘\int’
- \int
+ ∫ Integral (operador).
‘\iota’
- \iota
+ ι Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\Join’
- símbolo de corbata de moño condensado (relación)
+ ⨝ Símbolo de corbatín condensado (relación). No disponible en TeX
+ estándar.
+
+‘\jmath’
+ J sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una j (*note Acentos
+ matemáticos::).
‘\kappa’
- \kappa
+ κ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\Lambda’
- \Lambda
+ Λ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\lambda’
- \lambda
+ λ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\land’
- \land
+ ∧ Lógico y (binario). Sinónimo: ‘\wedge’. Consulta también
+ or lógico ‘\lor’.
‘\langle’
- \langle (delimitador)
+ ⟨ Ángulo izquierdo, o secuencia, corchete (apertura). Similar:
+ menos-que ‘<’. Coincide con ‘\rangle’.
‘\lbrace’
- \lbrace (delimitador)
+ { Llave izquierda (apertura). Sinónimo: ‘\{’. Coincide
+ con ‘\rbrace’.
‘\lbrack’
- \lbrack (delimitador)
+ [ Corchete izquierdo (apertura). Sinónimo: ‘[’. Coincide
+ con ‘\rbrack’.
‘\lceil’
- \lceil (delimitador)
+ ⌈ Soporte de techo izquierdo, como un corchete pero con la parte
+ inferior rasurada (apertura). Coincide con ‘\rceil’.
‘\le’
- \le
+ ≤ Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo para ‘\leq’.
‘\leadsto’
+ ⇝ Flecha derecha ondulada (relación). Para obtener este símbolo
+ fuera del modo matemático, puedes poner
+ ‘\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}’ en el preámbulo y
+ entonces usa ‘\Leadsto’ en su lugar.
‘\Leftarrow’
- \Leftarrow
+ ⇐ Está implícito en la flecha izquierda de doble línea (relación).
+ Similar: flecha izquierda de una sola línea ‘\leftarrow’.
‘\leftarrow’
- \leftarrow
+ ← Flecha izquierda de una sola línea (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\gets’. Similar: doble línea izquierda
+ flecha ‘\Leftarrow’.
‘\leftharpoondown’
- \leftharpoondown
+ ↽ Arpón izquierdo de una línea, lengüeta debajo de la lengüeta
+ (relación).
‘\leftharpoonup’
- \leftharpoonup
+ ↼ Arpón izquierdo de una línea, púa sobre barra (relación).
‘\Leftrightarrow’
- \Leftrightarrow
+ ⇔ Biimplicación; flecha de dos puntas de doble línea (relación).
+ Similar: flecha de dos puntas de una sola línea ‘\leftrightarrow’.
-‘\Leftrightarrow’
- \Leftrightarrow
+‘\leftrightarrow’
+ ↔ Flecha de dos puntas de una sola línea (relación). Similar:
+ doble línea flecha de dos puntas ‘\Leftrightarrow’.
‘\leq’
- \leq (relación)
+ ≤ Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo para ‘\le’.
‘\lfloor’
- \lfloor (delimitador)
+ ⌊ Soporte de piso izquierdo (apertura). Coincidencia: ‘\floor’.
‘\lhd’
- (flecha apuntando hacia arriba a la izquierda)
+ ◁ Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la izquierda
+ (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, debe cargar
+ ‘amssymb’ y usa ‘\vartriangleleft’ (que es una relación y así da un
+ mejor espaciado).
‘\ll’
- \ll (relación)
+ ≪ Mucho menos que (relación). Similar: mucho mayor que ‘\gg’.
‘\lnot’
- \lnot
+ ¬ Negación lógica (común). Sinónimo: ‘\neg’.
‘\longleftarrow’
- \longleftarrow
+ ⟵ Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea (relación). Similar:
+ largo flecha izquierda de doble línea ‘\Longleftarrow’.
‘\longleftrightarrow’
- \longleftrightarrow
+ ⟷ Flecha larga de dos puntas de una sola línea (relación).
+ Similar: larga doble línea flecha de dos
+ puntas ‘\Longleftrightarrow’.
‘\longmapsto’
- \longmapsto
+ ⟼ Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea que comienza con una
+ barra vertical (relación). Similar: versión más corta ‘\mapsto’.
‘\longrightarrow’
- \longrightarrow
+ ⟶ Flecha derecha larga de una sola línea (relación). Similar:
+ largo flecha derecha de doble línea ‘\Longrightarrow’.
‘\lor’
- \lor
+ ∨ Lógico o (binario). Sinónimo: ‘\vee’. Consulta también
+ y lógico ‘\land’.
‘\mapsto’
- \mapsto
+ ↦ Flecha izquierda de una sola línea que comienza con una barra
+ vertical (relación). Similar: versión más larga ‘\longmapsto’.
‘\mho’
+ ℧ Conductancia, semicírculo omega mayúscula girada (común).
‘\mid’
- \mid (relación)
+ ∣ Barra vertical de una línea (relación). Un uso típico de ‘\mid’
+ es para un conjunto ‘\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}’.
+
+ Similar: ‘\vert’ y ‘|’ producen la misma línea única de símbolo de
+ barra vertical pero sin ningún espacio (caen en la clase
+ ordinarios) y no los debes usar como relaciones, sino solo como
+ ordinales, es decir, símbolos de notas al pie. Para el valor
+ absoluto, consulta la entrada para ‘\vert’ y por norma ve la
+ entrada para ‘\Vert’.
‘\models’
- \models (relación)
+ ⊨ Implica o satisface; torniquete doble, guión doble corto
+ (relación). Similar: guión doble largo ‘\vDash’.
‘\mp’
- \mp (operación binaria)
+ ∓ Menos o más (relación).
‘\mu’
- \mu
+ μ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\nabla’
- \nabla
+ ∇ Operador del, o diferencial, de Hamilton (común).
‘\natural’
- \natural
+ ♮ Notación musical natural (común).
‘\ne’
- \ne
+ ≠ No es igual (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\neq’.
‘\nearrow’
- \nearrow
+ ↗ Flecha noreste (relación).
‘\neg’
- \neg
+ ¬ Negación lógica (común). Sinónimo: ‘\lnot’. A veces, en cambio,
+ se usa para negación: ‘\sim’.
‘\neq’
- \neq (relación)
+ ≠ No es igual (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\ne’.
‘\ni’
- \ni (relación)
+ ∋ Membresía reflejada épsilon; tiene el miembro (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\owns’. Similar: es un miembro de ‘\in’.
‘\not’
- Superpone una / al siguiente operador, tal como \not=.
+ Sólido largo, o barra oblicua, que se usa para tachar un
+ siguiente operador (relación).
+
+ Muchos operadores negados están disponibles que no requieren
+ ‘\not’, particularmente con el paquete ‘amssymb’. Por ejemplo,
+ ‘\notin’ es tipográficamente preferible a ‘\not\in’.
‘\notin’
- \ni
+ ∉ No es un elemento de (relación). Similar: no subconjunto
+ de ‘\nsubseteq’.
‘\nu’
- \nu
+ ν Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\nwarrow’
- \nwarrow
+ ↖ Flecha noroeste (relación).
‘\odot’
- \odot (operación binaria)
+ ⊙ Punto dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+ variable operador ‘\bigodot’.
‘\oint’
- \oint
+ ∮ Integral de contorno, integral con círculo en el medio
+ (operador).
‘\Omega’
- \Omega
+ Ω letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\omega’
- \omega
+ ω Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\ominus’
- \ominus (operación binaria)
+ ⊖ Signo menos, o guión, dentro de un círculo (binario).
‘\oplus’
- \oplus (operación binaria)
+ ⊕ Signo más dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+ variable operador ‘\bigoplus’.
‘\oslash’
- \oslash (operación binaria)
+ ⊘ Solidus, o slash, dentro de un círculo (binario).
‘\otimes’
- \otimes (operación binaria)
+ ⊗ Signo de tiempo, o cruz, dentro de un círculo (binario).
+ Similar: operador de tamaño variable ‘\bigotimes’.
‘\owns’
- \owns
+ ∋ épsilon de membresía reflejada; tiene el miembro (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\ni’. Similar: es un miembro de ‘\in’.
‘\parallel’
- \parallel (relación)
+ ∥ Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo: ‘\|’.
‘\partial’
- \partial
+ ∂ Diferencial parcial (común).
‘\perp’
- \perp (relación)
+ ⟂ Perpendicular (relación). Similar: ‘\bot’ usa el mismo glifo
+ pero el espaciado es diferente porque está en la clase común.
+
+‘\Phi’
+ Φ Letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\phi’
- \phi
+ ϕ Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\varphi’ φ.
‘\Pi’
- \Pi
+ Π letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\pi’
- \pi
+ π Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es ‘\varpi’ ϖ.
‘\pm’
- \pm (operación binaria)
+ ± Más o menos (binario).
‘\prec’
- \prec (relación)
+ ≺ Precede (relación). Similar: menor que ‘<’.
‘\preceq’
- \preceq (relación)
+ ⪯ Precede o es igual a (relación). Similar: menor que o igual
+ a ‘\leq’.
‘\prime’
- \prime
+ ′ Prime, o minuto en una expresión de tiempo (común). Normalmente
+ se usa como un superíndice: ‘$f^\prime$’; ‘$f^\prime$’ y ‘$f'$’
+ producen el mismo resultado. Una ventaja del segundo es que
+ ‘$f'''$’ produce el símbolo deseado, es decir, el mismo resultado
+ como ‘$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$’, pero usa bastante menos
+ mecanografía. Solo puedes usar ‘\prime’ en modo math. Usando la
+ comilla derecha simple ‘'’ en modo texto produce un carácter
+ diferente (apóstrofe).
‘\prod’
- \prod
+ ∏ Producto (operador).
‘\propto’
- \propto (relación)
+ ∝ Es proporcional a (relación)
‘\Psi’
- \Psi
+ Ψ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\psi’
- \psi
+ ψ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\rangle’
- \rangle (delimitador)
+ ⟩ Ángulo recto, o secuencia, corchete (cierre). Similar: mayor
+ que ‘>’. Coincidencia:‘\langle’.
‘\rbrace’
- \rbrace (delimitador)
+ } Llave derecha (de cierre). Sinónimo: ‘\}’. Coincide
+ con ‘\lbrace’.
‘\rbrack’
- \rbrack (delimitador)
+ ] Corchete derecho (de cierre). Sinónimo: ‘]’. Coincide
+ con ‘\lbrack’.
‘\rceil’
- \rceil (delimitador)
+ ⌉ Soporte de techo derecho (cierre). Coincide con ‘\lceil’.
‘\Re’
- \Re
+ ℜ Parte real, números reales, R mayúscula cursiva (común).
+ Relacionado: doble línea o negrita de pizarra, R ‘\mathbb{R}’;
+ acceder esto, carga el paquete ‘amsfonts’.
+
+‘\restriction’
+ ↾, Restricción de una función (relación). Sinónimo:
+ ‘\upharpoonright’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
+
+‘\revemptyset’
+ ⦰, Símbolo de conjunto vacío invertido (común). Relacionado:
+ ‘\varnothing’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas
+ cargar el paquete ‘stix’.
‘\rfloor’
- \rfloor
+ ⌋ Soporte de piso derecho, un corchete derecho con el corte
+ superior apagado (cierre). Coincide con ‘\lfloor’.
‘\rhd’
- (operación binaria)
+ ◁ Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la derecha
+ (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar, debes
+ cargar ‘amssymb’ y use ‘\vartriangleright’ (que es una relación y
+ así da un mejor espaciado).
‘\rho’
- \rho
+ ρ Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\varrho’ ϱ.
‘\Rightarrow’
- \Rightarrow
+ ⇒ Implica, flecha de doble línea hacia la derecha (relación).
+ Similar: flecha derecha de una sola línea ‘\rightarrow’.
‘\rightarrow’
- \rightarrow
+ → Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la derecha (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\to’. Similar: línea doble fecha derecha ‘\Rightarrow’.
‘\rightharpoondown’
- \rightharpoondown
+ ⇁ Arpón que apunta hacia la derecha con lengüeta debajo de la línea
+ (relación).
‘\rightharpoonup’
- \rightharpoonup
+ ⇀ Arpón apuntando a la derecha con lengüeta sobre el línea
+ (relación).
‘\rightleftharpoons’
- \rightleftharpoons
+ ⇌ Arpón derecho arriba arpón izquierdo abajo (relación).
‘\searrow’
- \searrow
+ ↘ Flecha que apunta al sureste (relación).
‘\setminus’
- \setminus (operación binaria)
+ ⧵ Establecer diferencia, solido inverso o barra invertida, como \
+ (binario). Similar: barra inversa ‘\backslash’ y también
+ ‘\textbackslash’ fuera del modo matemático.
‘\sharp’
- \sharp
+ ♯ Sostenido musical (común).
‘\Sigma’
- \Sigma
+ Σ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\sigma’
- \sigma
+ σ Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\varsigma’ ς.
‘\sim’
- \sim (relación)
+ ∼ Similar, en una relación (relación).
‘\simeq’
- \simeq (relación)
+ ≃ Similar o igual a, en una relación (relación).
‘\smallint’
- \smallint
+ ∫ Signo integral que no cambia a un tamaño mayor en una pantalla
+ (operador).
‘\smile’
- \smile (relación)
+ ⌣ Arco curvo hacia arriba, sonrisa (normal).
‘\spadesuit’
- \spadesuit
+ ♠ Palo de cartas de espadas (común).
‘\sqcap’
- \sqcap (operación binaria)
+ ⊓ Símbolo de intersección cuadrada (binario). Similar:
+ intersección ‘cap’.
‘\sqcup’
- \sqcup (operación binaria)
+ ⊔ Símbolo de unión cuadrada (binario). Similar: unión ‘cup’.
+ Relacionado: de tamaño variable operator ‘\bigsqcup’.
‘\sqsubset’
- (relación)
+ ⊏, símbolo de subconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+ subconjunto ‘\subset’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\sqsubseteq’
- \sqsubseteq (relación)
+ ⊑ Subconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual (binario). Similar:
+ subconjunto o igual a ‘\subseteq’.
‘\sqsupset’
- (relación)
+ ⊐, símbolo de superconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+ superconjunto ‘\supset’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\sqsupseteq’
- \sqsupseteq (relación)
+ ⊒ Superconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual (binario). Similar:
+ superconjunto o igual ‘\supseteq’.
‘\star’
- \star (operación binaria)
+ ⋆ Estrella de cinco puntas, a veces utilizada como binario general
+ pero a veces reservado para la correlación cruzada (binario).
+ Similar: los sinónimos asterisco ‘*’ y ‘\ast’, que son de seis
+ puntas, y más a menudo aparecen como un superíndice o subíndice,
+ como con la estrella Kleene.
‘\subset’
- \subset (relación)
+ ⊂ Subconjunto (ocasionalmente, está implícito en) (relación).
‘\subseteq’
- \subseteq (relación)
+ ⊆ Subconjunto o igual a (relación).
‘\succ’
- \succ (relación)
+ ≻ Viene después, tiene éxito (relación). Similar: es menos
+ que ‘>’.
‘\succeq’
- \succeq (relación)
+ ⪰ Tiene éxito o es igual a (relación). Similar: menos que o igual
+ a ‘\leq’.
‘\sum’
- \sum
+ ∑ Sumatoria (operador). Similar: capital griega sigma ‘\Sigma’.
‘\supset’
- \supset (relación)
+ ⊃ Superconjunto (relación).
‘\supseteq’
- \supseteq (relación)
+ ⊇ Superconjunto o igual a (relación).
‘\surd’
- \surd
+ √ Símbolo radical (común). El comando LaTeX ‘\sqrt{...}’ escribe
+ la raíz cuadrada del argumento, con una barra que se extiende para
+ cubrir el argumento.
‘\swarrow’
- \swarrow
+ ↙ Flecha que apunta al suroeste (relación).
‘\tau’
- \tau
+ τ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\theta’
- \theta
+ θ Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante es
+ ‘\vartheta’ ϑ.
‘\times’
- \times (operación binaria)
+ × Signo de multiplicación de escuela primaria (binario). Ve
+ también ‘\cdot’.
‘\to’
- \to
+ → Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la derecha (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\rightarrow’.
‘\top’
- \top
+ ⊤ Arriba, elemento más grande de un conjunto parcialmente ordenado
+ (común). Consulta también ‘\bot’.
‘\triangle’
- \triangle
+ △ Triángulo (común).
‘\triangleleft’
- \triangleleft (operación binaria)
+ ◁ Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta hacia la izquierda (binario).
+ Similar: ‘\lhd’. Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal que debe
+ cargar ‘amssymb’ y usar ‘\vartriangleleft’ (que es una relación y
+ por lo tanto proporciona un mejor espaciado).
‘\triangleright’
- \triangleright (operación binaria)
+ ▷ Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta a la derecha (binario). Para
+ el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar, debe cargar ‘amssymb’ y
+ usar ‘\vartriangleright’ (que es una relación y así da un mejor
+ espaciado).
‘\unlhd’
- punta de flecha apuntando hacia la izquierda con una línea debajo
- (operación binaria)
+ ⊴ Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta hacia la
+ izquierda, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo (binario).
+ Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga ‘amssymb’ y
+ usa ‘\vartrianglelefteq’ (que es una relación y por lo tanto da
+ mejor espaciado).
‘\unrhd’
- punta de flecha apuntando hacia la derecha con línea debajo
- (operación binaria)
+ ⊵ Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta hacia la
+ derecha, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo (binario). Para
+ el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga ‘amssymb’ y
+ usa ‘\vartrianglerighteq’ (que es una relación y por lo tanto da
+ mejor espaciado).
‘\Uparrow’
- \Uparrow (delimitador)
+ ⇑ Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba (relación).
+ Similar: apuntando hacia arriba de una sola línea
+ flecha ‘\uparrow’.
‘\uparrow’
- \uparrow (delimitador)
+ ↑ Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia arriba, diverge
+ (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia arriba
+ flecha ‘\Uparrow’.
‘\Updownarrow’
- \Updownarrow (delimitador)
+ ⇕ Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba y hacia abajo
+ (relación). Similar: una sola línea apuntando hacia arriba y hacia
+ abajo arrow ‘\updownarrow’.
‘\updownarrow’
- \updownarrow (delimitador)
+ ↕ Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia arriba y hacia abajo
+ (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia arriba y hacia
+ abajo arrow ‘\Updownarrow’.
+
+‘\upharpoonright’
+ ↾, arpón levantado, con púa en el lado derecho (relación).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\restriction’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX
+ necesitas cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\uplus’
- \uplus (operación binaria)
+ ⊎ Unión multiconjunto, un símbolo de unión con un símbolo más en el
+ medio (binario). Similar: union ‘\cup’. Relacionado: operador de
+ tamaño variable ‘\biguplus’.
‘\Upsilon’
- \Upsilon
+ Υ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\upsilon’
- \upsilon
+ υ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\varepsilon’
- \varepsilon
+ ε Epsilon de script en letra minúscula (común). Esto es
+ ampliamente utilizado en matemáticas que la forma épsilon semilunar
+ no variante ‘\epsilon’ ϵ. Relacionado: establece membresía ‘\in’.
+
+‘\vanothing’
+ ∅, Símbolo de conjunto vacío. Similar: ‘\emptyset’. Relacionado:
+ ‘\revemptyset’. No disponible en TeX simple. En LaTeX necesitas
+ cargar el paquete ‘amssymb’.
‘\varphi’
- \varphi
+ φ Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\phi’ ϕ.
‘\varpi’
- \varpi
+ ϖ Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\pi’ π.
‘\varrho’
- \varrho
+ ϱ Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\rho’ ρ.
‘\varsigma’
- \varsigma
+ ς Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\sigma’ σ.
‘\vartheta’
- \vartheta
+ ϑ Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común). La forma no
+ variante es ‘\theta’ θ.
‘\vdash’
- \vdash (relation)
+ ⊢ Demostrable; torniquete, vertical y un guión (relación).
+ Similar: torniquete giró un semicírculo ‘\dashv’.
‘\vee’
- \vee (operación binaria)
+ ∨ Lógico o; una forma de v hacia abajo (binario). Relacionado: y
+ lógico ‘\wedge’. Similar: de tamaño variable operator ‘\bigvee’.
‘\Vert’
- \Vert (delimitador)
+ ‖ Doble barra vertical (común). *Note Delimitadores::, sobre cómo
+ usar el paquete ‘mathtools’ para crear símbolos de norma.
‘\vert’
- \vert (delimitador)
+ | Barra vertical de una sola línea (común). Para “tal que”, como
+ en la definición de un conjunto, usa ‘\mid’ porque es una relación
+ *Note Delimitadores::, para saber cómo usar el paquete ‘mathtools’
+ para crear símbolos de valor absoluto de tamaño flexible.
‘\wedge’
- \wedge (operación binaria)
+ ∧ y lógico (binario). Sinónimo: ‘\land’. Ve también or lógico
+ ‘\vee’. Similar: operator de tamaño variable ‘\bigwedge’.
‘\wp’
- \wp
+ ℘ Weierstrass p (común).
‘\wr’
- \wr (operación binaria)
+ ≀ Producto de guirnalda (binario).
‘\Xi’
- \Xi
+ Ξ letra griega mayúscula (común).
‘\xi’
- \xi
+ ξ Letra griega minúscula (común).
‘\zeta’
- \zeta
+ ζ Letra griega minúscula (común).
+
+ Los siguientes símbolos se usan con mayor frecuencia en texto sin
+formato, pero LaTeX proporciona versiones para usar en texto matemático.
+
+‘\mathdollar’
+ Signo de dólar en modo matemático: $.
+
+‘\mathparagraph’
+ Signo de párrafo (pilcrow) en modo matemático, ¶.
+
+‘\mathsection’
+ Signo de sección en modo math: §.
+
+‘\mathsterling’
+ Signo esterlina en modo matemático: £.
+
+‘\mathunderscore’
+ Guión bajo en modo matemático: _.
+
+16.2.1 Flechas
+--------------
+
+Estas son las flechas que vienen con LaTeX estándar. Los paquetes
+‘latexsym’ y ‘amsfonts’ contienen muchos más.
+
+Símbolo Comando
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+⇓ ‘\Downarrow’
+↓ ‘\downarrow’
+↩ ‘\hookleftarrow’
+↪ ‘\hookrightarrow’
+← ‘\leftarrow’
+⇐ ‘\Leftarrow’
+⇔ ‘\Leftrightarrow’
+↔ ‘\leftrightarrow’
+⟵ ‘\longleftarrow’
+⟸ ‘\Longleftarrow’
+⟷ ‘\longleftrightarrow’
+⟺ ‘\Longleftrightarrow’
+⟼ ‘\longmapsto’
+⟹ ‘\Longrightarrow’
+⟶ ‘\longrightarrow’
+↦ ‘\mapsto’
+↗ ‘\nearrow’
+↖ ‘\nwarrow’
+⇒ ‘\Rightarrow’
+→ ‘\rightarrow’, o ‘\to’
+↘ ‘\searrow’
+↙ ‘\swarrow’
+↑ ‘\uparrow’
+⇑ ‘\Uparrow’
+↕ ‘\updownarrow’
+⇕ ‘\Updownarrow’
+
+ Un ejemplo de la diferencia entre ‘\to’ y ‘\mapsto’ es: ‘\( f\colon
+D\to C \) dado por \( n\mapsto n^2 \)’.
+
+ Para diagramas conmutativos hay una serie de paquetes, incluyendo
+‘tikz-cd’ y ‘amscd’.
+
+16.2.2 ‘\boldmath’ y ‘\unboldmath’
+----------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis (usada en modo párrafo o modo LR):
+
+ \boldmath \( MATH \)
+
+o
+
+ \unboldmath \( MATH \)
+
+ Declaraciones para cambiar las letras y símbolos en MATH para estar
+en un tipo de letra en negrita, o para anular eso y traer de vuelta el
+predeterminado (sin negrita), respectivamente. Se deben usar cuando
+_no_ está en modo math o el modo ‘display math’ (*note Modos::). Ambos
+comandos son frágiles (*note \protect::).
+
+ En este ejemplo, cada comando ‘\boldmath’ tiene lugar dentro de un
+‘\mbox’,
+
+ tenemos $\mbox{\boldmath \(v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \(u \)$}$
+
+lo cual significa que ‘\boldmath’ solo se llama en modo texto, aquí LR y
+explica por qué debemos cambiar LaTeX al modo math para establecer ‘v’ y
+‘u’.
+
+ Si usas cualquiera de los comandos dentro del ‘modo math’, como con
+‘Problema: \( \boldmath x \)’, entonces obtienes algo como ‘Advertencia
+de letras LaTeX: Comando \boldmath no válido en modo math’ y
+‘Advertencia de tipo de letra LaTeX: Comando \mathversion inválido en
+modo math’.
+
+16.2.2.1 ‘bm’: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita
+...........................................................
+
+Especificar ‘\boldmath’ es el mejor método para componer una expresión
+matemática en negrita. Pero para componer tipográficamente símbolos
+individuales dentro de una expresión en negrita, el paquete ‘bm’
+proporcionado por el equipo del proyecto LaTeX es mejor. Su uso está
+fuera del alcance de este documento (consulta su documentación en
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/bm> o en tu instalación) pero el espacio en la
+salida de este pequeño ejemplo mostrará que es una mejora sobre
+‘\boldmath’ dentro de una expresión:
+
+ \usepackage{bm} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ tenemos $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$
+
+16.2.2.2 Math OpenType en negrita
+.................................
+
+Desafortunadamente, al usar los motores Unicode (XeLaTeX, LuaLaTeX), ni
+‘\boldmath’ ni ‘bm’ suelen funcionar bien, porque los tipos de letra
+matemáticos de OpenType que normalmente se usan con esos motores rara
+vez vienen con un compañero en negrita, y tanto ‘\boldmath’ como ‘bm’ lo
+requieren. (La implementación de ‘bm’ se basa en ‘\boldmath’, por lo
+que los requisitos son los mismos). Si tienes un tipo de letra
+matemático en negrita, entonces ‘\boldmath’ y el ‘bm’ funcionan bien.
+
+ Si no hay tal tipo de letra disponible, una alternativa es construir
+un tipo de letra en negrita falso con el parámetro ‘FakeBold=1’ del
+paquete ‘fontspec’ (consulta su documentación,
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec>). Esto puede ser aceptable para
+redacción o distribución informal, pero los resultados están lejos de
+ser una verdadera negrita.
+
+ Otra alternativa al manejo de negrita para tipos de letra matemáticos
+OpenType es usar el ‘\symbf’ (negrita), ‘\symbfit’ (negrita y cursiva) y
+comandos relacionados del paquete ‘unicode-math’. Estos no cambian el
+tipo de letra actual, sino que cambian el "alfabeto" (Unicode) usado,
+que en la práctica es más compatible que un tipo de letra en negrita
+separado. Son posibles muchas variaciones, por lo que hay sutilezas
+para obtener la salida deseada. Como de costumbre, consulta la
+documentación del paquete (<https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math>).
+
+16.2.3 Pizarra negra
+--------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \usepackage{amssymb} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \mathbb{UPPERCASE-LETTER}
+
+ Proporciona símbolos en negrita de pizarra, a veces también conocidos
+como letras doublestruck, usadas para denotar conjuntos de números como
+los números naturales, los enteros, etc.
+
+ Aquí
+
+ \( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \)
+
+el ‘\mathbb{N}’ da el símbolo de pizarra en negrita ℕ, representación de
+los números naturales.
+
+ Si el argumento contiene algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, no
+obtienes un error, pero obtienes resultados extraños, incluidos
+caracteres inesperados.
+
+ Hay paquetes que dan acceso a otros símbolos además de las letras
+mayúsculas; mira en CTAN.
+
+16.2.4 Caligráfico
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \mathcal{LETRAS-MAYÚSCULAS}
+
+ Utiliza un tipo de letra como el tipo script.
+
+ En este ejemplo, el identificador del gráfico se genera en letra
+cursiva.
+
+ Sea la gráfica \( \mathcal{G} \).
+
+ Si usa algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, entonces no obtienes un
+error, pero tampoco obtienes una salida caligráfica matemática. Por
+ejemplo, ‘\mathcal{g}’ genera un símbolo de llave de cierre.
+
+16.2.5 Delimitadores
+--------------------
+
+Los delimitadores son paréntesis, llaves u otros caracteres que se
+utilizan para marcar el inicio y el final de las subfórmulas. Esta
+fórmula tiene tres conjuntos de paréntesis que delimitan las tres
+subfórmulas.
+
+ (z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
+
+No es necesario que los delimitadores coincidan, por lo que puedes
+ingresar ‘\( [0,1) \)’.
+
+ Estos son los delimitadores comunes.:
+
+DelimitadorComando Nombre
+------------------------------------------------------
+( ‘(’ Paréntesis izquierdo
+) ‘)’ Paréntesis derecho
+\} ‘{’ o Llave izquierda
+ ‘\lbrace’
+\{ ‘}’ o Llave derecha
+ ‘\rbrace’
+[ ‘[’ o Corchete izquierdo
+ ‘\lbrack’
+] ‘]’ o Corchete derecho
+ ‘\rbrack’
+⌊ ‘\lfloor’ Left floor bracket
+⌋ ‘\rfloor’ Soporte de piso derecho
+⌈ ‘\lceil’ Soporte superior izquierdo
+⌉ ‘\rceil’ Soporte superior derecho
+⟨ ‘\langle’ Paréntesis angular
+ izquierdo
+⟩ ‘\rangle’ Soporte angular derecho
+/ ‘/’ Barra o barra inclinada
+\ ‘\backslash’ Barra invertida o barra
+ invertida
+| ‘|’ o Barra vertical
+ ‘\vert’
+‖ ‘\|’ o Barra vertical doble
+ ‘\Vert’
+
+ El paquete ‘mathtools’ te permite crear comandos para pares
+delimitadores. Por ejemplo, si pones
+‘\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}’ en tu preámbulo entonces
+obtienes dos comandos para barras verticales de una sola línea (solo
+funcionan en modo matemático). La forma con estrella, como
+‘\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}’, tiene la altura de las barras verticales coincide
+con la altura del argumento. La forma sin estrella, como
+‘\abs{\frac{22}{7}}’, tiene las barras fijas a una altura
+predeterminada. Esta forma acepta un argumento opcional, como en el
+‘\abs[COMANDO SIZE]{\frac{22}{7}}’, donde la altura de las barras se da
+en COMANDO SIZE, como ‘\Bigg’. Usando en su lugar ‘\lVert’ y ‘\rVert’
+como símbolos te darán un símbolo de norma con el mismo comportamiento.
+
+16.2.5.1 ‘\left’ y ‘\right’
+...........................
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \left DELIMITER1 ... \right DELIMITER2
+
+ Crea paréntesis, llaves u otros delimitadores coincidentes. LaTeX
+hace los delimitadores lo suficientemente altos como para cubrir el
+tamaño de la fórmula que ellos encierran.
+
+ Esto crea un vector unitario rodeado por paréntesis lo
+suficientemente alto como para cubrir las entradas.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left(\begin{array}{c}
+ 1 \\
+ 0 \\
+ \end{array}\right)
+ \end{equation}
+
+ *Note Delimitadores::, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes.
+
+ Cada ‘\left’ debe tener un ‘\right’ coincidente. En el ejemplo
+anterior, al omitir ‘\left(’ aparece el mensaje de error ‘Extra \right’.
+Omitir el ‘\right)’ obtiene ‘No puedes usar `\eqno' en modo matemático’.
+
+ Sin embargo, DELIMITER1 y DELIMITER2 no necesitan coincidir. Una
+caso común es que deseas un aparato ortopédico sin igual, como se
+muestra a continuación. Usa un punto, ‘.’, como “delimitador nulo”.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll}
+ 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\
+ f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else}
+ \end{array}\right.
+ \end{equation}
+
+Ten en cuenta que para obtener una llave como delimitador, los debes
+prefijar con una barra invertida, ‘\{’ (*note Caracteres reservados::).
+(Los paquetes ‘amsmath’ y ‘mathtools’ te permiten obtener la
+construcción anterior a través de un entorno ‘cases’).
+
+ El par ‘\left ... \right’ forma un grupo. Una consecuencia es que la
+fórmula encerrada en el par ‘\left ... \right’ no puede tener saltos de
+línea en la salida. Esto incluye saltos de línea manuales y automáticos
+generados por LaTeX. En este ejemplo, LaTeX rompe la ecuación para que
+la fórmula se ajuste a los márgenes.
+
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+ \( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \)
+
+Pero con ‘\left’ y ‘\right’
+
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+ \( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \)
+
+LaTeX no romperá la línea, lo que hará que la fórmula se extienda al
+margen.
+
+ Porque ‘\left ... \right’ hace un grupo, todas las reglas de
+agrupación usuales se mantienen. Aquí, el valor de ‘\testlength’
+establecido dentro de la ecuación se olvidará y la salida es ‘1.2pt’.
+
+ \newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt}
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right)
+ \the\testlength
+ \end{equation}
+
+ El par ‘\left ... \right’ afecta el espaciado horizontal de la
+fórmula adjunta, de dos maneras. La primera es que en ‘\( \sin(x) =
+\sin\left(x\right) \)’ el que está después del signo igual tiene más
+espacio alrededor del ‘x’. Eso es porque ‘\left( ... \right)’ inserta
+un nodo interno mientras que ‘( ... )’ inserta un nodo de apertura. La
+segunda forma en que el par afecta el espacio horizontal es que debido a
+que forman un grupo, la subfórmula adjunta se escribirá en su forma de
+ancho natural, sin estirar ni encoger para que la línea se ajuste mejor.
+
+ TeX escala los delimitadores según la altura y la profundidad de la
+fórmula adjunta. Aquí LaTeX aumenta los corchetes para extender la
+altura de la integral.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right]
+ \end{equation}
+
+ El tamaño manual a menudo es mejor. Por ejemplo, aunque por debajo
+de la regla no tiene profundidad, TeX creará delimitadores que se
+extienden muy por debajo de la regla.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right)
+ \end{equation}
+
+TeX puede elegir delimitadores que son demasiado pequeños, como en ‘\(
+\left| |x|+|y| \right| \)’. También puede elegir delimitadores
+demasiado grandes, como aquí.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right)
+ \end{equation}
+
+Un tercer caso incómodo es cuando una fórmula que se muestra durante
+mucho tiempo está en más de una línea y debe hacer coincidir los tamaños
+del delimitador de apertura y cierre; no puedes usar ‘\left’ en la
+primera línea y ‘\right’ en la última porque deben estar emparejados.
-17.3 Funciones Matemáticas
+ Para cambiar manualmente el tamaño de los delimitadores, *note \bigl
+y \bigr etc.::.
+
+16.2.5.2 ‘\bigl’, ‘\bigr’, etc.
+...............................
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \bigl DELIMITER1 ... \bigr DELIMITER2
+ \Bigl DELIMITER1 ... \bigr DELIMITER2
+ \biggl DELIMITER1 ... \biggr DELIMITER2
+ \Biggl DELIMITER1 ... \Biggr DELIMITER2
+
+(como con ‘\bigl[...\bigr]’; estrictamente hablando, no necesitan
+coincidir, ve más abajo), o uno de:
+
+ \bigm DELIMITER
+ \Bigm DELIMITER
+ \biggm DELIMITER
+ \Biggm DELIMITER
+
+(como con ‘\bigm|’), o uno de:
+
+ \big DELIMITER
+ \Big DELIMITER
+ \bigg DELIMITER
+ \Bigg DELIMITER
+
+(como con ‘\\big[’).
+
+ Produce delimitadores de tamaño manual. Para delimitadores que son
+tamaño automático *note \left y \right::).
+
+ Esto produce barras verticales exteriores ligeramente más grandes.
+
+ \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
+
+ Los comandos anteriores se enumeran en orden de tamaño creciente.
+Puedes usar el tamaño más pequeño como ‘\bigl...\bigr’ en un párrafo sin
+causar que LaTeX separe las líneas. Los tamaños más grandes están
+destinados para las ecuaciones mostradas.
+
+ *Note Delimitadores::, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes. En la familia de comandos con ‘l’ o ‘r’, DELIMITER1 y
+DELIMITER2 no necesita coincidir.
+
+ Los comandos ‘l’ y ‘r’ producen delimitadores abiertos y cerrados que
+no insertan ningún espacio horizontal entre un átomo precedente y el
+delimitador, mientras que los comandos sin ‘l’ y ‘r’ insertan algunos
+espacios (porque cada delimitador se establece como una variable
+ordinaria). Compara estos dos.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{l}
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % bien
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % mal
+ \end{tabular}
+
+El tratamiento tipográfico tradicional está en la primera línea. Sobre
+la segunda línea, la salida tendrá algo de espacio extra entre la ‘\sin’
+y el que apoya una moción paréntesis de apertura.
+
+ Los comandos sin ‘l’ o ‘r’ dan el espacio correcto en algunas
+circunstancias, como con esta gran línea vertical
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b
+ \end{equation}
+
+(muchos autores reemplazarían ‘\frac’ con el comando ‘\tfrac’ del
+paquete ‘amsmath’), y como con esta barra inclinada más grande.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1
+ \end{equation}
+
+ A diferencia del par ‘\left...\right’ (*note \left y \right::), los
+comandos aquí con ‘l’ o ‘r’ no forman un grupo. Estrictamente hablando,
+no es necesario que coincidan para que puedas escribir algo como esto.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \Biggl[ \pi/6 ]
+ \end{equation}
+
+ Los comandos con ‘m’ son para relaciones, que están en medio de
+fórmulas, como aquí.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i<n}3i^2+4 \biggr\}
+ \end{equation}
+
+16.2.6 Puntos, horizontales o verticales
+----------------------------------------
+
+Las elipsis son los tres puntos (generalmente tres) que indican que un
+patrón continúa.
+
+ \begin{array}{cccc}
+ a_{0,0} &a_{0,1} &a_{0,2} &\ldots \\
+ a_{1,0} &\ddots \\
+ \vdots
+ \end{array}
+
+ LaTeX proporciona estos.
+
+‘\cdots’
+ Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro
+ de la línea, como en ⋯. Usado como: ‘\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1}
+ \)’.
+
+‘\ddots’
+ Puntos suspensivos diagonales, ⋱. Ve el arreglo del ejemplo
+ anterior para un uso.
+
+‘\ldots’
+‘\mathellipsis’
+‘\dots’
+ Puntos suspensivos en la línea base, …. Usado como: ‘\( x_0,\ldots
+ x_{n-1} \)’. Otro ejemplo es el arreglo del ejemplo anterior. Los
+ sinónimos son ‘\mathellipsis’ y ‘\dots’. Un sinónimo de el paquete
+ ‘amsmath’ es ‘\hdots’.
+
+ También puedes usar este comando fuera del texto matemático, como
+ en ‘Los engranajes, frenos, \ldots{} están todos rotos’.
+
+‘\vdots’
+ Puntos suspensivos verticales, ⋮. Ve el arreglo del ejemplo
+ anterior para un uso.
+
+ El paquete ‘amsmath’ tiene el comando ‘\dots’ para semánticamente
+marcar puntos suspensivos. Este ejemplo produce dos salidas de aspecto
+diferente para los dos primeros usos del comando ‘\dots’.
+
+ \usepackage{amsmath} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+
+ Supongamos que \( p_0, p_1, \dots, p_{n-1} \) enumera todos los
+ números primos. Observa que \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_{n-1} +1
+ \) no es un múltiplo de cualquier \( p_i \).
+ Conclusión: hay infinitos números primos \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
+
+En la primera línea, LaTeX busca la coma que sigue a ‘\dots’ para
+determinar que debe generar puntos suspensivos en la línea base. El
+segundo tiene un ‘\cdot’ después de ‘\dots’ por lo que LaTeX genera un
+puntos suspensivos que están en el eje matemático, centrados
+verticalmente. Sin embargo, el tercer uso no tiene un carácter de
+seguimiento, por lo que debes decirle a LaTeX qué hacer. Puedes usar
+uno de los comandos: ‘\dotsc’ si necesitas los puntos suspensivos
+apropiados para una coma después, ‘\dotsb’ si necesitas los puntos
+suspensivos que se ajustan cuando los puntos van seguidos de un operador
+binario o símbolo de relación, ‘\dotsi’ para puntos con integrales, o
+‘\dotso’ para otros.
+
+ El comando ‘\dots’ de ‘amsmath’ difiere de otra manera del comando
+‘\dots’ del kernel de LaTeX: emite un espacio delgado después de los
+puntos suspensivos. Además, el paquete ‘unicode-math’ automáticamente
+carga ‘amsmath’, por lo que ‘\dots’ del ‘amsmath’ puede estar activo
+incluso cuando no lo cargaste explícitamente, cambiando así la salida de
+‘\dots’ tanto en modo de texto como matemático.
+
+ Aún más sobre los comandos de puntos suspensivos: cuando se ejecuta
+bajo motores Unicode (‘lualatex’, ‘xelatex’), LaTeX usará el carácter de
+puntos suspensivos Unicode (U+2026) en el tipo de letra, si está
+disponible; bajo motores TeX tradicionales (‘pdflatex’, ‘latex’),
+compondrá tipográficamente tres puntos espaciados. En general, los
+puntos suspensivos Unicode de un solo carácter casi no tienen espacio
+entre los tres puntos, mientras que el espaciado de los puntos
+suspensivos no Unicode es más flexible, más de acuerdo con la tipografía
+tradicional.
+
+16.2.7 Letras griegas
+---------------------
+
+Las versiones en mayúsculas de estas letras griegas solo se muestran
+cuando difieren de las mayúsculas romanas.
+
+Symbol Command Name
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+α ‘\alpha’ Alpha
+β ‘\beta’ Beta
+γ, Γ ‘\gamma’, ‘\Gamma’ Gamma
+δ, Δ ‘\delta’, ‘\Delta’ Delta
+ε, ϵ ‘\varepsilon’, Epsilon
+ ‘\epsilon’
+ζ ‘\zeta’ Zeta
+η ‘\eta’ Eta
+θ, ϑ ‘\theta’, Theta
+ ‘\vartheta’
+ι ‘\iota’ Iota
+κ ‘\kappa’ Kappa
+λ, Λ ‘\lambda’, ‘\Lambda’ Lambda
+μ ‘\mu’ Mu
+ν ‘\nu’ Nu
+ξ, Ξ ‘\xi’, ‘\Xi’ Xi
+π, Π ‘\pi’, ‘\Pi’ Pi
+ρ, ϱ ‘\rho’, ‘\varrho’ Rho
+σ, Σ ‘\sigma’, ‘\Sigma’ Sigma
+τ ‘\tau’ Tau
+ϕ, φ, ‘\phi’, ‘\varphi’, Phi
+Φ ‘\Phi’
+χ ‘\chi’ chi
+ψ, Ψ ‘\psi’, ‘\Psi’ Psi
+ω, Ω ‘\omega’, ‘\Omega’ Omega
+
+ Para ómicron, si estás utilizando la letra Computer Modern
+predeterminada de LaTeX luego ingresa ómicron como ‘o’ o ‘O’. Si te
+gusta tener el nombre o si tu letra muestra una diferencia, entonces
+puedes usar algo como ‘\newcommand\omicron{o}’. El paquete
+‘unicode-math’ tiene ‘\upomicron’ para omicron vertical y ‘\mitomicron’
+para matemáticas itálicas.
+
+ Mientras que el símbolo de relación de pertenencia establecida ∈
+generado por ‘\in’ está relacionado con epsilon, nunca se usa para una
+variable.
+
+16.3 Funciones matemáticas
==========================
-Estas instrucciones producen nombres de función romanos en modo math con
-el espaciado adecuado.
+Estos comandos producen nombres de funciones romanas en modo matemático
+con espaciado.
‘\arccos’
- \arccos
+ coseno inverso
‘\arcsin’
- \arcsin
+ Seno inverso
‘\arctan’
- \arctan
+ Tangente inversa
‘\arg’
- \arg
+ Ángulo entre el eje real y un punto en el plano complejo
‘\bmod’
- Operador residuo binario (x \bmod y)
+ Operador módulo binario, usado como en ‘\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)’
‘\cos’
- \cos
+ Coseno
‘\cosh’
- \cosh
+ Coseno hiperbólico
‘\cot’
- \cos
+ Cotangente
‘\coth’
- \cosh
+ Cotangente hiperbólico
‘\csc’
- \csc
+ Cosecante
‘\deg’
- \deg
+ Grados
‘\det’
- \deg
+ Determinante
‘\dim’
- \dim
+ Dimensión
‘\exp’
- \exp
+ Exponencial
‘\gcd’
- \gcd
+ Máximo común divisor
‘\hom’
- \hom
+ Homomorfismo
‘\inf’
- \inf
+ Infimum
‘\ker’
- \ker
+ Kernel
‘\lg’
- \lg
+ Logaritmo en base 2
‘\lim’
- \lim
+ Límite
‘\liminf’
- \liminf
+ Límite inferior
‘\limsup’
- \limsup
+ Límite superior
‘\ln’
- \ln
+ Logaritmo natural
‘\log’
- \log
+ Logaritmo
‘\max’
- \max
+ Máximo
‘\min’
- \min
+ Mínimo
-‘\pmod’
- residuo entre paréntesis, como en (\pmod 2^n - 1)
+‘Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en \( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)’
‘\Pr’
- \Pr
+ Probabilidad
‘\sec’
- \sec
+ Secante
‘\sin’
- \sin
+ Seno
‘\sinh’
- \sinh
+ Seno hiperbólico
‘\sup’
- sup
+ Supremum sup
‘\tan’
- \tan
+ Tangente
‘\tanh’
- \tanh
+ Tangente hiperbólica
+
+ El paquete ‘amsmath’ agrega mejoras en algunos de estos, y también te
+permite definir el tuyo propio. La documentación completa está en CTAN,
+pero brevemente, puedes definir un operador de identidad con
+‘\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}’ que es como los de arriba pero se
+imprime como ‘id’. La forma estrellada ‘\DeclareMathOperator*{\op}{op}’
+establece cualquier superíndice o subíndice para estar arriba y abajo,
+como es tradicional con ‘\lim’, ‘\sup’ o ‘\max’.
-17.4 Acentos Matemáticos
+16.4 Acentos matemáticos
========================
-LaTeX proporciona una variedad de instrucciones para producir letras
-acentuadas en matemáticas. Son distintas de los acentos en un texto
-normal (*note Acentos::).
+LaTeX proporciona una variedad de comandos para producir letras
+acentuadas en matemáticas. Estos son diferentes de los acentos en el
+texto normal. (*note Acentos::).
‘\acute’
- Acento agudo en modo Math: \acute{x}.
+ Acento agudo matemático
‘\bar’
- Acento barra horizontal (macrón) en modo Math: \bar{x}.
+ Acento de barra de matemáticas
‘\breve’
- Acento breve en modo Math: \breve{x}.
+ Acento matemático breve
‘\check’
- Acento de verificación háček en modo Math: \check{x}.
-‘\ddot’
- Acento diéresis en modo Math: \ddot{x}.
+‘\ddots’
‘\dot’
- Acento punto superior en modo Math: \dot{x}.
‘\grave’
- Acento grave en modo Math: \grave{x}.
‘\hat’
- Acento circunflejo en modo Math: \hat{x}.
-
-‘\imath’
- i sin punto en modo Math.
+ Acento de sombrero de matemáticas (circunflejo)
-‘\jmath’
- j sin punto en modo Math.
+‘\mathring’
+ Acento de anillo matemático
‘\tilde’
- Acento tilde en modo Math: \tilde{x}.
+ Acento de tilde matemática
‘\vec’
- Símbolo de vector en modo Math: \vec{x}.
+ símbolo de vector de matemáticas
‘\widehat’
- Acento circunflejo amplio en modo Math: \widehat{x+y}.
+ Acento de sombrero ancho de matemáticas
‘\widetilde’
- Acento tilde amplia en modo Math: \widetilde{x+y}.
+ Acento de tilde ancho de matemáticas
-17.5 Espacios en Modo Math
-==========================
+ Cuando pones un acento en una i o una j, la tradición es usar uno sin
+punto, ‘\imath’ o ‘jmath’ (*note Símbolos matemáticos::).
+
+16.5 Sobre y subrayado
+======================
+
+LaTeX proporciona comandos para hacer líneas superpuestas o subrayadas,
+o poner llaves sobre o debajo de algún material.
+
+‘\underline{TEXT}’
+ TEXT subrayado. Funciona dentro y fuera del modo matemático. La
+ línea siempre está completamente debajo del texto, teniendo en
+ cuenta descendientes, por lo que en ‘\(\underline{y}\)’ la línea es
+ más baja que en ‘\(\underline{x}\)’. Este comando es frágil (*note
+ \protect::).
+
+ Ten en cuenta que el paquete ‘ulem’ subraya el modo de texto y
+ permite salto de línea, así como una serie de otras
+ características. Ve la documentación en CTAN. También *note
+ \hrulefill y \dotfill:: para producir una línea, para cosas como
+ una firma.
+
+‘\overline{TEXT}’
+ Coloca una línea horizontal sobre TEXT. Funciona dentro y fuera
+ del modo matemático. Por ejemplo, ‘\overline{x+y}’. Ten en cuenta
+ que esto difiere del comando ‘\bar’ (*note Acentos matemáticos::).
+
+‘\underbrace{MATH}’
+ Pone una llave debajo de MATH. Por ejemplo, este
+ ‘(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)’ enfatiza la parte telescópica.
+ Adjunta texto a la llave usando el comando de subíndice, ‘_’ o
+ superíndice, ‘^’, como aquí.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ 1+1/2+\underbrace{1/3+1/4}_{>1/2}+
+ \underbrace{1/5+1/6+1/7+1/8}_{>1/2}+\cdots
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+ El superíndice aparece encima de la expresión, por lo que se puede
+ ver desconectado de la llave inferior.
+
+‘\overbrace{MATH}’
+ Pone una llave sobre MATH, como con
+ ‘\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}’. Ve también
+ ‘\underbrace’.
+
+ El paquete ‘mathtools’ agrega una llave superior e inferior, así como
+algunas mejoras en los corchetes. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+
+16.6 Espaciado en modo matemático
+=================================
-En un entorno ‘math’, LaTeX ignora los espacios que usted escriba y
-coloca espacios de acuerdo a las reglas normales para texto matemático.
-Si desea un espaciado diferente, LaTeX proporciona las siguientes
-instrucciones para su uso en modo matemático:
+Al componer matemáticas, LaTeX pone espacios de acuerdo con las reglas
+normales para textos de matemáticas. Si ingresas ‘y=m x’ entonces LaTeX
+ignora el espacio y en la salida la m está al lado de la x, como y=mx.
+
+ Pero las reglas de LaTeX ocasionalmente necesitan ajustes. Por
+ejemplo, en una integral la tradición es poner un pequeño espacio extra
+entre el ‘f(x)’ y el ‘dx’, aquí hecho con el comando ‘\,’:
+
+ \int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
+
+ LaTeX proporciona los siguientes comandos para usar en modo
+matemático. Muchas de estas definiciones de espaciado se expresan en
+términos de la unidad matemática “mu”. Se define como 1/18em, donde el
+em se toma de la familia actual de símbolos matemáticos (*note Unidades
+de longitud::). Así, un ‘\thickspace’ es algo así como 5/18 veces el
+ancho de una ‘M’.
‘\;’
- Un espacio de grosor (5\over18\,cuádruple).
+
+ Sinónimo: ‘\thickspace’. Normalmente ‘5.0mu plus 5.0mu’. Con el
+ paquete ‘amsmath’, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se
+ puede utilizar tanto en modo texto como en modo matemático; de lo
+ contrario, en modo matemático solamente.
+
+‘\negthickspace’
+ Normalmente ‘-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’. Con el paquete
+ ‘amsmath’, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se puede usar
+ en modo texto así como en modo matemático; de lo contrario, solo en
+ modo matemático.
+
‘\:’
‘\>’
- Ambos producen un espacio medio (2\over9\,cuádruple).
-‘\,’
- Un espacio fino (1\over6\,cuádruple); no se limita a modo
+ Sinónimo: ‘\medspace’. Normalmente ‘4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’.
+ Con el paquete ‘amsmath’, o a partir del 2020-10-01 la versión de
+ LaTeX, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto como en modo
+ matemático; antes de eso, solo en modo matemático.
+
+‘\negmedspace’
+ Normalmente ‘-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu’. Con el paquete
+ ‘amsmath’, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se puede usar
+ en modo texto así como modo matemático; antes de eso, solo en modo
matemático.
+
+‘\,’
+ Sinónimo: ‘\thinspace’. Normalmente ‘3mu’, que es 1/6em. Se puede
+ usar tanto en modo matemático como en modo texto (*note \thinspace
+ y \negthinspace::).
+
+ Este espacio es muy utilizado, por ejemplo entre la función y el
+ infinitesimal en una integral ‘\int f(x)\,dx’ y, si un autor hace
+ esto, antes de la puntuación en una ecuación mostrada.
+
+ La antiderivada es
+ \begin{equation}
+ 3x^{-1/2}+3^{1/2}\,.
+ \end{equation}
+ \end{equation}
+
‘\!’
- Un espacio fino negativo (-{1\over6}\,cuádruple).
+ Sinónimo: ‘\negthinspace’. Un espacio delgado negativo.
+ Normalmente ‘-3mu’. Con el paquete ‘amsmath’, o a partir de la
+ versión 2020-10-01 de LaTeX, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto
+ como en modo matemático; de lo contrario, el comando ‘\!’ es solo
+ modo matemático, pero el comando ‘\negthinspace’ también ha
+ funcionado siempre en modo texto (*note \thinspace y
+ \negthinspace::).
+
+‘\quad’
+ Esto es 18mu, es decir, 1em. Esto se usa a menudo para el espacio
+ ecuaciones o expresiones circundantes, por ejemplo para el espacio
+ entre dos ecuaciones dentro de un entorno ‘displaymath’. Está
+ disponible tanto en modo de texto como matemático.
+
+‘\qquad’
+ Una longitud de 2 quads, es decir, 36mu = 2em. Esta disponible en
+ modo texto y modo matemático.
+
+16.6.1 ‘\smash’
+---------------
-17.6 Miscelánea Math
-====================
+Sinopsis:
-‘\*’
- Un símbolo de multiplicación “discrecional”, en el que se permiten
- saltos de línea.
+ \smash{SUBFORMULA}
-‘\cdots’
- Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro
- de la línea.
+ Escribe SUBFORMULA como si su altura y profundidad fuera cero.
-‘\ddots’
- Puntos suspensivos en diagonal: \ddots.
+ En este ejemplo, la exponencial es tan alta que sin el comando
+‘\smash’ LaTeX separaría su línea de la línea por encima de él, y el
+espaciado desigual de las líneas puede resultar antiestético.
-‘\frac{num}{den}’
- Produce la fracción ‘num’ dividida entre ‘den’.
+ Para calcular la tetración $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+ evaluar de arriba hacia abajo, como $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
-‘\left DELIMITADOR1 ... \right DELIMITADOR2’
- Los dos delimitadores no necesitan coincidir; ‘.’ actúa como un
- delimitador nulo, sin producir salida. Los delimitadores son del
- tamaño de acuerdo a las matemáticas en el medio. Ejemplo: ‘\left(
- \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]’.
+ (Debido al ‘\smash’, la expresión impresa se podría encontrar con la
+línea anterior, por lo que es posible que desees esperar hasta la
+versión final del documento para hacer tales ajustes).
-‘\overbrace{TEXTO}’
- Genera un par de TEXTO más. Por ejemplo, \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k
- \rm\;veces}.
+ Esto representa el efecto de ‘\smash’ usando ‘\fbox’ para rodear el
+cuadro que LaTeX pondrá en la línea. El comando ‘\blackbar’ crea una
+barra que se extiende desde 10 puntos debajo la línea base a 20 puntos
+arriba.
-‘\overline{TEXTO}’
- Genera una línea horizontal sobre TEXO. Por ejemplo,
- \overline{x+y}.
+ \newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+ \fbox{\blackbar}
+ \fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
-‘\sqrt[RAÍZ]{argumento}’
- Produce la representación de la raíz cuadrada de ARGUMENTO. El
- argumento opcional RAÍZ determina qué raíz producir. Por ejemplo,
- la raíz cúbica de ‘x+y’ se escribe como ‘$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$’.
+ El primer cuadro que coloca LaTeX tiene una altura de 20 puntos y
+10 puntos de profundidad. Pero el segundo cuadro es tratado por LaTeX
+como teniendo cero altura y cero profundidad, a pesar de que la tinta
+impresa en la página aún se extiende muy por encima y por debajo de la
+línea.
-‘\stackrel{TEXTO}{RELACIÓN}’
- Coloca el TEXTO sobre la RELACIÓN.
+ El comando ‘\smash’ aparece a menudo en matemáticas para ajustar el
+tamaño de un elemento que rodea una subfórmula. Aquí el primer radical
+se extiende por debajo de la línea base mientras que el segundo se
+encuentra justo en la línea base.
- Por ejemplo, ‘\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}’.
+ \begin{equation}
+ \sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)}
+ \sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)}
+ \end{equation}
-‘\underbrace{matemáticas}’
- Genera MATEMÁTICAS con una llave por debajo.
+ Ten en cuenta el uso de ‘\\vphantom’ para dar al comando ‘\sqrt’ un
+argumento con la altura de ‘\sum’ (*note \phantom - \vphantom y
+\hphantom::).
-‘\underline{text}’
- Provoca que se subraye el TEXTO, el cual bien puede estar en modo
- math o no. La línea siempre está por debajo del texto, teniendo en
- cuenta los descendientes.
+ Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres
+pueden aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que LaTeX
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con ‘\leavevmode’.
-‘\vdots’
- Produce puntos suspensivos verticales.
+ xxx xxx xxx
+
+ \smash{yyy} % sin sangría de párrafo
+
+ \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % sangría de párrafo habitual
+
+ El paquete ‘mathtools’ tiene operadores que brindan control sobre
+romper un cuadro de subfórmula.
+
+16.6.2 ‘\phantom’, ‘\vphantom’ y ‘\hphantom’
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \phantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+ o
+
+ \vphantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+ o
+
+ \hphantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+ El comando ‘\phantom’ crea un cuadro con la misma altura, profundidad
+y ancho como SUBFORMULA, pero vacío. Es decir, este comando provoca que
+LaTeX escriba el espacio pero no lo llena con el material. Aquí LaTeX
+pondrá una línea en blanco con el ancho correcto para la respuesta, pero
+no mostrará esa respuesta.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}}
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+ La variante ‘\vphantom’ produce un cuadro invisible con el mismo
+tamaño vertical que SUBFORMULA, la misma altura y profundidad, pero
+teniendo ancho cero. Y ‘\hphantom’ crea un cuadro con el mismo ancho
+que SUBFORMULA pero con altura y profundidad cero.
+
+ En este ejemplo, la torre de exponentes en la segunda expresión del
+sumando es tan alto que TeX coloca esta expresión más abajo que su
+predeterminado. Sin ajuste, las dos expresiones de sumando estarían en
+niveles diferentes. El ‘\vphantom’ en la primera expresión dice a TeX
+que deje tanto espacio vertical como para la torre, por lo que las dos
+expresiones salen al mismo nivel.
+
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}}
+ \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j
+ \end{displaymath}
+
+ Estos comandos a menudo se usan junto con ‘\smash’. *Note \smash::,
+que incluye otro ejemplo de ‘\vphantom’.
+
+ Los tres comandos fantasma aparecen a menudo, pero ten en cuenta que
+LaTeX proporciona un conjunto de otros comandos para trabajar con
+tamaños de caja que pueden ser más convenientes, incluyendo ‘\makebox’
+(*note \mbox y \makebox::) también como ‘\settodepth’ (*note
+\settodepth::), ‘\settoheight’ (*note \settoheight::), y ‘\settowidth’
+(*note \settowidth::). Además, el paquete ‘mathtools’ tiene muchos
+comandos que ofrecen control detallado sobre el espaciado.
+
+ Los tres comandos producen una caja ordinaria, sin ningún estado de
+matemáticas especial. Entonces, para hacer algo como adjuntar un
+superíndice, deberías darle ese estado, por ejemplo con el comando
+‘\operatorname’ del paquete ‘amsmath’.
+
+ Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres
+pueden aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que LaTeX
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con ‘\leavevmode’.
+
+16.6.3 ‘\mathstrut’
+-------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \mathstrut
+
+ El análogo de ‘\strut’ para matemáticas. *Note \strut::.
+
+ La entrada ‘$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$’ da salida donde el segundo
+radical es más alto que el primero. Para agregar espacio vertical
+adicional sin ningún espacio horizontal, para que los dos tengan la
+misma altura, usa ‘$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$’.
+
+ El comando ‘\mathstrut’ agrega la altura vertical de un paréntesis de
+apertura, ‘(’, pero sin espacio horizontal. Se define como
+‘\vphantom{(}’, así que *note \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom:: para
+más. Una ventaja sobre ‘\strut’ es que ‘\mathstrut’ no agrega
+profundidad, que suele ser lo correcto para las fórmulas. Usar la
+altura de un paréntesis de apertura es solo una convención; para un
+control completo sobre la cantidad de espacio, usa ‘\rule’ con un ancho
+cero. *Note \rule::.
+
+16.7 Estilos math
+=================
+
+Las reglas de TeX para escribir una fórmula dependen del contexto. Por
+ejemplo, dentro de una ecuación mostrada, la entrada ‘\sum_{0\leq
+i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{términos de orden inferior}’ dará
+salida con el índice de suma centrado debajo del símbolo de suma. Pero
+si esa entrada está en línea, entonces el índice de suma está a la
+derecha en lugar de debajo, por lo que no empujará aparte las líneas.
+Del mismo modo, en un contexto mostrado, los símbolos en el numerador y
+el denominador será más grande que para un contexto en línea, y en
+mostrar subíndices matemáticos y los superíndices están más separados
+que en matemáticas en línea.
+
+ TeX usa cuatro estilos matemáticos.
+
+ • El estilo de visualización es para una fórmula que se muestra en
+ una línea por sí misma, como con ‘\begin{equation} ...
+ \end{equation}’.
+
+ • El estilo de texto es para una fórmula en línea, como con ‘así que
+ tenemos $ ... $’.
+
+ • El estilo de escritura es para partes de una fórmula en un
+ subíndice o superíndice.
+
+ • El estilo Scriptscript es para partes de una fórmula en un segundo
+ nivel (o más) de subíndice o superíndice.
+
+ TeX determina un estilo matemático predeterminado, pero lo puedes
+redefinir con una declaración de ‘\displaystyle’, o ‘\textstyle’, o
+‘\scriptstyle’ o ‘\scriptscriptstyle’.
+
+ En este ejemplo, la fracción de la línea ‘Arithmetic’ se verá
+arrugada.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{r|cc}
+ \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline
+ Arithmetic &$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$
+ &$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\
+ Geometric &$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1}$
+ &$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\
+ \end{tabular}
+
+Pero debido a la declaración ‘\displaystyle’, la fracción de la línea
+‘Geometric’ será fácil de leer, con caracteres del mismo tamaño que en
+el resto de la línea.
+
+ Otro ejemplo es que, en comparación con la misma entrada sin la
+declaración, el resultado de
+
+ obtenemos
+ $\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$
+
+tendrá un signo integral que es mucho más alto. Ten en cuenta que aquí
+el ‘\displaystyle’ se aplica solo a una parte de la fórmula, y está
+delimitado por estar dentro de llaves, como ‘{\displaystyle ...}’.
+
+ El último ejemplo es una fracción continua.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ a_0+\frac{1}{
+ \displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
+ \displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{
+ \displaystyle a_3}}}
+ \end{equation}
+
+Sin las declaraciones de ‘\displaystyle’, los denominadores serían
+establecido en estilo script y estilo scriptscript. (El ‘\mathstrut’
+mejora la altura de los denominadores; *note \mathstrut::).
+
+16.8 Miscelánea matemática
+==========================
+
+LaTeX contiene una amplia variedad de funciones matemáticas. Aquí están
+algunas que no encajan en otras categorías.
+
+16.8.1 Carácter de dos puntos ‘:’ y ‘\colon’
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ :
+ \colon
+
+ En matemáticas, el carácter de dos puntos, ‘:’, es una relación.
+
+ Con proporciones laterales \( 3:4 \) y \( 4:5 \), el triángulo es
+ correcto.
+
+LaTeX ordinario define ‘\colon’ para producir el carácter de dos puntos
+con el espacio apropiado para la puntuación, como en la notación de
+creación de conjuntos ‘\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}’.
+
+ Pero el paquete ‘amsmath’ ampliamente utilizado define ‘\colon’ para
+su uso en la definición de funciones ‘f\colon D\to C’. Así que si
+quieres el carácter de dos puntos como puntuación y entonces usa
+‘\mathpunct{:}’.
+
+16.8.2 ‘\*’
+-----------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \*
+
+ Un símbolo de multiplicación que permite un salto de línea. Si hay
+un salto entonces LaTeX pone un símbolo ‘\times’, ×, antes de ese salto.
+
+ En ‘\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)’, si no hay salto de línea, entonces
+LaTeX los muestra como si fuera ‘\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)’. Si ocurre un
+salto de línea, por ejemplo, entre los dos del medio, entonces LaTeX lo
+establece como ‘\( A_1 A_2 \times \)’, seguido por el salto, seguido de
+‘\( A_3 A_4 \)’.
+
+16.8.3 ‘\frac’
+--------------
-18 Modos
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \frac{NUMERATOR}{DENOMINATOR}
+
+ Produce la fracción. Usado como: ‘\begin{displaymath}
+\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma}} \end{displaymath}’. En el modo math en
+línea sale pequeño; ve la explicación de ‘\displaystyle’ (*note Fórmulas
+math::).
+
+16.8.4 ‘\sqrt’
+--------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \sqrt{ARG}
+ \sqrt[ROOT-NUMBER]{ARG}
+
+ La raíz cuadrada, u opcionalmente otras raíces, de ARG. El argumento
+opcional ROOT-NUMBER da la raíz, es decir, ingresa la raíz cúbica de
+‘x+y’ como ‘\sqrt[3]{x+y}’. El tamaño del radical crece con el de ARG
+(conforme la altura del radical crece, el ángulo en la parte más a la
+izquierda se hace más pronunciado, hasta que ‘arg’ es lo suficientemente
+alto, es vertical).
+
+ LaTeX tiene un símbolo ‘\surd’ separado para hacer una raíz cuadrada
+sin ARG (*note Símbolos matemáticos::).
+
+16.8.5 ‘\stackrel’
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}
+
+ Pon TEXT encima de RELATION. Para poner un nombre de función encima
+de una flecha ingresa ‘\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}’.
+
+17 Modos
********
-Cuando LaTeX está procesando el texto fuente, este siempre está en uno
-de tres modos:
-
- • Modo Párrafo
- • Modo Math
- • Modo de Izquierda a derecha (Left-to-Right), llamado modo LR para
- abreviar
-
- LaTeX cambia el modo sólo cuando sube o baja una escala a un
-diferente nivel, aunque no todos los cambios de nivel producen cambios
-de modo. Los cambios de modo sólo se producen al entrar o salir de un
-entorno, o cuando LaTeX está procesando el argumento de determinadas
-instrucciones que producen texto.
-
- El “modo Párrafo” es el más común; es en el que LaTeX está cuando
-procesa texto ordinario. En ese modo, LaTeX rompe el texto en líneas y
-separa líneas en páginas. LaTeX está en “modo math” cuando está
-generando fórmulas matemáticas. En “modo LR”, como en modo párrafo,
-LaTeX considera que la salida que produce es una cadena de palabras con
-espacios entre ellas. Sin embargo, a diferencia del modo párrafo, LaTeX
-sigue yendo de izquierda a derecha; nunca inicia una nueva línea en modo
-LR. Incluso si usted pone un centenar de palabras en una ‘\mbox’, LaTeX
-mantendrá la composición de izquierda a derecha dentro de una caja
-única, y luego se quejará porque la caja resultante fue demasiado grande
-para caber en la línea.
-
- LaTeX está en modo LR cuando comienza a hacer una caja con una
-instrucción ‘\mbox’. Usted puede conseguir introducirse en un modo
-diferente dentro de la caja —por ejemplo, usted puede hacerlo entrar en
-el modo matemático para poner una fórmula en la caja. También hay
-varias instrucciones productoras de texto y entornos para hacer una caja
-que ponga a LaTeX en el modo de párrafo. La caja hecha por medio de una
-de estas instrucciones o entornos se llama ‘parbox’. Cuando LaTeX está
-en el modo de párrafo mientras que hace una caja, se dice que está en
-“modo interno de párrafo”. Su modo de párrafo normal, que se inicia
-fuera de él, se llama el “modo de párrafo externo”.
-
-19 Estilos de Página
+A medida que LaTeX procesa tu documento, en cualquier momento se
+encuentra en uno de seis modos. Se dividen en tres categorías de dos
+cada una, los modos horizontales, los modos matemáticos y los modos
+verticales. Algunos comandos solo funcionan en un modo u otro (en
+particular, muchos comandos solo funcionan en uno de los modos
+matemáticos), y los mensajes de error se referirán a estos.
+
+ • “Modo párrafo” (en TeX simple esto se llama “modo horizontal”) es
+ en lo que se encuentra LaTeX cuando procesa texto normal. Se rompe
+ el texto de entrada en líneas y encuentra las posiciones de los
+ saltos de línea, de modo que en modo vertical se pueden hacer
+ saltos de página. Este es el modo LaTeX, es en la mayor parte del
+ tiempo.
+
+ “modo LR” (para el modo de izquierda a derecha; en TeX simple esto
+ se llama “modo horizontal restringido”) está en vigor cuando se
+ inicia LaTeX hace una caja con un comando ‘\mbox’. Como en el modo
+ de párrafo, la salida de LaTeX es una cadena de palabras con
+ espacios entre ellas. A diferencia de en modo párrafo, en modo LR
+ LaTeX nunca comienza una nueva línea, simplemente continúa de
+ izquierda a derecha. (Aunque LaTeX no se quejará que la caja LR es
+ demasiado larga, cuando está terminada y luego intenta poner esa
+ caja en una línea, bien se podría quejar de que la caja LR
+ terminada no cabe allí).
+
+ • “modo matemático” es cuando LaTeX está generando una fórmula
+ matemática en línea.
+
+ “Muestra modo math” es cuando LaTeX está generando una fórmula
+ matemática. (Las fórmulas mostradas difieren un poco de las
+ fórmulas en línea. Un ejemplo es que la ubicación del subíndice en
+ ‘\int’ difiere en las dos situaciones).
+
+ • “Modo vertical” es cuando LaTeX está construyendo la lista de
+ líneas y otro material haciendo la página de salida, que comprende
+ la inserción de saltos de página. Este es el modo LaTeX, es cuando
+ se inicia un documento.
+
+ “Modo vertical interno” está en efecto cuando LaTeX comienza a
+ hacer una ‘\vbox’. No tiene saltos de página, y como tal es el
+ análogo vertical del modo LR.
+
+Por ejemplo, si comienzas un artículo de LaTeX con ‘Let \( x \) ...’
+entonces estos son los modos: primero LaTeX inicia cada documento en
+modo vertical, entonces lee la ‘L’ y cambia al modo párrafo, entonces el
+siguiente cambio ocurre en la ‘\(’ donde LaTeX cambia al modo
+matemático, y luego, cuando sale de la fórmula, parece volver al modo de
+párrafo.
+
+ El modo párrafo tiene dos subcasos. Si usas un comando ‘\parbox’ o
+un ‘minipage’ entonces LaTeX se pone en modo párrafo. Pero no pondré un
+salto de página aquí. Dentro de una de estas cajas, llamada “parbox”,
+LaTeX está en “modo de párrafo interior”. Es la situación mas usual,
+donde puedes poner saltos de página, es “modo de párrafo externo” (*note
+Salto de página::).
+
+17.1 ‘\ensuremath’
+==================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \ensuremath{FORMULA}
+
+ Se asegura de que FORMULA esté escrito en modo matemático.
+
+ Por ejemplo, puedes redefinir comandos que normalmente solo se pueden
+usar en modo matemático, para que se puedan usar tanto en matemáticas
+como en texto sin formato.
+
+ \newcommand{\dx}{\ensuremath{dx}}
+ En $\int f(x)\, \dx$, el \dx{} es un infinitesimal.
+
+ Precaución: el comando ‘\ensuremath’ es útil pero no una panacea.
+
+ \newcommand{\alf}{\ensuremath{\alpha}}
+
+ Obtienes un alfa en modo texto: \alf. Pero compara el espaciado
+ correcto en $\alf+\alf$ con el de \alf+\alf.
+
+Lo mejor es escribir cosas matemáticas en modo math.
+
+18 Estilos de página
********************
-La instrucción ‘\documentclass’ determina el tamaño y posición de las
-cabeceras y pies de página. El estilo de página determina lo que sucede
-en ellos.
+El estilo de una página determina dónde coloca LaTeX los componentes de
+esa página, como encabezados y pies de página, y el cuerpo del texto.
+Este incluye páginas en la parte principal del documento pero también
+incluye páginas especiales como la portada de un libro, una página de un
+índice o la primera página de un artículo.
-19.1 ‘\maketitle’
+ El paquete ‘fancyhdr’ se usa comúnmente para construir estilos de
+página. Ve su documentación.
+
+18.1 ‘\maketitle’
=================
-La instrucción ‘\maketitle’ genera un título en una página independiente
-— excepto en la clase ‘article’, donde se coloca el título en la parte
-superior de la primera página. La información utilizada para producir
-el título se obtiene de las siguientes declaraciones:
-
-‘\author{NOMBRE \and NOMBRE2}’
- La instrucción ‘\author’ declara los autor(es) del documento, donde
- el argumento es una lista de autores separados por instrucciones
- ‘\and’. Use ‘\\’ para separar líneas con una única entrada de
- autor —por ejemplo, para proporcionar las entidades de autor o
- dirección.
-
-‘\date{TEXTO}’
- La instrucción ‘\date’ declara el TEXTO para ser la fecha del
- documento. Sin la instrucción ‘\date’, se utiliza la fecha actual
- (*note \today::).
-
-‘\thanks{TEXTO}’
- La instrucción ‘\thanks’ produce un pie de página (‘\footnote’)
- para el título, normalmente utilizada para reconocimiento de
- créditos.
-
-‘\title{TEXTO}’
- La instrucción ‘\title’ declara TEXTO para ser el título del
- documento. Use ‘\\’ para forzar un salto de línea, de la manera
- usual.
-
-19.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \maketitle
+
+ Genera un título. En las clases estándar el título aparece en una
+página separada, excepto en la clase ‘article’ donde está en la parte
+superior de la primera página. (*Note Opciones de la clase documento::,
+para obtener información sobre la opción ‘titlepage’ de la clase
+documento).
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra que ‘\maketitle’ aparece en su lugar habitual,
+inmediatamente después de ‘\begin{document}’.
+
+ \documentclass{article} \title{Construir un reactor nuclear usando
+ solo cocos} \author{Jonas Grumby\thanks{% Con el apoyo de una beca
+ Ginger de la Roy Hinkley Society.} \\ Capitán, \textit{Minnow} \and
+ Willy Gilligan\thanks{% Gracias a la fundación Mary Ann Summers ya
+ Thurston y Lovey Howell.} \\ Compañero, \textit{Minnow} }
+ \date{1964-Sep-26} \begin{document} \maketitle Solo siéntate y
+ escucharás un cuento, el cuento de un fatídico viaje. Que partió
+ desde este puerto tropical, a bordo de este diminuto barco. El
+ compañero era un navegante poderoso, el Capitán valiente y seguro. Un
+ conjunto de cinco pasajeros navega ese día para un recorrido de tres
+ horas. Un recorrido de tres horas.
+ ...
+
+ Le dices a LaTeX la información utilizada para producir el título
+haciendo las siguientes declaraciones. Estos deben venir antes de
+‘\maketitle’, ya sea en el preámbulo o en el cuerpo del documento.
+
+‘\author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}’
+ Requerido. Declara el autor o autores del documento. El argumento
+ es un lista de autores separados por los comandos ‘\and’. Para
+ separar líneas dentro de la entrada de un solo autor, por ejemplo,
+ para dar la institución o dirección, usa una barra invertida doble,
+ ‘\\’. Si omites la declaración ‘\author’ entonces obtienes
+ ‘Advertencia LaTeX: Sin \autor dado’.
+
+‘\date{TEXT}’
+ Opcional. Declara TEXT como la fecha del documento. El TEXT no
+ necesita estar en un formato de fecha; puede ser cualquier texto.
+ Si omites ‘\date’ entonces LaTeX usa la fecha actual (*note
+ \today::). Para no tener fecha, utiliza ‘\date{}’.
+
+‘\thanks{TEXT}’
+ Opcional. Produce una nota al pie. Lo puedes usar en la
+ información del autor para agradecimientos como se ilustra arriba,
+ pero también lo puedes usar en el título, o cualquier lugar donde
+ tenga sentido una marca de nota al pie. Puede ser cualquier texto
+ en absoluto para que lo puedas usar para cualquier propósito, como
+ imprimir una dirección de correo electrónico.
+
+‘\title{TEXT}’
+ Requerido. Declara TEXT como título del documento. Obtiene un
+ salto de línea dentro de TEXT con una barra invertida doble, ‘\\’.
+ Si omites la declaración ‘\title’, entonces el comando ‘\maketitle’
+ produce el ‘Error de LaTeX: No se proporcionó \title’.
+
+ Para crear tu propia página de título, *note titlepage::. También lo
+puedes crear como único o lo puedes incluir como parte de un comando
+‘\maketitle’ renovado. (Muchos editores proporcionarán una clase para
+usar en lugar de ‘article’ que formatea el título según sus requisitos
+de la casa).
+
+18.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
=====================
Sinopsis:
- \pagenumbering{ESTILO}
+ \pagenumbering{NUMBER-STYLE}
+
+ Especifica el estilo de los números de página y restablece el número
+de página. El estilo de numeración se refleja en la página, y también
+en la tabla de contenido y otras referencias de página. Esta
+declaración tiene alcance global por lo que su efecto no se detiene por
+un final de grupo como una llave de cierre o un fin de entorno.
+
+ En este ejemplo, antes de la sección ‘Principal’ las páginas están
+numeradas ‘a’, etc. Comenzando en la página que contiene la llamada a
+‘\pagenumbering’ en esa sección, las páginas están numeradas ‘1’, etc.
+
+ \begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+ ...
+ \section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
+ ...
- Especifica el estilo de los números de página, de acuerdo a ESTILO.
-‘\pagenumbering’ tambien reinicializa le numero de pagína a 1. Los
-valores de ESTILO que se pueden utilizar son por ejemplo::
+ El argumento NUMBER-STYLE es uno de los siguientes (también *note
+\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
‘arabic’
- números arábigos
+ número arábigo: 1, 2, ...
+
‘roman’
- números romanos en minúscula
+ Números romanos en minúsculas: i, ii, ...
+
‘Roman’
- numeros romanos en mayúscula
+ Números romanos en mayúsculas: I, II, ...
+
‘alph’
- letras en minúscula
-‘Alph’
- letras en mayúscula
+ minúsculas: a, b, ... Si tienes más de 26 páginas, entonces obtén
+ ‘Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande’.
-19.3 ‘\pagestyle’
+‘Alph’
+ letras mayúsculas: A, B, ... Si tiene más de 26 páginas, entonces
+ obtienes ‘Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande’.
+
+‘gobble’
+ LaTeX no genera un número de página, aunque se reinicia. Las
+ referencias a esa página también están en blanco. (Esto no lo hace
+ trabajar con el popular paquete ‘hyperref’ para tener el número de
+ página no aparece, es posible que desees utilizar
+ ‘\pagestyle{empty}’ o ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’).
+
+ Tradicionalmente, si un documento tiene antesala—prefacio, tabla de
+contenido, etc.—entonces se numera con números romanos en minúsculas.
+El asunto principal de un documento utiliza el árabe. *Note
+\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter::.
+
+ Si deseas cambiar el lugar donde aparece el número de página en la
+página, *note \pagestyle::. Si deseas cambiar el valor del número de
+página, entonces manipula el contador ‘page’ (*note Contadores::).
+
+18.3 ‘\pagestyle’
=================
Sinopsis:
- \pagestyle{ESTILO}
+ \pagestyle{STYLE}
- La instrucción ‘\pagestyle’ especifica como se componen
-tipográficamente las cabeceras y pies de página a partir de la página
-actual. Valores para ESTILO:
+ Declaración que especifica cómo se componen los encabezados y pies de
+página, desde la página actual en adelante.
+
+ Una explicación con un ejemplo está abajo. Ten en cuenta primero que
+el paquete ‘fancyhdr’ es ahora la forma estándar de manipular
+encabezados y pies de página. Nuevos documentos que necesitan hacer
+algo diferente a una de las opciones estándar a continuación deben usar
+este paquete. Ve su documentación en CTAN.
+
+ Valores para STYLE:
‘plain’
- Únicamente un número de página sencillo.
+ El encabezado está vacío. El pie de página contiene solo un número
+ de página, centrado.
‘empty’
- Cabeceras y pies de página vacíos, por ejemplo, sin números de
- página.
+ Tanto el encabezado como el pie de página están vacíos.
‘headings’
- Coloca encabezados en cada página. El estilo de documento
- especifica lo que sucede en las cabeceras.
+ Coloca encabezados y pies de página continuos en cada página. El
+ estilo del documento especifica lo que va allí; ve la explicación a
+ continuación.
‘myheadings’
- Cabeceras personalizadas, especificadas via las instrucciones
+ Encabezados personalizados, especificados a través de los comandos
‘\markboth’ o ‘\markright’.
+ Un poco de discusión sobre la motivación del mecanismo de LaTeX te
+ayudará a trabajar con las opciones ‘headings’ o ‘myheadings’. La
+fuente del documento a continuación produce un artículo, a dos caras,
+con el estilo de página ‘headings’. En las páginas de la izquierda de
+este documento, LaTeX quiere (además del número de página) el título de
+la sección actual. En sus páginas de la derecha LaTeX quiere el título
+de la subsección actual. Cuando crea una página, LaTeX obtiene esta
+información del comandos ‘\leftmark’ y ‘\rightmark’. Así que depende de
+‘\section’ y ‘\subsection’ para almacenar esa información allí.
+
+ \documentclass[twoside]{article}
+ \pagestyle{headings}
+ \begin{document}
+ ... \section{Section 1} ... \subsection{Subsección 1.1} ...
+ \section{Sección 2}
+ ...
+ \subsection{Subsección 2.1}
+ ...
+ \subsection{Subsección 2.2}
+ ...
+
+Supongamos que la segunda sección cae en una página de la izquierda.
+Aunque cuando la página comienza en la primera sección, LaTeX pondrá
+‘Sección 2’ en el encabezado de la página izquierda. En cuanto al
+encabezado derecho, si ninguna subsección comienza antes del final de la
+página derecha, entonces LaTeX deja en blanco el encabezado de la
+derecha. Si una subsección aparece antes de terminar la página derecha
+entonces hay dos casos. Si al menos una subsección comienza en la
+página de la derecha, entonces LaTeX colocará el encabezado derecho en
+el título de la primera subsección que comienza en esa página derecha.
+Si al menos uno de 2.1, 2.2, ..., comienza en la página izquierda pero
+ninguno empieza a la derecha entonces LaTeX pone en el encabezado de la
+derecha el título del último inciso por comenzar, es decir, el que esté
+vigente durante la página de la derecha.
+
+ Para lograr esto, en un artículo de dos caras, LaTeX hace que
+‘\section’emita un comando ‘\markboth’, configurando ‘\leftmark’ a
+‘Section 2’ y configura ‘\rightmark’ en un contenido vacío. Y, LaTeX
+hace que ‘\subsection’ emita un comando ‘\markright’, configurando
+‘\rightmark’ a ‘Subsección 2.1’, etc.
+
Aquí están las descripciones de ‘\markboth’ y ‘\markright’:
-‘\markboth{IZQUIERDA}{DERECHA}’
- Establece ambas cabeceras izquierda y derecha. Una “cabecera a
- mano izquierda” (IZQUIERDA) es generada por la última instrucción
- ‘\markboth’ antes del final de la página, mientras que una
- “cabecera a mano derecha” (DERECHA) es generada por la primera
- ‘\markboth’ o ‘\markright’ que venga en la página si la hay, de
- otra manera por la última antes de la página.
+‘\markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}’
+ Establece la información de rumbo tanto a la derecha como a la
+ izquierda para un estilo de página de ‘headings’ o ‘myheadings’.
+ Una página de la izquierda el encabezado LEFT-HEAD es generado por
+ el último comando ‘\markboth’ antes del final de la página. Un
+ encabezado de página a la derecha RIGHT-HEAD es generado por el
+ primer ‘\markboth’ o ‘\markright’ que viene en la página si hay
+ uno, de lo contrario por el último que vino antes de esa página.
-‘\markright{DERECHA}’
- Establece la cabecera de la derecha, dejando la cabecera de la
- izquierda sin cambios.
+‘\markright{RIGHT-HEAD}’
+ Establece el encabezado de la página de la derecha, dejando el
+ izquierdo sin cambios.
-19.4 ‘\thispagestyle{ESTILO}’
-=============================
+18.4 ‘\thispagestyle’
+=====================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \thispagestyle{STYLE}
+
+ Funciona de la misma manera que el ‘\pagestyle’ (*note \pagestyle::),
+excepto que cambia a STYLE solo para la página actual. Esta declaración
+tiene alcance global, por lo que su efecto no está delimitado por llaves
+o entornos.
-La instrucción ‘\thispagestyle’ trabaja de la misma manera que la
-instrucción ‘\pagestyle’ (vea la sección previa) excepto que esta
-únicamente cambia el ESTILO de la página actual.
+ A menudo, la primera página de un capítulo o sección tiene un estilo
+diferente. Por ejemplo, este documento de libro LaTeX tiene la primera
+página del primer capítulo en estilo ‘plain’, como es el predeterminado
+(*note Estilos de página::).
-20 Espacios
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \pagestyle{headings}
+ \begin{document}
+ \chapter{Primer capítulo}
+ ...
+ \chapter{Segundo capítulo}\thispagestyle{empty}
+ ...
+
+El estilo ‘plain’ tiene un número de página, centrado en el pie de
+página. Para hacer que la página esté completamente vacía, el comando
+‘\thispagestyle{empty}’ sigue inmediatamente al segundo ‘\chapter’.
+
+19 Espacios
***********
-LaTeX tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco (o llenos).
+LaTeX tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco o espacios
+llenos. Algunos de estos se adaptan mejor al texto matemático; para
+estos *note Espaciado en modo matemático::.
- Otra instrucción que produce espacios es ‘\’ para producir un espacio
-“fino” (por lo general 1/6cuadrático). Se puede utilizar en modo texto,
-pero más a menudo es útil en modo matemático (*note Espacios en Modo
-Math::).
+19.1 ‘\enspace’, ‘\quad’ y ‘\qquad’
+===================================
-20.1 ‘\hspace’
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \enspace
+ \quad
+ \qquad
+
+ Inserta un espacio horizontal de 1/2em, 1em o 2em. La em es una
+longitud definida por un diseñador de fuentes, a menudo considerada como
+el ancho de una M mayúscula. Una ventaja de describir el espacio en ems
+es que puede ser más portátil entre documentos que una medida absoluta
+como puntos (*note Longitudes/em::).
+
+ Esto pone un espacio adecuado entre dos gráficos.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{womensmile.png}%
+ \qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png}
+ \end{center}
+
+*Note Espaciado en modo matemático::, para ‘\quad’ y ‘\qquad’. Estas
+son longitudes de siglos de composición tipográfica y, por lo tanto,
+pueden ser una mejor opción en muchas circunstancias que las longitudes
+arbitrarias, como las que se obtienen con ‘\hspace’.
+
+19.2 ‘\hspace’
==============
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
- \hspace[*]{LONGITUD}
+ \hspace{LENGTH}
+ \hspace*{LENGTH}
- La instrucción ‘\hspace’ añade espacio horizontal. El argumento
-LENGTH se puede expresar en cualquier término que LaTeX entienda:
-puntos, pulgadas, etc. Esta es la longitud a preservar. Usted puede
-agregar tanto espacios negativos como positivos con una instrucción
-‘\hspace’; agregar espacio negativo es como espacio hacia atrás.
+ Inserta la cantidad LENGTH de espacio horizontal. LENGTH puede ser
+positiva, negativa o cero; agregar una cantidad negativa de espacio es
+como retroceder. Es una longitud elástica, es decir, puede contener un
+componente ‘plus’ o ‘minus’, o ambas (*note Longitudes::). Debido a que
+el espacio se puede estirar y contraer, a veces se le llama “pegamento”.
- LaTeX normalmente elimina el espacio horizontal que viene al
-principio o al final de una línea. Para preservar este espacio, use la
-forma opcional con ‘*’.
+ Esto hace una línea con ‘Name:’ a una pulgada del margen derecho.
-20.2 ‘\hfill’
-=============
+ \noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}}
+
+ La forma ‘*’ inserta un espacio horizontal que no se puede descartar.
+Más precisamente, cuando TeX divide un párrafo en líneas blancas el
+espacio—pegamentos y kerns—que vienen en un salto de línea se descartan.
+La forma-‘*’ evita eso (técnicamente, agrega un elemento invisible no
+descartable delante del espacio).
+
+ En este ejemplo
-La instrucción ‘\hfill’ produce un “relleno de longitud” que no tiene
-espacio natural sino que se puede extender o reducir en sentido
-horizontal en la medida necesaria.
+ \parbox{0.8\linewidth}{%
+ Completa cada espacio en blanco: Cuatro \hspace*{1in} y hace
+ siete años nuestros padres produjeron en este continente, un nuevo
+ \hspace*{1in}, concebido en \hspace*{1in}, y dedicado a la
+ propuesta que todos los hombres son creados \hspace*{1in}.}
- El parámetro ‘\fill’ es la misma longitud a rellenar (técnicamente,
-el valor a agregar ‘0pt plus1fill’); es decir, ‘\hspace\fill’ es
-equivalente a ‘\hfill’.
+el espacio en blanco de 1 pulgada que sigue a ‘concebido en’ cae al
+principio de una linea. Si borras el ‘*’ entonces LaTeX descarta el
+espacio en blanco.
-20.3 ‘\SPACE’
+ Aquí, el ‘\hspace’ separa los tres gráficos.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{lion.png}% el espacio extra queda fuera del
+ comentario
+ \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{tiger.png}%
+ \hspace{1cm minus 0.25cm}\includegraphics{bear.png}
+ \end{center}
+
+Porque el argumento de cada ‘\hspace’ tiene ‘minus 0.25cm’, cada uno se
+puede encoger un poco si las tres figuras son demasiado anchas. Pero
+cada espacio no se reducirá más de 0.25cm (*note Longitudes::).
+
+19.3 ‘\hfill’
=============
-La instrucción ‘\ ’ (space) produce un espacio entre palabras normal.
-Es útil después de signos de puntuación que no deben terminar una
-oración. Por ejemplo, ‘Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ es
-fundamental’. Esta también se suele utilizar después de secuencias de
-control, como en ‘\TeX\ es un sistema agradable’.
+Sinopsis:
- En circunstancias normales, ‘\’<tab> y ‘\’<newline> son equivalentes
-a ‘\ ’.
+ \hfill
-20.4 ‘\@’
-=========
+ Produce una longitud elástica que no tenga espacio natural pero que
+se pueda estirar horizontalmente tanto como sea necesario (*note
+Longitudes::).
-La instrucción ‘\@’ hace que el siguiente carácter de puntuación final
-una declaración incluso si normalmente no es así. Esto se suele
-utilizar después de una letra mayúscula. Aquí están lado a lado
-ejemplos con y sin ‘\@’:
+ Esto crea un párrafo de una línea con ‘Name:’ en el lado izquierdo de
+la página y ‘Prueba uno’ a la derecha.
- ... en C\@. Pascal, aunque ...
- ... en C. Pascal, aunque ...
+ \noindent Name:\hfill Prueba uno
-produce
+ El comando ‘\hfill’ es equivalente a ‘\hspace{\fill}’ y por lo que el
+espacio se puede descartar en los saltos de línea. Para evitar eso, en
+su lugar usa ‘\hspace*{\fill}’ (*note \hspace::).
- ... en C. Pascal, aunque ... ... en C. Pascal, aunque ...
+ Aquí las gráficas están espaciadas uniformemente en el centro de la
+figura.
-20.5 ‘\thinspace’
-=================
+ \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+ \begin{figure}
+ \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph0.png}}%
+ \hfill\vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics{graph1.png}}%
+ \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \caption{Comparación de dos gráficos} \label{fig:twographs}
+ \end{figure}
+
+Ten en cuenta los ‘\hspace*’ donde el espacio se podría eliminar.
+
+19.4 ‘\hss’
+===========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \hss
+
+ Produce un espacio horizontal que es infinitamente contraíble así
+como infinitamente extensible (este comando es un primitivo TeX). Los
+autores LaTeX deben alcanzar primero el comando ‘\makebox’ para obtener
+efectos de ‘\hss’ (*note \mbox y \makebox::).
-‘\thinspace’ produce un espacio inviolable e inextensible que es de un
-1/6 de em. Este es el espacio adecuado para su uso en citas anidadas,
-como en ’”.
+ Aquí, el ‘\hss’ de la primera línea hace que la Z sobresalga hacia la
+derecha, sobrescribiendo la Y. En la segunda línea, la Z sobresale a la
+izquierda, sobrescribiendo la X.
+
+ X\hbox to 0pt{Z\hss}Y
+ X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y
+
+Sin el ‘\hss’ obtienes algo como ‘Sobrecarga \hbox (6.11111pt demasiado
+ancho) detectado en la línea 20’.
+
+19.5 ‘\spacefactor’
+===================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \spacefactor=INTEGER
+
+ Influye en el comportamiento de estiramiento y contracción del
+pegamento de LaTeX. La mayoría a nivel de usuario los documentos no
+utilizan este comando.
+
+ Mientras LaTeX está estilizando el material, puedes estirar o encoger
+los espacios entre palabras. (Este espacio no es un carácter; se llama
+el “pegamento entre palabras”; *note \hspace::). El comando
+‘\spacefactor’ (de TeX simple) te permite, por ejemplo, hacer que el
+espacio después de un punto se extienda más que el espacio después de
+una letra de final de palabra.
+
+ Después de que LaTeX coloca cada carácter, regla u otro cuadro,
+establece un parámetro llamado “factor de espacio”. Si lo siguiente en
+la entrada es un espacio, entonces este parámetro afecta cuánto se puede
+estirar o encoger. Un factor de espacio que es mayor que el valor
+normal significa que el pegamento se puede estirar más y encoger menos.
+Normalmente, el espacio factor es 1000. Este valor está en efecto
+después de la mayoría de los caracteres, y cualquier cuadro que no sea
+de caracteres o fórmula matemática. Pero es 3000 después de un punto,
+signo de exclamación o signo de interrogación, es 2000 después de dos
+puntos, 1500 después un punto y coma, 1250 después de una coma y 0
+después de un paréntesis derecho o paréntesis, comillas dobles de cierre
+o comillas simples. Finalmente, es 999 después de una letra mayúscula.
+
+ Si el factor espacio F es 1000, entonces el espacio de pegamento será
+el valor del espacio normal de la letra (para Computer Modern Roman 10
+puntos esto es 3.3333 puntos). De lo contrario, si el factor de espacio
+F es mayor de 2000, entonces TeX agrega el valor de espacio extra de la
+letra (para Computer Modern Roman 10 point esto es 1.11111 points), y
+entonces la letra el valor de estiramiento normal se multiplica por f
+/1000 y el valor normal el valor de contracción se multiplica por 1000/f
+(para Computer Modern Roman 10 puntos, estos son 1.66666 y
+1.11111 puntos).
+
+ Por ejemplo, considera el punto que termina ‘El mejor amigo de un
+hombre es su perro.’ Después de eso, TeX pone un espacio extra fijo, y
+también permite que el pegamento para estirar 3 veces más y encoger 1/3
+más, que el pegamento después de ‘amigo’, que no termina en un punto.
+
+ Las reglas para los factores espaciales son aún más complejas porque
+juegan papeles adicionales. En la práctica, hay dos consecuencias.
+Primero, si un punto u otro signo de puntuación está seguido por un
+paréntesis derecho o corchete, o comillas simples o dobles a la derecha,
+entonces el efecto de espaciado de ese período lleva a través de esos
+caracteres (es decir, el pegamento siguiente habrá aumentado el
+estiramiento y la contracción). Segundo, si la puntuación viene después
+de una letra mayúscula, entonces su efecto no está en su lugar por lo
+que obtienes un espacio ordinario. Este segundo caso también afecta a
+las abreviaturas que no terminen en mayúscula (*note \@::).
+
+ Solo puedes usar ‘\spacefactor’ en modo párrafo o modo LR (*note
+Modos::). Puedes ver el valor actual con ‘\the\spacefactor’ o
+‘\showthe\spacefactor’.
+
+ (Comentario, no realmente relacionado con ‘\spacefactor’: si obtienes
+errores como ‘No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo vertical’, o ‘No
+puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo matemático.’, o ‘Impropio
+\spacefactor’ entonces probablemente hayas intentado redefinir un
+comando interno. *Note \makeatletter y \makeatother::).
+
+19.5.1 ‘\@’
+-----------
+
+Sinopsis:
-20.6 ‘\/’
+ CAPITAL-LETTER\@.
+
+ Trata un punto como final de oración, donde LaTeX de lo contrario
+pensaría que es parte de una abreviatura. LaTeX piensa que un punto
+termina una abreviatura si el punto va después de una letra mayúscula, y
+en caso contrario piensa que el punto termina la oración. De manera
+predeterminada, al justificar una línea LaTeX ajusta el espacio después
+de un punto final de oración (o un signo de pregunta, de exclamación,
+coma o dos puntos) más de lo que ajusta el espacio entre palabras (*note
+\spacefactor::).
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra los dos casos para recordar.
+
+ Las canciones \textit{Guitarra roja}, etc.\ son de Loudon
+ Wainwright~III\@.
+
+El segundo punto termina la oración, a pesar de que está precedido por
+una mayúscula. Le decimos a LaTeX que termina la oración poniendo ‘\@’
+antes. El primer punto termina la abreviatura ‘etc.’ pero no la
+oración. El espacio de barra invertida, ‘\ ’, produce un espacio en la
+mitad de la oración.
+
+ Entonces: si tienes una letra mayúscula seguida de un punto que
+termina la oración, entonces coloca ‘\@’ antes del punto. Esto se
+mantiene incluso si hay un paréntesis o corchete derecho intermedio, o
+derecho simple o comillas dobles, porque el efecto de espaciado de ese
+período continúa esos caracteres. Por ejemplo, este
+
+ Usa la \textit{Guía de Prácticas de Instrucción}, (un libro de la
+ MAA)\@.
+
+tendrá el espaciado correcto entre oraciones después del punto.
+
+ El comando ‘\@’ es solo para un modo de texto. Si lo usas fuera de
+un modo de texto, entonces obtienes ‘No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en
+modo vertical’ (*note Modos::).
+
+ Comentario: el caso inverso es un punto que termina una abreviatura
+cuya última letra no es una letra mayúscula, y esa abreviatura no es la
+última palabra en la oración. Para ese caso sigue el punto con una
+barra invertida, (‘\ ’), o una tie, (‘~’), o ‘\@’. Algunos ejemplos son
+‘Nat.\ Acad.\ Science’ y ‘Mr.~Bean’, y ‘(manure, etc.\@) a la venta’
+(nótese en la última que la ‘\@’ viene antes del paréntesis de cierre).
+
+19.5.2 ‘\frenchspacing’ y ‘\nonfrenchspacing’
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \frenchspacing
+ \nonfrenchspacing
+
+ La primera declaración hace que LaTeX maneje el espacio entre
+oraciones de la misma manera que el espaciado entre palabras en medio de
+una frase. El segundo vuelve al manejo predeterminado en el que el
+espacio entre oraciones se estira o se encoge más (*note
+\spacefactor::).
+
+ Algunas tradiciones tipográficas, incluido el inglés, prefieren
+ajustar el espacio entre oraciones (o espacios después de un signo de
+interrogación, signo de exclamación, coma o dos puntos) más que el
+espacio entre palabras que están en medio de una oración. Declarando
+‘\frenchspacing’ (el comando es de TeX) simple cambia a la tradición de
+que todos los espacios son tratados por igual.
+
+19.5.3 ‘\normalsfcodes’
+-----------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \normalsfcodes
+
+ Restablece los factores de espacio de LaTeX a los valores
+predeterminados (*note \spacefactor::).
+
+19.6 Barra invertida-espacio, ‘\ ’
+==================================
+
+Esta sección se refiere al comando que consta de dos caracteres, una
+barra invertida seguida de un espacio.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \
+
+ Produce un espacio. De manera predeterminada produce espacios en
+blanco de longitud 3.33333pt más 1.66666pt menos 1.11111pt.
+
+ Cuando escribes uno o más espacios en blanco entre palabras, LaTeX
+produce espacio blanco. Pero eso es diferente a un espacio explícito.
+Esto ilustra.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ Un espacio en blanco:& hace algo de espacio \\
+ Tres espacios en blanco:& en un renglón \\
+ Tres espacios:&\ \ \ en un renglón \\
+ \end{tabular}
+
+En la primera línea, LaTeX pone algo de espacio después de los dos
+puntos. Sobre la segunda línea LaTeX colapsa los tres espacios en
+blanco para generar un espacio en blanco, por lo que termina con el
+mismo espacio después de los dos puntos como en la primera linea. LaTeX
+los colapsaría de manera similar en un solo espacio en blanco si uno,
+dos o los tres espacios en blanco fueron reemplazados por una
+tabulación, o por una nueva línea. Sin embargo, la línea inferior pide
+tres espacios para que el área blanca sea más ancha. Es decir, el
+comando barra invertida-espacio crea una cantidad fija de espacio
+horizontal. (Ten en cuenta que puedes definir un espacio horizontal de
+cualquier ancho con ‘\hspace’; *note \hspace::).
+
+ El comando barra-inversa-espacio tiene dos usos principales. A
+menudo se usa después de secuencias de control para evitar que se
+traguen el espacio en blanco que sigue, como después de ‘\TeX’ en ‘\TeX\
+(o \LaTeX)’. (Pero usar llaves tiene la ventaja de seguir funcionando
+si el siguiente carácter es un espacio en blanco o cualquier otra no
+letra, como en ‘\TeX{} (o \LaTeX{})’ en la que ‘{}’ se puede agregar
+después de ‘\LaTeX’ así como después de ‘\TeX’). El otro uso común es
+que marca un punto como final de una abreviatura en lugar de terminar
+una oración, como en ‘Prof.\ Smith’ o ‘Jones et al.\ (1993)’ (*note
+\@::).
+
+ En circunstancias normales, ‘\’<TAB> y ‘\’<NEWLINE> son equivalentes
+a la barra invertida-espacio, ‘\ ’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta también que para permitir la sangría del código fuente,
+en circunstancias normales, TeX ignora los espacios en blanco iniciales
+en una línea. Entonces el siguiente imprime ‘una palabra’:
+
+ una
+ palabra
+
+donde el espacio en blanco entre ‘una’ y ‘palabra’ es producido por la
+nueva línea después de ‘una’, no por el espacio antes de ‘palabra’.
+
+19.7 ‘~’
+========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ BEFORE~AFTER
+
+ El carácter “tie”, ‘~’, genera un espacio entre BEFORE y AFTER en el
+que la línea no se romperá. De manera predeterminada el espacio en
+blanco tiene una longitud de 3.33333pt más 1.66666pt menos 1.11111pt
+(*note Longitudes::).
+
+ Ten en cuenta que la palabra ‘tie’ tiene este significado en la
+comunidad TeX/Texinfo; esto difiere del término tipográfico “tie”, que
+es un diacrítico en forma de arco, llamado acento de “lazo-después” en
+‘El libro TeX’.
+
+ Aquí LaTeX no romperá la línea entre las dos últimas palabras:
+
+ Gracias al Prof.~Lerman.
+
+Además, a pesar del punto, LaTeX no usa el espaciado al final de la
+oración (*note \@::).
+
+ Los lazos evitan la separación de cosas al final de la línea donde
+eso podría causar confusión. También todavía permiten la separación
+silábica (de cualquiera de las palabras ligadas), por lo que
+generalmente son preferibles a poner palabras consecutivas en un ‘\mbox’
+(*note \mbox y \makebox::).
+
+ También son cuestión de gusto, a veces alarmantemente dogmáticos,
+entre los lectores. Sin embargo, aquí hay algunos modelos de uso,
+muchos de ellos de ‘El libro de TeX’.
+
+ • Entre una etiqueta de enumerador y un número, como en las
+ referencias: ‘Capítulo~12’, o ‘Teorema~\ref{th:Wilsons}’, o
+ ‘Figura~\ref{fig:KGraph}’.
+
+ • Cuando los casos se enumeran en línea: ‘(b)~Muestra que $f(x)$ es
+ (1)~continuo, y (2)~acotado’.
+
+ • Entre un número y su unidad: ‘$745.7.8$~watts’ (El paquete
+ ‘siunitx’ tiene una función especial para esto) o ‘144~eggs’. Esto
+ incluye entre un número de mes y día en una fecha: ‘Octubre~12’ o
+ ‘12~Oct’. En general, en cualquier expresión donde números y
+ abreviaturas o símbolos están separados por un espacio: ‘AD~565’, o
+ ‘2:50~pm’, o ‘Boeing~747’, o ‘268~Camino de las llanuras’, o
+ ‘\$$1.4$~billón’. Otras opciones comunes aquí son un espacio
+ delgado (*note \thinspace y \negthinspace::) y no hay espacio en
+ absoluto.
+
+ • Cuando las frases matemáticas se traducen en palabras:
+ ‘equals~$n$’, o ‘menor que~$\epsilon$’, o ‘dado~$X$’, o
+ ‘módulo~$p^e$ para todos los ~$n$’ grandes (pero compara ‘es~$15$’
+ con ‘es $15$~veces la altura’). Entre símbolos matemáticos en
+ aposición con sustantivos: ‘dimensión~$d$’ o ‘función~$f(x)$’ (pero
+ compara ‘con longitud $l$~o más’). Cuando un símbolo es un objeto
+ fuertemente ligado de una preposición: ‘de~$x$’, o ‘de $0$ a~$1$’,
+ o ‘en común con ~$m$’.
+
+ • Entre símbolos en serie: ‘$1$,~$2$, o~$3$’ o ‘$1$,~$2$,
+ \ldots,~$n$’.
+
+ • Entre los nombres de pila de una persona y entre varios apellidos:
+ ‘Donald~E. Knuth’, o ‘Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo’, o ‘Charles~XII’—pero
+ debes darle a TeX lugares para romper la línea así que podrías
+ hacer ‘Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin’.
+
+19.8 ‘\thinspace’ y ‘\negthinspace’
+===================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \thinspace
+ \negthinspace
+
+ Estos producen espacios irrompibles e inextensibles de 1/6em y
+-1/6em, respectivamente. Estos son los equivalentes en modo texto de
+‘\,’ y ‘\!’ (*note Espaciado en modo matemático/\thinspace::).
+
+ Puedes usar ‘\,’ como sinónimo de ‘\thinspace’ en modo texto.
+
+ Un uso común de ‘\thinspace’ es como el espacio entre comillas
+anidadas:
+
+ Killick respondió: "Escuché al capitán decir: 'Ahoy allí.'\thinspace"
+
+Otro uso es que algunas guías de estilo requieren un ‘\thinspace’ entre
+una elipsis y un punto final de oración (otras guías de estilo, creo que
+los tres puntos y/o los cuatro puntos son suficientes). Otro uso
+específico del estilo es entre iniciales, como en ‘D.\thinspace
+E.\Knuth’.
+
+ LaTeX proporciona una variedad de comandos de espaciado similares
+para el modo matemático (*note Espaciado en modo matemático::). Con el
+paquete ‘amsmath’, o como de la versión 2020-10-01 LaTeX, se pueden usar
+en modo texto así como el modo matemático, incluido ‘\!’ para
+‘\negthinspace’; pero de lo contrario, solo están disponibles en el modo
+matemático.
+
+19.9 ‘\/’
=========
-La instrucción ‘\/’ produce una “corrección en cursiva”. Este es un
-pequeño espacio definido por el diseñador de tipografías para un
-carácter determinado, para evitar chocar con el carácter que lo sigue.
-El carácter en cursiva f típicamente tiene un valor de corrección en
-cursiva grande.
+Sinopsis:
- Si el siguiente carácter es un punto o una coma, no es necesario
-insertar una corrección en cursiva, dado que estos símbolos tienen una
-puntuación de muy poca altura. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos
-puntos, así como letras normales, puede ayudar. Compare f: f; (en la
-salida TeX, las ‘f’s están separadas correctamente) con f: f;.
+ BEFORE-CHARACTER\/AFTER-CHARACTER
- A pesar del nombre, los caracteres latinos también pueden tener una
-corrección en cursiva. Compare pdfTeX (en la TeX salida, hay un pequeño
-espacio después de la ‘f’) con pdfTeX.
+ Inserta una “corrección en cursiva”, un pequeño espacio definido por
+el diseñador de letra para cada carácter (posiblemente cero), para
+evitar el carácter chocando con lo que sigue. Cuando usas ‘\/’, LaTeX
+toma la corrección del archivo métrico de la fuente, la escala por
+cualquier escala que se ha aplicado a la fuente, y luego inserta esa
+cantidad de espacio horizontal.
-20.7 ‘\hrulefill’
-=================
+ Aquí, si no fuera por la ‘\/’, el BEFORE-CHARACTER cursiva f
+golpearía el AFTER-CHARACTER roman H
-La instrucción ‘\hrulefill’ produce un “relleno de longitud” el cual se
-puede estrechar o estirar horizontalmente. Este se llenará con una
-regla horizontal.
+ \newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H}
-20.8 ‘\dotfill’
-===============
+porque la letra cursiva f se inclina mucho hacia la derecha.
-La instrucción ‘\dotfill’ produce un “relleno de longitud” la cual se
-rellena con puntos en lugar de sólo espacios en blanco.
+ Si AFTER-CHARACTER es un punto o una coma, no insertes una corrección
+en cursiva ya que esos símbolos de puntuación son tan bajos para la
+línea base ya. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos puntos, así como con
+letras normales, la corrección en cursiva puede ayudar. Se usa
+normalmente entre un cambio de fuentes cursivas o inclinadas a una
+fuente vertical.
-20.9 ‘\addvspace’
-=================
+ Cuando usas comandos como ‘\emph’ y ‘\textit’ y ‘\textsl’ para
+cambiar las fuentes, LaTeX inserta automáticamente la corrección en
+cursiva cuando sea necesario (*note Estilos de tipos de letra::). Sin
+embargo, declaraciones como ‘\em’ e ‘\itshape’ y ‘\slshape’ no inserta
+automáticamente correcciones en cursiva.
-‘\addvspace{longitud}’
+ Los caracteres verticales también pueden tener una corrección en
+cursiva. Un ejemplo donde se necesita es el nombre ‘pdf\/\TeX’. Sin
+embargo, la mayoría de los caracteres verticales tienen una corrección
+de cursiva cero. Algunos creadores de fuentes no incluyen valores de
+corrección de cursiva ni siquiera para fuentes en cursiva.
- La instrucción ‘\addvspace’ normalmente añade un espacio vertical de
-altura longitud. Sin embargo, si el espacio vertical ya se ha añadido
-al mismo punto en la salida por medio de una instrucción ‘\addvspace’
-anterior, esta instrucción no añade más espacio que el necesario para
-hacer que la longitud natural del espacio vertical total equivalente a
-‘longitud’.
+ Técnicamente, LaTeX usa otro valor específico de fuente, el llamado
+“parámetro inclinado” (es decir, ‘\fontdimen1’), para determinar si
+posiblemente insertar una corrección en cursiva, en lugar de vincular la
+acción a comandos de fuente particulares.
-20.10 ‘\bigskip \medskip \smallskip’
-====================================
+ No existe el concepto de corrección de cursiva en el modo matemático;
+el espaciado matemático está hecho de una manera diferente.
+
+19.10 ‘\hrulefill’ y ‘\dotfill’
+===============================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \hrulefill
+ \dotfill
+
+ Produce una longitud elástica horizontal infinita (*note
+Longitudes::) que LaTeX se rellena con una regla (es decir, una línea) o
+con puntos, en lugar de espacio en blanco.
+
+ Esto genera una línea de 2 pulgadas de largo.
-Estas instrucciones producen una determinada cantidad de espacio.
+ Nombre:~\makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}
+
+Este ejemplo, cuando se coloca entre líneas en blanco, crea un párrafo
+que está justificado a la izquierda y a la derecha y donde el medio está
+lleno de manera uniforme de puntos espaciados.
+
+ \noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill{} Melbury Lodge
+
+ Para hacer que la regla o los puntos vayan al final de la línea, usa
+‘\null’ al comenzar o terminar.
+
+ Para cambiar el grosor de la regla, copia la definición y ajústala,
+como aquí
+
+ \renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
+
+que cambia el grosor predeterminado de 0.4pt a 1pt. Del mismo modo,
+ajusta el espacio entre puntos como con
+
+ \renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
+
+que cambia la longitud predeterminada de 0.33em a 1.00em.
+
+ Este ejemplo produce una línea para una firma.
+
+ \begin{minipage}{4cm}
+ \centering
+ \hrulefill\\
+ Firmado
+ \end{minipage}
+
+La línea mide 4cm de largo.
+
+19.11 ‘\bigskip’, ‘\medskip’ y ‘\smallskip’
+===========================================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \bigskip
+ \medskip
+ \smallskip
+
+ Produce una cantidad de espacio vertical, grande, mediano o pequeño.
+Estos comandos son frágiles (*note \protect::).
+
+ Aquí el salto sugiere el paso del tiempo (de El océano dorado por
+O’Brian).
+
+ El señor Saumarez tendría algo grosero que decirle, sin duda: él
+ estaba en casa de nuevo, y era una delicia.
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ ``Ciento cincuenta y siete millas y un tercio, en veinticuatro horas",
+ dijo Pedro.
+
+ Cada comando está asociado a una longitud definida en el archivo de
+la clase documento.
‘\bigskip’
- Al igual que ‘\vspace{bigskipamount}’, normalmente alrededor de un
- espacio de línea (con estirar y encoger).
+ Lo mismo que ‘\vspace{\bigskipamount}’, normalmente alrededor de
+ una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción. El valor
+ predeterminado para el ‘libro’ y las clases de ‘article’ son ‘12pt
+ plus 4pt minus 4pt’.
‘\medskip’
- Al igual que ‘\vspace{medskipamount}’, normalmente cerca de la
- mitad del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+ Lo mismo que ‘\vspace{\medskipamount}’, normalmente alrededor de la
+ mitad de una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción. El
+ valor predeterminado para las clases ‘book’ y ‘article’ son ‘6pt
+ plus 2pt minus 2pt’.
‘\smallskip’
- Al igual que ‘\vspace{smallskipamount}’, normalmente alrededor de
- un cuarto del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+ Lo mismo que ‘\vspace{\smallskipamount}’, normalmente sobre un
+ espacio de un cuarto de línea, con estiramiento y contracción. El
+ valor predeterminado para las clases ‘book’ y ‘article’ son ‘3pt
+ plus 1pt minus 1pt’.
- Los parámetros ‘\...cantidad’ están determinados por la clase de
-documento.
+ Debido a que cada comando es un ‘\vspace’, si lo usas en medio del
+párrafo entonces insertará su espacio vertical entre la línea en la que
+lo usas y la siguiente línea, no necesariamente en el lugar donde lo
+usas. Así que estos son mejores entre párrafos.
-20.11 ‘\vfill’
-==============
+ Los comandos ‘\bigbreak’, ‘\medbreak’ y ‘\smallbreak’ son similares
+pero también sugieren a LaTeX que este es un buen lugar para poner un
+salto de página (*note \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak::.
-La instrucción ‘\vfill’ produce un relleno de longitud (pegado) el cual
-se puede reducir y estirar verticalmente tanto como sea necesario. Este
-es equivalente a ‘\vspace{\fill}’ (*note \hfill::).
+19.12 ‘\bigbreak’, ‘\medbreak’ y ‘\smallbreak’
+==============================================
-20.12 ‘\vspace[*]{LONGITUD}’
-============================
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \bigbreak
+ \medbreak
+ \smallbreak
+
+ Produce un espacio vertical que sea grande o mediano o pequeño, y
+sugiere a LaTeX que este es un buen lugar para romper la página. (Las
+sanciones asociadas son −200, −100 y −50) respectivamente.
+
+ *Note \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip::, para más. Estos comandos
+producen el mismo espacio vertical pero difieren en que también eliminan
+un espacio vertical precedente si es menor que lo que insertarías (como
+con ‘\addvspace’). Además, terminan un párrafo donde se usan: este
+ejemplo
+
+ abc\bigbreak def ghi
+
+ jkl mno pqr
+
+generará tres párrafos, el primero que termina en ‘abc’ y el segundo
+comienza, después de un espacio vertical adicional y una sangría de
+párrafo, con ‘def’.
+
+19.13 ‘\strut’
+==============
Sinopsis:
- \vspace[*]{LONGITUD}
+ \strut
- La instrucción ‘\vspace’ añade el espacio vertical LENGTH, es decir,
-un relleno de longitud. LONGITUD puede ser positivo o negativo.
+ Asegúrate de que la línea actual tenga una altura de al menos
+‘0.7\baselineskip’ y profundidad al menos de ‘0.3\baselineskip’.
+Esencialmente, LaTeX inserta en la línea un rectángulo de ancho cero,
+‘\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}’ (*note \rule::). El
+‘\baselineskip’ cambia con la fuente o tamaño de fuente actual.
- Normalmente, LaTeX remueve el espacio vertical añadido por ‘\vspace’
-en la parte superior o inferior de una página. Con el argumento
-opcional ‘*’, no se elimina el espacio.
+ En este ejemplo, ‘\strut’ mantiene la caja dentro del marco de tener
+altura cero.
-21 Cajas
-********
+ \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[2in]{\strut}
-Todos los parámetros de longitud predeterminados (*note Longitudes
-Predeterminadas::) se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que generan cajas.
+ Este ejemplo tiene cuatro listas. En el primero hay una brecha mucho
+mayor. entre los elementos 2 y 3 que entre los elementos 1 y 2. La
+segunda lista corrige eso con un ‘\strut’ al final de su primer elemento
+de la segunda línea.
-21.1 ‘\mbox{TEXTO}’
-===================
+ \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}
+ \item test
+ \item test
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}
+ \item test
+ \item test
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test}}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \fbox{\parbox[t]{15pt}{test \\ test\strut}}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \item \fbox{test}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}%
+
+Las dos listas finales usan ‘\fbox’ para mostrar lo que está sucediendo.
+El primer elemento ‘\parbox’ de la tercera lista va solo al final de su
+segundo ‘test’, que sucede que no tiene ningún carácter que descender
+por debajo de la línea base. La cuarta lista agrega el puntal que da el
+espacio adicional necesario debajo de la línea base.
+
+ El comando ‘\strut’ suele ser útil en gráficos, como en ‘TikZ’ o
+‘Asymptote’. Por ejemplo, puedes tener un comando como
+‘\graphnode{NOMBRE-NODO}’ que se ajusta a un círculo alrededor de
+NOMBRE-NODO. Sin embargo, a menos que tengas cuidado con el NOMBRE-NODO
+‘x’ y ‘y’ producirán círculos de diferentes diámetros porque los
+caracteres son de diferentes tamaños. Un ‘\graphnode’ cuidadoso podría
+insertar ‘\strut’, entonces NOMBRE-NODO y luego dibujar el círculo.
+
+ El enfoque general de usar un ‘\rule’ ancho cero es útil en muchas
+circunstancias. En esta tabla, la regla de ancho cero mantiene la parte
+superior de la primera integral de golpear el ‘\hline’. Del mismo modo,
+la segunda regla evita que la segunda integral coincida con la primera.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ \textsc{Integral} &\textsc{Value} \\
+ \hline
+ $\int_0^x t\, dt$ &$x^2/2$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex} \\
+ $\int_0^x t^2\, dt$ &$x^3/3$ \rule{0em}{2.5ex}
+ \end{tabular}
-La instrucción ‘\mbox’ crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el texto creado por sus argumentos. El TEXTO no se separa en
-líneas, por lo tanto este se puede utilizar para prevenir la separación
-silábica.
+(Aunque el comando de doble barra invertida de final de línea tiene un
+argumento opcional para cambiar el salto de línea base correspondiente,
+eso no resuelve este problema. Cambiar la primera barra invertida doble
+a algo como ‘\\[2.5ex]’ pondrá más espacio entre la línea de encabezado
+y la regla ‘\hline’, y la integral seguiría cumpliendo la regla).
-21.2 ‘\fbox’ y ‘\framebox’
-==========================
+19.14 ‘\vspace’
+===============
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
- \fbox{TEXTO}
- \framebox[ANCHO][POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ \vspace{LENGTH}
+ \vspace*{LENGTH}
- Las instrucciones ‘\fbox’ y ‘\framebox’ son como ‘\mbox’, excepto que
-estas ponen un marco al rededor del exterior de la caja que se está
-creando.
+ Agrega LENGTH al espacio vertical. LENGTH puede ser positivo,
+negativo o cero. Es una longitud elástica — puede contener un
+componente ‘plus’ o ‘minus’ (*note Longitudes::).
- Además, la instrucción ‘\framebox’ permite especificar explícitamente
-la anchura de la caja con el argumento opcional WIDTH (una dimensión), y
-la posiciona con el argumento opcional POSICIÓN.
+ Esto pone espacio entre los dos párrafos.
- Ambas instrucciones producen una regla de espesor ‘\fboxrule’
-(predeterminado a ‘.4pt’), y dejan un espacio de ‘\fboxsep’
-(predeterminado a ‘3pt’) entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+ Y dormí.
- *Note \framebox (picture)::, para la instrucción ‘\framebox’ en el
-entorno ‘picture’.
+ \vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex}
+ El nuevo día amaneció frío.
-21.3 ‘lrbox’
-============
+(*Note \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip::, para interpárrafo de espacios
+común).
-‘\begin{lrbox}{instrucción} texto \end{lrbox}’
+ La forma ‘*’ inserta un espacio vertical que no se puede descartar.
+Más precisamente, LaTeX descarta el espacio vertical en un salto de
+página y la forma-‘*’ hace que el espacio permanezca. Este ejemplo deja
+espacio entre las dos preguntas.
- Esta es la forma de entorno de ‘\sbox’.
+ Pregunta: Encuentra la integral de \( 5x^4+5 \).
- El texto dentro del entorno se guarda en la caja ‘instrucción’, misma
-que se debe haber declarado con ‘\newsavebox’.
+ \vspace*{2cm más 0.5cm}
+ Pregunta: Encuentra la derivada de \( x^5+5x+9 \).
-21.4 ‘\makebox’
-===============
+Ese espacio estará presente incluso si el salto de página cae entre las
+preguntas.
+
+ Si usas ‘\vspace’ en medio de un párrafo (es decir, en modo
+horizontal), entonces el espacio se inserta después de la línea que
+contiene el comando ‘\vspace’; no comienza un nuevo párrafo en el
+comando ‘\vspace’.
+
+ En este ejemplo, las dos preguntas estarán espaciadas verticalmente
+de manera uniforme en la página, con al menos una pulgada de espacio
+debajo de cada una.
+
+ \begin{document}
+ 1) ¿Quién puso el bomp en el bomp bah bomp bah bomp?
+ \vspace{1in plus 1fill}
+
+ 2) ¿Quién puso el carnero en la rama lama ding dong?
+ \vspace{1in plus 1fill}
+ \end{document}
+
+19.15 ‘\vfill’
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \vfill
+
+ Finaliza el párrafo actual e inserta una longitud elástica vertical
+que sea infinita, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger tanto como sea
+necesario (*note Longitudes::).
+
+ A menudo se usa de la misma manera que ‘\vspace{\fill}’, excepto que
+‘\vfill’ finaliza el párrafo actual mientras que ‘\vspace{\fill}’ agrega
+el espacio vertical infinito debajo de su línea, independientemente de
+la estructura del párrafo. En ambos casos ese espacio desaparecerá en
+un perímetro de la página; para eludir esto, ve la opción destacada
+en *note \vspace::.
+
+ En este ejemplo, la página está llena, por lo que las líneas superior
+e inferior contienen el texto ‘¡Perro perdido!’ y el segundo ‘¡Perro
+perdido!’ es exactamente a medio camino entre ellos.
+
+ \begin{document}
+ ¡Perro perdido!
+ \vfill
+ ¡Perro perdido! % perfectamente en el medio
+ \vfill
+ ¡Perro perdido!
+ \end{document}
+
+19.16 ‘\addvspace’
+==================
Sinopsis:
- \makebox[ANCHO][POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ \addvspace{VERT-LENGTH}
+
+ Agrega un espacio vertical de VERT-LENGTH. Sin embargo, si hay dos o
+más ‘\addvspace’ en una secuencia y luego juntos solo agregan el espacio
+necesario para que la longitud natural sea igual al máximo de la
+VERT-LENGTH está en esa secuencia. Este comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::). El VERT-LENGTH es una longitud elástica (*note
+Longitudes::).
+
+ Este ejemplo ilustra. El ‘picture’ dibuja una escala sobre la cual
+se colocan las reglas. En un artículo LaTeX estándar, la longitud
+‘\baselineskip’ es 12pt. Como muestra la escala, las dos reglas están
+separadas por 22pt: la suma del ‘\baselineskip’ y el 10pt desde el
+primer ‘\addvspace’.
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{color}
+ \begin{document}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{2pt}%
+ \noindent\begin{picture}(0,0)%
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-1){25}{{\color{blue}\line(1,0){1}}}
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-5){6}{{\color{red}\line(1,0){2}}}
+ \end{picture}%
+ \rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
+ \par\addvspace{10pt}% \addvspace{20pt}%
+ \par\noindent\rule{0.25\linewidth}{0.1pt}%
+ \end{document}
- La instrucción ‘\makebox’ crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el TEXTO especificado. La anchura de la caja es especificada
-por el argumento opcional ANCHO. La posición del texto dentro de la
-caja está determinada por el argumento opcional POSICIÓN, el cual puede
+Ahora descomenta el segundo ‘\addvspace’. No hace la brecha 20pt más;
+en cambio, la brecha es la suma de ‘\baselineskip’ y 20pt. Entonces
+‘\addvspace’ en cierto sentido hace lo contrario de su nombre—se asegura
+de que múltiples espacios verticales no acumulan, sino que sólo se
+utiliza el más grande.
+
+ LaTeX usa este comando para ajustar el espacio vertical arriba o
+abajo de un entorno que comienza un nuevo párrafo. Por ejemplo, un
+entorno ‘theorem’ comienza y termina con ‘\addvspace’, por lo que dos
+‘theorem’ consecutivos están separados por un espacio vertical, no dos.
+
+ Un error ‘Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item’ faltante que apunta a un
+‘\addvspace’ significa que no estabas en modo vertical cuando
+presionaste este comando. Una forma de cambiar eso es preceder a
+‘\addvspace’ con un comando ‘\par’ (*note \par::), como en el ejemplo
+anterior.
+
+20 Cajas
+********
+
+En esencia, LaTeX pone las cosas en cajas y luego pone las cajas en una
+página. Así que estos comandos son centrales.
+
+ Hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que son útiles para manipular cajas. Un
+complemento útil para los comandos aquí es ‘adjustbox’.
+
+20.1 ‘\mbox’ y ‘\makebox’
+=========================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \mbox{TEXT}
+ \makebox{TEXT}
+ \makebox[WIDTH]{TEXT}
+ \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+ Crea una caja, un contenedor para el material. El TEXT está escrito
+en modo LR (*note Modos::) para que no se divida en líneas. El comando
+‘\mbox’ es robusto, mientras que ‘\makebox’ es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Debido a que ‘text’ no se divide en líneas, puedes usar ‘\mbox’ para
+evitar la separación silábica. En este ejemplo, LaTeX no dividirá con
+guiones el nombre del tanque, ‘T-34’.
+
+ El tanque soviético \mbox{T-34} es un símbolo de victoria contra el
+ nazismo.
+
+ Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran, ‘\mbox’ y
+‘\makebox’, son más o menos iguales. Crean una caja apenas lo
+suficientemente ancha para contener el TEXTo. (Son como simples ‘\hbox’
+de TeX).
+
+ En la tercera versión, el argumento opcional WIDTH especifica el
+ancho de la caja. Ten en cuenta que el espacio ocupado por el texto no
+necesita igualar el ancho de la caja. Por un lado, TEXT puede ser
+demasiado pequeño; esto crea un cuadro de línea completa
+
+ \makebox[\linewidth]{Examen del capítulo}
+
+con ‘Examen del capítulo’ centrado. Pero TEXT también puede ser
+demasiado ancho para WIDTH. Ve el siguiente ejemplo de cuadros de ancho
+cero.
+
+ En el argumento WIDTH puedes usar las siguientes longitudes que se
+refieren a la dimensión de la caja que obtiene LaTeX al componer TEXT:
+‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\width’, ‘\totalheight’ (esta es la altura de la
+caja más su profundidad). Por ejemplo, para hacer un cuadro con el
+texto estirado para duplicar el tamaño natural se puede decir esto.
+
+ \makebox[2\width]{Obtener una camilla}
+
+ Para la cuarta versión de la sinopsis del comando, el argumento
+opcional POSITION da la posición del texto dentro del cuadro. Puede
tomar los siguientes valores:
‘c’
- Centrado (predeterminado).
+ El TEXT está centrado (predeterminado).
+
‘l’
- Alineado a la izquierda
+ El TEXT está alineado a la izquierda.
+
‘r’
- Alineado a la derecha
+ Flujo a la derecha.
+
‘s’
- Alineado (justificado) a través de ANCHO; TEXTO debe contener
- espacio elástico para que esto funcione.
+ Estira el espacio entre palabras en TEXT en todo el WIDTH. El TEXT
+ debe contener un espacio extensible para que esto funcione. Por
+ ejemplo, esto podría encabezar un comunicado de prensa:
+ ‘\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil LIBERACIÓN\hfil
+ INMEDIATA\hfil}’
+
+ Un uso común de ‘\makebox’ es crear cuadros de texto de ancho cero.
+Esto pone el valor de las preguntas del cuestionario a la izquierda de
+esas preguntas.
+
+ \newcommand{\pts}[1]{\makebox[0em][r]{#1 points\hspace*{1em}}}
+ \pts{10}¿Cuál es la velocidad en el aire de una golondrina sin carga?
+
+ \pts{90}¿Una golondrina africana o europea?
+
+El borde derecho de la salida ‘10 puntos’ (ten en cuenta el espacio
+final después de ‘puntos’) estará justo antes de ‘Cual’. Puedes usar
+‘\makebox’ de manera similar al hacer gráficos, como en ‘TikZ’ o
+‘Asymptote’, donde pones el borde del texto en una ubicación en un punto
+conocido, independientemente de la longitud de ese texto.
+
+ Para cajas con marcos *note \fbox y \framebox::. Para colores *note
+Cuadros de colores::.
+
+ Hay una versión relacionada de ‘\makebox’ que se usa dentro del
+entorno ‘picture’, donde la longitud se da en términos de ‘\unitlength’
+(*note \makebox (picture)::).
+
+ Puesto que TEXT está escrito en modo LR, ni una barra invertida doble
+‘\\’ ni ‘\par’ te darán una nueva línea; por ejemplo ‘\makebox{abc def
+\\ ghi}’ genera ‘abc defghi’ mientras ‘\makebox{abc def \par ghi}’
+genera ‘abc def ghi’, ambos en una sola línea. Para obtener varias
+líneas, *note \parbox:: y *note minipage::.
+
+20.2 ‘\fbox’ y ‘\framebox’
+==========================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \fbox{TEXT}
+ \framebox{TEXT}
+ \framebox[WIDTH]{TEXT}
+ \framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+ Crea un cuadro con un marco envolvente, cuatro reglas que rodean el
+TEXT. Estos comandos son los mismos que ‘\mbox’ y ‘\makebox’ excepto
+para el marco (*note \mbox y \makebox::). El comando ‘\fbox’ es
+robusto, el comando ‘\framebox’ es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ \fbox{¡Advertencia! No se muestra el trabajo, no se otorga crédito.}
+
+LaTeX pone el texto en un cuadro, el texto no se puede dividir
+silábicamente. Alrededor de esa caja, separadas de ella por un pequeño
+espacio, hay cuatro reglas que hacen un cuadro.
- ‘\makebox’ también se utiliza en el entorno picture *note \makebox
-(picture)::.
+ Las dos primeras invocaciones de comandos, ‘\fbox{...}’ y
+‘\framebox{...}’, son más o menos iguales. En cuanto a la tercera y
+cuartas invocaciones, los argumentos opcionales te permiten especificar
+el ancho de la casilla como WIDTH y la posición del texto dentro de ese
+cuadro como POSITION. *Note \mbox y \makebox::, para la descripción
+completa pero aquí hay un ejemplo de creación de un cuadro vacío de
+1/4in de ancho.
-21.5 ‘\parbox’
+ \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}}
+
+El ‘\strut’ asegura una altura total de ‘\baselineskip’ (*note
+\strut::).
+
+ Estos parámetros determinan el diseño del marco.
+
+‘\fboxrule’
+ El grosor de las reglas alrededor de la caja cerrada. El valor
+ predeterminado es 0.2pt. Cámbialo con un comando como
+ ‘\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}’ (*note \setlength::).
+
+‘\fboxsep’
+ La distancia desde el marco hasta la caja cerrada. El valor
+ predeterminado es 3pt. Cámbialo con un comando como
+ ‘\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}’ (*note \setlength::). Establecerlo en
+ 0pt es útil a veces: esto colocará un marco alrededor de la imagen
+ sin borde blanco.
+
+ {\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%
+ \framebox{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}}
+
+ Las llaves adicionales mantienen el efecto del ‘\setlength’ local.
+
+ Al igual que con ‘\mbox’ y ‘\makebox’, LaTeX no romperá líneas en
+TEXT. Pero este ejemplo tiene líneas de ruptura LaTeX para hacer un
+párrafo, y luego encuadra el resultado.
+
+ \framebox{%
+ \begin{minipage}{0.6\linewidth}
+ Querida, aquí debemos correr lo más rápido que podamos, solo para
+ mantenernos en el lugar.
+ Y si deseas ir a donde debes correr el doble de rápido que eso.
+ \end{minipage}}
+
+ *Note Cuadros de colores::, para colores que no sean blanco y negro.
+
+ El entorno ‘picture’ tiene una versión del comando ‘\framebox’ donde
+las unidades dependen del ‘\unitlength’ de ‘picture’ (*note \framebox
+(picture)::).
+
+20.3 ‘\parbox’
==============
-Sinopsis:
+Sinopsis, una de:
- \parbox[POSICIÓN][ALTO][POS-INTERNA]{ANCHO}{TEXTO}
+ \parbox{WIDTH}{CONTENIDO}
+ \parbox[POSITION]{WIDTH}{CONTENIDO}
+ \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT]{WIDTH}{CONTENIDO}
+ \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}{CONTENIDO}
- La instrucción ‘\parbox’ produce una caja cuyo contenido es creado en
-modo ‘paragraph’. Se debe utilizar para hacer una caja de pequeñas
-piezas de texto, sin nada lujoso en el interior. En particular, no debe
-utilizar ningún entorno que genere párrafos dentro de un argumento
-‘\parbox’. Para grandes piezas de texto, incluyendo aquellas que
-contienen un entorno que genera párrafos, debe usar un entorno
-‘minipágina’ (*note minipage::).
+ Produce un cuadro de texto de WIDTH de ancho. Usa este comando para
+hacer una caja de pequeños fragmentos de texto, de un solo párrafo.
+Este comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
- ‘\parbox’ tiene dos argumentos obligatorios:
+ \begin{picture}(0,0) ... \put(1,2){\parbox{1.75in}{\raggedright
+ Debido a que el gráfico es una línea en este artículo semilog, la
+ relación es exponencial.}} \end{picture}
-ANCHO
- la anchura de parbox;
-TEXTO
- El texto que va dentro de la parbox.
+ El CONTENIDO se procesa en modo texto (*note Modos::) por lo que
+LaTeX dividirá líneas para formar un párrafo. Pero no hará varios
+párrafos; para eso, usa un entorno ‘minipage’ (*note minipage::).
- El argumento opcional POSICIÓN le permite alinear la línea en la
-parte superior o inferior de parbox con la línea base del texto que lo
-rodea (de manera predeterminada es superior).
+ Las opciones para ‘\parbox’ (excepto CONTENIDO) son las mismas como
+las de ‘minipage’. Para mayor comodidad, un resumen de las opciones
+está aquí, pero *note minipage:: para obtener una descripción completa.
- El argumento opcional ALTO reemplaza la altura natural de la caja.
+ Hay dos argumentos necesarios. El WIDTH es una longitud rígida
+(*note Longitudes::). Establece el ancho del cuadro en el que LaTeX
+compone CONTENIDO. CONTENIDO es el texto que se coloca en esa caja. No
+debe tener ningún componente de creación de párrafos.
- Al argumento POS-INTERIOR controla la ubicación del texto dentro de
-la caja de la siguiente manera; Si no se especifica, se utiliza
-POSICIÓN.
+ Hay tres argumentos opcionales, POSITION, HEIGHT e INNER-POS. La
+POSITION da la alineación vertical de la “parbox” con respecto al
+material circundante. Los valores apoyados son ‘c’ o ‘m’ para hacer que
+el centro vertical del parbox se alinea con el centro de la línea de
+texto adyacente (este es el predeterminado), o ‘t’ para hacer coincidir
+la línea superior del parbox con la línea base del material circundante,
+o ‘b’ para que coincida con la línea de fondo.
-‘t’
- El texto es colocado en la parte superior de la caja.
-‘c’
- El texto se coloca al centro de la caja.
-‘b’
- El texto se coloca en la parte inferior de la caja.
-‘s’
- Se extiende verticalmente; el texto debe contener espacio vertical
- extensible para que esto funcione.
+ El argumento opcional HEIGHT redefine la altura natural de la caja.
-21.6 ‘\raisebox’
+ El argumento opcional INNER-POS controla la ubicación de CONTENT
+dentro del ‘parbox’. Su valor predeterminado es el valor de POSITION.
+Sus posibles valores son: ‘t’ para poner el CONTENT en la parte superior
+del cuadro, ‘c’ para ponerlo en el centro vertical, ‘b’ para colocarlo
+en la parte inferior del cuadro y ‘s’ para estirarlo verticalmente (para
+ello, el texto debe contener espacio extensible verticalmente).
+
+20.4 ‘\raisebox’
================
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \raisebox{DISTANCE}{TEXT}
+ \raisebox{DISTANCE}[HEIGHT]{TEXT}
+ \raisebox{DISTANCE}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{TEXT}
+
+ Sube o baja TEXT. Este comando es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Este ejemplo hace un comando para denotar la restricción de una
+función bajando el símbolo de la barra vertical.
+
+ \newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}}
+ $f\restricted{A}$
+
+ El primer argumento obligatorio DISTANCE especifica qué tan lejos
+subir el segundo argumento obligatorio TEXT. Esta es una longitud
+rígida (*note Longitudes::). Si es negativo entonces baja TEXT. El
+TEXT se procesa en modo LR por lo que no puede contener saltos de línea
+(*note Modos::).
+
+ Los argumentos opcionales HEIGHT y DEPTH son dimensiones. Si se
+especifican, redefinen la altura y profundidad natural de la caja, LaTeX
+compone tipográficamente TEXT.
+
+ En los argumentos DISTANCE, HEIGHT y DEPTH puedes utilizar las
+siguientes longitudes que se refieren a la dimensión de la caja que
+LaTeX empieza a componer TEXT: ‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\width’,
+‘\totalheight’ (esta es la altura de la caja más su profundidad).
+
+ Esto alineará dos gráficos en su parte superior (*note Gráficos::).
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx,calc} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{lion.png}}
+ \qquad
+ \raisebox{1ex-\height}{%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]{meta.png}}
+ \end{center}
+
+El primer ‘\height’ es la altura de ‘lion.png’ mientras que el segundo
+es la altura de ‘meta.png’.
+
+20.5 ‘\sbox’ y ‘\savebox’
+=========================
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}
+ \savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}
+ \savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH]{TEXT}
+ \savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT}
+
+ Compone TEXT igual que con ‘\makebox’ (*note \mbox y \makebox::)
+excepto que LaTeX no lo genera, sino que lo guarda en un registro de
+caja al que hace referencia una variable denominada BOX-CMD. El nombre
+de la variable BOX-CMD comienza con una barra invertida, ‘\’. Debes
+haber asignado previamente el cuadro de registro BOX-CMD con
+‘\newsavebox’ (*note \newsavebox::). El comando ‘\sbox’ es robusto
+mientras ‘\savebox’ es frágil (*note \protect::).
+
+ Esto crea y utiliza un registro de caja.
+
+ \newsavebox{\fullname}
+ \sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt}
+ ...
+ \usebox{\fullname}! ¡Su nombre también es mi nombre!
+ ¡Cuando salimos, la gente siempre grita!
+ ¡Ahí va \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da.
+
+Una ventaja de usar y reutilizar un registro de caja sobre una variable
+macro ‘\newcommand’ es la eficiencia, que LaTeX no necesita vuelve a
+escribir repetidamente el contenido. Ve el ejemplo a continuación.
+
+ Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran arriba,
+‘\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}’ y ‘\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}’, son más o menos
+iguales. En cuanto a la tercera y cuarta, los argumentos opcionales te
+permiten especificar el ancho de la caja como WIDTH, y la posición del
+texto dentro de esa caja como POSITION. *Note \mbox y \makebox::, para
+la descripción completa.
+
+ En los comandos ‘\sbox’ y ‘\savebox’ el TEXT es tipografiado en modo
+LR para que no tenga saltos de línea (*note Modos::). Si usas estos,
+entonces LaTeX no te da un error pero ignora lo que quieres: si ingresas
+‘\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}’ y ‘\usebox{\newreg}’ entonces obtienes
+‘testtest’, mientras que si ingresas ‘\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}’ y
+‘\usebox{\newreg}’ entonces obtienes ‘test test’, pero no hay error ni
+advertencia. Para solucionar esto, usa ‘\parbox’ o ‘minipage’ como
+aquí.
+
+ \newsavebox{\areg}
+ \savebox{\areg}{%
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Primer elemento
+ \item Segundo elemento
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{minipage}}
+ ...
+ \usebox{\areg}
+
+ Como ejemplo de la eficiencia de reutilizar el contenido de un
+registro, esto pone la misma imagen en cada página del documento
+colocándola en el encabezado. LaTeX solo la compone una vez.
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % todo esto en el preámbulo
+ \newsavebox{\sealreg}
+ \savebox{\sealreg}{%
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}%
+ \begin{picture}(0,0)%
+ \put(1.5,-2.5){%
+ \begin{tabular}{c}
+ \includegraphics[height=2in]{companylogo.png} \\
+ La oficina del presidente
+ \end{tabular}}
+ \end{picture}%
+ }
+ \markright{\usebox{\sealreg}}
+ \pagestyle{headings}
+
+El entorno ‘picture’ es bueno para ajustar la ubicación.
+
+ Si el registro ‘\noreg’ aún no se ha definido, obtendrás algo como
+‘Secuencia de control indefinida. <argument> \noreg’.
+
+20.6 ‘lrbox’
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \begin{lrbox}{BOX-CMD}
+ TEXT
+ \end{lrbox}
+
+ Esta es la forma de entorno de los comandos ‘\sbox’ y ‘\savebox’, y
+es equivalente a ellos. *Note \sbox y \savebox::, para la descripción
+completa.
+
+ El TEXT dentro del entorno se guarda en el cuadro de registro
+referido por la variable ‘BOX-CMD’. El nombre de la variable BOX-CMD
+debe comenzar con una barra invertida, ‘\’. Debes asignar esta caja
+regístrate con anticipación con ‘\newsavebox’ (*note \newsavebox::). En
+este ejemplo el entorno es conveniente para ingresar el ‘tabular’.
+
+ \newsavebox{\jhreg}
+ \begin{lrbox}{\jhreg}
+ \begin{tabular}{c}
+ \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\
+ Jim Hef{}feron
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{lrbox}
+ ...
+ \usebox{\jhreg}
+
+20.7 ‘\usebox’
+==============
+
Sinopsis:
- \raisebox{distancia}[ALTO][PROFUNDIDAD]{texto}
+ \usebox{BOX-CMD}
- La instrucción ‘\raisebox’ aumenta o disminuye el TEXTO. El primer
-argumento obligatorio especifica a qué altura se va a levantar (o bajar
-si la cantidad es negativa) el TEXTO. El TEXTO mismo es procesado en
-modo LR.
+ Produce el cuadro guardado más recientemente en el registro de cuadro
+BOX-CMD por los comandos ‘\sbox’ o ‘\savebox’, o el entorno ‘lrbox’.
+Para obtener más información y ejemplos, *note \sbox y \savebox::. (Ten
+en cuenta que el nombre de la variable BOX-CMD comienza con una barra
+invertida, ‘\’). Este comando es robusto (*note \protect::).
- Los argumentos opcionales ALTO y PROFUNDIDAD son dimensiones. Si se
-especifican, LaTeX trata a TEXTO como una ampliación de una distancia
-determinada sobre la línea base (alto) o bajo (profundidad), omitiendo
-su altura y profundidad natural.
+21 Color
+********
-21.7 ‘\savebox’
-===============
+Puedes agregar color al texto, reglas, etc. También puedes tener color
+en un cuadro o en una página entera y escribir texto encima.
+
+ El soporte de color viene como un paquete adicional. Así que pon
+‘\usepackage{color}’ en el preámbulo de su documento para usar los
+comandos descritos aquí.
+
+ Muchos otros paquetes también complementan las capacidades de color
+de LaTeX. Particularmente digno de mención es ‘xcolor’, que se utiliza
+ampliamente y extiende significativamente las capacidades descritas
+aquí, incluida la adición de modelos de color ‘HTML’ y ‘Hsb’.
+
+21.1 Opciones del paquete ‘color’
+=================================
+
+Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
+
+ \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}
+
+ Cuando cargas el paquete ‘color’ hay dos tipos de opciones de archivo
+disponibles.
+
+ El primero especifica el “controlador de impresora”. LaTeX no
+contiene información sobre diferentes sistemas de salida, sino que
+depende de información almacenada en un archivo. Normalmente no debes
+especificar la opción driver en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en
+la configuración predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es
+que hace que el documento sea portátil a través de los sistemas. Para
+completar, incluimos una lista de los controladores. Los relevantes
+actualmente son: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’, ‘pdftex’,
+‘xetex’. Los dos ‘xdvi’ y ‘oztex’ esencialmente son alias para ‘dvips’
+(y ‘xdvi’ es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para nuevos sistemas
+son: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’, ‘pctexps’,
+‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’ (y
+‘dviwindo’ es un alias de ‘dvipsone’).
+
+ El segundo tipo de opciones, más allá de los controladores, se
+encuentran a continuación.
+
+‘monochrome’
+ Deshabilita los comandos de color, para que no generen errores pero
+ tampoco generar color.
+
+‘dvipsnames’
+ Pone a disposición una lista de 68 nombres de colores que se usan
+ con frecuencia, particularmente en documentos heredados. Estos
+ nombres de colores originalmente fueron proporcionados por el
+ controlador ‘dvips’, dando el nombre de la opción.
+
+‘nodvipsnames’
+ No carga esa lista de nombres de colores, ahorrando LaTeX una
+ pequeña cantidad de espacio de memoria.
+
+21.2 Modelos de color
+=====================
+
+Un “modelo de color” es una forma de representar los colores. Las
+capacidades de LaTeX dependen del controlador de la impresora. Sin
+embargo, ‘pdftex’, los controladores de impresora ‘xetex’ y ‘luatex’
+son, con diferencia, los más comúnmente utilizados. Los siguientes
+modelos funcionan para esos controladores. Todo pero uno de estos
+también es compatible con prácticamente todos los demás controladores de
+impresora usados hoy.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que la combinación de colores puede ser aditiva o
+sustractiva. Mezcla aditiva de colores de luz, de modo que, por
+ejemplo, combinando intensidades completas de rojo, verde y azul produce
+blanco. Mezclas sustractivas de pigmentos, como con tintas, de modo que
+la combinación de la intensidad total de cian, magenta y el amarillo
+hace negro.
+
+‘cmyk’
+ Una lista separada por comas con cuatro números reales entre 0 y 1,
+ inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del cian, el segundo
+ es magenta, y los otros son amarillo y negro. Un valor numérico de
+ 0 significa intensidad mínima, mientras que un 1 es para intensidad
+ máxima. Este modelo a menudo se utiliza en la impresión a color.
+ Es un modelo sustractivo.
+
+‘gray’
+ Un solo número real entre 0 y 1, ambos inclusive. Los colores son
+ sombras de gris. El número 0 produce negro mientras que el 1 da
+ blanco.
+
+‘rgb’
+ Una lista separada por comas con tres números reales entre 0 y 1,
+ inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del componente rojo,
+ el segundo es verde, y el tercero el azul. Un valor numérico de 0
+ significa que no se agrega nada de ese componente, mientras que un
+ 1 significa intensidad total. Este es un modelo aditivo.
+
+‘RGB’
+ (‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, ‘luatex’ drivers) Una lista separada por comas
+ con tres números enteros entre 0 y 255, ambos inclusive. Este
+ modelo es una conveniencia de usar ‘rgb’ ya que fuera de LaTeX los
+ colores a menudo se describen en un modelo rojo-verde-azul usando
+ números en este rango. Los valores introducidos aquí se convierten
+ al modelo ‘rgb’ mediante división entre 255.
+
+‘named’
+ Se accede a los colores por nombre, como ‘PrussianBlue’. La lista
+ de nombres depende del controlador, pero todos admiten los nombres
+ ‘black’, ‘azul’, ‘cian’, ‘verde’, ‘magenta’, ‘rojo’, ‘white’ y
+ ‘yellow’ (Consulta la opción ‘dvipsnames’ en *note Opciones del
+ paquete Color::).
+
+21.3 Comandos para color
+========================
+
+Estos son los comandos disponibles con el paquete ‘color’.
+
+21.3.1 Definir colores
+----------------------
Sinopsis:
- \savebox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}[ANCHO][POSICIÓN]{TEXTO}
+ \definecolor{NAME}{MODEL}{SPECIFICATION}
- Esta instrucción fija la tipografía de TEXTO en una caja al igual que
-‘\makebox’ (*note \makebox::), excepto que el lugar de imprimir la caja
-resultante, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada \INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA, que
-se debe haber declarado con ‘\newsavebox’ (*note \newsavebox::).
+ Asigna el nombre NAME al color. Por ejemplo, después de esto
-21.8 ‘\sbox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}{TEXTO}’
-======================================
+ \definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+
+puedes usar ese nombre de color con ‘Hola hola,
+\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!’.
+
+ Este ejemplo da al color un nombre más abstracto, por lo que podría
+cambiar y no ser engañoso.
+
+ \definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+ \newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+
+ A menudo, los colores de un documento se definen en el preámbulo o en
+la clase o estilo, en lugar de en el cuerpo del documento.
+
+21.3.2 Texto en color
+---------------------
Sinopsis:
- \sbox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}{TEXTO}
+ \textcolor{NAME}{...}
+ \textcolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}{...}
- ‘\sbox’ escribe el TEXTO en una caja tal como ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox::)
-excepto que en lugar de incluir la caja resultante en la salida normal,
-esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada \INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA.
-\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA se debió declarar previamente con ‘\newsavebox’ (*note
-\newsavebox::).
+o
-21.9 ‘\usebox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}’
-=================================
+ \color{NAME}
+ \color[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
+
+ El texto afectado obtiene el color. Esta línea
+
+ \textcolor{magenta}{Mi nombre es Ozymandias, Rey de Reyes;} ¡Mirad
+ mis obras, poderosos, y desesperaos!
+
+hace que la primera mitad esté en magenta mientras que el resto está en
+negro. Puedes usar un color declarado con ‘\definecolor’ exactamente de
+la misma manera que usamos el color integrado ‘magenta’.
+
+ \definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+ Estoy pensando en adquirir un \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{auto
+ deportivo}.
+
+ Los dos ‘\textcolor’ y ‘\color’ difieren en que la primera es una
+forma de comando, que incluye el texto a colorear como argumento. Con
+frecuencia esta forma es más conveniente, o al menos más explícita. La
+segunda forma es una declaración, como en ‘La luna está hecha de
+{\color{green} green} cheese’, por lo que está vigente hasta el final
+del grupo actual o entorno. Esto a veces es útil cuando se escriben
+macros o como debajo, donde colorea todo dentro del entorno ‘center’,
+incluyendo las líneas verticales y horizontales.
+
+ \begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &UR \\ \hline
+ LL &LR
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Puedes usar el color en las ecuaciones. Un documento podría tener
+esta definición en el preámbulo
+
+ \definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+
+y luego contener esta ecuación.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+ \end{equation}
+
+ Normalmente, los colores utilizados en un documento se declaran en
+una clase o estilo. Pero a veces quieres uno único. Esas son las
+segundas formas en la sinopsis.
+
+ Colores de \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} y
+ {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} para el equipo.
+
+ El formato de ESPECIFICACIÓN DE COLOR depende del modelo de color
+(*note Modelos de color::). Por ejemplo, mientras ‘rgb’ toma tres
+números, ‘gray’ solo toma uno.
+
+ La selección fue \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+
+ Los colores dentro de los colores no combinan. De este modo
+
+ \textcolor{green}{clase de \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+
+tiene una palabra final que es azul, no una combinación de azul y verde.
+
+21.3.3 Cuadros de colores
+-------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \colorbox{NAME}{...}
+ \colorbox[NOMBRE DEL MODELO]{COLOR DE FONDO DEL
+ CUADRO}{...}
+
+o
+
+ \fcolorbox{COLOR DEL CUADRO}{COLOR DE FONDO DEL
+ CUADRO}{...}
+ \fcolorbox[NOMBRE DEL MODELO]{COLOR DEL
+ CUADRO}{COLOR DE FONDO DEL CUADRO}{...}
+
+ Haz un cuadro con el color de fondo indicado. El comando
+‘\fcolorbox’ pone un marco alrededor de la caja. Por ejemplo esto
+
+ Nombre:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+
+hace una caja de color cian de cinco centímetros de largo y recibe su
+profundidad y altura del ‘\strut’ (por lo que la profundidad es
+‘-.3\baselineskip’ y la altura es ‘\baselineskip’). Este pone texto
+blanco sobre un fondo azul.
+
+ \colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Bienvenido a la máquina.}}
+
+ Los comandos ‘\fcolorbox’ usan los mismos parámetros que ‘\fbox’
+(*note \fbox y \framebox::), ‘\fboxrule’ y ‘\fboxsep’, para establecer
+el grosor de la regla y el límite entre el interior de la caja y la
+regla circundante. Los valores predeterminados de LaTeX son ‘0.4pt’ y
+‘3pt’, respectivamente.
+
+ Este ejemplo cambia el grosor del borde a 0.8 puntos. Nota que está
+rodeado de llaves para que el cambio termine al final de la segunda
+línea.
+
+ {\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+ \fcolorbox{black}{red}{Bajo ninguna circunstancia gires esta
+ perilla.}}
+
+21.3.4 Páginas coloreadas
+-------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \pagecolor{NAME}
+ \pagecolor[MODELO DE COLOR]{ESPECIFICACIÓN DE COLOR}
+ \nopagecolor
+
+ Los dos primeros establecen el fondo de la página, y todas las
+páginas posteriores, al color. Para una explicación de la
+especificación en la segunda forma *note Texto en color::. La tercera
+devuelve el fondo a la normalidad, que es un fondo transparente. (Si
+eso no es compatible, usa ‘\pagecolor{white}’, aunque eso hará un fondo
+blanco en lugar del fondo transparente predeterminado).
+
+ ...
+ \pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+ \nopagecolor
+
+22 Gráficos
+***********
+
+Puedes usar gráficos como archivos PNG o PDF en tu documento LaTeX.
+Necesitas un paquete adicional, que viene estándar con LaTeX. Este
+ejemplo es el breve procedimiento.
+
+ \include{graphicx} % va en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{plot.pdf}
+
+ Para usar los comandos descritos aquí, el preámbulo de tu documento
+debe contener ya sea ‘\usepackage{graphicx}’ o ‘\usepackage{graphics}’.
+La mayoría de las veces, ‘graphicx’ es la mejor elección.
+
+ Los gráficos vienen en dos tipos principales, rasterizados y
+vectoriales. LaTeX puede usar ambos. En gráficos rasterizados, el
+archivo contiene una entrada para cada ubicación en un arreglo,
+describiendo de qué color es. Un ejemplo es una fotografía en formato
+JPG. En gráficos vectoriales, el archivo contiene una lista de
+instrucciones como ‘dibuja un círculo con este radio y ese centro’. Un
+ejemplo es un dibujo lineal producido por el programa Asymptote, en
+formato PDF. En general, los gráficos vectoriales son más útiles porque
+puedes cambiar la escala de su tamaño sin pixelación u otros problemas,
+y porque suelen tener un tamaño más pequeño.
+
+ Hay sistemas particularmente adecuados para hacer gráficos para un
+documento LaTeX. Por ejemplo, estos te permiten usar las mismas letras
+como en tu documento. LaTeX viene con un entorno ‘picture’ (*note
+picture::) que tiene capacidades simples. Además de eso, hay otras
+formas de incluir los comandos de creación de gráficos en el documento.
+Dos de dichos sistemas son los paquetes PSTricks y TikZ. También hay
+sistemas externos a LaTeX, que generan un gráfico que incluyes usando
+los comandos de este capítulo. Dos que usan un lenguaje de programación
+son Asymptote y MetaPost. Uno que utiliza una interfaz gráfica es Xfig.
+La descripción completa de estos sistemas está fuera del alcance de este
+documento; ve su documentación en CTAN.
+
+22.1 Opciones del paquete ‘graphics’
+====================================
+
+Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
+
+ \usepackage[LISTA DE OPCIONES SEPARADAS POR COMAS]{graphics}
+
+o
+
+ \usepackage[LISTA DE OPCIONES SEPARADAS POR COMAS]{graphicx}
+
+ El paquete ‘graphicx’ tiene un formato para argumentos opcionales al
+comando ‘\includegraphics’ que sea conveniente (es el formato
+valor-clave), por lo que es la mejor opción para documentos nuevos.
+Cuando cargas el paquete ‘graphics’ o ‘graphicx’ con ‘\usepackage’ hay
+dos tipos de opciones disponibles.
+
+ La primera es que LaTeX no contiene información sobre diferentes
+sistemas de salida, sino que depende de la información almacenada en un
+archivo “controlador de impresora”. Normalmente no debes especificar el
+controlador en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en la opción
+predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es que hace que el
+documento sea portátil entre sistemas.
+
+ Para completar, aquí hay una lista de los controladores. Los
+actualmente relevantes son: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’,
+‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’. Los dos ‘xdvi’ y ‘oztex’ esencialmente son alias
+para ‘dvips’ (y ‘xdvi’ es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para
+sistemas nuevos son: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
+‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
+(y ‘dviwindo’ es un alias para ‘dvipsone’). Estos se almacenan en
+archivos con una extensión ‘.def’, como ‘pdftex.def’.
+
+ El segundo tipo de opciones se encuentra a continuación.
+
+‘demo’
+ En lugar de un archivo de imagen, LaTeX coloca un rectángulo de
+ 150 pt por 100 pt (a menos que se especifique otro tamaño en el
+ comando ‘\includegraphics’).
+
+‘draft’
+ Para cada archivo gráfico, no se muestra, sino que su nombre de
+ archivo es impreso en una caja del tamaño correcto. Para
+ determinar el tamaño, el archivo debe estar presente.
+
+‘final’
+ (Predeterminado) Redefinir cualquier opción ‘draft’ anterior, de
+ modo que el documento muestra el contenido de los archivos
+ gráficos.
+
+‘hiderotate’
+ No muestra texto girado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+ vista previa no tiene la capacidad de rotar el texto).
+
+‘hidescale’
+ No mostrar texto escalado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+ vista previa no tiene la capacidad de escalar).
+
+‘hiresbb’
+ En un archivo PS o EPS, el tamaño del gráfico se puede especificar
+ de dos formas. Las líneas de ‘%%BoundingBox’ describen el tamaño
+ del gráfico usando un número entero múltiplo de un punto
+ PostScript, es decir, múltiplos enteros de 1/72 pulgada. Una
+ adición posterior al lenguaje PostScript permite múltiplos
+ decimales, como 1.23, en líneas ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’. Esta opción
+ tiene LaTeX para leer el tamaño de esta última.
+
+22.2 Configuración del paquete ‘graphics’
+=========================================
+
+Estos comandos configuran la forma en que LaTeX busca en el sistema de
+archivos gráficos.
+
+ El comportamiento del código de búsqueda del sistema de archivos
+necesariamente es dependiente de la plataforma. En este documento
+cubrimos GNU/Linux, Macintosh y Windows, así como esos sistemas suelen
+estar configurados. Para otras situaciones consulta la documentación en
+‘grfguide.pdf’, o la fuente de LaTeX, o su documentación de la
+distribución de TeX.
+
+22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
+----------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \graphicspath{LISTA DE DIRECTORIOS ENTRE LLAVES}
+
+ Declara una lista de directorios para buscar archivos gráficos. Esto
+permite que luego digas algo como ‘\includegraphics{lion.png}’ en lugar
+de tener que dar su ruta.
+
+ LaTeX siempre busca archivos gráficos primero en el directorio actual
+(y el directorio de salida, si se especifica; *note directorio de
+salida::). La siguiente declaración le dice al sistema que busque en el
+subdirectorio ‘pix’, y luego ‘../pix’.
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % o gráficos; poner en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+
+ La declaración ‘\graphicspath’ es opcional. Si no lo incluyes
+entonces el valor predeterminado de LaTeX es buscar en todos los lugares
+en los que generalmente busca un archivo (usa el ‘\input@path’ de
+LaTeX). En particular, en este caso uno de los lugares donde mira es el
+directorio actual.
+
+ Encierra cada nombre de directorio entre llaves; por ejemplo arriba
+dice ‘‘{pix}’’. Haz esto incluso si solo hay un directorio. Cada
+nombre de directorio debe terminar en una barra diagonal, ‘/’. Esto es
+cierto incluso en Windows, donde una buena práctica es usar barras
+diagonales para todos los separadores de directorio ya que hace que el
+documento sea portátil a otras plataformas. Si tienes espacios en el
+nombre de tu directorio, usa dobles comillas, como con ‘{"my docs/"}’.
+Usar una de estas reglas incorrectamente hará que LaTeX informe ‘Error:
+Archivo `FILENAME' no encontrado’.
+
+ Básicamente, el algoritmo es que con este ejemplo, después de mirar
+en el directorio actual,
+
+ \graphicspath{ {pix/} {../pix/} }
+ ...
+ \usepackage{lion.png}
+
+para cada uno de los directorios enumerados, LaTeX lo concatena con el
+nombre de archivo y busca el resultado, encontrando ‘pix/lion.png’ y
+luego ‘../pix/lion.png’. Este algoritmo significa que el comando
+‘\graphicspath’ no busca subdirectorios recursivamente: si emites
+‘\graphicspath{{a/}}’ y el gráfico está en ‘a/b/lion.png’ entonces LaTeX
+no lo encontrará. También significa que puedes usar rutas absolutas
+como ‘\graphicspath{{/home/jim/logos/}}’ o
+‘\graphicspath{{C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/}}’. Sin embargo, usar esto
+significa que el documento no es portátil. (Puedes conservar
+portabilidad ajustando el parámetro ‘TEXINPUTS’ de tu archivo de
+configuración del sistema TeX; consulta la documentación de tu sistema).
+
+ Puedes usar ‘\graphicspath’ en cualquier parte del documento. Lo
+puedes usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Ginput@path}\makeatother’.
+
+ Los directorios se toman con respecto al archivo base. Eso es, supón
+que estás trabajando en un documento basado en ‘book/book.tex’ y
+contiene ‘\include{chapters/chap1}’. Si en ‘chap1.tex’ pones
+‘\graphicspath{{plots/}}’ entonces LaTeX no buscará gráficos en
+‘book/chapters/plots’, sino en cambio en ‘book/plots’.
+
+22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
+-----------------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{LISTA DE EXTENSIONES DE ARCHIVO
+ SEPARADAS POR COMAS}
+
+ Declara las extensiones de nombre de archivo para probar. Esto te
+permite especificar el orden en el que elegir los formatos gráficos
+cuando incluyes archivos gráficos dando el nombre del archivo sin la
+extensión, como en ‘\includegraphics{functionplot}’.
+
+ En este ejemplo, LaTeX encontrará archivos en formato PNG antes que
+archivos PDF.
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,PNG,.pdf,.PDF}
+ ...
+ \includegraphics{lion} % encontrará lion.png antes que
+ lion.pdf
+
+Debido a que el nombre de archivo ‘lion’ no tiene punto, LaTeX usa la
+lista de extensiones. Para cada directorio en la ruta de gráficos
+(*note \graphicspath::), LaTeX probará las extensiones en el orden dado.
+Si no encuentra dicho archivo después de probar todos los directorios y
+extensiones, entonces informa ‘! Error de LaTeX: Archivo `‘lion’' no
+encontrado’. Ten en cuenta que debes incluir los puntos al comienzo de
+las extensiones.
+
+ Dado que los nombres de archivo de GNU/Linux y Macintosh distinguen
+entre mayúsculas y minúsculas, la lista de extensiones de archivo
+distinguen entre mayúsculas y minúsculas en esas plataformas. La
+plataforma Windows no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+
+ No es necesario que incluya ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’ en tu
+documento; el controlador de la impresora tiene un valor predeterminado
+razonable. Por ejemplo, el ‘pdftex.def’ más reciente tiene esta lista
+de extensiones.
+
+ .pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
+
+ Para cambiar el orden, usa el paquete ‘grfext’.
+
+ Puedes usar este comando en cualquier parte del documento. Lo puedes
+usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother’.
+
+22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
+-----------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{EXTENSION}{TYPE}{SIZE-FILE
+ EXTENSION}{COMMAND}
+
+ Declara cómo manejar archivos gráficos cuyos nombres terminan en
+EXTENSIÓN.
+
+ Este ejemplo declara que todos los archivos con nombres de la forma
+‘nombre-de-archivo-sin-punto.mps’ se tratará como salida de MetaPost, lo
+cual significa que el controlador de la impresora usará su código de
+manejo de MetaPost para ingresar el archivo.
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{.mps}{mps}{.mps}{}
+
+ Este
+
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
+
+le dice a LaTeX que debe manejar como salida MetaPost cualquier archivo
+con una extensión no cubierta por otra regla, por lo que cubre
+‘filename.1’, ‘nombre-de-archivo.2’, etc.
+
+ Esto describe los cuatro argumentos.
+
+EXTENSION
+ La extensión de archivo a la que se aplica esta regla. La
+ extensión es cualquier cosa después e incluyendo el primer punto en
+ el nombre del archivo. Usa la estrella Kleene, forma-‘*’, para
+ indicar el comportamiento predeterminado de todas las extensiones
+ no declaradas.
+
+TYPE
+ El tipo de archivo involucrado. Este tipo es una cadena que se
+ debe definir en el controlador de la impresora. Por ejemplo,
+ archivos con extensiones ‘.ps’, ‘.eps’ o ‘.ps.gz’ se pueden
+ clasificar como tipo ‘eps’. Todos los archivos del mismo tipo se
+ ingresarán con el mismo comando interno por el controlador de la
+ impresora. Por ejemplo, los tipos de archivo que ‘pdftex’ reconoce
+ son: ‘jpg’, ‘jbig2’, ‘mps’, ‘pdf’, ‘png’, ‘tif’.
+
+TAMAÑO DE EXTENSIÓN DE ARCHIVO
+ La extensión del archivo a leer para determinar el tamaño del
+ gráfico, si existe tal archivo. Puede ser lo mismo que EXTENSION
+ pero puede ser diferente.
+
+ Como ejemplo, considera un gráfico PostScript. Para hacerlo más
+ pequeño, puede estar comprimido en un archivo ‘.ps.gz’. Los
+ archivos comprimidos no son fáciles de leer por LaTeX para que
+ pueda poner la información del cuadro delimitador en un archivo
+ separado. Si SIZE-FILE EXTENSION está vacío, entonces debes
+ especificar la información de tamaño en los argumentos de
+ ‘\includegraphics’.
+
+ Si el archivo del controlador tiene un procedimiento para leer
+ archivos de tamaño para ‘tipo’ entonces se usará, de lo contrario
+ usará el procedimiento para leer archivos ‘.eps’. (Por lo tanto,
+ puedes especificar el tamaño de archivos de mapa de bits en un
+ archivo con una línea de estilo PostScript ‘%%BoundingBox’ si no
+ otro formato está disponible).
+
+COMMAND
+ Un comando que se aplicará al archivo. Este a menudo se deja
+ vacío. Este comando debe comenzar con una sola comilla inversa.
+ De este modo, ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip
+ -c #1}’ especifica que cualquier archivo con la extensión ‘.eps.gz’
+ se debe tratar como un archivo ‘eps’, con la información de
+ BoundingBox almacenado en el archivo con extensión ‘.eps.bb’, y que
+ el comando ‘gunzip -c’ se ejecutará en tu plataforma para
+ descomprimir el archivo.
+
+ Tal comando es específico para tu plataforma. Además, tu sistema
+ TeX te debe permitir ejecutar comandos externos; como medida de
+ seguridad los sistemas modernos restringen la ejecución de comandos
+ a menos que lo permitas explícitamente. Consulta la documentación
+ de tu distribución TeX.
+
+22.3 Comandos para graphics
+===========================
+
+Estos son los comandos disponibles con los paquetes ‘graphics’ y
+‘graphicx’.
+
+22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
+-------------------------
+
+Sinopsis del paquete ‘graphics’:
+
+ \includegraphics{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics[LLX,LLY][URX,URY]{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*[URX,URY]{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*[LLX,LLY][URX,URY]{FILENAME}
+
+ Sinopsis del paquete ‘graphicx’:
+
+ \includegraphics{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*{FILENAME}
+ \includegraphics*[KEY-VALUE LIST]{FILENAME}
+
+ Incluye un archivo de gráficos. La forma destacada
+‘\includegraphics*’ recortar el gráfico al tamaño especificado, mientras
+que para la forma sin estrella cualquier parte del gráfico que está
+fuera del cuadro del tamaño especificado se sobreimprimir el área
+circundante.
+
+ Este
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{plot.pdf}
+ \end{center}
+
+incorporará al documento el gráfico en ‘plot.pdf’, centrado y en su
+tamaño nominal. También puedes dar una ruta al archivo, como con
+‘\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}’. Para especificar una lista de
+ubicaciones para buscar el archivo, *note \graphicspath::.
+
+ Si tu nombre de archivo incluye espacios, ponlo entre comillas
+dobles. Un ejemplo es ‘\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}’.
+
+ El comando ‘\includegraphics{FILENAME}’ decide sobre el tipo de
+gráfico dividiendo FILENAME en el primer punto. Puedes en su lugar,
+usar FILENAME sin punto, como en ‘\includegraphics{turing}’, y luego
+LaTeX intenta una secuencia de extensiones como ‘.png’ y ‘.pdf’ hasta
+que encuentre un archivo con esa extensión (*note
+\DeclareGraphicsExtensions::).
+
+ Si tu nombre de archivo contiene puntos antes de la extensión, puedes
+ocultar con llaves, como en ‘\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}’.
+O, si usas el paquete ‘graphicx’ entonces puedes usar las opciones
+‘type’ y ‘ext’; ve abajo. Este y otros problemas de nombre de archivo
+también se manejan con el paquete ‘grffile’.
+
+ Este ejemplo coloca un gráfico en un entorno ‘figure’ para que LaTeX
+lo pueda mover a la página siguiente si al encajarlo en la página actual
+es incómodo (*note figure::).
+
+ \begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=3cm]{lungxray.jpg}
+ \caption{La evidencia es abrumadora: no fumes.} \label{fig:xray}
+ \end{figure}
+
+ Esto coloca un gráfico que no flotará, por lo que es seguro que
+aparecerá en este punto en el documento incluso si haces que LaTeX
+estire el texto o recurra a las áreas en blanco de la página. Estará
+centrado y tendrá un subtítulo.
+
+ \usepackage{caption} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics{pix/nix.png}
+ \captionof{figure}{El espíritu de la noche} \label{pix:nix} % opcional
+ \end{center}
+
+ Este ejemplo pone una caja con un gráfico al lado de otra que tiene
+texto, con los dos centrados verticalmente.
+
+ \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+ ...
+ \begin{center}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.4\textwidth]{plot}}
+ \hspace{1em}
+ \vcenteredhbox{\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
+ \begin{displaymath}
+ f(x)=x\cdot \sin (1/x)
+ \end{displaymath}
+ \end{minipage}}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Si usas el paquete ‘graphics’ entonces las únicas opciones involucran
+el tamaño del gráfico (pero *note \rotatebox:: y *note \scalebox::).
+Cuando un argumento opcional está presente, entonces es ‘[URX,URY]’ y da
+las coordenadas de la parte superior esquina derecha de la imagen, como
+un par de dimensiones TeX (*note Unidades de longitud::). Si se omiten
+las unidades, de manera predeterminada son ‘bp’. En este caso, se
+supone que la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen está en (0,0). Si
+hay dos argumentos opcionales, entonces el principal es ‘[LLX,LLY]’,
+especificando las coordenadas de la imagen abajo a la izquierda. Por lo
+tanto, ‘\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}’ pide el gráfico se colocará
+de manera que tenga 1 pulgadas de ancho y 0.618 pulgadas alto y por lo
+que su origen está en (0,0).
+
+ El paquete ‘graphicx’ te brinda muchas más opciones. Especifícalos
+en una forma clave-valor, como aquí.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics[width=1in,angle=90]{lion}
+ \hspace{2em}
+ \includegraphics[angle=90,width=1in]{lion}
+ \end{center}
+
+Las opciones se leen de izquierda a derecha. Así que el primer gráfico
+de arriba está hecho de una pulgada de ancho y luego se gira, mientras
+que el segundo se gira y luego se hace de una pulgada de ancho. Por lo
+tanto, a menos que el gráfico sea perfectamente cuadrado, los dos
+terminarán con diferentes anchos y alturas.
+
+ Hay muchas opciones. Las principales se enumeran primero.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que LaTeX coloca un gráfico en un cuadro, que es
+conocido tradicionalmente como su “delimitador de cuadro” (distinto del
+PostScript BoundingBox descrito a continuación). El área impresa del
+gráfico puede ir más allá de este cuadro, o sentarse dentro de este
+cuadro, pero cuando LaTeX crea una página junta casillas y esta es la
+casilla asignada para el gráfico.
+
+‘width’
+ El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su cuadro delimitador tenga este
+ ancho. Un ejemplo es ‘\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}’. Puedes
+ usar las dimensiones TeX estándar (*note Unidades de longitud::) y
+ también es conveniente ‘\linewidth’, o en un documento de dos
+ columnas, ‘\columnwidth’ (*note Parámetros de composición de
+ página::). Un ejemplo es que al usar ‘calc’ puedes hacer que el
+ gráfico sea 1 cm más estrecho que el ancho del texto con
+ ‘\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}’.
+
+‘height’
+ El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su delimitador de cuadro tenga
+ esta altura. Puedes usar las dimensiones TeX estándar (*note
+ Unidades de longitud::), y también ‘\pageheight’ y ‘\textheight’
+ son convenientes (*note Parámetros de composición de página::).
+ Por ejemplo, el comando
+ ‘\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}’ hará el gráfico
+ un cuarto de la altura del área de texto.
+
+‘totalheight’
+ El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su delimitador de cuadro tenga
+ esta altura más profundidad. Esto difiere de la altura si se gira
+ el gráfico. Por ejemplo, si se ha girado -90, entonces tendrá una
+ altura cero pero una gran profundidad.
+
+‘keepaspectratio’
+ Si se establece en ‘true’, o simplemente se especifica como aquí
+
+ \includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}
+
+ y das como opciones tanto ‘width’ como ‘height’ (o ‘totalheight’),
+ entonces LaTeX hará que el gráfico sea tan grande como sea posible
+ sin distorsión. Es decir, LaTeX se asegurará de que el gráfico no
+ sea más ancho que ‘width’ ni más alto que ‘height’ (o
+ ‘totalheight’).
+
+‘scale’
+ Factor por el cual escalar el gráfico. Para hacer un gráfico el
+ doble de su tamaño nominal, ingresa
+ ‘\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}’. Este número puede ser
+ cualquier valor; un número entre 0 y 1 reducirá el gráfico y un
+ número negativo lo reflejará.
+
+‘angle’
+ Rota el gráfico. El ángulo se toma en grados y en sentido
+ antihorario. El gráfico se gira sobre su ‘origen’; ve esa opción.
+ Para una descripción completa de cómo se compone el material
+ rotado, *note \rotatebox::.
+
+‘origin’
+ El punto del gráfico sobre el que ocurre la rotación. Los posible
+ valores son cualquier cadena que contenga una o dos: ‘l’ para
+ izquierda, ‘r’ para derecha, ‘b’ para la parte inferior, ‘c’ para
+ el centro, ‘t’ para la parte superior y ‘B’ para la línea base.
+ Por lo tanto, al ingresar el comando
+ ‘\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}’ convertirá la imagen
+ al revés sobre el centro de esa imagen, mientras que el comando
+ ‘\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}’ convertirá su
+ imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El carácter ‘c’ da
+ el centro horizontal en ‘bc’ o ‘tc’, pero da el centro vertical en
+ ‘lc’ o ‘rc’). El valor predeterminado es ‘lB’.
+
+ Para rotar sobre un punto arbitrario, *note \rotatebox::.
+
+ Estas son opciones menos utilizadas.
+
+‘viewport’
+ Selecciona una subregión del gráfico para mostrar. Toma cuatro
+ argumentos, separados por espacios y dados en dimensiones TeX, como
+ con ‘\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}’.
+ Cuando la unidad se omite, las dimensiones predeterminadas son
+ grandes puntos ‘bp’. Se toman en relación con el origen
+ especificado por el delimitador del cuadro. Ve también la opción
+ ‘trim’.
+
+‘trim’
+ Proporciona partes del gráfico para que no se muestren. Toma
+ cuatro argumentos, separados por espacios, que se dan en
+ dimensiones TeX, como con ‘\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in
+ 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}’. Estos dan las cantidades del gráfico para
+ no mostrar, es decir, LaTeX recortará la imagen 0 pulgadas a la
+ izquierda, 0.1 pulgadas a la parte inferior, 0.2 pulgadas a la
+ derecha y 0.3 pulgadas en la parte superior. Consulta también la
+ opción ‘viewport’.
+
+‘clip’
+ Si se establece en ‘true’, o solo se especifica como aquí
+
+ \includegraphics[...,clip,...]{...}
+
+ luego, el gráfico se recorta al delimitador del cuadro. Esto es lo
+ mismo que utilizar la forma estrellada del comando,
+ ‘\includegraphics*[...]{...}’.
+
+‘page’
+ Proporciona el número de página de un archivo PDF de varias
+ páginas. El valor predeterminado es ‘page=1’.
+
+‘pagebox’
+ Especifica qué delimitador de cuadro usar para los archivos PDF de
+ entre ‘mediabox’, ‘cropbox’, ‘bleedbox’, ‘trimbox’, o ‘artbox’.
+ Los archivos PDF no tienen el BoundingBox que los archivos
+ PostScript tienen, pero pueden especificar hasta cuatro rectángulos
+ predefinidos. MediaBox da los límites del medio físico. CropBox
+ es la región a la que se recortará el contenido de la página cuando
+ se despliega. BleedBox es la región a la que se dirige el
+ contenido de la página se debe recortar en producción. TrimBox
+ tiene las dimensiones previstas de la página terminada. El ArtBox
+ es el grado de significado del contenido de la página. El
+ controlador establecerá el tamaño de la imagen en función de
+ CropBox si está presente, de lo contrario no utilizará uno de los
+ otros, con un orden de preferencia definido por el controlador.
+ MediaBox siempre está presente.
+
+‘interpolate’
+ Habilita o deshabilita la interpolación de imágenes rasterizadas
+ por parte del espectador. Se puede configurar con
+ ‘interpolate=true’ o simplemente especificarlo como aquí.
+
+ \includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...}
+
+‘quiet’
+ No escribe información en el registro. Lo puedes configurar con
+ ‘quiet=true’ o simplemente especificarlo con
+ ‘\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}’,
+
+‘draft’
+ Si lo configuras con ‘draft=true’ o simplemente lo especificas con
+
+ \includegraphics[...,draft,...]{...}
+
+ entonces el gráfico no aparecerá en el documento, posiblemente
+ guardando tinta de color de la impresora. En su lugar, LaTeX
+ colocará un cuadro vacío del tamaño correcto con el nombre del
+ archivo impreso en él.
+
+ Estas opciones abordan el delimitador del cuadro para PostScript
+encapsulando archivos gráficos, que tienen un tamaño especificado con
+una línea ‘%%BoundingBox’ que aparece en el archivo. Tiene cuatro
+valores, dando la coordenada x inferior, la coordenada y inferior, la
+coordenada x superior y la coordenada y superior. Las unidades son
+puntos PostScript, equivalentes a los puntos grandes de TeX,
+1/72 pulgada. Por ejemplo, si un archivo ‘.eps’ tiene la línea
+‘%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80’ entonces su tamaño natural es 30/72 pulgadas
+de ancho por 60/72 pulgadas de alto.
+
+‘bb’
+ Especifica el cuadro delimitador de la región mostrada. El
+ argumento es cuatro dimensiones separadas por espacios, como con
+ ‘\includegraphics[.., bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}’. Por lo
+ general, ‘\includegraphics’ lee los números BoundingBox del archivo
+ EPS automáticamente, por lo que esta opción solo es útil si falta
+ el cuadro delimitador en ese archivo o si deseas cambiarlo.
+
+‘bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury’
+ Establece el cuadro delimitador. Estos cuatro son obsoletos, pero
+ se conservan por compatibilidad con paquetes antiguos.
+
+‘natwidth, natheight’
+ Una alternativa para ‘bb’. Ajustar
+
+ \includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]{...}
+
+ es lo mismo que configurar ‘bb=0 0 1in 0.618in’.
+
+‘hiresbb’
+ Si se establece en ‘true’, o simplemente se especifica como con
+
+ \includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]{...}
+
+ entonces LaTeX buscará las líneas ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’ en lugar de
+ líneas ‘%%BoundingBox’. (Las líneas ‘BoundingBox’ solo usan
+ números naturales mientras que las líneas ‘HiResBoundingBox’ usan
+ decimales; ambos usan unidades equivalentes a los puntos grandes de
+ TeX, 1/72 pulgadas). Para redefinir una configuración anterior de
+ ‘true’, la puedes establecer en ‘false’.
+
+ Las siguientes opciones permiten a un usuario anular el método LaTeX
+de elegir el tipo de gráfico en función de la extensión del nombre de
+archivo. Un ejemplo es ese
+‘\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}’ leerá el archivo
+‘lion.xxx’ como si fuera ‘lion.png’. Para obtener más información sobre
+estos, *note \DeclareGraphicsRule::.
+
+‘type’
+ Especifica el tipo de gráficos.
+
+‘ext’
+ Especifica la extensión de gráficos. Solo usa esto junto con la
+ opción ‘type’.
+
+‘read’
+ Especifica la extensión de archivo del archivo leído. Solo usa
+ esto junto con la opción ‘type’.
+
+‘command’
+ Especifica un comando que se aplicará a este archivo. Solo usa
+ esto en conjunción con la opción ‘type’. *Note Opciones de la
+ línea de comandos::, para una explicación sobre cómo habilitar la
+ funcionalidad ‘\write18’ para ejecutar comandos externos.
+
+22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
+-------------------
+
+Sinopsis si usas el paquete ‘graphics’:
+
+ \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
+
+ Sinopsis si usas el paquete ‘graphicx’:
+
+ \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
+ \rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
+
+ Pon MATERIAL en un cuadro y lo gira ANGLE grados en sentido
+antihorario.
+
+ Este ejemplo gira los encabezados de las columnas de la tabla
+cuarenta y cinco grados.
+
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \rotatebox{45}{Character} &\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic} \\
+ A &AL-FAH \\
+ B &BRAH-VOH
+ \end{tabular}
+
+ El MATERIAL puede ser cualquier cosa que vaya en una caja, incluido
+un gráfico.
+
+ \rotatebox[origin=c]{45}{\includegraphics[width=1in]{lion}}
+
+ Para colocar el material rotado, el primer paso es que LaTeX
+establece MATERIAL en un cuadro, con un punto de referencia en la línea
+base izquierda. El segundo paso es la rotación, predeterminada sobre el
+punto de referencia. El tercer paso es que LaTeX calcula un cuadro para
+delimitar el material rotado. Cuarto, LaTeX mueve este cuadro
+horizontalmente para que el borde izquierdo de este nuevo delimitador
+del cuadro coincida con el borde izquierdo del cuadro del primer paso
+(no es necesario que coincidan verticalmente). Este nuevo cuadro
+delimitador, en su nueva posición, es lo que LaTeX usa como cuadro
+cuando se compone tipográficamente este material.
+
+ Si usas el paquete ‘graphics’ entonces la rotación es sobre el punto
+de referencia de la caja. Si usas el paquete ‘graphicx’ entonces estas
+son las opciones que pueden ir en la LISTA DE VALORES CLAVE, pero ten en
+cuenta que puedes obtener el mismo efecto sin necesidad de este paquete,
+excepto las opciones ‘x’ e ‘y’ (*note \includegraphics::).
+
+‘origin’
+ El punto de la caja de MATERIAL sobre el cual ocurre la rotación.
+ El posible valor es cualquier cadena que contenga uno o dos de: ‘l’
+ para izquierda, ‘r’ para derecha, ‘b’ para la parte inferior, ‘c’
+ para el centro, ‘t’ para la parte superior y ‘B’ para la línea
+ base. Así, la primera línea aquí
+
+ \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+ \rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
+
+ dará la vuelta a la imagen desde el centro mientras que la segunda
+ voltea tu imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El
+ carácter ‘c’ da el centro horizontal en ‘bc’ o ‘tc’ pero da el
+ centro vertical en ‘lc’ o ‘rc’, y da ambos en ‘c’). El valor
+ predeterminado es ‘lB’.
+
+‘x, y’
+ Especifica un punto arbitrario de rotación con ‘\rotatebox[x=TeX
+ DIMENSIÓN,y=TeX DIMENSIÓN]{...}’ (*note Unidades de longitud::).
+ Estos dan la compensación desde el punto de referencia de la caja.
+
+‘units’
+ Esta clave te permite cambiar el valor predeterminado de grados en
+ el sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj. Establecer
+ ‘units=-360’ cambia la dirección a grados en el sentido de las
+ agujas del reloj y la configuración de ‘units=6.283185’ cambia a
+ radianes en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj.
+
+22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \scalebox{FACTOR HORIZONTAL}{MATERIAL}
+ \scalebox{FACTOR HORIZONTAL}[FACTOR VERTICAL]{MATERIAL}
+ \reflectbox{MATERIAL}
+
+ Escala el MATERIAL.
+
+ Este ejemplo reduce a la mitad el tamaño, tanto horizontal como
+verticalmente, del primer texto y duplica el tamaño del segundo.
+
+ \scalebox{0.5}{DRINK ME} and \scalebox{2.0}{Eat Me}
+
+ Si no especificas el FACTOR VERTICAL opcional, entonces el valor
+predeterminado es el mismo que el FACTOR HORIZONTAL.
+
+ Puedes usar este comando para cambiar el tamaño de un gráfico, como
+aquí.
+
+ \scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}}
+
+Si usas el paquete ‘graphicx’, puedes conseguir la misma cosa con
+argumentos opcionales para ‘\includegraphics’ (*note
+\includegraphics::).
+
+ El comando ‘\reflectbox’ abrevia ‘\scalebox{-1}[1]{MATERIAL}’. Por
+lo tanto, ‘Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}’ mostrará la frase ‘Able
+was I’ seguida inmediatamente por su reflejo especular contra un eje
+vertical.
+
+22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
+-------------------
Sinopsis:
- \usebox{\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA}
+ \resizebox{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
+ \resizebox*{HORIZONTAL LENGTH}{VERTICAL LENGTH}{MATERIAL}
+
+ Dado un tamaño, como ‘3cm’, transforma MATERIAL para hacerlo a ese
+tamaño. Si LONGITUD HORIZONTAL o LONGITUD VERTICAL es un signo de
+exclamación ‘!’ entonces se usa el otro argumento para determinar un
+factor de escala para ambas direcciones.
+
+ Este ejemplo hace que el gráfico tenga media pulgada de ancho y lo
+escala verticalmente por el mismo factor para evitar que se distorsione.
+
+ \resizebox{0.5in}{!}{\includegraphics{lion}}
- ‘\usebox’ produce la caja guardada más recientemente en el depósito
-\INSTRUCCIÓN-CAJA por una instrucción ‘\savebox’ (*note \savebox::).
+ La forma sin estrella ‘\resizebox’ toma LONGITUD VERTICAL como la
+altura del cuadro mientras que la forma estrellada ‘\resizebox*’ lo
+lleva a ser altura+profundidad. Por ejemplo, haz que el texto tenga una
+altura+profundidad de un cuarto de pulgada con
+‘\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{Este cuadro tiene altura y
+profundidad.}}’.
-22 Inserciones Especiales
+ Puedes usar ‘\depth’, ‘\height’, ‘\totalheight’ y ‘\width’ para
+referirte al tamaño original de la caja. Es decir, hace el texto de dos
+pulgadas de ancho pero manteniendo la altura original con
+‘\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Dos pulgadas}’.
+
+23 Inserciones especiales
*************************
-LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para insertar caracteres que tienen un
-significado especial que no corresponde a caracteres simples que usted
-puede escribir.
+LaTeX proporciona comandos para insertar caracteres que tienen un
+significado especial no corresponde a los caracteres simples que puedes
+escribir.
-22.1 Caracteres Reservados
+23.1 Caracteres reservados
==========================
-Los siguientes caracteres desempeñan un papel especial en LaTeX y se
-llaman “caracteres reservados” o “caracteres especiales”.
+LaTeX reserva los siguientes caracteres para propósitos especiales. Por
+ejemplo, el signo de porcentaje ‘%’ es para comentarios. Se llaman
+“caracteres reservados” o “caracteres especiales”. Todo está explicado
+en otra parte de este manual.
- # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
+ # $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \
- Siempre que escriba en su archivo uno de estos caracteres, LaTeX debe
-hacer algo especial. Si simplemente desea imprimir el carácter en sí
-mismo, incluya un carácter ‘\’ anteponiéndolo a este. Por ejemplo, ‘\$’
-debe producir ‘$’ en su salida.
+ Si deseas que un carácter reservado se imprima por sí mismo, en el
+texto fuente del cuerpo, para todos menos los últimos tres caracteres en
+esa lista simplemente coloca una barra invertida ‘\’ delante del
+carácter. De este modo, escribir ‘\$1.23’ producirá ‘$1.23’ en tu
+salida.
- Una excepción a esta regla es la ‘\’ misma, debido a que ‘\’ tiene su
-propio significado especial (dependiente del contexto). Una \ romana es
-producida al escribir ‘$\backslash$’ en su archivo, y una ‘\’ de máquina
-de escribir es producida usando ‘\’ en una instrucción verbatim (*note
-verbatim::).
+ En cuanto a los últimos tres caracteres, para obtener una tilde en la
+letra del cuerpo del texto usa ‘\~{}’ (omitir las llaves daría como
+resultado que el siguiente carácter recibe un acento de tilde). Del
+mismo modo, para colocar un acento circunflejo en el texto del cuerpo
+fuente usa ‘\^{}’. Para colocar una barra invertida en el texto del
+cuerpo fuente, ingresa ‘\textbackslash{}’.
- Además, ‘\~’ y ‘\^’ colocan acentos tilde y circunflejo sobre la
-siguiente letra, como en õ y ô (*note Acentos::); Para obtener una ‘~’ o
-‘^’ independiente, usted puede utilizar una instrucción verbatim.
+ Para producir los caracteres reservados en una fuente de máquina de
+escribir, utiliza ‘\verb!!’ como se muestra a continuación (la doble
+barra inversa ‘\\’ en el ejemplo solo está ahí para dividir las líneas
+en la salida).
- Por último, puede acceder a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra
-actual una vez que sepa su número utilizando la instrucción ‘\symbol’.
-Por ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visibles utilizada en la instrucción
-‘\verb*’ tiene el código decimal 32, por lo tanto se puede escribir como
-‘\symbol{32}’.
+ \begin{center}
+ \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\
+ \verb!# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \!
+ \end{center}
+
+23.2 Mayúsculas y minúsculas
+============================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \uppercase{TEXT}
+ \lowercase{TEXT}
+ \MakeUppercase{TEXT}
+ \MakeLowercase{TEXT}
+
+ Cambia el caso de los caracteres. Los comandos primitivos TeX
+‘\uppercase’ y ‘\lowercase’ están configurados de forma predeterminada
+para funcionar solo con las 26 letras a–z y A–Z. Los comandos LaTeX
+‘\MakeUppercase’ y ‘\MakeLowercase’ también cambian caracteres a los que
+se accede mediante comandos como ‘\ae’ o ‘\aa’. Los comandos
+‘\MakeUppercase’ y ‘\MakeLowercase’ son robustos pero tienen argumentos
+en movimiento (*note \protect::).
+
+ Estos comandos no cambian el uso de mayúsculas y minúsculas en el
+nombre de un comando dentro de TEXT. Pero cambian el caso de todas las
+demás letras dentro del argumento TEXT. De este modo,
+‘\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$’} produce ‘LET Y=F(X)’. Otro ejemplo es
+que se cambiará el nombre de un entorno, de modo que
+‘\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular}}’ produce un error
+porque la primera mitad se cambia a ‘\begin{TABULAR}’.
+
+ LaTeX usa la misma tabla fija para cambiar mayúsculas y minúsculas a
+lo largo de un documento. La tabla utilizada está diseñada para la
+codificación de fuente T1; esto funciona bien con las fuentes TeX
+estándar para todos los alfabetos latinos, pero causará problemas al
+usar otros alfabetos.
+
+ Para cambiar el caso del texto que resulta de una macro dentro de
+TEXT tienes que hacer la expansión. Aquí el ‘\Schoolname’ produce
+‘FACULTAD DE MATEMÁTICAS’.
+
+ \newcommand{\schoolname}{Facultad de matemáticas}
+ \newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase
+ \expandafter{\schoolname}}
+
+ El paquete ‘textcase’ trae algunas de las funciones que faltan en los
+comandos LaTeX estándar ‘\MakeUppercase’ y ‘\MakeLowerCase’.
+
+ Para escribir en mayúsculas solo la primera letra de las palabras,
+puedes usar el paquete ‘mfirstuc’.
+
+ El manejo de todas las reglas de mayúsculas y minúsculas
+especificadas por Unicode, por ejemplo, para escrituras no latinas, es
+un trabajo mucho más grande que cualquier cosa prevista en el TeX
+original y LaTeX. Se ha implementado en el paquete ‘expl3’ a partir de
+2020. El artículo “Cambio de caso: De primitivas TeX al algoritmo
+Unicode”, (Joseph Wright, ‘TUGboat’ 41:1,
+<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf>), da una buena
+visión general del tema, pasado y presente.
+
+23.3 Símbolos por posición de fuente
+====================================
- También puede especificar números octales con ‘'’ o números
-hexadecimales con ‘"’, por lo que el ejemplo anterior también se podría
-escribir como ‘\symbol{'40}’ o ‘\symbol{"20}’.
+Puedes acceder a cualquier carácter de la fuente actual usando su número
+con el comando ‘\symbol’. Por ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visible
+usado en el comando ‘\verb*’ tiene el código decimal 32 en la fuente de
+máquina de escribir Computer Modern estándar, por lo que se puede
+escribir como ‘\symbol{32}’.
-22.2 Símbolos de Texto
+ También puedes especificar números en octal (base 8) usando un
+prefijo ‘'’, o hexadecimal (base 16) con un prefijo ‘"’, por lo que el
+espacio visible en 32 decimal también se podría escribir como
+‘\symbol{'40}’ o ‘\symbol{"20}’.
+
+23.4 Símbolos de texto
======================
-LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para generar una serie símbolos
-distintos de letras, en el texto. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
-más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1; posiblemente tenga que cargar
-el paquete ‘textcomp’.
+LaTeX proporciona comandos para generar una serie de símbolos que no son
+letras en texto corriente. Algunos de estos, especialmente los más
+oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1. A partir del lanzamiento de LaTeX
+de febrero de 2020, todos los símbolos están disponibles de manera
+predeterminada; antes de eso, era necesario usar el paquete ‘textcomp’
+para algunos (técnicamente, aquellos en la codificación de fuentes
+‘TS1’).
‘\copyright’
‘\textcopyright’
- El símbolo de copyright, ©.
+ © El símbolo de copyright.
‘\dag’
- El símbolo daga (en texto).
+ † El símbolo de la daga (en texto).
‘\ddag’
- El símbolo doble daga (en texto).
+ ‡ El símbolo de la daga doble (en texto).
-‘\LaTeX’
+‘latex’
El logotipo de LaTeX.
-‘\LaTeXe’
- El logotypo de LaTeX2e.
+‘latex’
+ LaTeX2e, logo.
‘\guillemotleft («)’
‘\guillemotright (»)’
‘\guilsinglleft (‹)’
‘\guilsinglright (›)’
- Comillas tipográficas angulares dobles y simples, utilizadas
- comúnmente en Francés: «, », ‹, ›.
+ «, », ‹, › Comillas angulares simples y dobles, de uso común en
+ francés.
‘\ldots’
-‘\dots’
‘\textellipsis’
- Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): ‘...’. ‘\ldots’
- y ‘\dots’ también trabajan en modo math.
+‘\dot’
+ ... Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): ‘\ldots’ y
+ ‘\dots’ también trabaja en modo math (*note Puntos::). Ve la
+ descripción de los puntos suspensivos del ‘modo math’ para obtener
+ información adicional.
‘\lq’
- Comilla izquierda (de apertura): ‘.
+ ‘ Comilla izquierda (apertura).
-‘\P’
+‘p’
‘\textparagraph’
- Signo de párrafo (antígrafo).
+ ¶ Signo de párrafo (pilcrow).
‘\pounds’
‘\textsterling’
- Libras esterlinas en Inglés: £.
+ £ libras esterlinas inglesas.
‘\quotedblbase („)’
‘\quotesinglbase (‚)’
- Simple y dobles comillas en la línea base: „ y ‚.
+ „ y ‚ Comillas simples y dobles en la línea base.
‘\rq’
- Comilla derecha (de cierre): ’.
+ ’ Comilla de derecha (de cierre).
-‘\S’
- Símbolo de sección.
+‘s’
+‘\textsection’
+ § Signo de sección.
-‘\TeX’
+‘tex’
El logotipo de TeX.
‘\textasciicircum’
- Circunflejo ASCII: ^.
+ ^ circunflejo ASCII.
‘\textasciitilde’
- Tilde ASCII: ~.
+ ~ Tilde ASCII.
‘\textasteriskcentered’
- Asterisco centrado: *.
+ * asterisco centrado
‘\textbackslash’
- Barra inversa: \.
+ \ Barra invertida. Sin embargo, ‘\texttt{\textbackslash}’ de
+ manera predeterminada produce una barra invertida en letra romana
+ (no de máquina de escribir); para una barra invertida de máquina de
+ escribir, es necesario utilizar la codificación de tipo de letra T1
+ (u otra no predeterminada), como en:
+
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
‘\textbar’
- Barra Vertical: |.
+ | Barra vertical.
‘\textbardbl’
- Doble barra vertical.
+ ⏸ Doble barra vertical.
‘\textbigcircle’
- Símbolo círculo grande.
+ ◯, símbolo de círculo grande.
‘\textbraceleft’
- Llave izquierda: {.
+ { Llave izquierda. Ve los comentarios en ‘\textbackslash’ arriba
+ sobre hacer que ‘\texttt{\textbraceleft}’ produzca una llave en
+ máquina de escribir.
‘\textbraceright’
- Llave derecha: }.
+ } Llave derecha. Ve los comentarios en ‘\textbackslash’ arriba
+ sobre hacer que ‘\texttt{\textbraceright}’ produzca una llave en
+ máquina de escribir.
‘\textbullet’
- Bala: •.
+ • Viñeta.
-‘\textcircled{LETRA}’
- LETRA en un círculo, como en ®.
+‘\textcircled{LETTER}’
+ Ⓐ, circulo alrededor de LETRA.
‘\textcompwordmark’
-‘\textcapitalwordmark’
-‘\textascenderwordmark’
- Marca de palabra compuesta (invisible). La forma ‘\textcapital...’
- tiene la tapa del tipo de letra, mientras que la forma
- ‘\textascender...’ tiene el ascender superior.
+‘\textcapitalcompwordmark’
+‘\textascendercompwordmark’
+ Se utiliza para separar letras que normalmente se ligarían. Por
+ ejemplo, ‘f\textcompwordmark i’ produce ‘fi’ sin ligadura. Este es
+ más útil en idiomas distintos del inglés. La forma
+ ‘\textcapitalcompwordmark’ tiene la altura máxima de la fuente
+ mientras que la forma ‘\textascendercompwordmark’ tiene la altura
+ ascendente.
‘\textdagger’
- Daga: \dag.
+ † Daga.
‘\textdaggerdbl’
- Daga doble: \ddag.
+ ‡ Daga doble.
‘\textdollar (o ‘\$’)’
- Signo de Dólar: $.
+ $ signo de dólar.
‘\textemdash (o ‘---’)’
- Em-dash: — (para puntuación).
+ — Guión largo. Se utiliza para puntuación, por lo general similar
+ a las comas o paréntesis, como en ‘‘Los playoffs---si tienes
+ suficiente suerte para llegar a los playoffs --- son más como un
+ sprint.’’ Convenciones para espaciar alrededor de guiones-em que
+ varían ampliamente.
‘\textendash (o ‘--’)’
- En-dash: — (para rangos).
+ – En-dash. Usado para rangos, como en ‘‘ve las páginas 12--14’’.
‘\texteuro’
- El Símbolo del Euro: €.
+ El símbolo de la moneda del euro: €. Para un diseño de glifo
+ alternativo, prueba el paquete ‘eurosym’; además, la mayoría de las
+ fuentes hoy día vienen con su propio símbolo de euro (Unicode
+ U+20AC).
‘\textexclamdown (o ‘!`’)’
- Signo de exclamación inicial: ¡.
+ ¡ Signo de exclamación al revés.
+
+‘\textfiguredash’
+ Guión usado entre números, Unicode U+2012. Definido en junio de
+ 2021 lanzamiento de LaTeX. Cuando se usa en pdfTeX, aproximado por
+ un guión-en; con un motor Unicode, escribe el glifo si está
+ disponible en la fuente actual, o escribe la advertencia habitual
+ “Carácter faltante” al archivo de registro.
‘\textgreater’
- Mayor que: >.
+ > Símbolo mayor que.
+
+‘\texthorizontalbar’
+ Carácter de barra horizontal, Unicode U+2015. Definido en junio de
+ 2021 lanzamiento de LaTeX. Comportamiento como con
+ ‘\textfiguredash’ arriba; la aproximación pdfTeX es un guión largo.
‘\textless’
- Menor que: <.
+ < Símbolo menor que.
‘\textleftarrow’
- Flecha izquierda.
+ ←, Flecha izquierda.
-‘\textordfeminine’
-‘\textordmasculine’
- Símbolos ordinales femenino y masculino: ª, º.
+‘\textnonbreakinghyphen’
+ Carácter de guión de no separación, Unicode U+2011. Definido en
+ junio lanzamiento de 2021 de LaTeX. Comportamiento como con
+ ‘\textfiguredash’ arriba; la aproximación pdfTeX es un guión ASCII
+ regular (con saltos no permitidos después).
‘\textordfeminine’
- Símbolo ordinal femenino: ª.
+‘\textordmasculine’
+ ª, º Símbolos ordinales femeninos y masculinos.
‘\textperiodcentered’
- Punto centrado: ·.
+ · Punto centrado.
‘\textquestiondown (o ‘?`’)’
- Signo de interrogación inicial: ¿.
+ ¿ Signo de interrogación de apertura.
‘\textquotedblleft (o ‘``’)’
- Comillas dobles de apertura: “.
+ “ Comillas dobles a la izquierda.
-‘\textquotedblright (o ‘'’)’
- Dobles comillas de cierre: ”.
+‘\textquotedblright (o ‘''’)’
+ ” Doble comilla derecha.
‘\textquoteleft (o ‘`’)’
- Comilla de apertura simple: ‘.
+ ‘ Comilla izquierda simple.
‘\textquoteright (o ‘'’)’
- Comilla de cierre simple: ’.
+ ’ Comilla simple derecha.
+
+‘\textquotesingle’
+ ', Comillas rectas simples. (De la codificación TS1).
‘\textquotestraightbase’
‘\textquotestraightdblbase’
- Líneas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+ Comillas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
‘\textregistered’
- Símbolo de marca registrada: ®.
+ ® Símbolo de registrado.
‘\textrightarrow’
- Flecha hacia la derecha.
+ →, Flecha derecha.
‘\textthreequartersemdash’
- em-dash de “Tres cuartos”, entre en-dash y em-dash.
+ ﹘, “Tres cuartos” de guión largo, entre guión corto y guión largo.
‘\texttrademark’
- Símbolo de marca comercial: ™.
+ ™ Símbolo de marca comercial.
‘\texttwelveudash’
- Xx 12u-.
+ ﹘, “Dos tercios” guión largo, entre guión corto y guión largo.
‘\textunderscore’
- Subrayado: _.
+ _ Guion bajo.
‘\textvisiblespace’
- Símbolo de espacio visible.
+ ␣, Símbolo de espacio visible.
-22.3 Acentos
+23.5 Acentos
============
-LaTeX tiene un amplio apoyo para muchos de los guiones de idiomas del
-mundo, a través del paquete ‘babel’ y de apoyo relacionados. Esta
-sección no pretende abarcar todas con las que es compatible. Este
-simplemente se limita a enumerar las principales instrucciones LaTeX
-para crear caracteres acentuados.
+LaTeX tiene una amplia compatibilidad para muchos de los scripts del
+mundo e idiomas, proporcionada a través del paquete principal ‘babel’,
+que admite pdfLaTeX, XeLaTeX y LuaLaTeX. El paquete ‘polyglossia’
+proporciona una compatibilidad similar con estos últimos dos motores.
+
+ Esta sección no cubre esa compatibilidad. Solo enumera los comandos
+del núcleo LaTeX para crear caracteres acentuados. Los comandos
+‘\capital...’ que se muestran aquí producen formas alternativas para
+utilizar con mayúsculas. Estos no están disponibles con OT1.
+
+ A continuación, para que sean más fáciles de encontrar, los acentos
+se ilustran con minúsculas ‘o’.
- Las instrucciones ‘\capital...’ producen formas alternativas para su
-uso con letras mayúsculas. Estas no están disponibles con OT1.
+ Ten en cuenta que ‘\i’ produce una i sin punto, y ‘\j’ produce una j
+sin punto. Estos se usan a menudo en lugar de sus contrapartes
+punteadas cuando están acentuados.
‘\"’
‘\capitaldieresis’
- Produce una diéresis, como en ö.
+ ö Umlaut (diéresis).
‘\'’
‘\capitalacute’
- Produce un acento agudo, como en ó. En el entorno ‘tabbing’,
- empuja la columna actual a la derecha de la columna anterior (*note
- tabbing::).
+ ó Acento agudo.
‘\.’
- Produce un punto como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ȯ.
+ ȯ Acento de punto.
‘\=’
‘\capitalmacron’
- Produce un acento macrón (una barra) sobre el siguiente, como en ō.
+ ō Acento macrón (sobre la barra).
‘\^’
‘\capitalcircumflex’
- Produce un acento circunflejo (sombrero) sobre la siguiente, como
- en ô.
+ ô Acento circunflejo (sombrero).
‘\`’
‘\capitalgrave’
- Produce un acento grave sobre la siguiente, como en ò. En el
- entorno ‘tabbing’, mueve el siguiente texto hacia el margen derecho
- (*note tabbing::).
+ ò Acento grave.
‘\~’
‘\capitaltilde’
- Produce una tilde como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ñ.
+ ñ Acento de tilde.
-‘\b’
- Produce una barra como acento debajo de la siguiente, como en o̲.
- Vea también ‘\underbar’ a continuación
+‘b’
+ o̲ Acento de barra debajo.
+
+ Relacionado con esto, ‘\underbar{TEXT}’ produce una barra debajo
+ del TEXT. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo LR (*note
+ Modos::). La barra siempre es una posición fija debajo de la línea
+ base, cruzando así a través de descendientes. Véase también
+ ‘\underline’ en *note Sobre y subrayado::.
-‘\c’
+‘c’
‘\capitalcedilla’
- Produce una cedilla como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ç.
+ ç Acento cedilla debajo.
‘\d’
‘\capitaldotaccent’
- Produce un círculo como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ọ.
+ ọ Acento de puntos debajo.
‘\H’
-‘\capitalhungarumlaut’
- Produce un acento diéresis húngaro sobre la siguiente, como en ő.
-
-‘\i’
- Produce una i sin punto, como en ‘ı’.
-
-‘\j’
- Produce una j sin punto, como en ‘j’.
+‘h’
+ ő Acento largo con diéresis húngara.
‘\k’
‘\capitalogonek’
- Produce una letra con colita, como en ‘ǫ’. No disponible en la
- codificación OT1.
+ ǫ Ogonek. No disponible en la codificación OT1.
‘\r’
‘\capitalring’
- Produce un anillo como acento, como en ‘o̊’.
+ o̊ Acento de anillo.
‘\t’
‘\capitaltie’
‘\newtie’
‘\capitalnewtie’
- Produce una atadura con el siguiente como acento, como en ‘oo͡’. La
- forma ‘\newtie’ está centrada en su caja.
+ Tie después de acento (utilizado para transliterar del cirílico,
+ como en la romanización ALA-LC). Se espera que el argumento tenga
+ dos caracteres. La forma ‘\newtie’ está centrada en su cuadro.
‘\u’
‘\capitalbreve’
- Produce un acento breve, como en ‘ŏ’.
-
-‘\underbar’
- No es exactamente un acento, este produce una barra en el argumento
- texto. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo horizontal. La
- barra siempre está en una posición fija en la línea base, por lo
- que cruza a través de los trazos descendentes. Vea también
- ‘\underline’ en *note Miscelánea Math::. Vea también ‘\b’ aquí
- antes
+ ŏ Acento breve.
‘\v’
‘\capitalcaron’
- Produce un acento háček (anticircunflejo, carón), como en ‘ǒ’.
+ acento de ǒ Háček (cheque, carón).
-22.4 Caracteres no Ingleses
-===========================
+23.5.1 ‘\accent’
+----------------
-Estas son las instrucciones LaTeX básicas para insertar los caracteres
-más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \accent NUMBER CHARACTER
+
+ Un comando primitivo de TeX utilizado para generar caracteres
+acentuados a partir de acentos y letras. El acento es seleccionado por
+NUMBER, un argumento numérico, seguido de un espacio y luego un
+CHARACTER argumento para construir el carácter acentuado en la fuente
+actual.
+
+ Estos son caracteres ‘e’ acentuados.
+
+ \accent18 e
+ \accent20 e
+ \accent21 e
+ \accent22 e
+ \accent23 e
+
+El primero es un acento grave, el segundo un carón, el tercero un breve,
+el cuarto un macrón, y el quinto un anillo arriba.
+
+ La posición del acento la determina el diseñador de la fuente y, por
+lo tanto, el resultado del uso de ‘\accent’ puede diferir entre las
+fuentes. En LaTeX es deseable tener glifos para caracteres acentuados
+en lugar de construirlos usando ‘\accent’. Usar glifos que ya contienen
+los caracteres acentuados (como en la codificación T1) permite la
+separación silábica correcta mientras que ‘\accent’ deshabilita la
+separación silábica (específicamente con la codificación de fuente OT1
+donde los glifos acentuados están ausentes).
+
+ Puede haber un cambio de fuente opcional entre NUMBER y CHARACTER.
+Ten en cuenta también que este comando establece el ‘\spacefactor’ a
+1000 (*note \spacefactor::).
+
+ Una característica inevitable de algunas letras cirílicas y la
+mayoría de las letras cirílicas acentuadas es que se deben ensamblar a
+partir de múltiples elementos (acentos, modificadores, etc.) mientras
+‘\accent’ proporciona un solo acento y una sola combinación de letras.
+También hay casos en los que deben aparecer acentos entre letras que
+\accent no admite. Aún existen otros casos en los que las letras I y J
+tienen puntos sobre sus contrapartes minúsculas que entran en conflicto
+con los acentos punteados. El uso de ‘\accent’ en estos casos no
+funcionará ya que no puede analizar mayúsculas/minúsculas.
+
+23.6 Letras latinas adicionales
+===============================
+
+Estos son los comandos básicos de LaTeX para insertar letras más allá de
+A–Z que extienden el alfabeto latino, usados principalmente en otros
+idiomas distintos al inglés.
‘\aa’
‘\AA’
@@ -4712,15 +14638,19 @@ más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
‘\dh’
‘\DH’
- Letra eth islandesa: ð y Ð.
+ Letra islandesa eth: ð y Ð. No disponible con codificación OT1,
+ necesitas el paquete ‘fontenc’ para seleccionar una codificación de
+ fuentes alternativa, como T1.
‘\dj’
‘\DJ’
- xxxx
+ d y D cruzadas, alias d mayúscula y minúscula con trazo. No
+ disponible con la codificación OT1, necesitas el paquete ‘fontenc’
+ para seleccionar una codificación de fuente alternativa, como T1.
‘\ij’
‘\IJ’
- ij y IJ (salvo que un poco más juntas que como aparecen aquí).
+ ij e IJ (excepto algo más juntos de lo que aparece aquí).
‘\l’
‘\L’
@@ -4728,7 +14658,7 @@ más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
‘\ng’
‘\NG’
- xxxx
+ Letra lapona eng, también utilizada en fonética.
‘\o’
‘\O’
@@ -4744,2487 +14674,6123 @@ más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
‘\th’
‘\TH’
- Letra espina Islandesa: þ y Þ.
+ Espina de letra islandesa: þ y Þ. No disponible con codificación
+ OT1, necesitas el paquete ‘fontenc’ para seleccionar una
+ codificación de fuentes alternativa, como T1.
-22.5 ‘\rule’
-============
+23.7 paquete ‘inputenc’
+=======================
Sinopsis:
- \rule[AUMENTAR]{ANCHO}{ESPESOR}
+ \usepackage[ENCODING-NAME]{inputenc}
+
+ Declara que la codificación de texto del archivo de entrada sea
+ENCODING-NAME. De manera predeterminada, si este paquete no está
+cargado, es UTF-8. Técnicamente, especificar el nombre de codificación
+es opcional, pero en la práctica no es útil omitirlo.
+
+ En un archivo de ordenador, los caracteres se almacenan de acuerdo
+con un esquema llamado “codificación”. Hay muchas codificaciones
+diferentes. La más simple es ASCII, que admite 95 caracteres
+imprimibles, no suficientes para la mayoría de los idiomas del mundo.
+Por ejemplo, para componer un carácter de diéresis ‘ä’ en un archivo
+fuente LaTeX codificado en ASCII, se usa la secuencia ‘\"a’. Esto
+crearía archivos fuente para cualquier cosa pero el inglés es difícil de
+leer; incluso para el inglés, a menudo más extenso que la codificación
+más conveniente.
+
+ El estándar de codificación moderno, en cierto modo una unión de los
+demás, es UTF-8, una de las representaciones de Unicode. Este es el
+valor predeterminado para LaTeX desde 2018.
+
+ El paquete ‘inputenc’ es cómo LaTeX sabe qué codificación se usó.
+Por ejemplo, el siguiente comando dice explícitamente que el archivo de
+entrada es UTF-8 (ten en cuenta la falta de un guión).
+
+ \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+
+ Precaución: usa ‘inputenc’ solo con el motor pdfTeX (*note Motores
+TeX::). (Los motores XeTeX y LuaTeX asumen que el archivo de entrada
+está codificado en UTF-8). Si invocas a LaTeX con ya sea el comando
+‘xelatex’ o el comando ‘lualatex’ e intentas declarar una codificación
+que no sea UTF-8 con ‘inputenc’, como ‘latin1’, obtendrás el error
+‘inputenc no está diseñado para xetex o luatex’.
+
+ Un error de paquete ‘inputenc’ como ‘Byte UTF-8 no válido "96’
+significa que parte del material en el archivo de entrada no sigue el
+esquema de codificación. A menudo, estos errores provienen de la copia
+de material de un documento que utiliza una codificación diferente a la
+del archivo de entrada; Esta es una comilla izquierda simple de una
+página web usando ‘latin1’ dentro de un archivo de entrada LaTeX que usa
+UTF-8. La solución más sencilla es reemplazar el carácter no UTF-8 con
+su equivalente UTF-8, o usar un comando LaTeX o carácter equivalente.
+
+ En algunos documentos, como una colección de artículos de revistas de
+una variedad de autores, cambiar la codificación en medio del documento
+puede ser necesario. Usa el comando ‘\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}’.
+Los valores más comunes para ENCODING-NAME son: ‘ascii’, ‘latin1’,
+‘latin2’, ‘latin3’, ‘latin4’, ‘latin5’, ‘latin9’, ‘latin10’, y ‘utf8’.
+
+23.8 ‘\rule’
+============
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \rule{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
+ \rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
+
+ Produce una “regla”, un rectángulo relleno.
+
+ Este ejemplo produce una mancha rectangular, a veces llamada símbolo
+de Halmos, o simplemente “qed”, a menudo usado para marcar el final de
+una prueba:
+
+ \newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
+
+El paquete ‘amsthm’ incluye este comando, con un símbolo de aspecto poco
+diferente.
+
+ Los argumentos obligatorios dan el WIDTH horizontal y el vertical
+THICKNESS del rectángulo. Son longitudes rígidas (*note Longitudes::).
+El argumento opcional RAISE también es un argumento rígido y le dice a
+LaTeX cuánto elevar la regla por encima de la línea base, o la baja si
+la longitud es negativa.
- La instrucción ‘\rule’ produce “reglas”, que son, líneas o
-rectángulos. Los argumentos son:
+ Esto produce una línea, un rectángulo que es ancho pero no alto.
-AUMENTAR
- Qué tanto aumentar la regla (opcional).
+ \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{0.4pt}
-ANCHO
- La longitud de la regla (obligatorio).
+La línea es el ancho de la página y 0.4 puntos de altura. El grosor
+esta línea es común en LaTeX.
-ESPESOR
- El espesor de la regla (obligatorio).
+ Una regla que tenga cero ancho o cero espesor, no aparecerá en la
+salida, pero puede hacer que LaTeX cambie la salida a su alrededor.
+*Note \strut::, por ejemplo.
-22.6 ‘\today’
+23.9 ‘\today’
=============
-La instrucción ‘\today’ produce la fecha de hoy, en formato ‘MES DD,
-AAAA’; por ejemplo, ‘Julio 04 1976’. Utiliza los contadores
-predefinidos ‘\day’, ‘\month’, y ‘\year’ (*note \day \month \year::)
-para hacerlo. No se actualiza cuando se ejecuta el programa.
+Sinopsis:
- El paquete ‘datetime’, entre otros, puede producir una amplia
-variedad de formatos de fecha.
+ \today
-23 Dividiendo la Entrada
-************************
+ Produce la fecha de hoy en el formato ‘MES DD, YYYY’. Un ejemplo de
+una fecha en ese formato es ‘julio 4, 1976’.
-Un documento de gran tamaño requiere una gran cantidad de insumos. En
-lugar de poner toda la entrada en un único archivo de gran tamaño, es
-más eficiente dividirlo en varios más pequeños. Independientemente del
-número de archivos separados que utilice, hay uno que es el archivo
-raíz; este es cuyo nombre se escribe cuando se ejecuta LaTeX.
+ Paquetes multilingües como ‘babel’ o ‘polyglossia’, o clases como
+‘lettre’, localizarán ‘\today’. Por ejemplo, lo siguiente generará
+‘julio 4, 1976’:
-23.1 ‘\include’
-===============
+ \year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
+ \documentclass{minimal}
+ \usepackage[french]{babel}
+ \begin{document}
+ \today
+ \end{document}
+
+‘\today’ utiliza los contadores ‘\day’, ‘\month’ y ‘\year’ (*note \day -
+\month y \year::).
+
+ Varios paquetes en CTAN funcionan con fechas. Uno es el paquete
+‘datetime’ que puede producir una amplia variedad de formatos de fecha,
+incluidos los estándares ISO.
+
+ La fecha no se actualiza mientras se ejecuta el proceso LaTeX, por lo
+que, en principio, la fecha podría ser incorrecta para cuando finalice
+el programa.
+
+24 Dividir la entrada
+*********************
+
+LaTeX te permite dividir un documento grande en varios pequeños. Esto
+puede simplificar la edición o permitir que varios autores trabajen en
+el documento. También puede acelerar el procesamiento.
+
+ Independientemente de cuántos archivos independientes utilices,
+siempre hay uno “archivo raíz”, en el que comienza la compilación de
+LaTeX. Esto muestra tal archivo con cinco archivos incluidos.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+
+ \includeonly{ % comenta las líneas a continuación para omitir la
+ % compilación
+ pref,
+ chap1,
+ chap2,
+ append,
+ bib
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \frontmatter
+ \include{pref}
+ \mainmatter
+ \include{chap1}
+ \include{chap2}
+ \appendix
+ \include{append}
+ \backmatter
+ \include{bib}
+ \end{document}
+
+Esto traerá material de ‘pref.tex’, ‘chap1.tex’, ‘chap2.tex’,
+‘append.tex’ y ‘bib.tex’. Si compilas este archivo, y luego comentas
+todas las líneas dentro ‘\includeonly{...}’ a excepción de ‘chap1’, y
+vuelve a compilar, entonces LaTeX solo procesará el material del primer
+capítulo. Por lo tanto, tu salida aparecerá más rápidamente y será más
+breve para imprimir. Sin embargo, la ventaja del comando ‘\includeonly’
+es que LaTeX conservará la información de los números de página y todas
+las referencias cruzadas de las otras partes del documento para que
+estas aparezcan correctamente en tu salida.
+
+ *Note Plantilla de libro Larger::, para otro ejemplo de
+‘\includeonly’.
+
+24.1 ‘\endinput’
+================
Sinopsis:
- \include{ARCHIVO}
+ \endinput
- No hay presente una instrucción ‘\includeonly’, la instrucción
-‘\include’ executa ‘\clearpage’ para iniciar una nueva página (*note
-\clearpage::), entonces lee el ARCHIVO, y luego hace otro ‘\clearpage’.
+ Cuando ‘\include{filename}’, dentro de ‘filename.tex’ el material
+después de ‘\endinput’ no se incluirá. Este comando es opcional; si
+‘filename.tex’ no tiene ‘\endinput’ entonces LaTeX leerá todo el
+archivo.
- Dada una instrucción ‘\includeonly’, las acciones ‘\include’
-únicamente se ejecutan si ARCHIVO está listado como un argumento para
-‘\includeonly’. Consulte la siguiente sección.
+ Por ejemplo, supón que el archivo raíz de un documento tiene
+‘\input{chap1}’ y este es ‘chap1.tex’.
- La instrucción ‘\include’ no puede aparecer en el preámbulo o en un
-archivo leído por otra instrucción ‘\include’.
+ \chapter{Uno}
+ Este material aparecerá en el documento.
+ \endinput
+ Esto no aparecerá.
-23.2 ‘\includeonly’
-===================
+ Esto puede ser útil para poner documentación o comentarios al final
+de un archivo, o para evitar caracteres basura que se pueden agregar si
+el archivo es transmitido en el cuerpo de un correo electrónico.
+También es útil para depurar: una estrategia para localizar errores es
+poner ‘\endinput’ a mitad del camino a través del archivo incluido y ver
+si el error desaparece. Ahora, sabiendo qué mitad contiene el error,
+mover el ‘\endinput’ a la mitad a través de esa área reduce aún más la
+ubicación. Este proceso encuentra rápidamente la línea infractora.
+
+ Después de leer ‘\endinput’, LaTeX continúa leyendo hasta el final de
+la línea, por lo que algo puede seguir este comando y ser leído, no
+obstante. Esto te permite, por ejemplo, cerrar un ‘\if...’ con un
+‘\fi’.
+
+24.2 ‘\include’ e ‘\includeonly’
+================================
Sinopsis:
- \includeonly{ARCHIVO1,ARCHIVO2,...}
+ \includeonly{ % en el preámbulo del documento
+ ...
+ FILENAME,
+ ...
+ }
+ ...
+ \include{FILENAME} % en el cuerpo del documento
+
+ Lleva material del archivo externo ‘FILENAME.tex’ a un documento
+LaTeX.
+
+ El comando ‘\include’ hace tres cosas: ejecuta ‘\clearpage’ (*note
+\clearpage y \cleardoublepage::), entonces ingresa el material de
+‘FILENAME.tex’ en el documento, y luego hace otro ‘\clearpage’. Este
+comando solo puede aparecer en el cuerpo del documento.
+
+ El comando ‘\includeonly’ controla qué archivos leerá LaTeX bajo los
+siguientes comandos ‘\include’. Su lista de los nombres de archivo
+están separados por comas. Debe aparecer en el preámbulo o incluso
+anterior, por ejemplo, la línea de comandos; no puede aparecer en el
+cuerpo del documento.
+
+ Este documento raíz de ejemplo, ‘constitution.tex’, trae tres
+archivos, ‘preamble.tex’, ‘articles.tex’ y ‘enmiendas.tex’.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \includeonly{
+ preamble,
+ articles,
+ amendments
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \include{preamble}
+ \include{articles}
+ \include{amendments}
+ \end{document}
+
+El archivo ‘preamble.tex’ no contiene ningún código especial; justamente
+tienes un extracto del capítulo ‘constitution.tex’ y lo pones en un
+archivo separado solo por conveniencia de edición.
+
+ \chapter{Preamble}
- La instrucción ‘\includeonly’ controla cuales archivos se deben leer
-en subsecuentes instrucciones ‘\include’. La lista de nombres de
-archivo se separa con comas. Cada ARCHIVO debe coincidir exactamente
-con un nombre de archivo especificado en una instrucción ‘\include’ para
-una selección eficaz.
+ Nosotros, el Pueblo de los Estados Unidos, con el fin de formar una
+ Unión más perfecta, ...
- Esta instrucción únicamente puede aparecer en el preámbulo.
+Ejecutar LaTeX en ‘constitution.tex’ hace que el material de tres
+archivos aparezca en el documento pero también genera los archivos
+auxiliares ‘preamble.aux’, ‘articles.aux’ y ‘enmiendas.aux’. Estos
+contienen información como números de página (*note Referencias
+cruzadas::). Si ahora comentas líneas de ‘\includeonly’ con ‘preámbulo’
+y ‘enmiendas’ y ejecuta LaTeX nuevamente, el documento resultante
+muestra solo el material de ‘articles.tex’, no el material de
+‘preamble.tex’ o ‘amendments.tex’. No obstante, toda la información de
+los archivos auxiliares omitidos todavía está allí, incluyendo el número
+de página inicial del capítulo.
-23.3 ‘\input’
+ Si el preámbulo del documento no tiene ‘\includeonly’ entonces LaTeX
+incluirá todos los archivos que solicites con comandos ‘\include’.
+
+ El comando ‘\include’ crea una nueva página. Para evitarlo, consulta
+*note \input:: (que, sin embargo, no retiene la información auxiliar).
+
+ *Note Plantilla de libro Larger::, para otro ejemplo usando
+‘\include’ e ‘\includeonly’. Ese ejemplo también usa ‘\input’ para
+algún material que no necesariamente comenzará en una nueva página.
+
+ Los nombres de archivo pueden incluir rutas.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \includeonly{
+ chapters/chap1,
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \include{chapters/chap1}
+ \end{document}
+
+ Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y
+plataformas, debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La
+tradición es usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante,
+para el nombre ‘amo amas amat’, esto funciona bajo TeX Live en
+GNU/Linux:
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \includeonly{
+ "amo\space amas\space amat"
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \include{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
+ \end{document}
+
+ y esto funciona bajo MiKTeX en Windows:
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \includeonly{
+ {"amo amas amat"}
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ \include{{"amo amas amat"}}
+ \end{document}
+
+ No puedes usar ‘\include’ dentro de un archivo que se está incluyendo
+u obtienes ‘Error LaTeX: \include no se puede anidar.’ El comando
+‘\include’ no puede aparecer en el preámbulo del documento; vas a
+obtener ‘Error de LaTeX: Falta \begin{document}’.
+
+ Si un archivo que ‘\include’ no existe, por ejemplo, si
+‘\include{athiesm}’ pero quisiste decir ‘\include{atheism}’, entonces
+LaTeX no te da un error pero te avisa ‘No hay archivo athiesm.tex.’
+(También creará ‘athiesm.aux’).
+
+ Si ‘\include’ el archivo raíz en sí mismo, primero obtienes ‘Error de
+LaTeX: solo se puede usar en el preámbulo.’ Las ejecuciones posteriores
+obtienen ‘Capacidad excedida de TeX, lo siento [text input levels=15]’.
+Arreglar esto, debe eliminar la inclusión ‘\include{ROOT}’ pero también
+elimina el archivo ‘ROOT.aux’ y vuelve a ejecutar LaTeX.
+
+24.3 ‘\input’
=============
Sinopsis:
- \input{ARCHIVO}
+ \input{FILENAME}
- La instrucción ‘\input’ provoca que el ARCHIVO especificado sea leído
-y procesado, tal como si su contendido se hubiera insertado en ese punto
-en el archivo actual.
+ LaTeX procesa el archivo como si su contenido estuviera insertado en
+el archivo actual. Para un mecanismo de inclusión más sofisticado *note
+\include e \includeonly::.
- Si ARCHIVO no termina en ‘.tex ’ (por ejemplo, ‘foo’ o ‘foo.bar’),
-primero se intenta con esa extensión (‘foo.tex’ o ‘foo.bar.tex’). Si no
-se encuentra, el ARCHIVO original se intenta con (‘foo’ o ‘foo.bar’).
+ Si FILENAME no termina en ‘.tex’ entonces LaTeX primero intenta el
+nombre del archivo con esa extensión; este es el caso habitual. Si
+FILENAME termina con ‘.tex’ luego LaTeX busca el nombre de archivo tal
+como es.
-24 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
-***********************************
+ Por ejemplo, este
-24.1 Tablas de Contenido
-========================
+ \input{macros}
-Se produce una tabla de contenido con la instrucción ‘\tableofcontents’.
-Usted pone la instrucción adecuada donde desea que aparezca la tabla de
-contenido; LaTeX hace el resto para usted. Una ejecución previa habrá
-generado un archivo ‘.toc’.
+hará que LaTeX busque primero ‘macros.tex’. Si encuentra ese archivo,
+entonces procesa su contenido como si hubiera sido copiar y pegar. Si
+no hay ningún archivo con el nombre ‘macros.tex’, entonces LaTeX intenta
+el nombre ‘macros’, sin extensión. (Esto puede variar según la
+distribución).
- La instrucción ‘\tableofcontents’ produce una sección, pero no inicia
-una nueva página automáticamente. Si desea una nueva página después de
-la tabla de contenido, escriba una instrucción código ‘\newpage’ después
-de la instrucción ‘\tableofcontents’.
+ Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y
+plataformas, debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La
+tradición es usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante,
+para el nombre ‘amo amas amat’, esto funciona bajo TeX Live en
+GNU/Linux:
- Las instrucciones análogas ‘\listoffigures’ y ‘\listoftables’
-producen una lists de figuras y una lista de tablas, respectivamente.
-Cada una funciona exactamente igual que la tabla de contenido.
+ \input{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
- La instrucción ‘\nofiles’ reemplaza estas instrucciones, e _impide_
-que se genere cualquiera de estas listas.
+ y esto funciona bajo MiKTeX en Windows:
-24.1.1 \addcontentsline
------------------------
+ \input{{"amo amas amat"}}
+
+25 Material de portada/contraportada
+************************************
-La instrucción ‘\addcontentsline’{EXTENSIÓN}{UNDAD}{TEXTO} añade una
-entrada a la lista o tabla donde:
+25.1 Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas
+==========================================================
-EXTENSIÓN
- La extensión del archivo en el que se va a escribir la información,
- por lo general una de: ‘toc’ (tabla de contenido), ‘lof’ (lista de
- figuras) o ‘lot’ (lista de tablas).
+Sinopsis, una de:
-UNIDAD
- El nombre de la unidad de sección a añadir, normalmente una de las
- siguientes, coincidiendo con el valor del argumento EXTENSIÓN:
+ \tableofcontents
+ \listoffigures
+ \listoftables
+
+ Produce una tabla de contenido, o una lista de figuras, o una lista
+de tablas. Pon el comando en el archivo de entrada donde deseas que se
+coloque la tabla o la lista. No escribas las entradas; por ejemplo,
+normalmente las entradas de la tabla de contenido se genera
+automáticamente a partir de los comandos de seccionado ‘\chapter’, etc.
+
+ Este ejemplo ilustra el primer comando, ‘\tableofcontents’. LaTeX
+producirá una tabla de contenido en la primera página del libro.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ % \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
+ \begin{document}
+ \tableofcontents\newpage
+ ...
+ \chapter{...}
+ ...
+ \section{...}
+ ...
+ \subsection{...}
+ ...
+ \end{document}
+
+Descomentar la segunda línea haría que esa tabla contuviera los listados
+de capítulos y secciones, pero no listados de subsecciones, porque el
+comando ‘\section’ tiene nivel 1. *Note Seccionado::, para nivel
+números de las unidades de corte. Para obtener más información sobre el
+‘tocdepth’ *note Seccionado/tocdepth::.
+
+ Otro ejemplo del uso de ‘\tableofcontents’ está en *note Plantilla de
+libro Larger::.
+
+ Si deseas un salto de página después de la tabla de contenido,
+escribe un comando ‘\newpage’ después del comando ‘\tableofcontents’,
+como arriba.
+
+ Para hacer la tabla de contenido, LaTeX almacena la información en un
+archivo auxiliar llamado ‘ROOT-FILE.toc’ (*note Dividir la entrada::).
+Por ejemplo, este archivo LaTeX ‘test.tex’
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \begin{document}
+ \tableofcontents\newpage
+ \section{Primera sección}
+ \subsection{Primera subsección}
+ ...
+
+escribe estas líneas en ‘test.toc’.
+
+ \contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Primera sección}{2}
+ \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Primera
+ subsección}{2}
+
+Cada línea contiene un solo comando, ‘\contentsline’ (*note
+\contentsline::). El primer argumento, el ‘section’ o ‘subsection’, es
+la unidad de seccionamiento. El segundo argumento tiene dos
+componentes. El gancho ‘\numberline’ determina cómo el número de
+sección, ‘1’ o ‘1.1’, aparece en la tabla de contenido (*note
+\numberline::). El resto del segundo argumento de ‘\contentsline’,
+‘Primera sección’ o ‘Primera subsección’, es el texto del título de la
+sección. Finalmente, el tercer argumento, ‘2’, es el número de página
+en el que comienza esta unidad de seccionado.
+
+ Para componer estas líneas, la clase “document” proporciona
+‘\l@SECTION-UNIT’ comandos como ‘\l@section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}’ y
+‘\l@subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}’. Estos comandos a menudo usan el
+comando ‘\@dottedtocline’ (*note \@dottedtocline::).
+
+ Una consecuencia de la estrategia de LaTeX de usar archivos
+auxiliares es que para obtener la información correcta en el documento
+debes ejecutar LaTeX dos veces, una vez para almacenar la información y
+la segunda vez para recuperarla. En el curso normal de escribir un
+documento los autores ejecutan LaTeX un número de veces, pero puedes
+notar que la primera vez que compilas un nuevo documento, la página de
+la tabla de contenido estará vacía excepto por su encabezado
+‘Contenido’. Simplemente ejecuta LaTeX de nuevo.
+
+ Los comandos ‘\listoffigures’ y ‘\listoftables’ producen un lista de
+figuras y lista de tablas. Su información se almacena en archivos con
+extensión ‘.lof’ y ‘.lot’. Funcionan de la misma manera como
+‘\tableofcontents’ pero este último es más común, así que lo usamos para
+la mayoría de los ejemplos.
+
+ Puede agregar material manualmente a la tabla de contenido, la lista
+de figuras y la lista de tablas. Por ejemplo, agrega una línea sobre un
+sección a la tabla de contenido con
+‘\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}’. (*note \addcontentsline::).
+Agregar material arbitrario, es decir, sin línea material, con
+‘\addtocontents’, como con el comando
+‘\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}’, que agrega espacio vertical
+a la lista de figuras (*note \addtocontents::).
+
+ Líneas en la tabla de contenido, la lista de figuras y la lista de
+tablas, tienen cuatro partes. Primero es una sangría. A continuación
+hay una caja en la que se colocan números de seccionado, y luego el
+tercer recuadro contiene el título del texto, como ‘Primera sección’.
+Finalmente hay una caja contra el margen derecho, dentro de la cual
+LaTeX pone el cuadro del número de página. Para la sangría y el ancho
+del cuadro numérico, *note \@dottedtocline::. El cuadro del margen
+derecho tiene ancho ‘\@tocrmarg’ y el número de página está justo en ese
+espacio, dentro de un cuadro de ancho ‘\@pnumwidth’. De manera
+predeterminada ‘\@tocrmarg’ es ‘2.55em’ y ‘\@pnumwidth’ es ‘1.55em’.
+Cámbialos como con ‘\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}’.
+
+ CTAN tiene muchos paquetes para la tabla de contenido y listas de
+figuras y tablas (*note CTAN::). El paquete ‘tocloft’ es conveniente
+para ajustar algunos aspectos del valor predeterminado, como el
+espaciado. Y, ‘tocbibbind’ agregará automáticamente la bibliografía,
+índice, etc. a la tabla de contenido.
+
+ Para cambiar el encabezado de la página de la tabla de contenido, haz
+algo como estos comandos antes de llamar a ‘\tableofcontents’, etc.
+
+ \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Tabla de contenido}
+ \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Traza}
+ \renewcommand{\listtablename}{especificaciones}
+
+Paquetes de internacionalización como ‘babel’ o ‘polyglossia’ cambiará
+estos encabezados según el idioma base elegido.
+
+25.1.1 ‘\@dottedtocline’
+------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \@dottedtocline{SECTION-LEVEL-NUM}{INDENT}{NUMWIDTH}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}
+
+ Usado internamente por LaTeX para formatear una línea de entrada en
+la tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas. Los autores
+no ingresan directamente los comandos ‘\@dottedtocline’.
+
+ Este comando suele utilizarlo ‘\l@section’, ‘\l@subsection’, etc.,
+para dar formato a las líneas de contenido. Por ejemplo, el archivo
+‘article.cls’ contiene estas definiciones:
+
+ \newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+ \newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+ \newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+
+En este ejemplo, ‘\@dottedcline’ parece haber recibido solo tres
+argumentos. Pero rastrear el código interno muestra que recoge los
+argumentos finales TEXT y PAGENUMBER en la sinopsis desde una llamada a
+‘\contentsline’ (*note \contentsline::).
+
+ Entre el cuadro para el texto del título de una sección y el cuadro
+del margen derecho, estos comandos ‘\@dottedtocline’ insertan “líderes
+punteados”, es decir, puntos espaciados uniformemente El espacio de
+punto a punto viene dado por el comando ‘\@dotsep’. De manera
+predeterminada es 4.5 (está en unidades matemáticas, también conocido
+como ‘mu’, que son ‘1/18’ em. Cámbialo usando ‘\renewcommand’, como en
+‘\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}’.
+
+ En la clase ‘book’ estándar, LaTeX no usa líderes punteados para las
+entradas de la tabla Part y Chapter, y en la clase ‘article’ estándar no
+usa líderes punteados para las entradas de la sección.
+
+25.1.2 ‘\addcontentsline’
+-------------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}
+
+ Agrega una entrada al archivo auxiliar con extensión EXT.
+
+ Lo siguiente resultará en una línea ‘Apéndices’ en la tabla de
+contenido.
+
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Apéndices}}
+
+Aparecerá al mismo nivel de sangría que las secciones, estará en
+negrita, y se le asignará el número de página asociado con el punto
+donde aparece el comando en el archivo de entrada.
+
+ El comando ‘\addcontentsline’ escribe información en el archivo
+‘ROOT-NAME.EXT’, donde ROOT-NAME es el nombre del archivo raíz (*note
+Dividir la entrada::). Escribe que información como el texto del
+comando ‘\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}’, dónde ‘NUM’ es el valor actual
+del contador ‘UNIT’ (*note \contentsline::). El caso más común es la
+tabla de contenido y allí NUM es el número de página de la primera
+página de UNIT.
+
+ Este comando es invocado por los comandos de seccionado ‘\chapter’,
+etc. (*note Seccionado::), y también por ‘\caption’ dentro de un
+entorno flotante (*note Flotantes::). Pero también lo utilizan
+directamente los autores. Por ejemplo, un autor que escribe un libro
+cuyo estilo es tener un prefacio sin numerar puede usar el ‘\chapter*’
+con asterisco. Pero ese comando omite la información de la tabla de
+contenido, que se puede ingresar manualmente, como aquí.
+
+ \chapter*{Preface}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Prefacio}
+
+En el archivo ‘ROOT-NAME.toc’ LaTeX pondrá la línea ‘\contentsline
+{chapter}{\numberline {}Prefacio}{3}’; nota que el número de página ‘3’
+es generado automáticamente por el sistema, no ingresado manualmente.
+
+ Todos los argumentos para ‘\addcontentsline’ son obligatorios.
+
+EXT
+ Por lo general, una de las cadenas ‘toc’ para la tabla de
+ contenido, ‘lof’ para la lista de figuras, o ‘lot’ para la lista de
+ tablas. La extensión del nombre de archivo del archivo de
+ información.
+
+UNIT
+ Una cadena que depende del valor del argumento EXT, normalmente una
+ de:
‘toc’
- El nombre de la unidad de sección: ‘part’, ‘chapter’,
- ‘section’, ‘subsection’, ‘subsubsection’.
+ Para la tabla de contenido, este es el nombre de una unidad
+ seccional: ‘part’, ‘chapter’, ‘section’, ‘subsection’, etc.
+
‘lof’
- Para la lista de figuras.
+ Para la lista de figuras: ‘figure’.
+
‘lot’
- Para la lista de tablas.
+ Para la lista de tablas: ‘table’.
-TEXTO
- El texto real de la entrada.
+TEXT
+ El texto de la entrada. Debes ‘\protect’ cualquier comando frágil
+ (*note \protect::) utilizado en él.
- La instrucción que realmente escribe al archivo ‘.EXTENSIÓN’ es la
-instrucción ‘\contentsline{UNDAD}{NOMBRE}’.
+ El comando ‘\addcontentsline’ tiene una interacción con ‘\include’
+(*note \include e \includeonly::). Si los usas en el mismo nivel, como
+con ‘\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}’ entonces las líneas
+en la tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden incorrecto. La
+solución es mover ‘\addcontentsline’ al archivo que se incluye.
-24.1.2 \addtocontents
----------------------
+ Si usas una UNIDAD que LaTeX no reconoce, como con el error
+tipográfico aquí
+
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\textbf{Apéndices}}
-La instrucción ‘\addtocontents’{EXTENSIÓN}{TEXTO} añade texto (o
-instrucciones de formato) directamente al archivo ‘.EXTENSIÓN’ que
-genera la tabla de contenido o listas de figuras o tablas.
+entonces no obtienes un error sino que el formato en la tabla de
+contenido no tendrá sentido.
-EXTENSIÓN
- La extensión del archivo en el cual escribir la información: ‘toc’
- (tabla de contenido), ‘lof’ (lista de figuras) o ‘lot’ (lista de
- tablas).
+25.1.3 ‘\addtocontents’
+-----------------------
-TEXTO
- El texto a escribir.
+Sinopsis:
-24.2 Glosarios
-==============
+ \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}
-La instrucción ‘\makeglossary’ habilita la creación de glosarios.
+ Agrega TEXT, que puede ser texto o comandos de formato, directamente
+a el archivo auxiliar con extensión EXT. Este es el más utilizado para
+la tabla de contenido, así que esa es la discusión aquí, pero también se
+aplica a la lista de figuras y la lista de tablas.
- La instrucción ‘\glossary{TEXTO}’ escribe una entrada en el glosario
-para TEXTO a un archivo auxiliar con la extensión ‘.glo’.
+ Esto pondrá un espacio vertical en la tabla de contenido después del
+encabezado ‘Contenido’.
- Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe es
-‘\glossaryentry{TEXTO}{NO-DE-PÁGINA}’, donde NO-DE-PÁGINA es el valor de
-‘\thepage’.
+ \tableofcontents\newpage
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}}
- El paquete ‘glossary’ en CTAN proporciona compatibilidad para
-glosarios más sofisticados.
+Esto pone la palabra ‘Página’, en negrita, encima de la columna del
+número de página y después del encabezado.
-24.3 Índices
-============
+ \tableofcontents
+ \addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Página}\par}
+ \chapter{...}
+
+Esto agrega una línea que anuncia el trabajo de un nuevo autor.
+
+ \addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \protect\vspace{2ex}
+ \textbf{Capítulos de N. Otro autor}\par}
+
+ La diferencia entre ‘\addtocontents’ y ‘\addcontentsline’ es que este
+último es estrictamente para líneas, como con una línea que da el número
+de página para el comienzo de un nuevo subconjunto de capítulos. Como
+muestran los ejemplos anteriores, ‘\addtocontents’ es para material como
+el espaciado.
+
+ El comando ‘\addtocontents’ tiene dos argumentos. Ambos son
+requeridos.
+
+EXT
+ Por lo general, uno de: ‘toc’ para la tabla de contenido, ‘lof’
+ para la lista de figuras, o ‘lot’ para la lista de tablas. La
+ extensión del archivo contiene la información.
+
+TEXT
+ El texto, y posiblemente los comandos, que se van a escribir.
+
+ Los comandos de seccionado como ‘\chapter’ usan el comando
+‘\addcontentsline’ para almacenar información. Este comando crea líneas
+en el archivo auxiliar ‘.toc’ que contiene el comando ‘\contentsline’
+(*note \addcontentsline::). A diferencia de el comando ‘\addtocontents’
+coloca el material directamente en ese archivo.
+
+ El comando ‘\addtocontents’ tiene una interacción con ‘\include’
+(*note \include e \includeonly::). Si los usas en el mismo nivel, como
+con ‘\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}’ entonces las líneas en la
+tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden incorrecto. La solución
+es mover ‘\addtocontents’ al archivo que se incluye.
+
+25.1.4 ‘\contentsline’
+----------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}
+
+ Utilizado internamente por LaTeX para componer una entrada de la
+tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas (*note Tabla de
+contenido etc.::). Los autores no ingresan directamente los comandos
+‘\contentsline’.
+
+ Por lo general, la adición de material a estas listas la realizan
+automáticamente los comandos ‘\chapter’, ‘\section’, etc. para la tabla
+de contenido, o por el comando ‘\caption’ dentro de un entorno ‘\figure’
+o ‘\table’ (*note figure:: y *note table::). De este modo, donde el
+archivo raíz es ‘thesis.tex’ y contiene la declaración
+‘\tableofcontents’, el comando ‘\chapter{Capítulo Uno}’ produce algo
+como esto en el archivo ‘thesis.toc’.
+
+ \contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Capítulo uno}{3}
+
+ Si el archivo contiene la declaración ‘\listoffigures’ entonces un
+entorno ‘figure’ que involucra ‘\caption{Test}’ producirá algo como esto
+en ‘thesis.lof’.
+
+ \contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces
+ Test}}{6}
+
+ Para agregar material manualmente, usa
+‘\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}’, donde FILETYPE es ‘toc’, ‘lof’
+o ‘lot’ (*note \addcontentsline::).
+
+ Para manipular cómo se escribe el material ‘\contentline’, consulta
+el paquete ‘tocloft’.
+
+ Ten en cuenta que el paquete ‘hyperref’ cambia la definición de
+‘\contentsline’ (y ‘\addcontentsline’) para agregar más argumentos, para
+hacer hipervínculos. Esta es la fuente del error ‘El argumento de
+\contentsline tiene una }’ adicional cuando se agrega/elimina el uso del
+paquete ‘hyperref’ y ya se ejecutó una compilación. Soluciona este
+error eliminando el archivo ‘.toc’ o ‘.lof’ o ‘.lot’ y ejecutando LaTeX
+de nuevo.
+
+25.1.5 ‘\nofiles’
+-----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \nofiles
+
+ Evita que LaTeX escriba archivos auxiliares. La única salida serán
+los archivos ‘.log’ y ‘.pdf’ (o ‘.dvi’). Este comando debe ir en el
+preámbulo.
+
+ Debido al comando ‘\nofiles’ este ejemplo no producirá un archivo
+‘.toc’.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \nofiles
+ \begin{document}
+ \tableofcontents\newpage
+ \chapter{...}
+ ...
+
+LaTeX no borrará ningún archivo auxiliar existente, por lo que si
+insertas el comando ‘\nofiles’ después de ejecutar el archivo y obtener
+un ‘.toc’ entonces la página de la tabla de contenido seguirá mostrando
+la información antigua.
+
+25.1.6 ‘\numberline’
+--------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \numberline{NUMBER}
+
+ Escribe su argumento alineado a la izquierda en un cuadro. Esto se
+usa en un comando ‘\contentsline’ para escribir el número de sección
+(*note \contentsline::).
+
+ Por ejemplo, esta línea en un ‘.toc’ hace que el ‘1.1’ sea
+composición tipográfica a la izquierda.
+
+ \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivación}{2}
-La instrucción ‘\makeindex’ permite la creación de índices. Coloquela
-en el preámbulo.
+ De forma predeterminada, LaTeX escribe los números de sección en un
+cuadro de longitud ‘\@tempdima’. Esa longitud la establecen los
+comandos ‘\l@section’, ‘\l@subsection’, etc. Poner números de sección
+dentro de una caja de ancho natural con
+‘\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}’ antes de ‘\tableofcontents’.
- La instrucción ‘\index{TEXTO}’ escribe una entrada en el índice para
-TEXTO en un archivo auxiliar con la extensión ‘.idx’.
+ Este comando es frágil, por lo que es posible que debas precederlo
+con ‘\protect’ (*note \protect::). Un ejemplo es el uso de ‘\protect’
+en este comando,
- Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe la entrada es
-‘\indexentry{TEXTO}{NO-DE-PÁGINA}’, donde NO-DE-PÁGINA es el valor
-actual de ‘\thepage’.
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Resumen}
- Para generar una entrada de índice para ‘bar’ que diga ‘Vea foo’,
-utilice una barra vertical: ‘\index{bar|see{foo}}’. Use ‘seealso’ en
-lugar de ‘see’ para producir una entrada ‘Vea también’.
+para obtener el ‘\numberline’ en el comando ‘\contentsline’ en el
+archivo ‘.toc’: ‘\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Resumen}{6}’
+(LaTeX agrega automáticamente el número de página ‘6’; *note
+\addcontentsline::).
- El texto ‘Vea’ está definido por la macro ‘\seename’, y ‘Vea también’
-por la macro ‘\alsoname’. Estas se pueden redefinir para otros idiomas.
+25.2 Índices
+============
+
+Si le dices a LaTeX qué términos quieres que aparezcan en un índice,
+entonces puede producir ese índice, en orden alfabético y con los
+números de página mantenidos automáticamente. Esto ilustra los
+conceptos básicos.
- El archivo ‘.idx’ generado luego es ordenado con una instrucción
-externa, por lo general alguna instrucción ‘makeindex’
-(<http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex>) o (la de múltiples
-idiomas) ‘xindy’ (<http://xindy.sourceforge.net>). Esto resulta en un
-archivo ‘.ind’, que se puede leer para componer tipográficamente el
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{makeidx} % Proporcionar comandos de indexación
+ \makeindex
+ % \usepackage{showidx} % Muestra notas al margen de las entradas
+ % del índice
+ ...
+ \begin{document}
+ ...
+ Teorema de Wilson\index{Teorema de Wilson}
+ dice que un número $n>1$ es primo si y solo si el factorial
+ de $n-1$ es congruente con $-1$
+ modulo~$n$.\index{congruencia!y el Teorema de Wilson}
+ ...
+ \printindex
+ \end{document}
+
+Como muestra, declara las entradas de índice con el comando ‘\index’
+(*note \index::). Cuando ejecutas LaTeX, ‘\index’ escribe su
+información, como ‘Teorema de Wilson’ y el número de página, a un
+archivo auxiliar cuyo nombre termina en ‘.idx’. A continuación,
+alfabetiza y hace otras manipulaciones, como ejecutar un comando
+externo, normalmente ‘makeindex’ (*note makeindex::), que escribe un
+archivo cuyo nombre termina en ‘.ind’. Finalmente, ‘\printindex’ trae
+esta información manipulada en la salida (*note \printindex::).
+
+ Por lo tanto, si el ejemplo anterior está en el archivo ‘numth.tex’
+entonces ejecutar ‘pdflatex numth’ guardará la entrada de índice y la
+información del número de página a ‘numth.idx’. Luego ejecutar
+‘makeindex numth’ ordena alfabéticamente y guarda los resultados en
+‘numth.ind’. Finalmente, ejecutar de nuevo ‘pdflatex numth’ mostrará el
+índice deseado, en el lugar donde está el comando ‘\printindex’ en el
+archivo fuente.
+
+ Hay muchas opciones para la salida. Un ejemplo es que el signo de
+exclamación en ‘\index{congruencia!y teorema de Wilson}’ produce una
+entrada principal de ‘congruencia’ con una subentrada de ‘y Teorema de
+Wilson’. Para obtener más información, *note makeindex::.
+
+ Los comandos ‘\makeindex’ y ‘\printindex’ son independientes. Omitir
+el ‘\makeindex’ evitará que LaTeX guarde las entradas de índice al
+archivo auxiliar. Omitir el ‘\printindex’ hará que LaTeX no muestre el
+índice en la salida del documento.
+
+ Hay muchos paquetes en el área de indexación. El paquete ‘showidx’
+hace que cada entrada de índice se muestre en el margen de la página
+donde aparece el ‘\index’. Esto puede ayudar en la preparación del
+índice. El paquete ‘multind’, entre otros, admite múltiples índices.
+Consulta también la entrada de preguntas frecuentes de TeX sobre este
+tema, <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind>, y el tema de CTAN,
+<https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi>.
+
+25.2.1 Producir el índice manualmente
+-------------------------------------
+
+Los documentos que son pequeños y estáticos pueden tener un índice
+producido manualmente. Esto creará una página separada etiquetada como
+‘Index’, en formato de dos columnas.
+
+ \begin{theindex}
+ \item acorn squash, 1
+ \subitem maple estufado, 2
+ \indexspace
+ \item bacon, 3
+ \subitem maple estufado, 4
+ \end{theindex}
+
+ Ten en cuenta que el autor debe ingresar los números de página, lo
+cual es tedioso y que dará como resultado números incorrectos si el
+documento cambia. Esta es la razón por lo que en la mayoría de los
+casos, los métodos automatizados como ‘makeindex’ son los mejores.
+*Note Índices::.
+
+ Sin embargo, cubrimos los comandos para completado, y porque los
+métodos automatizados se basan en estos comandos. Hay tres niveles de
+entradas. Cómo muestra el ejemplo, una entrada principal usa ‘\item’,
+las subentradas usan ‘\subitem’, y el nivel más bajo usa ‘\subsubitem’.
+Las líneas en blanco entre entradas no tienen efecto. El ejemplo
+anterior incluye ‘\indexspace’ para producir espacio vertical en la
+salida que usa algunos estilos de índice antes de que comience la
+primera entrada con una nueva letra.
+
+25.2.2 ‘\index’
+---------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \index{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}
+
+ Declara una entrada en el índice. Este comando es frágil (*note
+\protect::).
+
+ Por ejemplo, como se describe en *note Índices::, una forma de
+obtener un índice de lo que sigue es compilar el documento con ‘pdflatex
+test’, entonces procesar las entradas del índice con ‘makeindex test’ y
+luego compilar de nuevo con ‘pdflatex test’.
+
+ % file test.tex
+ ...
+ W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+ ...
+ Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function}
+ ...
+ rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
+
+Las tres entradas de índice obtendrán un número de página, como
+‘Ackermann, 22’. LaTeX formateará el segundo como un subelemento del
+primero, en la línea debajo de ella y con sangría, y la tercera como
+subelemento de la segunda. Tres niveles de profundidad es lo máximo que
+puede anidar subentradas. (Si agregas ‘\index{Ackermann!function!growth
+rate!comparison}’ entonces ‘makeindex’ dice ‘Escaneando archivo de
+entrada test.idx....hecho (4 entradas aceptadas, 1 rechazada)’ y el
+cuarto nivel del índice falla silenciosamente).
+
+ Si ingresas un segundo ‘\index’ con el mismo INDEX-ENTRY-STRING,
+obtendrás una sola entrada de índice con dos números de página (a menos
+que caigan en la misma página). De este modo, agregar ‘como por
+Ackermann.\index{Ackermann}’ más tarde en el mismo documento como el
+anterior dará una entrada de índice como ‘Ackermann, 22, 151’. Además,
+puedes introducir las entradas del índice en cualquier orden, por lo que
+la instancia ‘\index{Ackermann!function}’ podría venir antes de
+‘\index{Ackermann}’.
+
+ Obtiene un rango de páginas en la salida, como ‘Hilbert, 23--27’,
+como aquí.
+
+ W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann}
+ ...
+ D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(}
+ ...
+ Desaprobado de su matrimonio.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)}
+
+Si el comienzo y el final del rango de páginas son iguales, entonces el
+sistema solo da un único número de página, no un rango.
+
+ Si indexas subentradas pero no una entrada principal, como con
+‘\index{Jones!program}’ e ‘\index{Jones!results}’, entonces el resultado
+es el elemento ‘Jones’ sin coma ni número de página, seguido de dos
+subelementos, como ‘programa, 50’ y ‘resultados, 51’.
+
+ Genera una entrada de índice que diga ‘ve’ usando un carácter de
+barra vertical: ‘\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's function}}’.
+En su lugar, puedes obtener ‘ve también’ con ‘seealso’. (El texto ‘ve’
+está definido por ‘\seename’ y ‘ve también’ por ‘\alsoname’. Los puedes
+redefinir utilizando un paquete de internacionalización como ‘babel’ o
+‘polyglossia’, o directamente como con ‘\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Ve
+también}’).
+
+ La característica ‘see’ es parte de una funcionalidad más general.
+Después de la barra vertical puedes poner el nombre de un comando de una
+sola entrada, como en ‘\index{group|textit}’ (ten en cuenta la barra
+invertida que falta en el comando ‘\textit’) y el sistema aplicará ese
+comando al número de página, aquí dando algo como ‘\textit{7}’. Puedes
+definir tus propios comandos de una sola entrada, como
+‘\newcommand{\definedpage}[1]{{\color{blue}#1}}’ y entonces
+‘\index{Ackermann!function|definedpage}’ dará un número de página azul
+(*note Color::). Otro ejemplo, menos práctico, es este,
+
+ \newcommand\indexownpage[1]{#1, \thepage}
+ ... Epimenides.\index{self-reference|indexownpage}
+
+que crea una entrada citando el número de página de su propia lista de
índice.
- El índice normalmente se genera con la instrucción ‘\printindex’.
-Esta instrucción está definida en el paquete ‘makeidx’, por lo tanto
-necesita colocar en el preámbulo la instrucción ‘\usepackage{makeidx}’.
+ Las dos funciones recién descritas se combinan, como aquí
+
+ \index{Ackermann!function|(definedpage}
+ ...
+ \index{Ackermann!function|)}
+
+que genera una entrada de índice como ‘function, 23--27’ donde los
+números del rango de páginas están en azul.
+
+ Considera una entrada de índice como ‘α-ring’. Entrado como
+‘$\alpha$-ring’ hará que se ordene alfabéticamente según el signo de
+dolar. En su lugar, lo puedes ingresar usando un signo de arroba, como
+‘\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}’. Si especificas una entrada con un
+signo de arroba que separa dos cadenas, ‘POS@TEXT’, entonces POS da la
+posición alfabética de la entrada mientras TEXT produce el texto de la
+entrada. Otro ejemplo es que ‘\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}’
+produce una entrada de índice ‘SMC’ en orden alfabético en una ubicación
+diferente a su ortografía lo daría naturalmente.
- La longitud de relleno ‘\indexspace’ se inserta antes de cada nueva
-letra en el índice impreso; letra en el índice impreso su valor
-predeterminado es ‘10pt plus5pt minus3pt’.
+ Para poner un carácter ‘!’, ‘@’, ‘|’ o ‘"’ en una entrada de índice,
+escápala precediéndola con una comilla doble, ‘"’. (Las comillas dobles
+se eliminan antes de la alfabetización).
- El paquete ‘showidx’ hace que cada entrada en el índice se muestre en
-el margen de la página donde aparece la entrada. Esto puede ayudar en
-la preparación del índice.
+ Varios paquetes en CTAN tienen funcionalidad adicional más allá de
+eso proporcionada por ‘makeidx’. Uno es ‘index’, que permite múltiples
+índices y contiene un comando ‘\index*{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}’ que imprime
+el INDEX-ENTRY-STRING además de indexarlo.
- El paquete ‘multind’ es compatible con múltiples índices. Vea
-también la entrada de este tema en las preguntas frecuentes de TeX, en
+ El comando ‘\index’ escribe la información de indexación en el
+archivo ‘ROOT-NAME.idx’. Específicamente, escribe texto del comando
+‘\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}’, donde PAGE-NUM es el valor
+del contador ‘\thepage’. Alguna ocasión, cuando el comando
+‘\printindex’ se confunde, debes eliminar este archivo para comenzar con
+una pizarra nueva.
+
+ Si omites la llave de cierre de un comando ‘\index’ entonces obtienes
+un mensaje como este.
+
+ ¿Argumento fugitivo? {Ackermann!function
+ ! ! El párrafo terminó antes de que \@wrindex se completara.
+
+25.2.3 ‘makeindex’
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ makeindex FILENAME
+ makeindex -s STYLE-FILE FILENAME
+ makeindex OPTIONS FILENAME0 ...
+
+ Ordenar y procesar la información del índice en el archivo auxiliar
+FILENAME. Este es un programa de línea de comandos. Se necesita uno o
+más archivos de índice sin procesar, archivos ‘FILENAME.idx’ y produce
+el archivo de índice real, el archivo ‘FILENAME.ind’ que ingresa
+‘\printindex’ (*note \printindex::).
+
+ La primera forma del comando es suficiente para muchos usos, La
+segunda permite formatear el índice usando un “archivo de estilo de
+índice”, un archivo ‘.isty’. La tercera forma es la más general; ve la
+documentación completa en CTAN.
+
+ Este es un simple archivo ‘.isty’.
+
+ % book.isty
+ % $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
+ % crea el índice como book.ind, comenzando en una página impar.
+ preamble
+ "\\pagestyle{empty}
+ \\small
+ \\begin{theindex}
+ \\thispagestyle{empty}"
+
+ postamble
+ "\n
+ \\end{theindex}"
+
+ La descripción aquí cubre solo algunos de los posibles formatos de
+índice en STYLE-FILE. Para obtener una lista completa, consulta la
+documentación en CTAN.
+
+ Un archivo de estilo consta de una lista de pares: SPECIFIER y
+ATTRIBUTE. Estos pueden aparecer en el archivo en cualquier orden.
+Todos los ATTRIBUTEs son cadenas, excepto donde se indique. Las cadenas
+son entre comillas dobles, ‘"’ y la longitud máxima de una cadena tiene
+144 caracteres. La ‘\n’ es para una nueva línea y ‘\t’ es para una
+tabulación. Las barras invertidas se escapan con otra barra invertida,
+‘\\’. Si una línea comienza con un signo de porcentaje, ‘%’, entonces
+es un comentario.
+
+‘preamble’
+ Preámbulo del archivo de índice de salida. Define el contexto en
+ el que se encuentra el índice formateado. Predeterminado:
+ ‘"\\begin{theindex}\n"’.
+
+‘postamble’
+ Postámbulo del archivo de salida del índice Predeterminado:
+ ‘"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"’.
+
+‘group_skip’
+ Tradicionalmente, los elementos del índice se dividen en grupos,
+ generalmente un grupo para entradas que comienzan con la letra ‘a’,
+ etc. Este especificador da lo que se inserta cuando comienza un
+ nuevo grupo. Predeterminado: ‘"\n\n \\indexspace\n"’
+ (‘\indexspace’ es un comando que inserta una longitud elástica, de
+ manera predeterminada es ‘10pt plus5pt minus3pt’).
+
+‘lethead_flag’
+ un entero. Rige lo que se inserta para un nuevo grupo o letra. Si
+ es 0 (que es el valor predeterminado) entonces aparte de
+ ‘group_skip’ nada se insertará antes del grupo. Si es positivo
+ entonces en una nueva letra el ‘lethead_prefix’ y ‘lethead_suffix’
+ serán insertada, con esa letra en mayúsculas entre ellas. Si es
+ negativo entonces lo que se insertará es la letra en minúsculas.
+ El valor predeterminado es 0.
+
+‘lethead_prefix’
+ Si un nuevo grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este
+ es el prefijo insertado antes de la nueva letra del encabezado.
+ Predeterminado: ‘""’
+
+‘lethead_suffix’
+ Si un grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este es el
+ sufijo insertado después del nuevo encabezado de carta.
+ Predeterminado: ‘""’.
+
+‘item_0’
+ Lo que se pone entre dos elementos level 0. Predeterminado: ‘"\n
+ \\item "’.
+
+‘item_1’
+ Colocar entre dos elementos level 1. Predeterminado: ‘"\n
+ \\subitem "’.
+
+‘item_2’
+ Coloca entre dos elementos level 2. Predeterminado: ‘"\n
+ \\subsubitem "’.
+
+‘item_01’
+ Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level 0 y un elemento level 1.
+ Predeterminado: ‘"\n \\subitem "’.
+
+‘item_x1’
+ Que se coloca entre un elemento level 0 y un elemento level 1 en el
+ caso de que el elemento level 0 no tenga ningún número de página
+ (como en ‘\index{aaa|see{bbb}}’). Predeterminado: ‘"\n \\subitem
+ "’.
+
+‘item_12’
+ Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level 1 y un elemento level 2.
+ Predeterminado: ‘"\n \\subsubitem "’.
+
+‘item_x2’
+ Que se pone entre un elemento level 1 y un elemento level 2, si el
+ level 1 elemento no tiene números de página. Predeterminado: ‘"\n
+ \\subsubitem "’.
+
+‘delim_0’
+ Delimitador puesto entre una clave level 0 y su primer número de
+ página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+ ‘", "’.
+
+‘delim_1’
+ Delimitador puesto entre una clave level 1 y su primer número de
+ página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+ ‘", "’.
+
+‘delim_2’
+ Delimitador entre una clave level 2 y su primer número de página.
+ Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco, ‘", "’.
+
+‘delim_n’
+ Delimitador entre dos números de página para la misma clave (en
+ cualquier nivel). Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio
+ en blanco, ‘", "’.
+
+‘delim_r’
+ Lo que se coloca entre los números de página inicial y final de un
+ rango. Predeterminado: ‘"--"’.
+
+‘line_max’
+ Un entero. Longitud máxima de la línea de una entrada de índice en
+ la salida, más allá de la cual la línea se envuelve.
+ Predeterminado: ‘72’.
+
+‘indent_space’
+ Lo que se inserta al comienzo de una línea envuelta.
+ Predeterminado: ‘"\t\t"’.
+
+‘indent_length’
+ Un número. La longitud de la sangría de la línea envuelta. El
+ valor predefinido ‘indent_space’ son dos tabulaciones y cada
+ tabulación tiene ocho espacios, por lo que el el valor
+ predeterminado aquí es ‘16’.
+
+‘page_precedence’
+ Un documento puede tener páginas numeradas de diferentes maneras.
+ Por ejemplo, un libro puede tener las primeras páginas numeradas en
+ minúsculas romanas mientras que la página principal de la materia
+ están en árabe. Esta cadena especifica el orden en que aparecerán
+ en el índice. El comando ‘makeindex’ admite cinco tipos diferentes
+ de números: minúsculas romanas ‘r’ y numérico o árabe ‘n’ y
+ minúsculas alfabético ‘a’ y mayúsculas ‘R’ romano y ‘A’ alfabético
+ en mayúsculas. Predeterminado: ‘"rnaRA"’.
+
+ Hay una serie de otros programas que hacen el trabajo que ‘makeindex’
+hace. Uno es ‘xindy’ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy>), que hace
+internacionalización y puede procesar índices para documentos marcados
+usando LaTeX y un número de otros idiomas. Está escrito en Lisp,
+altamente configurable, tanto en términos de marcado y en términos del
+orden de clasificación del texto, como descrito en su documentación.
+
+ Un programa de indexación más reciente compatible con Unicode es
+‘xindex’, escrito en Lua (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex>).
+
+25.2.4 ‘\printindex’
+--------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \printindex
+
+ Coloca el índice en la salida.
+
+ Para obtener un índice, primero debes incluir
+‘\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex’ en el preámbulo del documento y compila
+el documento, entonces ejecuta el comando del sistema ‘makeindex’, y
+luego vuelve a compilar el documento. *Note Índices::, para más
+discusión y un ejemplo del uso de ‘\printindex’.
+
+25.3 Glosarios
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+ ...
+ \newglossaryentry{LABEL}{SETTINGS}
+ ...
+ \gls{LABEL}.
+ ...
+ \printglossaries
+
+ El paquete ‘glossaries’ te permite crear glosarios, incluidos
+múltiples glosarios, así como listas de siglas.
+
+ Para obtener el resultado de este ejemplo, compila el documento (por
+ejemplo con ‘nombre de archivo pdflatex’), entonces ejecuta el comando
+de línea de comandos ‘makeglossaries filename’ y luego vuelve a compilar
+el documento.
+
+ \documentclass{...}
+ \usepackage{glossaries} \makeglossaries
+ \newglossaryentry{tm}{%
+ name={Máquina de Turing},
+
+ description={Un modelo de máquina hace cálculos. El modelo es
+ sencillo pero puede calcular cualquier cosa que
+ cualquier dispositivo existente pueda calcular. Es el
+ modelo estándar utilizado en Informática.},
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ Todo comienza con la definición de \gls{tm}.
+ ...
+ \printglossaries
+ \end{document}
- <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind>.
+Eso da dos cosas. En el texto principal genera ‘... definición de una
+máquina de Turing’. Además, en una unidad seccional separada encabezada
+‘Glossary’ aparece una lista de descripción. En letra negrita dice
+‘Máquina de Turing’ y el resto del artículo dice en tipo normal ‘Un
+modelo de máquina ... Informática’.
-25 Cartas
+ El comando ‘\makeglossary’ abre el archivo que contendrá la
+información de entrada, ‘ROOT-FILE.glo’. Pon el comando
+‘\printglossaries’ donde deseas que aparezcan los glosarios en tu
+documento.
+
+ El paquete ‘glossaries’ es muy poderoso. Por ejemplo, además los
+comandos ‘\newglossaryentry’ y ‘\gls’, hay comandos similares para una
+lista de acrónimos. Consulta la documentación del paquete en CTAN.
+
+25.3.1 ‘\newglossaryentry’
+--------------------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \newglossaryentry{LABEL}
+ {
+ name={NAME},
+ description={DESCRIPTION},
+ OTRAS OPCIONES, ...
+ }
+
+ o
+
+ \longnewglossaryentry{LABEL}
+ {
+ name={NAME},
+ OTHER OPTIONS ...,
+ }
+ {DESCRIPTION}
+
+ Declara una nueva entrada para un glosario. LABEL debe ser único
+para el documento. Los ajustes asociados a la etiqueta son pares:
+‘KEY=VALUE’.
+
+ Esto pone el símbolo en negrita de la pizarra para los números reales
+ℝ, en el glosario.
+
+ \newglossaryentry{R}
+ {
+ name={\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}}},
+ description={los números reales},
+ }
+
+ Usa la segunda forma del comando si DESCRIPTION abarca más de un
+párrafo.
+
+ Para obtener una lista completa de KEY, consulta la documentación del
+paquete en CTAN, pero aquí hay algunos.
+
+‘name’
+ (Obligatorio). La palabra, frase o símbolo que estás definiendo.
+
+‘description’
+ (Obligatorio). La descripción que aparecerá en el glosario. Si
+ esto tiene más de un párrafo, entonces debe usar la segunda forma
+ del comando dado en la sinopsis.
+
+‘plural’
+ La forma plural de NAME. Refiérete a la forma plural usando
+ ‘\glspl’ o ‘\Glspl’ (*note \gls::).
+
+‘sort’
+ Cómo colocar esta entrada en la lista de entradas que contiene el
+ glosario.
+
+‘symbol’
+ Un símbolo, como un símbolo matemático, además del nombre.
+
+25.3.2 ‘\gls’
+-------------
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \gls{LABEL}
+ \glspl{LABEL}
+ \Gls{LABEL}
+ \Glspl{LABEL}
+
+ Consulta una entrada del glosario. Las entradas se declaran con
+‘\newglossaryentry’ (*note \newglossaryentry::).
+
+ Este
+
+ \newglossaryentry{N}{%
+ name={los números naturales},
+ description={Los números $0$, $1$, $2$, $\ldots$\@},
+ symbol={\ensuremath{\mathbb{N}}},
+ }
+ ...
+ Considera \gls{N}.
+
+da la salida ‘Considera los números naturales’.
+
+ La segunda forma de comando ‘\glspl{LABEL}’ produce el plural de NAME
+(de manera predeterminada intenta agregar una ‘s’). La tercera forma
+escribe en mayúscula la primera letra de NAME, al igual que la cuarta
+forma, que también toma el plural.
+
+26 Cartas
*********
-Usted puede utilizar LaTeX para componer tipográficamente cartas, para
-ambas personales y de negocios. La clase de documento ‘letter’ está
-diseñada para hacer una serie de cartas a la vez, aunque se puede hacer
-sólo una si así lo desea.
+Sinopsis:
- Su archivo fuente ‘.tex’ tiene las mismas instrucciones mínimas de
-clase que en cualquier otro documento, es decir, debe tener las
-siguientes instrucciones como mínimo:
+ \documentclass{letter}
+ \address{DIRECCIÓN DEL REMITENTE} % dirección de retorno
+ \signature{NOMBRE DEL REMITENTE}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{letter}{DIRECCIÓN DEL DESTINATARIO}
+ \opening{SALUTATION}
+ CUERPO DE LA CARTA
+ \closing{TEXTO DE CIERRE}
+ \end{letter}
+ ...
+ \end{document}
- \documentclass{letter}
- \begin{document}
- ... cartas ...
- \end{document}
+ Producir una o más cartas.
- Cada carta es un entorno ‘letter’, cuyo argumento es el nombre y
-dirección del destinatario. Por ejemplo, usted podría tener:
+ Cada carta está en un entorno ‘letter’ separado, cuyo argumento
+RECIPIENT ADDRESS a menudo contiene varias líneas separadas por una
+barra invertida doble, (‘\\’). Por ejemplo, podrías tener:
- \begin{letter}{Sr. José Pérez\\ Calle Princesa N°2345.
- \\ Edinburgo, EH1 1AA}
+ \begin{letter}{Ninon de l'Enclos \\
+ l'h\^otel Sagonne}
...
\end{letter}
- La carta en sí comienza con la instrucción ‘\opening’. Siguiéndole
-el texto de la carta. Este se escribe como una entrada de LaTeX
-ordinaria. Las instrucciones que no tienen sentido en una carta, como
-‘\chapter’, no funcionan. La carta se cierra con una instrucción
-‘\closing’.
+ El inicio del entorno ‘letter’ restablece el número de página a 1, y
+la nota al pie al número 1 también.
+
+ El SENDER ADDRESS y SENDER NAME son comunes a todas las cartas, ya
+sea que haya una o más, por lo que es mejor ponerlas en el preámbulo.
+Al igual que con la dirección del destinatario, a menudo SENDER ADDRESS
+contiene varias líneas separadas por una doble barra invertida (‘\\’).
+LaTeX pondrá el SENDER NAME bajo el cerramiento, tras un espacio
+vertical para la tradicional firma manuscrita.
+
+ Cada cuerpo del entorno ‘letter’ comienza con un comando ‘\opening’
+requerido como ‘\opening{Estimada señora o señor:}’. El texto LETTER
+BODY LaTeX es normal por lo que puede contener todo, desde listas
+enumeradas hasta matemáticas mostradas, excepto que los comandos como
+‘\chapter’ que no tienen sentido en una carta se desactivan. Cada
+cuerpo de entorno ‘letter’ normalmente termina con un comando ‘\closing’
+como ‘\closing{Tuyo,}’.
+
+ Puede haber material adicional después del ‘\closing’. Puedes decir
+quien está recibiendo una copia de la carta con un comando como ‘\cc{El
+Jefe \\ el jefe de jefes}’. Hay un comando ‘\encl’ similar para una
+lista de material adjunto. Y puedes agregar una posdata con ‘\ps’.
+
+ El valor predeterminado de LaTeX es sangrar el nombre del remitente y
+el cierre encima de él por una longitud de ‘\longindentation’. De
+manera predeterminada esto es ‘0.5\textwidth’. Para que queden
+alineados a la izquierda, coloca ‘\setlength{\longindentation}{0em}’ en
+tu preámbulo.
+
+ Para establecer una fecha fija, usa algo como
+‘\renewcommand{\today}{1958-Oct-12}’. Si pones en tu preámbulo entonces
+se aplicará a todas las cartas.
+
+ Este ejemplo muestra solo un entorno ‘letter’. Las tres lineas
+marcadas como opcionales normalmente se omiten.
+
+ \documentclass{letter}
+ \address{Calle del remitente \\ Ciudad del remitente}
+ \signature{Nombre del remitente \\ Cargo del remitente}
+ % opcionales: \location{Buzón 13}
+ % optional: \telephone{(102) 555-0101}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{letter}{Nombre del destinatario \\ Dirección del destinatario}
+ \opening{Señor:}
+ % opcional: \thispagestyle{firstpage}
+ No estoy interesado en entrar en un acuerdo comercial con usted.
+ \closing{Sus más humildes, etc.,}
+ \end{letter}
+ \end{document}
- Después de ‘closing’, usted puede colocar material adicional. La
-instrucción ‘\cc’ produce el usual “cc: ...”. También hay una
-instrucción ‘\encl’ similar para una lista de destinatarios. Con ambas
-instrucciones, use ‘\\’ para separar los elementos.
+ Estos comandos se usan con la clase ‘letter’.
- Estas instrucciones se utilizan con la clase ‘letter’.
+26.1 ‘\address’
+===============
-25.1 \address{DIRECCIÓN-DEL-REMITENTE}
-======================================
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \address{DIRECCIÓN DEL REMITENTE}
-La instrucción ‘\address’ especifica la dirección del remitente de la
-carta, como debería aparecer en la carta y el sobre. Separa las líneas
-de la dirección que deben estar separadas por instrucciones ‘\\’.
+ Especifica la dirección del remitente, tal como aparece en la carta y
+en el sobre. Separa varias líneas en DIRECCIÓN DEL REMITENTE con una
+barra invertida doble ‘\\’.
- Si usted no proporciona una declaración ‘\address’, entonces, se
-aplicará a la carta el formato de copia en papel con el membrete
-estándar de su organización. (*Note Descripción::, para obtener
-detalles sobre la implementación local). Si usted proporciona una
-declaración ‘\address’, entonces, la carta será formateada como una
-carta personal.
+ Debido a que se puede aplicar a varias cartas, esta declaración a
+menudo se pone en el preámbulo. Sin embargo, puede ir en cualquier
+lugar, incluso dentro de un entorno ‘letter’ individual.
-25.2 ‘\cc’
+ Este comando es opcional: si no lo usas, la carta se formatea con un
+espacio en blanco en la parte superior, para copiar en papel preimpreso
+con membrete. Si usas la declaración ‘\address’ entonces tienes el
+formato de una carta personal.
+
+ Aquí tienes un ejemplo:
+
+ \address{Stephen Maturin \\
+ Las uvas de Savoy}
+
+26.2 ‘\cc’
==========
Sinopsis:
- \cc{NOMBRE\\NOMBRE2}
+ \cc{NAME0 \\
+ ... }
- Produce una lista de NOMBREs a quienes enviar copias de la carta.
-Cada nombre se imprime en una línea separada.
+ Produce una lista de nombres a los que se enviaron copias de la
+carta. Este comando es opcional. Si aparece, normalmente viene después
+de ‘\closing’. Pone los nombres en diferentes líneas separándolos con
+una barra invertida doble, ‘\\’, como en:
-25.3 ‘\closing’
+ \cc{Presidente \\
+ Vicepresidente}
+
+26.3 ‘\closing’
===============
Sinopsis:
- \closing{texto}
+ \closing{TEXT}
- Una carta se cierra con la instrucción ‘\closing’, por ejemplo,
- \closing{Muy Atentamente,}
+ Produce el cierre de la carta. Esto es opcional, pero habitual.
+Aparece al final de una carta, encima de una firma manuscrita. Por
+ejemplo:
-25.4 ‘\encl’
+ \closing{Respetuosamente,}
+
+26.4 ‘\encl’
============
Sinopsis:
- \encl{LÍNEA1\\LÍNEA2}
+ \encl{PRIMER OBJETO ENCERRADO \\
+ ... }
+
+ Produce una lista de las cosas incluidas en la carta. Este comando
+es opcional; cuando se usa, generalmente se coloca después de
+‘\closing’. Separa varias líneas con una barra invertida doble, ‘\\’.
- Declara una lista de más de un documento adjunto.
+ \encl{License \\
+ Passport}
-25.5 ‘\location’
+26.5 ‘\location’
================
-‘\location{dirección}’
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \location{TEXT}
- Esta modifica la dirección estándar de su organización. Esto sólo
-aparece si el estilo de página ‘firstpage’ está seleccionado.
+ El TEXT aparece centrado en la parte inferior de la página. Sólo
+aparece si el estilo de la página es ‘firstpage’.
-25.6 ‘\makelabels’
+26.6 ‘\makelabels’
==================
-‘\makelabels{número}’
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \makelabels % en el preámbulo
+
+ Opcional, para un documento que contiene entornos ‘letter’. Si
+simplemente pones ‘\makelabels’ en el preámbulo y luego, al final del
+documento, obtendrás una hoja con etiquetas para todos los
+destinatarios, una para cada entorno letter, que puedes copiar en una
+hoja despegable de etiquetas de dirección.
+
+ Personaliza las etiquetas redefiniendo los comandos ‘\startlabels’,
+‘\mlabel’ y ‘\returnaddress’ (y quizás ‘\name’) en el preámbulo. El
+comando ‘\startlabels’ establece el ancho, alto, número de columnas,
+etc., de la página en la que se imprimen las etiquetas. El comando
+‘\mlabel{RETURN ADDRESS}{RECIPIENT ADDRESS}’ produce las dos etiquetas
+(o una, si eliges ignorar la RETURN ADDRESS) para cada entorno LETTER.
+El primer argumento, RETURN ADDRESS, es el valor devuelto por la macro
+‘\returnaddress’. El segundo argumento, RECIPIENT ADDRESS, es el valor
+pasado en el argumento al entorno ‘letter’. Predeterminado ‘\mlabel’
+ignora el primer argumento, el RETURN ADDRESS, provocando el
+comportamiento predeterminado descrito en el párrafo anterior.
+
+ Esto ilustra la personalización. Su salida incluye una página con
+dos columnas con dos etiquetas cada una.
+
+ \documentclass{letter}
+ \renewcommand*{\returnaddress}{Fred McGuilicuddy \\
+ Oshkosh, Mineola 12305}
+ \newcommand*\originalMlabel{}
+ \let\originalMlabel\mlabel
+ \def\mlabel#1#2{\originalMlabel{}{#1}\originalMlabel{}{#2}}
+ \makelabels
+ ...
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{letter}{A Einstein \\
+ 112 Mercer Street \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
+ ...
+ \end{letter}
+ \begin{letter}{K G\"odel \\
+ 145 Linden Lane \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540}
+ ...
+ \end{letter}
+ \end{document}
+
+La primera columna contiene la dirección del remitente dos veces. La
+segunda columna contiene la dirección de cada destinatario.
- Si ejecuta esta instrucción en el preámbulo, LaTeX creará una hoja de
-etiquetas con las direcciones. Esta hoja se emitirá antes que las
-cartas.
+ El paquete ‘envlab’ facilita el formateo de las etiquetas, con
+tamaños estándar ya proporcionados. Las líneas del preámbulo
+‘\usepackage[personalenvelope]{envlab}’ y ‘\makelabels’ son todo lo que
+necesitas para imprimir sobres.
-25.7 ‘\name’
+26.7 ‘\name’
============
-‘\name{June Davenport}’
+Sinopsis:
- Su nombre, utilizado en la impresión del sobre junto con la dirección
-del remitente.
+ \name{NAME}
-25.8 ‘\opening{TEXTO}’
-======================
+ Opcional. Nombre del remitente, utilizado para imprimir juntos en el
+sobre con la dirección del remitente.
+
+26.8 ‘\opening’
+===============
Sinopsis:
- \opening{TEXTO}
+ \opening{SALUTATION}
- Una carta comienza con la instrucción ‘\opening’. El argumento
-obligatorio, TEXTO, es el texto con el que desea iniciar su carta. Por
-ejemplo:
+ Obligatorio. Requerido. Sigue el ‘\begin{letter}{...}’. El
+argumento SALUTATION es obligatorio. Por ejemplo:
- \opening{Estimado José,}
+ \opening{Estimado John:}
-25.9 ‘\ps’
+26.9 ‘\ps’
==========
-Use la instrucción ‘\ps’ para iniciar una posdata en una carta, después
-de ‘\closing’.
+Sinopsis:
-25.10 ‘\signature{TEXTO}’
-=========================
+ \ps{TEXT}
-Su nombre, como debe aparecer al final de la carta debajo del espacio
-para su firma. ‘\\’ inicia una nueva línea dentro de TEXTO como de
-costumbre.
+ Agrega una posdata. Este comando es opcional y generalmente se usa
+después de ‘\closing’.
-25.11 ‘\startbreaks’
-====================
+ \ps{P.D. Después de haber leído esta carta, quémala. O cómetela.}
-‘\startbreaks’
+26.10 ‘\signature’
+==================
- Se usa después de una instrucción ‘\stopbreaks’ para permitir de
-nuevo los saltos de página.
+Sinopsis:
-25.12 ‘\stopbreaks’
-===================
+ \signature{PRIMERA LÍNEA \\
+ ... }
+
+ El nombre del remitente. Este comando es opcional, aunque su
+inclusión es habitual.
+
+ El texto del argumento aparece al final de la carta, después del
+cierre. LaTeX deja algo de espacio vertical para una firma escrita a
+mano. Separa varias líneas con una doble barra invertida, ‘\\’. Por
+ejemplo:
+
+ \signature{J Fred Muggs \\
+ Casa Blanca}
+
+ Valor predeterminado de LaTeX para el espacio vertical del texto
+‘\closing’ hasta el texto ‘\signature’ es ‘6\medskipamount’, que es seis
+veces ‘\medskipamount’ (donde ‘\medskipamount’ es igual a un ‘\parskip’,
+que a su vez se define de manera predeterminada aquí para 0.7em).
+
+ Este comando suele estar en el preámbulo, para aplicar a todas las
+letras en el documento. Para que se aplique a una sola carta, colócala
+dentro de un entorno ‘letter’ y antes del ‘\closing’.
+
+ Puedes incluir un gráfico en la firma como aquí.
-‘\stopbreaks’
+ \signature{\vspace{-6\medskipamount}\includegraphics{sig.png}\\
+ Mi nombre}
- Inhibe saltos de página hasta que aparezca una instrucción
-‘\startbreaks’.
+Para esto debes poner ‘\usepackage{graphicx}’ en el preámbulo (*note
+Gráficos::).
-25.13 ‘\telephone’
+26.11 ‘\telephone’
==================
-‘\telephone{número}’
+Sinopsis:
- Este es su número de teléfono. Este sólo aparece si el estilo de
-página ‘firstpage’ está seleccionado.
+ \telephone{NUMBER}
-26 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
-*******************************
+ El número de teléfono del remitente. Esto es típicamente en el
+preámbulo, donde se aplica a todas las cartas. Esto solo aparece si
+‘firstpage’ se selecciona el estilo de página. Si es así, aparece en la
+parte inferior derecha de la página.
-26.1 ‘\typein[INSTRUCCIÓN]{MENSAJE}’
-====================================
+27 Entrada/salida
+*****************
+
+LaTeX usa la capacidad de escribir en un archivo y luego volver a leerlo
+para crear componentes de documentos como una tabla de contenido o un
+índice. También puedes leer un archivo que escribieron otros programas,
+o escribir un archivo para que otros lo lean. Te puedes comunicar con
+los usuarios a través de la terminal. Y puedes emitir instrucciones
+para el sistema operativo.
+
+27.1 ‘\openin’ y ‘\openout’
+===========================
Sinopsis:
- \typein[\INSTRUCCIÓN]{MENSAJE}
+ \openin NUMBER=FILENAME
+
+ o:
+
+ \openout NUMBER=FILENAME
+
+ Abre un archivo para leer material o para escribirlo. En la mayoría
+de los motores, el NUMBER debe estar entre 0 y 15, como en ‘\openin3’;
+en LuaLaTeX, NUMBER puede estar entre 0 y 127.
+
+ Aquí TeX abre el archivo ‘presidents.tex’ para lectura.
+
+ \newread\presidentsfile
+ \openin\presidentsfile=presidentes
+ \typeout{presidentsfile es \el\presidentsfile}
+ \read\presidentsfile a\presidentline
+ \typeout{\presidentline}
+
+El comando ‘\newread’ asigna números de flujo de entrada desde 0 a 15
+(también hay un ‘\newwrite’). El ‘\presidentsfile’ es más memorable,
+pero bajo el capó sigue siendo un número; el primer ‘\typeout’ da algo
+como ‘presidentsfile es 1’. Además, ‘\newread’ realiza un seguimiento
+de la asignación de modo que si usas demasiados, obtendrás un error como
+‘! No hay espacio para un nuevo \read’. El segundo ‘\typeout’ da la
+primera línea del archivo, algo así como ‘1 Washington, George’.
+
+ Normalmente, TeX no intentará abrir el archivo hasta enviar la página
+siguiente. Para cambiar esto, usa ‘\immediate\openin NUMBER=FILENAME’ o
+‘\immediate\openout NUMBER=FILENAME’.
+
+ Cierra archivos con ‘\closein NUMBER’ y ‘\closeout NUMBER’.
+
+ La forma en que LaTeX maneja los nombres de archivo varía entre las
+distribuciones e incluso puede variar entre las versiones de una
+distribución. Si el archivo no tiene una extensión entonces TeX
+agregará un ‘.tex’. Esto crea ‘presidents.tex’, escribe una línea y la
+cierra.
+
+ \newwrite\presidentsfile
+ \openout\presidentsfile=presidentes
+ \write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George}
+ \closeout\presidentsfile
+
+Pero los nombres de archivo con un punto pueden causar problemas: si TeX
+encuentra un FILENAME de ‘presidents.dat’ podría buscar primero
+‘presidents.dat.tex’ y posteriormente ‘presidents.dat’, o podría hacer
+lo contrario. La documentación de su distribución debe decir más, y si
+encuentras algo que funcione para ti, entonces eres bueno, pero para
+asegurar una portabilidad completa lo mejor es utilizar nombres de
+archivo que contiene solo las veintiséis letras ASCII (no distingue
+entre mayúsculas y minúsculas) y los diez dígitos, junto con el guión
+bajo y el guión, y en particular sin punto ni espacio.
+
+ Para ‘\openin’, si TeX no puede encontrar el archivo, entonces no da
+un error. Simplemente considera que la transmisión no está abierta
+(prueba esto con ‘\ifeof’; un recurso es el comando
+‘\InputIfFileExists’, *note Comandos class y package::). Si intentas
+usar el mismo número dos veces, LaTeX no te dará un error. Si intentas
+usar un número incorrecto y recibe un mensaje de error como ‘! Número
+incorrecto (16). <para leer de nuevo> = l.30 \openin16=test.jh’.
+
+27.2 ‘\read’
+============
- ‘\typein’ imprime el MENSAJE en la terminal y provoca que LaTeX se
-detenga y espere para que usted escriba una línea de entrada, terminando
-con “Intro”. Si se omite el argumento opcional \INSTRUCCIÓN, la entrada
-escrita se procesa como si se hubiera incluido en el archivo de entrada
-en lugar de la instrucción ‘\typein’. Si está presente el argumento
-\INSTRUCCIÓN, debe ser el nombre de una instrucción. Este nombre de
-instrucción entonces define o redefine la entrada escrita.
+Sinopsis:
-26.2 ‘\typeout{MENSAJE}’
-========================
+ \read NUMBER toMACRO
+
+ Hace que el comando MACRO contenga la siguiente línea de entrada de
+texto que transmite NUMBER, como en ‘\read5 to\data’.
+
+ Esto abre el archivo ‘email.tex’ para lectura, pone el contenido de
+la primera línea en el comando ‘\email’ y luego cierra el archivo.
+
+ \newread\recipientfile
+ \openin\recipientfile=email
+ \read\recipientfile to\email
+ \typeout{Email address: \email}
+ \closein\recipientfile
+
+ Si NUMBER está fuera del rango de 0 a 15 o si no hay archivo de ese
+número abierto, o si el archivo ha finalizado, entonces ‘\read’ tomará
+la entrada de la terminal (o saldrá si la interacción no está permitida,
+por ejemplo, ‘\nonstopmode’; *note modos de interacción::). (Sin
+embargo, la forma natural en LaTeX de tomar entradas desde la terminal
+es ‘\typein’ (*note \typein::).
+
+ Para leer un archivo completo como fuente LaTeX adicional, usa
+‘\input’ (*note \input::) o ‘\include’ (*note \include e
+\includeonly::).
+
+ Una razón común para querer leer de un archivo de datos es realizar
+combinaciones de correspondencia. CTAN tiene varios paquetes para eso;
+uno es ‘datatool’.
+
+27.3 ‘\typein’
+==============
+
+Sinopsis, una de:
+
+ \typein{PROMPT-MSG}
+ \typein[CMD]{PROMPT-MSG}
+
+ Imprime PROMPT-MSG en la terminal y hace que LaTeX se detenga y
+espere a que escribas una línea de entrada. Esta línea de entrada
+termina cuando presiones la tecla de retorno.
+
+ Por ejemplo, este
+
+ Mientras viva, nunca olvidaré \typein{Ingresar el nombre del
+ estudiante:}
+
+junto con esta interacción de la línea de comandos
+
+ Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+ \@typein=Aphra Behn
+
+da la salida ‘... nunca olvides a Aphra Behn’.
+
+ La primera versión del comando, ‘\typein{PROMPT-MSG}’, provoca la
+entrada que escribiste para ser procesada como si se hubiera incluido en
+el archivo de entrada en lugar del comando ‘\typein’
+
+ En la segunda versión del comando, el argumento opcional ‘CMD’ debe
+ser un nombre de comando, es decir, debe comenzar con una barra
+invertida, \. Este nombre de comando se define o redefine para ser la
+entrada que escribiste. Por ejemplo, este
+
+ \typein[\student]{Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:}
+ \typeout{Recomendación para \student .}
+
+da esta salida en la línea de comandos,
+
+ Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+ \student=John Dee
+ Recomendación para John Dee.
+
+donde el usuario ha ingresado ‘John Dee.’
+
+27.4 ‘\typeout’
+===============
Sinopsis:
- \typeout{MENSAJE}
+ \typeout{MSG}
- Imprime el ‘mensaje’ en la terminal y en el archivo ‘log’. Las
-instrucciones en el ‘mensaje’ que están definidas con ‘\newcommand’ o
-‘\renewcommand’ (entre otras) se sustituyen por su definición antes de
-ser impresas.
+ Imprime ‘msg’ en la terminal y en el archivo ‘log’.
- Las reglas habituales de LaTeX para el tratamiento de varios espacios
-como un espacio único e ignorando espacios después de un nombre de
-instrucción también se aplican al ‘mensaje’. Una instrucción ‘\space’
-en ‘mensaje’ provoca la impresión de un espació sencillo,
-independientemente de los espacios circundantes. Una ‘^^J’ en ‘mensaje’
-imprime una nueva línea.
+ Este
-27 Línea de Órdenes
-*******************
+ \newcommand{\student}{John Dee}
+ \typeout{Recomendación para \student .}
-La especificación de archivo de entrada indica el archivo al cual
-aplicar formato; TeX usa ‘.tex’ como extensión predeterminada. Si se
-omite el archivo de entrada completamente, TeX acepta entrada desde la
-terminal. Usted especifica opciones de instrucción mediante el
-suministro de una cadena como un parámetro para la instrucción; por
-ejemplo,
+genera ‘Recomendación para John Dee’. Como lo que pasa aquí con
+‘\student’, comandos que se definen con ‘\newcommand’ o ‘\renewcommand’
+(entre otros) se reemplazan por sus definiciones antes de ser impresos.
- latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
+ Las reglas habituales de LaTeX para tratar múltiples espacios como un
+solo espacio e ignorar los espacios después de un nombre de comando se
+aplica a ‘msg’. Utiliza el comando ‘\space’ para obtener un solo
+espacio, independiente de los espacios circundantes. Usa ‘^^J’ para
+obtener una nueva línea. Obtener un carácter de porcentaje con ‘\csname
+@percentchar\endcsname’.
-debe procesar ‘foo.tex’ sin hacer una pausa después de cada error.
+ Este comando puede ser útil para una depuración simple, como aquí:
- Si LaTeX se detiene en medio del documento y le muestra un indicador
-‘*’, está esperando por una entrada. Usted puede escribir ‘\stop’ (e
-Intro) y este terminará el documento prematuramente.
+ \newlength{\jhlength}
+ \setlength{\jhlength}{5pt}
+ \typeout{La longitud es \la\jhlength.}
-Apéndice A Plantillas de Documento
-**********************************
+produce en la línea de comandos ‘La longitud es 5.0pt’.
-Aunque no es material de referencia, tal vez estas plantillas de
-documento serán de utilidad.
+27.5 ‘\write’
+=============
-A.1 Plantilla ‘book’
-====================
+Sinopsis:
-\documentclass{book}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Book}
-\author{Autor Alex}
+ \write NUMBER{STRING}
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
+ Escribe STRING en el archivo de registro, en la terminal o en un
+archivo abierto por ‘\openout’. Por ejemplo, ‘\write6’ escribe en texto
+corriente el número 6.
-\chapter{Primero}
-Algún texto.
+ Si aparece lo siguiente en ‘BASEFILE.tex’ entonces se abre
+‘BASEFILE.jh’, escribe ‘Hello World!’ y una nueva línea y cierra ese
+archivo.
-\chapter{Segundo}
-Algún otro texto.
+ \newwrite\myfile
+ \immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename
+ ...
+ \immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!}
+ ...
+ \immediate\closeout\myfile
+
+El ‘\newwrite’ asigna un número de flujo, dándole un valor de nombre
+simbólico para hacer la vida más fácil, para que
+‘stream\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile’ produzca algo como ‘stream 3’.
+Entonces ‘\openout’ asocia el número de flujo con el nombre de archivo
+dado. TeX finalmente ejecutó ‘\write3’ que pone la cadena en el
+archivo.
+
+ Por lo general, NUMBER está entre 0 y 15, porque normalmente los
+autores de LaTeX siguen el ejemplo anterior y se asigna el número por el
+sistema. Si NUMBER está fuera del rango de 0 a 15 o si no está asociado
+con un archivo abierto, LaTeX escribe STRING al archivo de registro. Si
+NUMBER es positivo entonces además LaTeX escribe STRING en la terminal.
+
+ Por lo tanto, ‘test \write-1{Hello World!}’ pone ‘Hello World!’
+seguido de una nueva línea en el archivo de registro. (Esto es lo que
+dice el ‘\wlog’ el comando lo hace; *note \wlog::). Y ‘\write100{Hola
+Mundo!}’ pone lo mismo en el archivo de registro pero también pone
+‘Hello World!’ seguido de una nueva línea en la salida del terminal.
+(Pero 16, 17 y 18 son especial como NUMBER; ve abajo).
+
+ En LuaTeX, en lugar de 16 flujos de salida, hay 256 (*note Motores
+TeX::).
+
+ Usa ‘\write\@auxout{STRING}’ para escribir en el actual ‘.aux’, que
+está asociado con el archivo raíz o con el archivo de inclusión actual;
+y usa ‘\write\@mainaux{STRING}’ para escribir en el ‘.aux’ principal.
+Estos nombres simbólicos están definidos por LaTeX.
+
+ De manera predeterminada LaTeX no escribe STRING a la derecha del
+arreglo correcto. Esto se debe a que, por ejemplo, puedes necesitar
+‘\write’ para guardar el número de página actual, pero cuando TeX
+encuentra un ‘\write’ por lo general no sabe cuál es el número de
+página, ya que aún no ha hecho el salto de página. Entonces, usas
+‘\write’ en uno de tres contextos:
+
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{STRING} %1
+ \write\@auxout{STRING} %2
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{STRING} %3
+
+ 1. Con el primero, LaTeX escribe STRING en el archivo inmediatamente.
+ Cualquier macro en STRING está completamente expandida (al igual
+ que en ‘\edef’), por lo que para evitar la expansión debes usar
+ ‘\noexpand’, ‘toks’, etc., excepto que debes usar ‘#’ en lugar de
+ ‘##’).
+
+ 2. Con el segundo, STRING se almacena en la lista actual de cosas
+ (como un elemento TeX “whatsit”) y se mantiene hasta que se envía
+ la página y así mismo las macros se contraen hasta ‘\shipout’. En
+ ‘\shipout’, STRING está completamente expandido.
+
+ 3. El tercer, ‘\protected@write’, es como el segundo excepto que
+ puedes usar ‘\protect’ para evitar la expansión. El primer
+ argumento extra te permite insertar localmente definiciones
+ adicionales para hacer más macros protegidas o tener alguna otra
+ definición especial para escribir.
+
+ Como ejemplo simple de expansión con ‘\write’, STRING aquí contiene
+una secuencia de control ‘\triplex’ que hemos definido como el texto
+‘XYZ’:
+
+ \newwrite\jhfile
+ \openout\jhfile=test.jh
+ \newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ}
+ \write\jhfile{test \triplex test}
+
+Esto da como resultado el archivo ‘test.jh’ que contiene el texto ‘test
+XYZtest’ seguido de una nueva línea.
+
+ Los casos en los que NUMBER es 16, 17 o 18 son especiales. Porque el
+comportamiento de ‘\write’ cuando NUMBER está fuera del rango de 0 a 15
+descrito anteriormente, en Plain TeX ‘\write16’ y ‘\write17’ a veces se
+usaba para escribir en el archivo de registro y el terminal; sin
+embargo, en LaTeX, la forma natural de hacerlo es con ‘\typeout’ (*note
+\typeout::). El comando ‘\write18’ es aún más especial; los sistemas
+TeX modernos lo usan para dar órdenes al sistema operativo (*note
+\write18::).
+
+ Normalmente, ‘\write’ genera una sola línea. Puedes incluir una
+nueva línea con ‘^^J’. Por lo tanto, esto produce dos líneas en el
+archivo de registro.:
+
+ \wlog{Las líneas paralelas tienen mucho en común.^^JPero nunca se
+ encuentran.}
+
+ Un caso común donde los autores necesitan escribir su propio archivo
+es para respuestas a ejercicios, u otra situación en la que quieras
+escribir textualmente, sin expandir las macros. CTAN tiene una serie de
+paquetes para esto; uno es ‘answers’.
+
+27.5.1 ‘\write’ y seguridad
+---------------------------
+
+La capacidad de escribir archivos plantea problemas de seguridad. Si
+compilaste un descargó el archivo LaTeX y sobrescribió su archivo de
+contraseña, entonces estarías justificadamente preocupado.
+
+ Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, los sistemas TeX solo te
+permiten abrir archivos para escritura que están en el directorio actual
+o directorio de salida, si se especifica (*note directorio de salida::),
+o en un subdirectorio de aquellos. Entonces, este código
+
+ \newwrite\jhfile
+ \openout\jhfile=../test.jh
+
+da un error como:
+ No escribir en ../test.jh (openout_any = p).
+ ! No puedes escribir en el archivo `../test.jh'
+
+ Puedes obtener un error de este tipo cuando usas comandos como
+‘\include{../filename}’ porque LaTeX intentará abrir ‘../filename.aux’.
+La solución más sencilla es poner los archivos incluidos en el mismo
+directorio que el archivo raíz, o en subdirectorios.
+
+27.5.2 ‘\message’
+-----------------
-\section{Un subtema}
-El final.
-\end{document}
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \message{STRING}
+
+ Escribe STRING en el archivo de registro y en la terminal.
+
+ Por lo general, los autores de LaTeX usan ‘\typeout’ (*note
+\typeout::). Eso te permite usar ‘\protect’ en cualquier comando frágil
+en STRING (*note \protect::). Pero ‘\typeout’ siempre inserta una nueva
+línea al final de STRING mientras que ‘\message’ no lo hace, por lo que
+este último puede ser útil.
+
+ Con este cuerpo del documento de ejemplo.
+
+ antes\message{Uno Dos}\message{Tres}\message{Cuatro^^JI}
+ \message{declarar una guerra de pulgares.}Después
+
+bajo algunas circunstancias (ve más abajo) LaTeX escribe lo siguiente
+para tanto la terminal como el archivo de registro.
+
+ Uno Dos Tres Cuatro
+ Declaro una guerra de pulgares.
+
+El ‘^^J’ produce una nueva línea. Además, en el documento de salida,
+entre ‘before’ y ‘After’ será un solo espacio (del final de la línea que
+sigue a ‘I}’).
+
+ Si bien ‘\message’ te permite tener más control sobre el formato, un
+inconveniente es que LaTeX puede estropear ese formato porque inserta
+saltos de línea dependiendo de lo que ya has escrito. Contrasta este
+cuerpo del documento, donde ‘Two’ se ha movido, al que se indica arriba.
-A.2 Plantilla ‘beamer’
+ antes de\message{Uno}\message{Dos Tres}\message{Cuatro^^JI}
+ \message{declara una guerra de pulgares.}Después
+
+ Esto puede suceder: cuando LaTeX envía los mensajes a la terminal,
+ahora el mensaje con ‘Uno’ es más corto y cabe al final de la línea de
+salida en la terminal, y entonces LaTeX rompe la línea entre él y ‘Dos
+Tres’. Ese salto de línea también aparece en el archivo de registro.
+Esta inserción de salto de línea puede depender, por ejemplo, de la
+longitud de los nombres completos de las rutas de los archivos
+incluidos. Por lo tanto, producir líneas de una manera que es portátil
+es difícil, probablemente requiera comenzando su mensaje al principio de
+una línea.
+
+27.5.3 ‘\wlog’
+--------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \wlog{STRING}
+
+ Escribe STRING en el archivo de registro.
+
+ \wlog{¿Escuchaste sobre el matemático que odia los negativos?}
+ \wlog{No se detendrá ante nada para evitarlo.}
+
+ Por lo general, STRING aparece en una sola línea separada. Usa ‘^^J’
+para insertar una nueva línea.
+
+ \wlog{Helvetica y Times Roman entran a un bar.}
+ \wlog{El barman dice,^^JNo servimos tu tipo.}
+
+27.5.4 ‘\write18’
+-----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+ \write18{SHELL_COMMAND}
+
+ Emite un comando al shell del sistema operativo. El sistema
+operativo ejecuta el comando y la ejecución de LaTeX se bloquea hasta
+que acabe.
+
+ Esta secuencia (en Unix)
+
+ \usepackage{graphicx} % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+ \newcommand{\fignum}{1}
+ \immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum}
+ \includegraphics{pix/figure\fignum.pdf}
+
+ejecutará Asymptote (el programa ‘asy’) en ‘pix/figure1.asy’, para que
+luego el documento se pueda leer en el gráfico resultante (*note
+\includegraphics::). Como cualquier ‘\write’, aquí LaTeX expande macros
+en SHELL_COMMAND para que ‘\fignum’ sea reemplazado por ‘1’.
+
+ Otro ejemplo es que puedes ejecutar automáticamente BibTeX al inicio
+de cada ejecución de LaTeX (*note Usar BibTeX::) incluyendo
+‘\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}’ como la primera línea del
+archivo. Ten en cuenta que ‘\jobname’ se expande al nombre base del
+archivo raíz a menos que se pase la opción ‘--jobname’ en la línea de
+comandos, en cuyo caso este es el argumento de la opción.
+
+ A veces es necesario realizar un proceso de varios pasos para obtener
+la información de eso que quieres. Esto insertará en la entrada una
+lista de todos los archivos PDF en el directorio actual (pero ve
+‘texosquery’ a continuación):
+
+ \immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat}
+ \input{tmp.dat}
+
+ El comportamiento estándar de cualquier ‘\write’ es esperar hasta que
+una página sea enviada antes de expandir las macros o escribir en la
+secuencia (*note \write::). Pero a veces quieres que se haga ahora.
+Para esto, usa ‘\immediate\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}’.
+
+ Hay problemas de seguridad obvios al permitir comandos del sistema
+dentro un archivo LaTeX. Si descargas un archivo de la red y contiene
+comandos para eliminar todos sus archivos, entonces no estarías
+satisfecho. La configuración estándar en las distribuciones modernas
+desactiva el acceso completo al intérprete de comandos. Lo puedes
+activar, si estás seguro de que los comandos del intérprete son seguros,
+compilando con ‘latex --enable-write18 FILENAME’ (*note Opciones de la
+línea de comandos::). (La opción ‘--shell-escape’ es un sinónimo, en
+TeX Live).
+
+ En lugar del acceso completo al intérprete, las distribuciones
+modernas por omisión una versión restringida que permite que funcionen
+algunos comandos, como los que ejecuta Metafont para generar fuentes que
+faltan, incluso si no usa la opción ‘enable-write18’. De manera
+predeterminada esta lista de commands permitidos es corto y presenta
+solo los comandos que están bajo el control de los mantenedores de la
+distribución (*note Opciones de la línea de comandos::).
+
+ El texto SHELL_COMMAND siempre se pasa a ‘/bin/sh’ en sistemas
+operativos similares a Unix y el intérprete de comandos de DOS ‘cmd.exe’
+en Windows. Cualquier intérprete diferente establecido por el usuario,
+y la variable de entorno ‘SHELL’ se ignora.
+
+ Si lo que necesitas es información del sistema, como el nombre del
+sistema operativo, información local o contenido del directorio, echa un
+vistazo al paquete ‘texosquery’, que proporciona una forma de interfaz
+cómoda y segura para esto, a diferencia de los ejemplos anteriores que
+usan el ‘\write18’ simple ‘\write18’: <https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery>.
+
+ LaTeX proporciona un paquete ‘shellesc’ encima del comando primitivo
+‘\write18’. Su propósito principal es proporcionar un comando
+‘\ShellEscape’ que funciona de manera idéntica en todos los motores TeX;
+LuaTeX intencionalmente no retuvo ‘\write18’ como una forma de invocar
+un comando del intérprete, por lo que se necesita algún código
+específico del motor. El paquete ‘shellesc’ también proporciona un
+comando ‘\DelayedShellEscape’, ejecutado a la hora de ‘\output’, por la
+misma razón.
+
+28 Interfaz de línea de comandos
+********************************
+
+Sinopsis (desde una línea de comandos de terminal):
+
+ pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT
+
+ Ejecuta LaTeX en ARGUMENT. En lugar de ‘pdflatex’ también puedes
+usar (para salida PDF) ‘xelatex’ o ‘lualatex’, o (para salida DVI)
+‘latex’ o ‘dvilualatex’, entre otros (*note Motores TeX::).
+
+ Por ejemplo, esto ejecutará LaTeX en el archivo ‘thesis.tex’, creando
+la salida ‘thesis.pdf’.
+
+ pdflatex thesis
+
+Ten en cuenta que ‘.tex’ es la extensión del nombre de archivo
+predeterminada.
+
+ pdfTeX es una extensión del programa TeX original, al igual que XeTeX
+y LuaTeX (*note Motores TeX::). Los dos primeros son completamente
+retrocompatibles y el segundo, casi. Quizás la nueva característica más
+fundamental para los tres es que el TeX original produce su propio
+formato DVI, mientras que los más nuevos pueden salir directamente a
+PDF. Esto les permite aprovechar las funciones adicionales en PDF como
+hipervínculos, compatibilidad con formatos de imagen modernos como JPG y
+PNG y programas de visualización omnipresentes. En resumen, si corres
+‘pdflatex’ o ‘xelatex’ o ‘lualatex’ entonces obtendrás PDF de forma
+predeterminada y tendrás acceso a todas sus modernas características.
+Si ejecutas ‘latex’ o ‘dvilualatex’, obtendrás DVI. La descripción aquí
+asume ‘pdflatex’.
+
+ *Note Opciones de la línea de comandos::, para una selección de las
+más útiles opciones de la línea de comandos. En cuanto a ARGUMENT, el
+caso habitual es que no comienza con una barra invertida, por lo que el
+sistema lo toma como el nombre de un archivo y compila ese archivo. Si
+ARGUMENT comienza con una barra invertida, el sistema lo interpretará
+como una línea de entrada LaTeX, que se puede utilizar para efectos
+especiales (*note Entrada de la línea de comandos::).
+
+ Si no proporcionaste argumentos ni opciones, ‘pdflatex’ solicita
+entrada desde la terminal. Puedes escapar de esto ingresando ‘CTRL-D’.
+
+ Si LaTeX encuentra un error en tu documento, de manera predeterminada
+se detiene y te pregunta al respecto. *Note Recuperación de errores::,
+para obtener un resumen de qué hacer.
+
+28.1 Opciones de la línea de comandos
+=====================================
+
+Estas son las opciones de la línea de comandos relevantes para la
+autoría de documentos ordinarios. Para obtener una lista completa,
+intenta ejecutar ‘latex --help’ desde la línea de comandos.
+
+ Con muchas implementaciones puedes especificar opciones de la línea
+de comandos prefijándolos con ‘-’ o ‘--’. ESTE es el caso de ambos TeX
+Live (incluyendo MacTeX) y MiKTeX. Usaremos ambas convenciones
+indistintamente. Si una opción toma un valor, se puede especificar ya
+sea como un argumento separado (‘--foo val’), o como un argumento con un
+signo ‘=’ (‘--foo=val’), pero no puede haber espacios alrededor de ‘=’.
+Generalmente usaremos la sintaxis ‘=’.
+
+‘-version’
+ Muestra la versión actual, como ‘pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
+ Live 2015/Debian)’ junto con una pequeña cantidad de información
+ adicional, y sale.
+
+‘-help’
+ Proporciona un breve mensaje de uso que sea útil como aviso y sale.
+
+‘-interaction=MODE’
+ TeX compila un documento en uno de cuatro modos de interacción:
+ ‘batchmode’, ‘nonstopmode’, ‘scrollmode’, ‘errorstopmode’. En
+ “errorstopmode” (el predeterminado), TeX se detiene en cada error y
+ solicita la intervención del usuario. En “modo por lotes” no
+ imprime nada en la terminal, los errores se desplazan como si el
+ usuario presionara ‘RETURN’ en cada error, y los archivos que
+ faltan hacen que se aborte el trabajo. En “nonstopmode”, aparece
+ un mensaje de diagnóstico en la terminal pero como en el modo por
+ lotes, no hay interacción del usuario. En “scrollmode”, TeX se
+ detiene por falta de archivos o entrada del teclado, pero nada más.
+
+ Por ejemplo, iniciar LaTeX con esta línea de comandos
+
+ pdflatex -interaction=batchmode FILENAME
+
+ elimina la mayor parte de la salida de la terminal.
+
+‘-jobname=STRING’
+ Establece el valor de “jobname” de TeX en la cadena. El archivo de
+ registro y el archivo de salida entonces se llamará ‘STRING.log’ y
+ ‘STRING.pdf’. *note Nombre del trabajo::.
+
+‘-output-directory=DIRECTORY’
+ Escribe archivos en el directorio DIRECTORY. Ya debe existir.
+ Esto se aplica a todos los archivos externos creados por TeX o
+ LaTeX, como el archivo ‘.log’ para la ejecución, el ‘.aux’, ‘.toc’,
+ etc., archivos creados por LaTeX, así como el principal archivo de
+ salida ‘.pdf’ o ‘.dvi’ en sí mismo.
+
+ Cuando se especifica, el directorio de salida DIRECTORY además
+ primero se verifica automáticamente cualquier archivo que se
+ ingrese, de modo que los archivos externos se pueden volver a leer,
+ si se desea. El verdadero directorio actual (en el que se ejecutó
+ LaTeX) permanece sin cambios, y también se comprobaron los archivos
+ de entrada.
+
+‘--enable-write18’
+‘--disable-write18’
+‘--shell-escape’
+‘--no-shell-escape’
+ Habilita o deshabilita ‘\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}’ (*note
+ \write18::). Las dos primeras opciones son compatibles con ambos
+ TeX Live y MiKTeX, mientras que las dos segundas son sinónimos
+ compatibles por TeX Live.
+
+ Habilitar esta funcionalidad tiene importantes implicaciones de
+ seguridad, ya que permite que un archivo LaTeX ejecute cualquier
+ comando. Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, no se permite
+ ‘\write18’ sin restricciones. (El valor predeterminado para TeX
+ Live, MacTeX y MiKTeX es permitir la ejecución de un número
+ limitado de programas relacionados con TeX, que ellos distribuyen).
+
+ Por ejemplo, si invocas a LaTeX con la opción ‘no-shell-escape’, y
+ en tu documento llamas a ‘\write18{ls -l}’, entonces no obtienes un
+ error pero el archivo de registro dice ‘runsystem(ls
+ -l)...deshabilitado’.
+
+‘-halt-on-error’
+ Detiene el procesamiento en el primer error.
+
+‘-file-line-error’
+‘-no-file-line-error’
+ Habilita o deshabilita ‘FILENAME:LINENO:ERROR’-style error de
+ mensajes. Estos solo están disponibles con TeX Live o MacTeX.
+
+28.2 Entrada de la línea de comandos
+====================================
+
+Como parte de la invocación de la línea de comandos
+
+ LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT
+
+puedes especificar una entrada LaTeX arbitraria comenzando ARGUMENT con
+una barra invertida. (Todos los motores admiten esto). Este te permite
+hacer algunos efectos especiales.
+
+ Por ejemplo, este archivo (que usa el paquete ‘hyperref’ para
+hipervínculos) puede producir dos tipos de salida, una para leer en
+papel físico y otra para leer en línea.
+
+ \ifdefined\paperversion % en el preámbulo
+ \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black}
+ \else
+ \newcommand{\urlcolor}{blue}
+ \fi
+ \usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=\urlcolor]{hyperref}
+ ...
+ \href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN} % en el cuerpo
+ ...
+
+Compilar este documento ‘book.tex’ con la línea de comandos ‘pdflatex
+book’ dará el enlace ‘CTAN’ en azul. Pero compilarlo con
+
+ pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"
+
+tiene el enlace en negro. Usamos comillas dobles para evitar
+interpretación de los símbolos por el intérprete de la línea de
+comandos. (Este normalmente funciona en sistemas Unix y Windows, pero
+hay muchas peculiaridades de las comillas del intérprete, así que lee la
+documentación de tu sistema si necesitas).
+
+ De manera similar, desde el único archivo ‘main.tex’ puedes compilar
+dos versiones diferentes.
+
+ pdflatex -jobname=students "\def\student{}\input{main}"
+ pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"
+
+La opción ‘jobname’ está ahí porque, de lo contrario, ambos archivos
+estarían llamando a ‘main.pdf’ y el segundo sobrescribiría el primero.
+(*note Nombre del trabajo::).
+
+ En este ejemplo usamos la línea de comando para seleccionar qué
+partes de un documento incluir. Para un libro llamado ‘mybook.tex’ y
+estructurado como esto.
+
+ \documentclass{book}
+ \begin{document}
+ ...
+ \include{chap1}
+ \include{chap2}
+ ...
+ \end{document}
+
+la línea de comandos
+
+ pdflatex "\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}"
+
+dará salida que tiene el primer capítulo pero ningún otro capítulo.
+*Note Dividir la entrada::.
+
+28.3 Nombre del trabajo
+=======================
+
+Ejecutar LaTeX crea una serie de archivos, incluido el PDF principal (o
+salida DVI), pero también incluye otros. Estos archivos se nombran con
+el así llamado “jobname”. El caso más común es también el más simple,
+donde, por ejemplo, el comando ‘pdflatex thesis’ crea ‘thesis.pdf’ y
+también ‘thesis.log’ y ‘thesis.aux’. Aquí el nombre del trabajo es
+‘thesis’.
+
+ En general, LaTeX se invoca como ‘LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT’,
+donde LATEX-ENGINE es el ‘pdflatex’, ‘lualatex’, etc. (*note Motores
+TeX::). Si ARGUMENT no comienza con una barra invertida, como es el
+caso anterior con ‘thesis’, entonces TeX considera que es el nombre del
+archivo para ingresar como el documento principal. Este archivo se
+denomina “root file” (*note Dividir la entrada::, y *note \input::). El
+nombre de ese archivo raíz, sin la extensión ‘.tex’ si la hay, es el
+nombre del trabajo. Si ARGUMENT comienza con una barra invertida, o si
+TeX está en modo interactivo, entonces espera el primer comando
+‘\input’, y el nombre del trabajo es el argumento de ‘\input’.
+
+ Hay dos posibilidades más para el nombre del trabajo. Se puede
+especificar directamente con la opción ‘-jobname’, como en ‘pdflatex
+-jobname=myname’ (*note Entrada de la línea de comandos:: para un
+ejemplo real).
+
+ La posibilidad final es ‘texput’, que es la última alternativa
+predeterminada si no hay otro nombre disponible para TeX. Es decir, si
+no se especificó la opción ‘-jobname’ y la compilación se detiene antes
+de cualquier archivo de entrada, entonces el archivo de registro se
+llamará ‘texput.log’.
+
+ Un caso especial de esto es que en las versiones de LaTeX de
+(aproximadamente) 2020 o posterior, el nombre del trabajo también es
+‘texput’ si el primer ‘\input’ ocurre como resultado de ser llamado por
+‘\documentclass’ o ‘\RequirePackage’. Así que esto producirá un archivo
+llamado ‘texput.pdf’:
+
+ pdflatex
+ "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}"
+
+ Sin embargo, este caso especial solo se aplica a esos dos comandos.
+Así, con
+
+ pdflatex
+ "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}"
+
+el archivo de salida es ‘lipsum.pdf’, ya que ‘\usepackage’ llama a
+‘\input’.
+
+ Dentro del documento, la macro ‘\jobname’ se expande al nombre del
+trabajo. (Cuando ejecutas LaTeX en un archivo cuyo nombre contiene
+espacios, la cadena devuelta por ‘\jobname’ contiene comillas de inicio
+y final coincidentes). En la expansión de esa macro, todos los
+caracteres son de catcode 12 (otro) excepto que los espacios son
+category 10, incluyendo letras que normalmente son catcode 11.
+
+ Debido a esta situación de catcode, usar el nombre del trabajo en un
+condicional se puede volver complicado. Una solución es usar la macro
+‘\IfBeginWith’ del paquete ‘xstring’ en su variante estrella, que es
+insensible a catcode. Por ejemplo, en el siguiente texto la nota a pie
+de página “Incluyendo Respublica Bananensis Francorum.” solo está
+presente si el nombre de la tarea comienza con ‘mi-doc’.
+
+ Si una democracia es solo un régimen donde los ciudadanos votan
+ entonces todas las repúblicas bananeras
+ \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% {\footnote{Incluyendo
+ Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} son democracias.
+
+ Manipular el valor de ‘\jobname’ dentro de un documento no camba el
+nombre del archivo de salida o el archivo de registro.
+
+28.4 Recuperación de errores
+============================
+
+Si LaTeX encuentra un error en tu documento, entonces te da un mensaje
+de error y te muestra un signo de interrogación, ‘?’. Por ejemplo,
+ejecutando LaTeX en este archivo
+
+ \newcommand{\NP}{\ensuremath{\textbf{NP}}}
+ El problema de \PN{} es de un millón de dólares.
+
+hace que muestre esto y espere la entrada.
+
+ ! Secuencia de control Indefinida.
+ l.5 El problema
+ \PN{} es uno de un millón de dólares.
+ ?
+
+Lo más sencillo es ingresar ‘x’ y ‘RETURN’ y arreglar el error de
+tipografía. En su lugar, podrías ingresar ‘?’ y ‘RETURN’ para ver otros
+opciones.
+
+ Hay otros dos escenarios de error. El primero es que te olvidaste
+incluir el ‘\end{document}’ o lo escribiste mal. En este caso LaTeX te
+da un ‘*’ indicador. Puedes volver a la línea de comandos escribiendo
+‘\stop’ y ‘RETURN’; este comando mejora la salida de LaTeX
+inmediatamente, sea cual sea el estado en el que se encuentre.
+
+ El último escenario es que escribiste mal el nombre del archivo. Por
+ejemplo, en lugar de ‘pdflatex test’ puedes escribir ‘pdflatex tste’.
+
+ ! No puedo encontrar el archivo `tste'.
+ <*> tste
+
+ (Presiona Enter para volver a intentarlo o Control-D para
+ salir). Escribe otro nombre de archivo de entrada:
+
+Lo más simple es ingresar ‘CTRL d’ (manteniendo presionadas las teclas
+control y flecha abajo al mismo tiempo), y luego vuelve a escribir la
+línea de comandos correcta.
+
+Apéndice A Plantillas de documentos
+***********************************
+
+Aunque son material ilustrativo, quizás estas plantillas de documentos
+sean útiles. Los recursos de plantillas adicionales se enumeran en
+<https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates>.
+
+A.1 Plantilla ‘beamer’
======================
-La clase ‘beamer’ crea diapositivas de presentaciones.
+La clase ‘beamer’ crea diapositivas de presentación. Tiene una vasta
+variedad de características, pero aquí hay una plantilla básica:
\documentclass{beamer}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Beamer}
+\title{Plantilla de clase Beamer}
\author{Autor Alex}
-\date{Julio 31, 2010}
+\date{31 de julio de 2020}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
-% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} provoca errores misteriosos.
+% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} obtiene misteriosos
+% errores.
\begin{frame}[fragile]
- \frametitle{Primer Diapositiva}
+ \frametitle{Primer diapositiva}
\begin{verbatim}
- ¡Esto está en \verbatim!
+ Este es \verbatim!
\end{verbatim}
\end{frame}
\end{document}
+ El paquete Beamer en CTAN: <https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>.
-A.3 Plantilla ‘tugboat’
+A.2 Plantilla ‘article’
=======================
-‘TUGboat’ es el diario del Grupo de Usuarios de TeX,
-<http://tug.org/TUGboat>.
+Una plantilla simple para un artículo.
-\documentclass{ltugboat} % para procedimientos ltugproc
-
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
- urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
-\else
- \usepackage{url}
-\fi
+\documentclass{article}
+\title{Plantilla de clase article}
+\author{Autor Alex}
\begin{document}
-
-\title{Ejemplo de Articulo Regular \TUB\}
-
-% repetir información para cada autor.
-\author{First Last}
-\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
-\netaddress{user (at) ejemplo dot org}
-\personalURL{http://ejemplo.org/~user/}
-
\maketitle
-% El resumen en ltugboat viene después de \maketitle.
-\begin{abstract}
-Este es un ejemplo del tema de un artículo \TUB{} ordinario.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\section{Introducción}
+\section{Primera sección}
+Algún texto.
-Este es un artículo de ejemplo para \TUB, de
-\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
+\subsection{Primera sección, primera subsección}
+Texto adicional.
-Recomendamos el paquete graphicx para inclusión de imágenes y el
-paquete hyperref para urls activas (en la salida \acro{PDF}). \TUB\ se
-produce utilizando archivos \acro{PDF} exclusivamente, en la actualidad.
+\section{Segunda sección}
+Algo más de texto.
-Las clases \texttt{ltug*} proporcionan estas abreviaturas, entre muchas
-otras:
+\end{document}
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
-\BibTeX \CandT \CTAN \DTD \DVItoVDU \HTML
-\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \JoT \LAMSTeX \LaTeXe
-\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \pcMF \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas
-\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
-\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG
-\tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \VorTeX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
-
-\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
-\careof \thinskip
-
-\acro{FRED} -> {\sc fred} % ¡Por favor úselas!
-\cs{fred} -> \fred
-\env{fred} -> \begin{fred}
-\meta{fred} -> <fred>
-\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ...
-\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4
-\booktitle{Libro de Fred}
-\end{verbatim}
-}
+A.3 Plantilla ‘book’
+====================
-Para mayor información, consulte el documento en ltubguid:
-\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
+Esta es una plantilla sencilla para un libro. *Note Plantilla de libro
+Larger::, para una más elaborada.
-Correo electrónico \verb|tugboat@tug.org| si incurre en problemas o tiene
-dudas.
+\documentclass{book}
+\title{Plantilla de clase book}
+\autor{Autor Alex}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\chapter{Primero}
+Algún texto.
-\bibliographystyle{plain} % recomendamos el estilo de bibliografía plain
-\nocite{book-minimal} % solo hace que la bibliografía no esté vacía
-\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib viene con BibTeX
+\chapter{Segundo}
+Algún otro texto.
+\section{Un subtema}
+Fin.
-\makesignature % no en ltugproc
\end{document}
-Apéndice B Traducción de la licencia
-************************************
+A.4 Plantilla de ‘book’ larger
+==============================
-La traducción que sigue es dada únicamente como informaciòn, y no
-reemplaza el texto en inglés dado al principio de este documento.
+Esta es una plantilla algo elaborada para un libro. *Note Plantilla de
+libro::, por una más sencilla.
- Se concede permiso para hacer y distribuir copias literales de este
-manual siempre que el aviso de copyright y esta nota de permiso se
-conserven en todas las copias.
+ Esta plantilla usa ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’ y ‘\backmatter’ para
+controlar la tipografía de las tres áreas principales de un libro (*note
+\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter::). El libro tiene una
+bibliografía y un índice.
- Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
-este manual bajo las condiciones para una copia literal, a condición de
-que todo el trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los términos
-de una nota de permiso idéntica a ésta.
+ También es notable que usa ‘\include’ e ‘\includeonly’ (*note Dividir
+la entrada::). Mientras trabajas en un capítulo, puedes comentar todas
+las demás entradas del capítulo desde el argumento hasta ‘\includeonly’.
+Eso acelerará la compilación sin perder cualquier información como
+referencias cruzadas. (Material que no necesita entrar en una nueva
+página se introduce con ‘\input’ en lugar de ‘\include’. No obtienes el
+beneficio de referencia cruzada con ‘\input’).
- Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este
-manual a otro idioma, con las condiciones anteriores para versiones
-modificadas.
+\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
+\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
-Índice de Conceptos
-*******************
+\title{Plantilla de la clase book}
+\author{Autor Alex}
-* Menu:
+\includeonly{%
+% frontcover,
+ preface,
+ chap1,
+% appenA,
+ }
-* * apuntador: Línea de Órdenes. (line 5171)
-* \include anidada, no se permite: \include. (line 4805)
-* ‘vea’ y ‘vea también’ entradas de índice: Índices. (line 4933)
-* accediendo a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4412)
-* acento agudo: Acentos. (line 4621)
-* acento agudo, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3799)
-* acento anticircunflejo: Acentos. (line 4699)
-* acento barra: Acentos. (line 4648)
-* acento barra encima: Acentos. (line 4630)
-* acento barra horizontal, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3802)
-* acento barra sobre: Acentos. (line 4630)
-* acento breve, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3805)
-* acento cedilla: Acentos. (line 4653)
-* acento circunflejo: Acentos. (line 4634)
-* acento circunflejo <1>: Acentos. (line 4634)
-* acento circunflejo amplio, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3835)
-* acento circunflejo, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3820)
-* acento circunflejo, math <1>: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3820)
-* acento círculo: Acentos. (line 4657)
-* acento de verificación, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3808)
-* acento diéresis: Acentos. (line 4617)
-* acento diéresis <1>: Acentos. (line 4617)
-* acento diéresis húngara: Acentos. (line 4661)
-* acento diéresis, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3811)
-* acento grave: Acentos. (line 4639)
-* acento grave, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3817)
-* acento háček, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3808)
-* acento macrón: Acentos. (line 4630)
-* acento macrón, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3802)
-* acento punto: Acentos. (line 4626)
-* acento punto <1>: Acentos. (line 4626)
-* acento punto superior, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3814)
-* acento tilde: Acentos. (line 4645)
-* acento tilde amplia, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3838)
-* acento tilde, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3829)
-* acentos: Acentos. (line 4606)
-* acentos matemáticos: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3794)
-* acentos, matemáticas: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3794)
-* alineando a través de tabulación: tabbing. (line 1817)
-* alineando Ecuaciones: eqnarray. (line 1113)
-* alineando texto en columnas con tabulaciones: tabbing. (line 1817)
-* alineando texto en tablas: tabular. (line 1943)
-* ampliando la página actual: \enlargethispage. (line 2441)
-* anillo acento: Acentos. (line 4676)
-* anticircunflejo acento: Acentos. (line 4699)
-* antígrafo o simplemente signo de párrafo: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 4464)
-* apuntador, *: Línea de Órdenes. (line 5171)
-* apéndices, creando: Seccionado. (line 832)
-* archivo .glo: Glosarios. (line 4910)
-* archivo .idx: Índices. (line 4926)
-* archivo .ind: Índices. (line 4940)
-* archivo de entrada: Dividiendo la Entrada.
- (line 4784)
-* argumentos móviles: \protect. (line 2726)
-* ascender superior: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4519)
-* ASCII circunflejo, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4484)
-* ash: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4709)
-* asterisco centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4490)
-* asterisco, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4490)
-* atadura con siguiente acento: Acentos. (line 4682)
-* autor, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 3967)
-* bala, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4511)
-* bar, vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4496)
-* barra inversa, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4493)
-* barra vertical, doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4499)
-* barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4496)
-* barra, vertical doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4499)
-* bibliografía, creando (automáticamente): Usando BibTeX. (line 2176)
-* bibliografía, creando (manualmente): thebibliography. (line 2108)
-* bibTeX, usando: Usando BibTeX. (line 2176)
-* breve acento: Acentos. (line 4687)
-* cajas: Cajas. (line 4217)
-* caracteres especiales: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4704)
-* caracteres no Ingleses: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4704)
-* caracteres reservados: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4392)
-* caracteres, acentuados: Acentos. (line 4606)
-* caracteres, no Ingleses: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4704)
-* caracteres, reservados: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4392)
-* cargando paquetes adicionales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 436)
-* cartas: Cartas. (line 4967)
-* cartas, iniciando: \opening. (line 5073)
-* cartas, terminando: \closing. (line 5029)
-* carón acento: Acentos. (line 4699)
-* centrar texto, declaración para: \centering. (line 996)
-* centrar texto, entorno para: center. (line 982)
-* cerrando cartas: \closing. (line 5029)
-* circunflejo, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4484)
-* clases de documento: Clases de Documento.
- (line 350)
-* clases de documentos: Clases de Documento.
- (line 350)
-* colita: Acentos. (line 4671)
-* comilla angular de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4450)
-* comilla angular de cierre: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4450)
-* comilla de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4460)
-* comilla de apertura simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4573)
-* comilla de cierre: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4475)
-* comilla de cierre simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4576)
-* comilla de cierre, simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4576)
-* comilla derecha: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4475)
-* comilla en línea base, simple y doble: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4472)
-* comilla izquierda: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4460)
-* comilla izquierda, sola: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4573)
-* comilla simple en línea base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4472)
-* comilla, en la línea base (coma): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4580)
-* comillas de cierre dobles: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4570)
-* comillas de cierre, dobles: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4570)
-* comillas dobles de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4567)
-* comillas dobles en línea base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4472)
-* comillas tipográficas angulares: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4450)
-* comillas tipográficas angulares simples: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 4450)
-* comillas tipográficas Francesas: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4450)
-* comillas tipográficas simples: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4450)
-* comillas tipográficas, Francesas: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4450)
-* comillas tipográficas, latinas o angulares: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 4450)
-* comillastraight quote, base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4580)
-* contadores, configurando: \setcounter. (line 2820)
-* contadores, consiguiendo el valor de: \value. (line 2806)
-* contadores, definiendo nuevos: \newcounter. (line 2600)
-* contadores, una lista de: Contadores. (line 2748)
-* creando cartas: Cartas. (line 4967)
-* creando imágenes: picture. (line 1523)
-* creando tablas: table. (line 1915)
-* créditos al pie de página: \maketitle. (line 3979)
-* código, composición tipográfica de: verbatim. (line 2246)
-* daga doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4527)
-* daga, doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4527)
-* daga, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4435)
-* daga, en texto <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4524)
-* definiciones: Definiciones. (line 2559)
-* definición de nuevos tipos de letra: \newfont. (line 2711)
-* definiendo nuevos entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 2642)
-* definiendo nuevos teoremas: \newtheorem. (line 2681)
-* definiendo una nueva instrucción: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 2565)
-* delimitador nulo: Miscelánea Math. (line 3877)
-* descargando flotantes e iniciando una página: \clearpage. (line 2428)
-* descripción de LaTeX: Descripción. (line 285)
-* diseño, parámetros de página para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 746)
-* dividiendo el archivo de entrada: Dividiendo la Entrada.
- (line 4784)
-* dividiendo páginas: Saltos de Página. (line 2411)
-* divisas, euro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4539)
-* división de sílabas con guión, definiendo: \hyphenation. (line 2375)
-* división silábica, forzando: \- (hyphenation). (line 2342)
-* división silábica, impidiendo: \mbox. (line 4224)
-* doble barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4499)
-* doble daga, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4438)
-* e-dash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4536)
-* ecuaciones, alineando: eqnarray. (line 1113)
-* ecuaciones, entornos para: equation. (line 1140)
-* ejecutando header y footer: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 746)
-* elementos numerados, especificando contador: \usecounter. (line 2795)
-* em-dash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4533)
-* em-dash de tres cuartos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4589)
-* em-dash, tres cuartos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4589)
-* entornos: Entornos. (line 915)
-* entornos, definiendo: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 2642)
-* entrada/salida: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal.
- (line 5123)
-* entrada/salida desde la terminal: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal.
- (line 5123)
-* Equipo del Proyecto LaTeX: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 249)
-* es-zet letra Alemana: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4745)
-* espacio dentro del modo math: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 3843)
-* espacio vertical: \addvspace. (line 4164)
-* espacio vertical antes de párrafos: \parskip. (line 2950)
-* espacio vertical, insertando: \addvspace. (line 4164)
-* espacio visible: \verb. (line 2276)
-* espacios: Espacios. (line 4060)
-* espina Islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4749)
-* espina, letra Islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4749)
-* estilo de encabezado: \pagestyle. (line 4013)
-* estilo de numeración de página: \pagenumbering. (line 3991)
-* estilo del pie de página: \pagestyle. (line 4013)
-* estilos de página: Estilos de Página. (line 3954)
-* estilos de texto: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 457)
-* estilos de tipografía: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 457)
-* estilos del tipo de letra: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 457)
-* estilos, página: Estilos de Página. (line 3954)
-* eth, letra islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4717)
-* etiquetas en máquina de escribir en listas: description. (line 1032)
-* exclamación, inicial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4542)
-* exponente: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 3039)
-* fecha, para la página de título: \maketitle. (line 3974)
-* figuras, en notas al pie: minipage. (line 1509)
-* figuras, insertando: figure. (line 1153)
-* fijando contadores: \setcounter. (line 2820)
-* finalizando e iniciando: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 332)
-* flecha derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4586)
-* flecha hacia la derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4586)
-* flecha hacia la izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4551)
-* flecha, izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4551)
-* footer, parámetros para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 746)
-* forma con * de instrucciones de seccionado: Seccionado. (line 826)
-* funciones matemáticas: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3686)
-* funciones, matemáticas: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3686)
-* fórmulas en línea: math. (line 1480)
-* fórmulas matemáticas: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* fórmulas, entornos para: equation. (line 1140)
-* fórmulas, matemáticas: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* glosarios: Glosarios. (line 4908)
-* guión doble, línea recta: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4580)
-* haciendo párrafos: Haciendo Párrafos. (line 2923)
-* haciendo una página de título: titlepage. (line 2227)
-* header, parámetros para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 746)
-* i sin punto: Acentos. (line 4664)
-* i sin punto, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3823)
-* imágenes, creando: picture. (line 1523)
-* informes de errores: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 255)
-* iniciando una nueva página: \newpage. (line 2435)
-* iniciando una nueva página y limpiando flotantes: \clearpage.
- (line 2428)
-* iniciando una página a mano derecha: \cleardoublepage. (line 2419)
-* iniciando y finalizando: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 332)
-* insertando figuras: figure. (line 1153)
-* Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 590)
-* instrucciones de diseño: Diseño. (line 667)
-* instrucciones de tipo de letra, de bajo nivel: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 590)
-* instrucciones frágiles: \protect. (line 2726)
-* instrucciones robustas: \protect. (line 2737)
-* instrucciones, definiendo nuevas: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 2565)
-* interlineado doble: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 641)
-* interrogación, inicial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4564)
-* islandés eth: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4717)
-* j sin punto: Acentos. (line 4667)
-* j sin punto, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3826)
-* justificación, alineando a la derecha: \raggedright. (line 1303)
-* justificación, irregular a la izquierda: \raggedleft. (line 1329)
-* justificando texto a la izquierda: \raggedright. (line 1303)
-* justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para: flushright. (line 1316)
-* justificar texto a la izquierda, entornos para: flushleft. (line 1290)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 249)
-* l Polaca: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4729)
-* Lamport, Leslie: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 249)
-* LaTeX, descripción: Descripción. (line 285)
-* letra en círculo, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4514)
-* letra ij, Neerlandés: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4725)
-* letras caligráficas para math: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 536)
-* letras griegas: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3048)
-* letras S afiladas: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4745)
-* letras script para math: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 536)
-* letras, acentuadas: Acentos. (line 4606)
-* letras, no Inglesas: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4704)
-* ligadura ae: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4713)
-* lista de documentos adjuntos: \encl. (line 5039)
-* lista de elementos, especificando el contador: \usecounter.
- (line 2795)
-* lista de elementos, numerados: enumerate. (line 1073)
-* listas cc, en cartas: \cc. (line 5019)
-* listas con viñetas: itemize. (line 1342)
-* listas de descripción, creando: description. (line 1020)
-* listas de elementos: itemize. (line 1342)
-* listas de elementos, genéricas: list. (line 1456)
-* listas etiquetadas, creando: description. (line 1020)
-* listas no ordenadas: itemize. (line 1342)
-* llave de apertura, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4505)
-* llave derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4508)
-* llave, derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4508)
-* llave, izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4505)
-* Logotipo de LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4441)
-* Logotipo de LaTeX2e: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4444)
-* logotipo de TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4481)
-* logotipo, LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4441)
-* logotipo, LaTeX2e: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4444)
-* logotipo, TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4481)
-* longitudes predeterminadas: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 2904)
-* longitudes, añadiendo a: \addtolength. (line 2875)
-* longitudes, configurando: \setlength. (line 2867)
-* longitudes, definiendo nuevas: \newlength. (line 2615)
-* longitudes, definiendo y usando: Longitudes. (line 2861)
-* longitudes, predefinidas: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 2904)
-* línea de órdenes: Línea de Órdenes. (line 5160)
-* línea recta de guión doble, base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4580)
-* línea, saltos de: Saltos de Línea. (line 2301)
-* líneas en tablas: tabular. (line 1943)
-* makeindex programa: Índices. (line 4940)
-* marca izquierda, doble: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4567)
-* marca palabra compuesta, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4519)
-* matemáticas, negrita: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 522)
-* matrices, matemáticas: array. (line 935)
-* minipage, creando una: minipage. (line 1493)
-* miscelánea math: Miscelánea Math. (line 3862)
-* modo izquierda-a-derecha: Modos. (line 3914)
-* modo lR: Modos. (line 3914)
-* modo math: Modos. (line 3914)
-* modo math mode, espaciado: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 3843)
-* modo math, ingresando al: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* modo párrafo: Modos. (line 3914)
-* modos: Modos. (line 3914)
-* moneda, dólar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4530)
-* mostrando texto citado con sangría de párrafo: quotation. (line 1784)
-* mostrando texto citado sin sangría de párrafo: quote. (line 1801)
-* multiplicación discrecional: Miscelánea Math. (line 3863)
-* máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando: description. (line 1032)
-* negrita matemáticas: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 522)
-* notas al margen: Notas al Margen. (line 2957)
-* notas al pie en figuras: minipage. (line 1509)
-* notas al pie, creando: Notas al Pie. (line 2475)
-* notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números en: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 2530)
-* notas en el margen: Notas al Margen. (line 2957)
-* nueva línea, comenzando: \\. (line 2314)
-* nueva línea, comenzando (modo de párrafo): \newline. (line 2336)
-* nueva línea, salida como entrada: \obeycr y \restorecr.
- (line 2326)
-* nueva página, iniciando: \newpage. (line 2435)
-* nuevas instrucciones, definiendo: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 2565)
-* número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 903)
-* número de figura, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 903)
-* número de pie de página, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 903)
-* número de página, referencias cruzadas: \pageref. (line 893)
-* número de sección, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 903)
-* números de ecuación, omitiendo: eqnarray. (line 1127)
-* números de sección, imprimiendo: Seccionado. (line 842)
-* observaciones en el margen: Notas al Margen. (line 2957)
-* oe ligadura: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4741)
-* omitiendo, cajas negras: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 391)
-* opciones de clase: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 368)
-* opciones de clase de documento: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 368)
-* opciones globales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 368)
-* opciones globales <1>: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 443)
-* opciones, clase de documento: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 368)
-* opciones, globales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 443)
-* ordinales en español, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 4555)
-* ordinales, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4555)
-* oslash: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4737)
-* paquete datetime: \today. (line 4778)
-* paquete float: figure. (line 1182)
-* paquete makeidx: Índices. (line 4947)
-* paquete multind: Índices. (line 4959)
-* paquete setspace: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 641)
-* paquete showidx: Índices. (line 4955)
-* paquetes, cargando: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 436)
-* parámetros de footnote: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 2543)
-* parámetros para el diseño de página: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 746)
-* parámetros, diseño de página: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 746)
-* parámetros, para footnote: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 2543)
-* plantillas de documentos: Plantillas de Documento.
- (line 5178)
-* poesía, un entorno para: verse. (line 2282)
-* posdata, en cartas: \ps. (line 5086)
-* preámbulo, definido: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 343)
-* produce dos columnas: \twocolumn. (line 678)
-* produce una columna: \onecolumn. (line 672)
-* programas de ordenador, composición tipográfica: verbatim. (line 2246)
-* punto centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4561)
-* punto superior acento, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3814)
-* punto, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4561)
-* puntos suspensivos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4456)
-* página de título, creando la: titlepage. (line 2227)
-* párrafos: Haciendo Párrafos. (line 2923)
-* redefiniendo entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 2642)
-* reducción, omitiendo vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 739)
-* referencias cruzadas: Referencias Cruzadas.
- (line 853)
-* referencias cruzadas con número de página: \pageref. (line 893)
-* referencias cruzadas, simbólicas: \ref. (line 903)
-* resúmenes: abstract. (line 925)
-* salto de página: Saltos de Página. (line 2411)
-* saltos de línea: Saltos de Línea. (line 2301)
-* saltos de línea, evitando: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 2392)
-* saltos de línea, forzando: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 2392)
-* saltos de página, evitando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 2456)
-* saltos de página, forzando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 2456)
-* sangría de párrafos, en minipage: minipage. (line 1505)
-* sangría de párrafos, en minipage <1>: minipage. (line 1505)
-* sangría, forzando la: \indent. (line 2931)
-* sangría, suprimiendo la: \noindent. (line 2943)
-* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado: quotation. (line 1784)
-* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo: quote. (line 1801)
-* seccionado: Seccionado. (line 798)
-* separación de línea, forzando: \\. (line 2314)
-* signo de dólar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4530)
-* siguiendo el estilo de encabezado y pie de página: \pagestyle.
- (line 4013)
-* simulando texto escrito: verbatim. (line 2246)
-* subrayado: Acentos. (line 4690)
-* subrayado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4598)
-* subíndice: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 3039)
-* superíndice: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 3039)
-* símbolo bala: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3129)
-* símbolo círculo grande, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4502)
-* símbolo de copyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4432)
-* símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4502)
-* símbolo de espacio visible, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4601)
-* símbolo de libra esterlina: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4468)
-* símbolo de libra esterlina <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4468)
-* símbolo de marca comercial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4592)
-* símbolo de marca registrada: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4583)
-* símbolo de multiplicación, con salto de línea discrecional: Miscelánea Math.
- (line 3863)
-* símbolo de párrafo: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4464)
-* símbolo de sección: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4478)
-* símbolo de vector, math: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3832)
-* símbolo del euro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4539)
-* símbolo femenino ordinal: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4558)
-* símbolo mayor que, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4545)
-* símbolo menor que, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4548)
-* Símbolo ordinal femenino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4555)
-* símbolo ordinal masculino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4555)
-* símbolos de texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4425)
-* símbolos matemáticos: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3048)
-* símbolos, matemáticos: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3048)
-* tabla de contenido, agregando manualmente: \addcontentsline.
- (line 4864)
-* tabla de contenido, creando: Tablas de Contenido.
- (line 4844)
-* tablas, creando: table. (line 1915)
-* tabulaciones, utilizando: tabbing. (line 1817)
-* tamaño del texto: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 562)
-* tamaños del tipo de letra: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 562)
-* tamaños del tipo de letra <1>: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 562)
-* tapa superior: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4519)
-* teoremas, composición tipográfica de: theorem. (line 2214)
-* teoremas, definiendo: \newtheorem. (line 2681)
-* texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando: quotation. (line 1784)
-* texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando: quote. (line 1801)
-* texto escrito, simulando: verbatim. (line 2246)
-* texto irregular a la derecha: \raggedright. (line 1303)
-* texto irregular a la derecha, entorno para: flushleft. (line 1290)
-* texto irregular a la izquierda: \raggedleft. (line 1329)
-* texto irregular a la izquierda, entorno para: flushright. (line 1316)
-* texto justificado a la derecha: \raggedleft. (line 1329)
-* texto literal: verbatim. (line 2246)
-* texto literal, en línea: \verb. (line 2264)
-* texto multicolumna: \twocolumn. (line 678)
-* thanks, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 3979)
-* tilde ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4487)
-* tilde, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4487)
-* tipo de letra cursiva: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 542)
-* tipo de letra de ancho fijo: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 557)
-* tipo de letra de máquina de escribir: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 557)
-* tipo de letra monoespacio: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 557)
-* tipo de letra negrita: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 533)
-* tipo de letra oblicua: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 554)
-* tipo de letra oblicua <1>: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 554)
-* tipo de letra romana: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 545)
-* tipo de letra sans serif: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 551)
-* tipo de letra versales: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 548)
-* Tipos de Letra: Tipos de Letra. (line 450)
-* tipos de letra: Tipos de Letra. (line 450)
-* tipos de letra, nuevas instrucciones para: \newfont. (line 2711)
-* title, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 3984)
-* títulos, haciendo: \maketitle. (line 3961)
-* usando BibTeX: Usando BibTeX. (line 2176)
-* variables, una lista de: Contadores. (line 2748)
-* xindy programa: Índices. (line 4940)
-* Énfasis: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 484)
-* énfasis: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 539)
-* índices: Índices. (line 4923)
-
-Índice de Instrucciones
-***********************
+\begin{document}
+\frontmatter
+\include{frontcover}
+ % tal vez comentar mientras se redacta:
+\maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright}
+\tableofcontents
+\include{preface}
+
+\mainmatter
+\include{chap1}
+...
+\appendix
+\include{appenA}
+...
+
+\backmatter
+\bibliographystyle{apalike}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography}
+\bibliography
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\printindex
+
+\include{backcover}
+\end{document}
+
+Índice
+******
* Menu:
-* $: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3020)
-* @{...}: array. (line 960)
-* \" (acento diéresis): Acentos. (line 4617)
-* \#: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4397)
-* \$: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4397)
-* \%: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4397)
-* \&: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4397)
-* \' (acento agudo): Acentos. (line 4621)
-* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1861)
-* \(: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3012)
-* \): Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3012)
-* \*: Miscelánea Math. (line 3862)
-* \+: tabbing. (line 1851)
-* \,: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 3854)
-* \-: tabbing. (line 1856)
-* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 2342)
-* \. (acento punto encima): Acentos. (line 4626)
-* \/: \/. (line 4132)
-* \:: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 3852)
-* \;: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 3849)
-* \<: tabbing. (line 1846)
-* \= (acento macrón): Acentos. (line 4630)
-* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1840)
-* \>: tabbing. (line 1844)
-* \> <1>: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 3852)
-* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1843)
-* \@: \AT. (line 4110)
-* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1876)
-* \a' (acento agudo en tabulación): tabbing. (line 1877)
-* \a= (acento macrón en tabbing): tabbing. (line 1877)
-* \aa (å): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4709)
-* \AA (Å): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4709)
-* \acute: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3798)
-* \addcontentsline{EXTO}{UNIDAD}{TEXTO}: \addcontentsline. (line 4864)
-* \address: \address. (line 5005)
-* \addtocontents{EXTRA}{TEXTO}: \addtocontents. (line 4893)
-* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 2830)
-* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 2875)
-* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 4164)
-* \ae (æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4713)
-* \AE (Æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4713)
-* \aleph: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3056)
-* \alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 2767)
-* \Alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 2770)
-* \alpha: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3059)
-* \alsoname: Índices. (line 4937)
-* \amalg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3062)
-* \and para \author: \maketitle. (line 3967)
-* \angle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3065)
-* \appendix: Seccionado. (line 832)
-* \approx: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3068)
-* \arabic: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 2773)
-* \arccos: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3689)
-* \arcsin: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3692)
-* \arctan: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3695)
-* \arg: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3698)
-* \arraycolsep: array. (line 972)
-* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 2035)
-* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 2039)
-* \ast: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3071)
-* \asymp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3074)
-* \author{NOMBRE \and NOMBRE2}: \maketitle. (line 3966)
-* \a` (acento grave en tabulación): tabbing. (line 1877)
-* \b (acento barra): Acentos. (line 4648)
-* \backslash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3077)
-* \backslash <1>: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4402)
-* \bar: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3801)
-* \baselineskip: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 634)
-* \baselinestretch: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 641)
-* \begin: Entornos. (line 915)
-* \beta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3080)
-* \bf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 532)
-* \bfseries: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 490)
-* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 2134)
-* \bibliography: Usando BibTeX. (line 2176)
-* \bibliographystyle: Usando BibTeX. (line 2176)
-* \bigcap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3083)
-* \bigcap <1>: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3113)
-* \bigcirc: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3086)
-* \bigcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3089)
-* \bigodot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3092)
-* \bigoplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3095)
-* \bigotimes: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3098)
-* \bigskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 4179)
-* \bigskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 4179)
-* \bigsqcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3107)
-* \bigtriangledown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3101)
-* \bigtriangleup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3104)
-* \biguplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3110)
-* \bigwedge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3116)
-* \bmod: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3701)
-* \boldmath: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3025)
-* \bot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3119)
-* \bottomfraction: figure. (line 1204)
-* \bowtie: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3122)
-* \Box: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3125)
-* \breve: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3804)
-* \bullet: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3128)
-* \c (acento cedilla): Acentos. (line 4653)
-* \cal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 535)
-* \cap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3131)
-* \capitalacute: Acentos. (line 4621)
-* \capitalbreve: Acentos. (line 4687)
-* \capitalcaron: Acentos. (line 4699)
-* \capitalcedilla: Acentos. (line 4653)
-* \capitalcircumflex: Acentos. (line 4634)
-* \capitaldieresis: Acentos. (line 4617)
-* \capitaldotaccent: Acentos. (line 4657)
-* \capitalgrave: Acentos. (line 4639)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut: Acentos. (line 4661)
-* \capitalmacron: Acentos. (line 4630)
-* \capitalnewtie: Acentos. (line 4682)
-* \capitalogonek: Acentos. (line 4671)
-* \capitalring: Acentos. (line 4676)
-* \capitaltie: Acentos. (line 4682)
-* \capitaltilde: Acentos. (line 4645)
-* \caption: figure. (line 1199)
-* \cc: \cc. (line 5019)
-* \cdot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3134)
-* \cdots: Miscelánea Math. (line 3866)
-* \centering: \centering. (line 996)
-* \chapter: Seccionado. (line 802)
-* \check: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3807)
-* \chi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3137)
-* \circ: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3140)
-* \circle: \circle. (line 1595)
-* \cite: \cite. (line 2152)
-* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 2419)
-* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 2428)
-* \cline: \cline. (line 2081)
-* \closing: \closing. (line 5029)
-* \clubsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3143)
-* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 690)
-* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 693)
-* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 697)
-* \cong: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3146)
-* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 4887)
-* \coprod: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3149)
-* \copyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4430)
-* \cos: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3704)
-* \cosh: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3707)
-* \cot: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3710)
-* \coth: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3713)
-* \csc: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3716)
-* \cup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3152)
-* \d (acento círculo): Acentos. (line 4657)
-* \dag: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4434)
-* \dagger: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3155)
-* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 1647)
-* \dashv: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3158)
-* \date{TEXTO}: \maketitle. (line 3973)
-* \day: \day \month \year. (line 2849)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 710)
-* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 715)
-* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 721)
-* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 704)
-* \ddag: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4437)
-* \ddagger: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3161)
-* \ddot: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3810)
-* \ddots: Miscelánea Math. (line 3870)
-* \deg: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3719)
-* \Delta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3164)
-* \delta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3167)
-* \depth: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 2908)
-* \det: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3722)
-* \dh (æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4717)
-* \DH (Æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4717)
-* \Diamond: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3170)
-* \diamond: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3173)
-* \diamondsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3176)
-* \dim: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3725)
-* \displaystyle: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3031)
-* \div: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3179)
-* \dj: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4721)
-* \DJ: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4721)
-* \documentclass: Clases de Documento.
- (line 350)
-* \dot: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3813)
-* \doteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3182)
-* \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 4158)
-* \dots: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4454)
-* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 2043)
-* \downarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3185)
-* \Downarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3188)
-* \ell: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3191)
-* \em: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 538)
-* \emph: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 484)
-* \emptyset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3194)
-* \encl: \encl. (line 5039)
-* \end: Entornos. (line 915)
-* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 2441)
-* \enumi: enumerate. (line 1098)
-* \enumii: enumerate. (line 1098)
-* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 1098)
-* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 1098)
-* \epsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3197)
-* \equiv: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3200)
-* \eta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3203)
-* \evensidemargin: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 416)
-* \exists: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3206)
-* \exp: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3728)
-* \fbox: \fbox y \framebox. (line 4232)
+* $ matemáticas en línea: math. (line 4981)
+* $$...$$ normal TeX matemáticas de visualización: displaymath.
+ (line 4041)
+* & (para celdas de tabla): tabular. (line 5993)
+* * prompt: Recuperación de errores.
+ (line 17058)
+* *-forma, definiendo nuevos comandos: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7587)
+* *CLI*: Interfaz de línea de comandos.
+ (line 16767)
+* *}, para todas las claves \nocite: Usar BibTeX. (line 6548)
+* --disable-write18 command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16871)
+* --enable-write18 command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16871)
+* --file-line-error command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16895)
+* --halt-on-error command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16892)
+* --help command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16831)
+* --interaction command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16834)
+* --jobname command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16852)
+* --no-file-line-error command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16895)
+* --no-shell-escape command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16871)
+* --output-directory command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16857)
+* --shell-escape command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16871)
+* --version command-line option: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16826)
+* -1, escribe el número de flujo: \write. (line 16510)
+* .aux comandos file y BibTeX: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6555)
+* .dvi archivo: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 472)
+* .fmt archivo: Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* .log archivo: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 491)
+* .lot archivo: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 507)
+* .lot archivo <1>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15048)
+* .lot archivo <2>: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* .pdf archivo: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 482)
+* .tex, extensión predeterminada: Interfaz de línea de comandos.
+ (line 16780)
+* .toc archivo: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 507)
+* .toc archivo <1>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15048)
+* .toc archivo <2>: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* .xdv archivo: Motores TeX. (line 556)
+* /bin/sh, usado por \write18: \write18. (line 16744)
+* 10pt option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 761)
+* 11pt option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 761)
+* 12pt opción: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 761)
+* : (para math): Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 11449)
+* [...] (para argumentos opcionales): Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 609)
+* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 12154)
+* \ caracteres de inicio de comandos: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 609)
+* \!: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11202)
+* \" (acento diéresis): Acentos. (line 14506)
+* \#: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14167)
+* \$: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14167)
+* \%: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14167)
+* \&: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14167)
+* \' (acento agudo): Acentos. (line 14510)
+* \' (tabulación): tabbing. (line 5832)
+* \(...\) matemáticas en línea: math. (line 4981)
+* \*: \*. (line 11471)
+* \+: tabbing. (line 5822)
+* \,: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11187)
+* \-: tabbing. (line 5827)
+* \- (separación silábica): \- (separación silábica).
+ (line 6939)
+* \. (acento de puntos): Acentos. (line 14513)
+* \/: \/. (line 12312)
+* \:: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11175)
+* \;: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11161)
+* \<: tabbing. (line 5817)
+* \= (acento macrón): Acentos. (line 14517)
+* \= (tabulación): tabbing. (line 5811)
+* \>: tabbing. (line 5815)
+* \> <1>: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11175)
+* \> (tabulación): tabbing. (line 5814)
+* \@: \@. (line 12074)
+* \@auxout: \write. (line 16526)
+* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4860)
+* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 15176)
+* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4868)
+* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 7326)
+* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7827)
+* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4864)
+* \@mainaux: \write. (line 16526)
+* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 3295)
+* \a (tabulación): tabbing. (line 5848)
+* \a' (acento agudo en tabulación): tabbing. (line 5849)
+* \a= (acento macrón en tabulación): tabbing. (line 5849)
+* \aa (å): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14632)
+* \AA (Å): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14632)
+* \accent: \accent. (line 14579)
+* \acute: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11056)
+* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 15212)
+* \address: \address. (line 16077)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 15293)
+* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8628)
+* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8894)
+* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 12656)
+* \ae (æ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14636)
+* \AE (Æ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14636)
+* \aleph: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9546)
+* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 4159)
+* \alpha: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9549)
+* \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 8503)
+* \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 8508)
+* \alsoname: \index. (line 15600)
+* \amalg: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9552)
+* \and (para \author): \maketitle. (line 11654)
+* \angle: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9555)
+* \appendix: \appendix. (line 3222)
+* \approx: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9559)
+* \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 8513)
+* \arccos: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10940)
+* \arcsin: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10943)
+* \arctan: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10946)
+* \arg: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10949)
+* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3831)
+* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 6126)
+* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 6132)
+* \ast: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9562)
+* \asymp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9569)
+* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 4065)
+* \AtBeginDvi: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 953)
+* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 4082)
+* \AtEndOfClass: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 959)
+* \AtEndOfPackage: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 959)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 11653)
+* \a` (acento grave en tabulación): tabbing. (line 5849)
+* \b (barra debajo del acento): Acentos. (line 14532)
+* \backmatter: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* \backslash: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9572)
+* \bar: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11059)
+* \baselineskip: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2084)
+* \baselineskip <1>: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2427)
+* \baselinestretch: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2427)
+* \begin: Entornos. (line 3719)
+* \beta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9576)
+* \bf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1852)
+* \bfseries: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1816)
+* \bibdata: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6565)
+* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6364)
+* \bibliography: Usar BibTeX. (line 6491)
+* \bibliography y \bibdata interno: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6566)
+* \bibliographystyle: Usar BibTeX. (line 6491)
+* \bibliographystyle y \bibstyle interno: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6569)
+* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 6346)
+* \bibstyle: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6568)
+* \bigbreak: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak.
+ (line 12462)
+* \bigcap: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9579)
+* \bigcirc: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9583)
+* \bigcup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9587)
+* \bigl: \bigl y \bigr etc..
+ (line 10726)
+* \bigodot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9591)
+* \bigoplus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9595)
+* \bigotimes: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9599)
+* \bigr: \bigl y \bigr etc..
+ (line 10726)
+* \bigskip: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12409)
+* \bigskip <1>: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12432)
+* \bigskipamount: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12433)
+* \bigsqcup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9611)
+* \bigtriangledown: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9603)
+* \bigtriangleup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9607)
+* \biguplus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9614)
+* \bigvee: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9618)
+* \bigwedge: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9621)
+* \bmod: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10952)
+* \boldmath: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 10439)
+* \boldmath <1>: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 10447)
+* \bot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9624)
+* \bottomfraction: Flotantes. (line 2622)
+* \bottomfraction <1>: Flotantes. (line 2623)
+* \bowtie: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9629)
+* \Box: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9632)
+* \breve: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11062)
+* \bullet: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9637)
+* \c (acento cedilla): Acentos. (line 14542)
+* \cal: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1855)
+* \cap: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9640)
+* \capitalacute: Acentos. (line 14510)
+* \capitalbreve: Acentos. (line 14570)
+* \capitalcaron: Acentos. (line 14574)
+* \capitalcedilla: Acentos. (line 14542)
+* \capitalcircumflex: Acentos. (line 14521)
+* \capitaldieresis: Acentos. (line 14506)
+* \capitaldotaccent: Acentos. (line 14546)
+* \capitalgrave: Acentos. (line 14525)
+* \capitalmacron: Acentos. (line 14517)
+* \capitalnewtie: Acentos. (line 14564)
+* \capitalogonek: Acentos. (line 14554)
+* \capitalring: Acentos. (line 14558)
+* \capitaltie: Acentos. (line 14564)
+* \capitaltilde: Acentos. (line 14529)
+* \caption: \caption. (line 2691)
+* \caption <1>: figure. (line 4283)
+* \caption <2>: table. (line 5939)
+* \cc: \cc. (line 16102)
+* \cdot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9644)
+* \cdots: Puntos. (line 10824)
+* \centering: \centering. (line 3911)
+* \chapter: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2913)
+* \check: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11065)
+* \CheckCommand: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 966)
+* \CheckCommand*: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 966)
+* \chi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9647)
+* \circ: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9650)
+* \circle: \circle. (line 5470)
+* \citation: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6571)
+* \cite: \cite. (line 6425)
+* \cite y \citation interna: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6572)
+* \ClassError: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \ClassInfo: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \ClassInfoNoLine: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \ClassWarning: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \ClassWarningNoLine: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \cleardoublepage: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 7128)
+* \clearpage: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 7128)
+* \cline: \cline. (line 6267)
+* \closein: \openin y \openout.
+ (line 16305)
+* \closeout: \openin y \openout.
+ (line 16305)
+* \closing: \closing. (line 16118)
+* \clubsuit: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9654)
+* \colon: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 11449)
+* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 2152)
+* \columnsep <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2287)
+* \columnsep <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2290)
+* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 2158)
+* \columnseprule <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2288)
+* \columnseprule <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2290)
+* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 2165)
+* \columnwidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2289)
+* \columnwidth <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2290)
+* \complement: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9657)
+* \cong: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9663)
+* \contentsline: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15106)
+* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 15216)
+* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* \coprod: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9666)
+* \copyright: Símbolos de texto. (line 14270)
+* \cos: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10955)
+* \cosh: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10958)
+* \cot: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10961)
+* \coth: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10964)
+* \csc: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10967)
+* \cup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9669)
+* \CurrentOption: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1007)
+* \d (punto debajo del acento): Acentos. (line 14546)
+* \dag: Símbolos de texto. (line 14274)
+* \dagger: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9673)
+* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5684)
+* \dashv: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9676)
+* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11661)
+* \day: \day - \month y \year.
+ (line 8678)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 2202)
+* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2208)
+* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2216)
+* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 2179)
+* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 2221)
+* \ddag: Símbolos de texto. (line 14277)
+* \ddagger: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9680)
+* \ddots: Puntos. (line 10829)
+* \ddots <1>: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11067)
+* \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (line 1449)
+* \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
+ (line 13554)
+* \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule.
+ (line 13601)
+* \DeclareOption: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1013)
+* \DeclareOption*: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1013)
+* \DeclareRobustCommand: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1043)
+* \DeclareRobustCommand*: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1043)
+* \DeclareTextAccent: \DeclareTextAccent.
+ (line 1485)
+* \DeclareTextAccent <1>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
+ (line 1510)
+* \DeclareTextAccentDefault: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
+ (line 1510)
+* \DeclareTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand.
+ (line 1539)
+* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
+ (line 1590)
+* \DeclareTextComposite: \DeclareTextComposite.
+ (line 1626)
+* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
+ (line 1650)
+* \DeclareTextSymbol: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand.
+ (line 1571)
+* \DeclareTextSymbol <1>: \DeclareTextSymbol.
+ (line 1669)
+* \DeclareTextSymbol <2>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
+ (line 1698)
+* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
+ (line 1698)
+* \deg: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10970)
+* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 16755)
+* \Delta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9683)
+* \delta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9686)
+* \det: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10973)
+* \dh (ð): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14640)
+* \DH (Ð): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14640)
+* \Diamond: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9689)
+* \diamond: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9693)
+* \diamondsuit: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9697)
+* \dim: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10976)
+* \displaystyle: Estilos math. (line 11398)
+* \div: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9700)
+* \dj: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14646)
+* \DJ: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14646)
+* \documentclass: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 716)
+* \documentclass, y texput jobname: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16997)
+* \dot: Puntos. (line 10860)
+* \dot <1>: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11069)
+* \dot <2>: Símbolos de texto. (line 14295)
+* \doteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9703)
+* \dotfill: \hrulefill y \dotfill.
+ (line 12360)
+* \dots: Puntos. (line 10835)
+* \dotsb: Puntos. (line 10860)
+* \dotsc: Puntos. (line 10860)
+* \dotsi: Puntos. (line 10860)
+* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 6137)
+* \downarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9707)
+* \Downarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9711)
+* \ell: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9715)
+* \emph: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1836)
+* \emptyset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9718)
+* \encl: \encl. (line 16131)
+* \end: Entornos. (line 3719)
+* \endinput: \endinput. (line 14851)
+* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 7209)
+* \enspace: \enspace - \quad y \qquad.
+ (line 11874)
+* \enumi: enumerate. (line 4145)
+* \enumii: enumerate. (line 4145)
+* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 4145)
+* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 4145)
+* \epsilon: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9722)
+* \equiv: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9728)
+* \eta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9731)
+* \evensidemargin: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 834)
+* \evensidemargin <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2351)
+* \evensidemargin <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2352)
+* \ExecuteOptions: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1122)
+* \exists: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9734)
+* \exp: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10979)
+* \externaldocument: paquete xr. (line 3662)
+* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 6074)
+* \fbox: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12809)
* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture).
- (line 1641)
-* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 4245)
+ (line 5661)
+* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12843)
+* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12842)
* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture).
- (line 1641)
-* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 4245)
-* \fill: \hfill. (line 4091)
-* \flat: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3209)
-* \floatpagefraction: figure. (line 1207)
-* \floatsep: figure. (line 1211)
-* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 729)
-* \fnsymbol: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 2535)
-* \fnsymbol <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 2782)
-* \fnsymbol, y notas al pie: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 2535)
-* \fontencoding: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 595)
-* \fontfamily: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 599)
-* \fontseries: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 609)
-* \fontshape: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 621)
-* \fontsize: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 634)
-* \footnote: \footnote. (line 2483)
-* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 2499)
-* \footnoterule: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 2543)
-* \footnotesep: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 2549)
-* \footnotesize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 2514)
-* \footskip: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 756)
-* \forall: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3212)
-* \frac: Miscelánea Math. (line 3874)
-* \frac{num}{den}: Miscelánea Math. (line 3873)
-* \frame: \frame. (line 1662)
+ (line 5661)
+* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12848)
+* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12847)
+* \fill: \hfill. (line 11963)
+* \flat: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9737)
+* \floatpagefraction: Flotantes. (line 2626)
+* \floatpagefraction <1>: Flotantes. (line 2627)
+* \floatsep: Flotantes. (line 2644)
+* \floatsep <1>: Flotantes. (line 2645)
+* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 2250)
+* \fnsymbol, y notas al pie: \footnote. (line 7326)
+* \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 8526)
+* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 12349)
+* \fontencoding: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 1990)
+* \fontfamily: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2001)
+* \fontseries: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2028)
+* \fontshape: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2070)
+* \fontsize: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2084)
+* \footnote: \footnote. (line 7308)
+* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 7375)
+* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 7336)
+* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 7348)
+* \footnotesize: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 7434)
+* \footskip: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2307)
+* \footskip <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2308)
+* \forall: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9740)
+* \frac: \frac. (line 11487)
+* \frame: \frame. (line 5672)
* \framebox: \framebox (picture).
- (line 1633)
-* \framebox <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 4232)
-* \frown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3215)
-* \fussy: \fussy. (line 2355)
-* \Gamma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3218)
-* \gamma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3221)
-* \gcd: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3731)
-* \ge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3224)
-* \geq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3227)
-* \gets: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3230)
-* \gg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3233)
-* \glossary: Glosarios. (line 4910)
-* \glossaryentry: Glosarios. (line 4913)
-* \grave: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3816)
-* \guillemotleft («): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4446)
-* \guillemotright (»): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4447)
-* \guilsinglleft (‹): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4448)
-* \guilsinglright (›): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4449)
-* \H (acento diéresis Húngara): Acentos. (line 4661)
-* \hat: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3819)
-* \hbar: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3236)
-* \headheight: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 746)
-* \headsep: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 751)
-* \heartsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3239)
-* \height: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 2906)
-* \hfill: \hfill. (line 4087)
-* \hline: \hline. (line 2092)
-* \hom: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3734)
-* \hookleftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3242)
-* \hookrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3245)
-* \hrulefill: \hrulefill. (line 4151)
-* \hspace: \hspace. (line 4070)
-* \huge: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \Huge: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 2375)
-* \i (i sin punto): Acentos. (line 4664)
-* \iff: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3248)
-* \ij (ij): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4725)
-* \IJ (IJ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4725)
-* \Im: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3251)
-* \imath: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3822)
-* \in: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3254)
-* \include: \include. (line 4793)
-* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 4811)
-* \indent: \indent. (line 2931)
-* \index: Índices. (line 4926)
-* \indexentry: Índices. (line 4929)
-* \inf: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3737)
-* \infty: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3257)
-* \input: \input. (line 4826)
-* \int: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3260)
-* \intextsep: figure. (line 1215)
-* \iota: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3263)
-* \it: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 541)
-* \item: description. (line 1028)
-* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 1087)
-* \item <2>: itemize. (line 1342)
-* \itemindent: itemize. (line 1387)
-* \itemsep: itemize. (line 1412)
-* \itshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 481)
-* \j (j sin punto): Acentos. (line 4667)
-* \jmath: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3825)
-* \Join: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3266)
-* \k (colita —ogonek en polaco): Acentos. (line 4671)
-* \kappa: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3269)
-* \ker: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3740)
-* \kill: tabbing. (line 1881)
-* \l (ł): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4729)
-* \L (Ł): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4729)
-* \label: \label. (line 859)
-* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 1102)
-* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 1102)
-* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 1102)
-* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 1102)
-* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 1366)
-* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 1366)
-* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 1366)
-* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 1366)
-* \labelsep: itemize. (line 1391)
-* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 1395)
-* \Lambda: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3272)
-* \lambda: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3275)
-* \land: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3278)
-* \langle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3281)
-* \large: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \Large: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \LARGE: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4440)
-* \LaTeXe: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4443)
-* \lbrace: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3284)
-* \lbrack: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3287)
-* \lceil: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3290)
-* \ldots: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4453)
-* \le: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3293)
-* \leadsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3296)
-* \left DELIMITADOR1 ... \right DELIMITADOR2: Miscelánea Math.
- (line 3876)
-* \Leftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3298)
-* \leftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3301)
-* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 1133)
-* \leftharpoondown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3304)
-* \leftharpoonup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3307)
-* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 1373)
-* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 1373)
-* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 1373)
-* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 1373)
-* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 1373)
-* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 1373)
-* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 1373)
-* \Leftrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3310)
-* \Leftrightarrow <1>: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3313)
-* \leq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3316)
-* \lfloor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3319)
-* \lg: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3743)
-* \lhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3322)
-* \lim: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3746)
-* \liminf: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3749)
-* \limsup: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3752)
-* \line: \line. (line 1673)
+ (line 5636)
+* \framebox <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12809)
+* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing.
+ (line 12123)
+* \frontmatter: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* \frown: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9743)
+* \fussy: \fussy y \sloppy. (line 7000)
+* \Gamma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9746)
+* \gamma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9749)
+* \gcd: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10982)
+* \ge: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9752)
+* \geq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9755)
+* \gets: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9758)
+* \gg: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9761)
+* \gls: \gls. (line 15967)
+* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 13489)
+* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 5369)
+* \grave: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11071)
+* \guillemotleft («): Símbolos de texto. (line 14286)
+* \guillemotright (»): Símbolos de texto. (line 14287)
+* \guilsinglleft (‹): Símbolos de texto. (line 14288)
+* \guilsinglright (›): Símbolos de texto. (line 14289)
+* \H (acento húngaro con diéresis): Acentos. (line 14550)
+* \hat: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11073)
+* \hbar: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9764)
+* \headheight: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2295)
+* \headheight <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2296)
+* \headsep: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2300)
+* \headsep <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2301)
+* \heartsuit: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9767)
+* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11950)
+* \hline: \hline. (line 6289)
+* \hom: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10985)
+* \hookleftarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9770)
+* \hookrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9773)
+* \hphantom: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* \hrulefill: \hrulefill y \dotfill.
+ (line 12360)
+* \hsize: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2406)
+* \hsize <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2407)
+* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11901)
+* \hss: \hss. (line 11985)
+* \huge: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \Huge: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 7042)
+* \i (dotless i): Acentos. (line 14500)
+* \IfBeginWith* macro de xstring: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 17022)
+* \iff: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9776)
+* \IfFileExists: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1077)
+* \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend.
+ (line 8330)
+* \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend.
+ (line 8330)
+* \ij (ij): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14652)
+* \IJ (IJ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14652)
+* \Im: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9780)
+* \imath: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9783)
+* \immediate\write: \write. (line 16542)
+* \in: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9787)
+* \include: \include e \includeonly.
+ (line 14885)
+* \include anidado, no permitido: \include e \includeonly.
+ (line 14988)
+* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* \includeonly: \include e \includeonly.
+ (line 14885)
+* \indent: \indent y \noindent.
+ (line 9262)
+* \index: Índices. (line 15456)
+* \index <1>: \index. (line 15545)
+* \indexentry: \index. (line 15652)
+* \indexspace: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 15533)
+* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 15723)
+* \inf: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10988)
+* \infty: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9791)
+* \input: \input. (line 15007)
+* \inputencoding: paquete inputenc. (line 14728)
+* \InputIfFileExists: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1077)
+* \int: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9794)
+* \intextsep: Flotantes. (line 2648)
+* \intextsep <1>: Flotantes. (line 2649)
+* \iota: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9797)
+* \it: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1858)
+* \item: description. (line 3981)
+* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 4125)
+* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4486)
+* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4513)
+* \item <4>: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 15533)
+* \itemindent: list. (line 4670)
+* \itemsep: list. (line 4675)
+* \itshape: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1810)
+* \j (j sin punto): Acentos. (line 14500)
+* \jmath: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9804)
+* \jobname: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16968)
+* \jobname <1>: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 17015)
+* \Join: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9800)
+* \k (ogonek): Acentos. (line 14554)
+* \kappa: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9808)
+* \ker: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10991)
+* \kill: tabbing. (line 5853)
+* \l (ł): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14656)
+* \L (Ł): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14656)
+* \l@chapter: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* \l@section: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* \l@subsection: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* \label: \label. (line 3545)
+* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 4154)
+* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 4154)
+* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 4154)
+* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 4154)
+* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 4526)
+* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 4526)
+* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 4526)
+* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4526)
+* \labelsep: list. (line 4688)
+* \labelwidth: list. (line 4693)
+* \Lambda: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9811)
+* \lambda: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9814)
+* \land: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9817)
+* \langle: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9821)
+* \large: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \Large: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \LARGE: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \LastDeclaredEncoding: \LastDeclaredEncoding.
+ (line 1725)
+* \lbrace: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9825)
+* \lbrack: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9829)
+* \lceil: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9833)
+* \ldots: Puntos. (line 10833)
+* \ldots <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 14293)
+* \le: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9837)
+* \leadsto: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9840)
+* \left: \left y \right. (line 10614)
+* \Leftarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9846)
+* \leftarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9850)
+* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 4210)
+* \leftharpoondown: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9855)
+* \leftharpoonup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9859)
+* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4543)
+* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4715)
+* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4543)
+* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 4543)
+* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 4543)
+* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4543)
+* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4543)
+* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4543)
+* \Leftrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9862)
+* \leftrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9866)
+* \leq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9870)
+* \lfloor: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9873)
+* \lg: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10994)
+* \lhd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9876)
+* \lim: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10997)
+* \liminf: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11000)
+* \limsup: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11003)
+* \line: \line. (line 5395)
* \linebreak: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 2392)
-* \linespread: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 649)
-* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 1688)
-* \linewidth: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 761)
-* \listoffigures: Tablas de Contenido.
- (line 4854)
-* \listoftables: Tablas de Contenido.
- (line 4854)
-* \listparindent: itemize. (line 1399)
-* \ll: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3325)
-* \ln: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3755)
-* \lnot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3328)
-* \location: \location. (line 5048)
-* \log: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3758)
-* \longleftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3331)
-* \longleftrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3334)
-* \longmapsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3337)
-* \longrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3340)
-* \lor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3343)
-* \lq: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4459)
-* \makebox: \makebox. (line 4265)
-* \makebox (picture): \makebox (picture). (line 1606)
-* \makeglossary: Glosarios. (line 4908)
-* \makeindex: Índices. (line 4923)
-* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 5056)
-* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 3961)
-* \mapsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3346)
-* \marginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 2957)
-* \marginparpush: Notas al Margen. (line 2985)
-* \marginparsep: Notas al Margen. (line 2989)
-* \marginparwidth: Notas al Margen. (line 2993)
-* \markboth{IZQUIERDA}{DERECHA}: \pagestyle. (line 4038)
-* \markright{DERECHA}: \pagestyle. (line 4046)
-* \mathbf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 506)
-* \mathcal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 520)
-* \mathnormal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 517)
-* \mathrm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 504)
-* \mathsf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 508)
-* \mathtt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 510)
-* \mathversion: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 522)
-* \max: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3761)
-* \mbox: \mbox. (line 4224)
-* \mdseries: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 487)
-* \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 4183)
-* \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 4183)
-* \mho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3349)
-* \mid: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3351)
-* \min: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3764)
-* \models: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3354)
-* \month: \day \month \year. (line 2849)
-* \mp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3357)
-* \mu: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3360)
-* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 2057)
-* \multiput: \multiput. (line 1712)
-* \nabla: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3363)
-* \name: \name. (line 5065)
-* \natural: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3366)
-* \ne: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3369)
-* \nearrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3372)
-* \neg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3375)
-* \neq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3378)
+ (line 7062)
+* \lineskip: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2470)
+* \lineskiplimit: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2470)
+* \linespread: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2095)
+* \linespread <1>: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2427)
+* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5440)
+* \linewidth: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2315)
+* \linewidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2316)
+* \listoffigures: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15048)
+* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* \listoftables: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15048)
+* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* \listparindent: list. (line 4734)
+* \ll: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9882)
+* \ln: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11006)
+* \lnot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9885)
+* \LoadClass: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1098)
+* \LoadClassWithOptions: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1098)
+* \location: \location. (line 16146)
+* \log: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11009)
+* \long: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7587)
+* \longleftarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9888)
+* \longleftrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9892)
+* \longmapsto: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9897)
+* \longrightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9901)
+* \lor: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9905)
+* \lq: Símbolos de texto. (line 14301)
+* \mainmatter: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* \makeatother: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 7778)
+* \makeatother <1>: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 7778)
+* \makebox: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12715)
+* \makebox (para picture): \makebox (picture).
+ (line 5598)
+* \makeglossary: Glosarios. (line 15856)
+* \makeglossary <1>: Glosarios. (line 15896)
+* \makeindex: Índices. (line 15456)
+* \makelabel: list. (line 4644)
+* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 16156)
+* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 11623)
+* \mapsto: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9909)
+* \marginpar: Notas marginales. (line 9347)
+* \marginparpush: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2322)
+* \marginparpush <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2325)
+* \marginparpush <2>: Notas marginales. (line 9377)
+* \marginparsep: Notas marginales. (line 9382)
+* \marginparwidth: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2324)
+* \marginparwidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2325)
+* \marginparwidth <2>: Notas marginales. (line 9387)
+* \marginsep: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2323)
+* \marginsep <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2325)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11822)
+* \markright{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11831)
+* \mathbf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1888)
+* \mathcal: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1905)
+* \mathdollar: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10380)
+* \mathellipsis: Puntos. (line 10834)
+* \mathnormal: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1901)
+* \mathparagraph: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10383)
+* \mathring: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11076)
+* \mathrm: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1885)
+* \mathsection: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10386)
+* \mathsf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1891)
+* \mathsterling: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10389)
+* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 11349)
+* \mathtt: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1894)
+* \mathunderscore: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10392)
+* \mathversion: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1907)
+* \max: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11012)
+* \mbox: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12715)
+* \mdseries: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1813)
+* \medbreak: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak.
+ (line 12462)
+* \medskip: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12409)
+* \medskip <1>: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12438)
+* \medskipamount: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12439)
+* \medspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11175)
+* \message: \message. (line 16619)
+* \mho: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9913)
+* \mid: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9916)
+* \min: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11015)
+* \models: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9927)
+* \month: \day - \month y \year.
+ (line 8678)
+* \mp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9931)
+* \mu: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9934)
+* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 6153)
+* \multiput: \multiput. (line 5304)
+* \nabla: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9937)
+* \name: \name. (line 16213)
+* \natural: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9940)
+* \ne: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9943)
+* \nearrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9946)
+* \NeedsTeXFormat: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1133)
+* \neg: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9949)
+* \negmedspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11181)
+* \negthickspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11168)
+* \negthinspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11202)
+* \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 12280)
+* \neq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9953)
* \newcommand: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 2565)
-* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 2600)
+ (line 7565)
+* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7901)
* \newenvironment: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 2642)
-* \newfont: \newfont. (line 2711)
-* \newlength: \newlength. (line 2615)
-* \newline: \newline. (line 2336)
-* \NEWLINE: \SPACE. (line 4098)
-* \newpage: \newpage. (line 2435)
-* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 2631)
-* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 2681)
-* \newtie: Acentos. (line 4682)
-* \ng: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4733)
-* \NG: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4733)
-* \ni: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3381)
-* \nocite: \nocite. (line 2167)
-* \nofiles: Tablas de Contenido.
- (line 4858)
-* \noindent: \noindent. (line 2943)
+ (line 7998)
+* \newfont: \newfont. (line 8244)
+* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 15908)
+* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7944)
+* \newline: \newline. (line 6914)
+* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 12154)
+* \newpage: \newpage. (line 7172)
+* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7969)
+* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 8132)
+* \newtie: Acentos. (line 14564)
+* \newwrite: \write. (line 16503)
+* \ng: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14660)
+* \NG: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14660)
+* \ni: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9956)
+* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6476)
+* \nocite y \citation interna: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6572)
+* \nocite {*}, para todas las claves: Usar BibTeX. (line 6548)
+* \nocorr: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1798)
+* \nocorrlist: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1798)
+* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 15397)
+* \noindent: \indent y \noindent.
+ (line 9262)
* \nolinebreak: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 2392)
-* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 1127)
+ (line 7062)
+* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing.
+ (line 12123)
+* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 4205)
* \nopagebreak: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 2456)
-* \normalfont: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 502)
-* \normalmarginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 2972)
-* \normalsize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \not: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3384)
-* \notin: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3387)
-* \nu: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3390)
-* \nwarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3393)
-* \o (ø): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4737)
-* \O (Ø): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4737)
+ (line 7236)
+* \normalfont: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1834)
+* \normalmarginpar: Notas marginales. (line 9363)
+* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 12144)
+* \normalsize: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \not: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9960)
+* \notin: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9968)
+* \nu: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9972)
+* \numberline: \numberline. (line 15423)
+* \nwarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9975)
+* \o (ø): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14664)
+* \O (Ø): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14664)
* \obeycr: \obeycr y \restorecr.
- (line 2326)
-* \oddsidemargin: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 416)
-* \odot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3396)
-* \oe (œ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4741)
-* \OE (Œ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4741)
-* \oint: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3399)
-* \Omega: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3402)
-* \omega: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3405)
-* \ominus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3408)
-* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 672)
-* \opening: \opening. (line 5073)
-* \oplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3411)
-* \oslash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3414)
-* \otimes: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3417)
-* \oval: \oval. (line 1722)
-* \overbrace{TEXTO}: Miscelánea Math. (line 3882)
-* \overline{TEXTO}: Miscelánea Math. (line 3886)
-* \owns: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3420)
-* \P: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4462)
+ (line 6873)
+* \oddsidemargin: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 834)
+* \oddsidemargin <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2350)
+* \oddsidemargin <2>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2352)
+* \odot: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9978)
+* \oe (œ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14668)
+* \OE (Œ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14668)
+* \oint: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9982)
+* \oldstylenums: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1911)
+* \Omega: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9986)
+* \omega: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9989)
+* \ominus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9992)
+* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 2123)
+* \openin: \openin y \openout.
+ (line 16305)
+* \opening: \opening. (line 16223)
+* \openout: \openin y \openout.
+ (line 16305)
+* \oplus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9995)
+* \OptionNotUsed: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1154)
+* \oslash: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9999)
+* \otimes: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10002)
+* \oval: \oval. (line 5489)
+* \overbrace{MATH}: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11132)
+* \overline{TEXT}: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11113)
+* \owns: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10006)
+* \PackageError: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \PackageInfo: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \PackageInfoNoLine: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \PackageWarning: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
+* \PackageWarningNoLine: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 986)
* \pagebreak: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 2456)
-* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 3991)
-* \pageref: \pageref. (line 893)
-* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 4013)
-* \paragraph: Seccionado. (line 807)
-* \parallel: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3423)
-* \parbox: \parbox. (line 4291)
-* \parindent: minipage. (line 1505)
-* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 2931)
-* \parsep: itemize. (line 1417)
-* \parskip: \parskip. (line 2950)
-* \part: Seccionado. (line 801)
-* \partial: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3426)
-* \partopsep: itemize. (line 1429)
-* \perp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3429)
-* \phi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3432)
-* \Pi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3435)
-* \pi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3438)
-* \pm: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3441)
-* \pmod: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3767)
-* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 1887)
-* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 1888)
-* \pounds: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4466)
-* \Pr: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3770)
-* \prec: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3444)
-* \preceq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3447)
-* \prime: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3450)
-* \prod: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3453)
-* \propto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3456)
-* \protect: \protect. (line 2726)
-* \ps: \ps. (line 5086)
-* \Psi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3459)
-* \psi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3462)
-* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 1891)
-* \put: \put. (line 1746)
-* \quotedblbase („): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4470)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4471)
-* \r (acento anillo): Acentos. (line 4676)
-* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 739)
-* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 1329)
-* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 1303)
-* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 4333)
-* \rangle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3465)
-* \rbrace: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3468)
-* \rbrack: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3471)
-* \rceil: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3474)
-* \Re: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3477)
-* \ref: \ref. (line 903)
-* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 2836)
+ (line 7236)
+* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 11690)
+* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3606)
+* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11748)
+* \paperheight: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2363)
+* \paperheight <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2364)
+* \paperwidth: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2369)
+* \paperwidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2370)
+* \par: \par. (line 9208)
+* \paragraph: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3155)
+* \parallel: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10010)
+* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12880)
+* \parindent: minipage. (line 5090)
+* \parindent <1>: \indent y \noindent.
+ (line 9299)
+* \parindent <2>: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 9312)
+* \parsep: list. (line 4740)
+* \parskip: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 9312)
+* \parskip ejemplo: itemize. (line 4564)
+* \part: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* \part <1>: \part. (line 2859)
+* \partial: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10013)
+* \partopsep: list. (line 4750)
+* \PassOptionsToClass: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1160)
+* \PassOptionsToPackage: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1160)
+* \pdfpageheight: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 788)
+* \pdfpagewidth: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 788)
+* \perp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10016)
+* \phantom: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* \Phi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10020)
+* \phi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10023)
+* \Pi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10027)
+* \pi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10030)
+* \pm: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10033)
+* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5859)
+* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5860)
+* \pounds: Símbolos de texto. (line 14308)
+* \Pr: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11020)
+* \prec: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10036)
+* \preceq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10039)
+* \prevdepth: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2470)
+* \prime: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10043)
+* \printglossaries: Glosarios. (line 15856)
+* \printglossaries <1>: Glosarios. (line 15896)
+* \printindex: \printindex. (line 15841)
+* \ProcessOptions: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1199)
+* \ProcessOptions*: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1199)
+* \prod: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10053)
+* \propto: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10056)
+* \protect: \protect. (line 8277)
+* \protected@write: \write. (line 16553)
+* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7748)
+* \ProvidesClass: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1239)
+* \ProvidesFile: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1274)
+* \ProvidesPackage: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1239)
+* \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand.
+ (line 1539)
+* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
+ (line 1590)
+* \ps: \ps. (line 16235)
+* \Psi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10059)
+* \psi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10062)
+* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5863)
+* \put: \put. (line 5286)
+* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 5327)
+* \qquad: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11217)
+* \qquad <1>: \enspace - \quad y \qquad.
+ (line 11874)
+* \quad: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11211)
+* \quad <1>: \enspace - \quad y \qquad.
+ (line 11874)
+* \quotedblbase („): Símbolos de texto. (line 14312)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚): Símbolos de texto. (line 14313)
+* \r (acento de anillo): Acentos. (line 14558)
+* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 2274)
+* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 4458)
+* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 4402)
+* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12928)
+* \rangle: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10065)
+* \rbrace: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10069)
+* \rbrack: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10073)
+* \rceil: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10077)
+* \Re: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10080)
+* \read: \read. (line 16371)
+* \ref: \ref. (line 3632)
+* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 14090)
+* \refname: thebibliography. (line 6346)
+* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8644)
+* \renewcommand: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7565)
* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 2642)
+ (line 7998)
+* \RequirePackage: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1284)
+* \RequirePackage y textput jobname: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16997)
+* \RequirePackageWithOptions: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1284)
+* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 14123)
* \restorecr: \obeycr y \restorecr.
- (line 2326)
-* \reversemarginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 2972)
-* \rfloor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3480)
-* \rhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3483)
-* \rho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3486)
-* \right: Miscelánea Math. (line 3877)
-* \Rightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3489)
-* \rightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3492)
-* \rightharpoondown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3495)
-* \rightharpoonup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3498)
-* \rightleftharpoons: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3501)
-* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 1403)
-* \rm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 544)
-* \rmfamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 478)
-* \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 2776)
-* \roman <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 2779)
-* \rq: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4474)
-* \rule: \rule. (line 4754)
-* \S: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4477)
-* \savebox: \savebox. (line 4350)
-* \sbox: \sbox. (line 4362)
-* \sc: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 547)
-* \scriptsize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \scshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 498)
-* \searrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3504)
-* \sec: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3773)
-* \section: Seccionado. (line 804)
-* \seename: Índices. (line 4937)
-* \selectfont: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 655)
-* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 2820)
-* \setlength: \setlength. (line 2867)
-* \setminus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3507)
-* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 2882)
-* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 2890)
-* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 2898)
-* \sf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 550)
-* \sffamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 496)
-* \sharp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3510)
-* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 1754)
-* \Sigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3513)
-* \sigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3516)
-* \signature: \signature. (line 5092)
-* \sim: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3519)
-* \simeq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3522)
-* \sin: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3776)
-* \sinh: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3779)
-* \sl: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 553)
-* \slshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 494)
-* \small: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \smallint: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3525)
-* \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 4187)
-* \smallskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 4187)
-* \smile: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3528)
-* \SPACE: \SPACE. (line 4098)
-* \spadesuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3531)
-* \sqcap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3534)
-* \sqcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3537)
-* \sqrt[RAÍZ]{argumento}: Miscelánea Math. (line 3890)
-* \sqsubset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3540)
-* \sqsubseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3543)
-* \sqsupset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3546)
-* \sqsupseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3549)
-* \ss (ß): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4745)
-* \SS (SS): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4745)
-* \stackrel{TEXTO}{RELACIÓN}: Miscelánea Math. (line 3895)
-* \star: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3552)
-* \startbreaks: \startbreaks. (line 5099)
-* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 2843)
-* \stop: Línea de Órdenes. (line 5171)
-* \stopbreaks: \stopbreaks. (line 5107)
-* \subparagraph: Seccionado. (line 808)
-* \subsection: Seccionado. (line 805)
-* \subset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3555)
-* \subseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3558)
-* \subsubsection: Seccionado. (line 806)
-* \succ: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3561)
-* \succeq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3564)
-* \sum: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3567)
-* \sup: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3782)
-* \supset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3570)
-* \supseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3573)
-* \surd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3576)
-* \swarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3579)
-* \symbol: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4412)
-* \t (acento atadura con siguiente): Acentos. (line 4682)
-* \TAB: \SPACE. (line 4098)
-* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 1896)
-* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 2047)
-* \tableofcontents: Tablas de Contenido.
- (line 4844)
-* \tan: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3785)
-* \tanh: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 3788)
-* \tau: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3582)
-* \telephone: \telephone. (line 5115)
-* \TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4480)
-* \textascenderwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4518)
-* \textasciicircum: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4483)
-* \textasciitilde: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4486)
-* \textasteriskcentered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4489)
-* \textbackslash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4492)
-* \textbar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4495)
-* \textbardbl: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4498)
-* \textbf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 490)
-* \textbigcircle: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4501)
-* \textbraceleft: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4504)
-* \textbraceright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4507)
-* \textbullet: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4510)
-* \textcapitalwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4517)
-* \textcircled{LETRA}: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4513)
-* \textcompwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4516)
-* \textcopyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4431)
-* \textdagger: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4523)
-* \textdaggerdbl: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4526)
-* \textdollar (o \$): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4529)
-* \textellipsis: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4455)
-* \textemdash (o ---): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4532)
-* \textendash (o --): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4535)
-* \texteuro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4538)
-* \textexclamdown (o !`): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4541)
-* \textfloatsep: figure. (line 1220)
-* \textfraction: figure. (line 1225)
-* \textgreater: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4544)
-* \textheight: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 767)
-* \textit: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 481)
-* \textleftarrow: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4550)
-* \textless: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4547)
-* \textmd: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 487)
-* \textnormal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 502)
-* \textordfeminine: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4553)
-* \textordfeminine <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4557)
-* \textordmasculine: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4554)
-* \textparagraph: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4463)
-* \textperiodcentered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4560)
-* \textquestiondown (o ?`): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4563)
-* \textquotedblleft (o ``): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4566)
-* \textquotedblright (o '): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4569)
-* \textquoteleft (o `): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4572)
-* \textquoteright (o '): Símbolos de Texto. (line 4575)
-* \textquotestraightbase: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4578)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4579)
-* \textregistered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4582)
-* \textrightarrow: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4585)
-* \textrm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 478)
-* \textsc: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 498)
-* \textsf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 496)
-* \textsl: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 494)
-* \textsterling: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4467)
-* \textthreequartersemdash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4588)
-* \texttrademark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4591)
-* \texttt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 500)
-* \texttwelveudash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4594)
-* \textunderscore: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4597)
-* \textup: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 492)
-* \textvisiblespace: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4600)
-* \textwidth: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 774)
-* \th (þ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4749)
-* \TH (Þ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 4749)
-* \thanks{TEXTO}: \maketitle. (line 3978)
-* \theta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3585)
-* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 1698)
-* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 1705)
-* \thinspace: \thinspace. (line 4125)
-* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 4053)
-* \tilde: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3828)
-* \times: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3588)
-* \tiny: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 568)
-* \title{TEXTO}: \maketitle. (line 3983)
-* \to: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3591)
-* \today: \today. (line 4773)
-* \top: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3594)
-* \topfraction: figure. (line 1231)
-* \topmargin: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 781)
-* \topsep: itemize. (line 1421)
-* \topskip: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 789)
-* \totalheight: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 2910)
-* \triangle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3597)
-* \triangleleft: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3600)
-* \triangleright: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3603)
-* \tt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 556)
-* \ttfamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 500)
-* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 678)
-* \typein: \typein. (line 5126)
-* \typeout: \typeout. (line 5141)
-* \u (breve acento): Acentos. (line 4687)
-* \unboldmath: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3025)
-* \underbar: Acentos. (line 4690)
-* \underbrace{matemáticas}: Miscelánea Math. (line 3900)
-* \underline{text}: Miscelánea Math. (line 3903)
-* \unitlength: picture. (line 1527)
-* \unlhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3606)
-* \unrhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3610)
-* \Uparrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3614)
-* \uparrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3617)
-* \Updownarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3620)
-* \updownarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3623)
-* \uplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3626)
-* \upshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 492)
-* \Upsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3629)
-* \upsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3632)
-* \usebox: \usebox. (line 4375)
-* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 2795)
-* \usefont: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 660)
-* \usepackage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 436)
-* \v (breve acento): Acentos. (line 4699)
-* \value: \value. (line 2806)
-* \varepsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3635)
-* \varphi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3638)
-* \varpi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3641)
-* \varrho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3644)
-* \varsigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3647)
-* \vartheta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3650)
-* \vdash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3653)
-* \vdots: Miscelánea Math. (line 3908)
-* \vdots <1>: Miscelánea Math. (line 3909)
-* \vec: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3831)
-* \vector: \vector. (line 1773)
-* \vee: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3656)
-* \verb: \verb. (line 2264)
-* \Vert: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3659)
-* \vert: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3662)
-* \vfill: \vfill. (line 4196)
-* \vline: \vline. (line 2100)
-* \vspace: \vspace. (line 4203)
-* \wedge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3665)
-* \widehat: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3834)
-* \widetilde: Acentos Matemáticos.
- (line 3837)
-* \width: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 2904)
-* \wp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3668)
-* \wr: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3671)
-* \Xi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3674)
-* \xi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3677)
-* \year: \day \month \year. (line 2849)
-* \zeta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3680)
-* \[: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3012)
-* \\ (para array): array. (line 956)
-* \\ (para centrar): center. (line 989)
-* \\ (para eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 1119)
-* \\ (para flushright): flushright. (line 1322)
-* \\ (para objetos \shortstack): \shortstack. (line 1768)
-* \\ forzar la separación de línea: \\. (line 2314)
-* \\ para cartas: Cartas. (line 4995)
-* \\ para flushleft: flushleft. (line 1296)
-* \\ para tabular: tabular. (line 1960)
-* \\ para verse: verse. (line 2293)
-* \\ para \author: \maketitle. (line 3967)
-* \\ para \title: \maketitle. (line 3984)
-* \\ tabbing: tabbing. (line 1837)
-* \\* (para eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 1124)
-* \]: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3012)
-* \^: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4408)
-* \^ (acento circunflejo): Acentos. (line 4634)
-* \_: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4397)
-* \` (acento grave): Acentos. (line 4639)
-* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1867)
-* \{: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4397)
-* \|: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 3053)
-* \}: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4397)
-* \~: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 4408)
-* \~ (acento tilde): Acentos. (line 4645)
-* ^: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 3039)
-* _: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 3039)
-* abstract, entorno: abstract. (line 925)
-* array, entorno: array. (line 935)
-* caja lR: picture. (line 1584)
-* center, entorno: center. (line 982)
-* clase article: Clases de Documento.
- (line 357)
-* clase book: Clases de Documento.
- (line 357)
-* clase letter: Clases de Documento.
- (line 357)
-* clase report: Clases de Documento.
- (line 357)
-* clase slides: Clases de Documento.
- (line 357)
-* contador secnumdepth: Seccionado. (line 842)
-* description, entorno: description. (line 1020)
-* displaymath, entorno: displaymath. (line 1045)
-* displaymath, entorno <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* document, entorno: document. (line 1067)
-* ejemplo \Alph: enumerate. (line 1108)
-* ejemplo \parskip: itemize. (line 1435)
-* entorno abstract: abstract. (line 925)
-* entorno array: array. (line 935)
-* entorno center: center. (line 982)
-* entorno description: description. (line 1020)
-* entorno displaymath: displaymath. (line 1045)
-* entorno displaymath <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* entorno document: document. (line 1067)
-* entorno enumerate: enumerate. (line 1073)
-* entorno eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 1113)
-* entorno equation: equation. (line 1140)
-* entorno equation <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* entorno figure: figure. (line 1153)
-* entorno filecontents: filecontents. (line 1238)
-* entorno filecontents*: filecontents. (line 1238)
-* entorno flushleft: flushleft. (line 1290)
-* entorno flushright: flushright. (line 1316)
-* entorno itemize: itemize. (line 1342)
-* entorno letter: letter. (line 1451)
-* entorno list: list. (line 1456)
-* entorno math: math. (line 1480)
-* entorno math <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* entorno minipage: minipage. (line 1493)
-* entorno picture: picture. (line 1523)
-* entorno quotation: quotation. (line 1784)
-* entorno quote: quote. (line 1801)
-* entorno tabbing: tabbing. (line 1817)
-* entorno table: table. (line 1915)
-* entorno tabular: tabular. (line 1943)
-* entorno thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 2108)
-* entorno theorem: theorem. (line 2214)
-* entorno titlepage: titlepage. (line 2227)
-* entorno verbatim: verbatim. (line 2246)
-* entorno verse: verse. (line 2282)
-* enumerate, entorno: enumerate. (line 1073)
-* eqnarray, entorno: eqnarray. (line 1113)
-* equation, entorno: equation. (line 1140)
-* equation, entorno <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* figure, entorno: figure. (line 1153)
-* filecontents*, entorno: filecontents. (line 1238)
-* filecontents, entorno: filecontents. (line 1238)
-* flushleft, entorno: flushleft. (line 1290)
-* flushright, entorno: flushright. (line 1316)
-* indexspace: Índices. (line 4951)
-* itemize, entorno: itemize. (line 1342)
+ (line 6873)
+* \restriction: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10085)
+* \revemptyset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10090)
+* \reversemarginpar: Notas marginales. (line 9363)
+* \rfloor: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10095)
+* \rhd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10099)
+* \rho: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10105)
+* \Rightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10109)
+* \rightarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10113)
+* \rightharpoondown: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10117)
+* \rightharpoonup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10121)
+* \rightleftharpoons: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10125)
+* \rightmargin: list. (line 4767)
+* \right|: \left y \right. (line 10614)
+* \rm: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1861)
+* \rmfamily: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1807)
+* \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 8516)
+* \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 8521)
+* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 14016)
+* \rq: Símbolos de texto. (line 14316)
+* \rule: \rule. (line 14737)
+* \samepage: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+ (line 7275)
+* \savebox: \sbox y \savebox. (line 12975)
+* \sbox: \sbox y \savebox. (line 12975)
+* \sc: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1864)
+* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 14090)
+* \scriptscriptstyle: Estilos math. (line 11398)
+* \scriptsize: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \scriptstyle: Estilos math. (line 11398)
+* \scshape: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1828)
+* \searrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10128)
+* \sec: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11023)
+* \section: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* \section <1>: \section. (line 3008)
+* \seename: \index. (line 15600)
+* \selectfont: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2101)
+* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8610)
+* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8864)
+* \setminus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10131)
+* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8929)
+* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8955)
+* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8982)
+* \sf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1867)
+* \sffamily: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1825)
+* \sharp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10136)
+* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 16755)
+* \shipout y expansión: \write. (line 16548)
+* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5527)
+* \Sigma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10139)
+* \sigma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10142)
+* \signature: \signature. (line 16252)
+* \sim: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10146)
+* \simeq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10149)
+* \sin: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11026)
+* \sinh: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11029)
+* \sl: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1870)
+* \sloppy: \fussy y \sloppy. (line 7000)
+* \slshape: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1822)
+* \small: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \smallbreak: \bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak.
+ (line 12462)
+* \smallint: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10152)
+* \smallskip: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12409)
+* \smallskip <1>: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12444)
+* \smallskipamount: \bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip.
+ (line 12445)
+* \smile: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10156)
+* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 12154)
+* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 12154)
+* \space: \include e \includeonly.
+ (line 14970)
+* \space <1>: \input. (line 15036)
+* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 16466)
+* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 12011)
+* \spadesuit: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10159)
+* \sqcap: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10162)
+* \sqcup: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10166)
+* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 11499)
+* \sqsubset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10170)
+* \sqsubseteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10175)
+* \sqsupset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10179)
+* \sqsupseteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10184)
+* \ss (ß): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14672)
+* \SS (SS): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14672)
+* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 11517)
+* \star: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10188)
+* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8663)
+* \stop: Recuperación de errores.
+ (line 17058)
+* \stretch: \stretch. (line 9008)
+* \strut: \strut. (line 12489)
+* \subitem: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 15533)
+* \subparagraph: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3155)
+* \subsection: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 3088)
+* \subset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10195)
+* \subseteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10198)
+* \subsubitem: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 15533)
+* \subsubsection: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3155)
+* \succ: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10201)
+* \succeq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10205)
+* \sum: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10209)
+* \sup: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11032)
+* \suppressfloats: Flotantes. (line 2615)
+* \supset: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10212)
+* \supseteq: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10215)
+* \surd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10218)
+* \swarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10223)
+* \symbf: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 10502)
+* \symbfit: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 10502)
+* \symbol: Símbolos por posición de fuente.
+ (line 14248)
+* \t (ligadura después del acento): Acentos. (line 14564)
+* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 12154)
+* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5868)
+* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 6142)
+* \tableofcontents: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15048)
+* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* \tan: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11035)
+* \tanh: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11038)
+* \tau: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10226)
+* \telephone: \telephone. (line 16283)
+* \textascendercompwordmark: Símbolos de texto. (line 14371)
+* \textasciicircum: Símbolos de texto. (line 14326)
+* \textasciitilde: Símbolos de texto. (line 14329)
+* \textasteriskcentered: Símbolos de texto. (line 14332)
+* \textbackslash: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14173)
+* \textbackslash <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 14335)
+* \textbar: Símbolos de texto. (line 14344)
+* \textbardbl: Símbolos de texto. (line 14347)
+* \textbf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1816)
+* \textbigcircle: Símbolos de texto. (line 14350)
+* \textbraceleft: Símbolos de texto. (line 14353)
+* \textbraceright: Símbolos de texto. (line 14358)
+* \textbullet: Símbolos de texto. (line 14363)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Símbolos de texto. (line 14370)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}: Símbolos de texto. (line 14366)
+* \textcompwordmark: Símbolos de texto. (line 14369)
+* \textcopyright: Símbolos de texto. (line 14271)
+* \textdagger: Símbolos de texto. (line 14379)
+* \textdaggerdbl: Símbolos de texto. (line 14382)
+* \textdollar (o \$): Símbolos de texto. (line 14385)
+* \textellipsis: Símbolos de texto. (line 14294)
+* \textemdash (o ---): Símbolos de texto. (line 14388)
+* \textendash (o --): Símbolos de texto. (line 14395)
+* \texteuro: Símbolos de texto. (line 14398)
+* \textexclamdown (o !`): Símbolos de texto. (line 14404)
+* \textfiguredash: Símbolos de texto. (line 14407)
+* \textfloatsep: Flotantes. (line 2654)
+* \textfloatsep <1>: Flotantes. (line 2655)
+* \textfraction: Flotantes. (line 2630)
+* \textfraction <1>: Flotantes. (line 2631)
+* \textgreater: Símbolos de texto. (line 14414)
+* \textheight: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2375)
+* \textheight <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2376)
+* \texthorizontalbar: Símbolos de texto. (line 14417)
+* \textit: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1810)
+* \textleftarrow: Símbolos de texto. (line 14425)
+* \textless: Símbolos de texto. (line 14422)
+* \textmd: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1813)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Símbolos de texto. (line 14428)
+* \textnormal: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1834)
+* \textordfeminine: Símbolos de texto. (line 14434)
+* \textordmasculine: Símbolos de texto. (line 14435)
+* \textparagraph: Símbolos de texto. (line 14305)
+* \textperiodcentered: Símbolos de texto. (line 14438)
+* \textquestiondown (o ?`): Símbolos de texto. (line 14441)
+* \textquotedblleft (o ``): Símbolos de texto. (line 14444)
+* \textquotedblright (o ''): Símbolos de texto. (line 14447)
+* \textquoteleft (o `): Símbolos de texto. (line 14450)
+* \textquoteright (o '): Símbolos de texto. (line 14453)
+* \textquotesingle: Símbolos de texto. (line 14456)
+* \textquotestraightbase: Símbolos de texto. (line 14459)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase: Símbolos de texto. (line 14460)
+* \textregistered: Símbolos de texto. (line 14463)
+* \textrightarrow: Símbolos de texto. (line 14466)
+* \textrm: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1807)
+* \textsc: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1828)
+* \textsection: Símbolos de texto. (line 14320)
+* \textsf: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1825)
+* \textsl: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1822)
+* \textsterling: Símbolos de texto. (line 14309)
+* \textstyle: Estilos math. (line 11398)
+* \textthreequartersemdash: Símbolos de texto. (line 14469)
+* \texttrademark: Símbolos de texto. (line 14472)
+* \texttt: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1831)
+* \texttwelveudash: Símbolos de texto. (line 14475)
+* \textunderscore: Símbolos de texto. (line 14478)
+* \textup: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1819)
+* \textvisiblespace: Símbolos de texto. (line 14481)
+* \textwidth: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2384)
+* \textwidth <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2385)
+* \th (þ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14676)
+* \TH (Þ): Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14676)
+* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11667)
+* \theta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10229)
+* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5462)
+* \thickspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11161)
+* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5453)
+* \thinspace: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11187)
+* \thinspace <1>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 12280)
+* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11838)
+* \tilde: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11079)
+* \times: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10233)
+* \tiny: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1931)
+* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11675)
+* \to: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10237)
+* \today: \today. (line 14773)
+* \top: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10241)
+* \topfraction: Flotantes. (line 2636)
+* \topfraction <1>: Flotantes. (line 2637)
+* \topmargin: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2411)
+* \topsep: list. (line 4772)
+* \topskip: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2418)
+* \topskip <1>: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2419)
+* \triangle: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10245)
+* \triangleleft: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10248)
+* \triangleright: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10254)
+* \tt: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1873)
+* \ttfamily: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1831)
+* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 2135)
+* \typein: \typein. (line 16405)
+* \typeout: \typeout. (line 16451)
+* \u (acento breve): Acentos. (line 14570)
+* \unboldmath: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 10439)
+* \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 10447)
+* \underbar: Acentos. (line 14534)
+* \underbrace{MATH}: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11118)
+* \underline{TEXT}: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11100)
+* \unitlength: picture. (line 5174)
+* \unlhd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10260)
+* \unrhd: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10267)
+* \Uparrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10274)
+* \uparrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10279)
+* \Updownarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10284)
+* \updownarrow: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10289)
+* \upharpoonright: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10294)
+* \uplus: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10299)
+* \upshape: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1819)
+* \Upsilon: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10304)
+* \upsilon: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10307)
+* \usebox: \usebox. (line 13086)
+* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8551)
+* \usefont: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2109)
+* \usepackage: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 858)
+* \UseTextAccent: \UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent.
+ (line 1742)
+* \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent.
+ (line 1742)
+* \v (acento breve): Acentos. (line 14574)
+* \value: \value. (line 8577)
+* \vanothing: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10315)
+* \varepsilon: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10310)
+* \varphi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10320)
+* \varpi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10324)
+* \varrho: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10328)
+* \varsigma: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10332)
+* \vartheta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10336)
+* \vbox (simple TeX): minipage. (line 5042)
+* \vdash: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10340)
+* \vdots: Puntos. (line 10844)
+* \vec: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11082)
+* \vector: \vector. (line 5576)
+* \vee: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10344)
+* \verb: \verb. (line 6699)
+* \Vert: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10348)
+* \vert: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10352)
+* \vfill: \vfill. (line 12626)
+* \vline: \vline. (line 6239)
+* \vphantom: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* \vspace: \vspace. (line 12574)
+* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 5038)
+* \wedge: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10358)
+* \widehat: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11085)
+* \widetilde: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11088)
+* \wlog: \wlog. (line 16667)
+* \wp: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10362)
+* \wr: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10365)
+* \write: \write. (line 16484)
+* \write retrasada: \write. (line 16548)
+* \write transmisiones 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 16571)
+* \write y seguridad: \write y seguridad.
+ (line 16595)
+* \write18: \write18. (line 16685)
+* \write18, habilitar: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16871)
+* \Xi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10368)
+* \xi: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10371)
+* \xspace: paquete xspace. (line 8412)
+* \year: \day - \month y \year.
+ (line 8678)
+* \zeta: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 10374)
+* \[...\] mostrar matemáticas: displaymath. (line 4035)
+* \\ (fuerza el salto de línea): \\. (line 6807)
+* \\ (para cartas): Cartas. (line 16040)
+* \\ (para centro): center. (line 3872)
+* \\ (para eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4195)
+* \\ (para flushleft): flushleft. (line 4381)
+* \\ (para flushright): flushright. (line 4443)
+* \\ (para objetos \shortstack): \shortstack. (line 5558)
+* \\ (para tabular): tabular. (line 5996)
+* \\ (para verse): verse. (line 6767)
+* \\ (para \author): \maketitle. (line 11654)
+* \\ (para \title): \maketitle. (line 11676)
+* \\ (tabulación): tabbing. (line 5808)
+* \\* (para eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4201)
+* \^: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14173)
+* \^ (acento circunflejo): Acentos. (line 14521)
+* \_: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14167)
+* \` (acento grave): Acentos. (line 14525)
+* \` (tabulación): tabbing. (line 5838)
+* \{: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14167)
+* \|: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9543)
+* \}: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14167)
+* \~: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14173)
+* \~ (tilde acento): Acentos. (line 14529)
+* ^ superíndice: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 9466)
+* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 16580)
+* _ subíndice: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 9466)
+* {...} (para argumentos obligatorios): Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 609)
+* ~: ~. (line 12212)
+* ¿cuál es el elemento?: \write. (line 16548)
+* a4paper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 767)
+* a5paper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 767)
+* abre un archivo: \openin y \openout.
+ (line 16305)
+* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3736)
+* abstract package: abstract. (line 3758)
+* acceder a cualquier carácter de una fuente: Símbolos por posición de fuente.
+ (line 14248)
+* acceso de shell: \write18. (line 16685)
+* acceso restringido al intérprete: \write18. (line 16736)
+* acento agudo: Acentos. (line 14510)
+* acento agudo, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11057)
+* acento breve: Acentos. (line 14570)
+* acento breve, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11063)
+* acento carón: Acentos. (line 14574)
+* acento cedilla: Acentos. (line 14542)
+* acento circunflejo: Acentos. (line 14521)
+* acento circunflejo, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11074)
+* Acento con diéresis húngara: Acentos. (line 14550)
+* acento de anillo: Acentos. (line 14558)
+* acento de anillo, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11077)
+* acento de barra sobre: Acentos. (line 14517)
+* acento de barra, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11060)
+* acento de doble punto, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11068)
+* acento de punto: Acentos. (line 14513)
+* acento de punto debajo: Acentos. (line 14546)
+* Acento de punto sobre: Acentos. (line 14513)
+* acento de sombrero: Acentos. (line 14521)
+* acento de sombrero ancho, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11086)
+* acento de sombrero, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11074)
+* acento de tilde: Acentos. (line 14529)
+* acento de tilde ancho, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11089)
+* acento diéresis: Acentos. (line 14506)
+* acento exagerado, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11070)
+* acento grave: Acentos. (line 14525)
+* acento grave, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11072)
+* acento háček, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11066)
+* acento macrón: Acentos. (line 14517)
+* acento macrón, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11060)
+* acento sobre la barra: Acentos. (line 14517)
+* acento tilde, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11080)
+* acentos: Acentos. (line 14487)
+* Acentos matemáticos: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11052)
+* acentos, definir: \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (line 1449)
+* acentos, definir <1>: \DeclareTextAccent.
+ (line 1485)
+* acentos, definir <2>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
+ (line 1510)
+* acentos, definir <3>: \DeclareTextComposite.
+ (line 1626)
+* acentos, definir <4>: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
+ (line 1650)
+* acentos, definir <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
+ (line 1698)
+* acentos, matemáticos: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11052)
+* acrónimos, lista de: Glosarios. (line 15856)
+* adjustbox package: Cajas. (line 12709)
+* ae ligadura: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14636)
+* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5894)
+* alinea entorno, de amsmath: eqnarray. (line 4171)
+* alineación mediante tabulación: tabbing. (line 5745)
+* alineando ecuaciones: eqnarray. (line 4171)
+* alineando texto en tablas: tabular. (line 5962)
+* alinear el texto usando tabulaciones: tabbing. (line 5745)
+* altura de la tapa: Símbolos de texto. (line 14372)
+* altura del ascendente: Símbolos de texto. (line 14372)
+* ammath package: Puntos. (line 10848)
+* ammath package <1>: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11161)
+* ampliar la página actual: \enlargethispage. (line 7209)
+* amscd package: Flechas. (line 10433)
+* amscd package <1>: Flechas. (line 10433)
+* amsfonts package: Fórmulas math. (line 9455)
+* amsfonts package <1>: Flechas. (line 10398)
+* amsmath package: array. (line 3835)
+* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3843)
+* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 4031)
+* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 4240)
+* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6606)
+* amsmath package <5>: Fórmulas math. (line 9455)
+* amsmath package <6>: \left y \right. (line 10639)
+* amsmath package <7>: \bigl y \bigr etc..
+ (line 10788)
+* amsmath package <8>: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11041)
+* amsmath package <9>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11336)
+* amsmath package <10>: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 11459)
+* amsmath package <11>: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 11463)
+* amsmath package <12>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 12302)
+* amsmath package, reemplazar eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 4171)
+* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6606)
+* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 14750)
+* Ancho de la regla de cuadro: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12843)
+* anchos, de tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2051)
+* appendix package: \appendix. (line 3246)
+* apéndice: \appendix. (line 3222)
+* apéndices: \appendix. (line 3222)
+* aquí, poniendo flotantes: Flotantes. (line 2579)
+* archivo .aux: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 496)
+* archivo .glo: Glosarios. (line 15896)
+* archivo .idx: Índices. (line 15456)
+* archivo .idx <1>: makeindex. (line 15668)
+* archivo .ind: makeindex. (line 15668)
+* archivo .isty: makeindex. (line 15680)
+* archivo .lof: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 507)
+* archivo .lof <1>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15048)
+* archivo .lof <2>: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* archivo auxiliar: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 496)
+* archivo de entrada: Dividir la entrada.
+ (line 14805)
+* archivo de lista de figuras: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 507)
+* archivo de lista de tablas: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 507)
+* archivo de registro: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 491)
+* archivo de registro, escribir en: \write. (line 16510)
+* archivo de tabla de contenido: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 507)
+* archivo de transcripción: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 491)
+* archivo idx: \index. (line 15652)
+* archivo raíz: Dividir la entrada.
+ (line 14810)
+* archivo raíz <1>: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16968)
+* archivo raíz <2>: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16968)
+* archivo, abrir: \openin y \openout.
+ (line 16305)
+* archivo, cerrar: \openin y \openout.
+ (line 16305)
+* archivo, leer: \read. (line 16371)
+* archivo, raíz: Dividir la entrada.
+ (line 14810)
+* Archivos de formato TeX (.fmt): Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* archivos de formato, TeX: Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* archivos EPS: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* archivos externos, escritura: filecontents. (line 4304)
+* archivos fuente, que los convierte en autónomos: filecontents.
+ (line 4343)
+* archivos gráficos PDF: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* archivos JPEG: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* archivos JPG: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* archivos PNG: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* argumentos móviles: \protect. (line 8291)
+* argumentos opcionales, definir y usar: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7610)
+* argumentos, opcional, definir y usar: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7610)
+* aring, un anillo: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14632)
+* array environment: array. (line 3784)
+* array package: array. (line 3854)
+* arreglos, matemáticos: array. (line 3784)
+* arroba: \@. (line 12074)
+* article class: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 721)
+* ASCII circunflejo, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14327)
+* Asterisco centrado, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14333)
+* asterisco, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14333)
+* asunto de contraportada de un libro: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* asunto final de un libro: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* asunto principal de un libro: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* Asymptote package: \line. (line 5425)
+* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 12545)
+* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12787)
+* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 16693)
+* autor, para portada: \maketitle. (line 11654)
+* b5paper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 767)
+* babel package: \chapter. (line 2979)
+* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 6356)
+* babel package <2>: Acentos. (line 14487)
+* babel package <3>: \today. (line 14780)
+* babel package <4>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15170)
+* babel package <5>: \index. (line 15600)
+* badness: Salto de página. (line 7099)
+* barra debajo del acento: Acentos. (line 14532)
+* barra invertida, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14336)
+* barra vertical, doble, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14348)
+* barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14345)
+* barra, doble vertical, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14348)
+* barra, vertical, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14345)
+* batchmode: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16835)
+* beamer plantilla y clase: Plantilla beamer. (line 17087)
+* bibliografía, crear (automáticamente): Usar BibTeX. (line 6491)
+* bibliografía, crear (manualmente): thebibliography. (line 6307)
+* bibTeX, usando: Usar BibTeX. (line 6491)
+* bigfoot package: Notas al pie de notas al pie.
+ (line 7543)
+* bm package: bm. (line 10471)
+* bold math: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1907)
+* book class: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 721)
+* bottomnumber: Flotantes. (line 2662)
+* bottomnumber <1>: Flotantes. (line 2663)
+* bp: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8814)
+* caja: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12715)
+* Caja LR: picture. (line 5244)
+* caja, asignando nueva: \newsavebox. (line 7969)
+* caja, coloreada: Cuadros de colores.
+ (line 13308)
+* caja, guardar: \sbox y \savebox. (line 12975)
+* cajas: Cajas. (line 12706)
+* cajas de colores: Cuadros de colores.
+ (line 13308)
+* cajas negras, omitir: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 800)
+* cambiar caracteres de mayúsculas y minúsculas: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14193)
+* candidatos de lanzamiento: Motores TeX. (line 585)
+* caption package: \caption. (line 2758)
+* capítulo: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* capítulo <1>: \chapter. (line 2913)
+* caracteres especiales: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14160)
+* caracteres especiales <1>: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14626)
+* caracteres no ingleses: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14626)
+* caracteres reservados: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14160)
+* caracteres, acentuados: Acentos. (line 14487)
+* caracteres, caso de: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14193)
+* caracteres, especiales: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14160)
+* caracteres, no ingleses: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14626)
+* caracteres, reservados: Caracteres reservados.
+ (line 14160)
+* cargando paquetes adicionales: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 858)
+* cartas, escribir: Cartas. (line 15997)
+* cartas, iniciar: \opening. (line 16223)
+* cartas, terminando: \closing. (line 16118)
+* carácter de barra horizontal: Símbolos de texto. (line 14418)
+* carácter de guion que no se rompe: Símbolos de texto. (line 14429)
+* carácter de guión, irrompible: Símbolos de texto. (line 14429)
+* carácter dos puntos: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 11449)
+* carácter invisible: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* carácter invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 11349)
+* carácter, invisible: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* carácter, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 11349)
+* catcode: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 7791)
+* catálogo de fuentes: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2001)
+* cc: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8827)
+* cc list, en cartas: \cc. (line 16102)
+* center environment: center. (line 3862)
+* centímetro: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8822)
+* cerrar cartas: \closing. (line 16118)
+* circunflejo, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14327)
+* clase de documento, definida: Comenzar y terminar.
+ (line 445)
+* clases de documentos: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 716)
+* clave de cita: \bibitem. (line 6373)
+* cleveref package: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 3537)
+* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3656)
+* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7420)
+* clock opción para la clase slides: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 852)
+* cláusula at, en definiciones de tipos de letra: \newfont. (line 8258)
+* cm: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8821)
+* cm-super package: paquete fontenc. (line 1388)
+* cmd.exe, usado por \write18: \write18. (line 16744)
+* codificación de caracteres: paquete inputenc. (line 14692)
+* codificación del tipo de letra, declarado: \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (line 1449)
+* codificación TS1: Símbolos de texto. (line 14262)
+* codificación, archivos de entrada: paquete inputenc. (line 14692)
+* codificación, tipo de letra: \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (line 1449)
+* colocación de flotantes: Flotantes. (line 2557)
+* color: Color. (line 13099)
+* color <1>: Definir colores. (line 13213)
+* color <2>: Texto en color. (line 13236)
+* color <3>: Cuadros de colores.
+ (line 13308)
+* color <4>: Páginas coloreadas.
+ (line 13350)
+* color, definir: Definir colores. (line 13213)
+* comando long: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 968)
+* Comandos class y package: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 949)
+* comandos de clase de documento: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 874)
+* comandos de composición: Composición. (line 2118)
+* comandos de Seccionado: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 1985)
+* comandos de tipo de letra, bajo nivel: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 1985)
+* comandos del paquete color: Comandos para color.
+ (line 13208)
+* comandos del paquete graphics: Comandos para graphics.
+ (line 13681)
+* comandos del sistema, ejecutar desde LaTeX: \write18. (line 16685)
+* comandos externos: \write18. (line 16685)
+* comandos frágiles: \protect. (line 8277)
+* comandos robustos: \protect. (line 8277)
+* comandos, clase de documento: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 874)
+* comandos, clase y paquete: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 949)
+* comandos, definiendo nuevos: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7565)
+* comandos, definiendo nuevos <1>: \providecommand. (line 7748)
+* comandos, ejecutar desde LaTeX: \write18. (line 16685)
+* comandos, ignorar espacios: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend.
+ (line 8330)
+* comandos, ignorar espacios <1>: paquete xspace. (line 8412)
+* comandos, paquete graphics: Comandos para graphics.
+ (line 13681)
+* comandos, redefiniendo: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7565)
+* comandos, variantes con estrella: \@ifstar. (line 7827)
+* comentarios en el margen: Notas marginales. (line 9347)
+* comenzando en una página de la derecha: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 7128)
+* comenzando una nueva página: \newpage. (line 7172)
+* comenzar una nueva página y borrar flotantes: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 7128)
+* comenzar y terminar: Comenzar y terminar.
+ (line 434)
+* comienzo del gancho del documento: \AtBeginDocument. (line 4065)
+* comilla angular derecha: Símbolos de texto. (line 14290)
+* comilla angular izquierda: Símbolos de texto. (line 14290)
+* comilla angular única: Símbolos de texto. (line 14290)
+* comilla de apertura: Símbolos de texto. (line 14302)
+* comilla de cierre: Símbolos de texto. (line 14317)
+* comilla derecha: Símbolos de texto. (line 14317)
+* comilla derecha simple: Símbolos de texto. (line 14454)
+* comilla derecha, doble: Símbolos de texto. (line 14448)
+* comilla derecha, simple: Símbolos de texto. (line 14454)
+* comilla izquierda: Símbolos de texto. (line 14302)
+* comilla izquierda simple: Símbolos de texto. (line 14451)
+* comilla izquierda, doble: Símbolos de texto. (line 14445)
+* comilla izquierda, simple: Símbolos de texto. (line 14451)
+* comilla, base recta: Símbolos de texto. (line 14461)
+* comilla, recta base: Símbolos de texto. (line 14461)
+* comilla, simple derecha: Símbolos de texto. (line 14457)
+* comillas dobles a la derecha: Símbolos de texto. (line 14448)
+* comillas dobles a la izquierda: Símbolos de texto. (line 14445)
+* comillas dobles rectas, base: Símbolos de texto. (line 14461)
+* comillas dobles, base recta: Símbolos de texto. (line 14461)
+* comillas francesas: Símbolos de texto. (line 14290)
+* comillas simples derechas: Símbolos de texto. (line 14457)
+* comillas simples low-9: Símbolos de texto. (line 14314)
+* comillas simples, rectas: Símbolos de texto. (line 14457)
+* comillas, francesas: Símbolos de texto. (line 14290)
+* compatibilidad multilingüe: Acentos. (line 14487)
+* composición del archivo de clase: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 899)
+* composición del archivo del paquete: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 899)
+* composición, parámetros de página para: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2287)
+* comprehensive package: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9530)
+* comprobar acento: Acentos. (line 14574)
+* comprobar acento, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11066)
+* conceptos básicos de LaTeX: Descripción. (line 404)
+* configuración, paquete graphics: Configuración del paquete de graphics.
+ (line 13476)
+* configurar contadores: \setcounter. (line 8610)
+* contador de capítulos: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de cifras: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de ecuaciones: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de mpfootnote: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de notas al pie: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de partes: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de páginas: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de párrafos: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de sección: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de subpárrafos: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de subsección: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de subsubsección: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador de tabla: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador enumi: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador enumii: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador enumiii: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contador enumiv: Contadores. (line 8474)
+* contadores, ajuste de: \setcounter. (line 8610)
+* contadores, definiendo nuevos: \newcounter. (line 7901)
+* contadores, impresión: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+ (line 8494)
+* contadores, obteniendo el valor de: \value. (line 8577)
+* contadores, una lista de: Contadores. (line 8465)
+* contenido del archivo: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 507)
+* corchetes: Delimitadores. (line 10559)
+* corchetes coincidentes: \left y \right. (line 10614)
+* corrección en cursiva: \/. (line 12312)
+* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 6674)
+* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6739)
+* crear imágenes: picture. (line 5152)
+* crear tablas: table. (line 5903)
+* crédito, en nota al pie: \maketitle. (line 11668)
+* CTAN: CTAN. (line 686)
+* cuadro, delimitar: \includegraphics. (line 13805)
+* cuadro, usa cuadro guardado: \usebox. (line 13086)
+* cícero: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8828)
+* código de categoría de caracter: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 7791)
+* código de categoría, carácter: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 7791)
+* código, tipografía: verbatim. (line 6654)
+* daga doble, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14278)
+* daga doble, en texto <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 14383)
+* daga, doble, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14383)
+* daga, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14380)
+* dagger, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14275)
+* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 700)
+* datatool package: \read. (line 16398)
+* datetime package: \today. (line 14794)
+* dbltopnumber: Flotantes. (line 2666)
+* dbltopnumber <1>: Flotantes. (line 2667)
+* dcolumn package: array. (line 3854)
+* dd: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8824)
+* definiciones: Definiciones. (line 7559)
+* definiendo nuevos entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+ (line 7998)
+* definir color: Definir colores. (line 13213)
+* definir nuevos teoremas: \newtheorem. (line 8132)
+* definir nuevos tipos de letra: \newfont. (line 8244)
+* definir un nuevo comando: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7565)
+* definir un nuevo comando <1>: \providecommand. (line 7748)
+* delimitador del cuadro: \includegraphics. (line 13805)
+* delimitador nulo: \left y \right. (line 10614)
+* delimitadores: Delimitadores. (line 10559)
+* delimitadores emparejados: \left y \right. (line 10614)
+* delimitadores, emparejados: \left y \right. (line 10614)
+* delim_0: makeindex. (line 15780)
+* delim_1: makeindex. (line 15785)
+* delim_2: makeindex. (line 15790)
+* delim_n: makeindex. (line 15794)
+* delim_r: makeindex. (line 15799)
+* descripción de LaTeX: Descripción. (line 404)
+* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 15948)
+* Description environment: description. (line 3954)
+* diapositivas clase: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 721)
+* diferencia de clase y paquete: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 885)
+* diferencia entre clase y paquete: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 885)
+* dimen TeX simple: Longitudes. (line 8703)
+* dimensión de fuente, inclinación: \/. (line 12349)
+* Directorio de salida para todos los archivos externos: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16857)
+* directorios principales, no se puede escribir en: \write y seguridad.
+ (line 16611)
+* discrecional, separación silábica: \discretionary. (line 6976)
+* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 4014)
+* displaymath environment <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* dividir el archivo de entrada: Dividir la entrada.
+ (line 14805)
+* diéresis acento: Acentos. (line 14506)
+* doble barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14348)
+* doble espacio: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2427)
+* doble guillemets: Símbolos de texto. (line 14290)
+* doblemente sorprendido: Pizarra negra. (line 10514)
+* dobles comillas angulares: Símbolos de texto. (line 14290)
+* dobles comillas low-9: Símbolos de texto. (line 14314)
+* document environment: document. (line 4059)
+* documentos, clases de: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 716)
+* dos tercios de em-guion: Símbolos de texto. (line 14476)
+* dotless i: Acentos. (line 14500)
+* dotless j: Acentos. (line 14500)
+* draft option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 796)
+* dvilualatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 578)
+* dvipdfmx comando: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 472)
+* dvips comando: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 472)
+* dvitype comando: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 472)
+* e-dash: Símbolos de texto. (line 14396)
+* e-TeX: Motores TeX. (line 528)
+* ecuaciones a la izquierda: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 805)
+* ecuaciones centradas: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 805)
+* ecuaciones, alineando: eqnarray. (line 4171)
+* ecuaciones, entorno para: equation. (line 4227)
+* ecuaciones, vaciar a la izquierda vs. centradas: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 805)
+* ejecutando encabezados y pie de página: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2287)
+* ejecutar estilo de encabezado y pie de página: \pagestyle.
+ (line 11748)
+* ejemplo de archivo de clase: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 934)
+* elementos numerados, especificando contador: \usecounter. (line 8551)
+* elipsis: Símbolos de texto. (line 14296)
+* em: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8841)
+* em <1>: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8840)
+* em-dash: Símbolos de texto. (line 14389)
+* em-dash, dos tercios: Símbolos de texto. (line 14476)
+* em-dash, tres cuartos: Símbolos de texto. (line 14470)
+* emphasis: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1836)
+* encabezado, parámetros para: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2287)
+* enjuagar flotantes y comenzar una página: \clearpage y \cleardoublepage.
+ (line 7128)
+* entorno: Comenzar y terminar.
+ (line 454)
+* entorno descuidado: sloppypar. (line 7015)
+* entorno similar a un teorema: \newtheorem. (line 8132)
+* entorno, similar a un teorema: \newtheorem. (line 8132)
+* entornos: Entornos. (line 3719)
+* entornos, definiendo: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+ (line 7998)
+* entrada de la tabla de contenido, agregar manualmente: \addcontentsline.
+ (line 15212)
+* entrada de tabla de contenido, crea línea punteada: \@dottedtocline.
+ (line 15176)
+* Entrada de índice: \index. (line 15545)
+* Entrada Unicode, nativa: Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* Entrada, en la línea de comando: Entrada de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16903)
+* entrada/salida: Entrada/salida. (line 16295)
+* entrada/salida del terminal: Entrada/salida. (line 16295)
+* entrada/salida, a terminal: Entrada/salida. (line 16295)
+* entradas de índice, subentradas: \index. (line 15565)
+* entradas de índice, ‘ve’ y ‘ve también’: \index. (line 15600)
+* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 4099)
+* enumitem package: itemize. (line 4552)
+* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 4872)
+* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 3736)
+* environment, array: array. (line 3784)
+* environment, center: center. (line 3862)
+* environment, Description: description. (line 3954)
+* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 4014)
+* environment, displaymath <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* environment, document: document. (line 4059)
+* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 4099)
+* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 4171)
+* environment, equation: equation. (line 4227)
+* environment, equation <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* environment, figure: figure. (line 4246)
+* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 4304)
+* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 4304)
+* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 4373)
+* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 4437)
+* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 4486)
+* environment, letter: letter. (line 4580)
+* environment, list: list. (line 4585)
+* environment, math: math. (line 4975)
+* environment, math <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4987)
+* environment, picture: picture. (line 5152)
+* environment, quotation: comillas y citas. (line 5715)
+* environment, quote: comillas y citas. (line 5715)
+* environment, sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 7015)
+* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5745)
+* environment, table: table. (line 5903)
+* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5962)
+* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6307)
+* environment, theindex: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 15519)
+* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6583)
+* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6614)
+* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6654)
+* environment, verse: verse. (line 6752)
+* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 16205)
+* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 4171)
+* equation environment: equation. (line 4227)
+* equation environment <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* Equipo del proyecto LaTeX: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 376)
+* errorstopmode: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16835)
+* es-zet Letra alemana: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14672)
+* escalando: \scalebox. (line 14090)
+* escalando <1>: \resizebox. (line 14123)
+* escape del intérprete: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16871)
+* escribiendo varios archivos desde la fuente.: filecontents.
+ (line 4304)
+* escribir cartas: Cartas. (line 15997)
+* Espaciado dentro del modo matemático: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11143)
+* espaciado horizontal: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* espaciado vertical: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* espaciado vertical <1>: \mathstrut. (line 11349)
+* espaciado vertical, modo matemático: \smash. (line 11223)
+* espaciado, entre oraciones: \frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing.
+ (line 12123)
+* espaciado, entre oraciones <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 12144)
+* espaciado, modo matemático: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* espaciado, modo matemático <1>: \mathstrut. (line 11349)
+* espacio delgado: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11187)
+* espacio delgado <1>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 12280)
+* espacio delgado, negativo: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11202)
+* espacio delgado, negativo <1>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 12280)
+* espacio duro: ~. (line 12212)
+* espacio en blanco: Espacios. (line 11867)
+* espacio entre lineas: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2427)
+* espacio horizontal: \hss. (line 11985)
+* espacio horizontal, extensible: \hss. (line 11985)
+* espacio interlinea: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2427)
+* espacio irrompible: ~. (line 12212)
+* espacio vertical: \vspace. (line 12574)
+* espacio vertical <1>: \addvspace. (line 12656)
+* espacio vertical antes de los párrafos: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 9312)
+* espacio visible: \verb. (line 6724)
+* espacio, delgado: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 12280)
+* espacio, insertando horizontal: \hss. (line 11985)
+* espacio, insertar vertical: \addvspace. (line 12656)
+* espacio, irrompible: ~. (line 12212)
+* espacio, negativo delgado: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 12280)
+* espacio, vertical: \vspace. (line 12574)
+* espacios: Espacios. (line 11867)
+* espacios en blanco, después de las secuencias de control: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7649)
+* espacios, ignorar en comandos: \ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend.
+ (line 8330)
+* espacios, ignorar en comandos <1>: paquete xspace. (line 8412)
+* especificador, ubicación flotante: Flotantes. (line 2557)
+* espejos de CTAN: CTAN. (line 706)
+* espina islandesa: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14676)
+* estilo de encabezado: \pagestyle. (line 11748)
+* estilo de numeración de páginas: \pagenumbering. (line 11690)
+* estilo de pie de página: \pagestyle. (line 11748)
+* estilo de página, esta página: \thispagestyle. (line 11838)
+* estilo de script: Estilos math. (line 11392)
+* estilo de texto: Estilos math. (line 11389)
+* estilo de visualización: Estilos math. (line 11385)
+* estilo scriptscript: Estilos math. (line 11395)
+* estilos de letra: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1782)
+* estilos de texto: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1782)
+* estilos de tipos de letra: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1782)
+* estilos, página: Estilos de página. (line 11611)
+* estiramiento vertical infinito: \vfill. (line 12626)
+* estiramiento, infinito vertical: \vfill. (line 12626)
+* estirar, omitiendo vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 2274)
+* estructura de clase y paquete: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 899)
+* etex comando: Motores TeX. (line 528)
+* eth islandesa: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14640)
+* eth, letra islandesa: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14640)
+* etiquetas de máquina de escribir en listas: description. (line 3986)
+* etoolbox package: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1058)
+* eurosym package: Símbolos de texto. (line 14399)
+* eurosym package <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 14399)
+* ex: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8837)
+* ex <1>: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8836)
+* executivepaper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 767)
+* expl3 package: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 641)
+* exponente: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 9466)
+* expresiones: Expresiones. (line 9047)
+* fallback jobname: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16991)
+* familias, de tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2001)
+* fancyhdr package: Estilos de página. (line 11617)
+* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11755)
+* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5894)
+* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6690)
+* fecha, de hoy: \today. (line 14773)
+* fecha, para portada: \maketitle. (line 11662)
+* figura del carácter guión: Símbolos de texto. (line 14408)
+* figuras, insertando: figure. (line 4246)
+* figuras, notas al pie en: minipage. (line 5094)
+* figure environment: figure. (line 4246)
+* fila, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5786)
+* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 4304)
+* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 4304)
+* final option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 796)
+* finalizar e iniciar: Comenzar y terminar.
+ (line 434)
+* first-latex-doc document: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 393)
+* fixed-width font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1874)
+* flafter package: Flotantes. (line 2610)
+* flecha derecha, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14467)
+* flecha izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14426)
+* flecha, derecha, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14467)
+* flecha, izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14426)
+* flechas: Flechas. (line 10398)
+* fleqn option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 796)
+* float package: Flotantes. (line 2579)
+* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 4373)
+* flushright environment: flushright. (line 4437)
+* fondo, coloreado: Páginas coloreadas.
+ (line 13350)
+* font codificación: paquete fontenc. (line 1356)
+* font codificación <1>: \DeclareTextAccent.
+ (line 1485)
+* fontenc: paquete fontenc. (line 1356)
+* fontspec package: paquete fontenc. (line 1368)
+* fontspec package <1>: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 10487)
+* footnotes, en una minipágina: \footnote. (line 7365)
+* force opción para filecontents: filecontents. (line 4330)
+* force opción para filecontents <1>: filecontents. (line 4330)
+* Forma de declaración de los comandos de estilo del tipo de letra: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1784)
+* forma de declaración de los comandos de tamaño del tipo de letra: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1944)
+* Forma de entorno de comandos de tamaño de fuente: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1968)
+* forma estrella, definiendo nuevos comandos: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7587)
+* forma-* de comandos de entorno: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+ (line 8019)
+* forma-* de comandos de seccionado: Seccionado. (line 2794)
+* formas, de tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2070)
+* Formato de bibliografía, abierto: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 816)
+* formulas, math: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* fracción: \frac. (line 11487)
+* fuentes autónomas: filecontents. (line 4343)
+* funciones, matemáticas: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10937)
+* funciones, math: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 10937)
+* fusiones de correo: \read. (line 16398)
+* fórmulas en línea: math. (line 4975)
+* fórmulas, entorno para: equation. (line 4227)
+* gancho final del documento: \AtEndDocument. (line 4082)
+* geometría package: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 788)
+* geometría package <1>: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 792)
+* globales, opciones: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 867)
+* glosario: Glosarios. (line 15856)
+* glosario, entradas: \newglossaryentry. (line 15908)
+* glosario, referencia de entrada: \gls. (line 15967)
+* glosarios: Glosarios. (line 15856)
+* gran punto: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8815)
+* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 5374)
+* grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
+ (line 13592)
+* grosor, tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2039)
+* group_skip: makeindex. (line 15722)
+* grupo, y entornos: Entornos. (line 3731)
+* gráficos: Gráficos. (line 13371)
+* gráficos <1>: Configuración del paquete de graphics.
+ (line 13476)
+* gráficos <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* gráficos giratorios: \rotatebox. (line 14016)
+* gráficos, cambiar de tamaño: \scalebox. (line 14090)
+* gráficos, cambiar de tamaño <1>: \resizebox. (line 14123)
+* gráficos, escalar: \scalebox. (line 14090)
+* gráficos, escalar <1>: \resizebox. (line 14123)
+* guillemet única: Símbolos de texto. (line 14290)
+* guión bajo, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14479)
+* h: Acentos. (line 14550)
+* hace una caja: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12715)
+* hacek accent: Acentos. (line 14574)
+* hacer párrafos: Crear párrafos. (line 9146)
+* hacer una página de título: titlepage. (line 6614)
+* Hola, mundo: Comenzar y terminar.
+ (line 434)
+* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 7420)
+* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7429)
+* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11730)
+* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 15386)
+* hyperref package <4>: Entrada de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16911)
+* i sin punto, matemáticas: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9784)
+* ij letra, Holandés: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14652)
+* implementaciones de TeX: Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* importar gráficos: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* imágenes, crear: picture. (line 5152)
+* in: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8811)
+* inch: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8812)
+* incluir gráficos: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2903)
+* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2966)
+* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 3064)
+* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 3132)
+* indentfirst package <4>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3210)
+* indentfirst package <5>: \indent y \noindent.
+ (line 9304)
+* indent_length: makeindex. (line 15812)
+* indent_space: makeindex. (line 15808)
+* index package: \index. (line 15647)
+* Información de la configuración regional, del sistema: \write18.
+ (line 16749)
+* información del sistema: \write18. (line 16749)
+* Información del sistema operativo: \write18. (line 16749)
+* informar errores: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 380)
+* inicial: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2427)
+* inmediato \write: \write. (line 16542)
+* inputenc: paquete inputenc. (line 14683)
+* Inserciones especiales: Inserciones especiales.
+ (line 14153)
+* Inserción de caracteres especiales: Inserciones especiales.
+ (line 14153)
+* insertar figuras: figure. (line 4246)
+* interfaz de línea de comando: Interfaz de línea de comandos.
+ (line 16767)
+* interfaz, línea de comandos: Interfaz de línea de comandos.
+ (line 16767)
+* italic font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1859)
+* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4486)
+* item_0: makeindex. (line 15749)
+* item_01: makeindex. (line 15761)
+* item_1: makeindex. (line 15753)
+* item_12: makeindex. (line 15771)
+* item_2: makeindex. (line 15757)
+* item_x1: makeindex. (line 15765)
+* item_x2: makeindex. (line 15775)
+* j sin punto, matemáticas: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9805)
+* justificación de texto a la derecha: \raggedleft. (line 4458)
+* justificación, desigual izquierda: \raggedleft. (line 4458)
+* justificación, irregular a la derecha: \raggedright. (line 4402)
+* justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para: flushright. (line 4437)
+* Knuth, Donald E.: Descripción. (line 404)
+* l polaco: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14656)
+* la fecha de hoy: \today. (line 14773)
+* la pila de matemáticas: \stackrel. (line 11517)
+* label: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 3505)
+* Lamport TeX: Descripción. (line 426)
+* Lamport, Leslie: Descripción. (line 404)
+* landscape option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 796)
+* latex: Motores TeX. (line 526)
+* latex <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 14280)
+* latex <2>: Símbolos de texto. (line 14283)
+* LaTeX archivos de formato (.fmt): Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* latex comando: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 472)
+* LaTeX descripción: Descripción. (line 404)
+* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 372)
+* latex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 579)
+* latex-doc-ptr document: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 389)
+* LaTeX2e logo: Símbolos de texto. (line 14284)
* <latexrefman@tug.org> dirección de correo electrónico: Acerca de este documento.
- (line 255)
-* letter, entorno: letter. (line 1451)
-* list, entorno: list. (line 1456)
-* lrbox: lrbox. (line 4255)
-* math, entorno: math. (line 1480)
-* math, entorno <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 3002)
-* minipage, entorno: minipage. (line 1493)
-* opción 10pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 377)
-* opción 11pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 377)
-* opción 12pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 377)
-* opción a4paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 383)
-* opción a5paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 383)
-* opción b5paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 383)
-* opción draft: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 388)
-* opción executivepaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 383)
-* opción final: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 388)
-* opción fleqn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 388)
-* opción landscape: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 388)
-* opción legalpaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 383)
-* opción leqno: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 388)
-* opción letterpaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 383)
-* opción notitlepage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 388)
-* opción onecolumn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 409)
-* opción oneside: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 409)
-* opción openany: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 409)
-* opción openbib: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 388)
-* opción openright: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 409)
-* opción titlepage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 388)
-* opción twocolumn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 409)
-* opción twoside: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 409)
-* paquete textcomp: Símbolos de Texto. (line 4425)
-* picture, entorno: picture. (line 1523)
-* printindex: Índices. (line 4947)
-* quotation, entorno: quotation. (line 1784)
-* quote, entorno: quote. (line 1801)
-* tabbing, entorno: tabbing. (line 1817)
-* table, entorno: table. (line 1915)
-* tabular, entorno: tabular. (line 1943)
-* thebibliography, entorno: thebibliography. (line 2108)
-* theorem, entorno: theorem. (line 2214)
-* titlepage, entorno: titlepage. (line 2227)
-* verbatim, entorno: verbatim. (line 2246)
-* verse, entorno: verse. (line 2282)
+ (line 376)
+* latexsym package: Flechas. (line 10398)
+* Latín extendido: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14626)
+* leer un archivo: \read. (line 16371)
+* legalpaper option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 767)
+* leqno option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 796)
+* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 15730)
+* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 15739)
+* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 15744)
+* letra en círculo, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14367)
+* letras caligráficas para matemáticas: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1856)
+* letras griegas: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9530)
+* Letras griegas: Letras griegas. (line 10892)
+* letras latinas, adicional: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14626)
+* letras S nítidas: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14672)
+* letras, acentuadas: Acentos. (line 14487)
+* letras, latín adicional: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14626)
+* letter class: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 721)
+* letter environment: letter. (line 4580)
+* letterpaper opción: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 767)
+* leyendas: \caption. (line 2691)
+* libro, asunto contraportada: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* libro, asunto final: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* libro, asunto principal: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* libro, portada: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* ligadura oe: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14668)
+* line_max: makeindex. (line 15803)
+* lining numerals: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1911)
+* list environment: list. (line 4585)
+* Lista de gabinetes: \encl. (line 16131)
+* Listados de directorio, del sistema: \write18. (line 16749)
+* listar elementos, especificando contador: \usecounter. (line 8551)
+* listas con viñetas: itemize. (line 4486)
+* listas de descripción, crear: description. (line 3954)
+* listas de elementos: itemize. (line 4486)
+* listas de elementos, genérica: list. (line 4585)
+* listas de elementos, numerados: enumerate. (line 4099)
+* listas de viñetas: itemize. (line 4486)
+* listas etiquetadas, crear: description. (line 3954)
+* listas no ordenadas: itemize. (line 4486)
+* listings package: tabbing. (line 5894)
+* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 6684)
+* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 6736)
+* llave derecha, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14359)
+* llave izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14354)
+* llave, derecha, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14359)
+* llave, izquierdo, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14354)
+* llaves: Delimitadores. (line 10559)
+* lmodern package: paquete fontenc. (line 1388)
+* logo, LaTeX: Símbolos de texto. (line 14281)
+* logo, LaTeX2e: Símbolos de texto. (line 14284)
+* Logotipo de TeX: Símbolos de texto. (line 14324)
+* logotipo LaTeX: Símbolos de texto. (line 14281)
+* logotipo, TeX: Símbolos de texto. (line 14324)
+* longitudes elásticas: Longitudes. (line 8703)
+* longitudes elásticas, definiendo nuevas: \newlength. (line 7944)
+* longitudes rígidas: Longitudes. (line 8703)
+* longitudes, agregando a: \addtolength. (line 8894)
+* longitudes, asignando nuevas: \newlength. (line 7944)
+* longitudes, configuración: \setlength. (line 8864)
+* longitudes, definiendo y usando: Longitudes. (line 8700)
+* low-9 comillas simples y dobles: Símbolos de texto. (line 14314)
+* lowercase: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14193)
+* lrbox: lrbox. (line 13057)
+* lshort document: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 396)
+* lualatex: Motores TeX. (line 545)
+* lualatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 580)
+* LuaTeX: Motores TeX. (line 546)
+* LuaTeX, 256 flujos de salida en: \write. (line 16523)
+* líderes, punteados en la tabla de contenido: \@dottedtocline.
+ (line 15197)
+* líneas en tablas: tabular. (line 5962)
+* m-width: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8841)
+* macros2e package: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 7812)
+* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 4171)
+* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 15847)
+* makeindex programa: makeindex. (line 15668)
+* makeindex, archivo de estilo: makeindex. (line 15680)
+* makeindex, programa: makeindex. (line 15668)
+* marca denominativa compuesta, en texto: Símbolos de texto.
+ (line 14372)
+* marco, ancho de línea: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12843)
+* marco, separación de contenido: \fbox y \framebox. (line 12848)
+* matemáticas en negrita: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 10439)
+* matemáticas, negrita: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1907)
+* matemáticas, negrita <1>: \boldmath y \unboldmath.
+ (line 10439)
+* math environment: math. (line 4975)
+* math environment <1>: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* math estilos: Estilos math. (line 11372)
+* math mode, ingresar: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* math, flechas: Flechas. (line 10398)
+* math, fórmulas: Fórmulas math. (line 9399)
+* mathtools package: Fórmulas math. (line 9455)
+* mathtools package <1>: Delimitadores. (line 10598)
+* mathtools package <2>: \left y \right. (line 10639)
+* mathtools package <3>: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11137)
+* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 11280)
+* mathtools package <5>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11328)
+* mayúsculas: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14193)
+* Mensajes de error BibTeX: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6555)
+* mensajes de error, de BibTeX: Mensajes de error BibTeX.
+ (line 6555)
+* MetaPost package: \line. (line 5425)
+* mfirstuc package: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14233)
+* mhchem package: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 9523)
+* milímetro: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8819)
+* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4987)
+* minipágina, crear una: minipage. (line 4987)
+* minted package: tabbing. (line 5894)
+* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6684)
+* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6736)
+* miscelánea matemática: Miscelánea matemática.
+ (line 11443)
+* mm: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8818)
+* modelos de color: Modelos de color. (line 13155)
+* modo de izquierda a derecha: Modos. (line 11541)
+* modo de párrafo interno: Modos. (line 11576)
+* modo LR: Modos. (line 11541)
+* modo matemático: Modos. (line 11552)
+* modo matemático, espaciado: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11143)
+* modo matemático, espaciado <1>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11286)
+* modo matemático, espaciado <2>: \mathstrut. (line 11349)
+* modo matemático, espacio vertical: \smash. (line 11223)
+* modo paragraph: \parbox. (line 12880)
+* modo párrafo: Modos. (line 11534)
+* modo párrafo externo: Modos. (line 11576)
+* modo vertical: Modos. (line 11560)
+* modo vertical interno: Modos. (line 11565)
+* modos: Modos. (line 11527)
+* moneda, dólar: Símbolos de texto. (line 14386)
+* moneda, euro: Símbolos de texto. (line 14399)
+* mostrar texto citado con sangría de párrafo: comillas y citas.
+ (line 5715)
+* mostrar texto citado sin sangría de párrafo: comillas y citas.
+ (line 5715)
+* motor pdfTeX: Motores TeX. (line 528)
+* motores, TeX: Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* mpfootnote contador: \footnote. (line 7365)
+* mu: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8848)
+* mu, unidad matemática: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8849)
+* muestra el modo matemático: Modos. (line 11555)
+* multind package: Índices. (line 15504)
+* multiplicación, discrecional: \*. (line 11471)
+* máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando: description. (line 3986)
+* Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en \( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \): Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11018)
+* múltiples índices: Índices. (line 15504)
+* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 15945)
+* naturaleza extraoficial de este manual: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 376)
+* NBSP: ~. (line 12212)
+* nombre de archivo para el trabajo actual: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16852)
+* nombre de trabajo: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16852)
+* nombre de trabajo <1>: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16968)
+* nombre del documento raíz: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16968)
+* nombre del documento raíz <1>: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16968)
+* nonstopmode: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16835)
+* nota al pie, de una nota al pie: Notas al pie de notas al pie.
+ (line 7543)
+* nota al pie, en una tabla: Notas al pie en una tabla.
+ (line 7472)
+* Notas a pie de página, en los títulos de las secciones: Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones.
+ (line 7451)
+* notas al pie en figuras: minipage. (line 5094)
+* notas al pie, crear: Notas al pie. (line 7285)
+* notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números: \footnote. (line 7326)
+* notas en el margen: Notas marginales. (line 9347)
+* notas marginales: Notas marginales. (line 9347)
+* notitlepage opción: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 796)
+* nueva línea, comenzando: \\. (line 6807)
+* nueva línea, comenzando (modo párrafo): \newline. (line 6914)
+* nueva línea, en \write: \write. (line 16580)
+* nueva línea, salida como entrada: \obeycr y \restorecr.
+ (line 6873)
+* nueva página, comenzando: \newpage. (line 7172)
+* nuevo comando, comprobar: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 966)
+* nuevo comando, definición: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1043)
+* nuevos comandos de clase: Construcción de clase y paquete.
+ (line 874)
+* nuevos comandos, definiendo: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7565)
+* nuevos comandos, definiendo <1>: \providecommand. (line 7748)
+* numerales, estilo antiguo: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1911)
+* número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 3632)
+* número de figura, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 3632)
+* número de nota al pie, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 3632)
+* número de página, referencias cruzadas: \pageref. (line 3606)
+* número de sección, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 3632)
+* números de ecuación de la derecha: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 812)
+* números de ecuación de la izquierda: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 812)
+* números de ecuación, izquierda vs. derecha: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 812)
+* números de ecuación, omitir: eqnarray. (line 4205)
+* números de estilo antiguo: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1911)
+* números de sección, imprimir: Seccionado. (line 2835)
+* oblique font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1871)
+* ogonek: Acentos. (line 14554)
+* omitir registro, TeX simple: \newlength. (line 7944)
+* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 2123)
+* onecolumn option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 827)
+* oneside option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 827)
+* opciones de clase: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 753)
+* opciones de clase <1>: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 899)
+* opciones de clase <2>: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1013)
+* opciones de la clase documento: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 753)
+* opciones de paquete: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 899)
+* opciones de paquete <1>: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1013)
+* opciones de paquete color: Opciones del paquete Color.
+ (line 13114)
+* opciones del paquete graphics: Opciones del paquete Graphics.
+ (line 13409)
+* opciones globales: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 753)
+* opciones globales <1>: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 867)
+* opciones, clase: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1013)
+* opciones, clase de documento: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 753)
+* opciones, clase de documento <1>: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 899)
+* opciones, línea de comandos: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16814)
+* opciones, paquete: Estructura de clase y paquete.
+ (line 899)
+* opciones, paquete <1>: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1013)
+* opciones, paquete color: Opciones del paquete Color.
+ (line 13114)
+* opciones, paquete graphics: Opciones del paquete Graphics.
+ (line 13409)
+* Opción noheader para filecontents: filecontents. (line 4334)
+* Opción nosearch para filecontents: filecontents. (line 4337)
+* openany option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 827)
+* openbib option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 796)
+* openright option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 827)
+* Ordinales en español, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de texto.
+ (line 14436)
+* ordinales, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de texto. (line 14436)
+* orientación landscape: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 809)
+* orientación retrato: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 809)
+* oslash: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14664)
+* OT1: paquete fontenc. (line 1356)
+* p: Símbolos de texto. (line 14304)
+* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3758)
+* package, adjustbox: Cajas. (line 12709)
+* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5894)
+* package, ammath: Puntos. (line 10848)
+* package, ammath <1>: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11161)
+* package, amscd: Flechas. (line 10433)
+* package, amscd <1>: Flechas. (line 10433)
+* package, amsfonts: Fórmulas math. (line 9455)
+* package, amsfonts <1>: Flechas. (line 10398)
+* package, amsmath: array. (line 3835)
+* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3843)
+* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 4031)
+* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 4240)
+* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6606)
+* package, amsmath <5>: Fórmulas math. (line 9455)
+* package, amsmath <6>: \left y \right. (line 10639)
+* package, amsmath <7>: \bigl y \bigr etc..
+ (line 10788)
+* package, amsmath <8>: Funciones matemáticas.
+ (line 11041)
+* package, amsmath <9>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11336)
+* package, amsmath <10>: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 11459)
+* package, amsmath <11>: Carácter de dos puntos y \colon.
+ (line 11463)
+* package, amsmath <12>: \thinspace y \negthinspace.
+ (line 12302)
+* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6606)
+* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 14750)
+* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 3246)
+* package, array: array. (line 3854)
+* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 5425)
+* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 12545)
+* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12787)
+* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 16693)
+* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2979)
+* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 6356)
+* package, babel <2>: Acentos. (line 14487)
+* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 14780)
+* package, babel <4>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15170)
+* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 15600)
+* package, bigfoot: Notas al pie de notas al pie.
+ (line 7543)
+* package, bm: bm. (line 10471)
+* package, caption: \caption. (line 2758)
+* package, cleveref: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 3537)
+* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3656)
+* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7420)
+* package, cm-super: paquete fontenc. (line 1388)
+* package, comprehensive: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9530)
+* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6674)
+* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6739)
+* package, datatool: \read. (line 16398)
+* package, datetime: \today. (line 14794)
+* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3854)
+* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4552)
+* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4872)
+* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 16205)
+* package, etoolbox: Comandos class y package.
+ (line 1058)
+* package, eurosym: Símbolos de texto. (line 14399)
+* package, eurosym <1>: Símbolos de texto. (line 14399)
+* package, expl3: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 641)
+* package, fancyhdr: Estilos de página. (line 11617)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11755)
+* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5894)
+* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6690)
+* package, flafter: Flotantes. (line 2610)
+* package, float: Flotantes. (line 2579)
+* package, fontspec: paquete fontenc. (line 1368)
+* package, fontspec <1>: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 10487)
+* package, geometría: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 788)
+* package, geometría <1>: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 792)
+* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 5374)
+* package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
+ (line 13592)
+* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 7420)
+* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7429)
+* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11730)
+* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 15386)
+* package, hyperref <4>: Entrada de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16911)
+* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2903)
+* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2966)
+* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 3064)
+* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 3132)
+* package, indentfirst <4>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3210)
+* package, indentfirst <5>: \indent y \noindent.
+ (line 9304)
+* package, index: \index. (line 15647)
+* package, latexsym: Flechas. (line 10398)
+* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5894)
+* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6684)
+* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6736)
+* package, lmodern: paquete fontenc. (line 1388)
+* package, macros2e: \makeatletter y \makeatother.
+ (line 7812)
+* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 15847)
+* package, mathtools: Fórmulas math. (line 9455)
+* package, mathtools <1>: Delimitadores. (line 10598)
+* package, mathtools <2>: \left y \right. (line 10639)
+* package, mathtools <3>: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11137)
+* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 11280)
+* package, mathtools <5>: \phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom.
+ (line 11328)
+* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 5425)
+* package, mfirstuc: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14233)
+* package, mhchem: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 9523)
+* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5894)
+* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6684)
+* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6736)
+* package, multind: Índices. (line 15504)
+* package, pict2e: \line. (line 5425)
+* package, pict2e <1>: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14236)
+* package, polyglossia: Acentos. (line 14487)
+* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 14780)
+* package, polyglossia <2>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15170)
+* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 15600)
+* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 5425)
+* package, setspace: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2508)
+* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 16755)
+* package, showidx: Índices. (line 15504)
+* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 5124)
+* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 12250)
+* package, sufijo: \@ifstar. (line 7887)
+* package, tablefootnote: Notas al pie en una tabla.
+ (line 7520)
+* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 16749)
+* package, textcase: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14230)
+* package, textcomp: Símbolos de texto. (line 14262)
+* package, TikZ: \line. (line 5425)
+* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 12545)
+* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12787)
+* package, tikz-cd: Flechas. (line 10433)
+* package, tikz-cd <1>: Flechas. (line 10433)
+* package, titlesec: Seccionado. (line 2824)
+* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2907)
+* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2987)
+* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 3068)
+* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 3136)
+* package, titlesec <5>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3214)
+* package, tocbibbind: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15157)
+* package, tocloft: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15157)
+* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 15383)
+* package, ulem: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11107)
+* package, unicode-math: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 10502)
+* package, unicode-math <1>: Puntos. (line 10872)
+* package, url: \verb. (line 6733)
+* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6690)
+* package, xparse: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 641)
+* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7887)
+* package, xr: paquete xr. (line 3662)
+* package, xr-hyper: paquete xr. (line 3662)
+* package, xspace: paquete xspace. (line 8412)
+* package, xstring: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 17022)
+* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 15818)
+* pagina coloreada: Páginas coloreadas.
+ (line 13350)
+* palabra de control, definir: Secuencias de control.
+ (line 7720)
+* paquete graphics: Gráficos. (line 13371)
+* paquete graphics <1>: Configuración del paquete de graphics.
+ (line 13476)
+* paquete graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13687)
+* paquetes adicionales, cargando: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 858)
+* paquetes gráficos: \line. (line 5425)
+* paquetes, cargando adicionales: Paquetes adicionales.
+ (line 858)
+* paragraph, en una caja: \parbox. (line 12880)
+* parte: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* parte <1>: \part. (line 2859)
+* parámetros de la composición de página: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2287)
+* parámetros de nota al pie: \footnote. (line 7336)
+* parámetros, composición de página: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2287)
+* parámetros, para notas al pie: \footnote. (line 7336)
+* parámetros, sustituir: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7643)
+* paréntesis: Delimitadores. (line 10559)
+* paréntesis coincidentes: \left y \right. (line 10614)
+* patrón, tabulaciones actuales, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5791)
+* pc: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8808)
+* pdflatex: Motores TeX. (line 527)
+* pdflatex comando: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 482)
+* pdflatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 581)
+* pdfTeX: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 482)
+* pegamento simple TeX: Longitudes. (line 8703)
+* pica: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8809)
+* pict2e package: \line. (line 5425)
+* pict2e package <1>: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14236)
+* picture environment: picture. (line 5152)
+* pie de página, parámetros para: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2287)
+* pilcrow, almohada: Símbolos de texto. (line 14306)
+* pizarra en negrita: Pizarra negra. (line 10514)
+* plantilla (simple), article: Plantilla de artículo.
+ (line 17118)
+* plantilla, beamer: Plantilla beamer. (line 17087)
+* plantilla, book: Plantilla de libro.
+ (line 17141)
+* plantilla, book <1>: Plantilla de libro Larger.
+ (line 17165)
+* plantillas de documentos: Plantillas de documentos.
+ (line 17080)
+* plantillas, documento: Plantillas de documentos.
+ (line 17080)
+* platex: Motores TeX. (line 569)
+* platex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 582)
+* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 15953)
+* poesía, un entorno para: verse. (line 6752)
+* point: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8805)
+* polyglossia package: Acentos. (line 14487)
+* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 14780)
+* polyglossia package <2>: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15170)
+* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 15600)
+* portada de un libro: \frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter.
+ (line 3256)
+* posdata, en cartas: \ps. (line 16235)
+* posición, en imagen: picture. (line 5212)
+* postamble: makeindex. (line 15718)
+* preamble: makeindex. (line 15713)
+* preámbulo, definido: Comenzar y terminar.
+ (line 451)
+* programas informáticos, composición tipográfica: verbatim.
+ (line 6654)
+* prompt, *: Recuperación de errores.
+ (line 17058)
+* pronunciación: Descripción. (line 426)
+* pruebas preliminares: Motores TeX. (line 585)
+* PSTricks package: \line. (line 5425)
+* pt: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8804)
+* punto centrado, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14439)
+* punto didot: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8825)
+* punto escalado: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8831)
+* punto PostScript: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8815)
+* punto sobre acento, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11070)
+* punto, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14439)
+* punto, espaciado después: \@. (line 12074)
+* punto, final de abreviatura: \@. (line 12074)
+* punto, final de oración: \@. (line 12074)
+* puntos: Puntos. (line 10813)
+* puntos suspensivos: Puntos. (line 10813)
+* puntos suspensivos, en Unicode (U+2026): Puntos. (line 10879)
+* puntos suspensivos, tradicional (tres puntos): Puntos. (line 10879)
+* página de título, separada o corrida: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 820)
+* página flotante: Flotantes. (line 2585)
+* página oficial para el manual: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 362)
+* página, en color: Páginas coloreadas.
+ (line 13350)
+* página, estilos: Estilos de página. (line 11611)
+* páginas de título, crear: titlepage. (line 6614)
+* párrafo: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* párrafo <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3155)
+* párrafo, terminando: \par. (line 9208)
+* párrafos: Crear párrafos. (line 9146)
+* quad: Espaciado en modo matemático.
+ (line 11211)
+* quotation environment: comillas y citas. (line 5715)
+* quote environment: comillas y citas. (line 5715)
+* radical: \sqrt. (line 11499)
+* raíz cuadrada: \sqrt. (line 11499)
+* redefiniendo entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+ (line 7998)
+* redefinir un comando: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+ (line 7565)
+* redimensionado: \scalebox. (line 14090)
+* redimensionado <1>: \resizebox. (line 14123)
+* reenviar referencias, resolviendo: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 496)
+* referencia directa: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 3525)
+* referencia, adelantada: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 3525)
+* referencias cruzadas: Referencias cruzadas.
+ (line 3505)
+* referencias cruzadas con el número de página: \pageref. (line 3606)
+* referencias cruzadas, entre documentos: paquete xr. (line 3662)
+* referencias cruzadas, resolviendo: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 496)
+* referencias cruzadas, simbólico: \ref. (line 3632)
+* referencias, resolver: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 496)
+* registro de pegamento, TeX simple: \newlength. (line 7944)
+* relación, texto arriba: \stackrel. (line 11517)
+* report class: Clases de documentos.
+ (line 721)
+* reportar errores: Acerca de este documento.
+ (line 380)
+* resúmenes: abstract. (line 3736)
+* roman font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1862)
+* romper líneas: Salto de línea. (line 6788)
+* rompiendo páginas: Salto de página. (line 7094)
+* roots: \sqrt. (line 11499)
+* rotación: \rotatebox. (line 14016)
+* s: Símbolos de texto. (line 14319)
+* salida de dos columnas: \twocolumn. (line 2135)
+* salto de linea: Salto de línea. (line 6788)
+* salto de línea, forzando: \\. (line 6807)
+* salto de página: Salto de página. (line 7094)
+* salto de página, evitando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+ (line 7236)
+* salto de página, forzando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+ (line 7236)
+* saltos de línea, cambiando: \fussy y \sloppy. (line 7000)
+* saltos de línea, forzando: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
+ (line 7062)
+* saltos de línea, multiplicación discrecional: \*. (line 11471)
+* saltos de línea, previniendo: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
+ (line 7062)
+* saltos discrecionales, multiplicación: \*. (line 11471)
+* saltos, multiplicación discrecional: \*. (line 11471)
+* samepage entorno: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+ (line 7275)
+* sangría de párrafo: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 9312)
+* sangría de párrafo en el texto citado: comillas y citas. (line 5715)
+* sangría de párrafo horizontal: \parindent y \parskip.
+ (line 9312)
+* sangría de párrafos, en minipágina: minipage. (line 5090)
+* sangría, de párrafo en minipágina: minipage. (line 5090)
+* sangría, forzando: \indent y \noindent.
+ (line 9262)
+* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo: comillas y citas.
+ (line 5715)
+* sans serif font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1868)
+* script de letras para matemáticas: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1856)
+* scrollmode: Opciones de la línea de comandos.
+ (line 16835)
+* seccionado, parte: \part. (line 2859)
+* sección: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* sección <1>: \section. (line 3008)
+* sección, redefiniendo: \@startsection. (line 3295)
+* secnumdepth: Seccionado. (line 2834)
+* secnumdepth counter: Seccionado. (line 2835)
+* secuencias de control: Secuencias de control.
+ (line 7713)
+* seguridad y \write: \write y seguridad.
+ (line 16595)
+* separación silábica, definiendo: \hyphenation. (line 7042)
+* separación silábica, discrecional: \discretionary. (line 6976)
+* separación silábica, forzando: \- (separación silábica).
+ (line 6939)
+* separación silábica, prevenir: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12715)
+* serie, de tipos de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2028)
+* setspace package: \baselineskip y \baselinestretch.
+ (line 2508)
+* sh, usado por \write18: \write18. (line 16744)
+* SHELL, variables de entorno: \write18. (line 16744)
+* shellesc package: \write18. (line 16755)
+* showidx package: Índices. (line 15504)
+* signo de dolar: Símbolos de texto. (line 14386)
+* signo de exclamación, al revés: Símbolos de texto. (line 14405)
+* signo de interrogación, al revés: Símbolos de texto. (line 14442)
+* simular texto mecanografiado: verbatim. (line 6654)
+* sintaxis del comando: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 609)
+* sintaxis LaTeX3: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 641)
+* siunitx package: minipage. (line 5124)
+* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 12250)
+* skip TeX simple: Longitudes. (line 8703)
+* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 7015)
+* slot, tipo de letra: \DeclareTextAccent.
+ (line 1492)
+* small caps font: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1865)
+* soportes: Delimitadores. (line 10559)
+* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 15957)
+* sp: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8830)
+* strut: \footnote. (line 7349)
+* strut <1>: \strut. (line 12489)
+* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 11349)
+* subpárrafo: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* subpárrafo <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3155)
+* subrayado: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11097)
+* subsección: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* subsección <1>: \subsection. (line 3088)
+* subsubsección: Seccionado. (line 2767)
+* subsubsección <1>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3155)
+* subíndice: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 9466)
+* sufijo package: \@ifstar. (line 7887)
+* superposición: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11097)
+* superíndice: Subíndices y superíndices.
+ (line 9466)
+* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 15961)
+* símbolo de bala: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9638)
+* símbolo de control, definir: Secuencias de control.
+ (line 7724)
+* símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14351)
+* símbolo de derechos de autor: Símbolos de texto. (line 14272)
+* símbolo de espacio visible, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14482)
+* símbolo de la libra esterlina: Símbolos de texto. (line 14310)
+* símbolo de libras: Símbolos de texto. (line 14310)
+* símbolo de marca registrada: Símbolos de texto. (line 14473)
+* símbolo de párrafo: Símbolos de texto. (line 14306)
+* símbolo de sección: Símbolos de texto. (line 14321)
+* símbolo del euro: Símbolos de texto. (line 14399)
+* símbolo Halmos: \rule. (line 14744)
+* símbolo mayor que, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14415)
+* símbolo menor que, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14423)
+* símbolo ordinal femenino: Símbolos de texto. (line 14436)
+* símbolo ordinal masculino: Símbolos de texto. (line 14436)
+* símbolo registrado: Símbolos de texto. (line 14464)
+* símbolo vectorial, matemáticas: Acentos matemáticos.
+ (line 11083)
+* símbolo, definir: \DeclareTextSymbol.
+ (line 1669)
+* símbolos de fuente, por número: Símbolos por posición de fuente.
+ (line 14248)
+* Símbolos de grandes círculos, en texto: Símbolos de texto.
+ (line 14351)
+* símbolos de texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14262)
+* símbolos matemáticos: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9530)
+* símbolos, flechas: Flechas. (line 10398)
+* símbolos, matemáticos: Símbolos matemáticos.
+ (line 9530)
+* símbolos, negrita: bm. (line 10471)
+* símbolos, texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14262)
+* T1: paquete fontenc. (line 1356)
+* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5745)
+* tabla de contenido: \contentsline. (line 15353)
+* tabla de contenido, crear: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15048)
+* tabla de contenido, evitando notas al pie de página: Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones.
+ (line 7451)
+* tabla de contenido, números de seccionado impresos: Seccionado.
+ (line 2847)
+* tablas, crear: table. (line 5903)
+* table environment: table. (line 5903)
+* tablefootnote package: Notas al pie en una tabla.
+ (line 7520)
+* tabulaciones, usando: tabbing. (line 5745)
+* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5962)
+* tamaño de diseño, en definiciones de letras: \newfont. (line 8258)
+* tamaño del tipo de letra: Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra.
+ (line 2084)
+* tamaños de letra: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1925)
+* Tamaños de los tipos de letra: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1925)
+* tamaños de texto: Tamaños de los tipos de letra.
+ (line 1925)
+* teoremas, definiendo: \newtheorem. (line 8132)
+* teoremas, tipografía: theorem. (line 6583)
+* terminal, escribir a: \write. (line 16510)
+* tex: Símbolos de texto. (line 14323)
+* texosquery package: \write18. (line 16749)
+* texput, jobname predefinido: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 16991)
+* textcase package: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14230)
+* textcomp package: Símbolos de texto. (line 14262)
+* texto alineado a la izquierda irregular: \raggedleft. (line 4458)
+* texto centrado, declaración para: \centering. (line 3911)
+* texto centrado, entorno para: center. (line 3862)
+* texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando: comillas y citas.
+ (line 5715)
+* texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando: comillas y citas.
+ (line 5715)
+* texto en color: Texto en color. (line 13236)
+* texto giratorio: \rotatebox. (line 14016)
+* texto izquierdo irregular, entorno para: flushright. (line 4437)
+* texto justificado a la derecha irregular: \raggedright. (line 4402)
+* texto justificado a la derecha irregular, entorno para: flushleft.
+ (line 4373)
+* texto justificado a la izquierda: \raggedright. (line 4402)
+* texto justificado a la izquierda, entorno para: flushleft.
+ (line 4373)
+* texto literal: verbatim. (line 6654)
+* texto literal, en línea: \verb. (line 6699)
+* texto mecanografiado, simular: verbatim. (line 6654)
+* texto multicolumna: \twocolumn. (line 2135)
+* texto, cambio de tamaño: \scalebox. (line 14090)
+* texto, cambio de tamaño <1>: \resizebox. (line 14123)
+* texto, escalado: \scalebox. (line 14090)
+* texto, escalado <1>: \resizebox. (line 14123)
+* thanks, para la portada: \maketitle. (line 11668)
+* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6307)
+* theindex: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 15515)
+* theindex environment: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 15519)
+* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6583)
+* thorn, letra islandesa: Letras latinas adicionales.
+ (line 14676)
+* tie: ~. (line 12212)
+* tie-después de acento: Acentos. (line 14564)
+* TikZ package: \line. (line 5425)
+* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 12545)
+* TikZ package <2>: \mbox y \makebox. (line 12787)
+* tikz-cd package: Flechas. (line 10433)
+* tikz-cd package <1>: Flechas. (line 10433)
+* tilde ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14330)
+* tilde, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14330)
+* tipo de letra de máquina de escribir: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1874)
+* tipo de letra inclinada: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1871)
+* tipo de letra monoespacio: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1874)
+* tipo de letra negrita: Estilos de tipos de letra.
+ (line 1853)
+* tipografía: Tipos de letra. (line 1316)
+* tipos de letra: Tipos de letra. (line 1316)
+* tipos de letra caligráficas: Caligráfico. (line 10541)
+* Tipos de letra OpenType: Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* tipos de letra script: Caligráfico. (line 10541)
+* Tipos de letra TrueType: Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* tipos de letra, nuevos comandos para: \newfont. (line 8244)
+* tipos de letra, script: Caligráfico. (line 10541)
+* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6614)
+* titlepage option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 796)
+* titlesec package: Seccionado. (line 2824)
+* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2907)
+* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2987)
+* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 3068)
+* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 3136)
+* titlesec package <5>: \subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph.
+ (line 3214)
+* tocbibbind package: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15157)
+* tocdepth: Seccionado. (line 2846)
+* tocdepth counter: Seccionado. (line 2847)
+* tocloft package: Tabla de contenido etc..
+ (line 15157)
+* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 15383)
+* tombstone: \rule. (line 14744)
+* topmargin: Parámetros de composición de página.
+ (line 2412)
+* topnumber: Flotantes. (line 2671)
+* topnumber <1>: Flotantes. (line 2672)
+* totalnumber: Flotantes. (line 2675)
+* totalnumber <1>: Flotantes. (line 2676)
+* tramo horizontal infinito: \hfill. (line 11950)
+* tramo, infinito horizontal: \hfill. (line 11950)
+* tres cuartos em-dash: Símbolos de texto. (line 14470)
+* twocolumn option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 827)
+* twoside option: Opciones de la clase documento.
+ (line 827)
+* título, para portada: \maketitle. (line 11676)
+* títulos, hacer: \maketitle. (line 11623)
+* ulem package: Sobre y subrayado. (line 11107)
+* underbar: Acentos. (line 14534)
+* Unicode: paquete inputenc. (line 14692)
+* unicode-math package: Math OpenType en negrita.
+ (line 10502)
+* unicode-math package <1>: Puntos. (line 10872)
+* unidades, de longitud: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8801)
+* uplatex: Motores TeX. (line 570)
+* uplatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 583)
+* url package: \verb. (line 6733)
+* usando BibTeX: Usar BibTeX. (line 6491)
+* UTF-8, codificación de entrada LaTeX predeterminada: Descripción.
+ (line 410)
+* UTF-8, compatibilidad del motor para: Motores TeX. (line 517)
+* UTF-8, tipo de letra compatible con: paquete fontenc. (line 1356)
+* variables, una lista de: Contadores. (line 8465)
+* variantes con estrella, comandos: \@ifstar. (line 7827)
+* ve y ve también entradas de índice: \index. (line 15600)
+* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6654)
+* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6690)
+* verse environment: verse. (line 6752)
+* viñeta, en texto: Símbolos de texto. (line 14364)
+* Wright, Joseph: Mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+ (line 14236)
+* x-height: Unidades de longitud.
+ (line 8837)
+* xdvi comando: Archivos de salida.
+ (line 472)
+* xdvipdfmx: Motores TeX. (line 556)
+* xelatex: Motores TeX. (line 555)
+* xelatex-dev: Motores TeX. (line 584)
+* XeTeX: Motores TeX. (line 556)
+* xindex programa: makeindex. (line 15835)
+* xindy programa: makeindex. (line 15828)
+* xparse package: Sintaxis del comando LaTeX.
+ (line 641)
+* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7887)
+* xr package: paquete xr. (line 3662)
+* xr-hyper package: paquete xr. (line 3662)
+* xspace package: paquete xspace. (line 8412)
+* xstring package: Nombre del trabajo.
+ (line 17022)
+* índice, archivo de estilo: makeindex. (line 15680)
+* índice, impresión: \printindex. (line 15841)
+* índice, múltiple: Índices. (line 15504)
+* índice, procesamiento: makeindex. (line 15668)
+* índice, producir manualmente: Producir el índice manualmente.
+ (line 15515)
+* índice, rango de páginas: \index. (line 15583)
+* índices: Índices. (line 15456)
diff --git a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.xml b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.xml
index b29dfe6bc0..6ad09d43f1 100644
--- a/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.xml
+++ b/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/latex2e-es.xml
@@ -1,108 +1,139 @@
<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V6.4//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/6.4/texinfo.dtd">
-<texinfo xml:lang="es">
+<!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V7.0//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/7.0/texinfo.dtd">
+<texinfo>
<filename file="latex2e-es.xml"></filename>
-<preamble>\input texinfo
-</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e-es.texi 570 2017-07-30 22:40:51Z vincentb1 $ -->
-<!-- comment %**start of header (Esto es para ejecutar Texinfo en una región.) -->
+<preamblebeforebeginning>\input texinfo
+</preamblebeforebeginning><!-- c $Id: latex2e-es.texi 1144 2023-01-14 23:15:43Z karl $ -->
+<!-- comment %**start of header (Esto es para ejecutar Texinfo en una región). -->
<setfilename file="latex2e-es.info" spaces=" ">latex2e-es.info</setfilename>
<documentlanguage xml:lang="es" spaces=" ">es</documentlanguage>
-<documentencoding encoding="UTF-8" spaces=" ">UTF-8</documentencoding>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED Julio 2010">Julio 2010</set>
-<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/
-">http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/</set>
-<set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org
-">latexrefman@@tug.org</set>
-<clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH
-"></clear>
-<macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}
-"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c
+<documentencoding encoding="utf-8" spaces=" ">utf-8</documentencoding>
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED Enero 2023">Enero 2023</set>
+<!-- c $Id: common.texi 1089 2022-08-12 20:30:20Z vincentb1 $ -->
+<!-- c Public domain. -->
+<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set>
+<set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org">latexrefman@@tug.org</set>
+<clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH "></clear>
+<macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c
+</macro>
+<macro name="package" line=" package {packagename}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>packagename</formalarg>@code{\packagename\}
+</macro>
+<!-- c used to remove something form the spell checker -->
+<macro name="identity" line=" identity {x}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>x</formalarg>\x\
</macro>
-
-
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e Manual de Referencia (Julio 2010)</settitle>
-<!-- comment %**end of header (Esto es para ejecutar Texinfo en una región.) -->
-<!-- c xx las instrucciones para latex 2.09 ahora deberían estar presentes, -->
-<!-- c xx pero aún faltan algunas de latex2e. -->
+<tex endspaces=" ">
+</tex>
+<settitle spaces=" ">Manual de referencia extraoficial de &latex;2e (Enero 2023)</settitle>
+<!-- comment %**end of header (Esto es para ejecutar Texinfo en una región). -->
+
+<!-- c Los comandos de LaTeX 2.09 deberían estar presentes ahora, -->
+<!-- c xx pero faltan cosas de latex2e. -->
+<!-- c xx una lista aleatoria de algunos de los elementos que faltan se -->
+<!-- c encuentra al final de este archivo -->
+<!-- c xx lee las noticias de latex2e para conocer las novedades. -->
<!-- c -->
-<!-- c xx mencionar \mathring -->
-<!-- c xx mencionar usrguide -->
-<!-- c xx mencionar ! combinar la colocación de flotantes, p.15 de la guía -->
-<!-- c xx de usuario en http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-info (paquete CTAN latex-info) -->
+<!-- c xx ctan, distribuciones, componentes de TeX -->
+<!-- c xx clases y paquetes: requerido, adicional, útil; oberdiek; tipos -->
+<!-- c de letra -->
+<!-- c xx fusiona índice permutado -->
+<!-- c xx fusiona latex-manual de savannah -->
+<!-- c xx fusiona estilo de visualización matemática -->
+<!-- c xx comprueba sistemáticamente el tipo de átomo matemático indicado -->
+<!-- c frente a fontdef.dtx, etc. -->
+<!-- c xx revisa ltnews recientes para ver (muchos) cambios -->
+<!-- c xx \write of non-ASCII chars (vincent mail del 14 de marzo de 2020 -->
+<!-- c 21:39:41) -->
+<!-- c xx \nonstopmode etc., si son oficialmente compatibles con LaTeX? -->
+<!-- c xx LaTeX define \do en \begin{document} aunque no esté documentado -->
+<!-- c xx JH explica nfss en alguna parte -->
+<!-- c xx JH expande BiBTeX -->
+<!-- c xx JH expande Teorema, matemáticas AMS -->
+<!-- c xx JH algo en listas de códigos -->
+<!-- c xx JH ligaduras -->
<!-- c -->
-<!-- c xx La composición tipográfica de source2e debería tener un índice con -->
-<!-- c xx todas las instrucciones del kernel, lo cual debería se un buen -->
-<!-- c xx principio. en classes.dtx. define instrucciones adicionales, y -->
-<!-- c xx algunas de las instrucciones son internas del kernel y por tanto no -->
-<!-- c xx deben incluirse aquí. -->
+<!-- c xx \NewCommandCopy u otros. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dic 2021 06:50:17). -->
<!-- c -->
-<!-- c xx paquetes - requeridos, adicionales, útiles; oberdiek ... -->
-<!-- c xx tipos de letra - latexsys -->
+<!-- c xx La composición tipográfica source2e tiene un índice con todos -->
+<!-- c los comandos -->
+<!-- c xx del kernel, aunque algunos son internos y no se deberían incluir. -->
+<!-- c xx classes.dtx et al. @c xx también http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. -->
-<macro name="vincentb" line=" vincentb {newtext,oldtext,date}"><formalarg>newtext</formalarg><formalarg>oldtext</formalarg><formalarg>date</formalarg>\newtext\
-</macro>
+<!-- c xx Ve también https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. -->
+<!-- c -->
+<!-- c xx Todos los caracteres especiales se deben describir -->
+<!-- c definitivamente. -->
<copying endspaces=" ">
-<para>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para &latex;, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, para la
-versión de Julio 2010.
-</para>
-<para>Esto se tradujo originalmente del archivo <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a de la
-Biblioteca de Ayuda VMS. La versión pretraducción fue escrita por
-George&nbsp;D. Greenwade de Sam Houston State University. La versión de
-&latex;&nbsp;2.09 fue escrita por Stephen Gilmore. La versión de
-&latex;2e fue adaptada por Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo la
-actualización y posteriores adiciones, y reconoce su agradecimiento a la
-utilización de <cite>Hypertext Help con &latex;</cite>, por Sheldon Green, y
-del <cite>&latex; Command Summary</cite> (para
-&latex; 2.09) por L.&nbsp;Botway y C.&nbsp;Biemesderfer (publicada por
-el Grupo de Usuarios &tex; como <cite>&tex;niques</cite> número 10), como
-material de referencia (no se copió texto directamente).
-</para>
-<para>Copyright 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Nacho Pacheco &textmdash;Traducción.&linebreak;
-Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 Karl Berry.&linebreak;
+<para>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para &latex;,
+un sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Enero 2023.
+</para>
+<para>Este manual se tradujo originalmente de <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a en la
+Biblioteca de ayuda de VMS. La versión previa a la traducción fue
+escrita por George&nbsp;D. Greenwade de la Universidad Estatal Sam
+Houston. La versión 2.09 de &latex;&nbsp; fue escrita por Stephen
+Gilmore. La versión &latex;2e fue adaptada desde esta por Torsten
+Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo más actualizaciones y adiciones, y
+reconoce con gratitud que ha utilizado <cite>Hypertext Help con
+&latex;</cite>, de Sheldon Green, y <cite>Resumen de comandos &latex;</cite>
+(para &latex;&nbsp;2.09) por L.&nbsp;Botway y C.&nbsp;Biemesderfer
+(publicado por los usuarios del Grupo &tex; como <cite>&tex;nicas</cite>
+número 10), como material de referencia. También reconocemos con
+gratitud el material adicional que aparece en la referencia de latex2e
+por Martin Herbert Dietze. (De estas referencias no se copió texto
+directamente).
+</para>
+<para>&copyright; 2010-2023 Nacho Pacheco &textmdash; Traducción.&linebreak;
+</para>
+<para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.&linebreak;
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak;
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
</para>
-<para>A continuación se encuentra la licencia bajo la cual es
-distribuido este manual&comma; una traducción lo es dada en
-anexo&comma; ver <ref label="License-translation"><xrefnodename>License translation</xrefnodename></ref>.
-</para>
-<!-- comment start of License -->
-<para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
+<!-- comment comienzo de la Licencia -->
+ <para>Se otorga permiso para hacer y distribuir copias textuales de este
+manual siempre y cuando, se conserve en todas las copias este aviso de
+derechos de autor y este aviso de permiso.
</para>
-<ignore>
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+<ignore endspaces=" ">
+Se otorga permiso para procesar este archivo a través de TeX e
+imprimir el resultado, siempre que el documento impreso lleve copia de
+este permiso y aviso idéntico a este excepto por la eliminación de
+este párrafo (Este párrafo no es relevante para el manual impreso).
</ignore>
-<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
+<para>Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
+este manual bajo las condiciones para la copia literal, siempre que la
+totalidad del trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los
+términos de un aviso de permiso idéntico a este.
</para>
-<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
-<!-- comment end of License -->
+<para>Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este manual
+a otro idioma, en las condiciones anteriores para versiones
+modificadas.
+<!-- comment fin de la Licencia -->
</para></copying>
+<!-- c Fusiona en un índice (elegido arbitrariamente para ser el índice de -->
+<!-- c conceptos). -->
+<syncodeindex spaces=" " from="fn" to="cp" line="fn cp"></syncodeindex>
+
<dircategory spaces=" ">TeX</dircategory>
<direntry endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menutitle separator=": ">LaTeX2e-es</menutitle><menunode separator=". ">(latex2e-es)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Manual de extraoficial de LaTeX.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menutitle separator=": ">LaTeX2e</menutitle><menunode separator=". ">(latex2e)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Manual de referencia extraoficial de LaTeX.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></direntry>
<tex endspaces=" ">
</tex>
+<microtype spaces=" " value="on" line="on"></microtype>
+
+<html endspaces=" ">
+</html>
+
<titlepage endspaces=" ">
-<title spaces=" ">&latex;: Documentos Estructurados para &tex;</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">Manual de Referencia Extraoficial de &latex;.</subtitle>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">Julio 2010</subtitle>
+<title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</title>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">Enero 2023</subtitle>
+<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author>
<page></page>
<vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
<insertcopying></insertcopying>
@@ -111,2528 +142,7810 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
<shortcontents></shortcontents>
<contents></contents>
-<!-- c Best Effort Symbol -->
-<macro name="BES" line=" BES {utf8,math}"><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>\utf8\
+<!-- c Símbolo de mejor esfuerzo -->
+<macro name="visiblespace" line=" visiblespace" endspaces=" ">@w{ }
</macro>
-<macro name="BESU" line=" BESU {utf8,math}"><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>\utf8\
+<macro name="BES" line=" BES {utf8,math}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\}
</macro>
-<macro name="EnvIndex" line=" EnvIndex {env}"><formalarg>env</formalarg>@findex @r{entorno} @code{\env\}
-@findex @code{\env\}, @r{entorno}
+<macro name="BESU" line=" BESU {utf8,math}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\}
</macro>
-
-<node name="Top" spaces=" "><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Acerca de este documento</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">(dir)</nodeup></node>
-<top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e</sectiontitle>
+<macro name="EnvIndex" line=" EnvIndex {env}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>env</formalarg>@findex @r{environment}, @code{\env\}
+@findex @code{\env\} @r{environment}
-<para>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para &latex;, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Julio 2010. Este se
-pretende que cubra &latex;2e, que ha sido la versión estándar de
-&latex; por muchos años.
-</para>
+</macro>
+<macro name="PkgIndex" line=" PkgIndex {pkg}" endspaces=" "><formalarg>pkg</formalarg>@cindex @r{package}, @code{\pkg\}
+@cindex @code{\pkg\} @r{package}
+</macro>
+
+<set name="NotInPlainTeX" line=" NotInPlainTeX No disponible en @TeX{} simple.">No disponible en @TeX{} simple.</set>
+<set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} En @LaTeX{} necesitas cargar el paquete @package{amssymb}.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} En @LaTeX{} necesitas cargar el paquete @package{amssymb}.</set>
+<set name="NeedsSTIX" line=" NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} En @LaTeX{} necesitas cargar el paquete @file{stix}.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} En @LaTeX{} necesitas cargar el paquete @file{stix}.</set>
+
+<node name="Top" spaces=" "><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Acerca de este documento</nodenext></node>
+<top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: Un manual de referencia extraoficial</sectiontitle>
+
+<para>Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial (versión
+Enero 2023) para &latex;2e, un sistema de preparación de
+documentos.
+</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Acerca de este documento</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Acerca de este documento
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Descripción</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">¿Qués es &latex;?
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Iniciando y Finalizando</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">El principio y final estándar de un documento.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Clases de Documento</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Algunas de las diferentes clases disponibles.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Tipos de Letra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Y tipos de letra, como negrita, cursiva, etc.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Diseño</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Controlando el diseño de la página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Seccionado</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cómo seccionar adecuadamente.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Referencias Cruzadas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Referencias automáticas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Entornos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tal como enumerate e itemize.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Saltos de Línea</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Influyendo en los saltos de línea.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Saltos de Página</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Influyendo en los saltos de página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Notas al Pie</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cómo producir notas al pie.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Definiciones</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Definiendo sus propias instrucciones, etc.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Contadores</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Contadores internos utilizados por &latex;.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Longitudes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Las instrucciones de longitud.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Haciendo Párrafos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Instrucciones de Párrafo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Fórmulas Matemáticas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cómo crear fórmulas matemáticas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Modos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Modos Párrafo, Matemáticas o de Escritura de Izquierda a Derecha.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Estilos de Página</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Varios estilos de diseño de página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Espacios</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio horizontal y vertical.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Cajas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Haciendo cajas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Inserciones Especiales</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertando caracteres reservados y especiales.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Dividiendo la Entrada</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Manejo de archivos de gran tamaño mediante su fraccionamiento.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tablas de contenido, glosarios, índices.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Cartas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">La clase <code>letter</code>.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Interacción del usuario.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Línea de Órdenes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Comportamiento independiente del sistema de la línea de órdenes.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Plantillas de Documento</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Principales plantillas para diversas clases de documento.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menutitle separator=": ">Traducción de la licencia</menutitle><menunode separator=". ">License translation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Una traducciòn como informaciòn de la licencia.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Índice de Conceptos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Índice general.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Índice de Instrucciones</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lista alfabética de instrucciones &latex;.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Acerca de este documento</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Informe de errores, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Descripción</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">¿Qué es &latex;?
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Clases de documentos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Algunas de las diversas clases
+ disponibles.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Tipos de letra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cursiva, negrita, máquina de
+ escribir, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Composición</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Controlar la composición de la
+ página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Seccionado</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Partes, Capítulos, Secciones, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Referencias cruzadas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Referencia automática.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Entornos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tal como enumerar y detallar.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Salto de línea</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Influir en los saltos de línea.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Salto de página</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Influir en los saltos de página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Notas al pie</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cómo producir notas a pie de
+ página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Definiciones</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define tus propios comandos, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Contadores</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Contadores internos utilizados por
+ &latex;.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Longitudes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Los comandos de longitud.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Crear párrafos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Comandos de párrafo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Fórmulas math</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cómo crear fórmulas matemáticas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Modos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Modos de párrafo, matemáticas o LR.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Estilos de página</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Varios estilos de composición de
+ página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Espacios</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio horizontal y vertical.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Cajas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hacer cajas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Color</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Definición y uso de colores.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Gráficos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Importar gráficos desde fuera de
+ &latex;.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Inserciones especiales</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserción de caracteres reservados
+ y especiales.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Dividir la entrada</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lidiar con archivos grandes
+ dividiéndolos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Material de portada/contraportada</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tablas de contenido, glosarios,
+ índices.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Cartas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">La clase <code>letter</code>.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Entrada/salida</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Interacción del usuario.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Interfaz de línea de comandos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Opciones comunes de la línea de
+ comandos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Plantillas de documentos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Plantillas de inicio para varias
+ clases de documentos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Índice</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Índice general.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<!-- c begin vincentb1 -->
</top>
<node name="Acerca-de-este-documento" spaces=" "><nodename>Acerca de este documento</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Descripción</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Top</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Acerca de este documento</sectiontitle>
-<!-- c end vincentb1 -->
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1">Knuth, Donald E.</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="2">Lamport, Leslie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="3">Equipo del Proyecto &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&latex; está implementado como un paquete de macros por
-Donald&nbsp;E.&nbsp;Knuth&textrsquo;s para el programa de composición tipográfica
-&tex;. &latex; originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport; este
-ahora es mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios en
-(<url><urefurl>http://latex-project.org</urefurl></url>). La documentación oficial escrita por
-el proyecto &latex; está disponible allí.
-</para>
-<!-- c begin vincentb1 -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="4">informes de errores</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1"><email><emailaddress>latexrefman&arobase;tug.org</emailaddress></email> <r>dirección de correo electrónico</r></indexterm></findex>
-<!-- c end vincentb1 -->
-<para>Una vez más, el presente documento no es oficial y no ha sido revisado
-por los responsables del proyecto &latex;.
-<!-- c begin vincentb1 -->
-No enviar informes de error o cualquier otra cosa sobre este documento a
-ellos. En su lugar, por favor, envíe todos comentarios a
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1">página oficial para el manual</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Este es un manual de referencia extraoficial para el sistema de
+preparación de documentos &latex;2e, que es un paquete de macros para
+el programa de composición tipográfica &tex; (<pxref label="Descripci_00f3n"><xrefnodename>Descripción</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>La página oficial de este documento es
+<url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url>; Tiene páginas web separadas para
+cada tema. Alternativamente
+<url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html</urefurl></url> tiene el documento
+completo en una sola página. Para otros formatos de salida, las
+fuentes y mucho más información, consulta
+<url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz/dev/</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="2">&latex; vs.&noeos; &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>En este documento, principalmente usaremos &textlsquo;&latex;&textrsquo; en lugar de
+&textlsquo;&latex;2e&textrsquo;, ya que la versión anterior de &latex;&nbsp;(2.09) está
+congelada hace décadas.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="3">naturaleza extraoficial de este manual</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="4">Equipo del proyecto &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1" mergedindex="cp"><email><emailaddress>latexrefman&arobase;tug.org</emailaddress></email> <r>dirección de correo electrónico</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>&latex; es mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios
+(<url><urefurl>https://latex-project.org</urefurl></url>). La documentación oficial escrita
+por el proyecto &latex; está disponible en su sitio web. El presente
+documento es completamente extraoficial y, no ha sido escrito ni
+revisado por los mantenedores de &latex;.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="5">informar errores</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="6">reportar errores</indexterm></cindex>
+No envíes informes de errores o cualquier otra cosa sobre este
+documento. En su lugar, envía todos los comentarios a
<email><emailaddress>latexrefman&arobase;tug.org</emailaddress></email>.
</para>
-<para>La página principal de este documento es
-<url><urefurl>http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/</urefurl></url>. Esa página tiene enlaces al
-resultado actual de la compilación de este documento en varios formatos,
-a fuentes, a listas de correo, y a otros infraestructura.
-</para>
-<para>Por supuesto, hay muchas otras muchas fuentes de información sobre,
-&latex;. Éstos son algunos de ellos:
+<para>Este documento es una referencia, no un tutorial. Hay una gran
+variedad de otra información disponible sobre &latex;, en todos los
+niveles. Aquí tienes algunas introducciones.
</para>
<table commandarg="url" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas a &latex; documentación.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="2" mergedindex="cp">latex-doc-ptr <r>document</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Dos páginas de referencias recomendadas para la documentación de
+&latex;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Escribir su primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="3" mergedindex="cp">first-latex-doc <r>document</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Escribe tu primer documento, con un poco de texto y matemáticas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La guía para los autores de documentos mantenidos como parte de &latex;; hay
-varios otros.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="4" mergedindex="cp">lshort <r>document</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Una introducción más larga a &latex;, traducida a muchos idiomas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://tug.org/begin.html</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Introducción al &tex; sistema, incluyendo &latex;.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<!-- c end vincentb1 -->
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://tug.org/begin.html</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Introducción al sistema &tex;, incluido &latex;, con más referencias
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
</chapter>
-<node name="Descripci_00f3n" spaces=" "><nodename>Descripción</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Iniciando y Finalizando</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Acerca de este documento</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Descripci_00f3n" spaces=" "><nodename>Descripción</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Clases de documentos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Acerca de este documento</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Descripción de &latex;</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="5">descripción de &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="6">&latex;, descripción</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="7">descripción de &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="8">conceptos básicos de &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="9">Knuth, Donald E.</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="10">Lamport, Leslie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="11">&latex; descripción</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>&latex; es un sistema para la composición tipográfica de documentos.
+Originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport en 1984, pero ha sido
+mantenido por un grupo de voluntarios desde hace muchos años
+(<url><urefurl>https://latex-project.org</urefurl></url>). Se utiliza ampliamente, en
+particular, pero no exclusivamente, para matemáticas y documentos
+técnicos.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="12">UTF-8, codificación de entrada &latex; predeterminada</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Un usuario de &latex; escribe un archivo de entrada que contiene
+texto para componer junto con comandos intercalados. La codificación
+predeterminada para el texto es UTF-8 (a partir de 2018). Los comandos
+especifican, por ejemplo, cómo se debe formatear el texto.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; se implementa como un conjunto de las llamadas &textldquo;macros&textrdquo;
+relacionadas que usa Donald&nbsp;E. El programa de composición
+tipográfica &tex; de Knuth o uno de sus derivados, conocidos
+colectivamente como &textldquo;motores&textrdquo;. Así, el usuario produce una salida,
+normalmente PDF, entregando el archivo de entrada a un motor
+&tex;. (Las siguientes secciones describen todo esto con más
+detalle).
+</para>
+<para>(El término &latex; también se usa a veces para indicar el lenguaje
+en el que el documento de entrada está marcado, es decir, para
+especificar el conjunto de comandos disponible para un usuario de
+&latex;.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="13">Lamport &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="14">pronunciación</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El nombre &latex; es la abreviatura de &textldquo;Lamport &tex;&textrdquo;. Se
+pronuncia LAH-teck o LAY-teck, o a veces LAY-tecks. Dentro de un
+documento, puedes producir el logo con <code>\LaTeX</code>. Cuando el uso
+del logotipo no es sensible, como en texto sin formato, escríbelo como
+<samp>LaTeX</samp>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Comenzar y terminar</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">El principio y final estándar de un
+ documento.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Archivos de salida</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Archivos producidos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Motores &tex;</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Programas que pueden compilar &tex;
+ y &latex;.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Sintaxis del comando &latex;</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Sintaxis general de los comandos
+ &latex;.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Entorno</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Un área de la fuente con un
+ comportamiento distinto.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">CTAN</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Nuestro repositorio.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
-<para>Las instrucciones &latex; componen tipográficamente un archivo de texto
-usando el programa &tex; y el &textldquo;paquete de macros&textrdquo; &latex; para
-&tex;. Para ser más específicos, este procesa un archivo de entrada que
-contiene el texto de un documento con instrucciones intercaladas que
-describen cómo se debe dar formato al texto.
-Este produce al menos tres archivos de salida:
+<node name="Comenzar-y-terminar" spaces=" "><nodename>Comenzar y terminar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Archivos de salida</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Descripción</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Comenzar y terminar</sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="Iniciar-y-finalizar">Iniciar y finalizar</anchor><!-- c nombre anterior -->
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="15">comenzar y terminar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="16">finalizar e iniciar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="17">Hola, mundo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Los archivos &latex; tienen una estructura global simple, con un
+comienzo y fin estándar. Este es un pequeño ejemplo.
</para>
-<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem>
-<para>Un archivo de salida principal, que es uno de:
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+Hola, mundo \LaTeX\.
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Cada documento &latex; tiene una línea <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> y
+una línea <code>\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem>
-<para>Si se invoca como <command>latex</command>, un archivo &textldquo;independiente del
-dispositivo&textrdquo; (<file>.dvi</file>). Este contiene las instrucciones que se
-pueden traducir en órdenes para una variedad de dispositivos de salida.
-Usted puede ver estos archivos <file>.dvi</file> producidos por &latex;
-utilizando un programa como <command>xdvi</command> (visualización directa) o
-<command>dvips</command> (los convierte a PostScript).
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="18">clase de documento, definida</indexterm></cindex>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Aquí, <samp>article</samp> es la <dfn>clase de documento</dfn>. Se implementa en
+un archivo <file>article.cls</file>. Puedes utilizar cualquier clase de
+documento en tu sistema. Algunas clases de documentos están definidas
+por el mismo &latex; y hay una gran variedad de otras clases
+ampliamente disponibles. <xref label="Clases-de-documentos"><xrefnodename>Clases de documentos</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
-</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Si es invocado como <command>pdflatex</command>, produce un archivo de
-&textldquo;Documento de Formato Portátil&textrdquo; (<file>.pdf</file>). Normalmente, este es
-un archivo autocontenido, con todos los tipos de letra e imágenes
-incrustadas. Este puede ser muy útil, pero hace que produzca un archivo
-mucho más grande que el <file>.dvi</file> producido a partir del mismo
-documento.
-</para></listitem></enumerate>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="19">preámbulo, definido</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Puedes incluir otros comandos &latex; entre los comandos
+<code>\documentclass</code> y <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>. Esta área se llama
+<dfn>preámbulo</dfn>.
+</para>
+<para>El par <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>, <code>\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> define un
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="20">entorno</indexterm></cindex>
+<dfn>entorno</dfn>; el entorno <samp>document</samp> (y no otros) es obligatorio
+en todos los documentos &latex; (<pxref label="document"><xrefnodename>document</xrefnodename></pxref>). &latex; pone a
+tu disposición muchos entornos que están documentados aquí
+(<pxref label="Entornos"><xrefnodename>Entornos</xrefnodename></pxref>). Muchos más están disponibles para ti desde
+paquetes externos, sobre todo los disponibles en CTAN (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Las siguientes secciones tratan sobre cómo producir PDF u otra salida
+desde un archivo de entrada &latex;.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="Archivos-de-salida" spaces=" "><nodename>Archivos de salida</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Motores &tex;</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Comenzar y terminar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Descripción</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Archivos de salida</sectiontitle>
-<para>Existen otras variantes menos comunes de &latex; (y &tex;), de modo
-que puede producir HTML, XML y otras cosas.
+<para>&latex; produce un archivo de salida principal y al menos dos
+archivos auxiliares. El nombre del archivo de salida principal
+termina en <file>.dvi</file> o <file>.pdf</file>.
</para>
-</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Un archivo de&textldquo;transcripción&textrdquo; o <file>.log</file> que contiene información
-resumida y mensajes de diagnóstico para cualquier error descubierto en el
-archivo de entrada.
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.dvi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="5" mergedindex="cp">.dvi <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="6" mergedindex="cp">latex <r>comando</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="7" mergedindex="cp">xdvi <r>comando</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="8" mergedindex="cp">dvips <r>comando</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="9" mergedindex="cp">dvipdfmx <r>comando</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="10" mergedindex="cp">dvitype <r>comando</r></indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="archivos-de-salida-dvi">archivos de salida dvi</anchor> <para>Si &latex; se invoca con el comando
+del sistema <command>latex</command> entonces produce un archivo independiente
+del dispositivo, con extensión <file>.dvi</file>. Puedes ver este archivo
+con un comando como <command>xdvi</command>, o lo puedes convertir a un archivo
+PostScript <code>.ps</code> con <command>dvips</command> o a un archivo de formato de
+documento portable <code>.pdf</code> con <command>dvipdfmx</command>. El contenido
+del archivo se puede volcar en forma legible por humanos con
+<command>dvitype</command>. Hay disponible una amplia gama de programas DVI
+utilitarios (<url><urefurl>https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</urefurl></url>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.pdf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="11" mergedindex="cp">.pdf <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="21">pdf&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="12" mergedindex="cp">pdflatex <r>comando</r></indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="archivos-de-salida-pdf">archivos de salida pdf</anchor> <para>Si &latex; se invoca a través del
+comando del sistema <command>pdflatex</command>, entre otros comandos
+(<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores &tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>), entonces la salida principal es un archivo
+de formato de documento portable (PDF). Típicamente este es un
+archivo independiente, incluyendo todos los tipos de letra e imágenes
+necesarias.
</para>
-</listitem><listitem>
-<para>Un archivo &textldquo;auxiliar&textrdquo; o <file>.aux</file>. Este es usado por &latex; mismo,
-para diversas cosas como el seccionado.
-</para></listitem></enumerate>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>Una instrucción &latex; comienza con el nombre de la instrucción, la
-cual consiste de una <code>\</code> seguida por o bien (a)&nbsp;una cadena de
-letras o (b)&nbsp;un único carácter no letra. Los argumentos que
-figuran entre corchetes, <code>[]</code>, son opcionales, mientras que los
-argumentos contenidos entre llaves, <code>&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>, son obligatorios.
+<para>&latex; siempre produce al menos dos archivos adicionales.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.log</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="22">archivo de transcripción</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="23">archivo de registro</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="13" mergedindex="cp">.log <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="registro-de-archivos-de-salida">registro de archivos de salida</anchor> <para>Esta transcripción del archivo
+contiene información resumida, como una lista de paquetes cargados.
+También incluye mensajes de diagnóstico y quizás información adicional
+para cualquier error.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.aux</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="24">archivo auxiliar</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="14" mergedindex="cp"><r>archivo</r> .aux</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="25">referencias cruzadas, resolviendo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="26">reenviar referencias, resolviendo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="27">referencias, resolver</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="archivos-de-salida-aux">archivos de salida aux</anchor> <para>La información auxiliar la utiliza
+&latex; para cosas como referencias cruzadas. Por ejemplo, la
+primera vez que &latex; encuentra una referencia directa &textmdash; una
+referencia cruzada a algo que aún no ha apareció en la fuente &textmdash;
+aparecerá en la salida como un doble signo de interrogación <code>??</code>.
+Cuando el lugar al que se hace referencia finalmente aparece en la
+fuente, entonces &latex; escribe su información de ubicación en este
+archivo <code>.aux</code>. En la siguiente invocación, &latex; lee la
+información de ubicación de este archivo y la usa para resolver la
+referencia, sustituyendo el doble signo de interrogación por la
+ubicación guardada.
</para>
-<para>&latex; es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. Cuando ingresa
-instrucciones&comma; use la caja de letras propia a cada
-instrucción &textmdash; tradicionalmente es minúsculas.
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="15" mergedindex="cp"><r>archivo</r> .lof</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="28">archivo de lista de figuras</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="16" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="29">archivo de lista de tablas</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="17" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="30">archivo de tabla de contenido</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="31">contenido del archivo</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&latex; puede producir aún más archivos, caracterizados por el nombre
+de archivo terminado. Estos incluyen un archivo <code>.lof</code> que se
+usa para hacer una lista de figuras, un archivo <code>.lot</code> usado para
+hacer una lista de tablas, y un archivo <code>.toc</code> utilizado para
+hacer una tabla de contenido (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>) Una
+clase particular puede crear otras; la lista no tiene límites.
</para>
-</chapter>
-<node name="Iniciando-y-Finalizando" spaces=" "><nodename>Iniciando y Finalizando</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Clases de Documento</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Descripción</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Iniciando y Finalizando</sectiontitle>
+</section>
+<node name="Motores-TeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Motores &tex;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sintaxis del comando &latex;</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Archivos de salida</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Descripción</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Motores &tex;</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="32">motores, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="33">implementaciones de &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="34">UTF-8, compatibilidad del motor para</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="35">Entrada Unicode, nativa</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="36">Tipos de letra TrueType</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="37">Tipos de letra OpenType</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="38">Archivos de formato &tex; (<code>.fmt</code>)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="39">&latex; archivos de formato (<code>.fmt</code>)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="40">archivos de formato, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="18" mergedindex="cp">.fmt <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>&latex; es un gran conjunto de comandos que ejecuta un programa
+&tex; (<pxref label="Descripci_00f3n"><xrefnodename>Descripción</xrefnodename></pxref>). Tal conjunto de comandos se llama
+<dfn>format</dfn>, y está incorporado en un archivo <code>.fmt</code> binario,
+que se puede leer mucho más rápido que la fuente &tex;
+correspondiente.
+</para>
+<para>Esta sección ofrece una breve descripción general de los programas
+&tex; que comúnmente están disponibles (también <ref label="Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos"><xrefnodename>Interfaz de
+línea de comandos</xrefnodename></ref>).
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="19" mergedindex="cp">latex</indexterm>latex</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="20" mergedindex="cp">pdflatex</indexterm>pdflatex</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="21" mergedindex="cp">etex <r>comando</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="41">motor pdf&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">e-&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="motores-tex-de-latex">motores tex de latex</anchor> <para>En &tex; Live
+(<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/texlive</urefurl></url>), si se invoca a &latex; mediante el
+comando del sistema <command>latex</command> o <command>pdflatex</command>, luego se
+ejecuta el motor pdf&tex; (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</urefurl></url>).
+Cuando se invoca como <command>latex</command>, la salida principal es un
+archivo <file>.dvi</file>; como con <command>pdflatex</command>, la salida principal
+es un archivo <file>.pdf</file>.
+</para>
+<para>pdf&tex; incorpora las extensiones e-&tex; al original del programa
+Knuth (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/etex</urefurl></url>), incluidas características de
+programación y composición tipográfica bidireccional, y tiene un
+montón de extensiones propias. e-&tex; está disponible por sí solo
+como el comando del sistema <command>etex</command>, pero este es simple &tex;
+(y produce <file>.dvi</file>).
+</para>
+<para>En otras distribuciones &tex;, <command>latex</command> puede invocar a
+e-&tex; en lugar de pdf&tex;. En cualquier caso, las extensiones
+e-&tex; se puede suponer que están disponibles en &latex;.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="22" mergedindex="cp">lualatex</indexterm>lualatex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">Lua&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="tex-motores-lualatex">tex motores lualatex</anchor> <para>Si &latex; se invoca a través del
+comando del sistema <command>lualatex</command>, se ejecuta el motor Lua&tex;
+(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</urefurl></url>). Este programa permite escribir
+código en el lenguaje de programación Lua (<url><urefurl>http://luatex.org</urefurl></url>)
+para interactuar con la composición tipográfica de &tex;. Lua&tex;
+maneja la entrada Unicode UTF-8 de forma nativa, puede manejar
+OpenType y tipos de letra TrueType, y genera un archivo <file>.pdf</file> de
+forma predeterminada. También existe <command>dvilualatex</command> para
+generar un archivo <file>.dvi</file>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="23" mergedindex="cp">xelatex</indexterm>xelatex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">Xe&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="24" mergedindex="cp">.xdv <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="25" mergedindex="cp">xdvipdfmx</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="tex-motores-xelatex">tex motores xelatex</anchor> <para>Si &latex; se invoca con el comando del
+sistema <command>xelatex</command>, se ejecuta el motor Xe&tex;
+(<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/xetex</urefurl></url>). Como Lua&tex;, Xe&tex; admite de
+forma nativa tipos de letra Unicode UTF-8, TrueType y OpenType, aunque
+la implementación es completamente diferente, principalmente usando
+bibliotecas externas en lugar de código interno. Xe&tex; produce un
+archivo <file>.pdf</file> como salida; no es compatible con la salida DVI.
+</para>
+<para>Internamente, Xe&tex; crea un archivo <code>.xdv</code>, una variante de
+DVI, y traduce eso a PDF usando el programa (<code>x</code>)<code>dvipdfmx</code>,
+pero este proceso es automático. El archivo <code>.xdv</code> es útil solo
+para depuración.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="26" mergedindex="cp">platex</indexterm>platex</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">uplatex</indexterm>uplatex</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Estos comandos brindan soporte adicional significativo para japonés y
+otros idiomas; la variante <code>u</code> es compatible con Unicode. Ve
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</urefurl></url> y <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</urefurl></url>.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>A partir de 2019, hay un comando y formato <code>-dev</code> complementario
+para todos los anteriores:
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">dvilualatex-dev</indexterm>dvilualatex-dev</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">latex-dev</indexterm>latex-dev</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">lualatex-dev</indexterm>lualatex-dev</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">pdflatex-dev</indexterm>pdflatex-dev</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">platex-dev</indexterm>platex-dev</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">uplatex-dev</indexterm>uplatex-dev</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">xelatex-dev</indexterm>xelatex-dev</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">candidatos de lanzamiento</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">pruebas preliminares</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Estos son candidatos para un próximo lanzamiento de &latex;. El
+propósito principal es encontrar y abordar los problemas de
+compatibilidad antes de un lanzamiento oficial.
+</para>
+<para>Estos formatos <code>-dev</code> facilitan que cualquier persona ayude a
+probar documentos y código: puedes ejecutar, digamos,
+<code>pdflatex-dev</code> en lugar de <code>pdflatex</code>, sin cambiar nada más
+en tu entorno. De hecho, es más fácil y más útil ejecutar siempre
+versiones <code>-dev</code> en lugar de molestarte en cambiar de un lado a
+otro. Durante el momento de silencio después de un lanzamiento, los
+comandos serán equivalentes.
+</para>
+<para>No se trata de instantáneas diarias ni de código de desarrollo no
+probado. Se somete a las mismas pruebas de regresión exhaustiva
+realizadas por el equipo de &latex; antes de ser liberado.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener más información, consulta &textldquo;El flujo de trabajo de
+lanzamiento de &latex; y los formatos &latex; <code>dev</code>&textrdquo; por Frank
+Mittelbach, <cite>TUGboat</cite> 40:2,
+<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="7">iniciando y finalizando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="8">finalizando e iniciando</indexterm></cindex>
+</section>
+<node name="Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Sintaxis del comando &latex;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Entorno</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Motores &tex;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Descripción</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sintaxis del comando &latex;</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">sintaxis del comando</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">\ <r>caracteres de inicio de comandos</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">[...] <r>(para argumentos opcionales)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">&lbrace;...&rbrace; <r>(para argumentos obligatorios)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>En el archivo de entrada &latex;, un nombre de comando comienza con
+un carácter de barra invertida, <code>\</code>. El nombre en sí consiste
+entonces en (a)&nbsp;una cadena de letras o (b)&nbsp;una única no
+letra.
+</para>
+<para>Los nombres de los comandos de &latex; distinguen entre mayúsculas y
+minúsculas, por lo que <code>\pagebreak</code> es diferente de
+<code>\Pagebreak</code> (este último no es un comando estándar). La mayoría
+de los nombres de los comandos están en minúsculas, pero en cualquier
+caso debes ingresar todos estos comandos en el mismo caso en que están
+definidos.
+</para>
+<para>Un comando puede ir seguido de cero, uno o más argumentos. Estos
+argumentos pueden ser obligatorios u opcionales. Los argumentos
+requeridos están contenidos entre llaves, <code>&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>. Los
+argumentos opcionales están contenidos entre corchetes, <code>[...]</code>.
+En general, pero no universalmente, si el comando acepta un argumento
+opcional, viene primero, antes de cualquier argumento requerido.
+</para>
+<para>Dentro de un argumento opcional, para usar el carácter de corchete de
+cierre&nbsp;(<code>]</code> &textmdash;&textldquo;bracket&textrdquo;) ocúltalo entre llaves, como
+en&nbsp;<code>\item[corchete de cierre &lbrace;]&rbrace;]</code>. Del mismo modo, si un
+argumento opcional viene al final, sin argumento requerido después de
+él, entonces, para hacer que el primer carácter del siguiente texto
+sea un corchete de apertura, ocúltalo entre llaves.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; tiene la convención de que algunos comandos tienen un formato
+<code>*</code> que está relacionado con la forma sin un <code>*</code>, como
+<code>\chapter</code> y <code>\chapter*</code>. La diferencia exacta en el
+comportamiento varía de comando a comando.
+</para>
+<para>Este manual describe todas las opciones aceptadas y las formas
+<code>*</code> para el comando que cubre (salvo omisiones involuntarias,
+alias&noeos;: bugs).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52">sintaxis &latex;3</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>A partir del lanzamiento 2020-10-01 de &latex;, <code>expl3</code> y los
+paquetes <code>xparse</code> son parte del formato &latex;2e. Ellos
+proporcionan una sintaxis del lenguaje de programación subyacente
+completamente diferente. No intentaremos cubrirlos en este documento;
+ve la documentación del paquete relacionado y otros manuales de
+&latex;.
+</para>
+</section>
+<node name="Entorno" spaces=" "><nodename>Entorno</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">CTAN</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sintaxis del comando &latex;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Descripción</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Entorno</sectiontitle>
-<para>Un archivo de entrada mínimo tiene el siguiente aspecto:
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;<var>clase</var>&rbrace;
-\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
-<var>su texto</var>
-\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;<var>nombre-entorno</var>&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;<var>nombre-entorno</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>donde <var>clase</var> es una clase de documento válida para &latex;.
-<xref label="Clases-de-Documento"><xrefnodename>Clases de Documento</xrefnodename></xref>, para detalles de varias clases de documento
-disponibles localmente.
+<para>Un <dfn>entorno</dfn> es un área de la fuente &latex;, dentro de la cual
+hay un comportamiento distinto. Por ejemplo, para poesía en &latex;
+coloca las líneas entre <code>\begin&lbrace;verse&rbrace;</code> y <code>\end&lbrace;verse&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="9">preámbulo, definido</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Usted puede incluir otras instrucciones &latex; entre las instrucciones
-<code>\documentclass</code> y <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> (esta área se llama el
-<dfn>preámbulo</dfn>).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;verse&rbrace;
+ Había una vez un hombre de Nantucket \\
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;verse&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para><xref label="Entornos"><xrefnodename>Entornos</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener una lista de entornos. Particularmente
+notable es que todo documento &latex; debe tener un entorno
+<code>document</code>, un par <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+... \end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El <var>nombre-entorno</var> al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el
+de el fin. Esto incluye el caso donde <var>nombre-entorno</var> termina en
+una estrella&nbsp;(<code>*</code>); los textos <code>\begin</code> y <code>\end</code>
+deben incluir la estrella.
</para>
+<para>Los entornos pueden tener argumentos, incluidos argumentos opcionales.
+Este ejemplo produce una tabla. El primer argumento es opcional (y
+provoca que la tabla se alinee en su fila superior) mientras que el
+segundo argumento es requerido (especifica el formato de las
+columnas).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;[t]&lbrace;r|l&rbrace;
+ ... filas de la tabla ...
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+</section>
+<node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Entorno</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Descripción</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: La red integral de archivo &tex;</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>La red integral de archivos &tex;, CTAN, es el repositorio de
+material gratuito de la comunidad &tex; y &latex;. Es un conjunto
+de sitios de Internet de todo el mundo que ofrecen material
+relacionado con &latex; para descargar. Visita CTAN en la web en
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<para>Este material está organizado en paquetes, paquetes discretos que
+típicamente ofrecen alguna funcionalidad coherente y son mantenidos
+por una persona o un pequeño número de personas. Por ejemplo, muchos
+editores tienen un paquete que permite a los autores dar formato a los
+artículos según especificaciones del editor.
+</para>
+<para>Además de las existencias masivas, el sitio web <code>ctan.org</code> ofrece
+funciones como la búsqueda por nombre o por funcionalidad.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>CTAN no es un solo anfitrión, sino un conjunto de anfitriones, uno de
+los cuales es el llamado &textldquo;maestro&textrdquo;. El anfitrión maestro administra
+activamente el material, por ejemplo, aceptando cargas de material
+nuevo o paquetes actualizados. Durante muchos años, ha sido alojado
+por el grupo &tex; alemán, DANTE e.V.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">espejos de CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Otros sitios alrededor del mundo ayudan con la duplicación, es decir,
+sincronizar automáticamente sus colecciones con el sitio maestro y
+luego, a su vez, ponen sus copias a disposición del público. Esto
+proporciona a los usuarios cercanos a su ubicación mejor acceso y
+alivia la carga en el sitio maestro. La lista de espejos está en
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/mirrors</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Clases-de-Documento" spaces=" "><nodename>Clases de Documento</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Tipos de Letra</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Iniciando y Finalizando</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Clases de Documento</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Clases-de-documentos" spaces=" "><nodename>Clases de documentos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Tipos de letra</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Descripción</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Clases de documentos</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="10">clases de documento</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="11">clases de documentos</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="2">\documentclass</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">clases de documentos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">documentos, clases de</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La clase de un determinado documento se define con la instrucción:
+<para>La clase general del documento se define con este comando, que
+normalmente es el primer comando en un archivo fuente &latex;.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>opciones</var>]&lbrace;<var>clase</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]&lbrace;<var>class</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\documentclass</code> debe ser la primer instrucción en un
-archivo fuente &latex;.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">diapositivas <r>clase</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Los siguientes nombres de <var>class</var> de documento están integrados en
+&latex;. (Muchas otras clases de documentos están disponibles como
+paquetes separados; <pxref label="Descripci_00f3n"><xrefnodename>Descripción</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="3"><r>clase</r> article</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="4"><r>clase</r> report</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="5"><r>clase</r> book</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="6"><r>clase</r> letter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="7"><r>clase</r> slides</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Los nombres integrados de <var>clases</var> de documento &latex; (muchas
-otras clases de documento están disponibles como complementos;
-<pxref label="Descripci_00f3n"><xrefnodename>Descripción</xrefnodename></pxref>):
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">article</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="clase-de-documento-article">clase de documento article</anchor> <para>Para un artículo de revista, una
+presentación y varios usos generales.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">book</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="clase-de-documento-book">clase de documento book</anchor> <para>Libros completos, incluidos capítulos
+y posiblemente una contra portada en el anverso, como un prefacio, y
+asunto posterior, como un apéndice (<pxref label="Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada"><xrefnodename>Material de
+portada/contraportada</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">letter</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="clase-de-documento-letter">clase de documento letter</anchor> <para>Correo, opcionalmente incluyendo
+etiquetas postales (<pxref label="Cartas"><xrefnodename>Cartas</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">report</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="clase-de-documento-report">clase de documento report</anchor> <para>Para documentos de longitud entre
+un <code>article</code> y un <code>book</code>, como informes técnicos o tesis,
+que pueden contener varios capítulos.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">slides</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="clase-de-documento-slides">clase de documento slides</anchor> <para>Para presentación de
+diapositivas&textmdash;rara vez utilizado hoy día. El paquete <code>beamer</code>
+es quizás el más frecuentemente utilizado
+(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</urefurl></url>). <xref label="Plantilla-beamer"><xrefnodename>Plantilla beamer</xrefnodename></xref>, para una
+pequeña plantilla para un documento beamer.
</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">article report book letter slides
-</pre></example>
-
-<!-- c xx describir brevemente cada una -->
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>Las <var>opciones</var> estándar están descritas más adelante.
+<para>Las <var>options</var> estándar se describen en la siguiente sección.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Opciones de Clase de Documento</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Opciones globales.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Opciones de la clase documento</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Opciones globales.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Paquetes adicionales</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Atrae paquetes.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Construcción de clase y paquete</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Crea nuevas clases y paquetes.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento" spaces=" "><nodename>Opciones de Clase de Documento</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Clases de Documento</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Opciones de Clase de Documento</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento" spaces=" "><nodename>Opciones de la clase documento</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Paquetes adicionales</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Clases de documentos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Opciones de la clase documento</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="12">opciones de clase de documento</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="13">opciones, clase de documento</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="14">opciones de clase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="15">opciones globales</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">opciones de la clase documento</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">opciones, clase de documento</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">opciones de clase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">opciones globales</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Usted puede especificar las así llamadas <dfn>opciones globales</dfn> u
-<dfn>opciones de clase</dfn> en la instrucción <code>\documentclass</code>
-encerrándolas entre corchetes de la manera usual. Para especificar más
-de una <var>opción</var>, deberá separarlas con una coma:
+<para>Puedes especificar <dfn>opciones globales</dfn> u <dfn>opciones de clase</dfn>
+al comando <code>\documentclass</code> encerrándolas entre corchetes. Para
+especificar más de una <var>opción</var>, sepáralas con una coma.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>opción1</var>,<var>opción2</var>,...]&lbrace;<var>clase</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>option1</var>,<var>option2</var>,...]&lbrace;<var>class</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Esta es la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
+<para>Aquí está la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="8"><r>opción</r> 10pt</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="9"><r>opción</r> 11pt</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="10"><r>opción</r> 12pt</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Todas las clases estándar salvo <code>slides</code> aceptan las siguientes
-opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el predeterminado
-es <code>10pt</code>):
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>opción</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Todas las clases estándar excepto <code>slides</code> aceptan las siguientes
+opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el valor
+predeterminado es <code>10pt</code>):
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">10pt 11pt 12pt
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="11"><r>opción</r> a4paper</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="12"><r>opción</r> a5paper</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="13"><r>opción</r> b5paper</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="14"><r>opción</r> executivepaper</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="15"><r>opción</r> legalpaper</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="16"><r>opción</r> letterpaper</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
-tamaño del papel (el predeterminado es <code>letterpaper</code>):
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>opción</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
+tamaño del papel (estos muestran alto por ancho):
</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
-</pre></example>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">a4paper</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>210 por 297<dmn>mm</dmn> (alrededor de 8.25 por 11.75&nbsp;pulgadas)
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">a5paper</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>148 por 210<dmn>mm</dmn> (alrededor de 5.8 por 8.3&nbsp;pulgadas)
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b5paper</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>176 por 250<dmn>mm</dmn> (alrededor de 6.9 ​​por 9.8&nbsp;pulgadas)
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">executivepaper</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>7.25 por 10.5&nbsp;pulgadas
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">legalpaper</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 por 14&nbsp;pulgadas
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">letterpaper</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 por 11&nbsp;pulgadas (el predeterminado)
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="17"><r>opción</r> draft</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="18"><r>opción</r> final</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="19"><r>opción</r> fleqn</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="20"><r>opción</r> landscape</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="21"><r>opción</r> leqno</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="22"><r>opción</r> openbib</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="23"><r>opción</r> titlepage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="24"><r>opción</r> notitlepage</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Otras opciones diversas:
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62"><r>package</r>, <code>geometría</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63"><code>geometría</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Al usar uno de los motores pdf&latex;,
+Lua&latex; o Xe&latex; (<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores &tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>), otras opciones a
+que <code>letterpaper</code> configura el área de impresión, pero también
+debes establecer el tamaño físico del papel. Una manera de hacer eso
+es poner <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> y
+<code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> en el preámbulo de tu documento.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64"><r>package</r>, <code>geometría</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65"><code>geometría</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ El paquete <code>geometry</code> proporciona formas
+flexibles de configurar el área de impresión y tamaño de página
+física.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>opción</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Varias otras opciones:
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft, final</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="16">omitiendo, cajas negras</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>marca/no marca el desbordamiento de cajas con una gran caja negra; el
-predeterminado es <code>final</code>.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; el
-predeterminado es centrado.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Selecciona el formato apaisado; el predeterminado es vertical.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca los números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las ecuaciones;
-el predeterminado es el lado derecho.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Usa el formato de bibliografía &textldquo;abierto&textrdquo;.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage, notitlepage</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica si la página de título es independiente; de manera
-predeterminada depende de la clase.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">cajas negras, omitir</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Marca cajas (<code>draft</code>) o no marcar (<code>final</code>) cajas demasiado
+llenas con un recuadro negro al margen; el valor predeterminado es
+<code>final</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">ecuaciones a la izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">ecuaciones centradas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">ecuaciones, vaciar a la izquierda vs.&noeos; centradas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; de manera
+predeterminada están centradas.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">orientación landscape</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">orientación retrato</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Selecciona el formato apaisado; el valor predeterminado es retrato.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">números de ecuación de la izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">números de ecuación de la derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">números de ecuación, izquierda vs.&noeos; derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Poner números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las ecuaciones; de
+manera predeterminada es el lado derecho.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">Formato de bibliografía, abierto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Utiliza el formato de bibliografía &textldquo;abierta&textrdquo;.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">notitlepage</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">página de título, separada o corrida</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Especifica si hay una página separada para la información del título y
+para el resumen también, si lo hay. El valor predeterminado para la
+clase <code>report</code> es <code>titlepage</code>, para las otras clases es
+<code>notitlepage</code>.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>Estas opciones no están disponibles con la clase <code>slides</code>:
+<para>Las siguientes opciones no están disponibles con la clase
+<code>slides</code>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="25"><r>opción</r> onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="26"><r>opción</r> twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="27"><r>opción</r> oneside</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28"><r>opción</r> twoside</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="29"><r>opción</r> openright</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="30"><r>opción</r> openany</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">onecolumn</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twocolumn</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el predeterminado es
-<code>onecolumn</code>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el valor predeterminado
+es <code>onecolumn</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">oneside</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twoside</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="31">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="32">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Selecciona el diseño de una o dos caras; el predeterminado es
-<code>oneside</code>, excepto para la clase <code>book</code>.
-</para>
-<para>El parámetro <code>\evensidemargin</code> (<code>\oddsidemargin</code>) determina la
-distancia en páginas par (impar) numeradas entre el lado izquierdo de la
-página y el margen excedente del texto. Los valores predeterminados
-varían con el tamaño del papel y si el diseño seleccionado es de uno o
-dos lados. Para imprimir texto en un lado es centrado, para dos lados,
-<code>\oddsidemargin</code> es 40% de la diferencia entre <code>\paperwidth</code> y
-<code>\textwidth</code> con el resto de <code>\evensidemargin</code>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<!-- c xx TODO vuelve a alinear en la versión francesa, que es más -->
+<!-- c precisa. -->
+<para>Selecciona el diseño de uno o dos lados; el valor predeterminado es
+<code>oneside</code>, excepto que en la clase <code>book</code> el valor
+predeterminado es <code>twoside</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Para la impresión a una cara, el texto se centra en la página. Para
+impresión a dos caras, el parámetro <code>\evensidemargin</code>
+(<code>\oddsidemargin</code>) determina la distancia en páginas pares
+(impares) entre el lado izquierdo de la página y el margen izquierdo
+del texto, con <code>\oddsidemargin</code> siendo el 40% de la diferencia
+entre <code>\paperwidth</code> y <code>\textwidth</code> y <code>\evensidemargin</code>
+es el resto.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openright</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openany</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Determina si un capítulo debe iniciar en una página del lado derecho;
-para <code>book</code>, el predeterminado es <code>openright</code>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Determina si un capítulo debe comenzar en una página de la derecha; el
+valor predeterminado es <code>openright</code> para <code>book</code> y
+<code>openany</code> para <code>report</code>.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>La clase <code>slides</code> ofrece la opción <code>clock</code> para imprimir la
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>opción para la clase <code>slides</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>La clase <code>slides</code> ofrece la opción <code>clock</code> para imprimir lo
hora en la parte inferior de cada nota.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="17">paquetes, cargando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="18">cargando paquetes adicionales</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="33">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Los paquetes adicionales se cargan de la siguiente manera:
+</section>
+<node name="Paquetes-adicionales" spaces=" "><nodename>Paquetes adicionales</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Construcción de clase y paquete</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Opciones de la clase documento</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Clases de documentos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Paquetes adicionales</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">cargando paquetes adicionales</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">paquetes, cargando adicionales</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">paquetes adicionales, cargando</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Carga un paquete <var>pkg</var>, con las opciones de paquete dadas en la
+lista <var>options</var> separada por comas, como aquí.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>opciones</var>]&lbrace;<var>paquete</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]&lbrace;<var>pkg</var>&rbrace;.
</pre></example>
-<para>Para especificar más de un <var>paquete</var>, usted puede separarlos con una
-coma, o utilizar múltiples instrucciones<code>\usepackage</code>.
+<para>Para especificar más de un paquete, lo puedes separar con una coma,
+como en <code>\usepackage&lbrace;<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...&rbrace;</code>, o usa
+múltiples comandos <code>\usepackage</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="19">opciones globales</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="20">opciones, globales</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Cualquiera de las opciones que figuran en la instrucción
-<code>\documentclass</code> que no son conocidas por la clase de documento
-seleccionada son transmitidas a los paquetes cargados con
-<code>\usepackage</code>.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">opciones globales</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">globales, opciones</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Cualquier opción dada en el comando <code>\documentclass</code> que sea
+desconocida para la clase document seleccionada se pasa a los paquetes
+cargados con <code>\usepackage</code>.
</para>
</section>
+<node name="Construcci_00f3n-de-clase-y-paquete" spaces=" "><nodename>Construcción de clase y paquete</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Paquetes adicionales</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Clases de documentos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Construcción de clase y paquete</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">comandos de clase de documento</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">comandos, clase de documento</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">nuevos comandos de clase</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Puedes crear nuevas clases de documentos y nuevos paquetes. Por
+ejemplo, si tus memorandos deben cumplir con algunos requisitos
+locales, como un encabezado estándar para cada página, entonces
+podrías crear una nueva clase <code>smcmemo.cls</code> y comienza tus
+documentos con <code>\documentclass&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Lo que separa a un paquete de una clase de documento es que los
+comandos en un paquete son útiles en todas las clases, mientras que
+los de una clase de documento son específicos de esa clase. Por lo
+tanto, un comando para establecer encabezados de página es para un
+paquete mientras que un comando para hacer que los encabezados de
+página digan <code>Memo desde el departamento de matemáticas SMC</code> es
+para una clase.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">diferencia de clase y paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">diferencia entre clase y paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+</para>
+<para>Dentro de un archivo de clase o paquete, puedes usar el signo
+<code>&arobase;</code> como carácter en nombres de comandos sin tener que rodear el
+código que contiene ese comando con <code>\makeatletter</code> y
+<code>\makeatother</code>. <xref label="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter y \makeatother</xrefnodename></xref>. Esto te
+permite crear comandos que los usuarios no redefinirán
+accidentalmente. Otra técnica es prefijar comandos específicos de
+clase o paquete con alguna cadena para evitar que tu clase o paquete
+interfiera con otros. Por ejemplo, la clase <code>smcmemo</code> podría
+tener comandos <code>\smc&arobase;tolist</code>, <code>\smc&arobase;fromlist</code>, etc.
+</para>
+
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Estructura de clase y paquete</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Composición del archivo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Comandos class y package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lista de comandos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Estructura-de-clase-y-paquete" spaces=" "><nodename>Estructura de clase y paquete</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Comandos class y package</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Construcción de clase y paquete</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Estructura de clase y paquete</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">estructura de clase y paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">composición del archivo de clase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">composición del archivo del paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">opciones, clase de documento</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">opciones, paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">opciones de clase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">opciones de paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Un archivo de clase o un archivo de paquete normalmente consta de
+cuatro partes.
+</para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
+<listitem>
+<para>En la <dfn>parte de identificación</dfn>, el archivo dice que es un paquete
+o clase &latex; y se describe a sí mismo, usando
+<code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code> y los comandos <code>\ProvidesClass</code> o
+<code>\ProvidesPackage</code>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>La <dfn>parte de declaraciones preliminares</dfn> declara algunos comandos
+y también puede cargar otros archivos. Generalmente, estos comandos
+serán los necesarios para el código utilizado en la siguiente parte.
+Por ejemplo, una clase <code>smcmemo</code> se puede llamar con una opción
+para leer un archivo con una lista de personas para el encabezado,
+como <code>\documentclass[mathto]&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</code>, y por lo tanto
+necesitas definir un comando
+<code>\newcommand&lbrace;\setto&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\def\&arobase;tolist&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> usado en ese
+archivo.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>En <dfn>manejar la parte de opciones</dfn> la clase o paquete declara y
+procesa sus opciones. Las opciones de clase permiten que un usuario
+comience su documento como <code>\documentclass[<var>lista de
+opciones</var>]&lbrace;<var>nombre de clase</var>&rbrace;</code>, para modificar el comportamiento
+de la clase. Un ejemplo es cuando declaras
+<code>\documentclass[11pt]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code> para establecer el valor
+predeterminado para el tamaño del tipo de letra del documento.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>Finalmente, en la <dfn>parte de más declaraciones</dfn> la clase o paquete
+suele hacer la mayor parte de su trabajo: declarar nuevas variables,
+comandos y tipos de letra y cargar otros archivos.
+</para></listitem></enumerate>
+
+<para>Aquí hay un archivo de clase inicial, que se debe guardar como
+<file>stub.cls</file> donde &latex; lo pueda encontrar, por ejemplo en el
+mismo directorio que el archivo <file>.tex</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\NeedsTeXFormat&lbrace;LaTeX2e&rbrace; \ProvidesClass&lbrace;stub&rbrace;[2017/07/06 auxiliar
+para comenzar a crear clases desde]
+\DeclareOption*&lbrace;\PassOptionsToClass&lbrace;\CurrentOption&rbrace;&lbrace;article&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\ProcessOptions\relax \LoadClass&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">ejemplo de archivo de clase</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Se identifica a sí mismo, maneja las opciones de clase a través del
+valor predeterminado pasándolos todos a la clase <code>article</code>, y
+luego carga la clase <code>article</code> para proporcionar la base para el
+código de esta clase.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener más información, consulta la guía oficial para escritores
+de clases y paquetes, la clase Guide, en
+<url><urefurl>https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</urefurl></url>
+(muchas de las descripciones aquí se derivan de este documento), o el
+tutorial <url><urefurl>https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Comandos-class-y-package" spaces=" "><nodename>Comandos class y package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Estructura de clase y paquete</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Construcción de clase y paquete</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Comandos class y package</sectiontitle>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">Comandos class y package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">comandos, clase y paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Estos son los comandos diseñados para ayudar a los escritores de
+clases o paquetes.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtBeginDvi&lbrace;especiales&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Guarda en un cuadro de registro las cosas que se escriben en el
+archivo <file>.dvi</file> al comienzo del envío de la primera página del
+documento.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfClass&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Gancho para insertar <var>code</var> para que se ejecute cuando &latex;
+termine procesando la clase o paquete actual. Puedes usar estos
+ganchos varias veces; el <code>código</code> se ejecutará en el orden en que
+lo llames. Consulta también <ref label="_005cAtBeginDocument"><xrefnodename>\AtBeginDocument</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">nuevo comando, comprobar</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Similar a <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>)
+pero no define <var>cmd</var>; en su lugar, comprueba que la definición
+actual de <var>cmd</var> es o no es exactamente como la <var>definition</var>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">comando long</indexterm></cindex>
+<dfn>long</dfn> como se esperaba. Un comando largo es un comando que
+acepta <code>\par</code> dentro de un argumento. Se espera que el comando
+<var>cmd</var> sea largo con la versión sin estrella de
+<code>\CheckCommand</code>. Levanta un error cuando la comprobación falla.
+Esto te permite comprobar antes de empezar a redefinir <code>cmd</code> tú
+mismo que ningún otro paquete ya haya redefinido este comando.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassError&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>error text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>help text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarning&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarningNoLine&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfo&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageError&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>error text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>help text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarning&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarningNoLine&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>warning text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Produce un mensaje de error, o mensajes de advertencia o informativo.
+</para>
+<para>Para <code>\ClassError</code> y <code>\PackageError</code> el mensaje es
+<var>texto de error</var>, seguido del indicador de error <code>?</code> de
+&tex;. Si el usuario luego, pide ayuda escribiendo <code>h</code>, ve el
+mensaje <var>texto de ayuda</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Los cuatro comandos de advertencia son similares excepto que escriben
+<var>texto de advertencia</var> en la pantalla sin mensaje de error. Los
+cuatro comandos escriben <var>texto info</var> solo en el archivo de
+transcripción. Las versiones de <code>NoLine</code> no muestran el número
+de la línea que genera el mensaje, mientras que las otras versiones
+muestran ese número.
+</para>
+<para>Para dar formato a los mensajes, incluido el <var>texto de ayuda</var>: usa
+<code>\protect</code> para evitar que un comando se expanda, obtén un salto
+de línea con <code>\MessageBreak</code>, y obtén un espacio con
+<code>\space</code> cuando un carácter de espacio no lo permite, como
+después de un comando. Ten en cuenta que &latex; añade un punto a
+los mensajes.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CurrentOption</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Expande al nombre de la opción que se está procesando actualmente.
+Sólo se pueden usar dentro del argumento <var>code</var> de
+<code>\DeclareOption</code> o <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption&lbrace;<var>option</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">opciones de clase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">opciones de paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">opciones, clase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">opciones, paquete</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Hace que una opción esté disponible para que un usuario la invoque en
+su comando <code>\documentclass</code>. Por ejemplo, la clase
+<code>smcmemo</code> podría tener una opción
+<code>\documentclass[logo]&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</code> que permita a los usuarios
+colocar el logo institucional en la primera página. El archivo de
+clase debe contener <code>\DeclareOption&lbrace;logo&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</code> (y ​​más
+tarde, <code>\ProcessOptions</code>).
+</para>
+<para>Si solicitas una opción que no ha sido declarada, de manera
+predeterminada esta producirá una advertencia como <code>Opciones
+globales no utilizadas: [badoption]</code>. Cambia este comportamiento con
+la versión destacada <code>\DeclareOption*&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</code>. Por
+ejemplo, muchas clases extienden una clase existente, usando un
+comando como <code>\LoadClass&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code>, y para pasar opciones
+adicionales al código de uso de clase subyacente como este.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption*&lbrace;% \PassOptionsToClass&lbrace;\CurrentOption&rbrace;&lbrace;article&rbrace;%
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Otro ejemplo es que la clase <code>smcmemo</code> puede permitir a los
+usuarios mantener listas de destinatarios de notas en archivos
+externos. Entonces el usuario podría invocar
+<code>\documentclass[math]&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</code> y leerá el archivo
+<code>math.memo</code>. Este código maneja el archivo si existe y de lo
+contrario pasa la opción a la clase <code>article</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption*&lbrace;\InputIfFileExists&lbrace;\CurrentOption.memo&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \PassOptionsToClass&lbrace;\CurrentOption&rbrace;&lbrace;article&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">* \DeclareRobustCommand*&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">nuevo comando, definición</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Como <code>\newcommand</code> y <code>\newcommand*</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y
+\renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) pero estos declaran un comando robusto, incluso si
+algún código dentro de la <var>definición</var> es frágil. (Para una
+discusión de comandos robustos y frágiles <pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). Usa este
+comando para definir nuevos comandos robustos o para redefinir
+comandos existentes y hacerlos robustos. A diferencia de
+<code>\newcommand</code>, estos no dan un error si la macro <var>cmd</var> ya
+existe; en su lugar, se coloca un mensaje de registro en el archivo de
+transcripción si se redefine un comando.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos definidos de esta manera son un poco menos eficientes que
+los definidos usando <code>\newcommand</code> así que, a menos que los datos
+del comando sean frágiles y el comando se use dentro de un argumento
+en movimiento, usa <code>\newcommand</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>etoolbox</code> ofrece los comandos
+<code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, así como los comandos
+<code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code> y los comandos
+<code>\providerobustcmd</code> y <code>\providerobustcmd*</code>. Estos son
+similares a <code>\newcommand</code>, <code>\newcommand*</code>,
+<code>\renewcommand</code>, <code>\renewcommand*</code>, <code>\providecommand</code> y
+<code>\providecommand*</code>, pero define un <var>cmd</var> robusto con dos
+ventajas en comparación con <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
+</para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
+<listitem>
+<para>Utilizan el mecanismo de protección de bajo nivel e-&tex; en lugar
+del mecanismo <code>\protect</code> &latex; de nivel superior, por lo que
+no incurren la ligera pérdida de rendimiento mencionada anteriormente,
+y
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+<para>Hacen la misma distinción entre <code>\new&dots;</code>,
+<code>\renew&dots;</code> y <code>\provide&dots;</code>, como comandos estándar,
+por lo que no solo hacen un mensaje de registro cuando redefines
+<var>cmd</var> que ya existe, en ese caso necesitas usar
+<code>\renew&dots;</code> o <code>\provide&dots;</code> o recibes un error.
+</para></listitem></enumerate>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>true code</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>false code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>true code</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>false code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Ejecuta <var>código verdadero</var> si &latex; encuentra el archivo
+<file><var>nombre de archivo</var></file> o <var>código falso</var> de lo contrario.
+En el primer caso se ejecuta <var>código verdadero</var> y entonces ingresa
+el archivo. Así el comando
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\IfFileExists&lbrace;img.pdf&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \includegraphics&lbrace;img.pdf&rbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;\typeout&lbrace;!! img.pdf no encontrado&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>incluirá el gráfico <file>img.pdf</file> si se encuentra y de lo contrario
+dará un aviso.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando busca el archivo en todas las rutas de búsqueda que usa
+&latex;, no solo en el directorio actual. Mirar solo en el
+directorio actual hace algo como
+<code>\IfFileExists&lbrace;./filename&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>código
+verdadero</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>código falso</var>&rbrace;</code>. Si solicitas un nombre de
+archivo sin una extensión <code>.tex</code> entonces &latex; primero
+buscará el archivo agregando la extensión <code>.tex</code>; para obtener
+más información sobre cómo &latex; maneja las extensiones de archivo
+<ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Carga una clase, como con <code>\documentclass[<var>lista de
+opciones</var>]&lbrace;<var>nombre de clase</var>&rbrace;[<var>información de
+publicación</var>]</code>. Un ejemplo es <code>\LoadClass[twoside]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>La <var>options list</var>, si está presente, es una lista separada por
+comas. La <var>fecha de lanzamiento</var> es opcional. Si está presente
+debe tener la forma <var>AAAA/MM/DD</var>.
+<!-- c Por cierto, hay at-macros documentadas en macros2e.pdf para -->
+<!-- c comprobar la versión y, condicionalmente, realizar algunas acciones -->
+<!-- c en la versión posterior o no en algunas fechas. -->
+</para>
+<para>Si solicitas una <var>fecha de lanzamiento</var> y la fecha del paquete
+instalado en tu sistema es anterior, recibes una advertencia en la
+pantalla y en el registro como esta.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Has solicitado, en la línea de entrada 4, la versión `2038/01/19' de
+la clase de documento ``article'', pero solo la versión `2014/09/29
+v1.4h La clase de documento LaTeX estándar' está disponible.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La versión del comando <code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code> usa la lista de
+opciones para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignora cualquier
+opción pasada a través de <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. Este es un
+comando de conveniencia que te permite construir clases sobre las
+existentes, como la clase <code>article</code> estándar, sin tener que
+rastrear qué opciones se pasaron.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ExecuteOptions&lbrace;<var>options-list</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Para cada opción <var>option</var> en la <var>lista de opciones</var>, en orden,
+este comando ejecuta el comando <code>\ds&arobase;<var>option</var></code>. Si este
+comando no está definido, entonces esa opción se ignora
+silenciosamente.
+</para>
+<para>Se puede utilizar para proporcionar una lista de opciones
+predeterminada antes <code>\ProcessOptions</code>. Por ejemplo, si en un
+archivo de clase deseas que el predeterminado sea el tipo de letra de
+11 puntos, entonces podrías especificar
+<code>\ExecuteOptions&lbrace;11pt&rbrace;\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NeedsTeXFormat&lbrace;<var>format</var>&rbrace;[<var>formato de fecha</var>]</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Especifica el formato con el que se debe ejecutar esta clase. A
+menudo emitido como la primera línea de un archivo de clase, y se usa
+con mayor frecuencia como: <code>\NeedsTeXFormat&lbrace;LaTeX2e&rbrace;</code>. Cuando
+un documento que usa esa clase es procesado, el nombre de formato
+proporcionado aquí debe coincidir con el formato que en realidad se
+está ejecutando (incluyendo que la cadena <var>format</var> es sensible a
+mayúsculas y minúsculas). Si no coincide, la ejecución se detiene con
+un error como <samp>Este archivo necesita formato `LaTeX2e' pero es
+`xxx'.</samp>
+</para>
+<para>Para especificar una versión del formato que sabes que tiene ciertas
+características, incluye el <var>formato de fecha</var> opcional en el que
+esas características fueron implementadas. Si está presente, debe
+tener el formato <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. Si la versión del formato
+instalada en tu sistema es anterior al <var>formato de fecha</var>,
+entonces recibes una advertencia como esta.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Has solicitado la liberación `2038/01/20' de LaTeX, pero solo la
+versión `2016/02/01' está disponible.
+</pre></example>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OptionNotUsed</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Agrega la opción actual a la lista de opciones no utilizadas. Solo se
+puede usar dentro del argumento <var>code</var> de <code>\DeclareOption</code> o
+<code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
+</para>
+<!-- c No puedo reproducir este comportamiento como está documentado en -->
+<!-- c clsguide. En ausencia de una declaración @code{\DeclareOption*}, -->
+<!-- c @LaTeX{} emite una advertencia en la consola como @code{Advertencia -->
+<!-- c de LaTeX: Global no utilizadas opción(es): [opción no utilizada].} -->
+<!-- c con la lista de opciones no utilizadas cuando llega a -->
+<!-- c @code{\begin@{document@}}. -->
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToClass&lbrace;<var>options list</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage&lbrace;<var>options list</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Agrega las opciones en la lista separada por comas <var>lista de
+opciones</var> a las opciones utilizadas por cualquier futuro comando
+<code>\RequirePackage</code> o <code>\usepackage</code> para el paquete
+<var>nombre del paquete</var> o la clase <var>nombre de clase</var>.
+</para>
+<para>El motivo de estos comandos es: puedes cargar un paquete cualquier
+cantidad de veces sin opciones, pero, si deseas opciones, solo las
+puedes proporcionar cuando cargues el paquete por primera vez. Al
+cargar un paquete con opciones más de una vez obtendrás un error como
+<code>Conflicto de opción para el paquete Foo.</code> (&latex; arroja un
+error incluso si no hay conflicto entre opciones).
+</para>
+<para>Si tu propio código trae un paquete dos veces, entonces puedes
+colapsar eso a una vez, por ejemplo reemplazando los dos
+<code>\RequirePackage[landscape]&lbrace;geometry&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\RequirePackage[margins=1in]&lbrace;geometry&rbrace;</code> con el comando único
+<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]&lbrace;geometry&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Sin embargo, imagina que estás cargando <file>firstpkg</file> y dentro de
+ese paquete que carga <file>secondpkg</file>, y necesitas que el segundo
+paquete sea cargado con la opción <code>draft</code>. Entonces antes de
+hacer el primer paquete debes poner en cola las opciones para el
+segundo paquete, así.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\PassOptionsToPackage&lbrace;draft&rbrace;&lbrace;secondpkg&rbrace;
+\RequirePackage&lbrace;firstpkg&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>(Si <code>firstpkg.sty</code> carga una opción en conflicto con lo que
+deseas entonces posiblemente tengas que alterar tu fuente).
+</para>
+<para>Estos comandos son útiles para usuarios generales, así como para
+clases y paquetes. Por ejemplo, supongamos que un usuario quiere
+cargar el paquete <code>graphicx</code> con la opción <code>draft</code> y también
+quieres usar una clase <code>foo</code> que carga el paquete
+<code>graphicx</code>, pero sin esa opción. El usuario podría iniciar su
+archivo &latex; con
+<code>\PassOptionsToPackage&lbrace;draft&rbrace;&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace;\documentclass&lbrace;foo&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Ejecuta el código para cada opción que el usuario haya invocado.
+Incluirlo en el archivo de clase como <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code>
+(debido a la existencia del comando con asterisco).
+</para>
+<para>Las opciones vienen en dos tipos. <dfn>Opciones locales</dfn> se han
+especificado para este paquete particular en el argumento
+<var>options</var> de <code>\PassOptionsToPackage&lbrace;<var>options</var>&rbrace;</code>,
+<code>\usepackage[<var>options</var>]</code>, o
+<code>\RequirePackage[<var>options</var>]</code>. <dfn>Opciones globales</dfn> son
+las dadas por el usuario de la clase en
+<code>\documentclass[<var>options</var>]</code> (si una opción se especifica
+tanto local como globalmente, entonces es local).
+</para>
+<para>Cuando se llama a <code>\ProcessOptions</code> para un paquete
+<file>pkg.sty</file>, lo siguiente sucede:
+</para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
+<listitem>
+<para>Para cada opción <var>option</var> declarada hasta ahora con
+<code>\DeclareOption</code>, busca si esa opción es una opción global o
+local para <code>pkg</code>. Si es así, ejecuta el código declarado. Esto
+se hace en el orden en que estas opciones fueron dadas en
+<file>pkg.sty</file>.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+<para>Para cada opción local restante, ejecuta el comando
+<code>\ds&arobase;</code><var>option</var> si se ha definido en algún lugar (que no sea
+por una <code>\DeclareOption</code>); de lo contrario, ejecuta el código de
+opción predeterminada dada en <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. Si no se ha
+introducido ningún código de opción predeterminado declarado entonces
+da un mensaje de error. Esto se hace en el orden en que se
+especificaron estas opciones.
+</para></listitem></enumerate>
+
+<para>Cuando se llama a <code>\ProcessOptions</code> para una clase, funciona en
+la misma manera salvo que todas las opciones son locales y el
+<var>code</var> predeterminado para <code>\DeclareOption*</code> es
+<code>\OptionNotUsed</code> en lugar de un error.
+</para>
+<para>La versión destacada <code>\ProcessOptions*</code> ejecuta las opciones en
+el orden especificado en las llamadas a comandos, en lugar de en el
+orden de declaración en la clase o paquete. Para un paquete esto
+significa que las opciones globales se procesan primero.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Identifica la clase o paquete, imprimiendo un mensaje en pantalla y en
+el archivo de registro.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando cargas una clase o paquete, por ejemplo con
+<code>\documentclass&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</code> o <code>\usepackage&lbrace;test&rbrace;</code>,
+&latex; ingresa un archivo. Si el nombre del archivo no coincide con
+la clase o nombre del paquete declarado en él, entonces recibes una
+advertencia. Así, si invocas <code>\documentclass&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</code>, y el
+archivo <file>smcmemo.cls</file> tiene la instrucción
+<code>\ProvidesClass&lbrace;xxx&rbrace;</code> luego recibes una advertencia como
+<code>Has solicitado la clase de documento `smcmemo', pero la clase
+del documento proporciona 'xxx'.</code> Esta advertencia no evita que
+&latex; procese el resto del archivo de clase normalmente.
+</para>
+<para>Si incluyes el argumento opcional, debes incluir una fecha, antes de
+cualquier espacio, en la forma <code>AAAA/MM/DD</code>. El resto del
+argumento opcional es de forma libre, aunque tradicionalmente
+identifica la clase, y se escribe en la pantalla durante la
+compilación y en el archivo de registro. Por lo tanto, si tu archivo
+<file>smcmemo.cls</file> contiene la línea
+<code>\ProvidesClass&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC clase memo]</code> y la
+primera línea de tu documento es <code>\documentclass&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</code>
+entonces verás <code>Clase de documento: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC
+clase memo</code>.
+</para>
+<para>La fecha en el argumento opcional permite a los usuarios de clases y
+paquetes preguntar para ser advertido si la versión de la clase o
+paquete es anterior a la <var>fecha de lanzamiento</var>. Por ejemplo, un
+usuario puede ingresar <code>\documentclass&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;[2018/10/12]</code> o
+<code>\usepackage&lbrace;foo&rbrace;[[2017/07/07]]</code> para requerir una clase o
+paquete con ciertas características especificando que no se debe
+lanzar antes que la fecha dada. (Aunque, en la práctica, los usuarios
+de paquetes rara vez incluyen una fecha, y los usuarios de clases casi
+nunca lo hacen).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesFile&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;[<var>additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Declara un archivo que no sea la clase principal y los archivos del
+paquete, como archivos de configuración o archivos de definición del
+tipo de letra. Pon este comando en ese archivo y obtienes en el
+registro una cadena como <code>File: test.config 2017/10/12 archivo de
+configuración para test.cls</code> para <var>filename</var> igual a
+<samp>test.config</samp> e <var>información adicional</var> igual a
+<samp>2017/10/12 archivo de configuración para test.cls</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackage[<var>options list</var>]&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Carga un paquete, como el comando <code>\usepackage</code> (<pxref label="Paquetes-adicionales"><xrefnodename>Paquetes
+adicionales</xrefnodename></pxref>). El equipo de desarrollo de &latex; recomienda
+encarecidamente el uso de estos comandos sobre el <code>\input</code> de
+&tex;&nbsp;estándar; ve la Guía de clase. Un ejemplo es
+<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]&lbrace;geometry&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>La <var>lista de opciones</var>, si está presente, es una lista separada
+por comas. La <var>fecha de lanzamiento</var>, si está presente, debe
+tener el formato <var>AAAA/MM/DD</var>. Si la fecha de lanzamiento del
+paquete instalado en tu sistema es anterior que la <var>fecha de
+lanzamiento</var>, recibes una advertencia como <code>Has solicitado, en la
+línea de entrada 9, la versión `2017/07/03' del paquete jhtest, pero
+solo está disponible la versión `2000/01/01'</code>.
+</para>
+<para>La versión <code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> usa la lista de opciones
+para la clase actual. Esto significa que ignoras cualquier opción que
+se le pase a través de <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. Este es un comando
+de conveniencia para facilitar la construcción de clases sobre las
+existentes sin tener que rastrear cuáles opciones se pasaron.
+</para>
+<para>La diferencia entre <code>\usepackage</code> y <code>\RequirePackage</code> es
+pequeña. El comando <code>\usepackage</code> está diseñado para el archivo
+del documento mientras que <code>\RequirePackage</code> está diseñado para
+paquetes y archivos de clase. Por lo tanto, usar <code>\usepackage</code>
+antes del comando <code>\documentclass</code> hace que &latex; dé un error
+como <code>\usepackage antes de \documentclass</code>, pero allí puedes usar
+<code>\RequirePackage</code>.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Tipos-de-Letra" spaces=" "><nodename>Tipos de Letra</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Diseño</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Clases de Documento</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Tipos de Letra</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Tipos-de-letra" spaces=" "><nodename>Tipos de letra</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Composición</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Clases de documentos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Tipos de letra</sectiontitle>
+<anchor name="Tipograf_00eda">Tipografía</anchor><!-- c nombre antiguo -->
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">tipografía</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>&latex; viene con poderosas capacidades de tipos de letra. Por un
+lado, este nuevo esquema de selección de tipos de letra te permite
+trabajar fácilmente con las familias de tipos de letra en tu documento
+(por ejemplo, <ref label="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra"><xrefnodename>Estilos de tipos de letra</xrefnodename></ref>). Y, los documentos
+&latex; pueden usar la mayoría de los tipos de letra disponibles
+actualmente, incluyendo versiones de Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier,
+etc. (Nota sin embargo que, muchos tipos de letra no son compatibles
+con matemáticas).
+</para>
+<para>El primer tipo de letra en el mundo &tex; fue la familia Computer
+Modern, desarrollado por Donald Knuth. Es el predeterminado para los
+documentos &latex; y sigue siendo el más utilizado. Pero cambiar a
+otro tipo de letra a menudo solo implica algunos comandos. Por
+ejemplo, poner lo siguiente en tu preámbulo te da un tipo de letra
+similar a Palatino, que es hermoso y más legible en línea que muchos
+otros tipos de letra, al mismo tiempo que te permite tipografía de
+matemáticas. (Este ejemplo es de Michael Sharpe,
+<url><urefurl>https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</urefurl></url>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[osf]&lbrace;newpxtext&rbrace; % osf para texto, no matemáticas
+\usepackage&lbrace;cabin&rbrace; % sans serif
+\usepackage[varqu,varl]&lbrace;inconsolata&rbrace; % máquina de escribir sans serif
+\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]&lbrace;newpxmath&rbrace; % bb de STIX
+\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]&lbrace;mathalfa&rbrace; % mathcal
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Además, los motores <command>xelatex</command> o <command>lualatex</command> permiten
+que uses cualquier tipo de letra en tu sistema que esté en formato
+OpenType o TrueType (<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores &tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El catálogo de tipos de letra &latex;
+(<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/FontCatalogue</urefurl></url>) muestra gráficos de ejemplo del
+tipo de letra y fuente que se puede copiar y pegar para usar muchos
+tipos de letra, incluyendo muchos compatibles con matemáticas.
+Pretende abarcar todos los tipos de letra Latin alfabéticas libres
+disponibles para un uso sencillo con &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>También hay más información disponible en los grupos de usuarios
+&tex;, en <url><urefurl>https://www.tug.org/fonts/</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">paquete fontenc</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Codificación del tipo de letra.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Estilos de tipos de letra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Selecciona romana, cursiva, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Selecciona el tamaño del punto.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Selecciona codificación,
+ familia, serie, forma.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="paquete-fontenc" spaces=" "><nodename>paquete fontenc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Estilos de tipos de letra</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Tipos de letra</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>paquete <code>fontenc</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="21">Tipos de Letra</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="22">tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">font codificación</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">UTF-8, tipo de letra compatible con</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">T1</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">OT1</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">fontenc</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Dos aspectos importantes de la selección de un <dfn>tipo de letra</dfn> son
-la especificación del tamaño y del estilo. Las
-instrucciones &latex; para hacer esto se describen a continuación.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]&lbrace;fontenc&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding1</var>, <var>font_encoding2</var>, ...]&lbrace;fontenc&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Especifica la codificación del tipo de letra. Una codificación de
+tipo de letra es una asignación de códigos de caracteres a los glifos
+del tipo de letra que se utilizan para escribir
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Este paquete solo se aplica si usas el motor
+<code>pdflatex</code> (<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores &tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si usas el comando
+<command>xelatex</command> o el motor <command>lualatex</command> entonces usa el
+paquete <code>fontspec</code>.
+</para>
+<para>La familia de tipos de letra original de &tex;, Computer Modern,
+tiene un conjunto de caracteres limitado. Por ejemplo, para hacer
+caracteres acentuados comunes, debes usar <code>\accent</code>
+(<pxref label="_005caccent"><xrefnodename>\accent</xrefnodename></pxref>) pero esto deshabilita la separación silábica. Los
+usuarios &tex; han acordado una serie de estándares para acceder a
+conjuntos de caracteres más grandes proporcionados por los tipos de
+letra modernos. Si estás usando <command>pdflatex</command> entonces pon esto
+en el preámbulo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]&lbrace;fontenc&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>te brinda soporte para los idiomas europeos ampliamente extendidos,
+incluidos francés, alemán, italiano, polaco y otros. En particular,
+si tienes palabras con letras acentuadas entonces &latex; las
+dividirá y tu salida se puede copiar y pegar. (La segunda línea
+opcional te permite ingresar directamente caracteres acentuados en tu
+archivo fuente).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Si estás utilizando una
+codificación como <code>T1</code> y los caracteres aparecen borrosos o no se
+amplían bien, entonces tus tipos de letra pueden estar en mapas de
+bits, a veces llamado raster o Type&nbsp;3. Quieres tipos de letra
+vectoriales. Utiliza un paquete como <code>lmodern</code> o
+<code>cm-super</code> para obtener un tipo de letra que extiende el valor
+predeterminado de &latex; usando tipos de letra vectoriales.
+</para>
+<para>Para cada <var>font_encoding</var> dado como opción pero aún no declarado,
+este paquete carga los archivos de definición de codificación,
+denominados <file><var>font_encoding</var>enc.def</file>. También establece
+<code>\encodingdefault</code> para ser la última codificación en la lista de
+opciones.
+</para>
+<para>Estos son los valores comunes para <var>font_encoding</var>.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">OT1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>La codificación original para &tex;. Limitada a caracteres en su
+mayoría en inglés.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">OMS, OML</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Símbolos matemáticos y codificación de letras matemáticas.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">T1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Texto &tex; extendido. A veces se llama la codificación de Cork para
+la reunión de usuarios del grupo donde se desarrolló. Da acceso a la
+mayoría de los caracteres acentuados europeos. La opción más común
+para este paquete.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">TS1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Codificación de Text Companion.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; es cargar <code>OML</code>, <code>T1</code>,
+<code>OT1</code> y luego <code>OMS</code>, y establece el valor predeterminado en
+<code>OT1</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Incluso si no usas letras acentuadas, es posible que debas especificar una
+codificación de tipo de letra si tu tipo de letra lo requiere.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas codificación<code>T1</code>&nbsp; en los tipos de letra que no sean
+las familias Modern predeterminadas, es posible que debas cargar el
+paquete que selecciona tus tipos de letra antes de cargar
+<file>fontenc</file>, para evitar que el sistema cargue cualquier tipo de
+letra codificada&nbsp;<code>T1</code> de la predeterminada.
+</para>
+<para>El equipo de &latex; reserva nombres de codificación que comienzan
+con: <samp>T</samp> para codificaciones de texto estándar con 256
+caracteres, <samp>TS</samp> para símbolos que extienden las codificaciones T
+correspondientes, <samp>X</samp> para codificaciones de prueba, <samp>M</samp>
+para codificaciones matemáticas estándar con 256 caracteres, <samp>A</samp>
+para aplicaciones especiales, <samp>OT</samp> para codificaciones de texto
+estándar con 128 caracteres y <samp>OM</samp> para codificaciones
+matemáticas estándar con 128 caracteres (<samp>O</samp> significa
+<samp>obsoleto</samp>).
+</para>
+<para>Este paquete proporciona una serie de comandos, que se detallan a
+continuación. Muchos de ellos son específicos de codificación, por lo
+que si has definido un comando que funciona para una codificación pero
+la codificación actual es diferente, entonces el comando no está en
+vigor.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Seleccionar romana, cursiva, etc.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Seleccionando el tamaño del punto.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Seleccionando codificación, familia, series, apariencia.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareFontEncoding</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define una codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextAccent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un acento en la
+ codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Recurso para usar un acento en la
+ codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Nuevo comando específico
+ de codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Respaldo
+ para comandos específicos de codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextComposite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Accede directamente a un glifo
+ acentuado, en la codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ejecuta el código en la ranura, en
+ la codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextSymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un símbolo en la
+ codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Respaldo para un símbolo en la
+ codificación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\LastDeclaredEncoding</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Guarda la codificación declarada
+ más recientemente.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cambia temporalmente a otra
+ codificación.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="Estilos-del-Tipo-de-Letra" spaces=" "><nodename>Estilos del Tipo de Letra</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Tipos de Letra</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Estilos del Tipo de Letra</sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005cDeclareFontEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareFontEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">codificación del tipo de letra, declarado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">codificación, tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">acentos, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareFontEncoding</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareFontEncoding&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text-settings</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>math-settings</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Declara la codificación del tipo de letra <var>encoding</var>. También
+guarda el valor de <var>encoding</var> en <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><xrefnodename>\LastDeclaredEncoding</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El archivo <file>t1enc.def</file> contiene esta línea (seguida de muchas
+otras).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareFontEncoding&lbrace;T1&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los <var>text-settings</var> son los comandos que &latex; ejecutará cada
+vez que cambias de una codificación a otra con los comandos
+<code>\selectfont</code> y <code>\fontencoding</code>. Los <var>math-settings</var>
+son los comandos que &latex; usará siempre que el tipo de letra se
+accede como un alfabeto matemático.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; ignora cualquier carácter de espacio dentro de
+<var>text-settings</var> y <var>math-settings</var>, para evitar espacios no
+deseados en la salida.
+</para>
+<para>Si inventas una codificación, debes elegir un nombre de dos o tres
+letras comenzando con <samp>L</samp> para <samp>local</samp>, o <samp>E</samp> para
+<samp>experimental</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que &latex; puede leer varias veces los archivos de
+codificación de salida, por lo que usar, por ejemplo,
+<code>\newcommand</code> puede causar un error. Además, tales archivos
+deben contener la línea <code>\ProvidesFile</code> (<pxref label="Comandos-class-y-package"><xrefnodename>Comandos class y
+package</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta también que debes usar los comandos <code>\...Default</code>
+solo en un paquete, no en los archivos de definición de codificación,
+ya que esos archivos solo deben contener declaraciones específicas
+para esa codificación.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareFontEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">font codificación</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">acentos, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccent&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>slot</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Define un acento, para colocarlo encima de otros glifos, en la
+codificación <var>encoding</var> en la ubicación <var>slot</var>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">slot, tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Un <dfn>slot</dfn> es el número que identifica un glifo dentro de un tipo
+de letra.
+</para>
+<para>Esta línea de <file>t1enc.def</file> declara que para hacer un acento
+circunflejo como en <code>\^A</code>, el sistema pondrá el acento en el
+slot&nbsp;2 sobre el carácter <samp>A</samp>, que se representa en ASCII
+como&nbsp;65. (Esto se mantiene a menos que haya un
+<code>DeclareTextComposite</code> relevante o una declaración
+<code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code>; <pxref label="_005cDeclareTextComposite"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextComposite</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccent&lbrace;\^&rbrace;&lbrace;T1&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si <var>cmd</var> ya se ha definido, entonces <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> no
+da error pero si registra la redefinición en el archivo de
+transcripción.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="23">estilos del tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="24">estilos de tipografía</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="25">estilos de texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">acentos, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Las siguientes instrucciones para el estilo del tipo de letra son
-compatibles con &latex;.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Este primer grupo de instrucciones se utiliza normalmente con un
-argumento&comma; como en <code>\textit&lbrace;texto en cursiva&rbrace;</code>. En la
-siguiente tabla&comma; las instrucciones correspondientes
-entre paréntesis son la &textldquo;forma declarativa&textrdquo;, la cual no toma
-argumentos. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura hasta la siguiente instucción para el
-estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el final del grupo actual.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccentDefault&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si hay un comando específico de codificación de acento \<var>cmd</var> pero
+no hay un <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> asociado para esa codificación,
+entonces este comando tomará el relevo, diciendo que lo use como se
+describe para <var>encoding</var>.
</para>
-<para>Estos commandos&comma; tanto en las formas con argumento o en
-las formas declarativas&comma; son
-acumulativas; es decir, usted puede decir ya sea
-<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> o <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code> para obtener sans
-serif en negrita.
+<para>Por ejemplo, para hacer que la codificación <code>OT1</code> sea la
+codificación predeterminada para el acento <code>\&quot;</code>, declara esto.
</para>
-<para>También puede utilizar la forma de entorno de las formas declarativas;
-por ejemplo, <code>\begin&lbrace;ttfamily&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;ttfamily&rbrace;</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccentDefault&lbrace;\&quot;&rbrace;&lbrace;OT1&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Si emites un <code>\&quot;</code> cuando la codificación actual no tiene una
+definición para ese acento entonces &latex; usará la definición desde
+<code>OT1</code>
+</para>
+<para>Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada
+(<pxref label="_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent"><xrefnodename>\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\UseTextAccent&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Ten en cuenta que <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code> funciona para
+cualquier comando <file>fontenc</file> de argumento único, no solo el
+comando de acento.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> y <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cDeclareTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cProvideTextCommand">\ProvideTextCommand</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para>Estas instrucciones proporcionan automáticamente una corrección en
-cursiva si es necesario.
-</para><table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\DeclareTextCommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn&rbrace;</var>
+\DeclareTextCommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>o una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvideTextCommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\ProvideTextCommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\ProvideTextCommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Define el comando <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, que será específico para una
+codificación. El nombre del comando <var>cmd</var> debe estar precedido
+por una barra invertida, <code>\</code>. Estos comandos solo pueden
+aparecer en el preámbulo. Redefinir \<var>cmd</var> no provoca un
+error. El comando definido será robusto incluso si el código en
+<var>defn</var> es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, el archivo <file>t1enc.def</file> contiene esta línea.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommand&lbrace;\textperthousand&rbrace;&lbrace;T1&rbrace;&lbrace;\%\char 24 &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Con eso, puedes expresar partes por mil.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]&lbrace;fontenc&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+El límite legal es \(0.8 \)\textperthousand.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Si cambias la codificación del tipo de letra a <code>OT1</code>, obtendrás
+un error como <samp>Error de LaTeX: Comando \textperthousand no
+disponible en codificación OT1</samp>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<para>La variante <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code> hace lo mismo, excepto que no
+hace nada si <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> ya está definido. El comando
+<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> es más rápido que este por simple asociación
+de slot a glifo (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>)
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos opcionales <var>nargs</var> y <var>optargdefault</var> juegan el
+mismo rol aquí como en <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y
+\renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). Brevemente, <var>nargs</var> es un número entero de 0 a 9
+especificando el número de argumentos que el comando definido
+<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> toma. Este número incluye cualquier argumento
+opcional. Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que especificar 0, lo
+cual significa que <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> no tendrá argumentos. Y, si
+<var>optargdefault</var> está presente, entonces el primer argumento de
+<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> es opcional, con el valor predeterminado
+<var>optargdefault</var> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si
+<var>optargdefault</var> no está presente, entonces <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>
+tampoco toma un argumento opcional.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-y-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> y <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>o:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvideTextCommandDefault&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Proporciona una definición predeterminada para <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, para
+cuando ese comando no está definido en la codificación actualmente en
+vigor. Este valor predeterminado debería utilizar únicamente
+codificaciones que sepas que están disponibles.
+</para>
+<para>Esto hace que <code>\copyright</code> esté disponible.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault&lbrace;\copyright&rbrace;&lbrace;\textcircled&lbrace;c&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Utiliza solo una codificación (OMS) que siempre está disponible.
+</para>
+<para>El <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> no debería aparecer en la
+definición de codificación de archivos ya que esos archivos solo deben
+declarar comandos para su uso cuando seleccionas esa codificación. En
+cambio, debería estar en un paquete.
+</para>
+<para>Al igual que con los comandos no predeterminados relacionados,
+<code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code> tiene exactamente el mismo
+comportamiento que
+</para>
+<para><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> excepto que no hace nada si
+<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> ya está definido (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextCommand y
+\ProvideTextCommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). Entonces, los paquetes lo pueden usar para
+proporcionar respaldos que otros paquetes pueden mejorar.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareTextComposite" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextComposite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault y \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">acentos, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextComposite&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>simple_object</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>slot</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Accede a un glifo acentuado directamente, es decir, sin tener que
+poner un acento sobre un carácter separado.
+</para>
+<para>Esta línea de <file>t1enc.def</file> significa que <code>\^o</code> provocará a
+&latex; para componer la minúscula&nbsp;<samp>o</samp> tomando el carácter
+directamente desde el slot 224 en el tipo de letra.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextComposite&lbrace;\^&rbrace;&lbrace;T1&rbrace;&lbrace;o&rbrace;&lbrace;244&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para><xref label="paquete-fontenc"><xrefnodename>paquete fontenc</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El <var>simple_object</var> debe ser un solo carácter o un solo
+comando. El argumento <var>slot</var> suele ser un entero positivo
+representado en decimal (aunque son posibles octal o hexadecimal).
+Normalmente \<var>cmd</var> ya se ha declarado para esta codificación, ya
+sea con <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> o con un solo argumento
+<code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. En <file>t1enc.def</file>, sigue la línea
+anterior al comando <code>\DeclareTextAccent&lbrace;\^&rbrace;&lbrace;T1&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">acentos, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>arg</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Una versión más general de <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code> que ejecuta
+código arbitrario con <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto permite que los acentos en <samp>i</samp> actúen como acentos en
+dotless&nbsp;i, <code>\i</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand&lbrace;\'&rbrace;&lbrace;OT1&rbrace;&lbrace;i&rbrace;&lbrace;\'\i&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para><xref label="paquete-fontenc"><xrefnodename>paquete fontenc</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. Normalmente <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> ya se habrá declarado con
+<code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> o como un argumento
+<code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">símbolo, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbol&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>slot</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Define un símbolo en la codificación <var>encoding</var> en la ubicación
+<var>slot</var>. Los símbolos definidos de esta manera son para usar en
+texto, no matemáticas.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, esta línea de <file>t1enc.def</file> declara el número del
+glifo a usar para <U>00AB</U>, el guillemet
+izquierdo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbol&lbrace;\guillemotleft&rbrace;&lbrace;T1&rbrace;&lbrace;19&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El comando <code>\DeclareTextCommand&lbrace;\guillemotleft&rbrace;&lbrace;T1&rbrace;&lbrace;\char
+19&rbrace;</code> tiene el mismo efecto pero es más lento
+(<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextCommand-y-_005cProvideTextCommand"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextCommand y \ProvideTextCommand</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para><xref label="paquete-fontenc"><xrefnodename>paquete fontenc</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener una lista de codificaciones
+comunes. El <var>slot</var> se puede especificar en decimal u octal (como
+en <code>'023</code>), o hexadecimal (como en <code>&quot;13</code>), aunque el decimal
+tiene la ventaja de que las comillas simples o dobles se pueden
+redefinir por otro paquete.
+</para>
+<para>Si <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> ya se ha definido, entonces
+<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> no da un error pero registra la redefinición
+en el archivo de transcripción.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">acentos, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si hay un comando de símbolo específico de codificación
+<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> pero no hay un <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> asociado
+para esa codificación, entonces este comando tomará el relevo,
+diciendo que obtenga el símbolo como se describe para <var>encoding</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, para declarar que si la codificación actual no tiene
+significado para <code>\textdollar</code> entonces usa el de <code>OT1</code>,
+declara esto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault&lbrace;\textdollar&rbrace;&lbrace;OT1&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Es decir, este comando es equivalente a esta llamada
+(<pxref label="_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent"><xrefnodename>\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\UseTextSymbol&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Ten en cuenta que <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code> se puede usar para
+definir un predeterminado para cualquier comando <file>fontenc</file> de
+cero argumentos.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\LastDeclaredEncoding</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\LastDeclaredEncoding
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Obtiene el nombre de la codificación declarada más recientemente. El
+comando <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code> almacena el nombre para que se
+pueda recuperar con este comando (<pxref label="_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><xrefnodename>\DeclareFontEncoding</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto se basa en <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> en lugar de dar
+explícitamente el nombre de la codificación.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareFontEncoding&lbrace;JH1&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;
+\DeclareTextAccent&lbrace;\'&rbrace;&lbrace;\LastDeclaredEncoding&rbrace;&lbrace;0&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cUseTextSymbol-y-_005cUseTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\UseTextSymbol y \UseTextAccent</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> y <code>\UseTextAccent</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cUseTextSymbol">\UseTextSymbol</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextAccent</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextSymbol&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>o:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextAccent&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Utiliza un símbolo o acento que no sea de la codificación actual.
+</para>
+<para>En general, para usar un comando <file>fontenc</file> en una codificación
+donde no está definido, y si el comando no tiene argumentos, lo puedes
+usar con algo como esto:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextSymbol&lbrace;OT1&rbrace;&lbrace;\ss&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>que es equivalente a esto (observa que las llaves exteriores forman un
+grupo, por lo que &latex; vuelve a la codificación anterior después
+de <code>\ss</code>):
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">&lbrace;\fontencoding&lbrace;OT1&rbrace;\selectfont\ss&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>De manera similar, para usar un comando <file>fontenc</file> en una
+codificación donde no está definido, y si el comando tiene un
+argumento, lo puedes usar así:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextAccent&lbrace;OT1&rbrace;&lbrace;\'&rbrace;&lbrace;a&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>que es equivalente a esto (nuevamente, ten en cuenta las llaves
+exteriores que forman un grupo):
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">&lbrace;fontencoding&lbrace;OT1&rbrace;\selectfont\'&lbrace;\fontencoding&lbrace;<var>enc_in_use</var>&rbrace;\selectfont a&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Aquí, <var>enc_in_use</var> es la codificación vigente antes de esta
+secuencia de comandos, de modo que <samp>a</samp> se escribe utilizando la
+codificación actual y solo se toma el acento de <code>OT1</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
+<node name="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra" spaces=" "><nodename>Estilos de tipos de letra</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">paquete fontenc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tipos de letra</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Estilos de tipos de letra</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">estilos de tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">estilos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">estilos de texto</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Los siguientes comandos de estilo de letra son compatibles con
+&latex;.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">Forma de declaración de los comandos de estilo del tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>En la tabla de abajo de los comandos enumerados, los comandos
+<code>\text...</code>, se usan con un argumento como en
+<code>\textit&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code>. Esta es la forma preferida. Pero se
+muestra después entre paréntesis si la correspondiente <dfn>forma de
+declaración</dfn>, que suele ser útil. Esta forma no toma argumentos, como
+en <code>&lbrace;\itshape <var>text</var>&rbrace;</code>. El alcance de la forma de
+declaración dura hasta el siguiente comando de estilo de tipo o el
+final del grupo actual. Además, cada uno tiene un entorno como
+<code>\begin&lbrace;itshape&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;itshape&rbrace;</code>, que describiremos al final
+de la sección.
+</para>
+<para>Estos comandos, en cualquiera de las tres formas, son acumulativos;
+por ejemplo puedes obtener negrita sans serif diciendo cualquiera de
+<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> o <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="_005cnocorrlist">\nocorrlist</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnocorr">\nocorr</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Una ventaja de estos comandos es que automáticamente insertan
+correcciones en cursiva si es necesario (<pxref label="_005c_002f"><xrefnodename>\/</xrefnodename></pxref>). En concreto,
+insertan la corrección en cursiva a menos que el siguiente carácter
+esté en la lista <code>\nocorrlist</code>, que de manera predeterminada
+consta de punto y coma. Para suprimir la inserción automática de la
+corrección en cursiva, utiliza <code>\nocorr</code> al principio o al final
+del argumento del comando, como <code>\textit&lbrace;\nocorr text&rbrace;</code> o
+<code>\textsc&lbrace;text \nocorr&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="34">\textrm</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Romana.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Roman.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textit (\itshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36">\textit</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37">\itshape</indexterm></findex>
-<para>cursivas.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\emph</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38">\emph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="26">Énfasis</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Énfasis (cambia entre <code>\textit</code> y <code>\textrm</code>).
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Italics.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39">\textmd</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40">\mdseries</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Peso medio (predeterminado).
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Medium weight (predeterminado).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41">\textbf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42">\bfseries</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Negrita.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43">\textup</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44">\upshape</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Vertical (predeterminado). Lo opuesto a inclinada.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45">\textsl</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46">\slshape</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Oblicua.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47">\textsf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48">\sffamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Boldface.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Upright (predefinido).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Slanted.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sans serif.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49">\textsc</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50">\scshape</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Versales.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51">\texttt</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Máquina de escribir.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53">\textnormal</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54">\normalfont</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Tipo de letra principal del documento.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55">\mathrm</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Romana, para usar en modo math.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56">\mathbf</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Negrita, para usarse en modo math.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57">\mathsf</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Sans serif, para usarse en modo math.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58">\mathtt</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Máquina de escribir, para usarse en modo math.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">(\mit)</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>cursivas, para utilizarse en modo math.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Small caps.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Para usarse en modo math, por ejemplo dentro de otra declaración de
-estilo de letra.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60">\mathcal</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Letras &textlsquo;caligráficas&textrsquo;, para usarse en modo math.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Typewriter.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Tipo de letra del documento principal.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>Además, la instrucción <code>\mathversion&lbrace;bold&rbrace;</code>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
-<!-- c begin vincentb1 20140226 -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="27">matemáticas, negrita</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="28">negrita matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
-<!-- c end vincentb1 20140226 -->
-se pude utilizar para cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita dentro de
-fórmulas. <code>\mathversion&lbrace;normal&rbrace;</code> restablece el valor
-predeterminado.
-</para>
-<para>&latex; también proporciona las siguientes
-instrucciones, que incondicionalmente cambian a determinado estilo, es
-decir, <emph>no</emph> son acumulativas. Estas se utilizan de forma diferente
-que las instrucciones anteriores, también: <code>&lbrace;\<var>instrucción</var>
-...&rbrace;</code> en lugar de <code>\<var>instrucción</var>&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>. Son dos cosas muy
-distintas.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Aunque también cambia los tipos de letra, el comando
+<code>\emph&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> es semántico, para que se enfatice
+<var>text</var>, y no se debe usar como sustituto de <code>\textit</code>. Por
+ejemplo, <code>\emph&lbrace;<var>start text</var> \emph&lbrace;<var>middle text</var>&rbrace;
+<var>end text</var>&rbrace;</code> resultará en <var>start text</var> y <var>end text</var> en
+cursiva, pero <var>middle text</var> estará en romano.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; también proporciona los siguientes comandos, que
+incondicionalmente cambia al estilo dado, es decir, <emph>no</emph> son
+acumulativos. Están usados ​​como declaraciones:
+<code>&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>...&rbrace;</code> en lugar de <code>\<var>cmd</var>&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>(Los comandos incondicionales a continuación son una versión anterior
+de tipo de letra traspuesta. Los comandos anteriores son una mejora en
+la mayoría de las circunstancias. Pero a veces un cambio de tipo de
+letra incondicional es necesario).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="62">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="29">tipo de letra negrita</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Cambia a <b>tipo de letra negrita</b>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="63">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="30">letras script para math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="31">letras caligráficas para math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Cambia a letras caligráficas para math.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">tipo de letra negrita</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Cambia a negrita.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="64">\em</indexterm>\em</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="32">énfasis</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Énfasis (cursivas con romana, romana con cursivas).
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">script de letras para matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">letras caligráficas para matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Cambia a letras caligráficas para matemáticas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="65">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="33">tipo de letra cursiva</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>cursivas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="66">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="34">tipo de letra romana</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Romana.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Roman.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="67">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="35">tipo de letra versales</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Versales.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Small caps.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="68">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="36">tipo de letra sans serif</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sans serif.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="69">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="37">tipo de letra oblicua</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="38">tipo de letra oblicua</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Oblicua (oblicua).
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">tipo de letra inclinada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Slanted (oblicua).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="70">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="39">tipo de letra de máquina de escribir</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="40">tipo de letra monoespacio</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="41">tipo de letra de ancho fijo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Máquina de escribir (monoespacio, de ancho fijo).
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">tipo de letra de máquina de escribir</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">tipo de letra monoespacio</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Typewriter (monoespacio, ancho fijo).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<para>El comando <code>\em</code> es la versión incondicional de <code>\emph</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Los siguientes comandos se utilizan en modo matemático. Ellos no son
+acumulativos, por lo que <code>\mathbf&lbrace;\mathit&lbrace;<var>symbol</var>&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> no
+crea una negrita y cursiva <var>symbol</var>; en cambio, solo estará en
+cursiva. Esto se debe a que, por lo general, los símbolos matemáticos
+necesitan tratamiento tipográfico, independientemente del entorno
+circundante.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Roman, para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Negrita (boldface), para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Sans serif, para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Typewriter, para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">(\mit)</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Italics, para usar en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Para usar en modo matemático, por ejemplo, dentro de otra declaración
+de estilo de tipo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Letras caligráficas, para uso en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<anchor name="_005cmathversion">\mathversion</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">matemáticas, negrita</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Además, el comando <code>\mathversion&lbrace;bold&rbrace;</code> se puede usar para
+cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita en fórmulas
+<code>\mathversion&lbrace;normal&rbrace;</code> restaura el valor predeterminado.
+</para>
+<anchor name="_005coldstylenums">\oldstylenums</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">numerales, estilo antiguo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">números de estilo antiguo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Finalmente, el comando <code>\oldstylenums&lbrace;<var>numerals</var>&rbrace;</code> compone
+los llamados números de &textldquo;estilo antiguo&textrdquo;, que tienen diferentes
+alturas y profundidades (y a veces anchos) del &textldquo;revestimiento&quot;
+estándar de números, que tienen todos la misma altura que las letras
+mayúsculas. Los tipos de letra predeterminados de &latex; admiten
+esto y respetarán <code>\textbf</code> (pero no otros estilos; no hay
+números en estilo cursiva antiguo en Informática Moderna). Muchos
+otros tipos de letra también tienen números de estilo antiguo; a veces
+se proporcionan opciones de paquetes para que sean las
+predeterminadas. Preguntas frecuentes entrada:
+<url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra" spaces=" "><nodename>Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Estilos del Tipo de Letra</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tipos de Letra</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">tamaños del tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">tamaños del tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">tamaño del texto</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>Las siguientes instrucciones para el tamaño del tipo de letra estándar
-son compatibles con &latex;.
-La tabla muestra el nombre de la
-instrucción y el tamaño real (en puntos) del tipo de letra
-correspondiente utilizado con las opciones de tamaño del documento
-<samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>11pt</samp> y <samp>12pt</samp>, respectivamente (<pxref label="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones
-de Clase de Documento</xrefnodename></pxref> ).
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71">\tiny</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74">\small</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75">\normalsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76">\large</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77">\Large</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78">\LARGE</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79">\huge</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80">\Huge</indexterm></findex>
-
-<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on"><code>\normalsize</code> (predeterminada)</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
-<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Instrucción </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>12pt</code>
-</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\tiny</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>6 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>6
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\scriptsize</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>7 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>8
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\footnotesize</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\small</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10.95
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\normalsize</code> (predeterminado)
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>10.95 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>12
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\large</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>14.4
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\Large</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>17.28
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\LARGE</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>17.28
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\huge</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88
-</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para><code>\Huge</code>
-</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88
+<node name="Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra" spaces=" "><nodename>Tamaños de los tipos de letra</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Estilos de tipos de letra</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tipos de letra</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Tamaños de los tipos de letra</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">tamaños de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">tamaños de texto</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Los siguientes comandos de tamaño de letra estándar son compatibles
+con &latex;. La tabla muestra el nombre del comando y el tipo de
+letra en el tamaño real correspondiente utilizado (en puntos) con
+<samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>11pt</samp> y <samp>12pt</samp> opciones de tamaño del
+documento, respectivamente (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase documento</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex>
+
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on"><code>\normalsize</code> (predeterminado)<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Comando </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>12pt</code>
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\tiny</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>5 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>6 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>6
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\scriptsize</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>7 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>8
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\footnotesize</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\small</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10.95
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\normalsize</code> (predeterminado)
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>10.95 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>12
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\large</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>14.4
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\Large</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>17.28
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\LARGE</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>17.28 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>17.28 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>20.74
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\huge</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>\Huge</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<para>Las instrucciones tal como están listadas aquí son &textldquo;formas
-declarativas&textrdquo;. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura
-hasta la instrucción &textldquo;end&textrdquo; del estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el
-final del grupo actual. También puede utilizar la forma de entorno en
-estas instrucciones; por ejemplo, <code>\begin&lbrace;tiny&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;tiny&rbrace;</code>.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">forma de declaración de los comandos de tamaño del tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Los comandos se enumeran aquí en forma de declaración (no de entorno),
+ya que así es como se usan típicamente. Por ejemplo:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;quotation&rbrace; \small
+ El Tao que se puede nombrar no es el Tao eterno.
+\end&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Aquí, el alcance del <code>\small</code> dura hasta el final del entorno
+<code>quotation</code>. También terminaría en el siguiente comando de
+estilo de tipo o el final del grupo actual, por lo tanto lo podrías
+encerrar entre llaves <code>&lbrace;\small Este texto está escrito en letra
+pequeña.&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Tratar de usar estos comandos en matemáticas, como con <code>$\small
+mv^2/2$</code>, da como resultado <samp>Advertencia de fuentes LaTeX:
+Comando \small inválido en modo matemático</samp>, y el tamaño del tipo de
+letra no cambia. Para trabajar con una fórmula demasiado grande, a
+menudo la mejor opción es usar el entorno <code>displaymath</code>
+(<pxref label="F_00f3rmulas-math"><xrefnodename>Fórmulas math</xrefnodename></pxref>), o uno de los entornos del paquete
+<code>amsmath</code>. Para matemáticas en línea, como en una tabla de
+fórmulas, una alternativa es algo como <code>&lbrace;\small $mv^2/2$&rbrace;</code>. (A
+veces <code>\scriptsize</code> y <code>\scriptstyle</code> se confunden. Ambos
+cambian el tamaño del tipo de letra, pero el último también cambia una
+serie de otros aspectos de cómo se componen las
+matemáticas. <xref label="Estilos-math"><xrefnodename>Estilos math</xrefnodename></xref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">Forma de entorno de comandos de tamaño de fuente</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>También se define un <dfn>entorno form</dfn> de cada uno de estos comandos;
+por ejemplo, <code>\begin&lbrace;tiny&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;tiny&rbrace;</code>. Sin embargo, en la
+práctica esta forma puede conducir fácilmente a espacios no deseados
+al principio y/o final del entorno sin una cuidadosa consideración,
+por lo que generalmente es menos propenso a errores apegarse a la
+forma de declaración.
+</para>
+<para>(Aparte: Técnicamente, debido a la forma en que &latex; define
+<code>\begin</code> y <code>\end</code>, casi todos los comandos que no toman un
+argumento técnicamente tiene una forma de entorno. Pero en casi todos
+los casos, solo sería causa de confusión al usarlo. La razón de
+mencionar la forma de entorno de las declaraciones de tamaño del tipo
+de letra específicamente es que este uso particular no es raro).
</para>
</section>
-<node name="Instrucciones-de-Bajo-Nivel-para-el-Tipo-de-Letra" spaces=" "><nodename>Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tipos de Letra</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">instrucciones de tipo de letra, de bajo nivel</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Comandos-de-bajo-nivel-del-tipo-de-letra" spaces=" "><nodename>Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Tamaños de los tipos de letra</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tipos de letra</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Comandos de bajo nivel del tipo de letra</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">comandos de tipo de letra, bajo nivel</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Estas instrucciones están destinadas principalmente para los escritores
-de macros y paquetes. Las instrucciones listadas anteriormente son sólo
-un subconjunto de las disponibles.
+<para>Estos comandos están destinados principalmente a los escritores de
+macros y paquetes. Los comandos enumerados aquí son solo un
+subconjunto de los disponibles.
+<!-- c xx pero debería estar completo -->
+<!-- c xx algo sobre leer ENCFAM.fd en última instancia? -->
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding&lbrace;codificación&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra. Las codificaciones válidas
-incluyen a <code>OT1</code> y <code>T1</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily&lbrace;familia&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. Las familias válidas incluyen:
-</para>
-<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
-<listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>cmr</code> para Romana de Computadora Moderna
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>cmss</code> para Sans Serif de Computadora Moderna
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>cmtt</code> para Máquina de Escribir de Computadora Moderna
-</para></listitem></itemize>
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontencoding">comandos de tipos de letra de bajo nivel fontencoding</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra, la codificación del tipo
+de letra de salida. Hay un gran número de codificaciones válidas. Las
+más comunes son <code>OT1</code>, La codificación original de Knuth para
+Computer Modern (la predeterminada), y <code>T1</code>, también conocida
+como la codificación de Cork, que admite caracteres acentuados
+utilizados por los idiomas europeos más extendidos (alemán, francés,
+italiano, polaco y otros), lo que permite a &tex; separar con guiones
+las palabras que contengan letras acentuadas. Para más, ve
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontfamily">comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel fontfamily</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily&lbrace;<var>family</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">familias, de tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">catálogo de fuentes</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. La página web
+<url><urefurl>https//tug.org/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> proporciona una forma de navegar a
+través de muchos de los tipos de letra que se usan fácilmente con
+&latex;. Aquí hay ejemplos de algunas familias comunes.
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">tipos de letra</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Computadora Máquina de escribir moderna más espacio</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pag</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Avant Garde
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>fvs</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bitstream Vera Sans
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pbk</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bookman
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>bch</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Charter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ccr</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Computer Concrete
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>cmr</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Computer Modern
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>cmss</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Computer Modern Sans Serif
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>cmtt</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Computer Modern Typewriter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pcr</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Courier
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>phv</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Helvetica
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>fi4</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Inconsolata
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>lmr</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Latin Modern
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>lmss</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Latin Modern Sans
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>lmtt</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Latin Modern Typewriter
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pnc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>New Century Schoolbook
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ppl</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Palatino
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ptm</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Times
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>uncl</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Uncial
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>put</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Utopia
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>pzc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Zapf Chancery
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<para>y muchas otras.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries&lbrace;series&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Selecciona las series del tipo de letra. Las series válidas incluyen:
-</para>
-<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
-<listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>m</code> Mediana (normal)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>b</code> Negrita
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>c</code> Condensada
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>bc</code> Negrita condensada
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>bx</code> Negrita extendida
-</para></listitem></itemize>
-<para>y otras combinaciones diferentes.
+<anchor name="comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontseries">comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel fontseries</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries&lbrace;<var>series</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">serie, de tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Selecciona la serie de tipos de letra. Una <dfn>serie</dfn> combina un
+<dfn>weight</dfn> y un <dfn>width</dfn>. Por lo general, un tipo de letra solo
+admite algunas de las posibles combinaciones. Algunos valores comunes
+de series combinadas incluyen:
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal)xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>m</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Medium (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>b</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>c</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>bc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>bx</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold extended
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">grosor, tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Los posibles valores de grosor, individualmente, son:
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ul</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>el</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Extra light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>l</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sl</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Semi light
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>m</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Medium (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sb</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Semi bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>b</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>eb</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Extra bold
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ub</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra bold
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">anchos, de tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Los valores posibles para el ancho, individualmente, son (el
+significado y relación de estos términos varía con los tipos de letra
+individuales):
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Ultra condensed</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>uc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ec</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Extra condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>c</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Semi condensed
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>m</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Medium
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sx</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Semi expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>x</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ex</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Extra expanded
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ux</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra expanded
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
+
+<para>Al formar la cadena <var>series</var> a partir del peso y el ancho, la
+<code>m</code> suelta significa grosor medio o ancho medio, a menos que
+ambos, el grosor y el ancho sean <code>m</code>, en cuyo caso usa solo una
+(<samp><code>m</code></samp>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape&lbrace;forma&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-fontshape">comandos de tipos de letra de bajo nivel fontshape</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape&lbrace;<var>shape</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">formas, de tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Selecciona la forma del tipo de letra. Las formas válidas son:
</para>
-<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
-<listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>n</code> Vertical (normal)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>it</code> Cursiva
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>sl</code> Oblicua (oblicua)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>sc</code> Versales
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>ui</code> Cursiva vertical
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend>&bullet;</prepend><para><code>ol</code> Esquema
-</para></listitem></itemize>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Slanted (oblique)xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
+<tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>n</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Upright (normal)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>it</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Italic
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sl</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Slanted (oblique)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>sc</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Small caps
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ui</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Upright italics
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para><code>ol</code>
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Outline
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<para>Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las familias de tipos de letra.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize&lbrace;tamaño&rbrace;&lbrace;espaciado&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Establece el tamaño de letra. El primer parámetro es el tamaño a cambiar
-el tipo de letra y el segundo es el espaciado de línea a usar; este se
-almacena en un parámetro denominado <code>\baselineskip</code>. La unidad de
-ambos parámetros de manera predeterminada es pt. El valor
-predeterminado de <code>\baselineskip</code> para el tipo de letra Computadora
-Moderna es 1.2 veces <code>\fontsize</code>.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">paquete <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">interlineado doble</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El interlineado de espacio doble también es multiplicado por el valor
-del parámetro <code>\baselinestretch</code> cuando cambia el tamaño del tipo
-de letra; el predeterminado es 1. Sin embargo, la mejor manera de hacer
-un documento con &textldquo;doble espacio&textrdquo;, si tiene la suficiente mala suerte
-de tener que producirlo, es usar el paquete <code>setspace</code>; vea
-<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace</urefurl></url>.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las
+familias de tipos de letra, y a menudo también faltan las versalitas.
+</para>
+<anchor name="comandos-fontsize-de-bajo-nivel">comandos fontsize de bajo nivel</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize&lbrace;<var>size</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>skip</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">tamaño del tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Establece el tamaño del tipo de letra y el espacio entre líneas. La
+unidad de ambos parámetros el valor predeterminado es puntos
+(<code>pt</code>). El interlineado es el espacio vertical nominal entre
+líneas, línea base a línea base. Se almacena en el parámetro
+<code>\baselineskip</code>. El <code>\baselineskip</code> predeterminado para el
+tipo de letra Computer Modern es 1.2 veces el <code>\fontsize</code>.
+Cambiar <code>\baselineskip</code> directamente no es recomendable ya que su
+valor se restablece cada vez que ocurre un cambio de tamaño; en su
+lugar usa <code>\baselinestretch</code>. (<pxref label="_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch"><xrefnodename>\baselineskip y
+\baselinestretch</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<anchor name="lines-de-comandos-de-tipo-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel">lines de comandos de tipo de letra de bajo nivel</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Equivalente a <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code>,
-y por lo tanto debe estar seguido por <code>\selectfont</code> para que tenga
-algún efecto. Es mejor especificarlo en el preámbulo, o utilizar el
-paquete <code>setspace</code>, justo como se acaba de describir anteriormente.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Las modificaciones introducidas por llamar a la fuente de las
-instrucciones descritas anteriormente no entrará en vigor sino hasta que
-se invoque a <code>\selectfont</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont&lbrace;codificación&rbrace;&lbrace;familia&rbrace;&lbrace;series&rbrace;&lbrace;forma&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Lo mismo que invocar a <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
-<code>\fontseries</code> y <code>\fontshape</code> con los parámetros dados, seguida
-por <code>\selectfont</code>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Equivalente a
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code>, y por lo
+tanto debe ir seguido de <code>\selectfont</code> para tener cualquier
+efecto. Mejor especificado en el preámbulo. <xref label="_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch"><xrefnodename>\baselineskip y
+\baselinestretch</xrefnodename></xref>, por usar el paquete <code>setspace</code> en su lugar.
+</para>
+<anchor name="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-selectfont">comandos de tipos de letra de bajo nivel selectfont</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Los efectos de los comandos de tipo de letra descritos anteriormente
+no suceden hasta que se llama a <code>\selectfont</code>, como en
+<code>\fontfamily&lbrace;<var>familyname</var>&rbrace;\selectfont</code>. A menudo es útil
+poner esto en una macro:&linebreak;
+<code>\newcommand*&lbrace;\myfont&rbrace;&lbrace;\fontfamily&lbrace;<var>familyname</var>&rbrace;\selectfont&rbrace;</code>&linebreak;
+(<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<anchor name="comandos-de-tipos-de-letra-de-bajo-nivel-usefont">comandos de tipos de letra de bajo nivel usefont</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont&lbrace;<var>enc</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>family</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>series</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>shape</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Lo mismo que invocar a <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
+<code>\fontseries</code> y <code>\fontshape</code> con los parámetros dados,
+seguidos de <code>\selectfont</code>. Por ejemplo:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usefont&lbrace;ot1&rbrace;&lbrace;cmr&rbrace;&lbrace;m&rbrace;&lbrace;n&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Dise_00f1o" spaces=" "><nodename>Diseño</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Seccionado</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Tipos de Letra</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Diseño</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">instrucciones de diseño</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Composici_00f3n" spaces=" "><nodename>Composición</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Seccionado</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Tipos de letra</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Composición</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">comandos de composición</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Varias instrucciones para controlar el diseño general de la página.
+<para>Comandos para controlar la composición general de página.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\onecolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Utiliza un diseño de una columna.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\twocolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Utiliza un diseño de dos columanas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\flushbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace que todas las páginas del texto tengan la misma altura.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raggedbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Permite que las páginas de texto tengan diferente altura.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\headheight</code> <code>\footskip</code>.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\onecolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Utiliza una composición de una columna.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\twocolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Utiliza una composición de dos
+ columnas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\flushbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace que todas las páginas de texto
+ tengan la misma altura.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raggedbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Permite páginas de texto de diferente
+ altura.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Parámetros de composición de página</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\headheight</code>
+ <code>\footskip</code>.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio entre líneas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Flotantes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Figuras, tablas, etc.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Diseño</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Composición</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">produce una columna</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La declaración <code>\onecolumn</code> comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con una sola columna. Este es el valor predeterminado.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\onecolumn
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Inicia una nueva página y genera una salida de una sola columna. Si
+al documento le es dada la opción de clase <code>onecolumn</code> entonces
+este es el valor predeterminado del comportamiento (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de
+la clase documento</xrefnodename></pxref>). Este comando es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Diseño</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Composición</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">texto multicolumna</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52">produce dos columnas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">texto multicolumna</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">salida de dos columnas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\twocolumn[<var>textocolumna1</var>]
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\twocolumn
+\twocolumn[<var>texto preliminar de una columna</var>]
</pre></example>
-<para>La declaración <code>\twocolumn</code> comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con dos columnas. Si el argumento opcional <var>textocolumna1</var> está
-presente, esta es compuesta en modo de una columna antes de comenzar la
-composición de las dos columnas.
+<para>Inicia una nueva página y genera un resultado de dos columnas. Si se
+entrega al documento la opción de clase <code>twocolumn</code> entonces esta
+es la predeterminada (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase documento</xrefnodename></pxref>). Este
+comando es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>Estos parámetros controlan la tipografía en la producción de dos
-columnas:
-</para>
-<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="93">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La distancia entre las columnas (de manera predeterminada a 35pt).
+<para>Si el argumento opcional <var>texto preliminar de una columna</var> está
+presente, se escribe en el modo de una columna antes de que comience
+la composición tipográfica de dos columnas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="94">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El ancho de la regla entre columnas; el predeterminado es 0pt, por lo
-tanto no hay regla.
+<para>Estos parámetros controlan la composición tipográfica en la salida de
+dos columnas:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="95">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El ancho de la columna actual; este es igual a <code>\textwidth</code>
-en texto de una sola columna.
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="doscolumnas-columnasep">doscolumnas columnasep</anchor> <para>La distancia entre columnas. El valor
+predeterminado es 35 puntos. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\columnsep&rbrace;&lbrace;40pt&rbrace;</code>. Lo debes cambiar antes de que
+comience el modo de dos columnas; en el preámbulo es un buen lugar.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="doscolumnas-columnasseprule">doscolumnas columnasseprule</anchor> <para>El ancho de la regla entre
+columnas. El valor predeterminado es 0pt, lo cual significa que no hay
+regla. De lo contrario, la regla aparece a medio camino entre las dos
+columnas. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\columnseprule&rbrace;&lbrace;0.4pt&rbrace;</code>, antes de comenzar el
+modo de dos columnas.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="doscolumnas-columnwidth">doscolumnas columnwidth</anchor> <para>El ancho de una sola columna. En el
+modo de una columna esto es igual a <code>\textwidth</code>. En el modo de
+dos columnas de manera predeterminada, &latex; establece el ancho de
+cada una de las dos columnas, para que <code>\columnwidth</code> sea la
+mitad de <code>\textwidth</code> menos <code>\columnsep</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<para>Estos parámetros controlan el comportamiento de la flotación de las dos
-columnas producidas:
+<para>En un documento de dos columnas, los entornos destacados <code>table*</code>
+y <code>figure*</code> tienen dos columnas de ancho, mientras que los
+entornos sin estrellas <code>table</code> y <code>figure</code> ocupan solo una
+columna (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref> y <pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>). &latex; coloca flotantes
+con estrellas en la parte superior de una página. Los siguientes
+parámetros controlan el comportamiento flotante de la salida de dos
+columnas.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="96">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página de dos columna que
-pueden ocupar los flotantes. El predeterminado es <samp>.7</samp>, puede ser
-útil redefinirlo a (digamos) <samp>.9</samp> para evitar llegar tan pronto a
-páginas flotantes.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="97">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La mínima fracción de una página con flotantes que deben ocupar los
-flotantes, para una página de dos columnas con flotantes. El
-predeterminado es <samp>.5</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="98">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distancia entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una página
-de dos columnas con flotantes. Predeterminado a <samp>12pt plus2pt
-minus2pt</samp> para <samp>10pt</samp> y <samp>11pt</samp> para documentos, <samp>14pt
-plus2pt minus4pt</samp> para <samp>12pt</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="99">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distancia entre un flotante multicolumna en la parte superior o inferior
-de una página y el texto principal. De manera predeterminada es
-<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>.
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="doscolumnas-dbltopfraction">doscolumnas dbltopfraction</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>La fracción máxima en la parte superior de una página de dos columnas
+que pueden ocupar flotantes de dos columnas de ancho. El valor
+predeterminado es 0.7, lo cual significa que la altura de un entorno
+<code>table*</code> o <code>figure*</code> no debe superar <code>0.7\textheight</code>.
+Si la altura de tu entorno flotante estrellado excede esto, entonces
+puedes tomar una de las siguientes acciones para evitar que flote
+hasta el final del documento:
+</para>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
+<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Usa el especificador de ubicación <code>[tp]</code> para decirle a &latex;
+que intente poner el voluminoso flotante en una página por sí mismo,
+así como en la parte superior de una página.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Utiliza el especificador de ubicación <code>[t!]</code> para anular el
+efecto de <code>\dbltopfraction</code> para este flotante en particular.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Aumenta el valor de <code>\dbltopfraction</code> a un número adecuadamente
+grande, para evitar ir a páginas flotantes tan pronto como sea
+posible.
+</para></listitem></itemize>
+
+<para>Lo puedes redefinir, como con
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\dbltopfraction&rbrace;&lbrace;0.9&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="doscolumnas-dblfloatpagefraction">doscolumnas dblfloatpagefraction</anchor> <para>Para una página flotante de
+dos columnas de ancho flotantes, esta es la fracción mínima que deben
+ocupar los flotantes, limitando la cantidad de espacio en blanco. El
+valor predeterminado de &latex; es <code>0.5</code>. Cámbialo con
+<code>\renewcommand</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="doscolumnas-dblfloatsep">doscolumnas dblfloatsep</anchor> <para>En una página flotante de flotantes
+de dos columnas de ancho, esta longitud es la distancia entre
+flotantes, tanto en la parte superior como en la inferior de la
+página. El valor predeterminado es <code>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> para
+un documento establecido en <code>10pt</code> o <code>11pt</code> y <code>14pt
+plus2pt minus4pt</code> para un documento establecido en <code>12pt</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="doscolumnas-dbltextfloatsep">doscolumnas dbltextfloatsep</anchor> <para>Esta longitud es la distancia
+entre un flotante de varias columnas en la parte superior o la parte
+inferior de una página y el texto principal. El valor predeterminado
+es <code>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="doscolumnas-dbltopnumber">doscolumnas dbltopnumber</anchor> <para>En una página flotante de flotantes
+de dos columnas de ancho, este contador da el número máximo de
+flotantes permitidos en la parte superior de la página. El valor
+predeterminado de &latex; es <code>2</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<!-- c De egreg en https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/142232/339 -->
+<para>Este ejemplo usa el argumento opcional de <code>\twocolumn</code> para crear
+un título que abarca el artículo de dos columnas:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[twocolumn]&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\authormark&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\textsuperscript&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\twocolumn[&lbrace;% dentro de este argumento opcional va texto de una columna
+ \centering
+ \LARGE El título \\[1.5em]
+ \large Autor uno\authormark&lbrace;1&rbrace;,
+ Autor dos\authormark&lbrace;2&rbrace;,
+ Autor tres\authormark&lbrace;1&rbrace; \\[1em]
+ \normalsize
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;p&lbrace;.2\textwidth&rbrace;&arobase;&lbrace;\hspace&lbrace;2em&rbrace;&rbrace;p&lbrace;.2\textwidth&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \authormark&lbrace;1&rbrace;Departamento uno &amp;\authormark&lbrace;2&rbrace;Departamento dos \\
+ Escuela uno &amp;Escuela dos
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;\\[3em] % espacio debajo de la parte del título
+ &rbrace;]
+
+Texto de dos columnas aquí.
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Diseño</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Composición</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La declaración <code>\flushbottom</code> hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-misma altura, añadiendo espacio vertical extra donde sea necesario para
-llenar la página.
+<para>Hace que todas las páginas del documento después de esta declaración
+tengan la misma altura, estirando el espacio vertical donde sea
+necesario para llenar la página. Esto se usa con más frecuencia
+cuando se hacen documentos de dos caras ya que las diferencias en las
+páginas opuestas pueden ser evidentes.
+</para>
+<para>Si &tex; no puede estirar satisfactoriamente el espacio vertical en
+una página luego obtienes un mensaje como <samp>Infralleno \vbox
+(maliciosos 10000) ocurrió mientras \output está activa</samp>. Si lo
+consigues, una opción es cambiar a <code>\raggedbottom</code>
+(<pxref label="_005craggedbottom"><xrefnodename>\raggedbottom</xrefnodename></pxref>). Alternativamente, puedes ajustar el
+<code>textheight</code> para hacer páginas compatibles, o puedes agregar un
+poco de pegamento de estiramiento vertical entre líneas o entre
+párrafos, como en <code>\setlength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;0ex plus0.1ex&rbrace;</code>. Tu
+última opción es, en una etapa de edición final, ajustar la altura de
+las páginas individuales (<pxref label="_005cenlargethispage"><xrefnodename>\enlargethispage</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>Este es el predeterminado si se selecciona el modo <code>twocolumn</code>
-(<pxref label="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de Clase de Documento</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>El estado <code>\flushbottom</code> es el predeterminado solo si seleccionas
+la opción <code>twocolumn</code> de la clase documento (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de
+la clase documento</xrefnodename></pxref>), y para índices hechos con <code>makeidx</code>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Diseño</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Parámetros de composición de página</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Composición</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">reducción, omitiendo vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La declaración <code>\raggedbottom</code> hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-altura natural del material en esa página. Sin longitudes flexibles que
-se deban ajustar.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">estirar, omitiendo vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Hace que todas las páginas posteriores tengan la altura natural del
+material en esa página; no se estirarán las longitudes verticales
+elásticas. Así, en documentos de dos caras las páginas opuestas
+pueden tener diferentes alturas. Este comando puede ir en cualquier
+punto del cuerpo del documento. <xref label="_005cflushbottom"><xrefnodename>\flushbottom</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+<para>Este es el valor predeterminado a menos que selecciones la opción
+<code>twocolumn</code> de la clase documento (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase
+documento</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</section>
-<node name="Par_00e1metros-para-el-Dise_00f1o-de-P_00e1gina" spaces=" "><nodename>Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Diseño</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Parámetros para el Diseño de Página</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina" spaces=" "><nodename>Parámetros de composición de página</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Composición</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Parámetros de composición de página</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">parámetros para el diseño de página</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">parámetros, diseño de página</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">diseño, parámetros de página para</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">header, parámetros para</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">footer, parámetros para</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">ejecutando header y footer</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">parámetros de la composición de página</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">parámetros, composición de página</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">composición, parámetros de página para</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">encabezado, parámetros para</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">pie de página, parámetros para</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">ejecutando encabezados y pie de página</indexterm></cindex>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="102">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Altura de la caja que contiene el encabezado. El predeterminado es
-<samp>30pt</samp>, salvo en la clase <code>book</code>, donde este varía con el
-tamaño de letra.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="103">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distancia vertical entre la línea inferior de la cabecera y la parte
-superior del texto principal. El predeterminado es <samp>25pt</samp>, salvo
-en la clase <code>book</code>, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="104">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto a la línea
-base del pié de página. El predeterminado es <samp>30pt</samp>, salvo en la
-clase <code>book</code>, donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="105">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Ancho de la línea actual; el predeterminado varía con el tamaño de
-fuente, el ancho del papel, el modo two-column, etc. Para un documento
-<code>article</code> en <samp>10pt</samp>, este se establece a <samp>345pt</samp>; en modo
-two-column, este cambia a <samp>229.5pt</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="106">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página; el predeterminado
-varía con el tamaño de letra, clase de documento, etc. Para un
-documento <code>article</code> o <code>report</code> en <samp>10pt</samp>, este se fija a
-<samp>43\baselineskip</samp>; para <code>book</code>, es <samp>41\baselineskip</samp>.
-Para <samp>11pt</samp>, es <samp>38\baselineskip</samp> y para <samp>12pt</samp>,
-<samp>36\baselineskip</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="107">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El ancho horizontal normal del cuerpo de la página; el predeterminado
-varía de la manera usual. Para un documento <code>article</code> o
-<code>report</code>, es <samp>345pt</samp> en <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>360pt</samp> en
-<samp>11pt</samp> y <samp>390pt</samp> en <samp>12pt</samp>. Para un documento
-<code>book</code>, es <samp>4.5in</samp> en <samp>10pt</samp> y <samp>5in</samp> en <samp>11pt</samp>
-o <samp>12pt</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="108">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio entre la parte superior de la página &tex; (de manera
-predeterminada, una pulgada en la parte superior del papel) y en la
-parte superior del encabezado. El predeterminado se calcula basándose
-en muchos otros parámetros: <code>\paperheight &minus; 2in &minus;
-\headheight &minus; \headsep &minus; \textheight &minus; \footskip</code>,
-y luego se divide entre dos.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="109">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página y la
-línea base de la primer línea de texto. Para clases estándar, el
-predeterminado es el mismo que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
-<samp>10pt</samp> en <samp>10pt</samp>.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-columnasep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros columnasep del diseño de página</anchor> <anchor name="par_00e1metros-columnseprule-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros
+columnseprule del diseño de página</anchor> <anchor name="par_00e1metros-columnwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros columnwidth del
+diseño de página</anchor> <para>La distancia entre las dos columnas, el ancho de una
+regla entre las columnas y el ancho de las columnas, cuando la opción
+de clase de documento <code>twocolumn</code> está en vigor (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones
+de la clase documento</xrefnodename></pxref>). <xref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-headheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros headheight del diseño de página</anchor> <para>Altura de la caja
+que contiene la cabecera móvil. El valor predeterminado en las clases
+<code>article</code>, <code>report</code> y <code>book</code> son <samp>12pt</samp>, en todos
+los tamaños de letra.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-headep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros headep del diseño de página</anchor> <para>Distancia vertical
+entre la parte inferior de la línea de cabecera y la parte superior
+del texto principal. El valor predeterminado en las clases
+<code>article</code> y <code>report</code> es <samp>25pt</samp>. En la clase
+<code>book</code> el valor predeterminado es: si el documento está
+configurado en 10pt, entonces es <samp>0.25in</samp>, y en 11pt o 12pt es
+<samp>0.275in</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-de-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina-footskip">parámetros de diseño de página footskip</anchor> <para>Distancia desde la
+línea base de la última línea de texto hasta la línea base de el pie
+de página. El valor predeterminado en las clases <code>article</code> y
+<code>report</code> es <samp>30pt</samp>. En la clase <code>book</code> el valor
+predeterminado es: cuando el tamaño de letra es de 10 puntos, el
+predeterminado es <samp>0.35in</samp>, mientras que en 11pt es
+<samp>0.38in</samp>, y en 12pt es <samp>30pt</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-linewidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros linewidth del diseño de página</anchor> <para>Ancho de la línea
+actual, disminuido para cada <code>lista</code> anidada (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>). Es
+decir, el valor nominal de <code>\linewidth</code> es igual a
+<code>\textwidth</code> pero para cada <code>\linewidth</code> de la lista anidada
+se reduce por la suma del <code>\leftmargin</code> de esa lista y
+<code>\rightmargin</code> (<pxref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<!-- c El valor predeterminado varía con el tamaño del tipo de letra, el -->
+<!-- c ancho del papel, el modo de dos columnas, etc. Para un documento -->
+<!-- c @code{article} configurado en 10 puntos, el valor predeterminado es -->
+<!-- c @samp{345pt}, mientras que en modo de dos columnas se convierte en -->
+<!-- c @samp{229.5pt}. -->
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-marginparpush-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros marginparpush del diseño de página</anchor>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-marginsep-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros marginsep del diseño de página</anchor> <anchor name="par_00e1metros-marginparwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros
+marginparwidth del diseño de página</anchor> <para>El espacio vertical mínimo entre
+dos notas marginales, el espacio horizontal entre el cuerpo del texto
+y las notas marginales, y el ancho horizontal de las notas.
+</para>
+<para>Normalmente, las notas marginales aparecen en el exterior de la
+página, pero la declaración <code>\reversemarginpar</code> cambia eso (y
+<code>\normalmarginpar</code> lo vuelve a cambiar).
+</para>
+<para>Los valores predeterminados para <code>\marginparpush</code> tanto en
+<code>book</code> como en las clases <code>article</code> son: <samp>7pt</samp> si el
+documento se establece en 12pt, y <samp>5pt</samp> si el documento está
+configurado en 11 o 10 puntos.
+</para>
+<para>Para <code>\marginsep</code>, en la clase <code>article</code> el valor
+predeterminado es <samp>10pt</samp> excepto si el documento está configurado
+en 10pt y en modo de dos columnas donde el valor predeterminado es
+<samp>11pt</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Para <code>\marginsep</code> en la clase <code>book</code>, el valor
+predeterminado es <samp>10pt</samp> en modo de dos columnas y <samp>7pt</samp> en
+modo de una columna.
+</para>
+<para>Para <code>\marginparwidth</code> tanto en las clases <code>book</code> como
+<code>article</code>, en el modo de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es
+el 60 % de <code>\paperwidth &minus; \textwidth</code>, mientras que en el
+modo de una columna es el 50% de esa distancia.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-oddsidemargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros oddsidemargin del diseño de página</anchor>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-evensidemargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros evensidemargin del diseño de página</anchor>
+<!-- c xx TODO vuelve a alinear en la versión francesa que es más -->
+<!-- c completa/precisa. -->
+<para>La longitud de <code>\oddsidemargin</code> es la distancia adicional entre
+el lado izquierdo de la página y el margen izquierdo del texto, en las
+páginas impares cuando se elige la opción de clase documento
+<code>twoside</code> y en todas las páginas cuando <code>oneside</code> está en
+vigor. Cuando <code>twoside</code> está en vigor, en páginas pares, la
+distancia adicional a la izquierda es <code>\evensidemargin</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; es que <code>\oddsidemargin</code> es el
+40% de la diferencia entre <code>\paperwidth</code> y <code>\textwidth</code>, y
+<code>\evensidemargin</code> es el resto.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-paperheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros paperheight del diseño de página</anchor> <para>La altura del
+papel, a diferencia de la altura del área de impresión. Normalmente
+se establece con una opción de la clase documento, como en
+<code>\documentclass[a4paper]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase
+documento</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-paperwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros paperwidth del diseño de página</anchor> <para>El ancho del
+papel, a diferencia del ancho del área de impresión. Normalmente se
+establece con una opción de la clase documento, como en
+<code>\documentclass[a4paper]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase
+documento</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-textheight-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros textheight del diseño de página</anchor> <para>La altura vertical
+normal del cuerpo de la página. Si el documento se establece en un
+tamaño de letra nominal de 10pt entonces para un <code>article</code> o
+<code>report</code> el valor predeterminado es <samp>43\baselineskip</samp>,
+mientras que para un <code>book</code> es <samp>41\baselineskip</samp>. Con un
+tamaño de letra de 11pt, el valor predeterminado es
+<samp>38\baselineskip</samp> para todas las clases de documento. A 12pt es
+<samp>36\baselineskip</samp> para todas las clases.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-textwidth-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros textwidth del diseño de página</anchor> <para>El ancho horizontal
+completo de todo el cuerpo de la página. Para un documento
+<code>article</code> o <code>report</code>, el valor predeterminado es
+<samp>345pt</samp> cuando el tamaño de letra elegido es 10pt, el valor
+predeterminado es <samp>360pt</samp> a 11pt, y es <samp>390pt</samp> a 12pt. Para
+un documento <code>book</code>, el valor predeterminado es <samp>4.5in</samp> con
+un tamaño de letra de 10pt y <samp>5in</samp> con 11pt o 12pt.
+</para>
+<para>En la salida de varias columnas, <code>\textwidth</code> sigue siendo el
+ancho de todo el cuerpo de la página, mientras que <code>\columnwidth</code>
+es el ancho de una columna (<pxref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>En las listas (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\textwidth</code> sigue siendo el ancho
+de todo el cuerpo de la página (y <code>\columnwidth</code> el ancho de toda
+la columna), mientras que <code>\linewidth</code> puede disminuir para las
+listas anidadas.
+</para>
+<para>Dentro de una minipágina (<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>) o <code>\parbox</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cparbox"><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></pxref>), todos los parámetros relacionados con el ancho se
+establecen en el ancho especificado, y vuelven a sus valores normales
+al final de <code>minipage</code> o <code>\parbox</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-hsize-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros hsize del diseño de página</anchor> <para>Esta entrada se incluye
+para completar: <code>\hsize</code> es el parámetro primitivo &tex;
+utilizado cuando el texto se divide en líneas. No se debería usar en
+documentos &latex; normales.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-topmargin-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros topmargin del diseño de página</anchor>
+<!-- c xxx TODO se vuelve a alinear en la versión francesa que es más -->
+<!-- c precisa. -->
+<para>Espacio entre la parte superior de la página &tex; (una pulgada desde
+la parte superior del papel, de manera predeterminada) y la parte
+superior de la cabecera. El valor se calcula basado en muchos otros
+parámetros: <code>\paperheight &minus; 2in &minus; \headheight
+&minus; \headsep &minus; \textheight &minus; \footskip</code>, y luego
+dividido por dos.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="par_00e1metros-topskip-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina">parámetros topskip del diseño de página</anchor> <para>Distancia mínima
+entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página y la línea base de la
+primera línea de texto. Para las clases estándar, el valor
+predeterminado es igual que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
+<samp>10pt</samp> en un tamaño de letra de 10pt.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
</section>
+<node name="_005cbaselineskip-y-_005cbaselinestretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Flotantes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Parámetros de composición de página</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Composición</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\baselineskip</code> y <code>\baselinestretch</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cbaselineskip">\baselineskip</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cbaselinestretch">\baselinestretch</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">espacio entre lineas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">espacio interlinea</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">inicial</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">doble espacio</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>El <code>\baselineskip</code> es una longitud elástica (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+Da la <dfn>inicial</dfn>, la distancia normal entre líneas en un párrafo,
+desde línea base a línea base.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo general, los autores de documentos no cambian directamente
+<code>\baselineskip</code> mientras escribían. En su lugar, se establece
+mediante el comando de selección <code>\fontsize</code> del tamaño de letra
+de bajo nivel (<pxref label="comandos-fontsize-de-bajo-nivel"><xrefnodename>comandos fontsize de bajo nivel</xrefnodename></pxref>). El valor de
+<code>\baselineskip</code> se restablece cada vez que sucede un cambio de
+tipo de letra, por lo que cualquier cambio directo a
+<code>\baselineskip</code> desaparecerá la próxima vez que haya un cambio de
+letra. Para cómo influir en el espaciado de línea, ve la explicación
+de <code>\baselinestretch</code> a continuación.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo general, el diseñador del tipo de letra asigna el tamaño de
+letra y el salto de línea base. Estos números son nominales en el
+sentido de que si, por ejemplo, el archivo de estilo de una letra
+tiene el comando <code>\fontsize&lbrace;10pt&rbrace;&lbrace;12pt&rbrace;</code> entonces eso no
+significa que los caracteres en el tipo de letra tenga una altura de
+10<dmn>pt</dmn>; por ejemplo, los paréntesis y las mayúsculas acentuadas
+pueden ser más altas. Ni tampoco significa que si las líneas están
+separadas menos de 12<dmn>pt</dmn> entonces corren el riesgo de tocarse.
+Más bien estos números son juicios tipográficos. (A menudo, el
+<code>\baselineskip</code> es un veinte por ciento más grande que el tamaño
+de la letra).
+</para>
+<!-- c adaptado de preguntas frecuentes -->
+<para>El <code>\baselineskip</code> no es una propiedad de cada línea sino del
+párrafo completo. Como resultado, texto grande en medio de un
+párrafo, como una sola enorme <code>&lbrace;\Huge Q&rbrace;</code>, se aplastará en su
+línea. &tex; se asegurará de que no raspe la línea de arriba, pero
+no cambiará el <code>\baselineskip</code> para esa línea para hacer espacio
+extra arriba. Para solucionarlo, usa un <code>\strut</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El valor de <code>\baselineskip</code> que usa &tex; para el párrafo es el
+valor en vigor en la línea en blanco o comando que finaliza la unidad
+párrafo. Entonces, si un documento contiene este párrafo, sus líneas
+se estrecharán juntas, en comparación con las líneas en los párrafos
+circundantes.
+</para>
+<!-- c Adaptado de "Lapsos en TeX" de B Beeton TB 42:1 p 13. -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Mucha gente ve un salto de página entre el texto y una ecuación
+mostrada como mal estilo, por lo que en efecto la pantalla es parte
+del párrafo. Porque esto se muestra en footnotesize, todo el párrafo
+tiene el espaciado de línea base que coincide con ese tamaño.
+&lbrace;\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\lineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">\lineskiplimit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\prevdepth</indexterm></findex>
+<para>El proceso para crear párrafos es que cuando se agrega una nueva
+línea, si la profundidad de la línea anterior más la altura de la
+nueva línea es menor que <code>\baselineskip</code>, entonces, &tex;
+inserta pegamento vertical para compensar la diferencia. Hay dos
+puntos finos. El primero es que si las líneas estarían demasiado
+juntas, más cerca que <code>\lineskiplimit</code>, entonces, &tex; en su
+lugar usa <code>\lineskip</code> como el pegamento entre líneas. El segundo
+es que &tex; en realidad no usa la profundidad de la línea anterior.
+En su lugar, usa <code>\prev depth</code>, que generalmente contiene esa
+profundidad. Pero al comienzo del párrafo (o cualquier lista
+vertical) o justo después de una regla, <code>\prevdepth</code> tiene el
+valor -1000<dmn>pt</dmn> y este valor especial le dice a &tex; que no
+inserte ningún pegamento entre líneas en el inicio de párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>En las clases estándar <code>\lineskiplimit</code> es 0<dmn>pt</dmn> y
+<code>\lineskip</code> es 1<dmn>pt</dmn>. Por el párrafo anterior entonces, la
+distancia entre líneas se puede aproximar a cero, pero si llega a ser
+cero (o menos de cero), entonces las líneas saltan a 1<dmn>pt</dmn> aparte.
+</para>
+<para>A veces los autores deben, con fines de edición, poner el documento en
+espacio doble o espacio y medio. La forma correcta de influir en la
+distancia entre líneas es a través de <code>\baselinestretch</code>. Escala
+<code>\baselineskip</code> y tiene un valor predeterminado de 1.0. Es un
+comando, no una longitud, y no surte efecto hasta que ocurre el cambio
+del tipo de letra, así que establece el factor de escala de esta
+manera: <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;1.5&rbrace;\selectfont</code>.
+</para>
+<para>La forma más sencilla de cambiar el espacio entre líneas para un
+documento es poner <code>\linespread&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code> en el preámbulo.
+Para espacios dobles, toma <var>factor</var> como 1.6 y como un espacio y
+medio usa 1.3. Estos números son aproximados: por ejemplo, dado que
+el <code>\baselineskip</code> es aproximadamente 1.2 veces el tamaño de
+letra, multiplicado por 1.6 suministra una proporción del tamaño de
+letra de salto de referencia de aproximadamente 2. (El comando
+<code>\linespread</code> se define como
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code> por lo que
+también no tendrá efecto hasta que ocurra una configuración del tipo
+de letra. Pero eso siempre se lleva a cabo al comienzo de un
+documento, por lo que no es necesario que lo sigas con
+<code>\selectfont</code>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Un enfoque más simple es el paquete
+<code>setspace</code>. El ejemplo básico:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;setspace&rbrace;
+\doublespacing % o \onehalfspacing para 1.5
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>En el preámbulo, estos comenzarán el documento con ese tamaño. Pero
+también puedes usar estas declaraciones en el cuerpo del documento
+para cambiar el espacio desde ese punto en adelante, y en consecuencia
+hay <code>\singlespacing</code> para devolver el espacio a la normalidad.
+En el cuerpo del documento, una mejor práctica que usar las
+declaraciones es usar entornos, como <code>\begin&lbrace;doublespace&rbrace;
+... \end&lbrace;doublespace&rbrace;</code>. El paquete también tiene comandos para
+hacer espaciado arbitrario: <code>\setstretch&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\begin&lbrace;spacing&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace; ... \end&lbrace;spacing&rbrace;</code>. Este
+paquete también mantiene el interlineado de espacio simple en lugares
+donde eso es típicamente deseable, como notas al pie y subtítulos de
+figura. Consulta la documentación del paquete.
+</para>
+</section>
+<node name="Flotantes" spaces=" "><nodename>Flotantes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\baselineskip y \baselinestretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Composición</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Flotantes</sectiontitle>
+
+<para>Algunos elementos tipográficos, como figuras y tablas, no se pueden
+romper a través de las páginas. Deben estar escritos fuera del flujo
+normal de texto, por ejemplo, flotando en la parte superior de una
+página posterior.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; puede tener varias clases diferentes de material flotante.
+El valor predeterminado son las dos clases, <code>figure</code>
+(<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>) y <code>table</code> (<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), pero puedes crear una
+nueva clase con el paquete <code>float</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Dentro de cualquier clase float, &latex; siempre respeta el orden, de
+modo que la primera figura en un documento fuente debe estar compuesta
+tipográficamente antes que la segunda figura. Sin embargo, &latex;
+puede mezclar las clases, por lo que puede suceder que mientras que la
+primera tabla aparece en la fuente antes de la primera figura, aparece
+en la salida después de ella.
+</para>
+<para>La colocación de flotantes está sujeta a parámetros, que se indican a
+continuación, que limitan el número de flotantes que pueden aparecer
+en la parte superior de una página, y el fondo, etc. Si hay tantos
+flotantes en cola que los límites impiden para que no encajen en una
+página, entonces &latex; coloca lo que puede y aplaza el resto a la
+página siguiente. De esta manera, los flotantes pueden terminar
+siendo tipografíados lejos de su lugar en la fuente. En particular,
+un flotante que es grande puede migrar al final del documento. En cuyo
+caso, porque todos los flotantes en una clase deben aparecer en orden
+secuencial, cada flotante siguiente en esa clase también aparece al
+final.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">colocación de flotantes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">especificador, ubicación flotante</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Además de cambiar los parámetros, para cada flotante puedes ajustar
+dónde el algoritmo de colocación flotante intenta colocarlo usando su
+argumento <var>placement</var>. Los valores posibles son una secuencia de
+las letras debajo. El valor predeterminado para <code>figure</code> y
+<code>table</code>, en ambas clases, <code>article</code> y <code>book</code>, es
+<code>tbp</code>.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Top)&textmdash;en la parte superior de una página de texto.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Bottom)&textmdash;en la parte inferior de una página de texto. (Sin embargo,
+<code>b</code> no es permitido para flotantes de ancho completo
+(<code>figure*</code>) con producción en doble columna. Para mejorar esto,
+usa <file>stfloats</file> o el paquete <file>dblfloatfix</file>, pero ve la
+discusión en las advertencias en las preguntas frecuentes:
+<url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">h</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Here)&textmdash;en la posición en el texto donde el entorno <code>figure</code>
+aparece. Sin embargo, <code>h</code> no está permitido por sí mismo;
+<code>t</code> se añade automáticamente.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">aquí, poniendo flotantes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para forzar absolutamente que un flotante aparezca
+&textldquo;aquí&textrdquo;, puedes <code>\usepackage&lbrace;float&rbrace;</code> y usa el especificador
+<code>H</code> que define. Para obtener más información, consulta la
+entrada de preguntas frecuentes en
+<url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">página flotante</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>(Página de flotantes)&textmdash;en una <dfn>página flotante</dfn> separada, que es
+una página que no contiene texto, solo flotantes.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">!</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Se utiliza además de uno de los anteriores; solo para este flotante,
+&latex; ignora las restricciones tanto en el número de flotantes que
+pueden aparecer y las cantidades relativas de texto flotante y no
+flotante en la página. El especificador <code>!</code> <emph>no</emph> significa
+&textldquo;pon el flotante aquí&textrdquo;, ve más arriba.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>Nota: el orden en que aparecen las letras en el argumento
+<var>placement</var> no cambia el orden en que &latex; intenta colocar el
+flotante; por ejemplo, <code>btp</code> tiene el mismo efecto que
+<code>tbp</code>. Todo lo que <var>placement</var> hace es que si una letra no
+está presente entonces el algoritmo no intenta esa ubicación. Por lo
+tanto, el valor predeterminado de &latex; de <code>tbp</code> es probar
+cada ubicación excepto colocar el flotante donde ocurre en la fuente.
+</para>
+<para>Para evitar que &latex; mueva flotantes al final del documento o un
+capítulo puede usar un comando <code>\clearpage</code> para comenzar una
+nueva página e inserta todos los flotantes pendientes. Si no deseas un
+salto de página, puedes usar el paquete <file>afterpage</file> y emitir
+<code>\afterpage&lbrace;\clearpage&rbrace;</code>. Esto esperará hasta que la página
+actual haya terminado y entonces vuelca todos los flotantes
+pendientes.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>&latex; puede escribir un flotante antes de donde
+aparece en la fuente (aunque en la misma página de salida) si hay un
+especificador <code>t</code> en el parámetro <var>placement</var>. Si esto no se
+desea, y se elimina la <code>t</code> no es aceptable ya que evita que se
+coloque el flotante en la parte superior de la página siguiente, lo
+puedes evitar usando el paquete <code>flafter</code> o usando el comando
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
+<code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, lo que provoca flotantes para la posición
+superior en esta página para pasar a la página siguiente.
+</para>
+<para>Parámetros relativos a las fracciones de páginas ocupadas por float y
+texto no flotante (cámbialos con
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;<var>parameter</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>decimal entre 0 y 1</var>&rbrace;</code>):
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="fracci_00f3n-flotante-inferior">fracción flotante inferior</anchor> <para>La fracción máxima de la página
+que se permite sea ocupada por flotantes en el fondo; predeterminado
+<samp>.3</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="flotantes-floatpagefraction">flotantes floatpagefraction</anchor> <para>La fracción mínima de una página
+flotante que debe estar ocupada por flotantes; predeterminado
+<samp>.5</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="fracci_00f3n-de-texto-flotante">fracción de texto flotante</anchor> <para>Fracción mínima de una página que
+debe ser texto; si los flotantes también ocupan mucho espacio para
+conservar tanto texto, los flotantes se moverán a una pagina
+diferente. El valor predeterminado es <samp>.2</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="fracci_00f3n-superior-flotante">fracción superior flotante</anchor> <para>Fracción máxima en la parte
+superior de una página que se puede ocupar antes por flotantes;
+predeterminado <samp>.7</samp>.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>Parámetros relacionados con el espacio vertical alrededor de los
+flotantes (cámbialos con un comando de la forma
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;<var>parameter</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>expresión length</var>&rbrace;</code>):
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="flotantes-floatsep">flotantes floatsep</anchor> <para>Espacio entre flotantes en la parte
+superior o inferior de una página; predefinido <samp>12pt más 2pt
+menos 2pt</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="flotantes-intextsep">flotantes intextsep</anchor> <para>Espacio encima y debajo de un flotante en
+medio del texto principal; predeterminado <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>
+para documentos de 10 y 11 puntos, y <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> para
+documentos de 12 puntos.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="flotante-textfloatsep">flotante textfloatsep</anchor> <para>Espacio entre el último (primer)
+flotante en la parte superior (inferior) de una página; predeterminado
+<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>Contadores relacionados con el número de flotantes en una página
+(cámbialos con un comando de la forma
+<code>\setcounter&lbrace;<var>ctrname</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>número natural</var>&rbrace;</code>):
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="flotante-bottomnumber">flotante bottomnumber</anchor> <para>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en la parte inferior de una página de texto; predeterminado
+1.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="flotantes-dbltopnumber">flotantes dbltopnumber</anchor> <para>Número máximo de flotantes de tamaño
+completo que pueden aparecer en la parte superior de una página de dos
+columnas; predeterminado 2.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="flotante-topnumber">flotante topnumber</anchor> <para>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en la parte superior de una página de texto; predeterminado
+2.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="flotante-totalnumber">flotante totalnumber</anchor> <para>Número máximo de flotantes que pueden
+aparecer en una página de texto; predeterminado 3.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>La entrada principal de preguntas&nbsp;frecuentes
+&tex;&nbsp;relacionada con los flotantes
+<url><urefurl>https//www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats</urefurl></url> contiene sugerencias para
+relajar los parámetros predeterminados de &latex; para reducir el
+problema de los flotantes empujados hasta el final. Una explicación
+completa del algoritmo de colocación de flotantes se encuentra en el
+artículo de Frank Mittelbach &textldquo;Cómo influir en la posición de los
+entornos flotantes como figure y table en &latex;?&textrdquo;
+(<url><urefurl>https//www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</urefurl></url>).
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\caption</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Crea un título para un entorno flotante.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005ccaption" spaces=" "><nodename>\caption</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Flotantes</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\caption</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">leyendas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\caption&lbrace;<var>caption-text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\caption[<var>short-caption-text</var>]&lbrace;<var>caption-text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Crea un título para un entorno flotante, como <code>figure</code> o entorno
+<code>table</code> (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref> o <ref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></ref>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, &latex; coloca un título debajo del espacio en
+blanco vertical, espacio que deja el autor para la posterior inclusión
+de una imagen.
+</para>
+
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+ \vspace*&lbrace;1cm&rbrace;
+ \caption&lbrace;Alonzo Cushing, Batería A, 4ª artillería de EE. UU.&rbrace;
+ \label&lbrace;fig:CushingPic&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El comando <code>\caption</code> etiquetará <var>caption-text</var> con algo como
+<samp>Figura&nbsp;1:</samp> para un artículo o <samp>Figura&nbsp;1.1:</samp> para
+un libro. El texto está centrado si está más corto que el ancho del
+texto, o establecido como un párrafo sin sangría si toma más de una
+línea.
+</para>
+<para>Además de colocar el <var>caption-text</var> en la salida, el comando
+<code>\caption</code> también guarda esa información para usarla en una
+lista de figuras o lista de tablas (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Aquí el comando <code>\caption</code> usa el comando opcional
+<var>short-caption-text</var>, para que el texto más corto aparezca en la
+lista de tablas, en lugar del <var>caption-text</var> más largo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;table&rbrace;
+ \centering
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;|*&lbrace;3&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;|&rbrace;
+ \hline
+ 4 &amp;9 &amp;2 \\
+ 3 &amp;5 &amp;7 \\
+ 8 &amp;1 &amp;6 \\
+ \hline
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+ \caption[\textit&lbrace;Lo Shu&rbrace; cuadrado mágico]&lbrace;%
+ The \textit&lbrace;Lo Shu&rbrace; que es único entre
+ cuadrados de orden tres hasta rotación y reflexión.&rbrace;
+ \label&lbrace;tab:LoShu&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;table&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>&latex; etiquetará <var>caption-text</var> con algo como
+<samp>Tabla&nbsp;1:</samp> para un artículo o <samp>Tabla&nbsp;1.1:</samp> para un
+libro.
+</para>
+<para>El título puede aparecer en la parte superior de la <code>figura</code> o
+<code>tabla</code>. Por ejemplo, eso sucedería en el ejemplo anterior
+poniendo el <code>\caption</code> entre el <code>\centering</code> y el
+<code>\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Los distintos entornos flotantes se numeran por separado, de forma
+predeterminada. Eso es <code>\caption</code> que actualiza el contador, por
+lo que cualquier <code>\label</code> debe ir después del <code>\caption</code>.
+El contador para el entorno <code>figure</code> se llama <code>figure</code>, y de
+manera similar el contador para el entorno <code>table</code> es
+<code>table</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El texto que se pondrá en la lista de figuras o lista de tablas es
+argumento móvil. Si recibes el error &latex; <samp>! Argumento de
+\&arobase;caption tiene un extra&rbrace;</samp>, entonces debes poner <code>\protect</code>
+delante de cualquier comando frágil. <xref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>caption</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>caption</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>caption</code> tiene muchas opciones
+para ajustar cómo aparece el título, por ejemplo, cambiando el tamaño
+del texto, haciendo que el título sea colgar texto en lugar de
+establecerlo como un párrafo, o hacer el título siempre establecido
+como un párrafo en lugar de centrado cuando es corto.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Seccionado" spaces=" "><nodename>Seccionado</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Referencias Cruzadas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Diseño</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Seccionado" spaces=" "><nodename>Seccionado</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Referencias cruzadas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Composición</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Seccionado</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">seccionado</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Las instrucciones de seccionado proporcionan los medios para estructurar
-su texto en unidades:
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">comandos de Seccionado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">parte</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">capítulo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">sección</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">subsección</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subsubsección</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">subpárrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Estructura tu texto en divisiones: partes, capítulos, secciones,
+etc. Todos los comandos de seccionado tienen la misma forma, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>sectioning-command</var>&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+<var>sectioning-command</var>*&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+<var>sectioning-command</var>[<var>toc-title</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Por ejemplo, declarar el comienzo de una subsección como con
+<code>\subsection&lbrace;Motivación&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>La tabla tiene cada <var>sectioning-command</var> en &latex;. Todos están
+disponibles en todas las clases de documentos estándar de &latex;
+<code>book</code>, <code>report</code> y&nbsp;<code>article</code>, excepto que
+<code>\chapter</code> no está disponible en <code>article</code>.
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".25 .25 .40"><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Unidad de seccionado </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Comando </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Nivel
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para>Parte
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\part</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>-1 (<code>book</code>, <code>report</code>), 0 (<code>article</code>)
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Capítulo
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\chapter</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>0
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Sección
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\section</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>1
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Subsección
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\subsection</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>2
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Subsubsección
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\subsubsection</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>3
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Párrafo
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\paragraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>4
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> <para>Subpárrafo
+</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\subparagraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>5
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">forma-<code>*</code> de comandos de seccionado</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Todos estos comandos tienen una forma <code>*</code> que imprime
+<var>título</var> como de costumbre pero no lo numera y no hace una entrada
+en la tabla de contenido. Un ejemplo de cómo usar esto es para un
+apéndice en un <code>article</code>. Las entradas
+<code>\appendix\section&lbrace;Appendix&rbrace;</code> da como resultado <samp>Apéndice
+A</samp> (<pxref label="_005cappendix"><xrefnodename>\appendix</xrefnodename></pxref>). Puedes perder la numeración&nbsp;<samp>A</samp>
+ingresando en su lugar <code>\section*&lbrace;Appendix&rbrace;</code> (los artículos a
+menudo omiten una tabla de contenido y tienen encabezados de página
+simples para que las otras diferencias del comando <code>\section</code>
+puedan no importar).
+</para>
+<para>El título de la sección <var>título</var> proporciona el título en el texto
+principal, pero también puede aparecer en la tabla de contenido y en
+el encabezado o pie (<pxref label="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Estilos de página</xrefnodename></pxref>). Es posible que no
+desees el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto principal.
+Todos estos comandos tienen un argumento <var>toc-title</var> opcional para
+esos otros lugares.
+</para>
+<para>El número de nivel en la tabla anterior determina qué unidades
+seccionales son numeradas, y que aparecen en la tabla de contenido.
+Si los comandos de seccionado <var>level</var> son menores o iguales que el
+valor del contador <code>secnumdepth</code> entonces los títulos para este
+comando de seccionado serán numerados
+(<pxref label="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). Y, si <var>level</var> es menor que o
+igual al valor del contador <code>tocdepth</code> luego la tabla de
+contenido tendrá una entrada para esta unidad de seccionado
+(<pxref label="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>&latex; espera que antes de tener una <code>\subsection</code> tengas una
+<code>\section</code> y, en un documento de clase <code>book</code>, que antes de
+una <code>\section</code> tendrás un <code>\chapter</code>. De lo contrario,
+puedes obtener algo así como una subsección numerada <samp>3.0.1</samp>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>&latex; te permite cambiar la apariencia de las
+unidades seccionales. Como un ejemplo simple, puedes cambiar la
+numeración de la sección a letras mayúsculas con esto (en el
+preámbulo):&linebreak; <code>\renewcommand\thesection&lbrace;\Alph&lbrace;section&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> .
+(<xref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></xref>). CTAN tiene
+muchos paquetes que facilitan este ajuste, en particular
+<code>titlesec</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Dos contadores se relacionan con la apariencia de los encabezados
+realizados por comandos de seccionado.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="110">\part</indexterm>\part</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="111">\chapter</indexterm>\chapter</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(únicamente las clases <code>report</code> y <code>book</code>)
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="112">\section</indexterm>\section</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="113">\subsection</indexterm>\subsection</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="114">\subsubsection</indexterm>\subsubsection</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="115">\paragraph</indexterm>\paragraph</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="116">\subparagraph</indexterm>\subparagraph</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry></ftable>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">números de sección, imprimir</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="seccionado-secnumdepth">seccionado secnumdepth</anchor> <anchor name="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth">Seccionado/secnumdepth</anchor>
+<para>Controla qué unidades de seccionado están numeradas. Poniendo el
+contador con <code>\setcounter&lbrace;secnumdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>level</var>&rbrace;</code>
+suprimirá numeración de seccionado a cualquier profundidad superior a
+<var>level</var> (<pxref label="_005csetcounter"><xrefnodename>\setcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>). Consulta la tabla anterior para
+ver los números de nivel. Por ejemplo, si <code>secnumdepth</code> es 1 en
+un <code>article</code> entonces un comando <code>\section&lbrace;Introducción&rbrace;</code>
+producirá una salida como <samp>1 Introducción</samp> mientras que
+<code>\subsection&lbrace;Discusión&rbrace;</code> produce una salida como
+<samp>Discusión</samp>, sin número. &latex; <code>secnumdepth</code>
+predeterminado es&nbsp;3 en la clase <file>article</file> y&nbsp;2 en las
+clases <file>book</file> y <file>report</file>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">tabla de contenido, números de seccionado impresos</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="seccionado-tocdepth">seccionado tocdepth</anchor> <anchor name="Seccionado_002ftocdepth">Seccionado/tocdepth</anchor> <para>Controla qué
+unidades de seccionado se enumeran en la tabla de contenido. La
+configuración <code>\setcounter&lbrace;tocdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>level</var>&rbrace;</code> hace que
+las unidades de Seccionado en <var>level</var> sean las más pequeñas
+enumeradas (<pxref label="_005csetcounter"><xrefnodename>\setcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>). Consulta la tabla anterior para ver
+los números de nivel. Por ejemplo, si <code>tocdepth</code> es&nbsp;1
+entonces la tabla de contenido enumera secciones pero no subsecciones.
+Predeterminado de &latex; <code>tocdepth</code> es&nbsp;3 en la clase
+<file>article</file> y&nbsp;2 en la clase <file>book</file> y <file>report</file>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<para>Todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen la misma forma general, por
-ejemplo,
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\part</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una parte.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\chapter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia un capítulo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\section</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una sección.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\subsection</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una subsección.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Divisiones inferiores.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\appendix</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia los apéndices.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Las tres partes de un
+ libro.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;startsection</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Encabezado de unidades seccionales.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005cpart" spaces=" "><nodename>\part</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\chapter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">parte</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">seccionado, parte</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter[<var>títulobreve</var>]&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\part&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+\part*&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+\part[<var>toc-title</var>]&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Además de proporcionar el encabezado <var>título</var> en el texto principal,
-el título de la sección puede aparecer en otros dos lugares:
+<para>Inicia una parte del documento. Las clases estándar de &latex;
+<code>book</code>, <code>report</code> y <code>article</code>, todas tienen este
+comando.
</para>
-<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem>
-<para>La tabla de contenido.
-</para></listitem><listitem>
-<para>El título breve en la parte superior de la página.
-</para></listitem></enumerate>
+<para>Esto produce una parte del documento, en un libro.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\part&lbrace;VOLUMEN I \\
+ MEMORIAS PERSONALES DE U.\ S.\ GRANT&rbrace;
+\chapter&lbrace;ANCESTRIA--NACIMIENTO--INFANCIA.&rbrace;
+Mi familia es estadounidense, y lo ha sido durante generaciones, en
+todas sus ramas, directas y colaterales.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En cada clase estándar, el comando <code>\part</code> genera un número de
+pieza como <samp>Parte I</samp>, solo en su línea, en negrita y en grandes
+letras. Entonces &latex; genera <var>título</var>, también solo en su
+línea, en negrita y en letra aún más grande. En la clase <code>book</code>,
+el &latex; predeterminado pone cada parte sola en su propia
+página. Si el libro tiene dos caras entonces &latex; saltará una
+página si es necesario para tener la nueva parte en una página impar.
+En <code>report</code> nuevamente está solo en una página, pero &latex; no
+forzará una página impar. En un <code>article</code> &latex; no lo coloca
+en una página nueva, sino que genera el número de parte y título de la
+parte en la página principal del documento.
+</para>
+<para>La forma <code>*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var>título</var> pero no muestra el número
+de parte, no incrementa el contador <code>parte</code>, y no produce ninguna
+entrada de tabla de contenido.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>toc-title</var> aparecerá como el título de la
+parte en la tabla de contenido (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>) y, al
+ejecutar cabeceras (<pxref label="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Estilos de página</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si no está presente,
+entonces <var>título</var> estará ahí. Este ejemplo pone un salto de línea
+en <var>título</var> pero omite el salto en la tabla de contenido.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\part[Arriba desde abajo; mi vida]&lbrace;Arriba desde abajo\\ mi vida&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una parte
+es&nbsp;-1 (<pxref label="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> y
+<ref label="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/tocdepth</xrefnodename></ref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>En la clase <code>article</code>, si un párrafo sigue
+inmediatamente a la parte título entonces no está sangrado. Para
+obtener una sangría, puedes usar el paquete <code>indentfirst</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Un paquete para cambiar el comportamiento de
+<code>\part</code> es <code>titlesec</code>. Consulta su documentación en
+CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cchapter" spaces=" "><nodename>\chapter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\section</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\part</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">capítulo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+\chapter*&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+\chapter[<var>toc-title</var>]&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Inicia un capítulo. Las clases estándar de &latex; <code>book</code> y
+<code>report</code> tienen este comando pero no <code>article</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce un capítulo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter&lbrace;Acechantes&rbrace;
+
+Llámame Ismael. Hace algunos años---no importa cuánto tiempo
+exactamente---teniendo poco dinero en mi bolsa o nada, y nada en
+particular que me interese en tierra, pensé en navegar un poco y ver
+la parte acuosa del mundo.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; comienza cada capítulo en una
+nueva página, una página impar si el documento tiene dos caras.
+Produce un capitulo número como <samp>Capítulo 1</samp> en negrita grande
+(el tamaño es <code>\huge</code>). Luego pone <var>título</var> en una nueva
+línea, en tipo negrita que es aún más grande (tamaño <code>\Huge</code>).
+También incrementa el contador <code>chapter</code>, agrega una entrada a la
+tabla de contenido (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>), y establece la
+cabecera de información en ejecución (<pxref label="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Estilos de página</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>La forma <code>*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var>título</var> en una nueva línea, en
+negrita. Pero no muestra el número de capítulo, ni incrementa el
+contador <code>chapter</code>, no produce una entrada de tabla de contenido
+y no afecta la cabecera en ejecución. (Si usas el estilo de página
+<code>headings</code> en un documento de dos caras, entonces la cabecera
+será del capítulo anterior).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter*&lbrace;Preamble&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>toc-title</var> aparecerá como título del
+capítulo en la tabla de contenido (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>) y
+en ejecutar cabeceras (<pxref label="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Estilos de página</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si no está
+presente entonces <var>título</var> estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre
+completo en el título del capítulo,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter[Weyl]&lbrace;Hermann Klaus Hugo (Peter) Weyl (1885--1955)&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>pero solo <samp>Weyl</samp> en la página de contenido. Esto pone un salto
+de línea en el título, pero eso no funciona bien con las cabeceras en
+ejecución, por lo que omite el salto en el contenido.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter[Dado todo; mi historia]&lbrace;Dado todo\\ mi historia&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de un capítulo
+es&nbsp;0 (<pxref label="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> y
+<pxref label="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El párrafo que sigue al título del capítulo no
+tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Para
+obtener una sangría, usa el paquete <code>indentfirst</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes cambiar lo que se muestra para el número de capítulo. Para
+cambiarlo a algo como <samp>Conferencia 1</samp>, pon en el preámbulo
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\chaptername&rbrace;&lbrace;Conferencia&rbrace;</code> o esto
+(<pxref label="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter y \makeatother</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter
+\renewcommand&lbrace;\&arobase;chapapp&rbrace;&lbrace;Conferencia&rbrace;
+\makeatother
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Para hacer este cambio debido al idioma principal de el documento,
+consulta el paquete <code>babel</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En un documento de dos caras, &latex; coloca un capítulo en una
+página impar, si es necesario dejar una página par que esté en blanco
+excepto por cualquier cabecera en ejecución. Para dejar esa página
+completamente en blanco, <ref label="_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para cambiar el comportamiento del comando
+<code>\chapter</code>, puedes copiar su definición del archivo de formato
+&latex; y realizar ajustes. Pero también hay muchos paquetes en CTAN
+que abordan esto. Uno es <code>titlesec</code>. Ve su documentación,
+pero el ejemplo a continuación da un sentido de lo que puede hacer.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;titlesec&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat&lbrace;\chapter&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\Huge\bfseries&rbrace; % formato del título
+ &lbrace;&rbrace; % etiqueta, tal como 1.2 para una subsección
+ &lbrace;0pt&rbrace; % longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ &lbrace;&rbrace; % gancho antes del código
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Esto omite el número de capítulo <samp>Capítulo 1</samp> de la página pero a
+diferencia de <code>\chapter*</code> mantiene el capítulo en la tabla de
+contenido y la ejecución de cabeceras.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005csection" spaces=" "><nodename>\section</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\chapter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">sección</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\section&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+\section*&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+\section[<var>toc-title</var>]&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Inicia una sección. Las clases estándar <code>article</code> de &latex;,
+<code>book</code> y <code>report</code> tienen este comando.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una sección.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">En esta Parte tendemos a estar más interesados ​​en la función, en el
+comportamiento de entrada-salida, que en los detalles de implementar
+ese comportamiento.
+
+\section&lbrace;Máquinas de Turing&rbrace;
+
+A pesar de este deseo de minimizar la implementación, seguimos el
+enfoque de A~Turing de que el primer paso hacia la definición del
+conjunto de funciones computables es reflexionar sobre los detalles de
+lo que pueden hacer los mecanismos.
+</pre></example>
-<para>Tal vez no quiera el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto
-principal. Para controlar esto, las instrucciones de seccionado tienen
-un argumento opcional, <var>toctitle</var> que, cuando se proporciona,
-especifica el texto de esos otros lugares.
+<para>Para las clases estándar de &latex; <code>book</code> y <code>report</code> la
+salida predeterminada es como <samp>1.2 <var>título</var></samp> (para
+capítulo&nbsp;1, sección&nbsp;2), solo en su línea y alineado a la
+izquierda, en negrita y letra más grande (el tamaño de letra es
+<code>\Large</code>). Lo mismo se sostiene en <code>article</code> excepto que no
+hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que parece <samp>2 <var>título</var></samp>.
+</para>
+<para>La forma <code>E*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var>título</var>. Pero no muestra el
+número de sección, no incrementa el contador <code>section</code>, no
+produce ninguna entrada en la tabla de contenido y no afecta la
+cabecera en ejecución. (Si usas el estilo de página <code>headings</code>
+en un documento de dos caras, entonces el encabezado será de la parte
+anterior).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>toc-title</var> aparecerá como título de la
+sección en la tabla de contenido (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>) y
+encabezados en ejecución (<pxref label="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Estilos de página</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si no está
+presente entonces <var>título</var> estará allí. Esto muestra el nombre
+completo en el título de la sección:
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">forma con * de instrucciones de seccionado</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Además, todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen formas con <code>*</code>
-que imprimen el <var>título</var> de la manera usual, pero no incluyen un
-número y no producen una entrada en la tabla de contenido. Por ejemplo:
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\section[Isabel~II]&lbrace;Isabel Segunda,
+ por la Gracia de Dios Reina del Reino Unido,
+ Canadá y sus otros reinos y territorios,
+ Jefe de la Commonwealth, Defensor de la Fe.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>pero solo <samp>Isabel II</samp> en la página de contenido y en los
+encabezados. Esto tiene un salto de línea en <var>title</var> pero eso no
+funciona con encabezados por lo que se omite de los contenidos y
+encabezados.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\section*&lbrace;Preámbulo&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\section[La verdad es que hice trampa; la historia de mi vida]&lbrace;La verdad es
+ que hice trampa\\la historia de mi vida&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una sección
+es&nbsp;1 (<pxref label="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> y
+<pxref label="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El párrafo que sigue al título de la sección no
+tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una
+forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete <code>indentfirst</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>En general, para cambiar el comportamiento del
+comando <code>\section</code>, hay varias opciones. Una es el comando
+<code>\&arobase;startsection</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>). También hay muchos
+paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto, incluido <code>titlesec</code>. Ve la
+documentación pero el siguiente ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden
+hacer.
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito: egreg https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/comp.text.tex/tvc8oM5P4y4 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;titlesec&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat&lbrace;\section&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\normalfont\Large\bfseries&rbrace; % formato del título
+ &lbrace;\makebox[1pc][r]&lbrace;\thesection\hspace&lbrace;1pc&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace; % etiqueta
+ &lbrace;0pt&rbrace; % Longitud de la separación entre la etiqueta y el título
+ &lbrace;&rbrace; % gancho antes del código
+\titlespacing*&lbrace;\section&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;-1pc&rbrace;&lbrace;18pt&rbrace;&lbrace;10pt&rbrace;[10pc]
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">apéndices, creando</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\appendix</code> cambia la manera en que se numeran las
-siguientes unidades de sección. La instrucción <code>\appendix</code> en sí
-misma no genera texto y no afecta la númeración de las partes. El uso
-normal de esta instrucción es algo así como:
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Eso pone el número de sección en el margen.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005csubsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsection</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\section</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">subsección</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter&lbrace;Un Capítulo&rbrace;
-&dots;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\subsection&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\subsection*&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\subsection[<var>toc-title</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Inicia una subsección. Las clases estándar <code>article</code> de
+&latex;, <code>book</code> y <code>report</code> tienen este comando.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una subsección.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Mostraremos que hay más funciones que las máquinas de Turing y que por
+tanto, algunas funciones no tienen máquina asociada.
+
+\subsection&lbrace;Cardinalidad&rbrace;
+
+Comenzaremos con dos paradojas que dramatizan el desafío a nuestra
+intuición planteado al comparar los tamaños de conjuntos infinitos.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para las clases estándar de &latex; <code>book</code> y <code>report</code> la
+salida predeterminada es como <samp>1.2.3 <var>title</var></samp> (para
+capítulo&nbsp;1, sección&nbsp;2, subsección&nbsp;3), solo en su línea
+y alineado a la izquierda, en negrita y una letra más grande (el
+tamaño de letra es <code>\large</code>). Lo mismo contiene <code>article</code>
+excepto que no hay capítulos en esa clase por lo que parece <samp>2.3
+<var>título</var></samp>.
+</para>
+<para>La forma <code>E*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var>título</var>. Pero no muestra el
+número de subsección, no incrementa el contador <code>subsection</code> y no
+produce ninguna entrada en la tabla de contenido.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>toc-title</var> aparecerá como título de la
+subsección en la tabla de contenido (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+Si esto no está presente, <var>title</var> estará allí. Este muestra el
+texto completo en el título de la subsección:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]&lbrace;\textit&lbrace;El origen de
+ Elementos químicos&rbrace; por R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe y G.~Gamow&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>pero solo <samp><U>03B1</U>,<U>03B2</U>,<U>03B3</U>
+paper</samp> en la página de contenido.
+</para>
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una
+subsección es&nbsp;2 (<pxref label="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> y
+<pxref label="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El párrafo que sigue al título de la subsección
+no tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica estándar. Una
+forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete <code>indentfirst</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Hay varias maneras de cambiar el comportamiento
+del comando <code>\subsection</code>. Una es el comando
+<code>\&arobase;startsection</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>). También hay muchos
+paquetes en CTAN que abordan esto, incluido <code>titlesec</code>. Ve la
+documentación pero el siguiente ejemplo da una idea de lo que pueden
+hacer.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;titlesec&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+\titleformat&lbrace;\subsection&rbrace;[runin]
+ &lbrace;\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries&rbrace; % formato del título
+ &lbrace;\thesubsection&rbrace; % etiqueta
+ &lbrace;0.6em&rbrace; % espacio entre la etiqueta y
+ % el título
+ &lbrace;&rbrace; % gancho antes del código
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Eso pone el número de subsección y <var>title</var> en la primera línea de
+texto.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\appendix</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\subsection</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005csubsubsection">\subsubsection</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">subsubsección</indexterm></cindex>
+<!-- c -->
+<anchor name="_005cparagraph">\paragraph</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+<!-- c -->
+<anchor name="_005csubparagraph">\subparagraph</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">subpárrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\subsubsection&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\subsubsection*&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\subsubsection[<var>toc-title</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\paragraph&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\paragraph*&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\paragraph[<var>toc-title</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\subparagraph&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\subparagraph*&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\subparagraph[<var>toc-title</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Inicia una subsección, párrafo o subpárrafo. Las clases estandar de
+&latex; <code>article</code>, <code>book</code> y <code>report</code> tienen todas
+estos comandos, aunque no son de uso común.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una subsección.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\subsubsection&lbrace;Compresores de anillos de pistón: rendimiento estructural&rbrace;
+
+Proporciona ensamblajes de revestimiento de paredes
+exteriores/interiores capaces de resistir los efectos de la carga y
+las tensiones de anillos de pistón de motor de gasolina de grado de
+consumo.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La salida predeterminada de cada uno de los tres no cambia sobre las
+clases &latex; estándar <code>article</code>, <code>book</code> y <code>report</code>.
+Para <code>\subsubsection</code> el <var>title</var> está solo en su línea, en
+negrita y tipo de letra de tamaño normal. Para <code>\paragraph</code> el
+<var>title</var> está alineado con el texto, sin sangría, en negrita y
+letra de tamaño normal. Para <code>\subparagraph</code> el <var>title</var> está
+en línea con el texto, con sangría de párrafo, en negrita y letra de
+tamaño normal (Debido a que un <code>article</code> no tiene capítulos, sus
+subsubsecciones son numeradas y así se ve como <samp>1.2.3
+<var>title</var></samp>, por sección&nbsp;1, subsección&nbsp;2 y
+subsubsección&nbsp;3. Las otras dos divisiones no están numeradas).
+</para>
+<para>La forma <code>E*</code>&nbsp;muestra <var>título</var>. Pero no incrementa el
+contador asociado y no produce entrada en la tabla de contenido (y no
+muestra el número de <code>\subsubsection</code>).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>toc-title</var> aparecerá como el título de la
+división en la tabla de contenido (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+Si esto no está presente, <var>title</var> estará allí.
+</para>
+<para>Para determinar qué unidades seccionales están numeradas y cuáles
+aparecen en la tabla de contenido, el número de nivel de una
+subsubsección es&nbsp;3, de un párrafo es&nbsp;4, y de un subpárrafo
+es&nbsp;5 (<pxref label="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> y
+<pxref label="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El párrafo que sigue al título de la
+subsubsección no tiene sangría, al igual que una práctica tipográfica
+estándar. Una forma de obtener una sangría es usar el paquete
+<code>indentfirst</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Hay varias formas de cambiar el comportamiento de
+estos comandos. Una es el comando <code>\&arobase;startsection</code>
+(<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>). También hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que
+abordan esto, incluyendo <code>titlesec</code>. Consulta la
+documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cappendix" spaces=" "><nodename>\appendix</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\subsubsection - \paragraph y \subparagraph</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeup></node>
+
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">apéndice</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">apéndices</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\appendix
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Este no produce directamente ningún resultado. Pero en un documento
+<code>book</code> o <code>report</code> declara que los subsiguientes comandos
+<code>\chapter</code> comienzan un apéndice. En un artículo hace lo mismo,
+para los comandos <code>\section</code>. También restablece los contadores
+<code>chapter</code> y <code>section</code> a&nbsp;0 en un libro o informe, y en
+un artículo restablece los contadores <code>section</code> y
+<code>subsection</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En este libro
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter&lbrace;Uno&rbrace; ...
+\chapter&lbrace;Dos&rbrace; ...
+ ...
\appendix
-\chapter&lbrace;El Primer Apéndice&rbrace;
+\chapter&lbrace;Tres&rbrace; ...
+\chapter&lbrace;Cuatro&rbrace; ...
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118"><r>contador</r> secnumdepth</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">números de sección, imprimiendo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El contador <code>secnumdepth</code> controla la impresión de los números de
-sección. La configuración
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>los dos primeros generarán una salida numerada <samp>Capítulo 1</samp> y
+<samp>Capítulo 2</samp>. Después del <code>\appendix</code> la numeración será
+<samp>Apéndice A</samp> y <samp>Apéndice B</samp>. <xref label="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger"><xrefnodename>Plantilla de libro
+Larger</xrefnodename></xref>, para otro ejemplo.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>appendix</code> agrega el comando
+<code>\appendixpage</code> para poner <samp>Apéndices</samp> separados en el
+cuerpo del documento antes del primer apéndice y el comando
+<code>\addappheadtotoc</code> hace lo mismo en la tabla de contenido.
+Puedes restablecer el nombre <samp>Apéndices</samp> con un comando como
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\appendixname&rbrace;&lbrace;Especificación&rbrace;</code>, así como una
+serie de otras características. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter" spaces=" "><nodename>\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;startsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\appendix</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cfrontmatter">\frontmatter</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">libro, portada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">portada de un libro</indexterm></cindex>
+<!-- c -->
+<anchor name="_005cmainmatter">\mainmatter</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">libro, asunto principal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">asunto principal de un libro</indexterm></cindex>
+<!-- c -->
+<anchor name="_005cbackmatter">\backmatter</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">libro, asunto contraportada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">libro, asunto final</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">asunto de contraportada de un libro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">asunto final de un libro</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una o más de:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter&lbrace;secnumdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>nivel</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\frontmatter
+...
+\mainmatter
+...
+\backmatter
+...
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Da formato a un documento de clase <code>book</code> de forma diferente
+según la parte del documento que se está produciendo. Los tres
+comandos son opcionales.
+</para>
+<para>Tradicionalmente, la portada de un libro contiene elementos como la
+página de título, un resumen, un índice, un prefacio, una lista de
+anotaciones, una lista de figuras y una lista de tablas. (Algunas de
+estas páginas de asuntos frontales, como la página del título,
+tradicionalmente no están numeradas). El material anterior puede
+contener cosas tales como un glosario, notas, una bibliografía y un
+índice.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\frontmatter</code> hace que las páginas se numeren en
+romanos minúsculas, y hace que los capítulos no estén numerados,
+aunque el título de cada capítulo aparece en la tabla de contenido; si
+usas otros comandos de seccionado aquí, usa la versión
+<code>*</code>-versión (<pxref label="Seccionado"><xrefnodename>Seccionado</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\mainmatter</code> cambia el comportamiento de nuevo a la
+versión esperada y restablece el número de página.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\backmatter</code> deja la numeración de páginas sola pero
+cambia los capítulos de nuevo a no estar numerados.
+</para>
+<para><xref label="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger"><xrefnodename>Plantilla de libro Larger</xrefnodename></xref>, por ejemplo, usando estos tres
+comandos.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005c_0040startsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;startsection</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, composición tipográfica de encabezados de unidades seccionales</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">sección, redefiniendo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\&arobase;startsection&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>level</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>indent</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>beforeskip</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>afterskip</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>style</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Se usa para ayudar a redefinir el comportamiento de los comandos que
+comienzan a seccionar divisiones como <code>\section</code> o
+<code>\subsection</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <code>titlesec</code> facilita la
+manipulación de la sección. Además, mientras que la mayoría de los
+requisitos para los comandos de seccionado los puede satisfacer
+<code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, algunos no pueden. por ejemplo, en las clases
+&latex; estándar <code>book</code> y <code>report</code> los comandos
+<code>\chapter</code> y <code>\report</code> no se construyen de esta forma.
+Hacer un comando de este tipo, es posible que desees utilizar el
+comando <code>\secdef</code>.
+<!-- c xx define y hace una referencia cruzada a secdef. -->
+</para>
+<para>Técnicamente, <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> tiene la forma
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\&arobase;startsection&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>level</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>indent</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>beforeskip</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>afterskip</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>style</var>&rbrace;*[<var>toctitle</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>suprime los números en encabezados y cualquier profundidad <math>&gt;
-<var>nivel</var></math>, donde <code>chapter</code> es el nivel cero.
-(<xref label="_005csetcounter"><xrefnodename>\setcounter</xrefnodename></xref>.)
+<para>por lo tanto emite
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\section&rbrace;&lbrace;\&arobase;startsection&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>level</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>indent</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>beforeskip</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>afterskip</var>&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;<var>style</var>&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>redefine <code>\section</code> manteniendo su forma de llamada estándar
+<code>\section*[<var>toctitle</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;</code> (en el que, como
+recordatorio, el star&nbsp;<code>*</code> es opcional). <xref label="Seccionado"><xrefnodename>Seccionado</xrefnodename></xref>.
+Esto implica que cuando escribes un comando como
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\section&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>, el
+<code>\&arobase;startsection&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> debe ser el último en la definición. Ve
+los ejemplos a continuación.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">name</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="nombre-de-la-secci_00f3n-de-inicio">nombre de la sección de inicio</anchor> <anchor name="_005c_0040startsection_002fname">\&arobase;startsection/name</anchor>
+<para>Nombre del contador utilizado para numerar la cabecera de seccionado.
+Este contador se debe definir por separado. Lo más común es que esto
+sea <code>sección</code>, <code>subsección</code> o <code>párrafo</code>. Aunque en
+esos casos el nombre del contador es el mismo que el comando de
+seccionado en sí mismo, no tienes que usar el mismo nombre.
+</para>
+<para>Entonces <code>\the</code><var>name</var> muestra el número del título y
+<code>\</code><var>name</var><code>mark</code> es para los encabezados de página. Ve
+el tercer ejemplo a continuación.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">level</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="startsection-level">startsection level</anchor> <anchor name="_005c_0040startsection_002flevel">\&arobase;startsection/level</anchor> <para>Un número
+entero que proporciona la profundidad del comando de seccionado.
+<xref label="Seccionado"><xrefnodename>Seccionado</xrefnodename></xref>, para la lista de números de nivel estándar.
+</para>
+<para>Si <var>level</var> es menor o igual que el valor del contador
+<code>secnumdepth</code> entonces los títulos para este comando de
+seccionado serán numerados (<pxref label="Seccionado_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por
+ejemplo, si <code>secnumdepth</code> es 1 en un <code>article</code> luego el
+comando <code>\section&lbrace;Introducción&rbrace;</code> producirá una salida como &textldquo;1
+Introducción&textrdquo; mientras que <code>\subsection&lbrace;Debate&rbrace;</code> producirá
+salida como &textldquo;Debate&textrdquo;, sin el prefijo numérico.
+</para>
+<para>Si <var>level</var> es menor o igual que el valor del contador
+<var>tocdepth</var> entonces la tabla de contenido tendrá una entrada para
+esta unidad de seccionado (<pxref label="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por ejemplo,
+en un <code>article</code>, si <var>tocdepth</var> es 1, la tabla de contenido
+será listar secciones pero no subsecciones.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">indent</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="startsection-indent">startsection indent</anchor> <anchor name="_005c_0040startsection_002findent">\&arobase;startsection/indent</anchor> <para>Una
+longitud que da la sangría de todas las líneas del título con respecto
+al margen izquierdo. Para que el título quede alineado con el uso de
+la margen <code>0pt</code>. Una sangría negativa como <code>-\parindent</code> se
+moverá el título en el margen izquierdo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">beforeskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="startsection-beforeskip">startsection beforeskip</anchor> <anchor name="_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip">\&arobase;startsection/beforeskip</anchor>
+<para>El valor absoluto de esta longitud es la cantidad de espacio vertical
+que se inserta antes del título de esta unidad de seccionado. Este
+espacio será descartado si la unidad de seccionado comienza al
+principio de una página. Si este número es negativo, el primer
+párrafo que sigue al encabezado no tendrá sangría, si no es negativo
+entonces el primer párrafo estará sangrado. (Ten en cuenta que el
+negativo de <code>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> es <code>-1pt plus -2pt
+minus -3pt</code>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si <var>beforeskip</var> es <code>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+-0.2ex</code> entonces, para iniciar la nueva unidad de seccionado, &latex;
+agregará unas 3.5 veces la altura de una letra x en espacio vertical,
+y el primer párrafo en la sección no tendrá sangría. Usando una
+longitud elástica, con <code>plus</code> y <code>minus</code>, es una buena
+práctica aquí ya que da &latex; más flexibilidad para crear la página
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>La contabilización completa del espacio vertical entre la línea base
+de la línea anterior al encabezado de esta unidad de seccionado y la
+línea base del encabezado es que es la suma del <code>\parskip</code> de la
+letra del texto, el <code>\baselineskip</code> de la letra del título y el
+valor absoluto de <var>beforeskip</var>. Este espacio suele ser elástico,
+por lo que se puede estirar o encoger. (Si la unidad de seccionado
+comienza en una página nueva de modo que el espacio vertical se
+descarta, la línea base del texto del encabezado será donde &latex;
+pondría la línea base de la primera línea de texto en esa página).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">afterskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="startsection-afterskip">startsection afterskip</anchor> <anchor name="_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip">\&arobase;startsection/afterskip</anchor>
+<para>Esta es una longitud. Si <var>afterskip</var> no es negativo, entonces
+este es el espacio vertical insertado después del encabezado del
+título de la unidad de seccionado. Si es negativo, entonces el
+encabezado del título se convierte en un encabezado en ejecución, de
+modo que pasa a formar parte del párrafo siguiente. En este caso el
+valor absoluto de la longitud da el espacio horizontal entre el final
+del título y el comienzo del siguiente párrafo. (Ten en cuenta que el
+negativo de <code>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> es <code>-1pt plus -2pt
+minus -3pt</code>).
+</para>
+<para>Al igual que con <var>beforeskip</var>, usando una longitud elástica, con
+<code>plus</code> y <code>minus</code> componentes, es una buena práctica aquí ya
+que da a &latex; más flexibilidad en la elaboración de la página.
+</para>
+<para>Si <code>afterskip</code> no es negativo, la contabilidad completa del
+espacio vertical entre la línea base de la cabecera de la unidad de
+seccionado y la línea base de la primera línea del siguiente párrafo
+es que es la suma del <code>\parskip</code> de la letra del título, el
+<code>\baselineskip</code> de la letra del texto y el valor de <var>after</var>.
+Ese espacio suele ser elástico, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger.
+(Ten en cuenta que debido a que el signo de <code>afterskip</code> cambia la
+unidad de seccionado encabezado independiente de la ejecución, no
+puedes usar un <code>afterskip</code> negativo para cancelar parte del
+<code>\parskip</code>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">style</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="estilo-de-startsection">estilo de startsection</anchor> <anchor name="_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle">\&arobase;startsection/style</anchor>
+<para>Controla el estilo del título. Ve los ejemplos a continuación. Los
+comandos típicos para usar aquí son <code>\centering</code>,
+<code>\raggedright</code>, <code>\normalfont</code>, <code>\hrule</code> o
+<code>\newpage</code>. El ultimo comando en <var>style</var> puede ser uno que
+tome un argumento, como <code>\MakeUppercase</code> o <code>\fbox</code> que toma
+un argumento. El título de la sección se proporcionará como argumento
+para este comando. Por ejemplo, establecer <var>style</var> en
+<code>\bfseries\MakeUppercase</code> sería producir títulos en negrita y
+mayúsculas.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>Estos son los valores predeterminados de &latex; para las primeras
+tres unidades de seccionado que se definen con <code>\&arobase;startsection</code>,
+para las clases <file>article</file>, <file>book</file> y <file>report</file>.
+</para>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
+<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Para <code>section</code>: <var>level</var> es 1, <var>indent</var> es 0<dmn>pt</dmn>,
+<var>beforeskip</var> es <code>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
+<var>afterskip</var> es <code>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</code> y <var>style</var> es
+<code>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</code>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Para <code>subsection</code>: <var>level</var> es 2, <var>indent</var> es 0<dmn>pt</dmn>,
+<var>beforeskip</var> es <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus <w>-0.2ex</w></code>,
+<var>afterskip</var> es <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code> y <var>style</var> es
+<code>\normalfont\large\bfseries</code>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<raggedright endspaces=" ">
+<para>Para <code>subsubsection</code>: <var>level</var> es 3, <var>indent</var> es
+0<dmn>pt</dmn>, <var>beforeskip</var> es <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>,
+<var>afterskip</var> es <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code> y <var>style</var> es
+<code>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</code>.
+</para></raggedright>
+</listitem></itemize>
+
+<para>A continuación se presentan algunos ejemplos. Estos van en un paquete
+o archivo de clase o en el preámbulo de un documento &latex;. Si los
+pones en el preámbulo deben ir entre un comando <code>\makeatletter</code> y
+un <code>\makeatother</code>. (Probablemente el mensaje de error <code>No
+puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo vertical.</code> significa que se te
+olvidó esto). <xref label="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter y \makeatother</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto colocará los títulos de las secciones en negrita grande,
+centrados. Dice <code>\renewcommand</code> porque las clases estándar de
+&latex; ya han definió una <code>\section</code>. Por la misma razón, no
+define un contador <code>section</code>, o los comandos <code>\thesection</code> y
+<code>\l&arobase;section</code>.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand\section&lbrace;%
+ \&arobase;startsection&lbrace;section&rbrace;%
+ <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/name</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>name</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>name</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;1&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/level</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>level</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>level</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;0pt&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/indent</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>indent</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>indent</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/beforeskip</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>beforeskip</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>beforeskip</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;2.3ex plus.2ex&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/afterskip</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>afterskip</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>afterskip</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/style</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>style</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>style</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<para>Esto pondrá los títulos de <code>subsection</code> en letras minúsculas,
+alineados con el párrafo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand\subsection&lbrace;%
+ \&arobase;startsection&lbrace;subsection&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/name</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>name</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>name</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;2&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/level</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>level</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>level</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;0em&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/indent</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>indent</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>indent</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/beforeskip</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>beforeskip</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>beforeskip</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;-1em plus 0,2em&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/afterskip</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>afterskip</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>afterskip</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &lbrace;\scshape&rbrace;% <ref label="_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection/style</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><var>style</var></xrefinfoname><xrefprinteddesc><var>style</var></xrefprinteddesc></ref>
+ &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los ejemplos anteriores redefinieron los comandos de título de
+unidades seccionales existentes. Esto define uno nuevo, ilustrando el
+contador y las macros necesarias para mostrar ese contador.
+</para>
+<!-- c De -->
+<!-- c https//groups.google.com/forum/#!searchin/comp.text.tex/startsection%7Csort:relevance/comp.text.tex/sB-nTS-oL08/ZZeKYdG0llMJ -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter&lbrace;secnumdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;6&rbrace;% muestra los contadores tan abajo
+\newcounter&lbrace;subsubparagraph&rbrace;[subparagraph]% contador para numeración
+\renewcommand&lbrace;\thesubsubparagraph&rbrace;% cómo mostrar
+ &lbrace;\thesubparagraph.\&arobase;arabic\c&arobase;subsubparagraph&rbrace;% numeración
+\newcommand&lbrace;\subsubparagraph&rbrace;&lbrace;\&arobase;startsection
+ &lbrace;subsubparagraph&rbrace;%
+ &lbrace;6&rbrace;%
+ &lbrace;0em&rbrace;%
+ &lbrace;\baselineskip&rbrace;%
+ &lbrace;0.5\baselineskip&rbrace;%
+ &lbrace;\normalfont\normalsize&rbrace;&rbrace;\newcommand*\l&arobase;subsubparagraph&lbrace;\&arobase;dottedtocline&lbrace;6&rbrace;&lbrace;10em&rbrace;&lbrace;5em&rbrace;&rbrace;% para toc
+\newcommand&lbrace;\subsubparagraphmark&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;&rbrace;% para encabezados de página
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Referencias-Cruzadas" spaces=" "><nodename>Referencias Cruzadas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Entornos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Referencias Cruzadas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Referencias-cruzadas" spaces=" "><nodename>Referencias cruzadas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Entornos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Seccionado</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Referencias cruzadas</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Una razón para numerar cosas como figuras y ecuaciones es para referir
-al lector a ellas, como en &textldquo;Vea la Figura 3 para más detalles&textrdquo;.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">label</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>A menudo queremos algo como <samp>Ve Teorema~31</samp>. Pero escribir a
+mano el 31 es mala práctica. En su lugar, debes escribir un
+<dfn>label</dfn> como <code>\label&lbrace;eq:GreensThm&rbrace;</code> y luego
+<dfn>reference</dfn>, como con <code>Ve ecuación~\ref&lbrace;eq:GreensThm&rbrace;</code>.
+&latex; automáticamente calcula el número, lo pone en la salida y
+cambiará ese número más tarde si es necesario.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+Veremos esto con el Teorema~\ref&lbrace;th:GreensThm&rbrace;. % referencia
+directa:GreensThm&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;theorem&rbrace;
+ ...
+Ve Teorema~\ref&lbrace;th:GreensThm&rbrace; en la página~\pageref&lbrace;th:GreensThm&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>&latex; rastrea información de referencias cruzadas en un archivo que
+tiene la extensión <file>.aux</file> y con el mismo nombre base que el
+archivo que contiene la <code>\label</code>. Entonces, si <code>\label</code>
+está en <file>calculus.tex</file> entonces la información está en
+<file>calculus.aux</file>. &latex; pone la información en ese archivo cada
+vez que se encuentra con un <code>\label</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">referencia directa</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">referencia, adelantada</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El comportamiento descrito en el párrafo anterior da como resultado
+una peculiaridad que sucede cuando tu documento tiene una
+<dfn>referencia hacia adelante</dfn>, una <code>\ref</code> que aparece antes del
+<code>\label</code> asociado. Si esta es la primera vez que estás
+compilando el documento, obtendrás la <samp>Advertencia LaTeX: : La(s)
+etiqueta(s) pueden haber cambiado. Vuelve a ejecutar para obtener las
+referencias cruzadas correctas</samp> y en la salida, la referencia directa
+aparecerá como dos preguntas mark&nbsp;<samp>??</samp>, en negrita. Algo
+similar sucede si cambias algunas cosas para que cambien las
+referencias; recibes la misma advertencia y la salida contiene la
+información de referencia anterior. En ambos casos, resuelve esto
+compilando el documento por segunda vez.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>cleveref</code> mejora las
+características de referencias cruzadas de &latex;. Puedes arreglar
+eso si entras <code>\begin&lbrace;thm&rbrace;\label&lbrace;th:Nerode&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;thm&rbrace;</code>
+entonces <code>\cref&lbrace;thNerode&rbrace;</code> generará <samp>Teorema 3.21</samp>, sin
+que tengas que ingresar el &textldquo;Teorema.&textrdquo;
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\label</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Asigna un nombre simbólico a una parte del texto.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pageref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Referencia a un número de página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Referencia a una sección, figura o similar.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\label</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Asigna un nombre simbólico a un fragmento de texto.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pageref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Referencia a un número de página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Referencia a una sección, figura o similar.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">paquete xr</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Referencias de otro documento.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Referencias Cruzadas</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Referencias cruzadas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119">\label</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\label&lbrace;<var>clave</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\label&lbrace;<var>key</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Una instrucción <code>\label</code> que aparece en un texto normal asigna a
-<var>clave</var> el número de la unidad de sección actual; que aparece dentro
-de un entorno numerado asignando ese número a <var>clave</var>.
+<para>Asigna un número de referencia a <var>key</var>. En texto ordinario
+<code>\label&lbrace;<var>key</var>&rbrace;</code> asigna a <var>key</var> el número de la unidad
+de seccionado actual. Dentro de un entorno con numeración, como un
+entorno <code>table</code> o <code>theorem</code>, <code>\label&lbrace;<var>clave</var>&rbrace;</code>
+asigna a <var>key</var> el número de ese entorno. Recuperar el número
+asignado con el comando <code>\ref&lbrace;<var>key</var>&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005cref"><xrefnodename>\ref</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>Un nombre de <var>clave</var> puede consistir de cualquier secuencia de
-letras, dígitos, o caracteres de puntuación. Distingue entre letras
-mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+<para>Un nombre de clave puede consistir en cualquier secuencia de letras,
+dígitos o caracteres de puntuación. Las letras mayúsculas y
+minúsculas se distinguen, como de costumbre.
</para>
-<para>Para evitar la creación accidental de dos etiquetas con el mismo nombre,
-es común el uso de etiquetas que consisten de un prefijo y un sufijo,
-separados por una coma o un punto. Algunos prefijos utilizados
-convencionalmente:
+<para>Una convención común es usar etiquetas que consisten en un prefijo y
+un sufijo separados por dos puntos o punto. Por lo que,
+<code>\label&lbrace;fig:Post&rbrace;</code> es una etiqueta para una figura con un
+retrato de Emil Post. Esto ayuda a evitar crear accidentalmente dos
+etiquetas con el mismo nombre, y hace que tu fuente sea más legible.
+Algunos prefijos de uso común:
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">ch</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>para capítulos
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>para instrucciones de seccionado de bajo nivel
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fig</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>por capítulos
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sec</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">subsec</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>para comandos de seccionado de nivel inferior
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fig</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>para figuras
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">tab</itemformat></item>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">tab</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>para tablas
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">eq</itemformat></item>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">eq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>para ecuaciones
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>Por lo tanto, una etiqueta para una figura parecería como
-<code>fig:snark</code> o <code>fig.snark</code>.
+<para>En el archivo auxiliar se conserva la información de referencia como
+el texto de un comando de la forma
+<code>\newlabel&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;&lbrace;<var>currentlabel</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>pagenumber</var>&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
+Aquí <var>currentlabel</var> es el valor actual de la macro
+<code>\&arobase;currentlabel</code> que generalmente se actualiza cada vez que
+llamas a <code>\refstepcounter&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
+<para>A continuación, la tecla <code>sec:test</code> obtendrá el número de sección
+actual y la tecla <code>fig:test</code> obtendrá el número de la figura.
+(Por cierto, coloca etiquetas después de los subtítulos en las figuras
+y tablas).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\section&lbrace;nombre sección&rbrace;
+\label&lbrace;sec:test&rbrace;
+Esta es la Sección~\ref&lbrace;sec:test&rbrace;.
+\begin&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+ ...
+ \caption&lbrace;del título&rbrace;
+ \label&lbrace;fig:test&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+Ve la figura~\ref&lbrace;fig:test&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Referencias Cruzadas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref&lbrace;<var>clave</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">referencias cruzadas con número de página</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">número de página, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Referencias cruzadas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">referencias cruzadas con el número de página</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">número de página, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\pageref&lbrace;<var>clave</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\pageref&lbrace;<var>key</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Proporciona el número de página del lugar en el texto donde se
+encuentra el comando <code>\label</code>&lbrace;<var>key</var>&rbrace; correspondiente.
+</para>
+<para>Si no hay <code>\label&lbrace;<var>key</var>&rbrace;</code> entonces obtienes algo como
+<samp>Advertencia de LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1
+indefinida en la línea de entrada 11.</samp>
+</para>
+<para>A continuación, el <code>\label&lbrace;eq:main&rbrace;</code> se usa tanto para el
+número de fórmula y para el número de página. (Ten en cuenta que las
+dos referencias son referencias directas por lo que este documento
+tendría que ser compilado dos veces para resolver aquellos).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">El resultado principal es formula~\ref&lbrace;eq:main&rbrace; en la
+página~\pageref&lbrace;eq:main&rbrace;.
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace; \label&lbrace;eq:main&rbrace;
+ \mathbf&lbrace;P&rbrace;=\mathbf&lbrace;NP&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">paquete xr</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Referencias cruzadas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">referencias cruzadas, simbólico</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">número de sección, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">número de figura, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">número de nota al pie, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ref&lbrace;<var>key</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce el número de la unidad seccional, ecuación, pie de página,
+figura, &dots;, del comando <code>\label</code> correspondiente
+(<pxref label="_005clabel"><xrefnodename>\label</xrefnodename></pxref>). No produce ningún texto, como la palabra &textlsquo;Sección&textrsquo;
+o &textlsquo;Figura&textrsquo;, simplemente el número en sí.
+</para>
+<para>Si no hay <code>\label&lbrace;<var>key</var>&rbrace;</code> entonces obtienes algo como
+<samp>Advertencia de LaTeX: Referencia `th:GrensThm' en la página 1
+indefinida en la línea de entrada 11.</samp>
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, <code>\ref&lbrace;popular&rbrace;</code> produce <samp>2</samp>. Ten en
+cuenta que es una referencia directa ya que viene antes de
+<code>\label&lbrace;popular&rbrace;</code> por lo que este documento tendría que
+compilarse dos veces.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">El formato más utilizado es el número de artículo~\ref&lbrace;popular&rbrace;.
+\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+\item Plain \TeX
+\item \label&lbrace;popular&rbrace; \LaTeX
+\item Con\TeX t
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\pageref</code>&lbrace;<var>clave</var>&rbrace; produce el número de
-página del lugar en el texto en donde aparece la instrucción
-<code>\label</code>&lbrace;<var>clave</var>&rbrace;.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>cleveref</code> incluye texto como
+<samp>Theorem</samp> en la referencia. Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Referencias Cruzadas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref&lbrace;<var>clave</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121">\ref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">referencias cruzadas, simbólicas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">número de sección, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">número de figura, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">número de pie de página, referencias cruzadas</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="paquete-xr" spaces=" "><nodename>paquete xr</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Referencias cruzadas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>paquete <code>xr</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264"><r>package</r>, <code>xr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265"><code>xr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266"><r>package</r>, <code>xr-hyper</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><code>xr-hyper</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">referencias cruzadas, entre documentos</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\ref&lbrace;<var>clave</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;xr&rbrace;
+ \externaldocument&lbrace;<var>document-basename</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;xr&rbrace;
+ \externaldocument[<var>reference-prefix</var>]&lbrace;<var>document-basename</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Hacer referencias cruzadas al documento externo
+<file><var>document-basename</var>.tex</file>.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí tienes un ejemplo: Si <file>lectures.tex</file> tiene esto en el
+preámbulo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;xr&rbrace;
+ \externaldocument&lbrace;exercises&rbrace;
+ \externaldocument[H-]&lbrace;hints&rbrace;
+ \externaldocument&lbrace;answers&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>entonces puede usar etiquetas de referencias cruzadas de los otros
+tres documentos. Supón que <file>exercises.tex</file> tiene una lista
+enumerada que contiene este,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label&lbrace;exer:EulersThm&rbrace; ¿Qué pasa si cada vértice tiene un grado impar?
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>y <file>hints.tex</file> tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label&lbrace;exerEulersThm&rbrace; Distingue el caso de dos vértices.
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\ref</code> produce el número de la unidad de sección de
-la ecuación, pie de página, figura, &dots;, de la instrucción
-<code>\label</code> correspondiente (<pxref label="_005clabel"><xrefnodename>\label</xrefnodename></pxref>). Esta no produce ningún
-texto, como por ejemplo la palabra &textlsquo;Sección&textrsquo; o &textlsquo;figura&textrsquo;, únicamente el
-número.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>y <file>answers.tex</file> tiene una lista enumerada con este,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label&lbrace;ansEulersThm&rbrace; No hay camino de Euler, excepto si hay
+ exactamente dos vértices.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Después de compilar los ejercicios, sugerencias y documentos de
+respuestas, ingresar esto en el cuerpo de <file>lectures.tex</file> dará
+como resultado la obtención de los números de referencia de las
+conferencias utilizadas en los otros documentos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Ve el ejercicio~\ref&lbrace;exer:EulersThm&rbrace;, con
+Sugerencia~\ref&lbrace;H-exer:EulersThm&rbrace;. La solución es la
+respuesta~\ref&lbrace;ans:EulersThm&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Se necesita el prefijo <code>H-</code> para la referencia del archivo de
+sugerencias porque la etiqueta en el archivo de sugerencias es la
+misma que la etiqueta en el archivo de ejercicios. Sin ese prefijo,
+ambas referencias obtendrían el número del archivo posterior.
+</para>
+<para>Nota: si el documento usa el paquete <code>hyperref</code> entonces en
+lugar de <code>xr</code>, coloca <code>\usepackage&lbrace;xr-hyper&rbrace;</code> antes del
+<code>\usepackage&lbrace;hyperref&rbrace;</code>. Además, si alguno de los múltiples
+documentos usa <code>hyperref</code> entonces todos lo deben usar.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Entornos" spaces=" "><nodename>Entornos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Referencias Cruzadas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Entornos" spaces=" "><nodename>Entornos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Referencias cruzadas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Entornos</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">entornos</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122">\begin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123">\end</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">entornos</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
-<para>&latex; proporciona muchos entornos para marcar cierto texto. Cada
-entorno comienza y termina de la misma manera:
+<para>&latex; proporciona muchos entornos para delimitar cierto
+comportamiento. Un entorno comienza con <code>\begin</code> y termina con
+<code>\end</code>, como este:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;<var>nombreentorno</var>&rbrace;
-...
-\end&lbrace;<var>nombreentorno</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;<var>nombre-entorno</var>&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;<var>nombre-entorno</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
+<para>El <var>nombre-entorno</var> al principio debe coincidir exactamente con el
+de el fin. Por ejemplo, la entrada
+<code>\begin&lbrace;table*&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;table&rbrace;</code> generará un error como:
+<samp>! Error de LaTeX: \begin&lbrace;table*&rbrace; en la línea de entrada 5
+terminada en \end&lbrace;table&rbrace;.</samp>
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">grupo, y entornos</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Los entornos se ejecutan dentro de un grupo.
+</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">abstract</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Produce un resumen.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">array</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Matrices Matemáticas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">center</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Líneas centradas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">description</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Listas etiquetadas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">displaymath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fórmulas que aparecen en su propia línea.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Encierra todo el documento.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">enumerate</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Listas numeradas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">eqnarray</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Secuencias de ecuaciones alineadas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">equation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ecuación mostrada.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">figure</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Figuras flotantes.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">filecontents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Crear un archivo &textmdash; instrucción inicial.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">flushleft</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Líneas alineada a la izquierda.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">flushright</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Líneas alineadas a la derecha.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">itemize</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Listas con viñetas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">letter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cartas
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">list</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Entorno lista genérica.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">math</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Matemáticas en línea.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">minipage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Página miniatura.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">picture</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Imagen con texto, flechas, líneas y círculos.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">quotation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Entorno con sangría y párrafo con sangría.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">quote</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Entorno con sangría sin sangría de párrafo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">tabbing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Alineación de texto de manera arbitraria.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">table</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tablas flotantes.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">tabular</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Alinea texto en columnas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">thebibliography</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bibliografía o lista de referencia.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">theorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Teoremas, lemas, etc.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">titlepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Para elaborar portadas a mano.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">verbatim</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Simulación de entrada con máquina de escribir.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">verse</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Para poesía y otras cosas.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">abstract</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Produce un resumen.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">array</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Arreglos matemáticos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">center</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Líneas centradas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">description</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Listas etiquetadas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">displaymath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fórmulas que aparecen en su propia línea.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Adjunta todo el documento.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">enumerate</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Listas numeradas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">eqnarray</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Secuencias de ecuaciones alineadas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">equation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ecuación mostrada.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">figure</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Figuras flotantes.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">filecontents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Escribiendo varios archivos desde la fuente.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">flushleft</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Líneas alineadas a la izquierda.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">flushright</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Líneas alineadas a la derecha.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">itemize</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Listas con viñetas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">letter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cartas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">list</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Entorno de lista genérica.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">math</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Matemáticas en línea.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">minipage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Página en miniatura.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">picture</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Imagen con texto, flechas, líneas y círculos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">comillas y citas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Incluye una comilla.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">tabbing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Alinear el texto de forma arbitraria.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">table</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tablas flotantes.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">tabular</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Alinear texto en columnas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">thebibliography</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bibliografía o lista de referencias.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">theorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Teoremas, lemas, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">titlepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Para portadas hechas a mano.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">verbatim</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Simular entrada escrita.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">verse</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Para poesía y otras cosas.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
<node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="124"><r>entorno</r> <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125"><code>abstract</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">resúmenes</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">resúmenes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
-</para><example endspaces=" ">
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;abstract&rbrace;
...
\end&lbrace;abstract&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Entorno para producir un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos.
+<para>Produce un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos. Este entorno
+solo se define en las clases de documentos <code>article</code> y
+<code>report</code> (<pxref label="Clases-de-documentos"><xrefnodename>Clases de documentos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
+<para>Usar el ejemplo a continuación en la clase <code>article</code> produce la
+exhibición de un párrafo. La opción de clase de documento
+<code>titlepage</code> genera el resumen en una página separada
+(<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase documento</xrefnodename></pxref>); este es el predeterminado
+solo en la clase <code>report</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;abstract&rbrace;
+ Comparamos todos los relatos conocidos de la propuesta realizada por
+ Porter Alexander
+ a Robert E Lee en el Palacio de Justicia de Appomattox que el
+ ejército continúa en una guerra de guerrillas, a que Lee se negó.
+\end&lbrace;abstract&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El siguiente ejemplo produce un resumen de una
+columna en un documento de dos columnas (para una solución más
+flexible, usa el paquete <code>abstract</code>).
+</para>
+<!-- c Adoptado de http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-onecolabs.html -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[twocolumn]&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\title&lbrace;Babe Ruth como progenitor cultural: un enfoque atávico&rbrace;
+\author&lbrace;Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks&lbrace;Subvención de seguimiento
+ ferroviario.&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\twocolumn[
+ \begin&lbrace;&arobase;twocolumnfalse&rbrace;
+ \maketitle
+ \begin&lbrace;abstract&rbrace;
+ Ruth no era solo el sultán del Swat, era todo el equipo swat.
+ \end&lbrace;abstract&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;&arobase;twocolumnfalse&rbrace;
+ ]
+&lbrace; % inserta a mano una nota al pie de página al final de la página
+ \renewcommand&lbrace;\thefootnote&rbrace;&lbrace;\fnsymbol&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \footnotetext[1]&lbrace;Gracias por todo el pescado.&rbrace;
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126"><r>entorno</r> <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127"><code>array</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">matrices, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">arreglos, matemáticos</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>plantilla</var>&rbrace;
-<var>texto col1</var>&amp;<var>texto col1</var>&amp;<var>coln</var>&rbrace;\\
-...
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>cols</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var>column n entry</var> \\
+ ...
\end&lbrace;array&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Las matrices matemáticas se producen con el entorno <code>array</code>,
-normalmente dentro de un entorno <code>equation</code> (<pxref label="equation"><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-Tiene un único argumento <var>plantilla</var> obligatorio que describe el
-número de columnas y la alineación dentro de ellas. Cada columna
-<var>col</var> se especifica por una sola letra que indica cual
-formato debe tener cada linea en esta columna de la siguiente manera:
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o:
</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>centrada
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>alineada a la izquierda
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>alineada a la derecha
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;[<var>pos</var>]&lbrace;<var>cols</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>column 1 entry</var> &amp;<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &amp;<var>column n entry</var> \\
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;array&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128">\\ (para <code>array</code>)</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La entradas de columna son separadas con <code>&amp;</code>. Las entradas de
-columna pueden incluir otras instrucciones &latex;. Cada fila de la
-matriz se termina con <code>\\</code>.
+<para>Produce un arreglo de matemáticas. Este entorno solo se puede usar en
+modo math (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>), y normalmente aparece dentro de un entorno
+math como <code>equation</code> (<pxref label="equation"><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>). Dentro de cada fila,
+las entradas de la columna están separadas por un ampersand,
+(<code>&amp;</code>). Las filas terminan con barras invertidas dobles
+(<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129">&arobase;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
-<para>En la plantilla, la construcción <code>&arobase;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</code> coloca
-<var>texto</var> entre columnas en cada fila.
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra un arreglo de tres por tres.
</para>
-<para>He aquí un ejemplo:
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation*&rbrace;
+ \chi(x) =
+ \left| % cerca de la barra vertical
+ \begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;&lbrace;ccc&rbrace;
+ x-a &amp;-b &amp;-c \\
+ -d &amp;x-e &amp;-f \\
+ -g &amp;-h &amp;x-i
+ \end&lbrace;array&rbrace;
+ \right|
+\end&lbrace;equation*&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El argumento requerido <var>cols</var> describe el número de columnas, su
+alineación y el formato de las regiones entre columnas. Por ejemplo,
+<code>\begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;&lbrace;rcl&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;array&rbrace;</code> da tres columnas: el
+primero alineado a la derecha, el segundo centrado y el tercero
+alineado a la izquierda. <ref label="tabular"><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></ref> para la descripción completa
+de <var>cols</var> y de otras características comunes de los dos entornos,
+incluido el argumento opcional <var>pos</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay dos formas en que <code>array</code> difiere de <code>tabular</code>. La
+primera es que las entradas de <code>array</code> se escriben en modo math,
+en estilo texto (<pxref label="Estilos-math"><xrefnodename>Estilos math</xrefnodename></pxref>) excepto si la definición
+<var>cols</var> especifica la columna con <code>p&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>, lo que hace que
+la entrada se escriba en modo de texto. La segunda es que, en lugar
+del parámetro <code>tabular</code> <code>\tabcolsep</code>, el espacio entre
+columnas de &latex; en un <code>array</code> está gobernado por
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<code>\arraycolsep</code>, que da la mitad del ancho entre columnas. El
+predeterminado para esto es <samp>5pt</samp> por lo que entre dos columnas
+viene 10<dmn>pt</dmn> de espacio.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para obtener arreglos con llaves el estándar es
+usar el paquete <code>amsmath</code>. Viene con entornos <code>pmatrix</code>
+para un arreglo rodeado de paréntesis&nbsp;<code>(...)</code>,
+<code>bmatrix</code> para un arreglo entre corchetes&nbsp;<code>[...]</code>,
+<code>Bmatrix</code> para un arreglo rodeado de llaves&nbsp;<code>&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>,
+<code>vmatrix</code> para un arreglo rodeado de barras
+verticales&nbsp;<code>|...|</code>, y <code>Vmatrix</code> para un arreglo rodeado
+por dobles barras verticales&nbsp;<code>||...||</code>, junto con otras
+construcciones de arreglo.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>El siguiente ejemplo usa el paquete <code>amsmath</code>.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
- \begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;&lbrace;lrc&rbrace;
- izquierda1 &amp; derecha1 &amp; centrado1 \\
- izquierda2 &amp; derecha2 &amp; centrado2 \\
- \end&lbrace;array&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;amsmath&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+
+\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;vmatrix&rbrace;&lbrace;cc&rbrace; % arreglo con líneas verticales
+ a &amp;b \\
+ c &amp;d
+ \end&lbrace;vmatrix&rbrace;=ad-bc
\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El parámetro <code>\arraycolsep</code> define la mitad del ancho del espacio
-de separación entre columnas; el predeterminado es <samp>5pt</samp>.
-<xref label="tabular"><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></xref>, para otros parámetros que afectan el formato en entornos
-<code>array</code>, a saber <code>\arrayrulewidth</code> y <code>\arraystretch</code>.
-</para>
-<para>El entorno <code>array</code> únicamente se puede utilizar en modo math.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>array</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Hay muchos paquetes relacionados
+con arreglos. El paquete <code>array</code> tiene muchas extensiones
+útiles, incluidos más tipos de columnas. El paquete <code>dcolumn</code>
+agrega un tipo de columna para centrarse en un punto decimal. Para
+ambos ve la documentación en CTAN.
</para>
</section>
<node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131"><r>entorno</r> <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132"><code>center</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">centrar texto, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">texto centrado, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
-<var>línea1</var> \\
-<var>línea2</var> \\
+ <var>line1</var> \\
+ <var>line2</var> \\
+ ...
\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133">\\ (para <code>centrar</code>)</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>center</code> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están centradas respecto al margen izquierdo y derecho de la
-página actual. Cada línea es terminada con dobles barras inversas
-<code>\\</code>.
+<para>Crea un nuevo párrafo que consta de una secuencia de líneas que está
+centrado dentro de los márgenes izquierdo y derecho. Usa doble barra
+invertida, <code>\\</code>, para obtener un salto de línea (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para <code>centro</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+Si algún texto es demasiado largo para caber en una línea, entonces
+&latex; insertará un salto de línea que evita la separación de
+sílabas y evita estirar o encoger cualquier espacio entre palabras.
+</para>
+<para>Este entorno inserta espacio por encima y por debajo del cuerpo del
+texto. <ref label="_005ccentering"><xrefnodename>\centering</xrefnodename></ref> para evitar dicho espacio, por ejemplo dentro
+de un entorno <code>figure</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo produce tres líneas centradas. Hay espacio extra
+vertical entre las dos últimas líneas.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ Una Tesis Presentada en Cumplimiento Parcial \\
+ de los Requisitos de \\[0.5ex]
+ la Escuela de Ingeniería Ambiental
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En este ejemplo, según el ancho de línea de la página, &latex; puede
+elegir un salto de línea para la parte anterior a la barra invertida
+doble. Si es así, será centrar cada una de las dos líneas y si no
+centrará la única línea. Entonces &latex; se romperá en la barra
+invertida doble y centrará el final.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ Mi padre consideraba que cualquiera que fuera a la capilla y no
+ bebiera alcohol no debía ser tolerado.\\
+ Crecí en esa creencia. ---Richard Burton
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Una barra invertida doble después de la línea final es opcional. Si
+está presente no agrega ningún espacio vertical.
+</para>
+<para>En un documento de dos columnas, el texto está centrado en una
+columna, no en la página completa.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\centering</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forma declarativa para el entorno <code>center</code>.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\centering</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forma de declaración del entorno <code>center</code>.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
<node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134">\centering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">centrar texto, declaración para</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">texto centrado, declaración para</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">&lbrace;\centering ... &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>La declaración <code>\centering</code> corresponde al entorno <code>center</code>.
-Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como
-<code>quote</code> o en un <code>parbox</code>. Por lo tanto, el texto de una
-figura o una tabla se puede centrar en la página poniendo una
-instrucción <code>\centering</code> al principio de la figura o en el entorno
-table.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <code>center</code>, la instrucción <code>\centering</code>
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta simplemente cambia el formato que
-&latex; aplica a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de
-la unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una
-línea en blanco o la instrucción <code>\end</code> (de un entorno tal como
-quote), que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;group&rbrace;
+ \centering ...
+\end&lbrace;group&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Centra el material en su entorno. Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia
+dentro de un entorno como <code>figure</code>, o en un <code>parbox</code>.
</para>
-<para>He aquí un ejemplo:
+<para>La declaración <code>\centering</code> de este ejemplo hace que el gráfico
+sea centrado horizontalmente.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;quote&rbrace;
-\centering
-primer línea \\
-segunda línea \\
-\end&lbrace;quote&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]&lbrace;ctan_lion.png&rbrace;
+ \caption&lbrace;CTAN Lion&rbrace; \label&lbrace;fig:CTANLion&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El entorno de este <code>\centering</code> termina con
+<code>\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>A diferencia del entorno <code>center</code>, el comando <code>\centering</code>
+no agrega espacio vertical por encima y por debajo del texto. Esa es
+su ventaja en el ejemplo anterior; no hay un exceso de espacio.
+</para>
+<para>Tampoco comienza un nuevo párrafo; simplemente cambia cómo &latex; da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Si <code>ww &lbrace;\centering xx \\
+yy&rbrace; zz</code> está rodeado de líneas en blanco, entonces &latex; creará un
+párrafo cuya primera línea <samp>ww xx</samp> está centrada y cuya segunda
+línea, no centrada, contiene <samp>yy zz</samp>. Usualmente lo que se desea
+es para el alcance de la declaración para contener una línea en blanco
+o el comando <code>\end</code> de un entorno como <code>figure</code> o
+<code>table</code> que termina la unidad de párrafo. Por lo tanto, si
+<code>&lbrace;\centering xx \\ yy\par&rbrace; zz</code> está rodeado de líneas en
+blanco, entonces crea un nuevo párrafo con dos líneas centradas
+<samp>xx</samp> y <samp>yy</samp>, seguidas de un nuevo párrafo con <samp>zz</samp> que
+tiene el formato habitual.
+</para>
</subsection>
</section>
<node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>Description</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135"><r>entorno</r> <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136"><code>description</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">listas etiquetadas, creando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">listas de descripción, creando</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>Description</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp"><code>Description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">listas etiquetadas, crear</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">listas de descripción, crear</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;description&rbrace;
-\item [<var>etiqueta1</var>] <var>elemento1</var>
-\item [<var>etiqueta2</var>] <var>elemento2</var>
-...
+ \item[<var>etiqueta del primer elemento</var>] <var>texto del primer
+ elemento</var>
+ \item[<var>etiqueta del segundo elemento</var>] <var>texto del segundo
+ elemento</var>
+ ...
\end&lbrace;description&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>description</code> se utiliza para hacer listas etiquetadas.
-Cada <var>etiqueta</var> es compuesta tipográficamente en negrita, alineada a
-la derecha. El texto del <var>elemento</var> puede contener múltiples
-párrafos.
+<para>Entorno para hacer una lista de elementos etiquetados. La <var>label</var>
+de cada elemento está escrita en negrita y alineada a la izquierda, de
+modo que las etiquetas largas continúan en la primera línea del texto
+del elemento. Debe haber al menos un elemento; al no tener alguno
+causa el error &latex; <samp>Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item
+perdido</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">etiquetas en máquina de escribir en listas</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Otra variación: debido a que el estilo negrita se aplica a las
-etiquetas, si usted compone una etiqueta en máquina de escribir usando
-<code>\texttt</code>, obtendrá una máquina de escribir en negrita:
-<code>\item[\texttt&lbrace;máquina de escribir y negrita&rbrace;]</code>. Esta también
-puede estar en negrita, entre otras cuestiones. Para obtener sólo en
-máquina de escribir, use <code>\tt</code>, que restablece todas las
-variaciones de otros estilos: <code>\item[&lbrace;\tt máquina de escribir
-simple&rbrace;]</code>.
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra el entorno utilizado para una secuencia de
+definiciones.
</para>
-<para>Para detalles acerca del espaciado en listas, vea <ref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></ref>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;description&rbrace;
+ \item[lama] un sacerdote.
+ \item[llama] a una bestia.
+\end&lbrace;description&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Las etiquetas <samp>lama</samp> y <samp>llama</samp> se muestran en negrita, con
+el borde izquierdo en el margen izquierdo.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <code>\item</code>
+(<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Utiliza las etiquetas opcionales, como en
+<code>\item[Main point]</code>, porque hay ningún valor predeterminado
+sensato. Después de <code>\item</code> hay texto opcional, que puede
+contener varios párrafos.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">etiquetas de máquina de escribir en listas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Dado que las etiquetas están en negrita, si el texto de la etiqueta
+requiere un cambio de letra dado en el estilo del argumento
+(<ref label="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra"><xrefnodename>Estilos de tipos de letra</xrefnodename></ref>) entonces vendrá en negrita. Por
+ejemplo, si el texto de la etiqueta requiere una máquina de escribir
+con <code>\item[\texttt&lbrace;label text&rbrace;]</code> entonces aparecerá en negrita
+máquina de escribir, si está disponible. La forma más sencilla de
+evitar esto, en este ejemplo para obtener una máquina de escribir sin
+negrita, es usar un estilo declarativo: <code>\item[&lbrace;\tt label
+text&rbrace;]</code>. Del mismo modo, obtiene la letra romana estándar con
+<code>\item[&lbrace;\rm texto etiqueta&rbrace;]</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas &latex;,
+<ref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></ref> y <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>. A diferencia de esos entornos,
+anidar entornos <code>description</code> no cambia la etiqueta
+predeterminada; es negrita y alineada a la izquierda en todos los
+niveles.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener información sobre los parámetros de diseño de la lista,
+incluido el valor predeterminado y para obtener información sobre cómo
+personalizar el diseño de la lista, <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. El paquete
+<code>enumitem</code> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo cambia las etiquetas de descripción a versalitas.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\descriptionlabel&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;%
+ &lbrace;\hspace&lbrace;\labelsep&rbrace;\textsc&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="displaymath" spaces=" "><nodename>displaymath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">document</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">description</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle>
+<!-- c https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath -->
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138"><r>entorno</r> <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139"><code>displaymath</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
-<var>fórmula matemática</var>
+ <var>texto matemático</var>
\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent> <para>o
+<para>Entorno para componer el <var>texto matemático</var> en su propia línea, en
+estilo de visualización y centrado. Para hacer que el texto quede
+alineado a la izquierda, usa la opción global <code>fleqn</code>;
+<ref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase documento</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>En el entorno <code>displaymath</code> no se agrega ningún número de
+ecuación al texto de matemáticas. Una forma de obtener un número de
+ecuación es usar el entorno <code>equation</code> (<pxref label="equation"><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>&latex; no dividirá el <var>texto matemático</var> entre líneas.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <code>amsmath</code>
+tiene significativamente más extensas facilidades de ecuación
+mostradas. Por ejemplo, hay una serie de formas en ese paquete para
+dividir el texto matemático en líneas.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>mostrar matemáticas</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>La construcción <code>\[<var>math</var>\]</code> es un sinónimo del entorno
+<code>\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace; <var>math</var> \end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;</code> pero este
+último es más fácil de trabajar en la fuente; por ejemplo, la búsqueda
+de un corchete puede dar falsos positivos, pero la palabra
+<code>displaymath</code> probablemente será único.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>normal &tex; matemáticas de visualización</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>(Aparte: la construcción <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> de Plain&nbsp;&tex; a
+veces se usa erróneamente como sinónimo de <code>displaymath</code>. Esté
+no es un sinónimo, y no se admite oficialmente en &latex; en
+absoluto; <code>$$</code> no admite la opción <code>fleqn</code> (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones
+de la clase documento</xrefnodename></pxref>), tiene un espaciado vertical diferente y no
+realiza comprobaciones de consistencia).
+</para>
+<para>La salida de este ejemplo está centrada y sola en su línea.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\[<var>math</var>\]
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>displaymath</code> (<code>\[...\]</code> es un sinónimo) de
-composición tipográfica de texto <var>math</var> en una línea independiente,
-centrada de manera predeterminada. La opción global <code>fleqn</code>
-produce ecuaciones alineadas a la izquierda; vea <ref label="Opciones-de-Clase-de-Documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de Clase
-de Documento</xrefnodename></ref>.
-</para>
-<para>No se añade un número de ecuación al texto de <code>displaymath</code>; Para
-obtener un número de ecuación, utilice el entorno <code>equation</code>
-(<pxref label="equation"><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Además, el signo integral es más grande que la versión en línea que
+produce <code>\( \int_1^2 x^2\,dx=7/3 \)</code>.
</para>
</section>
<node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140"><r>entorno</r> <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141"><code>document</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>document</code> encierra el cuerpo de un documento. este es
-obligatorio en cada documento &latex;. <xref label="Iniciando-y-Finalizando"><xrefnodename>Iniciando y Finalizando</xrefnodename></xref>.
+
+<para>El entorno <code>document</code> incluye todo el cuerpo de un documento. Se
+requiere en todos los documentos &latex;. <xref label="Comenzar-y-terminar"><xrefnodename>Comenzar y
+terminar</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\AtBeginDocument</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Gancho para comandos al comienzo del
+ documento.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\AtEndDocument</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Gancho para comandos al final del documento.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">comienzo del gancho del documento</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\AtBeginDocument&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Guarda <var>code</var> y ejecútelo cuando <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> sea
+ejecutado, al final del preámbulo. El código se ejecuta después de
+las tablas de selección de letras se han configurado, por lo que la
+letra normal para el documento es la letra actual. Sin embargo, el
+código se ejecuta como parte del preámbulo para que no puedas hacer
+ninguna composición tipográfica con él.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">gancho final del documento</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\AtEndDocument&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Guarda <var>code</var> y ejecútalo cerca del final del documento.
+Específicamente, se ejecuta cuando se ejecuta <code>\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>,
+antes de que termine la página final y antes de que quede flotando se
+procesan los entornos. Si deseas que parte del código se ejecute
+después de estos dos procesos, incluye un <code>\clearpage</code> en el
+punto apropiado en <var>code</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes emitir este comando más de una vez; las líneas de código
+sucesivas se ejecutarán en el orden que les diste.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
<node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142"><r>entorno</r> <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143"><code>enumerate</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">lista de elementos, numerados</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">listas de elementos, numerados</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
-\item <var>elemento1</var>
-\item <var>elemento2</var>
-...
+ \item[<var>etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</var>] <var>texto del
+ primer elemento</var>
+ \item[<var>etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</var>] <var>texto del
+ segundo elemento</var>
+ ...
\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>enumerate</code> produce una lista numerada. Las
-enumeraciones se pueden anidar unas dentro de otras, hasta cuatro
-niveles de profundidad. Estas también se pueden anidar en otros
-entornos de párrafo, tal como <code>itemize</code> (<pxref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></pxref>) y
-<code>description</code> (<pxref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Entorno para producir una lista numerada de elementos. El formato de
+la numeración de las etiquetas depende del nivel de anidamiento de
+este entorno; ve abajo. La numeración de nivel superior predeterminada
+es <samp>1.</samp>, <samp>2.</samp>, etc. Cada entorno de lista <code>enumerate</code>
+debe tener al menos un elemento; no tiene ninguna causa el error
+&latex; <samp>Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item perdido</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra a los dos primeros finalistas en el maratón
+olímpico de 1908. Como lista de nivel superior, las etiquetas
+aparecerían como <samp>1.</samp> y <samp>2.</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Cada elemento de una lista enumerada comienza con una instrucción
-<code>\item</code>. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción
-<code>\item</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item Johnny Hayes (USA)
+ \item Charles Hefferon (RSA)
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <code>\item</code>
+(<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si le das a <code>\item</code> un argumento opcional
+siguiéndolo con corchetes, como en <code>\item[Etiqueta
+intersticial]</code>, entonces el siguiente elemento continuará la secuencia
+interrumpida (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Es decir, obtendrás etiquetas como
+<samp>1.</samp>, entonces <samp>Etiqueta intersticial</samp>, luego <samp>2.</samp>.
+Después de <code>\item</code> hay texto opcional, que puede contener varios
+párrafos.
</para>
-<para>De manera predeterminada, la numeración de cada nivel se hace de la
-siguiente manera:
+<para>Las enumeraciones se pueden anidar dentro de otros entornos
+<code>enumerate</code>, o dentro de cualquier entorno de creación de
+párrafos como <code>itemize</code> (<pxref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></pxref>), hasta cuatro niveles
+de profundidad. Esto le proporciona el valor &latex; predeterminado
+para el formato en cada nivel de anidamiento, donde 1 es el nivel
+superior, el nivel más exterior.
</para>
<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem spaces=" "><para>1., 2., &dots;
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>(a), (b), &dots;
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>i., ii., &dots;
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>A., B., &dots;
+<listitem> <para>número arábigo seguido de un punto: <samp>1.</samp>, <samp>2.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>letra minúscula entre paréntesis: <samp>(a)</samp>, <samp>(b)</samp>&nbsp;&dots;
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>número romano en minúsculas seguido de un punto: <samp>i.</samp>, <samp>ii.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>letra mayúscula seguida de un punto: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
</para></listitem></enumerate>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>enumerate</code> usa los contadores <code>\enumi</code> hasta
-<code>\enumiv</code> (<pxref label="Contadores"><xrefnodename>Contadores</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si se proporciona el argumento
-opcional a <code>\item</code>, el contador no se incrementa por cada elemento.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>enumerate</code> utiliza las instrucciones desde
-<code>\labelenumi</code> hasta <code>\labelenumiv</code> para producir la etiqueta
-predeterminada. Por lo tanto, usted puede usar <code>\renewcommand</code>
-para cambiar las etiquetas (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por
-ejemplo, para hacer que el primer nivel use letras mayúsculas:
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153"><r>ejemplo</r> \Alph</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="enumerate-enumi">enumerate enumi</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumii">enumerate enumii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumiii">enumerate
+enumiii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumiv">enumerate enumiv</anchor> <para>El entorno <code>enumerate</code> utiliza
+los contadores <code>\enumi</code> hasta <code>\enumiv</code>
+(<pxref label="Contadores"><xrefnodename>Contadores</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Para otros entornos principales de listas etiquetadas &latex;,
+<ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> e <ref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></ref>. Para obtener información sobre el
+diseño de parámetros de lista, incluidos los valores predeterminados,
+y para obtener información sobre personalizar el diseño de la lista,
+<ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. El paquete <code>enumitem</code> es útil para personalizar
+listas.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="enumerate-labelenumi">enumerate labelenumi</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumii">enumerate labelenumii</anchor>
+<anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiii">enumerate labelenumiii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiv">enumerate labelenumiv</anchor> <para>Para
+cambiar el formato de la etiqueta usa <code>\renewcommand</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) en los comandos
+<code>\labelenumi</code> a través de <code>\labelenumiv</code>. Por ejemplo, esta
+lista de primer nivel será etiquetada con letras mayúsculas, en
+negrita y sin punto final.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\labelenumi&rbrace;&lbrace;\Alph&lbrace;enumi&rbrace;&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\labelenumi&rbrace;&lbrace;\textbf&lbrace;\Alph&lbrace;enumi&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item Se muestra en negrita A
+ \item Se muestra en negrita B
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-
+<para>Para obtener una lista de comandos de contraetiquetado, consulta
+<ref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
</section>
<node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="154"><r>entorno</r> <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="155"><code>eqnarray</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">ecuaciones, alineando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">alineando Ecuaciones</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">ecuaciones, alineando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">alineando ecuaciones</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">alinea <r>entorno, de <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">amsmath <r>package, reemplazar <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El entorno <code>eqnarray</code> está obsoleto. Tiene infelicidades,
+incluyendo el espaciado que es inconsistente con otros elementos
+matemáticos. (Ve &textldquo;¡Evita eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; por Lars Madsen
+<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</urefurl></url>). Nuevos
+documentos deben incluir el paquete <code>amsmath</code> y usar el que
+muestra entornos matemáticos proporcionados allí, como el entorno
+<code>align</code>. Incluimos una descripción solo para completar y para
+trabajar con documentos antiguos.
+</para>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;eqnarray&rbrace; <r>(o <code>eqnarray*</code>)</r>
-<var>fórmula1</var> \\
-<var>fórmula2</var> \\
-...
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;eqnarray&rbrace;
+ <var>primera fórmula a la izquierda</var>, <var>primera fórmula en el
+ medio</var> y <var>primera fórmula a la derecha</var> \\
+ ...
\end&lbrace;eqnarray&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="156">\\ (para <code>eqnarray</code>)</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>eqnarray</code> se utiliza para mostrar una secuencia de
-ecuaciones o desigualdades. Es muy parecido a un entorno <code>array</code>
-de tres columnas, con filas consecutivas separadas por <code>\\</code> y
-elementos consecutivos en una fila, separados por un <code>&amp;</code>.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="157">\\* (para <code>eqnarray</code>)</indexterm></findex>
-<para>también puede utilizar <code>\\*</code> para separar ecuaciones
-independientes, con su propósito normal de no permitir saltos de página
-en esa línea.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">números de ecuación, omitiendo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Se coloca un número de ecuación en cada línea a menos que la línea tenga
-una instrucción <code>\nonumber</code>. Alternativamente, la forma del
-entorno con <code>*</code> (<code>\begin&lbrace;eqnarray*&rbrace; ... \end&lbrace;eqnarray*&rbrace;</code>)
-debe omitir por completo la numeración de la ecuación, al tiempo que el
-mismo comienza con <code>eqnarray</code>.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="159">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\lefteqn</code> se utiliza para dividir grandes fórmulas
-a través de varias líneas. Su argumento de composición tipográfica en el
-estilo de visualización alinea a la izquierda en una caja de ancho cero.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;eqnarray*&rbrace;
+ <var>primera fórmula a la izquierda</var>, <var>primera fórmula en el
+ medio</var> y <var>primera fórmula a la derecha</var> \\
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;eqnarray*&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Muestra una secuencia de ecuaciones o desigualdades. Los lados
+izquierdo y derecho se escriben en el modo display, mientras que el
+medio se escribe en el modo texto.
+</para>
+<para>Es similar a un entorno <code>array</code> de tres columnas, con elementos
+dentro de una fila separada por un ampersand&nbsp;(<code>&amp;</code>), y con
+filas separadas por dobles barras inversas&nbsp;<code>\\</code>).
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(para <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+La forma de estrella del salto de línea (<code>\\*</code>) también se puede
+usar para separar ecuaciones, y no permitirá un salto de página allí
+(<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">números de ecuación, omitir</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>La forma sin estrella <code>eqnarray</code> coloca un número de ecuación en
+cada línea (usando el contador <code>equation</code>), a menos que esa línea
+contenga un comando <code>\nonumber</code>. La forma destacada
+<code>eqnarray*</code> omite numeración de ecuaciones, mientras que por lo
+demás son iguales.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
+<para>El comando <code>\lefteqn</code> se usa para dividir fórmulas largas en
+líneas. Escribe tu argumento en estilo de visualización alineado a la
+izquierda en un cuadro de ancho cero.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra tres líneas. Las dos primeras líneas forman una
+desigualdad, mientras que la tercera línea no tiene entrada por el
+lado izquierdo.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;eqnarray*&rbrace;
+ \lefteqn&lbrace;x_1+x_2+\cdots+x_n&rbrace; \\
+ &amp;\leq &amp;y_1+y_2+\cdots+y_n \\
+ &amp;= &amp;z+y_3+\cdots+y_n
+\end&lbrace;eqnarray*&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="160"><r>entorno</r> <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="161"><code>equation</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">ecuaciones, entornos para</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">fórmulas, entornos para</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">ecuaciones, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">fórmulas, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
-<var>fórmula-matemática</var>
+ <var>texto matemático</var>
\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>equation</code> comienza un entorno <code>displaymath</code>
-(<pxref label="displaymath"><xrefnodename>displaymath</xrefnodename></pxref>), por ejemplo, centrando en la página el texto
-<var>math</var>, y además colocando el número de ecuación en el margen
-derecho.
+<para>Lo mismo que un entorno <code>displaymath</code> (<pxref label="displaymath"><xrefnodename>displaymath</xrefnodename></pxref>)
+excepto que &latex; pone un número de ecuación al ras del margen
+derecho. El número de la ecuación se genera usando el contador
+<code>equation</code>.
+</para>
+<para>No debe haber líneas en blanco entre <code>\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;</code>, o &latex; te dirá que falta el signo de
+dólar.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>amsmath</code> tiene una extensas
+facilidades para mostrar ecuaciones. Los nuevos documentos deben
+incluir este paquete.
</para>
</section>
<node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="162"><r>entorno</r> <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="163"><code>figure</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">insertando figuras</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">figuras, insertando</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">insertar figuras</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">figuras, insertando</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;figure[*]&rbrace;[<var>úbicación</var>]
-<var>figbody</var>
-\label&lbrace;<var>etiqueta&rbrace;</var>
-\caption[<var>títulobreve</var>]&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;figure&rbrace;[<var>placement</var>]
+ <var>cuerpo de figura</var>
+ \caption[<var>loftitle</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace; % opcional
+ \label&lbrace;<var>label&rbrace;</var> % opcional
\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Las figuras son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y en su
-lugar son &textldquo;flotados&textrdquo; a un lugar conveniente, como en la parte superior
-de una página. Las figuras no se dividen entre dos páginas.
-</para>
-<para>Cuando se compone tipográficamente en columnas dobles, la forma favorita
-produce un ancho completo (a través de las dos columnas).
-</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional <code>[ubicación]</code> determina donde debe tratar de
-colocar &latex; su figura. Hay cuatro lugares donde &latex;,
-posiblemente, pueda colocar un flotante:
-</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Top)&textmdash;en lo alto de una página de texto.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Bottom)&textmdash;en la parte inferior de una página de texto. No obstante,
-<code>b</code> no se permite para flotantes de ancho completo (<code>figure*</code>)
-en entornos con columnas dobles. Para mejorar esto, utilice el paquete
-<code>stfloats</code> o <code>dblfloatfix</code>, pero vea el debate de advertencias
-en el FAQ:
-<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</urefurl></url>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">h</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">paquete <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>(Here)&textmdash;aquí, en la posición donde aparece el entorno <code>figure</code> en el
-texto. Sin embargo, este no está permitido por sí mismo,
-automáticamente se añade <code>t</code>. Para forzar que una figura
-absolutamente aparezca &textldquo;aquí&textrdquo;, utilice el paquete <code>float</code> y use
-la letra de ubicación <code>H</code>. (Este paquete también ofrece otras
-opciones).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Página de flotantes)&textmdash;en una página de flotantes separada, misma que
-es una página que no contiene texto, únicamente flotantes.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;figure*&rbrace;[<var>placement</var>]
+ <var>cuerpo de figura</var>
+ \caption[<var>loftitle</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace; % opcional
+ \label&lbrace;<var>label&rbrace;</var> % opcional
+\end&lbrace;figure*&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>Las clases estándar <code>report</code> y <code>article</code> utilizan la ubicación
-predeterminada <code>tbp</code>.
-</para>
-<para>El cuerpo de la figura se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-&latex;, etc., que desee.
+<para>Las figuras son para material que no forma parte del texto normal. Un
+ejemplo es material que no se puede dividir en dos páginas, tal como
+gráficos. Debido a esto, &latex; no escribe cifras en secuencia con
+texto normal, sino que los &textldquo;hace flotar&textrdquo; a un lugar conveniente,
+como la parte superior de una página siguiente (<pxref label="Flotantes"><xrefnodename>Flotantes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El <var>cuerpo de figura</var> puede consistir en gráficos importados
+(<pxref label="Gr_00e1ficos"><xrefnodename>Gráficos</xrefnodename></pxref>), o texto, comandos de &latex;, etc. Está escrito
+en un <code>parbox</code> de ancho <code>\textwidth</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Los posibles valores de <var>placement</var> son <code>h</code> para <samp>aquí</samp>,
+<code>t</code> para <samp>top</samp>, <code>b</code> para <samp>bottom</samp> y <code>p</code> para
+<samp>en una página de flotantes separada</samp>. Para el efecto de estas
+opciones en el algoritmo de colocación de flotantes, <ref label="Flotantes"><xrefnodename>Flotantes</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>La forma destacada <code>figure*</code> se usa cuando un documento está en
+modo de doble columna (<pxref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></pxref>). Produce una figura que
+abarca ambas columnas, en la parte superior de la página. Para
+agregar la posibilidad de colocar en la parte inferior de una página,
+ve la discusión de <var>placement</var> <code>b</code> en <ref label="Flotantes"><xrefnodename>Flotantes</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<para>La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas
+(<pxref label="Referencias-cruzadas"><xrefnodename>Referencias cruzadas</xrefnodename></pxref>). El comando opcional <code>\caption</code>
+especifica el texto del título para la figura (<pxref label="_005ccaption"><xrefnodename>\caption</xrefnodename></pxref>). De
+manera predeterminada está numerado. Si <var>loftitle</var> está presente,
+se usa en la lista de figuras en lugar de <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de
+contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo hace una figura a partir de un gráfico. &latex;
+colocará ese gráfico y su título en la parte superior de una página o,
+si se empuja al final del documento, en una página de flotantes.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="164">\caption</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\caption</code> especifica el <var>texto</var> del título de
-la figura. El título de manera predeterminada lleva el número. Si
-<var>loftitle</var> está presente, esta se utiliza en la lista de figuras en
-lugar del <var>texto</var> (<pxref label="Tablas-de-Contenido"><xrefnodename>Tablas de Contenido</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-</para>
-<!-- c xx ¿secciones float-placement, float-caption? -->
-<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por flotantes
-en la parte inferior; el predeterminado es <samp>.3</samp>.
-</para>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="166">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La fracción mínima de una página flotante que deben ocupar los
-flotantes; predeterminado a <samp>.5</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="167">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una página;
-predeterminado a <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="168">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio por encima y por debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
-principal; predeterminado a <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> para estilos de
-<samp>10pt</samp> y <samp>11pt</samp>, <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> para
-<samp>12pt</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="169">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio entre el último/primero flotante en la parte superior/inferior
-de una página; de manera predeterminada a <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mínima fracción de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
-ocupan mucho espacio preserva tanto texto como sea posible, para que los
-flotantes sean trasladados a una página diferente. El predeterminado es
-<samp>.2</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="171">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página que se puede ocupar
-antes de los flotantes; el predeterminado es <samp>.7</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;figure&rbrace;[t]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]&lbrace;CTANlion.png&rbrace;
+ \caption&lbrace;El CTAN lion, por Duane Bibby&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
-<!-- c begin vincentb1 20160403 -->
</section>
<node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code>: Crear un archivo externo</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172"><r>entorno</r> <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173"><code>filecontents</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174"><r>entorno</r> <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175"><code>filecontents*</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">archivos externos, escritura</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">escribiendo varios archivos desde la fuente.</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;filecontents&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>nombre-del-archivo</var>&rbrace;
-<var>texto</var>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;filecontents&rbrace;[<var>option</var>]&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>text</var>
\end&lbrace;filecontents&rbrace;
</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
<para>o
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;filecontents*&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>nombre-del-archivo</var>&rbrace;
-<var>texto</var>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;filecontents*&rbrace;[<var>option</var>]&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>text</var>
\end&lbrace;filecontents*&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>&latex; crea un archivo llamado <var>nombre-del-archivo</var> cuyo contenido
-es <var>texto</var>. El entorno sin <code>*</code> pone comentario de cabecera ;
-ver el ejemplo más abajo. Con <code>*</code> <code>filecontents*</code> no incluye
-el comentario de cabecera.
+<para>Crea un archivo llamado <var>filename</var> en el directorio actual (o el
+directorio de salida, si se especifica; <pxref label="directorio-de-salida"><xrefnodename>directorio de salida</xrefnodename></pxref>)
+y escribir <var>text</var> en él. De forma predeterminada, un archivo
+existente no se sobrescribe.
+</para>
+<para>La versión sin estrella del entorno <code>filecontents</code> prefija el
+contenido del archivo creado con un encabezado de comentarios &tex;;
+ve el siguiente ejemplo. La versión protagonista <code>filecontents*</code>
+no incluye el encabezado.
+</para>
+<para>Las opciones posibles son::
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">force</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">overwrite</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308"><code>force</code> opción para <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309"><code>force</code> opción para <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<para>La opción <code>overwrite</code> para <code>filecontents</code>
+Sobrescribe un archivo existente.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">noheader</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">Opción <code>noheader</code> para <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Omite el encabezado. Equivale a usar <code>filecontents*</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nosearch</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">Opción <code>nosearch</code> para <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Solo verifica el directorio actual (y el directorio de salida, si se
+ha especificado) para un archivo existente, no la ruta de búsqueda
+completa.
</para>
-<para>Este entorno puede ser utilizado en cualquier lugar en el preámbulo,
-aunque aparezca en general antes de la instrucción
-<code>\documentclass</code>. Es típicamente utilizado cuando el archivo fuente
-necesita un archivo no estándar de estilo o de clase. El entorno permite
-escribir este archivo en el repertorio que contiene este archivo y así
-de devolver el código fuente autónoma. Otra utilización es incluir
-referencia al formato <code>bib</code> en el archivo fuente, lo mismo para
-hacerlo autónomo.
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>Estas opciones se agregaron en una versión de &latex; de 2019.
</para>
-<para>El entorno verifica si un archivo con lo mismo nombre ya existe, y si
-sí, no hace nada. Hay un paquete <file>filecontents</file> quién vuelve a
-definir el entorno <code>filecontents</code> de modo que en lugar de no hacer
-nada en este caso, sobrescribe en el archivo existente.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">fuentes autónomas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">archivos fuente, que los convierte en autónomos</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Este entorno se puede utilizar en cualquier parte del preámbulo,
+aunque a menudo aparece antes del comando <code>\documentclass</code>. Esta
+comúnmente se usa para crear un <code>.bib</code> u otro archivo de datos
+similar desde el origen del documento principal, para que el archivo
+fuente sea autónomo. Del mismo modo, se puede usar para crear un
+estilo personalizado o un archivo de clase, nuevamente haciendo que la
+fuente sea autónoma.
</para>
-<para>Por ejemplo, este documento
+<para>Por ejemplo, este documento::
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;article&rbrace;
\begin&lbrace;filecontents&rbrace;&lbrace;JH.sty&rbrace;
-\newcommand&lbrace;\minombre&rbrace;&lbrace;Jim Hef&lbrace;&rbrace;feron&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\myname&rbrace;&lbrace;Jim Hef&lbrace;&rbrace;feron&rbrace;
\end&lbrace;filecontents&rbrace;
\usepackage&lbrace;JH&rbrace;
\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
-Un artículo de \minombre.
+Artículo por \myname.
\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>produce este archivo <file>JH.sty</file>.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>produce este archivo <file>JH.sty</file>:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty'
-%% generated by the `filecontents' environment
-%% from source `test' on 2015/10/12.
+<pre xml:space="preserve">%% Archivo LaTeX2e `JH.sty'
+%% generado por el entorno `filecontents'
+%% de la fuente `test' el 12/10/2015.
%%
-\newcommand&lbrace;\minombre&rbrace;&lbrace;Jim Hef&lbrace;&rbrace;feron&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\myname&rbrace;&lbrace;Jim Hef&lbrace;&rbrace;feron&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<!-- c end vincentb1 20160403 -->
-
</section>
<node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176"><r>entorno</r> <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177"><code>flushleft</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">justificar texto a la izquierda, entornos para</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">texto irregular a la derecha, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">texto justificado a la izquierda, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">texto justificado a la derecha irregular, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;flushleft&rbrace;
-<var>línea1</var> \\
-<var>línea2</var> \\
-...
+ <var>line1</var> \\
+ <var>line2</var> \\
+ ...
\end&lbrace;flushleft&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178">\\ <r>para <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>flushleft</code> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen de la mano izquierda y no están
-justificadas a la derecha. Cada línea se debe terminar con <code>\\</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para <code>flushleft</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular al lado derecho. Si tienes filas demasiado
+largas entonces &latex; las dividirá de una manera que evite la
+separación silábica y alargar o achicar los espacios entre palabras.
+Para forzar una nueva línea usa una doble barra invertida, <code>\\</code>.
+Para la forma de declaración&nbsp;<ref label="_005craggedright"><xrefnodename>\raggedright</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto crea un cuadro de texto que tiene como máximo 3 pulgadas de
+ancho, con el texto alineado a la izquierda e irregular a la derecha.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;3in&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;flushleft&rbrace;
+ Una oración larga que será dividida por \LaTeX&lbrace;&rbrace;
+ en un lugar conveniente. \\
+ Y, una nueva línea forzada por la doble barra invertida.
+\end&lbrace;flushleft&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raggedright</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forma declarativa del entorno <code>flushleft</code>.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raggedright</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forma de declaración del entorno
+ <code>flushleft</code>.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
<node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">texto irregular a la derecha</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">justificando texto a la izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">justificación, alineando a la derecha</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La declaración <code>\raggedright</code> corresponde al entorno
-<code>flushleft</code>. Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un
-entorno tal como <code>quote</code> o en un <code>parbox</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">texto justificado a la derecha irregular</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">texto justificado a la izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">justificación, irregular a la derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">&lbrace;\raggedright ... &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;<var>environment</var>&rbrace; \raggedright
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;<var>environment</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+izquierdo e irregular a la derecha. Se puede usar dentro de un
+<var>environment</var> como <code>quote</code> o en un <code>parbox</code>. Para la
+forma del entorno&nbsp;<ref label="flushleft"><xrefnodename>flushleft</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>A diferencia del entorno <code>flushleft</code>, <code>\raggedright</code> el
+comando no inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia en cómo &latex; da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una
+unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea
+en blanco o el comando <code>\end</code> que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <code>flushleft</code>, la instrucción
-<code>\raggedright</code> no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia
-como aplica &latex; el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar
-el formato de la unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe
-contener una línea en blanco o la instrucción <code>\end</code> que termina la
-unidad de párrafo.
+<para>Aquí <code>\raggedright</code> en cada segunda columna evita que &latex;
+haga una composición tipográfica incómoda para encajar el texto en la
+columna reducida. Ten en cuenta que <code>\raggedright</code> está dentro
+de llaves <code>&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> para delimitar su efecto.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;rp&lbrace;2in&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ Equipo alfa &amp;&lbrace;\raggedright Este equipo hace todo el trabajo real.&rbrace; \\
+ Equipo beta &amp;&lbrace;\raggedright Este equipo se asegura de que el
+ enfriador de agua nunca esté vacío.&rbrace; \\
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</subsection>
</section>
<node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180"><r>entorno</r> <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181"><code>flushright</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">texto irregular a la izquierda, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">texto izquierdo irregular, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;flushright&rbrace;
-<var>línea1</var> \\
-<var>línea2</var> \\
-...
+ <var>line1</var> \\
+ <var>line2</var> \\
+ ...
\end&lbrace;flushright&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182">\\ (para <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>flushright</code> le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen a mano derecha e irregulares a
-la izquierda. Cada línea se debe terminar con <code>\\</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para <code>flushright</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Un entorno que crea un párrafo cuyas líneas están al ras del margen
+derecho e irregular al izquierdo. Si tienes filas demasiado largas
+para ajustarse a los márgenes, entonces &latex; los dividirá de una
+manera que evita la división con guiones y la ampliación o reducción
+de los espacios entre palabras. Para forzar una nueva línea usa una
+barra invertida doble, <code>\\</code>. Para la forma de
+declaración&nbsp;<ref label="_005craggedleft"><xrefnodename>\raggedleft</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno, <ref label="flushleft"><xrefnodename>flushleft</xrefnodename></ref>,
+donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para reemplazar <code>flushleft</code>
+por <code>flushright</code>.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raggedleft</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forma declarativa del entorno <code>flushright</code>.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raggedleft</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forma de declaración del entorno <code>flushright</code>.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
<node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">texto irregular a la izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">justificación, irregular a la izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">texto justificado a la derecha</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La declaración <code>\raggedleft</code> corresponde al entorno
-<code>flushright</code>. Esta declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un
-entorno tal como <code>quote</code> o en un <code>parbox</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">texto alineado a la izquierda irregular</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">justificación, desigual izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">justificación de texto a la derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <code>flushright</code>, la instrucción
-<code>\raggedleft</code> no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia
-como aplica &latex; el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar
-el formato de la unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe
-contener una línea en blanco o la instrucción <code>\end</code> que termina la
-unidad de párrafo.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">&lbrace;\raggedleft ... &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;<var>environment</var>&rbrace; \raggedleft
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;<var>environment</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Una declaración que hace que las líneas queden al ras del margen
+derecho e izquierdo irregular. Se puede usar dentro de un
+<var>environment</var> como <code>quote</code> o en un <code>parbox</code>. Para la
+forma del entorno&nbsp;<ref label="flushright"><xrefnodename>flushright</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>A diferencia del entorno <code>flushright</code>, <code>\raggedleft</code> el
+comando no inicia un nuevo párrafo; solo cambia cómo &latex; da
+formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de una
+unidad de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener la línea
+en blanco o el comando <code>\end</code> que finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>Para ver un ejemplo relacionado con este entorno,
+&nbsp;<ref label="_005craggedright"><xrefnodename>\raggedright</xrefnodename></ref>, donde uno solo tiene mutatis mutandis para
+reemplazar <code>\raggedright</code> por <code>\raggedleft</code>.
</para>
</subsection>
</section>
<node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184"><r>entorno</r> <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185"><code>itemize</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">listas de elementos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">listas no ordenadas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">listas con viñetas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">listas de elementos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">listas no ordenadas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">listas con viñetas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">listas de viñetas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;itemize&rbrace;
-\item <var>elemento1</var>
-\item <var>elemento2</var>
-...
+ \item[<var>etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</var>] <var>texto del
+ primer elemento</var>
+ \item[<var>etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</var>] <var>texto del
+ segundo elemento</var>
+ ...
\end&lbrace;itemize&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>itemize</code> produce una lista &textldquo;no ordenada&textrdquo;, &textldquo;con
-viñetas&textrdquo;. Se pueden anidar entorno itemize dentro de otros, hasta
-cuatro niveles de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros
-entornos que marcan párrafos, tal como <code>enumerate</code>
-(<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Produce una <dfn>lista desordenada</dfn>, a veces denominada lista con
+viñetas. Ahí debe haber al menos un <code>\item</code> dentro del entorno;
+no tiene ninguna causa el error &latex; <samp>Algo anda mal, tal vez
+un \item faltante</samp>.
</para>
-<para>Cada elemento de una lista <code>itemize</code> comienza con una instrucción
-<code>\item</code>. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción
-<code>\item</code>.
+<para>Esto da una lista de dos elementos.
</para>
-<para>De forma predeterminada, las marcas en cada nivel tienen esta
-apariencia:
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;itemize&rbrace;
+ \item Dibujo a lápiz y acuarela por Cassandra
+ \item Retrato de arroz
+\end&lbrace;itemize&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Con la configuración regional predeterminada &textmdash; sin cargar, por
+ejemplo, &noeos; el paquete <code>babel</code> con otro idioma que no sea
+inglés&textmdash;como una lista de nivel superior cada etiqueta saldría como
+una viñeta, &bullet;. El formato del etiquetado depende del nivel de
+anidamiento; ve abajo.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Inicia la lista de elementos con el comando <code>\item</code>
+(<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si le das a <code>\item</code> un argumento opcional entre
+corchetes siguiéndolo, como en <code>\item[<var>Etiqueta optional</var>]</code>,
+entonces de manera predeterminada <var>Etiqueta opcional</var> aparecerá en
+negrita y alineada a la derecha, por lo que se podría extender hasta
+el margen izquierdo. Para las etiquetas que están niveladas a la
+izquierda, consulta el entorno <ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref>. Después del
+<code>\item</code> está el texto del elemento, que puede estar vacío o
+contener varios párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Las listas desordenadas se pueden anidar una dentro de otra, hasta
+cuatro niveles de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros
+entornos de creación de párrafos, como <code>enumerate</code>
+(<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="itemize-labelitemi">itemize labelitemi</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemii">itemize labelitemii</anchor>
+<anchor name="itemize-labelitemiii">itemize labelitemiii</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemiv">itemize labelitemiv</anchor> <para>El entorno
+<code>itemize</code> usa los comandos <code>\labelitemi</code> a través de
+<code>\labelitemiv</code> para generar la etiqueta predeterminada (ten en
+cuenta la convención de números romanos en minúsculas al final de los
+nombres de los comandos que significan el nivel de anidamiento).
+Estas son las marcas predeterminadas en cada nivel.
</para>
<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem spaces=" "><para>&bullet; (bala)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para><b>-<w>-</w></b> (guión en negrita)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>* (asterisco)
-</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>. (punto centrado, aquí representado como un punto)
+<listitem> <para>&bullet; (bullet, de <code>\textbullet</code>)
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para><b>-<w>-</w></b> (bold en-dash, de <code>\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</code>)
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>* (asterisco, de <code>\textasteriskcentered</code>)
+</para></listitem><listitem> <para>. (verticalmente centrado dot, representado aquí como un punto, de <code>\textperiodcentered</code>)
</para></listitem></enumerate>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="189">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="190">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>itemize</code> utiliza las instrucciones desde
-<code>\labelitemi</code> hasta <code>\labelitemiv</code> para producir la etiqueta
-predeterminada. De modo que, usted puede usar <code>\renewcommand</code> para
-cambiar las etiquetas. Por ejemplo, para que en primer nivel utilice
-diamantes:
+<para>Cambia las etiquetas con <code>\renewcommand</code>. Por ejemplo, esto hace
+que el primer nivel use diamantes.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\labelitemi&rbrace;&lbrace;$\diamond$&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="191">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="192">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="193">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="194">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="195">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="196">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="197">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Los parámetros desde <code>\leftmargini</code> hasta <code>\leftmarginvi</code>
-definen la distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y
-el margen izquierdo de la lista. Por convención, <code>\leftmargin</code> se
-fija al <code>\leftmargin<var>N</var></code> adecuado cuando ingresa a un nuevo
-nivel de anidamiento.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="itemize-leftmargin">itemize leftmargin</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmargini">itemize leftmargini</anchor>
+<anchor name="itemize-leftmarginii">itemize leftmarginii</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmarginiii">itemize leftmarginiii</anchor>
+<anchor name="itemize-leftmarginiv">itemize leftmarginiv</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmarginv">itemize leftmarginv</anchor>
+<anchor name="itemize-leftmarginvi">itemize leftmarginvi</anchor> <para>La distancia entre el margen izquierdo
+del entorno envolvente y el margen izquierdo de la lista
+<code>itemize</code> está determinado por el parámetros <code>\leftmargini</code>
+a <code>\leftmarginvi</code>. (Esto también usa la convención de usar
+números romanos en minúsculas al final del nombre del comando para
+indicar el nivel de anidamiento). Los valores predeterminados son:
+<code>2.5em</code> en el nivel 1 (<code>2em</code> en modo de dos columnas),
+<code>2.2em</code> en el nivel 2, <code>1.87em</code> en el nivel 3 y <code>1.7em</code>
+en el nivel 4, con valores más pequeños para niveles anidados más
+profundos.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para otros entornos principales de listas
+etiquetadas &latex;, <ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> y <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>.
+<code>itemize</code>, los entornos <code>enumerate</code> y <code>description</code>
+usan la misma lista de parámetros de diseño. Para obtener una
+descripción, incluidos los valores predeterminados, y para obtener
+información sobre cómo personalizar el diseño de la lista, <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>.
+El paquete <code>enumitem</code> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo reduce en gran medida el espacio del margen para los
+elementos detallados más externos de listas.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\leftmargini&rbrace;&lbrace;1.25em&rbrace; % predeterminado 2.5em
+</pre></example>
-<para>El predeterminado varía desde <samp>.5em</samp> (el nivel de anidamiento
-superior) a <samp>2.5em</samp> (el primer nivel), y se reduce un poco en modo
-two-column. En este ejemplo se reduce mucho el espacio del margen para
-las listas anidadas:
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>ejemplo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Especialmente para listas con artículos cortos, puede ser deseable
+eludir espacio entre elementos. Aquí hay un ejemplo que define un
+entorno <code>itemize*</code> sin espacios adicionales entre elementos o
+entre párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (<code>\parskip</code> no es
+específico de la lista, <pxref label="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent y \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>):
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\leftmargini&rbrace;&lbrace;1.25em&rbrace; % predeterminado 2.5em
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;itemize*&rbrace;%
+ &lbrace;\begin&lbrace;itemize&rbrace;%
+ \setlength&lbrace;\itemsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;%
+ \setlength&lbrace;\parsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;&rbrace;%
+ \setlength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;&rbrace;%
+ &lbrace;\end&lbrace;itemize&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<!-- c xx debe estar en su propia sección genérica -->
-<para>Algunos parámetros que afectan el formato de la lista:
+
+</section>
+<node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>entorno <code>letter</code>: escribir cartas</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+
+<para>Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. <xref label="Cartas"><xrefnodename>Cartas</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
-<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="198">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sangrado extra antes de cada elemento de una lista; predeterminado a
-cero.
+
+</section>
+<node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">listas de elementos, genérica</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento; predeterminado a
-<samp>.5em</samp>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;list&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>labeling</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>spacing</var>&rbrace;
+ \item[<var>etiqueta opcional del primer elemento</var>] <var>texto del
+ primer elemento</var>
+ \item[<var>etiqueta opcional del segundo elemento</var>] <var>texto del
+ segundo elemento</var>
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;list&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Un entorno para la construcción de listas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Ancho de la etiqueta; predeterminado a <samp>2em</samp>, o <samp>1.5em</samp> en
-modo two-column.
+<para>Ten en cuenta que este entorno no suele aparecer en el cuerpo del
+documento. La mayoría de las listas creadas por los autores de
+&latex; son las que vienen estándar: los entornos <code>description</code>,
+<code>enumerate</code> e <code>itemize</code> (<pxref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></pxref>,
+<ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref> y <ref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="201">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sangría extra añadida al segundo y subsecuentes párrafos, dentro de un
-elemento de la lista; predeterminado a <samp>0pt</samp>.
+<para>En cambio, el entorno <code>list</code> se usa con mayor frecuencia en
+macros. Por ejemplo, muchos entornos &latex; estándar que no
+funcionan inmediatamente parecen ser listas, de hecho están
+construidos usando <code>list</code>, incluyendo <code>quotation</code>,
+<code>quote</code> y <code>center</code> (<pxref label="comillas-y-citas"><xrefnodename>comillas y citas</xrefnodename></pxref>,
+<pxref label="center"><xrefnodename>center</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="202">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distancia horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el entorno
-envolvente; de manera predeterminada <samp>0pt</samp>, salbo en los entornos
-<code>quote</code>, <code>quotation</code> y <code>verse</code>, donde se hace igual a
-<code>\leftmargin</code>.
+<para>Este usa el entorno <code>list</code> para definir un nuevo entorno
+personalizado.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter&lbrace;namedlistcounter&rbrace; % número de elementos
+\newenvironment&lbrace;named&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\begin&lbrace;list&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;Item~\Roman&lbrace;namedlistcounter&rbrace;.&rbrace; % etiquetado
+ &lbrace;\usecounter&lbrace;namedlistcounter&rbrace; % establece el contador
+ \setlength&lbrace;\leftmargin&rbrace;&lbrace;3.5em&rbrace;&rbrace; % establece el espaciado
+ &rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\end&lbrace;list&rbrace;&rbrace;
+
+\begin&lbrace;named&rbrace;
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~I.''
+ \item[Etiqueta especial.] Se muestra como ``Etiqueta especial.''
+ \item Se muestra como ``Item~II.''
+\end&lbrace;named&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El primer argumento obligatorio <var>labeling</var> especifica el valor
+predeterminado de etiquetado de los elementos de la lista. Puede
+contener comandos de texto y &latex;, como arriba donde contiene
+<samp>Item</samp> y <samp>\Roman&lbrace;&dots;&rbrace;</samp>. &latex; forma la etiqueta
+poniendo el argumento <var>labeling</var> en un cuadro de ancho
+<code>\labelwidth</code>. Si la etiqueta es más ancha que eso, el material
+adicional se extiende a la derecha. Al hacer una instancia de una
+<code>list</code> puedes redefinir el etiquetado predeterminado dando a
+<code>\item</code> un argumento opcional al incluir corchetes y el texto,
+como en la <code>\item[Etiqueta especial.]</code>; <pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
+<para>El segundo argumento obligatorio <var>spacing</var> tiene una lista de
+comandos. Esta lista puede estar vacía. Un comando que puede entrar
+aquí es <code>\usecounter&lbrace;<var>countername</var>&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005cusecounter"><xrefnodename>\usecounter</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+Utiliza este diciéndole a &latex; que numere los elementos usando el
+contador dado. El contador se restablecerá a cero cada vez que
+&latex; ingrese al entorno, y el contador se incrementa en uno cada
+vez que &latex; encuentra un <code>\item</code> que no tiene un argumento
+opcional.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="list-makelabel">list makelabel</anchor> <para>Otro comando que puede ir en <var>spacing</var> es
+<code>\makelabel</code>, que construye el cuadro de etiquetas. De manera
+predeterminada pone el contenido volcado a la derecha. Su único
+argumento es la etiqueta, que composiciones tipográficas en modo LR
+(<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). Un ejemplo de cambiar su definición es la del ejemplo
+del <code>named</code> anterior, antes de la definición del entorno añade
+<code>\newcommand&lbrace;\namedmakelabel&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\textsc&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, y entre el
+comando <code>\setlength</code> y el paréntesis que cierra el argumento
+<var>spacing</var> también agrega <code>\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel</code>.
+Luego, las etiquetas se compondrán en versalitas. Del mismo modo,
+cambiando la segunda línea del código a <code>\let\makelabel\fbox</code>
+pone las etiquetas dentro de una caja enmarcada. A continuación se
+muestra otro ejemplo del comando <code>\makelabel</code>, en la definición
+del entorno <code>redlabel</code>.
+</para>
+<para>También a menudo en <var>spacing</var> hay comandos para redefinir el
+espacio para la lista. A continuación se muestran los parámetros de
+espaciado con sus valores predeterminados. (Los valores
+predeterminados para entornos derivados como <code>itemize</code> pueden ser
+diferentes a los valores que se muestran aquí). Consulta también la
+siguiente figura de lista. Cada uno tiene una longitud
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Los espacios verticales normalmente son
+longitudes elásticas, con componentes <code>plus</code> y <code>minus</code>, para
+darle flexibilidad a &tex; en la configuración de la página. Cambiar
+cada uno con un comando como <code>\setlength&lbrace;itemsep&rbrace;&lbrace;2pt plus1pt
+minus1pt&rbrace;</code>. Para algunos efectos, estas longitudes deben ser cero o
+negativas.
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-itemindent">lista itemindent</anchor> <para>Sangría de espacio horizontal adicional, más
+allá de <code>leftmargin</code>, de la primera línea de cada elemento. Su
+valor predeterminado es <code>0pt</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-itemsep">lista itemsep</anchor> <para>Espacio vertical entre elementos, más allá del
+<code>\parsep</code>. Los valores predeterminados para los tres primeros
+niveles en las clases &latex; <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp> y
+<samp>report</samp> con un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <code>4pt plus2pt minus
+1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (es decir, <code>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>), y
+<code>\topsep</code> (es decir, <code>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>). Los valores
+predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <code>4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code>,
+<code>\parsep</code> (es decir, <code>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>) y
+<code>\topsep</code> (es decir, <code>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>). Los valores
+predeterminados en 12 puntos son: <code>5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</code>,
+<code>\parsep</code> (es decir, <code>2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>), y
+<code>\topsep</code> (es decir, <code>2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-labelsep">lista labelsep</anchor> <para>Espacio horizontal entre la etiqueta y el
+texto de un elemento. El valor predeterminado para las clases
+&latex; <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, y <samp>report</samp> es <code>0.5em</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-labelwidth">lista labelwidth</anchor> <para>Ancho horizontal. La caja que contiene la
+etiqueta nominalmente es así de ancha. Si <code>\makelabel</code> devuelve
+un texto más ancho que este, entonces la primera línea del elemento se
+sangrará para dejar espacio para este material adicional. Si
+<code>\makelabel</code> devuelve texto de ancho menor o igual que
+<code>\labelwidth</code> entonces el valor predeterminado de &latex; es que
+la etiqueta está compuesta al ras en una caja de este ancho.
+</para>
+<para>El borde izquierdo del cuadro de etiqueta es
+<code>\leftmargin</code>+<code>\itemindent</code>-<code>\labelsep</code>-<code>\labelwidth</code>
+del margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado para las clases <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp> y
+<samp>report</samp> de &latex; en el nivel superior es
+<code>\leftmargini</code>-<code>\labelsep</code>, (que es <code>2em</code> en modo una
+columna y <code>1.5em</code> en modo de dos columnas). En el segundo nivel
+es <code>\leftmarginii</code>-<code>\labelsep</code>, y en el tercer nivel es
+<code>\leftmarginiii</code>-<code>\labelsep</code>. Estas definiciones hacen que
+el borde izquierdo de la etiqueta coincida con el margen izquierdo del
+entorno envolvente.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-leftmargin">lista leftmargin</anchor> <para>Espacio horizontal entre el margen izquierdo
+del entorno envolvente (o el margen izquierdo de la página si se trata
+de una lista de nivel superior), y el margen izquierdo de esta lista.
+No debe ser negativo.
+</para>
+<para>En las clases de documentos estándar de &latex;, una lista de nivel
+superior tiene este conjunto al valor de <code>\leftmargini</code>, mientras
+que una lista anidada dentro una lista de nivel superior tiene este
+margen establecido en <code>\leftmarginii</code>. Las listas más
+profundamente anidadas obtienen los valores de <code>\leftmarginiii</code> a
+través de <code>\leftmarginvi</code>. (La anidación superior al nivel cinco
+genera el mensaje de error <samp>Anidado demasiado profundo</samp>).
+</para>
+<para>Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las clases
+&latex; <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp> y <samp>report</samp> son: <code>\leftmargini</code> es
+<code>2.5em</code> (en modo de dos columnas, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code>
+es
+<code>2.2em</code> y <code>\leftmarginiii</code> es <code>1.87em</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-listparindent">lista listparindent</anchor> <para>Espacio horizontal de sangría de línea
+adicional, más allá de <code>\leftmargin</code>, para el segundo y
+posteriores párrafos dentro de una lista <code>item</code>. Un valor
+negativo lo convierte en &textldquo;outdent&textrdquo;. Su valor predeterminado es
+<code>0pt</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-parsep">lista parsep</anchor> <para>Espacio vertical entre párrafos dentro de un
+elemento. Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles
+en las clases &latex; <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp> y <samp>report</samp> con
+un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <code>4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code>, <code>2pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt</code> y <code>0pt</code>. Los valores predeterminados en
+tamaño de 11 puntos son: <code>4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code>, <code>2pt
+plus1pt minus1pt</code>, y <code>0pt</code>. Los valores predeterminados en
+tamaño de 12 puntos son: <code>5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt</code> y <code>0pt</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-partopsep">lista partopsep</anchor> <para>Espacio vertical agregado, más allá de
+<code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, en la parte superior y la parte
+inferior de todo el entorno si la instancia de la lista está precedida
+por una línea en blanco. (Una línea en blanco en la fuente &latex;
+antes de la lista cambia el espaciado en la parte superior e inferior
+de la lista; si la línea siguiente a la lista está en blanco, no
+importa).
+</para>
+<para>Los valores predeterminados para los primeros tres niveles en las
+clases &latex; <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp> y <samp>report</samp> con un
+tamaño de 10 puntos son: <code>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus
+1pt minus 1pt</code> y <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>. Los valores
+predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>,
+<code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code> y <code>1pt plus0pt minus 1pt</code>). Los
+valores predeterminados en 12 puntos son: <code>3pt plus 2pt minus
+3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code> y <code>1pt plus0pt minus 1pt</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-rightmargin">lista rightmargin</anchor> <para>Espacio horizontal entre el margen derecho
+de la lista y el margen derecho del entorno envolvente. Su valor
+predeterminado es <code>0pt</code>. No debe ser negativo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-topsep">lista topsep</anchor> <para>Espacio vertical agregado a la parte superior e
+inferior de la lista, además a <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent y
+\parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). Los valores predeterminados para los tres primeros
+niveles en las clases &latex; <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp> y
+<samp>report</samp> con un tamaño de 10 puntos son: <code>8pt plus 2pt minus
+4pt</code>, <code>4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code> y <code>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
+Los valores predeterminados en 11 puntos son: <code>9pt plus 3pt minus
+5pt</code>, <code>4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt</code> y <code>2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
+Los valores predeterminados para 12 puntos son: <code>10pt plus 4pt
+minus 6pt</code>, <code>5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt</code>, y <code>2.5pt plus 1pt
+minus 1pt</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<para>Parámetros que afectan el espaciamiento vertical entre elementos de la
-lista (más bien libre, de manera predeterminada).
+<para>Esto muestra las distancias horizontal y vertical.
+</para>
+<float type="" endspaces=" ">
+<image><imagefile>latex2e-figures/list</imagefile><imagewidth>3.21in</imagewidth><imageextension>.png</imageextension></image>
+</float>
+
+<para>Las longitudes que se muestran se enumeran a continuación. La
+relación clave es que el borde derecho del paréntesis para <var>h1</var> es
+igual al borde derecho del corchete para <var>h4</var>, de modo que el
+borde izquierdo del cuadro de etiqueta esté en
+<var>h3</var>+<var>h4</var>-(<var>h0</var>+<var>h1</var>).
+</para>
+<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">v0</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><math><code>&backslash;topsep</code> + <code>&backslash;parskip</code></math> si el entorno de la lista no
+comienza un nuevo párrafo, y
+<code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>+<code>\partopsep</code> si lo comienza
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">v1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><code>\parsep</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">v2</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><code>\itemsep</code>+<code>\parsep</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">v3</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Igual que <var>v0</var>. (Este espacio se ve afectado por si una línea en
+blanco aparece en la fuente por encima del entorno; si una línea en
+blanco aparece en la fuente debajo del entorno no importa).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">h0</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><code>\labelwidth</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">h1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><code>\labelsep</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">h2</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><code>\listparindent</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">h3</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><code>\leftmargin</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">h4</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><code>\itemindent</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">h5</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><code>\rightmargin</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>Los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la lista, que se muestran arriba
+como <var>h3</var> y <var>h5</var>, son con respecto a las proporcionadas por el
+entorno circundante, o con respecto a los márgenes de página para una
+lista de nivel superior. El ancho de línea utilizado para componer
+los elementos de la lista es <code>\linewidth</code> (<pxref label="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Parámetros de
+composición de página</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por ejemplo, establece el margen izquierdo
+de la lista para que sea una cuarta parte de la distancia entre los
+márgenes izquierdo y derecho del entorno envolvente con
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\leftmargin&rbrace;&lbrace;0.25\linewidth&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Los saltos de página en una estructura de lista están controlados por
+los tres parámetros a continuación. Para cada uno, el valor
+predeterminado de &latex; es <code>-\&arobase;lowpenalty</code>, es decir,
+<code>-51</code>. Porque es negativo, de alguna manera fomenta un salto de
+página en cada punto. Cambiarlo con, por ejemplo,
+<code>\&arobase;beginparpenalty=9999</code>; un valor de 10000 prohíbe un salto de
+página.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio vertical entre elementos. El predeterminado es <code>2pt
-plus1pt minus1pt</code> para <code>10pt</code> documentos, <code>3pt plus2pt
-minus1pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code> para
-<code>12pt</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="204">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio vertical extra entre párrafos dentro de un elemento de la lista.
-Los predeterminados son los mismos que para <code>\itemsep</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio vertical entre el primer elemento y el párrafo anterior.
-</para>
-<para>Para listas de nivel superior, el predeterminado es
-<code>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> para <code>10pt</code> documentos,
-<code>9pt plus3pt minus5pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y
-<code>10pt plus4pt minus6pt</code> para <code>12pt</code>. Estos se reducen
-en listas anidadas.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="206">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio extra añadido a <code>\topsep</code> cuando el entorno lista comienza
-un párrafo. El valor predeterminado es <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> para
-<code>10pt</code> documentos, <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y
-<code>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> para <code>12pt</code>.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-beginparpenalty">lista beginparpenalty</anchor> <para>La penalización de salto de página por
+romper antes de la lista (predeterminado <code>-51</code>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-itempenalty">lista itempenalty</anchor> <para>La penalización por salto de página al
+romper antes de un elemento de lista (predeterminado <code>-51</code>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="lista-endparpenalty">lista endparpenalty</anchor> <para>La penalización de salto de página por
+romper después de una lista (predeterminado <code>-51</code>).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207"><r>ejemplo</r> \parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Sobre todo para listas con elementos cortos, puede ser conveniente
-eludir los espacios entre ellos. He aquí un ejemplo de una definición
-del entorno <code>itemize*</code> sin espacio extra entre elementos o entre
-párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (<code>\parskip</code> no es específico de
-la lista, <pxref label="_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>):
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>El paquete <code>enumitem</code> es útil para personalizar listas.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene las etiquetas en rojo. Están numeradas, y el borde
+izquierdo de la etiqueta se alinea con el borde izquierdo del texto
+del elemento. <xref label="_005cusecounter"><xrefnodename>\usecounter</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;itemize*&rbrace;%
- &lbrace;\begin&lbrace;itemize&rbrace;%
- \setlength&lbrace;\itemsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;%
- \setlength&lbrace;\parsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;&rbrace;%
- \setlength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;&rbrace;%
- &lbrace;\end&lbrace;itemize&rbrace;&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;color&rbrace;
+\newcounter&lbrace;cnt&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\makeredlabel&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\textcolor&lbrace;red&rbrace;&lbrace;#1.&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newenvironment&lbrace;redlabel&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\begin&lbrace;list&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\arabic&lbrace;cnt&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\usecounter&lbrace;cnt&rbrace;
+ \setlength&lbrace;\labelwidth&rbrace;&lbrace;0em&rbrace;
+ \setlength&lbrace;\labelsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0.5em&rbrace;
+ \setlength&lbrace;\leftmargin&rbrace;&lbrace;1.5em&rbrace;
+ \setlength&lbrace;\itemindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0.5em&rbrace; % equals \labelwidth+\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel
+ &rbrace;
+ &rbrace;
+&lbrace;\end&lbrace;list&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\item</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Una entrada en una lista.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">trivlist</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Una forma restringida de <code>list</code>.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
-</section>
-<node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Entorno <code>letter</code>: Escribiendo Cartas</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208"><r>entorno</r> <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="209"><code>letter</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005citem" spaces=" "><nodename>\item</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">trivlist</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">list</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\item</code>: Una entrada en una lista</sectiontitle>
-<para>Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. <xref label="Cartas"><xrefnodename>Cartas</xrefnodename></xref>.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\item texto del elemento
+</pre></example>
-</section>
-<node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210"><r>entorno</r> <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="211"><code>list</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">listas de elementos, genéricas</indexterm></cindex>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\item[<var>optional-label</var>] texto del elemento
+</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>list</code> es un entorno genérico que se utiliza para
-definir mucho de los entornos más específicos. Este rara vez se utiliza
-en documentos, pero a muy menudo en las macros.
+<para>Una entrada en una lista. Las entradas están precedidas por una
+etiqueta, cuyo valor predeterminado depende del tipo de lista.
+</para>
+<para>Porque la etiqueta opcional está entre corchetes <samp>[...]</samp>, si
+tienes un elemento cuyo texto comienza con [, tienes que ocultar el
+corchete dentro de las llaves, como en: <code>\item &lbrace;[&rbrace; es un
+corchete de apertura</code>; de lo contrario, &latex; pensará en la marca
+como el comienzo de una etiqueta opcional.
+</para>
+<para>Del mismo modo, si el artículo tiene la etiqueta opcional y necesitas
+un corchete de cierre dentro de esa etiqueta, lo debes ocultar en la
+misma forma: <code>\item[Corchete de cierre, &lbrace;]&rbrace;]</code>. <xref label="Sintaxis-del-comando-LaTeX"><xrefnodename>Sintaxis
+del comando &latex;</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la lista de enumeración tiene dos elementos que usan
+el valor de etiqueta predeterminado y otra que usa la etiqueta
+opcional.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;list&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>etiquetado</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>espaciado</var>&rbrace;
-\item <var>elemento1</var>
-\item <var>elemento2</var>
-...
-\end&lbrace;list&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item Moe
+ \item[a veces] Shemp
+ \item Larry
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El primer elemento está etiquetado como <samp>1.</samp>, el segundo elemento
+está etiquetado <samp>a veces</samp>, y el tercer elemento está etiquetado
+como <samp>2.</samp>. Porque de la etiqueta opcional en el segundo
+artículo, el tercer artículo no está etiquetado&nbsp;<samp>3.</samp>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="trivlist" spaces=" "><nodename>trivlist</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\item</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">list</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>trivlist</code>: Una forma restringida de <code>list</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;trivlist&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;trivlist&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Una versión restringida del entorno list, en la que los márgenes no
+son sangrados y un <code>\item</code> sin un argumento opcional no produce
+texto. Se utiliza con mayor frecuencia en macros, para definir un
+entorno en el que el comando <code>\item</code> es parte de la definición
+del entorno. Para instancia, el entorno <code>center</code> se define
+esencialmente como este:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\begin&lbrace;trivlist&rbrace;\centering\item\relax&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\end&lbrace;trivlist&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El argumento obligatorio <var>etiquetado</var> especifica como se deben
-etiquetar los elementos (a menos que se especifique el argumento
-opcional <code>\item</code>). Este argumento es una pieza de texto que se
-inserta en una caja para formar la etiqueta. Este se puede y suele
-contener otras instrucciones &latex;.
+<para>El uso de <code>trivlist</code> de esta manera permite que la macro herede
+algún código común: combinar el espacio vertical de dos entornos
+adyacentes; detectar si el texto que sigue al entorno debe ser
+considerado un nuevo párrafo o una continuación del anterior; ajustar
+los márgenes izquierdo y derecho para un posible entorno de lista
+anidada.
</para>
-<para>El argumento obligatorio <var>spacing</var> contiene instrucciones para
-cambiar los parámetros de espaciado para la lista. Este argumento por
-lo regular está vacío, es decir, <code>&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>, lo cual deja el espaciado
-predeterminado.
+<para>Específicamente, <code>trivlist</code> usa los valores actuales de los
+parámetros de lista (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>), excepto que <code>\parsep</code> se
+establece en el valor de <code>\parskip</code>, y <code>\leftmargin</code>,
+<code>\labelwidth</code>, e <code>\itemindent</code> se establecen en cero.
</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo genera los elementos como dos párrafos, excepto que (de
+manera predeterminada) no tienen sangría de párrafo y están separados
+verticalmente.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;trivlist&rbrace;
+\item La \textit&lbrace;Sorpresa&rbrace; no es antigua; nadie la llamaría vieja.
+\item Ella tiene un arco de farol, lindas líneas.
+\end&lbrace;trivlist&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
<node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212"><r>entorno</r> <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="213"><code>math</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">fórmulas en línea</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">fórmulas en línea</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;math&rbrace;
-<var>fórmula-matemática</var>
+<var>math</var>
\end&lbrace;math&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>math</code> inserta la fórmula <var>math</var> dada dentro del
-texto actual. <code>\(...\))</code> y <code>$...$</code> son sinónimos.
-<xref label="F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas"><xrefnodename>Fórmulas Matemáticas</xrefnodename></xref>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>matemáticas en línea</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>matemáticas en línea</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>El entorno <code>math</code> inserta material dado <var>math</var> dentro del
+texto en ejecución. <code>\(...\)</code> y <code>$...$</code> son sinónimos.
+<xref label="F_00f3rmulas-math"><xrefnodename>Fórmulas math</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
</section>
<node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214"><r>entorno</r> <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="215"><code>minipage</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">minipage, creando una</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">minipágina, crear una</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>contenido</var>
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>contenido</var>
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Pon <var>contenido</var> en un cuadro que tenga un ancho de <var>width</var>.
+Esto es como una versión pequeña de una página; puede contener sus
+propias notas al pie, listas detalladas, etc. (Hay algunas
+restricciones, incluyendo que no puede tener flotante). Este cuadro
+no se dividirá entre páginas. Entonces <code>minipage</code> es similar a
+<code>\parbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cparbox"><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></pxref>) pero aquí puedes tener párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo tendrá 3&nbsp;pulgadas de ancho y tiene dos párrafos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;3in&rbrace;
+ Stephen Kleene fue uno de los fundadores de la Teoría de la
+ Computación.
+
+ Fue estudiante de Iglesia, escribió tres textos influyentes, fue
+ presidente de la Asociación de Lógica Simbólica, y ganó la Medalla
+ Nacional de Ciencias.
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Ve adelante, para una explicación de la sangría de párrafo dentro de
+una <code>minipage</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento requerido <var>width</var> es una longitud rígida
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Da el ancho de la caja en la que se compone
+<var>contenido</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay tres argumentos opcionales, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var> e
+<var>inner-pos</var>. No es necesario incluir los tres. Por ejemplo,
+obtener la <var>position</var> predeterminada y establecer <var>height</var> con
+<code>\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[c][2.54cm]&lbrace;\columnwidth&rbrace; <var>content</var>
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;</code>. (Obtiene la altura natural con un argumento vacío,
+<code>[]</code>).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>position</var> gobierna cómo <code>minipage</code> se
+alinea verticalmente con el material circundante.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c xx Clarifica lo que significa cuando las líneas de texto adyacentes -->
+<!-- c no están @c alineadas al centro vertical entre sí -->
+<para>(sinónimo <code>m</code>) Predeterminado. Posiciona la <code>minipage</code> para
+que su centro vertical se alinee con el centro de la línea de texto
+adyacente.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Alinea la línea base de la línea superior en la <code>minipage</code> con la
+línea base del texto circundante (el <code>\vtop</code> de &tex; simple).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>(simple &tex;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Alinea la línea base de la línea inferior en la <code>minipage</code> con la
+línea base del texto circundante (el <code>\vbox</code> de &tex; simple).
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<para>Para ver los efectos de estos, contrasta esta ejecución
+</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[<var>posición</var>][<var>alto</var>][<var>pos-interna</var>]&lbrace;<var>ancho</var>&rbrace;
-<var>texto</var>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">---\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[c]&lbrace;0.25in&rbrace;
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>minipage</code> compone tipográficamente su cuerpo de
-<var>texto</var> en un bloque que no debe abarcar varias páginas. Este es
-similar a la instrucción <code>\parbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cparbox"><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></pxref>), pero a
-diferencia de <code>\parbox</code>, se pueden utilizar otros entornos de
-marcado de párrafos dentro de una minipágina.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>con los resultados de cambiar <code>c</code> a <code>b</code> o&nbsp;<code>t</code>.
+</para>
+<!-- c xx Aclara qué sucede si el usuario ingresa una longitud elástica en -->
+<!-- c lugar de una longitud rígida. -->
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>height</var> es una longitud rígida
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Establece la altura de la <code>minipage</code>.
+Puedes ingresar cualquier valor más grande que, igual o más pequeño
+que el código natural de <code>minipage</code> height y &latex; no darán un
+error o una advertencia. También puedes establecer a una altura de
+cero o un valor negativo.
+</para>
+<para>El último argumento opcional <var>inner-pos</var> controla la ubicación de
+<var>contenido</var> dentro del cuadro. Estos son los valores posibles (el
+predeterminado es el valor de <var>position</var>).
</para>
-<!-- c (xxref posiciones) -->
-<para>Los argumentos son los mismos que para <code>\parbox</code>
-(<pxref label="_005cparbox"><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca <var>contenido</var> en la parte superior del cuadro.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">sangría de párrafos, en minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">sangría de párrafos, en minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<para>De forma predeterminada, en el entorno <code>minipage</code> los párrafos no
-tienen sangría. Usted puede restablecer la sangría con una instrucción
-tal como <code>\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;1pc&rbrace;</code>.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Lo coloca en el centro vertical.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Lo coloca en el fondo de la caja.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">s</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Estira <var>contenido</var> verticalmente; debe contener espacio elástico
+verticalmente.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>El argumento <var>inner-pos</var> tiene sentido cuando la opción
+<var>height</var> se establece en un valor mayor que la altura natural de
+<code>minipage</code>. Para ver el efecto de las opciones, ejecuta este
+ejemplo con las distintas opciones en lugar de <code>b</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Texto antes
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ ---\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[c][3in][b]&lbrace;0.25\textwidth&rbrace;
+ primero\\ segundo\\ tercero
+ \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+Texto después
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">sangría de párrafos, en minipágina</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">sangría, de párrafo en minipágina</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<para>De manera predeterminada, los párrafos no tienen sangría en una
+<code>minipage</code>. Cambio que con un comando como
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;1pc&rbrace;</code> en el inicio de
+<var>contenido</var>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">notas al pie en figuras</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">figuras, notas al pie en</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Las notas al pie en un entorno <code>minipage</code> se manejan de una
+manera que es particularmente útil para poner notas a pie de página en
+figuras o tablas. Para el comando <code>\footnote</code> o
+<code>\footnotetext</code> coloca la nota al pie en la parte inferior de la
+minipágina en lugar de en la parte inferior de la página, y usa el
+contador <code>\mpfootnote</code> en lugar del contador ordinario
+<code>footnote</code> (<pxref label="Contadores"><xrefnodename>Contadores</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto coloca la nota al pie en la parte inferior de la tabla, no en la
+parte inferior de la página.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">notas al pie en figuras</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">figuras, en notas al pie</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La notas al pie en un entorno <code>minipage</code> son manipuladas de una
-manera que es especialmente útil para poner notas en figuras o tablas.
-Una instrucción <code>\footnote</code> o <code>\footnotetext</code> coloca la nota
-al pie en la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte
-inferior de la página, y esta utiliza el contador <code>\mpfootnote</code> en
-lugar del contador normal <code>footnote</code> (<pxref label="Contadores"><xrefnodename>Contadores</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace; % centra la minipágina en la línea
+\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;2.5in&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;center&rbrace; % centra la tabla dentro de la minipágina
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;ll&rbrace;
+ \textsc&lbrace;Monarca&rbrace; &amp;\textsc&lbrace;Reinado&rbrace; \\ \hline
+ Isabel II &amp;96 años\footnote&lbrace;hasta su fallecimiento&rbrace; \\
+ Victoria &amp;63 años \\
+ Jorge III &amp;59 años
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;centro&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si anidas minipáginas, hay una rareza al usar notas al pie. Las notas
+al pie aparecen en la parte inferior del texto terminadas por la
+siguiente <code>\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;</code> que puede no ser su lugar lógico.
</para>
-<para>No obstante, no ponga una minipágina dentro de otra si usted está usando
-notas al pie; estas pueden terminar mal en la parte inferior de la
-minipágina.
+<para>Esto coloca una tabla que contiene datos al lado de un gráfico de
+mapa. Ellos están centrados verticalmente.
</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">% siunitx para tener el especificador de columna S,
+% que alinea los números en su punto decimal.
+\usepackage&lbrace;siunitx&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\vcenteredhbox&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;c&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;#1\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \vcenteredhbox&lbrace;\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]&lbrace;nyc.png&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \hspace&lbrace;0.1\textwidth&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;0.5\textwidth&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;r|S&rbrace;
+ % \multicolumn para eliminar la barra vertical entre los encabezados
+ % de las columnas
+ \multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;r&rbrace;&lbrace;Borough&rbrace; &amp;
+ % llaves para evitar que siunitx malinterprete el
+ % período como separador decimal
+ &lbrace;Pop. (million)&rbrace; \\ \hline
+ The Bronx &amp;1.5 \\
+ Brooklyn &amp;2.6 \\
+ Manhattan &amp;1.6 \\
+ Queens &amp;2.3 \\
+ Staten Island &amp;0.5
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
-<node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
+<node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">comillas y citas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217"><r>entorno</r> <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218"><code>picture</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">creando imágenes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">imágenes, creando</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">crear imágenes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">imágenes, crear</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para><example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)
+ <var>comando picture</var>
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(ancho,alto)(desplazamiento x,desplazamiento y)
-&dots; <var>instrucciones de imagen</var> &dots;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)(<var>xoffset</var>,<var>yoffset</var>)
+ <var>comando picture</var>
\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>picture</code> le permite crear casi cualquier clase de
-imagen que desee que contenga su texto, lineas, flechas y círculos.
-Usted le dice a &latex; dónde colocar las cosas en la imagen
-especificando sus coordenadas. Una coordenada es un número que puede
-tener un punto decimal y un signo menos &textmdash; un número como <code>5</code>,
-<code>0.3</code> o <code>-3.1416</code>. Una coordenada especifica una longitud en
-múltiplos de la unidad de longitud <code>\unitlength</code>, por lo que si
-<code>\unitlength</code> se ha establecido en <code>1cm</code>, entonces la
-coordenada 2.54 especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros. Sólo debe
-cambiar el valor de <code>\unitlength</code>, utilizando la instrucción
-<code>\setlength</code>, fuera del entorno <code>picture</code>.
-</para>
-<para>Una posición es un par de coordenadas, por ejemplo, <code>(2.4, -5)</code>,
-que especifican el punto con coordenada x <code>2.4</code> y coordenada y
-<code>-5</code>. Las coordenadas se especifican en la forma habitual con
-respecto a un origen, que normalmente está en la esquina inferior
-izquierda de la imagen. Tenga en cuenta que cuando una posición se
-presenta como un argumento, no se encierra entre llaves; los paréntesis
-sirven para delimitar el argumento.
-</para>
-<para>El entorno <code>picture</code> tiene un argumento obligatorio, el cual es una
-<code>posición</code>. este especifica el tamaño de la imagen. El entorno
-produce una caja rectangular con la anchura y altura determinada por los
-argumentos de las coordenadas x e y.
-</para>
-<para>El entorno <code>picture</code> también tiene un argumento opcional
-<code>posición</code>, seguido del argumento <code>tamaño</code>, que puede cambiar
-el origen. (A diferencia de los argumentos opcionales, este argumento
-no está contenido entre corchetes). El argumento opcional proporciona
-las coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen
-(con el cual se determina el origen). Por ejemplo, si
-<code>\unitlength</code> se ha fijado a <code>1mm</code>, la instrucción
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Donde puede haber cualquier número de <var>comando picture</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Un entorno para crear imágenes simples que contienen líneas, flechas,
+cuadros, círculos y texto. Este entorno no es obsoleto, sino que los
+nuevos documentos suelen utilizar sistemas de creación de gráficos
+mucho más potentes, como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o Asymptote.
+Ninguno de estos están cubiertos en este documento; ve CTAN.
+</para>
+<para>Para empezar, aquí hay un ejemplo que muestra la ley del paralelogramo
+para sumar vectores.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;1cm&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(6,6) % cuadro de imagen tendrá 6 cm de ancho por
+ % 6 cm de alto
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\vector(2,1)&lbrace;4&rbrace;&rbrace; % por cada 2 sobre este vector sube 1
+ \put(2,1)&lbrace;\makebox(0,0)[l]&lbrace;\ primer etapa&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \put(4,2)&lbrace;\vector(1,2)&lbrace;2&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \put(5,4)&lbrace;\makebox(0,0)[l]&lbrace;\ segunda etapa&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\vector(1,1)&lbrace;6&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \put(3,3)&lbrace;\makebox(0,0)[r]&lbrace;sum\ &rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El entorno <code>picture</code> tiene un argumento requerido, un par de
+números reales positivos (<var>width</var>, <var>height</var>). Multiplica
+estos por el valor de <code>\unitlength</code> para obtener el tamaño
+nominal de la salida, es decir, &noeos; el espacio que reserva &latex; en
+la página de salida. Este tamaño nominal no es necesario saber qué
+tan grande es realmente la imagen; &latex; dibujará cosas de picture
+fuera de la caja de la imagen.
+</para>
+<para>Este entorno también tiene un argumento opcional (<var>xoffset</var>,
+<var>yoffset</var>). Se utiliza para cambiar el origen. A diferencia de
+la mayoría de los argumentos opcionales, éste no está contenido entre
+corchetes. Al igual que con el argumento requerido, consiste en un
+par de dos números reales, pero estos también pueden ser negativos o
+nulos. Multiplica estos por <code>\unitlength</code> para obtener las
+coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si <code>\unitlength</code> se ha establecido en <code>1mm</code>, el
+comando
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(100,200)(10,20)
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>produce una imagen de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de
-altura, cuya esquina inferior izquierda está en el punto (10,20) y cuya
-esquina superior derecha está en el punto (110,220). La primera vez que
-haga un dibujo, normalmente se omite el argumento opcional, dejando el
-origen en el ángulo inferior izquierdo. Si a continuación desea
-modificar su imagen, trasladando todo, basta con añadir el argumento
-opcional apropiado.
-</para>
-<para>El argumento obligatorio del entorno determina el tamaño nominal de la
-imagen. Esta no necesita tener ninguna relación con el tamaño de la
-imagen real; Felizmente &latex; le permitirá poner cosas fuera de la
-imagen, o incluso fuera de la página. El tamaño nominal de la imagen lo
-utiliza &latex; para determinar cuánto espacio dejar para ello.
+<para>produce una caja de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de alto.
+El origen de la imagen es el punto (10mm, 20mm) y, por lo tanto, la
+esquina inferior izquierda está allí, y la esquina superior derecha
+está en (110mm, 220 mm). Cuando primero dibujes una imagen,
+normalmente omite el argumento opcional, dejando el origen en la
+esquina inferior izquierda. Si luego deseas modificar tu imagen
+cambiando todo, solo puedes agregar el argumento opcional apropiado.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343">posición, en imagen</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Cada <var>comando picture</var> le dice a &latex; dónde colocar algo
+proporcionando su posición. Una <dfn>position</dfn> es un par como
+<code>(2.4,-5)</code> dando las coordenadas x e y. Una <dfn>coordenada</dfn> no
+es una longitud, es un número real (puede tener un punto decimal o un
+signo menos). Eso especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad
+de longitud <code>\unitlength</code>, por lo que si <code>\unitlength</code> se ha
+establecido en <code>1cm</code>, entonces la coordenada <code>2.54</code>
+especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; para <code>\unitlength</code> es
+<code>1pt</code>. Es una longitud rígida (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Cámbialo
+con el comando <code>\setlength</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). Haz este
+cambio solo fuera de un entorno <code>picture</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El entorno <code>picture</code> admite el uso de expresiones aritméticas
+estándar como números.
+</para>
+<para>Las coordenadas se dan con respecto a un origen, que de manera
+predeterminada está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen.
+Ten en cuenta que cuando aparece una posición como argumento, como con
+<code>\put(1,2)&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>, no está encerrado entre llaves ya que los
+paréntesis sirven para delimitar el argumento. También, a diferencia
+de algunos sistemas de gráficos por ordenador, las coordenadas
+<code>y</code> más grandes son más arriba en la página, por ejemplo, <math>y
+= 1</math> es <emph>arriba</emph> <math>y = 0</math>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay cuatro formas de poner cosas en una imagen: <code>\put</code>,
+<code>\multiput</code>, <code>\qbezier</code> y <code>\graphpaper</code>. Más a menudo
+se usa <code>\put</code>. Este
</para>
-<para>Todo lo que aparece en una imagen es dibujado por la instrucción
-<code>\put</code>. La instrucción
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(11.3,-0.3)&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>coloca el objeto con su punto de referencia en las coordenadas
+<math>(11.3,-0.3)</math>. Los puntos de referencia para varios objetos
+serán descritos abajo.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">Caja LR</indexterm></findex>
+El comando <code>\put</code> crea un <dfn>LR box</dfn> (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+Cualquier cosa que pueda ir en un <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y
+\makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) puede ir en el argumento de texto del comando <code>\put</code>.
+El punto de referencia será la esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
+En esta imagen
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\put (11.3,-.3)&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;1cm&rbrace;
+...\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(1,1)
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\line(1,0)&lbrace;1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\line(1,1)&lbrace;1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>coloca el objeto especificado por <code>...</code> en la imagen, con su punto
-de referencia en las coordenadas <math>(11.3, -.3)</math>. Los puntos de
-referencia para distintos objetos se describen a continuación.
+<para>los tres puntos están ligeramente a la izquierda del punto del ángulo
+formado por las dos líneas. (Además, <code>\line(1,1)&lbrace;1&rbrace;</code> no
+requiere una línea de longitud uno; más bien la línea tiene un cambio
+en la coordenada x de 1).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220">caja lR</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\put</code> crea una <dfn>caja LR</dfn>. Puede poner
-cualquier cosa que vaya en una <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox"><xrefnodename>\mbox</xrefnodename></pxref>) en el
-argumento texto de la instrucción <code>\put</code>. Al hacer esto, el punto
-de referencia será la esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
+<para>Los comandos <code>\multiput</code>, <code>qbezier</code> y <code>graphpaper</code>
+están descritos abajo.
</para>
-<para>Las instrucciones para <code>picture</code> están descritas en las siguientes
-secciones.
+<para>También puedes utilizar este entorno para colocar material arbitrario
+en una ubicación exacta. Por ejemplo:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;color,graphicx&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+\setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;\textwidth&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(1,1) % deja espacio, ancho de \textwidth y alto
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]&lbrace;desertedisland.jpg&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \put(0.25,0.35)&lbrace;\textcolor&lbrace;red&rbrace;&lbrace;Guarda X aquí&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La red&nbsp;X será precisamente una cuarta parte del <code>\textwidth</code>
+de el margen izquierdo y <code>0.35\textwidth</code> hacia arriba desde la
+parte inferior de la imagen. Otro ejemplo de este uso es poner un
+código similar en el encabezado de página para obtener material
+repetido en cada una de las páginas de un documento.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\circle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja un círculo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makebox (picture)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja un cuadro del tamaño especificado.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\framebox (picture)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una caja rodeada con un marco.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\dashbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja un cuadro de líneas discontinuas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frame</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja un marco alrededor de un objeto.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\line</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea recta.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\linethickness</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ajusta el grosor de la línea.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thicklines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Una línea de espesor más grueso.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thinlines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">El grosor de la línea predeterminado.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\put</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Coloca un objeto en un lugar específico.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\multiput</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja varias instancias de un objeto.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\oval</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una elipse.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\put</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Coloca un objeto en un determinado lugar.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\shortstack</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace un montón de objetos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\qbezier</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una curva B<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">e</accent>zier cuadrática.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\graphpaper</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja la gráfica en papel.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\line</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea recta.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\linethickness</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece el grosor de las líneas horizontales
+ y verticales.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thinlines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">El grosor de línea predeterminado.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thicklines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Un grosor de línea más pesado.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\circle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja un circulo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\oval</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja un óvalo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\shortstack</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace una pila de objetos.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\vector</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea con una flecha.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makebox (picture)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una caja del tamaño especificado.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\framebox (picture)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una caja con un marco alrededor.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frame</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja un marco alrededor de un objeto.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\dashbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja un cuadro punteado.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="221">\circle</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\circle[*]&lbrace;<var>diámetro</var>&rbrace;
-</pre></example>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\circle</code> produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más
-cercano posible al especificado. La forma con <code>*</code> de la
-instrucción dibuja un círculo sólido.
-</para>
-<para>Se pueden dibujar círculos de hasta 40 pt.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-
-</subsection>
-<node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222">\makebox (<code>picture</code>)</indexterm></findex>
-
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox(<var>ancho</var>,<var>alto</var>)[<var>posición</var>]&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(<var>xcoord</var>,<var>ycoord</var>)&lbrace;<var>content</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\makebox</code> para el entorno <code>picture</code> es similar a la
-instrucción normal <code>\makebox</code> excepto que usted debe especificar el
-<var>ancho</var> y <var>alto</var> en múltiplos de <code>\unitlength</code>.
+<para>Coloca <var>content</var> en la coordenada (<var>xcoord</var>,<var>ycoord</var>). Ve
+la discusión de coordenadas y <code>\unitlength</code> en <ref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</xrefnodename></ref>. El
+<var>contenido</var> se procesa en modo LR (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>) por lo que no
+puede contener saltos de línea.
</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional, <code>[<var>posición</var>]</code>, especifica el cuadrante en el
-que debe aparecer el <var>texto</var>. Usted puede seleccionar hasta dos de los
-siguientes:
+<para>Esto incluye el texto en la <code>picture</code>.
</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve el elemento a la parte superior del rectángulo.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve el elemento a la parte inferior.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve el elemento a la izquierda.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve el elemento hacia la derecha.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(4.5,2.5)&lbrace;Aplica el \textit&lbrace;unpoke&rbrace; move&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para><xref label="_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\makebox</xrefnodename></xref>.
+<para>El punto de referencia, la ubicación (4.5,2.5), es la parte inferior
+izquierda del texto, en la parte inferior izquierda de <samp>A</samp>.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="223">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\qbezier</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\framebox(<var>ancho</var>,<var>alto</var>)[<var>posición</var>]&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\multiput(<var>x</var>,<var>y</var>)(<var>delta_x</var>,<var>delta_y</var>)&lbrace;<var>num-copies</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>obj</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\framebox</code> es como <code>\makebox</code> (vea la sección
-anterior), excepto que esta coloca un marco en el exterior alrededor de
-la caja que crea.
+<para>Copia <var>obj</var> un total de <var>num-copies</var> veces, con un incremento
+de <var>delta_x,delta_y</var>. El <var>obj</var> aparece primero en la posición
+<math>(x,y)</math>, entonces en <math>(x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y)</math>, y así
+sucesivamente.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="225">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\framebox</code> produce una regla de espesor
-<code>\fboxrule</code>, y deja un espacio <code>\fboxsep</code> entre la regla y el
-contenido de la caja.
+<para>Esto dibuja una cuadrícula simple con cada quinta línea en negrita (ve
+también <ref label="_005cgraphpaper"><xrefnodename>\graphpaper</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(10,10)
+ \linethickness&lbrace;0.05mm&rbrace;
+ \multiput(0,0)(1,0)&lbrace;10&rbrace;&lbrace;\line(0,1)&lbrace;10&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,1)&lbrace;10&rbrace;&lbrace;\line(1,0)&lbrace;10&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \linethickness&lbrace;0.5mm&rbrace;
+ \multiput(0,0)(5,0)&lbrace;3&rbrace;&lbrace;\line(0,1)&lbrace;10&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,5)&lbrace;3&rbrace;&lbrace;\line(1,0)&lbrace;10&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005cqbezier" spaces=" "><nodename>\qbezier</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\qbezier</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Dibuja un cuadro con una línea discontinua. Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\dashbox&lbrace;<var>glargo</var>&rbrace;(<var>rancho</var>,<var>ralto</var>)[<var>posición</var>]&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\qbezier(<var>x1</var>,<var>y1</var>)(<var>x2</var>,<var>y2</var>)(<var>x3</var>,<var>y3</var>)
+\qbezier[<var>num</var>](<var>x1</var>,<var>y1</var>)(<var>x2</var>,<var>y2</var>)(<var>x3</var>,<var>y3</var>)
</pre></example>
-<para><code>\dashbox</code> crea un rectángulo discontinuo alrededor del <var>texto</var>
-en un entorno <code>picture</code>. Los guiones son de <var>glargo</var> unidades
-de largo, y el rectángulo tiene una anchura total de <var>rancho</var> y una
-altura de <var>ralto</var>. El <var>texto</var> es posicionado en la
-<var>posición</var> opcional. <!-- c xx ref a posiciones. -->
+<para>Dibuja una curva de Bézier cuadrática cuyos puntos de control estén
+dados por tres argumentos requeridos <code>(<var>x1</var>,<var>y1</var>)</code>,
+<code>(<var>x2</var>,<var>y2</var>)</code> y <code>(<var>x3</var>,<var>y3</var>)</code>. Eso es, la
+curva va de <var>(x1,y1)</var> a <var>(x3,y3)</var>, es cuadrática y es tal que
+la recta tangente en <var>(x1,y1)</var> pasa por <var>(x2,y2)</var>, al igual
+que la recta tangente en <var>(x3,y3)</var>.
</para>
-<para>Un cuadro de líneas discontinuas se ve mejor cuando <var>rancho</var> y
-<var>ralto</var> son múltiplos de <var>glargo</var>.
+<para>Esto dibuja una curva desde la coordenada (1,1) a (1,0).
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\qbezier(1,1)(1.25,0.75)(1,0)
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La línea tangente de la curva en (1,1) contiene (1.25,0.75), al igual
+que la recta tangente de la curva en (1,0).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>num</var> da el número de cálculos de puntos
+intermedios. El valor predeterminado es dibujar una curva suave cuyo
+número máximo de puntos es <code>\qbeziermax</code> (cambia este valor con
+<code>\renewcommand</code>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto dibuja un rectángulo con una parte superior ondulada, usando
+<code>\qbezier</code> para esa curva
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(8,4)
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\vector(1,0)&lbrace;8&rbrace;&rbrace; % eje x
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\vector(0,1)&lbrace;4&rbrace;&rbrace; % eje y
+ \put(2,0)&lbrace;\line(0,1)&lbrace;3&rbrace;&rbrace; % lado izquierdo
+ \put(4,0)&lbrace;\line(0,1)&lbrace;3.5&rbrace;&rbrace; % lado derecho
+ \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25)
+ \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5)
+ \thicklines % debajo de aquí, las líneas son el
+ % doble de gruesas
+ \put(2,3)&lbrace;\line(4,1)&lbrace;2&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \put(4.5,2.5)&lbrace;\framebox&lbrace;Regla trapezoidal&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\dashbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="227">\frame</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cgraphpaper" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphpaper</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\qbezier</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphpaper</code></sectiontitle>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\frame&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\graphpaper(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>)
+\graphpaper[<var>spacing</var>](<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>)
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\frame</code> coloca un marco rectangular alrededor de
-<var>texto</var>. El punto de referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda
-del marco. No añade espacio extra entre el marco y el objeto.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Dibuja una cuadrícula de coordenadas. Requiere el
+paquete <code>graphpap</code>. El origen de la cuadrícula es
+<code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>. Las líneas de la cuadrícula
+vienen cada <var>spacing</var> unidades (el valor predeterminado es 10).
+La cuadrícula extiende <var>x_dimen</var> unidades hacia la derecha y
+<var>y_dimen</var> unidades hacia arriba. Todos los argumentos deben ser
+números enteros positivos.
+</para>
+<para>Esto crea una cuadrícula con siete líneas verticales y once líneas
+horizontales.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;graphpap&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(6,20) % en el cuerpo del documento
+ \graphpaper[2](0,0)(12,20)
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Las líneas están numeradas cada diez unidades.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228">\line</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\line(<var>declivex</var>,<var>declivey</var>)&lbrace;<var>longitud</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\line(<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)&lbrace;<var>travel</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\line</code> dibuja una línea con la <var>longitud</var> dada
-y declive <var>declivex</var>/<var>declivey</var>.
+<para>Dibuja una línea. Tiene una pendiente tal que sube verticalmente
+<var>y_rise</var> para cada <var>x_run</var> horizontal. El <var>travel</var> es el
+cambio horizontal total &textmdash; no es la longitud del vector, es el cambio
+en <math>x</math>. En el caso especial de las líneas verticales, donde
+(<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), <var>travel</var> da el cambio en
+<math>y</math>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto dibuja una línea que comienza en las coordenadas (1,3).
</para>
-<para>&latex; estándar únicamente puede dibujar líneas con
-<math><var>declive</var> = x/y</math>, donde <math>x</math> y <math>y</math> tienen valores
-enteros desde &minus;6 hasta&nbsp;6. Para líneas de cualquier declive,
-por no hablar de otras formas, vea el paquete <code>curve2e</code> y muchos,
-muchos otros paquetes en CTAN.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(1,3)&lbrace;\line(2,5)&lbrace;4&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Por cada más de 2, esta línea aumentará 5. Porque <var>travel</var>
+especifica que esto pasa de 4, debe subir a&nbsp;10. Por lo tanto, su
+punto final es <math>(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13)</math>. En particular, ten en
+cuenta que <math><var>travel</var>=4</math> no es la longitud de la línea, es el
+cambio en <math>x</math>.
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos <var>x_run</var> y <var>y_rise</var> son números enteros que se
+pueden positivo, negativo o cero. (Si ambos son 0 entonces &latex;
+trata el segundo como 1). Con
+<code>\put(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)&lbrace;\line(<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)&lbrace;<var>travel</var>&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>,
+si <var>x_run</var> es negativo, el punto final de la línea tiene una
+primer coordenada menor que <var>x_init</var>. Si <var>y_rise</var> es negativo
+entonces el punto final de la línea tiene una segunda coordenada que
+es menor que <var>y_init</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Si <var>travel</var> es negativo, obtendrás <code>Error de LaTeX: \line
+incorrecta o el argumento \vector.</code>
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">paquetes gráficos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>&latex; estándar solo puede
+dibujar líneas con un rango limitado de pendientes porque estas rectas
+se forman juntando segmentos de recta de letras prefabricadas. Los
+dos números <var>x_run</var> y <var>y_rise</var> deben tener valores enteros
+desde &minus;6 hasta&nbsp;6. Asimismo, deben ser relativamente
+primos, por lo que <var>(x_run,y_rise)</var> puede ser (2,1) pero no (4,2)
+(si eliges el último, en lugar de líneas obtiene secuencias de puntas
+de flecha; la solución es cambiar a la primera). Para obtener lineas
+de pendiente arbitraria y muchas otras formas en un sistema como
+<code>picture</code>, ve el paquete <code>pict2e</code>
+(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</urefurl></url>). Otra solución es usar un sistema
+de gráficos completo como TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost o Asymptote.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="229">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\linethickness&lbrace;<var>espesor</var>&rbrace;</code> declara el grosor
-de las líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture para que
-sean de <var>espesor</var>, el cual debe ser una longitud positiva.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para><code>\linethickness</code> no afecta el espesor de las líneas inclinadas,
-círculos o los cuartos de círculo dibujados por <code>\oval</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\linethickness&lbrace;<var>dim</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Declara el grosor de las líneas horizontales y verticales
+subsiguientes en una imagen debe ser <var>dim</var>, que debe tener una
+longitud positiva (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Se diferencia de
+<code>\thinlines</code> y <code>\thicklines</code> en el sentido de que no afecta
+el grosor de las líneas inclinadas, círculos u óvalos (<pxref label="_005coval"><xrefnodename>\oval</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\thicklines</code> es un espesor de línea alternativo
-para líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture;
-compárese&nbsp;<ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></ref> y <ref label="_005cthinlines"><xrefnodename>\thinlines</xrefnodename></ref>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn>. Este es el
+valor predeterminado de grosor, por lo que este comando es innecesario
+a menos que el grosor haya cambiado con <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></ref> o
+<ref label="_005cthicklines"><xrefnodename>\thicklines</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\circle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\thinlines</code> es el espesor de línea predeterminado
-para líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture;
-compárese&nbsp;<ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></ref> y <ref label="_005cthicklines"><xrefnodename>\thicklines</xrefnodename></ref>.
+<para>Declaración para establecer el grosor de líneas, círculos y óvalos
+posteriores en un entorno picture para ser 0.8<dmn>pt</dmn>. Ve también
+<ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></ref> y <ref label="_005cthinlines"><xrefnodename>\thinlines</xrefnodename></ref>. Este comando se ilustra en
+el ejemplo de regla trapezoidal de <ref label="_005cqbezier"><xrefnodename>\qbezier</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
-</para><example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\multiput(<var>x</var>,<var>y</var>)(<var>delta_x</var>,<var>delta_y</var>)&lbrace;<var>n</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>obj</var>&rbrace;
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\circle&lbrace;<var>diameter</var>&rbrace;
+\circle*&lbrace;<var>diameter</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más cercano posible al
+especificado. La forma <code>*</code>&nbsp;produce un círculo relleno.
+</para>
+<para>Esto dibuja un círculo de radio 6, centrado en <code>(5,7)</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(5,7)&lbrace;\circle&lbrace;6&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\multiput</code> copia el objeto <var>obj</var> en un patrón
-regular entre imágenes. primero se coloca <var>obj</var> en la posición
-<math>(x,y)</math>, luego en la posición <math>(x+\delta x,y+\delta y)</math> y así
-sucesivamente, <var>n</var> veces.
+<para>Los radios disponibles para <code>\circle</code> son, en puntos, los números
+pares del 2 al 20, ambos inclusive. Para <code>\circle*</code> son todos
+los números enteros del 1 al 15.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\put</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233">\oval</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\oval(<var>ancho</var>,<var>alto</var>)[<var>porción</var>]
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\oval(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)
+\oval(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)[<var>portion</var>]
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\oval</code> produce un rectángulo con esquinas
-redondeadas. El argumento opcional <var>porción</var> le permite seleccionar
-la parte del óvalo vía las siguientes letras:
+<para>Produce un rectángulo con esquinas redondeadas, en lo sucesivo
+denominado <dfn>oval</dfn>. El argumento opcional <var>portion</var> te permite
+producir sólo la mitad o un cuarto del óvalo. Para medio óvalo toma
+<var>portion</var> para que sea uno de estos.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>selecciona la parte superior;
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>mitad superior (top)
</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>selecciona la parte inferior;
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>mitad inferior (bottom)
</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>selecciona la parte derecha;
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>mitad derecha (right)
</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>selecciona la parte izquierda.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>mitad izquierda (left)
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>Las &textldquo;esquinas&textrdquo; del óvalo se hacen con cuartos de círculo con un radio
-máximo de 20<dmn>pt</dmn>, por lo tanto los &textldquo;óvalos&textrdquo; grandes se parecen más
-a cajas con esquinas redondeadas.
+<para>Produce solo un cuarto del óvalo configurando en <var>portion</var> en
+<code>tr</code>, <code>br</code>, <code>bl</code> o <code>tl</code>.
</para>
+<para>Esto dibuja la mitad superior de un óvalo de 3 de ancho y 7 de alto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(5,7)&lbrace;\oval(3,7)[t]&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-</subsection>
-<node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle>
-
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234">\put</indexterm></findex>
-
-<para><code>\put(<var>xcoord</var>,<var>ycoord</var>)&lbrace; ... &rbrace;</code>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El (5,7) es el centro de todo el óvalo, no solo el centro de la mitad
+superior.
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\put</code> coloca el elemento especificado por el
-argumento obligatorio en las coordenadas <var>xcoord</var> e
-<var>ycoord</var> proporcionadas.
+<para>Estas formas no son elipses. Son rectángulos cuyas esquinas están
+hechas con cuartos de círculo. Estos círculos tienen un radio máximo
+de 20<dmn>pt</dmn> (<pxref label="_005ccircle"><xrefnodename>\circle</xrefnodename></pxref> para los tamaños). Por lo tanto, los
+óvalos grandes son solo Marcos con una pequeña cantidad de esquinas
+redondeadas.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\shortstack[<var>posición</var>]&lbrace;...\\...\\...&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\shortstack[<var>position</var>]&lbrace;<var>line 1</var> \\ ... &rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\shortstack</code> produce un montón de objetos. Las
-posiciones válidas son:
+<para>Produce una pila vertical de objetos.
+</para>
+<para>Esto etiqueta el eje <math>y</math> escribiendo la palabra <samp><math>y</math></samp>
+arriba de la palabra <samp>eje</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;1cm&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(5,2.5)(-0.75,0)
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\vector(1,0)&lbrace;4&rbrace;&rbrace; % eje x
+ \put(0,0)&lbrace;\vector(0,1)&lbrace;2&rbrace;&rbrace; % y
+ \put(-0.2,2)&lbrace;\makebox(0,0)[r]&lbrace;\shortstack[r]&lbrace;$y$\\ ejes&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Para una pila pequeña, el punto de referencia es la parte inferior
+izquierda de la pila. En el ejemplo anterior, el <code>\makebox</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) pone la pila se alinea a la derecha en un
+cuadro de ancho cero, por lo que en total la pila corta se encuentra
+ligeramente a la izquierda del eje&nbsp;<math>y</math>.
+</para>
+<para>Los puestos válidos son:
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve los objetos a la derecha de la pila.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la derecha
</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve los objetos a la izquierda de la pila
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hace que los objetos queden alineados a la izquierda
</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve los objetos hacia el centro de la pila (predeterminado)
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Centra objetos (predeterminado)
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236">\\ <r>(para objetos <code>\shortstack</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>Los objetos son separados con <code>\\</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para objetos <code>\shortstack</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Separa los objetos en líneas con <code>\\</code>. Estas pilas son cortas en
+que, a diferencia de un entorno <code>tabular</code> o <code>array</code>, aquí
+las filas no están espaciadas para tener saltos de línea base
+uniformes. Así, en <code>\shortstack&lbrace;X\\o\\o\\X&rbrace;</code> la primera y la
+última fila son más altas que los dos medios, y por lo tanto la línea
+base salta entre los dos medios filas es más pequeña que la que hay
+entre la tercera y la última fila. Puedes ajustar las alturas y
+profundidades de las filas ya sea colocando la interlínea habitual
+espaciado con <code>\shortstack&lbrace;X\\ \strut o\\o\\X&rbrace;</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>), o explícitamente, a través de un cuadro de ancho
+cero <code>\shortstack&lbrace;X \\ \rule&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;&lbrace;12pt&rbrace; o\\o\\X&rbrace;</code> o
+mediante el uso opcional de <code>\\</code> argumento
+<code>\shortstack&lbrace;X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\shortstack</code> también está disponible fuera del
+entorno <code>picture</code>.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237">\vector</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<!-- c vincentb1 20140824 please replace @comma{} by , when accepting @vincentb macro -->
-<!-- c vincentb1, also @backslashchar{} can be replaced by \ -->
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">&backslashchar;vector(<var>declivex</var>&comma;<var>declivey</var>)&lbrace;<var>longitud</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\vector(<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)&lbrace;<var>travel</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\vector</code> dibuja una línea con una flecha de la
-longitud y declive especificados. Los valores
-<math><var>declivex</var></math> i <math><var>declivey</var></math> deben
-estar entre &minus;4 y +4 incluido.
+<para>Dibuja una línea que termine en una flecha. La pendiente de esa recta
+es: sube verticalmente <var>y_rise</var> por cada <var>x_run</var> horizontal.
+Los <var>travel</var> es el cambio horizontal total &textmdash; no es la longitud
+del vector, es el cambio en <math>x</math>. En el caso especial de vectores
+verticales, si (<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), entonces <var>travel</var>
+da el cambio en <math>y</math>.
+</para>
+<para>Para ver un ejemplo, <ref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener más detalles sobre <var>x_run</var> y <var>y_rise</var>, consulta
+<ref label="_005cline"><xrefnodename>\line</xrefnodename></ref>. Como allí, los valores de <var>x_run</var> y <var>y_rise</var>
+están limitados. Para <code>\vector</code> debes elegir números enteros
+entre &minus;4 y 4, inclusive. Además, los dos que elijas deben ser
+relativamente primos. De este modo, <code>\vector(2,1)&lbrace;4&rbrace;</code> es
+aceptable pero <code>\vector(4,2)&lbrace;4&rbrace;</code> no es (si usas este último,
+obtendrás una secuencia de puntas de flecha).
</para>
</subsection>
-</section>
-<node name="quotation" spaces=" "><nodename>quotation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vector</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238"><r>entorno</r> <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239"><code>quotation</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">mostrando texto citado con sangría de párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">sangrías de párrafo en texto citado</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(para <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
-<var>texto</var>
-\end&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>)&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\makebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>)[<var>position</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>A los márgenes del entorno <code>quotation</code> se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
+<para>Hace un cuadro para contener <var>text</var>. Este comando encaja con el
+entorno <code>picture</code>, aunque los puedes usar fuera de allí, porque
+<var>rec-width</var> y <var>rec-height</var> son números que especifican
+distancias en términos de <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</xrefnodename></pxref>). Este
+comando es similar al comando <code>\makebox</code> normal (<pxref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y
+\makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>), excepto que aquí debes especificar el ancho y el alto.
+Este el comando es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto hace una caja de longitud 3.5 veces <code>\unitlength</code> y altura 4
+veces <code>\unitlength</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(1,2)&lbrace;\makebox(3.5,4)&lbrace;...&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El argumento opcional <code><var>position</var></code> especifica dónde aparece
+el <var>text</var> en el cuadro. El valor predeterminado es centrarlo,
+tanto horizontal como verticalmente. Para colocarlo en otro lugar,
+usa una cadena con una o dos de estas letras.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Pone <var>text</var> en la parte superior de la caja.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Pone <var>text</var> en la parte inferior.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Pone el <var>text</var> a la izquierda.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Pone el <var>text</var> a la derecha.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\framebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>)&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\framebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>)[<var>position</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Esto es lo mismo que <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> excepto que pone un
+marco alrededor del exterior de la caja que crea. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. Este comando
+encaja con el entorno <code>picture</code>, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de
+allí, porque las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia
+en términos de <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</xrefnodename></pxref>). Este comando es
+frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo crea un marco de 2.5&nbsp;pulgadas por 3&nbsp;pulgadas y
+coloca el texto en el centro.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;1in&rbrace;
+\framebox(2.5,3)&lbrace;test text&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los argumentos requeridos son que el rectángulo tiene un ancho total
+de <var>rect-width</var> unidades y una altura de <var>rect-height</var>
+unidades.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>position</var> especifica la posición de
+<var>text</var>; <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> para los valores que puede tomar.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
+<para>La regla tiene <code>\fboxrule</code> de grosor y hay un espacio en blanco
+<code>\fboxsep</code> entre el marco y el contenido de la caja.
+</para>
+<para>Para este comando, debes especificar <var>width</var> y <var>height</var>. Si
+solo quieres poner un marco alrededor de algún contenido cuya
+dimensión está determinada de alguna otra manera, entonces usa
+<code>\fbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox"><xrefnodename>\fbox y \framebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) o <code>\frame</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cframe"><xrefnodename>\frame</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <code>quote</code>, cada párrafo normalmente tiene
-sangría.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\frame&lbrace;<var>contenido</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Pone un marco rectangular alrededor de <var>content</var>. El punto de
+referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del marco. En contraste
+con <code>\framebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\framebox (picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>), este comando no
+pone espacio adicional entre el marco y el objeto. es frágil
+(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\dashbox&lbrace;<var>dash-len</var>&rbrace;(<var>rect-width</var>,<var>rect-height</var>)&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\dashbox&lbrace;<var>dash-len</var>&rbrace;(<var>rect-width</var>,<var>rect-height</var>)[<var>position</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Crea un rectángulo punteado alrededor de <var>text</var>. Este comando
+encaja con el entorno <code>picture</code>, aunque lo puedes usar fuera de
+allí, porque las longitudes son números que especifican la distancia
+en términos de <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos requeridos son: los guiones son <var>dash-len</var> unidades
+de largo, con el mismo espacio de longitud, y el rectángulo tiene un
+ancho total de <var>rect-width</var> unidades y una altura de
+<var>rect-height</var> unidades.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>position</var> especifica la posición de
+<var>text</var>; <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> para los valores que puede tomar.
+</para>
+<para>Esto muestra que puedes usar un valor no entero para <var>dash-len</var>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(0,0)&lbrace;\dashbox&lbrace;0.1&rbrace;(5,0.5)&lbrace;Mi aerodeslizador está lleno de
+anguilas.&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Cada guión tendrá una longitud de <code>0.1\unitlength</code>, el ancho del
+cuadro es <code>5\unitlength</code> y su altura es <code>0.5\unitlength</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Como en ese ejemplo, un cuadro discontinuo se ve mejor cuando
+<var>rect-width</var> y <var>rect-height</var> son múltiplos de <var>dash-len</var>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
-<node name="quote" spaces=" "><nodename>quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">quotation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quote</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="comillas-y-citas" spaces=" "><nodename>comillas y citas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> y <code>quote</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="quotation">quotation</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">mostrar texto citado con sangría de párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">sangría de párrafo en el texto citado</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="quote">quote</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240"><r>entorno</r> <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241"><code>quote</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">mostrando texto citado sin sangría de párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">mostrar texto citado sin sangría de párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+ <var>text</var>
+\end&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;quote&rbrace;
-<var>texto</var>
+ <var>text</var>
\end&lbrace;quote&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>A los márgenes del entorno <code>quote</code> se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
+<para>Incluye una comilla. Ambos entornos sangran los márgenes en ambos
+lados por <code>\leftmargin</code> y el texto está justificado a la derecha.
</para>
-<para>A diferencia del entorno <code>quotation</code>, a los párrafos no se les
-aplica una sangría.
+<para>Se diferencian en cómo tratan los párrafos. En el entorno
+<code>quotation</code>, los párrafos tienen una sangría de 1.5<dmn>em</dmn> y el
+espacio entre párrafos es pequeño, <code>0pt plus 1pt</code>. En el entorno
+<code>quote</code>, los párrafos no tienen sangría y hay espacio vertical
+entre párrafos (es la longitud elástica <code>\parsep</code>).
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;quotation&rbrace; \smallskip\it
+ Hace cuatro veintenas y siete años
+ ... no se pierde de la tierra.
+ \hspace&lbrace;1em plus 1fill&rbrace;---Abraham Lincoln
+\end&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
-<node name="tabbing" spaces=" "><nodename>tabbing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">quote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
+<node name="tabbing" spaces=" "><nodename>tabbing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">comillas y citas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabbing</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242"><r>entorno</r> <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243"><code>tabbing</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">tabulaciones, utilizando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">alineando texto en columnas con tabulaciones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">alineando a través de tabulación</indexterm></cindex>
+<!-- c xx TODO se alinea con el francés, que es más preciso y tiene -->
+<!-- c ejemplos más ilustrativos. -->
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">tabulaciones, usando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">alinear el texto usando tabulaciones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">alineación mediante tabulación</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;
-<var>fila1col1</var> \= <var>fila1col2</var> \= <var>fila1col3</var> \= <var>fila1col4</var> \\
-<var>fila2col1</var> \&gt; \&gt; <var>fila2col3</var> \\
+<var>row1col1</var> \= <var>row1col2</var> ... \\
+<var>row2col1</var> \&gt; <var>row2col2</var> ... \\
...
\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>tabbing</code> proporciona una manera de alinear el texto en
-columnas. Funciona mediante el establecimiento de tabuladores y
-tabulación tanto como si se hubiera hecho en una máquina de escribir
-común. Es el más adecuado para los casos en que el ancho de cada
-columna es constante y conocido de antemano.
+<para>Alinea el texto en columnas, configurando tabulaciones y tabulando en
+ellas tanto como fue posible en una máquina de escribir. Esto se usa
+con menos frecuencia que los entornos <code>tabular</code> (<pxref label="tabular"><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></pxref>)
+o <code>array</code> (<pxref label="array"><xrefnodename>array</xrefnodename></pxref>) porque en esos, el ancho de cada
+columna no necesita ser constante y no es necesario conocerlo de
+antemano.
</para>
-<para>Este entorno se puede dividir en varias páginas, a diferencia del
-entorno <code>tabular</code>.
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene una primera línea donde las tabulaciones se
+establecen en anchos explícitos, terminados por un comando
+<code>\kill</code> (que se describe a continuación):
</para>
-<para>Las siguientes instrucciones se pueden utilizar dentro de un entorno
-<code>tabbing</code>:
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;
+\hspace&lbrace;1.2in&rbrace;\=\hspace&lbrace;1in&rbrace;\=\kill
+Ship \&gt;Armas \&gt;Año \\
+\textit&lbrace;Sophie&rbrace; \&gt;14 \&gt;1800 \\
+\textit&lbrace;Polychrest&rbrace; \&gt;24 \&gt;1803 \\
+\textit&lbrace;Lively&rbrace; \&gt;38 \&gt;1804 \\
+\textit&lbrace;Surprise&rbrace; \&gt;28 \&gt;1805 \\
+\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Tanto el entorno <code>tabbing</code> como el entorno más utilizado
+<code>tabular</code> ponen el texto en columnas. La más importante
+distinción es que en <code>tabular</code> el ancho de las columnas &latex;
+lo determina automáticamente, mientras que en <code>tabbing</code> el
+usuario establece las paradas de tabulación. Otra distinción es que
+ese <code>tabular</code> genera un cuadro, pero <code>tabbing</code> se puede a
+dividir en páginas. Finalmente, mientras que <code>tabular</code> se puede
+usar en cualquier modo, <code>tabbing</code> se puede usar solo en modo
+párrafo y siempre comienza un nuevo párrafo, sin sangría.
+</para>
+<para>Además, como se muestra en el ejemplo anterior, no es necesario para
+usar la forma destacada del comando <code>\hspace</code> al principio de una
+fila tabulada. El margen derecho del entorno <code>tabbing</code> es el
+final de la línea, de modo que el ancho del entorno sea
+<code>\linewidth</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">fila, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El entorno <code>tabbing</code> contiene una secuencia de <dfn>filas
+tabuladas</dfn>. La primera fila tabulada comienza inmediatamente después
+<code>\begin&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;</code> y cada fila termina con <code>\\</code> o
+<code>\kill</code>. La última fila puede omitir el <code>\\</code> y terminar con
+solo <code>\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">patrón, tabulaciones actuales, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para>En cualquier punto, el entorno <code>tabbing</code> tiene un <dfn>patrón</dfn> de
+tabulación actual, una secuencia de tabulaciones <math><var>n</var> &gt; 0</math>,
+numeradas 0, 1, etc. Estos crean <var>n</var> columnas correspondientes.
+Tabulaciones&nbsp;0 siempre es el margen izquierdo, definido por el
+entorno envolvente. Tabulación número&nbsp;<var>i</var> se establece si se
+le asigna una posición horizontal en la página. Número de
+tabulación&nbsp;<var>i</var> solo se puede establecer si todas las paradas
+0, &dots;, <math>i-1</math> ya se han configurado; normalmente las paradas
+posteriores están a la derecha de las anteriores.
+</para>
+<para>De forma predeterminada, cualquier texto compuesto en un entorno
+<code>tabbing</code> está compuesto alineado de forma irregular a la derecha
+y a la izquierda en la tabulación actual. La composición tipográfica
+está hecha en modo LR (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro de un entorno
+<code>tabbing</code>. Todos son frágiles (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="244">\\ <r>tabbing</r></indexterm>\\ <r>tabbing</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Final de línea.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabulación)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabulación)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Termina una línea tabulada y la compone.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="245">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabulación)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabulación)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Establece una tabulación en la posición actual.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="246">\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp">\&gt; <r>(tabulación)</r></indexterm>\&gt; <r>(tabulación)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
<para>Avanza a la siguiente tabulación.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="248">\&lt;</indexterm>\&lt;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin necesidad
-de cambiar el margen). Sólo se puede usar al comienzo de la línea.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="249">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve hacia la derecha el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todas las
-subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, empezando la línea de
-tabulación, de ser necesario.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="250">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve el margen izquierdo hacia la izquierda de la siguiente y todas las
-subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, comenzando con la línea de
-tabulación si es necesario.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="251">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve todo lo que ha escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es decir,
-cualquier cosa desde la instrucción <code>\&gt;</code>, <code>\&lt;</code>, <code>\'</code>,
-<code>\\</code> o <code>\kill</code> más reciente, a la derecha de la columna
-anterior, a ras de la tabulación de la columna actual.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="252">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Permite poner texto alineado a la derecha contra cualquier tabulación,
-incluyendo la tabulación&nbsp;0. Sin embargo, no puede mover el texto a
-la derecha de la última columna porque allí no hay tabulación. La
-instrucción <code>\`</code> mueve todo el texto que le sigue, hasta la
-instrucción <code>\\</code> o <code>\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;</code> que termina la línea, al
-margen derecho del entorno tabbing. No debe haber instrucción <code>\&gt;</code>
-o <code>\'</code> entre el <code>\`</code> y la instrucción que termina la línea.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="253">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254">\a' <r>(acento agudo en tabulación)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255">\a` <r>(acento grave en tabulación)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256">\a= <r>(acento macrón en tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>En un entorno <code>tabbing</code>, las instrucciones <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> y
-<code>\`</code> no producen acentos en la manera usual (<pxref label="Acentos"><xrefnodename>Acentos</xrefnodename></pxref>). En
-su lugar, se utilizan estas instrucciones <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> y
-<code>\a`</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="257">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Fija una tabulación sin producir texto. Trabaja igual que <code>\\</code>
-salvo que esta desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir algo útil.
-El efecto de cualquier instrucción <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> o <code>\-</code> en
-esa línea seguirá en vigor.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="258">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Restaura las posiciones de tabulación salvadas por la última
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\&lt;</indexterm>\&lt;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Pone el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin cambiar
+el margen). Solo se puede utilizar al principio de la línea.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+comandos una tabulación a la derecha, comenzando la línea tabulada si
+es necesario.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todos los siguientes
+comandos una tabulación a la izquierda, comenzando la línea tabulada
+si es necesario.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabulación)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabulación)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mueve todo lo que hayas escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es
+decir, todo, desde el comando <code>\&gt;</code> más reciente, <code>\&lt;</code>,
+<code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, o <code>\kill</code>, a la columna anterior y alineado
+a la derecha, al ras contra la tabulación de la columna actual.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabulación)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabulación)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Te permite poner el texto al ras contra cualquier tabulación,
+incluidas las tabulaciones&nbsp;0. Sin embargo, no puedes mover el
+texto a la derecha de la última columna porque no hay una tabulación
+allí. El comando <code>\`</code> mueve todo el texto que le sigue, hasta el
+comando <code>\\</code> o <code>\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;</code> que finaliza la línea, al
+margen derecho del entorno <code>tabbing</code>. No debe haber ningún
+comando <code>\&gt;</code> o <code>\'</code> entre <code>\`</code> y <code>\\</code> o
+<code>\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;</code> que finaliza la línea.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabulación)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabulación)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acento agudo en tabulación)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(acento grave en tabulación)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(acento macrón en tabulación)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>En un entorno <code>tabbing</code>, los comandos <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> y
+<code>\`</code> no produce acentos como de costumbre (<pxref label="Acentos"><xrefnodename>Acentos</xrefnodename></pxref>). En
+cambio, usa los comandos <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> y <code>\a`</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Establece tabulaciones sin producir texto. Funciona igual que
+<code>\\</code> excepto que desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir una
+salida para ella. Cualquier comando <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> o <code>\-</code>
+en esa línea permanece en efecto.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Restaura las posiciones de tabulación guardadas por el último
<code>\pushtabs</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="260">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para cambiar
-temporalmente las posiciones de tabulación en medio de un entorno
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para cambiar
+temporalmente posiciones de tabulación en medio de un entorno
<code>tabbing</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="261">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distancia a la izquierda de la tabulación movida por <code>\'</code>.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distancia del texto movido por <code>\'</code> a la izquierda de la
+tabulación actual.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<para>En este ejemplo se compone tipográficamente una función de Pascal en el
-formato tradicional:
+<para>Este ejemplo compone una función de Pascal:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;
function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
\&gt; begin \= \+ \\
- \&gt; if \= n $&gt;$ 1 then \+ \\
+ \&gt; if \= n &gt; 1 then \+ \\
fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
else \+ \\
fact := 1; \-\- \\
@@ -2640,106 +7953,198 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;
</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La salida se ve así.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">function fact(n : integer) : integer;
+ begin
+ if n &gt; 1 then
+ fact := n * fact(n-1);
+ else
+ fact := 1;
+ end;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Este ejemplo es solo para ilustrar el entorno. En realidad escribir
+código de ordenador en una máquina de escribir como esta, un entorno
+textual (<pxref label="verbatim"><xrefnodename>verbatim</xrefnodename></pxref>) normalmente sería lo mejor. Para un código
+bien impreso, hay unos cuantos paquetes, incluido
+<code>algorithm2e</code>, <code>fancyvrb</code>, <code>listings</code> y
+<code>minted</code>.
+</para>
</section>
<node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262"><r>entorno</r> <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263"><code>table</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">tablas, creando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">creando tablas</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">tablas, crear</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">crear tablas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve"> \begin&lbrace;table&rbrace;[ubicación]
-
- cuerpo de la tabla
-
- \caption&lbrace;título de la tabla&rbrace;
- \end&lbrace;table&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;table&rbrace;[<var>ubicación</var>]
+ <var>cuerpo de la tabla</var>
+ \caption[<var>loftitle</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace; % opcional
+ \label&lbrace;<var>label&rbrace;</var> % también opcional
+\end&lbrace;table&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Las tablas son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y por lo
-general &textldquo;flotan&textrdquo; a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de una
-página. Las tablas no se dividen en dos páginas.
+<para>Una clase de flotantes (<pxref label="Flotantes"><xrefnodename>Flotantes</xrefnodename></pxref>). No se pueden dividir en
+páginas por lo que no se escriben en secuencia con el texto normal,
+sino que en su lugar flotan a un lugar conveniente, como la parte
+superior de una página siguiente.
</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional <code>[ubicación]</code> determina dónde &latex; trata
-de colocar su tabla. Hay cuatro lugares donde &latex;, posiblemente,
-pueda colocar un flotante:; estos son los mismo que los utilizados con
-el entorno <code>figure</code>, y se describen allí (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Este entorno <code>table</code> de ejemplo contiene un <code>tabular</code>
</para>
-<para>Las clases <code>report</code> y <code>article</code> estándar utilizan la ubicación
-<code>[tbp]</code> predeterminada.
-</para>
-<para>El cuerpo de la tabla se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-&latex;, etc., que usted desee. La instrucción <code>\caption</code> le
-permite colocar un título a su tabla.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;table&rbrace;
+ \centering\small
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;ll&rbrace;
+ \multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;&lbrace;\textit&lbrace;Autor&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ &amp;\multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;&lbrace;\textit&lbrace;Pieza&rbrace;&rbrace; \\ \hline
+ Bach &amp;Cello Suite Número 1 \\
+ Beethoven &amp;Cello Sonata Número 3 \\
+ Brahms &amp;Cello Sonata Número 1
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+ \caption&lbrace;Las mejores piezas de violonchelo&rbrace;
+ \label&lbrace;tab:cello&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;table&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>pero puedes poner muchos tipos diferentes de contenido en una
+<code>tabla</code>: el <var>cuerpo de la tabla</var> puede contener texto,
+comandos de &latex;, gráficos, etc. Es tipografiado en un
+<code>parbox</code> de ancho <code>\textwidth</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Para los posibles valores de <var>placement</var> y su efecto en el
+algoritmo de colocación de flotantes, <ref label="Flotantes"><xrefnodename>Flotantes</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>La etiqueta es opcional; se usa para referencias cruzadas
+(<pxref label="Referencias-cruzadas"><xrefnodename>Referencias cruzadas</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+El comando <code>\caption</code> también es opcional. Especifica texto del
+título <var>title</var> para la tabla (<pxref label="_005ccaption"><xrefnodename>\caption</xrefnodename></pxref>). De manera
+predeterminada es numerado. Si su <var>lottitle</var> opcional está
+presente, entonces ese texto se utiliza en la lista de tablas en lugar
+de <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la tabla y el título flotarán en la parte inferior de
+una página, a menos que se empuje a una página flotante al final.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;table&rbrace;[b]
+ \centering
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;r|p&lbrace;2in&rbrace;&rbrace; \hline
+ Uno &amp;El número loneliest \\
+ Dos &amp;Puede estar tan triste como uno.
+ Es el número más solitario desde el número uno.
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+ \caption&lbrace;Virtud cardinal&rbrace;
+ \label&lbrace;tab:CardinalVirtues&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;table&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264"><r>entorno</r> <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265"><code>tabular</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">líneas en tablas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">alineando texto en tablas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">líneas en tablas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">alineando texto en tablas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;[ubicación]&lbrace;columnas&rbrace;
-columna 1 entrada &amp; columna 2 entrada ... &amp; columna n entrada n \\
-...
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;[<var>pos</var>]&lbrace;<var>cols</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>entrada de columna 1</var> &amp;<var>entrada de columna 2</var>
+ ...
+ &amp;<var>entrada de columna n</var> \\
+ ...
\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
<para>o
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular*&rbrace;&lbrace;ancho&rbrace;[posición]&lbrace;columnas&rbrace;
-columna 1 entrada &amp; columna 2 entrada ... &amp; columna n entrada n \\
-...
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular*&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;[<var>pos</var>]&lbrace;<var>cols</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>entrada de columna 1</var> &amp;<var>entrada de columna 2</var>
+ ...
+ &amp;<var>entrada de columna n</var> \\
+ ...
\end&lbrace;tabular*&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Estos entornos producen una caja consiste de una secuencia de filas de
-elementos, alineadas verticalmente en columnas.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266">\\ <r>para <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>Se debe utilizar <code>\\</code> para especificar el final de cada fila de la
-tabla, salvo por la última, en que esta es opcional &textmdash;a menos que le
-siga una instrucción <code>\hline</code> (para colocar una raya bajo la
-tabla).
-</para>
-<para>Los argumentos obligatorios y opcionales consisten de:
-</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">ancho</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica la anchura del entorno <code>tabular*</code>. Este debe tener
-espacio entre las columnas que se puede estirar para llenar el ancho
-especificado.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">posición</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica la posición vertical; de manera predeterminada
-alinea al centro el entorno.
+<para>Produce una tabla, una caja que consta de una secuencia de filas
+horizontales. Cada fila consta de elementos alineados verticalmente
+en columnas. Este ilustra muchas de las características.
</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>alineado en la fila superior
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>alineado en la fila inferior
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;l|l&rbrace;
+ \textit&lbrace;Nombre del jugador&rbrace; &amp;\textit&lbrace;Carrera de jonrones&rbrace; \\
+ \hline
+ Hank Aarón &amp;755 \\
+ nena Ruth &amp;714
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">columnas</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica el formato de columna. Este consiste en una secuencia de los
-siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a la secuencia de columnas
-y el material intercolumna.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La salida tendrá dos columnas alineadas a la izquierda con una barra
+vertical entre ellos. Esto se especifica en el argumento
+<code>&lbrace;l|l&rbrace;</code> de <code>tabular</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">&amp; <r>(para celdas de tabla)</r></indexterm></findex>
+Coloca las entradas en diferentes columnas separándolas con un
+ampersand, <code>&amp;</code>. El final de cada fila está marcado con una doble
+barra invertida, <code>\\</code>. Pone una regla horizontal debajo de una
+fila, después de una doble barra invertida, con <code>\hline</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para <code>tabular</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+Después de la última fila, las <code>\\</code> son opcionales, a menos que
+un <code>\hline</code> siga el comando para poner una regla debajo de la
+tabla.
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos requeridos y opcionales para <code>tabular</code> consisten
+en:
+</para>
+<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">pos</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Opcional. Especifica la posición vertical de la tabla. El valor
+predeterminado es alinear la tabla para que su centro vertical
+coincida con la línea base del texto circundante. Hay otras dos
+posibles alineaciones: <code>t</code> alinea la tabla para que su fila
+superior coincida con la línea base del texto circundante y <code>b</code>
+se alinea en la fila inferior.
+</para>
+<para>Esto solo tiene efecto si hay otro texto. En el caso común de un
+<code>tabular</code> solo en un entorno <code>center</code> esta opción no hace
+ninguna diferencia.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">cols</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Requerido. Especifica el formato de las columnas. Consiste en una
+secuencia de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a los
+tipos de material de columna e intercolumna.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Una columna de elementos alineados a la izquierda.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item>
@@ -2749,118 +8154,302 @@ y el material intercolumna.
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Una columna de elementos centrados.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">|</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Una línea vertical que llena la altura y profundidad total del entorno.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">&arobase;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Esta inserta <var>texto</var> en cada fila. Una &arobase;-expresión suprime el
-espacio intercolumnas insertado normalmente entre columnas; cualquier
-espacio deseado entre el texto insertado y los elementos adyacentes se
-deberá incluir en <var>texto</var>. Una instrucción
-<code>\extracolsep&lbrace;ancho&rbrace;</code> en una &arobase;-expresión provoca que aparezca un
-espacio extra de ancho <code>ancho</code> a la izquierda de todas las columnas
-subsecuentes, hasta que se anule por otra instrucción
-<code>\extracolsep</code>. A diferencia del espacio intercolumna ordinario,
-este espacio adicional no se suprime por una &arobase;-expresión. Una
-instrucción <code>\extracolsep</code> únicamente se pude utilizar en una
-&arobase;-expresión en el argumento <code>columnas</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p&lbrace;<var>ancho</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Produce una columna con cada elemento compuesto tipográficamente en una
-parbox de ancho <var>ancho</var>, como si fuera el argumento de una
-instrucción <code>\parbox[t]&lbrace;<var>ancho</var>&rbrace;</code>. Sin embargo, una
-<code>\\</code> en el elemento no puede, salvo en las siguientes situaciones:
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Una línea vertical de la altura y la profundidad completas del
+entorno.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">&arobase;&lbrace;<var>texto o espacio</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Inserta <var>texto o espacio</var> en esta ubicación en cada fila. El
+material <var>texto o espacio</var> está compuesto en modo LR. Este texto
+es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Si entre dos especificadores de columna no hay una &arobase;-expresión,
+entonces las clases <code>book</code>, <code>article</code> y <code>report</code> de
+&latex; ponen a cada lado de cada columna un espacio de ancho
+<code>\tabcolsep</code>, que de manera predeterminada es 6<dmn>pt</dmn>. Es
+decir, de manera predeterminada las columnas adyacentes se separan con
+12<dmn>pt</dmn> (por lo que <code>\tabcolsep</code> tiene un nombre engañoso ya
+que es solo la mitad de la separación entre columnas tabulares).
+Además, un espacio de <code>\tabcolsep</code> también viene antes de la
+primera columna y después de la columna final, a menos que coloques
+una <code>&arobase;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> allí.
+</para>
+<para>Si redefines el valor predeterminado y usas una &arobase;-expresión, entonces
+&latex; no inserta <code>\tabcolsep</code> por lo que debes insertar
+cualquier espacio deseado tú mismo, como en
+<code>&arobase;&lbrace;\hspace&lbrace;1em&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Una expresión <code>&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> vacía eliminará el espacio. En particular,
+a veces deseas eliminar el espacio antes de la primera columna o
+después de la última, como en el siguiente ejemplo donde las líneas
+tabulares deben estar en el margen izquierdo.
</para>
-<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem>
-<para>Dentro de un entorno como <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code> o
-<code>tabular</code>.
-</para></listitem><listitem>
-<para>Dentro de una <code>\parbox</code> explícita.
-</para></listitem><listitem>
-<para>En el alcance de una declaración <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>
-o <code>\raggedleft</code>. La última declaración debe aparecer dentro de
-llaves o un entorno cuando se utiliza en un elemento <code>p</code>-columna.
-</para></listitem></enumerate>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;flushleft&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;l&rbrace;
+ ...
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;flushleft&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El siguiente ejemplo muestra texto, un punto decimal entre las
+columnas, dispuestas de forma que los números de la tabla queden
+alineados en ella.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;r&arobase;&lbrace;$.$&rbrace;l&rbrace;
+ $3$ &amp;$14$ \\
+ $9$ &amp;$80665$
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">*&lbrace;<var>número</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>columnas</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Equivalente a <var>número</var> de copias de <var>columnas</var>, donde
-<var>número</var> es un entero positivo y <var>columnas</var> es cualquier lista
-de especificadores de columna, la cual puede contener otra
-<code>*-expresión</code>.
+<anchor name="_005cextracolsep">\extracolsep</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Un comando <code>\extracolsep&lbrace;<var>wd</var>&rbrace;</code> en una expresión &arobase; provoca
+un espacio adicional de ancho <var>wd</var> para que aparezca a la
+izquierda de todas las subsiguientes columnas, hasta que sea revocado
+por otro <code>\extracolsep</code>. A diferencia del espacio entre columnas
+ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime por una &arobase;-expresión.
+Un comando <code>\extracolsep</code> solo se puede usar en una &arobase;-expresión
+en el argumento <code>cols</code>. A continuación, &latex; inserta la
+cantidad correcta de espacios entre columnas para que toda la tabla
+tenga 4 pulgadas de ancho.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular*&rbrace;&lbrace;4in&rbrace;&lbrace;l&arobase;&lbrace;\extracolsep&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;&rbrace;l&rbrace;
+ Siete veces abajo, ocho veces arriba \ldots
+ &amp;¡así es la vida!
+\end&lbrace;tabular*&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para insertar comandos que se ejecutan automáticamente antes de una
+determinada columna, carga el paquete <code>array</code> y usa el
+especificador <code>&gt;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>.
+<!-- c xx se deberían explicar completamente array, tabularx y todos los -->
+<!-- c demás paquetes base... -->
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p&lbrace;<var>wd</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cada elemento de la columna se escribe en un parbox de ancho <var>wd</var>,
+como si fuera el argumento de un comando
+<code>\parbox[t]&lbrace;wd&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Un salto de línea de doble barra invertida <code>\\</code> puede no aparecer
+en el elemento, excepto dentro de un entorno como <code>minipage</code>,
+<code>array</code> o <code>tabular</code>, o dentro de un <code>\parbox</code>
+explícito, o en el entorno de una declaración <code>\centering</code>,
+<code>\raggedright</code> o <code>\raggedleft</code> (cuando se usa en un elemento
+de columna <code>p</code>, estas declaraciones deben aparecer entre llaves,
+como con <code>&lbrace;\centering .. \\ ..&rbrace;</code>). De lo contrario, &latex;
+malinterpretará la doble barra invertida como terminando la fila
+tabular. En cambio, para obtener un salto de línea allí, usa
+<code>\newline</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">*&lbrace;<var>num</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>cols</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Equivalente a <var>num</var> copias de <var>cols</var>, donde <var>num</var> es un
+entero positivo y <var>cols</var> es una lista de especificadores. Por lo
+tanto, el especificador <code>\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;|*&lbrace;3&rbrace;&lbrace;l|r&rbrace;|&rbrace;</code> es
+equivalente a el especificador
+<code>\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;|l|rl|rl|r|&rbrace;</code>. Ten en cuenta que <var>cols</var>
+puede contener otra <code>*</code>-expresión.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">width</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Obligatorio para <code>tabular*</code>, no permitido para
+<code>tabular</code>. Especifica el ancho del entorno <code>tabular*</code>. El
+espacio entre columnas debe ser elástico, como con
+<code>&arobase;&lbrace;\extracolsep&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, para permitir la tabla para
+estirar o encoger para hacer el ancho especificado, o de lo contrario
+es probable que obtengan el <code>Underfull \hbox (incorrecto 10000)
+alineado ...</code> advertencia.
+</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
<para>Parámetros que controlan el formato:
-<!-- c xx predeterminado, ¿en su propio nodo (xref desde array)? -->
+<!-- c xx predeterminados, propio nodo (xref del arreglo)? -->
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="267">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El espesor de la línea creada por <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code> y
-<code>\vline</code> en los entornos <code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code>; el
-predeterminado es <samp>.4pt</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="268">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El factor para escalar el espaciado entre hileras en los entornos
-<code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code>; el predeterminado es <samp>1</samp>, para no
-escalar.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="269">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distancia horizontal entre las líneas verticles producidas por <code>||</code>
-en los entornos <code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code>; el predeterminado es
-<samp>2pt</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="270">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La mitad de la anchura del espacio entre las columnas; el predeterminado
-es <samp>6pt</samp>.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arrayrulewidth">tabular arrayrulewidth</anchor> <para>Una longitud que es el grosor de la
+regla creada por <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code> y <code>\vline</code> en
+<code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code> entornos. El valor predeterminado es
+<samp>.4pt</samp>. Cámbialo como en
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\arrayrulewidth&rbrace;&lbrace;0.8pt&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arraystrech">tabular arraystrech</anchor> <para>Un factor por el cual el espacio entre
+filas en los entorno <code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code> se multiplica. El
+valor predeterminado es <samp>1</samp>, para sin escala. Cámbialo a
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\arraystretch&rbrace;&lbrace;1.2&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-doublerulesep">tabular doublerulesep</anchor> <para>Una longitud que es la distancia entre
+las reglas verticales producidas por el especificador <code>||</code>. El
+valor predeterminado es <samp>2pt</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-tabcolsep">tabular tabcolsep</anchor> <para>Una longitud que es la mitad del espacio
+entre columnas. El valor predeterminado es <samp>6pt</samp>. Cámbialo con
+<code>\setlength</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<para>Estas instrucciones se pueden utilizar en el interior de un entorno
-<code>tabular</code>:
+<para>Los siguientes comandos se pueden usar dentro del cuerpo de un entorno
+<code>tabular</code>, los dos primeros dentro de una entrada y los dos
+segundos entre líneas:
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\multicolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace que un elemento abarque varias columnas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\cline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca algunas columnas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca todas las columnas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\vline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea vertical.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\multicolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Haz un artículo que abarque varias columnas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\vline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea vertical.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\cline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarque
+ algunas columnas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarque todas
+ las columnas.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
-</para><example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\multicolumn&lbrace;<var>columnas</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>posición</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\multicolumn&lbrace;<var>numcols</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>cols</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Crea una entrada <code>array</code> o <code>tabular</code> que abarque varias
+columnas. El primer argumento <var>numcols</var> da el número de columnas
+a abarcar. El segundo argumento <var>cols</var> especifica el formato de
+la entrada, con <code>c</code> para centrado, <code>l</code> para alineado a la
+izquierda o <code>r</code> para volcarlo a la derecha. El tercer argumento
+<var>text</var> da el contenido de esa entrada.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, en la primera fila, la segunda y la tercera columna
+son abarcadas por el encabezado único <samp>Name</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;lccl&rbrace;
+ \textit&lbrace;ID&rbrace; &amp;\multicolumn&lbrace;2&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;&lbrace;\textit&lbrace;Name&rbrace;&rbrace; &amp;\textit&lbrace;Age&rbrace; \\
+ \hline
+ 978-0-393-03701-2 &amp;O'Brian &amp;Patrick &amp;55 \\
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Lo que cuenta como una columna es:&nbsp;el especificador de formato de
+columna para el entorno <code>array</code> o <code>tabular</code> se divide en
+partes, donde cada parte (excepto la primera) comienza con <code>l</code>,
+<code>c</code>, <code>r</code>, o&nbsp;<code>p</code>. Así que desde
+<code>\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;|r|ccp&lbrace;1.5in&rbrace;|&rbrace;</code> las partes son
+<code>|r|</code>, <code>c</code>, <code>c</code>, y&nbsp;<code>p&lbrace;1.5in&rbrace;|</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento <var>cols</var> redefine el área <code>array</code> o <code>tabular</code>
+intercolumna del entorno predeterminado junto a esta entrada
+multicolumna. Para afectar esa área, este argumento puede contener
+barras verticales <code>|</code> que indica la ubicación de las reglas
+verticales y expresiones <code>&arobase;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>. Por lo tanto, si
+<var>cols</var> es <samp>|c|</samp> entonces esta entrada multicolumna estará
+centrada y una regla vertical vendrá en el área intercolumna anterior
+y posterior. Esta tabla detalla el comportamiento exacto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;|cc|c|c|&rbrace;
+ \multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;r&rbrace;&lbrace;w&rbrace; % entrada uno
+ &amp;\multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;|r|&rbrace;&lbrace;x&rbrace; % entrada dos
+ &amp;\multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;|r&rbrace;&lbrace;y&rbrace; % entrada tres
+ &amp;z % entrada cuatro
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Antes de la primera entrada, la salida no tendrá una regla vertical
+porque <code>\multicolumn</code> tiene el especificador <var>cols</var> <samp>r</samp>
+sin barra vertical inicial. Entre la entrada uno y la entrada dos
+habrá una regla vertical; aunque la primera <var>cols</var> no tiene barra
+vertical final, la segunda <var>cols</var> tiene una inicial. Entre la
+entrada dos y entrada tres hay una sola regla vertical; a pesar de eso
+<var>cols</var> en ambas llamadas de <code>multicolumn</code> circundantes para
+una regla vertical, solo obtienes una regla. Entre la entrada tres y
+la entrada cuatro no hay regla vertical; el valor predeterminado pide
+una, pero <var>cols</var> en la entrada tres <code>\multicolumn</code> lo deja
+afuera, y eso tiene prioridad. Finalmente, siguiendo la entrada
+cuatro hay una regla vertical debido al valor predeterminado.
+</para>
+<para>El número de columnas distribuidas <var>numcols</var> puede ser 1. Además
+de dar la capacidad de cambiar la alineación horizontal, esto también
+es útil para redefinir una fila de la intercolumna predeterminada de
+la especificación del área de definición <code>tabular</code>, incluida la
+colocación de reglas verticales.
+</para>
+<para>En el siguiente ejemplo, en la definición de <code>tabular</code>, la
+primera columna se especifica de manera predeterminada justificada a
+la izquierda, pero en la primera fila la entrada está centrada con
+<code>\multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;&lbrace;\textsc&lbrace;Punto&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>. También en la
+primera fila, las columnas segunda y tercera están atravesadas por una
+entrada única con <code>\\multicolumn&lbrace;2&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;&lbrace;\\textsc&lbrace;Span&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>,
+redefiniendo la especificación para centrar ese rango de dos columnas
+en la página en-guión.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;l|r&arobase;&lbrace;--&rbrace;l&rbrace;
+ \multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;&lbrace;\textsc&lbrace;Punto&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ &amp;\multicolumn&lbrace;2&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;&lbrace;\textsc&lbrace;Span&rbrace;&rbrace; \\ \hline
+ Barroca &amp;1600 &amp;1760 \\
+ Clásica &amp;1730 &amp;1820 \\
+ Romántica &amp;1780 &amp;1910 \\
+ Impresionista &amp;1875 &amp;1925
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\multicolumn</code> provoca que una entrada se extienda
-por varias columnas. El primer argumento obligatorio, <var>columnas</var>,
-especifica es el número de columnas por abarcar. El segundo argumento
-obligatorio, <var>posición</var>, especifica el formato de la entrada;
-<code>c</code> para centrado, <code>l</code> para alineado a la izquierda, <code>r</code>
-para alineado a la derecha. El tercer argumento obligatorio,
-<var>texto</var>, especifica el texto a colocar en la entrada.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Aunque la especificación <code>tabular</code> de manera predeterminada pone
+una regla vertical entre la primera y la segunda columna, no aparece
+tal regla vertical en la primera fila aquí. Eso es porque no hay una
+barra vertical en la parte <var>cols</var> del primer comando
+<code>\multicolumn</code> de la primera fila.
</para>
-<para>He aquí un ejemplo que muestra dos columnas separadas por un doble
-guión; <code>\multicolumn</code> se utiliza para el encabezado:
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Dibuja una línea vertical en un entorno <code>tabular</code> o <code>array</code>
+extendiendo la altura y la profundidad completas de la entrada de una
+fila. Posiblemente también se use en una &arobase;-expresión, aunque su
+sinónimo barra vertical&nbsp;<code>|</code> es más común. Este comando rara
+vez se usa en el cuerpo de una tabla; normalmente las líneas
+verticales de una tabla se especifican en el argumento <var>cols</var> de
+<code>tabular</code> y se anula según sea necesario con <code>\multicolumn</code>
+(<pxref label="tabular"><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El siguiente ejemplo ilustra algunas dificultades. En el segundo de
+la primera fila la entrada <code>\hfill</code> mueve <code>\vline</code> al borde
+izquierdo de la celda. Pero eso es diferente a ponerlo a medio camino
+entre las dos columnas, por lo que entre la primera y la segunda
+columna hay dos reglas verticales, con la del especificador
+<code>&lbrace;c|cc&rbrace;</code> viniendo antes de uno producido por
+<code>\vline\hfill</code>. En cambio, la primera fila tercera entrada
+muestra la forma habitual de poner una barra vertical entre dos
+columnas. En la segunda fila, <code>ghi</code> es la entrada más ancha en
+su columna por lo que en <code>\vline\hfill</code> el <code>\hfill</code> no tiene
+efecto y la línea vertical en esa entrada aparece inmediatamente al
+lado de <code>g</code>, sin espacios en blanco.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;r&arobase;&lbrace;--&rbrace;l&rbrace;
-\multicolumn&lbrace;2&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;&lbrace;\bf Unicode&rbrace;\cr
- 0x80&amp;0x7FF \cr
- 0x800&amp;0xFFFF \cr
-0x10000&amp;0x1FFFF \cr
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;c|cc&rbrace;
+ x &amp;\vline\hfill y &amp;\multicolumn&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;|r&rbrace;&lbrace;z&rbrace; \\ % fila 1
+ abc &amp;def &amp;\vline\hfill ghi % fila 2
\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
</pre></example>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272">\cline</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
@@ -2868,251 +8457,540 @@ guión; <code>\multicolumn</code> se utiliza para el encabezado:
<pre xml:space="preserve">\cline&lbrace;<var>i</var>-<var>j</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\cline</code> dibuja un línea horizontal a través de las
-columnas especificadas, comenzando en la colúmna <var>i</var> y terminando en
-la columna <var>j</var>, que son especificadas en el argumento obligatorio.
+<para>En un entorno <code>array</code> o <code>tabular</code>, dibuja una regla
+horizontal comenzando en column&nbsp;<var>i</var> y terminando en
+column&nbsp;<var>j</var>. Los guiones, <code>-</code>, deben aparecer en el
+argumento obligatorio. Para abarcar una sola columna usa el número dos
+veces, como con <code>\cline&lbrace;2-2&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo pone dos líneas horizontales entre la primera y la
+segunda filas, una línea en la primera columna solamente, y la otra
+que abarca la tercera y cuarta columnas. Las dos líneas están una al
+lado de la otra, a la misma altura.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;llrr&rbrace;
+ a &amp;b &amp;c &amp;d \\ \cline&lbrace;1-1&rbrace; \cline&lbrace;3-4&rbrace;
+ e &amp;f &amp;g &amp;h
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</subsection>
-<node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273">\hline</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\hline</code> dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del
-entorno <code>tabular</code> o <code>array</code> especificado. Se utiliza
-comúnmente para para dibujar una línea en la parte superior, inferior y
-entre filas de la tabla.
-</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
-</subsection>
-<node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274">\vline</indexterm></findex>
-
-<para>La instrucción <code>\vline</code> dibuja una línea vertical extendida a la
-altura y profundidad total de su fila. Una instrucción <code>\hfill</code> se
-puede utilizar para mover la línea hasta el borde de la columna.
-También se puede utilizar en una &arobase;-expresión.
+<para>Dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del <code>tabular</code> adjunto o
+entorno <code>array</code>. Se utiliza comúnmente para dibujar una línea
+arriba, abajo y entre las filas de una tabla.
</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la parte superior de la tabla tiene dos reglas
+horizontales, una arriba de la otra, que abarca ambas columnas. La
+parte inferior de la tabla tiene una sola regla que abarca ambas
+columnas. Debido al <code>\hline</code>, la línea <code>tabular</code> de la
+segunda fila que termina con doble barra invertida&nbsp;<code>\\</code> es
+obligatoria.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;ll&rbrace; \hline\hline
+ Béisbol y Medias Rojas \\
+ Baloncesto y Celtics \\ \hline
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</subsection>
</section>
<node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275"><r>entorno</r> <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276"><code>thebibliography</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">bibliografía, creando (manualmente)</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">bibliografía, crear (manualmente)</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>etiqueta-más-amplia</var>&rbrace;
-\bibitem[<var>etiqueta</var>]&lbrace;<var>clave-de-cita&rbrace;</var>
-...
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>widest-label</var>&rbrace;
+ \bibitem[<var>label</var>]&lbrace;<var>cite_key&rbrace;</var>
+ ...
\end&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>thebibliography</code> produce una bibliografía o lista de
-referencia.
+<para>Elabora una bibliografía o una lista de referencias. Hay dos formas
+de producir listas bibliográficas. Este entorno es adecuado cuando
+solo tienes unas pocas referencias y puedes mantener la lista a mano.
+<xref label="Usar-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Usar BibTeX</xrefnodename></xref>, para un enfoque más sofisticado.
</para>
-<para>En las clase <code>article</code>, esta lista de referencia es etiquetada como
-&textldquo;Referencias&textrdquo;; en la clase <code>report</code>, esta es etiquetada como
-&textldquo;Bibliografía&textrdquo;. Usted puede cambiar la etiqueta (en las clases
-estándar) redefiniendo la instrucción <code>\refname</code>. Por ejemplo, la
-siguiente instrucción la elimina por completo:
+<para>Esto muestra el entorno con dos entradas.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\refname&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Este trabajo se basa en \cite&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;.
+Juntos son \cite&lbrace;latexdps, texbook&rbrace;.
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;&lbrace;9&rbrace;
+\bibitem&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit&lbrace;\LaTeX&lbrace;&rbrace;: un sistema de preparación de documentos&rbrace;.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+\bibitem&lbrace;texbook&rbrace;
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit&lbrace;El libro de \TeX&rbrace;.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El argumento obligatorio <var>etiqueta-más-amplia</var> es texto que, al
-momento de componerla tipográficamente, es tan ancho como la etiqueta
-producida por la instrucción <code>\bibitem</code>. Se suele dar como
-<code>9</code> para bibliografías de menos de 10 referencias, <code>99</code> para
-las que tienen menos de 100, etc.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Esto estiliza la primera referencia como <samp>[1] Leslie ...</samp>, y así
+<code>... basado en \cite&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;</code> produce la coincidencia
+<samp>... basado en [1]</samp>. El segundo <code>\cite</code> produce <samp>[1,
+2]</samp>. Debes compilar el documento dos veces para resolver estas
+referencias.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento obligatorio <var>widest-label</var> es texto que, cuando se
+compone, es tan ancho como la etiqueta de artículo más ancha producida
+por los comandos <code>\bibitem</code>. La tradición es usar <code>9</code> para
+bibliografías con menos de 10 referencias, <code>99</code> para las de menos
+de 100, etc.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex>
+<para>La lista bibliográfica está encabezada por un título como
+<samp>Bibliography</samp>. Para cambiarlo hay dos casos. En las clases
+<file>book</file> y <file>report</file>, donde la sección de nivel superior es
+<code>\chapter</code> y el título predeterminado es <samp>Bibliography</samp>, ese
+título está en la macro <code>\bibname</code>. Para <file>article</file>, donde
+el nivel superior de la clase de seccionado es <code>\section</code> y la
+predeterminada es <samp>References</samp>, el título está en la macro
+<code>\refname</code>. Cámbialo redefiniendo el comando, como con
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\refname&rbrace;&lbrace;Referencias citadas&rbrace;</code>, después
+<code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Los paquetes de soporte de idiomas como
+<code>babel</code> automáticamente redefinen <code>\refname</code> o
+<code>\bibname</code> para ajustarse al idioma seleccionado.
+</para>
+<para><xref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></xref>, para los parámetros de control de diseño de lista.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\bibitem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Especifica un elemento de la bibliografía.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\cite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace referencia a un elemento bibliográfico.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\nocite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Incluye un elemento en la bibliografía.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Usando BibTeX</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Generando bibliografías automáticamente.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\bibitem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Especifica un elemento de bibliografía.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\cite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Consulta un elemento de bibliografía.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\nocite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Incluye un elemento en la bibliografía.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Usar BibTeX</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Generación automática de bibliografías.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
<node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
-</para><example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\bibitem[<var>etiqueta</var>]&lbrace;<var>clave-de-cita</var>&rbrace;
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\bibitem&lbrace;<var>cite_key</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\bibitem</code> genera una entrada etiquetada por
-<var>etiqueta</var>. Si se omite el argumento <var>etiqueta</var>,
-automáticamente se genera un número utilizando el contador <code>enumi</code>.
-La <var>clave-de-cita</var> es cualquier secuencia de letras, números y
-signos de puntuación que no contenga una coma.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción escribe una entrada al archivo <file>.aux</file> que contiene
-los elementos <var>clave-de-cita</var> y etiqueta. Cuando la instrucción
-<code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> lee el archivo <file>.aux</file>, los elementos
-<code>etiqueta</code> son asociados con <code>clave-de-cita</code>, produciendo
-referencias a <var>clave-de-cita</var> con una instrucción <code>\cite</code> (vea
-la siguiente sección) para producir la etiqueta asociada.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\bibitem[<var>label</var>]&lbrace;<var>cite_key</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Genera una entrada etiquetada de manera predeterminada por un número
+generado usando el contador <code>enumi</code>. La <dfn>clave de cita</dfn>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">clave de cita</indexterm></cindex>
+<var>cite_key</var> puede ser cualquier cadena de letras, números y signos
+de puntuación (pero no comas).
+</para>
+<para><xref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></xref>, por ejemplo.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando se proporciona, el <var>label</var> opcional se convierte en la
+etiqueta de entrada y el contador <code>enumi</code> no se incrementa. Con
+este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;
+\bibitem[Lamport 1993]&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;
+ Leslie Lamport.
+ \textit&lbrace;\LaTeX&lbrace;&rbrace;: un sistema de preparación de documentos&rbrace;.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1993.
+\bibitem&lbrace;texbook&rbrace;
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit&lbrace;El libro de \TeX&rbrace;.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>la primera entrada tendrá el estilo <samp>[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...</samp>
+(La cantidad de espacio horizontal que &latex; deja para la etiqueta
+depende de el argumento <var>widest-label</var> del entorno
+<code>thebibliography</code>; ve <ref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></ref>). De manera similar,
+<code>... basado en \cite&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;</code> producirá <samp>... basado en
+[Lamport 1994]</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Si mezclas las entradas de <code>\bibitem</code> que tienen <var>label</var> con
+las que no, entonces &latex; enumerará las no etiquetadas
+secuencialmente. En el ejemplo de arriba la entrada <code>texbook</code>
+aparecerá como <samp>[1] Donald ...</samp>, a pesar de que es la segunda
+entrada.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas el mismo <var>cite_key</var> dos veces, obtendrás <samp>Advertencia
+LaTeX: había etiquetas definidas de forma múltiple</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Bajo el capó, &latex; recuerda información <var>cite_key</var> y
+<var>label</var> porque <code>\bibitem</code> la escribe en el archivo auxiliar
+<file><var>jobname</var>.aux</file> (<pxref label="Nombre-del-trabajo"><xrefnodename>Nombre del trabajo</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por ejemplo,
+el ejemplo anterior hace que los dos
+<code>\bibcite&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;&lbrace;Lamport, 1993&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\bibcite&lbrace;texbook&rbrace;&lbrace;1&rbrace;</code> que aparezcan en ese archivo. El
+archivo <file>.aux</file> es leído por el comando <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>
+y luego la información está disponible para los comandos <code>\cite</code>.
+Esto explica por qué necesitas ejecutar &latex; dos veces para
+resolver las referencias: una vez para escribirlo y una vez para
+leerlo.
+</para>
+<para>Debido a este algoritmo de dos pasos, cuando agregas un
+<code>\bibitem</code> o cambias su <var>cite_key</var> puedes obtener
+<samp>Advertencia de LaTeX: la(s) etiqueta(s) puede(n) haber
+cambiado. Vuelve a ejecutar para obtener referencias cruzadas
+correctas</samp>. Arréglalo para recompilarlo.
</para>
</subsection>
<node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278">\cite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\cite[<var>subcita</var>]&lbrace;<var>claves</var>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\cite&lbrace;<var>keys</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\cite[<var>subcite</var>]&lbrace;<var>keys</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El argumento <var>claves</var> es una lista de una o más claves de cita,
-separadas por comas. Esta instrucción genera una cita en el texto para
-referencias asociadas con <var>claves</var> por medio de entradas en el
-archivo <file>.aux</file>.
+<para>Genera como salida una cita a las referencias asociadas a <var>keys</var>.
+La <var>keys</var> obligatoria es una clave de cita, o una lista de claves
+de citas separadas por comas (<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename>\bibitem</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>El argumento de texti opcional <var>subcita</var> aparece después de la cita.
-Por ejemplo, <code>\cite[p.~314]&lbrace;knuth&rbrace;</code> podría producir &textlsquo;[Knuth,
-p.&nbsp;314]&textrsquo;.
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">La fuente definitiva es \cite&lbrace;texbook&rbrace;.
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;
+\bibitem&lbrace;texbook&rbrace;
+ Donald Ervin Knuth.
+ \textit&lbrace;El libro de \TeX&rbrace;.
+ Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
+\end&lbrace;thebibliography&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>produce una salida como <samp>... la fuente es [1]</samp>. Puedes cambiar
+la aparición de la cita y de la referencia mediante el uso de estilos
+de bibliografía si genera automáticamente el entorno
+<code>thebibliography</code>. Para más información <ref label="Usar-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Usar BibTeX</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>subcite</var> se adjunta a la cita. Por
+ejemplo, <code>Ve 14.3 en \cite[p.~314]&lbrace;texbook&rbrace;</code> podría producir
+<samp>Ve 14.3 en [1, p.&nbsp;314]</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Además de lo que aparece en la salida, <code>\cite</code> escribe
+información al archivo auxiliar <file><var>jobname</var>.aux</file>
+(<pxref label="Nombre-del-trabajo"><xrefnodename>Nombre del trabajo</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por ejemplo, <code>\cite&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;</code>
+escribe <samp>\citation&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;</samp> a ese archivo. Esta información
+la utiliza Bib&tex; para incluir en su lista de referencias solo
+aquellos trabajos que realmente se han citado; <ref label="_005cnocite"><xrefnodename>\nocite</xrefnodename></ref> también.
+</para>
+<para>Si <var>keys</var> no está en la información de tu bibliografía, obtendrás
+<samp>Advertencia de LaTeX: Había referencias no definidas</samp>, y en la
+salida la cita se muestra como un signo de interrogación en negrita
+entre corchetes. Hay dos posibles causas. Si has escrito algo mal,
+como en <code>\cite&lbrace;texbok&rbrace;</code> entonces necesitas corregir la
+ortografía. Por otro lado, si acabas de agregar o modificar
+información bibliográfica y así cambias el archivo <file>.aux</file>
+(<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename>\bibitem</xrefnodename></pxref>) entonces la solución puede ser ejecutar &latex;
+nuevamente.
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Usando BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Usar BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\nocite&lbrace;lista-de-claves&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\nocite</code> no produce texto, pero escribe en el archivo
-<file>.aux</file> la <code>lista-de-claves</code>, que es una lista de una o más
-etiquetas de cita.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\nocite&lbrace;<var>keys</var>&rbrace;</code>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>No produce salida pero escribe <var>keys</var> en el archivo auxiliar
+<file><var>jobname</var>.aux</file> (<pxref label="Nombre-del-trabajo"><xrefnodename>Nombre del trabajo</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El argumento obligatorio <var>keys</var> es una lista separada por comas de
+una o más claves de cita (<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename>\bibitem</xrefnodename></pxref>). Esta información la
+utiliza Bib&tex; para incluir estos trabajos en tu lista de
+referencia aunque no los hayas citado explícitamente (<pxref label="_005ccite"><xrefnodename>\cite</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="Usando-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Usando BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Usando Bib&tex;</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Usar-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Usar BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Usar Bib&tex;</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">usando Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">bib&tex;, usando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">bibliografía, creando (automáticamente)</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">usando Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">bib&tex;, usando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">bibliografía, crear (automáticamente)</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
-
-<para>Si usted utiliza el programa Bib&tex; escrito por Oren Patashnik
-(altamente recomendable si necesita una bibliografía de más de un par de
-títulos) para mantener su bibliografía, no utilice el entorno
-<code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>). En su lugar, incluya
-las líneas
+<para>Como se describe en <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>),
+un enfoque sofisticado para la gestión de bibliografías es
+proporcionado por el programa Bib&tex;. Esta es solo una
+introducción; ve la documentación completa sobre CTAN (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Con Bib&tex;, no usas el entorno <code>thebibliography</code> directamente
+(<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>). En su lugar, incluye estas líneas:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\bibliographystyle&lbrace;<var>estilo-de-bibliografía</var>&rbrace;
-\bibliography&lbrace;<var>archivo-de-bibliografía-1,</var><var>archivo-de-bibliografía-2</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\bibliographystyle&lbrace;<var>bibstyle</var>&rbrace;
+\bibliography&lbrace;<var>bibfile1</var>, <var>bibfile2</var>, ...&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\bibliographystyle</code> por sí misma no produce salida
-alguna. Por el contrario, define el estilo en que se producirá la
-bibliografía: <var>estilo-de-bibliografía</var> se refiere a un archivo
-<file><var>estilo-de-bibliografía</var>.bst</file>, en el que se define qué
-apariencia tendrán las citas. Los nombres de <var>estilo</var> estándar
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para><var>bibstyle</var> hace referencia a un archivo <file><var>bibstyle</var>.bst</file>,
+que define cómo se verán tus citas. Los <var>bibstyle</var>s estándar
distribuidos con Bib&tex; son:
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">alpha</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas están formadas por el nombre
-del autor y año de publicación.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">alfa</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Las etiquetas se forman a partir del nombre del autor y el año de
+publicación. Los elementos bibliográficos están ordenados
+alfabéticamente.
</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">plain</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas son numéricas.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Las etiquetas son números enteros. Ordena los elementos
+bibliográficos alfabéticamente.
</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">unsrt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Al igual que <code>plain</code>, pero las entradas están en el orden citado.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Como <code>plain</code>, pero las entradas están en orden de cita.
</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">abbrv</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Igual que <code>plain</code>, pero con etiquetas más compactas.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Como <code>plain</code>, pero etiquetas más compactas.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>Además, existen muchos otros archivos de estilo Bib&tex; adaptados a
-las demandas de diversas publicaciones. Vea
-<url><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</urefurl></url>.
+<noindent></noindent> <para>Existen muchos, muchos otros archivos de estilo Bib&tex;,
+adaptados a las demandas de varias publicaciones. Ve el tema CTAN
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\bibliography</code> es lo que realmente produce la
+bibliografía. Su argumento es una lista separada por comas, que se
+refiere a archivos llamados <file><var>bibfile1</var>.bib</file>,
+<file><var>bibfile2</var>.bib</file>, &dots; Estos contienen tu base de datos en
+formato Bib&tex;. Esto muestra un par típico de entradas en ese
+formato.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">&arobase;book&lbrace;texbook,
+ title = &lbrace;El &lbrace;&lbrace;\TeX&rbrace;&rbrace;book&rbrace;,
+ author = &lbrace;D.E. Knuth&rbrace;,
+ isbn = &lbrace;0201134489&rbrace;,
+ series = &lbrace;Ordenadores \&amp; typesetting&rbrace;,
+ year = &lbrace;1983&rbrace;,
+ publisher = &lbrace;Addison-Wesley&rbrace;
+&rbrace;
+&arobase;book&lbrace;sexbook,
+ author = &lbrace;W.H. Maestros y V.E. Johnson&rbrace;,
+ title = &lbrace;Respuesta sexual humana&rbrace;,
+ year = &lbrace;1966&rbrace;,
+ publisher = &lbrace;Libros Bantam&rbrace;
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Solo las entradas bibliográficas a las que se hace referencia a través
+de <code>\cite</code> y <code>\nocite</code> aparecerá en la bibliografía del
+documento. Así puedes mantener todas tus fuentes juntas en un
+archivo, o una pequeña cantidad de archivos, y confía en Bib&tex;
+para incluir en este documento solo aquellos que usaste.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><samp>*&rbrace;, para todas las claves <code>\nocite</code></samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>&lbrace;*&rbrace;, para todas las claves</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Con Bib&tex;, el argumento <var>keys</var> para <code>\nocite</code> también
+puede ser el carácter único <samp>*</samp>. Esto significa citar
+implícitamente todas las entradas de todas las bibliografías dadas.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Mensajes de error Bib&tex;</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+<node name="Mensajes-de-error-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Mensajes de error Bib&tex;</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Usar BibTeX</nodeup></node>
+<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Mensajes de error Bib&tex;</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">Mensajes de error Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">mensajes de error, de Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">.aux comandos <r>file y Bib&tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Si olvidas usar <code>\bibliography</code> o <code>\bibliographystyle</code> en tu
+documento (o, menos probablemente, cualquier comando <code>\cite</code> o
+<code>\nocite</code>), Bib&tex; emitirá un mensaje de error. Porque
+Bib&tex; se puede usar con cualquier programa, no solo &latex;, los
+mensajes de error se refieren a los comandos internos leídos por
+Bib&tex; (desde un archivo <file>.aux</file>), en lugar de los comandos de
+nivel de usuario descritos anteriormente.
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\bibliography</code> es la que realmente produce la
-bibliografía. El argumento <code>\bibliography</code> se refiere a archivos
-con el nombre <file><var>archivo-de-bibliografía</var>.bib</file>, el cual debe
-contener la base de datos en formato Bib&tex;. Sólo las entradas
-referidas a través de <code>\cite</code> y <code>\nocite</code> serán incluidas en
-la bibliografía.
+<para>Aquí hay una tabla que muestra los comandos internos mencionados en
+los errores Bib&tex; y los correspondientes comandos a nivel de
+usuario.
</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\bibdata</indexterm>\bibdata</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography <r>y <code>\bibdata</code> interno</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para><code>\bibliography</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp">\bibstyle</indexterm>\bibstyle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle <r>y <code>\bibstyle</code> interno</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para><code>\bibliographystyle</code>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp">\citation</indexterm>\citation</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp">\cite <r>y <code>\citation</code> interna</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>y <code>\citation</code> interna</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para><code>\cite</code>, <code>\nocite</code>
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>Por ejemplo, si tu documento no tiene comando
+<code>\bibliographystyle</code>, Bib&tex; se queja de la siguiente manera:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">No encontré ningún comando \bibstyle --- mientras leía el archivo
+<var>document</var>.aux
+</pre></example>
+
+</subsubsection>
</subsection>
</section>
<node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282"><r>entorno</r> <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283"><code>theorem</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">teoremas, composición tipográfica de</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">teoremas, tipografía</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;theorem&rbrace;
-<var>texto-del-teorema</var>
+ <var>cuerpo del teorema</var>
\end&lbrace;theorem&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>theorem</code> produce &textldquo;Teorema <var>n</var>&textrdquo; en negrita seguido
-por el <var>texto-del-teorema</var>, donde las posibilidades de numeración
-para <var>n</var> se describen bajo <code>\newtheorem</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewtheorem"><xrefnodename>\newtheorem</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Produce <samp>Teorema <var>n</var></samp> en negrita seguido del <var>cuerpo del
+teorema</var> en cursiva. La posibilidad de numeración para <var>n</var> se
+describe en <code>\newtheorem</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewtheorem"><xrefnodename>\newtheorem</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem&lbrace;lem&rbrace;&lbrace;Lemma&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+\newtheorem&lbrace;thm&rbrace;&lbrace;Theorem&rbrace;
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;lem&rbrace; % en el cuerpo del documento
+ texto del lema
+\end&lbrace;lem&rbrace;
+
+El siguiente resultado sigue inmediatamente.
+\begin&lbrace;thm&rbrace;[Gauss] % pone 'Gauss' entre paréntesis después del
+ encabezado del teorema
+ texto del teorema
+\end&lbrace;thm&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>La mayoría de los documentos
+nuevos usan los paquetes <code>amsthm</code> y <code>amsmath</code> de la
+Sociedad Matemática Americana. Entre otras cosas estos paquetes
+incluyen una gran cantidad de opciones para entornos de teorema, como
+las opciones de estilo.
</para>
</section>
<node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284"><r>entorno</r> <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285"><code>titlepage</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">haciendo una página de título</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">página de título, creando la</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">hacer una página de título</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">páginas de título, crear</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;titlepage&rbrace;
-<var>texto</var>
+ ... texto y espaciado ...
\end&lbrace;titlepage&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>titlepage</code> crea una página de título, es decir, una
-página en la cual no se imprime el número de página ni el encabezado.
-También provoca que la página siguiente sea numerada como la página uno.
-El formato de la página del título se deja bajo su responsabilidad. La
-instrucción <code>\today</code> puede ser útil en las páginas de título
-(<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Crea una página de título, una página sin número de página impreso o
+encabezado y con las páginas sucesivas numeradas a partir de la página
+uno.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, todo el formato, incluido el espaciado vertical, se
+deja a el autor.
</para>
-<para>Usted puede utilizar la instrucción <code>\maketitle</code>
-(<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>) para producir una página de título estándar sin un
-entorno <code>titlepage</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;titlepage&rbrace;
+\vspace*&lbrace;\stretch&lbrace;1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ &lbrace;\huge\bfseries Tesis \\[1ex]
+ título&rbrace; \\[6.5ex]
+ &lbrace;\large\bfseries Nombre del autor&rbrace; \\
+ \vspace&lbrace;4ex&rbrace;
+ Tesis enviada a \\[5pt]
+ \textit&lbrace;Nombre de la universidad&rbrace; \\[2cm]
+ en cumplimiento parcial para la concesión del título de \\[2cm]
+ \textsc&lbrace;\Gran Doctor en Filosofía&rbrace; \\[2ex]
+ \textsc&lbrace;\large Matemáticas&rbrace; \\[12ex]
+ \vfill
+ Departamento de Matemáticas \\
+ Dirección \\
+ \vfill
+ \today
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+\vspace&lbrace;\stretch&lbrace;2&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;titlepage&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En su lugar, produce una página de título estándar sin un entorno
+<code>titlepage</code>, usa <code>\maketitle</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</section>
<node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286"><r>entorno</r> <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287"><code>verbatim</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">texto literal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">simulando texto escrito</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">texto escrito, simulando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">código, composición tipográfica de</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">programas de ordenador, composición tipográfica</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">texto literal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">simular texto mecanografiado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">texto mecanografiado, simular</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">código, tipografía</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">programas informáticos, composición tipográfica</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
@@ -3122,3958 +9000,13283 @@ entorno <code>titlepage</code>.
\end&lbrace;verbatim&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>verbatim</code> es un entorno para crear párrafos en el cual
-&latex; produce exactamente lo que usted escriba en él; Por ejemplo el
-carácter <code>\</code> produce una <samp>\</samp> impresa. Este cambia el modo en
-que &latex; imprime los que usted escriba con retornos de carro y
-espacios en blanco con el mismo efecto que tendría en una máquina de
-escribir.
+<para>Un entorno de creación de párrafos en el que &latex; produce como
+salida exactamente lo que escribes como entrada. Por ejemplo, dentro
+de <var>texto-literal</var> el carácter backslash&nbsp;<code>\</code> no inicia
+los comandos, imprime una <samp>\</samp>, y se toman literalmente los
+retornos de carro y espacios en blanco. La salida aparece en una
+letra de tipo máquina de escribir monoespaciada (<code>\tt</code>).
</para>
-<para>El entorno <code>verbatim</code> utiliza una composición tipográfica con tipo
-de letra monoespacio (<code>\tt</code>).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;verbatim&rbrace;
+Símbolo juramento: %&amp;$#?&eosexcl;.
+\end&lbrace;verbatim&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La única restricción en <code>texto-literal</code> es que no puede incluir
+la cadena <code>\end&lbrace;verbatim&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>No puedes usar el entorno textual en el argumento
+de las macros, por instancia en el argumento de un <code>\section</code>.
+Esto no es lo mismo que los comandos son frágiles (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>),
+en lugar de eso, simplemente no puede funcionar, ya que el entorno
+<code>verbatim</code> cambia el régimen de catcode antes de tratar su
+contenido, y restaurarlo inmediatamente después, sin embargo, con un
+argumento macro, el contenido del argumento ya se ha convertido en una
+lista de tókenes a lo largo del régimen catcode vigente cuando se
+llamó a la macro. Sin embargo, el paquete <code>cprotect</code> puede
+ayudar con esto
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Un uso común de la entrada
+textual es escribir código informático. Existen paquetes que son una
+mejora del entorno <code>verbatim</code>. Por ejemplo, una mejora es
+permitir la inclusión palabra por palabra de archivos, o partes de
+esos archivos. Dichos paquetes incluyen <code>listings</code>, y
+<code>minted</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Un paquete que proporciona
+muchas más opciones para entornos textuales es <code>fancyvrb</code>.
+Otro es <code>verbatimbox</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener una lista de todos los paquetes relevantes, consulta CTAN
+(<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\verb</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">La forma macro del entorno <code>verbatim</code>.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
<node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288">\verb</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">texto literal, en línea</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">texto literal, en línea</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\verb<var>carácter</var><var>texto-literal</var><var>carácter</var>
-\verb*<var>carácter</var><var>texto-literal</var><var>carácter</var>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\verb <var>char</var> <var>texto-literal</var> <var>char</var>
+\verb* <var>char</var> <var>texto-literal</var> <var>char</var>
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\verb</code> compone tipográficamente el
-<var>texto-literal</var> como este se ha ingresado incluyendo caracteres
-especiales y espacios, utilizando el tipo de letra de máquina de
-escribir (<code>\tt</code>). No se permiten espacios entre <code>\verb</code> o
-<code>\verb*</code> y el <var>carácter</var> delimitador, el cual comienza y
-termina el texto literal. El delimitador no debe aparecer en el
-<var>texto-literal</var>.
+<para>Compone el <var>texto-literal</var> tal como se ingresa, incluidos los
+caracteres especiales y espacios, usando la letra de máquina de
+escribir (<code>\tt</code>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra dos diferentes invocaciones de <code>\verb</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">espacio visible</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La forma con <code>*</code> difiere únicamente en que los espacios son
-impresos con un carácter de &textldquo;espacio visible&textrdquo;.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">¡Esto es \verb! ¡Literalmente! la calabaza más grande de todos los
+tiempos. Y esta es la mejor calabaza, \verb+¡literalmente!+
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El primer <code>\verb</code> tiene su <var>texto-literal</var> rodeado de signos
+de exclamación, <code>!</code>. En cambio, el segundo usa más, <code>+</code>,
+porque el signo de exclamación es parte del <code>texto-literal</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El delimitador de un solo carácter <var>char</var> rodea
+<var>texto-literal</var>&textmdash;debe ser el mismo carácter antes y después. No
+hay espacios entre <code>\verb</code> o <code>\verb*</code> y <var>char</var>, o entre
+<var>char</var> y <var>texto-literal</var>, o entre <var>texto-literal</var> y la
+segunda aparición de <var>char</var> (la sinopsis muestra un espacio solo
+para distinguir un componente del otro). El delimitador no debe
+aparecer en <var>texto-literal</var>. El <var>texto-literal</var> no puede
+incluir un salto de línea.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">espacio visible</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>La forma <code>*</code> se diferencia solo en que los espacios se imprimen
+con un carácter espacial.
<tex endspaces=" ">
</tex>
</para>
+<para>El resultado de esto incluirá un espacio visible en ambos lados de la
+palabra <samp>con</samp>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">El primer argumento del comando es \verb*!filename con extensión! y
+ ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para escribir direcciones de Internet, URL, el paquete
+<code>url</code> es una mejor opción que el comando <code>\verb</code>, ya que
+permite saltos de línea.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para el código informático hay
+muchos paquetes con ventajas sobre <code>\verb</code>. Uno es
+<code>listings</code>, otro es <code>minted</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>No puedes usar <code>\verb</code> en el argumento de una
+macro, por ejemplo en el argumento de una <code>\section</code>. No es
+cuestión de que <code>\verb</code> sea frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>), en lugar
+de eso, simplemente no puede trabajar, ya que el comando <code>\verb</code>
+cambia el régimen de catcode antes de leer su argumento, y restaurarlo
+inmediatamente después, sin embargo con un argumento de macro el
+contenido del argumento ya ha sido convertido a una lista de tókenes a
+lo largo del régimen catcode vigente cuando se llamó a la macro. Sin
+embargo, el paquete <code>cprotect</code> puede ayudar con esto.
+</para>
</subsection>
</section>
<node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entornos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289"><r>entorno</r> <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290"><code>verse</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">poesía, un entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">poesía, un entorno para</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;verse&rbrace;
-<var>línea1</var> \\
-<var>línea2</var> \\
-...
+ <var>line1</var> \\
+ <var>line2</var> \\
+ ...
\end&lbrace;verse&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>El entorno <code>verse</code> está diseñado para poesía, aunque es posible que
-usted le encuentre alguna otra utilidad.
+<para>Un entorno para la poesía.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí hay dos líneas de Romeo y Julieta de Shakespeare.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291">\\ <r>para <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>Los márgenes tienen sangría a la izquierda y derecha, a los párrafos no
-se les aplica sangría y el texto no está justificado. Separe las líneas
-de cada estrofa con <code>\\</code> y use una o más líneas en blanco para
-separar las estrofas.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Entonces sé claramente que el querido amor de mi corazón está \\
+establecido sobre la bella hija del rico Capuleto.
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para <code>verse</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Separa las líneas de cada estrofa con <code>\\</code> y usa una o más líneas
+en blanco para separar las estrofas.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;verse&rbrace;
+\makebox[\linewidth][c]&lbrace;\textit&lbrace;No cierres tus puertas&rbrace; ---Walt Whitman&rbrace;
+ \\[1\baselineskip]
+No cierres tus puertas orgullosa biblioteca, \\
+Por lo que faltaba en todos tus estantes bien llenos, \\
+\qquad todavía más necesitado, traigo, \\
+A partir de la guerra emergente, un libro que he hecho, \\
+Las palabras de mi libro nada, la deriva de él todo, \\
+Un libro separado, no vinculado con el resto ni sentido por el intelecto, \\
+Pero a ustedes, las latencias incalculables les emocionarán en cada página.
+\end&lbrace;verse&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La salida tiene márgenes sangrados a la izquierda y a la derecha, los
+párrafos no tienen sangría y el texto no está justificado a la
+derecha.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Saltos-de-L_00ednea" spaces=" "><nodename>Saltos de Línea</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Saltos de Página</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Entornos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Saltos de Línea</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">saltos de línea</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">línea, saltos de</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Salto-de-l_00ednea" spaces=" "><nodename>Salto de línea</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Salto de página</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Entornos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Salto de línea</sectiontitle>
-<para>Lo primero que hace &latex; cuando procesa texto normal es traducir el
-archivo de entrada en una secuencia de unidades gráficas y espacios.
-Para producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe partir en
-líneas (y esas línea se deben dividir en páginas).
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">salto de linea</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">romper líneas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Lo primero que hace &latex; al procesar texto ordinario es traducir
+tu archivo de entrada a una secuencia de glifos y espacios. Para
+producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe dividir en
+líneas (y estas líneas se deben dividir en páginas).
</para>
-<para>Normalmente &latex; se encarga de los saltos de línea (y página), pero
-en algunos entornos, usted mismo determina los saltos de líneas con la
-instrucción <code>\\</code>, y siempre puede forzar los saltos de línea
-manualmente.
+<para>&latex; normalmente hace el salto de línea (y de página) en el texto
+del cuerpo pero en algunos entornos fuerza manualmente los saltos de
+línea.
+</para>
+<para>Un flujo de trabajo común es obtener una versión final del contenido
+del documento antes de realizar una pasada final y considerar los
+saltos de línea (y saltos de página). Esto difiere del procesamiento
+de palabras, donde estás formateando texto a medida que lo ingresas.
+Aplazar esto hasta el final evita un montón saltos de línea que
+cambiarán de todos modos.
+<!-- c Texto alternativo propuesto aquí: -->
+<!-- c https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000803.html este texto -->
+<!-- c es el de la versión francesa. -->
+<ignore endspaces=" ">
+Un flujo de trabajo común con LaTeX es obtener una versión final de el
+contenido del documento antes de realizar una pasada final y
+considerar los saltos de línea (y saltos de página). La mayoría de la
+gente no considera a LaTeX como un procesador de palabras, porque no
+muestra la salida al instante. Sin embargo diferenciar la salida anima
+al usuario a posponer hasta el final ajustes de formato, y por lo
+tanto evita un montón de jugo con saltos que cambiarán de todos modos.
+@noindent
+Diferir la salida tiene otras ventajas: permite no hacer compromisos
+sobre la composición tipográfica, lo cual garantiza que lo que ves
+exactamente es lo que obtienes, y también ayuda a los autores a
+concentrar su atención en escribir o leer en lugar de distraerlo
+haciendo ambas cosas al mismo tiempo.
+</ignore>
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\\</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una nueva línea.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\obeycr y \restorecr</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Provoca que cada línea ingresada comience una nueva línea.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Divide la línea \- (hyphenation):: Inserta un guión en la sílaba explicita.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">\- (hyphenation)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\fussy</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Es quisquilloso con la separación de línea.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\sloppy</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Es descuidado en la separación de la líneas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hyphenation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Le dice a &latex; cómo insertar un guión para separar una palabra.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forzando y evitando saltos de línea.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\\</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una nueva línea.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\obeycr y \restorecr</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace que cada línea de entrada comience
+ una nueva línea de salida.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Rompe la linea
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\- (separación silábica)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserta separación silábica explícita.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\discretionary</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Control explícito del carácter de
+ guión.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\fussy y \sloppy</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Es más o menos particular con el salto
+ de línea.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hyphenation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dice a &latex; cómo dividir en sílabas
+ una palabra.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fuerza y evita saltos de línea.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr y \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code>[*][<var>más-espacio</var>]</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292">\\ <r>forzar la separación de línea</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">nueva línea, comenzando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">separación de línea, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr y \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\\</code> le dice a &latex; que comience una nueva
-línea. Esta tiene un argumento opcional, <var>más-espacio</var>, que
-especifica la cantidad de espacio vertical extra que se debe insertar
-antes de la siguiente línea. Este puede ser una cantidad negativa.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(fuerza el salto de línea)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">nueva línea, comenzando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">salto de línea, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\\*</code> es la misma que la instrucción ordinaria
-<code>\\</code> salvo que esta le dice a &latex; que no comience una nueva
-página después de la línea.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\\
+\\[<var>morespace</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\\*
+\\*[<var>morespace</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Finaliza la línea actual. El argumento opcional <var>morespace</var>
+especifica espacio vertical adicional que se insertará antes de la
+siguiente línea. Esta es un longitud elástica (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>) y
+puede ser negativa. El texto antes del salto de línea se establece en
+su longitud normal, es decir, no se estira para completar el ancho de
+la línea. Este comando es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\title&lbrace;Mi historia: \\[0.25in]
+una historia de aflicción&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La forma destacada, <code>\\*</code>, le dice a &latex; que no inicie una
+nueva página entre las dos líneas, emitiendo un <code>\nobreak</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Los saltos de línea explícitos en el cuerpo del texto principal son
+inusuales en &latex;. En particular, no comiences nuevos párrafos
+con <code>\\</code>. En lugar de eso, deja una línea en blanco entre los
+dos párrafos. Y no pongas una secuencia de <code>\\</code>&textrsquo;s para hacer
+espacio vertical. En su lugar, usa <code>\vspace&lbrace;<var>length</var>&rbrace;</code> o
+<code>\leavevmode\vspace&lbrace;<var>length</var>&rbrace;</code> o
+<code>\vspace*&lbrace;<var>length</var>&rbrace;</code> si deseas que no se arroje el espacio
+en la parte superior de una nueva página (<pxref label="_005cvspace"><xrefnodename>\vspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\\</code> se usa principalmente fuera del flujo principal
+de texto como en un entorno <code>tabular</code> o <code>array</code> o en un
+entorno de la ecuación.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\\</code> es un sinónimo de <code>\newline</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></pxref>) en circunstancias ordinarias (un ejemplo de una
+excepción es la columna <code>p&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> en un entorno <code>tabular</code>;
+<pxref label="tabular"><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito: David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/82666 -->
+<para>El comando <code>\\</code> es una macro y su definición cambia según el
+contexto para que su definición en texto normal, un entorno
+<code>center</code>, un <code>flushleft</code> y <code>tabular</code> son todos
+diferentes. En texto normal, cuando fuerza un salto de línea,
+esencialmente es una abreviatura para <code>\newline</code>. No finaliza el
+modo horizontal ni finaliza el párrafo, simplemente inserta un poco de
+pegamento y penalizaciones para que cuando el párrafo termine, se
+produzca un salto de línea en ese punto, con la breve línea rellena
+con espacios en blanco.
+</para>
+<para>Obtienes <samp>Error de LaTeX: No hay línea para terminar aquí</samp> si
+usas <code>\\</code> para solicitar una nueva línea, en lugar de finalizar
+la línea actual. Un ejemplo es si tienes <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;\\</code>
+o, más probablemente, algo como esto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;0.5\textwidth&rbrace;
+ \\
+ En ese espacio vertical pon tu marca.
+ \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Solucionalo reemplazando la doble barra invertida con algo como
+<code>\vspace&lbrace;\baselineskip&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr y \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cobeycr-y-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr y \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> y <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">nueva línea, salida como entrada</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\obeycr</code> genera un retorno de carro en el archivo
-de entrada (<samp>^^M</samp>, internamente) lo mismo que <code>\\</code> (seguido
-por <code>\relax</code>). Por lo tanto, cada nueva línea en la entrada
-también será una nueva línea en la salida.
+<anchor name="_005cobeycr">\obeycr</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005crestorecr">\restorecr</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">nueva línea, salida como entrada</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>El comando <code>\obeycr</code> hace un retorno en el archivo de entrada
+(<samp>^^M</samp>, internamente) lo mismo que <code>\\</code>, seguido de
+<code>\relax</code>. Así que cada nueva línea en la entrada también será
+una nueva línea en la salida. El comando <code>\restorecr</code> restaura
+el comportamiento normal de salto de línea.
+</para>
+<para>Esta no es la forma de mostrar texto textual o código informático.
+Usa <code>verbatim</code> (<pxref label="verbatim"><xrefnodename>verbatim</xrefnodename></pxref>) en su lugar.
</para>
-<para><code>\restorecr</code> restaura el comportamiento de saltos de línea normal.
+<para>Con los valores predeterminados habituales de &latex;, este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">aaa
+bbb
+
+\obeycr
+ccc
+ddd
+ eee
+
+\restorecr
+fff
+ggg
+
+hhh
+iii
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>produce una salida como esta.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"> aaa bbb
+ ccc
+ddd
+eee
+
+fff ggg
+ hhh iii
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Las sangrías son sangrías de párrafo.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr y \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (separación silábica)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr y \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295">\newline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">nueva línea, comenzando (modo de párrafo)</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\newline</code> rompe la línea en el punto actual, sin
-justificar el texto anterior. Sólo se puede utilizar en modo párrafo.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">nueva línea, comenzando (modo párrafo)</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>En texto ordinario, esto termina una línea de una manera que no se
+justifica a la derecha. Para que el texto anterior al final de la
+línea no se estire, es decir, en modo de párrafo (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>), el
+comando <code>\newline</code> es equivalente a doble barra invertida
+(<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). Este comando es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Sin embargo, los dos comandos son diferentes dentro de un entorno
+<code>tabular</code> o entorno <code>array</code>. En una columna con un
+especificador que produce un cuadro de párrafo como típicamente
+<code>p&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>, <code>\newline</code> inserta un final de línea dentro de
+la columna; es decir, no rompe toda la fila tabular. Para dividir
+toda la fila, usa <code>\\</code> o su equivalente <code>\tabularnewline</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto imprimirá <samp>Nombre:</samp> y <samp>Dirección:</samp> como dos líneas en
+una sola celda de la tabla.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;p&lbrace;1in&rbrace;&arobase;&lbrace;\hspace&lbrace;2in&rbrace;&rbrace;p&lbrace;1in&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ Nombre: \newline Dirección: &amp;Date: \\ \hline
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para><samp>Date:</samp> se alineará con la línea base con <samp>Nombre:</samp>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (división silábica discrecional)</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">división silábica, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005c_002d-_0028separaci_00f3n-sil_00e1bica_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (separación silábica)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (guion discrecional)</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(separación silábica)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">separación silábica, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\-</code> le dice a &latex; que puede dividir la palabra
-con un guión en ese punto. &latex; cuenta con una muy buena separación
-silábica con guión, y por lo general en la mayoría de los casos
-encuentra los puntos correctos en la división de palabras, y casi nunca
-utiliza uno incorrecto. La instrucción <code>\-</code> se utiliza para casos
+<para>Le dice a &latex; que puede separar la palabra en ese punto. Cuando
+insertas comandos <code>\-</code> en una palabra, la palabra solo se
+dividirá con guiones en esos puntos y en ninguno de los otros puntos
+de guiones que &latex; podría haber elegido de otro modo. Este
+comando es robusto (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>&latex; es bueno separando guiones y generalmente encuentra la
+mayoría de los puntos de separación con guiones, mientras que casi
+nunca se usa uno incorrecto. El comando <code>\-</code> es para casos
excepcionales.
</para>
-<para>Cuando usted inserta la instrucción <code>\-</code> en una palabra, la palabra
-únicamente se debe dividir con guión en esos puntos y en ninguno de los
-puntos que &latex; pudiera haber elegido de otro modo.
+<para>Por ejemplo, &latex; normalmente no separa palabras que contienen un
+guión. Abajo, la palabra larga y con guión significa que &latex;
+tiene que poner en espacios inaceptablemente grandes para colocar la
+columna estrecha.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;rp&lbrace;1.75in&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ Isaac Asimov &amp;La cepa del
+ antiintelectualismo
+ % an\-ti-in\-te\-lec\-tu\-al\-ismo
+ ha sido un hilo constante que se abre camino a través de
+ nuestra vida política y cultural, alimentada por
+ la falsa noción de que democracia significa que
+ 'mi ignorancia es tan buena como tu conocimiento'.
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Comentar la tercera línea y descomentar la cuarta hace mucho mejor
+ajuste.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\-</code> solo permite que &latex; rompa allí, no requiere
+que se rompa allí. Puedes forzar una división con algo como
+<code>Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Por supuesto, si luego cambias el texto,
+entonces este salto de línea forzado puede parecer fuera de lugar, por
+lo que este enfoque requiere sumo cuidado.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cfussy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy y \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (separación silábica)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (punto de separación silábica generalizada)</sectiontitle>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">separación silábica, discrecional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">discrecional, separación silábica</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La declaración <code>\fussy</code> (que es la predeterminada) provoca que
-&tex; sea quisquilloso con los saltos de línea. Esto por lo general
-también evita el espacio entre palabras, a costa de un ocasional
-desbordamiento de caja.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción cancela el efecto de una instrucción <code>\sloppy</code>
-previa (<pxref label="_005csloppy"><xrefnodename>\sloppy</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\discretionary&lbrace;<var>pre-break</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>post-break</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>no-break</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Maneja cambios de palabras alrededor de guiones. Este comando no se
+usa a menudo en documentos &latex;.
</para>
+<para>Si se produce un salto de línea en el punto donde aparece
+<code>\discretionary</code> entonces &tex; pone <var>pre-break</var> al final de
+la línea actual y pone <var>post-break</var> al comienzo de la siguiente
+línea. Si no hay salto de linea aquí entonces &tex; pone
+<var>no-break</var>.
+</para>
+<para>En <samp>difficult</samp> las tres letras <code>ffi</code> forman una ligadura.
+Pero no obstante, &tex; se puede dividir entre las dos <samp>f</samp> con
+esto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">di\discretionary&lbrace;f-&rbrace;&lbrace;fi&rbrace;&lbrace;ffi&rbrace;cult
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Ten en cuenta que los usuarios no tienen que hacer esto. Normalmente
+se maneja automáticamente por el algoritmo de separación silábica de
+&tex;.
+</para>
+<!-- c xxx TODO, completa este nodo, ve LaTeX-fr (copiar y pegar a -->
+<!-- c continuación, con letra acentuada escapada) -->
+
+<ignore endspaces=" ">
+@c Los argumentos de @code{\discretionary} solo pueden contener
+@c caracteres, recuadros o cr@enages.
+@c
+@c El comando @code{\discretionary} permite controlar finamente la
+@c medida en casos donde ni el control estándar es suficiente de la
+@c censura hace el algoritmo @TeX{} censura y las reglas para censuras
+@c dadas por los paquetes de gestión de idiomas, ni los medios
+@c explícitos de control ofrecidos por los comandos
+@c @code{\hyphenation} (@pxref{\hyphenation}) y @code{\-} (@pxref{\-
+@c (guion),\- (censura @`a gr@'e)}).
+@c
+@c El uso típico de @code{\discretionary} es, por ejemplo, para
+@c controlar la censura dentro de una fórmula matemática en modo línea
+@c (ve también @ref{Math miscellany,Miscellan@'ees math@'ematique
+@c (entr@'ee \*)}). Abajo un ejemplo de control del censura dentro de
+@c una dirección reticular, donde autorizamos la censura sobre los
+@c oblicuos pero usando una barra invertida morada al lugar@tie{}del
+@c guión:
+@c
+@c @example
+@c \documentclass@{article@}
+@c \usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@}
+@c \usepackage[utf8]@{inputenc@}
+@c \usepackage@{xcolor@}
+@c \usepackage@{hyperref@}
+@c \usepackage@{french@}
+@c \newcommand*\DiscrSlash@{\discretionary@{\mbox@{\textcolor
+@c @{purple@}@{\textbackslash@}@}@}@{/@}@{/@}@}
+@c \begin@{document@}
+@c Allez donc @`a \href@{http://une/tr\%c3\%A8s/tr\%c3\%A8s/longue%
+@c /mais/vraiment/tr\%c3\%A8s/longue/adresse/r\%C3\%A9ticulaire%
+@c /index.html@}@{http://une\DiscrSlash tr@`es\DiscrSlash tr@`es\DiscrSlash
+@c longue\DiscrSlash mais\DiscrSlash vraiment\DiscrSlash
+@c tr@`es\DiscrSlash longue\DiscrSlash adresse\DiscrSlash
+@c r@'eticulaire\DiscrSlash index.html@}
+@c \end@{document@}
+@c @end example
+</ignore>
</section>
-<node name="_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy y \sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\discretionary</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code> y <code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cfussy">\fussy</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005csloppy">\sloppy</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">saltos de línea, cambiando</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Declaraciones para hacer que &tex; sea más o menos quisquilloso con
+el salto de línea. Declarar <code>\fussy</code> por lo general evita
+demasiado espacio entre palabras, a costa de alguna que otra caja
+llena en exceso. En cambio, <code>\sloppy</code> evita cajas demasiado
+llenas mientras sufre espaciado interpalabras sueltas.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado es <code>\fussy</code>. El salto de línea en un
+párrafo es controlado por cualquier declaración que esté vigente al
+final del párrafo, es decir, en la línea en blanco o <code>\par</code> o
+ecuación mostrada que termina ese párrafo. Entonces, para afectar los
+saltos de línea, incluye ese material de final de párrafo en el
+entorno del párrafo.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">sloppypar</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Versión de entorno del comando \sloppy.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
-<para>La declaración <code>\sloppy</code> provoca que &tex; sea menos cuidadoso con
-los saltos de línea. Esto evitará el desbordamiento de cajas, a costa de
-un mayor espaciamiento entre palabras.
+<node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy y \sloppy</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">entorno descuidado</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Dura hasta que se utilice una instrucción <code>\fussy</code>
-(<pxref label="_005cfussy"><xrefnodename>\fussy</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;sloppypar&rbrace;
+ ... párrafos ...
+\end&lbrace;sloppypar&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Compone los párrafos con <code>\sloppy</code> en efecto (<pxref label="_005cfussy-y-_005csloppy"><xrefnodename>\fussy y
+\sloppy</xrefnodename></pxref>). Usa esto para ajustar localmente el salto de línea, para
+evitar los errores <samp>Caja demasiado llena</samp> o <samp>Caja
+incompleta</samp>.
</para>
+<para>El ejemplo es simple.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;sloppypar&rbrace; Con su plan para la mañana así resuelto, se sentó
+ en silencio a su libro después del desayuno, resolviendo permanecer
+ en el mismo lugar y el mismo empleo hasta que el reloj dio la una; y
+ por costumbre muy poco incomodado por los comentarios y
+ exclamaciones de la Sra.\ Allen, cuyo vacío de mente e incapacidad
+ para pensar eran tales, que como ella nunca hablaba mucho, por lo
+ que nunca podría estar completamente silencioso; y, por lo tanto,
+ mientras ella estaba sentada en su trabajo, si perdiera su aguja o
+ le rompía el hilo, si oía un carruaje en la calle, o vio una mota en
+ su vestido, debe observarla en voz alta, ya sea nadie tenía tiempo
+ para responderle o no. \end&lbrace;sloppypar&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
-<node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak y \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy y \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">división de sílabas con guión, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">separación silábica, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\hyphenation&lbrace;<var>palabra-uno</var> <var>palabra-dos</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\hyphenation&lbrace;<var>word1</var> ...&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\hyphenation</code> declara los puntos dónde se permite
-la división de palabras por medio de un carácter <code>-</code> en las
-palabras proporcionadas. Las palabras están separadas por espacios.
-&tex; únicamente debe separar las palabras si la palabra coincide
-exactamente, sin juzgar las inflexiones. Múltiples instrucciones
-<code>\hyphenation</code> son acumulativas. Algunos ejemplos (los patrones de
-separación silábica de &tex; no se aplican a esas palabras):
+<para>Declara los puntos de separación de palabras permitidos dentro de las
+palabras de la lista. Las palabras en esa lista están separadas por
+espacios. Muestra puntos permitidos para separación silábica con un
+guión, <code>-</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí hay un ejemplo:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\hyphenation&lbrace;ap-én-dice col-umnas hiper-fragilís-tico-espiali-doso&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\hyphenation&lbrace;hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness&rbrace;
</pre></example>
+<para>Utiliza letras minúsculas. &tex; solo dividirá si la palabra
+coincide exactamente, no se intentan inflexiones. Múltiples
+<code>\hyphenation</code> los comandos se acumulan.
+</para>
+<!-- c xx Vuelve a alinear en LaTeX-fr que también menciona fontenc, y eso -->
+<!-- c babel/polyglossia ya carga los patrones de separación de sílabas, y -->
+<!-- c tienes que declarar solo palabras no existentes. -->
+
</section>
-<node name="_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak y \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005clinebreak-y-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak y \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> y <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">saltos de línea, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">saltos de línea, evitando</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<anchor name="_005clinebreak">\linebreak</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">saltos de línea, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">saltos de línea, previniendo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\linebreak[<var>prioridad</var>]
-\nolinebreak[<var>prioridad</var>]
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\linebreak
+\linebreak[<var>cero-a-cuatro</var>]
</pre></example>
-<para>De manera predeterminada, la instrucción <code>\linebreak</code>
-(<code>\nolinebreak</code>) fuerza (previene) un salto de línea en la posición
-actual. Para <code>\linebreak</code>, los espacios en la línea se expanden
-hasta el margen derecho de la manera normal.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o uno de estos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\nolinebreak
+\nolinebreak[<var>cero-a-cuatro</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Anima o desalienta un salto de línea. El <var>cero-a-cuatro</var> opcional
+es un número entero entre 0 y 4 que te permite suavizar la
+instrucción. El valor predeterminado es 4, por lo que sin el
+argumento opcional estos comandos fuerzan o previenen por completo la
+ruptura. Pero por ejemplo, <code>\nolinebreak[1]</code> es una sugerencia
+de que otro lugar puede ser mejor. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más
+insistente será la solicitud. Ambos comandos son frágiles
+(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>Con el argumento opcional <var>prioridad</var>, usted puede convertir la
-instrucción de una petición a una demanda. La <var>prioridad</var> debe ser
-un número desde 0 hasta&nbsp;4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, es más
-insistente la petición.
+<para>Aquí le decimos a &latex; que un buen lugar para poner un salto de
+línea es después del texto legal estándar.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\boilerplatelegal&lbrace;&rbrace; \linebreak[2]
+Alentamos especialmente las solicitudes de miembros de tradicionalmente
+grupos subrepresentados.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Cuando emite <code>\linebreak</code>, los espacios en la línea se estiran
+para que el punto de quiebre alcance el margen derecho. <xref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></xref>
+y&nbsp;<ref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></ref>, para que los espacios no se extiendan.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Saltos-de-P_00e1gina" spaces=" "><nodename>Saltos de Página</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Notas al Pie</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Saltos de Línea</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Saltos de Página</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">salto de página</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">dividiendo páginas</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>&latex; inicia nuevas páginas asincronicamente, cuando ha acumulado
-suficiente material para llenar una página. Por lo general, esto ocurre
-automáticamente, pero a veces, posiblemente, usted quiera influir en los
-saltos de página.
+<node name="Salto-de-p_00e1gina" spaces=" "><nodename>Salto de página</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Notas al pie</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Salto de línea</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Salto de página</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">salto de página</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">rompiendo páginas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Normalmente, &latex; automáticamente se encarga de dividir la salida
+en páginas con su habitual aplomo. Pero si estás escribiendo
+comandos, o ajustar la versión final de un documento, es posible que
+debas entender cómo influir en sus acciones.
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito: H Vogt https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115563 -->
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">badness</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El algoritmo de &latex; para dividir un documento en páginas es más
+complejo que simplemente esperar hasta que haya suficiente material
+para llenar una página y producir el resultado. En cambio, &latex;
+compone más material que cabría en la página y luego elige un salto
+que es óptimo en alguna forma (tiene el <dfn>badness</dfn> más pequeño). Un
+ejemplo de la ventaja de este enfoque es que si la página tiene algún
+espacio vertical que se puede estirar o encoger, como con tiras de
+goma entre párrafos, entonces &latex; lo puede usar para evitar
+líneas viudas (donde comienza una nueva página con la última línea de
+un párrafo; &latex; puede exprimir la línea adicional en la primera
+página) y huérfanas (donde la primera línea del párrafo está al final
+de una página; &latex; puede estirar el material de la primera página
+para que la línea extra caiga en la segunda página). Otro ejemplo es
+donde &latex; usa la reducción vertical disponible para caber en una
+página que no solo el encabezado de una nueva sección, pero también
+las dos primeras líneas de esa sección.
+</para>
+<para>Pero &latex; no optimiza el conjunto de saltos de páginas del
+documento completo. Entonces puede suceder que el salto de la primera
+página sea genial pero el segundo sea pésimo; para romper la página
+actual &latex; no ve tan adelante como el siguiente salto de página.
+Así que de vez en cuando es posible que desees influir en los saltos
+de página al preparar una versión final de un documento.
+</para>
+<para><xref label="Composici_00f3n"><xrefnodename>Composición</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener más material relevante para el salto
+de página.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\cleardoublepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una nueva página a mano derecha.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\clearpage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una nueva página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newpage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una nueva página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\enlargethispage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Amplía un poco la página actual.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forzando y evitando saltos de página.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una nueva página; expulsa
+ flotantes.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newpage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inicia una nueva página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\enlargethispage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agranda un poco la página actual.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forzar y evitar saltos de página.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\clearpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Página</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cleardoublepage</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de página</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> y <code>\cleardoublepage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">iniciando una página a mano derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cclearpage">\clearpage</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">enjuagar flotantes y comenzar una página</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">comenzar una nueva página y borrar flotantes</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">comenzando en una página de la derecha</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\cleardoublepage</code> termina la página actual y
-provoca que se impriman todas las imágenes y tablas que han aparecido
-hasta el momento en el texto. En un estilo de Impresión a doble cara,
-este también hace que la siguiente página sea a mano derecha, página
-(impares), produciendo una página en blanco si es necesario.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\clearpage
+</pre></example>
-</section>
-<node name="_005cclearpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Página</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">descargando flotantes e iniciando una página</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">iniciando una nueva página y limpiando flotantes</indexterm></cindex>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\cleardoublepage
+</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\clearpage</code> termina la página actual y provoca que
-todas la imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta ahora en la entrada
-sean impresas.
+<para>Finaliza la página actual y genera todas las figuras flotantes
+pendientes y tablas (<pxref label="Flotantes"><xrefnodename>Flotantes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si hay demasiados flotantes
+para caber en la página entonces &latex; pondrá páginas adicionales
+que solo contienen flotantes. En impresión a doble cara,
+<code>\cleardoublepage</code> también hace que la siguiente página de
+contenido sea una página de la derecha, una página impar, si es
+necesario insertando una página en blanco. El comando
+<code>\clearpage</code> es robusto mientras <code>\cleardoublepage</code> es
+frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los saltos de página de &latex; están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito: https://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-reallyblank.html -->
+<para>El comando <code>\cleardoublepage</code> colocará una página en blanco, pero
+tendrá los encabezados y pies de página en ejecución. Para obtener
+una página con espacio en blanco, usa este comando.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage
+\newcommand&lbrace;\clearemptydoublepage&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \clearpage
+ &lbrace;\pagestyle&lbrace;empty&rbrace;\origdoublepage&rbrace;%
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Si deseas que el comando <code>\chapter</code> estándar de &latex; haga
+esto, entonces agrega la línea
+<code>\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</code>. (Por supuesto, esto
+afecta todos los usos de <code>\cleardoublepage</code>, no solo uno en
+<code>\chapter</code>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\newpage</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></pxref>) también termina la
+página actual, pero sin borrar los flotantes pendientes. Y, si
+&latex; está en modo de dos columnas, entonces <code>\newpage</code>
+finaliza la columna actual mientras <code>\clearpage</code> y
+<code>\cleardoublepage</code> finalizan la página actual.
+</para>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Página</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de página</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">nueva página, iniciando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">iniciando una nueva página</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\newpage</code> termina la página actual, pero no
-descarga flotantes (vea <code>\clearpage</code> arriba).
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">nueva página, comenzando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">comenzando una nueva página</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newpage
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Finaliza la página actual. Este comando es robusto
+(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los saltos de página de &latex; están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas este comando en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
+</para>
+<para>Mientras que los comandos <code>\clearpage</code> y <code>\cleardoublepage</code>
+también finalizan la página actual, además borran los flotantes
+pendientes (<pxref label="_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></pxref>). Y, si &latex;
+está en modo de dos columnas, entonces <code>\clearpage</code> y
+<code>\cleardoublepage</code> terminan la página actual, posiblemente
+dejando una columna vacía, mientras <code>\newpage</code> solo finaliza la
+columna actual.
+</para>
+<para>A diferencia de <code>\pagebreak</code> (<pxref label="_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak"><xrefnodename>\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</xrefnodename></pxref>),
+el comando <code>\newpage</code> hará que la nueva página comience justo
+donde se solicitó. Este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+continente,
+\newpage
+
+\noindent
+una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+de que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>hace que una nueva página comience después de <samp>continente</samp>, y la
+línea cortada no se justifica a la derecha. Además, <code>\newpage</code>
+no estira verticalmente la página, como lo hace <code>\pagebreak</code>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Página</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de página</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">ampliando la página actual</indexterm></cindex>
-<para><code>\enlargethispage&lbrace;tamaño&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">ampliar la página actual</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para><code>\enlargethispage*&lbrace;tamaño&rbrace;</code>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\enlargethispage&lbrace;<var>size</var>&rbrace;
+\enlargethispage*&lbrace;<var>size</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Amplía el <code>\textheight</code> para la página actual. El argumento
+requerido <var>size</var> debe tener una longitud rígida
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Puede ser positivo o negativo. Este comando es
+frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>Amplía el <code>\textheight</code> para la página actual por la cantidad
-especificada; por ejemplo <code>\enlargethispage&lbrace;\baselineskip&rbrace;</code>
-permitirá una línea adicional.
+<para>Una estrategia común es esperar hasta tener el texto final de un
+documento y, a continuación, pásalo ajustando los saltos de línea y de
+página. Este comando te permite cierto margen de maniobra en el
+tamaño de la página.
</para>
-<para>La forma favorita trata de apretar el material en la página tanto como
-sea posible. Esta normalmente se utiliza junto con un <code>\pagebreak</code>
-explícito.
+<para>Esto permitirá una línea adicional en la página actual.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\enlargethispage&lbrace;\baselineskip&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La forma con estrella <code>\enlargesthispage*</code> intenta exprimir el
+material juntos en la página tanto como sea posible, para el caso de
+uso común de obtener una línea más en la página. Esto se usa a menudo
+junto con un <code>\pagebreak</code> explícito.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Saltos de Página</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cpagebreak-y-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak y \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Salto de página</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> y <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">saltos de página, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">saltos de página, evitando</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<anchor name="_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">salto de página, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">salto de página, evitando</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagebreak[<var>prioridad</var>]
-\nopagebreak[<var>prioridad</var>]
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagebreak
+\pagebreak[<var>cero-a-cuatro</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\nopagebreak
+\nopagebreak[<var>cero-a-cuatro</var>]
</pre></example>
-<para>De forma predeterminada, la instrucción <code>\pagebreak</code>
-(<code>\nopagebreak</code>) fuerza (impide) un salto de página en la posición
-actual. Para <code>\linebreak</code>, el espacio vertical en la página se
-estira cuanto sea posible de modo que se extienda hasta el margen
-inferior normal.
+<para>Anima o desalienta un salto de página. El <var>cero-a-cuatro</var>
+opcional es un número entero que te permite suavizar la solicitud. El
+valor predeterminado es 4, de modo que sin el argumento opcional estos
+comandos fuerzan o previenen el quiebre. Pero, por ejemplo,
+<code>\nopagebreak[1]</code> sugiere a &latex; que otro lugar podría ser
+preferible. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente la petición.
+Ambos comandos son frágiles. (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los finales de página de &latex; están optimizados, por lo que
+normalmente solo usas estos comandos en el cuerpo de un documento para
+pulir la versión final, o dentro de comandos.
</para>
-<para>Con el argumento opcional <var>prioridad</var>, puede convertir la
-instrucción <code>\pagebreak</code> desde una petición a una demanda. El
-número debe ser un número desde 0 hasta&nbsp;4. Cuanto mayor sea el
-número, más insistente es la petición.
+<para>Si los usas dentro de un párrafo, se aplica al punto siguiente de la
+línea en la que aparecen. Así que esto
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Hace cuarenta y siete años nuestros padres dieron a luz en este
+continente,
+\pagebreak
+una nueva nación, concebida en Libertad, y dedicada a la proposición
+que todos los hombres son creados iguales.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>no da un salto de página en <samp>continente</samp>, sino en <samp>nación</samp>,
+ya que ahí es donde &latex; rompe esa línea. Además, con
+<code>\pagebreak</code> el espacio vertical en la página se estira donde sea
+posible para que se extienda hasta el fondo del margen normal. Esto
+puede parecer extraño, y si <code>\flushbottom</code> está en efecto esto
+puede hacer que obtengas <samp>Infralleno \vbox (incorrecto 10000)
+ocurrió mientras \output está activo</samp>. <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref>, para un
+comando que no tiene estos efectos.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>(Hay una declaración obsoleta <code>\samepage</code>, que intenta solo
+permitir un salto de línea entre dos párrafos. Hay un entorno
+relacionado <code>samepage</code>, también obsoleto. Ninguno de estos
+funciona de manera confiable. Para más información sobre cómo
+mantener el material en la misma página, consulta la entrada de
+preguntas frecuentes <url><urefurl>https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</urefurl></url>).
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Notas-al-Pie" spaces=" "><nodename>Notas al Pie</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definiciones</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Saltos de Página</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Notas al Pie</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">notas al pie, creando</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Notas-al-pie" spaces=" "><nodename>Notas al pie</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definiciones</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Salto de página</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Notas al pie</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">notas al pie, crear</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Coloca una nota a pie de página en la parte inferior de la página
+actual, como aquí.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">No<accent type="uml">e</accent>l Coward bromeó diciendo que tener que leer una nota al pie es
+como tener que bajar las escaleras para abrir la puerta, mientras está
+en medio de hacer amor.\footnote&lbrace;% No sabría, no leo las notas al
+pie.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>Las notas al pie se pueden producir en una de dos maneras. Se pueden
-producir con una sola instrucción, la instrucción <code>\footnote</code>.
-También se pueden producir con dos instrucciones, las instrucciones
-<code>\footnotemark</code> y <code>\footnotetext</code>.
+<para>Puedes poner varias notas al pie de página en una página. Si el texto
+de la nota al pie se vuelve demasiado largo, entonces fluirá a la
+página siguiente.
+</para>
+<para>También puedes producir notas al pie combinando <code>\footnotemark</code> y
+los comandos <code>\footnotetext</code>, que es útil en casos con
+circunstancias especiales.
+</para>
+<para>Para que las referencias bibliográficas salgan a pie de página es
+necesario incluir un estilo bibliográfico con ese comportamiento
+(<pxref label="Usar-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Usar BibTeX</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\footnote</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserta una nota al pie.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\footnotemark</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Solamente Inserta la marca de nota.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\footnotetext</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Solamente Inserta el texto la nota.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Usando símbolos en lugar de números para las notas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Parámetros para Footnote</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Parámetros para el formato de la nota al pie.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\footnote</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserta una nota al pie.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\footnotemark</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Solamente inserta la marca de nota al pie.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\footnotetext</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Solo inserta el texto de la nota al pie.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Títulos de
+ capítulo o sección.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Notas al pie en una tabla</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Notas al pie de la tabla.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Notas al pie de notas al pie</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Varias clases de notas al pie.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al Pie</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al pie</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnote[<var>número</var>]&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnote&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\footnote[<var>number</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\footnote</code> coloca una nota numerada con el
-<var>texto</var> al pie de la página actual. El argumento opcional
-<var>número</var> cambia el número predeterminado de la nota.
+<para>Coloca <var>text</var> como nota al pie al final de la página actual.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Hay más de mil notas a pie de página en el libro de Gibbon.
+\textit&lbrace;Decadencia y Caída del Imperio Romano&rbrace;.\footnote&lbrace;% Después
+de leer una versión anterior con notas finales, David Hume se quejó:
+``Uno también está plagado de sus Notas, según el presente Método de
+imprimir el Libro'' y sugirió que ``sólo para ser impreso en el margen
+o en la parte inferior de la página.''&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>number</var> te permite especificar el número de
+la nota al pie. Si usas esto, entonces &latex; no incrementa el
+contador <code>footnote</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, y notas al pie</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<para>De manera predeterminada, &latex; usa números arábigos como
+marcadores de notas al pie. Cambia esto con algo como
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\thefootnote&rbrace;&lbrace;\fnsymbol&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, que
+utiliza una secuencia de símbolos (<pxref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman
+\Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>). Para que este cambio sea global, ponlo en el
+preámbulo. Si realizas el cambio local, entonces es posible que
+desees restablecer el contador con
+<code>\setcounter&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&lbrace;0&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción sólo puede utilizarse fuera del modo párrafo; es decir,
-no se puede utilizar en el instrucciones de seccionado tal como
-<code>\chapter</code>, en figuras, tablas o en un entorno <code>tabular</code>.
-(Vea las siguientes secciones).
-<!-- c xx mencione paquetes que corrijan esto -->
+<para>&latex; determina el espaciado de las notas al pie con dos
+parámetros.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">parámetros de nota al pie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">parámetros, para notas al pie</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor> <para>Produce la regla que separa el texto
+principal de una página del texto de la notas al pie de la página.
+Dimensiones predeterminadas en las clases de documentos estándar
+(excepto <code>slides</code>, donde no aparece) es: espesor vertical de
+<code>0.4pt</code>, y tamaño horizontal de <code>0.4\columnwidth</code> de largo.
+Cambia la regla con algo como esto.
+</para>
+<!-- c Agregación de créditos: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/21917 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\footnoterule&rbrace;&lbrace;% Kerns evita el espacio vertical
+ \kern -3pt % Este -3 es negativo
+ \hrule width \textwidth height 1pt % de la suma de este 1
+ \kern 2pt&rbrace; % y este 2
+</pre></example>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>La altura del puntal colocado al comienzo de la nota al pie.
+(<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>). De manera predeterminada, esto se establece en el
+puntal normal para <code>\footnotesize</code> fuentes (<pxref label="Tama_00f1os-de-los-tipos-de-letra"><xrefnodename>Tamaños de los
+tipos de letra</xrefnodename></pxref>), por lo tanto no hay espacio adicional entre las
+notas al pie. Este es <samp>6.65pt</samp> para <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>7.7pt</samp>
+para <samp>11pt</samp> y <samp>8.4pt</samp> para <samp>12pt</samp>. Cambio como con
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\footnotesep&rbrace;&lbrace;11pt&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>El comando <code>\footnote</code> es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; pone muchas restricciones sobre
+dónde puedes usar un <code>\footnote</code>; por ejemplo, no lo puedes usar
+en un argumento para un comando de seccionado como <code>\chapter</code>
+(solo se puede usar en modo de párrafo; <pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). Hay algunas
+soluciones; ve las siguientes secciones.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">footnotes, en una minipágina</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">mpfootnote contador</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>En un entorno <code>minipage</code>, el comando <code>\footnote</code> usa el
+contador <code>mpfootnote</code> en lugar del contador <code>footnote</code>, por
+lo que se numeran de forma independiente. Se muestran en la parte
+inferior del entorno, no en la parte inferior de la página. Y de
+manera predeterminada se muestran alfabéticamente. <xref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></xref> y
+<ref label="Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla"><xrefnodename>Notas al pie en una tabla</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al Pie</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al pie</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Sin argumento opcional, la instrucción <code>\footnotemark</code> coloca el
-número de nota actual en el texto. Esta instrucción se puede utilizar
-en modo párrafo. Usted proporciona el texto de la nota por separado,
-con la instrucción <code>\footnotetext</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnotemark
+\footnotemark[<var>number</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Coloca la marca de nota al pie actual en el texto. Para especificar
+texto asociado para la nota al pie&nbsp;<ref label="_005cfootnotetext"><xrefnodename>\footnotetext</xrefnodename></ref>. El
+argumento <var>number</var> opcional hace que el comando use ese número
+para determinar la marca de nota al pie. Este comando se puede
+utilizar en el modo de párrafo interior (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción se puede utilizar para producir varios marcadores de
-nota consecutivos refiriéndose a la misma nota
+<para>Si usas <code>\footnotemark</code> sin el argumento opcional, entonces
+incrementa el contador <code>footnote</code>, pero si usas el contador
+opcional <var>number</var> entonces no lo hace. El siguiente ejemplo
+produce varios marcadores consecutivos de notas al pie que se refieren
+a la misma nota al pie.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnotemark[\value&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;]
+<pre xml:space="preserve">El primer teorema\footnote&lbrace;Debido a Gauss.&rbrace; y el segundo
+teorema\footnotemark[\value&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;] y el tercer
+teorema.\footnotemark[\value&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;]
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>después de la primer instrucción <code>\footnote</code>.
+<para>Si hay notas al pie intermedias, debes recordar el valor de el número
+de la marca común. Este ejemplo da la misma afiliación institucional
+del primer y tercer autor (<code>\thanks</code> es una versión de
+<code>\footnote</code>), dando a mano el número de la nota al pie.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\title&lbrace;Un tratado sobre el teorema del binomio&rbrace;
+\author&lbrace;J Moriarty\thanks&lbrace;Universidad de Leeds&rbrace;
+ \y AC Doyle\thanks&lbrace;Universidad de Durham&rbrace;
+ \y S Holmes\footnotemark[1]&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\maketitle
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Utiliza un contador para recordar el número de la nota al pie. La
+tercera frase va seguida del mismo marcador de nota al pie que la
+primera.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter&lbrace;footnoteValueSaver&rbrace; Todos los bebés son
+ilógicos.\footnote&lbrace;% Lewis
+Carroll.&rbrace;\setcounter&lbrace;footnoteValueSaver&rbrace;&lbrace;\value&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&rbrace; No
+se desprecia a nadie que pueda manejar un cocodrilo.\footnote&lbrace;%
+Capitán Garfio.&rbrace; Las personas ilógicas son
+despreciadas.\footnotemark[\value&lbrace;footnoteValueSaver&rbrace;] Por lo tanto,
+cualquiera que pueda manejar un cocodrilo no es un bebé.
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Este ejemplo logra lo mismo usando el paquete <code>cleveref</code>.
+</para>
+<!-- c del usuario SE Jake https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/10116/339 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;cleveref&rbrace;[2012/02/15] % en el preámbulo
+\crefformat&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&lbrace;#2\footnotemark[#1]#3&rbrace;
+...
+El teorema es de Evers.\footnote&lbrace;\label&lbrace;fn:TE&rbrace;Tinker, Evers,
+1994.&rbrace; El corolario es de Chance.\footnote&lbrace;Evers, Chance, 1990.&rbrace;
+Pero el lema clave es de Tinker.\cref&lbrace;fn:TE&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Funcionará con el paquete <code>hyperref</code>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al Pie</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al pie</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnotetext[<var>número</var>]&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnotetext&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\footnotetext[<var>number</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\footnotetext</code> coloca el <var>texto</var> en la parte
-inferior de la página como una nota al pie. Esta instrucción puede
-venir en cualquier lugar después de la instrucción <code>\footnotemark</code>.
-La instrucción <code>\footnotetext</code> debe aparecer en el exterior del
-modo párrafo.
+<para>Coloca <var>text</var> en la parte inferior de la página como nota al pie.
+Se empareja con <code>\footnotemark</code> (<pxref label="_005cfootnotemark"><xrefnodename>\footnotemark</xrefnodename></pxref>) y puede
+venir en cualquier lugar después de ese comando, pero debe aparecer en
+modo de párrafo externo (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). El argumento opcional
+<var>number</var> cambia el número de la marca de nota al pie.
</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional <var>número</var> cambia el número predeterminado de la
-nota.
+<para><xref label="_005cfootnotemark"><xrefnodename>\footnotemark</xrefnodename></xref> y&nbsp;<ref label="Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla"><xrefnodename>Notas al pie en una tabla</xrefnodename></ref>, para usar
+en ejemplos
</para>
</section>
-<node name="Notas-al-Pie-Simb_00f3licas" spaces=" "><nodename>Notas al Pie Simbólicas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Parámetros para Footnote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al Pie</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Notas al Pie Simbólicas</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Notas-a-pie-de-p_00e1gina-en-los-t_00edtulos-de-las-secciones" spaces=" "><nodename>Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Notas al pie en una tabla</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al pie</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">Notas a pie de página, en los títulos de las secciones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">tabla de contenido, evitando notas al pie de página</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números en</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Si desea utilizar símbolos para las notas al pie, en lugar de un número
-creciente, redefina <code>\thefootnote</code> así:
+<para>Pone una nota al pie en el título de una sección, como en:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\thefootnote&rbrace;&lbrace;\fnsymbol&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\section&lbrace;Juegos completos\protect\footnote&lbrace;Este material se debe a
+ ...&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310">\fnsymbol<r>, y notas al pie</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311">\fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\fnsymbol</code> produce a serie predefinida de símbolos
-(<pxref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si desea
-utilizar un símbolo diferente como su marca de nota al pie, necesitará
-redefinir <code>\&arobase;fnsymbol</code>.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>hace que la nota al pie de página aparezca en la parte inferior de la
+página donde comienza la sección, como es habitual, pero también en la
+parte inferior de la tabla de contenido, donde no es probable que sea
+deseado. La forma más sencilla de hacer que no aparezca en la tabla
+de contenido es usar el argumento opcional para <code>\section</code>
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\section[Por favor]&lbrace;Por favor\footnote&lbrace;%
+ ¡No incluyas notas al pie en los encabezados de capítulos y
+ secciones!&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>No se necesita <code>\protect</code> delante de <code>\footnote</code> aquí porque
+lo que se mueve a la tabla de contenido es el argumento opcional.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="Par_00e1metros-para-Footnote" spaces=" "><nodename>Parámetros para Footnote</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Notas al Pie Simbólicas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al Pie</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Parámetros para Footnote</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Notas-al-pie-en-una-tabla" spaces=" "><nodename>Notas al pie en una tabla</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Notas al pie de notas al pie</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Notas a pie de página en los títulos de las secciones</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al pie</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Notas al pie en una tabla</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">parámetros de footnote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">parámetros, para footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">nota al pie, en una tabla</indexterm></cindex>
-<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="312">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Produce la línea que separa el texto principal en una página de las
-notas al pie de la página. Dimensiones predeterminadas: <code>0.4pt</code>
-espesor (o ancho), y longitud de <code>0.4\columnwidth</code> en las clases de
-documento estándar (salvo en <code>slides</code>, donde esta no aparece).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="313">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La altura donde se coloca el puntal al comienzo de la nota al pie. De
-forma predeterminada, se establece en el puntal del tipo de letra normal
-<code>\footnotesize</code> (<pxref label="Tama_00f1os-del-Tipo-de-Letra"><xrefnodename>Tamaños del Tipo de Letra</xrefnodename></pxref>, por lo tanto no
-hay espacio extra entre las notas. Este es <samp>6.65pt</samp> para
-<samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>7.7pt</samp> para <samp>11pt</samp> y <samp>8.4pt</samp> para
-<samp>12pt</samp>.
+<para>Dentro de un entorno <code>tabular</code> o <code>array</code> el comando
+<code>\footnote</code> no funciona; hay una marca de nota al pie en la celda
+de la tabla, pero el texto de la nota al pie no aparece. La solución
+es usar un entorno <code>minipage</code> como aquí (<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;\textwidth&rbrace; \centering
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;l|l&rbrace;
+ \textsc&lbrace;Barco&rbrace; &amp;\textsc&lbrace;Libro&rbrace; \\ \hline
+ \textit&lbrace;HMS Sophie&rbrace; &amp;Maestro y Comandante \\
+ \textit&lbrace;HMS Polychrest&rbrace; &amp;Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit&lbrace;HMS Lively&rbrace; &amp;Capitán de puesto \\
+ \textit&lbrace;HMS Surprise&rbrace; &amp;Un número de libros\footnote&lbrace;%
+ Comenzando con \textit&lbrace;HMS Sorpresa&rbrace;.&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Dentro de una <code>minipage</code>, las marcas de las notas al pie son
+letras minúsculas. Cambio que con algo así
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\thempfootnote&rbrace;&lbrace;\arabic&lbrace;mpfootnote&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>
+(<pxref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Las notas al pie en el ejemplo anterior aparecen en la parte inferior
+de la <code>minipage</code>. Para que aparezcan en la parte inferior de la
+página principal, como parte de la secuencia regular de notas al pie,
+utiliza <code>\footnotemark</code> y <code>\footnotetext</code> empareja y crea un
+nuevo contador.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter&lbrace;mpFootnoteValueSaver&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;\textwidth&rbrace;
+ \setcounter&lbrace;mpFootnoteValueSaver&rbrace;&lbrace;\value&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&rbrace; \centering
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;l|l&rbrace;
+ \textsc&lbrace;Mujer&rbrace; &amp;\textsc&lbrace;Relación&rbrace; \\ \hline
+ Mona &amp;Adjunto\footnotemark\\
+ Diana Villiers &amp;Eventual esposa \\
+ Christine Hatherleigh Wood &amp;Prometida\footnotemark
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;% El signo de porcentaje mantiene el texto de la
+ % nota al pie cerca de la minipágina
+ \stepcounter&lbrace;mpFootnoteValueSaver&rbrace;%
+ \footnotetext[\value&lbrace;mpFootnoteValueSaver&rbrace;]&lbrace;%
+ Poco se sabe aparte de su muerte.&rbrace;%
+ \stepcounter&lbrace;mpFootnoteValueSaver&rbrace;%
+ \footnotetext[\value&lbrace;mpFootnoteValueSaver&rbrace;]&lbrace;%
+ Relación no resuelta en XXI.&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para un entorno <code>table</code> flotante
+(<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), usa el paquete <code>tablefootnote</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;tablefootnote&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;table&rbrace;
+ \centering
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;l|l&rbrace;
+ \textsc&lbrace;Fecha&rbrace; &amp;\textsc&lbrace;Campaña&rbrace; \\ \hline
+ 1862 &amp; Fuerte Donelson \\
+ 1863 &amp;Vicksburg \\
+ 1865 &amp;Ejército de Virginia del Norte\tablefootnote&lbrace;%
+ Pone fin a la guerra.&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+ \caption&lbrace;Fuerzas capturadas por US Grant&rbrace;
+\end table&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La nota al pie aparece en la parte inferior de la página y está
+numerada en secuencia con otras notas al pie.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="Notas-al-pie-de-notas-al-pie" spaces=" "><nodename>Notas al pie de notas al pie</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Notas al pie en una tabla</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Notas al pie</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Notas al pie de notas al pie</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">nota al pie, de una nota al pie</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Particularmente en las humanidades, los autores
+pueden tener múltiples clases de notas al pie, incluyendo tener notas
+al pie de las notas al pie. El paquete <code>bigfoot</code> amplía el
+mecanismo de notas al pie predeterminado de &latex; en muchas
+maneras, incluyendo permitir estos dos, como en este ejemplo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;bigfoot&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+\DeclareNewFootnote&lbrace;Predeterminado&rbrace;
+\DeclareNewFootnote&lbrace;from&rbrace;[alph] % crea clase \footnotefrom&lbrace;&rbrace;
+ ...
+El tercer teorema es un inverso parcial del segundo.\footnotefrom&lbrace;%
+ Anotado en Wilson.\footnote&lbrace;Segunda edición solamente.&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Definiciones" spaces=" "><nodename>Definiciones</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Contadores</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Notas al Pie</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Definiciones" spaces=" "><nodename>Definiciones</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Contadores</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Notas al pie</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definiciones</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">definiciones</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&latex; tiene la capacidad para crear nuevas instrucciones de muchos
-tipos diferentes.
-</para>
-<!-- c xx todo en este capítulo necesita ejemplos. -->
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">definiciones</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&latex; tiene soporte para crear nuevos comandos de muchos tipos
+diferentes.
+</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newcommand y \renewcommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">(Re)define una nueva instrucción.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un nuevo contador.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define una nueva longitud.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newsavebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define una nueva caja.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Definen un nuevo entorno.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newtheorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Definen un nuevo entorno -como <code>theorem</code>.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un nuevo nombre de tipo de letra.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Usando instrucciones astutas.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newcommand y \renewcommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">(Re)define un nuevo comando.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\providecommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un nuevo comando, si no se
+ usa el nombre.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makeatletter y \makeatother</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cambia el estado del carácter
+ arroba.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;ifstar</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define tus propios comandos con
+ variantes-*.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un nuevo contador.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define una nueva longitud.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newsavebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define una nueva caja.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un nuevo entorno.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newtheorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un nuevo entorno similar a
+ un teorema.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define un nuevo nombre de tipo de
+ letra.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Usando comandos complicados.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Descarta los espacios
+ adicionales.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">paquete xspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio después de una macro,
+ condicionalmente.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand y \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand y \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> y <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">instrucciones, definiendo nuevas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">definiendo una nueva instrucción</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">nuevas instrucciones, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para><code>\newcommand</code> y <code>\renewcommand</code> define y redefine una
-instrucción, respectivamente.
+<anchor name="_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005crenewcommand">\renewcommand</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\renewcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">comandos, definiendo nuevos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">comandos, redefiniendo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">definir un nuevo comando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">redefinir un comando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">nuevos comandos, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de (tres formas regulares, tres formas destacadas):
</para>
- <para>Sinopsis:
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o todas las mismas posibilidades con <code>\renewcommand</code> en lugar de
+<code>\newcommand</code>:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve"> \newcommand&lbrace;<var>instrucción</var>&rbrace;[<var>n-argumentos</var>]&lbrace;<var>definición</var>&rbrace;
-\renewcommand&lbrace;<var>instrucción</var>&rbrace;[<var>n-argumentos</var>]&lbrace;<var>definición</var>&rbrace;
- \newcommand&lbrace;<var>instrucción</var>&rbrace;[<var>n-argumentos</var>][<var>predeterminado</var>]&lbrace;<var>definición</var>&rbrace;
-\renewcommand&lbrace;<var>instrucción</var>&rbrace;[<var>n-argumentos</var>][<var>predeterminado</var>]&lbrace;<var>definición</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\renewcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\renewcommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\renewcommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\renewcommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\renewcommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
+<para>Define o redefine un comando (ve también <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code>
+en <ref label="Comandos-class-y-package"><xrefnodename>Comandos class y package</xrefnodename></ref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">forma estrella, definiendo nuevos comandos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">*-forma, definiendo nuevos comandos</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
+<para>La forma estrellada de estos dos prohíbe que los argumentos contengan
+varios párrafos de texto (en términos simples de &tex;: los comandos
+no son <code>\long</code>). Con la forma predeterminada, los argumentos
+pueden ser varios párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Estos son los parámetros (a continuación se muestran algunos
+ejemplos):
+</para>
<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">instrucción</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El nombre de la instrucción comenzando con <code>\</code>. Para
-<code>\newcommand</code>, este no se debe haber definido y no debe comenzar
-con <code>\end</code>; para <code>\renewcommand</code>, este ya tiene que estar
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">cmd</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Requerido; <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> es el nombre del comando. Debe comenzar
+con una barra invertida, <code>\</code>, y no debe comenzar con la cadena de
+cuatro caracteres <code>\end</code>. Para <code>\newcommand</code>, no debe estar
+ya definido. Para <code>\renewcommand</code>, este nombre ya debe estar
definido.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">n-argumentos</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un entero opcional entre 1 y 9 especificando el número de argumentos que
-debe tomar la instrucción. El valor predeterminado es para que la
-instrucción no tome argumentos.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">nargs</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9, especificando el número de
+argumentos que toma el comando, incluido cualquier argumento opcional.
+Omitir este argumento es lo mismo que especificar 0, lo cual significa
+que el comando no tiene argumentos. Si redefines un comando, la nueva
+versión puede tener un diferente número de argumentos que la versión
+anterior.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">optargdefault</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">argumentos opcionales, definir y usar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">argumentos, opcional, definir y usar</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Opcional; si este argumento está presente entonces el primer argumento
+de <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> es opcional, con valor predeterminado
+<var>optargdefault</var> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si
+<var>optargdefault</var> no está presente entonces <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> no
+toma un argumento opcional.
+</para>
+<para>Es decir, si <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> se llama con el siguiente argumento
+entre corchetes, como en <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]&lbrace;...&rbrace;...</code>,
+entonces dentro de <var>defn</var>, el parámetro&nbsp;<code>#1</code> se
+establece en <var>optval</var>. Por otro lado, si <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> se
+llama sin los siguientes corchetes entonces dentro de <var>defn</var> se
+establece el parámetro <code>#1</code> a <var>optargdefault</var>. En cualquier
+caso, los argumentos requeridos comienzan con <code>#2</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Omitir <code>[<var>optargdefault</var>]</code> de la definición es completamente
+diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío, como en <code>[]</code>.
+El primero dice que el comando que se define no requiere un argumento
+opcional, por lo que <code>#1</code> es el primer argumento requerido (si
+<math><var>nargs</var> &ge; 1</math>); este último establece el argumento
+opcional <code>#1</code> a la cadena vacía como valor predeterminado, si no
+hay un argumento opcional dado en la llamada.
+</para>
+<para>De manera similar, omitir <code>[<var>optval</var>]</code> de una llamada también
+es completamente diferente de dar los corchetes con contenido vacío.
+El anterior establece <code>#1</code> al valor de <var>optval</var> (suponiendo
+que el comando se definió para tomar un argumento opcional); el último
+<code>#1</code> configurado a la cadena vacía, al igual que con cualquier
+otro valor.
+</para>
+<para>Si un comando no está definido para tomar un argumento opcional, pero
+es llamado con un argumento opcional, los resultados son
+impredecibles: allí puede haber un error de &latex;, puede haber una
+salida tipográfica incorrecta, o ambos.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">defn</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">parámetros, sustituir</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Requerido; el texto que se sustituirá por cada aparición de
+<code>\<var>cmd</var></code>. Los parámetros <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>, &dots;,
+<code>#<var>nargs</var></code> se reemplazan por los valores proporcionados
+cuando se llama al comando (o por <var>optargdefault</var> en el caso de un
+argumento opcional no especificado en la llamada, como se acaba de
+explicar).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">predeterminado</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Si este parámetro opcional está presente, significa que el primer
-argumento del comando es opcional. Cuando se invoca a la nueva
-instrucción, el valor predeterminado del argumento opcional (es decir,
-si no se especifica en la llamada) es la cadena <samp>definición</samp>.
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">espacios en blanco, después de las secuencias de control</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&tex; ignora los espacios en blanco en la fuente después de una
+secuencia de control (<pxref label="Secuencias-de-control"><xrefnodename>Secuencias de control</xrefnodename></pxref>), como en
+<samp>\cmd </samp>. Si quieres un espacio allí, una solución es escribir
+<code>&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> después del comando (<samp>\cmd&lbrace;&rbrace; </samp>), y otra solución es
+usar un espacio de control explícito (<samp>\cmd\ </samp>).
+</para>
+<para>Un ejemplo simple de definición de un nuevo comando:
+<code>\newcommand&lbrace;\RS&rbrace;&lbrace;Robin Smith&rbrace;</code> da como resultado que
+<code>\RS</code> sea reemplazado por el texto más largo. Redefinir un
+comando existente es similar:
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\qedsymbol&rbrace;&lbrace;&lbrace;\small QED&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas <code>\newcommand</code> y el nombre del comando ya se ha usado
+entonces obtienes algo como <samp>Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya
+definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</samp>. De
+manera similar, si usas <code>\renewcommand</code> y el nombre del comando
+no se ha definido, obtienes algo como <samp>Error de LaTeX: \hank no
+se ha definido</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí la primera definición crea un comando sin argumentos, y la
+segunda, un comando con un argumento requerido:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">definición</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto con el que se sustituirá cada aparición de <code>instrucción</code>;
-una construcción de la forma <code>#<var>n</var></code> en <var>definición</var> es
-reemplazada por el texto del e<var>n</var>ésimo argumento.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\student&rbrace;&lbrace;Ms~O'Leary&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\defref&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;Definición~\ref&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Usa el primero como en <code>Te recomiendo \student&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>. El segundo
+tiene un argumento variable, por lo que <code>\defref&lbrace;def:basis&rbrace;</code> se
+expande a <code>Definición~\ref&lbrace;def:basis&rbrace;</code>, que finalmente se
+expande a algo así como <samp>Definición~3.14</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<para>Del mismo modo, pero con dos argumentos obligatorios:
+<code>\newcommand&lbrace;\nbym&rbrace;[2]&lbrace;$#1 \times #2$&rbrace;</code> se invoca como
+<code>\nbym&lbrace;2&rbrace;&lbrace;k&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\salutation&rbrace;[1][Señor o señora]&lbrace;Estimado #1:&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Entonces <code>\salutation</code> da <samp>Estimado señor o señora:</samp>
+mientras <code>\salutation[John]</code> da <samp>Querido John:</samp>. Y
+<code>\salutation[]</code> da <samp>Estimado :</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene un argumento opcional y dos argumentos
+obligatorios.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\lawyers&rbrace;[3][empresa]&lbrace;#2, #3 y~#1&rbrace;
+Empleo a \lawyers[Howe]&lbrace;Dewey&rbrace;&lbrace;Cheatem&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El resultado es <samp>Empleo Dewey, Cheatem y Howe</samp>. El argumento
+opcional, <code>Howe</code>, está asociado con <code>#1</code>, mientras que
+<code>Dewey</code> y <code>Cheatem</code> están asociados con <code>#2</code>
+y&nbsp;<code>#3</code>. Debido al argumento opcional,
+<code>\lawyers&lbrace;Dewey&rbrace;&lbrace;Cheatem&rbrace;</code> dará la salida <samp>Empleo Dewey,
+Cheatem y Howe</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Las llaves alrededor de <var>defn</var> no definen un grupo, es decir, no
+delimitan el alcance del resultado de expandir <var>defn</var>. Por
+ejemplo, con <code>\newcommand&lbrace;\shipname&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\it #1&rbrace;</code>, en esta
+oración,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">El \shipname&lbrace;Monitor&rbrace; se encontró con el \shipname&lbrace;Merrimac&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>las palabras <samp>se encontró con el</samp>, y el punto, estarían
+incorrectamente en cursiva. La solución es poner otro par de
+corchetes dentro de la definición:
+<code>\newcommand&lbrace;\shipname&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;&lbrace;\it #1&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Secuencias de control</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Secuencia de control, palabra de control y
+ símbolo de control.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+<node name="Secuencias-de-control" spaces=" "><nodename>Secuencias de control</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\newcommand y \renewcommand</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Secuencia de control, palabra de control y símbolo de control</sectiontitle>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">secuencias de control</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Al leer la entrada &tex; convierte el flujo de caracteres leídos en
+una secuencia de <dfn>tókenes</dfn>. Cuando &tex; ve una barra invertida
+<code>\</code>, la hará manejar los siguientes caracteres de una manera
+especial para hacer un token de <dfn>secuencia de control</dfn>.
+</para>
+<para>Las secuencias de control se dividen en dos categorías:
+</para>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
+<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">palabra de control, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><dfn>palabra de control</dfn>, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+una <code>\</code> seguida de al menos una letra ASCII (<code>A-Z</code> y
+<code>a-z</code>), seguida de al menos una no letra.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">símbolo de control, definir</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><dfn>símbolo de control</dfn>, cuando la secuencia de control se obtiene de
+una <code>\</code> seguida de un carácter que no sea una letra.
+</para></listitem></itemize>
+
+<para>La secuencia de caracteres que se encuentran después de una <code>\</code>
+también se denominan el <dfn>nombre de la secuencia de control</dfn>.
+</para>
+<para>Los espacios en blanco después de una palabra de control se ignoran y
+no producen espacio en blanco en la salida (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y
+\renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref> y <ref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></ref>).
+</para>
+<para>Así como el comando <code>\relax</code> no hace nada, la siguiente entrada
+simplemente imprimirá <samp>¡Hola!</samp> <inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>tex</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">¡Hol\relax<w> </w><w> </w><w> </w>
+<w> </w><w> </w><w> </w>a!
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Esto se debe a que los espacios en blanco después de <code>\relax</code>,
+incluida la nueva línea, son ignorados, y los espacios en blanco al
+principio de una línea también son ignorados (<pxref label="Espacios-en-blanco-iniciales"><xrefnodename>Espacios en
+blanco iniciales</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</subsection>
</section>
-<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand y \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">contadores, definiendo nuevos</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter y \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand y \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">comandos, definiendo nuevos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">definir un nuevo comando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">nuevos comandos, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\providecommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\providecommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\providecommand&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\providecommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\providecommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+\providecommand*&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>defn</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Define un comando, siempre que no exista ningún comando con este
+nombre. Si no existe ningún comando con este nombre, esto tiene el
+mismo efecto que <code>\newcommand</code>. Si ya existe un comando con este
+nombre, entonces esta definición no hace nada. Esto es
+particularmente útil en un archivo que se puede cargar más de una vez,
+como un archivo de estilo. <xref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y \renewcommand</xrefnodename></xref>, para
+la descripción de los argumentos.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\providecommand&lbrace;\myaffiliation&rbrace;&lbrace;Colegio de San Miguel&rbrace;
+\providecommand&lbrace;\myafiliation&rbrace;&lbrace;Lyc\'ee Henri IV&rbrace;
+De \myafiliation.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>produce <samp>De Saint Michael's College.</samp> A diferencia de
+<code>\newcommand</code>, el uso repetido de <code>\providecommand</code> para
+(intentar) definir <code>\myaffiliation</code> no da error.
+</para>
+</section>
+<node name="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother" spaces=" "><nodename>\makeatletter y \makeatother</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\providecommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makeatletter</code> y <code>\makeatother</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cmakeatletter">\makeatletter</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmakeatother">\makeatother</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter&lbrace;<var>nombre-contador</var>&rbrace;[<var>super</var>]
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter
+ ... definición de comandos con &arobase; en su nombre ..
+\makeatother
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Usa este par cuando redefines los comandos de &latex; que se nombran
+con un carácter arroba&nbsp;<samp><code>&arobase;</code></samp>. La declaración
+<code>\makeatletter</code> hace que el carácter de arroba tenga el código de
+categoría de una letra, code&nbsp;11. La declaración
+<code>\makeatother</code> establece el código de categoría del signo de
+arroba a code&nbsp;12, su valor predeterminado.
+</para>
+<para>A medida que &tex; lee caracteres, asigna a cada uno un código de
+categoría, o
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">código de categoría de caracter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">código de categoría, carácter</indexterm></cindex>
+<dfn>catcode</dfn>. Por ejemplo, asigna el carácter&nbsp;<samp><code>\</code></samp> de
+barra invertida el catcode&nbsp;0. Nombres de comandos constan de un
+carácter categoría&nbsp;0, normalmente barra invertida, seguido por
+letras, caracteres de categoría&nbsp;11 (excepto que un nombre de
+comando también puede constar de un carácter categoría&nbsp;0 seguido
+de un solo símbolo que no es una letra).
+</para>
+<para>El código fuente de &latex; tiene la convención de que algunos
+comandos usan <code>&arobase;</code> en su nombre. Estos comandos están destinados
+principalmente a escritores de paquete o de clase. La convención
+impide que los autores que solo utilizan un paquete o clase reemplacen
+accidentalmente dicho comando con uno de ellos mismos, porque de
+manera predeterminada el signo de arroba tiene el catcode&nbsp;12.
+</para>
+<para>Usa el par <code>\makeatletter</code> y <code>\makeatother</code> dentro de un
+<file>.tex</file>, generalmente en el preámbulo, cuando estás definiendo o
+redefiniendo comandos nombrados con <code>&arobase;</code>, haciendo que rodeen tu
+definición. No los uses dentro de los archivos <file>.sty</file> o
+<file>.cls</file> ya que los comandos <code>\usepackage</code> y
+<code>\documentclass</code> ya disponen que la arroba tenga el código de
+carácter de una letra, catcode&nbsp;11.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para obtener una lista completa de macros con un
+signo de arroba en sus nombres, consulta
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, el archivo de clase tiene un comando
+<code>\thesis&arobase;universityname</code> que el usuario quiere cambiar. Estas
+tres líneas deben ir en el preámbulo, antes del
+<code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand&lbrace;\thesis&arobase;universityname&rbrace;&lbrace;Colegio de San Miguel&rbrace;
+\makeatother
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter y \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">comandos, variantes con estrella</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">variantes con estrella, comandos</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&rbrace;&lbrace;\&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;star&rbrace;&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;nostar&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;nostar&rbrace;[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]&lbrace;<var>nostar-body</var>&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;star&rbrace;[<var>star-num-args</var>]&lbrace;<var>star-body</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Muchos entornos o comandos estándar de &latex; tienen una variante
+con el mismo nombre pero terminando con un carácter de
+estrella&nbsp;<code>*</code>, un asterisco. Algunos ejemplos son los
+entornos <code>table</code> y <code>table*</code> y los comandos <code>\section</code> y
+<code>\section*</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Al definir entornos, seguir este patrón es sencillo porque
+<code>\newenvironment</code> y <code>\renewenvironment</code> permiten que el
+nombre del entorno contenga una estrella. Entonces solo tienes que
+escribir <code>\newenvironment&lbrace;<var>myenv</var>&rbrace;</code> o
+<code>\newenvironment&lbrace;<var>myenv</var>*&rbrace;</code> y continúa la definición de la
+manera habitual. Para los comandos la situación es más compleja ya que
+la estrella no es una letra no puede ser parte del nombre del comando.
+Como en la sinopsis anterior, habrá un comando llamado por el usuario,
+dado anteriormente como <code>\mycmd</code>, que mira hacia delante para ver
+si le sigue una estrella. Por ejemplo, &latex; realmente no tiene un
+comando <code>\section*</code>; en cambio, el comando <code>\section</code> mira
+hacia adelante. Este comando no acepta argumentos, sino que se
+expande a uno de los dos comandos que aceptan argumentos. En la
+sinopsis estos dos son <code>\mycmd&arobase;nostar</code> y <code>\mycmd&arobase;star</code>.
+Podrían tomar el mismo número de argumentos o un número diferente, o
+ningún argumento en absoluto. Como siempre, en un documento &latex;
+un comando usando una arroba&nbsp;<code>&arobase;</code> en su nombre se debe
+encerrar dentro de un bloque <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter y \makeatother</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo de <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code> define el comando <code>\ciel</code> y una
+variante <code>\ciel*</code>. Ambos tienen un argumento obligatorio. Una
+llamada a <code>\ciel&lbrace;blue&rbrace;</code> devolverá &quot;cielo azul no estrellado&quot;
+mientras <code>\ciel*&lbrace;night&rbrace;</code> devolverá &quot;cielo nocturno estrellado&quot;.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;no estrellado #1 cielo&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;starred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;cielo estrellado #1&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&rbrace;&lbrace;\&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;starred&rbrace;&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\makeatother
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En el siguiente ejemplo, la variante destacada toma un número
+diferente de argumentos que el sin estrella. Con esta definición, el
+Agente 007 <code>``Mi nombre es \agentsecret*&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;,
+\agentsecret&lbrace;James&rbrace;&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;.''</code> es equivalente a ingresar los
+comandos <code>``Mi nombre es \textsc&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;, \textit&lbrace;James&rbrace;
+textsc&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;.''</code>
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;[2]&lbrace;\textit&lbrace;#1&rbrace; \textsc&lbrace;#2&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;starred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\textsc&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;starred&rbrace;&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\newcounter</code> define un nuevo contador llamado
-<var>nombre-contador</var>. El nuevo contador se inicializa a cero.
+<para>Después de un nombre de comando, una estrella se maneja de manera
+similar a un argumento opcional. (Esto difiere de los nombres de
+entornos en los que la estrella es parte del nombre mismo y como tal
+podría estar en cualquier posición). Por lo tanto, técnicamente es
+posible poner cualquier número de espacios entre el comando y la
+estrella. Así <code>\agentsecret*&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;</code> y <code>\agentsecret<w>
+*</w>&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;</code> son equivalentes. Sin embargo, la práctica estándar es no
+insertar tales espacios.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494"><r>package</r>, <code>sufijo</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495"><code>sufijo</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Hay dos formas alternativas de
+realizar el trabajo de <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. (1)&nbsp;El paquete
+<code>suffix</code> permite la construcción
+<code>\newcommand\mycommand&lbrace;<var>variante-sin-estrella</var>&rbrace;</code> seguida
+por <code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*&lbrace;<var>starred-variant</var>&rbrace;</code>.
+(2)&nbsp;&latex; proporciona el paquete <code>xparse</code>, que permite
+este código:
</para>
-<para>Dado el argumento opcional <code>[<var>super</var>]</code>, (<var>nombre-contador</var>
-se restablecerá cuando el contador cuyo nomber es
-<var>super</var> se incremente.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\NewDocumentCommand\foo&lbrace;s&rbrace;&lbrace;\IfBooleanTF#1
+ &lbrace;<var>variante-con-estrella</var>&rbrace;%
+ &lbrace;<var>variante-sin-estrella</var>&rbrace;%
+ &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Asignar un contador</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">contadores, definiendo nuevos</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter&lbrace;<var>countername</var>&rbrace;
+\newcounter&lbrace;<var>countername</var>&rbrace;[<var>supercounter</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Define globalmente un nuevo contador llamado <var>countername</var> y lo
+inicializa a cero (<pxref label="Contadores"><xrefnodename>Contadores</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El nombre <var>countername</var> debe constar únicamente de letras. No
+comienza con una barra invertida. Este nombre no debe estar ya en uso
+por otro contador.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando usas el argumento opcional <code>[<var>supercounter</var>]</code> entonces
+el contador <var>countername</var> se restablecerá a cero siempre que
+<var>supercounter</var> se incrementa. Por ejemplo, ordinariamente
+<code>subsection</code> está numerado dentro de <code>section</code> para que cada
+vez que incremente <var>sección</var>, ya sea con <code>\stepcounter</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\stepcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>) o <code>\refstepcounter</code>
+(<pxref label="_005crefstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\refstepcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>), entonces &latex; restablecerá
+<var>subsection</var> a cero.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter&lbrace;asuper&rbrace; \setcounter&lbrace;asuper&rbrace;&lbrace;1&rbrace;
+\newcounter&lbrace;asub&rbrace;[asuper] \setcounter&lbrace;asub&rbrace;&lbrace;3&rbrace; % Nota `asuper'
+El valor de asuper es \arabic&lbrace;asuper&rbrace; y el de asub es
+\arabic&lbrace;asub&rbrace;.
+\stepcounter&lbrace;asuper&rbrace;
+Ahora asuper es \arabic&lbrace;asuper&rbrace; mientras que asub es
+\arabic&lbrace;asub&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>produce <samp>El valor de asuper es 1 y el de asub es 3</samp> y <samp>Ahora
+asuper es 2 mientras que asub es 0</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Si el contador ya existe, por ejemplo ingresando <code>asuper</code> dos
+veces, obtienes algo como <samp>Error LaTeX: Comando \c&arobase;asuper Ya
+definido. O name \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual.</samp>.
</para>
-<para><xref label="Contadores"><xrefnodename>Contadores</xrefnodename></xref>, para mayor información.
+<para>Si usas el argumento opcional, entonces el súper contador ya debe
+existir. Al ingresar <code>\newcounter&lbrace;jh&rbrace;[lh]</code> cuando <code>lh</code> no
+es un contador definido obtendrás <samp>Error LaTeX: Sin contador 'lh'
+definido.</samp>
</para>
</section>
<node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">longitudes, definiendo nuevas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">longitudes, asignando nuevas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">longitudes elásticas, definiendo nuevas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">omitir registro, &tex; simple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">registro de pegamento, &tex; simple</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\<var>argumento</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\<var>len</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\newlength</code> define el argumento obligatorio como
-una instrucción de
-<dfn>longitud</dfn> con un valor de <code>0in</code>. El
-argumento debe ser una secuencia de control, como en
-<code>\newlength&lbrace;\foo&rbrace;</code>. Ocurre un error si <code>\foo</code> ya está
-definido.
+<para>Asigna un nuevo registro de longitud (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). El
+argumento requerido <code>\<var>len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de
+control (<pxref label="Secuencias-de-control"><xrefnodename>Secuencias de control</xrefnodename></pxref>), y como tal debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <code>\</code> bajo circunstancias normales. El nuevo
+registro contiene longitudes elásticas como <code>72.27pt</code> o <code>1in
+plus.2in minus.1in</code> (una longitud de registro &latex; es lo que
+&tex; llama un <code>skip</code> de registro). El valor inicial es cero.
+La secuencia de control <code>\<var>len</var></code> no debe estar definida ya.
+</para>
+<para>Un ejemplo:
</para>
-<para><xref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></xref>, para saber cómo fijar la nueva longitud a un valor
-distinto de cero, y para más información acerca de las longitudes en
-general.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\graphichgt&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si olvidas la barra invertida, obtienes <samp>Insertada secuencia de
+control faltante</samp>. Si la secuencia de control ya existe, entonces
+obtienes algo así como <samp>Error LaTeX: Comando \graphichgt ya
+definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</samp>.
</para>
</section>
<node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">caja, asignando nueva</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;<var>instrucción</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Define <code>\<var>instrucción</var></code>, el cual debe ser un nombre de
-instrucción que no se haya definido, para referirse a una nueva bandeja
-para almacenar cajas.
+<para>Define \<var>cmd</var>, la cadena que consta de una barra invertida seguida
+de <var>cmd</var>, para referirse a un nuevo contenedor para almacenar
+material. Estos contenedores contienen material que ha sido
+compuesto, para usar varias veces o para medir o manipular
+(<pxref label="Cajas"><xrefnodename>Cajas</xrefnodename></pxref>). El nombre del contenedor \<var>cmd</var> es obligatorio,
+debe comenzar con una barra invertida, \, y no debe ser un comando
+definido. Este comando es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto asigna un contenedor y luego coloca material tipográfico en él.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;\logobox&rbrace;
+\savebox&lbrace;\logobox&rbrace;&lbrace;LoGo&rbrace;
+Nuestro logo es \usebox&lbrace;\logobox&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La salida es <samp>Nuestro logotipo es LoGo</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Si ya hay un contenedor definido, obtienes algo como <samp>Error de
+LaTeX: Comando \logobox ya definido. O nombre \end... ilegal, ve la
+p.192 del manual</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>La asignación de una caja es global.
</para>
</section>
<node name="_005cnewenvironment-y-_005crenewenvironment" spaces=" "><nodename>\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> y <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">entornos, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">definiendo nuevos entornos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">redefiniendo entornos</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<anchor name="_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005crenewenvironment">\renewenvironment</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">entornos, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">definiendo nuevos entornos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">redefiniendo entornos</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">
-\newenvironment&lbrace;<var>entorno</var>&rbrace;[<var>n-argumentos</var>]&lbrace;<var>antes-definición</var>&rbrace;
- &lbrace;<var>después-definición</var>&rbrace;
- \newenvironment&lbrace;<var>entorno</var>&rbrace;[<var>n-argumentos</var>][<var>predeterminado</var>]
- &lbrace;<var>antes-definición</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>después-definición</var>&rbrace;
-\renewenvironment&lbrace;<var>entorno</var>&rbrace;[<var>n-argumentos</var>]
- &lbrace;<var>antes-definición</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>después-definición</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\newenvironment&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\newenvironment&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\newenvironment*&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\newenvironment*&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\newenvironment*&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Estas instrucciones definen o redefinen un entorno <var>entorno</var>, es
-decir, <code>\begin&lbrace;<var>entorno</var>&rbrace; &dots; \end&lbrace;<var>entorno</var>&rbrace;</code>.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o uno de estos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewenvironment&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\renewenvironment&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\renewenvironment&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\renewenvironment*&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\renewenvironment*&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>]&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+\renewenvironment*&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]&lbrace;<var>begdef</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>enddef</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Definir o redefinir el entorno <var>env</var>, es decir, crear el
+constructor <code>\begin&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace; ... <var>body</var>
+... \end&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">forma-<code>*</code> de comandos de entorno</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>La forma de asterisco de estos comandos requiere que los argumentos no
+contienen varios párrafos de texto. Sin embargo, el cuerpo de estos
+entornos pueden contener varios párrafos.
</para>
<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">entorno</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El nombre del entorno. Para <code>\newenvironment</code>, <var>entorno</var>
-no debe ser un entorno existente, y la instrucción <code>\<var>entorno</var></code>
-debe ser una que no se haya definido previamente.
-Para <code>\renewenvironment</code>,
-<var>entorno</var> debe ser el nombre de un entorno existente.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">n-argumentos</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un entero desde 1 a 9 denotando el número de argumentos del nuevo
-entorno definido. El valor predeterminado es ningún argumento.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">predeterminado</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Si se especifica, el primer argumento es opcional, y
-<var>predeterminado</var> proporciona el valor predeterminado para ese
-argumento.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">antes-definición</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto ampliado en cada aparición de <code>\begin&lbrace;<var>entorno</var>&rbrace;</code>;
-una construcción en forma <code>#<var>n</var></code> en <var>antes-definición</var> es
-sustituido por el texto del e<var>n</var>ésimo argumento.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">después-definición</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto ampliado de cada aparición de <code>\end&lbrace;<var>entorno</var>&rbrace;</code>.
-este no debe contener ningún argumento para parámetros.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">env</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Requerido; el nombre del entorno. Se compone sólo de letras o el
+carácter forma-<code>*</code> y, por lo tanto, no comienza con una barra
+invertida, <code>\</code>. No debe comenzar con la cadena <code>end</code>. Para
+<code>\newenvironment</code>, el nombre <var>env</var> no debe ser el nombre de
+un entorno ya existente, y también el comando <code>\<var>env</var></code> debe
+ser indefinido. Para <code>\renewenvironment</code>, <var>env</var> debe ser el
+nombre de un entorno existente.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">nargs</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Opcional; un número entero de 0 a 9 que indica el número de argumentos
+que toma el entorno. Cuando usas el entorno, estos argumentos
+aparecen después de <code>\begin</code>, como en
+<code>\begin&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>arg1</var>&rbrace; ... &lbrace;<var>argn</var>&rbrace;</code>.
+Omitiendo esto es equivalente a establecerlo en 0; el entorno no
+tendrá argumentos. Al redefinir un entorno, la nueva versión puede
+tener un diferente número de argumentos que la versión anterior.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">optargdefault</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Opcional; si esto está presente, entonces el primer argumento del
+entorno definido es opcional, con el valor predeterminado
+<var>optargdefault</var> (que puede ser la cadena vacía). Si esto no está
+en la definición, entonces el entorno no acepta un argumento opcional.
+</para>
+<para>Es decir, cuando <var>optargdefault</var> está presente en la definición
+del entorno entonces puedes comenzar el entorno con corchetes, como en
+<code>\begin&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;[<var>optval</var>]&lbrace;...&rbrace; ... \end&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;</code>.
+En este caso, dentro de <var>begdefn</var> el parámetro <code>#1</code> se
+establece en el valor de <var>optval</var>. Si llamas a
+<code>\begin&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;</code> sin corchetes, luego dentro de
+<var>begdefn</var> el parámetro <code>#1</code> es establecido en el valor
+predeterminado <var>optargdefault</var>. En cualquier caso, cualquier
+argumento requerido comienza con <code>#2</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Omitir <code>[<var>myval</var>]</code> en la llamada es diferente a tener
+corchetes sin contenido, como en <code>[]</code>. Los resultados anteriores
+en <code>#1</code> expandiéndose a <var>optargdefault</var>; esto último resulta
+en <code>#1</code> expandiéndose a la cadena vacía.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">begdef</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de
+<code>\begin&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;</code>. Dentro de <var>begdef</var>, los parámetros
+<code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>, ... <code>#<var>nargs</var></code>, se sustituyen por los
+valores que proporcionas cuando llamas al entorno; ve los ejemplos
+abajo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">enddef</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Requerido; el texto se expande en cada aparición de
+<code>\end&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;</code>. Esto no puede contener ningún parámetro, es
+decir, no puedes usar <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>, etc., aquí (pero ve el
+ejemplo final a continuación).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<para>Todos los entornos, es decir el código <var>begdef</var>, el entorno body y
+el código <var>enddef</var> se procesan dentro de un grupo. Así, en el
+primer ejemplo a continuación, el efecto de <code>\small</code> se limita a
+la cotización y no se extiende al material siguiendo el entorno.
+</para>
+<para>Si intentas definir un entorno y el nombre ya se ha utilizado entonces
+obtienes algo como <samp>Error de LaTeX: Comando \fred ya definido. O
+nombre \end... ilegal, ve la p.192 del manual</samp>. Si intentas
+redefinir un entorno y el nombre aún no se ha utilizado, entonces
+obtienes algo como <samp>Error de LaTeX: Entorno hank indefinido.</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo proporciona un entorno como <code>quotation</code> de &latex;
+excepto que se establecerá en letra más pequeña.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;smallquote&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \small\begin&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \end&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Esto tiene un argumento, que está en negrita al comienzo de un
+párrafo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;point&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;%
+ \noindent\textbf&lbrace;#1&rbrace;
+&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Este muestra el uso de un argumento opcional; da un entorno quotation
+que cita el autor.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;citequote&rbrace;[1][Shakespeare]&lbrace;%
+ \begin&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+ \noindent\textit&lbrace;#1&rbrace;:
+&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \end&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El nombre del autor es opcional y de manera predeterminada es
+<samp>Shakespeare</samp>. En el documento, utiliza el entorno como este.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;citequote&rbrace;[Lincoln]
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;citequote&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El último ejemplo muestra cómo guardar el valor de un argumento para
+usarlo en <var>enddef</var>, en este caso en una caja (<pxref label="_005csbox-y-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox y
+\savebox</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;\quoteauthor&rbrace;
+\newenvironment&lbrace;citequote&rbrace;[1][Shakespeare]&lbrace;%
+ \sbox\quoteauthor&lbrace;#1&rbrace;%
+ \begin&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \hspace&lbrace;1em plus 1fill&rbrace;---\usebox&lbrace;\quoteauthor&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;quotation&rbrace;
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment y \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">teoremas, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">definiendo nuevos teoremas</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">teoremas, definiendo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">definir nuevos teoremas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">entorno similar a un teorema</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">entorno, similar a un teorema</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem&lbrace;<var>nuevo-entorno</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>etiqueta</var>&rbrace;[<var>con</var>]
-\newtheorem&lbrace;<var>nuevo-entorno</var>&rbrace;[<var>numerado-como</var>]&lbrace;<var>etiqueta</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
+\newtheorem&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;[<var>numbered_within</var>]
+\newtheorem&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;[<var>numbered_like</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Esta instrucción define un entorno parecido a teorema. Argumentos:
+<para>Define un nuevo entorno similar a un teorema. Puedes especificar uno
+de <var>numbered_within</var> y <var>numbered_like</var>, o ninguno, pero no
+ambos.
+</para>
+<para>La primera forma, <code>\newtheorem&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;</code>,
+crea un entorno que se etiquetará con <var>title</var>; ve el primer
+ejemplo a continuación.
+</para>
+<para>La segunda forma,
+<code>\newtheorem&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>título</var>&rbrace;[<var>numbered_within</var>]</code>,
+crea un entorno cuyo contador está subordinado al counter existente
+<var>numbered_within</var>, por lo que este contador se restablecerá cuando
+<var>numbered_within</var> se restablece. Ve el segundo ejemplo a
+continuación.
+</para>
+<para>La tercera forma
+<code>\newtheorem&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;[<var>numbered_like</var>]&lbrace;<var>title</var>&rbrace;</code>,
+con un argumento opcional entre los dos argumentos requeridos, crea un
+entorno cuyo contador compartirá el contador definido previamente
+<var>numbered_like</var>. Ve el tercer ejemplo.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando crea un contador llamado <var>name</var>. Además, a menos que
+se use el argumento opcional <var>numbered_like</var>, dentro del entorno
+similar a un teorema, el valor actual de <code>\ref</code> será el de
+<code>\the<var>numbered_within</var></code> (<pxref label="_005cref"><xrefnodename>\ref</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Esta declaración es global. Es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Argumentos:
</para>
<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">nuevoentorno</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El nombre del nuevo entorno a definir; no debe ser el nombre de un
-entorno existente o de lo contrario será redefinido.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">name</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El nombre del entorno. Es una cadena de letras. No debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <code>\</code>. No debe ser el nombre de un entorno
+existente, y el nombre del comando <code>\<var>name</var></code> no debe estar
+definido.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">etiqueta</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto a imprimir al inicio del entorno, antes del número. Por
-ejemplo, <samp>Teorema</samp>.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">title</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto que se imprimirá al principio del entorno, antes del
+número. Por ejemplo, <samp>Teorema</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">numerado_como</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema;
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">numbered_within</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Opcional; el nombre de un contador ya definido, generalmente una
+unidad seccional como <code>chapter</code> o <code>section</code>. Cuando el
+contador <var>numbered_within</var> se restablece y luego el entorno
+<var>name</var> el contador también se restablecerá.
</para>
-<para>(Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema el
-nuevo entorno será numerado exactamente como <var>numerado_como</var>.
+<para>Si no se utiliza este argumento opcional, el comando
+<code>\the<var>name</var></code> se establece en <code>\arabic&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">con</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Opcional). El nombre de un contador definido previamente, una unidad de
-seccionado. El nuevo contador de teorema será restablecido al mismo
-tiempo que el contador <var>con</var>.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">numbered_like</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Opcional; el nombre de un entorno similar a un teorema ya definido. El
+nuevo entorno se numerará en secuencia con <var>numbered_like</var>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<para>Cuando menos uno de <var>numerado_como</var> y <var>con</var> se debe especificar,
-no ambos.
+<para>Sin ningún argumento opcional, los entornos están numerados
+secuencialmente. El siguiente ejemplo tiene una declaración en el
+preámbulo que da como resultado <samp>Definición&nbsp;1</samp> y
+<samp>Definición&nbsp;2</samp> en producción.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem&lbrace;defn&rbrace;&lbrace;Definición&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\section&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+ Primer definición
+\end&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+
+\section&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+ Segunda definición
+\end&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene el mismo cuerpo de documento que el anterior. Pero
+aquí el argumento opcional de <code>\newtheorem</code> <var>numbered_within</var>
+se da como <code>section</code>, por lo que el resultado es como
+<samp>Definición&nbsp;1.1</samp> y <samp>Definición&nbsp;2.1</samp>.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem&lbrace;defn&rbrace;&lbrace;Definición&rbrace;[sección]
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\section&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+ Primer definición
+\end&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+
+\section&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+ Segunda definición
+\end&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En el siguiente ejemplo hay dos declaraciones en el preámbulo, el
+segundo de los cuales requiere que el nuevo entorno <code>thm</code> use el
+mismo contador como <code>defn</code>. Da <samp>Definición&nbsp;1.1</samp>,
+seguido por <samp>Teorema&nbsp;2.1</samp> y <samp>Definición&nbsp;2.2</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem&lbrace;defn&rbrace;&lbrace;Definición&rbrace;[sección]
+\newtheorem&lbrace;thm&rbrace;[defn]&lbrace;Teorema&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\section&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+ Primer definición
+\end&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+
+\section&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;thm&rbrace;
+ Primer thm
+\end&lbrace;thm&rbrace;
+
+\begin&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+ Segunda definición
+\end&lbrace;defn&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">tipos de letra, nuevas instrucciones para</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">definición de nuevos tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">tipos de letra, nuevos comandos para</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">definir nuevos tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<!-- c @findex .fd @r{archivo} -->
+<para>Este comando está obsoleto. Esta descripción está aquí solo para
+ayudar con los viejos documentos. Los nuevos documentos deben definir
+letras en familias a través del nuevo esquema de selección de letras
+que te permite, por ejemplo, asociar una negrita con una romana
+(<pxref label="Tipos-de-letra"><xrefnodename>Tipos de letra</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<!-- c Esto se hace usando archivos @file{.fd} o mediante el uso de un -->
+<!-- c motor que pueda acceder a los tipos de letra del sistema como -->
+<!-- c Xe@LaTeX{} (@pxref{Motores @TeX{}}). -->
+</para>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newfont&lbrace;<var>instrucción</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>nombredetipo</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newfont&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>font description</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Define una secuencia de control <code>\<var>instrucción</var></code>, misma que no
-se debe haber definido, para hacer que <var>nombredetipo</var> sea el tipo de
-letra actual. El archivo bloqueado en el sistema es llamado
-<file><var>nombredetipo</var>.tfm</file>.
+<para>Define un comando <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> que cambiará el tipo de letra
+actual. La secuencia de control no debe estar ya definida. Debe
+comenzar con una barra invertida, <code>\</code>.
</para>
-<para>Esta es una instrucción de bajo nivel para configurar el uso de un tipo
-de letra individual. Comúnmente, los tipos de letra se definen a través
-de familias de archivos <file>.fd</file>.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">cláusula at, en definiciones de tipos de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">tamaño de diseño, en definiciones de letras</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>La <var>descripción de la letra</var> consta de un <var>nombre de letra</var> y
+una opción <dfn>cláusula at</dfn>. &latex; buscará en tu sistema un
+archivo llamado <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>. La cláusula at puede tener
+la forma <code>en <var>dimen</var></code> o <code><var>factor</var> de escala</code>, donde
+un <var>factor</var> de <samp>1000</samp> significa que no hay escalado. Para
+los propósitos de &latex;, todo lo que hace es escalar todos los
+caracteres y otras dimensiones de fuente relativo al tamaño de diseño
+de la fuente, que es un valor definido en el archivo <file>.tfm</file>.
</para>
+<para>Esto define dos tipos de letra equivalentes y algunos caracteres
+tipográficos en cada una.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newfont&lbrace;\testfontat&rbrace;&lbrace;cmb10 at 11pt&rbrace;
+\newfont&lbrace;\testfontscaled&rbrace;&lbrace;cmb10 scaled 1100&rbrace;
+\testfontat abc
+\testfontscaled abc
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322">\protect</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">instrucciones frágiles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">argumentos móviles</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Pies de página, saltos de línea, cualquier instrucción que tenga un
-argumento opcional, y muchas más de las así llamadas instrucciones
-<dfn>frágiles</dfn>. Cuando una instrucción frágil se utiliza en ciertos
-contextos, llamados <dfn>argumentos móviles</dfn>, estas se deben preceder
-con <code>\protect</code>. Además, algunas instrucciones con argumentos
-frágiles deben tener su propia <code>\protect</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">comandos frágiles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">comandos robustos</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Todos los comandos de &latex; son frágiles &textmdash;<dfn>fragile</dfn>&textmdash; o
+robustos &textmdash;<dfn>robust</dfn>&textmdash;. Un comando frágil se puede romper cuando
+se usa en el argumento para ciertos otros comandos. Comandos que
+contienen datos que &latex; escribe en un archivo auxiliar y las
+relecturas posteriores son frágiles. Esto incluye material que va en
+una tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas, etc. Los
+comandos frágiles también incluyen saltos de línea, cualquier comando
+que tenga un argumento opcional, y muchos más. Para evitar que tales
+comandos rompan, una solución es precederlos con el comando
+<code>\protect</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, cuando &latex; ejecuta <code>\section&lbrace;<var>nombre
+sección</var>&rbrace;</code> escribe el texto <var>nombre sección</var> en el archivo
+auxiliar <file>.aux</file>, moviéndolo allí para usarlo en otra parte del
+documento como en la tabla de contenido. Cualquier argumento que sea
+expandido internamente por &latex; sin escribirlo directamente es
+referido como un
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">argumentos móviles</indexterm></cindex>
+<dfn>argumento móvil</dfn>. Un comando es frágil si se puede expandir
+durante este proceso en un código &tex; no válido. Algunos ejemplos
+de los argumentos móviles son los que aparecen en el comando
+<code>\caption&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>), en el comando
+<code>\thanks&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>), y en &arobase;expresiones en los
+entornos <code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code> (<pxref label="tabular"><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Si obtienes extraños errores de los comandos utilizados para mover
+argumentos, intenta precediéndolos con <code>\protect</code>. Todos los
+comandos frágiles se deben proteger con su propio <code>\protect</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Aunque por lo general un comando <code>\protect</code> no duele, los
+comandos de longitud son robustos y no deben estar precedidos por un
+comando <code>\protect</code>. Tampoco se puede usar un comando
+<code>\protect</code> en el argumento para los comandos <code>\addtocounter</code>
+o <code>\setcounter</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, el comando <code>\caption</code> da un misterioso error
+sobre una llave extra. Soluciona el problema precediendo a cada
+comando <code>\raisebox</code> con <code>\protect</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+ ...
+ \caption&lbrace;Sede de la empresa A\raisebox&lbrace;1pt&rbrace;&lbrace;B&rbrace;\raisebox&lbrace;-1pt&rbrace;&lbrace;C&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En el siguiente ejemplo, el comando <code>\tableofcontents</code> da un
+error porque los <code>\(..\)</code> en el título de la sección se expande a
+ilegal &tex; en el archivo <file>.toc</file>. Puedes resolver esto
+cambiando <code>\(..\)</code> a <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>.
</para>
-<para>Algunos ejemplos de argumentos móviles son <code>\caption</code>
-(<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\thanks</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>) y &arobase;-expresiones
-en entornos <code>tabular</code> y <code>array</code> (<pxref label="tabular"><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\tableofcontents
+...
+\section&lbrace;Einstein \( e=mc^2 \)&rbrace;
+...
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cignorespaces-e-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">paquete xspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cignorespaces">\ignorespaces</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespacesafterend</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">espacios, ignorar en comandos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">comandos, ignorar espacios</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ignorespaces
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ignorespacesafterend
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Ambos comandos hacen que &latex; ignore los espacios en blanco (es
+decir, los caracteres de catcode&nbsp;10 ​​como espacio o tabulación)
+después del final del comando hasta el primer cuadro o carácter que no
+esté en blanco. El primero es un comando primitivo de &tex;, y el
+segundo es específico de &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>El <code>\ignorespaces</code> se usa a menudo cuando se definen comandos a
+través de <code>\newcommand</code>, o <code>\newenvironment</code>, o <code>\def</code>.
+El ejemplo a continuación lo ilustra. Permite a un usuario mostrar
+los valores de los puntos para las preguntas de la prueba en el
+margen, pero es un inconveniente porque, como se muestra en la lista
+<code>enumerate</code>, los usuarios no deben poner ningún espacio entre el
+comando y el texto de la pregunta.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\points&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\makebox[0pt]&lbrace;\makebox[10em][l]&lbrace;#1~pts&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item\points&lbrace;10&rbrace;no hay salida de espacio adicional aquí
+ \item\points&lbrace;15&rbrace; espacio extra entre el número y el `extra'
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La solución es cambiar a esto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\points&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;%
+ \makebox[0pt]&lbrace;\makebox[10em][l]&lbrace;#1~pts&rbrace;&rbrace;\ignorespaces&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Un segundo ejemplo muestra la eliminación de espacios en blanco del
+frente del texto. Los comandos a continuación permiten a un usuario
+adjuntar uniformemente un título a los nombres. Pero, tal como se
+indica, si un título accidentalmente comienza con un espacio, entonces
+<code>\fullname</code> reproducirá eso.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\honorific&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\def\honorific&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace; % recuerda el
+ % título
+\newcommand&lbrace;\fullname&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\honorific~#1&rbrace; % pone el título
+ % antes del nombre
+
+\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;|l|&rbrace;
+\honorific&lbrace;Mr/Ms&rbrace; \fullname&lbrace;Jones&rbrace; \\ % sin espacio adicional
+ % aquí
+\honorific&lbrace; Mr/Ms&rbrace; \fullname&lbrace;Jones&rbrace; % espacio adicional antes
+ % del título
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Para arreglar esto, cambia a
+<code>\newcommand&lbrace;\fullname&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\ignorespaces\honorific~#1&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El <code>\ignorespaces</code> también se usa a menudo en un
+<code>\newenvironment</code> al final de la cláusula <var>begin</var>, como en
+<code>\begin&lbrace;newenvironment&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>nombre
+entorno</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;... \ignorespaces&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Para quitar los espacios en blanco del final de un entorno, usa
+<code>\ignorespacesafterend</code>. Un ejemplo es que esto mostrará mucho
+mayor espacio vertical entre el primer y el segundo entorno que entre
+el segundo y el tercero.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;eq&rbrace;&lbrace;\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;eq&rbrace;
+e=mc^2
+\end&lbrace;eq&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+F=ma
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+E=IR
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Poner un carácter de comentario&nbsp;<code>%</code> inmediatamente después
+del <code>\end&lbrace;eq&rbrace;</code> hará desaparecer el espacio vertical, pero eso
+es inconveniente. La solución es cambiar a
+<code>\newenvironment&lbrace;eq&rbrace;&lbrace;\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;\ignorespacesafterend&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="paquete-xspace" spaces=" "><nodename>paquete xspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces e \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>paquete xspace</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">espacios, ignorar en comandos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">comandos, ignorar espacios</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">instrucciones robustas</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Las instrucciones que no son frágiles se llaman <dfn>robustas</dfn>. Estas
-no se deben preceder con <code>\protect</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;xspace&rbrace;
+ ...
+\newcommand&lbrace;...&rbrace;&lbrace;...\xspace&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La macro <code>\xspace</code>, cuando se usa al final de una definición de
+comando, agrega un espacio a menos que el comando vaya seguido de
+ciertos caracteres de puntuación.
</para>
-<para>Vea también:
+<para>Después de un comando de secuencia de control que es una palabra de
+control (<pxref label="Secuencias-de-control"><xrefnodename>Secuencias de control</xrefnodename></pxref>, a diferencia de los símbolos
+de control como <code>\$</code>), &tex; engulle caracteres en blanco. Por
+lo tanto, en la primera oración a continuación, la salida tiene
+<samp>Vermont</samp> colocado cómodamente contra el punto, sin ningún
+espacio intermedio.
</para>
-<smallexample endspaces=" ">
-<exdent spaces=" "><url><urefurl>http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html</urefurl></url></exdent>
-<exdent spaces=" "><url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</urefurl></url></exdent>
-</smallexample>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\VT&rbrace;&lbrace;Vermont&rbrace;
+Nuestro colegio está en \VT.
+Los veranos \VT&lbrace;&rbrace; son agradables.
+</pre></example>
-<!-- c xx realmente necesita ejemplos. -->
+<para>Pero debido al engullimiento, la segunda oración necesita llaves
+vacías o de lo contrario no habría espacio que separe a <samp>Vermont</samp>
+de <samp>veranos</samp>. (Muchos autores en su lugar utilizan una barra
+invertida-espacio <code>\ </code> para esto. <xref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></xref>).
+</para>
+<para>El paquete <code>xspace</code> proporciona <code>\xspace</code>. Es para
+escribir comandos que están diseñados para ser utilizados
+principalmente en texto. Se debe colocar al final de la definición de
+estos comandos. Inserta un espacio después de ese comando a menos que
+lo que siga inmediatamente esté en una lista de excepciones. En este
+ejemplo, las llaves vacías no son necesarias.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\VT&rbrace;&lbrace;Vermont\xspace&rbrace;
+Nuestro colegio está en \VT .
+\VT los veranos son agradables.
+</pre></example>
+<para>La lista de excepciones predeterminada contiene los caracteres
+<code>,.'/?;:!~-)</code>, la llave de apertura y el comando de espacio de
+barra invertida explicados anteriormente, y los comandos
+<code>\footnote</code> o <code>\footnotemark</code>. Añaden a esa lista
+<code>\xspaceaddexceptions&lbrace;\myfni \myfnii&rbrace;</code> que agrega <code>\myfni</code>
+y&nbsp;<code>\myfnii</code> a la lista, y elimina de esa lista como con
+<code>\xspaceaddexceptions&lbrace;!&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<!-- c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
+<para>Un comentario: muchos expertos prefieren no usar <code>\xspace</code>.
+Ponerlo en una definición significa que el comando generalmente
+obtendrá el espaciado correcto. Pero no es fácil predecir cuándo
+ingresar llaves vacías porque <code>\xspace</code> se equivocará, como
+cuando le sigue otro comando, por lo que <code>\xspace</code> puede hacer
+que editar material sea más difícil y más propenso a errores que
+siempre insertar las llaves vacías.
+</para>
</section>
</chapter>
<node name="Contadores" spaces=" "><nodename>Contadores</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Longitudes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definiciones</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Contadores</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">contadores, una lista de</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">variables, una lista de</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Cualquier cosa numerada por &latex; tiene un contador asociado a ella.
-El nombre del contador es el mismo nombre que el nombre del entorno o
-instrucción que produce el número, salvo las que no comienzan con
-<code>\</code>. (<code>enumi</code>&textndash;<code>enumiv</code> se utilizan para entornos
-enumerados anidados). A continuación hay una lista de los contadores
-utilizados en las clases de documentos estándar de &latex; para
-controlar la numeración.
-</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">contadores, una lista de</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">variables, una lista de</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Todo lo que &latex; numera para ti tiene un contador asociado con
+él. El nombre del contador suele ser el mismo que el nombre del
+entorno o comando asociado con el número, excepto que el nombre del
+contador no tiene barra invertida&nbsp;<code>\</code>. Así, asociado al
+comando <code>\chapter</code> está el contador <code>chapter</code> que mantiene
+la pista del número de capítulo.
+</para>
+<para>A continuación se muestra una lista de los contadores utilizados en la
+clase <code>document</code> estándar de &latex; para controlar la
+numeración.
+</para>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">contador de partes</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">contador de capítulos</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">contador de sección</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">contador de subsección</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">contador de subsubsección</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">contador de párrafos</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">contador de subpárrafos</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">contador de páginas</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">contador de ecuaciones</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">contador de cifras</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">contador de tabla</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">contador de notas al pie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">contador de mpfootnote</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">contador enumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">contador enumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">contador enumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">contador enumiv</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">part paragraph figure enumi
-chapter subparagraph table enumii
-section page footnote enumiii
-subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
-subsubsection
+<pre xml:space="preserve">parte párrafo figura enumi
+capítulo subpárrafo tabla enumii
+sección página nota al pie enumiii
+subsección ecuación mpfootnote enumiv
+subsubsección
</pre></example>
+<para>El contador <code>mpfootnote</code> lo utiliza el comando <code>\footnote</code>
+dentro de una minipágina (<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>). Los contadores
+<code>enumi</code> a través de <code>enumiv</code> se utilizan en el entorno
+<code>enumerate</code>, por hasta cuatro niveles de anidamiento
+(<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los contadores pueden tener cualquier valor entero, pero normalmente
+son positivos.
+</para>
+<para>Los nuevos contadores se crean con <code>\newcounter</code>.
+<xref label="_005cnewcounter"><xrefnodename>\newcounter</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Imprimiendo el valor de un contador.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\usecounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Utiliza un contador especificado en un entorno de lista.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\value</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Utiliza el valor de un contador en una expresión.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\setcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece el valor de un contador.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtocounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Añade un calificador a un contador.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\refstepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\day \month \year</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Valores numéricos de fecha.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Imprime el valor de un
+ contador.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\usecounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Utiliza un contador específico en un entorno
+ de lista.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\value</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Usa el valor de un contador en una
+ expresión.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\setcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece el valor de un contador.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtocounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega una cantidad a un contador.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\refstepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Incrementa un contador.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Incrementa un contador, restableciendo los
+ contadores subsidiarios.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\day - \month y \year</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Valores numéricos de fecha.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
<node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprimiendo Contadores</sectiontitle>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Imprime contadores</sectiontitle>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">contadores, impresión</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Todas estas instrucciones toman como argumento un solo contador, por
-ejemplo, <code>\alph&lbrace;enumi&rbrace;</code>.
-</para>
-<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="323">\alph</indexterm>\alph</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>imprime <var>contador</var> usando letras minúsculas: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;, &enddots;
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="324">\Alph</indexterm>\Alph</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>utiliza letras mayúsculas: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots;
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="325">\arabic</indexterm>\arabic</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>utiliza números Arábigos: &textlsquo;1&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;2&textrsquo;, &enddots;
+<para>Imprime el valor de un contador, en un estilo específico. Por
+ejemplo, si el contador <var>counter</var> tiene el valor 1 entonces un
+<code>\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</code> en tu fuente resultará en una
+letra&nbsp;a en minúsculas que aparece en la salida.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="326">\roman</indexterm>\roman</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>utiliza números romanos en minúsculas: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots;
+<para>Todos estos comandos toman un solo contador como argumento, por
+ejemplo, <code>\alph&lbrace;enumi&rbrace;</code>. Ten en cuenta que el nombre del
+contador no comienza con una barra invertida.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="327">\roman</indexterm>\roman</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>utiliza números romanos en mayúsculas: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots;
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="328">\fnsymbol</indexterm>\fnsymbol</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>imprime el valor de <var>contador</var> en una secuencia específica de nueve
-símbolos (convencionalmente usada para etiquetar notas al pie de
-página). El valor de <var>contador</var> debe estar entre&nbsp;1 y&nbsp;9
-incluido.
-</para>
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
-<para>Los símbolos no son compatibles en info principalmente, pero aquí están
-los nombres:
-</para><display endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">asterix(*) dagger(†) ddagger(‡) section-sign(§) paragraph-sign(¶) parallel(‖)
-double-asterix(**) double-dagger(††) double-ddagger(‡‡)
-</pre></display>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Imprime el valor de <var>counter</var> en minúsculas: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;, &enddots;
+Si el valor del contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, entonces
+obtienes <samp>Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Escribe en letras mayúsculas: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; Si el valor del
+contador es menor que 1 o mayor que 26, obtiene <samp>Error de LaTeX:
+Contador demasiado grande.</samp>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Imprime en números arábigos como <samp>5</samp> o <samp>-2</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Escribe en minúsculas números romanos: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; Si el
+valor del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna
+advertencia o error, pero &latex; no imprime nada en la salida.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Imprime en números romanos en mayúsculas: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; Si el
+valor del contador es menor que 1, entonces no recibe ninguna
+advertencia o error, pero &latex; no imprime nada en la salida.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Imprime el valor de <var>counter</var> usando una secuencia de nueve
+símbolos que se utilizan tradicionalmente para etiquetar las notas al
+pie. El valor de <var>counter</var> debe estar entre&nbsp;1 y&nbsp;9,
+inclusive. Si el el valor del contador es menor que 0 o mayor que 9,
+entonces obtienes <samp>Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</samp>,
+mientras que si es 0, no obtienes ningún error o advertencia pero
+&latex; no genera nada.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí están los símbolos:
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".11 .30 .30 .29"><columnfraction value=".11"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".29"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Número</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Nombre</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Comando</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Símbolo
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item">
+<para>1</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>*<!-- c -->
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>2</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>dagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\dagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2020</U>
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>3</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>ddagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ddagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2021</U>
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>4</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>section-sign</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\S</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>00A7</U>
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>5</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>paragraph-sign</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\P</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>00B6</U>
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>6</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>double-vert</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\parallel</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2016</U>
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>7</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>double-asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>**<!-- c -->
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>8</para></entry><entry command="tab">
+ <para>double-dagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\dagger\dagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2020</U><U>2020</U>
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>9</para></entry><entry command="tab">
+ <para>double-ddagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ddagger\ddagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2021</U><U>2021</U>
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
</section>
<node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter&lbrace;<var>contador</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">lista de elementos, especificando el contador</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">elementos numerados, especificando contador</indexterm></cindex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">listar elementos, especificando contador</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">elementos numerados, especificando contador</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usecounter&lbrace;<var>contador</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usecounter&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\usecounter</code> se utiliza en el segundo argumento del
-entorno <code>list</code> para especificar el <var>contador</var> a utilizar para
-numerar los elementos de la lista.
+<para>Usado en el segundo argumento del entorno <code>list</code> (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>),
+este declara que los elementos de la lista serán numerados por
+<var>counter</var>. Inicializa <var>counter</var> a cero y organiza que cuando
+se llama a <code>\item</code> sin su argumento opcional, entonces
+<var>counter</var> se incrementa en <code>\refstepcounter</code>, haciendo que su
+valor sea ​​el valor actual de <code>ref</code> (<pxref label="_005cref"><xrefnodename>\ref</xrefnodename></pxref>). Este comando
+es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Al ponerlo en el preámbulo del documento, este ejemplo crea un nuevo
+entorno de lista enumerada con <var>testcounter</var>:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter&lbrace;testcounter&rbrace;
+\newenvironment&lbrace;test&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \begin&lbrace;list&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \usecounter&lbrace;testcounter&rbrace;
+ &rbrace;
+&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \end&lbrace;list&rbrace;
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value&lbrace;<var>contador</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330">\value</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">contadores, consiguiendo el valor de</indexterm></cindex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">contadores, obteniendo el valor de</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\value&lbrace;<var>contador</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\value&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\value</code> produce el valor de <var>contador</var>. Esta
-se puede utilizar en cualquier lugar en que &latex; espera un número,
-por ejemplo:
+<para>Se expande al valor del contador <var>counter</var>. (Ten en cuenta que el
+nombre de un contador no comienza con una barra invertida).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo genera <samp>El contador de prueba es&nbsp;6. Otro
+contador es&nbsp;5.</samp>.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter&lbrace;micontador&rbrace;&lbrace;3&rbrace;
-\addtocounter&lbrace;micontador&rbrace;&lbrace;1&rbrace;
-\hspace&lbrace;\value&lbrace;micontador&rbrace;\parindent&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter&lbrace;test&rbrace; \setcounter&lbrace;test&rbrace;&lbrace;5&rbrace;
+\newcounter&lbrace;other&rbrace; \setcounter&lbrace;other&rbrace;&lbrace;\value&lbrace;test&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\addtocounter&lbrace;test&rbrace;&lbrace;1&rbrace;
+
+El contador de prueba es \arabic&lbrace;test&rbrace;. Otro contador es
+\arabic&lbrace;other&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El comando <code>\value</code> no se usa para componer el valor del
+contador. Para eso, <ref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman
+\fnsymbol</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>A menudo se usa en <code>\setcounter</code> o <code>\addtocounter</code> pero
+<code>\value</code> se puede usar en cualquier lugar donde &latex; espera
+un número, como en <code>\hspace&lbrace;\value&lbrace;foo&rbrace;\parindent&rbrace;</code>. No debe
+estar precedido por <code>\protect</code> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo inserta <code>\hspace&lbrace;4\parindent&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter&lbrace;myctr&rbrace;&lbrace;3&rbrace; \addtocounter&lbrace;myctr&rbrace;&lbrace;1&rbrace;
+\hspace&lbrace;\value&lbrace;myctr&rbrace;\parindent&rbrace;
</pre></example>
</section>
<node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter&lbrace;<var>\contador</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>valor</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">contadores, configurando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186">fijando contadores</indexterm></cindex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">contadores, ajuste de</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">configurar contadores</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter&lbrace;<var>contador</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>valor</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>value</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-
-<para>La instrucción <code>\setcounter</code> fija el valor de <var>contador</var> al
-argumento <var>valor</var>.
+<para>Configura globalmente el contador <var>counter</var> para que tenga el
+valor del argumento <var>value</var>, que debe ser un número entero. Por
+lo tanto, puedes establecer un valor del contador como
+<code>\setcounter&lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;5&rbrace;</code>. Ten en cuenta que el nombre del
+contador no comienza con una barra invertida.
</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, si el contador <code>theorem</code> tiene el valor 12,
+entonces la segunda línea imprimirá <samp>XII</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter&lbrace;ejercicio&rbrace;&lbrace;\value&lbrace;teorema&rbrace;&rbrace;
+Aquí está en Roman: \Roman&lbrace;exercise&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter&lbrace;<var>contador</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>valor</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\addtocounter</code> incrementa <var>contador</var> por la
-cantidad especificada por el argumento <var>valor</var>, que puede ser un
-número negativo.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocounter&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>value</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Incrementar globalmente <var>counter</var> por la cantidad especificada por
+el argumento <var>value</var>, que puede ser negativo.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, el valor de la sección aparece como <samp>VII</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter&lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;5&rbrace;
+\addtocounter&lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;
+Aquí está en Roman: \Roman&lbrace;section&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter&lbrace;<var>contador</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\refstepcounter&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\refstepcounter</code> trabaja de la misma manera que
-<code>\stepcounter</code> <xref label="_005cstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\stepcounter</xrefnodename></xref>, excepto que esta además define
-el valor actual de <code>\ref</code> para que sea el resultado de
-<code>\thecounter</code>.
+<para>Incrementa globalmente el valor de <var>counter</var> en uno, al igual que
+<code>\stepcounter</code> (<pxref label="_005cstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\stepcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>). La diferencia es que este
+comando restablece el valor de cualquier contador numerado dentro de
+él. (Para la definición de &textldquo;contadores numerados dentro&textrdquo;,
+<pxref label="_005cnewcounter"><xrefnodename>\newcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Además, este comando también define el valor actual de <code>\ref</code> es
+el resultado de <code>\thecounter</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Mientras que el valor del contador se establece globalmente, el valor
+de <code>\ref</code> se establece localmente, es decir, dentro del grupo
+actual.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day \month \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter&lbrace;<var>contador</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day - \month y \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\stepcounter</code> añade uno al <var>contador</var> y
-restablece todos los contadores subsidiarios.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\stepcounter&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Agrega globalmente uno a <var>counter</var> y restablece todos los
+contadores numerados dentro de ella. (Para la definición de
+&textldquo;contadores numerados dentro&textrdquo;, <pxref label="_005cnewcounter"><xrefnodename>\newcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este comando difiere de <code>\refstepcounter</code> en que este no influye
+en las referencias; es decir, no define el valor actual de <code>\ref</code>
+será el resultado de <code>\thecounter</code> (<pxref label="_005crefstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\refstepcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day \month \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day \month \year</code>: Contadores Predefinidos</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335">\day</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336">\month</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337">\year</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day - \month y \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Contadores</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code> y <code>\year</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cday">\day</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmonth">\month</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cyear">\year</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>&latex; define el contador <code>\day</code> para el día del mes
+(nominalmente con valor entre 1 y 31), <code>\month</code> para el mes del
+año (nominalmente con un valor entre 1 y 12), y <code>\year</code> para el
+año. Cuando &tex; se inicia, se establecen a partir de los valores
+actuales en el sistema. El comando relacionado <code>\today</code> produce
+una cadena que representa el día actual (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los contadores no se actualizan a medida que avanza el trabajo, por lo
+que, en principio, podría ser incorrecto al final. Además, &tex; no
+controla la sensatez:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\day=-2 \month=13 \year=-4 \today
+</pre></example>
-<para>&latex; define contadores para el día del mes (<code>\day</code>, 1&textndash;31), mes
-del año (<code>\month</code>, 1&textndash;12), y año (<code>\year</code>, Era Común). Al
-iniciar &tex;, estas son establecidas a los valores actuales en el
-sistema donde se está ejecutando &tex;. Estas no se actualizan
-conforme al progreso del trabajo.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>no da ningún error o advertencia y da como resultado la salida
+<samp>-2, -4</samp> (el valor del mes falso no produce ningún resultado).
</para>
-<para>La instrucción relacionada <code>\today</code> produce una cadena de texto que
-representa el día actual (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para><xref label="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos"><xrefnodename>Entrada de la línea de comandos</xrefnodename></xref>, para forzar la fecha a un
+valor dado desde la línea de comandos.
</para>
-
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Longitudes" spaces=" "><nodename>Longitudes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Haciendo Párrafos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Contadores</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Longitudes" spaces=" "><nodename>Longitudes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Crear párrafos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Contadores</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Longitudes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">longitudes, definiendo y usando</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Una <code>longitud</code> es una medida de distancia. Muchas instrucciones
-&latex; toman una longitud como argumento.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">longitudes, definiendo y usando</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para><dfn>length</dfn> es una medida de distancia. Muchos comandos de &latex;
+toman un argumento como longitud.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">longitudes rígidas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">longitudes elásticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">dimen <r>&tex; simple</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">skip <r>&tex; simple</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">pegamento <r>simple &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Las longitudes vienen en dos tipos. Un <dfn>longitud rígida</dfn> como
+<code>10pt</code> no contiene un componente <code>plus</code> o <code>minus</code>.
+(&tex; sencillo llama a esto una <dfn>dimensión</dfn>). Una <dfn>longitud
+de goma</dfn> (que &tex; simple llama a <dfn>skip</dfn> o <dfn>glue</dfn>) como con
+<code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> puede contener uno o ambos
+componentes. En esa longitud elástica, el <code>1cm</code> es la
+<dfn>longitud natural</dfn> mientras que los otros dos, componentes
+<code>plus</code> y <code>minus</code>, permiten que &tex; estire o reduzca la
+longitud para optimizar la colocación.
+</para>
+<para>Las siguientes ilustraciones utilizan estos dos comandos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">% hace una barra negra de 10pt de alto y #1 de ancho
+\newcommand&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\rule&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&lbrace;10pt&rbrace;&rbrace;
+% Hace un cuadro alrededor del #2 que tenga el #1 de ancho (excluyendo
+% el borde)
+\newcommand&lbrace;\showhbox&rbrace;[2]&lbrace;%
+ \fboxsep=0pt\fbox&lbrace;\hbox a #1&lbrace;#2&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Este ejemplo usa esos comandos para mostrar una barra negra de
+100&nbsp;puntos de largo entre <samp>XXX</samp> y <samp>YYY</samp>. Esta longitud
+es rígida.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\muestracaja&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;&lbrace;\barranegra&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En cuanto a las longitudes elásticas, la reducción es más simple: con
+<code>1cm minus 0.05cm</code>, la longitud natural es 1<dmn>cm</dmn> pero &tex;
+la puede reducir hasta 0.95<dmn>cm</dmn>. Más allá de eso, &tex; se niega
+a encogerse más. Por lo tanto, debajo del primero funciona bien,
+produciendo un espacio de 98&nbsp;puntos entre las dos barras.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox&lbrace;300pt&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \blackbar&lbrace;101pt&rbrace;\hspace&lbrace;100pt minus 2pt&rbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;101pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY
+
+XXX\showhbox&lbrace;300pt&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \blackbar&lbrace;105pt&rbrace;\hspace&lbrace;100pt minus 1pt&rbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;105pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Pero el segundo recibe una advertencia como <samp>Overfull \hbox
+(1.0pt too wide) detectado en la línea 17</samp>. En la salida, la primer
+<samp>Y</samp> se sobrescribe al final de la barra negra, porque el material
+de la caja es más ancho que los 300<dmn>pt</dmn> asignados, ya que &tex;
+se ha negado a reducir el total a menos de 309&nbsp;puntos.
+</para>
+<para>Estirar es como encoger excepto que si se le pide a &tex; que estire
+más allá de la cantidad dada, lo hará. Aquí la primera línea está
+bien, produciendo un espacio de 110&nbsp;puntos entre las barras.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox&lbrace;300pt&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \blackbar&lbrace;95pt&rbrace;\hspace&lbrace;100pt plus 10pt&rbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;95pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY
+
+XXX\showhbox&lbrace;300pt&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \blackbar&lbrace;95pt&rbrace;\hspace&lbrace;100pt plus 1pt&rbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;95pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>En la segunda línea &tex; necesita un tramo de 10&nbsp;puntos y solo
+se especificó 1&nbsp;punto. &tex; estira el espacio al requerido
+pero te da una advertencia como <samp>Infracompleto \hbox (maliciosos
+10000) detectados en la línea 22</samp>. (No hablaremos de la malicia).
+</para>
+<para>Puedes estirar y encoger en la misma longitud, como en <code>1ex plus
+0.05ex minus 0.02ex</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Si &tex; está configurando dos o más longitudes elásticas, asigna la
+ampliación o reducción en proporción.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox&lbrace;300pt&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \blackbar&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;% left
+ \hspace&lbrace;0pt plus 50pt&rbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;80pt&rbrace;\hspace&lbrace;0pt plus 10pt&rbrace;% middle
+ \blackbar&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY % right
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Las barras izquierda y derecha ocupan 100&nbsp;puntos, por lo que la
+del medio necesita otros 100. La barra central es de 80&nbsp;puntos
+por lo que los dos <code>\hspace</code> se deben extender 20&nbsp;puntos.
+Porque los dos son <code>plus 50pt</code> y <code>plus 10pt</code>, &tex; obtiene
+5/6 del tramo del primer espacio y 1/6 del segundo.
+</para>
+<para>El componente <code>plus</code> o <code>minus</code> de una longitud elástica
+puede contener un componente <dfn>fill</dfn>, como en <code>1in plus2fill</code>.
+Esto da la longitud infinita capacidad de estiramiento o contracción
+para que &tex; pueda establecer a cualquier distancia. Aquí las dos
+figuras estarán espaciadas por igual en la página.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;\linewidth&rbrace;
+ \hspace&lbrace;0pt plus 1fill&rbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;godel.png&rbrace;%
+ \hspace&lbrace;0pt plus 1fill&rbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;einstein.png&rbrace;%
+ \hspace&lbrace;0pt plus 1fill&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>&tex; tiene tres niveles de infinito para componentes de pegamento:
+<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code> y <code>filll</code>. Los últimos son más infinitos
+que los anteriores. Por lo general, los autores de documentos solo
+usan el del medio (<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> y <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Multiplicar una longitud elástica por un número la convierte en una
+longitud rígida, por lo que después de
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\ylength&rbrace;&lbrace;1in plus 0.2 in&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\zlength&rbrace;&lbrace;3\ylength&rbrace;</code> entonces el valor de
+<code>\zlength</code> es <code>3in</code>.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\setlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece el valor de longitud.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtolength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Añade una cantidad a longitud.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settodepth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece una longitud a la profundidad de algo más.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settoheight</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece la longitud a la altura de algo más.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settowidth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece la longitud a la anchura de alguna otra cosa.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Longitudes Predeterminadas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Longitudes que son, algo sí como, predefinidas.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Unidades de longitud</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Las unidades que conoce &latex;.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\setlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece el valor de una longitud.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtolength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega una cantidad a una longitud.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settodepth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece una longitud a la profundidad de
+ algo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settoheight</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece una longitud a la altura de algo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settowidth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece una longitud al ancho de algo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega capacidad de estiramiento infinita.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Expresiones</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Calcular con longitudes y números enteros.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength&lbrace;\<var>largo</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>valor</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">longitudes, configurando</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Unidades-de-longitud" spaces=" "><nodename>Unidades de longitud</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Unidades de longitud</sectiontitle>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\setlength</code> fija el valor de <var>\largo</var> al
-argumento <var>valor</var>, el cual se puede expresar en cualquier unidad que
-&latex; entienda, es decir, pulgadas (<code>in</code>), milímetros
-(<code>mm</code>), puntos (<code>pt</code>), puntos grandes (<code>bp</code>, etc.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">unidades, de longitud</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>&tex; y &latex; conocen estas unidades tanto dentro como fuera del
+modo math.
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">point</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-pt">unidades de longitud pt</anchor> <para>Punto, 1/72,27 pulgadas. La
+conversión (aproximada) a unidades métricas es 1<dmn>punto</dmn> =
+.35146<dmn>mm</dmn> = .035146<dmn>cm</dmn>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">pica</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-pc">unidades de longitud pc</anchor>
+<para>Pica, 12 puntos
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">inch</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-en">unidades de longitud en</anchor>
+<para>Pulgada, 72.27 puntos
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">gran punto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">punto PostScript</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-pb">unidades de longitud pb</anchor> <para>Punto grande, 1/72 pulgada. Esta
+longitud es la definición de un punto en PostScript y muchos sistemas
+de autoedición.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">milímetro</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="mm-unidades-de-longitud">mm unidades de longitud</anchor>
+<para>Milímetro, 2.845<dmn>pt</dmn>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">centímetro</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="cm-unidades-de-longitud">cm unidades de longitud</anchor>
+<para>Centímetro, 10<dmn>mm</dmn>
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">punto didot</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-dd">unidades de longitud dd</anchor>
+<para>Punto didot, 1.07 pt
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">cícero</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-cc">unidades de longitud cc</anchor>
+<para>Cicero, 12 dd
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">punto escalado</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-sp">unidades de longitud sp</anchor>
+<para>Punto escalado, 1/65536 pt
</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<para>Otras tres unidades se definen de acuerdo con la letra actual, en
+lugar de que sea una dimensión absoluta.
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">ex</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="Longitudes_002fex">Longitudes/ex</anchor> <anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-ex">unidades de longitud ex</anchor> <para>La altura x de
+la letra actual <dfn>ex</dfn>, tradicionalmente la altura de la letra
+minúscula x, se usa a menudo para longitudes verticales.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">em</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="Longitudes_002fem">Longitudes/em</anchor> <anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-em">unidades de longitud em</anchor> <para>Del mismo modo
+<dfn>em</dfn>, tradicionalmente el ancho de la letra M mayúscula, se
+utiliza a menudo para longitudes horizontales. Este también a menudo
+es el tamaño de la letra actual, por ejemplo, una letra nominal
+10<dmn>pt</dmn> debe tener 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 10<dmn>pt</dmn>. &latex; tiene varios
+comandos para producir espacios horizontales basados en em
+(<pxref label="_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad"><xrefnodename>\enspace - \quad y \qquad</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">mu, unidad matemática</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="unidades-de-longitud-mu">unidades de longitud mu</anchor> <para>Finalmente, en el modo matemático,
+muchas definiciones se expresan en términos de la unidad matemática
+<dfn>mu</dfn>, definida por 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, donde el em es tomar de
+la familia actual de símbolos matemáticos. <xref label="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico"><xrefnodename>Espaciado en modo
+matemático</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>El uso de estas unidades puede ayudar a que una definición funcione
+mejor en todos los cambios de letra. Por ejemplo, una definición del
+espacio vertical entre lista de elementos dados como
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\itemsep&rbrace;&lbrace;1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex&rbrace;</code> es más
+probable que siga siendo razonable si se cambia la letra que una
+definición dada en puntos.
+</para>
+</section>
+<node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Unidades de longitud</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">longitudes, configuración</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\<var>len</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>amount</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Establece la longitud \<var>len</var> en <var>amount</var>. El nombre de
+longitud <code>\<var>len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(<pxref label="Secuencias-de-control"><xrefnodename>Secuencias de control</xrefnodename></pxref>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <code>\</code> bajo circunstancias normales. La
+<var>cantidad</var> puede ser una longitud elástica (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+Puede ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede estar en cualquier unidad
+que &latex; entienda (<pxref label="Unidades-de-longitud"><xrefnodename>Unidades de longitud</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>A continuación, con los valores predeterminados de &latex;, el primer
+párrafo tendrá sangría mientras que el segundo no.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Le dije al médico que me rompí la pierna en dos lugares.
+
+\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0em&rbrace;
+Dijo que dejara de ir a esos lugares.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si no declaraste \<var>len</var> con <code>\newlength</code>, por ejemplo si lo
+escribes mal como en
+<code>\newlength&lbrace;\specparindent&rbrace;\setlength&lbrace;\sepcparindent&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>,
+entonces obtienes un error como <samp>Secuencia de control no
+definida. &lt;argument&gt; \sepcindent</samp>. Si omites la barra invertida al
+comienzo del nombre de la longitud entonces obtienes un error como
+<samp>Número faltante, tratado como cero.</samp>.
+</para>
</section>
<node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>\addtolength&lbrace;<var>\largo</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>cantidad</var>&rbrace;</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">longitudes, añadiendo a</indexterm></cindex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">longitudes, agregando a</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\addtolength</code> incrementa la &textldquo;instrucción de
-longitud&textrdquo; <var>\largo</var> por la cantidad especificada en el argumento
-<var>cantidad</var>, misma que puede ser un valor negativo.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtolength&lbrace;\<var>len</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>amount</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Incrementa la longitud \<var>len</var> por <var>cantidad</var>. El nombre de
+longitud <code>\<var>len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(<pxref label="Secuencias-de-control"><xrefnodename>Secuencias de control</xrefnodename></pxref>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <code>\</code> bajo circunstancias normales. La
+<var>cantidad</var> es una longitud elástica (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Puede
+ser positivo, negativo o cero, y puede estar en cualquier unidad que
+&latex; entienda (<pxref label="Unidades-de-longitud"><xrefnodename>Unidades de longitud</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>A continuación, si <code>\parskip</code> comienza con el valor <code>0pt
+plus 1pt</code>
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Doctor: ¿cómo está el niño que se tragó el dólar de plata?
+\addtolength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;1pt&rbrace;
+
+Enfermera: sin cambios.
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>luego tiene el valor <code>1pt plus 1pt</code> para el segundo párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>Si no declaraste \<var>len</var> con <code>\newlength</code>, por ejemplo si lo
+escribes mal como en
+<code>\newlength&lbrace;\specparindent&rbrace;\addtolength&lbrace;\sepcparindent&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>,
+luego obtienes un error como <samp>Secuencia de control no
+definida. &lt;argument&gt; \sepcindent</samp>. Si <var>cantidad</var> usa una longitud
+que no ha sido declarada, por ejemplo, si por ejemplo escribes mal lo
+anterior como <code>\addtolength&lbrace;\specparindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0.6\prainden&rbrace;</code>,
+entonces obtienes algo así como <samp>Secuencia de control
+indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt; \praindent</samp>. Si dejas la barra invertida
+fuera de \<var>len</var>, como en <code>\addtolength&lbrace;parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;1pt&rbrace;</code>,
+entonces obtienes algo como <samp>No puedes usar `la letra p' después
+de \advance</samp>.
+</para>
</section>
<node name="_005csettodepth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\settodepth&lbrace;\gnat&rbrace;&lbrace;texto&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\settodepth</code> fija el valor de una instrucción de
-<code>longitud</code> igual a la profundidad del argumento <code>texto</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\settodepth&lbrace;\<var>len</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Establece la longitud \<var>len</var> en la profundidad del cuadro en el
+que se encuentra &latex; escribiendo el argumento <var>text</var>. El
+nombre de longitud <code>\<var>len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de
+control (<pxref label="Secuencias-de-control"><xrefnodename>Secuencias de control</xrefnodename></pxref>), y como tal debe comenzar con
+una barra invertida, <code>\</code> en circunstancias normales.
+</para>
+<para>Esto imprimirá qué tan bajo van los descendientes de caracteres.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\alphabetdepth&rbrace;
+\settodepth&lbrace;\alphabetdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz&rbrace;
+\the\alphabetdepth
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si no declaraste \<var>len</var> con <code>\newlength</code>, si por ejemplo
+escribes mal lo anterior como <code>\setto depth&lbrace;\aplhabet
+depth&rbrace;&lbrace;abc...&rbrace;</code>, entonces obtienes algo como <samp>Secuencia de
+control indefinida. &lt;argument&gt; \aplhabetdepth</samp>. Si omites la barra
+invertida \<var>len</var>, como en
+<code>\settodepth&lbrace;alphabetdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> entonces obtienes algo como
+<samp>Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de nuevo&gt;
+\setbox</samp>.
</para>
</section>
<node name="_005csettoheight" spaces=" "><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\settoheight&lbrace;\gnat&rbrace;&lbrace;texto&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\settoheight&lbrace;\<var>len</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;text&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Establece la longitud \<var>len</var> a la altura del cuadro en el que se
+coloca &latex; escribe el argumento <code>text</code>. El nombre de
+longitud <code>\<var>len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(<pxref label="Secuencias-de-control"><xrefnodename>Secuencias de control</xrefnodename></pxref>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <code>\</code> en circunstancias normales.
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\settoheight</code> fija el valor de la instrucción de
-<code>longitud</code> igual a la altura del argumento <code>texto</code>.
+<para>Esto imprimirá qué tan alto van los caracteres.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\alphabetheight&rbrace;
+\settoheight&lbrace;\alphabetheight&rbrace;&lbrace;abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz&rbrace;
+\the\alphabetheight
+</pre></example>
+<para>Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \<var>len</var> con <code>\newlength</code>,
+si por ejemplo escribes mal como
+<code>\settoheight&lbrace;\aplhabetheight&rbrace;&lbrace;abc...&rbrace;</code>, entonces obtienes
+algo como <samp>Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt;
+\alphabetheight</samp>. Si y deja la barra invertida fuera de \<var>len</var>,
+como en <code>\settoheight&lbrace;alphabetheight&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> entonces obtienes
+algo como <samp>Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de
+nuevo&gt; \setbox</samp>.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Longitudes Predeterminadas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth&lbrace;\<var>largo</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth</code></sectiontitle>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\settowidth</code> establece el valor del la instrucción
-<var>\largo</var> al valor del argumento <var>texto</var>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\settowidth&lbrace;\<var>len</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<para>Establece la longitud \<var>len</var> al ancho del cuadro en el que
+&latex; coloca el argumento <var>text</var> escrito. El nombre de
+longitud <code>\<var>len</var></code> tiene que ser una secuencia de control
+(<pxref label="Secuencias-de-control"><xrefnodename>Secuencias de control</xrefnodename></pxref>), y como tal debe comenzar con una
+barra invertida, <code>\</code> en circunstancias normales.
+</para>
+<para>Esto imprime el ancho del alfabeto ASCII en minúsculas.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\alphabetwidth&rbrace;
+\settowidth&lbrace;\alphabetwidth&rbrace;&lbrace;abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz&rbrace;
+\the\alphabetwidth
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si no se ha declarado tal longitud \<var>len</var> con <code>\newlength</code>,
+si, por ejemplo, escribes mal lo anterior como
+<code>\settowidth&lbrace;\aplhabetwidth&rbrace;&lbrace;abc...&rbrace;</code>, entonces obtienes algo
+como <samp>Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argumento&gt;
+\aplhabetwidth</samp>. Si y deja la barra invertida fuera de \<var>len</var>,
+como en <code>\settoheight&lbrace;alphabetwidth&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> entonces obtienes
+algo como <samp>Número faltante, tratado como cero. &lt;para ser leído de
+nuevo&gt; \setbox</samp>.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="Longitudes-Predeterminadas" spaces=" "><nodename>Longitudes Predeterminadas</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Longitudes Predeterminadas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">longitudes, predefinidas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">longitudes predeterminadas</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005cstretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\stretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Expresiones</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stretch</code></sectiontitle>
-<para><code>\width</code>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343">\width</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para><code>\height</code>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344">\height</indexterm></findex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\stretch&lbrace;<var>number</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce una longitud de caucho con longitud natural cero y
+<var>number</var> veces <code>\fill</code> unidades de capacidad de estiramiento
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). El <var>number</var> puede ser positivo o negativo.
+Este comando es robusto (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para><code>\depth</code>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345">\depth</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Este comando es robusto. (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). En este ejemplo
+horizontal, &latex; produce tres marcas y la distancia entre el
+primero y el segundo es otra vez la mitad de largo que la distancia
+entre el segundo y tercero.
</para>
-<para><code>\totalheight</code>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346">\totalheight</indexterm></findex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\rule&lbrace;0.4pt&rbrace;&lbrace;1ex&rbrace;\hspace&lbrace;\stretch&lbrace;1.5&rbrace;&rbrace;%
+ \rule&lbrace;0.4pt&rbrace;&lbrace;1ex&rbrace;\hspace&lbrace;\stretch&lbrace;1&rbrace;&rbrace;%
+ \rule&lbrace;0.4pt&rbrace;&lbrace;1ex&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En este ejemplo vertical, el <samp>Dedicamos &dots;</samp> tendrá tres
+veces el espacio debajo de él que encima de él.
</para>
-<para>Estos parámetros de longitud se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que dibujan cajas (<pxref label="Cajas"><xrefnodename>Cajas</xrefnodename></pxref>). Especifican el ancho
-natural, etc., del texto en la caja. <code>\totalheight</code> es igual a
-<code>\height</code> + <code>\depth</code>. Para hacer una caja con el texto
-extendido hasta el doble del tamaño natural, por ejemplo, digamos
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment&lbrace;dedication&rbrace;&lbrace;% en el preámbulo del documento
+ \clearpage\thispagestyle&lbrace;empty&rbrace;%
+ \vspace*&lbrace;\stretch&lbrace;1&rbrace;&rbrace; % de espacio extensible en la parte
+ % superior
+ \it
+&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \vspace&lbrace;\stretch&lbrace;3&rbrace;&rbrace; % espacio en el bot es 3 veces mayor que
+ % en la parte superior
+ \clearpage
+&rbrace;
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;dedication&rbrace; % en el cuerpo del documento
+Dedicamos este libro a nuestras esposas.
+\end&lbrace;dedication&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="Expresiones" spaces=" "><nodename>Expresiones</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Expresiones</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">expresiones</indexterm></findex>
+
+<!-- c Gran parte de https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 -->
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\numexpr <var>expression</var>
+\dimexpr <var>expression</var>
+\glueexpr <var>expression</var>
+\muglue <var>expression</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Cualquier lugar donde puedes escribir un número entero, o una
+dimensión pegamento &tex;, o &tex;, o muglue, en su lugar puedes
+escribir una expresión para calcular ese tipo de cantidad.
</para>
-<para><code>\makebox[ancho\2]&lbrace;Consiga una camilla&rbrace;</code>
+<para>Un ejemplo es que <code>\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</code> produce como
+salida la longitud que es cuatro puntos menos que el ancho de una
+línea (el único propósito de <code>\the</code> es mostrar el resultado en el
+documento). Análogamente, <code>\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</code>
+produce <samp>ix</samp> y <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code>
+producirá <samp>10.0pt plus 2.0pt</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Una conveniencia aquí sobre hacer cálculos mediante la asignación de
+registros y entonces usando <code>\advance</code>, etc., es que la
+evaluación de expresiones no implica asignaciones y, por lo tanto, se
+puede realizar en lugares donde las asignaciones no están permitidas.
+El siguiente ejemplo calcula el ancho del <code>\parbox</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\offset&rbrace;\setlength&lbrace;\offset&rbrace;&lbrace;2em&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+\parbox&lbrace;\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3&rbrace;&lbrace;Con malicia hacia ninguno con
+caridad para todos con firmeza en el derecho como Dios nos da para ver
+el derecho esforcémonos en terminar el trabajo en el que estamos para
+vendar las heridas de la nación, para cuidar de aquel que habrá
+llevado la batalla y para su viuda y su huérfano \textasciitilde\ para
+hacer todo lo que puedas alcanzar y cuidar una paz justa y duradera
+entre nosotros y con todas las naciones ---Abraham Lincoln, Segundo
+Discurso Inaugural, de el memorial&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La <var>expresión</var> consta de uno o más términos del mismo tipo
+(entero, dimensión, etc.) que se suman o se restan. Un término que es
+un tipo de número, dimensión, etc., consta de un factor de ese tipo,
+opcionalmente multiplicado o dividido por factores. Un factor de un
+tipo es ya sea una cantidad de ese tipo o una subexpresión entre
+paréntesis. La expresión produce un resultado del tipo dado, por lo
+que <code>\numexpr</code> produce un número entero, <code>\dimexpr</code> produce
+una dimensión, etc.
+</para>
+<para>En el ejemplo de cita anterior, cambiando a
+<code>\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</code> da el error <code>Unidad de medida
+ilegal (pt insertado)</code>. Esto se debe a que para <code>\dimexpr</code> y
+<code>\glueexpr</code>, la entrada consiste en una dimensión o valor de
+pegamento seguido de un factor de multiplicación opcional, y no al
+revés. Así <code>\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</code> es válido y produce
+<samp>10.0pt</samp>, pero <code>\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</code> da el error
+<code>Unidad ilegal</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Las expresiones absorben tókenes y llevan a cabo las matemáticas
+apropiadas hasta un <code>\relax</code> (que será absorbido), o hasta el
+primer token no válido. Por lo tanto, <code>\the\numexpr2+3px</code>
+imprimirá <samp>5px</samp>, porque &latex; lee el <code>\numexpr2+3</code>, que
+está formado por números, y luego encuentra la letra <code>p</code>, que no
+puede ser parte de un número. Por lo tanto, termina la expresión y
+produce <samp>5</samp>, seguido del texto normal <samp>px</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comportamiento de terminación es útil en las comparaciones. En
+<code>\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 &lt; 10pt Yes\else No\fi</code>, el menor que
+sign termina la expresión y el resultado <samp>No</samp> es (en un artículo
+estándar de &latex;).
+</para>
+<para>Las expresiones pueden usar los operadores <code>+</code>, <code>-</code>,
+<code>*</code> y <code>/</code> junto con paréntesis para subexpresiones,
+<code>(...)</code>. En pegar expresiones en que las partes <code>plus</code> y
+<code>minus</code> no necesitan paréntesis para ser afectadas por un
+factor. Entonces <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code> da como
+resultado <samp>10pt plus 2pt</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>&tex; obligará a otros tipos numéricos de la misma manera que lo hace
+cuando hace asignación de registro. Así <code>\the\numexpr\dimexpr
+1pt\relax\relax</code> dará como resultado <samp>65536</samp>, que es <code>1pt</code>
+convertido a puntos escalados (<pxref label="unidades-de-longitud-sp"><xrefnodename>unidades de longitud
+sp</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><code>sp</code></xrefinfoname></pxref>, la unidad interna de &tex;) y luego forzado a un
+número entero. Con un <code>\glueexpr</code> aquí, el estirar y encoger se
+eliminaría. Yendo por el contrario, un <code>\numexpr</code> dentro de un
+<code>\dimexpr</code> o <code>\glueexpr</code> necesitará unidades apropiadas,
+como en <code>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, que produce
+<samp>3.0pt</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Detalles de la aritmética: cada factor se comprueba para estar en el
+rango permitido, los números deben ser menores que <math>2^{31}</math> en
+valor absoluto, y las dimensiones o los componentes del pegamento
+deben ser inferiores a <math>2^{14}</math> puntos, o <code>mu</code>, o
+<code>fil</code>, etc. Las operaciones aritméticas se realizan
+individualmente, a excepción de una operación de escala (una
+multiplicación seguida inmediatamente por una división) que se realiza
+como una operación combinada con un producto de 64 bits como valor
+intermedio. El resultado de cada operación se vuelve a comprobar para
+estar en el rango permitido.
+</para>
+<para>Finalmente, la división y la escala se realizan con redondeo (a
+diferencia de &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\divide</code>, que trunca). De este modo
+<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</code> pone <samp>10.0pt</samp> en el
+documento, porque redondea <code>3/2</code> a <code>2</code>, mientras que
+<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</code> produce <samp>5.0pt</samp>.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Haciendo-P_00e1rrafos" spaces=" "><nodename>Haciendo Párrafos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Haciendo Párrafos</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">haciendo párrafos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">párrafos</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Crear-p_00e1rrafos" spaces=" "><nodename>Crear párrafos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Longitudes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Crear párrafos</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">hacer párrafos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">párrafos</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Para comenzar un párrafo, simplemente escribe un texto. Para acabar
+con el párrafo actual, pon una línea vacía. Son tres párrafos, cuya
+separación se hace mediante dos líneas vacías.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Es una verdad universalmente reconocida, que un solo hombre en
+posesión de buena fortuna, debe estar necesitado de una esposa.
+
+Por muy poco conocidos que puedan ser los sentimientos o las opiniones
+de un hombre así sobre su primer vez entrando en un barrio, esta
+verdad también está grabada en la mente de las familias aledañas, que
+se le considera la propiedad legítima de una u otra de sus hijas.
+
+``Mi querido señor Bennet'', le dijo su dama un día, ``¿Has oído que
+Netherfield Park está alquilado por fin?''
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Un separador de párrafo puede estar hecho de una secuencia de al menos
+una línea de espacio en blanco, al menos una de las cuales no termina
+con un comentario. Una línea en blanco es una línea que está vacía o
+compuesta solo de caracteres en blanco, como un espacio o
+tabulación. Los comentarios en el código fuente comienzan con un
+<code>%</code> y se extienden hasta el final de la línea. En el siguiente
+ejemplo, las dos columnas son idénticas:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[twocolumn]&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+Primer párrafo.
+
+Segundo párrafo.
+\newpage
+Primer párrafo
+
+ % La separación de líneas puede contener caracteres en blanco.
+
+Segundo párrafo.
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>Un párrafo se termina por medio de una o más líneas completamente en
-blanco &textmdash;líneas que no contienen incluso un <code>%</code>. Una línea en
-blanco no debe aparecer donde no se puede iniciar un nuevo párrafo, tal
-como en modo math o en el argumento de una instrucción de seccionado.
+
+<para>Una vez que &latex; ha recopilado todo el contenido de un párrafo,
+divide el contenido en líneas de una manera optimizada en todo el
+párrafo (<pxref label="Salto-de-l_00ednea"><xrefnodename>Salto de línea</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Hay lugares donde no se permite un nuevo párrafo. No pongas una línea
+en blanco en modo math (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>); aquí la línea en blanco antes
+del <code>\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;</code>
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ 2^&lbrace;|S|&rbrace; &gt; |S|
+
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>obtendrás el error <samp>Se inserto el $ faltante</samp>. Del mismo modo,
+la línea en blanco en este argumento <code>\section</code>
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\section&lbrace;aaa
+
+bbb&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>obtiene <samp>¿Argumento faltante? &lbrace;aaa ! El párrafo terminó antes de
+completar \&arobase;sect</samp>.
+</para>
+
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\indent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Sangrando este párrafo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\noindent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">No sangra el siguiente párrafo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\parskip</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Añade un espacio antes de párrafos.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Notas al Margen</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Coloca palabras en el margen.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\par</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Finaliza el párrafo actual.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\indent y \noindent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Va al modo horizontal, posiblemente con
+ una sangría.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\parindent y \parskip</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio agregado antes de los párrafos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Notas marginales</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Pone comentarios al margen.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005cindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\indent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Haciendo Párrafos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\indent</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347">\indent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">sangría, forzando la</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005cpar" spaces=" "><nodename>\par</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\indent y \noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Crear párrafos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">párrafo, terminando</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (ten en cuenta que mientras lees la entrada &tex; convierte
+cualquier secuencia de una o más líneas en blanco a un <code>\par</code>,
+<ref label="Crear-p_00e1rrafos"><xrefnodename>Crear párrafos</xrefnodename></ref>):
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\par
+</pre></example>
-<para><code>\indent</code> produce un espacio horizontal donde el ancho es igual la longitud de <code>\parindent</code>, la sangría de un párrafo
-normal. Esta se utiliza para añadir la sangría de párrafos donde esta
-debería suprimirse en otro caso.
+<para>Finaliza el párrafo actual. La forma habitual de separar párrafos es
+con una línea en blanco pero el comando <code>\par</code> es completamente
+equivalente. Este comando es robusto (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>El valor predeterminado para <code>\parindent</code> es <code>1em</code> en modo de
-dos columnas, de lo contrario <code>15pt</code> para documentos de
-<code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y <code>1.5em</code> para
-<code>12pt</code>.
+<para>Este ejemplo usa <code>\par</code> en lugar de una línea en blanco
+simplemente por legibilidad.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\syllabusLegalese&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-</section>
-<node name="_005cnoindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\noindent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\indent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Haciendo Párrafos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\noindent</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">sangría, suprimiendo la</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>En el modo LR, el comando <code>\par</code> no hace nada y se ignora. En
+modo de párrafo, el comando <code>\par</code> finaliza el modo de párrafo,
+cambiando &latex; a modo vertical (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>No puedes usar el comando <code>\par</code> en modo matemático. Tampoco lo
+puedes utilizar en el argumento de muchos comandos, como los comandos
+de seccionado, por ejemplo, &noeos; <code>\section</code> (<pxref label="Crear-p_00e1rrafos"><xrefnodename>Crear párrafos</xrefnodename></pxref>
+y <ref label="_005cnewcommand-y-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand y \renewcommand</xrefnodename></ref>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\par</code> no es lo mismo que el comando
+<code>\paragraph</code>. Este último es, como <code>\section</code> o
+<code>\subsection</code>, un comando de seccionado utilizado por las clases
+de documentos estándar &latex; (<pxref label="_005csubsubsection-_002d-_005cparagraph-y-_005csubparagraph"><xrefnodename>\subsubsection - \paragraph y
+\subparagraph</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\par</code> no es lo mismo que <code>\newline</code> o el salto
+de línea doble barra invertida, <code>\\</code>. La diferencia es que
+<code>\par</code> finaliza el párrafo, no solo la línea, y también
+desencadena la adición de el espacio vertical entre párrafos
+<code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent y \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>La salida de este ejemplo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">xyz
-<para>Cuando se utiliza al principio de un párrafo, <code>\noindent</code> suprime
-cualquier sangría. Esta no tiene efecto cuando se utiliza en medio de
-un párrafo.
+\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;3in&rbrace;
+\setlength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;5in&rbrace;
+\noindent test\indent test1\par test2
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>es: después de <samp>xyz</samp> hay un salto vertical de 5&nbsp;pulgadas y
+luego aparece <samp>test</samp>, alineado con el margen izquierdo. En la
+misma línea, hay un espacio horizontal vacío de 3&nbsp;pulgadas y
+luego aparece <samp>test1</samp>. Finalmente, hay un espacio vertical de
+5&nbsp;pulgadas, seguido de un párrafo nuevo con una sangría de
+párrafo de 3&nbsp;pulgadas, y luego &latex; pone el texto
+<samp>test2</samp>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cparskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\parskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Notas al Margen</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\noindent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Haciendo Párrafos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parskip</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">espacio vertical antes de párrafos</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005cindent-y-_005cnoindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\indent y \noindent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parindent y \parskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\par</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Crear párrafos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\indent</code> y <code>\noindent</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cindent">\indent</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnoindent">\noindent</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">sangría, forzando</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\indent
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent> <para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Va al modo horizontal (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). El comando <code>\indent</code>
+primero genera un cuadro vacío cuyo ancho es <code>\parindent</code>. Estos
+comandos son robustos (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Normalmente se crea un nuevo párrafo poniendo una línea en blanco.
+<xref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xrefnodename></xref>, por la diferencia entre este comando y <code>\par</code>. Para
+comenzar un párrafo sin sangría, o continuar un párrafo interrumpido,
+usa <code>\noindent</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En medio de un párrafo, el comando <code>\noindent</code> no tiene efecto,
+porque &latex; ya está en modo horizontal allí. El único efecto del
+comando <code>\indent</code> es generar un espacio.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo inicia un párrafo nuevo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">... fin del párrafo anterior.
+
+\noindent Este párrafo no tiene sangría.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>y esto continúa un párrafo interrumpido.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Los datos
-<para><code>\parskip</code> es una instrucción que preserva la longitud definiendo
-espacio vertical extra añadido antes de cada párrafo. El predeterminado
-es <code>0pt más 1pt</code>.
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;rl&rbrace; ... \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+
+\noindent muestra esto claramente.
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Para omitir la sangría en todo el documento, pon
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;</code> en el preámbulo. Si lo haces,
+es posible que también desees establecer la longitud de los espacios
+entre párrafos, <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent y \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Los estilos predeterminados de &latex; tienen
+el primer párrafo después de una sección que es sin sangría, como es
+la composición tipográfica tradicional en inglés. Para cambiar eso,
+busca en CTAN el paquete <code>indentfirst</code>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="Notas-al-Margen" spaces=" "><nodename>Notas al Margen</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Haciendo Párrafos</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Notas al Margen</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">notas al margen</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">notas en el margen</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">observaciones en el margen</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cparindent-y-_005cparskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\parindent y \parskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Notas marginales</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\indent y \noindent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Crear párrafos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parindent</code> y <code>\parskip</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cparindent">\parindent</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cparskip">\parskip</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">sangría de párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">sangría de párrafo horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">espacio vertical antes de los párrafos</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\marginpar[<var>izquierda</var>]&lbrace;<var>derecha</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>horizontal len</var>&rbrace;
+\setlength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>vertical len</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\marginpar</code> crea una nota en el margen. La primera
-línea de una nota tiene que ser la misma línea base que la línea en el
-texto donde ocurre el <code>\marginpar</code>.
+<para>Ambas son longitudes elásticas (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Afectan a la
+sangría de párrafos ordinarios, no de párrafos dentro de minipáginas
+(<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>), y el espacio vertical entre párrafos,
+respectivamente.
</para>
-<para>Cuando únicamente se especifica el argumento obligatorio <var>right</var>, el
-texto se deberá colocar
+<para>Por ejemplo, si esto se pone en el preámbulo:
</para>
-<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
-<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<para>en el margen derecho para diseños de un solo lado;
-</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<para>en el margen externo para diseños de dos caras;
-</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<para>en el margen más cercano en diseños de dos columnas.
-</para></listitem></itemize>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0em&rbrace;
+\setlength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;1ex&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\reversemarginpar</code> coloca las subsecuentes notas al
-margen en el margen (dentro) opuesto. <code>\normalmarginpar</code> las
-coloca en la posición predeterminada.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El documento tendrá párrafos sin sangría, pero en su lugar están
+separados verticalmente por aproximadamente la altura de una <samp>x</samp>
+minúscula.
+</para>
+<para>En la clase <var>document</var> estándar de &latex;, el valor
+predeterminado para <code>\parindent</code> en documentos de una columna es
+<code>15pt</code> cuando el el tamaño de texto predeterminado es
+<code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> para <code>11pt</code> y <code>1.5em</code> para
+<code>12pt</code>. En documentos de dos columnas es <code>1em</code>. (Estos
+valores se establecen antes de que &latex; llame a <code>\normalfont</code>
+para que <code>em</code> se derive de la letra predeterminada, Computer
+Modern. Si utilizas una letra diferente y luego estableces
+<code>\parindent</code> en 1<dmn>em</dmn> coincidentes en esa letra, pon
+<code>\AtBeginDocument&lbrace;\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;1em&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> en el
+preámbulo).
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado para <code>\parskip</code> en las clases
+<code>document</code> estándar de &latex; es <code>0pt plus1pt</code>.
</para>
-<para>Cuando se especifican ambos argumentos, se utiliza <var>left</var> para el
-margen izquierdo y se utiliza <var>right</var> para el margen derecho.
+
+</section>
+<node name="Notas-marginales" spaces=" "><nodename>Notas marginales</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent y \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Crear párrafos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Notas marginales</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">notas marginales</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">notas en el margen</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">comentarios en el margen</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<para>La primer palabra normalmente no se debe separar con guiones; usted
-puede habilitar la separación silábica con guiones comenzando la nota
-con <code>\hspace&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\marginpar&lbrace;<var>right</var>&rbrace;
+\marginpar[<var>left</var>]&lbrace;<var>right</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Crea una nota en el margen. La primera línea de la nota tendrá la
+misma línea base que la línea en el texto donde el <code>\marginpar</code>
+ocurre.
</para>
-<para>Los parámetros que afectan el formato de la nota son:
+<para>El margen que usa &latex; para la nota depende del diseño actual
+(<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase documento</xrefnodename></pxref>) y también en
+<code>\reversemarginpar</code> (ve abajo). Si estás utilizando el diseño de
+un solo lado (opción de documento <code>oneside</code>) entonces va en el
+margen derecho. Si estás usando diseño de dos caras (opción de
+documento <code>twoside</code>) entonces va en el margen exterior. Si estás
+en el diseño de dos columnas (opción de documento <code>twocolumn</code>)
+entonces va en el margen más cercano.
</para>
-<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="354">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El espacio mínimo vertical entre notas; el predeterminado es <samp>7pt</samp>
-para documentos de <samp>12pt</samp>, de lo contrario <samp>5pt</samp>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Si declaras <code>\reversemarginpar</code> entonces &latex; colocará notas
+marginales posteriores en el margen opuesto al dado en el párrafo
+anterior. Vuelve a la posición predeterminada con
+<code>\normalmarginpar</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando especificas el argumento opcional <var>left</var>, entonces se usa
+para una nota en el margen izquierdo, mientras que el argumento
+obligatorio <var>right</var> se utiliza para una nota en el margen derecho.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="355">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Espacio horizontal entre el texto vertical y la nota; predeterminado
-<samp>11pt</samp> para <samp>10pt</samp> documentos, en otro caso <samp>10pt</samp>.
+<para>Normalmente, a la primera palabra de una nota, no se le aplicará la
+separación silábica. Puedes habilitar guiones allí comenzando
+<var>left</var> o <var>right</var> con <code>\hspace&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="356">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El ancho de la nota en sí misma; el predeterminado para documentos de un
-solo lado de <samp>10pt</samp> es <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> para <samp>11pt</samp> y
-<samp>68pt</samp> para <samp>12pt</samp>; <samp>17pt</samp> más en cada caso para
-documentos de dos caras. En el modo de dos columnas, el predeterminado
-es <samp>48pt</samp>.
+<para>Estos parámetros afectan el formato de la nota:
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="notas-marginales-marginparpush">notas marginales marginparpush</anchor> <para>Espacio vertical mínimo entre
+notas; predeterminado <samp>7pt</samp> para documentos <samp>12pt</samp>,
+<samp>5pt</samp> de lo contrario. Ve también&nbsp;<ref label="par_00e1metros-marginparpush-del-dise_00f1o-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>parámetros
+marginparpush del diseño de página</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="notas-marginales-marginparsep">notas marginales marginparsep</anchor>
+<para>Espacio horizontal entre el texto principal y la nota; predeterminado
+<samp>11pt</samp> para documentos <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>10pt</samp> de lo contrario.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="notas-marginales-marginparwidth">notas marginales marginparwidth</anchor> <para>Ancho de la nota en sí;
+predeterminado para un documento <samp>10pt</samp> de una sola cara es
+<samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> para <samp>11pt</samp> y <samp>68pt</samp> para
+<samp>12pt</samp>; <samp>17pt</samp> más en cada caso para un documento de dos
+caras. En el modo de dos columnas, el valor predeterminado es
+<samp>48pt</samp>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<para>La rutina estándar de &latex; para notas marginales no impide notas
+se caigan de la parte inferior de la página.
+<!-- c @TeX{} Entrada de preguntas frecuentes sobre este tema (xx cuando -->
+<!-- c existe): -->
+<!-- c @url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=marginparside}. -->
+<!-- c (+marginfix) -->
+</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="F_00f3rmulas-Matem_00e1ticas" spaces=" "><nodename>Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Haciendo Párrafos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fórmulas Matemáticas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">fórmulas matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">fórmulas, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">modo math, ingresando al</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357"><r>entorno</r> <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358"><code>math</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359"><r>entorno</r> <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360"><code>displaymath</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361"><r>entorno</r> <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362"><code>equation</code>, <r>entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>Existen tres entornos que ponen a &latex; en modo math:
+<node name="F_00f3rmulas-math" spaces=" "><nodename>Fórmulas math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Crear párrafos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fórmulas math</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">math, fórmulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">math mode, ingresar</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+
+<para>Produce texto matemático poniendo &latex; en modo matemático o
+pantalla modo matemático (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). Este ejemplo muestra ambos.
</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">math</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Para fórmulas que aparecerán directamente en el texto.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">displaymath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Para fórmulas que aparecerán en su propia línea.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">equation</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El mismo que el del entorno displaymath salvo que este añade un número
-de ecuación en el margen derecho.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">La ecuación de onda para \( u \) es
+\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ \frac&lbrace;\partial^2u&rbrace;&lbrace;\partial t^2&rbrace; = c^2\nabla^2u
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+donde \( \nabla^2 \) es el Laplacian espacial y \( c \) es constante.
+</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363">\(</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364">\)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365">\[</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366">\]</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El entorno <code>math</code> se pude utilizar tanto en párrafos como en modo
-LR, pero los entornos <code>displaymath</code> y <code>equation</code> se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo párrafo. Los entornos <code>math</code> y
-<code>displaymath</code> se utilizan tan a menudo que tienen las siguientes
-formas abreviadas:
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El modo math es para matemáticas en línea. En el ejemplo anterior se
+invoca por la <code>\(</code> inicial y terminado por la <code>\)</code> final
+correspondiente. El modo de pantalla matemática es para ecuaciones
+mostradas y aquí es invocado por el entorno <code>displaymath</code>. Ten
+en cuenta que cualquier texto matemático que sea, incluido el texto
+matemático que consta de un solo carácter, se maneja en modo
+matemático.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando está en modo matemático o en modo de visualización matemática,
+&latex; maneja muchos aspectos de tu texto de entrada de manera
+diferente que en otros modos de texto. Por ejemplo,
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\(...\) <r>en lugar de</r> \begin&lbrace;math&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;math&rbrace;
-\[...\] <r>en lugar de</r> \begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">contrastar x+y con \( x+y \)
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367">$</indexterm></findex>
-<para>De hecho, el entorno <code>math</code> es como una instrucción que tiene
-incluso una forma abreviada:
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>en el modo matemático, las letras están en cursiva y el espacio
+alrededor del signo más es diferente.
+</para>
+<para>Hay tres formas de hacer fórmulas en línea, para poner &latex; en
+modo math.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">$ ... $ <r>en lugar de</r> \(...\)
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\( <var>material matemático</var> \)
+$ <var>material matemático</var> $
+\begin&lbrace;math&rbrace; <var>material matemático</var> \end&lbrace;math&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\boldmath</code> cambia letras y símbolos matemáticos en
-tipo de letra en negrita. Este se utiliza <emph>fuera</emph> del modo math.
-Por el contrario, la instrucción <code>\unboldmath</code> cambia los glifos
-matemáticos para estar en un tipo de letra normal; este también se
-utiliza <emph>fuera</emph> del modo math.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Se prefiere la primera forma y la segunda es bastante común, pero la
+tercera forma rara vez se usa. A veces puedes usar uno y a veces
+otro, como en <code>\(x\) y $y$</code>. Puedes utilizar estos en el párrafo
+o en modo LR (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<!-- c xx ¿propia sección? ¿tipos de letra en Math? -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La declaración <code>\displaystyle</code> presiona para que el tamaño y estilo
-de la fórmula sea el de <code>displaymath</code>, por ejemplo, con limites por
-encima y debajo de sumatorias. Por ejemplo
-</para><example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">$\displaystyle \sum_&lbrace;n=0&rbrace;^\infty x_n $
+<para>Para mostrar fórmulas, pon a &latex; en modo de visualización
+matemática con o:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ <var>material matemático</var>
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<!-- c xx vea además \cal, \mathcal -->
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ <var>material matemático</var>
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>(<pxref label="displaymath"><xrefnodename>displaymath</xrefnodename></pxref>, <pxref label="equation"><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>). La única diferencia es que
+con el entorno <code>equation</code>, &latex; pone un número de fórmula
+junto a la fórmula. La construcción <code>\[ <var>math</var> \]</code> es
+equivalente a <code>\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace; <var>math</var>
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;</code>. Estos entornos sólo se pueden utilizar en el
+modo párrafo (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>La
+American Mathematical Society ha puesto a disposición gratuitamente un
+conjunto de paquetes que amplían enormemente sus opciones para
+escribir matemáticas, <code>amsmath</code> y <code>amssymb</code> (también
+ten en cuenta el paquete <code>mathtools</code> que es una extensión y
+carga <code>amsmath</code>). Los nuevos documentos que tendrán texto
+matemático deben usar estos paquetes. Las descripciones de estos
+paquetes están fuera del alcance de este documento; ve su
+documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Subíndices y Superíndices</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">También conocido como exponente o índice.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Símbolos Matemáticos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Varios garabatos matemáticos.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Funciones Matemáticas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Nombres de funciones Matemáticas como sin y exp.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Acentos Matemáticos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Acentos en Matemáticas.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Espacios en Modo Math</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacios gruesos, medianos, delgados y negativos.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Miscelánea Math</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cosas que no encajan en ninguna otra categoría.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Subíndices y superíndices</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">También conocidos como exponentes o
+ índices.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Símbolos matemáticos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Varios garabatos matemáticos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Funciones matemáticas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Nombres de funciones matemáticas como
+ sin y exp.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Acentos matemáticos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Acentos en matemáticas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Sobre y subrayado</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cosas por encima o por debajo de las
+ fórmulas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Espaciado en modo matemático</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacios gruesos, medianos, delgados
+ y negativos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Estilos math</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Determinan el tamaño de las cosas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Miscelánea matemática</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cosas que no encajan en ningún otro
+ lugar.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="Sub_00edndices-y-Super_00edndices" spaces=" "><nodename>Subíndices y Superíndices</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Símbolos Matemáticos</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subíndices y Superíndices</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">superíndice</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">subíndice</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">exponente</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371">_</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372">^</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="Sub_00edndices-y-super_00edndices" spaces=" "><nodename>Subíndices y superíndices</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subíndices y superíndices</sectiontitle>
-<para>Para hacer que una expresión <i>exp</i> aparezca como un subíndice, escriba
-<code>_&lbrace;</code><i>exp</i><code>&rbrace;</code>. Para hacer que <i>exp</i> aparezca como un
-exponente, escriba <code>^&lbrace;</code><i>exp</i><code>&rbrace;</code>. &latex; maneja
-superíndices, subíndices y todas esas cosas de manera natural. Incluso
-hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un subíndice como un
-superíndice.
+<anchor name="superscript">superscript</anchor>
+<anchor name="subscript">subscript</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">superíndice</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">subíndice</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superíndice</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subíndice</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">exponente</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (en modo matemático o modo de visualización matemático), uno
+de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>base</var>^<var>exp</var>
+<var>base</var>^&lbrace;<var>exp</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o, uno de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>base</var>_<var>exp</var>
+<var>base</var>_&lbrace;<var>exp</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Hace que <var>exp</var> aparezca como un superíndice de <var>base</var> (con el
+carácter signo de intercalación,&nbsp;<code>^</code>) o un subíndice (con
+guión bajo,&nbsp;<code>_</code>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, <code>0</code> y <code>1</code> son subscripts mientras que
+<code>2</code> son superscripts.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\( (x_0+x_1)^2 \leq (x_0)^2+(x_1)^2 \)
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para que el subscript o superscript contenga más de un carácter, rodea
+la expresión con llaves, como en <code>e^&lbrace;-2x&rbrace;</code>. La cuarta línea de
+este ejemplo muestra llaves usadas para agrupar una expresión para el
+exponente.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ (3^3)^3=27^3=19\,683
+ \qquad
+ 3^&lbrace;(3^3)&rbrace;=3^&lbrace;27&rbrace;=7\,625\,597\,484\,987
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>&latex; sabe cómo manejar un superíndice en un superíndice, o un
+subíndice sobre subíndice, o superscript sobre subs, o subs sobre
+supers. Así que, expresiones como <code>e^&lbrace;x^2&rbrace;</code> y <code>x_&lbrace;i_0&rbrace;</code>
+dan producción. Ten en cuenta el uso en esas expresiones de llaves
+para dar a <var>base</var> una determinada <var>exp</var>. Si ingresas
+<code>\(3^3^3\)</code>, esto se interpreta como <code>\(3^&lbrace;3&rbrace;^&lbrace;3&rbrace;\)</code> y
+luego obtienes el error &tex; <samp>Doble superíndice</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un subscript como un
+superscript. En este ejemplo, la integral tiene ambos. Salen en el
+lugar correcto sin ninguna intervención del autor.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ \int_&lbrace;x=a&rbrace;^b f'(x)\,dx = f(b)-f(a)
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Ten en cuenta las llaves alrededor de <code>x=a</code> para hacer que la
+expresión completa sea un subíndice.
+</para>
+<para>Para poner un superscript o subscript antes de un símbolo, usa una
+construcción como <code>&lbrace;&rbrace;_t K^2</code>. Las llaves vacías <code>&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>
+dan al subíndice algo para adjuntar y evita que accidentalmente
+adjuntes un símbolo anterior.
+</para>
+<para>Usar el carácter de subíndice o superíndice fuera del modo math o el
+modo <code>display math</code>, como en <code>la expresión x^2</code>, obtendrás
+el error &tex; <samp>Falta insertar el $</samp>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Una razón común para querer subscripts fuera de un
+modo math es la composición tipográfica de fórmulas químicas. Hay
+paquetes para eso, como <code>mhchem</code>; ve CTAN.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="S_00edmbolos-Matem_00e1ticos" spaces=" "><nodename>Símbolos Matemáticos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Funciones Matemáticas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subíndices y Superíndices</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Símbolos Matemáticos</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">símbolos matemáticos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">símbolos, matemáticos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208">letras griegas</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos" spaces=" "><nodename>Símbolos matemáticos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Funciones matemáticas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subíndices y superíndices</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Símbolos matemáticos</sectiontitle>
-<para>&latex; proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático que muy
-probablemente necesite. Las instrucciones para generarlas se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo math. Por ejemplo, si incluye <code>$\pi$</code>
-en su archivo fuente, aparecerá el símbolo de pi (<math>\pi</math>) en su
-salida.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">símbolos matemáticos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">símbolos, matemáticos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">letras griegas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+
+<para>&latex; proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático o técnico que
+cualquiera usa. Por ejemplo, si incluyes <code>$\pi$</code> en tu fuente,
+obtendrás el símbolo pi <U>03C0</U>. Ve el &textldquo;Paquete &latex;
+Integral Lista de símbolos&textrdquo; en
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive</urefurl></url>.
</para>
+<para>A continuación, tienes una lista de símbolos comúnmente usados. De
+ninguna manera es exhaustiva. Cada símbolo se describe con una frase
+corta y su clase de símbolo, que determina el espacio a su alrededor,
+se da entre paréntesis. A no ser que dicho de otra manera, los
+comandos para estos símbolos solo se pueden usar en modo matemáticas.
+Para redefinir un comando para que se pueda usar cualquiera que sea el
+estado modo actual, <ref label="_005censuremath"><xrefnodename>\ensuremath</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<!-- c xx Agrega negación: para negaciones de símbolos relevantes -->
+<!-- c Útil: https://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html -->
+
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\|</math>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\parallel</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\aleph</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2135</U> Aleph, cardinal transfinito (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\alpha</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B1</U> Letra griega alfa minúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A3F</U> Unión disjunta (binaria)
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2220</U> Ángulo geométrico (común). Similar: less-than
+sign&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code> y salto de línea angular&nbsp;<code>\langle</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2248</U> Casi igual a (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\amalg</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2217</U> Operador asterisco, convolución, seis puntas
+(binario). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>*</code>, que suele ser un superíndice o
+subíndice, como en la estrella Kleene. Similar&nbsp;<code>\star</code>, que
+es de cinco puntas, y a veces se usa como una operación binaria
+general, y a veces reservado para la correlación cruzada.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\angle</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asintóticamente equivalente (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>\ Barra invertida (común). Similar: set
+minus&nbsp;<code>\setminus</code>, y <code>\textbackslash</code> para barra
+invertida fuera del modo matemático.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\approx</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B2</U> Letra griega minúscula beta (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ast</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C2</U> Intersección (operador) de tamaño variable o
+n-ario. Similar: intersección binaria&nbsp;<code>\cap</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\asymp</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>26AA</U> Círculo, más grande (binario). Similar: función
+composición&nbsp;<code>\circ</code>.
+<!-- c bb ¿El mejor símbolo Unicode para esto? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>\ (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C3</U> Unión (operador) de tamaño variable o
+n-aria. Similar: binario union&nbsp;<code>\cup</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\beta</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A00</U> Operador de punto en un círculo de tamaño variable
+u (operador) n-ario.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigcap</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A01</U> Operador más (operador) de tamaño variable, o
+n-ario, dentro de un círculo.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigcirc</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A02</U> Operador de tiempo dentro de un círculo de
+tamaño variable, u (operador) n-ario.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigcup</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o
+n-ary apuntando hacia abajo (binario). Sinónimo:
+<var>\varbigtriangledown</var>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="386">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigodot</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triángulo abierto de tamaño variable o
+n-ary apuntando hacia arriba (binario). Sinónimo:
+<var>\varbigtriangleup</var>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="387">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigoplus</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A06</U> Unión cuadrada de tamaño variable u (operador)
+n-ario.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="388">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigotimes</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A04</U> Operador de unión de tamaño variable, o n-ario,
+con un signo más (operador). (Ten en cuenta que el nombre solo tiene
+una p).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="389">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigtriangledown</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> De tamaño variable, o n-ario, u (operador) lógico.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="390">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigtriangleup</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> De tamaño variable, o n-ario, y lógico
+(operador).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="391">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigsqcup</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U>, arriba, abajo, elemento mínimo de un conjunto de elementos
+parcialmente ordenado, o una contradicción (común). Consulta
+también&nbsp;<code>\top</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="392">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\biguplus</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C8</U> Unión natural de dos relaciones (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="393">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigvee</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Operador modal por necesidad; caja cuadrada abierta
+(común). No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <code>amssymb</code>.
+<!-- c bb ¿El mejor equivalente Unicode? -->
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">símbolo de bala</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2022</U> Viñeta (binario). Similar: multiplicación
+dot&nbsp;<code>\cdot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="394">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigwedge</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2229</U> Intersección de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de
+tamaño variable operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcap</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C5</U> Multiplicación (binario). Similar: Bala
+dot&nbsp;<code>\bullet</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="395">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bot</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C7</U> Chi griego minúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="396">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bowtie</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2218</U> Composición de funciones, operador de anillo
+(binario). Similar: operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcirc</code> de tamaño
+variable.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="397">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(símbolo de caja cuadrada abierta) <!-- c xx no en el simple -->
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2663</U> Palo de la carta del club (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="398">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209">símbolo bala</indexterm></cindex>
-<para><math>\bullet</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Complemento de conjunto, usado como superíndice como en
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (común). No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <code>amssymb</code>. También
+usado: <code>$S^&lbrace;\mathsf&lbrace;c&rbrace;&rbrace;$</code> or&nbsp;<code>$\bar&lbrace;S&rbrace;$</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="399">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cap</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2245</U> Congruente (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="400">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cdot</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2210</U> Coproducto (operador).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="401">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\chi</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222A</U> Unión de dos conjuntos (binario). Similar: de tamaño
+variable operator&nbsp;<code>\bigcup</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="402">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\circ</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2020</U> Relación Dagger (binario).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="403">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\clubsuit</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A3</U> Guión con torniquete invertido vertical (relación).
+Similar: turnstile&nbsp;<code>\vdash</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="404">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cong</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2021</U> Relación de doble daga (binario).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="405">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\coprod</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0394</U> Delta mayúscula griega, usado para incremento
+(común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="406">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cup</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Delta minúscula griega (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="407">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dagger</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Operador de diamante grande (común).
+No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <code>amssymb</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="408">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dashv</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Operador de diamante (binario). Similar: large
+diamond&nbsp;<code>\Diamond</code>, encierra en un círculo
+bullet&nbsp;<code>\bullet</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="409">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dagger</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2662</U> Palo de carta diamante (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="410">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Delta</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00F7</U> Signo de división (binario).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="411">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\delta</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2250</U> Se acerca al límite (relación). Similar:
+geométricamente igual to&nbsp;<code>\Doteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="412">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\diamond</math> más grande <!-- c xx no en el simple -->
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2193</U> Flecha hacia abajo, converge (relación).
+Similar: <code>\Downarrow</code> flecha hacia abajo de doble línea.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="413">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\diamond</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D3</U> Flecha hacia abajo de doble línea (relación).
+Similar: <code>\downarrow</code> flecha hacia abajo de una sola línea.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="414">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\diamondsuit</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2113</U> Letra cursiva minúscula l (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="415">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\div</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Símbolo de conjunto vacío (común). La forma
+variante es <code>\varnothing</code>.
+<!-- c bb ¿Por qué Unicode tiene \revemptyset pero no \emptyset? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="416">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\doteq</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Epsilon semilunar en minúsculas
+(común). Similar a Letra de texto griego. Más ampliamente
+utilizado en matemáticas es el script en letra pequeña épsilon
+<code>\varepsilon</code>&nbsp;<U>03B5</U>. Relacionado: la
+relación de pertenencia del conjunto <code>\in</code>&nbsp;<U>2208</U>.
+<!-- c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 y -->
+<!-- c Unicode referenciado allí afirma que varepsilon se usa mucho más -->
+<!-- c ampliamente. -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="417">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\downarrow</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2261</U> Equivalencia (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="418">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Downarrow</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B7</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="419">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ell</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2203</U> Cuantificador existencial (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="420">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\emptyset</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266D</U> Bemol musical (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="421">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\epsilon</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2200</U> Cuantificador universal (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="422">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\equiv</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2322</U> Arco curvo hacia abajo (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="423">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\eta</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0393</U> letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="424">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\exists</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B3</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\flat</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo
+for&nbsp;<code>\geq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="426">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\forall</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Mayor o igual que (relación). este es un sinónimo
+for&nbsp;<code>\ge</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="427">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\frown</math> (relacion)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Se le asigna el valor (relación).
+Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\leftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Gamma</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226B</U> Mucho mayor que (relación). Similar: mucho menos
+que&nbsp;<code>\ll</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gamma</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>210F</U> Constante de Planck sobre dos pi (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ge</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2661</U> Palo de cartas de corazón (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="431">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\geq</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A9</U> Flecha izquierda enganchada (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="432">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gets</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21AA</U> Flecha derecha enganchada (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="433">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gg</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Si y solo si (relación). Es
+<code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> con un <code>\thickmuskip</code> a cada lado.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="434">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hbar</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Parte imaginaria (común). Ve: parte
+real&nbsp;<code>\Re</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="435">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\heartsuit</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">i sin punto, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>i sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una i (<pxref label="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos"><xrefnodename>Acentos
+matemáticos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="436">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hookleftarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Establecer elemento (relación). Ve también: semilunar
+minúscula epsilon&nbsp;<code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> y letra
+minúscula epsilon&nbsp;<code>\varepsilon</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hookrightarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221E</U> Infinito (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="438">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\iff</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral (operador).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="439">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Im</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B9</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A1D</U> Símbolo de corbatín condensado (relación). No
+disponible en &tex; estándar.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">j sin punto, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>J sin punto; se usa cuando pones un acento en una j (<pxref label="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos"><xrefnodename>Acentos
+matemáticos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BA</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039B</U> letra griega mayúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BB</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="440">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\in</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Lógico y (binario). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\wedge</code>.
+Consulta también or&nbsp;lógico&nbsp;<code>\lor</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="441">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\infty</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E8</U> Ángulo izquierdo, o secuencia, corchete (apertura).
+Similar: menos-que&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code>. Coincide con&nbsp;<code>\rangle</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="442">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\int</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007B</U> Llave izquierda
+(apertura). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\&lbrace;</code>. Coincide
+con&nbsp;<code>\rbrace</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005B</U> Corchete izquierdo (apertura).
+Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>[</code>. Coincide con&nbsp;<code>\rbrack</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2308</U> Soporte de techo izquierdo, como un corchete pero
+con la parte inferior rasurada (apertura). Coincide
+con&nbsp;<code>\rceil</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo
+para&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Flecha derecha ondulada (relación). Para obtener
+este símbolo fuera del modo matemático, puedes poner
+<code>\newcommand*&lbrace;\Leadsto&rbrace;&lbrace;\ensuremath&lbrace;\leadsto&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> en el
+preámbulo y entonces usa <code>\Leadsto</code> en su lugar.
+<!-- c bb ¿El mejor equivalente Unicode? -->
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D0</U> Está implícito en la flecha izquierda de doble
+línea (relación). Similar: flecha izquierda de una sola
+línea&nbsp;<code>\leftarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Flecha izquierda de una sola línea (relación).
+Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\gets</code>. Similar: doble línea izquierda
+flecha&nbsp;<code>\Leftarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BD</U> Arpón izquierdo de una línea, lengüeta
+debajo de la lengüeta (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BC</U> Arpón izquierdo de una línea, púa sobre
+barra (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D4</U> Biimplicación; flecha de dos puntas de
+doble línea (relación). Similar: flecha de dos puntas de una sola
+línea&nbsp;<code>\leftrightarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2194</U> Flecha de dos puntas de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: doble línea flecha de dos
+puntas&nbsp;<code>\Leftrightarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Menor o igual que (relación). Este es un sinónimo
+para&nbsp;<code>\le</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Soporte de piso izquierdo
+(apertura). Coincidencia:&nbsp;<code>\floor</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la
+izquierda (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, debe cargar
+<code>amssymb</code> y usa&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (que es una
+relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226A</U> Mucho menos que (relación). Similar: mucho mayor
+que&nbsp;<code>\gg</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Negación lógica
+(común). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\neg</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F5</U> Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: largo flecha izquierda de doble
+línea&nbsp;<code>\Longleftarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Flecha larga de dos puntas de una sola
+línea (relación). Similar: larga doble línea flecha de dos
+puntas&nbsp;<code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27FC</U> Flecha izquierda larga de una sola línea que
+comienza con una barra vertical (relación). Similar: versión más
+corta&nbsp;<code>\mapsto</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F6</U> Flecha derecha larga de una sola línea
+(relación). Similar: largo flecha derecha de doble
+línea&nbsp;<code>\Longrightarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Lógico o (binario). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\vee</code>.
+Consulta también y&nbsp;lógico&nbsp;<code>\land</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Flecha izquierda de una sola línea que comienza con
+una barra vertical (relación). Similar: versión más
+larga&nbsp;<code>\longmapsto</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2127</U> Conductancia, semicírculo omega mayúscula girada
+(común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2223</U> Barra vertical de una línea (relación). Un uso típico
+de <code>\mid</code> es para un conjunto <code>\&lbrace;\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Similar: <code>\vert</code> y&nbsp;<code>|</code> producen la misma línea única de
+símbolo de barra vertical pero sin ningún espacio (caen en la clase
+ordinarios) y no los debes usar como relaciones, sino solo como
+ordinales, es decir, símbolos de notas al pie. Para el valor
+absoluto, consulta la entrada para&nbsp;<code>\vert</code> y por norma ve la
+entrada para&nbsp;<code>\Vert</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A8</U> Implica o satisface; torniquete doble, guión doble
+corto (relación). Similar: guión doble largo&nbsp;<code>\vDash</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2213</U> Menos o más (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BC</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2207</U> Operador del, o diferencial, de Hamilton
+(común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266E</U> Notación musical natural (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> No es igual (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\neq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="443">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\iota</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2197</U> Flecha noreste (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="444">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>símbolo de corbata de moño condensado (relación) <!-- c xx no en el simple -->
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Negación lógica (común).
+Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\lnot</code>. A veces, en cambio, se usa para
+negación:&nbsp;<code>\sim</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="445">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\kappa</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> No es igual (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\ne</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Membresía reflejada épsilon; tiene el miembro
+(relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\owns</code>. Similar: es un miembro
+de&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c las "@ " se colocan en espacios para que la barra no llegue al -->
+<!-- c siguiente caracter. -->
+<para><U>0020</U><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/>Sólido largo, o barra oblicua, que se usa para
+tachar un siguiente operador (relación).
+</para>
+<para>Muchos operadores negados están disponibles que no requieren
+<code>\not</code>, particularmente con el paquete <code>amssymb</code>. Por
+ejemplo, <code>\notin</code> es tipográficamente preferible a
+<code>\not\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="446">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Lambda</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2209</U> No es un elemento de (relación). Similar: no
+subconjunto de&nbsp;<code>\nsubseteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="447">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lambda</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BD</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="448">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\land</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2196</U> Flecha noroeste (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2299</U> Punto dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar: de
+tamaño variable operador&nbsp;<code>\bigodot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\langle</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222E</U> Integral de contorno, integral con círculo en el
+medio (operador).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lbrace</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A9</U> letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lbrack</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C9</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="452">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lceil</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2296</U> Signo menos, o guión, dentro de un círculo
+(binario).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="453">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\le</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2295</U> Signo más dentro de un círculo (binario). Similar:
+de tamaño variable operador&nbsp;<code>\bigoplus</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="454">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c xx falta de simple -->
-
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="455">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Leftarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2298</U> Solidus, o slash, dentro de un círculo (binario).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="456">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leftarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2297</U> Signo de tiempo, o cruz, dentro de un círculo
+(binario). Similar: operador de tamaño
+variable&nbsp;<code>\bigotimes</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="457">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leftharpoondown</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> épsilon de membresía reflejada; tiene el miembro
+(relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\ni</code>. Similar: es un miembro
+de&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="458">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leftharpoonup</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Paralelo (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\|</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="459">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Leftrightarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2202</U> Diferencial parcial (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="460">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Leftrightarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27C2</U> Perpendicular (relación). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\bot</code>
+usa el mismo glifo pero el espaciado es diferente porque está en la
+clase común.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="461">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leq</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A6</U> Letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="462">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lfloor</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D5</U> Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <code>\varphi</code>&nbsp;<U>03C6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="463">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(flecha apuntando hacia arriba a la izquierda) <!-- c xx no en el simple -->
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A0</U> letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="464">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ll</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C0</U> Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <code>\varpi</code>&nbsp;<U>03D6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="465">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lnot</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00B1</U> Más o menos (binario).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="466">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\longleftarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Precede (relación). Similar: menor que&nbsp;<code>&lt;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Precede o es igual a (relación). Similar: menor que
+o igual a&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, o minuto en una expresión de tiempo
+(común). Normalmente se usa como un superíndice:
+<code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code> y <code>$f'$</code> producen el mismo
+resultado. Una ventaja del segundo es que <code>$f'''$</code> produce el
+símbolo deseado, es decir, el mismo resultado como
+<code>$f^&lbrace;\prime\prime\prime&rbrace;$</code>, pero usa bastante menos
+mecanografía. Solo puedes usar <code>\prime</code> en modo math. Usando la
+comilla derecha simple&nbsp;<code>'</code> en modo texto produce un carácter
+diferente (apóstrofe).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="467">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\longleftrightarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220F</U> Producto (operador).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="468">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\longmapsto</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221D</U> Es proporcional a (relación)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="469">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\longrightarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A8</U> letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="470">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lor</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C8</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="471">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\mapsto</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E9</U> Ángulo recto, o secuencia, corchete (cierre).
+Similar: mayor que&nbsp;<code>&gt;</code>. Coincidencia:<code>\langle</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="472">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c xx no en el simple -->
-
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="473">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\mid</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007D</U> Llave derecha (de
+cierre). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\&rbrace;</code>. Coincide con&nbsp;<code>\lbrace</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="474">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\models</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005D</U> Corchete derecho (de
+cierre). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>]</code>. Coincide con&nbsp;<code>\lbrack</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="475">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\mp</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2309</U> Soporte de techo derecho (cierre). Coincide
+con&nbsp;<code>\lceil</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="476">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\mu</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>211C</U> Parte real, números reales, R mayúscula cursiva
+(común). Relacionado: doble línea o negrita de pizarra,
+R&nbsp;<code>\mathbb&lbrace;R&rbrace;</code>; acceder esto, carga el paquete
+<code>amsfonts</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="477">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\nabla</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restricción de una función (relación). Sinónimo:
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <code>amssymb</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="478">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\natural</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Símbolo de conjunto vacío invertido (común).
+Relacionado: <code>\varnothing</code>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <file>stix</file>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230B</U> Soporte de piso derecho, un corchete derecho con el
+corte superior apagado (cierre). Coincide con&nbsp;<code>\lfloor</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Punta de flecha, es decir, triángulo, apuntando a la
+derecha (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar,
+debes cargar <code>amssymb</code> y use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code>
+(que es una relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="479">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ne</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C1</U> Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma variante
+es <code>\varrho</code>&nbsp;<U>03F1</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="480">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\nearrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D2</U> Implica, flecha de doble línea hacia la derecha
+(relación). Similar: flecha derecha de una sola
+línea&nbsp;<code>\rightarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la
+derecha (relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\to</code>. Similar: línea doble
+fecha derecha&nbsp;<code>\Rightarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C1</U> Arpón que apunta hacia la derecha con
+lengüeta debajo de la línea (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="481">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\neg</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C0</U> Arpón apuntando a la derecha con lengüeta
+sobre el línea (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21CC</U> Arpón derecho arriba arpón izquierdo
+abajo (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="482">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\neq</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2198</U> Flecha que apunta al sureste (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="483">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ni</math> (relación)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29F5</U> Establecer diferencia, solido inverso o barra
+invertida, como \ (binario). Similar: barra
+inversa&nbsp;<code>\backslash</code> y también <code>\textbackslash</code> fuera
+del modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266F</U> Sostenido musical (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A3</U> letra griega mayúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="484">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Superpone una / al siguiente operador, tal como <math>\not=</math>.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C3</U> Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma
+variante es <code>\varsigma</code>&nbsp;<U>03C2</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="485">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ni</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>223C</U> Similar, en una relación (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="486">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\nu</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2243</U> Similar o igual a, en una relación (relación).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="487">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\nwarrow</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Signo integral que no cambia a un tamaño mayor en
+una pantalla (operador).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="488">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\odot</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Arco curvo hacia arriba, sonrisa (normal).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2660</U> Palo de cartas de espadas (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2293</U> Símbolo de intersección cuadrada (binario). Similar:
+intersección&nbsp;<code>cap</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2294</U> Símbolo de unión cuadrada (binario). Similar:
+unión&nbsp;<code>cup</code>. Relacionado: de tamaño variable
+operator&nbsp;<code>\bigsqcup</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, símbolo de subconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+subconjunto&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <code>amssymb</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Subconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual
+(binario). Similar: subconjunto o igual a&nbsp;<code>\subseteq</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, símbolo de superconjunto cuadrado (relación). Similar:
+superconjunto&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <code>amssymb</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Superconjunto cuadrado o símbolo igual
+(binario). Similar: superconjunto o igual&nbsp;<code>\supseteq</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C6</U> Estrella de cinco puntas, a veces utilizada como
+binario general pero a veces reservado para la correlación cruzada
+(binario). Similar: los sinónimos asterisco&nbsp;<code>*</code> y
+<code>\ast</code>, que son de seis puntas, y más a menudo aparecen como un
+superíndice o subíndice, como con la estrella Kleene.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2282</U> Subconjunto (ocasionalmente, está implícito en)
+(relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2286</U> Subconjunto o igual a (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227B</U> Viene después, tiene éxito (relación). Similar: es
+menos que&nbsp;<code>&gt;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AB0</U> Tiene éxito o es igual a (relación). Similar: menos
+que o igual a&nbsp;<code>\leq</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2211</U> Sumatoria (operador). Similar: capital griega
+sigma&nbsp;<code>\Sigma</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2283</U> Superconjunto (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2287</U> Superconjunto o igual a (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221A</U> Símbolo radical (común). El comando &latex;
+<code>\sqrt&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> escribe la raíz cuadrada del argumento, con una
+barra que se extiende para cubrir el argumento.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2199</U> Flecha que apunta al suroeste (relación).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C4</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B8</U> Letra griega minúscula (común). La forma
+variante es <code>\vartheta</code>&nbsp;<U>03D1</U>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00D7</U> Signo de multiplicación de escuela primaria
+(binario). Ve también&nbsp;<code>\cdot</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia la derecha
+(relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\rightarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Arriba, elemento más grande de un conjunto
+parcialmente ordenado (común). Consulta también&nbsp;<code>\bot</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triángulo (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta hacia la
+izquierda (binario). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\lhd</code>. Para el símbolo de
+subgrupo normal que debe cargar <code>amssymb</code> y
+usar&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (que es una relación y por lo tanto
+proporciona un mejor espaciado).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Triángulo sin rellenar que apunta a la
+derecha (binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal, en su lugar,
+debe cargar <code>amssymb</code> y usar&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code>
+(que es una relación y así da un mejor espaciado).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta
+hacia la izquierda, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo
+(binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga <code>amssymb</code>
+y usa&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (que es una relación y por lo
+tanto da mejor espaciado).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Punta de flecha subrayada sin relleno que apunta
+hacia la derecha, es decir, triángulo, con una línea debajo
+(binario). Para el símbolo de subgrupo normal carga <code>amssymb</code>
+y usa&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (que es una relación y por lo
+tanto da mejor espaciado).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba
+(relación). Similar: apuntando hacia arriba de una sola línea
+flecha&nbsp;<code>\uparrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia arriba,
+diverge (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia arriba
+flecha&nbsp;<code>\Uparrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Flecha de doble línea que apunta hacia arriba
+y hacia abajo (relación). Similar: una sola línea apuntando hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo arrow&nbsp;<code>\updownarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2195</U> Flecha de una sola línea que apunta hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo (relación). Similar: doble línea apuntando hacia
+arriba y hacia abajo arrow&nbsp;<code>\Updownarrow</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, arpón levantado, con púa en el lado derecho
+(relación). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>.
+No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <code>amssymb</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Unión multiconjunto, un símbolo de unión con un
+símbolo más en el medio (binario). Similar:
+union&nbsp;<code>\cup</code>. Relacionado: operador de tamaño
+variable&nbsp;<code>\biguplus</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A5</U> letra griega mayúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C5</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Epsilon de script en letra minúscula
+(común). Esto es ampliamente utilizado en matemáticas que la
+forma épsilon semilunar no variante
+<code>\epsilon</code>&nbsp;<U>03F5</U>. Relacionado: establece
+membresía&nbsp;<code>\in</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Símbolo de conjunto vacío. Similar:
+<code>\emptyset</code>. Relacionado:
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. No disponible en &tex; simple. En &latex; necesitas cargar el paquete <code>amssymb</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code>\phi</code>&nbsp;<U>03D5</U>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code>\pi</code>&nbsp;<U>03C0</U>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code>\rho</code>&nbsp;<U>03C1</U>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code>\sigma</code>&nbsp;<U>03C3</U>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variante de la letra griega minúscula (común).
+La forma no variante es <code>\theta</code>&nbsp;<U>03B8</U>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Demostrable; torniquete, vertical y un guión
+(relación). Similar: torniquete giró un
+semicírculo&nbsp;<code>\dashv</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Lógico o; una forma de v hacia abajo (binario).
+Relacionado: y lógico&nbsp;<code>\wedge</code>. Similar: de tamaño
+variable operator&nbsp;<code>\bigvee</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Doble barra vertical (común). <xref label="Delimitadores"><xrefnodename>Delimitadores</xrefnodename></xref>,
+sobre cómo usar el paquete <code>mathtools</code> para crear símbolos de
+norma.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Barra vertical de una sola línea (común). Para &textldquo;tal
+que&textrdquo;, como en la definición de un conjunto, usa&nbsp;<code>\mid</code>
+porque es una relación <xref label="Delimitadores"><xrefnodename>Delimitadores</xrefnodename></xref>, para saber cómo usar el
+paquete <code>mathtools</code> para crear símbolos de valor absoluto de
+tamaño flexible.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> y lógico (binario). Sinónimo:&nbsp;<code>\land</code>.
+Ve también or lógico <code>\vee</code>. Similar: operator de tamaño
+variable&nbsp;<code>\bigwedge</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2118</U> Weierstrass p (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2240</U> Producto de guirnalda (binario).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039E</U> letra griega mayúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BE</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B6</U> Letra griega minúscula (común).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="489">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\oint</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>Los siguientes símbolos se usan con mayor frecuencia en texto sin
+formato, pero &latex; proporciona versiones para usar en texto
+matemático.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="490">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Omega</math>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Signo de dólar en modo matemático: $.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="491">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\omega</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Signo de párrafo (pilcrow) en modo matemático, <U>00B6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="492">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ominus</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Signo de sección en modo math: <U>00A7</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="493">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\oplus</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Signo esterlina en modo matemático: &pound;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="494">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\oslash</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Guión bajo en modo matemático: _.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="495">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\otimes</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Flechas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lista de flechas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\boldmath y \unboldmath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Símbolos en negrita.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Pizarra negra</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Caracteres de doble golpe.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Caligráfico</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Caracteres cursivos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Delimitadores</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Paréntesis, llaves, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Puntos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Elipsis, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Letras griegas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lista de letras griegas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Flechas" spaces=" "><nodename>Flechas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath y \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Flechas</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">flechas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">símbolos, flechas</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">math, flechas</indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Estas son las flechas que
+vienen con &latex; estándar. Los paquetes <code>latexsym</code> y
+<code>amsfonts</code> contienen muchos más.
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".10 .40 .50"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".50"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Símbolo</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Comando</para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021D3</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Downarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02193</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\downarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021A9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\hookleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021AA</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\hookrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>2190</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\leftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021D0</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Leftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021D4</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Leftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02194</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\leftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>027F5</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\longleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>027F8</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Longleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>027F7</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\longleftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>027FA</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>027FC</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\longmapsto</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>027F9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Longrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>027F6</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\longrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021A6</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\mapsto</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02197</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\nearrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02196</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\nwarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021D2</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Rightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02192</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rightarrow</code>, o <code>\to</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02198</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\searrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02199</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\swarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02191</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\uparrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021D1</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Uparrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>02195</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\updownarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>021D5</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\Updownarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row></tbody></multitable>
+
+<para>Un ejemplo de la diferencia entre <code>\to</code> y <code>\mapsto</code> es:
+<code>\( f\colon D\to C \) dado por \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para diagramas conmutativos hay una serie de
+paquetes, incluyendo <code>tikz-cd</code> y <code>amscd</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="496">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\owns</math>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cboldmath-y-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath y \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Pizarra negra</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Flechas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> y <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cboldmath">\boldmath</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cunboldmath">\unboldmath</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">matemáticas en negrita</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">matemáticas, negrita</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (usada en modo párrafo o modo LR):
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="497">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\parallel</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\boldmath \( <var>math</var> \)
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="498">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\partial</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \)
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Declaraciones para cambiar las letras y símbolos en <var>math</var> para
+estar en un tipo de letra en negrita, o para anular eso y traer de
+vuelta el predeterminado (sin negrita), respectivamente. Se deben usar
+cuando <emph>no</emph> está en modo math o el modo <code>display math</code>
+(<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). Ambos comandos son frágiles (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="499">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\perp</math> (relación)
+<para>En este ejemplo, cada comando <code>\boldmath</code> tiene lugar dentro de
+un <code>\mbox</code>,
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="500">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\phi</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">tenemos $\mbox&lbrace;\boldmath \(v \)&rbrace; = 5\cdot\mbox&lbrace;\boldmath \(u \)$&rbrace;$
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>lo cual significa que <code>\boldmath</code> solo se llama en modo texto,
+aquí LR y explica por qué debemos cambiar &latex; al modo math para
+establecer <code>v</code> y <code>u</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="501">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Pi</math>
+<para>Si usas cualquiera de los comandos dentro del <code>modo math</code>, como
+con <code>Problema: \( \boldmath x \)</code>, entonces obtienes algo como
+<samp>Advertencia de letras LaTeX: Comando \boldmath no válido en
+modo math</samp> y <samp>Advertencia de tipo de letra LaTeX: Comando
+\mathversion inválido en modo math</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="502">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\pi</math>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">bm</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">El paquete <code>bm</code> para símbolos individuales en negrita.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Math OpenType en negrita</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"><code>FakeBold</code> o <code>\symbf</code>.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+<node name="bm" spaces=" "><nodename>bm</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math OpenType en negrita</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\boldmath y \unboldmath</nodeup></node>
+<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>bm</code>: Símbolos matemáticos individuales en negrita</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">símbolos, negrita</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/974 -->
+<para>Especificar <code>\boldmath</code> es el mejor método para componer una
+expresión matemática en negrita. Pero para componer tipográficamente
+símbolos individuales dentro de una expresión en negrita, el paquete
+<code>bm</code> proporcionado por el equipo del proyecto &latex; es
+mejor. Su uso está fuera del alcance de este documento (consulta su
+documentación en <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/bm</urefurl></url> o en tu instalación)
+pero el espacio en la salida de este pequeño ejemplo mostrará que es
+una mejora sobre <code>\boldmath</code> dentro de una expresión:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="503">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\pm</math> (operación binaria)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;bm&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+...
+tenemos $\bm&lbrace;v&rbrace; = 5\cdot\bm&lbrace;u&rbrace;$
+</pre></example>
+
+</subsubsection>
+<node name="Math-OpenType-en-negrita" spaces=" "><nodename>Math OpenType en negrita</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">bm</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\boldmath y \unboldmath</nodeup></node>
+<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math OpenType en negrita</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+
+<para>Desafortunadamente, al usar los motores Unicode (Xe&latex;,
+Lua&latex;), ni <code>\boldmath</code> ni <code>bm</code> suelen funcionar
+bien, porque los tipos de letra matemáticos de OpenType que
+normalmente se usan con esos motores rara vez vienen con un compañero
+en negrita, y tanto <code>\boldmath</code> como <code>bm</code> lo requieren.
+(La implementación de <code>bm</code> se basa en <code>\boldmath</code>, por lo
+que los requisitos son los mismos). Si tienes un tipo de letra
+matemático en negrita, entonces <code>\boldmath</code> y el <code>bm</code>
+funcionan bien.
+</para>
+<para>Si no hay tal tipo de letra disponible, una alternativa es construir
+un tipo de letra en negrita falso con el parámetro <code>FakeBold=1</code>
+del paquete <code>fontspec</code> (consulta su documentación,
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec</urefurl></url>). Esto puede ser aceptable para
+redacción o distribución informal, pero los resultados están lejos de
+ser una verdadera negrita.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\symbf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\symbfit</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Otra alternativa al manejo de negrita para tipos de letra matemáticos
+OpenType es usar el <code>\symbf</code> (negrita), <code>\symbfit</code> (negrita
+y cursiva) y comandos relacionados del paquete <code>unicode-math</code>.
+Estos no cambian el tipo de letra actual, sino que cambian el
+&quot;alfabeto&quot; (Unicode) usado, que en la práctica es más compatible que
+un tipo de letra en negrita separado. Son posibles muchas
+variaciones, por lo que hay sutilezas para obtener la salida deseada.
+Como de costumbre, consulta la documentación del paquete
+(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math</urefurl></url>).
+</para>
+</subsubsection>
+</subsection>
+<node name="Pizarra-negra" spaces=" "><nodename>Pizarra negra</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Caligráfico</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath y \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Pizarra negra</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">pizarra en negrita</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">doblemente sorprendido</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="504">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\prec</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;amssymb&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\mathbb&lbrace;<var>uppercase-letter</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Proporciona símbolos en negrita de pizarra, a veces también conocidos
+como letras doublestruck, usadas para denotar conjuntos de números
+como los números naturales, los enteros, etc.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="505">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\preceq</math> (relación)
+<para>Aquí
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="506">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\prime</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\( \forall n \in \mathbb&lbrace;N&rbrace;, n^2 \geq 0 \)
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>el <code>\mathbb&lbrace;N&rbrace;</code> da el símbolo de pizarra en negrita
+<U>2115</U>, representación de los números naturales.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\prod</math>
+<para>Si el argumento contiene algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, no
+obtienes un error, pero obtienes resultados extraños, incluidos
+caracteres inesperados.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\propto</math> (relación)
+<para>Hay paquetes que dan acceso a otros símbolos además de las letras
+mayúsculas; mira en CTAN.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Psi</math>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Caligr_00e1fico" spaces=" "><nodename>Caligráfico</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimitadores</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Pizarra negra</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Caligráfico</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">tipos de letra caligráficas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">tipos de letra script</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">tipos de letra, script</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="510">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\psi</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\mathcal&lbrace;<var>letras-mayúsculas</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Utiliza un tipo de letra como el tipo script.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="511">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rangle</math> (delimitador)
+<para>En este ejemplo, el identificador del gráfico se genera en letra
+cursiva.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="512">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rbrace</math> (delimitador)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Sea la gráfica \( \mathcal&lbrace;G&rbrace; \).
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si usa algo que no sea una letra mayúscula, entonces no obtienes un
+error, pero tampoco obtienes una salida caligráfica matemática. Por
+ejemplo, <code>\mathcal&lbrace;g&rbrace;</code> genera un símbolo de llave de cierre.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="513">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rbrack</math> (delimitador)
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Delimitadores" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimitadores</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Puntos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Caligráfico</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimitadores</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">delimitadores</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">paréntesis</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">corchetes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">llaves</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">soportes</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Los delimitadores son paréntesis, llaves u otros caracteres que se
+utilizan para marcar el inicio y el final de las subfórmulas. Esta
+fórmula tiene tres conjuntos de paréntesis que delimitan las tres
+subfórmulas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="514">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rceil</math> (delimitador)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>No es necesario que los delimitadores coincidan, por lo que puedes
+ingresar <code>\( [0,1) \)</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Estos son los delimitadores comunes.:
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".11 .20 .40 .29"><columnfraction value=".11"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".20"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".29"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Delimitador</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Comando</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Nombre
+</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item">
+<para>( </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>(</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Paréntesis izquierdo
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>) </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>)</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Paréntesis derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>\&rbrace; </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>&lbrace;</code> o <code>\lbrace</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Llave izquierda
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>\&lbrace; </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>&rbrace;</code> o <code>\rbrace</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Llave derecha
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>[ </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>[</code> o <code>\lbrack</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Corchete izquierdo
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>] </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>]</code> o <code>\rbrack</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Corchete derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>230A</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\lfloor</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Left floor bracket
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>230B</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rfloor</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Soporte de piso derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>2308</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\lceil</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Soporte superior izquierdo
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>2309</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rceil</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Soporte superior derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>27E8</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\langle</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Paréntesis angular
+izquierdo
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>27E9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rangle</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Soporte angular derecho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>/ </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>/</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Barra o barra inclinada
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>\ </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\backslash</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Barra invertida o barra invertida
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para>| </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>|</code> o <code>\vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Barra vertical
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\|</code> o <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Barra vertical doble
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>mathtools</code> te permite crear
+comandos para pares delimitadores. Por ejemplo, si pones
+<code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs&lbrace;\lvert&rbrace;&lbrace;\rvert&rbrace;</code> en tu preámbulo
+entonces obtienes dos comandos para barras verticales de una sola
+línea (solo funcionan en modo matemático). La forma con estrella,
+como <code>\abs*&lbrace;\frac&lbrace;22&rbrace;&lbrace;7&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, tiene la altura de las barras
+verticales coincide con la altura del argumento. La forma sin
+estrella, como <code>\abs&lbrace;\frac&lbrace;22&rbrace;&lbrace;7&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, tiene las barras fijas
+a una altura predeterminada. Esta forma acepta un argumento opcional,
+como en el <code>\abs[<var>comando size</var>]&lbrace;\frac&lbrace;22&rbrace;&lbrace;7&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, donde
+la altura de las barras se da en <var>comando size</var>, como
+<code>\Bigg</code>. Usando en su lugar <code>\lVert</code> y <code>\rVert</code> como
+símbolos te darán un símbolo de norma con el mismo comportamiento.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="515">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Re</math>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\left y \right</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Delimitadores de tamaño automático.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\bigl y \bigr etc.</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Delimitadores de tamaño manual.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005cleft-y-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left y \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigl y \bigr etc.</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Delimitadores</nodeup></node>
+<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> y <code>\right</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cleft">\left</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cright">\right</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\right|</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">delimitadores, emparejados</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">delimitadores emparejados</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">paréntesis coincidentes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">corchetes coincidentes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">delimitador nulo</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<!-- c Créditos: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 -->
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="516">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rfloor</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\left <var>delimiter1</var> ... \right <var>delimiter2</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Crea paréntesis, llaves u otros delimitadores coincidentes. &latex;
+hace los delimitadores lo suficientemente altos como para cubrir el
+tamaño de la fórmula que ellos encierran.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="517">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(operación binaria) <!-- c xx no en sencillo @math{\rhd} -->
+<para>Esto crea un vector unitario rodeado por paréntesis lo suficientemente
+alto como para cubrir las entradas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="518">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rho</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \left(\begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;
+ 1 \\
+ 0 \\
+ \end&lbrace;array&rbrace;\right)
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para><xref label="Delimitadores"><xrefnodename>Delimitadores</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="519">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Rightarrow</math>
+<para>Cada <code>\left</code> debe tener un <code>\right</code> coincidente. En el
+ejemplo anterior, al omitir <code>\left(</code> aparece el mensaje de error
+<samp>Extra \right</samp>. Omitir el <code>\right)</code> obtiene <samp>No puedes
+usar `\eqno' en modo matemático</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="520">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rightarrow</math>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Sin embargo, <var>delimiter1</var>
+y <var>delimiter2</var> no necesitan coincidir. Una caso común es que
+deseas un aparato ortopédico sin igual, como se muestra a
+continuación. Usa un punto, <samp>.</samp>, como <dfn>delimitador nulo</dfn>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="521">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rightharpoondown</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ f(n)=\left\&lbrace;\begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;&lbrace;ll&rbrace;
+ 1 &amp;\mbox&lbrace;--if \(n=0\)&rbrace; \\
+ f(n-1)+3n^2 &amp;\mbox&lbrace;--else&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;array&rbrace;\right.
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que para obtener una llave como delimitador, los debes
+prefijar con una barra invertida, <code>\&lbrace;</code> (<pxref label="Caracteres-reservados"><xrefnodename>Caracteres
+reservados</xrefnodename></pxref>). (Los paquetes <code>amsmath</code> y <code>mathtools</code>
+te permiten obtener la construcción anterior a través de un entorno
+<code>cases</code>).
+</para>
+<para>El par <code>\left ... \right</code> forma un grupo. Una consecuencia es
+que la fórmula encerrada en el par <code>\left ... \right</code> no puede
+tener saltos de línea en la salida. Esto incluye saltos de línea
+manuales y automáticos generados por &latex;. En este ejemplo,
+&latex; rompe la ecuación para que la fórmula se ajuste a los
+márgenes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="522">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rightharpoonup</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \)
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Pero con <code>\left</code> y <code>\right</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="523">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rightleftharpoons</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
+\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \)
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>&latex; no romperá la línea, lo que hará que la fórmula se extienda
+al margen.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="524">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\searrow</math>
+<para>Porque <code>\left ... \right</code> hace un grupo, todas las reglas de
+agrupación usuales se mantienen. Aquí, el valor de <code>\testlength</code>
+establecido dentro de la ecuación se olvidará y la salida es
+<samp>1.2pt</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="525">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\setminus</math> (operación binaria)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\testlength&rbrace; \setlength&lbrace;\testlength&rbrace;&lbrace;1.2pt&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \left( a+b=c \setlength&lbrace;\testlength&rbrace;&lbrace;3.4pt&rbrace; \right)
+ \the\testlength
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El par <code>\left ... \right</code> afecta el espaciado horizontal de la
+fórmula adjunta, de dos maneras. La primera es que en <code>\(
+\sin(x) = \sin\left(x\right) \)</code> el que está después del signo igual
+tiene más espacio alrededor del <code>x</code>. Eso es porque <code>\left(
+... \right)</code> inserta un nodo interno mientras que <code>( ... )</code>
+inserta un nodo de apertura. La segunda forma en que el par afecta el
+espacio horizontal es que debido a que forman un grupo, la subfórmula
+adjunta se escribirá en su forma de ancho natural, sin estirar ni
+encoger para que la línea se ajuste mejor.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="526">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sharp</math>
+<para>&tex; escala los delimitadores según la altura y la profundidad de la
+fórmula adjunta. Aquí &latex; aumenta los corchetes para extender la
+altura de la integral.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="527">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Sigma</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \left[ \int_&lbrace;x=r_0&rbrace;^&lbrace;\infty&rbrace; -G\frac&lbrace;Mm&rbrace;&lbrace;r^2&rbrace;\, dr \right]
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El tamaño manual a menudo es mejor. Por ejemplo, aunque por debajo de
+la regla no tiene profundidad, &tex; creará delimitadores que se
+extienden muy por debajo de la regla.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="528">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sigma</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \left( \rule&lbrace;1pt&rbrace;&lbrace;1cm&rbrace; \right)
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>&tex; puede elegir delimitadores que son demasiado pequeños, como en
+<code>\( \left| |x|+|y| \right| \)</code>. También puede elegir
+delimitadores demasiado grandes, como aquí.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="529">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sim</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \left( \sum_&lbrace;0\leq i&lt;n&rbrace; i^k \right)
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Un tercer caso incómodo es cuando una fórmula que se muestra durante
+mucho tiempo está en más de una línea y debe hacer coincidir los
+tamaños del delimitador de apertura y cierre; no puedes usar
+<code>\left</code> en la primera línea y <code>\right</code> en la última porque
+deben estar emparejados.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="530">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\simeq</math> (relación)
+<para>Para cambiar manualmente el tamaño de los delimitadores, <ref label="_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>\bigl y
+\bigr etc.</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="531">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\smallint</math>
+
+</subsubsection>
+<node name="_005cbigl-y-_005cbigr-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>\bigl y \bigr etc.</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\left y \right</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Delimitadores</nodeup></node>
+<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cbigl">\bigl</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cbigr">\bigr</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\bigl</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\bigr</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="532">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\smile</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigl<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter2</var>
+\Bigl<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter2</var>
+\biggl<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter1</var> ... \biggr<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter2</var>
+\Biggl<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter1</var> ... \Biggr<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter2</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>(como con <code>\bigl[...\bigr]</code>; estrictamente hablando, no necesitan
+coincidir, ve más abajo), o uno de:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="533">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\spadesuit</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigm<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var>
+\Bigm<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var>
+\biggm<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var>
+\Biggm<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>(como con <code>\bigm|</code>), o uno de:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="534">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sqcap</math> (operación binaria)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\big<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var>
+\Big<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var>
+\bigg<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var>
+\Bigg<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>(como con <code>\\big[</code>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="535">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sqcup</math> (operación binaria)
+<para>Produce delimitadores de tamaño manual. Para delimitadores que son
+tamaño automático&nbsp;<ref label="_005cleft-y-_005cright"><xrefnodename>\left y \right</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="536">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(relación) <!-- c no en (@math{\sqsubset}) simple -->
+<para>Esto produce barras verticales exteriores ligeramente más grandes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="537">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sqsubseteq</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"> \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr|
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los comandos anteriores se enumeran en orden de tamaño creciente.
+Puedes usar el tamaño más pequeño como <code>\bigl...\bigr</code> en un
+párrafo sin causar que &latex; separe las líneas. Los tamaños más
+grandes están destinados para las ecuaciones mostradas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="538">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(relación) <!-- c no en (@math{\sqsupset}) simple -->
+<para><xref label="Delimitadores"><xrefnodename>Delimitadores</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener una lista de los delimitadores
+comunes. En la familia de comandos con <samp>l</samp> o&nbsp;<samp>r</samp>,
+<var>delimiter1</var> y <var>delimiter2</var> no necesita coincidir.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="539">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sqsupseteq</math> (relación)
+<para>Los comandos <samp>l</samp> y <samp>r</samp> producen delimitadores abiertos y
+cerrados que no insertan ningún espacio horizontal entre un átomo
+precedente y el delimitador, mientras que los comandos sin <samp>l</samp> y
+<samp>r</samp> insertan algunos espacios (porque cada delimitador se
+establece como una variable ordinaria). Compara estos dos.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="540">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\star</math> (operación binaria)
+<!-- c crédito: Martin Heller https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/1234 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;l&rbrace;
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;\biggr) \) \\ % bien
+ \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;\bigg) \) \\ % mal
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El tratamiento tipográfico tradicional está en la primera línea.
+Sobre la segunda línea, la salida tendrá algo de espacio extra entre
+la <code>\sin</code> y el que apoya una moción paréntesis de apertura.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="541">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\subset</math> (relación)
+<para>Los comandos sin <samp>l</samp> o&nbsp;<samp>r</samp> dan el espacio correcto en
+algunas circunstancias, como con esta gran línea vertical
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="542">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\subseteq</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \int_&lbrace;x=a&rbrace;^b x^2\,dx = \frac&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;3&rbrace; x^3 \Big|_&lbrace;x=a&rbrace;^b
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>(muchos autores reemplazarían <code>\frac</code> con el comando
+<code>\tfrac</code> del paquete <code>amsmath</code>), y como con esta barra
+inclinada más grande.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="543">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\succ</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \lim_&lbrace;n\to\infty&rbrace;\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>A diferencia del par <code>\left...\right</code> (<pxref label="_005cleft-y-_005cright"><xrefnodename>\left y \right</xrefnodename></pxref>),
+los comandos aquí con <samp>l</samp> o&nbsp;<samp>r</samp> no forman un grupo.
+Estrictamente hablando, no es necesario que coincidan para que puedas
+escribir algo como esto.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\succeq</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \Biggl[ \pi/6 ]
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los comandos con <samp>m</samp> son para relaciones, que están en medio de
+fórmulas, como aquí.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sum</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \biggl\&lbrace; a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_&lbrace;0\leq i&lt;n&rbrace;3i^2+4 \biggr\&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<!-- c xx Agregar discusión \bigg\mid no es bueno y \bigg| tiene razón; -->
+<!-- c ¿Quizás mencionar el paquete \middle y braket? -->
+
+
+</subsubsection>
+</subsection>
+<node name="Puntos" spaces=" "><nodename>Puntos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Letras griegas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimitadores</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Puntos, horizontales o verticales</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">puntos suspensivos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">puntos</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Las elipsis son los tres puntos (generalmente tres) que indican que un patrón
+continúa.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\supset</math> (relación)
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;array&rbrace;&lbrace;cccc&rbrace;
+ a_&lbrace;0,0&rbrace; &amp;a_&lbrace;0,1&rbrace; &amp;a_&lbrace;0,2&rbrace; &amp;\ldots \\
+ a_&lbrace;1,0&rbrace; &amp;\ddots \\
+ \vdots
+\end&lbrace;array&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>&latex; proporciona estos.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\supseteq</math> (relación)
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="elipsis-cdots">elipsis cdots</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro de
+la línea, como en <U>22EF</U>. Usado como: <code>\( a_0\cdot
+a_1\cdots a_&lbrace;n-1&rbrace; \)</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="elipsis-ddots">elipsis ddots</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Puntos suspensivos diagonales, <U>22F1</U>. Ve el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior para un uso.
+</para>
+<anchor name="elipsis-ldots">elipsis ldots</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\mathellipsis</indexterm>\mathellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Puntos suspensivos en la línea base, <U>2026</U>. Usado como:
+<code>\( x_0,\ldots x_&lbrace;n-1&rbrace; \)</code>. Otro ejemplo es el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior. Los sinónimos son <code>\mathellipsis</code> y
+<code>\dots</code>. Un sinónimo de el paquete <code>amsmath</code> es
+<code>\hdots</code>.
+</para>
+<para>También puedes usar este comando fuera del texto matemático, como en
+<code>Los engranajes, frenos, \ldots&lbrace;&rbrace; están todos rotos</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="elipsis-vdots">elipsis vdots</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Puntos suspensivos verticales, <U>22EE</U>. Ve el arreglo del
+ejemplo anterior para un uso.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\surd</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639"><r>package</r>, <code>ammath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640"><code>ammath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>amsmath</code> tiene el comando
+<code>\dots</code> para semánticamente marcar puntos suspensivos. Este
+ejemplo produce dos salidas de aspecto diferente para los dos primeros
+usos del comando <code>\dots</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\swarrow</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;amsmath&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+
+Supongamos que \( p_0, p_1, \dots, p_&lbrace;n-1&rbrace; \) enumera todos los
+números primos. Observa que \( p_0\cdot p_1 \dots \cdot p_&lbrace;n-1&rbrace; +1
+ \) no es un múltiplo de cualquier \( p_i \).
+Conclusión: hay infinitos números primos \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\dotsc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\dotsb</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\dotsi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm></findex>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>En la primera línea, &latex; busca la coma que sigue a <code>\dots</code>
+para determinar que debe generar puntos suspensivos en la línea base.
+El segundo tiene un <code>\cdot</code> después de <code>\dots</code> por lo que
+&latex; genera un puntos suspensivos que están en el eje matemático,
+centrados verticalmente. Sin embargo, el tercer uso no tiene un
+carácter de seguimiento, por lo que debes decirle a &latex; qué
+hacer. Puedes usar uno de los comandos: <code>\dotsc</code> si necesitas
+los puntos suspensivos apropiados para una coma después, <code>\dotsb</code>
+si necesitas los puntos suspensivos que se ajustan cuando los puntos
+van seguidos de un operador binario o símbolo de relación,
+<code>\dotsi</code> para puntos con integrales, o <code>\dotso</code> para otros.
+</para>
+<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/976 -->
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El comando <code>\dots</code> de <code>amsmath</code>
+difiere de otra manera del comando <code>\dots</code> del kernel de
+&latex;: emite un espacio delgado después de los puntos
+suspensivos. Además, el paquete <code>unicode-math</code> automáticamente
+carga <code>amsmath</code>, por lo que <code>\dots</code> del <code>amsmath</code>
+puede estar activo incluso cuando no lo cargaste explícitamente,
+cambiando así la salida de <code>\dots</code> tanto en modo de texto como
+matemático.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">puntos suspensivos, en Unicode (U+2026)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">puntos suspensivos, tradicional (tres puntos)</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Aún más sobre los comandos de puntos suspensivos: cuando se ejecuta
+bajo motores Unicode (<code>lualatex</code>, <code>xelatex</code>), &latex; usará
+el carácter de puntos suspensivos Unicode (U+2026) en el tipo de
+letra, si está disponible; bajo motores &tex; tradicionales
+(<code>pdflatex</code>, <code>latex</code>), compondrá tipográficamente tres
+puntos espaciados. En general, los puntos suspensivos Unicode de un
+solo carácter casi no tienen espacio entre los tres puntos, mientras
+que el espaciado de los puntos suspensivos no Unicode es más flexible,
+más de acuerdo con la tipografía tradicional.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\tau</math>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Letras-griegas" spaces=" "><nodename>Letras griegas</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Puntos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letras griegas</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">Letras griegas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Las versiones en mayúsculas de estas letras griegas solo se muestran
+cuando difieren de las mayúsculas romanas.
+</para>
+<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions spaces=" " line=".10 .30 .15 .45"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".15"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".45"></columnfraction></columnfractions>
+<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Symbol</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab">
+</entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\alpha</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Alpha
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B2</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\beta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Beta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B3</U>, <U>0393</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\gamma</code>,
+<code>\Gamma</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Gamma
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B4</U>, <U>0394</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\delta</code>,
+<code>\Delta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Delta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B5</U>, <U>03F5</U></para></entry><entry command="tab">
+ <para><code>\varepsilon</code>, <code>\epsilon</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Epsilon
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B6</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\zeta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Zeta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B7</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\eta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Eta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B8</U>, <U>03D1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\theta</code>,
+ <code>\vartheta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Theta
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03B9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\iota</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Iota
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03BA</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\kappa</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Kappa
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03BB</U>, <U>039B</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\lambda</code>,
+ <code>\Lambda</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Lambda
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03BC</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\mu</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Mu
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03BD</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\nu</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Nu
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03BE</U>, <U>039E</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\xi</code>, <code>\Xi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Xi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03C0</U>, <U>03A0</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\pi</code>, <code>\Pi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Pi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03C1</U>, <U>03F1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\rho</code>,
+<code>\varrho</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Rho
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03C3</U>, <U>03A3</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\sigma</code>,
+<code>\Sigma</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Sigma
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03C4</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\tau</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Tau
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03D5</U>, <U>03C6</U>, <U>03A6</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\phi</code>,
+ <code>\varphi</code>, <code>\Phi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Phi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03C7</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\chi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>chi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03C8</U>, <U>03A8</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\psi</code>, <code>\Psi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Psi
+</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item">
+<para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\omega</code>,
+<code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Omega
+</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
+
+<para>Para ómicron, si estás utilizando la letra Computer Modern
+predeterminada de &latex; luego ingresa ómicron como <samp>o</samp> o
+<samp>O</samp>. Si te gusta tener el nombre o si tu letra muestra una
+diferencia, entonces puedes usar algo como
+<code>\newcommand\omicron&lbrace;o&rbrace;</code>. El paquete <code>unicode-math</code>
+tiene <code>\upomicron</code> para omicron vertical y <code>\mitomicron</code>
+para matemáticas itálicas.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="551">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\theta</math>
+<para>Mientras que el símbolo de relación de pertenencia establecida
+<U>2208</U> generado por <code>\in</code> está relacionado con epsilon,
+nunca se usa para una variable.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="552">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\times</math> (operación binaria)
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
+<node name="Funciones-matem_00e1ticas" spaces=" "><nodename>Funciones matemáticas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Acentos matemáticos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Símbolos matemáticos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Funciones matemáticas</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">funciones, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">funciones, math</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Estos comandos producen nombres de funciones romanas en modo
+matemático con espaciado.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="553">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\to</math>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>coseno inverso
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="554">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\top</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Seno inverso
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="555">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\triangle</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangente inversa
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="556">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\triangleleft</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Ángulo entre el eje real y un punto en el plano complejo
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="557">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\triangleright</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Operador módulo binario, usado como en <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="558">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>punta de flecha apuntando hacia la izquierda con una línea debajo
-(operación binaria) <!-- c no en sencillo -->
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coseno
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="559">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>punta de flecha apuntando hacia la derecha con línea debajo
-(operación binaria) <!-- c no en sencillo -->
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coseno hiperbólico
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Uparrow</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cotangente
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\uparrow</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cotangente hiperbólico
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Updownarrow</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosecante
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\updownarrow</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Grados
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\uplus</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Determinante
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Upsilon</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Dimensión
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\upsilon</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Exponencial
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varepsilon</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Máximo común divisor
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varphi</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Homomorfismo
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varpi</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Infimum
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varrho</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Kernel
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varsigma</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Logaritmo en base 2
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\vartheta</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Límite
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\vdash</math> (relation)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Límite inferior
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\vee</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Límite superior
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Vert</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Logaritmo natural
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\vert</math> (delimitador)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Logaritmo
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\wedge</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Máximo
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="578">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\wp</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Mínimo
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="579">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\wr</math> (operación binaria)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code></indexterm>Módulo entre paréntesis, como se usa en <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Probabilidad
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="580">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Xi</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Secante
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="581">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\xi</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Seno
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="582">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\zeta</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Seno hiperbólico
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Supremum
+sup
+<!-- c no intentes usar \sup con salida dvi/pdf ya que se convirtió en un -->
+<!-- c comando Texinfo y no vale la pena molestarse con diferentes -->
+<!-- c versiones cuando son solo tres letras romanas de todos modos. -->
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangente
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangente hiperbólica
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>amsmath</code> agrega mejoras en
+algunos de estos, y también te permite definir el tuyo propio. La
+documentación completa está en CTAN, pero brevemente, puedes definir
+un operador de identidad con
+<code>\DeclareMathOperator&lbrace;\identity&rbrace;&lbrace;id&rbrace;</code> que es como los de
+arriba pero se imprime como <samp>id</samp>. La forma estrellada
+<code>\DeclareMathOperator*&lbrace;\op&rbrace;&lbrace;op&rbrace;</code> establece cualquier
+superíndice o subíndice para estar arriba y abajo, como es tradicional
+con <code>\lim</code>, <code>\sup</code> o <code>\max</code>.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="Funciones-Matem_00e1ticas" spaces=" "><nodename>Funciones Matemáticas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Acentos Matemáticos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Símbolos Matemáticos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Funciones Matemáticas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">funciones matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">funciones, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos" spaces=" "><nodename>Acentos matemáticos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sobre y subrayado</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Funciones matemáticas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Acentos matemáticos</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">Acentos matemáticos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">acentos, matemáticos</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Estas instrucciones producen nombres de función romanos en modo math con
-el espaciado adecuado.
+<para>&latex; proporciona una variedad de comandos para producir letras
+acentuadas en matemáticas. Estos son diferentes de los acentos en el
+texto normal. (<pxref label="Acentos"><xrefnodename>Acentos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="583">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arccos</math>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">acento agudo, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Acento agudo matemático
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="584">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arcsin</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">acento de barra, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">acento macrón, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Acento de barra de matemáticas
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="585">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arctan</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">acento breve, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Acento matemático breve
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="586">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arg</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">comprobar acento, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">acento h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">acento de doble punto, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">acento exagerado, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">punto sobre acento, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">acento grave, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">acento de sombrero, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">acento circunflejo, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Acento de sombrero de matemáticas (circunflejo)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Operador residuo binario (<math>x \bmod y</math>)
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">acento de anillo, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Acento de anillo matemático <!-- c no te molestes en implementarlo en -->
+ <!-- c texinfo -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cos</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">acento tilde, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Acento de tilde matemática
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cosh</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">símbolo vectorial, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>símbolo de vector de matemáticas
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cos</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">acento de sombrero ancho, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Acento de sombrero ancho de matemáticas
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cosh</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">acento de tilde ancho, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Acento de tilde ancho de matemáticas
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="592">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\csc</math>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>Cuando pones un acento en una i o una j, la tradición es usar uno sin
+punto, <code>\imath</code> o <code>jmath</code> (<pxref label="S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos"><xrefnodename>Símbolos matemáticos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="593">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\deg</math>
+
+</section>
+<node name="Sobre-y-subrayado" spaces=" "><nodename>Sobre y subrayado</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Espaciado en modo matemático</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Acentos matemáticos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sobre y subrayado</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">superposición</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">subrayado</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>&latex; proporciona comandos para hacer líneas superpuestas o
+subrayadas, o poner llaves sobre o debajo de algún material.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\deg</math>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\underline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\underline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><var>text</var> subrayado. Funciona dentro y fuera del modo matemático.
+La línea siempre está completamente debajo del texto, teniendo en
+cuenta descendientes, por lo que en <code>\(\underline&lbrace;y&rbrace;\)</code> la
+línea es más baja que en <code>\(\underline&lbrace;x&rbrace;\)</code>. Este comando es
+frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <code>ulem</code> subraya el
+modo de texto y permite salto de línea, así como una serie de otras
+características. Ve la documentación en CTAN.
+También&nbsp;<ref label="_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill"><xrefnodename>\hrulefill y \dotfill</xrefnodename></ref> para producir una línea, para
+cosas como una firma.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\overline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\overline&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca una línea horizontal sobre <var>text</var>. Funciona dentro y fuera
+del modo matemático. Por ejemplo, <code>\overline&lbrace;x+y&rbrace;</code>.
+Ten en cuenta que esto difiere del comando <code>\bar</code> (<pxref label="Acentos-matem_00e1ticos"><xrefnodename>Acentos
+matemáticos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\underbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Pone una llave debajo de <var>math</var>. Por ejemplo, este
+<code>(1-\underbrace&lbrace;1/2)+(1/2&rbrace;-1/3)</code> enfatiza la parte telescópica.
+Adjunta texto a la llave usando el comando de subíndice, <code>_</code> o
+superíndice, <code>^</code>, como aquí.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dim</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ 1+1/2+\underbrace&lbrace;1/3+1/4&rbrace;_&lbrace;&gt;1/2&rbrace;+
+ \underbrace&lbrace;1/5+1/6+1/7+1/8&rbrace;_&lbrace;&gt;1/2&rbrace;+\cdots
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El superíndice aparece encima de la expresión, por lo que se puede ver
+desconectado de la llave inferior.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\overbrace&lbrace;<var>math</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Pone una llave sobre <var>math</var>, como con
+<code>\overbrace&lbrace;x+x+\cdots+x&rbrace;^&lbrace;\mbox&lbrace;\(k\) times&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>. Ve
+también <code>\underbrace</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>mathtools</code> agrega una llave
+superior e inferior, así como algunas mejoras en los corchetes.
+Consulta la documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico" spaces=" "><nodename>Espaciado en modo matemático</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Estilos math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sobre y subrayado</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Espaciado en modo matemático</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">Espaciado dentro del modo matemático</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">modo matemático, espaciado</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Al componer matemáticas, &latex; pone espacios de acuerdo con las
+reglas normales para textos de matemáticas. Si ingresas <code>y=m x</code>
+entonces &latex; ignora el espacio y en la salida la m está al lado
+de la x, como <math>y=mx</math>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\exp</math>
+<para>Pero las reglas de &latex; ocasionalmente necesitan ajustes. Por
+ejemplo, en una integral la tradición es poner un pequeño espacio
+extra entre el <code>f(x)</code> y el <code>dx</code>, aquí hecho con el comando
+<code>\,</code>:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="597">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gcd</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>&latex; proporciona los siguientes comandos para usar en modo
+matemático. Muchas de estas definiciones de espaciado se expresan en
+términos de la unidad matemática <dfn>mu</dfn>. Se define como
+1/18<dmn>em</dmn>, donde el em se toma de la familia actual de símbolos
+matemáticos (<pxref label="Unidades-de-longitud"><xrefnodename>Unidades de longitud</xrefnodename></pxref>). Así, un
+<code>\thickspace</code> es algo así como 5/18 veces el ancho de
+una&nbsp;<samp>M</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hom</math>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-espacio-grueso">espaciado en modo matemático espacio grueso</anchor> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677"><r>package</r>, <code>ammath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678"><code>ammath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinónimo: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normalmente <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>.
+Con el paquete <code>amsmath</code>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01
+&latex;, se puede utilizar tanto en modo texto como en modo
+matemático; de lo contrario, en modo matemático solamente.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negthickspace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Normalmente <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. Con el paquete
+<code>amsmath</code>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 &latex;, se
+puede usar en modo texto así como en modo matemático; de lo contrario,
+solo en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\&gt;</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-medspace">espaciado en modo matemático medspace</anchor> <para>Sinónimo:
+<code>\medspace</code>. Normalmente <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>.
+Con el paquete <code>amsmath</code>, o a partir del 2020-10-01 la versión
+de &latex;, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto como en modo
+matemático; antes de eso, solo en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negmedspace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Normalmente <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. Con el paquete
+<code>amsmath</code>, o a partir de la versión 2020-10-01 &latex;, se
+puede usar en modo texto así como modo matemático; antes de eso, solo
+en modo matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">espacio delgado</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico_002f_005cthinspace">Espaciado en modo matemático/\thinspace</anchor> <anchor name="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-thinspace">espaciado en
+modo matemático thinspace</anchor> <para>Sinónimo: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normalmente
+<code>3mu</code>, que es 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>. Se puede usar tanto en modo
+matemático como en modo texto (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace y \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este espacio es muy utilizado, por ejemplo entre la función y el
+infinitesimal en una integral <code>\int f(x)\,dx</code> y, si un autor hace
+esto, antes de la puntuación en una ecuación mostrada.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\inf</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">La antiderivada es
+\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ 3x^&lbrace;-1/2&rbrace;+3^&lbrace;1/2&rbrace;\,.
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">espacio delgado, negativo</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-negthinspace">espaciado en modo matemático negthinspace</anchor> <para>Sinónimo:
+<code>\negthinspace</code>. Un espacio delgado negativo. Normalmente
+<code>-3mu</code>. Con el paquete <code>amsmath</code>, o a partir de la
+versión 2020-10-01 de &latex;, se puede usar tanto en modo de texto
+como en modo matemático; de lo contrario, el comando <code>\!</code> es solo
+modo matemático, pero el comando <code>\negthinspace</code> también ha
+funcionado siempre en modo texto (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace y \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">quad</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-quad">espaciado en modo matemático quad</anchor> <para>Esto es 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, es
+decir, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. Esto se usa a menudo para el espacio ecuaciones o
+expresiones circundantes, por ejemplo para el espacio entre dos
+ecuaciones dentro de un entorno <code>displaymath</code>. Está disponible
+tanto en modo de texto como matemático.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\qquad</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico-qquad">espaciado en modo matemático qquad</anchor> <para>Una longitud de 2 quads,
+es decir, 36<dmn>mu</dmn> = 2<dmn>em</dmn>. Esta disponible en modo texto y
+modo matemático.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\smash</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Elimina la altura o la profundidad
+ de una subfórmula.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace que el cuadro vacío tenga el
+ mismo tamaño que el argumento.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\mathstrut</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega algo de espacio vertical a
+ una fórmula.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Espaciado en modo matemático</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">espaciado vertical, modo matemático</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">modo matemático, espacio vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ker</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\smash&lbrace;<var>subformula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Escribe <var>subformula</var> como si su altura y profundidad fuera cero.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lg</math>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la exponencial es tan alta que sin el comando
+<code>\smash</code> &latex; separaría su línea de la línea por encima de
+él, y el espaciado desigual de las líneas puede resultar antiestético.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lim</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Para calcular la tetración $\smash&lbrace;2^&lbrace;2^&lbrace;2^2&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;$,
+evaluar de arriba hacia abajo, como $2^&lbrace;2^4&rbrace;=2^&lbrace;16&rbrace;=65536$.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>(Debido al <code>\smash</code>, la expresión impresa se podría encontrar con
+la línea anterior, por lo que es posible que desees esperar hasta la
+versión final del documento para hacer tales ajustes).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\liminf</math>
+<para>Esto representa el efecto de <code>\smash</code> usando <code>\fbox</code> para
+rodear el cuadro que &latex; pondrá en la línea. El comando
+<code>\blackbar</code> crea una barra que se extiende desde 10&nbsp;puntos
+debajo la línea base a 20&nbsp;puntos arriba.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\limsup</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;&lbrace;\rule[-10pt]&lbrace;5pt&rbrace;&lbrace;30pt&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\fbox&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;
+\fbox&lbrace;\smash&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El primer cuadro que coloca &latex; tiene una altura de
+20&nbsp;puntos y 10&nbsp;puntos de profundidad. Pero el segundo
+cuadro es tratado por &latex; como teniendo cero altura y cero
+profundidad, a pesar de que la tinta impresa en la página aún se
+extiende muy por encima y por debajo de la línea.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ln</math>
+<para>El comando <code>\smash</code> aparece a menudo en matemáticas para ajustar
+el tamaño de un elemento que rodea una subfórmula. Aquí el primer
+radical se extiende por debajo de la línea base mientras que el
+segundo se encuentra justo en la línea base.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\log</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+\sqrt&lbrace;\sum_&lbrace;0\leq k&lt; n&rbrace; f(k)&rbrace;
+\sqrt&lbrace;\vphantom&lbrace;\sum&rbrace;\smash&lbrace;\sum_&lbrace;0\leq k&lt; n&rbrace;&rbrace; f(k)&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Ten en cuenta el uso de <code>\\vphantom</code> para dar al comando
+<code>\sqrt</code> un argumento con la altura de <code>\sum</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom"><xrefnodename>\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\max</math>
+<para>Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres pueden
+aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que &latex;
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con <code>\leavevmode</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\min</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">xxx xxx xxx
+
+\smash&lbrace;yyy&rbrace; % sin sangría de párrafo
+
+\leavevmode\smash&lbrace;zzz&rbrace; % sangría de párrafo habitual
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>mathtools</code> tiene operadores
+que brindan control sobre romper un cuadro de subfórmula.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>residuo entre paréntesis, como en (<math>\pmod 2^n - 1</math>)
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\mathstrut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espaciado en modo matemático</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code>, <code>\vphantom</code> y <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cphantom">\phantom</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cvphantom">\vphantom</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005chphantom">\hphantom</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\phantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\vphantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\hphantom</indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">espaciado, modo matemático</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">espaciado horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">espaciado vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">modo matemático, espaciado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">carácter invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">carácter, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Pr</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\phantom&lbrace;<var>subformula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>o
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sec</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\vphantom&lbrace;<var>subformula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>o
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sin</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\hphantom&lbrace;<var>subformula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El comando <code>\phantom</code> crea un cuadro con la misma altura,
+profundidad y ancho como <var>subformula</var>, pero vacío. Es decir, este
+comando provoca que &latex; escriba el espacio pero no lo llena con
+el material. Aquí &latex; pondrá una línea en blanco con el ancho
+correcto para la respuesta, pero no mostrará esa respuesta.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sinh</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ \int x^2\,dx=\mbox&lbrace;\underline&lbrace;$\phantom&lbrace;(1/3)x^3+C&rbrace;$&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La variante <code>\vphantom</code> produce un cuadro invisible con el mismo
+tamaño vertical que <var>subformula</var>, la misma altura y profundidad,
+pero teniendo ancho cero. Y <code>\hphantom</code> crea un cuadro con el
+mismo ancho que <var>subformula</var> pero con altura y profundidad cero.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>sup
-<!-- c see comments in latex2e.texi. -->
+<para>En este ejemplo, la torre de exponentes en la segunda expresión del
+sumando es tan alto que &tex; coloca esta expresión más abajo que su
+predeterminado. Sin ajuste, las dos expresiones de sumando estarían
+en niveles diferentes. El <code>\vphantom</code> en la primera expresión
+dice a &tex; que deje tanto espacio vertical como para la torre, por
+lo que las dos expresiones salen al mismo nivel.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\tan</math>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ \sum_&lbrace;j\in\&lbrace;0,\ldots\, 10\&rbrace;\vphantom&lbrace;3^&lbrace;3^&lbrace;3^j&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \sum_&lbrace;i\in\&lbrace;0,\ldots\, 3^&lbrace;3^&lbrace;3^j&rbrace;&rbrace;\&rbrace;&rbrace; i\cdot j
+\end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Estos comandos a menudo se usan junto con <code>\smash</code>.
+<xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, que incluye otro ejemplo de <code>\vphantom</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Los tres comandos fantasma aparecen a menudo,
+pero ten en cuenta que &latex; proporciona un conjunto de otros
+comandos para trabajar con tamaños de caja que pueden ser más
+convenientes, incluyendo <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>)
+también como <code>\settodepth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettodepth"><xrefnodename>\settodepth</xrefnodename></pxref>),
+<code>\settoheight</code> (<pxref label="_005csettoheight"><xrefnodename>\settoheight</xrefnodename></pxref>), y <code>\settowidth</code>
+(<pxref label="_005csettowidth"><xrefnodename>\settowidth</xrefnodename></pxref>). Además, el paquete <code>mathtools</code> tiene
+muchos comandos que ofrecen control detallado sobre el espaciado.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Los tres comandos producen una caja ordinaria, sin
+ningún estado de matemáticas especial. Entonces, para hacer algo como
+adjuntar un superíndice, deberías darle ese estado, por ejemplo con el
+comando <code>\operatorname</code> del paquete <code>amsmath</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Si bien se usan con mayor frecuencia en matemáticas, estos tres pueden
+aparecer en otros contextos. Sin embargo, no hacen que &latex;
+cambie a modo horizontal. Entonces, si uno de estos comienza un
+párrafo, lo debes anteponer con <code>\leavevmode</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\tanh</math>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cmathstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\mathstrut</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\phantom - \vphantom y \hphantom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espaciado en modo matemático</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">espaciado, modo matemático</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">espaciado vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">modo matemático, espaciado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">carácter invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">carácter, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\mathstrut
+</pre></example>
+<para>El análogo de <code>\strut</code> para matemáticas. <xref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+<para>La entrada <code>$\sqrt&lbrace;x&rbrace; + \sqrt&lbrace;x^i&rbrace;$</code> da salida donde el
+segundo radical es más alto que el primero. Para agregar espacio
+vertical adicional sin ningún espacio horizontal, para que los dos
+tengan la misma altura, usa <code>$\sqrt&lbrace;x\mathstrut&rbrace; +
+\sqrt&lbrace;x^i\mathstrut&rbrace;$</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\mathstrut</code> agrega la altura vertical de un
+paréntesis de apertura, <code>(</code>, pero sin espacio horizontal. Se
+define como <code>\vphantom&lbrace;(&rbrace;</code>, así que <ref label="_005cphantom-_002d-_005cvphantom-y-_005chphantom"><xrefnodename>\phantom - \vphantom y
+\hphantom</xrefnodename></ref> para más. Una ventaja sobre <code>\strut</code> es que
+<code>\mathstrut</code> no agrega profundidad, que suele ser lo correcto
+para las fórmulas. Usar la altura de un paréntesis de apertura es
+solo una convención; para un control completo sobre la cantidad de
+espacio, usa <code>\rule</code> con un ancho cero. <xref label="_005crule"><xrefnodename>\rule</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+</subsection>
</section>
-<node name="Acentos-Matem_00e1ticos" spaces=" "><nodename>Acentos Matemáticos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Espacios en Modo Math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Funciones Matemáticas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Acentos Matemáticos</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">acentos matemáticos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">acentos, matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Estilos-math" spaces=" "><nodename>Estilos math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Miscelánea matemática</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Espaciado en modo matemático</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Estilos math</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">math estilos</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&latex; proporciona una variedad de instrucciones para producir letras
-acentuadas en matemáticas. Son distintas de los acentos en un texto normal
-(<pxref label="Acentos"><xrefnodename>Acentos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Las reglas de &tex; para escribir una fórmula dependen del contexto.
+Por ejemplo, dentro de una ecuación mostrada, la entrada
+<code>\sum_&lbrace;0\leq i&lt;n&rbrace;k^m=\frac&lbrace;n^&lbrace;m+1&rbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;m+1&rbrace;+\mbox&lbrace;términos
+de orden inferior&rbrace;</code> dará salida con el índice de suma centrado debajo
+del símbolo de suma. Pero si esa entrada está en línea, entonces el
+índice de suma está a la derecha en lugar de debajo, por lo que no
+empujará aparte las líneas. Del mismo modo, en un contexto mostrado,
+los símbolos en el numerador y el denominador será más grande que para
+un contexto en línea, y en mostrar subíndices matemáticos y los
+superíndices están más separados que en matemáticas en línea.
</para>
-<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">acento agudo, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento agudo en modo Math: <math>\acute{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215">acento barra horizontal, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216">acento macrón, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento barra horizontal (macrón) en modo Math: <math>\bar{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217">acento breve, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento breve en modo Math: <math>\breve{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">acento de verificación, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">acento h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento de verificación h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek en modo Math: <math>\check{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">acento diéresis, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento diéresis en modo Math: <math>\ddot{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">acento punto superior, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">punto superior acento, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento punto superior en modo Math: <math>\dot{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">acento grave, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento grave en modo Math: <math>\grave{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">acento circunflejo, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225">acento circunflejo, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento circunflejo en modo Math: <math>\hat{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226">i sin punto, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>i sin punto en modo Math.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227">j sin punto, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>j sin punto en modo Math.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228">acento tilde, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento tilde en modo Math: <math>\tilde{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">símbolo de vector, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Símbolo de vector en modo Math: <math>\vec{x}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">acento circunflejo amplio, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento circunflejo amplio en modo Math: <math>\widehat{x+y}</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">acento tilde amplia, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Acento tilde amplia en modo Math: <math>\widetilde{x+y}</math>.
+<para>&tex; usa cuatro estilos matemáticos.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
+<beforefirstitem>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">estilo de visualización</indexterm></cindex>
+</beforefirstitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>El estilo de visualización es para una fórmula que se muestra en una
+línea por sí misma, como con <code>\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+... \end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">estilo de texto</indexterm></cindex>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>El estilo de texto es para una fórmula en línea, como con <samp>así
+que tenemos $ ... $</samp>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">estilo de script</indexterm></cindex>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>El estilo de escritura es para partes de una fórmula en un subíndice o
+superíndice.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">estilo scriptscript</indexterm></cindex>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>El estilo Scriptscript es para partes de una fórmula en un segundo
+nivel (o más) de subíndice o superíndice.
+</para>
+</listitem></itemize>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\textstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\scriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\scriptscriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<para>&tex; determina un estilo matemático predeterminado, pero lo puedes
+redefinir con una declaración de <code>\displaystyle</code>, o
+<code>\textstyle</code>, o <code>\scriptstyle</code> o <code>\scriptscriptstyle</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la fracción de la línea <samp>Arithmetic</samp> se verá
+arrugada.
+</para>
-</section>
-<node name="Espacios-en-Modo-Math" spaces=" "><nodename>Espacios en Modo Math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Miscelánea Math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Acentos Matemáticos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Espacios en Modo Math</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232">espacio dentro del modo math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233">modo math mode, espaciado</indexterm></cindex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;r|cc&rbrace;
+ \textsc&lbrace;Name&rbrace; &amp;\textsc&lbrace;Series&rbrace; &amp;\textsc&lbrace;Sum&rbrace; \\ \hline
+ Arithmetic &amp;$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$
+ &amp;$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac&lbrace;b&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;$ \\
+ Geometric &amp;$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^&lbrace;n-1&rbrace;$
+ &amp;$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac&lbrace;1-b^n&rbrace;&lbrace;1-b&rbrace;$ \\
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>En un entorno <code>math</code>, &latex; ignora los espacios que usted
-escriba y coloca espacios de acuerdo a las reglas normales para texto
-matemático. Si desea un espaciado diferente, &latex; proporciona las
-siguientes instrucciones para su uso en modo matemático:
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Pero debido a la declaración <code>\displaystyle</code>, la fracción de la
+línea <samp>Geometric</samp> será fácil de leer, con caracteres del mismo
+tamaño que en el resto de la línea.
</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="631">\;</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Un espacio de grosor (<math>5\over18\,</math>cuádruple).
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\&gt;</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="632">\:</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="633">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Ambos producen un espacio medio (<math>2\over9\,</math>cuádruple).
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="634">\,</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Un espacio fino (<math>1\over6\,</math>cuádruple); no se limita a modo matemático.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un espacio fino negativo (<math>-{1\over6}\,</math>cuádruple).
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<para>Otro ejemplo es que, en comparación con la misma entrada sin la
+declaración, el resultado de
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">obtenemos
+$\pi=2\cdot&lbrace;\displaystyle\int_&lbrace;x=0&rbrace;^1 \sqrt&lbrace;1-x^2&rbrace;\,dx&rbrace;$
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>tendrá un signo integral que es mucho más alto. Ten en cuenta que
+aquí el <code>\displaystyle</code> se aplica solo a una parte de la fórmula,
+y está delimitado por estar dentro de llaves, como
+<samp>&lbrace;\displaystyle ...&rbrace;</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>El último ejemplo es una fracción continua.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+a_0+\frac&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;
+ \displaystyle a_1+\frac&lbrace;\mathstrut 1&rbrace;&lbrace;
+ \displaystyle a_2+\frac&lbrace;\mathstrut 1&rbrace;&lbrace;
+ \displaystyle a_3&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Sin las declaraciones de <code>\displaystyle</code>, los denominadores
+serían establecido en estilo script y estilo scriptscript. (El
+<code>\mathstrut</code> mejora la altura de los denominadores;
+<pxref label="_005cmathstrut"><xrefnodename>\mathstrut</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="Miscel_00e1nea-Math" spaces=" "><nodename>Miscelánea Math</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Espacios en Modo Math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Miscelánea Math</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">miscelánea math</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Miscel_00e1nea-matem_00e1tica" spaces=" "><nodename>Miscelánea matemática</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Estilos math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Miscelánea matemática</sectiontitle>
-<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635">\*</indexterm>\*</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">multiplicación discrecional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">símbolo de multiplicación, con salto de línea discrecional</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Un símbolo de multiplicación &textldquo;discrecional&textrdquo;, en el que se permiten
-saltos de línea.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro de la
-línea.
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">miscelánea matemática</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>&latex; contiene una amplia variedad de funciones matemáticas. Aquí
+están algunas que no encajan en otras categorías.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Puntos suspensivos en diagonal: <math>\ddots</math>.
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dos puntos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\*</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Multiplicación discrecional.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frac</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fracción.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\sqrt</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Radicales.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stackrel</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Texto sobre una relación.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Car_00e1cter-de-dos-puntos-y-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename>Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Miscelánea matemática</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Carácter de dos puntos <code>:</code> y <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="Dos-puntos">Dos puntos</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">carácter dos puntos</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">: <r>(para math)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638">\frac&lbrace;num&rbrace;&lbrace;den&rbrace;</indexterm>\frac&lbrace;num&rbrace;&lbrace;den&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="639">\frac</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Produce la fracción <code>num</code> dividida entre <code>den</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">:
+\colon
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>En matemáticas, el carácter de dos puntos, <code>:</code>, es una relación.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Con proporciones laterales \( 3:4 \) y \( 4:5 \), el triángulo es
+correcto.
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640">\left <var>delimitador1</var> ... \right <var>delimitador2</var></indexterm>\left <var>delimitador1</var> ... \right <var>delimitador2</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="641">\right</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">delimitador nulo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Los dos delimitadores no necesitan coincidir; <samp>.</samp> actúa como un
-delimitador nulo, sin producir salida. Los delimitadores son del tamaño
-de acuerdo a las matemáticas en el medio. Ejemplo: <code>\left(
-\sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]</code>.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>&latex; ordinario define <code>\colon</code> para producir el carácter de
+dos puntos con el espacio apropiado para la puntuación, como en la
+notación de creación de conjuntos <code>\&lbrace;x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642">\overbrace&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\overbrace&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Genera un par de <var>texto</var> más. Por ejemplo,
-<math>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;veces}</math>.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Pero el paquete <code>amsmath</code> ampliamente
+utilizado define <code>\colon</code> para su uso en la definición de
+funciones <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. Así que si quieres el carácter de
+dos puntos como puntuación y entonces usa <code>\mathpunct&lbrace;:&rbrace;</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643">\overline&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\overline&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Genera una línea horizontal sobre <var>texo</var>. Por ejemplo,
-<math>\overline{x+y}</math>.
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename>\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Carácter de dos puntos y \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Miscelánea matemática</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">multiplicación, discrecional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">saltos, multiplicación discrecional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">saltos de línea, multiplicación discrecional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">saltos discrecionales, multiplicación</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644">\sqrt[<var>raíz</var>]&lbrace;argumento&rbrace;</indexterm>\sqrt[<var>raíz</var>]&lbrace;argumento&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Produce la representación de la raíz cuadrada de <var>argumento</var>. El
-argumento opcional <var>raíz</var> determina qué raíz producir. Por ejemplo,
-la raíz cúbica de <code>x+y</code> se escribe como <code>$\sqrt[3]&lbrace;x+y&rbrace;$</code>.
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\*
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Un símbolo de multiplicación que permite un salto de línea. Si hay un
+salto entonces &latex; pone un símbolo <code>\times</code>,
+<U>00D7</U>, antes de ese salto.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645">\stackrel&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>relación</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\stackrel&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>relación</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca el <var>texto</var> sobre la <var>relación</var>.
+<para>En <code>\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)</code>, si no hay salto de línea,
+entonces &latex; los muestra como si fuera <code>\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4
+\)</code>. Si ocurre un salto de línea, por ejemplo, entre los dos del
+medio, entonces &latex; lo establece como <code>\( A_1 A_2 \times
+\)</code>, seguido por el salto, seguido de <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>.
</para>
-<para>Por ejemplo, <code>\stackrel&lbrace;f&rbrace;&lbrace;\longrightarrow&rbrace;</code>.
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Miscelánea matemática</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">fracción</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646">\underbrace&lbrace;matemáticas&rbrace;</indexterm>\underbrace&lbrace;matemáticas&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Genera <var>matemáticas</var> con una llave por debajo.
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\frac&lbrace;<var>numerator</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>denominator</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce la fracción. Usado como: <code>\begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+\frac&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;\sqrt&lbrace;2\pi\sigma&rbrace;&rbrace; \end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;</code>. En el modo
+math en línea sale pequeño; ve la explicación de <code>\displaystyle</code>
+(<pxref label="F_00f3rmulas-math"><xrefnodename>Fórmulas math</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647">\underline&lbrace;text&rbrace;</indexterm>\underline&lbrace;text&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Provoca que se subraye el <var>texto</var>, el cual bien puede estar en modo
-math o no. La línea siempre está por debajo del texto, teniendo en
-cuenta los descendientes.
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Miscelánea matemática</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">raíz cuadrada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="649">\vdots</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Produce puntos suspensivos verticales.
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\sqrt&lbrace;<var>arg</var>&rbrace;
+\sqrt[<var>root-number</var>]&lbrace;<var>arg</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La raíz cuadrada, u opcionalmente otras raíces, de <var>arg</var>. El
+argumento opcional <var>root-number</var> da la raíz, es decir, ingresa la
+raíz cúbica de <code>x+y</code> como <code>\sqrt[3]&lbrace;x+y&rbrace;</code>.
+El tamaño del radical crece con el de <var>arg</var> (conforme la altura
+del radical crece, el ángulo en la parte más a la izquierda se hace
+más pronunciado, hasta que <code>arg</code> es lo suficientemente alto, es
+vertical).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<para>&latex; tiene un símbolo <code>\surd</code> separado para hacer una raíz
+cuadrada sin <var>arg</var> (<pxref label="S_00edmbolos-matem_00e1ticos"><xrefnodename>Símbolos matemáticos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Miscelánea matemática</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">la pila de matemáticas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">relación, texto arriba</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\stackrel&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>relation</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Pon <var>text</var> encima de <var>relation</var>. Para poner un nombre de
+función encima de una flecha ingresa
+<code>\stackrel&lbrace;f&rbrace;&lbrace;\longrightarrow&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Modos" spaces=" "><nodename>Modos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Estilos de Página</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fórmulas Matemáticas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Modos" spaces=" "><nodename>Modos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Estilos de página</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fórmulas math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modos</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">modos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">modo párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">modo math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">modo izquierda-a-derecha</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">modo lR</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">modos</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Cuando &latex; está procesando el texto fuente, este siempre está en
-uno de tres modos:
+<para>A medida que &latex; procesa tu documento, en cualquier momento se
+encuentra en uno de seis modos. Se dividen en tres categorías de dos
+cada una, los modos horizontales, los modos matemáticos y los modos
+verticales. Algunos comandos solo funcionan en un modo u otro (en
+particular, muchos comandos solo funcionan en uno de los modos
+matemáticos), y los mensajes de error se referirán a estos.
</para>
-<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<para>Modo Párrafo
-</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<para>Modo Math
-</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<para>Modo de Izquierda a derecha (Left-to-Right), llamado modo LR para
-abreviar
-</para></listitem></itemize>
+<anchor name="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo">modos modo párrafo</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">modo párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><dfn>Modo párrafo</dfn> (en &tex; simple esto se llama <dfn>modo
+horizontal</dfn>) es en lo que se encuentra &latex; cuando procesa texto
+normal. Se rompe el texto de entrada en líneas y encuentra las
+posiciones de los saltos de línea, de modo que en modo vertical se
+pueden hacer saltos de página. Este es el modo &latex;, es en la
+mayor parte del tiempo.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">modo de izquierda a derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">modo LR</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="modos-modo-lr">modos modo lr</anchor> <para><dfn>modo LR</dfn> (para el modo de izquierda a
+derecha; en &tex; simple esto se llama <dfn>modo horizontal
+restringido</dfn>) está en vigor cuando se inicia &latex; hace una caja
+con un comando <code>\mbox</code>. Como en el modo de párrafo, la salida de
+&latex; es una cadena de palabras con espacios entre ellas. A
+diferencia de en modo párrafo, en modo LR &latex; nunca comienza una
+nueva línea, simplemente continúa de izquierda a derecha. (Aunque
+&latex; no se quejará que la caja LR es demasiado larga, cuando está
+terminada y luego intenta poner esa caja en una línea, bien se podría
+quejar de que la caja LR terminada no cabe allí).
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">modo matemático</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="modos-modo-matem_00e1tico">modos modo matemático</anchor> <para><dfn>modo matemático</dfn> es cuando
+&latex; está generando una fórmula matemática en línea.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">muestra el modo matemático</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><dfn>Muestra modo math</dfn> es cuando &latex; está generando una fórmula
+matemática. (Las fórmulas mostradas difieren un poco de las fórmulas
+en línea. Un ejemplo es que la ubicación del subíndice en <code>\int</code>
+difiere en las dos situaciones).
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">modo vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="modos-modo-vertical">modos modo vertical</anchor> <para><dfn>Modo vertical</dfn> es cuando &latex;
+está construyendo la lista de líneas y otro material haciendo la
+página de salida, que comprende la inserción de saltos de página.
+Este es el modo &latex;, es cuando se inicia un documento.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">modo vertical interno</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="modos-modo-vertical-interno">modos modo vertical interno</anchor> <para><dfn>Modo vertical interno</dfn> está
+en efecto cuando &latex; comienza a hacer una <code>\vbox</code>. No tiene
+saltos de página, y como tal es el análogo vertical del modo LR.
+</para>
+</listitem></itemize>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si comienzas un artículo de &latex; con <samp>Let \( x
+\) ...</samp> entonces estos son los modos: primero &latex; inicia cada
+documento en modo vertical, entonces lee la <samp>L</samp> y cambia al modo
+párrafo, entonces el siguiente cambio ocurre en la <samp>\(</samp> donde
+&latex; cambia al modo matemático, y luego, cuando sale de la
+fórmula, parece volver al modo de párrafo.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">modo de párrafo interno</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">modo párrafo externo</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo-interno">modos modo párrafo interno</anchor> <anchor name="modos-modo-p_00e1rrafo-externo">modos modo párrafo
+externo</anchor> <para>El modo párrafo tiene dos subcasos. Si usas un comando
+<code>\parbox</code> o un <code>minipage</code> entonces &latex; se pone en modo
+párrafo. Pero no pondré un salto de página aquí. Dentro de una de
+estas cajas, llamada <dfn>parbox</dfn>, &latex; está en <dfn>modo de
+párrafo interior</dfn>. Es la situación mas usual, donde puedes poner
+saltos de página, es <dfn>modo de párrafo externo</dfn> (<pxref label="Salto-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Salto de
+página</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ensuremath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Se asegura de que el modo matemático esté activo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+<node name="_005censuremath" spaces=" "><nodename>\ensuremath</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Modos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ensuremath</code></sectiontitle>
-<para>&latex; cambia el modo sólo cuando sube o baja una escala a un
-diferente nivel, aunque no todos los cambios de nivel producen cambios
-de modo. Los cambios de modo sólo se producen al entrar o salir de un
-entorno, o cuando &latex; está procesando el argumento de determinadas
-instrucciones que producen texto.
-</para>
-<para>El &textldquo;modo Párrafo&textrdquo; es el más común; es en el que &latex; está cuando
-procesa texto ordinario. En ese modo, &latex; rompe el texto en líneas
-y separa líneas en páginas. &latex; está en &textldquo;modo math&textrdquo; cuando está
-generando fórmulas matemáticas. En &textldquo;modo LR&textrdquo;, como en modo párrafo,
-&latex; considera que la salida que produce es una cadena de palabras
-con espacios entre ellas. Sin embargo, a diferencia del modo párrafo,
-&latex; sigue yendo de izquierda a derecha; nunca inicia una nueva
-línea en modo LR. Incluso si usted pone un centenar de palabras en una
-<code>\mbox</code>, &latex; mantendrá la composición de izquierda a derecha
-dentro de una caja única, y luego se quejará porque la caja resultante
-fue demasiado grande para caber en la línea.
-</para>
-<para>&latex; está en modo LR cuando comienza a hacer una caja con una
-instrucción <code>\mbox</code>. Usted puede conseguir introducirse en un modo
-diferente dentro de la caja &textmdash;por ejemplo, usted puede hacerlo entrar
-en el modo matemático para poner una fórmula en la caja. También hay
-varias instrucciones productoras de texto y entornos para hacer una caja
-que ponga a &latex; en el modo de párrafo. La caja hecha por medio de
-una de estas instrucciones o entornos se llama <code>parbox</code>. Cuando
-&latex; está en el modo de párrafo mientras que hace una caja, se dice
-que está en &textldquo;modo interno de párrafo&textrdquo;. Su modo de párrafo normal, que
-se inicia fuera de él, se llama el &textldquo;modo de párrafo externo&textrdquo;.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ensuremath&lbrace;<var>formula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<para>Se asegura de que <var>formula</var> esté escrito en modo matemático.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, puedes redefinir comandos que normalmente solo se pueden
+usar en modo matemático, para que se puedan usar tanto en matemáticas
+como en texto sin formato.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\dx&rbrace;&lbrace;\ensuremath&lbrace;dx&rbrace;&rbrace;
+En $\int f(x)\, \dx$, el \dx&lbrace;&rbrace; es un infinitesimal.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Precaución: el comando <code>\ensuremath</code> es útil pero no una panacea.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\alf&rbrace;&lbrace;\ensuremath&lbrace;\alpha&rbrace;&rbrace;
+
+Obtienes un alfa en modo texto: \alf. Pero compara el espaciado
+correcto en $\alf+\alf$ con el de \alf+\alf.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Lo mejor es escribir cosas matemáticas en modo math.
+</para>
+
+</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Estilos-de-P_00e1gina" spaces=" "><nodename>Estilos de Página</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Espacios</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Estilos de Página</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">estilos, página</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">estilos de página</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina" spaces=" "><nodename>Estilos de página</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Espacios</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Estilos de página</sectiontitle>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\documentclass</code> determina el tamaño y posición de
-las cabeceras y pies de página. El estilo de página determina lo que
-sucede en ellos.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">estilos, página</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">página, estilos</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>El estilo de una página determina dónde coloca &latex; los
+componentes de esa página, como encabezados y pies de página, y el
+cuerpo del texto. Este incluye páginas en la parte principal del
+documento pero también incluye páginas especiales como la portada de
+un libro, una página de un índice o la primera página de un artículo.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>fancyhdr</code> se usa comúnmente
+para construir estilos de página. Ve su documentación.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\maketitle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Genera una página de título.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pagenumbering</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fija el estilo utilizado para los números de página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pagestyle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cambia el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thispagestyle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cambiar el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página para esa página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pagenumbering</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece el estilo utilizado para los números
+ de página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pagestyle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cambia el estilo de encabezados/pies de página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thispagestyle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cambia el estilo de los encabezados/pies de
+ esta página.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Estilos de Página</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Estilos de página</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">títulos, haciendo</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="650">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\maketitle</code> genera un título en una página
-independiente &textmdash; excepto en la clase <code>article</code>, donde se coloca el
-título en la parte superior de la primera página. La información
-utilizada para producir el título se obtiene de las siguientes
-declaraciones:
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">títulos, hacer</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\maketitle
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Genera un título. En las clases estándar el título aparece en una
+página separada, excepto en la clase <code>article</code> donde está en la
+parte superior de la primera página. (<xref label="Opciones-de-la-clase-documento"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la clase
+documento</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener información sobre la opción <code>titlepage</code>
+de la clase documento).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra que <code>\maketitle</code> aparece en su lugar
+habitual, inmediatamente después de <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;article&rbrace; \title&lbrace;Construir un reactor nuclear usando
+solo cocos&rbrace; \author&lbrace;Jonas Grumby\thanks&lbrace;% Con el apoyo de una beca
+Ginger de la Roy Hinkley Society.&rbrace; \\ Capitán, \textit&lbrace;Minnow&rbrace; \and
+Willy Gilligan\thanks&lbrace;% Gracias a la fundación Mary Ann Summers ya
+Thurston y Lovey Howell.&rbrace; \\ Compañero, \textit&lbrace;Minnow&rbrace; &rbrace;
+\date&lbrace;1964-Sep-26&rbrace; \begin&lbrace;document&rbrace; \maketitle Solo siéntate y
+escucharás un cuento, el cuento de un fatídico viaje. Que partió
+desde este puerto tropical, a bordo de este diminuto barco. El
+compañero era un navegante poderoso, el Capitán valiente y seguro. Un
+conjunto de cinco pasajeros navega ese día para un recorrido de tres
+horas. Un recorrido de tres horas.
+ ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Le dices a &latex; la información utilizada para producir el título
+haciendo las siguientes declaraciones. Estos deben venir antes de
+<code>\maketitle</code>, ya sea en el preámbulo o en el cuerpo del
+documento.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651">\author&lbrace;<var>nombre</var> \and <var>nombre2</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\author&lbrace;<var>nombre</var> \and <var>nombre2</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">autor, para titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="652">\\ <r>para <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="653">\and <r>para <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\author</code> declara los autor(es) del documento, donde
-el argumento es una lista de autores separados por instrucciones
-<code>\and</code>. Use <code>\\</code> para separar líneas con una única entrada de
-autor &textmdash;por ejemplo, para proporcionar las entidades de autor o
-dirección.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654">\date&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\date&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">fecha, para la página de título</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\date</code> declara el <var>texto</var> para ser la fecha del
-documento. Sin la instrucción <code>\date</code>, se utiliza la fecha actual
-(<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655">\thanks&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\thanks&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">thanks, para titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">créditos al pie de página</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\thanks</code> produce un pie de página
-(<code>\footnote</code>) para el título, normalmente utilizada para
-reconocimiento de créditos.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656">\title&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\title&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">title, para titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="657">\\ <r>para <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\title</code> declara <var>texto</var> para ser el título del
-documento. Use <code>\\</code> para forzar un salto de línea, de la manera
-usual.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</indexterm>\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">autor, para portada</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>(para <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Requerido. Declara el autor o autores del documento. El argumento es
+un lista de autores separados por los comandos <code>\and</code>. Para
+separar líneas dentro de la entrada de un solo autor, por ejemplo,
+para dar la institución o dirección, usa una barra invertida doble,
+<code>\\</code>. Si omites la declaración <code>\author</code> entonces obtienes
+<samp>Advertencia LaTeX: Sin \autor dado</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">fecha, para portada</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Opcional. Declara <var>text</var> como la fecha del documento. El
+<var>text</var> no necesita estar en un formato de fecha; puede ser
+cualquier texto. Si omites <code>\date</code> entonces &latex; usa la
+fecha actual (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>). Para no tener fecha, utiliza
+<code>\date&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">thanks, para la portada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">crédito, en nota al pie</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Opcional. Produce una nota al pie. Lo puedes usar en la información
+del autor para agradecimientos como se ilustra arriba, pero también lo
+puedes usar en el título, o cualquier lugar donde tenga sentido una
+marca de nota al pie. Puede ser cualquier texto en absoluto para que
+lo puedas usar para cualquier propósito, como imprimir una dirección
+de correo electrónico.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">título, para portada</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para <code>\title</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Requerido. Declara <var>text</var> como título del documento. Obtiene un
+salto de línea dentro de <var>text</var> con una barra invertida doble,
+<code>\\</code>. Si omites la declaración <code>\title</code>, entonces el
+comando <code>\maketitle</code> produce el <samp>Error de LaTeX: No se
+proporcionó \title</samp>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+<para>Para crear tu propia página de título, <ref label="titlepage"><xrefnodename>titlepage</xrefnodename></ref>. También lo
+puedes crear como único o lo puedes incluir como parte de un comando
+<code>\maketitle</code> renovado. (Muchos editores proporcionarán una clase
+para usar en lugar de <code>article</code> que formatea el título según sus
+requisitos de la casa).
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Estilos de Página</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Estilos de página</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="658">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">estilo de numeración de página</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">estilo de numeración de páginas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagenumbering&lbrace;<var>estilo</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagenumbering&lbrace;<var>number-style</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Especifica el estilo de los números de página, de acuerdo a
-<var>estilo</var>. <code>&backslashchar;pagenumbering</code> tambien
-reinicializa le numero de pagína a <math>1</math>. Los valores de <var>estilo</var>
-que se pueden utilizar son por ejemplo::
+<para>Especifica el estilo de los números de página y restablece el número
+de página. El estilo de numeración se refleja en la página, y también
+en la tabla de contenido y otras referencias de página. Esta
+declaración tiene alcance global por lo que su efecto no se detiene
+por un final de grupo como una llave de cierre o un fin de entorno.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, antes de la sección <samp>Principal</samp> las páginas
+están numeradas <samp>a</samp>, etc. Comenzando en la página que contiene la
+llamada a <code>\pagenumbering</code> en esa sección, las páginas están
+numeradas <samp>1</samp>, etc.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;\pagenumbering&lbrace;alph&rbrace;
+ ...
+\section&lbrace;Main&rbrace;\pagenumbering&lbrace;arabic&rbrace;
+ ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El argumento <var>number-style</var> es uno de los siguientes
+(también&nbsp;<ref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">arabic</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>números arábigos
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">roman</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>números romanos en minúscula
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">Roman</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>numeros romanos en mayúscula
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">alph</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>letras en minúscula
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">Alph</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>letras en mayúscula
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>número arábigo: 1, 2, &dots;
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">roman</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Números romanos en minúsculas: i, ii, &dots;
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">Roman</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Números romanos en mayúsculas: I, II, &dots;
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">alph</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>minúsculas: a, b, &dots; Si tienes más de 26 páginas, entonces obtén
+<samp>Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">Alph</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>letras mayúsculas: A, B, &dots; Si tiene más de 26 páginas, entonces
+obtienes <samp>Error de LaTeX: Contador demasiado grande</samp>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>&latex; no genera un número de página, aunque se
+reinicia. Las referencias a esa página también están en blanco.
+(Esto no lo hace trabajar con el popular paquete <code>hyperref</code>
+para tener el número de página no aparece, es posible que desees
+utilizar <code>\pagestyle&lbrace;empty&rbrace;</code> o <code>\thispagestyle&lbrace;empty&rbrace;</code>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<para>Tradicionalmente, si un documento tiene antesala&textmdash;prefacio, tabla de
+contenido, etc.&textmdash;entonces se numera con números romanos en
+minúsculas. El asunto principal de un documento utiliza el árabe.
+<xref label="_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter - \mainmatter y \backmatter</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+<para>Si deseas cambiar el lugar donde aparece el número de página en la
+página, <ref label="_005cpagestyle"><xrefnodename>\pagestyle</xrefnodename></ref>. Si deseas cambiar el valor del número de
+página, entonces manipula el contador <code>page</code>
+(<pxref label="Contadores"><xrefnodename>Contadores</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Estilos de Página</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Estilos de página</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="659">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">estilo de encabezado</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">estilo del pie de página</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">siguiendo el estilo de encabezado y pie de página</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">estilo de encabezado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">estilo de pie de página</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">ejecutar estilo de encabezado y pie de página</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagestyle&lbrace;<var>estilo</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagestyle&lbrace;<var>style</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\pagestyle</code> especifica como se componen
-tipográficamente las cabeceras y pies de página a partir de la página
-actual. Valores para <var>estilo</var>:
+<para>Declaración que especifica cómo se componen los encabezados y pies de
+página, desde la página actual en adelante.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Una explicación con un ejemplo está abajo. Ten en
+cuenta primero que el paquete <code>fancyhdr</code> es ahora la forma
+estándar de manipular encabezados y pies de página. Nuevos documentos
+que necesitan hacer algo diferente a una de las opciones estándar a
+continuación deben usar este paquete. Ve su documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+<para>Valores para <var>style</var>:
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">plain</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Únicamente un número de página sencillo.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El encabezado está vacío. El pie de página contiene solo un número de
+página, centrado.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">empty</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cabeceras y pies de página vacíos, por ejemplo, sin números de página.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Tanto el encabezado como el pie de página están vacíos.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">headings</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca encabezados en cada página. El estilo de documento especifica lo
-que sucede en las cabeceras.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca encabezados y pies de página continuos en cada página. El
+estilo del documento especifica lo que va allí; ve la explicación a
+continuación.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">myheadings</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cabeceras personalizadas, especificadas via las instrucciones
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Encabezados personalizados, especificados a través de los comandos
<code>\markboth</code> o <code>\markright</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<para>Un poco de discusión sobre la motivación del mecanismo de &latex; te
+ayudará a trabajar con las opciones <code>headings</code> o
+<code>myheadings</code>. La fuente del documento a continuación produce un
+artículo, a dos caras, con el estilo de página <code>headings</code>. En
+las páginas de la izquierda de este documento, &latex; quiere (además
+del número de página) el título de la sección actual. En sus páginas
+de la derecha &latex; quiere el título de la subsección actual.
+Cuando crea una página, &latex; obtiene esta información del comandos
+<code>\leftmark</code> y <code>\rightmark</code>. Así que depende de
+<code>\section</code> y <code>\subsection</code> para almacenar esa información
+allí.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[twoside]&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+\pagestyle&lbrace;headings&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+ ... \section&lbrace;Section 1&rbrace; ... \subsection&lbrace;Subsección 1.1&rbrace; ...
+\section&lbrace;Sección 2&rbrace;
+ ...
+\subsection&lbrace;Subsección 2.1&rbrace;
+ ...
+\subsection&lbrace;Subsección 2.2&rbrace;
+ ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Supongamos que la segunda sección cae en una página de la izquierda.
+Aunque cuando la página comienza en la primera sección, &latex;
+pondrá <samp>Sección&nbsp;2</samp> en el encabezado de la página izquierda.
+En cuanto al encabezado derecho, si ninguna subsección comienza antes
+del final de la página derecha, entonces &latex; deja en blanco el
+encabezado de la derecha. Si una subsección aparece antes de terminar
+la página derecha entonces hay dos casos. Si al menos una subsección
+comienza en la página de la derecha, entonces &latex; colocará el
+encabezado derecho en el título de la primera subsección que comienza
+en esa página derecha. Si al menos uno de 2.1, 2.2, &dots;, comienza
+en la página izquierda pero ninguno empieza a la derecha entonces
+&latex; pone en el encabezado de la derecha el título del último
+inciso por comenzar, es decir, el que esté vigente durante la página
+de la derecha.
+</para>
+<para>Para lograr esto, en un artículo de dos caras, &latex; hace que
+<code>\section</code>emita un comando <code>\markboth</code>, configurando
+<code>\leftmark</code> a <samp>Section&nbsp;2</samp> y configura <code>\rightmark</code>
+en un contenido vacío. Y, &latex; hace que <code>\subsection</code> emita
+un comando <code>\markright</code>, configurando <code>\rightmark</code> a
+<samp>Subsección&nbsp;2.1</samp>, etc.
+</para>
<para>Aquí están las descripciones de <code>\markboth</code> y <code>\markright</code>:
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660">\markboth&lbrace;<var>izquierda</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>derecha</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\markboth&lbrace;<var>izquierda</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>derecha</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Establece ambas cabeceras izquierda y derecha. Una &textldquo;cabecera a mano
-izquierda&textrdquo; (<var>izquierda</var>) es generada por la última instrucción
-<code>\markboth</code> antes del final de la página, mientras que una
-&textldquo;cabecera a mano derecha&textrdquo; (<var>derecha</var>) es generada por la primera
-<code>\markboth</code> o <code>\markright</code> que venga en la página si la hay,
-de otra manera por la última antes de la página.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661">\markright&lbrace;<var>derecha</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\markright&lbrace;<var>derecha</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Establece la cabecera de la derecha, dejando la cabecera de la izquierda
-sin cambios.
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\markboth&lbrace;<var>left-head</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\markboth&lbrace;<var>left-head</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Establece la información de rumbo tanto a la derecha como a la
+izquierda para un estilo de página de <code>headings</code> o
+<code>myheadings</code>. Una página de la izquierda el encabezado
+<var>left-head</var> es generado por el último comando <code>\markboth</code>
+antes del final de la página. Un encabezado de página a la derecha
+<var>right-head</var> es generado por el primer <code>\markboth</code> o
+<code>\markright</code> que viene en la página si hay uno, de lo contrario
+por el último que vino antes de esa página.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\markright&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\markright&lbrace;<var>right-head</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Establece el encabezado de la página de la derecha, dejando el
+izquierdo sin cambios.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
</section>
-<node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Estilos de Página</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle&lbrace;<var>estilo</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="662">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Estilos de página</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">estilo de página, esta página</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\thispagestyle&lbrace;<var>style</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Funciona de la misma manera que el <code>\pagestyle</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cpagestyle"><xrefnodename>\pagestyle</xrefnodename></pxref>), excepto que cambia a <var>style</var> solo para la
+página actual. Esta declaración tiene alcance global, por lo que su
+efecto no está delimitado por llaves o entornos.
+</para>
+<para>A menudo, la primera página de un capítulo o sección tiene un estilo
+diferente. Por ejemplo, este documento de libro &latex; tiene la
+primera página del primer capítulo en estilo <code>plain</code>, como es el
+predeterminado (<pxref label="Estilos-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Estilos de página</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+\pagestyle&lbrace;headings&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\chapter&lbrace;Primer capítulo&rbrace;
+ ...
+\chapter&lbrace;Segundo capítulo&rbrace;\thispagestyle&lbrace;empty&rbrace;
+ ...
+</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\thispagestyle</code> trabaja de la misma manera que la
-instrucción <code>\pagestyle</code> (vea la sección previa) excepto que esta
-únicamente cambia el <var>estilo</var> de la página actual.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El estilo <code>plain</code> tiene un número de página, centrado en el pie
+de página. Para hacer que la página esté completamente vacía, el
+comando <code>\thispagestyle&lbrace;empty&rbrace;</code> sigue inmediatamente al segundo
+<code>\chapter</code>.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Espacios" spaces=" "><nodename>Espacios</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cajas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Estilos de Página</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Espacios" spaces=" "><nodename>Espacios</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cajas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Estilos de página</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Espacios</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">espacios</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&latex; tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco (o llenos).
-</para>
-<para>Otra instrucción que produce espacios es <code>\</code> para producir un
-espacio &textldquo;fino&textrdquo; (por lo general 1/6<dmn>cuadrático</dmn>).
-<!-- c vincentb1: I don't think that quad should be translated in that context. -->
-Se puede
-utilizar en modo texto, pero más a menudo es útil en modo matemático
-(<pxref label="Espacios-en-Modo-Math"><xrefnodename>Espacios en Modo Math</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">espacios</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">espacio en blanco</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>&latex; tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco o espacios
+llenos. Algunos de estos se adaptan mejor al texto matemático; para
+estos&nbsp;<ref label="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico"><xrefnodename>Espaciado en modo matemático</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menucomment><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio horizontal
-</pre></menucomment><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio horizontal fijo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio horizontal extensible.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\SPACE</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio normal entre palabras.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\AT</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Finalizando una frase.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thinspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Una sexta parte de una <dmn>em</dmn>.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\/</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Corrección cursiva por caracteres.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hrulefill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Regla horizontal extensible.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\dotfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Puntos horizontales extensibles.
+<menucomment><pre xml:space="preserve">espacio horizontal
+</pre></menucomment><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\enspace - \quad y \qquad</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacios horizontales tradicionales.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cualquier espacio horizontal.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio horizontal extensible.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hss</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio horizontal infinitamente
+ extensible/contraíble.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\spacefactor</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Estiramiento del siguiente espacio
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\(SPACE)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Barra invertida-espacio y espacio explícito.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">~</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tie, un espacio irrompible.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thinspace y \negthinspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Un sexto de un em y un sexto negativo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\/</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Corrección en cursiva.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hrulefill y \dotfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Regla o puntos horizontales extensibles.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menucomment><pre xml:space="preserve">
-Espacio Vertical
-</pre></menucomment><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addvspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario si es necesario.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio vertical fijo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\vfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio vertical infinitamente extensible.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\vspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario.
+espacio vertical
+</pre></menucomment><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacios verticales entre
+ párrafos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio entre párrafos y
+ saltos de página.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\strut</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Asegura la altura de una línea.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\vspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio vertical.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\vfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio vertical extensible.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addvspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega espacio vertical arbitrario si es
+ necesario.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005censpace-_002d-_005cquad-y-_005cqquad" spaces=" "><nodename>\enspace - \quad y \qquad</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hspace</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enspace</code>, <code>\quad</code> y <code>\qquad</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005censpace">\enspace</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cquad">\quad</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cqquad">\qquad</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\enspace
+\quad
+\qquad
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Inserta un espacio horizontal de 1/2<dmn>em</dmn>, 1<dmn>em</dmn> o
+2<dmn>em</dmn>. La em es una longitud definida por un diseñador de fuentes,
+a menudo considerada como el ancho de una M&nbsp;mayúscula. Una
+ventaja de describir el espacio en ems es que puede ser más portátil
+entre documentos que una medida absoluta como puntos
+(<pxref label="Longitudes_002fem"><xrefnodename>Longitudes/em</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto pone un
+espacio adecuado entre dos gráficos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \includegraphics&lbrace;womensmile.png&rbrace;%
+ \qquad\includegraphics&lbrace;mensmile.png&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para><xref label="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico"><xrefnodename>Espaciado en modo matemático</xrefnodename></xref>, para <code>\quad</code> y
+<code>\qquad</code>. Estas son longitudes de siglos de composición
+tipográfica y, por lo tanto, pueden ser una mejor opción en muchas
+circunstancias que las longitudes arbitrarias, como las que se
+obtienen con <code>\hspace</code>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\enspace - \quad y \qquad</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="663">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\hspace&lbrace;<var>length</var>&rbrace;
+\hspace*&lbrace;<var>length</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Inserta la cantidad <var>length</var> de espacio horizontal. <var>length</var>
+puede ser positiva, negativa o cero; agregar una cantidad negativa de
+espacio es como retroceder. Es una longitud elástica, es decir, puede
+contener un componente <code>plus</code> o <code>minus</code>, o ambas
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Debido a que el espacio se puede estirar y
+contraer, a veces se le llama <dfn>pegamento</dfn>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto hace una línea con <samp>Name:</samp> a una pulgada del margen derecho.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\hspace[*]&lbrace;<var>longitud</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]&lbrace;Name:\hspace&lbrace;1in&rbrace;&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\hspace</code> añade espacio horizontal. El argumento
-<var>length</var> se puede expresar en cualquier término que &latex;
-entienda: puntos, pulgadas, etc. Esta es la longitud a preservar.
-Usted puede agregar tanto espacios negativos como positivos con una
-instrucción <code>\hspace</code>; agregar espacio negativo es como espacio
-hacia atrás.
+<para>La forma <code>*</code> inserta un espacio horizontal que no se puede
+descartar. Más precisamente, cuando &tex; divide un párrafo en
+líneas blancas el espacio&textmdash;pegamentos y kerns&textmdash;que vienen en un
+salto de línea se descartan. La forma-<code>*</code> evita eso
+(técnicamente, agrega un elemento invisible no descartable delante del
+espacio).
</para>
-<para>&latex; normalmente elimina el espacio horizontal que viene al
-principio o al final de una línea. Para preservar este espacio, use la
-forma opcional con <code>*</code>.
+<para>En este ejemplo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\parbox&lbrace;0.8\linewidth&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ Completa cada espacio en blanco: Cuatro \hspace*&lbrace;1in&rbrace; y hace
+ siete años nuestros padres produjeron en este continente, un nuevo
+ \hspace*&lbrace;1in&rbrace;, concebido en \hspace*&lbrace;1in&rbrace;, y dedicado a la
+ propuesta que todos los hombres son creados \hspace*&lbrace;1in&rbrace;.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>el espacio en blanco de 1&nbsp;pulgada que sigue a <samp>concebido en</samp>
+cae al principio de una linea. Si borras el <code>*</code> entonces
+&latex; descarta el espacio en blanco.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí, el <code>\hspace</code> separa los tres gráficos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \includegraphics&lbrace;lion.png&rbrace;% el espacio extra queda fuera del
+ comentario
+ \hspace&lbrace;1cm minus 0.25cm&rbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;tiger.png&rbrace;%
+ \hspace&lbrace;1cm minus 0.25cm&rbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;bear.png&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Porque el argumento de cada <code>\hspace</code> tiene <code>minus 0.25cm</code>,
+cada uno se puede encoger un poco si las tres figuras son demasiado
+anchas. Pero cada espacio no se reducirá más de 0.25<dmn>cm</dmn>
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\SPACE</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hss</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="664">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\hfill</code> produce un &textldquo;relleno de longitud&textrdquo; que no
-tiene espacio natural sino que se puede extender o reducir en sentido
-horizontal en la medida necesaria.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">tramo, infinito horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">tramo horizontal infinito</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\hfill
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce una longitud elástica que no tenga espacio natural pero que se
+pueda estirar horizontalmente tanto como sea necesario
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="665">\fill</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El parámetro <code>\fill</code> es la misma longitud a rellenar (técnicamente,
-el valor a agregar <samp>0pt plus1fill</samp>); es decir, <code>\hspace\fill</code>
-es equivalente a <code>\hfill</code>.
+<para>Esto crea un párrafo de una línea con <samp>Name:</samp> en el lado izquierdo
+de la página y <samp>Prueba uno</samp> a la derecha.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent Name:\hfill Prueba uno
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
+<para>El comando <code>\hfill</code> es equivalente a <code>\hspace&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;</code> y
+por lo que el espacio se puede descartar en los saltos de línea. Para
+evitar eso, en su lugar usa <code>\hspace*&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;</code>
+(<pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Aquí las gráficas están espaciadas uniformemente en el centro de la
+figura.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*&lbrace;\vcenteredhbox&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;c&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;#1\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+ \hspace*&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;%
+ \vcenteredhbox&lbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;graph0.png&rbrace;&rbrace;%
+ \hfill\vcenteredhbox&lbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;graph1.png&rbrace;&rbrace;%
+ \hspace*&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;%
+ \caption&lbrace;Comparación de dos gráficos&rbrace; \label&lbrace;fig:twographs&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Ten en cuenta los <code>\hspace*</code> donde el espacio se podría eliminar.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cSPACE" spaces=" "><nodename>\SPACE</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AT</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\SPACE</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="666">\SPACE</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="667">\TAB</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="668">\NEWLINE</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005chss" spaces=" "><nodename>\hss</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">espacio horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">espacio horizontal, extensible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">espacio, insertando horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\hss
+</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\ </code> (space) produce un espacio entre palabras
-normal. Es útil después de signos de puntuación que no deben terminar
-una oración. Por ejemplo, <code>Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\
-Math\. Soc.\ es fundamental</code>. Esta también se suele utilizar después de
-secuencias de control, como en <code>\TeX\ es un sistema agradable</code>.
+<para>Produce un espacio horizontal que es infinitamente contraíble así como
+infinitamente extensible (este comando es un primitivo &tex;). Los
+autores &latex; deben alcanzar primero el comando <code>\makebox</code>
+para obtener efectos de <code>\hss</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>En circunstancias normales, <code>\</code><key>tab</key> y <code>\</code><key>newline</key>
-son equivalentes a <code>\ </code>.
+<para>Aquí, el <code>\hss</code> de la primera línea hace que la Z sobresalga
+hacia la derecha, sobrescribiendo la Y. En la segunda línea, la Z
+sobresale a la izquierda, sobrescribiendo la X.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">X\hbox to 0pt&lbrace;Z\hss&rbrace;Y
+X\hbox to 0pt&lbrace;\hss Z&rbrace;Y
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Sin el <code>\hss</code> obtienes algo como <samp>Sobrecarga \hbox
+(6.11111pt demasiado ancho) detectado en la línea 20</samp>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cAT" spaces=" "><nodename>\AT</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\SPACE</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="669">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cspacefactor" spaces=" "><nodename>\spacefactor</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\(SPACE)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hss</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\spacefactor</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Influye en el comportamiento de estiramiento y contracción del
+pegamento de &latex;. La mayoría a nivel de usuario los documentos
+no utilizan este comando.
+</para>
+<para>Mientras &latex; está estilizando el material, puedes estirar o
+encoger los espacios entre palabras. (Este espacio no es un carácter;
+se llama el <dfn>pegamento entre palabras</dfn>; <pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). El
+comando <code>\spacefactor</code> (de &tex;&nbsp;simple) te permite, por
+ejemplo, hacer que el espacio después de un punto se extienda más que
+el espacio después de una letra de final de palabra.
+</para>
+<para>Después de que &latex; coloca cada carácter, regla u otro cuadro,
+establece un parámetro llamado <dfn>factor de espacio</dfn>. Si lo
+siguiente en la entrada es un espacio, entonces este parámetro afecta
+cuánto se puede estirar o encoger. Un factor de espacio que es mayor
+que el valor normal significa que el pegamento se puede estirar más y
+encoger menos. Normalmente, el espacio factor es 1000. Este valor
+está en efecto después de la mayoría de los caracteres, y cualquier
+cuadro que no sea de caracteres o fórmula matemática. Pero es 3000
+después de un punto, signo de exclamación o signo de interrogación, es
+2000 después de dos puntos, 1500 después un punto y coma, 1250 después
+de una coma y 0 después de un paréntesis derecho o paréntesis,
+comillas dobles de cierre o comillas simples. Finalmente, es 999
+después de una letra mayúscula.
+</para>
+<para>Si el factor espacio&nbsp;<var>f</var> es 1000, entonces el espacio de
+pegamento será el valor del espacio normal de la letra (para Computer
+Modern Roman 10 puntos esto es 3.3333&nbsp;puntos). De lo contrario,
+si el factor de espacio <var>f</var> es mayor de 2000, entonces &tex;
+agrega el valor de espacio extra de la letra (para Computer Modern
+Roman 10 point esto es 1.11111&nbsp;points), y entonces la letra el
+valor de estiramiento normal se multiplica por <math>f /1000</math> y el
+valor normal el valor de contracción se multiplica por <math>1000/f</math>
+(para Computer Modern Roman 10 puntos, estos son 1.66666 y
+1.11111&nbsp;puntos).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, considera el punto que termina <code>El mejor amigo de un
+hombre es su perro.</code> Después de eso, &tex; pone un espacio extra
+fijo, y también permite que el pegamento para estirar 3 veces más y
+encoger 1/3 más, que el pegamento después de <code>amigo</code>, que no
+termina en un punto.
+</para>
+<para>Las reglas para los factores espaciales son aún más complejas porque
+juegan papeles adicionales. En la práctica, hay dos consecuencias.
+Primero, si un punto u otro signo de puntuación está seguido por un
+paréntesis derecho o corchete, o comillas simples o dobles a la
+derecha, entonces el efecto de espaciado de ese período lleva a través
+de esos caracteres (es decir, el pegamento siguiente habrá aumentado
+el estiramiento y la contracción). Segundo, si la puntuación viene
+después de una letra mayúscula, entonces su efecto no está en su lugar
+por lo que obtienes un espacio ordinario. Este segundo caso también
+afecta a las abreviaturas que no terminen en mayúscula (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Solo puedes usar <code>\spacefactor</code> en modo párrafo o modo LR
+(<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). Puedes ver el valor actual con
+<code>\the\spacefactor</code> o <code>\showthe\spacefactor</code>.
+</para>
+<para>(Comentario, no realmente relacionado con <code>\spacefactor</code>: si
+obtienes errores como <samp>No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo
+vertical</samp>, o <samp>No puedes usar `\spacefactor' en modo matemático.</samp>,
+o <samp>Impropio \spacefactor</samp> entonces probablemente hayas intentado
+redefinir un comando interno. <xref label="_005cmakeatletter-y-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter y \makeatother</xrefnodename></xref>).
+</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\&arobase;</code> hace que el siguiente carácter de puntuación
-final una declaración incluso si normalmente no es así. Esto se suele
-utilizar después de una letra mayúscula. Aquí están lado a lado
-ejemplos con y sin <code>\&arobase;</code>:
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Distingue los puntos finales de oraciones de las
+ abreviaturas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Espacio igual entre palabras
+ y entre oraciones.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\normalsfcodes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Restaura la configuración del factor de espacio a
+ su valor predeterminado.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">arroba</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">punto, final de oración</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">punto, final de abreviatura</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">punto, espaciado después</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c nombre antiguo -->
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">&dots; en C\&arobase;. Pascal, aunque &dots;
-&dots; en C. Pascal, aunque &dots;
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>capital-letter</var>\&arobase;.
</pre></example>
-<noindent></noindent> <para>produce
+<para>Trata un punto como final de oración, donde &latex; de lo contrario
+pensaría que es parte de una abreviatura. &latex; piensa que un
+punto termina una abreviatura si el punto va después de una letra
+mayúscula, y en caso contrario piensa que el punto termina la oración.
+De manera predeterminada, al justificar una línea &latex; ajusta el
+espacio después de un punto final de oración (o un signo de pregunta,
+de exclamación, coma o dos puntos) más de lo que ajusta el espacio
+entre palabras (<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra los dos casos para recordar.
</para>
-<!-- c Texinfo lo hace de manera diferente, pero el resultado es el mismo. -->
-<quotation endspaces=" ">
-<para>&dots; en C&eosperiod; Pascal, aunque &dots;
-&dots; en C. Pascal, aunque &dots;
-</para></quotation>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Las canciones \textit&lbrace;Guitarra roja&rbrace;, etc.\ son de Loudon
+Wainwright~III\&arobase;.
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El segundo punto termina la oración, a pesar de que está precedido por
+una mayúscula. Le decimos a &latex; que termina la oración poniendo
+<code>\&arobase;</code> antes. El primer punto termina la abreviatura <samp>etc.</samp>
+pero no la oración. El espacio de barra invertida, <code>\ </code>, produce
+un espacio en la mitad de la oración.
+</para>
+<para>Entonces: si tienes una letra mayúscula seguida de un punto que
+termina la oración, entonces coloca <code>\&arobase;</code> antes del punto. Esto
+se mantiene incluso si hay un paréntesis o corchete derecho
+intermedio, o derecho simple o comillas dobles, porque el efecto de
+espaciado de ese período continúa esos caracteres. Por ejemplo, este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Usa la \textit&lbrace;Guía de Prácticas de Instrucción&rbrace;, (un libro de la
+MAA)\&arobase;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>tendrá el espaciado correcto entre oraciones después del punto.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\&arobase;</code> es solo para un modo de texto. Si lo usas fuera
+de un modo de texto, entonces obtienes <samp>No puedes usar
+`\spacefactor' en modo vertical</samp> (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Comentario: el caso inverso es un punto que termina una abreviatura
+cuya última letra no es una letra mayúscula, y esa abreviatura no es
+la última palabra en la oración. Para ese caso sigue el punto con una
+barra invertida, (<code>\ </code>), o una tie, (<code>~</code>), o <code>\&arobase;</code>.
+Algunos ejemplos son <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code> y <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, y
+<code>(manure, etc.\&arobase;) a la venta</code> (nótese en la última que la
+<code>\&arobase;</code> viene antes del paréntesis de cierre).
+</para>
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cfrenchspacing-y-_005cnonfrenchspacing" spaces=" "><nodename>\frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\normalsfcodes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
+<anchor name="_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</anchor><!-- c nombre de nodo antiguo -->
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code> y <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cnonfrenchspacing">\nonfrenchspacing</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">espaciado, entre oraciones</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\frenchspacing
+\nonfrenchspacing
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La primera declaración hace que &latex; maneje el espacio entre
+oraciones de la misma manera que el espaciado entre palabras en medio
+de una frase. El segundo vuelve al manejo predeterminado en el que el
+espacio entre oraciones se estira o se encoge más
+(<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Algunas tradiciones tipográficas, incluido el inglés, prefieren
+ajustar el espacio entre oraciones (o espacios después de un signo de
+interrogación, signo de exclamación, coma o dos puntos) más que el
+espacio entre palabras que están en medio de una oración. Declarando
+<code>\frenchspacing</code> (el comando es de &tex;) simple cambia a la
+tradición de que todos los espacios son tratados por igual.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cnormalsfcodes" spaces=" "><nodename>\normalsfcodes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing y \nonfrenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">espaciado, entre oraciones</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\normalsfcodes
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Restablece los factores de espacio de &latex; a los valores
+predeterminados (<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
-<node name="_005cthinspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\/</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\AT</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="670">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Barra invertida-espacio, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Esta sección se refiere al comando que consta de dos caracteres, una
+barra invertida seguida de un espacio.&linebreak;Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\<w> </w>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce un espacio. De manera predeterminada produce espacios en
+blanco de longitud 3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> más 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> menos
+1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn>.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando escribes uno o más espacios en blanco entre palabras, &latex;
+produce espacio blanco. Pero eso es diferente a un espacio explícito.
+Esto ilustra.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;rl&rbrace;
+Un espacio en blanco:&amp; hace algo de espacio \\
+Tres espacios en blanco:&amp; en un renglón \\
+Tres espacios:&amp;\ \ \ en un renglón \\
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para><code>\thinspace</code> produce un espacio inviolable e inextensible que es de
-un 1/6 de <dmn>em</dmn>. Este es el espacio adecuado para su uso en citas
-anidadas, como en &textrsquo;<dmn>&textrdquo;</dmn>.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>En la primera línea, &latex; pone algo de espacio después de los dos
+puntos. Sobre la segunda línea &latex; colapsa los tres espacios en
+blanco para generar un espacio en blanco, por lo que termina con el
+mismo espacio después de los dos puntos como en la primera linea.
+&latex; los colapsaría de manera similar en un solo espacio en blanco
+si uno, dos o los tres espacios en blanco fueron reemplazados por una
+tabulación, o por una nueva línea. Sin embargo, la línea inferior
+pide tres espacios para que el área blanca sea más ancha. Es decir,
+el comando barra invertida-espacio crea una cantidad fija de espacio
+horizontal. (Ten en cuenta que puedes definir un espacio horizontal
+de cualquier ancho con <code>\hspace</code>; <ref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></ref>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando barra-inversa-espacio tiene dos usos principales. A menudo
+se usa después de secuencias de control para evitar que se traguen el
+espacio en blanco que sigue, como después de <code>\TeX</code> en
+<code>\TeX\ (o \LaTeX)</code>. (Pero usar llaves tiene la ventaja de seguir
+funcionando si el siguiente carácter es un espacio en blanco o
+cualquier otra no letra, como en <code>\TeX&lbrace;&rbrace; (o \LaTeX&lbrace;&rbrace;)</code> en la
+que <code>&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> se puede agregar después de <code>\LaTeX</code> así como
+después de <code>\TeX</code>). El otro uso común es que marca un punto como
+final de una abreviatura en lugar de terminar una oración, como en
+<code>Prof.\ Smith</code> o <code>Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>En circunstancias normales, <code>\</code><key>TAB</key> y <code>\</code><key>NEWLINE</key>
+son equivalentes a la barra invertida-espacio, <code>\ </code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="Espacios-en-blanco-iniciales">Espacios en blanco iniciales</anchor> <para>Ten en cuenta también que para
+permitir la sangría del código fuente, en circunstancias normales,
+&tex; ignora los espacios en blanco iniciales en una línea. Entonces
+el siguiente imprime <samp>una palabra</samp>:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">una
+ palabra
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>donde el espacio en blanco entre <samp>una</samp> y <samp>palabra</samp> es
+producido por la nueva línea después de <samp>una</samp>, no por el espacio
+antes de <samp>palabra</samp>.
+</para>
+<!-- c @PkgIndex{xspace} Algunos comandos individuales, en particular los -->
+<!-- c definidos con @package{xspace}, el paquete no sigue el -->
+<!-- c comportamiento estándar. -->
+
</section>
-<node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="671">\/</indexterm></findex>
-
-<para>La instrucción <code>\/</code> produce una <dfn>corrección en cursiva</dfn>. Este
-es un pequeño espacio definido por el diseñador de tipografías para un
-carácter determinado, para evitar chocar con el carácter que lo sigue.
-El carácter en cursiva <i>f</i> típicamente tiene un valor de corrección en
-cursiva grande.
-</para>
-<para>Si el siguiente carácter es un punto o una coma, no es necesario
-insertar una corrección en cursiva, dado que estos símbolos tienen una
-puntuación de muy poca altura. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos
-puntos, así como letras normales, puede ayudar. Compare
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
-<i>f: f;</i> (en la salida &tex;, las &textlsquo;f&textrsquo;s están separadas correctamente)
-con <i>f: f;</i>.
+<node name="_007e" spaces=" "><nodename>~</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace y \negthinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">espacio, irrompible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">espacio duro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">espacio irrompible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>A pesar del nombre, los caracteres latinos también pueden tener una
-corrección en cursiva. Compare
-<tex endspaces=" ">
-</tex>
-pdf&tex; (en la &tex; salida, hay un pequeño espacio después de la
-&textlsquo;f&textrsquo;)
-con pdf&tex;.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>before</var>~<var>after</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El carácter <dfn>tie</dfn>, <code>~</code>, genera un espacio entre <var>before</var>
+y <var>after</var> en el que la línea no se romperá. De manera
+predeterminada el espacio en blanco tiene una longitud de
+3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> más 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> menos 1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn>
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<!-- c Este párrafo no está traducido al francés, ya que la traducción al -->
+<!-- c francés usa un término que significa ``irrompible''. -->
+<para>Ten en cuenta que la palabra <samp>tie</samp> tiene este significado en la
+comunidad &tex;/Texinfo; esto difiere del término tipográfico
+&textldquo;tie&textrdquo;, que es un diacrítico en forma de arco, llamado acento de
+&textldquo;lazo-después&textrdquo; en <cite>El libro &tex;</cite>.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí &latex; no romperá la línea entre las dos últimas palabras:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Gracias al Prof.~Lerman.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Además, a pesar del punto, &latex; no usa el espaciado al final de la
+oración (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los lazos evitan la separación de cosas al final de la línea donde eso
+podría causar confusión. También todavía permiten la separación
+silábica (de cualquiera de las palabras ligadas), por lo que
+generalmente son preferibles a poner palabras consecutivas en un
+<code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>También son cuestión de gusto, a veces alarmantemente dogmáticos,
+entre los lectores. Sin embargo, aquí hay algunos modelos de uso,
+muchos de ellos de <cite>El libro de &tex;</cite>.
</para>
+<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
+<listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Entre una etiqueta de enumerador y un número, como en las referencias:
+<code>Capítulo~12</code>, o <code>Teorema~\ref&lbrace;th:Wilsons&rbrace;</code>, o
+<code>Figura~\ref&lbrace;fig:KGraph&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Cuando los casos se enumeran en línea: <code>(b)~Muestra que $f(x)$ es
+(1)~continuo, y (2)~acotado</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Entre un número y su unidad: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (El paquete
+<code>siunitx</code> tiene una función especial para esto) o
+<code>144~eggs</code>. Esto incluye entre un número de mes y día en una
+fecha: <code>Octubre~12</code> o <code>12~Oct</code>. En general, en cualquier
+expresión donde números y abreviaturas o símbolos están separados por
+un espacio: <code>AD~565</code>, o <code>2:50~pm</code>, o <code>Boeing~747</code>, o
+<code>268~Camino de las llanuras</code>, o <code>\$$1.4$~billón</code>. Otras
+opciones comunes aquí son un espacio delgado (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace y
+\negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>) y no hay espacio en absoluto.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Cuando las frases matemáticas se traducen en palabras:
+<code>equals~$n$</code>, o <code>menor que~$\epsilon$</code>, o <code>dado~$X$</code>, o
+<code>módulo~$p^e$ para todos los ~$n$</code> grandes (pero compara
+<code>es~$15$</code> con <code>es $15$~veces la altura</code>). Entre símbolos
+matemáticos en aposición con sustantivos: <code>dimensión~$d$</code> o
+<code>función~$f(x)$</code> (pero compara <code>con longitud $l$~o
+más</code>). Cuando un símbolo es un objeto fuertemente ligado de una
+preposición: <code>de~$x$</code>, o <code>de $0$ a~$1$</code>, o <code>en común
+con ~$m$</code>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Entre símbolos en serie: <code>$1$,~$2$, o~$3$</code> o <code>$1$,~$2$,
+\ldots,~$n$</code>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
+<para>Entre los nombres de pila de una persona y entre varios apellidos:
+<code>Donald~E. Knuth</code>, o <code>Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo</code>, o
+<code>Charles~XII</code>&textmdash;pero debes darle a &tex; lugares para romper la
+línea así que podrías hacer <code>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la
+Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>.
+</para>
+</listitem></itemize>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005chrulefill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hrulefill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\/</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hrulefill</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="672">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cthinspace-y-_005cnegthinspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinspace y \negthinspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\/</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">~</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinspace</code> y <code>\negthinspace</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cthinspace">\thinspace</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cnegthinspace">\negthinspace</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">espacio delgado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">espacio, delgado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">espacio delgado, negativo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">espacio, negativo delgado</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\hrulefill</code> produce un &textldquo;relleno de longitud&textrdquo; el
-cual se puede estrechar o estirar horizontalmente. Este se llenará con
-una regla horizontal.
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\thinspace
+\negthinspace
+</pre></example>
+<para>Estos producen espacios irrompibles e inextensibles de 1/6<dmn>em</dmn> y
+-1/6<dmn>em</dmn>, respectivamente. Estos son los equivalentes en modo
+texto de <code>\,</code> y <code>\!</code> (<pxref label="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico_002f_005cthinspace"><xrefnodename>Espaciado en modo
+matemático/\thinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar <code>\,</code> como sinónimo de <code>\thinspace</code> en modo
+texto.
+</para>
+<para>Un uso común de <code>\thinspace</code> es como el espacio entre comillas
+anidadas:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Killick respondió: &quot;Escuché al capitán decir: 'Ahoy allí.'\thinspace&quot;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Otro uso es que algunas guías de estilo requieren un <code>\thinspace</code>
+entre una elipsis y un punto final de oración (otras guías de estilo,
+creo que los tres puntos y/o los cuatro puntos son suficientes). Otro
+uso específico del estilo es entre iniciales, como en
+<code>D.\thinspace E.\Knuth</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>&latex; proporciona una variedad de comandos de
+espaciado similares para el modo matemático (<pxref label="Espaciado-en-modo-matem_00e1tico"><xrefnodename>Espaciado en modo
+matemático</xrefnodename></pxref>). Con el paquete <code>amsmath</code>, o como de la versión
+2020-10-01 &latex;, se pueden usar en modo texto así como el modo
+matemático, incluido <code>\!</code> para <code>\negthinspace</code>; pero de lo
+contrario, solo están disponibles en el modo matemático.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cdotfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\dotfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hrulefill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dotfill</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill y \dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace y \negthinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="673">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">corrección en cursiva</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\dotfill</code> produce un &textldquo;relleno de longitud&textrdquo; la
-cual se rellena con puntos en lugar de sólo espacios en blanco.
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>before-character</var>\/<var>after-character</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Inserta una <dfn>corrección en cursiva</dfn>, un pequeño espacio definido
+por el diseñador de letra para cada carácter (posiblemente cero), para
+evitar el carácter chocando con lo que sigue. Cuando usas <code>\/</code>,
+&latex; toma la corrección del archivo métrico de la fuente, la
+escala por cualquier escala que se ha aplicado a la fuente, y luego
+inserta esa cantidad de espacio horizontal.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí, si no fuera por la <code>\/</code>, el <var>before-character</var>
+cursiva&nbsp;f golpearía el <var>after-character</var> roman&nbsp;H
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\companylogo&rbrace;&lbrace;&lbrace;\it f&rbrace;\/H&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>porque la letra cursiva f se inclina mucho hacia la derecha.
+</para>
+<para>Si <var>after-character</var> es un punto o una coma, no insertes una
+corrección en cursiva ya que esos símbolos de puntuación son tan bajos
+para la línea base ya. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos puntos,
+así como con letras normales, la corrección en cursiva puede
+ayudar. Se usa normalmente entre un cambio de fuentes cursivas o
+inclinadas a una fuente vertical.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando usas comandos como <code>\emph</code> y <code>\textit</code> y
+<code>\textsl</code> para cambiar las fuentes, &latex; inserta
+automáticamente la corrección en cursiva cuando sea necesario
+(<pxref label="Estilos-de-tipos-de-letra"><xrefnodename>Estilos de tipos de letra</xrefnodename></pxref>). Sin embargo, declaraciones como
+<code>\em</code> e <code>\itshape</code> y <code>\slshape</code> no inserta
+automáticamente correcciones en cursiva.
+</para>
+<para>Los caracteres verticales también pueden tener una corrección en
+cursiva. Un ejemplo donde se necesita es el nombre
+<code>pdf\/\TeX</code>. Sin embargo, la mayoría de los caracteres verticales
+tienen una corrección de cursiva cero. Algunos creadores de fuentes no
+incluyen valores de corrección de cursiva ni siquiera para fuentes en
+cursiva.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">dimensión de fuente, inclinación</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Técnicamente, &latex; usa otro valor específico de fuente, el llamado
+<dfn>parámetro inclinado</dfn> (es decir, <code>\fontdimen1</code>), para
+determinar si posiblemente insertar una corrección en cursiva, en
+lugar de vincular la acción a comandos de fuente particulares.
+</para>
+<para>No existe el concepto de corrección de cursiva en el modo matemático;
+el espaciado matemático está hecho de una manera diferente.
</para>
-<!-- c xx deshacer -->
</section>
-<node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\dotfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="674">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">espacio vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">espacio vertical, insertando</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005chrulefill-y-_005cdotfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hrulefill y \dotfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\/</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hrulefill</code> y <code>\dotfill</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cdotfill">\dotfill</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\addvspace&lbrace;longitud&rbrace;</code>
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\hrulefill
+\dotfill
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce una longitud elástica horizontal infinita (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>)
+que &latex; se rellena con una regla (es decir, una línea) o con
+puntos, en lugar de espacio en blanco.
+</para>
+<para>Esto genera una línea de 2 pulgadas de largo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Nombre:~\makebox[2in]&lbrace;\hrulefill&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Este ejemplo, cuando se coloca entre líneas en blanco, crea un párrafo
+que está justificado a la izquierda y a la derecha y donde el medio
+está lleno de manera uniforme de puntos espaciados.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent John Aubrey, RN \dotfill&lbrace;&rbrace; Melbury Lodge
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para hacer que la regla o los puntos vayan al final de la línea, usa
+<code>\null</code> al comenzar o terminar.
+</para>
+<para>Para cambiar el grosor de la regla, copia la definición y ajústala,
+como aquí
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\hrulefill&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>que cambia el grosor predeterminado de 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn> a 1<dmn>pt</dmn>. Del
+mismo modo, ajusta el espacio entre puntos como con
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\dotfill&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em&lbrace;\hss .\hss &rbrace;\hfill\kern0pt &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>que cambia la longitud predeterminada de 0.33<dmn>em</dmn> a 1.00<dmn>em</dmn>.
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\addvspace</code> normalmente añade un espacio vertical
-de altura longitud. Sin embargo, si el espacio vertical ya se ha
-añadido al mismo punto en la salida por medio de una instrucción
-<code>\addvspace</code> anterior, esta instrucción no añade más espacio que el
-necesario para hacer que la longitud natural del espacio vertical total
-equivalente a <code>longitud</code>.
+<para>Este ejemplo produce una línea para una firma.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;4cm&rbrace;
+ \centering
+ \hrulefill\\
+ Firmado
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La línea mide 4<dmn>cm</dmn> de largo.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addvspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hrulefill y \dotfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bigskip</code>, <code>\medskip</code> y <code>\smallskip</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cbigskip">\bigskip</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmedskip">\medskip</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005csmallskip">\smallskip</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Estas instrucciones producen una determinada cantidad de espacio.
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\bigskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="675">\bigskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="676">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Al igual que <code>\vspace&lbrace;bigskipamount&rbrace;</code>, normalmente alrededor de
-un espacio de línea (con estirar y encoger).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\medskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="677">\medskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="678">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Al igual que <code>\vspace&lbrace;medskipamount&rbrace;</code>, normalmente cerca de la
-mitad del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\smallskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="679">\smallskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="680">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Al igual que <code>\vspace&lbrace;smallskipamount&rbrace;</code>, normalmente alrededor de
-un cuarto del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigskip
+\medskip
+\smallskip
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce una cantidad de espacio vertical, grande, mediano o
+pequeño. Estos comandos son frágiles (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<para>Aquí el salto sugiere el paso del tiempo (de <i>El océano dorado</i> por
+O&textrsquo;Brian).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">El señor Saumarez tendría algo grosero que decirle, sin duda: él
+estaba en casa de nuevo, y era una delicia.
+
+\bigskip
-<para>Los parámetros <code>\...cantidad</code> están determinados por la clase de
+``Ciento cincuenta y siete millas y un tercio, en veinticuatro horas&quot;,
+dijo Pedro.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Cada comando está asociado a una longitud definida en el archivo de la clase
documento.
</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="bigskip">bigskip</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Lo mismo que <code>\vspace&lbrace;\bigskipamount&rbrace;</code>, normalmente alrededor
+de una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción. El valor
+predeterminado para el <code>libro</code> y las clases de <code>article</code> son
+<code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="medskip">medskip</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Lo mismo que <code>\vspace&lbrace;\medskipamount&rbrace;</code>, normalmente alrededor
+de la mitad de una línea de espacio, con estiramiento y contracción.
+El valor predeterminado para las clases <code>book</code> y <code>article</code>
+son <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="smallskip">smallskip</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Lo mismo que <code>\vspace&lbrace;\smallskipamount&rbrace;</code>, normalmente sobre un
+espacio de un cuarto de línea, con estiramiento y contracción. El
+valor predeterminado para las clases <code>book</code> y <code>article</code> son
+<code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>Debido a que cada comando es un <code>\vspace</code>, si lo usas en medio
+del párrafo entonces insertará su espacio vertical entre la línea en
+la que lo usas y la siguiente línea, no necesariamente en el lugar
+donde lo usas. Así que estos son mejores entre párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos <code>\bigbreak</code>, <code>\medbreak</code> y <code>\smallbreak</code>
+son similares pero también sugieren a &latex; que este es un buen
+lugar para poner un salto de página (<pxref label="_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak"><xrefnodename>\bigbreak - \medbreak y
+\smallbreak</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cbigbreak-_002d-_005cmedbreak-y-_005csmallbreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\strut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bigbreak</code>, <code>\medbreak</code> y <code>\smallbreak</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cbigbreak">\bigbreak</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmedbreak">\medbreak</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005csmallbreak">\smallbreak</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\bigbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\medbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\smallbreak</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigbreak
+\medbreak
+\smallbreak
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce un espacio vertical que sea grande o mediano o pequeño, y
+sugiere a &latex; que este es un buen lugar para romper la página.
+(Las sanciones asociadas son &minus;200, &minus;100 y &minus;50)
+respectivamente.
+</para>
+<para><xref label="_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip"><xrefnodename>\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</xrefnodename></xref>, para más. Estos comandos
+producen el mismo espacio vertical pero difieren en que también
+eliminan un espacio vertical precedente si es menor que lo que
+insertarías (como con <code>\addvspace</code>). Además, terminan un párrafo
+donde se usan: este ejemplo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">abc\bigbreak def ghi
+
+jkl mno pqr
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>generará tres párrafos, el primero que termina en <samp>abc</samp> y el
+segundo comienza, después de un espacio vertical adicional y una
+sangría de párrafo, con <samp>def</samp>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\strut</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigbreak - \medbreak y \smallbreak</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\strut
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Asegúrate de que la línea actual tenga una altura de al menos
+<code>0.7\baselineskip</code> y profundidad al menos de
+<code>0.3\baselineskip</code>. Esencialmente, &latex; inserta en la línea
+un rectángulo de ancho cero,
+<code>\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;&lbrace;\baselineskip&rbrace;</code>
+(<pxref label="_005crule"><xrefnodename>\rule</xrefnodename></pxref>). El <code>\baselineskip</code> cambia con la fuente o
+tamaño de fuente actual.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, <code>\strut</code> mantiene la caja dentro del marco de
+tener altura cero.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\fboxsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;\framebox[2in]&lbrace;\strut&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Este ejemplo tiene cuatro listas. En el primero hay una brecha mucho
+mayor. entre los elementos 2 y&nbsp;3 que entre los elementos 1
+y&nbsp;2. La segunda lista corrige eso con un <code>\strut</code> al final
+de su primer elemento de la segunda línea.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\fboxsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;
+\noindent\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[t]&lbrace;0.2\linewidth&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item \parbox[t]&lbrace;15pt&rbrace;&lbrace;test \\ test&rbrace;
+ \item test
+ \item test
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;%
+\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[t]&lbrace;0.2\linewidth&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item \parbox[t]&lbrace;15pt&rbrace;&lbrace;test \\ test\strut&rbrace;
+ \item test
+ \item test
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;%
+\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[t]&lbrace;0.2\linewidth&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item \fbox&lbrace;\parbox[t]&lbrace;15pt&rbrace;&lbrace;test \\ test&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \item \fbox&lbrace;test&rbrace;
+ \item \fbox&lbrace;test&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;%
+\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;[t]&lbrace;0.2\linewidth&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item \fbox&lbrace;\parbox[t]&lbrace;15pt&rbrace;&lbrace;test \\ test\strut&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \item \fbox&lbrace;test&rbrace;
+ \item \fbox&lbrace;test&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;%
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Las dos listas finales usan <code>\fbox</code> para mostrar lo que está
+sucediendo. El primer elemento <code>\parbox</code> de la tercera lista va
+solo al final de su segundo <samp>test</samp>, que sucede que no tiene
+ningún carácter que descender por debajo de la línea base. La cuarta
+lista agrega el puntal que da el espacio adicional necesario debajo de
+la línea base.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El comando <code>\strut</code> suele
+ser útil en gráficos, como en <code>TikZ</code> o <code>Asymptote</code>.
+Por ejemplo, puedes tener un comando como
+<code>\graphnode&lbrace;<var>nombre-nodo</var>&rbrace;</code> que se ajusta a un círculo
+alrededor de <var>nombre-nodo</var>. Sin embargo, a menos que tengas
+cuidado con el <var>nombre-nodo</var> <samp>x</samp> y <samp>y</samp> producirán
+círculos de diferentes diámetros porque los caracteres son de
+diferentes tamaños. Un <code>\graphnode</code> cuidadoso podría insertar
+<code>\strut</code>, entonces <var>nombre-nodo</var> y luego dibujar el círculo.
+</para>
+<para>El enfoque general de usar un <code>\rule</code> ancho cero es útil en
+muchas circunstancias. En esta tabla, la regla de ancho cero mantiene
+la parte superior de la primera integral de golpear el <code>\hline</code>.
+Del mismo modo, la segunda regla evita que la segunda integral
+coincida con la primera.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;rl&rbrace;
+ \textsc&lbrace;Integral&rbrace; &amp;\textsc&lbrace;Value&rbrace; \\
+ \hline
+ $\int_0^x t\, dt$ &amp;$x^2/2$ \rule&lbrace;0em&rbrace;&lbrace;2.5ex&rbrace; \\
+ $\int_0^x t^2\, dt$ &amp;$x^3/3$ \rule&lbrace;0em&rbrace;&lbrace;2.5ex&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>(Aunque el comando de doble barra invertida de final de línea tiene un
+argumento opcional para cambiar el salto de línea base
+correspondiente, eso no resuelve este problema. Cambiar la primera
+barra invertida doble a algo como <code>\\[2.5ex]</code> pondrá más espacio
+entre la línea de encabezado y la regla <code>\hline</code>, y la integral
+seguiría cumpliendo la regla).
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\strut</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">espacio vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">espacio, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\vspace&lbrace;<var>length</var>&rbrace;
+\vspace*&lbrace;<var>length</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Agrega <var>length</var> al espacio vertical. <var>length</var> puede ser
+positivo, negativo o cero. Es una longitud elástica &textmdash; puede
+contener un componente <code>plus</code> o <code>minus</code>
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto pone espacio entre los dos párrafos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Y dormí.
+
+\vspace&lbrace;1ex plus 0.5ex&rbrace;
+El nuevo día amaneció frío.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>(<xref label="_005cbigskip-_002d-_005cmedskip-y-_005csmallskip"><xrefnodename>\bigskip - \medskip y \smallskip</xrefnodename></xref>, para interpárrafo de
+espacios común).
+</para>
+<para>La forma <code>*</code> inserta un espacio vertical que no se puede
+descartar. Más precisamente, &latex; descarta el espacio vertical en
+un salto de página y la forma-<code>*</code> hace que el espacio permanezca.
+Este ejemplo deja espacio entre las dos preguntas.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Pregunta: Encuentra la integral de \( 5x^4+5 \).
+
+\vspace*&lbrace;2cm más 0.5cm&rbrace;
+Pregunta: Encuentra la derivada de \( x^5+5x+9 \).
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Ese espacio estará presente incluso si el salto de página cae entre
+las preguntas.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas <code>\vspace</code> en medio de un párrafo (es decir, en modo
+horizontal), entonces el espacio se inserta después de la línea que
+contiene el comando <code>\vspace</code>; no comienza un nuevo párrafo en el
+comando <code>\vspace</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, las dos preguntas estarán espaciadas verticalmente de
+manera uniforme en la página, con al menos una pulgada de espacio
+debajo de cada una.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+1) ¿Quién puso el bomp en el bomp bah bomp bah bomp?
+\vspace&lbrace;1in plus 1fill&rbrace;
+
+2) ¿Quién puso el carnero en la rama lama ding dong?
+\vspace&lbrace;1in plus 1fill&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="681">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\vfill</code> produce un relleno de longitud (pegado) el
-cual se puede reducir y estirar verticalmente tanto como sea necesario.
-Este es equivalente a <code>\vspace&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">estiramiento, infinito vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">estiramiento vertical infinito</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\vfill
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Finaliza el párrafo actual e inserta una longitud elástica vertical
+que sea infinita, por lo que se puede estirar o encoger tanto como sea
+necesario (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>A menudo se usa de la misma manera que <code>\vspace&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;</code>,
+excepto que <code>\vfill</code> finaliza el párrafo actual mientras que
+<code>\vspace&lbrace;\fill&rbrace;</code> agrega el espacio vertical infinito debajo de
+su línea, independientemente de la estructura del párrafo. En ambos
+casos ese espacio desaparecerá en un perímetro de la página; para
+eludir esto, ve la opción destacada en&nbsp;<ref label="_005cvspace"><xrefnodename>\vspace</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, la página está llena, por lo que las líneas superior
+e inferior contienen el texto <samp>¡Perro perdido!</samp> y el segundo
+<samp>¡Perro perdido!</samp> es exactamente a medio camino entre ellos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+¡Perro perdido!
+\vfill
+¡Perro perdido! % perfectamente en el medio
+\vfill
+¡Perro perdido!
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace[*]&lbrace;<var>longitud</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="682">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Espacios</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">espacio vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">espacio, insertar vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\vspace[*]&lbrace;<var>longitud</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addvspace&lbrace;<var>vert-length</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\vspace</code> añade el espacio vertical <var>length</var>, es
-decir, un relleno de longitud. <var>longitud</var> puede ser positivo o
-negativo.
+<para>Agrega un espacio vertical de <var>vert-length</var>. Sin embargo, si hay
+dos o más <code>\addvspace</code> en una secuencia y luego juntos solo
+agregan el espacio necesario para que la longitud natural sea igual al
+máximo de la <var>vert-length</var> está en esa secuencia. Este comando es
+frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). El <var>vert-length</var> es una longitud
+elástica (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo ilustra. El <code>picture</code> dibuja una escala sobre la
+cual se colocan las reglas. En un artículo &latex; estándar, la
+longitud <code>\baselineskip</code> es 12<dmn>pt</dmn>. Como muestra la escala,
+las dos reglas están separadas por 22<dmn>pt</dmn>: la suma del
+<code>\baselineskip</code> y el 10<dmn>pt</dmn> desde el primer
+<code>\addvspace</code>.
</para>
-<para>Normalmente, &latex; remueve el espacio vertical añadido por
-<code>\vspace</code> en la parte superior o inferior de una página. Con el
-argumento opcional <code>*</code>, no se elimina el espacio.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+\usepackage&lbrace;color&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;2pt&rbrace;%
+\noindent\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(0,0)%
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-1)&lbrace;25&rbrace;&lbrace;&lbrace;\color&lbrace;blue&rbrace;\line(1,0)&lbrace;1&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \multiput(0,0)(0,-5)&lbrace;6&rbrace;&lbrace;&lbrace;\color&lbrace;red&rbrace;\line(1,0)&lbrace;2&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;%
+\rule&lbrace;0.25\linewidth&rbrace;&lbrace;0.1pt&rbrace;%
+\par\addvspace&lbrace;10pt&rbrace;% \addvspace&lbrace;20pt&rbrace;%
+\par\noindent\rule&lbrace;0.25\linewidth&rbrace;&lbrace;0.1pt&rbrace;%
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Ahora descomenta el segundo <code>\addvspace</code>. No hace la brecha
+20<dmn>pt</dmn> más; en cambio, la brecha es la suma de
+<code>\baselineskip</code> y 20<dmn>pt</dmn>. Entonces <code>\addvspace</code> en
+cierto sentido hace lo contrario de su nombre&textmdash;se asegura de que
+múltiples espacios verticales no acumulan, sino que sólo se utiliza el
+más grande.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; usa este comando para ajustar el espacio vertical arriba o
+abajo de un entorno que comienza un nuevo párrafo. Por ejemplo, un
+entorno <code>theorem</code> comienza y termina con <code>\addvspace</code>, por
+lo que dos <code>theorem</code> consecutivos están separados por un espacio
+vertical, no dos.
+</para>
+<para>Un error <samp>Algo anda mal, tal vez un \item</samp> faltante que apunta a
+un <code>\addvspace</code> significa que no estabas en modo vertical cuando
+presionaste este comando. Una forma de cambiar eso es preceder a
+<code>\addvspace</code> con un comando <code>\par</code> (<pxref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xrefnodename></pxref>), como en
+el ejemplo anterior.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Cajas" spaces=" "><nodename>Cajas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Inserciones Especiales</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Espacios</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Cajas" spaces=" "><nodename>Cajas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Espacios</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cajas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">cajas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">cajas</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Todos los parámetros de longitud predeterminados (<pxref label="Longitudes-Predeterminadas"><xrefnodename>Longitudes
-Predeterminadas</xrefnodename></pxref>) se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que generan cajas.
+<!-- c xx Amplía los cuadros y pega, para xref de otro lugar. -->
+<para>En esencia, &latex; pone las cosas en cajas y luego pone las cajas en
+una página. Así que estos comandos son centrales.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Hay muchos paquetes en CTAN que son útiles para
+manipular cajas. Un complemento útil para los comandos aquí es
+<code>adjustbox</code>.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\mbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cajas horizontales.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\fbox y \framebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Coloca un marco alrededor de una caja.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">lrbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Un entorno como <code>\sbox</code>.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Caja, de posición ajustable.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\parbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Caja con texto en modo párrafo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raisebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Sube o baja el texto.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\savebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Al igual que <code>\makebox</code>, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\sbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Igual que <code>\mbox</code>, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\usebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Imprime texto guardado.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\mbox y \makebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cajas horizontales.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\fbox y \framebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Pone un marco alrededor de una caja.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\parbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Caja con texto en modo párrafo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raisebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Sube o baja el texto.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\sbox y \savebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Me gusta <code>\makebox</code> pero guarda el texto
+ para más tarde.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">lrbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Versión de entorno de <code>\sbox</code>.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\usebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Imprime el texto guardado.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005cmbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\mbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fbox y \framebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mbox&lbrace;<var>texto&rbrace;</var></code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="683">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\mbox y \makebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fbox y \framebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mbox</code> y <code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cmbox">\mbox</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cmakebox">\makebox</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">caja</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">hace una caja</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">separación silábica, prevenir</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\mbox&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\makebox&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\makebox[<var>width</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\makebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Crea una caja, un contenedor para el material. El <var>text</var> está
+escrito en modo LR (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>) para que no se divida en líneas.
+El comando <code>\mbox</code> es robusto, mientras que <code>\makebox</code> es
+frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Debido a que <code>text</code> no se divide en líneas, puedes usar
+<code>\mbox</code> para evitar la separación silábica. En este ejemplo,
+&latex; no dividirá con guiones el nombre del tanque, <samp>T-34</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">El tanque soviético \mbox&lbrace;T-34&rbrace; es un símbolo de victoria contra el
+nazismo.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran, <code>\mbox</code> y
+<code>\makebox</code>, son más o menos iguales. Crean una caja apenas lo
+suficientemente ancha para contener el <var>text</var>o. (Son como simples
+<code>\hbox</code> de &tex;).
+</para>
+<para>En la tercera versión, el argumento opcional <var>width</var> especifica el
+ancho de la caja. Ten en cuenta que el espacio ocupado por el texto
+no necesita igualar el ancho de la caja. Por un lado, <var>text</var>
+puede ser demasiado pequeño; esto crea un cuadro de línea completa
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox[\linewidth]&lbrace;Examen del capítulo&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>con <samp>Examen del capítulo</samp> centrado. Pero <var>text</var> también
+puede ser demasiado ancho para <var>width</var>. Ve el siguiente ejemplo
+de cuadros de ancho cero.
+</para>
+<anchor name="mbox-makebox-depth">mbox makebox depth</anchor> <anchor name="mbox-makebox-height">mbox makebox height</anchor> <anchor name="mbox-makebox-width">mbox
+makebox width</anchor> <anchor name="mbox-makebox-totalheight">mbox makebox totalheight</anchor> <para>En el argumento
+<var>width</var> puedes usar las siguientes longitudes que se refieren a la
+dimensión de la caja que obtiene &latex; al componer <var>text</var>:
+<code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\width</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>
+(esta es la altura de la caja más su profundidad). Por ejemplo, para
+hacer un cuadro con el texto estirado para duplicar el tamaño natural
+se puede decir esto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox[2\width]&lbrace;Obtener una camilla&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para la cuarta versión de la sinopsis del comando, el argumento
+opcional <var>position</var> da la posición del texto dentro del
+cuadro. Puede tomar los siguientes valores:
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El <var>text</var> está centrado (predeterminado).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El <var>text</var> está alineado a la izquierda.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Flujo a la derecha.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">s</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c xx TODO agrega un nodo genérico para aclarar que alguna declaración -->
+<!-- c puede no ser cierto para alguna internacionalización o algún -->
+<!-- c script. P. ej. en árabe script o con paquete de microtipo creo que -->
+<!-- c el estirar también juega en ancho de palabra -->
+<para>Estira el espacio entre palabras en <var>text</var> en todo el <var>width</var>.
+El <var>text</var> debe contener un espacio extensible para que esto
+funcione. Por ejemplo, esto podría encabezar un comunicado de prensa:
+<code>\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]&lbrace;\large\hfil LIBERACIÓN\hfil
+INMEDIATA\hfil&rbrace;</code>
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>Un uso común de <code>\makebox</code> es crear cuadros de texto de ancho
+cero. Esto pone el valor de las preguntas del cuestionario a la
+izquierda de esas preguntas.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\pts&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\makebox[0em][r]&lbrace;#1 points\hspace*&lbrace;1em&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\pts&lbrace;10&rbrace;¿Cuál es la velocidad en el aire de una golondrina sin carga?
+
+\pts&lbrace;90&rbrace;¿Una golondrina africana o europea?
+</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">división silábica, impidiendo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\mbox</code> crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el texto creado por sus argumentos. El <var>texto</var> no se
-separa en líneas, por lo tanto este se puede utilizar para prevenir la
-separación silábica.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El borde derecho de la salida
+<samp>10 puntos</samp> (ten en cuenta el espacio final después de
+<samp>puntos</samp>) estará justo antes de <samp>Cual</samp>. Puedes usar
+<code>\makebox</code> de manera similar al hacer gráficos, como en
+<code>TikZ</code> o <code>Asymptote</code>, donde pones el borde del texto
+en una ubicación en un punto conocido, independientemente de la
+longitud de ese texto.
+</para>
+<para>Para cajas con marcos&nbsp;<ref label="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox"><xrefnodename>\fbox y \framebox</xrefnodename></ref>. Para
+colores&nbsp;<ref label="Cuadros-de-colores"><xrefnodename>Cuadros de colores</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay una versión relacionada de <code>\makebox</code> que se usa dentro del
+entorno <code>picture</code>, donde la longitud se da en términos de
+<code>\unitlength</code> (<pxref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Puesto que <var>text</var> está escrito en modo LR, ni una barra invertida
+doble <code>\\</code> ni <code>\par</code> te darán una nueva línea; por ejemplo
+<code>\makebox&lbrace;abc def \\ ghi&rbrace;</code> genera <samp>abc defghi</samp> mientras
+<code>\makebox&lbrace;abc def \par ghi&rbrace;</code> genera <samp>abc def ghi</samp>, ambos
+en una sola línea. Para obtener varias líneas, <ref label="_005cparbox"><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></ref>
+y&nbsp;<ref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\fbox y \framebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">lrbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\mbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\fbox y \framebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\mbox y \makebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fbox</code> y <code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="684">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="685">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cfbox">\fbox</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cframebox">\framebox</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Sinopsis:
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\fbox&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
-\framebox[<var>ancho</var>][<var>posición</var>]&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\fbox&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\framebox&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\framebox[<var>width</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\framebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Las instrucciones <code>\fbox</code> y <code>\framebox</code> son como <code>\mbox</code>,
-excepto que estas ponen un marco al rededor del exterior de la caja que
-se está creando.
+<para>Crea un cuadro con un marco envolvente, cuatro reglas que rodean el
+<var>text</var>. Estos comandos son los mismos que <code>\mbox</code> y
+<code>\makebox</code> excepto para el marco (<pxref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). El
+comando <code>\fbox</code> es robusto, el comando <code>\framebox</code> es frágil
+(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para>Además, la instrucción <code>\framebox</code> permite especificar
-explícitamente la anchura de la caja con el argumento opcional
-<var>width</var> (una dimensión), y la posiciona con el argumento opcional
-<var>posición</var>. <!-- c xx ref -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\fbox&lbrace;¡Advertencia! No se muestra el trabajo, no se otorga crédito.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>&latex; pone el texto en un cuadro, el texto no se puede dividir
+silábicamente. Alrededor de esa caja, separadas de ella por un
+pequeño espacio, hay cuatro reglas que hacen un cuadro.
+</para>
+<para>Las dos primeras invocaciones de comandos, <code>\fbox&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\framebox&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>, son más o menos iguales. En cuanto a la
+tercera y cuartas invocaciones, los argumentos opcionales te permiten
+especificar el ancho de la casilla como <var>width</var> y la posición del
+texto dentro de ese cuadro como <var>position</var>. <xref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y
+\makebox</xrefnodename></xref>, para la descripción completa pero aquí hay un ejemplo de
+creación de un cuadro vacío de 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> de ancho.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="686">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="687">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Ambas instrucciones producen una regla de espesor <code>\fboxrule</code>
-(predeterminado a <samp>.4pt</samp>), y dejan un espacio de <code>\fboxsep</code>
-(predeterminado a <samp>3pt</samp>) entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\fboxsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;\framebox[0.25in]&lbrace;\strut&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El <code>\strut</code> asegura una altura total de <code>\baselineskip</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<para><xref label="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\framebox (picture)</xrefnodename></xref>, para la instrucción <code>\framebox</code> en el
-entorno <code>picture</code>.
+<para>Estos parámetros determinan el diseño del marco.
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxrule">fbox framebox fboxrule</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">marco, ancho de línea</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">Ancho de la regla de cuadro</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El grosor de las reglas alrededor de la caja cerrada. El valor
+predeterminado es 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\fboxrule&rbrace;&lbrace;0.8pt&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">marco, separación de contenido</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>La distancia desde el marco hasta la caja cerrada. El valor
+predeterminado es 3<dmn>pt</dmn>. Cámbialo con un comando como
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\fboxsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+Establecerlo en 0<dmn>pt</dmn> es útil a veces: esto colocará un marco
+alrededor de la imagen sin borde blanco.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">&lbrace;\setlength&lbrace;\fboxsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;%
+ \framebox&lbrace;%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]&lbrace;prudence.jpg&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Las llaves adicionales mantienen el efecto del <code>\setlength</code>
+local.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<para>Al igual que con <code>\mbox</code> y <code>\makebox</code>, &latex; no romperá
+líneas en <var>text</var>. Pero este ejemplo tiene líneas de ruptura
+&latex; para hacer un párrafo, y luego encuadra el resultado.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\framebox&lbrace;%
+ \begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;0.6\linewidth&rbrace;
+ Querida, aquí debemos correr lo más rápido que podamos, solo para
+ mantenernos en el lugar.
+ Y si deseas ir a donde debes correr el doble de rápido que eso.
+ \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para><xref label="Cuadros-de-colores"><xrefnodename>Cuadros de colores</xrefnodename></xref>, para colores que no sean blanco y negro.
+</para>
+<para>El entorno <code>picture</code> tiene una versión del comando
+<code>\framebox</code> donde las unidades dependen del <code>\unitlength</code> de
+<code>picture</code> (<pxref label="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\framebox (picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox y \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">modo paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">paragraph, en una caja</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\parbox&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>contenido</var>&rbrace;
+\parbox[<var>position</var>]&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>contenido</var>&rbrace;
+\parbox[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>]&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>contenido</var>&rbrace;
+\parbox[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>contenido</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce un cuadro de texto de <var>width</var> de ancho. Usa este comando
+para hacer una caja de pequeños fragmentos de texto, de un solo
+párrafo. Este comando es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(0,0) ... \put(1,2)&lbrace;\parbox&lbrace;1.75in&rbrace;&lbrace;\raggedright
+ Debido a que el gráfico es una línea en este artículo semilog, la
+ relación es exponencial.&rbrace;&rbrace; \end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El <var>contenido</var> se procesa en modo texto (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>) por lo que
+&latex; dividirá líneas para formar un párrafo. Pero no hará varios
+párrafos; para eso, usa un entorno <code>minipage</code> (<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Las opciones para <code>\parbox</code> (excepto <var>contenido</var>) son las
+mismas como las de <code>minipage</code>. Para mayor comodidad, un resumen
+de las opciones está aquí, pero <ref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></ref> para obtener una
+descripción completa.
+</para>
+<para>Hay dos argumentos necesarios. El <var>width</var> es una longitud rígida
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Establece el ancho del cuadro en el que
+&latex; compone <var>contenido</var>. <var>contenido</var> es el texto que se
+coloca en esa caja. No debe tener ningún componente de creación de
+párrafos.
+</para>
+<para>Hay tres argumentos opcionales, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var> e
+<var>inner-pos</var>. La <var>position</var> da la alineación vertical de la
+<dfn>parbox</dfn> con respecto al material circundante. Los valores
+apoyados son <code>c</code> o <code>m</code> para hacer que el centro vertical del
+parbox se alinea con el centro de la línea de texto adyacente (este es
+el predeterminado), o <code>t</code> para hacer coincidir la línea superior
+del parbox con la línea base del material circundante, o <code>b</code> para
+que coincida con la línea de fondo.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>height</var> redefine la altura natural de la
+caja.
+</para>
+<para>El argumento opcional <var>inner-pos</var> controla la ubicación de
+<var>content</var> dentro del <code>parbox</code>. Su valor predeterminado es el
+valor de <var>position</var>. Sus posibles valores son: <code>t</code> para
+poner el <var>content</var> en la parte superior del cuadro, <code>c</code> para
+ponerlo en el centro vertical, <code>b</code> para colocarlo en la parte
+inferior del cuadro y <code>s</code> para estirarlo verticalmente (para
+ello, el texto debe contener espacio extensible verticalmente).
+</para>
+</section>
+<node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox y \savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\raisebox&lbrace;<var>distance</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\raisebox&lbrace;<var>distance</var>&rbrace;[<var>height</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\raisebox&lbrace;<var>distance</var>&rbrace;[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Sube o baja <var>text</var>. Este comando es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo hace un comando para denotar la restricción de una
+función bajando el símbolo de la barra vertical.
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/278631/121234 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*\restricted[1]&lbrace;\raisebox&lbrace;-.5ex&rbrace;&lbrace;$|$&rbrace;_&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+$f\restricted&lbrace;A&rbrace;$
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El primer argumento obligatorio <var>distance</var> especifica qué tan
+lejos subir el segundo argumento obligatorio <var>text</var>. Esta es una
+longitud rígida (<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si es negativo entonces baja
+<var>text</var>. El <var>text</var> se procesa en modo LR por lo que no puede
+contener saltos de línea (<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos opcionales <var>height</var> y <var>depth</var> son dimensiones.
+Si se especifican, redefinen la altura y profundidad natural de la
+caja, &latex; compone tipográficamente <var>text</var>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="raisebox-depth">raisebox depth</anchor> <anchor name="raisebox-height">raisebox height</anchor> <anchor name="raisebox-width">raisebox
+width</anchor> <anchor name="raisebox-totalheight">raisebox totalheight</anchor> <para>En los argumentos <var>distance</var>,
+<var>height</var> y <var>depth</var> puedes utilizar las siguientes longitudes
+que se refieren a la dimensión de la caja que &latex; empieza a
+componer <var>text</var>: <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\width</code>,
+<code>\totalheight</code> (esta es la altura de la caja más su profundidad).
+</para>
+<para>Esto alineará dos gráficos en su parte superior (<pxref label="Gr_00e1ficos"><xrefnodename>Gráficos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito: Preguntas frecuentes https://texfaq.org/FAQ-topgraph -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;graphicx,calc&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \raisebox&lbrace;1ex-\height&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]&lbrace;lion.png&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \qquad
+ \raisebox&lbrace;1ex-\height&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \includegraphics[width=0.4\linewidth]&lbrace;meta.png&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El primer <code>\height</code> es la altura de <file>lion.png</file> mientras que
+el segundo es la altura de <file>meta.png</file>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox y \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005csbox-y-_005csavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\sbox y \savebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">lrbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raisebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sbox</code> y <code>\savebox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005csbox">\sbox</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005csavebox">\savebox</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">caja, guardar</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\sbox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\savebox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\savebox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>width</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\savebox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>width</var>][<var>pos</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Compone <var>text</var> igual que con <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y
+\makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) excepto que &latex; no lo genera, sino que lo guarda en un
+registro de caja al que hace referencia una variable denominada
+<var>box-cmd</var>. El nombre de la variable <var>box-cmd</var> comienza con
+una barra invertida, <code>\</code>. Debes haber asignado previamente el
+cuadro de registro <var>box-cmd</var> con <code>\newsavebox</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). El comando <code>\sbox</code> es robusto mientras
+<code>\savebox</code> es frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Esto crea y utiliza un registro de caja.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;\fullname&rbrace;
+\sbox&lbrace;\fullname&rbrace;&lbrace;John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt&rbrace;
+ ...
+\usebox&lbrace;\fullname&rbrace;! ¡Su nombre también es mi nombre!
+¡Cuando salimos, la gente siempre grita!
+¡Ahí va \usebox&lbrace;\fullname&rbrace;! Ya da da da da da da.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Una ventaja de usar y reutilizar un registro de caja sobre una
+variable macro <code>\newcommand</code> es la eficiencia, que &latex; no
+necesita vuelve a escribir repetidamente el contenido. Ve el ejemplo
+a continuación.
+</para>
+<para>Las dos primeras llamadas a comandos que se muestran arriba,
+<code>\sbox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\savebox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code>, son más o menos
+iguales. En cuanto a la tercera y cuarta, los argumentos opcionales
+te permiten especificar el ancho de la caja como <var>width</var>, y la
+posición del texto dentro de esa caja como <var>position</var>.
+<xref label="_005cmbox-y-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox y \makebox</xrefnodename></xref>, para la descripción completa.
+</para>
+<para>En los comandos <code>\sbox</code> y <code>\savebox</code> el <var>text</var> es
+tipografiado en modo LR para que no tenga saltos de línea
+(<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si usas estos, entonces &latex; no te da un error
+pero ignora lo que quieres: si ingresas <code>\sbox&lbrace;\newreg&rbrace;&lbrace;test
+\\ test&rbrace;</code> y <code>\usebox&lbrace;\newreg&rbrace;</code> entonces obtienes
+<samp>testtest</samp>, mientras que si ingresas <code>\sbox&lbrace;\newreg&rbrace;&lbrace;test
+\par test&rbrace;</code> y <code>\usebox&lbrace;\newreg&rbrace;</code> entonces obtienes <samp>test
+test</samp>, pero no hay error ni advertencia. Para solucionar esto, usa
+<code>\parbox</code> o <code>minipage</code> como aquí.
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/41668/121234 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;\areg&rbrace;
+\savebox&lbrace;\areg&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;\linewidth&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \item Primer elemento
+ \item Segundo elemento
+ \end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ ...
+\usebox&lbrace;\areg&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Como ejemplo de la eficiencia de reutilizar el contenido de un
+registro, esto pone la misma imagen en cada página del documento
+colocándola en el encabezado. &latex; solo la compone una vez.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace; % todo esto en el preámbulo
+\newsavebox&lbrace;\sealreg&rbrace;
+\savebox&lbrace;\sealreg&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;1in&rbrace;%
+ \begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(0,0)%
+ \put(1.5,-2.5)&lbrace;%
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;
+ \includegraphics[height=2in]&lbrace;companylogo.png&rbrace; \\
+ La oficina del presidente
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;picture&rbrace;%
+&rbrace;
+\markright&lbrace;\usebox&lbrace;\sealreg&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\pagestyle&lbrace;headings&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El entorno <code>picture</code> es bueno para ajustar la ubicación.
+</para>
+<para>Si el registro <code>\noreg</code> aún no se ha definido, obtendrás algo
+como <samp>Secuencia de control indefinida. &lt;argument&gt; \noreg</samp>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox y \savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="688">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\begin&lbrace;lrbox&rbrace;&lbrace;instrucción&rbrace; texto \end&lbrace;lrbox&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Esta es la forma de entorno de <code>\sbox</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;lrbox&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>text</var>
+\end&lbrace;lrbox&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Esta es la forma de entorno de los comandos <code>\sbox</code> y
+<code>\savebox</code>, y es equivalente a ellos. <xref label="_005csbox-y-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox y \savebox</xrefnodename></xref>,
+para la descripción completa.
</para>
-<para>El texto dentro del entorno se guarda en la caja <code>instrucción</code>,
-misma que se debe haber declarado con <code>\newsavebox</code>.
+<para>El <var>text</var> dentro del entorno se guarda en el cuadro de registro
+referido por la variable <code><var>box-cmd</var></code>. El nombre de la
+variable <var>box-cmd</var> debe comenzar con una barra invertida,
+<code>\</code>. Debes asignar esta caja regístrate con anticipación con
+<code>\newsavebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). En este ejemplo el entorno
+es conveniente para ingresar el <code>tabular</code>.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;\jhreg&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;lrbox&rbrace;&lbrace;\jhreg&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;c&rbrace;
+ \includegraphics[height=1in]&lbrace;jh.png&rbrace; \\
+ Jim Hef&lbrace;&rbrace;feron
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;lrbox&rbrace;
+ ...
+\usebox&lbrace;\jhreg&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005cmakebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="689">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">cuadro, usa cuadro guardado</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox[<var>ancho</var>][<var>posición</var>]&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usebox&lbrace;<var>box-cmd</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\makebox</code> crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha
-para contener el <var>texto</var> especificado. La anchura de la caja es
-especificada por el argumento opcional <var>ancho</var>. La posición del
-texto dentro de la caja está determinada por el argumento opcional
-<var>posición</var>, el cual puede tomar los siguientes valores:
+<para>Produce el cuadro guardado más recientemente en el registro de cuadro
+<var>box-cmd</var> por los comandos <code>\sbox</code> o <code>\savebox</code>, o el
+entorno <code>lrbox</code>. Para obtener más información y ejemplos,
+<pxref label="_005csbox-y-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox y \savebox</xrefnodename></pxref>. (Ten en cuenta que el nombre de la variable
+<var>box-cmd</var> comienza con una barra invertida, <code>\</code>). Este
+comando es robusto (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+
+</section>
+</chapter>
+<node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Gráficos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cajas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">color</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Puedes agregar color al texto, reglas, etc. También puedes tener color
+en un cuadro o en una página entera y escribir texto encima.
+</para>
+<para>El soporte de color viene como un paquete adicional. Así que pon
+<code>\usepackage&lbrace;color&rbrace;</code> en el preámbulo de su documento para usar
+los comandos descritos aquí.
+</para>
+<para>Muchos otros paquetes también complementan las capacidades de color de
+&latex;. Particularmente digno de mención es <file>xcolor</file>, que se
+utiliza ampliamente y extiende significativamente las capacidades
+descritas aquí, incluida la adición de modelos de color <samp>HTML</samp> y
+<samp>Hsb</samp>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Opciones del paquete Color</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Opciones al cargar el paquete estándar.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Modelos de color</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cómo se representan los colores.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Comandos para color</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Los comandos disponibles.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Opciones-del-paquete-Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Opciones del paquete Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modelos de color</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Opciones del paquete <code>color</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">opciones de paquete color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">opciones, paquete color</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>comma-separated option list</var>]&lbrace;color&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Cuando cargas el paquete <file>color</file> hay dos tipos de opciones de
+archivo disponibles.
+</para>
+<para>El primero especifica el <dfn>controlador de impresora</dfn>. &latex; no
+contiene información sobre diferentes sistemas de salida, sino que
+depende de información almacenada en un archivo. Normalmente no debes
+especificar la opción driver en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en
+la configuración predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es
+que hace que el documento sea portátil a través de los sistemas. Para
+completar, incluimos una lista de los controladores. Los relevantes
+actualmente son: <file>dvipdfmx</file>, <file>dvips</file>, <file>dvisvgm</file>,
+<file>luatex</file>, <file>pdftex</file>, <file>xetex</file>. Los dos <file>xdvi</file> y
+<file>oztex</file> esencialmente son alias para <file>dvips</file> (y <file>xdvi</file>
+es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para nuevos sistemas son:
+<file>dvipdf</file>, <file>dvipdfm</file>, <file>dviwin</file>, <file>dvipsone</file>,
+<file>emtex</file>, <file>pctexps</file>, <file>pctexwin</file>, <file>pctexhp</file>,
+<file>pctex32</file>, <file>truetex</file>, <file>tcidvi</file>, <file>vtex</file> (y
+<file>dviwindo</file> es un alias de <file>dvipsone</file>).
+</para>
+<para>El segundo tipo de opciones, más allá de los controladores, se
+encuentran a continuación.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Centrado (predeterminado).
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Alineado a la izquierda
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Alineado a la derecha
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">s</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Alineado (justificado) a través de <var>ancho</var>; <var>texto</var> debe
-contener espacio elástico para que esto funcione.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<beforefirstitem>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">monochrome</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Deshabilita los comandos de color, para que no generen errores pero
+tampoco generar color.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dvipsnames</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Pone a disposición una lista de 68 nombres de colores que se usan con
+frecuencia, particularmente en documentos heredados. Estos nombres de
+colores originalmente fueron proporcionados por el controlador
+<file>dvips</file>, dando el nombre de la opción.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nodvipsnames</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>No carga esa lista de nombres de colores, ahorrando &latex; una
+pequeña cantidad de espacio de memoria.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
-<para><code>\makebox</code> también se utiliza en el entorno picture <pxref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox
-(picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</section>
+<node name="Modelos-de-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Modelos de color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Comandos para color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Opciones del paquete Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modelos de color</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">modelos de color</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Un <dfn>modelo de color</dfn> es una forma de representar los colores. Las
+capacidades de &latex; dependen del controlador de la impresora. Sin
+embargo, <file>pdftex</file>, los controladores de impresora <file>xetex</file> y
+<file>luatex</file> son, con diferencia, los más comúnmente utilizados. Los
+siguientes modelos funcionan para esos controladores. Todo pero uno
+de estos también es compatible con prácticamente todos los demás
+controladores de impresora usados hoy.
+</para>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que la combinación de colores puede ser aditiva o
+sustractiva. Mezcla aditiva de colores de luz, de modo que, por
+ejemplo, combinando intensidades completas de rojo, verde y azul
+produce blanco. Mezclas sustractivas de pigmentos, como con tintas,
+de modo que la combinación de la intensidad total de cian, magenta y
+el amarillo hace negro.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="modelos-de-color-cmyk">modelos de color cmyk</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cmyk</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Una lista separada por comas con cuatro números reales entre 0 y 1,
+inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del cian, el segundo es
+magenta, y los otros son amarillo y negro. Un valor numérico de 0
+significa intensidad mínima, mientras que un 1 es para intensidad
+máxima. Este modelo a menudo se utiliza en la impresión a color. Es
+un modelo sustractivo.
+</para>
+<anchor name="modelos-de-color-gris">modelos de color gris</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gray</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un solo número real entre 0 y 1, ambos inclusive. Los colores son
+sombras de gris. El número 0 produce negro mientras que el 1 da
+blanco.
+</para>
+<anchor name="modelos-de-color-rgb">modelos de color rgb</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">rgb</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Una lista separada por comas con tres números reales entre 0 y 1,
+inclusive. El primer número es la intensidad del componente rojo, el
+segundo es verde, y el tercero el azul. Un valor numérico de 0
+significa que no se agrega nada de ese componente, mientras que un 1
+significa intensidad total. Este es un modelo aditivo.
+</para>
+<anchor name="modelos-de-color-RGB">modelos de color RGB</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">RGB</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>(<file>pdftex</file>, <file>xetex</file>, <file>luatex</file> drivers) Una lista
+separada por comas con tres números enteros entre 0 y 255, ambos
+inclusive. Este modelo es una conveniencia de usar <code>rgb</code> ya que
+fuera de &latex; los colores a menudo se describen en un modelo
+rojo-verde-azul usando números en este rango. Los valores
+introducidos aquí se convierten al modelo <code>rgb</code> mediante división
+entre 255.
+</para>
+<anchor name="modelos-de-color-nombrados">modelos de color nombrados</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">named</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Se accede a los colores por nombre, como <samp>PrussianBlue</samp>. La
+lista de nombres depende del controlador, pero todos admiten los
+nombres <samp>black</samp>, <samp>azul</samp>, <samp>cian</samp>, <samp>verde</samp>,
+<samp>magenta</samp>, <samp>rojo</samp>, <samp>white</samp> y <samp>yellow</samp> (Consulta la
+opción <code>dvipsnames</code> en <ref label="Opciones-del-paquete-Color"><xrefnodename>Opciones del paquete Color</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="690">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="Comandos-para-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Comandos para color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Modelos de color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Comandos para color</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">comandos del paquete color</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Estos son los comandos disponibles con el paquete <file>color</file>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Definir colores</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dar un nombre a un color.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Texto en color</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Texto o reglas en color.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Cuadros de colores</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Un cuadro de color, para escribir
+ encima.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Páginas coloreadas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Una página entera coloreada.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Definir-colores" spaces=" "><nodename>Definir colores</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Texto en color</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Comandos para color</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definir colores</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">definir color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">color, definir</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\parbox[<var>posición</var>][<var>alto</var>][<var>pos-interna</var>]&lbrace;<var>ancho</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>model</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>specification</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Asigna el nombre <var>name</var> al color. Por ejemplo, después de esto
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor&lbrace;silver&rbrace;&lbrace;rgb&rbrace;&lbrace;0.75,0.75,0.74&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\parbox</code> produce una caja cuyo contenido es creado
-en modo <code>paragraph</code>. Se debe utilizar para hacer una caja de
-pequeñas piezas de texto, sin nada lujoso en el interior. En
-particular, no debe utilizar ningún entorno que genere párrafos dentro
-de un argumento <code>\parbox</code>. Para grandes piezas de texto,
-incluyendo aquellas que contienen un entorno que genera párrafos, debe
-usar un entorno <code>minipágina</code> (<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>puedes usar ese nombre de color con <code>Hola hola,
+\textcolor&lbrace;silver&rbrace;&lbrace;Silver&rbrace;!</code>.
</para>
-<para><code>\parbox</code> tiene dos argumentos obligatorios:
+<para>Este ejemplo da al color un nombre más abstracto, por lo que podría
+cambiar y no ser engañoso.
</para>
-<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">ancho</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>la anchura de parbox;
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">texto</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto que va dentro de la parbox.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor&lbrace;logocolor&rbrace;&lbrace;RGB&rbrace;&lbrace;145,92,131&rbrace; % RGB needs pdflatex
+\newcommand&lbrace;\logo&rbrace;&lbrace;\textcolor&lbrace;logocolor&rbrace;&lbrace;Bob's Big Bagels&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>A menudo, los colores de un documento se definen en el preámbulo o en
+la clase o estilo, en lugar de en el cuerpo del documento.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Texto-en-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Texto en color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cuadros de colores</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definir colores</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Comandos para color</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Texto en color</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">texto en color</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\textcolor[<var>color model</var>]&lbrace;<var>color specification</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\color&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;
+\color[<var>color model</var>]&lbrace;<var>color specification</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El texto afectado obtiene el color. Esta línea
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor&lbrace;magenta&rbrace;&lbrace;Mi nombre es Ozymandias, Rey de Reyes;&rbrace; ¡Mirad
+mis obras, poderosos, y desesperaos!
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>hace que la primera mitad esté en magenta mientras que el resto está
+en negro. Puedes usar un color declarado con <code>\definecolor</code>
+exactamente de la misma manera que usamos el color integrado
+<samp>magenta</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor&lbrace;MidlifeCrisisRed&rbrace;&lbrace;rgb&rbrace;&lbrace;1.0,0.11,0.0&rbrace;
+Estoy pensando en adquirir un \textcolor&lbrace;MidlifeCrisisRed&rbrace;&lbrace;auto
+deportivo&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los dos <code>\textcolor</code> y <code>\color</code> difieren en que la primera
+es una forma de comando, que incluye el texto a colorear como
+argumento. Con frecuencia esta forma es más conveniente, o al menos
+más explícita. La segunda forma es una declaración, como en <code>La
+luna está hecha de &lbrace;\color&lbrace;green&rbrace; green&rbrace; cheese</code>, por lo que está
+vigente hasta el final del grupo actual o entorno. Esto a veces es
+útil cuando se escriben macros o como debajo, donde colorea todo
+dentro del entorno <code>center</code>, incluyendo las líneas verticales y
+horizontales.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace; \color&lbrace;blue&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;l|r&rbrace;
+ UL &amp;UR \\ \hline
+ LL &amp;LR
+ \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Puedes usar el color en las ecuaciones. Un documento podría tener
+esta definición en el preámbulo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor&lbrace;highlightcolor&rbrace;&lbrace;RGB&rbrace;&lbrace;225,15,0&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>y luego contener esta ecuación.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+ \int_a^b \textcolor&lbrace;highlightcolor&rbrace;&lbrace;f'(x)&rbrace;\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Normalmente, los colores utilizados en un documento se declaran en una
+clase o estilo. Pero a veces quieres uno único. Esas son las segundas
+formas en la sinopsis.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Colores de \textcolor[rgb]&lbrace;0.33,0.14,0.47&rbrace;&lbrace;Purple&rbrace; y
+&lbrace;\color[rgb]&lbrace;0.72,0.60,0.37&rbrace;Gold&rbrace; para el equipo.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El formato de <var>especificación de color</var> depende del modelo de
+color (<pxref label="Modelos-de-color"><xrefnodename>Modelos de color</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por ejemplo, mientras <code>rgb</code>
+toma tres números, <code>gray</code> solo toma uno.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">La selección fue \textcolor[gray]&lbrace;0.5&rbrace;&lbrace;grayed out&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los colores dentro de los colores no combinan. De este modo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor&lbrace;green&rbrace;&lbrace;clase de \textcolor&lbrace;blue&rbrace;&lbrace;blue&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>tiene una palabra final que es azul, no una combinación de azul y
+verde.
+</para>
+<!-- c xx ¿dirección coloreando una línea de una tabla? -->
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Cuadros-de-colores" spaces=" "><nodename>Cuadros de colores</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Páginas coloreadas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Texto en color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Comandos para color</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cuadros de colores</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">cajas de colores</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">caja, coloreada</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\colorbox&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\colorbox[<var>nombre del modelo</var>]&lbrace;<var>color de fondo del
+cuadro</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>El argumento opcional <var>posición</var> le permite alinear la línea en la
-parte superior o inferior de parbox con la línea base del texto que lo
-rodea (de manera predeterminada es superior).
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\fcolorbox&lbrace;<var>color del cuadro</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>color de fondo del
+cuadro</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\fcolorbox[<var>nombre del modelo</var>]&lbrace;<var>color del
+cuadro</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>color de fondo del cuadro</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Haz un cuadro con el color de fondo indicado. El comando
+<code>\fcolorbox</code> pone un marco alrededor de la caja. Por ejemplo
+esto
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Nombre:~\colorbox&lbrace;cyan&rbrace;&lbrace;\makebox[5cm][l]&lbrace;\strut&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>hace una caja de color cian de cinco centímetros de largo y recibe su
+profundidad y altura del <code>\strut</code> (por lo que la profundidad es
+<code>-.3\baselineskip</code> y la altura es <code>\baselineskip</code>). Este
+pone texto blanco sobre un fondo azul.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\colorbox&lbrace;blue&rbrace;&lbrace;\textcolor&lbrace;white&rbrace;&lbrace;Bienvenido a la máquina.&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los comandos <code>\fcolorbox</code> usan los mismos parámetros que
+<code>\fbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cfbox-y-_005cframebox"><xrefnodename>\fbox y \framebox</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\fboxrule</code> y
+<code>\fboxsep</code>, para establecer el grosor de la regla y el límite
+entre el interior de la caja y la regla circundante. Los valores
+predeterminados de &latex; son <code>0.4pt</code> y <code>3pt</code>,
+respectivamente.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo cambia el grosor del borde a 0.8 puntos. Nota que está
+rodeado de llaves para que el cambio termine al final de la segunda
+línea.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">&lbrace;\setlength&lbrace;\fboxrule&rbrace;&lbrace;0.8pt&rbrace;
+\fcolorbox&lbrace;black&rbrace;&lbrace;red&rbrace;&lbrace;Bajo ninguna circunstancia gires esta
+perilla.&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="P_00e1ginas-coloreadas" spaces=" "><nodename>Páginas coloreadas</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Cuadros de colores</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Comandos para color</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Páginas coloreadas</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">pagina coloreada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">página, en color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">fondo, coloreado</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagecolor&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;
+\pagecolor[<var>modelo de color</var>]&lbrace;<var>especificación de color</var>&rbrace;
+\nopagecolor
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Los dos primeros establecen el fondo de la página, y todas las páginas
+posteriores, al color. Para una explicación de la especificación en
+la segunda forma <pxref label="Texto-en-color"><xrefnodename>Texto en color</xrefnodename></pxref>. La tercera devuelve el fondo
+a la normalidad, que es un fondo transparente. (Si eso no es
+compatible, usa <code>\pagecolor&lbrace;white&rbrace;</code>, aunque eso hará un fondo
+blanco en lugar del fondo transparente predeterminado).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"> ...
+\pagecolor&lbrace;cyan&rbrace;
+ ...
+\nopagecolor
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
+</chapter>
+<node name="Gr_00e1ficos" spaces=" "><nodename>Gráficos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Gráficos</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">gráficos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">paquete graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Puedes usar gráficos como archivos PNG o PDF en tu documento &latex;.
+Necesitas un paquete adicional, que viene estándar con &latex;. Este
+ejemplo es el breve procedimiento.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\include&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace; % va en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]&lbrace;plot.pdf&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para usar los comandos descritos aquí, el preámbulo de tu documento
+debe contener ya sea <code>\usepackage&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace;</code> o
+<code>\usepackage&lbrace;graphics&rbrace;</code>. La mayoría de las veces,
+<code>graphicx</code> es la mejor elección.
+</para>
+<para>Los gráficos vienen en dos tipos principales, rasterizados y
+vectoriales. &latex; puede usar ambos. En gráficos rasterizados, el
+archivo contiene una entrada para cada ubicación en un arreglo,
+describiendo de qué color es. Un ejemplo es una fotografía en formato
+JPG. En gráficos vectoriales, el archivo contiene una lista de
+instrucciones como <samp>dibuja un círculo con este radio y ese
+centro</samp>. Un ejemplo es un dibujo lineal producido por el programa
+Asymptote, en formato PDF. En general, los gráficos vectoriales son
+más útiles porque puedes cambiar la escala de su tamaño sin pixelación
+u otros problemas, y porque suelen tener un tamaño más pequeño.
+</para>
+<para>Hay sistemas particularmente adecuados para hacer gráficos para un
+documento &latex;. Por ejemplo, estos te permiten usar las mismas
+letras como en tu documento. &latex; viene con un entorno
+<code>picture</code> (<pxref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</xrefnodename></pxref>) que tiene capacidades simples.
+Además de eso, hay otras formas de incluir los comandos de creación de
+gráficos en el documento. Dos de dichos sistemas son los paquetes
+PSTricks y TikZ. También hay sistemas externos a &latex;, que
+generan un gráfico que incluyes usando los comandos de este capítulo.
+Dos que usan un lenguaje de programación son Asymptote y MetaPost.
+Uno que utiliza una interfaz gráfica es Xfig. La descripción completa
+de estos sistemas está fuera del alcance de este documento; ve su
+documentación en CTAN.
</para>
-<para>El argumento opcional <var>alto</var> reemplaza la altura natural de la caja.
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Opciones del paquete Graphics</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Opciones al cargar el paquete.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Configuración del paquete de graphics</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dónde buscar archivos, qué
+ tipos de archivos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Comandos para graphics</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Los comandos disponibles.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Opciones-del-paquete-Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Opciones del paquete Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Configuración del paquete de graphics</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Gráficos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Opciones del paquete <code>graphics</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">opciones del paquete graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">opciones, paquete graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (debe estar en el preámbulo del documento):
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>lista de opciones separadas por comas</var>]&lbrace;graphics&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>o
</para>
-<para>Al argumento <var>pos-interior</var> controla la ubicación del texto dentro
-de la caja de la siguiente manera; Si no se especifica, se utiliza
-<var>posición</var>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>lista de opciones separadas por comas</var>]&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El paquete <code>graphicx</code> tiene un formato para argumentos opcionales
+al comando <code>\includegraphics</code> que sea conveniente (es el formato
+valor-clave), por lo que es la mejor opción para documentos nuevos.
+Cuando cargas el paquete <code>graphics</code> o <code>graphicx</code> con
+<code>\usepackage</code> hay dos tipos de opciones disponibles.
+</para>
+<para>La primera es que &latex; no contiene información sobre diferentes
+sistemas de salida, sino que depende de la información almacenada en
+un archivo <dfn>controlador de impresora</dfn>. Normalmente no debes
+especificar el controlador en el documento y, en su lugar, confía en
+la opción predeterminada de tu sistema. Una ventaja de esto es que
+hace que el documento sea portátil entre sistemas.
+</para>
+<para>Para completar, aquí hay una lista de los controladores. Los
+actualmente relevantes son: <file>dvipdfmx</file>, <file>dvips</file>,
+<file>dvisvgm</file>, <file>luatex</file>, <file>pdftex</file>, <file>xetex</file>. Los dos
+<file>xdvi</file> y <file>oztex</file> esencialmente son alias para <file>dvips</file>
+(y <file>xdvi</file> es monocromo). Los que no se deben usar para sistemas
+nuevos son: <file>dvipdf</file>, <file>dvipdfm</file>, <file>dviwin</file>,
+<file>dvipsone</file>, <file>emtex</file>, <file>pctexps</file>, <file>pctexwin</file>,
+<file>pctexhp</file>, <file>pctex32</file>, <file>truetex</file>, <file>tcidvi</file>,
+<file>vtex</file> (y <file>dviwindo</file> es un alias para <file>dvipsone</file>).
+Estos se almacenan en archivos con una extensión <file>.def</file>, como
+<file>pdftex.def</file>.
+</para>
+<para>El segundo tipo de opciones se encuentra a continuación.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto es colocado en la parte superior de la caja.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto se coloca al centro de la caja.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto se coloca en la parte inferior de la caja.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">s</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Se extiende verticalmente; el texto debe contener espacio vertical
-extensible para que esto funcione.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">demo</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>En lugar de un archivo de imagen, &latex; coloca un rectángulo de
+150&nbsp;pt por 100&nbsp;pt (a menos que se especifique otro tamaño en
+el comando <code>\includegraphics</code>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Para cada archivo gráfico, no se muestra, sino que su nombre de
+archivo es impreso en una caja del tamaño correcto. Para determinar
+el tamaño, el archivo debe estar presente.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Predeterminado) Redefinir cualquier opción <code>draft</code> anterior, de
+modo que el documento muestra el contenido de los archivos gráficos.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">hiderotate</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>No muestra texto girado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+vista previa no tiene la capacidad de rotar el texto).
+<!-- c ¿qué muestra? -->
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">hidescale</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>No mostrar texto escalado. (Esto permite la posibilidad de que una
+vista previa no tiene la capacidad de escalar).
+<!-- c ¿qué muestra? -->
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">hiresbb</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>En un archivo PS o EPS, el tamaño del gráfico se puede especificar de
+dos formas. Las líneas de <code>%%BoundingBox</code> describen el tamaño
+del gráfico usando un número entero múltiplo de un punto PostScript,
+es decir, múltiplos enteros de 1/72 pulgada. Una adición posterior al
+lenguaje PostScript permite múltiplos decimales, como 1.23, en líneas
+<code>%%HiResBoundingBox</code>. Esta opción tiene &latex; para leer el
+tamaño de esta última.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
</section>
-<node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="691">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="Configuraci_00f3n-del-paquete-de-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Configuración del paquete de graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Comandos para graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Opciones del paquete Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Gráficos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Configuración del paquete <code>graphics</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">gráficos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">paquete graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">configuración, paquete graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Estos comandos configuran la forma en que &latex; busca en el sistema
+de archivos gráficos.
+</para>
+<para>El comportamiento del código de búsqueda del sistema de archivos
+necesariamente es dependiente de la plataforma. En este documento
+cubrimos GNU/Linux, Macintosh y Windows, así como esos sistemas suelen
+estar configurados. Para otras situaciones consulta la documentación
+en <file>grfguide.pdf</file>, o la fuente de &latex;, o su documentación de
+la distribución de &tex;.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\graphicspath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Directorios para buscar.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tipos de archivo, como JPG o EPS.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareGraphicsRule</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cómo manejar tipos de archivos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005cgraphicspath" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphicspath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Configuración del paquete de graphics</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphicspath</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\raisebox&lbrace;distancia&rbrace;[<var>alto</var>][<var>profundidad</var>]&lbrace;texto&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\graphicspath&lbrace;<var>lista de directorios entre llaves</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\raisebox</code> aumenta o disminuye el <var>texto</var>. El
-primer argumento obligatorio especifica a qué altura se va a levantar (o
-bajar si la cantidad es negativa) el <var>texto</var>. El <var>texto</var> mismo
-es procesado en modo LR.
+<para>Declara una lista de directorios para buscar archivos gráficos. Esto
+permite que luego digas algo como <code>\includegraphics&lbrace;lion.png&rbrace;</code>
+en lugar de tener que dar su ruta.
</para>
-<para>Los argumentos opcionales <var>alto</var> y <var>profundidad</var> son
-dimensiones. Si se especifican, &latex; trata a <var>texto</var> como una
-ampliación de una distancia determinada sobre la línea base (alto) o
-bajo (profundidad), omitiendo su altura y profundidad natural.
+<para>&latex; siempre busca archivos gráficos primero en el directorio
+actual (y el directorio de salida, si se especifica; <pxref label="directorio-de-salida"><xrefnodename>directorio
+de salida</xrefnodename></pxref>). La siguiente declaración le dice al sistema que busque
+en el subdirectorio <file>pix</file>, y luego <file>../pix</file>.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace; % o gráficos; poner en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\graphicspath&lbrace; &lbrace;pix/&rbrace; &lbrace;../pix/&rbrace; &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-</section>
-<node name="_005csavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\savebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raisebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\savebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="692">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
+<para>La declaración <code>\graphicspath</code> es opcional. Si no lo incluyes
+entonces el valor predeterminado de &latex; es buscar en todos los
+lugares en los que generalmente busca un archivo (usa el
+<code>\input&arobase;path</code> de &latex;). En particular, en este caso uno de
+los lugares donde mira es el directorio actual.
+</para>
+<para>Encierra cada nombre de directorio entre llaves; por ejemplo arriba
+dice <samp><code>&lbrace;pix&rbrace;</code></samp>. Haz esto incluso si solo hay un
+directorio. Cada nombre de directorio debe terminar en una barra
+diagonal, <file>/</file>. Esto es cierto incluso en Windows, donde una
+buena práctica es usar barras diagonales para todos los separadores de
+directorio ya que hace que el documento sea portátil a otras
+plataformas. Si tienes espacios en el nombre de tu directorio, usa
+dobles comillas, como con <code>&lbrace;&quot;my docs/&quot;&rbrace;</code>. Usar una de estas
+reglas incorrectamente hará que &latex; informe <code>Error: Archivo
+`<var>filename</var>' no encontrado</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Básicamente, el algoritmo es que con este ejemplo, después de mirar en
+el directorio actual,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\graphicspath&lbrace; &lbrace;pix/&rbrace; &lbrace;../pix/&rbrace; &rbrace;
+...
+\usepackage&lbrace;lion.png&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>para cada uno de los directorios enumerados, &latex; lo concatena con
+el nombre de archivo y busca el resultado, encontrando
+<file>pix/lion.png</file> y luego <file>../pix/lion.png</file>. Este algoritmo
+significa que el comando <code>\graphicspath</code> no busca subdirectorios
+recursivamente: si emites <code>\graphicspath&lbrace;&lbrace;a/&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> y el gráfico
+está en <file>a/b/lion.png</file> entonces &latex; no lo encontrará.
+También significa que puedes usar rutas absolutas como
+<code>\graphicspath&lbrace;&lbrace;/home/jim/logos/&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> o
+<code>\graphicspath&lbrace;&lbrace;C:/Users/Albert/Pictures/&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>. Sin embargo,
+usar esto significa que el documento no es portátil. (Puedes
+conservar portabilidad ajustando el parámetro <code>TEXINPUTS</code> de tu
+archivo de configuración del sistema &tex;; consulta la documentación
+de tu sistema).
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar <code>\graphicspath</code> en cualquier parte del documento. Lo
+puedes usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+<code>\makeatletter\typeout&lbrace;\Ginput&arobase;path&rbrace;\makeatother</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Los directorios se toman con respecto al archivo base. Eso es, supón
+que estás trabajando en un documento basado en <file>book/book.tex</file> y
+contiene <code>\include&lbrace;chapters/chap1&rbrace;</code>. Si en <file>chap1.tex</file>
+pones <code>\graphicspath&lbrace;&lbrace;plots/&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> entonces &latex; no buscará
+gráficos en <file>book/chapters/plots</file>, sino en cambio en
+<file>book/plots</file>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphicspath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Configuración del paquete de graphics</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\savebox&lbrace;<var>\instrucción-caja</var>&rbrace;[<var>ancho</var>][<var>posición</var>]&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions&lbrace;<var>lista de extensiones de archivo
+separadas por comas</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Esta instrucción fija la tipografía de <var>texto</var> en una caja al igual
-que <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>), excepto que el lugar de imprimir
-la caja resultante, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada
-<var>\instrucción-caja</var>, que se debe haber declarado con
-<code>\newsavebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Declara las extensiones de nombre de archivo para probar. Esto te
+permite especificar el orden en el que elegir los formatos gráficos
+cuando incluyes archivos gráficos dando el nombre del archivo sin la
+extensión, como en <code>\includegraphics&lbrace;functionplot&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo, &latex; encontrará archivos en formato PNG antes que
+archivos PDF.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions&lbrace;.png,PNG,.pdf,.PDF&rbrace;
+ ...
+\includegraphics&lbrace;lion&rbrace; % encontrará <file>lion.png</file> antes que
+<file>lion.pdf</file>
+</pre></example>
-</section>
-<node name="_005csbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\sbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sbox&lbrace;<var>\instrucción-caja</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="693">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Debido a que el nombre de archivo <file>lion</file> no tiene punto, &latex;
+usa la lista de extensiones. Para cada directorio en la ruta de
+gráficos (<pxref label="_005cgraphicspath"><xrefnodename>\graphicspath</xrefnodename></pxref>), &latex; probará las extensiones en
+el orden dado. Si no encuentra dicho archivo después de probar todos
+los directorios y extensiones, entonces informa <samp>! Error de
+LaTeX: Archivo `<file>lion</file>' no encontrado</samp>. Ten en cuenta que debes
+incluir los puntos al comienzo de las extensiones.
+</para>
+<para>Dado que los nombres de archivo de GNU/Linux y Macintosh distinguen
+entre mayúsculas y minúsculas, la lista de extensiones de archivo
+distinguen entre mayúsculas y minúsculas en esas plataformas. La
+plataforma Windows no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.
+</para>
+<para>No es necesario que incluya <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code> en tu
+documento; el controlador de la impresora tiene un valor
+predeterminado razonable. Por ejemplo, el <file>pdftex.def</file> más
+reciente tiene esta lista de extensiones.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Para cambiar el orden, usa el paquete <code>grfext</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar este comando en cualquier parte del documento. Lo puedes
+usar más de una vez. Muestra su valor con
+<code>\makeatletter\typeout&lbrace;\Gin&arobase;extensions&rbrace;\makeatother</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Configuración del paquete de graphics</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\sbox&lbrace;<var>\instrucción-caja</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareGraphicsRule&lbrace;<var>extension</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>type</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>size-file
+extension</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>command</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para><code>\sbox</code> escribe el <var>texto</var> en una caja tal como <code>\mbox</code>
-(<pxref label="_005cmbox"><xrefnodename>\mbox</xrefnodename></pxref>) excepto que en lugar de incluir la caja resultante en la
-salida normal, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada
-<var>\instrucción-caja</var>. <var>\instrucción-caja</var> se debió declarar
-previamente con <code>\newsavebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Declara cómo manejar archivos gráficos cuyos nombres terminan en
+<var>extensión</var>.
</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo declara que todos los archivos con nombres de la forma
+<file>nombre-de-archivo-sin-punto.mps</file> se tratará como salida de
+MetaPost, lo cual significa que el controlador de la impresora usará
+su código de manejo de MetaPost para ingresar el archivo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareGraphicsRule&lbrace;.mps&rbrace;&lbrace;mps&rbrace;&lbrace;.mps&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareGraphicsRule&lbrace;*&rbrace;&lbrace;mps&rbrace;&lbrace;*&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>le dice a &latex; que debe manejar como salida MetaPost cualquier
+archivo con una extensión no cubierta por otra regla, por lo que cubre
+<file>filename.1</file>, <file>nombre-de-archivo.2</file>, etc.
+</para>
+<para>Esto describe los cuatro argumentos.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">extension</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>La extensión de archivo a la que se aplica esta regla. La extensión es
+cualquier cosa después e incluyendo el primer punto en el nombre del
+archivo. Usa la estrella Kleene, forma-<code>*</code>, para indicar el
+comportamiento predeterminado de todas las extensiones no declaradas.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">type</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El tipo de archivo involucrado. Este tipo es una cadena que se debe
+definir en el controlador de la impresora. Por ejemplo, archivos con
+extensiones <file>.ps</file>, <file>.eps</file> o <file>.ps.gz</file> se pueden
+clasificar como tipo <code>eps</code>. Todos los archivos del mismo tipo se
+ingresarán con el mismo comando interno por el controlador de la
+impresora. Por ejemplo, los tipos de archivo que <file>pdftex</file>
+reconoce son: <code>jpg</code>, <code>jbig2</code>, <code>mps</code>, <code>pdf</code>,
+<code>png</code>, <code>tif</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">tamaño de extensión de archivo</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>La extensión del archivo a leer para determinar el tamaño del gráfico,
+si existe tal archivo. Puede ser lo mismo que <var>extension</var> pero
+puede ser diferente.
+</para>
+<para>Como ejemplo, considera un gráfico PostScript. Para hacerlo más
+pequeño, puede estar comprimido en un archivo <file>.ps.gz</file>. Los
+archivos comprimidos no son fáciles de leer por &latex; para que
+pueda poner la información del cuadro delimitador en un archivo
+separado. Si <var>size-file extension</var> está vacío, entonces debes
+especificar la información de tamaño en los argumentos de
+<code>\includegraphics</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Si el archivo del controlador tiene un procedimiento para leer
+archivos de tamaño para <code>tipo</code> entonces se usará, de lo contrario
+usará el procedimiento para leer archivos <file>.eps</file>. (Por lo tanto,
+puedes especificar el tamaño de archivos de mapa de bits en un archivo
+con una línea de estilo PostScript <code>%%BoundingBox</code> si no otro
+formato está disponible).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">command</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un comando que se aplicará al archivo. Este a menudo se deja
+vacío. Este comando debe comenzar con una sola comilla inversa. De
+este modo,
+<code>\DeclareGraphicsRule&lbrace;.eps.gz&rbrace;&lbrace;eps&rbrace;&lbrace;.eps.bb&rbrace;&lbrace;`gunzip -c
+#1&rbrace;</code> especifica que cualquier archivo con la extensión <file>.eps.gz</file>
+se debe tratar como un archivo <code>eps</code>, con la información de
+BoundingBox almacenado en el archivo con extensión <file>.eps.bb</file>, y
+que el comando <code>gunzip -c</code> se ejecutará en tu plataforma para
+descomprimir el archivo.
+</para>
+<para>Tal comando es específico para tu plataforma. Además, tu sistema
+&tex; te debe permitir ejecutar comandos externos; como medida de
+seguridad los sistemas modernos restringen la ejecución de comandos a
+menos que lo permitas explícitamente. Consulta la documentación de tu
+distribución &tex;.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
-<node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cajas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox&lbrace;<var>\instrucción-caja</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="694">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="Comandos-para-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Comandos para graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Configuración del paquete de graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Gráficos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Comandos para graphics</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">comandos del paquete graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">comandos, paquete graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Estos son los comandos disponibles con los paquetes <code>graphics</code>
+y <code>graphicx</code>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\includegraphics</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Usar un gráfico en tu documento.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\rotatebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cuadros giratorios, incluyendo gráficos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\scalebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Escalar cuadros, incluyendo gráficos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\resizebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Escalar cuadros, incluidos gráficos, a un
+ determinado tamaño.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Comandos para graphics</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">gráficos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">paquete graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">incluir gráficos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">importar gráficos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">archivos EPS</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">archivos JPEG</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">archivos JPG</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">archivos gráficos PDF</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">archivos PNG</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis del paquete <code>graphics</code>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+\includegraphics[<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+\includegraphics[<var>llx</var>,<var>lly</var>][<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+\includegraphics*&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+\includegraphics*[<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+\includegraphics*[<var>llx</var>,<var>lly</var>][<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Sinopsis del paquete <code>graphicx</code>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+\includegraphics[<var>key-value list</var>]&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+\includegraphics*&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+\includegraphics*[<var>key-value list</var>]&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Incluye un archivo de gráficos. La forma destacada
+<code>\includegraphics*</code> recortar el gráfico al tamaño especificado,
+mientras que para la forma sin estrella cualquier parte del gráfico
+que está fuera del cuadro del tamaño especificado se sobreimprimir el
+área circundante.
+</para>
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \includegraphics&lbrace;plot.pdf&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>incorporará al documento el gráfico en <file>plot.pdf</file>, centrado y en
+su tamaño nominal. También puedes dar una ruta al archivo, como con
+<code>\includegraphics&lbrace;graphics/plot.pdf&rbrace;</code>. Para especificar una
+lista de ubicaciones para buscar el archivo, <pxref label="_005cgraphicspath"><xrefnodename>\graphicspath</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
+<para>Si tu nombre de archivo incluye espacios, ponlo entre comillas
+dobles. Un ejemplo es <code>\includegraphics&lbrace;&quot;sister picture.jpg&quot;&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\includegraphics&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;</code> decide sobre el
+tipo de gráfico dividiendo <var>filename</var> en el primer punto. Puedes
+en su lugar, usar <var>filename</var> sin punto, como en
+<code>\includegraphics&lbrace;turing&rbrace;</code>, y luego &latex; intenta una
+secuencia de extensiones como <code>.png</code> y <code>.pdf</code> hasta que
+encuentre un archivo con esa extensión
+(<pxref label="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><xrefnodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Si tu nombre de archivo contiene puntos antes de la extensión, puedes
+ocultar con llaves, como en
+<code>\includegraphics&lbrace;&lbrace;plot.2018.03.12.a&rbrace;.pdf&rbrace;</code>. O, si usas el
+paquete <code>graphicx</code> entonces puedes usar las opciones
+<code>type</code> y <code>ext</code>; ve abajo. Este y otros problemas de nombre
+de archivo también se manejan con el paquete <file>grffile</file>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo coloca un gráfico en un entorno <code>figure</code> para que
+&latex; lo pueda mover a la página siguiente si al encajarlo en la
+página actual es incómodo (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=3cm]&lbrace;lungxray.jpg&rbrace;
+ \caption&lbrace;La evidencia es abrumadora: no fumes.&rbrace; \label&lbrace;fig:xray&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;figure&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Esto coloca un gráfico que no flotará, por lo que es seguro que
+aparecerá en este punto en el documento incluso si haces que &latex;
+estire el texto o recurra a las áreas en blanco de la página. Estará
+centrado y tendrá un subtítulo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;caption&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \includegraphics&lbrace;pix/nix.png&rbrace;
+ \captionof&lbrace;figure&rbrace;&lbrace;El espíritu de la noche&rbrace; \label&lbrace;pix:nix&rbrace; % opcional
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Este ejemplo pone una caja con un gráfico al lado de otra que tiene
+texto, con los dos centrados verticalmente.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*&lbrace;\vcenteredhbox&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;c&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;#1\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \vcenteredhbox&lbrace;\includegraphics[width=0.4\textwidth]&lbrace;plot&rbrace;&rbrace;
+ \hspace&lbrace;1em&rbrace;
+ \vcenteredhbox&lbrace;\begin&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&lbrace;0.4\textwidth&rbrace;
+ \begin&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ f(x)=x\cdot \sin (1/x)
+ \end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;
+ \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si usas el paquete <code>graphics</code> entonces las únicas opciones
+involucran el tamaño del gráfico (pero <ref label="_005crotatebox"><xrefnodename>\rotatebox</xrefnodename></ref> y
+<ref label="_005cscalebox"><xrefnodename>\scalebox</xrefnodename></ref>). Cuando un argumento opcional está presente,
+entonces es <code>[<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]</code> y da las coordenadas de la
+parte superior esquina derecha de la imagen, como un par de
+dimensiones &tex; (<pxref label="Unidades-de-longitud"><xrefnodename>Unidades de longitud</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si se omiten las
+unidades, de manera predeterminada son <code>bp</code>. En este caso, se
+supone que la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen está en (0,0).
+Si hay dos argumentos opcionales, entonces el principal es
+<code>[<var>llx</var>,<var>lly</var>]</code>, especificando las coordenadas de la
+imagen abajo a la izquierda. Por lo tanto,
+<code>\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> pide el gráfico se
+colocará de manera que tenga 1&nbsp;pulgadas de ancho y
+0.618&nbsp;pulgadas alto y por lo que su origen está en (0,0).
+</para>
+<para>El paquete <code>graphicx</code> te brinda muchas más opciones.
+Especifícalos en una forma clave-valor, como aquí.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \includegraphics[width=1in,angle=90]&lbrace;lion&rbrace;
+ \hspace&lbrace;2em&rbrace;
+ \includegraphics[angle=90,width=1in]&lbrace;lion&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Las opciones se leen de izquierda a derecha. Así que el primer gráfico
+de arriba está hecho de una pulgada de ancho y luego se gira, mientras
+que el segundo se gira y luego se hace de una pulgada de ancho. Por
+lo tanto, a menos que el gráfico sea perfectamente cuadrado, los dos
+terminarán con diferentes anchos y alturas.
+</para>
+<para>Hay muchas opciones. Las principales se enumeran primero.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">delimitador del cuadro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">cuadro, delimitar</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que &latex; coloca un gráfico en un cuadro, que es
+conocido tradicionalmente como su <dfn>delimitador de cuadro</dfn>
+(distinto del PostScript BoundingBox descrito a continuación). El
+área impresa del gráfico puede ir más allá de este cuadro, o sentarse
+dentro de este cuadro, pero cuando &latex; crea una página junta
+casillas y esta es la casilla asignada para el gráfico.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="incluye-ancho-de-gr_00e1ficos">incluye ancho de gráficos</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">width</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su cuadro delimitador tenga este
+ancho. Un ejemplo es <code>\includegraphics[width=1in]&lbrace;plot&rbrace;</code>.
+Puedes usar las dimensiones &tex; estándar (<pxref label="Unidades-de-longitud"><xrefnodename>Unidades de
+longitud</xrefnodename></pxref>) y también es conveniente <code>\linewidth</code>, o en un
+documento de dos columnas, <code>\columnwidth</code> (<pxref label="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Parámetros de
+composición de página</xrefnodename></pxref>). Un ejemplo es que al usar <file>calc</file> puedes
+hacer que el gráfico sea 1&nbsp;cm más estrecho que el ancho del texto
+con <code>\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]&lbrace;hefferon.jpg&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">height</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="includegraphics-height">includegraphics height</anchor> <para>El gráfico se mostrará de modo que su
+delimitador de cuadro tenga esta altura. Puedes usar las dimensiones
+&tex; estándar (<pxref label="Unidades-de-longitud"><xrefnodename>Unidades de longitud</xrefnodename></pxref>), y también
+<code>\pageheight</code> y <code>\textheight</code> son convenientes
+(<pxref label="Par_00e1metros-de-composici_00f3n-de-p_00e1gina"><xrefnodename>Parámetros de composición de página</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por ejemplo, el
+comando <code>\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]&lbrace;godel&rbrace;</code> hará
+el gráfico un cuarto de la altura del área de texto.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">totalheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="incluye-la-altura-total-de-los-gr_00e1ficos">incluye la altura total de los gráficos</anchor> <para>El gráfico se
+mostrará de modo que su delimitador de cuadro tenga esta altura más
+profundidad. Esto difiere de la altura si se gira el gráfico. Por
+ejemplo, si se ha girado -90, entonces tendrá una altura cero pero una
+gran profundidad.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">keepaspectratio</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="includegraphics-keepaspectratio">includegraphics keepaspectratio</anchor> <para>Si se establece en
+<code>true</code>, o simplemente se especifica como aquí
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>y das como opciones tanto <code>width</code> como <code>height</code> (o
+<code>totalheight</code>), entonces &latex; hará que el gráfico sea tan
+grande como sea posible sin distorsión. Es decir, &latex; se
+asegurará de que el gráfico no sea más ancho que <code>width</code> ni más
+alto que <code>height</code> (o <code>totalheight</code>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">scale</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Factor por el cual escalar el gráfico. Para hacer un gráfico el doble
+de su tamaño nominal, ingresa
+<code>\includegraphics[scale=2.0]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>. Este número puede ser
+cualquier valor; un número entre 0 y&nbsp;1 reducirá el gráfico y un
+número negativo lo reflejará.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">angle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Rota el gráfico. El ángulo se toma en grados y en sentido
+antihorario. El gráfico se gira sobre su <code>origen</code>; ve esa
+opción. Para una descripción completa de cómo se compone el material
+rotado, <pxref label="_005crotatebox"><xrefnodename>\rotatebox</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">origin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El punto del gráfico sobre el que ocurre la rotación. Los posible
+valores son cualquier cadena que contenga una o dos: <code>l</code> para
+izquierda, <code>r</code> para derecha, <code>b</code> para la parte inferior,
+<code>c</code> para el centro, <code>t</code> para la parte superior y <code>B</code>
+para la línea base. Por lo tanto, al ingresar el comando
+<code>\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]&lbrace;moon&rbrace;</code> convertirá la
+imagen al revés sobre el centro de esa imagen, mientras que el comando
+<code>\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]&lbrace;LeBateau&rbrace;</code> convertirá su
+imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El carácter <code>c</code>
+da el centro horizontal en <code>bc</code> o <code>tc</code>, pero da el centro
+vertical en <code>lc</code> o <code>rc</code>). El valor predeterminado es
+<code>lB</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Para rotar sobre un punto arbitrario, <pxref label="_005crotatebox"><xrefnodename>\rotatebox</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>Estas son opciones menos utilizadas.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="incluir-ventana-gr_00e1fica">incluir ventana gráfica</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">viewport</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Selecciona una subregión del gráfico para mostrar. Toma cuatro
+argumentos, separados por espacios y dados en dimensiones &tex;, como
+con <code>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>.
+Cuando la unidad se omite, las dimensiones predeterminadas son grandes
+puntos&nbsp;<code>bp</code>. Se toman en relación con el origen
+especificado por el delimitador del cuadro. Ve también la opción
+<code>trim</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-trim">includegraphics trim</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">trim</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Proporciona partes del gráfico para que no se muestren. Toma cuatro
+argumentos, separados por espacios, que se dan en dimensiones &tex;,
+como con <code>\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in,
+...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>. Estos dan las cantidades del gráfico para no mostrar,
+es decir, &latex; recortará la imagen 0&nbsp;pulgadas a la izquierda,
+0.1&nbsp;pulgadas a la parte inferior, 0.2&nbsp;pulgadas a la derecha
+y 0.3&nbsp;pulgadas en la parte superior. Consulta también la opción
+<code>viewport</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-clip">includegraphics clip</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">clip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Si se establece en <code>true</code>, o solo se especifica como aquí
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics[...,clip,...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>luego, el gráfico se recorta al delimitador del cuadro. Esto es lo
+mismo que utilizar la forma estrellada del comando,
+<code>\includegraphics*[...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-page">includegraphics page</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">page</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Proporciona el número de página de un archivo PDF de varias páginas.
+El valor predeterminado es <code>page=1</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-pagebox">includegraphics pagebox</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pagebox</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica qué delimitador de cuadro usar para los archivos PDF de
+entre <code>mediabox</code>, <code>cropbox</code>, <code>bleedbox</code>,
+<code>trimbox</code>, o <code>artbox</code>. Los archivos PDF no tienen el
+BoundingBox que los archivos PostScript tienen, pero pueden
+especificar hasta cuatro rectángulos predefinidos. MediaBox da los
+límites del medio físico. CropBox es la región a la que se recortará
+el contenido de la página cuando se despliega. BleedBox es la región
+a la que se dirige el contenido de la página se debe recortar en
+producción. TrimBox tiene las dimensiones previstas de la página
+terminada. El ArtBox es el grado de significado del contenido de la
+página. El controlador establecerá el tamaño de la imagen en función
+de CropBox si está presente, de lo contrario no utilizará uno de los
+otros, con un orden de preferencia definido por el controlador.
+MediaBox siempre está presente.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-interpolate">includegraphics interpolate</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">interpolate</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Habilita o deshabilita la interpolación de imágenes rasterizadas por
+parte del espectador. Se puede configurar con <code>interpolate=true</code>
+o simplemente especificarlo como aquí.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<anchor name="includegraphics-quiet">includegraphics quiet</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">quiet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>No escribe información en el registro. Lo puedes configurar con
+<code>quiet=true</code> o simplemente especificarlo con
+<code>\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>,
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-draft">includegraphics draft</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Si lo configuras con <code>draft=true</code> o simplemente lo especificas
+con
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics[...,draft,...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>entonces el gráfico no aparecerá en el documento, posiblemente
+guardando tinta de color de la impresora. En su lugar, &latex;
+colocará un cuadro vacío del tamaño correcto con el nombre del archivo
+impreso en él.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>Estas opciones abordan el delimitador del cuadro para PostScript
+encapsulando archivos gráficos, que tienen un tamaño especificado con
+una línea <code>%%BoundingBox</code> que aparece en el archivo. Tiene
+cuatro valores, dando la coordenada <math>x</math> inferior, la coordenada
+<math>y</math> inferior, la coordenada <math>x</math> superior y la coordenada
+<math>y</math> superior. Las unidades son puntos PostScript, equivalentes a
+los puntos grandes de &tex;, 1/72&nbsp;pulgada. Por ejemplo, si un
+archivo <file>.eps</file> tiene la línea <code>%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80</code>
+entonces su tamaño natural es 30/72&nbsp;pulgadas de ancho por
+60/72&nbsp;pulgadas de alto.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="includegraphics-bb">includegraphics bb</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">bb</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica el cuadro delimitador de la región mostrada. El argumento
+es cuatro dimensiones separadas por espacios, como con
+<code>\includegraphics[.., bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>. Por lo
+general, <code>\includegraphics</code> lee los números BoundingBox del
+archivo EPS automáticamente, por lo que esta opción solo es útil si
+falta el cuadro delimitador en ese archivo o si deseas cambiarlo.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-bbllx">includegraphics bbllx</anchor>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-bblly">includegraphics bblly</anchor>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-bburx">includegraphics bburx</anchor>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-bbury">includegraphics bbury</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Establece el cuadro delimitador. Estos cuatro son obsoletos, pero se
+conservan por compatibilidad con paquetes antiguos.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-natwidth">includegraphics natwidth</anchor>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-natheight">includegraphics natheight</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">natwidth, natheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Una alternativa para <code>bb</code>. Ajustar
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics[...,natwidth=1in,natheight=0.618in,...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>es lo mismo que configurar <code>bb=0 0 1in 0.618in</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-hiresbb">includegraphics hiresbb</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">hiresbb</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Si se establece en <code>true</code>, o simplemente se especifica como con
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics[...,hiresbb,...]&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>entonces &latex; buscará las líneas <code>%%HiResBoundingBox</code> en
+lugar de líneas <code>%%BoundingBox</code>. (Las líneas <code>BoundingBox</code>
+solo usan números naturales mientras que las líneas
+<code>HiResBoundingBox</code> usan decimales; ambos usan unidades
+equivalentes a los puntos grandes de &tex;, 1/72&nbsp;pulgadas). Para
+redefinir una configuración anterior de <code>true</code>, la puedes
+establecer en <code>false</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>Las siguientes opciones permiten a un usuario anular el método
+&latex; de elegir el tipo de gráfico en función de la extensión del
+nombre de archivo. Un ejemplo es ese
+<code>\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]&lbrace;lion&rbrace;</code> leerá el
+archivo <file>lion.xxx</file> como si fuera <file>lion.png</file>. Para obtener
+más información sobre estos, <pxref label="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><xrefnodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="includegraphics-type">includegraphics type</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">type</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica el tipo de gráficos.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-ext">includegraphics ext</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">ext</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica la extensión de gráficos. Solo usa esto junto con la
+opción <code>type</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-read">includegraphics read</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">read</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica la extensión de archivo del archivo leído. Solo usa esto
+junto con la opción <code>type</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="includegraphics-command">includegraphics command</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">command</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica un comando que se aplicará a este archivo. Solo usa esto
+en conjunción con la opción <code>type</code>. <xref label="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la línea
+de comandos</xrefnodename></xref>, para una explicación sobre cómo habilitar la
+funcionalidad <code>\write18</code> para ejecutar comandos externos.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Comandos para graphics</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">rotación</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">gráficos giratorios</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">texto giratorio</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis si usas el paquete <code>graphics</code>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox&lbrace;<var>angle</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Sinopsis si usas el paquete <code>graphicx</code>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox&lbrace;<var>angle</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
+\rotatebox[<var>key-value list</var>]&lbrace;<var>angle</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Pon <var>material</var> en un cuadro y lo gira <var>angle</var> grados en
+sentido antihorario.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo gira los encabezados de las columnas de la tabla cuarenta
+y cinco grados.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;ll&rbrace;
+ \rotatebox&lbrace;45&rbrace;&lbrace;Character&rbrace; &amp;\rotatebox&lbrace;45&rbrace;&lbrace;NATO phonetic&rbrace; \\
+ A &amp;AL-FAH \\
+ B &amp;BRAH-VOH
+\end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El <var>material</var> puede ser cualquier cosa que vaya en una caja,
+incluido un gráfico.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"> \rotatebox[origin=c]&lbrace;45&rbrace;&lbrace;\includegraphics[width=1in]&lbrace;lion&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para colocar el material rotado, el primer paso es que &latex;
+establece <var>material</var> en un cuadro, con un punto de referencia en
+la línea base izquierda. El segundo paso es la rotación,
+predeterminada sobre el punto de referencia. El tercer paso es que
+&latex; calcula un cuadro para delimitar el material rotado. Cuarto,
+&latex; mueve este cuadro horizontalmente para que el borde izquierdo
+de este nuevo delimitador del cuadro coincida con el borde izquierdo
+del cuadro del primer paso (no es necesario que coincidan
+verticalmente). Este nuevo cuadro delimitador, en su nueva posición,
+es lo que &latex; usa como cuadro cuando se compone tipográficamente
+este material.
+</para>
+<para>Si usas el paquete <code>graphics</code> entonces la rotación es sobre el
+punto de referencia de la caja. Si usas el paquete <code>graphicx</code>
+entonces estas son las opciones que pueden ir en la <var>lista de
+valores clave</var>, pero ten en cuenta que puedes obtener el mismo efecto
+sin necesidad de este paquete, excepto las opciones <code>x</code> e
+<code>y</code> (<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">origin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El punto de la caja de <var>material</var> sobre el cual ocurre la
+rotación. El posible valor es cualquier cadena que contenga uno o dos
+de: <code>l</code> para izquierda, <code>r</code> para derecha, <code>b</code> para la
+parte inferior, <code>c</code> para el centro, <code>t</code> para la parte
+superior y <code>B</code> para la línea base. Así, la primera línea aquí
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox[origin=c]&lbrace;180&rbrace;&lbrace;moon&rbrace;
+\rotatebox[origin=lB]&lbrace;180&rbrace;&lbrace;LeBateau&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>dará la vuelta a la imagen desde el centro mientras que la segunda
+voltea tu imagen al revés sobre su línea base izquierda. (El carácter
+<code>c</code> da el centro horizontal en <code>bc</code> o <code>tc</code> pero da el
+centro vertical en <code>lc</code> o <code>rc</code>, y da ambos en <code>c</code>). El
+valor predeterminado es <code>lB</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">x, y</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Especifica un punto arbitrario de rotación con
+<code>\rotatebox[x=<var>&tex; dimensión</var>,y=<var>&tex;
+dimensión</var>]&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="Unidades-de-longitud"><xrefnodename>Unidades de longitud</xrefnodename></pxref>). Estos dan la
+compensación desde el punto de referencia de la caja.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">units</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Esta clave te permite cambiar el valor predeterminado de grados en el
+sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj. Establecer
+<code>units=-360</code> cambia la dirección a grados en el sentido de las
+agujas del reloj y la configuración de <code>units=6.283185</code> cambia a
+radianes en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Comandos para graphics</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">gráficos, escalar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">gráficos, cambiar de tamaño</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">escalando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">redimensionado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">texto, escalado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">texto, cambio de tamaño</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usebox&lbrace;<var>\instrucción-caja</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\scalebox&lbrace;<var>factor horizontal</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
+\scalebox&lbrace;<var>factor horizontal</var>&rbrace;[<var>factor vertical</var>]&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
+\reflectbox&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para><code>\usebox</code> produce la caja guardada más recientemente en el depósito
-<var>\instrucción-caja</var> por una instrucción <code>\savebox</code>
-(<pxref label="_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\savebox</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Escala el <var>material</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo reduce a la mitad el tamaño, tanto horizontal como
+verticalmente, del primer texto y duplica el tamaño del segundo.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\scalebox&lbrace;0.5&rbrace;&lbrace;DRINK ME&rbrace; and \scalebox&lbrace;2.0&rbrace;&lbrace;Eat Me&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<para>Si no especificas el <var>factor vertical</var> opcional, entonces el valor
+predeterminado es el mismo que el <var>factor horizontal</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar este comando para cambiar el tamaño de un gráfico, como
+aquí.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\scalebox&lbrace;0.5&rbrace;&lbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;lion&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Si usas el paquete <code>graphicx</code>, puedes conseguir la misma cosa
+con argumentos opcionales para <code>\includegraphics</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\reflectbox</code> abrevia
+<code>\scalebox&lbrace;-1&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;</code>. Por lo tanto, <code>Able
+was I\reflectbox&lbrace;Able was I&rbrace;</code> mostrará la frase <samp>Able was I</samp>
+seguida inmediatamente por su reflejo especular contra un eje
+vertical.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Comandos para graphics</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">gráficos, escalar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">gráficos, cambiar de tamaño</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">escalando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">redimensionado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">texto, escalado</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">texto, cambio de tamaño</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\resizebox&lbrace;<var>horizontal length</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>vertical length</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
+\resizebox*&lbrace;<var>horizontal length</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>vertical length</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Dado un tamaño, como <code>3cm</code>, transforma <var>material</var> para
+hacerlo a ese tamaño. Si <var>longitud horizontal</var> o <var>longitud
+vertical</var> es un signo de exclamación&nbsp;<code>!</code> entonces se usa el
+otro argumento para determinar un factor de escala para ambas
+direcciones.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo hace que el gráfico tenga media pulgada de ancho y lo
+escala verticalmente por el mismo factor para evitar que se
+distorsione.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\resizebox&lbrace;0.5in&rbrace;&lbrace;!&rbrace;&lbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;lion&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La forma sin estrella <code>\resizebox</code> toma <var>longitud vertical</var>
+como la altura del cuadro mientras que la forma estrellada
+<code>\resizebox*</code> lo lleva a ser altura+profundidad. Por ejemplo,
+haz que el texto tenga una altura+profundidad de un cuarto de pulgada
+con <code>\resizebox*&lbrace;!&rbrace;&lbrace;0.25in&rbrace;&lbrace;\parbox&lbrace;3.5in&rbrace;&lbrace;Este cuadro
+tiene altura y profundidad.&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Puedes usar <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code> y
+<code>\width</code> para referirte al tamaño original de la caja. Es decir,
+hace el texto de dos pulgadas de ancho pero manteniendo la altura
+original con <code>\resizebox&lbrace;2in&rbrace;&lbrace;\height&rbrace;&lbrace;Dos pulgadas&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Inserciones-Especiales" spaces=" "><nodename>Inserciones Especiales</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dividiendo la Entrada</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cajas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Inserciones Especiales</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Inserciones-especiales" spaces=" "><nodename>Inserciones especiales</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dividir la entrada</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Gráficos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Inserciones especiales</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">Inserciones especiales</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">Inserción de caracteres especiales</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&latex; proporciona instrucciones para insertar caracteres que tienen
-un significado especial que no corresponde a caracteres simples que
-usted puede escribir.
+<para>&latex; proporciona comandos para insertar caracteres que tienen un
+significado especial no corresponde a los caracteres simples que
+puedes escribir.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Caracteres Reservados</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertando # $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ &lbrace; &rbrace;
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Símbolos de Texto</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertando en el texto otros símbolos distintos a letras.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Acentos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertando acentos.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Caracteres no Ingleses</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertando otros caracteres no Ingleses.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\rule</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertando líneas y rectángulos.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\today</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertando la fecha de hoy.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Caracteres reservados</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertar <samp># $ % &amp; &lbrace; &rbrace; _ ~ ^ \</samp>
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hacer el texto en mayúsculas o
+ minúsculas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Símbolos por posición de fuente</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertar símbolos de fuente por
+ número.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Símbolos de texto</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertar otros símbolos que no sean
+ letras en el texto.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Acentos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserción de acentos
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Letras latinas adicionales</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserción de otros caracteres no
+ ingleses.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">paquete inputenc</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establece la codificación de texto del
+ archivo de entrada.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\rule</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertar líneas y rectángulos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\today</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insertar la fecha de hoy.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="Caracteres-Reservados" spaces=" "><nodename>Caracteres Reservados</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Símbolos de Texto</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones Especiales</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Caracteres Reservados</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">caracteres reservados</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">caracteres, reservados</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Caracteres-reservados" spaces=" "><nodename>Caracteres reservados</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Caracteres reservados</sectiontitle>
-<para>Los siguientes caracteres desempeñan un papel especial en &latex; y se
-llaman &textldquo;caracteres reservados&textrdquo; o &textldquo;caracteres especiales&textrdquo;.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">caracteres reservados</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">caracteres, reservados</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">caracteres especiales</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">caracteres, especiales</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&latex; reserva los siguientes caracteres para propósitos
+especiales. Por ejemplo, el signo de porcentaje&nbsp;<code>%</code> es para
+comentarios. Se llaman <dfn>caracteres reservados</dfn> o <dfn>caracteres
+especiales</dfn>. Todo está explicado en otra parte de este manual.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ &lbrace; &rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % &amp; &lbrace; &rbrace; _ ~ ^ \
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="695">\#</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="696">\$</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="697">\%</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="698">\&amp;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="699">\_</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="700">\&lbrace;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="701">\&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Siempre que escriba en su archivo uno de estos caracteres, &latex; debe
-hacer algo especial. Si simplemente desea imprimir el carácter en sí
-mismo, incluya un carácter <code>\</code> anteponiéndolo a este. Por ejemplo,
-<code>\$</code> debe producir <code>$</code> en su salida.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\&amp;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\&lbrace;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Si deseas que un carácter reservado se imprima por sí mismo, en el
+texto fuente del cuerpo, para todos menos los últimos tres caracteres
+en esa lista simplemente coloca una barra invertida&nbsp;<code>\</code>
+delante del carácter. De este modo, escribir <code>\$1.23</code>
+producirá&nbsp;<code>$1.23</code> en tu salida.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
+<para>En cuanto a los últimos tres caracteres, para obtener una tilde en la
+letra del cuerpo del texto usa <code>\~&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> (omitir las llaves daría
+como resultado que el siguiente carácter recibe un acento de tilde).
+Del mismo modo, para colocar un acento circunflejo en el texto del
+cuerpo fuente usa <code>\^&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>. Para colocar una barra invertida en
+el texto del cuerpo fuente, ingresa <code>\textbackslash&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Para producir los caracteres reservados en una fuente de máquina de
+escribir, utiliza <code>\verb!!</code> como se muestra a continuación (la
+doble barra inversa&nbsp;<code>\\</code> en el ejemplo solo está ahí para
+dividir las líneas en la salida).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="702">\backslash</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Una excepción a esta regla es la <code>\</code> misma, debido a que <code>\</code>
-tiene su propio significado especial (dependiente del contexto). Una \
-romana es producida al escribir <code>$\backslash$</code> en su archivo, y una
-<code>\</code> de máquina de escribir es producida usando <samp>\</samp> en una
-instrucción verbatim (<pxref label="verbatim"><xrefnodename>verbatim</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+ \# \$ \% \&amp; \&lbrace; \&rbrace; \_ \~&lbrace;&rbrace; \^&lbrace;&rbrace; \textbackslash \\
+ \verb!# $ % &amp; &lbrace; &rbrace; _ ~ ^ \!
+\end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="May_00fasculas-y-min_00fasculas" spaces=" "><nodename>Mayúsculas y minúsculas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Símbolos por posición de fuente</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Caracteres reservados</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Mayúsculas y minúsculas</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">mayúsculas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">caracteres, caso de</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">cambiar caracteres de mayúsculas y minúsculas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="703">\~</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="704">\^</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Además, <code>\~</code> y <code>\^</code> colocan acentos tilde y circunflejo sobre
-la siguiente letra, como en <accent type="tilde">o</accent> y <accent type="circ">o</accent> (<pxref label="Acentos"><xrefnodename>Acentos</xrefnodename></pxref>); Para
-obtener una <code>~</code> o <code>^</code> independiente, usted puede utilizar una
-instrucción verbatim.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\uppercase&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\lowercase&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\MakeUppercase&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+\MakeLowercase&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Cambia el caso de los caracteres. Los comandos primitivos &tex;
+<code>\uppercase</code> y <code>\lowercase</code> están configurados de forma
+predeterminada para funcionar solo con las 26 letras a&textndash;z y A&textndash;Z. Los
+comandos &latex; <code>\MakeUppercase</code> y <code>\MakeLowercase</code>
+también cambian caracteres a los que se accede mediante comandos como
+<code>\ae</code> o <code>\aa</code>. Los comandos <code>\MakeUppercase</code> y
+<code>\MakeLowercase</code> son robustos pero tienen argumentos en
+movimiento (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Estos comandos no cambian el uso de mayúsculas y minúsculas en el
+nombre de un comando dentro de <var>text</var>. Pero cambian el caso de
+todas las demás letras dentro del argumento <var>text</var>. De este modo,
+<code>\MakeUppercase&lbrace;Let $y=f(x)$</code>&rbrace; produce <samp>LET Y=F(X)</samp>. Otro
+ejemplo es que se cambiará el nombre de un entorno, de modo que
+<code>\MakeUppercase&lbrace;\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace; ... \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> produce
+un error porque la primera mitad se cambia a <code>\begin&lbrace;TABULAR&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; usa la misma tabla fija para cambiar mayúsculas y minúsculas
+a lo largo de un documento. La tabla utilizada está diseñada para la
+codificación de fuente T1; esto funciona bien con las fuentes &tex;
+estándar para todos los alfabetos latinos, pero causará problemas al
+usar otros alfabetos.
+</para>
+<para>Para cambiar el caso del texto que resulta de una macro dentro de
+<var>text</var> tienes que hacer la expansión. Aquí el <code>\Schoolname</code>
+produce <samp>FACULTAD DE MATEMÁTICAS</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="705">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">accediendo a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra</indexterm></cindex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\schoolname&rbrace;&lbrace;Facultad de matemáticas&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\Schoolname&rbrace;&lbrace;\expandafter\MakeUppercase
+<w> </w>\expandafter&lbrace;\schoolname&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>Por último, puede acceder a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra actual
-una vez que sepa su número utilizando la instrucción <code>\symbol</code>. Por
-ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visibles utilizada en la instrucción
-<code>\verb*</code> tiene el código decimal 32, por lo tanto se puede escribir
-como <code>\symbol&lbrace;32&rbrace;</code>.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>textcase</code> trae algunas de las
+funciones que faltan en los comandos &latex; estándar
+<code>\MakeUppercase</code> y <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
</para>
-<para>También puede especificar números octales con <code>'</code> o números
-hexadecimales con <code>&quot;</code>, por lo que el ejemplo anterior también se
-podría escribir como <code>\symbol&lbrace;'40&rbrace;</code> o <code>\symbol&lbrace;&quot;20&rbrace;</code>.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para escribir en mayúsculas solo la primera letra
+de las palabras, puedes usar el paquete <code>mfirstuc</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El manejo de todas las reglas de mayúsculas y minúsculas especificadas
+por Unicode, por ejemplo, para escrituras no latinas, es un trabajo
+mucho más grande que cualquier cosa prevista en el &tex; original y
+&latex;. Se ha implementado en el paquete <code>expl3</code> a partir
+de 2020. El artículo &textldquo;Cambio de caso: De primitivas &tex; al
+algoritmo Unicode&textrdquo;, (Joseph Wright, <cite>TUGboat</cite>&nbsp;41:1,
+<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf</urefurl></url>), da una
+buena visión general del tema, pasado y presente.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="S_00edmbolos-de-Texto" spaces=" "><nodename>Símbolos de Texto</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Acentos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Caracteres Reservados</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones Especiales</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Símbolos de Texto</sectiontitle>
+<node name="S_00edmbolos-por-posici_00f3n-de-fuente" spaces=" "><nodename>Símbolos por posición de fuente</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Símbolos de texto</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Mayúsculas y minúsculas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Símbolos por posición de fuente</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">acceder a cualquier carácter de una fuente</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">símbolos de fuente, por número</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">símbolos de texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="706"><r>paquete</r> textcomp</indexterm></findex>
-<para>&latex; proporciona instrucciones para generar una serie símbolos
-distintos de letras, en el texto. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
-más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1; posiblemente tenga que cargar
-el paquete <code>textcomp</code>.
+<para>Puedes acceder a cualquier carácter de la fuente actual usando su
+número con el comando <code>\symbol</code>. Por ejemplo, el carácter de
+espacio visible usado en el comando <code>\verb*</code> tiene el código
+decimal 32 en la fuente de máquina de escribir Computer Modern
+estándar, por lo que se puede escribir como <code>\symbol&lbrace;32&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>También puedes especificar números en octal (base 8) usando un prefijo
+<code>'</code>, o hexadecimal (base 16) con un prefijo <code>&quot;</code>, por lo que
+el espacio visible en 32 decimal también se podría escribir como
+<code>\symbol&lbrace;'40&rbrace;</code> o <code>\symbol&lbrace;&quot;20&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="S_00edmbolos-de-texto" spaces=" "><nodename>Símbolos de texto</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Acentos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Símbolos por posición de fuente</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Símbolos de texto</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">símbolos de texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">símbolos, texto</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">codificación TS1</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&latex; proporciona comandos para generar una serie de símbolos que
+no son letras en texto corriente. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
+más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1. A partir del lanzamiento de
+&latex; de febrero de 2020, todos los símbolos están disponibles de
+manera predeterminada; antes de eso, era necesario usar el paquete
+<code>textcomp</code> para algunos (técnicamente, aquellos en la
+codificación de fuentes <code>TS1</code>).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">símbolo de copyright</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El símbolo de copyright, &copyright;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">daga, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El símbolo daga (en texto).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">doble daga, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El símbolo doble daga (en texto).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">Logotipo de &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">logotipo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">símbolo de derechos de autor</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&copyright; El símbolo de copyright.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">dagger, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2020</U> El símbolo de la daga (en texto).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">daga doble, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2021</U> El símbolo de la daga doble (en texto).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">latex</indexterm>latex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">logotipo &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>El logotipo de &latex;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">Logotipo de &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">logotipo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El logotypo de &latex;2e.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713">\guillemotleft <r>(&laquo;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&laquo;)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714">\guillemotright <r>(&raquo;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&raquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715">\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716">\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">comillas tipográficas, latinas o angulares</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272">comillas tipográficas simples</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">comilla angular de apertura</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">comilla angular de cierre</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">comillas tipográficas angulares</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">comillas tipográficas angulares simples</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">comillas tipográficas Francesas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">comillas tipográficas, Francesas</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Comillas tipográficas angulares dobles y simples, utilizadas comúnmente
-en Francés: &laquo;, &raquo;, &lsaquo;,
-&rsaquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">puntos suspensivos</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): &textlsquo;&dots;&textrsquo;.
-<code>\ldots</code> y <code>\dots</code> también trabajan en modo math.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">comilla izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">comilla de apertura</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Comilla izquierda (de apertura): &textlsquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">símbolo de párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">antígrafo o simplemente signo de párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Signo de párrafo (antígrafo).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">símbolo de libra esterlina</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">símbolo de libra esterlina</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Libras esterlinas en Inglés: &pound;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725">\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726">\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">comillas dobles en línea base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">comilla simple en línea base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">comilla en línea base, simple y doble</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Simple y dobles comillas en la línea base:
-&bdquo; y &sbquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">comilla derecha</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">comilla de cierre</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Comilla derecha (de cierre): &textrsquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">símbolo de sección</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Símbolo de sección.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">logotipo de &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">logotipo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">latex</indexterm>latex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&latex;2e, logo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">doble guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">guillemet única</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">comilla angular izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">comilla angular derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">dobles comillas angulares</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">comilla angular única</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">comillas francesas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">comillas, francesas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&guillemotleft;, &guillemotright;, &lsaquo;, &rsaquo;
+Comillas angulares simples y dobles, de uso común en francés.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">elipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&dots; Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base):
+<code>\ldots</code> y <code>\dots</code> también trabaja en modo math
+(<pxref label="Puntos"><xrefnodename>Puntos</xrefnodename></pxref>). Ve la descripción de los puntos suspensivos del
+<code>modo math</code> para obtener información adicional.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">comilla izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">comilla de apertura</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&textlsquo; Comilla izquierda (apertura).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">p</indexterm>p</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">símbolo de párrafo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">pilcrow, almohada</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>00B6</U> Signo de párrafo (pilcrow).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">símbolo de libras</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">símbolo de la libra esterlina</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&pound; libras esterlinas inglesas.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">dobles comillas low-9</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">comillas simples low-9</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">low-9 comillas simples y dobles</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&bdquo; y &sbquo;
+Comillas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">comilla derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">comilla de cierre</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&textrsquo; Comilla de derecha (de cierre).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">s</indexterm>s</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">símbolo de sección</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>00A7</U> Signo de sección.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">tex</indexterm>tex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">Logotipo de &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">logotipo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>El logotipo de &tex;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">circunflejo, ASCII, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">ASCII circunflejo, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Circunflejo ASCII: ^.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">tilde, ASCII, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">tilde ASCII, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Tilde ASCII: ~.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">asterisco, centrado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">asterisco centrado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Asterisco centrado: *.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">barra inversa, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Barra inversa: \.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">barra vertical, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">bar, vertical, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Barra Vertical: |.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">barra vertical, doble, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">barra, vertical doble, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">doble barra vertical, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Doble barra vertical.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">símbolo círculo grande, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Símbolo círculo grande.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">llave de apertura, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">llave, izquierda, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Llave izquierda: &lbrace;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">llave derecha, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">llave, derecha, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Llave derecha: &rbrace;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">bala, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Bala: &bullet;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740">\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letra</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letra</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">letra en círculo, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para><var>letra</var> en un círculo, como en &registered;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742">\textcapitalwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743">\textascenderwordmark</indexterm>\textascenderwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">marca palabra compuesta, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">tapa superior</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">ascender superior</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Marca de palabra compuesta (invisible). La forma <code>\textcapital...</code>
-tiene la tapa del tipo de letra, mientras que la forma
-<code>\textascender...</code> tiene el ascender superior.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">daga, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Daga: <math>\dag</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">daga, doble, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">daga doble, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Daga doble: <math>\ddag</math>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746">\textdollar <r>(o <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(o <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">signo de dólar</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">moneda, dólar</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Signo de Dólar: $.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747">\textemdash <r>(o <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(o <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Em-dash: &textmdash; (para puntuación).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748">\textendash <r>(o <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(o <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>En-dash: &textmdash; (para rangos).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">símbolo del euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">divisas, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El Símbolo del Euro: &euro;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750">\textexclamdown <r>(o <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(o <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">exclamación, inicial</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Signo de exclamación inicial: &iexcl;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">símbolo mayor que, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Mayor que: &gt;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">símbolo menor que, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Menor que: &lt;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">flecha, izquierda, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">flecha hacia la izquierda, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Flecha izquierda.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">Símbolo ordinal femenino</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">símbolo ordinal masculino</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">ordinales, femenino y masculino</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">ordinales en español, femenino y masculino</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Símbolos ordinales femenino y masculino: &ordf;, &ordm;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">símbolo femenino ordinal</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Símbolo ordinal femenino: &ordf;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">punto, centrado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">punto centrado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Punto centrado: ·.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758">\textquestiondown <r>(o <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(o <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">interrogación, inicial</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Signo de interrogación inicial: &iquest;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759">\textquotedblleft <r>(o <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(o <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">marca izquierda, doble</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">comillas dobles de apertura</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Comillas dobles de apertura: &textldquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760">\textquotedblright <r>(o <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(o <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">comillas de cierre, dobles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">comillas de cierre dobles</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Dobles comillas de cierre: &textrdquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761">\textquoteleft <r>(o <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(o <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343">comilla izquierda, sola</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344">comilla de apertura simple</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Comilla de apertura simple: &textlsquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762">\textquoteright <r>(o <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(o <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345">comilla de cierre, simple</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">comilla de cierre simple</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Comilla de cierre simple: &textrsquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347">comilla, en la línea base (coma)</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348">comillastraight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349">guión doble, línea recta</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350">línea recta de guión doble, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Líneas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351">símbolo de marca registrada</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Símbolo de marca registrada: &registered;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">flecha derecha, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">flecha hacia la derecha, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Flecha hacia la derecha.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">em-dash de tres cuartos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">em-dash, tres cuartos</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>em-dash de &textldquo;Tres cuartos&textrdquo;, entre en-dash y em-dash.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">símbolo de marca comercial</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Símbolo de marca comercial: ™.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Xx 12u-.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">subrayado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Subrayado: _.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">símbolo de espacio visible, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Símbolo de espacio visible.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">circunflejo, ASCII, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">ASCII circunflejo, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>^ circunflejo ASCII.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">tilde, ASCII, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">tilde ASCII, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>~ Tilde ASCII.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">asterisco, centrado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">Asterisco centrado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>* asterisco centrado
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">barra invertida, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>\ Barra invertida. Sin embargo, <code>\texttt&lbrace;\textbackslash&rbrace;</code> de
+manera predeterminada produce una barra invertida en letra romana (no
+de máquina de escribir); para una barra invertida de máquina de
+escribir, es necesario utilizar la codificación de tipo de letra T1 (u
+otra no predeterminada), como en:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]&lbrace;fontenc&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/824 -->
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">barra vertical, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">barra, vertical, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>| Barra vertical.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">barra vertical, doble, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">barra, doble vertical, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">doble barra vertical, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>23F8</U> Doble barra vertical.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">Símbolos de grandes círculos, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>25EF</U>, símbolo de círculo grande.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">llave izquierda, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">llave, izquierdo, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&lbrace; Llave izquierda. Ve los comentarios en <code>\textbackslash</code>
+arriba sobre hacer que <code>\texttt&lbrace;\textbraceleft&rbrace;</code> produzca una
+llave en máquina de escribir.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">llave derecha, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">llave, derecha, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&rbrace; Llave derecha. Ve los comentarios en <code>\textbackslash</code> arriba
+sobre hacer que <code>\texttt&lbrace;\textbraceright&rbrace;</code> produzca una llave
+en máquina de escribir.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">viñeta, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&bullet; Viñeta.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">letra en círculo, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>24B6</U>, circulo alrededor de <var>letra</var>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">marca denominativa compuesta, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">altura de la tapa</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">altura del ascendente</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Se utiliza para separar letras que normalmente se ligarían. Por
+ejemplo, <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produce <samp>fi</samp> sin
+ligadura. Este es más útil en idiomas distintos del inglés. La forma
+<code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> tiene la altura máxima de la fuente
+mientras que la forma <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> tiene la altura
+ascendente.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">daga, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2020</U> Daga.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">daga, doble, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">daga doble, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2021</U> Daga doble.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(o <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(o <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">signo de dolar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">moneda, dólar</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>$ signo de dólar.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(o <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(o <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<raggedright endspaces=" ">
+<para>&textmdash; Guión largo. Se utiliza para puntuación, por lo general similar a
+las comas o paréntesis, como en &textlsquo;<code>Los playoffs---si tienes
+suficiente suerte para llegar a los playoffs --- son más como un
+sprint.</code>&textrsquo; Convenciones para espaciar alrededor de guiones-em que
+varían ampliamente.
+</para></raggedright>
+
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(o <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(o <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&textndash; En-dash. Usado para rangos, como en &textlsquo;<code>ve las páginas 12--14</code>&textrsquo;.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">símbolo del euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">moneda, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El símbolo de la moneda del euro: &euro;.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ Para un diseño de glifo alternativo, prueba el
+paquete <code>eurosym</code>; además, la mayoría de las fuentes hoy día
+vienen con su propio símbolo de euro (Unicode U+20AC).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(o <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(o <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">signo de exclamación, al revés</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&iexcl; Signo de exclamación al revés.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">figura del carácter guión</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Guión usado entre números, Unicode U+2012. Definido en junio de 2021
+lanzamiento de &latex;. Cuando se usa en pdf&tex;, aproximado por un
+guión-en; con un motor Unicode, escribe el glifo si está disponible en
+la fuente actual, o escribe la advertencia habitual &textldquo;Carácter
+faltante&textrdquo; al archivo de registro.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">símbolo mayor que, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&gt; Símbolo mayor que.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">carácter de barra horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Carácter de barra horizontal, Unicode U+2015. Definido en junio de
+2021 lanzamiento de &latex;. Comportamiento como con
+<code>\textfiguredash</code> arriba; la aproximación pdf&tex; es un guión
+largo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">símbolo menor que, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&lt; Símbolo menor que.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">flecha, izquierda, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">flecha izquierda, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2190</U>, Flecha izquierda.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">carácter de guion que no se rompe</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">carácter de guión, irrompible</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Carácter de guión de no separación, Unicode U+2011. Definido en junio
+lanzamiento de 2021 de &latex;. Comportamiento como con
+<code>\textfiguredash</code> arriba; la aproximación pdf&tex; es un guión
+ASCII regular (con saltos no permitidos después).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">símbolo ordinal femenino</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">símbolo ordinal masculino</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">ordinales, femenino y masculino</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">Ordinales en español, femenino y masculino</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&ordf;, &ordm; Símbolos ordinales femeninos y masculinos.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">punto, centrado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">punto centrado, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>00B7</U> Punto centrado.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(o <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(o <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">signo de interrogación, al revés</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&iquest; Signo de interrogación de apertura.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(o <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(o <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">comilla izquierda, doble</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">comillas dobles a la izquierda</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&textldquo; Comillas dobles a la izquierda.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(o <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(o <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">comilla derecha, doble</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">comillas dobles a la derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&textrdquo; Doble comilla derecha.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(o <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(o <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">comilla izquierda, simple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">comilla izquierda simple</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&textlsquo; Comilla izquierda simple.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(o <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(o <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">comilla derecha, simple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">comilla derecha simple</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&textrsquo; Comilla simple derecha.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">comilla, simple derecha</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">comillas simples derechas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">comillas simples, rectas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>0027</U>, Comillas rectas simples. (De la codificación TS1).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">comilla, recta base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">comilla, base recta</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">comillas dobles, base recta</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">comillas dobles rectas, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<!-- c Unicode no tiene estos https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
+<para>Comillas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">símbolo registrado</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&registered; Símbolo de registrado.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">flecha, derecha, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">flecha derecha, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2192</U>, Flecha derecha.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">tres cuartos em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">em-dash, tres cuartos</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Tres cuartos&textrdquo; de guión largo, entre guión corto y guión
+largo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">símbolo de marca registrada</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2122</U> Símbolo de marca comercial.
+</para>
+<!-- c ?? ¿Diferencia de \texttrescuartosemdash? ¿En Unicode? -->
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">dos tercios de em-guion</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">em-dash, dos tercios</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Dos tercios&textrdquo; guión largo, entre guión corto y guión
+largo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">guión bajo, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>_ Guion bajo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">símbolo de espacio visible, en texto</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><U>2423</U>, Símbolo de espacio visible.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
</section>
-<node name="Acentos" spaces=" "><nodename>Acentos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Caracteres no Ingleses</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Símbolos de Texto</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones Especiales</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Acentos" spaces=" "><nodename>Acentos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Letras latinas adicionales</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Símbolos de texto</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Acentos</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">acentos</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">caracteres, acentuados</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">letras, acentuadas</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>&latex; tiene un amplio apoyo para muchos de los guiones de idiomas del
-mundo, a través del paquete <code>babel</code> y de apoyo relacionados. Esta
-sección no pretende abarcar todas con las que es compatible. Este
-simplemente se limita a enumerar las principales instrucciones &latex;
-para crear caracteres acentuados.
-</para>
-<para>Las instrucciones <code>\capital...</code> producen formas alternativas para
-su uso con letras mayúsculas. Estas no están disponibles con OT1.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">acentos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">caracteres, acentuados</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">letras, acentuadas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">compatibilidad multilingüe</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&latex; tiene una amplia compatibilidad para muchos de los scripts
+del mundo e idiomas, proporcionada a través del paquete principal
+<code>babel</code>, que admite pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; y Lua&latex;. El
+paquete <code>polyglossia</code> proporciona una compatibilidad similar
+con estos últimos dos motores.
+</para>
+<para>Esta sección no cubre esa compatibilidad. Solo enumera los comandos
+del núcleo &latex; para crear caracteres acentuados. Los comandos
+<code>\capital...</code> que se muestran aquí producen formas alternativas
+para utilizar con mayúsculas. Estos no están disponibles con OT1.
+</para>
+<para>A continuación, para que sean más fáciles de encontrar, los acentos se
+ilustran con minúsculas <samp>o</samp>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que <code>\i</code> produce una i sin punto,
+<!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(j sin punto)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+y <code>\j</code> produce una j sin punto.
+<!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
+Estos se usan a menudo en lugar de sus contrapartes punteadas cuando
+están acentuados.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\&quot;</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="772">\&quot; <r>(acento diéresis)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="773">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">acento diéresis</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">acento diéresis</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce una diéresis, como en <accent type="uml">o</accent>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\&quot; <r>(acento diéresis)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">acento diéresis</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">diéresis acento</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (diéresis).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="774">\' <r>(acento agudo)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="775">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">acento agudo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un acento agudo, como en <accent type="acute">o</accent>. En el entorno <code>tabbing</code>,
-empuja la columna actual a la derecha de la columna anterior
-(<pxref label="tabbing"><xrefnodename>tabbing</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acento agudo)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">acento agudo</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acento agudo.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="776">\. <r>(acento punto encima)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">acento punto</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">acento punto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un punto como acento sobre la siguiente, como en <accent type="dotaccent">o</accent>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(acento de puntos)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">acento de punto</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">Acento de punto sobre</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent> Acento de punto.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="777">\= <r>(acento macrón)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="778">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">acento macrón</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">acento barra encima</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">acento barra sobre</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un acento macrón (una barra) sobre el siguiente, como en <accent type="macr">o</accent>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(acento macrón)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">acento macrón</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">acento sobre la barra</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">acento de barra sobre</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Acento macrón (sobre la barra).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="779">\^ <r>(acento circunflejo)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="780">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">acento circunflejo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">acento circunflejo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un acento circunflejo (sombrero) sobre la siguiente, como en
-<accent type="circ">o</accent>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(acento circunflejo)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">acento circunflejo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">acento de sombrero</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Acento circunflejo (sombrero).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="781">\` <r>(acento grave)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="782">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">acento grave</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un acento grave sobre la siguiente, como en <accent type="grave">o</accent>. En el
-entorno <code>tabbing</code>, mueve el siguiente texto hacia el margen derecho
-(<pxref label="tabbing"><xrefnodename>tabbing</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(acento grave)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">acento grave</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Acento grave.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="783">\~ <r>(acento tilde)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="784">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">acento tilde</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce una tilde como acento sobre la siguiente, como en <accent type="tilde">n</accent>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="785">\b <r>(acento barra)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">acento barra</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce una barra como acento debajo de la siguiente, como en
-<accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent>. Vea también <code>\underbar</code> a continuación
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde acento)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">acento de tilde</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Acento de tilde.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(barra debajo del acento)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">barra debajo del acento</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Acento de barra debajo.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Relacionado con esto, <code>\underbar&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> produce una barra
+debajo del <var>text</var>. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo LR
+(<pxref label="Modos"><xrefnodename>Modos</xrefnodename></pxref>). La barra siempre es una posición fija debajo de la
+línea base, cruzando así a través de descendientes. Véase también
+<code>\underline</code> en <ref label="Sobre-y-subrayado"><xrefnodename>Sobre y subrayado</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="786">\c <r>(acento cedilla)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="787">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">acento cedilla</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce una cedilla como acento sobre la siguiente, como en <accent type="cedil">c</accent>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(acento cedilla)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">acento cedilla</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Acento cedilla debajo.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="788">\d <r>(acento círculo)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="789">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">acento círculo</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un círculo como acento sobre la siguiente, como en
-<accent type="udotaccent">o</accent>.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(punto debajo del acento)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">acento de punto debajo</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Acento de puntos debajo.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="790">\H <r>(acento diéresis Húngara)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="791">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">acento diéresis húngara</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un acento diéresis húngaro sobre la siguiente, como en <accent type="doubleacute">o</accent>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\i</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="792">\i <r>(i sin punto)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">i sin punto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce una i sin punto, como en &textlsquo;<dotless>i</dotless>&textrsquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\j</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="793">\j <r>(j sin punto)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">j sin punto</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce una j sin punto, como en &textlsquo;<dotless>j</dotless>&textrsquo;.
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">h</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(acento húngaro con diéresis)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">h</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">Acento con diéresis húngara</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Acento largo con diéresis húngara.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="794">\k <r>(colita &textmdash;ogonek en polaco)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="795">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">colita</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce una letra con colita, como en &textlsquo;<accent type="ogon">o</accent>&textrsquo;. No disponible en la
-codificación OT1.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek. No disponible en la codificación OT1.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="796">\r <r>(acento anillo)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="797">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">anillo acento</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un anillo como acento, como en &textlsquo;<accent type="ring">o</accent>&textrsquo;.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(acento de anillo)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">acento de anillo</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Acento de anillo.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="798">\t <r>(acento atadura con siguiente)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="799">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="800">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="801">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">atadura con siguiente acento</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce una atadura con el siguiente como acento, como en
-&textlsquo;<accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent>&textrsquo;. La forma <code>\newtie</code> está centrada en su caja.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(ligadura después del acento)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">tie-después de acento</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Tie después de acento (utilizado para transliterar del cirílico, como
+en la romanización ALA-LC). Se espera que el argumento tenga dos
+caracteres. La forma <code>\newtie</code> está centrada en su cuadro.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="802">\u <r>(breve acento)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="803">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">breve acento</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un acento breve, como en &textlsquo;<accent type="breve">o</accent>&textrsquo;.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\underbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="804">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">subrayado</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>No es exactamente un acento, este produce una barra en el argumento
-texto. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo horizontal. La barra
-siempre está en una posición fija en la línea base, por lo que cruza a
-través de los trazos descendentes. Vea también <code>\underline</code> en
-<ref label="Miscel_00e1nea-Math"><xrefnodename>Miscelánea Math</xrefnodename></ref>. Vea también <code>\b</code> aquí antes
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(acento breve)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">acento breve</indexterm></cindex>
+<para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Acento breve.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="805">\v <r>(breve acento)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="806">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">acento anticircunflejo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">anticircunflejo acento</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">carón acento</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Produce un acento h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (anticircunflejo, carón), como en &textlsquo;<accent type="caron">o</accent>&textrsquo;.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(acento breve)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">comprobar acento</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">acento carón</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>acento de <accent type="caron">o</accent> H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (cheque, carón).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\accent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Comando de bajo nivel para producir un
+ carácter acentuado.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005caccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\accent</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Acentos</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\accent</code></sectiontitle>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\accent <var>number</var> <var>character</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Un comando primitivo de &tex; utilizado para generar caracteres
+acentuados a partir de acentos y letras. El acento es seleccionado por
+<var>number</var>, un argumento numérico, seguido de un espacio y luego un
+<var>character</var> argumento para construir el carácter acentuado en la
+fuente actual.
+</para>
+<para>Estos son caracteres <samp>e</samp> acentuados.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\accent18 e
+\accent20 e
+\accent21 e
+\accent22 e
+\accent23 e
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El primero es un acento grave, el segundo un carón, el tercero un
+breve, el cuarto un macrón, y el quinto un anillo arriba.
+</para>
+<para>La posición del acento la determina el diseñador de la fuente y, por
+lo tanto, el resultado del uso de <code>\accent</code> puede diferir entre
+las fuentes. En &latex; es deseable tener glifos para caracteres
+acentuados en lugar de construirlos usando <code>\accent</code>. Usar glifos
+que ya contienen los caracteres acentuados (como en la codificación
+T1) permite la separación silábica correcta mientras que
+<code>\accent</code> deshabilita la separación silábica (específicamente con
+la codificación de fuente OT1 donde los glifos acentuados están
+ausentes).
+</para>
+<para>Puede haber un cambio de fuente opcional entre <var>number</var> y
+<var>character</var>. Ten en cuenta también que este comando establece el
+<code>\spacefactor</code> a 1000 (<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Una característica inevitable de algunas letras cirílicas y la mayoría
+de las letras cirílicas acentuadas es que se deben ensamblar a partir
+de múltiples elementos (acentos, modificadores, etc.) mientras
+<code>\accent</code> proporciona un solo acento y una sola combinación de
+letras. También hay casos en los que deben aparecer acentos entre
+letras que \accent no admite. Aún existen otros casos en los que las
+letras I y J tienen puntos sobre sus contrapartes minúsculas que
+entran en conflicto con los acentos punteados. El uso de
+<code>\accent</code> en estos casos no funcionará ya que no puede analizar
+mayúsculas/minúsculas.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
-<node name="Caracteres-no-Ingleses" spaces=" "><nodename>Caracteres no Ingleses</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Acentos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones Especiales</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Caracteres no Ingleses</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Letras-latinas-adicionales" spaces=" "><nodename>Letras latinas adicionales</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">paquete inputenc</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Acentos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letras latinas adicionales</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">caracteres especiales</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">caracteres no Ingleses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">caracteres, no Ingleses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">letras, no Inglesas</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="caracteres-no-ingleses">caracteres no ingleses</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">letras latinas, adicional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">letras, latín adicional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">Latín extendido</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031">caracteres especiales</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">caracteres no ingleses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">caracteres, no ingleses</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Estas son las instrucciones &latex; básicas para insertar los
-caracteres más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
+<para>Estos son los comandos básicos de &latex; para insertar letras más
+allá de A&textndash;Z que extienden el alfabeto latino, usados principalmente
+en otros idiomas distintos al inglés.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="807">\aa (&aring;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="808">\AA (&Aring;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">ash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(&aring;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(&Aring;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">aring, un anillo</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&aring; y &Aring;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="809">\ae (&aelig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="810">\AE (&AElig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">ligadura ae</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(&aelig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(&AElig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035">ae ligadura</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&aelig; y &AElig;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="811">\dh (&aelig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="812">\DH (&AElig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">islandés eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">eth, letra islandesa</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Letra eth islandesa: &eth; y &ETH;.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(&eth;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(&ETH;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">eth islandesa</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">eth, letra islandesa</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Letra islandesa eth: &eth; y &ETH;. No disponible con codificación
+<sc>OT1</sc>, necesitas el paquete <file>fontenc</file> para seleccionar una
+codificación de fuentes alternativa, como <sc>T1</sc>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="813">\dj</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="814">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
-<para>xxxx
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
+<para>d y D cruzadas, alias&noeos; d mayúscula y minúscula con trazo. No
+disponible con la codificación <sc>OT1</sc>, necesitas el paquete
+<file>fontenc</file> para seleccionar una codificación de fuente
+alternativa, como <sc>T1</sc>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="815">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="816">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">letra ij, Neerlandés</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>ij y IJ (salvo que un poco más juntas que como aparecen aquí).
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">ij letra, Holandés</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>ij e IJ (excepto algo más juntos de lo que aparece aquí).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="817">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="818">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">l Polaca</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">l polaco</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&lslash; y &Lslash;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="819">\ng</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="820">\NG</indexterm></findex>
-<para>xxxx
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Letra lapona eng, también utilizada en fonética.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="821">\o (&oslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822">\O (&Oslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(&oslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(&Oslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&oslash; y &Oslash;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823">\oe (&oelig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824">\OE (&OElig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">oe ligadura</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(&oelig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(&OElig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">ligadura oe</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&oelig; y &OElig;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825">\ss (&szlig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">es-zet letra Alemana</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">letras S afiladas</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(&szlig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">es-zet Letra alemana</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">letras S nítidas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&szlig; y SS.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827">\th (&thorn;)</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828">\TH (&THORN;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">espina Islandesa</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403">espina, letra Islandesa</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Letra espina Islandesa: &thorn; y &THORN;.
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(&thorn;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(&THORN;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">espina islandesa</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">thorn, letra islandesa</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Espina de letra islandesa: &thorn; y &THORN;. No disponible con
+codificación <sc>OT1</sc>, necesitas el paquete <file>fontenc</file> para
+seleccionar una codificación de fuentes alternativa, como <sc>T1</sc>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
</section>
-<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Caracteres no Ingleses</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones Especiales</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829">\rule</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="paquete-inputenc" spaces=" "><nodename>paquete inputenc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letras latinas adicionales</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>paquete <code>inputenc</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\rule[<var>aumentar</var>]&lbrace;<var>ancho</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>espesor</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>encoding-name</var>]&lbrace;inputenc&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\rule</code> produce <dfn>reglas</dfn>, que son, líneas o
-rectángulos. Los argumentos son:
+<para>Declara que la codificación de texto del archivo de entrada sea
+<var>encoding-name</var>. De manera predeterminada, si este paquete no está
+cargado, es UTF-8. Técnicamente, especificar el nombre de
+codificación es opcional, pero en la práctica no es útil omitirlo.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046">codificación, archivos de entrada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047">codificación de caracteres</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>En un archivo de ordenador, los caracteres se almacenan de acuerdo con
+un esquema llamado <dfn>codificación</dfn>. Hay muchas codificaciones
+diferentes. La más simple es ASCII, que admite 95 caracteres
+imprimibles, no suficientes para la mayoría de los idiomas del
+mundo. Por ejemplo, para componer un carácter de diéresis <samp><accent type="uml">a</accent></samp>
+en un archivo fuente &latex; codificado en ASCII, se usa la secuencia
+<code>\&quot;a</code>. Esto crearía archivos fuente para cualquier cosa pero el
+inglés es difícil de leer; incluso para el inglés, a menudo más
+extenso que la codificación más conveniente.
+</para>
+<para>El estándar de codificación moderno, en cierto modo una unión de los
+demás, es UTF-8, una de las representaciones de Unicode. Este es el
+valor predeterminado para &latex; desde 2018.
+</para>
+<para>El paquete <code>inputenc</code> es cómo &latex; sabe qué codificación se
+usó. Por ejemplo, el siguiente comando dice explícitamente que el
+archivo de entrada es UTF-8 (ten en cuenta la falta de un guión).
</para>
-<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">aumentar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Qué tanto aumentar la regla (opcional).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[utf8]&lbrace;inputenc&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Precaución: usa <code>inputenc</code> solo con el motor pdf&tex;
+(<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores &tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>). (Los motores Xe&tex; y Lua&tex; asumen
+que el archivo de entrada está codificado en UTF-8). Si invocas a
+&latex; con ya sea el comando <command>xelatex</command> o el comando
+<command>lualatex</command> e intentas declarar una codificación que no sea
+UTF-8 con <code>inputenc</code>, como <code>latin1</code>, obtendrás el error
+<code>inputenc no está diseñado para xetex o luatex</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Un error de paquete <code>inputenc</code> como <code>Byte UTF-8 no válido
+&quot;96</code> significa que parte del material en el archivo de entrada no
+sigue el esquema de codificación. A menudo, estos errores provienen
+de la copia de material de un documento que utiliza una codificación
+diferente a la del archivo de entrada; Esta es una comilla izquierda
+simple de una página web usando <code>latin1</code> dentro de un archivo de
+entrada &latex; que usa UTF-8. La solución más sencilla es
+reemplazar el carácter no UTF-8 con su equivalente UTF-8, o usar un
+comando &latex; o carácter equivalente.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\inputencoding</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cinputencoding">\inputencoding</anchor> <para>En algunos documentos, como una colección de
+artículos de revistas de una variedad de autores, cambiar la
+codificación en medio del documento puede ser necesario. Usa el
+comando <code>\inputencoding&lbrace;<var>encoding-name</var>&rbrace;</code>. Los valores más
+comunes para <var>encoding-name</var> son: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>,
+<code>latin2</code>, <code>latin3</code>, <code>latin4</code>, <code>latin5</code>,
+<code>latin9</code>, <code>latin10</code>, y&nbsp;<code>utf8</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">ancho</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La longitud de la regla (obligatorio).
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">paquete inputenc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">espesor</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El espesor de la regla (obligatorio).
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\rule&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>thickness</var>&rbrace;
+\rule[<var>raise</var>]&lbrace;<var>width</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>thickness</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<para>Produce una <dfn>regla</dfn>, un rectángulo relleno.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">símbolo Halmos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Este ejemplo produce una mancha rectangular, a veces llamada símbolo
+de Halmos, o simplemente &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, a menudo usado para marcar el final
+de una prueba:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\qedsymbol&rbrace;&lbrace;\rule&lbrace;0.4em&rbrace;&lbrace;2ex&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El paquete <code>amsthm</code> incluye este comando, con un símbolo de
+aspecto poco diferente.
+</para>
+<para>Los argumentos obligatorios dan el <var>width</var> horizontal y el
+vertical <var>thickness</var> del rectángulo. Son longitudes rígidas
+(<pxref label="Longitudes"><xrefnodename>Longitudes</xrefnodename></pxref>). El argumento opcional <var>raise</var> también es un
+argumento rígido y le dice a &latex; cuánto elevar la regla por
+encima de la línea base, o la baja si la longitud es negativa.
+</para>
+<para>Esto produce una línea, un rectángulo que es ancho pero no alto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent\rule&lbrace;\textwidth&rbrace;&lbrace;0.4pt&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La línea es el ancho de la página y 0.4&nbsp;puntos de altura. El
+grosor esta línea es común en &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>Una regla que tenga cero ancho o cero espesor, no aparecerá en la
+salida, pero puede hacer que &latex; cambie la salida a su alrededor.
+<xref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></xref>, por ejemplo.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones Especiales</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\today</code> produce la fecha de hoy, en formato
-<samp><var>mes</var> <var>dd</var>, <var>aaaa</var></samp>; por ejemplo, &textlsquo;Julio 04 1976&textrsquo;.
-Utiliza los contadores predefinidos <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, y
-<code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day \month \year</xrefnodename></pxref>) para hacerlo. No se actualiza
-cuando se ejecuta el programa.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053">fecha, de hoy</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">la fecha de hoy</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\today
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Produce la fecha de hoy en el formato <samp><var>mes</var> <var>dd</var>,
+<var>yyyy</var></samp>. Un ejemplo de una fecha en ese formato es <samp>julio 4,
+1976</samp>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Paquetes multilingües como
+<code>babel</code> o <code>polyglossia</code>, o clases como <file>lettre</file>,
+localizarán <code>\today</code>. Por ejemplo, lo siguiente generará
+<samp>julio 4, 1976</samp>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4
+\documentclass&lbrace;minimal&rbrace;
+\usepackage[french]&lbrace;babel&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\today
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para><code>\today</code> utiliza los contadores <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code> y
+<code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_002d-_005cmonth-y-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day - \month y \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404">paquete <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El paquete <code>datetime</code>, entre otros, puede producir una amplia
-variedad de formatos de fecha.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Varios paquetes en CTAN funcionan con fechas. Uno
+es el paquete <code>datetime</code> que puede producir una amplia
+variedad de formatos de fecha, incluidos los estándares ISO.
+</para>
+<para>La fecha no se actualiza mientras se ejecuta el proceso &latex;, por
+lo que, en principio, la fecha podría ser incorrecta para cuando
+finalice el programa.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Dividiendo-la-Entrada" spaces=" "><nodename>Dividiendo la Entrada</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Inserciones Especiales</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dividiendo la Entrada</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">dividiendo el archivo de entrada</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">archivo de entrada</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Dividir-la-entrada" spaces=" "><nodename>Dividir la entrada</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Material de portada/contraportada</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Inserciones especiales</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dividir la entrada</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">dividir el archivo de entrada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">archivo de entrada</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Un documento de gran tamaño requiere una gran cantidad de insumos. En
-lugar de poner toda la entrada en un único archivo de gran tamaño, es
-más eficiente dividirlo en varios más pequeños. Independientemente del
-número de archivos separados que utilice, hay uno que es el archivo
-raíz; este es cuyo nombre se escribe cuando se ejecuta &latex;.
+<para>&latex; te permite dividir un documento grande en varios pequeños.
+Esto puede simplificar la edición o permitir que varios autores
+trabajen en el documento. También puede acelerar el procesamiento.
+</para>
+<para>Independientemente de cuántos archivos independientes utilices,
+siempre hay uno
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">archivo raíz</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">archivo, raíz</indexterm></cindex>
+<dfn>archivo raíz</dfn>, en el que comienza la compilación de &latex;.
+Esto muestra tal archivo con cinco archivos incluidos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+
+\includeonly&lbrace; % comenta las líneas a continuación para omitir la
+ % compilación
+ pref,
+ chap1,
+ chap2,
+ append,
+ bib
+ &rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\frontmatter
+\include&lbrace;pref&rbrace;
+\mainmatter
+\include&lbrace;chap1&rbrace;
+\include&lbrace;chap2&rbrace;
+\appendix
+\include&lbrace;append&rbrace;
+\backmatter
+\include&lbrace;bib&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Esto traerá material de <file>pref.tex</file>, <file>chap1.tex</file>,
+<file>chap2.tex</file>, <file>append.tex</file> y <file>bib.tex</file>. Si compilas
+este archivo, y luego comentas todas las líneas dentro
+<code>\includeonly&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> a excepción de <code>chap1</code>, y vuelve a
+compilar, entonces &latex; solo procesará el material del primer
+capítulo. Por lo tanto, tu salida aparecerá más rápidamente y será
+más breve para imprimir. Sin embargo, la ventaja del comando
+<code>\includeonly</code> es que &latex; conservará la información de los
+números de página y todas las referencias cruzadas de las otras partes
+del documento para que estas aparezcan correctamente en tu salida.
+</para>
+<para><xref label="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger"><xrefnodename>Plantilla de libro Larger</xrefnodename></xref>, para otro ejemplo de
+<code>\includeonly</code>.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\include</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Condicionalmente incluye un archivo.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\includeonly</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Determina qué archivos serán incluidos.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\input</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Incluiye incondicionalmente un archivo.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\endinput</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Deja de incluir material de un archivo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\include e \includeonly</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Incluir archivos condicionalmente.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\input</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Incluye incondicionalmente un archivo.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005cinclude" spaces=" "><nodename>\include</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Dividiendo la Entrada</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\include</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831">\include</indexterm></findex>
+
+<node name="_005cendinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\endinput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\include e \includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Dividir la entrada</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\endinput</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\include&lbrace;<var>archivo</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\endinput
</pre></example>
-<para>No hay presente una instrucción <code>\includeonly</code>, la instrucción
-<code>\include</code> executa <code>\clearpage</code> para iniciar una nueva página
-(<pxref label="_005cclearpage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage</xrefnodename></pxref>), entonces lee el <var>archivo</var>, y luego hace otro
-<code>\clearpage</code>.
+<para>Cuando <code>\include&lbrace;filename&rbrace;</code>, dentro de <file>filename.tex</file> el
+material después de <code>\endinput</code> no se incluirá. Este comando es
+opcional; si <file>filename.tex</file> no tiene <code>\endinput</code> entonces
+&latex; leerá todo el archivo.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, supón que el archivo raíz de un documento tiene
+<code>\input&lbrace;chap1&rbrace;</code> y este es <file>chap1.tex</file>.
</para>
-<para>Dada una instrucción <code>\includeonly</code>, las acciones <code>\include</code>
-únicamente se ejecutan si <var>archivo</var> está listado como un argumento
-para <code>\includeonly</code>. Consulte la siguiente sección.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter&lbrace;Uno&rbrace;
+Este material aparecerá en el documento.
+\endinput
+Esto no aparecerá.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Esto puede ser útil para poner documentación o comentarios al final de
+un archivo, o para evitar caracteres basura que se pueden agregar si
+el archivo es transmitido en el cuerpo de un correo electrónico.
+También es útil para depurar: una estrategia para localizar errores
+es poner <code>\endinput</code> a mitad del camino a través del archivo
+incluido y ver si el error desaparece. Ahora, sabiendo qué mitad
+contiene el error, mover el <code>\endinput</code> a la mitad a través de
+esa área reduce aún más la ubicación. Este proceso encuentra
+rápidamente la línea infractora.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>\include</code> anidada, no se permite</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\include</code> no puede aparecer en el preámbulo o en un
-archivo leído por otra instrucción <code>\include</code>.
+<para>Después de leer <code>\endinput</code>, &latex; continúa leyendo hasta el
+final de la línea, por lo que algo puede seguir este comando y ser
+leído, no obstante. Esto te permite, por ejemplo, cerrar un
+<code>\if...</code> con un <code>\fi</code>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cincludeonly" spaces=" "><nodename>\includeonly</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\include</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Dividiendo la Entrada</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includeonly</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly" spaces=" "><nodename>\include e \includeonly</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\endinput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Dividir la entrada</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\include</code> e <code>\includeonly</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cinclude">\include</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\includeonly&lbrace;<var>archivo1</var>,<var>archivo2</var>,...&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\includeonly&lbrace; % en el preámbulo del documento
+ ...
+ <var>filename</var>,
+ ...
+ &rbrace;
+ ...
+\include&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace; % en el cuerpo del documento
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\includeonly</code> controla cuales archivos se deben
-leer en subsecuentes instrucciones <code>\include</code>. La lista de nombres
-de archivo se separa con comas. Cada <var>archivo</var> debe coincidir
-exactamente con un nombre de archivo especificado en una instrucción
-<code>\include</code> para una selección eficaz.
+<para>Lleva material del archivo externo <file><var>filename</var>.tex</file> a un
+documento &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\include</code> hace tres cosas: ejecuta <code>\clearpage</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cclearpage-y-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage y \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></pxref>), entonces ingresa el material
+de <file><var>filename</var>.tex</file> en el documento, y luego hace otro
+<code>\clearpage</code>. Este comando solo puede aparecer en el cuerpo del
+documento.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\includeonly</code> controla qué archivos leerá &latex;
+bajo los siguientes comandos <code>\include</code>. Su lista de los nombres
+de archivo están separados por comas. Debe aparecer en el preámbulo o
+incluso anterior, por ejemplo, la línea de comandos; no puede aparecer
+en el cuerpo del documento.
</para>
-<para>Esta instrucción únicamente puede aparecer en el preámbulo.
+<para>Este documento raíz de ejemplo, <file>constitution.tex</file>, trae tres
+archivos, <file>preamble.tex</file>, <file>articles.tex</file> y
+<file>enmiendas.tex</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+\includeonly&lbrace;
+ preamble,
+ articles,
+ amendments
+ &rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\include&lbrace;preamble&rbrace;
+\include&lbrace;articles&rbrace;
+\include&lbrace;amendments&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El archivo <file>preamble.tex</file> no contiene ningún código especial;
+justamente tienes un extracto del capítulo <file>constitution.tex</file> y
+lo pones en un archivo separado solo por conveniencia de edición.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter&lbrace;Preamble&rbrace;
+
+Nosotros, el Pueblo de los Estados Unidos, con el fin de formar una
+Unión más perfecta, ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Ejecutar &latex; en <file>constitution.tex</file> hace que el material de
+tres archivos aparezca en el documento pero también genera los
+archivos auxiliares <file>preamble.aux</file>, <file>articles.aux</file> y
+<file>enmiendas.aux</file>. Estos contienen información como números de
+página (<pxref label="Referencias-cruzadas"><xrefnodename>Referencias cruzadas</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si ahora comentas líneas de
+<code>\includeonly</code> con <code>preámbulo</code> y <code>enmiendas</code> y ejecuta
+&latex; nuevamente, el documento resultante muestra solo el material
+de <file>articles.tex</file>, no el material de <file>preamble.tex</file> o
+<file>amendments.tex</file>. No obstante, toda la información de los
+archivos auxiliares omitidos todavía está allí, incluyendo el número
+de página inicial del capítulo.
+</para>
+<para>Si el preámbulo del documento no tiene <code>\includeonly</code> entonces
+&latex; incluirá todos los archivos que solicites con comandos
+<code>\include</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\include</code> crea una nueva página. Para evitarlo,
+consulta <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref> (que, sin embargo, no retiene la información
+auxiliar).
+</para>
+<para><xref label="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger"><xrefnodename>Plantilla de libro Larger</xrefnodename></xref>, para otro ejemplo usando
+<code>\include</code> e <code>\includeonly</code>. Ese ejemplo también usa
+<code>\input</code> para algún material que no necesariamente comenzará en
+una nueva página.
+</para>
+<para>Los nombres de archivo pueden incluir rutas.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+\includeonly&lbrace;
+ chapters/chap1,
+ &rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\include&lbrace;chapters/chap1&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y plataformas,
+debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La tradición es
+usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante, para el nombre
+<samp>amo amas amat</samp>, esto funciona bajo &tex; Live en GNU/Linux:
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+\includeonly&lbrace;
+ &quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;
+ &rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\include&lbrace;&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>y esto funciona bajo MiK&tex; en Windows:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+\includeonly&lbrace;
+ &lbrace;&quot;amo amas amat&quot;&rbrace;
+ &rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\include&lbrace;&lbrace;&quot;amo amas amat&quot;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065"><code>\include</code> anidado, no permitido</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>No puedes usar <code>\include</code> dentro de un archivo que se está
+incluyendo u obtienes <samp>Error LaTeX: \include no se puede anidar.</samp>
+El comando <code>\include</code> no puede aparecer en el preámbulo del
+documento; vas a obtener <samp>Error de LaTeX: Falta
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Si un archivo que <code>\include</code> no existe, por ejemplo, si
+<code>\include&lbrace;athiesm&rbrace;</code> pero quisiste decir
+<code>\include&lbrace;atheism&rbrace;</code>, entonces &latex; no te da un error pero
+te avisa <samp>No hay archivo athiesm.tex.</samp> (También creará
+<file>athiesm.aux</file>).
+</para>
+<para>Si <code>\include</code> el archivo raíz en sí mismo, primero obtienes
+<samp>Error de LaTeX: solo se puede usar en el preámbulo.</samp> Las
+ejecuciones posteriores obtienen <samp>Capacidad excedida de TeX, lo
+siento [text input levels=15]</samp>. Arreglar esto, debe eliminar la
+inclusión <code>\include&lbrace;<var>root</var>&rbrace;</code> pero también elimina el
+archivo <file><var>root</var>.aux</file> y vuelve a ejecutar &latex;.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Dividiendo la Entrada</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\include e \includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Dividir la entrada</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\input</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="833">\input</indexterm></findex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\input&lbrace;<var>archivo</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\input&lbrace;<var>filename</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\input</code> provoca que el <var>archivo</var> especificado
-sea leído y procesado, tal como si su contendido se hubiera insertado en
-ese punto en el archivo actual.
+<para>&latex; procesa el archivo como si su contenido estuviera insertado
+en el archivo actual. Para un mecanismo de inclusión más sofisticado
+<ref label="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include e \includeonly</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para>Si <var>filename</var> no termina en <samp>.tex</samp> entonces &latex; primero
+intenta el nombre del archivo con esa extensión; este es el caso
+habitual. Si <var>filename</var> termina con <samp>.tex</samp> luego &latex;
+busca el nombre de archivo tal como es.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, este
</para>
-<para>Si <var>archivo</var> no termina en <samp>.tex </samp> (por ejemplo, <samp>foo</samp> o
-<samp>foo.bar</samp>), primero se intenta con esa extensión (<samp>foo.tex</samp> o
-<samp>foo.bar.tex</samp>). Si no se encuentra, el <var>archivo</var> original se
-intenta con (<samp>foo</samp> o <samp>foo.bar</samp>).
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\input&lbrace;macros&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>hará que &latex; busque primero <file>macros.tex</file>. Si encuentra ese
+archivo, entonces procesa su contenido como si hubiera sido copiar y
+pegar. Si no hay ningún archivo con el nombre <file>macros.tex</file>,
+entonces &latex; intenta el nombre <file>macros</file>, sin
+extensión. (Esto puede variar según la distribución).
+</para>
+<para>Para que tu documento sea portátil entre distribuciones y plataformas,
+debes evitar espacios en los nombres de los archivos. La tradición es
+usar en su lugar guiones o guiones bajos. No obstante, para el nombre
+<samp>amo amas amat</samp>, esto funciona bajo &tex; Live en GNU/Linux:
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\input&lbrace;&quot;amo\space amas\space amat&quot;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>y esto funciona bajo MiK&tex; en Windows:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\input&lbrace;&lbrace;&quot;amo amas amat&quot;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Asuntos-de-Portada_002fContraportada" spaces=" "><nodename>Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cartas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Dividiendo la Entrada</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Material-de-portada_002fcontraportada" spaces=" "><nodename>Material de portada/contraportada</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cartas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Dividir la entrada</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Material de portada/contraportada</sectiontitle>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Tablas de Contenido</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Glosarios</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Índices</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Tabla de contenido etc.</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras,
+ lista de tablas.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Índices</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Generar un índice.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Glosarios</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Generar un glosario.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+<!-- c sin coma en el nombre del nodo porque Texinfo no lo admite tan -->
+<!-- c bien. -->
+<node name="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Tabla de contenido etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Índices</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Material de portada/contraportada</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Tabla de contenido, lista de figuras, lista de tablas</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066">tabla de contenido, crear</indexterm></cindex>
-<node name="Tablas-de-Contenido" spaces=" "><nodename>Tablas de Contenido</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glosarios</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Tablas de Contenido</sectiontitle>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp"><r>archivo</r> .lof</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\tableofcontents
+\listoffigures
+\listoftables
+</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">tabla de contenido, creando</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Produce una tabla de contenido, o una lista de figuras, o una lista de
+tablas. Pon el comando en el archivo de entrada donde deseas que se
+coloque la tabla o la lista. No escribas las entradas; por ejemplo,
+normalmente las entradas de la tabla de contenido se genera
+automáticamente a partir de los comandos de seccionado
+<code>\chapter</code>, etc.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo ilustra el primer comando, <code>\tableofcontents</code>.
+&latex; producirá una tabla de contenido en la primera página del
+libro.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+% \setcounter&lbrace;tocdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;1&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+ ...
+\chapter&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+ ...
+\section&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+ ...
+\subsection&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="834">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Se produce una tabla de contenido con la instrucción
-<code>\tableofcontents</code>. Usted pone la instrucción adecuada donde desea
-que aparezca la tabla de contenido; &latex; hace el resto para usted.
-Una ejecución previa habrá generado un archivo <file>.toc</file>.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Descomentar la segunda línea haría que esa tabla contuviera los
+listados de capítulos y secciones, pero no listados de subsecciones,
+porque el comando <code>\section</code> tiene nivel&nbsp;1.
+<xref label="Seccionado"><xrefnodename>Seccionado</xrefnodename></xref>, para nivel números de las unidades de corte. Para
+obtener más información sobre el <code>tocdepth</code>
+<pxref label="Seccionado_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Seccionado/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
+<para>Otro ejemplo del uso de <code>\tableofcontents</code> está en <ref label="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger"><xrefnodename>Plantilla
+de libro Larger</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\tableofcontents</code> produce una sección, pero no
-inicia una nueva página automáticamente. Si desea una nueva página
-después de la tabla de contenido, escriba una instrucción código
-<code>\newpage</code> después de la instrucción <code>\tableofcontents</code>.
+<para>Si deseas un salto de página después de la tabla de contenido, escribe
+un comando <code>\newpage</code> después del comando
+<code>\tableofcontents</code>, como arriba.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="835">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="836">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Las instrucciones análogas <code>\listoffigures</code> y <code>\listoftables</code>
-producen una lists de figuras y una lista de tablas, respectivamente.
-Cada una funciona exactamente igual que la tabla de contenido.
+<para>Para hacer la tabla de contenido, &latex; almacena la información en
+un archivo auxiliar llamado <file><var>root-file</var>.toc</file> (<pxref label="Dividir-la-entrada"><xrefnodename>Dividir
+la entrada</xrefnodename></pxref>). Por ejemplo, este archivo &latex; <file>test.tex</file>
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+\section&lbrace;Primera sección&rbrace;
+\subsection&lbrace;Primera subsección&rbrace;
+ ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>escribe estas líneas en <file>test.toc</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline &lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;\numberline &lbrace;1&rbrace;Primera sección&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;
+\contentsline &lbrace;subsection&rbrace;&lbrace;\numberline &lbrace;1.1&rbrace;Primera
+ subsección&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Cada línea contiene un solo comando, <code>\contentsline</code>
+(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). El primer argumento, el <code>section</code> o
+<code>subsection</code>, es la unidad de seccionamiento. El segundo
+argumento tiene dos componentes. El gancho <code>\numberline</code>
+determina cómo el número de sección, <code>1</code> o <code>1.1</code>, aparece en
+la tabla de contenido (<pxref label="_005cnumberline"><xrefnodename>\numberline</xrefnodename></pxref>). El resto del segundo
+argumento de <code>\contentsline</code>, <samp>Primera sección</samp> o
+<samp>Primera subsección</samp>, es el texto del título de la sección.
+Finalmente, el tercer argumento, <samp>2</samp>, es el número de página en
+el que comienza esta unidad de seccionado.
+</para>
+<para>Para componer estas líneas, la clase &textldquo;document&textrdquo; proporciona
+<code>\l&arobase;<var>section-unit</var></code> comandos como
+<code>\l&arobase;section&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>pagenumber</var>&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\l&arobase;subsection&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>pagenumber</var>&rbrace;</code>. Estos
+comandos a menudo usan el comando <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code>
+(<pxref label="_005c_0040dottedtocline"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Una consecuencia de la estrategia de &latex; de usar archivos
+auxiliares es que para obtener la información correcta en el documento
+debes ejecutar &latex; dos veces, una vez para almacenar la
+información y la segunda vez para recuperarla. En el curso normal de
+escribir un documento los autores ejecutan &latex; un número de
+veces, pero puedes notar que la primera vez que compilas un nuevo
+documento, la página de la tabla de contenido estará vacía excepto por
+su encabezado <samp>Contenido</samp>. Simplemente ejecuta &latex; de
+nuevo.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos <code>\listoffigures</code> y <code>\listoftables</code> producen un
+lista de figuras y lista de tablas. Su información se almacena en
+archivos con extensión <file>.lof</file> y <file>.lot</file>. Funcionan de la
+misma manera como <code>\tableofcontents</code> pero este último es más
+común, así que lo usamos para la mayoría de los ejemplos.
+</para>
+<para>Puede agregar material manualmente a la tabla de contenido, la lista
+de figuras y la lista de tablas. Por ejemplo, agrega una línea sobre
+un sección a la tabla de contenido con
+<code>\addcontentsline&lbrace;toc&rbrace;&lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code>.
+(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). Agregar material arbitrario, es decir,
+sin línea material, con <code>\addtocontents</code>, como con el comando
+<code>\addtocontents&lbrace;lof&rbrace;&lbrace;\protect\vspace&lbrace;2ex&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, que agrega
+espacio vertical a la lista de figuras (<pxref label="_005caddtocontents"><xrefnodename>\addtocontents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Líneas en la tabla de contenido, la lista de figuras y la lista de
+tablas, tienen cuatro partes. Primero es una sangría. A continuación
+hay una caja en la que se colocan números de seccionado, y luego el
+tercer recuadro contiene el título del texto, como <samp>Primera
+sección</samp>. Finalmente hay una caja contra el margen derecho, dentro de
+la cual &latex; pone el cuadro del número de página. Para la sangría
+y el ancho del cuadro numérico, <pxref label="_005c_0040dottedtocline"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</xrefnodename></pxref>. El cuadro
+del margen derecho tiene ancho <code>\&arobase;tocrmarg</code> y el número de
+página está justo en ese espacio, dentro de un cuadro de ancho
+<code>\&arobase;pnumwidth</code>. De manera predeterminada <code>\&arobase;tocrmarg</code> es
+<code>2.55em</code> y <code>\&arobase;pnumwidth</code> es <code>1.55em</code>. Cámbialos como
+con <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\&arobase;tocrmarg&rbrace;&lbrace;3.5em&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>CTAN tiene muchos paquetes
+para la tabla de contenido y listas de figuras y tablas
+(<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). El paquete <code>tocloft</code> es conveniente para
+ajustar algunos aspectos del valor predeterminado, como el espaciado.
+Y, <code>tocbibbind</code> agregará automáticamente la bibliografía,
+índice, etc. a la tabla de contenido.
+</para>
+<para>Para cambiar el encabezado de la página de la tabla de contenido, haz
+algo como estos comandos antes de llamar a <code>\tableofcontents</code>,
+etc.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="837">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\nofiles</code> reemplaza estas instrucciones, e
-<emph>impide</emph> que se genere cualquiera de estas listas.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\contentsname&rbrace;&lbrace;Tabla de contenido&rbrace;
+\renewcommand&lbrace;\listfigurename&rbrace;&lbrace;Traza&rbrace;
+\renewcommand&lbrace;\listtablename&rbrace;&lbrace;especificaciones&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Paquetes de
+internacionalización como <code>babel</code> o <code>polyglossia</code>
+cambiará estos encabezados según el idioma base elegido.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addcontentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido, etc.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtocontents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Añade texto directamente al archivo de la tabla de contenido, etc.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;dottedtocline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Línea de entrada de formato en la tabla de
+ contenido, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addcontentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido,
+ etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtocontents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega texto directamente al archivo de tabla
+ de contenido, etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\contentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Establecer línea en la tabla de contenido,
+ etc.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\nofiles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Evita escribir en archivos auxiliares.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\numberline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Pone su argumento numérico alineado a la
+ izquierda en un cuadro.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Tablas de Contenido</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>\addcontentsline</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="838">\addcontentsline&lbrace;<var>exto</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>unidad</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">tabla de contenido, agregando manualmente</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005c_0040dottedtocline" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Tabla de contenido etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle>
-<para>La instrucción
-<code>\addcontentsline</code>&lbrace;<var>extensión</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>undad</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
-añade una entrada a la lista o tabla donde:
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">entrada de tabla de contenido, crea línea punteada</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\&arobase;dottedtocline&lbrace;<var>section-level-num</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>indent</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>numwidth</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>pagenumber</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Usado internamente por &latex; para formatear una línea de entrada en
+la tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas. Los
+autores no ingresan directamente los comandos <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando suele utilizarlo <code>\l&arobase;section</code>,
+<code>\l&arobase;subsection</code>, etc., para dar formato a las líneas de
+contenido. Por ejemplo, el archivo <file>article.cls</file> contiene estas
+definiciones:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*\l&arobase;section&lbrace;\&arobase;dottedtocline&lbrace;1&rbrace;&lbrace;1.5em&rbrace;&lbrace;2.3em&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newcommand*\l&arobase;subsection&lbrace;\&arobase;dottedtocline&lbrace;2&rbrace;&lbrace;3.8em&rbrace;&lbrace;3.2em&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newcommand*\l&arobase;subsubsection&lbrace;\&arobase;dottedtocline&lbrace;3&rbrace;&lbrace;7.0em&rbrace;&lbrace;4.1em&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>En este ejemplo, <code>\&arobase;dottedcline</code> parece haber recibido solo tres
+argumentos. Pero rastrear el código interno muestra que recoge los
+argumentos finales <var>text</var> y <var>pagenumber</var> en la sinopsis desde
+una llamada a <code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">líderes, punteados en la tabla de contenido</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Entre el cuadro para el texto del título de una sección y el cuadro
+del margen derecho, estos comandos <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> insertan
+<dfn>líderes punteados</dfn>, es decir, puntos espaciados uniformemente El
+espacio de punto a punto viene dado por el comando <code>\&arobase;dotsep</code>.
+De manera predeterminada es 4.5 (está en unidades matemáticas, también
+conocido como &noeos; <code>mu</code>, que son <code>1/18</code>&nbsp;em. Cámbialo
+usando <code>\renewcommand</code>, como en
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\&arobase;dotsep&rbrace;&lbrace;3.5&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En la clase <file>book</file> estándar, &latex; no usa líderes punteados
+para las entradas de la tabla Part y Chapter, y en la clase
+<file>article</file> estándar no usa líderes punteados para las entradas de
+la sección.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tabla de contenido etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">entrada de la tabla de contenido, agregar manualmente</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline&lbrace;<var>ext</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>unit</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Agrega una entrada al archivo auxiliar con extensión <var>ext</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Lo siguiente resultará en una línea <samp>Apéndices</samp> en la tabla de
+contenido.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline&lbrace;toc&rbrace;&lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;\protect\textbf&lbrace;Apéndices&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Aparecerá al mismo nivel de sangría que las secciones, estará en
+negrita, y se le asignará el número de página asociado con el punto
+donde aparece el comando en el archivo de entrada.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\addcontentsline</code> escribe información en el archivo
+<file><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></file>, donde <var>root-name</var> es el nombre
+del archivo raíz (<pxref label="Dividir-la-entrada"><xrefnodename>Dividir la entrada</xrefnodename></pxref>). Escribe que
+información como el texto del comando
+<code>\contentsline&lbrace;<var>unit</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>num</var>&rbrace;</code>, dónde
+<code><var>num</var></code> es el valor actual del contador <code><var>unit</var></code>
+(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). El caso más común es la tabla de contenido y
+allí <var>num</var> es el número de página de la primera página de
+<var>unit</var>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando es invocado por los comandos de seccionado
+<code>\chapter</code>, etc. (<pxref label="Seccionado"><xrefnodename>Seccionado</xrefnodename></pxref>), y también por
+<code>\caption</code> dentro de un entorno flotante (<pxref label="Flotantes"><xrefnodename>Flotantes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+Pero también lo utilizan directamente los autores. Por ejemplo, un
+autor que escribe un libro cuyo estilo es tener un prefacio sin
+numerar puede usar el <code>\chapter*</code> con asterisco. Pero ese
+comando omite la información de la tabla de contenido, que se puede
+ingresar manualmente, como aquí.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter*&lbrace;Preface&rbrace;
+\addcontentsline&lbrace;toc&rbrace;&lbrace;chapter&rbrace;&lbrace;\protect\numberline&lbrace;&rbrace;Prefacio&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>En el archivo <file><var>root-name</var>.toc</file> &latex; pondrá la línea
+<code>\contentsline &lbrace;chapter&rbrace;&lbrace;\numberline &lbrace;&rbrace;Prefacio&rbrace;&lbrace;3&rbrace;</code>;
+nota que el número de página <samp>3</samp> es generado automáticamente por
+el sistema, no ingresado manualmente.
+</para>
+<para>Todos los argumentos para <code>\addcontentsline</code> son obligatorios.
</para>
<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">extensión</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La extensión del archivo en el que se va a escribir la información, por
-lo general una de: <code>toc</code> (tabla de contenido), <code>lof</code> (lista de
-figuras) o <code>lot</code> (lista de tablas).
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">ext</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Por lo general, una de las cadenas <code>toc</code> para la tabla de
+contenido, <code>lof</code> para la lista de figuras, o <code>lot</code> para la
+lista de tablas. La extensión del nombre de archivo del archivo de
+información.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">unidad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El nombre de la unidad de sección a añadir, normalmente una de las
-siguientes, coincidiendo con el valor del argumento <var>extensión</var>:
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">unit</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Una cadena que depende del valor del argumento <var>ext</var>, normalmente
+una de:
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">toc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El nombre de la unidad de sección: <code>part</code>, <code>chapter</code>,
-<code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, <code>subsubsection</code>.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">lof</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Para la lista de figuras.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">lot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Para la lista de tablas.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Para la tabla de contenido, este es el nombre de una unidad seccional:
+<code>part</code>, <code>chapter</code>, <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, etc.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">lof</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Para la lista de figuras: <code>figure</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">lot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Para la lista de tablas: <code>table</code>.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">texto</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto real de la entrada.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">text</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto de la entrada. Debes <code>\protect</code> cualquier comando
+frágil (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>) utilizado en él.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción que realmente escribe al archivo <file>.<var>extensión</var></file>
-es la instrucción <code>\contentsline&lbrace;<var>undad</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>nombre</var>&rbrace;</code>.
+<para>El comando <code>\addcontentsline</code> tiene una interacción con
+<code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include e \includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si los usas en el
+mismo nivel, como con
+<code>\addcontentsline&lbrace;...&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;\include&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> entonces
+las líneas en la tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden
+incorrecto. La solución es mover <code>\addcontentsline</code> al archivo
+que se incluye.
</para>
-<!-- c ?? ¿cómo están cableados estos valores? ¿otros nombres de unidad? -->
+<para>Si usas una <var>unidad</var> que &latex; no reconoce, como con el error
+tipográfico aquí
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline&lbrace;toc&rbrace;&lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;\protect\textbf&lbrace;Apéndices&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>entonces no obtienes un error sino que el formato en la tabla de
+contenido no tendrá sentido.
+</para>
</subsection>
-<node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tablas de Contenido</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>\addtocontents</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="840">\addtocontents&lbrace;<var>extra</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\contentsline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tabla de contenido etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocontents</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents&lbrace;<var>ext</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocontents&lbrace;<var>ext</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Agrega <var>text</var>, que puede ser texto o comandos de formato,
+directamente a el archivo auxiliar con extensión <var>ext</var>. Este es
+el más utilizado para la tabla de contenido, así que esa es la
+discusión aquí, pero también se aplica a la lista de figuras y la
+lista de tablas.
+</para>
+<para>Esto pondrá un espacio vertical en la tabla de contenido después del
+encabezado <samp>Contenido</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\tableofcontents\newpage
+\addtocontents&lbrace;toc&rbrace;&lbrace;\protect\vspace*&lbrace;3ex&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Esto pone la palabra <samp>Página</samp>, en negrita, encima de la columna
+del número de página y después del encabezado.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\tableofcontents
+\addtocontents&lbrace;toc&rbrace;&lbrace;~\hfill\textbf&lbrace;Página&rbrace;\par&rbrace;
+\chapter&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\addtocontents</code>&lbrace;<var>extensión</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
-añade texto (o instrucciones de formato) directamente al archivo
-<file>.<var>extensión</var></file> que genera la tabla de contenido o listas de
-figuras o tablas.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Esto agrega una línea que anuncia el trabajo de un nuevo autor.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocontents&lbrace;toc&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ \protect\vspace&lbrace;2ex&rbrace;
+ \textbf&lbrace;Capítulos de N. Otro autor&rbrace;\par&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La diferencia entre <code>\addtocontents</code> y <code>\addcontentsline</code> es
+que este último es estrictamente para líneas, como con una línea que
+da el número de página para el comienzo de un nuevo subconjunto de
+capítulos. Como muestran los ejemplos anteriores,
+<code>\addtocontents</code> es para material como el espaciado.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\addtocontents</code> tiene dos argumentos. Ambos son
+requeridos.
</para>
<table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">extensión</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>La extensión del archivo en el cual escribir la información: <file>toc</file>
-(tabla de contenido), <file>lof</file> (lista de figuras) o <file>lot</file> (lista
-de tablas).
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">ext</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Por lo general, uno de: <file>toc</file> para la tabla de contenido,
+<file>lof</file> para la lista de figuras, o <file>lot</file> para la lista de
+tablas. La extensión del archivo contiene la información.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">texto</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto a escribir.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">text</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>El texto, y posiblemente los comandos, que se van a escribir.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+<para>Los comandos de seccionado como <code>\chapter</code> usan el comando
+<code>\addcontentsline</code> para almacenar información. Este comando crea
+líneas en el archivo auxiliar <file>.toc</file> que contiene el comando
+<code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). A diferencia de el
+comando <code>\addtocontents</code> coloca el material directamente en ese
+archivo.
+</para>
+<para>El comando <code>\addtocontents</code> tiene una interacción con
+<code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include e \includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si los usas en el
+mismo nivel, como con
+<code>\addtocontents&lbrace;...&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;\include&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> entonces las líneas
+en la tabla de contenido pueden aparecer en el orden incorrecto. La
+solución es mover <code>\addtocontents</code> al archivo que se incluye.
+</para>
</subsection>
-</section>
-<node name="Glosarios" spaces=" "><nodename>Glosarios</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Índices</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Tablas de Contenido</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glosarios</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">glosarios</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tabla de contenido etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078">tabla de contenido</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp"><r>archivo</r> .lof</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>archivo</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline&lbrace;<var>unit</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>pagenumber</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Utilizado internamente por &latex; para componer una entrada de la
+tabla de contenido, lista de figuras o lista de tablas (<pxref label="Tabla-de-contenido-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Tabla
+de contenido etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). Los autores no ingresan directamente los comandos
+<code>\contentsline</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo general, la adición de material a estas listas la realizan
+automáticamente los comandos <code>\chapter</code>, <code>\section</code>,
+etc. para la tabla de contenido, o por el comando <code>\caption</code>
+dentro de un entorno <code>\figure</code> o <code>\table</code> (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref> y
+<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>). De este modo, donde el archivo raíz es
+<file>thesis.tex</file> y contiene la declaración <code>\tableofcontents</code>,
+el comando <code>\chapter&lbrace;Capítulo Uno&rbrace;</code> produce algo como esto en
+el archivo <file>thesis.toc</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline &lbrace;chapter&rbrace;&lbrace;\numberline &lbrace;1&rbrace;Capítulo uno&rbrace;&lbrace;3&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\makeglossary</code> habilita la creación de glosarios.
+<para>Si el archivo contiene la declaración <code>\listoffigures</code> entonces
+un entorno <code>figure</code> que involucra <code>\caption&lbrace;Test&rbrace;</code>
+producirá algo como esto en <file>thesis.lof</file>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842">\glossary</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">archivo <file>.glo</file></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\glossary&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</code> escribe una entrada en el
-glosario para <var>texto</var> a un archivo auxiliar con la extensión
-<file>.glo</file>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline &lbrace;figure&rbrace;&lbrace;\numberline &lbrace;1.1&rbrace;&lbrace;\ignorespaces
+Test&rbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;6&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Para agregar material manualmente, usa
+<code>\addcontentsline&lbrace;<var>filetype</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>unit</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code>,
+donde <var>filetype</var> es <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code> o <code>lot</code>
+(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="843">\glossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe es
-<code>\glossaryentry&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>no-de-página</var>&rbrace;</code>, donde
-<var>no-de-página</var> es el valor de <code>\thepage</code>.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para manipular cómo se escribe el material
+<code>\contentline</code>, consulta el paquete <code>tocloft</code>.
</para>
-<para>El paquete <code>glossary</code> en CTAN proporciona compatibilidad para
-glosarios más sofisticados.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Ten en cuenta que el paquete <code>hyperref</code>
+cambia la definición de <code>\contentsline</code> (y
+<code>\addcontentsline</code>) para agregar más argumentos, para hacer
+hipervínculos. Esta es la fuente del error <code>El argumento de
+\contentsline tiene una &rbrace;</code> adicional cuando se agrega/elimina el uso
+del paquete <code>hyperref</code> y ya se ejecutó una compilación.
+Soluciona este error eliminando el archivo <file>.toc</file> o <file>.lof</file> o
+<file>.lot</file> y ejecutando &latex; de nuevo.
</para>
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\numberline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\contentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tabla de contenido etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nofiles</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\nofiles
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Evita que &latex; escriba archivos auxiliares. La única salida serán
+los archivos <file>.log</file> y <file>.pdf</file> (o <file>.dvi</file>). Este comando
+debe ir en el preámbulo.
+</para>
+<para>Debido al comando <code>\nofiles</code> este ejemplo no producirá un archivo
+<file>.toc</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+\nofiles
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\tableofcontents\newpage
+\chapter&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+ ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>&latex; no borrará ningún archivo auxiliar existente, por lo que si
+insertas el comando <code>\nofiles</code> después de ejecutar el archivo y
+obtener un <file>.toc</file> entonces la página de la tabla de contenido
+seguirá mostrando la información antigua.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cnumberline" spaces=" "><nodename>\numberline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nofiles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tabla de contenido etc.</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\numberline</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\numberline&lbrace;<var>number</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Escribe su argumento alineado a la izquierda en un cuadro. Esto se
+usa en un comando <code>\contentsline</code> para escribir el número de
+sección (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, esta línea en un <file>.toc</file> hace que el <code>1.1</code> sea
+composición tipográfica a la izquierda.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline &lbrace;subsection&rbrace;&lbrace;\numberline &lbrace;1.1&rbrace;Motivación&rbrace;&lbrace;2&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>De forma predeterminada, &latex; escribe los números de sección en un
+cuadro de longitud <code>\&arobase;tempdima</code>. Esa longitud la establecen los
+comandos <code>\l&arobase;section</code>, <code>\l&arobase;subsection</code>, etc. Poner números
+de sección dentro de una caja de ancho natural con
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\numberline&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;#1~&rbrace;</code> antes de
+<code>\tableofcontents</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando es frágil, por lo que es posible que debas precederlo con
+<code>\protect</code> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). Un ejemplo es el uso de
+<code>\protect</code> en este comando,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\addcontentsline&lbrace;toc&rbrace;&lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;\protect\numberline&lbrace;&rbrace;Resumen&rbrace;</code>
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>para obtener el <code>\numberline</code> en el comando <code>\contentsline</code>
+en el archivo <file>.toc</file>: <code>\contentsline
+&lbrace;section&rbrace;&lbrace;\numberline &lbrace;&rbrace;Resumen&rbrace;&lbrace;6&rbrace;</code> (&latex; agrega
+automáticamente el número de página <samp>6</samp>;
+<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
-<node name="_00cdndices" spaces=" "><nodename>Índices</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Glosarios</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_00cdndices" spaces=" "><nodename>Índices</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glosarios</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Tabla de contenido etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Material de portada/contraportada</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Índices</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">índices</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="844">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\makeindex</code> permite la creación de índices.
-Coloquela en el preámbulo.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="845">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">archivo <file>.idx</file></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\index&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</code> escribe una entrada en el
-índice para <var>texto</var> en un archivo auxiliar con la extensión
-<file>.idx</file>.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="846">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe la entrada es
-<code>\indexentry&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>no-de-página</var>&rbrace;</code>, donde
-<var>no-de-página</var> es el valor actual de <code>\thepage</code>.
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">&textlsquo;vea&textrsquo; y &textlsquo;vea también&textrsquo; entradas de índice</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Para generar una entrada de índice para &textlsquo;bar&textrsquo; que diga &textlsquo;Vea foo&textrsquo;,
-utilice una barra vertical: <code>\index&lbrace;bar|see&lbrace;foo&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>. Use
-<code>seealso</code> en lugar de <code>see</code> para producir una entrada &textlsquo;Vea
-también&textrsquo;.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="847">\seename</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<para>El texto &textlsquo;Vea&textrsquo; está definido por la macro <code>\seename</code>, y &textlsquo;Vea
-también&textrsquo; por la macro <code>\alsoname</code>. Estas se pueden redefinir para
-otros idiomas.
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415"><command>makeindex</command> programa</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416"><command>xindy</command> programa</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">archivo <file>.ind</file></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El archivo <file>.idx</file> generado luego es ordenado con una instrucción
-externa, por lo general alguna instrucción <command>makeindex</command>
-(<url><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex</urefurl></url>) o (la de múltiples
-idiomas) <command>xindy</command> (<url><urefurl>http://xindy.sourceforge.net</urefurl></url>). Esto
-resulta en un archivo <file>.ind</file>, que se puede leer para componer
-tipográficamente el índice.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="849">printindex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">paquete <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El índice normalmente se genera con la instrucción <code>\printindex</code>.
-Esta instrucción está definida en el paquete <code>makeidx</code>, por lo
-tanto necesita colocar en el preámbulo la instrucción
-<code>\usepackage&lbrace;makeidx&rbrace;</code>.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="850">indexspace</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La longitud de relleno <code>\indexspace</code> se inserta antes de cada nueva
-letra en el índice impreso; letra en el índice impreso su valor
-predeterminado es <samp>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</samp>.
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">paquete <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El paquete <code>showidx</code> hace que cada entrada en el índice se muestre
-en el margen de la página donde aparece la entrada. Esto puede ayudar
-en la preparación del índice.
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">paquete <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<para>El paquete <code>multind</code> es compatible con múltiples índices. Vea
-también la entrada de este tema en las preguntas frecuentes de &tex;,
-en
-</para>
-<para><url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</urefurl></url>.
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">índices</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084">archivo <file>.idx</file></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Si le dices a &latex; qué términos quieres que aparezcan en un
+índice, entonces puede producir ese índice, en orden alfabético y con
+los números de página mantenidos automáticamente. Esto ilustra los
+conceptos básicos.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;article&rbrace;
+\usepackage&lbrace;makeidx&rbrace; % Proporcionar comandos de indexación
+ \makeindex
+% \usepackage&lbrace;showidx&rbrace; % Muestra notas al margen de las entradas
+ % del índice
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+ ...
+Teorema de Wilson\index&lbrace;Teorema de Wilson&rbrace;
+dice que un número $n&gt;1$ es primo si y solo si el factorial
+de $n-1$ es congruente con $-1$
+modulo~$n$.\index&lbrace;congruencia!y el Teorema de Wilson&rbrace;
+ ...
+\printindex
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Como muestra, declara las entradas de índice con el comando
+<code>\index</code> (<pxref label="_005cindex"><xrefnodename>\index</xrefnodename></pxref>). Cuando ejecutas &latex;,
+<code>\index</code> escribe su información, como <samp>Teorema de Wilson</samp> y
+el número de página, a un archivo auxiliar cuyo nombre termina en
+<file>.idx</file>. A continuación, alfabetiza y hace otras manipulaciones,
+como ejecutar un comando externo, normalmente <command>makeindex</command>
+(<pxref label="makeindex"><xrefnodename>makeindex</xrefnodename></pxref>), que escribe un archivo cuyo nombre termina en
+<file>.ind</file>. Finalmente, <code>\printindex</code> trae esta información
+manipulada en la salida (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Por lo tanto, si el ejemplo anterior está en el archivo
+<file>numth.tex</file> entonces ejecutar <samp>pdflatex numth</samp> guardará la
+entrada de índice y la información del número de página a
+<file>numth.idx</file>. Luego ejecutar <samp>makeindex numth</samp> ordena
+alfabéticamente y guarda los resultados en
+<file>numth.ind</file>. Finalmente, ejecutar de nuevo <samp>pdflatex numth</samp>
+mostrará el índice deseado, en el lugar donde está el comando
+<code>\printindex</code> en el archivo fuente.
+</para>
+<para>Hay muchas opciones para la salida. Un ejemplo es que el signo de
+exclamación en <code>\index&lbrace;congruencia!y teorema de Wilson&rbrace;</code>
+produce una entrada principal de <samp>congruencia</samp> con una subentrada
+de <samp>y Teorema de Wilson</samp>. Para obtener más información,
+<pxref label="makeindex"><xrefnodename>makeindex</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
+<para>Los comandos <code>\makeindex</code> y <code>\printindex</code> son
+independientes. Omitir el <code>\makeindex</code> evitará que &latex;
+guarde las entradas de índice al archivo auxiliar. Omitir el
+<code>\printindex</code> hará que &latex; no muestre el índice en la salida
+del documento.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">índice, múltiple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">múltiples índices</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Hay muchos paquetes en el área de indexación. El paquete
+<code>showidx</code> hace que cada entrada de índice se muestre en el
+margen de la página donde aparece el <code>\index</code>. Esto puede ayudar
+en la preparación del índice. El paquete <code>multind</code>, entre
+otros, admite múltiples índices. Consulta también la entrada de
+preguntas frecuentes de &tex; sobre este tema,
+<url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</urefurl></url>, y el tema de CTAN,
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Producir el índice manualmente</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ordena alfabéticamente las
+ entradas tú mismo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\index</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declara una entrada de índice.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">makeindex</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Automáticamente ordena alfabéticamente las entradas
+ del índice.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\printindex</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Pon el índice aquí.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Producir-el-_00edndice-manualmente" spaces=" "><nodename>Producir el índice manualmente</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\index</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Índices</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Producir el índice manualmente</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">índice, producir manualmente</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Los documentos que son pequeños y estáticos pueden tener un índice
+producido manualmente. Esto creará una página separada etiquetada
+como <samp>Index</samp>, en formato de dos columnas.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theindex</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp"><code>theindex</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;
+\item acorn squash, 1
+\subitem maple estufado, 2
+\indexspace
+\item bacon, 3
+\subitem maple estufado, 4
+\end&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Ten en cuenta que el autor debe ingresar los números de página, lo
+cual es tedioso y que dará como resultado números incorrectos si el
+documento cambia. Esta es la razón por lo que en la mayoría de los
+casos, los métodos automatizados como <command>makeindex</command> son los
+mejores. <xref label="_00cdndices"><xrefnodename>Índices</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\subitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">\subsubitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Sin embargo, cubrimos los comandos para completado, y porque los
+métodos automatizados se basan en estos comandos. Hay tres niveles de
+entradas. Cómo muestra el ejemplo, una entrada principal usa
+<code>\item</code>, las subentradas usan <code>\subitem</code>, y el nivel más
+bajo usa <code>\subsubitem</code>. Las líneas en blanco entre entradas no
+tienen efecto. El ejemplo anterior incluye <code>\indexspace</code> para
+producir espacio vertical en la salida que usa algunos estilos de
+índice antes de que comience la primera entrada con una nueva letra.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Producir el índice manualmente</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Índices</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">Entrada de índice</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\index&lbrace;<var>index-entry-string</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Declara una entrada en el índice. Este comando es frágil
+(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, como se describe en <ref label="_00cdndices"><xrefnodename>Índices</xrefnodename></ref>, una forma de obtener
+un índice de lo que sigue es compilar el documento con <code>pdflatex
+test</code>, entonces procesar las entradas del índice con <code>makeindex
+test</code> y luego compilar de nuevo con <code>pdflatex test</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">% file test.tex
+ ...
+W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index&lbrace;Ackermann&rbrace;
+ ...
+Ackermann function\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function&rbrace;
+ ...
+rate of growth\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function!growth rate&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">entradas de índice, subentradas</indexterm></cindex>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Las tres entradas de índice obtendrán un número de página, como
+<samp>Ackermann, 22</samp>. &latex; formateará el segundo como un
+subelemento del primero, en la línea debajo de ella y con sangría, y
+la tercera como subelemento de la segunda. Tres niveles de
+profundidad es lo máximo que puede anidar subentradas. (Si agregas
+<code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison&rbrace;</code> entonces
+<command>makeindex</command> dice <samp>Escaneando archivo de entrada
+test.idx....hecho (4 entradas aceptadas, 1 rechazada)</samp> y el cuarto
+nivel del índice falla silenciosamente).
+</para>
+<para>Si ingresas un segundo <code>\index</code> con el mismo
+<var>index-entry-string</var>, obtendrás una sola entrada de índice con dos
+números de página (a menos que caigan en la misma página). De este
+modo, agregar <code>como por Ackermann.\index&lbrace;Ackermann&rbrace;</code> más tarde
+en el mismo documento como el anterior dará una entrada de índice como
+<samp>Ackermann, 22, 151</samp>. Además, puedes introducir las entradas del
+índice en cualquier orden, por lo que la instancia
+<code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function&rbrace;</code> podría venir antes de
+<code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">índice, rango de páginas</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Obtiene un rango de páginas en la salida, como <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>,
+como aquí.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index&lbrace;Ackermann&rbrace;
+ ...
+D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index&lbrace;Ackermann!Hilbert|(&rbrace;
+ ...
+Desaprobado de su matrimonio.\index&lbrace;Ackermann!Hilbert|)&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Si el comienzo y el final del rango de páginas son iguales, entonces
+el sistema solo da un único número de página, no un rango.
+</para>
+<para>Si indexas subentradas pero no una entrada principal, como con
+<code>\index&lbrace;Jones!program&rbrace;</code> e <code>\index&lbrace;Jones!results&rbrace;</code>,
+entonces el resultado es el elemento <samp>Jones</samp> sin coma ni número
+de página, seguido de dos subelementos, como <samp>programa, 50</samp> y
+<samp>resultados, 51</samp>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">ve y ve también entradas de índice</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">entradas de índice, &textlsquo;ve&textrsquo; y &textlsquo;ve también&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+
+<para>Genera una entrada de índice que diga <samp>ve</samp> usando un carácter de
+barra vertical: <code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function|see&lbrace;P\'eter's
+function&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>. En su lugar, puedes obtener <samp>ve también</samp> con
+<code>seealso</code>. (El texto <samp>ve</samp> está definido por <code>\seename</code>
+y <samp>ve también</samp> por <code>\alsoname</code>. Los puedes redefinir
+utilizando un paquete de internacionalización como <code>babel</code> o
+<code>polyglossia</code>, o directamente como con
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\alsoname&rbrace;&lbrace;Ve también&rbrace;</code>).
+</para>
+<para>La característica <samp>see</samp> es parte de una funcionalidad más
+general. Después de la barra vertical puedes poner el nombre de un
+comando de una sola entrada, como en <code>\index&lbrace;group|textit&rbrace;</code>
+(ten en cuenta la barra invertida que falta en el comando
+<code>\textit</code>) y el sistema aplicará ese comando al número de página,
+aquí dando algo como <code>\textit&lbrace;7&rbrace;</code>. Puedes definir tus propios
+comandos de una sola entrada, como
+<code>\newcommand&lbrace;\definedpage&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;&lbrace;\color&lbrace;blue&rbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> y
+entonces <code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function|definedpage&rbrace;</code> dará un
+número de página azul (<pxref label="Color"><xrefnodename>Color</xrefnodename></pxref>). Otro ejemplo, menos práctico,
+es este,
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito Ian Thompson https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/272572/121234 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand\indexownpage[1]&lbrace;#1, \thepage&rbrace;
+ ... Epimenides.\index&lbrace;self-reference|indexownpage&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>que crea una entrada citando el número de página de su propia lista de
+índice.
+</para>
+<para>Las dos funciones recién descritas se combinan, como aquí
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function|(definedpage&rbrace;
+ ...
+\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function|)&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>que genera una entrada de índice como <samp>function, 23--27</samp> donde
+los números del rango de páginas están en azul.
+</para>
+<para>Considera una entrada de índice como <samp><U>03B1</U>-ring</samp>.
+Entrado como <code>$\alpha$-ring</code> hará que se ordene alfabéticamente
+según el signo de dolar. En su lugar, lo puedes ingresar usando un
+signo de arroba, como <code>\index&lbrace;alpha-ring&arobase;$\alpha$-ring&rbrace;</code>. Si
+especificas una entrada con un signo de arroba que separa dos cadenas,
+<code><var>pos</var>&arobase;<var>text</var></code>, entonces <var>pos</var> da la posición
+alfabética de la entrada mientras <var>text</var> produce el texto de la
+entrada. Otro ejemplo es que <code>\index&lbrace;Saint Michael's
+College&arobase;SMC&rbrace;</code> produce una entrada de índice <samp>SMC</samp> en orden
+alfabético en una ubicación diferente a su ortografía lo daría
+naturalmente.
+</para>
+<para>Para poner un carácter <code>!</code>, <code>&arobase;</code>, <code>|</code> o <code>&quot;</code> en una
+entrada de índice, escápala precediéndola con una comilla doble,
+<code>&quot;</code>. (Las comillas dobles se eliminan antes de la
+alfabetización).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Varios paquetes en CTAN tienen funcionalidad
+adicional más allá de eso proporcionada por <code>makeidx</code>. Uno es
+<code>index</code>, que permite múltiples índices y contiene un comando
+<code>\index*&lbrace;<var>index-entry-string</var>&rbrace;</code> que imprime el
+<var>index-entry-string</var> además de indexarlo.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103">archivo idx</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El comando <code>\index</code> escribe la información de indexación en el
+archivo <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file>. Específicamente, escribe texto
+del comando
+<code>\indexentry&lbrace;<var>index-entry-string</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>page-num</var>&rbrace;</code>,
+donde <var>page-num</var> es el valor del contador <code>\thepage</code>. Alguna
+ocasión, cuando el comando <code>\printindex</code> se confunde, debes
+eliminar este archivo para comenzar con una pizarra nueva.
+</para>
+<para>Si omites la llave de cierre de un comando <code>\index</code> entonces
+obtienes un mensaje como este.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">¿Argumento fugitivo? &lbrace;Ackermann!function
+! ! El párrafo terminó antes de que \&arobase;wrindex se completara.
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Índices</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104">índice, procesamiento</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>programa</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105"><command>makeindex</command> programa</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">archivo <file>.ind</file></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">archivo <file>.idx</file></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">makeindex <var>filename</var>
+makeindex -s <var>style-file</var> <var>filename</var>
+makeindex <var>options</var> <var>filename0</var> ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Ordenar y procesar la información del índice en el archivo auxiliar
+<var>filename</var>. Este es un programa de línea de comandos. Se
+necesita uno o más archivos de índice sin procesar, archivos
+<file><var>filename</var>.idx</file> y produce el archivo de índice real, el
+archivo <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> que ingresa <code>\printindex</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">archivo <file>.isty</file></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">índice, archivo de estilo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, archivo de estilo</indexterm></findex>
+<para>La primera forma del comando es suficiente para muchos usos, La
+segunda permite formatear el índice usando un <dfn>archivo de estilo
+de índice</dfn>, un archivo <file>.isty</file>. La tercera forma es la más
+general; ve la documentación completa en CTAN.
+</para>
+<para>Este es un simple archivo <file>.isty</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">% book.isty
+% $ makeindex -s book.isty -p odd book.idx
+% crea el índice como book.ind, comenzando en una página impar.
+preamble
+&quot;\\pagestyle&lbrace;empty&rbrace;
+\\small
+\\begin&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;
+\\thispagestyle&lbrace;empty&rbrace;&quot;
+
+postamble
+&quot;\n
+\\end&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;&quot;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>La descripción aquí cubre solo algunos de los posibles formatos de
+índice en <var>style-file</var>. Para obtener una lista completa, consulta
+la documentación en CTAN.
+</para>
+<para>Un archivo de estilo consta de una lista de pares: <var>specifier</var> y
+<var>attribute</var>. Estos pueden aparecer en el archivo en cualquier
+orden. Todos los <var>attribute</var>s son cadenas, excepto donde se
+indique. Las cadenas son entre comillas dobles, <code>&quot;</code> y la
+longitud máxima de una cadena tiene 144 caracteres. La <code>\n</code> es
+para una nueva línea y <code>\t</code> es para una tabulación. Las barras
+invertidas se escapan con otra barra invertida, <code>\\</code>. Si una
+línea comienza con un signo de porcentaje, <code>%</code>, entonces es un
+comentario.
</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="makeindex-pre_00e1mbulo">makeindex preámbulo</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Preámbulo del archivo de índice de salida. Define el contexto en el
+que se encuentra el índice formateado. Predeterminado:
+<code>&quot;\\begin&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;\n&quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-postamble">makeindex postamble</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Postámbulo del archivo de salida del índice Predeterminado:
+<code>&quot;\n\n\\end&lbrace;theindex&rbrace;\n&quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-group-skip">makeindex group skip</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Tradicionalmente, los elementos del índice se dividen en grupos,
+generalmente un grupo para entradas que comienzan con la letra
+<samp>a</samp>, etc. Este especificador da lo que se inserta cuando comienza
+un nuevo grupo. Predeterminado: <code>&quot;\n\n \\indexspace\n&quot;</code>
+(<code>\indexspace</code> es un comando que inserta una longitud elástica,
+de manera predeterminada es <code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-letheadflag">makeindex letheadflag</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>un entero. Rige lo que se inserta para un nuevo grupo o letra. Si es
+0 (que es el valor predeterminado) entonces aparte de
+<code>group_skip</code> nada se insertará antes del grupo. Si es positivo
+entonces en una nueva letra el <code>lethead_prefix</code> y
+<code>lethead_suffix</code> serán insertada, con esa letra en mayúsculas
+entre ellas. Si es negativo entonces lo que se insertará es la letra
+en minúsculas. El valor predeterminado es&nbsp;0.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-lethead-prefix">makeindex lethead prefix</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Si un nuevo grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este es
+el prefijo insertado antes de la nueva letra del encabezado.
+Predeterminado: <code>&quot;&quot;</code>
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-lethead-suffix">makeindex lethead suffix</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Si un grupo comienza con una letra diferente, entonces este es el
+sufijo insertado después del nuevo encabezado de carta.
+Predeterminado: <code>&quot;&quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-item-0">makeindex item 0</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Lo que se pone entre dos elementos level&nbsp;0. Predeterminado:
+<code>&quot;\n \\item &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-item-1">makeindex item 1</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Colocar entre dos elementos level&nbsp;1. Predeterminado: <code>&quot;\n
+\\subitem &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-item-2">makeindex item 2</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Coloca entre dos elementos level&nbsp;2. Predeterminado: <code>&quot;\n
+\\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-item-01">makeindex item 01</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level&nbsp;0 y un elemento
+level&nbsp;1. Predeterminado: <code>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-item-x1">makeindex item x1</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Que se coloca entre un elemento level&nbsp;0 y un elemento
+level&nbsp;1 en el caso de que el elemento level&nbsp;0 no tenga
+ningún número de página (como en <code>\index&lbrace;aaa|see&lbrace;bbb&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>).
+Predeterminado: <code>&quot;\n \\subitem &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-item-12">makeindex item 12</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Lo que se coloca entre un elemento level&nbsp;1 y un elemento
+level&nbsp;2. Predeterminado: <code>&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-item-x2">makeindex item x2</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Que se pone entre un elemento level&nbsp;1 y un elemento level&nbsp;2,
+si el level&nbsp;1 elemento no tiene números de página.
+Predeterminado: <code>&quot;\n \\subsubitem &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-delim-0">makeindex delim 0</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimitador puesto entre una clave level&nbsp;0 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-delim-1">makeindex delim 1</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimitador puesto entre una clave level&nbsp;1 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-delim-2">makeindex delim 2</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimitador entre una clave level&nbsp;2 y su primer número de
+página. Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en blanco,
+<code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-delim-n">makeindex delim n</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimitador entre dos números de página para la misma clave (en
+cualquier nivel). Predeterminado: una coma seguida de un espacio en
+blanco, <code>&quot;, &quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-delim-r">makeindex delim r</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Lo que se coloca entre los números de página inicial y final de un
+rango. Predeterminado: <code>&quot;--&quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-line-max">makeindex line max</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un entero. Longitud máxima de la línea de una entrada de índice en la
+salida, más allá de la cual la línea se envuelve. Predeterminado:
+<code>72</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-indent-space">makeindex indent space</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Lo que se inserta al comienzo de una línea envuelta. Predeterminado:
+<code>&quot;\t\t&quot;</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-indent-length">makeindex indent length</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un número. La longitud de la sangría de la línea envuelta. El valor
+predefinido <code>indent_space</code> son dos tabulaciones y cada tabulación
+tiene ocho espacios, por lo que el el valor predeterminado aquí es
+<code>16</code>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="makeindex-page-precedence">makeindex page precedence</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un documento puede tener páginas numeradas de diferentes maneras. Por
+ejemplo, un libro puede tener las primeras páginas numeradas en
+minúsculas romanas mientras que la página principal de la materia
+están en árabe. Esta cadena especifica el orden en que aparecerán en
+el índice. El comando <command>makeindex</command> admite cinco tipos
+diferentes de números: minúsculas romanas <code>r</code> y numérico o árabe
+<code>n</code> y minúsculas alfabético <code>a</code> y mayúsculas <code>R</code> romano
+y <code>A</code> alfabético en mayúsculas. Predeterminado: <code>&quot;rnaRA&quot;</code>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>programa</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Hay una serie de otros programas que hacen el trabajo que
+<command>makeindex</command> hace. Uno es <command>xindy</command>
+(<uref><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</urefurl></uref>), que hace internacionalización y
+puede procesar índices para documentos marcados usando &latex; y un
+número de otros idiomas. Está escrito en Lisp, altamente configurable,
+tanto en términos de marcado y en términos del orden de clasificación
+del texto, como descrito en su documentación.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>programa</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Un programa de indexación más reciente compatible con Unicode es
+<code>xindex</code>, escrito en Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>).
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Índices</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109">índice, impresión</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\printindex
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Coloca el índice en la salida.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Para obtener un índice, primero debes incluir
+<code>\usepackage&lbrace;makeidx&rbrace;\makeindex</code> en el preámbulo del documento
+y compila el documento, entonces ejecuta el comando del sistema
+<command>makeindex</command>, y luego vuelve a compilar el documento.
+<xref label="_00cdndices"><xrefnodename>Índices</xrefnodename></xref>, para más discusión y un ejemplo del uso de
+<code>\printindex</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
+<node name="Glosarios" spaces=" "><nodename>Glosarios</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Índices</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Material de portada/contraportada</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glosarios</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">glosario</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">glosarios</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">acrónimos, lista de</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;glossaries&rbrace; \makeglossaries
+ ...
+\newglossaryentry&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>settings</var>&rbrace;
+ ...
+\gls&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;.
+ ...
+\printglossaries
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El paquete <file>glossaries</file> te permite crear glosarios, incluidos
+múltiples glosarios, así como listas de siglas.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener el resultado de este ejemplo, compila el documento (por
+ejemplo con <code>nombre de archivo pdflatex</code>), entonces ejecuta el
+comando de línea de comandos <code>makeglossaries filename</code> y luego
+vuelve a compilar el documento.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;...&rbrace;
+\usepackage&lbrace;glossaries&rbrace; \makeglossaries
+\newglossaryentry&lbrace;tm&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ name=&lbrace;Máquina de Turing&rbrace;,
+
+ description=&lbrace;Un modelo de máquina hace cálculos. El modelo es
+ sencillo pero puede calcular cualquier cosa que
+ cualquier dispositivo existente pueda calcular. Es el
+ modelo estándar utilizado en Informática.&rbrace;,
+ &rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+Todo comienza con la definición de \gls&lbrace;tm&rbrace;.
+ ...
+\printglossaries
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Eso da dos cosas. En el texto principal genera <samp>... definición
+de una máquina de Turing</samp>. Además, en una unidad seccional separada
+encabezada <samp>Glossary</samp> aparece una lista de descripción. En letra
+negrita dice <samp>Máquina de Turing</samp> y el resto del artículo dice en
+tipo normal <samp>Un modelo de máquina &dots; Informática</samp>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">archivo <file>.glo</file></indexterm></cindex>
+<para>El comando <code>\makeglossary</code> abre el archivo que contendrá la
+información de entrada, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>. Pon el comando
+<code>\printglossaries</code> donde deseas que aparezcan los glosarios en tu
+documento.
+</para>
+<para>El paquete <file>glossaries</file> es muy poderoso. Por ejemplo, además los
+comandos <code>\newglossaryentry</code> y <code>\gls</code>, hay comandos
+similares para una lista de acrónimos. Consulta la documentación del
+paquete en CTAN.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newglossaryentry</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declara el contenido de una entrada del
+ glosario.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\gls</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Da una referencia de página para una entrada
+ del glosario.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glosarios</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">glosario, entradas</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newglossaryentry&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;
+&lbrace;
+ name=&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;,
+ description=&lbrace;<var>description</var>&rbrace;,
+ <var>otras opciones</var>, ...
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>o
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\longnewglossaryentry&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;
+&lbrace;
+ name=&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;,
+ <var>other options</var> ...,
+&rbrace;
+&lbrace;<var>description</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Declara una nueva entrada para un glosario. <var>label</var> debe ser
+único para el documento. Los ajustes asociados a la etiqueta son
+pares: <code><var>key</var>=<var>value</var></code>.
+</para>
+<para>Esto pone el símbolo en negrita de la pizarra para los números reales
+<U>211D</U>, en el glosario.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newglossaryentry&lbrace;R&rbrace;
+&lbrace;
+ name=&lbrace;\ensuremath&lbrace;\mathbb&lbrace;R&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;,
+ description=&lbrace;los números reales&rbrace;,
+&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Usa la segunda forma del comando si <var>description</var> abarca más de un
+párrafo.
+</para>
+<para>Para obtener una lista completa de <var>key</var>, consulta la
+documentación del paquete en CTAN, pero aquí hay algunos.
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Obligatorio). La palabra, frase o símbolo que estás definiendo.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Obligatorio). La descripción que aparecerá en el glosario. Si esto
+tiene más de un párrafo, entonces debe usar la segunda forma del
+comando dado en la sinopsis.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>La forma plural de <var>name</var>. Refiérete a la forma plural usando
+<code>\glspl</code> o <code>\Glspl</code> (<pxref label="_005cgls"><xrefnodename>\gls</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cómo colocar esta entrada en la lista de entradas que contiene el
+glosario.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1217" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Un símbolo, como un símbolo matemático, además del nombre.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glosarios</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">glosario, referencia de entrada</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1218" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\gls&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;
+\glspl&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;
+\Gls&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;
+\Glspl&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Consulta una entrada del glosario. Las entradas se declaran con
+<code>\newglossaryentry</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewglossaryentry"><xrefnodename>\newglossaryentry</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newglossaryentry&lbrace;N&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+ name=&lbrace;los números naturales&rbrace;,
+ description=&lbrace;Los números $0$, $1$, $2$, $\ldots$\&arobase;&rbrace;,
+ symbol=&lbrace;\ensuremath&lbrace;\mathbb&lbrace;N&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;,
+ &rbrace;
+ ...
+Considera \gls&lbrace;N&rbrace;.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>da la salida <samp>Considera los números naturales</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>La segunda forma de comando <code>\glspl&lbrace;<var>label</var>&rbrace;</code> produce el
+plural de <var>name</var> (de manera predeterminada intenta agregar una
+<samp>s</samp>). La tercera forma escribe en mayúscula la primera letra de
+<var>name</var>, al igual que la cuarta forma, que también toma el plural.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Cartas" spaces=" "><nodename>Cartas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Cartas" spaces=" "><nodename>Cartas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Entrada/salida</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Material de portada/contraportada</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cartas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">cartas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">creando cartas</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Usted puede utilizar &latex; para componer tipográficamente cartas,
-para ambas personales y de negocios. La clase de documento
-<code>letter</code> está diseñada para hacer una serie de cartas a la vez,
-aunque se puede hacer sólo una si así lo desea.
-</para>
-<para>Su archivo fuente <file>.tex</file> tiene las mismas instrucciones mínimas de
-clase que en cualquier otro documento, es decir, debe tener las
-siguientes instrucciones como mínimo:
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">cartas, escribir</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">escribir cartas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
- \begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
- ... cartas ...
- \end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
+\address&lbrace;<var>dirección del remitente</var>&rbrace; % dirección de retorno
+\signature&lbrace;<var>nombre del remitente</var>&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;letter&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>dirección del destinatario</var>&rbrace;
+\opening&lbrace;<var>salutation</var>&rbrace;
+ <var>cuerpo de la carta</var>
+\closing&lbrace;<var>texto de cierre</var>&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Cada carta es un entorno <code>letter</code>, cuyo argumento es el nombre y
-dirección del destinatario. Por ejemplo, usted podría tener:
+<para>Producir una o más cartas.
+</para>
+<para>Cada carta está en un entorno <code>letter</code> separado, cuyo argumento
+<var>recipient address</var> a menudo contiene varias líneas separadas por
+una barra invertida doble,&nbsp;(<code>\\</code>). Por ejemplo, podrías
+tener:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve"> \begin&lbrace;letter&rbrace;&lbrace;Sr. José Pérez\\ Calle Princesa N°2345.
- \\ Edinburgo, EH1 1AA&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve"> \begin&lbrace;letter&rbrace;&lbrace;Ninon de l'Enclos \\
+ l'h\^otel Sagonne&rbrace;
...
\end&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-
-<para>La carta en sí comienza con la instrucción <code>\opening</code>. Siguiéndole
-el texto de la carta. Este se escribe como una entrada de &latex;
-ordinaria. Las instrucciones que no tienen sentido en una carta, como
-<code>\chapter</code>, no funcionan. La carta se cierra con una instrucción
-<code>\closing</code>.
-</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="851">\\ <r>para cartas</r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>Después de <code>closing</code>, usted puede colocar material adicional. La
-instrucción <code>\cc</code> produce el usual &textldquo;cc: &dots;&textrdquo;. También hay
-una instrucción <code>\encl</code> similar para una lista de
-destinatarios. Con ambas instrucciones, use <code>\\</code> para separar los
-elementos.
+<para>El inicio del entorno <code>letter</code> restablece el número de página a
+1, y la nota al pie al número 1 también.
+</para>
+<para>El <var>sender address</var> y <var>sender name</var> son comunes a todas las
+cartas, ya sea que haya una o más, por lo que es mejor ponerlas en el
+preámbulo. Al igual que con la dirección del destinatario, a menudo
+<var>sender address</var> contiene varias líneas separadas por una doble
+barra invertida&nbsp;(<code>\\</code>). &latex; pondrá el <var>sender
+name</var> bajo el cerramiento, tras un espacio vertical para la
+tradicional firma manuscrita.
+</para>
+<para>Cada cuerpo del entorno <code>letter</code> comienza con un comando
+<code>\opening</code> requerido como <code>\opening&lbrace;Estimada señora o
+señor:&rbrace;</code>. El texto <var>letter body</var> &latex; es normal por lo que
+puede contener todo, desde listas enumeradas hasta matemáticas
+mostradas, excepto que los comandos como <code>\chapter</code> que no tienen
+sentido en una carta se desactivan. Cada cuerpo de entorno
+<code>letter</code> normalmente termina con un comando <code>\closing</code> como
+<code>\closing&lbrace;Tuyo,&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1219" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(para cartas)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Puede haber material adicional después del <code>\closing</code>. Puedes
+decir quien está recibiendo una copia de la carta con un comando como
+<code>\cc&lbrace;El Jefe \\ el jefe de jefes&rbrace;</code>. Hay un comando
+<code>\encl</code> similar para una lista de material adjunto. Y puedes
+agregar una posdata con <code>\ps</code>.
+</para>
+<para>El valor predeterminado de &latex; es sangrar el nombre del remitente
+y el cierre encima de él por una longitud de <code>\longindentation</code>.
+De manera predeterminada esto es <code>0.5\textwidth</code>. Para que queden
+alineados a la izquierda, coloca
+<code>\setlength&lbrace;\longindentation&rbrace;&lbrace;0em&rbrace;</code> en tu preámbulo.
+</para>
+<para>Para establecer una fecha fija, usa algo como
+<code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\today&rbrace;&lbrace;1958-Oct-12&rbrace;</code>. Si pones en tu
+preámbulo entonces se aplicará a todas las cartas.
+</para>
+<para>Este ejemplo muestra solo un entorno <code>letter</code>. Las tres lineas
+marcadas como opcionales normalmente se omiten.
</para>
-<para>Estas instrucciones se utilizan con la clase <code>letter</code>.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
+\address&lbrace;Calle del remitente \\ Ciudad del remitente&rbrace;
+\signature&lbrace;Nombre del remitente \\ Cargo del remitente&rbrace;
+% opcionales: \location&lbrace;Buzón 13&rbrace;
+% optional: \telephone&lbrace;(102) 555-0101&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;letter&rbrace;&lbrace;Nombre del destinatario \\ Dirección del destinatario&rbrace;
+\opening&lbrace;Señor:&rbrace;
+% opcional: \thispagestyle&lbrace;firstpage&rbrace;
+No estoy interesado en entrar en un acuerdo comercial con usted.
+\closing&lbrace;Sus más humildes, etc.,&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Estos comandos se usan con la clase <code>letter</code>.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\address</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">La dirección del remitente.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\cc</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">La lista Cc (Con copia para).
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\closing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Un mensaje de despedida.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\encl</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lista de material adjunto.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\location</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">La dirección de su organización.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makelabels</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Produce etiquetas de dirección.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\name</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Su nombre, para la dirección de retorno.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\opening</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Saludando.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ps</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega una posdata.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\signature</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Su firma.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\startbreaks</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Permite saltos de página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stopbreaks</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">No permite saltos de página.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\telephone</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Su número de teléfono.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\address</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dirección de retorno del remitente.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\cc</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lista de copias al carbón.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\closing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dice adiós.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\encl</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lista de material adjunto.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\location</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ubicación organizacional del
+ remitente.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makelabels</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Hace etiquetas de dirección.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\name</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Nombre del remitente, para la
+ dirección del remitente.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\opening</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Saludo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ps</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Agrega una posdata.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\signature</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Firma del remitente.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\telephone</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Número de teléfono del remitente.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
<node name="_005caddress" spaces=" "><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>\address&lbrace;<var>dirección-del-remitente&rbrace;</var></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="852">\address</indexterm></findex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\address</code></sectiontitle>
-<para>La instrucción <code>\address</code> especifica la dirección del remitente de
-la carta, como debería aparecer en la carta y el sobre. Separa las
-líneas de la dirección que deben estar separadas por instrucciones
-<code>\\</code>.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1220" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\address&lbrace;<var>dirección del remitente</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Especifica la dirección del remitente, tal como aparece en la carta y
+en el sobre. Separa varias líneas en <var>dirección del remitente</var>
+con una barra invertida doble&nbsp;<code>\\</code>.
</para>
-<para>Si usted no proporciona una declaración <code>\address</code>, entonces, se
-aplicará a la carta el formato de copia en papel con el membrete
-estándar de su organización. (<xref label="Descripci_00f3n"><xrefnodename>Descripción</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener detalles
-sobre la implementación local). Si usted proporciona una declaración
-<code>\address</code>, entonces, la carta será formateada como una carta
-personal.
+<para>Debido a que se puede aplicar a varias cartas, esta declaración a
+menudo se pone en el preámbulo. Sin embargo, puede ir en cualquier
+lugar, incluso dentro de un entorno <code>letter</code> individual.
</para>
+<para>Este comando es opcional: si no lo usas, la carta se formatea con un
+espacio en blanco en la parte superior, para copiar en papel
+preimpreso con membrete. Si usas la declaración <code>\address</code>
+entonces tienes el formato de una carta personal.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí tienes un ejemplo:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\address&lbrace;Stephen Maturin \\
+ Las uvas de Savoy&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="_005ccc" spaces=" "><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="853">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">listas cc, en cartas</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1221" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">cc list, en cartas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\cc&lbrace;<var>nombre</var>\\<var>nombre2</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\cc&lbrace;<var>name0</var> \\
+ ... &rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Produce una lista de <var>nombre</var>s a quienes enviar copias de la carta.
-Cada nombre se imprime en una línea separada.
+<para>Produce una lista de nombres a los que se enviaron copias de la carta.
+Este comando es opcional. Si aparece, normalmente viene después de
+<code>\closing</code>. Pone los nombres en diferentes líneas separándolos
+con una barra invertida doble, <code>\\</code>, como en:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\cc&lbrace;Presidente \\
+ Vicepresidente&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="_005cclosing" spaces=" "><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="854">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">cartas, terminando</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">cerrando cartas</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1222" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">cartas, terminando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">cerrar cartas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\closing&lbrace;texto&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\closing&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Una carta se cierra con la instrucción <code>\closing</code>, por ejemplo,
-</para><example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\closing&lbrace;Muy Atentamente,&rbrace;
+<para>Produce el cierre de la carta. Esto es opcional, pero habitual.
+Aparece al final de una carta, encima de una firma manuscrita. Por
+ejemplo:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\closing&lbrace;Respetuosamente,&rbrace;
</pre></example>
@@ -7081,423 +22284,1575 @@ Cada nombre se imprime en una línea separada.
<node name="_005cencl" spaces=" "><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="855">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">lista de documentos adjuntos</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1223" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123">Lista de gabinetes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\encl&lbrace;<var>línea1</var>\\<var>línea2</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\encl&lbrace;<var>primer objeto encerrado</var> \\
+ ... &rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Declara una lista de más de un documento adjunto.
+<para>Produce una lista de las cosas incluidas en la carta. Este comando es
+opcional; cuando se usa, generalmente se coloca después de
+<code>\closing</code>. Separa varias líneas con una barra invertida doble,
+<code>\\</code>.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\encl&lbrace;License \\
+ Passport&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
<node name="_005clocation" spaces=" "><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="856">\location</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\location&lbrace;dirección&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Esta modifica la dirección estándar de su organización. Esto sólo
-aparece si el estilo de página <code>firstpage</code> está seleccionado.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\location&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El <var>text</var> aparece centrado en la parte inferior de la página.
+Sólo aparece si el estilo de la página es <code>firstpage</code>.
</para>
</section>
<node name="_005cmakelabels" spaces=" "><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="857">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\makelabels&lbrace;número&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Si ejecuta esta instrucción en el preámbulo, &latex; creará una hoja de
-etiquetas con las direcciones. Esta hoja se emitirá antes que las
-cartas.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makelabels % en el preámbulo
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Opcional, para un documento que contiene entornos <code>letter</code>. Si
+simplemente pones <code>\makelabels</code> en el preámbulo y luego, al final
+del documento, obtendrás una hoja con etiquetas para todos los
+destinatarios, una para cada entorno letter, que puedes copiar en una
+hoja despegable de etiquetas de dirección.
+</para>
+<para>Personaliza las etiquetas redefiniendo los comandos
+<code>\startlabels</code>, <code>\mlabel</code> y <code>\returnaddress</code> (y quizás
+<code>\name</code>) en el preámbulo. El comando <code>\startlabels</code>
+establece el ancho, alto, número de columnas, etc., de la página en la
+que se imprimen las etiquetas. El comando <code>\mlabel&lbrace;<var>return
+address</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>recipient address</var>&rbrace;</code> produce las dos etiquetas (o
+una, si eliges ignorar la <var>return address</var>) para cada entorno
+<var>letter</var>. El primer argumento, <var>return address</var>, es el valor
+devuelto por la macro <code>\returnaddress</code>. El segundo argumento,
+<var>recipient address</var>, es el valor pasado en el argumento al entorno
+<code>letter</code>. Predeterminado <code>\mlabel</code> ignora el primer
+argumento, el <var>return address</var>, provocando el comportamiento
+predeterminado descrito en el párrafo anterior.
+</para>
+<para>Esto ilustra la personalización. Su salida incluye una página con dos
+columnas con dos etiquetas cada una.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
+\renewcommand*&lbrace;\returnaddress&rbrace;&lbrace;Fred McGuilicuddy \\
+ Oshkosh, Mineola 12305&rbrace;
+\newcommand*\originalMlabel&lbrace;&rbrace;
+\let\originalMlabel\mlabel
+\def\mlabel#1#2&lbrace;\originalMlabel&lbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;#1&rbrace;\originalMlabel&lbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;#2&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\makelabels
+ ...
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;letter&rbrace;&lbrace;A Einstein \\
+ 112 Mercer Street \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;letter&rbrace;&lbrace;K G\&quot;odel \\
+ 145 Linden Lane \\
+ Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08540&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;letter&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La primera columna contiene la dirección del remitente dos veces. La
+segunda columna contiene la dirección de cada destinatario.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>El paquete <code>envlab</code> facilita el formateo de
+las etiquetas, con tamaños estándar ya proporcionados. Las líneas del
+preámbulo <code>\usepackage[personalenvelope]&lbrace;envlab&rbrace;</code> y
+<code>\makelabels</code> son todo lo que necesitas para imprimir sobres.
+</para>
</section>
<node name="_005cname" spaces=" "><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858">\name</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\name&lbrace;June Davenport&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1226" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Su nombre, utilizado en la impresión del sobre junto con la dirección
-del remitente.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\name&lbrace;<var>name</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Opcional. Nombre del remitente, utilizado para imprimir juntos en el
+sobre con la dirección del remitente.
</para>
</section>
<node name="_005copening" spaces=" "><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">cartas, iniciando</indexterm></cindex>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1227" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">cartas, iniciar</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\opening&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\opening&lbrace;<var>salutation</var>&rbrace;
</pre></example>
-<para>Una carta comienza con la instrucción <code>\opening</code>. El argumento
-obligatorio, <var>texto</var>, es el texto con el que desea iniciar su carta.
-Por ejemplo:
+<para>Obligatorio. Requerido. Sigue el <code>\begin&lbrace;letter&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>. El
+argumento <var>salutation</var> es obligatorio. Por ejemplo:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\opening&lbrace;Estimado José,&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\opening&lbrace;Estimado John:&rbrace;
</pre></example>
</section>
<node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">posdata, en cartas</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1228" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127">posdata, en cartas</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ps&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-<para>Use la instrucción <code>\ps</code> para iniciar una posdata en una carta,
+<para>Agrega una posdata. Este comando es opcional y generalmente se usa
después de <code>\closing</code>.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ps&lbrace;P.D. Después de haber leído esta carta, quémala. O cómetela.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
</section>
-<node name="_005csignature" spaces=" "><nodename>\signature</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\startbreaks</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\ps</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\signature&lbrace;<var>texto</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861">\signature</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005csignature" spaces=" "><nodename>\signature</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\telephone</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\ps</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\signature</code></sectiontitle>
-<para>Su nombre, como debe aparecer al final de la carta debajo del espacio
-para su firma. <code>\\</code> inicia una nueva línea dentro de <var>texto</var>
-como de costumbre.
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\signature&lbrace;<var>primera línea</var> \\
+ ... &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-</section>
-<node name="_005cstartbreaks" spaces=" "><nodename>\startbreaks</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stopbreaks</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\startbreaks</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862">\startbreaks</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\startbreaks</code>
+<para>El nombre del remitente. Este comando es opcional, aunque su
+inclusión es habitual.
</para>
-<para>Se usa después de una instrucción <code>\stopbreaks</code> para permitir de
-nuevo los saltos de página.
+<para>El texto del argumento aparece al final de la carta, después del
+cierre. &latex; deja algo de espacio vertical para una firma escrita
+a mano. Separa varias líneas con una doble barra
+invertida,&nbsp;<code>\\</code>. Por ejemplo:
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\signature&lbrace;J Fred Muggs \\
+ Casa Blanca&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
-
-</section>
-<node name="_005cstopbreaks" spaces=" "><nodename>\stopbreaks</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\telephone</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\startbreaks</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stopbreaks</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863">\stopbreaks</indexterm></findex>
-
-<para><code>\stopbreaks</code>
+<para>Valor predeterminado de &latex; para el espacio vertical del texto
+<code>\closing</code> hasta el texto <code>\signature</code> es
+<code>6\medskipamount</code>, que es seis veces <code>\medskipamount</code> (donde
+<code>\medskipamount</code> es igual a un <code>\parskip</code>, que a su vez se
+define de manera predeterminada aquí para 0.7<dmn>em</dmn>).
+</para>
+<para>Este comando suele estar en el preámbulo, para aplicar a todas las
+letras en el documento. Para que se aplique a una sola carta,
+colócala dentro de un entorno <code>letter</code> y antes del
+<code>\closing</code>.
</para>
-<para>Inhibe saltos de página hasta que aparezca una instrucción
-<code>\startbreaks</code>.
+<para>Puedes incluir un gráfico en la firma como aquí.
</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\signature&lbrace;\vspace&lbrace;-6\medskipamount&rbrace;\includegraphics&lbrace;sig.png&rbrace;\\
+ Mi nombre&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Para esto debes poner <code>\usepackage&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace;</code> en el preámbulo
+(<pxref label="Gr_00e1ficos"><xrefnodename>Gráficos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stopbreaks</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cartas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="864">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
-<para><code>\telephone&lbrace;número&rbrace;</code>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1230" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
-<para>Este es su número de teléfono. Este sólo aparece si el estilo de página
-<code>firstpage</code> está seleccionado.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\telephone&lbrace;<var>number</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El número de teléfono del remitente. Esto es típicamente en el
+preámbulo, donde se aplica a todas las cartas. Esto solo aparece si
+<code>firstpage</code> se selecciona el estilo de página. Si es así,
+aparece en la parte inferior derecha de la página.
</para>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Entrada_002fSalida-a-la-Terminal" spaces=" "><nodename>Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Línea de Órdenes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cartas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">entrada/salida</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">entrada/salida desde la terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Entrada_002fsalida" spaces=" "><nodename>Entrada/salida</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Interfaz de línea de comandos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cartas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Entrada/salida</sectiontitle>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">entrada/salida, a terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">entrada/salida del terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">entrada/salida</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>&latex; usa la capacidad de escribir en un archivo y luego volver a
+leerlo para crear componentes de documentos como una tabla de
+contenido o un índice. También puedes leer un archivo que escribieron
+otros programas, o escribir un archivo para que otros lo lean. Te
+puedes comunicar con los usuarios a través de la terminal. Y puedes
+emitir instrucciones para el sistema operativo.
+</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\typein</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lee texto desde la terminal.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\openin y \openout</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Abre un archivo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\read</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lee texto de un archivo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\typein</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lee texto desde la terminal.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\typeout</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Escribe texto en la terminal.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\write</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Escribe texto en un archivo o terminal.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein[<var>instrucción</var>]&lbrace;<var>mensaje</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="865">\typein</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005copenin-y-_005copenout" spaces=" "><nodename>\openin y \openout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\read</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Entrada/salida</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\openin</code> y <code>\openout</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005copenin">\openin</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005copenout">\openout</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cclosein">\closein</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005ccloseout">\closeout</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1231" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1232" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1233" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131">archivo, abrir</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">archivo, cerrar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">abre un archivo</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\typein[<var>\instrucción</var>]&lbrace;<var>mensaje</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\openin <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>o:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
</pre></example>
-<para><code>\typein</code> imprime el <var>mensaje</var> en la terminal y provoca que
-&latex; se detenga y espere para que usted escriba una línea de
-entrada, terminando con &textldquo;Intro&textrdquo;. Si se omite el argumento opcional
-<var>\instrucción</var>, la entrada escrita se procesa como si se hubiera
-incluido en el archivo de entrada en lugar de la instrucción
-<code>\typein</code>. Si está presente el argumento <var>\instrucción</var>, debe
-ser el nombre de una instrucción. Este nombre de instrucción entonces
-define o redefine la entrada escrita.
+<para>Abre un archivo para leer material o para escribirlo. En la mayoría
+de los motores, el <var>number</var> debe estar entre 0 y 15, como en
+<code>\openin3</code>; en Lua&latex;, <var>number</var> puede estar entre 0 y
+127.
+</para>
+<para>Aquí &tex; abre el archivo <file>presidents.tex</file> para lectura.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newread\presidentsfile
+\openin\presidentsfile=presidentes
+\typeout&lbrace;presidentsfile es \el\presidentsfile&rbrace;
+\read\presidentsfile a\presidentline
+\typeout&lbrace;\presidentline&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El comando <code>\newread</code> asigna números de flujo de entrada desde 0
+a&nbsp;15 (también hay un <code>\newwrite</code>). El
+<code>\presidentsfile</code> es más memorable, pero bajo el capó sigue
+siendo un número; el primer <code>\typeout</code> da algo como
+<samp>presidentsfile es 1</samp>. Además, <code>\newread</code> realiza un
+seguimiento de la asignación de modo que si usas demasiados, obtendrás
+un error como <samp>! No hay espacio para un nuevo \read</samp>. El segundo
+<code>\typeout</code> da la primera línea del archivo, algo así como <samp>1
+Washington, George</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Normalmente, &tex; no intentará abrir el archivo hasta enviar la
+página siguiente. Para cambiar esto, usa <code>\immediate\openin
+<var>number</var>=<var>filename</var></code> o <code>\immediate\openout
+<var>number</var>=<var>filename</var></code>.
+</para>
+<para>Cierra archivos con <code>\closein <var>number</var></code> y <code>\closeout
+<var>number</var></code>.
+</para>
+<para>La forma en que &latex; maneja los nombres de archivo varía entre las
+distribuciones e incluso puede variar entre las versiones de una
+distribución. Si el archivo no tiene una extensión entonces &tex;
+agregará un <file>.tex</file>. Esto crea <file>presidents.tex</file>, escribe una
+línea y la cierra.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newwrite\presidentsfile
+\openout\presidentsfile=presidentes
+\write\presidentsfile&lbrace;1 Washington, George&rbrace;
+\closeout\presidentsfile
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Pero los nombres de archivo con un punto pueden causar problemas: si
+&tex; encuentra un <var>filename</var> de <file>presidents.dat</file> podría
+buscar primero <file>presidents.dat.tex</file> y posteriormente
+<file>presidents.dat</file>, o podría hacer lo contrario. La documentación
+de su distribución debe decir más, y si encuentras algo que funcione
+para ti, entonces eres bueno, pero para asegurar una portabilidad
+completa lo mejor es utilizar nombres de archivo que contiene solo las
+veintiséis letras ASCII (no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas) y
+los diez dígitos, junto con el guión bajo y el guión, y en particular
+sin punto ni espacio.
+</para>
+<para>Para <code>\openin</code>, si &tex; no puede encontrar el archivo, entonces
+no da un error. Simplemente considera que la transmisión no está
+abierta (prueba esto con <code>\ifeof</code>; un recurso es el comando
+<code>\InputIfFileExists</code>, <pxref label="Comandos-class-y-package"><xrefnodename>Comandos class y package</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si
+intentas usar el mismo número dos veces, &latex; no te dará un error.
+Si intentas usar un número incorrecto y recibe un mensaje de error
+como <samp>! Número incorrecto (16). &lt;para leer de nuevo&gt; = l.30
+\openin16=test.jh</samp>.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout&lbrace;<var>mensaje</var>&rbrace;</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="866">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
+<node name="_005cread" spaces=" "><nodename>\read</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typein</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\openin y \openout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entrada/salida</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">archivo, leer</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">leer un archivo</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sinopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\typeout&lbrace;<var>mensaje</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\read <var>number</var> to<var>macro</var>
</pre></example>
-<para>Imprime el <code>mensaje</code> en la terminal y en el archivo <code>log</code>.
-Las instrucciones en el <code>mensaje</code> que están definidas con
-<code>\newcommand</code> o <code>\renewcommand</code> (entre otras) se sustituyen
-por su definición antes de ser impresas.
+<para>Hace que el comando <var>macro</var> contenga la siguiente línea de entrada
+de texto que transmite <var>number</var>, como en <code>\read5 to\data</code>.
</para>
-<para>Las reglas habituales de &latex; para el tratamiento de varios espacios
-como un espacio único e ignorando espacios después de un nombre de
-instrucción también se aplican al <code>mensaje</code>. Una instrucción
-<code>\space</code> en <code>mensaje</code> provoca la impresión de un espació
-sencillo, independientemente de los espacios circundantes. Una
-<code>^^J</code> en <code>mensaje</code> imprime una nueva línea.
+<para>Esto abre el archivo <file>email.tex</file> para lectura, pone el contenido
+de la primera línea en el comando <code>\email</code> y luego cierra el
+archivo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newread\recipientfile
+\openin\recipientfile=email
+\read\recipientfile to\email
+\typeout&lbrace;Email address: \email&rbrace;
+\closein\recipientfile
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Si <var>number</var> está fuera del rango de 0 a&nbsp;15 o si no hay
+archivo de ese número abierto, o si el archivo ha finalizado, entonces
+<code>\read</code> tomará la entrada de la terminal (o saldrá si la
+interacción no está permitida, por ejemplo, <code>\nonstopmode</code>;
+<pxref label="modos-de-interacci_00f3n"><xrefnodename>modos de interacción</xrefnodename></pxref>). (Sin embargo, la forma natural en
+&latex; de tomar entradas desde la terminal es <code>\typein</code>
+(<pxref label="_005ctypein"><xrefnodename>\typein</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Para leer un archivo completo como fuente &latex; adicional, usa
+<code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) o <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-e-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include e
+\includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">fusiones de correo</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Una razón común para querer leer de un archivo de datos es realizar
+combinaciones de correspondencia. CTAN tiene varios paquetes para
+eso; uno es <code>datatool</code>.
</para>
</section>
-</chapter>
-<node name="L_00ednea-de-_00d3rdenes" spaces=" "><nodename>Línea de Órdenes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Plantillas de Documento</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Entrada/Salida a la Terminal</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Línea de Órdenes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">línea de órdenes</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\read</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entrada/salida</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1236" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
-<para>La especificación de archivo de entrada indica el archivo al cual
-aplicar formato; &tex; usa <file>.tex</file> como extensión predeterminada.
-Si se omite el archivo de entrada completamente, &tex; acepta entrada
-desde la terminal. Usted especifica opciones de instrucción mediante el
-suministro de una cadena como un parámetro para la instrucción; por
-ejemplo,
+<para>Sinopsis, una de:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\typein&lbrace;<var>prompt-msg</var>&rbrace;
+\typein[<var>cmd</var>]&lbrace;<var>prompt-msg</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Imprime <var>prompt-msg</var> en la terminal y hace que &latex; se detenga
+y espere a que escribas una línea de entrada. Esta línea de entrada
+termina cuando presiones la tecla de retorno.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, este
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Mientras viva, nunca olvidaré \typein&lbrace;Ingresar el nombre del
+ estudiante:&rbrace;
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>debe procesar <file>foo.tex</file> sin hacer una pausa después de cada error.
+<para>junto con esta interacción de la línea de comandos
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432"><samp>*</samp> apuntador</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">apuntador, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867">\stop</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Si &latex; se detiene en medio del documento y le muestra un indicador
-<samp>*</samp>, está esperando por una entrada. Usted puede escribir
-<code>\stop</code> (e Intro) y este terminará el documento prematuramente.
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+\&arobase;typein=Aphra Behn
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>da la salida <samp>... nunca olvides a Aphra Behn</samp>.
</para>
+<para>La primera versión del comando, <code>\typein&lbrace;<var>prompt-msg</var>&rbrace;</code>,
+provoca la entrada que escribiste para ser procesada como si se
+hubiera incluido en el archivo de entrada en lugar del comando
+<code>\typein</code>
+</para>
+<para>En la segunda versión del comando, el argumento opcional
+<code><var>cmd</var></code> debe ser un nombre de comando, es decir, debe
+comenzar con una barra invertida, \. Este nombre de comando se define
+o redefine para ser la entrada que escribiste. Por ejemplo, este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\typein[\student]&lbrace;Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:&rbrace;
+\typeout&lbrace;Recomendación para \student .&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>da esta salida en la línea de comandos,
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Ingresa el nombre del estudiante:
+
+\student=John Dee
+Recomendación para John Dee.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>donde el usuario ha ingresado <samp>John Dee.</samp>
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entrada/salida</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1237" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\typeout&lbrace;<var>msg</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Imprime <code>msg</code> en la terminal y en el archivo <code>log</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Este
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\student&rbrace;&lbrace;John Dee&rbrace;
+\typeout&lbrace;Recomendación para \student .&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>genera <samp>Recomendación para John Dee</samp>. Como lo que pasa aquí con
+<code>\student</code>, comandos que se definen con <code>\newcommand</code> o
+<code>\renewcommand</code> (entre otros) se reemplazan por sus definiciones
+antes de ser impresos.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1238" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Las reglas habituales de &latex; para tratar múltiples espacios como
+un solo espacio e ignorar los espacios después de un nombre de comando
+se aplica a <code>msg</code>. Utiliza el comando <code>\space</code> para obtener
+un solo espacio, independiente de los espacios circundantes. Usa
+<code>^^J</code> para obtener una nueva línea. Obtener un carácter de
+porcentaje con <code>\csname &arobase;percentchar\endcsname</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Este comando puede ser útil para una depuración simple, como aquí:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength&lbrace;\jhlength&rbrace;
+\setlength&lbrace;\jhlength&rbrace;&lbrace;5pt&rbrace;
+\typeout&lbrace;La longitud es \la\jhlength.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>produce en la línea de comandos <samp>La longitud es 5.0pt</samp>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cwrite" spaces=" "><nodename>\write</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typeout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Entrada/salida</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\write <var>number</var>&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Escribe <var>string</var> en el archivo de registro, en la terminal o en un
+archivo abierto por <code>\openout</code>. Por ejemplo, <code>\write6</code>
+escribe en texto corriente el número&nbsp;6.
+</para>
+<para>Si aparece lo siguiente en <file><var>basefile</var>.tex</file> entonces se abre
+<file><var>basefile</var>.jh</file>, escribe <samp>Hello World!</samp> y una nueva
+línea y cierra ese archivo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newwrite\myfile
+\immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename
+...
+\immediate\write\myfile&lbrace;Hello world!&rbrace;
+...
+\immediate\closeout\myfile
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El <code>\newwrite</code> asigna un número de flujo, dándole un valor de
+nombre simbólico para hacer la vida más fácil, para que
+<code>stream\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile</code> produzca algo como
+<samp>stream 3</samp>. Entonces <code>\openout</code> asocia el número de flujo
+con el nombre de archivo dado. &tex; finalmente ejecutó
+<code>\write3</code> que pone la cadena en el archivo.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">archivo de registro, escribir en</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140">terminal, escribir a</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><math>-1</math>, escribe el número de flujo</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Por lo general, <var>number</var> está entre 0 y&nbsp;15, porque
+normalmente los autores de &latex; siguen el ejemplo anterior y se
+asigna el número por el sistema. Si <var>number</var> está fuera del rango
+de 0 a 15 o si no está asociado con un archivo abierto, &latex;
+escribe <var>string</var> al archivo de registro. Si <var>number</var> es
+positivo entonces además &latex; escribe <var>string</var> en la terminal.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo tanto, <code>test \write-1&lbrace;Hello World!&rbrace;</code> pone <samp>Hello
+World!</samp> seguido de una nueva línea en el archivo de registro. (Esto
+es lo que dice el <code>\wlog</code> el comando lo hace; <pxref label="_005cwlog"><xrefnodename>\wlog</xrefnodename></pxref>). Y
+<code>\write100&lbrace;Hola Mundo!&rbrace;</code> pone lo mismo en el archivo de
+registro pero también pone <samp>Hello World!</samp> seguido de una nueva
+línea en la salida del terminal. (Pero 16, 17 y 18 son especial como
+<var>number</var>; ve abajo).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">Lua&tex;, 256 flujos de salida en</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>En Lua&tex;, en lugar de 16 flujos de salida, hay 256 (<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores
+&tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Usa <code>\write\&arobase;auxout&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace;</code> para escribir en el actual
+<file>.aux</file>, que está asociado con el archivo raíz o con el archivo de
+inclusión actual; y usa <code>\write\&arobase;mainaux&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace;</code> para
+escribir en el <file>.aux</file> principal. Estos nombres simbólicos están
+definidos por &latex;.
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito: David Carlisle -->
+<!-- c https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115933/121234 -->
+<para>De manera predeterminada &latex; no escribe <var>string</var> a la derecha
+del arreglo correcto. Esto se debe a que, por ejemplo, puedes
+necesitar <code>\write</code> para guardar el número de página actual, pero
+cuando &tex; encuentra un <code>\write</code> por lo general no sabe cuál
+es el número de página, ya que aún no ha hecho el salto de página.
+Entonces, usas <code>\write</code> en uno de tres contextos:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\immediate\write\&arobase;auxout&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace; %1
+\write\&arobase;auxout&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace; %2
+\protected&arobase;write\&arobase;auxout&lbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace; %3
+</pre></example>
+
+<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
+<listitem>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">inmediato <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Con el primero, &latex; escribe <var>string</var> en el archivo
+inmediatamente. Cualquier macro en <var>string</var> está completamente
+expandida (al igual que en <code>\edef</code>), por lo que para evitar la
+expansión debes usar <code>\noexpand</code>, <code>toks</code>, etc., excepto que
+debes usar <code>#</code> en lugar de <code>##</code>).
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144"><code>\write</code> retrasada</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">¿cuál es el elemento?</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>y expansión</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Con el segundo, <var>string</var> se almacena en la lista actual de cosas
+(como un elemento &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo;) y se mantiene hasta que se envía
+la página y así mismo las macros se contraen hasta <code>\shipout</code>. En
+<code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> está completamente expandido.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1245" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
+<para>El tercer, <code>\protected&arobase;write</code>, es como el segundo excepto que
+puedes usar <code>\protect</code> para evitar la expansión. El primer
+argumento extra te permite insertar localmente definiciones
+adicionales para hacer más macros protegidas o tener alguna otra
+definición especial para escribir.
+</para></listitem></enumerate>
+
+<para>Como ejemplo simple de expansión con <code>\write</code>, <var>string</var> aquí
+contiene una secuencia de control <code>\triplex</code> que hemos definido
+como el texto <samp>XYZ</samp>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newwrite\jhfile
+\openout\jhfile=test.jh
+\newcommand&lbrace;\triplex&rbrace;&lbrace;XYZ&rbrace;
+\write\jhfile&lbrace;test \triplex test&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Esto da como resultado el archivo <file>test.jh</file> que contiene el texto
+<samp>test XYZtest</samp> seguido de una nueva línea.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146"><code>\write</code> transmisiones 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Los casos en los que <var>number</var> es 16, 17 o 18 son especiales.
+Porque el comportamiento de <code>\write</code> cuando <var>number</var> está
+fuera del rango de 0 a 15 descrito anteriormente, en Plain&nbsp;&tex;
+<code>\write16</code> y <code>\write17</code> a veces se usaba para escribir en el
+archivo de registro y el terminal; sin embargo, en &latex;, la forma
+natural de hacerlo es con <code>\typeout</code> (<pxref label="_005ctypeout"><xrefnodename>\typeout</xrefnodename></pxref>). El
+comando <code>\write18</code> es aún más especial; los sistemas &tex;
+modernos lo usan para dar órdenes al sistema operativo
+(<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147">nueva línea, en <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Normalmente, <code>\write</code> genera una sola línea. Puedes incluir una
+nueva línea con <code>^^J</code>. Por lo tanto, esto produce dos líneas en
+el archivo de registro.:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog&lbrace;Las líneas paralelas tienen mucho en común.^^JPero nunca se
+encuentran.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Un caso común donde los autores necesitan escribir su propio archivo
+es para respuestas a ejercicios, u otra situación en la que quieras
+escribir textualmente, sin expandir las macros. CTAN tiene una serie
+de paquetes para esto; uno es <code>answers</code>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\write y seguridad</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Seguridad.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\message</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Escribe texto en el archivo de registro y la
+ terminal.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\wlog</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Escribe texto en el archivo de registro.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\write18</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ejecuta un comando del sistema operativo.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005cwrite-y-seguridad" spaces=" "><nodename>\write y seguridad</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> y seguridad</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">seguridad y <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150"><code>\write</code> y seguridad</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>La capacidad de escribir archivos plantea problemas de seguridad. Si
+compilaste un descargó el archivo &latex; y sobrescribió su archivo
+de contraseña, entonces estarías justificadamente preocupado.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, los sistemas &tex; solo te
+permiten abrir archivos para escritura que están en el directorio
+actual o directorio de salida, si se especifica (<pxref label="directorio-de-salida"><xrefnodename>directorio de
+salida</xrefnodename></pxref>), o en un subdirectorio de aquellos. Entonces, este código
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newwrite\jhfile
+\openout\jhfile=../test.jh
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>da un error como:
+</para><example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">No escribir en ../test.jh (openout_any = p).
+! No puedes escribir en el archivo `../test.jh'
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">directorios principales, no se puede escribir en</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Puedes obtener un error de este tipo cuando usas comandos como
+<code>\include&lbrace;../filename&rbrace;</code> porque &latex; intentará abrir
+<file>../filename.aux</file>. La solución más sencilla es poner los
+archivos incluidos en el mismo directorio que el archivo raíz, o en
+subdirectorios.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cmessage" spaces=" "><nodename>\message</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\wlog</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\write y seguridad</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\message</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1246" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\message&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Escribe <var>string</var> en el archivo de registro y en la terminal.
+</para>
+<para>Por lo general, los autores de &latex; usan <code>\typeout</code>
+(<pxref label="_005ctypeout"><xrefnodename>\typeout</xrefnodename></pxref>). Eso te permite usar <code>\protect</code> en cualquier
+comando frágil en <var>string</var> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). Pero
+<code>\typeout</code> siempre inserta una nueva línea al final de
+<var>string</var> mientras que <code>\message</code> no lo hace, por lo que este
+último puede ser útil.
+</para>
+<para>Con este cuerpo del documento de ejemplo.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">antes\message&lbrace;Uno Dos&rbrace;\message&lbrace;Tres&rbrace;\message&lbrace;Cuatro^^JI&rbrace;
+\message&lbrace;declarar una guerra de pulgares.&rbrace;Después
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>bajo algunas circunstancias (ve más abajo) &latex; escribe lo
+siguiente para tanto la terminal como el archivo de registro.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Uno Dos Tres Cuatro
+Declaro una guerra de pulgares.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>El <code>^^J</code> produce una nueva línea. Además, en el documento de
+salida, entre <samp>before</samp> y <samp>After</samp> será un solo espacio (del
+final de la línea que sigue a <samp>I&rbrace;</samp>).
+</para>
+<para>Si bien <code>\message</code> te permite tener más control sobre el formato,
+un inconveniente es que &latex; puede estropear ese formato porque
+inserta saltos de línea dependiendo de lo que ya has
+escrito. Contrasta este cuerpo del documento, donde <samp>Two</samp> se ha
+movido, al que se indica arriba.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">antes de\message&lbrace;Uno&rbrace;\message&lbrace;Dos Tres&rbrace;\message&lbrace;Cuatro^^JI&rbrace;
+\message&lbrace;declara una guerra de pulgares.&rbrace;Después
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Esto puede suceder: cuando &latex; envía los mensajes a la terminal,
+ahora el mensaje con <samp>Uno</samp> es más corto y cabe al final de la
+línea de salida en la terminal, y entonces &latex; rompe la línea
+entre él y <samp>Dos Tres</samp>. Ese salto de línea también aparece en el
+archivo de registro. Esta inserción de salto de línea puede depender,
+por ejemplo, de la longitud de los nombres completos de las rutas de
+los archivos incluidos. Por lo tanto, producir líneas de una manera
+que es portátil es difícil, probablemente requiera comenzando su
+mensaje al principio de una línea.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cwlog" spaces=" "><nodename>\wlog</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write18</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\message</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\wlog</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1247" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog&lbrace;<var>string</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Escribe <var>string</var> en el archivo de registro.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog&lbrace;¿Escuchaste sobre el matemático que odia los negativos?&rbrace;
+\wlog&lbrace;No se detendrá ante nada para evitarlo.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Por lo general, <var>string</var> aparece en una sola línea separada. Usa
+<code>^^J</code> para insertar una nueva línea.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog&lbrace;Helvetica y Times Roman entran a un bar.&rbrace;
+\wlog&lbrace;El barman dice,^^JNo servimos tu tipo.&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cwrite18" spaces=" "><nodename>\write18</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\wlog</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1248" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">comandos externos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">comandos, ejecutar desde &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">comandos del sistema, ejecutar desde &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">acceso de shell</indexterm></cindex>
+<!-- c Derivado de: Joseph Wright: -->
+<!-- c https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
+
+<para>Sinopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\write18&lbrace;<var>shell_command</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Emite un comando al shell del sistema operativo. El sistema operativo
+ejecuta el comando y la ejecución de &latex; se bloquea hasta que
+acabe.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Esta secuencia (en Unix)
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;graphicx&rbrace; % en el preámbulo
+ ...
+\newcommand&lbrace;\fignum&rbrace;&lbrace;1&rbrace;
+\immediate\write18&lbrace;cd pix &amp;&amp; asy figure\fignum&rbrace;
+\includegraphics&lbrace;pix/figure\fignum.pdf&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>ejecutará Asymptote (el programa <code>asy</code>) en
+<file>pix/figure1.asy</file>, para que luego el documento se pueda leer en
+el gráfico resultante (<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>). Como cualquier
+<code>\write</code>, aquí &latex; expande macros en <var>shell_command</var>
+para que <code>\fignum</code> sea reemplazado por <samp>1</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>Otro ejemplo es que puedes ejecutar automáticamente Bib&tex; al
+inicio de cada ejecución de &latex; (<pxref label="Usar-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Usar BibTeX</xrefnodename></pxref>) incluyendo
+<code>\immediate\write18&lbrace;bibtex8 \jobname&rbrace;</code> como la primera línea
+del archivo. Ten en cuenta que <code>\jobname</code> se expande al nombre
+base del archivo raíz a menos que se pase la opción <code>--jobname</code>
+en la línea de comandos, en cuyo caso este es el argumento de la
+opción.
+</para>
+<para>A veces es necesario realizar un proceso de varios pasos para obtener
+la información de eso que quieres. Esto insertará en la entrada una
+lista de todos los archivos PDF en el directorio actual (pero ve
+<code>texosquery</code> a continuación):
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\immediate\write18&lbrace;ls *.pdf &gt; tmp.dat&rbrace;
+\input&lbrace;tmp.dat&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>El comportamiento estándar de cualquier <code>\write</code> es esperar hasta
+que una página sea enviada antes de expandir las macros o escribir en
+la secuencia (<pxref label="_005cwrite"><xrefnodename>\write</xrefnodename></pxref>). Pero a veces quieres que se haga ahora.
+Para esto, usa <code>\immediate\write18&lbrace;<var>shell_command</var>&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay problemas de seguridad obvios al permitir comandos del sistema
+dentro un archivo &latex;. Si descargas un archivo de la red y
+contiene comandos para eliminar todos sus archivos, entonces no
+estarías satisfecho. La configuración estándar en las distribuciones
+modernas desactiva el acceso completo al intérprete de comandos. Lo
+puedes activar, si estás seguro de que los comandos del intérprete son
+seguros, compilando con <code>latex --enable-write18 <var>filename</var></code>
+(<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la línea de comandos</xrefnodename></pxref>). (La opción
+<code>--shell-escape</code> es un sinónimo, en &tex; Live).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">acceso restringido al intérprete</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>En lugar del acceso completo al intérprete, las distribuciones
+modernas por omisión una versión restringida que permite que funcionen
+algunos comandos, como los que ejecuta Metafont para generar fuentes
+que faltan, incluso si no usa la opción <code>enable-write18</code>. De
+manera predeterminada esta lista de commands permitidos es corto y
+presenta solo los comandos que están bajo el control de los
+mantenedores de la distribución (<pxref label="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la línea de
+comandos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, usado por <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, usado por <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1251" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, usado por <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1252" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, variables de entorno</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>El texto <var>shell_command</var> siempre se pasa a <file>/bin/sh</file> en
+sistemas operativos similares a Unix y el intérprete de comandos de
+DOS <file>cmd.exe</file> en Windows. Cualquier intérprete diferente
+establecido por el usuario, y la variable de entorno <code>SHELL</code> se
+ignora.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">información del sistema</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162">Información del sistema operativo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163">Información de la configuración regional, del sistema</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164">Listados de directorio, del sistema</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Si lo que necesitas es información del sistema, como el nombre del
+sistema operativo, información local o contenido del directorio, echa
+un vistazo al paquete <code>texosquery</code>, que proporciona una forma
+de interfaz cómoda y segura para esto, a diferencia de los ejemplos
+anteriores que usan el <code>\write18</code> simple <code>\write18</code>:
+<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1253" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<para>&latex; proporciona un paquete <code>shellesc</code> encima del comando
+primitivo <code>\write18</code>. Su propósito principal es proporcionar un
+comando <code>\ShellEscape</code> que funciona de manera idéntica en todos
+los motores &tex;; Lua&tex; intencionalmente no retuvo
+<code>\write18</code> como una forma de invocar un comando del intérprete,
+por lo que se necesita algún código específico del motor. El paquete
+<code>shellesc</code> también proporciona un comando
+<code>\DelayedShellEscape</code>, ejecutado a la hora de <code>\output</code>, por
+la misma razón.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Plantillas-de-Documento" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantillas de Documento</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">License translation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Línea de Órdenes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Plantillas de Documento</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">plantillas de documentos</indexterm></cindex>
+<node name="Interfaz-de-l_00ednea-de-comandos" spaces=" "><nodename>Interfaz de línea de comandos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Plantillas de documentos</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Entrada/salida</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Interfaz de línea de comandos</sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="L_00ednea-de-comandos">Línea de comandos</anchor><!-- c nombre antiguo -->
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">interfaz de línea de comando</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">interfaz, línea de comandos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">*CLI*</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Sinopsis (desde una línea de comandos de terminal):
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Ejecuta &latex; en <var>argument</var>. En lugar de <command>pdflatex</command>
+también puedes usar (para salida PDF) <command>xelatex</command> o
+<code>lualatex</code>, o (para salida DVI) <code>latex</code> o
+<code>dvilualatex</code>, entre otros (<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores &tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, esto ejecutará &latex; en el archivo <file>thesis.tex</file>,
+creando la salida <file>thesis.pdf</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex thesis
+</pre></example>
-<para>Aunque no es material de referencia, tal vez estas plantillas de
-documento serán de utilidad.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>extensión predeterminada</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Ten en cuenta que <file>.tex</file> es la extensión del nombre de archivo
+predeterminada.
+</para>
+<para>pdf&tex; es una extensión del programa &tex; original, al igual que
+Xe&tex; y Lua&tex; (<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores &tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>). Los dos primeros son
+completamente retrocompatibles y el segundo, casi. Quizás la nueva
+característica más fundamental para los tres es que el &tex; original
+produce su propio formato DVI, mientras que los más nuevos pueden
+salir directamente a PDF. Esto les permite aprovechar las funciones
+adicionales en PDF como hipervínculos, compatibilidad con formatos de
+imagen modernos como JPG y PNG y programas de visualización
+omnipresentes. En resumen, si corres <command>pdflatex</command> o
+<command>xelatex</command> o <command>lualatex</command> entonces obtendrás PDF de forma
+predeterminada y tendrás acceso a todas sus modernas características.
+Si ejecutas <command>latex</command> o <command>dvilualatex</command>, obtendrás DVI.
+La descripción aquí asume <command>pdflatex</command>.
+</para>
+<para><xref label="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos"><xrefnodename>Opciones de la línea de comandos</xrefnodename></xref>, para una selección de las más
+útiles opciones de la línea de comandos. En cuanto a <var>argument</var>,
+el caso habitual es que no comienza con una barra invertida, por lo
+que el sistema lo toma como el nombre de un archivo y compila ese
+archivo. Si <var>argument</var> comienza con una barra invertida, el
+sistema lo interpretará como una línea de entrada &latex;, que se
+puede utilizar para efectos especiales (<pxref label="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos"><xrefnodename>Entrada de la línea de
+comandos</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>Si no proporcionaste argumentos ni opciones, <command>pdflatex</command>
+solicita entrada desde la terminal. Puedes escapar de esto ingresando
+<kbd>CTRL-D</kbd>.
+</para>
+<para>Si &latex; encuentra un error en tu documento, de manera
+predeterminada se detiene y te pregunta al respecto.
+<xref label="Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores"><xrefnodename>Recuperación de errores</xrefnodename></xref>, para obtener un resumen de qué hacer.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Plantilla book</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Plantilla beamer</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Plantilla tugboat</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Opciones de la línea de comandos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Opciones de la línea de
+ comandos de uso común.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Entrada de la línea de comandos</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Especifica el código LaTeX en
+ la línea de comandos.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Nombre del trabajo</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cómo &tex; establece el
+ nombre del trabajo actual.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Recuperación de errores</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cuando algo sale mal.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="Plantilla-book" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantilla book</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Plantilla beamer</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Plantillas de Documento</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Plantilla <code>book</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="Opciones-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos" spaces=" "><nodename>Opciones de la línea de comandos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Entrada de la línea de comandos</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Interfaz de línea de comandos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Opciones de la línea de comandos</sectiontitle>
-<verbatim xml:space="preserve">
-\documentclass{book}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Book}
-\author{Autor Alex}
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170">opciones, línea de comandos</indexterm></cindex>
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
+<para>Estas son las opciones de la línea de comandos relevantes para la
+autoría de documentos ordinarios. Para obtener una lista completa,
+intenta ejecutar <samp>latex --help</samp> desde la línea de comandos.
+</para>
+<para>Con muchas implementaciones puedes especificar opciones de la línea de
+comandos prefijándolos con <samp>-</samp> o <samp>--</samp>. ESTE es el caso de
+ambos &tex; Live (incluyendo Mac&tex;) y MiK&tex;. Usaremos ambas
+convenciones indistintamente. Si una opción toma un valor, se puede
+especificar ya sea como un argumento separado (<samp>--foo val</samp>), o
+como un argumento con un signo <samp>=</samp> (<samp>--foo=val</samp>), pero no
+puede haber espacios alrededor de <samp>=</samp>. Generalmente usaremos la
+sintaxis <samp>=</samp>.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1256" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-version</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Muestra la versión actual, como <samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16
+(TeX Live 2015/Debian)</samp> junto con una pequeña cantidad de información
+adicional, y sale.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1257" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-help</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Proporciona un breve mensaje de uso que sea útil como aviso y sale.
+</para>
+<anchor name="modos-de-interacci_00f3n">modos de interacción</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1258" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>&tex; compila un documento en uno de cuatro modos de interacción:
+<code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>,
+<code>errorstopmode</code>. En <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (el predeterminado),
+&tex; se detiene en cada error y solicita la intervención del
+usuario. En <dfn>modo por lotes</dfn> no imprime nada en la terminal, los
+errores se desplazan como si el usuario presionara <kbd>RETURN</kbd> en
+cada error, y los archivos que faltan hacen que se aborte el
+trabajo. En <dfn>nonstopmode</dfn>, aparece un mensaje de diagnóstico en la
+terminal pero como en el modo por lotes, no hay interacción del
+usuario. En <dfn>scrollmode</dfn>, &tex; se detiene por falta de archivos
+o entrada del teclado, pero nada más.
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, iniciar &latex; con esta línea de comandos
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex -interaction=batchmode <var>filename</var>
+</pre></example>
-\chapter{Primero}
-Algún texto.
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>elimina la mayor parte de la salida de la terminal.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">nombre de trabajo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176">nombre de archivo para el trabajo actual</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1259" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Establece el valor de <dfn>jobname</dfn> de &tex; en la cadena. El
+archivo de registro y el archivo de salida entonces se llamará
+<file><var>string</var>.log</file> y <file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>. <pxref label="Nombre-del-trabajo"><xrefnodename>Nombre del
+trabajo</xrefnodename></pxref>.
+</para>
+<anchor name="directorio-de-salida">directorio de salida</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">Directorio de salida para todos los archivos externos</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1260" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Escribe archivos en el directorio <var>directory</var>. Ya debe existir.
+Esto se aplica a todos los archivos externos creados por &tex; o
+&latex;, como el archivo <file>.log</file> para la ejecución, el
+<file>.aux</file>, <file>.toc</file>, etc., archivos creados por &latex;, así
+como el principal archivo de salida <file>.pdf</file> o <file>.dvi</file> en sí
+mismo.
+</para>
+<para>Cuando se especifica, el directorio de salida <var>directory</var> además
+primero se verifica automáticamente cualquier archivo que se ingrese,
+de modo que los archivos externos se pueden volver a leer, si se
+desea. El verdadero directorio actual (en el que se ejecutó &latex;)
+permanece sin cambios, y también se comprobaron los archivos de
+entrada.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178">escape del intérprete</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><code>\write18</code>, habilitar</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1261" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1262" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1263" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1264" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--no-shell-escape</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Habilita o deshabilita <code>\write18&lbrace;<var>shell_command</var>&rbrace;</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>). Las dos primeras opciones son compatibles con
+ambos &tex; Live y MiK&tex;, mientras que las dos segundas son
+sinónimos compatibles por &tex; Live.
+</para>
+<para>Habilitar esta funcionalidad tiene importantes implicaciones de
+seguridad, ya que permite que un archivo &latex; ejecute cualquier
+comando. Por lo tanto, de manera predeterminada, no se permite
+<code>\write18</code> sin restricciones. (El valor predeterminado para
+&tex; Live, Mac&tex; y MiK&tex; es permitir la ejecución de un
+número limitado de programas relacionados con &tex;, que ellos
+distribuyen).
+</para>
+<para>Por ejemplo, si invocas a &latex; con la opción
+<code>no-shell-escape</code>, y en tu documento llamas a <code>\write18&lbrace;ls
+-l&rbrace;</code>, entonces no obtienes un error pero el archivo de registro dice
+<samp>runsystem(ls -l)...deshabilitado</samp>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1265" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-halt-on-error</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Detiene el procesamiento en el primer error.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1266" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1267" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-no-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Habilita o deshabilita
+<code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style error de
+mensajes. Estos solo están disponibles con &tex; Live o Mac&tex;.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-\chapter{Segundo}
-Algún otro texto.
-\section{Un subtema}
-El final.
-\end{document}
-</verbatim>
+</section>
+<node name="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos" spaces=" "><nodename>Entrada de la línea de comandos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Nombre del trabajo</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Opciones de la línea de comandos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Interfaz de línea de comandos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Entrada de la línea de comandos</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180">Entrada, en la línea de comando</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Como parte de la invocación de la línea de comandos
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent> <para>puedes especificar una entrada &latex; arbitraria comenzando
+<var>argument</var> con una barra invertida. (Todos los motores admiten
+esto). Este te permite hacer algunos efectos especiales.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <para>Por ejemplo, este archivo (que usa el paquete
+<code>hyperref</code> para hipervínculos) puede producir dos tipos de
+salida, una para leer en papel físico y otra para leer en línea.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ifdefined\paperversion % en el preámbulo
+\newcommand&lbrace;\urlcolor&rbrace;&lbrace;black&rbrace;
+\else
+\newcommand&lbrace;\urlcolor&rbrace;&lbrace;blue&rbrace;
+\fi
+\usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=\urlcolor]&lbrace;hyperref&rbrace;
+ ...
+\href&lbrace;https://www.ctan.org&rbrace;&lbrace;CTAN&rbrace; % en el cuerpo
+ ...
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Compilar este documento <file>book.tex</file> con la línea de comandos
+<code>pdflatex book</code> dará el enlace <samp>CTAN</samp> en azul. Pero
+compilarlo con
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion&lbrace;&rbrace;\input book.tex&quot;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>tiene el enlace en negro. Usamos comillas dobles para evitar
+interpretación de los símbolos por el intérprete de la línea de
+comandos. (Este normalmente funciona en sistemas Unix y Windows, pero
+hay muchas peculiaridades de las comillas del intérprete, así que lee
+la documentación de tu sistema si necesitas).
+</para>
+<para>De manera similar, desde el único archivo <file>main.tex</file> puedes
+compilar dos versiones diferentes.
+</para>
+<!-- c crédito Paul Gaborit: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/220101/121234 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex -jobname=students &quot;\def\student&lbrace;&rbrace;\input&lbrace;main&rbrace;&quot;
+pdflatex -jobname=teachers &quot;\def\teachers&lbrace;&rbrace;\input&lbrace;main&rbrace;&quot;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>La opción <code>jobname</code> está ahí porque, de lo contrario, ambos
+archivos estarían llamando a <file>main.pdf</file> y el segundo
+sobrescribiría el primero. (<pxref label="Nombre-del-trabajo"><xrefnodename>Nombre del trabajo</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>En este ejemplo usamos la línea de comando para seleccionar qué partes
+de un documento incluir. Para un libro llamado <file>mybook.tex</file> y
+estructurado como esto.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass&lbrace;book&rbrace;
+\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+ ...
+\include&lbrace;chap1&rbrace;
+\include&lbrace;chap2&rbrace;
+ ...
+\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>la línea de comandos
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex &quot;\includeonly&lbrace;chap1&rbrace;\input&lbrace;mybook&rbrace;&quot;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>dará salida que tiene el primer capítulo pero ningún otro
+capítulo. <xref label="Dividir-la-entrada"><xrefnodename>Dividir la entrada</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="Nombre-del-trabajo" spaces=" "><nodename>Nombre del trabajo</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recuperación de errores</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Entrada de la línea de comandos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Interfaz de línea de comandos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Nombre del trabajo</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1268" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1183">nombre de trabajo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1184">nombre del documento raíz</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1185">nombre del documento raíz</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1186">archivo raíz</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1187">archivo raíz</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Ejecutar &latex; crea una serie de archivos, incluido el PDF
+principal (o salida DVI), pero también incluye otros. Estos archivos
+se nombran con el así llamado <dfn>jobname</dfn>. El caso más común es
+también el más simple, donde, por ejemplo, el comando <code>pdflatex
+thesis</code> crea <code>thesis.pdf</code> y también <code>thesis.log</code> y
+<code>thesis.aux</code>. Aquí el nombre del trabajo es <code>thesis</code>.
+</para>
+<para>En general, &latex; se invoca como <code><var>latex-engine</var>
+<var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, donde <var>latex-engine</var> es el
+<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc.&noeos; (<pxref label="Motores-TeX"><xrefnodename>Motores
+&tex;</xrefnodename></pxref>). Si <var>argument</var> no comienza con una barra invertida, como
+es el caso anterior con <code>thesis</code>, entonces &tex; considera que
+es el nombre del archivo para ingresar como el documento
+principal. Este archivo se denomina <dfn>root file</dfn> (<pxref label="Dividir-la-entrada"><xrefnodename>Dividir la
+entrada</xrefnodename></pxref>, y&nbsp;<ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>). El nombre de ese archivo raíz, sin la
+extensión <file>.tex</file> si la hay, es el nombre del trabajo. Si
+<var>argument</var> comienza con una barra invertida, o si &tex; está en
+modo interactivo, entonces espera el primer comando <code>\input</code>, y
+el nombre del trabajo es el argumento de <code>\input</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Hay dos posibilidades más para el nombre del trabajo. Se puede
+especificar directamente con la opción <code>-jobname</code>, como en
+<code>pdflatex -jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Entrada-de-la-l_00ednea-de-comandos"><xrefnodename>Entrada de la línea de
+comandos</xrefnodename></pxref> para un ejemplo real).
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1269" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname predefinido</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1188">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>La posibilidad final es <file>texput</file>, que es la última alternativa
+predeterminada si no hay otro nombre disponible para &tex;. Es
+decir, si no se especificó la opción <code>-jobname</code> y la compilación
+se detiene antes de cualquier archivo de entrada, entonces el archivo
+de registro se llamará <file>texput.log</file>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1270" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, y <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1271" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r> y <code>textput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>Un caso especial de esto es que en las versiones de &latex; de
+(aproximadamente) 2020 o posterior, el nombre del trabajo también es
+<file>texput</file> si el primer <code>\input</code> ocurre como resultado de ser
+llamado por <code>\documentclass</code> o <code>\RequirePackage</code>. Así que
+esto producirá un archivo llamado <file>texput.pdf</file>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex
+&quot;\documentclass&lbrace;minimal&rbrace;\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;Hello!\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;&quot;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Sin embargo, este caso especial solo se aplica a esos dos comandos.
+Así, con
+</para>
+<!-- c acredita a Herbert Voss: -->
+<!-- c https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/17236/121234 -->
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex
+&quot;\documentclass&lbrace;article&rbrace;\usepackage&lbrace;lipsum&rbrace;\input&lbrace;thesis&rbrace;&quot;
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>el archivo de salida es <file>lipsum.pdf</file>, ya que <code>\usepackage</code>
+llama a <code>\input</code>.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1272" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Dentro del documento, la macro <code>\jobname</code> se expande al nombre
+del trabajo. (Cuando ejecutas &latex; en un archivo cuyo nombre
+contiene espacios, la cadena devuelta por <code>\jobname</code> contiene
+comillas de inicio y final coincidentes). En la expansión de esa
+macro, todos los caracteres son de catcode&nbsp;12 (otro) excepto que
+los espacios son category&nbsp;10, incluyendo letras que normalmente
+son catcode&nbsp;11.
+</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1273" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro de <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1189"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1190"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Debido a esta situación de catcode, usar el nombre del trabajo en un
+condicional se puede volver complicado. Una solución es usar la macro
+<code>\IfBeginWith</code> del paquete <file>xstring</file> en su variante
+estrella, que es insensible a catcode. Por ejemplo, en el siguiente
+texto la nota a pie de página &textldquo;Incluyendo Respublica Bananensis
+Francorum.&textrdquo;&noeos; solo está presente si el nombre de la tarea comienza
+con <file>mi-doc</file>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Si una democracia es solo un régimen donde los ciudadanos votan
+entonces todas las repúblicas bananeras
+\IfBeginWith*&lbrace;\jobname&rbrace;&lbrace;my-doc&rbrace;% &lbrace;\footnote&lbrace;Incluyendo
+Respublica Bananensis Francorum.&rbrace;&rbrace;&lbrace;&rbrace; son democracias.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Manipular el valor de <code>\jobname</code> dentro de un documento no camba
+el nombre del archivo de salida o el archivo de registro.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="Recuperaci_00f3n-de-errores" spaces=" "><nodename>Recuperación de errores</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Nombre del trabajo</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Interfaz de línea de comandos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Recuperación de errores</sectiontitle>
+<para>Si &latex; encuentra un error en tu documento, entonces te da un
+mensaje de error y te muestra un signo de interrogación, <code>?</code>.
+Por ejemplo, ejecutando &latex; en este archivo
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\NP&rbrace;&lbrace;\ensuremath&lbrace;\textbf&lbrace;NP&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
+El problema de \PN&lbrace;&rbrace; es de un millón de dólares.
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>hace que muestre esto y espere la entrada.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">! Secuencia de control Indefinida.
+l.5 El problema
+ \PN&lbrace;&rbrace; es uno de un millón de dólares.
+?
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Lo más sencillo es ingresar <kbd>x</kbd> y <kbd>RETURN</kbd> y arreglar el error
+de tipografía. En su lugar, podrías ingresar <kbd>?</kbd> y <kbd>RETURN</kbd>
+para ver otros opciones.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1191"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1192">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1274" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
+<para>Hay otros dos escenarios de error. El primero es que te olvidaste
+incluir el <code>\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> o lo escribiste mal. En este caso
+&latex; te da un <samp>*</samp> indicador. Puedes volver a la línea de
+comandos escribiendo <kbd>\stop</kbd> y <kbd>RETURN</kbd>; este comando mejora
+la salida de &latex; inmediatamente, sea cual sea el estado en el que
+se encuentre.
+</para>
+<para>El último escenario es que escribiste mal el nombre del archivo. Por
+ejemplo, en lugar de <code>pdflatex test</code> puedes escribir
+<code>pdflatex tste</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">! No puedo encontrar el archivo `tste'.
+&lt;*&gt; tste
+
+(Presiona Enter para volver a intentarlo o Control-D para
+salir). Escribe otro nombre de archivo de entrada:
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>Lo más simple es ingresar <kbd>CTRL d</kbd> (manteniendo presionadas las
+teclas control y flecha abajo al mismo tiempo), y luego vuelve a
+escribir la línea de comandos correcta.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="Plantilla-beamer" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantilla beamer</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Plantilla tugboat</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Plantilla book</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Plantillas de Documento</nodeup></node>
+</chapter>
+<node name="Plantillas-de-documentos" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantillas de documentos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Índice</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Interfaz de línea de comandos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Plantillas de documentos</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1193">plantillas de documentos</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1194">plantillas, documento</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Aunque son material ilustrativo, quizás estas plantillas de documentos
+sean útiles. Los recursos de plantillas adicionales se enumeran en
+<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Plantilla beamer</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Plantilla de artículo</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Plantilla de libro</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Plantilla de libro Larger</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Plantilla-beamer" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantilla beamer</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Plantilla de artículo</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Plantillas de documentos</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Plantilla <code>beamer</code></sectiontitle>
-<para>La clase <code>beamer</code> crea diapositivas de presentaciones.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1195"><code>beamer</code> plantilla y clase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1196">plantilla, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>La clase <code>beamer</code> crea diapositivas de presentación. Tiene
+una vasta variedad de características, pero aquí hay una plantilla
+básica:
</para>
-<verbatim xml:space="preserve">
+<verbatim xml:space="preserve" endspaces=" ">
\documentclass{beamer}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Beamer}
+\title{Plantilla de clase Beamer}
\author{Autor Alex}
-\date{Julio 31, 2010}
+\date{31 de julio de 2020}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
-% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} provoca errores misteriosos.
+% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} obtiene misteriosos
+% errores.
\begin{frame}[fragile]
- \frametitle{Primer Diapositiva}
+ \frametitle{Primer diapositiva}
\begin{verbatim}
- ¡Esto está en \verbatim!
+ Este es \verbatim!
\end{verbatim}
\end{frame}
\end{document}
-
</verbatim>
+<para>El paquete Beamer en CTAN: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="Plantilla-tugboat" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantilla tugboat</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Plantilla beamer</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Plantillas de Documento</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Plantilla <code>tugboat</code></sectiontitle>
+<node name="Plantilla-de-art_00edculo" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantilla de artículo</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Plantilla de libro</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Plantilla beamer</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Plantillas de documentos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Plantilla <code>article</code></sectiontitle>
-<para><cite>TUGboat</cite> es el diario del Grupo de Usuarios de &tex;,
-<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>.
-</para>
-<verbatim xml:space="preserve">
-\documentclass{ltugboat} % para procedimientos ltugproc
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1197">plantilla (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
- urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
-\else
- \usepackage{url}
-\fi
+<para>Una plantilla simple para un artículo.
+</para>
+<verbatim xml:space="preserve" endspaces=" ">
+\documentclass{article}
+\title{Plantilla de clase article}
+\author{Autor Alex}
\begin{document}
-
-\title{Ejemplo de Articulo Regular \TUB\}
-
-% repetir información para cada autor.
-\author{First Last}
-\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
-\netaddress{user (at) ejemplo dot org}
-\personalURL{http://ejemplo.org/~user/}
-
\maketitle
-% El resumen en ltugboat viene después de \maketitle.
-\begin{abstract}
-Este es un ejemplo del tema de un artículo \TUB{} ordinario.
-\end{abstract}
+\section{Primera sección}
+Algún texto.
-\section{Introducción}
+\subsection{Primera sección, primera subsección}
+Texto adicional.
-Este es un artículo de ejemplo para \TUB, de
-\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
+\section{Segunda sección}
+Algo más de texto.
-Recomendamos el paquete graphicx para inclusión de imágenes y el
-paquete hyperref para urls activas (en la salida \acro{PDF}). \TUB\ se
-produce utilizando archivos \acro{PDF} exclusivamente, en la actualidad.
+\end{document}
+</verbatim>
-Las clases \texttt{ltug*} proporcionan estas abreviaturas, entre muchas
-otras:
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
-\BibTeX \CandT \CTAN \DTD \DVItoVDU \HTML
-\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \JoT \LAMSTeX \LaTeXe
-\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \pcMF \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas
-\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
-\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG
-\tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \VorTeX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
-
-\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
-\careof \thinskip
-
-\acro{FRED} -&gt; {\sc fred} % ¡Por favor úselas!
-\cs{fred} -&gt; \fred
-\env{fred} -&gt; \begin{fred}
-\meta{fred} -&gt; &lt;fred&gt;
-\nth{n} -&gt; 1st, 2nd, ...
-\sfrac{3/4} -&gt; 3/4
-\booktitle{Libro de Fred}
-\end{verbatim}
-}
+</section>
+<node name="Plantilla-de-libro" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantilla de libro</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Plantilla de libro Larger</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Plantilla de artículo</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Plantillas de documentos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Plantilla <code>book</code></sectiontitle>
-Para mayor información, consulte el documento en ltubguid:
-\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1198">plantilla, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
-Correo electrónico \verb|tugboat@tug.org| si incurre en problemas o tiene
-dudas.
+<para>Esta es una plantilla sencilla para un libro. <xref label="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger"><xrefnodename>Plantilla de
+libro Larger</xrefnodename></xref>, para una más elaborada.
+</para>
+<verbatim xml:space="preserve" endspaces=" ">
+\documentclass{book}
+\title{Plantilla de clase book}
+\autor{Autor Alex}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\chapter{Primero}
+Algún texto.
-\bibliographystyle{plain} % recomendamos el estilo de bibliografía plain
-\nocite{book-minimal} % solo hace que la bibliografía no esté vacía
-\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib viene con BibTeX
+\chapter{Segundo}
+Algún otro texto.
+\section{Un subtema}
+Fin.
-\makesignature % no en ltugproc
\end{document}
</verbatim>
-<!-- c begin vincentb1 -->
+
</section>
-</appendix>
-<node name="License-translation" spaces=" "><nodename>License translation</nodename><nodenext spaces=" ">Plantillas de Documento</nodenext><nodeprev spaces=" ">Índice de Conceptos</nodeprev><nodeup spaces=" ">Top</nodeup></node>
-<!-- comment node-name, next, previous, up -->
-<appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Traducción de la licencia</sectiontitle>
-
-<para>La traducción que sigue es dada únicamente como informaciòn, y no
-reemplaza el texto en inglés dado al principio de este documento.
-<!-- c end vincentb1 -->
-</para>
-<para>Se concede permiso para hacer y distribuir copias literales de este
-manual siempre que el aviso de copyright y esta nota de permiso se
-conserven en todas las copias.
-</para>
-<ignore>
-Se concede permiso para procesar este archivo a través de TeX e imprimir
-los resultados, siempre que el documento impreso lleve la copia de aviso
-de permiso previa idéntica a ésta a excepción de la supresión de este
-párrafo (este párrafo no es pertinente para el manual impreso).
-</ignore>
+<node name="Plantilla-de-libro-Larger" spaces=" "><nodename>Plantilla de libro Larger</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Plantilla de libro</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Plantillas de documentos</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Plantilla de <code>book</code> larger</sectiontitle>
-<para>Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
-este manual bajo las condiciones para una copia literal, a condición de
-que todo el trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los términos
-de una nota de permiso idéntica a ésta.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1199">plantilla, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Esta es una plantilla algo elaborada para un libro. <xref label="Plantilla-de-libro"><xrefnodename>Plantilla
+de libro</xrefnodename></xref>, por una más sencilla.
</para>
-<para>Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este manual
-a otro idioma, con las condiciones anteriores para versiones
-modificadas.
+<para>Esta plantilla usa <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code> y
+<code>\backmatter</code> para controlar la tipografía de las tres áreas
+principales de un libro (<pxref label="_005cfrontmatter-_002d-_005cmainmatter-y-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter - \mainmatter y
+\backmatter</xrefnodename></pxref>). El libro tiene una bibliografía y un índice.
</para>
-</appendix>
-<node name="_00cdndice-de-Conceptos" spaces=" "><nodename>Índice de Conceptos</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Índice de Instrucciones</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">License translation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<unnumbered spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Índice de Conceptos</sectiontitle>
+<para>También es notable que usa <code>\include</code> e <code>\includeonly</code>
+(<pxref label="Dividir-la-entrada"><xrefnodename>Dividir la entrada</xrefnodename></pxref>). Mientras trabajas en un capítulo,
+puedes comentar todas las demás entradas del capítulo desde el
+argumento hasta <code>\includeonly</code>. Eso acelerará la compilación sin
+perder cualquier información como referencias cruzadas. (Material que
+no necesita entrar en una nueva página se introduce con <code>\input</code>
+en lugar de <code>\include</code>. No obtienes el beneficio de referencia
+cruzada con <code>\input</code>).
+</para>
+<verbatim xml:space="preserve" endspaces=" ">
+\documentclass[titlepage]{book}
+\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex
-<printindex value="cp" line=" cp"></printindex>
+\title{Plantilla de la clase book}
+\author{Autor Alex}
-<!-- c El nombre del nodo `Índice de Instrucciones' NO se debe alterar para -->
-<!-- c ltx-help.el. -->
-</unnumbered>
-<node name="_00cdndice-de-Instrucciones" spaces=" "><nodename>Índice de Instrucciones</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Índice de Conceptos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<unnumbered spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Índice de Instrucciones</sectiontitle>
+\includeonly{%
+% frontcover,
+ preface,
+ chap1,
+% appenA,
+ }
+
+\begin{document}
+\frontmatter
+\include{frontcover}
+ % tal vez comentar mientras se redacta:
+\maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright}
+\tableofcontents
+\include{preface}
+
+\mainmatter
+\include{chap1}
+...
+\appendix
+\include{appenA}
+...
+
+\backmatter
+\bibliographystyle{apalike}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography}
+\bibliography
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\printindex
+
+\include{backcover}
+\end{document}
+</verbatim>
+
+
+</section>
+</appendix>
+<node name="_00cdndice" spaces=" "><nodename>Índice</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Plantillas de documentos</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<unnumbered spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Índice</sectiontitle>
+
+<!-- c Mantén `Command Index' funcionando para ltx-help.el. -->
+<anchor name="_00edndice-de-comandos">índice de comandos</anchor>
-<printindex value="fn" line=" fn"></printindex>
+<printindex spaces=" " value="cp" line="cp"></printindex>
</unnumbered>
<bye></bye>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
index e431588369..d0d1f1ea32 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!-- -->
- Source: etoc.dtx (1.1a)
+ Source: etoc.dtx (1.1b)
Author: Jean-Francois Burnol
Info: Completely customisable TOCs
License: LPPL 1.3c
@@ -97,8 +97,15 @@ etoc.sty, etoc.tex, etoc.pdf, etoc.dvi.
RECENT CHANGES
==============
+1.1b \[2023/01/15\]
+-------------------
+
+Documentation fix, 1.1a forgot to mention the following change:
+`\etocthelinkedname`, `\etocthelinkednumber`, `\etocthelinkedpage`
+are now always hyperlinks independently of linktoc status.
+
1.1a \[2023/01/14\]
-----------------------
+-------------------
This version brings no new functionality, despite the number bump.
It implements a complete rewrite of old legacy core internals.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
index 89e7b3a109..9512121efb 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
% N.B.: this dtx file is NOT for use with \DocInput. The latex source of the
% user manual is not prefixed with percent signs.
%<*none>
-\def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <14-01-2023 at 21:26:57 CET>}%
+\def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <15-01-2023 at 11:56:19 CET>}%
%</none>
%<*!readme>
%%
%% Package: etoc
-%% Version: 1.1a
+%% Version: 1.1b
%% License: LPPL 1.3c
%% Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Jean-Francois Burnol
%% <jfbu at free dot fr>
%</!readme>
%<*none>
-\def\etocpkgdate {2023/01/14}
-\def\etocdocdate {2023/01/14}
-\def\etocpkgversion {1.1a}
+\def\etocpkgdate {2023/01/15}
+\def\etocdocdate {2023/01/15}
+\def\etocpkgversion {1.1b}
\def\etocpkgdescription {Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)}
%% German translation was last udpated on April 2015 and all new material
%% was included since in English. During 2020/2021/2022 emerged a still
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
\catcode32=13\catcode`\\=12^^Brelax^^A
^^Bfirstofone{^^Bendgroup^^Bdef^^BetocLicense^^A
{% Package: etoc
-% Version: 1.1a
+% Version: 1.1b
% License: LPPL 1.3c
% Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Jean-Francois Burnol <jfbu at free dot fr>
%
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
%<*readme>
<!-- -->
- Source: etoc.dtx (1.1a)
+ Source: etoc.dtx (1.1b)
Author: Jean-Francois Burnol
Info: Completely customisable TOCs
License: LPPL 1.3c
@@ -157,8 +157,15 @@ etoc.sty, etoc.tex, etoc.pdf, etoc.dvi.
RECENT CHANGES
==============
+1.1b \[2023/01/15\]
+-------------------
+
+Documentation fix, 1.1a forgot to mention the following change:
+`\etocthelinkedname`, `\etocthelinkednumber`, `\etocthelinkedpage`
+are now always hyperlinks independently of linktoc status.
+
1.1a \[2023/01/14\]
-----------------------
+-------------------
This version brings no new functionality, despite the number bump.
It implements a complete rewrite of old legacy core internals.
@@ -3668,7 +3675,9 @@ hyperlinks. No such problem arises either when using |forest| or the native
|tikz| syntax for trees (which will be illustrated in the next section).} The
commands \csb{etocname}, etc\dots, are robust, it is easier to work with
\csb{etocthelinkednumber}, \csb{etocthelinkedname}, and \csb{etocthelinkedpage}
-which contain the same information in an easier accessible form.
+which contain the same information in an easier accessible form.%
+%
+\normalmarginpar\marginpar{\footnotesize\rmfamily\itshape\RaggedRight At \texttt{1.1a} the commands \csa{etocthelinkedname}, etc\dots, are always providing an hyperlink, so it is not true that \csb{etocname}, etc\dots, are always simply their robust variants.}
For this |forest| tree we have designed very special \etoc styles for sections
and subsections. They use a token list register called |\treetok| and a
@@ -4659,21 +4668,31 @@ The meanings of these commands
can be stored for delayed usage. For example this is
done in the \hyperref[tocastree]{examples with trees}.
-Notice though the following facts:
+There has been a \textbf{breaking change} at |1.1a|. Here is the behavior
+\emph{prior} to this release:
\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
-\item \csb{etocthelinkednumber} and \csb{etocthelinkedname} are hyperlinks
+\item \csb{etocthelinkedname} and \csb{etocthelinkednumber} were hyperlinks
only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was configured via |linktoc=all| or
|linktoc=section| (the default),
-\item \csb{etocthelinkedpage} is an hyperlink only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was
- configured via |linktoc=all| or |linktoc=page|. \emph{Furthermore}, the
- page number must not be empty: if it is empty no hyperlink is added (this
- matches the \ctanpkg{hyperref} behavior when \etoc is not loaded).
+\item \csb{etocthelinkedpage} was an hyperlink only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was
+ configured via |linktoc=all| or |linktoc=page| and the page number was not empty.
\end{itemize}
+This behavior was coherent with the commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
+and \csb{etocpage} being the robust variants of \csb{etocthelinkedname},
+\csb{etocthelinkednumber}, and \csb{etocthelinkedpage}.
-It may be a bit strange that the link is not sytematically added despite the
-command names, but this is legacy behavior of the package. It is coherent
-with the commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, and \csb{etocpage} being
-their robust variants.
+At |1.1a| it was decided that the commands should match their denominations.%
+%
+\footnote{To tell the whole truth, the author in refactoring the code completely at \texttt{1.1a} was tricked by the names and forgot to read the old documentation so the new behavior was implemented and it was decided to keep the change.}
+%
+So they are now \emph{always} hyperlinks independently of |linktoc| \ctanpkg{hyperref}
+option (\csb{etocthelinkedpage} has no hyperlink if the page number is empty,
+to match \ctanpkg{hyperref} behavior):
+\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
+\item \csb{etocthelinkedname} and \csb{etocthelinkednumber} and
+ \csb{etocthelinkedpage} are always (in presence of \ctanpkg{hyperref})
+ hyperlinks (for \csb{etocthelinkedpage} the page number must not be empty).
+\end{itemize}
A further command is provided: \csb{etocthelink}, which wraps%
@@ -4684,11 +4703,6 @@ an hyperlink around its argument: |\etocthelink|\marg{foo} hyperlinks an
arbitrary text \meta{foo} to the target sectioning unit in the document.
The command \csb{etoclink} is its robust variant.
-Thus, \csb{etocthelinkednumber} is essentially
-\csb{etocthelink}|{|\csb{etocthenumber}|}| if |linktoc| is |all| or the
-default |section|, else it is an alias to \csb{etocthenumber}. Similarly for
-the other two.
-
% They too
% contain the hyperlink destination in already expanded form since |1.08a| for
% the first three, since |1.08j| for \csb{etoclink}.
@@ -6510,11 +6524,9 @@ number.
On the other hand \csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, \csb{etocthepage}
are \emph{not} protected against expansion. And neither are
\csb{etocthelinkedname}, \csb{etocthelinkednumber}, \csb{etocthelinkedpage}.
-The latter three are hyperlinks only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} |linktoc| option
-has the suitable value: |section| (which is default) or |all| for name and
-number to be hyperlinks, |page| or |all| for the page number (which must not
-be empty). The commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, and \csb{etocpage}
-are their robust variants.
+They were modified at |1.1a| and now are always hyperlinks (except for the
+latter if the page number is empty), if
+\ctanpkg{hyperref} is present, independently of |linktoc| status.
The commands \csb{etoclink} and \csb{etocifnumbered} are also
protected against premature expansion. Also \csb{etociffirst} and
@@ -6677,7 +6689,13 @@ version is \texttt{\etocpkgversion}, of \texttt{\etocpkgdate}.
\def {\ifvmode\advance\jfverbadim.5em\relax\else\expandafter\jfverbaspace\fi}}\x
\makeatother
\begin{jfverbatim}
-1.1a [2023/01/14]^
+1.1b [2023/01/15]^
+
+ Documentation fix, 1.1a forgot to mention the following change:
+ \etocthelinkedname, \etocthelinkednumber, \etocthelinkedpage
+ are now always hyperlinks independently of linktoc status.
+
+~1.1a [2023/01/14]^
This version brings no new functionality, despite the number bump.
It implements a complete rewrite of old legacy core internals.
@@ -7670,7 +7688,7 @@ of real structure in a \LaTeX{} document body).
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\ProvidesPackage{etoc}
-[2023/01/14 v1.1a Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)]
+[2023/01/15 v1.1b Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)]
\RequirePackage{multicol}
\DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{etoc}{Option `\CurrentOption' is unknown.}}
\ProcessOptions\relax
@@ -8071,6 +8089,19 @@ of real structure in a \LaTeX{} document body).
% target from
% the \ctanpkg{hyperref} hacked arguments of \csa{l@section} et al, rather
% than picking it from the fourth argument of \csa{contentsline}.
+%
+% Another \textbf{breaking change} (documented only at |1.1b|): all three
+% of \csbc{etocthelinkedname}, \csbc{etocthelinkednumber}, and
+% \csbc{etocthelinkedpage} are always hyperlinks (for the latter, only if
+% page number is not empty to match \ctanpkg{hyperref} ways).
+% Formerly they obeyed the |linktoc| status,
+% somewhat counterintuitively, but this meant that \csbc{etocname} etc...
+% were their robust variants, which meant one could store easily for later
+% usage (see the documentation examples with ``treetoks'') their precise
+% meaning. The breaking change happened in part because I was fooled myself
+% by the macro names, and refactored the code in two steps separated by months
+% so in second step I forgot I had only provisory code. And I decided finally
+% to keep the breaking change.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\Etoc@lxyz #1#2#3{%
\ifEtoc@hyperref
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
index 545546bd53..e6bca78501 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/README.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3115509c61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Package Name
+
+zennote (Please read the documentation on CTAN for detailed usage.)
+
+
+
+Author
+
+Yifan Liang (Github User Name: futurelyf)
+You may contact me via Github.
+
+
+
+Basic Functions
+
+This zennote package aims to provide you with an easy interface to speed up the process when organizing and producing elegant notes.
+All the tables, figures, equations, and listings are labeled according to the notenumber with the \titlebox command.
+The noteframe environment helps you generate fancy colored boxes to emphasize the important information (e.g. Theorems, Equations, Proof, etc.) in your document. You can customize the style and color to denote different categories, too.
+
+
+
+License
+
+This work is licensed under Creative Commons ”Attribution 4.0 International” license.
+For detailed information about the license, please visit the Creative Commons’ website. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8fe571a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2bb39f0d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{zennote}[2023/01/10 Version 1.0.0]
+
+\RequirePackage[most]{tcolorbox}
+
+\newcounter{notenumber}
+\setcounter{notenumber}{1}
+\counterwithin{equation}{notenumber}
+\counterwithin{figure}{notenumber}
+\counterwithin{table}{notenumber}
+\AtBeginDocument{\counterwithin{lstlisting}{notenumber}}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\keys_define:nn{titlebox}{
+ top-left.tl_set:N = \l_titlebox_topleft_tl,
+ top-right.tl_set:N = \l_titlebox_topright_tl,
+ bottom-left.tl_set:N = \l_titlebox_bottomleft_tl,
+ bottom-right.tl_set:N = \l_titlebox_bottomright_tl,
+ notenumber.code:n = {\setcounter{notenumber}{#1}},
+ topic.tl_set:N = \l_titlebox_topic_tl,
+ type.tl_set:N = \l_titlebox_type_tl,
+}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand{\titlebox}{m}{
+ \group_begin:
+ \keys_set:nn{titlebox}{#1}
+ \begin{center}
+ \framebox{
+ \vbox{\vspace{2mm}
+ \hbox to .98\textwidth {\hspace*{2mm}\tl_use:N \l_titlebox_topleft_tl
+ \hfill \tl_use:N \l_titlebox_topright_tl\hspace*{2mm}}
+ \vspace{4mm}
+ \hbox to .98\textwidth { \large\hfill \tl_use:N \l_titlebox_type_tl{~}\thenotenumber\c_colon_str {~} \tl_use:N \l_titlebox_topic_tl \hfill}
+ \vspace{2mm}
+ \hbox to .98\textwidth {\hspace*{2mm}\tl_use:N \l_titlebox_bottomleft_tl \hfill \tl_use:N \l_titlebox_bottomright_tl\hspace*{2mm}}
+ \vspace{2mm}}
+ }
+ \end{center}
+ \group_end:
+}
+
+\tl_new:N \l_noteframe_style_tl
+
+\tl_const:Nn \c_noteframe_style_zero_tl {}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_noteframe_style_one_tl {
+ borderline~west={3pt}{0pt}{\l_noteframe_color_tl!85!black}
+}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_noteframe_style_two_tl {
+ borderline~west={3pt}{0pt}{\l_noteframe_color_tl!85!black},
+ borderline~east={3pt}{0pt}{\l_noteframe_color_tl!85!black}
+}
+
+\keys_define:nn{noteframe}{
+ color.tl_set:N = \l_noteframe_color_tl,
+ style.tl_set:N = \l_noteframe_style_tl,
+ title.tl_set:N = \l_noteframe_title_tl,
+}
+
+\keys_set:nn{noteframe}{
+ color = {cyan},
+ style = {one},
+ title = {}
+}
+
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{noteframe}{O{}+b}{
+ \group_begin:
+
+ \keys_set:nn{noteframe}{#1}
+ \use:x {
+ \exp_not:n{\begin{tcolorbox}}[
+ enhanced,
+ boxrule=0pt,
+ frame~hidden,
+ \exp_not:v {c_noteframe_style_ \l_noteframe_style_tl _tl},
+ colback=\tl_use:N \l_noteframe_color_tl!10!white,
+ sharp~corners
+ ]
+ \exp_not:n{
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF\l_noteframe_title_tl{}{
+ \textbf{\Large \textcolor{\tl_use:N \l_noteframe_color_tl!85!black}{\tl_use:N \l_noteframe_title_tl}\\\vspace*{-2mm}\\ }
+ }
+ #2
+ \end{tcolorbox}
+ }
+ \group_end:
+ }
+}{
+
+}
+
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\pagestyle{plain}
+
+\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48c59db9eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/zennote/zennote.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage[margin = 1in]{geometry}
+% packages %
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{tabularray}
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\usepackage{amssymb}
+\usepackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor}
+\usepackage{caption}
+\usepackage{hologo}
+\usepackage{fontspec}
+\usepackage{unicode-math}
+\usepackage[hidelinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[type={CC},modifier={by},version={4.0}]{doclicense}
+\usepackage{zennote}
+% format %
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\linespread{1.3}
+\renewcommand{\contentsname}{\centering Table of Contents}
+% font %
+\setmainfont{TeX Gyre Pagella}
+\setmathfont{TeX Gyre Pagella Math}
+\newfontfamily\textcm{CMU Serif}
+\hypersetup{
+ colorlinks = True,
+ allcolors = cyan
+ }
+
+
+% document %
+\begin{document}
+
+\titlebox{
+ top-left = {{\bf{\textcm \LaTeX}}},
+ top-right = {{\bf Packages}},
+ bottom-left = {{\sl Author: Yifan Liang}},
+ bottom-right = {{\sl Version: 1.0.0}},
+ notenumber = {1},
+ topic = {{\tt zennote} for Fancy Notes},
+ type = {Manual}
+ }
+
+
+\begin{tblr}{
+cell{1}{1} = {r=2}{},
+colspec = {X[1]|X[20]}
+}
+\textbf{Note} & This documentation/manual is suggested to be compiled in {\textcm \hologo{XeLaTeX}} or {\textcm \hologo{LuaLaTeX}}, and is available on the CTAN website. \\
+ & The {\tt zennote} package itself can be compiled in any major {\textcm \hologo{LaTeX}} compiler.
+\end{tblr}
+
+
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\tableofcontents
+
+\newpage
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+\subsection{Basic Functions}
+This {\tt zennote} package aims to provide you with an easy interface to speed up the process when organizing and producing elegant notes.\\
+\\
+All the tables, figures, equations, and listings are labeled according to the {\tt notenumber} with the \verb+\titlebox+ command.\\
+\\
+The {\tt noteframe} environment helps you generate fancy colored boxes to emphasize the important information (e.g. Theorems, Equations, Proof, etc.) in your document. You can customize the style and color to denote different categories, too.
+
+\subsection{License}
+This work is licensed under \href{https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/}{Creative Commons "Attribution 4.0 International" license}.\\
+\\
+For detailed information about the license, please visit the Creative Commons' website by clicking the \textcolor{Cyan}{cyan text above} or the license image below.
+\\
+\begin{flushright}
+ \doclicenseImage
+\end{flushright}
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{Note Title}
+{\tt zennote} provides \verb+\titlebox{<settings>}+ command to generate the following title box for your note, where {\tt settings} help you set the key information of your note, including:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \verb+top-left+, Text on Top-Left Corner;
+ \item \verb+top-right+, Text on Top-Right Corner;
+ \item \verb+bottom-left+, Text on Bottom-Left Corner;
+ \item \verb+bottom-right+, Text on Bottom-Right Corner;
+ \item \verb+notenumber+, Note Number;
+ \item \verb+topic+, Note Topic;
+ \item \verb+type+, Note Type (e.g. Chapter, Unit, Note).
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Usage}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\titlebox{
+ top-left = {topleft},
+ top-right = {topright},
+ bottom-left = {bottomleft},
+ bottom-right = {bottomright},
+ notenumber = {1},
+ topic = {topic},
+ type = {Note}
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\subsection{Result}
+\titlebox{
+ top-left = {topleft},
+ top-right = {topright},
+ bottom-left = {bottomleft},
+ bottom-right = {bottomright},
+ notenumber = {1},
+ topic = {topic},
+ type = {Note}
+}
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{Note Highlighter}
+{\tt zennote} provides \verb+noteframe+ environment to generate the following "highlighter boxes." Users can set the key values in options to customize the styles of the frame, which includes:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \verb+color+, The color of the frame, which can be chosen from \verb+\usepackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor}+. The default color is \textcolor{cyan}{\bf cyan};
+ \item \verb+style+, The edge of the frame, which can be chosen from \verb+zero+, \verb+one+, and \verb+two+. The default edge style is \verb+one+;
+ \item \verb+title+, The title of the frame.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Examples}
+\subsubsection{Usage 1}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{noteframe}[title = {Default}]
+ Cyan Box Example Content.
+\end{noteframe}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\subsubsection{Result 1}
+\begin{noteframe}[title = {Default}]
+ Cyan Box Example Content.
+\end{noteframe}
+
+\begin{flushright}
+{\sl (To be continued on the next page...)}
+\end{flushright}
+
+\newpage
+
+\subsubsection{Usage 2}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{noteframe}[
+ title = {style: two and color: LimeGreen},
+ color = {LimeGreen},
+ style = {two}
+]
+ LimeGreen Box Example Content.
+ \begin{align}
+ a^2 + b^2 = c^2
+ \end{align}
+\end{noteframe}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\subsubsection{Result 2}
+\begin{noteframe}[
+ title = {style: two and color: LimeGreen},
+ color = {LimeGreen},
+ style = {two}
+]
+ LimeGreen Box Example Content.
+ \begin{align}
+ a^2 + b^2 = c^2
+ \end{align}
+\end{noteframe}
+
+\begin{flushright}
+{\sl (To be continued on the next page...)}
+\end{flushright}
+
+\newpage
+
+\subsubsection{Usage 3}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{noteframe}[style = {zero}]
+ Cyan Box Example Content.
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics[width = 5cm]{example-image-a}
+ \captionof{figure}{this is a picture.}
+ \end{center}
+\end{noteframe}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\subsubsection{Result 3}
+\begin{noteframe}[style = {zero}]
+ Cyan Box Example Content.
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics[width = 5cm]{example-image-a}
+ \captionof{figure}{this is a picture.}
+ \end{center}
+\end{noteframe}
+
+\subsection{Caveats}
+It is crucial to write \verb+\usepackage{zennote}+ \textbf{\textit{after}} \verb+\usepackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor}+ to prevent potential error when coloring the frame.
+
+\end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/README b/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/README
index 963efc971d..89663013c2 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/README
+++ b/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/README
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
luaquotes - smart quotes with lua
-version: 1.2.2
+version: 1.3.0
This package automatically creates smart quotes using lua filters and provides auxiliary commands for typesetting specific lua punctuation
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ For suggestions, feature requests, and bug reports, please use the project's
GitHub site: https://github.com/ezgranet/luaquotes
Version history:
+15/01/2023—fixed single quotations within parentheses
12/12/2022-added degm function
23/11/2022-walking back automatic elision for now
25/10/2022—support for elision
diff --git a/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.pdf b/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.pdf
index 991ae4c461..9017157b1a 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.pdf
+++ b/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.tex b/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.tex
index f77f8f956a..0ac2417deb 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes-documentation.tex
@@ -283,46 +283,31 @@ For certain Polynesian languages, a letter called the \okina Okina is used; whil
\begin{minted}[
frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
fontsize=\footnotesize,
linenos,
breaklines,
firstnumber=last
]
{latex}
-\def\luaquotesversionnumber{1.1}
-\ProvidesPackage{dev-lua}
- [2022/10/25\luaquotesversionnumber smart quotes with lua]
+
+\def\luaquotesversionnumber{1.3.0}
+\ProvidesPackage{luaquotes}
+ [2023/15/15\luaquotesversionnumber smart quotes with lua]
% !TeX program = lualatex
% !TeX encoding = utf8
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
% The latest version of this license is in
% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
% version 2005/12/01 or later.
%
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
%
% The Current Maintainer of this work is Elijah Z Granet
-\end{minted}
-\subsection{LuaTeX check}
-
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% to show the package only works with Lua
@@ -338,21 +323,6 @@ firstnumber=last
{You are using XeTeX but this package only works
\MessageBreak with LuaTeX}{}
}\fi\fi
-\end{minted}
-
-\subsection{Dependencies}
-
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Dependency
@@ -368,37 +338,12 @@ firstnumber=last
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\RequirePackage{fontspec}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
- \end{minted}
-
- \subsection{Avoiding smart quotes in monospace}
-
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% removing the effects for monospace
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\begin{luacode}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
local uchar = unicode.utf8.char
fonts.handlers.otf.addfeature{
name = "qtbye",
@@ -413,32 +358,8 @@ local uchar = unicode.utf8.char
‹ = 0x0027,
› = 0x0027
},
- }\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+ }
\end{luacode}
- \end{minted}
- \subsection{Quote replacement functions}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -450,371 +371,146 @@ firstnumber=last
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\luaexec{\end{minted}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
+\luaexec{
function doublequotes ( s )
return ( s:gsub ( '"(..-)"' , "“\%1”" ) )
- end\end{minted}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}
+ end}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Assuming ' at the start of the line means an opening quotation mark not an apostrophe
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\luaexec{\end{minted}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function singlequotelinestart ( s )
+\luaexec{function singlequotelinestart ( s )
return (s:gsub ("^'","‘" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }
- \luaexec{
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
+ end}
+
-%function abbrevsingle ( s )
-% return ( s:gsub ( " '(..-) " , " ’\%1 " ) )
-% end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-
- }
+% \luaexec{
+% function abbrevsingle ( s )
+% return ( s:gsub ( " '(..-) " , " ’\%1 " ) )
+% end}
-
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function singlequotes ( s )
+\luaexec{function singlequotes ( s )
return ( s:gsub ( " '"," ‘" ) )
- end\end{minted}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}
-\end{minted}
-\subsection{Activation commands}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+ end}
+
+
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% activation and deactivation
+% parentheses
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\newcommand\doublequoteson{\directlua{
-\end{minted}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
+\newcommand{\sqoneleft}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‘}}
+\luaexec{function psinglequotes ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "\%('",[[(\sqoneleft]] ) )
+ end}
+
+\newcommand\singlequotespon{\directlua{
luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , doublequotes , "doublequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+ "process_input_buffer" , psinglequotes , "psinglequotes" )
}}
-\newcommand\doublequotesoff{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" ,
- "doublequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}}
-%\newcommand\abbrevsingleon{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
+\newcommand\singlequotespoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "psinglequotes" )}}
-%
-%luatexbase.add_to_callback (
-% "process_input_buffer" ,
-% abbrevsingle ,
-% "abbrevsingle" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% DE parentheses
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%\newcommand{\sqoneleft}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‘}}
-
-% }}
-%\newcommand\abbrevsingleoff{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
+\luaexec{function depsinglequotes ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "\%('",[[(‚]] ) )
+ end}
-%luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
-% "process_input_buffer" ,
-% "abbrevsingle" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+\newcommand\desinglequotespon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , depsinglequotes , "depsinglequotes" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\desinglequotespoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "depsinglequotes" )}}
-% }}
+\luaexec{function depsinglequotesclose ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "'\%)",[[\sqoneleft)]] ) )
+ end}
+\newcommand\desinglequotespcloseon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , depsinglequotesclose , "depsinglequotesclose" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\desinglequotespcloseoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "depsinglequotesclose" )}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% FR Parentheses
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand{\sglmtlp}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‹\hskip .16667em}}
+\newcommand{\sglmtrp}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\hskip .16667em›}}
+
+\luaexec{function frpsinglequotes ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "\%('",[[(\sglmtlp]] ) )
+ end}
+\luaexec{function frpsinglequotesclose ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "'\%)",[[\sglmtrp)]] ) )
+ end}
+
+\newcommand\frsinglequotespon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , frpsinglequotes , "frpsinglequotes" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotespoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "frpsinglequotes" )}}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotespcloseon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , frpsinglequotesclose , "frpsinglequotesclose" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotespcloseoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "frpsinglequotesclose" )}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% activation and deactivation
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand\doublequoteson{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" ,
+ doublequotes ,
+ "doublequotes" )}}
+\newcommand\doublequotesoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" ,
+ "doublequotes" )}}
+% \newcommand\abbrevsingleon{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+% "process_input_buffer" ,
+% abbrevsingle ,
+% "abbrevsingle" )}}
+% \newcommand\abbrevsingleoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+% "process_input_buffer" ,
+% "abbrevsingle" )}}
+
\newcommand\singlequotelinestarton{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
luatexbase.add_to_callback (
"process_input_buffer" , singlequotelinestart , "singlequotelinestart" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
}}
-\newcommand\singlequotelinestartoff{\directlua{ \end{minted}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
+\newcommand\singlequotelinestartoff{\directlua{
luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
"process_input_buffer" , "singlequotelinestart" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
}}
\newcommand\singlequoteson{\directlua{
luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , singlequotes , "singlequotes" ) \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+ "process_input_buffer" , singlequotes , "singlequotes" )
}}
-\newcommand\singlequotesoff{\directlua{
-\end{minted}
-\begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "singlequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}}
- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand\singlequotesoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "singlequotes" )}}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% global functions, useful for things like this
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -822,53 +518,23 @@ firstnumber=last
\newcommand{\smartquotes}{%
\doublequoteson%
\singlequotelinestarton%
-%\abbrevsingleon%
-\singlequoteson}
+% \abbrevsingleon%
+\singlequoteson
+\singlequotespon}
\newcommand{\dumbquotes}{
\doublequotesoff
-%\abbrevsingleoff
+% \abbrevsingleoff
\singlequotelinestartoff
- \singlequotesoff}
- \end{minted}
- \subsection{English option}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-
- \DeclareOption{en}{
-\AtBeginDocument{
-\frsmartquotes
-\frdumbquotes
-\desmartquotes
-\dedumbquotes
-\degmsmartquotes
-\degmdumbquotes
-\smartquotes}
+ \singlequotesoff
+ \singlequotespoff
+ }
+
+ \DeclareOption{en}{
+\AtBeginDocument{\frsmartquotes\frdumbquotes%
+\desmartquotes\dedumbquotes\degmsmartquotes\degmdumbquotes\smartquotes}
\renewcommand{\texttt}[1]{{\ttfamily\addfontfeature{RawFeature={+qtbye,-tlig}} #1}}
}
- \end{minted}
- \subsection{Auxiliary punctuation}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% auxiliary punctuation
@@ -892,6 +558,8 @@ firstnumber=last
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\newcommand{\desingle}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\symbol{"201A}}}
\newcommand{\dedouble}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\symbol{"201E}}}
+\newcommand{\degmsingle}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\symbol{"203A}}}
+\newcommand{\degmdouble}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\symbol{"00BB}}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% backtick
@@ -934,279 +602,56 @@ firstnumber=last
\newcommand{\sqtworight}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}”}}
\newcommand{\sqoneright}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}’}}
\newcommand{\apost}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}’}}
-\newcommand{\sqoneleft}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‘}}
+%sqoneleft command moved because order mattered
\newcommand{\glmtl}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}«\,}}
\newcommand{\glmtr}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\,»}}
\newcommand{\sglmtl}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‹\,}}
\newcommand{\sglmtr}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\,›}}
- \end{minted}
- \subsection{The German option}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+\newcommand{\degmtl}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}»}}
+\newcommand{\degmtr}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}«}}
+\newcommand{\desgmtl}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}›}}
+\newcommand{\desgmtr}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‹}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% DEUTSCH
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function dedoublequotes ( s )
+\luaexec{function dedoublequotes ( s )
return ( s:gsub ( '"(..-)"' , "„\%1“" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function desinglequotelinestart ( s )
+ end}
+\luaexec{function desinglequotelinestart ( s )
return (s:gsub ("^'","‚" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function desinglequotesclose( s )
+ end}
+\luaexec{function desinglequotesclose( s )
return ( s:gsub ( " '(..-)'", " ‚\%1`" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }
+ end}
%% Two utility macros to activate/deactivate the Lua function:
-\newcommand\dedoublequoteson{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , dedoublequotes , "dedoublequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
+\newcommand\dedoublequoteson{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , dedoublequotes , "dedoublequotes" )}}
\newcommand\dedoublequotesoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "dedoublequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}}
-\newcommand\desinglequotelinestarton{\directlua{
-\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , desinglequotelinestart , "desinglequotelinestart" )\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\desinglequotelinestartoff{\directlua{
-\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "desinglequotelinestart" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\desinglequotescloseon{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
- luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , desinglequotesclose , "desinglequotesclose" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\desinglequotescloseoff{\directlua{
-\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "desinglequotesclose" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
+ "process_input_buffer" , "dedoublequotes" )}}
+\newcommand\desinglequotelinestarton{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , desinglequotelinestart , "desinglequotelinestart" )}}
+\newcommand\desinglequotelinestartoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "desinglequotelinestart" )}}
+ \newcommand\desinglequotescloseon{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , desinglequotesclose , "desinglequotesclose" )}}
+\newcommand\desinglequotescloseoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "desinglequotesclose" )}}
\newcommand{\desmartquotes}{\dedoublequoteson
\desinglequotelinestarton
-\desinglequotescloseon}
+\desinglequotescloseon
+\desinglequotespon
+\desinglequotespcloseon
+}
\newcommand{\dedumbquotes}{\dedoublequotesoff
\desinglequotelinestartoff
-\desinglequotescloseoff}
+\desinglequotescloseoff
+\desinglequotespoff
+\desinglequotespcloseoff
+}
\DeclareOption{de}{
\AtBeginDocument{
\frsmartquotes
@@ -1216,268 +661,35 @@ firstnumber=last
\desmartquotes}
\renewcommand{\texttt}[1]{{\ttfamily\addfontfeature{RawFeature={+qtbye,-tlig}} #1}}
}
- \end{minted}
- \subsection{The German with French-style quotes (\texttt{degm}) option}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% SCHÖNERES DEUTSCH
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function degmdoublequotes ( s )
+\luaexec{function degmdoublequotes ( s )
return ( s:gsub ( '"(..-)"' , "»\%1«" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function degmsinglequotelinestart ( s )
+ end}
+\luaexec{function degmsinglequotelinestart ( s )
return (s:gsub ("^'","›" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function degmsinglequotesclose( s )
+ end}
+\luaexec{function degmsinglequotesclose( s )
return ( s:gsub ( " '(..-)'", " ‚\%1‹" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }
+ end}
%% Two utility macros to activate/deactivate the Lua function:
-\newcommand\degmdoublequoteson{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , degmdoublequotes , "degmdoublequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
+\newcommand\degmdoublequoteson{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , degmdoublequotes , "degmdoublequotes" )}}
\newcommand\degmdoublequotesoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "degmdoublequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}}
-\newcommand\degmsinglequotelinestarton{\directlua{
-\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , degmsinglequotelinestart , "degmsinglequotelinestart" )\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\degmsinglequotelinestartoff{\directlua{
-\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "degmsinglequotelinestart" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\degmsinglequotescloseon{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
- luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , degmsinglequotesclose , "degmsinglequotesclose" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\degmsinglequotescloseoff{\directlua{
-\end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "degmsinglequotesclose" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
+ "process_input_buffer" , "degmdoublequotes" )}}
+\newcommand\degmsinglequotelinestarton{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , degmsinglequotelinestart , "degmsinglequotelinestart" )}}
+\newcommand\degmsinglequotelinestartoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "degmsinglequotelinestart" )}}
+ \newcommand\degmsinglequotescloseon{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , degmsinglequotesclose , "degmsinglequotesclose" )}}
+\newcommand\degmsinglequotescloseoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "degmsinglequotesclose" )}}
\newcommand{\degmsmartquotes}{\degmdoublequoteson
\degmsinglequotelinestarton
\degmsinglequotescloseon}
@@ -1493,303 +705,57 @@ firstnumber=last
\degmsmartquotes}
\renewcommand{\texttt}[1]{{\ttfamily\addfontfeature{RawFeature={+qtbye,-tlig}} #1}}
}
- \end{minted}
- \subsection{The French option}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Français
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function frdoublequotes ( s )
+\luaexec{function frdoublequotes ( s )
return ( s:gsub ( '"(..-)"' , "«\\,\%1\\,»" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function frsinglequotelinestart ( s )
+ end}
+
+
+\luaexec{function frsinglequotelinestart ( s )
return (s:gsub ("^'","'" ) )
- end \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}
-\luaexec{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-function frsinglequotesclose( s )
+ end}
+\luaexec{function frsinglequotesclose( s )
return ( s:gsub ( " '(..-)'", " ‹\\,\%1\\,›" ) )
- end
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }
+ end}
+
%% Two utility macros to activate/deactivate the Lua function:
-\newcommand\frdoublequoteson{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" ,frdoublequotes , "frdoublequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\frdoublequotesoff{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "frdoublequotes" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\frsinglequotelinestarton{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" ,frsinglequotelinestart , "frsinglequotelinestart" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
-\newcommand\frsinglequotelinestartoff{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "frsinglequotelinestart" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
- }}
- \newcommand\frsinglequotescloseon{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
- luatexbase.add_to_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" ,frsinglequotesclose , "frsinglequotesclose" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}}
-\newcommand\frsinglequotescloseoff{\directlua{
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{lua}
-luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
- "process_input_buffer" , "frsinglequotesclose" )
- \end{minted}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
-}}
+\newcommand\frdoublequoteson{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" ,frdoublequotes , "frdoublequotes" )}}
+\newcommand\frdoublequotesoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "frdoublequotes" )}}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotelinestarton{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" ,frsinglequotelinestart , "frsinglequotelinestart" )}}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotelinestartoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "frsinglequotelinestart" )}}
+ \newcommand\frsinglequotescloseon{\directlua{luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" ,frsinglequotesclose , "frsinglequotesclose" )}}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotescloseoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "frsinglequotesclose" )}}
+ \newcommand{\frsmartquotes}{\frdoublequoteson
+ \frsinglequotespon
+ \frsinglequotespcloseon
\frsinglequotelinestarton
\frsinglequotescloseon}
\newcommand{\frdumbquotes}{\frdoublequotesoff
+ \frsinglequotespoff
+ \frsinglequotespcloseoff
\frsinglequotelinestartoff
\frsinglequotescloseoff}
\DeclareOption{fr}{
-\AtBeginDocument{\desmartquotes\dedumbquotes\smartquotes\dumbquotes\dumbquotes\frsmartquotes}
+\AtBeginDocument{\desmartquotes\dedumbquotes%
+\degmsmartquotes\degmdumbquotes%
+\smartquotes\dumbquotes%
+\dumbquotes\frsmartquotes}
\renewcommand{\texttt}[1]{{\ttfamily\addfontfeature{RawFeature={+qtbye,-tlig}} #1}}
+
}
- \end{minted}
- \subsection{Process Options}
- \begin{minted}[
-frame=lines,
-framesep=2mm,
-baselinestretch=1.2,
-bgcolor=LightGray,
-fontsize=\footnotesize,
-linenos,
-breaklines,
-firstnumber=last
-]
-{latex}
+
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Default option is English
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -1797,32 +763,37 @@ firstnumber=last
\ExecuteOptions{en}%
\ProcessOptions*
-
+
+
\end{minted}
\section{Version History}
-\subsection{\normalfont\texttt{1.2.2}}
+\subsection*{\normalfont\texttt{1.3.0}}
+\ttfamily 15 January 2023 fixed single quotes and parentheses
+
+
+\subsection*{\normalfont\texttt{1.2.2}}
\ttfamily Added the "degm" option
-\subsection{\normalfont\texttt{1.2.1}}
+\subsection*{\normalfont\texttt{1.2.1}}
\ttfamily Suspended automatic elision support due to implementation issues
-\subsection{\normalfont\texttt{1.1.0}}
+\subsection*{\normalfont\texttt{1.1.0}}
\ttfamily 25 October 2022: Added support for elision
-\subsection{\normalfont\texttt{1.0.1}}
+\subsection*{\normalfont\texttt{1.0.1}}
\ttfamily 30 August 2022: Further corrections to bug preventing non-English usage
-\subsection{\normalfont\texttt{1.0.1}}
+\subsection*{\normalfont\texttt{1.0.1}}
\ttfamily 28 August 2022: Change bug preventing non-English usage
-\subsection{\normalfont\texttt{1.0.0}}
+\subsection*{\normalfont\texttt{1.0.0}}
\ttfamily 21 August 2022: Package creation
diff --git a/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes.sty b/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes.sty
index c07785bcd6..7b93a4f9c0 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes.sty
+++ b/macros/luatex/latex/luaquotes/luaquotes.sty
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-\def\luaquotesversionnumber{1.2.2}
+\def\luaquotesversionnumber{1.3.0}
\ProvidesPackage{luaquotes}
- [2022/12/09\luaquotesversionnumber smart quotes with lua]
+ [2023/15/15\luaquotesversionnumber smart quotes with lua]
% !TeX program = lualatex
% !TeX encoding = utf8
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
@@ -102,6 +102,87 @@ function doublequotes ( s )
\luaexec{function singlequotes ( s )
return ( s:gsub ( " '"," ‘" ) )
end}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% parentheses
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand{\sqoneleft}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‘}}
+
+\luaexec{function psinglequotes ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "\%('",[[(\sqoneleft]] ) )
+ end}
+
+\newcommand\singlequotespon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , psinglequotes , "psinglequotes" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\singlequotespoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "psinglequotes" )}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% DE parentheses
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%\newcommand{\sqoneleft}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‘}}
+
+\luaexec{function depsinglequotes ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "\%('",[[(‚]] ) )
+ end}
+
+\newcommand\desinglequotespon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , depsinglequotes , "depsinglequotes" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\desinglequotespoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "depsinglequotes" )}}
+
+\luaexec{function depsinglequotesclose ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "'\%)",[[\sqoneleft)]] ) )
+ end}
+
+\newcommand\desinglequotespcloseon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , depsinglequotesclose , "depsinglequotesclose" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\desinglequotespcloseoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "depsinglequotesclose" )}}
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% FR Parentheses
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand{\sglmtlp}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‹\hskip .16667em}}
+\newcommand{\sglmtrp}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\hskip .16667em›}}
+
+\luaexec{function frpsinglequotes ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "\%('",[[(\sglmtlp]] ) )
+ end}
+\luaexec{function frpsinglequotesclose ( s )
+ return ( s:gsub ( "'\%)",[[\sglmtrp)]] ) )
+ end}
+
+\newcommand\frsinglequotespon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , frpsinglequotes , "frpsinglequotes" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotespoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "frpsinglequotes" )}}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotespcloseon{\directlua{
+luatexbase.add_to_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , frpsinglequotesclose , "frpsinglequotesclose" )
+ }}
+\newcommand\frsinglequotespcloseoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
+ "process_input_buffer" , "frpsinglequotesclose" )}}
+
+
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% activation and deactivation
@@ -145,12 +226,15 @@ luatexbase.add_to_callback (
\doublequoteson%
\singlequotelinestarton%
% \abbrevsingleon%
-\singlequoteson}
+\singlequoteson
+\singlequotespon}
\newcommand{\dumbquotes}{
\doublequotesoff
% \abbrevsingleoff
\singlequotelinestartoff
- \singlequotesoff}
+ \singlequotesoff
+ \singlequotespoff
+ }
\DeclareOption{en}{
\AtBeginDocument{\frsmartquotes\frdumbquotes\desmartquotes\dedumbquotes\degmsmartquotes\degmdumbquotes\smartquotes}
@@ -224,11 +308,12 @@ luatexbase.add_to_callback (
\newcommand{\sqtworight}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}”}}
\newcommand{\sqoneright}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}’}}
\newcommand{\apost}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}’}}
-\newcommand{\sqoneleft}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‘}}
+%sqoneleft command moved because order mattered
\newcommand{\glmtl}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}«\,}}
\newcommand{\glmtr}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\,»}}
\newcommand{\sglmtl}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}‹\,}}
\newcommand{\sglmtr}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}\,›}}
+
\newcommand{\degmtl}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}»}}
\newcommand{\degmtr}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}«}}
\newcommand{\desgmtl}{{\addfontfeature{RawFeature={-qtbye,-tlig}}›}}
@@ -263,10 +348,16 @@ return ( s:gsub ( " '(..-)'", " ‚\%1`" ) )
"process_input_buffer" , "desinglequotesclose" )}}
\newcommand{\desmartquotes}{\dedoublequoteson
\desinglequotelinestarton
-\desinglequotescloseon}
+\desinglequotescloseon
+\desinglequotespon
+\desinglequotespcloseon
+}
\newcommand{\dedumbquotes}{\dedoublequotesoff
\desinglequotelinestartoff
-\desinglequotescloseoff}
+\desinglequotescloseoff
+\desinglequotespoff
+\desinglequotespcloseoff
+}
\DeclareOption{de}{
\AtBeginDocument{
\frsmartquotes
@@ -352,13 +443,17 @@ return ( s:gsub ( " '(..-)'", " ‹\\,\%1\\,›" ) )
\newcommand\frsinglequotescloseoff{\directlua{luatexbase.remove_from_callback (
"process_input_buffer" , "frsinglequotesclose" )}}
\newcommand{\frsmartquotes}{\frdoublequoteson
+ \frsinglequotespon
+ \frsinglequotespcloseon
\frsinglequotelinestarton
\frsinglequotescloseon}
\newcommand{\frdumbquotes}{\frdoublequotesoff
+ \frsinglequotespoff
+ \frsinglequotespcloseoff
\frsinglequotelinestartoff
\frsinglequotescloseoff}
\DeclareOption{fr}{
-\AtBeginDocument{\desmartquotes\dedumbquotes\degmsmartquotes\degmdumpquotes\smartquotes\dumbquotes\dumbquotes\frsmartquotes}
+\AtBeginDocument{\desmartquotes\dedumbquotes\degmsmartquotes\degmdumbquotes\smartquotes\dumbquotes\dumbquotes\frsmartquotes}
\renewcommand{\texttt}[1]{{\ttfamily\addfontfeature{RawFeature={+qtbye,-tlig}} #1}}
@@ -373,4 +468,4 @@ return ( s:gsub ( " '(..-)'", " ‹\\,\%1\\,›" ) )
-
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/README.md b/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/README.md
index e366833206..a0f6cf8195 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/README.md
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/README.md
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ version.
-----
-Copyright (C) 2021 - 2022 by NJU LUG.
+Copyright (C) 2021 - 2023 by NJU LUG.
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.dtx b/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.dtx
index 1a87ed55fc..37a19e1c98 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.dtx
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
% !TeX program = XeLaTeX
% !TeX encoding = UTF-8
%
-% Copyright (C) 2021 - 2022
+% Copyright (C) 2021 - 2023
% by Nanjing University Linux User Group
% <git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn>
%
@@ -35,11 +35,6 @@
% for those people who are interested.
%
%<*internal>
-\iffalse
-%</internal>
-%
-%<*internal>
-\fi
\begingroup
\def\NameOfLaTeXe{LaTeX2e}
\expandafter\endgroup\ifx\NameOfLaTeXe\fmtname\else
@@ -53,7 +48,7 @@
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2021 - 2022
+Copyright (C) 2021 - 2023
by Nanjing University Linux User Group
<git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn>
@@ -112,14 +107,9 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
\fi
%</internal>
%
-% ^^A 故意留白
-% ^^A 故意留白
-%
%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<*!(driver|install)>
-% ^^A 诚耀百廿,雄创一流
-% ^^A 南京大学一百二十周年华诞邀您共襄盛举!
-%<+!driver>\GetIdInfo $Id: njuthesis.dtx 1.1.1 2022-12-04 00:00:00
+%<+!driver>\GetIdInfo $Id: njuthesis.dtx 1.1.2 2023-01-15 14:35:00
%<+!driver> +0800 NJU LUG <git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn>$
%<class> {Thesis template for Nanjing University}
%<class>\ProvidesExplClass{njuthesis}
@@ -127,6 +117,8 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
%<def-u>\ProvidesExplFile{njuthesis-undergraduate.def}
%<def-g> {Graduate definition file for njuthesis}
%<def-g>\ProvidesExplFile{njuthesis-graduate.def}
+% ^^A 诚耀百廿,雄创一流
+% ^^A 南京大学一百二十周年华诞邀您共襄盛举!
%<def-p> {Postdoctoral definition file for njuthesis}
%<def-p>\ProvidesExplFile{njuthesis-postdoctoral.def}
%<!driver> {\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -141,9 +133,9 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
contents={\njuemblem[white!85!gray]{22cm}{!}},
scale=1, angle=0, hshift=-4cm
}
-\definecolor{olgreen}{HTML}{138a07}
+\definecolor{tpblue}{HTML}{495A80}
\renewcommand\emph[1]{\CJKunderdot[textformat=\itshape]{#1}}
-\newcommand\olbutton[1]{\textcolor{olgreen}{\bfseries #1}}
+\newcommand\tpbutton[1]{\textcolor{tpblue}{\bfseries #1}}
\newcommand\tikzlogo{Ti\emph{k}Z}
\newcommand\OPT[1]{\textcolor{njuyellow}{\bfseries#1}}
\hypersetup{
@@ -153,7 +145,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
citecolor = njublue,
linkcolor = njuviolet,
urlcolor = njumagenta}
-\UseTblrLibrary{booktabs,diagbox,siunitx}
+\UseTblrLibrary{booktabs,siunitx}
\DefTblrTemplate{caption-tag}{default}{表\hspace{0.25em}\thetable}
\SetTblrStyle{caption-tag}{font=\bfseries}
\SetTblrInner{row{1}={font=\bfseries}}
@@ -347,16 +339,6 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
%</driver>
% \fi
%
-% \title{\color{njuviolet}{The \cls{njuthesis} class\\
-% \textbf{南京大学学位论文模板}}}
-%
-% \author{^^A
-% 南京大学 Linux 用户组
-% \thanks{E-mail: \href{mailto:git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn}
-% {git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn}}}
-%
-% \date{v1.1.1 \quad 2022-12-04}
-%
% \changes{v0.1}{2021/09/04}{开始开发。}
% \changes{v0.2}{2021/09/07}{初步搭建了可用的模板。}
% \changes{v0.3}{2021/09/09}{使用自动构建工具进行测试。}
@@ -388,18 +370,28 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \changes{v1.0}{2022/07/23}{新增博士后出站报告模板。}
% \changes{v1.0}{2022/07/28}{在手册中以不同颜色指示不同模块。}
% \changes{v1.0}{2022/08/02}{删除 \LaTeX 基础用法的说明。}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2023/01/05}{适配2023届本科生毕业毕业论文(设计)规范。}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2023/01/05}{适配新版南大 \LaTeX 在线编辑器。}
+%
+% \title{\color{njuviolet}{The \cls{njuthesis} class\\
+% \textbf{南京大学学位论文模板}}}
+%
+% \author{南京大学 Linux 用户组
+% \thanks{E-mail: \href{mailto:git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn}
+% {git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn}}}
%
+% \date{v1.1.2 \quad 2023-01-15}
%
% \maketitle
%
+% \let\abstractname\relax
% \begin{abstract}
% \cls{njuthesis} 是制作南京大学本科生毕业论文、研究生学位论文、博士后出站报告的
% \LaTeX 文档类。本模板基于本科生院的论文撰写规范制作,同时参考研究生院提供的硕士、
-% 博士学位材料包,用于生成符合南京大学排版要求和相应的国家规范、行业标准的学位论
+% 博士学位材料包,用于生成符合南京大学排版要求和相应的国家标准的学位论
% 文,力求通过 \LaTeX3 语法实现清晰的实现逻辑、较高的可定制性以及友好的用户接口。
% \end{abstract}
%
-% \def\abstractname{Abstract}
% \begin{abstract}
% The \cls{njuthesis} class is intended for typesetting Nanjing University
% dissertations with \LaTeX, providing support for bachelor, master,
@@ -438,57 +430,54 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% 用户组维护的,用于处理本校学生毕业论文排版需求的 \LaTeX 模板。
%
% 本模板使用的本科生毕业论文模板格式依据
-% 《关于启动南京大学2022届本科毕业论文(设计)工作的通知》\cite{nju-bachelor-2022},
+% 《关于启动南京大学2023届本科毕业论文(设计)工作的通知》\cite{nju-bachelor-2023},
% 研究生学位论文格式依据研究生院提供的材料包\cite{nju-master-2022,nju-doctor-2022}。
% 博士后出站报告格式要求与博士学位论文一致\cite{nju-postdoc-2022},
% 封面、摘要的设计参考了部分既有报告。
%
%
-% ^^A \subsection{开始之前}
-% ^^A \label{subsec:first-things-first}
-%
-% ^^A 在本文正式介绍 \cls{njuthesis} 论文模板前,您也许并不熟悉 \TeX{}
-% ^^A 排版系统。话不多说,请先按部就班体验一遍下述的工作流程:
-%
-% ^^A \bigskip
-% ^^A \fcolorbox{olgreen}{gray!5}{\parbox{\textwidth-5em}{%
-% ^^A \hspace{2em}\begin{minipage}[c]{10cm}
-% ^^A \begin{enumerate}
-% ^^A \item 访问 \url{https://tex.nju.edu.cn}
-% ^^A \item 点击右上角~\olbutton{注册}~按钮,
-% ^^A 用\href{https://itsc.nju.edu.cn/1b/ce/c21586a334798/page.htm}
-% ^^A {南大邮箱}注册账号
-% ^^A \item 登录您的账号
-% ^^A \item 点击左上角~\olbutton{创建新项目}~按钮,选择~\olbutton{论文模板}
-% ^^A \item 随意取名,点击~\olbutton{创建}~按钮
-% ^^A \end{enumerate}
-% ^^A \end{minipage}}}
-%
-% ^^A \bigskip
-% ^^A 稍等片刻,您会在浏览器右侧发现一份新生成的空白论文。
-% ^^A 如果它的效果令您满意,不妨以本模板为基础开始写作。
-%
-% ^^A \subparagraph{我一定要体验上述流程吗?}
-% ^^A 是,但也不一定。有人坚持认为应该做一些\emph{直观、清晰、有手就行、一
-% ^^A 条路走到底}的教程,而不是\emph{长篇累牍的精细介绍},其核心论据在于:
-% ^^A 现代人类总体上需要快速取得成就感,而且大部分可能用到本模板的同学不
-% ^^A 会具备必要的基础知识。反驳的观点在于过分简单的实验总是浪费时间的,
-% ^^A 尤其是在您可能早已掌握基本用法的情况下。但,不论如何,这番操作总会
-% ^^A 使您预览到 \cls{njuthesis} 论文模板的实际样式。
-%
-% ^^A \subparagraph{我并没有见到理想的结果。}
-% ^^A 具体是哪里不满意?如果是\emph{样式存在偏差},请联系模板的作者;如果
-% ^^A \emph{不能访问前文提到的在线编译网站},请考虑检查网络连接,依次咨询
-% ^^A 本校\href{https://itsc.nju.edu.cn}{信息化管理建设服务中心}和该网站
-% ^^A 的维护者\href{mailto:my@yaoge123.cn}{姚舸老师};如果\emph{报错},请
-% ^^A 点击左上角的菜单按钮,查看编译器是否显示为 |XeLaTeX|;
-% ^^A 再如果\emph{还有其他原因},通过这几分钟的实验我们也可以得到一个极其
-% ^^A 有益的结论:\emph{也许 Word 模板更加适合您}。这可以节省下熟悉
-% ^^A \TeX{} 排版软件使用方法所需的可观时间。
-%
-% ^^A \subparagraph{但我依然对 \LaTeX 一无所知!}
-% ^^A 这意味着您真的得花些时间在\emph{长篇累牍的精细介绍}上。
-% ^^A 如果您已经下定决心,请接着向后阅读,有需要时善用搜索引擎。
+% \subsection{开始之前}
+% \label{subsec:first-things-first}
+%
+% 在本文正式介绍 \cls{njuthesis} 论文模板前,您也许并不熟悉 \LaTeX 模板的使用方法。
+% 话不多说,请先按部就班体验一遍下述的工作流程:
+%
+% \bigskip
+% \fcolorbox{tpblue}{gray!5}{\parbox{\textwidth-5em}{%
+% \hspace{2em}\begin{minipage}[c]{10cm}
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item 访问 \url{https://tex.nju.edu.cn}
+% \item 点击\tpbutton{使用南大统一身份认证登录}
+% \item 点击右上角\tpbutton{LaTeX 模板},选择\tpbutton{南京大学学位论文}
+% \item 点击进入刚刚新建的项目
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{minipage}}}
+%
+% \bigskip
+% 稍等片刻,您会在浏览器右侧发现一份新生成的空白论文。
+% 如果它的效果令您满意,不妨以 \file{njuthesis-sample.tex} 为基础开始写作。
+%
+% \subparagraph{我一定要体验上述流程吗?}
+% 是,但也不一定。有人坚持认为应该做一些\emph{直观、清晰、有手就行、一
+% 条路走到底}的教程,而不是\emph{长篇累牍的精细介绍},其核心论据在于:
+% 现代人类总体上需要快速取得成就感,而且大部分可能用到本模板的同学不
+% 会具备必要的基础知识。反驳的观点在于过分简单的实验总是浪费时间的,
+% 尤其是在您可能早已掌握基本用法的情况下。但,不论如何,这番操作总会
+% 使您预览到 \cls{njuthesis} 论文模板的实际样式。
+%
+% \subparagraph{我并没有见到理想的结果。}
+% 具体是哪里不满意?如果是\emph{样式存在偏差},请联系模板的作者;如果
+% \emph{不能访问前文提到的在线编译网站},请考虑检查网络连接,依次咨询
+% 本校\href{https://itsc.nju.edu.cn}{信息化管理建设服务中心}和该网站
+% 的维护者\href{mailto:my@yaoge123.cn}{姚舸老师};如果\emph{报错},请
+% 点击左上角的菜单按钮,查看编译器是否显示为 |XeLaTeX|;
+% 再如果\emph{还有其他原因},通过这几分钟的实验我们也可以得到一个极其
+% 有益的结论:\emph{也许 Word 模板更加适合您}。这可以节省下熟悉
+% \TeX{} 排版软件使用方法所需的可观时间。
+%
+% \subparagraph{但我依然对 \LaTeX 一无所知!}
+% 这意味着您真的得花些时间在\emph{长篇累牍的精细介绍}上。
+% 如果您已经下定决心,请接着向后阅读,有需要时善用搜索引擎。
%
%
% \subsection{历史沿革}
@@ -527,9 +516,9 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
%
% 目前,本模板的主要维护者包括:
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item 赵懿晨
+% ^^A \item 赵懿晨
% \item 熊煜
-% \item 马畅
+% ^^A \item 马畅
% \end{itemize}
%
%
@@ -546,8 +535,8 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% 如果您希望在使用本模板前了解一些关于这个排版软件的基础知识,在此尝试列举一些有
% 所帮助的资料:
% \begin{description}
-% \item[\textit{lshort}] 著名的介绍文档,已被译为多种语言,可以参考英文版
-% \cite{lshort}及其中文翻译版\cite{lshort-zh-cn}。
+% \item[\textit{lshort}] 著名的介绍文档,已被译为多种语言,
+% 推荐通读其中文版\cite{lshort-zh-cn}。
% \item[《\LaTeX 入门》] 刘海洋著\cite{刘海洋2013latex入门}。
% \end{description}
%
@@ -574,7 +563,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \cls{njuthesis} 文档类,或者在本文中简称为本模板。
%
% \subparagraph{版权信息}
-% 本模板之版权隶属于 © 2021 - 2022 南京大学 Linux 用户组。
+% 本模板之版权隶属于 © 2021 - 2023 南京大学 Linux 用户组。
%
% \subparagraph{发布和修改}
% 本模板的发布和(或)修改遵守 LaTeX Project Public License(版本 1.3c 或更高)
@@ -731,11 +720,11 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \label{tab:texdistribution}
% \begin{tabular}{cccc}
% \toprule
-% \TeX & Windows & macOS & Linux \\
+% \TeX & Windows & macOS & Linux \\
% \midrule
-% \TL & $\bullet$ & & $\bullet$ \\
-% \MacTeX & & $\bullet$ & \\
-% \MiKTeX & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
+% \TL & $\bullet$ & & $\bullet$ \\
+% \MacTeX & & $\bullet$ & \\
+% \MiKTeX & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ & $\bullet$ \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \end{table}
@@ -865,49 +854,30 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% 速度的差异,同一个模板在 Linux 编译可以相对 Windows 节省约一半耗时。}。
% 拒绝接受这些麻烦的同学可以尝试本节介绍的在线编译方法。
%
-% {\color{red}|[!]|} 请注意,在线编辑器不一定提供良好的文件恢复和版本管理机制。
-% 请谨慎备份您的心血结晶。
-%
-% ^^A \subsubsection{南大 \TeX 平台简介}
-% ^^A \changes{v0.2}{2021/09/07}{添加对南大 \TeX 的支持。}
-%
-% ^^A \href{https://tex.nju.edu.cn}{南大 \TeX} 基于开源的 Overleaf 社区版平台构建
-% ^^A \footnote{理论上在\href{https://doc.nju.edu.cn/books/latex}{这个网站}能找到
-% ^^A 一段平台简介,实际上大家都有意无意地鸽了,下次一定补上。},于2021年3月4日正
-% ^^A 式上线,是 \href{https://sci.nju.edu.cn/}{eScience 中心}为南大在校师生提供的
-% ^^A \LaTeX 在线编辑器,首次使用需凭学校邮箱自助注册账号。
-%
-% ^^A {\color{red}|[!]|} 在 2022 年 5 月的运行中,该网站出现了多次崩溃事件,
-% ^^A 初步判断原因是由社区版并没有为高并发数做优化引发的。
-% ^^A 高峰时期,仍然建议在本地部署 \TeX 发行版。
+% {\color{red}|[!]|} 使用在线编辑器时请谨慎备份您的心血结晶。
%
-% ^^A \subsubsection{操作步骤}
+% \subsubsection{南大 \TeX 平台简介}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2021/09/07}{添加对南大 \TeX 的支持。}
%
-% ^^A 本说明手册开头的 \ref{subsec:first-things-first} 即呈现了网站内嵌的
-% ^^A \cls{njuthesis} 模板的使用方法。由于南大 \TeX 网站已预装 \cls{njuthesis},
-% ^^A 可以直接编写正文,无需 \file{.cls} 等格式文件。
-% ^^A 如果有其他要求,也可以按如下步骤手动上传包含模板的压缩包。
+% 当前的\href{https://tex.nju.edu.cn}{南大 \TeX} 基于
+% \href{https://www.texpage.com}{TeXPage} 提供的服务,
+% 是 \href{https://sci.nju.edu.cn/}{eScience 中心}为南大在校师生提供的
+% 免费 \LaTeX 在线编辑器,首次使用时需凭统一身份认证激活账号。
%
-% ^^A \begin{enumerate}
-% ^^A \item 访问\href{https://tex.nju.edu.cn}{南大 \TeX 网站},
-% ^^A 点击界面右上方“注册”按钮,使用\emph{南京大学邮箱}注册账号并登录
-% ^^A \item 新建空白项目,或者上传 \ref{subsubsec:on-the-fly-installation} 节得到的压缩文件。
-% ^^A \item 在项目页面左上角的“菜单”中,确认编译器为 |XeLaTeX| 或者 |LuaLaTeX|
-% ^^A \item 仿照 \file{njuthesis-sample.tex} 编写论文
-% ^^A \item 点击“重新编译”按钮进行编译和预览
-% ^^A \end{enumerate}
%
+% \subsubsection{操作步骤}
%
-% ^^A \subsubsection{其他平台}
+% 本说明手册开头的 \ref{subsec:first-things-first} 即呈现了网站内嵌的
+% \cls{njuthesis} 模板的使用方法。
+% 如果网站更新不及时,也可以按如下步骤手动上传包含模板的压缩包。
%
-% \subparagraph{Overleaf}
-% \changes{v0.12}{2021/12/07}{更新了对 Overleaf 的支持情况。}
-% \pkg{njuthesis} 现已支持 \href{https://www.overleaf.com/}{Overleaf} 平台。
-%
-% \subparagraph{TeXPage}
-% \href{https://www.texpage.com/}{TeXPage} 是国人研发的 \LaTeX 在线编辑器,
-% 当前版本已具备较为完善的编辑编译功能,而且免费版相对 Overleaf 增加了公式识别、
-% 编辑历史等实用工具,也可以作为一个备选项。
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item 登录\href{https://tex.nju.edu.cn}{南大 \TeX 网站}
+% \item 上传~\ref{subsubsec:on-the-fly-installation}~节得到的压缩文件。
+% \item 在项目页面左上角的\tpbutton{设置}中,确认编译器为 |XeLaTeX| 或者 |LuaLaTeX|
+% \item 仿照 \file{njuthesis-sample.tex} 编写论文
+% \item 点击右上角\tpbutton{编译}按钮进行编译和预览
+% \end{enumerate}
%
%
% \subsection{版本升级}
@@ -1600,9 +1570,9 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \begin{function}{\chaptermark,\sectionmark}
% \begin{syntax}
% \tn{chapter}\oarg{用在页眉的章标题}\marg{完整的章标题}
-% \tn{sectionmark}\marg{用在目录的章标题}
+% \tn{sectionmark}\marg{用在目录中的章标题}
% \tn{section}\oarg{用在页眉的章标题}\marg{完整的节标题}
-% \tn{sectionmark}\marg{用在目录节标题}
+% \tn{sectionmark}\marg{用在目录中的节标题}
% \end{syntax}
% 如果页眉内容发生了冲突,可使用这两个命令细化定制。
% \end{function}
@@ -1682,7 +1652,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \OPT{style} = <(plain)|pifont|circled|circled*>
% \end{syntax}
% 设置脚注编号样式。默认为普通数字;使用 \opt{pifont} 可修改为带圈数字,
-% 此样式受到字符闲置,单页不建议超过10条脚注;使用 \opt{circled} 或 \opt{circled*}
+% 由于字体包含的字符数量有限,单页不建议超过10条脚注;使用 \opt{circled} 或 \opt{circled*}
% 选项同样可修改为带圈数字,且不受单页脚注数量的限制,带星号的选项为黑底白字(阴文)。
% \footnote{此功能依赖的 \pkg{circledtext} 宏包于 2022 年 4 月发布,可能需要手动安装。}
% \end{function}
@@ -1992,7 +1962,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \end{description}
%
% 对于本科生而言,学校规定文件表明参考文献表应当“用数字加方括号
-% 表示”\cite{nju-bachelor-2022},符合顺序编码制的格式,保持默认设置即可。
+% 表示”\cite{nju-bachelor-2023},符合顺序编码制的格式,保持默认设置即可。
%
% \begin{function}[added=2022-02-15]{bib/option}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -2050,7 +2020,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
%
% 假如需要在每章末尾附上单独的参考文献表,导言区添加以下设置,
% 并在每章后使用 \tn{printbibliography} 即可。
-% \begin{latexexample}[moretexcs={\njusetup},emph={[2]bib}]
+% \begin{latexexample}[moretexcs={\njusetup},emph={[2]bib},emph={[3]option}]
% \njusetup[bib/option]{refsection = chapter}
% \end{latexexample}
%
@@ -2563,11 +2533,11 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \newblock \textit{信息与文献\quad 参考文献著录规则: GB/T 7714--2015} [S].
% \newblock 北京: 中国标准出版社, 2015
%
-% \bibitem{nju-bachelor-2022}
+% \bibitem{nju-bachelor-2023}
% 南京大学本科生院.
% \newblock \textit{关于启动南京大学2022届本科毕业论文(设计)工作的通知} [EB/OL].
-% \newblock (2021-12-14)
-% \urlprefix\url{https://jw.nju.edu.cn/7c/86/c26263a556166/page.htm}
+% \newblock (2022-12-19)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://jw.nju.edu.cn/29/d8/c26263a600536/page.htm}
%
% \bibitem{nju-master-2022}
% 南京大学研究生院.
@@ -2873,10 +2843,10 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_opt_second_supv_bool}
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_opt_supvii_bool}
% 定义用于判断是否有第二导师的变量。
% \begin{macrocode}
-\bool_new:N \g_@@_opt_second_supv_bool
+\bool_new:N \g_@@_opt_supvii_bool
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
@@ -4227,11 +4197,12 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
%
% \begin{macro}{\njusetname,\njusetname*,\njusettext,\njusettext*}
% \changes{v0.17}{2022/04/01}{提供修改固定文本的接口。}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2022/12/12}{修复 \tn{njusetname} 和 \tn{njusettext} 的可选参数问题。}
% 定义修改固定文本的接口。
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand \njusetname { s m o m }
+\NewDocumentCommand \njusetname { s m O{} m }
{ \@@_set_tokenlist:nnnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} { name } }
-\NewDocumentCommand \njusettext { s m o m }
+\NewDocumentCommand \njusettext { s m O{} m }
{ \@@_set_tokenlist:nnnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} { text } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4651,8 +4622,9 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
{ \clist_use:Nn \g_@@_info_supv_clist { \@@_hskip: } }
\clist_if_empty:NF \g_@@_info_supvii_clist
{
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_opt_supvii_bool
\tl_gput_right:Nx \g_@@_info_supvfull_tl
- { \@@_quad: \clist_use:Nn \g_@@_info_supv_clist { \@@_hskip: } }
+ { \@@_quad: \clist_use:Nn \g_@@_info_supvii_clist { \@@_hskip: } }
}
\tl_set_eq:NN \g_@@_info_supvfull_en_tl \g_@@_info_supv_en_tl
\tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_info_supvii_en_tl
@@ -4800,7 +4772,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% 这是 macOS 预装的字体版本较旧导致的。
% \begin{macrocode}
\fontspec_if_small_caps:F
- {
+ {
\msg_warning:nn { njuthesis } { no-small-caps }
\__fontspec_main_setmainfont:nn
{ \c_@@_name_gyrefeature_clist } { texgyretermes }
@@ -4833,13 +4805,13 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% 用于 \pkg{fontspec} 的 \TeX Gyre 字体特性列表。
% \begin{macrocode}
\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_name_gyrefeature_clist
- {
- Extension = .otf,
- UprightFont = *-regular,
- BoldFont = *-bold,
- ItalicFont = *-italic,
- BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic
- }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-regular,
+ BoldFont = *-bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
@@ -4976,7 +4948,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
\setCJKfamilyfont { zhhei } { Noto~Sans~CJK~SC }
\setCJKfamilyfont { zhfs } { FZFangSong-Z02 }
\setCJKfamilyfont { zhkai } { FZKai-Z03 }
- [AutoFakeBold=2.17]
+ [ \c__nju_name_fakebold_tl ]
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -6380,14 +6352,14 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \subparagraph{封面}
%
% \begin{macro}{u/cover/emblem-img}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2023/01/15}{本科生模板封面校徽居中。}
% 本科生封面校徽图片实例。
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*def-u>
\@@_declare_element:nn { u / cover / emblem-img }
{
content = \@@_emblem:N \c_@@_emblemwd_dim,
- bottom-skip = 10 pt,
- align = l
+ bottom-skip = 10 pt
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -6456,7 +6428,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
\@@_cover_entry:NNNnn #1 \l_@@_tmpb_dim #4 { grade } { id }
\@@_cover_entry:NNNn #1 #2 #4 { author }
\@@_cover_entry_supv:NNNn #1 \l_@@_tmpb_dim #4 { supv }
- \bool_if:NT \g_@@_opt_second_supv_bool
+ \bool_if:NT \g_@@_opt_supvii_bool
{ \@@_cover_entry_supv:NNNn #1 \l_@@_tmpb_dim #4 { supvii } }
\@@_cover_entry:NNNn #1 #2 #4 { submitdate }
}
@@ -6688,7 +6660,8 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
\skip_vertical:n { .5 cm }
{ Supervised~ by }
\skip_vertical:N \c_zero_skip
- \textsf { \g_@@_info_supvfull_en_tl },
+ \textsf { \g_@@_info_supv_en_tl
+ \tex_par:D \g_@@_info_supvii_en_tl },
format = \zihao { 4 },
bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 1.2 fil
}
@@ -7037,7 +7010,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
\c_@@_name_email_tl & \g_@@_info_email_tl \\
\c_@@_name_supvb_tl &
\clist_item:Nn \g_@@_info_supv_clist { 1 }
- \bool_if:NT \g_@@_opt_second_supv_bool
+ \bool_if:NT \g_@@_opt_supvii_bool
{ \@@_quad: \clist_item:Nn \g_@@_info_supvii_clist { 1 } } \\
\end{tblr}
}
@@ -7755,6 +7728,7 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_abs_info_en_g:N}
% \changes{v1.0}{2022/07/01}{移除研究生英文摘要的下划线。}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2022/12/12}{恢复研究生英文摘要的下划线。}
% 绘制研究生英文摘要信息栏。
% \begin{arguments}
% \item 分隔符
@@ -7762,8 +7736,15 @@ To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_abs_info_en_g:N #1
{
- \clist_map_inline:nn { title, major, author, supvfull }
- { \@@_name:n { ##1 _en } #1 \@@_info:n { ##1 _en } \\ }
+ \@@_uline_list:NNx \g_@@_info_title_en_tl \g_@@_abs_title_left_skip
+ { \c_@@_name_title_en_tl #1 }
+ \clist_map_inline:nn { major, author, supvfull }
+ {
+ \tex_par:D
+ \@@_get_width_print:Nx \l_@@_tmpa_dim
+ { \@@_name:n { ##1 _en } #1 }
+ \@@_box_ulined_info:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_dim { ##1 _en }
+ }
}
%</def-g>
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.ins b/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.ins
index 82a71afd74..9e4fb8aa64 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.ins
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.ins
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
%%
%% njuthesis.dtx (with options: `install')
%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2021 - 2022
+%% Copyright (C) 2021 - 2023
%% by Nanjing University Linux User Group
%% <git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn>
%%
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2021 - 2022
+Copyright (C) 2021 - 2023
by Nanjing University Linux User Group
<git+nju-lug-email-3104-issue-@yaoge123.cn>
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.pdf
index 7ce01c2b6c..adf77bfb13 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/njuthesis/njuthesis.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/support/texfot/texfot.pdf b/support/texfot/texfot.pdf
index d51cb0fe97..f0835d7564 100644
--- a/support/texfot/texfot.pdf
+++ b/support/texfot/texfot.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/support/texfot/texfot.pl b/support/texfot/texfot.pl
index 764210a1f5..f1dce2e9c2 100755
--- a/support/texfot/texfot.pl
+++ b/support/texfot/texfot.pl
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#!/usr/bin/env perl
-# $Id: texfot,v 1.47 2022/09/24 16:38:13 karl Exp $
+# $Id: texfot,v 1.48 2022/12/16 02:15:30 karl Exp $
# Invoke a TeX command, filtering all but interesting terminal output;
# do not look at the log or check any output files.
# Exit status is that of the subprogram.
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
#
# Public domain. Originally written 2014 by Karl Berry.
-my $ident = '$Id: texfot,v 1.47 2022/09/24 16:38:13 karl Exp $';
+my $ident = '$Id: texfot,v 1.48 2022/12/16 02:15:30 karl Exp $';
(my $prg = $0) =~ s,^.*/,,;
select STDERR; $| = 1; # no buffering
select STDOUT; $| = 1;
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ sub process_output {
|No\ pages\ of\ output
|\(.*end\ occurred\ inside\ a\ group
|(Und|Ov)erfull
- |(LaTeX|Package|Class).*(Error|Warning)
+ |(LaTeX|Package|Class|Module).*(Error|Warning)
|.*Citation.*undefined
|.*\ Error # as in \Url Error ->...
|Missing\ character: # good to show (need \tracinglostchars=1)
@@ -457,6 +457,6 @@ are released to the public domain. Email C<karl@freefriends.org> with
bug reports. It has no home page beyond the package page on CTAN:
L<https://ctan.org/pkg/texfot>.
- $Id: texfot,v 1.47 2022/09/24 16:38:13 karl Exp $
+ $Id: texfot,v 1.48 2022/12/16 02:15:30 karl Exp $
=cut
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
index d8bcb610de..4987eeaa60 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
@@ -53,9 +53,6 @@ $mirrors = {
'Philippines' => {
'http://mirror.rise.ph/ctan/' => 1,
},
- 'Singapore' => {
- 'https://download.nus.edu.sg/mirror/ctan/' => 1,
- },
'Thailand' => {
'https://mirror.kku.ac.th/CTAN/' => 1,
},
@@ -171,6 +168,7 @@ $mirrors = {
},
'North America' => {
'Canada' => {
+ 'https://ctan.math.ca/tex-archive/' => 1,
'https://ctan.mirror.globo.tech/' => 1,
'https://ctan.mirror.rafal.ca/' => 1,
'https://mirror.csclub.uwaterloo.ca/CTAN/' => 1,
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
index ccaf34b1d5..4a3fadca4f 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ depend container_split_src_files/1
depend frozen/0
depend minrelease/2016
depend release/2022
-depend revision/65533
+depend revision/65537
name 00texlive.image
category TLCore
@@ -4693,7 +4693,7 @@ depend setting_available_architectures:aarch64-linux amd64-freebsd amd64-netbsd
name 00texlive.installer
category TLCore
-revision 65531
+revision 65535
shortdesc TeX Live standalone installer package
longdesc This package defines the files to go into the installer
longdesc archives (install-tl-unx.tar.gz, install-tl.zip) built by the
@@ -180274,7 +180274,7 @@ catalogue-version 1.0a
name letgut
category Package
-revision 64618
+revision 65536
shortdesc Class for the newsletter "La Lettre GUTenberg" of the French TeX User Group GUTenberg
relocated 1
longdesc The French TeX User Group GUTenberg has been publishing "The
@@ -180300,11 +180300,11 @@ longdesc d'Administration de l'association, elu en novembre 2020, a
longdesc souhaite fournir une classe mieux structuree, davantage perenne
longdesc et documentee, a meme d'etre publiee sur le CTAN. C'est
longdesc desormais chose faite avec la presente classe letgut.
-containersize 49924
-containerchecksum 264325a2877ea88c0fda8ad6c0a2e01b0be934a2984edefa332207e056754bb7b04d413613f477c466a194f528fa3d8b0da71fa8b37ae7da5885a8125ebc208b
-doccontainersize 1241668
-doccontainerchecksum af9f93877b4f3518a7ace027bf0fb4c348725fd8deb73c1249683bb5952f33d7eaef71341be10299cceaf1e14b64d3abed150d29349c472e2ba5af016e883415
-docfiles size=403
+containersize 52960
+containerchecksum ac4eb0ad61a0c134df1d471e9b6ed3978d468d82e808c870144ed3e658b28b9ecb951f50746ac1529e2f665471772f41ee3346d236b59dece7e9ffdaa3ef1da6
+doccontainersize 1334476
+doccontainerchecksum 20e3322406dc0fd397dd9852c7603889ee3e01eca6b771caf58109b95420f438a92fc6ed3c0701920eac94828f65ab1dc4c6bda57be0dcb6749954c75204233a
+docfiles size=438
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/CHANGELOG.md
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/README.md details="Readme"
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/exemple-nouveautes.pdf
@@ -180316,17 +180316,19 @@ docfiles size=403
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/letgut-code.tex
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/letgut.bib
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/letgut.pdf details="Package documentation"
+ RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/letgut.records
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/letgut.tex
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/listings-conf.tex
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/localconf.tex
+ RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/rebus-2.tex
RELOC/doc/lualatex/letgut/xindex-letgut.lua
-srccontainersize 62932
-srccontainerchecksum 0afd93f00f1fbf0acf7e9f7e61a26ed68058d01d7d185b93e8557070f4804d1968d57ed066b4584356ca1a7cfb9c0af7436893e0fbcbee2fb9ba61c4f057e12e
-srcfiles size=78
+srccontainersize 67140
+srccontainerchecksum 9e53cca5474cf4299743b4443552d8f3c34a303c3fe272e68a869d996aba964e9fe752f7638e09f64dbbbb3418bfe67b737854ae44954ec6e34d7321431d70ec
+srcfiles size=87
RELOC/source/lualatex/letgut/HOWTO.md
RELOC/source/lualatex/letgut/letgut-banner.org
RELOC/source/lualatex/letgut/letgut.org
-runfiles size=63
+runfiles size=69
RELOC/tex/lualatex/letgut/informations-gut.tex
RELOC/tex/lualatex/letgut/letgut-acronyms.tex
RELOC/tex/lualatex/letgut/letgut-banner.sty
@@ -180337,13 +180339,12 @@ runfiles size=63
RELOC/tex/lualatex/letgut/letgut.dbx
RELOC/tex/lualatex/letgut/letgut.lbx
RELOC/tex/lualatex/letgut/logo-gut.pdf
-catalogue-contact-bugs https://framagit.org/gutenberg/classe-lettre-gut/-/issues
catalogue-contact-development https://framagit.org/gutenberg/letgut/-/merge_requests
catalogue-contact-repository https://framagit.org/gutenberg/letgut/
catalogue-ctan /macros/luatex/latex/letgut
catalogue-license lppl1.3c
catalogue-topics magazine luatex
-catalogue-version 0.9.4
+catalogue-version 0.9.6
name letltxmacro
category Package
@@ -265795,7 +265796,7 @@ binfiles arch=x86_64-solaris size=1
name pyluatex
category Package
-revision 65454
+revision 65537
shortdesc Execute Python code on the fly in your LaTeX documents
relocated 1
longdesc PyLuaTeX allows you to execute Python code and to include the
@@ -265810,10 +265811,10 @@ longdesc and the output to be integrated in your LaTeX file in a single
longdesc compilation run. No additional processing steps are needed. No
longdesc intermediate files have to be written. No placeholders have to
longdesc be inserted.
-containersize 5080
-containerchecksum 30cabce6e41a677dade8944e43f468b08a5f122c8c6493ce1a75d1717afda9774b430b4110e60123c3fefe615829e849c021673926351b80f768226235ebf751
-doccontainersize 100388
-doccontainerchecksum 8cfc014aeba77d8f1d00b0d39fbc485ae7557722404480bec0ada5d7bf52fa7df47f2ed92c8851a8198925a587724731367883b8c34e196107158b631808e873
+containersize 5348
+containerchecksum fcba8453126d6867873632c5488f625993f66a83904049e6cdb5d6fdae341805955d148b86707f31e4f354f1fd0e35993222f539813f829695f96e972ee4f83f
+doccontainersize 101532
+doccontainerchecksum e1b30c8e0f299aa418a7246233f8f9812a58c247375c1a791db67e707ce559ba8562865be1ca3f50db7b58b713ff91ff69d8aa535d732227e1b506de3b6ad94b
docfiles size=48
RELOC/doc/lualatex/pyluatex/README.md details="Readme"
RELOC/doc/lualatex/pyluatex/example/beamer.tex
@@ -265839,7 +265840,7 @@ catalogue-contact-repository https://github.com/tndrle/PyLuaTeX
catalogue-ctan /macros/luatex/latex/pyluatex
catalogue-license mit lppl1.3c
catalogue-topics luatex callback expl3
-catalogue-version 0.5.2
+catalogue-version 0.6.0
name python
category Package
@@ -311784,7 +311785,7 @@ docfiles size=376
name texlive-scripts
category TLCore
-revision 65531
+revision 65535
shortdesc TeX Live infrastructure programs
longdesc Includes install-tl, tl-portable, rungs, etc.; not needed for
longdesc tlmgr to run but still ours. Not included in tlcritical.
@@ -311792,10 +311793,10 @@ depend texlive-scripts.ARCH
depend texlive.infra
execute addMap mathpple.map
postaction shortcut type=menu name="TeX Live command-line" cmd=TEXDIR/tlpkg/installer/tl-cmd.bat
-containersize 113676
-containerchecksum af6adcd7d8be559bf52ad423faf58846bd5f349aae585cc1dd7f1499c7f56f18bc305c6b22fc35150e241688eae014f7324a10edf0c86008fd30575a95dea212
+containersize 113660
+containerchecksum eecd8f7fc837420f6cb66f572da837b1b6ff63bb18de1af334e8c60c21b679f36e6b9a379165b10c05c409d76744cd30d99d7c162425088d49dd3bb374a235af
doccontainersize 424104
-doccontainerchecksum cc63098c0e06d8ef46c2392ea48ff60e6424918531a1207e2ba20eb2b75f5db2e9f6128c1e2ce644f7d0e5fa2883c1d9b828d5f94122fdddc18cec1e675a137f
+doccontainerchecksum 693759b8ebe41fe4c992c21b7c02023b7e6ad4e2391b7ffc589512c3c85d996fb5c2282f9fb63b17e2fbab45e0174569a91b7dbfda3bd26cb0c8017aec54ece0
docfiles size=533
doc.html
texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.1
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5 b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
index 65399f67aa..de0ea5b219 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
@@ -1 +1 @@
-6396cddbf1b00d7f032d3f40803d972f texlive.tlpdb
+7ec620d9aef32196d6c5fbb5922f6b1d texlive.tlpdb
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512 b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
index 9f8765ce42..902850b026 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
@@ -1 +1 @@
-770d7fd9b00c02d836385e66e108e566c40816af515de9af178bf8d43c426690c0da4a293139dbbe9fafd1458509a3cd0775016910481bb1dd8411a3e4eb6598 texlive.tlpdb
+db3c6f96e3120a364411478614f2f36be49fbda8261e47d3eb8378368d61bd8c6fd50b8543a97f6a355df2aa561452e6822ae4e835f85ff9f90a5cb48f6e2e93 texlive.tlpdb
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
index bfa0f2e10e..836439c533 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
-iQEcBAEBCgAGBQJjwfzkAAoJEEzhh34ZQ4xw+uYH/jOdrV7JjqsfeEFjfildu3GS
-rc95ZamfAWj9zGHsr/7ujAggUq3Kh7Sz5KZ22AG/tVvcu/1V+ygec0TapD34Qy23
-Kn90z71LVAGqf4Gn+39+046snlqfXtvNMMkBdFOuEIIsKfkF9QP97h0fEgw9aFDz
-pxqkRaHybSMEcoQfHpFYjxYjD0eron9pdpg1PM8s0bXfvJlzi6Tlvq+fyGiVUxJT
-Wpo9LyU7KO+C2hgqjez1gv7KUocFMaIA6rb8T+fjcN2STL7gs+Dh4Tuf0UfFC9xR
-EsvkY8ECMYw40EGF0tI2fOyJIFFFWBy3sF0FE5C9686OrVe91of4jUtvl9HhlRI=
-=Ag8m
+iQEcBAEBCgAGBQJjw07NAAoJEEzhh34ZQ4xwFtYH/1Mt93QkWEZCWYGzIY4sUu3g
+CjKvUyHbzvjZh7uPuAO2B8TEgvhTosCVhAfWuoIr6am8Vt+v/sRa6Q6TF2t6mBE/
+eiD93NXlcPTKwosp+M66DxbWmNNjMioo+nfo8xjYVWco7Jhw1wa8SbVAJWBo+qSo
+tcaI556vTqBJLxRukzmGikLVe5Sb8aEVyUULU/5kJob4rJY4HASpHxDGoKR7wMzQ
+DoGWZeth7QoVIOGHQFgB/4/Aqwaz8gAX/T3vpFwLjOlC3/hphgWXF7IF1LkIW1Zk
+zic8LkYwzKiL5zk5Zm7S7+4YEn0mQZl5endIbbMorKZ1u9NN4YCmrRop8pKcLWo=
+=Kgst
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
index 2c5699e1d1..e099c8706a 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/timestamp b/timestamp
index 619c9895b2..063fc6c11b 100644
--- a/timestamp
+++ b/timestamp
@@ -2,4 +2,4 @@
# The source CTAN of this site's material:
dante.ctan.org
# The year-month-day-hour-minute of this site's material:
-2023-01-15-02-02
+2023-01-16-02-02